From d14efe561bf8a6c57cbc15fc9e2c3b509c45c10e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Soren Jorvang Date: Sun, 20 Mar 2011 18:05:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Import r67258 of the wxWidgets trunk, which I expect will before long become wxWidgets 2.9.2, which in turn is expected to be the last 2.9 release before the 3.0 stable release. Since the full wxWidgets distribution is rather large, I have imported only the parts that we use, on a subdirectory basis: art include/wx/*.* include/wx/aui include/wx/cocoa include/wx/generic include/wx/gtk include/wx/meta include/wx/msw include/wx/osx include/wx/persist include/wx/private include/wx/protocol include/wx/unix src/aui src/common src/generic src/gtk src/msw src/osx src/unix git-svn-id: https://dolphin-emu.googlecode.com/svn/trunk@7380 8ced0084-cf51-0410-be5f-012b33b47a6e --- Externals/wxWidgets3/art/addbookm.xpm | 24 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/back.xpm | 21 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cdrom.xpm | 57 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/close.xpm | 16 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/copy.xpm | 44 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cross.xpm | 17 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cut.xpm | 46 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/deffile.xpm | 54 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/delbookm.xpm | 24 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/delete.xpm | 42 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/dir_up.xpm | 52 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/down.xpm | 21 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/exefile.xpm | 73 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/fileopen.xpm | 57 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/filesave.xpm | 42 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/filesaveas.xpm | 44 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/find.xpm | 62 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/findrepl.xpm | 63 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/first.xpm | 22 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/floppy.xpm | 39 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/folder.xpm | 43 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/folder_open.xpm | 52 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/forward.xpm | 21 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/error.xpm | 58 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/info.xpm | 63 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/question.xpm | 75 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/warning.xpm | 63 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/harddisk.xpm | 60 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/helpicon.xpm | 44 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/home.xpm | 24 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmbook.xpm | 25 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmfoldr.xpm | 25 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmoptns.xpm | 20 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmpage.xpm | 23 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmsidep.xpm | 27 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/last.xpm | 22 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/listview.xpm | 25 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/minus.xpm | 22 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/missimg.xpm | 43 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/error.xpm | 58 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/info.xpm | 63 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/question.xpm | 75 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/warning.xpm | 63 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/new.xpm | 50 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/new_dir.xpm | 43 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/osx/README | 2 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/osx/close.png | Bin 0 -> 400 bytes .../wxWidgets3/art/osx/close_current.png | Bin 0 -> 421 bytes .../wxWidgets3/art/osx/close_pressed.png | Bin 0 -> 458 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/art/paste.xpm | 46 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/plus.xpm | 22 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/print.xpm | 60 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/quit.xpm | 90 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/redo.xpm | 58 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/removable.xpm | 44 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/repview.xpm | 24 + .../art/tango/application_x_executable.h | 284 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/dialog_error.h | 262 + .../wxWidgets3/art/tango/dialog_information.h | 367 + .../wxWidgets3/art/tango/dialog_warning.h | 265 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/document_new.h | 191 + .../wxWidgets3/art/tango/document_open.h | 274 + .../wxWidgets3/art/tango/document_print.h | 229 + .../wxWidgets3/art/tango/document_save.h | 340 + .../wxWidgets3/art/tango/document_save_as.h | 332 + .../wxWidgets3/art/tango/drive_harddisk.h | 193 + .../wxWidgets3/art/tango/drive_optical.h | 287 + .../art/tango/drive_removable_media.h | 178 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_copy.h | 197 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_cut.h | 333 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_delete.h | 339 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_find.h | 309 + .../wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_find_replace.h | 315 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_paste.h | 229 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_redo.h | 235 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_undo.h | 287 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/folder.h | 197 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/folder_new.h | 251 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/folder_open.h | 230 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_down.h | 272 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_first.h | 278 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_home.h | 252 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_last.h | 276 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_next.h | 274 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_previous.h | 280 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_up.h | 266 + .../wxWidgets3/art/tango/image_missing.h | 177 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/list_add.h | 109 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/list_remove.h | 76 + .../wxWidgets3/art/tango/text_x_generic.h | 134 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tick.xpm | 17 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tipicon.xpm | 47 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/toparent.xpm | 21 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/undo.xpm | 58 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/up.xpm | 21 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin.ico | Bin 0 -> 22382 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin16x16.png | Bin 0 -> 578 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin16x16.xpm | 161 + Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin32x32.png | Bin 0 -> 1154 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin32x32.xpm | 442 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aboutdlg.h | 170 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/accel.h | 171 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/access.h | 377 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/afterstd.h | 45 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/anidecod.h | 81 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/animate.h | 126 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/animdecod.h | 171 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/any.h | 1110 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/anystr.h | 140 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/app.h | 863 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/apptrait.h | 299 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/archive.h | 383 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/arrimpl.cpp | 120 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/arrstr.h | 516 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/artprov.h | 262 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/atomic.h | 160 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/aui.h | 23 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/auibar.h | 718 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/auibook.h | 761 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/dockart.h | 179 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/floatpane.h | 81 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/framemanager.h | 884 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/tabmdi.h | 267 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/base64.h | 122 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/beforestd.h | 76 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bitmap.h | 300 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bmpbuttn.h | 139 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bmpcbox.h | 125 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bookctrl.h | 442 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/brush.h | 141 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/buffer.h | 605 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/build.h | 121 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/busyinfo.h | 21 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/button.h | 225 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cairo.h | 145 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/calctrl.h | 397 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/caret.h | 252 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/chartype.h | 312 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checkbox.h | 205 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/checkeddelete.h | 54 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checklst.h | 66 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/chkconf.h | 2109 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choicdlg.h | 22 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choice.h | 93 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choicebk.h | 126 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clipbrd.h | 207 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clntdata.h | 163 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clrpicker.h | 205 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdargs.h | 152 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdline.h | 285 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdproc.h | 144 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmndata.h | 312 + .../include/wx/cocoa/NSApplication.h | 68 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSBox.h | 26 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSButton.h | 39 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSControl.h | 32 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSMenu.h | 49 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSPanel.h | 25 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSScroller.h | 41 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSSlider.h | 47 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTabView.h | 36 + .../include/wx/cocoa/NSTableDataSource.h | 35 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTableView.h | 30 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTextField.h | 27 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSView.h | 81 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSWindow.h | 55 + .../include/wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h | 78 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/ObjcRef.h | 236 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/app.h | 74 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/autorelease.h | 32 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/bitmap.h | 164 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/bmpbuttn.h | 62 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/brush.h | 71 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/button.h | 65 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/checkbox.h | 69 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/checklst.h | 80 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/chkconf.h | 22 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/choice.h | 101 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/clipbrd.h | 52 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/colordlg.h | 1 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/colour.h | 93 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/combobox.h | 158 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/control.h | 78 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/cursor.h | 65 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataform.h | 51 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataobj.h | 24 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataobj2.h | 84 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dc.h | 175 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcclient.h | 70 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcmemory.h | 55 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcscreen.h | 32 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dialog.h | 95 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dirdlg.h | 51 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/drawer.h | 1 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/evtloop.h | 38 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/filedlg.h | 53 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/font.h | 158 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/fontdlg.h | 1 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/frame.h | 107 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/gauge.h | 74 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/glcanvas.h | 98 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/icon.h | 64 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/listbox.h | 115 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/log.h | 22 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/mbarman.h | 71 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/mdi.h | 164 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/menu.h | 186 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/menuitem.h | 100 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/msgdlg.h | 71 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/notebook.h | 105 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSMenu.h | 31 + .../include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSSlider.h | 37 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSView.h | 45 + .../include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSWindow.h | 40 + .../include/wx/cocoa/objc/objc_uniquifying.h | 365 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/pen.h | 73 + .../include/wx/cocoa/private/fontfactory.h | 28 + .../include/wx/cocoa/private/scrollview.h | 129 + .../include/wx/cocoa/private/timer.h | 43 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/radiobox.h | 138 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/radiobut.h | 74 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/region.h | 76 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/scrolbar.h | 75 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/slider.h | 108 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/sound.h | 52 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/spinbutt.h | 64 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statbmp.h | 60 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statbox.h | 61 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statline.h | 56 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/stattext.h | 59 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/string.h | 53 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/taskbar.h | 48 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/textctrl.h | 123 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/toolbar.h | 121 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/tooltip.h | 55 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/toplevel.h | 131 + .../include/wx/cocoa/trackingrectmanager.h | 41 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/window.h | 227 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/collpane.h | 106 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colordlg.h | 44 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colour.h | 242 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colourdata.h | 52 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/combo.h | 872 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/combobox.h | 83 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/commandlinkbutton.h | 170 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/compositewin.h | 129 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/confbase.h | 459 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/config.h | 41 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/containr.h | 280 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/control.h | 245 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/convauto.h | 146 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cpp.h | 93 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cppunit.h | 298 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/crt.h | 23 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cshelp.h | 244 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ctrlsub.h | 467 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cursor.h | 110 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dataobj.h | 551 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dataview.h | 1315 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datectrl.h | 112 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dateevt.h | 61 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datetime.h | 2285 +++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datstrm.h | 179 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dc.h | 1455 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcbuffer.h | 247 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcclient.h | 63 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcgraph.h | 212 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcmemory.h | 45 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcmirror.h | 301 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcprint.h | 43 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcps.h | 18 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcscreen.h | 36 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcsvg.h | 219 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dde.h | 32 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/debug.h | 466 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/debugrpt.h | 248 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/defs.h | 3367 +++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dialog.h | 398 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dialup.h | 201 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dir.h | 177 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dirctrl.h | 18 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dirdlg.h | 141 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/display.h | 128 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/display_impl.h | 110 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dlimpexp.h | 343 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dlist.h | 850 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dnd.h | 267 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/docmdi.h | 101 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/docview.h | 973 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dragimag.h | 54 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dvrenderers.h | 391 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynarray.h | 1064 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynlib.h | 421 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynload.h | 153 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/editlbox.h | 96 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/effects.h | 91 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/encconv.h | 153 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/encinfo.h | 71 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/event.h | 4063 ++++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/evtloop.h | 421 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/evtloopsrc.h | 99 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/except.h | 41 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fdrepdlg.h | 197 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/features.h | 118 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ffile.h | 110 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/file.h | 189 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fileconf.h | 264 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filectrl.h | 146 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filedlg.h | 242 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filefn.h | 901 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filehistory.h | 109 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filename.h | 606 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filepicker.h | 421 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filesys.h | 302 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/flags.h | 177 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fmappriv.h | 74 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/font.h | 428 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontdata.h | 71 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontdlg.h | 118 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontenc.h | 158 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontenum.h | 89 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontmap.h | 290 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontpicker.h | 224 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontutil.h | 309 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/frame.h | 275 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_arc.h | 56 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_filter.h | 41 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_inet.h | 33 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_mem.h | 140 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_zip.h | 23 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fswatcher.h | 333 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gauge.h | 127 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gbsizer.h | 327 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gdicmn.h | 1081 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gdiobj.h | 93 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h | 87 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/accel.h | 50 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/animate.h | 178 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/bmpcbox.h | 137 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/busyinfo.h | 42 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/buttonbar.h | 124 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/calctrlg.h | 317 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/caret.h | 95 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/choicdgg.h | 392 + .../include/wx/generic/clrpickerg.h | 83 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/collpaneg.h | 111 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/colour.h | 72 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/colrdlgg.h | 117 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/combo.h | 173 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/ctrlsub.h | 123 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dataview.h | 266 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/datectrl.h | 93 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dcpsg.h | 158 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dirctrlg.h | 303 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dirdlgg.h | 89 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dragimgg.h | 272 + .../include/wx/generic/dvrenderer.h | 75 + .../include/wx/generic/dvrenderers.h | 223 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h | 71 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filectrlg.h | 304 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filedlgg.h | 161 + .../include/wx/generic/filepickerg.h | 227 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fontdlgg.h | 110 + .../include/wx/generic/fontpickerg.h | 76 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fswatcher.h | 26 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/grid.h | 2632 +++++ .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/gridctrl.h | 249 + .../include/wx/generic/grideditors.h | 335 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/gridsel.h | 116 + .../include/wx/generic/headerctrlg.h | 181 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/helpext.h | 106 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/hyperlink.h | 139 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/icon.h | 63 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/imaglist.h | 80 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/infobar.h | 133 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/laywin.h | 228 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/listctrl.h | 291 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/logg.h | 156 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/mask.h | 54 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/mdig.h | 261 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/msgdlgg.h | 55 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/notebook.h | 156 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/notifmsg.h | 61 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/numdlgg.h | 79 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/paletteg.h | 51 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/panelg.h | 60 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/printps.h | 68 + .../include/wx/generic/private/grid.h | 856 ++ .../include/wx/generic/private/listctrl.h | 818 ++ .../include/wx/generic/private/markuptext.h | 78 + .../include/wx/generic/private/timer.h | 46 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/prntdlgg.h | 257 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/progdlgg.h | 228 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/propdlg.h | 169 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/region.h | 82 + .../include/wx/generic/richmsgdlgg.h | 49 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/sashwin.h | 268 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/scrolwin.h | 53 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/spinctlg.h | 362 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/splash.h | 92 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/splitter.h | 413 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/srchctlg.h | 274 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statbmpg.h | 76 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statline.h | 62 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/stattextg.h | 91 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statusbr.h | 116 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/tabg.h | 359 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/textdlgg.h | 116 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/treectlg.h | 387 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/wizard.h | 169 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/geometry.h | 820 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gifdecod.h | 114 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/glcanvas.h | 249 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/graphics.h | 787 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/grid.h | 22 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/accel.h | 15 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/animate.h | 153 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/app.h | 87 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.h | 91 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bitmap.h | 151 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bmpbuttn.h | 47 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bmpcbox.h | 147 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/brush.h | 56 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/button.h | 116 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/calctrl.h | 54 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/checkbox.h | 67 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/checklst.h | 62 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/chkconf.h | 31 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/choice.h | 120 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/clipbrd.h | 133 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/clrpicker.h | 65 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/collpane.h | 80 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/colordlg.h | 49 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/colour.h | 50 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/combobox.h | 159 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/control.h | 104 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/cursor.h | 60 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataform.h | 81 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataobj.h | 27 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataobj2.h | 128 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataview.h | 214 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dc.h | 53 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcclient.h | 166 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcmemory.h | 59 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcscreen.h | 34 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dialog.h | 56 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dirdlg.h | 54 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dnd.h | 114 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dvrenderer.h | 102 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dvrenderers.h | 300 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/evtloop.h | 51 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/evtloopsrc.h | 40 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filectrl.h | 143 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filedlg.h | 73 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filehistory.h | 25 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filepicker.h | 201 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/font.h | 119 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/fontdlg.h | 51 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/fontpicker.h | 63 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/frame.h | 84 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gauge.h | 87 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/glcanvas.h | 108 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gnome/gprint.h | 350 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gnome/gvfs.h | 53 + .../include/wx/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.h | 59 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/hyperlink.h | 77 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/infobar.h | 75 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/listbox.h | 142 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/mdi.h | 154 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/menu.h | 110 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/menuitem.h | 63 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/minifram.h | 63 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/msgdlg.h | 51 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/notebook.h | 147 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/pen.h | 65 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/popupwin.h | 54 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/print.h | 353 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private.h | 116 + .../include/wx/gtk/private/gdkconv.h | 33 + .../include/wx/gtk/private/messagetype.h | 45 + .../include/wx/gtk/private/mnemonics.h | 39 + .../include/wx/gtk/private/object.h | 36 + .../include/wx/gtk/private/string.h | 121 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/timer.h | 36 + .../include/wx/gtk/private/win_gtk.h | 38 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/radiobox.h | 158 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/radiobut.h | 62 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/region.h | 137 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/scrolbar.h | 67 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/scrolwin.h | 78 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/slider.h | 84 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/spinbutt.h | 70 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/spinctrl.h | 187 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statbmp.h | 59 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statbox.h | 58 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statline.h | 49 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/stattext.h | 74 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/taskbar.h | 34 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/textctrl.h | 225 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/textentry.h | 73 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/tglbtn.h | 142 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/toolbar.h | 100 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/tooltip.h | 63 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/toplevel.h | 164 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/treeentry_gtk.h | 76 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/window.h | 398 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hash.h | 313 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hashmap.h | 755 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hashset.h | 162 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/headercol.h | 280 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/headerctrl.h | 467 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/help.h | 48 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helpbase.h | 106 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helphtml.h | 20 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helpwin.h | 22 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/htmllbox.h | 325 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hyperlink.h | 172 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/icon.h | 77 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iconbndl.h | 116 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iconloc.h | 81 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagbmp.h | 160 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/image.h | 649 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imaggif.h | 94 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagiff.h | 44 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagjpeg.h | 53 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imaglist.h | 59 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpcx.h | 47 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpng.h | 69 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpnm.h | 49 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagtga.h | 47 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagtiff.h | 53 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagxpm.h | 45 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/infobar.h | 68 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/init.h | 111 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/intl.h | 367 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iosfwrap.h | 26 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ioswrap.h | 30 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ipc.h | 45 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ipcbase.h | 264 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/joystick.h | 38 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/kbdstate.h | 94 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/language.h | 282 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/layout.h | 191 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/laywin.h | 18 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/link.h | 32 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/list.h | 1323 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbase.h | 500 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbook.h | 126 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbox.h | 166 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listctrl.h | 110 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listimpl.cpp | 36 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/log.h | 1583 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/longlong.h | 1080 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/math.h | 155 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/matrix.h | 235 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mdi.h | 364 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mediactrl.h | 404 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memconf.h | 54 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memory.h | 371 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memtext.h | 54 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/menu.h | 633 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/menuitem.h | 214 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/convertible.h | 39 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/if.h | 73 + .../include/wx/meta/implicitconversion.h | 113 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/int2type.h | 17 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/movable.h | 45 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/pod.h | 88 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/metafile.h | 62 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mimetype.h | 537 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/minifram.h | 43 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/module.h | 120 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/mousemanager.h | 154 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mousestate.h | 147 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgdlg.h | 308 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgout.h | 186 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgqueue.h | 169 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mstream.h | 110 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/accel.h | 46 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/amd64.manifest | 22 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/app.h | 206 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/apptbase.h | 69 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/apptrait.h | 59 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bitmap.h | 299 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/blank.cur | Bin 0 -> 326 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h | 71 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bmpcbox.h | 136 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/brush.h | 62 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bullseye.cur | Bin 0 -> 326 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/button.h | 125 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/calctrl.h | 99 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/caret.h | 64 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/cdrom.ico | Bin 0 -> 1718 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/checkbox.h | 91 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/checklst.h | 89 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/child.ico | Bin 0 -> 1078 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/chkconf.h | 421 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/choice.h | 165 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/clipbrd.h | 90 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colordlg.h | 74 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colour.h | 73 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colours.bmp | Bin 0 -> 122 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/combo.h | 116 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/combobox.h | 166 + .../include/wx/msw/commandlinkbutton.h | 74 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/computer.ico | Bin 0 -> 1718 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/control.h | 133 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/crashrpt.h | 120 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/cross.cur | Bin 0 -> 326 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/csquery.bmp | Bin 0 -> 206 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ctrlsub.h | 43 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/cursor.h | 49 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/datectrl.h | 74 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dc.h | 373 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcclient.h | 115 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcmemory.h | 45 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcprint.h | 83 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcscreen.h | 34 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dde.h | 138 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/debughlp.h | 228 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dialog.h | 143 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dib.h | 265 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dirdlg.h | 35 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dragimag.h | 274 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/drive.ico | Bin 0 -> 1718 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/enhmeta.h | 187 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/evtloop.h | 119 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h | 62 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/file1.ico | Bin 0 -> 1718 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/filedlg.h | 69 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/floppy.ico | Bin 0 -> 1718 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/folder1.ico | Bin 0 -> 1718 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/folder2.ico | Bin 0 -> 1718 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/font.h | 171 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fontdlg.h | 46 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/frame.h | 172 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fswatcher.h | 32 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gauge.h | 78 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gccpriv.h | 127 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gdiimage.h | 198 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/genrcdefs.h | 43 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/glcanvas.h | 159 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/hand.cur | Bin 0 -> 326 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/headerctrl.h | 133 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpbest.h | 129 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpchm.h | 90 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpwin.h | 56 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/htmlhelp.h | 465 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/hyperlink.h | 65 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ia64.manifest | 22 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/icon.h | 95 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/imaglist.h | 206 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/iniconf.h | 106 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/joystick.h | 92 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/libraries.h | 27 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/listbox.h | 208 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/listctrl.h | 475 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/magnif1.cur | Bin 0 -> 326 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mdi.h | 269 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mdi.ico | Bin 0 -> 1078 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/menu.h | 234 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/menuitem.h | 156 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/metafile.h | 190 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/microwin.h | 235 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mimetype.h | 116 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/minifram.h | 52 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/missing.h | 545 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/msgdlg.h | 73 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mslu.h | 23 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/msvcrt.h | 65 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/notebook.h | 211 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/notifmsg.h | 74 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/access.h | 68 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/activex.h | 262 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/automtn.h | 117 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataform.h | 75 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h | 79 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h | 146 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h | 79 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h | 75 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/oleutils.h | 260 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/uuid.h | 90 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ownerdrw.h | 29 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/palette.h | 51 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/panel.h | 70 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pbrush.cur | Bin 0 -> 326 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pen.h | 79 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pencil.cur | Bin 0 -> 326 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pntleft.cur | Bin 0 -> 326 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pntright.cur | Bin 0 -> 326 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/popupwin.h | 45 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/printdlg.h | 124 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/printwin.h | 67 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private.h | 1056 ++ .../include/wx/msw/private/button.h | 76 + .../include/wx/msw/private/datecontrols.h | 31 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/dc.h | 148 + .../include/wx/msw/private/fswatcher.h | 255 + .../include/wx/msw/private/keyboard.h | 42 + .../include/wx/msw/private/metrics.h | 49 + .../include/wx/msw/private/msgdlg.h | 91 + .../include/wx/msw/private/sockmsw.h | 67 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/timer.h | 37 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/progdlg.h | 72 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/question.ico | Bin 0 -> 2238 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/radiobox.h | 188 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/radiobut.h | 71 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/rcdefs.h | 15 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/regconf.h | 115 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/region.h | 104 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/registry.h | 276 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/removble.ico | Bin 0 -> 1718 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/richmsgdlg.h | 31 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/rightarr.cur | Bin 0 -> 326 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/roller.cur | Bin 0 -> 326 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/scrolbar.h | 75 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/seh.h | 74 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/setup0.h | 1550 +++ .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/setup_inc.h | 157 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/slider.h | 140 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/sound.h | 52 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/spinbutt.h | 75 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/spinctrl.h | 155 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stackwalk.h | 105 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statbmp.h | 93 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statbox.h | 73 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statline.h | 52 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stattext.h | 58 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statusbar.h | 110 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/std.ico | Bin 0 -> 1078 bytes .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stdpaths.h | 93 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/subwin.h | 219 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/taskbar.h | 71 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/textctrl.h | 288 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/textentry.h | 94 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tglbtn.h | 126 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tls.h | 117 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/toolbar.h | 182 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tooltip.h | 109 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/toplevel.h | 221 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/treectrl.h | 344 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/uxtheme.h | 298 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/uxthemep.h | 169 + .../include/wx/msw/wince/checklst.h | 91 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h | 151 + .../include/wx/msw/wince/choicece.h | 141 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h | 58 + .../include/wx/msw/wince/libraries.h | 54 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/missing.h | 140 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/net.h | 20 + .../include/wx/msw/wince/resources.h | 27 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/setup.h | 1496 +++ .../include/wx/msw/wince/smartphone.rc | 65 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h | 170 + .../include/wx/msw/wince/textctrlce.h | 236 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/time.h | 53 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/wince.rc | 15 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/window.h | 673 ++ .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/winundef.h | 490 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapcctl.h | 51 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h | 28 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapgdip.h | 32 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapshl.h | 95 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapwin.h | 116 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wx.manifest | 22 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wx.rc | 123 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/nativewin.h | 171 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/nonownedwnd.h | 26 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/notebook.h | 206 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/notifmsg.h | 159 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/numdlg.h | 23 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/numformatter.h | 78 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/object.h | 505 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/odcombo.h | 399 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/accel.h | 34 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/app.h | 144 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/bitmap.h | 198 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/bmpbuttn.h | 49 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/brush.h | 58 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/button.h | 125 + .../include/wx/osx/carbon/chkconf.h | 60 + .../include/wx/osx/carbon/dataview.h | 479 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/drawer.h | 71 + .../include/wx/osx/carbon/evtloop.h | 34 + .../include/wx/osx/carbon/mimetype.h | 118 + .../include/wx/osx/carbon/private.h | 1062 ++ .../include/wx/osx/carbon/private/mactext.h | 53 + .../include/wx/osx/carbon/private/overlay.h | 58 + .../include/wx/osx/carbon/private/print.h | 93 + .../include/wx/osx/carbon/private/timer.h | 33 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/region.h | 100 + .../include/wx/osx/carbon/statbmp.h | 65 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/uma.h | 44 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/checkbox.h | 83 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/checklst.h | 94 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/chkconf.h | 110 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/choice.h | 99 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/clipbrd.h | 68 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/chkconf.h | 61 + .../include/wx/osx/cocoa/dataview.h | 515 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/evtloop.h | 38 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private.h | 404 + .../wx/osx/cocoa/private/markuptoattr.h | 120 + .../include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/overlay.h | 56 + .../include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/textimpl.h | 112 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/colordlg.h | 40 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/colour.h | 1 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/combobox.h | 196 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/config_xcode.h | 161 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/control.h | 52 + .../include/wx/osx/core/cfdataref.h | 97 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfref.h | 401 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfstring.h | 101 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/colour.h | 88 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/dataview.h | 114 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/hid.h | 116 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/joystick.h | 93 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/mimetype.h | 119 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/private.h | 895 ++ .../include/wx/osx/core/private/strconv_cf.h | 338 + .../include/wx/osx/core/private/timer.h | 33 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/stdpaths.h | 67 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cursor.h | 53 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataform.h | 69 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataobj.h | 37 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataobj2.h | 94 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataview.h | 306 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dc.h | 15 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcclient.h | 72 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcmemory.h | 46 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcprint.h | 52 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcscreen.h | 35 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dialog.h | 96 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dirdlg.h | 39 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dnd.h | 109 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dvrenderer.h | 112 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dvrenderers.h | 207 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/evtloop.h | 117 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/evtloopsrc.h | 41 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/filedlg.h | 86 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/font.h | 178 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/fontdlg.h | 172 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/frame.h | 118 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/gauge.h | 54 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/glcanvas.h | 163 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/helpxxxx.h | 49 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/icon.h | 97 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/imaglist.h | 60 + .../include/wx/osx/iphone/chkconf.h | 353 + .../include/wx/osx/iphone/private.h | 217 + .../include/wx/osx/iphone/private/textimpl.h | 108 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/joystick.h | 91 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/listbox.h | 180 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/listctrl.h | 426 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/mdi.h | 154 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/menu.h | 182 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/menuitem.h | 83 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/metafile.h | 178 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/mimetype.h | 1 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/minifram.h | 42 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/msgdlg.h | 48 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/nonownedwnd.h | 144 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/notebook.h | 142 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/palette.h | 41 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pen.h | 77 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pnghand.h | 39 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pngread.h | 287 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/popupwin.h | 37 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/printdlg.h | 112 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/printmac.h | 60 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private.h | 16 + .../include/wx/osx/private/glgrab.h | 13 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/print.h | 5 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/timer.h | 11 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/radiobox.h | 107 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/radiobut.h | 94 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/region.h | 8 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/scrolbar.h | 69 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/setup0.h | 1444 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/slider.h | 110 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/sound.h | 84 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/spinbutt.h | 77 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/spinctrl.h | 195 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/srchctrl.h | 84 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statbmp.h | 6 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statbox.h | 53 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statline.h | 57 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/stattext.h | 58 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statusbr.h | 43 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/taskbarosx.h | 58 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/textctrl.h | 164 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/textentry.h | 102 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/tglbtn.h | 104 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/toolbar.h | 123 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/tooltip.h | 58 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/toplevel.h | 97 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/treectrl.h | 291 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/uma.h | 3 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/window.h | 387 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/overlay.h | 97 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ownerdrw.h | 145 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/palette.h | 49 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/panel.h | 92 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/paper.h | 122 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/pen.h | 170 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist.h | 253 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/bookctrl.h | 67 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/toplevel.h | 129 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/treebook.h | 97 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/window.h | 80 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/pickerbase.h | 189 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/platform.h | 871 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/platinfo.h | 378 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/popupwin.h | 194 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/position.h | 60 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/power.h | 109 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/print.h | 39 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/printdlg.h | 122 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fd.h | 54 + .../include/wx/private/fdiodispatcher.h | 119 + .../include/wx/private/fdiohandler.h | 54 + .../include/wx/private/fdiomanager.h | 43 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fileback.h | 83 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/filename.h | 56 + .../include/wx/private/flagscheck.h | 117 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fontmgr.h | 250 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fswatcher.h | 92 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/graphics.h | 157 + .../include/wx/private/markupparser.h | 177 + .../include/wx/private/markupparserattr.h | 232 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/overlay.h | 67 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/sckaddr.h | 324 + .../include/wx/private/selectdispatcher.h | 127 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/socket.h | 378 + .../include/wx/private/threadinfo.h | 54 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/timer.h | 73 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/window.h | 39 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/wxprintf.h | 940 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/prntbase.h | 718 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/process.h | 177 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/progdlg.h | 60 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/propdlg.h | 19 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/file.h | 39 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/ftp.h | 177 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/http.h | 94 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/log.h | 55 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/protocol.h | 178 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ptr_scpd.h | 14 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ptr_shrd.h | 12 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/quantize.h | 76 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/radiobox.h | 177 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/radiobut.h | 61 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/range.h | 29 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rawbmp.h | 754 ++ .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/rearrangectrl.h | 233 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/recguard.h | 53 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/regex.h | 165 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/region.h | 297 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/renderer.h | 530 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/richmsgdlg.h | 89 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rtti.h | 320 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sashwin.h | 18 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckaddr.h | 223 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckipc.h | 160 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckstrm.h | 75 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopedarray.h | 120 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopedptr.h | 215 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopeguard.h | 553 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scrolbar.h | 87 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scrolwin.h | 457 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/selstore.h | 101 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/settings.h | 222 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_gccxml.h | 23 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_inc.h | 1392 +++ .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_redirect.h | 18 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sharedptr.h | 141 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sizer.h | 1299 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/slider.h | 159 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/snglinst.h | 97 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/socket.h | 413 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sound.h | 82 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/spinbutt.h | 143 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/spinctrl.h | 144 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/splash.h | 18 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/splitter.h | 47 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/srchctrl.h | 95 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sstream.h | 112 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stack.h | 85 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stackwalk.h | 160 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statbmp.h | 77 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statbox.h | 77 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statline.h | 106 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stattext.h | 113 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statusbr.h | 254 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stdpaths.h | 222 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stdstream.h | 111 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stockitem.h | 81 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stopwatch.h | 114 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/strconv.h | 678 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stream.h | 645 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/string.h | 4350 ++++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stringimpl.h | 571 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stringops.h | 175 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/strvararg.h | 1224 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sysopt.h | 75 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tarstrm.h | 354 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/taskbar.h | 142 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tbarbase.h | 709 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textbuf.h | 210 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textctrl.h | 877 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textdlg.h | 18 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textentry.h | 311 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textfile.h | 62 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textwrapper.h | 128 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tglbtn.h | 101 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/thread.h | 864 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/thrimpl.cpp | 350 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/timer.h | 193 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tipdlg.h | 86 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tipwin.h | 98 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tls.h | 140 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tokenzr.h | 149 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toolbar.h | 93 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toolbook.h | 144 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tooltip.h | 39 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toplevel.h | 419 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tracker.h | 92 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/translation.h | 320 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treebase.h | 432 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treebook.h | 257 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treectrl.h | 482 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/txtstrm.h | 161 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/typeinfo.h | 148 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/types.h | 93 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/uiaction.h | 89 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unichar.h | 349 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/app.h | 55 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/apptbase.h | 67 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/apptrait.h | 100 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/chkconf.h | 44 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/evtloop.h | 69 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/evtloopsrc.h | 49 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/execute.h | 94 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/fontutil.h | 37 + .../include/wx/unix/fswatcher_inotify.h | 35 + .../include/wx/unix/fswatcher_kqueue.h | 35 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/glx11.h | 165 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/joystick.h | 95 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/mimetype.h | 174 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/pipe.h | 138 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private.h | 20 + .../include/wx/unix/private/epolldispatcher.h | 54 + .../include/wx/unix/private/fdiounix.h | 28 + .../wx/unix/private/fswatcher_inotify.h | 72 + .../wx/unix/private/fswatcher_kqueue.h | 109 + .../include/wx/unix/private/sockunix.h | 145 + .../include/wx/unix/private/timer.h | 145 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/sound.h | 161 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/stackwalk.h | 99 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/stdpaths.h | 59 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/taskbarx11.h | 41 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/tls.h | 66 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/utilsx11.h | 79 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/uri.h | 188 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/url.h | 117 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ustring.h | 750 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/utils.h | 838 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valgen.h | 84 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/validate.h | 111 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valnum.h | 463 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valtext.h | 109 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/variant.h | 579 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/variantbase.h | 279 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vector.h | 496 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/version.h | 91 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/versioninfo.h | 78 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vidmode.h | 74 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vlbox.h | 312 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vms_x_fix.h | 1213 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/volume.h | 146 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vscroll.h | 876 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/weakref.h | 353 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wfstream.h | 256 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/window.h | 2004 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/windowid.h | 190 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wizard.h | 325 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wrapsizer.h | 100 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wupdlock.h | 37 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx.h | 113 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw.h | 65 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw_cm.h | 88 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw_d.h | 46 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwc.h | 49 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwc_d.h | 38 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa.h | 66 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_cm.h | 85 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_d.h | 47 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwu_d.h | 46 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxchar.h | 19 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrt.h | 987 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrtbase.h | 762 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrtvararg.h | 491 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxhtml.h | 22 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxprec.h | 70 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cw.h | 65 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cw_d.h | 46 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc.h | 45 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc_d.h | 38 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cw.h | 65 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cw_d.h | 46 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc.h | 45 + .../wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc_d.h | 38 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xlocale.h | 341 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xpmdecod.h | 52 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xpmhand.h | 25 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xti.h | 469 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xti2.h | 294 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtictor.h | 510 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtihandler.h | 113 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtiprop.h | 551 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtistrm.h | 407 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtitypes.h | 533 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtixml.h | 118 + Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/zipstrm.h | 575 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/zstream.h | 149 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/auibar.cpp | 2921 ++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/auibook.cpp | 4510 +++++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/descrip.mms | 77 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/dockart.cpp | 724 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/floatpane.cpp | 340 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/framemanager.cpp | 4785 +++++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/tabmdi.cpp | 838 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/accelcmn.cpp | 367 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/accesscmn.cpp | 26 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/anidecod.cpp | 359 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/animatecmn.cpp | 107 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/any.cpp | 538 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/appbase.cpp | 1263 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/appcmn.cpp | 484 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arcall.cpp | 41 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arcfind.cpp | 43 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/archive.cpp | 98 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arrstr.cpp | 566 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/artprov.cpp | 460 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/artstd.cpp | 252 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arttango.cpp | 328 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/base64.cpp | 241 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpbase.cpp | 201 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpbtncmn.cpp | 93 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpcboxcmn.cpp | 244 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bookctrl.cpp | 536 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/btncmn.cpp | 122 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cairo.cpp | 165 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/calctrlcmn.cpp | 199 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/checkboxcmn.cpp | 91 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/checklstcmn.cpp | 102 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/choiccmn.cpp | 116 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clipcmn.cpp | 112 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clntdata.cpp | 83 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/clrpickercmn.cpp | 149 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmdline.cpp | 1446 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmdproc.cpp | 331 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmndata.cpp | 398 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/colourcmn.cpp | 331 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/colourdata.cpp | 108 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/combocmn.cpp | 2881 ++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/config.cpp | 550 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/containr.cpp | 707 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/convauto.cpp | 314 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cshelp.cpp | 512 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ctrlcmn.cpp | 602 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ctrlsub.cpp | 295 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datavcmn.cpp | 2448 +++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datetime.cpp | 2392 +++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/common/datetimefmt.cpp | 2166 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datstrm.cpp | 759 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcbase.cpp | 1728 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcbufcmn.cpp | 158 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcgraph.cpp | 1148 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcsvg.cpp | 683 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/debugrpt.cpp | 726 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/descrip.mms | 701 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dircmn.cpp | 382 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/dirctrlcmn.cpp | 89 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dlgcmn.cpp | 1012 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dndcmn.cpp | 31 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dobjcmn.cpp | 544 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/docmdi.cpp | 27 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/docview.cpp | 2190 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dpycmn.cpp | 265 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dseldlg.cpp | 55 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dummy.cpp | 32 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynarray.cpp | 494 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynlib.cpp | 281 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynload.cpp | 361 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/effects.cpp | 129 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/emptydmy.cpp | 3 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/encconv.cpp | 508 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/event.cpp | 1781 ++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/common/evtloopcmn.cpp | 217 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/execcmn.cpp | 126 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/extended.c | 206 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fddlgcmn.cpp | 102 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/fdiodispatcher.cpp | 146 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ffile.cpp | 265 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/file.cpp | 596 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fileback.cpp | 334 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fileconf.cpp | 2135 ++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/common/filectrlcmn.cpp | 103 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filefn.cpp | 2071 ++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/common/filehistorycmn.cpp | 258 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filename.cpp | 2873 ++++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/common/filepickercmn.cpp | 222 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filesys.cpp | 760 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filtall.cpp | 36 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filtfind.cpp | 43 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fldlgcmn.cpp | 394 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fmapbase.cpp | 868 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontcmn.cpp | 1094 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontdata.cpp | 69 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/fontenumcmn.cpp | 135 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontmap.cpp | 527 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/fontmgrcmn.cpp | 338 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/fontpickercmn.cpp | 181 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/fontutilcmn.cpp | 66 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/framecmn.cpp | 667 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_arc.cpp | 534 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_filter.cpp | 92 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_inet.cpp | 166 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_mem.cpp | 284 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/fswatchercmn.cpp | 232 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ftp.cpp | 1022 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gaugecmn.cpp | 219 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gbsizer.cpp | 797 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gdicmn.cpp | 920 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/geometry.cpp | 364 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gifdecod.cpp | 968 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/glcmn.cpp | 379 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/graphcmn.cpp | 910 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gridcmn.cpp | 89 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hash.cpp | 383 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hashmap.cpp | 142 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/headercolcmn.cpp | 94 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/headerctrlcmn.cpp | 502 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/helpbase.cpp | 28 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/http.cpp | 506 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/hyperlnkcmn.cpp | 142 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/iconbndl.cpp | 293 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagall.cpp | 64 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagbmp.cpp | 1510 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/image.cpp | 3440 +++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagfill.cpp | 325 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imaggif.cpp | 829 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagiff.cpp | 792 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagjpeg.cpp | 500 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpcx.cpp | 502 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpng.cpp | 1103 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpnm.cpp | 216 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagtga.cpp | 874 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagtiff.cpp | 664 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagxpm.cpp | 226 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/init.cpp | 534 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/intl.cpp | 1739 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ipcbase.cpp | 131 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/languageinfo.cpp | 795 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/layout.cpp | 1026 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/lboxcmn.cpp | 336 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/list.cpp | 771 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/common/listctrlcmn.cpp | 131 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/log.cpp | 1069 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/longlong.cpp | 1363 +++ .../wxWidgets3/src/common/markupparser.cpp | 480 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/matrix.cpp | 601 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/common/mediactrlcmn.cpp | 554 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/memory.cpp | 1153 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/menucmn.cpp | 1076 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mimecmn.cpp | 762 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/module.cpp | 225 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/mousemanager.cpp | 188 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/msgout.cpp | 215 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mstream.cpp | 207 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/nbkbase.cpp | 205 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/numformatter.cpp | 283 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/object.cpp | 430 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/odcombocmn.cpp | 55 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/overlaycmn.cpp | 183 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/ownerdrwcmn.cpp | 105 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/panelcmn.cpp | 136 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/paper.cpp | 380 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/persist.cpp | 157 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/pickerbase.cpp | 179 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/platinfo.cpp | 355 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/popupcmn.cpp | 623 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/powercmn.cpp | 59 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/prntbase.cpp | 2123 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/process.cpp | 178 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/protocol.cpp | 219 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/quantize.cpp | 1656 ++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/common/radiobtncmn.cpp | 96 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/radiocmn.cpp | 373 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/rearrangectrl.cpp | 340 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/regex.cpp | 697 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rendcmn.cpp | 207 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rgncmn.cpp | 192 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckaddr.cpp | 1012 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckfile.cpp | 60 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckipc.cpp | 932 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckstrm.cpp | 88 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/scrolbarcmn.cpp | 92 + .../src/common/selectdispatcher.cpp | 265 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/settcmn.cpp | 69 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sizer.cpp | 2665 +++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/slidercmn.cpp | 110 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/socket.cpp | 2109 ++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/common/socketiohandler.cpp | 131 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/spinbtncmn.cpp | 99 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/spinctrlcmn.cpp | 106 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/srchcmn.cpp | 42 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sstream.cpp | 205 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statbar.cpp | 307 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/statbmpcmn.cpp | 87 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/statboxcmn.cpp | 83 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/statlinecmn.cpp | 82 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/stattextcmn.cpp | 263 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stdpbase.cpp | 163 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stdstream.cpp | 293 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stockitem.cpp | 337 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stopwatch.cpp | 331 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/strconv.cpp | 3448 +++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stream.cpp | 1460 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/string.cpp | 2332 +++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/common/stringimpl.cpp | 795 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stringops.cpp | 317 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/strvararg.cpp | 716 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sysopt.cpp | 117 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tarstrm.cpp | 1547 +++ .../wxWidgets3/src/common/taskbarcmn.cpp | 64 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tbarbase.cpp | 768 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textbuf.cpp | 284 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textcmn.cpp | 1094 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/common/textentrycmn.cpp | 371 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textfile.cpp | 316 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/timercmn.cpp | 139 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/timerimpl.cpp | 84 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tokenzr.cpp | 296 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/toplvcmn.cpp | 444 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/translation.cpp | 1889 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/treebase.cpp | 338 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/txtstrm.cpp | 544 + .../wxWidgets3/src/common/uiactioncmn.cpp | 104 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/unichar.cpp | 184 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/unictabl.inc | 898 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/uri.cpp | 1088 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/url.cpp | 496 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ustring.cpp | 538 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/utilscmn.cpp | 1669 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valgen.cpp | 657 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/validate.cpp | 45 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valnum.cpp | 299 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valtext.cpp | 335 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/variant.cpp | 2516 +++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wfstream.cpp | 431 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wincmn.cpp | 3831 +++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/windowid.cpp | 256 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wrapsizer.cpp | 598 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wxcrt.cpp | 1339 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wxprintf.cpp | 249 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xlocale.cpp | 349 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xpmdecod.cpp | 831 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xti.cpp | 972 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xtistrm.cpp | 681 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xtixml.cpp | 553 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/zipstrm.cpp | 2439 +++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/zstream.cpp | 444 + .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/aboutdlgg.cpp | 295 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/accel.cpp | 220 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/animateg.cpp | 697 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/bmpcboxg.cpp | 359 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/busyinfo.cpp | 134 + .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/buttonbar.cpp | 558 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/calctrlg.cpp | 1749 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/caret.cpp | 286 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/choicbkg.cpp | 269 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/choicdgg.cpp | 695 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/clrpickerg.cpp | 139 + .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/collpaneg.cpp | 304 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/colour.cpp | 57 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/colrdlgg.cpp | 585 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/combog.cpp | 504 + .../src/generic/commandlinkbuttong.cpp | 117 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/datavgen.cpp | 4638 +++++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/datectlg.cpp | 471 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dbgrptg.cpp | 529 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dcpsg.cpp | 2367 +++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/descrip.mms | 304 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dirctrlg.cpp | 1761 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dirdlgg.cpp | 372 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dragimgg.cpp | 573 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/editlbox.cpp | 397 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fdrepdlg.cpp | 293 + .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/filectrlg.cpp | 1469 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/filedlgg.cpp | 406 + .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/filepickerg.cpp | 93 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fontdlgg.cpp | 627 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/fontpickerg.cpp | 119 + .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/fswatcherg.cpp | 22 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/graphicc.cpp | 2009 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/grid.cpp | 8781 +++++++++++++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/gridctrl.cpp | 827 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/grideditors.cpp | 1556 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/gridsel.cpp | 1190 +++ .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/headerctrlg.cpp | 721 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/helpext.cpp | 488 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/htmllbox.cpp | 724 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/hyperlinkg.cpp | 267 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/icon.cpp | 47 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/imaglist.cpp | 278 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/infobar.cpp | 374 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/laywin.cpp | 347 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/listbkg.cpp | 430 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/listctrl.cpp | 5262 ++++++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/logg.cpp | 1096 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/markuptext.cpp | 254 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/mask.cpp | 76 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/mdig.cpp | 643 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/msgdlgg.cpp | 267 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/notebook.cpp | 756 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/notifmsgg.cpp | 245 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/numdlgg.cpp | 182 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/odcombo.cpp | 1194 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/paletteg.cpp | 158 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/panelg.cpp | 69 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/printps.cpp | 372 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/prntdlgg.cpp | 1108 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/progdlgg.cpp | 818 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/propdlg.cpp | 234 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/regiong.cpp | 1936 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/renderg.cpp | 810 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/richmsgdlgg.cpp | 90 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/sashwin.cpp | 708 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/scrlwing.cpp | 1567 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/selstore.cpp | 232 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/spinctlg.cpp | 606 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/splash.cpp | 205 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/splitter.cpp | 1047 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/srchctlg.cpp | 1205 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statbmpg.cpp | 49 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statline.cpp | 86 + .../wxWidgets3/src/generic/stattextg.cpp | 169 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statusbr.cpp | 542 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tabg.cpp | 1289 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/textdlgg.cpp | 194 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/timer.cpp | 291 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tipdlg.cpp | 352 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tipwin.cpp | 380 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/toolbkg.cpp | 395 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/treebkg.cpp | 765 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/treectlg.cpp | 4081 ++++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/vlbox.cpp | 744 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/vscroll.cpp | 1016 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/wizard.cpp | 1002 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/aboutdlg.cpp | 226 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/animate.cpp | 478 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/app.cpp | 537 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/artgtk.cpp | 375 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.c | 507 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bdiag.xbm | 6 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bitmap.cpp | 896 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bmpbuttn.cpp | 41 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bmpcbox.cpp | 378 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/brush.cpp | 160 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/button.cpp | 709 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/calctrl.cpp | 174 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cdiag.xbm | 6 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/checkbox.cpp | 243 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/checklst.cpp | 158 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/choice.cpp | 386 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/clipbrd.cpp | 755 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/clrpicker.cpp | 96 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/collpane.cpp | 291 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/colordlg.cpp | 208 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/colour.cpp | 187 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/combobox.cpp | 368 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/control.cpp | 319 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cross.xbm | 6 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cursor.cpp | 440 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dataobj.cpp | 459 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dataview.cpp | 5090 ++++++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dc.cpp | 62 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcclient.cpp | 2429 +++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcmemory.cpp | 168 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcscreen.cpp | 70 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/descrip.mms | 262 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dialog.cpp | 161 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dirdlg.cpp | 178 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dnd.cpp | 896 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/eggtrayicon.c | 640 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/eggtrayicon.h | 85 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/evtloop.cpp | 374 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/fdiag.xbm | 6 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filectrl.cpp | 459 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filedlg.cpp | 450 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filehistory.cpp | 56 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filepicker.cpp | 277 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/font.cpp | 450 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/fontdlg.cpp | 148 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/fontpicker.cpp | 112 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/frame.cpp | 404 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gauge.cpp | 130 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/glcanvas.cpp | 281 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gnome/gprint.cpp | 2128 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gnome/gvfs.cpp | 166 + .../wxWidgets3/src/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.cpp | 132 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/horiz.xbm | 6 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/hyperlink.cpp | 242 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/infobar.cpp | 281 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/listbox.cpp | 942 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/mdi.cpp | 446 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/menu.cpp | 1274 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/minifram.cpp | 431 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/mnemonics.cpp | 203 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/msgdlg.cpp | 309 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/nativewin.cpp | 134 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/notebook.cpp | 572 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/pen.cpp | 250 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/popupwin.cpp | 231 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/print.cpp | 2357 +++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/private.cpp | 251 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/radiobox.cpp | 643 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/radiobut.cpp | 180 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/region.cpp | 478 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/renderer.cpp | 754 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/scrolbar.cpp | 248 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/scrolwin.cpp | 195 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/settings.cpp | 460 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/slider.cpp | 528 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/sockgtk.cpp | 73 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/spinbutt.cpp | 220 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/spinctrl.cpp | 375 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/statbmp.cpp | 83 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/statbox.cpp | 161 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/statline.cpp | 82 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/stattext.cpp | 257 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/taskbar.cpp | 300 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/textctrl.cpp | 1912 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/textentry.cpp | 405 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/tglbtn.cpp | 332 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/timer.cpp | 74 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/toolbar.cpp | 759 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/tooltip.cpp | 139 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/toplevel.cpp | 1455 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/treeentry_gtk.c | 190 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/utilsgtk.cpp | 513 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/verti.xbm | 6 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/win_gtk.cpp | 353 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/window.cpp | 4543 +++++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/aboutdlg.cpp | 74 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/accel.cpp | 155 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/app.cpp | 1063 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/artmsw.cpp | 129 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/basemsw.cpp | 99 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/bitmap.cpp | 1776 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/bmpbuttn.cpp | 145 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/bmpcbox.cpp | 418 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/brush.cpp | 336 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/button.cpp | 1548 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/calctrl.cpp | 510 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/caret.cpp | 190 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/checkbox.cpp | 468 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/checklst.cpp | 435 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/choice.cpp | 758 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/clipbrd.cpp | 945 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/colordlg.cpp | 276 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/colour.cpp | 50 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/combo.cpp | 852 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/combobox.cpp | 691 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/msw/commandlinkbutton.cpp | 203 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/control.cpp | 503 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/crashrpt.cpp | 384 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/cursor.cpp | 401 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/data.cpp | 18 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/datecontrols.cpp | 91 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/datectrl.cpp | 308 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dc.cpp | 2742 +++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dcclient.cpp | 393 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dcmemory.cpp | 207 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dcprint.cpp | 503 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dcscreen.cpp | 40 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dde.cpp | 1181 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/debughlp.cpp | 767 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dialog.cpp | 470 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dialup.cpp | 1338 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dib.cpp | 828 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dir.cpp | 415 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dirdlg.cpp | 249 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/display.cpp | 531 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dlmsw.cpp | 337 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dragimag.cpp | 473 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/enhmeta.cpp | 569 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/evtloop.cpp | 596 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/fdrepdlg.cpp | 510 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/filedlg.cpp | 654 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/font.cpp | 1036 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/fontdlg.cpp | 125 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/fontenum.cpp | 292 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/fontutil.cpp | 294 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/frame.cpp | 1003 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/fswatcher.cpp | 383 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/gauge.cpp | 228 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/gdiimage.cpp | 610 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/gdiobj.cpp | 60 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/gdiplus.cpp | 915 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/glcanvas.cpp | 900 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/graphics.cpp | 2103 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/headerctrl.cpp | 696 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/helpbest.cpp | 108 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/helpchm.cpp | 234 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/helpwin.cpp | 127 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/hyperlink.cpp | 185 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/icon.cpp | 158 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/imaglist.cpp | 453 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/iniconf.cpp | 480 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/joystick.cpp | 655 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/listbox.cpp | 768 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/listctrl.cpp | 3326 +++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/main.cpp | 437 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/mdi.cpp | 1534 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/mediactrl_am.cpp | 2267 +++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/mediactrl_qt.cpp | 1289 +++ .../wxWidgets3/src/msw/mediactrl_wmp10.cpp | 1525 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/menu.cpp | 1470 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/menuitem.cpp | 1296 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/metafile.cpp | 532 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/microwin.c | 365 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/mimetype.cpp | 860 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/minifram.cpp | 25 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/msgdlg.cpp | 822 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/mslu.cpp | 229 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/nativdlg.cpp | 330 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/nativewin.cpp | 89 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/notebook.cpp | 1325 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/notifmsg.cpp | 429 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/access.cpp | 2014 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/activex.cpp | 1267 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/automtn.cpp | 666 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/dataobj.cpp | 1326 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/dropsrc.cpp | 248 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/droptgt.cpp | 588 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/oleutils.cpp | 533 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/uuid.cpp | 179 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ownerdrw.cpp | 150 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/palette.cpp | 189 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/panel.cpp | 61 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/pen.cpp | 603 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/penwin.cpp | 114 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/popupwin.cpp | 113 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/power.cpp | 112 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/printdlg.cpp | 1133 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/printwin.cpp | 463 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/progdlg.cpp | 935 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/radiobox.cpp | 913 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/radiobut.cpp | 300 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/regconf.cpp | 783 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/region.cpp | 463 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/registry.cpp | 1568 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/renderer.cpp | 883 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/richmsgdlg.cpp | 83 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/scrolbar.cpp | 249 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/settings.cpp | 518 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/slider.cpp | 760 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/snglinst.cpp | 130 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/sockmsw.cpp | 490 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/sound.cpp | 205 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/spinbutt.cpp | 278 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/spinctrl.cpp | 728 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/stackwalk.cpp | 416 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/statbmp.cpp | 289 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/statbox.cpp | 531 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/statline.cpp | 75 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/stattext.cpp | 234 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/statusbar.cpp | 655 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/stdpaths.cpp | 407 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/taskbar.cpp | 437 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/textctrl.cpp | 2805 ++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/textentry.cpp | 521 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/tglbtn.cpp | 334 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/thread.cpp | 1408 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/timer.cpp | 244 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/toolbar.cpp | 1955 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/tooltip.cpp | 586 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/toplevel.cpp | 1480 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/treectrl.cpp | 3886 ++++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/uiaction.cpp | 92 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/urlmsw.cpp | 249 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/utils.cpp | 1777 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/utilsexc.cpp | 1151 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/utilsgui.cpp | 479 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/uxtheme.cpp | 177 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/version.rc | 71 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/volume.cpp | 628 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/checklst.cpp | 394 + .../wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/choicece.cpp | 554 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/clean_vcp.py | 49 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/crt.cpp | 82 + .../wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/filedlgwce.cpp | 133 + .../wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/filefnwce.cpp | 211 + .../wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/helpwce.cpp | 123 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/menuce.cpp | 273 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/net.cpp | 185 + .../wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/tbarwce.cpp | 653 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/textctrlce.cpp | 1208 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/time.cpp | 762 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/window.cpp | 7327 ++++++++++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/winestub.c | 45 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/accel.cpp | 109 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/artmac.cpp | 144 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/bmpbuttn_osx.cpp | 76 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/brush.cpp | 192 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/button_osx.cpp | 252 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/Info.plist.in | 43 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/aboutdlg.cpp | 88 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/app.cpp | 1548 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/apprsrc.h | 1 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/apprsrc.r | 1 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/bmpbuttn.cpp | 151 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/button.cpp | 211 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/carbrsrc.r | 7 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/checkbox.cpp | 42 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/choice.cpp | 66 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/clipbrd.cpp | 203 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/colordlg.cpp | 77 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/colordlgosx.mm | 179 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/combobox.cpp | 681 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/combobxc.cpp | 784 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/control.cpp | 91 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/corersrc.r | 159 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/cursor.cpp | 699 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dataobj.cpp | 762 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dataview.cpp | 2798 ++++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dcclient.cpp | 191 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dcprint.cpp | 419 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dcscreen.cpp | 105 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dialog.cpp | 41 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dirdlg.cpp | 142 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dirmac.cpp | 257 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dnd.cpp | 423 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/drawer.cpp | 199 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dummy.txt | 0 .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/evtloop.cpp | 162 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/filedlg.cpp | 618 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/font.cpp | 1283 +++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/fontdlg.cpp | 840 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/fontdlgosx.mm | 559 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/frame.cpp | 432 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/gauge.cpp | 96 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/gdiobj.cpp | 74 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/glcanvas.cpp | 452 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/graphics.cpp | 3009 ++++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/helpxxxx.cpp | 80 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/icon.cpp | 476 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/joystick.cpp | 1 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/listbox.cpp | 685 ++ .../src/osx/carbon/listctrl_mac.cpp | 3453 +++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/main.cpp | 12 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/mdi.cpp | 445 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/mediactrl.cpp | 1236 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/menu.cpp | 420 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/menuitem.cpp | 25 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/metafile.cpp | 373 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/mimetmac.cpp | 1959 ++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/msgdlg.cpp | 273 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/nonownedwnd.cpp | 1703 ++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/notebmac.cpp | 191 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/overlay.cpp | 183 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/popupwin.cpp | 80 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/printdlg.cpp | 121 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/radiobut.cpp | 38 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/region.cpp | 600 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/renderer.cpp | 823 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/scrolbar.cpp | 57 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/settings.cpp | 279 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/slider.cpp | 54 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/sound.cpp | 374 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/spinbutt.cpp | 43 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/srchctrl.cpp | 223 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/statbmp.cpp | 84 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/statbox.cpp | 38 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/statbrma.cpp | 180 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/statline.cpp | 41 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/statlmac.cpp | 54 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/stattext.cpp | 141 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/taskbar.cpp | 507 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/textctrl.cpp | 2285 +++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/tglbtn.cpp | 69 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/thread.cpp | 1334 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/timer.cpp | 99 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/toolbar.cpp | 1836 ++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/tooltip.cpp | 258 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/uma.cpp | 276 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/utils.cpp | 1037 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/utilscocoa.mm | 656 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/window.cpp | 1561 +++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/wxmac.icns | Bin 0 -> 36901 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/checkbox_osx.cpp | 184 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/checklst_osx.cpp | 154 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/choice_osx.cpp | 288 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/aboutdlg.mm | 101 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/button.mm | 452 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/checkbox.mm | 39 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/choice.mm | 119 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/colour.mm | 46 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/combobox.mm | 214 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/dataview.mm | 3229 ++++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/dialog.mm | 47 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/dirdlg.mm | 127 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/dnd.mm | 257 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/evtloop.mm | 421 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/filedlg.mm | 634 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/gauge.mm | 103 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/glcanvas.mm | 307 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/listbox.mm | 575 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/menu.mm | 229 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/menuitem.mm | 352 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/msgdlg.mm | 284 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/nonownedwnd.mm | 986 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/notebook.mm | 258 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/overlay.mm | 192 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/printdlg.mm | 99 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/radiobut.mm | 37 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/scrolbar.mm | 157 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/slider.mm | 116 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/spinbutt.mm | 121 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/srchctrl.mm | 178 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/statbox.mm | 81 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/statline.mm | 50 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/stattext.mm | 163 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/taskbar.mm | 422 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/textctrl.mm | 783 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/tglbtn.mm | 74 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/toolbar.mm | 1576 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/tooltip.mm | 88 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/utils.mm | 406 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/window.mm | 2249 +++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/combobox_osx.cpp | 222 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/bitmap.cpp | 1896 ++++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/cfstring.cpp | 726 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/colour.cpp | 154 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/dcmemory.cpp | 114 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/display.cpp | 313 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/evtloop_cf.cpp | 557 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/fontenum.cpp | 123 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/glgrab.cpp | 219 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/hid.cpp | 745 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/hidjoystick.cpp | 903 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/mimetype.cpp | 662 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/printmac.cpp | 879 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/sockosx.cpp | 292 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/sound.cpp | 149 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/stdpaths_cf.cpp | 186 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/strconv_cf.cpp | 239 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/timer.cpp | 114 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/utilsexc_base.cpp | 287 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/utilsexc_cf.cpp | 134 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/dataview_osx.cpp | 767 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/dialog_osx.cpp | 176 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/dnd_osx.cpp | 176 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/fontutil.cpp | 88 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/gauge_osx.cpp | 73 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/glcanvas_osx.cpp | 182 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/imaglist.cpp | 309 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/button.mm | 128 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/checkbox.mm | 80 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/dialog.mm | 36 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/evtloop.mm | 143 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/gauge.mm | 94 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/glcanvas.mm | 424 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/msgdlg.mm | 138 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/nonownedwnd.mm | 452 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/scrolbar.mm | 24 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/slider.mm | 105 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/stattext.mm | 105 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/textctrl.mm | 749 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/toolbar.mm | 429 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/utils.mm | 339 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/window.mm | 803 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/listbox_osx.cpp | 417 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/menu_osx.cpp | 905 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/menuitem_osx.cpp | 255 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/minifram.cpp | 20 + .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/nonownedwnd_osx.cpp | 521 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/notebook_osx.cpp | 532 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/palette.cpp | 155 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/pen.cpp | 313 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/printdlg_osx.cpp | 190 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/radiobox_osx.cpp | 562 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/radiobut_osx.cpp | 172 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/scrolbar_osx.cpp | 179 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/slider_osx.cpp | 529 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/sound_osx.cpp | 177 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/spinbutt_osx.cpp | 151 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/spinctrl_osx.cpp | 443 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/srchctrl_osx.cpp | 224 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/statbox_osx.cpp | 80 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/statline_osx.cpp | 64 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/stattext_osx.cpp | 131 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/textctrl_osx.cpp | 793 ++ .../wxWidgets3/src/osx/textentry_osx.cpp | 227 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/tglbtn_osx.cpp | 169 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/toolbar_osx.cpp | 37 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/toplevel_osx.cpp | 215 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/uiaction_osx.cpp | 373 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/utils_osx.cpp | 247 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/window_osx.cpp | 2726 +++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/wxmac.icns | Bin 0 -> 45458 bytes Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/apptraits.cpp | 83 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/appunix.cpp | 101 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/descrip.mms | 134 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/dialup.cpp | 830 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/dir.cpp | 324 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/displayx11.cpp | 487 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/dlunix.cpp | 459 + .../wxWidgets3/src/unix/epolldispatcher.cpp | 248 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/evtloopunix.cpp | 327 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/fdiounix.cpp | 104 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/fontenum.cpp | 352 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/fontutil.cpp | 1468 +++ .../wxWidgets3/src/unix/fswatcher_inotify.cpp | 491 + .../wxWidgets3/src/unix/fswatcher_kqueue.cpp | 440 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/glx11.cpp | 468 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/joystick.cpp | 528 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/mediactrl.cpp | 1593 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/mimetype.cpp | 1031 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/net.cpp | 420 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/snglinst.cpp | 398 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/sockunix.cpp | 244 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/sound.cpp | 721 ++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/sound_sdl.cpp | 333 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/stackwalk.cpp | 309 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/stdpaths.cpp | 279 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/taskbarx11.cpp | 339 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/threadpsx.cpp | 1855 ++++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/timerunx.cpp | 288 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/uiactionx11.cpp | 158 + Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/utilsunx.cpp | 1591 +++ Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/utilsx11.cpp | 928 ++ 1945 files changed, 694474 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/addbookm.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/back.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cdrom.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/close.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/copy.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cross.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cut.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/deffile.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/delbookm.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/delete.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/dir_up.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/down.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/exefile.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/fileopen.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/filesave.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/filesaveas.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/find.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/findrepl.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/first.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/floppy.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/folder.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/folder_open.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/forward.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/error.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/info.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/question.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/warning.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/harddisk.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/helpicon.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/home.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmbook.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmfoldr.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmoptns.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmpage.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmsidep.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/last.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/listview.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/minus.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/missimg.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/error.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/info.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/question.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/warning.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/new.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/new_dir.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/osx/README create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/osx/close.png create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/osx/close_current.png create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/osx/close_pressed.png create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/paste.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/plus.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/print.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/quit.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/redo.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/removable.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/repview.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/application_x_executable.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/dialog_error.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/dialog_information.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/dialog_warning.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/document_new.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/document_open.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/document_print.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/document_save.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/document_save_as.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/drive_harddisk.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/drive_optical.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/drive_removable_media.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_copy.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_cut.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_delete.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_find.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_find_replace.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_paste.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_redo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/edit_undo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/folder.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/folder_new.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/folder_open.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_down.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_first.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_home.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_last.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_next.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_previous.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/go_up.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/image_missing.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/list_add.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/list_remove.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tango/text_x_generic.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tick.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/tipicon.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/toparent.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/undo.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/up.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin.ico create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin16x16.png create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin16x16.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin32x32.png create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin32x32.xpm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aboutdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/accel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/access.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/afterstd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/anidecod.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/animate.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/animdecod.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/any.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/anystr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/app.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/apptrait.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/archive.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/arrimpl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/arrstr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/artprov.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/atomic.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/aui.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/auibar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/auibook.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/dockart.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/floatpane.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/framemanager.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/tabmdi.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/base64.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/beforestd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bitmap.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bmpbuttn.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bmpcbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bookctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/brush.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/buffer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/build.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/busyinfo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/button.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cairo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/calctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/caret.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/chartype.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checkbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checkeddelete.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checklst.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/chkconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choicdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choice.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choicebk.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clipbrd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clntdata.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clrpicker.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdargs.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdline.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdproc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmndata.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSApplication.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSBox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSButton.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSControl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSMenu.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSPanel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSScroller.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSSlider.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTabView.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTableDataSource.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTableView.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTextField.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSView.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSWindow.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/ObjcRef.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/app.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/autorelease.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/bitmap.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/bmpbuttn.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/brush.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/button.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/checkbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/checklst.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/chkconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/choice.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/clipbrd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/colordlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/colour.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/combobox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/control.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/cursor.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataform.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataobj.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataobj2.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcclient.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcmemory.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcscreen.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dialog.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dirdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/drawer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/evtloop.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/filedlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/font.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/fontdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/frame.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/gauge.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/glcanvas.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/icon.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/listbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/log.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/mbarman.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/mdi.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/menu.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/menuitem.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/msgdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/notebook.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSMenu.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSSlider.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSView.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSWindow.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/objc_uniquifying.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/pen.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/private/fontfactory.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/private/scrollview.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/private/timer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/radiobox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/radiobut.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/region.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/scrolbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/slider.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/sound.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/spinbutt.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statbmp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statline.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/stattext.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/string.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/taskbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/textctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/toolbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/tooltip.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/toplevel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/trackingrectmanager.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/window.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/collpane.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colordlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colour.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colourdata.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/combo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/combobox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/commandlinkbutton.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/compositewin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/confbase.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/config.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/containr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/control.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/convauto.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cpp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cppunit.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/crt.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cshelp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ctrlsub.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cursor.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dataobj.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dataview.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datectrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dateevt.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datetime.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datstrm.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcbuffer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcclient.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcgraph.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcmemory.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcmirror.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcprint.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcps.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcscreen.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcsvg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dde.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/debug.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/debugrpt.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/defs.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dialog.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dialup.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dir.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dirctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dirdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/display.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/display_impl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dlimpexp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dlist.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dnd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/docmdi.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/docview.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dragimag.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dvrenderers.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynarray.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynlib.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynload.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/editlbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/effects.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/encconv.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/encinfo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/event.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/evtloop.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/evtloopsrc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/except.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fdrepdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/features.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ffile.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/file.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fileconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filectrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filedlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filefn.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filehistory.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filename.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filepicker.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filesys.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/flags.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fmappriv.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/font.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontdata.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontenc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontenum.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontmap.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontpicker.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontutil.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/frame.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_arc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_filter.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_inet.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_mem.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_zip.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fswatcher.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gauge.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gbsizer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gdicmn.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gdiobj.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/accel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/animate.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/bmpcbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/busyinfo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/buttonbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/calctrlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/caret.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/choicdgg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/clrpickerg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/collpaneg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/colour.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/colrdlgg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/combo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/ctrlsub.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dataview.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/datectrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dcpsg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dirctrlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dirdlgg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dragimgg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dvrenderer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dvrenderers.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filectrlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filedlgg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filepickerg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fontdlgg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fontpickerg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fswatcher.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/grid.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/gridctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/grideditors.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/gridsel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/headerctrlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/helpext.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/hyperlink.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/icon.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/imaglist.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/infobar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/laywin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/listctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/logg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/mask.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/mdig.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/msgdlgg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/notebook.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/notifmsg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/numdlgg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/paletteg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/panelg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/printps.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/grid.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/listctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/markuptext.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/timer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/prntdlgg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/progdlgg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/propdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/region.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/richmsgdlgg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/sashwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/scrolwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/spinctlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/splash.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/splitter.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/srchctlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statbmpg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statline.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/stattextg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statusbr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/tabg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/textdlgg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/treectlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/wizard.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/geometry.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gifdecod.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/glcanvas.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/graphics.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/grid.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/accel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/animate.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/app.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bitmap.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bmpbuttn.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bmpcbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/brush.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/button.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/calctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/checkbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/checklst.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/chkconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/choice.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/clipbrd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/clrpicker.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/collpane.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/colordlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/colour.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/combobox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/control.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/cursor.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataform.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataobj.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataobj2.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataview.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcclient.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcmemory.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcscreen.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dialog.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dirdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dnd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dvrenderer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dvrenderers.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/evtloop.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/evtloopsrc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filectrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filedlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filehistory.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filepicker.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/font.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/fontdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/fontpicker.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/frame.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gauge.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/glcanvas.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gnome/gprint.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gnome/gvfs.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/hyperlink.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/infobar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/listbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/mdi.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/menu.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/menuitem.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/minifram.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/msgdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/notebook.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/pen.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/popupwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/print.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/gdkconv.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/messagetype.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/mnemonics.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/object.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/string.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/timer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/win_gtk.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/radiobox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/radiobut.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/region.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/scrolbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/scrolwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/slider.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/spinbutt.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/spinctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statbmp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statline.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/stattext.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/taskbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/textctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/textentry.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/tglbtn.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/toolbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/tooltip.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/toplevel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/treeentry_gtk.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/window.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hash.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hashmap.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hashset.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/headercol.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/headerctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/help.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helpbase.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helphtml.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helpwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/htmllbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hyperlink.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/icon.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iconbndl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iconloc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagbmp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/image.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imaggif.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagiff.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagjpeg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imaglist.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpcx.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpng.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpnm.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagtga.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagtiff.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagxpm.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/infobar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/init.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/intl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iosfwrap.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ioswrap.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ipc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ipcbase.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/joystick.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/kbdstate.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/language.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/layout.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/laywin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/link.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/list.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbase.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbook.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listimpl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/log.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/longlong.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/math.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/matrix.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mdi.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mediactrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memory.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memtext.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/menu.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/menuitem.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/convertible.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/if.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/implicitconversion.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/int2type.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/movable.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/pod.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/metafile.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mimetype.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/minifram.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/module.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mousemanager.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mousestate.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgout.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgqueue.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mstream.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/accel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/amd64.manifest create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/app.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/apptbase.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/apptrait.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bitmap.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/blank.cur create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bmpcbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/brush.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bullseye.cur create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/button.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/calctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/caret.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/cdrom.ico create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/checkbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/checklst.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/child.ico create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/chkconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/choice.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/clipbrd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colordlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colour.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colours.bmp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/combo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/combobox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/commandlinkbutton.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/computer.ico create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/control.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/crashrpt.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/cross.cur create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/csquery.bmp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ctrlsub.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/cursor.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/datectrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcclient.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcmemory.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcprint.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcscreen.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dde.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/debughlp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dialog.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dib.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dirdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dragimag.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/drive.ico create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/enhmeta.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/evtloop.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/file1.ico create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/filedlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/floppy.ico create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/folder1.ico create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/folder2.ico create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/font.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fontdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/frame.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fswatcher.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gauge.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gccpriv.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gdiimage.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/genrcdefs.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/glcanvas.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/hand.cur create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/headerctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpbest.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpchm.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/htmlhelp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/hyperlink.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ia64.manifest create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/icon.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/imaglist.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/iniconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/joystick.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/libraries.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/listbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/listctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/magnif1.cur create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mdi.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mdi.ico create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/menu.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/menuitem.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/metafile.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/microwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mimetype.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/minifram.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/missing.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/msgdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mslu.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/msvcrt.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/notebook.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/notifmsg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/access.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/activex.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/automtn.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataform.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/oleutils.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/uuid.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ownerdrw.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/palette.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/panel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pbrush.cur create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pen.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pencil.cur create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pntleft.cur create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pntright.cur create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/popupwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/printdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/printwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/button.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/datecontrols.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/dc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/fswatcher.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/keyboard.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/metrics.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/msgdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/sockmsw.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/timer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/progdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/question.ico create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/radiobox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/radiobut.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/rcdefs.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/regconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/region.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/registry.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/removble.ico create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/richmsgdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/rightarr.cur create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/roller.cur create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/scrolbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/seh.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/setup0.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/setup_inc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/slider.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/sound.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/spinbutt.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/spinctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stackwalk.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statbmp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statline.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stattext.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statusbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/std.ico create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stdpaths.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/subwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/taskbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/textctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/textentry.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tglbtn.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tls.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/toolbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tooltip.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/toplevel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/treectrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/uxtheme.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/uxthemep.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/checklst.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/choicece.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/libraries.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/missing.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/net.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/resources.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/setup.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/smartphone.rc create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/textctrlce.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/time.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/wince.rc create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/window.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/winundef.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapcctl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapgdip.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapshl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wx.manifest create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wx.rc create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/nativewin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/nonownedwnd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/notebook.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/notifmsg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/numdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/numformatter.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/object.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/odcombo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/accel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/app.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/bitmap.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/bmpbuttn.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/brush.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/button.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/chkconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/dataview.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/drawer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/evtloop.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/mimetype.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/mactext.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/overlay.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/print.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/timer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/region.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/statbmp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/uma.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/checkbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/checklst.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/chkconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/choice.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/clipbrd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/chkconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/dataview.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/evtloop.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/markuptoattr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/overlay.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/textimpl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/colordlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/colour.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/combobox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/config_xcode.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/control.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfdataref.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfref.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfstring.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/colour.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/dataview.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/hid.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/joystick.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/mimetype.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/private.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/private/strconv_cf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/private/timer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/stdpaths.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cursor.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataform.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataobj.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataobj2.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataview.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcclient.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcmemory.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcprint.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcscreen.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dialog.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dirdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dnd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dvrenderer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dvrenderers.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/evtloop.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/evtloopsrc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/filedlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/font.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/fontdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/frame.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/gauge.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/glcanvas.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/helpxxxx.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/icon.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/imaglist.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/iphone/chkconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/iphone/private.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/iphone/private/textimpl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/joystick.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/listbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/listctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/mdi.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/menu.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/menuitem.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/metafile.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/mimetype.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/minifram.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/msgdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/nonownedwnd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/notebook.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/palette.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pen.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pnghand.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pngread.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/popupwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/printdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/printmac.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/glgrab.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/print.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/timer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/radiobox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/radiobut.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/region.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/scrolbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/setup0.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/slider.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/sound.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/spinbutt.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/spinctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/srchctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statbmp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statline.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/stattext.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statusbr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/taskbarosx.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/textctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/textentry.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/tglbtn.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/toolbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/tooltip.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/toplevel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/treectrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/uma.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/window.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/overlay.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ownerdrw.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/palette.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/panel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/paper.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/pen.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/bookctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/toplevel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/treebook.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/window.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/pickerbase.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/platform.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/platinfo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/popupwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/position.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/power.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/print.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/printdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fdiodispatcher.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fdiohandler.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fdiomanager.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fileback.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/filename.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/flagscheck.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fontmgr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fswatcher.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/graphics.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/markupparser.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/markupparserattr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/overlay.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/sckaddr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/selectdispatcher.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/socket.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/threadinfo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/timer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/window.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/wxprintf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/prntbase.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/process.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/progdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/propdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/file.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/ftp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/http.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/log.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/protocol.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ptr_scpd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ptr_shrd.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/quantize.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/radiobox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/radiobut.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/range.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rawbmp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rearrangectrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/recguard.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/regex.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/region.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/renderer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/richmsgdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rtti.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sashwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckaddr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckipc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckstrm.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopedarray.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopedptr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopeguard.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scrolbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scrolwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/selstore.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/settings.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_gccxml.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_inc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_redirect.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sharedptr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sizer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/slider.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/snglinst.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/socket.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sound.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/spinbutt.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/spinctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/splash.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/splitter.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/srchctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sstream.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stack.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stackwalk.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statbmp.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statline.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stattext.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statusbr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stdpaths.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stdstream.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stockitem.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stopwatch.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/strconv.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stream.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/string.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stringimpl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stringops.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/strvararg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sysopt.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tarstrm.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/taskbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tbarbase.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textbuf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textctrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textentry.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textfile.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textwrapper.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tglbtn.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/thread.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/thrimpl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/timer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tipdlg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tipwin.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tls.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tokenzr.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toolbar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toolbook.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tooltip.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toplevel.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tracker.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/translation.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treebase.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treebook.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treectrl.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/txtstrm.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/typeinfo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/types.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/uiaction.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unichar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/app.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/apptbase.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/apptrait.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/chkconf.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/evtloop.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/evtloopsrc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/execute.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/fontutil.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/fswatcher_inotify.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/fswatcher_kqueue.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/glx11.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/joystick.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/mimetype.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/pipe.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/epolldispatcher.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/fdiounix.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/fswatcher_inotify.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/fswatcher_kqueue.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/sockunix.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/timer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/sound.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/stackwalk.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/stdpaths.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/taskbarx11.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/tls.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/utilsx11.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/uri.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/url.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ustring.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/utils.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valgen.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/validate.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valnum.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valtext.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/variant.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/variantbase.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vector.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/version.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/versioninfo.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vidmode.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vlbox.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vms_x_fix.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/volume.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vscroll.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/weakref.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wfstream.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/window.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/windowid.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wizard.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wrapsizer.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wupdlock.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw_cm.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw_d.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwc_d.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_cm.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_d.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwu_d.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxchar.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrt.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrtbase.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrtvararg.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxhtml.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxprec.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cw.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cw_d.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc_d.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cw.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cw_d.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc_d.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xlocale.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xpmdecod.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xpmhand.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xti.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xti2.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtictor.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtihandler.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtiprop.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtistrm.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtitypes.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtixml.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/zipstrm.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/zstream.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/auibar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/auibook.cpp create mode 100755 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/descrip.mms create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/dockart.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/floatpane.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/framemanager.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/tabmdi.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/accelcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/accesscmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/anidecod.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/animatecmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/any.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/appbase.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/appcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arcall.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arcfind.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/archive.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arrstr.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/artprov.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/artstd.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arttango.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/base64.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpbase.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpbtncmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpcboxcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bookctrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/btncmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cairo.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/calctrlcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/checkboxcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/checklstcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/choiccmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clipcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clntdata.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clrpickercmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmdline.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmdproc.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmndata.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/colourcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/colourdata.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/combocmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/config.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/containr.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/convauto.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cshelp.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ctrlcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ctrlsub.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datavcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datetime.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datetimefmt.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datstrm.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcbase.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcbufcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcgraph.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcsvg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/debugrpt.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/descrip.mms create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dircmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dirctrlcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dlgcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dndcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dobjcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/docmdi.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/docview.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dpycmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dseldlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dummy.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynarray.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynlib.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynload.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/effects.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/emptydmy.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/encconv.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/event.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/evtloopcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/execcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/extended.c create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fddlgcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fdiodispatcher.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ffile.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/file.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fileback.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fileconf.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filectrlcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filefn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filehistorycmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filename.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filepickercmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filesys.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filtall.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filtfind.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fldlgcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fmapbase.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontdata.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontenumcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontmap.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontmgrcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontpickercmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontutilcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/framecmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_arc.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_filter.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_inet.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_mem.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fswatchercmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ftp.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gaugecmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gbsizer.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gdicmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/geometry.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gifdecod.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/glcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/graphcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gridcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hash.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hashmap.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/headercolcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/headerctrlcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/helpbase.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/http.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hyperlnkcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/iconbndl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagall.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagbmp.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/image.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagfill.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imaggif.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagiff.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagjpeg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpcx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpng.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpnm.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagtga.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagtiff.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagxpm.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/init.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/intl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ipcbase.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/languageinfo.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/layout.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/lboxcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/list.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/listctrlcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/log.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/longlong.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/markupparser.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/matrix.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mediactrlcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/memory.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/menucmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mimecmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/module.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mousemanager.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/msgout.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mstream.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/nbkbase.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/numformatter.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/object.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/odcombocmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/overlaycmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ownerdrwcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/panelcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/paper.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/persist.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/pickerbase.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/platinfo.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/popupcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/powercmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/prntbase.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/process.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/protocol.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/quantize.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/radiobtncmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/radiocmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rearrangectrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/regex.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rendcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rgncmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckaddr.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckfile.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckipc.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckstrm.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/scrolbarcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/selectdispatcher.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/settcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sizer.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/slidercmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/socket.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/socketiohandler.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/spinbtncmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/spinctrlcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/srchcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sstream.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statbar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statbmpcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statboxcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statlinecmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stattextcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stdpbase.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stdstream.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stockitem.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stopwatch.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/strconv.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stream.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/string.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stringimpl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stringops.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/strvararg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sysopt.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tarstrm.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/taskbarcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tbarbase.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textbuf.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textentrycmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textfile.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/timercmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/timerimpl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tokenzr.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/toplvcmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/translation.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/treebase.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/txtstrm.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/uiactioncmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/unichar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/unictabl.inc create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/uri.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/url.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ustring.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/utilscmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valgen.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/validate.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valnum.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valtext.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/variant.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wfstream.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wincmn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/windowid.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wrapsizer.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wxcrt.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wxprintf.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xlocale.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xpmdecod.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xti.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xtistrm.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xtixml.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/zipstrm.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/zstream.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/aboutdlgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/accel.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/animateg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/bmpcboxg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/busyinfo.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/buttonbar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/calctrlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/caret.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/choicbkg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/choicdgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/clrpickerg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/collpaneg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/colour.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/colrdlgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/combog.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/commandlinkbuttong.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/datavgen.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/datectlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dbgrptg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dcpsg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/descrip.mms create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dirctrlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dirdlgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dragimgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/editlbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fdrepdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/filectrlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/filedlgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/filepickerg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fontdlgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fontpickerg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fswatcherg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/graphicc.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/grid.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/gridctrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/grideditors.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/gridsel.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/headerctrlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/helpext.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/htmllbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/hyperlinkg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/icon.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/imaglist.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/infobar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/laywin.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/listbkg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/listctrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/logg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/markuptext.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/mask.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/mdig.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/msgdlgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/notebook.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/notifmsgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/numdlgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/odcombo.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/paletteg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/panelg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/printps.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/prntdlgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/progdlgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/propdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/regiong.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/renderg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/richmsgdlgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/sashwin.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/scrlwing.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/selstore.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/spinctlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/splash.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/splitter.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/srchctlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statbmpg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statline.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/stattextg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statusbr.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tabg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/textdlgg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/timer.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tipdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tipwin.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/toolbkg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/treebkg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/treectlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/vlbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/vscroll.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/wizard.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/aboutdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/animate.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/app.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/artgtk.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.c create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bdiag.xbm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bitmap.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bmpbuttn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bmpcbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/brush.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/button.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/calctrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cdiag.xbm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/checkbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/checklst.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/choice.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/clipbrd.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/clrpicker.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/collpane.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/colordlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/colour.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/combobox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/control.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cross.xbm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cursor.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dataobj.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dataview.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dc.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcclient.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcmemory.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcscreen.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/descrip.mms create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dialog.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dirdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dnd.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/eggtrayicon.c create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/eggtrayicon.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/evtloop.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/fdiag.xbm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filectrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filedlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filehistory.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filepicker.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/font.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/fontdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/fontpicker.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/frame.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gauge.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/glcanvas.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gnome/gprint.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gnome/gvfs.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/horiz.xbm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/hyperlink.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/infobar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/listbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/mdi.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/menu.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/minifram.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/mnemonics.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/msgdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/nativewin.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/notebook.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/pen.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/popupwin.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/print.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/private.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/radiobox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/radiobut.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/region.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/renderer.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/scrolbar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/scrolwin.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/settings.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/slider.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/sockgtk.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/spinbutt.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/spinctrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/statbmp.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/statbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/statline.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/stattext.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/taskbar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/textctrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/textentry.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/tglbtn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/timer.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/toolbar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/tooltip.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/toplevel.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/treeentry_gtk.c create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/utilsgtk.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/verti.xbm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/win_gtk.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/window.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/aboutdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/accel.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/app.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/artmsw.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/basemsw.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/bitmap.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/bmpbuttn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/bmpcbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/brush.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/button.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/calctrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/caret.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/checkbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/checklst.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/choice.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/clipbrd.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/colordlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/colour.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/combo.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/combobox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/commandlinkbutton.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/control.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/crashrpt.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/cursor.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/data.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/datecontrols.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/datectrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dc.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dcclient.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dcmemory.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dcprint.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dcscreen.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dde.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/debughlp.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dialog.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dialup.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dib.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dir.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dirdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/display.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dlmsw.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/dragimag.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/enhmeta.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/evtloop.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/fdrepdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/filedlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/font.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/fontdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/fontenum.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/fontutil.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/frame.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/fswatcher.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/gauge.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/gdiimage.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/gdiobj.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/gdiplus.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/glcanvas.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/graphics.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/headerctrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/helpbest.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/helpchm.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/helpwin.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/hyperlink.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/icon.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/imaglist.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/iniconf.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/joystick.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/listbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/listctrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/main.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/mdi.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/mediactrl_am.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/mediactrl_qt.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/mediactrl_wmp10.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/menu.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/menuitem.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/metafile.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/microwin.c create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/mimetype.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/minifram.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/msgdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/mslu.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/nativdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/nativewin.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/notebook.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/notifmsg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/access.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/activex.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/automtn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/dataobj.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/dropsrc.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/droptgt.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/oleutils.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ole/uuid.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/ownerdrw.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/palette.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/panel.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/pen.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/penwin.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/popupwin.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/power.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/printdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/printwin.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/progdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/radiobox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/radiobut.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/regconf.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/region.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/registry.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/renderer.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/richmsgdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/scrolbar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/settings.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/slider.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/snglinst.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/sockmsw.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/sound.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/spinbutt.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/spinctrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/stackwalk.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/statbmp.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/statbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/statline.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/stattext.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/statusbar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/stdpaths.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/taskbar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/textctrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/textentry.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/tglbtn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/thread.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/timer.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/toolbar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/tooltip.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/toplevel.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/treectrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/uiaction.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/urlmsw.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/utils.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/utilsexc.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/utilsgui.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/uxtheme.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/version.rc create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/volume.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/checklst.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/choicece.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/clean_vcp.py create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/crt.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/filedlgwce.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/filefnwce.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/helpwce.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/menuce.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/net.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/tbarwce.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/textctrlce.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/wince/time.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/window.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/msw/winestub.c create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/accel.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/artmac.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/bmpbuttn_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/brush.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/button_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/Info.plist.in create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/aboutdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/app.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/apprsrc.h create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/apprsrc.r create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/bmpbuttn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/button.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/carbrsrc.r create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/checkbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/choice.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/clipbrd.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/colordlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/colordlgosx.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/combobox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/combobxc.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/control.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/corersrc.r create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/cursor.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dataobj.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dataview.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dcclient.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dcprint.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dcscreen.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dialog.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dirdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dirmac.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dnd.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/drawer.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/dummy.txt create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/evtloop.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/filedlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/font.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/fontdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/fontdlgosx.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/frame.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/gauge.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/gdiobj.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/glcanvas.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/graphics.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/helpxxxx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/icon.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/joystick.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/listbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/listctrl_mac.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/main.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/mdi.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/mediactrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/menu.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/menuitem.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/metafile.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/mimetmac.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/msgdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/nonownedwnd.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/notebmac.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/overlay.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/popupwin.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/printdlg.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/radiobut.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/region.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/renderer.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/scrolbar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/settings.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/slider.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/sound.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/spinbutt.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/srchctrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/statbmp.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/statbox.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/statbrma.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/statline.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/statlmac.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/stattext.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/taskbar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/textctrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/tglbtn.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/thread.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/timer.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/toolbar.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/tooltip.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/uma.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/utils.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/utilscocoa.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/window.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/carbon/wxmac.icns create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/checkbox_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/checklst_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/choice_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/aboutdlg.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/button.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/checkbox.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/choice.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/colour.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/combobox.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/dataview.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/dialog.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/dirdlg.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/dnd.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/evtloop.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/filedlg.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/gauge.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/glcanvas.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/listbox.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/menu.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/menuitem.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/msgdlg.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/nonownedwnd.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/notebook.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/overlay.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/printdlg.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/radiobut.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/scrolbar.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/slider.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/spinbutt.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/srchctrl.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/statbox.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/statline.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/stattext.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/taskbar.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/textctrl.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/tglbtn.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/toolbar.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/tooltip.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/utils.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/cocoa/window.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/combobox_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/bitmap.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/cfstring.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/colour.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/dcmemory.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/display.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/evtloop_cf.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/fontenum.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/glgrab.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/hid.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/hidjoystick.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/mimetype.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/printmac.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/sockosx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/sound.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/stdpaths_cf.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/strconv_cf.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/timer.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/utilsexc_base.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/core/utilsexc_cf.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/dataview_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/dialog_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/dnd_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/fontutil.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/gauge_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/glcanvas_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/imaglist.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/button.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/checkbox.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/dialog.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/evtloop.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/gauge.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/glcanvas.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/msgdlg.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/nonownedwnd.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/scrolbar.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/slider.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/stattext.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/textctrl.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/toolbar.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/utils.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/iphone/window.mm create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/listbox_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/menu_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/menuitem_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/minifram.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/nonownedwnd_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/notebook_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/palette.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/pen.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/printdlg_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/radiobox_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/radiobut_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/scrolbar_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/slider_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/sound_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/spinbutt_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/spinctrl_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/srchctrl_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/statbox_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/statline_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/stattext_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/textctrl_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/textentry_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/tglbtn_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/toolbar_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/toplevel_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/uiaction_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/utils_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/window_osx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/osx/wxmac.icns create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/apptraits.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/appunix.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/descrip.mms create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/dialup.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/dir.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/displayx11.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/dlunix.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/epolldispatcher.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/evtloopunix.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/fdiounix.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/fontenum.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/fontutil.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/fswatcher_inotify.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/fswatcher_kqueue.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/glx11.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/joystick.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/mediactrl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/mimetype.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/net.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/snglinst.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/sockunix.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/sound.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/sound_sdl.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/stackwalk.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/stdpaths.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/taskbarx11.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/threadpsx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/timerunx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/uiactionx11.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/utilsunx.cpp create mode 100644 Externals/wxWidgets3/src/unix/utilsx11.cpp diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/addbookm.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/addbookm.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0b4f695c2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/addbookm.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const addbookm_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 3 1", +". c Black", +"X c #00C000", +" c None", +/* pixels */ +" ....... ", +" .XXXXX. ", +" .. .XXXXX. ", +" .. .XXXXX. ", +" ...... .XXXXX. ", +" ...... .XXXXX. ", +" .. .XXXXX. ", +" .. .XXXXX. ", +" .XXXXX. ", +" .XXXXX. ", +" .XXXXX. ", +" .XXXXX. ", +" .XX.XX. ", +" .X. .X. ", +" .. .. " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/back.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/back.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5c1de519d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/back.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const back_xpm[] = { +"16 15 3 1", +" c None", +". c Black", +"X c Gray100", +" ", +" ", +" . ", +" .. ", +" .X. ", +" .XX........ ", +" .XXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .XX........ ", +" .X. ", +" .. ", +" . ", +" "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cdrom.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cdrom.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e3bc19b96b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cdrom.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const cdrom_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 36 1", +"= c #9BACC2", +"y c #547B99", +"$ c #FFFFFF", +"@ c #839CB5", +"o c #547897", +"4 c #4D7492", +"% c #F1F4F7", +"X c #5A809C", +"< c #8497A5", +"0 c #7898AD", +"+ c #CAD2DC", +"r c #ACAEB2", +"2 c #BECAD9", +"* c #65839D", +"e c #DCE2EA", +"- c #ADBED2", +"t c #597B9A", +" c None", +"1 c #467291", +"9 c #D6DFE7", +"O c #7393AB", +"u c #49708B", +"5 c #A0BACB", +"& c #AABFCD", +"8 c #B9CBD5", +"; c #B4C4D3", +": c #6F90A6", +"3 c #A8B6CA", +"# c #ADBACE", +"w c #E4E9ED", +". c #8EA9BC", +"> c #B3BFD1", +", c #C2CBDB", +"6 c #C0D1DC", +"7 c #A2B3C5", +"q c #5D7C93", +/* pixels */ +" .XooOo+ ", +" X@#$$$%o& ", +" *=-;$$$$$o+ ", +" +O#;-$$$$$$: ", +" o=>,-<1<$2-o ", +" o3>--1$122-* ", +" o=--$<4<22-X ", +" o5$$$$$26;7* ", +" X%$$$$2;-X8 ", +" 90*9$$$-7Xqo ", +" wXwe@O44X422222<<*4", +" ttyyyoo4441uuuo", +" t>$$$$$$$$$$$>o", +" XXXtyyyoo44411u" +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/close.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/close.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d79030228c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/close.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char * const close_xpm[] = { +"12 10 2 1", +" c None", +"X c black", +" ", +" XX XX ", +" XX XX ", +" XXXX ", +" XX ", +" XXXX ", +" XX XX ", +" XX XX ", +" ", +" "}; + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/copy.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/copy.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f393cd23e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/copy.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const copy_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 23 1", +"o c #97C4E7", +"* c #FFFFFF", +"@ c #60A9DA", +"= c #D1E5F5", +"& c #C3DDF1", +". c #7EA6C0", +" c None", +"X c #2F93CD", +"O c #85BBE2", +", c #EFF6FC", +"; c #DEEDF8", +"+ c #72B2DD", +"3 c #F7FBFD", +"4 c #FAFCFE", +": c #DAEAF7", +"< c #E9F3FA", +"1 c #E2EFF8", +"- c #FDFDFE", +"% c #B6D5EE", +"$ c #A5CCEA", +"> c #E5F0F9", +"# c #AFD1EC", +"2 c #F4F9FD", +/* pixels */ +" .....XX ", +" .oO+@X#X ", +" .$oO+X##X ", +" .%$o........ ", +" .&%$.*=&#o.-. ", +" .=&%.*;=&#.--. ", +" .:=&.*>;=&.... ", +" .>:=.*,>;=&#o. ", +" .<1:.*2,>:=&#. ", +" .2<1.*32,>:=&. ", +" .32<.*432,>:=. ", +" .32<.*-432,>:. ", +" .....**-432,>. ", +" .***-432,. ", +" .......... " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cross.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cross.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..407fa9bfa1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cross.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const cross_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"10 10 2 1", +" c Gray0", +"# c None", +/* pixels */ +" ######## ", +" #### ", +"# ## #", +"## ##", +"### ###", +"### ###", +"## ##", +"# ## #", +" #### ", +" ###### "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cut.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cut.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e638157f59 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/cut.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const cut_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 25 1", +"6 c #D8BDC0", +": c #C3C3C4", +"- c #FFFFFF", +". c #6C6D70", +"2 c #AD3A45", +"o c #DBDBDB", +"# c #939495", +"< c #E42234", +"& c #C3C5C8", +"; c #C6CCD3", +"% c #B7B7B8", +" c None", +"* c #DFE0E2", +"5 c #B69596", +"3 c #9C2A35", +"1 c #CFCFD0", +", c #AB5C64", +"+ c #D2D3D4", +"$ c #BCBDBE", +"@ c #C6C8CA", +"> c #CDC0C1", +"O c #826F72", +"X c #979BA0", +"4 c #9B8687", +"= c #9FA0A0", +/* pixels */ +" .X .o ", +" O.+ @. ", +" O. .. ", +" O#$ %.& ", +" O.*.. ", +" #%#.. ", +" O=-.. ", +" #%#;. ", +" OO:=O ", +" >,,<, ,<,,1 ", +" ><23<1 1<32<1 ", +" ,2 4< <5 2, ", +" <, ,2 2, ,< ", +" 23,<5 5<,32 ", +" 6225 522> " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/deffile.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/deffile.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d7546a53f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/deffile.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const deffile_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 16 32 1", +"= c #97C4E7", +": c #72A8D2", +"1 c #FFFFFF", +"w c #839CB5", +"X c #6B98B8", +". c #5A89A6", +"@ c #3A749C", +", c #D1E5F5", +"< c #67A1CF", +"> c #F1F4F7", +"e c #85A7BC", +"% c #C3DDF1", +"0 c #749BB4", +"2 c #7EA6C0", +"; c #5F9BC8", +" c None", +"O c #538DB3", +"- c #85BBE2", +"$ c #D6DFE7", +"9 c #EFF6FC", +"o c #6591AE", +"4 c #F7FBFD", +"8 c #FAFCFE", +"6 c #DAEAF7", +"7 c #E9F3FA", +"q c #FDFDFE", +"3 c #E2EFF8", +"# c #8EA9BC", +"& c #B6D5EE", +"* c #A5CCEA", +"5 c #F4F9FD", +"+ c #4581AA", +/* pixels */ +" ..XooO+@#$ ", +" .%%&*=-;:;> ", +" .,,%&*=<1=X> ", +" #%%%%&*211=X ", +" #3----- c #5A7BB4", +"% c #5F7FB5", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" .Xo OO ", +" +@#. $@% ", +" &@@X .*@*o ", +" =@= .*@*. ", +" -@@X*@*. ", +" .#@@@$. ", +" ;@@: ", +" ;@@@+ ", +" .>@#%@@. ", +" o*@*oO@@, ", +" <#@*. .@@= ", +"&@@$ :@@1 ", +";#& 2#>. ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/dir_up.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/dir_up.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd85ff25cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/dir_up.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const dir_up_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 31 1", +"6 c #9BACC2", +"o c #9AEA53", +"7 c #94A5BD", +"8 c #547897", +"5 c #839CB5", +"@ c #376485", +"$ c #5A809C", +"# c #7F99B4", +": c #D1D9E5", +"< c #EAEDF3", +"& c #446A8C", +"q c #65839D", +"> c #DCE2EA", +", c #E1E6EE", +"2 c #F5F6F7", +"O c #8DA0B9", +" c None", +"% c #467291", +". c #305F81", +"X c #7393AB", +"+ c #6A89A2", +"4 c #A8B6CA", +"1 c #EEF1F3", +"3 c #F8F9FA", +"0 c #215579", +"9 c #7F97B0", +"* c #B3BFD1", +"w c #7A90AC", +"- c #C2CBDB", +"; c #CAD6E1", +"= c #BBC4D6", +/* pixels */ +" .. ", +" X.o. ", +".... X.ooo. ", +".OO+....ooooo. ", +".OOOOOO@@ooo.. ", +".OOOO#OO@ooo.$ ", +".OOOOOOO@ooo.$ ", +".O%............&", +".O&*=-;:>,<1231.", +".+.4*=-;:>,<12$.", +"..564*=-;:>,<1. ", +".@O764*=-;:>,<. ", +".89O764*=-;:>$$ ", +"0qw9O764*=-;:. ", +"0............. " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/down.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/down.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a0e4c98fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/down.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const down_xpm[] = { +"16 15 3 1", +" c None", +". c Black", +"X c Gray100", +" ", +" ...... ", +" .XXXX. ", +" .XXXX. ", +" .XXXX. ", +" .XXXX. ", +" .XXXX. ", +" .XXXX. ", +" ....XXXX.... ", +" .XXXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXX. ", +" .XXXX. ", +" .XX. ", +" .. ", +" "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/exefile.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/exefile.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..54a5e49c33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/exefile.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const exefile_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 16 51 1", +"% c #E8E8EC", +"= c #E8E8ED", +"z c #CACAD4", +"8 c #D9D9E1", +"p c #D2D2DA", +"u c #E1E1E7", +"a c #D2D2DB", +"< c #E9E9ED", +"q c #DADAE1", +"+ c #F1F1F4", +"g c #D3D3DB", +"1 c #E2E2E8", +"x c #D3D3DC", +"5 c #00A5FF", +"$ c #EAEAEE", +"4 c #DBDBE2", +"h c #CCCCD6", +"y c #D4D4DC", +"r c #E3E3E9", +"d c #D4D4DD", +"7 c #DCDCE2", +": c #EBEBEF", +"0 c #DCDCE3", +" c None", +"O c #F3F3F5", +"> c #E4E4E9", +"& c #F3F3F6", +"j c #D5D5DD", +"6 c #E4E4EA", +". c #C6C6D5", +"# c #ECECF0", +"f c #CECED7", +"l c #CECED8", +"e c #D6D6DE", +"; c #EDEDF0", +"3 c #DEDEE4", +", c #EDEDF1", +"c c #CFCFD8", +"o c #F5F5F7", +"- c #E6E6EB", +"w c #D7D7DF", +"v c #C8C8D3", +"i c #DFDFE5", +"@ c #EEEEF2", +"s c #D0D0D9", +"X c #9494AD", +"9 c #D8D8DF", +"t c #D8D8E0", +"* c #EFEFF2", +"2 c #E0E0E6", +"k c #D1D1DA", +/* pixels */ +" ........X ", +" .oO+@#$%XX ", +" .&+*#$=-XXX ", +" .+*;:=->XXXX ", +" .*,:<->1234X ", +" .,5:5612378X ", +" 5,5559530qwX ", +" 55555550q9eX ", +" 5555r5555teyX ", +" 55rui559eypX ", +" 5555i5555yasX ", +" 5555555dasfX ", +" 5355595gsfhX ", +" .3595jgklhzX ", +" .0qwjxkchzvX ", +" XXXXXXXXXXXX " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/fileopen.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/fileopen.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..997efdea19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/fileopen.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const fileopen_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 36 1", +"6 c #9BACC2", +"< c #9AEA53", +"9 c #94A5BD", +"5 c #839CB5", +"; c #4D7492", +". c #376485", +"$ c #7F99B4", +"r c #D1D9E5", +"7 c #EAEDF3", +"@ c #CAD2DC", +"% c #718BA7", +"t c #BECAD9", +"& c #65839D", +"0 c #DCE2EA", +"4 c #F5F6F7", +"w c #597B9A", +"O c #8DA0B9", +" c None", +"+ c #467291", +"u c #305F81", +"= c #B4C4D3", +"# c #CAE2AA", +"1 c #FAFCFE", +"3 c #A8B6CA", +"q c #E4E9ED", +"8 c #EEF1F3", +"X c #215579", +"2 c #7F97B0", +": c #B3BFD1", +"y c #7A90AC", +", c #C2CBDB", +"- c #ADD668", +"* c #B6D791", +"e c #CAD6E1", +"o c #DFF0D0", +"> c #BBC4D6", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" .... ", +"XXXXX .oo. ", +"XOOOO+@.#o. ", +"XOOOO$%&.*oXXX ", +"XOOOOOOO.*oX=X ", +"XOXXXX...-oXXXX;", +"XOX:>,.<<<<,.<<>.>.X0q7; ", +"Xw2O963:>>er0t; ", +"X&y2O963:>,er; ", +"uXXXXXXXXXXXX; ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/filesave.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/filesave.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f571025cd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/filesave.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const filesave_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 21 1", +"O c #FFFFFF", +"> c #D5D6D8", +"; c #446A8C", +"1 c #CAD2DC", +": c #C0C7D1", +" c #5F666D", +"% c #A5B0BA", +"o c #65839D", +", c #DCE2EA", +"< c #C3C5C8", +"- c #E1E6EE", +"* c #C6CCD3", +". c None", +"$ c #305F81", +"2 c #D6DFE7", +"= c #D2D9E0", +"& c #B7BFC7", +"X c #1B4467", +"# c #BCBDBE", +"@ c #7A90AC", +"+ c #5D7C93", +/* pixels */ +" .", +" XoOOOOOOOOO+X .", +" @oO#######O+@ .", +" @oOOOOOOOOO+@ .", +" @oO#######O+@ .", +" @oOOOOOOOOO+@ .", +" @@+++++++++@@ .", +" @@@@@@@@@@@@@ .", +" @@@$$$$$$$$@@ .", +" @@$%%%&*=-O$@ .", +" @@$%X;;*=-O$@ .", +" @@$%X;;:>,O$@ .", +" @@$%X;;<12O$@ .", +" @@$<<2OOOOO$@ .", +". .." +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/filesaveas.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/filesaveas.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7562f4cc47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/filesaveas.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const filesaveas_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 23 1", +"X c Black", +"+ c #FFFFFF", +"< c #D5D6D8", +"> c #446A8C", +"3 c #CAD2DC", +", c #C0C7D1", +" c #5F666D", +"* c #A5B0BA", +"O c #65839D", +"1 c #DCE2EA", +"2 c #C3C5C8", +": c #E1E6EE", +". c #FFFF00", +"- c #C6CCD3", +"@ c None", +"& c #305F81", +"4 c #D6DFE7", +"; c #D2D9E0", +"= c #B7BFC7", +"o c #1B4467", +"$ c #BCBDBE", +"# c #7A90AC", +"% c #5D7C93", +/* pixels */ +" .X .XX.", +" oO+++++++.X.X.@", +" #O+$$$$$XX...XX", +" #O++++++.......", +" #O+$$$$$XX...XX", +" #O+++++++.X.X.@", +" ##%%%%%%.X%.X .", +" ############# @", +" ###&&&&&&&&## @", +" ##&***=-;:+&# @", +" ##&*o>>-;:+&# @", +" ##&*o>>,<1+&# @", +" ##&*o>>234+&# @", +" ##&224+++++&# @", +"@ @@" +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/find.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/find.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a31ecde63f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/find.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const find_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 41 1", +"y c #A06959", +"9 c #A7DAF2", +"$ c #B5CAD7", +"> c #35B4E1", +"t c #6B98B8", +"w c #B6E0F4", +"q c #AEC9D7", +"1 c #5A89A6", +"+ c #98B3C6", +"4 c #EAF6FC", +"3 c #DEF1FA", +"= c #4CBCE3", +"d c #DB916B", +"X c #85A7BC", +"s c #D8BCA4", +"o c #749BB4", +"e c #BCD9EF", +"* c #62B4DD", +"< c #91D2EF", +"a c #E6DED2", +"0 c #E9F4FB", +" c None", +"@ c #A0BACB", +"O c #AABFCD", +"i c #6591AE", +": c #B9CBD5", +"- c #71C5E7", +"5 c #D3ECF8", +"% c #81A3B9", +"6 c #8AD0EE", +"8 c #FDFDFE", +"p c #8EA9BC", +"r c #B6D5EE", +", c #81CCEB", +". c #ACC4D3", +"; c #AFD1DE", +"7 c #EFF8FC", +"u c #C2CBDB", +"# c #C0D1DC", +"2 c #CAD6E1", +"& c #8FB0C3", +/* pixels */ +" .XooXO ", +" +@###$+% ", +" .&#*==-;@@ ", +" o:*>,<--:X ", +" 12>-345-#% ", +" 12>678392% ", +" %$*,3059q& ", +" @Oq,wwer@@ ", +" t@q22q&+ ", +" yyui+%o%p ", +" yasy ", +" yasdy ", +" yasdy ", +" ysdy ", +" yy " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/findrepl.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/findrepl.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d688ba4bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/findrepl.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const findrepl_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 42 1", +"y c #A06959", +"9 c #A7DAF2", +"$ c #B5CAD7", +"> c #35B4E1", +"t c #6B98B8", +"w c #B6E0F4", +"q c #AEC9D7", +"1 c #5A89A6", +"+ c #98B3C6", +"4 c #EAF6FC", +"d c #008000", +"3 c #DEF1FA", +"= c #4CBCE3", +"f c #DB916B", +"X c #85A7BC", +"s c #D8BCA4", +"o c #749BB4", +"e c #BCD9EF", +"* c #62B4DD", +"< c #91D2EF", +"a c #E6DED2", +"0 c #E9F4FB", +" c None", +"@ c #A0BACB", +"O c #AABFCD", +"i c #6591AE", +": c #B9CBD5", +"- c #71C5E7", +"5 c #D3ECF8", +"% c #81A3B9", +"6 c #8AD0EE", +"8 c #FDFDFE", +"p c #8EA9BC", +"r c #B6D5EE", +", c #81CCEB", +". c #ACC4D3", +"; c #AFD1DE", +"7 c #EFF8FC", +"u c #C2CBDB", +"# c #C0D1DC", +"2 c #CAD6E1", +"& c #8FB0C3", +/* pixels */ +" .XooXO ", +" +@###$+% ", +" .&#*==-;@@ ", +" o:*>,<--:X ", +" 12>-345-#% ", +" 12>678392% ", +" %$*,3059q& ", +" @Oq,wwer@@ ", +" t@q22q&+ ", +" yyui+%o%p ", +" yasy d d ", +" yasfy dd dd ", +"yasfy ddddddddd", +"ysfy dd dd ", +" yy d d " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/first.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/first.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6660af49e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/first.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const first_xpm[] = { +"16 16 3 1", +" c None", +". c Black", +"X c Gray100", +" ", +" ", +"... . ", +"... .. ", +"... .X. ", +"... .XX........ ", +"....XXXXXXXXXX. ", +"...XXXXXXXXXXX. ", +"...XXXXXXXXXXX. ", +"....XXXXXXXXXX. ", +"... .XX........ ", +"... .X. ", +"... .. ", +"... . ", +" ", +" "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/floppy.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/floppy.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6057b14fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/floppy.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const floppy_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 18 1", +"& c #E3E4E6", +"+ c #FFFFFF", +". c #446A8C", +"o c #697787", +"> c #5F666D", +"* c #B2B3B3", +" c None", +", c #4B4C4D", +"= c #DCDBDA", +"$ c #1B4467", +": c #E4E9ED", +"@ c #979BA0", +"X c #203646", +"O c #215579", +"- c #545B63", +"; c #636465", +"# c #CAD6E1", +"% c #7F8286", +/* pixels */ +" .XoooooooXO ", +" .o+++++++.O ", +" .o+OOOOO+.O ", +" .o+++++++.O ", +" .o@@@@@@@.O ", +" ..........O ", +" ..#+++++#.O ", +" ..+$O+++#.O ", +" ..+$O+++#.O ", +" %&.........*% ", +"%=+++++++++++&% ", +"--------------; ", +"-:::::::::::::- ", +"-:X:XXXXXXXXX:> ", +"-*************, " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/folder.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/folder.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..98e52a70b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/folder.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const folder_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 22 1", +"> c #9BACC2", +". c #547897", +"1 c #7F99B4", +"X c #D1D9E5", +"< c #EAEDF3", +"+ c #CAD2DC", +"3 c #718BA7", +"O c #BECAD9", +"$ c #E1E6EE", +"* c #F5F6F7", +", c #8DA0B9", +" c None", +"# c #D6DFE7", +"@ c #D2D9E0", +"- c #FAFCFE", +"; c #ADBACE", +"& c #EEF1F3", +"= c #F8F9FA", +"o c #B3BFD1", +"2 c #7A90AC", +": c #A2B3C5", +"% c #E5EAF1", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" ..... ", +" .XXXX. ", +" ............. ", +" .oO+@#$%&*=-. ", +" .oO+@#$%&*=-. ", +" .;oO+X#$%&*=. ", +" .:;oO+X#$%&*. ", +" .>:;oO+X#$%&. ", +" .,>:;oO+X#$<. ", +" .1,>:;oO+X#$. ", +" .21,>:;oO+X#. ", +" .321,>:;oO+X. ", +" ............. ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/folder_open.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/folder_open.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..154441d2a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/folder_open.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const folder_open_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 31 1", +"6 c #9BACC2", +"w c #547B99", +"5 c #94A5BD", +". c #376485", +"; c #F1F4F7", +"o c #7F99B4", +"2 c #D1D9E5", +"- c #EAEDF3", +"O c #718BA7", +"0 c #65839D", +"* c #DCE2EA", +": c #F5F6F7", +"7 c #597B9A", +"X c #8DA0B9", +" c None", +"+ c #467291", +"q c #305F81", +"& c #D6DFE7", +"3 c #6A89A2", +"1 c #A8B6CA", +"= c #E4E9ED", +"> c #F8F9FA", +", c #FDFDFE", +"9 c #215579", +"8 c #7F97B0", +"@ c #B3BFD1", +"< c #7A90AC", +"$ c #C2CBDB", +"4 c #A2B3C5", +"% c #CAD6E1", +"# c #BBC4D6", +/* pixels */ +" ", +"..... ", +".XXXo. ", +".XXXXO........ ", +".XXXXXXXXXXXX. ", +".XXXXXXXXXXXX. ", +".X++++++++++++++", +".X+@#$%&*=-;:>,+", +".<.1@#$%2*=-;:23", +"..X41@#$%2*=-;3 ", +"..X561@#$%2*=-3 ", +".78X561@#$%2*%3 ", +"90<8X561@#$%23 ", +"q++++++++++++w ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/forward.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/forward.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..81f62b0344 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/forward.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const forward_xpm[] = { +"16 15 3 1", +" c None", +". c Black", +"X c Gray100", +" ", +" ", +" . ", +" .. ", +" .X. ", +" ........XX. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXX. ", +" ........XX. ", +" .X. ", +" .. ", +" . ", +" "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/error.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/error.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..559715c64c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/error.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const error_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"48 48 4 1", +" c None", +"X c #242424", +"o c #DCDF00", +". c #C00000", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ..... ", +" ............. ", +" ................. ", +" ................... ", +" ....................... ", +" ......................... ", +" ........................... ", +" ...........................X ", +" .............................X ", +" ............................... ", +" ...............................X ", +" .................................X ", +" .................................X ", +" .................................XX ", +" ...ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo...XX ", +" ....ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo....X ", +" ....ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo....X ", +" ....ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo....XX ", +" ....ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo....XX ", +" ....ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo....XX ", +" ...ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo...XXX ", +" ...ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo...XXX ", +" .................................XX ", +" .................................XX ", +" ...............................XXX ", +" ...............................XXX ", +" .............................XXX ", +" ...........................XXXX ", +" ...........................XXX ", +" .........................XXX ", +" .......................XXXX ", +" X...................XXXXX ", +" X.................XXXXX ", +" X.............XXXXX ", +" XXXX.....XXXXXXXX ", +" XXXXXXXXXXXXX ", +" XXXXX ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/info.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/info.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fe32e61982 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/info.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const info_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"48 48 9 1", +"$ c Black", +"O c #FFFFFF", +"@ c #808080", +"+ c #000080", +"o c #E8EB01", +" c None", +"X c #FFFF40", +"# c #C0C0C0", +". c #ABAD01", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ..... ", +" ..XXXXX.. ", +" ..XXXXXXXXo.. ", +" .XXXOXXXXXXXoo. ", +" .XOOXXX+XXXXXo. ", +" .XOOOXX+++XXXXoo. ", +" .XOOXXX+++XXXXXo. ", +" .XOOOXXX+++XXXXXXo. ", +" .XOOXXXX+++XXXXXXo. ", +" .XXXXXXX+++XXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXX+++XXXXXXo. ", +" .XXXXXXX+++XXXXXoo. ", +" .XXXXXX+++XXXXXo. ", +" .XXXXXXX+XXXXXXo. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXXXo. ", +" .XXXXX+++XXXoo. ", +" .XXXX+++XXoo. ", +" .XXXXXXXXo. ", +" ..XXXXXXo.. ", +" .XXXXXo.. ", +" @#######@ ", +" @@@@@@@@@ ", +" @#######@ ", +" @@@@@@@@@ ", +" @#######@ ", +" @@@@@@@ ", +" ### ", +" $$$ ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/question.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/question.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cb0001ec80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/question.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const question_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"48 48 21 1", +". c Black", +"> c #696969", +"O c #1F1F00", +"+ c #181818", +"o c #F6F900", +"; c #3F3F00", +"$ c #111111", +" c None", +"& c #202020", +"X c #AAAA00", +"@ c #949400", +": c #303030", +"1 c #383838", +"% c #2A2A00", +", c #404040", +"= c #B4B400", +"- c #484848", +"# c #151500", +"< c #9F9F00", +"2 c #6A6A00", +"* c #353500", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ......... ", +" ...XXXXXXX.. ", +" ..XXXXoooooXXXO+ ", +" ..XXooooooooooooX@.. ", +" ..XoooooooooooooooXX#. ", +" $%XoooooooooooooooooXX#. ", +" &.XoooooooXXXXXXooooooXX.. ", +" .XooooooXX.$...$XXoooooX*. ", +" $.XoooooX%.$ .*oooooo=.. ", +" .XooooooX.. -.XoooooX.. ", +" .XoooooX..+ .XoooooX;. ", +" ...XXXX..: .XoooooX;. ", +" ........ >.XoooooX;. ", +" +.XoooooX.. ", +" ,.Xoooooo<.. ", +" 1#XooooooXO.. ", +" &#XooooooX2.. ", +" $%XooooooXX.. ", +" $%XooooooXX.. ", +" $%XooooooXX.. ", +" &.XooooooXX.. ", +" .XooooooXX.. ", +" &.XoooooXX.. ", +" ..XooooXX.. ", +" ..XooooX... ", +" ..XXooXX..& ", +" ...XXXXX.. ", +" ........ ", +" ", +" ", +" ....... ", +" ..XXXXX.. ", +" ..XXoooXX.. ", +" ..XoooooX.. ", +" ..XoooooX.. ", +" ..XXoooXX.. ", +" ..XXXXX.. ", +" ....... ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/warning.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/warning.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..58aee153fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/gtk/warning.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const warning_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"48 48 9 1", +"@ c Black", +"o c #A6A800", +"+ c #8A8C00", +"$ c #B8BA00", +" c None", +"O c #6E7000", +"X c #DCDF00", +". c #C00000", +"# c #373800", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" . ", +" ... ", +" ... ", +" ..... ", +" ...X.. ", +" ..XXX.. ", +" ...XXX... ", +" ..XXXXX.. ", +" ..XXXXXX... ", +" ...XXoO+XX.. ", +" ..XXXO@#XXX.. ", +" ..XXXXO@#XXX... ", +" ...XXXXO@#XXXX.. ", +" ..XXXXXO@#XXXX... ", +" ...XXXXXo@OXXXXX.. ", +" ...XXXXXXo@OXXXXXX.. ", +" ..XXXXXXX$@OXXXXXX... ", +" ...XXXXXXXX@XXXXXXXX.. ", +" ...XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX... ", +" ..XXXXXXXXXXOXXXXXXXXX.. ", +" ...XXXXXXXXXO@#XXXXXXXXX.. ", +" ..XXXXXXXXXXX#XXXXXXXXXX... ", +" ...XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.. ", +" ...XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX... ", +" .............................. ", +" .............................. ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/harddisk.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/harddisk.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d21ebf3c3b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/harddisk.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const harddisk_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 39 1", +"7 c #E3E4E6", +"4 c #FFFFFF", +"5 c #839CB5", +". c #547897", +"1 c #4D7492", +"@ c #376485", +"o c #7A92A3", +"u c #D1D9E5", +"y c #446A8C", +"i c #51B03D", +"> c #CAD2DC", +"O c #718BA7", +"2 c #65839D", +"6 c #DCE2EA", +"0 c #C3C5C8", +"9 c #F5F6F7", +": c #EBEBEC", +"< c #597B9A", +"t c #C6CCD3", +" c None", +"* c #DFE0E2", +"e c #467291", +"a c #526E8B", +", c #7393AB", +"p c #130A0B", +"# c #AABFCD", +"r c #B4C4D3", +"; c #CFCFD0", +"X c #6F90A6", +"+ c #6A89A2", +"- c #D2D3D4", +"= c #DCDBDA", +"w c #E4E9ED", +"q c #C6C8CA", +"% c #215579", +"$ c #E7E7E7", +"3 c #7F97B0", +"8 c #C0D1DC", +"& c #5D7C93", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" .XoooXO+@ ", +" #$$%%%%$$$X ", +" &$*==-;$$$& ", +" &:>+,<1234o5 ", +" ###+67;;78242 ", +" &4,49*0q*9we4. ", +" &4+49*,,*9wo4. ", +"&4%r,67;;782t%4.", +"&44468rrrr84444,", +"y11111111111111e", +"1uu1:::::::::::1", +"1uu1::::::::ip:1", +"auu&:::::::::::1", +"1111111111111111" +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/helpicon.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/helpicon.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9b4cd44450 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/helpicon.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const helpicon_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"32 32 6 1", +" c Gray0", +". c Blue", +"X c #808080808080", +"o c #c0c0c0c0c0c0", +"O c Gray100", +"+ c None", +/* pixels */ +"+++++++++++XXXXXXXX+++++++++++++", +"++++++++XXXoOOOOOOoXXX++++++++++", +"++++++XXoOOOOOOOOOOOOoXX++++++++", +"+++++XoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOoX+++++++", +"++++XOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO ++++++", +"+++XOOOOOOOo......oOOOOOOO +++++", +"++XOOOOOOOo.oOO....oOOOOOOO ++++", +"+XoOOOOOOO..OOOO....OOOOOOOo +++", +"+XOOOOOOOO....OO....OOOOOOOO X++", +"XoOOOOOOOO....Oo....OOOOOOOOo X+", +"XOOOOOOOOOo..oO....OOOOOOOOOO X+", +"XOOOOOOOOOOOOOo...OOOOOOOOOOO XX", +"XOOOOOOOOOOOOO...OOOOOOOOOOOO XX", +"XOOOOOOOOOOOOO..oOOOOOOOOOOOO XX", +"XOOOOOOOOOOOOO..OOOOOOOOOOOOO XX", +"XoOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOo XX", +"+XOOOOOOOOOOOo..oOOOOOOOOOOO XXX", +"+XoOOOOOOOOOO....OOOOOOOOOOo XXX", +"++XOOOOOOOOOO....OOOOOOOOOO XXX+", +"+++ OOOOOOOOOo..oOOOOOOOOO XXXX+", +"++++ OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO XXXX++", +"+++++ oOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOo XXXX+++", +"++++++ oOOOOOOOOOOOOo XXXX++++", +"+++++++X oOOOOOOo XXXXX+++++", +"++++++++XXX oOOO XXXXXXX++++++", +"++++++++++XXXX OOO XXXXX++++++++", +"+++++++++++++X OOO XX+++++++++++", +"+++++++++++++++ OO XX+++++++++++", +"++++++++++++++++ O XX+++++++++++", +"+++++++++++++++++ XX+++++++++++", +"++++++++++++++++++XXX+++++++++++", +"+++++++++++++++++++XX+++++++++++" +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/home.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/home.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0da8d26b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/home.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const home_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 3 1", +". c Black", +"X c #FFFFFF", +" c None", +/* pixels */ +" .... ", +" .XXXX. ", +" .XXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .............. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .X.....X....X. ", +" .X. .X. .X. ", +" .X. .X. .X. ", +" .X.....X. .X. ", +" .XXXXXXX. .X. ", +" ......... ... " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmbook.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmbook.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0456ee6d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmbook.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const htmbook_xpm[] = { +"16 16 6 1", +" c None", +". c Black", +"X c #000080", +"o c #c0c0c0", +"O c #808080", +"+ c Gray100", +" ", +" .. ", +" ..XX. ", +" ..XXXXX. ", +" ..XXXXXXXX. ", +".oXXXXXXXXXX. ", +".XoXXXXXXXXXX. ", +".XXoXXXXXXXXXX. ", +".XXXoXXXXXXXXX..", +".XXXXoXXXXXX..O ", +" .XXXXoXXX..O+O ", +" .XXXXo..O++o..", +" .XXX.O+++o.. ", +" .XX.o+o.. ", +" .X.o.. ", +" ... "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmfoldr.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmfoldr.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f84e8aeff --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmfoldr.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const htmfoldr_xpm[] = { +"16 16 6 1", +" c None", +". c Black", +"X c #000080", +"o c #c0c0c0", +"O c #808080", +"+ c Gray100", +" ", +" .. ", +" ..XX. ", +" ..XXXXX. ", +" ..XXXXXXXX. ", +".oXXXXXXXXXX. ", +".XoXXXXXXXXXX. ", +".XXoXXXXXXXXXX. ", +".XXXoXXXXXXXXX..", +".XXXXoXXXXXX..O ", +" .XXXXoXXX..O+O ", +" .XXXXo..O++o..", +" .XXX.O+++o.. ", +" .XX.o+o.. ", +" .X.o.. ", +" ... "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmoptns.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmoptns.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d178ab2e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmoptns.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const htmoptns_xpm[] = { +"16 15 2 1", +" c None", +". c #000000", +" ", +" .. ", +" ... ", +" .... ", +" . ... ", +" .. ... ", +" . .. ", +" .. ... ", +" . .. ", +" ......... ", +" .. ... ", +" . ... ", +" .. ... ", +" .... ....... ", +" "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmpage.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmpage.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f7d9f472ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmpage.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const htmpage_xpm[] = { +"16 16 4 1", +" c None", +". c #808080", +"X c Gray100", +"o c Black", +" ", +" .......... ", +" .XXXXXXXX.. ", +" .XXXXXXXXooo ", +" .X......XXXo ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXo ", +" .X........Xo ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXo ", +" .X........Xo ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXo ", +" .X........Xo ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXo ", +" .X........Xo ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXo ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXo ", +" oooooooooooo "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmsidep.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmsidep.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19bb863730 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/htmsidep.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const htmsidep_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 6 1", +". c Black", +"X c #FFFFFF", +"+ c #808080", +" c None", +"O c #0000C0", +"o c #C0C0C0", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" .............. ", +" .XXXX.ooooooo. ", +" .XOXX.oo...oo. ", +" .XXOX.ooooooo. ", +" .OOOO.o...+.o. ", +" .XXOX.ooooooo. ", +" .XOXX.ooooooo. ", +" .XXXX.o..+ooo. ", +" .XXOX.ooooooo. ", +" .XOXX.o...+.o. ", +" .OOOO.ooooooo. ", +" .XOXX.o.+...o. ", +" .XXOX.ooooooo. ", +" .............. " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/last.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/last.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..66c3bd3382 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/last.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const last_xpm[] = { +"16 16 3 1", +" c None", +". c Black", +"X c Gray100", +" ", +" ", +" . ...", +" .. ...", +" .X. ...", +" ........XX. ...", +" .XXXXXXXXXX....", +" .XXXXXXXXXXX...", +" .XXXXXXXXXXX...", +" .XXXXXXXXXX....", +" ........XX. ...", +" .X. ...", +" .. ...", +" . ...", +" ", +" "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/listview.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/listview.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2d8afc4198 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/listview.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const listview_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 4 1", +" c Black", +". c #FFFFFF", +"X c #000084", +"o c #848484", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" .............. ", +" .XXX.......... ", +" .XXX. o o . ", +" .XXX.......... ", +" .............. ", +" .XXX.......... ", +" .XXX. o . ", +" .XXX.......... ", +" .............. ", +" .XXX.......... ", +" .XXX. o o . ", +" .XXX.......... ", +" .............. ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/minus.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/minus.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8cc34f362 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/minus.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const minus_xpm[] = { +"16 16 3 1", +" c None", +". c Black", +"X c Gray100", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" .............. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .............. ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/missimg.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/missimg.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..599aca7896 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/missimg.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const missimg_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"32 32 5 1", +"X c Black", +"o c #FFFFFF", +" c None", +". c #C0C0C0", +"O c #E0E0E0", +/* pixels */ +" .............................X ", +" .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX ", +" .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" .ooOOOOOOOXOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" XXXOOOOOXX XOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" XXXXX XOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" XOOOXXXOOOOOOOooX ", +" XXX XXOOOOOooX ", +" XOOOOooX ", +" . XOOOooX ", +" .. XXOooX ", +" .o.. XooX ", +" .ooO... XXX ", +" .ooOOOO.......... ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.. ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO.. ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO......... ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" .ooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOooX ", +" .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX ", +" .ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooX ", +" XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/error.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/error.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..559715c64c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/error.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const error_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"48 48 4 1", +" c None", +"X c #242424", +"o c #DCDF00", +". c #C00000", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ..... ", +" ............. ", +" ................. ", +" ................... ", +" ....................... ", +" ......................... ", +" ........................... ", +" ...........................X ", +" .............................X ", +" ............................... ", +" ...............................X ", +" .................................X ", +" .................................X ", +" .................................XX ", +" ...ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo...XX ", +" ....ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo....X ", +" ....ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo....X ", +" ....ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo....XX ", +" ....ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo....XX ", +" ....ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo....XX ", +" ...ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo...XXX ", +" ...ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo...XXX ", +" .................................XX ", +" .................................XX ", +" ...............................XXX ", +" ...............................XXX ", +" .............................XXX ", +" ...........................XXXX ", +" ...........................XXX ", +" .........................XXX ", +" .......................XXXX ", +" X...................XXXXX ", +" X.................XXXXX ", +" X.............XXXXX ", +" XXXX.....XXXXXXXX ", +" XXXXXXXXXXXXX ", +" XXXXX ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/info.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/info.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fe32e61982 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/info.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const info_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"48 48 9 1", +"$ c Black", +"O c #FFFFFF", +"@ c #808080", +"+ c #000080", +"o c #E8EB01", +" c None", +"X c #FFFF40", +"# c #C0C0C0", +". c #ABAD01", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ..... ", +" ..XXXXX.. ", +" ..XXXXXXXXo.. ", +" .XXXOXXXXXXXoo. ", +" .XOOXXX+XXXXXo. ", +" .XOOOXX+++XXXXoo. ", +" .XOOXXX+++XXXXXo. ", +" .XOOOXXX+++XXXXXXo. ", +" .XOOXXXX+++XXXXXXo. ", +" .XXXXXXX+++XXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXX+++XXXXXXo. ", +" .XXXXXXX+++XXXXXoo. ", +" .XXXXXX+++XXXXXo. ", +" .XXXXXXX+XXXXXXo. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXXXo. ", +" .XXXXX+++XXXoo. ", +" .XXXX+++XXoo. ", +" .XXXXXXXXo. ", +" ..XXXXXXo.. ", +" .XXXXXo.. ", +" @#######@ ", +" @@@@@@@@@ ", +" @#######@ ", +" @@@@@@@@@ ", +" @#######@ ", +" @@@@@@@ ", +" ### ", +" $$$ ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/question.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/question.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cb0001ec80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/question.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const question_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"48 48 21 1", +". c Black", +"> c #696969", +"O c #1F1F00", +"+ c #181818", +"o c #F6F900", +"; c #3F3F00", +"$ c #111111", +" c None", +"& c #202020", +"X c #AAAA00", +"@ c #949400", +": c #303030", +"1 c #383838", +"% c #2A2A00", +", c #404040", +"= c #B4B400", +"- c #484848", +"# c #151500", +"< c #9F9F00", +"2 c #6A6A00", +"* c #353500", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ......... ", +" ...XXXXXXX.. ", +" ..XXXXoooooXXXO+ ", +" ..XXooooooooooooX@.. ", +" ..XoooooooooooooooXX#. ", +" $%XoooooooooooooooooXX#. ", +" &.XoooooooXXXXXXooooooXX.. ", +" .XooooooXX.$...$XXoooooX*. ", +" $.XoooooX%.$ .*oooooo=.. ", +" .XooooooX.. -.XoooooX.. ", +" .XoooooX..+ .XoooooX;. ", +" ...XXXX..: .XoooooX;. ", +" ........ >.XoooooX;. ", +" +.XoooooX.. ", +" ,.Xoooooo<.. ", +" 1#XooooooXO.. ", +" &#XooooooX2.. ", +" $%XooooooXX.. ", +" $%XooooooXX.. ", +" $%XooooooXX.. ", +" &.XooooooXX.. ", +" .XooooooXX.. ", +" &.XoooooXX.. ", +" ..XooooXX.. ", +" ..XooooX... ", +" ..XXooXX..& ", +" ...XXXXX.. ", +" ........ ", +" ", +" ", +" ....... ", +" ..XXXXX.. ", +" ..XXoooXX.. ", +" ..XoooooX.. ", +" ..XoooooX.. ", +" ..XXoooXX.. ", +" ..XXXXX.. ", +" ....... ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/warning.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/warning.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..58aee153fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/motif/warning.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const warning_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"48 48 9 1", +"@ c Black", +"o c #A6A800", +"+ c #8A8C00", +"$ c #B8BA00", +" c None", +"O c #6E7000", +"X c #DCDF00", +". c #C00000", +"# c #373800", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" . ", +" ... ", +" ... ", +" ..... ", +" ...X.. ", +" ..XXX.. ", +" ...XXX... ", +" ..XXXXX.. ", +" ..XXXXXX... ", +" ...XXoO+XX.. ", +" ..XXXO@#XXX.. ", +" ..XXXXO@#XXX... ", +" ...XXXXO@#XXXX.. ", +" ..XXXXXO@#XXXX... ", +" ...XXXXXo@OXXXXX.. ", +" ...XXXXXXo@OXXXXXX.. ", +" ..XXXXXXX$@OXXXXXX... ", +" ...XXXXXXXX@XXXXXXXX.. ", +" ...XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX... ", +" ..XXXXXXXXXXOXXXXXXXXX.. ", +" ...XXXXXXXXXO@#XXXXXXXXX.. ", +" ..XXXXXXXXXXX#XXXXXXXXXX... ", +" ...XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.. ", +" ...XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX... ", +" .............................. ", +" .............................. ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/new.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/new.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15826c8d22 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/new.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const new_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 29 1", +"* c #97C4E7", +"- c #72A8D2", +": c #FFFFFF", +"9 c #839CB5", +"o c #6B98B8", +"X c #5A89A6", +"# c #3A749C", +", c #D1E5F5", +"0 c #85A7BC", +"$ c #C3DDF1", +"8 c #749BB4", +"; c #5F9BC8", +" c None", +"+ c #538DB3", +"= c #85BBE2", +"3 c #EFF6FC", +"O c #6591AE", +"5 c #F7FBFD", +"7 c #FAFCFE", +"< c #DAEAF7", +"4 c #E9F3FA", +"6 c #FDFDFE", +"1 c #E2EFF8", +". c #8EA9BC", +"% c #B6D5EE", +"& c #A5CCEA", +"> c #ACE95B", +"2 c #F4F9FD", +"@ c #4581AA", +/* pixels */ +" .XoOO+@#. ", +" .$$%&*=O-; ", +" @@@@$%&*O:*o ", +" @>>@$$%&O::*o ", +"@@@>>@@@$%OOoO+ ", +"@>>>>>>@,$%&*=+ ", +"@>>>>>>@<,$%&*+ ", +"@@@>>@@@1<,$%&O ", +" @>>@2341<,$%O ", +" @@@@52341<,$o ", +" .:6752341<,8 ", +" .::6752341<8 ", +" .:::67523419 ", +" .::::6752340 ", +" ............ " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/new_dir.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/new_dir.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f49515e71b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/new_dir.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const new_dir_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 22 1", +"X c Black", +"> c #9BACC2", +"o c #547897", +"1 c #7F99B4", +"O c #D1D9E5", +"< c #EAEDF3", +"# c #CAD2DC", +"3 c #718BA7", +"@ c #BECAD9", +"& c #E1E6EE", +"; c #F5F6F7", +". c #FFFF00", +", c #8DA0B9", +" c None", +"% c #D6DFE7", +"$ c #D2D9E0", +"- c #ADBACE", +"= c #EEF1F3", +"+ c #B3BFD1", +"2 c #7A90AC", +": c #A2B3C5", +"* c #E5EAF1", +/* pixels */ +" .X .XX.", +" ooooo .X.X. ", +" oOOOOo XX...XX", +" oooooooo.......", +" o+@#$%&*XX...XX", +" o+@#$%&*=.X.X. ", +" o-+@#O%&.X;.X .", +" o:-+@#O%&*=;o ", +" o>:-+@#O%&*=o ", +" o,>:-+@#O%&:-+@#O%&o ", +" o21,>:-+@#O%o ", +" o321,>:-+@#Oo ", +" ooooooooooooo ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/osx/README b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/osx/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b959391ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/osx/README @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +The files in this directory are the sources which were converted by +misc/scripts/png2c.py and included in src/osx/carbon/renderer.cpp. diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/osx/close.png b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/osx/close.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..7d8f22e77b735aa3f31feab8179fca8af6eb8c15 GIT binary patch literal 400 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^d?3uh1|;P@bT0xawj^(N7l!{JxM1({$v_d#0*}aI z1_o{+5N5n|x9$%}u&lr_9Y}-qGi;3h_#Mc3@9E+gqH%udB||S}M~R~!?;i_g+9a{T zxc5e0m&meBCl!mhZ^yXKuvR%fGgp`8GN+SAYC=v~s*H$hyy>6kw$EnwhyPr|Hhso} zJ?ZRw9=-#}-MhueHo*1X%x89%-lyVs2lpJ3_4|A=spos{?R5)Y?|PeK zR;{tDUi#})k;T)+F+}71+)I1CoDCU{e!Sls=ECB7 z;b`a`uD-W#p1e`HlCBx~OKffpyKKy^rHeI`rmWMG^@5FM3i~837PLCtH-GEg*?W@ZiuML?Q8;!Z&d+2| zSX?zjZp=fiV-_o3@AA{UE2h7+B>H-(Y_g09|68u-JDEH*W6Q1Pc7Lp>VNbpDwk%&t zHBD4+e+x{GzU17)Diy0=|iau3)@73O{vXHTB z6HxnG_kShhA#cUy3>SVq&XTVZl;nU-c%lwV$~Taa3$TU=6})QPb1KF+}71+)0L6haE&*=IcB>B*1ax zfl`?wi>B}g){v!L{F{3D7AUU>Tg?1|V^_nj4X#|%nUo`%9TE~b1X;o}za4h7P)Rv; zQ}WsWzmGr4YAZ0A9k^7a{(wWKA+BX!auv(A1G3i*8S)Rv9VquPEI52V;)bVPV_n+u z+f2m`ck{N-vXaTm+o~;J!6fH0A@yeW``_=QUK=}1QVE>3?EJAA>oR9uRO@f-WnZvr zl^xIFC{0oBeXCDv&PTW3{NWS1ehHHMYb03O*8)2dEj2AuFE8qi9OHN z{Db@(ZQn)Nx%;dO&=lRC`}^UW$}f%F1^ha*mPz&+#zszaH_TiMwB?*3Z^N`_9*ocS zuPI~9O3*+1GFLh8?c8;V3~?K$epc(R*ZV0R5LqH@;>Z#O3_*pekcg6!%(OJCqWtn= r-GbC2-Qtp>%mN06id)884Okf%-5C~J+$y&Qs%7wW^>bP0l+XkK3|_9U literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/paste.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/paste.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a2155a3e9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/paste.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const paste_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 25 1", +"< c #FEECE4", +"> c #FEE3D7", +"O c #FFFFFF", +"o c #7B767D", +"% c #F79586", +"& c #CAE1F3", +"@ c #F08B62", +"# c #FCCBB8", +"- c #FDD8C9", +"4 c #FFF8F4", +"5 c #FFF5F0", +" c None", +"$ c #F8AA8F", +", c #EFF6FC", +"1 c #F7FBFD", +"2 c #FAFCFE", +"; c #DAEAF7", +": c #E9F3FA", +"6 c #FFFAF8", +". c #3C78A6", +"3 c #FFF1ED", +"X c #9B8687", +"+ c #FBBCA4", +"* c #B6D5EE", +"= c #F4F9FD", +/* pixels */ +" ...... ", +" .XoOOOOoo. ", +".+XOOOOOOX@. ", +".+XXXXXXXX@. ", +".#++$$%@..... ", +".##++$$%.&*.=. ", +".-##++$$.;&.==. ", +".--##++$.:;.... ", +".>--##++.,:;&*. ", +".<>--##+.1,:;&. ", +".<<>--##.21,:;. ", +".3<<>--#.O21=:. ", +".45<<>--....... ", +".6453<>----. ", +"............ " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/plus.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/plus.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..25d299b305 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/plus.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const plus_xpm[] = { +"16 16 3 1", +" c None", +". c Black", +"X c Gray100", +" ", +" ", +" .... ", +" .XX. ", +" .XX. ", +" .XX. ", +" ......XX...... ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXXX. ", +" ......XX...... ", +" .XX. ", +" .XX. ", +" .XX. ", +" .... ", +" ", +" "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/print.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/print.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9afe540134 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/print.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const print_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 39 1", +"< c #E3E4E6", +"+ c #C3C3C4", +"i c #FFFFFF", +": c #74879B", +"# c #5A89A6", +"a c #F1F4F7", +"r c #5A809C", +"@ c #BDCCD9", +"e c #7A92A4", +"% c #3F6F93", +"t c #9FA2A6", +"3 c #939495", +"w c #5F666D", +"9 c #65839E", +"5 c #4A7291", +"$ c #4B7F9E", +" c None", +"O c #DFE0E2", +"o c #F3F3F3", +"; c #84A5BB", +"& c #467291", +". c #7897AD", +"* c #407598", +"4 c #CFCFD0", +"7 c #6F90A6", +"y c #6A89A2", +"0 c #AAADB2", +"1 c #D2D3D4", +"u c #4F7592", +", c #BCBDBE", +"p c #57778E", +"q c #979BA0", +"2 c #ABABAC", +"- c #E7E7E7", +"= c #D6DEE6", +"> c #9FA0A0", +"8 c #829EB5", +"X c #8FB0C3", +"6 c #5D7C93", +/* pixels */ +" .XXXXXXXX ", +" .oooooooX ", +" .OOOOOOOX ", +" .+++++++X ", +"@##$%&&&&&%*##@ ", +"$=-;:>,<123$-=$ ", +".44.5678.96$44. ", +"7,,,,,,,,,,,,,7 ", +"900qwwwwwwwe009 ", +"rtt9ryyyyyyuttr ", +"6qq6iiiiiii%qq6 ", +"633paiiiiii%336 ", +"XXX*iiiiiii%XXX ", +" 6iiiiiii% ", +" $XXXXXXX# " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/quit.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/quit.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..df8abd675d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/quit.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const quit_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 69 1", +"@ c Black", +"i c #9AEA53", +"D c #7E9BB1", +"H c #839FB4", +", c #B7C7D3", +"8 c #BCCBD6", +"7 c #C1CFDA", +"v c #92ABBD", +"- c #D0DBE2", +"O c #547897", +"+ c #376485", +"L c #7090A8", +"t c #AEC0CE", +"g c #B3C4D1", +"S c #84A0B4", +"G c #89A4B8", +"> c #BDCCD7", +"F c #5A809C", +"2 c #C2D0DA", +"k c #93ACBE", +"= c #D6E0E6", +"* c #446A8C", +"z c #A5B9C8", +"# c #DEE5EB", +"0 c #AFC1CE", +"r c #B4C5D2", +"p c #B9C9D5", +"A c #8AA5B8", +"M c #92AABD", +"j c #A6BAC9", +"K c #7796AC", +"l c #ABBECC", +"o c #E4EAEF", +"9 c #B5C6D2", +" c None", +"; c #C9D6DF", +"X c #305F81", +"m c #98AFC0", +"V c #9DB3C3", +"% c #D1DBE3", +"u c #A2B7C6", +"y c #A7BBCA", +"h c #ACBFCD", +"4 c #B6C7D3", +"w c #C0CFD9", +"d c #982106", +"B c #85A0B5", +"6 c #C8D4DE", +"c c #99B0C1", +"x c #9EB4C4", +"$ c #D7E0E7", +"q c #A8BCCA", +"s c #ADC0CD", +"3 c #BCCCD7", +"N c #8BA5B9", +": c #C4D1DB", +"1 c #C9D5DE", +"f c #9AB1C2", +"n c #A4B9C8", +"a c #B3C5D1", +". c #215579", +"J c #7D9AB0", +"& c #829EB5", +"e c #BBCAD6", +"b c #8CA6B9", +"Z c #91AABC", +"C c #96AEC0", +"< c #CFDAE2", +"5 c #AFC2CF", +/* pixels */ +" ..XXXXXXXXXX ", +" XoO+X@@@@@@X ", +" X#$%&X*@@@@X ", +" X=-;:>,X@@@X ", +" X<12345X@@@X ", +" X67890qX@XXX ", +" XwertyuX@XiX ", +" XpasddfX++iiX ", +" XghjddkXiiiiiX ", +" XlzxcvbXiiiiiiX", +" XnxmMNBXiiiiiX ", +" XVCZASDXXXiiX ", +" XXFGHJKX XiX ", +" FXXFLX XX ", +" XX* " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/redo.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/redo.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d20afdcc8c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/redo.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const redo_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 37 1", +"4 c #9BACC2", +"; c #4C7398", +"3 c #547B99", +"* c #547897", +"# c #5A89A6", +"8 c #3A749C", +"5 c #5A809C", +", c #7F99B4", +"& c #3F6F93", +"9 c #85A7BC", +"+ c #749BB4", +"> c #718BA7", +"e c #A5B3C8", +"w c #BECAD9", +": c #65839D", +"u c #E1E6EE", +"o c #236289", +"r c #ADBED2", +"= c #597B9A", +"2 c #8DA0B9", +" c None", +"% c #467291", +"1 c #7393AB", +"i c #4C809F", +"- c #A0BACB", +"O c #6591AE", +"X c #407598", +"6 c #6F90A6", +"t c #D2D9E0", +"7 c #ADBACE", +"@ c #326A8F", +"0 c #467A9C", +". c #ACC4D3", +"< c #7F97B0", +"y c #B3BFD1", +"q c #A2B3C5", +"$ c #8FB0C3", +/* pixels */ +" .XoooO ", +" +o@@@@@o# +", +" $@%%&@&%%&@ +o", +" X*=@+-+@*=;@#&@", +" @:=+ @=:=*:@", +" &>:$ @:>>>@", +" &,,,,&", +" +123 @<2222&", +" X44X #@56<44X", +" O1748 .9#&o", +" 0qwe8 ", +" 8rty8 ", +" 8wu+ ", +" i## ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/removable.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/removable.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b1d46b7dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/removable.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const removable_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 15 23 1", +"@ c #C3C3C4", +"4 c #FFFFFF", +"o c #D5D6D8", +"> c #7A92A3", +". c #8497A5", +"% c #ACAEB2", +"2 c #4A7898", +": c #DCE2EA", +", c #F5F6F7", +"= c #EBEBEC", +"$ c #B7B7B8", +" c None", +"X c #DFE0E2", +"* c #A6A8AD", +"1 c #4C809F", +"3 c #407598", +"O c #CFCFD0", +"; c #9EA2A8", +"# c #BCBDBE", +"+ c #C6C8CA", +"- c #979BA0", +"& c #E7E7E7", +"< c #8FB0C3", +/* pixels */ +" ......... ", +" .XoO+@#$%. ", +" .XoO+@#$%. ", +" .&XoO+@#$%*. ", +" .&XoO+@#$%*. ", +" .=&XoO+@#$%*-. ", +" .=&XoO+@#$%*;. ", +".:=&XoO+@#$%*;>.", +".,=&XoO+@#$%*;-.", +"<..............<", +"<,=&XoO+@#$%%%%.", +" c #718BA7", +"0 c #A5B3C8", +"q c #BECAD9", +": c #65839D", +"u c #E1E6EE", +"X c #236289", +"y c #ADBED2", +"= c #597B9A", +"1 c #8DA0B9", +" c None", +"% c #467291", +"3 c #7393AB", +"i c #4C809F", +"; c #A0BACB", +". c #6591AE", +"o c #407598", +"5 c #6F90A6", +"t c #D2D9E0", +"9 c #ADBACE", +"# c #326A8F", +"e c #467A9C", +"O c #ACC4D3", +"< c #7F97B0", +"r c #B3BFD1", +"w c #A2B3C5", +"& c #8FB0C3", +/* pixels */ +" .XXXoO ", +"+ @X#####X+ ", +"X+ #$%%$#$%%#& ", +"#$@#*=-#+;+#=-o ", +"#:-=:=# +=:# ", +"#>>>:# &:>$ ", +"$,,,>o o<,$ ", +"$1111<# 213+ ", +"o44<56#@ o44o ", +"X$@7O 8493. ", +" 80qwe ", +" 8rty8 ", +" +uq8 ", +" @@i ", +" " +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/up.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/up.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a93009f95c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/up.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const up_xpm[] = { +"16 15 3 1", +" c None", +". c Black", +"X c Gray100", +" ", +" .. ", +" .XX. ", +" .XXXX. ", +" .XXXXXX. ", +" .XXXXXXXX. ", +" ....XXXX.... ", +" .XXXX. ", +" .XXXX. ", +" .XXXX. ", +" .XXXX. ", +" .XXXX. ", +" .XXXX. ", +" ...... ", +" "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin.ico b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin.ico new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..0893f8c636fa8faa7652a14bee74ad9120e520a1 GIT binary patch literal 22382 zcmeI433OCd(#IPDBuLl^LI~-w$xaBHsF*|n5d~!55=em1ERhgaC5l8qQBaTpMnwS? zTyazs?SR1TBrNR`jG%%#*f<24(HS9*$;>cFeZP7=4IyNKjC0KSPWqhxdEKx3y?g8b z?yag@Rkv-nN;W@RojNv-VYaDNY_=XYn=LHN`}q~lZ{%EbwD)tHTWz-6f^4=n{D!Z% z!h4=WxqJl&n~27ZKVH$G!NHZaY8_k|5O8p1<;ou{w%J@rQTpq~8;_lej~59K7irZ> zq)8Kzx^>TszyGIOd{;M4ORE;-bPliMbWW%Ns)0&Q=Qx|w*>KdT9C_psk=t$)x#5P3 z_i51Jt6je9+hk_09`VBu68_h}N=pz7>hQT*R@P_p=jX^PuZYZ`?P3r z@%mn$e6nk8e!lcOb4GfeJ}sRS-=z3u#YnF~h#{IlH3wR)dcT)%14iSr+SEb{8BBF{c6^4zrTa_Z(tIo+m> zoDL0@(?LP9?!^}+Lqt}AR51A;|BxX+{UkSj{k1&)_@Q^x(tecJUOO!tH=dSVWA7JE ziuCIz(!IM#`}XqkYp=;6uA>QA5BS!)PfSjZ%$=L=mz-?cO`B#qO`2pn9k^roTNWY7 z$s&UXi$q1q&c_}TH}b##?|;i1;CZm-U;mQ$BS${2?=uVmMuw>jERW_BaIn7#F+ZN>wL$<_uaQqKKVrC<(EZ%|9g=~9~I#~KX4z@ zwQH#Fcf}n)y8r%%&mBH2;&O>>+a|JQi*=t9iHZ5H$jF+-UFSRRnl-D&frSfG4nFwc z%7Y6QtUNet*2=7@Qy+H?9vtoaO?f(s*lda=ppqi>B7FTk!<#eqi#QkMy+*H7Jrf3^ zf$FDnvM%}t~O=zuJCNwb6gjTO^LjCeR`Wnl-cKnrpJL8QJ3J_lZ=hl=&C>F}y78 z6n9Nnn0YB8;ycSm+<2o%$BrVXXlci*)Hyd_MvMPe`?DCb_6~u&38v>vXPe;B=b0PG@>;5D2aT z{-7$T46v`;!D!o_J+{uB-7Q`;Hx7 zclhcniTKN3q}})5ODhltLcq149;gWdPM#FM0|x|KpVXs=TON2oWb0P3`Z0XC*X9@3 zkC2d4Jd4ZQZ|QW#b@}vDNyQG|3vR*=M}Q8XHE0f+f<~Y|sD-akb?45L(a~;;`}f}$ zS+PQ7)+`Zy9)kuI-H(;*Wn6 z=P$nqw-GLtgmdR)Pzn8LNc#?lTR2E|w#Xm;AoA2xBES3HrTtJJE;;U$Eb9A~%)frU z+}||rRTCH(W2#q=G5-EBrb?9<$FgOw&i(E?%b#K>$zs5;mLz<$5r6-?+yM`T`3Rxm zq$IZ`J1(1~rHQ=sl6Ni??8j5_+hl)OOF7oOxp?e$@!-sQ8Z{CRiosK-j(7qC<=MD6 zS#;`@K%+pX;5NzT@&A9+*_!`s|R{a&4% z+J`AqMDDuFyB?r_XHl5TQKGNm`)Bfe_n-ruU>n#9UIZJ#Q{b`OT!~}C-EPd}!tE9Q zYz7UAJUV^4h$_e(JG{?f(ISz1@8u!#6m@ZR=be_a%;UIy@nTuIW{u3*w(Y=FW1N%0 zL@*x2fKgz$F|V>l7+AQiqCT4uBO;Hg0?5qtDoI^T={o4)hefm>sw^i?6d5|y+Yg@0 z5e%rg?z)?by5H5FGqJIeM;9&>(Z$?{A2P5R**X@G(V7pwekdQhwqhO}L1CNDoqwJ7 zCryexs%?DsnaH6-C>OMguA!cLuGoGYVO%h7ewFrJ)2Da)OxJ4I77M!m(muTLMzQ_) z48z5mtjpDMUDWT>XU(dbF?+V>r}T6t7Bfo?l^RPOk45z3C+0^+|Nh6)`}86D^6R`< zJ9bK+J^S!Mo8OvN4j`I1Sk|W=Iw~AbrS?LuSB$4!=&z7w_`n(xtZa zIddABq@+-jm>6oNP7O5)387}fgitene5e^aHq2Djau1DSBquN;bcS(lnN-CLze z6SI~21ZoQQ6N~;5cnE`fq-j$R=RAZ%J#y`}9&$+@V)Y)l@sLmQz>7x$13hr!k$?aX ze0&2JUua%Qc{mRT57=y9Ue;!LI$^iF7Ker!a#Tm9M~`2mTQ_gMNb4**bP#FRPNa2f zZ)liswG|!?39&-Na3Vt40epD#Sv6~FPD>aYn%6pLjfYB=Tz8cxc?RN< zw`r3lk&)-EeASXA+t2TC!Dh?N`|GYtAJDR; zp&sUx6^7T4@Y=QBaIl8uHFv1vAtIt|JXEj#m8Bo5R^1zXH9|Muy}NS5w6y*W($XHU z?{vOE?r}3UJ)6ltZmtQ)L2jnLXES-o%>jU1 z0Y$anrj2WI>(+)^o-;COk~d$YIWx^u4IAdoTWWfwtUT1Jb;8n<{{F5jj$JlMOKaBH z>HL7at26{bB$41j>VvwV4yX-kfJUFMhZILGHd zlq!GgUAqEWIGsPY-@o6gds|A*X+1f`d&qMRhJ)_N(FKG99}k*`zfv9o$mOFSl!wkf z`MY#6j)(}&nde$#UQ+>@r+oTpZ@yZ`gr>zbUDm&U@jUeCak-w($;k{rPJ{fL zkpBVXk464lICnF+5tN08`hWV9ROkNK3x`ks8*VU;-n|WJzg(-Pk|AQHfi`dU)(fPh zcxy;BU8p>0&E}9H-n8JA@X)$-4nC5>Z!BH@4#?l0{@sfFLy<8Z`CmZ(#mGMa`ETQ# z)`M!EzZbYt9_;*9^~1HukKGjP<^}l&4m6Gd0}RhP*P8d55;Vq}l3cyoTc@hJ(8q(O ziFGV!idM&hrfGdVXg#dji-P*0efu1IXQTBcr9S^~PC)Y~De({AjEv%_X^#inCSkvRFsa~6) zc2R4aG%Y)JtamJw#6x&^j)a8hx}tRXBapu{{ksGCW0COywH4c_cUe!ZM=F>?9ZbwW z|7qESvhdIh`SGI!Kk9<~BSsjVj>z+18JGnadcqWx(bODh-AhS4 zsLd>BFIpi#zNFMEAphvm#xZJ?;aTTesb9>lm6FH(@Rb8wB_dk0t+iZQvQl_F=$z2? zf{q8}Ldyme`o3@99P0lJrPZa&-vjx3((rWpiTM?#qU-@LfycqU05v2GJ&T8U=Ep!} z?0(KUqNj*jVEjJJz7@bFJERtr=1quzR;yHDu}wsV!97prtY;@u2f!-pqf< zvSB-9^{s1U_05mV(#{Xa+_35LV*QTmsIN+)&OOCkb4`i~2uLyh{wbzfwG?WtQjDKp z%Gz6QS=S#2WG?k4PaxwFkPfzjHDD1y9m_qy$3p^hWH9opy(o=`aOB6YmPQ5SkBc*o z@#788I@c-#|MpvNNraXIy!Dod+5s(#&=Qf-cvus&O?HHJ6w|Pw7#78b1)*U@p3?2jzfPy?s zqwZ%IwSig-R+tC1nLc~b75SSWe{cc$spEH0lf<*mwdOrdi|Rnixa7U}ykkI1LrUXe z!?>5k5EMAjw5gn=*!5@j666y&$Y)`Y&t{E$0tfkFVUkY)Y(BMa`4qwC!&5#S<-<=t z#ju}u?kq!*e-WKv*vZ$x4Yq?#K<5DJSa3@&;~@z>sXo#W_=bh{8024${5t24gKV$|=;vpE&I{EA zCGx=cGZ+sJbi*Vtk@+zRZbmUa!nuDZV=l-)b7p#ryYDvV*Q_~e$*l9AVRB&(@N;WT zSP~D;{t1$)3t-(xqsBoCk97e>?T)ocNP`Euzosw`dQE}x;K6ZQ>jI_TGy#He(D_Re9*B`3J)G?4&!NP9rEj#KMB+ZxPcSA z0(4$H4>o|StH$6z;j6X-m+S{@d1O$wNX{5Np_o`vLB4(7~BZ-)E^9_Y5AhS%Wd8y=xy z&7(EdMpRE?FNl$9jkjUDmLW!BW zVmzE+tW2SQ8&8~&1N8TMpgIs$WX%E0ku@($;{i9t(hn;*J_4ALmc2+qFW$`kd%0W* zDs$o26Hgq{y4?uILn1t+P`jG~2Puh(CWSq3DO0AH6gWtsjyGlEM3WL9Z&KhOH<=0X{lo*z~JRa7mOwF zum*=S8Ru(1{yl0)jsc(i+|`;FrSb3_zuN!`^6(h;U@*1WeT@0OZ$^gyef%7_N7Z>!9pKx1q4Pi&jJj~vg@V>tYf!BS9=>G`&BpOqNMAGA=b#)M0y-W( z0y-~zJnZ7Vj)!*vGfv(Bur4oyEx^aaYSvQY*(cebXMZL2*@fjR?X&6KJHxH>To;R4 z&#i_-c~Cz_q=G!?oX~v-Iu?rH;RpD64I8=y=W{OlBzfn~U+y+0Z#tj`J`X*aM;&|~ z_9AZrz;5PI51)tskT(|KN99o$pNBvB-7sUe4t2RMi~V1i8*!hb-1o>^&&I@{bvl;nqNqZZgujkNv`d^6oF$w8=X! z)E`ivs5l-pc%b@G@1tCf8|MXUh%D9xrenwQD}QWkhFg;anmEwliSBDq9@G!eF`5y7Exkc<|{-gTBL*Zm~Nj$I5Q>6p+xPU;V-ekcPE zS@?~nTetEn|D;J7ZuRwbAB&EC@+=k)x^U7lp}vsr@hKw@S*#08&z|L1{wY(^4`>in z{T|))hyQLZpz&d>F`?^$H{UEX47~ z1|I&5E;OtiUA=qH`OO6_rUM!C=COM|`3v@y$@dy8!}ql2zdnE60ITz&3_SeEp0G^f z2c}=Y6Rv*!Y8BIbxj5~bJ-am=oG|FYEY?AP#O8Uh{T|i;9(2A3-`GPE!Gk~O!Tx#J zZ|PaSTs-{NgKy|TRu4%w56Q-3?0d|fJXs7rp&2;v2iKi(44gRwkGe!)4ApWG7;lp$Bt2gjp zG9l$bwyWvGCo5J|W==GAB`4d_4R+Uz8Fp77l1A3HV}fAUxVUy!Sjq2jj{3{)^s!9WEA6%14`P{BY21ONXR zAVu;&dHqxWGLhGDn{AOET{c_Pe~$JG$5dMs=k06|s;$R!{2PKExmN!P;lDlB=6@W0 z|EO@q$Ky8Z<){Av$;;2``Q=Cd|D5+7k;#P=|B*ZYq2AWA>O#v(obZ(jcg D)VVqT literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin16x16.png b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin16x16.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..93e2ec172948aee6fe6336ab2112f74b4b50f6cb GIT binary patch literal 578 zcmV-I0=@l-P)Px${7FPXR5;7ck+EwNVHn1LXRah6jhav}O-q*!3WY)^9i&7$sT7<#xHt$xyGWo8 z;(y>K;^JQs>{L`t>!3niT1p3@G)ZHwY476Y?!LR+ci!i4ZG{Y7^?_%3d7mE-Jn*lj z4Iir2dTw+y{Z!Y}V?h8x0KTu3VK{5GTBSbxuMZz`x!jATrMc&(nZmZgaiHIaRO)bf ze!hNfbF<=H2v90hilP*q4)l6|0gjW&dY&o(7XvIS33fVQn$T*2WyO?AKd4sMA52U< zHempSzd^p&H&$0uaTHx=FwhA@-Zb1|w+qcC92_LD#l?@TtXyVfWZ_j(z#)$N?C*cy z)(hj~?Q0Bp`6`MjLf3&rBy!q^ztHpDTv zt{n2RX3#y(AO!e6NNEATfS-U(5VVo<1m8bG*Lpn-%Yt?r9Eba=!`#(6Uu^O1QET~$ zlrTO0^{rBqH=&IXO{6>l1W{z7V;E2_CxB)XEQ_)b%z9nd^X_Z|q|>+EAZQVWJ1AuX z;?y=ejRq8pu(OkFCPZS}K3~RlPj)?TV?omlzykzI34{>4`k>V^$Yx6%9i4}j5conE zX8_N$pKWc`KZDGJG7Mcmj$c>cnEzgX0Da^eGSGA0 Q8UO$Q07*qoM6N<$f^xI~nE(I) literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin16x16.xpm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin16x16.xpm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ed1848ea75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin16x16.xpm @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +/* XPM */ +static const char *const wxwin16x16_xpm[] = { +"16 16 142 2", +" c None", +". c #7171C0", +"+ c #7D7DC7", +"@ c #8181CE", +"# c #7979CE", +"$ c #7171CE", +"% c #6868CD", +"& c #5050C0", +"* c #7C7CCB", +"= c #D3D3FC", +"- c #C0C0FF", +"; c #B1B1FF", +"> c #A4A4FF", +", c #9696FF", +"' c #6B6BE3", +") c #3E3EC0", +"! c #7B7BD3", +"~ c #CFCFFF", +"{ c #A7A7FF", +"] c #8989FF", +"^ c #7B7BFF", +"/ c #5E5EEB", +"( c #3333BF", +"_ c #6969D3", +": c #BEBEFF", +"< c #8E8EFF", +"[ c #5E5EFF", +"} c #4C4CFD", +"| c #6464C6", +"1 c #A4A478", +"2 c #BFBF63", +"3 c #BFBF5C", +"4 c #BFBF56", +"5 c #BFBF51", +"6 c #C17474", +"7 c #BF7070", +"8 c #BF6969", +"9 c #BF6363", +"0 c #544AC7", +"a c #A8A8FF", +"b c #7070FF", +"c c #5050FF", +"d c #3F3FFF", +"e c #8C8CBA", +"f c #F6F6C8", +"g c #FBFBBB", +"h c #FBFBAE", +"i c #FBFBA1", +"j c #F9F993", +"k c #D7D760", +"l c #D28D8D", +"m c #EEB8B8", +"n c #EFAAAA", +"o c #EF9E9E", +"p c #7C5ABC", +"q c #8D8DFF", +"r c #4747FF", +"s c #3535FF", +"t c #2B2BFF", +"u c #AAAAA7", +"v c #FFFFD2", +"w c #FFFFA9", +"x c #FFFF9A", +"y c #FFFF8D", +"z c #FFFF80", +"A c #E4E45B", +"B c #E39F9F", +"C c #FFCCCC", +"D c #FFA9A9", +"E c #FF9C9C", +"F c #B469A0", +"G c #3E3DE7", +"H c #2828EF", +"I c #1E1EEF", +"J c #1515EF", +"K c #A5A595", +"L c #FFFFC2", +"M c #FFFF8F", +"N c #F7F765", +"O c #F2F251", +"P c #DBDB3A", +"Q c #E48E8E", +"R c #FFBABA", +"S c #FF8E8E", +"T c #FF8181", +"U c #FF6868", +"V c #E54D60", +"W c #AC2E56", +"X c #0B0BBF", +"Y c #0606BF", +"Z c #C8C85D", +"` c #FEFEB1", +" . c #FEFE74", +".. c #F4F456", +"+. c #EFEF42", +"@. c #EFEF38", +"#. c #D7D725", +"$. c #E47676", +"%. c #FFA8A8", +"&. c #FF7373", +"*. c #FF5555", +"=. c #FF4343", +"-. c #FF3939", +";. c #DA2323", +">. c #CFCF3C", +",. c #F6F694", +"'. c #F0F047", +"). c #EFEF2E", +"!. c #EFEF24", +"~. c #D7D715", +"{. c #E45757", +"]. c #FF8888", +"^. c #FF4646", +"/. c #FF2F2F", +"(. c #FF2525", +"_. c #DA1414", +":. c #C3C328", +"<. c #EBEB55", +"[. c #ECEC2F", +"}. c #ECEC24", +"|. c #ECEC1A", +"1. c #EBEB10", +"2. c #CDCD06", +"3. c #DD3A3A", +"4. c #FF6060", +"5. c #FF1B1B", +"6. c #FE1111", +"7. c #D10707", +"8. c #B8B819", +"9. c #B7B715", +"0. c #B7B710", +"a. c #B7B70B", +"b. c #B7B706", +"c. c #B7B701", +"d. c #B7B700", +"e. c #BF1A1A", +"f. c #CC1919", +"g. c #CE1414", +"h. c #CE0E0E", +"i. c #CE0808", +"j. c #C90202", +"k. c #C00000", +" ", +" ", +" . + @ # $ % & ", +" * = - ; > , ' ) ", +" ! ~ { , ] ^ / ( ", +" _ : < ^ [ } | 1 2 3 4 5 ", +"6 7 8 9 0 a b c d e f g h i j k ", +"l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z A ", +"B C D E F G H I J K L M z N O P ", +"Q R S T U V W X Y Z ` ...+.@.#.", +"$.%.&.*.=.-.;. >.,.'.@.).!.~.", +"{.].^.-./.(._. :.<.[.}.|.1.2.", +"3.4./.(.5.6.7. 8.9.0.a.b.c.d.", +"e.f.g.h.i.j.k. ", +" ", +" "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin32x32.png b/Externals/wxWidgets3/art/wxwin32x32.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..42e4fd97f7187f1cb2be8374ff443e9a0e50f78c GIT binary patch literal 1154 zcmV-|1bzF7P)Px(JV``BR9M69mQ83}RTze!d*@E#OqztLY18zNP+Ajch$%&FtI$?ADcWWisQZf0 zRcKeD8*wAJ71u&*MJj@JQK6Dnh($#VREq{`q-~PhnQ1efpZj<2xyQxHP3~kSNriD` zKX^Ik40q1^p6`4=2cFvh-HdM{mqR&@O|}sZ|~;*zP?UUDR5mVm!VS8SUoq*PC7a^?+F4m z{3IT*oP!*TSwWda;Wi%_aj zfagJ>0Hu;%O9>Aj>i_&_9*6_cbzy#9lL-Oow8N1jljL$U?A|^1QCHX7C6H)@$*~Ob z!tvu@eY2r}2M-{dZS+8`2DZK8cBKSo&V0<_!~NuPFJKrWhrkDd1oT>nDzme<#wRC7 z-?9L1oIk%wN%^XhvXfO+<~#eB!5{K(VB1>Aqerl?0E>(I{)NyO9-ijFfi8CJIJiXi zU@6PvOjpauWGwdYe~z0s=ialfPfQG%rul8}z`*vjW$E1#J0I$PhRL6`n>`Qi--lvx zg*ZkwTco3-eTmQmYJkIv7yP=pW%;zVsa+Of_{s3eliRy??b4A{tJQ_}q5{uTxGtpA z`YPf(uZK(!xSXR>{-{kwe|I+WAyPo3q?Ovobmzz+1A1F2vPy+&#@^Bm* zA55mx0Ensx?@7mR?eXrcPQ+NmDFh~=kr3Tb6 zR)7m9PVl)g+28-!KrVN>Z|`21o6|9{2DuP|UwvP=N(~*0qM25_iY+4y&;DuKopbs8 z>uIHox~FaeDh#PcQC=!__882x{8|2ePft$9-7u~$iP4CnC=ClQYac$fr`9t22c0UY U(ab%^9RL6T07*qoM6N<$f c #8686CE", +", c #8686D0", +"' c #8282D0", +") c #7D7DD0", +"! c #7979D0", +"~ c #7575D0", +"{ c #7171D0", +"] c #6D6DD0", +"^ c #6666CD", +"/ c #5151C1", +"( c #4C4CBF", +"_ c #7171C1", +": c #7272C2", +"< c #C1C1F2", +"[ c #D7D7FF", +"} c #C9C9FF", +"| c #C2C2FF", +"1 c #BBBBFF", +"2 c #B4B4FF", +"3 c #AEAEFF", +"4 c #A7A7FF", +"5 c #A0A0FF", +"6 c #9A9AFF", +"7 c #8484F2", +"8 c #4949C2", +"9 c #4444C1", +"0 c #6A6AC0", +"a c #8989D4", +"b c #DADAFF", +"c c #C0C0FF", +"d c #9393FF", +"e c #8C8CFF", +"f c #8686FF", +"g c #5454D4", +"h c #3E3EC0", +"i c #6363BF", +"j c #8686D8", +"k c #D4D4FF", +"l c #D2D2FF", +"m c #7F7FFF", +"n c #7878FF", +"o c #4F4FD7", +"p c #3737BF", +"q c #5C5CBF", +"r c #7D7DD8", +"s c #CCCCFF", +"t c #CACAFF", +"u c #A8A8FF", +"v c #7070FF", +"w c #6B6BFF", +"x c #4545D7", +"y c #3030BF", +"z c #5555BF", +"A c #7373D8", +"B c #C3C3FF", +"C c #9C9CFF", +"D c #8D8DFF", +"E c #7777FF", +"F c #6262FF", +"G c #5252FF", +"H c #4B4BFF", +"I c #4848FF", +"J c #3232D7", +"K c #2626BF", +"L c #4E4EBF", +"M c #6A6AD8", +"N c #B9B9FF", +"O c #9090FF", +"P c #6F6FFF", +"Q c #5555FF", +"R c #4646FF", +"S c #4B4BF5", +"T c #8282B4", +"U c #93938E", +"V c #B1B173", +"W c #BFBF68", +"X c #BFBF65", +"Y c #BFBF62", +"Z c #BFBF5E", +"` c #BFBF5B", +" . c #BFBF57", +".. c #BFBF54", +"+. c #BFBF51", +"@. c #5858D8", +"#. c #B2B2FF", +"$. c #B1B1FF", +"%. c #8484FF", +"&. c #7272FF", +"*. c #6767FF", +"=. c #4F4FFF", +"-. c #4747FF", +";. c #4242FF", +">. c #4141FA", +",. c #ABAB8A", +"'. c #E4E4AA", +"). c #F5F5C3", +"!. c #F6F6BE", +"~. c #F6F6B7", +"{. c #F6F6B1", +"]. c #F6F6AB", +"^. c #F6F6A5", +"/. c #F6F69E", +"(. c #F6F698", +"_. c #F1F18C", +":. c #D0D05F", +"<. c #BFBF48", +"[. c #C17474", +"}. c #C07171", +"|. c #BF6E6E", +"1. c #BF6B6B", +"2. c #BF6868", +"3. c #BF6464", +"4. c #BF6161", +"5. c #7C498C", +"6. c #4242D8", +"7. c #A4A4FF", +"8. c #5959FF", +"9. c #3D3DFF", +"0. c #3838FF", +"a. c #6666CA", +"b. c #DCDC98", +"c. c #FFFFDD", +"d. c #FFFFD7", +"e. c #FFFFC0", +"f. c #FFFFB8", +"g. c #FFFFB2", +"h. c #FFFFAB", +"i. c #FFFFA4", +"j. c #FFFF9D", +"k. c #FFFF97", +"l. c #FFFF90", +"m. c #FBFB85", +"n. c #C2C244", +"o. c #C37676", +"p. c #DA9B9B", +"q. c #DF9F9F", +"r. c #DF9A9A", +"s. c #DF9494", +"t. c #DF8F8F", +"u. c #DF8A8A", +"v. c #B47094", +"w. c #3B3BD8", +"x. c #9292FF", +"y. c #5656FF", +"z. c #3333FF", +"A. c #2E2EFF", +"B. c #7070B6", +"C. c #E7E79F", +"D. c #FFFFDE", +"E. c #FFFFCF", +"F. c #FFFFB5", +"G. c #FFFF9E", +"H. c #FFFF8A", +"I. c #FFFF83", +"J. c #FFFF7C", +"K. c #C8C843", +"L. c #C06D6D", +"M. c #F1BEBE", +"N. c #FFDBDB", +"O. c #FFCBCB", +"P. c #FFC0C0", +"Q. c #FFBABA", +"R. c #FFB3B3", +"S. c #FFACAC", +"T. c #CE89AC", +"U. c #3333D7", +"V. c #8787FF", +"W. c #4D4DFF", +"X. c #2929FF", +"Y. c #2424FF", +"Z. c #6B6BB3", +"`. c #E7E795", +" + c #FFFFC6", +".+ c #FFFFA8", +"++ c #FFFF76", +"@+ c #FFFF6F", +"#+ c #C8C83C", +"$+ c #C77474", +"%+ c #FFD3D3", +"&+ c #FFDEDE", +"*+ c #FFC4C4", +"=+ c #FFA6A6", +"-+ c #FF9F9F", +";+ c #F3929A", +">+ c #2F29C3", +",+ c #4C4CFB", +"'+ c #6868FF", +")+ c #3939FF", +"!+ c #1F1FFF", +"~+ c #1A1AFF", +"{+ c #6666B0", +"]+ c #E7E78A", +"^+ c #FFFFD0", +"/+ c #FFFFBD", +"(+ c #FFFF9B", +"_+ c #FFFF91", +":+ c #FAFA6E", +"<+ c #F5F55F", +"[+ c #F5F558", +"}+ c #F7F756", +"|+ c #C7C732", +"1+ c #C86E6E", +"2+ c #FFC9C9", +"3+ c #FFD7D7", +"4+ c #FFB8B8", +"5+ c #FF9898", +"6+ c #FF9292", +"7+ c #FF8B8B", +"8+ c #B16098", +"9+ c #2420C6", +"0+ c #2222DD", +"a+ c #1F1FDF", +"b+ c #1B1BDF", +"c+ c #1818DF", +"d+ c #1414DF", +"e+ c #1010DF", +"f+ c #0C0CDF", +"g+ c #5F5F9C", +"h+ c #E7E77F", +"i+ c #FFFFC9", +"j+ c #FFFFB4", +"k+ c #FFFF8E", +"l+ c #FFFF7D", +"m+ c #FEFE75", +"n+ c #F4F45D", +"o+ c #EFEF4F", +"p+ c #EFEF4A", +"q+ c #EFEF44", +"r+ c #EFEF3F", +"s+ c #BFBF22", +"t+ c #C86666", +"u+ c #FFBFBF", +"v+ c #FFD0D0", +"w+ c #FFADAD", +"x+ c #FF8484", +"y+ c #FF7E7E", +"z+ c #FF7373", +"A+ c #E75F70", +"B+ c #B0457F", +"C+ c #9A3776", +"D+ c #5F1D7C", +"E+ c #0C0CBF", +"F+ c #0909BF", +"G+ c #0707BF", +"H+ c #0404BF", +"I+ c #878766", +"J+ c #E6E674", +"K+ c #FFFFC2", +"L+ c #FFFF82", +"M+ c #FEFE6E", +"N+ c #F3F355", +"O+ c #EFEF45", +"P+ c #EFEF40", +"Q+ c #EFEF3B", +"R+ c #EFEF36", +"S+ c #BFBF1C", +"T+ c #C85F5F", +"U+ c #FFB4B4", +"V+ c #FFA2A2", +"W+ c #FF7575", +"X+ c #FF5E5E", +"Y+ c #FF5050", +"Z+ c #FF4A4A", +"`+ c #FF4545", +" @ c #E73535", +".@ c #BF2121", +"+@ c #B7B733", +"@@ c #DCDC55", +"#@ c #FDFDB7", +"$@ c #FFFFA2", +"%@ c #FFFF75", +"&@ c #FCFC64", +"*@ c #F2F24E", +"=@ c #EFEF31", +"-@ c #EFEF2C", +";@ c #BFBF16", +">@ c #C85656", +",@ c #FFAAAA", +"'@ c #FFC2C2", +")@ c #FF9797", +"!@ c #FF7777", +"~@ c #FF6E6E", +"{@ c #FF5454", +"]@ c #FF4040", +"^@ c #FF3B3B", +"/@ c #E72C2C", +"(@ c #BF1919", +"_@ c #B7B72E", +":@ c #DADA48", +"<@ c #F7F7A6", +"[@ c #F6F689", +"}@ c #F2F254", +"|@ c #EFEF27", +"1@ c #EFEF22", +"2@ c #BFBF10", +"3@ c #C84040", +"4@ c #FF9A9A", +"5@ c #FFBBBB", +"6@ c #FF7171", +"7@ c #FF6666", +"8@ c #FF4E4E", +"9@ c #FF4646", +"0@ c #FF4141", +"a@ c #FF3C3C", +"b@ c #FF3737", +"c@ c #FF3232", +"d@ c #E72424", +"e@ c #BF1414", +"f@ c #B7B729", +"g@ c #DADA3F", +"h@ c #F7F7A1", +"i@ c #F4F480", +"j@ c #F0F047", +"k@ c #EFEF1D", +"l@ c #EFEF18", +"m@ c #BFBF0B", +"n@ c #C83636", +"o@ c #FFABAB", +"p@ c #FF7676", +"q@ c #FF2D2D", +"r@ c #FF2828", +"s@ c #E71C1C", +"t@ c #BF0F0F", +"u@ c #B7B724", +"v@ c #D1D132", +"w@ c #F4F478", +"x@ c #EFEF13", +"y@ c #ECEC0E", +"z@ c #BABA05", +"A@ c #C83030", +"B@ c #FF6161", +"C@ c #FF2323", +"D@ c #FF1E1E", +"E@ c #E71414", +"F@ c #BF0A0A", +"G@ c #B8B820", +"H@ c #B9B91F", +"I@ c #DADA2C", +"J@ c #E9E931", +"K@ c #EAEA2A", +"L@ c #EAEA25", +"M@ c #EAEA20", +"N@ c #EAEA1C", +"O@ c #EAEA17", +"P@ c #EAEA12", +"Q@ c #EAEA0D", +"R@ c #E5E508", +"S@ c #C7C703", +"T@ c #B7B701", +"U@ c #C52929", +"V@ c #FF5858", +"W@ c #FF1919", +"X@ c #FF1414", +"Y@ c #E30C0C", +"Z@ c #BF0606", +"`@ c #B8B819", +" # c #B7B717", +".# c #B7B714", +"+# c #B7B711", +"@# c #B7B70F", +"## c #B7B70C", +"$# c #B7B70A", +"%# c #B7B707", +"&# c #B7B705", +"*# c #B7B702", +"=# c #B7B700", +"-# c #BF2020", +";# c #E63131", +"># c #FF5555", +",# c #FF3A3A", +"'# c #FF0F0F", +")# c #FA0A0A", +"!# c #C90303", +"~# c #C00202", +"{# c #C01C1C", +"]# c #CB1B1B", +"^# c #D01A1A", +"/# c #D01616", +"(# c #D01313", +"_# c #D01010", +":# c #D00D0D", +"<# c #D00A0A", +"[# c #D00707", +"}# c #CF0303", +"|# c #C30101", +"1# c #C00000", +"2# c #C21414", +"3# c #BF1111", +"4# c #BF0E0E", +"5# c #BF0C0C", +"6# c #BF0909", +"7# c #BF0707", +"8# c #BF0404", +"9# c #BF0202", +"0# c #C50000", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" . + @ # $ % & * = ", +" - ; > , ' ) ! ~ { ] ^ / ( ", +" _ : < [ } | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ", +" 0 a b b c 2 3 4 5 6 d e f g h ", +" i j k l 2 4 5 6 d e f m n o p ", +" q r s t u 6 d e f m n v w x y ", +" z A B | C D f m E F G H I J K ", +" L M 1 N O m n P Q H R S T U V W X Y Z ` ...+. ", +" p @.#.$.%.&.*.=.-.;.>.,.'.).!.~.{.].^./.(._.:.<.", +" [.}.|.1.2.3.4.5.6.6 7.&.8.I ;.9.0.a.b.c.d.e.f.g.h.i.j.k.l.m.n.", +"}.o.p.q.r.s.t.u.v.w.O x.y.;.9.0.z.A.B.C.D.E.F.h.i.G.k.l.H.I.J.K.", +"L.M.N.O.P.Q.R.S.T.U.V.e W.0.z.A.X.Y.Z.`.d. +.+G.k.l.H.I.J.++@+#+", +"$+%+&+*+R.S.=+-+;+>+,+'+)+A.X.Y.!+~+{+]+^+/+(+_+H.I.J.:+<+[+}+|+", +"1+2+3+4+=+-+5+6+7+8+9+0+a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+I.l+m+n+o+p+q+r+s+", +"t+u+v+w+5+6+7+x+y+z+A+B+C+D+E+F+G+H+I+J+K+h.L+++M+N+p+O+P+Q+R+S+", +"T+U+2+V+7+x+y+W+X+Y+Z+`+ @.@ +@@@#@$@%@&@*@O+P+Q+R+=@-@;@", +">@,@'@)@y+!@~@{@Z+`+]@^@/@(@ _@:@<@[@}@O+P+Q+R+=@-@|@1@2@", +"3@4@5@7+6@7@8@9@0@a@b@c@d@e@ f@g@h@i@j@Q+R+=@-@|@1@k@l@m@", +"n@y+o@p@{@9@0@a@b@c@q@r@s@t@ u@v@i@w@Q+=@-@|@1@k@l@x@y@z@", +"A@p@-+B@0@a@b@c@q@r@C@D@E@F@ G@H@I@J@K@L@M@N@O@P@Q@R@S@T@", +"U@7@4@V@b@c@q@r@C@D@W@X@Y@Z@ `@ #.#+#@###$#%#&#*#=#=# ", +"-#;#>#,#q@r@C@D@W@X@'#)#!#~# ", +"{#(@]#^#/#(#_#:#<#[#}#|#1# ", +" 2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9#1#0# ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" "}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aboutdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aboutdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0becacd2a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aboutdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/aboutdlg.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxAboutDialog class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2006-10-07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: aboutdlg.h 61534 2009-07-25 22:53:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ABOUTDLG_H_ +#define _WX_ABOUTDLG_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_ABOUTDLG + +#include "wx/app.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAboutDialogInfo: information shown by the standard "About" dialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAboutDialogInfo +{ +public: + // all fields are initially uninitialized + wxAboutDialogInfo() { } + + // accessors for various simply fields + // ----------------------------------- + + // name of the program, if not used defaults to wxApp::GetAppDisplayName() + void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } + wxString GetName() const + { return m_name.empty() ? wxTheApp->GetAppDisplayName() : m_name; } + + // version should contain program version without "version" word (e.g., + // "1.2" or "RC2") while longVersion may contain the full version including + // "version" word (e.g., "Version 1.2" or "Release Candidate 2") + // + // if longVersion is empty, it is automatically constructed from version + // + // generic and gtk native: use short version only, as a suffix to the + // program name msw and osx native: use long version + void SetVersion(const wxString& version, + const wxString& longVersion = wxString()); + + bool HasVersion() const { return !m_version.empty(); } + const wxString& GetVersion() const { return m_version; } + const wxString& GetLongVersion() const { return m_longVersion; } + + // brief, but possibly multiline, description of the program + void SetDescription(const wxString& desc) { m_description = desc; } + bool HasDescription() const { return !m_description.empty(); } + const wxString& GetDescription() const { return m_description; } + + // short string containing the program copyright information + void SetCopyright(const wxString& copyright) { m_copyright = copyright; } + bool HasCopyright() const { return !m_copyright.empty(); } + const wxString& GetCopyright() const { return m_copyright; } + + // long, multiline string containing the text of the program licence + void SetLicence(const wxString& licence) { m_licence = licence; } + void SetLicense(const wxString& licence) { m_licence = licence; } + bool HasLicence() const { return !m_licence.empty(); } + const wxString& GetLicence() const { return m_licence; } + + // icon to be shown in the dialog, defaults to the main frame icon + void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { m_icon = icon; } + bool HasIcon() const { return m_icon.Ok(); } + wxIcon GetIcon() const; + + // web site for the program and its description (defaults to URL itself if + // empty) + void SetWebSite(const wxString& url, const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString) + { + m_url = url; + m_urlDesc = desc.empty() ? url : desc; + } + + bool HasWebSite() const { return !m_url.empty(); } + + const wxString& GetWebSiteURL() const { return m_url; } + const wxString& GetWebSiteDescription() const { return m_urlDesc; } + + // accessors for the arrays + // ------------------------ + + // the list of developers of the program + void SetDevelopers(const wxArrayString& developers) + { m_developers = developers; } + void AddDeveloper(const wxString& developer) + { m_developers.push_back(developer); } + + bool HasDevelopers() const { return !m_developers.empty(); } + const wxArrayString& GetDevelopers() const { return m_developers; } + + // the list of documentation writers + void SetDocWriters(const wxArrayString& docwriters) + { m_docwriters = docwriters; } + void AddDocWriter(const wxString& docwriter) + { m_docwriters.push_back(docwriter); } + + bool HasDocWriters() const { return !m_docwriters.empty(); } + const wxArrayString& GetDocWriters() const { return m_docwriters; } + + // the list of artists for the program art + void SetArtists(const wxArrayString& artists) + { m_artists = artists; } + void AddArtist(const wxString& artist) + { m_artists.push_back(artist); } + + bool HasArtists() const { return !m_artists.empty(); } + const wxArrayString& GetArtists() const { return m_artists; } + + // the list of translators + void SetTranslators(const wxArrayString& translators) + { m_translators = translators; } + void AddTranslator(const wxString& translator) + { m_translators.push_back(translator); } + + bool HasTranslators() const { return !m_translators.empty(); } + const wxArrayString& GetTranslators() const { return m_translators; } + + + // implementation only + // ------------------- + + // "simple" about dialog shows only textual information (with possibly + // default icon but without hyperlink nor any long texts such as the + // licence text) + bool IsSimple() const + { return !HasWebSite() && !HasIcon() && !HasLicence(); } + + // get the description and credits (i.e. all of developers, doc writers, + // artists and translators) as a one long multiline string + wxString GetDescriptionAndCredits() const; + + // returns the copyright with the (C) string substituted by the Unicode + // character U+00A9 + wxString GetCopyrightToDisplay() const; + +private: + wxString m_name, + m_version, + m_longVersion, + m_description, + m_copyright, + m_licence; + + wxIcon m_icon; + + wxString m_url, + m_urlDesc; + + wxArrayString m_developers, + m_docwriters, + m_artists, + m_translators; +}; + +// functions to show the about dialog box +WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV void wxAboutBox(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info, wxWindow* parent = NULL); + +#endif // wxUSE_ABOUTDLG + +#endif // _WX_ABOUTDLG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/accel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/accel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b394ad93f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/accel.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/accel.h +// Purpose: wxAcceleratorEntry and wxAcceleratorTable classes +// Author: Julian Smart, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 31.05.01 (extracted from other files) +// RCS-ID: $Id: accel.h 65497 2010-09-10 11:44:35Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + +#include "wx/object.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAcceleratorTable; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItem; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxKeyEvent; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxAcceleratorEntry flags +enum wxAcceleratorEntryFlags +{ + wxACCEL_NORMAL = 0x0000, // no modifiers + wxACCEL_ALT = 0x0001, // hold Alt key down + wxACCEL_CTRL = 0x0002, // hold Ctrl key down + wxACCEL_SHIFT = 0x0004, // hold Shift key down +#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) + wxACCEL_CMD = 0x0008 // Command key on OS X +#else + wxACCEL_CMD = wxACCEL_CTRL +#endif +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// an entry in wxAcceleratorTable corresponds to one accelerator +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAcceleratorEntry +{ +public: + wxAcceleratorEntry(int flags = 0, int keyCode = 0, int cmd = 0, + wxMenuItem *item = NULL) + : m_flags(flags) + , m_keyCode(keyCode) + , m_command(cmd) + , m_item(item) + { } + + wxAcceleratorEntry(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) + : m_flags(entry.m_flags) + , m_keyCode(entry.m_keyCode) + , m_command(entry.m_command) + , m_item(entry.m_item) + { } + + // create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, return NULL if + // string couldn't be parsed or a pointer to be deleted by the caller + static wxAcceleratorEntry *Create(const wxString& str); + + wxAcceleratorEntry& operator=(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) + { + if (&entry != this) + Set(entry.m_flags, entry.m_keyCode, entry.m_command, entry.m_item); + return *this; + } + + void Set(int flags, int keyCode, int cmd, wxMenuItem *item = NULL) + { + m_flags = flags; + m_keyCode = keyCode; + m_command = cmd; + m_item = item; + } + + void SetMenuItem(wxMenuItem *item) { m_item = item; } + + int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } + int GetKeyCode() const { return m_keyCode; } + int GetCommand() const { return m_command; } + + wxMenuItem *GetMenuItem() const { return m_item; } + + bool operator==(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) const + { + return m_flags == entry.m_flags && + m_keyCode == entry.m_keyCode && + m_command == entry.m_command && + m_item == entry.m_item; + } + + bool operator!=(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) const + { return !(*this == entry); } + +#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) + // Implementation use only + bool MatchesEvent(const wxKeyEvent& event) const; +#endif + + bool IsOk() const + { + return m_keyCode != 0; + } + + + // string <-> wxAcceleratorEntry conversion + // ---------------------------------------- + + // returns a wxString for the this accelerator. + // this function formats it using the - format + // where maybe a hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl" + wxString ToString() const; + + // returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object + // (i.e. if IsOk() returns true after this call) + bool FromString(const wxString& str); + + +private: + // common part of Create() and FromString() + static bool ParseAccel(const wxString& str, int *flags, int *keycode); + + + int m_flags; // combination of wxACCEL_XXX constants + int m_keyCode; // ASCII or virtual keycode + int m_command; // Command id to generate + + // the menu item this entry corresponds to, may be NULL + wxMenuItem *m_item; + + // for compatibility with old code, use accessors now! + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include wxAcceleratorTable class declaration, it is only used by the library +// and so doesn't have any published user visible interface +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/generic/accel.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/accel.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/accel.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/accel.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/accel.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/accel.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/generic/accel.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/accel.h" +#endif + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxAcceleratorTable) wxNullAcceleratorTable; + +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + +#endif + // _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/access.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/access.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0ca94a7e10 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/access.h @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/access.h +// Purpose: Accessibility classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003-02-12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: access.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ACCESSBASE_H_ +#define _WX_ACCESSBASE_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers we have to include here +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY + +#include "wx/variant.h" + +typedef enum +{ + wxACC_FAIL, + wxACC_FALSE, + wxACC_OK, + wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED, + wxACC_NOT_SUPPORTED +} wxAccStatus; + +// Child ids are integer identifiers from 1 up. +// So zero represents 'this' object. +#define wxACC_SELF 0 + +// Navigation constants + +typedef enum +{ + wxNAVDIR_DOWN, + wxNAVDIR_FIRSTCHILD, + wxNAVDIR_LASTCHILD, + wxNAVDIR_LEFT, + wxNAVDIR_NEXT, + wxNAVDIR_PREVIOUS, + wxNAVDIR_RIGHT, + wxNAVDIR_UP +} wxNavDir; + +// Role constants + +typedef enum { + wxROLE_NONE, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_ALERT, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_ANIMATION, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_APPLICATION, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_BORDER, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_BUTTONDROPDOWN, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_BUTTONDROPDOWNGRID, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_BUTTONMENU, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_CARET, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_CELL, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_CHARACTER, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_CHART, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_CHECKBUTTON, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_CLIENT, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_CLOCK, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_COLUMN, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_COLUMNHEADER, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_COMBOBOX, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_CURSOR, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_DIAGRAM, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_DIAL, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_DIALOG, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_DOCUMENT, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_DROPLIST, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_EQUATION, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_GRAPHIC, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_GRIP, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_GROUPING, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_HELPBALLOON, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_HOTKEYFIELD, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_INDICATOR, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_LINK, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_LIST, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_LISTITEM, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_MENUBAR, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_MENUITEM, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_MENUPOPUP, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINE, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINEITEM, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_PAGETAB, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_PAGETABLIST, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_PANE, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_PROGRESSBAR, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_PROPERTYPAGE, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_PUSHBUTTON, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_RADIOBUTTON, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_ROW, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_ROWHEADER, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_SCROLLBAR, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_SEPARATOR, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_SLIDER, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_SOUND, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_SPINBUTTON, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_STATICTEXT, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_STATUSBAR, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_TABLE, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_TEXT, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_TITLEBAR, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_TOOLBAR, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_TOOLTIP, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_WHITESPACE, + wxROLE_SYSTEM_WINDOW +} wxAccRole; + +// Object types + +typedef enum { + wxOBJID_WINDOW = 0x00000000, + wxOBJID_SYSMENU = 0xFFFFFFFF, + wxOBJID_TITLEBAR = 0xFFFFFFFE, + wxOBJID_MENU = 0xFFFFFFFD, + wxOBJID_CLIENT = 0xFFFFFFFC, + wxOBJID_VSCROLL = 0xFFFFFFFB, + wxOBJID_HSCROLL = 0xFFFFFFFA, + wxOBJID_SIZEGRIP = 0xFFFFFFF9, + wxOBJID_CARET = 0xFFFFFFF8, + wxOBJID_CURSOR = 0xFFFFFFF7, + wxOBJID_ALERT = 0xFFFFFFF6, + wxOBJID_SOUND = 0xFFFFFFF5 +} wxAccObject; + +// Accessible states + +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ALERT_HIGH 0x00000001 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ALERT_MEDIUM 0x00000002 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ALERT_LOW 0x00000004 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ANIMATED 0x00000008 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_BUSY 0x00000010 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_CHECKED 0x00000020 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_COLLAPSED 0x00000040 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT 0x00000080 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_EXPANDED 0x00000100 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_EXTSELECTABLE 0x00000200 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FLOATING 0x00000400 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSABLE 0x00000800 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSED 0x00001000 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_HOTTRACKED 0x00002000 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_INVISIBLE 0x00004000 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_MARQUEED 0x00008000 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_MIXED 0x00010000 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_MULTISELECTABLE 0x00020000 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_OFFSCREEN 0x00040000 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_PRESSED 0x00080000 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_PROTECTED 0x00100000 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_READONLY 0x00200000 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTABLE 0x00400000 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTED 0x00800000 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELFVOICING 0x01000000 +#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_UNAVAILABLE 0x02000000 + +// Selection flag + +typedef enum +{ + wxACC_SEL_NONE = 0, + wxACC_SEL_TAKEFOCUS = 1, + wxACC_SEL_TAKESELECTION = 2, + wxACC_SEL_EXTENDSELECTION = 4, + wxACC_SEL_ADDSELECTION = 8, + wxACC_SEL_REMOVESELECTION = 16 +} wxAccSelectionFlags; + +// Accessibility event identifiers + +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SOUND 0x0001 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_ALERT 0x0002 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_FOREGROUND 0x0003 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUSTART 0x0004 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUEND 0x0005 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUPOPUPSTART 0x0006 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUPOPUPEND 0x0007 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CAPTURESTART 0x0008 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CAPTUREEND 0x0009 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MOVESIZESTART 0x000A +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MOVESIZEEND 0x000B +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CONTEXTHELPSTART 0x000C +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CONTEXTHELPEND 0x000D +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DRAGDROPSTART 0x000E +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DRAGDROPEND 0x000F +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DIALOGSTART 0x0010 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DIALOGEND 0x0011 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SCROLLINGSTART 0x0012 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SCROLLINGEND 0x0013 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SWITCHSTART 0x0014 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SWITCHEND 0x0015 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MINIMIZESTART 0x0016 +#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MINIMIZEEND 0x0017 +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_CREATE 0x8000 +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_DESTROY 0x8001 +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SHOW 0x8002 +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_HIDE 0x8003 +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_REORDER 0x8004 +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_FOCUS 0x8005 +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTION 0x8006 +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONADD 0x8007 +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONREMOVE 0x8008 +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONWITHIN 0x8009 +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_STATECHANGE 0x800A +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_LOCATIONCHANGE 0x800B +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_NAMECHANGE 0x800C +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_DESCRIPTIONCHANGE 0x800D +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_VALUECHANGE 0x800E +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_PARENTCHANGE 0x800F +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_HELPCHANGE 0x8010 +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_DEFACTIONCHANGE 0x8011 +#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_ACCELERATORCHANGE 0x8012 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAccessible +// All functions return an indication of success, failure, or not implemented. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAccessible; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPoint; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRect; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAccessibleBase : public wxObject +{ + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAccessibleBase); + +public: + wxAccessibleBase(wxWindow* win): m_window(win) {} + virtual ~wxAccessibleBase() {} + +// Overridables + + // Can return either a child object, or an integer + // representing the child element, starting from 1. + // pt is in screen coordinates. + virtual wxAccStatus HitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), int* WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(childObject)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Returns the rectangle for this object (id = 0) or a child element (id > 0). + // rect is in screen coordinates. + virtual wxAccStatus GetLocation(wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect), int WXUNUSED(elementId)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Navigates from fromId to toId/toObject. + virtual wxAccStatus Navigate(wxNavDir WXUNUSED(navDir), int WXUNUSED(fromId), + int* WXUNUSED(toId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(toObject)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Gets the name of the specified object. + virtual wxAccStatus GetName(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(name)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Gets the number of children. + virtual wxAccStatus GetChildCount(int* WXUNUSED(childCount)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Gets the specified child (starting from 1). + // If *child is NULL and return value is wxACC_OK, + // this means that the child is a simple element and + // not an accessible object. + virtual wxAccStatus GetChild(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(child)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Gets the parent, or NULL. + virtual wxAccStatus GetParent(wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(parent)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Performs the default action. childId is 0 (the action for this object) + // or > 0 (the action for a child). + // Return wxACC_NOT_SUPPORTED if there is no default action for this + // window (e.g. an edit control). + virtual wxAccStatus DoDefaultAction(int WXUNUSED(childId)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Gets the default action for this object (0) or > 0 (the action for a child). + // Return wxACC_OK even if there is no action. actionName is the action, or the empty + // string if there is no action. + // The retrieved string describes the action that is performed on an object, + // not what the object does as a result. For example, a toolbar button that prints + // a document has a default action of "Press" rather than "Prints the current document." + virtual wxAccStatus GetDefaultAction(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(actionName)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Returns the description for this object or a child. + virtual wxAccStatus GetDescription(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(description)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Returns help text for this object or a child, similar to tooltip text. + virtual wxAccStatus GetHelpText(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(helpText)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Returns the keyboard shortcut for this object or child. + // Return e.g. ALT+K + virtual wxAccStatus GetKeyboardShortcut(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(shortcut)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Returns a role constant. + virtual wxAccStatus GetRole(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccRole* WXUNUSED(role)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Returns a state constant. + virtual wxAccStatus GetState(int WXUNUSED(childId), long* WXUNUSED(state)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Returns a localized string representing the value for the object + // or child. + virtual wxAccStatus GetValue(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(strValue)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Selects the object or child. + virtual wxAccStatus Select(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccSelectionFlags WXUNUSED(selectFlags)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + + // Gets the window with the keyboard focus. + // If childId is 0 and child is NULL, no object in + // this subhierarchy has the focus. + // If this object has the focus, child should be 'this'. + virtual wxAccStatus GetFocus(int* WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(child)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT + // Gets a variant representing the selected children + // of this object. + // Acceptable values: + // - a null variant (IsNull() returns TRUE) + // - a list variant (GetType() == wxT("list")) + // - an integer representing the selected child element, + // or 0 if this object is selected (GetType() == wxT("long")) + // - a "void*" pointer to a wxAccessible child object + virtual wxAccStatus GetSelections(wxVariant* WXUNUSED(selections)) + { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; } +#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT + +// Accessors + + // Returns the window associated with this object. + + wxWindow* GetWindow() { return m_window; } + + // Sets the window associated with this object. + + void SetWindow(wxWindow* window) { m_window = window; } + +// Operations + + // Each platform's implementation must define this + // static void NotifyEvent(int eventType, wxWindow* window, wxAccObject objectType, + // int objectId); + +private: + +// Data members + + wxWindow* m_window; +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// now include the declaration of the real class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/ole/access.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY + +#endif // _WX_ACCESSBASE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/afterstd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/afterstd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..40969fd4b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/afterstd.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/afterstd.h +// Purpose: #include after STL headers +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 07/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: afterstd.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/** + See the comments in beforestd.h. + */ + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/winundef.h" +#endif + +// undo what we did in wx/beforestd.h +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ <= 1201 + // MSVC 5 does not have this + #if _MSC_VER > 1100 + #pragma warning(pop) + #else + // 'expression' : signed/unsigned mismatch + #pragma warning(default:4018) + + // 'identifier' : unreferenced formal parameter + #pragma warning(default:4100) + + // 'conversion' : conversion from 'type1' to 'type2', + // possible loss of data + #pragma warning(default:4244) + + // C++ language change: to explicitly specialize class template + // 'identifier' use the following syntax + #pragma warning(default:4663) + #endif +#endif + +// see beforestd.h for explanation +#if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY) && defined(HAVE_BROKEN_LIBSTDCXX_VISIBILITY) + #pragma GCC visibility pop +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/anidecod.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/anidecod.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f2d0a300ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/anidecod.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/anidecod.h +// Purpose: wxANIDecoder, ANI reader for wxImage and wxAnimation +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// CVS-ID: $Id: anidecod.h 66716 2011-01-19 12:28:31Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ANIDECOD_H +#define _WX_ANIDECOD_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && (wxUSE_ICO_CUR || wxUSE_GIF) + +#include "wx/stream.h" +#include "wx/image.h" +#include "wx/animdecod.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + + +class /*WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE*/ wxANIFrameInfo; // private implementation detail + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxANIFrameInfo, wxANIFrameInfoArray); +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxImage, wxImageArray); + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxANIDecoder class +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxANIDecoder : public wxAnimationDecoder +{ +public: + // constructor, destructor, etc. + wxANIDecoder(); + ~wxANIDecoder(); + + + virtual wxSize GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const; + virtual wxPoint GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const; + virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const; + virtual long GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const; + virtual wxColour GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const; + + // implementation of wxAnimationDecoder's pure virtuals + + virtual bool Load( wxInputStream& stream ); + + bool ConvertToImage(unsigned int frame, wxImage *image) const; + + wxAnimationDecoder *Clone() const + { return new wxANIDecoder; } + wxAnimationType GetType() const + { return wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANI; } + +private: + // wxAnimationDecoder pure virtual: + virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) const; + // modifies current stream position (see wxAnimationDecoder::CanRead) + + // frames stored as wxImage(s): ANI files are meant to be used mostly for animated + // cursors and thus they do not use any optimization to encode differences between + // two frames: they are just a list of images to display sequentially. + wxImageArray m_images; + + // the info about each image stored in m_images. + // NB: m_info.GetCount() may differ from m_images.GetCount()! + wxANIFrameInfoArray m_info; + + // this is the wxCURHandler used to load the ICON chunk of the ANI files + static wxCURHandler sm_handler; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxANIDecoder); +}; + + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && (wxUSE_ICO_CUR || wxUSE_GIF) + +#endif // _WX_ANIDECOD_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/animate.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/animate.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..072a379f2f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/animate.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/animate.h +// Purpose: wxAnimation and wxAnimationCtrl +// Author: Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 13/8/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: animate.h 56651 2008-11-02 22:16:14Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ANIMATE_H_ +#define _WX_ANIMATE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL + +#include "wx/animdecod.h" +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/timer.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxAnimation; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(wxAnimation) wxNullAnimation; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxAnimationCtrlNameStr[]; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimationBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimationBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxAnimationBase() {} + + virtual bool IsOk() const = 0; + + // can be -1 + virtual int GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const = 0; + + virtual unsigned int GetFrameCount() const = 0; + virtual wxImage GetFrame(unsigned int frame) const = 0; + virtual wxSize GetSize() const = 0; + + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, + wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) = 0; + virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream, + wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) = 0; + +protected: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxAnimationBase) +}; + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimationCtrlBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// do not autoresize to the animation's size when SetAnimation() is called +#define wxAC_NO_AUTORESIZE (0x0010) + +// default style does not include wxAC_NO_AUTORESIZE, that is, the control +// auto-resizes by default to fit the new animation when SetAnimation() is called +#define wxAC_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxBORDER_NONE) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimationCtrlBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxAnimationCtrlBase() { } + + // public API + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, + wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) = 0; + virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream, + wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) = 0; + + virtual void SetAnimation(const wxAnimation &anim) = 0; + virtual wxAnimation GetAnimation() const = 0; + + virtual bool Play() = 0; + virtual void Stop() = 0; + + virtual bool IsPlaying() const = 0; + + virtual void SetInactiveBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp); + + // always return the original bitmap set in this control + wxBitmap GetInactiveBitmap() const + { return m_bmpStatic; } + +protected: + // the inactive bitmap as it was set by the user + wxBitmap m_bmpStatic; + + // the inactive bitmap currently shown in the control + // (may differ in the size from m_bmpStatic) + wxBitmap m_bmpStaticReal; + + // updates m_bmpStaticReal from m_bmpStatic if needed + virtual void UpdateStaticImage(); + + // called by SetInactiveBitmap + virtual void DisplayStaticImage() = 0; + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxAnimationCtrlBase) +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the platform-specific version of the wxAnimationCtrl class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/gtk/animate.h" +#else + #include "wx/generic/animate.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL + +#endif // _WX_ANIMATE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/animdecod.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/animdecod.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eacfe5d729 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/animdecod.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/animdecod.h +// Purpose: wxAnimationDecoder +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// CVS-ID: $Id: animdecod.h 62789 2009-12-05 19:57:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ANIMDECOD_H +#define _WX_ANIMDECOD_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/colour.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/log.h" +#include "wx/stream.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage; + +/* + + Differences between a wxAnimationDecoder and a wxImageHandler: + + 1) wxImageHandlers always load an input stream directly into a given wxImage + object converting from the format-specific data representation to the + wxImage native format (RGB24). + wxAnimationDecoders always load an input stream using some optimized format + to store it which is format-depedent. This allows to store a (possibly big) + animation using a format which is a good compromise between required memory + and time required to blit it on the screen. + + 2) wxAnimationDecoders contain the animation data in some internal variable. + That's why they derive from wxObjectRefData: they are data which can be shared. + + 3) wxAnimationDecoders can be used by a wxImageHandler to retrieve a frame + in wxImage format; the viceversa cannot be done. + + 4) wxAnimationDecoders are decoders only, thus they do not support save features. + + 5) wxAnimationDecoders are directly used by wxAnimation (generic implementation) + as wxObjectRefData while they need to be 'wrapped' by a wxImageHandler for + wxImage uses. + +*/ + + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Constants +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: the values of these enum items are not casual but coincide with the +// GIF disposal codes. Do not change them !! +enum wxAnimationDisposal +{ + // No disposal specified. The decoder is not required to take any action. + wxANIM_UNSPECIFIED = -1, + + // Do not dispose. The graphic is to be left in place. + wxANIM_DONOTREMOVE = 0, + + // Restore to background color. The area used by the graphic must be + // restored to the background color. + wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND = 1, + + // Restore to previous. The decoder is required to restore the area + // overwritten by the graphic with what was there prior to rendering the graphic. + wxANIM_TOPREVIOUS = 2 +}; + +enum wxAnimationType +{ + wxANIMATION_TYPE_INVALID, + wxANIMATION_TYPE_GIF, + wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANI, + + wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY +}; + + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimationDecoder class +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAnimationDecoder : public wxObjectRefData +{ +public: + wxAnimationDecoder() + { + m_nFrames = 0; + } + + virtual bool Load( wxInputStream& stream ) = 0; + + bool CanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) const + { + // NOTE: this code is the same of wxImageHandler::CallDoCanRead + + if ( !stream.IsSeekable() ) + return false; // can't test unseekable stream + + wxFileOffset posOld = stream.TellI(); + bool ok = DoCanRead(stream); + + // restore the old position to be able to test other formats and so on + if ( stream.SeekI(posOld) == wxInvalidOffset ) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Failed to rewind the stream in wxAnimationDecoder!")); + + // reading would fail anyhow as we're not at the right position + return false; + } + + return ok; + } + + virtual wxAnimationDecoder *Clone() const = 0; + virtual wxAnimationType GetType() const = 0; + + // convert given frame to wxImage + virtual bool ConvertToImage(unsigned int frame, wxImage *image) const = 0; + + + // frame specific data getters + + // not all frames may be of the same size; e.g. GIF allows to + // specify that between two frames only a smaller portion of the + // entire animation has changed. + virtual wxSize GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const = 0; + + // the position of this frame in case it's not as big as m_szAnimation + // or wxPoint(0,0) otherwise. + virtual wxPoint GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const = 0; + + // what should be done after displaying this frame. + virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const = 0; + + // the number of milliseconds this frame should be displayed. + // if returns -1 then the frame must be displayed forever. + virtual long GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const = 0; + + // the transparent colour for this frame if any or wxNullColour. + virtual wxColour GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const = 0; + + // get global data + wxSize GetAnimationSize() const { return m_szAnimation; } + wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_background; } + unsigned int GetFrameCount() const { return m_nFrames; } + +protected: + // checks the signature of the data in the given stream and returns true if it + // appears to be a valid animation format recognized by the animation decoder; + // this function should modify the stream current position without taking care + // of restoring it since CanRead() will do it. + virtual bool DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream) const = 0; + + wxSize m_szAnimation; + unsigned int m_nFrames; + + // this is the colour to use for the wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND disposal. + // if not specified by the animation, it's set to wxNullColour + wxColour m_background; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif // _WX_ANIMDECOD_H + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/any.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/any.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b38a1d491c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/any.h @@ -0,0 +1,1110 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/any.h +// Purpose: wxAny class +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Modified by: +// Created: 07/05/2009 +// RCS-ID: $Id: any.h 66621 2011-01-07 17:22:59Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ANY_H_ +#define _WX_ANY_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_ANY + +#include // for placement new +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/meta/if.h" +#include "wx/typeinfo.h" +#include "wx/list.h" + +// Size of the wxAny value buffer. +enum +{ + WX_ANY_VALUE_BUFFER_SIZE = 16 +}; + +union wxAnyValueBuffer +{ + union Alignment + { + #if wxHAS_INT64 + wxInt64 m_int64; + #endif + long double m_longDouble; + void ( *m_funcPtr )(void); + void ( wxAnyValueBuffer::*m_mFuncPtr )(void); + } m_alignment; + + void* m_ptr; + wxByte m_buffer[WX_ANY_VALUE_BUFFER_SIZE]; +}; + +// +// wxAnyValueType is base class for value type functionality for C++ data +// types used with wxAny. Usually the default template (wxAnyValueTypeImpl<>) +// will create a satisfactory wxAnyValueType implementation for a data type. +// +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueType +{ + WX_DECLARE_ABSTRACT_TYPEINFO(wxAnyValueType) +public: + /** + Default constructor. + */ + wxAnyValueType() + { + } + + /** + Destructor. + */ + virtual ~wxAnyValueType() + { + } + + /** + This function is used for internal type matching. + */ + virtual bool IsSameType(const wxAnyValueType* otherType) const = 0; + + /** + This function is called every time the data in wxAny + buffer needs to be freed. + */ + virtual void DeleteValue(wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) const = 0; + + /** + Implement this for buffer-to-buffer copy. + + @param src + This is the source data buffer. + + @param dst + This is the destination data buffer that is in either + uninitialized or freed state. + */ + virtual void CopyBuffer(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const = 0; + + /** + Convert value into buffer of different type. Return false if + not possible. + */ + virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const = 0; + + /** + Use this template function for checking if wxAnyValueType represents + a specific C++ data type. + + @remarks This template function does not work on some older compilers + (such as Visual C++ 6.0). For full compiler compatibility + please use wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(valueTypePtr, T) macro + instead. + + @see wxAny::CheckType() + */ + // FIXME-VC6: remove this hack when VC6 is no longer supported + template + bool CheckType(T* reserved = NULL) const; + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + virtual const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const = 0; +#endif +private: +}; + + +// +// We need to allocate wxAnyValueType instances in heap, and need to use +// scoped ptr to properly deallocate them in dynamic library use cases. +// Here we have a minimal specialized scoped ptr implementation to deal +// with various compiler-specific problems with template class' static +// member variable of template type with explicit constructor which +// is initialized in global scope. +// +class wxAnyValueTypeScopedPtr +{ +public: + wxAnyValueTypeScopedPtr(wxAnyValueType* ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { } + ~wxAnyValueTypeScopedPtr() { delete m_ptr; } + wxAnyValueType* get() const { return m_ptr; } +private: + wxAnyValueType* m_ptr; +}; + + +// +// This method of checking the type is compatible with VC6 +#define wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(valueTypePtr, T) \ + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::IsSameClass(valueTypePtr) + + +/** + Helper macro for defining user value types. + + Even though C++ RTTI would be fully available to use, we'd have to to + facilitate sub-type system which allows, for instance, wxAny with + signed short '15' to be treated equal to wxAny with signed long long '15'. + Having sm_instance is important here. + + NB: We really need to have wxAnyValueType instances allocated + in heap. They are stored as static template member variables, + and with them we just can't be too careful (eg. not allocating + them in heap broke the type identification in GCC). +*/ +#define WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(CLS) \ + friend class wxAny; \ + WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(CLS) \ +public: \ + static bool IsSameClass(const wxAnyValueType* otherType) \ + { \ + return wxTypeId(*sm_instance.get()) == wxTypeId(*otherType); \ + } \ + virtual bool IsSameType(const wxAnyValueType* otherType) const \ + { \ + return IsSameClass(otherType); \ + } \ +private: \ + static wxAnyValueTypeScopedPtr sm_instance; \ +public: \ + static wxAnyValueType* GetInstance() \ + { \ + return sm_instance.get(); \ + } + + +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(CLS) \ +wxAnyValueTypeScopedPtr CLS::sm_instance(new CLS()); + + +#ifdef __VISUALC6__ + // "non dll-interface class 'xxx' used as base interface + #pragma warning (push) + #pragma warning (disable:4275) +#endif + +/** + Following are helper classes for the wxAnyValueTypeImplBase. +*/ +namespace wxPrivate +{ + +template +class wxAnyValueTypeOpsInplace +{ +public: + static void DeleteValue(wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) + { + T* value = reinterpret_cast(&buf.m_buffer[0]); + value->~T(); + + // Some compiler may given 'unused variable' warnings without this + wxUnusedVar(value); + } + + static void SetValue(const T& value, + wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) + { + // Use placement new + void* const place = buf.m_buffer; + ::new(place) T(value); + } + + static const T& GetValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) + { + // Breaking this code into two lines should suppress + // GCC's 'type-punned pointer will break strict-aliasing rules' + // warning. + const T* value = reinterpret_cast(&buf.m_buffer[0]); + return *value; + } +}; + + +template +class wxAnyValueTypeOpsGeneric +{ +public: + template + class DataHolder + { + public: + DataHolder(const T2& value) + { + m_value = value; + } + virtual ~DataHolder() { } + + T2 m_value; + private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(DataHolder); + }; + + static void DeleteValue(wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) + { + DataHolder* holder = static_cast*>(buf.m_ptr); + delete holder; + } + + static void SetValue(const T& value, + wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) + { + DataHolder* holder = new DataHolder(value); + buf.m_ptr = holder; + } + + static const T& GetValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) + { + DataHolder* holder = static_cast*>(buf.m_ptr); + return holder->m_value; + } +}; + +} // namespace wxPrivate + + +/** + Intermediate template for the generic value type implementation. + We can derive from this same value type for multiple actual types + (for instance, we can have wxAnyValueTypeImplInt for all signed + integer types), and also easily implement specialized templates + with specific dynamic type conversion. +*/ +template +class wxAnyValueTypeImplBase : public wxAnyValueType +{ + typedef typename wxIf< sizeof(T) <= WX_ANY_VALUE_BUFFER_SIZE, + wxPrivate::wxAnyValueTypeOpsInplace, + wxPrivate::wxAnyValueTypeOpsGeneric >::value + Ops; + +public: + wxAnyValueTypeImplBase() : wxAnyValueType() { } + virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImplBase() { } + + virtual void DeleteValue(wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) const + { + Ops::DeleteValue(buf); + } + + virtual void CopyBuffer(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const + { + Ops::SetValue(Ops::GetValue(src), dst); + } + + /** + It is important to reimplement this in any specialized template + classes that inherit from wxAnyValueTypeImplBase. + */ + static void SetValue(const T& value, + wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) + { + Ops::SetValue(value, buf); + } + + /** + It is important to reimplement this in any specialized template + classes that inherit from wxAnyValueTypeImplBase. + */ + static const T& GetValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) + { + return Ops::GetValue(buf); + } +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + virtual const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const + { + return wxGetTypeInfo((T*)NULL); + } +#endif +}; + + +/* + Generic value type template. Note that bulk of the implementation + resides in wxAnyValueTypeImplBase. +*/ +template +class wxAnyValueTypeImpl : public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase +{ + WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) +public: + wxAnyValueTypeImpl() : wxAnyValueTypeImplBase() { } + virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl() { } + + virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const + { + wxUnusedVar(src); + wxUnusedVar(dstType); + wxUnusedVar(dst); + return false; + } +}; + +template +wxAnyValueTypeScopedPtr wxAnyValueTypeImpl::sm_instance = new wxAnyValueTypeImpl(); + + +// +// Helper macro for using same base value type implementation for multiple +// actual C++ data types. +// +#define _WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(T, CLSTYPE) \ +template<> \ +class wxAnyValueTypeImpl : public wxAnyValueTypeImpl##CLSTYPE \ +{ \ + typedef wxAnyBase##CLSTYPE##Type UseDataType; \ +public: \ + wxAnyValueTypeImpl() : wxAnyValueTypeImpl##CLSTYPE() { } \ + virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl() { } \ + static void SetValue(const T& value, wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) \ + { \ + void* voidPtr = reinterpret_cast(&buf.m_buffer[0]); \ + UseDataType* dptr = reinterpret_cast(voidPtr); \ + *dptr = static_cast(value); \ + } \ + static T GetValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) \ + { \ + const void* voidPtr = \ + reinterpret_cast(&buf.m_buffer[0]); \ + const UseDataType* sptr = \ + reinterpret_cast(voidPtr); \ + return static_cast(*sptr); \ + } + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +#define WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(T, CLSTYPE) \ +_WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(T, CLSTYPE)\ + virtual const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const \ + { \ + return wxGetTypeInfo((T*)NULL); \ + } \ +}; +#else +#define WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(T, CLSTYPE) \ +_WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(T, CLSTYPE)\ +}; +#endif + +// +// Integer value types +// + +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + typedef wxLongLong_t wxAnyBaseIntType; + typedef wxULongLong_t wxAnyBaseUintType; +#else + typedef long wxAnyBaseIntType; + typedef unsigned long wxAnyBaseUintType; +#endif + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueTypeImplInt : + public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase +{ + WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplInt) +public: + wxAnyValueTypeImplInt() : + wxAnyValueTypeImplBase() { } + virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImplInt() { } + + virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const; +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueTypeImplUint : + public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase +{ + WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplUint) +public: + wxAnyValueTypeImplUint() : + wxAnyValueTypeImplBase() { } + virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImplUint() { } + + virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const; +}; + + +WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(signed long, Int) +WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(signed int, Int) +WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(signed short, Int) +WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(signed char, Int) +#ifdef wxLongLong_t +WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(wxLongLong_t, Int) +#endif + +WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(unsigned long, Uint) +WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(unsigned int, Uint) +WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(unsigned short, Uint) +WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(unsigned char, Uint) +#ifdef wxLongLong_t +WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(wxULongLong_t, Uint) +#endif + + +// +// This macro is used in header, but then in source file we must have: +// WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME) +// +#define _WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE(T, TYPENAME, CONVFUNC, GV) \ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME : \ + public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase \ +{ \ + WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME) \ +public: \ + wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME() : \ + wxAnyValueTypeImplBase() { } \ + virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME() { } \ + virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, \ + wxAnyValueType* dstType, \ + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const \ + { \ + GV value = GetValue(src); \ + return CONVFUNC(value, dstType, dst); \ + } \ +}; \ +template<> \ +class wxAnyValueTypeImpl : public wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME \ +{ \ +public: \ + wxAnyValueTypeImpl() : wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME() { } \ + virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl() { } \ +}; + +#define WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE(T, TYPENAME, CONVFUNC, BT) \ +_WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE(T, TYPENAME, CONVFUNC, BT) \ + +#define WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE_BASE(T, TYPENAME, CONVFUNC) \ +_WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE(T, TYPENAME, \ + CONVFUNC, const T&) \ + +// +// String value type +// + +// Convert wxString to destination wxAny value type +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxAnyConvertString(const wxString& value, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst); + +WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE_BASE(wxString, wxString, wxAnyConvertString) +WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE(const char*, ConstCharPtr, + wxAnyConvertString, wxString) +WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE(const wchar_t*, ConstWchar_tPtr, + wxAnyConvertString, wxString) + +// +// Bool value type +// +template<> +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueTypeImpl : + public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase +{ + WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) +public: + wxAnyValueTypeImpl() : + wxAnyValueTypeImplBase() { } + virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl() { } + + virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const; +}; + +// +// Floating point value type +// +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueTypeImplDouble : + public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase +{ + WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplDouble) +public: + wxAnyValueTypeImplDouble() : + wxAnyValueTypeImplBase() { } + virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImplDouble() { } + + virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const; +}; + +// WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE requires this +typedef double wxAnyBaseDoubleType; + +WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(float, Double) +WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(double, Double) + + +// +// Defines a dummy wxAnyValueTypeImpl<> with given export +// declaration. This is needed if a class is used with +// wxAny in both user shared library and application. +// +#define wxDECLARE_ANY_TYPE(CLS, DECL) \ +template<> \ +class DECL wxAnyValueTypeImpl : \ + public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase \ +{ \ + WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) \ +public: \ + wxAnyValueTypeImpl() : \ + wxAnyValueTypeImplBase() { } \ + virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl() { } \ + \ + virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, \ + wxAnyValueType* dstType, \ + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const \ + { \ + wxUnusedVar(src); \ + wxUnusedVar(dstType); \ + wxUnusedVar(dst); \ + return false; \ + } \ +}; + + +// Make sure some of wx's own types get the right wxAnyValueType export +// (this is needed only for types that are referred to from wxBase. +// currently we may not use any of these types from there, but let's +// use the macro on at least one to make sure it compiles since we can't +// really test it properly in unit tests since a separate DLL would +// be needed). +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + #include "wx/datetime.h" + wxDECLARE_ANY_TYPE(wxDateTime, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE) +#endif + +//#include "wx/object.h" +//wxDECLARE_ANY_TYPE(wxObject*, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE) + +//#include "wx/arrstr.h" +//wxDECLARE_ANY_TYPE(wxArrayString, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE) + + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAnyToVariantRegistration; + +// Because of header inter-dependencies, cannot include this earlier +#include "wx/variant.h" + +// +// wxVariantData* data type implementation. For cases when appropriate +// wxAny<->wxVariant conversion code is missing. +// + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueTypeImplVariantData : + public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase +{ + WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplVariantData) +public: + wxAnyValueTypeImplVariantData() : + wxAnyValueTypeImplBase() { } + virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImplVariantData() { } + + virtual void DeleteValue(wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) const + { + wxVariantData* data = static_cast(buf.m_ptr); + if ( data ) + data->DecRef(); + } + + virtual void CopyBuffer(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const + { + wxVariantData* data = static_cast(src.m_ptr); + if ( data ) + data->IncRef(); + dst.m_ptr = data; + } + + static void SetValue(wxVariantData* value, + wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) + { + value->IncRef(); + buf.m_ptr = value; + } + + static wxVariantData* GetValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) + { + return static_cast(buf.m_ptr); + } + + virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const + { + wxUnusedVar(src); + wxUnusedVar(dstType); + wxUnusedVar(dst); + return false; + } +}; + +template<> +class wxAnyValueTypeImpl : + public wxAnyValueTypeImplVariantData +{ +public: + wxAnyValueTypeImpl() : wxAnyValueTypeImplVariantData() { } + virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl() { } +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT + +#ifdef __VISUALC6__ + // Re-enable useless VC6 warnings + #pragma warning (pop) +#endif + + +/* + Let's define a discrete Null value so we don't have to really + ever check if wxAny.m_type pointer is NULL or not. This is an + optimization, mostly. Implementation of this value type is + "hidden" in the source file. +*/ +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxAnyValueType*) wxAnyNullValueType; + + +// +// We need to implement custom signed/unsigned int equals operators +// for signed/unsigned (eg. wxAny(128UL) == 128L) comparisons to work. +#define WXANY_IMPLEMENT_INT_EQ_OP(TS, TUS) \ +bool operator==(TS value) const \ +{ \ + if ( wxAnyValueTypeImpl::IsSameClass(m_type) ) \ + return (value == static_cast \ + (wxAnyValueTypeImpl::GetValue(m_buffer))); \ + if ( wxAnyValueTypeImpl::IsSameClass(m_type) ) \ + return (value == static_cast \ + (wxAnyValueTypeImpl::GetValue(m_buffer))); \ + return false; \ +} \ +bool operator==(TUS value) const \ +{ \ + if ( wxAnyValueTypeImpl::IsSameClass(m_type) ) \ + return (value == static_cast \ + (wxAnyValueTypeImpl::GetValue(m_buffer))); \ + if ( wxAnyValueTypeImpl::IsSameClass(m_type) ) \ + return (value == static_cast \ + (wxAnyValueTypeImpl::GetValue(m_buffer))); \ + return false; \ +} + + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT + +// Note that the following functions are implemented outside wxAny class +// so that it can reside entirely in header and lack the export declaration. + +// Helper function used to associate wxAnyValueType with a wxVariantData. +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void +wxPreRegisterAnyToVariant(wxAnyToVariantRegistration* reg); + +// This function performs main wxAny to wxVariant conversion duties. +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool +wxConvertAnyToVariant(const wxAny& any, wxVariant* variant); + +#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT + + +// +// The wxAny class represents a container for any type. A variant's value +// can be changed at run time, possibly to a different type of value. +// +// As standard, wxAny can store value of almost any type, in a fairly +// optimal manner even. +// +class wxAny +{ +public: + /** + Default constructor. + */ + wxAny() + { + m_type = wxAnyNullValueType; + } + + /** + Destructor. + */ + ~wxAny() + { + m_type->DeleteValue(m_buffer); + } + + //@{ + /** + Various constructors. + */ + template + wxAny(const T& value) + { + m_type = wxAnyValueTypeImpl::sm_instance.get(); + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(value, m_buffer); + } + + // These two constructors are needed to deal with string literals + wxAny(const char* value) + { + m_type = wxAnyValueTypeImpl::sm_instance.get(); + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(value, m_buffer); + } + wxAny(const wchar_t* value) + { + m_type = wxAnyValueTypeImpl::sm_instance.get(); + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(value, m_buffer); + } + + wxAny(const wxAny& any) + { + m_type = wxAnyNullValueType; + AssignAny(any); + } + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT + wxAny(const wxVariant& variant) + { + m_type = wxAnyNullValueType; + AssignVariant(variant); + } +#endif + + //@} + + /** + Use this template function for checking if this wxAny holds + a specific C++ data type. + + @remarks This template function does not work on some older compilers + (such as Visual C++ 6.0). For full compiler ccompatibility + please use wxANY_CHECK_TYPE(any, T) macro instead. + + @see wxAnyValueType::CheckType() + */ + // FIXME-VC6: remove this hack when VC6 is no longer supported + template + bool CheckType(T* = NULL) const + { + return m_type->CheckType(); + } + + /** + Returns the value type as wxAnyValueType instance. + + @remarks You cannot reliably test whether two wxAnys are of + same value type by simply comparing return values + of wxAny::GetType(). Instead, use wxAny::HasSameType(). + + @see HasSameType() + */ + const wxAnyValueType* GetType() const + { + return m_type; + } + + /** + Returns @true if this and another wxAny have the same + value type. + */ + bool HasSameType(const wxAny& other) const + { + return GetType()->IsSameType(other.GetType()); + } + + /** + Tests if wxAny is null (that is, whether there is no data). + */ + bool IsNull() const + { + return (m_type == wxAnyNullValueType); + } + + /** + Makes wxAny null (that is, clears it). + */ + void MakeNull() + { + m_type->DeleteValue(m_buffer); + m_type = wxAnyNullValueType; + } + + //@{ + /** + Assignment operators. + */ + template + wxAny& operator=(const T &value) + { + m_type->DeleteValue(m_buffer); + m_type = wxAnyValueTypeImpl::sm_instance.get(); + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(value, m_buffer); + return *this; + } + + wxAny& operator=(const wxAny &any) + { + if (this != &any) + AssignAny(any); + return *this; + } + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT + wxAny& operator=(const wxVariant &variant) + { + AssignVariant(variant); + return *this; + } +#endif + + // These two operators are needed to deal with string literals + wxAny& operator=(const char* value) + { + Assign(value); + return *this; + } + wxAny& operator=(const wchar_t* value) + { + Assign(value); + return *this; + } + + //@{ + /** + Equality operators. + */ + bool operator==(const wxString& value) const + { + wxString value2; + if ( !GetAs(&value2) ) + return false; + return value == value2; + } + + bool operator==(const char* value) const + { return (*this) == wxString(value); } + bool operator==(const wchar_t* value) const + { return (*this) == wxString(value); } + + // + // We need to implement custom signed/unsigned int equals operators + // for signed/unsigned (eg. wxAny(128UL) == 128L) comparisons to work. + WXANY_IMPLEMENT_INT_EQ_OP(signed char, unsigned char) + WXANY_IMPLEMENT_INT_EQ_OP(signed short, unsigned short) + WXANY_IMPLEMENT_INT_EQ_OP(signed int, unsigned int) + WXANY_IMPLEMENT_INT_EQ_OP(signed long, unsigned long) +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + WXANY_IMPLEMENT_INT_EQ_OP(wxLongLong_t, wxULongLong_t) +#endif + + bool operator==(float value) const + { + if ( !wxAnyValueTypeImpl::IsSameClass(m_type) ) + return false; + + return value == + static_cast + (wxAnyValueTypeImpl::GetValue(m_buffer)); + } + + bool operator==(double value) const + { + if ( !wxAnyValueTypeImpl::IsSameClass(m_type) ) + return false; + + return value == + static_cast + (wxAnyValueTypeImpl::GetValue(m_buffer)); + } + + bool operator==(bool value) const + { + if ( !wxAnyValueTypeImpl::IsSameClass(m_type) ) + return false; + + return value == (wxAnyValueTypeImpl::GetValue(m_buffer)); + } + + //@} + + //@{ + /** + Inequality operators (implement as template). + */ + template + bool operator!=(const T& value) const + { return !((*this) == value); } + //@} + + /** + This template function converts wxAny into given type. In most cases + no type conversion is performed, so if the type is incorrect an + assertion failure will occur. + + @remarks For convenience, conversion is done when T is wxString. This + is useful when a string literal (which are treated as + const char* and const wchar_t*) has been assigned to wxAny. + + This template function may not work properly with Visual C++ + 6. For full compiler compatibility, please use + wxANY_AS(any, T) macro instead. + */ + // FIXME-VC6: remove this hack when VC6 is no longer supported + template + T As(T* = NULL) const + { + if ( !wxAnyValueTypeImpl::IsSameClass(m_type) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG("Incorrect or non-convertible data type"); + } + + return static_cast(wxAnyValueTypeImpl::GetValue(m_buffer)); + } + + // Allow easy conversion from 'const char *' etc. to wxString + // FIXME-VC6: remove this hack when VC6 is no longer supported + //template<> + wxString As(wxString*) const + { + wxString value; + if ( !GetAs(&value) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG("Incorrect or non-convertible data type"); + } + return value; + } + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const + { + return m_type->GetTypeInfo(); + } +#endif + /** + Template function that retrieves and converts the value of this + variant to the type that T* value is. + + @return Returns @true if conversion was successful. + */ + template + bool GetAs(T* value) const + { + if ( !wxAnyValueTypeImpl::IsSameClass(m_type) ) + { + wxAnyValueType* otherType = + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::sm_instance.get(); + wxAnyValueBuffer temp_buf; + + if ( !m_type->ConvertValue(m_buffer, otherType, temp_buf) ) + return false; + + *value = + static_cast(wxAnyValueTypeImpl::GetValue(temp_buf)); + otherType->DeleteValue(temp_buf); + + return true; + } + *value = static_cast(wxAnyValueTypeImpl::GetValue(m_buffer)); + return true; + } + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT + // GetAs() wxVariant specialization + bool GetAs(wxVariant* value) const + { + return wxConvertAnyToVariant(*this, value); + } +#endif + +private: + // Assignment functions + void AssignAny(const wxAny& any) + { + // Must delete value - CopyBuffer() never does that + m_type->DeleteValue(m_buffer); + + wxAnyValueType* newType = any.m_type; + + if ( !newType->IsSameType(m_type) ) + m_type = newType; + + newType->CopyBuffer(any.m_buffer, m_buffer); + } + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT + void AssignVariant(const wxVariant& variant) + { + wxVariantData* data = variant.GetData(); + + if ( data && data->GetAsAny(this) ) + return; + + m_type->DeleteValue(m_buffer); + + if ( variant.IsNull() ) + { + // Init as Null + m_type = wxAnyNullValueType; + } + else + { + // If everything else fails, wrap the whole wxVariantData + m_type = wxAnyValueTypeImpl::sm_instance.get(); + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(data, m_buffer); + } + } +#endif + + template + void Assign(const T &value) + { + m_type->DeleteValue(m_buffer); + m_type = wxAnyValueTypeImpl::sm_instance.get(); + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(value, m_buffer); + } + + // Data + wxAnyValueBuffer m_buffer; + wxAnyValueType* m_type; +}; + + +// +// This method of checking the type is compatible with VC6 +#define wxANY_CHECK_TYPE(any, T) \ + wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE((any).GetType(), T) + + +// +// This method of getting the value is compatible with VC6 +#define wxANY_AS(any, T) \ + (any).As(static_cast(NULL)) + + +template +inline bool wxAnyValueType::CheckType(T* reserved) const +{ + wxUnusedVar(reserved); + return wxAnyValueTypeImpl::IsSameClass(this); +} + +WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxAny, wxAnyList, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +#endif // wxUSE_ANY + +#endif // _WX_ANY_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/anystr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/anystr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b330f8022f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/anystr.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/anystr.h +// Purpose: wxAnyStrPtr class declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-03-23 +// RCS-ID: $Id: anystr.h 59829 2009-03-25 09:54:10Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ANYSTR_H_ +#define _WX_ANYSTR_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnyStrPtr +// +// Notice that this is an internal and intentionally not documented class. It +// is only used by wxWidgets itself to ensure compatibility with previous +// versions and shouldn't be used by user code. When you see a function +// returning it you should just know that you can treat it as a string pointer. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This is a helper class convertible to either narrow or wide string pointer. +// It is similar to wxCStrData but, unlike it, can be NULL which is required to +// represent the return value of wxDateTime::ParseXXX() methods for example. +// +// NB: this class is fully inline and so doesn't need to be DLL-exported +class wxAnyStrPtr +{ +public: + // ctors: this class must be created from the associated string or using + // its default ctor for an invalid NULL-like object; notice that it is + // immutable after creation. + + // ctor for invalid pointer + wxAnyStrPtr() + : m_str(NULL) + { + } + + // ctor for valid pointer into the given string (whose lifetime must be + // greater than ours and which should remain constant while we're used) + wxAnyStrPtr(const wxString& str, const wxString::const_iterator& iter) + : m_str(&str), + m_iter(iter) + { + } + + // default copy ctor is ok and so is default dtor, in particular we do not + // free the string + + + // various operators meant to make this class look like a superposition of + // char* and wchar_t* + + // this one is needed to allow boolean expressions involving these objects, + // e.g. "if ( FuncReturningAnyStrPtr() && ... )" (unfortunately using + // unspecified_bool_type here wouldn't help with ambiguity between all the + // different conversions to pointers) + operator bool() const { return m_str != NULL; } + + // at least VC6 and VC7 also need this one or they complain about ambiguity + // for !anystr expressions + bool operator!() const { return !((bool)*this); } + + + // and these are the conversions operator which allow to assign the result + // of FuncReturningAnyStrPtr() to either char* or wxChar* (i.e. wchar_t*) + operator const char *() const + { + if ( !m_str ) + return NULL; + + // check if the string is convertible to char at all + // + // notice that this pointer points into wxString internal buffer + // containing its char* representation and so it can be kept for as + // long as wxString is not modified -- which is long enough for our + // needs + const char *p = m_str->c_str().AsChar(); + if ( *p ) + { + // find the offset of the character corresponding to this iterator + // position in bytes: we don't have any direct way to do it so we + // need to redo the conversion again for the part of the string + // before the iterator to find its length in bytes in current + // locale + // + // NB: conversion won't fail as it succeeded for the entire string + p += strlen(wxString(m_str->begin(), m_iter).mb_str()); + } + //else: conversion failed, return "" as we can't do anything else + + return p; + } + + operator const wchar_t *() const + { + if ( !m_str ) + return NULL; + + // no complications with wide strings (as long as we discount + // surrogates as we do for now) + // + // just remember that this works as long as wxString keeps an internal + // buffer with its wide wide char representation, just as with AsChar() + // above + return m_str->c_str().AsWChar() + (m_iter - m_str->begin()); + } + + // Because the objects of this class are only used as return type for + // functions which can return NULL we can skip providing dereferencing + // operators: the code using this class must test it for NULL first and if + // it does anything else with it it has to assign it to either char* or + // wchar_t* itself, before dereferencing. + // + // IOW this + // + // if ( *FuncReturningAnyStrPtr() ) + // + // is invalid because it could crash. And this + // + // const char *p = FuncReturningAnyStrPtr(); + // if ( p && *p ) + // + // already works fine. + +private: + // the original string and the position in it we correspond to, if the + // string is NULL this object is NULL pointer-like + const wxString * const m_str; + const wxString::const_iterator m_iter; + + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxAnyStrPtr); +}; + +#endif // _WX_ANYSTR_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/app.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/app.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4b1fae4f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/app.h @@ -0,0 +1,863 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/app.h +// Purpose: wxAppBase class and macros used for declaration of wxApp +// derived class in the user code +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: app.h 66648 2011-01-08 06:42:41Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_APP_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_APP_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers we have to include here +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/event.h" // for the base class +#include "wx/build.h" +#include "wx/cmdargs.h" // for wxCmdLineArgsArray used by wxApp::argv +#include "wx/init.h" // we must declare wxEntry() +#include "wx/intl.h" // for wxLayoutDirection +#include "wx/log.h" // for wxDISABLE_DEBUG_LOGGING_IN_RELEASE_BUILD() + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAppConsole; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAppTraits; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxCmdLineParser; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEventLoopBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMessageOutput; + +#if wxUSE_GUI + struct WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxVideoMode; + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +#endif + +// this macro should be used in any main() or equivalent functions defined in wx +#define wxDISABLE_DEBUG_SUPPORT() \ + wxDISABLE_ASSERTS_IN_RELEASE_BUILD(); \ + wxDISABLE_DEBUG_LOGGING_IN_RELEASE_BUILD() + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// typedefs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the type of the function used to create a wxApp object on program start up +typedef wxAppConsole* (*wxAppInitializerFunction)(); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum +{ + wxPRINT_WINDOWS = 1, + wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT = 2 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global variables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// use of this list is strongly deprecated, use wxApp ScheduleForDestruction() +// and IsScheduledForDestruction() methods instead of this list directly, it +// is here for compatibility purposes only +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxList) wxPendingDelete; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAppConsoleBase: wxApp for non-GUI applications +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppConsoleBase : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + // ctor and dtor + wxAppConsoleBase(); + virtual ~wxAppConsoleBase(); + + + // the virtual functions which may/must be overridden in the derived class + // ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // This is the very first function called for a newly created wxApp object, + // it is used by the library to do the global initialization. If, for some + // reason, you must override it (instead of just overriding OnInit(), as + // usual, for app-specific initializations), do not forget to call the base + // class version! + virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv); + + // This gives wxCocoa a chance to call OnInit() with a memory pool in place + virtual bool CallOnInit() { return OnInit(); } + + // Called before OnRun(), this is a good place to do initialization -- if + // anything fails, return false from here to prevent the program from + // continuing. The command line is normally parsed here, call the base + // class OnInit() to do it. + virtual bool OnInit(); + + // This is the replacement for the normal main(): all program work should + // be done here. When OnRun() returns, the programs starts shutting down. + virtual int OnRun(); + + // This is called by wxEventLoopBase::SetActive(): you should put the code + // which needs an active event loop here. + // Note that this function is called whenever an event loop is activated; + // you may want to use wxEventLoopBase::IsMain() to perform initialization + // specific for the app's main event loop. + virtual void OnEventLoopEnter(wxEventLoopBase* WXUNUSED(loop)) {} + + // This is only called if OnInit() returned true so it's a good place to do + // any cleanup matching the initializations done there. + virtual int OnExit(); + + // This is called by wxEventLoopBase::OnExit() for each event loop which + // is exited. + virtual void OnEventLoopExit(wxEventLoopBase* WXUNUSED(loop)) {} + + // This is the very last function called on wxApp object before it is + // destroyed. If you override it (instead of overriding OnExit() as usual) + // do not forget to call the base class version! + virtual void CleanUp(); + + // Called when a fatal exception occurs, this function should take care not + // to do anything which might provoke a nested exception! It may be + // overridden if you wish to react somehow in non-default way (core dump + // under Unix, application crash under Windows) to fatal program errors, + // however extreme care should be taken if you don't want this function to + // crash. + virtual void OnFatalException() { } + + // Called from wxExit() function, should terminate the application a.s.a.p. + virtual void Exit(); + + + // application info: name, description, vendor + // ------------------------------------------- + + // NB: all these should be set by the application itself, there are no + // reasonable default except for the application name which is taken to + // be argv[0] + + // set/get the application name + wxString GetAppName() const; + void SetAppName(const wxString& name) { m_appName = name; } + + // set/get the application display name: the display name is the name + // shown to the user in titles, reports, etc while the app name is + // used for paths, config, and other places the user doesn't see + // + // by default the display name is the same as app name or a capitalized + // version of the program if app name was not set neither but it's + // usually better to set it explicitly to something nicer + wxString GetAppDisplayName() const; + + void SetAppDisplayName(const wxString& name) { m_appDisplayName = name; } + + // set/get the app class name + wxString GetClassName() const { return m_className; } + void SetClassName(const wxString& name) { m_className = name; } + + // set/get the vendor name + const wxString& GetVendorName() const { return m_vendorName; } + void SetVendorName(const wxString& name) { m_vendorName = name; } + + // set/get the vendor display name: the display name is shown + // in titles/reports/dialogs to the user, while the vendor name + // is used in some areas such as wxConfig, wxStandardPaths, etc + const wxString& GetVendorDisplayName() const + { + return m_vendorDisplayName.empty() ? GetVendorName() + : m_vendorDisplayName; + } + void SetVendorDisplayName(const wxString& name) + { + m_vendorDisplayName = name; + } + + + // cmd line parsing stuff + // ---------------------- + + // all of these methods may be overridden in the derived class to + // customize the command line parsing (by default only a few standard + // options are handled) + // + // you also need to call wxApp::OnInit() from YourApp::OnInit() for all + // this to work + +#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + // this one is called from OnInit() to add all supported options + // to the given parser (don't forget to call the base class version if you + // override it!) + virtual void OnInitCmdLine(wxCmdLineParser& parser); + + // called after successfully parsing the command line, return true + // to continue and false to exit (don't forget to call the base class + // version if you override it!) + virtual bool OnCmdLineParsed(wxCmdLineParser& parser); + + // called if "--help" option was specified, return true to continue + // and false to exit + virtual bool OnCmdLineHelp(wxCmdLineParser& parser); + + // called if incorrect command line options were given, return + // false to abort and true to continue + virtual bool OnCmdLineError(wxCmdLineParser& parser); +#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + + + // miscellaneous customization functions + // ------------------------------------- + + // create the app traits object to which we delegate for everything which + // either should be configurable by the user (then he can change the + // default behaviour simply by overriding CreateTraits() and returning his + // own traits object) or which is GUI/console dependent as then wxAppTraits + // allows us to abstract the differences behind the common facade + wxAppTraits *GetTraits(); + + // this function provides safer access to traits object than + // wxTheApp->GetTraits() during startup or termination when the global + // application object itself may be unavailable + // + // of course, it still returns NULL in this case and the caller must check + // for it + static wxAppTraits *GetTraitsIfExists(); + + // returns the main event loop instance, i.e. the event loop which is started + // by OnRun() and which dispatches all events sent from the native toolkit + // to the application (except when new event loops are temporarily set-up). + // The returned value maybe NULL. Put initialization code which needs a + // non-NULL main event loop into OnEventLoopEnter(). + wxEventLoopBase* GetMainLoop() const + { return m_mainLoop; } + + + // event processing functions + // -------------------------- + + // this method allows to filter all the events processed by the program, so + // you should try to return quickly from it to avoid slowing down the + // program to the crawl + // + // return value should be -1 to continue with the normal event processing, + // or TRUE or FALSE to stop further processing and pretend that the event + // had been already processed or won't be processed at all, respectively + virtual int FilterEvent(wxEvent& event); + + // return true if we're running event loop, i.e. if the events can + // (already) be dispatched + static bool IsMainLoopRunning(); + +#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + // execute the functor to handle the given event + // + // this is a generalization of HandleEvent() below and the base class + // implementation of CallEventHandler() still calls HandleEvent() for + // compatibility for functors which are just wxEventFunctions (i.e. methods + // of wxEvtHandler) + virtual void CallEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler, + wxEventFunctor& functor, + wxEvent& event) const; + + // call the specified handler on the given object with the given event + // + // this method only exists to allow catching the exceptions thrown by any + // event handler, it would lead to an extra (useless) virtual function call + // if the exceptions were not used, so it doesn't even exist in that case + virtual void HandleEvent(wxEvtHandler *handler, + wxEventFunction func, + wxEvent& event) const; + + // Called when an unhandled C++ exception occurs inside OnRun(): note that + // the main event loop has already terminated by now and the program will + // exit, if you need to really handle the exceptions you need to override + // OnExceptionInMainLoop() + virtual void OnUnhandledException(); + + // Function called if an uncaught exception is caught inside the main + // event loop: it may return true to continue running the event loop or + // false to stop it (in the latter case it may rethrow the exception as + // well) + virtual bool OnExceptionInMainLoop(); + +#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + + + // pending events + // -------------- + + // IMPORTANT: all these methods conceptually belong to wxEventLoopBase + // but for many reasons we need to allow queuing of events + // even when there's no event loop (e.g. in wxApp::OnInit); + // this feature is used e.g. to queue events on secondary threads + // or in wxPython to use wx.CallAfter before the GUI is initialized + + // process all events in the m_handlersWithPendingEvents list -- it is necessary + // to call this function to process posted events. This happens during each + // event loop iteration in GUI mode but if there is no main loop, it may be + // also called directly. + virtual void ProcessPendingEvents(); + + // check if there are pending events on global pending event list + bool HasPendingEvents() const; + + // temporary suspends processing of the pending events + void SuspendProcessingOfPendingEvents(); + + // resume processing of the pending events previously stopped because of a + // call to SuspendProcessingOfPendingEvents() + void ResumeProcessingOfPendingEvents(); + + // called by ~wxEvtHandler to (eventually) remove the handler from the list of + // the handlers with pending events + void RemovePendingEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* toRemove); + + // adds an event handler to the list of the handlers with pending events + void AppendPendingEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* toAppend); + + // moves the event handler from the list of the handlers with pending events + //to the list of the handlers with _delayed_ pending events + void DelayPendingEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* toDelay); + + // deletes the current pending events + void DeletePendingEvents(); + + + // delayed destruction + // ------------------- + + // If an object may have pending events for it, it shouldn't be deleted + // immediately as this would result in a crash when trying to handle these + // events: instead, it should be scheduled for destruction and really + // destroyed only after processing all pending events. + // + // Notice that this is only possible if we have a running event loop, + // otherwise the object is just deleted directly by ScheduleForDestruction() + // and IsScheduledForDestruction() always returns false. + + // schedule the object for destruction in the near future + void ScheduleForDestruction(wxObject *object); + + // return true if the object is scheduled for destruction + bool IsScheduledForDestruction(wxObject *object) const; + + + // wxEventLoop-related methods + // --------------------------- + + // all these functions are forwarded to the corresponding methods of the + // currently active event loop -- and do nothing if there is none + virtual bool Pending(); + virtual bool Dispatch(); + + virtual int MainLoop(); + virtual void ExitMainLoop(); + + bool Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded = false); + + virtual void WakeUpIdle(); + + // this method is called by the active event loop when there are no events + // to process + // + // by default it generates the idle events and if you override it in your + // derived class you should call the base class version to ensure that idle + // events are still sent out + virtual bool ProcessIdle(); + + // this virtual function is overridden in GUI wxApp to always return true + // as GUI applications always have an event loop -- but console ones may + // have it or not, so it simply returns true if already have an event loop + // running but false otherwise + virtual bool UsesEventLoop() const; + + + // debugging support + // ----------------- + + // this function is called when an assert failure occurs, the base class + // version does the normal processing (i.e. shows the usual assert failure + // dialog box) + // + // the arguments are the location of the failed assert (func may be empty + // if the compiler doesn't support C99 __FUNCTION__), the text of the + // assert itself and the user-specified message + virtual void OnAssertFailure(const wxChar *file, + int line, + const wxChar *func, + const wxChar *cond, + const wxChar *msg); + + // old version of the function without func parameter, for compatibility + // only, override OnAssertFailure() in the new code + virtual void OnAssert(const wxChar *file, + int line, + const wxChar *cond, + const wxChar *msg); + + // check that the wxBuildOptions object (constructed in the application + // itself, usually the one from wxIMPLEMENT_APP() macro) matches the build + // options of the library and abort if it doesn't + static bool CheckBuildOptions(const char *optionsSignature, + const char *componentName); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // helpers for dynamic wxApp construction + static void SetInitializerFunction(wxAppInitializerFunction fn) + { ms_appInitFn = fn; } + static wxAppInitializerFunction GetInitializerFunction() + { return ms_appInitFn; } + + // accessors for ms_appInstance field (external code might wish to modify + // it, this is why we provide a setter here as well, but you should really + // know what you're doing if you call it), wxTheApp is usually used instead + // of GetInstance() + static wxAppConsole *GetInstance() { return ms_appInstance; } + static void SetInstance(wxAppConsole *app) { ms_appInstance = app; } + + + // command line arguments (public for backwards compatibility) + int argc; + + // this object is implicitly convertible to either "char**" (traditional + // type of argv parameter of main()) or to "wchar_t **" (for compatibility + // with Unicode build in previous wx versions and because the command line + // can, in pr +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxCmdLineArgsArray argv; +#else + char **argv; +#endif + +protected: + // delete all objects in wxPendingDelete list + // + // called from ProcessPendingEvents() + void DeletePendingObjects(); + + // the function which creates the traits object when GetTraits() needs it + // for the first time + virtual wxAppTraits *CreateTraits(); + + // function used for dynamic wxApp creation + static wxAppInitializerFunction ms_appInitFn; + + // the one and only global application object + static wxAppConsole *ms_appInstance; + + // create main loop from AppTraits or return NULL if + // there is no main loop implementation + wxEventLoopBase *CreateMainLoop(); + + // application info (must be set from the user code) + wxString m_vendorName, // vendor name ("acme") + m_vendorDisplayName, // vendor display name (e.g. "ACME Inc") + m_appName, // app name ("myapp") + m_appDisplayName, // app display name ("My Application") + m_className; // class name + + // the class defining the application behaviour, NULL initially and created + // by GetTraits() when first needed + wxAppTraits *m_traits; + + // the main event loop of the application (may be NULL if the loop hasn't + // been started yet or has already terminated) + wxEventLoopBase *m_mainLoop; + + + // pending events management vars: + + // the array of the handlers with pending events which needs to be processed + // inside ProcessPendingEvents() + wxEvtHandlerArray m_handlersWithPendingEvents; + + // helper array used by ProcessPendingEvents() to store the event handlers + // which have pending events but of these events none can be processed right now + // (because of a call to wxEventLoop::YieldFor() which asked to selectively process + // pending events) + wxEvtHandlerArray m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents; + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + // this critical section protects both the lists above + wxCriticalSection m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker; +#endif + + // flag modified by Suspend/ResumeProcessingOfPendingEvents() + bool m_bDoPendingEventProcessing; + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEvtHandler; + + // the application object is a singleton anyhow, there is no sense in + // copying it + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAppConsoleBase); +}; + +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) + #include "wx/unix/app.h" +#else + // this has to be a class and not a typedef as we forward declare it + class wxAppConsole : public wxAppConsoleBase { }; +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAppBase: the common part of wxApp implementations for all platforms +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAppBase : public wxAppConsole +{ +public: + wxAppBase(); + virtual ~wxAppBase(); + + // the virtual functions which may/must be overridden in the derived class + // ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // very first initialization function + // + // Override: very rarely + virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv); + + // a platform-dependent version of OnInit(): the code here is likely to + // depend on the toolkit. default version does nothing. + // + // Override: rarely. + virtual bool OnInitGui(); + + // called to start program execution - the default version just enters + // the main GUI loop in which events are received and processed until + // the last window is not deleted (if GetExitOnFrameDelete) or + // ExitMainLoop() is called. In console mode programs, the execution + // of the program really starts here + // + // Override: rarely in GUI applications, always in console ones. + virtual int OnRun(); + + // a matching function for OnInit() + virtual int OnExit(); + + // very last clean up function + // + // Override: very rarely + virtual void CleanUp(); + + + // the worker functions - usually not used directly by the user code + // ----------------------------------------------------------------- + + // safer alternatives to Yield(), using wxWindowDisabler + virtual bool SafeYield(wxWindow *win, bool onlyIfNeeded); + virtual bool SafeYieldFor(wxWindow *win, long eventsToProcess); + + // this virtual function is called in the GUI mode when the application + // becomes idle and normally just sends wxIdleEvent to all interested + // parties + // + // it should return true if more idle events are needed, false if not + virtual bool ProcessIdle(); + + // override base class version: GUI apps always use an event loop + virtual bool UsesEventLoop() const { return true; } + + + // top level window functions + // -------------------------- + + // return true if our app has focus + virtual bool IsActive() const { return m_isActive; } + + // set the "main" top level window + void SetTopWindow(wxWindow *win) { m_topWindow = win; } + + // return the "main" top level window (if it hadn't been set previously + // with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if + // there are none, will return NULL) + virtual wxWindow *GetTopWindow() const; + + // control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the + // main loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level + // program window is deleted. Beware that if you disable this behaviour + // (with SetExitOnFrameDelete(false)), you'll have to call + // ExitMainLoop() explicitly from somewhere. + void SetExitOnFrameDelete(bool flag) + { m_exitOnFrameDelete = flag ? Yes : No; } + bool GetExitOnFrameDelete() const + { return m_exitOnFrameDelete == Yes; } + + + // display mode, visual, printing mode, ... + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // Get display mode that is used use. This is only used in framebuffer + // wxWin ports (such as wxMGL or wxDFB). + virtual wxVideoMode GetDisplayMode() const; + // Set display mode to use. This is only used in framebuffer wxWin + // ports (such as wxMGL or wxDFB). This method should be called from + // wxApp::OnInitGui + virtual bool SetDisplayMode(const wxVideoMode& WXUNUSED(info)) { return true; } + + // set use of best visual flag (see below) + void SetUseBestVisual( bool flag, bool forceTrueColour = false ) + { m_useBestVisual = flag; m_forceTrueColour = forceTrueColour; } + bool GetUseBestVisual() const { return m_useBestVisual; } + + // set/get printing mode: see wxPRINT_XXX constants. + // + // default behaviour is the normal one for Unix: always use PostScript + // printing. + virtual void SetPrintMode(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { } + int GetPrintMode() const { return wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT; } + + // Return the layout direction for the current locale or wxLayout_Default + // if it's unknown + virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const; + + // Change the theme used by the application, return true on success. + virtual bool SetNativeTheme(const wxString& WXUNUSED(theme)) { return false; } + + + // command line parsing (GUI-specific) + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + virtual bool OnCmdLineParsed(wxCmdLineParser& parser); + virtual void OnInitCmdLine(wxCmdLineParser& parser); +#endif + + // miscellaneous other stuff + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // called by toolkit-specific code to set the app status: active (we have + // focus) or not and also the last window which had focus before we were + // deactivated + virtual void SetActive(bool isActive, wxWindow *lastFocus); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // OBSOLETE: don't use, always returns true + // + // returns true if the program is successfully initialized + wxDEPRECATED( bool Initialized() ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +protected: + // override base class method to use GUI traits + virtual wxAppTraits *CreateTraits(); + + + // the main top level window (may be NULL) + wxWindow *m_topWindow; + + // if Yes, exit the main loop when the last top level window is deleted, if + // No don't do it and if Later -- only do it once we reach our OnRun() + // + // the explanation for using this strange scheme is given in appcmn.cpp + enum + { + Later = -1, + No, + Yes + } m_exitOnFrameDelete; + + // true if the app wants to use the best visual on systems where + // more than one are available (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4.0 ?) + bool m_useBestVisual; + // force TrueColour just in case "best" isn't TrueColour + bool m_forceTrueColour; + + // does any of our windows have focus? + bool m_isActive; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAppBase); +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + inline bool wxAppBase::Initialized() { return true; } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// now include the declaration of the real class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/app.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/app.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/app.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #include "wx/mgl/app.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #include "wx/dfb/app.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/app.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/app.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/app.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/app.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/app.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/app.h" +#endif + +#else // !GUI + +// wxApp is defined in core and we cannot define another one in wxBase, +// so use the preprocessor to allow using wxApp in console programs too +#define wxApp wxAppConsole + +#endif // GUI/!GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// the global data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compatibility, we define this macro to access the global application +// object of type wxApp +// +// note that instead of using of wxTheApp in application code you should +// consider using wxDECLARE_APP() after which you may call wxGetApp() which will +// return the object of the correct type (i.e. MyApp and not wxApp) +// +// the cast is safe as in GUI build we only use wxApp, not wxAppConsole, and in +// console mode it does nothing at all +#define wxTheApp static_cast(wxApp::GetInstance()) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// event loop related functions only work in GUI programs +// ------------------------------------------------------ + +// Force an exit from main loop +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxExit(); + +// avoid redeclaring this function here if it had been already declared by +// wx/utils.h, this results in warnings from g++ with -Wredundant-decls +#ifndef wx_YIELD_DECLARED +#define wx_YIELD_DECLARED + +// Yield to other apps/messages +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxYield(); + +#endif // wx_YIELD_DECLARED + +// Yield to other apps/messages +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxWakeUpIdle(); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros for dynamic creation of the application object +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Having a global instance of this class allows wxApp to be aware of the app +// creator function. wxApp can then call this function to create a new app +// object. Convoluted, but necessary. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppInitializer +{ +public: + wxAppInitializer(wxAppInitializerFunction fn) + { wxApp::SetInitializerFunction(fn); } +}; + +// the code below defines a wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN macro which you can use if +// your compiler really, really wants main() to be in your main program (e.g. +// hello.cpp). Now wxIMPLEMENT_APP should add this code if required. + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE \ + int main(int argc, char **argv) \ + { \ + wxDISABLE_DEBUG_SUPPORT(); \ + \ + return wxEntry(argc, argv); \ + } + +// port-specific header could have defined it already in some special way +#ifndef wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN + #define wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE +#endif // defined(wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN) + +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #include "wx/univ/theme.h" + + #ifdef wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME + #define wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT \ + WX_USE_THEME(wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME); + #else + #define wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT + #endif +#else + #define wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT +#endif + +// Use this macro if you want to define your own main() or WinMain() function +// and call wxEntry() from there. +#define wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname) \ + wxAppConsole *wxCreateApp() \ + { \ + wxAppConsole::CheckBuildOptions(WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE, \ + "your program"); \ + return new appname; \ + } \ + wxAppInitializer \ + wxTheAppInitializer((wxAppInitializerFunction) wxCreateApp); \ + appname& wxGetApp() { return *static_cast(wxApp::GetInstance()); } \ + wxDECLARE_APP(appname) + +// Same as wxIMPLEMENT_APP() normally but doesn't include themes support in +// wxUniversal builds +#define wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(appname) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN \ + wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname) + +// Use this macro exactly once, the argument is the name of the wxApp-derived +// class which is the class of your application. +#define wxIMPLEMENT_APP(appname) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT \ + wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(appname) + +// Same as IMPLEMENT_APP(), but for console applications. +#define wxIMPLEMENT_APP_CONSOLE(appname) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE \ + wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname) + +// this macro can be used multiple times and just allows you to use wxGetApp() +// function +#define wxDECLARE_APP(appname) \ + extern appname& wxGetApp() + + +// declare the stuff defined by wxIMPLEMENT_APP() macro, it's not really needed +// anywhere else but at the very least it suppresses icc warnings about +// defining extern symbols without prior declaration, and it shouldn't do any +// harm +extern wxAppConsole *wxCreateApp(); +extern wxAppInitializer wxTheAppInitializer; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Compatibility macro aliases +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// deprecated variants _not_ requiring a semicolon after them +// (note that also some wx-prefixed macro do _not_ require a semicolon because +// it's not always possible to force the compire to require it) + +#define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE +#define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN +#define IMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT +#define IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(app) wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(app); +#define IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(app) wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(app); +#define IMPLEMENT_APP(app) wxIMPLEMENT_APP(app); +#define IMPLEMENT_APP_CONSOLE(app) wxIMPLEMENT_APP_CONSOLE(app); +#define DECLARE_APP(app) wxDECLARE_APP(app); + +#endif // _WX_APP_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/apptrait.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/apptrait.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e29c20e5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/apptrait.h @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/apptrait.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxAppTraits and derived classes +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.06.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: apptrait.h 61488 2009-07-21 14:16:44Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_APPTRAIT_H_ +#define _WX_APPTRAIT_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/platinfo.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConfigBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEventLoopBase; +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontMapper; +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLog; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMessageOutput; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRendererNative; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStandardPaths; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimerImpl; + +class wxSocketManager; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAppTraits: this class defines various configurable aspects of wxApp +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppTraitsBase +{ +public: + // needed since this class declares virtual members + virtual ~wxAppTraitsBase() { } + + // hooks for working with the global objects, may be overridden by the user + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + // create the default configuration object (base class version is + // implemented in config.cpp and creates wxRegConfig for wxMSW and + // wxFileConfig for all the other platforms) + virtual wxConfigBase *CreateConfig(); +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + +#if wxUSE_LOG + // create the default log target + virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget() = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_LOG + + // create the global object used for printing out messages + virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput() = 0; + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + // create the global font mapper object used for encodings/charset mapping + virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper() = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + + // get the renderer to use for drawing the generic controls (return value + // may be NULL in which case the default renderer for the current platform + // is used); this is used in GUI only and always returns NULL in console + // + // NB: returned pointer will be deleted by the caller + virtual wxRendererNative *CreateRenderer() = 0; + + // wxStandardPaths object is normally the same for wxBase and wxGUI + // except in the case of wxMac and wxCocoa + virtual wxStandardPaths& GetStandardPaths(); + +#if wxUSE_INTL + // called during wxApp initialization to set the locale to correspond to + // the user default (i.e. system locale under Windows, LC_ALL under Unix) + virtual void SetLocale(); +#endif // wxUSE_INTL + + + // functions abstracting differences between GUI and console modes + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // show the assert dialog with the specified message in GUI or just print + // the string to stderr in console mode + // + // base class version has an implementation (in spite of being pure + // virtual) in base/appbase.cpp which can be called as last resort. + // + // return true to suppress subsequent asserts, false to continue as before + virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg) = 0; + + // return true if fprintf(stderr) goes somewhere, false otherwise + virtual bool HasStderr() = 0; + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + // this function is used by wxNet library to set the default socket manager + // to use: doing it like this allows us to keep all socket-related code in + // wxNet instead of having to pull it in wxBase itself as we'd have to do + // if we really implemented wxSocketManager here + // + // we don't take ownership of this pointer, it should have a lifetime + // greater than that of any socket (e.g. be a pointer to a static object) + static void SetDefaultSocketManager(wxSocketManager *manager) + { + ms_manager = manager; + } + + // return socket manager: this is usually different for console and GUI + // applications (although some ports use the same implementation for both) + virtual wxSocketManager *GetSocketManager() { return ms_manager; } +#endif + + // create a new, port specific, instance of the event loop used by wxApp + virtual wxEventLoopBase *CreateEventLoop() = 0; + +#if wxUSE_TIMER + // return platform and toolkit dependent wxTimer implementation + virtual wxTimerImpl *CreateTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer) = 0; +#endif + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + virtual void MutexGuiEnter(); + virtual void MutexGuiLeave(); +#endif + + // functions returning port-specific information + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // return information about the (native) toolkit currently used and its + // runtime (not compile-time) version. + // returns wxPORT_BASE for console applications and one of the remaining + // wxPORT_* values for GUI applications. + virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *majVer = NULL, int *minVer = NULL) const = 0; + + // return true if the port is using wxUniversal for the GUI, false if not + virtual bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const = 0; + + // return the name of the Desktop Environment such as + // "KDE" or "GNOME". May return an empty string. + virtual wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const = 0; + + // returns a short string to identify the block of the standard command + // line options parsed automatically by current port: if this string is + // empty, there are no such options, otherwise the function also fills + // passed arrays with the names and the descriptions of those options. + virtual wxString GetStandardCmdLineOptions(wxArrayString& names, + wxArrayString& desc) const + { + wxUnusedVar(names); + wxUnusedVar(desc); + + return wxEmptyString; + } + + +protected: +#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + // utility function: returns the stack frame as a plain wxString + virtual wxString GetAssertStackTrace(); +#endif + +private: + static wxSocketManager *ms_manager; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the platform-specific version of the class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: test for __UNIX__ before __WXMAC__ as under Darwin we want to use the +// Unix code (and otherwise __UNIX__ wouldn't be defined) +// ABX: check __WIN32__ instead of __WXMSW__ for the same MSWBase in any Win32 port +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/apptbase.h" +#elif defined(__WIN32__) + #include "wx/msw/apptbase.h" +#elif defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__EMX__) + #include "wx/unix/apptbase.h" +#elif defined(__OS2__) + #include "wx/os2/apptbase.h" +#else // no platform-specific methods to add to wxAppTraits + // wxAppTraits must be a class because it was forward declared as class + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppTraits : public wxAppTraitsBase + { + }; +#endif // platform + +// ============================================================================ +// standard traits for console and GUI applications +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxConsoleAppTraitsBase: wxAppTraits implementation for the console apps +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConsoleAppTraitsBase : public wxAppTraits +{ +public: +#if !wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP + virtual wxEventLoopBase *CreateEventLoop() { return NULL; } +#endif // !wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP + +#if wxUSE_LOG + virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget(); +#endif // wxUSE_LOG + virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput(); +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper(); +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + virtual wxRendererNative *CreateRenderer(); + + virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg); + virtual bool HasStderr(); + + // the GetToolkitVersion for console application is always the same + virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *verMaj = NULL, int *verMin = NULL) const + { + // no toolkits (wxBase is for console applications without GUI support) + // NB: zero means "no toolkit", -1 means "not initialized yet" + // so we must use zero here! + if (verMaj) *verMaj = 0; + if (verMin) *verMin = 0; + return wxPORT_BASE; + } + + virtual bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const { return false; } + virtual wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const { return wxEmptyString; } +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGUIAppTraitsBase: wxAppTraits implementation for the GUI apps +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIAppTraitsBase : public wxAppTraits +{ +public: +#if wxUSE_LOG + virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget(); +#endif // wxUSE_LOG + virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput(); +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper(); +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + virtual wxRendererNative *CreateRenderer(); + + virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg); + virtual bool HasStderr(); + + virtual bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const + { + #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + return true; + #else + return false; + #endif + } + + virtual wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const { return wxEmptyString; } +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the platform-specific version of the classes above +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ABX: check __WIN32__ instead of __WXMSW__ for the same MSWBase in any Win32 port +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/apptrait.h" +#elif defined(__WIN32__) + #include "wx/msw/apptrait.h" +#elif defined(__OS2__) + #include "wx/os2/apptrait.h" +#elif defined(__UNIX__) + #include "wx/unix/apptrait.h" +#elif defined(__DOS__) + #include "wx/msdos/apptrait.h" +#else + #if wxUSE_GUI + class wxGUIAppTraits : public wxGUIAppTraitsBase + { + }; + #endif // wxUSE_GUI + class wxConsoleAppTraits: public wxConsoleAppTraitsBase + { + }; +#endif // platform + +#endif // _WX_APPTRAIT_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/archive.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/archive.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f57e1189d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/archive.h @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/archive.h +// Purpose: Streams for archive formats +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// RCS-ID: $Id: archive.h 66780 2011-01-27 11:00:26Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ARCHIVE_H__ +#define _WX_ARCHIVE_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/stream.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxArchiveNotifier + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveNotifier +{ +public: + virtual ~wxArchiveNotifier() { } + + virtual void OnEntryUpdated(class wxArchiveEntry& entry) = 0; +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxArchiveEntry +// +// Holds an entry's meta data, such as filename and timestamp. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveEntry : public wxObject +{ +public: + virtual ~wxArchiveEntry() { } + + virtual wxDateTime GetDateTime() const = 0; + virtual wxFileOffset GetSize() const = 0; + virtual wxFileOffset GetOffset() const = 0; + virtual bool IsDir() const = 0; + virtual bool IsReadOnly() const = 0; + virtual wxString GetInternalName() const = 0; + virtual wxPathFormat GetInternalFormat() const = 0; + virtual wxString GetName(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const = 0; + + virtual void SetDateTime(const wxDateTime& dt) = 0; + virtual void SetSize(wxFileOffset size) = 0; + virtual void SetIsDir(bool isDir = true) = 0; + virtual void SetIsReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true) = 0; + virtual void SetName(const wxString& name, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) = 0; + + wxArchiveEntry *Clone() const { return DoClone(); } + + void SetNotifier(wxArchiveNotifier& notifier); + virtual void UnsetNotifier() { m_notifier = NULL; } + +protected: + wxArchiveEntry() : m_notifier(NULL) { } + wxArchiveEntry(const wxArchiveEntry& e) : wxObject(e), m_notifier(NULL) { } + + virtual void SetOffset(wxFileOffset offset) = 0; + virtual wxArchiveEntry* DoClone() const = 0; + + wxArchiveNotifier *GetNotifier() const { return m_notifier; } + wxArchiveEntry& operator=(const wxArchiveEntry& entry); + +private: + wxArchiveNotifier *m_notifier; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArchiveEntry) +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxArchiveInputStream +// +// GetNextEntry() returns an wxArchiveEntry object containing the meta-data +// for the next entry in the archive (and gives away ownership). Reading from +// the wxArchiveInputStream then returns the entry's data. Eof() becomes true +// after an attempt has been made to read past the end of the entry's data. +// +// When there are no more entries, GetNextEntry() returns NULL and sets Eof(). + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveInputStream : public wxFilterInputStream +{ +public: + typedef wxArchiveEntry entry_type; + + virtual ~wxArchiveInputStream() { } + + virtual bool OpenEntry(wxArchiveEntry& entry) = 0; + virtual bool CloseEntry() = 0; + + wxArchiveEntry *GetNextEntry() { return DoGetNextEntry(); } + + virtual char Peek() { return wxInputStream::Peek(); } + +protected: + wxArchiveInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv); + wxArchiveInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, wxMBConv& conv); + + virtual wxArchiveEntry *DoGetNextEntry() = 0; + + wxMBConv& GetConv() const { return m_conv; } + +private: + wxMBConv& m_conv; +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxArchiveOutputStream +// +// PutNextEntry is used to create a new entry in the output archive, then +// the entry's data is written to the wxArchiveOutputStream. +// +// Only one entry can be open for output at a time; another call to +// PutNextEntry closes the current entry and begins the next. +// +// The overload 'bool PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry)' takes ownership +// of the entry object. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveOutputStream : public wxFilterOutputStream +{ +public: + virtual ~wxArchiveOutputStream() { } + + virtual bool PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry) = 0; + + virtual bool PutNextEntry(const wxString& name, + const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(), + wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset) = 0; + + virtual bool PutNextDirEntry(const wxString& name, + const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now()) = 0; + + virtual bool CopyEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry, + wxArchiveInputStream& stream) = 0; + + virtual bool CopyArchiveMetaData(wxArchiveInputStream& stream) = 0; + + virtual bool CloseEntry() = 0; + +protected: + wxArchiveOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv); + wxArchiveOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream, wxMBConv& conv); + + wxMBConv& GetConv() const { return m_conv; } + +private: + wxMBConv& m_conv; +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxArchiveIterator +// +// An input iterator that can be used to transfer an archive's catalog to +// a container. + +#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR +#include +#include + +template inline +void _wxSetArchiveIteratorValue( + X& val, Y entry, void *WXUNUSED(d)) +{ + val = X(entry); +} +template inline +void _wxSetArchiveIteratorValue( + std::pair& val, Z entry, Z WXUNUSED(d)) +{ + val = std::make_pair(X(entry->GetInternalName()), Y(entry)); +} + +#if defined _MSC_VER && _MSC_VER < 1300 +template +#else +template +#endif +class wxArchiveIterator +{ +public: + typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category; + typedef T value_type; + typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type; + typedef T* pointer; + typedef T& reference; + + wxArchiveIterator() : m_rep(NULL) { } + + wxArchiveIterator(Arc& arc) { + typename Arc::entry_type* entry = arc.GetNextEntry(); + m_rep = entry ? new Rep(arc, entry) : NULL; + } + + wxArchiveIterator(const wxArchiveIterator& it) : m_rep(it.m_rep) { + if (m_rep) + m_rep->AddRef(); + } + + ~wxArchiveIterator() { + if (m_rep) + m_rep->UnRef(); + } + + const T& operator *() const { + return m_rep->GetValue(); + } + + const T* operator ->() const { + return &**this; + } + + wxArchiveIterator& operator =(const wxArchiveIterator& it) { + if (it.m_rep) + it.m_rep.AddRef(); + if (m_rep) + this->m_rep.UnRef(); + m_rep = it.m_rep; + return *this; + } + + wxArchiveIterator& operator ++() { + m_rep = m_rep->Next(); + return *this; + } + + wxArchiveIterator operator ++(int) { + wxArchiveIterator it(*this); + ++(*this); + return it; + } + + bool operator ==(const wxArchiveIterator& j) const { + return m_rep == j.m_rep; + } + + bool operator !=(const wxArchiveIterator& j) const { + return !(*this == j); + } + +private: + class Rep { + Arc& m_arc; + typename Arc::entry_type* m_entry; + T m_value; + int m_ref; + + public: + Rep(Arc& arc, typename Arc::entry_type* entry) + : m_arc(arc), m_entry(entry), m_value(), m_ref(1) { } + ~Rep() + { delete m_entry; } + + void AddRef() { + m_ref++; + } + + void UnRef() { + if (--m_ref == 0) + delete this; + } + + Rep *Next() { + typename Arc::entry_type* entry = m_arc.GetNextEntry(); + if (!entry) { + UnRef(); + return NULL; + } + if (m_ref > 1) { + m_ref--; + return new Rep(m_arc, entry); + } + delete m_entry; + m_entry = entry; + m_value = T(); + return this; + } + + const T& GetValue() { + if (m_entry) { + _wxSetArchiveIteratorValue(m_value, m_entry, m_entry); + m_entry = NULL; + } + return m_value; + } + } *m_rep; +}; + +typedef wxArchiveIterator wxArchiveIter; +typedef wxArchiveIterator > wxArchivePairIter; + +#endif // wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxArchiveClassFactory +// +// A wxArchiveClassFactory instance for a particular archive type allows +// the creation of the other classes that may be needed. + +void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUseArchiveClasses(); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveClassFactory : public wxFilterClassFactoryBase +{ +public: + typedef wxArchiveEntry entry_type; + typedef wxArchiveInputStream instream_type; + typedef wxArchiveOutputStream outstream_type; + typedef wxArchiveNotifier notifier_type; +#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR + typedef wxArchiveIter iter_type; + typedef wxArchivePairIter pairiter_type; +#endif + + virtual ~wxArchiveClassFactory() { } + + wxArchiveEntry *NewEntry() const + { return DoNewEntry(); } + wxArchiveInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const + { return DoNewStream(stream); } + wxArchiveOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const + { return DoNewStream(stream); } + wxArchiveInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const + { return DoNewStream(stream); } + wxArchiveOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const + { return DoNewStream(stream); } + + virtual wxString GetInternalName( + const wxString& name, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const = 0; + + // FIXME-UTF8: remove these from this file, they are used for ANSI + // build only + void SetConv(wxMBConv& conv) { m_pConv = &conv; } + wxMBConv& GetConv() const + { if (m_pConv) return *m_pConv; else return wxConvLocal; } + + static const wxArchiveClassFactory *Find(const wxString& protocol, + wxStreamProtocolType type + = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL); + + static const wxArchiveClassFactory *GetFirst(); + const wxArchiveClassFactory *GetNext() const { return m_next; } + + void PushFront() { Remove(); m_next = sm_first; sm_first = this; } + void Remove(); + +protected: + // old compilers don't support covarient returns, so 'Do' methods are + // used to simulate them + virtual wxArchiveEntry *DoNewEntry() const = 0; + virtual wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const = 0; + virtual wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const = 0; + virtual wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const = 0; + virtual wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const = 0; + + wxArchiveClassFactory() : m_pConv(NULL), m_next(this) { } + wxArchiveClassFactory& operator=(const wxArchiveClassFactory& WXUNUSED(f)) + { return *this; } + +private: + wxMBConv *m_pConv; + static wxArchiveClassFactory *sm_first; + wxArchiveClassFactory *m_next; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArchiveClassFactory) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS + +#endif // _WX_ARCHIVE_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/arrimpl.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/arrimpl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..945da1b586 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/arrimpl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/arrimpl.cpp +// Purpose: helper file for implementation of dynamic lists +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 16.10.97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: arrimpl.cpp 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/***************************************************************************** + * Purpose: implements methods of "template" class declared in * + * DECLARE_OBJARRAY macro and which couldn't be implemented inline * + * (because they need the full definition of type T in scope) * + * * + * Usage: 1) #include dynarray.h * + * 2) WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY * + * 3) #include arrimpl.cpp * + * 4) WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY * + *****************************************************************************/ + +// needed to resolve the conflict between global T and macro parameter T + +#define _WX_ERROR_REMOVE2(x) wxT("bad index in ") wxT(#x) wxT("::RemoveAt()") + +// macro implements remaining (not inline) methods of template list +// (it's private to this file) +#undef _DEFINE_OBJARRAY +#define _DEFINE_OBJARRAY(T, name) \ +name::~name() \ +{ \ + Empty(); \ +} \ + \ +void name::DoCopy(const name& src) \ +{ \ + for ( size_t ui = 0; ui < src.size(); ui++ ) \ + Add(src[ui]); \ +} \ + \ +name& name::operator=(const name& src) \ +{ \ + Empty(); \ + DoCopy(src); \ + \ + return *this; \ +} \ + \ +name::name(const name& src) : wxArrayPtrVoid() \ +{ \ + DoCopy(src); \ +} \ + \ +void name::DoEmpty() \ +{ \ + for ( size_t ui = 0; ui < size(); ui++ ) \ + delete (T*)base_array::operator[](ui); \ +} \ + \ +void name::RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove) \ +{ \ + wxCHECK_RET( uiIndex < size(), _WX_ERROR_REMOVE2(name) ); \ + \ + for (size_t i = 0; i < nRemove; i++ ) \ + delete (T*)base_array::operator[](uiIndex + i); \ + \ + base_array::erase(begin() + uiIndex, begin() + uiIndex + nRemove); \ +} \ + \ +void name::Add(const T& item, size_t nInsert) \ +{ \ + if (nInsert == 0) \ + return; \ + T* pItem = new T(item); \ + size_t nOldSize = size(); \ + if ( pItem != NULL ) \ + base_array::insert(end(), nInsert, pItem); \ + for (size_t i = 1; i < nInsert; i++) \ + base_array::operator[](nOldSize + i) = new T(item); \ +} \ + \ +void name::Insert(const T& item, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert) \ +{ \ + if (nInsert == 0) \ + return; \ + T* pItem = new T(item); \ + if ( pItem != NULL ) \ + base_array::insert(begin() + uiIndex, nInsert, pItem); \ + for (size_t i = 1; i < nInsert; i++) \ + base_array::operator[](uiIndex + i) = new T(item); \ +} \ + \ +int name::Index(const T& Item, bool bFromEnd) const \ +{ \ + if ( bFromEnd ) { \ + if ( size() > 0 ) { \ + size_t ui = size() - 1; \ + do { \ + if ( (T*)base_array::operator[](ui) == &Item ) \ + return static_cast(ui); \ + ui--; \ + } \ + while ( ui != 0 ); \ + } \ + } \ + else { \ + for( size_t ui = 0; ui < size(); ui++ ) { \ + if( (T*)base_array::operator[](ui) == &Item ) \ + return static_cast(ui); \ + } \ + } \ + \ + return wxNOT_FOUND; \ +} + +// redefine the macro so that now it will generate the class implementation +// old value would provoke a compile-time error if this file is not included +#undef WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY +#define WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name) _DEFINE_OBJARRAY(_wxObjArray##name, name) diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/arrstr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/arrstr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad8a52e62c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/arrstr.h @@ -0,0 +1,516 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/arrstr.h +// Purpose: wxArrayString class +// Author: Mattia Barbon and Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 07/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: arrstr.h 66724 2011-01-20 08:38:36Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ARRSTR_H +#define _WX_ARRSTR_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/string.h" + +// these functions are only used in STL build now but we define them in any +// case for compatibility with the existing code outside of the library which +// could be using them +inline int wxCMPFUNC_CONV wxStringSortAscending(wxString* s1, wxString* s2) +{ + return s1->Cmp(*s2); +} + +inline int wxCMPFUNC_CONV wxStringSortDescending(wxString* s1, wxString* s2) +{ + return wxStringSortAscending(s2, s1); +} + +#if wxUSE_STL + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNCwxString)(wxString*, wxString*); +typedef wxString _wxArraywxBaseArrayStringBase; +_WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY_2(_wxArraywxBaseArrayStringBase, wxBaseArrayStringBase, + wxArray_SortFunction, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(wxString, wxArrayStringBase, + wxBaseArrayStringBase, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +_WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_2(wxString, wxSortedArrayStringBase, + wxBaseArrayStringBase, = wxStringSortAscending, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, CMPFUNCwxString); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArrayString : public wxArrayStringBase +{ +public: + // type of function used by wxArrayString::Sort() + typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CompareFunction)(const wxString& first, + const wxString& second); + + wxArrayString() { } + wxArrayString(const wxArrayString& a) : wxArrayStringBase(a) { } + wxArrayString(size_t sz, const char** a); + wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wchar_t** a); + wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wxString* a); + + int Index(const wxString& str, bool bCase = true, bool bFromEnd = false) const; + + void Sort(bool reverseOrder = false); + void Sort(CompareFunction function); + void Sort(CMPFUNCwxString function) { wxArrayStringBase::Sort(function); } + + size_t Add(const wxString& string, size_t copies = 1) + { + wxArrayStringBase::Add(string, copies); + return size() - copies; + } +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSortedArrayString : public wxSortedArrayStringBase +{ +public: + wxSortedArrayString() : wxSortedArrayStringBase(wxStringSortAscending) + { } + wxSortedArrayString(const wxSortedArrayString& array) + : wxSortedArrayStringBase(array) + { } + wxSortedArrayString(const wxArrayString& src) + : wxSortedArrayStringBase(wxStringSortAscending) + { + reserve(src.size()); + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < src.size(); n++ ) + Add(src[n]); + } + + int Index(const wxString& str, bool bCase = true, bool bFromEnd = false) const; + +private: + void Insert() + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "wxSortedArrayString::Insert() is not to be used" ); + } + + void Sort() + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "wxSortedArrayString::Sort() is not to be used" ); + } +}; + +#else // if !wxUSE_STL + +// this shouldn't be defined for compilers not supporting template methods or +// without std::distance() +// +// FIXME-VC6: currently it's only not defined for VC6 in DLL build as it +// doesn't export template methods from DLL correctly so even though +// it compiles them fine, we get link errors when using wxArrayString +#if !defined(__VISUALC6__) || !(defined(WXMAKINGDLL) || defined(WXUSINGDLL)) + #define wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN +#endif + +#ifdef wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN + #include "wx/beforestd.h" + #include + #include "wx/afterstd.h" +#endif // wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArrayString +{ +public: + // type of function used by wxArrayString::Sort() + typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CompareFunction)(const wxString& first, + const wxString& second); + // type of function used by wxArrayString::Sort(), for compatibility with + // wxArray + typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CompareFunction2)(wxString* first, + wxString* second); + + // constructors and destructor + // default ctor + wxArrayString() { Init(false); } + // if autoSort is true, the array is always sorted (in alphabetical order) + // + // NB: the reason for using int and not bool is that like this we can avoid + // using this ctor for implicit conversions from "const char *" (which + // we'd like to be implicitly converted to wxString instead!). This + // wouldn't be needed if the 'explicit' keyword was supported by all + // compilers, or if this was protected ctor for wxSortedArrayString, + // but we're stuck with it now. + wxEXPLICIT wxArrayString(int autoSort) { Init(autoSort != 0); } + // C string array ctor + wxArrayString(size_t sz, const char** a); + wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wchar_t** a); + // wxString string array ctor + wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wxString* a); + // copy ctor + wxArrayString(const wxArrayString& array); + // assignment operator + wxArrayString& operator=(const wxArrayString& src); + // not virtual, this class should not be derived from + ~wxArrayString(); + + // memory management + // empties the list, but doesn't release memory + void Empty(); + // empties the list and releases memory + void Clear(); + // preallocates memory for given number of items + void Alloc(size_t nCount); + // minimzes the memory usage (by freeing all extra memory) + void Shrink(); + + // simple accessors + // number of elements in the array + size_t GetCount() const { return m_nCount; } + // is it empty? + bool IsEmpty() const { return m_nCount == 0; } + // number of elements in the array (GetCount is preferred API) + size_t Count() const { return m_nCount; } + + // items access (range checking is done in debug version) + // get item at position uiIndex + wxString& Item(size_t nIndex) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( nIndex < m_nCount, + wxT("wxArrayString: index out of bounds") ); + + return m_pItems[nIndex]; + } + const wxString& Item(size_t nIndex) const { return const_cast(this)->Item(nIndex); } + + // same as Item() + wxString& operator[](size_t nIndex) { return Item(nIndex); } + const wxString& operator[](size_t nIndex) const { return Item(nIndex); } + // get last item + wxString& Last() + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !IsEmpty(), + wxT("wxArrayString: index out of bounds") ); + return Item(GetCount() - 1); + } + const wxString& Last() const { return const_cast(this)->Last(); } + + + // item management + // Search the element in the array, starting from the beginning if + // bFromEnd is false or from end otherwise. If bCase, comparison is case + // sensitive (default). Returns index of the first item matched or + // wxNOT_FOUND + int Index (const wxString& str, bool bCase = true, bool bFromEnd = false) const; + // add new element at the end (if the array is not sorted), return its + // index + size_t Add(const wxString& str, size_t nInsert = 1); + // add new element at given position + void Insert(const wxString& str, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1); + // expand the array to have count elements + void SetCount(size_t count); + // remove first item matching this value + void Remove(const wxString& sz); + // remove item by index + void RemoveAt(size_t nIndex, size_t nRemove = 1); + + // sorting + // sort array elements in alphabetical order (or reversed alphabetical + // order if reverseOrder parameter is true) + void Sort(bool reverseOrder = false); + // sort array elements using specified comparison function + void Sort(CompareFunction compareFunction); + void Sort(CompareFunction2 compareFunction); + + // comparison + // compare two arrays case sensitively + bool operator==(const wxArrayString& a) const; + // compare two arrays case sensitively + bool operator!=(const wxArrayString& a) const { return !(*this == a); } + + // STL-like interface + typedef wxString value_type; + typedef value_type* pointer; + typedef const value_type* const_pointer; + typedef value_type* iterator; + typedef const value_type* const_iterator; + typedef value_type& reference; + typedef const value_type& const_reference; + typedef int difference_type; + typedef size_t size_type; + + // TODO: this code duplicates the one in dynarray.h + class reverse_iterator + { + typedef wxString value_type; + typedef value_type* pointer; + typedef value_type& reference; + typedef reverse_iterator itor; + friend itor operator+(int o, const itor& it); + friend itor operator+(const itor& it, int o); + friend itor operator-(const itor& it, int o); + friend difference_type operator -(const itor& i1, const itor& i2); + public: + pointer m_ptr; + reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { } + wxEXPLICIT reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { } + reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { } + reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; } + pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; } + itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; } + const itor operator++(int) + { reverse_iterator tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; } + itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; } + const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; } + bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; } + bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; } + }; + + class const_reverse_iterator + { + typedef wxString value_type; + typedef const value_type* pointer; + typedef const value_type& reference; + typedef const_reverse_iterator itor; + friend itor operator+(int o, const itor& it); + friend itor operator+(const itor& it, int o); + friend itor operator-(const itor& it, int o); + friend difference_type operator -(const itor& i1, const itor& i2); + public: + pointer m_ptr; + const_reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { } + wxEXPLICIT const_reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { } + const_reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { } + const_reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { } + reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; } + pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; } + itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; } + const itor operator++(int) + { itor tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; } + itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; } + const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; } + bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; } + bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; } + }; + + wxArrayString(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) + { Init(false); assign(first, last); } + wxArrayString(size_type n, const_reference v) { Init(false); assign(n, v); } + +#ifdef wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN + template + void assign(Iterator first, Iterator last) + { + clear(); + reserve(std::distance(first, last)); + for(; first != last; ++first) + push_back(*first); + } +#else // !wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN + void assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) + { + clear(); + reserve(last - first); + for(; first != last; ++first) + push_back(*first); + } +#endif // wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN/!wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN + + void assign(size_type n, const_reference v) + { clear(); Add(v, n); } + reference back() { return *(end() - 1); } + const_reference back() const { return *(end() - 1); } + iterator begin() { return m_pItems; } + const_iterator begin() const { return m_pItems; } + size_type capacity() const { return m_nSize; } + void clear() { Clear(); } + bool empty() const { return IsEmpty(); } + iterator end() { return begin() + GetCount(); } + const_iterator end() const { return begin() + GetCount(); } + iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last) + { + size_t idx = first - begin(); + RemoveAt(idx, last - first); + return begin() + idx; + } + iterator erase(iterator it) { return erase(it, it + 1); } + reference front() { return *begin(); } + const_reference front() const { return *begin(); } + void insert(iterator it, size_type n, const_reference v) + { Insert(v, it - begin(), n); } + iterator insert(iterator it, const_reference v = value_type()) + { size_t idx = it - begin(); Insert(v, idx); return begin() + idx; } + void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last); + size_type max_size() const { return INT_MAX; } + void pop_back() { RemoveAt(GetCount() - 1); } + void push_back(const_reference v) { Add(v); } + reverse_iterator rbegin() { return reverse_iterator(end() - 1); } + const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const + { return const_reverse_iterator(end() - 1); } + reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(begin() - 1); } + const_reverse_iterator rend() const + { return const_reverse_iterator(begin() - 1); } + void reserve(size_type n) /* base::reserve*/; + void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type()); + size_type size() const { return GetCount(); } + void swap(wxArrayString& other) + { + wxSwap(m_nSize, other.m_nSize); + wxSwap(m_nCount, other.m_nCount); + wxSwap(m_pItems, other.m_pItems); + wxSwap(m_autoSort, other.m_autoSort); + } + +protected: + void Init(bool autoSort); // common part of all ctors + void Copy(const wxArrayString& src); // copies the contents of another array + +private: + void Grow(size_t nIncrement = 0); // makes array bigger if needed + + size_t m_nSize, // current size of the array + m_nCount; // current number of elements + + wxString *m_pItems; // pointer to data + + bool m_autoSort; // if true, keep the array always sorted +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSortedArrayString : public wxArrayString +{ +public: + wxSortedArrayString() : wxArrayString(true) + { } + wxSortedArrayString(const wxArrayString& array) : wxArrayString(true) + { Copy(array); } +}; + +#endif // !wxUSE_STL + +// this class provides a temporary wxString* from a +// wxArrayString +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCArrayString +{ +public: + wxCArrayString( const wxArrayString& array ) + : m_array( array ), m_strings( NULL ) + { } + ~wxCArrayString() { delete[] m_strings; } + + size_t GetCount() const { return m_array.GetCount(); } + wxString* GetStrings() + { + if( m_strings ) return m_strings; + size_t count = m_array.GetCount(); + m_strings = new wxString[count]; + for( size_t i = 0; i < count; ++i ) + m_strings[i] = m_array[i]; + return m_strings; + } + + wxString* Release() + { + wxString *r = GetStrings(); + m_strings = NULL; + return r; + } + +private: + const wxArrayString& m_array; + wxString* m_strings; +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper functions for working with arrays +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// by default, these functions use the escape character to escape the +// separators occuring inside the string to be joined, this can be disabled by +// passing '\0' as escape + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxJoin(const wxArrayString& arr, + const wxChar sep, + const wxChar escape = wxT('\\')); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArrayString wxSplit(const wxString& str, + const wxChar sep, + const wxChar escape = wxT('\\')); + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// This helper class allows to pass both C array of wxStrings or wxArrayString +// using the same interface. +// +// Use it when you have two methods taking wxArrayString or (int, wxString[]), +// that do the same thing. This class lets you iterate over input data in the +// same way whether it is a raw array of strings or wxArrayString. +// +// The object does not take ownership of the data -- internally it keeps +// pointers to the data, therefore the data must be disposed of by user +// and only after this object is destroyed. Usually it is not a problem as +// only temporary objects of this class are used. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxArrayStringsAdapter +{ +public: + // construct an adapter from a wxArrayString + wxArrayStringsAdapter(const wxArrayString& strings) + : m_type(wxSTRING_ARRAY), m_size(strings.size()) + { + m_data.array = &strings; + } + + // construct an adapter from a wxString[] + wxArrayStringsAdapter(unsigned int n, const wxString *strings) + : m_type(wxSTRING_POINTER), m_size(n) + { + m_data.ptr = strings; + } + + // construct an adapter from a single wxString + wxArrayStringsAdapter(const wxString& s) + : m_type(wxSTRING_POINTER), m_size(1) + { + m_data.ptr = &s; + } + + // default copy constructor is ok + + // iteration interface + size_t GetCount() const { return m_size; } + bool IsEmpty() const { return GetCount() == 0; } + const wxString& operator[] (unsigned int i) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( i < GetCount(), wxT("index out of bounds") ); + if(m_type == wxSTRING_POINTER) + return m_data.ptr[i]; + return m_data.array->Item(i); + } + wxArrayString AsArrayString() const + { + if(m_type == wxSTRING_ARRAY) + return *m_data.array; + return wxArrayString(GetCount(), m_data.ptr); + } + +private: + // type of the data being held + enum wxStringContainerType + { + wxSTRING_ARRAY, // wxArrayString + wxSTRING_POINTER // wxString[] + }; + + wxStringContainerType m_type; + size_t m_size; + union + { + const wxString * ptr; + const wxArrayString * array; + } m_data; + + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxArrayStringsAdapter); +}; + +#endif // _WX_ARRSTR_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/artprov.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/artprov.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af3402965e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/artprov.h @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/artprov.h +// Purpose: wxArtProvider class +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 18/03/2002 +// RCS-ID: $Id: artprov.h 66966 2011-02-19 12:32:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ARTPROV_H_ +#define _WX_ARTPROV_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" +#include "wx/iconbndl.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxArtProvidersList; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxArtProviderCache; +class wxArtProviderModule; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef wxString wxArtClient; +typedef wxString wxArtID; + +#define wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID_FROM_STR(id) ((id) + "_C") +#define wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(id) (#id "_C") +#define wxART_MAKE_ART_ID_FROM_STR(id) (id) +#define wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(id) (#id) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Art clients +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxART_TOOLBAR wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_TOOLBAR) +#define wxART_MENU wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_MENU) +#define wxART_FRAME_ICON wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_FRAME_ICON) + +#define wxART_CMN_DIALOG wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_CMN_DIALOG) +#define wxART_HELP_BROWSER wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_HELP_BROWSER) +#define wxART_MESSAGE_BOX wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_MESSAGE_BOX) +#define wxART_BUTTON wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_BUTTON) +#define wxART_LIST wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_LIST) + +#define wxART_OTHER wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_OTHER) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Art IDs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxART_ADD_BOOKMARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_ADD_BOOKMARK) +#define wxART_DEL_BOOKMARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_DEL_BOOKMARK) +#define wxART_HELP_SIDE_PANEL wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_SIDE_PANEL) +#define wxART_HELP_SETTINGS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_SETTINGS) +#define wxART_HELP_BOOK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_BOOK) +#define wxART_HELP_FOLDER wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_FOLDER) +#define wxART_HELP_PAGE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_PAGE) +#define wxART_GO_BACK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_BACK) +#define wxART_GO_FORWARD wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_FORWARD) +#define wxART_GO_UP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_UP) +#define wxART_GO_DOWN wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_DOWN) +#define wxART_GO_TO_PARENT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_TO_PARENT) +#define wxART_GO_HOME wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_HOME) +#define wxART_GOTO_FIRST wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GOTO_FIRST) +#define wxART_GOTO_LAST wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GOTO_LAST) +#define wxART_FILE_OPEN wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FILE_OPEN) +#define wxART_FILE_SAVE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FILE_SAVE) +#define wxART_FILE_SAVE_AS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FILE_SAVE_AS) +#define wxART_PRINT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_PRINT) +#define wxART_HELP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP) +#define wxART_TIP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_TIP) +#define wxART_REPORT_VIEW wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_REPORT_VIEW) +#define wxART_LIST_VIEW wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_LIST_VIEW) +#define wxART_NEW_DIR wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NEW_DIR) +#define wxART_HARDDISK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HARDDISK) +#define wxART_FLOPPY wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FLOPPY) +#define wxART_CDROM wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CDROM) +#define wxART_REMOVABLE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_REMOVABLE) +#define wxART_FOLDER wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FOLDER) +#define wxART_FOLDER_OPEN wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FOLDER_OPEN) +#define wxART_GO_DIR_UP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_DIR_UP) +#define wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE) +#define wxART_NORMAL_FILE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NORMAL_FILE) +#define wxART_TICK_MARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_TICK_MARK) +#define wxART_CROSS_MARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CROSS_MARK) +#define wxART_ERROR wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_ERROR) +#define wxART_QUESTION wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_QUESTION) +#define wxART_WARNING wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_WARNING) +#define wxART_INFORMATION wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_INFORMATION) +#define wxART_MISSING_IMAGE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_MISSING_IMAGE) + +#define wxART_COPY wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_COPY) +#define wxART_CUT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CUT) +#define wxART_PASTE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_PASTE) +#define wxART_DELETE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_DELETE) +#define wxART_NEW wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NEW) + +#define wxART_UNDO wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_UNDO) +#define wxART_REDO wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_REDO) + +#define wxART_PLUS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_PLUS) +#define wxART_MINUS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_MINUS) + +#define wxART_CLOSE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CLOSE) +#define wxART_QUIT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_QUIT) + +#define wxART_FIND wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FIND) +#define wxART_FIND_AND_REPLACE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FIND_AND_REPLACE) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArtProvider class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxArtProvider : public wxObject +{ +public: + // Dtor removes the provider from providers stack if it's still on it + virtual ~wxArtProvider(); + + // Does this platform implement native icons theme? + static bool HasNativeProvider(); + + // Add new provider to the top of providers stack (i.e. the provider will + // be queried first of all). + static void Push(wxArtProvider *provider); + + // Add new provider to the bottom of providers stack (i.e. the provider + // will be queried as the last one). + static void PushBack(wxArtProvider *provider); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // use PushBack(), it's the same thing + static wxDEPRECATED( void Insert(wxArtProvider *provider) ); +#endif + + // Remove latest added provider and delete it. + static bool Pop(); + + // Remove provider from providers stack but don't delete it. + static bool Remove(wxArtProvider *provider); + + // Delete the given provider and remove it from the providers stack. + static bool Delete(wxArtProvider *provider); + + + // Query the providers for bitmap with given ID and return it. Return + // wxNullBitmap if no provider provides it. + static wxBitmap GetBitmap(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client = wxART_OTHER, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize); + + // Query the providers for icon with given ID and return it. Return + // wxNullIcon if no provider provides it. + static wxIcon GetIcon(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client = wxART_OTHER, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize); + + // Helper used by GetMessageBoxIcon(): return the art id corresponding to + // the standard wxICON_INFORMATION/WARNING/ERROR/QUESTION flags (only one + // can be set) + static wxArtID GetMessageBoxIconId(int flags); + + // Helper used by several generic classes: return the icon corresponding to + // the standard wxICON_INFORMATION/WARNING/ERROR/QUESTION flags (only one + // can be set) + static wxIcon GetMessageBoxIcon(int flags) + { + return GetIcon(GetMessageBoxIconId(flags), wxART_MESSAGE_BOX); + } + + // Query the providers for iconbundle with given ID and return it. Return + // wxNullIconBundle if no provider provides it. + static wxIconBundle GetIconBundle(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client = wxART_OTHER); + + // Gets native size for given 'client' or wxDefaultSize if it doesn't + // have native equivalent + static wxSize GetNativeSizeHint(const wxArtClient& client); + + // Get the size hint of an icon from a specific wxArtClient, queries + // the topmost provider if platform_dependent = false + static wxSize GetSizeHint(const wxArtClient& client, bool platform_dependent = false); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // use the corresponding methods without redundant "Provider" suffix + static wxDEPRECATED( void PushProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) ); + static wxDEPRECATED( void InsertProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) ); + static wxDEPRECATED( bool PopProvider() ); + + // use Delete() if this is what you really need, or just delete the + // provider pointer, do not use Remove() as it does not delete the pointer + // unlike RemoveProvider() which does + static wxDEPRECATED( bool RemoveProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +protected: + friend class wxArtProviderModule; +#if wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD + // Initializes default provider + static void InitStdProvider(); +#endif // wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD + // Initializes Tango-based icon provider +#if wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO + static void InitTangoProvider(); +#endif // wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO + // Initializes platform's native provider, if available (e.g. GTK2) + static void InitNativeProvider(); + // Destroy caches & all providers + static void CleanUpProviders(); + + // Get the default size of an icon for a specific client + virtual wxSize DoGetSizeHint(const wxArtClient& client) + { + return GetSizeHint(client, true); + } + + // Derived classes must override CreateBitmap or CreateIconBundle + // (or both) to create requested art resource. This method is called + // only once per instance's lifetime for each requested wxArtID. + virtual wxBitmap CreateBitmap(const wxArtID& WXUNUSED(id), + const wxArtClient& WXUNUSED(client), + const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size)) + { + return wxNullBitmap; + } + + virtual wxIconBundle CreateIconBundle(const wxArtID& WXUNUSED(id), + const wxArtClient& WXUNUSED(client)) + { + return wxNullIconBundle; + } + +private: + static void CommonAddingProvider(); + static wxIconBundle DoGetIconBundle(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client); + +private: + // list of providers: + static wxArtProvidersList *sm_providers; + // art resources cache (so that CreateXXX is not called that often): + static wxArtProviderCache *sm_cache; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArtProvider) +}; + + +#if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && \ + ((defined(__WXGTK__) && defined(__WXGTK20__)) || defined(__WXMSW__) || \ + defined(__WXMAC__)) + // *some* (partial) native implementation of wxArtProvider exists; this is + // not the same as wxArtProvider::HasNativeProvider()! + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_ART_PROVIDER_IMPL +#endif + +#endif // _WX_ARTPROV_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/atomic.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/atomic.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..38b0f8171f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/atomic.h @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/atomic.h +// Purpose: functions to manipulate atomically integers and pointers +// Author: Armel Asselin +// Created: 12/13/2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: atomic.h 53954 2008-06-02 20:42:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Armel Asselin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ATOMIC_H_ +#define _WX_ATOMIC_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// get the value of wxUSE_THREADS configuration flag +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// constraints on the various functions: +// - wxAtomicDec must return a zero value if the value is zero once +// decremented else it must return any non-zero value (the true value is OK +// but not necessary). + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + +#if defined(HAVE_GCC_ATOMIC_BUILTINS) + +// NB: we intentionally don't use Linux's asm/atomic.h header, because it's +// an internal kernel header that doesn't always work in userspace: +// http://bugs.mysql.com/bug.php?id=28456 +// http://golubenco.org/blog/atomic-operations/ + +inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value) +{ + __sync_fetch_and_add(&value, 1); +} + +inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value) +{ + return __sync_sub_and_fetch(&value, 1); +} + + +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + +// include standard Windows headers +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + +inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value) +{ + InterlockedIncrement ((LONG*)&value); +} + +inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value) +{ + return InterlockedDecrement ((LONG*)&value); +} + +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__DARWIN__) + +#include "libkern/OSAtomic.h" +inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value) +{ + OSAtomicIncrement32 ((int32_t*)&value); +} + +inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value) +{ + return OSAtomicDecrement32 ((int32_t*)&value); +} + +#elif defined (__SOLARIS__) + +#include + +inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value) +{ + atomic_add_32 ((uint32_t*)&value, 1); +} + +inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value) +{ + return atomic_add_32_nv ((uint32_t*)&value, (uint32_t)-1); +} + +#else // unknown platform + +// it will result in inclusion if the generic implementation code a bit later in this page +#define wxNEEDS_GENERIC_ATOMIC_OPS + +#endif // unknown platform + +#else // else of wxUSE_THREADS +// if no threads are used we can safely use simple ++/-- + +inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value) { ++value; } +inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value) { return --value; } + +#endif // !wxUSE_THREADS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// proxies to actual implementations, but for various other types with same +// behaviour +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef wxNEEDS_GENERIC_ATOMIC_OPS + +#include "wx/thread.h" // for wxCriticalSection + +class wxAtomicInt32 +{ +public: + wxAtomicInt32() { } // non initialized for consistency with basic int type + wxAtomicInt32(wxInt32 v) : m_value(v) { } + wxAtomicInt32(const wxAtomicInt32& a) : m_value(a.m_value) {} + + operator wxInt32() const { return m_value; } + operator volatile wxInt32&() { return m_value; } + + wxAtomicInt32& operator=(wxInt32 v) { m_value = v; return *this; } + + void Inc() + { + wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_locker); + ++m_value; + } + + wxInt32 Dec() + { + wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_locker); + return --m_value; + } + +private: + volatile wxInt32 m_value; + wxCriticalSection m_locker; +}; + +inline void wxAtomicInc(wxAtomicInt32 &value) { value.Inc(); } +inline wxInt32 wxAtomicDec(wxAtomicInt32 &value) { return value.Dec(); } + +#else // !wxNEEDS_GENERIC_ATOMIC_OPS + +#define wxHAS_ATOMIC_OPS + +inline void wxAtomicInc(wxInt32 &value) { wxAtomicInc((wxUint32&)value); } +inline wxInt32 wxAtomicDec(wxInt32 &value) { return wxAtomicDec((wxUint32&)value); } + +typedef wxInt32 wxAtomicInt32; + +#endif // wxNEEDS_GENERIC_ATOMIC_OPS + +// all the native implementations use 32 bits currently +// for a 64 bits implementation we could use (a future) wxAtomicInt64 as +// default type +typedef wxAtomicInt32 wxAtomicInt; + +#endif // _WX_ATOMIC_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/aui.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/aui.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..80129a35a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/aui.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/aui/aui.h +// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager +// Author: Benjamin I. Williams +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-05-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: aui.h 55231 2008-08-24 09:28:07Z BIW $ +// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved. +// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_AUI_H_ +#define _WX_AUI_H_ + +#include "wx/aui/framemanager.h" +#include "wx/aui/dockart.h" +#include "wx/aui/floatpane.h" +#include "wx/aui/auibar.h" +#include "wx/aui/auibook.h" +#include "wx/aui/tabmdi.h" + +#endif // _WX_AUI_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/auibar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/auibar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d73b8caed1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/auibar.h @@ -0,0 +1,718 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/aui/toolbar.h +// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager +// Author: Benjamin I. Williams +// Modified by: +// Created: 2008-08-04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: auibar.h 66546 2011-01-03 18:43:30Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved. +// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_AUIBAR_H_ +#define _WX_AUIBAR_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_AUI + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/sizer.h" +#include "wx/pen.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxClientDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiPaneInfo; + +enum wxAuiToolBarStyle +{ + wxAUI_TB_TEXT = 1 << 0, + wxAUI_TB_NO_TOOLTIPS = 1 << 1, + wxAUI_TB_NO_AUTORESIZE = 1 << 2, + wxAUI_TB_GRIPPER = 1 << 3, + wxAUI_TB_OVERFLOW = 1 << 4, + // using this style forces the toolbar to be vertical and + // be only dockable to the left or right sides of the window + // whereas by default it can be horizontal or vertical and + // be docked anywhere + wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL = 1 << 5, + wxAUI_TB_HORZ_LAYOUT = 1 << 6, + // analogous to wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL, but forces the toolbar + // to be horizontal + wxAUI_TB_HORIZONTAL = 1 << 7, + wxAUI_TB_HORZ_TEXT = (wxAUI_TB_HORZ_LAYOUT | wxAUI_TB_TEXT), + wxAUI_ORIENTATION_MASK = (wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL | wxAUI_TB_HORIZONTAL), + wxAUI_TB_DEFAULT_STYLE = 0 +}; + +enum wxAuiToolBarArtSetting +{ + wxAUI_TBART_SEPARATOR_SIZE = 0, + wxAUI_TBART_GRIPPER_SIZE = 1, + wxAUI_TBART_OVERFLOW_SIZE = 2 +}; + +enum wxAuiToolBarToolTextOrientation +{ + wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_LEFT = 0, // unused/unimplemented + wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_RIGHT = 1, + wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_TOP = 2, // unused/unimplemented + wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_BOTTOM = 3 +}; + + +// aui toolbar event class + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiToolBarEvent : public wxNotifyEvent +{ +public: + wxAuiToolBarEvent(wxEventType command_type = wxEVT_NULL, + int win_id = 0) + : wxNotifyEvent(command_type, win_id) + { + is_dropdown_clicked = false; + click_pt = wxPoint(-1, -1); + rect = wxRect(-1,-1, 0, 0); + tool_id = -1; + } +#ifndef SWIG + wxAuiToolBarEvent(const wxAuiToolBarEvent& c) : wxNotifyEvent(c) + { + is_dropdown_clicked = c.is_dropdown_clicked; + click_pt = c.click_pt; + rect = c.rect; + tool_id = c.tool_id; + } +#endif + wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxAuiToolBarEvent(*this); } + + bool IsDropDownClicked() const { return is_dropdown_clicked; } + void SetDropDownClicked(bool c) { is_dropdown_clicked = c; } + + wxPoint GetClickPoint() const { return click_pt; } + void SetClickPoint(const wxPoint& p) { click_pt = p; } + + wxRect GetItemRect() const { return rect; } + void SetItemRect(const wxRect& r) { rect = r; } + + int GetToolId() const { return tool_id; } + void SetToolId(int toolid) { tool_id = toolid; } + +private: + + bool is_dropdown_clicked; + wxPoint click_pt; + wxRect rect; + int tool_id; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxAuiToolBarEvent) +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiToolBarItem +{ + friend class wxAuiToolBar; + +public: + + wxAuiToolBarItem() + { + window = NULL; + sizer_item = NULL; + spacer_pixels = 0; + toolid = 0; + kind = wxITEM_NORMAL; + state = 0; // normal, enabled + proportion = 0; + active = true; + dropdown = true; + sticky = true; + user_data = 0; + alignment = wxALIGN_CENTER; + } + + wxAuiToolBarItem(const wxAuiToolBarItem& c) + { + Assign(c); + } + + wxAuiToolBarItem& operator=(const wxAuiToolBarItem& c) + { + Assign(c); + return *this; + } + + void Assign(const wxAuiToolBarItem& c) + { + window = c.window; + label = c.label; + bitmap = c.bitmap; + disabled_bitmap = c.disabled_bitmap; + hover_bitmap = c.hover_bitmap; + short_help = c.short_help; + long_help = c.long_help; + sizer_item = c.sizer_item; + min_size = c.min_size; + spacer_pixels = c.spacer_pixels; + toolid = c.toolid; + kind = c.kind; + state = c.state; + proportion = c.proportion; + active = c.active; + dropdown = c.dropdown; + sticky = c.sticky; + user_data = c.user_data; + alignment = c.alignment; + } + + + void SetWindow(wxWindow* w) { window = w; } + wxWindow* GetWindow() { return window; } + + void SetId(int new_id) { toolid = new_id; } + int GetId() const { return toolid; } + + void SetKind(int new_kind) { kind = new_kind; } + int GetKind() const { return kind; } + + void SetState(int new_state) { state = new_state; } + int GetState() const { return state; } + + void SetSizerItem(wxSizerItem* s) { sizer_item = s; } + wxSizerItem* GetSizerItem() const { return sizer_item; } + + void SetLabel(const wxString& s) { label = s; } + const wxString& GetLabel() const { return label; } + + void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { bitmap = bmp; } + const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return bitmap; } + + void SetDisabledBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { disabled_bitmap = bmp; } + const wxBitmap& GetDisabledBitmap() const { return disabled_bitmap; } + + void SetHoverBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { hover_bitmap = bmp; } + const wxBitmap& GetHoverBitmap() const { return hover_bitmap; } + + void SetShortHelp(const wxString& s) { short_help = s; } + const wxString& GetShortHelp() const { return short_help; } + + void SetLongHelp(const wxString& s) { long_help = s; } + const wxString& GetLongHelp() const { return long_help; } + + void SetMinSize(const wxSize& s) { min_size = s; } + const wxSize& GetMinSize() const { return min_size; } + + void SetSpacerPixels(int s) { spacer_pixels = s; } + int GetSpacerPixels() const { return spacer_pixels; } + + void SetProportion(int p) { proportion = p; } + int GetProportion() const { return proportion; } + + void SetActive(bool b) { active = b; } + bool IsActive() const { return active; } + + void SetHasDropDown(bool b) { dropdown = b; } + bool HasDropDown() const { return dropdown; } + + void SetSticky(bool b) { sticky = b; } + bool IsSticky() const { return sticky; } + + void SetUserData(long l) { user_data = l; } + long GetUserData() const { return user_data; } + + void SetAlignment(int l) { alignment = l; } + int GetAlignment() const { return alignment; } + +private: + + wxWindow* window; // item's associated window + wxString label; // label displayed on the item + wxBitmap bitmap; // item's bitmap + wxBitmap disabled_bitmap; // item's disabled bitmap + wxBitmap hover_bitmap; // item's hover bitmap + wxString short_help; // short help (for tooltip) + wxString long_help; // long help (for status bar) + wxSizerItem* sizer_item; // sizer item + wxSize min_size; // item's minimum size + int spacer_pixels; // size of a spacer + int toolid; // item's id + int kind; // item's kind + int state; // state + int proportion; // proportion + bool active; // true if the item is currently active + bool dropdown; // true if the item has a dropdown button + bool sticky; // overrides button states if true (always active) + long user_data; // user-specified data + int alignment; // sizer alignment flag, defaults to wxCENTER, may be wxEXPAND or any other +}; + +#ifndef SWIG +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiToolBarItem, wxAuiToolBarItemArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); +#endif + + + + +// tab art class + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiToolBarArt +{ +public: + + wxAuiToolBarArt() { } + virtual ~wxAuiToolBarArt() { } + + virtual wxAuiToolBarArt* Clone() = 0; + virtual void SetFlags(unsigned int flags) = 0; + virtual unsigned int GetFlags() = 0; + virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font) = 0; + virtual wxFont GetFont() = 0; + virtual void SetTextOrientation(int orientation) = 0; + virtual int GetTextOrientation() = 0; + + virtual void DrawBackground( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& rect) = 0; + + virtual void DrawLabel( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, + const wxRect& rect) = 0; + + virtual void DrawButton( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, + const wxRect& rect) = 0; + + virtual void DrawDropDownButton( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, + const wxRect& rect) = 0; + + virtual void DrawControlLabel( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, + const wxRect& rect) = 0; + + virtual void DrawSeparator( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& rect) = 0; + + virtual void DrawGripper( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& rect) = 0; + + virtual void DrawOverflowButton( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& rect, + int state) = 0; + + virtual wxSize GetLabelSize( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item) = 0; + + virtual wxSize GetToolSize( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item) = 0; + + virtual int GetElementSize(int element_id) = 0; + virtual void SetElementSize(int element_id, int size) = 0; + + virtual int ShowDropDown( + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& items) = 0; +}; + + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt : public wxAuiToolBarArt +{ + +public: + + wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt(); + virtual ~wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt(); + + virtual wxAuiToolBarArt* Clone(); + virtual void SetFlags(unsigned int flags); + virtual unsigned int GetFlags(); + virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font); + virtual wxFont GetFont(); + virtual void SetTextOrientation(int orientation); + virtual int GetTextOrientation(); + + virtual void DrawBackground( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& rect); + + virtual void DrawLabel( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, + const wxRect& rect); + + virtual void DrawButton( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, + const wxRect& rect); + + virtual void DrawDropDownButton( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, + const wxRect& rect); + + virtual void DrawControlLabel( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, + const wxRect& rect); + + virtual void DrawSeparator( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& rect); + + virtual void DrawGripper( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& rect); + + virtual void DrawOverflowButton( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& rect, + int state); + + virtual wxSize GetLabelSize( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item); + + virtual wxSize GetToolSize( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item); + + virtual int GetElementSize(int element); + virtual void SetElementSize(int element_id, int size); + + virtual int ShowDropDown(wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& items); + +protected: + + wxBitmap m_button_dropdown_bmp; + wxBitmap m_disabled_button_dropdown_bmp; + wxBitmap m_overflow_bmp; + wxBitmap m_disabled_overflow_bmp; + wxColour m_base_colour; + wxColour m_highlight_colour; + wxFont m_font; + unsigned int m_flags; + int m_text_orientation; + + wxPen m_gripper_pen1; + wxPen m_gripper_pen2; + wxPen m_gripper_pen3; + + int m_separator_size; + int m_gripper_size; + int m_overflow_size; +}; + + + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiToolBar : public wxControl +{ +public: + + wxAuiToolBar(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id = -1, + const wxPoint& position = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxAUI_TB_DEFAULT_STYLE); + virtual ~wxAuiToolBar(); + + void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style); + long GetWindowStyleFlag() const; + + void SetArtProvider(wxAuiToolBarArt* art); + wxAuiToolBarArt* GetArtProvider() const; + + bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); + + + wxAuiToolBarItem* AddTool(int tool_id, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxString& short_help_string = wxEmptyString, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL); + + wxAuiToolBarItem* AddTool(int tool_id, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxBitmap& disabled_bitmap, + wxItemKind kind, + const wxString& short_help_string, + const wxString& long_help_string, + wxObject* client_data); + + wxAuiToolBarItem* AddTool(int tool_id, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxBitmap& disabled_bitmap, + bool toggle = false, + wxObject* client_data = NULL, + const wxString& short_help_string = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& long_help_string = wxEmptyString) + { + return AddTool(tool_id, + wxEmptyString, + bitmap, + disabled_bitmap, + toggle ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL, + short_help_string, + long_help_string, + client_data); + } + + wxAuiToolBarItem* AddLabel(int tool_id, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, + const int width = -1); + wxAuiToolBarItem* AddControl(wxControl* control, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString); + wxAuiToolBarItem* AddSeparator(); + wxAuiToolBarItem* AddSpacer(int pixels); + wxAuiToolBarItem* AddStretchSpacer(int proportion = 1); + + bool Realize(); + + wxControl* FindControl(int window_id); + wxAuiToolBarItem* FindToolByPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + wxAuiToolBarItem* FindToolByIndex(int idx) const; + wxAuiToolBarItem* FindTool(int tool_id) const; + + void ClearTools() { Clear() ; } + void Clear(); + bool DeleteTool(int tool_id); + bool DeleteByIndex(int tool_id); + + size_t GetToolCount() const; + int GetToolPos(int tool_id) const { return GetToolIndex(tool_id); } + int GetToolIndex(int tool_id) const; + bool GetToolFits(int tool_id) const; + wxRect GetToolRect(int tool_id) const; + bool GetToolFitsByIndex(int tool_id) const; + bool GetToolBarFits() const; + + void SetMargins(const wxSize& size) { SetMargins(size.x, size.x, size.y, size.y); } + void SetMargins(int x, int y) { SetMargins(x, x, y, y); } + void SetMargins(int left, int right, int top, int bottom); + + void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size); + wxSize GetToolBitmapSize() const; + + bool GetOverflowVisible() const; + void SetOverflowVisible(bool visible); + + bool GetGripperVisible() const; + void SetGripperVisible(bool visible); + + void ToggleTool(int tool_id, bool state); + bool GetToolToggled(int tool_id) const; + + void EnableTool(int tool_id, bool state); + bool GetToolEnabled(int tool_id) const; + + void SetToolDropDown(int tool_id, bool dropdown); + bool GetToolDropDown(int tool_id) const; + + void SetToolBorderPadding(int padding); + int GetToolBorderPadding() const; + + void SetToolTextOrientation(int orientation); + int GetToolTextOrientation() const; + + void SetToolPacking(int packing); + int GetToolPacking() const; + + void SetToolProportion(int tool_id, int proportion); + int GetToolProportion(int tool_id) const; + + void SetToolSeparation(int separation); + int GetToolSeparation() const; + + void SetToolSticky(int tool_id, bool sticky); + bool GetToolSticky(int tool_id) const; + + wxString GetToolLabel(int tool_id) const; + void SetToolLabel(int tool_id, const wxString& label); + + wxBitmap GetToolBitmap(int tool_id) const; + void SetToolBitmap(int tool_id, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + wxString GetToolShortHelp(int tool_id) const; + void SetToolShortHelp(int tool_id, const wxString& help_string); + + wxString GetToolLongHelp(int tool_id) const; + void SetToolLongHelp(int tool_id, const wxString& help_string); + + void SetCustomOverflowItems(const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& prepend, + const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& append); + + // get size of hint rectangle for a particular dock location + wxSize GetHintSize(int dock_direction) const; + bool IsPaneValid(const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) const; + +protected: + + virtual void OnCustomRender(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), + const wxAuiToolBarItem& WXUNUSED(item), + const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect)) { } + +protected: + + void DoIdleUpdate(); + void SetOrientation(int orientation); + void SetHoverItem(wxAuiToolBarItem* item); + void SetPressedItem(wxAuiToolBarItem* item); + void RefreshOverflowState(); + + int GetOverflowState() const; + wxRect GetOverflowRect() const; + wxSize GetLabelSize(const wxString& label); + wxAuiToolBarItem* FindToolByPositionWithPacking(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + + void DoSetSize(int x, + int y, + int width, + int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + +protected: // handlers + + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt); + void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& evt); + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt); + void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt); + void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnRightUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnMiddleDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnMiddleUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& evt); + void OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& evt); + +protected: + + wxAuiToolBarItemArray m_items; // array of toolbar items + wxAuiToolBarArt* m_art; // art provider + wxBoxSizer* m_sizer; // main sizer for toolbar + wxAuiToolBarItem* m_action_item; // item that's being acted upon (pressed) + wxAuiToolBarItem* m_tip_item; // item that has its tooltip shown + wxBitmap m_bitmap; // double-buffer bitmap + wxSizerItem* m_gripper_sizer_item; + wxSizerItem* m_overflow_sizer_item; + wxSize m_absolute_min_size; + wxPoint m_action_pos; // position of left-mouse down + wxAuiToolBarItemArray m_custom_overflow_prepend; + wxAuiToolBarItemArray m_custom_overflow_append; + + int m_button_width; + int m_button_height; + int m_sizer_element_count; + int m_left_padding; + int m_right_padding; + int m_top_padding; + int m_bottom_padding; + int m_tool_packing; + int m_tool_border_padding; + int m_tool_text_orientation; + int m_overflow_state; + bool m_dragging; + bool m_gripper_visible; + bool m_overflow_visible; + long m_style; + + bool RealizeHelper(wxClientDC& dc, bool horizontal); + static bool IsPaneValid(long style, const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); + bool IsPaneValid(long style) const; + void SetArtFlags() const; + wxOrientation m_orientation; + wxSize m_horzHintSize; + wxSize m_vertHintSize; + +private: + // Common part of OnLeaveWindow() and OnCaptureLost(). + void DoResetMouseState(); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiToolBar) +}; + + + + +// wx event machinery + +#ifndef SWIG + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN, wxAuiToolBarEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK, wxAuiToolBarEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK, wxAuiToolBarEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK, wxAuiToolBarEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG, wxAuiToolBarEvent ); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxAuiToolBarEventFunction)(wxAuiToolBarEvent&); + +#define wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxAuiToolBarEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn)) + +#else + +// wxpython/swig event work +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG; + +%pythoncode { + EVT_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN, 1 ) + EVT_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK, 1 ) + EVT_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK, 1 ) + EVT_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK, 1 ) + EVT_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG, 1 ) +} +#endif // SWIG + +#endif // wxUSE_AUI +#endif // _WX_AUIBAR_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/auibook.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/auibook.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5fa37345d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/auibook.h @@ -0,0 +1,761 @@ +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/aui/auibook.h +// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - notebook +// Author: Benjamin I. Williams +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-06-28 +// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2006, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved. +// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + + +#ifndef _WX_AUINOTEBOOK_H_ +#define _WX_AUINOTEBOOK_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_AUI + +#include "wx/aui/framemanager.h" +#include "wx/aui/dockart.h" +#include "wx/aui/floatpane.h" +#include "wx/control.h" + + +class wxAuiNotebook; + + +enum wxAuiNotebookOption +{ + wxAUI_NB_TOP = 1 << 0, + wxAUI_NB_LEFT = 1 << 1, // not implemented yet + wxAUI_NB_RIGHT = 1 << 2, // not implemented yet + wxAUI_NB_BOTTOM = 1 << 3, + wxAUI_NB_TAB_SPLIT = 1 << 4, + wxAUI_NB_TAB_MOVE = 1 << 5, + wxAUI_NB_TAB_EXTERNAL_MOVE = 1 << 6, + wxAUI_NB_TAB_FIXED_WIDTH = 1 << 7, + wxAUI_NB_SCROLL_BUTTONS = 1 << 8, + wxAUI_NB_WINDOWLIST_BUTTON = 1 << 9, + wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_BUTTON = 1 << 10, + wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_ON_ACTIVE_TAB = 1 << 11, + wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_ON_ALL_TABS = 1 << 12, + wxAUI_NB_MIDDLE_CLICK_CLOSE = 1 << 13, + + wxAUI_NB_DEFAULT_STYLE = wxAUI_NB_TOP | + wxAUI_NB_TAB_SPLIT | + wxAUI_NB_TAB_MOVE | + wxAUI_NB_SCROLL_BUTTONS | + wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_ON_ACTIVE_TAB | + wxAUI_NB_MIDDLE_CLICK_CLOSE +}; + + + + +// aui notebook event class + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiNotebookEvent : public wxNotifyEvent +{ +public: + wxAuiNotebookEvent(wxEventType command_type = wxEVT_NULL, + int win_id = 0) + : wxNotifyEvent(command_type, win_id) + { + old_selection = -1; + selection = -1; + drag_source = NULL; + } +#ifndef SWIG + wxAuiNotebookEvent(const wxAuiNotebookEvent& c) : wxNotifyEvent(c) + { + old_selection = c.old_selection; + selection = c.selection; + drag_source = c.drag_source; + } +#endif + wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxAuiNotebookEvent(*this); } + + void SetSelection(int s) { selection = s; m_commandInt = s; } + int GetSelection() const { return selection; } + + void SetOldSelection(int s) { old_selection = s; } + int GetOldSelection() const { return old_selection; } + + void SetDragSource(wxAuiNotebook* s) { drag_source = s; } + wxAuiNotebook* GetDragSource() const { return drag_source; } + +public: + int old_selection; + int selection; + wxAuiNotebook* drag_source; + +#ifndef SWIG +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxAuiNotebookEvent) +#endif +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiNotebookPage +{ +public: + wxWindow* window; // page's associated window + wxString caption; // caption displayed on the tab + wxBitmap bitmap; // tab's bitmap + wxRect rect; // tab's hit rectangle + bool active; // true if the page is currently active +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiTabContainerButton +{ +public: + + int id; // button's id + int cur_state; // current state (normal, hover, pressed, etc.) + int location; // buttons location (wxLEFT, wxRIGHT, or wxCENTER) + wxBitmap bitmap; // button's hover bitmap + wxBitmap dis_bitmap; // button's disabled bitmap + wxRect rect; // button's hit rectangle +}; + + +#ifndef SWIG +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiNotebookPage, wxAuiNotebookPageArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiTabContainerButton, wxAuiTabContainerButtonArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); +#endif + + +// tab art class + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiTabArt +{ +public: + + wxAuiTabArt() { } + virtual ~wxAuiTabArt() { } + + virtual wxAuiTabArt* Clone() = 0; + virtual void SetFlags(unsigned int flags) = 0; + + virtual void SetSizingInfo(const wxSize& tab_ctrl_size, + size_t tab_count) = 0; + + virtual void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font) = 0; + virtual void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font) = 0; + virtual void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font) = 0; + + virtual void DrawBackground( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& rect) = 0; + + virtual void DrawTab(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPage& pane, + const wxRect& in_rect, + int close_button_state, + wxRect* out_tab_rect, + wxRect* out_button_rect, + int* x_extent) = 0; + + virtual void DrawButton( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& in_rect, + int bitmap_id, + int button_state, + int orientation, + wxRect* out_rect) = 0; + + virtual wxSize GetTabSize( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxString& caption, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + bool active, + int close_button_state, + int* x_extent) = 0; + + virtual int ShowDropDown( + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& items, + int active_idx) = 0; + + virtual int GetIndentSize() = 0; + + virtual int GetBestTabCtrlSize( + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages, + const wxSize& required_bmp_size) = 0; +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDefaultTabArt : public wxAuiTabArt +{ + +public: + + wxAuiDefaultTabArt(); + virtual ~wxAuiDefaultTabArt(); + + wxAuiTabArt* Clone(); + void SetFlags(unsigned int flags); + void SetSizingInfo(const wxSize& tab_ctrl_size, + size_t tab_count); + + void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font); + void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font); + void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font); + + void DrawBackground( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& rect); + + void DrawTab(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPage& pane, + const wxRect& in_rect, + int close_button_state, + wxRect* out_tab_rect, + wxRect* out_button_rect, + int* x_extent); + + void DrawButton( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& in_rect, + int bitmap_id, + int button_state, + int orientation, + wxRect* out_rect); + + int GetIndentSize(); + + wxSize GetTabSize( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxString& caption, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + bool active, + int close_button_state, + int* x_extent); + + int ShowDropDown( + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& items, + int active_idx); + + int GetBestTabCtrlSize(wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages, + const wxSize& required_bmp_size); + +protected: + + wxFont m_normal_font; + wxFont m_selected_font; + wxFont m_measuring_font; + wxColour m_base_colour; + wxPen m_base_colour_pen; + wxPen m_border_pen; + wxBrush m_base_colour_brush; + wxBitmap m_active_close_bmp; + wxBitmap m_disabled_close_bmp; + wxBitmap m_active_left_bmp; + wxBitmap m_disabled_left_bmp; + wxBitmap m_active_right_bmp; + wxBitmap m_disabled_right_bmp; + wxBitmap m_active_windowlist_bmp; + wxBitmap m_disabled_windowlist_bmp; + + int m_fixed_tab_width; + int m_tab_ctrl_height; + unsigned int m_flags; +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiSimpleTabArt : public wxAuiTabArt +{ + +public: + + wxAuiSimpleTabArt(); + virtual ~wxAuiSimpleTabArt(); + + wxAuiTabArt* Clone(); + void SetFlags(unsigned int flags); + + void SetSizingInfo(const wxSize& tab_ctrl_size, + size_t tab_count); + + void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font); + void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font); + void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font); + + void DrawBackground( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& rect); + + void DrawTab(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPage& pane, + const wxRect& in_rect, + int close_button_state, + wxRect* out_tab_rect, + wxRect* out_button_rect, + int* x_extent); + + void DrawButton( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& in_rect, + int bitmap_id, + int button_state, + int orientation, + wxRect* out_rect); + + int GetIndentSize(); + + wxSize GetTabSize( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxString& caption, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + bool active, + int close_button_state, + int* x_extent); + + int ShowDropDown( + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& items, + int active_idx); + + int GetBestTabCtrlSize(wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages, + const wxSize& required_bmp_size); + +protected: + + wxFont m_normal_font; + wxFont m_selected_font; + wxFont m_measuring_font; + wxPen m_normal_bkpen; + wxPen m_selected_bkpen; + wxBrush m_normal_bkbrush; + wxBrush m_selected_bkbrush; + wxBrush m_bkbrush; + wxBitmap m_active_close_bmp; + wxBitmap m_disabled_close_bmp; + wxBitmap m_active_left_bmp; + wxBitmap m_disabled_left_bmp; + wxBitmap m_active_right_bmp; + wxBitmap m_disabled_right_bmp; + wxBitmap m_active_windowlist_bmp; + wxBitmap m_disabled_windowlist_bmp; + + int m_fixed_tab_width; + unsigned int m_flags; +}; + + + + + + + + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiTabContainer +{ +public: + + wxAuiTabContainer(); + virtual ~wxAuiTabContainer(); + + void SetArtProvider(wxAuiTabArt* art); + wxAuiTabArt* GetArtProvider() const; + + void SetFlags(unsigned int flags); + unsigned int GetFlags() const; + + bool AddPage(wxWindow* page, const wxAuiNotebookPage& info); + bool InsertPage(wxWindow* page, const wxAuiNotebookPage& info, size_t idx); + bool MovePage(wxWindow* page, size_t new_idx); + bool RemovePage(wxWindow* page); + bool SetActivePage(wxWindow* page); + bool SetActivePage(size_t page); + void SetNoneActive(); + int GetActivePage() const; + bool TabHitTest(int x, int y, wxWindow** hit) const; + bool ButtonHitTest(int x, int y, wxAuiTabContainerButton** hit) const; + wxWindow* GetWindowFromIdx(size_t idx) const; + int GetIdxFromWindow(wxWindow* page) const; + size_t GetPageCount() const; + wxAuiNotebookPage& GetPage(size_t idx); + const wxAuiNotebookPage& GetPage(size_t idx) const; + wxAuiNotebookPageArray& GetPages(); + void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& normal_font); + void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& selected_font); + void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& measuring_font); + void DoShowHide(); + void SetRect(const wxRect& rect); + + void RemoveButton(int id); + void AddButton(int id, + int location, + const wxBitmap& normal_bitmap = wxNullBitmap, + const wxBitmap& disabled_bitmap = wxNullBitmap); + + size_t GetTabOffset() const; + void SetTabOffset(size_t offset); + + // Is the tab visible? + bool IsTabVisible(int tabPage, int tabOffset, wxDC* dc, wxWindow* wnd); + + // Make the tab visible if it wasn't already + void MakeTabVisible(int tabPage, wxWindow* win); + +protected: + + virtual void Render(wxDC* dc, wxWindow* wnd); + +protected: + + wxAuiTabArt* m_art; + wxAuiNotebookPageArray m_pages; + wxAuiTabContainerButtonArray m_buttons; + wxAuiTabContainerButtonArray m_tab_close_buttons; + wxRect m_rect; + size_t m_tab_offset; + unsigned int m_flags; +}; + + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiTabCtrl : public wxControl, + public wxAuiTabContainer +{ +public: + + wxAuiTabCtrl(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0); + + ~wxAuiTabCtrl(); + + bool IsDragging() const { return m_is_dragging; } + +protected: + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt); + void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt); + void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnMiddleDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnMiddleUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnRightUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnButton(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); + void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& evt); + +protected: + + wxPoint m_click_pt; + wxWindow* m_click_tab; + bool m_is_dragging; + wxAuiTabContainerButton* m_hover_button; + wxAuiTabContainerButton* m_pressed_button; + +#ifndef SWIG + DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiTabCtrl) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +#endif +}; + + + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiNotebook : public wxControl +{ + +public: + + wxAuiNotebook(); + + wxAuiNotebook(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxAUI_NB_DEFAULT_STYLE); + + virtual ~wxAuiNotebook(); + + bool Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0); + + void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style); + void SetArtProvider(wxAuiTabArt* art); + wxAuiTabArt* GetArtProvider() const; + + virtual void SetUniformBitmapSize(const wxSize& size); + virtual void SetTabCtrlHeight(int height); + + bool AddPage(wxWindow* page, + const wxString& caption, + bool select = false, + const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap); + + bool InsertPage(size_t page_idx, + wxWindow* page, + const wxString& caption, + bool select = false, + const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap); + + bool DeletePage(size_t page); + bool RemovePage(size_t page); + + size_t GetPageCount() const; + wxWindow* GetPage(size_t page_idx) const; + int GetPageIndex(wxWindow* page_wnd) const; + + bool SetPageText(size_t page, const wxString& text); + wxString GetPageText(size_t page_idx) const; + + bool SetPageBitmap(size_t page, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + wxBitmap GetPageBitmap(size_t page_idx) const; + + size_t SetSelection(size_t new_page); + int GetSelection() const; + + virtual void Split(size_t page, int direction); + + const wxAuiManager& GetAuiManager() const { return m_mgr; } + + // Sets the normal font + void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font); + + // Sets the selected tab font + void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font); + + // Sets the measuring font + void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font); + + // Sets the tab font + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); + + // Gets the tab control height + int GetTabCtrlHeight() const; + + // Gets the height of the notebook for a given page height + int GetHeightForPageHeight(int pageHeight); + + // Advances the selection, generation page selection events + void AdvanceSelection(bool forward = true); + + // Shows the window menu + bool ShowWindowMenu(); + + // we do have multiple pages + virtual bool HasMultiplePages() const { return true; } + + // we don't want focus for ourselves + // virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + + // Redo sizing after thawing + virtual void Thaw(); + +protected: + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + // these can be overridden + + // update the height, return true if it was done or false if the new height + // calculated by CalculateTabCtrlHeight() is the same as the old one + virtual bool UpdateTabCtrlHeight(); + + virtual int CalculateTabCtrlHeight(); + virtual wxSize CalculateNewSplitSize(); + +protected: + + void DoSizing(); + void InitNotebook(long style); + wxAuiTabCtrl* GetTabCtrlFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt); + wxWindow* GetTabFrameFromTabCtrl(wxWindow* tab_ctrl); + wxAuiTabCtrl* GetActiveTabCtrl(); + bool FindTab(wxWindow* page, wxAuiTabCtrl** ctrl, int* idx); + void RemoveEmptyTabFrames(); + void UpdateHintWindowSize(); + +protected: + + void OnChildFocusNotebook(wxChildFocusEvent& evt); + void OnRender(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt); + void OnTabClicked(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); + void OnTabBeginDrag(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); + void OnTabDragMotion(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); + void OnTabEndDrag(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); + void OnTabButton(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); + void OnTabMiddleDown(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); + void OnTabMiddleUp(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); + void OnTabRightDown(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); + void OnTabRightUp(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); + void OnTabBgDClick(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); + void OnNavigationKeyNotebook(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); + + // set selection to the given window (which must be non-NULL and be one of + // our pages, otherwise an assert is raised) + void SetSelectionToWindow(wxWindow *win); + void SetSelectionToPage(const wxAuiNotebookPage& page) + { + SetSelectionToWindow(page.window); + } + +protected: + + wxAuiManager m_mgr; + wxAuiTabContainer m_tabs; + int m_curpage; + int m_tab_id_counter; + wxWindow* m_dummy_wnd; + + wxSize m_requested_bmp_size; + int m_requested_tabctrl_height; + wxFont m_selected_font; + wxFont m_normal_font; + int m_tab_ctrl_height; + + int m_last_drag_x; + unsigned int m_flags; + +#ifndef SWIG + DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiNotebook) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +#endif + + WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); + +}; + + + + +// wx event machinery + +#ifndef SWIG + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK, wxAuiNotebookEvent); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxAuiNotebookEventFunction)(wxAuiNotebookEvent&); + +#define wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxAuiNotebookEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn)) +#else + +// wxpython/swig event work +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK; + +%pythoncode { + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE, 1 ) + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED, 1 ) + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, 1 ) + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, 1 ) + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON, 1 ) + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG, 1 ) + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG, 1 ) + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION, 1 ) + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND, 1 ) + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE, 1 ) + EVT__AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, 1 ) + EVT__AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, 1 ) + EVT__AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, 1 ) + EVT__AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP, 1 ) + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK, 1 ) +} +#endif + + +#endif // wxUSE_AUI +#endif // _WX_AUINOTEBOOK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/dockart.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/dockart.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..beaa0dc9fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/dockart.h @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/aui/dockart.h +// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager +// Author: Benjamin I. Williams +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-05-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dockart.h 66670 2011-01-12 13:39:36Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved. +// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DOCKART_H_ +#define _WX_DOCKART_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_AUI + +#include "wx/pen.h" +#include "wx/brush.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/colour.h" + +// dock art provider code - a dock provider provides all drawing +// functionality to the wxAui dock manager. This allows the dock +// manager to have plugable look-and-feels + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDockArt +{ +public: + + wxAuiDockArt() { } + virtual ~wxAuiDockArt() { } + + virtual int GetMetric(int id) = 0; + virtual void SetMetric(int id, int new_val) = 0; + virtual void SetFont(int id, const wxFont& font) = 0; + virtual wxFont GetFont(int id) = 0; + virtual wxColour GetColour(int id) = 0; + virtual void SetColour(int id, const wxColor& colour) = 0; + wxColour GetColor(int id) { return GetColour(id); } + void SetColor(int id, const wxColour& color) { SetColour(id, color); } + + virtual void DrawSash(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* window, + int orientation, + const wxRect& rect) = 0; + + virtual void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* window, + int orientation, + const wxRect& rect) = 0; + + virtual void DrawCaption(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* window, + const wxString& text, + const wxRect& rect, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) = 0; + + virtual void DrawGripper(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* window, + const wxRect& rect, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) = 0; + + virtual void DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* window, + const wxRect& rect, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) = 0; + + virtual void DrawPaneButton(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* window, + int button, + int button_state, + const wxRect& rect, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) = 0; +}; + + +// this is the default art provider for wxAuiManager. Dock art +// can be customized by creating a class derived from this one, +// or replacing this class entirely + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDefaultDockArt : public wxAuiDockArt +{ +public: + + wxAuiDefaultDockArt(); + + int GetMetric(int metric_id); + void SetMetric(int metric_id, int new_val); + wxColour GetColour(int id); + void SetColour(int id, const wxColor& colour); + void SetFont(int id, const wxFont& font); + wxFont GetFont(int id); + + void DrawSash(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow *window, + int orientation, + const wxRect& rect); + + void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow *window, + int orientation, + const wxRect& rect); + + void DrawCaption(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow *window, + const wxString& text, + const wxRect& rect, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); + + void DrawGripper(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow *window, + const wxRect& rect, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); + + void DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow *window, + const wxRect& rect, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); + + void DrawPaneButton(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow *window, + int button, + int button_state, + const wxRect& rect, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); + + void DrawIcon(wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); + +protected: + + void DrawCaptionBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, bool active); + + void InitBitmaps(); + +protected: + + wxPen m_border_pen; + wxBrush m_sash_brush; + wxBrush m_background_brush; + wxBrush m_gripper_brush; + wxFont m_caption_font; + wxBitmap m_inactive_close_bitmap; + wxBitmap m_inactive_pin_bitmap; + wxBitmap m_inactive_maximize_bitmap; + wxBitmap m_inactive_restore_bitmap; + wxBitmap m_active_close_bitmap; + wxBitmap m_active_pin_bitmap; + wxBitmap m_active_maximize_bitmap; + wxBitmap m_active_restore_bitmap; + wxPen m_gripper_pen1; + wxPen m_gripper_pen2; + wxPen m_gripper_pen3; + wxColour m_base_colour; + wxColour m_active_caption_colour; + wxColour m_active_caption_gradient_colour; + wxColour m_active_caption_text_colour; + wxColour m_inactive_caption_colour; + wxColour m_inactive_caption_gradient_colour; + wxColour m_inactive_caption_text_colour; + int m_border_size; + int m_caption_size; + int m_sash_size; + int m_button_size; + int m_gripper_size; + int m_gradient_type; +}; + + + +#endif // wxUSE_AUI +#endif //_WX_DOCKART_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/floatpane.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/floatpane.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..76d1cb54b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/floatpane.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/aui/floatpane.h +// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager +// Author: Benjamin I. Williams +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-05-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: floatpane.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved. +// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FLOATPANE_H_ +#define _WX_FLOATPANE_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/weakref.h" + +#if wxUSE_AUI + +#if wxUSE_MINIFRAME + #include "wx/minifram.h" + #define wxAuiFloatingFrameBaseClass wxMiniFrame +#else + #include "wx/frame.h" + #define wxAuiFloatingFrameBaseClass wxFrame +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiFloatingFrame : public wxAuiFloatingFrameBaseClass +{ +public: + wxAuiFloatingFrame(wxWindow* parent, + wxAuiManager* owner_mgr, + const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + long style = wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxSYSTEM_MENU | wxCAPTION | + wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR | wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT | + wxCLIP_CHILDREN + ); + virtual ~wxAuiFloatingFrame(); + void SetPaneWindow(const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); + wxAuiManager* GetOwnerManager() const; + +protected: + virtual void OnMoveStart(); + virtual void OnMoving(const wxRect& window_rect, wxDirection dir); + virtual void OnMoveFinished(); + +private: + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + void OnClose(wxCloseEvent& event); + void OnMoveEvent(wxMoveEvent& event); + void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event); + void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); + static bool isMouseDown(); + +private: + wxWindow* m_pane_window; // pane window being managed + bool m_solid_drag; // true if system uses solid window drag + bool m_moving; + wxRect m_last_rect; + wxRect m_last2_rect; + wxRect m_last3_rect; + wxSize m_last_size; + wxDirection m_lastDirection; + + wxWeakRef m_owner_mgr; + wxAuiManager m_mgr; + +#ifndef SWIG + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiFloatingFrame) +#endif // SWIG +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_AUI +#endif //_WX_FLOATPANE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/framemanager.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/framemanager.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..211171ebb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/framemanager.h @@ -0,0 +1,884 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/aui/framemanager.h +// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager +// Author: Benjamin I. Williams +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-05-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: framemanager.h 66673 2011-01-12 18:04:39Z PC $ +// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved. +// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FRAMEMANAGER_H_ +#define _WX_FRAMEMANAGER_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_AUI + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/window.h" +#include "wx/timer.h" +#include "wx/sizer.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +enum wxAuiManagerDock +{ + wxAUI_DOCK_NONE = 0, + wxAUI_DOCK_TOP = 1, + wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT = 2, + wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM = 3, + wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT = 4, + wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER = 5, + wxAUI_DOCK_CENTRE = wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER +}; + +enum wxAuiManagerOption +{ + wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_FLOATING = 1 << 0, + wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_ACTIVE_PANE = 1 << 1, + wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_DRAG = 1 << 2, + wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_HINT = 1 << 3, + wxAUI_MGR_VENETIAN_BLINDS_HINT = 1 << 4, + wxAUI_MGR_RECTANGLE_HINT = 1 << 5, + wxAUI_MGR_HINT_FADE = 1 << 6, + wxAUI_MGR_NO_VENETIAN_BLINDS_FADE = 1 << 7, + wxAUI_MGR_LIVE_RESIZE = 1 << 8, + + wxAUI_MGR_DEFAULT = wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_FLOATING | + wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_HINT | + wxAUI_MGR_HINT_FADE | + wxAUI_MGR_NO_VENETIAN_BLINDS_FADE +}; + + +enum wxAuiPaneDockArtSetting +{ + wxAUI_DOCKART_SASH_SIZE = 0, + wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_SIZE = 1, + wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_SIZE = 2, + wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BORDER_SIZE = 3, + wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BUTTON_SIZE = 4, + wxAUI_DOCKART_BACKGROUND_COLOUR = 5, + wxAUI_DOCKART_SASH_COLOUR = 6, + wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_COLOUR = 7, + wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_GRADIENT_COLOUR = 8, + wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_COLOUR = 9, + wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_GRADIENT_COLOUR = 10, + wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_TEXT_COLOUR = 11, + wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_TEXT_COLOUR = 12, + wxAUI_DOCKART_BORDER_COLOUR = 13, + wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_COLOUR = 14, + wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_FONT = 15, + wxAUI_DOCKART_GRADIENT_TYPE = 16 +}; + +enum wxAuiPaneDockArtGradients +{ + wxAUI_GRADIENT_NONE = 0, + wxAUI_GRADIENT_VERTICAL = 1, + wxAUI_GRADIENT_HORIZONTAL = 2 +}; + +enum wxAuiPaneButtonState +{ + wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_NORMAL = 0, + wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER = 1 << 1, + wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED = 1 << 2, + wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED = 1 << 3, + wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN = 1 << 4, + wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED = 1 << 5 +}; + +enum wxAuiButtonId +{ + wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE = 101, + wxAUI_BUTTON_MAXIMIZE_RESTORE = 102, + wxAUI_BUTTON_MINIMIZE = 103, + wxAUI_BUTTON_PIN = 104, + wxAUI_BUTTON_OPTIONS = 105, + wxAUI_BUTTON_WINDOWLIST = 106, + wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT = 107, + wxAUI_BUTTON_RIGHT = 108, + wxAUI_BUTTON_UP = 109, + wxAUI_BUTTON_DOWN = 110, + wxAUI_BUTTON_CUSTOM1 = 201, + wxAUI_BUTTON_CUSTOM2 = 202, + wxAUI_BUTTON_CUSTOM3 = 203 +}; + +enum wxAuiPaneInsertLevel +{ + wxAUI_INSERT_PANE = 0, + wxAUI_INSERT_ROW = 1, + wxAUI_INSERT_DOCK = 2 +}; + + + + +// forwards and array declarations +class wxAuiDockUIPart; +class wxAuiPaneButton; +class wxAuiPaneInfo; +class wxAuiDockInfo; +class wxAuiDockArt; +class wxAuiManagerEvent; + +#ifndef SWIG +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiDockInfo, wxAuiDockInfoArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiDockUIPart, wxAuiDockUIPartArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiPaneButton, wxAuiPaneButtonArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiPaneInfo, wxAuiPaneInfoArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); +WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxAuiPaneInfo*, wxAuiPaneInfoPtrArray, class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); +WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxAuiDockInfo*, wxAuiDockInfoPtrArray, class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI); +#endif // SWIG + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDockInfo wxAuiNullDockInfo; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiPaneInfo wxAuiNullPaneInfo; + + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiPaneInfo +{ +public: + + wxAuiPaneInfo() + { + window = NULL; + frame = NULL; + state = 0; + dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT; + dock_layer = 0; + dock_row = 0; + dock_pos = 0; + floating_pos = wxDefaultPosition; + floating_size = wxDefaultSize; + best_size = wxDefaultSize; + min_size = wxDefaultSize; + max_size = wxDefaultSize; + dock_proportion = 0; + + DefaultPane(); + } + + ~wxAuiPaneInfo() {} + +#ifndef SWIG + wxAuiPaneInfo(const wxAuiPaneInfo& c) + { + name = c.name; + caption = c.caption; + icon = c.icon; + window = c.window; + frame = c.frame; + state = c.state; + dock_direction = c.dock_direction; + dock_layer = c.dock_layer; + dock_row = c.dock_row; + dock_pos = c.dock_pos; + best_size = c.best_size; + min_size = c.min_size; + max_size = c.max_size; + floating_pos = c.floating_pos; + floating_size = c.floating_size; + dock_proportion = c.dock_proportion; + buttons = c.buttons; + rect = c.rect; + } + + wxAuiPaneInfo& operator=(const wxAuiPaneInfo& c) + { + name = c.name; + caption = c.caption; + window = c.window; + frame = c.frame; + state = c.state; + dock_direction = c.dock_direction; + dock_layer = c.dock_layer; + dock_row = c.dock_row; + dock_pos = c.dock_pos; + best_size = c.best_size; + min_size = c.min_size; + max_size = c.max_size; + floating_pos = c.floating_pos; + floating_size = c.floating_size; + dock_proportion = c.dock_proportion; + buttons = c.buttons; + rect = c.rect; + return *this; + } +#endif // SWIG + + // Write the safe parts of a newly loaded PaneInfo structure "source" into "this" + // used on loading perspectives etc. + void SafeSet(wxAuiPaneInfo source) + { + // note source is not passed by reference so we can overwrite, to keep the + // unsafe bits of "dest" + source.window = window; + source.frame = frame; + source.buttons = buttons; + wxCHECK_RET(source.IsValid(), + "window settings and pane settings are incompatible"); + // now assign + *this = source; + } + + bool IsOk() const { return window != NULL; } + bool IsFixed() const { return !HasFlag(optionResizable); } + bool IsResizable() const { return HasFlag(optionResizable); } + bool IsShown() const { return !HasFlag(optionHidden); } + bool IsFloating() const { return HasFlag(optionFloating); } + bool IsDocked() const { return !HasFlag(optionFloating); } + bool IsToolbar() const { return HasFlag(optionToolbar); } + bool IsTopDockable() const { return HasFlag(optionTopDockable); } + bool IsBottomDockable() const { return HasFlag(optionBottomDockable); } + bool IsLeftDockable() const { return HasFlag(optionLeftDockable); } + bool IsRightDockable() const { return HasFlag(optionRightDockable); } + bool IsDockable() const + { + return HasFlag(optionTopDockable | optionBottomDockable | + optionLeftDockable | optionRightDockable); + } + bool IsFloatable() const { return HasFlag(optionFloatable); } + bool IsMovable() const { return HasFlag(optionMovable); } + bool IsDestroyOnClose() const { return HasFlag(optionDestroyOnClose); } + bool IsMaximized() const { return HasFlag(optionMaximized); } + bool HasCaption() const { return HasFlag(optionCaption); } + bool HasGripper() const { return HasFlag(optionGripper); } + bool HasBorder() const { return HasFlag(optionPaneBorder); } + bool HasCloseButton() const { return HasFlag(buttonClose); } + bool HasMaximizeButton() const { return HasFlag(buttonMaximize); } + bool HasMinimizeButton() const { return HasFlag(buttonMinimize); } + bool HasPinButton() const { return HasFlag(buttonPin); } + bool HasGripperTop() const { return HasFlag(optionGripperTop); } + +#ifdef SWIG + %typemap(out) wxAuiPaneInfo& { $result = $self; Py_INCREF($result); } +#endif + wxAuiPaneInfo& Window(wxWindow* w) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo test(*this); + test.window = w; + wxCHECK_MSG(test.IsValid(), *this, + "window settings and pane settings are incompatible"); + *this = test; + return *this; + } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Name(const wxString& n) { name = n; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Caption(const wxString& c) { caption = c; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Icon(const wxBitmap& b) { icon = b; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Left() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Right() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Top() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_TOP; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Bottom() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Center() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Centre() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_CENTRE; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Direction(int direction) { dock_direction = direction; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Layer(int layer) { dock_layer = layer; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Row(int row) { dock_row = row; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Position(int pos) { dock_pos = pos; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& BestSize(const wxSize& size) { best_size = size; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& MinSize(const wxSize& size) { min_size = size; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& MaxSize(const wxSize& size) { max_size = size; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& BestSize(int x, int y) { best_size.Set(x,y); return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& MinSize(int x, int y) { min_size.Set(x,y); return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& MaxSize(int x, int y) { max_size.Set(x,y); return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& FloatingPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { floating_pos = pos; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& FloatingPosition(int x, int y) { floating_pos.x = x; floating_pos.y = y; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& FloatingSize(const wxSize& size) { floating_size = size; return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& FloatingSize(int x, int y) { floating_size.Set(x,y); return *this; } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Fixed() { return SetFlag(optionResizable, false); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Resizable(bool resizable = true) { return SetFlag(optionResizable, resizable); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Dock() { return SetFlag(optionFloating, false); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Float() { return SetFlag(optionFloating, true); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Hide() { return SetFlag(optionHidden, true); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Show(bool show = true) { return SetFlag(optionHidden, !show); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& CaptionVisible(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(optionCaption, visible); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Maximize() { return SetFlag(optionMaximized, true); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Restore() { return SetFlag(optionMaximized, false); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& PaneBorder(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(optionPaneBorder, visible); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Gripper(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(optionGripper, visible); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& GripperTop(bool attop = true) { return SetFlag(optionGripperTop, attop); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& CloseButton(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(buttonClose, visible); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& MaximizeButton(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(buttonMaximize, visible); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& MinimizeButton(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(buttonMinimize, visible); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& PinButton(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(buttonPin, visible); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& DestroyOnClose(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionDestroyOnClose, b); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& TopDockable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionTopDockable, b); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& BottomDockable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionBottomDockable, b); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& LeftDockable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionLeftDockable, b); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& RightDockable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionRightDockable, b); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Floatable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionFloatable, b); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& Movable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionMovable, b); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& DockFixed(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionDockFixed, b); } + + wxAuiPaneInfo& Dockable(bool b = true) + { + return TopDockable(b).BottomDockable(b).LeftDockable(b).RightDockable(b); + } + + wxAuiPaneInfo& DefaultPane() + { + wxAuiPaneInfo test(*this); + test.state |= optionTopDockable | optionBottomDockable | + optionLeftDockable | optionRightDockable | + optionFloatable | optionMovable | optionResizable | + optionCaption | optionPaneBorder | buttonClose; + wxCHECK_MSG(test.IsValid(), *this, + "window settings and pane settings are incompatible"); + *this = test; + return *this; + } + + wxAuiPaneInfo& CentrePane() { return CenterPane(); } + wxAuiPaneInfo& CenterPane() + { + state = 0; + return Center().PaneBorder().Resizable(); + } + + wxAuiPaneInfo& ToolbarPane() + { + DefaultPane(); + state |= (optionToolbar | optionGripper); + state &= ~(optionResizable | optionCaption); + if (dock_layer == 0) + dock_layer = 10; + return *this; + } + + wxAuiPaneInfo& SetFlag(int flag, bool option_state) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo test(*this); + if (option_state) + test.state |= flag; + else + test.state &= ~flag; + wxCHECK_MSG(test.IsValid(), *this, + "window settings and pane settings are incompatible"); + *this = test; + return *this; + } + + bool HasFlag(int flag) const + { + return (state & flag) != 0; + } + +#ifdef SWIG + %typemap(out) wxAuiPaneInfo& ; +#endif + +public: + + // NOTE: You can add and subtract flags from this list, + // but do not change the values of the flags, because + // they are stored in a binary integer format in the + // perspective string. If you really need to change the + // values around, you'll have to ensure backwards-compatibility + // in the perspective loading code. + enum wxAuiPaneState + { + optionFloating = 1 << 0, + optionHidden = 1 << 1, + optionLeftDockable = 1 << 2, + optionRightDockable = 1 << 3, + optionTopDockable = 1 << 4, + optionBottomDockable = 1 << 5, + optionFloatable = 1 << 6, + optionMovable = 1 << 7, + optionResizable = 1 << 8, + optionPaneBorder = 1 << 9, + optionCaption = 1 << 10, + optionGripper = 1 << 11, + optionDestroyOnClose = 1 << 12, + optionToolbar = 1 << 13, + optionActive = 1 << 14, + optionGripperTop = 1 << 15, + optionMaximized = 1 << 16, + optionDockFixed = 1 << 17, + + buttonClose = 1 << 21, + buttonMaximize = 1 << 22, + buttonMinimize = 1 << 23, + buttonPin = 1 << 24, + + buttonCustom1 = 1 << 26, + buttonCustom2 = 1 << 27, + buttonCustom3 = 1 << 28, + + savedHiddenState = 1 << 30, // used internally + actionPane = 1 << 31 // used internally + }; + +public: + wxString name; // name of the pane + wxString caption; // caption displayed on the window + wxBitmap icon; // icon of the pane, may be invalid + + wxWindow* window; // window that is in this pane + wxFrame* frame; // floating frame window that holds the pane + unsigned int state; // a combination of wxPaneState values + + int dock_direction; // dock direction (top, bottom, left, right, center) + int dock_layer; // layer number (0 = innermost layer) + int dock_row; // row number on the docking bar (0 = first row) + int dock_pos; // position inside the row (0 = first position) + + wxSize best_size; // size that the layout engine will prefer + wxSize min_size; // minimum size the pane window can tolerate + wxSize max_size; // maximum size the pane window can tolerate + + wxPoint floating_pos; // position while floating + wxSize floating_size; // size while floating + int dock_proportion; // proportion while docked + + wxAuiPaneButtonArray buttons; // buttons on the pane + + + wxRect rect; // current rectangle (populated by wxAUI) + + bool IsValid() const; +}; + + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiFloatingFrame; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiManager : public wxEvtHandler +{ + friend class wxAuiFloatingFrame; + +public: + + wxAuiManager(wxWindow* managed_wnd = NULL, + unsigned int flags = wxAUI_MGR_DEFAULT); + virtual ~wxAuiManager(); + void UnInit(); + + void SetFlags(unsigned int flags); + unsigned int GetFlags() const; + + void SetManagedWindow(wxWindow* managed_wnd); + wxWindow* GetManagedWindow() const; + + static wxAuiManager* GetManager(wxWindow* window); + + void SetArtProvider(wxAuiDockArt* art_provider); + wxAuiDockArt* GetArtProvider() const; + + wxAuiPaneInfo& GetPane(wxWindow* window); + wxAuiPaneInfo& GetPane(const wxString& name); + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& GetAllPanes(); + + bool AddPane(wxWindow* window, + const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info); + + bool AddPane(wxWindow* window, + const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info, + const wxPoint& drop_pos); + + bool AddPane(wxWindow* window, + int direction = wxLEFT, + const wxString& caption = wxEmptyString); + + bool InsertPane(wxWindow* window, + const wxAuiPaneInfo& insert_location, + int insert_level = wxAUI_INSERT_PANE); + + bool DetachPane(wxWindow* window); + + void Update(); + + wxString SavePaneInfo(wxAuiPaneInfo& pane); + void LoadPaneInfo(wxString pane_part, wxAuiPaneInfo &pane); + wxString SavePerspective(); + bool LoadPerspective(const wxString& perspective, bool update = true); + + void SetDockSizeConstraint(double width_pct, double height_pct); + void GetDockSizeConstraint(double* width_pct, double* height_pct) const; + + void ClosePane(wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info); + void MaximizePane(wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info); + void RestorePane(wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info); + void RestoreMaximizedPane(); + +public: + + virtual wxAuiFloatingFrame* CreateFloatingFrame(wxWindow* parent, const wxAuiPaneInfo& p); + virtual bool CanDockPanel(const wxAuiPaneInfo & p); + + void StartPaneDrag( + wxWindow* pane_window, + const wxPoint& offset); + + wxRect CalculateHintRect( + wxWindow* pane_window, + const wxPoint& pt, + const wxPoint& offset); + + void DrawHintRect( + wxWindow* pane_window, + const wxPoint& pt, + const wxPoint& offset); + + virtual void ShowHint(const wxRect& rect); + virtual void HideHint(); + + void OnHintActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); + +public: + + // deprecated -- please use SetManagedWindow() and + // and GetManagedWindow() instead + + wxDEPRECATED( void SetFrame(wxFrame* frame) ); + wxDEPRECATED( wxFrame* GetFrame() const ); + +protected: + + void UpdateHintWindowConfig(); + + void DoFrameLayout(); + + void LayoutAddPane(wxSizer* container, + wxAuiDockInfo& dock, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane, + wxAuiDockUIPartArray& uiparts, + bool spacer_only); + + void LayoutAddDock(wxSizer* container, + wxAuiDockInfo& dock, + wxAuiDockUIPartArray& uiparts, + bool spacer_only); + + wxSizer* LayoutAll(wxAuiPaneInfoArray& panes, + wxAuiDockInfoArray& docks, + wxAuiDockUIPartArray& uiparts, + bool spacer_only = false); + + virtual bool ProcessDockResult(wxAuiPaneInfo& target, + const wxAuiPaneInfo& new_pos); + + bool DoDrop(wxAuiDockInfoArray& docks, + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& panes, + wxAuiPaneInfo& drop, + const wxPoint& pt, + const wxPoint& action_offset = wxPoint(0,0)); + + wxAuiDockUIPart* HitTest(int x, int y); + wxAuiDockUIPart* GetPanePart(wxWindow* pane); + int GetDockPixelOffset(wxAuiPaneInfo& test); + void OnFloatingPaneMoveStart(wxWindow* window); + void OnFloatingPaneMoving(wxWindow* window, wxDirection dir ); + void OnFloatingPaneMoved(wxWindow* window, wxDirection dir); + void OnFloatingPaneActivated(wxWindow* window); + void OnFloatingPaneClosed(wxWindow* window, wxCloseEvent& evt); + void OnFloatingPaneResized(wxWindow* window, const wxRect& rect); + void Render(wxDC* dc); + void Repaint(wxDC* dc = NULL); + void ProcessMgrEvent(wxAuiManagerEvent& event); + void UpdateButtonOnScreen(wxAuiDockUIPart* button_ui_part, + const wxMouseEvent& event); + void GetPanePositionsAndSizes(wxAuiDockInfo& dock, + wxArrayInt& positions, + wxArrayInt& sizes); + + /// Ends a resize action, or for live update, resizes the sash + bool DoEndResizeAction(wxMouseEvent& event); + +public: + + // public events (which can be invoked externally) + void OnRender(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt); + void OnPaneButton(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt); + +protected: + + // protected events + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt); + void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt); + void OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& evt); + void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& evt); + void OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& evt); + void OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& evt); + void OnHintFadeTimer(wxTimerEvent& evt); + void OnFindManager(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt); + +protected: + + enum + { + actionNone = 0, + actionResize, + actionClickButton, + actionClickCaption, + actionDragToolbarPane, + actionDragFloatingPane + }; + +protected: + + wxWindow* m_frame; // the window being managed + wxAuiDockArt* m_art; // dock art object which does all drawing + unsigned int m_flags; // manager flags wxAUI_MGR_* + + wxAuiPaneInfoArray m_panes; // array of panes structures + wxAuiDockInfoArray m_docks; // array of docks structures + wxAuiDockUIPartArray m_uiparts; // array of UI parts (captions, buttons, etc) + + int m_action; // current mouse action + wxPoint m_action_start; // position where the action click started + wxPoint m_action_offset; // offset from upper left of the item clicked + wxAuiDockUIPart* m_action_part; // ptr to the part the action happened to + wxWindow* m_action_window; // action frame or window (NULL if none) + wxRect m_action_hintrect; // hint rectangle for the action + wxRect m_last_rect; + wxAuiDockUIPart* m_hover_button;// button uipart being hovered over + wxRect m_last_hint; // last hint rectangle + wxPoint m_last_mouse_move; // last mouse move position (see OnMotion) + int m_currentDragItem; + bool m_skipping; + bool m_has_maximized; + + double m_dock_constraint_x; // 0.0 .. 1.0; max pct of window width a dock can consume + double m_dock_constraint_y; // 0.0 .. 1.0; max pct of window height a dock can consume + + wxFrame* m_hint_wnd; // transparent hint window, if supported by platform + wxTimer m_hint_fadetimer; // transparent fade timer + wxByte m_hint_fadeamt; // transparent fade amount + wxByte m_hint_fademax; // maximum value of hint fade + + void* m_reserved; + +#ifndef SWIG + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiManager) +#endif // SWIG +}; + + + +// event declarations/classes + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiManagerEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxAuiManagerEvent(wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL) : wxEvent(0, type) + { + manager = NULL; + pane = NULL; + button = 0; + veto_flag = false; + canveto_flag = true; + dc = NULL; + } +#ifndef SWIG + wxAuiManagerEvent(const wxAuiManagerEvent& c) : wxEvent(c) + { + manager = c.manager; + pane = c.pane; + button = c.button; + veto_flag = c.veto_flag; + canveto_flag = c.canveto_flag; + dc = c.dc; + } +#endif + wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxAuiManagerEvent(*this); } + + void SetManager(wxAuiManager* mgr) { manager = mgr; } + void SetPane(wxAuiPaneInfo* p) { pane = p; } + void SetButton(int b) { button = b; } + void SetDC(wxDC* pdc) { dc = pdc; } + + wxAuiManager* GetManager() const { return manager; } + wxAuiPaneInfo* GetPane() const { return pane; } + int GetButton() const { return button; } + wxDC* GetDC() const { return dc; } + + void Veto(bool veto = true) { veto_flag = veto; } + bool GetVeto() const { return veto_flag; } + void SetCanVeto(bool can_veto) { canveto_flag = can_veto; } + bool CanVeto() const { return canveto_flag && veto_flag; } + +public: + wxAuiManager* manager; + wxAuiPaneInfo* pane; + int button; + bool veto_flag; + bool canveto_flag; + wxDC* dc; + +#ifndef SWIG +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxAuiManagerEvent) +#endif +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDockInfo +{ +public: + wxAuiDockInfo() + { + dock_direction = 0; + dock_layer = 0; + dock_row = 0; + size = 0; + min_size = 0; + resizable = true; + fixed = false; + toolbar = false; + reserved1 = false; + } + +#ifndef SWIG + wxAuiDockInfo(const wxAuiDockInfo& c) + { + dock_direction = c.dock_direction; + dock_layer = c.dock_layer; + dock_row = c.dock_row; + size = c.size; + min_size = c.min_size; + resizable = c.resizable; + fixed = c.fixed; + toolbar = c.toolbar; + panes = c.panes; + rect = c.rect; + reserved1 = c.reserved1; + } + + wxAuiDockInfo& operator=(const wxAuiDockInfo& c) + { + dock_direction = c.dock_direction; + dock_layer = c.dock_layer; + dock_row = c.dock_row; + size = c.size; + min_size = c.min_size; + resizable = c.resizable; + fixed = c.fixed; + toolbar = c.toolbar; + panes = c.panes; + rect = c.rect; + reserved1 = c.reserved1; + return *this; + } +#endif // SWIG + + bool IsOk() const { return dock_direction != 0; } + bool IsHorizontal() const { return dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_TOP || + dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM; } + bool IsVertical() const { return dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT || + dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT || + dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER; } +public: + wxAuiPaneInfoPtrArray panes; // array of panes + wxRect rect; // current rectangle + int dock_direction; // dock direction (top, bottom, left, right, center) + int dock_layer; // layer number (0 = innermost layer) + int dock_row; // row number on the docking bar (0 = first row) + int size; // size of the dock + int min_size; // minimum size of a dock (0 if there is no min) + bool resizable; // flag indicating whether the dock is resizable + bool toolbar; // flag indicating dock contains only toolbars + bool fixed; // flag indicating that the dock operates on + // absolute coordinates as opposed to proportional + bool reserved1; +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDockUIPart +{ +public: + enum + { + typeCaption, + typeGripper, + typeDock, + typeDockSizer, + typePane, + typePaneSizer, + typeBackground, + typePaneBorder, + typePaneButton + }; + + int type; // ui part type (see enum above) + int orientation; // orientation (either wxHORIZONTAL or wxVERTICAL) + wxAuiDockInfo* dock; // which dock the item is associated with + wxAuiPaneInfo* pane; // which pane the item is associated with + wxAuiPaneButton* button; // which pane button the item is associated with + wxSizer* cont_sizer; // the part's containing sizer + wxSizerItem* sizer_item; // the sizer item of the part + wxRect rect; // client coord rectangle of the part itself +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiPaneButton +{ +public: + int button_id; // id of the button (e.g. buttonClose) +}; + + + +#ifndef SWIG + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON, wxAuiManagerEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE, wxAuiManagerEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE, wxAuiManagerEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE, wxAuiManagerEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_RENDER, wxAuiManagerEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER, wxAuiManagerEvent ); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxAuiManagerEventFunction)(wxAuiManagerEvent&); + +#define wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxAuiManagerEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON(func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE(func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE(func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE(func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_AUI_RENDER(func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_RENDER, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER(func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func)) + +#else + +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_RENDER; +%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER; + +%pythoncode { + EVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON ) + EVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE ) + EVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE ) + EVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE ) + EVT_AUI_RENDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_RENDER ) + EVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER ) +} +#endif // SWIG + +#endif // wxUSE_AUI +#endif //_WX_FRAMEMANAGER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/tabmdi.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/tabmdi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce9d812348 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/aui/tabmdi.h @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/aui/tabmdi.h +// Purpose: Generic MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes +// Author: Hans Van Leemputten +// Modified by: Benjamin I. Williams / Kirix Corporation +// Created: 29/07/2002 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tabmdi.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Hans Van Leemputten +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_AUITABMDI_H_ +#define _WX_AUITABMDI_H_ + +#if wxUSE_AUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/frame.h" +#include "wx/panel.h" +#include "wx/notebook.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" +#include "wx/aui/auibook.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiMDIParentFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiMDIClientWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiMDIChildFrame; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAuiMDIParentFrame +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiMDIParentFrame : public wxFrame +{ +public: + wxAuiMDIParentFrame(); + wxAuiMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + ~wxAuiMDIParentFrame(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr ); + + void SetArtProvider(wxAuiTabArt* provider); + wxAuiTabArt* GetArtProvider(); + wxAuiNotebook* GetNotebook() const; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxMenu* GetWindowMenu() const { return m_pWindowMenu; } + void SetWindowMenu(wxMenu* pMenu); + + virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + void SetChildMenuBar(wxAuiMDIChildFrame *pChild); + + wxAuiMDIChildFrame *GetActiveChild() const; + void SetActiveChild(wxAuiMDIChildFrame* pChildFrame); + + wxAuiMDIClientWindow *GetClientWindow() const; + virtual wxAuiMDIClientWindow *OnCreateClient(); + + virtual void Cascade() { /* Has no effect */ } + virtual void Tile(wxOrientation orient = wxHORIZONTAL); + virtual void ArrangeIcons() { /* Has no effect */ } + virtual void ActivateNext(); + virtual void ActivatePrevious(); + +protected: + wxAuiMDIClientWindow* m_pClientWindow; + wxAuiMDIChildFrame* m_pActiveChild; + wxEvent* m_pLastEvt; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxMenu *m_pWindowMenu; + wxMenuBar *m_pMyMenuBar; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +protected: + void Init(); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + void RemoveWindowMenu(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar); + void AddWindowMenu(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar); + + void DoHandleMenu(wxCommandEvent &event); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); + + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiMDIParentFrame) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAuiMDIChildFrame +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiMDIChildFrame : public wxPanel +{ +public: + wxAuiMDIChildFrame(); + wxAuiMDIChildFrame(wxAuiMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + virtual ~wxAuiMDIChildFrame(); + bool Create(wxAuiMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar); + virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title); + virtual wxString GetTitle() const; + + virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons); + virtual const wxIconBundle& GetIcons() const; + + virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon); + virtual const wxIcon& GetIcon() const; + + virtual void Activate(); + virtual bool Destroy(); + + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + // no status bars + virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int WXUNUSED(number) = 1, + long WXUNUSED(style) = 1, + wxWindowID WXUNUSED(winid) = 1, + const wxString& WXUNUSED(name) = wxEmptyString) + { return NULL; } + + virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const { return NULL; } + virtual void SetStatusText( const wxString &WXUNUSED(text), int WXUNUSED(number)=0 ) {} + virtual void SetStatusWidths( int WXUNUSED(n), const int WXUNUSED(widths_field)[] ) {} +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + // no toolbar bars + virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long WXUNUSED(style), + wxWindowID WXUNUSED(winid), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)) + { return NULL; } + virtual wxToolBar *GetToolBar() const { return NULL; } +#endif + + + // no maximize etc + virtual void Maximize(bool WXUNUSED(maximize) = true) { /* Has no effect */ } + virtual void Restore() { /* Has no effect */ } + virtual void Iconize(bool WXUNUSED(iconize) = true) { /* Has no effect */ } + virtual bool IsMaximized() const { return true; } + virtual bool IsIconized() const { return false; } + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show), long WXUNUSED(style)) { return false; } + virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return false; } + + virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return false; } + + void OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& evt); + void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& evt); + void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& evt); + + void SetMDIParentFrame(wxAuiMDIParentFrame* parent); + wxAuiMDIParentFrame* GetMDIParentFrame() const; + +protected: + void Init(); + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int size_flags); + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + + // no size hints + virtual void DoSetSizeHints(int WXUNUSED(minW), int WXUNUSED(minH), + int WXUNUSED(maxW), int WXUNUSED(maxH), + int WXUNUSED(incW), int WXUNUSED(incH)) {} +public: + // This function needs to be called when a size change is confirmed, + // we needed this function to prevent anybody from the outside + // changing the panel... it messes the UI layout when we would allow it. + void ApplyMDIChildFrameRect(); + void DoShow(bool show); + +protected: + wxAuiMDIParentFrame* m_pMDIParentFrame; + wxRect m_mdi_newrect; + wxRect m_mdi_currect; + wxString m_title; + wxIcon m_icon; + wxIconBundle m_icon_bundle; + bool m_activate_on_create; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxMenuBar* m_pMenuBar; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiMDIChildFrame) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + friend class wxAuiMDIClientWindow; +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAuiMDIClientWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiMDIClientWindow : public wxAuiNotebook +{ +public: + wxAuiMDIClientWindow(); + wxAuiMDIClientWindow(wxAuiMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = 0); + ~wxAuiMDIClientWindow(); + + virtual bool CreateClient(wxAuiMDIParentFrame *parent, + long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL); + + virtual int SetSelection(size_t page); + +protected: + + void PageChanged(int old_selection, int new_selection); + void OnPageClose(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); + void OnPageChanged(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiMDIClientWindow) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; +#endif // wxUSE_AUI + +#endif // _WX_AUITABMDI_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/base64.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/base64.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4ccaf97d59 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/base64.h @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/base64.h +// Purpose: declaration of BASE64 encoding/decoding functionality +// Author: Charles Reimers, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-06-18 +// RCS-ID: $Id: base64.h 62614 2009-11-11 14:38:40Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BASE64_H_ +#define _WX_BASE64_H_ + +#if wxUSE_BASE64 + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/buffer.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// encoding functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// return the size needed for the buffer containing the encoded representation +// of a buffer of given length +inline size_t wxBase64EncodedSize(size_t len) { return 4*((len+2)/3); } + +// raw base64 encoding function which encodes the contents of a buffer of the +// specified length into the buffer of the specified size +// +// returns the length of the encoded data or wxCONV_FAILED if the buffer is not +// large enough; to determine the needed size you can either allocate a buffer +// of wxBase64EncodedSize(srcLen) size or call the function with NULL buffer in +// which case the required size will be returned +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t +wxBase64Encode(char *dst, size_t dstLen, const void *src, size_t srcLen); + +// encode the contents of the given buffer using base64 and return as string +// (there is no error return) +inline wxString wxBase64Encode(const void *src, size_t srcLen) +{ + const size_t dstLen = wxBase64EncodedSize(srcLen); + wxCharBuffer dst(dstLen); + wxBase64Encode(dst.data(), dstLen, src, srcLen); + + return dst; +} + +inline wxString wxBase64Encode(const wxMemoryBuffer& buf) +{ + return wxBase64Encode(buf.GetData(), buf.GetDataLen()); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// decoding functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// elements of this enum specify the possible behaviours of wxBase64Decode() +// when an invalid character is encountered +enum wxBase64DecodeMode +{ + // normal behaviour: stop at any invalid characters + wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict, + + // skip whitespace characters + wxBase64DecodeMode_SkipWS, + + // the most lenient behaviour: simply ignore all invalid characters + wxBase64DecodeMode_Relaxed +}; + +// return the buffer size necessary for decoding a base64 string of the given +// length +inline size_t wxBase64DecodedSize(size_t srcLen) { return 3*srcLen/4; } + +// raw decoding function which decodes the contents of the string of specified +// length (or NUL-terminated by default) into the provided buffer of the given +// size +// +// the function normally stops at any character invalid inside a base64-encoded +// string (i.e. not alphanumeric nor '+' nor '/') but can be made to skip the +// whitespace or all invalid characters using its mode argument +// +// returns the length of the decoded data or wxCONV_FAILED if an error occurs +// such as the buffer is too small or the encoded string is invalid; in the +// latter case the posErr is filled with the position where the decoding +// stopped if it is not NULL +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t +wxBase64Decode(void *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN, + wxBase64DecodeMode mode = wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict, + size_t *posErr = NULL); + +inline size_t +wxBase64Decode(void *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wxString& src, + wxBase64DecodeMode mode = wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict, + size_t *posErr = NULL) +{ + // don't use str.length() here as the ASCII buffer is shorter than it for + // strings with embedded NULs + return wxBase64Decode(dst, dstLen, src.ToAscii(), wxNO_LEN, mode, posErr); +} + +// decode the contents of the given string; the returned buffer is empty if an +// error occurs during decoding +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryBuffer +wxBase64Decode(const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN, + wxBase64DecodeMode mode = wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict, + size_t *posErr = NULL); + +inline wxMemoryBuffer +wxBase64Decode(const wxString& src, + wxBase64DecodeMode mode = wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict, + size_t *posErr = NULL) +{ + // don't use str.length() here as the ASCII buffer is shorter than it for + // strings with embedded NULs + return wxBase64Decode(src.ToAscii(), wxNO_LEN, mode, posErr); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BASE64 + +#endif // _WX_BASE64_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/beforestd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/beforestd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a1a98cc76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/beforestd.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/beforestd.h +// Purpose: #include before STL headers +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 07/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: beforestd.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/** + Unfortunately, when compiling at maximum warning level, the standard + headers themselves may generate warnings -- and really lots of them. So + before including them, this header should be included to temporarily + suppress the warnings and after this the header afterstd.h should be + included to enable them back again. + + Note that there are intentionally no inclusion guards in this file, because + it can be included several times. + */ + +// VC 7.x isn't as bad as VC6 and doesn't give these warnings but eVC (which +// defines _MSC_VER as 1201) does need to be included as it's VC6-like +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ <= 1201 + // these warning have to be disabled and not just temporarily disabled + // because they will be given at the end of the compilation of the + // current source and there is absolutely nothing we can do about them so + // disable them before warning(push) below + + // 'foo': unreferenced inline function has been removed + #pragma warning(disable:4514) + + // 'function' : function not inlined + #pragma warning(disable:4710) + + // 'id': identifier was truncated to 'num' characters in the debug info + #pragma warning(disable:4786) + + // MSVC 5 does not have this + #if __VISUALC__ > 1100 + // we have to disable (and reenable in afterstd.h) this one because, + // even though it is of level 4, it is not disabled by warning(push, 1) + // below for VC7.1! + + // unreachable code + #pragma warning(disable:4702) + + #pragma warning(push, 1) + #else // VC 5 + // 'expression' : signed/unsigned mismatch + #pragma warning(disable:4018) + + // 'identifier' : unreferenced formal parameter + #pragma warning(disable:4100) + + // 'conversion' : conversion from 'type1' to 'type2', + // possible loss of data + #pragma warning(disable:4244) + + // C++ language change: to explicitly specialize class template + // 'identifier' use the following syntax + #pragma warning(disable:4663) + #endif +#endif // VC++ < 7 + +/** + GCC's visibility support is broken for libstdc++ in some older versions + (namely Debian/Ubuntu's GCC 4.1, see + https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/gcc-4.1/+bug/109262). We fix it + here by mimicking newer versions' behaviour of using default visibility + for libstdc++ code. + */ +#if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY) && defined(HAVE_BROKEN_LIBSTDCXX_VISIBILITY) + #pragma GCC visibility push(default) +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bitmap.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bitmap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..73c7ba965e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bitmap.h @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/bitmap.h +// Purpose: wxBitmap class interface +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 22.04.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bitmap.h 66086 2010-11-10 13:51:51Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxBitmapType +#include "wx/colour.h" +#include "wx/image.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapHandler; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMask; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariant support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT +#include "wx/variant.h" +DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxBitmap,WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMask represents the transparent area of the bitmap +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// TODO: all implementation of wxMask, except the generic one, +// do not derive from wxMaskBase,,, they should +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMaskBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + // create the mask from bitmap pixels of the given colour + bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + // create the mask from bitmap pixels with the given palette index + bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + // create the mask from the given mono bitmap + bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + +protected: + // this function is called from Create() to free the existing mask data + virtual void FreeData() = 0; + + // these functions must be overridden to implement the corresponding public + // Create() methods, they shouldn't call FreeData() as it's already called + // by the public wrappers + virtual bool InitFromColour(const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxColour& colour) = 0; + virtual bool InitFromMonoBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0; +}; + +#if defined(__WXMGL__) || \ + defined(__WXDFB__) || \ + defined(__WXMAC__) || \ + defined(__WXGTK__) || \ + defined(__WXCOCOA__) || \ + defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \ + defined(__WXX11__) + #define wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE 1 +#else + #define wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE 0 +#endif + +// a more readable way to tell +#define wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH (-1) + + +// All ports except wxMSW,wxOS2,wxPalmOS use wxBitmapHandler and wxBitmapBase as base class +// for wxBitmapHandler; wxMSW,wxOS2,wxPalmOS use wxGDIImageHandler as base class +// since it allows some code reuse there. +#if wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapHandler: class which knows how to create/load/save bitmaps in +// different formats +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapHandler : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxBitmapHandler() { m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID; } + virtual ~wxBitmapHandler() { } + + // NOTE: the following functions should be pure virtuals, but they aren't + // because otherwise almost all ports would have to implement + // them as "return false"... + + virtual bool Create(wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap), const void* WXUNUSED(data), + wxBitmapType WXUNUSED(type), int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int WXUNUSED(depth) = 1) + { return false; } + + virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap), const wxString& WXUNUSED(name), + wxBitmapType WXUNUSED(type), int WXUNUSED(desiredWidth), + int WXUNUSED(desiredHeight)) + { return false; } + + virtual bool SaveFile(const wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap), const wxString& WXUNUSED(name), + wxBitmapType WXUNUSED(type), const wxPalette *WXUNUSED(palette) = NULL) const + { return false; } + + void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } + void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; } + void SetType(wxBitmapType type) { m_type = type; } + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } + const wxString& GetExtension() const { return m_extension; } + wxBitmapType GetType() const { return m_type; } + +private: + wxString m_name; + wxString m_extension; + wxBitmapType m_type; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapHandler) +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmap: class which represents platform-dependent bitmap (unlike wxImage) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapBase : public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + /* + Derived class must implement these: + + wxBitmap(); + wxBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp); + wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1); + wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH); + wxBitmap(const wxSize& sz, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH); + wxBitmap(const char* const* bits); + wxBitmap(const wxString &filename, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM); + wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH); + + static void InitStandardHandlers(); + */ + + virtual bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH) = 0; + virtual bool Create(const wxSize& sz, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH) = 0; + + virtual int GetHeight() const = 0; + virtual int GetWidth() const = 0; + virtual int GetDepth() const = 0; + + wxSize GetSize() const + { return wxSize(GetWidth(), GetHeight()); } + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + virtual wxImage ConvertToImage() const = 0; + + // Convert to disabled (dimmed) bitmap. + wxBitmap ConvertToDisabled(unsigned char brightness = 255) const; +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + + virtual wxMask *GetMask() const = 0; + virtual void SetMask(wxMask *mask) = 0; + + virtual wxBitmap GetSubBitmap(const wxRect& rect) const = 0; + + virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type, + const wxPalette *palette = NULL) const = 0; + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type) = 0; + + /* + If raw bitmap access is supported (see wx/rawbmp.h), the following + methods should be implemented: + + virtual bool GetRawData(wxRawBitmapData *data) = 0; + virtual void UngetRawData(wxRawBitmapData *data) = 0; + */ + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + virtual wxPalette *GetPalette() const = 0; + virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + // copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap + virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon) = 0; + + // implementation: + virtual void SetHeight(int height) = 0; + virtual void SetWidth(int width) = 0; + virtual void SetDepth(int depth) = 0; + + // Format handling + static inline wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; } + static void AddHandler(wxBitmapHandler *handler); + static void InsertHandler(wxBitmapHandler *handler); + static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name); + static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name); + static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxBitmapType bitmapType); + static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(wxBitmapType bitmapType); + + //static void InitStandardHandlers(); + // (wxBitmap must implement this one) + + static void CleanUpHandlers(); + + // this method is only used by the generic implementation of wxMask + // currently but could be useful elsewhere in the future: it can be + // overridden to quantize the colour to correspond to bitmap colour depth + // if necessary; default implementation simply returns the colour as is + virtual wxColour QuantizeColour(const wxColour& colour) const + { + return colour; + } + +protected: + static wxList sm_handlers; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapBase) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE + + +// the wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE constant defines the default argument value +// for wxBitmap's ctor and wxBitmap::LoadFile() functions. +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE + #include "wx/palmos/bitmap.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE + #include "wx/msw/bitmap.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM + #include "wx/x11/bitmap.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM + #include "wx/gtk/bitmap.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM + #include "wx/gtk1/bitmap.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM + #include "wx/x11/bitmap.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE + #include "wx/mgl/bitmap.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE + #include "wx/dfb/bitmap.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT_RESOURCE + #include "wx/osx/bitmap.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE + #include "wx/cocoa/bitmap.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE + #include "wx/os2/bitmap.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE +inline +wxBitmap +#if wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE +wxBitmapBase:: +#else +wxBitmap:: +#endif +ConvertToDisabled(unsigned char brightness) const +{ + return ConvertToImage().ConvertToDisabled(brightness); +} +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + +// we must include generic mask.h after wxBitmap definition +#if defined(__WXMGL__) || defined(__WXDFB__) + #define wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK 1 +#else + #define wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK + #include "wx/generic/mask.h" +#endif + +#endif // _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bmpbuttn.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bmpbuttn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b6c39fcd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bmpbuttn.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/bmpbuttn.h +// Purpose: wxBitmapButton class interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 25.08.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpbuttn.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON + +#include "wx/button.h" + +// FIXME: right now only wxMSW, wxGTK and wxOSX implement bitmap support in wxButton +// itself, this shouldn't be used for the other platforms neither +// when all of them do it +#if (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXOSX__)) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #define wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapButton: a button which shows bitmaps instead of the usual string. +// It has different bitmaps for different states (focused/disabled/pressed) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapButtonBase : public wxButton +{ +public: + wxBitmapButtonBase() + { +#ifndef wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP + m_marginX = + m_marginY = 0; +#endif // wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) + { + // We use wxBU_NOTEXT to let the base class Create() know that we are + // not going to show the label: this is a hack needed for wxGTK where + // we can show both label and bitmap only with GTK 2.6+ but we always + // can show just one of them and this style allows us to choose which + // one we need. + // + // And we also use wxBU_EXACTFIT to avoid being resized up to the + // standard button size as this doesn't make sense for bitmap buttons + // which are not standard anyhow and should fit their bitmap size. + return wxButton::Create(parent, winid, "", + pos, size, + style | wxBU_NOTEXT | wxBU_EXACTFIT, + validator, name); + } + + // set/get the margins around the button + virtual void SetMargins(int x, int y) + { + DoSetBitmapMargins(x, y); + } + + int GetMarginX() const { return DoGetBitmapMargins().x; } + int GetMarginY() const { return DoGetBitmapMargins().y; } + + // deprecated synonym for SetBitmapLabel() +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( void SetLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap), + SetBitmapLabel(bitmap); ) + + // prevent virtual function hiding + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) + { wxWindow::SetLabel(label); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +protected: +#ifndef wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP + // function called when any of the bitmaps changes + virtual void OnSetBitmap() { InvalidateBestSize(); Refresh(); } + + virtual wxBitmap DoGetBitmap(State which) const { return m_bitmaps[which]; } + virtual void DoSetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, State which) + { m_bitmaps[which] = bitmap; OnSetBitmap(); } + + virtual wxSize DoGetBitmapMargins() const + { + return wxSize(m_marginX, m_marginY); + } + + virtual void DoSetBitmapMargins(int x, int y) + { + m_marginX = x; + m_marginY = y; + } + + // the bitmaps for various states + wxBitmap m_bitmaps[State_Max]; + + // the margins around the bitmap + int m_marginX, + m_marginY; +#endif // !wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapButtonBase); +}; + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/bmpbuttn.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/bmpbuttn.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/bmpbuttn.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/bmpbuttn.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/bmpbuttn.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/bmpbuttn.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/bmpbuttn.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/bmpbuttn.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_BMPBUTTON + +#endif // _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bmpcbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bmpcbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..671c10a05c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bmpcbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/bmpcbox.h +// Purpose: wxBitmapComboBox base header +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Modified by: +// Created: Aug-31-2006 +// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli +// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpcbox.h 63204 2010-01-22 15:52:20Z JJ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BMPCBOX_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_BMPCBOX_H_BASE_ + + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxItemContainer; + +// Define wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED for platforms which +// wxBitmapComboBox implementation utilizes ownerdrawn combobox +// (either native or generic). +#if !defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #define wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; +#endif + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr[]; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxBitmapComboBoxBase +{ +public: + // ctors and such + wxBitmapComboBoxBase() { Init(); } + + virtual ~wxBitmapComboBoxBase() { } + + // Sets the image for the given item. + virtual void SetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0; + +#if !defined(wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED) + + // Returns the image of the item with the given index. + virtual wxBitmap GetItemBitmap(unsigned int n) const = 0; + + // Returns size of the image used in list + virtual wxSize GetBitmapSize() const = 0; + +private: + void Init() {} + +#else // wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED + + // Returns the image of the item with the given index. + virtual wxBitmap GetItemBitmap(unsigned int n) const; + + // Returns size of the image used in list + virtual wxSize GetBitmapSize() const + { + return m_usedImgSize; + } + +protected: + + // Returns pointer to the combobox item container + virtual wxItemContainer* GetItemContainer() = 0; + + // Return pointer to the owner-drawn combobox control + virtual wxWindow* GetControl() = 0; + + // wxItemContainer functions + void BCBDoClear(); + void BCBDoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + + void DoSetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags) const; + void DrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, const wxString& text, + int flags) const; + wxCoord MeasureItem(size_t item) const; + + // Returns true if image size was affected + virtual bool OnAddBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // Recalculates amount of empty space needed in front of text + // in control itself. Returns number that can be passed to + // wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::SetCustomPaintWidth() and similar + // functions. + virtual int DetermineIndent(); + + void UpdateInternals(); + + wxArrayPtrVoid m_bitmaps; // Images associated with items + wxSize m_usedImgSize; // Size of bitmaps + + int m_imgAreaWidth; // Width and height of area next to text field + int m_fontHeight; + int m_indent; + +private: + void Init(); +#endif // !wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED/wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED +}; + + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/generic/bmpcbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/bmpcbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/bmpcbox.h" +#else + #include "wx/generic/bmpcbox.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX + +#endif // _WX_BMPCBOX_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bookctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bookctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..471c278ff6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/bookctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,442 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/bookctrl.h +// Purpose: wxBookCtrlBase: common base class for wxList/Tree/Notebook +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.08.03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bookctrl.h 65967 2010-10-31 13:33:34Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BOOKCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_BOOKCTRL_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_BOOKCTRL + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxWindow *, wxArrayPages); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBookCtrlEvent; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxBookCtrl hit results +enum +{ + wxBK_HITTEST_NOWHERE = 1, // not on tab + wxBK_HITTEST_ONICON = 2, // on icon + wxBK_HITTEST_ONLABEL = 4, // on label + wxBK_HITTEST_ONITEM = wxBK_HITTEST_ONICON | wxBK_HITTEST_ONLABEL, + wxBK_HITTEST_ONPAGE = 8 // not on tab control, but over the selected page +}; + +// wxBookCtrl flags (common for wxNotebook, wxListbook, wxChoicebook, wxTreebook) +#define wxBK_DEFAULT 0x0000 +#define wxBK_TOP 0x0010 +#define wxBK_BOTTOM 0x0020 +#define wxBK_LEFT 0x0040 +#define wxBK_RIGHT 0x0080 +#define wxBK_ALIGN_MASK (wxBK_TOP | wxBK_BOTTOM | wxBK_LEFT | wxBK_RIGHT) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBookCtrlBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBookCtrlBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + // construction + // ------------ + + wxBookCtrlBase() + { + Init(); + } + + wxBookCtrlBase(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // quasi ctor + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + + // dtor + virtual ~wxBookCtrlBase(); + + + // accessors + // --------- + + // get number of pages in the dialog + virtual size_t GetPageCount() const { return m_pages.size(); } + + // get the panel which represents the given page + wxWindow *GetPage(size_t n) const { return m_pages[n]; } + + // get the current page or NULL if none + wxWindow *GetCurrentPage() const + { + const int n = GetSelection(); + return n == wxNOT_FOUND ? NULL : GetPage(n); + } + + // get the currently selected page or wxNOT_FOUND if none + int GetSelection() const { return m_selection; } + + // set/get the title of a page + virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText) = 0; + virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const = 0; + + + // image list stuff: each page may have an image associated with it (all + // images belong to the same image list) + // --------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // sets the image list to use, it is *not* deleted by the control + virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList); + + // as SetImageList() but we will delete the image list ourselves + void AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList); + + // get pointer (may be NULL) to the associated image list + wxImageList* GetImageList() const { return m_imageList; } + + // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list + virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const = 0; + virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId) = 0; + + + // geometry + // -------- + + // resize the notebook so that all pages will have the specified size + virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size); + + // return the size of the area needed to accommodate the controller + wxSize GetControllerSize() const; + + // calculate the size of the control from the size of its page + // + // by default this simply returns size enough to fit both the page and the + // controller + virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const; + + // get/set size of area between book control area and page area + unsigned int GetInternalBorder() const { return m_internalBorder; } + void SetInternalBorder(unsigned int border) { m_internalBorder = border; } + + // Sets/gets the margin around the controller + void SetControlMargin(int margin) { m_controlMargin = margin; } + int GetControlMargin() const { return m_controlMargin; } + + // returns true if we have wxBK_TOP or wxBK_BOTTOM style + bool IsVertical() const { return HasFlag(wxBK_BOTTOM | wxBK_TOP); } + + // set/get option to shrink to fit current page + void SetFitToCurrentPage(bool fit) { m_fitToCurrentPage = fit; } + bool GetFitToCurrentPage() const { return m_fitToCurrentPage; } + + // returns the sizer containing the control, if any + wxSizer* GetControlSizer() const { return m_controlSizer; } + + + // operations + // ---------- + + // remove one page from the control and delete it + virtual bool DeletePage(size_t n); + + // remove one page from the notebook, without deleting it + virtual bool RemovePage(size_t n) + { + DoInvalidateBestSize(); + return DoRemovePage(n) != NULL; + } + + // remove all pages and delete them + virtual bool DeleteAllPages() + { + m_selection = wxNOT_FOUND; + DoInvalidateBestSize(); + WX_CLEAR_ARRAY(m_pages); + return true; + } + + // adds a new page to the control + virtual bool AddPage(wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = -1) + { + DoInvalidateBestSize(); + return InsertPage(GetPageCount(), page, text, bSelect, imageId); + } + + // the same as AddPage(), but adds the page at the specified position + virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = -1) = 0; + + // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously + // selected one (or wxNOT_FOUND on error) + // + // NB: this function will generate PAGE_CHANGING/ED events + virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) = 0; + + // acts as SetSelection but does not generate events + virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) = 0; + + + // cycle thru the pages + void AdvanceSelection(bool forward = true) + { + int nPage = GetNextPage(forward); + if ( nPage != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + // cast is safe because of the check above + SetSelection((size_t)nPage); + } + } + + // hit test: returns which page is hit and, optionally, where (icon, label) + virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), + long * WXUNUSED(flags) = NULL) const + { + return wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + + // we do have multiple pages + virtual bool HasMultiplePages() const { return true; } + + // we don't want focus for ourselves + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + +protected: + // flags for DoSetSelection() + enum + { + SetSelection_SendEvent = 1 + }; + + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + // After the insertion of the page in the method InsertPage, calling this + // method sets the selection to the given page or the first one if there is + // still no selection. The "selection changed" event is sent only if + // bSelect is true, so when it is false, no event is sent even if the + // selection changed from wxNOT_FOUND to 0 when inserting the first page. + // + // Returns true if the selection was set to the specified page (explicitly + // because of bSelect == true or implicitly because it's the first page) or + // false otherwise. + bool DoSetSelectionAfterInsertion(size_t n, bool bSelect); + + // set the selection to the given page, sending the events (which can + // possibly prevent the page change from taking place) if SendEvent flag is + // included + virtual int DoSetSelection(size_t nPage, int flags = 0); + + // if the derived class uses DoSetSelection() for implementing + // [Set|Change]Selection, it must override UpdateSelectedPage(), + // CreatePageChangingEvent() and MakeChangedEvent(), but as it might not + // use it, these functions are not pure virtual + + // called to notify the control about a new current page + virtual void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t WXUNUSED(newsel)) + { wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Override this function!")); } + + // create a new "page changing" event + virtual wxBookCtrlEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const + { wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Override this function!")); return NULL; } + + // modify the event created by CreatePageChangingEvent() to "page changed" + // event, usually by just calling SetEventType() on it + virtual void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) + { wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Override this function!")); } + + + // Should we accept NULL page pointers in Add/InsertPage()? + // + // Default is no but derived classes may override it if they can treat NULL + // pages in some sensible way (e.g. wxTreebook overrides this to allow + // having nodes without any associated page) + virtual bool AllowNullPage() const { return false; } + + // remove the page and return a pointer to it + virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page) = 0; + + // our best size is the size which fits all our pages + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // helper: get the next page wrapping if we reached the end + int GetNextPage(bool forward) const; + + // Lay out controls + virtual void DoSize(); + + // This method also invalidates the size of the controller and should be + // called instead of just InvalidateBestSize() whenever pages are added or + // removed as this also affects the controller + void DoInvalidateBestSize(); + +#if wxUSE_HELP + // Show the help for the corresponding page + void OnHelp(wxHelpEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + + + // the array of all pages of this control + wxArrayPages m_pages; + + // the associated image list or NULL + wxImageList *m_imageList; + + // true if we must delete m_imageList + bool m_ownsImageList; + + // get the page area + virtual wxRect GetPageRect() const; + + // event handlers + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + + // controller buddy if available, NULL otherwise (usually for native book controls like wxNotebook) + wxControl *m_bookctrl; + + // Whether to shrink to fit current page + bool m_fitToCurrentPage; + + // the sizer containing the choice control + wxSizer *m_controlSizer; + + // the margin around the choice control + int m_controlMargin; + + // The currently selected page (in range 0..m_pages.size()-1 inclusive) or + // wxNOT_FOUND if none (this can normally only be the case for an empty + // control without any pages). + int m_selection; + +private: + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // internal border + unsigned int m_internalBorder; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBookCtrlBase) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBookCtrlBase); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBookCtrlEvent: page changing events generated by book classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBookCtrlEvent : public wxNotifyEvent +{ +public: + wxBookCtrlEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0, + int nSel = wxNOT_FOUND, int nOldSel = wxNOT_FOUND) + : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid) + { + m_nSel = nSel; + m_nOldSel = nOldSel; + } + + wxBookCtrlEvent(const wxBookCtrlEvent& event) + : wxNotifyEvent(event) + { + m_nSel = event.m_nSel; + m_nOldSel = event.m_nOldSel; + } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxBookCtrlEvent(*this); } + + // accessors + // the currently selected page (wxNOT_FOUND if none) + int GetSelection() const { return m_nSel; } + void SetSelection(int nSel) { m_nSel = nSel; } + // the page that was selected before the change (wxNOT_FOUND if none) + int GetOldSelection() const { return m_nOldSel; } + void SetOldSelection(int nOldSel) { m_nOldSel = nOldSel; } + +private: + int m_nSel, // currently selected page + m_nOldSel; // previously selected page + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxBookCtrlEvent) +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxBookCtrlEventFunction)(wxBookCtrlEvent&); + +#define wxBookCtrlEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxBookCtrlEventFunction, func) + +// obsolete name, defined for compatibility only +#define wxBookCtrlBaseEvent wxBookCtrlEvent + +// make a default book control for given platform +#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK + // dedicated to majority of desktops + #include "wx/notebook.h" + #define wxBookCtrl wxNotebook + #define wxEVT_COMMAND_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED + #define wxEVT_COMMAND_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING + #define EVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) + #define EVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn) EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn) +#else + // dedicated to Smartphones + #include "wx/choicebk.h" + #define wxBookCtrl wxChoicebook + #define wxEVT_COMMAND_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED + #define wxEVT_COMMAND_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING + #define EVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) + #define EVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn) EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn) +#endif + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + #define wxBC_TOP wxBK_TOP + #define wxBC_BOTTOM wxBK_BOTTOM + #define wxBC_LEFT wxBK_LEFT + #define wxBC_RIGHT wxBK_RIGHT + #define wxBC_DEFAULT wxBK_DEFAULT +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_BOOKCTRL + +#endif // _WX_BOOKCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/brush.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/brush.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0791d38002 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/brush.h @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/brush.h +// Purpose: Includes platform-specific wxBrush file +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: brush.h 66054 2010-11-07 13:16:20Z VZ $ +// Copyright: Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxGDIObjListBase + +// NOTE: these values cannot be combined together! +enum wxBrushStyle +{ + wxBRUSHSTYLE_INVALID = -1, + + wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID = wxSOLID, + wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT = wxTRANSPARENT, + wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = wxSTIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE, + wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK = wxSTIPPLE_MASK, + wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE = wxSTIPPLE, + wxBRUSHSTYLE_BDIAGONAL_HATCH = wxBDIAGONAL_HATCH, + wxBRUSHSTYLE_CROSSDIAG_HATCH = wxCROSSDIAG_HATCH, + wxBRUSHSTYLE_FDIAGONAL_HATCH = wxFDIAGONAL_HATCH, + wxBRUSHSTYLE_CROSS_HATCH = wxCROSS_HATCH, + wxBRUSHSTYLE_HORIZONTAL_HATCH = wxHORIZONTAL_HATCH, + wxBRUSHSTYLE_VERTICAL_HATCH = wxVERTICAL_HATCH, + wxBRUSHSTYLE_FIRST_HATCH = wxFIRST_HATCH, + wxBRUSHSTYLE_LAST_HATCH = wxLAST_HATCH +}; + + +// wxBrushBase +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBrushBase: public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + virtual ~wxBrushBase() { } + + virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& col) = 0; + virtual void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) = 0; + virtual void SetStyle(wxBrushStyle style) = 0; + virtual void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple) = 0; + + virtual wxColour GetColour() const = 0; + virtual wxBrushStyle GetStyle() const = 0; + virtual wxBitmap *GetStipple() const = 0; + + virtual bool IsHatch() const + { return (GetStyle()>=wxBRUSHSTYLE_FIRST_HATCH) && (GetStyle()<=wxBRUSHSTYLE_LAST_HATCH); } + + // Convenient helpers for testing whether the brush is a transparent one: + // unlike GetStyle() == wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT, they work correctly even + // if the brush is invalid (they both return false in this case). + bool IsTransparent() const + { + return IsOk() && GetStyle() == wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT; + } + + bool IsNonTransparent() const + { + return IsOk() && GetStyle() != wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT; + } +}; + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/brush.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/brush.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/brush.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/brush.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/brush.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #include "wx/mgl/brush.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #include "wx/dfb/brush.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/brush.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/brush.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/brush.h" +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBrushList: public wxGDIObjListBase +{ +public: + wxBrush *FindOrCreateBrush(const wxColour& colour, + wxBrushStyle style = wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxBrush *FindOrCreateBrush(const wxColour& colour, int style) + { return FindOrCreateBrush(colour, (wxBrushStyle)style); } +#endif + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + wxDEPRECATED( void AddBrush(wxBrush*) ); + wxDEPRECATED( void RemoveBrush(wxBrush*) ); +#endif +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxBrushList*) wxTheBrushList; + +// provide comparison operators to allow code such as +// +// if ( brush.GetStyle() == wxTRANSPARENT ) +// +// to compile without warnings which it would otherwise provoke from some +// compilers as it compares elements of different enums +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + +// Unfortunately some compilers have ambiguity issues when enum comparisons are +// overloaded so we have to disable the overloads in this case, see +// wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM definition in wx/platform.h for more details. +#ifndef wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM + +inline bool operator==(wxBrushStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t) +{ + return static_cast(s) == static_cast(t); +} + +inline bool operator!=(wxBrushStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t) +{ + return !(s == t); +} + +#endif // wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM + +#endif // FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + +#endif // _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/buffer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..161e935af6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,605 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/buffer.h +// Purpose: auto buffer classes: buffers which automatically free memory +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 12.04.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: buffer.h 66780 2011-01-27 11:00:26Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BUFFER_H +#define _WX_BUFFER_H + +#include "wx/chartype.h" +#include "wx/wxcrtbase.h" + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS5__ +#include // malloc() and free() +#endif // ! __WXPALMOS5__ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxCStrData; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Special classes for (wide) character strings: they use malloc/free instead +// of new/delete +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// helpers used by wxCharTypeBuffer +namespace wxPrivate +{ + +struct UntypedBufferData +{ + enum Kind + { + Owned, + NonOwned + }; + + UntypedBufferData(void *str, size_t len, Kind kind = Owned) + : m_str(str), m_length(len), m_ref(1), m_owned(kind == Owned) {} + + ~UntypedBufferData() + { + if ( m_owned ) + free(m_str); + } + + void *m_str; + size_t m_length; + + // "short" to have sizeof(Data)=12 on 32bit archs + unsigned short m_ref; + + bool m_owned; +}; + +// NB: this is defined in string.cpp and not the (non-existent) buffer.cpp +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE UntypedBufferData * GetUntypedNullData(); + +} // namespace wxPrivate + + +// Reference-counted character buffer for storing string data. The buffer +// is only valid for as long as the "parent" object that provided the data +// is valid; see wxCharTypeBuffer for persistent variant. +template +class wxScopedCharTypeBuffer +{ +public: + typedef T CharType; + + wxScopedCharTypeBuffer() + { + m_data = GetNullData(); + } + + // Creates "non-owned" buffer, i.e. 'str' is not owned by the buffer + // and doesn't get freed by dtor. Used e.g. to point to wxString's internal + // storage. + static + const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer CreateNonOwned(const CharType *str, + size_t len = wxNO_LEN) + { + if ( len == wxNO_LEN ) + len = wxStrlen(str); + + wxScopedCharTypeBuffer buf; + if ( str ) + buf.m_data = new Data(const_cast(str), len, Data::NonOwned); + return buf; + } + + // Creates "owned" buffer, i.e. takes over ownership of 'str' and frees it + // in dtor (if ref.count reaches 0). + static + const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer CreateOwned(CharType *str, + size_t len = wxNO_LEN ) + { + if ( len == wxNO_LEN ) + len = wxStrlen(str); + + wxScopedCharTypeBuffer buf; + if ( str ) + buf.m_data = new Data(str, len); + return buf; + } + + wxScopedCharTypeBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& src) + { + m_data = src.m_data; + IncRef(); + } + + wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& operator=(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& src) + { + if ( &src == this ) + return *this; + + DecRef(); + m_data = src.m_data; + IncRef(); + + return *this; + } + + ~wxScopedCharTypeBuffer() + { + DecRef(); + } + + // NB: this method is only const for backward compatibility. It used to + // be needed for auto_ptr-like semantics of the copy ctor, but now + // that ref-counting is used, it's not really needed. + CharType *release() const + { + if ( m_data == GetNullData() ) + return NULL; + + wxASSERT_MSG( m_data->m_owned, wxT("can't release non-owned buffer") ); + wxASSERT_MSG( m_data->m_ref == 1, wxT("can't release shared buffer") ); + + CharType * const p = m_data->Get(); + + wxScopedCharTypeBuffer *self = const_cast(this); + self->m_data->Set(NULL, 0); + self->DecRef(); + + return p; + } + + void reset() + { + DecRef(); + } + + CharType *data() { return m_data->Get(); } + const CharType *data() const { return m_data->Get(); } + operator const CharType *() const { return data(); } + CharType operator[](size_t n) const { return data()[n]; } + + size_t length() const { return m_data->m_length; } + +protected: + // reference-counted data + struct Data : public wxPrivate::UntypedBufferData + { + Data(CharType *str, size_t len, Kind kind = Owned) + : wxPrivate::UntypedBufferData(str, len, kind) + { + } + + CharType *Get() const { return static_cast(m_str); } + void Set(CharType *str, size_t len) + { + m_str = str; + m_length = len; + } + }; + + // placeholder for NULL string, to simplify this code + static Data *GetNullData() + { + return static_cast(wxPrivate::GetUntypedNullData()); + } + + void IncRef() + { + if ( m_data == GetNullData() ) // exception, not ref-counted + return; + m_data->m_ref++; + } + + void DecRef() + { + if ( m_data == GetNullData() ) // exception, not ref-counted + return; + if ( --m_data->m_ref == 0 ) + delete m_data; + m_data = GetNullData(); + } + + // sets this object to a be copy of 'other'; if 'src' is non-owned, + // a deep copy is made and 'this' will contain new instance of the data + void MakeOwnedCopyOf(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& src) + { + this->DecRef(); + + if ( src.m_data == this->GetNullData() ) + { + this->m_data = this->GetNullData(); + } + else if ( src.m_data->m_owned ) + { + this->m_data = src.m_data; + this->IncRef(); + } + else + { + // if the scoped buffer had non-owned data, we have to make + // a copy here, because src.m_data->m_str is valid only for as long + // as 'src' exists + this->m_data = new Data + ( + StrCopy(src.data(), src.length()), + src.length() + ); + } + } + + static CharType *StrCopy(const CharType *src, size_t len) + { + CharType *dst = (CharType*)malloc(sizeof(CharType) * (len + 1)); + memcpy(dst, src, sizeof(CharType) * (len + 1)); + return dst; + } + +protected: + Data *m_data; +}; + +typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer wxScopedCharBuffer; +typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer wxScopedWCharBuffer; + + +// this buffer class always stores data in "owned" (persistent) manner +template +class wxCharTypeBuffer : public wxScopedCharTypeBuffer +{ +protected: + typedef typename wxScopedCharTypeBuffer::Data Data; + +public: + typedef T CharType; + + wxCharTypeBuffer(const CharType *str = NULL, size_t len = wxNO_LEN) + { + if ( str ) + { + if ( len == wxNO_LEN ) + len = wxStrlen(str); + this->m_data = new Data(this->StrCopy(str, len), len); + } + else + { + this->m_data = this->GetNullData(); + } + } + + wxCharTypeBuffer(size_t len) + { + this->m_data = + new Data((CharType *)malloc((len + 1)*sizeof(CharType)), len); + this->m_data->Get()[len] = (CharType)0; + } + + wxCharTypeBuffer(const wxCharTypeBuffer& src) + : wxScopedCharTypeBuffer(src) {} + + wxCharTypeBuffer& operator=(const CharType *str) + { + this->DecRef(); + + if ( str ) + this->m_data = new Data(wxStrdup(str), wxStrlen(str)); + return *this; + } + + wxCharTypeBuffer& operator=(const wxCharTypeBuffer& src) + { + wxScopedCharTypeBuffer::operator=(src); + return *this; + } + + wxCharTypeBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& src) + { + this->MakeOwnedCopyOf(src); + } + + wxCharTypeBuffer& operator=(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& src) + { + MakeOwnedCopyOf(src); + return *this; + } + + bool extend(size_t len) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_data->m_owned, "cannot extend non-owned buffer" ); + wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_data->m_ref == 1, "can't extend shared buffer" ); + + CharType *str = + (CharType *)realloc(this->data(), (len + 1) * sizeof(CharType)); + if ( !str ) + return false; + + if ( this->m_data == this->GetNullData() ) + { + this->m_data = new Data(str, len); + } + else + { + this->m_data->Set(str, len); + this->m_data->m_owned = true; + } + + return true; + } + + void shrink(size_t len) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_data->m_owned, "cannot shrink non-owned buffer" ); + wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_data->m_ref == 1, "can't shrink shared buffer" ); + + wxASSERT( len <= this->length() ); + + this->m_data->m_length = len; + this->data()[len] = 0; + } +}; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxScopedCharTypeBuffer ) +WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxCharTypeBuffer ) + +class wxCharBuffer : public wxCharTypeBuffer +{ +public: + typedef wxCharTypeBuffer wxCharTypeBufferBase; + typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer wxScopedCharTypeBufferBase; + + wxCharBuffer(const wxCharTypeBufferBase& buf) + : wxCharTypeBufferBase(buf) {} + wxCharBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBufferBase& buf) + : wxCharTypeBufferBase(buf) {} + + wxCharBuffer(const CharType *str = NULL) : wxCharTypeBufferBase(str) {} + wxCharBuffer(size_t len) : wxCharTypeBufferBase(len) {} + + wxCharBuffer(const wxCStrData& cstr); +}; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxScopedCharTypeBuffer ) +WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxCharTypeBuffer ) + +class wxWCharBuffer : public wxCharTypeBuffer +{ +public: + typedef wxCharTypeBuffer wxCharTypeBufferBase; + typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer wxScopedCharTypeBufferBase; + + wxWCharBuffer(const wxCharTypeBufferBase& buf) + : wxCharTypeBufferBase(buf) {} + wxWCharBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBufferBase& buf) + : wxCharTypeBufferBase(buf) {} + + wxWCharBuffer(const CharType *str = NULL) : wxCharTypeBufferBase(str) {} + wxWCharBuffer(size_t len) : wxCharTypeBufferBase(len) {} + + wxWCharBuffer(const wxCStrData& cstr); +}; + +// wxCharTypeBuffer implicitly convertible to T* +template +class wxWritableCharTypeBuffer : public wxCharTypeBuffer +{ +public: + typedef typename wxScopedCharTypeBuffer::CharType CharType; + + wxWritableCharTypeBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& src) + : wxCharTypeBuffer(src) {} + // FIXME-UTF8: this won't be needed after converting mb_str()/wc_str() to + // always return a buffer + // + we should derive this class from wxScopedCharTypeBuffer + // then + wxWritableCharTypeBuffer(const CharType *str = NULL) + : wxCharTypeBuffer(str) {} + + operator CharType*() { return this->data(); } +}; + +typedef wxWritableCharTypeBuffer wxWritableCharBuffer; +typedef wxWritableCharTypeBuffer wxWritableWCharBuffer; + + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxWxCharBuffer wxWCharBuffer + + #define wxMB2WXbuf wxWCharBuffer + #define wxWX2MBbuf wxCharBuffer + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + #define wxWC2WXbuf wxChar* + #define wxWX2WCbuf wxChar* + #elif wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + #define wxWC2WXbuf wxWCharBuffer + #define wxWX2WCbuf wxWCharBuffer + #endif +#else // ANSI + #define wxWxCharBuffer wxCharBuffer + + #define wxMB2WXbuf wxChar* + #define wxWX2MBbuf wxChar* + #define wxWC2WXbuf wxCharBuffer + #define wxWX2WCbuf wxWCharBuffer +#endif // Unicode/ANSI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// A class for holding growable data buffers (not necessarily strings) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This class manages the actual data buffer pointer and is ref-counted. +class wxMemoryBufferData +{ +public: + // the initial size and also the size added by ResizeIfNeeded() + enum { DefBufSize = 1024 }; + + friend class wxMemoryBuffer; + + // everyting is private as it can only be used by wxMemoryBuffer +private: + wxMemoryBufferData(size_t size = wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize) + : m_data(size ? malloc(size) : NULL), m_size(size), m_len(0), m_ref(0) + { + } + ~wxMemoryBufferData() { free(m_data); } + + + void ResizeIfNeeded(size_t newSize) + { + if (newSize > m_size) + { + void *dataOld = m_data; + m_data = realloc(m_data, newSize + wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize); + if ( !m_data ) + { + free(dataOld); + } + + m_size = newSize + wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize; + } + } + + void IncRef() { m_ref += 1; } + void DecRef() + { + m_ref -= 1; + if (m_ref == 0) // are there no more references? + delete this; + } + + void *release() + { + if ( m_data == NULL ) + return NULL; + + wxASSERT_MSG( m_ref == 1, "can't release shared buffer" ); + + void *p = m_data; + m_data = NULL; + m_len = + m_size = 0; + + return p; + } + + + // the buffer containing the data + void *m_data; + + // the size of the buffer + size_t m_size; + + // the amount of data currently in the buffer + size_t m_len; + + // the reference count + size_t m_ref; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryBufferData); +}; + + +class wxMemoryBuffer +{ +public: + // ctor and dtor + wxMemoryBuffer(size_t size = wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize) + { + m_bufdata = new wxMemoryBufferData(size); + m_bufdata->IncRef(); + } + + ~wxMemoryBuffer() { m_bufdata->DecRef(); } + + + // copy and assignment + wxMemoryBuffer(const wxMemoryBuffer& src) + : m_bufdata(src.m_bufdata) + { + m_bufdata->IncRef(); + } + + wxMemoryBuffer& operator=(const wxMemoryBuffer& src) + { + if (&src != this) + { + m_bufdata->DecRef(); + m_bufdata = src.m_bufdata; + m_bufdata->IncRef(); + } + return *this; + } + + + // Accessors + void *GetData() const { return m_bufdata->m_data; } + size_t GetBufSize() const { return m_bufdata->m_size; } + size_t GetDataLen() const { return m_bufdata->m_len; } + + void SetBufSize(size_t size) { m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(size); } + void SetDataLen(size_t len) + { + wxASSERT(len <= m_bufdata->m_size); + m_bufdata->m_len = len; + } + + // Ensure the buffer is big enough and return a pointer to it + void *GetWriteBuf(size_t sizeNeeded) + { + m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(sizeNeeded); + return m_bufdata->m_data; + } + + // Update the length after the write + void UngetWriteBuf(size_t sizeUsed) { SetDataLen(sizeUsed); } + + // Like the above, but appends to the buffer + void *GetAppendBuf(size_t sizeNeeded) + { + m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(m_bufdata->m_len + sizeNeeded); + return (char*)m_bufdata->m_data + m_bufdata->m_len; + } + + // Update the length after the append + void UngetAppendBuf(size_t sizeUsed) + { + SetDataLen(m_bufdata->m_len + sizeUsed); + } + + // Other ways to append to the buffer + void AppendByte(char data) + { + wxCHECK_RET( m_bufdata->m_data, wxT("invalid wxMemoryBuffer") ); + + m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(m_bufdata->m_len + 1); + *(((char*)m_bufdata->m_data) + m_bufdata->m_len) = data; + m_bufdata->m_len += 1; + } + + void AppendData(const void *data, size_t len) + { + memcpy(GetAppendBuf(len), data, len); + UngetAppendBuf(len); + } + + operator const char *() const { return (const char*)GetData(); } + + // gives up ownership of data, returns the pointer; after this call, + // data isn't freed by the buffer and its content is resent to empty + void *release() + { + return m_bufdata->release(); + } + +private: + wxMemoryBufferData* m_bufdata; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// template class for any kind of data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// TODO + +#endif // _WX_BUFFER_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/build.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/build.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a82e56db81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/build.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/build.h +// Purpose: Runtime build options checking +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 07.05.02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: build.h 64531 2010-06-09 13:23:13Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BUILD_H_ +#define _WX_BUILD_H_ + +#include "wx/version.h" + +// NB: This file contains macros for checking binary compatibility of libraries +// in multilib builds, plugins and user components. +// The WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE macro expands into string that should +// uniquely identify binary compatible builds: i.e. if two builds of the +// library are binary compatible, their signature string should be the +// same; if two builds are binary incompatible, their signatures should +// be different. +// +// Therefore, wxUSE_XXX flags that affect binary compatibility (vtables, +// function signatures) should be accounted for here. So should compilers +// and compiler versions (but note that binary compatible compiler versions +// such as gcc-2.95.2 and gcc-2.95.3 should have same signature!). + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(x) __WX_BO_STRINGIZE0(x) +#define __WX_BO_STRINGIZE0(x) #x + +#if (wxMINOR_VERSION % 2) == 0 + #define __WX_BO_VERSION(x,y,z) \ + __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(x) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(y) +#else + #define __WX_BO_VERSION(x,y,z) \ + __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(x) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(y) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(z) +#endif + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + #define __WX_BO_UNICODE "UTF-8" +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + #define __WX_BO_UNICODE "wchar_t" +#else + #define __WX_BO_UNICODE "ANSI" +#endif + +// GCC and Intel C++ share same C++ ABI (and possibly others in the future), +// check if compiler versions are compatible: +#if defined(__GXX_ABI_VERSION) + #define __WX_BO_COMPILER \ + ",compiler with C++ ABI " __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(__GXX_ABI_VERSION) +#elif defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) + #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Intel C++" +#elif defined(__GNUG__) + #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",GCC " \ + __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(__GNUC__) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(__GNUC_MINOR__) +#elif defined(__VISUALC__) + #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Visual C++ " __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(_MSC_VER) +#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) + #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Borland C++" +#elif defined(__DIGITALMARS__) + #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",DigitalMars" +#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) + #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Watcom C++" +#else + #define __WX_BO_COMPILER +#endif + +// WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY macros affect presence of virtual functions +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + #define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_6 ",compatible with 2.6" +#else + #define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_6 +#endif +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + #define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_8 ",compatible with 2.8" +#else + #define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_8 +#endif + +// deriving wxWin containers from STL ones changes them completely: +#if wxUSE_STL + #define __WX_BO_STL ",STL containers" +#else + #define __WX_BO_STL ",wx containers" +#endif + +// This macro is passed as argument to wxConsoleApp::CheckBuildOptions() +#define WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE \ + __WX_BO_VERSION(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER) \ + " (" __WX_BO_UNICODE \ + __WX_BO_COMPILER \ + __WX_BO_STL \ + __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_6 __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_8 \ + ")" + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Use this macro to check build options. Adding it to a file in DLL will +// ensure that the DLL checks build options in same way wxIMPLEMENT_APP() does. +#define WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS(libName) \ + static struct wxBuildOptionsChecker \ + { \ + wxBuildOptionsChecker() \ + { \ + wxAppConsole::CheckBuildOptions(WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE, \ + libName); \ + } \ + } gs_buildOptionsCheck; + + +#endif // _WX_BUILD_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/busyinfo.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/busyinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae63552870 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/busyinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/busyinfo.h +// Purpose: Information window (when app is busy) +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: busyinfo.h 37158 2006-01-26 15:40:46Z ABX $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __BUSYINFO_H_BASE__ +#define __BUSYINFO_H_BASE__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_BUSYINFO + +#include "wx/generic/busyinfo.h" + +#endif // wxUSE_BUSYINFO + +#endif // __BUSYINFO_H_BASE__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/button.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/button.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d69cbe4b58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/button.h @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/button.h +// Purpose: wxButtonBase class +// Author: Vadim Zetlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 15.08.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: button.h 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zetlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxButton flags shared with other classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN || wxUSE_BUTTON + +// These flags affect label alignment +#define wxBU_LEFT 0x0040 +#define wxBU_TOP 0x0080 +#define wxBU_RIGHT 0x0100 +#define wxBU_BOTTOM 0x0200 +#define wxBU_ALIGN_MASK ( wxBU_LEFT | wxBU_TOP | wxBU_RIGHT | wxBU_BOTTOM ) +#endif + +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxButton specific flags +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// These two flags are obsolete +#define wxBU_NOAUTODRAW 0x0000 +#define wxBU_AUTODRAW 0x0004 + +// by default, the buttons will be created with some (system dependent) +// minimal size to make them look nicer, giving this style will make them as +// small as possible +#define wxBU_EXACTFIT 0x0001 + +// this flag can be used to disable using the text label in the button: it is +// mostly useful when creating buttons showing bitmap and having stock id as +// without it both the standard label corresponding to the stock id and the +// bitmap would be shown +#define wxBU_NOTEXT 0x0002 + + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/control.h" + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxButtonNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxButton: a push button +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxButtonBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxButtonBase() { } + + // show the authentication needed symbol on the button: this is currently + // only implemented on Windows Vista and newer (on which it shows the UAC + // shield symbol) + void SetAuthNeeded(bool show = true) { DoSetAuthNeeded(show); } + bool GetAuthNeeded() const { return DoGetAuthNeeded(); } + + // show the image in the button in addition to the label: this method is + // supported on all (major) platforms + void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxDirection dir = wxLEFT) + { + SetBitmapLabel(bitmap); + SetBitmapPosition(dir); + } + + wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Normal); } + + // Methods for setting individual images for different states: normal, + // selected (meaning pushed or pressed), focused (meaning normal state for + // a focused button), disabled or hover (a.k.a. hot or current). + // + // Remember that SetBitmap() itself must be called before any other + // SetBitmapXXX() methods (except for SetBitmapLabel() which is a synonym + // for it anyhow) and that all bitmaps passed to these functions should be + // of the same size. + void SetBitmapLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap) + { DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Normal); } + void SetBitmapPressed(const wxBitmap& bitmap) + { DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Pressed); } + void SetBitmapDisabled(const wxBitmap& bitmap) + { DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Disabled); } + void SetBitmapCurrent(const wxBitmap& bitmap) + { DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Current); } + void SetBitmapFocus(const wxBitmap& bitmap) + { DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Focused); } + + wxBitmap GetBitmapLabel() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Normal); } + wxBitmap GetBitmapPressed() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Pressed); } + wxBitmap GetBitmapDisabled() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Disabled); } + wxBitmap GetBitmapCurrent() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Current); } + wxBitmap GetBitmapFocus() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Focused); } + + + // set the margins around the image + void SetBitmapMargins(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) { DoSetBitmapMargins(x, y); } + void SetBitmapMargins(const wxSize& sz) { DoSetBitmapMargins(sz.x, sz.y); } + wxSize GetBitmapMargins() { return DoGetBitmapMargins(); } + + // set the image position relative to the text, i.e. wxLEFT means that the + // image is to the left of the text (this is the default) + void SetBitmapPosition(wxDirection dir); + + + // make this button the default button in its top level window + // + // returns the old default item (possibly NULL) + virtual wxWindow *SetDefault(); + + // Buttons on MSW can look bad if they are not native colours, because + // then they become owner-drawn and not theme-drawn. Disable it here + // in wxButtonBase to make it consistent. + virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; } + + // returns the default button size for this platform + static wxSize GetDefaultSize(); + + // wxUniv-compatible and deprecated equivalents to SetBitmapXXX() +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + void SetImageLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { SetBitmap(bitmap); } + void SetImageMargins(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) { SetBitmapMargins(x, y); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + // backwards compatible names for pressed/current bitmaps: they're not + // deprecated as there is nothing really wrong with using them and no real + // advantage to using the new names but the new names are still preferred + wxBitmap GetBitmapSelected() const { return GetBitmapPressed(); } + wxBitmap GetBitmapHover() const { return GetBitmapCurrent(); } + + void SetBitmapSelected(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { SetBitmapPressed(bitmap); } + void SetBitmapHover(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { SetBitmapCurrent(bitmap); } + + + // this enum is not part of wx public API, it is public because it is used + // in non wxButton-derived classes internally + // + // also notice that MSW code relies on the values of the enum elements, do + // not change them without revising src/msw/button.cpp + enum State + { + State_Normal, + State_Current, // a.k.a. hot or "hovering" + State_Pressed, // a.k.a. "selected" in public API for some reason + State_Disabled, + State_Focused, + State_Max + }; + + // return true if this button shouldn't show the text label, either because + // it doesn't have it or because it was explicitly disabled with wxBU_NOTEXT + bool DontShowLabel() const + { + return HasFlag(wxBU_NOTEXT) || GetLabel().empty(); + } + + // return true if we do show the label + bool ShowsLabel() const + { + return !DontShowLabel(); + } + +protected: + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + virtual bool DoGetAuthNeeded() const { return false; } + virtual void DoSetAuthNeeded(bool WXUNUSED(show)) { } + + virtual wxBitmap DoGetBitmap(State WXUNUSED(which)) const + { return wxBitmap(); } + virtual void DoSetBitmap(const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap), + State WXUNUSED(which)) + { } + + virtual wxSize DoGetBitmapMargins() const + { return wxSize(0, 0); } + + virtual void DoSetBitmapMargins(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y)) + { } + + virtual void DoSetBitmapPosition(wxDirection WXUNUSED(dir)) + { } + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxButtonBase); +}; + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/button.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/button.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/button.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/button.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/button.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/button.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/button.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/button.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/button.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON + +#endif + // _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cairo.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cairo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2518a89a21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cairo.h @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cairo.h +// Purpose: Cairo library +// Author: Anthony Bretaudeau +// Created: 2007-08-25 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cairo.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Anthony Bretaudeau +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CAIRO_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CAIRO_H_BASE_ + +#if wxUSE_CAIRO + +#include "wx/dynlib.h" +#include + + +class wxCairoLibrary +{ +public: + // return the pointer to the global instance of this class or NULL if we + // failed to load/initialize it + static wxCairoLibrary *Get(); + + + // for internal use only + static void CleanUp(); + +private: + // the single wxCairoLibrary instance or NULL + static wxCairoLibrary *ms_lib; + + wxCairoLibrary(); + ~wxCairoLibrary(); + + bool IsOk(); + bool InitializeMethods(); + + wxDynamicLibrary m_libCairo; + wxDynamicLibrary m_libPangoCairo; + + // true if we successfully loaded the libraries and can use them + // + // note that this field must have this name as it's used by wxDL_XXX macros + bool m_ok; + +public: + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_arc, + (cairo_t *cr, double xc, double yc, double radius, double angle1, double angle2), (cr, xc, yc, radius, angle1, angle2) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_arc_negative, + (cairo_t *cr, double xc, double yc, double radius, double angle1, double angle2), (cr, xc, yc, radius, angle1, angle2) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_clip, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_close_path, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr) ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( cairo_t*, cairo_create, + (cairo_surface_t *target), (target), NULL) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_curve_to, + (cairo_t *cr, double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2, double x3, double y3), (cr, x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_destroy, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_fill, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_fill_preserve, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr) ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( cairo_surface_t*, cairo_get_target, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr), NULL) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( cairo_surface_t*, cairo_image_surface_create_for_data, + (unsigned char *data, cairo_format_t format, int width, int height, int stride), (data, format, width, height, stride), NULL) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_line_to, + (cairo_t *cr, double x, double y), (cr, x, y) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_move_to, + (cairo_t *cr, double x, double y), (cr, x, y) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_new_path, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_paint, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_rgba, + (cairo_pattern_t *pattern, double offset, double red, double green, double blue, double alpha), (pattern, offset, red, green, blue, alpha) ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( cairo_pattern_t*, cairo_pattern_create_for_surface, + (cairo_surface_t *surface), (surface), NULL) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( cairo_pattern_t*, cairo_pattern_create_linear, + (double x0, double y0, double x1, double y1), (x0, y0, x1, y1), NULL) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( cairo_pattern_t*, cairo_pattern_create_radial, + (double cx0, double cy0, double radius0, double cx1, double cy1, double radius1), (cx0, cy0, radius0, cx1, cy1, radius1), NULL) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_pattern_destroy, + (cairo_pattern_t *pattern), (pattern) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_pattern_set_extend, + (cairo_pattern_t *pattern, cairo_extend_t extend), (pattern, extend) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_pattern_set_filter, + (cairo_pattern_t *pattern, cairo_filter_t filter), (pattern, filter) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_rectangle, + (cairo_t *cr, double x, double y, double width, double height), (cr, x, y, width, height) ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( cairo_t*, cairo_reference, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr), NULL ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_reset_clip, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_restore, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_rotate, + (cairo_t *cr, double angle), (cr, angle) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_save, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_scale, + (cairo_t *cr, double sx, double sy), (cr, sx, sy) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_set_dash, + (cairo_t *cr, const double *dashes, int num_dashes, double offset), (cr, dashes, num_dashes, offset) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_set_fill_rule, + (cairo_t *cr, cairo_fill_rule_t fill_rule), (cr, fill_rule) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_set_line_cap, + (cairo_t *cr, cairo_line_cap_t line_cap), (cr, line_cap) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_set_line_join, + (cairo_t *cr, cairo_line_join_t line_join), (cr, line_join) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_set_line_width, + (cairo_t *cr, double width), (cr, width) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_set_operator, + (cairo_t *cr, cairo_operator_t op), (cr, op) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_set_source, + (cairo_t *cr, cairo_pattern_t *source), (cr, source) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_set_source_rgba, + (cairo_t *cr, double red, double green, double blue, double alpha), (cr, red, green, blue, alpha) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_stroke, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_stroke_preserve, + (cairo_t *cr), (cr) ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( cairo_surface_t*, cairo_surface_create_similar, + (cairo_surface_t *other, cairo_content_t content, int width, int height), (other, content, width, height), NULL) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_surface_destroy, + (cairo_surface_t *surface), (surface) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( cairo_translate, + (cairo_t *cr, double tx, double ty), (cr, tx, ty) ) + + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( pango_cairo_update_layout, + (cairo_t *cr, PangoLayout *layout), (cr, layout) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( pango_cairo_show_layout, + (cairo_t *cr, PangoLayout *layout), (cr, layout) ) + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCairoLibrary); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CAIRO + +#endif // _WX_CAIRO_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/calctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/calctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..801edf0959 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/calctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,397 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/calctrl.h +// Purpose: date-picker control +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29.12.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: calctrl.h 58718 2009-02-07 18:59:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CALCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_CALCTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL + +#include "wx/dateevt.h" +#include "wx/colour.h" +#include "wx/font.h" +#include "wx/control.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCalendarCtrl flags +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum +{ + // show Sunday as the first day of the week (default) + wxCAL_SUNDAY_FIRST = 0x0000, + + // show Monday as the first day of the week + wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST = 0x0001, + + // highlight holidays + wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS = 0x0002, + + // disable the year change control, show only the month change one + // deprecated + wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE = 0x0004, + + // don't allow changing neither month nor year (implies + // wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE) + wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE = 0x000c, + + // use MS-style month-selection instead of combo-spin combination + wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION = 0x0010, + + // show the neighbouring weeks in the previous and next month + wxCAL_SHOW_SURROUNDING_WEEKS = 0x0020, + + // show week numbers on the left side of the calendar. + wxCAL_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS = 0x0040 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// return values for the HitTest() method +enum wxCalendarHitTestResult +{ + wxCAL_HITTEST_NOWHERE, // outside of anything + wxCAL_HITTEST_HEADER, // on the header (weekdays) + wxCAL_HITTEST_DAY, // on a day in the calendar + wxCAL_HITTEST_INCMONTH, + wxCAL_HITTEST_DECMONTH, + wxCAL_HITTEST_SURROUNDING_WEEK, + wxCAL_HITTEST_WEEK +}; + +// border types for a date +enum wxCalendarDateBorder +{ + wxCAL_BORDER_NONE, // no border (default) + wxCAL_BORDER_SQUARE, // a rectangular border + wxCAL_BORDER_ROUND // a round border +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCalendarDateAttr: custom attributes for a calendar date +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarDateAttr +{ +public: + // ctors + wxCalendarDateAttr(const wxColour& colText = wxNullColour, + const wxColour& colBack = wxNullColour, + const wxColour& colBorder = wxNullColour, + const wxFont& font = wxNullFont, + wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE) + : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack), + m_colBorder(colBorder), m_font(font) + { + Init(border); + } + wxCalendarDateAttr(wxCalendarDateBorder border, + const wxColour& colBorder = wxNullColour) + : m_colBorder(colBorder) + { + Init(border); + } + + // setters + void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; } + void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; } + void SetBorderColour(const wxColour& col) { m_colBorder = col; } + void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; } + void SetBorder(wxCalendarDateBorder border) { m_border = border; } + void SetHoliday(bool holiday) { m_holiday = holiday; } + + // accessors + bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.Ok(); } + bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.Ok(); } + bool HasBorderColour() const { return m_colBorder.Ok(); } + bool HasFont() const { return m_font.Ok(); } + bool HasBorder() const { return m_border != wxCAL_BORDER_NONE; } + + bool IsHoliday() const { return m_holiday; } + + const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; } + const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; } + const wxColour& GetBorderColour() const { return m_colBorder; } + const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; } + wxCalendarDateBorder GetBorder() const { return m_border; } + + // get or change the "mark" attribute, i.e. the one used for the items + // marked with wxCalendarCtrl::Mark() + static const wxCalendarDateAttr& GetMark() { return m_mark; } + static void SetMark(wxCalendarDateAttr const& m) { m_mark = m; } + +protected: + void Init(wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE) + { + m_border = border; + m_holiday = false; + } + +private: + static wxCalendarDateAttr m_mark; + + wxColour m_colText, + m_colBack, + m_colBorder; + wxFont m_font; + wxCalendarDateBorder m_border; + bool m_holiday; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCalendarCtrl events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxCalendarCtrl; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarEvent : public wxDateEvent +{ +public: + wxCalendarEvent() : m_wday(wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay) { } + wxCalendarEvent(wxWindow *win, const wxDateTime& dt, wxEventType type) + : wxDateEvent(win, dt, type), + m_wday(wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay) { } + wxCalendarEvent(const wxCalendarEvent& event) + : wxDateEvent(event), m_wday(event.m_wday) { } + + void SetWeekDay(const wxDateTime::WeekDay wd) { m_wday = wd; } + wxDateTime::WeekDay GetWeekDay() const { return m_wday; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCalendarEvent(*this); } + +private: + wxDateTime::WeekDay m_wday; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCalendarEvent) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCalendarCtrlBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarCtrlBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + // do we allow changing the month/year? + bool AllowMonthChange() const { return !HasFlag(wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE); } + + // get/set the current date + virtual wxDateTime GetDate() const = 0; + virtual bool SetDate(const wxDateTime& date) = 0; + + + // restricting the dates shown by the control to the specified range: only + // implemented in the generic and MSW versions for now + + // if either date is set, the corresponding limit will be enforced and true + // returned; if none are set, the existing restrictions are removed and + // false is returned + virtual bool + SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& WXUNUSED(lowerdate) = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxDateTime& WXUNUSED(upperdate) = wxDefaultDateTime) + { + return false; + } + + // retrieves the limits currently in use (wxDefaultDateTime if none) in the + // provided pointers (which may be NULL) and returns true if there are any + // limits or false if none + virtual bool + GetDateRange(wxDateTime *lowerdate, wxDateTime *upperdate) const + { + if ( lowerdate ) + *lowerdate = wxDefaultDateTime; + if ( upperdate ) + *upperdate = wxDefaultDateTime; + return false; + } + + // returns one of wxCAL_HITTEST_XXX constants and fills either date or wd + // with the corresponding value (none for NOWHERE, the date for DAY and wd + // for HEADER) + // + // notice that this is not implemented in all versions + virtual wxCalendarHitTestResult + HitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos), + wxDateTime* WXUNUSED(date) = NULL, + wxDateTime::WeekDay* WXUNUSED(wd) = NULL) + { + return wxCAL_HITTEST_NOWHERE; + } + + // allow or disable changing the current month (and year), return true if + // the value of this option really changed or false if it was already set + // to the required value + // + // NB: we provide implementation for this pure virtual function, derived + // classes should call it + virtual bool EnableMonthChange(bool enable = true) = 0; + + + // an item without custom attributes is drawn with the default colours and + // font and without border, setting custom attributes allows to modify this + // + // the day parameter should be in 1..31 range, for days 29, 30, 31 the + // corresponding attribute is just unused if there is no such day in the + // current month + // + // notice that currently arbitrary attributes are supported only in the + // generic version, the native controls only support Mark() which assigns + // some special appearance (which can be customized using SetMark() for the + // generic version) to the given day + + virtual void Mark(size_t day, bool mark) = 0; + + virtual wxCalendarDateAttr *GetAttr(size_t WXUNUSED(day)) const + { return NULL; } + virtual void SetAttr(size_t WXUNUSED(day), wxCalendarDateAttr *attr) + { delete attr; } + virtual void ResetAttr(size_t WXUNUSED(day)) { } + + + // holidays support + // + // currently only the generic version implements all functions in this + // section; wxMSW implements simple support for holidays (they can be + // just enabled or disabled) and wxGTK doesn't support them at all + + // equivalent to changing wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS flag but should be called + // instead of just changing it + virtual void EnableHolidayDisplay(bool display = true); + + // set/get the colours to use for holidays (if they're enabled) + virtual void SetHolidayColours(const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colFg), + const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colBg)) { } + + virtual const wxColour& GetHolidayColourFg() const { return wxNullColour; } + virtual const wxColour& GetHolidayColourBg() const { return wxNullColour; } + + // mark the given day of the current month as being a holiday + virtual void SetHoliday(size_t WXUNUSED(day)) { } + + + // customizing the colours of the controls + // + // most of the methods in this section are only implemented by the native + // version of the control and do nothing in the native ones + + // set/get the colours to use for the display of the week day names at the + // top of the controls + virtual void SetHeaderColours(const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colFg), + const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colBg)) { } + + virtual const wxColour& GetHeaderColourFg() const { return wxNullColour; } + virtual const wxColour& GetHeaderColourBg() const { return wxNullColour; } + + // set/get the colours used for the currently selected date + virtual void SetHighlightColours(const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colFg), + const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colBg)) { } + + virtual const wxColour& GetHighlightColourFg() const { return wxNullColour; } + virtual const wxColour& GetHighlightColourBg() const { return wxNullColour; } + + + // implementation only from now on + + // generate the given calendar event, return true if it was processed + // + // NB: this is public because it's used from GTK+ callbacks + bool GenerateEvent(wxEventType type) + { + wxCalendarEvent event(this, GetDate(), type); + return HandleWindowEvent(event); + } + +protected: + // generate all the events for the selection change from dateOld to current + // date: SEL_CHANGED, PAGE_CHANGED if necessary and also one of (deprecated) + // YEAR/MONTH/DAY_CHANGED ones + // + // returns true if page changed event was generated, false if the new date + // is still in the same month as before + bool GenerateAllChangeEvents(const wxDateTime& dateOld); + + // call SetHoliday() for all holidays in the current month + // + // should be called on month change, does nothing if wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS is + // not set and returns false in this case, true if we do show them + bool SetHolidayAttrs(); + + // called by SetHolidayAttrs() to forget the previously set holidays + virtual void ResetHolidayAttrs() { } + + // called by EnableHolidayDisplay() + virtual void RefreshHolidays() { } +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCalendarCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxCalendarNameStr "CalendarCtrl" + +#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #if defined(__WXGTK20__) + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_CALENDARCTRL + #include "wx/gtk/calctrl.h" + #define wxCalendarCtrl wxGtkCalendarCtrl + #elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_CALENDARCTRL + #include "wx/msw/calctrl.h" + #endif +#endif // !__WXUNIVERSAL__ + +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_CALENDARCTRL + #include "wx/generic/calctrlg.h" + #define wxCalendarCtrl wxGenericCalendarCtrl +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// calendar event types and macros for handling them +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_PAGE_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_DOUBLECLICKED, wxCalendarEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED, wxCalendarEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEK_CLICKED, wxCalendarEvent ); + +// deprecated events +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_DAY_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_MONTH_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_YEAR_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent ); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCalendarEventFunction)(wxCalendarEvent&); + +#define wxCalendarEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxCalendarEventFunction, func) + +#define wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_CALENDAR_ ## evt, id, wxCalendarEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_CALENDAR(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(DOUBLECLICKED, id, fn) +#define EVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(SEL_CHANGED, id, fn) +#define EVT_CALENDAR_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(PAGE_CHANGED, id, fn) +#define EVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(WEEKDAY_CLICKED, id, fn) +#define EVT_CALENDAR_WEEK_CLICKED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(WEEK_CLICKED, id, fn) + +// deprecated events +#define EVT_CALENDAR_DAY(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(DAY_CHANGED, id, fn) +#define EVT_CALENDAR_MONTH(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(MONTH_CHANGED, id, fn) +#define EVT_CALENDAR_YEAR(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(YEAR_CHANGED, id, fn) + +#endif // wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL + +#endif // _WX_CALCTRL_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/caret.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/caret.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..348b97b661 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/caret.h @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/caret.h +// Purpose: wxCaretBase class - the interface of wxCaret +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 23.05.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: caret.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CARET_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CARET_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CARET + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers we have to include +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxPoint, wxSize + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// A caret is a blinking cursor showing the position where the typed text will +// appear. It can be either a solid block or a custom bitmap (TODO) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaretBase +{ +public: + // ctors + // ----- + // default - use Create + wxCaretBase() { Init(); } + // create the caret of given (in pixels) width and height and associate + // with the given window + wxCaretBase(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(window, width, height); + } + // same as above + wxCaretBase(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(window, size); + } + + // a virtual dtor has been provided since this class has virtual members + virtual ~wxCaretBase() { } + + // Create() functions - same as ctor but returns the success code + // -------------------------------------------------------------- + + // same as ctor + bool Create(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height) + { return DoCreate(window, width, height); } + // same as ctor + bool Create(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size) + { return DoCreate(window, size.x, size.y); } + + // accessors + // --------- + + // is the caret valid? + bool IsOk() const { return m_width != 0 && m_height != 0; } + + // is the caret currently shown? + bool IsVisible() const { return m_countVisible > 0; } + + // get the caret position + void GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const + { + if ( x ) *x = m_x; + if ( y ) *y = m_y; + } + wxPoint GetPosition() const { return wxPoint(m_x, m_y); } + + // get the caret size + void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const + { + if ( width ) *width = m_width; + if ( height ) *height = m_height; + } + wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); } + + // get the window we're associated with + wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)m_window; } + + // change the size of the caret + void SetSize(int width, int height) { + m_width = width; + m_height = height; + DoSize(); + } + void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { SetSize(size.x, size.y); } + + + // operations + // ---------- + + // move the caret to given position (in logical coords) + void Move(int x, int y) { m_x = x; m_y = y; DoMove(); } + void Move(const wxPoint& pt) { m_x = pt.x; m_y = pt.y; DoMove(); } + + // show/hide the caret (should be called by wxWindow when needed): + // Show() must be called as many times as Hide() + 1 to make the caret + // visible + virtual void Show(bool show = true) + { + if ( show ) + { + if ( m_countVisible++ == 0 ) + DoShow(); + } + else + { + if ( --m_countVisible == 0 ) + DoHide(); + } + } + virtual void Hide() { Show(false); } + + // blink time is measured in milliseconds and is the time elapsed + // between 2 inversions of the caret (blink time of the caret is common + // to all carets in the Universe, so these functions are static) + static int GetBlinkTime(); + static void SetBlinkTime(int milliseconds); + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + // these functions should be called by wxWindow when the window gets/loses + // the focus - we create/show and hide/destroy the caret here + virtual void OnSetFocus() { } + virtual void OnKillFocus() { } + +protected: + // these functions may be overriden in the derived classes, but they + // should call the base class version first + virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height) + { + m_window = window; + m_width = width; + m_height = height; + + return true; + } + + // pure virtuals to implement in the derived class + virtual void DoShow() = 0; + virtual void DoHide() = 0; + virtual void DoMove() = 0; + virtual void DoSize() { } + + // the common initialization + void Init() + { + m_window = NULL; + m_x = m_y = 0; + m_width = m_height = 0; + m_countVisible = 0; + } + + // the size of the caret + int m_width, m_height; + + // the position of the caret + int m_x, m_y; + + // the window we're associated with + wxWindowBase *m_window; + + // visibility count: the caret is visible only if it's positive + int m_countVisible; + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretBase); +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// now include the real thing +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/caret.h" +#else + #include "wx/generic/caret.h" +#endif // platform + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCaretSuspend: a simple class which hides the caret in its ctor and +// restores it in the dtor, this should be used when drawing on the screen to +// avoid overdrawing the caret +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS + +// we don't need to hide the caret if it's rendered using overlays +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaretSuspend +{ +public: + wxCaretSuspend(wxWindow *WXUNUSED(win)) {} + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretSuspend); +}; + +#else // !wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaretSuspend +{ +public: + wxCaretSuspend(wxWindow *win) + { + m_caret = win->GetCaret(); + m_show = false; + if ( m_caret && m_caret->IsVisible() ) + { + m_caret->Hide(); + m_show = true; + } + } + + ~wxCaretSuspend() + { + if ( m_caret && m_show ) + m_caret->Show(); + } + +private: + wxCaret *m_caret; + bool m_show; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretSuspend); +}; + +#endif // wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS/!wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS + +#endif // wxUSE_CARET + +#endif // _WX_CARET_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/chartype.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/chartype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..41eb59d9d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/chartype.h @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/chartype.h + * Purpose: Declarations of wxChar and related types + * Author: Joel Farley, Ove KÃ¥ven + * Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling, Ron Lee + * Created: 1998/06/12 + * RCS-ID: $Id: chartype.h 66968 2011-02-19 13:44:19Z VZ $ + * Copyright: (c) 1998-2006 wxWidgets dev team + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ + +#ifndef _WX_WXCHARTYPE_H_ +#define _WX_WXCHARTYPE_H_ + +/* defs.h indirectly includes this file, so don't include it here */ +#include "wx/platform.h" + +/* check whether we have wchar_t and which size it is if we do */ +#if !defined(wxUSE_WCHAR_T) + #if defined(__UNIX__) + #if defined(HAVE_WCSTR_H) || defined(HAVE_WCHAR_H) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DARWIN__) + #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1 + #else + #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0 + #endif + #elif defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !defined(__MINGW32__) + #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0 + #elif defined(__WATCOMC__) + #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0 + #elif defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ < 400) + #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0 + #else + /* add additional compiler checks if this fails */ + #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1 + #endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_WCHAR_T) */ + +/* Unicode support requires wchar_t */ +#if !wxUSE_WCHAR_T + #error "wchar_t must be available" +#endif /* Unicode */ + +/* + non Unix compilers which do have wchar.h (but not tchar.h which is included + below and which includes wchar.h anyhow). + + Actually MinGW has tchar.h, but it does not include wchar.h + */ +#if defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__VISAGECPP__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) + #ifndef HAVE_WCHAR_H + #define HAVE_WCHAR_H + #endif +#endif +#if defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__MACH__) + #ifndef HAVE_WCSLEN + #define HAVE_WCSLEN + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H + /* the current (as of Nov 2002) version of cygwin has a bug in its */ + /* wchar.h -- there is no extern "C" around the declarations in it */ + /* and this results in linking errors later; also, at least on some */ + /* Cygwin versions, wchar.h requires sys/types.h */ + #ifdef __CYGWIN__ + #include + #ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { + #endif + #endif /* Cygwin */ + + #include + + #if defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(__cplusplus) + } + #endif /* Cygwin and C++ */ + +#elif defined(HAVE_WCSTR_H) + /* old compilers have relevant declarations here */ + #include +#elif defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DARWIN__) || defined(__EMX__) + /* include stdlib.h for wchar_t */ + #include +#endif /* HAVE_WCHAR_H */ + +#ifdef HAVE_WIDEC_H + #include +#endif + +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT for the compilers which support the TCHAR type */ +/* mapped to either char or wchar_t depending on the ASCII/Unicode mode and */ +/* have the function mapping _tfoo() -> foo() or wfoo() */ +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* VC++ and BC++ starting with 5.2 have TCHAR support */ +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT +#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x520) + #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT + #include +#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) + #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT +#elif defined(__DMC__) + #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include +#elif defined(__MINGW32__) && wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 1, 0 ) + #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT + #include + #include + #include +#elif 0 && defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ >= 400) + /* VZ: the old VisualAge definitions were completely wrong and had no */ + /* chance at all to work in Unicode build anyhow so let's pretend */ + /* that VisualAge does _not_ support TCHAR for the moment (as */ + /* indicated by "0 &&" above) until someone really has time to delve */ + /* into Unicode issues under OS/2 */ + + /* VisualAge 4.0+ supports TCHAR */ + #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT +#endif /* compilers with (good) TCHAR support */ + +#ifdef wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT + /* get TCHAR definition if we've got it */ + #include + + /* we surely do have wchar_t if we have TCHAR */ + #ifndef wxUSE_WCHAR_T + #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1 + #endif /* !defined(wxUSE_WCHAR_T) */ +#endif /* wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT */ + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* define wxChar type */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* TODO: define wxCharInt to be equal to either int or wint_t? */ + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + typedef char wxChar; + typedef signed char wxSChar; + typedef unsigned char wxUChar; +#else + /* VZ: note that VC++ defines _T[SU]CHAR simply as wchar_t and not as */ + /* signed/unsigned version of it which (a) makes sense to me (unlike */ + /* char wchar_t is always unsigned) and (b) was how the previous */ + /* definitions worked so keep it like this */ + + /* Sun's SunPro compiler supports the wchar_t type and wide character */ + /* functions, but does not define __WCHAR_TYPE__. Define it here to */ + /* allow unicode enabled builds. */ + #if (defined(__SUNPRO_CC) || defined(__SUNPRO_C)) && !defined(__WCHAR_TYPE__) + #define __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxchar_t + #endif + + /* GNU libc has __WCHAR_TYPE__ which requires special treatment, see */ + /* comment below */ + #if !defined(__WCHAR_TYPE__) || \ + (!defined(__GNUC__) || wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(2, 96)) + /* standard case */ + typedef wchar_t wxChar; + typedef wchar_t wxSChar; + typedef wchar_t wxUChar; + #else /* __WCHAR_TYPE__ and gcc < 2.96 */ + /* VS: wxWidgets used to define wxChar as __WCHAR_TYPE__ here. */ + /* However, this doesn't work with new GCC 3.x compilers because */ + /* wchar_t is C++'s builtin type in the new standard. OTOH, old */ + /* compilers (GCC 2.x) won't accept new definition of */ + /* wx{S,U}CharType, so we have to define wxChar */ + /* conditionally depending on detected compiler & compiler */ + /* version. */ + + /* with old definition of wxChar. */ + #define wchar_t __WCHAR_TYPE__ + typedef __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxChar; + typedef __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxSChar; + typedef __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxUChar; + #endif /* __WCHAR_TYPE__ */ +#endif /* ASCII/Unicode */ + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* define wxStringCharType */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* depending on the platform, Unicode build can either store wxStrings as + wchar_t* or UTF-8 encoded char*: */ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + /* FIXME-UTF8: what would be better place for this? */ + #if defined(wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY) && !defined(wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8) + #error "wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY only makes sense with wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8" + #endif + #ifndef wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + #define wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY 0 + #endif + + #ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + #define wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 0 + #endif + + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + #define wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR 0 + #else + #define wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR 1 + #endif +#else + #define wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR 0 + #define wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 0 + #define wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY 0 +#endif + +/* define char type used by wxString internal representation: */ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + typedef wchar_t wxStringCharType; +#else /* wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 || ANSI */ + typedef char wxStringCharType; +#endif + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* define wxT() and related macros */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* BSD systems define _T() to be something different in ctype.h, override it */ +#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DARWIN__) + #include + #undef _T +#endif + +/* + wxT ("wx text") macro turns a literal string constant into a wide char + constant. It is mostly unnecessary with wx 2.9 but defined for + compatibility. + */ +#ifndef wxT + #if !wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxT(x) x + #else /* Unicode */ + /* + Notice that we use an intermediate macro to allow x to be expanded + if it's a macro itself. + */ + #ifndef wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER + #define wxT(x) wxCONCAT_HELPER(L, x) + #else + #define wxT(x) wxPREPEND_L(x) + #endif + #endif /* ASCII/Unicode */ +#endif /* !defined(wxT) */ + +/* + wxT_2 exists only for compatibility with wx 2.x and is the same as wxT() in + that version but nothing in the newer ones. + */ +#define wxT_2(x) x + +/* + wxS ("wx string") macro can be used to create literals using the same + representation as wxString does internally, i.e. wchar_t in Unicode build + under Windows or char in UTF-8-based Unicode builds and (deprecated) ANSI + builds everywhere (see wxStringCharType definition above). + */ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + /* + As above with wxT(), wxS() argument is expanded if it's a macro. + */ + #ifndef wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER + #define wxS(x) wxCONCAT_HELPER(L, x) + #else + #define wxS(x) wxPREPEND_L(x) + #endif +#else /* wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 || ANSI */ + #define wxS(x) x +#endif + +/* + _T() is a synonym for wxT() familiar to Windows programmers. As this macro + has even higher risk of conflicting with system headers, its use is + discouraged and you may predefine wxNO__T to disable it. Additionally, we + do it ourselves for Sun CC which is known to use it in its standard headers + (see #10660). + */ +#if defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC) + #ifndef wxNO__T + #define wxNO__T + #endif +#endif + +#if !defined(_T) && !defined(wxNO__T) + #define _T(x) wxT(x) +#endif + +/* a helper macro allowing to make another macro Unicode-friendly, see below */ +#define wxAPPLY_T(x) wxT(x) + +/* Unicode-friendly __FILE__, __DATE__ and __TIME__ analogs */ +#ifndef __TFILE__ + #define __TFILE__ wxAPPLY_T(__FILE__) +#endif + +#ifndef __TDATE__ + #define __TDATE__ wxAPPLY_T(__DATE__) +#endif + +#ifndef __TTIME__ + #define __TTIME__ wxAPPLY_T(__TIME__) +#endif + +#endif /* _WX_WXCHARTYPE_H_ */ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checkbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checkbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3dc6ddc52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checkbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/checkbox.h +// Purpose: wxCheckBox class interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 07.09.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: checkbox.h 65942 2010-10-28 14:23:09Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX + +#include "wx/control.h" + + +/* + * wxCheckBox style flags + * (Using wxCHK_* because wxCB_* is used by wxComboBox). + * Determine whether to use a 3-state or 2-state + * checkbox. 3-state enables to differentiate + * between 'unchecked', 'checked' and 'undetermined'. + * + * In addition to the styles here it is also possible to specify just 0 which + * is treated the same as wxCHK_2STATE for compatibility (but using explicit + * flag is preferred). + */ +#define wxCHK_2STATE 0x4000 +#define wxCHK_3STATE 0x1000 + +/* + * If this style is set the user can set the checkbox to the + * undetermined state. If not set the undetermined set can only + * be set programmatically. + * This style can only be used with 3 state checkboxes. + */ +#define wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER 0x2000 + +/* + * The possible states of a 3-state checkbox (Compatible + * with the 2-state checkbox). + */ +enum wxCheckBoxState +{ + wxCHK_UNCHECKED, + wxCHK_CHECKED, + wxCHK_UNDETERMINED /* 3-state checkbox only */ +}; + + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxCheckBoxNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCheckBox: a control which shows a label and a box which may be checked +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckBoxBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxCheckBoxBase() { } + + // set/get the checked status of the listbox + virtual void SetValue(bool value) = 0; + virtual bool GetValue() const = 0; + + bool IsChecked() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !Is3State(), wxT("Calling IsChecked() doesn't make sense for") + wxT(" a three state checkbox, Use Get3StateValue() instead") ); + + return GetValue(); + } + + wxCheckBoxState Get3StateValue() const + { + wxCheckBoxState state = DoGet3StateValue(); + + if ( state == wxCHK_UNDETERMINED && !Is3State() ) + { + // Undetermined state with a 2-state checkbox?? + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("DoGet3StateValue() says the 2-state checkbox is ") + wxT("in an undetermined/third state") ); + + state = wxCHK_UNCHECKED; + } + + return state; + } + + void Set3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState state) + { + if ( state == wxCHK_UNDETERMINED && !Is3State() ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Setting a 2-state checkbox to undetermined state")); + state = wxCHK_UNCHECKED; + } + + DoSet3StateValue(state); + } + + bool Is3State() const { return HasFlag(wxCHK_3STATE); } + + bool Is3rdStateAllowedForUser() const + { + return HasFlag(wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER); + } + + virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; } + + // wxCheckBox-specific processing after processing the update event + virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) + { + wxControl::DoUpdateWindowUI(event); + + if ( event.GetSetChecked() ) + SetValue(event.GetChecked()); + } + +protected: + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + virtual void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState WXUNUSED(state)) { wxFAIL; } + + virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const + { + wxFAIL; + return wxCHK_UNCHECKED; + } + + // Helper function to be called from derived classes Create() + // implementations: it checks that the style doesn't contain any + // incompatible bits and modifies it to be sane if it does. + static void WXValidateStyle(long *stylePtr) + { + long& style = *stylePtr; + + if ( !(style & (wxCHK_2STATE | wxCHK_3STATE)) ) + { + // For compatibility we use absence of style flags as wxCHK_2STATE + // because wxCHK_2STATE used to have the value of 0 and some + // existing code uses 0 instead of it. Moreover, some code even + // uses some non-0 style, e.g. wxBORDER_XXX, but doesn't specify + // neither wxCHK_2STATE nor wxCHK_3STATE -- to avoid breaking it, + // assume (much more common) 2 state checkbox by default. + style |= wxCHK_2STATE; + } + + if ( style & wxCHK_3STATE ) + { + if ( style & wxCHK_2STATE ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "wxCHK_2STATE and wxCHK_3STATE can't be used " + "together" ); + style &= ~wxCHK_3STATE; + } + } + else // No wxCHK_3STATE + { + if ( style & wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER doesn't make sense " + "without wxCHK_3STATE" ); + style &= ~wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER; + } + } + } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCheckBoxBase); +}; + +// Most ports support 3 state checkboxes so define this by default. +#define wxHAS_3STATE_CHECKBOX + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/checkbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/checkbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/checkbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/checkbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #undef wxHAS_3STATE_CHECKBOX + #include "wx/gtk1/checkbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/checkbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/checkbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #undef wxHAS_3STATE_CHECKBOX + #include "wx/os2/checkbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/checkbox.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX + +#endif // _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checkeddelete.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checkeddelete.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f7d00e36dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checkeddelete.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/checkeddelete.h +// Purpose: wxCHECKED_DELETE() macro +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-02-03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: checkeddelete.h 58634 2009-02-03 12:01:46Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002-2009 wxWidgets dev team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CHECKEDDELETE_H_ +#define _WX_CHECKEDDELETE_H_ + +// TODO: provide wxCheckedDelete[Array]() template functions too + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCHECKED_DELETE and wxCHECKED_DELETE_ARRAY macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + checked deleters are used to make sure that the type being deleted is really + a complete type.: otherwise sizeof() would result in a compile-time error + + do { ... } while ( 0 ) construct is used to have an anonymous scope + (otherwise we could have name clashes between different "complete"s) but + still force a semicolon after the macro +*/ + +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + #define wxFOR_ONCE(name) for(int name=0; name<1; name++) + #define wxPRE_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(name) wxFOR_ONCE(wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(name)) + #define wxPOST_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(name) +#else + #define wxPRE_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(name) do + #define wxPOST_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(name) while ( wxFalse ) +#endif + +#define wxCHECKED_DELETE(ptr) \ + wxPRE_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(scope_var1) \ + { \ + typedef char complete[sizeof(*ptr)]; \ + delete ptr; \ + } wxPOST_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(scope_var1) + +#define wxCHECKED_DELETE_ARRAY(ptr) \ + wxPRE_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(scope_var2) \ + { \ + typedef char complete[sizeof(*ptr)]; \ + delete [] ptr; \ + } wxPOST_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(scope_var2) + + +#endif // _WX_CHECKEDDELETE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checklst.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checklst.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0092bc9e0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/checklst.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/checklst.h +// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 12.09.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: checklst.h 65210 2010-08-08 11:35:55Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + +#include "wx/listbox.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCheckListBox: a listbox whose items may be checked +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckListBoxBase : public + #ifdef __WXWINCE__ + // keep virtuals synchronised + wxListBoxBase + #else + wxListBox + #endif +{ +public: + wxCheckListBoxBase() { } + + // check list box specific methods + virtual bool IsChecked(unsigned int item) const = 0; + virtual void Check(unsigned int item, bool check = true) = 0; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCheckListBoxBase); +}; + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/checklst.h" +#elif defined(__WXWINCE__) + #include "wx/msw/wince/checklst.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/checklst.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/checklst.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/checklst.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/checklst.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/checklst.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/checklst.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/checklst.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + +#endif + // _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/chkconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/chkconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2883d7e63a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/chkconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,2109 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/chkconf.h + * Purpose: check the config settings for consistency + * Author: Vadim Zeitlin + * Modified by: + * Created: 09.08.00 + * RCS-ID: $Id: chkconf.h 67128 2011-03-05 11:16:55Z VZ $ + * Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ +#ifndef _WX_CHKCONF_H_ +#define _WX_CHKCONF_H_ + +/* + ************************************************** + PLEASE READ THIS IF YOU GET AN ERROR IN THIS FILE! + ************************************************** + + If you get an error saying "wxUSE_FOO must be defined", it means that you + are not using the correct up-to-date version of setup.h. This happens most + often when using svn or daily snapshots and a new symbol was added to + setup0.h and you haven't updated your local setup.h to to reflect it. If + this is the case, you need to propagate the changes from setup0.h to your + setup.h and, if using makefiles under MSW, also remove setup.h under the + build directory (lib/$(COMPILER)_{lib,dll}/msw[u][d][dll]/wx) so that it + the new setup.h is copied there. + + If you get an error of the form "wxFoo requires wxBar", then the settings + in your setup.h are inconsistent. You have the choice between correcting + them manually or commenting out #define wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR below to + try to correct the problems automatically (not really recommended but + might work). + */ + +/* + This file has the following sections: + 1. checks that all wxUSE_XXX symbols we use are defined + a) first the non-GUI ones + b) then the GUI-only ones + 2. platform-specific checks done in the platform headers + 3. generic consistency checks + a) first the non-GUI ones + b) then the GUI-only ones + */ + +/* + this global setting determines what should we do if the setting FOO + requires BAR and BAR is not set: we can either silently unset FOO as well + (do this if you're trying to build the smallest possible library) or give an + error and abort (default as leads to least surprising behaviour) + */ +#define wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR + +/* + global features + */ + +/* GUI build by default */ +#if !defined(wxUSE_GUI) +# define wxUSE_GUI 1 +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_GUI) */ + +/* + If we're compiling without support for threads/exceptions we have to + disable the corresponding features. + */ +#ifdef wxNO_THREADS +# undef wxUSE_THREADS +# define wxUSE_THREADS 0 +#endif /* wxNO_THREADS */ + +#ifdef wxNO_EXCEPTIONS +# undef wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS +# define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 0 +#endif /* wxNO_EXCEPTIONS */ + +/* we also must disable exceptions if compiler doesn't support them */ +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CPPUNWIND) +# undef wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS +# define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 0 +#endif /* VC++ without exceptions support */ + + +/* + Section 1a: tests for non GUI features. + + please keep the options in alphabetical order! + */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_ANY +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_ANY must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_ANY 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_ANY */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_FILESYSTEM +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FILESYSTEM must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_FSVOLUME +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FSVOLUME must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_FSVOLUME 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FSVOLUME) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_FSWATCHER +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FSWATCHER must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_FSWATCHER 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FSWATCHER) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_INTL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_INTL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_INTL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_INTL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_IPV6 +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_IPV6 must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_IPV6 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_IPV6) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_LOG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LOG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_LOG 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LOG) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_LONGLONG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LONGLONG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_LONGLONG 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LONGLONG) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_MIMETYPE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_MIMETYPE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MIMETYPE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_PROTOCOL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PROTOCOL) */ + +/* we may not define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_XXX if wxUSE_PROTOCOL is set to 0 */ +#if !wxUSE_PROTOCOL +# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP +# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP +# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE +# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 0 +# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 0 +# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 0 +#endif /* wxUSE_PROTOCOL */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_REGEX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_REGEX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_REGEX 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_REGEX) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_STDPATHS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_STDPATHS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_STDPATHS 1 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STDPATHS) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_XML +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_XML must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_XML 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_XML) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_SOCKETS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_SOCKETS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_SOCKETS 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SOCKETS) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_STREAMS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_STREAMS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_STREAMS 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STREAMS) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_STOPWATCH +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_STOPWATCH must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_STOPWATCH 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STOPWATCH) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_TEXTFILE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TEXTFILE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TEXTFILE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_UNICODE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_UNICODE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_UNICODE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_URL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_URL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_URL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_URL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_VARIANT +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_VARIANT must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_VARIANT 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_VARIANT */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_XLOCALE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_XLOCALE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_XLOCALE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_XLOCALE) */ + +/* + Section 1b: all these tests are for GUI only. + + please keep the options in alphabetical order! + */ +#if wxUSE_GUI + +/* + all of the settings tested below must be defined or we'd get an error from + preprocessor about invalid integer expression + */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_ABOUTDLG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_ABOUTDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ABOUTDLG) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_ACCEL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_ACCEL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_ACCEL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ACCEL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_BMPBUTTON +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_BMPBUTTON must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_BMPBUTTON) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_BUTTON +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_BUTTON must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_BUTTON 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_BUTTON) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_CAIRO +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_CAIRO must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_CAIRO 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CAIRO) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_CARET +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_CARET must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_CARET 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CARET) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_CHECKBOX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_CHECKBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHECKBOX) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_CHOICE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_CHOICE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_CHOICE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHOICE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_CHOICEDLG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_CHOICEDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHOICEDLG) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_CLIPBOARD +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_CLIPBOARD must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CLIPBOARD) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_COLLPANE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_COLLPANE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_COLLPANE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COLLPANE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_COLOURDLG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_COLOURDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COLOURDLG) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_COMBOBOX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_COMBOBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COMBOBOX) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_COMBOCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_COMBOCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COMBOCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_DATAOBJ +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DATAOBJ must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DATAOBJ) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_DISPLAY +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DISPLAY must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_DISPLAY 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DISPLAY) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_FILECTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FILECTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_FILECTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FILECTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_FILEDLG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FILEDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_FILEDLG 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FILEDLG) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_FONTDLG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FONTDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_FONTDLG 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FONTDLG) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_FONTMAP +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FONTMAP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_FONTMAP 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FONTMAP) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_GAUGE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_GAUGE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_GAUGE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_GAUGE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT) */ + + +#ifndef wxUSE_GRID +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_GRID must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_GRID 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_GRID) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_HEADERCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_HEADERCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_HEADERCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_HEADERCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_HELP +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_HELP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_HELP 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_HELP) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_HTML +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_HTML must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_HTML 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_HTML) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_LIBMSPACK +# if !defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WXPALMOS__) + /* set to 0 on platforms that don't have libmspack */ +# define wxUSE_LIBMSPACK 0 +# else +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LIBMSPACK must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_LIBMSPACK 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LIBMSPACK) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_ICO_CUR +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_ICO_CUR must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_ICO_CUR 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ICO_CUR) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_IFF +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_IFF must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_IFF 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_IFF) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_IMAGLIST +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_IMAGLIST must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_IMAGLIST) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_INFOBAR +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_INFOBAR must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_INFOBAR 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_INFOBAR) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_JOYSTICK +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_JOYSTICK must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_JOYSTICK) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_LISTBOOK +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LISTBOOK must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LISTBOOK) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_LISTBOX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LISTBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_LISTBOX 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LISTBOX) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_LISTCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LISTCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LISTCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_LOGGUI +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LOGGUI must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_LOGGUI 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LOGGUI) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_LOGWINDOW +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LOGWINDOW must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LOGWINDOW) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_MARKUP +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_MARKUP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_MARKUP 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MARKUP) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_MDI +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_MDI must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_MDI 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MDI) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_MENUS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_MENUS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_MENUS 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MENUS) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_MSGDLG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_MSGDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_MSGDLG 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MSGDLG) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_NOTEBOOK +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_NOTEBOOK must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_NOTEBOOK) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_PALETTE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_PALETTE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_PALETTE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PALETTE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_POPUPWIN +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_POPUPWIN must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_POPUPWIN) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_RADIOBOX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_RADIOBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_RADIOBOX 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_RADIOBOX) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_RADIOBTN +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_RADIOBTN must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_RADIOBTN) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_RIBBON +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_RIBBON must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_RIBBON 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_RIBBON) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_RIBBON) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_SASH +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_SASH must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_SASH 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SASH) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_SCROLLBAR +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_SCROLLBAR must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SCROLLBAR) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_SLIDER +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_SLIDER must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_SLIDER 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SLIDER) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_SOUND +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_SOUND must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_SOUND 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SOUND) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_SPINBTN +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_SPINBTN must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_SPINBTN 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SPINBTN) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_SPINCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_SPINCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SPINCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_SPLASH +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_SPLASH must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_SPLASH 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SPLASH) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_SPLITTER +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_SPLITTER must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_SPLITTER 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SPLITTER) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_STATBMP +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_STATBMP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_STATBMP 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATBMP) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_STATBOX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_STATBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_STATBOX 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATBOX) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_STATLINE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_STATLINE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_STATLINE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATLINE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_STATTEXT +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_STATTEXT must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_STATTEXT 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATTEXT) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_STATUSBAR +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_STATUSBAR must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATUSBAR) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_TASKBARICON +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TASKBARICON must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TASKBARICON) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_TEXTCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TEXTCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TEXTCTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_TIPWINDOW +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TIPWINDOW must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TIPWINDOW) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_TOOLBAR +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TOOLBAR must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TOOLBAR) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_TOOLTIPS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TOOLTIPS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TOOLTIPS) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_TREECTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TREECTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_TREECTRL 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TREECTRL) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_VALIDATORS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_VALIDATORS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_VALIDATORS) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_XRC +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_XRC must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file." +# else +# define wxUSE_XRC 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_XRC) */ + +#endif /* wxUSE_GUI */ + +/* + Section 2: platform-specific checks. + + This must be done after checking that everything is defined as the platform + checks use wxUSE_XXX symbols in #if tests. + */ + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) +# include "wx/palmos/chkconf.h" +#elif defined(__WXWINCE__) +# include "wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) +# include "wx/msw/chkconf.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) +# include "wx/gtk/chkconf.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) +# include "wx/cocoa/chkconf.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) +# include "wx/osx/chkconf.h" +#elif defined(__OS2__) +# include "wx/os2/chkconf.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) +# include "wx/mgl/chkconf.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) +# include "wx/dfb/chkconf.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) +# include "wx/motif/chkconf.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) +# include "wx/x11/chkconf.h" +#endif + +/* + __UNIX__ is also defined under Cygwin but we shouldn't perform these checks + there if we're building wxMSW. + */ +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WXMSW__) +# include "wx/unix/chkconf.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ +# include "wx/univ/chkconf.h" +#endif + +/* + Section 3a: check consistency of the non-GUI settings. + */ + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +# if !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "2.6.X compatibility requires 2.8.X compatibility" +# else +# undef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +# define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 */ + +#if wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS +# if !wxUSE_DATETIME +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxArchive requires wxUSE_DATETIME" +# else +# undef wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS +# define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS */ + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE || wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP || wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP +# if !wxUSE_PROTOCOL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_XXX requires wxUSE_PROTOCOL" +# else +# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL +# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_PROTOCOL_XXX */ + +#if wxUSE_URL +# if !wxUSE_PROTOCOL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_URL requires wxUSE_PROTOCOL" +# else +# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL +# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_URL */ + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL +# if !wxUSE_SOCKETS +# if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP || wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP/HTTP requires wxUSE_SOCKETS" +# else +# undef wxUSE_SOCKETS +# define wxUSE_SOCKETS 1 +# endif +# endif +# endif + +# if !wxUSE_STREAMS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL requires wxUSE_STREAMS" +# else +# undef wxUSE_STREAMS +# define wxUSE_STREAMS 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_PROTOCOL */ + +/* have to test for wxUSE_HTML before wxUSE_FILESYSTEM */ +#if wxUSE_HTML +# if !wxUSE_FILESYSTEM +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxHTML requires wxFileSystem" +# else +# undef wxUSE_FILESYSTEM +# define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_HTML */ + +#if wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE +# if !wxUSE_FILESYSTEM +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxArchiveFSHandler requires wxFileSystem" +# else +# undef wxUSE_FILESYSTEM +# define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1 +# endif +# endif +# if !wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxArchiveFSHandler requires wxArchive" +# else +# undef wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS +# define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE */ + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM +# if !wxUSE_STREAMS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FILESYSTEM requires wxUSE_STREAMS" +# else +# undef wxUSE_STREAMS +# define wxUSE_STREAMS 1 +# endif +# endif +# if !wxUSE_FILE && !wxUSE_FFILE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FILESYSTEM requires either wxUSE_FILE or wxUSE_FFILE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_FILE +# define wxUSE_FILE 1 +# undef wxUSE_FFILE +# define wxUSE_FFILE 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_FILESYSTEM */ + +#if wxUSE_FS_INET +# if !wxUSE_PROTOCOL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FS_INET requires wxUSE_PROTOCOL" +# else +# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL +# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_FS_INET */ + +#if wxUSE_STOPWATCH || wxUSE_DATETIME +# if !wxUSE_LONGLONG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_STOPWATCH and wxUSE_DATETIME require wxUSE_LONGLONG" +# else +# undef wxUSE_LONGLONG +# define wxUSE_LONGLONG 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_STOPWATCH */ + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE && !wxUSE_TEXTFILE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_MIMETYPE requires wxUSE_TEXTFILE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_TEXTFILE +# define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 1 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_MIMETYPE */ + +#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE && !wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TEXTFILE requires wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER" +# else +# undef wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER +# define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 1 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_TEXTFILE */ + +#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE && !wxUSE_FILE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TEXTFILE requires wxUSE_FILE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_FILE +# define wxUSE_FILE 1 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_TEXTFILE */ + +#if !wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS +# if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER requires wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS." +# else +# define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS */ + +#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM +# if !wxUSE_ZLIB +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxZip requires wxZlib" +# else +# undef wxUSE_ZLIB +# define wxUSE_ZLIB 1 +# endif +# endif +# if !wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxZip requires wxArchive" +# else +# undef wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS +# define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM */ + +#if wxUSE_TARSTREAM +# if !wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxTar requires wxArchive" +# else +# undef wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS +# define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_TARSTREAM */ + +/* + Section 3b: the tests for the GUI settings only. + */ +#if wxUSE_GUI + +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY && !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__GCCXML__) +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY is currently only supported under wxMSW" +# else +# undef wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY +# define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY */ + +#if wxUSE_BUTTON || \ + wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL || \ + wxUSE_CARET || \ + wxUSE_COMBOBOX || \ + wxUSE_BMPBUTTON || \ + wxUSE_CHECKBOX || \ + wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX || \ + wxUSE_CHOICE || \ + wxUSE_GAUGE || \ + wxUSE_GRID || \ + wxUSE_HEADERCTRL || \ + wxUSE_LISTBOX || \ + wxUSE_LISTCTRL || \ + wxUSE_NOTEBOOK || \ + wxUSE_RADIOBOX || \ + wxUSE_RADIOBTN || \ + wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL || \ + wxUSE_SCROLLBAR || \ + wxUSE_SLIDER || \ + wxUSE_SPINBTN || \ + wxUSE_SPINCTRL || \ + wxUSE_STATBMP || \ + wxUSE_STATBOX || \ + wxUSE_STATLINE || \ + wxUSE_STATTEXT || \ + wxUSE_STATUSBAR || \ + wxUSE_TEXTCTRL || \ + wxUSE_TOOLBAR || \ + wxUSE_TREECTRL +# if !wxUSE_CONTROLS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_CONTROLS unset but some controls used" +# else +# undef wxUSE_CONTROLS +# define wxUSE_CONTROLS 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* controls */ + +#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON +# if !wxUSE_BUTTON +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_BMPBUTTON requires wxUSE_BUTTON" +# else +# undef wxUSE_BUTTON +# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_BMPBUTTON */ + +#if wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON +# if !wxUSE_BUTTON +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON requires wxUSE_BUTTON" +# else +# undef wxUSE_BUTTON +# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON */ + +/* + wxUSE_BOOKCTRL should be only used if any of the controls deriving from it + are used + */ +#ifdef wxUSE_BOOKCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_BOOKCTRL is defined automatically, don't define it" +# else +# undef wxUSE_BOOKCTRL +# endif +#endif + +#define wxUSE_BOOKCTRL (wxUSE_NOTEBOOK || \ + wxUSE_LISTBOOK || \ + wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK || \ + wxUSE_TOOLBOOK || \ + wxUSE_TREEBOOK) + +#if wxUSE_COLLPANE +# if !wxUSE_BUTTON || !wxUSE_STATLINE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_COLLPANE requires wxUSE_BUTTON and wxUSE_STATLINE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_COLLPANE +# define wxUSE_COLLPANE 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_COLLPANE */ + +#if wxUSE_LISTBOOK +# if !wxUSE_LISTCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxListbook requires wxListCtrl" +# else +# undef wxUSE_LISTCTRL +# define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_LISTBOOK */ + +#if wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK +# if !wxUSE_CHOICE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxChoicebook requires wxChoice" +# else +# undef wxUSE_CHOICE +# define wxUSE_CHOICE 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK */ + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBOOK +# if !wxUSE_TOOLBAR +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxToolbook requires wxToolBar" +# else +# undef wxUSE_TOOLBAR +# define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_TOOLBOOK */ + +#if !wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX +# if wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxBitmapComboBox requires wxOwnerDrawnComboBox" +# else +# undef wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX +# define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX */ + +#if !wxUSE_HEADERCTRL +# if wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL || wxUSE_GRID +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxDataViewCtrl and wxGrid require wxHeaderCtrl" +# else +# undef wxUSE_HEADERCTRL +# define wxUSE_HEADERCTRL 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !wxUSE_HEADERCTRL */ + +#if wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL +# if !wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxRearrangeCtrl requires wxCheckListBox" +# else +# undef wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL +# define wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL */ + +#if wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG +# if !wxUSE_MSGDLG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG requires wxUSE_MSGDLG" +# else +# undef wxUSE_MSGDLG +# define wxUSE_MSGDLG 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG */ + +/* don't attempt to use native status bar on the platforms not having it */ +#ifndef wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR +# define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 0 +#elif wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR +# if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || !( defined(__WXMSW__) || \ + defined(__WXMAC__) || \ + defined(__WXPALMOS__) ) +# undef wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR +# define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 0 +# endif +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT && !wxUSE_GEOMETRY +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT requires wxUSE_GEOMETRY" +# else +# undef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT */ + + +/* generic controls dependencies */ +#if !defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) +# if wxUSE_FONTDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG || wxUSE_CHOICEDLG + /* all common controls are needed by these dialogs */ +# if !defined(wxUSE_CHOICE) || \ + !defined(wxUSE_TEXTCTRL) || \ + !defined(wxUSE_BUTTON) || \ + !defined(wxUSE_CHECKBOX) || \ + !defined(wxUSE_STATTEXT) +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "These common controls are needed by common dialogs" +# else +# undef wxUSE_CHOICE +# define wxUSE_CHOICE 1 +# undef wxUSE_TEXTCTRL +# define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 1 +# undef wxUSE_BUTTON +# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 +# undef wxUSE_CHECKBOX +# define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 1 +# undef wxUSE_STATTEXT +# define wxUSE_STATTEXT 1 +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !wxMSW || wxUniv */ + +/* generic file dialog depends on (generic) file control */ +#if wxUSE_FILEDLG && !wxUSE_FILECTRL && \ + (defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || defined(__WXGTK__)) +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "Generic wxFileDialog requires wxFileCtrl" +# else +# undef wxUSE_FILECTRL +# define wxUSE_FILECTRL 1 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_FILEDLG */ + +/* common dependencies */ +#if wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO +# if !(wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_LIBPNG) +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "Tango art provider requires wxImage with streams and PNG support" +# else +# undef wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO +# define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO */ + +#if wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL +# if !(wxUSE_SPINBTN && wxUSE_COMBOBOX) +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxCalendarCtrl requires wxSpinButton and wxComboBox" +# else +# undef wxUSE_SPINBTN +# undef wxUSE_COMBOBOX +# define wxUSE_SPINBTN 1 +# define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1 +# endif +# endif + +# if !wxUSE_DATETIME +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxCalendarCtrl requires wxUSE_DATETIME" +# else +# undef wxUSE_DATETIME +# define wxUSE_DATETIME 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL */ + +#if wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL +# if !wxUSE_DATETIME +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxDatePickerCtrl requires wxUSE_DATETIME" +# else +# undef wxUSE_DATETIME +# define wxUSE_DATETIME 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL */ + +#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX +# if !wxUSE_LISTBOX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxCheckListBox requires wxListBox" +# else +# undef wxUSE_LISTBOX +# define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX */ + +#if wxUSE_CHOICEDLG +# if !wxUSE_LISTBOX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "Choice dialogs requires wxListBox" +# else +# undef wxUSE_LISTBOX +# define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_CHOICEDLG */ + +#if wxUSE_HELP +# if !wxUSE_BMPBUTTON +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_HELP requires wxUSE_BMPBUTTON" +# else +# undef wxUSE_BMPBUTTON +# define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 1 +# endif +# endif + +# if !wxUSE_CHOICEDLG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_HELP requires wxUSE_CHOICEDLG" +# else +# undef wxUSE_CHOICEDLG +# define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_HELP */ + +#if wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP + /* + this doesn't make sense for platforms other than MSW but we still + define it in wx/setup_inc.h so don't complain if it happens to be + defined under another platform but just silently fix it. + */ +# ifndef __WXMSW__ +# undef wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP +# define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP */ + +#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP +# if !wxUSE_HELP || !wxUSE_HTML || !wxUSE_COMBOBOX || !wxUSE_NOTEBOOK || !wxUSE_SPINCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "Built in help controller can't be compiled" +# else +# undef wxUSE_HELP +# define wxUSE_HELP 1 +# undef wxUSE_HTML +# define wxUSE_HTML 1 +# undef wxUSE_COMBOBOX +# define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1 +# undef wxUSE_NOTEBOOK +# define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1 +# undef wxUSE_SPINCTRL +# define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP */ + +#if !wxUSE_IMAGE +/* + The default wxUSE_IMAGE setting is 1, so if it's set to 0 we assume the + user explicitly wants this and disable all other features that require + wxUSE_IMAGE. + */ +# if wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE requires wxUSE_IMAGE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE +# define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 0 +# endif +# endif + +# if wxUSE_LIBPNG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LIBPNG requires wxUSE_IMAGE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_LIBPNG +# define wxUSE_LIBPNG 0 +# endif +# endif + +# if wxUSE_LIBJPEG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LIBJPEG requires wxUSE_IMAGE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_LIBJPEG +# define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 0 +# endif +# endif + +# if wxUSE_LIBTIFF +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LIBTIFF requires wxUSE_IMAGE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_LIBTIFF +# define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 0 +# endif +# endif + +# if wxUSE_GIF +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_GIF requires wxUSE_IMAGE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_GIF +# define wxUSE_GIF 0 +# endif +# endif + +# if wxUSE_PNM +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_PNM requires wxUSE_IMAGE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_PNM +# define wxUSE_PNM 0 +# endif +# endif + +# if wxUSE_PCX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_PCX requires wxUSE_IMAGE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_PCX +# define wxUSE_PCX 0 +# endif +# endif + +# if wxUSE_IFF +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_IFF requires wxUSE_IMAGE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_IFF +# define wxUSE_IFF 0 +# endif +# endif + +# if wxUSE_TOOLBAR +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TOOLBAR requires wxUSE_IMAGE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_TOOLBAR +# define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 0 +# endif +# endif + +# if wxUSE_XPM +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_XPM requires wxUSE_IMAGE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_XPM +# define wxUSE_XPM 0 +# endif +# endif + +#endif /* !wxUSE_IMAGE */ + +#if wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE +# if !wxUSE_MENUS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "DocView requires wxUSE_MENUS" +# else +# undef wxUSE_MENUS +# define wxUSE_MENUS 1 +# endif +# endif + +# if !wxUSE_CHOICEDLG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "DocView requires wxUSE_CHOICEDLG" +# else +# undef wxUSE_CHOICEDLG +# define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1 +# endif +# endif + +# if !wxUSE_STREAMS && !wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "DocView requires wxUSE_STREAMS or wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM" +# else +# undef wxUSE_STREAMS +# define wxUSE_STREAMS 1 +# endif +# endif + +# if !wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "DocView requires wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY" +# else +# undef wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY +# define wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE */ + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +# if !wxUSE_COMBOBOX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "Print dialog requires wxUSE_COMBOBOX" +# else +# undef wxUSE_COMBOBOX +# define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE */ + +#if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE +# if !wxUSE_MDI +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "MDI requires wxUSE_MDI" +# else +# undef wxUSE_MDI +# define wxUSE_MDI 1 +# endif +# endif + +# if !wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE requires wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE +# define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE */ + +#if !wxUSE_FILEDLG +# if wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE || wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_FILEDLG is required by wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE and wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP!" +# else +# undef wxUSE_FILEDLG +# define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_FILEDLG */ + +#if !wxUSE_GAUGE || !wxUSE_BUTTON +# if wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG && !defined(__WXPALMOS__) +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "Generic progress dialog requires wxUSE_GAUGE and wxUSE_BUTTON" +# else +# undef wxUSE_GAUGE +# undef wxUSE_BUTTON +# define wxUSE_GAUGE 1 +# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !wxUSE_GAUGE */ + +#if !wxUSE_BUTTON +# if wxUSE_FONTDLG || \ + wxUSE_FILEDLG || \ + wxUSE_CHOICEDLG || \ + wxUSE_NUMBERDLG || \ + wxUSE_TEXTDLG || \ + wxUSE_DIRDLG || \ + wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS || \ + wxUSE_WIZARDDLG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "Common and generic dialogs require wxUSE_BUTTON" +# else +# undef wxUSE_BUTTON +# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !wxUSE_BUTTON */ + +#if !wxUSE_TOOLBAR +# if wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TOOLBAR is set to 0 but wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is set to 1" +# else +# undef wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE +# define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#if !wxUSE_IMAGLIST +# if wxUSE_TREECTRL || wxUSE_NOTEBOOK || wxUSE_LISTCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxImageList must be compiled as well" +# else +# undef wxUSE_IMAGLIST +# define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !wxUSE_IMAGLIST */ + +#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX +# if !wxUSE_RADIOBTN +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_RADIOBOX requires wxUSE_RADIOBTN" +# else +# undef wxUSE_RADIOBTN +# define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 1 +# endif +# endif +# if !wxUSE_STATBOX && !defined(__WXPALMOS__) +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_RADIOBOX requires wxUSE_STATBOX" +# else +# undef wxUSE_STATBOX +# define wxUSE_STATBOX 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_RADIOBOX */ + +#if wxUSE_LOGWINDOW +# if !wxUSE_TEXTCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LOGWINDOW requires wxUSE_TEXTCTRL" +# else +# undef wxUSE_TEXTCTRL +# define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_LOGWINDOW */ + +#if wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG +# if !wxUSE_LISTCTRL || !wxUSE_BUTTON +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG requires wxUSE_LISTCTRL and wxUSE_BUTTON" +# else +# undef wxUSE_LISTCTRL +# define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 1 +# undef wxUSE_BUTTON +# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG */ + +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && !wxUSE_DATAOBJ +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxClipboard requires wxDataObject" +# else +# undef wxUSE_DATAOBJ +# define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 1 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_CLIPBOARD */ + +#if wxUSE_XRC && !wxUSE_XML +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_XRC requires wxUSE_XML" +# else +# undef wxUSE_XRC +# define wxUSE_XRC 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_XRC */ + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS && !wxUSE_STOPWATCH +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_SOCKETS requires wxUSE_STOPWATCH" +# else +# undef wxUSE_SOCKETS +# define wxUSE_SOCKETS 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_SOCKETS */ + +#if wxUSE_SVG && !wxUSE_STREAMS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_SVG requires wxUSE_STREAMS" +# else +# undef wxUSE_SVG +# define wxUSE_SVG 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_SVG */ + +#if wxUSE_SVG && !wxUSE_IMAGE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_SVG requires wxUSE_IMAGE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_SVG +# define wxUSE_SVG 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_SVG */ + +#if wxUSE_SVG && !wxUSE_LIBPNG +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_SVG requires wxUSE_LIBPNG" +# else +# undef wxUSE_SVG +# define wxUSE_SVG 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_SVG */ + +#if wxUSE_TASKBARICON && !wxUSE_MENUS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TASKBARICON requires wxUSE_MENUS" +# else +# undef wxUSE_TASKBARICON +# define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_TASKBARICON */ + +#if !wxUSE_VARIANT +# if wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxDataViewCtrl requires wxVariant" +# else +# undef wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL +# define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_VARIANT */ + +#endif /* wxUSE_GUI */ + +#endif /* _WX_CHKCONF_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choicdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choicdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36e36757cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choicdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/choicdlg.h +// Purpose: Includes generic choice dialog file +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: choicdlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CHOICDLG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CHOICDLG_H_BASE_ + +#if wxUSE_CHOICEDLG + +#include "wx/generic/choicdgg.h" + +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_CHOICDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choice.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choice.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e1f9c20456 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choice.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/choice.h +// Purpose: wxChoice class interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 26.07.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: choice.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CHOICE + +#include "wx/ctrlsub.h" // the base class + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxChoiceNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxChoice allows to select one of a non-modifiable list of strings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoiceBase : public wxControlWithItems +{ +public: + wxChoiceBase() { } + virtual ~wxChoiceBase(); + + // all generic methods are in wxControlWithItems + + // get the current selection: this can only be different from the normal + // selection if the popup items list is currently opened and the user + // selected some item in it but didn't close the list yet; otherwise (and + // currently always on platforms other than MSW) this is the same as + // GetSelection() + virtual int GetCurrentSelection() const { return GetSelection(); } + + // set/get the number of columns in the control (as they're not supported on + // most platforms, they do nothing by default) + virtual void SetColumns(int WXUNUSED(n) = 1 ) { } + virtual int GetColumns() const { return 1 ; } + + // emulate selecting the item event.GetInt() + void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // override wxItemContainer::IsSorted + virtual bool IsSorted() const { return HasFlag(wxCB_SORT); } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxChoiceBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the platform-dependent class definition +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/choice.h" +#elif defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__) + #include "wx/msw/wince/choicece.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/choice.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/choice.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/choice.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/choice.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/choice.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/choice.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/choice.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/choice.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_CHOICE + +#endif // _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choicebk.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choicebk.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..322d931d66 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/choicebk.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/choicebk.h +// Purpose: wxChoicebook: wxChoice and wxNotebook combination +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba from wx/listbook.h +// Created: 15.09.04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: choicebk.h 66233 2010-11-22 01:23:21Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Wlodzimierz Skiba +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CHOICEBOOK_H_ +#define _WX_CHOICEBOOK_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK + +#include "wx/bookctrl.h" +#include "wx/choice.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent ); + +// wxChoicebook flags +#define wxCHB_DEFAULT wxBK_DEFAULT +#define wxCHB_TOP wxBK_TOP +#define wxCHB_BOTTOM wxBK_BOTTOM +#define wxCHB_LEFT wxBK_LEFT +#define wxCHB_RIGHT wxBK_RIGHT +#define wxCHB_ALIGN_MASK wxBK_ALIGN_MASK + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxChoicebook +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoicebook : public wxBookCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxChoicebook() { } + + wxChoicebook(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) + { + (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // quasi ctor + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + + + virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText); + virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const; + virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const; + virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId); + virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = -1); + virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) + { return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent); } + virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n); } + virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList); + + virtual bool DeleteAllPages(); + + // returns the choice control + wxChoice* GetChoiceCtrl() const { return (wxChoice*)m_bookctrl; } + + // Override this to return true because the part of parent window + // background between our controlling wxChoice and the page area should + // show through. + virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; } + +protected: + virtual void DoSetWindowVariant(wxWindowVariant variant); + + virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page); + + void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t newsel) + { + m_selection = static_cast(newsel); + GetChoiceCtrl()->Select(m_selection); + } + + wxBookCtrlEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const; + void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlEvent &event); + + // event handlers + void OnChoiceSelected(wxCommandEvent& event); + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxChoicebook) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// choicebook event class and related stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxChoicebookEvent is obsolete and defined for compatibility only +typedef wxBookCtrlEvent wxChoicebookEvent; +typedef wxBookCtrlEventFunction wxChoicebookEventFunction; +#define wxChoicebookEventHandler(func) wxBookCtrlEventHandler(func) + +#define EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#endif // wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK + +#endif // _WX_CHOICEBOOK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clipbrd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clipbrd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ba7f3734b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clipbrd.h @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/clipbrd.h +// Purpose: wxClipboad class and clipboard functions +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: clipbrd.h 61485 2009-07-20 23:54:08Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + + +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/chartype.h" +#include "wx/dataobj.h" // for wxDataFormat +#include "wx/vector.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxClipboard; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClipboard represents the system clipboard. Normally, you should use +// wxTheClipboard which is a global pointer to the (unique) clipboard. +// +// Clipboard can be used to copy data to/paste data from. It works together +// with wxDataObject. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboardBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxClipboardBase() { m_usePrimary = false; } + + // open the clipboard before Add/SetData() and GetData() + virtual bool Open() = 0; + + // close the clipboard after Add/SetData() and GetData() + virtual void Close() = 0; + + // query whether the clipboard is opened + virtual bool IsOpened() const = 0; + + // add to the clipboard data + // + // NB: the clipboard owns the pointer and will delete it, so data must be + // allocated on the heap + virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data ) = 0; + + // set the clipboard data, this is the same as Clear() followed by + // AddData() + virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data ) = 0; + + // ask if data in correct format is available + virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format ) = 0; + + // ask if data in correct format is available + virtual bool IsSupportedAsync( wxEvtHandler *sink ); + + // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available) + virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data ) = 0; + + // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible + virtual void Clear() = 0; + + // flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on + // clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly + // eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit + virtual bool Flush() { return false; } + + // this allows to choose whether we work with CLIPBOARD (default) or + // PRIMARY selection on X11-based systems + // + // on the other ones, working with primary selection does nothing: this + // allows to write code which sets the primary selection when something is + // selected without any ill effects (i.e. without overwriting the + // clipboard which would be wrong on the platforms without X11 PRIMARY) + virtual void UsePrimarySelection(bool usePrimary = false) + { + m_usePrimary = usePrimary; + } + + // return true if we're using primary selection + bool IsUsingPrimarySelection() const { return m_usePrimary; } + + // Returns global instance (wxTheClipboard) of the object: + static wxClipboard *Get(); + + + // don't use this directly, it is public for compatibility with some ports + // (wxX11, wxMotif, ...) only + bool m_usePrimary; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// asynchronous clipboard event +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboardEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxClipboardEvent(wxEventType evtType = wxEVT_NULL) + : wxEvent(0, evtType) + { + } + + wxClipboardEvent(const wxClipboardEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + m_formats(event.m_formats) + { + } + + bool SupportsFormat(const wxDataFormat& format) const; + void AddFormat(const wxDataFormat& format); + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const + { + return new wxClipboardEvent(*this); + } + + +protected: + wxVector m_formats; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxClipboardEvent) +}; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CLIPBOARD_CHANGED, wxClipboardEvent ); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxClipboardEventFunction)(wxClipboardEvent&); + +#define wxClipboardEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxClipboardEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_CLIPBOARD_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CLIPBOARD_CHANGED, wxClipboardEventHandler(func)) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// globals +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// The global clipboard object - backward compatible access macro: +#define wxTheClipboard (wxClipboard::Get()) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include platform-specific class declaration +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/clipbrd.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/clipbrd.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/clipbrd.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/clipbrd.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/clipbrd.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #include "wx/mgl/clipbrd.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/clipbrd.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/clipbrd.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/clipbrd.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helpful class for opening the clipboard and automatically closing it +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboardLocker +{ +public: + wxClipboardLocker(wxClipboard *clipboard = NULL) + { + m_clipboard = clipboard ? clipboard : wxTheClipboard; + if ( m_clipboard ) + { + m_clipboard->Open(); + } + } + + bool operator!() const { return !m_clipboard->IsOpened(); } + + ~wxClipboardLocker() + { + if ( m_clipboard ) + { + m_clipboard->Close(); + } + } + +private: + wxClipboard *m_clipboard; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClipboardLocker); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + +#endif // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clntdata.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clntdata.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..177bf31c22 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clntdata.h @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/clntdata.h +// Purpose: A mixin class for holding a wxClientData or void pointer +// Author: Robin Dunn +// Modified by: +// Created: 9-Oct-2001 +// RCS-ID: $Id: clntdata.h 47730 2007-07-26 13:54:14Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CLNTDATAH__ +#define _WX_CLNTDATAH__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" + +typedef int (*wxShadowObjectMethod)(void*, void*); +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( + wxShadowObjectMethod, + wxShadowObjectMethods, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE +); +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( + void *, + wxShadowObjectFields, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE +); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxShadowObject +{ +public: + wxShadowObject() { } + + void AddMethod( const wxString &name, wxShadowObjectMethod method ) + { + wxShadowObjectMethods::iterator it = m_methods.find( name ); + if (it == m_methods.end()) + m_methods[ name ] = method; + else + it->second = method; + } + + bool InvokeMethod( const wxString &name, void* window, void* param, int* returnValue ) + { + wxShadowObjectMethods::iterator it = m_methods.find( name ); + if (it == m_methods.end()) + return false; + wxShadowObjectMethod method = it->second; + int ret = (*method)(window, param); + if (returnValue) + *returnValue = ret; + return true; + } + + void AddField( const wxString &name, void* initialValue = NULL ) + { + wxShadowObjectFields::iterator it = m_fields.find( name ); + if (it == m_fields.end()) + m_fields[ name ] = initialValue; + else + it->second = initialValue; + } + + void SetField( const wxString &name, void* value ) + { + wxShadowObjectFields::iterator it = m_fields.find( name ); + if (it == m_fields.end()) + return; + it->second = value; + } + + void* GetField( const wxString &name, void *defaultValue = NULL ) + { + wxShadowObjectFields::iterator it = m_fields.find( name ); + if (it == m_fields.end()) + return defaultValue; + return it->second; + } + +private: + wxShadowObjectMethods m_methods; + wxShadowObjectFields m_fields; +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// what kind of client data do we have? +enum wxClientDataType +{ + wxClientData_None, // we don't know yet because we don't have it at all + wxClientData_Object, // our client data is typed and we own it + wxClientData_Void // client data is untyped and we don't own it +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClientData +{ +public: + wxClientData() { } + virtual ~wxClientData() { } +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringClientData : public wxClientData +{ +public: + wxStringClientData() : m_data() { } + wxStringClientData( const wxString &data ) : m_data(data) { } + void SetData( const wxString &data ) { m_data = data; } + const wxString& GetData() const { return m_data; } + +private: + wxString m_data; +}; + +// This class is a mixin that provides storage and management of "client +// data." The client data stored can either be a pointer to a wxClientData +// object in which case it is managed by the container (i.e. it will delete +// the data when it's destroyed) or an untyped pointer which won't be deleted +// by the container - but not both of them +// +// NOTE: This functionality is currently duplicated in wxEvtHandler in order +// to avoid having more than one vtable in that class hierarchy. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClientDataContainer +{ +public: + wxClientDataContainer(); + virtual ~wxClientDataContainer(); + + void SetClientObject( wxClientData *data ) { DoSetClientObject(data); } + wxClientData *GetClientObject() const { return DoGetClientObject(); } + + void SetClientData( void *data ) { DoSetClientData(data); } + void *GetClientData() const { return DoGetClientData(); } + +protected: + // The user data: either an object which will be deleted by the container + // when it's deleted or some raw pointer which we do nothing with. Only + // one type of data can be used with the given window, i.e. you cannot set + // the void data and then associate the container with wxClientData or vice + // versa. + union + { + wxClientData *m_clientObject; + void *m_clientData; + }; + + // client data accessors + virtual void DoSetClientObject( wxClientData *data ); + virtual wxClientData *DoGetClientObject() const; + + virtual void DoSetClientData( void *data ); + virtual void *DoGetClientData() const; + + // what kind of data do we have? + wxClientDataType m_clientDataType; + +}; + +#endif // _WX_CLNTDATAH__ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clrpicker.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clrpicker.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..38bc05465e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/clrpicker.h @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/clrpicker.h +// Purpose: wxColourPickerCtrl base header +// Author: Francesco Montorsi (based on Vadim Zeitlin's code) +// Modified by: +// Created: 14/4/2006 +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Francesco Montorsi +// RCS-ID: $Id: clrpicker.h 58718 2009-02-07 18:59:25Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CLRPICKER_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CLRPICKER_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + + +#if wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/pickerbase.h" + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColourPickerEvent; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxColourPickerWidgetNameStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxColourPickerCtrlNameStr[]; + +// show the colour in HTML form (#AABBCC) as colour button label +#define wxCLRBTN_SHOW_LABEL 100 + +// the default style +#define wxCLRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxCLRBTN_SHOW_LABEL) + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColourPickerWidgetBase: a generic abstract interface which must be +// implemented by controls used by wxColourPickerCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourPickerWidgetBase +{ +public: + wxColourPickerWidgetBase() { m_colour = *wxBLACK; } + virtual ~wxColourPickerWidgetBase() {} + + wxColour GetColour() const + { return m_colour; } + virtual void SetColour(const wxColour &col) + { m_colour = col; UpdateColour(); } + virtual void SetColour(const wxString &col) + { m_colour.Set(col); UpdateColour(); } + +protected: + + virtual void UpdateColour() = 0; + + // the current colour (may be invalid if none) + wxColour m_colour; +}; + + +// Styles which must be supported by all controls implementing wxColourPickerWidgetBase +// NB: these styles must be defined to carefully-chosen values to +// avoid conflicts with wxButton's styles + +// show the colour in HTML form (#AABBCC) as colour button label +// (instead of no label at all) +// NOTE: this style is supported just by wxColourButtonGeneric and +// thus is not exposed in wxColourPickerCtrl +#define wxCLRP_SHOW_LABEL 0x0008 + +// map platform-dependent controls which implement the wxColourPickerWidgetBase +// under the name "wxColourPickerWidget". +// NOTE: wxColourPickerCtrl allocates a wxColourPickerWidget and relies on the +// fact that all classes being mapped as wxColourPickerWidget have the +// same prototype for their contructor (and also explains why we use +// define instead of a typedef) +// since GTK > 2.4, there is GtkColorButton +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/gtk/clrpicker.h" + #define wxColourPickerWidget wxColourButton +#else + #include "wx/generic/clrpickerg.h" + #define wxColourPickerWidget wxGenericColourButton +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColourPickerCtrl: platform-independent class which embeds a +// platform-dependent wxColourPickerWidget and, if wxCLRP_USE_TEXTCTRL style is +// used, a textctrl next to it. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxCLRP_USE_TEXTCTRL (wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL) +#define wxCLRP_DEFAULT_STYLE 0 + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourPickerCtrl : public wxPickerBase +{ +public: + wxColourPickerCtrl() : m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate(false) {} + virtual ~wxColourPickerCtrl() {} + + + wxColourPickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxColour& col = *wxBLACK, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxCLRP_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxColourPickerCtrlNameStr) + : m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate(false) + { Create(parent, id, col, pos, size, style, validator, name); } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxColour& col = *wxBLACK, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCLRP_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxColourPickerCtrlNameStr); + + +public: // public API + + // get the colour chosen + wxColour GetColour() const + { return ((wxColourPickerWidget *)m_picker)->GetColour(); } + + // set currently displayed color + void SetColour(const wxColour& col); + + // set colour using RGB(r,g,b) syntax or considering given text as a colour name; + // returns true if the given text was successfully recognized. + bool SetColour(const wxString& text); + + +public: // internal functions + + // update the button colour to match the text control contents + void UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl(); + + // update the text control to match the button's colour + void UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); + + // event handler for our picker + void OnColourChange(wxColourPickerEvent &); + +protected: + virtual long GetPickerStyle(long style) const + { return (style & wxCLRP_SHOW_LABEL); } + + // true if the next UpdateTextCtrl() call is to ignore + bool m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourPickerCtrl) +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColourPickerEvent: used by wxColourPickerCtrl only +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED, wxColourPickerEvent ); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourPickerEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxColourPickerEvent() {} + wxColourPickerEvent(wxObject *generator, int id, const wxColour &col) + : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED, id), + m_colour(col) + { + SetEventObject(generator); + } + + wxColour GetColour() const { return m_colour; } + void SetColour(const wxColour &c) { m_colour = c; } + + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxColourPickerEvent(*this); } + +private: + wxColour m_colour; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxColourPickerEvent) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event types and macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxColourPickerEventFunction)(wxColourPickerEvent&); + +#define wxColourPickerEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxColourPickerEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED, id, wxColourPickerEventHandler(fn)) + + +#endif // wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL + +#endif // _WX_CLRPICKER_H_BASE_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdargs.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdargs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3819af475f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdargs.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cmdargs.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxCmdLineArgsArray helper class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-11-12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cmdargs.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CMDARGS_H_ +#define _WX_CMDARGS_H_ + +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCmdLineArgsArray: helper class used by wxApp::argv +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +// this class is used instead of either "char **" or "wchar_t **" (neither of +// which would be backwards compatible with all the existing code) for argv +// field of wxApp +// +// as it's used for compatibility, it tries to look as much as traditional +// (char **) argv as possible, in particular it provides implicit conversions +// to "char **" and also array-like operator[] +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCmdLineArgsArray +{ +public: + wxCmdLineArgsArray() { m_argsA = NULL; m_argsW = NULL; } + + template + wxCmdLineArgsArray& operator=(T **argv) + { + FreeArgs(); + + m_args.clear(); + + if ( argv ) + { + while ( *argv ) + m_args.push_back(*argv++); + } + + return *this; + } + + operator char**() const + { + if ( !m_argsA ) + { + const size_t count = m_args.size(); + m_argsA = new char *[count]; + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + m_argsA[n] = wxStrdup(m_args[n].ToAscii()); + } + + return m_argsA; + } + + operator wchar_t**() const + { + if ( !m_argsW ) + { + const size_t count = m_args.size(); + m_argsW = new wchar_t *[count]; + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + m_argsW[n] = wxStrdup(m_args[n].wc_str()); + } + + return m_argsW; + } + + // existing code does checks like "if ( argv )" and we want it to continue + // to compile, so provide this conversion even if it is pretty dangerous + operator bool() const + { + return !m_args.empty(); + } + + // and the same for "if ( !argv )" checks + bool operator!() const + { + return m_args.empty(); + } + + wxString operator[](size_t n) const + { + return m_args[n]; + } + + // we must provide this overload for g++ 3.4 which can't choose between + // our operator[](size_t) and ::operator[](char**, int) otherwise + wxString operator[](int n) const + { + return m_args[n]; + } + + + // convenience methods, i.e. not existing only for backwards compatibility + + // do we have any arguments at all? + bool IsEmpty() const { return m_args.empty(); } + + // access the arguments as a convenient array of wxStrings + const wxArrayString& GetArguments() const { return m_args; } + + ~wxCmdLineArgsArray() + { + FreeArgs(); + } + +private: + template + void Free(T **args) + { + if ( !args ) + return; + + const size_t count = m_args.size(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + free(args[n]); + + delete [] args; + } + + void FreeArgs() + { + Free(m_argsA); + Free(m_argsW); + } + + wxArrayString m_args; + mutable char **m_argsA; + mutable wchar_t **m_argsW; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCmdLineArgsArray); +}; + +// provide global operator overload for compatibility with the existing code +// doing things like "if ( condition && argv )" +inline bool operator&&(bool cond, const wxCmdLineArgsArray& array) +{ + return cond && !array.IsEmpty(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +#endif // _WX_CMDARGS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdline.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdline.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af67c9c558 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdline.h @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cmdline.h +// Purpose: wxCmdLineParser and related classes for parsing the command +// line options +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 04.01.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cmdline.h 66253 2010-11-24 00:42:53Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CMDLINE_H_ +#define _WX_CMDLINE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" +#include "wx/cmdargs.h" + +// determines ConvertStringToArgs() behaviour +enum wxCmdLineSplitType +{ + wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_DOS, + wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_UNIX +}; + +#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTime; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// by default, options are optional (sic) and each call to AddParam() allows +// one more parameter - this may be changed by giving non-default flags to it +enum wxCmdLineEntryFlags +{ + wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_MANDATORY = 0x01, // this option must be given + wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_OPTIONAL = 0x02, // the parameter may be omitted + wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_MULTIPLE = 0x04, // the parameter may be repeated + wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_HELP = 0x08, // this option is a help request + wxCMD_LINE_NEEDS_SEPARATOR = 0x10, // must have sep before the value + wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH_NEGATABLE = 0x20 // this switch can be negated (e.g. /S-) +}; + +// an option value or parameter may be a string (the most common case), a +// number or a date +enum wxCmdLineParamType +{ + wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING, // should be 0 (default) + wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NUMBER, + wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DATE, + wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DOUBLE, + wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NONE +}; + +// for constructing the cmd line description using Init() +enum wxCmdLineEntryType +{ + wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH, + wxCMD_LINE_OPTION, + wxCMD_LINE_PARAM, + wxCMD_LINE_USAGE_TEXT, + wxCMD_LINE_NONE // to terminate the list +}; + +// Possible return values of wxCmdLineParser::FoundSwitch() +enum wxCmdLineSwitchState +{ + wxCMD_SWITCH_OFF = -1, // Found but turned off/negated. + wxCMD_SWITCH_NOT_FOUND, // Not found at all. + wxCMD_SWITCH_ON // Found in normal state. +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCmdLineEntryDesc is a description of one command line +// switch/option/parameter +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct wxCmdLineEntryDesc +{ + wxCmdLineEntryType kind; + const char *shortName; + const char *longName; + const char *description; + wxCmdLineParamType type; + int flags; +}; + +// the list of wxCmdLineEntryDesc objects should be terminated with this one +#define wxCMD_LINE_DESC_END \ + { wxCMD_LINE_NONE, NULL, NULL, NULL, wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NONE, 0x0 } + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCmdLineParser is a class for parsing command line. +// +// It has the following features: +// +// 1. distinguishes options, switches and parameters; allows option grouping +// 2. allows both short and long options +// 3. automatically generates the usage message from the cmd line description +// 4. does type checks on the options values (number, date, ...) +// +// To use it you should: +// +// 1. construct it giving it the cmd line to parse and optionally its desc +// 2. construct the cmd line description using AddXXX() if not done in (1) +// 3. call Parse() +// 4. use GetXXX() to retrieve the parsed info +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCmdLineParser +{ +public: + // ctors and initializers + // ---------------------- + + // default ctor or ctor giving the cmd line in either Unix or Win form + wxCmdLineParser() { Init(); } + wxCmdLineParser(int argc, char **argv) { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); } +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxCmdLineParser(int argc, wxChar **argv) { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); } + wxCmdLineParser(int argc, const wxCmdLineArgsArray& argv) + { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + wxCmdLineParser(const wxString& cmdline) { Init(); SetCmdLine(cmdline); } + + // the same as above, but also gives the cmd line description - otherwise, + // use AddXXX() later + wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc) + { Init(); SetDesc(desc); } + wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, int argc, char **argv) + { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); SetDesc(desc); } +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, int argc, wxChar **argv) + { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); SetDesc(desc); } + wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, + int argc, + const wxCmdLineArgsArray& argv) + { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); SetDesc(desc); } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, const wxString& cmdline) + { Init(); SetCmdLine(cmdline); SetDesc(desc); } + + // set cmd line to parse after using one of the ctors which don't do it + void SetCmdLine(int argc, char **argv); +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + void SetCmdLine(int argc, wxChar **argv); + void SetCmdLine(int argc, const wxCmdLineArgsArray& argv); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + void SetCmdLine(const wxString& cmdline); + + // not virtual, don't use this class polymorphically + ~wxCmdLineParser(); + + // set different parser options + // ---------------------------- + + // by default, '-' is switch char under Unix, '-' or '/' under Win: + // switchChars contains all characters with which an option or switch may + // start + void SetSwitchChars(const wxString& switchChars); + + // long options are not POSIX-compliant, this option allows to disable them + void EnableLongOptions(bool enable = true); + void DisableLongOptions() { EnableLongOptions(false); } + + bool AreLongOptionsEnabled() const; + + // extra text may be shown by Usage() method if set by this function + void SetLogo(const wxString& logo); + + // construct the cmd line description + // ---------------------------------- + + // take the cmd line description from the wxCMD_LINE_NONE terminated table + void SetDesc(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc); + + // a switch: i.e. an option without value + void AddSwitch(const wxString& name, const wxString& lng = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString, + int flags = 0); + + // an option taking a value of the given type + void AddOption(const wxString& name, const wxString& lng = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString, + wxCmdLineParamType type = wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING, + int flags = 0); + + // a parameter + void AddParam(const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString, + wxCmdLineParamType type = wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING, + int flags = 0); + + // add an explanatory text to be shown to the user in help + void AddUsageText(const wxString& text); + + // actions + // ------- + + // parse the command line, return 0 if ok, -1 if "-h" or "--help" option + // was encountered and the help message was given or a positive value if a + // syntax error occurred + // + // if showUsage is true, Usage() is called in case of syntax error or if + // help was requested + int Parse(bool showUsage = true); + + // give the usage message describing all program options + void Usage() const; + + // return the usage string, call Usage() to directly show it to the user + wxString GetUsageString() const; + + // get the command line arguments + // ------------------------------ + + // returns true if the given switch was found + bool Found(const wxString& name) const; + + // Returns wxCMD_SWITCH_NOT_FOUND if the switch was not found at all, + // wxCMD_SWITCH_ON if it was found in normal state and wxCMD_SWITCH_OFF if + // it was found but negated (i.e. followed by "-", this can only happen for + // the switches with wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH_NEGATABLE flag). + wxCmdLineSwitchState FoundSwitch(const wxString& name) const; + + // returns true if an option taking a string value was found and stores the + // value in the provided pointer + bool Found(const wxString& name, wxString *value) const; + + // returns true if an option taking an integer value was found and stores + // the value in the provided pointer + bool Found(const wxString& name, long *value) const; + + // returns true if an option taking a double value was found and stores + // the value in the provided pointer + bool Found(const wxString& name, double *value) const; + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + // returns true if an option taking a date value was found and stores the + // value in the provided pointer + bool Found(const wxString& name, wxDateTime *value) const; +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + + // gets the number of parameters found + size_t GetParamCount() const; + + // gets the value of Nth parameter (as string only for now) + wxString GetParam(size_t n = 0u) const; + + // Resets switches and options + void Reset(); + + // break down the command line in arguments + static wxArrayString + ConvertStringToArgs(const wxString& cmdline, + wxCmdLineSplitType type = wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_DOS); + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + struct wxCmdLineParserData *m_data; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCmdLineParser); +}; + +#else // !wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + +// this function is always available (even if !wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER) because it +// is used by wxWin itself under Windows +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCmdLineParser +{ +public: + static wxArrayString + ConvertStringToArgs(const wxString& cmdline, + wxCmdLineSplitType type = wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_DOS); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER/!wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + +#endif // _WX_CMDLINE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdproc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdproc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc738da629 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmdproc.h @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cmdproc.h +// Purpose: undo/redo capable command processing framework +// Author: Julian Smart (extracted from docview.h by VZ) +// Modified by: +// Created: 05.11.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cmdproc.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CMDPROC_H_ +#define _WX_CMDPROC_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/list.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCommand: a single command capable of performing itself +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCommand : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxCommand(bool canUndoIt = false, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + virtual ~wxCommand(){} + + // Override this to perform a command + virtual bool Do() = 0; + + // Override this to undo a command + virtual bool Undo() = 0; + + virtual bool CanUndo() const { return m_canUndo; } + virtual wxString GetName() const { return m_commandName; } + +protected: + bool m_canUndo; + wxString m_commandName; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxCommand) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCommandProcessor: wxCommand manager +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCommandProcessor : public wxObject +{ +public: + // if max number of commands is -1, it is unlimited + wxCommandProcessor(int maxCommands = -1); + virtual ~wxCommandProcessor(); + + // Pass a command to the processor. The processor calls Do(); if + // successful, is appended to the command history unless storeIt is false. + virtual bool Submit(wxCommand *command, bool storeIt = true); + + // just store the command without executing it + virtual void Store(wxCommand *command); + + virtual bool Undo(); + virtual bool Redo(); + virtual bool CanUndo() const; + virtual bool CanRedo() const; + + // Initialises the current command and menu strings. + virtual void Initialize(); + + // Sets the Undo/Redo menu strings for the current menu. + virtual void SetMenuStrings(); + + // Gets the current Undo menu label. + wxString GetUndoMenuLabel() const; + + // Gets the current Undo menu label. + wxString GetRedoMenuLabel() const; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // Call this to manage an edit menu. + void SetEditMenu(wxMenu *menu) { m_commandEditMenu = menu; } + wxMenu *GetEditMenu() const { return m_commandEditMenu; } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + // command list access + wxList& GetCommands() { return m_commands; } + const wxList& GetCommands() const { return m_commands; } + wxCommand *GetCurrentCommand() const + { + return (wxCommand *)(m_currentCommand ? m_currentCommand->GetData() : NULL); + } + int GetMaxCommands() const { return m_maxNoCommands; } + virtual void ClearCommands(); + + // Has the current project been changed? + virtual bool IsDirty() const + { + return m_currentCommand && (m_lastSavedCommand != m_currentCommand); + } + + // Mark the current command as the one where the last save took place + void MarkAsSaved() + { + m_lastSavedCommand = m_currentCommand; + } + + + // By default, the accelerators are "\tCtrl+Z" and "\tCtrl+Y" + const wxString& GetUndoAccelerator() const { return m_undoAccelerator; } + const wxString& GetRedoAccelerator() const { return m_redoAccelerator; } + + void SetUndoAccelerator(const wxString& accel) { m_undoAccelerator = accel; } + void SetRedoAccelerator(const wxString& accel) { m_redoAccelerator = accel; } + +protected: + // for further flexibility, command processor doesn't call wxCommand::Do() + // and Undo() directly but uses these functions which can be overridden in + // the derived class + virtual bool DoCommand(wxCommand& cmd); + virtual bool UndoCommand(wxCommand& cmd); + + int m_maxNoCommands; + wxList m_commands; + wxList::compatibility_iterator m_currentCommand, + m_lastSavedCommand; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxMenu* m_commandEditMenu; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + wxString m_undoAccelerator; + wxString m_redoAccelerator; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCommandProcessor) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCommandProcessor); +}; + +#endif // _WX_CMDPROC_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmndata.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmndata.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e803f49711 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cmndata.h @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cmndata.h +// Purpose: Common GDI data classes +// Author: Julian Smart and others +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cmndata.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +#include "wx/stream.h" +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintNativeDataBase; + +/* + * wxPrintData + * Encapsulates printer information (not printer dialog information) + */ + +enum wxPrintBin +{ + wxPRINTBIN_DEFAULT, + + wxPRINTBIN_ONLYONE, + wxPRINTBIN_LOWER, + wxPRINTBIN_MIDDLE, + wxPRINTBIN_MANUAL, + wxPRINTBIN_ENVELOPE, + wxPRINTBIN_ENVMANUAL, + wxPRINTBIN_AUTO, + wxPRINTBIN_TRACTOR, + wxPRINTBIN_SMALLFMT, + wxPRINTBIN_LARGEFMT, + wxPRINTBIN_LARGECAPACITY, + wxPRINTBIN_CASSETTE, + wxPRINTBIN_FORMSOURCE, + + wxPRINTBIN_USER +}; + +const int wxPRINTMEDIA_DEFAULT = 0; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintData: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxPrintData(); + wxPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData); + virtual ~wxPrintData(); + + int GetNoCopies() const { return m_printNoCopies; } + bool GetCollate() const { return m_printCollate; } + wxPrintOrientation GetOrientation() const { return m_printOrientation; } + bool IsOrientationReversed() const { return m_printOrientationReversed; } + + // Is this data OK for showing the print dialog? + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + bool IsOk() const ; + + const wxString& GetPrinterName() const { return m_printerName; } + bool GetColour() const { return m_colour; } + wxDuplexMode GetDuplex() const { return m_duplexMode; } + wxPaperSize GetPaperId() const { return m_paperId; } + const wxSize& GetPaperSize() const { return m_paperSize; } // Not used yet: confusable with paper size + // in wxPageSetupDialogData + wxPrintQuality GetQuality() const { return m_printQuality; } + wxPrintBin GetBin() const { return m_bin; } + wxPrintMode GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; } + int GetMedia() const { return m_media; } + + void SetNoCopies(int v) { m_printNoCopies = v; } + void SetCollate(bool flag) { m_printCollate = flag; } + + // Please use the overloaded method below + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(void SetOrientation(int orient), + m_printOrientation = (wxPrintOrientation)orient; ) + void SetOrientation(wxPrintOrientation orient) { m_printOrientation = orient; } + void SetOrientationReversed(bool reversed) { m_printOrientationReversed = reversed; } + + void SetPrinterName(const wxString& name) { m_printerName = name; } + void SetColour(bool colour) { m_colour = colour; } + void SetDuplex(wxDuplexMode duplex) { m_duplexMode = duplex; } + void SetPaperId(wxPaperSize sizeId) { m_paperId = sizeId; } + void SetPaperSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_paperSize = sz; } + void SetQuality(wxPrintQuality quality) { m_printQuality = quality; } + void SetBin(wxPrintBin bin) { m_bin = bin; } + void SetMedia(int media) { m_media = media; } + void SetPrintMode(wxPrintMode printMode) { m_printMode = printMode; } + + wxString GetFilename() const { return m_filename; } + void SetFilename( const wxString &filename ) { m_filename = filename; } + + wxPrintData& operator=(const wxPrintData& data); + + char* GetPrivData() const { return m_privData; } + int GetPrivDataLen() const { return m_privDataLen; } + void SetPrivData( char *privData, int len ); + + + // Convert between wxPrintData and native data + void ConvertToNative(); + void ConvertFromNative(); + // Holds the native print data + wxPrintNativeDataBase *GetNativeData() const { return m_nativeData; } + +private: + wxPrintBin m_bin; + int m_media; + wxPrintMode m_printMode; + + int m_printNoCopies; + wxPrintOrientation m_printOrientation; + bool m_printOrientationReversed; + bool m_printCollate; + + wxString m_printerName; + bool m_colour; + wxDuplexMode m_duplexMode; + wxPrintQuality m_printQuality; + wxPaperSize m_paperId; + wxSize m_paperSize; + + wxString m_filename; + + char* m_privData; + int m_privDataLen; + + wxPrintNativeDataBase *m_nativeData; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintData) +}; + +/* + * wxPrintDialogData + * Encapsulates information displayed and edited in the printer dialog box. + * Contains a wxPrintData object which is filled in according to the values retrieved + * from the dialog. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintDialogData: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxPrintDialogData(); + wxPrintDialogData(const wxPrintDialogData& dialogData); + wxPrintDialogData(const wxPrintData& printData); + virtual ~wxPrintDialogData(); + + int GetFromPage() const { return m_printFromPage; } + int GetToPage() const { return m_printToPage; } + int GetMinPage() const { return m_printMinPage; } + int GetMaxPage() const { return m_printMaxPage; } + int GetNoCopies() const { return m_printNoCopies; } + bool GetAllPages() const { return m_printAllPages; } + bool GetSelection() const { return m_printSelection; } + bool GetCollate() const { return m_printCollate; } + bool GetPrintToFile() const { return m_printToFile; } + + void SetFromPage(int v) { m_printFromPage = v; } + void SetToPage(int v) { m_printToPage = v; } + void SetMinPage(int v) { m_printMinPage = v; } + void SetMaxPage(int v) { m_printMaxPage = v; } + void SetNoCopies(int v) { m_printNoCopies = v; } + void SetAllPages(bool flag) { m_printAllPages = flag; } + void SetSelection(bool flag) { m_printSelection = flag; } + void SetCollate(bool flag) { m_printCollate = flag; } + void SetPrintToFile(bool flag) { m_printToFile = flag; } + + void EnablePrintToFile(bool flag) { m_printEnablePrintToFile = flag; } + void EnableSelection(bool flag) { m_printEnableSelection = flag; } + void EnablePageNumbers(bool flag) { m_printEnablePageNumbers = flag; } + void EnableHelp(bool flag) { m_printEnableHelp = flag; } + + bool GetEnablePrintToFile() const { return m_printEnablePrintToFile; } + bool GetEnableSelection() const { return m_printEnableSelection; } + bool GetEnablePageNumbers() const { return m_printEnablePageNumbers; } + bool GetEnableHelp() const { return m_printEnableHelp; } + + // Is this data OK for showing the print dialog? + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + bool IsOk() const { return m_printData.Ok() ; } + + wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; } + void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData) { m_printData = printData; } + + void operator=(const wxPrintDialogData& data); + void operator=(const wxPrintData& data); // Sets internal m_printData member + +private: + int m_printFromPage; + int m_printToPage; + int m_printMinPage; + int m_printMaxPage; + int m_printNoCopies; + bool m_printAllPages; + bool m_printCollate; + bool m_printToFile; + bool m_printSelection; + bool m_printEnableSelection; + bool m_printEnablePageNumbers; + bool m_printEnableHelp; + bool m_printEnablePrintToFile; + wxPrintData m_printData; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialogData) +}; + +/* +* This is the data used (and returned) by the wxPageSetupDialog. +*/ + +// Compatibility with old name +#define wxPageSetupData wxPageSetupDialogData + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPageSetupDialogData: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxPageSetupDialogData(); + wxPageSetupDialogData(const wxPageSetupDialogData& dialogData); + wxPageSetupDialogData(const wxPrintData& printData); + virtual ~wxPageSetupDialogData(); + + wxSize GetPaperSize() const { return m_paperSize; } + wxPaperSize GetPaperId() const { return m_printData.GetPaperId(); } + wxPoint GetMinMarginTopLeft() const { return m_minMarginTopLeft; } + wxPoint GetMinMarginBottomRight() const { return m_minMarginBottomRight; } + wxPoint GetMarginTopLeft() const { return m_marginTopLeft; } + wxPoint GetMarginBottomRight() const { return m_marginBottomRight; } + + bool GetDefaultMinMargins() const { return m_defaultMinMargins; } + bool GetEnableMargins() const { return m_enableMargins; } + bool GetEnableOrientation() const { return m_enableOrientation; } + bool GetEnablePaper() const { return m_enablePaper; } + bool GetEnablePrinter() const { return m_enablePrinter; } + bool GetDefaultInfo() const { return m_getDefaultInfo; } + bool GetEnableHelp() const { return m_enableHelp; } + + // Is this data OK for showing the page setup dialog? + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + bool IsOk() const { return m_printData.Ok() ; } + + // If a corresponding paper type is found in the paper database, will set the m_printData + // paper size id member as well. + void SetPaperSize(const wxSize& sz); + + void SetPaperId(wxPaperSize id) { m_printData.SetPaperId(id); } + + // Sets the wxPrintData id, plus the paper width/height if found in the paper database. + void SetPaperSize(wxPaperSize id); + + void SetMinMarginTopLeft(const wxPoint& pt) { m_minMarginTopLeft = pt; } + void SetMinMarginBottomRight(const wxPoint& pt) { m_minMarginBottomRight = pt; } + void SetMarginTopLeft(const wxPoint& pt) { m_marginTopLeft = pt; } + void SetMarginBottomRight(const wxPoint& pt) { m_marginBottomRight = pt; } + void SetDefaultMinMargins(bool flag) { m_defaultMinMargins = flag; } + void SetDefaultInfo(bool flag) { m_getDefaultInfo = flag; } + + void EnableMargins(bool flag) { m_enableMargins = flag; } + void EnableOrientation(bool flag) { m_enableOrientation = flag; } + void EnablePaper(bool flag) { m_enablePaper = flag; } + void EnablePrinter(bool flag) { m_enablePrinter = flag; } + void EnableHelp(bool flag) { m_enableHelp = flag; } + + // Use paper size defined in this object to set the wxPrintData + // paper id + void CalculateIdFromPaperSize(); + + // Use paper id in wxPrintData to set this object's paper size + void CalculatePaperSizeFromId(); + + wxPageSetupDialogData& operator=(const wxPageSetupData& data); + wxPageSetupDialogData& operator=(const wxPrintData& data); + + wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; } + const wxPrintData& GetPrintData() const { return m_printData; } + void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData); + +private: + wxSize m_paperSize; // The dimensions selected by the user (on return, same as in wxPrintData?) + wxPoint m_minMarginTopLeft; + wxPoint m_minMarginBottomRight; + wxPoint m_marginTopLeft; + wxPoint m_marginBottomRight; + bool m_defaultMinMargins; + bool m_enableMargins; + bool m_enableOrientation; + bool m_enablePaper; + bool m_enablePrinter; + bool m_getDefaultInfo; // Equiv. to PSD_RETURNDEFAULT + bool m_enableHelp; + wxPrintData m_printData; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogData) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#endif +// _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSApplication.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSApplication.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ada270c605 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSApplication.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSApplication.h +// Purpose: wxNSApplicationDelegate definition +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/01/26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSApplication.h 46227 2007-05-27 04:52:04Z DE $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003,2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_NSAPPLICATION_H__ +#define _WX_COCOA_NSAPPLICATION_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/objc/objc_uniquifying.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxNSApplicationDelegate +// ======================================================================== +/*! + @class wxNSApplicationDelegate + @discussion Implements an NSApplication delegate which can respond to messages sent by Cocoa to change Cocoa's behavior. + + wxCocoa will set a singleton instance of this class as the NSApplication delegate upon startup unless wxWidgets is running + in a "plugin" manner in which case it would not be appropriate to do this. + + Although Cocoa will send notifications to the delegate it is also possible to register a different object to listen for + them. Because we want to support the plugin case, we use a separate notification observer object when we can. +*/ +@interface wxNSApplicationDelegate : NSObject +{ +} + +// Delegate methods +- (BOOL)applicationShouldTerminateAfterLastWindowClosed:(NSApplication *)theApplication; +@end // interface wxNSApplicationDelegate : NSObject +WX_DECLARE_GET_OBJC_CLASS(wxNSApplicationDelegate,NSObject) + +// ======================================================================== +// wxNSApplicationObserver +// ======================================================================== +/*! + @class wxNSApplicationObserver + @discussion Observes most notifications sent by the NSApplication singleton. + + wxCocoa will create a singleton instance of this class upon startup and register it with the default notification center to + listen for several events sent by the NSApplication singleton. + + Because there can be any number of notification observers, this method allows wxCocoa to function properly even when it is + running as a plugin of some other (most likely not wxWidgets) application. +*/ +@interface wxNSApplicationObserver : NSObject +{ +} + +// Methods defined as (but not used here) as NSApplication delegate methods. +- (void)applicationWillBecomeActive:(NSNotification *)notification; +- (void)applicationDidBecomeActive:(NSNotification *)notification; +- (void)applicationWillResignActive:(NSNotification *)notification; +- (void)applicationDidResignActive:(NSNotification *)notification; +- (void)applicationWillUpdate:(NSNotification *)notification; + +// Other notifications +- (void)controlTintChanged:(NSNotification *)notification; +@end // interface wxNSApplicationObserver : NSObject +WX_DECLARE_GET_OBJC_CLASS(wxNSApplicationObserver,NSObject) + +#endif //ndef _WX_COCOA_NSAPPLICATION_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSBox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSBox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6bb62b5556 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSBox.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSBox.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaNSBox class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSBox.h 58022 2009-01-11 12:00:51Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_NSBOX_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_NSBOX_H__ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h" + +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(NSBox); +class wxCocoaNSBox +{ + WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE(NSBox) +protected: +// virtual void Cocoa_didChangeText(void) = 0; +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_NSBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSButton.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSButton.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4cbcbb7a71 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSButton.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSButton.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaNSButton class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2002/12/09 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSButton.h 38031 2006-03-12 15:10:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002-2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_NSBUTTON_H__ +#define _WX_COCOA_NSBUTTON_H__ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcRef.h" + +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(NSButton); + +class wxCocoaNSButton +{ + WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE_HASHMAP(NSButton); +public: + void AssociateNSButton(WX_NSButton cocoaNSButton); + void DisassociateNSButton(WX_NSButton cocoaNSButton) + { + if(cocoaNSButton) + sm_cocoaHash.erase(cocoaNSButton); + } + + virtual void Cocoa_wxNSButtonAction(void) = 0; + virtual ~wxCocoaNSButton() { } + +protected: + static const wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc sm_cocoaTarget; +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_NSBUTTON_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSControl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSControl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7fd8ee2664 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSControl.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSControl.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaNSControl class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/02/15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSControl.h 58022 2009-01-11 12:00:51Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_NSCONTROL_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_NSCONTROL_H__ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h" + +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(NSControl); +class wxCocoaNSControl +{ + WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE(NSControl) +public: + virtual void CocoaTarget_action() {} +// virtual void Cocoa_didChangeText(void) = 0; + + virtual ~wxCocoaNSControl() { } + +protected: + static struct objc_object *sm_cocoaTarget; +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_NSCONTROL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSMenu.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSMenu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad0cbd592e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSMenu.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSMenu.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaNSMenu class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2002/12/09 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSMenu.h 49523 2007-10-29 16:18:59Z DE $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_NSMENU_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_NSMENU_H__ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h" + +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(NSMenu); + +// ======================================================================== +// wxCocoaNSMenu +// ======================================================================== + +class wxCocoaNSMenu +{ + WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE_HASHMAP(NSMenu) +public: + void AssociateNSMenu(WX_NSMenu cocoaNSMenu, unsigned int flags = 0); + void DisassociateNSMenu(WX_NSMenu cocoaNSMenu); + enum + { OBSERVE_DidAddItem = 0x01 + , OBSERVE_DidChangeItem = 0x02 + , OBSERVE_DidRemoveItem = 0x04 + , OBSERVE_DidSendAction = 0x08 + , OBSERVE_WillSendAction = 0x10 + }; + virtual void Cocoa_dealloc() {} + virtual void CocoaNotification_menuDidAddItem(WX_NSNotification WXUNUSED(notification)) {} + virtual void CocoaNotification_menuDidChangeItem(WX_NSNotification WXUNUSED(notification)) {} + virtual void CocoaNotification_menuDidRemoveItem(WX_NSNotification WXUNUSED(notification)) {} + virtual void CocoaNotification_menuDidSendAction(WX_NSNotification WXUNUSED(notification)) {} + virtual void CocoaNotification_menuWillSendAction(WX_NSNotification WXUNUSED(notification)) {} + virtual ~wxCocoaNSMenu() { } + +protected: + static struct objc_object *sm_cocoaObserver; +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_NSMENU_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSPanel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSPanel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0426742d85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSPanel.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSPanel.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaNSPanel class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSPanel.h 42046 2006-10-16 09:30:01Z ABX $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_NSPANEL_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_NSPANEL_H__ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h" + +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(NSPanel); + +class wxCocoaNSPanel +{ + WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE(NSPanel) +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_NSPANEL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSScroller.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSScroller.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9031df7909 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSScroller.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSScroller.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaNSScroller class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/04/27 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSScroller.h 38031 2006-03-12 15:10:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_NSSCROLLER_H__ +#define _WX_COCOA_NSSCROLLER_H__ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcRef.h" + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSScroller); + +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(NSScroller); + +class wxCocoaNSScroller +{ + WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE_HASHMAP(NSScroller); +public: + void AssociateNSScroller(WX_NSScroller cocoaNSScroller); + void DisassociateNSScroller(WX_NSScroller cocoaNSScroller) + { + if(cocoaNSScroller) + sm_cocoaHash.erase(cocoaNSScroller); + } + + virtual void Cocoa_wxNSScrollerAction(void) = 0; + virtual ~wxCocoaNSScroller() { } + +protected: + static const wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc sm_cocoaTarget; +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_NSSCROLLER_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSSlider.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSSlider.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62edaeb422 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSSlider.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSSlider.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaNSSlider class +// Author: Mark Oxenham +// Modified by: David Elliott +// Created: 2007/08/10 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSSlider.h 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Software 2000 Ltd. All rights reserved. +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WXNSSLIDER_H_ +#define _WXNSSLIDER_H_ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcRef.h" + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSSlider); + +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(NSSlider); + +// For when we're not in Objective-C mode: +typedef struct objc_selector *SEL; + +class wxCocoaNSSliderLastSelectorChanger; + +class wxCocoaNSSlider +{ + friend class wxCocoaNSSliderLastSelectorChanger; + WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE_HASHMAP(NSSlider); +public: + void AssociateNSSlider(WX_NSSlider cocoaNSSlider); + void DisassociateNSSlider(WX_NSSlider cocoaNSSlider); + + virtual void CocoaNotification_startTracking(WX_NSNotification notification) = 0; + virtual void CocoaNotification_continueTracking(WX_NSNotification notification) = 0; + virtual void CocoaNotification_stopTracking(WX_NSNotification notification) = 0; + + static SEL GetLastResponderSelector() + { return sm_lastResponderSelector; } +protected: + virtual ~wxCocoaNSSlider() { } + static SEL sm_lastResponderSelector; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTabView.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTabView.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21b6a29109 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTabView.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSTabView.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaNSTabView class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/04/08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSTabView.h 38031 2006-03-12 15:10:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_NSTABVIEW_H__ +#define _WX_COCOA_NSTABVIEW_H__ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcRef.h" + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTabView); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTabViewItem); +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(NSTabView); +class wxCocoaNSTabView +{ + WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE_HASHMAP(NSTabView) +public: + void AssociateNSTabView(WX_NSTabView cocoaNSTabView); + void DisassociateNSTabView(WX_NSTabView ocoaNSTabView); + virtual void CocoaDelegate_tabView_didSelectTabViewItem(WX_NSTabViewItem tabviewItem) = 0; + virtual bool CocoaDelegate_tabView_shouldSelectTabViewItem(WX_NSTabViewItem tabviewItem) = 0; + virtual ~wxCocoaNSTabView() { } + +protected: + static wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc sm_cocoaDelegate; +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_NSTABVIEW_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTableDataSource.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTableDataSource.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fbb4213bac --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTableDataSource.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSTableDataSource.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaNSTableDataSource Objective-C class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/08/05 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSTableDataSource.h 48106 2007-08-15 16:10:19Z DE $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_NSTABLEDATASOURCE_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_NSTABLEDATASOURCE_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/objc/objc_uniquifying.h" + +#import + +// ============================================================================ +// @class wxCocoaNSTableDataSource +// ============================================================================ +@interface wxCocoaNSTableDataSource : NSObject +{ +} + +// NSTableDataSource is a loosely defined protocol consisting of the +// following two message implementations +- (int)numberOfRowsInTableView: (NSTableView *)tableView; +- (id)tableView:(NSTableView *)tableView + objectValueForTableColumn: (NSTableColumn *)tableColumn + row: (int)rowIndex; +@end // wxCocoaNSTableDataSource +WX_DECLARE_GET_OBJC_CLASS(wxCocoaNSTableDataSource,NSObject) + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_NSTABLEDATASOURCE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTableView.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTableView.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c47e7b54b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTableView.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSTableView.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaNSTableView class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/08/05 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSTableView.h 38031 2006-03-12 15:10:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_NSTABLEVIEW_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_NSTABLEVIEW_H__ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h" + +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(NSTableView); + +class wxCocoaNSTableView +{ + WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE(NSTableView) +public: + virtual int CocoaDataSource_numberOfRows() = 0; + virtual struct objc_object* CocoaDataSource_objectForTableColumn( + WX_NSTableColumn tableColumn, int rowIndex) = 0; + virtual ~wxCocoaNSTableView() { } +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_NSTABLEVIEW_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTextField.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTextField.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f497dc7412 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSTextField.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSTextField.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaNSTextField class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2002/12/09 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSTextField.h 58022 2009-01-11 12:00:51Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_NSTEXTFIELD_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_NSTEXTFIELD_H__ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h" + +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(NSTextField); +class wxCocoaNSTextField +{ + WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE(NSTextField) +protected: + virtual void Cocoa_didChangeText(void) = 0; + virtual ~wxCocoaNSTextField() { } +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_NSTEXTFIELD_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSView.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSView.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fbc17f20d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSView.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSView.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaNSView class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/02/15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSView.h 51576 2008-02-06 20:10:07Z DE $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_NSVIEW_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_NSVIEW_H__ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h" + +#if defined(__LP64__) || defined(NS_BUILD_32_LIKE_64) +typedef struct CGRect NSRect; +#else +typedef struct _NSRect NSRect; +#endif + +struct objc_object; + +class wxWindow; + +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(NSView); +class wxCocoaNSView +{ +/* NSView is a rather special case and requires some extra attention */ + WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE_HASHMAP(NSView) +public: + void AssociateNSView(WX_NSView cocoaNSView); + void DisassociateNSView(WX_NSView cocoaNSView); +protected: + static struct objc_object *sm_cocoaObserver; +public: + virtual wxWindow* GetWxWindow() const + { return NULL; } + virtual void Cocoa_FrameChanged(void) = 0; + virtual void Cocoa_synthesizeMouseMoved(void) = 0; + virtual bool Cocoa_acceptsFirstMouse(bool &WXUNUSED(acceptsFirstMouse), WX_NSEvent WXUNUSED(theEvent)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_drawRect(const NSRect &WXUNUSED(rect)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseDown(WX_NSEvent WXUNUSED(theEvent)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseDragged(WX_NSEvent WXUNUSED(theEvent)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseUp(WX_NSEvent WXUNUSED(theEvent)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseMoved(WX_NSEvent WXUNUSED(theEvent)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseEntered(WX_NSEvent WXUNUSED(theEvent)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseExited(WX_NSEvent WXUNUSED(theEvent)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_rightMouseDown(WX_NSEvent WXUNUSED(theEvent)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_rightMouseDragged(WX_NSEvent WXUNUSED(theEvent)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_rightMouseUp(WX_NSEvent WXUNUSED(theEvent)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_otherMouseDown(WX_NSEvent WXUNUSED(theEvent)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_otherMouseDragged(WX_NSEvent WXUNUSED(theEvent)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_otherMouseUp(WX_NSEvent WXUNUSED(theEvent)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_resetCursorRects() + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_viewDidMoveToWindow() + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_viewWillMoveToWindow(WX_NSWindow WXUNUSED(newWindow)) + { return false; } + virtual ~wxCocoaNSView() { } +}; + +#endif + // __WX_COCOA_NSVIEW_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSWindow.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSWindow.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f4349db19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/NSWindow.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/NSWindow.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaNSWindow class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSWindow.h 49523 2007-10-29 16:18:59Z DE $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_NSWINDOW_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_NSWINDOW_H__ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h" + +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(NSWindow); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBar; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTopLevelWindowCocoa; + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMenuItem); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(wxNSWindowDelegate); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCocoaNSWindow +{ +/* NSWindow is a rather special case and requires some extra attention */ + WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE_HASHMAP(NSWindow) +public: + void AssociateNSWindow(WX_NSWindow cocoaNSWindow); + void DisassociateNSWindow(WX_NSWindow cocoaNSWindow); + virtual bool Cocoa_canBecomeKeyWindow(bool &WXUNUSED(canBecome)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Cocoa_canBecomeMainWindow(bool &WXUNUSED(canBecome)) + { return false; } + virtual bool CocoaDelegate_windowShouldClose(void) = 0; + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowWillClose(void) = 0; + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowDidBecomeKey(void) { } + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowDidResignKey(void) { } + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowDidBecomeMain(void) { } + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowDidResignMain(void) { } + virtual void CocoaDelegate_wxMenuItemAction(WX_NSMenuItem menuItem) = 0; + virtual bool CocoaDelegate_validateMenuItem(WX_NSMenuItem menuItem) = 0; + virtual wxMenuBar* GetAppMenuBar(wxCocoaNSWindow *win); + inline wxTopLevelWindowCocoa* GetWxTopLevelWindowCocoa() + { return m_wxTopLevelWindowCocoa; } +protected: + wxCocoaNSWindow(wxTopLevelWindowCocoa *tlw = NULL); + virtual ~wxCocoaNSWindow(); + WX_wxNSWindowDelegate m_cocoaDelegate; + wxTopLevelWindowCocoa *m_wxTopLevelWindowCocoa; +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_NSWINDOW_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45fd153efe --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h +// Purpose: Associates an Objective-C class with a C++ class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2002/12/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ObjcAssociate.h 42046 2006-10-16 09:30:01Z ABX $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_OBJC_ASSOCIATE_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_OBJC_ASSOCIATE_H__ + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Basic hashmap stuff, used by everything +-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(ObjcClass) \ +class wxCocoa##ObjcClass; \ +WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(WX_##ObjcClass,wxCocoa##ObjcClass*,wxPointerHash,wxPointerEqual,wxCocoa##ObjcClass##Hash) + +#define WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE_HASHMAP(ObjcClass) \ +public: \ + static inline wxCocoa##ObjcClass* GetFromCocoa(WX_##ObjcClass cocoaObjcClass) \ + { \ + wxCocoa##ObjcClass##Hash::iterator iter = sm_cocoaHash.find(cocoaObjcClass); \ + if(iter!=sm_cocoaHash.end()) \ + { \ + return iter->second; \ + } \ + return NULL; \ + } \ +protected: \ + static wxCocoa##ObjcClass##Hash sm_cocoaHash; + +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_INTERFACE_HASHMAP(ObjcClass) \ +wxCocoa##ObjcClass##Hash wxCocoa##ObjcClass::sm_cocoaHash; + + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- +The entire interface, including some boilerplate stuff +-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE(ObjcClass) \ +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE_HASHMAP(ObjcClass) \ +public: \ + inline void Associate##ObjcClass(WX_##ObjcClass cocoaObjcClass) \ + { \ + if(cocoaObjcClass) \ + sm_cocoaHash.insert(wxCocoa##ObjcClass##Hash::value_type(cocoaObjcClass,this)); \ + } \ + inline void Disassociate##ObjcClass(WX_##ObjcClass cocoaObjcClass) \ + { \ + if(cocoaObjcClass) \ + sm_cocoaHash.erase(cocoaObjcClass); \ + } + +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_INTERFACE(ObjcClass) \ +WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_INTERFACE_HASHMAP(ObjcClass) + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Stuff to be used by the wxWidgets class (not the Cocoa interface) +-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(ObjcClass,ObjcBase,ObjcRoot) \ +public: \ + inline WX_##ObjcClass Get##ObjcClass() { return (WX_##ObjcClass)m_cocoa##ObjcRoot; } \ + inline const WX_##ObjcClass Get##ObjcClass() const { return (WX_##ObjcClass)m_cocoa##ObjcRoot; } \ +protected: \ + void Set##ObjcClass(WX_##ObjcClass cocoaObjcClass); + +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_COCOA_OWNER(wxClass,ObjcClass,ObjcBase,ObjcRoot) \ +void wxClass::Set##ObjcClass(WX_##ObjcClass cocoaObjcClass) \ +{ \ + Disassociate##ObjcClass((WX_##ObjcClass)m_cocoa##ObjcRoot); \ + Set##ObjcBase(cocoaObjcClass); \ + Associate##ObjcClass((WX_##ObjcClass)m_cocoa##ObjcRoot); \ +} + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_OBJC_ASSOCIATE_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/ObjcRef.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/ObjcRef.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..89c10199b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/ObjcRef.h @@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/ObjcRef.h +// Purpose: wxObjcAutoRef template class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/03/28 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ObjcRef.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_OBJCREF_H__ +#define _WX_COCOA_OBJCREF_H__ + +// Reuse wxCFRef-related code (e.g. wxCFRetain/wxCFRelease) +#include "wx/osx/core/cfref.h" + +// NOTE WELL: We can only know whether or not GC can be used when compiling Objective-C. +// Therefore we cannot implement these functions except when compiling Objective-C. +#ifdef __OBJC__ +/*! @function wxGCSafeRetain + @templatefield Type (implicit) An Objective-C class type + @arg r Pointer to Objective-C object. May be null. + @abstract Retains the Objective-C object, even when using Apple's garbage collector + @discussion + When Apple's garbage collector is enabled, the usual [obj retain] and [obj release] messages + are ignored. Instead the collector with help from compiler-generated write-barriers tracks + reachable objects. The write-barriers are generated when setting i-vars of C++ classes but + they are ignored by the garbage collector unless the C++ object is in GC-managed memory. + + The simple solution is to use CFRetain on the Objective-C object which has been enhanced in + GC mode to forcibly retain the object. In Retain/Release (RR) mode the CFRetain function has + the same effect as [obj retain]. Note that GC vs. RR is selected at runtime. + + Take care that wxGCSafeRetain must be balanced with wxGCSafeRelease and that conversely + wxGCSafeRelease must only be called on objects to balance wxGCSafeRetain. In particular when + receiving an Objective-C object from an alloc or copy method take care that you must retain + it with wxGCSafeRetain and balance the initial alloc with a standard release. + + Example: + wxGCSafeRelease(m_obj); // release current object (if any) + NSObject *obj = [[NSObject alloc] init]; + m_obj = wxGCSafeRetain(obj); + [obj release]; + + Alternatively (same effect, perhaps less clear): + wxGCSafeRelease(m_obj); // release current object (if any) + m_obj = wxGCSafeRetain([[NSObject alloc] init]); + [m_obj release]; // balance alloc + + Consider the effect on the retain count from each statement (alloc, CFRetain, release) + In RR mode: retainCount = 1, +1, -1 + In GC mode: strongRetainCount = 0, +1, -0 + + This is a template function to ensure it is used on raw pointers and never on pointer-holder + objects via implicit conversion operators. +*/ +template +inline Type * wxGCSafeRetain(Type *r) +{ +#ifdef __OBJC_GC__ + return static_cast(wxCFRetain(r)); +#else + return [r retain]; +#endif +} + +/*! @function wxGCSafeRelease + @templatefield Type (implicit) An Objective-C class type + @arg r Pointer to Objective-C object. May be null. + @abstract Balances wxGCSafeRetain. Particularly useful with the Apple Garbage Collector. + @discussion + See the wxGCSafeRetain documentation for more details. + + Example (from wxGCSafeRetain documentation): + wxGCSafeRelease(m_obj); // release current object (if any) + m_obj = wxGCSafeRetain([[NSObject alloc] init]); + [m_obj release]; // balance alloc + + When viewed from the start, m_obj ought to start as nil. However, the second time through + the wxGCSafeRelease call becomes critical as it releases the retain from the first time + through. + + In the destructor for this C++ object with the m_obj i-var you ought to do the following: + wxGCSafeRelease(m_obj); + m_obj = nil; // Not strictly needed, but safer. + + Under no circumstances should you balance an alloc or copy with a wxGCSafeRelease. +*/ +template +inline void wxGCSafeRelease(Type *r) +{ +#ifdef __OBJC_GC__ + wxCFRelease(r); +#else + [r release]; +#endif +} +#else +// NOTE: When not compiling Objective-C, declare these functions such that they can be +// used by other inline-implemented methods. Since those methods in turn will not actually +// be used from non-ObjC code the compiler ought not emit them. If it emits an out of +// line copy of those methods then presumably it will have also emitted at least one +// out of line copy of these functions from at least one Objective-C++ translation unit. +// That means the out of line implementation will be available at link time. + +template +inline Type * wxGCSafeRetain(Type *r); + +template +inline void wxGCSafeRelease(Type *r); + +#endif //def __OBJC__ + +/* +wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc: construct a reference to an object that was +[NSObject -alloc]'ed and thus does not need a retain +wxObjcAutoRef: construct a reference to an object that was +either autoreleased or is retained by something else. +*/ + +struct objc_object; + +// We must do any calls to Objective-C from an Objective-C++ source file +class wxObjcAutoRefBase +{ +protected: + /*! @function ObjcRetain + @abstract Simply does [p retain]. + */ + static struct objc_object* ObjcRetain(struct objc_object*); + + /*! @function ObjcRelease + @abstract Simply does [p release]. + */ + static void ObjcRelease(struct objc_object*); +}; + +/*! @class wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc + @templatefield T The type of _pointer_ (e.g. NSString*, NSRunLoop*) + @abstract Pointer-holder for Objective-C objects + @discussion + When constructing this object from a raw pointer, the pointer is assumed to have + come from an alloc-style method. That is, once you construct this object from + the pointer you must not balance your alloc with a call to release. + + This class has been carefully designed to work with both the traditional Retain/Release + and the new Garbage Collected modes. In RR-mode it will prevent the object from being + released by managing the reference count using the retain/release semantics. In GC-mode + it will use a method (currently CFRetain/CFRelease) to ensure the object will never be + finalized until this object is destroyed. + */ + +template +class wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc: wxObjcAutoRefBase +{ +public: + wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc(T p = 0) + : m_ptr(p) + // NOTE: this is from alloc. Do NOT retain + { + // CFRetain + // GC: Object is strongly retained and prevented from being collected + // non-GC: Simply realizes it's an Objective-C object and calls [p retain] + wxGCSafeRetain(p); + // ObjcRelease (e.g. [p release]) + // GC: Objective-C retain/release mean nothing in GC mode + // non-GC: This is a normal release call, balancing the retain + ObjcRelease(static_cast(p)); + // The overall result: + // GC: Object is strongly retained + // non-GC: Retain count is the same as it was (retain then release) + } + wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc(const wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc& otherRef) + : m_ptr(otherRef.m_ptr) + { wxGCSafeRetain(m_ptr); } + ~wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc() + { wxGCSafeRelease(m_ptr); } + wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc& operator=(const wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc& otherRef) + { wxGCSafeRetain(otherRef.m_ptr); + wxGCSafeRelease(m_ptr); + m_ptr = otherRef.m_ptr; + return *this; + } + operator T() const + { return static_cast(m_ptr); } + T operator->() const + { return static_cast(m_ptr); } +protected: + /*! @field m_ptr The pointer to the Objective-C object + @discussion + The pointer to the Objective-C object is typed as void* to avoid compiler-generated write + barriers as would be used for implicitly __strong object pointers and to avoid the similar + read barriers as would be used for an explicitly __weak object pointer. The write barriers + are useless unless this object is located in GC-managed heap which is highly unlikely. + + Since we guarantee strong reference via CFRetain/CFRelease the write-barriers are not needed + at all, even if this object does happen to be allocated in GC-managed heap. + */ + void *m_ptr; +}; + +/*! + @class wxObjcAutoRef + @description + A pointer holder that does retain its argument. + NOTE: It is suggest that you instead use wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc foo([aRawPointer retain]) + */ +template +class wxObjcAutoRef: public wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc +{ +public: + /*! @method wxObjcAutoRef + @description + Uses the underlying wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc and simply does a typical [p retain] such that + in RR-mode the object is in effectively the same retain-count state as it would have been + coming straight from an alloc method. + */ + wxObjcAutoRef(T p = 0) + : wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc(p) + { // NOTE: ObjcRetain is correct because in GC-mode it balances ObjcRelease in our superclass constructor + // In RR mode it does retain and the superclass does retain/release thus resulting in an overall retain. + ObjcRetain(static_cast(wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc::m_ptr)); + } + ~wxObjcAutoRef() {} + wxObjcAutoRef(const wxObjcAutoRef& otherRef) + : wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc(otherRef) + {} + wxObjcAutoRef(const wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc& otherRef) + : wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc(otherRef) + {} + wxObjcAutoRef& operator=(const wxObjcAutoRef& otherRef) + { return wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc::operator=(otherRef); } +}; + +#endif //ndef _WX_COCOA_OBJCREF_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/app.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/app.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0503fd9c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/app.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/app.h +// Purpose: wxApp class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2002/11/27 +// RCS-ID: $Id: app.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_APP_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_APP_H_ + +typedef struct __CFRunLoopObserver * CFRunLoopObserverRef; +typedef const struct __CFString * CFStringRef; + +#include "wx/osx/core/cfref.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxApp +// ======================================================================== +// Represents the application. Derive OnInit and declare +// a new App object to start application +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxApp: public wxAppBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxApp(); + virtual ~wxApp(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa specifics +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + inline WX_NSApplication GetNSApplication() { return m_cocoaApp; } + virtual void CocoaDelegate_applicationWillBecomeActive(); + virtual void CocoaDelegate_applicationDidBecomeActive(); + virtual void CocoaDelegate_applicationWillResignActive(); + virtual void CocoaDelegate_applicationDidResignActive(); + virtual void CocoaDelegate_applicationWillUpdate(); + virtual void CF_ObserveMainRunLoopBeforeWaiting(CFRunLoopObserverRef observer, int activity); +protected: + WX_NSApplication m_cocoaApp; + struct objc_object *m_cocoaAppDelegate; + WX_NSThread m_cocoaMainThread; + wxCFRef m_cfRunLoopIdleObserver; + wxCFRef m_cfObservedRunLoopMode; + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // Implement wxAppBase pure virtuals + virtual void Exit(); + + virtual void WakeUpIdle(); + + virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv); + virtual void CleanUp(); + virtual bool CallOnInit(); + + + virtual bool OnInit(); + virtual bool OnInitGui(); + + // Set true _before_ initializing wx to force embedded mode (no app delegate, etc.) + static bool sm_isEmbedded; +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_APP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/autorelease.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/autorelease.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8006e36a46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/autorelease.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/autorelease.h +// Purpose: Automatic NSAutoreleasePool functionality +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/07/11 +// RCS-ID: $Id: autorelease.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_AUTORELEASE_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_AUTORELEASE_H__ + +#import + +class wxAutoNSAutoreleasePool +{ +public: + wxAutoNSAutoreleasePool() + { + m_pool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init]; + } + ~wxAutoNSAutoreleasePool() + { + [m_pool release]; + } +protected: + NSAutoreleasePool *m_pool; +}; + +#endif //__WX_COCOA_AUTORELEASE_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/bitmap.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/bitmap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ac7e113b9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/bitmap.h @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/bitmap.h +// Purpose: wxBitmap class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/07/19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bitmap.h 59526 2009-03-14 13:57:51Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_BITMAP_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_BITMAP_H__ + +#include "wx/palette.h" + +// Bitmap +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCursor; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPixelDataBase; + +// ======================================================================== +// wxMask +// ======================================================================== + +// A mask is a 1-bit alpha bitmap used for drawing bitmaps transparently. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMask: public wxObject +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask) +public: + wxMask(); + + // Construct a mask from a bitmap and a colour indicating + // the transparent area + wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour); + + // Construct a mask from a bitmap and a palette index indicating + // the transparent area + wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex); + + // Construct a mask from a mono bitmap (copies the bitmap). + wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // Copy constructor + wxMask(const wxMask& src); + + virtual ~wxMask(); + + bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour); + bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex); + bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // wxCocoa + inline WX_NSBitmapImageRep GetNSBitmapImageRep() + { return m_cocoaNSBitmapImageRep; } +protected: + WX_NSBitmapImageRep m_cocoaNSBitmapImageRep; +}; + + +// ======================================================================== +// wxBitmap +// ======================================================================== + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmap: public wxGDIObject +{ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // Platform-specific default constructor + wxBitmap(); + // Initialize with raw data. + wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1); + // Initialize with XPM data + wxBitmap(const char* const* bits); + // Load a file or resource + wxBitmap(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE); + // Construct from Cocoa's NSImage + wxBitmap(NSImage* cocoaNSImage); + // Construct from Cocoa's NSBitmapImageRep + wxBitmap(NSBitmapImageRep* cocoaNSBitmapImageRep); + // Constructor for generalised creation from data + wxBitmap(const void* data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1); + // If depth is omitted, will create a bitmap compatible with the display + wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = -1) + { (void)Create(width, height, depth); } + wxBitmap(const wxSize& sz, int depth = -1) + { (void)Create(sz, depth); } + // Convert from wxImage: + wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = -1) + { CreateFromImage(image, depth); } + // Convert from wxIcon + wxBitmap(const wxIcon& icon) { CopyFromIcon(icon); } + + // destructor + virtual ~wxBitmap(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // Initialize from wxImage + bool CreateFromImage(const wxImage& image, int depth=-1); + + virtual bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH); + virtual bool Create(const wxSize& sz, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH) + { return Create(sz.GetWidth(), sz.GetHeight(), depth); } + + bool Create(NSImage* cocoaNSImage); + bool Create(NSBitmapImageRep* cocoaNSBitmapImageRep); + virtual bool Create(const void* data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1); + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE); + virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type, const wxPalette *cmap = NULL) const; + + // copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap + virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon); + + wxImage ConvertToImage() const; + + // get the given part of bitmap + wxBitmap GetSubBitmap( const wxRect& rect ) const; + + int GetWidth() const; + int GetHeight() const; + int GetDepth() const; + int GetQuality() const; + void SetWidth(int w); + void SetHeight(int h); + void SetDepth(int d); + void SetQuality(int q); + void SetOk(bool isOk); + + // raw bitmap access support functions + void *GetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data, int bpp); + void UngetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data); + + wxPalette* GetPalette() const; + void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette); + + wxMask *GetMask() const; + void SetMask(wxMask *mask) ; + + wxBitmapType GetBitmapType() const; + + // wxCocoa + WX_NSBitmapImageRep GetNSBitmapImageRep(); + void SetNSBitmapImageRep(WX_NSBitmapImageRep bitmapImageRep); + WX_NSImage GetNSImage(bool useMask) const; + + static void InitStandardHandlers() { } + static void CleanUpHandlers() { } + +protected: + wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap) +}; + + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_BITMAP_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/bmpbuttn.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/bmpbuttn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3517aa972a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/bmpbuttn.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/bmpbuttn.h +// Purpose: wxBitmapButton class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpbuttn.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_BMPBUTTN_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_BMPBUTTN_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSButton.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxBitmapButton +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapButton : public wxBitmapButtonBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButton) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSButton,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxBitmapButton() { } + wxBitmapButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, bitmap, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr); + virtual ~wxBitmapButton(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + virtual void Cocoa_wxNSButtonAction(void); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // The wxButton::DoGetBestSize is not correct for bitmap buttons + wxSize DoGetBestSize() const + { return wxButtonBase::DoGetBestSize(); } +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_BMPBUTTN_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/brush.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/brush.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..82facc206a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/brush.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/brush.h +// Purpose: wxBrush class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: brush.h 54273 2008-06-17 17:28:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_BRUSH_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_BRUSH_H__ + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBrush; + +// ======================================================================== +// wxBrush +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBrush: public wxBrushBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxBrush(); + wxBrush(const wxColour& col, wxBrushStyle style = wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( wxBrush(const wxColour& col, int style) ); +#endif + wxBrush(const wxBitmap& stipple); + virtual ~wxBrush(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& col) ; + virtual void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) ; + virtual void SetStyle(wxBrushStyle style) ; + virtual void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple) ; + + // comparison + bool operator == (const wxBrush& brush) const + { return m_refData == brush.m_refData; } + bool operator != (const wxBrush& brush) const + { return m_refData != brush.m_refData; } + + // accessors + wxColour GetColour() const; + virtual wxBrushStyle GetStyle() const; + wxBitmap *GetStipple() const; + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(int style) ) + { SetStyle((wxBrushStyle)style); } +#endif + + // wxCocoa + WX_NSColor GetNSColor(); + +protected: + wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_BRUSH_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/button.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/button.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f328a9a338 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/button.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/button.h +// Purpose: wxButton class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2002/12/29 +// RCS-ID: $Id: button.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_BUTTON_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_BUTTON_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSButton.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxButton +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxButton : public wxButtonBase, protected wxCocoaNSButton +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButton) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSButton,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxButton() { } + wxButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr); + + virtual ~wxButton(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + virtual void Cocoa_wxNSButtonAction(void); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxString GetLabel() const; + void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; +}; + +#endif + // __WX_COCOA_BUTTON_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/checkbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/checkbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7dee9d265d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/checkbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/checkbox.h +// Purpose: wxCheckBox class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: checkbox.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_CHECKBOX_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_CHECKBOX_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSButton.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxCheckBox +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckBox: public wxCheckBoxBase , protected wxCocoaNSButton +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBox) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSButton,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxCheckBox() { } + wxCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr); + virtual ~wxCheckBox(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + virtual void Cocoa_wxNSButtonAction(void); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + virtual void SetValue(bool); + virtual bool GetValue() const; + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + virtual wxString GetLabel() const; + +protected: + virtual void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState state); + virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const; +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_CHECKBOX_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/checklst.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/checklst.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a7ab329db --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/checklst.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/checklst.h +// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: checklst.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_CHECKLST_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_CHECKLST_H__ + +//#include "wx/cocoa/NSTableView.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxCheckListBox +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckListBox: public wxCheckListBoxBase //, protected wxCocoaNSTableView +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckListBox) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSTableView,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxCheckListBox() { } + wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + virtual ~wxCheckListBox(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // check list box specific methods + virtual bool IsChecked(unsigned int item) const; + virtual void Check(unsigned int item, bool check = true); +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_CHECKLST_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/chkconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/chkconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..450df1692d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/chkconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/cocoa/chkconf.h + * Purpose: wxCocoa-specific config settings checks + * Author: Vadim Zeitlin + * Created: 2008-09-11 + * RCS-ID: $Id: chkconf.h 55546 2008-09-11 11:20:33Z VZ $ + * Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_CHKCONF_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_CHKCONF_H_ + +/* + wxLogDialog doesn't currently work correctly in wxCocoa. + */ +#undef wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG +#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 0 + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_CHKCONF_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/choice.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/choice.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..594372ea9a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/choice.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/choice.h +// Purpose: wxChoice class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: choice.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_CHOICE_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_CHOICE_H__ + +//#include "wx/cocoa/NSPopUpButton.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/NSMenu.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxSortedArrayString; + +// ======================================================================== +// wxChoice +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoice: public wxChoiceBase /*, protected wxCocoaNSPopUpButton */, protected wxCocoaNSMenu +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoice) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +// WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSTableView,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxChoice() { Init(); } + wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr); + virtual ~wxChoice(); +protected: + void Init(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + void CocoaNotification_menuDidSendAction(WX_NSNotification notification); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + virtual void DoClear(); + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int pos, const wxString&); + virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const; + virtual int GetSelection() const; + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int pos); + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int, void*); + virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int) const; + virtual void SetSelection(int pos); +protected: + wxSortedArrayString *m_sortedStrings; + wxArrayPtrVoid m_itemsClientData; +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_CHOICE_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/clipbrd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/clipbrd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bab90b9d77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/clipbrd.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/clipbrd.h +// Purpose: wxClipboard +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/07/23 +// RCS-ID: $Id: clipbrd.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_CLIPBRD_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_CLIPBRD_H__ + +#include "wx/dataobj.h" + +//========================================================================= +// wxClipboard +//========================================================================= +class wxClipboard : public wxClipboardBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard) +public: + wxClipboard(); + virtual ~wxClipboard(); + + // open the clipboard before SetData() and GetData() + virtual bool Open(); + + // close the clipboard after SetData() and GetData() + virtual void Close(); + + // query whether the clipboard is opened + virtual bool IsOpened() const; + + // set the clipboard data. all other formats will be deleted. + virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data ); + + // add to the clipboard data. + virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data ); + + // ask if data in correct format is available + virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format ); + + // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available) + virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data ); + + // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible + virtual void Clear(); +}; + +#endif //__WX_COCOA_CLIPBRD_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/colordlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/colordlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8b13789179 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/colordlg.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/colour.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/colour.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a0fe6b5cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/colour.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/colour.h +// Purpose: wxColour class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/06/17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: colour.h 54125 2008-06-11 19:17:41Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_COLOUR_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_COLOUR_H__ + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/string.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxColour +// ======================================================================== + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColour : public wxColourBase +{ +public: + // constructors + // ------------ + DEFINE_STD_WXCOLOUR_CONSTRUCTORS + + // initialization using existing NSColor + wxColour( WX_NSColor aColor ); + + // copy ctors and assignment operators + wxColour( const wxColour& col ); + wxColour& operator = ( const wxColour& col ); + + virtual ~wxColour(); + + // accessors + virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_cocoaNSColor; } + WX_NSColor GetNSColor() { return m_cocoaNSColor; } + WX_NSColor GetNSColor() const { return m_cocoaNSColor; } + + unsigned char Red() const { return m_red; } + unsigned char Green() const { return m_green; } + unsigned char Blue() const { return m_blue; } + unsigned char Alpha() const { return m_alpha; } + + // comparison + bool operator == (const wxColour& colour) const + { + return m_cocoaNSColor == colour.m_cocoaNSColor || + (m_red == colour.m_red && + m_green == colour.m_green && + m_blue == colour.m_blue && + m_alpha == colour.m_alpha); + } + bool operator != (const wxColour& colour) const + { return !(*this == colour); } + + // Set() functions + void Set( WX_NSColor aColor ); + + // reroute the inherited ones + void Set(unsigned char red, + unsigned char green, + unsigned char blue, + unsigned char alpha = wxALPHA_OPAQUE) + { wxColourBase::Set(red, green, blue, alpha); } + + bool Set(const wxString &str) + { return wxColourBase::Set(str); } + + void Set(unsigned long colRGB) + { wxColourBase::Set(colRGB); } + +protected: + // puts the object in an invalid, uninitialized state + void Init(); + + virtual void + InitRGBA(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b, unsigned char a); + +private: + WX_NSColor m_cocoaNSColor; + unsigned char m_red; + unsigned char m_green; + unsigned char m_blue; + unsigned char m_alpha; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour) +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_COLOUR_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/combobox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/combobox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5762ab9830 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/combobox.h @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/combobox.h +// Purpose: wxComboBox class +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005/02/16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: combobox.h 59263 2009-03-02 12:25:01Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_COMBOBOX_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_COMBOBOX_H__ + +//Begin NSComboBox.h + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcAssociate.h" + +#include "wx/textctrl.h" + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSComboBox); + +WX_DECLARE_OBJC_HASHMAP(NSComboBox); +class wxCocoaNSComboBox +{ + WX_DECLARE_OBJC_INTERFACE_HASHMAP(NSComboBox) +public: + void AssociateNSComboBox(WX_NSComboBox cocoaNSComboBox); + void DisassociateNSComboBox(WX_NSComboBox cocoaNSComboBox); + + virtual void doWxEvent(int nEvent) = 0; + virtual ~wxCocoaNSComboBox() { } +}; + +//begin combobox.h + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxComboBox +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboBox : public wxControl, public wxComboBoxBase, protected wxCocoaNSComboBox, protected wxCocoaNSTextField +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboBox) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSComboBox,NSTextField,NSView) + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSTextField,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxComboBox() { } + wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, value, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, value, pos, size, choices, style, + validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + virtual ~wxComboBox(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + wxArrayPtrVoid m_Datas; + virtual void doWxEvent(int nEvent); + + virtual void Cocoa_didChangeText() + {} +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + void Clear() // HACK + { wxComboBoxBase::Clear(); } + + // wxCombobox methods + virtual void SetSelection(int pos); + // Overlapping methods + virtual wxString GetStringSelection(); + // wxItemContainer + virtual void DoClear(); + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int pos, const wxString&); + virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const; + virtual int GetSelection() const; + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int, void*); + virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int) const; + virtual bool IsSorted() const { return HasFlag(wxCB_SORT); } + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// wxTextEntryBase virtual implementations: +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + // FIXME: This needs to be moved to some sort of common code. + virtual void WriteText(const wxString&); + virtual wxString GetValue() const; + virtual void Remove(long, long); + virtual void Cut(); + virtual void Copy(); + virtual void Paste(); + virtual void Undo(); + virtual void Redo(); + virtual bool CanUndo() const; + virtual bool CanRedo() const; + virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos); + virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; + virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const; + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to); + virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const; + virtual bool IsEditable() const; + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable); + +private: + // implement wxTextEntry pure virtual method + virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() { return this; } +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_COMBOBOX_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/control.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/control.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..052140632e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/control.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/control.h +// Purpose: wxControl class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/02/15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: control.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_CONTROL_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_CONTROL_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSControl.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxControl +// ======================================================================== + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControl : public wxControlBase, public wxCocoaNSControl +{ + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControl) + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSControl,NSView,NSView) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxControl() {} + wxControl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr); + virtual ~wxControl(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event); + + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); } + + // Calls the callback and appropriate event handlers + bool ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // Enables the control + virtual void CocoaSetEnabled(bool enable); +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // Provides a common implementation of title setting which strips mnemonics + // and then calls setTitle: with the stripped string. May be implemented + // to call setTitleWithMnemonic: on OpenStep-compatible systems. Only + // intended for use by views or cells which implement at least setTitle: + // and possibly setTitleWithMnemonic: such as NSBox and NSButton or NSCell + // classes, for example as used by wxRadioBox. Not usable with classes like + // NSTextField which expect setStringValue:. + static void CocoaSetLabelForObject(const wxString& labelWithWxMnemonic, struct objc_object *anObject); +}; + +#endif + // __WX_COCOA_CONTROL_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/cursor.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/cursor.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5f2e476287 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/cursor.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/cursor.h +// Purpose: wxCursor class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2002/11/27 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cursor.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_CURSOR_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_CURSOR_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCursorRefData : public wxGDIRefData +{ +public: + wxCursorRefData(); + virtual ~wxCursorRefData(); + +protected: + int m_width, m_height; + WX_NSCursor m_hCursor; + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCursor; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCursorRefData); +}; + +#define M_CURSORDATA ((wxCursorRefData *)m_refData) +#define M_CURSORHANDLERDATA ((wxCursorRefData *)bitmap->m_refData) + +// Cursor +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCursor: public wxBitmap +{ +public: + wxCursor(); + + wxCursor(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE, + int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0); + + wxCursor(wxStockCursor id) { InitFromStock(id); } +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxCursor(int id) { InitFromStock((wxStockCursor)id); } +#endif + virtual ~wxCursor(); + + // FIXME: operator==() is wrong! + bool operator==(const wxCursor& cursor) const { return m_refData == cursor.m_refData; } + bool operator!=(const wxCursor& cursor) const { return !(*this == cursor); } + + WX_NSCursor GetNSCursor() const { return M_CURSORDATA ? M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor : 0; } + +private: + void InitFromStock(wxStockCursor); + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor) +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxSetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor); + +#endif + // _WX_COCOA_CURSOR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataform.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataform.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ada9b1530 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataform.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/dataform.h +// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataFormat class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/07/23 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataform.h 46254 2007-05-30 22:02:19Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_DATAFORM_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_DATAFORM_H__ + +class wxDataFormat +{ +public: + wxDataFormat(unsigned int uFormat = wxDF_INVALID) { m_uFormat = uFormat; } + wxDataFormat(const wxString& zFormat) { SetId(zFormat); } + + wxDataFormat& operator=(unsigned int uFormat) { m_uFormat = uFormat; return(*this); } + wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& rFormat) {m_uFormat = rFormat.m_uFormat; return(*this); } + + // + // Comparison (must have both versions) + // + bool operator==(wxDataFormatId eFormat) const { return (m_uFormat == (unsigned int)eFormat); } + bool operator!=(wxDataFormatId eFormat) const { return (m_uFormat != (unsigned int)eFormat); } + bool operator==(const wxDataFormat& rFormat) const { return (m_uFormat == rFormat.m_uFormat); } + bool operator!=(const wxDataFormat& rFormat) const { return (m_uFormat != rFormat.m_uFormat); } + operator unsigned int(void) const { return m_uFormat; } + + unsigned int GetFormatId(void) const { return (unsigned int)m_uFormat; } + unsigned int GetType(void) const { return (unsigned int)m_uFormat; } + + bool IsStandard(void) const; + + void SetType(unsigned int uType){ m_uFormat = uType; } + + // + // String ids are used for custom types - this SetId() must be used for + // application-specific formats + // + wxString GetId(void) const; + void SetId(const wxString& WXUNUSED(pId)) { /* TODO */ } + +private: + unsigned int m_uFormat; +}; // end of CLASS wxDataFormat + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_DATAFORM_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataobj.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataobj.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce7249e95a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataobj.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/dataobj.h +// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataObject +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/07/23 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataobj.h 48095 2007-08-15 13:05:35Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_DATAOBJ_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_DATAOBJ_H__ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObject : public wxDataObjectBase +{ +public: + wxDataObject(); + virtual ~wxDataObject(); + virtual bool IsSupportedFormat(const wxDataFormat& format, + Direction dir = Get) const; +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_DATAOBJ_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataobj2.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataobj2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49bb62b052 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dataobj2.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/dataobj2.h +// Purpose: declaration of standard wxDataObjectSimple-derived classes +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/07/23 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataobj2.h 58227 2009-01-19 13:55:27Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_DATAOBJ2_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_DATAOBJ2_H__ + +//========================================================================= +// wxBitmapDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for bitmaps +//========================================================================= +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapDataObject : public wxBitmapDataObjectBase +{ +public: + // ctors + wxBitmapDataObject(); + wxBitmapDataObject(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // destr + virtual ~wxBitmapDataObject(); + + // override base class virtual to update PNG data too + virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const { return m_pngSize; } + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + +protected: + void Init() { m_pngData = NULL; m_pngSize = 0; } + void Clear() { free(m_pngData); } + void ClearAll() { Clear(); Init(); } + + size_t m_pngSize; + void *m_pngData; + + void DoConvertToPng(); + +private: + // virtual function hiding supression + size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const + { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataSize(format)); } + bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void* pBuf) const + { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataHere(format, pBuf)); } + bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf) + { return(wxDataObjectSimple::SetData(format, nLen, pBuf)); } +}; + +//========================================================================= +// wxFileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for file names +//========================================================================= + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDataObject : public wxFileDataObjectBase +{ +public: + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + void AddFile( const wxString &filename ); + + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + +private: + // virtual function hiding supression + size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const + { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataSize(format)); } + bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void* pBuf) const + { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataHere(format, pBuf)); } + bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf) + { return(wxDataObjectSimple::SetData(format, nLen, pBuf)); } +}; + +#endif //__WX_COCOA_DATAOBJ2_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c043ce8e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dc.h @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/dc.h +// Purpose: wxDC +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/04/01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dc.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_DC_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_DC_H__ + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSAffineTransform); + +#include "wx/dc.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCocoaDCImpl; +WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxCocoaDCImpl, wxCocoaDCStack); + +//========================================================================= +// wxDC +//========================================================================= +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCocoaDCImpl: public wxDCImpl +{ + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxCocoaDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCocoaDCImpl); +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Initialization +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +public: + wxCocoaDCImpl(wxDC *owner); + virtual ~wxCocoaDCImpl(); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCocoa specifics +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +public: + static void CocoaInitializeTextSystem(); + static void CocoaShutdownTextSystem(); + static WX_NSTextStorage sm_cocoaNSTextStorage; + static WX_NSLayoutManager sm_cocoaNSLayoutManager; + static WX_NSTextContainer sm_cocoaNSTextContainer; + // Create a simple Wx to Bounds transform (just flip the coordinate system) + static WX_NSAffineTransform CocoaGetWxToBoundsTransform(bool isFlipped, float height); +protected: +// DC stack + static wxCocoaDCStack sm_cocoaDCStack; + virtual bool CocoaLockFocus(); + virtual bool CocoaUnlockFocus(); + bool CocoaUnwindStackAndTakeFocus(); + inline bool CocoaTakeFocus() + { + wxCocoaDCStack::compatibility_iterator node = sm_cocoaDCStack.GetFirst(); + if(node && (node->GetData() == this)) + return true; + return CocoaUnwindStackAndTakeFocus(); + } + void CocoaUnwindStackAndLoseFocus(); +// DC flipping/transformation + void CocoaApplyTransformations(); + void CocoaUnapplyTransformations(); + WX_NSAffineTransform m_cocoaWxToBoundsTransform; +// Get bounds rect (for Clear()) + // note: we use void * to mean NSRect * so that we can avoid + // putting NSRect in the headers. + virtual bool CocoaGetBounds(void *rectData); +// Blitting + virtual bool CocoaDoBlitOnFocusedDC(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode logicalFunc, bool useMask, wxCoord xsrcMask, wxCoord ysrcMask); +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Implementation +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +public: + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + virtual void Clear(); + + virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& WXUNUSED(message) ) { return true; } + virtual void EndDoc(void) {}; + + virtual void StartPage(void) {}; + virtual void EndPage(void) {}; + + virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font); + virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen); + virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush); + virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush); + virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode) { m_backgroundMode = mode; } + virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette); + + virtual void DestroyClippingRegion(); + + virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const; + virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const; + virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *descent = NULL, + wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const; + + virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const; + virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const; + virtual int GetDepth() const; + virtual wxSize GetPPI() const; + + virtual void SetMapMode(wxMappingMode mode); + virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y); + + virtual void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y); + virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp); + virtual void SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode function); + + virtual void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour) ; + virtual void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour) ; + + virtual void ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); +protected: + virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col, + wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE); + + virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const; + + virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2); + + virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, + wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, + wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc); + + virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double sa, double ea); + + virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + double radius); + virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + + virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + + virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + bool useMask = false); + + virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + double angle); + + virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1); + + // this is gnarly - we can't even call this function DoSetClippingRegion() + // because of virtual function hiding + virtual void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region); + virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const; + + virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset); + virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE); +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_DC_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcclient.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcclient.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..353f0e6a2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcclient.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/dcclient.h +// Purpose: wxClientDCImpl, wxPaintDCImpl and wxWindowDCImpl classes +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/04/01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcclient.h 50462 2007-12-04 04:22:16Z DE $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_DCCLIENT_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_DCCLIENT_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/dc.h" + +// DFE: A while ago I stumbled upon the fact that retrieving the parent +// NSView of the content view seems to return the entire window rectangle +// (including decorations). Of course, that is not at all part of the +// Cocoa or OpenStep APIs, but it might be a neat hack. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDCImpl: public wxCocoaDCImpl +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowDCImpl) +public: + wxWindowDCImpl(wxDC *owner); + // Create a DC corresponding to a window + wxWindowDCImpl(wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win); + virtual ~wxWindowDCImpl(void); + +protected: + wxWindow *m_window; + WX_NSView m_lockedNSView; +// DC stack + virtual bool CocoaLockFocus(); + virtual bool CocoaUnlockFocus(); + bool CocoaLockFocusOnNSView(WX_NSView nsview); + bool CocoaUnlockFocusOnNSView(); + virtual bool CocoaGetBounds(void *rectData); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClientDCImpl: public wxWindowDCImpl +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClientDCImpl) +public: + wxClientDCImpl(wxDC *owner); + // Create a DC corresponding to a window + wxClientDCImpl(wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win); + virtual ~wxClientDCImpl(void); +protected: +// DC stack + virtual bool CocoaLockFocus(); + virtual bool CocoaUnlockFocus(); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaintDCImpl: public wxWindowDCImpl +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPaintDCImpl) +public: + wxPaintDCImpl(wxDC *owner); + // Create a DC corresponding to a window + wxPaintDCImpl(wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win); + virtual ~wxPaintDCImpl(void); +protected: +// DC stack + virtual bool CocoaLockFocus(); + virtual bool CocoaUnlockFocus(); +}; + +#endif + // __WX_COCOA_DCCLIENT_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcmemory.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcmemory.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..565df57236 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcmemory.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/dcmemory.h +// Purpose: wxMemoryDCImpl class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcmemory.h 57907 2009-01-08 14:21:53Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_DCMEMORY_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_DCMEMORY_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/dc.h" + +#include "wx/dcmemory.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMemoryDCImpl: public wxCocoaDCImpl +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryDCImpl) + +public: + wxMemoryDCImpl(wxMemoryDC *owner) + : wxCocoaDCImpl(owner) + { Init(); } + wxMemoryDCImpl(wxMemoryDC *owner, wxBitmap& bitmap) + : wxCocoaDCImpl(owner) + { Init(); + owner->SelectObject(bitmap); + } + wxMemoryDCImpl(wxMemoryDC *owner, wxDC *dc ); // Create compatible DC + virtual ~wxMemoryDCImpl(void); + + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual void DoSelect(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + +protected: + wxBitmap m_selectedBitmap; + WX_NSImage m_cocoaNSImage; +// DC stack + virtual bool CocoaLockFocus(); + virtual bool CocoaUnlockFocus(); + virtual bool CocoaGetBounds(void *rectData); +// Blitting + virtual bool CocoaDoBlitOnFocusedDC(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode logicalFunc, bool useMask, wxCoord xsrcMask, wxCoord ysrcMask); + +private: + void Init(); +}; + +#endif + // __WX_COCOA_DCMEMORY_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcscreen.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcscreen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c921e2ca6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dcscreen.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/dcscreen.h +// Purpose: wxScreenDCImpl class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcscreen.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_DCSCREEN_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_DCSCREEN_H__ + +#include "wx/dcscreen.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/dc.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScreenDCImpl: public wxCocoaDCImpl +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScreenDCImpl) +public: + wxScreenDCImpl(wxScreenDC *owner); + wxScreenDCImpl(wxScreenDC *owner, wxDC *dc ); // Create compatible DC + virtual ~wxScreenDCImpl(void); + + // Compatibility with X's requirements for drawing on top of all windows + static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(window)) { return true; } + static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxRect* WXUNUSED(rect) = NULL) { return true; } + static bool EndDrawingOnTop() { return true; } +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_DCSCREEN_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dialog.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dialog.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b9af3e5bc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/dialog.h +// Purpose: wxDialog class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2002/12/15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dialog.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_DIALOG_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_DIALOG_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +// NOTE: we don't need panel.h, but other things expect it to be included +#include "wx/panel.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/NSPanel.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxDialog +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialog : public wxDialogBase, protected wxCocoaNSPanel +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog) + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSPanel,NSWindow,NSWindow) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxDialog() { Init(); } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // Constructor with a modal flag, but no window id - the old convention + wxDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& title, bool WXUNUSED(modal), + int x = wxDefaultCoord, int y= wxDefaultCoord, int width = 500, int height = 500, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, wxID_ANY, title, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height), + style, name); + } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + // Constructor with no modal flag - the new convention. + wxDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, winid, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr); + + virtual ~wxDialog(); +protected: + void Init(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa specifics +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowWillClose(void); + virtual bool Cocoa_canBecomeMainWindow(bool &canBecome) + { canBecome = true; return true; } + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + + void SetModal(bool flag); + virtual bool IsModal() const { return m_isModal; } + bool m_isModal; + + // For now, same as Show(true) but returns return code + virtual int ShowModal(); + + // may be called to terminate the dialog with the given return code + virtual void EndModal(int retCode); +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_DIALOG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dirdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dirdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2d2ffd3b6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/dirdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/dirdlg.h +// Purpose: wxDirDialog class +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Modified by: Hiroyuki Nakamura(maloninc) +// Created: 2006-01-10 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dirdlg.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_DIRDLG_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_DIRDLG_H_ + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSSavePanel); + +#define wxDirDialog wxCocoaDirDialog +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirDialog +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirDialog: public wxDirDialogBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirDialog) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDirDialog); +public: + wxDirDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultPath = wxT(""), + long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr); + virtual ~wxDirDialog(); + + virtual int ShowModal(); + + inline WX_NSSavePanel GetNSSavePanel() + { return (WX_NSSavePanel)m_cocoaNSWindow; } + +protected: + wxString m_dir; + wxWindow * m_parent; + wxString m_fileName; + +private: + wxArrayString m_fileNames; +}; + +#endif // _WX_DIRDLG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/drawer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/drawer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8b13789179 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/drawer.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/evtloop.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/evtloop.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..99b990dc0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/evtloop.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/evtloop.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxGUIEventLoop for wxCocoa +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-12-28 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloop.h 58911 2009-02-15 14:25:08Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_EVTLOOP_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_EVTLOOP_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGUIEventLoop for wxCocoa +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIEventLoop : public wxEventLoopBase +{ +public: + wxGUIEventLoop() { m_exitcode = 0; } + + virtual int Run(); + virtual void Exit(int rc = 0); + virtual bool Pending() const; + virtual bool Dispatch(); + virtual int DispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout); + virtual void WakeUp() { } + virtual bool YieldFor(long eventsToProcess); + +protected: + int m_exitcode; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGUIEventLoop); +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_EVTLOOP_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/filedlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/filedlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45b8b8be19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/filedlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/filedlg.h +// Purpose: wxFileDialog class +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-10-02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filedlg.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_FILEDLG_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_FILEDLG_H_ + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSSavePanel); + +#define wxFileDialog wxCocoaFileDialog +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDialog +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDialog: public wxFileDialogBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDialog); +public: + wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr); + virtual ~wxFileDialog(); + + virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path); + virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const; + virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const; + + virtual int ShowModal(); + + inline WX_NSSavePanel GetNSSavePanel() + { return (WX_NSSavePanel)m_cocoaNSWindow; } + +private: + WX_NSMutableArray m_wildcards; + wxArrayString m_fileNames; +}; + +#endif // _WX_FILEDLG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/font.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/font.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f61c4fd1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/font.h @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/font.h +// Purpose: wxFont class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: font.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_ +#define _WX_FONT_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFont +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSFont); + +// Internal class that bridges us with code like wxSystemSettings +class wxCocoaFontFactory; +// We have c-tors/methods taking pointers of these +class wxFontRefData; + +/*! @discussion + wxCocoa's implementation of wxFont is very incomplete. In particular, + a lot of work needs to be done on wxNativeFontInfo which is currently + using the totally generic implementation. + + See the documentation in src/cocoa/font.mm for more implementatoin details. + */ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFont : public wxFontBase +{ + friend class wxCocoaFontFactory; +public: + /*! @abstract Default construction of invalid font for 2-step construct then Create process. + */ + wxFont() { } + + /*! @abstract Platform-independent construction with individual properties + */ +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxFont(int size, + int family, + int style, + int weight, + bool underlined = FALSE, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + (void)Create(size, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style, (wxFontWeight)weight, underlined, face, encoding); + } +#endif + wxFont(int size, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = FALSE, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + (void)Create(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding); + } + + wxFont(const wxSize& pixelSize, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + Create(10, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding); + SetPixelSize(pixelSize); + } + + /*! @abstract Construction with opaque wxNativeFontInfo + */ + wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) + { + (void)Create(info); + } + + /*! @abstract Construction with platform-dependent font descriptor string. + @param fontDesc Usually the result of wxNativeFontInfo::ToUserString() + */ + wxFont(const wxString& fontDesc); + + // NOTE: Copy c-tor and assignment from wxObject is fine + + bool Create(int size, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = FALSE, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); + + bool Create(const wxNativeFontInfo& info); + + virtual ~wxFont(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual int GetPointSize() const; + virtual wxFontStyle GetStyle() const; + virtual wxFontWeight GetWeight() const; + virtual bool GetUnderlined() const; + virtual wxString GetFaceName() const; + virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const; + virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const; + + virtual void SetPointSize(int pointSize); + virtual void SetFamily(wxFontFamily family); + virtual void SetStyle(wxFontStyle style); + virtual void SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight); + virtual bool SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName); + virtual void SetUnderlined(bool underlined); + virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding); + + wxDECLARE_COMMON_FONT_METHODS(); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + /*! @abstract Defined on some ports (not including this one) in wxGDIObject + @discussion + The intention here I suppose is to allow one to create a wxFont without yet + creating the underlying native object. There's no point not to create the + NSFont immediately in wxCocoa so this is useless. + This method came from the stub code copied in the early days of wxCocoa. + FIXME(1): Remove this in trunk. FIXME(2): Is it really a good idea for this to + be part of the public API for wxGDIObject? + */ + virtual bool RealizeResource(); + +protected: + /*! @abstract Internal constructor with ref data + @discussion + Takes ownership of @a refData. That is, it is assumed that refData has either just been + created using new (which initializes its m_refCount to 1) or if you are sharing a ref that + you have called IncRef on it before passing it to this method. + */ + explicit wxFont(wxFontRefData *refData) + { Create(refData); } + bool Create(wxFontRefData *refData); + + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + + virtual wxFontFamily DoGetFamily() const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_FONT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/fontdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/fontdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8b13789179 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/fontdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/frame.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f62c5fbdc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/frame.h +// Purpose: wxFrame class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: frame.h 60337 2009-04-25 12:59:09Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_FRAME_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_FRAME_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBar; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStatusBar; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFrame: public wxFrameBase +{ + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxFrame() { Init(); } + wxFrame(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, winid, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + virtual ~wxFrame(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); +protected: + void Init(); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa specifics +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + virtual wxMenuBar* GetAppMenuBar(wxCocoaNSWindow *win); + // Returns the NSView for non-client drawing + virtual WX_NSView GetNonClientNSView(); + + // Helper function to position status/tool bars + // Also called by native toolbar to force a size update + void UpdateFrameNSView(); + + virtual void CocoaDelegate_wxMenuItemAction(WX_NSMenuItem menuItem); + virtual bool CocoaDelegate_validateMenuItem(WX_NSMenuItem menuItem); +protected: + virtual void CocoaSetWxWindowSize(int width, int height); + + virtual void CocoaReplaceView(WX_NSView oldView, WX_NSView newView); + // frameNSView is used whenever a statusbar/generic toolbar are present + WX_NSView m_frameNSView; +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *mbar); + virtual void DetachMenuBar(); + virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // override some more virtuals + + // get the origin of the client area (which may be different from (0, 0) + // if the frame has a toolbar) in client coordinates + virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const; + + // create the main status bar by calling OnCreateStatusBar() + virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int number = 1, + long style = wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + wxWindowID winid = 0, + const wxString& name = + wxStatusLineNameStr); + // sets the main status bar + void SetStatusBar(wxStatusBar *statBar); +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + // create main toolbar bycalling OnCreateToolBar() + virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr); + // sets the main tool bar + virtual void SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar); +#endif //wxUSE_TOOLBAR +protected: + void PositionStatusBar(); +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_FRAME_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/gauge.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/gauge.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0ee7b991d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/gauge.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/gauge.h +// Purpose: wxGauge class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/07/15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gauge.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_GAUGE_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_GAUGE_H__ + +// #include "wx/cocoa/NSProgressIndicator.h" + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSProgressIndicator); + +// ======================================================================== +// wxGauge +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGauge: public wxGaugeBase// , protected wxCocoaNSProgressIndicator +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGauge) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +// WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSProgressIndicator,NSView,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxGauge() { } + wxGauge(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, int range, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, range, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, int range, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr); + virtual ~wxGauge(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + inline WX_NSProgressIndicator GetNSProgressIndicator() const { return (WX_NSProgressIndicator)m_cocoaNSView; } +protected: + // NSProgressIndicator cannot be enabled/disabled + virtual void CocoaSetEnabled(bool WXUNUSED(enable)) { } +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // Pure Virtuals + virtual int GetValue() const; + virtual void SetValue(int value); + + // retrieve/change the range + virtual void SetRange(int maxValue); + int GetRange(void) const; +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; +}; + +#endif + // __WX_COCOA_GAUGE_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/glcanvas.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/glcanvas.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a58bc1b0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/glcanvas.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/glcanvas.h +// Purpose: wxGLCanvas class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/09/29 +// RCS-ID: $Id: glcanvas.h 47254 2007-07-09 10:09:52Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_GLCANVAS_H__ +#define _WX_COCOA_GLCANVAS_H__ + +#include "wx/window.h" + +// #include "wx/cocoa/NSOpenGLView.h" +// Include gl.h from the OpenGL framework +#include + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_GL wxGLCanvas; +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSOpenGLContext); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSOpenGLView); + +// ======================================================================== +// wxGLContext +// ======================================================================== + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLContext : public wxGLContextBase +{ +public: + wxGLContext(wxGLCanvas *win, const wxGLContext *other = NULL); + + virtual ~wxGLContext(); + + virtual void SetCurrent(const wxGLCanvas& win) const; + + WX_NSOpenGLContext GetNSOpenGLContext() const + { return m_cocoaNSOpenGLContext; } + +private: + WX_NSOpenGLContext m_cocoaNSOpenGLContext; +}; + +// ======================================================================== +// wxGLCanvas +// ======================================================================== + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvas : public wxGLCanvasBase + // , protected wxCocoaNSOpenGLView +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGLCanvas) +// WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSOpenGLView,NSView,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name, attribList, palette); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette); + + virtual ~wxGLCanvas(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + // NSOpenGLView cannot be enabled/disabled + virtual void CocoaSetEnabled(bool enable) { } +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + virtual void SwapBuffers(); + + + NSOpenGLView *GetNSOpenGLView() const + { return (NSOpenGLView *)m_cocoaNSView; } +}; + +#endif //ndef _WX_COCOA_GLCANVAS_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/icon.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/icon.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e4b48aa082 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/icon.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/icon.h +// Purpose: wxIcon class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/08/11 +// RCS-ID: $Id: icon.h 65887 2010-10-23 21:47:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_ICON_H__ +#define _WX_COCOA_ICON_H__ + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxIcon +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIcon : public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + wxIcon(); + + wxIcon(const char* const* data) { CreateFromXpm(data); } + wxIcon(const char bits[], int width , int height ); + wxIcon(const wxString& name, int flags = wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE, + int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1); + wxIcon(const wxIconLocation& loc) + { + LoadFile(loc.GetFileName(), wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON); + } + virtual ~wxIcon(); + + bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType flags = wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE, + int desiredWidth=-1, int desiredHeight=-1); + + bool operator==(const wxIcon& icon) const + { return m_refData == icon.m_refData; } + bool operator!=(const wxIcon& icon) const { return !(*this == icon); } + + // create from bitmap (which should have a mask unless it's monochrome): + // there shouldn't be any implicit bitmap -> icon conversion (i.e. no + // ctors, assignment operators...), but it's ok to have such function + void CopyFromBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp); + + int GetWidth() const; + int GetHeight() const; + + wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(GetWidth(), GetHeight()); } + + WX_NSImage GetNSImage() const; + bool CreateFromXpm(const char* const* bits); + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon) +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_ICON_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/listbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/listbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..257c172c34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/listbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/listbox.h +// Purpose: wxListBox class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: listbox.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_LISTBOX_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_LISTBOX_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSTableView.h" + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxListBox +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListBox: public wxListBoxBase, protected wxCocoaNSTableView +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBox) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSTableView,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxListBox() { m_cocoaItems = NULL; m_cocoaDataSource = NULL; } + wxListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + wxListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + virtual ~wxListBox(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + virtual int CocoaDataSource_numberOfRows(); + virtual struct objc_object* CocoaDataSource_objectForTableColumn( + WX_NSTableColumn tableColumn, int rowIndex); + WX_NSMutableArray m_cocoaItems; + wxArrayPtrVoid m_itemClientData; + struct objc_object *m_cocoaDataSource; + bool m_needsUpdate; + inline bool _WxCocoa_GetNeedsUpdate(); + inline void _WxCocoa_SetNeedsUpdate(bool needsUpdate); + virtual void OnInternalIdle(); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; +// pure virtuals from wxListBoxBase + virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const; + virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const; +protected: + virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n); + virtual void DoSetSelection(int n, bool select); + +// pure virtuals from wxItemContainer +public: + // deleting items + virtual void DoClear(); + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + // accessing strings + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s); + virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const; + // selection + virtual int GetSelection() const; +protected: + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData); + virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const; +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_LISTBOX_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/log.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9532068fe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/log.h +// Purpose: Declare wxCocoa-specific trace masks +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/02/07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: log.h 27408 2004-05-23 20:53:33Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_LOG_H__ +#define _WX_COCOA_LOG_H__ + +// General tracing (in lieu of wxLogDebug) +#define wxTRACE_COCOA wxT("COCOA") +// Specific tracing +#define wxTRACE_COCOA_RetainRelease wxT("COCOA_RetainRelease") +#define wxTRACE_COCOA_TopLevelWindow_Size wxT("COCOA_TopLevelWindow_Size") +#define wxTRACE_COCOA_Window_Size wxT("COCOA_Window_Size") + +#endif //ndef _WX_COCOA_LOG_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/mbarman.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/mbarman.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..33c2f72f4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/mbarman.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/mbarman.h +// Purpose: wxMenuBarManager class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/09/04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mbarman.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_MBARMAN_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_MBARMAN_H__ + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + +#include "wx/toplevel.h" + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(wxMenuBarManagerObserver); + +// ======================================================================== +// wxMenuBarManager +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuBarManager : public wxObject +{ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization/destruction +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxMenuBarManager(); + virtual ~wxMenuBarManager(); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Single instance +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + static wxMenuBarManager *GetInstance() { return sm_mbarmanInstance; } + static void CreateInstance(); + static void DestroyInstance(); +protected: + static wxMenuBarManager *sm_mbarmanInstance; +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + void SetMainMenuBar(wxMenuBar* menubar); + void WindowDidBecomeKey(NSNotification *notification); +#if 0 + void WindowDidResignKey(NSNotification *notification); + void WindowDidBecomeMain(NSNotification *notification); + void WindowDidResignMain(NSNotification *notification); + void WindowWillClose(NSNotification *notification); +#endif // 0 + void UpdateMenuBar(); +protected: + void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar* menubar); + void InstallMenuBarForWindow(wxCocoaNSWindow *win); + void InstallMainMenu(); + WX_NSMenu m_menuApp; + WX_NSMenu m_menuServices; + WX_NSMenu m_menuWindows; + WX_NSMenu m_menuMain; + // Is main menu bar the current one + bool m_mainMenuBarInstalled; + // Main menu (if app provides one) + wxMenuBar *m_mainMenuBar; + wxMenuBarManagerObserver *m_observer; + WX_NSWindow m_currentNSWindow; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +#endif // _WX_COCOA_MBARMAN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/mdi.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/mdi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b2a547aaa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/mdi.h @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/mdi.h +// Purpose: wxMDIParentFrame, wxMDIChildFrame, wxMDIClientWindow +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: 2008-10-31 Vadim Zeitlin: derive from the base classes +// Created: 2003/09/08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mdi.h 56674 2008-11-04 02:46:19Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_MDI_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_MDI_H__ + +#include "wx/frame.h" + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrameObserver); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIChildFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIClientWindow; + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxMDIChildFrame, wxCocoaMDIChildFrameList); + +// ======================================================================== +// wxMDIParentFrame +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIParentFrame : public wxMDIParentFrameBase +{ + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIChildFrame; + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxMDIParentFrame() { Init(); } + wxMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, winid, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + virtual ~wxMDIParentFrame(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); +protected: + void Init(); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa specifics +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + void WindowDidBecomeMain(NSNotification *notification); +protected: + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowDidBecomeKey(void); + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowDidResignKey(void); + virtual bool Cocoa_canBecomeMainWindow(bool &canBecome); + virtual wxMenuBar* GetAppMenuBar(wxCocoaNSWindow *win); + + void AddMDIChild(wxMDIChildFrame *child); + void RemoveMDIChild(wxMDIChildFrame *child); + + wxMDIParentFrameObserver *m_observer; +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + void SetActiveChild(wxMDIChildFrame *child); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + static bool IsTDI() { return false; } + + virtual void ActivateNext() { /* TODO */ } + virtual void ActivatePrevious() { /* TODO */ } + +protected: + wxMDIClientWindow *m_clientWindow; + wxMDIChildFrame *m_currentChild; + wxCocoaMDIChildFrameList m_mdiChildren; +}; + +// ======================================================================== +// wxMDIChildFrame +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIChildFrame: public wxFrame +{ + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIParentFrame; + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIChildFrame) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxMDIChildFrame() { Init(); } + wxMDIChildFrame(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, winid, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + virtual ~wxMDIChildFrame(); + + bool Create(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); +protected: + void Init(); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa specifics +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: +protected: + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowDidBecomeKey(void); + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowDidBecomeMain(void); + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowDidResignKey(void); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + virtual void Activate(); + virtual bool Destroy(); +protected: + wxMDIParentFrame *m_mdiParent; +}; + +// ======================================================================== +// wxMDIClientWindow +// ======================================================================== +class wxMDIClientWindow : public wxMDIClientWindowBase +{ +public: + wxMDIClientWindow() { } + + virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, + long style = wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIClientWindow) +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_MDI_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/menu.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/menu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a2fe37c21e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/menu.h @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/menu.h +// Purpose: wxMenu and wxMenuBar classes +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2002/12/09 +// RCS-ID: $Id: menu.h 58022 2009-01-11 12:00:51Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_MENU_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_MENU_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSMenu.h" + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + #include "wx/accel.h" +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + +// ======================================================================== +// wxMenu +// ======================================================================== + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenu : public wxMenuBase, public wxCocoaNSMenu +{ +public: + // ctors and dtor + wxMenu(const wxString& title, long style = 0) + : wxMenuBase(title, style) + , m_cocoaDeletes(false) + { Create(title,style); } + bool Create(const wxString& title, long style = 0); + + wxMenu(long style = 0) : wxMenuBase(style) { Create(wxEmptyString, style); } + + virtual ~wxMenu(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa specifics +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + inline WX_NSMenu GetNSMenu() { return m_cocoaNSMenu; } + void SetCocoaDeletes(bool cocoaDeletes); + virtual void Cocoa_dealloc(); +protected: + WX_NSMenu m_cocoaNSMenu; + bool m_cocoaDeletes; +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + // implement base class virtuals + virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item); + virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item); + virtual wxMenuItem* DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item); + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + // add/remove accel for the given menu item + void AddAccelFor(wxMenuItem *item); + void RemoveAccelFor(wxMenuItem *item); +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + +private: +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + // the accel table for this menu + wxAcceleratorTable m_accelTable; +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenu) +}; + +// ======================================================================== +// wxMenuBar +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuBar : public wxMenuBarBase +{ +public: + // ctors and dtor + wxMenuBar(long style = 0) { Create(style); } + wxMenuBar(size_t n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[], long style = 0); + bool Create(long style = 0); + virtual ~wxMenuBar(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa specifics +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + inline WX_NSMenu GetNSMenu() { return m_cocoaNSMenu; } +protected: + WX_NSMenu m_cocoaNSMenu; +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // implement base class virtuals + virtual bool Append(wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title); + virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title); + virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title); + virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos); + + virtual void EnableTop(size_t pos, bool enable); + virtual bool IsEnabledTop(size_t pos) const; + + virtual void SetMenuLabel(size_t pos, const wxString& label); + virtual wxString GetMenuLabel(size_t pos) const; + + virtual void Attach(wxFrame *frame); + virtual void Detach(); + + // get the next item for the givan accel letter (used by wxFrame), return + // -1 if none + // + // if unique is not NULL, filled with TRUE if there is only one item with + // this accel, FALSE if two or more + int FindNextItemForAccel(int idxStart, + int keycode, + bool *unique = NULL) const; + + // called by wxFrame to set focus to or open the given menu + void SelectMenu(size_t pos); + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + // find the item for the given accel and generate an event if found + bool ProcessAccelEvent(const wxKeyEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + +protected: + // event handlers + void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + + // process the mouse move event, return TRUE if we did, FALSE to continue + // processing as usual + // + // the coordinates are client coordinates of menubar, convert if necessary + bool ProcessMouseEvent(const wxPoint& pt); + + // menubar geometry + virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const; + + // has the menubar been created already? + bool IsCreated() const { return m_frameLast != NULL; } + + // get the (total) width of the specified menu + wxCoord GetItemWidth(size_t pos) const; + + // get the rect of the item + wxRect GetItemRect(size_t pos) const; + + // get the menu from the given point or -1 if none + int GetMenuFromPoint(const wxPoint& pos) const; + + // refresh the given item + void RefreshItem(size_t pos); + + // refresh all items after this one (including it) + void RefreshAllItemsAfter(size_t pos); + + // do we show a menu currently? + bool IsShowingMenu() const { return m_menuShown != 0; } + + // we don't want to have focus except while selecting from menu + void GiveAwayFocus(); + + // the current item (only used when menubar has focus) + int m_current; + +private: + // the last frame to which we were attached, NULL initially + wxFrame *m_frameLast; + + // the currently shown menu or NULL + wxMenu *m_menuShown; + + // should be showing the menu? this is subtly different from m_menuShown != + // NULL as the menu which should be shown may be disabled in which case we + // don't show it - but will do as soon as the focus shifts to another menu + bool m_shouldShowMenu; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBar) +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_MENU_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/menuitem.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/menuitem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9029b6d056 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/menuitem.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/menuitem.h +// Purpose: wxMenuItem class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2002/12/13 +// RCS-ID: $Id: menuitem.h 58227 2009-01-19 13:55:27Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_MENUITEM_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_MENUITEM_H_ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcRef.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxMenuItem +// ======================================================================== + +#define wxMenuItemCocoa wxMenuItem +class wxMenuItemCocoa; +WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(WX_NSMenuItem,wxMenuItem*,wxPointerHash,wxPointerEqual,wxMenuItemCocoaHash); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuItemCocoa : public wxMenuItemBase +{ +public: +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + wxMenuItemCocoa(wxMenu *parentMenu = NULL, + int id = wxID_SEPARATOR, + const wxString& name = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL, + wxMenu *subMenu = NULL); + virtual ~wxMenuItemCocoa(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa specifics +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + inline WX_NSMenuItem GetNSMenuItem() { return m_cocoaNSMenuItem; } + static inline wxMenuItem* GetFromCocoa(WX_NSMenuItem cocoaNSMenuItem) + { + wxMenuItemCocoaHash::iterator iter=sm_cocoaHash.find(cocoaNSMenuItem); + if(iter!=sm_cocoaHash.end()) + return iter->second; + return NULL; + } + void CocoaItemSelected(); + bool Cocoa_validateMenuItem(); +protected: + void CocoaSetKeyEquivalent(); + WX_NSMenuItem m_cocoaNSMenuItem; + static wxMenuItemCocoaHash sm_cocoaHash; + static wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc sm_cocoaTarget; +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // override base class virtuals to update the item appearance on screen + virtual void SetItemLabel(const wxString& text); + virtual void SetCheckable(bool checkable); + + virtual void Enable(bool enable = TRUE); + virtual void Check(bool check = TRUE); + + // we add some extra functions which are also available under MSW from + // wxOwnerDrawn class - they will be moved to wxMenuItemBase later + // hopefully + void SetBitmaps(const wxBitmap& bmpChecked, + const wxBitmap& bmpUnchecked = wxNullBitmap); + void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { SetBitmaps(bmp); } + const wxBitmap& GetBitmap(bool checked = TRUE) const + { return checked ? m_bmpChecked : m_bmpUnchecked; } + +protected: + // notify the menu about the change in this item + inline void NotifyMenu(); + + // set the accel index and string from text + void UpdateAccelInfo(); + + // the bitmaps (may be invalid, then they're not used) + wxBitmap m_bmpChecked, + m_bmpUnchecked; + + // the accel string (i.e. "Ctrl-Q" or "Alt-F1") + wxString m_strAccel; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuItem) +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_MENUITEM_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/msgdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/msgdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1f6527983b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/msgdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/msgdlg.h +// Purpose: wxMessageDialog class +// Author: Gareth Simpson +// Created: 2007-10-29 +// RCS-ID: $Id: msgdlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_MSGDLG_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_MSGDLG_H_ + +#include "wx/msgdlg.h" + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSAlert); + +#ifndef wxUSE_COCOA_NATIVE_MSGDLG +// trunk: Always use Cocoa dialog +// 2.8: Only use Cocoa dialog if ABI incompatible features is on +// Build both on both branches (there was no wxCocoaMessageDialog class so it's not an ABI issue) + #if 1/* wxUSE_ABI_INCOMPATIBLE_FEATURES */ + #define wxUSE_COCOA_NATIVE_MSGDLG 1 + #else + #define wxUSE_COCOA_NATIVE_MSGDLG 0 + #endif +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COCOA_NATIVE_MSGDLG + #define wxMessageDialog wxCocoaMessageDialog +#else + #include "wx/generic/msgdlgg.h" + + #define wxMessageDialog wxGenericMessageDialog +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCocoaMessageDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCocoaMessageDialog + : public wxMessageDialogWithCustomLabels +{ +public: + wxCocoaMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr, + long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); + + virtual int ShowModal(); + +protected: + // not supported for message dialog + virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {} + + // override wxMessageDialogWithCustomLabels method to get rid of + // accelerators in the custom label strings + // + // VZ: I have no idea _why_ do we do this but the old version did and + // I didn't want to change the existing behaviour + virtual void DoSetCustomLabel(wxString& var, const ButtonLabel& label); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCocoaMessageDialog) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCocoaMessageDialog); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSGDLG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/notebook.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/notebook.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..46be4d570c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/notebook.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/notebook.h +// Purpose: wxNotebook class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/04/08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: notebook.h 65930 2010-10-27 16:54:24Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_NOTEBOOK_H__ +#define _WX_COCOA_NOTEBOOK_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSTabView.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxNotebook +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotebook: public wxNotebookBase, protected wxCocoaNSTabView +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebook) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSTabView,NSView,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxNotebook() { } + wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr); + virtual ~wxNotebook(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + // Notebooks cannot be enabled/disabled + virtual void CocoaSetEnabled(bool WXUNUSED(enable)) { } + virtual void CocoaDelegate_tabView_didSelectTabViewItem(WX_NSTabViewItem tabviewItem); + virtual bool CocoaDelegate_tabView_shouldSelectTabViewItem(WX_NSTabViewItem tabviewItem); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously + // selected one (or wxNOT_FOUND on error) + int SetSelection(size_t nPage); + // get the currently selected page + int GetSelection() const; + + // changes selected page without sending events + int ChangeSelection(size_t nPage); + + // set/get the title of a page + bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText); + wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const; + + // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list + int GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const; + bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage); + + // set the size (the same for all pages) + void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size); + + // SetPadding and SetTabSize aren't possible to implement + void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding); + void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz); + + //----------------------- + // adding/removing pages + + // remove one page from the notebook, without deleting + virtual wxNotebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t nPage); + + // remove one page from the notebook + bool DeletePage(size_t nPage); + // remove all pages + bool DeleteAllPages(); + + // adds a new page to the notebook (it will be deleted ny the notebook, + // don't delete it yourself). If bSelect, this page becomes active. + // the same as AddPage(), but adds it at the specified position + bool InsertPage( size_t position, + wxNotebookPage *win, + const wxString& strText, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = -1 ); + +protected: +}; + +#endif //ndef _WX_COCOA_NOTEBOOK_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSMenu.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSMenu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..96796116fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSMenu.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/objc/NSMenu.h +// Purpose: WXNSMenu class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2007/04/20 (move from NSMenu.mm) +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSMenu.h 48106 2007-08-15 16:10:19Z DE $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_OBJC_NSMENU_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_OBJC_NSMENU_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/objc/objc_uniquifying.h" + +#import + +// ============================================================================ +// @class WXNSMenu +// ============================================================================ +@interface WXNSMenu : NSMenu +{ +} + +- (void)dealloc; + +@end // WXNSMenu +WX_DECLARE_GET_OBJC_CLASS(WXNSMenu,NSMenu) + +#endif //ndef __WX_COCOA_OBJC_NSMENU_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSSlider.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSSlider.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4e94a28cfd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSSlider.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/objc/NSSlider.h +// Purpose: WXNSSlider class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2007/08/10 (move from NSSlider.mm) +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSSlider.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Software 2000 Ltd. +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_OBJC_NSSLIDER_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_OBJC_NSSLIDER_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/objc/objc_uniquifying.h" + +#import + +// ============================================================================ +// @class WXNSSlider +// ============================================================================ + +@interface WXNSSlider : NSSlider +@end + +WX_DECLARE_GET_OBJC_CLASS(WXNSSlider,NSSlider) + +// ============================================================================ +// @class WXNSSliderCell +// ============================================================================ + +@interface WXNSSliderCell : NSSliderCell +@end + +WX_DECLARE_GET_OBJC_CLASS(WXNSSliderCell,NSSliderCell) + +#endif //ndef __WX_COCOA_OBJC_NSSLIDER_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSView.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSView.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f937cffa83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSView.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/objc/NSView.h +// Purpose: WXNSView class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2007/04/20 (move from NSView.mm) +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSView.h 46229 2007-05-28 04:22:10Z DE $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_OBJC_NSVIEW_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_OBJC_NSVIEW_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/objc/objc_uniquifying.h" + +#import + +// ============================================================================ +// @class WXNSView +// ============================================================================ +@interface WXNSView : NSView +{ +} + +- (void)drawRect: (NSRect)rect; +- (void)mouseDown:(NSEvent *)theEvent; +- (void)mouseDragged:(NSEvent *)theEvent; +- (void)mouseUp:(NSEvent *)theEvent; +- (void)mouseMoved:(NSEvent *)theEvent; +- (void)mouseEntered:(NSEvent *)theEvent; +- (void)mouseExited:(NSEvent *)theEvent; +- (void)rightMouseDown:(NSEvent *)theEvent; +- (void)rightMouseDragged:(NSEvent *)theEvent; +- (void)rightMouseUp:(NSEvent *)theEvent; +- (void)otherMouseDown:(NSEvent *)theEvent; +- (void)otherMouseDragged:(NSEvent *)theEvent; +- (void)otherMouseUp:(NSEvent *)theEvent; +- (void)resetCursorRects; +- (void)viewDidMoveToWindow; +- (void)viewWillMoveToWindow:(NSWindow *)newWindow; +@end // WXNSView +WX_DECLARE_GET_OBJC_CLASS(WXNSView,NSView) + +#endif //ndef __WX_COCOA_OBJC_NSVIEW_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSWindow.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSWindow.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..df1e67306c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/NSWindow.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/objc/NSWindow.h +// Purpose: WXNSWindow class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2007/04/20 (move from NSWindow.mm) +// RCS-ID: $Id: NSWindow.h 47988 2007-08-09 18:15:50Z DE $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#import +#import + +#include "wx/cocoa/objc/objc_uniquifying.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// @class WXNSWindow +// ============================================================================ +@interface WXNSWindow : NSWindow +{ +} + +- (BOOL)canBecomeKeyWindow; +- (BOOL)canBecomeMainWindow; +@end // WXNSWindow +WX_DECLARE_GET_OBJC_CLASS(WXNSWindow,NSWindow) + +// ============================================================================ +// @class WXNSPanel +// ============================================================================ +@interface WXNSPanel : NSPanel +{ +} + +- (BOOL)canBecomeKeyWindow; +- (BOOL)canBecomeMainWindow; +@end // WXNSPanel +WX_DECLARE_GET_OBJC_CLASS(WXNSPanel,NSPanel) + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/objc_uniquifying.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/objc_uniquifying.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..510a251511 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/objc/objc_uniquifying.h @@ -0,0 +1,365 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/objc/objc_uniquifying.h +// Purpose: Allows wxWidgets code to get a direct pointer to a compiled +// Objective-C class and provides a method to fix up the +// name to include a unique identifier (currently the address +// of the objc_class structure). +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2007/05/15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: objc_uniquifying.h 51891 2008-02-18 20:36:16Z DE $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Software 2000 Ltd. +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_OBJC_CLASS_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_OBJC_CLASS_H__ + +/* A note about this header: +Nothing in here is guaranteed to exist in future versions of wxCocoa. There +are other ways of adding Objective-C classes at runtime and a future wxCocoa +might use these instead of this ugly hack. You may use this header file in +your own wxCocoa code if you need your own Objective-C classes to be +unqiuified. + +You cannot turn this on for 64-bit mode. It will not compile due to opaque +Objective-C data structures and it is not needed because it is a workaround +for a bug that does not exist in the 64-bit runtime. + +You should not use this when wxCocoa is built as a dynamic library. This has +only been tested for the case when wxCocoa is built as a static library and +statically linked to user code to form a loadable bundle (e.g. a Cocoa plugin). +It forces each plugin (when multiple wxCocoa-using plugins are used) to use +its own internal Objective-C classes which is desirable when wxCocoa is +statically linked to the rest of the code. + +Do not use uniquifying on your principal class. That one should be named +differently for different bundles. + */ + +#if wxUSE_OBJC_UNIQUIFYING + +// objc_getClass and stuff +#include + +////////////// Objective-C uniquifying implementation ////////////// + +template +class wxObjcClassInitializer; + +template +class UniquifiedName; + +template +class wxObjcCompilerInformation +{ + friend class wxObjcClassInitializer; + friend class UniquifiedName; +private: + // GetCompiledClass must be partially specialized for an ObjcType + // If you're not using it, implement an inline returning NULL + inline static struct objc_class * GetCompiledClass(); + + // sm_theClassName must be partially specialized for each type + static const char sm_theClassName[]; + + // GetSuperclass must be specialized. Typically one of two ways: + // 1. objc_getClass("SomeRealClassName") + // 2. wxGetObjcClass_SomeWxClassName(); + inline static struct objc_class *GetSuperclass(); +}; + + +template +struct UniquifiedName +{ + // We're going for OriginalClassName@ClassStructureAddress + // Therefore our size is the sizeof the original class name constant string (which includes the terminating NULL) + // plus the sizeof a pointer to struct objc_class times two (two hex digits for each byte) plus 3 for "@0x" + typedef char Type[sizeof(wxObjcCompilerInformation::sm_theClassName) + (sizeof(struct objc_class*)<<1) + 3]; + static void Init(Type m_theString, const objc_class *aClass) + { + snprintf(const_cast(m_theString), sizeof(Type), "%s@%p", wxObjcCompilerInformation::sm_theClassName, aClass); + } +}; + +/*! @function HidePointerFromGC + @abstract Returns an l-value whose location the compiler cannot know. + @discussion + The compiler-generated Objective-C class structures are located in the static data area. + They are by design Objective-C objects in their own right which makes the compiler issue + write barriers as if they were located in the GC-managed heap as most Objective-C objects. + + By accepting and returning a reference to any pointer type we can set any i-var of an + Objective-C object that is a pointer to another Objective-C object without the compiler + generating an objc_assign_ivar write barrier. It will instad generate an + objc_assign_strongCast write barrier which is the appropriate write-barrier when assigning + pointers to Objective-C objects located in unknown memory. + + For instance: + Class *someClass = ...; + HidePointerFromGC(someClass->isa) = ...; + */ +template +inline ObjcType * & HidePointerFromGC(ObjcType * &p) __attribute__((always_inline)); + +template +inline ObjcType * & HidePointerFromGC(ObjcType * &p) +{ + return p; +} + +template +class wxObjcClassInitializer +{ +public: + static struct objc_class* Get() + { + static wxObjcClassInitializer s_theInstance; + s_theInstance.noop(); // Make the compiler think we need this instance + return wxObjcCompilerInformation::GetCompiledClass(); + } +private: + void noop() + {} + // This "constructor" operates solely on static data + // It exists so that we can take advantage of a function-static + // "instance" of this class to do the static data initialization. + wxObjcClassInitializer() + { + // Objective-C class initialization occurs before C++ static initialization because the + // libobjc.dylib gets notified directly by dyld on Tiger. + // Therefore, even though we change the name, the class is still registered with the + // original name. We unfortunately can't change that. + + // The first time the class is loaded, Objective-C will already have fixed up the super_class + // and isa->isa and isa->super_class variables so much of this won't do anything. But + // the next time the class is loaded, Objective-C will ignore it and thus we need to + // initialize the data structures appropriately. + + // Ideally we'd have some sort of lock here, but we depend on the fact that we get called + // just before the first time someone wants to send a class message so it should be + // reasonably safe to do this without any locks. + + struct objc_class &theClassData = *wxObjcCompilerInformation::GetCompiledClass(); + // Initialize the uniquified class name + UniquifiedName::Init(sm_theUniquifiedClassName, &theClassData); + + //////// Class Initialization //////// + // Use objc_getClass to fix up the superclass pointer + theClassData.super_class = wxObjcCompilerInformation::GetSuperclass(); + // Fix up the compiler generated class struct to use the new name + theClassData.name = sm_theUniquifiedClassName; + + //////// Meta-Class Initialization //////// + // theClassData.isa is the metaclass pointer + // Globals on Darwin use PC-relative access (slow) so it's quicker to use theClassData.isa + + // In any object hierarchy a metaclass's metaclass is always the root class's metaclass + // Therefore, our superclass's metaclass's metaclass should already be the root class's metaclass + HidePointerFromGC(theClassData.isa->isa) = theClassData.super_class->isa->isa; + // A metaclass's superclass is always the superclass's metaclass. + HidePointerFromGC(theClassData.isa->super_class) = theClassData.super_class->isa; + // Fix up the compiler generated metaclass struct to use the new name + theClassData.isa->name = sm_theUniquifiedClassName; + + // We need to set the initialized flag because after we change the name, Objective-C can't + // look us up by name because we're only registered with the original name. + theClassData.isa->info |= CLS_INITIALIZED; + } + wxObjcClassInitializer(const wxObjcClassInitializer&); // NO COPY + wxObjcClassInitializer& operator =(const wxObjcClassInitializer&); // NO ASSIGN + static typename UniquifiedName::Type sm_theUniquifiedClassName; +}; + +template +typename UniquifiedName::Type wxObjcClassInitializer::sm_theUniquifiedClassName; + +// WX_DECLARE_GET_OBJC_CLASS +// Declares a function to get a direct pointer to an objective-C class. +// The class is guaranteed to be usable. +// When wxCocoa is built into a Mach-O bundle this function allows the wxCocoa +// code to get a reference to the Objective-C class structure located in the +// same bundle. This allows a static wxCocoa library to be built into +// two different Mach-O bundles without having one bundle's Objective-C +// classes trample on the other's. +// Right now we toss the ObjcSuperClass parameter, but we might use it later. +#define WX_DECLARE_GET_OBJC_CLASS(ObjcClass,ObjcSuperClass) \ +struct objc_class* wx_GetObjcClass_ ## ObjcClass(); + +// WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_COMPILED_CLASS(ObjcClass) +// Provides an architecture-dependent way to get the direct pointer to the +// objc_class structure in the __OBJC segment. +// This takes advantage of the fact that the Objective-C compiler uses guessable +// local assembler labels for the class structures. +// Those class structures are only available on the Objective-C file containing the +// @implementation block. + +#if 1 +// Generic implementation - Tested on i386 and PPC. Should work in all cases. +// This is a hack that depends on GCC asm symbol names. +// The static variable winds up being initialized with a direct reference to the appropriate +// L_OBJC_CLASS and no global symbol reference is generated because nothing uses the global symbol +// except for the static initializer which does it directly. +// The generated assembler for s_objc_class_ptr is basically like this: +// _s_objc_class_ptr_ObjcClass: +// .long L_OBJC_CLASS_ObjcClass +// Once that static symbol is defined, the function implementation is easy for GCC to generate. +// Do note that return &s_objc_class_data_ObjcClass won't work. The code is wrong in the case. +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_COMPILED_CLASS(ObjcClass) \ +extern "C" objc_class s_objc_class_data_ ## ObjcClass asm("L_OBJC_CLASS_" #ObjcClass); \ +static objc_class * s_objc_class_ptr_ ## ObjcClass = &s_objc_class_data_ ## ObjcClass; \ +template<> \ +inline objc_class * wxObjcCompilerInformation::GetCompiledClass() \ +{ \ + return s_objc_class_ptr_## ObjcClass; \ +} + +#elif defined(__i386__) +// Not used because the generic implementation seems to work fine. +// But this is here since it was written beforehand and it also works. + +// This is based on the code GCC generates for accessing file-static data on i386. +// The i386 PC-relative addressing happens in this manner +// 1. The program counter is placed into ecx using the code that GCC should have +// already generated. +// 2. A label is placed directly after the call to get the program counter. +// 3. The Load Effective Address instruction is used to add the offset of the +// local assembler label we're interested in minus the local assembler label +// from step 2 to the program counter register in ecx and place the result +// into the result register (typically eax if not inlined). +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_COMPILED_CLASS(ObjcClass) \ +template<> \ +inline objc_class * wxObjcCompilerInformation::GetCompiledClass() \ +{ \ + register struct objc_class *retval; \ + asm \ + ( "call ___i686.get_pc_thunk.cx\n" \ + "\"LPC_FOR_GET_CLASS_" #ObjcClass "\":\n\t" \ + "leal L_OBJC_CLASS_" #ObjcClass "-\"LPC_FOR_GET_CLASS_" #ObjcClass "\"(%%ecx), %0" \ + : "=r"(retval) \ + : \ + : "ecx" \ + ); \ + return retval; \ +} + +#elif defined(__ppc__) +// Not used because the generic implementation seems to work fine. +// But this is here since it was written beforehand and it also works. + +// This is based on the code GCC generates for accessing file-static data on PPC. +// The PowerPC PC-relative addressing happens in this manner +// 1. The link register is saved (mflr) to a temporary (we re-use the output register for this) +// 2. An unconditional branch instruction (bcl) "branches" to the following address (labeled) +// 3. The link register (filled in by bcl) is saved to r10 (a temporary) +// 4. The previous link register is restored (mtlr) (from the output register we were using as a temporary) +// 5. The address of the LPC label as executed is added to the high 16 bits of the offset between that label and the static data we want +// and stored in a temporary register (r2) +// 6. That temporary register plus the low 16 bits of the offset are stored into the result register. +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_COMPILED_CLASS(ObjcClass) \ +template<> \ +inline objc_class * wxObjcCompilerInformation::GetCompiledClass() \ +{ \ + register struct objc_class *retval; \ + asm \ + ( "mflr %0" \ + "\n\tbcl 20, 31, \"LPC_FOR_GET_CLASS_" #ObjcClass "\"" \ + "\n\"LPC_FOR_GET_CLASS_" #ObjcClass "\":" \ + "\n\tmflr r10" \ + "\n\tmtlr %0" \ + "\n\taddis r2,r10,ha16(L_OBJC_CLASS_" #ObjcClass "-\"LPC_FOR_GET_CLASS_" #ObjcClass "\")" \ + "\n\tla %0,lo16(L_OBJC_CLASS_" #ObjcClass "-\"LPC_FOR_GET_CLASS_" #ObjcClass "\")(r2)" \ + : "=r" (retval) \ + : \ + : "r10","r2" \ + ); \ + return retval; \ +} + +// TODO: __x86_64__, __ppc64__ +#else // Can't wrie inline asm to bust into __OBJC segment +// This won't be used since the generic implementation takes precedence. + +#warning "Don't know how to implement wxObjcCompilerInformation::GetCompiledClass on this platform" + +#endif // platforms + +// The WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_SUPERCLASS macro implements the template specialization +// to get the superclass. This only works if it's a real superclass. If you are +// deriving from a class that's already being uniquified then you'd need to +// implement the specialization to call the appropriate get method instead. +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_SUPERCLASS(ObjcClass,ObjcSuperClass) \ + template <> \ + inline objc_class* wxObjcCompilerInformation::GetSuperclass() \ + { \ + return objc_getClass(#ObjcSuperClass); \ + } + +// The WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_UNIQUIFIED_SUPERCLASS macro implements the template +// specialization to get the superclass when the superclass is another uniquified +// Objective-C class. +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_UNIQUIFIED_SUPERCLASS(ObjcClass,ObjcSuperClass) \ + template <> \ + inline objc_class* wxObjcCompilerInformation::GetSuperclass() \ + { \ + return wx_GetObjcClass_ ## ObjcSuperClass(); \ + } + +// The WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_CLASS_NAME macro implements the template specialization +// of the sm_theClassName constant. As soon as this specialization is in place +// sizeof(sm_theClassName) will return the number of bytes at compile time. +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_CLASS_NAME(ObjcClass) \ + template <> \ + const char wxObjcCompilerInformation::sm_theClassName[] = #ObjcClass; + +// The WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_OBJC_CLASS macro is the final one that actually provides +// the wx_GetObjcClass_XXX function that will be called in lieu of asking the Objective-C +// runtime for the class. All the others are really machinery to make this happen. +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_OBJC_CLASS(ObjcClass) \ + objc_class* wx_GetObjcClass_ ## ObjcClass() \ + { \ + return wxObjcClassInitializer::Get(); \ + } + +// The WX_IMPLEMENT_GET_OBJC_CLASS macro combines all of these together +// for the case when the superclass is a non-uniquified class. +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_GET_OBJC_CLASS(ObjcClass,ObjcSuperClass) \ + WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_COMPILED_CLASS(ObjcClass) \ + WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_SUPERCLASS(ObjcClass,ObjcSuperClass) \ + WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_CLASS_NAME(ObjcClass) \ + WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_OBJC_CLASS(ObjcClass) + +// The WX_IMPLEMENT_GET_OBJC_CLASS_WITH_UNIQUIFIED_SUPERCLASS macro combines all +// of these together for the case when the superclass is another uniquified class. +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_GET_OBJC_CLASS_WITH_UNIQUIFIED_SUPERCLASS(ObjcClass,ObjcSuperClass) \ + WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_COMPILED_CLASS(ObjcClass) \ + WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_UNIQUIFIED_SUPERCLASS(ObjcClass,ObjcSuperClass) \ + WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_CLASS_NAME(ObjcClass) \ + WX_IMPLEMENT_OBJC_GET_OBJC_CLASS(ObjcClass) + +// The WX_GET_OBJC_CLASS macro is intended to wrap the class name when the class +// is used as a message receiver (e.g. for calling class methods). When +// class name uniquifying is used, this calls the global function implemented +// in the Objective-C file containing the class @implementation. +#define WX_GET_OBJC_CLASS(ObjcClass) wx_GetObjcClass_ ## ObjcClass() + +#else // wxUSE_OBJC_UNIQUIFYING + +// Define WX_DECLARE_GET_OBJC_CLASS as nothing +#define WX_DECLARE_GET_OBJC_CLASS(ObjcClass,ObjcSuperClass) +// Define WX_IMPLEMENT_GET_OBJC_CLASS as nothing +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_GET_OBJC_CLASS(ObjcClass,ObjcSuperClass) +// Define WX_IMPLEMENT_GET_OBJC_CLASS_WITH_UNIQUIFIED_SUPERCLASS as nothing +#define WX_IMPLEMENT_GET_OBJC_CLASS_WITH_UNIQUIFIED_SUPERCLASS(ObjcClass,ObjcSuperClass) + +// Define WX_GET_OBJC_CLASS macro to output the class name and let the compiler do the normal thing +// The WX_GET_OBJC_CLASS macro is intended to wrap the class name when the class +// is used as a message receiver (e.g. for calling class methods). When +// class name uniquifying is not used, this is simply defined to be the class +// name which will allow the compiler to do the normal thing. +#define WX_GET_OBJC_CLASS(ObjcClass) ObjcClass + +#endif // wxUSE_OBJC_UNIQUIFYING + +#endif //ndef __WX_COCOA_OBJC_CLASS_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/pen.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/pen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1412cf8d25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/pen.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/pen.h +// Purpose: wxPen class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/08/02 (stubs from 22.03.2003) +// RCS-ID: $Id: pen.h 54273 2008-06-17 17:28:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_PEN_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_PEN_H__ + +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; + +// ======================================================================== +// wxPen +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPen: public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + wxPen(); + wxPen(const wxColour& col, int width = 1, wxPenStyle style = wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( wxPen(const wxColour& col, int width, int style) ); +#endif + wxPen(const wxBitmap& stipple, int width); + virtual ~wxPen(); + + // FIXME: operator==() is wrong + bool operator==(const wxPen& pen) const { return m_refData == pen.m_refData; } + bool operator!=(const wxPen& pen) const { return !(*this == pen); } + + void SetColour(const wxColour& col) ; + void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) ; + + void SetWidth(int width); + void SetStyle(wxPenStyle style); + void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple); + void SetDashes(int nb_dashes, const wxDash *dash); + void SetJoin(wxPenJoin join); + void SetCap(wxPenCap cap); + + wxColour GetColour() const; + int GetWidth() const; + wxPenStyle GetStyle() const; + wxPenJoin GetJoin() const; + wxPenCap GetCap() const; + int GetDashes(wxDash **ptr) const; + wxBitmap *GetStipple() const; + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(int style) ) + { SetStyle((wxPenStyle)style); } +#endif + + // Cocoa-specific + WX_NSColor GetNSColor(); + int GetCocoaLineDash(const CGFloat **pattern); + +protected: + wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPen) +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_PEN_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/private/fontfactory.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/private/fontfactory.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2872e7fe52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/private/fontfactory.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/private/fontfactory.h +// Purpose: wxFontFactory class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2007-10-13 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontfactory.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: 2007 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_FONTFACTORY_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_FONTFACTORY_H_ + +/*! @discussion + This class exists so that wxFont need not know about wxSettings + The implementation, however, is in the font.mm file because the + implementation needs to have knowledge of wxFontRefData. + */ +class wxCocoaFontFactory +{ +public: + /*! @abstract Create an instance with the specified NSFont and underline flag. + */ + static wxFont InstanceForNSFont(WX_NSFont cocoaFont, bool underlined = false); +}; + +#endif //_WX_COCOA_FONTFACTORY_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/private/scrollview.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/private/scrollview.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..897943ff48 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/private/scrollview.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/private/scrollview.h +// Purpose: wxWindowCocoaScrollView +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2008/02/14 +// RCS-ID: $Id: scrollview.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003- David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_SCROLLVIEW_H__ +#define _WX_COCOA_SCROLLVIEW_H__ + +@class NSScroller; + +// ======================================================================== +// wxWindowCocoaScrollView +// ======================================================================== +class wxWindowCocoaScrollView: protected wxCocoaNSView +{ + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowCocoaScrollView); +public: + wxWindowCocoaScrollView(wxWindow *owner); + virtual ~wxWindowCocoaScrollView(); + inline WX_NSScrollView GetNSScrollView() { return m_cocoaNSScrollView; } + void ClientSizeToSize(int &width, int &height); + void DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const; + void Encapsulate(); + void Unencapsulate(); + + // wxWindow calls this to do the work. Note that we don't have the refresh parameter + // because wxWindow handles that itself. + void SetScrollbar(int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range); + int GetScrollPos(wxOrientation orient); + void SetScrollPos(wxOrientation orient, int position); + int GetScrollRange(wxOrientation orient); + int GetScrollThumb(wxOrientation orient); + void ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect*); + void UpdateSizes(); + + void _wx_doScroller(NSScroller *sender); + +protected: + wxWindowCocoa *m_owner; + WX_NSScrollView m_cocoaNSScrollView; + virtual void Cocoa_FrameChanged(void); + virtual void Cocoa_synthesizeMouseMoved(void) {} + /*! + Flag as to whether we're scrolling for a native view or a custom + wxWindow. This controls the scrolling behavior. When providing + scrolling for a native view we don't catch scroller action messages + and thus don't send scroll events and we don't actually scroll the + window when the application calls ScrollWindow. + + When providing scrolling for a custom wxWindow, we make the NSScroller + send their action messages to us which we in turn package as wx window + scrolling events. At this point, the window will not physically be + scrolled. The application will most likely handle the event by calling + ScrollWindow which will do the real scrolling. On the other hand, + the application may instead not call ScrollWindow until some threshold + is reached. This causes the window to only scroll in steps which is + what, for instance, wxScrolledWindow does. + */ + bool m_isNativeView; + /*! + The range as the application code wishes to see it. That is, the + range from the last SetScrollbar call for the appropriate dimension. + The horizontal dimension is the first [0] element and the vertical + dimension the second [1] element. + + In wxMSW, a SCROLLINFO with nMin=0 and nMax=range-1 is used which + gives exactly range possible positions so long as nPage (which is + the thumb size) is less than or equal to 1. + */ + int m_scrollRange[2]; + /*! + The thumb size is intended to reflect the size of the visible portion + of the scrolled document. As the document size increases, the thumb + visible thumb size decreases. As document size decreases, the visible + thumb size increases. However, the thumb size on wx is defined in + terms of scroll units (which are effectively defined by the scroll + range) and so increasing the number of scroll units to reflect increased + document size will have the effect of decreasing the visible thumb + size even though the number doesn't change. + + It's also important to note that subtracting the thumb size from the + full range gives you the real range that can be used. Microsoft + defines nPos (the current scrolling position) to be within the range + from nMin to nMax - max(nPage - 1, 0). We know that wxMSW code always + sets nMin = 0 and nMax = range -1. So let's algebraically reduce the + definition of the maximum allowed position: + + Begin: + = nMax - max(nPage - 1, 0) + Substitute (range - 1) for nMax and thumbSize for nPage: + = range - 1 - max(thumbSize - 1, 0) + Add one inside the max conditional and subtract one outside of it: + = range - 1 - (max(thumbSize - 1 + 1, 1) - 1) + Reduce some constants: + = range - 1 - (max(thumbSize, 1) - 1) + Distribute the negative across the parenthesis: + = range - 1 - max(thumbSize, 1) + 1 + Reduce the constants: + = range - max(thumbSize, 1) + + Also keep in mind that thumbSize may never be greater than range but + can be equal to it. Thus for the smallest possible thumbSize there + are exactly range possible scroll positions (numbered from 0 to + range - 1) and for the largest possible thumbSize there is exactly + one possible scroll position (numbered 0). + */ + int m_scrollThumb[2]; + + /*! + The origin of the virtual coordinate space expressed in terms of client + coordinates. Starts at (0,0) and each call to ScrollWindow accumulates + into it. Thus if the user scrolls the window right (thus causing the + contents to move left with respect to the client origin, the + application code (typically wxScrolledWindow) will be called with + dx of -something, for example -20. This is added to m_virtualOrigin + and thus m_virtualOrigin will be (-20,0) in this example. + */ + wxPoint m_virtualOrigin; +private: + wxWindowCocoaScrollView(); +}; + +#endif //ndef _WX_COCOA_SCROLLVIEW_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/private/timer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/private/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6e707bba3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/private/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/private/timer.h +// Purpose: Cocoa wxTimer class +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Id: $Id: timer.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ + +#include "wx/private/timer.h" + +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcRef.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimer +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTimer); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCocoaTimerImpl : public wxTimerImpl +{ +public: + wxCocoaTimerImpl(wxTimer* timer) : wxTimerImpl(timer) { Init(); } + virtual ~wxCocoaTimerImpl(); + + virtual bool Start(int millisecs = -1, bool oneShot = false); + virtual void Stop(); + + virtual bool IsRunning() const; + + WX_NSTimer GetNSTimer() { return m_cocoaNSTimer; } + +protected: + void Init(); + +private: + WX_NSTimer m_cocoaNSTimer; +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/radiobox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/radiobox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bc4fd280dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/radiobox.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/radiobox.h +// Purpose: wxRadioBox class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/18 +// RCS-ID: $Id: radiobox.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_RADIOBOX_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_RADIOBOX_H__ + +// #include "wx/cocoa/NSButton.h" +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMatrix); + +// ======================================================================== +// wxRadioBox +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioBox: public wxControl, public wxRadioBoxBase// , protected wxCocoaNSButton +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + // NOTE: We explicitly skip NSControl because our primary cocoa view is + // the NSBox but we want to receive action messages from the NSMatrix. + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSBox,NSView,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxRadioBox() { } + wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + int majorDim = 0, + long style = 0, const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, title, pos, size, n, choices, majorDim, style, validator, name); + } + wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + int majorDim = 0, + long style = 0, const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, title, pos, size, choices, majorDim, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + int majorDim = 0, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + int majorDim = 0, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr); + virtual ~wxRadioBox(); + + // Enabling + virtual bool Enable(unsigned int n, bool enable = true); + virtual bool IsItemEnabled(unsigned int WXUNUSED(n)) const + { + /* TODO */ + return true; + } + + // Showing + virtual bool Show(unsigned int n, bool show = true); + virtual bool IsItemShown(unsigned int WXUNUSED(n)) const + { + /* TODO */ + return true; + } + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + // Radio boxes cannot be enabled/disabled + virtual void CocoaSetEnabled(bool WXUNUSED(enable)) { } + virtual void CocoaTarget_action(void); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: +// Pure virtuals + // selection + virtual void SetSelection(int n); + virtual int GetSelection() const; + // string access + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& label); + // change the individual radio button state +protected: + // We don't want the typical wxCocoaNSBox behavior because our real + // implementation is by using an NSMatrix as the NSBox's contentView. + WX_NSMatrix GetNSMatrix() const; + void AssociateNSBox(WX_NSBox theBox); + void DisassociateNSBox(WX_NSBox theBox); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + int GetRowForIndex(int n) const + { + if(m_windowStyle & wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS) + return n / GetMajorDim(); + else + return n % GetMajorDim(); + } + + int GetColumnForIndex(int n) const + { + if(m_windowStyle & wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS) + return n % GetMajorDim(); + else + return n / GetMajorDim(); + } +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_RADIOBOX_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/radiobut.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/radiobut.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..175e3b8965 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/radiobut.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/radiobut.h +// Purpose: wxRadioButton class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/18 +// RCS-ID: $Id: radiobut.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_RADIOBUT_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_RADIOBUT_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSButton.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRadioButton; + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxRadioButton, wxRadioButtonList); + +// ======================================================================== +// wxRadioButton +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioButton: public wxControl, protected wxCocoaNSButton +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioButton) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSButton,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxRadioButton() { m_radioMaster = NULL; } + wxRadioButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr); + virtual ~wxRadioButton(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + virtual void Cocoa_wxNSButtonAction(void); +private: + void Cocoa_DeselectOtherButtonsInTheGroup(void); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + virtual void SetValue(bool); + virtual bool GetValue() const; + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + virtual wxString GetLabel() const; +protected: + wxRadioButtonList m_radioSlaves; + wxRadioButton *m_radioMaster; +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_RADIOBUT_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/region.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/region.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..610b2e68f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/region.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/region.h +// Purpose: wxRegion class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/04/12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: region.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_REGION_H__ +#define _WX_COCOA_REGION_H__ + +#include "wx/generic/region.h" + +#if defined(__LP64__) || defined(NS_BUILD_32_LIKE_64) +typedef struct CGRect NSRect; +#else +typedef struct _NSRect NSRect; +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegion : public wxRegionGeneric +{ +public: + wxRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) + : wxRegionGeneric(x,y,w,h) + {} + wxRegion(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight) + : wxRegionGeneric(topLeft, bottomRight) + {} + wxRegion(const wxRect& rect) + : wxRegionGeneric(rect) + {} + wxRegion() {} + wxRegion(const wxBitmap& bmp) + : wxRegionGeneric() + { Union(bmp); } + wxRegion(const wxBitmap& bmp, + const wxColour& transColour, int tolerance = 0) + : wxRegionGeneric() + { Union(bmp, transColour, tolerance); } + virtual ~wxRegion() {} + wxRegion(const wxRegion& r) + : wxRegionGeneric(r) + {} + wxRegion& operator= (const wxRegion& r) + { return *(wxRegion*)&(this->wxRegionGeneric::operator=(r)); } + + // Cocoa-specific creation + wxRegion(const NSRect& rect); + wxRegion(const NSRect *rects, int count); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegion); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegionIterator : public wxRegionIteratorGeneric +{ +// DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegionIteratorGeneric); +public: + wxRegionIterator() {} + wxRegionIterator(const wxRegion& region) + : wxRegionIteratorGeneric(region) + {} + wxRegionIterator(const wxRegionIterator& iterator) + : wxRegionIteratorGeneric(iterator) + {} + virtual ~wxRegionIterator() {} + + wxRegionIterator& operator=(const wxRegionIterator& iter) + { return *(wxRegionIterator*)&(this->wxRegionIteratorGeneric::operator=(iter)); } +}; + +#endif + //ndef _WX_COCOA_REGION_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/scrolbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/scrolbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae86af1322 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/scrolbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/scrolbar.h +// Purpose: wxScrollBar class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/04/25 +// RCS-ID: $Id: scrolbar.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_SCROLBAR_H__ +#define _WX_COCOA_SCROLBAR_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSScroller.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxScrollBar +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollBar: public wxScrollBarBase, protected wxCocoaNSScroller +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBar) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSScroller,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxScrollBar() { } + wxScrollBar(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr); + virtual ~wxScrollBar(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + virtual void Cocoa_wxNSScrollerAction(void); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // accessors + virtual int GetThumbPosition() const; + virtual int GetThumbSize() const { return m_thumbSize; } + virtual int GetPageSize() const { return m_pageSize; } + virtual int GetRange() const { return m_range; } + + // operations + virtual void SetThumbPosition(int viewStart); + virtual void SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize, + int range, int pageSize, + bool refresh = TRUE); +protected: + int m_range; + int m_thumbSize; + int m_pageSize; +}; + +#endif + // _WX_COCOA_SCROLBAR_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/slider.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/slider.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6aa00cb34e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/slider.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/slider.h +// Purpose: wxSlider class +// Author: David Elliott +// Mark Oxenham +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/06/19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: slider.h 66844 2011-02-05 16:36:30Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// (c) 2007 Software 2000 Ltd. +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_SLIDER_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_SLIDER_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSSlider.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxSlider +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSlider: public wxSliderBase, protected wxCocoaNSSlider +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSSlider,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxSlider() { } + wxSlider(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + int value, int minValue, int maxValue, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, value, minValue, maxValue, + pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + int value, int minValue, int maxValue, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr); + virtual ~wxSlider(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + // Override this so we can use wxCocoaNSControl's target + void AssociateNSSlider(WX_NSSlider theSlider); + + // Helper method to do the real work + virtual void ProcessEventType(wxEventType commandType); + + // from wxCocoaNSControl: + virtual void CocoaTarget_action(); + + // from wxCocoaNSSlider: + virtual void CocoaNotification_startTracking(WX_NSNotification notification); + virtual void CocoaNotification_continueTracking(WX_NSNotification notification); + virtual void CocoaNotification_stopTracking(WX_NSNotification notification); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // Pure Virtuals + virtual int GetValue() const; + virtual void SetValue(int value); + + // retrieve/change the range + virtual void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue); + virtual int GetMin() const; + virtual int GetMax() const; + + // the line/page size is the increment by which the slider moves when + // cursor arrow key/page up or down are pressed (clicking the mouse is like + // pressing PageUp/Down) and are by default set to 1 and 1/10 of the range + virtual void SetLineSize(int lineSize); + virtual void SetPageSize(int pageSize); + virtual int GetLineSize() const; + virtual int GetPageSize() const; + + // these methods get/set the length of the slider pointer in pixels + virtual void SetThumbLength(int lenPixels); + virtual int GetThumbLength() const; + + // copied from (wxSliderCocoa.h) + virtual int GetTickFreq() const; + virtual void ClearTicks() { SetTickFreq(0); } + + virtual void SetTickPos(int pos); + +protected: + // Platform-specific implementation of SetTickFreq + virtual void DoSetTickFreq(int freq); +}; + +#endif + // __WX_COCOA_SLIDER_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/sound.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/sound.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2d22dfdff3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/sound.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/sound.h +// Purpose: wxSound class (loads and plays short Windows .wav files). +// Optional on non-Windows platforms. +// Authors: David Elliott, Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-10-02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sound.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott, Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_SOUND_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_SOUND_H_ + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/ObjcRef.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSound : public wxSoundBase +{ +public: + wxSound() + : m_cocoaNSSound(NULL) + {} + wxSound(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false) + : m_cocoaNSSound(NULL) + { Create(fileName, isResource); } + wxSound(int size, const wxByte* data) + : m_cocoaNSSound(NULL) + { LoadWAV(data,size,true); } + wxSound(const wxSound& sound); // why not? + virtual ~wxSound(); + +public: + bool Create(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false); + bool IsOk() const + { return m_cocoaNSSound; } + static void Stop(); + static bool IsPlaying(); + + void SetNSSound(WX_NSSound cocoaNSSound); + inline WX_NSSound GetNSSound() + { return m_cocoaNSSound; } +protected: + bool DoPlay(unsigned flags) const; + bool LoadWAV(const wxUint8 *data, size_t length, bool copyData); +private: + WX_NSSound m_cocoaNSSound; + static const wxObjcAutoRefFromAlloc sm_cocoaDelegate; +}; + +#endif //ndef _WX_COCOA_SOUND_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/spinbutt.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/spinbutt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e5ad4b80d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/spinbutt.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/spinbutt.h +// Purpose: wxSpinButton class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/07/14 +// RCS-ID: $Id: spinbutt.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_SPINBUTT_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_SPINBUTT_H__ + +// #include "wx/cocoa/NSStepper.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxSpinButton +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinButton: public wxSpinButtonBase// , protected wxCocoaNSStepper +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinButton) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +// WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSStepper,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxSpinButton() { } + wxSpinButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, + const wxString& name = wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString& name = wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME); + virtual ~wxSpinButton(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + virtual void CocoaTarget_action(); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // Pure Virtuals + virtual int GetValue() const; + virtual void SetValue(int value); + + // retrieve/change the range + virtual void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue); +}; + +#endif + // __WX_COCOA_SPINBUTT_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statbmp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statbmp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..255940e55e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statbmp.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/statbmp.h +// Purpose: wxStaticBitmap class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statbmp.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_STATBMP_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_STATBMP_H__ + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSImageView); + +// ======================================================================== +// wxStaticBitmap +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBitmap : public wxStaticBitmapBase //, protected wxCocoaNSxxx +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +// WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSxxx,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxStaticBitmap() {} + wxStaticBitmap(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, bitmap, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr); + virtual ~wxStaticBitmap(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa specifics +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + WX_NSImageView GetNSImageView() { return (WX_NSImageView)m_cocoaNSView; } + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon); + virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const; +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_STATBMP_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b73c1b540 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/statbox.h +// Purpose: wxStaticBox class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/18 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statbox.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_STATBOX_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_STATBOX_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSBox.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxStaticBox +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBox: public wxStaticBoxBase, protected wxCocoaNSBox +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBox) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSBox,NSView,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxStaticBox() { } + wxStaticBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr); + virtual ~wxStaticBox(); + + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + virtual wxString GetLabel() const; + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + // Static boxes cannot be enabled/disabled + virtual void CocoaSetEnabled(bool WXUNUSED(enable)) { } +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + virtual void GetBordersForSizer(int *borderTop, int *borderOther) const; +protected: +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_STATBOX_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statline.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statline.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..58d3beec1c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/statline.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/statline.h +// Purpose: wxStaticLine class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/18 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statline.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_STATLINE_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_STATLINE_H__ + +// #include "wx/cocoa/NSButton.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxStaticLine +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticLine: public wxStaticLineBase// , protected wxCocoaNSButton +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticLine) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +// WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSButton,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxStaticLine() { } + wxStaticLine(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, const wxString& name = wxStaticLineNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, const wxString& name = wxStaticLineNameStr); + virtual ~wxStaticLine(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa callbacks +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + // Static lines cannot be enabled/disabled + virtual void CocoaSetEnabled(bool WXUNUSED(enable)) { } +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_STATLINE_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/stattext.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/stattext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd1e8b4daa --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/stattext.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/stattext.h +// Purpose: wxStaticText class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/02/15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stattext.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_STATTEXT_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_STATTEXT_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSTextField.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxStaticText +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticText : public wxStaticTextBase, protected wxCocoaNSTextField +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticText) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSTextField,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxStaticText() {} + wxStaticText(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, label, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr); + virtual ~wxStaticText(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa specifics +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + virtual void Cocoa_didChangeText(void); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + virtual wxString GetLabel() const; +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_STATTEXT_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/string.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/string.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e61f5bfc07 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/string.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/string.h +// Purpose: String conversion methods +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/04/13 +// RCS-ID: $Id: string.h 54721 2008-07-19 19:59:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_STRING_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_STRING_H__ + +#import +#include "wx/string.h" + +// FIXME: In unicode mode we are doing the conversion twice. wxString +// converts to UTF-8 and NSString converts from UTF-8. +// One possible optimization is to convert to the wxString internal +// representation which is an unsigned short (unichar) but unfortunately +// there is little documentation on which encoding it uses by default. + +// Return an autoreleased NSString +inline NSString* wxNSStringWithWxString(const wxString &wxstring) +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + return [NSString stringWithUTF8String: wxstring.utf8_str()]; +#else + return [NSString stringWithCString: wxstring.c_str() length:wxstring.Len()]; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE +} + +// Intialize an NSString which has already been allocated +inline NSString* wxInitNSStringWithWxString(NSString *nsstring, const wxString &wxstring) +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + return [nsstring initWithUTF8String: wxstring.utf8_str()]; +#else + return [nsstring initWithCString: wxstring.c_str() length:wxstring.Len()]; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE +} + +inline wxString wxStringWithNSString(NSString *nsstring) +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + return wxString::FromUTF8Unchecked([nsstring UTF8String]); +#else + return wxString([nsstring lossyCString]); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE +} + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_STRING_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/taskbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/taskbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9d23714b46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/taskbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// File: wx/cocoa/taskbar.h +// Purpose: Defines wxTaskBarIcon class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/01/24 +// RCS-ID: $Id: taskbar.h 50646 2007-12-12 01:35:53Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_TASKBAR_H__ +#define _WX_COCOA_TASKBAR_H__ + +#include "wx/icon.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu; + +class wxTaskBarIconCocoaImpl; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIcon : public wxTaskBarIconBase +{ + friend class wxTaskBarIconCocoaImpl; + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTaskBarIcon) +public: + //type of taskbar item to create (currently only DOCK is implemented) + enum wxTaskBarIconType + { DOCK + , CUSTOM_STATUSITEM +// , STATUSITEM // TODO: Implement using NSStatusItem w/o custom NSView +// , MENUEXTRA // Menu extras require undocumented hacks + , DEFAULT_TYPE = CUSTOM_STATUSITEM + }; + + // Only one wxTaskBarIcon can be of the Dock type so by default + // create NSStatusItem for maximum source compatibility. + wxTaskBarIcon(wxTaskBarIconType iconType = DEFAULT_TYPE); + virtual ~wxTaskBarIcon(); + + bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip = wxEmptyString); + bool RemoveIcon(); + bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu); //, int x, int y); +protected: + wxTaskBarIconCocoaImpl *m_impl; +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_TASKBAR_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/textctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/textctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e07bf8653c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/textctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/textctrl.h +// Purpose: wxTextCtrl class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/03/16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textctrl.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_TEXTCTRL_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_TEXTCTRL_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSTextField.h" + +// ======================================================================== +// wxTextCtrl +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextCtrl : public wxTextCtrlBase, protected wxCocoaNSTextField +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrl) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_COCOA_OWNER(NSTextField,NSControl,NSView) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxTextCtrl() {} + wxTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, value, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr); + virtual ~wxTextCtrl(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa specifics +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + virtual void Cocoa_didChangeText(void); + virtual void CocoaTarget_action(void); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + virtual wxString GetValue() const; + + virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const; + virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const; + virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const; + + virtual bool IsModified() const; + virtual bool IsEditable() const; + + // If the return values from and to are the same, there is no selection. + virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const; + + // operations + // ---------- + + // editing + virtual void Clear(); + virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value); + virtual void Remove(long from, long to); + + // clears the dirty flag + virtual void MarkDirty(); + virtual void DiscardEdits(); + + // writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always + // inserts it at the end + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text); + virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text); + + // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl + // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates + // which represent column and line. + virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const; + virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const; + + virtual void ShowPosition(long pos); + + // Clipboard operations + virtual void Copy(); + virtual void Cut(); + virtual void Paste(); + + // Undo/redo + virtual void Undo(); + virtual void Redo(); + + virtual bool CanUndo() const; + virtual bool CanRedo() const; + + // Insertion point + virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos); + virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd(); + virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; + virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const; + + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to); +// virtual void SelectAll(); + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable); + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags = 0); +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_TEXTCTRL_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/toolbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/toolbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fbf432ee12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/toolbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/toolbar.h +// Purpose: wxToolBar +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/08/17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: toolbar.h 48095 2007-08-15 13:05:35Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_TOOLBAR_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_TOOLBAR_H__ + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +// ======================================================================== +// wxToolBar +// ======================================================================== +#if defined(__LP64__) || defined(NS_BUILD_32_LIKE_64) +typedef struct CGPoint NSPoint; +#else +typedef struct _NSPoint NSPoint; +#endif + +class wxToolBarTool; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolBar : public wxToolBarBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar) +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxToolBar() { Init(); } + wxToolBar( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID toolid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr ) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, toolid, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID toolid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr ); + + virtual ~wxToolBar(); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +protected: + virtual bool Cocoa_acceptsFirstMouse(bool &acceptsFirstMouse, WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_drawRect(const NSRect &rect); + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseDown(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseDragged(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + wxToolBarTool *CocoaFindToolForPosition(const NSPoint& pos) const; + void CocoaToolClickEnded(); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // override base class virtuals + virtual void SetMargins(int x, int y); + virtual void SetToolSeparation(int separation); + + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + + virtual void SetToolShortHelp(int toolid, const wxString& helpString); + + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style ); + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + void OnInternalIdle(); + virtual bool Realize(); + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + void SetOwningFrame(wxFrame *owningFrame) + { m_owningFrame = owningFrame; } +protected: + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + + virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable); + virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); + virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); + + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int toolid, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap1, + const wxBitmap& bitmap2, + wxItemKind kind, + wxObject *clientData, + const wxString& shortHelpString, + const wxString& longHelpString); + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control, + const wxString& label); + + wxSize m_bestSize; + wxFrame *m_owningFrame; + wxToolBarTool *m_mouseDownTool; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_TOOLBAR_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/tooltip.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/tooltip.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f269485546 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/tooltip.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/tooltip.h +// Purpose: wxToolTip class - tooltip control +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 31.01.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tooltip.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COCOA_TOOLTIP_H_ +#define _WX_COCOA_TOOLTIP_H_ + +#include "wx/object.h" + +class wxWindow; + +class wxToolTip : public wxObject +{ +public: + // ctor & dtor + wxToolTip(const wxString &tip); + virtual ~wxToolTip(); + + // accessors + // tip text + void SetTip(const wxString& tip); + const wxString& GetTip() const; + + // the window we're associated with + wxWindow *GetWindow() const; + + // controlling tooltip behaviour: globally change tooltip parameters + // enable or disable the tooltips globally + static void Enable(bool flag); + // set the delay after which the tooltip appears + static void SetDelay(long milliseconds); + // set the delay after which the tooltip disappears or how long the tooltip remains visible + static void SetAutoPop(long milliseconds); + // set the delay between subsequent tooltips to appear + static void SetReshow(long milliseconds); + +private: + void SetWindow(wxWindow* window); + + friend class wxWindow; + + wxString m_text; // tooltip text + wxWindow *m_window; // window we're associated with + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxToolTip) +}; + +#endif // _WX_COCOA_TOOLTIP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/toplevel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/toplevel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d138c3ed3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/toplevel.h @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/toplevel.h +// Purpose: wxTopLevelWindowCocoa is the Cocoa implementation of wxTLW +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2002/12/08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: toplevel.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_TOPLEVEL_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_TOPLEVEL_H__ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/cocoa/NSWindow.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBar; + +// ======================================================================== +// wxTopLevelWindowCocoa +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTopLevelWindowCocoa : public wxTopLevelWindowBase, protected wxCocoaNSWindow +{ + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE(); + DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTopLevelWindowCocoa); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + inline wxTopLevelWindowCocoa() + : wxCocoaNSWindow(this) + { Init(); } + + inline wxTopLevelWindowCocoa(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + : wxCocoaNSWindow(this) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, winid, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + virtual ~wxTopLevelWindowCocoa(); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa specifics +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + inline WX_NSWindow GetNSWindow() { return m_cocoaNSWindow; } + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowWillClose(void); + virtual bool CocoaDelegate_windowShouldClose(void); + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowDidBecomeKey(void); + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowDidResignKey(void); + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowDidBecomeMain(void); + virtual void CocoaDelegate_windowDidResignMain(void); + virtual void CocoaDelegate_wxMenuItemAction(WX_NSMenuItem sender); + virtual bool CocoaDelegate_validateMenuItem(WX_NSMenuItem sender); + virtual wxMenuBar* GetAppMenuBar(wxCocoaNSWindow *win); + static void DeactivatePendingWindow(); +protected: + void SetNSWindow(WX_NSWindow cocoaNSWindow); + WX_NSWindow m_cocoaNSWindow; + static wxCocoaNSWindowHash sm_cocoaHash; + virtual void CocoaReplaceView(WX_NSView oldView, WX_NSView newView); + static unsigned int NSWindowStyleForWxStyle(long style); + static NSRect MakeInitialNSWindowContentRect(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, unsigned int cocoaStyleMask); + + static wxTopLevelWindowCocoa *sm_cocoaDeactivateWindow; +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + virtual bool Destroy(); + // Pure virtuals + virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = true); + virtual bool IsMaximized() const; + virtual void Iconize(bool iconize = true); + virtual bool IsIconized() const; + virtual void Restore(); + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL); + virtual bool IsFullScreen() const; + // other + virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); + virtual bool Close( bool force = false ); + virtual void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); + virtual void CocoaSetWxWindowSize(int width, int height); + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const; + virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title); + virtual wxString GetTitle() const; + + // Default button (item) + wxWindow *SetDefaultItem(wxWindow *win); + +// Things I may/may not do +// virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons); +// virtual void Clear() ; +// virtual void Raise(); +// virtual void Lower(); +protected: + // is the frame currently iconized? + bool m_iconized; + // has the frame been closed + bool m_closed; + // should the frame be maximized when it will be shown? set by Maximize() + // when it is called while the frame is hidden + bool m_maximizeOnShow; +}; + +// list of all frames and modeless dialogs +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxWindowList) wxModelessWindows; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_TOPLEVEL_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/trackingrectmanager.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/trackingrectmanager.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e7bd1a3581 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/trackingrectmanager.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/trackingrectmanager.h +// Purpose: wxCocoaTrackingRectManager +// Notes: Source in window.mm +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2007/05/02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: trackingrectmanager.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Software 2000 Ltd. +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_TRACKINGRECTMANAGER_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_TRACKINGRECTMANAGER_H__ + +#include + +#define wxTRACE_COCOA_TrackingRect wxT("COCOA_TrackingRect") + +class wxCocoaTrackingRectManager +{ + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCocoaTrackingRectManager); +public: + wxCocoaTrackingRectManager(wxWindow *window); + void ClearTrackingRect(); + void BuildTrackingRect(); + void RebuildTrackingRectIfNeeded(); + void RebuildTrackingRect(); + bool IsOwnerOfEvent(NSEvent *anEvent); + ~wxCocoaTrackingRectManager(); + void BeginSynthesizingEvents(); + void StopSynthesizingEvents(); +protected: + wxWindow *m_window; + bool m_isTrackingRectActive; + NSInteger m_trackingRectTag; + NSRect m_trackingRectInWindowCoordinates; +private: + wxCocoaTrackingRectManager(); +}; + +#endif // ndef __WX_COCOA_TRACKINGRECTMANAGER_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/window.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/window.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9503574827 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cocoa/window.h @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cocoa/window.h +// Purpose: wxWindowCocoa +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2002/12/26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: window.h 60984 2009-06-10 16:41:41Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_COCOA_WINDOW_H__ +#define __WX_COCOA_WINDOW_H__ + +#include "wx/cocoa/NSView.h" + +#ifdef __OBJC__ + #import +#endif //def __OBJC__ + +// We can only import Foundation/NSGeometry.h from Objective-C code but it's +// nice to be able to use NSPoint and NSRect in the declarations of helper +// methods so we must define them as opaque structs identically to the way +// they are defined by the real header. +// NOTE: We specifically use these regardless of C++ or Objective-C++ mode so +// the compiler will complain if we got the definitions wrong. In regular +// C++ mode there is no way to know if we got the definitons right so +// we depend on at least one Objective-C++ file including this header. +#if defined(__LP64__) || defined(NS_BUILD_32_LIKE_64) +typedef struct CGPoint NSPoint; +typedef struct CGRect NSRect; +#else +typedef struct _NSPoint NSPoint; +typedef struct _NSRect NSRect; +#endif + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSAffineTransform); + +class wxWindowCocoaHider; +class wxWindowCocoaScrollView; +class wxCocoaTrackingRectManager; + +// ======================================================================== +// wxWindowCocoa +// ======================================================================== +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowCocoa: public wxWindowBase, protected wxCocoaNSView +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowCocoa) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowCocoa); + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + friend wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetCapture(); + friend class wxWindowCocoaScrollView; + friend class wxCocoaTrackingRectManager; +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// initialization +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + wxWindowCocoa() { Init(); } + inline wxWindowCocoa(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name); + } + + virtual ~wxWindowCocoa(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr); +protected: + void Init(); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Cocoa specifics +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + // Returns the content NSView (where children are added, drawing performed) + inline WX_NSView GetNSView() { return m_cocoaNSView; } + // Returns the NSView suitable for use as a subview + WX_NSView GetNSViewForSuperview() const; + // Returns the NSView that may be hidden/is being hidden + WX_NSView GetNSViewForHiding() const; + // Returns the NSView for non-client drawing + virtual WX_NSView GetNonClientNSView() { return GetNSViewForSuperview(); } + // Add/remove children + void CocoaAddChild(wxWindowCocoa *child); + void CocoaRemoveFromParent(void); +#ifdef __OBJC__ + // Returns an autoreleased NSAffineTransform which can be applied + // to a graphics context currently using the view's coordinate system + // (such as the one locked when drawRect is called or after a call + // to [NSView lockFocus]) such that further drawing is done using + // the wxWidgets coordinate system. + WX_NSAffineTransform CocoaGetWxToBoundsTransform(); +#endif //def __OBJC__ +protected: + // actually enable/disable the cocoa control, overridden by subclasses + virtual void CocoaSetEnabled(bool WXUNUSED(enable)) { } + + void CocoaCreateNSScrollView(); + void InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent &event, WX_NSEvent cocoaEvent); + virtual wxWindow* GetWxWindow() const; + virtual void Cocoa_FrameChanged(void); + virtual void Cocoa_synthesizeMouseMoved(void); + virtual bool Cocoa_drawRect(const NSRect &rect); + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseDown(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseDragged(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseUp(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseMoved(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseEntered(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_mouseExited(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_rightMouseDown(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_rightMouseDragged(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_rightMouseUp(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_otherMouseDown(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_otherMouseDragged(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_otherMouseUp(WX_NSEvent theEvent); + virtual bool Cocoa_resetCursorRects(); + virtual bool Cocoa_viewDidMoveToWindow(); + virtual bool Cocoa_viewWillMoveToWindow(WX_NSWindow newWindow); + void SetNSView(WX_NSView cocoaNSView); + WX_NSView m_cocoaNSView; + wxWindowCocoaHider *m_cocoaHider; + wxWindowCocoaScrollView *m_wxCocoaScrollView; + bool m_isInPaint; + wxCocoaTrackingRectManager *m_visibleTrackingRectManager; + static wxWindow *sm_capturedWindow; + virtual void CocoaReplaceView(WX_NSView oldView, WX_NSView newView); + void SetInitialFrameRect(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size); +#ifdef __OBJC__ + inline NSRect MakeDefaultNSRect(const wxSize& size) + { + // NOTE: position is 10,10 to make it "obvious" that it's out of place + return NSMakeRect(10.0,10.0,WidthDefault(size.x),HeightDefault(size.y)); + } + // These functions translate NSPoint or NSRect between the coordinate + // system of Cocoa's boudns rect and wx's coordinate system. + NSPoint CocoaTransformBoundsToWx(NSPoint pointBounds); + NSRect CocoaTransformBoundsToWx(NSRect rectBounds); + NSPoint CocoaTransformWxToBounds(NSPoint pointWx); + NSRect CocoaTransformWxToBounds(NSRect rectWx); +#endif //def __OBJC__ + static wxPoint OriginInWxDisplayCoordinatesForRectInCocoaScreenCoordinates(NSRect windowFrame); + static NSPoint OriginInCocoaScreenCoordinatesForRectInWxDisplayCoordinates(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, bool keepOriginVisible); +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Implementation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +public: + /* Pure Virtuals */ + // Raise the window to the top of the Z order + virtual void Raise(); + // Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order + virtual void Lower(); + // Set the focus to this window + virtual void SetFocus(); + // Warp the pointer the given position + virtual void WarpPointer(int x_pos, int y_pos) ; + // Change the window's cursor + virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor ); + // Send the window a refresh event + virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBack = true, const wxRect *rect = NULL); + // Set/get the window's font + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& f); +// inline virtual wxFont& GetFont() const; + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + virtual wxString GetLabel() const; + // label handling + // Get character size + virtual int GetCharHeight() const; + virtual int GetCharWidth() const; + virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, int *x, int *y, + int *descent = NULL, + int *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const; + // Scroll stuff + virtual void SetScrollbar(int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible, + int range, bool refresh = true); + virtual void SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh = true); + virtual int GetScrollPos(int orient) const; + virtual int GetScrollThumb(int orient) const; + virtual int GetScrollRange(int orient) const; + virtual void ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect = NULL); + virtual void DoSetVirtualSize(int x, int y); + // Get the private handle (platform-dependent) + virtual WXWidget GetHandle() const; + // Convert client to screen coordinates + virtual void DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const; + // Convert screen to client coordinates + virtual void DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const; + // Capture/release mouse + virtual void DoCaptureMouse(); + virtual void DoReleaseMouse(); + // Get window position, relative to parent (or screen if no parent) + virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const; + // Get overall window size + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + // Get/set client (application-useable) size + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int size); + // Set this window's tooltip + virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip ); + // Set the size of the wxWindow (the contentView of an NSWindow) + // wxTopLevelWindow will override this and set the NSWindow size + // such that the contentView will be this size + virtual void CocoaSetWxWindowSize(int width, int height); + // Set overall size and position + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + // Popup a menu + virtual bool DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y); + + /* Other implementation */ + + // NOTE: typically Close() is not virtual, but we want this for Cocoa + virtual bool Close( bool force = false ); + virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); + virtual void DoEnable( bool enable ); + + virtual bool IsDoubleBuffered() const { return true; } +}; + +#endif // __WX_COCOA_WINDOW_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/collpane.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/collpane.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5311be7cb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/collpane.h @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/collpane.h +// Purpose: wxCollapsiblePane +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 8/10/2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: collpane.h 58718 2009-02-07 18:59:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + + +#if wxUSE_COLLPANE + +#include "wx/control.h" + +// class name +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxCollapsiblePaneNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCollapsiblePaneBase: interface for wxCollapsiblePane +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxCP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER) +#define wxCP_NO_TLW_RESIZE (0x0002) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCollapsiblePaneBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxCollapsiblePaneBase() {} + + virtual void Collapse(bool collapse = true) = 0; + void Expand() { Collapse(false); } + + virtual bool IsCollapsed() const = 0; + bool IsExpanded() const { return !IsCollapsed(); } + + virtual wxWindow *GetPane() const = 0; + + virtual wxString GetLabel() const = 0; + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) = 0; +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event types and macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCollapsiblePaneEvent; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_COLLPANE_CHANGED, wxCollapsiblePaneEvent ); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCollapsiblePaneEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxCollapsiblePaneEvent() {} + wxCollapsiblePaneEvent(wxObject *generator, int id, bool collapsed) + : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_COLLPANE_CHANGED, id), + m_bCollapsed(collapsed) + { + SetEventObject(generator); + } + + bool GetCollapsed() const { return m_bCollapsed; } + void SetCollapsed(bool c) { m_bCollapsed = c; } + + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCollapsiblePaneEvent(*this); } + +private: + bool m_bCollapsed; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCollapsiblePaneEvent) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event types and macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCollapsiblePaneEventFunction)(wxCollapsiblePaneEvent&); + +#define wxCollapsiblePaneEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxCollapsiblePaneEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_COLLAPSIBLEPANE_CHANGED(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_COLLPANE_CHANGED, id, wxCollapsiblePaneEventHandler(fn)) + + +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/gtk/collpane.h" +#else + #include "wx/generic/collpaneg.h" + + // use #define and not a typedef to allow forward declaring the class + #define wxCollapsiblePane wxGenericCollapsiblePane +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_COLLPANE + +#endif // _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colordlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colordlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b339788d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colordlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/colordlg.h +// Purpose: wxColourDialog +// Author: Vadim Zeitiln +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: colordlg.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_COLOURDLG + +#include "wx/colourdata.h" + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/msw/colordlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/osx/colordlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/gtk/colordlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/colordlg.h" +#else + #include "wx/generic/colrdlgg.h" + + #define wxColourDialog wxGenericColourDialog +#endif + +// get the colour from user and return it +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColour wxGetColourFromUser(wxWindow *parent = NULL, + const wxColour& colInit = wxNullColour, + const wxString& caption = wxEmptyString, + wxColourData *data = NULL); + +#endif // wxUSE_COLOURDLG + +#endif + // _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colour.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colour.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08dd20910c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colour.h @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/colour.h +// Purpose: wxColourBase definition +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: colour.h 66966 2011-02-19 12:32:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour; + +// A macro to define the standard wxColour constructors: +// +// It avoids the need to repeat these lines across all colour.h files, since +// Set() is a virtual function and thus cannot be called by wxColourBase ctors +#define DEFINE_STD_WXCOLOUR_CONSTRUCTORS \ + wxColour() { Init(); } \ + wxColour(ChannelType red, \ + ChannelType green, \ + ChannelType blue, \ + ChannelType alpha = wxALPHA_OPAQUE) \ + { Init(); Set(red, green, blue, alpha); } \ + wxColour(unsigned long colRGB) { Init(); Set(colRGB ); } \ + wxColour(const wxString& colourName) { Init(); Set(colourName); } \ + wxColour(const char *colourName) { Init(); Set(colourName); } \ + wxColour(const wchar_t *colourName) { Init(); Set(colourName); } + + +// flags for wxColour -> wxString conversion (see wxColour::GetAsString) +enum { + wxC2S_NAME = 1, // return colour name, when possible + wxC2S_CSS_SYNTAX = 2, // return colour in rgb(r,g,b) syntax + wxC2S_HTML_SYNTAX = 4 // return colour in #rrggbb syntax +}; + +const unsigned char wxALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0; +const unsigned char wxALPHA_OPAQUE = 0xff; + +// a valid but fully transparent colour +#define wxTransparentColour wxColour(0, 0, 0, wxALPHA_TRANSPARENT) +#define wxTransparentColor wxTransparentColour + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariant support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT +#include "wx/variant.h" +DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxColour,WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColourBase: this class has no data members, just some functions to avoid +// code redundancy in all native wxColour implementations +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* Transition from wxGDIObject to wxObject is incomplete. If your port does + not need the wxGDIObject machinery to handle colors, please add it to the + list of ports which do not need it. + */ +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) || defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined( __WXPM__ ) || defined( __WXCOCOA__ ) +#define wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT 0 +#else +#define wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT 1 +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourBase : public +#if wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT + wxGDIObject +#else + wxObject +#endif +{ +public: + // type of a single colour component + typedef unsigned char ChannelType; + + wxColourBase() {} + virtual ~wxColourBase() {} + + + // Set() functions + // --------------- + + void Set(ChannelType red, + ChannelType green, + ChannelType blue, + ChannelType alpha = wxALPHA_OPAQUE) + { InitRGBA(red, green, blue, alpha); } + + // implemented in colourcmn.cpp + bool Set(const wxString &str) + { return FromString(str); } + + void Set(unsigned long colRGB) + { + // we don't need to know sizeof(long) here because we assume that the three + // least significant bytes contain the R, G and B values + Set((ChannelType)(0xFF & colRGB), + (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 8)), + (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 16))); + } + + + + // accessors + // --------- + + virtual ChannelType Red() const = 0; + virtual ChannelType Green() const = 0; + virtual ChannelType Blue() const = 0; + virtual ChannelType Alpha() const + { return wxALPHA_OPAQUE ; } + + // implemented in colourcmn.cpp + virtual wxString GetAsString(long flags = wxC2S_NAME | wxC2S_CSS_SYNTAX) const; + + void SetRGB(wxUint32 colRGB) + { + Set((ChannelType)(0xFF & colRGB), + (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 8)), + (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 16))); + } + + void SetRGBA(wxUint32 colRGBA) + { + Set((ChannelType)(0xFF & colRGBA), + (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGBA >> 8)), + (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGBA >> 16)), + (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGBA >> 24))); + } + + wxUint32 GetRGB() const + { return Red() | (Green() << 8) | (Blue() << 16); } + + wxUint32 GetRGBA() const + { return Red() | (Green() << 8) | (Blue() << 16) | (Alpha() << 24); } + +#if !wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT + virtual bool IsOk() const= 0; + + // older version, for backwards compatibility only (but not deprecated + // because it's still widely used) + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } +#endif + + // manipulation + // ------------ + + // These methods are static because they are mostly used + // within tight loops (where we don't want to instantiate wxColour's) + + static void MakeMono (unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, bool on); + static void MakeDisabled(unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, unsigned char brightness = 255); + static void MakeGrey (unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b); // integer version + static void MakeGrey (unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, + double weight_r, double weight_g, double weight_b); // floating point version + static unsigned char AlphaBlend (unsigned char fg, unsigned char bg, double alpha); + static void ChangeLightness(unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, int ialpha); + + wxColour ChangeLightness(int ialpha) const; + + // old, deprecated + // --------------- + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + static wxDEPRECATED( wxColour CreateByName(const wxString& name) ); + wxDEPRECATED( void InitFromName(const wxString& col) ); +#endif + +protected: + // Some ports need Init() and while we don't, provide a stub so that the + // ports which don't need it are not forced to define it + void Init() { } + + virtual void + InitRGBA(ChannelType r, ChannelType g, ChannelType b, ChannelType a) = 0; + + virtual bool FromString(const wxString& s); + +#if wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT + // wxColour doesn't use reference counted data (at least not in all ports) + // so provide stubs for the functions which need to be defined if we do use + // them + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "must be overridden if used" ); + + return NULL; + } + + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *WXUNUSED(data)) const + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "must be overridden if used" ); + + return NULL; + } +#endif +}; + + +// wxColour <-> wxString utilities, used by wxConfig, defined in colourcmn.cpp +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxToString(const wxColourBase& col); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxFromString(const wxString& str, wxColourBase* col); + + + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/generic/colour.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/colour.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/colour.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/colour.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/colour.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #include "wx/generic/colour.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #include "wx/generic/colour.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/colour.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/colour.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/colour.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/colour.h" +#endif + +#define wxColor wxColour + +#endif // _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colourdata.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colourdata.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d12c5b3aa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/colourdata.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/colourdata.h +// Author: Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: colourdata.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COLOURDATA_H_ +#define _WX_COLOURDATA_H_ + +#include "wx/colour.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourData : public wxObject +{ +public: + // number of custom colours we store + enum + { + NUM_CUSTOM = 16 + }; + + wxColourData(); + wxColourData(const wxColourData& data); + wxColourData& operator=(const wxColourData& data); + virtual ~wxColourData(); + + void SetChooseFull(bool flag) { m_chooseFull = flag; } + bool GetChooseFull() const { return m_chooseFull; } + void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_dataColour = colour; } + const wxColour& GetColour() const { return m_dataColour; } + wxColour& GetColour() { return m_dataColour; } + + // SetCustomColour() modifies colours in an internal array of NUM_CUSTOM + // custom colours; + void SetCustomColour(int i, const wxColour& colour); + wxColour GetCustomColour(int i) const; + + // Serialize the object to a string and restore it from it + wxString ToString() const; + bool FromString(const wxString& str); + + + // public for backwards compatibility only: don't use directly + wxColour m_dataColour; + wxColour m_custColours[NUM_CUSTOM]; + bool m_chooseFull; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourData) +}; + +#endif // _WX_COLOURDATA_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/combo.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/combo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0380f85b6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/combo.h @@ -0,0 +1,872 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/combo.h +// Purpose: wxComboCtrl declaration +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Modified by: +// Created: Apr-30-2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: combo.h 67256 2011-03-20 11:15:17Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_BASE_ + + +/* + A few words about all the classes defined in this file are probably in + order: why do we need extra wxComboCtrl and wxComboPopup classes? + + This is because a traditional combobox is a combination of a text control + (with a button allowing to open the pop down list) with a listbox and + wxComboBox class is exactly such control, however we want to also have other + combinations - in fact, we want to allow anything at all to be used as pop + down list, not just a wxListBox. + + So we define a base wxComboCtrl which can use any control as pop down + list and wxComboBox deriving from it which implements the standard wxWidgets + combobox API. wxComboCtrl needs to be told somehow which control to use + and this is done by SetPopupControl(). However, we need something more than + just a wxControl in this method as, for example, we need to call + SetSelection("initial text value") and wxControl doesn't have such method. + So we also need a wxComboPopup which is just a very simple interface which + must be implemented by a control to be usable as a popup. + + We couldn't derive wxComboPopup from wxControl as this would make it + impossible to have a class deriving from both wxListBx and from it, so + instead it is just a mix-in. + */ + + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/renderer.h" // this is needed for wxCONTROL_XXX flags +#include "wx/bitmap.h" // wxBitmap used by-value +#include "wx/textentry.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboPopup; + +// +// New window styles for wxComboCtrlBase +// +enum +{ + // Double-clicking a read-only combo triggers call to popup's OnComboPopup. + // In wxOwnerDrawnComboBox, for instance, it cycles item. + wxCC_SPECIAL_DCLICK = 0x0100, + + // Dropbutton acts like standard push button. + wxCC_STD_BUTTON = 0x0200 +}; + + +// wxComboCtrl internal flags +enum +{ + // First those that can be passed to Customize. + // It is Windows style for all flags to be clear. + + // Button is preferred outside the border (GTK style) + wxCC_BUTTON_OUTSIDE_BORDER = 0x0001, + // Show popup on mouse up instead of mouse down (which is the Windows style) + wxCC_POPUP_ON_MOUSE_UP = 0x0002, + // All text is not automatically selected on click + wxCC_NO_TEXT_AUTO_SELECT = 0x0004, + // Drop-button stays down as long as popup is displayed. + wxCC_BUTTON_STAYS_DOWN = 0x0008, + // Drop-button covers the entire control. + wxCC_FULL_BUTTON = 0x0010, + // Drop-button goes over the custom-border (used under WinVista). + wxCC_BUTTON_COVERS_BORDER = 0x0020, + + // Internal use: signals creation is complete + wxCC_IFLAG_CREATED = 0x0100, + // Internal use: really put button outside + wxCC_IFLAG_BUTTON_OUTSIDE = 0x0200, + // Internal use: SetMargins has been succesfully called + wxCC_IFLAG_LEFT_MARGIN_SET = 0x0400, + // Internal use: Set wxTAB_TRAVERSAL to parent when popup is dismissed + wxCC_IFLAG_PARENT_TAB_TRAVERSAL = 0x0800, + // Internal use: Secondary popup window type should be used (if available). + wxCC_IFLAG_USE_ALT_POPUP = 0x1000, + // Internal use: Skip popup animation. + wxCC_IFLAG_DISABLE_POPUP_ANIM = 0x2000, + // Internal use: Drop-button is a bitmap button or has non-default size + // (but can still be on either side of the control), regardless whether + // specified by the platform or the application. + wxCC_IFLAG_HAS_NONSTANDARD_BUTTON = 0x4000 +}; + + +// Flags used by PreprocessMouseEvent and HandleButtonMouseEvent +enum +{ + wxCC_MF_ON_BUTTON = 0x0001, // cursor is on dropbutton area + wxCC_MF_ON_CLICK_AREA = 0x0002 // cursor is on dropbutton or other area + // that can be clicked to show the popup. +}; + + +// Namespace for wxComboCtrl feature flags +struct wxComboCtrlFeatures +{ + enum + { + MovableButton = 0x0001, // Button can be on either side of control + BitmapButton = 0x0002, // Button may be replaced with bitmap + ButtonSpacing = 0x0004, // Button can have spacing from the edge + // of the control + TextIndent = 0x0008, // SetMargins can be used to control + // left margin. + PaintControl = 0x0010, // Combo control itself can be custom painted + PaintWritable = 0x0020, // A variable-width area in front of writable + // combo control's textctrl can be custom + // painted + Borderless = 0x0040, // wxNO_BORDER window style works + + // There are no feature flags for... + // PushButtonBitmapBackground - if its in wxRendererNative, then it should be + // not an issue to have it automatically under the bitmap. + + All = MovableButton|BitmapButton| + ButtonSpacing|TextIndent| + PaintControl|PaintWritable| + Borderless + }; +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboCtrlBase : public wxControl, + public wxTextEntry +{ + friend class wxComboPopup; + friend class wxComboPopupEvtHandler; +public: + // ctors and such + wxComboCtrlBase() : wxControl(), wxTextEntry() { Init(); } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name); + + virtual ~wxComboCtrlBase(); + + // Show/hide popup window (wxComboBox-compatible methods) + virtual void Popup(); + virtual void Dismiss() + { + HidePopup(true); + } + + // Show/hide popup window. + // TODO: Maybe deprecate in favor of Popup()/Dismiss(). + // However, these functions are still called internally + // so it is not straightforward. + virtual void ShowPopup(); + virtual void HidePopup(bool generateEvent=false); + + // Override for totally custom combo action + virtual void OnButtonClick(); + + // return true if the popup is currently shown + bool IsPopupShown() const { return m_popupWinState == Visible; } + + // set interface class instance derived from wxComboPopup + // NULL popup can be used to indicate default in a derived class + void SetPopupControl( wxComboPopup* popup ) + { + DoSetPopupControl(popup); + } + + // get interface class instance derived from wxComboPopup + wxComboPopup* GetPopupControl() + { + EnsurePopupControl(); + return m_popupInterface; + } + + // get the popup window containing the popup control + wxWindow *GetPopupWindow() const { return m_winPopup; } + + // Get the text control which is part of the combobox. + wxTextCtrl *GetTextCtrl() const { return m_text; } + + // get the dropdown button which is part of the combobox + // note: its not necessarily a wxButton or wxBitmapButton + wxWindow *GetButton() const { return m_btn; } + + // forward these methods to all subcontrols + virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true); + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); + + // + // wxTextEntry methods + // + // NB: We basically need to override all of them because there is + // no guarantee how platform-specific wxTextEntry is implemented. + // + virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) + { wxTextEntryBase::SetValue(value); } + virtual void ChangeValue(const wxString& value) + { wxTextEntryBase::ChangeValue(value); } + + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text); + virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text) + { wxTextEntryBase::AppendText(text); } + + virtual wxString GetValue() const + { return wxTextEntryBase::GetValue(); } + + virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const + { return wxTextEntryBase::GetRange(from, to); } + + // Replace() and DoSetValue() need to be fully re-implemented since + // EventSuppressor utility class does not work with the way + // wxComboCtrl is implemented. + virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value); + + virtual void Remove(long from, long to); + + virtual void Copy(); + virtual void Cut(); + virtual void Paste(); + + virtual void Undo(); + virtual void Redo(); + virtual bool CanUndo() const; + virtual bool CanRedo() const; + + virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos); + virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; + virtual long GetLastPosition() const; + + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to); + virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const; + + virtual bool IsEditable() const; + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable); + + virtual bool SetHint(const wxString& hint); + virtual wxString GetHint() const; + + // This method sets the text without affecting list selection + // (ie. wxComboPopup::SetStringValue doesn't get called). + void SetText(const wxString& value); + + // This method sets value and also optionally sends EVT_TEXT + // (needed by combo popups) + wxDEPRECATED( void SetValueWithEvent(const wxString& value, + bool withEvent = true) ); + + // Changes value of the control as if user had done it by selecting an + // item from a combo box drop-down list. Needs to be public so that + // derived popup classes can call it. + void SetValueByUser(const wxString& value); + + // + // Popup customization methods + // + + // Sets minimum width of the popup. If wider than combo control, it will extend to the left. + // Remarks: + // * Value -1 indicates the default. + // * Custom popup may choose to ignore this (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox does not). + void SetPopupMinWidth( int width ) + { + m_widthMinPopup = width; + } + + // Sets preferred maximum height of the popup. + // Remarks: + // * Value -1 indicates the default. + // * Custom popup may choose to ignore this (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox does not). + void SetPopupMaxHeight( int height ) + { + m_heightPopup = height; + } + + // Extends popup size horizontally, relative to the edges of the combo control. + // Remarks: + // * Popup minimum width may override extLeft (ie. it has higher precedence). + // * Values 0 indicate default. + // * Custom popup may not take this fully into account (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox takes). + void SetPopupExtents( int extLeft, int extRight ) + { + m_extLeft = extLeft; + m_extRight = extRight; + } + + // Set width, in pixels, of custom paint area in writable combo. + // In read-only, used to indicate area that is not covered by the + // focus rectangle (which may or may not be drawn, depending on the + // popup type). + void SetCustomPaintWidth( int width ); + int GetCustomPaintWidth() const { return m_widthCustomPaint; } + + // Set side of the control to which the popup will align itself. + // Valid values are wxLEFT, wxRIGHT and 0. The default value 0 wmeans + // that the side of the button will be used. + void SetPopupAnchor( int anchorSide ) + { + m_anchorSide = anchorSide; + } + + // Set position of dropdown button. + // width: button width. <= 0 for default. + // height: button height. <= 0 for default. + // side: wxLEFT or wxRIGHT, indicates on which side the button will be placed. + // spacingX: empty space on sides of the button. Default is 0. + // Remarks: + // There is no spacingY - the button will be centered vertically. + void SetButtonPosition( int width = -1, + int height = -1, + int side = wxRIGHT, + int spacingX = 0 ); + + // Returns current size of the dropdown button. + wxSize GetButtonSize(); + + // + // Sets dropbutton to be drawn with custom bitmaps. + // + // bmpNormal: drawn when cursor is not on button + // pushButtonBg: Draw push button background below the image. + // NOTE! This is usually only properly supported on platforms with appropriate + // method in wxRendererNative. + // bmpPressed: drawn when button is depressed + // bmpHover: drawn when cursor hovers on button. This is ignored on platforms + // that do not generally display hover differently. + // bmpDisabled: drawn when combobox is disabled. + void SetButtonBitmaps( const wxBitmap& bmpNormal, + bool pushButtonBg = false, + const wxBitmap& bmpPressed = wxNullBitmap, + const wxBitmap& bmpHover = wxNullBitmap, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap ); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // + // This will set the space in pixels between left edge of the control and the + // text, regardless whether control is read-only (ie. no wxTextCtrl) or not. + // Platform-specific default can be set with value-1. + // Remarks + // * This method may do nothing on some native implementations. + wxDEPRECATED( void SetTextIndent( int indent ) ); + + // Returns actual indentation in pixels. + wxDEPRECATED( wxCoord GetTextIndent() const ); +#endif + + // Returns area covered by the text field. + const wxRect& GetTextRect() const + { + return m_tcArea; + } + + // Call with enable as true to use a type of popup window that guarantees ability + // to focus the popup control, and normal function of common native controls. + // This alternative popup window is usually a wxDialog, and as such it's parent + // frame will appear as if the focus has been lost from it. + void UseAltPopupWindow( bool enable = true ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winPopup, + wxT("call this only before SetPopupControl") ); + + if ( enable ) + m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_USE_ALT_POPUP; + else + m_iFlags &= ~wxCC_IFLAG_USE_ALT_POPUP; + } + + // Call with false to disable popup animation, if any. + void EnablePopupAnimation( bool enable = true ) + { + if ( enable ) + m_iFlags &= ~wxCC_IFLAG_DISABLE_POPUP_ANIM; + else + m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_DISABLE_POPUP_ANIM; + } + + // + // Utilies needed by the popups or native implementations + // + + // Returns true if given key combination should toggle the popup. + // NB: This is a separate from other keyboard handling because: + // 1) Replaceability. + // 2) Centralized code (otherwise it'd be split up between + // wxComboCtrl key handler and wxVListBoxComboPopup's + // key handler). + virtual bool IsKeyPopupToggle(const wxKeyEvent& event) const = 0; + + // Prepare background of combo control or an item in a dropdown list + // in a way typical on platform. This includes painting the focus/disabled + // background and setting the clipping region. + // Unless you plan to paint your own focus indicator, you should always call this + // in your wxComboPopup::PaintComboControl implementation. + // In addition, it sets pen and text colour to what looks good and proper + // against the background. + // flags: wxRendererNative flags: wxCONTROL_ISSUBMENU: is drawing a list item instead of combo control + // wxCONTROL_SELECTED: list item is selected + // wxCONTROL_DISABLED: control/item is disabled + virtual void PrepareBackground( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags ) const; + + // Returns true if focus indicator should be drawn in the control. + bool ShouldDrawFocus() const + { + const wxWindow* curFocus = FindFocus(); + return ( IsPopupWindowState(Hidden) && + (curFocus == m_mainCtrlWnd || (m_btn && curFocus == m_btn)) && + (m_windowStyle & wxCB_READONLY) ); + } + + // These methods return references to appropriate dropbutton bitmaps + const wxBitmap& GetBitmapNormal() const { return m_bmpNormal; } + const wxBitmap& GetBitmapPressed() const { return m_bmpPressed; } + const wxBitmap& GetBitmapHover() const { return m_bmpHover; } + const wxBitmap& GetBitmapDisabled() const { return m_bmpDisabled; } + + // Set custom style flags for embedded wxTextCtrl. Usually must be used + // with two-step creation, before Create() call. + void SetTextCtrlStyle( int style ); + + // Return internal flags + wxUint32 GetInternalFlags() const { return m_iFlags; } + + // Return true if Create has finished + bool IsCreated() const { return m_iFlags & wxCC_IFLAG_CREATED ? true : false; } + + // Need to override to return text area background colour + wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const; + + // common code to be called on popup hide/dismiss + void OnPopupDismiss(bool generateEvent); + + // PopupShown states + enum + { + Hidden = 0, + //Closing = 1, + Animating = 2, + Visible = 3 + }; + + bool IsPopupWindowState( int state ) const { return (state == m_popupWinState) ? true : false; } + + wxByte GetPopupWindowState() const { return m_popupWinState; } + + // Set value returned by GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl + void SetCtrlMainWnd( wxWindow* wnd ) { m_mainCtrlWnd = wnd; } + + // This is public so we can access it from wxComboCtrlTextCtrl + virtual wxWindow *GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl() + { return m_mainCtrlWnd; } + +protected: + + // Returns true if hint text should be drawn in the control + bool ShouldUseHintText(int flags = 0) const + { + return ( !m_text && + !(flags & wxCONTROL_ISSUBMENU) && + !m_valueString.length() && + m_hintText.length() && + !ShouldDrawFocus() ); + } + + // + // Override these for customization purposes + // + + // called from wxSizeEvent handler + virtual void OnResize() = 0; + + // Return native text identation + // (i.e. text margin, for pure text, not textctrl) + virtual wxCoord GetNativeTextIndent() const; + + // Called in syscolourchanged handler and base create + virtual void OnThemeChange(); + + // Creates wxTextCtrl. + // extraStyle: Extra style parameters + void CreateTextCtrl( int extraStyle ); + + // Called when text was changed programmatically + // (e.g. from WriteText()) + void OnSetValue(const wxString& value); + + // Installs standard input handler to combo (and optionally to the textctrl) + void InstallInputHandlers(); + + // Flags for DrawButton + enum + { + Button_PaintBackground = 0x0001, // Paints control background below the button + Button_BitmapOnly = 0x0002 // Only paints the bitmap + }; + + // Draws dropbutton. Using wxRenderer or bitmaps, as appropriate. + // Flags are defined above. + virtual void DrawButton( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags = Button_PaintBackground ); + + // Call if cursor is on button area or mouse is captured for the button. + //bool HandleButtonMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, bool isInside ); + bool HandleButtonMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, int flags ); + + // returns true if event was consumed or filtered (event type is also set to 0 in this case) + bool PreprocessMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, int flags ); + + // + // This will handle left_down and left_dclick events outside button in a Windows-like manner. + // If you need alternate behaviour, it is recommended you manipulate and filter events to it + // instead of building your own handling routine (for reference, on wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN it will + // toggle popup and on wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK it will do the same or run the popup's dclick method, + // if defined - you should pass events of other types of it for common processing). + void HandleNormalMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); + + // Creates popup window, calls interface->Create(), etc + void CreatePopup(); + + // Destroy popup window and all related constructs + void DestroyPopup(); + + // override the base class virtuals involved in geometry calculations + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // also set the embedded wxTextCtrl colours + virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour); + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour); + + // NULL popup can be used to indicate default in a derived class + virtual void DoSetPopupControl(wxComboPopup* popup); + + // ensures there is atleast the default popup + void EnsurePopupControl(); + + // Recalculates button and textctrl areas. Called when size or button setup change. + // btnWidth: default/calculated width of the dropbutton. 0 means unchanged, + // just recalculate. + void CalculateAreas( int btnWidth = 0 ); + + // Standard textctrl positioning routine. Just give it platform-dependant + // textctrl coordinate adjustment. + virtual void PositionTextCtrl( int textCtrlXAdjust, int textCtrlYAdjust ); + + // event handlers + void OnSizeEvent( wxSizeEvent& event ); + void OnFocusEvent(wxFocusEvent& event); + void OnIdleEvent(wxIdleEvent& event); + void OnTextCtrlEvent(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); + void OnKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnCharEvent(wxKeyEvent& event); + + // Set customization flags (directs how wxComboCtrlBase helpers behave) + void Customize( wxUint32 flags ) { m_iFlags |= flags; } + + // Dispatches size event and refreshes + void RecalcAndRefresh(); + + // Flags for DoShowPopup and AnimateShow + enum + { + ShowBelow = 0x0000, // Showing popup below the control + ShowAbove = 0x0001, // Showing popup above the control + CanDeferShow = 0x0002 // Can only return true from AnimateShow if this is set + }; + + // Shows and positions the popup. + virtual void DoShowPopup( const wxRect& rect, int flags ); + + // Implement in derived class to create a drop-down animation. + // Return true if finished immediately. Otherwise popup is only + // shown when the derived class call DoShowPopup. + // Flags are same as for DoShowPopup. + virtual bool AnimateShow( const wxRect& rect, int flags ); + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip ); +#endif + + // protected wxTextEntry methods + virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags); + virtual wxString DoGetValue() const; + virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() { return this; } + + // margins functions + virtual bool DoSetMargins(const wxPoint& pt); + virtual wxPoint DoGetMargins() const; + + // This is used when m_text is hidden (readonly). + wxString m_valueString; + + // This is used when control is unfocused and m_valueString is empty + wxString m_hintText; + + // the text control and button we show all the time + wxTextCtrl* m_text; + wxWindow* m_btn; + + // wxPopupWindow or similar containing the window managed by the interface. + wxWindow* m_winPopup; + + // the popup control/panel + wxWindow* m_popup; + + // popup interface + wxComboPopup* m_popupInterface; + + // this is input etc. handler for the text control + wxEvtHandler* m_textEvtHandler; + + // this is for the top level window + wxEvtHandler* m_toplevEvtHandler; + + // this is for the control in popup + wxEvtHandler* m_popupEvtHandler; + + // this is for the popup window + wxEvtHandler* m_popupWinEvtHandler; + + // main (ie. topmost) window of a composite control (default = this) + wxWindow* m_mainCtrlWnd; + + // used to prevent immediate re-popupping incase closed popup + // by clicking on the combo control (needed because of inconsistent + // transient implementation across platforms). + wxLongLong m_timeCanAcceptClick; + + // how much popup should expand to the left/right of the control + wxCoord m_extLeft; + wxCoord m_extRight; + + // minimum popup width + wxCoord m_widthMinPopup; + + // preferred popup height + wxCoord m_heightPopup; + + // how much of writable combo is custom-paint by callback? + // also used to indicate area that is not covered by "blue" + // selection indicator. + wxCoord m_widthCustomPaint; + + // left margin, in pixels + wxCoord m_marginLeft; + + // side on which the popup is aligned + int m_anchorSide; + + // Width of the "fake" border + wxCoord m_widthCustomBorder; + + // The button and textctrl click/paint areas + wxRect m_tcArea; + wxRect m_btnArea; + + // Colour of the the text area, in case m_text is NULL + wxColour m_tcBgCol; + + // current button state (uses renderer flags) + int m_btnState; + + // button position + int m_btnWid; + int m_btnHei; + int m_btnSide; + int m_btnSpacingX; + + // last default button width + int m_btnWidDefault; + + // custom dropbutton bitmaps + wxBitmap m_bmpNormal; + wxBitmap m_bmpPressed; + wxBitmap m_bmpHover; + wxBitmap m_bmpDisabled; + + // area used by the button + wxSize m_btnSize; + + // platform-dependant customization and other flags + wxUint32 m_iFlags; + + // custom style for m_text + int m_textCtrlStyle; + + // draw blank button background under bitmap? + bool m_blankButtonBg; + + // is the popup window currenty shown? + wxByte m_popupWinState; + + // should the focus be reset to the textctrl in idle time? + bool m_resetFocus; + + // is the text-area background colour overridden? + bool m_hasTcBgCol; + +private: + void Init(); + + wxByte m_ignoreEvtText; // Number of next EVT_TEXTs to ignore + + // Is popup window wxPopupTransientWindow, wxPopupWindow or wxDialog? + wxByte m_popupWinType; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxComboCtrlBase) +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxComboPopup is the interface which must be implemented by a control to be +// used as a popup by wxComboCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +// wxComboPopup internal flags +enum +{ + wxCP_IFLAG_CREATED = 0x0001 // Set by wxComboCtrlBase after Create is called +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboCtrl; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboPopup +{ + friend class wxComboCtrlBase; +public: + wxComboPopup() + { + m_combo = NULL; + m_iFlags = 0; + } + + // This is called immediately after construction finishes. m_combo member + // variable has been initialized before the call. + // NOTE: It is not in constructor so the derived class doesn't need to redefine + // a default constructor of its own. + virtual void Init() { } + + virtual ~wxComboPopup(); + + // Create the popup child control. + // Return true for success. + virtual bool Create(wxWindow* parent) = 0; + + // We must have an associated control which is subclassed by the combobox. + virtual wxWindow *GetControl() = 0; + + // Called immediately after the popup is shown + virtual void OnPopup(); + + // Called when popup is dismissed + virtual void OnDismiss(); + + // Called just prior to displaying popup. + // Default implementation does nothing. + virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString& value ); + + // Gets displayed string representation of the value. + virtual wxString GetStringValue() const = 0; + + // Called to check if the popup - when an item container - actually + // has matching item. Case-sensitivity checking etc. is up to the + // implementation. If the found item matched the string, but is + // different, it should be written back to pItem. Default implementation + // always return true and does not alter trueItem. + virtual bool FindItem(const wxString& item, wxString* trueItem=NULL); + + // This is called to custom paint in the combo control itself (ie. not the popup). + // Default implementation draws value as string. + virtual void PaintComboControl( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect ); + + // Receives wxEVT_KEY_DOWN key events from the parent wxComboCtrl. + // Events not handled should be skipped, as usual. + virtual void OnComboKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event ); + + // Receives wxEVT_CHAR key events from the parent wxComboCtrl. + // Events not handled should be skipped, as usual. + virtual void OnComboCharEvent( wxKeyEvent& event ); + + // Implement if you need to support special action when user + // double-clicks on the parent wxComboCtrl. + virtual void OnComboDoubleClick(); + + // Return final size of popup. Called on every popup, just prior to OnShow. + // minWidth = preferred minimum width for window + // prefHeight = preferred height. Only applies if > 0, + // maxHeight = max height for window, as limited by screen size + // and should only be rounded down, if necessary. + virtual wxSize GetAdjustedSize( int minWidth, int prefHeight, int maxHeight ); + + // Return true if you want delay call to Create until the popup is shown + // for the first time. It is more efficient, but note that it is often + // more convenient to have the control created immediately. + // Default returns false. + virtual bool LazyCreate(); + + // + // Utilies + // + + // Hides the popup + void Dismiss(); + + // Returns true if Create has been called. + bool IsCreated() const + { + return (m_iFlags & wxCP_IFLAG_CREATED) ? true : false; + } + + // Returns pointer to the associated parent wxComboCtrl. + wxComboCtrl* GetComboCtrl() const; + + // Default PaintComboControl behaviour + static void DefaultPaintComboControl( wxComboCtrlBase* combo, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect ); + +protected: + wxComboCtrlBase* m_combo; + wxUint32 m_iFlags; + +private: + // Called in wxComboCtrlBase::SetPopupControl + void InitBase(wxComboCtrlBase *combo) + { + m_combo = combo; + } +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the platform-dependent header defining the real class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + // No native universal (but it must still be first in the list) +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/combo.h" +#endif + +// Any ports may need generic as an alternative +#include "wx/generic/combo.h" + +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL + +#endif + // _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/combobox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/combobox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63ae722bea --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/combobox.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/combobox.h +// Purpose: wxComboBox declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 24.12.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: combobox.h 63242 2010-01-24 01:00:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1996-2000 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxComboBoxNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxComboBoxBase: this interface defines the methods wxComboBox must implement +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/ctrlsub.h" +#include "wx/textentry.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboBoxBase : public wxItemContainer, + public wxTextEntry +{ +public: + // override these methods to disambiguate between two base classes versions + virtual void Clear() + { + wxTextEntry::Clear(); + wxItemContainer::Clear(); + } + + bool IsEmpty() const { return wxItemContainer::IsEmpty(); } + + // also bring in GetSelection() versions of both base classes in scope + // + // NB: GetSelection(from, to) could be already implemented in wxTextEntry + // but still make it pure virtual because for some platforms it's not + // implemented there and also because the derived class has to override + // it anyhow to avoid ambiguity with the other GetSelection() + virtual int GetSelection() const = 0; + virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const = 0; + + virtual void Popup() { wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Not implemented") ); }; + virtual void Dismiss() { wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Not implemented") ); }; + + // may return value different from GetSelection() when the combobox + // dropdown is shown and the user selected, but not yet accepted, a value + // different from the old one in it + virtual int GetCurrentSelection() const { return GetSelection(); } +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the platform-dependent header defining the real class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/combobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/combobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/combobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/combobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/combobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/combobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/combobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/combobox.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +#endif // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/commandlinkbutton.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/commandlinkbutton.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a2a8a967e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/commandlinkbutton.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/commandlinkbutton.h +// Purpose: wxCommandLinkButtonBase and wxGenericCommandLinkButton classes +// Author: Rickard Westerlund +// Created: 2010-06-11 +// RCS-ID: $Id: commandlinkbutton.h 65350 2010-08-18 22:48:48Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COMMANDLINKBUTTON_H_ +#define _WX_COMMANDLINKBUTTON_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON + +#include "wx/button.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Command link button common base class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This class has separate "main label" (title-like string) and (possibly +// multiline) "note" which can be set and queried separately but can also be +// set both at once by joining them with a new line and setting them as a +// label and queried by breaking the label into the parts before the first new +// line and after it. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCommandLinkButtonBase : public wxButton +{ +public: + wxCommandLinkButtonBase() : wxButton() { } + + wxCommandLinkButtonBase(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& mainLabel = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& note = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = + wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr) + : wxButton(parent, + id, + mainLabel + '\n' + note, + pos, + size, + style, + validator, + name) + { } + + virtual void SetMainLabelAndNote(const wxString& mainLabel, + const wxString& note) = 0; + + virtual void SetMainLabel(const wxString& mainLabel) + { + SetMainLabelAndNote(mainLabel, GetNote()); + } + + virtual void SetNote(const wxString& note) + { + SetMainLabelAndNote(GetMainLabel(), note); + } + + virtual wxString GetMainLabel() const + { + return GetLabel().BeforeFirst('\n'); + } + + virtual wxString GetNote() const + { + return GetLabel().AfterFirst('\n'); + } + +protected: + virtual bool HasNativeBitmap() const { return false; } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCommandLinkButtonBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Generic command link button +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Trivial generic implementation simply using a multiline label to show both +// the main label and the note. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGenericCommandLinkButton + : public wxCommandLinkButtonBase +{ +public: + wxGenericCommandLinkButton() : wxCommandLinkButtonBase() { } + + + wxGenericCommandLinkButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& mainLabel = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& note = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr) + : wxCommandLinkButtonBase() + { + Create(parent, id, mainLabel, note, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& mainLabel = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& note = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr); + + virtual void SetMainLabelAndNote(const wxString& mainLabel, + const wxString& note) + { + wxButton::SetLabel(mainLabel + '\n' + note); + } + +private: + void SetDefaultBitmap(); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericCommandLinkButton); +}; + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/msw/commandlinkbutton.h" +#else + class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCommandLinkButton : public wxGenericCommandLinkButton + { + public: + wxCommandLinkButton() : wxGenericCommandLinkButton() { } + + wxCommandLinkButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& mainLabel = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& note = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr) + : wxGenericCommandLinkButton(parent, + id, + mainLabel, + note, + pos, + size, + style, + validator, + name) + { } + + private: + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxCommandLinkButton); + }; +#endif // __WXMSW__/!__WXMSW__ + +#endif // wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON + +#endif // _WX_COMMANDLINKBUTTON_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/compositewin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/compositewin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..390607d71f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/compositewin.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/compositewin.h +// Purpose: wxCompositeWindow<> declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2011-01-02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: compositewin.h 66931 2011-02-16 23:45:04Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COMPOSITEWIN_H_ +#define _WX_COMPOSITEWIN_H_ + +#include "wx/window.h" + +// NB: This is an experimental and, as for now, undocumented class used only by +// wxWidgets itself internally. Don't use it in your code until its API is +// officially stabilized unless you are ready to change it with the next +// wxWidgets release. + +// FIXME-VC6: This compiler can't compile DoSetForAllParts() template function, +// it can't determine whether the deduced type should be "T" or "const T&". And +// without this function wxCompositeWindow is pretty useless so simply disable +// this code for it, this does mean that setting colours/fonts/... for +// composite controls won't work in the library compiled with it but so far +// this only affects the generic wxDatePickerCtrl which is not used by default +// under MSW anyhow so it doesn't seem to be worth it to spend time and uglify +// the code to fix it. +#ifndef __VISUALC6__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCompositeWindow is a helper for implementing composite windows: to define +// a class using subwindows, simply inherit from it specialized with the real +// base class name and implement GetCompositeWindowParts() pure virtual method. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// The template parameter W must be a wxWindow-derived class. +template +class wxCompositeWindow : public W +{ +public: + typedef W BaseWindowClass; + + // Default ctor doesn't do anything. + wxCompositeWindow() { } + + // Override all wxWindow methods which must be forwarded to the composite + // window parts. + + // Attribute setters group. + // + // NB: Unfortunately we can't factor out the call for the setter itself + // into DoSetForAllParts() because we can't call the function passed to + // it non-virtually and we need to do this to avoid infinite recursion, + // so we work around this by calling the method of this object itself + // manually in each function. + virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour) + { + if ( !BaseWindowClass::SetForegroundColour(colour) ) + return false; + + DoSetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::SetForegroundColour, colour); + + return true; + } + + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) + { + if ( !BaseWindowClass::SetBackgroundColour(colour) ) + return false; + + DoSetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::SetBackgroundColour, colour); + + return true; + } + + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font) + { + if ( !BaseWindowClass::SetFont(font) ) + return false; + + DoSetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::SetFont, font); + + return true; + } + + virtual bool SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) + { + if ( !BaseWindowClass::SetCursor(cursor) ) + return false; + + DoSetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::SetCursor, cursor); + + return true; + } + +private: + // Must be implemented by the derived class to return all children to which + // the public methods we override should forward to. + virtual wxWindowList GetCompositeWindowParts() const = 0; + + template + void DoSetForAllParts(bool (wxWindowBase::*func)(const T&), const T& arg) + { + // Simply call the setters for all parts of this composite window. + const wxWindowList parts = GetCompositeWindowParts(); + for ( wxWindowList::const_iterator i = parts.begin(); + i != parts.end(); + ++i ) + { + wxWindow * const child = *i; + + (child->*func)(arg); + } + } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(wxCompositeWindow, W); +}; + +#else // __VISUALC6__ + +template +class wxCompositeWindow : public W +{ +}; + +#endif // !__VISUALC6__/__VISUALC6__ + +#endif // _WX_COMPOSITEWIN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/confbase.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/confbase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d79dfafd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/confbase.h @@ -0,0 +1,459 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/confbase.h +// Purpose: declaration of the base class of all config implementations +// (see also: fileconf.h and msw/regconf.h and iniconf.h) +// Author: Karsten Ballueder & Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 07.04.98 (adapted from appconf.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: confbase.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Karsten Ballueder Ballueder@usa.net +// Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CONFBASE_H_ +#define _WX_CONFBASE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/base64.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/// shall we be case sensitive in parsing variable names? +#ifndef wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE + #define wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE 0 +#endif + +/// separates group and entry names (probably shouldn't be changed) +#ifndef wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR + #define wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR wxT('/') +#endif + +/// introduces immutable entries +// (i.e. the ones which can't be changed from the local config file) +#ifndef wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX + #define wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX wxT('!') +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + +/// should we use registry instead of configuration files under Windows? +// (i.e. whether wxConfigBase::Create() will create a wxFileConfig (if it's +// false) or wxRegConfig (if it's true and we're under Win32)) +#ifndef wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE + #define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1 +#endif + +// not all compilers can deal with template Read/Write() methods, define this +// symbol if the template functions are available +#if (!defined(__VISUALC__) || __VISUALC__ > 1200) && \ + !defined( __VMS ) && \ + !(defined(__HP_aCC) && defined(__hppa)) && \ + !defined (__DMC__) + #define wxHAS_CONFIG_TEMPLATE_RW +#endif + +// Style flags for constructor style parameter +enum +{ + wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE = 1, + wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE = 2, + wxCONFIG_USE_RELATIVE_PATH = 4, + wxCONFIG_USE_NO_ESCAPE_CHARACTERS = 8, + wxCONFIG_USE_SUBDIR = 16 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// abstract base class wxConfigBase which defines the interface for derived +// classes +// +// wxConfig organizes the items in a tree-like structure (modeled after the +// Unix/Dos filesystem). There are groups (directories) and keys (files). +// There is always one current group given by the current path. +// +// Keys are pairs "key_name = value" where value may be of string or integer +// (long) type (TODO doubles and other types such as wxDate coming soon). +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConfigBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + // constants + // the type of an entry + enum EntryType + { + Type_Unknown, + Type_String, + Type_Boolean, + Type_Integer, // use Read(long *) + Type_Float // use Read(double *) + }; + + // static functions + // sets the config object, returns the previous pointer + static wxConfigBase *Set(wxConfigBase *pConfig); + // get the config object, creates it on demand unless DontCreateOnDemand + // was called + static wxConfigBase *Get(bool createOnDemand = true) + { if ( createOnDemand && (!ms_pConfig) ) Create(); return ms_pConfig; } + // create a new config object: this function will create the "best" + // implementation of wxConfig available for the current platform, see + // comments near definition wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE for details. It returns + // the created object and also sets it as ms_pConfig. + static wxConfigBase *Create(); + // should Get() try to create a new log object if the current one is NULL? + static void DontCreateOnDemand() { ms_bAutoCreate = false; } + + // ctor & virtual dtor + // ctor (can be used as default ctor too) + // + // Not all args will always be used by derived classes, but including + // them all in each class ensures compatibility. If appName is empty, + // uses wxApp name + wxConfigBase(const wxString& appName = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& vendorName = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& localFilename = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& globalFilename = wxEmptyString, + long style = 0); + + // empty but ensures that dtor of all derived classes is virtual + virtual ~wxConfigBase(); + + // path management + // set current path: if the first character is '/', it's the absolute path, + // otherwise it's a relative path. '..' is supported. If the strPath + // doesn't exist it is created. + virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath) = 0; + // retrieve the current path (always as absolute path) + virtual const wxString& GetPath() const = 0; + + // enumeration: all functions here return false when there are no more items. + // you must pass the same lIndex to GetNext and GetFirst (don't modify it) + // enumerate subgroups + virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0; + virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0; + // enumerate entries + virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0; + virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0; + // get number of entries/subgroups in the current group, with or without + // it's subgroups + virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = false) const = 0; + virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = false) const = 0; + + // tests of existence + // returns true if the group by this name exists + virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const = 0; + // same as above, but for an entry + virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const = 0; + // returns true if either a group or an entry with a given name exist + bool Exists(const wxString& strName) const + { return HasGroup(strName) || HasEntry(strName); } + + // get the entry type + virtual EntryType GetEntryType(const wxString& name) const + { + // by default all entries are strings + return HasEntry(name) ? Type_String : Type_Unknown; + } + + // key access: returns true if value was really read, false if default used + // (and if the key is not found the default value is returned.) + + // read a string from the key + bool Read(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const; + bool Read(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr, const wxString& defVal) const; + + // read a number (long) + bool Read(const wxString& key, long *pl) const; + bool Read(const wxString& key, long *pl, long defVal) const; + + // read an int (wrapper around `long' version) + bool Read(const wxString& key, int *pi) const; + bool Read(const wxString& key, int *pi, int defVal) const; + + // read a double + bool Read(const wxString& key, double* val) const; + bool Read(const wxString& key, double* val, double defVal) const; + + // read a float + bool Read(const wxString& key, float* val) const; + bool Read(const wxString& key, float* val, float defVal) const; + + // read a bool + bool Read(const wxString& key, bool* val) const; + bool Read(const wxString& key, bool* val, bool defVal) const; + +#if wxUSE_BASE64 + // read a binary data block + bool Read(const wxString& key, wxMemoryBuffer* data) const + { return DoReadBinary(key, data); } + // no default version since it does not make sense for binary data +#endif // wxUSE_BASE64 + +#ifdef wxHAS_CONFIG_TEMPLATE_RW + // read other types, for which wxFromString is defined + template + bool Read(const wxString& key, T* value) const + { + wxString s; + if ( !Read(key, &s) ) + return false; + return wxFromString(s, value); + } + + template + bool Read(const wxString& key, T* value, const T& defVal) const + { + const bool found = Read(key, value); + if ( !found ) + { + if (IsRecordingDefaults()) + ((wxConfigBase *)this)->Write(key, defVal); + *value = defVal; + } + return found; + } +#endif // wxHAS_CONFIG_TEMPLATE_RW + + // convenience functions returning directly the value + wxString Read(const wxString& key, + const wxString& defVal = wxEmptyString) const + { wxString s; (void)Read(key, &s, defVal); return s; } + + // we have to provide a separate version for C strings as otherwise the + // template Read() would be used + wxString Read(const wxString& key, const char* defVal) const + { return Read(key, wxString(defVal)); } + wxString Read(const wxString& key, const wchar_t* defVal) const + { return Read(key, wxString(defVal)); } + + long ReadLong(const wxString& key, long defVal) const + { long l; (void)Read(key, &l, defVal); return l; } + + double ReadDouble(const wxString& key, double defVal) const + { double d; (void)Read(key, &d, defVal); return d; } + + bool ReadBool(const wxString& key, bool defVal) const + { bool b; (void)Read(key, &b, defVal); return b; } + + template + T ReadObject(const wxString& key, T const& defVal) const + { T t; (void)Read(key, &t, defVal); return t; } + + // for compatibility with wx 2.8 + long Read(const wxString& key, long defVal) const + { return ReadLong(key, defVal); } + + + // write the value (return true on success) + bool Write(const wxString& key, const wxString& value) + { return DoWriteString(key, value); } + + bool Write(const wxString& key, long value) + { return DoWriteLong(key, value); } + + bool Write(const wxString& key, double value) + { return DoWriteDouble(key, value); } + + bool Write(const wxString& key, bool value) + { return DoWriteBool(key, value); } + +#if wxUSE_BASE64 + bool Write(const wxString& key, const wxMemoryBuffer& buf) + { return DoWriteBinary(key, buf); } +#endif // wxUSE_BASE64 + + // we have to provide a separate version for C strings as otherwise they + // would be converted to bool and not to wxString as expected! + bool Write(const wxString& key, const char *value) + { return Write(key, wxString(value)); } + bool Write(const wxString& key, const unsigned char *value) + { return Write(key, wxString(value)); } + bool Write(const wxString& key, const wchar_t *value) + { return Write(key, wxString(value)); } + + + // we also have to provide specializations for other types which we want to + // handle using the specialized DoWriteXXX() instead of the generic template + // version below + bool Write(const wxString& key, char value) + { return DoWriteLong(key, value); } + + bool Write(const wxString& key, unsigned char value) + { return DoWriteLong(key, value); } + + bool Write(const wxString& key, short value) + { return DoWriteLong(key, value); } + + bool Write(const wxString& key, unsigned short value) + { return DoWriteLong(key, value); } + + bool Write(const wxString& key, unsigned int value) + { return DoWriteLong(key, value); } + + bool Write(const wxString& key, int value) + { return DoWriteLong(key, value); } + + bool Write(const wxString& key, unsigned long value) + { return DoWriteLong(key, value); } + + bool Write(const wxString& key, float value) + { return DoWriteDouble(key, value); } + + // Causes ambiguities in VC++ 6 and OpenVMS (at least) +#if ( (!defined(__VISUALC__) || __VISUALC__ > 1200) && !defined( __VMS ) && !defined (__DMC__)) + // for other types, use wxToString() + template + bool Write(const wxString& key, T const& value) + { return Write(key, wxToString(value)); } +#endif + + // permanently writes all changes + virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = false) = 0; + + // renaming, all functions return false on failure (probably because the new + // name is already taken by an existing entry) + // rename an entry + virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName, + const wxString& newName) = 0; + // rename a group + virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName, + const wxString& newName) = 0; + + // delete entries/groups + // deletes the specified entry and the group it belongs to if + // it was the last key in it and the second parameter is true + virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& key, + bool bDeleteGroupIfEmpty = true) = 0; + // delete the group (with all subgroups) + virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& key) = 0; + // delete the whole underlying object (disk file, registry key, ...) + // primarily for use by uninstallation routine. + virtual bool DeleteAll() = 0; + + // options + // we can automatically expand environment variables in the config entries + // (this option is on by default, you can turn it on/off at any time) + bool IsExpandingEnvVars() const { return m_bExpandEnvVars; } + void SetExpandEnvVars(bool bDoIt = true) { m_bExpandEnvVars = bDoIt; } + // recording of default values + void SetRecordDefaults(bool bDoIt = true) { m_bRecordDefaults = bDoIt; } + bool IsRecordingDefaults() const { return m_bRecordDefaults; } + // does expansion only if needed + wxString ExpandEnvVars(const wxString& str) const; + + // misc accessors + wxString GetAppName() const { return m_appName; } + wxString GetVendorName() const { return m_vendorName; } + + // Used wxIniConfig to set members in constructor + void SetAppName(const wxString& appName) { m_appName = appName; } + void SetVendorName(const wxString& vendorName) { m_vendorName = vendorName; } + + void SetStyle(long style) { m_style = style; } + long GetStyle() const { return m_style; } + +protected: + static bool IsImmutable(const wxString& key) + { return !key.IsEmpty() && key[0] == wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX; } + + // return the path without trailing separator, if any: this should be called + // to sanitize paths referring to the group names before passing them to + // wxConfigPathChanger as "/foo/bar/" should be the same as "/foo/bar" and it + // isn't interpreted in the same way by it (and this can't be changed there + // as it's not the same for the entries names) + static wxString RemoveTrailingSeparator(const wxString& key); + + // do read/write the values of different types + virtual bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const = 0; + virtual bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *pl) const = 0; + virtual bool DoReadDouble(const wxString& key, double* val) const; + virtual bool DoReadBool(const wxString& key, bool* val) const; +#if wxUSE_BASE64 + virtual bool DoReadBinary(const wxString& key, wxMemoryBuffer* buf) const = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_BASE64 + + virtual bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& value) = 0; + virtual bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long value) = 0; + virtual bool DoWriteDouble(const wxString& key, double value); + virtual bool DoWriteBool(const wxString& key, bool value); +#if wxUSE_BASE64 + virtual bool DoWriteBinary(const wxString& key, const wxMemoryBuffer& buf) = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_BASE64 + +private: + // are we doing automatic environment variable expansion? + bool m_bExpandEnvVars; + // do we record default values? + bool m_bRecordDefaults; + + // static variables + static wxConfigBase *ms_pConfig; + static bool ms_bAutoCreate; + + // Application name and organisation name + wxString m_appName; + wxString m_vendorName; + + // Style flag + long m_style; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxConfigBase) +}; + +// a handy little class which changes current path to the path of given entry +// and restores it in dtor: so if you declare a local variable of this type, +// you work in the entry directory and the path is automatically restored +// when the function returns +// Taken out of wxConfig since not all compilers can cope with nested classes. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConfigPathChanger +{ +public: + // ctor/dtor do path changing/restoring of the path + wxConfigPathChanger(const wxConfigBase *pContainer, const wxString& strEntry); + ~wxConfigPathChanger(); + + // get the key name + const wxString& Name() const { return m_strName; } + + // this method must be called if the original path (i.e. the current path at + // the moment of creation of this object) could have been deleted to prevent + // us from restoring the not existing (any more) path + // + // if the original path doesn't exist any more, the path will be restored to + // the deepest still existing component of the old path + void UpdateIfDeleted(); + +private: + wxConfigBase *m_pContainer; // object we live in + wxString m_strName, // name of entry (i.e. name only) + m_strOldPath; // saved path + bool m_bChanged; // was the path changed? + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxConfigPathChanger); +}; + + +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + +/* + Replace environment variables ($SOMETHING) with their values. The format is + $VARNAME or ${VARNAME} where VARNAME contains alphanumeric characters and + '_' only. '$' must be escaped ('\$') in order to be taken literally. +*/ + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxExpandEnvVars(const wxString &sz); + +/* + Split path into parts removing '..' in progress + */ +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSplitPath(wxArrayString& aParts, const wxString& path); + +#endif // _WX_CONFBASE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/config.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/config.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c2dbad63a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/config.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/config.h +// Purpose: wxConfig base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: config.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/confbase.h" + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// define the native wxConfigBase implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// under Windows we prefer to use the native implementation but can be forced +// to use the file-based one +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE + #include "wx/msw/regconf.h" + #define wxConfig wxRegConfig +#elif defined(__WXOS2__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE + #include "wx/os2/iniconf.h" + #define wxConfig wxIniConfig +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE + #include "wx/palmos/prefconf.h" + #define wxConfig wxPrefConfig +#else // either we're under Unix or wish to always use config files + #include "wx/fileconf.h" + #define wxConfig wxFileConfig +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + +#endif // _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/containr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/containr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c961a772da --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/containr.h @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/containr.h +// Purpose: wxControlContainer class declration: a "mix-in" class which +// implements the TAB navigation between the controls +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 06.08.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: containr.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CONTAINR_H_ +#define _WX_CONTAINR_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase; + +/* + Implementation note: wxControlContainer is not a real mix-in but rather + a class meant to be aggregated with (and not inherited from). Although + logically it should be a mix-in, doing it like this has no advantage from + the point of view of the existing code but does have some problems (we'd + need to play tricks with event handlers which may be difficult to do + safely). The price we pay for this simplicity is the ugly macros below. + */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxControlContainerBase: common part used in both native and generic cases +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlContainerBase +{ +public: + // default ctor, SetContainerWindow() must be called later + wxControlContainerBase() + { + m_winParent = NULL; + + // do accept focus initially, we'll stop doing it if/when any children + // are added + m_acceptsFocus = true; + m_inSetFocus = false; + m_winLastFocused = NULL; + } + virtual ~wxControlContainerBase() {} + + void SetContainerWindow(wxWindow *winParent) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winParent, wxT("shouldn't be called twice") ); + + m_winParent = winParent; + } + + // should be called from SetFocus(), returns false if we did nothing with + // the focus and the default processing should take place + bool DoSetFocus(); + + // should be called when we decide that we should [stop] accepting focus + void SetCanFocus(bool acceptsFocus); + + // returns whether we should accept focus ourselves or not + bool AcceptsFocus() const { return m_acceptsFocus; } + + // returns whether we or one of our children accepts focus: we always do + // because if we don't have any focusable children it probably means that + // we're not being used as a container at all (think of wxGrid or generic + // wxListCtrl) and so should get focus for ourselves + bool AcceptsFocusRecursively() const { return true; } + + // this is used to determine whether we can accept focus when Tab or + // another navigation key is pressed -- we alsways can, for the same reason + // as mentioned above for AcceptsFocusRecursively() + bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const { return true; } + + // Call this when the number of children of the window changes. + // If we have any children, this panel (used just as container for + // them) shouldn't get focus for itself. + void UpdateCanFocus() { SetCanFocus(!HasAnyFocusableChildren()); } + +protected: + // set the focus to the child which had it the last time + virtual bool SetFocusToChild(); + + // return true if we have any children accepting focus + bool HasAnyFocusableChildren() const; + + // the parent window we manage the children for + wxWindow *m_winParent; + + // the child which had the focus last time this panel was activated + wxWindow *m_winLastFocused; + +private: + // value returned by AcceptsFocus(), should be changed using SetCanFocus() + // only + bool m_acceptsFocus; + + // a guard against infinite recursion + bool m_inSetFocus; +}; + +// common part of WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER in the native and generic cases, +// it should be used in the wxWindow-derived class declaration +#define WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE() \ +public: \ + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const; \ + virtual bool AcceptsFocusRecursively() const; \ + virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const; \ + virtual void AddChild(wxWindowBase *child); \ + virtual void RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child); \ + virtual void SetFocus(); \ + void SetFocusIgnoringChildren(); \ + void AcceptFocus(bool acceptFocus) \ + { \ + m_container.SetCanFocus(acceptFocus); \ + } \ + \ +protected: \ + wxControlContainer m_container + +// this macro must be used in the derived class ctor +#define WX_INIT_CONTROL_CONTAINER() \ + m_container.SetContainerWindow(this) + +// common part of WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER in the native and generic +// cases, must be used in the wxWindow-derived class implementation +#define WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE(classname, basename) \ + void classname::AddChild(wxWindowBase *child) \ + { \ + basename::AddChild(child); \ + \ + m_container.UpdateCanFocus(); \ + } \ + \ + bool classname::AcceptsFocusRecursively() const \ + { \ + return m_container.AcceptsFocusRecursively(); \ + } \ + \ + void classname::SetFocus() \ + { \ + if ( !m_container.DoSetFocus() ) \ + basename::SetFocus(); \ + } \ + \ + bool classname::AcceptsFocus() const \ + { \ + return m_container.AcceptsFocus(); \ + } \ + \ + bool classname::AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const \ + { \ + return m_container.AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(); \ + } + +#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxControlContainer for native TAB navigation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this must be a real class as we forward-declare it elsewhere +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlContainer : public wxControlContainerBase +{ +protected: + // set the focus to the child which had it the last time + virtual bool SetFocusToChild(); +}; + +#define WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname) + +#define WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE + +#define WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname, basename) \ + WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE(classname, basename) \ + \ + void classname::RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child) \ + { \ + basename::RemoveChild(child); \ + \ + m_container.UpdateCanFocus(); \ + } \ + \ + void classname::SetFocusIgnoringChildren() \ + { \ + basename::SetFocus(); \ + } + +#else // !wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFocusEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNavigationKeyEvent; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxControlContainer for TAB navigation implemented in wx itself +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlContainer : public wxControlContainerBase +{ +public: + // default ctor, SetContainerWindow() must be called later + wxControlContainer(); + + // the methods to be called from the window event handlers + void HandleOnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); + void HandleOnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + void HandleOnWindowDestroy(wxWindowBase *child); + + // called from OnChildFocus() handler, i.e. when one of our (grand) + // children gets the focus + void SetLastFocus(wxWindow *win); + +protected: + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlContainer); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros which may be used by the classes wishing to implement TAB navigation +// among their children +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// declare the methods to be forwarded +#define WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER() \ + WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE(); \ + \ +public: \ + void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); \ + void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); \ + virtual void OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event) + +// implement the event table entries for wxControlContainer +#define WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname) \ + EVT_SET_FOCUS(classname::OnFocus) \ + EVT_CHILD_FOCUS(classname::OnChildFocus) \ + EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY(classname::OnNavigationKey) + +// implement the methods forwarding to the wxControlContainer +#define WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname, basename) \ + WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE(classname, basename) \ + \ + void classname::RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child) \ + { \ + m_container.HandleOnWindowDestroy(child); \ + \ + basename::RemoveChild(child); \ + \ + m_container.UpdateCanFocus(); \ + } \ + \ + void classname::OnNavigationKey( wxNavigationKeyEvent& event ) \ + { \ + m_container.HandleOnNavigationKey(event); \ + } \ + \ + void classname::SetFocusIgnoringChildren() \ + { \ + basename::SetFocus(); \ + } \ + \ + void classname::OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event) \ + { \ + m_container.SetLastFocus(event.GetWindow()); \ + event.Skip(); \ + } \ + \ + void classname::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) \ + { \ + m_container.HandleOnFocus(event); \ + } + +#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL/!wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL + +// this function is for wxWidgets internal use only +extern bool wxSetFocusToChild(wxWindow *win, wxWindow **child); + +#endif // _WX_CONTAINR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/control.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/control.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c859b6868 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/control.h @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/control.h +// Purpose: wxControl common interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 26.07.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: control.h 67062 2011-02-27 12:48:07Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CONTROLS + +#include "wx/window.h" // base class + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxControlNameStr[]; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Ellipsize() constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxEllipsizeFlags +{ + wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_NONE = 0, + wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_PROCESS_MNEMONICS = 1, + wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_EXPAND_TABS = 2, + + wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_DEFAULT = wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_PROCESS_MNEMONICS | + wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_EXPAND_TABS +}; + +// NB: Don't change the order of these values, they're the same as in +// PangoEllipsizeMode enum. +enum wxEllipsizeMode +{ + wxELLIPSIZE_NONE, + wxELLIPSIZE_START, + wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE, + wxELLIPSIZE_END +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxControl is the base class for all controls +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlBase : public wxWindow +{ +public: + wxControlBase() { } + + virtual ~wxControlBase(); + + // Create() function adds the validator parameter + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr); + + // get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre) + int GetAlignment() const { return m_windowStyle & wxALIGN_MASK; } + + // set label with mnemonics + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) + { + m_labelOrig = label; + + InvalidateBestSize(); + + wxWindow::SetLabel(label); + } + + // return the original string, as it was passed to SetLabel() + // (i.e. with wx-style mnemonics) + virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return m_labelOrig; } + + // set label text (mnemonics will be escaped) + virtual void SetLabelText(const wxString& text) + { + SetLabel(EscapeMnemonics(text)); + } + + // get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&') + virtual wxString GetLabelText() const { return GetLabelText(GetLabel()); } + + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + // Set the label with markup (and mnemonics). Markup is a simple subset of + // HTML with tags such as , and . By default it is not + // supported i.e. all the markup is simply stripped and SetLabel() is + // called but some controls in some ports do support this already and in + // the future most of them should. + // + // Notice that, being HTML-like, markup also supports XML entities so '<' + // should be encoded as "<" and so on, a bare '<' in the input will + // likely result in an error. As an exception, a bare '&' is allowed and + // indicates that the next character is a mnemonic. To insert a literal '&' + // in the control you need to use "&" in the input string. + // + // Returns true if the label was set, even if the markup in it was ignored. + // False is only returned if we failed to parse the label. + bool SetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup) + { + return DoSetLabelMarkup(markup); + } +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + + + // controls by default inherit the colours of their parents, if a + // particular control class doesn't want to do it, it can override + // ShouldInheritColours() to return false + virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return true; } + + + // WARNING: this doesn't work for all controls nor all platforms! + // + // simulates the event of given type (i.e. wxButton::Command() is just as + // if the button was clicked) + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent &event); + + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); + + // wxControl-specific processing after processing the update event + virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + + + + // static utilities for mnemonics char (&) handling + // ------------------------------------------------ + + // returns the given string without mnemonic characters ('&') + static wxString GetLabelText(const wxString& label); + + // returns the given string without mnemonic characters ('&') + // this function is identic to GetLabelText() and is provided for clarity + // and for symmetry with the wxStaticText::RemoveMarkup() function. + static wxString RemoveMnemonics(const wxString& str); + + // escapes (by doubling them) the mnemonics + static wxString EscapeMnemonics(const wxString& str); + + + // miscellaneous static utilities + // ------------------------------ + + // replaces parts of the given (multiline) string with an ellipsis if needed + static wxString Ellipsize(const wxString& label, const wxDC& dc, + wxEllipsizeMode mode, int maxWidth, + int flags = wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_DEFAULT); + + // return the accel index in the string or -1 if none and puts the modified + // string into second parameter if non NULL + static int FindAccelIndex(const wxString& label, + wxString *labelOnly = NULL); + + // this is a helper for the derived class GetClassDefaultAttributes() + // implementation: it returns the right colours for the classes which + // contain something else (e.g. wxListBox, wxTextCtrl, ...) instead of + // being simple controls (such as wxButton, wxCheckBox, ...) + static wxVisualAttributes + GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant); + +protected: + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const; + + // creates the control (calls wxWindowBase::CreateBase inside) and adds it + // to the list of parents children + bool CreateControl(wxWindowBase *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name); + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + // This function may be overridden in the derived classes to implement + // support for labels with markup. The base class version simply strips the + // markup and calls SetLabel() with the remaining text. + virtual bool DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup); +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + + + // initialize the common fields of wxCommandEvent + void InitCommandEvent(wxCommandEvent& event) const; + + // Ellipsize() helper: + static wxString DoEllipsizeSingleLine(const wxString& label, const wxDC& dc, + wxEllipsizeMode mode, int maxWidth, + int replacementWidth); + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + // Remove markup from the given string, returns empty string on error i.e. + // if markup was syntactically invalid. + static wxString RemoveMarkup(const wxString& markup); +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + + + // this field contains the label in wx format, i.e. with '&' mnemonics, + // as it was passed to the last SetLabel() call + wxString m_labelOrig; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include platform-dependent wxControl declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/control.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/control.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/control.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/control.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/control.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/control.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/control.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/control.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/control.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS + +#endif + // _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/convauto.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/convauto.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ac5f02d7f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/convauto.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/convauto.h +// Purpose: wxConvAuto class declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2006-04-03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: convauto.h 63991 2010-04-16 10:43:18Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CONVAUTO_H_ +#define _WX_CONVAUTO_H_ + +#include "wx/strconv.h" +#include "wx/fontenc.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxConvAuto: uses BOM to automatically detect input encoding +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConvAuto : public wxMBConv +{ +public: + // default ctor, the real conversion will be created on demand + wxConvAuto(wxFontEncoding enc = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + Init(); + + m_encDefault = enc; + } + + // copy ctor doesn't initialize anything neither as conversion can only be + // deduced on first use + wxConvAuto(const wxConvAuto& other) : wxMBConv() + { + Init(); + + m_encDefault = other.m_encDefault; + } + + virtual ~wxConvAuto() + { + if ( m_ownsConv ) + delete m_conv; + } + + // get/set the fall-back encoding used when the input text doesn't have BOM + // and isn't UTF-8 + // + // special values are wxFONTENCODING_MAX meaning not to use any fall back + // at all (but just fail to convert in this case) and wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM + // meaning to use the encoding of the system locale + static wxFontEncoding GetFallbackEncoding() { return ms_defaultMBEncoding; } + static void SetFallbackEncoding(wxFontEncoding enc); + static void DisableFallbackEncoding() + { + SetFallbackEncoding(wxFONTENCODING_MAX); + } + + + // override the base class virtual function(s) to use our m_conv + virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + + virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + + virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const { return m_conv->GetMBNulLen(); } + + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxConvAuto(*this); } + +private: + // all currently recognized BOM values + enum BOMType + { + BOM_Unknown = -1, + BOM_None, + BOM_UTF32BE, + BOM_UTF32LE, + BOM_UTF16BE, + BOM_UTF16LE, + BOM_UTF8 + }; + + // return the BOM type of this buffer + static BOMType DetectBOM(const char *src, size_t srcLen); + + // common part of all ctors + void Init() + { + // no need to initialize m_bomType and m_consumedBOM here, this will be + // done when m_conv is created + m_conv = NULL; + m_ownsConv = false; + } + + // initialize m_conv with the UTF-8 conversion + void InitWithUTF8() + { + m_conv = &wxConvUTF8; + m_ownsConv = false; + } + + // create the correct conversion object for the given BOM type + void InitFromBOM(BOMType bomType); + + // create the correct conversion object for the BOM present in the + // beginning of the buffer + // + // return false if the buffer is too short to allow us to determine if we + // have BOM or not + bool InitFromInput(const char *src, size_t len); + + // adjust src and len to skip over the BOM (identified by m_bomType) at the + // start of the buffer + void SkipBOM(const char **src, size_t *len) const; + + + // fall-back multibyte encoding to use, may be wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM or + // wxFONTENCODING_MAX but not wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT + static wxFontEncoding ms_defaultMBEncoding; + + // conversion object which we really use, NULL until the first call to + // either ToWChar() or FromWChar() + wxMBConv *m_conv; + + // the multibyte encoding to use by default if input isn't Unicode + wxFontEncoding m_encDefault; + + // our BOM type + BOMType m_bomType; + + // true if we allocated m_conv ourselves, false if we just use an existing + // global conversion + bool m_ownsConv; + + // true if we already skipped BOM when converting (and not just calculating + // the size) + bool m_consumedBOM; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxConvAuto); +}; + +#endif // _WX_CONVAUTO_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cpp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cpp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5837fe190c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cpp.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/cpp.h + * Purpose: Various preprocessor helpers + * Author: Vadim Zeitlin + * Created: 2006-09-30 + * RCS-ID: $Id: cpp.h 66054 2010-11-07 13:16:20Z VZ $ + * Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ + +#ifndef _WX_CPP_H_ +#define _WX_CPP_H_ + +/* wxCONCAT works like preprocessor ## operator but also works with macros */ +#define wxCONCAT_HELPER(text, line) text ## line +#define wxCONCAT(text, line) wxCONCAT_HELPER(text, line) + +#define wxCONCAT3(x1, x2, x3) wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT(x1, x2), x3) +#define wxCONCAT4(x1, x2, x3, x4) wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT3(x1, x2, x3), x4) +#define wxCONCAT5(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5) wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT4(x1, x2, x3, x4), x5) + +/* wxSTRINGIZE works as the preprocessor # operator but also works with macros */ +#define wxSTRINGIZE_HELPER(x) #x +#define wxSTRINGIZE(x) wxSTRINGIZE_HELPER(x) + +/* a Unicode-friendly version of wxSTRINGIZE_T */ +#define wxSTRINGIZE_T(x) wxAPPLY_T(wxSTRINGIZE(x)) + +/* + Special workarounds for compilers with broken "##" operator. For all the + other ones we can just use it directly. + */ +#ifdef wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER + #define wxPREPEND_L(x) L ## x + #define wxAPPEND_i64(x) x ## i64 + #define wxAPPEND_ui64(x) x ## ui64 +#endif /* wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER */ + +/* + Helper macros for wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME: normally this works by appending the + current line number to the given identifier to reduce the probability of the + conflict (it may still happen if this is used in the headers, hence you + should avoid doing it or provide unique prefixes then) but we have to do it + differently for VC++ + */ +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1300) + /* + __LINE__ handling is completely broken in VC++ when using "Edit and + Continue" (/ZI option) and results in preprocessor errors if we use it + inside the macros. Luckily VC7 has another standard macro which can be + used like this and is even better than __LINE__ because it is globally + unique. + */ +# define wxCONCAT_LINE(text) wxCONCAT(text, __COUNTER__) +#else /* normal compilers */ +# define wxCONCAT_LINE(text) wxCONCAT(text, __LINE__) +#endif + +/* Create a "unique" name with the given prefix */ +#define wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(text) wxCONCAT_LINE(text) + +/* + This macro can be passed as argument to another macro when you don't have + anything to pass in fact. + */ +#define wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE /* Fake macro parameter value */ + +/* + Define __WXFUNCTION__ which is like standard __FUNCTION__ but defined as + NULL for the compilers which don't support the latter. + */ +#ifndef __WXFUNCTION__ + /* TODO: add more compilers supporting __FUNCTION__ */ + #if defined(__DMC__) + /* + __FUNCTION__ happens to be not defined within class members + http://www.digitalmars.com/drn-bin/wwwnews?c%2B%2B.beta/485 + */ + #define __WXFUNCTION__ (NULL) + #elif defined(__GNUC__) || \ + (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1300) || \ + defined(__FUNCTION__) + #define __WXFUNCTION__ __FUNCTION__ + #else + /* still define __WXFUNCTION__ to avoid #ifdefs elsewhere */ + #define __WXFUNCTION__ (NULL) + #endif +#endif /* __WXFUNCTION__ already defined */ + +#endif /* _WX_CPP_H_ */ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cppunit.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cppunit.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..831b6891a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cppunit.h @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cppunit.h +// Purpose: wrapper header for CppUnit headers +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 15.02.04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cppunit.h 66711 2011-01-19 10:47:49Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CPPUNIT_H_ +#define _WX_CPPUNIT_H_ + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// using CPPUNIT_TEST() macro results in this warning, disable it as there is +// no other way to get rid of it and it's not very useful anyhow +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + // typedef-name 'foo' used as synonym for class-name 'bar' + #pragma warning(disable:4097) + + // unreachable code: we don't care about warnings in CppUnit headers + #pragma warning(disable:4702) + + // 'id': identifier was truncated to 'num' characters in the debug info + #pragma warning(disable:4786) +#endif // __VISUALC__ + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma warn -8022 +#endif + +#ifndef CPPUNIT_STD_NEED_ALLOCATOR + #define CPPUNIT_STD_NEED_ALLOCATOR 0 +#endif + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Set the default format for the errors, which can be used by an IDE to jump +// to the error location. This default gets overridden by the cppunit headers +// for some compilers (e.g. VC++). + +#ifndef CPPUNIT_COMPILER_LOCATION_FORMAT + #define CPPUNIT_COMPILER_LOCATION_FORMAT "%p:%l:" +#endif + + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Include all needed cppunit headers. +// + +#include "wx/beforestd.h" +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #pragma warning(push) + + // with cppunit 1.12 we get many bogus warnings 4701 (local variable may be + // used without having been initialized) in TestAssert.h + #pragma warning(disable:4701) + + // and also 4100 (unreferenced formal parameter) in extensions/ + // ExceptionTestCaseDecorator.h + #pragma warning(disable:4100) +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #pragma warning(pop) +#endif +#include "wx/afterstd.h" + +#include "wx/string.h" + + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Set of helpful test macros. +// + +// Base macro for wrapping CPPUNIT_TEST macros and so making them conditional +// tests, meaning that the test only get registered and thus run when a given +// runtime condition is true. +// In case the condition is evaluated as false a skip message is logged +// (the message will only be shown in verbose mode). +#define WXTEST_ANY_WITH_CONDITION(suiteName, Condition, testMethod, anyTest) \ + if (Condition) \ + { anyTest; } \ + else \ + wxLogInfo(wxString::Format(wxT("skipping: %s.%s\n reason: %s equals false\n"), \ + wxString(suiteName, wxConvUTF8).c_str(), \ + wxString(#testMethod, wxConvUTF8).c_str(), \ + wxString(#Condition, wxConvUTF8).c_str())) + +// Conditional CPPUNIT_TEST macro. +#define WXTEST_WITH_CONDITION(suiteName, Condition, testMethod) \ + WXTEST_ANY_WITH_CONDITION(suiteName, Condition, testMethod, CPPUNIT_TEST(testMethod)) +// Conditional CPPUNIT_TEST_FAIL macro. +#define WXTEST_FAIL_WITH_CONDITION(suiteName, Condition, testMethod) \ + WXTEST_ANY_WITH_CONDITION(suiteName, Condition, testMethod, CPPUNIT_TEST_FAIL(testMethod)) + +CPPUNIT_NS_BEGIN + +// provide an overload of cppunit assertEquals(T, T) which can be used to +// compare wxStrings directly with C strings +inline void +assertEquals(const char *expected, + const char *actual, + CppUnit::SourceLine sourceLine, + const std::string& message) +{ + assertEquals(wxString(expected), wxString(actual), sourceLine, message); +} + +inline void +assertEquals(const char *expected, + const wxString& actual, + CppUnit::SourceLine sourceLine, + const std::string& message) +{ + assertEquals(wxString(expected), actual, sourceLine, message); +} + +inline void +assertEquals(const wxString& expected, + const char *actual, + CppUnit::SourceLine sourceLine, + const std::string& message) +{ + assertEquals(expected, wxString(actual), sourceLine, message); +} + +inline void +assertEquals(const wchar_t *expected, + const wxString& actual, + CppUnit::SourceLine sourceLine, + const std::string& message) +{ + assertEquals(wxString(expected), actual, sourceLine, message); +} + +inline void +assertEquals(const wxString& expected, + const wchar_t *actual, + CppUnit::SourceLine sourceLine, + const std::string& message) +{ + assertEquals(expected, wxString(actual), sourceLine, message); +} + +CPPUNIT_NS_END + +// define an assertEquals() overload for the given types, this is a helper and +// shouldn't be used directly because of VC6 complications, see below +#define WX_CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUALS(T1, T2) \ + inline void \ + assertEquals(T1 expected, \ + T2 actual, \ + CppUnit::SourceLine sourceLine, \ + const std::string& message) \ + { \ + if ( !assertion_traits::equal(expected,actual) ) \ + { \ + Asserter::failNotEqual( assertion_traits::toString(expected), \ + assertion_traits::toString(actual), \ + sourceLine, \ + message ); \ + } \ + } + +// this macro allows us to specify (usually literal) ints as expected values +// for functions returning integral types different from "int" +// +// FIXME-VC6: due to incorrect resolution of overloaded/template functions in +// this compiler (it basically doesn't use the template version at +// all if any overloaded function matches partially even if none of +// them matches fully) we also need to provide extra overloads + +#ifdef __VISUALC6__ + #define WX_CPPUNIT_ALLOW_EQUALS_TO_INT(T) \ + CPPUNIT_NS_BEGIN \ + WX_CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUALS(int, T) \ + WX_CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUALS(T, int) \ + WX_CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUALS(T, T) \ + CPPUNIT_NS_END + + CPPUNIT_NS_BEGIN + WX_CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUALS(int, int) + CPPUNIT_NS_END +#else // !VC6 + #define WX_CPPUNIT_ALLOW_EQUALS_TO_INT(T) \ + CPPUNIT_NS_BEGIN \ + WX_CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUALS(int, T) \ + WX_CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUALS(T, int) \ + CPPUNIT_NS_END +#endif // VC6/!VC6 + +WX_CPPUNIT_ALLOW_EQUALS_TO_INT(long) +WX_CPPUNIT_ALLOW_EQUALS_TO_INT(short) +WX_CPPUNIT_ALLOW_EQUALS_TO_INT(unsigned) +WX_CPPUNIT_ALLOW_EQUALS_TO_INT(unsigned long) + +#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG +WX_CPPUNIT_ALLOW_EQUALS_TO_INT(wxLongLong_t) +WX_CPPUNIT_ALLOW_EQUALS_TO_INT(unsigned wxLongLong_t) +#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + +// Use this macro to compare a wxArrayString with the pipe-separated elements +// of the given string +// +// NB: it's a macro and not a function to have the correct line numbers in the +// test failure messages +#define WX_ASSERT_STRARRAY_EQUAL(s, a) \ + { \ + wxArrayString expected(wxSplit(s, '|', '\0')); \ + \ + CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL( expected.size(), a.size() ); \ + \ + for ( size_t n = 0; n < a.size(); n++ ) \ + { \ + CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL( expected[n], a[n] ); \ + } \ + } + +// Use this macro to assert with the given formatted message (it should contain +// the format string and arguments in a separate pair of parentheses) +#define WX_ASSERT_MESSAGE(msg, cond) \ + CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE(std::string(wxString::Format msg .mb_str()), (cond)) + +#define WX_ASSERT_EQUAL_MESSAGE(msg, expected, actual) \ + CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL_MESSAGE(std::string(wxString::Format msg .mb_str()), \ + (expected), (actual)) + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// define stream inserter for wxString if it's not defined in the main library, +// we need it to output the test failures involving wxString +#if !wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +#include "wx/string.h" + +#include + +inline std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& o, const wxString& s) +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + return o << (const char *)wxSafeConvertWX2MB(s.wc_str()); +#else + return o << s.c_str(); +#endif +} + +#endif // !wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +// VC6 doesn't provide overloads for operator<<(__int64) in its stream classes +// so do it ourselves +#if defined(__VISUALC6__) && defined(wxLongLong_t) + +#include "wx/longlong.h" + +inline std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& ostr, wxLongLong_t ll) +{ + ostr << wxLongLong(ll).ToString(); + + return ostr; +} + +inline std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& ostr, unsigned wxLongLong_t llu) +{ + ostr << wxULongLong(llu).ToString(); + + return ostr; +} + +#endif // VC6 && wxLongLong_t + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Some more compiler warning tweaking and auto linking. +// + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma warn .8022 +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER + #pragma warning(default:4702) +#endif // _MSC_VER + +// for VC++ automatically link in cppunit library +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #ifdef NDEBUG + #pragma comment(lib, "cppunit.lib") + #else // Debug + #pragma comment(lib, "cppunitd.lib") + #endif // Release/Debug +#endif + +#endif // _WX_CPPUNIT_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/crt.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/crt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ba993907a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/crt.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/crt.h +// Purpose: Header to include all headers with wrappers for CRT functions +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: 2007-05-30 +// RCS-ID: $Id: crt.h 49444 2007-10-26 06:19:08Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 wxWidgets dev team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CRT_H_ +#define _WX_CRT_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// include wxChar type definition: +#include "wx/chartype.h" + +// and wrappers for CRT functions: +#include "wx/wxcrt.h" +#include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h" + +#endif // _WX_CRT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cshelp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cshelp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0cc915177c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cshelp.h @@ -0,0 +1,244 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cshelp.h +// Purpose: Context-sensitive help support classes +// Author: Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 08/09/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cshelp.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CSHELP_H_ +#define _WX_CSHELP_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_HELP + +#include "wx/help.h" + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON +#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/event.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes used to implement context help UI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * wxContextHelp + * Invokes context-sensitive help. When the user + * clicks on a window, a wxEVT_HELP event will be sent to that + * window for the application to display help for. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxContextHelp : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxContextHelp(wxWindow* win = NULL, bool beginHelp = true); + virtual ~wxContextHelp(); + + bool BeginContextHelp(wxWindow* win); + bool EndContextHelp(); + + bool EventLoop(); + bool DispatchEvent(wxWindow* win, const wxPoint& pt); + + void SetStatus(bool status) { m_status = status; } + +protected: + bool m_inHelp; + bool m_status; // true if the user left-clicked + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxContextHelp) +}; + +#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON +/* + * wxContextHelpButton + * You can add this to your dialogs (especially on non-Windows platforms) + * to put the application into context help mode. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxContextHelpButton : public wxBitmapButton +{ +public: + wxContextHelpButton(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_CONTEXT_HELP, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW); + + void OnContextHelp(wxCommandEvent& event); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxContextHelpButton) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes used to implement context help support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxHelpProvider is an abstract class used by the program implementing context help to +// show the help text (or whatever: it may be HTML page or anything else) for +// the given window. +// +// The current help provider must be explicitly set by the application using +// wxHelpProvider::Set(). +// +// Special note about ShowHelpAtPoint() and ShowHelp(): we want to be able to +// override ShowHelpAtPoint() when we need to use different help messages for +// different parts of the window, but it should also be possible to override +// just ShowHelp() both for backwards compatibility and just because most +// often the help does not, in fact, depend on the position and so +// implementing just ShowHelp() is simpler and more natural, so by default +// ShowHelpAtPoint() forwards to ShowHelp(). But this means that +// wxSimpleHelpProvider has to override ShowHelp() and not ShowHelpAtPoint() +// for backwards compatibility as otherwise the existing code deriving from it +// and overriding ShowHelp() but calling the base class version wouldn't work +// any more, which forces us to use a rather ugly hack and pass the extra +// parameters of ShowHelpAtPoint() to ShowHelp() via member variables. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHelpProvider +{ +public: + // get/set the current (application-global) help provider (Set() returns + // the previous one) + static wxHelpProvider *Set(wxHelpProvider *helpProvider) + { + wxHelpProvider *helpProviderOld = ms_helpProvider; + ms_helpProvider = helpProvider; + return helpProviderOld; + } + + // unlike some other class, the help provider is not created on demand, + // this must be explicitly done by the application + static wxHelpProvider *Get() { return ms_helpProvider; } + + // get the help string (whose interpretation is help provider dependent + // except that empty string always means that no help is associated with + // the window) for this window + virtual wxString GetHelp(const wxWindowBase *window) = 0; + + // do show help for the given window (uses window->GetHelpAtPoint() + // internally if applicable), return true if it was done or false + // if no help available for this window + virtual bool ShowHelpAtPoint(wxWindowBase *window, + const wxPoint& pt, + wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) + { + wxCHECK_MSG( window, false, wxT("window must not be NULL") ); + + m_helptextAtPoint = pt; + m_helptextOrigin = origin; + + return ShowHelp(window); + } + + // show help for the given window, see ShowHelpAtPoint() above + virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase * WXUNUSED(window)) { return false; } + + // associate the text with the given window or id: although all help + // providers have these functions to allow making wxWindow::SetHelpText() + // work, not all of them implement them + virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowBase *window, const wxString& text); + + // this version associates the given text with all window with this id + // (may be used to set the same help string for all [Cancel] buttons in + // the application, for example) + virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowID id, const wxString& text); + + // removes the association + virtual void RemoveHelp(wxWindowBase* window); + + // virtual dtor for any base class + virtual ~wxHelpProvider(); + +protected: + wxHelpProvider() + : m_helptextAtPoint(wxDefaultPosition), + m_helptextOrigin(wxHelpEvent::Origin_Unknown) + { + } + + // helper method used by ShowHelp(): returns the help string to use by + // using m_helptextAtPoint/m_helptextOrigin if they're set or just GetHelp + // otherwise + wxString GetHelpTextMaybeAtPoint(wxWindowBase *window); + + + // parameters of the last ShowHelpAtPoint() call, used by ShowHelp() + wxPoint m_helptextAtPoint; + wxHelpEvent::Origin m_helptextOrigin; + +private: + static wxHelpProvider *ms_helpProvider; +}; + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH_MAP( wxUIntPtr, wxString, wxIntegerHash, + wxIntegerEqual, wxSimpleHelpProviderHashMap ); + +// wxSimpleHelpProvider is an implementation of wxHelpProvider which supports +// only plain text help strings and shows the string associated with the +// control (if any) in a tooltip +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSimpleHelpProvider : public wxHelpProvider +{ +public: + // implement wxHelpProvider methods + virtual wxString GetHelp(const wxWindowBase *window); + + // override ShowHelp() and not ShowHelpAtPoint() as explained above + virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase *window); + + virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowBase *window, const wxString& text); + virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowID id, const wxString& text); + virtual void RemoveHelp(wxWindowBase* window); + +protected: + // we use 2 hashes for storing the help strings associated with windows + // and the ids + wxSimpleHelpProviderHashMap m_hashWindows, + m_hashIds; +}; + +// wxHelpControllerHelpProvider is an implementation of wxHelpProvider which supports +// both context identifiers and plain text help strings. If the help text is an integer, +// it is passed to wxHelpController::DisplayContextPopup. Otherwise, it shows the string +// in a tooltip as per wxSimpleHelpProvider. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHelpControllerHelpProvider : public wxSimpleHelpProvider +{ +public: + // Note that it doesn't own the help controller. The help controller + // should be deleted separately. + wxHelpControllerHelpProvider(wxHelpControllerBase* hc = NULL); + + // implement wxHelpProvider methods + + // again (see above): this should be ShowHelpAtPoint() but we need to + // override ShowHelp() to avoid breaking existing code + virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase *window); + + // Other accessors + void SetHelpController(wxHelpControllerBase* hc) { m_helpController = hc; } + wxHelpControllerBase* GetHelpController() const { return m_helpController; } + +protected: + wxHelpControllerBase* m_helpController; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHelpControllerHelpProvider); +}; + +// Convenience function for turning context id into wxString +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxContextId(int id); + +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + +#endif // _WX_CSHELP_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ctrlsub.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ctrlsub.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..70a69d1103 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ctrlsub.h @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/ctrlsub.h (read: "wxConTRoL with SUBitems") +// Purpose: wxControlWithItems interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 22.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ctrlsub.h 65040 2010-07-22 12:09:15Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CONTROLS + +#include "wx/arrstr.h" +#include "wx/control.h" // base class + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxItemContainer defines an interface which is implemented by all controls +// which have string subitems each of which may be selected. +// +// It is decomposed in wxItemContainerImmutable which omits all methods +// adding/removing items and is used by wxRadioBox and wxItemContainer itself. +// +// Examples: wxListBox, wxCheckListBox, wxChoice and wxComboBox (which +// implements an extended interface deriving from this one) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxItemContainerImmutable +{ +public: + wxItemContainerImmutable() { } + virtual ~wxItemContainerImmutable(); + + // accessing strings + // ----------------- + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const = 0; + bool IsEmpty() const { return GetCount() == 0; } + + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const = 0; + wxArrayString GetStrings() const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s) = 0; + + // finding string natively is either case sensitive or insensitive + // but never both so fall back to this base version for not + // supported search type + virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const + { + unsigned int count = GetCount(); + + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < count ; ++i ) + { + if (GetString(i).IsSameAs( s , bCase )) + return (int)i; + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + + // selection + // --------- + + virtual void SetSelection(int n) = 0; + virtual int GetSelection() const = 0; + + // set selection to the specified string, return false if not found + bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s); + + // return the selected string or empty string if none + virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const; + + // this is the same as SetSelection( for single-selection controls but + // reads better for multi-selection ones + void Select(int n) { SetSelection(n); } + + +protected: + // check that the index is valid + bool IsValid(unsigned int n) const { return n < GetCount(); } + bool IsValidInsert(unsigned int n) const { return n <= GetCount(); } +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxItemContainer extends wxItemContainerImmutable interface with methods +// for adding/removing items. +// +// Classes deriving from this one must override DoInsertItems() to implement +// adding items to the control. This can often be implemented more efficiently +// than simply looping over the elements and inserting them but if this is not +// the case, the generic DoInsertItemsInLoop can be used in implementation, but +// in this case DoInsertItem() needs to be overridden. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxItemContainer : public wxItemContainerImmutable +{ +private: + // AppendItems() and InsertItems() helpers just call DoAppend/InsertItems() + // after doing some checks + // + // NB: they're defined here so that they're inlined when used in public part + int AppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + void **clientData, + wxClientDataType type) + { + if ( items.IsEmpty() ) + return wxNOT_FOUND; + + return DoAppendItems(items, clientData, type); + } + + int AppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items) + { + return AppendItems(items, NULL, wxClientData_None); + } + + int AppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, void **clientData) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_Object, + wxT("can't mix different types of client data") ); + + return AppendItems(items, clientData, wxClientData_Void); + } + + int AppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + wxClientData **clientData) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_Void, + wxT("can't mix different types of client data") ); + + return AppendItems(items, reinterpret_cast(clientData), + wxClientData_Object); + } + + int InsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, + wxClientDataType type) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !IsSorted(), wxT("can't insert items in sorted control") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( pos <= GetCount(), wxNOT_FOUND, + wxT("position out of range") ); + + // not all derived classes handle empty arrays correctly in + // DoInsertItems() and besides it really doesn't make much sense to do + // this (for append it could correspond to creating an initially empty + // control but why would anybody need to insert 0 items?) + wxCHECK_MSG( !items.IsEmpty(), wxNOT_FOUND, + wxT("need something to insert") ); + + return DoInsertItems(items, pos, clientData, type); + } + + int InsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, unsigned int pos) + { + return InsertItems(items, pos, NULL, wxClientData_None); + } + + int InsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_Object, + wxT("can't mix different types of client data") ); + + return InsertItems(items, pos, clientData, wxClientData_Void); + } + + int InsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + wxClientData **clientData) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_Void, + wxT("can't mix different types of client data") ); + + return InsertItems(items, pos, + reinterpret_cast(clientData), + wxClientData_Object); + } + +public: + wxItemContainer() { m_clientDataItemsType = wxClientData_None; } + virtual ~wxItemContainer(); + + // adding items + // ------------ + + // append single item, return its position in the control (which can be + // different from the last one if the control is sorted) + int Append(const wxString& item) + { return AppendItems(item); } + int Append(const wxString& item, void *clientData) + { return AppendItems(item, &clientData); } + int Append(const wxString& item, wxClientData *clientData) + { return AppendItems(item, &clientData); } + + // append several items at once to the control, return the position of the + // last item appended + int Append(const wxArrayString& items) + { return AppendItems(items); } + int Append(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData) + { return AppendItems(items, clientData); } + int Append(const wxArrayString& items, wxClientData **clientData) + { return AppendItems(items, clientData); } + int Append(unsigned int n, const wxString *items) + { return AppendItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items)); } + int Append(unsigned int n, const wxString *items, void **clientData) + { return AppendItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), clientData); } + int Append(unsigned int n, + const wxString *items, + wxClientData **clientData) + { return AppendItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), clientData); } + + // only for RTTI needs (separate name) + void AppendString(const wxString& item) + { Append(item); } + + + // inserting items: not for sorted controls! + // ----------------------------------------- + + // insert single item at the given position, return its effective position + int Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos) + { return InsertItems(item, pos); } + int Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos, void *clientData) + { return InsertItems(item, pos, &clientData); } + int Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos, wxClientData *clientData) + { return InsertItems(item, pos, &clientData); } + + // insert several items at once into the control, return the index of the + // last item inserted + int Insert(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos) + { return InsertItems(items, pos); } + int Insert(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos, void **clientData) + { return InsertItems(items, pos, clientData); } + int Insert(const wxArrayString& items, + unsigned int pos, + wxClientData **clientData) + { return InsertItems(items, pos, clientData); } + int Insert(unsigned int n, const wxString *items, unsigned int pos) + { return InsertItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), pos); } + int Insert(unsigned int n, + const wxString *items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData) + { return InsertItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), pos, clientData); } + int Insert(unsigned int n, + const wxString *items, + unsigned int pos, + wxClientData **clientData) + { return InsertItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), pos, clientData); } + + + // replacing items + // --------------- + + void Set(const wxArrayString& items) + { Clear(); Append(items); } + void Set(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData) + { Clear(); Append(items, clientData); } + void Set(const wxArrayString& items, wxClientData **clientData) + { Clear(); Append(items, clientData); } + void Set(unsigned int n, const wxString *items) + { Clear(); Append(n, items); } + void Set(unsigned int n, const wxString *items, void **clientData) + { Clear(); Append(n, items, clientData); } + void Set(unsigned int n, const wxString *items, wxClientData **clientData) + { Clear(); Append(n, items, clientData); } + + // deleting items + // -------------- + + void Clear(); + void Delete(unsigned int pos); + + + // various accessors + // ----------------- + + // The control may maintain its items in a sorted order in which case + // items are automatically inserted at the right position when they are + // inserted or appended. Derived classes have to override this method if + // they implement sorting, typically by returning HasFlag(wxXX_SORT) + virtual bool IsSorted() const { return false; } + + + // client data stuff + // ----------------- + + void SetClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData); + void* GetClientData(unsigned int n) const; + + // SetClientObject() takes ownership of the pointer, GetClientObject() + // returns it but keeps the ownership while DetachClientObject() expects + // the caller to delete the pointer and also resets the internally stored + // one to NULL for this item + void SetClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData); + wxClientData* GetClientObject(unsigned int n) const; + wxClientData* DetachClientObject(unsigned int n); + + // return the type of client data stored in this control: usually it just + // returns m_clientDataItemsType but must be overridden in the controls + // which delegate their client data storage to another one (e.g. wxChoice + // in wxUniv which stores data in wxListBox which it uses anyhow); don't + // forget to override SetClientDataType() if you override this one + // + // NB: for this to work no code should ever access m_clientDataItemsType + // directly but only via this function! + virtual wxClientDataType GetClientDataType() const + { return m_clientDataItemsType; } + + bool HasClientData() const + { return GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_None; } + bool HasClientObjectData() const + { return GetClientDataType() == wxClientData_Object; } + bool HasClientUntypedData() const + { return GetClientDataType() == wxClientData_Void; } + +protected: + // there is usually no need to override this method but you can do it if it + // is more convenient to only do "real" insertions in DoInsertItems() and + // to implement items appending here (in which case DoInsertItems() should + // call this method if pos == GetCount() as it can still be called in this + // case if public Insert() is called with such position) + virtual int DoAppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + void **clientData, + wxClientDataType type) + { + return DoInsertItems(items, GetCount(), clientData, type); + } + + // this method must be implemented to insert the items into the control at + // position pos which can be GetCount() meaning that the items should be + // appended; for the sorted controls the position can be ignored + // + // the derived classes typically use AssignNewItemClientData() to + // associate the data with the items as they're being inserted + // + // the method should return the index of the position the last item was + // inserted into or wxNOT_FOUND if an error occurred + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter & items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, + wxClientDataType type) = 0; + + // before the client data is set for the first time for the control which + // hadn't had it before, DoInitItemClientData() is called which gives the + // derived class the possibility to initialize its client data storage only + // when client data is really used + virtual void DoInitItemClientData() { } + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void *clientData) = 0; + virtual void *DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const = 0; + + virtual void DoClear() = 0; + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int pos) = 0; + + + // methods useful for the derived classes which don't have any better way + // of adding multiple items to the control than doing it one by one: such + // classes should call DoInsertItemsInLoop() from their DoInsert() and + // override DoInsertOneItem() to perform the real insertion + virtual int DoInsertOneItem(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos); + int DoInsertItemsInLoop(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, + wxClientDataType type); + + + // helper for DoInsertItems(): n is the index into clientData, pos is the + // position of the item in the control + void AssignNewItemClientData(unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, + unsigned int n, + wxClientDataType type); + + // free the client object associated with the item at given position and + // set it to NULL (must only be called if HasClientObjectData()) + void ResetItemClientObject(unsigned int n); + + // set the type of the client data stored in this control: override this if + // you override GetClientDataType() + virtual void SetClientDataType(wxClientDataType clientDataItemsType) + { + m_clientDataItemsType = clientDataItemsType; + } + +private: + // the type of the client data for the items + wxClientDataType m_clientDataItemsType; +}; + +// this macro must (unfortunately) be used in any class deriving from both +// wxItemContainer and wxControl because otherwise there is ambiguity when +// calling GetClientXXX() functions -- the compiler can't choose between the +// two versions +#define wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST \ + void SetClientData(void *data) \ + { wxEvtHandler::SetClientData(data); } \ + void *GetClientData() const \ + { return wxEvtHandler::GetClientData(); } \ + void SetClientObject(wxClientData *data) \ + { wxEvtHandler::SetClientObject(data); } \ + wxClientData *GetClientObject() const \ + { return wxEvtHandler::GetClientObject(); } \ + void SetClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData) \ + { wxItemContainer::SetClientData(n, clientData); } \ + void* GetClientData(unsigned int n) const \ + { return wxItemContainer::GetClientData(n); } \ + void SetClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData) \ + { wxItemContainer::SetClientObject(n, clientData); } \ + wxClientData* GetClientObject(unsigned int n) const \ + { return wxItemContainer::GetClientObject(n); } + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlWithItemsBase : public wxControl, + public wxItemContainer +{ +public: + wxControlWithItemsBase() { } + + // we have to redefine these functions here to avoid ambiguities in classes + // deriving from us which would arise otherwise because both base classses + // have the methods with the same names - hopefully, a smart compiler can + // optimize away these simple inline wrappers so we don't suffer much from + // this + wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST + + // usually the controls like list/combo boxes have their own background + // colour + virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; } + +protected: + // fill in the client object or data field of the event as appropriate + // + // calls InitCommandEvent() and, if n != wxNOT_FOUND, also sets the per + // item client data + void InitCommandEventWithItems(wxCommandEvent& event, int n); + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlWithItemsBase); +}; + +// define the platform-specific wxControlWithItems class +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/ctrlsub.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/ctrlsub.h" +#else + class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlWithItems : public wxControlWithItemsBase + { + public: + wxControlWithItems() { } + + private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControlWithItems) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlWithItems); + }; +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS + +#endif // _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cursor.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cursor.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..82bd282b45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/cursor.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/cursor.h +// Purpose: wxCursor base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: cursor.h 60648 2009-05-16 10:42:48Z FM $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +/* + wxCursor classes should have the following public API: + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCursor : public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + wxCursor(); + wxCursor(const wxImage& image); + wxCursor(const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType type = wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE, + int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0); + wxCursor(wxStockCursor id) { InitFromStock(id); } +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxCursor(int id) { InitFromStock((wxStockCursor)id); } +#endif + virtual ~wxCursor(); +}; + +*/ + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE + #include "wx/palmos/cursor.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE + #include "wx/msw/cursor.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM + #include "wx/motif/cursor.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM + #include "wx/gtk/cursor.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM + #include "wx/gtk1/cursor.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM + #include "wx/x11/cursor.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE + #include "wx/mgl/cursor.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE + #include "wx/dfb/cursor.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE + #include "wx/osx/cursor.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE 0 + #include "wx/cocoa/cursor.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE + #include "wx/os2/cursor.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/utils.h" + +/* This is a small class which can be used by all ports + to temporarily suspend the busy cursor. Useful in modal + dialogs. + + Actually that is not (any longer) quite true.. currently it is + only used in wxGTK Dialog::ShowModal() and now uses static + wxBusyCursor methods that are only implemented for wxGTK so far. + The BusyCursor handling code should probably be implemented in + common code somewhere instead of the separate implementations we + currently have. Also the name BusyCursorSuspender is a little + misleading since it doesn't actually suspend the BusyCursor, just + masks one that is already showing. + If another call to wxBeginBusyCursor is made while this is active + the Busy Cursor will again be shown. But at least now it doesn't + interfere with the state of wxIsBusy() -- RL + +*/ +class wxBusyCursorSuspender +{ +public: + wxBusyCursorSuspender() + { + if( wxIsBusy() ) + { + wxSetCursor( wxBusyCursor::GetStoredCursor() ); + } + } + ~wxBusyCursorSuspender() + { + if( wxIsBusy() ) + { + wxSetCursor( wxBusyCursor::GetBusyCursor() ); + } + } +}; +#endif + // _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dataobj.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dataobj.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f611b34e86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dataobj.h @@ -0,0 +1,551 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dataobj.h +// Purpose: common data object classes +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: 26.05.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataobj.h 63381 2010-02-04 01:02:43Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +// ============================================================================ +/* + Generic data transfer related classes. The class hierarchy is as follows: + + - wxDataObject- + / \ + / \ + wxDataObjectSimple wxDataObjectComposite + / | \ + / | \ + wxTextDataObject | wxBitmapDataObject + | + wxCustomDataObject + +*/ +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataFormat class is declared in platform-specific headers: it represents +// a format for data which may be either one of the standard ones (text, +// bitmap, ...) or a custom one which is then identified by a unique string. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* the class interface looks like this (pseudo code): + +class wxDataFormat +{ +public: + typedef NativeFormat; + + wxDataFormat(NativeFormat format = wxDF_INVALID); + wxDataFormat(const wxString& format); + + wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat format); + wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& format); + + bool operator==(NativeFormat format) const; + bool operator!=(NativeFormat format) const; + + void SetType(NativeFormat format); + NativeFormat GetType() const; + + wxString GetId() const; + void SetId(const wxString& format); +}; + +*/ + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/ole/dataform.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/dataform.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/dataform.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/dataform.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/dataform.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/dataform.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/dataform.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/dataform.h" +#endif + +// the value for default argument to some functions (corresponds to +// wxDF_INVALID) +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const wxDataFormat& wxFormatInvalid; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataObject represents a piece of data which knows which formats it +// supports and knows how to render itself in each of them - GetDataHere(), +// and how to restore data from the buffer (SetData()). +// +// Although this class may be used directly (i.e. custom classes may be +// derived from it), in many cases it might be simpler to use either +// wxDataObjectSimple or wxDataObjectComposite classes. +// +// A data object may be "read only", i.e. support only GetData() functions or +// "read-write", i.e. support both GetData() and SetData() (in principle, it +// might be "write only" too, but this is rare). Moreover, it doesn't have to +// support the same formats in Get() and Set() directions: for example, a data +// object containing JPEG image might accept BMPs in GetData() because JPEG +// image may be easily transformed into BMP but not in SetData(). Accordingly, +// all methods dealing with formats take an additional "direction" argument +// which is either SET or GET and which tells the function if the format needs +// to be supported by SetData() or GetDataHere(). +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObjectBase +{ +public: + enum Direction + { + Get = 0x01, // format is supported by GetDataHere() + Set = 0x02, // format is supported by SetData() + Both = 0x03 // format is supported by both (unused currently) + }; + + // this class is polymorphic, hence it needs a virtual dtor + virtual ~wxDataObjectBase(); + + // get the best suited format for rendering our data + virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir = Get) const = 0; + + // get the number of formats we support + virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction dir = Get) const = 0; + + // return all formats in the provided array (of size GetFormatCount()) + virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, + Direction dir = Get) const = 0; + + // get the (total) size of data for the given format + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const = 0; + + // copy raw data (in the specified format) to the provided buffer, return + // true if data copied successfully, false otherwise + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const = 0; + + // get data from the buffer of specified length (in the given format), + // return true if the data was read successfully, false otherwise + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), + size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void * WXUNUSED(buf)) + { + return false; + } + + // returns true if this format is supported + bool IsSupported(const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get) const; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the platform-specific declarations of wxDataObject +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/dataobj.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/dataobj.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/dataobj.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/dataobj.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/dataobj.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/dataobj.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/dataobj.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataObjectSimple is a wxDataObject which only supports one format (in +// both Get and Set directions, but you may return false from GetDataHere() or +// SetData() if one of them is not supported). This is the simplest possible +// wxDataObject implementation. +// +// This is still an "abstract base class" (although it doesn't have any pure +// virtual functions), to use it you should derive from it and implement +// GetDataSize(), GetDataHere() and SetData() functions because the base class +// versions don't do anything - they just return "not implemented". +// +// This class should be used when you provide data in only one format (no +// conversion to/from other formats), either a standard or a custom one. +// Otherwise, you should use wxDataObjectComposite or wxDataObject directly. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObjectSimple : public wxDataObject +{ +public: + // ctor takes the format we support, but it can also be set later with + // SetFormat() + wxDataObjectSimple(const wxDataFormat& format = wxFormatInvalid) + : m_format(format) + { + } + + // get/set the format we support + const wxDataFormat& GetFormat() const { return m_format; } + void SetFormat(const wxDataFormat& format) { m_format = format; } + + // virtual functions to override in derived class (the base class versions + // just return "not implemented") + // ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // get the size of our data + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const + { return 0; } + + // copy our data to the buffer + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *WXUNUSED(buf)) const + { return false; } + + // copy data from buffer to our data + virtual bool SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void *WXUNUSED(buf)) + { return false; } + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const + { return m_format; } + virtual size_t GetFormatCount(wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const + { return 1; } + virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, + wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const + { *formats = m_format; } + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const + { return GetDataSize(); } + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), + void *buf) const + { return GetDataHere(buf); } + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), + size_t len, const void *buf) + { return SetData(len, buf); } + +private: + // the one and only format we support + wxDataFormat m_format; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataObjectSimple); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataObjectComposite is the simplest way to implement wxDataObject +// supporting multiple formats. It contains several wxDataObjectSimple and +// supports all formats supported by any of them. +// +// This class shouldn't be (normally) derived from, but may be used directly. +// If you need more flexibility than what it provides, you should probably use +// wxDataObject directly. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDataObjectSimple, wxSimpleDataObjectList); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObjectComposite : public wxDataObject +{ +public: + // ctor + wxDataObjectComposite(); + virtual ~wxDataObjectComposite(); + + // add data object (it will be deleted by wxDataObjectComposite, hence it + // must be allocated on the heap) whose format will become the preferred + // one if preferred == true + void Add(wxDataObjectSimple *dataObject, bool preferred = false); + + // Report the format passed to the SetData method. This should be the + // format of the data object within the composite that received data from + // the clipboard or the DnD operation. You can use this method to find + // out what kind of data object was received. + wxDataFormat GetReceivedFormat() const; + + // Returns the pointer to the object which supports this format or NULL. + // The returned pointer is owned by wxDataObjectComposite and must + // therefore not be destroyed by the caller. + wxDataObjectSimple *GetObject(const wxDataFormat& format, + wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const; + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const; + virtual size_t GetFormatCount(wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const; + virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const; + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t len, const void *buf); +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + virtual const void* GetSizeFromBuffer( const void* buffer, size_t* size, + const wxDataFormat& format ); + virtual void* SetSizeInBuffer( void* buffer, size_t size, + const wxDataFormat& format ); + virtual size_t GetBufferOffset( const wxDataFormat& format ); +#endif + +private: + // the list of all (simple) data objects whose formats we support + wxSimpleDataObjectList m_dataObjects; + + // the index of the preferred one (0 initially, so by default the first + // one is the preferred) + size_t m_preferred; + + wxDataFormat m_receivedFormat; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataObjectComposite); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// Standard implementations of wxDataObjectSimple which can be used directly +// (i.e. without having to derive from them) for standard data type transfers. +// +// Note that although all of them can work with provided data, you can also +// override their virtual GetXXX() functions to only provide data on demand. +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextDataObject contains text data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + #if defined(__WXGTK20__) + #define wxNEEDS_UTF8_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ + #elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #define wxNEEDS_UTF16_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ + #endif +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple +{ +public: + // ctor: you can specify the text here or in SetText(), or override + // GetText() + wxTextDataObject(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString) + : wxDataObjectSimple( +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxDF_UNICODETEXT +#else + wxDF_TEXT +#endif + ), + m_text(text) + { + } + + // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide text on + // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used + virtual size_t GetTextLength() const { return m_text.Len() + 1; } + virtual wxString GetText() const { return m_text; } + virtual void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; } + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + // some platforms have 2 and not 1 format for text data +#if defined(wxNEEDS_UTF8_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ) || defined(wxNEEDS_UTF16_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ) + virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const { return 2; } + virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, + wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const; + + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const { return GetDataSize(GetPreferredFormat()); } + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const { return GetDataHere(GetPreferredFormat(), buf); } + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf) { return SetData(GetPreferredFormat(), len, buf); } + + size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const; + bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *pBuf) const; + bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf); +#else // !wxNEEDS_UTF{8,16}_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it) + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const + { + return GetDataSize(); + } + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const + { + return GetDataHere(buf); + } + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) + { + return SetData(len, buf); + } +#endif // different wxTextDataObject implementations + +private: + wxString m_text; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextDataObject); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapDataObject contains a bitmap +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapDataObjectBase : public wxDataObjectSimple +{ +public: + // ctor: you can specify the bitmap here or in SetBitmap(), or override + // GetBitmap() + wxBitmapDataObjectBase(const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap) + : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_BITMAP), m_bitmap(bitmap) + { + } + + // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on + // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used + virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } + virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; } + +protected: + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapDataObjectBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDataObject contains a list of filenames +// +// NB: notice that this is a "write only" object, it can only be filled with +// data from drag and drop operation. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDataObjectBase : public wxDataObjectSimple +{ +public: + // ctor: use AddFile() later to fill the array + wxFileDataObjectBase() : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_FILENAME) { } + + // get a reference to our array + const wxArrayString& GetFilenames() const { return m_filenames; } + +protected: + wxArrayString m_filenames; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDataObjectBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCustomDataObject contains arbitrary untyped user data. +// +// It is understood that this data can be copied bitwise. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCustomDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple +{ +public: + // if you don't specify the format in the ctor, you can still use + // SetFormat() later + wxCustomDataObject(const wxDataFormat& format = wxFormatInvalid); + + // the dtor calls Free() + virtual ~wxCustomDataObject(); + + // you can call SetData() to set m_data: it will make a copy of the data + // you pass - or you can use TakeData() which won't copy anything, but + // will take ownership of data (i.e. will call Free() on it later) + void TakeData(size_t size, void *data); + + // this function is called to allocate "size" bytes of memory from + // SetData(). The default version uses operator new[]. + virtual void *Alloc(size_t size); + + // this function is called when the data is freed, you may override it to + // anything you want (or may be nothing at all). The default version calls + // operator delete[] on m_data + virtual void Free(); + + // get data: you may override these functions if you wish to provide data + // only when it's requested + virtual size_t GetSize() const { return m_size; } + virtual void *GetData() const { return m_data; } + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(size_t size, const void *buf); + // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it) + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const + { + return GetDataSize(); + } + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const + { + return GetDataHere(buf); + } + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) + { + return SetData(len, buf); + } + +private: + size_t m_size; + void *m_data; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCustomDataObject); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include platform-specific declarations of wxXXXBase classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h" + // wxURLDataObject defined in msw/ole/dataobj2.h +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/dataobj2.h" + // wxURLDataObject defined in msw/ole/dataobj2.h + +#else + #if defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/dataobj2.h" + #elif defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/dataobj2.h" + #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/dataobj2.h" + #elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/dataobj2.h" + #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/dataobj2.h" + #elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/dataobj2.h" + #endif + + // wxURLDataObject is simply wxTextDataObject with a different name + class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxURLDataObject : public wxTextDataObject + { + public: + wxURLDataObject(const wxString& url = wxEmptyString) + : wxTextDataObject(url) + { + } + + wxString GetURL() const { return GetText(); } + void SetURL(const wxString& url) { SetText(url); } + }; +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_DATAOBJ + +#endif // _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dataview.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dataview.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cc9d85efa9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dataview.h @@ -0,0 +1,1315 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dataview.h +// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl base classes +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: Bo Yang +// Created: 08.01.06 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataview.h 66783 2011-01-27 11:53:51Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DATAVIEW_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DATAVIEW_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL + +#include "wx/textctrl.h" +#include "wx/headercol.h" +#include "wx/variant.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" +#include "wx/weakref.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" +#include "wx/dataobj.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList; + +#if !(defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXOSX__)) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) +// #if !(defined(__WXOSX__)) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #define wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL +#endif + +#ifdef wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL + // this symbol doesn't follow the convention for wxUSE_XXX symbols which + // are normally always defined as either 0 or 1, so its use is deprecated + // and it only exists for backwards compatibility, don't use it any more + // and use wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL instead + #define wxUSE_GENERICDATAVIEWCTRL +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCtrl globals +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewItem; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewModel; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewColumn; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewRenderer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewModelNotifier; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxDataViewCtrlNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCtrl flags +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// size of a wxDataViewRenderer without contents: +#define wxDVC_DEFAULT_RENDERER_SIZE 20 + +// the default width of new (text) columns: +#define wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH 80 + +// the default width of new toggle columns: +#define wxDVC_TOGGLE_DEFAULT_WIDTH 30 + +// the default minimal width of the columns: +#define wxDVC_DEFAULT_MINWIDTH 30 + +// The default alignment of wxDataViewRenderers is to take +// the alignment from the column it owns. +#define wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT -1 + + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewItem +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewItem +{ +public: + wxDataViewItem( void* id = NULL ) + { m_id = id; } + wxDataViewItem( const wxDataViewItem &item ) + { m_id = item.m_id; } + bool IsOk() const { return m_id != NULL; } + void* GetID() const { return m_id; } + operator const void* () const { return m_id; } + +private: + void* m_id; +}; + +inline +bool operator==(const wxDataViewItem& left, const wxDataViewItem& right) +{ + return left.GetID() == right.GetID(); +} + +inline +bool operator!=(const wxDataViewItem& left, const wxDataViewItem& right) +{ + return !(left == right); +} + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY(wxDataViewItem, wxDataViewItemArray); + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewModelNotifier +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewModelNotifier +{ +public: + wxDataViewModelNotifier() { m_owner = NULL; } + virtual ~wxDataViewModelNotifier() { m_owner = NULL; } + + virtual bool ItemAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ) = 0; + virtual bool ItemDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ) = 0; + virtual bool ItemChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item ) = 0; + virtual bool ItemsAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItemArray &items ); + virtual bool ItemsDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItemArray &items ); + virtual bool ItemsChanged( const wxDataViewItemArray &items ); + virtual bool ValueChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ) = 0; + virtual bool Cleared() = 0; + + // some platforms, such as GTK+, may need a two step procedure for ::Reset() + virtual bool BeforeReset() { return true; } + virtual bool AfterReset() { return Cleared(); } + + virtual void Resort() = 0; + + void SetOwner( wxDataViewModel *owner ) { m_owner = owner; } + wxDataViewModel *GetOwner() const { return m_owner; } + +private: + wxDataViewModel *m_owner; +}; + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewItemAttr: a structure containing the visual attributes of an item +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// TODO: this should be renamed to wxItemAttr or something general like this + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewItemAttr +{ +public: + // ctors + wxDataViewItemAttr() + { + m_bold = false; + m_italic = false; + } + + // setters + void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_colour = colour; } + void SetBold( bool set ) { m_bold = set; } + void SetItalic( bool set ) { m_italic = set; } + + // accessors + bool HasColour() const { return m_colour.Ok(); } + const wxColour& GetColour() const { return m_colour; } + + bool HasFont() const { return m_bold || m_italic; } + bool GetBold() const { return m_bold; } + bool GetItalic() const { return m_italic; } + + bool IsDefault() const { return !(HasColour() || HasFont()); } + + // Return the font based on the given one with this attribute applied to it. + wxFont GetEffectiveFont(const wxFont& font) const; + +private: + wxColour m_colour; + bool m_bold; + bool m_italic; +}; + + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewModel +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxDataViewModelNotifier, wxDataViewModelNotifiers, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewModel: public wxRefCounter +{ +public: + wxDataViewModel(); + + virtual unsigned int GetColumnCount() const = 0; + + // return type as reported by wxVariant + virtual wxString GetColumnType( unsigned int col ) const = 0; + + // get value into a wxVariant + virtual void GetValue( wxVariant &variant, + const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ) const = 0; + + // return true if the given item has a value to display in the given + // column: this is always true except for container items which by default + // only show their label in the first column (but see HasContainerColumns()) + bool HasValue(const wxDataViewItem& item, unsigned col) const + { + return col == 0 || !IsContainer(item) || HasContainerColumns(item); + } + + // usually ValueChanged() should be called after changing the value in the + // model to update the control, ChangeValue() does it on its own while + // SetValue() does not -- so while you will override SetValue(), you should + // be usually calling ChangeValue() + virtual bool SetValue(const wxVariant &variant, + const wxDataViewItem &item, + unsigned int col) = 0; + + bool ChangeValue(const wxVariant& variant, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned int col) + { + return SetValue(variant, item, col) && ValueChanged(item, col); + } + + // Get text attribute, return false of default attributes should be used + virtual bool GetAttr(const wxDataViewItem &WXUNUSED(item), + unsigned int WXUNUSED(col), + wxDataViewItemAttr &WXUNUSED(attr)) const + { + return false; + } + + // Override this if you want to disable specific items + virtual bool IsEnabled(const wxDataViewItem &WXUNUSED(item), + unsigned int WXUNUSED(col)) const + { + return true; + } + + // define hierachy + virtual wxDataViewItem GetParent( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const = 0; + virtual bool IsContainer( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const = 0; + // Is the container just a header or an item with all columns + virtual bool HasContainerColumns(const wxDataViewItem& WXUNUSED(item)) const + { return false; } + virtual unsigned int GetChildren( const wxDataViewItem &item, wxDataViewItemArray &children ) const = 0; + + // delegated notifiers + bool ItemAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ); + bool ItemsAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItemArray &items ); + bool ItemDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ); + bool ItemsDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItemArray &items ); + bool ItemChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item ); + bool ItemsChanged( const wxDataViewItemArray &items ); + bool ValueChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ); + bool Cleared(); + + // some platforms, such as GTK+, may need a two step procedure for ::Reset() + bool BeforeReset(); + bool AfterReset(); + + + // delegated action + virtual void Resort(); + + void AddNotifier( wxDataViewModelNotifier *notifier ); + void RemoveNotifier( wxDataViewModelNotifier *notifier ); + + // default compare function + virtual int Compare( const wxDataViewItem &item1, const wxDataViewItem &item2, + unsigned int column, bool ascending ) const; + virtual bool HasDefaultCompare() const { return false; } + + // internal + virtual bool IsListModel() const { return false; } + virtual bool IsVirtualListModel() const { return false; } + +protected: + // the user should not delete this class directly: he should use DecRef() instead! + virtual ~wxDataViewModel() { } + + wxDataViewModelNotifiers m_notifiers; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewListModel: a model of a list, i.e. flat data structure without any +// branches/containers, used as base class by wxDataViewIndexListModel and +// wxDataViewVirtualListModel +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewListModel : public wxDataViewModel +{ +public: + // derived classes should override these methods instead of + // {Get,Set}Value() and GetAttr() inherited from the base class + + virtual void GetValueByRow(wxVariant &variant, + unsigned row, unsigned col) const = 0; + + virtual bool SetValueByRow(const wxVariant &variant, + unsigned row, unsigned col) = 0; + + virtual bool + GetAttrByRow(unsigned WXUNUSED(row), unsigned WXUNUSED(col), + wxDataViewItemAttr &WXUNUSED(attr)) const + { + return false; + } + + virtual bool IsEnabledByRow(unsigned int WXUNUSED(row), + unsigned int WXUNUSED(col)) const + { + return true; + } + + + // helper methods provided by list models only + virtual unsigned GetRow( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const = 0; + + // returns the number of rows + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const = 0; + + // implement some base class pure virtual directly + virtual wxDataViewItem + GetParent( const wxDataViewItem & WXUNUSED(item) ) const + { + // items never have valid parent in this model + return wxDataViewItem(); + } + + virtual bool IsContainer( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const + { + // only the invisible (and invalid) root item has children + return !item.IsOk(); + } + + // and implement some others by forwarding them to our own ones + virtual void GetValue( wxVariant &variant, + const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ) const + { + GetValueByRow(variant, GetRow(item), col); + } + + virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &variant, + const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ) + { + return SetValueByRow( variant, GetRow(item), col ); + } + + virtual bool GetAttr(const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col, + wxDataViewItemAttr &attr) const + { + return GetAttrByRow( GetRow(item), col, attr ); + } + + virtual bool IsEnabled(const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col) const + { + return IsEnabledByRow( GetRow(item), col ); + } + + + virtual bool IsListModel() const { return true; } +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewIndexListModel +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewIndexListModel: public wxDataViewListModel +{ +public: + wxDataViewIndexListModel( unsigned int initial_size = 0 ); + + void RowPrepended(); + void RowInserted( unsigned int before ); + void RowAppended(); + void RowDeleted( unsigned int row ); + void RowsDeleted( const wxArrayInt &rows ); + void RowChanged( unsigned int row ); + void RowValueChanged( unsigned int row, unsigned int col ); + void Reset( unsigned int new_size ); + + // convert to/from row/wxDataViewItem + + virtual unsigned GetRow( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const; + wxDataViewItem GetItem( unsigned int row ) const; + + // compare based on index + + virtual int Compare( const wxDataViewItem &item1, const wxDataViewItem &item2, + unsigned int column, bool ascending ) const; + virtual bool HasDefaultCompare() const; + + // implement base methods + virtual unsigned int GetChildren( const wxDataViewItem &item, wxDataViewItemArray &children ) const; + + unsigned int GetCount() const { return m_hash.GetCount(); } + +private: + wxDataViewItemArray m_hash; + unsigned int m_nextFreeID; + bool m_ordered; +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewVirtualListModel +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ +// better than nothing +typedef wxDataViewIndexListModel wxDataViewVirtualListModel; +#else + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewVirtualListModel: public wxDataViewListModel +{ +public: + wxDataViewVirtualListModel( unsigned int initial_size = 0 ); + + void RowPrepended(); + void RowInserted( unsigned int before ); + void RowAppended(); + void RowDeleted( unsigned int row ); + void RowsDeleted( const wxArrayInt &rows ); + void RowChanged( unsigned int row ); + void RowValueChanged( unsigned int row, unsigned int col ); + void Reset( unsigned int new_size ); + + // convert to/from row/wxDataViewItem + + virtual unsigned GetRow( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const; + wxDataViewItem GetItem( unsigned int row ) const; + + // compare based on index + + virtual int Compare( const wxDataViewItem &item1, const wxDataViewItem &item2, + unsigned int column, bool ascending ) const; + virtual bool HasDefaultCompare() const; + + // implement base methods + virtual unsigned int GetChildren( const wxDataViewItem &item, wxDataViewItemArray &children ) const; + + unsigned int GetCount() const { return m_size; } + + // internal + virtual bool IsVirtualListModel() const { return true; } + +private: + unsigned int m_size; + bool m_ordered; +}; +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewRenderer and related classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/dvrenderers.h" + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewColumnBase +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compatibility only, do not use +enum wxDataViewColumnFlags +{ + wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE = wxCOL_RESIZABLE, + wxDATAVIEW_COL_SORTABLE = wxCOL_SORTABLE, + wxDATAVIEW_COL_REORDERABLE = wxCOL_REORDERABLE, + wxDATAVIEW_COL_HIDDEN = wxCOL_HIDDEN +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewColumnBase : public wxSettableHeaderColumn +{ +public: + // ctor for the text columns: takes ownership of renderer + wxDataViewColumnBase(wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, + unsigned int model_column) + { + Init(renderer, model_column); + } + + // ctor for the bitmap columns + wxDataViewColumnBase(const wxBitmap& bitmap, + wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, + unsigned int model_column) + : m_bitmap(bitmap) + { + Init(renderer, model_column); + } + + virtual ~wxDataViewColumnBase(); + + // setters: + virtual void SetOwner( wxDataViewCtrl *owner ) + { m_owner = owner; } + + // getters: + unsigned int GetModelColumn() const { return static_cast(m_model_column); } + wxDataViewCtrl *GetOwner() const { return m_owner; } + wxDataViewRenderer* GetRenderer() const { return m_renderer; } + + // implement some of base class pure virtuals (the rest is port-dependent + // and done differently in generic and native versions) + virtual void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) { m_bitmap = bitmap; } + virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } + +protected: + wxDataViewRenderer *m_renderer; + int m_model_column; + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + wxDataViewCtrl *m_owner; + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, unsigned int model_column); +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCtrlBase +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxDV_SINGLE 0x0000 // for convenience +#define wxDV_MULTIPLE 0x0001 // can select multiple items + +#define wxDV_NO_HEADER 0x0002 // column titles not visible +#define wxDV_HORIZ_RULES 0x0004 // light horizontal rules between rows +#define wxDV_VERT_RULES 0x0008 // light vertical rules between columns + +#define wxDV_ROW_LINES 0x0010 // alternating colour in rows +#define wxDV_VARIABLE_LINE_HEIGHT 0x0020 // variable line height + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCtrlBase: public wxControl +{ +public: + wxDataViewCtrlBase(); + virtual ~wxDataViewCtrlBase(); + + // model + // ----- + + virtual bool AssociateModel( wxDataViewModel *model ); + wxDataViewModel* GetModel(); + const wxDataViewModel* GetModel() const; + + + // column management + // ----------------- + + wxDataViewColumn *PrependTextColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *PrependIconTextColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *PrependToggleColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_TOGGLE_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *PrependProgressColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *PrependDateColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *PrependBitmapColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *PrependTextColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *PrependIconTextColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *PrependToggleColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_TOGGLE_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *PrependProgressColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *PrependDateColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *PrependBitmapColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + + wxDataViewColumn *AppendTextColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendIconTextColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendToggleColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_TOGGLE_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendProgressColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendDateColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendBitmapColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendTextColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendIconTextColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendToggleColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_TOGGLE_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendProgressColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendDateColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendBitmapColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + + virtual bool PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ); + virtual bool InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *col ); + virtual bool AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ); + + virtual unsigned int GetColumnCount() const = 0; + virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetColumn( unsigned int pos ) const = 0; + virtual int GetColumnPosition( const wxDataViewColumn *column ) const = 0; + + virtual bool DeleteColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column ) = 0; + virtual bool ClearColumns() = 0; + + void SetExpanderColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ) + { m_expander_column = col ; DoSetExpanderColumn(); } + wxDataViewColumn *GetExpanderColumn() const + { return m_expander_column; } + + virtual wxDataViewColumn *GetSortingColumn() const = 0; + + + // items management + // ---------------- + + void SetIndent( int indent ) + { m_indent = indent ; DoSetIndent(); } + int GetIndent() const + { return m_indent; } + + // Current item is the one used by the keyboard navigation, it is the same + // as the (unique) selected item in single selection mode so these + // functions are mostly useful for controls with wxDV_MULTIPLE style. + wxDataViewItem GetCurrentItem() const; + void SetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item); + + virtual wxDataViewItem GetSelection() const = 0; + virtual int GetSelections( wxDataViewItemArray & sel ) const = 0; + virtual void SetSelections( const wxDataViewItemArray & sel ) = 0; + virtual void Select( const wxDataViewItem & item ) = 0; + virtual void Unselect( const wxDataViewItem & item ) = 0; + virtual bool IsSelected( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const = 0; + + virtual void SelectAll() = 0; + virtual void UnselectAll() = 0; + + virtual void Expand( const wxDataViewItem & item ) = 0; + virtual void ExpandAncestors( const wxDataViewItem & item ); + virtual void Collapse( const wxDataViewItem & item ) = 0; + virtual bool IsExpanded( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const = 0; + + virtual void EnsureVisible( const wxDataViewItem & item, + const wxDataViewColumn *column = NULL ) = 0; + virtual void HitTest( const wxPoint & point, wxDataViewItem &item, wxDataViewColumn* &column ) const = 0; + virtual wxRect GetItemRect( const wxDataViewItem & item, const wxDataViewColumn *column = NULL ) const = 0; + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + virtual bool EnableDragSource(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) + { return false; } + virtual bool EnableDropTarget(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) + { return false; } +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + + // define control visual attributes + // -------------------------------- + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) + { + return wxControl::GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(variant); + } + +protected: + virtual void DoSetExpanderColumn() = 0 ; + virtual void DoSetIndent() = 0; + +private: + // Implementation of the public Set/GetCurrentItem() methods which are only + // called in multi selection case (for single selection controls their + // implementation is trivial and is done in the base class itself). + virtual wxDataViewItem DoGetCurrentItem() const = 0; + virtual void DoSetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item) = 0; + + wxDataViewModel *m_model; + wxDataViewColumn *m_expander_column; + int m_indent ; + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewCtrlBase) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewEvent - the event class for the wxDataViewCtrl notifications +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewEvent : public wxNotifyEvent +{ +public: + wxDataViewEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0) + : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid), + m_item(0), + m_col(-1), + m_model(NULL), + m_value(wxNullVariant), + m_column(NULL), + m_pos(-1,-1), + m_cacheFrom(0), + m_cacheTo(0) +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + , m_dataObject(NULL), + m_dataBuffer(NULL), + m_dataSize(0) +#endif + { } + + wxDataViewEvent(const wxDataViewEvent& event) + : wxNotifyEvent(event), + m_item(event.m_item), + m_col(event.m_col), + m_model(event.m_model), + m_value(event.m_value), + m_column(event.m_column), + m_pos(event.m_pos), + m_cacheFrom(event.m_cacheFrom), + m_cacheTo(event.m_cacheTo) +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + , m_dataObject(event.m_dataObject), + m_dataFormat(event.m_dataFormat), + m_dataBuffer(event.m_dataBuffer), + m_dataSize(event.m_dataSize) +#endif + { } + + wxDataViewItem GetItem() const { return m_item; } + void SetItem( const wxDataViewItem &item ) { m_item = item; } + + int GetColumn() const { return m_col; } + void SetColumn( int col ) { m_col = col; } + + wxDataViewModel* GetModel() const { return m_model; } + void SetModel( wxDataViewModel *model ) { m_model = model; } + + const wxVariant &GetValue() const { return m_value; } + void SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) { m_value = value; } + + // for wxEVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICKED only + void SetDataViewColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ) { m_column = col; } + wxDataViewColumn *GetDataViewColumn() const { return m_column; } + + // for wxEVT_DATAVIEW_CONTEXT_MENU only + wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } + void SetPosition( int x, int y ) { m_pos.x = x; m_pos.y = y; } + + // For wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_CACHE_HINT + int GetCacheFrom() const { return m_cacheFrom; } + int GetCacheTo() const { return m_cacheTo; } + void SetCache(int from, int to) { m_cacheFrom = from; m_cacheTo = to; } + + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + // For drag operations + void SetDataObject( wxDataObject *obj ) { m_dataObject = obj; } + wxDataObject *GetDataObject() const { return m_dataObject; } + + // For drop operations + void SetDataFormat( const wxDataFormat &format ) { m_dataFormat = format; } + wxDataFormat GetDataFormat() const { return m_dataFormat; } + void SetDataSize( size_t size ) { m_dataSize = size; } + size_t GetDataSize() const { return m_dataSize; } + void SetDataBuffer( void* buf ) { m_dataBuffer = buf;} + void *GetDataBuffer() const { return m_dataBuffer; } +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDataViewEvent(*this); } + +protected: + wxDataViewItem m_item; + int m_col; + wxDataViewModel *m_model; + wxVariant m_value; + wxDataViewColumn *m_column; + wxPoint m_pos; + int m_cacheFrom; + int m_cacheTo; + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + wxDataObject *m_dataObject; + + wxDataFormat m_dataFormat; + void* m_dataBuffer; + size_t m_dataSize; +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDataViewEvent) +}; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_SELECTION_CHANGED, wxDataViewEvent ); + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_ACTIVATED, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSED, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDED, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSING, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDING, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_START_EDITING, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_STARTED, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_DONE, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_VALUE_CHANGED, wxDataViewEvent ); + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU, wxDataViewEvent ); + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_SORTED, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_REORDERED, wxDataViewEvent ); + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_CACHE_HINT, wxDataViewEvent ); + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_BEGIN_DRAG, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP_POSSIBLE, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP, wxDataViewEvent ); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDataViewEventFunction)(wxDataViewEvent&); + +#define wxDataViewEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxDataViewEventFunction, func) + +#define wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ ## evt, id, wxDataViewEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_SELECTION_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(SELECTION_CHANGED, id, fn) + +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_ACTIVATED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_ACTIVATED, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_COLLAPSING, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_COLLAPSED, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_EXPANDING, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_EXPANDED, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_START_EDITING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_START_EDITING, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_STARTED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_EDITING_STARTED, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_DONE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_EDITING_DONE, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_VALUE_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_VALUE_CHANGED, id, fn) + +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU, id, fn) + +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICKED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_SORTED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(COLUMN_SORTED, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_REORDERED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(COLUMN_REORDERED, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_CACHE_HINT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(CACHE_HINT, id, fn) + +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP_POSSIBLE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_DROP_POSSIBLE, id, fn) +#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_DROP, id, fn) + +#ifdef wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL + #include "wx/generic/dataview.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/dataview.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/dataview.h" +#else + #error "unknown native wxDataViewCtrl implementation" +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewListStore +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewListStoreLine +{ +public: + wxDataViewListStoreLine( wxClientData *data = NULL ) + { + m_data = data; + } + virtual ~wxDataViewListStoreLine() + { + delete m_data; + } + + void SetData( wxClientData *data ) + { if (m_data) delete m_data; m_data = data; } + wxClientData *GetData() const + { return m_data; } + + wxVector m_values; + +private: + wxClientData *m_data; +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewListStore: public wxDataViewIndexListModel +{ +public: + wxDataViewListStore(); + ~wxDataViewListStore(); + + void PrependColumn( const wxString &varianttype ); + void InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, const wxString &varianttype ); + void AppendColumn( const wxString &varianttype ); + + void AppendItem( const wxVector &values, wxClientData *data = NULL ); + void PrependItem( const wxVector &values, wxClientData *data = NULL ); + void InsertItem( unsigned int row, const wxVector &values, wxClientData *data = NULL ); + void DeleteItem( unsigned int pos ); + void DeleteAllItems(); + + // override base virtuals + + virtual unsigned int GetColumnCount() const; + + virtual wxString GetColumnType( unsigned int col ) const; + + virtual void GetValueByRow( wxVariant &value, + unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) const; + + virtual bool SetValueByRow( const wxVariant &value, + unsigned int row, unsigned int col ); + + +public: + wxVector m_data; + wxArrayString m_cols; +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewListCtrl: public wxDataViewCtrl +{ +public: + wxDataViewListCtrl(); + wxDataViewListCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxDV_ROW_LINES, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator ); + ~wxDataViewListCtrl(); + + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxDV_ROW_LINES, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator ); + + wxDataViewListStore *GetStore() + { return (wxDataViewListStore*) GetModel(); } + const wxDataViewListStore *GetStore() const + { return (const wxDataViewListStore*) GetModel(); } + + int ItemToRow(const wxDataViewItem &item) const + { return item.IsOk() ? (int)GetStore()->GetRow(item) : wxNOT_FOUND; } + wxDataViewItem RowToItem(int row) const + { return row == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxDataViewItem() : GetStore()->GetItem(row); } + + int GetSelectedRow() const + { return ItemToRow(GetSelection()); } + void SelectRow(unsigned row) + { Select(RowToItem(row)); } + void UnselectRow(unsigned row) + { Unselect(RowToItem(row)); } + bool IsRowSelected(unsigned row) const + { return IsSelected(RowToItem(row)); } + + bool AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column, const wxString &varianttype ); + bool PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column, const wxString &varianttype ); + bool InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *column, const wxString &varianttype ); + + // overridden from base class + virtual bool PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ); + virtual bool InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *col ); + virtual bool AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ); + + wxDataViewColumn *AppendTextColumn( const wxString &label, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int width = -1, wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT, int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendToggleColumn( const wxString &label, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, + int width = -1, wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT, int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendProgressColumn( const wxString &label, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int width = -1, wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT, int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn *AppendIconTextColumn( const wxString &label, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int width = -1, wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT, int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + + void AppendItem( const wxVector &values, wxClientData *data = NULL ) + { GetStore()->AppendItem( values, data ); } + void PrependItem( const wxVector &values, wxClientData *data = NULL ) + { GetStore()->PrependItem( values, data ); } + void InsertItem( unsigned int row, const wxVector &values, wxClientData *data = NULL ) + { GetStore()->InsertItem( row, values, data ); } + void DeleteItem( unsigned row ) + { GetStore()->DeleteItem( row ); } + void DeleteAllItems() + { GetStore()->DeleteAllItems(); } + + void SetValue( const wxVariant &value, unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) + { GetStore()->SetValueByRow( value, row, col ); + GetStore()->RowValueChanged( row, col); } + void GetValue( wxVariant &value, unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) + { GetStore()->GetValueByRow( value, row, col ); } + + void SetTextValue( const wxString &value, unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) + { GetStore()->SetValueByRow( value, row, col ); + GetStore()->RowValueChanged( row, col); } + wxString GetTextValue( unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) const + { wxVariant value; GetStore()->GetValueByRow( value, row, col ); return value.GetString(); } + + void SetToggleValue( bool value, unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) + { GetStore()->SetValueByRow( value, row, col ); + GetStore()->RowValueChanged( row, col); } + bool GetToggleValue( unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) const + { wxVariant value; GetStore()->GetValueByRow( value, row, col ); return value.GetBool(); } + + void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event ); + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDataViewListCtrl) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewTreeStore +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTreeStoreNode +{ +public: + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode( wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *parent, + const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, wxClientData *data = NULL ); + virtual ~wxDataViewTreeStoreNode(); + + void SetText( const wxString &text ) + { m_text = text; } + wxString GetText() const + { return m_text; } + void SetIcon( const wxIcon &icon ) + { m_icon = icon; } + const wxIcon &GetIcon() const + { return m_icon; } + void SetData( wxClientData *data ) + { if (m_data) delete m_data; m_data = data; } + wxClientData *GetData() const + { return m_data; } + + wxDataViewItem GetItem() const + { return wxDataViewItem( (void*) this ); } + + virtual bool IsContainer() + { return false; } + + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *GetParent() + { return m_parent; } + +private: + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *m_parent; + wxString m_text; + wxIcon m_icon; + wxClientData *m_data; +}; + +WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxDataViewTreeStoreNode, wxDataViewTreeStoreNodeList, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode: public wxDataViewTreeStoreNode +{ +public: + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode( wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *parent, + const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, const wxIcon &expanded = wxNullIcon, + wxClientData *data = NULL ); + virtual ~wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode(); + + const wxDataViewTreeStoreNodeList &GetChildren() const + { return m_children; } + wxDataViewTreeStoreNodeList &GetChildren() + { return m_children; } + + void SetExpandedIcon( const wxIcon &icon ) + { m_iconExpanded = icon; } + const wxIcon &GetExpandedIcon() const + { return m_iconExpanded; } + + void SetExpanded( bool expanded = true ) + { m_isExpanded = expanded; } + bool IsExpanded() const + { return m_isExpanded; } + + virtual bool IsContainer() + { return true; } + +private: + wxDataViewTreeStoreNodeList m_children; + wxIcon m_iconExpanded; + bool m_isExpanded; +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTreeStore: public wxDataViewModel +{ +public: + wxDataViewTreeStore(); + ~wxDataViewTreeStore(); + + wxDataViewItem AppendItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, wxClientData *data = NULL ); + wxDataViewItem PrependItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, wxClientData *data = NULL ); + wxDataViewItem InsertItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent, const wxDataViewItem& previous, + const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, wxClientData *data = NULL ); + + wxDataViewItem PrependContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, const wxIcon &expanded = wxNullIcon, + wxClientData *data = NULL ); + wxDataViewItem AppendContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, const wxIcon &expanded = wxNullIcon, + wxClientData *data = NULL ); + wxDataViewItem InsertContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent, const wxDataViewItem& previous, + const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, const wxIcon &expanded = wxNullIcon, + wxClientData *data = NULL ); + + wxDataViewItem GetNthChild( const wxDataViewItem& parent, unsigned int pos ) const; + int GetChildCount( const wxDataViewItem& parent ) const; + + void SetItemText( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxString &text ); + wxString GetItemText( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const; + void SetItemIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxIcon &icon ); + const wxIcon &GetItemIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const; + void SetItemExpandedIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxIcon &icon ); + const wxIcon &GetItemExpandedIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const; + void SetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item, wxClientData *data ); + wxClientData *GetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const; + + void DeleteItem( const wxDataViewItem& item ); + void DeleteChildren( const wxDataViewItem& item ); + void DeleteAllItems(); + + // implement base methods + + virtual void GetValue( wxVariant &variant, + const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ) const; + virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &variant, + const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ); + virtual wxDataViewItem GetParent( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const; + virtual bool IsContainer( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const; + virtual unsigned int GetChildren( const wxDataViewItem &item, wxDataViewItemArray &children ) const; + + virtual int Compare( const wxDataViewItem &item1, const wxDataViewItem &item2, + unsigned int column, bool ascending ) const; + + virtual bool HasDefaultCompare() const + { return true; } + virtual unsigned int GetColumnCount() const + { return 1; }; + virtual wxString GetColumnType( unsigned int WXUNUSED(col) ) const + { return wxT("wxDataViewIconText"); } + + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *FindNode( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const; + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *FindContainerNode( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const; + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *GetRoot() const { return m_root; } + +public: + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *m_root; +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTreeCtrl: public wxDataViewCtrl +{ +public: + wxDataViewTreeCtrl() { Init(); } + wxDataViewTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDV_NO_HEADER | wxDV_ROW_LINES, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator); + } + + virtual ~wxDataViewTreeCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDV_NO_HEADER | wxDV_ROW_LINES, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator); + + wxDataViewTreeStore *GetStore() + { return (wxDataViewTreeStore*) GetModel(); } + const wxDataViewTreeStore *GetStore() const + { return (const wxDataViewTreeStore*) GetModel(); } + + bool IsContainer( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const + { return GetStore()->IsContainer(item); } + + void SetImageList( wxImageList *imagelist ); + wxImageList* GetImageList() { return m_imageList; } + + wxDataViewItem AppendItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, int icon = -1, wxClientData *data = NULL ); + wxDataViewItem PrependItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, int icon = -1, wxClientData *data = NULL ); + wxDataViewItem InsertItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent, const wxDataViewItem& previous, + const wxString &text, int icon = -1, wxClientData *data = NULL ); + + wxDataViewItem PrependContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, int icon = -1, int expanded = -1, + wxClientData *data = NULL ); + wxDataViewItem AppendContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, int icon = -1, int expanded = -1, + wxClientData *data = NULL ); + wxDataViewItem InsertContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent, const wxDataViewItem& previous, + const wxString &text, int icon = -1, int expanded = -1, + wxClientData *data = NULL ); + + wxDataViewItem GetNthChild( const wxDataViewItem& parent, unsigned int pos ) const + { return GetStore()->GetNthChild(parent, pos); } + int GetChildCount( const wxDataViewItem& parent ) const + { return GetStore()->GetChildCount(parent); } + + void SetItemText( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxString &text ); + wxString GetItemText( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const + { return GetStore()->GetItemText(item); } + void SetItemIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxIcon &icon ); + const wxIcon &GetItemIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const + { return GetStore()->GetItemIcon(item); } + void SetItemExpandedIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxIcon &icon ); + const wxIcon &GetItemExpandedIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const + { return GetStore()->GetItemExpandedIcon(item); } + void SetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item, wxClientData *data ) + { GetStore()->SetItemData(item,data); } + wxClientData *GetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const + { return GetStore()->GetItemData(item); } + + void DeleteItem( const wxDataViewItem& item ); + void DeleteChildren( const wxDataViewItem& item ); + void DeleteAllItems(); + + void OnExpanded( wxDataViewEvent &event ); + void OnCollapsed( wxDataViewEvent &event ); + void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event ); + +private: + void Init() + { + m_imageList = NULL; + } + + wxImageList *m_imageList; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDataViewTreeCtrl) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL + +#endif + // _WX_DATAVIEW_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datectrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datectrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..576db17f48 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datectrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/datectrl.h +// Purpose: implements wxDatePickerCtrl +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-01-09 +// RCS-ID: $Id: datectrl.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DATECTRL_H_ +#define _WX_DATECTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL + +#include "wx/control.h" // the base class +#include "wx/datetime.h" + +#define wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr wxT("datectrl") + +// wxDatePickerCtrl styles +enum +{ + // default style on this platform, either wxDP_SPIN or wxDP_DROPDOWN + wxDP_DEFAULT = 0, + + // a spin control-like date picker (not supported in generic version) + wxDP_SPIN = 1, + + // a combobox-like date picker (not supported in mac version) + wxDP_DROPDOWN = 2, + + // always show century in the default date display (otherwise it depends on + // the system date format which may include the century or not) + wxDP_SHOWCENTURY = 4, + + // allow not having any valid date in the control (by default it always has + // some date, today initially if no valid date specified in ctor) + wxDP_ALLOWNONE = 8 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDatePickerCtrl: allow the user to enter the date +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDatePickerCtrlBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + /* + The derived classes should implement ctor and Create() method with the + following signature: + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& dt = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr); + */ + + // set/get the date + virtual void SetValue(const wxDateTime& dt) = 0; + virtual wxDateTime GetValue() const = 0; + + // set/get the allowed valid range for the dates, if either/both of them + // are invalid, there is no corresponding limit and if neither is set + // GetRange() returns false + virtual void SetRange(const wxDateTime& dt1, const wxDateTime& dt2) = 0; + virtual bool GetRange(wxDateTime *dt1, wxDateTime *dt2) const = 0; +}; + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/datectrl.h" + + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_DATEPICKCTRL +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/msw/datectrl.h" + + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_DATEPICKCTRL +#else + #include "wx/generic/datectrl.h" + + class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDatePickerCtrl : public wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric + { + public: + wxDatePickerCtrl() { } + wxDatePickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr) + : wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, validator, name) + { + } + + private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDatePickerCtrl) + }; +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL + +#endif // _WX_DATECTRL_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dateevt.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dateevt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8833bdd0de --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dateevt.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dateevt.h +// Purpose: declares wxDateEvent class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-01-10 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dateevt.h 58718 2009-02-07 18:59:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DATEEVT_H_ +#define _WX_DATEEVT_H_ + +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/datetime.h" +#include "wx/window.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateEvent: used by wxCalendarCtrl and wxDatePickerCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDateEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxDateEvent() { } + wxDateEvent(wxWindow *win, const wxDateTime& dt, wxEventType type) + : wxCommandEvent(type, win->GetId()), + m_date(dt) + { + SetEventObject(win); + } + + const wxDateTime& GetDate() const { return m_date; } + void SetDate(const wxDateTime &date) { m_date = date; } + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDateEvent(*this); } + +private: + wxDateTime m_date; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDateEvent) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event types and macros for handling them +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, wxDateEvent); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDateEventFunction)(wxDateEvent&); + +#define wxDateEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxDateEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_DATE_CHANGED(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, id, wxDateEventHandler(fn)) + +#endif // _WX_DATEEVT_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datetime.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datetime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cbd3d33078 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datetime.h @@ -0,0 +1,2285 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/datetime.h +// Purpose: declarations of time/date related classes (wxDateTime, +// wxTimeSpan) +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 10.02.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: datetime.h 65649 2010-09-26 22:11:21Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DATETIME_H +#define _WX_DATETIME_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + #include "wx/msw/wince/time.h" +#elif !defined(__WXPALMOS5__) + #include +#endif // OS + +#include // for INT_MIN + +#include "wx/longlong.h" +#include "wx/anystr.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTime; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimeSpan; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateSpan; +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +struct _SYSTEMTIME; +#endif + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// not all c-runtimes are based on 1/1/1970 being (time_t) 0 +// set this to the corresponding value in seconds 1/1/1970 has on your +// systems c-runtime + +#define WX_TIME_BASE_OFFSET 0 + +/* + * TODO + * + * + 1. Time zones with minutes (make TimeZone a class) + * ? 2. getdate() function like under Solaris + * + 3. text conversion for wxDateSpan + * + 4. pluggable modules for the workdays calculations + * 5. wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority for Easter and other christian feasts + */ + +/* Two wrapper functions for thread safety */ +#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R +#define wxLocaltime_r localtime_r +#else +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE struct tm *wxLocaltime_r(const time_t*, struct tm*); +#if wxUSE_THREADS && !defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WATCOMC__) + // On Windows, localtime _is_ threadsafe! +#warning using pseudo thread-safe wrapper for localtime to emulate localtime_r +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R +#define wxGmtime_r gmtime_r +#else +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE struct tm *wxGmtime_r(const time_t*, struct tm*); +#if wxUSE_THREADS && !defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WATCOMC__) + // On Windows, gmtime _is_ threadsafe! +#warning using pseudo thread-safe wrapper for gmtime to emulate gmtime_r +#endif +#endif + +/* + The three (main) classes declared in this header represent: + + 1. An absolute moment in the time (wxDateTime) + 2. A difference between two moments in the time, positive or negative + (wxTimeSpan) + 3. A logical difference between two dates expressed in + years/months/weeks/days (wxDateSpan) + + The following arithmetic operations are permitted (all others are not): + + addition + -------- + + wxDateTime + wxTimeSpan = wxDateTime + wxDateTime + wxDateSpan = wxDateTime + wxTimeSpan + wxTimeSpan = wxTimeSpan + wxDateSpan + wxDateSpan = wxDateSpan + + subtraction + ------------ + wxDateTime - wxDateTime = wxTimeSpan + wxDateTime - wxTimeSpan = wxDateTime + wxDateTime - wxDateSpan = wxDateTime + wxTimeSpan - wxTimeSpan = wxTimeSpan + wxDateSpan - wxDateSpan = wxDateSpan + + multiplication + -------------- + wxTimeSpan * number = wxTimeSpan + number * wxTimeSpan = wxTimeSpan + wxDateSpan * number = wxDateSpan + number * wxDateSpan = wxDateSpan + + unitary minus + ------------- + -wxTimeSpan = wxTimeSpan + -wxDateSpan = wxDateSpan + + For each binary operation OP (+, -, *) we have the following operatorOP=() as + a method and the method with a symbolic name OPER (Add, Subtract, Multiply) + as a synonym for it and another const method with the same name which returns + the changed copy of the object and operatorOP() as a global function which is + implemented in terms of the const version of OPEN. For the unary - we have + operator-() as a method, Neg() as synonym for it and Negate() which returns + the copy of the object with the changed sign. +*/ + +// an invalid/default date time object which may be used as the default +// argument for arguments of type wxDateTime; it is also returned by all +// functions returning wxDateTime on failure (this is why it is also called +// wxInvalidDateTime) +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTime; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const char) wxDefaultDateTimeFormat[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const char) wxDefaultTimeSpanFormat[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxDateTime) wxDefaultDateTime; + +#define wxInvalidDateTime wxDefaultDateTime + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// conditional compilation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// if configure detected strftime(), we have it too +#ifdef HAVE_STRFTIME + #define wxHAS_STRFTIME +// suppose everyone else has strftime except Win CE unless VC8 is used +#elif !defined(__WXWINCE__) || defined(__VISUALC8__) + #define wxHAS_STRFTIME +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateTime represents an absolute moment in the time +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDateTime +{ +public: + // types + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // a small unsigned integer type for storing things like minutes, + // seconds &c. It should be at least short (i.e. not char) to contain + // the number of milliseconds - it may also be 'int' because there is + // no size penalty associated with it in our code, we don't store any + // data in this format + typedef unsigned short wxDateTime_t; + + // constants + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // the timezones + enum TZ + { + // the time in the current time zone + Local, + + // zones from GMT (= Greenwhich Mean Time): they're guaranteed to be + // consequent numbers, so writing something like `GMT0 + offset' is + // safe if abs(offset) <= 12 + + // underscore stands for minus + GMT_12, GMT_11, GMT_10, GMT_9, GMT_8, GMT_7, + GMT_6, GMT_5, GMT_4, GMT_3, GMT_2, GMT_1, + GMT0, + GMT1, GMT2, GMT3, GMT4, GMT5, GMT6, + GMT7, GMT8, GMT9, GMT10, GMT11, GMT12, GMT13, + // Note that GMT12 and GMT_12 are not the same: there is a difference + // of exactly one day between them + + // some symbolic names for TZ + + // Europe + WET = GMT0, // Western Europe Time + WEST = GMT1, // Western Europe Summer Time + CET = GMT1, // Central Europe Time + CEST = GMT2, // Central Europe Summer Time + EET = GMT2, // Eastern Europe Time + EEST = GMT3, // Eastern Europe Summer Time + MSK = GMT3, // Moscow Time + MSD = GMT4, // Moscow Summer Time + + // US and Canada + AST = GMT_4, // Atlantic Standard Time + ADT = GMT_3, // Atlantic Daylight Time + EST = GMT_5, // Eastern Standard Time + EDT = GMT_4, // Eastern Daylight Saving Time + CST = GMT_6, // Central Standard Time + CDT = GMT_5, // Central Daylight Saving Time + MST = GMT_7, // Mountain Standard Time + MDT = GMT_6, // Mountain Daylight Saving Time + PST = GMT_8, // Pacific Standard Time + PDT = GMT_7, // Pacific Daylight Saving Time + HST = GMT_10, // Hawaiian Standard Time + AKST = GMT_9, // Alaska Standard Time + AKDT = GMT_8, // Alaska Daylight Saving Time + + // Australia + + A_WST = GMT8, // Western Standard Time + A_CST = GMT13 + 1, // Central Standard Time (+9.5) + A_EST = GMT10, // Eastern Standard Time + A_ESST = GMT11, // Eastern Summer Time + + // New Zealand + NZST = GMT12, // Standard Time + NZDT = GMT13, // Daylight Saving Time + + // TODO add more symbolic timezone names here + + // Universal Coordinated Time = the new and politically correct name + // for GMT + UTC = GMT0 + }; + + // the calendar systems we know about: notice that it's valid (for + // this classes purpose anyhow) to work with any of these calendars + // even with the dates before the historical appearance of the + // calendar + enum Calendar + { + Gregorian, // current calendar + Julian // calendar in use since -45 until the 1582 (or later) + + // TODO Hebrew, Chinese, Maya, ... (just kidding) (or then may be not?) + }; + + // these values only are used to identify the different dates of + // adoption of the Gregorian calendar (see IsGregorian()) + // + // All data and comments taken verbatim from "The Calendar FAQ (v 2.0)" + // by Claus Tøndering, http://www.pip.dknet.dk/~c-t/calendar.html + // except for the comments "we take". + // + // Symbol "->" should be read as "was followed by" in the comments + // which follow. + enum GregorianAdoption + { + Gr_Unknown, // no data for this country or it's too uncertain to use + Gr_Standard, // on the day 0 of Gregorian calendar: 15 Oct 1582 + + Gr_Alaska, // Oct 1867 when Alaska became part of the USA + Gr_Albania, // Dec 1912 + + Gr_Austria = Gr_Unknown, // Different regions on different dates + Gr_Austria_Brixen, // 5 Oct 1583 -> 16 Oct 1583 + Gr_Austria_Salzburg = Gr_Austria_Brixen, + Gr_Austria_Tyrol = Gr_Austria_Brixen, + Gr_Austria_Carinthia, // 14 Dec 1583 -> 25 Dec 1583 + Gr_Austria_Styria = Gr_Austria_Carinthia, + + Gr_Belgium, // Then part of the Netherlands + + Gr_Bulgaria = Gr_Unknown, // Unknown precisely (from 1915 to 1920) + Gr_Bulgaria_1, // 18 Mar 1916 -> 1 Apr 1916 + Gr_Bulgaria_2, // 31 Mar 1916 -> 14 Apr 1916 + Gr_Bulgaria_3, // 3 Sep 1920 -> 17 Sep 1920 + + Gr_Canada = Gr_Unknown, // Different regions followed the changes in + // Great Britain or France + + Gr_China = Gr_Unknown, // Different authorities say: + Gr_China_1, // 18 Dec 1911 -> 1 Jan 1912 + Gr_China_2, // 18 Dec 1928 -> 1 Jan 1929 + + Gr_Czechoslovakia, // (Bohemia and Moravia) 6 Jan 1584 -> 17 Jan 1584 + Gr_Denmark, // (including Norway) 18 Feb 1700 -> 1 Mar 1700 + Gr_Egypt, // 1875 + Gr_Estonia, // 1918 + Gr_Finland, // Then part of Sweden + + Gr_France, // 9 Dec 1582 -> 20 Dec 1582 + Gr_France_Alsace, // 4 Feb 1682 -> 16 Feb 1682 + Gr_France_Lorraine, // 16 Feb 1760 -> 28 Feb 1760 + Gr_France_Strasbourg, // February 1682 + + Gr_Germany = Gr_Unknown, // Different states on different dates: + Gr_Germany_Catholic, // 1583-1585 (we take 1584) + Gr_Germany_Prussia, // 22 Aug 1610 -> 2 Sep 1610 + Gr_Germany_Protestant, // 18 Feb 1700 -> 1 Mar 1700 + + Gr_GreatBritain, // 2 Sep 1752 -> 14 Sep 1752 (use 'cal(1)') + + Gr_Greece, // 9 Mar 1924 -> 23 Mar 1924 + Gr_Hungary, // 21 Oct 1587 -> 1 Nov 1587 + Gr_Ireland = Gr_GreatBritain, + Gr_Italy = Gr_Standard, + + Gr_Japan = Gr_Unknown, // Different authorities say: + Gr_Japan_1, // 19 Dec 1872 -> 1 Jan 1873 + Gr_Japan_2, // 19 Dec 1892 -> 1 Jan 1893 + Gr_Japan_3, // 18 Dec 1918 -> 1 Jan 1919 + + Gr_Latvia, // 1915-1918 (we take 1915) + Gr_Lithuania, // 1915 + Gr_Luxemburg, // 14 Dec 1582 -> 25 Dec 1582 + Gr_Netherlands = Gr_Belgium, // (including Belgium) 1 Jan 1583 + + // this is too weird to take into account: the Gregorian calendar was + // introduced twice in Groningen, first time 28 Feb 1583 was followed + // by 11 Mar 1583, then it has gone back to Julian in the summer of + // 1584 and then 13 Dec 1700 -> 12 Jan 1701 - which is + // the date we take here + Gr_Netherlands_Groningen, // 13 Dec 1700 -> 12 Jan 1701 + Gr_Netherlands_Gelderland, // 30 Jun 1700 -> 12 Jul 1700 + Gr_Netherlands_Utrecht, // (and Overijssel) 30 Nov 1700->12 Dec 1700 + Gr_Netherlands_Friesland, // (and Drenthe) 31 Dec 1700 -> 12 Jan 1701 + + Gr_Norway = Gr_Denmark, // Then part of Denmark + Gr_Poland = Gr_Standard, + Gr_Portugal = Gr_Standard, + Gr_Romania, // 31 Mar 1919 -> 14 Apr 1919 + Gr_Russia, // 31 Jan 1918 -> 14 Feb 1918 + Gr_Scotland = Gr_GreatBritain, + Gr_Spain = Gr_Standard, + + // Sweden has a curious history. Sweden decided to make a gradual + // change from the Julian to the Gregorian calendar. By dropping every + // leap year from 1700 through 1740 the eleven superfluous days would + // be omitted and from 1 Mar 1740 they would be in sync with the + // Gregorian calendar. (But in the meantime they would be in sync with + // nobody!) + // + // So 1700 (which should have been a leap year in the Julian calendar) + // was not a leap year in Sweden. However, by mistake 1704 and 1708 + // became leap years. This left Sweden out of synchronisation with + // both the Julian and the Gregorian world, so they decided to go back + // to the Julian calendar. In order to do this, they inserted an extra + // day in 1712, making that year a double leap year! So in 1712, + // February had 30 days in Sweden. + // + // Later, in 1753, Sweden changed to the Gregorian calendar by + // dropping 11 days like everyone else. + Gr_Sweden = Gr_Finland, // 17 Feb 1753 -> 1 Mar 1753 + + Gr_Switzerland = Gr_Unknown,// Different cantons used different dates + Gr_Switzerland_Catholic, // 1583, 1584 or 1597 (we take 1584) + Gr_Switzerland_Protestant, // 31 Dec 1700 -> 12 Jan 1701 + + Gr_Turkey, // 1 Jan 1927 + Gr_USA = Gr_GreatBritain, + Gr_Wales = Gr_GreatBritain, + Gr_Yugoslavia // 1919 + }; + + // the country parameter is used so far for calculating the start and + // the end of DST period and for deciding whether the date is a work + // day or not + // + // TODO move this to intl.h + +// Required for WinCE +#ifdef USA +#undef USA +#endif + + enum Country + { + Country_Unknown, // no special information for this country + Country_Default, // set the default country with SetCountry() method + // or use the default country with any other + + // TODO add more countries (for this we must know about DST and/or + // holidays for this country) + + // Western European countries: we assume that they all follow the same + // DST rules (true or false?) + Country_WesternEurope_Start, + Country_EEC = Country_WesternEurope_Start, + France, + Germany, + UK, + Country_WesternEurope_End = UK, + + Russia, + USA + }; + // symbolic names for the months + enum Month + { + Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec, Inv_Month + }; + + // symbolic names for the weekdays + enum WeekDay + { + Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Inv_WeekDay + }; + + // invalid value for the year + enum Year + { + Inv_Year = SHRT_MIN // should hold in wxDateTime_t + }; + + // flags for GetWeekDayName and GetMonthName + enum NameFlags + { + Name_Full = 0x01, // return full name + Name_Abbr = 0x02 // return abbreviated name + }; + + // flags for GetWeekOfYear and GetWeekOfMonth + enum WeekFlags + { + Default_First, // Sunday_First for US, Monday_First for the rest + Monday_First, // week starts with a Monday + Sunday_First // week starts with a Sunday + }; + + // helper classes + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // a class representing a time zone: basicly, this is just an offset + // (in seconds) from GMT + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE TimeZone + { + public: + TimeZone(TZ tz); + + // create time zone object with the given offset + TimeZone(long offset = 0) { m_offset = offset; } + + static TimeZone Make(long offset) + { + TimeZone tz; + tz.m_offset = offset; + return tz; + } + + long GetOffset() const { return m_offset; } + + private: + // offset for this timezone from GMT in seconds + long m_offset; + }; + + // standard struct tm is limited to the years from 1900 (because + // tm_year field is the offset from 1900), so we use our own struct + // instead to represent broken down time + // + // NB: this struct should always be kept normalized (i.e. mon should + // be < 12, 1 <= day <= 31 &c), so use AddMonths(), AddDays() + // instead of modifying the member fields directly! + struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE Tm + { + wxDateTime_t msec, sec, min, hour, + mday, // Day of the month in 1..31 range. + yday; // Day of the year in 0..365 range. + Month mon; + int year; + + // default ctor inits the object to an invalid value + Tm(); + + // ctor from struct tm and the timezone + Tm(const struct tm& tm, const TimeZone& tz); + + // check that the given date/time is valid (in Gregorian calendar) + bool IsValid() const; + + // get the week day + WeekDay GetWeekDay() // not const because wday may be changed + { + if ( wday == Inv_WeekDay ) + ComputeWeekDay(); + + return (WeekDay)wday; + } + + // add the given number of months to the date keeping it normalized + void AddMonths(int monDiff); + + // add the given number of months to the date keeping it normalized + void AddDays(int dayDiff); + + private: + // compute the weekday from other fields + void ComputeWeekDay(); + + // the timezone we correspond to + TimeZone m_tz; + + // This value can only be accessed via GetWeekDay() and not directly + // because it's not always computed when creating this object and may + // need to be calculated on demand. + wxDateTime_t wday; + }; + + // static methods + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // set the current country + static void SetCountry(Country country); + // get the current country + static Country GetCountry(); + + // return true if the country is a West European one (in practice, + // this means that the same DST rules as for EEC apply) + static bool IsWestEuropeanCountry(Country country = Country_Default); + + // return the current year + static int GetCurrentYear(Calendar cal = Gregorian); + + // convert the year as returned by wxDateTime::GetYear() to a year + // suitable for BC/AD notation. The difference is that BC year 1 + // corresponds to the year 0 (while BC year 0 didn't exist) and AD + // year N is just year N. + static int ConvertYearToBC(int year); + + // return the current month + static Month GetCurrentMonth(Calendar cal = Gregorian); + + // returns true if the given year is a leap year in the given calendar + static bool IsLeapYear(int year = Inv_Year, Calendar cal = Gregorian); + + // get the century (19 for 1999, 20 for 2000 and -5 for 492 BC) + static int GetCentury(int year); + + // returns the number of days in this year (356 or 355 for Gregorian + // calendar usually :-) + static wxDateTime_t GetNumberOfDays(int year, Calendar cal = Gregorian); + + // get the number of the days in the given month (default value for + // the year means the current one) + static wxDateTime_t GetNumberOfDays(Month month, + int year = Inv_Year, + Calendar cal = Gregorian); + + + // get the full (default) or abbreviated month name in the current + // locale, returns empty string on error + static wxString GetMonthName(Month month, + NameFlags flags = Name_Full); + + // get the standard English full (default) or abbreviated month name + static wxString GetEnglishMonthName(Month month, + NameFlags flags = Name_Full); + + // get the full (default) or abbreviated weekday name in the current + // locale, returns empty string on error + static wxString GetWeekDayName(WeekDay weekday, + NameFlags flags = Name_Full); + + // get the standard English full (default) or abbreviated weekday name + static wxString GetEnglishWeekDayName(WeekDay weekday, + NameFlags flags = Name_Full); + + // get the AM and PM strings in the current locale (may be empty) + static void GetAmPmStrings(wxString *am, wxString *pm); + + // return true if the given country uses DST for this year + static bool IsDSTApplicable(int year = Inv_Year, + Country country = Country_Default); + + // get the beginning of DST for this year, will return invalid object + // if no DST applicable in this year. The default value of the + // parameter means to take the current year. + static wxDateTime GetBeginDST(int year = Inv_Year, + Country country = Country_Default); + // get the end of DST for this year, will return invalid object + // if no DST applicable in this year. The default value of the + // parameter means to take the current year. + static wxDateTime GetEndDST(int year = Inv_Year, + Country country = Country_Default); + + // return the wxDateTime object for the current time + static inline wxDateTime Now(); + + // return the wxDateTime object for the current time with millisecond + // precision (if available on this platform) + static wxDateTime UNow(); + + // return the wxDateTime object for today midnight: i.e. as Now() but + // with time set to 0 + static inline wxDateTime Today(); + + // constructors: you should test whether the constructor succeeded with + // IsValid() function. The values Inv_Month and Inv_Year for the + // parameters mean take current month and/or year values. + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // default ctor does not initialize the object, use Set()! + wxDateTime() { m_time = wxLongLong(wxINT32_MIN, 0); } + + // from time_t: seconds since the Epoch 00:00:00 UTC, Jan 1, 1970) +#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400)) +// VA C++ confuses this with wxDateTime(double jdn) thinking it is a duplicate declaration + inline wxDateTime(time_t timet); +#endif + // from broken down time/date (only for standard Unix range) + inline wxDateTime(const struct tm& tm); + // from broken down time/date (any range) + inline wxDateTime(const Tm& tm); + + // from JDN (beware of rounding errors) + inline wxDateTime(double jdn); + + // from separate values for each component, date set to today + inline wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t hour, + wxDateTime_t minute = 0, + wxDateTime_t second = 0, + wxDateTime_t millisec = 0); + // from separate values for each component with explicit date + inline wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t day, // day of the month + Month month, + int year = Inv_Year, // 1999, not 99 please! + wxDateTime_t hour = 0, + wxDateTime_t minute = 0, + wxDateTime_t second = 0, + wxDateTime_t millisec = 0); +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + wxDateTime(const struct _SYSTEMTIME& st) + { + SetFromMSWSysTime(st); + } +#endif + + // default copy ctor ok + + // no dtor + + // assignment operators and Set() functions: all non const methods return + // the reference to this object. IsValid() should be used to test whether + // the function succeeded. + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // set to the current time + inline wxDateTime& SetToCurrent(); + +#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400)) +// VA C++ confuses this with wxDateTime(double jdn) thinking it is a duplicate declaration + // set to given time_t value + inline wxDateTime& Set(time_t timet); +#endif + + // set to given broken down time/date + wxDateTime& Set(const struct tm& tm); + + // set to given broken down time/date + inline wxDateTime& Set(const Tm& tm); + + // set to given JDN (beware of rounding errors) + wxDateTime& Set(double jdn); + + // set to given time, date = today + wxDateTime& Set(wxDateTime_t hour, + wxDateTime_t minute = 0, + wxDateTime_t second = 0, + wxDateTime_t millisec = 0); + + // from separate values for each component with explicit date + // (defaults for month and year are the current values) + wxDateTime& Set(wxDateTime_t day, + Month month, + int year = Inv_Year, // 1999, not 99 please! + wxDateTime_t hour = 0, + wxDateTime_t minute = 0, + wxDateTime_t second = 0, + wxDateTime_t millisec = 0); + + // resets time to 00:00:00, doesn't change the date + wxDateTime& ResetTime(); + + // get the date part of this object only, i.e. the object which has the + // same date as this one but time of 00:00:00 + wxDateTime GetDateOnly() const; + + // the following functions don't change the values of the other + // fields, i.e. SetMinute() won't change either hour or seconds value + + // set the year + wxDateTime& SetYear(int year); + // set the month + wxDateTime& SetMonth(Month month); + // set the day of the month + wxDateTime& SetDay(wxDateTime_t day); + // set hour + wxDateTime& SetHour(wxDateTime_t hour); + // set minute + wxDateTime& SetMinute(wxDateTime_t minute); + // set second + wxDateTime& SetSecond(wxDateTime_t second); + // set millisecond + wxDateTime& SetMillisecond(wxDateTime_t millisecond); + + // assignment operator from time_t + wxDateTime& operator=(time_t timet) { return Set(timet); } + + // assignment operator from broken down time/date + wxDateTime& operator=(const struct tm& tm) { return Set(tm); } + + // assignment operator from broken down time/date + wxDateTime& operator=(const Tm& tm) { return Set(tm); } + + // default assignment operator is ok + + // calendar calculations (functions which set the date only leave the time + // unchanged, e.g. don't explictly zero it): SetXXX() functions modify the + // object itself, GetXXX() ones return a new object. + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // set to the given week day in the same week as this one + wxDateTime& SetToWeekDayInSameWeek(WeekDay weekday, + WeekFlags flags = Monday_First); + inline wxDateTime GetWeekDayInSameWeek(WeekDay weekday, + WeekFlags flags = Monday_First) const; + + // set to the next week day following this one + wxDateTime& SetToNextWeekDay(WeekDay weekday); + inline wxDateTime GetNextWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const; + + // set to the previous week day before this one + wxDateTime& SetToPrevWeekDay(WeekDay weekday); + inline wxDateTime GetPrevWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const; + + // set to Nth occurrence of given weekday in the given month of the + // given year (time is set to 0), return true on success and false on + // failure. n may be positive (1..5) or negative to count from the end + // of the month (see helper function SetToLastWeekDay()) + bool SetToWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, + int n = 1, + Month month = Inv_Month, + int year = Inv_Year); + inline wxDateTime GetWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, + int n = 1, + Month month = Inv_Month, + int year = Inv_Year) const; + + // sets to the last weekday in the given month, year + inline bool SetToLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, + Month month = Inv_Month, + int year = Inv_Year); + inline wxDateTime GetLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, + Month month = Inv_Month, + int year = Inv_Year); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // sets the date to the given day of the given week in the year, + // returns true on success and false if given date doesn't exist (e.g. + // numWeek is > 53) + // + // these functions are badly defined as they're not the reverse of + // GetWeekOfYear(), use SetToTheWeekOfYear() instead + wxDEPRECATED( bool SetToTheWeek(wxDateTime_t numWeek, + WeekDay weekday = Mon, + WeekFlags flags = Monday_First) ); + wxDEPRECATED( wxDateTime GetWeek(wxDateTime_t numWeek, + WeekDay weekday = Mon, + WeekFlags flags = Monday_First) const ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + // returns the date corresponding to the given week day of the given + // week (in ISO notation) of the specified year + static wxDateTime SetToWeekOfYear(int year, + wxDateTime_t numWeek, + WeekDay weekday = Mon); + + // sets the date to the last day of the given (or current) month or the + // given (or current) year + wxDateTime& SetToLastMonthDay(Month month = Inv_Month, + int year = Inv_Year); + inline wxDateTime GetLastMonthDay(Month month = Inv_Month, + int year = Inv_Year) const; + + // sets to the given year day (1..365 or 366) + wxDateTime& SetToYearDay(wxDateTime_t yday); + inline wxDateTime GetYearDay(wxDateTime_t yday) const; + + // The definitions below were taken verbatim from + // + // http://www.capecod.net/~pbaum/date/date0.htm + // + // (Peter Baum's home page) + // + // definition: The Julian Day Number, Julian Day, or JD of a + // particular instant of time is the number of days and fractions of a + // day since 12 hours Universal Time (Greenwich mean noon) on January + // 1 of the year -4712, where the year is given in the Julian + // proleptic calendar. The idea of using this reference date was + // originally proposed by Joseph Scalizer in 1582 to count years but + // it was modified by 19th century astronomers to count days. One + // could have equivalently defined the reference time to be noon of + // November 24, -4713 if were understood that Gregorian calendar rules + // were applied. Julian days are Julian Day Numbers and are not to be + // confused with Julian dates. + // + // definition: The Rata Die number is a date specified as the number + // of days relative to a base date of December 31 of the year 0. Thus + // January 1 of the year 1 is Rata Die day 1. + + // get the Julian Day number (the fractional part specifies the time of + // the day, related to noon - beware of rounding errors!) + double GetJulianDayNumber() const; + double GetJDN() const { return GetJulianDayNumber(); } + + // get the Modified Julian Day number: it is equal to JDN - 2400000.5 + // and so integral MJDs correspond to the midnights (and not noons). + // MJD 0 is Nov 17, 1858 + double GetModifiedJulianDayNumber() const { return GetJDN() - 2400000.5; } + double GetMJD() const { return GetModifiedJulianDayNumber(); } + + // get the Rata Die number + double GetRataDie() const; + + // TODO algorithms for calculating some important dates, such as + // religious holidays (Easter...) or moon/solar eclipses? Some + // algorithms can be found in the calendar FAQ + + + // Timezone stuff: a wxDateTime object constructed using given + // day/month/year/hour/min/sec values is interpreted as this moment in + // local time. Using the functions below, it may be converted to another + // time zone (e.g., the Unix epoch is wxDateTime(1, Jan, 1970).ToGMT()). + // + // These functions try to handle DST internally, but there is no magical + // way to know all rules for it in all countries in the world, so if the + // program can handle it itself (or doesn't want to handle it at all for + // whatever reason), the DST handling can be disabled with noDST. + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // transform to any given timezone + inline wxDateTime ToTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false) const; + wxDateTime& MakeTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false); + + // interpret current value as being in another timezone and transform + // it to local one + inline wxDateTime FromTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false) const; + wxDateTime& MakeFromTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false); + + // transform to/from GMT/UTC + wxDateTime ToUTC(bool noDST = false) const { return ToTimezone(UTC, noDST); } + wxDateTime& MakeUTC(bool noDST = false) { return MakeTimezone(UTC, noDST); } + + wxDateTime ToGMT(bool noDST = false) const { return ToUTC(noDST); } + wxDateTime& MakeGMT(bool noDST = false) { return MakeUTC(noDST); } + + wxDateTime FromUTC(bool noDST = false) const + { return FromTimezone(UTC, noDST); } + wxDateTime& MakeFromUTC(bool noDST = false) + { return MakeFromTimezone(UTC, noDST); } + + // is daylight savings time in effect at this moment according to the + // rules of the specified country? + // + // Return value is > 0 if DST is in effect, 0 if it is not and -1 if + // the information is not available (this is compatible with ANSI C) + int IsDST(Country country = Country_Default) const; + + + // accessors: many of them take the timezone parameter which indicates the + // timezone for which to make the calculations and the default value means + // to do it for the current timezone of this machine (even if the function + // only operates with the date it's necessary because a date may wrap as + // result of timezone shift) + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // is the date valid? + inline bool IsValid() const { return m_time != wxInvalidDateTime.m_time; } + + // get the broken down date/time representation in the given timezone + // + // If you wish to get several time components (day, month and year), + // consider getting the whole Tm strcuture first and retrieving the + // value from it - this is much more efficient + Tm GetTm(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const; + + // get the number of seconds since the Unix epoch - returns (time_t)-1 + // if the value is out of range + inline time_t GetTicks() const; + + // get the century, same as GetCentury(GetYear()) + int GetCentury(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const + { return GetCentury(GetYear(tz)); } + // get the year (returns Inv_Year if date is invalid) + int GetYear(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const + { return GetTm(tz).year; } + // get the month (Inv_Month if date is invalid) + Month GetMonth(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const + { return (Month)GetTm(tz).mon; } + // get the month day (in 1..31 range, 0 if date is invalid) + wxDateTime_t GetDay(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const + { return GetTm(tz).mday; } + // get the day of the week (Inv_WeekDay if date is invalid) + WeekDay GetWeekDay(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const + { return GetTm(tz).GetWeekDay(); } + // get the hour of the day + wxDateTime_t GetHour(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const + { return GetTm(tz).hour; } + // get the minute + wxDateTime_t GetMinute(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const + { return GetTm(tz).min; } + // get the second + wxDateTime_t GetSecond(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const + { return GetTm(tz).sec; } + // get milliseconds + wxDateTime_t GetMillisecond(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const + { return GetTm(tz).msec; } + + // get the day since the year start (1..366, 0 if date is invalid) + wxDateTime_t GetDayOfYear(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const; + // get the week number since the year start (1..52 or 53, 0 if date is + // invalid) + wxDateTime_t GetWeekOfYear(WeekFlags flags = Monday_First, + const TimeZone& tz = Local) const; + // get the week number since the month start (1..5, 0 if date is + // invalid) + wxDateTime_t GetWeekOfMonth(WeekFlags flags = Monday_First, + const TimeZone& tz = Local) const; + + // is this date a work day? This depends on a country, of course, + // because the holidays are different in different countries + bool IsWorkDay(Country country = Country_Default) const; + + // is this date later than Gregorian calendar introduction for the + // given country (see enum GregorianAdoption)? + // + // NB: this function shouldn't be considered as absolute authority in + // the matter. Besides, for some countries the exact date of + // adoption of the Gregorian calendar is simply unknown. + bool IsGregorianDate(GregorianAdoption country = Gr_Standard) const; + + // dos date and time format + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // set from the DOS packed format + wxDateTime& SetFromDOS(unsigned long ddt); + + // pack the date in DOS format + unsigned long GetAsDOS() const; + + // SYSTEMTIME format + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // convert SYSTEMTIME to wxDateTime + wxDateTime& SetFromMSWSysTime(const struct _SYSTEMTIME& st); + + // convert wxDateTime to SYSTEMTIME + void GetAsMSWSysTime(struct _SYSTEMTIME* st) const; + + // same as above but only take date part into account, time is always zero + wxDateTime& SetFromMSWSysDate(const struct _SYSTEMTIME& st); + void GetAsMSWSysDate(struct _SYSTEMTIME* st) const; +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + // comparison (see also functions below for operator versions) + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // returns true if the two moments are strictly identical + inline bool IsEqualTo(const wxDateTime& datetime) const; + + // returns true if the date is strictly earlier than the given one + inline bool IsEarlierThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const; + + // returns true if the date is strictly later than the given one + inline bool IsLaterThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const; + + // returns true if the date is strictly in the given range + inline bool IsStrictlyBetween(const wxDateTime& t1, + const wxDateTime& t2) const; + + // returns true if the date is in the given range + inline bool IsBetween(const wxDateTime& t1, const wxDateTime& t2) const; + + // do these two objects refer to the same date? + inline bool IsSameDate(const wxDateTime& dt) const; + + // do these two objects have the same time? + inline bool IsSameTime(const wxDateTime& dt) const; + + // are these two objects equal up to given timespan? + inline bool IsEqualUpTo(const wxDateTime& dt, const wxTimeSpan& ts) const; + + inline bool operator<(const wxDateTime& dt) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + return GetValue() < dt.GetValue(); + } + + inline bool operator<=(const wxDateTime& dt) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + return GetValue() <= dt.GetValue(); + } + + inline bool operator>(const wxDateTime& dt) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + return GetValue() > dt.GetValue(); + } + + inline bool operator>=(const wxDateTime& dt) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + return GetValue() >= dt.GetValue(); + } + + inline bool operator==(const wxDateTime& dt) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + return GetValue() == dt.GetValue(); + } + + inline bool operator!=(const wxDateTime& dt) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + return GetValue() != dt.GetValue(); + } + + // arithmetics with dates (see also below for more operators) + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // return the sum of the date with a time span (positive or negative) + inline wxDateTime Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const; + // add a time span (positive or negative) + inline wxDateTime& Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff); + // add a time span (positive or negative) + inline wxDateTime& operator+=(const wxTimeSpan& diff); + inline wxDateTime operator+(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const + { + wxDateTime dt(*this); + dt.Add(ts); + return dt; + } + + // return the difference of the date with a time span + inline wxDateTime Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const; + // subtract a time span (positive or negative) + inline wxDateTime& Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff); + // subtract a time span (positive or negative) + inline wxDateTime& operator-=(const wxTimeSpan& diff); + inline wxDateTime operator-(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const + { + wxDateTime dt(*this); + dt.Subtract(ts); + return dt; + } + + // return the sum of the date with a date span + inline wxDateTime Add(const wxDateSpan& diff) const; + // add a date span (positive or negative) + wxDateTime& Add(const wxDateSpan& diff); + // add a date span (positive or negative) + inline wxDateTime& operator+=(const wxDateSpan& diff); + inline wxDateTime operator+(const wxDateSpan& ds) const + { + wxDateTime dt(*this); + dt.Add(ds); + return dt; + } + + // return the difference of the date with a date span + inline wxDateTime Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff) const; + // subtract a date span (positive or negative) + inline wxDateTime& Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff); + // subtract a date span (positive or negative) + inline wxDateTime& operator-=(const wxDateSpan& diff); + inline wxDateTime operator-(const wxDateSpan& ds) const + { + wxDateTime dt(*this); + dt.Subtract(ds); + return dt; + } + + // return the difference between two dates + inline wxTimeSpan Subtract(const wxDateTime& dt) const; + inline wxTimeSpan operator-(const wxDateTime& dt2) const; + + // conversion to/from text + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // all conversions functions return true to indicate whether parsing + // succeeded or failed and fill in the provided end iterator, which must + // not be NULL, with the location of the character where the parsing + // stopped (this will be end() of the passed string if everything was + // parsed) + + // parse a string in RFC 822 format (found e.g. in mail headers and + // having the form "Wed, 10 Feb 1999 19:07:07 +0100") + bool ParseRfc822Date(const wxString& date, + wxString::const_iterator *end); + + // parse a date/time in the given format (see strptime(3)), fill in + // the missing (in the string) fields with the values of dateDef (by + // default, they will not change if they had valid values or will + // default to Today() otherwise) + bool ParseFormat(const wxString& date, + const wxString& format, + const wxDateTime& dateDef, + wxString::const_iterator *end); + + bool ParseFormat(const wxString& date, + const wxString& format, + wxString::const_iterator *end) + { + return ParseFormat(date, format, wxDefaultDateTime, end); + } + + bool ParseFormat(const wxString& date, + wxString::const_iterator *end) + { + return ParseFormat(date, wxDefaultDateTimeFormat, wxDefaultDateTime, end); + } + + // parse a string containing date, time or both in ISO 8601 format + // + // notice that these functions are new in wx 3.0 and so we don't + // provide compatibility overloads for them + bool ParseISODate(const wxString& date) + { + wxString::const_iterator end; + return ParseFormat(date, wxS("%Y-%m-%d"), &end) && end == date.end(); + } + + bool ParseISOTime(const wxString& time) + { + wxString::const_iterator end; + return ParseFormat(time, wxS("%H:%M:%S"), &end) && end == time.end(); + } + + bool ParseISOCombined(const wxString& datetime, char sep = 'T') + { + wxString::const_iterator end; + const wxString fmt = wxS("%Y-%m-%d") + wxString(sep) + wxS("%H:%M:%S"); + return ParseFormat(datetime, fmt, &end) && end == datetime.end(); + } + + // parse a string containing the date/time in "free" format, this + // function will try to make an educated guess at the string contents + bool ParseDateTime(const wxString& datetime, + wxString::const_iterator *end); + + // parse a string containing the date only in "free" format (less + // flexible than ParseDateTime) + bool ParseDate(const wxString& date, + wxString::const_iterator *end); + + // parse a string containing the time only in "free" format + bool ParseTime(const wxString& time, + wxString::const_iterator *end); + + + // this function accepts strftime()-like format string (default + // argument corresponds to the preferred date and time representation + // for the current locale) and returns the string containing the + // resulting text representation + wxString Format(const wxString& format = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat, + const TimeZone& tz = Local) const; + // preferred date representation for the current locale + wxString FormatDate() const { return Format(wxS("%x")); } + // preferred time representation for the current locale + wxString FormatTime() const { return Format(wxS("%X")); } + // returns the string representing the date in ISO 8601 format + // (YYYY-MM-DD) + wxString FormatISODate() const { return Format(wxS("%Y-%m-%d")); } + // returns the string representing the time in ISO 8601 format + // (HH:MM:SS) + wxString FormatISOTime() const { return Format(wxS("%H:%M:%S")); } + // return the combined date time representation in ISO 8601 format; the + // separator character should be 'T' according to the standard but it + // can also be useful to set it to ' ' + wxString FormatISOCombined(char sep = 'T') const + { return FormatISODate() + sep + FormatISOTime(); } + + + // backwards compatible versions of the parsing functions: they return an + // object representing the next character following the date specification + // (i.e. the one where the scan had to stop) or a special NULL-like object + // on failure + // + // they're not deprecated because a lot of existing code uses them and + // there is no particular harm in keeping them but you should still prefer + // the versions above in the new code + wxAnyStrPtr ParseRfc822Date(const wxString& date) + { + wxString::const_iterator end; + return ParseRfc822Date(date, &end) ? wxAnyStrPtr(date, end) + : wxAnyStrPtr(); + } + + wxAnyStrPtr ParseFormat(const wxString& date, + const wxString& format = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat, + const wxDateTime& dateDef = wxDefaultDateTime) + { + wxString::const_iterator end; + return ParseFormat(date, format, dateDef, &end) ? wxAnyStrPtr(date, end) + : wxAnyStrPtr(); + } + + wxAnyStrPtr ParseDateTime(const wxString& datetime) + { + wxString::const_iterator end; + return ParseDateTime(datetime, &end) ? wxAnyStrPtr(datetime, end) + : wxAnyStrPtr(); + } + + wxAnyStrPtr ParseDate(const wxString& date) + { + wxString::const_iterator end; + return ParseDate(date, &end) ? wxAnyStrPtr(date, end) + : wxAnyStrPtr(); + } + + wxAnyStrPtr ParseTime(const wxString& time) + { + wxString::const_iterator end; + return ParseTime(time, &end) ? wxAnyStrPtr(time, end) + : wxAnyStrPtr(); + } + + // implementation + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // construct from internal representation + wxDateTime(const wxLongLong& time) { m_time = time; } + + // get the internal representation + inline wxLongLong GetValue() const; + + // a helper function to get the current time_t + static time_t GetTimeNow() { return time(NULL); } + + // another one to get the current time broken down + static struct tm *GetTmNow() + { + static struct tm l_CurrentTime; + return GetTmNow(&l_CurrentTime); + } + + // get current time using thread-safe function + static struct tm *GetTmNow(struct tm *tmstruct); + +private: + // the current country - as it's the same for all program objects (unless + // it runs on a _really_ big cluster system :-), this is a static member: + // see SetCountry() and GetCountry() + static Country ms_country; + + // this constant is used to transform a time_t value to the internal + // representation, as time_t is in seconds and we use milliseconds it's + // fixed to 1000 + static const long TIME_T_FACTOR; + + // returns true if we fall in range in which we can use standard ANSI C + // functions + inline bool IsInStdRange() const; + + // the internal representation of the time is the amount of milliseconds + // elapsed since the origin which is set by convention to the UNIX/C epoch + // value: the midnight of January 1, 1970 (UTC) + wxLongLong m_time; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// This class contains a difference between 2 wxDateTime values, so it makes +// sense to add it to wxDateTime and it is the result of subtraction of 2 +// objects of that class. See also wxDateSpan. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTimeSpan +{ +public: + // constructors + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // return the timespan for the given number of milliseconds + static wxTimeSpan Milliseconds(wxLongLong ms) { return wxTimeSpan(0, 0, 0, ms); } + static wxTimeSpan Millisecond() { return Milliseconds(1); } + + // return the timespan for the given number of seconds + static wxTimeSpan Seconds(wxLongLong sec) { return wxTimeSpan(0, 0, sec); } + static wxTimeSpan Second() { return Seconds(1); } + + // return the timespan for the given number of minutes + static wxTimeSpan Minutes(long min) { return wxTimeSpan(0, min, 0 ); } + static wxTimeSpan Minute() { return Minutes(1); } + + // return the timespan for the given number of hours + static wxTimeSpan Hours(long hours) { return wxTimeSpan(hours, 0, 0); } + static wxTimeSpan Hour() { return Hours(1); } + + // return the timespan for the given number of days + static wxTimeSpan Days(long days) { return Hours(24 * days); } + static wxTimeSpan Day() { return Days(1); } + + // return the timespan for the given number of weeks + static wxTimeSpan Weeks(long days) { return Days(7 * days); } + static wxTimeSpan Week() { return Weeks(1); } + + // default ctor constructs the 0 time span + wxTimeSpan() { } + + // from separate values for each component, date set to 0 (hours are + // not restricted to 0..24 range, neither are minutes, seconds or + // milliseconds) + inline wxTimeSpan(long hours, + long minutes = 0, + wxLongLong seconds = 0, + wxLongLong milliseconds = 0); + + // default copy ctor is ok + + // no dtor + + // arithmetics with time spans (see also below for more operators) + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // return the sum of two timespans + inline wxTimeSpan Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const; + // add two timespans together + inline wxTimeSpan& Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff); + // add two timespans together + wxTimeSpan& operator+=(const wxTimeSpan& diff) { return Add(diff); } + inline wxTimeSpan operator+(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const + { + return wxTimeSpan(GetValue() + ts.GetValue()); + } + + // return the difference of two timespans + inline wxTimeSpan Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const; + // subtract another timespan + inline wxTimeSpan& Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff); + // subtract another timespan + wxTimeSpan& operator-=(const wxTimeSpan& diff) { return Subtract(diff); } + inline wxTimeSpan operator-(const wxTimeSpan& ts) + { + return wxTimeSpan(GetValue() - ts.GetValue()); + } + + // multiply timespan by a scalar + inline wxTimeSpan Multiply(int n) const; + // multiply timespan by a scalar + inline wxTimeSpan& Multiply(int n); + // multiply timespan by a scalar + wxTimeSpan& operator*=(int n) { return Multiply(n); } + inline wxTimeSpan operator*(int n) const + { + return wxTimeSpan(*this).Multiply(n); + } + + // return this timespan with opposite sign + wxTimeSpan Negate() const { return wxTimeSpan(-GetValue()); } + // negate the value of the timespan + wxTimeSpan& Neg() { m_diff = -GetValue(); return *this; } + // negate the value of the timespan + wxTimeSpan& operator-() { return Neg(); } + + // return the absolute value of the timespan: does _not_ modify the + // object + inline wxTimeSpan Abs() const; + + // there is intentionally no division because we don't want to + // introduce rounding errors in time calculations + + // comparaison (see also operator versions below) + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // is the timespan null? + bool IsNull() const { return m_diff == 0l; } + // returns true if the timespan is null + bool operator!() const { return !IsNull(); } + + // is the timespan positive? + bool IsPositive() const { return m_diff > 0l; } + + // is the timespan negative? + bool IsNegative() const { return m_diff < 0l; } + + // are two timespans equal? + inline bool IsEqualTo(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const; + // compare two timestamps: works with the absolute values, i.e. -2 + // hours is longer than 1 hour. Also, it will return false if the + // timespans are equal in absolute value. + inline bool IsLongerThan(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const; + // compare two timestamps: works with the absolute values, i.e. 1 + // hour is shorter than -2 hours. Also, it will return false if the + // timespans are equal in absolute value. + bool IsShorterThan(const wxTimeSpan& t) const; + + inline bool operator<(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const + { + return GetValue() < ts.GetValue(); + } + + inline bool operator<=(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const + { + return GetValue() <= ts.GetValue(); + } + + inline bool operator>(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const + { + return GetValue() > ts.GetValue(); + } + + inline bool operator>=(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const + { + return GetValue() >= ts.GetValue(); + } + + inline bool operator==(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const + { + return GetValue() == ts.GetValue(); + } + + inline bool operator!=(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const + { + return GetValue() != ts.GetValue(); + } + + // breaking into days, hours, minutes and seconds + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // get the max number of weeks in this timespan + inline int GetWeeks() const; + // get the max number of days in this timespan + inline int GetDays() const; + // get the max number of hours in this timespan + inline int GetHours() const; + // get the max number of minutes in this timespan + inline int GetMinutes() const; + // get the max number of seconds in this timespan + inline wxLongLong GetSeconds() const; + // get the number of milliseconds in this timespan + wxLongLong GetMilliseconds() const { return m_diff; } + + // conversion to text + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // this function accepts strftime()-like format string (default + // argument corresponds to the preferred date and time representation + // for the current locale) and returns the string containing the + // resulting text representation. Notice that only some of format + // specifiers valid for wxDateTime are valid for wxTimeSpan: hours, + // minutes and seconds make sense, but not "PM/AM" string for example. + wxString Format(const wxString& format = wxDefaultTimeSpanFormat) const; + + // implementation + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // construct from internal representation + wxTimeSpan(const wxLongLong& diff) { m_diff = diff; } + + // get the internal representation + wxLongLong GetValue() const { return m_diff; } + +private: + // the (signed) time span in milliseconds + wxLongLong m_diff; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// This class is a "logical time span" and is useful for implementing program +// logic for such things as "add one month to the date" which, in general, +// doesn't mean to add 60*60*24*31 seconds to it, but to take the same date +// the next month (to understand that this is indeed different consider adding +// one month to Feb, 15 - we want to get Mar, 15, of course). +// +// When adding a month to the date, all lesser components (days, hours, ...) +// won't be changed unless the resulting date would be invalid: for example, +// Jan 31 + 1 month will be Feb 28, not (non existing) Feb 31. +// +// Because of this feature, adding and subtracting back again the same +// wxDateSpan will *not*, in general give back the original date: Feb 28 - 1 +// month will be Jan 28, not Jan 31! +// +// wxDateSpan can be either positive or negative. They may be +// multiplied by scalars which multiply all deltas by the scalar: i.e. 2*(1 +// month and 1 day) is 2 months and 2 days. They can be added together and +// with wxDateTime or wxTimeSpan, but the type of result is different for each +// case. +// +// Beware about weeks: if you specify both weeks and days, the total number of +// days added will be 7*weeks + days! See also GetTotalDays() function. +// +// Equality operators are defined for wxDateSpans. Two datespans are equal if +// they both give the same target date when added to *every* source date. +// Thus wxDateSpan::Months(1) is not equal to wxDateSpan::Days(30), because +// they not give the same date when added to 1 Feb. But wxDateSpan::Days(14) is +// equal to wxDateSpan::Weeks(2) +// +// Finally, notice that for adding hours, minutes &c you don't need this +// class: wxTimeSpan will do the job because there are no subtleties +// associated with those. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDateSpan +{ +public: + // constructors + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // this many years/months/weeks/days + wxDateSpan(int years = 0, int months = 0, int weeks = 0, int days = 0) + { + m_years = years; + m_months = months; + m_weeks = weeks; + m_days = days; + } + + // get an object for the given number of days + static wxDateSpan Days(int days) { return wxDateSpan(0, 0, 0, days); } + static wxDateSpan Day() { return Days(1); } + + // get an object for the given number of weeks + static wxDateSpan Weeks(int weeks) { return wxDateSpan(0, 0, weeks, 0); } + static wxDateSpan Week() { return Weeks(1); } + + // get an object for the given number of months + static wxDateSpan Months(int mon) { return wxDateSpan(0, mon, 0, 0); } + static wxDateSpan Month() { return Months(1); } + + // get an object for the given number of years + static wxDateSpan Years(int years) { return wxDateSpan(years, 0, 0, 0); } + static wxDateSpan Year() { return Years(1); } + + // default copy ctor is ok + + // no dtor + + // accessors (all SetXXX() return the (modified) wxDateSpan object) + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // set number of years + wxDateSpan& SetYears(int n) { m_years = n; return *this; } + // set number of months + wxDateSpan& SetMonths(int n) { m_months = n; return *this; } + // set number of weeks + wxDateSpan& SetWeeks(int n) { m_weeks = n; return *this; } + // set number of days + wxDateSpan& SetDays(int n) { m_days = n; return *this; } + + // get number of years + int GetYears() const { return m_years; } + // get number of months + int GetMonths() const { return m_months; } + // get number of weeks + int GetWeeks() const { return m_weeks; } + // get number of days + int GetDays() const { return m_days; } + // returns 7*GetWeeks() + GetDays() + int GetTotalDays() const { return 7*m_weeks + m_days; } + + // arithmetics with date spans (see also below for more operators) + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // return sum of two date spans + inline wxDateSpan Add(const wxDateSpan& other) const; + // add another wxDateSpan to us + inline wxDateSpan& Add(const wxDateSpan& other); + // add another wxDateSpan to us + inline wxDateSpan& operator+=(const wxDateSpan& other); + inline wxDateSpan operator+(const wxDateSpan& ds) const + { + return wxDateSpan(GetYears() + ds.GetYears(), + GetMonths() + ds.GetMonths(), + GetWeeks() + ds.GetWeeks(), + GetDays() + ds.GetDays()); + } + + // return difference of two date spans + inline wxDateSpan Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other) const; + // subtract another wxDateSpan from us + inline wxDateSpan& Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other); + // subtract another wxDateSpan from us + inline wxDateSpan& operator-=(const wxDateSpan& other); + inline wxDateSpan operator-(const wxDateSpan& ds) const + { + return wxDateSpan(GetYears() - ds.GetYears(), + GetMonths() - ds.GetMonths(), + GetWeeks() - ds.GetWeeks(), + GetDays() - ds.GetDays()); + } + + // return a copy of this time span with changed sign + inline wxDateSpan Negate() const; + // inverse the sign of this timespan + inline wxDateSpan& Neg(); + // inverse the sign of this timespan + wxDateSpan& operator-() { return Neg(); } + + // return the date span proportional to this one with given factor + inline wxDateSpan Multiply(int factor) const; + // multiply all components by a (signed) number + inline wxDateSpan& Multiply(int factor); + // multiply all components by a (signed) number + inline wxDateSpan& operator*=(int factor) { return Multiply(factor); } + inline wxDateSpan operator*(int n) const + { + return wxDateSpan(*this).Multiply(n); + } + + // ds1 == d2 if and only if for every wxDateTime t t + ds1 == t + ds2 + inline bool operator==(const wxDateSpan& ds) const + { + return GetYears() == ds.GetYears() && + GetMonths() == ds.GetMonths() && + GetTotalDays() == ds.GetTotalDays(); + } + + inline bool operator!=(const wxDateSpan& ds) const + { + return !(*this == ds); + } + +private: + int m_years, + m_months, + m_weeks, + m_days; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateTimeArray: array of dates. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxDateTime, wxDateTimeArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority: an object of this class will decide whether a +// given date is a holiday and is used by all functions working with "work +// days". +// +// NB: the base class is an ABC, derived classes must implement the pure +// virtual methods to work with the holidays they correspond to. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority; +WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority *, + wxHolidayAuthoritiesArray, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +class wxDateTimeHolidaysModule; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority +{ +friend class wxDateTimeHolidaysModule; +public: + // returns true if the given date is a holiday + static bool IsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt); + + // fills the provided array with all holidays in the given range, returns + // the number of them + static size_t GetHolidaysInRange(const wxDateTime& dtStart, + const wxDateTime& dtEnd, + wxDateTimeArray& holidays); + + // clear the list of holiday authorities + static void ClearAllAuthorities(); + + // add a new holiday authority (the pointer will be deleted by + // wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority) + static void AddAuthority(wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority *auth); + + // the base class must have a virtual dtor + virtual ~wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority(); + +protected: + // this function is called to determine whether a given day is a holiday + virtual bool DoIsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt) const = 0; + + // this function should fill the array with all holidays between the two + // given dates - it is implemented in the base class, but in a very + // inefficient way (it just iterates over all days and uses IsHoliday() for + // each of them), so it must be overridden in the derived class where the + // base class version may be explicitly used if needed + // + // returns the number of holidays in the given range and fills holidays + // array + virtual size_t DoGetHolidaysInRange(const wxDateTime& dtStart, + const wxDateTime& dtEnd, + wxDateTimeArray& holidays) const = 0; + +private: + // all holiday authorities + static wxHolidayAuthoritiesArray ms_authorities; +}; + +// the holidays for this class are all Saturdays and Sundays +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDateTimeWorkDays : public wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority +{ +protected: + virtual bool DoIsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt) const; + virtual size_t DoGetHolidaysInRange(const wxDateTime& dtStart, + const wxDateTime& dtEnd, + wxDateTimeArray& holidays) const; +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// inline functions implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY 86400000l + +// some broken compilers (HP-UX CC) refuse to compile the "normal" version, but +// using a temp variable always might prevent other compilers from optimising +// it away - hence use of this ugly macro +#ifndef __HPUX__ + #define MODIFY_AND_RETURN(op) return wxDateTime(*this).op +#else + #define MODIFY_AND_RETURN(op) wxDateTime dt(*this); dt.op; return dt +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateTime construction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline bool wxDateTime::IsInStdRange() const +{ + // currently we don't know what is the real type of time_t so prefer to err + // on the safe side and limit it to 32 bit values which is safe everywhere + return m_time >= 0l && (m_time / TIME_T_FACTOR) < wxINT32_MAX; +} + +/* static */ +inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Now() +{ + struct tm tmstruct; + return wxDateTime(*GetTmNow(&tmstruct)); +} + +/* static */ +inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Today() +{ + wxDateTime dt(Now()); + dt.ResetTime(); + + return dt; +} + +#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400)) +inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Set(time_t timet) +{ + // assign first to avoid long multiplication overflow! + m_time = timet - WX_TIME_BASE_OFFSET ; + m_time *= TIME_T_FACTOR; + + return *this; +} +#endif + +inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetToCurrent() +{ + *this = Now(); + return *this; +} + +#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400)) +inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(time_t timet) +{ + Set(timet); +} +#endif + +inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(const struct tm& tm) +{ + Set(tm); +} + +inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(const Tm& tm) +{ + Set(tm); +} + +inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(double jdn) +{ + Set(jdn); +} + +inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Set(const Tm& tm) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( tm.IsValid(), wxT("invalid broken down date/time") ); + + return Set(tm.mday, (Month)tm.mon, tm.year, + tm.hour, tm.min, tm.sec, tm.msec); +} + +inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t hour, + wxDateTime_t minute, + wxDateTime_t second, + wxDateTime_t millisec) +{ + Set(hour, minute, second, millisec); +} + +inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t day, + Month month, + int year, + wxDateTime_t hour, + wxDateTime_t minute, + wxDateTime_t second, + wxDateTime_t millisec) +{ + Set(day, month, year, hour, minute, second, millisec); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateTime accessors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline wxLongLong wxDateTime::GetValue() const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime")); + + return m_time; +} + +inline time_t wxDateTime::GetTicks() const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime")); + if ( !IsInStdRange() ) + { + return (time_t)-1; + } + + return (time_t)((m_time / (long)TIME_T_FACTOR).ToLong()) + WX_TIME_BASE_OFFSET; +} + +inline bool wxDateTime::SetToLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, + Month month, + int year) +{ + return SetToWeekDay(weekday, -1, month, year); +} + +inline wxDateTime +wxDateTime::GetWeekDayInSameWeek(WeekDay weekday, + WeekFlags WXUNUSED(flags)) const +{ + MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToWeekDayInSameWeek(weekday) ); +} + +inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetNextWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const +{ + MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToNextWeekDay(weekday) ); +} + +inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetPrevWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const +{ + MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToPrevWeekDay(weekday) ); +} + +inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, + int n, + Month month, + int year) const +{ + wxDateTime dt(*this); + + return dt.SetToWeekDay(weekday, n, month, year) ? dt : wxInvalidDateTime; +} + +inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, + Month month, + int year) +{ + wxDateTime dt(*this); + + return dt.SetToLastWeekDay(weekday, month, year) ? dt : wxInvalidDateTime; +} + +inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetLastMonthDay(Month month, int year) const +{ + MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToLastMonthDay(month, year) ); +} + +inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetYearDay(wxDateTime_t yday) const +{ + MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToYearDay(yday) ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateTime comparison +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline bool wxDateTime::IsEqualTo(const wxDateTime& datetime) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime")); + + return m_time == datetime.m_time; +} + +inline bool wxDateTime::IsEarlierThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime")); + + return m_time < datetime.m_time; +} + +inline bool wxDateTime::IsLaterThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime")); + + return m_time > datetime.m_time; +} + +inline bool wxDateTime::IsStrictlyBetween(const wxDateTime& t1, + const wxDateTime& t2) const +{ + // no need for assert, will be checked by the functions we call + return IsLaterThan(t1) && IsEarlierThan(t2); +} + +inline bool wxDateTime::IsBetween(const wxDateTime& t1, + const wxDateTime& t2) const +{ + // no need for assert, will be checked by the functions we call + return IsEqualTo(t1) || IsEqualTo(t2) || IsStrictlyBetween(t1, t2); +} + +inline bool wxDateTime::IsSameDate(const wxDateTime& dt) const +{ + Tm tm1 = GetTm(), + tm2 = dt.GetTm(); + + return tm1.year == tm2.year && + tm1.mon == tm2.mon && + tm1.mday == tm2.mday; +} + +inline bool wxDateTime::IsSameTime(const wxDateTime& dt) const +{ + // notice that we can't do something like this: + // + // m_time % MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY == dt.m_time % MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY + // + // because we have also to deal with (possibly) different DST settings! + Tm tm1 = GetTm(), + tm2 = dt.GetTm(); + + return tm1.hour == tm2.hour && + tm1.min == tm2.min && + tm1.sec == tm2.sec && + tm1.msec == tm2.msec; +} + +inline bool wxDateTime::IsEqualUpTo(const wxDateTime& dt, + const wxTimeSpan& ts) const +{ + return IsBetween(dt.Subtract(ts), dt.Add(ts)); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateTime arithmetics +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime")); + + return wxDateTime(m_time + diff.GetValue()); +} + +inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime")); + + m_time += diff.GetValue(); + + return *this; +} + +inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator+=(const wxTimeSpan& diff) +{ + return Add(diff); +} + +inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime")); + + return wxDateTime(m_time - diff.GetValue()); +} + +inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime")); + + m_time -= diff.GetValue(); + + return *this; +} + +inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator-=(const wxTimeSpan& diff) +{ + return Subtract(diff); +} + +inline wxTimeSpan wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxDateTime& datetime) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime")); + + return wxTimeSpan(GetValue() - datetime.GetValue()); +} + +inline wxTimeSpan wxDateTime::operator-(const wxDateTime& dt2) const +{ + return this->Subtract(dt2); +} + +inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Add(const wxDateSpan& diff) const +{ + return wxDateTime(*this).Add(diff); +} + +inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff) +{ + return Add(diff.Negate()); +} + +inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff) const +{ + return wxDateTime(*this).Subtract(diff); +} + +inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator-=(const wxDateSpan& diff) +{ + return Subtract(diff); +} + +inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator+=(const wxDateSpan& diff) +{ + return Add(diff); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateTime and timezones +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline wxDateTime +wxDateTime::ToTimezone(const wxDateTime::TimeZone& tz, bool noDST) const +{ + MODIFY_AND_RETURN( MakeTimezone(tz, noDST) ); +} + +inline wxDateTime +wxDateTime::FromTimezone(const wxDateTime::TimeZone& tz, bool noDST) const +{ + MODIFY_AND_RETURN( MakeFromTimezone(tz, noDST) ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimeSpan construction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline wxTimeSpan::wxTimeSpan(long hours, + long minutes, + wxLongLong seconds, + wxLongLong milliseconds) +{ + // assign first to avoid precision loss + m_diff = hours; + m_diff *= 60l; + m_diff += minutes; + m_diff *= 60l; + m_diff += seconds; + m_diff *= 1000l; + m_diff += milliseconds; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimeSpan accessors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline wxLongLong wxTimeSpan::GetSeconds() const +{ + return m_diff / 1000l; +} + +inline int wxTimeSpan::GetMinutes() const +{ + // explicit cast to int suppresses a warning with CodeWarrior and possibly + // others (changing the return type to long from int is impossible in 2.8) + return (int)((GetSeconds() / 60l).GetLo()); +} + +inline int wxTimeSpan::GetHours() const +{ + return GetMinutes() / 60; +} + +inline int wxTimeSpan::GetDays() const +{ + return GetHours() / 24; +} + +inline int wxTimeSpan::GetWeeks() const +{ + return GetDays() / 7; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimeSpan arithmetics +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const +{ + return wxTimeSpan(m_diff + diff.GetValue()); +} + +inline wxTimeSpan& wxTimeSpan::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) +{ + m_diff += diff.GetValue(); + + return *this; +} + +inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const +{ + return wxTimeSpan(m_diff - diff.GetValue()); +} + +inline wxTimeSpan& wxTimeSpan::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) +{ + m_diff -= diff.GetValue(); + + return *this; +} + +inline wxTimeSpan& wxTimeSpan::Multiply(int n) +{ + m_diff *= (long)n; + + return *this; +} + +inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Multiply(int n) const +{ + return wxTimeSpan(m_diff * (long)n); +} + +inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Abs() const +{ + return wxTimeSpan(GetValue().Abs()); +} + +inline bool wxTimeSpan::IsEqualTo(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const +{ + return GetValue() == ts.GetValue(); +} + +inline bool wxTimeSpan::IsLongerThan(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const +{ + return GetValue().Abs() > ts.GetValue().Abs(); +} + +inline bool wxTimeSpan::IsShorterThan(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const +{ + return GetValue().Abs() < ts.GetValue().Abs(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateSpan +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::operator+=(const wxDateSpan& other) +{ + m_years += other.m_years; + m_months += other.m_months; + m_weeks += other.m_weeks; + m_days += other.m_days; + + return *this; +} + +inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Add(const wxDateSpan& other) +{ + return *this += other; +} + +inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Add(const wxDateSpan& other) const +{ + wxDateSpan ds(*this); + ds.Add(other); + return ds; +} + +inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Multiply(int factor) +{ + m_years *= factor; + m_months *= factor; + m_weeks *= factor; + m_days *= factor; + + return *this; +} + +inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Multiply(int factor) const +{ + wxDateSpan ds(*this); + ds.Multiply(factor); + return ds; +} + +inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Negate() const +{ + return wxDateSpan(-m_years, -m_months, -m_weeks, -m_days); +} + +inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Neg() +{ + m_years = -m_years; + m_months = -m_months; + m_weeks = -m_weeks; + m_days = -m_days; + + return *this; +} + +inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::operator-=(const wxDateSpan& other) +{ + return *this += other.Negate(); +} + +inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other) +{ + return *this -= other; +} + +inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other) const +{ + wxDateSpan ds(*this); + ds.Subtract(other); + return ds; +} + +#undef MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY + +#undef MODIFY_AND_RETURN + +// ============================================================================ +// binary operators +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimeSpan operators +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTimeSpan WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator*(int n, const wxTimeSpan& ts); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateSpan +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDateSpan WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator*(int n, const wxDateSpan& ds); + +// ============================================================================ +// other helper functions +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// iteration helpers: can be used to write a for loop over enum variable like +// this: +// for ( m = wxDateTime::Jan; m < wxDateTime::Inv_Month; wxNextMonth(m) ) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxNextMonth(wxDateTime::Month& m); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxPrevMonth(wxDateTime::Month& m); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxNextWDay(wxDateTime::WeekDay& wd); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxPrevWDay(wxDateTime::WeekDay& wd); + +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +#endif // _WX_DATETIME_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datstrm.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datstrm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a3b99180c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/datstrm.h @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/datstrm.h +// Purpose: Data stream classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: Mickael Gilabert +// Created: 28/06/1998 +// RCS-ID: $Id: datstrm.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DATSTREAM_H_ +#define _WX_DATSTREAM_H_ + +#include "wx/stream.h" +#include "wx/longlong.h" +#include "wx/convauto.h" + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDataInputStream +{ +public: +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8 ); +#else + wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s); +#endif + ~wxDataInputStream(); + + bool IsOk() { return m_input->IsOk(); } + +#if wxHAS_INT64 + wxUint64 Read64(); +#endif +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + wxLongLong ReadLL(); +#endif + wxUint32 Read32(); + wxUint16 Read16(); + wxUint8 Read8(); + double ReadDouble(); + wxString ReadString(); + +#if wxHAS_INT64 + void Read64(wxUint64 *buffer, size_t size); + void Read64(wxInt64 *buffer, size_t size); +#endif +#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG + void Read64(wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size); + void Read64(wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size); +#endif +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + void ReadLL(wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size); + void ReadLL(wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size); +#endif + void Read32(wxUint32 *buffer, size_t size); + void Read16(wxUint16 *buffer, size_t size); + void Read8(wxUint8 *buffer, size_t size); + void ReadDouble(double *buffer, size_t size); + + wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxString& s); + wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt8& c); + wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt16& i); + wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt32& i); + wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint8& c); + wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint16& i); + wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint32& i); +#if wxHAS_INT64 + wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint64& i); + wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt64& i); +#endif +#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG + wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxULongLong& i); + wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxLongLong& i); +#endif + wxDataInputStream& operator>>(double& i); + wxDataInputStream& operator>>(float& f); + + void BigEndianOrdered(bool be_order) { m_be_order = be_order; } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + void SetConv( const wxMBConv &conv ); + wxMBConv *GetConv() const { return m_conv; } +#endif + +protected: + wxInputStream *m_input; + bool m_be_order; +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxMBConv *m_conv; +#endif + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataInputStream); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDataOutputStream +{ +public: +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxDataOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8 ); +#else + wxDataOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s); +#endif + ~wxDataOutputStream(); + + bool IsOk() { return m_output->IsOk(); } + +#if wxHAS_INT64 + void Write64(wxUint64 i); + void Write64(wxInt64 i); +#endif +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + void WriteLL(const wxLongLong &ll); + void WriteLL(const wxULongLong &ll); +#endif + void Write32(wxUint32 i); + void Write16(wxUint16 i); + void Write8(wxUint8 i); + void WriteDouble(double d); + void WriteString(const wxString& string); + +#if wxHAS_INT64 + void Write64(const wxUint64 *buffer, size_t size); + void Write64(const wxInt64 *buffer, size_t size); +#endif +#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG + void Write64(const wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size); + void Write64(const wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size); +#endif +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + void WriteLL(const wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size); + void WriteLL(const wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size); +#endif + void Write32(const wxUint32 *buffer, size_t size); + void Write16(const wxUint16 *buffer, size_t size); + void Write8(const wxUint8 *buffer, size_t size); + void WriteDouble(const double *buffer, size_t size); + + wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(const wxString& string); + wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt8 c); + wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt16 i); + wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt32 i); + wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint8 c); + wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint16 i); + wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint32 i); +#if wxHAS_INT64 + wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint64 i); + wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt64 i); +#endif +#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG + wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(const wxULongLong &i); + wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(const wxLongLong &i); +#endif + wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(double f); + wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(float f); + + void BigEndianOrdered(bool be_order) { m_be_order = be_order; } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + void SetConv( const wxMBConv &conv ); + wxMBConv *GetConv() const { return m_conv; } +#endif + +protected: + wxOutputStream *m_output; + bool m_be_order; +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxMBConv *m_conv; +#endif + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataOutputStream); +}; + +#endif + // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif + // _WX_DATSTREAM_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..974666f5d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dc.h @@ -0,0 +1,1455 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dc.h +// Purpose: wxDC class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 05/25/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dc.h 67063 2011-02-27 12:48:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DC_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DC_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers which we must include here +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/object.h" // the base class + +#include "wx/intl.h" // for wxLayoutDirection +#include "wx/cursor.h" // we have member variables of these classes +#include "wx/font.h" // so we can't do without them +#include "wx/colour.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" // for wxNullBitmap +#include "wx/brush.h" +#include "wx/pen.h" +#include "wx/palette.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/math.h" +#include "wx/image.h" +#include "wx/region.h" + +#define wxUSE_NEW_DC 1 + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxClientDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPaintDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScreenDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMemoryDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrinterDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintData; + +// Logical ops +enum wxRasterOperationMode +{ + wxCLEAR, // 0 + wxXOR, // src XOR dst + wxINVERT, // NOT dst + wxOR_REVERSE, // src OR (NOT dst) + wxAND_REVERSE, // src AND (NOT dst) + wxCOPY, // src + wxAND, // src AND dst + wxAND_INVERT, // (NOT src) AND dst + wxNO_OP, // dst + wxNOR, // (NOT src) AND (NOT dst) + wxEQUIV, // (NOT src) XOR dst + wxSRC_INVERT, // (NOT src) + wxOR_INVERT, // (NOT src) OR dst + wxNAND, // (NOT src) OR (NOT dst) + wxOR, // src OR dst + wxSET // 1 +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + ,wxROP_BLACK = wxCLEAR, + wxBLIT_BLACKNESS = wxCLEAR, + wxROP_XORPEN = wxXOR, + wxBLIT_SRCINVERT = wxXOR, + wxROP_NOT = wxINVERT, + wxBLIT_DSTINVERT = wxINVERT, + wxROP_MERGEPENNOT = wxOR_REVERSE, + wxBLIT_00DD0228 = wxOR_REVERSE, + wxROP_MASKPENNOT = wxAND_REVERSE, + wxBLIT_SRCERASE = wxAND_REVERSE, + wxROP_COPYPEN = wxCOPY, + wxBLIT_SRCCOPY = wxCOPY, + wxROP_MASKPEN = wxAND, + wxBLIT_SRCAND = wxAND, + wxROP_MASKNOTPEN = wxAND_INVERT, + wxBLIT_00220326 = wxAND_INVERT, + wxROP_NOP = wxNO_OP, + wxBLIT_00AA0029 = wxNO_OP, + wxROP_NOTMERGEPEN = wxNOR, + wxBLIT_NOTSRCERASE = wxNOR, + wxROP_NOTXORPEN = wxEQUIV, + wxBLIT_00990066 = wxEQUIV, + wxROP_NOTCOPYPEN = wxSRC_INVERT, + wxBLIT_NOTSCRCOPY = wxSRC_INVERT, + wxROP_MERGENOTPEN = wxOR_INVERT, + wxBLIT_MERGEPAINT = wxOR_INVERT, + wxROP_NOTMASKPEN = wxNAND, + wxBLIT_007700E6 = wxNAND, + wxROP_MERGEPEN = wxOR, + wxBLIT_SRCPAINT = wxOR, + wxROP_WHITE = wxSET, + wxBLIT_WHITENESS = wxSET +#endif //WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +}; + +// Flood styles +enum wxFloodFillStyle +{ + wxFLOOD_SURFACE = 1, + wxFLOOD_BORDER +}; + +// Mapping modes +enum wxMappingMode +{ + wxMM_TEXT = 1, + wxMM_METRIC, + wxMM_LOMETRIC, + wxMM_TWIPS, + wxMM_POINTS +}; + +// Description of text characteristics. +struct wxFontMetrics +{ + wxFontMetrics() + { + height = + ascent = + descent = + internalLeading = + externalLeading = + averageWidth = 0; + } + + int height, // Total character height. + ascent, // Part of the height above the baseline. + descent, // Part of the height below the baseline. + internalLeading, // Intra-line spacing. + externalLeading, // Inter-line spacing. + averageWidth; // Average font width, a.k.a. "x-width". +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDrawObject helper class +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDrawObject +{ +public: + wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR(wxDrawObject)() + : m_isBBoxValid(false) + , m_minX(0), m_minY(0), m_maxX(0), m_maxY(0) + { } + + virtual ~wxDrawObject() { } + + virtual void Draw(wxDC&) const { } + + virtual void CalcBoundingBox(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { + if ( m_isBBoxValid ) + { + if ( x < m_minX ) m_minX = x; + if ( y < m_minY ) m_minY = y; + if ( x > m_maxX ) m_maxX = x; + if ( y > m_maxY ) m_maxY = y; + } + else + { + m_isBBoxValid = true; + + m_minX = x; + m_minY = y; + m_maxX = x; + m_maxY = y; + } + } + + void ResetBoundingBox() + { + m_isBBoxValid = false; + + m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0; + } + + // Get the final bounding box of the PostScript or Metafile picture. + + wxCoord MinX() const { return m_minX; } + wxCoord MaxX() const { return m_maxX; } + wxCoord MinY() const { return m_minY; } + wxCoord MaxY() const { return m_maxY; } + + //to define the type of object for derived objects + virtual int GetType()=0; + +protected: + //for boundingbox calculation + bool m_isBBoxValid:1; + //for boundingbox calculation + wxCoord m_minX, m_minY, m_maxX, m_maxY; +}; + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDCFactory +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDCImpl; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCFactory +{ +public: + wxDCFactory() {} + virtual ~wxDCFactory() {} + + virtual wxDCImpl* CreateWindowDC( wxWindowDC *owner, wxWindow *window ) = 0; + virtual wxDCImpl* CreateClientDC( wxClientDC *owner, wxWindow *window ) = 0; + virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePaintDC( wxPaintDC *owner, wxWindow *window ) = 0; + virtual wxDCImpl* CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner ) = 0; + virtual wxDCImpl* CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxBitmap &bitmap ) = 0; + virtual wxDCImpl* CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxDC *dc ) = 0; + virtual wxDCImpl* CreateScreenDC( wxScreenDC *owner ) = 0; +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePrinterDC( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData &data ) = 0; +#endif + + static void Set(wxDCFactory *factory); + static wxDCFactory *Get(); + +private: + static wxDCFactory *m_factory; +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNativeDCFactory +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNativeDCFactory: public wxDCFactory +{ +public: + wxNativeDCFactory() {} + + virtual wxDCImpl* CreateWindowDC( wxWindowDC *owner, wxWindow *window ); + virtual wxDCImpl* CreateClientDC( wxClientDC *owner, wxWindow *window ); + virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePaintDC( wxPaintDC *owner, wxWindow *window ); + virtual wxDCImpl* CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner ); + virtual wxDCImpl* CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxBitmap &bitmap ); + virtual wxDCImpl* CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxDC *dc ); + virtual wxDCImpl* CreateScreenDC( wxScreenDC *owner ); +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePrinterDC( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData &data ); +#endif +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDCImpl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCImpl: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxDCImpl( wxDC *owner ); + virtual ~wxDCImpl(); + + wxDC *GetOwner() const { return m_owner; } + + wxWindow* GetWindow() const { return m_window; } + + virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; } + + // query capabilities + + virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const = 0; + virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const = 0; + + // get Cairo context + virtual void* GetCairoContext() const + { + return NULL; + } + + // query dimension, colour deps, resolution + + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const = 0; + void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const + { + DoGetSize(width, height); + return ; + } + + wxSize GetSize() const + { + int w, h; + DoGetSize(&w, &h); + return wxSize(w, h); + } + + virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const = 0; + + virtual int GetDepth() const = 0; + virtual wxSize GetPPI() const = 0; + + // Right-To-Left (RTL) modes + + virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection WXUNUSED(dir)) { } + virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const { return wxLayout_Default; } + + // page and document + + virtual bool StartDoc(const wxString& WXUNUSED(message)) { return true; } + virtual void EndDoc() { } + + virtual void StartPage() { } + virtual void EndPage() { } + + // flushing the content of this dc immediately eg onto screen + virtual void Flush() { } + + // bounding box + + virtual void CalcBoundingBox(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { + if ( m_isBBoxValid ) + { + if ( x < m_minX ) m_minX = x; + if ( y < m_minY ) m_minY = y; + if ( x > m_maxX ) m_maxX = x; + if ( y > m_maxY ) m_maxY = y; + } + else + { + m_isBBoxValid = true; + + m_minX = x; + m_minY = y; + m_maxX = x; + m_maxY = y; + } + } + void ResetBoundingBox() + { + m_isBBoxValid = false; + + m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0; + } + + wxCoord MinX() const { return m_minX; } + wxCoord MaxX() const { return m_maxX; } + wxCoord MinY() const { return m_minY; } + wxCoord MaxY() const { return m_maxY; } + + // setters and getters + + virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font) = 0; + virtual const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; } + + virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen) = 0; + virtual const wxPen& GetPen() const { return m_pen; } + + virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush) = 0; + virtual const wxBrush& GetBrush() const { return m_brush; } + + virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush) = 0; + virtual const wxBrush& GetBackground() const { return m_backgroundBrush; } + + virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode) = 0; + virtual int GetBackgroundMode() const { return m_backgroundMode; } + + virtual void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour) + { m_textForegroundColour = colour; } + virtual const wxColour& GetTextForeground() const + { return m_textForegroundColour; } + + virtual void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour) + { m_textBackgroundColour = colour; } + virtual const wxColour& GetTextBackground() const + { return m_textBackgroundColour; } + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + // inherit the DC attributes (font and colours) from the given window + // + // this is called automatically when a window, client or paint DC is + // created + virtual void InheritAttributes(wxWindow *win); + + + // logical functions + + virtual void SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode function) = 0; + virtual wxRasterOperationMode GetLogicalFunction() const + { return m_logicalFunction; } + + // text measurement + + virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const = 0; + virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const = 0; + + // The derived classes should really override DoGetFontMetrics() to return + // the correct values in the future but for now provide a default + // implementation in terms of DoGetTextExtent() to avoid breaking the + // compilation of all other ports as wxMSW is the only one to implement it. + virtual void DoGetFontMetrics(int *height, + int *ascent, + int *descent, + int *internalLeading, + int *externalLeading, + int *averageWidth) const; + + virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *descent = NULL, + wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const = 0; + virtual void GetMultiLineTextExtent(const wxString& string, + wxCoord *width, + wxCoord *height, + wxCoord *heightLine = NULL, + const wxFont *font = NULL) const; + virtual bool DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const; + + // clearing + + virtual void Clear() = 0; + + // clipping + + virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0; + + // NB: this function works with device coordinates, not the logical ones! + virtual void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region) = 0; + + virtual void DoGetClippingBox(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const + { + if ( x ) + *x = m_clipX1; + if ( y ) + *y = m_clipY1; + if ( w ) + *w = m_clipX2 - m_clipX1; + if ( h ) + *h = m_clipY2 - m_clipY1; + } + + virtual void DestroyClippingRegion() { ResetClipping(); } + + + // coordinates conversions and transforms + + virtual wxCoord DeviceToLogicalX(wxCoord x) const; + virtual wxCoord DeviceToLogicalY(wxCoord y) const; + virtual wxCoord DeviceToLogicalXRel(wxCoord x) const; + virtual wxCoord DeviceToLogicalYRel(wxCoord y) const; + virtual wxCoord LogicalToDeviceX(wxCoord x) const; + virtual wxCoord LogicalToDeviceY(wxCoord y) const; + virtual wxCoord LogicalToDeviceXRel(wxCoord x) const; + virtual wxCoord LogicalToDeviceYRel(wxCoord y) const; + + virtual void SetMapMode(wxMappingMode mode); + virtual wxMappingMode GetMapMode() const { return m_mappingMode; } + + virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y); + virtual void GetUserScale(double *x, double *y) const + { + if ( x ) *x = m_userScaleX; + if ( y ) *y = m_userScaleY; + } + + virtual void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y); + virtual void GetLogicalScale(double *x, double *y) + { + if ( x ) *x = m_logicalScaleX; + if ( y ) *y = m_logicalScaleY; + } + + virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void DoGetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const + { + if ( x ) *x = m_logicalOriginX; + if ( y ) *y = m_logicalOriginY; + } + + virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void DoGetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const + { + if ( x ) *x = m_deviceOriginX; + if ( y ) *y = m_deviceOriginY; + } + + virtual void SetDeviceLocalOrigin( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ); + + virtual void ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); + + // this needs to overidden if the axis is inverted + virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp); + + // --------------------------------------------------------- + // the actual drawing API + + virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col, + wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE) = 0; + + virtual void DoGradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect, + const wxColour& initialColour, + const wxColour& destColour, + wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST); + + virtual void DoGradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect, + const wxColour& initialColour, + const wxColour& destColour, + const wxPoint& circleCenter); + + virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const = 0; + + virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0; + virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2) = 0; + + virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, + wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, + wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc) = 0; + virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double sa, double ea) = 0; + + virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0; + virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + double radius) = 0; + virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0; + + virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0; + + virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0; + virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + bool useMask = false) = 0; + + virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0; + virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, + wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle) = 0; + + virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC *source, + wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, + bool useMask = false, + wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, + wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord) = 0; + + virtual bool DoStretchBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, + wxCoord dstWidth, wxCoord dstHeight, + wxDC *source, + wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxCoord srcWidth, wxCoord srcHeight, + wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, + bool useMask = false, + wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, + wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord); + + virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *WXUNUSED(subrect)) const + { return wxNullBitmap; } + + + virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset ) = 0; + virtual void DrawLines(const wxPointList *list, + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset ); + + virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) = 0; + virtual void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle); + void DrawPolygon(const wxPointList *list, + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle ); + + +#if wxUSE_SPLINES + void DrawSpline(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, + wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, + wxCoord x3, wxCoord y3); + void DrawSpline(int n, wxPoint points[]); + void DrawSpline(const wxPointList *points) { DoDrawSpline(points); } + + virtual void DoDrawSpline(const wxPointList *points); +#endif + + // --------------------------------------------------------- + // wxMemoryDC Impl API + + virtual void DoSelect(const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bmp)) + { } + + virtual const wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() const + { return wxNullBitmap; } + virtual wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() + { return wxNullBitmap; } + + // --------------------------------------------------------- + // wxPrinterDC Impl API + + virtual wxRect GetPaperRect() const + { int w = 0; int h = 0; DoGetSize( &w, &h ); return wxRect(0,0,w,h); } + + virtual int GetResolution() const + { return -1; } + +private: + wxDC *m_owner; + +protected: + // unset clipping variables (after clipping region was destroyed) + void ResetClipping() + { + m_clipping = false; + + m_clipX1 = m_clipX2 = m_clipY1 = m_clipY2 = 0; + } + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + //! Generic method to draw ellipses, circles and arcs with current pen and brush. + /*! \param x Upper left corner of bounding box. + * \param y Upper left corner of bounding box. + * \param w Width of bounding box. + * \param h Height of bounding box. + * \param sa Starting angle of arc + * (counterclockwise, start at 3 o'clock, 360 is full circle). + * \param ea Ending angle of arc. + * \param angle Rotation angle, the Arc will be rotated after + * calculating begin and end. + */ + void DrawEllipticArcRot( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + double sa = 0, double ea = 0, double angle = 0 ) + { DoDrawEllipticArcRot( x, y, width, height, sa, ea, angle ); } + + void DrawEllipticArcRot( const wxPoint& pt, + const wxSize& sz, + double sa = 0, double ea = 0, double angle = 0 ) + { DoDrawEllipticArcRot( pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, sa, ea, angle ); } + + void DrawEllipticArcRot( const wxRect& rect, + double sa = 0, double ea = 0, double angle = 0 ) + { DoDrawEllipticArcRot( rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height, sa, ea, angle ); } + + virtual void DoDrawEllipticArcRot( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double sa = 0, double ea = 0, double angle = 0 ); + + //! Rotates points around center. + /*! This is a quite straight method, it calculates in pixels + * and so it produces rounding errors. + * \param points The points inside will be rotated. + * \param angle Rotating angle (counterclockwise, start at 3 o'clock, 360 is full circle). + * \param center Center of rotation. + */ + void Rotate( wxPointList* points, double angle, wxPoint center = wxPoint(0,0) ); + + // used by DrawEllipticArcRot + // Careful: wxList gets filled with points you have to delete later. + void CalculateEllipticPoints( wxPointList* points, + wxCoord xStart, wxCoord yStart, + wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double sa, double ea ); +#endif // __WXWINCE__ + + // returns adjustment factor for converting wxFont "point size"; in wx + // it is point size on screen and needs to be multiplied by this value + // for rendering on higher-resolution DCs such as printer ones + static float GetFontPointSizeAdjustment(float dpi); + + // window on which the DC draws or NULL + wxWindow *m_window; + + // flags + bool m_colour:1; + bool m_ok:1; + bool m_clipping:1; + bool m_isInteractive:1; + bool m_isBBoxValid:1; + + // coordinate system variables + + wxCoord m_logicalOriginX, m_logicalOriginY; + wxCoord m_deviceOriginX, m_deviceOriginY; // Usually 0,0, can be change by user + + wxCoord m_deviceLocalOriginX, m_deviceLocalOriginY; // non-zero if native top-left corner + // is not at 0,0. This was the case under + // Mac's GrafPorts (coordinate system + // used toplevel window's origin) and + // e.g. for Postscript, where the native + // origin in the bottom left corner. + double m_logicalScaleX, m_logicalScaleY; + double m_userScaleX, m_userScaleY; + double m_scaleX, m_scaleY; // calculated from logical scale and user scale + + int m_signX, m_signY; // Used by SetAxisOrientation() to invert the axes + + // what is a mm on a screen you don't know the size of? + double m_mm_to_pix_x, + m_mm_to_pix_y; + + // bounding and clipping boxes + wxCoord m_minX, m_minY, m_maxX, m_maxY; + wxCoord m_clipX1, m_clipY1, m_clipX2, m_clipY2; + + wxRasterOperationMode m_logicalFunction; + int m_backgroundMode; + wxMappingMode m_mappingMode; + + wxPen m_pen; + wxBrush m_brush; + wxBrush m_backgroundBrush; + wxColour m_textForegroundColour; + wxColour m_textBackgroundColour; + wxFont m_font; + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + wxPalette m_palette; + bool m_hasCustomPalette; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDCImpl) +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDC : public wxObject +{ +public: + // copy attributes (font, colours and writing direction) from another DC + void CopyAttributes(const wxDC& dc); + + virtual ~wxDC() { delete m_pimpl; } + + wxDCImpl *GetImpl() + { return m_pimpl; } + const wxDCImpl *GetImpl() const + { return m_pimpl; } + + wxWindow *GetWindow() const + { return m_pimpl->GetWindow(); } + + bool IsOk() const + { return m_pimpl && m_pimpl->IsOk(); } + + // query capabilities + + bool CanDrawBitmap() const + { return m_pimpl->CanDrawBitmap(); } + bool CanGetTextExtent() const + { return m_pimpl->CanGetTextExtent(); } + + // query dimension, colour deps, resolution + + void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const + { m_pimpl->DoGetSize(width, height); } + wxSize GetSize() const + { return m_pimpl->GetSize(); } + + void GetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const + { m_pimpl->DoGetSizeMM(width, height); } + wxSize GetSizeMM() const + { + int w, h; + m_pimpl->DoGetSizeMM(&w, &h); + return wxSize(w, h); + } + + int GetDepth() const + { return m_pimpl->GetDepth(); } + wxSize GetPPI() const + { return m_pimpl->GetPPI(); } + + virtual int GetResolution() const + { return m_pimpl->GetResolution(); } + + // Right-To-Left (RTL) modes + + void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir) + { m_pimpl->SetLayoutDirection( dir ); } + wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const + { return m_pimpl->GetLayoutDirection(); } + + // page and document + + bool StartDoc(const wxString& message) + { return m_pimpl->StartDoc(message); } + void EndDoc() + { m_pimpl->EndDoc(); } + + void StartPage() + { m_pimpl->StartPage(); } + void EndPage() + { m_pimpl->EndPage(); } + + // bounding box + + void CalcBoundingBox(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { m_pimpl->CalcBoundingBox(x,y); } + void ResetBoundingBox() + { m_pimpl->ResetBoundingBox(); } + + wxCoord MinX() const + { return m_pimpl->MinX(); } + wxCoord MaxX() const + { return m_pimpl->MaxX(); } + wxCoord MinY() const + { return m_pimpl->MinY(); } + wxCoord MaxY() const + { return m_pimpl->MaxY(); } + + // setters and getters + + void SetFont(const wxFont& font) + { m_pimpl->SetFont( font ); } + const wxFont& GetFont() const + { return m_pimpl->GetFont(); } + + void SetPen(const wxPen& pen) + { m_pimpl->SetPen( pen ); } + const wxPen& GetPen() const + { return m_pimpl->GetPen(); } + + void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush) + { m_pimpl->SetBrush( brush ); } + const wxBrush& GetBrush() const + { return m_pimpl->GetBrush(); } + + void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush) + { m_pimpl->SetBackground( brush ); } + const wxBrush& GetBackground() const + { return m_pimpl->GetBackground(); } + + void SetBackgroundMode(int mode) + { m_pimpl->SetBackgroundMode( mode ); } + int GetBackgroundMode() const + { return m_pimpl->GetBackgroundMode(); } + + void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour) + { m_pimpl->SetTextForeground(colour); } + const wxColour& GetTextForeground() const + { return m_pimpl->GetTextForeground(); } + + void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour) + { m_pimpl->SetTextBackground(colour); } + const wxColour& GetTextBackground() const + { return m_pimpl->GetTextBackground(); } + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) + { m_pimpl->SetPalette(palette); } +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + // logical functions + + void SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode function) + { m_pimpl->SetLogicalFunction(function); } + wxRasterOperationMode GetLogicalFunction() const + { return m_pimpl->GetLogicalFunction(); } + + // text measurement + + wxCoord GetCharHeight() const + { return m_pimpl->GetCharHeight(); } + wxCoord GetCharWidth() const + { return m_pimpl->GetCharWidth(); } + + wxFontMetrics GetFontMetrics() const + { + wxFontMetrics fm; + m_pimpl->DoGetFontMetrics(&fm.height, &fm.ascent, &fm.descent, + &fm.internalLeading, &fm.externalLeading, + &fm.averageWidth); + return fm; + } + + void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *descent = NULL, + wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const + { m_pimpl->DoGetTextExtent(string, x, y, descent, externalLeading, theFont); } + + wxSize GetTextExtent(const wxString& string) const + { + wxCoord w, h; + m_pimpl->DoGetTextExtent(string, &w, &h); + return wxSize(w, h); + } + + void GetMultiLineTextExtent(const wxString& string, + wxCoord *width, + wxCoord *height, + wxCoord *heightLine = NULL, + const wxFont *font = NULL) const + { m_pimpl->GetMultiLineTextExtent( string, width, height, heightLine, font ); } + + wxSize GetMultiLineTextExtent(const wxString& string) const + { + wxCoord w, h; + m_pimpl->GetMultiLineTextExtent(string, &w, &h); + return wxSize(w, h); + } + + bool GetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const + { return m_pimpl->DoGetPartialTextExtents(text, widths); } + + // clearing + + void Clear() + { m_pimpl->Clear(); } + + // clipping + + void SetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) + { m_pimpl->DoSetClippingRegion(x, y, width, height); } + void SetClippingRegion(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz) + { m_pimpl->DoSetClippingRegion(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); } + void SetClippingRegion(const wxRect& rect) + { m_pimpl->DoSetClippingRegion(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); } + + // unlike the functions above, the coordinates of the region used in this + // one are in device coordinates, not the logical ones + void SetDeviceClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region) + { m_pimpl->DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(region); } + + // this function is deprecated because its name is confusing: you may + // expect it to work with logical coordinates but, in fact, it does exactly + // the same thing as SetDeviceClippingRegion() + // + // please review the code using it and either replace it with calls to + // SetDeviceClippingRegion() or correct it if it was [wrongly] passing + // logical coordinates to this function + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(void SetClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region), + SetDeviceClippingRegion(region); ) + + void DestroyClippingRegion() + { m_pimpl->DestroyClippingRegion(); } + + void GetClippingBox(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const + { m_pimpl->DoGetClippingBox(x, y, w, h); } + void GetClippingBox(wxRect& rect) const + { m_pimpl->DoGetClippingBox(&rect.x, &rect.y, &rect.width, &rect.height); } + + // coordinates conversions and transforms + + wxCoord DeviceToLogicalX(wxCoord x) const + { return m_pimpl->DeviceToLogicalX(x); } + wxCoord DeviceToLogicalY(wxCoord y) const + { return m_pimpl->DeviceToLogicalY(y); } + wxCoord DeviceToLogicalXRel(wxCoord x) const + { return m_pimpl->DeviceToLogicalXRel(x); } + wxCoord DeviceToLogicalYRel(wxCoord y) const + { return m_pimpl->DeviceToLogicalYRel(y); } + wxCoord LogicalToDeviceX(wxCoord x) const + { return m_pimpl->LogicalToDeviceX(x); } + wxCoord LogicalToDeviceY(wxCoord y) const + { return m_pimpl->LogicalToDeviceY(y); } + wxCoord LogicalToDeviceXRel(wxCoord x) const + { return m_pimpl->LogicalToDeviceXRel(x); } + wxCoord LogicalToDeviceYRel(wxCoord y) const + { return m_pimpl->LogicalToDeviceYRel(y); } + + void SetMapMode(wxMappingMode mode) + { m_pimpl->SetMapMode(mode); } + wxMappingMode GetMapMode() const + { return m_pimpl->GetMapMode(); } + + void SetUserScale(double x, double y) + { m_pimpl->SetUserScale(x,y); } + void GetUserScale(double *x, double *y) const + { m_pimpl->GetUserScale( x, y ); } + + void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y) + { m_pimpl->SetLogicalScale( x, y ); } + void GetLogicalScale(double *x, double *y) + { m_pimpl->GetLogicalScale( x, y ); } + + void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { m_pimpl->SetLogicalOrigin(x,y); } + void GetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const + { m_pimpl->DoGetLogicalOrigin(x, y); } + wxPoint GetLogicalOrigin() const + { wxCoord x, y; m_pimpl->DoGetLogicalOrigin(&x, &y); return wxPoint(x, y); } + + void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { m_pimpl->SetDeviceOrigin( x, y); } + void GetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const + { m_pimpl->DoGetDeviceOrigin(x, y); } + wxPoint GetDeviceOrigin() const + { wxCoord x, y; m_pimpl->DoGetDeviceOrigin(&x, &y); return wxPoint(x, y); } + + void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp) + { m_pimpl->SetAxisOrientation(xLeftRight, yBottomUp); } + + // mostly internal + void SetDeviceLocalOrigin( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) + { m_pimpl->SetDeviceLocalOrigin( x, y ); } + + + // ----------------------------------------------- + // the actual drawing API + + bool FloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col, + wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE) + { return m_pimpl->DoFloodFill(x, y, col, style); } + bool FloodFill(const wxPoint& pt, const wxColour& col, + wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE) + { return m_pimpl->DoFloodFill(pt.x, pt.y, col, style); } + + // fill the area specified by rect with a radial gradient, starting from + // initialColour in the centre of the cercle and fading to destColour. + void GradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect, + const wxColour& initialColour, + const wxColour& destColour) + { m_pimpl->DoGradientFillConcentric( rect, initialColour, destColour, + wxPoint(rect.GetWidth() / 2, + rect.GetHeight() / 2)); } + + void GradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect, + const wxColour& initialColour, + const wxColour& destColour, + const wxPoint& circleCenter) + { m_pimpl->DoGradientFillConcentric(rect, initialColour, destColour, circleCenter); } + + // fill the area specified by rect with a linear gradient + void GradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect, + const wxColour& initialColour, + const wxColour& destColour, + wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST) + { m_pimpl->DoGradientFillLinear(rect, initialColour, destColour, nDirection); } + + bool GetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const + { return m_pimpl->DoGetPixel(x, y, col); } + bool GetPixel(const wxPoint& pt, wxColour *col) const + { return m_pimpl->DoGetPixel(pt.x, pt.y, col); } + + void DrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y2); } + void DrawLine(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawLine(pt1.x, pt1.y, pt2.x, pt2.y); } + + void CrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { m_pimpl->DoCrossHair(x, y); } + void CrossHair(const wxPoint& pt) + { m_pimpl->DoCrossHair(pt.x, pt.y); } + + void DrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, + wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawArc(x1, y1, x2, y2, xc, yc); } + void DrawArc(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2, const wxPoint& centre) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawArc(pt1.x, pt1.y, pt2.x, pt2.y, centre.x, centre.y); } + + void DrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawCheckMark(x, y, width, height); } + void DrawCheckMark(const wxRect& rect) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawCheckMark(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); } + + void DrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double sa, double ea) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipticArc(x, y, w, h, sa, ea); } + void DrawEllipticArc(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz, + double sa, double ea) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipticArc(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, sa, ea); } + + void DrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawPoint(x, y); } + void DrawPoint(const wxPoint& pt) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawPoint(pt.x, pt.y); } + + void DrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawLines(n, points, xoffset, yoffset); } + void DrawLines(const wxPointList *list, + wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0) + { m_pimpl->DrawLines( list, xoffset, yoffset ); } +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( void DrawLines(const wxList *list, + wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + void DrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawPolygon(n, points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle); } + void DrawPolygon(const wxPointList *list, + wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) + { m_pimpl->DrawPolygon( list, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle ); } + void DrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawPolyPolygon(n, count, points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle); } +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( void DrawPolygon(const wxList *list, + wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + void DrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawRectangle(x, y, width, height); } + void DrawRectangle(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawRectangle(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); } + void DrawRectangle(const wxRect& rect) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); } + + void DrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + double radius) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawRoundedRectangle(x, y, width, height, radius); } + void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz, + double radius) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawRoundedRectangle(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, radius); } + void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxRect& r, double radius) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawRoundedRectangle(r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height, radius); } + + void DrawCircle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord radius) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipse(x - radius, y - radius, 2*radius, 2*radius); } + void DrawCircle(const wxPoint& pt, wxCoord radius) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipse(pt.x - radius, pt.y - radius, 2*radius, 2*radius); } + + void DrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipse(x, y, width, height); } + void DrawEllipse(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipse(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); } + void DrawEllipse(const wxRect& rect) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipse(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); } + + void DrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawIcon(icon, x, y); } + void DrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxPoint& pt) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawIcon(icon, pt.x, pt.y); } + + void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + bool useMask = false) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawBitmap(bmp, x, y, useMask); } + void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, const wxPoint& pt, + bool useMask = false) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawBitmap(bmp, pt.x, pt.y, useMask); } + + void DrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawText(text, x, y); } + void DrawText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawText(text, pt.x, pt.y); } + + void DrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawRotatedText(text, x, y, angle); } + void DrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt, double angle) + { m_pimpl->DoDrawRotatedText(text, pt.x, pt.y, angle); } + + // this version puts both optional bitmap and the text into the given + // rectangle and aligns is as specified by alignment parameter; it also + // will emphasize the character with the given index if it is != -1 and + // return the bounding rectangle if required + void DrawLabel(const wxString& text, + const wxBitmap& image, + const wxRect& rect, + int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP, + int indexAccel = -1, + wxRect *rectBounding = NULL); + + void DrawLabel(const wxString& text, const wxRect& rect, + int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP, + int indexAccel = -1) + { DrawLabel(text, wxNullBitmap, rect, alignment, indexAccel); } + + bool Blit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, + wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord) + { + return m_pimpl->DoBlit(xdest, ydest, width, height, + source, xsrc, ysrc, rop, useMask, xsrcMask, ysrcMask); + } + bool Blit(const wxPoint& destPt, const wxSize& sz, + wxDC *source, const wxPoint& srcPt, + wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, + const wxPoint& srcPtMask = wxDefaultPosition) + { + return m_pimpl->DoBlit(destPt.x, destPt.y, sz.x, sz.y, + source, srcPt.x, srcPt.y, rop, useMask, srcPtMask.x, srcPtMask.y); + } + + bool StretchBlit(wxCoord dstX, wxCoord dstY, + wxCoord dstWidth, wxCoord dstHeight, + wxDC *source, + wxCoord srcX, wxCoord srcY, + wxCoord srcWidth, wxCoord srcHeight, + wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, + wxCoord srcMaskX = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord srcMaskY = wxDefaultCoord) + { + return m_pimpl->DoStretchBlit(dstX, dstY, dstWidth, dstHeight, + source, srcX, srcY, srcWidth, srcHeight, rop, useMask, srcMaskX, srcMaskY); + } + bool StretchBlit(const wxPoint& dstPt, const wxSize& dstSize, + wxDC *source, const wxPoint& srcPt, const wxSize& srcSize, + wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, + const wxPoint& srcMaskPt = wxDefaultPosition) + { + return m_pimpl->DoStretchBlit(dstPt.x, dstPt.y, dstSize.x, dstSize.y, + source, srcPt.x, srcPt.y, srcSize.x, srcSize.y, rop, useMask, srcMaskPt.x, srcMaskPt.y); + } + + wxBitmap GetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect = (const wxRect *) NULL) const + { + return m_pimpl->DoGetAsBitmap(subrect); + } + +#if wxUSE_SPLINES + void DrawSpline(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, + wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, + wxCoord x3, wxCoord y3) + { m_pimpl->DrawSpline(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3); } + void DrawSpline(int n, wxPoint points[]) + { m_pimpl->DrawSpline(n,points); } + void DrawSpline(const wxPointList *points) + { m_pimpl->DrawSpline(points); } +#endif // wxUSE_SPLINES + + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // for compatibility with the old code when wxCoord was long everywhere + wxDEPRECATED( void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + long *x, long *y, + long *descent = NULL, + long *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const ); + wxDEPRECATED( void GetLogicalOrigin(long *x, long *y) const ); + wxDEPRECATED( void GetDeviceOrigin(long *x, long *y) const ); + wxDEPRECATED( void GetClippingBox(long *x, long *y, long *w, long *h) const ); + + wxDEPRECATED( void DrawObject(wxDrawObject* drawobject) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // GetHDC() is the simplest way to retrieve an HDC From a wxDC but only + // works if this wxDC is GDI-based and fails for GDI+ contexts (and + // anything else without HDC, e.g. wxPostScriptDC) + WXHDC GetHDC() const; + + // don't use these methods manually, use GetTempHDC() instead + virtual WXHDC AcquireHDC() { return GetHDC(); } + virtual void ReleaseHDC(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hdc)) { } + + // helper class holding the result of GetTempHDC() with std::auto_ptr<>-like + // semantics, i.e. it is moved when copied + class TempHDC + { + public: + TempHDC(wxDC& dc) + : m_dc(dc), + m_hdc(dc.AcquireHDC()) + { + } + + TempHDC(const TempHDC& thdc) + : m_dc(thdc.m_dc), + m_hdc(thdc.m_hdc) + { + const_cast(thdc).m_hdc = 0; + } + + ~TempHDC() + { + if ( m_hdc ) + m_dc.ReleaseHDC(m_hdc); + } + + WXHDC GetHDC() const { return m_hdc; } + + private: + wxDC& m_dc; + WXHDC m_hdc; + + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(TempHDC); + }; + + // GetTempHDC() also works for wxGCDC (but still not for wxPostScriptDC &c) + TempHDC GetTempHDC() { return TempHDC(*this); } +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +protected: + // ctor takes ownership of the pointer + wxDC(wxDCImpl *pimpl) : m_pimpl(pimpl) { } + + wxDCImpl * const m_pimpl; + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDC) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDC); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper class: you can use it to temporarily change the DC text colour and +// restore it automatically when the object goes out of scope +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCTextColourChanger +{ +public: + wxDCTextColourChanger(wxDC& dc) : m_dc(dc), m_colFgOld() { } + + wxDCTextColourChanger(wxDC& dc, const wxColour& col) : m_dc(dc) + { + Set(col); + } + + ~wxDCTextColourChanger() + { + if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) + m_dc.SetTextForeground(m_colFgOld); + } + + void Set(const wxColour& col) + { + if ( !m_colFgOld.Ok() ) + m_colFgOld = m_dc.GetTextForeground(); + m_dc.SetTextForeground(col); + } + +private: + wxDC& m_dc; + + wxColour m_colFgOld; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCTextColourChanger); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper class: you can use it to temporarily change the DC pen and +// restore it automatically when the object goes out of scope +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCPenChanger +{ +public: + wxDCPenChanger(wxDC& dc, const wxPen& pen) : m_dc(dc), m_penOld(dc.GetPen()) + { + m_dc.SetPen(pen); + } + + ~wxDCPenChanger() + { + if ( m_penOld.Ok() ) + m_dc.SetPen(m_penOld); + } + +private: + wxDC& m_dc; + + wxPen m_penOld; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCPenChanger); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper class: you can use it to temporarily change the DC brush and +// restore it automatically when the object goes out of scope +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCBrushChanger +{ +public: + wxDCBrushChanger(wxDC& dc, const wxBrush& brush) : m_dc(dc), m_brushOld(dc.GetBrush()) + { + m_dc.SetBrush(brush); + } + + ~wxDCBrushChanger() + { + if ( m_brushOld.Ok() ) + m_dc.SetBrush(m_brushOld); + } + +private: + wxDC& m_dc; + + wxBrush m_brushOld; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCBrushChanger); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// another small helper class: sets the clipping region in its ctor and +// destroys it in the dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCClipper +{ +public: + wxDCClipper(wxDC& dc, const wxRegion& r) : m_dc(dc) + { dc.SetClippingRegion(r.GetBox()); } + wxDCClipper(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& r) : m_dc(dc) + { dc.SetClippingRegion(r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height); } + wxDCClipper(wxDC& dc, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) : m_dc(dc) + { dc.SetClippingRegion(x, y, w, h); } + + ~wxDCClipper() { m_dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); } + +private: + wxDC& m_dc; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCClipper); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper class: you can use it to temporarily change the DC font and +// restore it automatically when the object goes out of scope +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCFontChanger +{ +public: + wxDCFontChanger(wxDC& dc) + : m_dc(dc), m_fontOld() + { + } + + wxDCFontChanger(wxDC& dc, const wxFont& font) + : m_dc(dc), m_fontOld(dc.GetFont()) + { + m_dc.SetFont(font); + } + + void Set(const wxFont& font) + { + if ( !m_fontOld.Ok() ) + m_fontOld = m_dc.GetFont(); + m_dc.SetFont(font); + } + + ~wxDCFontChanger() + { + if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) + m_dc.SetFont(m_fontOld); + } + +private: + wxDC& m_dc; + + wxFont m_fontOld; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCFontChanger); +}; + + +#endif // _WX_DC_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcbuffer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcbuffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e150eca83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcbuffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dcbuffer.h +// Purpose: wxBufferedDC class +// Author: Ron Lee +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (refactored, added bg preservation) +// Created: 16/03/02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcbuffer.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Ron Lee +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCBUFFER_H_ +#define _WX_DCBUFFER_H_ + +#include "wx/dcmemory.h" +#include "wx/dcclient.h" +#include "wx/window.h" + +// Split platforms into two groups - those which have well-working +// double-buffering by default, and those which do not. +#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXDFB__) + #define wxALWAYS_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFER 1 +#else + #define wxALWAYS_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFER 0 +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Double buffering helper. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Assumes the buffer bitmap covers the entire scrolled window, +// and prepares the window DC accordingly +#define wxBUFFER_VIRTUAL_AREA 0x01 + +// Assumes the buffer bitmap only covers the client area; +// does not prepare the window DC +#define wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA 0x02 + +// Set when not using specific buffer bitmap. Note that this +// is private style and not returned by GetStyle. +#define wxBUFFER_USES_SHARED_BUFFER 0x04 + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBufferedDC : public wxMemoryDC +{ +public: + // Default ctor, must subsequently call Init for two stage construction. + wxBufferedDC() + : m_dc(NULL), + m_buffer(NULL), + m_style(0) + { + } + + // Construct a wxBufferedDC using a user supplied buffer. + wxBufferedDC(wxDC *dc, + wxBitmap& buffer = wxNullBitmap, + int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA) + : m_dc(NULL), m_buffer(NULL) + { + Init(dc, buffer, style); + } + + // Construct a wxBufferedDC with an internal buffer of 'area' + // (where area is usually something like the size of the window + // being buffered) + wxBufferedDC(wxDC *dc, const wxSize& area, int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA) + : m_dc(NULL), m_buffer(NULL) + { + Init(dc, area, style); + } + + // The usually desired action in the dtor is to blit the buffer. + virtual ~wxBufferedDC() + { + if ( m_dc ) + UnMask(); + } + + // These reimplement the actions of the ctors for two stage creation + void Init(wxDC *dc, + wxBitmap& buffer = wxNullBitmap, + int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA) + { + InitCommon(dc, style); + + m_buffer = &buffer; + + UseBuffer(); + } + + void Init(wxDC *dc, const wxSize &area, int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA) + { + InitCommon(dc, style); + + UseBuffer(area.x, area.y); + } + + // Blits the buffer to the dc, and detaches the dc from the buffer (so it + // can be effectively used once only). + // + // Usually called in the dtor or by the dtor of derived classes if the + // BufferedDC must blit before the derived class (which may own the dc it's + // blitting to) is destroyed. + void UnMask(); + + // Set and get the style + void SetStyle(int style) { m_style = style; } + int GetStyle() const { return m_style & ~wxBUFFER_USES_SHARED_BUFFER; } + +private: + // common part of Init()s + void InitCommon(wxDC *dc, int style) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_dc, wxT("wxBufferedDC already initialised") ); + + m_dc = dc; + m_style = style; + } + + // check that the bitmap is valid and use it + void UseBuffer(wxCoord w = -1, wxCoord h = -1); + + // the underlying DC to which we copy everything drawn on this one in + // UnMask() + // + // NB: Without the existence of a wxNullDC, this must be a pointer, else it + // could probably be a reference. + wxDC *m_dc; + + // the buffer (selected in this DC), initially invalid + wxBitmap *m_buffer; + + // the buffering style + int m_style; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBufferedDC) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBufferedDC); +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Double buffered PaintDC. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Creates a double buffered wxPaintDC, optionally allowing the +// user to specify their own buffer to use. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBufferedPaintDC : public wxBufferedDC +{ +public: + // If no bitmap is supplied by the user, a temporary one will be created. + wxBufferedPaintDC(wxWindow *window, wxBitmap& buffer, int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA) + : m_paintdc(window) + { + // If we're buffering the virtual window, scale the paint DC as well + if (style & wxBUFFER_VIRTUAL_AREA) + window->PrepareDC( m_paintdc ); + + if( buffer.IsOk() ) + Init(&m_paintdc, buffer, style); + else + Init(&m_paintdc, GetBufferedSize(window, style), style); + } + + // If no bitmap is supplied by the user, a temporary one will be created. + wxBufferedPaintDC(wxWindow *window, int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA) + : m_paintdc(window) + { + // If we're using the virtual window, scale the paint DC as well + if (style & wxBUFFER_VIRTUAL_AREA) + window->PrepareDC( m_paintdc ); + + Init(&m_paintdc, GetBufferedSize(window, style), style); + } + + // default copy ctor ok. + + virtual ~wxBufferedPaintDC() + { + // We must UnMask here, else by the time the base class + // does it, the PaintDC will have already been destroyed. + UnMask(); + } + +protected: + // return the size needed by the buffer: this depends on whether we're + // buffering just the currently shown part or the total (scrolled) window + static wxSize GetBufferedSize(wxWindow *window, int style) + { + return style & wxBUFFER_VIRTUAL_AREA ? window->GetVirtualSize() + : window->GetClientSize(); + } + +private: + wxPaintDC m_paintdc; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBufferedPaintDC) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBufferedPaintDC); +}; + + + +// +// wxAutoBufferedPaintDC is a wxPaintDC in toolkits which have double- +// buffering by default. Otherwise it is a wxBufferedPaintDC. Thus, +// you can only expect it work with a simple constructor that +// accepts single wxWindow* argument. +// +#if wxALWAYS_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFER + #define wxAutoBufferedPaintDCBase wxPaintDC +#else + #define wxAutoBufferedPaintDCBase wxBufferedPaintDC +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAutoBufferedPaintDC : public wxAutoBufferedPaintDCBase +{ +public: + + wxAutoBufferedPaintDC(wxWindow* win) + : wxAutoBufferedPaintDCBase(win) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( win->GetBackgroundStyle() == wxBG_STYLE_PAINT, + "You need to call SetBackgroundStyle(wxBG_STYLE_PAINT) in ctor, " + "and also, if needed, paint the background in wxEVT_PAINT handler." + ); + } + + virtual ~wxAutoBufferedPaintDC() { } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAutoBufferedPaintDC); +}; + + + +// Check if the window is natively double buffered and will return a wxPaintDC +// if it is, a wxBufferedPaintDC otherwise. It is the caller's responsibility +// to delete the wxDC pointer when finished with it. +inline wxDC* wxAutoBufferedPaintDCFactory(wxWindow* window) +{ + if ( window->IsDoubleBuffered() ) + return new wxPaintDC(window); + else + return new wxBufferedPaintDC(window); +} + +#endif // _WX_DCBUFFER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcclient.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcclient.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c036a7d3ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcclient.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dcclient.h +// Purpose: wxClientDC base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcclient.h 50385 2007-11-30 20:56:12Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/dc.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindowDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDC : public wxDC +{ +public: + wxWindowDC(wxWindow *win); + +protected: + wxWindowDC(wxDCImpl *impl) : wxDC(impl) { } + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowDC) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClientDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClientDC : public wxWindowDC +{ +public: + wxClientDC(wxWindow *win); + +protected: + wxClientDC(wxDCImpl *impl) : wxWindowDC(impl) { } + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxClientDC) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPaintDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaintDC : public wxClientDC +{ +public: + wxPaintDC(wxWindow *win); + +protected: + wxPaintDC(wxDCImpl *impl) : wxClientDC(impl) { } + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPaintDC) +}; + +#endif // _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcgraph.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcgraph.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..071c1d68b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcgraph.h @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dcgraph.h +// Purpose: graphics context device bridge header +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcgraph.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GRAPHICS_DC_H_ +#define _WX_GRAPHICS_DC_H_ + +#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT + +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/geometry.h" +#include "wx/graphics.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowDC; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGCDC: public wxDC +{ +public: + wxGCDC( const wxWindowDC& dc ); + wxGCDC( const wxMemoryDC& dc ); +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + wxGCDC( const wxPrinterDC& dc ); +#endif + wxGCDC(); + virtual ~wxGCDC(); + + wxGraphicsContext* GetGraphicsContext(); + void SetGraphicsContext( wxGraphicsContext* ctx ); + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // override wxDC virtual functions to provide access to HDC associated with + // this Graphics object (implemented in src/msw/graphics.cpp) + virtual WXHDC AcquireHDC(); + virtual void ReleaseHDC(WXHDC hdc); +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGCDC) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGCDC); +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGCDCImpl: public wxDCImpl +{ +public: + wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxWindowDC& dc ); + wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxMemoryDC& dc ); +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxPrinterDC& dc ); +#endif + wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner ); + + virtual ~wxGCDCImpl(); + + void Init(); + + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + virtual void Clear(); + + virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& message ); + virtual void EndDoc(); + + virtual void StartPage(); + virtual void EndPage(); + + // flushing the content of this dc immediately onto screen + virtual void Flush(); + + virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font); + virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen); + virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush); + virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush); + virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode); + virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette); + + virtual void DestroyClippingRegion(); + + virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const; + virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const; + + virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const; + virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const; + virtual int GetDepth() const; + virtual wxSize GetPPI() const; + + virtual void SetMapMode(wxMappingMode mode); + + virtual void SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode function); + + virtual void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour); + virtual void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour); + + virtual void ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); + + wxGraphicsContext* GetGraphicsContext() { return m_graphicContext; } + virtual void SetGraphicsContext( wxGraphicsContext* ctx ); + + // the true implementations + virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col, + wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE); + + virtual void DoGradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect, + const wxColour& initialColour, + const wxColour& destColour, + wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST); + + virtual void DoGradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect, + const wxColour& initialColour, + const wxColour& destColour, + const wxPoint& circleCenter); + + virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const; + + virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + +#if wxUSE_SPLINES + virtual void DoDrawSpline(const wxPointList *points); +#endif + + virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2); + + virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, + wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, + wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc); + + virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + + virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double sa, double ea); + + virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + double radius); + virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + + virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + + virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + bool useMask = false); + + virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + double angle); + + virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, + wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1); + + virtual bool DoStretchBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, + wxCoord dstWidth, wxCoord dstHeight, + wxDC *source, + wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxCoord srcWidth, wxCoord srcHeight, + wxRasterOperationMode = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, + wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord); + + virtual void DoGetSize(int *,int *) const; + virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const; + + virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset); + virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE); + virtual void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle); + + virtual void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region); + virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + + virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *descent = NULL, + wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const; + + virtual bool DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const; + +protected: + // scaling variables + bool m_logicalFunctionSupported; + double m_mm_to_pix_x, m_mm_to_pix_y; + wxGraphicsMatrix m_matrixOriginal; + wxGraphicsMatrix m_matrixCurrent; + + double m_formerScaleX, m_formerScaleY; + + wxGraphicsContext* m_graphicContext; + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxGCDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGCDCImpl); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT +#endif // _WX_GRAPHICS_DC_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcmemory.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcmemory.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..80f21e69d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcmemory.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dcmemory.h +// Purpose: wxMemoryDC base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcmemory.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMemoryDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMemoryDC: public wxDC +{ +public: + wxMemoryDC(); + wxMemoryDC( wxBitmap& bitmap ); + wxMemoryDC( wxDC *dc ); + + // select the given bitmap to draw on it + void SelectObject(wxBitmap& bmp); + + // select the given bitmap for read-only + void SelectObjectAsSource(const wxBitmap& bmp); + + // get selected bitmap + const wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() const; + wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryDC) +}; + + +#endif + // _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcmirror.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcmirror.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6667d7c8f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcmirror.h @@ -0,0 +1,301 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dcmirror.h +// Purpose: wxMirrorDC class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 21.07.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcmirror.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCMIRROR_H_ +#define _WX_DCMIRROR_H_ + +#include "wx/dc.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMirrorDC allows to write the same code for horz/vertical layout +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMirrorDCImpl : public wxDCImpl +{ +public: + // constructs a mirror DC associated with the given real DC + // + // if mirror parameter is true, all vertical and horizontal coordinates are + // exchanged, otherwise this class behaves in exactly the same way as a + // plain DC + wxMirrorDCImpl(wxDC *owner, wxDCImpl& dc, bool mirror) + : wxDCImpl(owner), + m_dc(dc) + { + m_mirror = mirror; + } + + // wxDCBase operations + virtual void Clear() { m_dc.Clear(); } + virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_dc.SetFont(font); } + virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen) { m_dc.SetPen(pen); } + virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush) { m_dc.SetBrush(brush); } + virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush) + { m_dc.SetBackground(brush); } + virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode) { m_dc.SetBackgroundMode(mode); } +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) + { m_dc.SetPalette(palette); } +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + virtual void DestroyClippingRegion() { m_dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); } + virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const { return m_dc.GetCharHeight(); } + virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const { return m_dc.GetCharWidth(); } + virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return m_dc.CanDrawBitmap(); } + virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return m_dc.CanGetTextExtent(); } + virtual int GetDepth() const { return m_dc.GetDepth(); } + virtual wxSize GetPPI() const { return m_dc.GetPPI(); } + virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_dc.IsOk(); } + virtual void SetMapMode(wxMappingMode mode) { m_dc.SetMapMode(mode); } + virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y) + { m_dc.SetUserScale(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); } + virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { m_dc.SetLogicalOrigin(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); } + virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { m_dc.SetDeviceOrigin(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); } + virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp) + { m_dc.SetAxisOrientation(GetX(xLeftRight, yBottomUp), + GetY(xLeftRight, yBottomUp)); } + virtual void SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode function) + { m_dc.SetLogicalFunction(function); } + +protected: + // returns x and y if not mirroring or y and x if mirroring + wxCoord GetX(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const { return m_mirror ? y : x; } + wxCoord GetY(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const { return m_mirror ? x : y; } + double GetX(double x, double y) const { return m_mirror ? y : x; } + double GetY(double x, double y) const { return m_mirror ? x : y; } + bool GetX(bool x, bool y) const { return m_mirror ? y : x; } + bool GetY(bool x, bool y) const { return m_mirror ? x : y; } + + // same thing but for pointers + wxCoord *GetX(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const { return m_mirror ? y : x; } + wxCoord *GetY(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const { return m_mirror ? x : y; } + + // exchange x and y unconditionally + static void Swap(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y) + { + wxCoord t = x; + x = y; + y = t; + } + + // exchange x and y components of all points in the array if necessary + void Mirror(int n, wxPoint points[]) const + { + if ( m_mirror ) + { + for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) + { + Swap(points[i].x, points[i].y); + } + } + } + + + // wxDCBase functions + virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col, + wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE) + { + return m_dc.DoFloodFill(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), col, style); + } + + virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const + { + return m_dc.DoGetPixel(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), col); + } + + + virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { + m_dc.DoDrawPoint(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); + } + + virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2) + { + m_dc.DoDrawLine(GetX(x1, y1), GetY(x1, y1), GetX(x2, y2), GetY(x2, y2)); + } + + virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, + wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, + wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("this is probably wrong") ); + + m_dc.DoDrawArc(GetX(x1, y1), GetY(x1, y1), + GetX(x2, y2), GetY(x2, y2), + xc, yc); + } + + virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord w, wxCoord h) + { + m_dc.DoDrawCheckMark(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), + GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h)); + } + + virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double sa, double ea) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("this is probably wrong") ); + + m_dc.DoDrawEllipticArc(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), + GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h), + sa, ea); + } + + virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) + { + m_dc.DoDrawRectangle(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h)); + } + + virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double radius) + { + m_dc.DoDrawRoundedRectangle(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), + GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h), + radius); + } + + virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) + { + m_dc.DoDrawEllipse(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h)); + } + + virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { + m_dc.DoCrossHair(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); + } + + virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { + m_dc.DoDrawIcon(icon, GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); + } + + virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + bool useMask = false) + { + m_dc.DoDrawBitmap(bmp, GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), useMask); + } + + virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { + // this is never mirrored + m_dc.DoDrawText(text, x, y); + } + + virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, + wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle) + { + // this is never mirrored + m_dc.DoDrawRotatedText(text, x, y, angle); + } + + virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, + wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, + bool useMask = false, + wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord) + { + return m_dc.DoBlit(GetX(xdest, ydest), GetY(xdest, ydest), + GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h), + source, GetX(xsrc, ysrc), GetY(xsrc, ysrc), + rop, useMask, + GetX(xsrcMask, ysrcMask), GetX(xsrcMask, ysrcMask)); + } + + virtual void DoGetSize(int *w, int *h) const + { + m_dc.DoGetSize(GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h)); + } + + virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int *w, int *h) const + { + m_dc.DoGetSizeMM(GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h)); + } + + virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset) + { + Mirror(n, points); + + m_dc.DoDrawLines(n, points, + GetX(xoffset, yoffset), GetY(xoffset, yoffset)); + + Mirror(n, points); + } + + virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) + { + Mirror(n, points); + + m_dc.DoDrawPolygon(n, points, + GetX(xoffset, yoffset), GetY(xoffset, yoffset), + fillStyle); + + Mirror(n, points); + } + + virtual void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(const wxRegion& WXUNUSED(region)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("not implemented") ); + } + + virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord w, wxCoord h) + { + m_dc.DoSetClippingRegion(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h)); + } + + virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *descent = NULL, + wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const + { + // never mirrored + m_dc.DoGetTextExtent(string, x, y, descent, externalLeading, theFont); + } + +private: + wxDCImpl& m_dc; + + bool m_mirror; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMirrorDCImpl); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMirrorDC : public wxDC +{ +public: + wxMirrorDC(wxDC& dc, bool mirror) + : wxDC(new wxMirrorDCImpl(this, *dc.GetImpl(), mirror)) + { + m_mirror = mirror; + } + + // helper functions which may be useful for the users of this class + wxSize Reflect(const wxSize& sizeOrig) + { + return m_mirror ? wxSize(sizeOrig.y, sizeOrig.x) : sizeOrig; + } + +private: + bool m_mirror; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMirrorDC); +}; + +#endif // _WX_DCMIRROR_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcprint.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcprint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b1b563c775 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dcprint.h +// Purpose: wxPrinterDC base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcprint.h 56783 2008-11-15 11:10:34Z FM $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#include "wx/dc.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrinterDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrinterDC : public wxDC +{ +public: + wxPrinterDC(); + wxPrinterDC(const wxPrintData& data); + + wxRect GetPaperRect() const; + int GetResolution() const; + +protected: + wxPrinterDC(wxDCImpl *impl) : wxDC(impl) { } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrinterDC) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#endif // _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcps.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcps.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2615d33243 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcps.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dcps.h +// Purpose: wxPostScriptDC base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcps.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCPS_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DCPS_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/generic/dcpsg.h" + +#endif + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcscreen.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcscreen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..85ceb8dd82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcscreen.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dcscreen.h +// Purpose: wxScreenDC base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcscreen.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/dc.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScreenDC : public wxDC +{ +public: + wxScreenDC(); + + static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(window)) + { return true; } + static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxRect * WXUNUSED(rect) = NULL) + { return true; } + static bool EndDrawingOnTop() + { return true; } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScreenDC) +}; + + +#endif + // _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcsvg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcsvg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2321a227eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dcsvg.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dcsvg.h +// Purpose: wxSVGFileDC +// Author: Chris Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Chris Elliott +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcsvg.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCSVG_H_ +#define _WX_DCSVG_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/dc.h" + +#if wxUSE_SVG + +#define wxSVGVersion wxT("v0100") + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma warn -8008 +#pragma warn -8066 +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileOutputStream; + + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSVGFileDC; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSVGFileDCImpl : public wxDCImpl +{ +public: + wxSVGFileDCImpl( wxSVGFileDC *owner, const wxString &filename, + int width=320, int height=240, double dpi=72.0 ); + + virtual ~wxSVGFileDCImpl(); + + bool IsOk() const { return m_OK; } + + virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return true; } + virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return true; } + + virtual int GetDepth() const + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::GetDepth Call not implemented")); + return -1; + } + + virtual void Clear() + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::Clear() Call not implemented \nNot sensible for an output file?")); + } + + virtual void DestroyClippingRegion() + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::void Call not yet implemented")); + } + + virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const; + virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const; + + virtual void SetClippingRegion(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), + wxCoord WXUNUSED(w), wxCoord WXUNUSED(h)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::SetClippingRegion not implemented")); + } + + virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::SetPalette not implemented")); + } + + virtual void GetClippingBox(wxCoord *WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord *WXUNUSED(y), + wxCoord *WXUNUSED(w), wxCoord *WXUNUSED(h)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::GetClippingBox not implemented")); + } + + virtual void SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode WXUNUSED(function)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::SetLogicalFunction Call not implemented")); + } + + virtual wxRasterOperationMode GetLogicalFunction() const + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::GetLogicalFunction() not implemented")); + return wxCOPY; + } + + virtual void SetBackground( const wxBrush &brush ); + virtual void SetBackgroundMode( int mode ); + virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush); + virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font); + virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen); + +private: + virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord, wxCoord, wxColour *) const + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::DoGetPixel Call not implemented")); + return true; + } + + virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord, wxCoord, wxCoord, wxCoord, wxDC *, + wxCoord, wxCoord, wxRasterOperationMode = wxCOPY, + bool = 0, int = -1, int = -1); + + virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord, wxCoord) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::CrossHair Call not implemented")); + } + + virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord, wxCoord, wxCoord, wxCoord, wxCoord, wxCoord); + + virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &, wxCoord, wxCoord, bool = false); + + virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h); + + virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h); + + virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double sa, double ea); + + virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon &, wxCoord, wxCoord); + + virtual void DoDrawLine (wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2); + + virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0); + + virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord, wxCoord); + + virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle); + + virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h); + + virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + double angle); + + virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double radius = 20) ; + + virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + + virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), + const wxColour& WXUNUSED(col), + wxFloodFillStyle WXUNUSED(style) = wxFLOOD_SURFACE) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::DoFloodFill Call not implemented")); + return false; + } + + virtual void DoGetSize(int * x, int *y) const + { + if ( x ) + *x = m_width; + if ( y ) + *y = m_height; + } + + virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h, + wxCoord *descent = NULL, + wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *font = NULL) const; + + virtual void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(const wxRegion& WXUNUSED(region)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::DoSetDeviceClippingRegion not yet implemented")); + } + + virtual void DoSetClippingRegion( int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::DoSetClippingRegion not yet implemented")); + } + + virtual void DoGetSizeMM( int *width, int *height ) const; + + virtual wxSize GetPPI() const; + + void Init (const wxString &filename, int width, int height, double dpi); + + void NewGraphics(); + + void write( const wxString &s ); + +private: + wxFileOutputStream *m_outfile; + wxString m_filename; + int m_sub_images; // number of png format images we have + bool m_OK; + bool m_graphics_changed; + int m_width, m_height; + double m_dpi; + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxSVGFileDCImpl) +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSVGFileDC : public wxDC +{ +public: + wxSVGFileDC(const wxString& filename, + int width = 320, + int height = 240, + double dpi = 72.0) + : wxDC(new wxSVGFileDCImpl(this, filename, width, height, dpi)) + { + } +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_SVG + +#endif // _WX_DCSVG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dde.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dde.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a39678c697 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dde.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dde.h +// Purpose: DDE base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: dde.h 47254 2007-07-09 10:09:52Z VS $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DDE_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DDE_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/list.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDDEClient; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDDEServer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDDEConnection; + +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDDEClient, wxDDEClientList, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDDEServer, wxDDEServerList, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDDEConnection, wxDDEConnectionList, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/dde.h" +#else + #error DDE is only supported on MSW +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_DDE_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/debug.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/debug.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ef00bf2b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/debug.h @@ -0,0 +1,466 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/debug.h +// Purpose: Misc debug functions and macros +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: debug.h 64531 2010-06-09 13:23:13Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998-2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DEBUG_H_ +#define _WX_DEBUG_H_ + +#if !defined(__WXPALMOS5__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + #include +#endif // systems without assert.h + +#include // for CHAR_BIT used below + +#include "wx/chartype.h" // for __TFILE__ and wxChar +#include "wx/cpp.h" // for __WXFUNCTION__ +#include "wx/dlimpexp.h" // for WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxCStrData; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Defines controlling the debugging macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + wxWidgets can be built with several different levels of debug support + specified by the value of wxDEBUG_LEVEL constant: + + 0: No assertion macros at all, this should only be used when optimizing + for resource-constrained systems (typically embedded ones). + 1: Default level, most of the assertions are enabled. + 2: Maximal (at least for now): asserts which are "expensive" + (performance-wise) or only make sense for finding errors in wxWidgets + itself, as opposed to bugs in applications using it, are also enabled. + */ + +// unless wxDEBUG_LEVEL is predefined (by configure or via wx/setup.h under +// Windows), use the default +#if !defined(wxDEBUG_LEVEL) + #define wxDEBUG_LEVEL 1 +#endif // !defined(wxDEBUG_LEVEL) + +/* + __WXDEBUG__ is defined when wxDEBUG_LEVEL != 0. This is done mostly for + compatibility but it also provides a simpler way to check if asserts and + debug logging is enabled at all. + */ +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL > 0 + #ifndef __WXDEBUG__ + #define __WXDEBUG__ + #endif +#else + #undef __WXDEBUG__ +#endif + +// Finally there is also a very old WXDEBUG macro not used anywhere at all, it +// is only defined for compatibility. +#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ + #if !defined(WXDEBUG) || !WXDEBUG + #undef WXDEBUG + #define WXDEBUG 1 + #endif // !WXDEBUG +#endif // __WXDEBUG__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Handling assertion failures +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + Type for the function called in case of assert failure, see + wxSetAssertHandler(). + */ +typedef void (*wxAssertHandler_t)(const wxString& file, + int line, + const wxString& func, + const wxString& cond, + const wxString& msg); + +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +// the global assert handler function, if it is NULL asserts don't check their +// conditions +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxAssertHandler_t) wxTheAssertHandler; + +/* + Sets the function to be called in case of assertion failure. + + The default assert handler forwards to wxApp::OnAssertFailure() whose + default behaviour is, in turn, to show the standard assertion failure + dialog if a wxApp object exists or shows the same dialog itself directly + otherwise. + + While usually it is enough -- and more convenient -- to just override + OnAssertFailure(), to handle all assertion failures, including those + occurring even before wxApp object creation or after its destruction you + need to provide your assertion handler function. + + This function also provides a simple way to disable all asserts: simply + pass NULL pointer to it. Doing this will result in not even evaluating + assert conditions at all, avoiding almost all run-time cost of asserts. + + Notice that this function is not MT-safe, so you should call it before + starting any other threads. + + The return value of this function is the previous assertion handler. It can + be called after any pre-processing by your handler and can also be restored + later if you uninstall your handler. + */ +inline wxAssertHandler_t wxSetAssertHandler(wxAssertHandler_t handler) +{ + const wxAssertHandler_t old = wxTheAssertHandler; + wxTheAssertHandler = handler; + return old; +} + +/* + Reset the default assert handler. + + This may be used to enable asserts, which are disabled by default in this + case, for programs built in release build (NDEBUG defined). + */ +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSetDefaultAssertHandler(); + +#else // !wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +// provide empty stubs in case assertions are completely disabled +// +// NB: can't use WXUNUSED() here as we're included from wx/defs.h before it is +// defined +inline wxAssertHandler_t wxSetAssertHandler(wxAssertHandler_t /* handler */) +{ + return NULL; +} + +inline void wxSetDefaultAssertHandler() { } + +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL/!wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +// simply a synonym for wxSetAssertHandler(NULL) +inline void wxDisableAsserts() { wxSetAssertHandler(NULL); } + +/* + A macro which disables asserts for applications compiled in release build. + + By default, wxIMPLEMENT_APP (or rather wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN) disable the + asserts in the applications compiled in the release build by calling this. + It does nothing if NDEBUG is not defined. + */ +#ifdef NDEBUG + #define wxDISABLE_ASSERTS_IN_RELEASE_BUILD() wxDisableAsserts() +#else + #define wxDISABLE_ASSERTS_IN_RELEASE_BUILD() +#endif + +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +/* + wxOnAssert() is used by the debugging macros defined below. Different + overloads are needed because these macros can be used with or without _T(). + + All of them are implemented in src/common/appcmn.cpp and unconditionally + call wxTheAssertHandler so the caller must check that it is non-NULL + (assert macros do it). + */ + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +// these overloads are the ones typically used by debugging macros: we have to +// provide wxChar* msg version because it's common to use _T() in the macros +// and finally, we can't use const wx(char)* msg = NULL, because that would +// be ambiguous +// +// also notice that these functions can't be inline as wxString is not defined +// yet (and can't be as wxString code itself may use assertions) +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOnAssert(const char *file, + int line, + const char *func, + const char *cond); + +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOnAssert(const char *file, + int line, + const char *func, + const char *cond, + const char *msg); + +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOnAssert(const char *file, + int line, + const char *func, + const char *cond, + const wxChar *msg); +#endif /* wxUSE_UNICODE */ + +// this version is for compatibility with wx 2.8 Unicode build only, we don't +// use it ourselves any more except in ANSI-only build in which case it is all +// we need +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOnAssert(const wxChar *file, + int line, + const char *func, + const wxChar *cond, + const wxChar *msg = NULL); + +// these overloads work when msg passed to debug macro is a string and we +// also have to provide wxCStrData overload to resolve ambiguity which would +// otherwise arise from wxASSERT( s.c_str() ) +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOnAssert(const wxString& file, + int line, + const wxString& func, + const wxString& cond, + const wxString& msg); + +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOnAssert(const wxString& file, + int line, + const wxString& func, + const wxString& cond); + +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOnAssert(const char *file, + int line, + const char *func, + const char *cond, + const wxCStrData& msg); + +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOnAssert(const char *file, + int line, + const char *func, + const char *cond, + const wxString& msg); + +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Debugging macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + Assertion macros: check if the condition is true and call assert handler + (which will by default notify the user about failure) if it isn't. + + wxASSERT and wxFAIL macros as well as wxTrap() function do nothing at all + if wxDEBUG_LEVEL is 0 however they do check their conditions at default + debug level 1, unlike the previous wxWidgets versions. + + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2 is meant to be used for "expensive" asserts which should + normally be disabled because they have a big impact on performance and so + this macro only does anything if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2. + */ +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + // call this function to break into the debugger unconditionally (assuming + // the program is running under debugger, of course) + extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTrap(); + + // assert checks if the condition is true and calls the assert handler with + // the provided message if it isn't + // + // NB: the macro is defined like this to ensure that nested if/else + // statements containing it are compiled in the same way whether it is + // defined as empty or not; also notice that we can't use ";" instead + // of "{}" as some compilers warn about "possible unwanted ;" then + #define wxASSERT_MSG(cond, msg) \ + if ( !wxTheAssertHandler || (cond) ) \ + {} \ + else \ + wxOnAssert(__FILE__, __LINE__, __WXFUNCTION__, #cond, msg) + + // a version without any additional message, don't use unless condition + // itself is fully self-explanatory + #define wxASSERT(cond) wxASSERT_MSG(cond, (const char*)NULL) + + // wxFAIL is a special form of assert: it always triggers (and so is + // usually used in normally unreachable code) + #define wxFAIL_COND_MSG(cond, msg) \ + if ( !wxTheAssertHandler ) \ + {} \ + else \ + wxOnAssert(__FILE__, __LINE__, __WXFUNCTION__, cond, msg) + #define wxFAIL_MSG(msg) wxFAIL_COND_MSG("Assert failure", msg) + #define wxFAIL wxFAIL_MSG((const char*)NULL) +#else // !wxDEBUG_LEVEL + #define wxTrap() + + #define wxASSERT(cond) + #define wxASSERT_MSG(cond, msg) + #define wxFAIL + #define wxFAIL_MSG(msg) + #define wxFAIL_COND_MSG(cond, msg) +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 + #define wxASSERT_LEVEL_2_MSG(cond, msg) wxASSERT_MSG(cond, msg) + #define wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(cond) wxASSERT(cond) +#else // wxDEBUG_LEVEL < 2 + #define wxASSERT_LEVEL_2_MSG(cond, msg) + #define wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(cond) +#endif + + +/* + wxCHECK macros always check their conditions, setting debug level to 0 only + makes them silent in case of failure, otherwise -- including at default + debug level 1 -- they call the assert handler if the condition is false + + They are supposed to be used only in invalid situation: for example, an + invalid parameter (e.g. a NULL pointer) is passed to a function. Instead of + dereferencing it and causing core dump the function might use + + wxCHECK_RET( p != NULL, "pointer can't be NULL" ) +*/ + +// the generic macro: takes the condition to check, the statement to be execute +// in case the condition is false and the message to pass to the assert handler +#define wxCHECK2_MSG(cond, op, msg) \ + if ( cond ) \ + {} \ + else \ + { \ + wxFAIL_COND_MSG(#cond, msg); \ + op; \ + } \ + struct wxDummyCheckStruct /* just to force a semicolon */ + +// check which returns with the specified return code if the condition fails +#define wxCHECK_MSG(cond, rc, msg) wxCHECK2_MSG(cond, return rc, msg) + +// check that expression is true, "return" if not (also FAILs in debug mode) +#define wxCHECK(cond, rc) wxCHECK_MSG(cond, rc, (const char*)NULL) + +// check that expression is true, perform op if not +#define wxCHECK2(cond, op) wxCHECK2_MSG(cond, op, (const char*)NULL) + +// special form of wxCHECK2: as wxCHECK, but for use in void functions +// +// NB: there is only one form (with msg parameter) and it's intentional: +// there is no other way to tell the caller what exactly went wrong +// from the void function (of course, the function shouldn't be void +// to begin with...) +#define wxCHECK_RET(cond, msg) wxCHECK2_MSG(cond, return, msg) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Compile time asserts +// +// Unlike the normal assert and related macros above which are checked during +// the program run-time the macros below will result in a compilation error if +// the condition they check is false. This is usually used to check the +// expressions containing sizeof()s which cannot be tested with the +// preprocessor. If you can use the #if's, do use them as you can give a more +// detailed error message then. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + How this works (you don't have to understand it to be able to use the + macros): we rely on the fact that it is invalid to define a named bit field + in a struct of width 0. All the rest are just the hacks to minimize the + possibility of the compiler warnings when compiling this macro: in + particular, this is why we define a struct and not an object (which would + result in a warning about unused variable) and a named struct (otherwise we'd + get a warning about an unnamed struct not used to define an object!). + */ + +#define wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(wxAssert_) + +/* + The second argument of this macro must be a valid C++ identifier and not a + string. I.e. you should use it like this: + + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(int) >= 2, YourIntsAreTooSmall ); + + It may be used both within a function and in the global scope. +*/ +#if defined(__WATCOMC__) + /* avoid "unused symbol" warning */ + #define wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(expr, msg) \ + class wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME { \ + unsigned int msg: expr; \ + wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME() { wxUnusedVar(msg); } \ + } +#elif defined( __VMS ) +namespace wxdebug{ + +// HP aCC cannot deal with missing names for template value parameters +template struct STATIC_ASSERTION_FAILURE; + +template <> struct STATIC_ASSERTION_FAILURE { enum { value = 1 }; }; + +// HP aCC cannot deal with missing names for template value parameters +template struct static_assert_test{}; + +} + #define WX_JOIN( X, Y ) X##Y + #define WX_STATIC_ASSERT_BOOL_CAST(x) (bool)(x) + #define wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(expr, msg) \ + typedef ::wxdebug::static_assert_test<\ + sizeof(::wxdebug::STATIC_ASSERTION_FAILURE< WX_STATIC_ASSERT_BOOL_CAST( expr ) >)>\ + WX_JOIN(wx_static_assert_typedef_, __LINE__) +#else + #define wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(expr, msg) \ + struct wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME { unsigned int msg: expr; } +#endif + +/* + When using VC++ 6 with "Edit and Continue" on, the compiler completely + mishandles __LINE__ and so wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT() doesn't work, provide a + way to make "unique" assert names by specifying a unique prefix explicitly + */ +#define wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME2(text) wxCONCAT(wxAssert_, text) + +#define wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT2(expr, msg, text) \ + struct wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME2(text) { unsigned int msg: expr; } + +// helpers for wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT below, for private use only +#define wxMAKE_BITSIZE_MSG(type, size) type ## SmallerThan ## size ## Bits + +// a special case of compile time assert: check that the size of the given type +// is at least the given number of bits +#define wxASSERT_MIN_BITSIZE(type, size) \ + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sizeof(type) * CHAR_BIT >= size, \ + wxMAKE_BITSIZE_MSG(type, size)) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// other miscellaneous debugger-related functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + Return true if we're running under debugger. + + Currently this only really works under Win32 and Mac in CodeWarrior builds, + it always returns false in other cases. + */ +#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WIN32__) + extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsDebuggerRunning(); +#else // !Mac + inline bool wxIsDebuggerRunning() { return false; } +#endif // Mac/!Mac + +// An assert helper used to avoid warning when testing constant expressions, +// i.e. wxASSERT( sizeof(int) == 4 ) can generate a compiler warning about +// expression being always true, but not using +// wxASSERT( wxAssertIsEqual(sizeof(int), 4) ) +// +// NB: this is made obsolete by wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT() and should no +// longer be used. +extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAssertIsEqual(int x, int y); + +// Use of wxFalse instead of false suppresses compiler warnings about testing +// constant expression +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const bool) wxFalse; + +#define wxAssertFailure wxFalse + +// This is similar to WXUNUSED() and useful for parameters which are only used +// in assertions. +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(param) param +#else + #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(param) WXUNUSED(param) +#endif + + +#endif // _WX_DEBUG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/debugrpt.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/debugrpt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4aae1055a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/debugrpt.h @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/debugrpt.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxDebugReport class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2005-01-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: debugrpt.h 61663 2009-08-14 00:06:03Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DEBUGRPT_H_ +#define _WX_DEBUGRPT_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT && wxUSE_XML + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlNode; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDebugReport: generate a debug report, processing is done in derived class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReport +{ +public: + // this is used for the functions which may report either the current state + // or the state during the last (fatal) exception + enum Context { Context_Current, Context_Exception }; + + + // ctor creates a temporary directory where we create the files which will + // be included in the report, use IsOk() to check for errors + wxDebugReport(); + + // dtor normally destroys the temporary directory created in the ctor (with + // all the files it contains), call Reset() to prevent this from happening + virtual ~wxDebugReport(); + + // return the name of the directory used for this report + const wxString& GetDirectory() const { return m_dir; } + + // return true if the object was successfully initialized + bool IsOk() const { return !GetDirectory().empty(); } + + // reset the directory name we use, the object can't be used any more after + // this as it becomes invalid/uninitialized + void Reset() { m_dir.clear(); } + + + // add another file to the report: the file must already exist, its name + // can be either absolute in which case it is copied to the debug report + // directory or relative to GetDirectory() + // + // description is shown to the user in the report summary + virtual void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& description); + + // convenience function: write the given text to a file with the given name + // and then add it to the report (the difference with AddFile() is that the + // file will be created by this function and doesn't have to already exist) + bool AddText(const wxString& filename, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& description); + +#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + // add an XML file containing the current or exception context and the + // stack trace + bool AddCurrentContext() { return AddContext(Context_Current); } + bool AddExceptionContext() { return AddContext(Context_Exception); } + virtual bool AddContext(Context ctx); +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CRASHREPORT + // add a file with crash report + bool AddCurrentDump() { return AddDump(Context_Current); } + bool AddExceptionDump() { return AddDump(Context_Exception); } + virtual bool AddDump(Context ctx); +#endif // wxUSE_CRASHREPORT + + // add all available information to the report + void AddAll(Context context = Context_Exception); + + + // process this report: the base class simply notifies the user that the + // report has been generated, this is usually not enough -- instead you + // should override this method to do something more useful to you + bool Process(); + + // get the name used as base name for various files, by default + // wxApp::GetName() + virtual wxString GetReportName() const; + + // get the files in this report + size_t GetFilesCount() const { return m_files.GetCount(); } + bool GetFile(size_t n, wxString *name, wxString *desc) const; + + // remove the file from report: this is used by wxDebugReportPreview to + // allow the user to remove files potentially containing private + // information from the report + void RemoveFile(const wxString& name); + +protected: +#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + // used by AddContext() + virtual bool DoAddSystemInfo(wxXmlNode *nodeSystemInfo); + virtual bool DoAddLoadedModules(wxXmlNode *nodeModules); + virtual bool DoAddExceptionInfo(wxXmlNode *nodeContext); + virtual void DoAddCustomContext(wxXmlNode * WXUNUSED(nodeRoot)) { } +#endif + + // used by Process() + virtual bool DoProcess(); + +private: + // name of the report directory + wxString m_dir; + + // the arrays of files in this report and their descriptions + wxArrayString m_files, + m_descriptions; +}; + +#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDebugReportCompress: compress all files of this debug report in a .ZIP +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReportCompress : public wxDebugReport +{ +public: + wxDebugReportCompress() { } + + // you can optionally specify the directory and/or name of the file where + // the debug report should be generated, a default location under the + // directory containing temporary files will be used if you don't + // + // both of these functions should be called before Process()ing the report + // if they're called at all + void SetCompressedFileDirectory(const wxString& dir); + void SetCompressedFileBaseName(const wxString& name); + + // returns the full path of the compressed file (empty if creation failed) + const wxString& GetCompressedFileName() const { return m_zipfile; } + +protected: + virtual bool DoProcess(); + +private: + // user-specified file directory/base name, use defaults if empty + wxString m_zipDir, + m_zipName; + + // full path to the ZIP file we created + wxString m_zipfile; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDebugReportUploader: uploads compressed file using HTTP POST request +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReportUpload : public wxDebugReportCompress +{ +public: + // this class will upload the compressed file created by its base class to + // an HTML multipart/form-data form at the specified address + // + // the URL is the base address, input is the name of the "type=file" + // control on the form used for the file name and action is the value of + // the form action field + wxDebugReportUpload(const wxString& url, + const wxString& input, + const wxString& action, + const wxString& curl = wxT("curl")); + +protected: + virtual bool DoProcess(); + + // this function may be overridden in a derived class to show the output + // from curl: this may be an HTML page or anything else that the server + // returned + // + // return value becomes the return value of Process() + virtual bool OnServerReply(const wxArrayString& WXUNUSED(reply)) + { + return true; + } + +private: + // the full URL to use with HTTP POST request + wxString m_uploadURL; + + // the name of the input field containing the file name in the form at + // above URL + wxString m_inputField; + + // the curl command (by default it is just "curl" but could be full path to + // curl or a wrapper script with curl-compatible syntax) + wxString m_curlCmd; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDebugReportPreview: presents the debug report to the user and allows him +// to veto report entirely or remove some parts of it +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReportPreview +{ +public: + // ctor is trivial + wxDebugReportPreview() { } + + // present the report to the user and allow him to modify it by removing + // some or all of the files and, potentially, adding some notes + // + // return true if the report should be processed or false if the user chose + // to cancel report generation or removed all files from it + virtual bool Show(wxDebugReport& dbgrpt) const = 0; + + // dtor is trivial as well but should be virtual for a base class + virtual ~wxDebugReportPreview() { } +}; + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDebugReportPreviewStd: standard debug report preview window +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReportPreviewStd : public wxDebugReportPreview +{ +public: + wxDebugReportPreviewStd() { } + + virtual bool Show(wxDebugReport& dbgrpt) const; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#endif // wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT && wxUSE_XML + +#endif // _WX_DEBUGRPT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/defs.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/defs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..42fa627b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/defs.h @@ -0,0 +1,3367 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/defs.h + * Purpose: Declarations/definitions common to all wx source files + * Author: Julian Smart and others + * Modified by: Ryan Norton (Converted to C) + * Created: 01/02/97 + * RCS-ID: $Id: defs.h 66711 2011-01-19 10:47:49Z VZ $ + * Copyright: (c) Julian Smart + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ + +#ifndef _WX_DEFS_H_ +#define _WX_DEFS_H_ + +// NOTE: this symbol will be replaced with "WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0" as soon +// as the development branch for 3.1 is created +#define FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 1 +#define wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( x ) x + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* compiler and OS identification */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#include "wx/platform.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +/* Make sure the environment is set correctly */ +# if defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__X__) +# error "Target can't be both X and Windows" +# elif defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__PALMOS__) +# error "Target can't be both PalmOS and Windows" +# elif !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && \ + !defined(__WXMSW__) && \ + !defined(__WXPALMOS__)&& \ + !defined(__WXGTK__) && \ + !defined(__WXPM__) && \ + !defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__) && \ + !defined(__WXOSX_COCOA__) && \ + !defined(__WXOSX_IPHONE__) && \ + !defined(__WXCOCOA__) && \ + !defined(__X__) && \ + !defined(__WXMGL__) && \ + !defined(__WXDFB__) && \ + !defined(__WXX11__) && \ + wxUSE_GUI +# ifdef __UNIX__ +# error "No Target! You should use wx-config program for compilation flags!" +# else /* !Unix */ +# error "No Target! You should use supplied makefiles for compilation!" +# endif /* Unix/!Unix */ +# endif +#endif /*__cplusplus*/ + +#ifndef __WXWINDOWS__ + #define __WXWINDOWS__ 1 +#endif + +#ifndef wxUSE_BASE + /* by default consider that this is a monolithic build */ + #define wxUSE_BASE 1 +#endif + +#if !wxUSE_GUI && !defined(__WXBASE__) + #define __WXBASE__ +#endif + +/* suppress some Visual C++ warnings */ +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + /* the only "real" warning here is 4244 but there are just too many of them */ + /* in our code... one day someone should go and fix them but until then... */ +# pragma warning(disable:4097) /* typedef used as class */ +# pragma warning(disable:4201) /* nonstandard extension used: nameless struct/union */ +# pragma warning(disable:4244) /* conversion from double to float */ +# pragma warning(disable:4355) /* 'this' used in base member initializer list */ +# pragma warning(disable:4511) /* copy ctor couldn't be generated */ +# pragma warning(disable:4512) /* operator=() couldn't be generated */ +# pragma warning(disable:4514) /* unreferenced inline func has been removed */ +# pragma warning(disable:4710) /* function not inlined */ + + // TODO: this warning should really be enabled as it can be genuinely + // useful, check where does it occur in wxWidgets + #pragma warning(disable: 4127) /* conditional expression is constant */ + + /* There are too many false positivies for this one, particularly when + using templates like wxVector */ + /* class 'foo' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of + class 'bar'" */ +# pragma warning(disable:4251) + +# ifdef __VISUALC5__ + /* For VC++ 5.0 for release mode, the warning 'C4702: unreachable code */ + /* is buggy, and occurs for code that does actually get executed */ +# ifndef __WXDEBUG__ +# pragma warning(disable:4702) /* unreachable code */ +# endif + + /* The VC++ 5.0 warning 'C4003: not enough actual parameters for macro' + * is incompatible with the wxWidgets headers since it is given when + * parameters are empty but not missing. */ +# pragma warning(disable:4003) /* not enough actual parameters for macro */ +# endif + + /* + VC6 insists on complaining about + + return type for 'wxVector::reverse_iterator::operator ->' is 'T **' + (ie; not a UDT or reference to a UDT. Will produce errors if applied + using infix notation) + + which is perfectly fine because template classes do routinely define + operators which don't make sense for all template parameter values + (besides this warning was removed in subsequent versions). + */ + #ifdef __VISUALC6__ + #pragma warning(disable: 4284) + #endif // VC6 + + /* + When compiling with VC++ 7 /Wp64 option we get thousands of warnings for + conversion from size_t to int or long. Some precious few of them might + be worth looking into but unfortunately it seems infeasible to fix all + the other, harmless ones (e.g. inserting static_cast(s.length()) + everywhere this method is used though we are quite sure that using >4GB + strings is a bad idea anyhow) so just disable it globally for now. + */ + #if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7) + /* conversion from 'size_t' to 'unsigned long', possible loss of data */ + #pragma warning(disable:4267) + #endif /* VC++ 7 or later */ + + /* + VC++ 8 gives a warning when using standard functions such as sprintf, + localtime, ... -- stop this madness, unless the user had already done it + */ + #if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8) + #ifndef _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE + #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1 + #endif + #ifndef _CRT_NON_CONFORMING_SWPRINTFS + #define _CRT_NON_CONFORMING_SWPRINTFS 1 + #endif + #ifndef _SCL_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS + #define _SCL_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS 1 + #endif + #endif /* VC++ 8 */ +#endif /* __VISUALC__ */ + +/* suppress some Borland C++ warnings */ +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +# pragma warn -inl /* Functions containing reserved words and certain constructs are not expanded inline */ +#endif /* __BORLANDC__ */ + +/* + g++ gives a warning when a class has private dtor if it has no friends but + this is a perfectly valid situation for a ref-counted class which destroys + itself when its ref count drops to 0, so provide a macro to suppress this + warning + */ +#ifdef __GNUG__ +# define wxSUPPRESS_GCC_PRIVATE_DTOR_WARNING(name) \ + friend class wxDummyFriendFor ## name; +#else /* !g++ */ +# define wxSUPPRESS_GCC_PRIVATE_DTOR_WARNING(name) +#endif + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* wxWidgets version and compatibility defines */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#include "wx/version.h" + +/* ============================================================================ */ +/* non portable C++ features */ +/* ============================================================================ */ + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* compiler defects workarounds */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* + Digital Unix C++ compiler only defines this symbol for .cxx and .hxx files, + so define it ourselves (newer versions do it for all files, though, and + don't allow it to be redefined) + */ +#if defined(__DECCXX) && !defined(__VMS) && !defined(__cplusplus) +#define __cplusplus +#endif /* __DECCXX */ + +/* Resolves linking problems under HP-UX when compiling with gcc/g++ */ +#if defined(__HPUX__) && defined(__GNUG__) +#define va_list __gnuc_va_list +#endif /* HP-UX */ + +/* Prevents conflicts between sys/types.h and winsock.h with Cygwin, */ +/* when using Windows sockets. */ +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#define __USE_W32_SOCKETS +#endif + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* check for native bool type and TRUE/FALSE constants */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* for backwards compatibility, also define TRUE and FALSE */ +/* */ +/* note that these definitions should work both in C++ and C code, so don't */ +/* use true/false below */ +#ifndef TRUE + #define TRUE 1 +#endif + +#ifndef FALSE + #define FALSE 0 +#endif + +typedef short int WXTYPE; + + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* other feature tests */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Every ride down a slippery slope begins with a single step.. */ +/* */ +/* Yes, using nested classes is indeed against our coding standards in */ +/* general, but there are places where you can use them to advantage */ +/* without totally breaking ports that cannot use them. If you do, then */ +/* wrap it in this guard, but such cases should still be relatively rare. */ +#define wxUSE_NESTED_CLASSES 1 + +/* check for explicit keyword support */ +#ifndef HAVE_EXPLICIT + #if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1100) + /* VC++ 6.0 and 5.0 have explicit (what about earlier versions?) */ + #define HAVE_EXPLICIT + #elif ( defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN32__) ) \ + && wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(2, 95) + /* GCC 2.95 has explicit, what about earlier versions? */ + #define HAVE_EXPLICIT + #elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x0520) + /* BC++ 4.52 doesn't support explicit, CBuilder 1 does */ + #define HAVE_EXPLICIT + #elif defined(__MWERKS__) && (__MWERKS__ >= 0x2400) + /* Metrowerks CW6 or higher has explicit */ + #define HAVE_EXPLICIT + #elif defined(__DIGITALMARS__) + #define HAVE_EXPLICIT + #elif defined(__WATCOMC__) + #define HAVE_EXPLICIT + #endif +#endif /* !HAVE_EXPLICIT */ + +#ifdef HAVE_EXPLICIT + #define wxEXPLICIT explicit +#else /* !HAVE_EXPLICIT */ + #define wxEXPLICIT +#endif /* HAVE_EXPLICIT/!HAVE_EXPLICIT */ + +/* these macros are obsolete, use the standard C++ casts directly now */ +#define wx_static_cast(t, x) static_cast(x) +#define wx_const_cast(t, x) const_cast(x) +#define wx_reinterpret_cast(t, x) reinterpret_cast(x) + +/* + This one is a wx invention: like static cast but used when we intentionally + truncate from a larger to smaller type, static_cast<> can't be used for it + as it results in warnings when using some compilers (SGI mipspro for example) + */ +#if defined(__INTELC__) && defined(__cplusplus) + template + inline T wx_truncate_cast_impl(X x) + { + #pragma warning(push) + /* implicit conversion of a 64-bit integral type to a smaller integral type */ + #pragma warning(disable: 1682) + /* conversion from "X" to "T" may lose significant bits */ + #pragma warning(disable: 810) + /* non-pointer conversion from "foo" to "bar" may lose significant bits */ + #pragma warning(disable: 2259) + + return x; + + #pragma warning(pop) + } + + #define wx_truncate_cast(t, x) wx_truncate_cast_impl(x) + +#elif defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ >= 1310 + template + inline T wx_truncate_cast_impl(X x) + { + #pragma warning(push) + /* conversion from 'X' to 'T', possible loss of data */ + #pragma warning(disable: 4267) + + return x; + + #pragma warning(pop) + } + + #define wx_truncate_cast(t, x) wx_truncate_cast_impl(x) +#else + #define wx_truncate_cast(t, x) ((t)(x)) +#endif + +/* for consistency with wxStatic/DynamicCast defined in wx/object.h */ +#define wxConstCast(obj, className) wx_const_cast(className *, obj) + +#ifndef HAVE_STD_WSTRING + #if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1100) + /* VC++ 6.0 and 5.0 have std::wstring (what about earlier versions?) */ + #define HAVE_STD_WSTRING + #elif defined(__MINGW32__) && wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 3) + /* GCC 3.1 has std::wstring; 3.0 never was in MinGW, 2.95 hasn't it */ + #define HAVE_STD_WSTRING + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE + #if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1100) + /* VC++ 6.0 and 5.0 have std::string::compare */ + /* (what about earlier versions?) */ + #define HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE + #elif ( defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN32__) ) \ + && wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 1) + /* GCC 3.1 has std::string::compare; */ + /* 3.0 never was in MinGW, 2.95 hasn't it */ + #define HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS + #if defined(__VISUALC__) && (_MSC_FULL_VER >= 150030729) + #define HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS + #endif +#endif + +/* provide replacement for C99 va_copy() if the compiler doesn't have it */ + +/* could be already defined by configure or the user */ +#ifndef wxVaCopy + /* if va_copy is a macro or configure detected that we have it, use it */ + #if defined(va_copy) || defined(HAVE_VA_COPY) + #define wxVaCopy va_copy + #else /* no va_copy, try to provide a replacement */ + /* + configure tries to determine whether va_list is an array or struct + type, but it may not be used under Windows, so deal with a few + special cases. + */ + + #ifdef __WATCOMC__ + /* Watcom uses array type for va_list except for PPC and Alpha */ + #if !defined(__PPC__) && !defined(__AXP__) + #define VA_LIST_IS_ARRAY + #endif + #endif /* __WATCOMC__ */ + + #if defined(__PPC__) && (defined(_CALL_SYSV) || defined (_WIN32)) + /* + PPC using SysV ABI and NT/PPC are special in that they use an + extra level of indirection. + */ + #define VA_LIST_IS_POINTER + #endif /* SysV or Win32 on __PPC__ */ + + /* + note that we use memmove(), not memcpy(), in case anybody tries + to do wxVaCopy(ap, ap) + */ + #if defined(VA_LIST_IS_POINTER) + #define wxVaCopy(d, s) memmove(*(d), *(s), sizeof(va_list)) + #elif defined(VA_LIST_IS_ARRAY) + #define wxVaCopy(d, s) memmove((d), (s), sizeof(va_list)) + #else /* we can only hope that va_lists are simple lvalues */ + #define wxVaCopy(d, s) ((d) = (s)) + #endif + #endif /* va_copy/!va_copy */ +#endif /* wxVaCopy */ + +#ifndef HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS + #if wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,2) + #define HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS + #endif +#endif /* HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS */ + + +#ifndef HAVE_WOSTREAM + // Mingw <= 3.4 and all versions of Cygwin as well as any gcc version (so + // far) targeting PalmOS don't have std::wostream + #if defined(__PALMOS__) || \ + (defined(__MINGW32__) && !wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(4, 0)) || \ + defined(__CYGWIN__) + #define wxNO_WOSTREAM + #endif + + // VC++ doesn't have it in the old iostream library + #if defined(__VISUALC__) && wxUSE_IOSTREAMH + #define wxNO_WOSTREAM + #endif + + #ifndef wxNO_WOSTREAM + #define HAVE_WOSTREAM + #endif + + #undef wxNO_WOSTREAM +#endif /* HAVE_WOSTREAM */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// other C++ features +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION + // be optimistic by default + #define HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION +#endif + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #if __VISUALC__ < 1310 + #undef HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION + #endif +#endif // __VISUALC__ + + +#ifndef HAVE_TEMPLATE_OVERLOAD_RESOLUTION + // assume the compiler can use type or const expressions as template + // arguments if it supports partial specialization -- except if it's a + // Borland one which can't + #if defined(HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION) && !defined(__BORLANDC__) + #define HAVE_TEMPLATE_OVERLOAD_RESOLUTION + #endif // __BORLANDC__ +#endif // !defined(HAVE_TEMPLATE_OVERLOAD_RESOLUTION) + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* portable calling conventions macros */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* stdcall is used for all functions called by Windows under Windows */ +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) + #if defined(__GNUWIN32__) + #define wxSTDCALL __attribute__((stdcall)) + #else + /* both VC++ and Borland understand this */ + #define wxSTDCALL _stdcall + #endif + +#else /* Win */ + /* no such stupidness under Unix */ + #define wxSTDCALL +#endif /* platform */ + +/* LINKAGEMODE mode is empty for everyting except OS/2 */ +#ifndef LINKAGEMODE + #define LINKAGEMODE +#endif /* LINKAGEMODE */ + +/* wxCALLBACK should be used for the functions which are called back by */ +/* Windows (such as compare function for wxListCtrl) */ +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + #define wxCALLBACK wxSTDCALL +#else + /* no stdcall under Unix nor Win16 */ + #define wxCALLBACK +#endif /* platform */ + +/* generic calling convention for the extern "C" functions */ + +#if defined(__VISUALC__) + #define wxC_CALLING_CONV _cdecl +#elif defined(__VISAGECPP__) + #define wxC_CALLING_CONV _Optlink +#else /* !Visual C++ */ + #define wxC_CALLING_CONV +#endif /* compiler */ + +/* callling convention for the qsort(3) callback */ +#define wxCMPFUNC_CONV wxC_CALLING_CONV + +/* compatibility :-( */ +#define CMPFUNC_CONV wxCMPFUNC_CONV + +/* DLL import/export declarations */ +#include "wx/dlimpexp.h" + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Very common macros */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Printf-like attribute definitions to obtain warnings with GNU C/C++ */ +#ifndef WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF +# if defined(__GNUC__) && !wxUSE_UNICODE +# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n))) +# else +# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) +# endif + +# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1 WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(1, 2) +# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2 WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2, 3) +# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3 WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3, 4) +# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_4 WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(4, 5) +# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_5 WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(5, 6) +#endif /* !defined(WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF) */ + + +/* Macro to issue warning when using deprecated functions with gcc3 or MSVC7: */ +#if wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 1) + #define wxDEPRECATED(x) __attribute__((deprecated)) x +#elif defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1300) + #define wxDEPRECATED(x) __declspec(deprecated) x +#else + #define wxDEPRECATED(x) x +#endif + +/* + explicitly specifying inline allows gcc < 3.4 to + handle the deprecation attribute even in the constructor. + doesn't seem to work on Apple's gcc 4.0.1 unless using -O0 +*/ +#if wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 4) || defined( __DARWIN__ ) + #define wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR(x) x +#else + #define wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR(x) wxDEPRECATED( inline x) +#endif + +/* + Macro which marks the function as being deprecated but also defines it + inline. + + Currently it's defined in the same trivial way in all cases but it could + need a special definition with some other compilers in the future which + explains why do we have it. + */ +#define wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(func, body) wxDEPRECATED(func) { body } + +/* + A macro to define a simple deprecated accessor. + */ +#define wxDEPRECATED_ACCESSOR(func, what) wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(func, return what;) + +/* + Special variant of the macro above which should be used for the functions + which are deprecated but called by wx itself: this often happens with + deprecated virtual functions which are called by the library. + */ +#ifdef WXBUILDING +# define wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(x) x +#else +# define wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(x) wxDEPRECATED(x) +#endif + +/* + Combination of the two variants above: should be used for deprecated + functions which are defined inline and are used by wxWidgets itself. + */ +#ifdef WXBUILDING +# define wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE(func, body) func { body } +#else +# define wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE(func, body) \ + wxDEPRECATED(func) { body } +#endif + +/* NULL declaration: it must be defined as 0 for C++ programs (in particular, */ +/* it must not be defined as "(void *)0" which is standard for C but completely */ +/* breaks C++ code) */ +#if !defined(__HANDHELDPC__) && !defined(__PALMOS__) +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus + +// everybody gets the assert and other debug macros +#include "wx/debug.h" + + // delete pointer if it is not NULL and NULL it afterwards + template + inline void wxDELETE(T*& ptr) + { + typedef char TypeIsCompleteCheck[sizeof(T)]; + + if ( ptr != NULL ) + { + delete ptr; + ptr = NULL; + } + } + + // delete an array and NULL it (see comments above) + template + inline void wxDELETEA(T*& ptr) + { + typedef char TypeIsCompleteCheck[sizeof(T)]; + + if ( ptr != NULL ) + { + delete [] ptr; + ptr = NULL; + } + } + + // trivial implementation of std::swap() for primitive types + template + inline void wxSwap(T& first, T& second) + { + T tmp(first); + first = second; + second = tmp; + } +#endif /*__cplusplus*/ + +/* size of statically declared array */ +#define WXSIZEOF(array) (sizeof(array)/sizeof(array[0])) + +/* symbolic constant used by all Find()-like functions returning positive */ +/* integer on success as failure indicator */ +#define wxNOT_FOUND (-1) + +/* the default value for some length parameters meaning that the string is */ +/* NUL-terminated */ +#define wxNO_LEN ((size_t)-1) + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* macros dealing with comparison operators */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* + Expands into m(op, args...) for each op in the set { ==, !=, <, <=, >, >= }. + */ +#define wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS(m) \ + m(==) m(!=) m(>=) m(<=) m(>) m(<) + +#define wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_1(m, x) \ + m(==,x) m(!=,x) m(>=,x) m(<=,x) m(>,x) m(<,x) + +#define wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_2(m, x, y) \ + m(==,x,y) m(!=,x,y) m(>=,x,y) m(<=,x,y) m(>,x,y) m(<,x,y) + +#define wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_3(m, x, y, z) \ + m(==,x,y,z) m(!=,x,y,z) m(>=,x,y,z) m(<=,x,y,z) m(>,x,y,z) m(<,x,y,z) + +/* + This is only used with wxDEFINE_COMPARISON_REV: it passes both the normal + and the reversed comparison operators to the macro. + */ +#define wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_3_REV(m, x, y, z) \ + m(==,x,y,z,==) m(!=,x,y,z,!=) m(>=,x,y,z,<=) \ + m(<=,x,y,z,>=) m(>,x,y,z,<) m(<,x,y,z,>) + + +#define wxDEFINE_COMPARISON(op, T1, T2, cmp) \ + inline bool operator op(T1 x, T2 y) { return cmp(x, y, op); } + +#define wxDEFINE_COMPARISON_REV(op, T1, T2, cmp, oprev) \ + inline bool operator op(T2 y, T1 x) { return cmp(x, y, oprev); } + +/* + Define all 6 comparison operators (==, !=, <, <=, >, >=) for the given + types in the specified order. The implementation is provided by the cmp + macro. Normally wxDEFINE_ALL_COMPARISONS should be used as comparison + operators are usually symmetric. + */ +#define wxDEFINE_COMPARISONS(T1, T2, cmp) \ + wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_3(wxDEFINE_COMPARISON, T1, T2, cmp) + +/* + This macro allows to define all 12 comparison operators (6 operators for + both orders of arguments) for the given types using the provided "cmp" + macro to implement the actual comparison: the macro is called with the 2 + arguments names, the first of type T1 and the second of type T2, and the + comparison operator being implemented. + */ +#define wxDEFINE_ALL_COMPARISONS(T1, T2, cmp) \ + wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_3(wxDEFINE_COMPARISON, T1, T2, cmp) \ + wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_3_REV(wxDEFINE_COMPARISON_REV, T1, T2, cmp) + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* macros to avoid compiler warnings */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Macro to cut down on compiler warnings. */ +#if 1 /* there should be no more any compilers needing the "#else" version */ + #define WXUNUSED(identifier) /* identifier */ +#else /* stupid, broken compiler */ + #define WXUNUSED(identifier) identifier +#endif + +/* some arguments are not used in unicode mode */ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + #define WXUNUSED_IN_UNICODE(param) WXUNUSED(param) +#else + #define WXUNUSED_IN_UNICODE(param) param +#endif + +/* some arguments are not used in WinCE build */ +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + #define WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(param) WXUNUSED(param) +#else + #define WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(param) param +#endif + +/* unused parameters in non stream builds */ +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(param) param +#else + #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(param) WXUNUSED(param) +#endif + +/* some compilers give warning about a possibly unused variable if it is */ +/* initialized in both branches of if/else and shut up if it is initialized */ +/* when declared, but other compilers then give warnings about unused variable */ +/* value -- this should satisfy both of them */ +#if defined(__VISUALC__) + #define wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(val) = val +#else + #define wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(val) +#endif + +/* sometimes the value of a variable is *really* not used, to suppress the */ +/* resulting warning you may pass it to this function */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +# ifdef __BORLANDC__ +# define wxUnusedVar(identifier) identifier +# else + template + inline void wxUnusedVar(const T& WXUNUSED(t)) { } +# endif +#endif + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* compiler specific settings */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#if defined(__MWERKS__) + #undef try + #undef except + #undef finally + #define except(x) catch(...) +#endif /* Metrowerks */ + +#if wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1,4) + typedef short mode_t; +#endif + +/* where should i put this? we need to make sure of this as it breaks */ +/* the code. */ +#if !wxUSE_IOSTREAMH && defined(__WXDEBUG__) +# ifndef __MWERKS__ +/* #undef __WXDEBUG__ */ +# ifdef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS +# undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS +# define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* standard wxWidgets types */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* the type for screen and DC coordinates */ +typedef int wxCoord; + +enum { wxDefaultCoord = -1 }; + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* define fixed length types */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) || defined(__MINGW32__) + #if !defined(__MWERKS__) + #include + #endif +#endif + +/* chars are always one byte (by definition), shorts are always two (in */ +/* practice) */ + +/* 8bit */ +typedef signed char wxInt8; +typedef unsigned char wxUint8; +typedef wxUint8 wxByte; + + +/* 16bit */ +#ifdef SIZEOF_SHORT + #if SIZEOF_SHORT != 2 + #error "wxWidgets assumes sizeof(short) == 2, please fix the code" + #endif +#else + #define SIZEOF_SHORT 2 +#endif + +typedef signed short wxInt16; +typedef unsigned short wxUint16; + +typedef wxUint16 wxWord; + +/* + things are getting more interesting with ints, longs and pointers + + there are several different standard data models described by this table: + + +-----------+----------------------------+ + |type\model | LP64 ILP64 LLP64 ILP32 LP32| + +-----------+----------------------------+ + |char | 8 8 8 8 8 | + |short | 16 16 16 16 16 | + |int | 32 64 32 32 16 | + |long | 64 64 32 32 32 | + |long long | 64 64 64 -- -- | + |void * | 64 64 64 32 32 | + +-----------+----------------------------+ + + Win16 used LP32 (but we don't support it any longer), Win32 obviously used + ILP32 and Win64 uses LLP64 (a.k.a. P64) + + Under Unix LP64 is the most widely used (the only I've ever seen, in fact) + */ + +/* 32bit */ +#ifdef __PALMOS__ + typedef int wxInt32; + typedef unsigned int wxUint32; + #define SIZEOF_INT 4 + #define SIZEOF_LONG 4 + #define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 2 + #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4 + #ifdef __WXPALMOS6__ + #define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT + #endif + #define SIZEOF_VOID_P 4 + #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4 +#elif defined(__WINDOWS__) + #if defined(__WIN32__) + typedef int wxInt32; + typedef unsigned int wxUint32; + + /* + Win64 uses LLP64 model and so ints and longs have the same size as + in Win32. + */ + #ifndef SIZEOF_INT + #define SIZEOF_INT 4 + #endif + + #ifndef SIZEOF_LONG + #define SIZEOF_LONG 4 + #endif + + #ifndef SIZEOF_WCHAR_T + /* Windows uses UTF-16 */ + #define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 2 + #endif + + #ifndef SIZEOF_SIZE_T + /* + Under Win64 sizeof(size_t) == 8 and so it is neither unsigned + int nor unsigned long! + */ + #ifdef __WIN64__ + #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 8 + + #undef wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT + #else /* Win32 */ + #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4 + + #define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT + #endif + #undef wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG + #endif + + #ifndef SIZEOF_VOID_P + #ifdef __WIN64__ + #define SIZEOF_VOID_P 8 + #else /* Win32 */ + #define SIZEOF_VOID_P 4 + #endif /* Win64/32 */ + #endif + #else + #error "Unsupported Windows version" + #endif +#else /* !Windows */ + /* SIZEOF_XXX are normally defined by configure */ + #ifdef SIZEOF_INT + #if SIZEOF_INT == 8 + /* must be ILP64 data model, there is normally a special 32 bit */ + /* type in it but we don't know what it is... */ + #error "No 32bit int type on this platform" + #elif SIZEOF_INT == 4 + typedef int wxInt32; + typedef unsigned int wxUint32; + #elif SIZEOF_INT == 2 + /* must be LP32 */ + #if SIZEOF_LONG != 4 + #error "No 32bit int type on this platform" + #endif + + typedef long wxInt32; + typedef unsigned long wxUint32; + #else + /* wxWidgets is not ready for 128bit systems yet... */ + #error "Unknown sizeof(int) value, what are you compiling for?" + #endif + #else /* !defined(SIZEOF_INT) */ + /* assume default 32bit machine -- what else can we do? */ + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(int) == 4, IntMustBeExactly4Bytes); + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(size_t) == 4, SizeTMustBeExactly4Bytes); + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(void *) == 4, PtrMustBeExactly4Bytes); + + #define SIZEOF_INT 4 + #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4 + #define SIZEOF_VOID_P 4 + + typedef int wxInt32; + typedef unsigned int wxUint32; + + #if defined(__MACH__) && !defined(SIZEOF_WCHAR_T) + #define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 4 + #endif + #if !defined(SIZEOF_WCHAR_T) + /* also assume that sizeof(wchar_t) == 2 (under Unix the most */ + /* common case is 4 but there configure would have defined */ + /* SIZEOF_WCHAR_T for us) */ + /* the most common case */ + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(wchar_t) == 2, + Wchar_tMustBeExactly2Bytes); + + #define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 2 + #endif /* !defined(SIZEOF_WCHAR_T) */ + #endif +#endif /* Win/!Win */ + +#ifndef SIZEOF_WCHAR_T + #error "SIZEOF_WCHAR_T must be defined, but isn't" +#endif + +/* also define C99-like sized MIN/MAX constants */ +#define wxINT8_MIN CHAR_MIN +#define wxINT8_MAX CHAR_MAX +#define wxUINT8_MAX UCHAR_MAX + +#define wxINT16_MIN SHRT_MIN +#define wxINT16_MAX SHRT_MAX +#define wxUINT16_MAX USHRT_MAX + +#if SIZEOF_INT == 4 + #define wxINT32_MIN INT_MIN + #define wxINT32_MAX INT_MAX + #define wxUINT32_MAX UINT_MAX +#elif SIZEOF_LONG == 4 + #define wxINT32_MIN LONG_MIN + #define wxINT32_MAX LONG_MAX + #define wxUINT32_MAX ULONG_MAX +#else + #error "Unknown 32 bit type" +#endif + +typedef wxUint32 wxDword; + +#ifdef LLONG_MAX + #define wxINT64_MIN LLONG_MIN + #define wxINT64_MAX LLONG_MAX + #define wxUINT64_MAX ULLONG_MAX +#else + #define wxINT64_MIN (wxLL(-9223372036854775807)-1) + #define wxINT64_MAX wxLL(9223372036854775807) + #define wxUINT64_MAX wxULL(0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF) +#endif + +/* 64 bit */ + +/* NB: we #define and not typedef wxLongLong_t because we use "#ifdef */ +/* wxLongLong_t" in wx/longlong.h */ + +/* wxULongLong_t is set later (usually to unsigned wxLongLong_t) */ + +/* to avoid compilation problems on 64bit machines with ambiguous method calls */ +/* we will need to define this */ +#undef wxLongLongIsLong + +/* + First check for specific compilers which have known 64 bit integer types, + this avoids clashes with SIZEOF_LONG[_LONG] being defined incorrectly for + e.g. MSVC builds (Python.h defines it as 8 even for MSVC). + + Also notice that we check for "long long" before checking for 64 bit long as + we still want to use "long long" and not "long" for wxLongLong_t on 64 bit + architectures to be able to pass wxLongLong_t to the standard functions + prototyped as taking "long long" such as strtoll(). + */ +#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && defined(__WIN32__)) + #define wxLongLong_t __int64 + #define wxLongLongSuffix i64 + #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "I64" +#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && defined(__WIN32__) && (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x520) + #define wxLongLong_t __int64 + #define wxLongLongSuffix i64 + #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "L" +#elif (defined(__WATCOMC__) && (defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__DOS__) || defined(__OS2__))) + #define wxLongLong_t __int64 + #define wxLongLongSuffix i64 + #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "L" +#elif defined(__DIGITALMARS__) + #define wxLongLong_t __int64 + #define wxLongLongSuffix LL + #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "ll" +#elif defined(__MINGW32__) + #define wxLongLong_t long long + #define wxLongLongSuffix ll + #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "I64" +#elif defined(__MWERKS__) + #if __option(longlong) + #define wxLongLong_t long long + #define wxLongLongSuffix ll + #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "ll" + #else + #error "The 64 bit integer support in CodeWarrior has been disabled." + #error "See the documentation on the 'longlong' pragma." + #endif +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #if defined(__WXPALMOS6__) + #define wxLongLong_t int64_t + #else + #define wxLongLong_t long long + #endif /* __WXPALMOS6__ */ + #define wxLongLongSuffix ll + #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "ll" +#elif defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400 + #define wxLongLong_t long long +#elif (defined(SIZEOF_LONG_LONG) && SIZEOF_LONG_LONG >= 8) || \ + defined(__GNUC__) || \ + defined(__CYGWIN__) || \ + defined(__WXMICROWIN__) || \ + (defined(__DJGPP__) && __DJGPP__ >= 2) + #define wxLongLong_t long long + #define wxLongLongSuffix ll + #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "ll" +#elif defined(SIZEOF_LONG) && (SIZEOF_LONG == 8) + #define wxLongLong_t long + #define wxLongLongSuffix l + #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "l" + #define wxLongLongIsLong +#endif + + +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + + #ifdef __WXPALMOS__ + #if defined(__WXPALMOS6__) + #define wxULongLong_t uint64_t + #else + #define wxULongLong_t unsigned long long + #endif /* __WXPALMOS6__ */ + #else + #define wxULongLong_t unsigned wxLongLong_t + #endif + + /* + wxLL() and wxULL() macros allow to define 64 bit constants in a + portable way. + */ + #ifndef wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER + #define wxLL(x) wxCONCAT(x, wxLongLongSuffix) + #define wxULL(x) wxCONCAT(x, wxCONCAT(u, wxLongLongSuffix)) + #else + // Currently only Borland compiler has broken concatenation operator + // and this compiler is known to use [u]i64 suffix. + #define wxLL(x) wxAPPEND_i64(x) + #define wxULL(x) wxAPPEND_ui64(x) + #endif + + typedef wxLongLong_t wxInt64; + typedef wxULongLong_t wxUint64; + + #define wxHAS_INT64 1 + + #ifndef wxLongLongIsLong + #define wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + #endif +#elif wxUSE_LONGLONG + /* these macros allow to define 64 bit constants in a portable way */ + #define wxLL(x) wxLongLong(x) + #define wxULL(x) wxULongLong(x) + + #define wxInt64 wxLongLong + #define wxUint64 wxULongLong + + #define wxHAS_INT64 1 + +#else /* !wxUSE_LONGLONG */ + + #define wxHAS_INT64 0 + +#endif + + +/* Make sure ssize_t is defined (a signed type the same size as size_t). */ +/* (HAVE_SSIZE_T is not already defined by configure) */ +#ifndef HAVE_SSIZE_T +#ifdef __MINGW32__ + #if defined(_SSIZE_T_) || defined(_SSIZE_T_DEFINED) + #define HAVE_SSIZE_T + #endif +#elif defined(__PALMOS__) + #define HAVE_SSIZE_T +#elif wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,4) + #define HAVE_SSIZE_T +#endif +#endif /* !HAVE_SSIZE_T */ + +/* If we really don't have ssize_t, provide our own version. */ +#ifdef HAVE_SSIZE_T + #ifdef __UNIX__ + #include + #endif +#else // !HAVE_SSIZE_T + #if SIZEOF_SIZE_T == 4 + typedef wxInt32 ssize_t; + #elif SIZEOF_SIZE_T == 8 + typedef wxInt64 ssize_t; + #else + #error "error defining ssize_t, size_t is not 4 or 8 bytes" + #endif + + /* prevent ssize_t redefinitions in other libraries */ + #define HAVE_SSIZE_T +#endif + +// we can't rely on Windows _W64 being defined as windows.h may not be included +// so define our own equivalent: this should be used with types like WXLPARAM +// or WXWPARAM which are 64 bit under Win64 to avoid warnings each time we cast +// it to a pointer or a handle (which results in hundreds of warnings as Win32 +// API often passes pointers in them) +#if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7) + #define wxW64 __w64 +#else + #define wxW64 +#endif + +/* + Define signed and unsigned integral types big enough to contain all of long, + size_t and void *. + */ +#if SIZEOF_SIZE_T >= SIZEOF_VOID_P + /* + Win64 case: size_t is the only integral type big enough for "void *". + + Notice that we must use __w64 to avoid warnings about casting pointers + to wxIntPtr (which we do often as this is what it is defined for) in 32 + bit build with MSVC. + */ + typedef wxW64 ssize_t wxIntPtr; + typedef size_t wxUIntPtr; +#elif SIZEOF_LONG >= SIZEOF_VOID_P + /* + Normal case when long is the largest integral type. + */ + typedef long wxIntPtr; + typedef unsigned long wxUIntPtr; +#else + /* + This should never happen for the current architectures but if you're + using one where it does, please contact wx-dev@lists.wxwidgets.org. + */ + #error "Pointers can't be stored inside integer types." +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +/* And also define a couple of simple functions to cast pointer to/from it. */ +inline wxUIntPtr wxPtrToUInt(const void *p) +{ + /* + VC++ 7.1 gives warnings about casts such as below even when they're + explicit with /Wp64 option, suppress them as we really know what we're + doing here. Same thing with icc with -Wall. + */ +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #if __VISUALC__ >= 1200 + #pragma warning(push) + #endif + /* pointer truncation from '' to '' */ + #pragma warning(disable: 4311) +#elif defined(__INTELC__) + #pragma warning(push) + /* conversion from pointer to same-sized integral type */ + #pragma warning(disable: 1684) +#endif + + return wx_reinterpret_cast(wxUIntPtr, p); + +#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ >= 1200) || defined(__INTELC__) + #pragma warning(pop) +#endif +} + +inline void *wxUIntToPtr(wxUIntPtr p) +{ +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #if __VISUALC__ >= 1200 + #pragma warning(push) + #endif + /* conversion to type of greater size */ + #pragma warning(disable: 4312) +#elif defined(__INTELC__) + #pragma warning(push) + /* invalid type conversion: "wxUIntPtr={unsigned long}" to "void *" */ + #pragma warning(disable: 171) +#endif + + return wx_reinterpret_cast(void *, p); + +#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ >= 1200) || defined(__INTELC__) + #pragma warning(pop) +#endif +} +#endif /*__cplusplus*/ + + + +/* base floating point types */ +/* wxFloat32: 32 bit IEEE float ( 1 sign, 8 exponent bits, 23 fraction bits ) */ +/* wxFloat64: 64 bit IEEE float ( 1 sign, 11 exponent bits, 52 fraction bits ) */ +/* wxDouble: native fastest representation that has at least wxFloat64 */ +/* precision, so use the IEEE types for storage, and this for */ +/* calculations */ + +typedef float wxFloat32; +#if (defined( __WXMAC__ ) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)) && defined (__MWERKS__) + typedef short double wxFloat64; +#else + typedef double wxFloat64; +#endif + +typedef double wxDouble; + +/* + Some (non standard) compilers typedef wchar_t as an existing type instead + of treating it as a real fundamental type, set wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE to 0 + for them and to 1 for all the others. + */ +#ifndef wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE + /* + VC++ typedefs wchar_t as unsigned short by default until VC8, that is + unless /Za or /Zc:wchar_t option is used in which case _WCHAR_T_DEFINED + is defined. + */ +# if defined(__VISUALC__) && !defined(_NATIVE_WCHAR_T_DEFINED) +# define wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE 0 +# else /* compiler having standard-conforming wchar_t */ +# define wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE 1 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE) */ + +/* Helper macro for doing something dependent on whether wchar_t is or isn't a + typedef inside another macro. */ +#if wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE + #define wxIF_WCHAR_T_TYPE(x) x +#else /* !wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE */ + #define wxIF_WCHAR_T_TYPE(x) +#endif /* wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE/!wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE */ + +/* + This constant should be used instead of NULL in vararg functions taking + wxChar* arguments: passing NULL (which is the same as 0, unless the compiler + defines it specially, e.g. like gcc does with its __null built-in) doesn't + work in this case as va_arg() wouldn't interpret the integer 0 correctly + when trying to convert it to a pointer on architectures where sizeof(int) is + strictly less than sizeof(void *). + + Examples of places where this must be used include wxFileTypeInfo ctor. + */ +#define wxNullPtr ((void *)NULL) + + +/* Define wxChar16 and wxChar32 */ + +#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 + #define wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR16 + typedef wchar_t wxChar16; +#else + typedef wxUint16 wxChar16; +#endif + +#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 4 + #define wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR32 + typedef wchar_t wxChar32; +#else + typedef wxUint32 wxChar32; +#endif + + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* byte ordering related definition and macros */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* byte sex */ + +#define wxBIG_ENDIAN 4321 +#define wxLITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 +#define wxPDP_ENDIAN 3412 + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +#define wxBYTE_ORDER wxBIG_ENDIAN +#else +#define wxBYTE_ORDER wxLITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +/* byte swapping */ + +#if defined (__MWERKS__) && ( (__MWERKS__ < 0x0900) || macintosh ) +/* assembler versions for these */ +#ifdef __POWERPC__ + inline wxUint16 wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS( wxUint16 i ) + {return (__lhbrx( &i , 0 ) );} + inline wxInt16 wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS( wxInt16 i ) + {return (__lhbrx( &i , 0 ) );} + inline wxUint32 wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS( wxUint32 i ) + {return (__lwbrx( &i , 0 ) );} + inline wxInt32 wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS( wxInt32 i ) + {return (__lwbrx( &i , 0 ) );} +#else + #pragma parameter __D0 wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(__D0) + pascal wxUint16 wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(wxUint16 value) + = { 0xE158 }; + + #pragma parameter __D0 wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(__D0) + pascal wxInt16 wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(wxInt16 value) + = { 0xE158 }; + + #pragma parameter __D0 wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS (__D0) + pascal wxUint32 wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(wxUint32 value) + = { 0xE158, 0x4840, 0xE158 }; + + #pragma parameter __D0 wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS (__D0) + pascal wxInt32 wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(wxInt32 value) + = { 0xE158, 0x4840, 0xE158 }; + +#endif +#else /* !MWERKS */ +#define wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ + ((wxUint16) ( \ + (((wxUint16) (val) & (wxUint16) 0x00ffU) << 8) | \ + (((wxUint16) (val) & (wxUint16) 0xff00U) >> 8))) + +#define wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ + ((wxInt16) ( \ + (((wxUint16) (val) & (wxUint16) 0x00ffU) << 8) | \ + (((wxUint16) (val) & (wxUint16) 0xff00U) >> 8))) + +#define wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ + ((wxUint32) ( \ + (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x000000ffU) << 24) | \ + (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x0000ff00U) << 8) | \ + (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x00ff0000U) >> 8) | \ + (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0xff000000U) >> 24))) + +#define wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ + ((wxInt32) ( \ + (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x000000ffU) << 24) | \ + (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x0000ff00U) << 8) | \ + (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x00ff0000U) >> 8) | \ + (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0xff000000U) >> 24))) +#endif +/* machine specific byte swapping */ + +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ + ((wxUint64) ( \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00000000000000ff)) << 56) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x000000000000ff00)) << 40) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x0000000000ff0000)) << 24) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00000000ff000000)) << 8) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x000000ff00000000)) >> 8) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x0000ff0000000000)) >> 24) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00ff000000000000)) >> 40) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0xff00000000000000)) >> 56))) + + #define wxINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ + ((wxInt64) ( \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00000000000000ff)) << 56) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x000000000000ff00)) << 40) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x0000000000ff0000)) << 24) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00000000ff000000)) << 8) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x000000ff00000000)) >> 8) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x0000ff0000000000)) >> 24) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00ff000000000000)) >> 40) | \ + (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0xff00000000000000)) >> 56))) +#elif wxUSE_LONGLONG /* !wxLongLong_t */ + #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ + ((wxUint64) ( \ + ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0L, 0x000000ffU)) << 56) | \ + ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0L, 0x0000ff00U)) << 40) | \ + ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0L, 0x00ff0000U)) << 24) | \ + ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0L, 0xff000000U)) << 8) | \ + ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0x000000ffL, 0U)) >> 8) | \ + ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0x0000ff00L, 0U)) >> 24) | \ + ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0x00ff0000L, 0U)) >> 40) | \ + ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0xff000000L, 0U)) >> 56))) + + #define wxINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \ + ((wxInt64) ( \ + ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0L, 0x000000ffU)) << 56) | \ + ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0L, 0x0000ff00U)) << 40) | \ + ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0L, 0x00ff0000U)) << 24) | \ + ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0L, 0xff000000U)) << 8) | \ + ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0x000000ffL, 0U)) >> 8) | \ + ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0x0000ff00L, 0U)) >> 24) | \ + ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0x00ff0000L, 0U)) >> 40) | \ + ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0xff000000L, 0U)) >> 56))) +#endif /* wxLongLong_t/!wxLongLong_t */ + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + #define wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) + #define wxINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) + #define wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val) + #define wxINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val) + #define wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) + #define wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) + #define wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val) + #define wxINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val) + #if wxHAS_INT64 + #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxUINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) + #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val) + #define wxINT64_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) + #define wxINT64_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val) + #endif +#else + #define wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) + #define wxINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) + #define wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val) + #define wxINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val) + #define wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) + #define wxINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) + #define wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val) + #define wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val) + #if wxHAS_INT64 + #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxUINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) + #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val) + #define wxINT64_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) + #define wxINT64_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val) + #endif +#endif + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* template workarounds for buggy compilers */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION( 3, 4 ) + // GCC <= 3.4 has buggy template support +# define wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES 0 +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1200 + // MSVC <= 6.0 has buggy template support +# define wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES 0 +# define wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER 0 +#endif + +#ifndef wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES +# define wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES 1 +#endif + +#ifndef wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER +# define wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER 1 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES +# define wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL( method, type ) method() +# define wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX( type ) +#else +# define wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL( method, type ) method((type*)NULL) +# define wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX( type ) type* =NULL +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1200 +# define wxTEMPLATED_FUNCTION_FIX( type ), wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX(type) +# define wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX( type ) typedef type type; +#else +# define wxTEMPLATED_FUNCTION_FIX( type ) +# define wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX( type ) +#endif + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Geometric flags */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +enum wxGeometryCentre +{ + wxCENTRE = 0x0001, + wxCENTER = wxCENTRE +}; + +/* centering into frame rather than screen (obsolete) */ +#define wxCENTER_FRAME 0x0000 +/* centre on screen rather than parent */ +#define wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN 0x0002 +#define wxCENTER_ON_SCREEN wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN + +enum wxOrientation +{ + /* don't change the values of these elements, they are used elsewhere */ + wxHORIZONTAL = 0x0004, + wxVERTICAL = 0x0008, + + wxBOTH = wxVERTICAL | wxHORIZONTAL, + + /* a mask to extract orientation from the combination of flags */ + wxORIENTATION_MASK = wxBOTH +}; + +enum wxDirection +{ + wxLEFT = 0x0010, + wxRIGHT = 0x0020, + wxUP = 0x0040, + wxDOWN = 0x0080, + + wxTOP = wxUP, + wxBOTTOM = wxDOWN, + + wxNORTH = wxUP, + wxSOUTH = wxDOWN, + wxWEST = wxLEFT, + wxEAST = wxRIGHT, + + wxALL = (wxUP | wxDOWN | wxRIGHT | wxLEFT), + + /* a mask to extract direction from the combination of flags */ + wxDIRECTION_MASK = wxALL +}; + +enum wxAlignment +{ + // 0 is a valid wxAlignment value (both wxALIGN_LEFT and wxALIGN_TOP use + // it) so define a symbolic name for an invalid alignment value which can + // be assumed to be different from anything else + wxALIGN_INVALID = -1, + + wxALIGN_NOT = 0x0000, + wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = 0x0100, + wxALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL, + wxALIGN_LEFT = wxALIGN_NOT, + wxALIGN_TOP = wxALIGN_NOT, + wxALIGN_RIGHT = 0x0200, + wxALIGN_BOTTOM = 0x0400, + wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = 0x0800, + wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL, + + wxALIGN_CENTER = (wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL | wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL), + wxALIGN_CENTRE = wxALIGN_CENTER, + + /* a mask to extract alignment from the combination of flags */ + wxALIGN_MASK = 0x0f00 +}; + +/* misc. flags for wxSizer items */ +enum wxSizerFlagBits +{ + // wxADJUST_MINSIZE doesn't do anything any more but we still define it for + // compatibility. Notice that it may be also predefined (as 0, hopefully) + // in the user code in order to use it even in !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // builds so don't redefine it in such case. +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 && !defined(wxADJUST_MINSIZE) + wxADJUST_MINSIZE = 0, +#endif + wxFIXED_MINSIZE = 0x8000, + wxRESERVE_SPACE_EVEN_IF_HIDDEN = 0x0002, + + /* a mask to extract wxSizerFlagBits from combination of flags */ + wxSIZER_FLAG_BITS_MASK = 0x8002 +}; + +enum wxStretch +{ + wxSTRETCH_NOT = 0x0000, + wxSHRINK = 0x1000, + wxGROW = 0x2000, + wxEXPAND = wxGROW, + wxSHAPED = 0x4000, + wxTILE = wxSHAPED | wxFIXED_MINSIZE, + + /* a mask to extract stretch from the combination of flags */ + wxSTRETCH_MASK = 0x7000 /* sans wxTILE */ +}; + +/* border flags: the values are chosen for backwards compatibility */ +enum wxBorder +{ + /* this is different from wxBORDER_NONE as by default the controls do have */ + /* border */ + wxBORDER_DEFAULT = 0, + + wxBORDER_NONE = 0x00200000, + wxBORDER_STATIC = 0x01000000, + wxBORDER_SIMPLE = 0x02000000, + wxBORDER_RAISED = 0x04000000, + wxBORDER_SUNKEN = 0x08000000, + wxBORDER_DOUBLE = 0x10000000, /* deprecated */ + wxBORDER_THEME = wxBORDER_DOUBLE, + + /* a mask to extract border style from the combination of flags */ + wxBORDER_MASK = 0x1f200000 +}; + +/* This makes it easier to specify a 'normal' border for a control */ +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) +#define wxDEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER wxBORDER_SIMPLE +#else +#define wxDEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER wxBORDER_SUNKEN +#endif + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Window style flags */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* + * Values are chosen so they can be |'ed in a bit list. + * Some styles are used across more than one group, + * so the values mustn't clash with others in the group. + * Otherwise, numbers can be reused across groups. + */ + +/* + Summary of the bits used by various styles. + + High word, containing styles which can be used with many windows: + + +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+ + |31|30|29|28|27|26|25|24|23|22|21|20|19|18|17|16| + +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+ + | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | \_ wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE + | | | | | | | | | | | | | | \____ wxPOPUP_WINDOW + | | | | | | | | | | | | | \_______ wxWANTS_CHARS + | | | | | | | | | | | | \__________ wxTAB_TRAVERSAL + | | | | | | | | | | | \_____________ wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW + | | | | | | | | | | \________________ wxBORDER_NONE + | | | | | | | | | \___________________ wxCLIP_CHILDREN + | | | | | | | | \______________________ wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB + | | | | | | | \_________________________ wxBORDER_STATIC + | | | | | | \____________________________ wxBORDER_SIMPLE + | | | | | \_______________________________ wxBORDER_RAISED + | | | | \__________________________________ wxBORDER_SUNKEN + | | | \_____________________________________ wxBORDER_{DOUBLE,THEME} + | | \________________________________________ wxCAPTION/wxCLIP_SIBLINGS + | \___________________________________________ wxHSCROLL + \______________________________________________ wxVSCROLL + + + Low word style bits is class-specific meaning that the same bit can have + different meanings for different controls (e.g. 0x10 is wxCB_READONLY + meaning that the control can't be modified for wxComboBox but wxLB_SORT + meaning that the control should be kept sorted for wxListBox, while + wxLB_SORT has a different value -- and this is just fine). + */ + +/* + * Window (Frame/dialog/subwindow/panel item) style flags + */ +#define wxVSCROLL 0x80000000 +#define wxHSCROLL 0x40000000 +#define wxCAPTION 0x20000000 + +/* New styles (border styles are now in their own enum) */ +#define wxDOUBLE_BORDER wxBORDER_DOUBLE +#define wxSUNKEN_BORDER wxBORDER_SUNKEN +#define wxRAISED_BORDER wxBORDER_RAISED +#define wxBORDER wxBORDER_SIMPLE +#define wxSIMPLE_BORDER wxBORDER_SIMPLE +#define wxSTATIC_BORDER wxBORDER_STATIC +#define wxNO_BORDER wxBORDER_NONE + +/* wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB: instead of hiding the scrollbar when it is not needed, */ +/* disable it - but still show (see also wxLB_ALWAYS_SB style) */ +/* */ +/* NB: as this style is only supported by wxUniversal and wxMSW so far */ +#define wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB 0x00800000 + +/* Clip children when painting, which reduces flicker in e.g. frames and */ +/* splitter windows, but can't be used in a panel where a static box must be */ +/* 'transparent' (panel paints the background for it) */ +#define wxCLIP_CHILDREN 0x00400000 + +/* Note we're reusing the wxCAPTION style because we won't need captions */ +/* for subwindows/controls */ +#define wxCLIP_SIBLINGS 0x20000000 + +#define wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW 0x00100000 + +/* Add this style to a panel to get tab traversal working outside of dialogs */ +/* (on by default for wxPanel, wxDialog, wxScrolledWindow) */ +#define wxTAB_TRAVERSAL 0x00080000 + +/* Add this style if the control wants to get all keyboard messages (under */ +/* Windows, it won't normally get the dialog navigation key events) */ +#define wxWANTS_CHARS 0x00040000 + +/* Make window retained (Motif only, see src/generic/scrolwing.cpp) + * This is non-zero only under wxMotif, to avoid a clash with wxPOPUP_WINDOW + * on other platforms + */ + +#ifdef __WXMOTIF__ +#define wxRETAINED 0x00020000 +#else +#define wxRETAINED 0x00000000 +#endif +#define wxBACKINGSTORE wxRETAINED + +/* set this flag to create a special popup window: it will be always shown on */ +/* top of other windows, will capture the mouse and will be dismissed when the */ +/* mouse is clicked outside of it or if it loses focus in any other way */ +#define wxPOPUP_WINDOW 0x00020000 + +/* force a full repaint when the window is resized (instead of repainting just */ +/* the invalidated area) */ +#define wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 0x00010000 + +/* obsolete: now this is the default behaviour */ +/* */ +/* don't invalidate the whole window (resulting in a PAINT event) when the */ +/* window is resized (currently, makes sense for wxMSW only) */ +#define wxNO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 0 + +/* A mask which can be used to filter (out) all wxWindow-specific styles. + */ +#define wxWINDOW_STYLE_MASK \ + (wxVSCROLL|wxHSCROLL|wxBORDER_MASK|wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB|wxCLIP_CHILDREN| \ + wxCLIP_SIBLINGS|wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL|wxWANTS_CHARS| \ + wxRETAINED|wxPOPUP_WINDOW|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + +/* + * Extra window style flags (use wxWS_EX prefix to make it clear that they + * should be passed to wxWindow::SetExtraStyle(), not SetWindowStyle()) + */ + +/* by default, TransferDataTo/FromWindow() only work on direct children of the */ +/* window (compatible behaviour), set this flag to make them recursively */ +/* descend into all subwindows */ +#define wxWS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY 0x00000001 + +/* wxCommandEvents and the objects of the derived classes are forwarded to the */ +/* parent window and so on recursively by default. Using this flag for the */ +/* given window allows to block this propagation at this window, i.e. prevent */ +/* the events from being propagated further upwards. The dialogs have this */ +/* flag on by default. */ +#define wxWS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS 0x00000002 + +/* don't use this window as an implicit parent for the other windows: this must */ +/* be used with transient windows as otherwise there is the risk of creating a */ +/* dialog/frame with this window as a parent which would lead to a crash if the */ +/* parent is destroyed before the child */ +#define wxWS_EX_TRANSIENT 0x00000004 + +/* don't paint the window background, we'll assume it will */ +/* be done by a theming engine. This is not yet used but could */ +/* possibly be made to work in the future, at least on Windows */ +#define wxWS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND 0x00000008 + +/* this window should always process idle events */ +#define wxWS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE 0x00000010 + +/* this window should always process UI update events */ +#define wxWS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES 0x00000020 + +/* Draw the window in a metal theme on Mac */ +#define wxFRAME_EX_METAL 0x00000040 +#define wxDIALOG_EX_METAL 0x00000040 + +/* Use this style to add a context-sensitive help to the window (currently for */ +/* Win32 only and it doesn't work if wxMINIMIZE_BOX or wxMAXIMIZE_BOX are used) */ +#define wxWS_EX_CONTEXTHELP 0x00000080 + +/* synonyms for wxWS_EX_CONTEXTHELP for compatibility */ +#define wxFRAME_EX_CONTEXTHELP wxWS_EX_CONTEXTHELP +#define wxDIALOG_EX_CONTEXTHELP wxWS_EX_CONTEXTHELP + +/* Create a window which is attachable to another top level window */ +#define wxFRAME_DRAWER 0x0020 + +/* + * MDI parent frame style flags + * Can overlap with some of the above. + */ + +#define wxFRAME_NO_WINDOW_MENU 0x0100 + +/* + * wxMenuBar style flags + */ +/* use native docking */ +#define wxMB_DOCKABLE 0x0001 + +/* + * wxMenu style flags + */ +#define wxMENU_TEAROFF 0x0001 + +/* + * Apply to all panel items + */ +#define wxCOLOURED 0x0800 +#define wxFIXED_LENGTH 0x0400 + +/* + * Styles for wxListBox + */ +#define wxLB_SORT 0x0010 +#define wxLB_SINGLE 0x0020 +#define wxLB_MULTIPLE 0x0040 +#define wxLB_EXTENDED 0x0080 +/* wxLB_OWNERDRAW is Windows-only */ +#define wxLB_NEEDED_SB 0x0000 +#define wxLB_OWNERDRAW 0x0100 +#define wxLB_ALWAYS_SB 0x0200 +#define wxLB_NO_SB 0x0400 +#define wxLB_HSCROLL wxHSCROLL +/* always show an entire number of rows */ +#define wxLB_INT_HEIGHT 0x0800 + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + /* deprecated synonyms */ + #define wxPROCESS_ENTER 0x0400 /* wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER */ + #define wxPASSWORD 0x0800 /* wxTE_PASSWORD */ +#endif + +/* + * wxComboBox style flags + */ +#define wxCB_SIMPLE 0x0004 +#define wxCB_SORT 0x0008 +#define wxCB_READONLY 0x0010 +#define wxCB_DROPDOWN 0x0020 + +/* + * wxRadioBox style flags + */ +/* should we number the items from left to right or from top to bottom in a 2d */ +/* radiobox? */ +#define wxRA_LEFTTORIGHT 0x0001 +#define wxRA_TOPTOBOTTOM 0x0002 + +/* New, more intuitive names to specify majorDim argument */ +#define wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS wxHORIZONTAL +#define wxRA_SPECIFY_ROWS wxVERTICAL + +/* Old names for compatibility */ +#define wxRA_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL +#define wxRA_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL +#define wxRA_USE_CHECKBOX 0x0010 /* alternative native subcontrols (wxPalmOS) */ + +/* + * wxRadioButton style flag + */ +#define wxRB_GROUP 0x0004 +#define wxRB_SINGLE 0x0008 +#define wxRB_USE_CHECKBOX 0x0010 /* alternative native control (wxPalmOS) */ + +/* + * wxScrollBar flags + */ +#define wxSB_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL +#define wxSB_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL + +/* + * wxSpinButton flags. + * Note that a wxSpinCtrl is sometimes defined as a wxTextCtrl, and so the + * flags shouldn't overlap with wxTextCtrl flags that can be used for a single + * line controls (currently we reuse wxTE_CHARWRAP and wxTE_RICH2 neither of + * which makes sense for them). + */ +#define wxSP_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL /* 4 */ +#define wxSP_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL /* 8 */ +#define wxSP_ARROW_KEYS 0x4000 +#define wxSP_WRAP 0x8000 + +/* + * wxTabCtrl flags + */ +#define wxTC_RIGHTJUSTIFY 0x0010 +#define wxTC_FIXEDWIDTH 0x0020 +#define wxTC_TOP 0x0000 /* default */ +#define wxTC_LEFT 0x0020 +#define wxTC_RIGHT 0x0040 +#define wxTC_BOTTOM 0x0080 +#define wxTC_MULTILINE 0x0200 /* == wxNB_MULTILINE */ +#define wxTC_OWNERDRAW 0x0400 + +/* + * wxStaticBitmap flags + */ +#define wxBI_EXPAND wxEXPAND + +/* + * wxStaticLine flags + */ +#define wxLI_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL +#define wxLI_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL + + +/* + * extended dialog specifiers. these values are stored in a different + * flag and thus do not overlap with other style flags. note that these + * values do not correspond to the return values of the dialogs (for + * those values, look at the wxID_XXX defines). + */ + +/* wxCENTRE already defined as 0x00000001 */ +#define wxYES 0x00000002 +#define wxOK 0x00000004 +#define wxNO 0x00000008 +#define wxYES_NO (wxYES | wxNO) +#define wxCANCEL 0x00000010 +#define wxAPPLY 0x00000020 +#define wxCLOSE 0x00000040 + +#define wxOK_DEFAULT 0x00000000 /* has no effect (default) */ +#define wxYES_DEFAULT 0x00000000 /* has no effect (default) */ +#define wxNO_DEFAULT 0x00000080 /* only valid with wxYES_NO */ +#define wxCANCEL_DEFAULT 0x80000000 /* only valid with wxCANCEL */ + +#define wxICON_EXCLAMATION 0x00000100 +#define wxICON_HAND 0x00000200 +#define wxICON_WARNING wxICON_EXCLAMATION +#define wxICON_ERROR wxICON_HAND +#define wxICON_QUESTION 0x00000400 +#define wxICON_INFORMATION 0x00000800 +#define wxICON_STOP wxICON_HAND +#define wxICON_ASTERISK wxICON_INFORMATION + +#define wxFORWARD 0x00001000 +#define wxBACKWARD 0x00002000 +#define wxRESET 0x00004000 +#define wxHELP 0x00008000 +#define wxMORE 0x00010000 +#define wxSETUP 0x00020000 +#define wxICON_NONE 0x00040000 + +#define wxICON_MASK \ + (wxICON_EXCLAMATION|wxICON_HAND|wxICON_QUESTION|wxICON_INFORMATION|wxICON_NONE) + +/* + * Background styles. See wxWindow::SetBackgroundStyle + */ +enum wxBackgroundStyle +{ + // background is erased in the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND handler or using the + // system default background if no such handler is defined (this is the + // default style) + wxBG_STYLE_ERASE, + + // background is erased by the system, no EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event is + // generated at all + wxBG_STYLE_SYSTEM, + + // background is erased in EVT_PAINT handler and not erased at all before + // it, this should be used if the paint handler paints over the entire + // window to avoid flicker + wxBG_STYLE_PAINT, + + + // this is a Mac-only style, don't use in portable code + wxBG_STYLE_TRANSPARENT, + + // this style is deprecated and doesn't do anything, don't use + wxBG_STYLE_COLOUR, + + // this style is deprecated and is synonymous with wxBG_STYLE_PAINT, use + // the new name + wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM = wxBG_STYLE_PAINT +}; + +/* + * Key types used by (old style) lists and hashes. + */ +enum wxKeyType +{ + wxKEY_NONE, + wxKEY_INTEGER, + wxKEY_STRING +}; + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* standard IDs */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Standard menu IDs */ +enum wxStandardID +{ + /* + These ids delimit the range used by automatically-generated ids + (i.e. those used when wxID_ANY is specified during construction). + */ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT + /* + On MSW the range is always restricted no matter if id management + is used or not because the native window ids are limited to short + range. On other platforms the range is only restricted if id + management is used so the reference count buffer won't be so big. + */ + wxID_AUTO_LOWEST = -32000, + wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST = -2000, +#else + wxID_AUTO_LOWEST = -1000000, + wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST = -2000, +#endif + + /* no id matches this one when compared to it */ + wxID_NONE = -3, + + /* id for a separator line in the menu (invalid for normal item) */ + wxID_SEPARATOR = -2, + + /* any id: means that we don't care about the id, whether when installing + * an event handler or when creating a new window */ + wxID_ANY = -1, + + + /* all predefined ids are between wxID_LOWEST and wxID_HIGHEST */ + wxID_LOWEST = 4999, + + wxID_OPEN, + wxID_CLOSE, + wxID_NEW, + wxID_SAVE, + wxID_SAVEAS, + wxID_REVERT, + wxID_EXIT, + wxID_UNDO, + wxID_REDO, + wxID_HELP, + wxID_PRINT, + wxID_PRINT_SETUP, + wxID_PAGE_SETUP, + wxID_PREVIEW, + wxID_ABOUT, + wxID_HELP_CONTENTS, + wxID_HELP_INDEX, + wxID_HELP_SEARCH, + wxID_HELP_COMMANDS, + wxID_HELP_PROCEDURES, + wxID_HELP_CONTEXT, + wxID_CLOSE_ALL, + wxID_PREFERENCES, + + wxID_EDIT = 5030, + wxID_CUT, + wxID_COPY, + wxID_PASTE, + wxID_CLEAR, + wxID_FIND, + wxID_DUPLICATE, + wxID_SELECTALL, + wxID_DELETE, + wxID_REPLACE, + wxID_REPLACE_ALL, + wxID_PROPERTIES, + + wxID_VIEW_DETAILS, + wxID_VIEW_LARGEICONS, + wxID_VIEW_SMALLICONS, + wxID_VIEW_LIST, + wxID_VIEW_SORTDATE, + wxID_VIEW_SORTNAME, + wxID_VIEW_SORTSIZE, + wxID_VIEW_SORTTYPE, + + wxID_FILE = 5050, + wxID_FILE1, + wxID_FILE2, + wxID_FILE3, + wxID_FILE4, + wxID_FILE5, + wxID_FILE6, + wxID_FILE7, + wxID_FILE8, + wxID_FILE9, + + /* Standard button and menu IDs */ + wxID_OK = 5100, + wxID_CANCEL, + wxID_APPLY, + wxID_YES, + wxID_NO, + wxID_STATIC, + wxID_FORWARD, + wxID_BACKWARD, + wxID_DEFAULT, + wxID_MORE, + wxID_SETUP, + wxID_RESET, + wxID_CONTEXT_HELP, + wxID_YESTOALL, + wxID_NOTOALL, + wxID_ABORT, + wxID_RETRY, + wxID_IGNORE, + wxID_ADD, + wxID_REMOVE, + + wxID_UP, + wxID_DOWN, + wxID_HOME, + wxID_REFRESH, + wxID_STOP, + wxID_INDEX, + + wxID_BOLD, + wxID_ITALIC, + wxID_JUSTIFY_CENTER, + wxID_JUSTIFY_FILL, + wxID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT, + wxID_JUSTIFY_LEFT, + wxID_UNDERLINE, + wxID_INDENT, + wxID_UNINDENT, + wxID_ZOOM_100, + wxID_ZOOM_FIT, + wxID_ZOOM_IN, + wxID_ZOOM_OUT, + wxID_UNDELETE, + wxID_REVERT_TO_SAVED, + wxID_CDROM, + wxID_CONVERT, + wxID_EXECUTE, + wxID_FLOPPY, + wxID_HARDDISK, + wxID_BOTTOM, + wxID_FIRST, + wxID_LAST, + wxID_TOP, + wxID_INFO, + wxID_JUMP_TO, + wxID_NETWORK, + wxID_SELECT_COLOR, + wxID_SELECT_FONT, + wxID_SORT_ASCENDING, + wxID_SORT_DESCENDING, + wxID_SPELL_CHECK, + wxID_STRIKETHROUGH, + + /* System menu IDs (used by wxUniv): */ + wxID_SYSTEM_MENU = 5200, + wxID_CLOSE_FRAME, + wxID_MOVE_FRAME, + wxID_RESIZE_FRAME, + wxID_MAXIMIZE_FRAME, + wxID_ICONIZE_FRAME, + wxID_RESTORE_FRAME, + + /* MDI window menu ids */ + wxID_MDI_WINDOW_FIRST = 5230, + wxID_MDI_WINDOW_CASCADE = wxID_MDI_WINDOW_FIRST, + wxID_MDI_WINDOW_TILE_HORZ, + wxID_MDI_WINDOW_TILE_VERT, + wxID_MDI_WINDOW_ARRANGE_ICONS, + wxID_MDI_WINDOW_PREV, + wxID_MDI_WINDOW_NEXT, + wxID_MDI_WINDOW_LAST = wxID_MDI_WINDOW_NEXT, + + /* OS X system menu ids */ + wxID_OSX_MENU_FIRST = 5250, + wxID_OSX_HIDE = wxID_OSX_MENU_FIRST, + wxID_OSX_HIDEOTHERS, + wxID_OSX_SHOWALL, + wxID_OSX_MENU_LAST = wxID_OSX_SHOWALL, + + /* IDs used by generic file dialog (13 consecutive starting from this value) */ + wxID_FILEDLGG = 5900, + + /* IDs used by generic file ctrl (4 consecutive starting from this value) */ + wxID_FILECTRL = 5950, + + wxID_HIGHEST = 5999 +}; + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* wxWindowID type (after wxID_XYZ enum, platform detection, and dlimpexp.h) */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* special care should be taken with this type under Windows where the real */ +/* window id is unsigned, so we must always do the cast before comparing them */ +/* (or else they would be always different!). Using wxGetWindowId() which does */ +/* the cast itself is recommended. Note that this type can't be unsigned */ +/* because wxID_ANY == -1 is a valid (and largely used) value for window id. */ +#if defined(__cplusplus) && wxUSE_GUI + #include "wx/windowid.h" +#endif + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* other constants */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* menu and toolbar item kinds */ +enum wxItemKind +{ + wxITEM_SEPARATOR = -1, + wxITEM_NORMAL, + wxITEM_CHECK, + wxITEM_RADIO, + wxITEM_DROPDOWN, + wxITEM_MAX +}; + +/* hit test results */ +enum wxHitTest +{ + wxHT_NOWHERE, + + /* scrollbar */ + wxHT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = wxHT_NOWHERE, + wxHT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1, /* left or upper arrow to scroll by line */ + wxHT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2, /* right or down */ + wxHT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1, /* left or upper arrow to scroll by page */ + wxHT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2, /* right or down */ + wxHT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB, /* on the thumb */ + wxHT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1, /* bar to the left/above the thumb */ + wxHT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2, /* bar to the right/below the thumb */ + wxHT_SCROLLBAR_LAST, + + /* window */ + wxHT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE, /* not in this window at all */ + wxHT_WINDOW_INSIDE, /* in the client area */ + wxHT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR, /* on the vertical scrollbar */ + wxHT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR, /* on the horizontal scrollbar */ + wxHT_WINDOW_CORNER, /* on the corner between 2 scrollbars */ + + wxHT_MAX +}; + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Possible SetSize flags */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Use internally-calculated width if -1 */ +#define wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH 0x0001 +/* Use internally-calculated height if -1 */ +#define wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT 0x0002 +/* Use internally-calculated width and height if each is -1 */ +#define wxSIZE_AUTO (wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH|wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT) +/* Ignore missing (-1) dimensions (use existing). */ +/* For readability only: test for wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH/HEIGHT in code. */ +#define wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING 0x0000 +/* Allow -1 as a valid position */ +#define wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE 0x0004 +/* Don't do parent client adjustments (for implementation only) */ +#define wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS 0x0008 +/* Change the window position even if it seems to be already correct */ +#define wxSIZE_FORCE 0x0010 +/* Emit size event even if size didn't change */ +#define wxSIZE_FORCE_EVENT 0x0020 + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* GDI descriptions */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* + WARNING: the following styles are deprecated; use the + wxFontFamily, wxFontStyle, wxFontWeight, wxBrushStyle, + wxPenStyle, wxPenCap, wxPenJoin enum values instead! +*/ + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + +/* don't use any elements of this enum in the new code */ +enum wxDeprecatedGUIConstants +{ + /* Text font families */ + wxDEFAULT = 70, + wxDECORATIVE, + wxROMAN, + wxSCRIPT, + wxSWISS, + wxMODERN, + wxTELETYPE, /* @@@@ */ + + /* Proportional or Fixed width fonts (not yet used) */ + wxVARIABLE = 80, + wxFIXED, + + wxNORMAL = 90, + wxLIGHT, + wxBOLD, + /* Also wxNORMAL for normal (non-italic text) */ + wxITALIC, + wxSLANT, + + /* Pen styles */ + wxSOLID = 100, + wxDOT, + wxLONG_DASH, + wxSHORT_DASH, + wxDOT_DASH, + wxUSER_DASH, + + wxTRANSPARENT, + + /* Brush & Pen Stippling. Note that a stippled pen cannot be dashed!! */ + /* Note also that stippling a Pen IS meaningfull, because a Line is */ + wxSTIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE, /* mask is used for blitting monochrome using text fore and back ground colors */ + wxSTIPPLE_MASK, /* mask is used for masking areas in the stipple bitmap (TO DO) */ + /* drawn with a Pen, and without any Brush -- and it can be stippled. */ + wxSTIPPLE = 110, + + wxBDIAGONAL_HATCH, /* In wxWidgets < 2.6 use WX_HATCH macro */ + wxCROSSDIAG_HATCH, /* to verify these wx*_HATCH are in style */ + wxFDIAGONAL_HATCH, /* of wxBrush. In wxWidgets >= 2.6 use */ + wxCROSS_HATCH, /* wxBrush::IsHatch() instead. */ + wxHORIZONTAL_HATCH, + wxVERTICAL_HATCH, + wxFIRST_HATCH = wxBDIAGONAL_HATCH, + wxLAST_HATCH = wxVERTICAL_HATCH +}; +#endif + +/* ToolPanel in wxFrame (VZ: unused?) */ +enum +{ + wxTOOL_TOP = 1, + wxTOOL_BOTTOM, + wxTOOL_LEFT, + wxTOOL_RIGHT +}; + +/* the values of the format constants should be the same as corresponding */ +/* CF_XXX constants in Windows API */ +enum wxDataFormatId +{ + wxDF_INVALID = 0, + wxDF_TEXT = 1, /* CF_TEXT */ + wxDF_BITMAP = 2, /* CF_BITMAP */ + wxDF_METAFILE = 3, /* CF_METAFILEPICT */ + wxDF_SYLK = 4, + wxDF_DIF = 5, + wxDF_TIFF = 6, + wxDF_OEMTEXT = 7, /* CF_OEMTEXT */ + wxDF_DIB = 8, /* CF_DIB */ + wxDF_PALETTE = 9, + wxDF_PENDATA = 10, + wxDF_RIFF = 11, + wxDF_WAVE = 12, + wxDF_UNICODETEXT = 13, + wxDF_ENHMETAFILE = 14, + wxDF_FILENAME = 15, /* CF_HDROP */ + wxDF_LOCALE = 16, + wxDF_PRIVATE = 20, + wxDF_HTML = 30, /* Note: does not correspond to CF_ constant */ + wxDF_MAX +}; + +/* Key codes */ +enum wxKeyCode +{ + WXK_NONE = 0, + + WXK_BACK = 8, // backspace + WXK_TAB = 9, + WXK_RETURN = 13, + WXK_ESCAPE = 27, + + /* values from 33 to 126 are reserved for the standard ASCII characters */ + + WXK_SPACE = 32, + WXK_DELETE = 127, + + /* values from 128 to 255 are reserved for ASCII extended characters + (note that there isn't a single fixed standard for the meaning + of these values; avoid them in portable apps!) */ + + /* These are not compatible with unicode characters. + If you want to get a unicode character from a key event, use + wxKeyEvent::GetUnicodeKey */ + WXK_START = 300, + WXK_LBUTTON, + WXK_RBUTTON, + WXK_CANCEL, + WXK_MBUTTON, + WXK_CLEAR, + WXK_SHIFT, + WXK_ALT, + WXK_CONTROL, + WXK_MENU, + WXK_PAUSE, + WXK_CAPITAL, + WXK_END, + WXK_HOME, + WXK_LEFT, + WXK_UP, + WXK_RIGHT, + WXK_DOWN, + WXK_SELECT, + WXK_PRINT, + WXK_EXECUTE, + WXK_SNAPSHOT, + WXK_INSERT, + WXK_HELP, + WXK_NUMPAD0, + WXK_NUMPAD1, + WXK_NUMPAD2, + WXK_NUMPAD3, + WXK_NUMPAD4, + WXK_NUMPAD5, + WXK_NUMPAD6, + WXK_NUMPAD7, + WXK_NUMPAD8, + WXK_NUMPAD9, + WXK_MULTIPLY, + WXK_ADD, + WXK_SEPARATOR, + WXK_SUBTRACT, + WXK_DECIMAL, + WXK_DIVIDE, + WXK_F1, + WXK_F2, + WXK_F3, + WXK_F4, + WXK_F5, + WXK_F6, + WXK_F7, + WXK_F8, + WXK_F9, + WXK_F10, + WXK_F11, + WXK_F12, + WXK_F13, + WXK_F14, + WXK_F15, + WXK_F16, + WXK_F17, + WXK_F18, + WXK_F19, + WXK_F20, + WXK_F21, + WXK_F22, + WXK_F23, + WXK_F24, + WXK_NUMLOCK, + WXK_SCROLL, + WXK_PAGEUP, + WXK_PAGEDOWN, +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + WXK_PRIOR = WXK_PAGEUP, + WXK_NEXT = WXK_PAGEDOWN, +#endif + + WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE, + WXK_NUMPAD_TAB, + WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER, + WXK_NUMPAD_F1, + WXK_NUMPAD_F2, + WXK_NUMPAD_F3, + WXK_NUMPAD_F4, + WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, + WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, + WXK_NUMPAD_UP, + WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, + WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, + WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, + WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, + WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, +#endif + WXK_NUMPAD_END, + WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN, + WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, + WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, + WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL, + WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY, + WXK_NUMPAD_ADD, + WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR, + WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT, + WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL, + WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE, + + WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT, + WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT, + WXK_WINDOWS_MENU , + WXK_COMMAND, + + /* Hardware-specific buttons */ + WXK_SPECIAL1 = 193, + WXK_SPECIAL2, + WXK_SPECIAL3, + WXK_SPECIAL4, + WXK_SPECIAL5, + WXK_SPECIAL6, + WXK_SPECIAL7, + WXK_SPECIAL8, + WXK_SPECIAL9, + WXK_SPECIAL10, + WXK_SPECIAL11, + WXK_SPECIAL12, + WXK_SPECIAL13, + WXK_SPECIAL14, + WXK_SPECIAL15, + WXK_SPECIAL16, + WXK_SPECIAL17, + WXK_SPECIAL18, + WXK_SPECIAL19, + WXK_SPECIAL20 +}; + +/* This enum contains bit mask constants used in wxKeyEvent */ +enum wxKeyModifier +{ + wxMOD_NONE = 0x0000, + wxMOD_ALT = 0x0001, + wxMOD_CONTROL = 0x0002, + wxMOD_ALTGR = wxMOD_ALT | wxMOD_CONTROL, + wxMOD_SHIFT = 0x0004, + wxMOD_META = 0x0008, + wxMOD_WIN = wxMOD_META, +#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) + wxMOD_CMD = wxMOD_META, +#else + wxMOD_CMD = wxMOD_CONTROL, +#endif + wxMOD_ALL = 0xffff +}; + +/* Shortcut for easier dialog-unit-to-pixel conversion */ +#define wxDLG_UNIT(parent, pt) parent->ConvertDialogToPixels(pt) + +/* Paper types */ +typedef enum +{ + wxPAPER_NONE, /* Use specific dimensions */ + wxPAPER_LETTER, /* Letter, 8 1/2 by 11 inches */ + wxPAPER_LEGAL, /* Legal, 8 1/2 by 14 inches */ + wxPAPER_A4, /* A4 Sheet, 210 by 297 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_CSHEET, /* C Sheet, 17 by 22 inches */ + wxPAPER_DSHEET, /* D Sheet, 22 by 34 inches */ + wxPAPER_ESHEET, /* E Sheet, 34 by 44 inches */ + wxPAPER_LETTERSMALL, /* Letter Small, 8 1/2 by 11 inches */ + wxPAPER_TABLOID, /* Tabloid, 11 by 17 inches */ + wxPAPER_LEDGER, /* Ledger, 17 by 11 inches */ + wxPAPER_STATEMENT, /* Statement, 5 1/2 by 8 1/2 inches */ + wxPAPER_EXECUTIVE, /* Executive, 7 1/4 by 10 1/2 inches */ + wxPAPER_A3, /* A3 sheet, 297 by 420 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_A4SMALL, /* A4 small sheet, 210 by 297 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_A5, /* A5 sheet, 148 by 210 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_B4, /* B4 sheet, 250 by 354 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_B5, /* B5 sheet, 182-by-257-millimeter paper */ + wxPAPER_FOLIO, /* Folio, 8-1/2-by-13-inch paper */ + wxPAPER_QUARTO, /* Quarto, 215-by-275-millimeter paper */ + wxPAPER_10X14, /* 10-by-14-inch sheet */ + wxPAPER_11X17, /* 11-by-17-inch sheet */ + wxPAPER_NOTE, /* Note, 8 1/2 by 11 inches */ + wxPAPER_ENV_9, /* #9 Envelope, 3 7/8 by 8 7/8 inches */ + wxPAPER_ENV_10, /* #10 Envelope, 4 1/8 by 9 1/2 inches */ + wxPAPER_ENV_11, /* #11 Envelope, 4 1/2 by 10 3/8 inches */ + wxPAPER_ENV_12, /* #12 Envelope, 4 3/4 by 11 inches */ + wxPAPER_ENV_14, /* #14 Envelope, 5 by 11 1/2 inches */ + wxPAPER_ENV_DL, /* DL Envelope, 110 by 220 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_ENV_C5, /* C5 Envelope, 162 by 229 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_ENV_C3, /* C3 Envelope, 324 by 458 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_ENV_C4, /* C4 Envelope, 229 by 324 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_ENV_C6, /* C6 Envelope, 114 by 162 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_ENV_C65, /* C65 Envelope, 114 by 229 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_ENV_B4, /* B4 Envelope, 250 by 353 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_ENV_B5, /* B5 Envelope, 176 by 250 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_ENV_B6, /* B6 Envelope, 176 by 125 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_ENV_ITALY, /* Italy Envelope, 110 by 230 millimeters */ + wxPAPER_ENV_MONARCH, /* Monarch Envelope, 3 7/8 by 7 1/2 inches */ + wxPAPER_ENV_PERSONAL, /* 6 3/4 Envelope, 3 5/8 by 6 1/2 inches */ + wxPAPER_FANFOLD_US, /* US Std Fanfold, 14 7/8 by 11 inches */ + wxPAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN, /* German Std Fanfold, 8 1/2 by 12 inches */ + wxPAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN, /* German Legal Fanfold, 8 1/2 by 13 inches */ + + wxPAPER_ISO_B4, /* B4 (ISO) 250 x 353 mm */ + wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD, /* Japanese Postcard 100 x 148 mm */ + wxPAPER_9X11, /* 9 x 11 in */ + wxPAPER_10X11, /* 10 x 11 in */ + wxPAPER_15X11, /* 15 x 11 in */ + wxPAPER_ENV_INVITE, /* Envelope Invite 220 x 220 mm */ + wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA, /* Letter Extra 9 \275 x 12 in */ + wxPAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA, /* Legal Extra 9 \275 x 15 in */ + wxPAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA, /* Tabloid Extra 11.69 x 18 in */ + wxPAPER_A4_EXTRA, /* A4 Extra 9.27 x 12.69 in */ + wxPAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE, /* Letter Transverse 8 \275 x 11 in */ + wxPAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE, /* A4 Transverse 210 x 297 mm */ + wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE, /* Letter Extra Transverse 9\275 x 12 in */ + wxPAPER_A_PLUS, /* SuperA/SuperA/A4 227 x 356 mm */ + wxPAPER_B_PLUS, /* SuperB/SuperB/A3 305 x 487 mm */ + wxPAPER_LETTER_PLUS, /* Letter Plus 8.5 x 12.69 in */ + wxPAPER_A4_PLUS, /* A4 Plus 210 x 330 mm */ + wxPAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE, /* A5 Transverse 148 x 210 mm */ + wxPAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE, /* B5 (JIS) Transverse 182 x 257 mm */ + wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA, /* A3 Extra 322 x 445 mm */ + wxPAPER_A5_EXTRA, /* A5 Extra 174 x 235 mm */ + wxPAPER_B5_EXTRA, /* B5 (ISO) Extra 201 x 276 mm */ + wxPAPER_A2, /* A2 420 x 594 mm */ + wxPAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE, /* A3 Transverse 297 x 420 mm */ + wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE, /* A3 Extra Transverse 322 x 445 mm */ + + wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD,/* Japanese Double Postcard 200 x 148 mm */ + wxPAPER_A6, /* A6 105 x 148 mm */ + wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2, /* Japanese Envelope Kaku #2 */ + wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3, /* Japanese Envelope Kaku #3 */ + wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3, /* Japanese Envelope Chou #3 */ + wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4, /* Japanese Envelope Chou #4 */ + wxPAPER_LETTER_ROTATED, /* Letter Rotated 11 x 8 1/2 in */ + wxPAPER_A3_ROTATED, /* A3 Rotated 420 x 297 mm */ + wxPAPER_A4_ROTATED, /* A4 Rotated 297 x 210 mm */ + wxPAPER_A5_ROTATED, /* A5 Rotated 210 x 148 mm */ + wxPAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED, /* B4 (JIS) Rotated 364 x 257 mm */ + wxPAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED, /* B5 (JIS) Rotated 257 x 182 mm */ + wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED,/* Japanese Postcard Rotated 148 x 100 mm */ + wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED,/* Double Japanese Postcard Rotated 148 x 200 mm */ + wxPAPER_A6_ROTATED, /* A6 Rotated 148 x 105 mm */ + wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope Kaku #2 Rotated */ + wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope Kaku #3 Rotated */ + wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope Chou #3 Rotated */ + wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope Chou #4 Rotated */ + wxPAPER_B6_JIS, /* B6 (JIS) 128 x 182 mm */ + wxPAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED, /* B6 (JIS) Rotated 182 x 128 mm */ + wxPAPER_12X11, /* 12 x 11 in */ + wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4, /* Japanese Envelope You #4 */ + wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope You #4 Rotated */ + wxPAPER_P16K, /* PRC 16K 146 x 215 mm */ + wxPAPER_P32K, /* PRC 32K 97 x 151 mm */ + wxPAPER_P32KBIG, /* PRC 32K(Big) 97 x 151 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_1, /* PRC Envelope #1 102 x 165 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_2, /* PRC Envelope #2 102 x 176 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_3, /* PRC Envelope #3 125 x 176 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_4, /* PRC Envelope #4 110 x 208 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_5, /* PRC Envelope #5 110 x 220 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_6, /* PRC Envelope #6 120 x 230 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_7, /* PRC Envelope #7 160 x 230 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_8, /* PRC Envelope #8 120 x 309 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_9, /* PRC Envelope #9 229 x 324 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_10, /* PRC Envelope #10 324 x 458 mm */ + wxPAPER_P16K_ROTATED, /* PRC 16K Rotated */ + wxPAPER_P32K_ROTATED, /* PRC 32K Rotated */ + wxPAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED, /* PRC 32K(Big) Rotated */ + wxPAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #1 Rotated 165 x 102 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #2 Rotated 176 x 102 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #3 Rotated 176 x 125 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #4 Rotated 208 x 110 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #5 Rotated 220 x 110 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #6 Rotated 230 x 120 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #7 Rotated 230 x 160 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #8 Rotated 309 x 120 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #9 Rotated 324 x 229 mm */ + wxPAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #10 Rotated 458 x 324 m */ + wxPAPER_A0, /* A0 Sheet 841 x 1189 mm */ + wxPAPER_A1 /* A1 Sheet 594 x 841 mm */ +} wxPaperSize; + +/* Printing orientation */ +enum wxPrintOrientation +{ + wxPORTRAIT = 1, + wxLANDSCAPE +}; + +/* Duplex printing modes + */ + +enum wxDuplexMode +{ + wxDUPLEX_SIMPLEX, /* Non-duplex */ + wxDUPLEX_HORIZONTAL, + wxDUPLEX_VERTICAL +}; + +/* Print quality. + */ + +#define wxPRINT_QUALITY_HIGH -1 +#define wxPRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM -2 +#define wxPRINT_QUALITY_LOW -3 +#define wxPRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT -4 + +typedef int wxPrintQuality; + +/* Print mode (currently PostScript only) + */ + +enum wxPrintMode +{ + wxPRINT_MODE_NONE = 0, + wxPRINT_MODE_PREVIEW = 1, /* Preview in external application */ + wxPRINT_MODE_FILE = 2, /* Print to file */ + wxPRINT_MODE_PRINTER = 3, /* Send to printer */ + wxPRINT_MODE_STREAM = 4 /* Send postscript data into a stream */ +}; + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* UpdateWindowUI flags */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +enum wxUpdateUI +{ + wxUPDATE_UI_NONE = 0x0000, + wxUPDATE_UI_RECURSE = 0x0001, + wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = 0x0002 /* Invoked from On(Internal)Idle */ +}; + + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* wxList types */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* type of compare function for list sort operation (as in 'qsort'): it should + return a negative value, 0 or positive value if the first element is less + than, equal or greater than the second */ + +typedef int (* LINKAGEMODE wxSortCompareFunction)(const void *elem1, const void *elem2); + +/* wxList iterator function */ +typedef int (* LINKAGEMODE wxListIterateFunction)(void *current); + + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* miscellaneous */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* define this macro if font handling is done using the X font names */ +#if (defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXGTK20__)) || defined(__X__) + #define _WX_X_FONTLIKE +#endif + +/* macro to specify "All Files" on different platforms */ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) +# define wxALL_FILES_PATTERN wxT("*.*") +# define wxALL_FILES gettext_noop("All files (*.*)|*.*") +#else +# define wxALL_FILES_PATTERN wxT("*") +# define wxALL_FILES gettext_noop("All files (*)|*") +#endif + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(__WXMSW__) +# if wxUSE_STL || defined(wxUSE_STD_STRING) + /* + NASTY HACK because the gethostname in sys/unistd.h which the gnu + stl includes and wx builds with by default clash with each other + (windows version 2nd param is int, sys/unistd.h version is unsigned + int). + */ +# define gethostname gethostnameHACK +# include +# undef gethostname +# endif +#endif + +/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* macros that enable wxWidgets apps to be compiled in absence of the */ +/* sytem headers, although some platform specific types are used in the */ +/* platform specific (implementation) parts of the headers */ +/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + +#define WX_OPAQUE_TYPE( name ) struct wxOpaque##name + +typedef void* WXHBITMAP; +typedef void* WXHCURSOR; +typedef void* WXRECTPTR; +typedef void* WXPOINTPTR; +typedef void* WXHWND; +typedef void* WXEVENTREF; +typedef void* WXEVENTHANDLERREF; +typedef void* WXEVENTHANDLERCALLREF; +typedef void* WXAPPLEEVENTREF; + +typedef unsigned int WXUINT; +typedef unsigned long WXDWORD; +typedef unsigned short WXWORD; + +typedef WX_OPAQUE_TYPE(PicHandle ) * WXHMETAFILE ; +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON +typedef struct OpaqueControlRef* WXWidget ; +typedef struct OpaqueWindowPtr* WXWindow ; +typedef struct __AGLPixelFormatRec *WXGLPixelFormat; +typedef struct __AGLContextRec *WXGLContext; +#endif + +typedef void* WXDisplay; + +/* + * core frameworks + */ + +typedef const void * CFTypeRef; + +// typedef const struct __CFString * CFStringRef; + +#define DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CFREF( name ) typedef struct __##name* name##Ref; +#define DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CONST_CFREF( name ) typedef const struct __##name* name##Ref; + +DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CONST_CFREF( CFString ) +typedef struct __CFString * CFMutableStringRef; + +DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CFREF( CFRunLoopSource ) +DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CONST_CFREF( CTFont ) +DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CONST_CFREF( CTFontDescriptor ) + +#define DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CGREF( name ) typedef struct name* name##Ref; + +DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CGREF( CGColor ) +DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CGREF( CGImage ) +DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CGREF( CGContext ) +DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CGREF( CGFont ) + +typedef CGColorRef WXCOLORREF; +typedef CGImageRef WXCGIMAGEREF; +typedef CGContextRef WXHDC; + +/* + * carbon + */ + +typedef const struct __HIShape * HIShapeRef; +typedef struct __HIShape * HIMutableShapeRef; + +#define DECLARE_WXMAC_OPAQUE_REF( name ) typedef struct Opaque##name* name; + +DECLARE_WXMAC_OPAQUE_REF( PasteboardRef ) +DECLARE_WXMAC_OPAQUE_REF( IconRef ) +DECLARE_WXMAC_OPAQUE_REF( MenuRef ) + +typedef IconRef WXHICON ; +typedef HIShapeRef WXHRGN; +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON +typedef MenuRef WXHMENU; +#endif + +#endif + +#if defined( __WXCOCOA__ ) || defined(__WXMAC__) + +/* Definitions of 32-bit/64-bit types + * These are typedef'd exactly the same way in newer OS X headers so + * redefinition when real headers are included should not be a problem. If + * it is, the types are being defined wrongly here. + * The purpose of these types is so they can be used from public wx headers. + * and also because the older (pre-Leopard) headers don't define them. + */ + +/* NOTE: We don't pollute namespace with CGFLOAT_MIN/MAX/IS_DOUBLE macros + * since they are unlikely to be needed in a public header. + */ +#if defined(__LP64__) && __LP64__ + typedef double CGFloat; +#else + typedef float CGFloat; +#endif + +#if (defined(__LP64__) && __LP64__) || (defined(NS_BUILD_32_LIKE_64) && NS_BUILD_32_LIKE_64) +typedef long NSInteger; +typedef unsigned long NSUInteger; +#else +typedef int NSInteger; +typedef unsigned int NSUInteger; +#endif + +/* Objective-C type declarations. + * These are to be used in public headers in lieu of NSSomething* because + * Objective-C class names are not available in C/C++ code. + */ + +/* NOTE: This ought to work with other compilers too, but I'm being cautious */ +#if (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE__)) || defined(__MWERKS__) +/* It's desirable to have type safety for Objective-C(++) code as it does +at least catch typos of method names among other things. However, it +is not possible to declare an Objective-C class from plain old C or C++ +code. Furthermore, because of C++ name mangling, the type name must +be the same for both C++ and Objective-C++ code. Therefore, we define +what should be a pointer to an Objective-C class as a pointer to a plain +old C struct with the same name. Unfortunately, because the compiler +does not see a struct as an Objective-C class we cannot declare it +as a struct in Objective-C(++) mode. +*/ +#if defined(__OBJC__) +#define DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(klass) \ +@class klass; \ +typedef klass *WX_##klass +#else /* not defined(__OBJC__) */ +#define DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(klass) \ +typedef struct klass *WX_##klass +#endif /* defined(__OBJC__) */ + +#else /* not Apple's GNU or CodeWarrior */ +#warning "Objective-C types will not be checked by the compiler." +/* NOTE: typedef struct objc_object *id; */ +/* IOW, we're declaring these using the id type without using that name, */ +/* since "id" is used extensively not only within wxWidgets itself, but */ +/* also in wxWidgets application code. The following works fine when */ +/* compiling C(++) code, and works without typesafety for Obj-C(++) code */ +#define DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(klass) \ +typedef struct objc_object *WX_##klass + +#endif /* (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE__)) || defined(__MWERKS__) */ + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSApplication); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSBitmapImageRep); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSBox); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSButton); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSColor); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSColorPanel); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSControl); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSCursor); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSEvent); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSFont); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSFontDescriptor); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSFontPanel); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSImage); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSLayoutManager); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMenu); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMenuExtra); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMenuItem); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMutableArray); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSNotification); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSObject); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSPanel); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSScrollView); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSSound); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSStatusItem); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTableColumn); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTableView); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTextContainer); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTextField); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTextStorage); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSThread); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSWindow); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSView); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSOpenGLContext); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSOpenGLPixelFormat); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS( NSPrintInfo ); +#ifndef __WXMAC__ +typedef WX_NSView WXWidget; /* wxWidgets BASE definition */ +#endif +#endif /* __WXCOCOA__ || ( __WXMAC__ &__DARWIN__)*/ + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSString); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + +typedef WX_NSWindow WXWindow; +typedef WX_NSView WXWidget; +typedef WX_NSMenu WXHMENU; +typedef WX_NSOpenGLPixelFormat WXGLPixelFormat; +typedef WX_NSOpenGLContext WXGLContext; + +#elif wxOSX_USE_IPHONE + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(UIWindow); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(UIView); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(UIFont); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(UIImage); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(UIEvent); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSSet); +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(EAGLContext); + +typedef WX_UIWindow WXWindow; +typedef WX_UIView WXWidget; +typedef WX_EAGLContext WXGLContext; +typedef WX_NSString* WXGLPixelFormat; + +#endif + +#endif // __WXMAC__ + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + +typedef void * WXHWND; +typedef void * WXHANDLE; +typedef void * WXHICON; +typedef void * WXHFONT; +typedef void * WXHMENU; +typedef void * WXHPEN; +typedef void * WXHBRUSH; +typedef void * WXHPALETTE; +typedef void * WXHCURSOR; +typedef void * WXHRGN; +typedef void * WXHACCEL; +typedef void * WXHINSTANCE; +typedef void * WXHBITMAP; +typedef void * WXHIMAGELIST; +typedef void * WXHGLOBAL; +typedef void * WXHDC; +typedef unsigned int WXUINT; +typedef unsigned long WXDWORD; +typedef unsigned short WXWORD; + +typedef unsigned long WXCOLORREF; +typedef struct tagMSG WXMSG; + +typedef WXHWND WXWINHANDLE; /* WinHandle of PalmOS */ +typedef WXWINHANDLE WXWidget; + +typedef void * WXFORMPTR; +typedef void * WXEVENTPTR; +typedef void * WXRECTANGLEPTR; + +#endif /* __WXPALMOS__ */ + + +/* ABX: check __WIN32__ instead of __WXMSW__ for the same MSWBase in any Win32 port */ +#if defined(__WIN32__) + +/* Stand-ins for Windows types to avoid #including all of windows.h */ + +#ifndef NO_STRICT + #define WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(type) typedef struct type##__ * WX##type +#else + #define WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(type) typedef void * WX##type +#endif + +typedef void* WXHANDLE; +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HWND); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HICON); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HFONT); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HMENU); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HPEN); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HBRUSH); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HPALETTE); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HCURSOR); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HRGN); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(RECTPTR); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HACCEL); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HINSTANCE); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HBITMAP); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HIMAGELIST); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HGLOBAL); +WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HDC); +typedef WXHINSTANCE WXHMODULE; + +#undef WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE + +typedef unsigned int WXUINT; +typedef unsigned long WXDWORD; +typedef unsigned short WXWORD; + +typedef unsigned long WXCOLORREF; +typedef void * WXRGNDATA; +typedef struct tagMSG WXMSG; +typedef void * WXHCONV; +typedef void * WXHKEY; +typedef void * WXHTREEITEM; + +typedef void * WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT; +typedef void * WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT; +typedef void * WXLPCREATESTRUCT; + +typedef WXHWND WXWidget; + +#ifdef __WIN64__ +typedef unsigned __int64 WXWPARAM; +typedef __int64 WXLPARAM; +typedef __int64 WXLRESULT; +#else +typedef wxW64 unsigned int WXWPARAM; +typedef wxW64 long WXLPARAM; +typedef wxW64 long WXLRESULT; +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUWIN32__) || defined(__WXMICROWIN__) +typedef int (*WXFARPROC)(); +#else +typedef int (__stdcall *WXFARPROC)(); +#endif +#endif /* __WIN32__ */ + + +#if defined(__OS2__) +typedef unsigned long DWORD; +typedef unsigned short WORD; +#endif + +#if defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__EMX__) +#ifdef __WXPM__ +/* Stand-ins for OS/2 types, to avoid #including all of os2.h */ +typedef unsigned long WXHWND; +typedef unsigned long WXHANDLE; +typedef unsigned long WXHICON; +typedef unsigned long WXHFONT; +typedef unsigned long WXHMENU; +typedef unsigned long WXHPEN; +typedef unsigned long WXHBRUSH; +typedef unsigned long WXHPALETTE; +typedef unsigned long WXHCURSOR; +typedef unsigned long WXHRGN; +typedef unsigned long WXHACCEL; +typedef unsigned long WXHINSTANCE; +typedef unsigned long WXHMODULE; +typedef unsigned long WXHBITMAP; +typedef unsigned long WXHDC; +typedef unsigned int WXUINT; +typedef unsigned long WXDWORD; +typedef unsigned short WXWORD; + +typedef unsigned long WXCOLORREF; +typedef void * WXMSG; +typedef unsigned long WXHTREEITEM; + +typedef void * WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT; +typedef void * WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT; +typedef void * WXLPCREATESTRUCT; + +typedef WXHWND WXWidget; +#endif +#ifdef __EMX__ +/* Need a well-known type for WXFARPROC + below. MPARAM is typedef'ed too late. */ +#define WXWPARAM void * +#define WXLPARAM void * +#else +#define WXWPARAM MPARAM +#define WXLPARAM MPARAM +#endif +#define RECT RECTL +#define LOGFONT FATTRS +#define LOWORD SHORT1FROMMP +#define HIWORD SHORT2FROMMP + +typedef unsigned long WXMPARAM; +typedef unsigned long WXMSGID; +typedef void* WXRESULT; +/* typedef int (*WXFARPROC)(); */ +/* some windows handles not defined by PM */ +typedef unsigned long HANDLE; +typedef unsigned long HICON; +typedef unsigned long HFONT; +typedef unsigned long HMENU; +typedef unsigned long HPEN; +typedef unsigned long HBRUSH; +typedef unsigned long HPALETTE; +typedef unsigned long HCURSOR; +typedef unsigned long HINSTANCE; +typedef unsigned long HIMAGELIST; +typedef unsigned long HGLOBAL; +#endif /* WXPM || EMX */ + +#if defined (__WXPM__) +/* WIN32 graphics types for OS/2 GPI */ + +/* RGB under OS2 is more like a PALETTEENTRY struct under Windows so we need a real RGB def */ +#define OS2RGB(r,g,b) ((DWORD)((unsigned char)(b) | ((unsigned char)(g) << 8)) | ((unsigned char)(r) << 16)) + +typedef unsigned long COLORREF; +#define GetRValue(rgb) ((unsigned char)((rgb) >> 16)) +#define GetGValue(rgb) ((unsigned char)(((unsigned short)(rgb)) >> 8)) +#define GetBValue(rgb) ((unsigned char)(rgb)) +#define PALETTEINDEX(i) ((COLORREF)(0x01000000 | (DWORD)(WORD)(i))) +#define PALETTERGB(r,g,b) (0x02000000 | OS2RGB(r,g,b)) +/* OS2's RGB/RGB2 is backwards from this */ +typedef struct tagPALETTEENTRY +{ + char bRed; + char bGreen; + char bBlue; + char bFlags; +} PALETTEENTRY; +typedef struct tagLOGPALETTE +{ + WORD palVersion; + WORD palNumentries; + WORD PALETTEENTRY[1]; +} LOGPALETTE; + +#if (defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ < 400)) || defined (__WATCOMC__) + /* VA 3.0 for some reason needs base data types when typedefing a proc proto??? */ +typedef void* (_System *WXFARPROC)(unsigned long, unsigned long, void*, void*); +#else +#if defined(__EMX__) && !defined(_System) +#define _System +#endif +typedef WXRESULT (_System *WXFARPROC)(WXHWND, WXMSGID, WXWPARAM, WXLPARAM); +#endif + +#endif /* __WXPM__ */ + + +#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__) +/* Stand-ins for X/Xt/Motif types */ +typedef void* WXWindow; +typedef void* WXWidget; +typedef void* WXAppContext; +typedef void* WXColormap; +typedef void* WXColor; +typedef void WXDisplay; +typedef void WXEvent; +typedef void* WXCursor; +typedef void* WXPixmap; +typedef void* WXFontStructPtr; +typedef void* WXGC; +typedef void* WXRegion; +typedef void* WXFont; +typedef void* WXImage; +typedef void* WXFontList; +typedef void* WXFontSet; +typedef void* WXRendition; +typedef void* WXRenderTable; +typedef void* WXFontType; /* either a XmFontList or XmRenderTable */ +typedef void* WXString; + +typedef unsigned long Atom; /* this might fail on a few architectures */ +typedef long WXPixel; /* safety catch in src/motif/colour.cpp */ + +#endif /* Motif */ + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + +/* Stand-ins for GLIB types */ +typedef char gchar; +typedef signed char gint8; +typedef int gint; +typedef unsigned guint; +typedef unsigned long gulong; +typedef void* gpointer; +typedef struct _GSList GSList; + +/* Stand-ins for GDK types */ +typedef struct _GdkColor GdkColor; +typedef struct _GdkColormap GdkColormap; +typedef struct _GdkFont GdkFont; +typedef struct _GdkGC GdkGC; +typedef struct _GdkVisual GdkVisual; + +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ +typedef struct _GdkAtom *GdkAtom; +typedef struct _GdkDrawable GdkWindow; +typedef struct _GdkDrawable GdkBitmap; +typedef struct _GdkDrawable GdkPixmap; +#else /* GTK+ 1.2 */ +typedef gulong GdkAtom; +typedef struct _GdkWindow GdkWindow; +typedef struct _GdkWindow GdkBitmap; +typedef struct _GdkWindow GdkPixmap; +#endif /* GTK+ 1.2/2.0 */ + +typedef struct _GdkCursor GdkCursor; +typedef struct _GdkRegion GdkRegion; +typedef struct _GdkDragContext GdkDragContext; + +#ifdef HAVE_XIM +typedef struct _GdkIC GdkIC; +typedef struct _GdkICAttr GdkICAttr; +#endif + +/* Stand-ins for GTK types */ +typedef struct _GtkWidget GtkWidget; +typedef struct _GtkRcStyle GtkRcStyle; +typedef struct _GtkAdjustment GtkAdjustment; +typedef struct _GtkList GtkList; +typedef struct _GtkToolbar GtkToolbar; +typedef struct _GtkTooltips GtkTooltips; +typedef struct _GtkNotebook GtkNotebook; +typedef struct _GtkNotebookPage GtkNotebookPage; +typedef struct _GtkAccelGroup GtkAccelGroup; +typedef struct _GtkItemFactory GtkItemFactory; +typedef struct _GtkSelectionData GtkSelectionData; +typedef struct _GtkTextBuffer GtkTextBuffer; +typedef struct _GtkRange GtkRange; +typedef struct _GtkCellRenderer GtkCellRenderer; + +typedef GtkWidget *WXWidget; + +#ifndef __WXGTK20__ +#define GTK_OBJECT_GET_CLASS(object) (GTK_OBJECT(object)->klass) +#define GTK_CLASS_TYPE(klass) ((klass)->type) +#endif + +#endif /* __WXGTK__ */ + +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) || (defined(__WXX11__) && wxUSE_UNICODE) +#define wxUSE_PANGO 1 +#else +#define wxUSE_PANGO 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PANGO +/* Stand-ins for Pango types */ +typedef struct _PangoContext PangoContext; +typedef struct _PangoLayout PangoLayout; +typedef struct _PangoFontDescription PangoFontDescription; +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMGL__ +typedef struct window_t *WXWidget; +#endif /* MGL */ + +#ifdef __WXDFB__ +/* DirectFB doesn't have the concept of non-TLW window, so use + something arbitrary */ +typedef const void* WXWidget; +#endif /* DFB */ + +/* This is required because of clashing macros in windows.h, which may be */ +/* included before or after wxWidgets classes, and therefore must be */ +/* disabled here before any significant wxWidgets headers are included. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#include "wx/msw/winundef.h" +#endif /* __WXMSW__ */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + + +/* include the feature test macros */ +#include "wx/features.h" + +/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* macros to define a class without copy ctor nor assignment operator */ +/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#define wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(classname) \ + private: \ + classname(const classname&); \ + classname& operator=(const classname&) + +#define wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(classname, arg) \ + private: \ + classname(const classname&); \ + classname& operator=(const classname&) + +#define wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS_2(classname, arg1, arg2) \ + private: \ + classname(const classname&); \ + classname& operator=(const classname&) + +#define wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(classname) \ + private: \ + classname& operator=(const classname&) + +// deprecated variants _not_ requiring a semicolon after them +#define DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(classname) \ + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(classname); +#define DECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(classname, arg) \ + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(classname, arg); +#define DECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(classname) \ + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(classname); + +/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* If a manifest is being automatically generated, add common controls 6 to it */ +/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#if (!defined wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST || wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST == 0 ) && \ + ( defined _MSC_FULL_VER && _MSC_FULL_VER >= 140040130 ) + +#define WX_CC_MANIFEST(cpu) \ + "/manifestdependency:\"type='win32' \ + name='Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls' \ + version='6.0.0.0' \ + processorArchitecture='"cpu"' \ + publicKeyToken='6595b64144ccf1df' \ + language='*'\"" + +#if defined _M_IX86 + #pragma comment(linker, WX_CC_MANIFEST("x86")) +#elif defined _M_X64 + #pragma comment(linker, WX_CC_MANIFEST("amd64")) +#elif defined _M_IA64 + #pragma comment(linker, WX_CC_MANIFEST("ia64")) +#else + #pragma comment(linker, WX_CC_MANIFEST("*")) +#endif + +#endif /* !wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST && _MSC_FULL_VER >= 140040130 */ + +#endif + /* _WX_DEFS_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dialog.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dialog.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..67191522a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dialog.h +// Purpose: wxDialogBase class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29.06.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dialog.h 66087 2010-11-10 13:51:57Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/toplevel.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStdDialogButtonSizer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBoxSizer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialogLayoutAdapter; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialog; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrolledWindow; +class wxTextSizerWrapper; + +// Also see the bit summary table in wx/toplevel.h. + +#define wxDIALOG_NO_PARENT 0x0100 // Don't make owned by apps top window + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ +#define wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE (wxCAPTION | wxMAXIMIZE | wxCLOSE_BOX | wxNO_BORDER) +#else +#define wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE (wxCAPTION | wxSYSTEM_MENU | wxCLOSE_BOX) +#endif + +// Layout adaptation levels, for SetLayoutAdaptationLevel + +// Don't do any layout adaptation +#define wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_NONE 0 + +// Only look for wxStdDialogButtonSizer for non-scrolling part +#define wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_STANDARD_SIZER 1 + +// Also look for any suitable sizer for non-scrolling part +#define wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_ANY_SIZER 2 + +// Also look for 'loose' standard buttons for non-scrolling part +#define wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_LOOSE_BUTTONS 3 + +// Layout adaptation mode, for SetLayoutAdaptationMode +enum wxDialogLayoutAdaptationMode +{ + wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_MODE_DEFAULT = 0, // use global adaptation enabled status + wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_MODE_ENABLED = 1, // enable this dialog overriding global status + wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_MODE_DISABLED = 2 // disable this dialog overriding global status +}; + +enum wxDialogModality +{ + wxDIALOG_MODALITY_NONE = 0, + wxDIALOG_MODALITY_WINDOW_MODAL = 1, + wxDIALOG_MODALITY_APP_MODAL = 2 +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDialogNameStr[]; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialogBase : public wxTopLevelWindow +{ +public: + wxDialogBase() { Init(); } + virtual ~wxDialogBase() { } + + // define public wxDialog methods to be implemented by the derived classes + virtual int ShowModal() = 0; + virtual void EndModal(int retCode) = 0; + virtual bool IsModal() const = 0; + // show the dialog frame-modally (needs a parent), using app-modal + // dialogs on platforms that don't support it + virtual void ShowWindowModal () ; + virtual void SendWindowModalDialogEvent ( wxEventType type ); + + // Modal dialogs have a return code - usually the id of the last + // pressed button + void SetReturnCode(int returnCode) { m_returnCode = returnCode; } + int GetReturnCode() const { return m_returnCode; } + + // Set the identifier for the affirmative button: this button will close + // the dialog after validating data and calling TransferDataFromWindow() + void SetAffirmativeId(int affirmativeId); + int GetAffirmativeId() const { return m_affirmativeId; } + + // Set identifier for Esc key translation: the button with this id will + // close the dialog without doing anything else; special value wxID_NONE + // means to not handle Esc at all while wxID_ANY means to map Esc to + // wxID_CANCEL if present and GetAffirmativeId() otherwise + void SetEscapeId(int escapeId); + int GetEscapeId() const { return m_escapeId; } + + // Find the parent to use for modal dialog: try to use the specified parent + // but fall back to the current active window or main application window as + // last resort if it is unsuitable. + // + // As this function is often called from the ctor, the window style may be + // not set yet and hence must be passed explicitly to it so that we could + // check whether it contains wxDIALOG_NO_PARENT bit. + // + // This function always returns a valid top level window or NULL. + wxWindow *GetParentForModalDialog(wxWindow *parent, long style) const; + + // This overload can only be used for already initialized windows, i.e. not + // from the ctor. It uses the current window parent and style. + wxWindow *GetParentForModalDialog() const + { + return GetParentForModalDialog(GetParent(), GetWindowStyle()); + } + +#if wxUSE_STATTEXT // && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + // splits text up at newlines and places the lines into a vertical + // wxBoxSizer + wxSizer *CreateTextSizer( const wxString& message ); + + // same as above but uses a customized wxTextSizerWrapper to create + // non-standard controls for the lines + wxSizer *CreateTextSizer( const wxString& message, + wxTextSizerWrapper& wrapper ); +#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT // && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + + // returns a horizontal wxBoxSizer containing the given buttons + // + // notice that the returned sizer can be NULL if no buttons are put in the + // sizer (this mostly happens under smart phones and other atypical + // platforms which have hardware buttons replacing OK/Cancel and such) + wxSizer *CreateButtonSizer(long flags); + + // returns a sizer containing the given one and a static line separating it + // from the preceding elements if it's appropriate for the current platform + wxSizer *CreateSeparatedSizer(wxSizer *sizer); + + // returns the sizer containing CreateButtonSizer() below a separating + // static line for the platforms which use static lines for items + // separation (i.e. not Mac) + // + // this is just a combination of CreateButtonSizer() and + // CreateSeparatedSizer() + wxSizer *CreateSeparatedButtonSizer(long flags); + +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + wxStdDialogButtonSizer *CreateStdDialogButtonSizer( long flags ); +#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON + + // Do layout adaptation + virtual bool DoLayoutAdaptation(); + + // Can we do layout adaptation? + virtual bool CanDoLayoutAdaptation(); + + // Returns a content window if there is one. This can be used by the layout adapter, for + // example to make the pages of a book control into scrolling windows + virtual wxWindow* GetContentWindow() const { return NULL; } + + // Add an id to the list of main button identifiers that should be in the button sizer + void AddMainButtonId(wxWindowID id) { m_mainButtonIds.Add((int) id); } + wxArrayInt& GetMainButtonIds() { return m_mainButtonIds; } + + // Is this id in the main button id array? + bool IsMainButtonId(wxWindowID id) const { return (m_mainButtonIds.Index((int) id) != wxNOT_FOUND); } + + // Level of adaptation, from none (Level 0) to full (Level 3). To disable adaptation, + // set level 0, for example in your dialog constructor. You might + // do this if you know that you are displaying on a large screen and you don't want the + // dialog changed. + void SetLayoutAdaptationLevel(int level) { m_layoutAdaptationLevel = level; } + int GetLayoutAdaptationLevel() const { return m_layoutAdaptationLevel; } + + /// Override global adaptation enabled/disabled status + void SetLayoutAdaptationMode(wxDialogLayoutAdaptationMode mode) { m_layoutAdaptationMode = mode; } + wxDialogLayoutAdaptationMode GetLayoutAdaptationMode() const { return m_layoutAdaptationMode; } + + // Returns true if the adaptation has been done + void SetLayoutAdaptationDone(bool adaptationDone) { m_layoutAdaptationDone = adaptationDone; } + bool GetLayoutAdaptationDone() const { return m_layoutAdaptationDone; } + + // Set layout adapter class, returning old adapter + static wxDialogLayoutAdapter* SetLayoutAdapter(wxDialogLayoutAdapter* adapter); + static wxDialogLayoutAdapter* GetLayoutAdapter() { return sm_layoutAdapter; } + + // Global switch for layout adaptation + static bool IsLayoutAdaptationEnabled() { return sm_layoutAdaptation; } + static void EnableLayoutAdaptation(bool enable) { sm_layoutAdaptation = enable; } + + // modality kind + virtual wxDialogModality GetModality() const; +protected: + // emulate click of a button with the given id if it's present in the dialog + // + // return true if button was "clicked" or false if we don't have it + bool EmulateButtonClickIfPresent(int id); + + // this function is used by OnCharHook() to decide whether the given key + // should close the dialog + // + // for most platforms the default implementation (which just checks for + // Esc) is sufficient, but Mac port also adds Cmd-. here and other ports + // could do something different if needed + virtual bool IsEscapeKey(const wxKeyEvent& event); + + // end either modal or modeless dialog, for the modal dialog rc is used as + // the dialog return code + void EndDialog(int rc); + + // call Validate() and TransferDataFromWindow() and close dialog with + // wxID_OK return code + void AcceptAndClose(); + + // The return code from modal dialog + int m_returnCode; + + // The identifier for the affirmative button (usually wxID_OK) + int m_affirmativeId; + + // The identifier for cancel button (usually wxID_CANCEL) + int m_escapeId; + + // Flags whether layout adaptation has been done for this dialog + bool m_layoutAdaptationDone; + + // Extra button identifiers to be taken as 'main' button identifiers + // to be placed in the non-scrolling area + wxArrayInt m_mainButtonIds; + + // Adaptation level + int m_layoutAdaptationLevel; + + // Local override for global adaptation enabled status + wxDialogLayoutAdaptationMode m_layoutAdaptationMode; + + // Global layout adapter + static wxDialogLayoutAdapter* sm_layoutAdapter; + + // Global adaptation switch + static bool sm_layoutAdaptation; + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // helper of GetParentForModalDialog(): returns the passed in window if it + // can be used as our parent or NULL if it can't + wxWindow *CheckIfCanBeUsedAsParent(wxWindow *parent) const; + + // Helper of OnCharHook() and OnCloseWindow(): find the appropriate button + // for closing the dialog and send a click event for it. + // + // Return true if we found a button to close the dialog and "clicked" it or + // false otherwise. + bool SendCloseButtonClickEvent(); + + // handle Esc key presses + void OnCharHook(wxKeyEvent& event); + + // handle closing the dialog window + void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); + + // handle the standard buttons + void OnButton(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // update the background colour + void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDialogBase); + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +/*! + * Base class for layout adapters - code that, for example, turns a dialog into a + * scrolling dialog if there isn't enough screen space. You can derive further + * adapter classes to do any other kind of adaptation, such as applying a watermark, or adding + * a help mechanism. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialogLayoutAdapter: public wxObject +{ + DECLARE_CLASS(wxDialogLayoutAdapter) +public: + wxDialogLayoutAdapter() {} + + // Override this function to indicate that adaptation should be done + virtual bool CanDoLayoutAdaptation(wxDialog* dialog) = 0; + + // Override this function to do the adaptation + virtual bool DoLayoutAdaptation(wxDialog* dialog) = 0; +}; + +/*! + * Standard adapter. Does scrolling adaptation for paged and regular dialogs. + * + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter: public wxDialogLayoutAdapter +{ + DECLARE_CLASS(wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter) +public: + wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter() {} + +// Overrides + + // Indicate that adaptation should be done + virtual bool CanDoLayoutAdaptation(wxDialog* dialog); + + // Do layout adaptation + virtual bool DoLayoutAdaptation(wxDialog* dialog); + +// Implementation + + // Create the scrolled window + virtual wxScrolledWindow* CreateScrolledWindow(wxWindow* parent); + +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + // Find a standard or horizontal box sizer + virtual wxSizer* FindButtonSizer(bool stdButtonSizer, wxDialog* dialog, wxSizer* sizer, int& retBorder, int accumlatedBorder = 0); + + // Check if this sizer contains standard buttons, and so can be repositioned in the dialog + virtual bool IsOrdinaryButtonSizer(wxDialog* dialog, wxBoxSizer* sizer); + + // Check if this is a standard button + virtual bool IsStandardButton(wxDialog* dialog, wxButton* button); + + // Find 'loose' main buttons in the existing layout and add them to the standard dialog sizer + virtual bool FindLooseButtons(wxDialog* dialog, wxStdDialogButtonSizer* buttonSizer, wxSizer* sizer, int& count); +#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON + + // Reparent the controls to the scrolled window, except those in buttonSizer + virtual void ReparentControls(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* reparentTo, wxSizer* buttonSizer = NULL); + static void DoReparentControls(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* reparentTo, wxSizer* buttonSizer = NULL); + + // A function to fit the dialog around its contents, and then adjust for screen size. + // If scrolled windows are passed, scrolling is enabled in the required orientation(s). + virtual bool FitWithScrolling(wxDialog* dialog, wxScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow); + virtual bool FitWithScrolling(wxDialog* dialog, wxWindowList& windows); + static bool DoFitWithScrolling(wxDialog* dialog, wxScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow); + static bool DoFitWithScrolling(wxDialog* dialog, wxWindowList& windows); + + // Find whether scrolling will be necessary for the dialog, returning wxVERTICAL, wxHORIZONTAL or both + virtual int MustScroll(wxDialog* dialog, wxSize& windowSize, wxSize& displaySize); + static int DoMustScroll(wxDialog* dialog, wxSize& windowSize, wxSize& displaySize); +}; + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + #include "wx/univ/dialog.h" +#else + #if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/dialog.h" + #elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/dialog.h" + #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/dialog.h" + #elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/dialog.h" + #elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/dialog.h" + #elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/dialog.h" + #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/dialog.h" + #elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/dialog.h" + #endif +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowModalDialogEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxWindowModalDialogEvent (wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0) + : wxCommandEvent(commandType, id) { } + + wxDialog *GetDialog() const + { return wxStaticCast(GetEventObject(), wxDialog); } + + int GetReturnCode() const + { return GetDialog()->GetReturnCode(); } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxWindowModalDialogEvent (*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxWindowModalDialogEvent ) +}; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_WINDOW_MODAL_DIALOG_CLOSED , wxWindowModalDialogEvent ); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWindowModalDialogEventFunction)(wxWindowModalDialogEvent &); + +#define wxWindowModalDialogEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxWindowModalDialogEventFunction, func) + +#endif + // _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dialup.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dialup.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f52303f2b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dialup.h @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dialup.h +// Purpose: Network related wxWidgets classes and functions +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 07.07.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dialup.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DIALUP_H +#define _WX_DIALUP_H + +#if wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER + +#include "wx/event.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// misc +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; + +#define WXDIALUP_MANAGER_DEFAULT_BEACONHOST wxT("www.yahoo.com") + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// A class which groups functions dealing with connecting to the network from a +// workstation using dial-up access to the net. There is at most one instance +// of this class in the program accessed via GetDialUpManager(). +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* TODO + * + * 1. more configurability for Unix: i.e. how to initiate the connection, how + * to check for online status, &c. + * 2. a function to enumerate all connections (ISPs) and show a dialog in + * Dial() allowing to choose between them if no ISP given + * 3. add an async version of dialing functions which notify the caller about + * the progress (or may be even start another thread to monitor it) + * 4. the static creation/accessor functions are not MT-safe - but is this + * really crucial? I think we may suppose they're always called from the + * main thread? + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialUpManager +{ +public: + // this function should create and return the object of the + // platform-specific class derived from wxDialUpManager. It's implemented + // in the platform-specific source files. + static wxDialUpManager *Create(); + + // could the dialup manager be initialized correctly? If this function + // returns false, no other functions will work neither, so it's a good idea + // to call this function and check its result before calling any other + // wxDialUpManager methods + virtual bool IsOk() const = 0; + + // virtual dtor for any base class + virtual ~wxDialUpManager() { } + + // operations + // ---------- + + // fills the array with the names of all possible values for the first + // parameter to Dial() on this machine and returns their number (may be 0) + virtual size_t GetISPNames(wxArrayString& names) const = 0; + + // dial the given ISP, use username and password to authentificate + // + // if no nameOfISP is given, the function will select the default one + // + // if no username/password are given, the function will try to do without + // them, but will ask the user if really needed + // + // if async parameter is false, the function waits until the end of dialing + // and returns true upon successful completion. + // if async is true, the function only initiates the connection and returns + // immediately - the result is reported via events (an event is sent + // anyhow, but if dialing failed it will be a DISCONNECTED one) + virtual bool Dial(const wxString& nameOfISP = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& username = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& password = wxEmptyString, + bool async = true) = 0; + + // returns true if (async) dialing is in progress + virtual bool IsDialing() const = 0; + + // cancel dialing the number initiated with Dial(async = true) + // NB: this won't result in DISCONNECTED event being sent + virtual bool CancelDialing() = 0; + + // hang up the currently active dial up connection + virtual bool HangUp() = 0; + + // online status + // ------------- + + // returns true if the computer has a permanent network connection (i.e. is + // on a LAN) and so there is no need to use Dial() function to go online + // + // NB: this functions tries to guess the result and it is not always + // guaranteed to be correct, so it's better to ask user for + // confirmation or give him a possibility to override it + virtual bool IsAlwaysOnline() const = 0; + + // returns true if the computer is connected to the network: under Windows, + // this just means that a RAS connection exists, under Unix we check that + // the "well-known host" (as specified by SetWellKnownHost) is reachable + virtual bool IsOnline() const = 0; + + // sometimes the built-in logic for determining the online status may fail, + // so, in general, the user should be allowed to override it. This function + // allows to forcefully set the online status - whatever our internal + // algorithm may think about it. + virtual void SetOnlineStatus(bool isOnline = true) = 0; + + // set misc wxDialUpManager options + // -------------------------------- + + // enable automatical checks for the connection status and sending of + // wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED/wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED events. The interval + // parameter is only for Unix where we do the check manually: under + // Windows, the notification about the change of connection status is + // instantenous. + // + // Returns false if couldn't set up automatic check for online status. + virtual bool EnableAutoCheckOnlineStatus(size_t nSeconds = 60) = 0; + + // disable automatic check for connection status change - notice that the + // wxEVT_DIALUP_XXX events won't be sent any more neither. + virtual void DisableAutoCheckOnlineStatus() = 0; + + // additional Unix-only configuration + // ---------------------------------- + + // under Unix, the value of well-known host is used to check whether we're + // connected to the internet. It's unused under Windows, but this function + // is always safe to call. The default value is www.yahoo.com. + virtual void SetWellKnownHost(const wxString& hostname, + int portno = 80) = 0; + + // Sets the commands to start up the network and to hang up again. Used by + // the Unix implementations only. + virtual void + SetConnectCommand(const wxString& commandDial = wxT("/usr/bin/pon"), + const wxString& commandHangup = wxT("/usr/bin/poff")) = 0; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDialUpManager events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialUpEvent; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED, wxDialUpEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED, wxDialUpEvent ); + +// the event class for the dialup events +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialUpEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxDialUpEvent(bool isConnected, bool isOwnEvent) : wxEvent(isOwnEvent) + { + SetEventType(isConnected ? wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED + : wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED); + } + + // is this a CONNECTED or DISCONNECTED event? + bool IsConnectedEvent() const + { return GetEventType() == wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED; } + + // does this event come from wxDialUpManager::Dial() or from some extrenal + // process (i.e. does it result from our own attempt to establish the + // connection)? + bool IsOwnEvent() const { return m_id != 0; } + + // implement the base class pure virtual + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDialUpEvent(*this); } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxDialUpEvent); +}; + +// the type of dialup event handler function +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDialUpEventFunction)(wxDialUpEvent&); + +#define wxDialUpEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxDialUpEventFunction, func) + +// macros to catch dialup events +#define EVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED(func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED, wxDialUpEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED(func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED, wxDialUpEventHandler(func)) + + +#endif // wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER + +#endif // _WX_DIALUP_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dir.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dir.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a4ad56ce18 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dir.h @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dir.h +// Purpose: wxDir is a class for enumerating the files in a directory +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 08.12.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dir.h 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DIR_H_ +#define _WX_DIR_H_ + +#include "wx/longlong.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/filefn.h" // for wxS_DIR_DEFAULT + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// these flags define what kind of filenames is included in the list of files +// enumerated by GetFirst/GetNext +enum wxDirFlags +{ + wxDIR_FILES = 0x0001, // include files + wxDIR_DIRS = 0x0002, // include directories + wxDIR_HIDDEN = 0x0004, // include hidden files + wxDIR_DOTDOT = 0x0008, // include '.' and '..' + + // by default, enumerate everything except '.' and '..' + wxDIR_DEFAULT = wxDIR_FILES | wxDIR_DIRS | wxDIR_HIDDEN +}; + +// these constants are possible return value of wxDirTraverser::OnDir() +enum wxDirTraverseResult +{ + wxDIR_IGNORE = -1, // ignore this directory but continue with others + wxDIR_STOP, // stop traversing + wxDIR_CONTINUE // continue into this directory +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirTraverser: helper class for wxDir::Traverse() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDirTraverser +{ +public: + /// a virtual dtor has been provided since this class has virtual members + virtual ~wxDirTraverser() { } + // called for each file found by wxDir::Traverse() + // + // return wxDIR_STOP or wxDIR_CONTINUE from here (wxDIR_IGNORE doesn't + // make sense) + virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnFile(const wxString& filename) = 0; + + // called for each directory found by wxDir::Traverse() + // + // return one of the enum elements defined above + virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnDir(const wxString& dirname) = 0; + + // called for each directory which we couldn't open during our traversal + // of the directory tree + // + // this method can also return either wxDIR_STOP, wxDIR_IGNORE or + // wxDIR_CONTINUE but the latter is treated specially: it means to retry + // opening the directory and so may lead to infinite loop if it is + // returned unconditionally, be careful with this! + // + // the base class version always returns wxDIR_IGNORE + virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnOpenError(const wxString& dirname); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDir: portable equivalent of {open/read/close}dir functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDirData; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDir +{ +public: + + // ctors + // ----- + + // default, use Open() + wxDir() { m_data = NULL; } + + // opens the directory for enumeration, use IsOpened() to test success + wxDir(const wxString& dir); + + // dtor cleans up the associated resources + ~wxDir(); + + // open the directory for enumerating + bool Open(const wxString& dir); + + // returns true if the directory was successfully opened + bool IsOpened() const; + + // get the full name of the directory (without '/' at the end) + wxString GetName() const; + + + // file enumeration routines + // ------------------------- + + // start enumerating all files matching filespec (or all files if it is + // empty) and flags, return true on success + bool GetFirst(wxString *filename, + const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString, + int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT) const; + + // get next file in the enumeration started with GetFirst() + bool GetNext(wxString *filename) const; + + // return true if this directory has any files in it + bool HasFiles(const wxString& spec = wxEmptyString) const; + + // return true if this directory has any subdirectories + bool HasSubDirs(const wxString& spec = wxEmptyString) const; + + // enumerate all files in this directory and its subdirectories + // + // return the number of files found + size_t Traverse(wxDirTraverser& sink, + const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString, + int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT) const; + + // simplest version of Traverse(): get the names of all files under this + // directory into filenames array, return the number of files + static size_t GetAllFiles(const wxString& dirname, + wxArrayString *files, + const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString, + int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT); + + // check if there any files matching the given filespec under the given + // directory (i.e. searches recursively), return the file path if found or + // empty string otherwise + static wxString FindFirst(const wxString& dirname, + const wxString& filespec, + int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT); + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + // returns the size of all directories recursively found in given path + static wxULongLong GetTotalSize(const wxString &dir, wxArrayString *filesSkipped = NULL); +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + + + // static utilities for directory management + // (alias to wxFileName's functions for dirs) + // ----------------------------------------- + + // test for existence of a directory with the given name + static bool Exists(const wxString& dir); + + static bool Make(const wxString &dir, int perm = wxS_DIR_DEFAULT, + int flags = 0); + + static bool Remove(const wxString &dir, int flags = 0); + + +private: + friend class wxDirData; + + wxDirData *m_data; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDir); +}; + +#endif // _WX_DIR_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dirctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dirctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..704f8bb768 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dirctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dirctrl.h +// Purpose: Directory control base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: dirctrl.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DIRCTRL_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DIRCTRL_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/generic/dirctrlg.h" + +#endif + // _WX_DIRCTRL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dirdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dirdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49f6d9630e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dirdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dirdlg.h +// Purpose: wxDirDialog base class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: dirdlg.h 54125 2008-06-11 19:17:41Z SC $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_ + +#if wxUSE_DIRDLG + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirDialogNameStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirSelectorPromptStr[]; + +#define wxDD_CHANGE_DIR 0x0100 +#define wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST 0x0200 + +// deprecated, on by default now, use wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST to disable it +#define wxDD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON 0 + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + #define wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE +#else + #define wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxRESIZE_BORDER) +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirDialogBase +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirDialogBase : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxDirDialogBase() {} + wxDirDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& title = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString, + long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr) + { + Create(parent, title, defaultPath, style, pos, sz, name); + } + + virtual ~wxDirDialogBase() {} + + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& title = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString, + long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr) + { + if (!wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, title, pos, sz, style, name)) + return false; + m_path = defaultPath; + m_message = title; + return true; + } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + wxDEPRECATED( long GetStyle() const ); + wxDEPRECATED( void SetStyle(long style) ); + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { m_message = message; } + virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path) { m_path = path; } + + virtual wxString GetMessage() const { return m_message; } + virtual wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; } + +protected: + wxString m_message; + wxString m_path; +}; + + +// Universal and non-port related switches with need for generic implementation +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h" + #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && (!wxUSE_OLE || \ + (defined (__GNUWIN32__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS)) + #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h" + #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__HANDHELDPC__) + #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h" // MS PocketPC or MS Smartphone + #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/dirdlg.h" // Native MSW +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/dirdlg.h" // Native GTK for gtk2.4 +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h" + #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/dirdlg.h" // Native Mac +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/dirdlg.h" // Native Cocoa +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \ + defined(__WXX11__) || \ + defined(__WXMGL__) || \ + defined(__WXCOCOA__) || \ + defined(__WXPALMOS__) || \ + defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h" // Other ports use generic implementation + #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// common ::wxDirSelector() function +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString +wxDirSelector(const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString, + long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + wxWindow *parent = NULL); + +#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG + +#endif + // _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/display.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/display.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c04e8b55b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/display.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/display.h +// Purpose: wxDisplay class +// Author: Royce Mitchell III, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 06/21/02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: display.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002-2006 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DISPLAY_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DISPLAY_H_BASE_ + +// NB: no #if wxUSE_DISPLAY here, the display geometry part of this class (but +// not the video mode stuff) is always available but if wxUSE_DISPLAY == 0 +// it becomes just a trivial wrapper around the old wxDisplayXXX() functions + +#if wxUSE_DISPLAY + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + #include "wx/vidmode.h" + + WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxVideoMode, wxArrayVideoModes); + + // default, uninitialized, video mode object + extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxVideoMode) wxDefaultVideoMode; +#endif // wxUSE_DISPLAY + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPoint; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRect; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDisplayFactory; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDisplayImpl; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDisplay: represents a display/monitor attached to the system +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplay +{ +public: + // initialize the object containing all information about the given + // display + // + // the displays are numbered from 0 to GetCount() - 1, 0 is always the + // primary display and the only one which is always supported + wxDisplay(unsigned n = 0); + + // dtor is not virtual as this is a concrete class not meant to be derived + // from + ~wxDisplay(); + + + // return the number of available displays, valid parameters to + // wxDisplay ctor are from 0 up to this number + static unsigned GetCount(); + + // find the display where the given point lies, return wxNOT_FOUND if + // it doesn't belong to any display + static int GetFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt); + + // find the display where the given window lies, return wxNOT_FOUND if it + // is not shown at all + static int GetFromWindow(const wxWindow *window); + + + // return true if the object was initialized successfully + bool IsOk() const { return m_impl != NULL; } + + // get the full display size + wxRect GetGeometry() const; + + // get the client area of the display, i.e. without taskbars and such + wxRect GetClientArea() const; + + // name may be empty + wxString GetName() const; + + // display 0 is usually the primary display + bool IsPrimary() const; + + +#if wxUSE_DISPLAY + // enumerate all video modes supported by this display matching the given + // one (in the sense of wxVideoMode::Match()) + // + // as any mode matches the default value of the argument and there is + // always at least one video mode supported by display, the returned array + // is only empty for the default value of the argument if this function is + // not supported at all on this platform + wxArrayVideoModes + GetModes(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxDefaultVideoMode) const; + + // get current video mode + wxVideoMode GetCurrentMode() const; + + // change current mode, return true if succeeded, false otherwise + // + // for the default value of the argument restores the video mode to default + bool ChangeMode(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxDefaultVideoMode); + + // restore the default video mode (just a more readable synonym) + void ResetMode() { (void)ChangeMode(); } +#endif // wxUSE_DISPLAY + +private: + // returns the factory used to implement our static methods and create new + // displays + static wxDisplayFactory& Factory(); + + // creates the factory object, called by Factory() when it is called for + // the first time and should return a pointer allocated with new (the + // caller will delete it) + // + // this method must be implemented in platform-specific code if + // wxUSE_DISPLAY == 1 (if it is 0 we provide the stub in common code) + static wxDisplayFactory *CreateFactory(); + + + // the real implementation + wxDisplayImpl *m_impl; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDisplay); +}; + +#endif // _WX_DISPLAY_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/display_impl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/display_impl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e228214779 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/display_impl.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/display_impl.h +// Purpose: wxDisplayImpl class declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2006-03-15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: display_impl.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002-2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DISPLAY_IMPL_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DISPLAY_IMPL_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxRect + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDisplayFactory: allows to create wxDisplay objects +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplayFactory +{ +public: + wxDisplayFactory() { } + virtual ~wxDisplayFactory() { } + + // create a new display object + // + // it can return a NULL pointer if the display creation failed + virtual wxDisplayImpl *CreateDisplay(unsigned n) = 0; + + // get the total number of displays + virtual unsigned GetCount() = 0; + + // return the display for the given point or wxNOT_FOUND + virtual int GetFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt) = 0; + + // return the display for the given window or wxNOT_FOUND + // + // the window pointer must not be NULL (i.e. caller should check it) + virtual int GetFromWindow(const wxWindow *window); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDisplayImpl: base class for all wxDisplay implementations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplayImpl +{ +public: + // virtual dtor for this base class + virtual ~wxDisplayImpl() { } + + + // return the full area of this display + virtual wxRect GetGeometry() const = 0; + + // return the area of the display available for normal windows + virtual wxRect GetClientArea() const { return GetGeometry(); } + + // return the name (may be empty) + virtual wxString GetName() const = 0; + + // return the index of this display + unsigned GetIndex() const { return m_index; } + + // return true if this is the primary monitor (usually one with index 0) + virtual bool IsPrimary() const { return GetIndex() == 0; } + + +#if wxUSE_DISPLAY + // implements wxDisplay::GetModes() + virtual wxArrayVideoModes GetModes(const wxVideoMode& mode) const = 0; + + // get current video mode + virtual wxVideoMode GetCurrentMode() const = 0; + + // change current mode, return true if succeeded, false otherwise + virtual bool ChangeMode(const wxVideoMode& mode) = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_DISPLAY + +protected: + // create the object providing access to the display with the given index + wxDisplayImpl(unsigned n) : m_index(n) { } + + + // the index of this display (0 is always the primary one) + const unsigned m_index; + + + friend class wxDisplayFactory; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDisplayImpl); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDisplayFactorySingle +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this is a stub implementation using single/main display only, it is +// available even if wxUSE_DISPLAY == 0 +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplayFactorySingle : public wxDisplayFactory +{ +public: + virtual wxDisplayImpl *CreateDisplay(unsigned n); + virtual unsigned GetCount() { return 1; } + virtual int GetFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt); +}; + +#endif // _WX_DISPLAY_IMPL_H_BASE_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dlimpexp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dlimpexp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9efcf5328a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dlimpexp.h @@ -0,0 +1,343 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/dlimpexp.h + * Purpose: Macros for declaring DLL-imported/exported functions + * Author: Vadim Zeitlin + * Modified by: + * Created: 16.10.2003 (extracted from wx/defs.h) + * RCS-ID: $Id: dlimpexp.h 61944 2009-09-16 12:06:02Z PJC $ + * Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +/* + This is a C file, not C++ one, do not use C++ comments here! + */ + +#ifndef _WX_DLIMPEXP_H_ +#define _WX_DLIMPEXP_H_ + +#if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY) +# define WXEXPORT __attribute__ ((visibility("default"))) +# define WXIMPORT __attribute__ ((visibility("default"))) +#elif defined(__WINDOWS__) + /* + __declspec works in BC++ 5 and later, Watcom C++ 11.0 and later as well + as VC++ and gcc + */ +# if defined(__VISUALC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) +# define WXEXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +# define WXIMPORT __declspec(dllimport) +# else /* compiler doesn't support __declspec() */ +# define WXEXPORT +# define WXIMPORT +# endif +#elif defined(__WXPM__) +# if defined (__WATCOMC__) +# define WXEXPORT __declspec(dllexport) + /* + __declspec(dllimport) prepends __imp to imported symbols. We do NOT + want that! + */ +# define WXIMPORT +# elif defined(__EMX__) +# define WXEXPORT +# define WXIMPORT +# elif (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ < 400 || __IBMC__ < 400 ))) +# define WXEXPORT _Export +# define WXIMPORT _Export +# endif +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) +# ifdef __MWERKS__ +# define WXEXPORT __declspec(export) +# define WXIMPORT __declspec(import) +# endif +#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) +# define WXEXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +# define WXIMPORT __declspec(dllimport) +#endif + +/* for other platforms/compilers we don't anything */ +#ifndef WXEXPORT +# define WXEXPORT +# define WXIMPORT +#endif + +/* + We support building wxWidgets as a set of several libraries but we don't + support arbitrary combinations of libs/DLLs: either we build all of them as + DLLs (in which case WXMAKINGDLL is defined) or none (it isn't). + + However we have a problem because we need separate WXDLLIMPEXP versions for + different libraries as, for example, wxString class should be dllexported + when compiled in wxBase and dllimported otherwise, so we do define separate + WXMAKING/USINGDLL_XYZ constants for each component XYZ. + */ +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL +# if wxUSE_BASE +# define WXMAKINGDLL_BASE +# endif + +# define WXMAKINGDLL_NET +# define WXMAKINGDLL_CORE +# define WXMAKINGDLL_ADV +# define WXMAKINGDLL_QA +# define WXMAKINGDLL_HTML +# define WXMAKINGDLL_GL +# define WXMAKINGDLL_XML +# define WXMAKINGDLL_XRC +# define WXMAKINGDLL_AUI +# define WXMAKINGDLL_RIBBON +# define WXMAKINGDLL_PROPGRID +# define WXMAKINGDLL_RICHTEXT +# define WXMAKINGDLL_MEDIA +# define WXMAKINGDLL_STC +#endif /* WXMAKINGDLL */ + +/* + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE maps to export declaration when building the DLL, to import + declaration if using it or to nothing at all if we don't use wxWin as DLL + */ +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_BASE +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE WXEXPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(type) WXEXPORT type +# if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE WXEXPORT +# else +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE +# endif +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE WXIMPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(type) WXIMPORT type +# if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE WXIMPORT +# else +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE +# endif +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(type) type +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_NET +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_NET WXEXPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_NET(type) WXEXPORT type +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_NET WXIMPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_NET(type) WXIMPORT type +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_NET +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_NET(type) type +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_CORE +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE WXEXPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(type) WXEXPORT type +# if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE WXEXPORT +# else +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE +# endif +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE WXIMPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(type) WXIMPORT type +# if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE WXIMPORT +# else +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE +# endif +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(type) type +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_ADV +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV WXEXPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(type) WXEXPORT type +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV WXIMPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(type) WXIMPORT type +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(type) type +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_QA +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_QA WXEXPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_QA(type) WXEXPORT type +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_QA WXIMPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_QA(type) WXIMPORT type +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_QA +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_QA(type) type +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_HTML +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML WXEXPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(type) WXEXPORT type +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML WXIMPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(type) WXIMPORT type +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(type) type +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_GL +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXEXPORT +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXIMPORT +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_GL +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_XML +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML WXEXPORT +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML WXIMPORT +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_XRC +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC WXEXPORT +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC WXIMPORT +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_AUI +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI WXEXPORT +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI WXIMPORT +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_RIBBON +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON WXEXPORT +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON WXIMPORT +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_PROPGRID +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID WXEXPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_PROPGRID(type) WXEXPORT type +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID WXIMPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_PROPGRID(type) WXIMPORT type +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_PROPGRID(type) type +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_RICHTEXT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT WXEXPORT +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT WXIMPORT +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_MEDIA +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA WXEXPORT +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA WXIMPORT +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA +#endif + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_STC +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_STC WXEXPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_STC(type) WXEXPORT type +#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_STC WXIMPORT +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_STC(type) WXIMPORT type +#else /* not making nor using DLL */ +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_STC +# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_STC(type) type +#endif + +/* + GCC warns about using __attribute__ (and also __declspec in mingw32 case) on + forward declarations while MSVC complains about forward declarations without + __declspec for the classes later declared with it, so we need a separate set + of macros for forward declarations to hide this difference: + */ +#if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY) || (defined(__WINDOWS__) && defined(__GNUC__)) + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_QA + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_GL + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XRC + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_PROPGRID + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_MEDIA + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_STC +#else + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET WXDLLIMPEXP_NET + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_QA WXDLLIMPEXP_QA + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_GL WXDLLIMPEXP_GL + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML WXDLLIMPEXP_XML + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XRC WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_PROPGRID WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_MEDIA WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_STC WXDLLIMPEXP_STC +#endif + +/* for backwards compatibility, define suffix-less versions too */ +#define WXDLLEXPORT WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +#define WXDLLEXPORT_DATA WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE + +/* + MSVC up to 6.0 needs to be explicitly told to export template instantiations + used by the DLL clients, use this macro to do it like this: + + template class Foo { ... }; + WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( Foo ) + + (notice that currently we only need this for wxBase and wxCore libraries) + */ +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ <= 1200) + #ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_BASE + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE(decl) \ + template class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE decl; + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_CORE(decl) \ + template class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE decl; + #else + /* + We need to disable this warning when using this macro, as + recommended by Microsoft itself: + + http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb%3ben-us%3b168958 + */ + #pragma warning(disable:4231) + + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE(decl) \ + extern template class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE decl; + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_CORE(decl) \ + extern template class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE decl; + #endif +#else /* not VC <= 6 */ + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE(decl) + #define WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_CORE(decl) +#endif /* VC6/others */ + +#endif /* _WX_DLIMPEXP_H_ */ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dlist.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dlist.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..164ed8680a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,850 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dlist.h +// Purpose: wxDList which is a template version of wxList +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: 18.09.2008 +// Copyright: (c) 2008 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DLIST_H_ +#define _WX_DLIST_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/utils.h" + +#if wxUSE_STL + +#include "wx/beforestd.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "wx/afterstd.h" + +template +class wxDList: public std::list +{ +private: + bool m_destroy; + typedef std::list BaseListType; + typedef wxDList ListType; + +public: + typedef typename BaseListType::iterator iterator; + + class compatibility_iterator + { + private: + /* Workaround for broken VC6 nested class name resolution */ + typedef typename BaseListType::iterator iterator; + friend class wxDList; + + iterator m_iter; + ListType *m_list; + + public: + compatibility_iterator() + : m_iter(), m_list( NULL ) {} + compatibility_iterator( ListType* li, iterator i ) + : m_iter( i ), m_list( li ) {} + compatibility_iterator( const ListType* li, iterator i ) + : m_iter( i ), m_list( const_cast(li) ) {} + + compatibility_iterator* operator->() { return this; } + const compatibility_iterator* operator->() const { return this; } + + bool operator==(const compatibility_iterator& i) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_list && i.m_list, + "comparing invalid iterators is illegal" ); + return (m_list == i.m_list) && (m_iter == i.m_iter); + } + bool operator!=(const compatibility_iterator& i) const + { return !( operator==( i ) ); } + operator bool() const + { return m_list ? m_iter != m_list->end() : false; } + bool operator !() const + { return !( operator bool() ); } + + T* GetData() const { return *m_iter; } + void SetData( T* e ) { *m_iter = e; } + + compatibility_iterator GetNext() const + { + iterator i = m_iter; + return compatibility_iterator( m_list, ++i ); + } + + compatibility_iterator GetPrevious() const + { + if ( m_iter == m_list->begin() ) + return compatibility_iterator(); + + iterator i = m_iter; + return compatibility_iterator( m_list, --i ); + } + + int IndexOf() const + { + return *this ? std::distance( m_list->begin(), m_iter ) + : wxNOT_FOUND; + } + }; + +public: + wxDList() : m_destroy( false ) {} + + ~wxDList() { Clear(); } + + compatibility_iterator Find( const T* e ) const + { + return compatibility_iterator( this, + std::find( const_cast(this)->begin(), + const_cast(this)->end(), e ) ); + } + + bool IsEmpty() const + { return this->empty(); } + size_t GetCount() const + { return this->size(); } + + compatibility_iterator Item( size_t idx ) const + { + iterator i = const_cast(this)->begin(); + std::advance( i, idx ); + return compatibility_iterator( this, i ); + } + + T* operator[](size_t idx) const + { + return Item(idx).GetData(); + } + + compatibility_iterator GetFirst() const + { + return compatibility_iterator( this, const_cast(this)->begin() ); + } + compatibility_iterator GetLast() const + { + iterator i = const_cast(this)->end(); + return compatibility_iterator( this, !(this->empty()) ? --i : i ); + } + compatibility_iterator Member( T* e ) const + { return Find( e ); } + compatibility_iterator Nth( int n ) const + { return Item( n ); } + int IndexOf( T* e ) const + { return Find( e ).IndexOf(); } + + compatibility_iterator Append( T* e ) + { + this->push_back( e ); + return GetLast(); + } + + compatibility_iterator Insert( T* e ) + { + this->push_front( e ); + return compatibility_iterator( this, this->begin() ); + } + + compatibility_iterator Insert( compatibility_iterator & i, T* e ) + { + return compatibility_iterator( this, this->insert( i.m_iter, e ) ); + } + + compatibility_iterator Insert( size_t idx, T* e ) + { + return compatibility_iterator( this, + this->insert( Item( idx ).m_iter, e ) ); + } + + void DeleteContents( bool destroy ) + { m_destroy = destroy; } + + bool GetDeleteContents() const + { return m_destroy; } + + void Erase( const compatibility_iterator& i ) + { + if ( m_destroy ) + delete i->GetData(); + this->erase( i.m_iter ); + } + + bool DeleteNode( const compatibility_iterator& i ) + { + if( i ) + { + Erase( i ); + return true; + } + return false; + } + + bool DeleteObject( T* e ) + { + return DeleteNode( Find( e ) ); + } + + void Clear() + { + if ( m_destroy ) + { + iterator it, en; + for ( it = this->begin(), en = this->end(); it != en; ++it ) + delete *it; + } + this->clear(); + } +}; + +#else // STL + +template +class wxDList +{ +public: + class Node + { + public: + Node(wxDList *list = NULL, + Node *previous = NULL, + Node *next = NULL, + T *data = NULL) + { + m_list = list; + m_previous = previous; + m_next = next; + m_data = data; + if (previous) + previous->m_next = this; + if (next) + next->m_previous = this; + } + + ~Node() + { + // handle the case when we're being deleted from the list by + // the user (i.e. not by the list itself from DeleteNode) - + // we must do it for compatibility with old code + if (m_list != NULL) + m_list->DetachNode(this); + } + + void DeleteData() + { + delete m_data; + } + + Node *GetNext() const { return m_next; } + Node *GetPrevious() const { return m_previous; } + T *GetData() const { return m_data; } + T **GetDataPtr() const { return &(wx_const_cast(nodetype*,this)->m_data); } + void SetData( T *data ) { m_data = data; } + + int IndexOf() const + { + wxCHECK_MSG( m_list, wxNOT_FOUND, + "node doesn't belong to a list in IndexOf" ); + + int i; + Node *prev = m_previous; + for( i = 0; prev; i++ ) + prev = prev->m_previous; + return i; + } + + private: + T *m_data; // user data + Node *m_next, // next and previous nodes in the list + *m_previous; + wxDList *m_list; // list we belong to + + friend class wxDList; + }; + + typedef Node nodetype; + + class compatibility_iterator + { + public: + compatibility_iterator(nodetype *ptr = NULL) : m_ptr(ptr) { } + nodetype *operator->() const { return m_ptr; } + operator nodetype *() const { return m_ptr; } + + private: + nodetype *m_ptr; + }; + +private: + void Init() + { + m_nodeFirst = + m_nodeLast = NULL; + m_count = 0; + m_destroy = false; + } + + void DoDeleteNode( nodetype *node ) + { + if ( m_destroy ) + node->DeleteData(); + // so that the node knows that it's being deleted by the list + node->m_list = NULL; + delete node; + } + + size_t m_count; // number of elements in the list + bool m_destroy; // destroy user data when deleting list items? + nodetype *m_nodeFirst, // pointers to the head and tail of the list + *m_nodeLast; + +public: + wxDList() + { + Init(); + } + + wxDList( const wxDList& list ) + { + Init(); + Assign(list); + } + + wxDList( size_t count, T *elements[] ) + { + Init(); + size_t n; + for (n = 0; n < count; n++) + Append( elements[n] ); + } + + wxDList& operator=( const wxDList& list ) + { + if (&list != this) + Assign(list); + return *this; + } + + ~wxDList() + { + nodetype *each = m_nodeFirst; + while ( each != NULL ) + { + nodetype *next = each->GetNext(); + DoDeleteNode(each); + each = next; + } + } + + void Assign(const wxDList &list) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !list.m_destroy, + "copying list which owns it's elements is a bad idea" ); + Clear(); + m_destroy = list.m_destroy; + m_nodeFirst = NULL; + m_nodeLast = NULL; + nodetype* node; + for (node = list.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + Append(node->GetData()); + wxASSERT_MSG( m_count == list.m_count, "logic error in Assign()" ); + } + + nodetype *Append( T *object ) + { + nodetype *node = new nodetype( this, m_nodeLast, NULL, object ); + + if ( !m_nodeFirst ) + { + m_nodeFirst = node; + m_nodeLast = m_nodeFirst; + } + else + { + m_nodeLast->m_next = node; + m_nodeLast = node; + } + m_count++; + return node; + } + + nodetype *Insert( T* object ) + { + return Insert( NULL, object ); + } + + nodetype *Insert( size_t pos, T* object ) + { + if (pos == m_count) + return Append( object ); + else + return Insert( Item(pos), object ); + } + + nodetype *Insert( nodetype *position, T* object ) + { + wxCHECK_MSG( !position || position->m_list == this, NULL, + "can't insert before a node from another list" ); + + // previous and next node for the node being inserted + nodetype *prev, *next; + if ( position ) + { + prev = position->GetPrevious(); + next = position; + } + else + { + // inserting in the beginning of the list + prev = NULL; + next = m_nodeFirst; + } + nodetype *node = new nodetype( this, prev, next, object ); + if ( !m_nodeFirst ) + m_nodeLast = node; + if ( prev == NULL ) + m_nodeFirst = node; + m_count++; + return node; + } + + nodetype *GetFirst() const { return m_nodeFirst; } + nodetype *GetLast() const { return m_nodeLast; } + size_t GetCount() const { return m_count; } + bool IsEmpty() const { return m_count == 0; } + + void DeleteContents(bool destroy) { m_destroy = destroy; } + bool GetDeleteContents() const { return m_destroy; } + + nodetype *Item(size_t index) const + { + for ( nodetype *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() ) + { + if ( index-- == 0 ) + return current; + } + wxFAIL_MSG( "invalid index in Item()" ); + return NULL; + } + + T *operator[](size_t index) const + { + nodetype *node = Item(index); + return node ? node->GetData() : NULL; + } + + nodetype *DetachNode( nodetype *node ) + { + wxCHECK_MSG( node, NULL, "detaching NULL wxNodeBase" ); + wxCHECK_MSG( node->m_list == this, NULL, + "detaching node which is not from this list" ); + // update the list + nodetype **prevNext = node->GetPrevious() ? &node->GetPrevious()->m_next + : &m_nodeFirst; + nodetype **nextPrev = node->GetNext() ? &node->GetNext()->m_previous + : &m_nodeLast; + *prevNext = node->GetNext(); + *nextPrev = node->GetPrevious(); + m_count--; + // mark the node as not belonging to this list any more + node->m_list = NULL; + return node; + } + + void Erase( nodetype *node ) + { + DeleteNode(node); + } + + bool DeleteNode( nodetype *node ) + { + if ( !DetachNode(node) ) + return false; + DoDeleteNode(node); + return true; + } + + bool DeleteObject( T *object ) + { + for ( nodetype *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() ) + { + if ( current->GetData() == object ) + { + DeleteNode(current); + return true; + } + } + // not found + return false; + } + + nodetype *Find(const T *object) const + { + for ( nodetype *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() ) + { + if ( current->GetData() == object ) + return current; + } + // not found + return NULL; + } + + int IndexOf(const T *object) const + { + int n = 0; + for ( nodetype *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() ) + { + if ( current->GetData() == object ) + return n; + n++; + } + return wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + void Clear() + { + nodetype *current = m_nodeFirst; + while ( current ) + { + nodetype *next = current->GetNext(); + DoDeleteNode(current); + current = next; + } + m_nodeFirst = + m_nodeLast = NULL; + m_count = 0; + } + + void Reverse() + { + nodetype * node = m_nodeFirst; + nodetype* tmp; + while (node) + { + // swap prev and next pointers + tmp = node->m_next; + node->m_next = node->m_previous; + node->m_previous = tmp; + // this is the node that was next before swapping + node = tmp; + } + // swap first and last node + tmp = m_nodeFirst; m_nodeFirst = m_nodeLast; m_nodeLast = tmp; + } + + void DeleteNodes(nodetype* first, nodetype* last) + { + nodetype * node = first; + while (node != last) + { + nodetype* next = node->GetNext(); + DeleteNode(node); + node = next; + } + } + + void ForEach(wxListIterateFunction F) + { + for ( nodetype *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() ) + (*F)(current->GetData()); + } + + T *FirstThat(wxListIterateFunction F) + { + for ( nodetype *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() ) + { + if ( (*F)(current->GetData()) ) + return current->GetData(); + } + return NULL; + } + + T *LastThat(wxListIterateFunction F) + { + for ( nodetype *current = GetLast(); current; current = current->GetPrevious() ) + { + if ( (*F)(current->GetData()) ) + return current->GetData(); + } + return NULL; + } + + /* STL interface */ +public: + typedef size_t size_type; + typedef int difference_type; + typedef T* value_type; + typedef value_type& reference; + typedef const value_type& const_reference; + + class iterator + { + public: + typedef nodetype Node; + typedef iterator itor; + typedef T* value_type; + typedef value_type* ptr_type; + typedef value_type& reference; + + Node* m_node; + Node* m_init; + public: + typedef reference reference_type; + typedef ptr_type pointer_type; + + iterator(Node* node, Node* init) : m_node(node), m_init(init) {} + iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { } + reference_type operator*() const + { return *m_node->GetDataPtr(); } + // ptrop + itor& operator++() { m_node = m_node->GetNext(); return *this; } + const itor operator++(int) + { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetNext(); return tmp; } + itor& operator--() + { + m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init; + return *this; + } + const itor operator--(int) + { + itor tmp = *this; + m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init; + return tmp; + } + bool operator!=(const itor& it) const + { return it.m_node != m_node; } + bool operator==(const itor& it) const + { return it.m_node == m_node; } + }; + class const_iterator + { + public: + typedef nodetype Node; + typedef T* value_type; + typedef const value_type& const_reference; + typedef const_iterator itor; + typedef value_type* ptr_type; + + Node* m_node; + Node* m_init; + public: + typedef const_reference reference_type; + typedef const ptr_type pointer_type; + + const_iterator(Node* node, Node* init) + : m_node(node), m_init(init) { } + const_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { } + const_iterator(const iterator& it) + : m_node(it.m_node), m_init(it.m_init) { } + reference_type operator*() const + { return *m_node->GetDataPtr(); } + // ptrop + itor& operator++() { m_node = m_node->GetNext(); return *this; } + const itor operator++(int) + { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetNext(); return tmp; } + itor& operator--() + { + m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init; + return *this; + } + const itor operator--(int) + { + itor tmp = *this; + m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init; + return tmp; + } + bool operator!=(const itor& it) const + { return it.m_node != m_node; } + bool operator==(const itor& it) const + { return it.m_node == m_node; } + }; + + class reverse_iterator + { + public: + typedef nodetype Node; + typedef T* value_type; + typedef reverse_iterator itor; + typedef value_type* ptr_type; + typedef value_type& reference; + + Node* m_node; + Node* m_init; + public: + typedef reference reference_type; + typedef ptr_type pointer_type; + + reverse_iterator(Node* node, Node* init) + : m_node(node), m_init(init) { } + reverse_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { } + reference_type operator*() const + { return *m_node->GetDataPtr(); } + // ptrop + itor& operator++() + { m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return *this; } + const itor operator++(int) + { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return tmp; } + itor& operator--() + { m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; return *this; } + const itor operator--(int) + { + itor tmp = *this; + m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; + return tmp; + } + bool operator!=(const itor& it) const + { return it.m_node != m_node; } + bool operator==(const itor& it) const + { return it.m_node == m_node; } + }; + + class const_reverse_iterator + { + public: + typedef nodetype Node; + typedef T* value_type; + typedef const_reverse_iterator itor; + typedef value_type* ptr_type; + typedef const value_type& const_reference; + + Node* m_node; + Node* m_init; + public: + typedef const_reference reference_type; + typedef const ptr_type pointer_type; + + const_reverse_iterator(Node* node, Node* init) + : m_node(node), m_init(init) { } + const_reverse_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { } + const_reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it) + : m_node(it.m_node), m_init(it.m_init) { } + reference_type operator*() const + { return *m_node->GetDataPtr(); } + // ptrop + itor& operator++() + { m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return *this; } + const itor operator++(int) + { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return tmp; } + itor& operator--() + { m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; return *this;} + const itor operator--(int) + { + itor tmp = *this; + m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; + return tmp; + } + bool operator!=(const itor& it) const + { return it.m_node != m_node; } + bool operator==(const itor& it) const + { return it.m_node == m_node; } + }; + + wxEXPLICIT wxDList(size_type n, const_reference v = value_type()) + { assign(n, v); } + wxDList(const const_iterator& first, const const_iterator& last) + { assign(first, last); } + iterator begin() { return iterator(GetFirst(), GetLast()); } + const_iterator begin() const + { return const_iterator(GetFirst(), GetLast()); } + iterator end() { return iterator(NULL, GetLast()); } + const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(NULL, GetLast()); } + reverse_iterator rbegin() + { return reverse_iterator(GetLast(), GetFirst()); } + const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const + { return const_reverse_iterator(GetLast(), GetFirst()); } + reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(NULL, GetFirst()); } + const_reverse_iterator rend() const + { return const_reverse_iterator(NULL, GetFirst()); } + void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type()) + { + while (n < size()) + pop_back(); + while (n > size()) + push_back(v); + } + size_type size() const { return GetCount(); } + size_type max_size() const { return INT_MAX; } + bool empty() const { return IsEmpty(); } + reference front() { return *begin(); } + const_reference front() const { return *begin(); } + reference back() { iterator tmp = end(); return *--tmp; } + const_reference back() const { const_iterator tmp = end(); return *--tmp; } + void push_front(const_reference v = value_type()) + { Insert(GetFirst(), v); } + void pop_front() { DeleteNode(GetFirst()); } + void push_back(const_reference v = value_type()) + { Append( v ); } + void pop_back() { DeleteNode(GetLast()); } + void assign(const_iterator first, const const_iterator& last) + { + clear(); + for(; first != last; ++first) + Append(*first); + } + void assign(size_type n, const_reference v = value_type()) + { + clear(); + for(size_type i = 0; i < n; ++i) + Append(v); + } + iterator insert(const iterator& it, const_reference v) + { + if (it == end()) + Append( v ); + else + Insert(it.m_node,v); + iterator itprev(it); + return itprev--; + } + void insert(const iterator& it, size_type n, const_reference v) + { + for(size_type i = 0; i < n; ++i) + Insert(it.m_node, v); + } + void insert(const iterator& it, const_iterator first, const const_iterator& last) + { + for(; first != last; ++first) + Insert(it.m_node, *first); + } + iterator erase(const iterator& it) + { + iterator next = iterator(it.m_node->GetNext(), GetLast()); + DeleteNode(it.m_node); return next; + } + iterator erase(const iterator& first, const iterator& last) + { + iterator next = last; ++next; + DeleteNodes(first.m_node, last.m_node); + return next; + } + void clear() { Clear(); } + void splice(const iterator& it, wxDList& l, const iterator& first, const iterator& last) + { insert(it, first, last); l.erase(first, last); } + void splice(const iterator& it, wxDList& l) + { splice(it, l, l.begin(), l.end() ); } + void splice(const iterator& it, wxDList& l, const iterator& first) + { + iterator tmp = first; ++tmp; + if(it == first || it == tmp) return; + insert(it, *first); + l.erase(first); + } + void remove(const_reference v) + { DeleteObject(v); } + void reverse() + { Reverse(); } + /* void swap(list& l) + { + { size_t t = m_count; m_count = l.m_count; l.m_count = t; } + { bool t = m_destroy; m_destroy = l.m_destroy; l.m_destroy = t; } + { wxNodeBase* t = m_nodeFirst; m_nodeFirst = l.m_nodeFirst; l.m_nodeFirst = t; } + { wxNodeBase* t = m_nodeLast; m_nodeLast = l.m_nodeLast; l.m_nodeLast = t; } + { wxKeyType t = m_keyType; m_keyType = l.m_keyType; l.m_keyType = t; } + } */ +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STL/!wxUSE_STL + +#endif // _WX_DLIST_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dnd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dnd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b832d109c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dnd.h @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dnd.h +// Purpose: Drag and drop classes declarations +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: 26.05.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dnd.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DND_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DND_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#include "wx/dataobj.h" +#include "wx/cursor.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// flags for wxDropSource::DoDragDrop() +// +// NB: wxDrag_CopyOnly must be 0 (== FALSE) and wxDrag_AllowMove must be 1 +// (== TRUE) for compatibility with the old DoDragDrop(bool) method! +enum +{ + wxDrag_CopyOnly = 0, // allow only copying + wxDrag_AllowMove = 1, // allow moving (copying is always allowed) + wxDrag_DefaultMove = 3 // the default operation is move, not copy +}; + +// result of wxDropSource::DoDragDrop() call +enum wxDragResult +{ + wxDragError, // error prevented the d&d operation from completing + wxDragNone, // drag target didn't accept the data + wxDragCopy, // the data was successfully copied + wxDragMove, // the data was successfully moved (MSW only) + wxDragLink, // operation is a drag-link + wxDragCancel // the operation was cancelled by user (not an error) +}; + +// return true if res indicates that something was done during a dnd operation, +// i.e. is neither error nor none nor cancel +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxIsDragResultOk(wxDragResult res); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDropSource is the object you need to create (and call DoDragDrop on it) +// to initiate a drag-and-drop operation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropSourceBase +{ +public: + wxDropSourceBase(const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor, + const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor, + const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor) + : m_cursorCopy(cursorCopy), + m_cursorMove(cursorMove), + m_cursorStop(cursorStop) + { m_data = NULL; } + virtual ~wxDropSourceBase() { } + + // set the data which is transfered by drag and drop + void SetData(wxDataObject& data) + { m_data = &data; } + + wxDataObject *GetDataObject() + { return m_data; } + + // set the icon corresponding to given drag result + void SetCursor(wxDragResult res, const wxCursor& cursor) + { + if ( res == wxDragCopy ) + m_cursorCopy = cursor; + else if ( res == wxDragMove ) + m_cursorMove = cursor; + else + m_cursorStop = cursor; + } + + // start drag action, see enum wxDragResult for return value description + // + // if flags contains wxDrag_AllowMove, moving (and only copying) data is + // allowed, if it contains wxDrag_DefaultMove (which includes the previous + // flag), it is even the default operation + virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly) = 0; + + // override to give feedback depending on the current operation result + // "effect" and return true if you did something, false to let the library + // give the default feedback + virtual bool GiveFeedback(wxDragResult WXUNUSED(effect)) { return false; } + +protected: + const wxCursor& GetCursor(wxDragResult res) const + { + if ( res == wxDragCopy ) + return m_cursorCopy; + else if ( res == wxDragMove ) + return m_cursorMove; + else + return m_cursorStop; + } + + // the data we're dragging + wxDataObject *m_data; + + // the cursors to use for feedback + wxCursor m_cursorCopy, + m_cursorMove, + m_cursorStop; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDropSourceBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDropTarget should be associated with a window if it wants to be able to +// receive data via drag and drop. +// +// To use this class, you should derive from wxDropTarget and implement +// OnData() pure virtual method. You may also wish to override OnDrop() if you +// want to accept the data only inside some region of the window (this may +// avoid having to copy the data to this application which happens only when +// OnData() is called) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropTargetBase +{ +public: + // ctor takes a pointer to heap-allocated wxDataObject which will be owned + // by wxDropTarget and deleted by it automatically. If you don't give it + // here, you can use SetDataObject() later. + wxDropTargetBase(wxDataObject *dataObject = NULL) + { m_dataObject = dataObject; m_defaultAction = wxDragNone; } + // dtor deletes our data object + virtual ~wxDropTargetBase() + { delete m_dataObject; } + + // get/set the associated wxDataObject + wxDataObject *GetDataObject() const + { return m_dataObject; } + void SetDataObject(wxDataObject *dataObject) + { if (m_dataObject) delete m_dataObject; + m_dataObject = dataObject; } + + // these functions are called when data is moved over position (x, y) and + // may return either wxDragCopy, wxDragMove or wxDragNone depending on + // what would happen if the data were dropped here. + // + // the last parameter is what would happen by default and is determined by + // the platform-specific logic (for example, under Windows it's wxDragCopy + // if Ctrl key is pressed and wxDragMove otherwise) except that it will + // always be wxDragNone if the carried data is in an unsupported format. + + // called when the mouse enters the window (only once until OnLeave()) + virtual wxDragResult OnEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) + { return OnDragOver(x, y, def); } + + // called when the mouse moves in the window - shouldn't take long to + // execute or otherwise mouse movement would be too slow + virtual wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), + wxDragResult def) + { return def; } + + // called when mouse leaves the window: might be used to remove the + // feedback which was given in OnEnter() + virtual void OnLeave() { } + + // this function is called when data is dropped at position (x, y) - if it + // returns true, OnData() will be called immediately afterwards which will + // allow to retrieve the data dropped. + virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0; + + // called after OnDrop() returns TRUE: you will usually just call + // GetData() from here and, probably, also refresh something to update the + // new data and, finally, return the code indicating how did the operation + // complete (returning default value in case of success and wxDragError on + // failure is usually ok) + virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) = 0; + + // may be called *only* from inside OnData() and will fill m_dataObject + // with the data from the drop source if it returns true + virtual bool GetData() = 0; + + // sets the default action for drag and drop: + // use wxDragMove or wxDragCopy to set deafult action to move or copy + // and use wxDragNone (default) to set default action specified by + // initialization of draging (see wxDropSourceBase::DoDragDrop()) + void SetDefaultAction(wxDragResult action) + { m_defaultAction = action; } + + // returns default action for drag and drop or + // wxDragNone if this not specified + wxDragResult GetDefaultAction() + { return m_defaultAction; } + +protected: + wxDataObject *m_dataObject; + wxDragResult m_defaultAction; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDropTargetBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include platform dependent class declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h" + #include "wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/dnd.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/dnd.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/dnd.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/dnd.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/dnd.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/dnd.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// standard wxDropTarget implementations (implemented in common/dobjcmn.cpp) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// A simple wxDropTarget derived class for text data: you only need to +// override OnDropText() to get something working +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextDropTarget : public wxDropTarget +{ +public: + wxTextDropTarget(); + + virtual bool OnDropText(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxString& text) = 0; + + virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def); + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextDropTarget); +}; + +// A drop target which accepts files (dragged from File Manager or Explorer) +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDropTarget : public wxDropTarget +{ +public: + wxFileDropTarget(); + + // parameters are the number of files and the array of file names + virtual bool OnDropFiles(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + const wxArrayString& filenames) = 0; + + virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def); + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDropTarget); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#endif // _WX_DND_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/docmdi.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/docmdi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a24492492a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/docmdi.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/docmdi.h +// Purpose: Frame classes for MDI document/view applications +// Author: Julian Smart +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: docmdi.h 64295 2010-05-12 14:34:18Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart +// (c) 2010 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DOCMDI_H_ +#define _WX_DOCMDI_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE + +#include "wx/docview.h" +#include "wx/mdi.h" + +#ifdef __VISUALC6__ + // "non dll-interface class 'wxDocXXXFrameAny<>' used as base interface for + // dll-interface class 'wxDocMDIXXXFrame'" -- this is bogus as the template + // will be DLL-exported but only once it is used as base class here! + #pragma warning (push) + #pragma warning (disable:4275) +#endif + +// Define MDI versions of the doc-view frame classes. Note that we need to +// define them as classes for wxRTTI, otherwise we could simply define them as +// typedefs. + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// An MDI document parent frame +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef + wxDocParentFrameAny wxDocMDIParentFrameBase; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocMDIParentFrame : public wxDocMDIParentFrameBase +{ +public: + wxDocMDIParentFrame() : wxDocMDIParentFrameBase() { } + + wxDocMDIParentFrame(wxDocManager *manager, + wxFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + : wxDocMDIParentFrameBase(manager, + parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name) + { + } + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocMDIParentFrame) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocMDIParentFrame); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// An MDI document child frame +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef + wxDocChildFrameAny wxDocMDIChildFrameBase; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocMDIChildFrame : public wxDocMDIChildFrameBase +{ +public: + wxDocMDIChildFrame() { } + + wxDocMDIChildFrame(wxDocument *doc, + wxView *view, + wxMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + : wxDocMDIChildFrameBase(doc, view, + parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name) + { + } + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocMDIChildFrame) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocMDIChildFrame); +}; + +#ifdef __VISUALC6__ + #pragma warning (pop) +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE + +#endif // _WX_DOCMDI_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/docview.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/docview.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9f176bf5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/docview.h @@ -0,0 +1,973 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/docview.h +// Purpose: Doc/View classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: docview.h 66852 2011-02-06 01:01:09Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DOCH__ +#define _WX_DOCH__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE + +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/frame.h" +#include "wx/filehistory.h" + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + #include "wx/print.h" +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDocument; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxView; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDocTemplate; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDocManager; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintInfo; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCommandProcessor; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConfigBase; + +class wxDocChildFrameAnyBase; + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + #include "wx/iosfwrap.h" +#else + #include "wx/stream.h" +#endif + +// Flags for wxDocManager (can be combined). +enum +{ + wxDOC_NEW = 1, + wxDOC_SILENT = 2 +}; + +// Document template flags +enum +{ + wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE = 1, + wxTEMPLATE_INVISIBLE = 2, + wxDEFAULT_TEMPLATE_FLAGS = wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE +}; + +#define wxMAX_FILE_HISTORY 9 + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocument : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxDocument(wxDocument *parent = NULL); + virtual ~wxDocument(); + + // accessors + void SetFilename(const wxString& filename, bool notifyViews = false); + wxString GetFilename() const { return m_documentFile; } + + void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_documentTitle = title; } + wxString GetTitle() const { return m_documentTitle; } + + void SetDocumentName(const wxString& name) { m_documentTypeName = name; } + wxString GetDocumentName() const { return m_documentTypeName; } + + // access the flag indicating whether this document had been already saved, + // SetDocumentSaved() is only used internally, don't call it + bool GetDocumentSaved() const { return m_savedYet; } + void SetDocumentSaved(bool saved = true) { m_savedYet = saved; } + + // return true if the document hasn't been modified since the last time it + // was saved (implying that it returns false if it was never saved, even if + // the document is not modified) + bool AlreadySaved() const { return !IsModified() && GetDocumentSaved(); } + + virtual bool Close(); + virtual bool Save(); + virtual bool SaveAs(); + virtual bool Revert(); + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual wxSTD ostream& SaveObject(wxSTD ostream& stream); + virtual wxSTD istream& LoadObject(wxSTD istream& stream); +#else + virtual wxOutputStream& SaveObject(wxOutputStream& stream); + virtual wxInputStream& LoadObject(wxInputStream& stream); +#endif + + // Called by wxWidgets + virtual bool OnSaveDocument(const wxString& filename); + virtual bool OnOpenDocument(const wxString& filename); + virtual bool OnNewDocument(); + virtual bool OnCloseDocument(); + + // Prompts for saving if about to close a modified document. Returns true + // if ok to close the document (may have saved in the meantime, or set + // modified to false) + virtual bool OnSaveModified(); + + // if you override, remember to call the default + // implementation (wxDocument::OnChangeFilename) + virtual void OnChangeFilename(bool notifyViews); + + // Called by framework if created automatically by the default document + // manager: gives document a chance to initialise and (usually) create a + // view + virtual bool OnCreate(const wxString& path, long flags); + + // By default, creates a base wxCommandProcessor. + virtual wxCommandProcessor *OnCreateCommandProcessor(); + virtual wxCommandProcessor *GetCommandProcessor() const + { return m_commandProcessor; } + virtual void SetCommandProcessor(wxCommandProcessor *proc) + { m_commandProcessor = proc; } + + // Called after a view is added or removed. The default implementation + // deletes the document if this is there are no more views. + virtual void OnChangedViewList(); + + // Called from OnCloseDocument(), does nothing by default but may be + // overridden. Return value is ignored. + virtual bool DeleteContents(); + + virtual bool Draw(wxDC&); + virtual bool IsModified() const { return m_documentModified; } + virtual void Modify(bool mod); + + virtual bool AddView(wxView *view); + virtual bool RemoveView(wxView *view); + wxList& GetViews() { return m_documentViews; } + const wxList& GetViews() const { return m_documentViews; } + wxView *GetFirstView() const; + + virtual void UpdateAllViews(wxView *sender = NULL, wxObject *hint = NULL); + virtual void NotifyClosing(); + + // Remove all views (because we're closing the document) + virtual bool DeleteAllViews(); + + // Other stuff + virtual wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const; + virtual wxDocTemplate *GetDocumentTemplate() const + { return m_documentTemplate; } + virtual void SetDocumentTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp) + { m_documentTemplate = temp; } + + // Get the document name to be shown to the user: the title if there is + // any, otherwise the filename if the document was saved and, finally, + // "unnamed" otherwise + virtual wxString GetUserReadableName() const; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // use GetUserReadableName() instead + wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( + virtual bool GetPrintableName(wxString& buf) const + ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + // Returns a window that can be used as a parent for document-related + // dialogs. Override if necessary. + virtual wxWindow *GetDocumentWindow() const; + +protected: + wxList m_documentViews; + wxString m_documentFile; + wxString m_documentTitle; + wxString m_documentTypeName; + wxDocTemplate* m_documentTemplate; + bool m_documentModified; + wxDocument* m_documentParent; + wxCommandProcessor* m_commandProcessor; + bool m_savedYet; + + // Called by OnSaveDocument and OnOpenDocument to implement standard + // Save/Load behavior. Re-implement in derived class for custom + // behavior. + virtual bool DoSaveDocument(const wxString& file); + virtual bool DoOpenDocument(const wxString& file); + + // the default implementation of GetUserReadableName() + wxString DoGetUserReadableName() const; + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDocument) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocument); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxView: public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxView(); + virtual ~wxView(); + + wxDocument *GetDocument() const { return m_viewDocument; } + virtual void SetDocument(wxDocument *doc); + + wxString GetViewName() const { return m_viewTypeName; } + void SetViewName(const wxString& name) { m_viewTypeName = name; } + + wxWindow *GetFrame() const { return m_viewFrame ; } + void SetFrame(wxWindow *frame) { m_viewFrame = frame; } + + virtual void OnActivateView(bool activate, + wxView *activeView, + wxView *deactiveView); + virtual void OnDraw(wxDC *dc) = 0; + virtual void OnPrint(wxDC *dc, wxObject *info); + virtual void OnUpdate(wxView *sender, wxObject *hint = NULL); + virtual void OnClosingDocument() {} + virtual void OnChangeFilename(); + + // Called by framework if created automatically by the default document + // manager class: gives view a chance to initialise + virtual bool OnCreate(wxDocument *WXUNUSED(doc), long WXUNUSED(flags)) + { return true; } + + // Checks if the view is the last one for the document; if so, asks user + // to confirm save data (if modified). If ok, deletes itself and returns + // true. + virtual bool Close(bool deleteWindow = true); + + // Override to do cleanup/veto close + virtual bool OnClose(bool deleteWindow); + + // A view's window can call this to notify the view it is (in)active. + // The function then notifies the document manager. + virtual void Activate(bool activate); + + wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const + { return m_viewDocument->GetDocumentManager(); } + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + virtual wxPrintout *OnCreatePrintout(); +#endif + + // implementation only + // ------------------- + + // set the associated frame, it is used to reset its view when we're + // destroyed + void SetDocChildFrame(wxDocChildFrameAnyBase *docChildFrame); + +protected: + // hook the document into event handlers chain here + virtual bool TryBefore(wxEvent& event); + + wxDocument* m_viewDocument; + wxString m_viewTypeName; + wxWindow* m_viewFrame; + + wxDocChildFrameAnyBase *m_docChildFrame; + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxView) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxView); +}; + +// Represents user interface (and other) properties of documents and views +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocTemplate: public wxObject +{ + +friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDocManager; + +public: + // Associate document and view types. They're for identifying what view is + // associated with what template/document type + wxDocTemplate(wxDocManager *manager, + const wxString& descr, + const wxString& filter, + const wxString& dir, + const wxString& ext, + const wxString& docTypeName, + const wxString& viewTypeName, + wxClassInfo *docClassInfo = NULL, + wxClassInfo *viewClassInfo = NULL, + long flags = wxDEFAULT_TEMPLATE_FLAGS); + + virtual ~wxDocTemplate(); + + // By default, these two member functions dynamically creates document and + // view using dynamic instance construction. Override these if you need a + // different method of construction. + virtual wxDocument *CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags = 0); + virtual wxView *CreateView(wxDocument *doc, long flags = 0); + + // Helper method for CreateDocument; also allows you to do your own document + // creation + virtual bool InitDocument(wxDocument* doc, + const wxString& path, + long flags = 0); + + wxString GetDefaultExtension() const { return m_defaultExt; } + wxString GetDescription() const { return m_description; } + wxString GetDirectory() const { return m_directory; } + wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const { return m_documentManager; } + void SetDocumentManager(wxDocManager *manager) + { m_documentManager = manager; } + wxString GetFileFilter() const { return m_fileFilter; } + long GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } + virtual wxString GetViewName() const { return m_viewTypeName; } + virtual wxString GetDocumentName() const { return m_docTypeName; } + + void SetFileFilter(const wxString& filter) { m_fileFilter = filter; } + void SetDirectory(const wxString& dir) { m_directory = dir; } + void SetDescription(const wxString& descr) { m_description = descr; } + void SetDefaultExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_defaultExt = ext; } + void SetFlags(long flags) { m_flags = flags; } + + bool IsVisible() const { return (m_flags & wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE) != 0; } + + wxClassInfo* GetDocClassInfo() const { return m_docClassInfo; } + wxClassInfo* GetViewClassInfo() const { return m_viewClassInfo; } + + virtual bool FileMatchesTemplate(const wxString& path); + +protected: + long m_flags; + wxString m_fileFilter; + wxString m_directory; + wxString m_description; + wxString m_defaultExt; + wxString m_docTypeName; + wxString m_viewTypeName; + wxDocManager* m_documentManager; + + // For dynamic creation of appropriate instances. + wxClassInfo* m_docClassInfo; + wxClassInfo* m_viewClassInfo; + + // Called by CreateDocument and CreateView to create the actual + // document/view object. + // + // By default uses the ClassInfo provided to the constructor. Override + // these functions to provide a different method of creation. + virtual wxDocument *DoCreateDocument(); + virtual wxView *DoCreateView(); + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocTemplate) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocTemplate); +}; + +// One object of this class may be created in an application, to manage all +// the templates and documents. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocManager: public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + // NB: flags are unused, don't pass wxDOC_XXX to this ctor + wxDocManager(long flags = 0, bool initialize = true); + virtual ~wxDocManager(); + + virtual bool Initialize(); + + // Handlers for common user commands + void OnFileClose(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnFileCloseAll(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnFileNew(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnFileOpen(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnFileRevert(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnFileSave(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnFileSaveAs(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnMRUFile(wxCommandEvent& event); +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + void OnPrint(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnPreview(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnPageSetup(wxCommandEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // Handlers for UI update commands + void OnUpdateFileOpen(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateDisableIfNoDoc(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateFileRevert(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateFileNew(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateFileSave(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + + // called when file format detection didn't work, can be overridden to do + // something in this case + virtual void OnOpenFileFailure() { } + + virtual wxDocument *CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags = 0); + + // wrapper around CreateDocument() with a more clear name + wxDocument *CreateNewDocument() + { return CreateDocument(wxString(), wxDOC_NEW); } + + virtual wxView *CreateView(wxDocument *doc, long flags = 0); + virtual void DeleteTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp, long flags = 0); + virtual bool FlushDoc(wxDocument *doc); + virtual wxDocTemplate *MatchTemplate(const wxString& path); + virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectDocumentPath(wxDocTemplate **templates, + int noTemplates, wxString& path, long flags, bool save = false); + virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectDocumentType(wxDocTemplate **templates, + int noTemplates, bool sort = false); + virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectViewType(wxDocTemplate **templates, + int noTemplates, bool sort = false); + virtual wxDocTemplate *FindTemplateForPath(const wxString& path); + + void AssociateTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp); + void DisassociateTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp); + + // Find template from document class info, may return NULL. + wxDocTemplate* FindTemplate(const wxClassInfo* documentClassInfo); + + wxDocument *GetCurrentDocument() const; + + void SetMaxDocsOpen(int n) { m_maxDocsOpen = n; } + int GetMaxDocsOpen() const { return m_maxDocsOpen; } + + // Add and remove a document from the manager's list + void AddDocument(wxDocument *doc); + void RemoveDocument(wxDocument *doc); + + // closes all currently open documents + bool CloseDocuments(bool force = true); + + // closes the specified document + bool CloseDocument(wxDocument* doc, bool force = false); + + // Clear remaining documents and templates + bool Clear(bool force = true); + + // Views or windows should inform the document manager + // when a view is going in or out of focus + virtual void ActivateView(wxView *view, bool activate = true); + virtual wxView *GetCurrentView() const { return m_currentView; } + + wxList& GetDocuments() { return m_docs; } + wxList& GetTemplates() { return m_templates; } + + // Return the default name for a new document (by default returns strings + // in the form "unnamed " but can be overridden) + virtual wxString MakeNewDocumentName(); + + // Make a frame title (override this to do something different) + virtual wxString MakeFrameTitle(wxDocument* doc); + + virtual wxFileHistory *OnCreateFileHistory(); + virtual wxFileHistory *GetFileHistory() const { return m_fileHistory; } + + // File history management + virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file); + virtual void RemoveFileFromHistory(size_t i); + virtual size_t GetHistoryFilesCount() const; + virtual wxString GetHistoryFile(size_t i) const; + virtual void FileHistoryUseMenu(wxMenu *menu); + virtual void FileHistoryRemoveMenu(wxMenu *menu); +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + virtual void FileHistoryLoad(const wxConfigBase& config); + virtual void FileHistorySave(wxConfigBase& config); +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + + virtual void FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu(); + virtual void FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu); + + wxString GetLastDirectory() const; + void SetLastDirectory(const wxString& dir) { m_lastDirectory = dir; } + + // Get the current document manager + static wxDocManager* GetDocumentManager() { return sm_docManager; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // deprecated, override GetDefaultName() instead + wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( + virtual bool MakeDefaultName(wxString& buf) + ); +#endif + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated, use GetHistoryFilesCount() instead + wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetNoHistoryFiles() const ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + +protected: + // Open the MRU file with the given index in our associated file history. + void DoOpenMRUFile(unsigned n); +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + virtual wxPreviewFrame* CreatePreviewFrame(wxPrintPreviewBase* preview, + wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& title); +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + + // hook the currently active view into event handlers chain here + virtual bool TryBefore(wxEvent& event); + + // return the command processor for the current document, if any + wxCommandProcessor *GetCurrentCommandProcessor() const; + + // this method tries to find an active view harder than GetCurrentView(): + // if the latter is NULL, it also checks if we don't have just a single + // view and returns it then + wxView *GetActiveView() const; + + // activate the first view of the given document if any + void ActivateDocument(wxDocument *doc); + + + int m_defaultDocumentNameCounter; + int m_maxDocsOpen; + wxList m_docs; + wxList m_templates; + wxView* m_currentView; + wxFileHistory* m_fileHistory; + wxString m_lastDirectory; + static wxDocManager* sm_docManager; + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + wxPageSetupDialogData m_pageSetupDialogData; +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDocManager) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocManager); +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +inline size_t wxDocManager::GetNoHistoryFiles() const +{ + return GetHistoryFilesCount(); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Base class for child frames -- this is what wxView renders itself into +// +// Notice that this is a mix-in class so it doesn't derive from wxWindow, only +// wxDocChildFrameAny does +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocChildFrameAnyBase +{ +public: + // default ctor, use Create() after it + wxDocChildFrameAnyBase() + { + m_childDocument = NULL; + m_childView = NULL; + m_win = NULL; + } + + // full ctor equivalent to using the default one and Create(0 + wxDocChildFrameAnyBase(wxDocument *doc, wxView *view, wxWindow *win) + { + Create(doc, view, win); + } + + // method which must be called for an object created using the default ctor + // + // note that it returns bool just for consistency with Create() methods in + // other classes, we never return false from here + bool Create(wxDocument *doc, wxView *view, wxWindow *win) + { + m_childDocument = doc; + m_childView = view; + m_win = win; + + if ( view ) + view->SetDocChildFrame(this); + + return true; + } + + // dtor doesn't need to be virtual, an object should never be destroyed via + // a pointer to this class + ~wxDocChildFrameAnyBase() + { + // prevent the view from deleting us if we're being deleted directly + // (and not via Close() + Destroy()) + if ( m_childView ) + m_childView->SetDocChildFrame(NULL); + } + + wxDocument *GetDocument() const { return m_childDocument; } + wxView *GetView() const { return m_childView; } + void SetDocument(wxDocument *doc) { m_childDocument = doc; } + void SetView(wxView *view) { m_childView = view; } + + wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_win; } + +protected: + // we're not a wxEvtHandler but we provide this wxEvtHandler-like function + // which is called from TryBefore() of the derived classes to give our view + // a chance to process the message before the frame event handlers are used + bool TryProcessEvent(wxEvent& event) + { + return m_childView && m_childView->ProcessEventLocally(event); + } + + // called from EVT_CLOSE handler in the frame: check if we can close and do + // cleanup if so; veto the event otherwise + bool CloseView(wxCloseEvent& event); + + + wxDocument* m_childDocument; + wxView* m_childView; + + // the associated window: having it here is not terribly elegant but it + // allows us to avoid having any virtual functions in this class + wxWindow* m_win; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocChildFrameAnyBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Template implementing child frame concept using the given wxFrame-like class +// +// This is used to define wxDocChildFrame and wxDocMDIChildFrame: ChildFrame is +// a wxFrame or wxMDIChildFrame (although in theory it could be any wxWindow- +// derived class as long as it provided a ctor with the same signature as +// wxFrame and OnActivate() method) and ParentFrame is either wxFrame or +// wxMDIParentFrame. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocChildFrameAny : public ChildFrame, + public wxDocChildFrameAnyBase +{ +public: + typedef ChildFrame BaseClass; + + // default ctor, use Create after it + wxDocChildFrameAny() { } + + // ctor for a frame showing the given view of the specified document + wxDocChildFrameAny(wxDocument *doc, + wxView *view, + ParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Create(doc, view, parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxDocument *doc, + wxView *view, + ParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + if ( !wxDocChildFrameAnyBase::Create(doc, view, this) ) + return false; + + if ( !BaseClass::Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name) ) + return false; + + this->Connect(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, + wxActivateEventHandler(wxDocChildFrameAny::OnActivate)); + this->Connect(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, + wxCloseEventHandler(wxDocChildFrameAny::OnCloseWindow)); + + return true; + } + + virtual bool Destroy() + { + // FIXME: why exactly do we do this? to avoid activation events during + // destructions maybe? + m_childView = NULL; + return BaseClass::Destroy(); + } + +protected: + // hook the child view into event handlers chain here + virtual bool TryBefore(wxEvent& event) + { + return TryProcessEvent(event) || BaseClass::TryBefore(event); + } + +private: + void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event) + { + BaseClass::OnActivate(event); + + if ( m_childView ) + m_childView->Activate(event.GetActive()); + } + + void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event) + { + if ( CloseView(event) ) + Destroy(); + //else: vetoed + } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS_2(wxDocChildFrameAny, + ChildFrame, ParentFrame); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// A default child frame: we need to define it as a class just for wxRTTI, +// otherwise we could simply typedef it +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __VISUALC6__ + // "non dll-interface class 'wxDocChildFrameAny<>' used as base interface + // for dll-interface class 'wxDocChildFrame'" -- this is bogus as the + // template will be DLL-exported but only once it is used as base class + // here! + #pragma warning (push) + #pragma warning (disable:4275) +#endif + +typedef wxDocChildFrameAny wxDocChildFrameBase; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocChildFrame : public wxDocChildFrameBase +{ +public: + wxDocChildFrame() + { + } + + wxDocChildFrame(wxDocument *doc, + wxView *view, + wxFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + : wxDocChildFrameBase(doc, view, + parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name) + { + } + + bool Create(wxDocument *doc, + wxView *view, + wxFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + return wxDocChildFrameBase::Create + ( + doc, view, + parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name + ); + } + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocChildFrame) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocChildFrame); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDocParentFrame and related classes. +// +// As with wxDocChildFrame we define a template base class used by both normal +// and MDI versions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Base class containing type-independent code of wxDocParentFrameAny +// +// Similarly to wxDocChildFrameAnyBase, this class is a mix-in and doesn't +// derive from wxWindow. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocParentFrameAnyBase +{ +public: + wxDocParentFrameAnyBase() { m_docManager = NULL; } + + wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const { return m_docManager; } + +protected: + wxDocManager *m_docManager; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocParentFrameAnyBase); +}; + +// This is similar to wxDocChildFrameAny and is used to provide common +// implementation for both wxDocParentFrame and wxDocMDIParentFrame +template +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocParentFrameAny : public BaseFrame, + public wxDocParentFrameAnyBase +{ +public: + wxDocParentFrameAny() { } + wxDocParentFrameAny(wxDocManager *manager, + wxFrame *frame, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Create(manager, frame, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxDocManager *manager, + wxFrame *frame, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + m_docManager = manager; + + if ( !BaseFrame::Create(frame, id, title, pos, size, style, name) ) + return false; + + this->Connect(wxID_EXIT, wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, + wxCommandEventHandler(wxDocParentFrameAny::OnExit)); + this->Connect(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, + wxCloseEventHandler(wxDocParentFrameAny::OnCloseWindow)); + + return true; + } + +protected: + // hook the document manager into event handling chain here + virtual bool TryBefore(wxEvent& event) + { + if ( m_docManager && m_docManager->ProcessEventLocally(event) ) + return true; + + return BaseFrame::TryBefore(event); + } + +private: + void OnExit(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) + { + this->Close(); + } + + void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event) + { + if ( m_docManager && !m_docManager->Clear(!event.CanVeto()) ) + { + // The user decided not to close finally, abort. + event.Veto(); + } + else + { + // Just skip the event, base class handler will destroy the window. + event.Skip(); + } + } + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocParentFrameAny); +}; + +typedef wxDocParentFrameAny wxDocParentFrameBase; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocParentFrame : public wxDocParentFrameBase +{ +public: + wxDocParentFrame() : wxDocParentFrameBase() { } + + wxDocParentFrame(wxDocManager *manager, + wxFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + : wxDocParentFrameBase(manager, + parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name) + { + } + + bool Create(wxDocManager *manager, + wxFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + return wxDocParentFrameBase::Create(manager, + parent, id, title, + pos, size, style, name); + } + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocParentFrame) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocParentFrame); +}; + +#ifdef __VISUALC6__ + // reenable warning 4275 + #pragma warning (pop) +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Provide simple default printing facilities +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocPrintout : public wxPrintout +{ +public: + wxDocPrintout(wxView *view = NULL, const wxString& title = wxString()); + + // implement wxPrintout methods + virtual bool OnPrintPage(int page); + virtual bool HasPage(int page); + virtual bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage); + virtual void GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, + int *selPageFrom, int *selPageTo); + + virtual wxView *GetView() { return m_printoutView; } + +protected: + wxView* m_printoutView; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDocPrintout) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocPrintout); +}; +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +// For compatibility with existing file formats: +// converts from/to a stream to/from a temporary file. +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxSTD ostream& stream); +bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +wxTransferStreamToFile(wxSTD istream& stream, const wxString& filename); +#else +bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxOutputStream& stream); +bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +wxTransferStreamToFile(wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& filename); +#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + + +// these flags are not used anywhere by wxWidgets and kept only for an unlikely +// case of existing user code using them for its own purposes +#ifdef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +enum +{ + wxDOC_SDI = 1, + wxDOC_MDI, + wxDEFAULT_DOCMAN_FLAGS = wxDOC_SDI +}; +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#endif // wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE + +#endif // _WX_DOCH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dragimag.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dragimag.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f04a404ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dragimag.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dragimag.h +// Purpose: wxDragImage base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: dragimag.h 47254 2007-07-09 10:09:52Z VS $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_ + +#if wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRect; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMemoryDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) +# if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) +# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h" +# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage +# else +# include "wx/msw/dragimag.h" +# endif + +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) +# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h" +# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage + +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) +# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h" +# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage + +#elif defined(__WXX11__) +# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h" +# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage + +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) +# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h" +# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage + +#elif defined(__WXPM__) +# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h" +# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage + +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE + +#endif + // _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dvrenderers.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dvrenderers.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..64054732ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dvrenderers.h @@ -0,0 +1,391 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dvrenderers.h +// Purpose: Declare all wxDataViewCtrl classes +// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-11-08 (extracted from wx/dataview.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: dvrenderers.h 67099 2011-03-01 12:16:49Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Robert Roebling +// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DVRENDERERS_H_ +#define _WX_DVRENDERERS_H_ + +/* + Note about the structure of various headers: they're organized in a more + complicated way than usual because of the various dependencies which are + different for different ports. In any case the only public header, i.e. the + one which can be included directly is wx/dataview.h. It, in turn, includes + this one to define all the renderer classes. + + We define the base wxDataViewRendererBase class first and then include a + port-dependent wx/xxx/dvrenderer.h which defines wxDataViewRenderer itself. + After this we can define wxDataViewRendererCustomBase (and maybe in the + future base classes for other renderers if the need arises, i.e. if there + is any non-trivial code or API which it makes sense to keep in common code) + and include wx/xxx/dvrenderers.h (notice the plural) which defines all the + rest of the renderer classes. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewCustomRenderer; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewIconText: helper class used by wxDataViewIconTextRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewIconText : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxDataViewIconText( const wxString &text = wxEmptyString, + const wxIcon& icon = wxNullIcon ) + : m_text(text), + m_icon(icon) + { } + + wxDataViewIconText( const wxDataViewIconText &other ) + : wxObject(), + m_text(other.m_text), + m_icon(other.m_icon) + { } + + void SetText( const wxString &text ) { m_text = text; } + wxString GetText() const { return m_text; } + void SetIcon( const wxIcon &icon ) { m_icon = icon; } + const wxIcon &GetIcon() const { return m_icon; } + +private: + wxString m_text; + wxIcon m_icon; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewIconText) +}; + +inline +bool operator==(const wxDataViewIconText& left, const wxDataViewIconText& right) +{ + return left.GetText() == right.GetText() && + left.GetIcon().IsSameAs(right.GetIcon()); +} + +inline +bool operator!=(const wxDataViewIconText& left, const wxDataViewIconText& right) +{ + return !(left == right); +} + +DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxDataViewIconText, WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewRendererBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxDataViewCellMode +{ + wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, + wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE +}; + +enum wxDataViewCellRenderState +{ + wxDATAVIEW_CELL_SELECTED = 1, + wxDATAVIEW_CELL_PRELIT = 2, + wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INSENSITIVE = 4, + wxDATAVIEW_CELL_FOCUSED = 8 +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewRendererBase: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxDataViewRendererBase( const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int alignment = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + virtual ~wxDataViewRendererBase(); + + virtual bool Validate( wxVariant& WXUNUSED(value) ) + { return true; } + + void SetOwner( wxDataViewColumn *owner ) { m_owner = owner; } + wxDataViewColumn* GetOwner() const { return m_owner; } + + // renderer value and attributes: SetValue() and SetAttr() are called + // before a cell is rendered using this renderer + virtual bool SetValue(const wxVariant& value) = 0; + virtual bool GetValue(wxVariant& value) const = 0; + + virtual void SetAttr(const wxDataViewItemAttr& WXUNUSED(attr)) { } + + virtual void SetEnabled(bool WXUNUSED(enabled)) { } + + wxString GetVariantType() const { return m_variantType; } + + // helper that calls SetValue and SetAttr: + void PrepareForItem(const wxDataViewModel *model, + const wxDataViewItem& item, unsigned column); + + // renderer properties: + virtual void SetMode( wxDataViewCellMode mode ) = 0; + virtual wxDataViewCellMode GetMode() const = 0; + + // NOTE: Set/GetAlignment do not take/return a wxAlignment enum but + // rather an "int"; that's because for rendering cells it's allowed + // to combine alignment flags (e.g. wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALIGN_BOTTOM) + virtual void SetAlignment( int align ) = 0; + virtual int GetAlignment() const = 0; + + // enable or disable (if called with wxELLIPSIZE_NONE) replacing parts of + // the item text (hence this only makes sense for renderers showing + // text...) with ellipsis in order to make it fit the column width + virtual void EnableEllipsize(wxEllipsizeMode mode = wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE) = 0; + void DisableEllipsize() { EnableEllipsize(wxELLIPSIZE_NONE); } + + virtual wxEllipsizeMode GetEllipsizeMode() const = 0; + + // in-place editing + virtual bool HasEditorCtrl() const + { return false; } + virtual wxControl* CreateEditorCtrl(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent), + wxRect WXUNUSED(labelRect), + const wxVariant& WXUNUSED(value)) + { return NULL; } + virtual bool GetValueFromEditorCtrl(wxControl * WXUNUSED(editor), + wxVariant& WXUNUSED(value)) + { return false; } + + virtual bool StartEditing( const wxDataViewItem &item, wxRect labelRect ); + virtual void CancelEditing(); + virtual bool FinishEditing(); + + wxControl *GetEditorCtrl() { return m_editorCtrl; } + + virtual bool IsCustomRenderer() const { return false; } + + +protected: + // Called from {Cancel,Finish}Editing() to cleanup m_editorCtrl + void DestroyEditControl(); + + wxString m_variantType; + wxDataViewColumn *m_owner; + wxWeakRef m_editorCtrl; + wxDataViewItem m_item; // for m_editorCtrl + + // internal utility: + const wxDataViewCtrl* GetView() const; + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewRendererBase) +}; + +// include the real wxDataViewRenderer declaration for the native ports +#ifdef wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL + // in the generic implementation there is no real wxDataViewRenderer, all + // renderers are custom so it's the same as wxDataViewCustomRenderer and + // wxDataViewCustomRendererBase derives from wxDataViewRendererBase directly + // + // this is a rather ugly hack but unfortunately it just doesn't seem to be + // possible to have the same class hierarchy in all ports and avoid + // duplicating the entire wxDataViewCustomRendererBase in the generic + // wxDataViewRenderer class (well, we could use a mix-in but this would + // make classes hierarchy non linear and arguably even more complex) + #define wxDataViewCustomRendererRealBase wxDataViewRendererBase +#else + #if defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/dvrenderer.h" + #elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/dvrenderer.h" + #else + #error "unknown native wxDataViewCtrl implementation" + #endif + #define wxDataViewCustomRendererRealBase wxDataViewRenderer +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCustomRendererBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCustomRendererBase + : public wxDataViewCustomRendererRealBase +{ +public: + // Constructor must specify the usual renderer parameters which we simply + // pass to the base class + wxDataViewCustomRendererBase(const wxString& varianttype = "string", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT) + : wxDataViewCustomRendererRealBase(varianttype, mode, align) + { + } + + + // Render the item using the current value (returned by GetValue()). + virtual bool Render(wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state) = 0; + + // Return the size of the item appropriate to its current value. + virtual wxSize GetSize() const = 0; + + // Define virtual function which are called when the item is activated + // (double-clicked or Enter is pressed on it), clicked or the user starts + // to drag it: by default they all simply return false indicating that the + // events are not handled + + virtual bool Activate(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(cell), + wxDataViewModel *WXUNUSED(model), + const wxDataViewItem & WXUNUSED(item), + unsigned int WXUNUSED(col)) + { return false; } + + virtual bool LeftClick(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursor), + const wxRect& WXUNUSED(cell), + wxDataViewModel *WXUNUSED(model), + const wxDataViewItem & WXUNUSED(item), + unsigned int WXUNUSED(col) ) + { return false; } + + virtual bool StartDrag(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursor), + const wxRect& WXUNUSED(cell), + wxDataViewModel *WXUNUSED(model), + const wxDataViewItem & WXUNUSED(item), + unsigned int WXUNUSED(col) ) + { return false; } + + + // Helper which can be used by Render() implementation in the derived + // classes: it will draw the text in the same manner as the standard + // renderers do. + virtual void RenderText(const wxString& text, + int xoffset, + wxRect cell, + wxDC *dc, + int state); + + + // Override the base class virtual method to simply store the attribute so + // that it can be accessed using GetAttr() from Render() if needed. + virtual void SetAttr(const wxDataViewItemAttr& attr) { m_attr = attr; } + const wxDataViewItemAttr& GetAttr() const { return m_attr; } + + // Store the enabled state of the item so that it can be accessed from + // Render() via GetEnabled() if needed. + virtual void SetEnabled(bool enabled) { m_enabled = enabled; } + bool GetEnabled() const { return m_enabled; } + + + // Implementation only from now on + + // Retrieve the DC to use for drawing. This is implemented in derived + // platform-specific classes. + virtual wxDC *GetDC() = 0; + + // Prepare DC to use attributes and call Render(). + void WXCallRender(wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int state); + + virtual bool IsCustomRenderer() const { return true; } + +protected: + // helper for GetSize() implementations, respects attributes + wxSize GetTextExtent(const wxString& str) const; + +private: + wxDataViewItemAttr m_attr; + bool m_enabled; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataViewCustomRendererBase); +}; + +// include the declaration of all the other renderers to get the real +// wxDataViewCustomRenderer from which we need to inherit below +#ifdef wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL + // because of the different renderer classes hierarchy in the generic + // version, as explained above, we can include the header defining + // wxDataViewRenderer only here and not before wxDataViewCustomRendererBase + // declaration as for the native ports + #include "wx/generic/dvrenderer.h" + #include "wx/generic/dvrenderers.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/dvrenderers.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/dvrenderers.h" +#else + #error "unknown native wxDataViewCtrl implementation" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewSpinRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewSpinRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewSpinRenderer( int min, int max, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE, + int alignment = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + virtual bool HasEditorCtrl() const { return true; } + virtual wxControl* CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect, const wxVariant &value ); + virtual bool GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxControl* editor, wxVariant &value ); + virtual bool Render( wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int state ); + virtual wxSize GetSize() const; + virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + virtual bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; + +private: + long m_data; + long m_min,m_max; +}; + +#if defined(wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL) || defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewChoiceRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewChoiceRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewChoiceRenderer( const wxArrayString &choices, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE, + int alignment = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + virtual bool HasEditorCtrl() const { return true; } + virtual wxControl* CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect, const wxVariant &value ); + virtual bool GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxControl* editor, wxVariant &value ); + virtual bool Render( wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int state ); + virtual wxSize GetSize() const; + virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + virtual bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; + + wxString GetChoice(size_t index) const { return m_choices[index]; } + const wxArrayString& GetChoices() const { return m_choices; } + +private: + wxArrayString m_choices; + wxString m_data; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer: public wxDataViewChoiceRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer( const wxArrayString &choices, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE, + int alignment = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + virtual wxControl* CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect, const wxVariant &value ); + virtual bool GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxControl* editor, wxVariant &value ); + + virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + virtual bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; +}; + + +#endif // generic or Carbon versions + +// this class is obsolete, its functionality was merged in +// wxDataViewTextRenderer itself now, don't use it any more +#define wxDataViewTextRendererAttr wxDataViewTextRenderer + +#endif // _WX_DVRENDERERS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynarray.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynarray.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a1e932668 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynarray.h @@ -0,0 +1,1064 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dynarray.h +// Purpose: auto-resizable (i.e. dynamic) array support +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 12.09.97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dynarray.h 56600 2008-10-30 15:57:18Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _DYNARRAY_H +#define _DYNARRAY_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STL + #include "wx/beforestd.h" + #include + #include + #include "wx/afterstd.h" +#endif + +/* + This header defines the dynamic arrays and object arrays (i.e. arrays which + own their elements). Dynamic means that the arrays grow automatically as + needed. + + These macros are ugly (especially if you look in the sources ;-), but they + allow us to define "template" classes without actually using templates and so + this works with all compilers (and may be also much faster to compile even + with a compiler which does support templates). The arrays defined with these + macros are type-safe. + + Range checking is performed in debug build for both arrays and objarrays but + not in release build - so using an invalid index will just lead to a crash + then. + + Note about memory usage: arrays never shrink automatically (although you may + use Shrink() function explicitly), they only grow, so loading 10 millions in + an array only to delete them 2 lines below might be a bad idea if the array + object is not going to be destroyed soon. However, as it does free memory + when destroyed, it is ok if the array is a local variable. + */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + The initial size by which an array grows when an element is added default + value avoids allocate one or two bytes when the array is created which is + rather inefficient +*/ +#define WX_ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE (16) + +#define _WX_ERROR_REMOVE "removing inexistent element in wxArray::Remove" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + Callback compare function for quick sort. + + It must return negative value, 0 or positive value if the first item is + less than, equal to or greater than the second one. + */ +extern "C" +{ +typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC)(const void* pItem1, const void* pItem2); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Base class managing data having size of type 'long' (not used directly) +// +// NB: for efficiency this often used class has no virtual functions (hence no +// virtual table), even dtor is *not* virtual. If used as expected it +// won't create any problems because ARRAYs from DEFINE_ARRAY have no dtor +// at all, so it's not too important if it's not called (this happens when +// you cast "SomeArray *" as "BaseArray *" and then delete it) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STL + +template +class wxArray_SortFunction +{ +public: + typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC)(T* pItem1, T* pItem2); + + wxArray_SortFunction(CMPFUNC f) : m_f(f) { } + bool operator()(const T& i1, const T& i2) + { return m_f((T*)&i1, (T*)&i2) < 0; } +private: + CMPFUNC m_f; +}; + +template +class wxSortedArray_SortFunction +{ +public: + typedef F CMPFUNC; + + wxSortedArray_SortFunction(CMPFUNC f) : m_f(f) { } + bool operator()(const T& i1, const T& i2) + { return m_f(i1, i2) < 0; } +private: + CMPFUNC m_f; +}; + +#define _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name, classexp) \ + typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUN##name)(T pItem1, T pItem2); \ + typedef wxSortedArray_SortFunction name##_Predicate; \ + _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY_2(T, name, name##_Predicate, classexp) + +#define _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY_2(T, name, predicate, classexp) \ +classexp name : public std::vector \ +{ \ + typedef predicate Predicate; \ + typedef predicate::CMPFUNC SCMPFUNC; \ +public: \ + typedef wxArray_SortFunction::CMPFUNC CMPFUNC; \ + \ +public: \ + typedef T base_type; \ + \ + name() : std::vector() { } \ + name(size_type n) : std::vector(n) { } \ + name(size_type n, const_reference v) : std::vector(n, v) { } \ + \ + void Empty() { clear(); } \ + void Clear() { clear(); } \ + void Alloc(size_t uiSize) { reserve(uiSize); } \ + void Shrink() { name tmp(*this); swap(tmp); } \ + \ + size_t GetCount() const { return size(); } \ + void SetCount(size_t n, T v = T()) { resize(n, v); } \ + bool IsEmpty() const { return empty(); } \ + size_t Count() const { return size(); } \ + \ + T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \ + { wxASSERT( uiIndex < size() ); return (T&)operator[](uiIndex); } \ + T& Last() const { return Item(size() - 1); } \ + \ + int Index(T item, bool bFromEnd = false) const \ + { \ + if ( bFromEnd ) \ + { \ + const const_reverse_iterator b = rbegin(), \ + e = rend(); \ + for ( const_reverse_iterator i = b; i != e; ++i ) \ + if ( *i == item ) \ + return (int)(i - b); \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + const const_iterator b = begin(), \ + e = end(); \ + for ( const_iterator i = b; i != e; ++i ) \ + if ( *i == item ) \ + return (int)(i - b); \ + } \ + \ + return wxNOT_FOUND; \ + } \ + int Index(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const \ + { \ + Predicate p((SCMPFUNC)fnCompare); \ + const_iterator i = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), lItem, p);\ + return i != end() && !p(lItem, *i) ? (int)(i - begin()) \ + : wxNOT_FOUND; \ + } \ + size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const \ + { \ + Predicate p((SCMPFUNC)fnCompare); \ + const_iterator i = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), lItem, p);\ + return i - begin(); \ + } \ + void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1) \ + { insert(end(), nInsert, lItem); } \ + size_t Add(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) \ + { \ + size_t n = IndexForInsert(lItem, fnCompare); \ + Insert(lItem, n); \ + return n; \ + } \ + void Insert(T lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1) \ + { insert(begin() + uiIndex, nInsert, lItem); } \ + void Remove(T lItem) \ + { \ + int n = Index(lItem); \ + wxCHECK_RET( n != wxNOT_FOUND, _WX_ERROR_REMOVE ); \ + RemoveAt((size_t)n); \ + } \ + void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1) \ + { erase(begin() + uiIndex, begin() + uiIndex + nRemove); } \ + \ + void Sort(CMPFUNC fCmp) \ + { \ + wxArray_SortFunction p(fCmp); \ + std::sort(begin(), end(), p); \ + } \ +} + +#else // if !wxUSE_STL + +#define _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name, classexp) \ +classexp name \ +{ \ + typedef CMPFUNC SCMPFUNC; /* for compatibility wuth wxUSE_STL */ \ +public: \ + name(); \ + name(const name& array); \ + name& operator=(const name& src); \ + ~name(); \ + \ + void Empty() { m_nCount = 0; } \ + void Clear(); \ + void Alloc(size_t n) { if ( n > m_nSize ) Realloc(n); } \ + void Shrink(); \ + \ + size_t GetCount() const { return m_nCount; } \ + void SetCount(size_t n, T defval = T()); \ + bool IsEmpty() const { return m_nCount == 0; } \ + size_t Count() const { return m_nCount; } \ + \ + typedef T base_type; \ + \ +protected: \ + T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \ + { wxASSERT( uiIndex < m_nCount ); return m_pItems[uiIndex]; } \ + T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const { return Item(uiIndex); } \ + \ + int Index(T lItem, bool bFromEnd = false) const; \ + int Index(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const; \ + size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const; \ + void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1); \ + size_t Add(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare); \ + void Insert(T lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1); \ + void Remove(T lItem); \ + void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1); \ + \ + void Sort(CMPFUNC fnCompare); \ + \ + /* *minimal* STL-ish interface, for derived classes */ \ + typedef T value_type; \ + typedef value_type* iterator; \ + typedef const value_type* const_iterator; \ + typedef value_type& reference; \ + typedef const value_type& const_reference; \ + typedef int difference_type; \ + typedef size_t size_type; \ + \ + void assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last); \ + void assign(size_type n, const_reference v); \ + size_type capacity() const { return m_nSize; } \ + iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last) \ + { \ + size_type idx = first - begin(); \ + RemoveAt(idx, last - first); \ + return begin() + idx; \ + } \ + iterator erase(iterator it) { return erase(it, it + 1); } \ + void insert(iterator it, size_type n, const value_type& v) \ + { Insert(v, it - begin(), n); } \ + iterator insert(iterator it, const value_type& v = value_type()) \ + { \ + size_type idx = it - begin(); \ + Insert(v, idx); \ + return begin() + idx; \ + } \ + void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last);\ + void pop_back() { RemoveAt(size() - 1); } \ + void push_back(const value_type& v) { Add(v); } \ + void reserve(size_type n) { Alloc(n); } \ + void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type()) \ + { SetCount(n, v); } \ + \ + iterator begin() { return m_pItems; } \ + iterator end() { return m_pItems + m_nCount; } \ + const_iterator begin() const { return m_pItems; } \ + const_iterator end() const { return m_pItems + m_nCount; } \ + \ + void swap(name& other) \ + { \ + wxSwap(m_nSize, other.m_nSize); \ + wxSwap(m_nCount, other.m_nCount); \ + wxSwap(m_pItems, other.m_pItems); \ + } \ + \ + /* the following functions may be made directly public because */ \ + /* they don't use the type of the elements at all */ \ +public: \ + void clear() { Clear(); } \ + bool empty() const { return IsEmpty(); } \ + size_type max_size() const { return INT_MAX; } \ + size_type size() const { return GetCount(); } \ + \ +private: \ + void Grow(size_t nIncrement = 0); \ + bool Realloc(size_t nSize); \ + \ + size_t m_nSize, \ + m_nCount; \ + \ + T *m_pItems; \ +} + +#endif // !wxUSE_STL + +// ============================================================================ +// The private helper macros containing the core of the array classes +// ============================================================================ + +// Implementation notes: +// +// JACS: Salford C++ doesn't like 'var->operator=' syntax, as in: +// { ((wxBaseArray *)this)->operator=((const wxBaseArray&)src); +// so using a temporary variable instead. +// +// The classes need a (even trivial) ~name() to link under Mac X + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY: array for simple types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STL + +// in STL case we don't need the entire base arrays hack as standard container +// don't suffer from alignment/storage problems as our home-grown do +#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, classexp) \ + _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name, classexp) + +#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base, classexp) \ + _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, classexp) + +#else // if !wxUSE_STL + +// common declaration used by both _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY and +// _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR +#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_HELPER(T, name, base, classexp, ptrop) \ +wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT2(sizeof(T) <= sizeof(base::base_type), \ + TypeTooBigToBeStoredIn##base, \ + name); \ +typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC##T)(T *pItem1, T *pItem2); \ +classexp name : public base \ +{ \ +public: \ + name() { } \ + ~name() { } \ + \ + T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const \ + { return (T&)(base::operator[](uiIndex)); } \ + T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \ + { return (T&)(base::operator[](uiIndex)); } \ + T& Last() const \ + { return (T&)(base::operator[](GetCount() - 1)); } \ + \ + int Index(T lItem, bool bFromEnd = false) const \ + { return base::Index((base_type)lItem, bFromEnd); } \ + \ + void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1) \ + { base::Add((base_type)lItem, nInsert); } \ + void Insert(T lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1) \ + { base::Insert((base_type)lItem, uiIndex, nInsert) ; } \ + \ + void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1) \ + { base::RemoveAt(uiIndex, nRemove); } \ + void Remove(T lItem) \ + { int iIndex = Index(lItem); \ + wxCHECK_RET( iIndex != wxNOT_FOUND, _WX_ERROR_REMOVE); \ + base::RemoveAt((size_t)iIndex); } \ + \ + void Sort(CMPFUNC##T fCmp) { base::Sort((CMPFUNC)fCmp); } \ + \ + /* STL-like interface */ \ +private: \ + typedef base::iterator biterator; \ + typedef base::const_iterator bconst_iterator; \ + typedef base::value_type bvalue_type; \ + typedef base::const_reference bconst_reference; \ +public: \ + typedef T value_type; \ + typedef value_type* pointer; \ + typedef const value_type* const_pointer; \ + typedef value_type* iterator; \ + typedef const value_type* const_iterator; \ + typedef value_type& reference; \ + typedef const value_type& const_reference; \ + typedef base::difference_type difference_type; \ + typedef base::size_type size_type; \ + \ + class reverse_iterator \ + { \ + typedef T value_type; \ + typedef value_type& reference; \ + typedef value_type* pointer; \ + typedef reverse_iterator itor; \ + friend inline itor operator+(int o, const itor& it) \ + { return it.m_ptr - o; } \ + friend inline itor operator+(const itor& it, int o) \ + { return it.m_ptr - o; } \ + friend inline itor operator-(const itor& it, int o) \ + { return it.m_ptr + o; } \ + friend inline difference_type operator-(const itor& i1, \ + const itor& i2) \ + { return i1.m_ptr - i2.m_ptr; } \ + \ + public: \ + pointer m_ptr; \ + reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { } \ + reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { } \ + reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { } \ + reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; } \ + ptrop \ + itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; } \ + const itor operator++(int) \ + { reverse_iterator tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; } \ + itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; } \ + const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; }\ + bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; }\ + bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; }\ + }; \ + \ + class const_reverse_iterator \ + { \ + typedef T value_type; \ + typedef const value_type& reference; \ + typedef const value_type* pointer; \ + typedef const_reverse_iterator itor; \ + friend inline itor operator+(int o, const itor& it) \ + { return it.m_ptr - o; } \ + friend inline itor operator+(const itor& it, int o) \ + { return it.m_ptr - o; } \ + friend inline itor operator-(const itor& it, int o) \ + { return it.m_ptr + o; } \ + friend inline difference_type operator-(const itor& i1, \ + const itor& i2) \ + { return i1.m_ptr - i2.m_ptr; } \ + \ + public: \ + pointer m_ptr; \ + const_reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { } \ + const_reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { } \ + const_reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { } \ + const_reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { }\ + reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; } \ + ptrop \ + itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; } \ + const itor operator++(int) \ + { itor tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; } \ + itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; } \ + const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; }\ + bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; }\ + bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; }\ + }; \ + \ + name(size_type n) { assign(n, value_type()); } \ + name(size_type n, const_reference v) { assign(n, v); } \ + name(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) \ + { assign(first, last); } \ + void assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) \ + { base::assign((bconst_iterator)first, (bconst_iterator)last); } \ + void assign(size_type n, const_reference v) \ + { base::assign(n, (bconst_reference)v); } \ + reference back() { return *(end() - 1); } \ + const_reference back() const { return *(end() - 1); } \ + iterator begin() { return (iterator)base::begin(); } \ + const_iterator begin() const { return (const_iterator)base::begin(); }\ + size_type capacity() const { return base::capacity(); } \ + iterator end() { return (iterator)base::end(); } \ + const_iterator end() const { return (const_iterator)base::end(); } \ + iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last) \ + { return (iterator)base::erase((biterator)first, (biterator)last); }\ + iterator erase(iterator it) \ + { return (iterator)base::erase((biterator)it); } \ + reference front() { return *begin(); } \ + const_reference front() const { return *begin(); } \ + void insert(iterator it, size_type n, const_reference v) \ + { base::insert((biterator)it, n, (bconst_reference)v); } \ + iterator insert(iterator it, const_reference v = value_type()) \ + { return (iterator)base::insert((biterator)it, (bconst_reference)v); }\ + void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last) \ + { base::insert((biterator)it, (bconst_iterator)first, \ + (bconst_iterator)last); } \ + void pop_back() { base::pop_back(); } \ + void push_back(const_reference v) \ + { base::push_back((bconst_reference)v); } \ + reverse_iterator rbegin() { return reverse_iterator(end() - 1); } \ + const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const; \ + reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(begin() - 1); } \ + const_reverse_iterator rend() const; \ + void reserve(size_type n) { base::reserve(n); } \ + void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type()) \ + { base::resize(n, v); } \ + void swap(name& other) { base::swap(other); } \ +} + +#define _WX_PTROP pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; } +#define _WX_PTROP_NONE + +#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, classexp) \ + _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_HELPER(T, name, base, classexp, _WX_PTROP) +#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base, classexp) \ + _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_HELPER(T, name, base, classexp, _WX_PTROP_NONE) + +#endif // !wxUSE_STL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY: sorted array for simple data types +// cannot handle types with size greater than pointer because of sorting +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_2(T, name, base, defcomp, classexp, comptype)\ +wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT2(sizeof(T) <= sizeof(base::base_type), \ + TypeTooBigToBeStoredInSorted##base, \ + name); \ +classexp name : public base \ +{ \ + typedef comptype SCMPFUNC; \ +public: \ + name(comptype fn defcomp) { m_fnCompare = fn; } \ + \ + name& operator=(const name& src) \ + { base* temp = (base*) this; \ + (*temp) = ((const base&)src); \ + m_fnCompare = src.m_fnCompare; \ + return *this; } \ + \ + T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const \ + { return (T&)(base::operator[](uiIndex)); } \ + T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \ + { return (T&)(base::operator[](uiIndex)); } \ + T& Last() const \ + { return (T&)(base::operator[](size() - 1)); } \ + \ + int Index(T lItem) const \ + { return base::Index(lItem, (CMPFUNC)m_fnCompare); } \ + \ + size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem) const \ + { return base::IndexForInsert(lItem, (CMPFUNC)m_fnCompare); } \ + \ + void AddAt(T item, size_t index) \ + { base::insert(begin() + index, item); } \ + \ + size_t Add(T lItem) \ + { return base::Add(lItem, (CMPFUNC)m_fnCompare); } \ + \ + void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1) \ + { base::erase(begin() + uiIndex, begin() + uiIndex + nRemove); } \ + void Remove(T lItem) \ + { int iIndex = Index(lItem); \ + wxCHECK_RET( iIndex != wxNOT_FOUND, _WX_ERROR_REMOVE ); \ + base::erase(begin() + iIndex); } \ + \ +private: \ + comptype m_fnCompare; \ +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY: an array for pointers to type T with owning semantics +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(T, name, base, classexp) \ +typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC##T)(T **pItem1, T **pItem2); \ +classexp name : protected base \ +{ \ +typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC##base)(void **pItem1, void **pItem2); \ +typedef base base_array; \ +public: \ + name() { } \ + name(const name& src); \ + name& operator=(const name& src); \ + \ + ~name(); \ + \ + void Alloc(size_t count) { base::reserve(count); } \ + void reserve(size_t count) { base::reserve(count); } \ + size_t GetCount() const { return base_array::size(); } \ + size_t size() const { return base_array::size(); } \ + bool IsEmpty() const { return base_array::empty(); } \ + bool empty() const { return base_array::empty(); } \ + size_t Count() const { return base_array::size(); } \ + void Shrink() { base::Shrink(); } \ + \ + T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const \ + { return *(T*)base::operator[](uiIndex); } \ + T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \ + { return *(T*)base::operator[](uiIndex); } \ + T& Last() const \ + { return *(T*)(base::operator[](size() - 1)); } \ + \ + int Index(const T& lItem, bool bFromEnd = false) const; \ + \ + void Add(const T& lItem, size_t nInsert = 1); \ + void Add(const T* pItem) \ + { base::push_back((T*)pItem); } \ + void push_back(const T* pItem) \ + { base::push_back((T*)pItem); } \ + void push_back(const T& lItem) \ + { Add(lItem); } \ + \ + void Insert(const T& lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1); \ + void Insert(const T* pItem, size_t uiIndex) \ + { base::insert(begin() + uiIndex, (T*)pItem); } \ + \ + void Empty() { DoEmpty(); base::clear(); } \ + void Clear() { DoEmpty(); base::clear(); } \ + \ + T* Detach(size_t uiIndex) \ + { T* p = (T*)base::operator[](uiIndex); \ + base::erase(begin() + uiIndex); return p; } \ + void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1); \ + \ + void Sort(CMPFUNC##T fCmp) { base::Sort((CMPFUNC##base)fCmp); } \ + \ +private: \ + void DoEmpty(); \ + void DoCopy(const name& src); \ +} + +// ============================================================================ +// The public macros for declaration and definition of the dynamic arrays +// ============================================================================ + +// Please note that for each macro WX_FOO_ARRAY we also have +// WX_FOO_EXPORTED_ARRAY and WX_FOO_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY which are exactly the +// same except that they use an additional __declspec(dllexport) or equivalent +// under Windows if needed. +// +// The first (just EXPORTED) macros do it if wxWidgets was compiled as a DLL +// and so must be used used inside the library. The second kind (USER_EXPORTED) +// allow the user code to do it when it wants. This is needed if you have a dll +// that wants to export a wxArray daubed with your own import/export goo. +// +// Finally, you can define the macro below as something special to modify the +// arrays defined by a simple WX_FOO_ARRAY as well. By default is is empty. +#define wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name) declare an array class named "name" containing +// the elements of type T +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name) \ + WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name, wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT) + +#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name) \ + WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name, WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) + +#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name, expmode) \ + typedef T _wxArray##name; \ + _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(_wxArray##name, name, class expmode) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) define an array class named "name" deriving +// from class "base" containing the elements of type T +// +// Note that the class defined has only inline function and doesn't take any +// space at all so there is no size penalty for defining multiple array classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, base, class wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT) + +#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, base, class wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT) + +#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, base, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) + +#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, base, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) + +#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, expdecl) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, base, class expdecl) + +#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base, expdecl) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, base, class expdecl) + +#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, base, classdecl) \ + typedef T _wxArray##name; \ + _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(_wxArray##name, name, base, classdecl) + +#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, base, classdecl) \ + typedef T _wxArray##name; \ + _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(_wxArray##name, name, base, classdecl) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY: this is the same as the previous macro, but it +// defines a sorted array. +// +// Differences: +// 1) it must be given a COMPARE function in ctor which takes 2 items of type +// T* and should return -1, 0 or +1 if the first one is less/greater +// than/equal to the second one. +// 2) the Add() method inserts the item in such was that the array is always +// sorted (it uses the COMPARE function) +// 3) it has no Sort() method because it's always sorted +// 4) Index() method is much faster (the sorted arrays use binary search +// instead of linear one), but Add() is slower. +// 5) there is no Insert() method because you can't insert an item into the +// given position in a sorted array but there is IndexForInsert()/AddAt() +// pair which may be used to optimize a common operation of "insert only if +// not found" +// +// Note that you have to specify the comparison function when creating the +// objects of this array type. If, as in 99% of cases, the comparison function +// is the same for all objects of a class, WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP below +// is more convenient. +// +// Summary: use this class when the speed of Index() function is important, use +// the normal arrays otherwise. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// we need a macro which expands to nothing to pass correct number of +// parameters to a nested macro invocation even when we don't have anything to +// pass it +#define wxARRAY_EMPTY + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, \ + wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, expmode) \ + typedef T _wxArray##name; \ + typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *SCMPFUNC##name)(T pItem1, T pItem2); \ + _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_2(_wxArray##name, name, base, \ + wxARRAY_EMPTY, class expmode, SCMPFUNC##name) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP: exactly the same as above but the comparison +// function is provided by this macro and the objects of this class have a +// default constructor which just uses it. +// +// The arguments are: the element type, the comparison function and the array +// name +// +// NB: this is, of course, how WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY() should have worked +// from the very beginning - unfortunately I didn't think about this earlier +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base, \ + wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base, \ + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base, \ + expmode) \ + typedef T _wxArray##name; \ + typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *SCMPFUNC##name)(T pItem1, T pItem2); \ + _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_2(_wxArray##name, name, base, = cmpfunc, \ + class expmode, SCMPFUNC##name) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(T, name): this macro generates a new array class +// named "name" which owns the objects of type T it contains, i.e. it will +// delete them when it is destroyed. +// +// An element is of type T*, but arguments of type T& are taken (see below!) +// and T& is returned. +// +// Don't use this for simple types such as "int" or "long"! +// +// Note on Add/Insert functions: +// 1) function(T*) gives the object to the array, i.e. it will delete the +// object when it's removed or in the array's dtor +// 2) function(T&) will create a copy of the object and work with it +// +// Also: +// 1) Remove() will delete the object after removing it from the array +// 2) Detach() just removes the object from the array (returning pointer to it) +// +// NB1: Base type T should have an accessible copy ctor if Add(T&) is used +// NB2: Never ever cast a array to it's base type: as dtor is not virtual +// and so you risk having at least the memory leaks and probably worse +// +// Some functions of this class are not inline, so it takes some space to +// define new class from this template even if you don't use it - which is not +// the case for the simple (non-object) array classes +// +// To use an objarray class you must +// #include "dynarray.h" +// WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(element_type, list_class_name) +// #include "arrimpl.cpp" +// WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(list_class_name) // name must be the same as above! +// +// This is necessary because at the moment of DEFINE_OBJARRAY class parsing the +// element_type must be fully defined (i.e. forward declaration is not +// enough), while WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY may be done anywhere. The separation of +// two allows to break cicrcular dependencies with classes which have member +// variables of objarray type. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(T, name) \ + WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT) + +#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name) \ + WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) + +#define WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, decl) \ + typedef T _wxObjArray##name; \ + _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(_wxObjArray##name, name, wxArrayPtrVoid, decl) + +#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, class expmode) + +// WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY is going to be redefined when arrimpl.cpp is included, +// try to provoke a human-understandable error if it used incorrectly. +// +// there is no real need for 3 different macros in the DEFINE case but do it +// anyhow for consistency +#define WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name) DidYouIncludeArrimplCpp +#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(name) WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name) +#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(name) WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Some commonly used predefined base arrays +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(const void *, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(char, wxBaseArrayChar, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(short, wxBaseArrayShort, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(int, wxBaseArrayInt, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(long, wxBaseArrayLong, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(size_t, wxBaseArraySizeT, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(double, wxBaseArrayDouble, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Convenience macros to define arrays from base arrays +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) +#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) +#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) +#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) +#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, decl) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, decl) +#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) +#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar) +#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar) +#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort) +#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort) +#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_INT(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt) +#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt) +#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_LONG(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong) +#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong) +#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT) +#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT) +#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_DOUBLE(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayDouble) +#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_DOUBLE(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayDouble) +#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_DOUBLE(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayDouble, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Convenience macros to define sorted arrays from base arrays +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt, expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong, expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Convenience macros to define sorted arrays from base arrays +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, \ + name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \ + wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, \ + wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_CHAR(T, cmpfunc, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayChar) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_CHAR(T, cmpfunc, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayChar) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_CHAR(T, cmpfunc, \ + name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \ + wxBaseArrayChar, \ + wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SHORT(T, cmpfunc, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayShort) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SHORT(T, cmpfunc, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayShort) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SHORT(T, cmpfunc, \ + name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \ + wxBaseArrayShort, \ + wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(T, cmpfunc, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayInt) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(T, cmpfunc, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayInt) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(T, cmpfunc, \ + name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \ + wxBaseArrayInt, \ + wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_LONG(T, cmpfunc, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayLong) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_LONG(T, cmpfunc, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayLong) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_LONG(T, cmpfunc, \ + name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \ + wxBaseArrayLong, \ + wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SIZE_T(T, cmpfunc, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArraySizeT) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SIZE_T(T, cmpfunc, name) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArraySizeT) +#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SIZE_T(T, cmpfunc, \ + name, expmode) \ + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \ + wxBaseArraySizeT, \ + wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Some commonly used predefined arrays +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(short, wxArrayShort, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(int, wxArrayInt, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_DOUBLE(double, wxArrayDouble, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(long, wxArrayLong, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(void *, wxArrayPtrVoid, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// convenience macros +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// prepend all element of one array to another one; e.g. if first array contains +// elements X,Y,Z and the second contains A,B,C (in those orders), then the +// first array will be result as A,B,C,X,Y,Z +#define WX_PREPEND_ARRAY(array, other) \ + { \ + size_t wxAAcnt = (other).size(); \ + (array).reserve(wxAAcnt); \ + for ( size_t wxAAn = 0; wxAAn < wxAAcnt; wxAAn++ ) \ + { \ + (array).Insert((other)[wxAAn], wxAAn); \ + } \ + } + +// append all element of one array to another one +#define WX_APPEND_ARRAY(array, other) \ + { \ + size_t wxAAcnt = (other).size(); \ + (array).reserve(wxAAcnt); \ + for ( size_t wxAAn = 0; wxAAn < wxAAcnt; wxAAn++ ) \ + { \ + (array).push_back((other)[wxAAn]); \ + } \ + } + +// delete all array elements +// +// NB: the class declaration of the array elements must be visible from the +// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not +// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't +// count on it)! +#define WX_CLEAR_ARRAY(array) \ + { \ + size_t wxAAcnt = (array).size(); \ + for ( size_t wxAAn = 0; wxAAn < wxAAcnt; wxAAn++ ) \ + { \ + delete (array)[wxAAn]; \ + } \ + \ + (array).clear(); \ + } + +#endif // _DYNARRAY_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynlib.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynlib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..687794221d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,421 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dynlib.h +// Purpose: Dynamic library loading classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux, Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 20/07/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dynlib.h 64139 2010-04-25 12:07:37Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DYNLIB_H__ +#define _WX_DYNLIB_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// note that we have our own dlerror() implementation under Darwin +#if (defined(HAVE_DLERROR) && !defined(__EMX__)) || defined(__DARWIN__) + #define wxHAVE_DYNLIB_ERROR +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDynamicLibraryDetailsCreator; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// conditional compilation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Note: __OS2__/EMX has to be tested first, since we want to use +// native version, even if configure detected presence of DLOPEN. +#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__) || defined(__WINDOWS__) + typedef WXHMODULE wxDllType; +#elif defined(__DARWIN__) + // Don't include dlfcn.h on Darwin, we may be using our own replacements. + typedef void *wxDllType; +#elif defined(HAVE_DLOPEN) + #include + typedef void *wxDllType; +#elif defined(HAVE_SHL_LOAD) + #include + typedef shl_t wxDllType; +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include + typedef CFragConnectionID wxDllType; +#else + #error "Dynamic Loading classes can't be compiled on this platform, sorry." +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxDLFlags +{ + wxDL_LAZY = 0x00000001, // resolve undefined symbols at first use + // (only works on some Unix versions) + wxDL_NOW = 0x00000002, // resolve undefined symbols on load + // (default, always the case under Win32) + wxDL_GLOBAL = 0x00000004, // export extern symbols to subsequently + // loaded libs. + wxDL_VERBATIM = 0x00000008, // attempt to load the supplied library + // name without appending the usual dll + // filename extension. + + // this flag is obsolete, don't use + wxDL_NOSHARE = 0x00000010, // load new DLL, don't reuse already loaded + // (only for wxPluginManager) + + wxDL_QUIET = 0x00000020, // don't log an error if failed to load + + // this flag is dangerous, for internal use of wxMSW only, don't use at all + // and especially don't use directly, use wxLoadedDLL instead if you really + // do need it + wxDL_GET_LOADED = 0x00000040, // Win32 only: return handle of already + // loaded DLL or NULL otherwise; Unload() + // should not be called so don't forget to + // Detach() if you use this function + + wxDL_DEFAULT = wxDL_NOW // default flags correspond to Win32 +}; + +enum wxDynamicLibraryCategory +{ + wxDL_LIBRARY, // standard library + wxDL_MODULE // loadable module/plugin +}; + +enum wxPluginCategory +{ + wxDL_PLUGIN_GUI, // plugin that uses GUI classes + wxDL_PLUGIN_BASE // wxBase-only plugin +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// when loading a function from a DLL you always have to cast the returned +// "void *" pointer to the correct type and, even more annoyingly, you have to +// repeat this type twice if you want to declare and define a function pointer +// all in one line +// +// this macro makes this slightly less painful by allowing you to specify the +// type only once, as the first parameter, and creating a variable of this type +// called "pfn" initialized with the "name" from the "dynlib" +#define wxDYNLIB_FUNCTION(type, name, dynlib) \ + type pfn ## name = (type)(dynlib).GetSymbol(wxT(#name)) + + +// a more convenient function replacing wxDYNLIB_FUNCTION above +// +// it uses the convention that the type of the function is its name suffixed +// with "_t" but it doesn't define a variable but just assigns the loaded value +// to it and also allows to pass it the prefix to be used instead of hardcoding +// "pfn" (the prefix can be "m_" or "gs_pfn" or whatever) +// +// notice that this function doesn't generate error messages if the symbol +// couldn't be loaded, the caller should generate the appropriate message +#define wxDL_INIT_FUNC(pfx, name, dynlib) \ + pfx ## name = (name ## _t)(dynlib).RawGetSymbol(#name) + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + +// same as wxDL_INIT_FUNC() but appends 'A' or 'W' to the function name, see +// wxDynamicLibrary::GetSymbolAorW() +#define wxDL_INIT_FUNC_AW(pfx, name, dynlib) \ + pfx ## name = (name ## _t)(dynlib).GetSymbolAorW(#name) + +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +// the following macros can be used to redirect a whole library to a class and +// check at run-time if the library is present and contains all required +// methods +// +// notice that they are supposed to be used inside a class which has "m_ok" +// member variable indicating if the library had been successfully loaded + +// helper macros constructing the name of the variable storing the function +// pointer and the name of its type from the function name +#define wxDL_METHOD_NAME(name) m_pfn ## name +#define wxDL_METHOD_TYPE(name) name ## _t + +// parameters are: +// - rettype: return type of the function, e.g. "int" +// - name: name of the function, e.g. "foo" +// - args: function signature in parentheses, e.g. "(int x, int y)" +// - argnames: the names of the parameters in parentheses, e.g. "(x, y)" +// - defret: the value to return if the library wasn't successfully loaded +#define wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( rettype, name, args, argnames, defret ) \ + typedef rettype (* wxDL_METHOD_TYPE(name)) args ; \ + wxDL_METHOD_TYPE(name) wxDL_METHOD_NAME(name); \ + rettype name args \ + { return m_ok ? wxDL_METHOD_NAME(name) argnames : defret; } + +#define wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( name, args, argnames ) \ + typedef void (* wxDL_METHOD_TYPE(name)) args ; \ + wxDL_METHOD_TYPE(name) wxDL_METHOD_NAME(name); \ + void name args \ + { if ( m_ok ) wxDL_METHOD_NAME(name) argnames ; } + +#define wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(lib, name) \ + wxDL_METHOD_NAME(name) = \ + (wxDL_METHOD_TYPE(name)) lib.GetSymbol(#name, &m_ok); \ + if ( !m_ok ) return false + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDynamicLibraryDetails: contains details about a loaded wxDynamicLibrary +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicLibraryDetails +{ +public: + // ctor, normally never used as these objects are only created by + // wxDynamicLibrary::ListLoaded() + wxDynamicLibraryDetails() { m_address = NULL; m_length = 0; } + + // get the (base) name + wxString GetName() const { return m_name; } + + // get the full path of this object + wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; } + + // get the load address and the extent, return true if this information is + // available + bool GetAddress(void **addr, size_t *len) const + { + if ( !m_address ) + return false; + + if ( addr ) + *addr = m_address; + if ( len ) + *len = m_length; + + return true; + } + + // return the version of the DLL (may be empty if no version info) + wxString GetVersion() const + { + return m_version; + } + +private: + wxString m_name, + m_path, + m_version; + + void *m_address; + size_t m_length; + + friend class wxDynamicLibraryDetailsCreator; +}; + +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxDynamicLibraryDetails, + wxDynamicLibraryDetailsArray, + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDynamicLibrary: represents a handle to a DLL/shared object +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicLibrary +{ +public: + // return a valid handle for the main program itself or NULL if back + // linking is not supported by the current platform (e.g. Win32) + static wxDllType GetProgramHandle(); + + // return the platform standard DLL extension (with leading dot) + static const wxString& GetDllExt() { return ms_dllext; } + + wxDynamicLibrary() : m_handle(0) { } + wxDynamicLibrary(const wxString& libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT) + : m_handle(0) + { + Load(libname, flags); + } + + // NOTE: this class is (deliberately) not virtual, do not attempt + // to use it polymorphically. + ~wxDynamicLibrary() { Unload(); } + + // return true if the library was loaded successfully + bool IsLoaded() const { return m_handle != 0; } + + // load the library with the given name (full or not), return true if ok + bool Load(const wxString& libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT); + + // raw function for loading dynamic libs: always behaves as if + // wxDL_VERBATIM were specified and doesn't log error message if the + // library couldn't be loaded but simply returns NULL + static wxDllType RawLoad(const wxString& libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT); + + // detach the library object from its handle, i.e. prevent the object from + // unloading the library in its dtor -- the caller is now responsible for + // doing this + wxDllType Detach() { wxDllType h = m_handle; m_handle = 0; return h; } + + // unload the given library handle (presumably returned by Detach() before) + static void Unload(wxDllType handle); + + // unload the library, also done automatically in dtor + void Unload() { if ( IsLoaded() ) { Unload(m_handle); m_handle = 0; } } + + // Return the raw handle from dlopen and friends. + wxDllType GetLibHandle() const { return m_handle; } + + // check if the given symbol is present in the library, useful to verify if + // a loadable module is our plugin, for example, without provoking error + // messages from GetSymbol() + bool HasSymbol(const wxString& name) const + { + bool ok; + DoGetSymbol(name, &ok); + return ok; + } + + // resolve a symbol in a loaded DLL, such as a variable or function name. + // 'name' is the (possibly mangled) name of the symbol. (use extern "C" to + // export unmangled names) + // + // Since it is perfectly valid for the returned symbol to actually be NULL, + // that is not always indication of an error. Pass and test the parameter + // 'success' for a true indication of success or failure to load the + // symbol. + // + // Returns a pointer to the symbol on success, or NULL if an error occurred + // or the symbol wasn't found. + void *GetSymbol(const wxString& name, bool *success = NULL) const; + + // low-level version of GetSymbol() + static void *RawGetSymbol(wxDllType handle, const wxString& name); + void *RawGetSymbol(const wxString& name) const + { +#if defined (__WXPM__) || defined(__EMX__) + return GetSymbol(name); +#else + return RawGetSymbol(m_handle, name); +#endif + } + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // this function is useful for loading functions from the standard Windows + // DLLs: such functions have an 'A' (in ANSI build) or 'W' (in Unicode, or + // wide character build) suffix if they take string parameters + static void *RawGetSymbolAorW(wxDllType handle, const wxString& name) + { + return RawGetSymbol + ( + handle, + name + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + L'W' +#else + 'A' +#endif + ); + } + + void *GetSymbolAorW(const wxString& name) const + { + return RawGetSymbolAorW(m_handle, name); + } +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + // return all modules/shared libraries in the address space of this process + // + // returns an empty array if not implemented or an error occurred + static wxDynamicLibraryDetailsArray ListLoaded(); + + // return platform-specific name of dynamic library with proper extension + // and prefix (e.g. "foo.dll" on Windows or "libfoo.so" on Linux) + static wxString CanonicalizeName(const wxString& name, + wxDynamicLibraryCategory cat = wxDL_LIBRARY); + + // return name of wxWidgets plugin (adds compiler and version info + // to the filename): + static wxString + CanonicalizePluginName(const wxString& name, + wxPluginCategory cat = wxDL_PLUGIN_GUI); + + // return plugin directory on platforms where it makes sense and empty + // string on others: + static wxString GetPluginsDirectory(); + + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // return the handle (HMODULE/HINSTANCE) of the DLL with the given name + // and/or containing the specified address: for XP and later systems only + // the address is used and the name is ignored but for the previous systems + // only the name (which may be either a full path to the DLL or just its + // base name, possibly even without extension) is used + // + // the returned handle reference count is not incremented so it doesn't + // need to be freed using FreeLibrary() but it also means that it can + // become invalid if the DLL is unloaded + static WXHMODULE MSWGetModuleHandle(const char *name, void *addr); +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +protected: + // common part of GetSymbol() and HasSymbol() + void *DoGetSymbol(const wxString& name, bool *success = 0) const; + +#ifdef wxHAVE_DYNLIB_ERROR + // log the error after a dlxxx() function failure + static void Error(); +#endif // wxHAVE_DYNLIB_ERROR + + + // platform specific shared lib suffix. + static const wxString ms_dllext; + + // the handle to DLL or NULL + wxDllType m_handle; + + // no copy ctor/assignment operators (or we'd try to unload the library + // twice) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDynamicLibrary); +}; + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLoadedDLL is a MSW-only internal helper class allowing to dynamically bind +// to a DLL already loaded into the project address space +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxLoadedDLL : public wxDynamicLibrary +{ +public: + wxLoadedDLL(const wxString& dllname) + : wxDynamicLibrary(dllname, wxDL_GET_LOADED | wxDL_VERBATIM | wxDL_QUIET) + { + } + + ~wxLoadedDLL() + { + Detach(); + } +}; + +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Interesting defines +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define WXDLL_ENTRY_FUNCTION() \ +extern "C" WXEXPORT const wxClassInfo *wxGetClassFirst(); \ +const wxClassInfo *wxGetClassFirst() { \ + return wxClassInfo::GetFirst(); \ +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS + +#endif // _WX_DYNLIB_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynload.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynload.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..29575b5b08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/dynload.h @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/dynload.h +// Purpose: Dynamic loading framework +// Author: Ron Lee, David Falkinder, Vadim Zeitlin and a cast of 1000's +// (derived in part from dynlib.cpp (c) 1998 Guilhem Lavaux) +// Modified by: +// Created: 03/12/01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dynload.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Ron Lee +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DYNAMICLOADER_H__ +#define _WX_DYNAMICLOADER_H__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER + +#include "wx/dynlib.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/module.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPluginLibrary; + + +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(wxPluginLibrary *, wxDLManifest, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +typedef wxDLManifest wxDLImports; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPluginLibrary +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NOTE: Do not attempt to use a base class pointer to this class. +// wxDL is not virtual and we deliberately hide some of it's +// methods here. +// +// Unless you know exacty why you need to, you probably shouldn't +// instantiate this class directly anyway, use wxPluginManager +// instead. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPluginLibrary : public wxDynamicLibrary +{ +public: + + static wxDLImports* ms_classes; // Static hash of all imported classes. + + wxPluginLibrary( const wxString &libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT ); + ~wxPluginLibrary(); + + wxPluginLibrary *RefLib(); + bool UnrefLib(); + + // These two are called by the PluginSentinel on (PLUGGABLE) object + // creation/destruction. There is usually no reason for the user to + // call them directly. We have to separate this from the link count, + // since the two are not interchangeable. + + // FIXME: for even better debugging PluginSentinel should register + // the name of the class created too, then we can state + // exactly which object was not destroyed which may be + // difficult to find otherwise. Also this code should + // probably only be active in DEBUG mode, but let's just + // get it right first. + + void RefObj() { ++m_objcount; } + void UnrefObj() + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_objcount > 0, wxT("Too many objects deleted??") ); + --m_objcount; + } + + // Override/hide some base class methods + + bool IsLoaded() const { return m_linkcount > 0; } + void Unload() { UnrefLib(); } + +private: + + const wxClassInfo *m_before; // sm_first before loading this lib + const wxClassInfo *m_after; // ..and after. + + size_t m_linkcount; // Ref count of library link calls + size_t m_objcount; // ..and (pluggable) object instantiations. + wxModuleList m_wxmodules; // any wxModules that we initialised. + + void UpdateClasses(); // Update ms_classes + void RestoreClasses(); // Removes this library from ms_classes + void RegisterModules(); // Init any wxModules in the lib. + void UnregisterModules(); // Cleanup any wxModules we installed. + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPluginLibrary); +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPluginManager +{ +public: + + // Static accessors. + + static wxPluginLibrary *LoadLibrary( const wxString &libname, + int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT ); + static bool UnloadLibrary(const wxString &libname); + + // Instance methods. + + wxPluginManager() : m_entry(NULL) {} + wxPluginManager(const wxString &libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT) + { + Load(libname, flags); + } + ~wxPluginManager() { if ( IsLoaded() ) Unload(); } + + bool Load(const wxString &libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT); + void Unload(); + + bool IsLoaded() const { return m_entry && m_entry->IsLoaded(); } + void *GetSymbol(const wxString &symbol, bool *success = 0) + { + return m_entry->GetSymbol( symbol, success ); + } + + static void CreateManifest() { ms_manifest = new wxDLManifest(wxKEY_STRING); } + static void ClearManifest() { delete ms_manifest; ms_manifest = NULL; } + +private: + // return the pointer to the entry for the library with given name in + // ms_manifest or NULL if none + static wxPluginLibrary *FindByName(const wxString& name) + { + const wxDLManifest::iterator i = ms_manifest->find(name); + + return i == ms_manifest->end() ? NULL : i->second; + } + + static wxDLManifest* ms_manifest; // Static hash of loaded libs. + wxPluginLibrary* m_entry; // Cache our entry in the manifest. + + // We could allow this class to be copied if we really + // wanted to, but not without modification. + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPluginManager); +}; + + +#endif // wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER +#endif // _WX_DYNAMICLOADER_H__ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/editlbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/editlbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..890d74e333 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/editlbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/editlbox.h +// Purpose: ListBox with editable items +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: editlbox.h 56651 2008-11-02 22:16:14Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +#ifndef __WX_EDITLBOX_H__ +#define __WX_EDITLBOX_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX + +#include "wx/panel.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListEvent; + +#define wxEL_ALLOW_NEW 0x0100 +#define wxEL_ALLOW_EDIT 0x0200 +#define wxEL_ALLOW_DELETE 0x0400 +#define wxEL_NO_REORDER 0x0800 +#define wxEL_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxEL_ALLOW_NEW | wxEL_ALLOW_EDIT | wxEL_ALLOW_DELETE) + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxEditableListBoxNameStr[]; + +// This class provides a composite control that lets the +// user easily enter list of strings + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxEditableListBox : public wxPanel +{ +public: + wxEditableListBox() { Init(); } + + wxEditableListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxEL_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxEditableListBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxEL_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxEditableListBoxNameStr); + + void SetStrings(const wxArrayString& strings); + void GetStrings(wxArrayString& strings) const; + + wxListCtrl* GetListCtrl() { return m_listCtrl; } + wxBitmapButton* GetDelButton() { return m_bDel; } + wxBitmapButton* GetNewButton() { return m_bNew; } + wxBitmapButton* GetUpButton() { return m_bUp; } + wxBitmapButton* GetDownButton() { return m_bDown; } + wxBitmapButton* GetEditButton() { return m_bEdit; } + +protected: + wxBitmapButton *m_bDel, *m_bNew, *m_bUp, *m_bDown, *m_bEdit; + wxListCtrl *m_listCtrl; + int m_selection; + long m_style; + + void Init() + { + m_style = 0; + m_selection = 0; + m_bEdit = m_bNew = m_bDel = m_bUp = m_bDown = NULL; + m_listCtrl = NULL; + } + + void OnItemSelected(wxListEvent& event); + void OnEndLabelEdit(wxListEvent& event); + void OnNewItem(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnDelItem(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnEditItem(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnUpItem(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnDownItem(wxCommandEvent& event); + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxEditableListBox) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX + +#endif // __WX_EDITLBOX_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/effects.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/effects.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e12835d025 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/effects.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/effects.h +// Purpose: wxEffects class +// Draws 3D effects. +// Author: Julian Smart et al +// Modified by: +// Created: 25/4/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: effects.h 54372 2008-06-26 11:16:40Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_EFFECTS_H_ +#define _WX_EFFECTS_H_ + +// this class is deprecated and will be removed in the next wx version +// +// please use wxRenderer::DrawBorder() instead of DrawSunkenEdge(); there is no +// replacement for TileBitmap() but it doesn't seem to be very useful anyhow +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +/* + * wxEffects: various 3D effects + */ + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/colour.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/dc.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxEffectsImpl: public wxObject +{ +public: + // Assume system colours + wxEffectsImpl() ; + // Going from lightest to darkest + wxEffectsImpl(const wxColour& highlightColour, const wxColour& lightShadow, + const wxColour& faceColour, const wxColour& mediumShadow, + const wxColour& darkShadow) ; + + // Accessors + wxColour GetHighlightColour() const { return m_highlightColour; } + wxColour GetLightShadow() const { return m_lightShadow; } + wxColour GetFaceColour() const { return m_faceColour; } + wxColour GetMediumShadow() const { return m_mediumShadow; } + wxColour GetDarkShadow() const { return m_darkShadow; } + + void SetHighlightColour(const wxColour& c) { m_highlightColour = c; } + void SetLightShadow(const wxColour& c) { m_lightShadow = c; } + void SetFaceColour(const wxColour& c) { m_faceColour = c; } + void SetMediumShadow(const wxColour& c) { m_mediumShadow = c; } + void SetDarkShadow(const wxColour& c) { m_darkShadow = c; } + + void Set(const wxColour& highlightColour, const wxColour& lightShadow, + const wxColour& faceColour, const wxColour& mediumShadow, + const wxColour& darkShadow) + { + SetHighlightColour(highlightColour); + SetLightShadow(lightShadow); + SetFaceColour(faceColour); + SetMediumShadow(mediumShadow); + SetDarkShadow(darkShadow); + } + + // Draw a sunken edge + void DrawSunkenEdge(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int borderSize = 1); + + // Tile a bitmap + bool TileBitmap(const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + +protected: + wxColour m_highlightColour; // Usually white + wxColour m_lightShadow; // Usually light grey + wxColour m_faceColour; // Usually grey + wxColour m_mediumShadow; // Usually dark grey + wxColour m_darkShadow; // Usually black + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxEffectsImpl) +}; + +// current versions of g++ don't generate deprecation warnings for classes +// declared deprecated, so define wxEffects as a typedef instead: this does +// generate warnings with both g++ and VC (which also has no troubles with +// directly deprecating the classes...) +// +// note that this g++ bug (16370) is supposed to be fixed in g++ 4.3.0 +typedef wxEffectsImpl wxDEPRECATED(wxEffects); + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#endif // _WX_EFFECTS_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/encconv.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/encconv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5447fb5980 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/encconv.h @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/encconv.h +// Purpose: wxEncodingConverter class for converting between different +// font encodings +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ENCCONV_H_ +#define _WX_ENCCONV_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/fontenc.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum +{ + wxCONVERT_STRICT, + wxCONVERT_SUBSTITUTE +}; + + +enum +{ + wxPLATFORM_CURRENT = -1, + + wxPLATFORM_UNIX = 0, + wxPLATFORM_WINDOWS, + wxPLATFORM_OS2, + wxPLATFORM_MAC +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_INT(wxFontEncoding, wxFontEncodingArray); + +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEncodingConverter +// This class is capable of converting strings between any two +// 8bit encodings/charsets. It can also convert from/to Unicode +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEncodingConverter : public wxObject +{ + public: + + wxEncodingConverter(); + virtual ~wxEncodingConverter() { if (m_Table) delete[] m_Table; } + + // Initialize conversion. Both output or input encoding may + // be wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE. + // + // All subsequent calls to Convert() will interpret it's argument + // as a string in input_enc encoding and will output string in + // output_enc encoding. + // + // You must call this method before calling Convert. You may call + // it more than once in order to switch to another conversion + // + // Method affects behaviour of Convert() in case input character + // cannot be converted because it does not exist in output encoding: + // wxCONVERT_STRICT -- + // follow behaviour of GNU Recode - just copy unconvertable + // characters to output and don't change them (it's integer + // value will stay the same) + // wxCONVERT_SUBSTITUTE -- + // try some (lossy) substitutions - e.g. replace + // unconvertable latin capitals with acute by ordinary + // capitals, replace en-dash or em-dash by '-' etc. + // both modes gurantee that output string will have same length + // as input string + // + // Returns false if given conversion is impossible, true otherwise + // (conversion may be impossible either if you try to convert + // to Unicode with non-Unicode build of wxWidgets or if input + // or output encoding is not supported.) + bool Init(wxFontEncoding input_enc, wxFontEncoding output_enc, int method = wxCONVERT_STRICT); + + // Convert input string according to settings passed to Init. + // Note that you must call Init before using Convert! + bool Convert(const char* input, char* output) const; + bool Convert(char* str) const { return Convert(str, str); } + wxString Convert(const wxString& input) const; + + bool Convert(const char* input, wchar_t* output) const; + bool Convert(const wchar_t* input, char* output) const; + bool Convert(const wchar_t* input, wchar_t* output) const; + bool Convert(wchar_t* str) const { return Convert(str, str); } + + // Return equivalent(s) for given font that are used + // under given platform. wxPLATFORM_CURRENT means the plaform + // this binary was compiled for + // + // Examples: + // current platform enc returned value + // ----------------------------------------------------- + // unix CP1250 {ISO8859_2} + // unix ISO8859_2 {} + // windows ISO8859_2 {CP1250} + // + // Equivalence is defined in terms of convertibility: + // 2 encodings are equivalent if you can convert text between + // then without loosing information (it may - and will - happen + // that you loose special chars like quotation marks or em-dashes + // but you shouldn't loose any diacritics and language-specific + // characters when converting between equivalent encodings). + // + // Convert() method is not limited to converting between + // equivalent encodings, it can convert between arbitrary + // two encodings! + // + // Remember that this function does _NOT_ check for presence of + // fonts in system. It only tells you what are most suitable + // encodings. (It usually returns only one encoding) + // + // Note that argument enc itself may be present in returned array! + // (so that you can -- as a side effect -- detect whether the + // encoding is native for this platform or not) + static wxFontEncodingArray GetPlatformEquivalents(wxFontEncoding enc, int platform = wxPLATFORM_CURRENT); + + // Similar to GetPlatformEquivalent, but this one will return ALL + // equivalent encodings, regardless the platform, including itself. + static wxFontEncodingArray GetAllEquivalents(wxFontEncoding enc); + + // Return true if [any text in] one multibyte encoding can be + // converted to another one losslessly. + // + // Do not call this with wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE, it doesn't make + // sense (always works in one sense and always depends on the text + // to convert in the other) + static bool CanConvert(wxFontEncoding encIn, wxFontEncoding encOut) + { + return GetAllEquivalents(encIn).Index(encOut) != wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + private: + wchar_t *m_Table; + bool m_UnicodeInput, m_UnicodeOutput; + bool m_JustCopy; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEncodingConverter); +}; + +#endif // _WX_ENCCONV_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/encinfo.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/encinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b9b1896ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/encinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/encinfo.h +// Purpose: declares wxNativeEncodingInfo struct +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.09.2003 (extracted from wx/fontenc.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: encinfo.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ENCINFO_H_ +#define _WX_ENCINFO_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNativeEncodingInfo contains all encoding parameters for this platform +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This private structure specifies all the parameters needed to create a font +// with the given encoding on this platform. +// +// Under X, it contains the last 2 elements of the font specifications +// (registry and encoding). +// +// Under Windows, it contains a number which is one of predefined CHARSET_XXX +// values. +// +// Under all platforms it also contains a facename string which should be +// used, if not empty, to create fonts in this encoding (this is the only way +// to create a font of non-standard encoding (like KOI8) under Windows - the +// facename specifies the encoding then) + +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNativeEncodingInfo +{ + wxString facename; // may be empty meaning "any" +#ifndef __WXPALMOS__ + wxFontEncoding encoding; // so that we know what this struct represents + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || \ + defined(__WXPM__) || \ + defined(__WXMAC__) || \ + defined(__WXCOCOA__) // FIXME: __WXCOCOA__ + + wxNativeEncodingInfo() + : facename() + , encoding(wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM) + , charset(0) /* ANSI_CHARSET */ + { } + + int charset; +#elif defined(_WX_X_FONTLIKE) + wxString xregistry, + xencoding; +#elif defined(wxHAS_UTF8_FONTS) + // ports using UTF-8 for text don't need encoding information for fonts +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + int mglEncoding; +#else + #error "Unsupported toolkit" +#endif +#endif // !__WXPALMOS__ + // this struct is saved in config by wxFontMapper, so it should know to + // serialise itself (implemented in platform-specific code) + bool FromString(const wxString& s); + wxString ToString() const; +}; + +#endif // _WX_ENCINFO_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/event.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/event.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b08e545365 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/event.h @@ -0,0 +1,4063 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/event.h +// Purpose: Event classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: event.h 66209 2010-11-19 07:51:15Z RD $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_EVENT_H_ +#define _WX_EVENT_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/cpp.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/clntdata.h" + +#if wxUSE_GUI + #include "wx/gdicmn.h" + #include "wx/cursor.h" + #include "wx/mousestate.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/thread.h" +#include "wx/tracker.h" +#include "wx/typeinfo.h" +#include "wx/any.h" + +#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND + #include "wx/meta/convertible.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxList; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEvent; +#if wxUSE_GUI + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu; + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase; +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// We operate with pointer to members of wxEvtHandler (such functions are used +// as event handlers in the event tables or as arguments to Connect()) but by +// default MSVC uses a restricted (but more efficient) representation of +// pointers to members which can't deal with multiple base classes. To avoid +// mysterious (as the compiler is not good enough to detect this and give a +// sensible error message) errors in the user code as soon as it defines +// classes inheriting from both wxEvtHandler (possibly indirectly, e.g. via +// wxWindow) and something else (including our own wxTrackable but not limited +// to it), we use the special MSVC keyword telling the compiler to use a more +// general pointer to member representation for the classes inheriting from +// wxEvtHandler. +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #define wxMSVC_FWD_MULTIPLE_BASES __multiple_inheritance +#else + #define wxMSVC_FWD_MULTIPLE_BASES +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMSVC_FWD_MULTIPLE_BASES wxEvtHandler; +class wxEventConnectionRef; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Event types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef int wxEventType; + +#define wxEVT_ANY ((wxEventType)-1) + +// this is used to make the event table entry type safe, so that for an event +// handler only a function with proper parameter list can be given. See also +// the wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST-macro. +#define wxStaticCastEvent(type, val) static_cast(val) + +#define wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(type, winid, idLast, fn, obj) \ + wxEventTableEntry(type, winid, idLast, wxNewEventTableFunctor(type, fn), obj) + +#define wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_TERMINATOR() \ + wxEventTableEntry(wxEVT_NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0) + +// generate a new unique event type +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventType wxNewEventType(); + +// define macros to create new event types: +#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND + // events are represented by an instance of wxEventTypeTag and the + // corresponding type must be specified for type-safety checks + + // define a new custom event type, can be used alone or after event + // declaration in the header using one of the macros below + #define wxDEFINE_EVENT( name, type ) \ + const wxEventTypeTag< type > name( wxNewEventType() ) + + // the general version allowing exporting the event type from DLL, used by + // wxWidgets itself + #define wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( expdecl, name, type ) \ + extern const expdecl wxEventTypeTag< type > name + + // this is the version which will normally be used in the user code + #define wxDECLARE_EVENT( name, type ) \ + wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, name, type ) + + + // these macros are only used internally for backwards compatibility and + // allow to define an alias for an existing event type (this is used by + // wxEVT_SPIN_XXX) + #define wxDEFINE_EVENT_ALIAS( name, type, value ) \ + const wxEventTypeTag< type > name( value ) + + #define wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_ALIAS( expdecl, name, type ) \ + extern const expdecl wxEventTypeTag< type > name +#else // !wxHAS_EVENT_BIND + // the macros are the same ones as above but defined differently as we only + // use the integer event type values to identify events in this case + + #define wxDEFINE_EVENT( name, type ) \ + const wxEventType name( wxNewEventType() ) + + #define wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( expdecl, name, type ) \ + extern const expdecl wxEventType name + #define wxDECLARE_EVENT( name, type ) \ + wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, name, type ) + + #define wxDEFINE_EVENT_ALIAS( name, type, value ) \ + const wxEventType name = value + #define wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_ALIAS( expdecl, name, type ) \ + extern const expdecl wxEventType name +#endif // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND/!wxHAS_EVENT_BIND + +// Try to cast the given event handler to the correct handler type: + +#define wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( functype, func ) \ + ( wxObjectEventFunction )( wxEventFunction )wxStaticCastEvent( functype, &func ) + + +#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND + +// The tag is a type associated to the event type (which is an integer itself, +// in spite of its name) value. It exists in order to be used as a template +// parameter and provide a mapping between the event type values and their +// corresponding wxEvent-derived classes. +template +class wxEventTypeTag +{ +public: + // The class of wxEvent-derived class carried by the events of this type. + typedef T EventClass; + + wxEventTypeTag(wxEventType type) { m_type = type; } + + // Return a wxEventType reference for the initialization of the static + // event tables. See wxEventTableEntry::m_eventType for a more thorough + // explanation. + operator const wxEventType&() const { return m_type; } + +private: + wxEventType m_type; +}; + +#endif // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND + +// These are needed for the functor definitions +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxEventFunction)(wxEvent&); + +// We had some trouble (specifically with eVC for ARM WinCE build) with using +// wxEventFunction in the past so we had introduced wxObjectEventFunction which +// used to be a typedef for a member of wxObject and not wxEvtHandler to work +// around this but as eVC is not really supported any longer we now only keep +// this for backwards compatibility and, despite its name, this is a typedef +// for wxEvtHandler member now -- but if we have the same problem with another +// compiler we can restore its old definition for it. +typedef wxEventFunction wxObjectEventFunction; + +// The event functor which is stored in the static and dynamic event tables: +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventFunctor +{ +public: + virtual ~wxEventFunctor(); + + // Invoke the actual event handler: + virtual void operator()(wxEvtHandler *, wxEvent&) = 0; + + // this function tests whether this functor is matched, for the purpose of + // finding it in an event table in Unbind(), by the given functor: + virtual bool IsMatching(const wxEventFunctor& functor) const = 0; + + // If the functor holds an wxEvtHandler, then get access to it and track + // its lifetime with wxEventConnectionRef: + virtual wxEvtHandler *GetEvtHandler() const + { return NULL; } + + // This is only used to maintain backward compatibility in + // wxAppConsoleBase::CallEventHandler and ensures that an overwritten + // wxAppConsoleBase::HandleEvent is still called for functors which hold an + // wxEventFunction: + virtual wxEventFunction GetEvtMethod() const + { return NULL; } + +private: + WX_DECLARE_ABSTRACT_TYPEINFO(wxEventFunctor) +}; + +// A plain method functor for the untyped legacy event types: +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectEventFunctor : public wxEventFunctor +{ +public: + wxObjectEventFunctor(wxObjectEventFunction method, wxEvtHandler *handler) + : m_handler( handler ), m_method( method ) + { } + + virtual void operator()(wxEvtHandler *handler, wxEvent& event); + + virtual bool IsMatching(const wxEventFunctor& functor) const + { + if ( wxTypeId(functor) == wxTypeId(*this) ) + { + const wxObjectEventFunctor &other = + static_cast< const wxObjectEventFunctor & >( functor ); + + // FIXME-VC6: amazing but true: replacing "method == NULL" here + // with "!method" makes VC6 crash with an ICE in DLL build (only!) + + return ( m_method == other.m_method || other.m_method == NULL ) && + ( m_handler == other.m_handler || other.m_handler == NULL ); + } + else + return false; + } + + virtual wxEvtHandler *GetEvtHandler() const + { return m_handler; } + + virtual wxEventFunction GetEvtMethod() const + { return m_method; } + +private: + wxEvtHandler *m_handler; + wxEventFunction m_method; + + // Provide a dummy default ctor for type info purposes + wxObjectEventFunctor() { } + + WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(wxObjectEventFunctor) +}; + +// Create a functor for the legacy events: used by Connect() +inline wxObjectEventFunctor * +wxNewEventFunctor(const wxEventType& WXUNUSED(evtType), + wxObjectEventFunction method, + wxEvtHandler *handler) +{ + return new wxObjectEventFunctor(method, handler); +} + +// This version is used by wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY() +inline wxObjectEventFunctor * +wxNewEventTableFunctor(const wxEventType& WXUNUSED(evtType), + wxObjectEventFunction method) +{ + return new wxObjectEventFunctor(method, NULL); +} + +inline wxObjectEventFunctor +wxMakeEventFunctor(const wxEventType& WXUNUSED(evtType), + wxObjectEventFunction method, + wxEvtHandler *handler) +{ + return wxObjectEventFunctor(method, handler); +} + +#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND + +namespace wxPrivate +{ + +// helper template defining nested "type" typedef as the event class +// corresponding to the given event type +template struct EventClassOf; + +// the typed events provide the information about the class of the events they +// carry themselves: +template +struct EventClassOf< wxEventTypeTag > +{ + typedef typename wxEventTypeTag::EventClass type; +}; + +// for the old untyped events we don't have information about the exact event +// class carried by them +template <> +struct EventClassOf +{ + typedef wxEvent type; +}; + + +// helper class defining operations different for method functors using an +// object of wxEvtHandler-derived class as handler and the others +template struct HandlerImpl; + +// specialization for handlers deriving from wxEvtHandler +template +struct HandlerImpl +{ + static bool IsEvtHandler() + { return true; } + static T *ConvertFromEvtHandler(wxEvtHandler *p) + { return static_cast(p); } + static wxEvtHandler *ConvertToEvtHandler(T *p) + { return p; } + static wxEventFunction ConvertToEvtMethod(void (T::*f)(A&)) + { return static_cast( + reinterpret_cast(f)); } +}; + +// specialization for handlers not deriving from wxEvtHandler +template +struct HandlerImpl +{ + static bool IsEvtHandler() + { return false; } + static T *ConvertFromEvtHandler(wxEvtHandler *) + { return NULL; } + static wxEvtHandler *ConvertToEvtHandler(T *) + { return NULL; } + static wxEventFunction ConvertToEvtMethod(void (T::*)(A&)) + { return NULL; } +}; + +} // namespace wxPrivate + +// functor forwarding the event to a method of the given object +// +// notice that the object class may be different from the class in which the +// method is defined but it must be convertible to this class +// +// also, the type of the handler parameter doesn't need to be exactly the same +// as EventTag::EventClass but it must be its base class -- this is explicitly +// allowed to handle different events in the same handler taking wxEvent&, for +// example +template + +class wxEventFunctorMethod + : public wxEventFunctor, + private wxPrivate::HandlerImpl + < + Class, + EventArg, + wxConvertibleTo::value != 0 + > +{ +private: + static void CheckHandlerArgument(EventArg *) { } + +public: + // the event class associated with the given event tag + typedef typename wxPrivate::EventClassOf::type EventClass; + + + wxEventFunctorMethod(void (Class::*method)(EventArg&), EventHandler *handler) + : m_handler( handler ), m_method( method ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( handler || this->IsEvtHandler(), + "handlers defined in non-wxEvtHandler-derived classes " + "must be connected with a valid sink object" ); + + // if you get an error here it means that the signature of the handler + // you're trying to use is not compatible with (i.e. is not the same as + // or a base class of) the real event class used for this event type + CheckHandlerArgument(static_cast(NULL)); + } + + virtual void operator()(wxEvtHandler *handler, wxEvent& event) + { + Class * realHandler = m_handler; + if ( !realHandler ) + { + realHandler = this->ConvertFromEvtHandler(handler); + + // this is not supposed to happen but check for it nevertheless + wxCHECK_RET( realHandler, "invalid event handler" ); + } + + // the real (run-time) type of event is EventClass and we checked in + // the ctor that EventClass can be converted to EventArg, so this cast + // is always valid + (realHandler->*m_method)(static_cast(event)); + } + + virtual bool IsMatching(const wxEventFunctor& functor) const + { + if ( wxTypeId(functor) != wxTypeId(*this) ) + return false; + + typedef wxEventFunctorMethod + ThisFunctor; + + // the cast is valid because wxTypeId()s matched above + const ThisFunctor& other = static_cast(functor); + + return (m_method == other.m_method || other.m_method == NULL) && + (m_handler == other.m_handler || other.m_handler == NULL); + } + + virtual wxEvtHandler *GetEvtHandler() const + { return this->ConvertToEvtHandler(m_handler); } + + virtual wxEventFunction GetEvtMethod() const + { return this->ConvertToEvtMethod(m_method); } + +private: + EventHandler *m_handler; + void (Class::*m_method)(EventArg&); + + // Provide a dummy default ctor for type info purposes + wxEventFunctorMethod() { } + + typedef wxEventFunctorMethod thisClass; + WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(thisClass) +}; + + +// functor forwarding the event to function (function, static method) +template +class wxEventFunctorFunction : public wxEventFunctor +{ +private: + static void CheckHandlerArgument(EventArg *) { } + +public: + // the event class associated with the given event tag + typedef typename wxPrivate::EventClassOf::type EventClass; + + wxEventFunctorFunction( void ( *handler )( EventArg & )) + : m_handler( handler ) + { + // if you get an error here it means that the signature of the handler + // you're trying to use is not compatible with (i.e. is not the same as + // or a base class of) the real event class used for this event type + CheckHandlerArgument(static_cast(NULL)); + } + + virtual void operator()(wxEvtHandler *WXUNUSED(handler), wxEvent& event) + { + // If you get an error here like "must use .* or ->* to call + // pointer-to-member function" then you probably tried to call + // Bind/Unbind with a method pointer but without a handler pointer or + // NULL as a handler e.g.: + // Unbind( wxEVT_XXX, &EventHandler::method ); + // or + // Unbind( wxEVT_XXX, &EventHandler::method, NULL ) + m_handler(static_cast(event)); + } + + virtual bool IsMatching(const wxEventFunctor &functor) const + { + if ( wxTypeId(functor) != wxTypeId(*this) ) + return false; + + typedef wxEventFunctorFunction ThisFunctor; + + const ThisFunctor& other = static_cast( functor ); + + return m_handler == other.m_handler; + } + +private: + void (*m_handler)(EventArg&); + + // Provide a dummy default ctor for type info purposes + wxEventFunctorFunction() { } + + typedef wxEventFunctorFunction thisClass; + WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(thisClass) +}; + + +template +class wxEventFunctorFunctor : public wxEventFunctor +{ +public: + typedef typename EventTag::EventClass EventArg; + + wxEventFunctorFunctor(const Functor& handler) + : m_handler(handler), m_handlerAddr(&handler) + { } + + virtual void operator()(wxEvtHandler *WXUNUSED(handler), wxEvent& event) + { + // If you get an error here like "must use '.*' or '->*' to call + // pointer-to-member function" then you probably tried to call + // Bind/Unbind with a method pointer but without a handler pointer or + // NULL as a handler e.g.: + // Unbind( wxEVT_XXX, &EventHandler::method ); + // or + // Unbind( wxEVT_XXX, &EventHandler::method, NULL ) + m_handler(static_cast(event)); + } + + virtual bool IsMatching(const wxEventFunctor &functor) const + { + if ( wxTypeId(functor) != wxTypeId(*this) ) + return false; + + typedef wxEventFunctorFunctor FunctorThis; + + const FunctorThis& other = static_cast(functor); + + // The only reliable/portable way to compare two functors is by + // identity: + return m_handlerAddr == other.m_handlerAddr; + } + +private: + // Store a copy of the functor to prevent using/calling an already + // destroyed instance: + Functor m_handler; + + // Use the address of the original functor for comparison in IsMatching: + const void *m_handlerAddr; + + // Provide a dummy default ctor for type info purposes + wxEventFunctorFunctor() { } + + typedef wxEventFunctorFunctor thisClass; + WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(thisClass) +}; + +// Create functors for the templatized events, either allocated on the heap for +// wxNewXXX() variants (this is needed in wxEvtHandler::Bind<>() to store them +// in dynamic event table) or just by returning them as temporary objects (this +// is enough for Unbind<>() and we avoid unnecessary heap allocation like this). + + +// Create functors wrapping functions: +template +inline wxEventFunctorFunction * +wxNewEventFunctor(const EventTag&, void (*func)(EventArg &)) +{ + return new wxEventFunctorFunction(func); +} + +template +inline wxEventFunctorFunction +wxMakeEventFunctor(const EventTag&, void (*func)(EventArg &)) +{ + return wxEventFunctorFunction(func); +} + +// Create functors wrapping other functors: +template +inline wxEventFunctorFunctor * +wxNewEventFunctor(const EventTag&, const Functor &func) +{ + return new wxEventFunctorFunctor(func); +} + +template +inline wxEventFunctorFunctor +wxMakeEventFunctor(const EventTag&, const Functor &func) +{ + return wxEventFunctorFunctor(func); +} + +// Create functors wrapping methods: +template + +inline wxEventFunctorMethod * +wxNewEventFunctor(const EventTag&, + void (Class::*method)(EventArg&), + EventHandler *handler) +{ + return new wxEventFunctorMethod( + method, handler); +} + +template + +inline wxEventFunctorMethod +wxMakeEventFunctor(const EventTag&, + void (Class::*method)(EventArg&), + EventHandler *handler) +{ + return wxEventFunctorMethod( + method, handler); +} + +// Create an event functor for the event table via wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY: +// in this case we don't have the handler (as it's always the same as the +// object which generated the event) so we must use Class as its type +template +inline wxEventFunctorMethod * +wxNewEventTableFunctor(const EventTag&, void (Class::*method)(EventArg&)) +{ + return new wxEventFunctorMethod( + method, NULL); +} + +#endif // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND + + +// many, but not all, standard event types + + // some generic events +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxEventType wxEVT_NULL; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxEventType wxEVT_FIRST; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxEventType wxEVT_USER_FIRST; + + // Need events declared to do this +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCommandEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxThreadEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMouseEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFocusEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChildFocusEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxKeyEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNavigationKeyEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSetCursorEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollWinEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizeEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMoveEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCloseEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxActivateEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowCreateEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowDestroyEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxShowEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIconizeEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMaximizeEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMouseCaptureLostEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPaintEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxEraseEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNcPaintEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxContextMenuEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSysColourChangedEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDisplayChangedEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxQueryNewPaletteEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPaletteChangedEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxJoystickEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDropFilesEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxInitDialogEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIdleEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxUpdateUIEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxClipboardTextEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxHelpEvent; + + + // Command events +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent); + +// wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED is deprecated, use wxEVT_SCROLL... events +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_DROPDOWN_CLICKED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_DROPDOWN, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_CLOSEUP, wxCommandEvent); + + // Thread events +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_THREAD, wxThreadEvent); + + // Mouse event types +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LEFT_UP, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOTION, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, wxFocusEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, wxFocusEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS, wxChildFocusEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_AUX1_UP, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_AUX1_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_AUX2_UP, wxMouseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_AUX2_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent); + + // Character input event type +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CHAR, wxKeyEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK, wxKeyEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY, wxNavigationKeyEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, wxKeyEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_KEY_UP, wxKeyEvent); +#if wxUSE_HOTKEY +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HOTKEY, wxKeyEvent); +#endif + // Set cursor event +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SET_CURSOR, wxSetCursorEvent); + + // wxScrollBar and wxSlider event identifiers +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, wxScrollEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, wxScrollEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, wxScrollEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, wxScrollEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, wxScrollEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, wxScrollEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, wxScrollEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, wxScrollEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, wxScrollEvent); + +// Due to a bug in older wx versions, wxSpinEvents were being sent with type of +// wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN and wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK. But +// with the type-safe events in place, these event types are associated with +// wxScrollEvent. To allow handling of spin events, new event types have been +// defined in spinbutt.h/spinnbuttcmn.cpp. To maintain backward compatibility +// the spin event types are being initialized with the scroll event types. + +#if wxUSE_SPINBTN + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_ALIAS( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SPIN_UP, wxSpinEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_ALIAS( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SPIN_DOWN, wxSpinEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_ALIAS( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SPIN, wxSpinEvent ); + +#endif + + // Scroll events from wxWindow +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP, wxScrollWinEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM, wxScrollWinEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP, wxScrollWinEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN, wxScrollWinEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP, wxScrollWinEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN, wxScrollWinEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK, wxScrollWinEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE, wxScrollWinEvent); + + // System events +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SIZE, wxSizeEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOVE, wxMoveEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, wxCloseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxCloseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxCloseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP, wxActivateEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_ACTIVATE, wxActivateEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CREATE, wxWindowCreateEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DESTROY, wxWindowDestroyEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SHOW, wxShowEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_ICONIZE, wxIconizeEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MAXIMIZE, wxMaximizeEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED, wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST, wxMouseCaptureLostEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_PAINT, wxPaintEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND, wxEraseEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_NC_PAINT, wxNcPaintEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MENU_OPEN, wxMenuEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE, wxMenuEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, wxMenuEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, wxContextMenuEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, wxSysColourChangedEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED, wxDisplayChangedEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE, wxQueryNewPaletteEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED, wxPaletteChangedEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN, wxJoystickEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP, wxJoystickEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_JOY_MOVE, wxJoystickEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE, wxJoystickEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DROP_FILES, wxDropFilesEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG, wxInitDialogEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_IDLE, wxIdleEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, wxUpdateUIEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SIZING, wxSizeEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOVING, wxMoveEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOVE_START, wxMoveEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOVE_END, wxMoveEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HIBERNATE, wxActivateEvent); + + // Clipboard events +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY, wxClipboardTextEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT, wxClipboardTextEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE, wxClipboardTextEvent); + + // Generic command events + // Note: a click is a higher-level event than button down/up +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, wxCommandEvent); + + // Help events +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HELP, wxHelpEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DETAILED_HELP, wxHelpEvent); + +// these 2 events are the same +#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Compatibility +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this event is also used by wxComboBox and wxSpinCtrl which don't include +// wx/textctrl.h in all ports [yet], so declare it here as well +// +// still, any new code using it should include wx/textctrl.h explicitly +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent); + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEvent(-derived) classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the predefined constants for the number of times we propagate event +// upwards window child-parent chain +enum wxEventPropagation +{ + // don't propagate it at all + wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = 0, + + // propagate it until it is processed + wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = INT_MAX +}; + +// The different categories for a wxEvent; see wxEvent::GetEventCategory. +// NOTE: they are used as OR-combinable flags by wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor +enum wxEventCategory +{ + // this is the category for those events which are generated to update + // the appearance of the GUI but which (usually) do not comport data + // processing, i.e. which do not provide input or output data + // (e.g. size events, scroll events, etc). + // They are events NOT directly generated by the user's input devices. + wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI = 1, + + // this category groups those events which are generated directly from the + // user through input devices like mouse and keyboard and usually result in + // data to be processed from the application. + // (e.g. mouse clicks, key presses, etc) + wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT = 2, + + // this category is for wxSocketEvent + wxEVT_CATEGORY_SOCKET = 4, + + // this category is for wxTimerEvent + wxEVT_CATEGORY_TIMER = 8, + + // this category is for any event used to send notifications from the + // secondary threads to the main one or in general for notifications among + // different threads (which may or may not be user-generated) + wxEVT_CATEGORY_THREAD = 16, + + + // implementation only + + // used in the implementations of wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor + wxEVT_CATEGORY_UNKNOWN = 32, + + // a special category used as an argument to wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor to indicate that + // Yield() should leave all wxEvents on the queue while emptying the native event queue + // (native events will be processed but the wxEvents they generate will be queued) + wxEVT_CATEGORY_CLIPBOARD = 64, + + + // shortcut masks + + // this category groups those events which are emitted in response to + // events of the native toolkit and which typically are not-"delayable". + wxEVT_CATEGORY_NATIVE_EVENTS = wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI|wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT, + + // used in wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor to specify all event categories should be processed: + wxEVT_CATEGORY_ALL = + wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI|wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT|wxEVT_CATEGORY_SOCKET| \ + wxEVT_CATEGORY_TIMER|wxEVT_CATEGORY_THREAD|wxEVT_CATEGORY_UNKNOWN| \ + wxEVT_CATEGORY_CLIPBOARD +}; + +/* + * wxWidgets events, covering all interesting things that might happen + * (button clicking, resizing, setting text in widgets, etc.). + * + * For each completely new event type, derive a new event class. + * An event CLASS represents a C++ class defining a range of similar event TYPES; + * examples are canvas events, panel item command events. + * An event TYPE is a unique identifier for a particular system event, + * such as a button press or a listbox deselection. + * + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEvent : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxEvent(int winid = 0, wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL ); + + void SetEventType(wxEventType typ) { m_eventType = typ; } + wxEventType GetEventType() const { return m_eventType; } + + wxObject *GetEventObject() const { return m_eventObject; } + void SetEventObject(wxObject *obj) { m_eventObject = obj; } + + long GetTimestamp() const { return m_timeStamp; } + void SetTimestamp(long ts = 0) { m_timeStamp = ts; } + + int GetId() const { return m_id; } + void SetId(int Id) { m_id = Id; } + + // Can instruct event processor that we wish to ignore this event + // (treat as if the event table entry had not been found): this must be done + // to allow the event processing by the base classes (calling event.Skip() + // is the analog of calling the base class version of a virtual function) + void Skip(bool skip = true) { m_skipped = skip; } + bool GetSkipped() const { return m_skipped; } + + // This function is used to create a copy of the event polymorphically and + // all derived classes must implement it because otherwise wxPostEvent() + // for them wouldn't work (it needs to do a copy of the event) + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const = 0; + + // this function is used to selectively process events in wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor + // NOTE: by default it returns wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI just because the major + // part of wxWidgets events belong to that category. + virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const + { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI; } + + // Implementation only: this test is explicitly anti OO and this function + // exists only for optimization purposes. + bool IsCommandEvent() const { return m_isCommandEvent; } + + // Determine if this event should be propagating to the parent window. + bool ShouldPropagate() const + { return m_propagationLevel != wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE; } + + // Stop an event from propagating to its parent window, returns the old + // propagation level value + int StopPropagation() + { + int propagationLevel = m_propagationLevel; + m_propagationLevel = wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE; + return propagationLevel; + } + + // Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level + // (returned by StopPropagation()) + void ResumePropagation(int propagationLevel) + { + m_propagationLevel = propagationLevel; + } + + + // This is for internal use only and is only called by + // wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent() to check whether it's the first time this + // event is being processed + bool WasProcessed() + { + if ( m_wasProcessed ) + return true; + + m_wasProcessed = true; + + return false; + } + + // This is also used only internally by ProcessEvent() to check if it + // should process the event normally or only restrict the search for the + // event handler to this object itself. + bool ShouldProcessOnlyIn(wxEvtHandler *h) const + { + return h == m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn; + } + + // Called to indicate that the result of ShouldProcessOnlyIn() wasn't taken + // into account. The existence of this function may seem counterintuitive + // but unfortunately it's needed by wxScrollHelperEvtHandler, see comments + // there. Don't even think of using this in your own code, this is a gross + // hack and is only needed because of wx complicated history and should + // never be used anywhere else. + void DidntHonourProcessOnlyIn() + { + m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn = NULL; + } + +protected: + wxObject* m_eventObject; + wxEventType m_eventType; + long m_timeStamp; + int m_id; + +public: + // m_callbackUserData is for internal usage only + wxObject* m_callbackUserData; + +private: + // If this handler + wxEvtHandler *m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn; + +protected: + // the propagation level: while it is positive, we propagate the event to + // the parent window (if any) + int m_propagationLevel; + + bool m_skipped; + bool m_isCommandEvent; + + // initially false but becomes true as soon as WasProcessed() is called for + // the first time, as this is done only by ProcessEvent() it explains the + // variable name: it becomes true after ProcessEvent() was called at least + // once for this event + bool m_wasProcessed; + +protected: + wxEvent(const wxEvent&); // for implementing Clone() + wxEvent& operator=(const wxEvent&); // for derived classes operator=() + +private: + // it needs to access our m_propagationLevel + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPropagateOnce; + + // and this one needs to access our m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEventProcessInHandlerOnly; + + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxEvent) +}; + +/* + * Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate. + */ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropagationDisabler +{ +public: + wxPropagationDisabler(wxEvent& event) : m_event(event) + { + m_propagationLevelOld = m_event.StopPropagation(); + } + + ~wxPropagationDisabler() + { + m_event.ResumePropagation(m_propagationLevelOld); + } + +private: + wxEvent& m_event; + int m_propagationLevelOld; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPropagationDisabler); +}; + +/* + * Another one to temporarily lower propagation level. + */ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropagateOnce +{ +public: + wxPropagateOnce(wxEvent& event) : m_event(event) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_event.m_propagationLevel > 0, + wxT("shouldn't be used unless ShouldPropagate()!") ); + + m_event.m_propagationLevel--; + } + + ~wxPropagateOnce() + { + m_event.m_propagationLevel++; + } + +private: + wxEvent& m_event; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPropagateOnce); +}; + +// A helper object used to temporarily make wxEvent::ShouldProcessOnlyIn() +// return true for the handler passed to its ctor. +class wxEventProcessInHandlerOnly +{ +public: + wxEventProcessInHandlerOnly(wxEvent& event, wxEvtHandler *handler) + : m_event(event), + m_handlerToProcessOnlyInOld(event.m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn) + { + m_event.m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn = handler; + } + + ~wxEventProcessInHandlerOnly() + { + m_event.m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn = m_handlerToProcessOnlyInOld; + } + +private: + wxEvent& m_event; + wxEvtHandler * const m_handlerToProcessOnlyInOld; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventProcessInHandlerOnly); +}; + +#if wxUSE_GUI + + +// Item or menu event class +/* + wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED + wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED + wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED + wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED + wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED + wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED + wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER + wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED + wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED + wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED + wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED + wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED + wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED + wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED + wxEVT_COMMAND_TOGGLEBUTTON_CLICKED +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCommandEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxCommandEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0); + + wxCommandEvent(const wxCommandEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + m_cmdString(event.m_cmdString), + m_commandInt(event.m_commandInt), + m_extraLong(event.m_extraLong), + m_clientData(event.m_clientData), + m_clientObject(event.m_clientObject) + { } + + // Set/Get client data from controls + void SetClientData(void* clientData) { m_clientData = clientData; } + void *GetClientData() const { return m_clientData; } + + // Set/Get client object from controls + void SetClientObject(wxClientData* clientObject) { m_clientObject = clientObject; } + wxClientData *GetClientObject() const { return m_clientObject; } + + // Get listbox selection if single-choice + int GetSelection() const { return m_commandInt; } + + // Set/Get listbox/choice selection string + void SetString(const wxString& s) { m_cmdString = s; } + wxString GetString() const; + + // Get checkbox value + bool IsChecked() const { return m_commandInt != 0; } + + // true if the listbox event was a selection. + bool IsSelection() const { return (m_extraLong != 0); } + + void SetExtraLong(long extraLong) { m_extraLong = extraLong; } + long GetExtraLong() const { return m_extraLong; } + + void SetInt(int i) { m_commandInt = i; } + int GetInt() const { return m_commandInt; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCommandEvent(*this); } + virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT; } + +protected: + wxString m_cmdString; // String event argument + int m_commandInt; + long m_extraLong; // Additional information (e.g. select/deselect) + void* m_clientData; // Arbitrary client data + wxClientData* m_clientObject; // Arbitrary client object + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCommandEvent) +}; + +// this class adds a possibility to react (from the user) code to a control +// notification: allow or veto the operation being reported. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotifyEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxNotifyEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0) + : wxCommandEvent(commandType, winid) + { m_bAllow = true; } + + wxNotifyEvent(const wxNotifyEvent& event) + : wxCommandEvent(event) + { m_bAllow = event.m_bAllow; } + + // veto the operation (usually it's allowed by default) + void Veto() { m_bAllow = false; } + + // allow the operation if it was disabled by default + void Allow() { m_bAllow = true; } + + // for implementation code only: is the operation allowed? + bool IsAllowed() const { return m_bAllow; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxNotifyEvent(*this); } + +private: + bool m_bAllow; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxNotifyEvent) +}; + + +// Thread event + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxThreadEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxThreadEvent(wxEventType eventType = wxEVT_COMMAND_THREAD, int id = wxID_ANY) + : wxCommandEvent(eventType, id) + { } + + wxThreadEvent(const wxThreadEvent& event) + : wxCommandEvent(event) + { + // make sure our string member (which uses COW, aka refcounting) is not + // shared by other wxString instances: + SetString(GetString().c_str()); + +#if wxUSE_ANY && (!defined(__VISUALC__) || wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7)) + m_payload = event.m_payload; +#endif + } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const + { + return new wxThreadEvent(*this); + } + + // this is important to avoid that calling wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor thread events + // gets processed when this is unwanted: + virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const + { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_THREAD; } + +#if wxUSE_ANY && (!defined(__VISUALC__) || wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7)) + template + void SetPayload(const T& payload) + { + m_payload = payload; + } + + template + T GetPayload() const + { + return m_payload.As(); + } + +protected: + wxAny m_payload; +#endif // wxUSE_ANY && (!defined(__VISUALC__) || wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7)) + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxThreadEvent) +}; + + + +// Scroll event class, derived form wxCommandEvent. wxScrollEvents are +// sent by wxSlider and wxScrollBar. +/* + wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP + wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM + wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP + wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN + wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP + wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN + wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK + wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE + wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxScrollEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, + int winid = 0, int pos = 0, int orient = 0); + + int GetOrientation() const { return (int) m_extraLong; } + int GetPosition() const { return m_commandInt; } + void SetOrientation(int orient) { m_extraLong = (long) orient; } + void SetPosition(int pos) { m_commandInt = pos; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxScrollEvent(*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxScrollEvent) +}; + +// ScrollWin event class, derived fom wxEvent. wxScrollWinEvents +// are sent by wxWindow. +/* + wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP + wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM + wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP + wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN + wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP + wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN + wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK + wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollWinEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxScrollWinEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, + int pos = 0, int orient = 0); + wxScrollWinEvent(const wxScrollWinEvent& event) : wxEvent(event) + { m_commandInt = event.m_commandInt; + m_extraLong = event.m_extraLong; } + + int GetOrientation() const { return (int) m_extraLong; } + int GetPosition() const { return m_commandInt; } + void SetOrientation(int orient) { m_extraLong = (long) orient; } + void SetPosition(int pos) { m_commandInt = pos; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxScrollWinEvent(*this); } + +protected: + int m_commandInt; + long m_extraLong; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxScrollWinEvent) +}; + + + +// Mouse event class + +/* + wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN + wxEVT_LEFT_UP + wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN + wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP + wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN + wxEVT_RIGHT_UP + wxEVT_MOTION + wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW + wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW + wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK + wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK + wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK + wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN + wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP, + wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN, + wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP, + wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN, + wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP, + wxEVT_NC_MOTION, + wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW, + wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW, + wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK, + wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK, + wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK, +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseEvent : public wxEvent, + public wxMouseState +{ +public: + wxMouseEvent(wxEventType mouseType = wxEVT_NULL); + wxMouseEvent(const wxMouseEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + wxMouseState(event) + { + Assign(event); + } + + // Was it a button event? (*doesn't* mean: is any button *down*?) + bool IsButton() const { return Button(wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY); } + + // Was it a down event from this (or any) button? + bool ButtonDown(int but = wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY) const; + + // Was it a dclick event from this (or any) button? + bool ButtonDClick(int but = wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY) const; + + // Was it a up event from this (or any) button? + bool ButtonUp(int but = wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY) const; + + // Was this event generated by the given button? + bool Button(int but) const; + + // Get the button which is changing state (wxMOUSE_BTN_NONE if none) + int GetButton() const; + + // Find which event was just generated + bool LeftDown() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN); } + bool MiddleDown() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN); } + bool RightDown() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN); } + bool Aux1Down() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN); } + bool Aux2Down() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN); } + + bool LeftUp() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_LEFT_UP); } + bool MiddleUp() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP); } + bool RightUp() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_RIGHT_UP); } + bool Aux1Up() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_AUX1_UP); } + bool Aux2Up() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_AUX2_UP); } + + bool LeftDClick() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK); } + bool MiddleDClick() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK); } + bool RightDClick() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK); } + bool Aux1DClick() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_AUX1_UP); } + bool Aux2DClick() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_AUX2_UP); } + + // True if a button is down and the mouse is moving + bool Dragging() const + { + return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MOTION) && ButtonIsDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY); + } + + // True if the mouse is moving, and no button is down + bool Moving() const + { + return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MOTION) && !ButtonIsDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY); + } + + // True if the mouse is just entering the window + bool Entering() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW); } + + // True if the mouse is just leaving the window + bool Leaving() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW); } + + // Returns the number of mouse clicks associated with this event. + int GetClickCount() const { return m_clickCount; } + + // Find the logical position of the event given the DC + wxPoint GetLogicalPosition(const wxDC& dc) const; + + // Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of + // rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to + // +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be + // created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one + // event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either + // do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values + // have been accumulated before scrolling. + int GetWheelRotation() const { return m_wheelRotation; } + + // Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be + // taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment) + // should occur for each delta. + int GetWheelDelta() const { return m_wheelDelta; } + + // Gets the axis the wheel operation concerns, 0 being the y axis as on + // most mouse wheels, 1 is the x axis for things like MightyMouse scrolls + // or horizontal trackpad scrolling + int GetWheelAxis() const { return m_wheelAxis; } + + // Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled per + // wheel action. Defaults to one. + int GetLinesPerAction() const { return m_linesPerAction; } + + // Is the system set to do page scrolling? + bool IsPageScroll() const { return ((unsigned int)m_linesPerAction == UINT_MAX); } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMouseEvent(*this); } + virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT; } + + wxMouseEvent& operator=(const wxMouseEvent& event) + { + if (&event != this) + Assign(event); + return *this; + } + +public: + int m_clickCount; + + int m_wheelAxis; + int m_wheelRotation; + int m_wheelDelta; + int m_linesPerAction; + +protected: + void Assign(const wxMouseEvent& evt); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMouseEvent) +}; + +// Cursor set event + +/* + wxEVT_SET_CURSOR + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSetCursorEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxSetCursorEvent(wxCoord x = 0, wxCoord y = 0) + : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_SET_CURSOR), + m_x(x), m_y(y), m_cursor() + { } + + wxSetCursorEvent(const wxSetCursorEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + m_x(event.m_x), + m_y(event.m_y), + m_cursor(event.m_cursor) + { } + + wxCoord GetX() const { return m_x; } + wxCoord GetY() const { return m_y; } + + void SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) { m_cursor = cursor; } + const wxCursor& GetCursor() const { return m_cursor; } + bool HasCursor() const { return m_cursor.Ok(); } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSetCursorEvent(*this); } + +private: + wxCoord m_x, m_y; + wxCursor m_cursor; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSetCursorEvent) +}; + +// Keyboard input event class + +/* + wxEVT_CHAR + wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK + wxEVT_KEY_DOWN + wxEVT_KEY_UP + wxEVT_HOTKEY + */ + +// key categories: the bit flags for IsKeyInCategory() function +// +// the enum values used may change in future version of wx +// use the named constants only, or bitwise combinations thereof +enum wxKeyCategoryFlags +{ + // arrow keys, on and off numeric keypads + WXK_CATEGORY_ARROW = 1, + + // page up and page down keys, on and off numeric keypads + WXK_CATEGORY_PAGING = 2, + + // home and end keys, on and off numeric keypads + WXK_CATEGORY_JUMP = 4, + + // tab key, on and off numeric keypads + WXK_CATEGORY_TAB = 8, + + // backspace and delete keys, on and off numeric keypads + WXK_CATEGORY_CUT = 16, + + // all keys usually used for navigation + WXK_CATEGORY_NAVIGATION = WXK_CATEGORY_ARROW | + WXK_CATEGORY_PAGING | + WXK_CATEGORY_JUMP +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxKeyEvent : public wxEvent, + public wxKeyboardState +{ +public: + wxKeyEvent(wxEventType keyType = wxEVT_NULL); + wxKeyEvent(const wxKeyEvent& evt); + + // get the key code: an ASCII7 char or an element of wxKeyCode enum + int GetKeyCode() const { return (int)m_keyCode; } + + // returns true iff this event's key code is of a certain type + bool IsKeyInCategory(int category) const; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // get the Unicode character corresponding to this key + wxChar GetUnicodeKey() const { return m_uniChar; } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + // get the raw key code (platform-dependent) + wxUint32 GetRawKeyCode() const { return m_rawCode; } + + // get the raw key flags (platform-dependent) + wxUint32 GetRawKeyFlags() const { return m_rawFlags; } + + // Find the position of the event + void GetPosition(wxCoord *xpos, wxCoord *ypos) const + { + if (xpos) *xpos = m_x; + if (ypos) *ypos = m_y; + } + + void GetPosition(long *xpos, long *ypos) const + { + if (xpos) *xpos = (long)m_x; + if (ypos) *ypos = (long)m_y; + } + + wxPoint GetPosition() const + { return wxPoint(m_x, m_y); } + + // Get X position + wxCoord GetX() const { return m_x; } + + // Get Y position + wxCoord GetY() const { return m_y; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxKeyEvent(*this); } + virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT; } + + // we do need to copy wxKeyEvent sometimes (in wxTreeCtrl code, for + // example) + wxKeyEvent& operator=(const wxKeyEvent& evt) + { + if ( &evt != this ) + { + wxEvent::operator=(evt); + + // Borland C++ 5.82 doesn't compile an explicit call to an + // implicitly defined operator=() so need to do it this way: + *static_cast(this) = evt; + + m_x = evt.m_x; + m_y = evt.m_y; + + m_keyCode = evt.m_keyCode; + + m_rawCode = evt.m_rawCode; + m_rawFlags = evt.m_rawFlags; +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + m_uniChar = evt.m_uniChar; +#endif + } + return *this; + } + +public: + wxCoord m_x, m_y; + + long m_keyCode; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // This contains the full Unicode character + // in a character events in Unicode mode + wxChar m_uniChar; +#endif + + // these fields contain the platform-specific information about + // key that was pressed + wxUint32 m_rawCode; + wxUint32 m_rawFlags; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxKeyEvent) +}; + +// Size event class +/* + wxEVT_SIZE + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSizeEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxSizeEvent() : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_SIZE) + { } + wxSizeEvent(const wxSize& sz, int winid = 0) + : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_SIZE), + m_size(sz) + { } + wxSizeEvent(const wxSizeEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + m_size(event.m_size), m_rect(event.m_rect) + { } + wxSizeEvent(const wxRect& rect, int id = 0) + : m_size(rect.GetSize()), m_rect(rect) + { m_eventType = wxEVT_SIZING; m_id = id; } + + wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; } + void SetSize(wxSize size) { m_size = size; } + wxRect GetRect() const { return m_rect; } + void SetRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_rect = rect; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSizeEvent(*this); } + +public: + // For internal usage only. Will be converted to protected members. + wxSize m_size; + wxRect m_rect; // Used for wxEVT_SIZING + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSizeEvent) +}; + +// Move event class + +/* + wxEVT_MOVE + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMoveEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxMoveEvent() + : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_MOVE) + { } + wxMoveEvent(const wxPoint& pos, int winid = 0) + : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_MOVE), + m_pos(pos) + { } + wxMoveEvent(const wxMoveEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + m_pos(event.m_pos) + { } + wxMoveEvent(const wxRect& rect, int id = 0) + : m_pos(rect.GetPosition()), m_rect(rect) + { m_eventType = wxEVT_MOVING; m_id = id; } + + wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } + void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; } + wxRect GetRect() const { return m_rect; } + void SetRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_rect = rect; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMoveEvent(*this); } + +protected: + wxPoint m_pos; + wxRect m_rect; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMoveEvent) +}; + +// Paint event class +/* + wxEVT_PAINT + wxEVT_NC_PAINT + wxEVT_PAINT_ICON + */ + +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL && (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)) + #define wxHAS_PAINT_DEBUG + + // see comments in src/msw|os2/dcclient.cpp where g_isPainting is defined + extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int g_isPainting; +#endif // debug + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaintEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxPaintEvent(int Id = 0) + : wxEvent(Id, wxEVT_PAINT) + { +#ifdef wxHAS_PAINT_DEBUG + // set the internal flag for the duration of redrawing + g_isPainting++; +#endif // debug + } + + // default copy ctor and dtor are normally fine, we only need them to keep + // g_isPainting updated in debug build +#ifdef wxHAS_PAINT_DEBUG + wxPaintEvent(const wxPaintEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event) + { + g_isPainting++; + } + + virtual ~wxPaintEvent() + { + g_isPainting--; + } +#endif // debug + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxPaintEvent(*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxPaintEvent) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNcPaintEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxNcPaintEvent(int winid = 0) + : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_NC_PAINT) + { } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxNcPaintEvent(*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxNcPaintEvent) +}; + +// Erase background event class +/* + wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxEraseEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxEraseEvent(int Id = 0, wxDC *dc = NULL) + : wxEvent(Id, wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND), + m_dc(dc) + { } + + wxEraseEvent(const wxEraseEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + m_dc(event.m_dc) + { } + + wxDC *GetDC() const { return m_dc; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxEraseEvent(*this); } + +protected: + wxDC *m_dc; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxEraseEvent) +}; + +// Focus event class +/* + wxEVT_SET_FOCUS + wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFocusEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxFocusEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0) + : wxEvent(winid, type) + { m_win = NULL; } + + wxFocusEvent(const wxFocusEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event) + { m_win = event.m_win; } + + // The window associated with this event is the window which had focus + // before for SET event and the window which will have focus for the KILL + // one. NB: it may be NULL in both cases! + wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_win; } + void SetWindow(wxWindow *win) { m_win = win; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxFocusEvent(*this); } + +private: + wxWindow *m_win; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxFocusEvent) +}; + +// wxChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has got the focus: unlike +// wxFocusEvent it is propagated upwards the window chain +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChildFocusEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxChildFocusEvent(wxWindow *win = NULL); + + wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)GetEventObject(); } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxChildFocusEvent(*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxChildFocusEvent) +}; + +// Activate event class +/* + wxEVT_ACTIVATE + wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP + wxEVT_HIBERNATE + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxActivateEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxActivateEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, bool active = true, int Id = 0) + : wxEvent(Id, type) + { m_active = active; } + wxActivateEvent(const wxActivateEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event) + { m_active = event.m_active; } + + bool GetActive() const { return m_active; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxActivateEvent(*this); } + +private: + bool m_active; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxActivateEvent) +}; + +// InitDialog event class +/* + wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxInitDialogEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxInitDialogEvent(int Id = 0) + : wxEvent(Id, wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG) + { } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxInitDialogEvent(*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxInitDialogEvent) +}; + +// Miscellaneous menu event class +/* + wxEVT_MENU_OPEN, + wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE, + wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxMenuEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0, wxMenu* menu = NULL) + : wxEvent(winid, type) + { m_menuId = winid; m_menu = menu; } + wxMenuEvent(const wxMenuEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event) + { m_menuId = event.m_menuId; m_menu = event.m_menu; } + + // only for wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT + int GetMenuId() const { return m_menuId; } + + // only for wxEVT_MENU_OPEN/CLOSE + bool IsPopup() const { return m_menuId == wxID_ANY; } + + // only for wxEVT_MENU_OPEN/CLOSE + wxMenu* GetMenu() const { return m_menu; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMenuEvent(*this); } + +private: + int m_menuId; + wxMenu* m_menu; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMenuEvent) +}; + +// Window close or session close event class +/* + wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, + wxEVT_END_SESSION, + wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCloseEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxCloseEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0) + : wxEvent(winid, type), + m_loggingOff(true), + m_veto(false), // should be false by default + m_canVeto(true) {} + + wxCloseEvent(const wxCloseEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + m_loggingOff(event.m_loggingOff), + m_veto(event.m_veto), + m_canVeto(event.m_canVeto) {} + + void SetLoggingOff(bool logOff) { m_loggingOff = logOff; } + bool GetLoggingOff() const + { + // m_loggingOff flag is only used by wxEVT_[QUERY_]END_SESSION, it + // doesn't make sense for wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW + wxASSERT_MSG( m_eventType != wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, + wxT("this flag is for end session events only") ); + + return m_loggingOff; + } + + void Veto(bool veto = true) + { + // GetVeto() will return false anyhow... + wxCHECK_RET( m_canVeto, + wxT("call to Veto() ignored (can't veto this event)") ); + + m_veto = veto; + } + void SetCanVeto(bool canVeto) { m_canVeto = canVeto; } + bool CanVeto() const { return m_canVeto; } + bool GetVeto() const { return m_canVeto && m_veto; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCloseEvent(*this); } + +protected: + bool m_loggingOff, + m_veto, + m_canVeto; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCloseEvent) +}; + +/* + wxEVT_SHOW + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxShowEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxShowEvent(int winid = 0, bool show = false) + : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_SHOW) + { m_show = show; } + wxShowEvent(const wxShowEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event) + { m_show = event.m_show; } + + void SetShow(bool show) { m_show = show; } + + // return true if the window was shown, false if hidden + bool IsShown() const { return m_show; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( bool GetShow() const { return IsShown(); } ) +#endif + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxShowEvent(*this); } + +protected: + bool m_show; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxShowEvent) +}; + +/* + wxEVT_ICONIZE + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIconizeEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxIconizeEvent(int winid = 0, bool iconized = true) + : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_ICONIZE) + { m_iconized = iconized; } + wxIconizeEvent(const wxIconizeEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event) + { m_iconized = event.m_iconized; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( bool Iconized() const { return IsIconized(); } ) +#endif + // return true if the frame was iconized, false if restored + bool IsIconized() const { return m_iconized; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxIconizeEvent(*this); } + +protected: + bool m_iconized; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxIconizeEvent) +}; +/* + wxEVT_MAXIMIZE + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMaximizeEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxMaximizeEvent(int winid = 0) + : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_MAXIMIZE) + { } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMaximizeEvent(*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMaximizeEvent) +}; + +// Joystick event class +/* + wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN, + wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP, + wxEVT_JOY_MOVE, + wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE +*/ + +// Which joystick? Same as Windows ids so no conversion necessary. +enum +{ + wxJOYSTICK1, + wxJOYSTICK2 +}; + +// Which button is down? +enum +{ + wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY = -1, + wxJOY_BUTTON1 = 1, + wxJOY_BUTTON2 = 2, + wxJOY_BUTTON3 = 4, + wxJOY_BUTTON4 = 8 +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxJoystickEvent : public wxEvent +{ +protected: + wxPoint m_pos; + int m_zPosition; + int m_buttonChange; // Which button changed? + int m_buttonState; // Which buttons are down? + int m_joyStick; // Which joystick? + +public: + wxJoystickEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, + int state = 0, + int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1, + int change = 0) + : wxEvent(0, type), + m_pos(), + m_zPosition(0), + m_buttonChange(change), + m_buttonState(state), + m_joyStick(joystick) + { + } + wxJoystickEvent(const wxJoystickEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + m_pos(event.m_pos), + m_zPosition(event.m_zPosition), + m_buttonChange(event.m_buttonChange), + m_buttonState(event.m_buttonState), + m_joyStick(event.m_joyStick) + { } + + wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } + int GetZPosition() const { return m_zPosition; } + int GetButtonState() const { return m_buttonState; } + int GetButtonChange() const { return m_buttonChange; } + int GetJoystick() const { return m_joyStick; } + + void SetJoystick(int stick) { m_joyStick = stick; } + void SetButtonState(int state) { m_buttonState = state; } + void SetButtonChange(int change) { m_buttonChange = change; } + void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; } + void SetZPosition(int zPos) { m_zPosition = zPos; } + + // Was it a button event? (*doesn't* mean: is any button *down*?) + bool IsButton() const { return ((GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN) || + (GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP)); } + + // Was it a move event? + bool IsMove() const { return (GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_MOVE); } + + // Was it a zmove event? + bool IsZMove() const { return (GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE); } + + // Was it a down event from button 1, 2, 3, 4 or any? + bool ButtonDown(int but = wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) const + { return ((GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN) && + ((but == wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) || (but == m_buttonChange))); } + + // Was it a up event from button 1, 2, 3 or any? + bool ButtonUp(int but = wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) const + { return ((GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP) && + ((but == wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) || (but == m_buttonChange))); } + + // Was the given button 1,2,3,4 or any in Down state? + bool ButtonIsDown(int but = wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) const + { return (((but == wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) && (m_buttonState != 0)) || + ((m_buttonState & but) == but)); } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxJoystickEvent(*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxJoystickEvent) +}; + +// Drop files event class +/* + wxEVT_DROP_FILES + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropFilesEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + int m_noFiles; + wxPoint m_pos; + wxString* m_files; + + wxDropFilesEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, + int noFiles = 0, + wxString *files = NULL) + : wxEvent(0, type), + m_noFiles(noFiles), + m_pos(), + m_files(files) + { } + + // we need a copy ctor to avoid deleting m_files pointer twice + wxDropFilesEvent(const wxDropFilesEvent& other) + : wxEvent(other), + m_noFiles(other.m_noFiles), + m_pos(other.m_pos), + m_files(NULL) + { + m_files = new wxString[m_noFiles]; + for ( int n = 0; n < m_noFiles; n++ ) + { + m_files[n] = other.m_files[n]; + } + } + + virtual ~wxDropFilesEvent() + { + delete [] m_files; + } + + wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } + int GetNumberOfFiles() const { return m_noFiles; } + wxString *GetFiles() const { return m_files; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDropFilesEvent(*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDropFilesEvent) +}; + +// Update UI event +/* + wxEVT_UPDATE_UI + */ + +// Whether to always send update events to windows, or +// to only send update events to those with the +// wxWS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES style. + +enum wxUpdateUIMode +{ + // Send UI update events to all windows + wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL, + + // Send UI update events to windows that have + // the wxWS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES flag specified + wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxUpdateUIEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxUpdateUIEvent(wxWindowID commandId = 0) + : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, commandId) + { + m_checked = + m_enabled = + m_shown = + m_setEnabled = + m_setShown = + m_setText = + m_setChecked = false; + } + wxUpdateUIEvent(const wxUpdateUIEvent& event) + : wxCommandEvent(event), + m_checked(event.m_checked), + m_enabled(event.m_enabled), + m_shown(event.m_shown), + m_setEnabled(event.m_setEnabled), + m_setShown(event.m_setShown), + m_setText(event.m_setText), + m_setChecked(event.m_setChecked), + m_text(event.m_text) + { } + + bool GetChecked() const { return m_checked; } + bool GetEnabled() const { return m_enabled; } + bool GetShown() const { return m_shown; } + wxString GetText() const { return m_text; } + bool GetSetText() const { return m_setText; } + bool GetSetChecked() const { return m_setChecked; } + bool GetSetEnabled() const { return m_setEnabled; } + bool GetSetShown() const { return m_setShown; } + + void Check(bool check) { m_checked = check; m_setChecked = true; } + void Enable(bool enable) { m_enabled = enable; m_setEnabled = true; } + void Show(bool show) { m_shown = show; m_setShown = true; } + void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; m_setText = true; } + + // Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. + // Set to -1 to disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. + static void SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) { sm_updateInterval = updateInterval; } + + // Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds + static long GetUpdateInterval() { return sm_updateInterval; } + + // Can we update this window? + static bool CanUpdate(wxWindowBase *win); + + // Reset the update time to provide a delay until the next + // time we should update + static void ResetUpdateTime(); + + // Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to + // all windows, or only to those which specify that they + // will process the events. + static void SetMode(wxUpdateUIMode mode) { sm_updateMode = mode; } + + // Returns the UI update mode + static wxUpdateUIMode GetMode() { return sm_updateMode; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxUpdateUIEvent(*this); } + +protected: + bool m_checked; + bool m_enabled; + bool m_shown; + bool m_setEnabled; + bool m_setShown; + bool m_setText; + bool m_setChecked; + wxString m_text; +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + static wxLongLong sm_lastUpdate; +#endif + static long sm_updateInterval; + static wxUpdateUIMode sm_updateMode; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxUpdateUIEvent) +}; + +/* + wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED + */ + +// TODO: shouldn't all events record the window ID? +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSysColourChangedEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxSysColourChangedEvent() + : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED) + { } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSysColourChangedEvent(*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSysColourChangedEvent) +}; + +/* + wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED + The window losing the capture receives this message + (even if it released the capture itself). + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent(wxWindowID winid = 0, wxWindow* gainedCapture = NULL) + : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED), + m_gainedCapture(gainedCapture) + { } + + wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent(const wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + m_gainedCapture(event.m_gainedCapture) + { } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent(*this); } + + wxWindow* GetCapturedWindow() const { return m_gainedCapture; } + +private: + wxWindow* m_gainedCapture; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent) +}; + +/* + wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST + The window losing the capture receives this message, unless it released it + it itself or unless wxWindow::CaptureMouse was called on another window + (and so capture will be restored when the new capturer releases it). + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseCaptureLostEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxMouseCaptureLostEvent(wxWindowID winid = 0) + : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST) + {} + + wxMouseCaptureLostEvent(const wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event) + {} + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMouseCaptureLostEvent(*this); } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent) +}; + +/* + wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED + */ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplayChangedEvent : public wxEvent +{ +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDisplayChangedEvent) + +public: + wxDisplayChangedEvent() + : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED) + { } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDisplayChangedEvent(*this); } +}; + +/* + wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaletteChangedEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxPaletteChangedEvent(wxWindowID winid = 0) + : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED), + m_changedWindow(NULL) + { } + + wxPaletteChangedEvent(const wxPaletteChangedEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + m_changedWindow(event.m_changedWindow) + { } + + void SetChangedWindow(wxWindow* win) { m_changedWindow = win; } + wxWindow* GetChangedWindow() const { return m_changedWindow; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxPaletteChangedEvent(*this); } + +protected: + wxWindow* m_changedWindow; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxPaletteChangedEvent) +}; + +/* + wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE + Indicates the window is getting keyboard focus and should re-do its palette. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxQueryNewPaletteEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxQueryNewPaletteEvent(wxWindowID winid = 0) + : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE), + m_paletteRealized(false) + { } + wxQueryNewPaletteEvent(const wxQueryNewPaletteEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + m_paletteRealized(event.m_paletteRealized) + { } + + // App sets this if it changes the palette. + void SetPaletteRealized(bool realized) { m_paletteRealized = realized; } + bool GetPaletteRealized() const { return m_paletteRealized; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxQueryNewPaletteEvent(*this); } + +protected: + bool m_paletteRealized; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxQueryNewPaletteEvent) +}; + +/* + Event generated by dialog navigation keys + wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY + */ +// NB: don't derive from command event to avoid being propagated to the parent +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNavigationKeyEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxNavigationKeyEvent() + : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY), + m_flags(IsForward | FromTab), // defaults are for TAB + m_focus(NULL) + { + m_propagationLevel = wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE; + } + + wxNavigationKeyEvent(const wxNavigationKeyEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + m_flags(event.m_flags), + m_focus(event.m_focus) + { } + + // direction: forward (true) or backward (false) + bool GetDirection() const + { return (m_flags & IsForward) != 0; } + void SetDirection(bool bForward) + { if ( bForward ) m_flags |= IsForward; else m_flags &= ~IsForward; } + + // it may be a window change event (MDI, notebook pages...) or a control + // change event + bool IsWindowChange() const + { return (m_flags & WinChange) != 0; } + void SetWindowChange(bool bIs) + { if ( bIs ) m_flags |= WinChange; else m_flags &= ~WinChange; } + + // Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key. + // This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons + bool IsFromTab() const + { return (m_flags & FromTab) != 0; } + void SetFromTab(bool bIs) + { if ( bIs ) m_flags |= FromTab; else m_flags &= ~FromTab; } + + // the child which has the focus currently (may be NULL - use + // wxWindow::FindFocus then) + wxWindow* GetCurrentFocus() const { return m_focus; } + void SetCurrentFocus(wxWindow *win) { m_focus = win; } + + // Set flags + void SetFlags(long flags) { m_flags = flags; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxNavigationKeyEvent(*this); } + + enum wxNavigationKeyEventFlags + { + IsBackward = 0x0000, + IsForward = 0x0001, + WinChange = 0x0002, + FromTab = 0x0004 + }; + + long m_flags; + wxWindow *m_focus; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxNavigationKeyEvent) +}; + +// Window creation/destruction events: the first is sent as soon as window is +// created (i.e. the underlying GUI object exists), but when the C++ object is +// fully initialized (so virtual functions may be called). The second, +// wxEVT_DESTROY, is sent right before the window is destroyed - again, it's +// still safe to call virtual functions at this moment +/* + wxEVT_CREATE + wxEVT_DESTROY + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowCreateEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxWindowCreateEvent(wxWindow *win = NULL); + + wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)GetEventObject(); } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxWindowCreateEvent(*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxWindowCreateEvent) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDestroyEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxWindowDestroyEvent(wxWindow *win = NULL); + + wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)GetEventObject(); } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxWindowDestroyEvent(*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxWindowDestroyEvent) +}; + +// A help event is sent when the user clicks on a window in context-help mode. +/* + wxEVT_HELP + wxEVT_DETAILED_HELP +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHelpEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + // how was this help event generated? + enum Origin + { + Origin_Unknown, // unrecognized event source + Origin_Keyboard, // event generated from F1 key press + Origin_HelpButton // event from [?] button on the title bar (Windows) + }; + + wxHelpEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, + wxWindowID winid = 0, + const wxPoint& pt = wxDefaultPosition, + Origin origin = Origin_Unknown) + : wxCommandEvent(type, winid), + m_pos(pt), + m_origin(GuessOrigin(origin)) + { } + wxHelpEvent(const wxHelpEvent& event) + : wxCommandEvent(event), + m_pos(event.m_pos), + m_target(event.m_target), + m_link(event.m_link), + m_origin(event.m_origin) + { } + + // Position of event (in screen coordinates) + const wxPoint& GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } + void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; } + + // Optional link to further help + const wxString& GetLink() const { return m_link; } + void SetLink(const wxString& link) { m_link = link; } + + // Optional target to display help in. E.g. a window specification + const wxString& GetTarget() const { return m_target; } + void SetTarget(const wxString& target) { m_target = target; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxHelpEvent(*this); } + + // optional indication of the event source + Origin GetOrigin() const { return m_origin; } + void SetOrigin(Origin origin) { m_origin = origin; } + +protected: + wxPoint m_pos; + wxString m_target; + wxString m_link; + Origin m_origin; + + // we can try to guess the event origin ourselves, even if none is + // specified in the ctor + static Origin GuessOrigin(Origin origin); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxHelpEvent) +}; + +// A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts text copy/cut/paste +// message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data from/into a text control +// via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a popup menu command, etc. +// NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT* generated automatically +// for a Rich Edit text control. +/* +wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY +wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT +wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboardTextEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxClipboardTextEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, + wxWindowID winid = 0) + : wxCommandEvent(type, winid) + { } + wxClipboardTextEvent(const wxClipboardTextEvent& event) + : wxCommandEvent(event) + { } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxClipboardTextEvent(*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxClipboardTextEvent) +}; + +// A Context event is sent when the user right clicks on a window or +// presses Shift-F10 +// NOTE : Under windows this is a repackaged WM_CONTETXMENU message +// Under other systems it may have to be generated from a right click event +/* + wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxContextMenuEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxContextMenuEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, + wxWindowID winid = 0, + const wxPoint& pt = wxDefaultPosition) + : wxCommandEvent(type, winid), + m_pos(pt) + { } + wxContextMenuEvent(const wxContextMenuEvent& event) + : wxCommandEvent(event), + m_pos(event.m_pos) + { } + + // Position of event (in screen coordinates) + const wxPoint& GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } + void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxContextMenuEvent(*this); } + +protected: + wxPoint m_pos; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxContextMenuEvent) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// Idle event +/* + wxEVT_IDLE + */ + +// Whether to always send idle events to windows, or +// to only send update events to those with the +// wxWS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style. + +enum wxIdleMode +{ + // Send idle events to all windows + wxIDLE_PROCESS_ALL, + + // Send idle events to windows that have + // the wxWS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE flag specified + wxIDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIdleEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxIdleEvent() + : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_IDLE), + m_requestMore(false) + { } + wxIdleEvent(const wxIdleEvent& event) + : wxEvent(event), + m_requestMore(event.m_requestMore) + { } + + void RequestMore(bool needMore = true) { m_requestMore = needMore; } + bool MoreRequested() const { return m_requestMore; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxIdleEvent(*this); } + + // Specify how wxWidgets will send idle events: to + // all windows, or only to those which specify that they + // will process the events. + static void SetMode(wxIdleMode mode) { sm_idleMode = mode; } + + // Returns the idle event mode + static wxIdleMode GetMode() { return sm_idleMode; } + +protected: + bool m_requestMore; + static wxIdleMode sm_idleMode; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxIdleEvent) +}; + +/* TODO + wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED, + wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED, // WM_WININICHANGE (NT) / WM_SETTINGCHANGE (Win95) +// wxEVT_FONT_CHANGED, // WM_FONTCHANGE: roll into wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED, but remember to propagate + // wxEVT_FONT_CHANGED to all other windows (maybe). + wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM, // Leave these three as virtual functions in wxControl?? Platform-specific. + wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM, + wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM +*/ + + + +// ============================================================================ +// event handler and related classes +// ============================================================================ + + +// struct containing the members common to static and dynamic event tables +// entries +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventTableEntryBase +{ + wxEventTableEntryBase(int winid, int idLast, + wxEventFunctor* fn, wxObject *data) + : m_id(winid), + m_lastId(idLast), + m_fn(fn), + m_callbackUserData(data) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( idLast == wxID_ANY || winid <= idLast, + "invalid IDs range: lower bound > upper bound" ); + } + + wxEventTableEntryBase( const wxEventTableEntryBase &entry ) + : m_id( entry.m_id ), + m_lastId( entry.m_lastId ), + m_fn( entry.m_fn ), + m_callbackUserData( entry.m_callbackUserData ) + { + // This is a 'hack' to ensure that only one instance tries to delete + // the functor pointer. It is safe as long as the only place where the + // copy constructor is being called is when the static event tables are + // being initialized (a temporary instance is created and then this + // constructor is called). + + const_cast( entry ).m_fn = NULL; + } + + ~wxEventTableEntryBase() + { + delete m_fn; + } + + // the range of ids for this entry: if m_lastId == wxID_ANY, the range + // consists only of m_id, otherwise it is m_id..m_lastId inclusive + int m_id, + m_lastId; + + // function/method/functor to call + wxEventFunctor* m_fn; + + // arbitrary user data associated with the callback + wxObject* m_callbackUserData; + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxEventTableEntryBase); +}; + +// an entry from a static event table +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventTableEntry : public wxEventTableEntryBase +{ + wxEventTableEntry(const int& evType, int winid, int idLast, + wxEventFunctor* fn, wxObject *data) + : wxEventTableEntryBase(winid, idLast, fn, data), + m_eventType(evType) + { } + + // the reference to event type: this allows us to not care about the + // (undefined) order in which the event table entries and the event types + // are initialized: initially the value of this reference might be + // invalid, but by the time it is used for the first time, all global + // objects will have been initialized (including the event type constants) + // and so it will have the correct value when it is needed + const int& m_eventType; + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxEventTableEntry); +}; + +// an entry used in dynamic event table managed by wxEvtHandler::Connect() +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicEventTableEntry : public wxEventTableEntryBase +{ + wxDynamicEventTableEntry(int evType, int winid, int idLast, + wxEventFunctor* fn, wxObject *data) + : wxEventTableEntryBase(winid, idLast, fn, data), + m_eventType(evType) + { } + + // not a reference here as we can't keep a reference to a temporary int + // created to wrap the constant value typically passed to Connect() - nor + // do we need it + int m_eventType; + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxDynamicEventTableEntry); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventTable: an array of event entries terminated with {0, 0, 0, 0, 0} +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventTable +{ + const wxEventTable *baseTable; // base event table (next in chain) + const wxEventTableEntry *entries; // bottom of entry array +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventHashTable: a helper of wxEvtHandler to speed up wxEventTable lookups. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(const wxEventTableEntry*, wxEventTableEntryPointerArray); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventHashTable +{ +private: + // Internal data structs + struct EventTypeTable + { + wxEventType eventType; + wxEventTableEntryPointerArray eventEntryTable; + }; + typedef EventTypeTable* EventTypeTablePointer; + +public: + // Constructor, needs the event table it needs to hash later on. + // Note: hashing of the event table is not done in the constructor as it + // can be that the event table is not yet full initialize, the hash + // will gets initialized when handling the first event look-up request. + wxEventHashTable(const wxEventTable &table); + // Destructor. + ~wxEventHashTable(); + + // Handle the given event, in other words search the event table hash + // and call self->ProcessEvent() if a match was found. + bool HandleEvent(wxEvent& event, wxEvtHandler *self); + + // Clear table + void Clear(); + +#if wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING + // Clear all tables: only used to work around problems in memory tracing + // code + static void ClearAll(); +#endif // wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING + +protected: + // Init the hash table with the entries of the static event table. + void InitHashTable(); + // Helper funtion of InitHashTable() to insert 1 entry into the hash table. + void AddEntry(const wxEventTableEntry &entry); + // Allocate and init with null pointers the base hash table. + void AllocEventTypeTable(size_t size); + // Grow the hash table in size and transfer all items currently + // in the table to the correct location in the new table. + void GrowEventTypeTable(); + +protected: + const wxEventTable &m_table; + bool m_rebuildHash; + + size_t m_size; + EventTypeTablePointer *m_eventTypeTable; + + static wxEventHashTable* sm_first; + wxEventHashTable* m_previous; + wxEventHashTable* m_next; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventHashTable); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEvtHandler: the base class for all objects handling wxWidgets events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEvtHandler : public wxObject + , public wxTrackable +{ +public: + wxEvtHandler(); + virtual ~wxEvtHandler(); + + + // Event handler chain + // ------------------- + + wxEvtHandler *GetNextHandler() const { return m_nextHandler; } + wxEvtHandler *GetPreviousHandler() const { return m_previousHandler; } + virtual void SetNextHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) { m_nextHandler = handler; } + virtual void SetPreviousHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) { m_previousHandler = handler; } + + void SetEvtHandlerEnabled(bool enabled) { m_enabled = enabled; } + bool GetEvtHandlerEnabled() const { return m_enabled; } + + void Unlink(); + bool IsUnlinked() const; + + + + // Event queuing and processing + // ---------------------------- + + // Process an event right now: this can only be called from the main + // thread, use QueueEvent() for scheduling the events for + // processing from other threads. + virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); + + // Process an event by calling ProcessEvent and handling any exceptions + // thrown by event handlers. It's mostly useful when processing wx events + // when called from C code (e.g. in GTK+ callback) when the exception + // wouldn't correctly propagate to wxEventLoop. + bool SafelyProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); + // NOTE: uses ProcessEvent() + + // This method tries to process the event in this event handler, including + // any preprocessing done by TryBefore() and all the handlers chained to + // it, but excluding the post-processing done in TryAfter(). + // + // It is meant to be called from ProcessEvent() only and is not virtual, + // additional event handlers can be hooked into the normal event processing + // logic using TryBefore() and TryAfter() hooks. + // + // You can also call it yourself to forward an event to another handler but + // without propagating it upwards if it's unhandled (this is usually + // unwanted when forwarding as the original handler would already do it if + // needed normally). + bool ProcessEventLocally(wxEvent& event); + + // Schedule the given event to be processed later. It takes ownership of + // the event pointer, i.e. it will be deleted later. This is safe to call + // from multiple threads although you still need to ensure that wxString + // fields of the event object are deep copies and not use the same string + // buffer as other wxString objects in this thread. + virtual void QueueEvent(wxEvent *event); + + // Add an event to be processed later: notice that this function is not + // safe to call from threads other than main, use QueueEvent() + virtual void AddPendingEvent(const wxEvent& event) + { + // notice that the thread-safety problem comes from the fact that + // Clone() doesn't make deep copies of wxString fields of wxEvent + // object and so the same wxString could be used from both threads when + // the event object is destroyed in this one -- QueueEvent() avoids + // this problem as the event pointer is not used any more in this + // thread at all after it is called. + QueueEvent(event.Clone()); + } + + void ProcessPendingEvents(); + // NOTE: uses ProcessEvent() + + void DeletePendingEvents(); + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + bool ProcessThreadEvent(const wxEvent& event); + // NOTE: uses AddPendingEvent(); call only from secondary threads +#endif + + + // Connecting and disconnecting + // ---------------------------- + + // These functions are used for old, untyped, event handlers and don't + // check that the type of the function passed to them actually matches the + // type of the event. They also only allow connecting events to methods of + // wxEvtHandler-derived classes. + // + // The template Connect() methods below are safer and allow connecting + // events to arbitrary functions or functors -- but require compiler + // support for templates. + + // Dynamic association of a member function handler with the event handler, + // winid and event type + void Connect(int winid, + int lastId, + wxEventType eventType, + wxObjectEventFunction func, + wxObject *userData = NULL, + wxEvtHandler *eventSink = NULL) + { + DoBind(winid, lastId, eventType, + wxNewEventFunctor(eventType, func, eventSink), + userData); + } + + // Convenience function: take just one id + void Connect(int winid, + wxEventType eventType, + wxObjectEventFunction func, + wxObject *userData = NULL, + wxEvtHandler *eventSink = NULL) + { Connect(winid, wxID_ANY, eventType, func, userData, eventSink); } + + // Even more convenient: without id (same as using id of wxID_ANY) + void Connect(wxEventType eventType, + wxObjectEventFunction func, + wxObject *userData = NULL, + wxEvtHandler *eventSink = NULL) + { Connect(wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, eventType, func, userData, eventSink); } + + bool Disconnect(int winid, + int lastId, + wxEventType eventType, + wxObjectEventFunction func = NULL, + wxObject *userData = NULL, + wxEvtHandler *eventSink = NULL) + { + return DoUnbind(winid, lastId, eventType, + wxMakeEventFunctor(eventType, func, eventSink), + userData ); + } + + bool Disconnect(int winid = wxID_ANY, + wxEventType eventType = wxEVT_NULL, + wxObjectEventFunction func = NULL, + wxObject *userData = NULL, + wxEvtHandler *eventSink = NULL) + { return Disconnect(winid, wxID_ANY, eventType, func, userData, eventSink); } + + bool Disconnect(wxEventType eventType, + wxObjectEventFunction func, + wxObject *userData = NULL, + wxEvtHandler *eventSink = NULL) + { return Disconnect(wxID_ANY, eventType, func, userData, eventSink); } + +#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND + // Bind functions to an event: + template + void Bind(const EventTag& eventType, + void (*function)(EventArg &), + int winid = wxID_ANY, + int lastId = wxID_ANY, + wxObject *userData = NULL) + { + DoBind(winid, lastId, eventType, + wxNewEventFunctor(eventType, function), + userData); + } + + + template + bool Unbind(const EventTag& eventType, + void (*function)(EventArg &), + int winid = wxID_ANY, + int lastId = wxID_ANY, + wxObject *userData = NULL) + { + return DoUnbind(winid, lastId, eventType, + wxMakeEventFunctor(eventType, function), + userData); + } + + // Bind functors to an event: + template + void Bind(const EventTag& eventType, + const Functor &functor, + int winid = wxID_ANY, + int lastId = wxID_ANY, + wxObject *userData = NULL) + { + DoBind(winid, lastId, eventType, + wxNewEventFunctor(eventType, functor), + userData); + } + + + template + bool Unbind(const EventTag& eventType, + const Functor &functor, + int winid = wxID_ANY, + int lastId = wxID_ANY, + wxObject *userData = NULL) + { + return DoUnbind(winid, lastId, eventType, + wxMakeEventFunctor(eventType, functor), + userData); + } + + + // Bind a method of a class (called on the specified handler which must + // be convertible to this class) object to an event: + + template + void Bind(const EventTag &eventType, + void (Class::*method)(EventArg &), + EventHandler *handler, + int winid = wxID_ANY, + int lastId = wxID_ANY, + wxObject *userData = NULL) + { + DoBind(winid, lastId, eventType, + wxNewEventFunctor(eventType, method, handler), + userData); + } + + template + bool Unbind(const EventTag &eventType, + void (Class::*method)(EventArg&), + EventHandler *handler, + int winid = wxID_ANY, + int lastId = wxID_ANY, + wxObject *userData = NULL ) + { + return DoUnbind(winid, lastId, eventType, + wxMakeEventFunctor(eventType, method, handler), + userData); + } +#endif // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND + + wxList* GetDynamicEventTable() const { return m_dynamicEvents ; } + + // User data can be associated with each wxEvtHandler + void SetClientObject( wxClientData *data ) { DoSetClientObject(data); } + wxClientData *GetClientObject() const { return DoGetClientObject(); } + + void SetClientData( void *data ) { DoSetClientData(data); } + void *GetClientData() const { return DoGetClientData(); } + + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + // check if the given event table entry matches this event by id (the check + // for the event type should be done by caller) and call the handler if it + // does + // + // return true if the event was processed, false otherwise (no match or the + // handler decided to skip the event) + static bool ProcessEventIfMatchesId(const wxEventTableEntryBase& tableEntry, + wxEvtHandler *handler, + wxEvent& event); + + virtual bool SearchEventTable(wxEventTable& table, wxEvent& event); + bool SearchDynamicEventTable( wxEvent& event ); + + // Avoid problems at exit by cleaning up static hash table gracefully + void ClearEventHashTable() { GetEventHashTable().Clear(); } + void OnSinkDestroyed( wxEvtHandler *sink ); + + +private: + void DoBind(int winid, + int lastId, + wxEventType eventType, + wxEventFunctor *func, + wxObject* userData = NULL); + + bool DoUnbind(int winid, + int lastId, + wxEventType eventType, + const wxEventFunctor& func, + wxObject *userData = NULL); + + static const wxEventTableEntry sm_eventTableEntries[]; + +protected: + // hooks for wxWindow used by ProcessEvent() + // ----------------------------------------- + + // this one is called before trying our own event table to allow plugging + // in the event handlers overriding the default logic, this is used by e.g. + // validators. + virtual bool TryBefore(wxEvent& event); + + // This one is not a hook but just a helper which looks up the handler in + // this object itself. + // + // It is called from ProcessEventLocally() and normally shouldn't be called + // directly as doing it would ignore any chained event handlers + bool TryHereOnly(wxEvent& event); + + // Another helper which simply calls pre-processing hook and then tries to + // handle the event at this handler level. + bool TryBeforeAndHere(wxEvent& event) + { + return TryBefore(event) || TryHereOnly(event); + } + + // this one is called after failing to find the event handle in our own + // table to give a chance to the other windows to process it + // + // base class implementation passes the event to wxTheApp + virtual bool TryAfter(wxEvent& event); + +#ifdef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // deprecated method: override TryBefore() instead of this one + wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE( + virtual bool TryValidator(wxEvent& WXUNUSED(event)), return false; ) + + wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE( + virtual bool TryParent(wxEvent& event), return DoTryApp(event); ) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + + static const wxEventTable sm_eventTable; + virtual const wxEventTable *GetEventTable() const; + + static wxEventHashTable sm_eventHashTable; + virtual wxEventHashTable& GetEventHashTable() const; + + wxEvtHandler* m_nextHandler; + wxEvtHandler* m_previousHandler; + wxList* m_dynamicEvents; + wxList* m_pendingEvents; + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + // critical section protecting m_pendingEvents + wxCriticalSection m_pendingEventsLock; +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + // Is event handler enabled? + bool m_enabled; + + + // The user data: either an object which will be deleted by the container + // when it's deleted or some raw pointer which we do nothing with - only + // one type of data can be used with the given window (i.e. you cannot set + // the void data and then associate the container with wxClientData or vice + // versa) + union + { + wxClientData *m_clientObject; + void *m_clientData; + }; + + // what kind of data do we have? + wxClientDataType m_clientDataType; + + // client data accessors + virtual void DoSetClientObject( wxClientData *data ); + virtual wxClientData *DoGetClientObject() const; + + virtual void DoSetClientData( void *data ); + virtual void *DoGetClientData() const; + + // Search tracker objects for event connection with this sink + wxEventConnectionRef *FindRefInTrackerList(wxEvtHandler *handler); + +private: + // pass the event to wxTheApp instance, called from TryAfter() + bool DoTryApp(wxEvent& event); + + // try to process events in all handlers chained to this one + bool DoTryChain(wxEvent& event); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxEvtHandler) +}; + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxEvtHandler *, wxEvtHandlerArray, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + + +// Define an inline method of wxObjectEventFunctor which couldn't be defined +// before wxEvtHandler declaration: at least Sun CC refuses to compile function +// calls through pointer to member for forward-declared classes (see #12452). +inline void wxObjectEventFunctor::operator()(wxEvtHandler *handler, wxEvent& event) +{ + wxEvtHandler * const realHandler = m_handler ? m_handler : handler; + + (realHandler->*m_method)(event); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventConnectionRef represents all connections between two event handlers +// and enables automatic disconnect when an event handler sink goes out of +// scope. Each connection/disconnect increases/decreases ref count, and +// when it reaches zero the node goes out of scope. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxEventConnectionRef : public wxTrackerNode +{ +public: + wxEventConnectionRef() : m_src(NULL), m_sink(NULL), m_refCount(0) { } + wxEventConnectionRef(wxEvtHandler *src, wxEvtHandler *sink) + : m_src(src), m_sink(sink), m_refCount(1) + { + m_sink->AddNode(this); + } + + // The sink is being destroyed + virtual void OnObjectDestroy( ) + { + if ( m_src ) + m_src->OnSinkDestroyed( m_sink ); + delete this; + } + + virtual wxEventConnectionRef *ToEventConnection() { return this; } + + void IncRef() { m_refCount++; } + void DecRef() + { + if ( !--m_refCount ) + { + // The sink holds the only external pointer to this object + if ( m_sink ) + m_sink->RemoveNode(this); + delete this; + } + } + +private: + wxEvtHandler *m_src, + *m_sink; + int m_refCount; + + friend class wxEvtHandler; + + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxEventConnectionRef); +}; + +// Post a message to the given event handler which will be processed during the +// next event loop iteration. +// +// Notice that this one is not thread-safe, use wxQueueEvent() +inline void wxPostEvent(wxEvtHandler *dest, const wxEvent& event) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( dest, "need an object to post event to" ); + + dest->AddPendingEvent(event); +} + +// Wrapper around wxEvtHandler::QueueEvent(): adds an event for later +// processing, unlike wxPostEvent it is safe to use from different thread even +// for events with wxString members +inline void wxQueueEvent(wxEvtHandler *dest, wxEvent *event) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( dest, "need an object to queue event for" ); + + dest->QueueEvent(event); +} + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxEventFunction)(wxEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxIdleEventFunction)(wxIdleEvent&); + +#define wxEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxEventFunction, func) +#define wxIdleEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxIdleEventFunction, func) + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventBlocker: helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxEventBlocker : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxEventBlocker(wxWindow *win, wxEventType type = wxEVT_ANY); + virtual ~wxEventBlocker(); + + void Block(wxEventType type) + { + m_eventsToBlock.push_back(type); + } + + virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); + +protected: + wxArrayInt m_eventsToBlock; + wxWindow *m_window; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventBlocker); +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCommandEventFunction)(wxCommandEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxThreadEventFunction)(wxThreadEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxScrollEventFunction)(wxScrollEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxScrollWinEventFunction)(wxScrollWinEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSizeEventFunction)(wxSizeEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMoveEventFunction)(wxMoveEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPaintEventFunction)(wxPaintEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxNcPaintEventFunction)(wxNcPaintEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxEraseEventFunction)(wxEraseEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMouseEventFunction)(wxMouseEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCharEventFunction)(wxKeyEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFocusEventFunction)(wxFocusEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxChildFocusEventFunction)(wxChildFocusEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxActivateEventFunction)(wxActivateEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMenuEventFunction)(wxMenuEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxJoystickEventFunction)(wxJoystickEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDropFilesEventFunction)(wxDropFilesEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxInitDialogEventFunction)(wxInitDialogEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSysColourChangedEventFunction)(wxSysColourChangedEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDisplayChangedEventFunction)(wxDisplayChangedEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxUpdateUIEventFunction)(wxUpdateUIEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCloseEventFunction)(wxCloseEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxShowEventFunction)(wxShowEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxIconizeEventFunction)(wxIconizeEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMaximizeEventFunction)(wxMaximizeEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxNavigationKeyEventFunction)(wxNavigationKeyEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPaletteChangedEventFunction)(wxPaletteChangedEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxQueryNewPaletteEventFunction)(wxQueryNewPaletteEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWindowCreateEventFunction)(wxWindowCreateEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWindowDestroyEventFunction)(wxWindowDestroyEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSetCursorEventFunction)(wxSetCursorEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxNotifyEventFunction)(wxNotifyEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxHelpEventFunction)(wxHelpEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxContextMenuEventFunction)(wxContextMenuEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMouseCaptureChangedEventFunction)(wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMouseCaptureLostEventFunction)(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxClipboardTextEventFunction)(wxClipboardTextEvent&); + + +#define wxCommandEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxCommandEventFunction, func) +#define wxThreadEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxThreadEventFunction, func) +#define wxScrollEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxScrollEventFunction, func) +#define wxScrollWinEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxScrollWinEventFunction, func) +#define wxSizeEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSizeEventFunction, func) +#define wxMoveEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMoveEventFunction, func) +#define wxPaintEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxPaintEventFunction, func) +#define wxNcPaintEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxNcPaintEventFunction, func) +#define wxEraseEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxEraseEventFunction, func) +#define wxMouseEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMouseEventFunction, func) +#define wxCharEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxCharEventFunction, func) +#define wxKeyEventHandler(func) wxCharEventHandler(func) +#define wxFocusEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxFocusEventFunction, func) +#define wxChildFocusEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxChildFocusEventFunction, func) +#define wxActivateEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxActivateEventFunction, func) +#define wxMenuEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMenuEventFunction, func) +#define wxJoystickEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxJoystickEventFunction, func) +#define wxDropFilesEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxDropFilesEventFunction, func) +#define wxInitDialogEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxInitDialogEventFunction, func) +#define wxSysColourChangedEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSysColourChangedEventFunction, func) +#define wxDisplayChangedEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxDisplayChangedEventFunction, func) +#define wxUpdateUIEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxUpdateUIEventFunction, func) +#define wxCloseEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxCloseEventFunction, func) +#define wxShowEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxShowEventFunction, func) +#define wxIconizeEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxIconizeEventFunction, func) +#define wxMaximizeEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMaximizeEventFunction, func) +#define wxNavigationKeyEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxNavigationKeyEventFunction, func) +#define wxPaletteChangedEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxPaletteChangedEventFunction, func) +#define wxQueryNewPaletteEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxQueryNewPaletteEventFunction, func) +#define wxWindowCreateEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxWindowCreateEventFunction, func) +#define wxWindowDestroyEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxWindowDestroyEventFunction, func) +#define wxSetCursorEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSetCursorEventFunction, func) +#define wxNotifyEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxNotifyEventFunction, func) +#define wxHelpEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxHelpEventFunction, func) +#define wxContextMenuEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxContextMenuEventFunction, func) +#define wxMouseCaptureChangedEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMouseCaptureChangedEventFunction, func) +#define wxMouseCaptureLostEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMouseCaptureLostEventFunction, func) +#define wxClipboardTextEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxClipboardTextEventFunction, func) + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// N.B. In GNU-WIN32, you *have* to take the address of a member function +// (use &) or the compiler crashes... + +#define wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() \ + private: \ + static const wxEventTableEntry sm_eventTableEntries[]; \ + protected: \ + static const wxEventTable sm_eventTable; \ + virtual const wxEventTable* GetEventTable() const; \ + static wxEventHashTable sm_eventHashTable; \ + virtual wxEventHashTable& GetEventHashTable() const + +// N.B.: when building DLL with Borland C++ 5.5 compiler, you must initialize +// sm_eventTable before using it in GetEventTable() or the compiler gives +// E2233 (see http://groups.google.com/groups?selm=397dcc8a%241_2%40dnews) + +#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(theClass, baseClass) \ + const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ + { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ + const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ + { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ + wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ + wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ + { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ + const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ + +#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE1(theClass, baseClass, T1) \ + template \ + const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ + { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ + template \ + const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ + { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ + { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ + template \ + const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ + +#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE2(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2) \ + template \ + const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ + { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ + template \ + const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ + { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ + { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ + template \ + const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ + +#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE3(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3) \ + template \ + const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ + { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ + template \ + const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ + { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ + { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ + template \ + const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ + +#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE4(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3, T4) \ + template \ + const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ + { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ + template \ + const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ + { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ + { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ + template \ + const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ + +#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE5(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5) \ + template \ + const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ + { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ + template \ + const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ + { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ + { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ + template \ + const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ + +#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE7(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7) \ + template \ + const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ + { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ + template \ + const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ + { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ + { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ + template \ + const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ + +#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE8(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7, T8) \ + template \ + const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \ + { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \ + template \ + const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \ + { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \ + template \ + wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \ + { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \ + template \ + const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \ + +#define wxEND_EVENT_TABLE() \ + wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_TERMINATOR() }; + +/* + * Event table macros + */ + +// helpers for writing shorter code below: declare an event macro taking 2, 1 +// or none ids (the missing ids default to wxID_ANY) +// +// macro arguments: +// - evt one of wxEVT_XXX constants +// - id1, id2 ids of the first/last id +// - fn the function (should be cast to the right type) +#define wx__DECLARE_EVT2(evt, id1, id2, fn) \ + wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(evt, id1, id2, fn, NULL), +#define wx__DECLARE_EVT1(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT2(evt, id, wxID_ANY, fn) +#define wx__DECLARE_EVT0(evt, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(evt, wxID_ANY, fn) + + +// Generic events +#define EVT_CUSTOM(event, winid, func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(event, winid, wxEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_CUSTOM_RANGE(event, id1, id2, func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT2(event, id1, id2, wxEventHandler(func)) + +// EVT_COMMAND +#define EVT_COMMAND(winid, event, func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(event, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) + +#define EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(id1, id2, event, func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT2(event, id1, id2, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) + +#define EVT_NOTIFY(event, winid, func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(event, winid, wxNotifyEventHandler(func)) + +#define EVT_NOTIFY_RANGE(event, id1, id2, func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT2(event, id1, id2, wxNotifyEventHandler(func)) + +// Miscellaneous +#define EVT_SIZE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SIZE, wxSizeEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SIZING(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SIZING, wxSizeEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOVE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOVE, wxMoveEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOVING(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOVING, wxMoveEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOVE_START(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOVE_START, wxMoveEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOVE_END(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOVE_END, wxMoveEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_CLOSE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, wxCloseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_END_SESSION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxCloseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxCloseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_PAINT(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_PAINT, wxPaintEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_NC_PAINT(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_NC_PAINT, wxNcPaintEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND, wxEraseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_CHAR(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CHAR, wxCharEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_KEY_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, wxKeyEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_KEY_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_KEY_UP, wxKeyEventHandler(func)) +#if wxUSE_HOTKEY +#define EVT_HOTKEY(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_HOTKEY, winid, wxCharEventHandler(func)) +#endif +#define EVT_CHAR_HOOK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK, wxCharEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MENU_OPEN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MENU_OPEN, wxMenuEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MENU_CLOSE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE, wxMenuEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, winid, wxMenuEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, wxMenuEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SET_FOCUS(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, wxFocusEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_KILL_FOCUS(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, wxFocusEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_CHILD_FOCUS(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS, wxChildFocusEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_ACTIVATE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, wxActivateEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_ACTIVATE_APP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP, wxActivateEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_HIBERNATE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_HIBERNATE, wxActivateEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_END_SESSION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxCloseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxCloseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_DROP_FILES(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, wxDropFilesEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_INIT_DIALOG(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG, wxInitDialogEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, wxSysColourChangedEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED, wxDisplayChangedEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SHOW(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SHOW, wxShowEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MAXIMIZE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MAXIMIZE, wxMaximizeEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_ICONIZE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ICONIZE, wxIconizeEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY, wxNavigationKeyEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED, wxPaletteChangedEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE, wxQueryNewPaletteEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_WINDOW_CREATE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CREATE, wxWindowCreateEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DESTROY, wxWindowDestroyEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SET_CURSOR(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SET_CURSOR, wxSetCursorEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED, wxMouseCaptureChangedEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST, wxMouseCaptureLostEventHandler(func)) + +// Mouse events +#define EVT_LEFT_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_LEFT_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_LEFT_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MIDDLE_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_RIGHT_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_RIGHT_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOTION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOTION, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_LEFT_DCLICK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_ENTER_WINDOW(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOUSEWHEEL(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOUSE_AUX1_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOUSE_AUX1_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUX1_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOUSE_AUX1_DCLICK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUX1_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOUSE_AUX2_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOUSE_AUX2_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUX2_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MOUSE_AUX2_DCLICK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUX2_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler(func)) + +// All mouse events +#define EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(func) \ + EVT_LEFT_DOWN(func) \ + EVT_LEFT_UP(func) \ + EVT_LEFT_DCLICK(func) \ + EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN(func) \ + EVT_MIDDLE_UP(func) \ + EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK(func) \ + EVT_RIGHT_DOWN(func) \ + EVT_RIGHT_UP(func) \ + EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK(func) \ + EVT_MOUSE_AUX1_DOWN(func) \ + EVT_MOUSE_AUX1_UP(func) \ + EVT_MOUSE_AUX1_DCLICK(func) \ + EVT_MOUSE_AUX2_DOWN(func) \ + EVT_MOUSE_AUX2_UP(func) \ + EVT_MOUSE_AUX2_DCLICK(func) \ + EVT_MOTION(func) \ + EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW(func) \ + EVT_ENTER_WINDOW(func) \ + EVT_MOUSEWHEEL(func) + +// Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow) +#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func)) + +#define EVT_SCROLLWIN(func) \ + EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP(func) \ + EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM(func) \ + EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP(func) \ + EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN(func) \ + EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP(func) \ + EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN(func) \ + EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK(func) \ + EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE(func) + +// Scrolling from wxSlider and wxScrollBar +#define EVT_SCROLL_TOP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) + +#define EVT_SCROLL(func) \ + EVT_SCROLL_TOP(func) \ + EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM(func) \ + EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP(func) \ + EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN(func) \ + EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP(func) \ + EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN(func) \ + EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK(func) \ + EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE(func) \ + EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED(func) + +// Scrolling from wxSlider and wxScrollBar, with an id +#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func)) + +#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL(winid, func) \ + EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP(winid, func) \ + EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM(winid, func) \ + EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP(winid, func) \ + EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN(winid, func) \ + EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP(winid, func) \ + EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN(winid, func) \ + EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK(winid, func) \ + EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE(winid, func) \ + EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED(winid, func) + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // compatibility macros for the old name, deprecated in 2.8 + #define wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED + #define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED + #define EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// Convenience macros for commonly-used commands +#define EVT_CHECKBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_CHOICE(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_LISTBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MENU(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_MENU_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, id1, id2, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) +# define EVT_BUTTON(winid, func) EVT_MENU(winid, func) +#else +# define EVT_BUTTON(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#endif +#define EVT_SLIDER(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_RADIOBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_RADIOBUTTON(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +// EVT_SCROLLBAR is now obsolete since we use EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL... events +#define EVT_SCROLLBAR(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_VLBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMBOBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_TOOL(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_TOOL_DROPDOWN(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_DROPDOWN_CLICKED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_TOOL_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, id1, id2, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, id1, id2, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_TOOL_ENTER(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_CHECKLISTBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMBOBOX_DROPDOWN(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_DROPDOWN, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMBOBOX_CLOSEUP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_CLOSEUP, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) + +// Generic command events +#define EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_ENTER(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func)) + +// Joystick events + +#define EVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN, wxJoystickEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP, wxJoystickEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_JOY_MOVE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_JOY_MOVE, wxJoystickEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_JOY_ZMOVE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE, wxJoystickEventHandler(func)) + +// All joystick events +#define EVT_JOYSTICK_EVENTS(func) \ + EVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN(func) \ + EVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP(func) \ + EVT_JOY_MOVE(func) \ + EVT_JOY_ZMOVE(func) + +// Idle event +#define EVT_IDLE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_IDLE, wxIdleEventHandler(func)) + +// Update UI event +#define EVT_UPDATE_UI(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, winid, wxUpdateUIEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, id1, id2, wxUpdateUIEventHandler(func)) + +// Help events +#define EVT_HELP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_HELP, winid, wxHelpEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_HELP_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_HELP, id1, id2, wxHelpEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_DETAILED_HELP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_DETAILED_HELP, winid, wxHelpEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_DETAILED_HELP_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_DETAILED_HELP, id1, id2, wxHelpEventHandler(func)) + +// Context Menu Events +#define EVT_CONTEXT_MENU(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, wxContextMenuEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_COMMAND_CONTEXT_MENU(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, winid, wxContextMenuEventHandler(func)) + +// Clipboard text Events +#define EVT_TEXT_CUT(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT, winid, wxClipboardTextEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_TEXT_COPY(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY, winid, wxClipboardTextEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_TEXT_PASTE(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE, winid, wxClipboardTextEventHandler(func)) + +// Thread events +#define EVT_THREAD(id, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_THREAD, id, wxThreadEventHandler(func)) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Helper functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This is an ugly hack to allow the use of Bind() instead of Connect() inside +// the library code if the library was built with support for it, here is how +// it is used: +// +// class SomeEventHandlingClass : wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK_BASE_CLASS +// public SomeBaseClass +// { +// public: +// SomeEventHandlingClass(wxWindow *win) +// { +// // connect to the event for the given window +// wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK(win, wxEVT_SOMETHING, wxSomeEventHandler, +// SomeEventHandlingClass::OnSomeEvent, this); +// } +// +// private: +// void OnSomeEvent(wxSomeEvent&) { ... } +// }; +// +// This is *not* meant to be used by library users, it is only defined here +// (and not in a private header) because the base class must be visible from +// other public headers, please do NOT use this in your code, it will be +// removed from future wx versions without warning. +#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND + #define wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK_BASE_CLASS + #define wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK_ONLY_BASE_CLASS + #define wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK(win, evt, handler, func, obj) \ + win->Bind(evt, &func, obj) +#else // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND + #define wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK_BASE_CLASS public wxEvtHandler, + #define wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK_ONLY_BASE_CLASS : public wxEvtHandler + #define wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK(win, evt, handler, func, obj) \ + win->Connect(evt, handler(func), NULL, obj) +#endif // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +// Find a window with the focus, that is also a descendant of the given window. +// This is used to determine the window to initially send commands to. +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxFindFocusDescendant(wxWindow* ancestor); + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Compatibility macro aliases +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// deprecated variants _not_ requiring a semicolon after them and without wx prefix +// (note that also some wx-prefixed macro do _not_ require a semicolon because +// it's not always possible to force the compire to require it) + +#define DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(type, winid, idLast, fn, obj) \ + wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(type, winid, idLast, fn, obj) +#define DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_TERMINATOR() wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_TERMINATOR() +#define DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE(); +#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(a,b) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(a,b) +#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE1(a,b,c) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE1(a,b,c) +#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE2(a,b,c,d) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE1(a,b,c,d) +#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE3(a,b,c,d,e) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE1(a,b,c,d,e) +#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE4(a,b,c,d,e,f) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE1(a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE5(a,b,c,d,e,f,g) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE1(a,b,c,d,e,f,g) +#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE6(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE1(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h) +#define END_EVENT_TABLE() wxEND_EVENT_TABLE() + +// other obsolete event declaration/definition macros; we don't need them any longer +// but we keep them for compatibility as it doesn't cost us anything anyhow +#define BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() +#define END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES() +#define DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(expdecl, name, value) \ + extern expdecl const wxEventType name; +#define DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(name, value) \ + DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, name, value) +#define DECLARE_LOCAL_EVENT_TYPE(name, value) \ + DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, name, value) +#define DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(name) const wxEventType name = wxNewEventType(); +#define DEFINE_LOCAL_EVENT_TYPE(name) DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(name) + +#endif // _WX_EVENT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/evtloop.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/evtloop.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae45b8800a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/evtloop.h @@ -0,0 +1,421 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/evtloop.h +// Purpose: declares wxEventLoop class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 01.06.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloop.h 65057 2010-07-23 23:32:46Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_EVTLOOP_H_ +#define _WX_EVTLOOP_H_ + +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/utils.h" + +// TODO: implement wxEventLoopSource for MSW (it should wrap a HANDLE and be +// monitored using MsgWaitForMultipleObjects()) +#if defined(__WXOSX__) || (defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)) + #define wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE 1 +#else + #define wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + class wxEventLoopSource; + class wxEventLoopSourceHandler; +#endif + +/* + NOTE ABOUT wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor LOGIC + ------------------------------------------ + + The YieldFor() function helps to avoid re-entrancy problems and problems + caused by out-of-order event processing + (see "wxYield-like problems" and "wxProgressDialog+threading BUG" wx-dev threads). + + The logic behind YieldFor() is simple: it analyzes the queue of the native + events generated by the underlying GUI toolkit and picks out and processes + only those matching the given mask. + + It's important to note that YieldFor() is used to selectively process the + events generated by the NATIVE toolkit. + Events syntethized by wxWidgets code or by user code are instead selectively + processed thanks to the logic built into wxEvtHandler::ProcessPendingEvents(). + In fact, when wxEvtHandler::ProcessPendingEvents gets called from inside a + YieldFor() call, wxEventLoopBase::IsEventAllowedInsideYield is used to decide + if the pending events for that event handler can be processed. + If all the pending events associated with that event handler result as "not processable", + the event handler "delays" itself calling wxEventLoopBase::DelayPendingEventHandler + (so it's moved: m_handlersWithPendingEvents => m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents). + Last, wxEventLoopBase::ProcessPendingEvents() before exiting moves the delayed + event handlers back into the list of handlers with pending events + (m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents => m_handlersWithPendingEvents) so that + a later call to ProcessPendingEvents() (possibly outside the YieldFor() call) + will process all pending events as usual. +*/ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventLoopBase: interface for wxEventLoop +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventLoopBase +{ +public: + // trivial, but needed (because of wxEventLoopBase) ctor + wxEventLoopBase(); + + // dtor + virtual ~wxEventLoopBase() { } + + // use this to check whether the event loop was successfully created before + // using it + virtual bool IsOk() const { return true; } + + // returns true if this is the main loop + bool IsMain() const; + +#if wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + // create a new event loop source wrapping the given file descriptor and + // start monitoring it + virtual wxEventLoopSource * + AddSourceForFD(int fd, wxEventLoopSourceHandler *handler, int flags) = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + + // dispatch&processing + // ------------------- + + // start the event loop, return the exit code when it is finished + virtual int Run() = 0; + + // is this event loop running now? + // + // notice that even if this event loop hasn't terminated yet but has just + // spawned a nested (e.g. modal) event loop, this would return false + bool IsRunning() const; + + // exit from the loop with the given exit code + virtual void Exit(int rc = 0) = 0; + + // return true if any events are available + virtual bool Pending() const = 0; + + // dispatch a single event, return false if we should exit from the loop + virtual bool Dispatch() = 0; + + // same as Dispatch() but doesn't wait for longer than the specified (in + // ms) timeout, return true if an event was processed, false if we should + // exit the loop or -1 if timeout expired + virtual int DispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout) = 0; + + // implement this to wake up the loop: usually done by posting a dummy event + // to it (can be called from non main thread) + virtual void WakeUp() = 0; + + + // idle handling + // ------------- + + // make sure that idle events are sent again + virtual void WakeUpIdle(); + + // this virtual function is called when the application + // becomes idle and by default it forwards to wxApp::ProcessIdle() and + // while it can be overridden in a custom event loop, you must call the + // base class version to ensure that idle events are still generated + // + // it should return true if more idle events are needed, false if not + virtual bool ProcessIdle(); + + + // Yield-related hooks + // ------------------- + + // process all currently pending events right now + // + // it is an error to call Yield() recursively unless the value of + // onlyIfNeeded is true + // + // WARNING: this function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected + // reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it + // may result in calling the same event handler again), use + // with _extreme_ care or, better, don't use at all! + bool Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded = false); + virtual bool YieldFor(long eventsToProcess) = 0; + + // returns true if the main thread is inside a Yield() call + virtual bool IsYielding() const + { return m_isInsideYield; } + + // returns true if events of the given event category should be immediately + // processed inside a wxApp::Yield() call or rather should be queued for + // later processing by the main event loop + virtual bool IsEventAllowedInsideYield(wxEventCategory cat) const + { return (m_eventsToProcessInsideYield & cat) != 0; } + + // no SafeYield hooks since it uses wxWindow which is not available when wxUSE_GUI=0 + + + // active loop + // ----------- + + // return currently active (running) event loop, may be NULL + static wxEventLoopBase *GetActive() { return ms_activeLoop; } + + // set currently active (running) event loop + static void SetActive(wxEventLoopBase* loop); + + +protected: + // this function should be called before the event loop terminates, whether + // this happens normally (because of Exit() call) or abnormally (because of + // an exception thrown from inside the loop) + virtual void OnExit(); + + // the pointer to currently active loop + static wxEventLoopBase *ms_activeLoop; + + // YieldFor() helpers: + bool m_isInsideYield; + long m_eventsToProcessInsideYield; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventLoopBase); +}; + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXDFB__) || (defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WXOSX__)) + +// this class can be used to implement a standard event loop logic using +// Pending() and Dispatch() +// +// it also handles idle processing automatically +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventLoopManual : public wxEventLoopBase +{ +public: + wxEventLoopManual(); + + // enters a loop calling OnNextIteration(), Pending() and Dispatch() and + // terminating when Exit() is called + virtual int Run(); + + // sets the "should exit" flag and wakes up the loop so that it terminates + // soon + virtual void Exit(int rc = 0); + +protected: + // may be overridden to perform some action at the start of each new event + // loop iteration + virtual void OnNextIteration() { } + + + // the loop exit code + int m_exitcode; + + // should we exit the loop? + bool m_shouldExit; + +private: + // process all already pending events and dispatch a new one (blocking + // until it appears in the event queue if necessary) + // + // returns the return value of Dispatch() + bool ProcessEvents(); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventLoopManual); +}; + +#endif // platforms using "manual" loop + +// we're moving away from old m_impl wxEventLoop model as otherwise the user +// code doesn't have access to platform-specific wxEventLoop methods and this +// can sometimes be very useful (e.g. under MSW this is necessary for +// integration with MFC) but currently this is not done for all ports yet (e.g. +// wxX11) so fall back to the old wxGUIEventLoop definition below for them + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/evtloop.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + // this header defines both console and GUI loops for MSW + #include "wx/msw/evtloop.h" +#elif defined(__WXOSX__) + // CoreFoundation-based event loop is currently in wxBase so include it in + // any case too (although maybe it actually shouldn't be there at all) + #include "wx/osx/evtloop.h" +#elif wxUSE_GUI + +// include the appropriate header defining wxGUIEventLoop + +#if defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/evtloop.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #include "wx/dfb/evtloop.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/evtloop.h" +#else // other platform + +#include "wx/stopwatch.h" // for wxMilliClock_t + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxEventLoopImpl; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIEventLoop : public wxEventLoopBase +{ +public: + wxGUIEventLoop() { m_impl = NULL; } + virtual ~wxGUIEventLoop(); + +#if wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + // We need to define a base class pure virtual method but we can't provide + // a generic implementation for it so simply fail. + virtual wxEventLoopSource * + AddSourceForFD(int WXUNUSED(fd), + wxEventLoopSourceHandler * WXUNUSED(handler), + int WXUNUSED(flags)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "support for event loop sources not implemented" ); + return NULL; + } +#endif // wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + + virtual int Run(); + virtual void Exit(int rc = 0); + virtual bool Pending() const; + virtual bool Dispatch(); + virtual int DispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout) + { + // TODO: this is, of course, horribly inefficient and a proper wait with + // timeout should be implemented for all ports natively... + const wxMilliClock_t timeEnd = wxGetLocalTimeMillis() + timeout; + for ( ;; ) + { + if ( Pending() ) + return Dispatch(); + + if ( wxGetLocalTimeMillis() >= timeEnd ) + return -1; + } + } + virtual void WakeUp() { } + virtual bool YieldFor(long eventsToProcess); + +protected: + // the pointer to the port specific implementation class + wxEventLoopImpl *m_impl; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGUIEventLoop); +}; + +#endif // platforms + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// include the header defining wxConsoleEventLoop for Unix systems +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) +#include "wx/unix/evtloop.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GUI + // we use a class rather than a typedef because wxEventLoop is + // forward-declared in many places + class wxEventLoop : public wxGUIEventLoop { }; +#else // !wxUSE_GUI + // we can't define wxEventLoop differently in GUI and base libraries so use + // a #define to still allow writing wxEventLoop in the user code + #if wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP && (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__UNIX__)) + #define wxEventLoop wxConsoleEventLoop + #else // we still must define it somehow for the code below... + #define wxEventLoop wxEventLoopBase + #endif +#endif + +inline bool wxEventLoopBase::IsRunning() const { return GetActive() == this; } + +#if wxUSE_GUI && !defined(__WXOSX__) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxModalEventLoop +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this is a naive generic implementation which uses wxWindowDisabler to +// implement modality, we will surely need platform-specific implementations +// too, this generic implementation is here only temporarily to see how it +// works +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxModalEventLoop : public wxGUIEventLoop +{ +public: + wxModalEventLoop(wxWindow *winModal) + { + m_windowDisabler = new wxWindowDisabler(winModal); + } + +protected: + virtual void OnExit() + { + delete m_windowDisabler; + m_windowDisabler = NULL; + + wxGUIEventLoop::OnExit(); + } + +private: + wxWindowDisabler *m_windowDisabler; +}; + +#endif //wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventLoopActivator: helper class for wxEventLoop implementations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this object sets the wxEventLoop given to the ctor as the currently active +// one and unsets it in its dtor, this is especially useful in presence of +// exceptions but is more tidy even when we don't use them +class wxEventLoopActivator +{ +public: + wxEventLoopActivator(wxEventLoopBase *evtLoop) + { + m_evtLoopOld = wxEventLoopBase::GetActive(); + wxEventLoopBase::SetActive(evtLoop); + } + + ~wxEventLoopActivator() + { + // restore the previously active event loop + wxEventLoopBase::SetActive(m_evtLoopOld); + } + +private: + wxEventLoopBase *m_evtLoopOld; +}; + +#if wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP + +class wxEventLoopGuarantor +{ +public: + wxEventLoopGuarantor() + { + m_evtLoopNew = NULL; + if (!wxEventLoop::GetActive()) + { + m_evtLoopNew = new wxEventLoop; + wxEventLoop::SetActive(m_evtLoopNew); + } + } + + ~wxEventLoopGuarantor() + { + if (m_evtLoopNew) + { + wxEventLoop::SetActive(NULL); + delete m_evtLoopNew; + } + } + +private: + wxEventLoop *m_evtLoopNew; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP + +#endif // _WX_EVTLOOP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/evtloopsrc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/evtloopsrc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1851e30dd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/evtloopsrc.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/evtloopsrc.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxEventLoopSource class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-10-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloopsrc.h 64140 2010-04-25 21:33:16Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_ +#define _WX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventLoopSource: a source of events which may be added to wxEventLoop +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// TODO: refactor wxSocket under Unix to reuse wxEventLoopSource instead of +// duplicating much of its logic +// +// TODO: freeze the API and document it + +#if wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + +#define wxTRACE_EVT_SOURCE "EventSource" + +// handler used to process events on event loop sources +class wxEventLoopSourceHandler +{ +public: + // called when descriptor is available for non-blocking read + virtual void OnReadWaiting() = 0; + + // called when descriptor is available for non-blocking write + virtual void OnWriteWaiting() = 0; + + // called when there is exception on descriptor + virtual void OnExceptionWaiting() = 0; + + // virtual dtor for the base class + virtual ~wxEventLoopSourceHandler() { } +}; + +// flags describing which kind of IO events we're interested in +enum +{ + wxEVENT_SOURCE_INPUT = 0x01, + wxEVENT_SOURCE_OUTPUT = 0x02, + wxEVENT_SOURCE_EXCEPTION = 0x04, + wxEVENT_SOURCE_ALL = wxEVENT_SOURCE_INPUT | + wxEVENT_SOURCE_OUTPUT | + wxEVENT_SOURCE_EXCEPTION, +}; + +// wxEventLoopSource itself is an ABC and can't be created directly, currently +// the only way to create it is by using wxEventLoop::AddSourceForFD(). +class wxEventLoopSource +{ +public: + // dtor is pure virtual because it must be overridden to remove the source + // from the event loop monitoring it + virtual ~wxEventLoopSource() = 0; + + void SetHandler(wxEventLoopSourceHandler* handler) { m_handler = handler; } + wxEventLoopSourceHandler* GetHandler() const { return m_handler; } + + void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } + int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } + +protected: + // ctor is only used by the derived classes + wxEventLoopSource(wxEventLoopSourceHandler *handler, int flags) + : m_handler(handler), + m_flags(flags) + { + } + + wxEventLoopSourceHandler* m_handler; + int m_flags; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventLoopSource); +}; + +inline wxEventLoopSource::~wxEventLoopSource() { } + +#if defined(__UNIX__) + #include "wx/unix/evtloopsrc.h" +#endif // __UNIX__ + +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/evtloopsrc.h" +#elif defined(__WXOSX__) + #include "wx/osx/evtloopsrc.h" +#endif // platform + +#endif // wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + +#endif // _WX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/except.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/except.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aecf1594c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/except.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/except.h +// Purpose: C++ exception related stuff +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 17.09.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: except.h 64993 2010-07-17 11:55:10Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_EXCEPT_H_ +#define _WX_EXCEPT_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros working whether wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS is 0 or 1 +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// even if the library itself was compiled with exceptions support, the user +// code using it might be compiling with a compiler switch disabling them in +// which cases we shouldn't use try/catch in the headers -- this results in +// compilation errors in e.g. wx/scopeguard.h with at least g++ 4 +#if !wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS || \ + (defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__EXCEPTIONS)) + #ifndef wxNO_EXCEPTIONS + #define wxNO_EXCEPTIONS + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef wxNO_EXCEPTIONS + #define wxTRY + #define wxCATCH_ALL(code) +#else // do use exceptions + #define wxTRY try + #define wxCATCH_ALL(code) catch ( ... ) { code } +#endif // wxNO_EXCEPTIONS/!wxNO_EXCEPTIONS + +#endif // _WX_EXCEPT_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fdrepdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fdrepdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad433cb2c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fdrepdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fdrepdlg.h +// Purpose: wxFindReplaceDialog class +// Author: Markus Greither and Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 23/03/2001 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fdrepdlg.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Markus Greither +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FINDREPLACEDLG_H_ +#define _WX_FINDREPLACEDLG_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFindDialogEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFindReplaceDialog; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFindReplaceData; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFindReplaceDialogImpl; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Flags for wxFindReplaceData.Flags +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// flages used by wxFindDialogEvent::GetFlags() +enum wxFindReplaceFlags +{ + // downward search/replace selected (otherwise - upwards) + wxFR_DOWN = 1, + + // whole word search/replace selected + wxFR_WHOLEWORD = 2, + + // case sensitive search/replace selected (otherwise - case insensitive) + wxFR_MATCHCASE = 4 +}; + +// these flags can be specified in wxFindReplaceDialog ctor or Create() +enum wxFindReplaceDialogStyles +{ + // replace dialog (otherwise find dialog) + wxFR_REPLACEDIALOG = 1, + + // don't allow changing the search direction + wxFR_NOUPDOWN = 2, + + // don't allow case sensitive searching + wxFR_NOMATCHCASE = 4, + + // don't allow whole word searching + wxFR_NOWHOLEWORD = 8 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFindReplaceData: holds Setup Data/Feedback Data for wxFindReplaceDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFindReplaceData : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxFindReplaceData() { Init(); } + wxFindReplaceData(wxUint32 flags) { Init(); SetFlags(flags); } + + // accessors + const wxString& GetFindString() { return m_FindWhat; } + const wxString& GetReplaceString() { return m_ReplaceWith; } + + int GetFlags() const { return m_Flags; } + + // setters: may only be called before showing the dialog, no effect later + void SetFlags(wxUint32 flags) { m_Flags = flags; } + + void SetFindString(const wxString& str) { m_FindWhat = str; } + void SetReplaceString(const wxString& str) { m_ReplaceWith = str; } + +protected: + void Init(); + +private: + wxUint32 m_Flags; + wxString m_FindWhat, + m_ReplaceWith; + + friend class wxFindReplaceDialogBase; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFindReplaceDialogBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFindReplaceDialogBase : public wxDialog +{ +public: + // ctors and such + wxFindReplaceDialogBase() { m_FindReplaceData = NULL; } + wxFindReplaceDialogBase(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent), + wxFindReplaceData *data, + const wxString& WXUNUSED(title), + int WXUNUSED(style) = 0) + { + m_FindReplaceData = data; + } + + virtual ~wxFindReplaceDialogBase(); + + // find dialog data access + const wxFindReplaceData *GetData() const { return m_FindReplaceData; } + void SetData(wxFindReplaceData *data) { m_FindReplaceData = data; } + + // implementation only, don't use + void Send(wxFindDialogEvent& event); + +protected: + wxFindReplaceData *m_FindReplaceData; + + // the last string we searched for + wxString m_lastSearch; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFindReplaceDialogBase); +}; + +// include wxFindReplaceDialog declaration +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + #include "wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h" +#else + #define wxGenericFindReplaceDialog wxFindReplaceDialog + + #include "wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFindReplaceDialog events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFindDialogEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxFindDialogEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0) + : wxCommandEvent(commandType, id) { } + wxFindDialogEvent(const wxFindDialogEvent& event) + : wxCommandEvent(event), m_strReplace(event.m_strReplace) { } + + int GetFlags() const { return GetInt(); } + wxString GetFindString() const { return GetString(); } + const wxString& GetReplaceString() const { return m_strReplace; } + + wxFindReplaceDialog *GetDialog() const + { return wxStaticCast(GetEventObject(), wxFindReplaceDialog); } + + // implementation only + void SetFlags(int flags) { SetInt(flags); } + void SetFindString(const wxString& str) { SetString(str); } + void SetReplaceString(const wxString& str) { m_strReplace = str; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxFindDialogEvent(*this); } + +private: + wxString m_strReplace; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxFindDialogEvent) +}; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND, wxFindDialogEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_NEXT, wxFindDialogEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE, wxFindDialogEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE_ALL, wxFindDialogEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE, wxFindDialogEvent ); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFindDialogEventFunction)(wxFindDialogEvent&); + +#define wxFindDialogEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxFindDialogEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_FIND(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_FIND_NEXT(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_NEXT, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_FIND_REPLACE(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_FIND_REPLACE_ALL(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE_ALL, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_FIND_CLOSE(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn)) + +#endif // wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG + +#endif + // _WX_FDREPDLG_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/features.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/features.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..66cabcba0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/features.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/** +* Name: wx/features.h +* Purpose: test macros for the features which might be available in some +* wxWidgets ports but not others +* Author: Vadim Zeitlin +* Modified by: Ryan Norton (Converted to C) +* Created: 18.03.02 +* RCS-ID: $Id: features.h 60526 2009-05-06 11:42:16Z VZ $ +* Copyright: (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin +* Licence: wxWindows licence +*/ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ + +#ifndef _WX_FEATURES_H_ +#define _WX_FEATURES_H_ + +/* radio menu items are currently not implemented in wxMotif, use this + symbol (kept for compatibility from the time when they were not implemented + under other platforms as well) to test for this */ +#if !defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #define wxHAS_RADIO_MENU_ITEMS +#else + #undef wxHAS_RADIO_MENU_ITEMS +#endif + +/* the raw keyboard codes are generated under wxGTK and wxMSW only */ +#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) \ + || defined(__WXDFB__) + #define wxHAS_RAW_KEY_CODES +#else + #undef wxHAS_RAW_KEY_CODES +#endif + +/* taskbar is implemented in the major ports */ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) \ + || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__) \ + || defined(__WXOSX_MAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #define wxHAS_TASK_BAR_ICON +#else + #undef wxUSE_TASKBARICON + #define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 0 + #undef wxHAS_TASK_BAR_ICON +#endif + +/* wxIconLocation appeared in the middle of 2.5.0 so it's handy to have a */ +/* separate define for it */ +#define wxHAS_ICON_LOCATION + +/* same for wxCrashReport */ +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #define wxHAS_CRASH_REPORT +#else + #undef wxHAS_CRASH_REPORT +#endif + +/* wxRE_ADVANCED is not always available, depending on regex library used + * (it's unavailable only if compiling via configure against system library) */ +#ifndef WX_NO_REGEX_ADVANCED + #define wxHAS_REGEX_ADVANCED +#else + #undef wxHAS_REGEX_ADVANCED +#endif + +/* Pango-based ports and wxDFB use UTF-8 for text and font encodings + * internally and so their fonts can handle any encodings: */ +#if wxUSE_PANGO || defined(__WXDFB__) + #define wxHAS_UTF8_FONTS +#endif + +/* This is defined when the underlying toolkit handles tab traversal natively. + Otherwise we implement it ourselves in wxControlContainer. */ +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL +#endif + +/* This is defined when the compiler provides some type of extended locale + functions. Otherwise, we implement them ourselves to only support the + 'C' locale */ +#if defined(HAVE_LOCALE_T) || \ + (wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)) + #define wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT +#else + #undef wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT +#endif + +/* Direct access to bitmap data is not implemented in all ports yet */ +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXDFB__) || \ + defined(__WXMSW__) + + /* + These compilers can't deal with templates in wx/rawbmp.h: + - HP aCC for PA-RISC + - Watcom < 1.8 + */ + #if !wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1, 8) && \ + !(defined(__HP_aCC) && defined(__hppa)) + #define wxHAS_RAW_BITMAP + #endif +#endif + +/* also define deprecated synonym which exists for compatibility only */ +#ifdef wxHAS_RAW_BITMAP + #define wxHAVE_RAW_BITMAP +#endif + +/* + If this is defined, wxEvtHandler::Bind<>() is available (not all compilers + have the required template support for this and in particular under Windows + where only g++ and MSVC >= 7 currently support it. + */ +#if wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 2) || wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7) + #define wxHAS_EVENT_BIND +#endif + + +#endif /* _WX_FEATURES_H_ */ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ffile.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ffile.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a3c457fb9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ffile.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/ffile.h +// Purpose: wxFFile - encapsulates "FILE *" stream +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 14.07.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ffile.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FFILE_H_ +#define _WX_FFILE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" // for wxUSE_FFILE + +#if wxUSE_FFILE + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/filefn.h" +#include "wx/convauto.h" + +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// class wxFFile: standard C stream library IO +// +// NB: for space efficiency this class has no virtual functions, including +// dtor which is _not_ virtual, so it shouldn't be used as a base class. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFFile +{ +public: + // ctors + // ----- + // def ctor + wxFFile() { m_fp = NULL; } + // open specified file (may fail, use IsOpened()) + wxFFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& mode = wxT("r")); + // attach to (already opened) file + wxFFile(FILE *lfp) { m_fp = lfp; } + + // open/close + // open a file (existing or not - the mode controls what happens) + bool Open(const wxString& filename, const wxString& mode = wxT("r")); + // closes the opened file (this is a NOP if not opened) + bool Close(); + + // assign an existing file descriptor and get it back from wxFFile object + void Attach(FILE *lfp, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) + { Close(); m_fp = lfp; m_name = name; } + void Detach() { m_fp = NULL; } + FILE *fp() const { return m_fp; } + + // read/write (unbuffered) + // read all data from the file into a string (useful for text files) + bool ReadAll(wxString *str, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); + // returns number of bytes read - use Eof() and Error() to see if an error + // occurred or not + size_t Read(void *pBuf, size_t nCount); + // returns the number of bytes written + size_t Write(const void *pBuf, size_t nCount); + // returns true on success + bool Write(const wxString& s, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); + // flush data not yet written + bool Flush(); + + // file pointer operations (return ofsInvalid on failure) + // move ptr ofs bytes related to start/current pos/end of file + bool Seek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart); + // move ptr to ofs bytes before the end + bool SeekEnd(wxFileOffset ofs = 0) { return Seek(ofs, wxFromEnd); } + // get current position in the file + wxFileOffset Tell() const; + // get current file length + wxFileOffset Length() const; + + // simple accessors: note that Eof() and Error() may only be called if + // IsOpened()! + // is file opened? + bool IsOpened() const { return m_fp != NULL; } + // is end of file reached? + bool Eof() const { return feof(m_fp) != 0; } + // has an error occurred? + bool Error() const { return ferror(m_fp) != 0; } + // get the file name + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } + // type such as disk or pipe + wxFileKind GetKind() const { return wxGetFileKind(m_fp); } + + // dtor closes the file if opened + ~wxFFile() { Close(); } + +private: + // copy ctor and assignment operator are private because it doesn't make + // sense to copy files this way: attempt to do it will provoke a compile-time + // error. + wxFFile(const wxFFile&); + wxFFile& operator=(const wxFFile&); + + FILE *m_fp; // IO stream or NULL if not opened + + wxString m_name; // the name of the file (for diagnostic messages) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_FFILE + +#endif // _WX_FFILE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/file.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/file.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7fa7377c6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/file.h +// Purpose: wxFile - encapsulates low-level "file descriptor" +// wxTempFile - safely replace the old file +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: file.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FILEH__ +#define _WX_FILEH__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILE + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/filefn.h" +#include "wx/strconv.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// class wxFile: raw file IO +// +// NB: for space efficiency this class has no virtual functions, including +// dtor which is _not_ virtual, so it shouldn't be used as a base class. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFile +{ +public: + // more file constants + // ------------------- + // opening mode + enum OpenMode { read, write, read_write, write_append, write_excl }; + // standard values for file descriptor + enum { fd_invalid = -1, fd_stdin, fd_stdout, fd_stderr }; + + // static functions + // ---------------- + // check whether a regular file by this name exists + static bool Exists(const wxString& name); + // check whether we can access the given file in given mode + // (only read and write make sense here) + static bool Access(const wxString& name, OpenMode mode); + + // ctors + // ----- + // def ctor + wxFile() { m_fd = fd_invalid; m_lasterror = 0; } + // open specified file (may fail, use IsOpened()) + wxFile(const wxString& fileName, OpenMode mode = read); + // attach to (already opened) file + wxFile(int lfd) { m_fd = lfd; m_lasterror = 0; } + + // open/close + // create a new file (with the default value of bOverwrite, it will fail if + // the file already exists, otherwise it will overwrite it and succeed) + bool Create(const wxString& fileName, bool bOverwrite = false, + int access = wxS_DEFAULT); + bool Open(const wxString& fileName, OpenMode mode = read, + int access = wxS_DEFAULT); + bool Close(); // Close is a NOP if not opened + + // assign an existing file descriptor and get it back from wxFile object + void Attach(int lfd) { Close(); m_fd = lfd; m_lasterror = 0; } + void Detach() { m_fd = fd_invalid; } + int fd() const { return m_fd; } + + // read/write (unbuffered) + // returns number of bytes read or wxInvalidOffset on error + ssize_t Read(void *pBuf, size_t nCount); + // returns the number of bytes written + size_t Write(const void *pBuf, size_t nCount); + // returns true on success + bool Write(const wxString& s, const wxMBConv& conv = wxMBConvUTF8()); + // flush data not yet written + bool Flush(); + + // file pointer operations (return wxInvalidOffset on failure) + // move ptr ofs bytes related to start/current offset/end of file + wxFileOffset Seek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart); + // move ptr to ofs bytes before the end + wxFileOffset SeekEnd(wxFileOffset ofs = 0) { return Seek(ofs, wxFromEnd); } + // get current offset + wxFileOffset Tell() const; + // get current file length + wxFileOffset Length() const; + + // simple accessors + // is file opened? + bool IsOpened() const { return m_fd != fd_invalid; } + // is end of file reached? + bool Eof() const; + // has an error occurred? + bool Error() const { return m_lasterror != 0; } + // get last errno + int GetLastError() const { return m_lasterror; } + // reset error state + void ClearLastError() { m_lasterror = 0; } + // type such as disk or pipe + wxFileKind GetKind() const { return wxGetFileKind(m_fd); } + + + // dtor closes the file if opened + ~wxFile() { Close(); } + +private: + // copy ctor and assignment operator are private because + // it doesn't make sense to copy files this way: + // attempt to do it will provoke a compile-time error. + wxFile(const wxFile&); + wxFile& operator=(const wxFile&); + + // Copy the value of errno into m_lasterror if rc == -1 and return true in + // this case (indicating that we've got an error). Otherwise return false. + // + // Notice that we use the possibly 64 bit wxFileOffset instead of int here so + // that it works for checking the result of functions such as tell() too. + bool CheckForError(wxFileOffset rc) const; + + + int m_fd; // file descriptor or INVALID_FD if not opened + int m_lasterror; // errno value of last error +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// class wxTempFile: if you want to replace another file, create an instance +// of wxTempFile passing the name of the file to be replaced to the ctor. Then +// you can write to wxTempFile and call Commit() function to replace the old +// file (and close this one) or call Discard() to cancel the modification. If +// you call neither of them, dtor will call Discard(). +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTempFile +{ +public: + // ctors + // default + wxTempFile() { } + // associates the temp file with the file to be replaced and opens it + wxTempFile(const wxString& strName); + + // open the temp file (strName is the name of file to be replaced) + bool Open(const wxString& strName); + + // is the file opened? + bool IsOpened() const { return m_file.IsOpened(); } + // get current file length + wxFileOffset Length() const { return m_file.Length(); } + // move ptr ofs bytes related to start/current offset/end of file + wxFileOffset Seek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart) + { return m_file.Seek(ofs, mode); } + // get current offset + wxFileOffset Tell() const { return m_file.Tell(); } + + // I/O (both functions return true on success, false on failure) + bool Write(const void *p, size_t n) { return m_file.Write(p, n) == n; } + bool Write(const wxString& str, const wxMBConv& conv = wxMBConvUTF8()) + { return m_file.Write(str, conv); } + + // flush data: can be called before closing file to ensure that data was + // correctly written out + bool Flush() { return m_file.Flush(); } + + // different ways to close the file + // validate changes and delete the old file of name m_strName + bool Commit(); + // discard changes + void Discard(); + + // dtor calls Discard() if file is still opened + ~wxTempFile(); + +private: + // no copy ctor/assignment operator + wxTempFile(const wxTempFile&); + wxTempFile& operator=(const wxTempFile&); + + wxString m_strName, // name of the file to replace in Commit() + m_strTemp; // temporary file name + wxFile m_file; // the temporary file +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_FILE + +#endif // _WX_FILEH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fileconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fileconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab8e78dc96 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fileconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fileconf.h +// Purpose: wxFileConfig derivation of wxConfigBase +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 07.04.98 (adapted from appconf.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: fileconf.h 60643 2009-05-15 18:02:41Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Karsten Ballueder & Vadim Zeitlin +// Ballueder@usa.net +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _FILECONF_H +#define _FILECONF_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + +#include "wx/textfile.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/confbase.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileConfig +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + wxFileConfig derives from base Config and implements file based config class, + i.e. it uses ASCII disk files to store the information. These files are + alternatively called INI, .conf or .rc in the documentation. They are + organized in groups or sections, which can nest (i.e. a group contains + subgroups, which contain their own subgroups &c). Each group has some + number of entries, which are "key = value" pairs. More precisely, the format + is: + + # comments are allowed after either ';' or '#' (Win/UNIX standard) + + # blank lines (as above) are ignored + + # global entries are members of special (no name) top group + written_for = Windows + platform = Linux + + # the start of the group 'Foo' + [Foo] # may put comments like this also + # following 3 lines are entries + key = value + another_key = " strings with spaces in the beginning should be quoted, \ + otherwise the spaces are lost" + last_key = but you don't have to put " normally (nor quote them, like here) + + # subgroup of the group 'Foo' + # (order is not important, only the name is: separator is '/', as in paths) + [Foo/Bar] + # entries prefixed with "!" are immutable, i.e. can't be changed if they are + # set in the system-wide config file + !special_key = value + bar_entry = whatever + + [Foo/Bar/Fubar] # depth is (theoretically :-) unlimited + # may have the same name as key in another section + bar_entry = whatever not + + You have {read/write/delete}Entry functions (guess what they do) and also + setCurrentPath to select current group. enum{Subgroups/Entries} allow you + to get all entries in the config file (in the current group). Finally, + flush() writes immediately all changed entries to disk (otherwise it would + be done automatically in dtor) + + wxFileConfig manages not less than 2 config files for each program: global + and local (or system and user if you prefer). Entries are read from both of + them and the local entries override the global ones unless the latter is + immutable (prefixed with '!') in which case a warning message is generated + and local value is ignored. Of course, the changes are always written to local + file only. + + The names of these files can be specified in a number of ways. First of all, + you can use the standard convention: using the ctor which takes 'strAppName' + parameter will probably be sufficient for 90% of cases. If, for whatever + reason you wish to use the files with some other names, you can always use the + second ctor. + + wxFileConfig also may automatically expand the values of environment variables + in the entries it reads: for example, if you have an entry + score_file = $HOME/.score + a call to Read(&str, "score_file") will return a complete path to .score file + unless the expansion was previously disabled with SetExpandEnvVars(false) call + (it's on by default, the current status can be retrieved with + IsExpandingEnvVars function). +*/ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileConfigGroup; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileConfigEntry; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileConfigLineList; + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxOutputStream; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileConfig : public wxConfigBase +{ +public: + // construct the "standard" full name for global (system-wide) and + // local (user-specific) config files from the base file name. + // + // the following are the filenames returned by this functions: + // global local + // Unix /etc/file.ext ~/.file + // Win %windir%\file.ext %USERPROFILE%\file.ext + // + // where file is the basename of szFile, ext is its extension + // or .conf (Unix) or .ini (Win) if it has none + static wxFileName GetGlobalFile(const wxString& szFile); + static wxFileName GetLocalFile(const wxString& szFile, int style = 0); + + static wxString GetGlobalFileName(const wxString& szFile) + { + return GetGlobalFile(szFile).GetFullPath(); + } + + static wxString GetLocalFileName(const wxString& szFile, int style = 0) + { + return GetLocalFile(szFile, style).GetFullPath(); + } + + // ctor & dtor + // New constructor: one size fits all. Specify wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE or + // wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE to say which files should be used. + wxFileConfig(const wxString& appName = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& vendorName = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& localFilename = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& globalFilename = wxEmptyString, + long style = wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE | wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE, + const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + // ctor that takes an input stream. + wxFileConfig(wxInputStream &inStream, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + // dtor will save unsaved data + virtual ~wxFileConfig(); + + // under Unix, set the umask to be used for the file creation, do nothing + // under other systems +#ifdef __UNIX__ + void SetUmask(int mode) { m_umask = mode; } +#else // !__UNIX__ + void SetUmask(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { } +#endif // __UNIX__/!__UNIX__ + + // implement inherited pure virtual functions + virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath); + virtual const wxString& GetPath() const; + + virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; + virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; + virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; + virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; + + virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = false) const; + virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = false) const; + + virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const; + virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const; + + virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = false); + + virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName); + virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName); + + virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& key, bool bGroupIfEmptyAlso = true); + virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& szKey); + virtual bool DeleteAll(); + + // additional, wxFileConfig-specific, functionality +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + // save the entire config file text to the given stream, note that the text + // won't be saved again in dtor when Flush() is called if you use this method + // as it won't be "changed" any more + virtual bool Save(wxOutputStream& os, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +public: + // functions to work with this list + wxFileConfigLineList *LineListAppend(const wxString& str); + wxFileConfigLineList *LineListInsert(const wxString& str, + wxFileConfigLineList *pLine); // NULL => Prepend() + void LineListRemove(wxFileConfigLineList *pLine); + bool LineListIsEmpty(); + +protected: + virtual bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const; + virtual bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *pl) const; +#if wxUSE_BASE64 + virtual bool DoReadBinary(const wxString& key, wxMemoryBuffer* buf) const; +#endif // wxUSE_BASE64 + + virtual bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& szValue); + virtual bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long lValue); +#if wxUSE_BASE64 + virtual bool DoWriteBinary(const wxString& key, const wxMemoryBuffer& buf); +#endif // wxUSE_BASE64 + +private: + // GetXXXFileName helpers: return ('/' terminated) directory names + static wxString GetGlobalDir(); + static wxString GetLocalDir(int style = 0); + + // common part of all ctors (assumes that m_str{Local|Global}File are already + // initialized + void Init(); + + // common part of from dtor and DeleteAll + void CleanUp(); + + // parse the whole file + void Parse(const wxTextBuffer& buffer, bool bLocal); + + // the same as SetPath("/") + void SetRootPath(); + + // real SetPath() implementation, returns true if path could be set or false + // if path doesn't exist and createMissingComponents == false + bool DoSetPath(const wxString& strPath, bool createMissingComponents); + + // set/test the dirty flag + void SetDirty() { m_isDirty = true; } + void ResetDirty() { m_isDirty = false; } + bool IsDirty() const { return m_isDirty; } + + + // member variables + // ---------------- + wxFileConfigLineList *m_linesHead, // head of the linked list + *m_linesTail; // tail + + wxFileName m_fnLocalFile, // local file name passed to ctor + m_fnGlobalFile; // global + wxString m_strPath; // current path (not '/' terminated) + + wxFileConfigGroup *m_pRootGroup, // the top (unnamed) group + *m_pCurrentGroup; // the current group + + wxMBConv *m_conv; + +#ifdef __UNIX__ + int m_umask; // the umask to use for file creation +#endif // __UNIX__ + + bool m_isDirty; // if true, we have unsaved changes + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileConfig); + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFileConfig) +}; + +#endif + // wxUSE_CONFIG + +#endif + //_FILECONF_H + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filectrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filectrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..157009ec13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filectrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/filectrl.h +// Purpose: Header for wxFileCtrlBase and other common functions used by +// platform-specific wxFileCtrl's +// Author: Diaa M. Sami +// Modified by: +// Created: Jul-07-2007 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filectrl.h 64429 2010-05-29 10:35:47Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Diaa M. Sami +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FILECTRL_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_FILECTRL_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILECTRL + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/event.h" + +enum +{ + wxFC_OPEN = 0x0001, + wxFC_SAVE = 0x0002, + wxFC_MULTIPLE = 0x0004, + wxFC_NOSHOWHIDDEN = 0x0008 +}; + +#define wxFC_DEFAULT_STYLE wxFC_OPEN +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileCtrlNameStr[]; // in filectrlcmn.cpp + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileCtrlBase +{ +public: + virtual ~wxFileCtrlBase() {} + + virtual void SetWildcard( const wxString& wildCard ) = 0; + virtual void SetFilterIndex( int filterindex ) = 0; + virtual bool SetDirectory( const wxString& dir ) = 0; + + // Selects a certain file. + // In case the filename specified isn't found/couldn't be shown with + // currently selected filter, false is returned and nothing happens + virtual bool SetFilename( const wxString& name ) = 0; + + // chdirs to a certain directory and selects a certain file. + // In case the filename specified isn't found/couldn't be shown with + // currently selected filter, false is returned and if directory exists + // it's chdir'ed to + virtual bool SetPath( const wxString& path ) = 0; + + virtual wxString GetFilename() const = 0; + virtual wxString GetDirectory() const = 0; + virtual wxString GetWildcard() const = 0; + virtual wxString GetPath() const = 0; + virtual void GetPaths( wxArrayString& paths ) const = 0; + virtual void GetFilenames( wxArrayString& files ) const = 0; + virtual int GetFilterIndex() const = 0; + + virtual bool HasMultipleFileSelection() const = 0; + virtual void ShowHidden(bool show) = 0; +}; + +void GenerateFilterChangedEvent( wxFileCtrlBase *fileCtrl, wxWindow *wnd ); +void GenerateFolderChangedEvent( wxFileCtrlBase *fileCtrl, wxWindow *wnd ); +void GenerateSelectionChangedEvent( wxFileCtrlBase *fileCtrl, wxWindow *wnd ); +void GenerateFileActivatedEvent( wxFileCtrlBase *fileCtrl, wxWindow *wnd, const wxString filename = wxEmptyString ); + +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #define wxFileCtrl wxGtkFileCtrl + #include "wx/gtk/filectrl.h" +#else + #define wxFileCtrl wxGenericFileCtrl + #include "wx/generic/filectrlg.h" +#endif + +// Some documentation +// On wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILTERCHANGED, only the value returned by GetFilterIndex is +// valid and it represents the (new) current filter index for the wxFileCtrl. +// On wxEVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED, only the value returned by GetDirectory is +// valid and it represents the (new) current directory for the wxFileCtrl. +// On wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILEACTIVATED, GetDirectory returns the current directory +// for the wxFileCtrl and GetFiles returns the names of the file(s) activated. +// On wxEVT_FILECTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED, GetDirectory returns the current directory +// for the wxFileCtrl and GetFiles returns the names of the currently selected +// file(s). +// In wxGTK, after each wxEVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED, wxEVT_FILECTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED +// is fired automatically once or more with 0 files. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileCtrlEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxFileCtrlEvent() {} + wxFileCtrlEvent( wxEventType type, wxObject *evtObject, int id ) + : wxCommandEvent( type, id ) + { + SetEventObject( evtObject ); + } + + // no need for the copy constructor as the default one will be fine. + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxFileCtrlEvent( *this ); } + + void SetFiles( const wxArrayString &files ) { m_files = files; } + void SetDirectory( const wxString &directory ) { m_directory = directory; } + void SetFilterIndex( int filterIndex ) { m_filterIndex = filterIndex; } + + wxArrayString GetFiles() const { return m_files; } + wxString GetDirectory() const { return m_directory; } + int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_filterIndex; } + + wxString GetFile() const; + +protected: + int m_filterIndex; + wxString m_directory; + wxArrayString m_files; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN( wxFileCtrlEvent ) +}; + +typedef void ( wxEvtHandler::*wxFileCtrlEventFunction )( wxFileCtrlEvent& ); + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FILECTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED, wxFileCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILEACTIVATED, wxFileCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED, wxFileCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILTERCHANGED, wxFileCtrlEvent ); + +#define wxFileCtrlEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxFileCtrlEventFunction, func ) + +#define EVT_FILECTRL_FILEACTIVATED(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILEACTIVATED, id, wxFileCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_FILECTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FILECTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED, id, wxFileCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED, id, wxFileCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_FILECTRL_FILTERCHANGED(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILTERCHANGED, id, wxFileCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#endif // wxUSE_FILECTRL + +#endif // _WX_FILECTRL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filedlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filedlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e756cbcc6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filedlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/filedlg.h +// Purpose: wxFileDialog base header +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: 8/17/99 +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: filedlg.h 62722 2009-11-26 16:17:00Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILEDLG + +#include "wx/dialog.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +// this symbol is defined for the platforms which support multiple +// ('|'-separated) filters in the file dialog +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMAC__) + #define wxHAS_MULTIPLE_FILEDLG_FILTERS +#endif + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDialog data +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + The flags below must coexist with the following flags in m_windowStyle + #define wxCAPTION 0x20000000 + #define wxMAXIMIZE 0x00002000 + #define wxCLOSE_BOX 0x00001000 + #define wxSYSTEM_MENU 0x00000800 + wxBORDER_NONE = 0x00200000 + #define wxRESIZE_BORDER 0x00000040 +*/ + +enum +{ + wxFD_OPEN = 0x0001, + wxFD_SAVE = 0x0002, + wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT = 0x0004, + wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST = 0x0010, + wxFD_MULTIPLE = 0x0020, + wxFD_CHANGE_DIR = 0x0080, + wxFD_PREVIEW = 0x0100 +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +enum +{ + wxOPEN = wxFD_OPEN, + wxSAVE = wxFD_SAVE, + wxOVERWRITE_PROMPT = wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT, + wxFILE_MUST_EXIST = wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST, + wxMULTIPLE = wxFD_MULTIPLE, + wxCHANGE_DIR = wxFD_CHANGE_DIR +}; +#endif + +#define wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE wxFD_OPEN + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileDialogNameStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileSelectorPromptStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr[]; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDialogBase +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDialogBase: public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxFileDialogBase () { Init(); } + + wxFileDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, message, defaultDir, defaultFile, wildCard, style, pos, sz, name); + } + + virtual ~wxFileDialogBase() {} + + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr); + + bool HasFdFlag(int flag) const { return HasFlag(flag); } + + virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { m_message = message; } + virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path); + virtual void SetDirectory(const wxString& dir); + virtual void SetFilename(const wxString& name); + virtual void SetWildcard(const wxString& wildCard) { m_wildCard = wildCard; } + virtual void SetFilterIndex(int filterIndex) { m_filterIndex = filterIndex; } + + virtual wxString GetMessage() const { return m_message; } + virtual wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; } + virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const { paths.Empty(); paths.Add(m_path); } + virtual wxString GetDirectory() const { return m_dir; } + virtual wxString GetFilename() const { return m_fileName; } + virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const { files.Empty(); files.Add(m_fileName); } + virtual wxString GetWildcard() const { return m_wildCard; } + virtual int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_filterIndex; } + + // this function is called with wxFileDialog as parameter and should + // create the window containing the extra controls we want to show in it + typedef wxWindow *(*ExtraControlCreatorFunction)(wxWindow*); + + virtual bool SupportsExtraControl() const { return false; } + + bool SetExtraControlCreator(ExtraControlCreatorFunction creator); + wxWindow *GetExtraControl() const { return m_extraControl; } + + // Utility functions + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + wxDEPRECATED( long GetStyle() const ); + wxDEPRECATED( void SetStyle(long style) ); + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + + // Append first extension to filePath from a ';' separated extensionList + // if filePath = "path/foo.bar" just return it as is + // if filePath = "foo[.]" and extensionList = "*.jpg;*.png" return "foo.jpg" + // if the extension is "*.j?g" (has wildcards) or "jpg" then return filePath + static wxString AppendExtension(const wxString &filePath, + const wxString &extensionList); + +protected: + wxString m_message; + wxString m_dir; + wxString m_path; // Full path + wxString m_fileName; + wxString m_wildCard; + int m_filterIndex; + wxWindow* m_extraControl; + + // returns true if control is created (if it already exists returns false) + bool CreateExtraControl(); + // return true if SetExtraControlCreator() was called + bool HasExtraControlCreator() const + { return m_extraControlCreator != NULL; } + // get the size of the extra control by creating and deleting it + wxSize GetExtraControlSize(); + +private: + ExtraControlCreatorFunction m_extraControlCreator; + + void Init(); + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialogBase) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDialogBase); +}; + + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDialog convenience functions +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// File selector - backward compatibility +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString +wxFileSelector(const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& default_path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& default_filename = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& default_extension = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + int flags = 0, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int x = wxDefaultCoord, int y = wxDefaultCoord); + +// An extended version of wxFileSelector +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString +wxFileSelectorEx(const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& default_path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& default_filename = wxEmptyString, + int *indexDefaultExtension = NULL, + const wxString& wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + int flags = 0, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int x = wxDefaultCoord, int y = wxDefaultCoord); + +// Ask for filename to load +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString +wxLoadFileSelector(const wxString& what, + const wxString& extension, + const wxString& default_name = wxEmptyString, + wxWindow *parent = NULL); + +// Ask for filename to save +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString +wxSaveFileSelector(const wxString& what, + const wxString& extension, + const wxString& default_name = wxEmptyString, + wxWindow *parent = NULL); + + +#if defined (__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #define wxHAS_GENERIC_FILEDIALOG + #include "wx/generic/filedlgg.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/filedlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/filedlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/filedlg.h" // GTK+ > 2.4 has native version +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/filedlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/filedlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/filedlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/filedlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #define wxHAS_GENERIC_FILEDIALOG + #include "wx/generic/filedlgg.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_FILEDLG + +#endif // _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filefn.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filefn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5172917416 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filefn.h @@ -0,0 +1,901 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/filefn.h +// Purpose: File- and directory-related functions +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filefn.h 65057 2010-07-23 23:32:46Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _FILEFN_H_ +#define _FILEFN_H_ + +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS5__ +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + #include "wx/msw/wince/time.h" + #include "wx/msw/private.h" +#else + #include +#endif + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ +// Nothing +#elif !defined(__MWERKS__) + #include + #include +#else + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include + #include + #include + #include + #else + #include + #include + #include + #endif +#endif +#endif // !__WXPALMOS5__ + +#ifdef __OS2__ +// need to check for __OS2__ first since currently both +// __OS2__ and __UNIX__ are defined. + #include + #include "wx/os2/private.h" + #ifdef __WATCOMC__ + #include + #endif + #include + #ifdef __EMX__ + #include + #endif +#elif defined(__UNIX__) + #include + #include +#endif + +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) +#if !defined( __GNUWIN32__ ) && !defined( __MWERKS__ ) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) + #include + #include + #include +#endif // __WINDOWS__ +#endif // native Win compiler + +#if defined(__DOS__) + #ifdef __WATCOMC__ + #include + #include + #include + #endif + #ifdef __DJGPP__ + #include + #include + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ // Please someone tell me which version of Borland needs + // this (3.1 I believe) and how to test for it. + // If this works for Borland 4.0 as well, then no worries. + #include +#endif + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS5__ +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + #include // O_RDONLY &c +#endif +#endif // !__WXPALMOS5__ +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__VISUALC__) || defined(__DIGITALMARS__) + typedef int mode_t; +#endif + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + typedef long off_t; +#else + // define off_t + #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__MACH__) + #include + #else + typedef long off_t; + #endif +#endif + +#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)) || ( defined(__MWERKS__) && defined( __INTEL__) ) + typedef _off_t off_t; +#elif defined(__SYMANTEC__) + typedef long off_t; +#elif defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__INTEL__) && !defined(__MACH__) + typedef long off_t; +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS5__) + typedef long off_t; +#endif + +enum wxSeekMode +{ + wxFromStart, + wxFromCurrent, + wxFromEnd +}; + +enum wxFileKind +{ + wxFILE_KIND_UNKNOWN, + wxFILE_KIND_DISK, // a file supporting seeking to arbitrary offsets + wxFILE_KIND_TERMINAL, // a tty + wxFILE_KIND_PIPE // a pipe +}; + +// we redefine these constants here because S_IREAD &c are _not_ standard +// however, we do assume that the values correspond to the Unix umask bits +enum wxPosixPermissions +{ + // standard Posix names for these permission flags: + wxS_IRUSR = 00400, + wxS_IWUSR = 00200, + wxS_IXUSR = 00100, + + wxS_IRGRP = 00040, + wxS_IWGRP = 00020, + wxS_IXGRP = 00010, + + wxS_IROTH = 00004, + wxS_IWOTH = 00002, + wxS_IXOTH = 00001, + + // longer but more readable synonyms for the constants above: + wxPOSIX_USER_READ = wxS_IRUSR, + wxPOSIX_USER_WRITE = wxS_IWUSR, + wxPOSIX_USER_EXECUTE = wxS_IXUSR, + + wxPOSIX_GROUP_READ = wxS_IRGRP, + wxPOSIX_GROUP_WRITE = wxS_IWGRP, + wxPOSIX_GROUP_EXECUTE = wxS_IXGRP, + + wxPOSIX_OTHERS_READ = wxS_IROTH, + wxPOSIX_OTHERS_WRITE = wxS_IWOTH, + wxPOSIX_OTHERS_EXECUTE = wxS_IXOTH, + + // default mode for the new files: allow reading/writing them to everybody but + // the effective file mode will be set after anding this value with umask and + // so won't include wxS_IW{GRP,OTH} for the default 022 umask value + wxS_DEFAULT = (wxPOSIX_USER_READ | wxPOSIX_USER_WRITE | \ + wxPOSIX_GROUP_READ | wxPOSIX_GROUP_WRITE | \ + wxPOSIX_OTHERS_READ | wxPOSIX_OTHERS_WRITE), + + // default mode for the new directories (see wxFileName::Mkdir): allow + // reading/writing/executing them to everybody, but just like wxS_DEFAULT + // the effective directory mode will be set after anding this value with umask + wxS_DIR_DEFAULT = (wxPOSIX_USER_READ | wxPOSIX_USER_WRITE | wxPOSIX_USER_EXECUTE | \ + wxPOSIX_GROUP_READ | wxPOSIX_GROUP_WRITE | wxPOSIX_GROUP_EXECUTE | \ + wxPOSIX_OTHERS_READ | wxPOSIX_OTHERS_WRITE | wxPOSIX_OTHERS_EXECUTE) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// declare our versions of low level file functions: some compilers prepend +// underscores to the usual names, some also have Unicode versions of them +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Wrappers around Win32 api functions like CreateFile, ReadFile and such +// Implemented in filefnwce.cpp +#if defined( __WXWINCE__) + typedef __int64 wxFileOffset; + #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec wxT("I64") + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_Open(const wxChar *filename, int oflag, int WXUNUSED(pmode)); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_Access(const wxChar *name, int WXUNUSED(how)); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxClose(int fd); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxFsync(int WXUNUSED(fd)); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxRead(int fd, void *buf, unsigned int count); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxWrite(int fd, const void *buf, unsigned int count); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxEof(int fd); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileOffset wxSeek(int fd, wxFileOffset offset, int origin); + #define wxLSeek wxSeek + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileOffset wxTell(int fd); + + // always Unicode under WinCE + #define wxCRT_MkDir _wmkdir + #define wxCRT_RmDir _wrmdir + #define wxCRT_Stat _wstat + #define wxStructStat struct _stat +#elif (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__)) && !defined(__WXPALMOS__) && \ + ( \ + defined(__VISUALC__) || \ + defined(__MINGW64__) || \ + (defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__WINE__) && \ + wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION(0, 5)) || \ + defined(__MWERKS__) || \ + defined(__DMC__) || \ + defined(__WATCOMC__) || \ + defined(__BORLANDC__) \ + ) + + // temporary defines just used immediately below + #undef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES + #undef wxHAS_HUGE_STDIO_FILES + + // detect compilers which have support for huge files + #if defined(__VISUALC__) + #define wxHAS_HUGE_FILES 1 + #elif defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__MINGW64__) + #define wxHAS_HUGE_FILES 1 + #elif defined(_LARGE_FILES) + #define wxHAS_HUGE_FILES 1 + #endif + + // detect compilers which have support for huge stdio files + #if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8) + #define wxHAS_HUGE_STDIO_FILES + #define wxFseek _fseeki64 + #define wxFtell _ftelli64 + #elif wxCHECK_MINGW32_VERSION(3, 5) // mingw-runtime version (not gcc) + #define wxHAS_HUGE_STDIO_FILES + #define wxFseek fseeko64 + #define wxFtell ftello64 + #endif + + // other Windows compilers (DMC, Watcom, Metrowerks and Borland) don't have + // huge file support (or at least not all functions needed for it by wx) + // currently + + // types + + #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES + typedef wxLongLong_t wxFileOffset; + #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec wxLongLongFmtSpec + #else + typedef off_t wxFileOffset; + #endif + + // at least Borland 5.5 doesn't like "struct ::stat" so don't use the scope + // resolution operator present in wxPOSIX_IDENT for it + #ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #define wxPOSIX_STRUCT(s) struct s + #else + #define wxPOSIX_STRUCT(s) struct wxPOSIX_IDENT(s) + #endif + + // Notice that Watcom is the only compiler to have a wide char + // version of struct stat as well as a wide char stat function variant. + // This was dropped since OW 1.4 "for consistency across platforms". + // + // Borland is also special in that it uses _stat with Unicode functions + // (for MSVC compatibility?) but stat with ANSI ones + #ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #if wxHAS_HUGE_FILES + #define wxStructStat struct stati64 + #else + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxStructStat struct _stat + #else + #define wxStructStat struct stat + #endif + #endif + #else // !__BORLANDC__ + #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES + #if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1,4) + #define wxStructStat struct _wstati64 + #else + #define wxStructStat struct _stati64 + #endif + #else + #if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1,4) + #define wxStructStat struct _wstat + #else + #define wxStructStat struct _stat + #endif + #endif + #endif // __BORLANDC__/!__BORLANDC__ + + + // functions + + // MSVC and compatible compilers prepend underscores to the POSIX function + // names, other compilers don't and even if their later versions usually do + // define the versions with underscores for MSVC compatibility, it's better + // to avoid using them as they're not present in earlier versions and + // always using the native functions spelling is easier than testing for + // the versions + #if defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__MINGW64__) + #define wxPOSIX_IDENT(func) ::func + #else // by default assume MSVC-compatible names + #define wxPOSIX_IDENT(func) _ ## func + #define wxHAS_UNDERSCORES_IN_POSIX_IDENTS + #endif + + // first functions not working with strings, i.e. without ANSI/Unicode + // complications + #define wxClose wxPOSIX_IDENT(close) + + #if defined(__MWERKS__) + #if __MSL__ >= 0x6000 + #define wxRead(fd, buf, nCount) _read(fd, (void *)buf, nCount) + #define wxWrite(fd, buf, nCount) _write(fd, (void *)buf, nCount) + #else + #define wxRead(fd, buf, nCount)\ + _read(fd, (const char *)buf, nCount) + #define wxWrite(fd, buf, nCount)\ + _write(fd, (const char *)buf, nCount) + #endif + #else // __MWERKS__ + #define wxRead wxPOSIX_IDENT(read) + #define wxWrite wxPOSIX_IDENT(write) + #endif + + #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES + #ifndef __MINGW64__ + #define wxSeek wxPOSIX_IDENT(lseeki64) + #define wxLseek wxPOSIX_IDENT(lseeki64) + #define wxTell wxPOSIX_IDENT(telli64) + #else + // unfortunately, mingw-W64 is somewhat inconsistent... + #define wxSeek _lseeki64 + #define wxLseek _lseeki64 + #define wxTell _telli64 + #endif + #else // !wxHAS_HUGE_FILES + #define wxSeek wxPOSIX_IDENT(lseek) + #define wxLseek wxPOSIX_IDENT(lseek) + #define wxTell wxPOSIX_IDENT(tell) + #endif // wxHAS_HUGE_FILES/!wxHAS_HUGE_FILES + + #ifndef __WATCOMC__ + #if !defined(__BORLANDC__) || (__BORLANDC__ > 0x540) + // NB: this one is not POSIX and always has the underscore + #define wxFsync _commit + + // could be already defined by configure (Cygwin) + #ifndef HAVE_FSYNC + #define HAVE_FSYNC + #endif + #endif // BORLANDC + #endif + + #define wxEof wxPOSIX_IDENT(eof) + + // then the functions taking strings + + // first the ANSI versions + #define wxCRT_OpenA wxPOSIX_IDENT(open) + #define wxCRT_AccessA wxPOSIX_IDENT(access) + #define wxCRT_MkDirA wxPOSIX_IDENT(mkdir) + #define wxCRT_RmDirA wxPOSIX_IDENT(rmdir) + #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES + #define wxCRT_StatA wxPOSIX_IDENT(stati64) + #else + // Unfortunately Watcom is not consistent + #if defined(__OS2__) && defined(__WATCOMC__) + #define wxCRT_StatA _stat + #else + #define wxCRT_StatA wxPOSIX_IDENT(stat) + #endif + #endif + + // then wide char ones + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + // special workaround for buggy wopen() in bcc 5.5 + #if defined(__BORLANDC__) && \ + (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x550 && __BORLANDC__ <= 0x551) + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_OpenW(const wxChar *pathname, + int flags, mode_t mode); + #else + #define wxCRT_OpenW _wopen + #endif + + #define wxCRT_AccessW _waccess + #define wxCRT_MkDirW _wmkdir + #define wxCRT_RmDirW _wrmdir + #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES + #define wxCRT_StatW _wstati64 + #else + #define wxCRT_StatW _wstat + #endif + #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + + // finally the default char-type versions + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU || defined(__WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__) + // implement the missing file functions in Win9x ourselves + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wopen(const wxChar *name, + int flags, int mode); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__waccess(const wxChar *name, + int mode); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wmkdir(const wxChar *name); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wrmdir(const wxChar *name); + + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int + wxMSLU__wstat(const wxChar *name, wxStructStat *buffer); + + #define wxCRT_Open wxMSLU__wopen + + #define wxCRT_Access wxMSLU__waccess + #define wxCRT_MkDir wxMSLU__wmkdir + #define wxCRT_RmDir wxMSLU__wrmdir + #define wxCRT_Stat wxMSLU__wstat + #else // !wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU + #define wxCRT_Open wxCRT_OpenW + #define wxCRT_Access wxCRT_AccessW + #define wxCRT_MkDir wxCRT_MkDirW + #define wxCRT_RmDir wxCRT_RmDirW + #define wxCRT_Stat wxCRT_StatW + #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU/!wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU + #else // !wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxCRT_Open wxCRT_OpenA + #define wxCRT_Access wxCRT_AccessA + #define wxCRT_MkDir wxCRT_MkDirA + #define wxCRT_RmDir wxCRT_RmDirA + #define wxCRT_Stat wxCRT_StatA + #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE + + + // constants (unless already defined by the user code) + #ifdef wxHAS_UNDERSCORES_IN_POSIX_IDENTS + #ifndef O_RDONLY + #define O_RDONLY _O_RDONLY + #define O_WRONLY _O_WRONLY + #define O_RDWR _O_RDWR + #define O_EXCL _O_EXCL + #define O_CREAT _O_CREAT + #define O_BINARY _O_BINARY + #endif + + #ifndef S_IFMT + #define S_IFMT _S_IFMT + #define S_IFDIR _S_IFDIR + #define S_IFREG _S_IFREG + #endif + #endif // wxHAS_UNDERSCORES_IN_POSIX_IDENTS + + #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES + // wxFile is present and supports large files. + #if wxUSE_FILE + #define wxHAS_LARGE_FILES + #endif + // wxFFile is present and supports large files + #if wxUSE_FFILE && defined wxHAS_HUGE_STDIO_FILES + #define wxHAS_LARGE_FFILES + #endif + #endif + + // private defines, undefine so that nobody gets tempted to use + #undef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES + #undef wxHAS_HUGE_STDIO_FILES +#elif defined (__WXPALMOS__) + typedef off_t wxFileOffset; +#ifdef _LARGE_FILES + #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec wxLongLongFmtSpec + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(off_t) == sizeof(wxLongLong_t), BadFileSizeType ); + // wxFile is present and supports large files + #ifdef wxUSE_FILE + #define wxHAS_LARGE_FILES + #endif + // wxFFile is present and supports large files + #if SIZEOF_LONG == 8 || defined HAVE_FSEEKO + #define wxHAS_LARGE_FFILES + #endif +#else + #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec wxT("") +#endif + #define wxClose close + #define wxRead ::read + #define wxWrite ::write + #define wxLseek lseek + #define wxSeek lseek + #define wxFsync fsync + #define wxEof eof + + #define wxCRT_MkDir mkdir + #define wxCRT_RmDir rmdir + + #define wxTell(fd) lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_CUR) + + #define wxStructStat struct stat + + #define wxCRT_Open open + #define wxCRT_Stat svfs_stat + #define wxCRT_Lstat lstat + #define wxCRT_Access access + + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_LSTAT +#else // Unix or Windows using unknown compiler, assume POSIX supported + typedef off_t wxFileOffset; + #ifdef HAVE_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT + #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec wxLongLongFmtSpec + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(off_t) == sizeof(wxLongLong_t), + BadFileSizeType ); + // wxFile is present and supports large files + #if wxUSE_FILE + #define wxHAS_LARGE_FILES + #endif + // wxFFile is present and supports large files + #if wxUSE_FFILE && (SIZEOF_LONG == 8 || defined HAVE_FSEEKO) + #define wxHAS_LARGE_FFILES + #endif + #ifdef HAVE_FSEEKO + #define wxFseek fseeko + #define wxFtell ftello + #endif + #else + #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec wxT("") + #endif + // functions + #define wxClose close + #define wxRead ::read + #define wxWrite ::write + #define wxLseek lseek + #define wxSeek lseek + #define wxFsync fsync + #define wxEof eof + + #define wxCRT_MkDir mkdir + #define wxCRT_RmDir rmdir + + #define wxTell(fd) lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_CUR) + + #define wxStructStat struct stat + + #define wxCRT_Open open + #define wxCRT_Stat stat + #define wxCRT_Lstat lstat + #define wxCRT_Access access + + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_LSTAT +#endif // platforms + +// if the platform doesn't have symlinks, define wxCRT_Lstat to be the same as +// wxCRT_Stat to avoid #ifdefs in the code using it +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_LSTAT + #define wxCRT_Lstat wxCRT_Stat +#endif + +// define wxFseek/wxFtell to large file versions if available (done above) or +// to fseek/ftell if not, to save ifdefs in using code +#ifndef wxFseek + #define wxFseek fseek +#endif +#ifndef wxFtell + #define wxFtell ftell +#endif + +inline int wxAccess(const wxString& path, mode_t mode) + { return wxCRT_Access(path.fn_str(), mode); } +inline int wxOpen(const wxString& path, int flags, mode_t mode) + { return wxCRT_Open(path.fn_str(), flags, mode); } + +// FIXME-CE: provide our own implementations of the missing CRT functions +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ +inline int wxStat(const wxString& path, wxStructStat *buf) + { return wxCRT_Stat(path.fn_str(), buf); } +inline int wxLstat(const wxString& path, wxStructStat *buf) + { return wxCRT_Lstat(path.fn_str(), buf); } +inline int wxRmDir(const wxString& path) + { return wxCRT_RmDir(path.fn_str()); } +#if (defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)) \ + || (defined(__OS2__) && defined(__WATCOMC__)) +inline int wxMkDir(const wxString& path, mode_t WXUNUSED(mode) = 0) + { return wxCRT_MkDir(path.fn_str()); } +#else +inline int wxMkDir(const wxString& path, mode_t mode) + { return wxCRT_MkDir(path.fn_str(), mode); } +#endif +#endif // !__WXWINCE__ + +#ifdef O_BINARY + #define wxO_BINARY O_BINARY +#else + #define wxO_BINARY 0 +#endif + +#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400 +// +// VisualAge C++ V4.0 cannot have any external linkage const decs +// in headers included by more than one primary source +// +extern const int wxInvalidOffset; +#else +const int wxInvalidOffset = -1; +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxFileExists(const wxString& filename); + +// does the path exist? (may have or not '/' or '\\' at the end) +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxDirExists(const wxString& pathName); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsAbsolutePath(const wxString& filename); + +// Get filename +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxFileNameFromPath(wxChar *path); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxFileNameFromPath(const wxString& path); + +// Get directory +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxPathOnly(const wxString& path); + +// all deprecated functions below are deprecated in favour of wxFileName's methods +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxDos2UnixFilename(char *s) ); +wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxDos2UnixFilename(wchar_t *s) ); + +wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxUnix2DosFilename(char *s) ); +wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxUnix2DosFilename(wchar_t *s) ); + +// Strip the extension, in situ +// Deprecated in favour of wxFileName::StripExtension() but notice that their +// behaviour is slightly different, see the manual +wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxStripExtension(char *buffer) ); +wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxStripExtension(wchar_t *buffer) ); +wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxStripExtension(wxString& buffer) ); + +// Get a temporary filename +wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxGetTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxChar *buf = NULL) ); +wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxString& buf) ); + +// Expand file name (~/ and ${OPENWINHOME}/ stuff) +wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char* wxExpandPath(char *dest, const wxString& path) ); +wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t* wxExpandPath(wchar_t *dest, const wxString& path) ); + // DEPRECATED: use wxFileName::Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_ENV_VARS) + +// Contract w.r.t environment ( -> ${OPENWINHOME}/lib) +// and make (if under the home tree) relative to home +// [caller must copy-- volatile] +wxDEPRECATED( +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxContractPath(const wxString& filename, + const wxString& envname = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& user = wxEmptyString) ); + // DEPRECATED: use wxFileName::ReplaceEnvVariable and wxFileName::ReplaceHomeDir + +// Destructive removal of /./ and /../ stuff +wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char* wxRealPath(char *path) ); +wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t* wxRealPath(wchar_t *path) ); +wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxRealPath(const wxString& path) ); + // DEPRECATED: use wxFileName::Normalize instead + +// Allocate a copy of the full absolute path +wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxCopyAbsolutePath(const wxString& path) ); + // DEPRECATED: use wxFileName::MakeAbsolute instead +#endif + +// Get first file name matching given wild card. +// Flags are reserved for future use. +#define wxFILE 1 +#define wxDIR 2 +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxFindFirstFile(const wxString& spec, int flags = wxFILE); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxFindNextFile(); + +// Does the pattern contain wildcards? +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsWild(const wxString& pattern); + +// Does the pattern match the text (usually a filename)? +// If dot_special is true, doesn't match * against . (eliminating +// `hidden' dot files) +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxMatchWild(const wxString& pattern, const wxString& text, bool dot_special = true); + +// Concatenate two files to form third +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxConcatFiles(const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2, const wxString& file3); + +// Copy file1 to file2 +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxCopyFile(const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2, + bool overwrite = true); + +// Remove file +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxRemoveFile(const wxString& file); + +// Rename file +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxRenameFile(const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2, bool overwrite = true); + +// Get current working directory. +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +// If buf is NULL, allocates space using new, else +// copies into buf. +// IMPORTANT NOTE getcwd is know not to work under some releases +// of Win32s 1.3, according to MS release notes! +wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxGetWorkingDirectory(wxChar *buf = NULL, int sz = 1000) ); +// new and preferred version of wxGetWorkingDirectory +// NB: can't have the same name because of overloading ambiguity +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetCwd(); + +// Set working directory +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxSetWorkingDirectory(const wxString& d); + +// Make directory +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxMkdir(const wxString& dir, int perm = wxS_DIR_DEFAULT); + +// Remove directory. Flags reserved for future use. +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxRmdir(const wxString& dir, int flags = 0); + +// Return the type of an open file +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileKind wxGetFileKind(int fd); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileKind wxGetFileKind(FILE *fp); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +// compatibility defines, don't use in new code +wxDEPRECATED( inline bool wxPathExists(const wxChar *pszPathName) ); +inline bool wxPathExists(const wxChar *pszPathName) +{ + return wxDirExists(pszPathName); +} +#endif //WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// permissions; these functions work both on files and directories: +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsWritable(const wxString &path); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsReadable(const wxString &path); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsExecutable(const wxString &path); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// separators in file names +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// between file name and extension +#define wxFILE_SEP_EXT wxT('.') + +// between drive/volume name and the path +#define wxFILE_SEP_DSK wxT(':') + +// between the path components +#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS wxT('\\') +#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX wxT('/') +#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_MAC wxT(':') +#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_VMS wxT('.') // VMS also uses '[' and ']' + +// separator in the path list (as in PATH environment variable) +// there is no PATH variable in Classic Mac OS so just use the +// semicolon (it must be different from the file name separator) +// NB: these are strings and not characters on purpose! +#define wxPATH_SEP_DOS wxT(";") +#define wxPATH_SEP_UNIX wxT(":") +#define wxPATH_SEP_MAC wxT(";") + +// platform independent versions +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__OS2__) + // CYGWIN also uses UNIX settings + #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX + #define wxPATH_SEP wxPATH_SEP_UNIX +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX + #define wxPATH_SEP wxPATH_SEP_UNIX +#elif defined(__MAC__) + #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH wxFILE_SEP_PATH_MAC + #define wxPATH_SEP wxPATH_SEP_MAC +#else // Windows and OS/2 + #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS + #define wxPATH_SEP wxPATH_SEP_DOS +#endif // Unix/Windows + +// this is useful for wxString::IsSameAs(): to compare two file names use +// filename1.IsSameAs(filename2, wxARE_FILENAMES_CASE_SENSITIVE) +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__OS2__) + #define wxARE_FILENAMES_CASE_SENSITIVE true +#else // Windows, Mac OS and OS/2 + #define wxARE_FILENAMES_CASE_SENSITIVE false +#endif // Unix/Windows + +// is the char a path separator? +inline bool wxIsPathSeparator(wxChar c) +{ + // under DOS/Windows we should understand both Unix and DOS file separators +#if ( defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__OS2__) )|| defined(__MAC__) + return c == wxFILE_SEP_PATH; +#else + return c == wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS || c == wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX; +#endif +} + +// does the string ends with path separator? +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxEndsWithPathSeparator(const wxString& filename); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +// split the full path into path (including drive for DOS), name and extension +// (understands both '/' and '\\') +// Deprecated in favour of wxFileName::SplitPath +wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSplitPath(const wxString& fileName, + wxString *pstrPath, + wxString *pstrName, + wxString *pstrExt) ); +#endif + +// find a file in a list of directories, returns false if not found +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxFindFileInPath(wxString *pStr, const wxString& szPath, const wxString& szFile); + +// Get the OS directory if appropriate (such as the Windows directory). +// On non-Windows platform, probably just return the empty string. +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetOSDirectory(); + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + +// Get file modification time +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE time_t wxFileModificationTime(const wxString& filename); + +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +// Parses the wildCard, returning the number of filters. +// Returns 0 if none or if there's a problem, +// The arrays will contain an equal number of items found before the error. +// wildCard is in the form: +// "All files (*)|*|Image Files (*.jpeg *.png)|*.jpg;*.png" +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxParseCommonDialogsFilter(const wxString& wildCard, wxArrayString& descriptions, wxArrayString& filters); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __UNIX__ + +// set umask to the given value in ctor and reset it to the old one in dtor +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUmaskChanger +{ +public: + // change the umask to the given one if it is not -1: this allows to write + // the same code whether you really want to change umask or not, as is in + // wxFileConfig::Flush() for example + wxUmaskChanger(int umaskNew) + { + m_umaskOld = umaskNew == -1 ? -1 : (int)umask((mode_t)umaskNew); + } + + ~wxUmaskChanger() + { + if ( m_umaskOld != -1 ) + umask((mode_t)m_umaskOld); + } + +private: + int m_umaskOld; +}; + +// this macro expands to an "anonymous" wxUmaskChanger object under Unix and +// nothing elsewhere +#define wxCHANGE_UMASK(m) wxUmaskChanger wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(umaskChanger_)(m) + +#else // !__UNIX__ + +#define wxCHANGE_UMASK(m) + +#endif // __UNIX__/!__UNIX__ + + +// Path searching +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPathList : public wxArrayString +{ +public: + wxPathList() {} + wxPathList(const wxArrayString &arr) + { Add(arr); } + + // Adds all paths in environment variable + void AddEnvList(const wxString& envVariable); + + // Adds given path to this list + bool Add(const wxString& path); + void Add(const wxArrayString &paths); + + // Find the first full path for which the file exists + wxString FindValidPath(const wxString& filename) const; + + // Find the first full path for which the file exists; ensure it's an + // absolute path that gets returned. + wxString FindAbsoluteValidPath(const wxString& filename) const; + + // Given full path and filename, add path to list + bool EnsureFileAccessible(const wxString& path); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // Returns true if the path is in the list + wxDEPRECATED( bool Member(const wxString& path) const ); +#endif +}; + +#endif // _WX_FILEFN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filehistory.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filehistory.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a98668d6bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filehistory.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/filehistory.h +// Purpose: wxFileHistory class +// Author: Julian Smart, Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2010-05-03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filehistory.h 64240 2010-05-07 06:45:48Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FILEHISTORY_H_ +#define _WX_FILEHISTORY_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY + +#include "wx/windowid.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConfigBase; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// File history management +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileHistoryBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxFileHistoryBase(size_t maxFiles = 9, wxWindowID idBase = wxID_FILE1); + + // Operations + virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file); + virtual void RemoveFileFromHistory(size_t i); + virtual int GetMaxFiles() const { return (int)m_fileMaxFiles; } + virtual void UseMenu(wxMenu *menu); + + // Remove menu from the list (MDI child may be closing) + virtual void RemoveMenu(wxMenu *menu); + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + virtual void Load(const wxConfigBase& config); + virtual void Save(wxConfigBase& config); +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + + virtual void AddFilesToMenu(); + virtual void AddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu); // Single menu + + // Accessors + virtual wxString GetHistoryFile(size_t i) const { return m_fileHistory[i]; } + virtual size_t GetCount() const { return m_fileHistory.GetCount(); } + + const wxList& GetMenus() const { return m_fileMenus; } + + // Set/get base id + void SetBaseId(wxWindowID baseId) { m_idBase = baseId; } + wxWindowID GetBaseId() const { return m_idBase; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated, use GetCount() instead + wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetNoHistoryFiles() const ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +protected: + // Last n files + wxArrayString m_fileHistory; + + // Menus to maintain (may need several for an MDI app) + wxList m_fileMenus; + + // Max files to maintain + size_t m_fileMaxFiles; + +private: + // The ID of the first history menu item (Doesn't have to be wxID_FILE1) + wxWindowID m_idBase; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileHistoryBase); +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +inline size_t wxFileHistoryBase::GetNoHistoryFiles() const +{ + return m_fileHistory.GetCount(); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/filehistory.h" +#else + // no platform-specific implementation of wxFileHistory yet + class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileHistory : public wxFileHistoryBase + { + public: + wxFileHistory(size_t maxFiles = 9, wxWindowID idBase = wxID_FILE1) + : wxFileHistoryBase(maxFiles, idBase) {} + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileHistory) + }; +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY + +#endif // _WX_FILEHISTORY_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filename.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filename.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca89cf8ff7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filename.h @@ -0,0 +1,606 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/filename.h +// Purpose: wxFileName - encapsulates a file path +// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 28.12.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filename.h 63886 2010-04-06 22:51:11Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FILENAME_H_ +#define _WX_FILENAME_H_ + +/* + TODO: + + 1. support for drives under Windows + 2. more file operations: + a) chmod() + b) [acm]time() - get and set + c) rename()? + 3. SameFileAs() function to compare inodes under Unix + */ + +#include "wx/arrstr.h" +#include "wx/filefn.h" +#include "wx/datetime.h" +#include "wx/intl.h" +#include "wx/longlong.h" +#include "wx/file.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILE +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFile; +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FFILE +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFFile; +#endif + +// this symbol is defined for the platforms where file systems use volumes in +// paths +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__DOS__) || defined(__OS2__) + #define wxHAS_FILESYSTEM_VOLUMES +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the various values for the path format: this mainly affects the path +// separator but also whether or not the path has the drive part (as under +// Windows) +enum wxPathFormat +{ + wxPATH_NATIVE = 0, // the path format for the current platform + wxPATH_UNIX, + wxPATH_BEOS = wxPATH_UNIX, + wxPATH_MAC, + wxPATH_DOS, + wxPATH_WIN = wxPATH_DOS, + wxPATH_OS2 = wxPATH_DOS, + wxPATH_VMS, + + wxPATH_MAX // Not a valid value for specifying path format +}; + +// different conventions that may be used with GetHumanReadableSize() +enum wxSizeConvention +{ + wxSIZE_CONV_TRADITIONAL, // 1024 bytes = 1 KB + wxSIZE_CONV_IEC, // 1024 bytes = 1 KiB + wxSIZE_CONV_SI // 1000 bytes = 1 KB +}; + +// the kind of normalization to do with the file name: these values can be +// or'd together to perform several operations at once +enum wxPathNormalize +{ + wxPATH_NORM_ENV_VARS = 0x0001, // replace env vars with their values + wxPATH_NORM_DOTS = 0x0002, // squeeze all .. and . + wxPATH_NORM_TILDE = 0x0004, // Unix only: replace ~ and ~user + wxPATH_NORM_CASE = 0x0008, // if case insensitive => tolower + wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE = 0x0010, // make the path absolute + wxPATH_NORM_LONG = 0x0020, // make the path the long form + wxPATH_NORM_SHORTCUT = 0x0040, // resolve the shortcut, if it is a shortcut + wxPATH_NORM_ALL = 0x00ff & ~wxPATH_NORM_CASE +}; + +// what exactly should GetPath() return? +enum +{ + wxPATH_NO_SEPARATOR = 0x0000, // for symmetry with wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR + wxPATH_GET_VOLUME = 0x0001, // include the volume if applicable + wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR = 0x0002 // terminate the path with the separator +}; + +// Mkdir flags +enum +{ + wxPATH_MKDIR_FULL = 0x0001 // create directories recursively +}; + +// Rmdir flags +enum +{ + wxPATH_RMDIR_FULL = 0x0001, // delete with subdirectories if empty + wxPATH_RMDIR_RECURSIVE = 0x0002 // delete all recursively (dangerous!) +}; + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG +// error code of wxFileName::GetSize() +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxULongLong) wxInvalidSize; +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileName: encapsulates a file path +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileName +{ +public: + // constructors and assignment + + // the usual stuff + wxFileName() { Clear(); } + wxFileName(const wxFileName& filepath) { Assign(filepath); } + + // from a full filename: if it terminates with a '/', a directory path + // is contructed (the name will be empty), otherwise a file name and + // extension are extracted from it + wxFileName( const wxString& fullpath, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) + { Assign( fullpath, format ); } + + // from a directory name and a file name + wxFileName(const wxString& path, + const wxString& name, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) + { Assign(path, name, format); } + + // from a volume, directory name, file base name and extension + wxFileName(const wxString& volume, + const wxString& path, + const wxString& name, + const wxString& ext, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) + { Assign(volume, path, name, ext, format); } + + // from a directory name, file base name and extension + wxFileName(const wxString& path, + const wxString& name, + const wxString& ext, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) + { Assign(path, name, ext, format); } + + // the same for delayed initialization + + void Assign(const wxFileName& filepath); + + void Assign(const wxString& fullpath, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + void Assign(const wxString& volume, + const wxString& path, + const wxString& name, + const wxString& ext, + bool hasExt, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + void Assign(const wxString& volume, + const wxString& path, + const wxString& name, + const wxString& ext, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) + { Assign(volume, path, name, ext, !ext.empty(), format); } + + void Assign(const wxString& path, + const wxString& name, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + void Assign(const wxString& path, + const wxString& name, + const wxString& ext, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + void AssignDir(const wxString& dir, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + // assorted assignment operators + + wxFileName& operator=(const wxFileName& filename) + { if (this != &filename) Assign(filename); return *this; } + + wxFileName& operator=(const wxString& filename) + { Assign(filename); return *this; } + + // reset all components to default, uninitialized state + void Clear(); + + // static pseudo constructors + static wxFileName FileName(const wxString& file, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + static wxFileName DirName(const wxString& dir, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + // file tests + + // is the filename valid at all? + bool IsOk() const + { + // we're fine if we have the path or the name or if we're a root dir + return m_dirs.size() != 0 || !m_name.empty() || !m_relative || + !m_ext.empty() || m_hasExt; + } + + // does the file with this name exists? + bool FileExists() const; + static bool FileExists( const wxString &file ); + + // does the directory with this name exists? + bool DirExists() const; + static bool DirExists( const wxString &dir ); + + // checks on most common flags for files/directories; + // more platform-specific features (like e.g. Unix permissions) are not + // available in wxFileName + + bool IsDirWritable() const { return wxIsWritable(GetPath()); } + static bool IsDirWritable(const wxString &path) { return wxDirExists(path) && wxIsWritable(path); } + + bool IsDirReadable() const { return wxIsReadable(GetPath()); } + static bool IsDirReadable(const wxString &path) { return wxDirExists(path) && wxIsReadable(path); } + + // NOTE: IsDirExecutable() is not present because the meaning of "executable" + // directory is very platform-dependent and also not so useful + + bool IsFileWritable() const { return wxIsWritable(GetFullPath()); } + static bool IsFileWritable(const wxString &path) { return wxFileExists(path) && wxIsWritable(path); } + + bool IsFileReadable() const { return wxIsReadable(GetFullPath()); } + static bool IsFileReadable(const wxString &path) { return wxFileExists(path) && wxIsReadable(path); } + + bool IsFileExecutable() const { return wxIsExecutable(GetFullPath()); } + static bool IsFileExecutable(const wxString &path) { return wxFileExists(path) && wxIsExecutable(path); } + + + // time functions +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + // set the file last access/mod and creation times + // (any of the pointers may be NULL) + bool SetTimes(const wxDateTime *dtAccess, + const wxDateTime *dtMod, + const wxDateTime *dtCreate) const; + + // set the access and modification times to the current moment + bool Touch() const; + + // return the last access, last modification and create times + // (any of the pointers may be NULL) + bool GetTimes(wxDateTime *dtAccess, + wxDateTime *dtMod, + wxDateTime *dtCreate) const; + + // convenience wrapper: get just the last mod time of the file + wxDateTime GetModificationTime() const + { + wxDateTime dtMod; + (void)GetTimes(NULL, &dtMod, NULL); + return dtMod; + } +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +#if defined( __WXOSX_MAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON + bool MacSetTypeAndCreator( wxUint32 type , wxUint32 creator ) ; + bool MacGetTypeAndCreator( wxUint32 *type , wxUint32 *creator ) const; + // gets the 'common' type and creator for a certain extension + static bool MacFindDefaultTypeAndCreator( const wxString& ext , wxUint32 *type , wxUint32 *creator ) ; + // registers application defined extensions and their default type and creator + static void MacRegisterDefaultTypeAndCreator( const wxString& ext , wxUint32 type , wxUint32 creator ) ; + // looks up the appropriate type and creator from the registration and then sets + bool MacSetDefaultTypeAndCreator() ; +#endif + + // various file/dir operations + + // retrieve the value of the current working directory + void AssignCwd(const wxString& volume = wxEmptyString); + static wxString GetCwd(const wxString& volume = wxEmptyString); + + // change the current working directory + bool SetCwd() const; + static bool SetCwd( const wxString &cwd ); + + // get the value of user home (Unix only mainly) + void AssignHomeDir(); + static wxString GetHomeDir(); + + // get the system temporary directory + static wxString GetTempDir(); + +#if wxUSE_FILE || wxUSE_FFILE + // get a temp file name starting with the specified prefix + void AssignTempFileName(const wxString& prefix); + static wxString CreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix); +#endif // wxUSE_FILE + +#if wxUSE_FILE + // get a temp file name starting with the specified prefix and open the + // file passed to us using this name for writing (atomically if + // possible) + void AssignTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxFile *fileTemp); + static wxString CreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, + wxFile *fileTemp); +#endif // wxUSE_FILE + +#if wxUSE_FFILE + // get a temp file name starting with the specified prefix and open the + // file passed to us using this name for writing (atomically if + // possible) + void AssignTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxFFile *fileTemp); + static wxString CreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, + wxFFile *fileTemp); +#endif // wxUSE_FFILE + + // directory creation and removal. + bool Mkdir(int perm = wxS_DIR_DEFAULT, int flags = 0) const; + static bool Mkdir(const wxString &dir, int perm = wxS_DIR_DEFAULT, + int flags = 0); + + bool Rmdir(int flags = 0) const; + static bool Rmdir(const wxString &dir, int flags = 0); + + // operations on the path + + // normalize the path: with the default flags value, the path will be + // made absolute, without any ".." and "." and all environment + // variables will be expanded in it + // + // this may be done using another (than current) value of cwd + bool Normalize(int flags = wxPATH_NORM_ALL, + const wxString& cwd = wxEmptyString, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + // get a path path relative to the given base directory, i.e. opposite + // of Normalize + // + // pass an empty string to get a path relative to the working directory + // + // returns true if the file name was modified, false if we failed to do + // anything with it (happens when the file is on a different volume, + // for example) + bool MakeRelativeTo(const wxString& pathBase = wxEmptyString, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + // make the path absolute + // + // this may be done using another (than current) value of cwd + bool MakeAbsolute(const wxString& cwd = wxEmptyString, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) + { return Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_DOTS | wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE | + wxPATH_NORM_TILDE, cwd, format); } + +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_OLE + // if the path is a shortcut, return the target and optionally, + // the arguments + bool GetShortcutTarget(const wxString& shortcutPath, + wxString& targetFilename, + wxString* arguments = NULL) const; +#endif + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + // if the path contains the value of the environment variable named envname + // then this function replaces it with the string obtained from + // wxString::Format(replacementFmtString, value_of_envname_variable) + // + // Example: + // wxFileName fn("/usr/openwin/lib/someFile"); + // fn.ReplaceEnvVariable("OPENWINHOME"); + // // now fn.GetFullPath() == "$OPENWINHOME/lib/someFile" + bool ReplaceEnvVariable(const wxString& envname, + const wxString& replacementFmtString = "$%s", + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); +#endif + + // replaces, if present in the path, the home directory for the given user + // (see wxGetHomeDir) with a tilde + bool ReplaceHomeDir(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + + // Comparison + + // compares with the rules of the given platforms format + bool SameAs(const wxFileName& filepath, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const; + + // compare with another filename object + bool operator==(const wxFileName& filename) const + { return SameAs(filename); } + bool operator!=(const wxFileName& filename) const + { return !SameAs(filename); } + + // compare with a filename string interpreted as a native file name + bool operator==(const wxString& filename) const + { return SameAs(wxFileName(filename)); } + bool operator!=(const wxString& filename) const + { return !SameAs(wxFileName(filename)); } + + // are the file names of this type cases sensitive? + static bool IsCaseSensitive( wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ); + + // is this filename absolute? + bool IsAbsolute(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const; + + // is this filename relative? + bool IsRelative(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const + { return !IsAbsolute(format); } + + // Returns the characters that aren't allowed in filenames + // on the specified platform. + static wxString GetForbiddenChars(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + // Information about path format + + // get the string separating the volume from the path for this format, + // return an empty string if this format doesn't support the notion of + // volumes at all + static wxString GetVolumeSeparator(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + // get the string of path separators for this format + static wxString GetPathSeparators(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + // get the string of path terminators, i.e. characters which terminate the + // path + static wxString GetPathTerminators(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + // get the canonical path separator for this format + static wxUniChar GetPathSeparator(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) + { return GetPathSeparators(format)[0u]; } + + // is the char a path separator for this format? + static bool IsPathSeparator(wxChar ch, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + // is this is a DOS path which beings with a windows unique volume name + // ('\\?\Volume{guid}\')? + static bool IsMSWUniqueVolumeNamePath(const wxString& path, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + // Dir accessors + size_t GetDirCount() const { return m_dirs.size(); } + void AppendDir(const wxString& dir); + void PrependDir(const wxString& dir); + void InsertDir(size_t before, const wxString& dir); + void RemoveDir(size_t pos); + void RemoveLastDir() { RemoveDir(GetDirCount() - 1); } + + // Other accessors + void SetExt( const wxString &ext ) { m_ext = ext; m_hasExt = !m_ext.empty(); } + void ClearExt() { m_ext = wxEmptyString; m_hasExt = false; } + void SetEmptyExt() { m_ext = wxT(""); m_hasExt = true; } + wxString GetExt() const { return m_ext; } + bool HasExt() const { return m_hasExt; } + + void SetName( const wxString &name ) { m_name = name; } + wxString GetName() const { return m_name; } + bool HasName() const { return !m_name.empty(); } + + void SetVolume( const wxString &volume ) { m_volume = volume; } + wxString GetVolume() const { return m_volume; } + bool HasVolume() const { return !m_volume.empty(); } + + // full name is the file name + extension (but without the path) + void SetFullName(const wxString& fullname); + wxString GetFullName() const; + + const wxArrayString& GetDirs() const { return m_dirs; } + + // flags are combination of wxPATH_GET_XXX flags + wxString GetPath(int flags = wxPATH_GET_VOLUME, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const; + + // Replace current path with this one + void SetPath( const wxString &path, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ); + + // Construct full path with name and ext + wxString GetFullPath( wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) const; + + // Return the short form of the path (returns identity on non-Windows platforms) + wxString GetShortPath() const; + + // Return the long form of the path (returns identity on non-Windows platforms) + wxString GetLongPath() const; + + // Is this a file or directory (not necessarily an existing one) + bool IsDir() const { return m_name.empty() && m_ext.empty(); } + + // various helpers + + // get the canonical path format for this platform + static wxPathFormat GetFormat( wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ); + + // split a fullpath into the volume, path, (base) name and extension + // (all of the pointers can be NULL) + static void SplitPath(const wxString& fullpath, + wxString *volume, + wxString *path, + wxString *name, + wxString *ext, + bool *hasExt = NULL, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + static void SplitPath(const wxString& fullpath, + wxString *volume, + wxString *path, + wxString *name, + wxString *ext, + wxPathFormat format) + { + SplitPath(fullpath, volume, path, name, ext, NULL, format); + } + + // compatibility version: volume is part of path + static void SplitPath(const wxString& fullpath, + wxString *path, + wxString *name, + wxString *ext, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + // split a path into volume and pure path part + static void SplitVolume(const wxString& fullpathWithVolume, + wxString *volume, + wxString *path, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + // strip the file extension: "foo.bar" => "foo" (but ".baz" => ".baz") + static wxString StripExtension(const wxString& fullpath); + +#ifdef wxHAS_FILESYSTEM_VOLUMES + // return the string representing a file system volume, or drive + static wxString GetVolumeString(char drive, int flags = wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR); +#endif // wxHAS_FILESYSTEM_VOLUMES + + // File size + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + // returns the size of the given filename + wxULongLong GetSize() const; + static wxULongLong GetSize(const wxString &file); + + // returns the size in a human readable form + wxString + GetHumanReadableSize(const wxString& nullsize = _("Not available"), + int precision = 1, + wxSizeConvention conv = wxSIZE_CONV_TRADITIONAL) const; + static wxString + GetHumanReadableSize(const wxULongLong& sz, + const wxString& nullsize = _("Not available"), + int precision = 1, + wxSizeConvention conv = wxSIZE_CONV_TRADITIONAL); +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + + + // deprecated methods, don't use any more + // -------------------------------------- + +#ifndef __DIGITALMARS__ + wxString GetPath( bool withSep, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) const + { return GetPath(withSep ? wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR : 0, format); } +#endif + wxString GetPathWithSep(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) const + { return GetPath(wxPATH_GET_VOLUME | wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR, format); } + +private: + // check whether this dir is valid for Append/Prepend/InsertDir() + static bool IsValidDirComponent(const wxString& dir); + + // the drive/volume/device specification (always empty for Unix) + wxString m_volume; + + // the path components of the file + wxArrayString m_dirs; + + // the file name and extension (empty for directories) + wxString m_name, + m_ext; + + // when m_dirs is empty it may mean either that we have no path at all or + // that our path is '/', i.e. the root directory + // + // we use m_relative to distinguish between these two cases, it will be + // true in the former and false in the latter + // + // NB: the path is not absolute just because m_relative is false, it still + // needs the drive (i.e. volume) in some formats (Windows) + bool m_relative; + + // when m_ext is empty, it may be because we don't have any extension or + // because we have an empty extension + // + // the difference is important as file with name "foo" and without + // extension has full name "foo" while with empty extension it is "foo." + bool m_hasExt; +}; + +#endif // _WX_FILENAME_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filepicker.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filepicker.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..949f6c650d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filepicker.h @@ -0,0 +1,421 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/filepicker.h +// Purpose: wxFilePickerCtrl, wxDirPickerCtrl base header +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 14/4/2006 +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// RCS-ID: $Id: filepicker.h 58849 2009-02-12 21:09:20Z RR $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL || wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/pickerbase.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialog; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFileDirPickerEvent; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFilePickerWidgetLabel[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFilePickerCtrlNameStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileSelectorPromptStr[]; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirPickerWidgetLabel[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirPickerWidgetNameStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirPickerCtrlNameStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirSelectorPromptStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDirPickerEvent: used by wxFilePickerCtrl and wxDirPickerCtrl only +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDirPickerEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxFileDirPickerEvent() {} + wxFileDirPickerEvent(wxEventType type, wxObject *generator, int id, const wxString &path) + : wxCommandEvent(type, id), + m_path(path) + { + SetEventObject(generator); + } + + wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; } + void SetPath(const wxString &p) { m_path = p; } + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxFileDirPickerEvent(*this); } + +private: + wxString m_path; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxFileDirPickerEvent) +}; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED, wxFileDirPickerEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED, wxFileDirPickerEvent ); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event types and macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFileDirPickerEventFunction)(wxFileDirPickerEvent&); + +#define wxFileDirPickerEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxFileDirPickerEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_FILEPICKER_CHANGED(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED, id, wxFileDirPickerEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_DIRPICKER_CHANGED(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED, id, wxFileDirPickerEventHandler(fn)) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase: a generic abstract interface which must be +// implemented by controls used by wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase +{ +public: + wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase() { } + virtual ~wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase() { } + + wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; } + virtual void SetPath(const wxString &str) { m_path=str; } + + // returns the picker widget cast to wxControl + virtual wxControl *AsControl() = 0; + +protected: + virtual void UpdateDialogPath(wxDialog *) = 0; + virtual void UpdatePathFromDialog(wxDialog *) = 0; + + wxString m_path; +}; + +// Styles which must be supported by all controls implementing wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase +// NB: these styles must be defined to carefully-chosen values to +// avoid conflicts with wxButton's styles + +#define wxFLP_OPEN 0x0400 +#define wxFLP_SAVE 0x0800 +#define wxFLP_OVERWRITE_PROMPT 0x1000 +#define wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST 0x2000 +#define wxFLP_CHANGE_DIR 0x4000 + +// NOTE: wxMULTIPLE is not supported ! + + +#define wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST 0x0008 +#define wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR 0x0010 + + +// map platform-dependent controls which implement the wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase +// under the name "wxFilePickerWidget" and "wxDirPickerWidget". +// NOTE: wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase will allocate a wx{File|Dir}PickerWidget and this +// requires that all classes being mapped as wx{File|Dir}PickerWidget have the +// same prototype for the contructor... +// since GTK >= 2.6, there is GtkFileButton +#if defined(__WXGTK26__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/gtk/filepicker.h" + #define wxFilePickerWidget wxFileButton + #define wxDirPickerWidget wxDirButton +#else + #include "wx/generic/filepickerg.h" + #define wxFilePickerWidget wxGenericFileButton + #define wxDirPickerWidget wxGenericDirButton +#endif + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase : public wxPickerBase +{ +public: + wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase() : m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate(false) {} + +protected: + // NB: no default values since this function will never be used + // directly by the user and derived classes wouldn't use them + bool CreateBase(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& path, + const wxString &message, + const wxString &wildcard, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name); + +public: // public API + + wxString GetPath() const; + void SetPath(const wxString &str); + +public: // internal functions + + void UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl(); + void UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); + + // event handler for our picker + void OnFileDirChange(wxFileDirPickerEvent &); + + // Returns TRUE if the current path is a valid one + // (i.e. a valid file for a wxFilePickerWidget or a valid + // folder for a wxDirPickerWidget). + virtual bool CheckPath(const wxString &str) const = 0; + + // TRUE if any textctrl change should update the current working directory + virtual bool IsCwdToUpdate() const = 0; + + // Returns the event type sent by this picker + virtual wxEventType GetEventType() const = 0; + + virtual void DoConnect( wxControl *sender, wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase *eventSink ) = 0; + + // Returns the filtered value currently placed in the text control (if present). + virtual wxString GetTextCtrlValue() const = 0; + +protected: + // creates the picker control + virtual + wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase *CreatePicker(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& path, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& wildcard) = 0; + +protected: + + // true if the next UpdateTextCtrl() call is to ignore + bool m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate; + + // m_picker object as wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase interface + wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase *m_pickerIface; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL || wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL + + +#if wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFilePickerCtrl: platform-independent class which embeds the +// platform-dependent wxFilePickerWidget and, if wxFLP_USE_TEXTCTRL style is +// used, a textctrl next to it. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxFLP_USE_TEXTCTRL (wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL) + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + // GTK apps usually don't have a textctrl next to the picker + #define wxFLP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxFLP_OPEN|wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST) +#else + #define wxFLP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxFLP_USE_TEXTCTRL|wxFLP_OPEN|wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST) +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFilePickerCtrl : public wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxFilePickerCtrl() {} + + wxFilePickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxFLP_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFilePickerCtrlNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, path, message, wildcard, pos, size, style, + validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxFLP_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFilePickerCtrlNameStr) + { + return wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::CreateBase(parent, id, path, + message, wildcard, + pos, size, style, + validator, name); + } + + void SetFileName(const wxFileName &filename) + { SetPath(filename.GetFullPath()); } + + wxFileName GetFileName() const + { return wxFileName(GetPath()); } + +public: // overrides + + // return true if the given path is valid for this control + bool CheckPath(const wxString& path) const; + + // return the text control value in canonical form + wxString GetTextCtrlValue() const; + + bool IsCwdToUpdate() const + { return HasFlag(wxFLP_CHANGE_DIR); } + + wxEventType GetEventType() const + { return wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED; } + + virtual void DoConnect( wxControl *sender, wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase *eventSink ) + { + sender->Connect( wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED, + wxFileDirPickerEventHandler( wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::OnFileDirChange ), + NULL, eventSink ); + } + + +protected: + virtual + wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase *CreatePicker(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& path, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& wildcard) + { + return new wxFilePickerWidget(parent, wxID_ANY, + wxGetTranslation(wxFilePickerWidgetLabel), + path, message, wildcard, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + GetPickerStyle(GetWindowStyle())); + } + + // extracts the style for our picker from wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase's style + long GetPickerStyle(long style) const + { + return (style & (wxFLP_OPEN|wxFLP_SAVE|wxFLP_OVERWRITE_PROMPT| + wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST|wxFLP_CHANGE_DIR|wxFLP_USE_TEXTCTRL)); + } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFilePickerCtrl) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL + + +#if wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirPickerCtrl: platform-independent class which embeds the +// platform-dependent wxDirPickerWidget and eventually a textctrl +// (see wxDIRP_USE_TEXTCTRL) next to it. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxDIRP_USE_TEXTCTRL (wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL) + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + // GTK apps usually don't have a textctrl next to the picker + #define wxDIRP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST) +#else + #define wxDIRP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxDIRP_USE_TEXTCTRL|wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST) +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirPickerCtrl : public wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxDirPickerCtrl() {} + + wxDirPickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDIRP_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDirPickerCtrlNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, path, message, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDIRP_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDirPickerCtrlNameStr) + { + return wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::CreateBase + ( + parent, id, path, message, wxEmptyString, + pos, size, style, validator, name + ); + } + + void SetDirName(const wxFileName &dirname) + { SetPath(dirname.GetPath()); } + + wxFileName GetDirName() const + { return wxFileName::DirName(GetPath()); } + +public: // overrides + + bool CheckPath(const wxString &path) const; + + wxString GetTextCtrlValue() const; + + bool IsCwdToUpdate() const + { return HasFlag(wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR); } + + wxEventType GetEventType() const + { return wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED; } + + virtual void DoConnect( wxControl *sender, wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase *eventSink ) + { + sender->Connect( wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED, + wxFileDirPickerEventHandler( wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::OnFileDirChange ), + NULL, eventSink ); + } + + +protected: + virtual + wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase *CreatePicker(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& path, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& WXUNUSED(wildcard)) + { + return new wxDirPickerWidget(parent, wxID_ANY, + wxGetTranslation(wxDirPickerWidgetLabel), + path, message, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + GetPickerStyle(GetWindowStyle())); + } + + // extracts the style for our picker from wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase's style + long GetPickerStyle(long style) const + { return (style & (wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST|wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR|wxDIRP_USE_TEXTCTRL)); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirPickerCtrl) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL + +#endif // _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_BASE_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filesys.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filesys.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9d40edeaf --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/filesys.h @@ -0,0 +1,302 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/filesys.h +// Purpose: class for opening files - virtual file system +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: filesys.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __FILESYS_H__ +#define __FILESYS_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + +#if !wxUSE_STREAMS +#error You cannot compile virtual file systems without wxUSE_STREAMS +#endif + +#if wxUSE_HTML && !wxUSE_FILESYSTEM +#error You cannot compile wxHTML without virtual file systems +#endif + +#include "wx/stream.h" +#include "wx/datetime.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFSFile; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileSystemHandler; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileSystem; + +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFSFile +// This class is a file opened using wxFileSystem. It consists of +// input stream, location, mime type & optional anchor +// (in 'index.htm#chapter2', 'chapter2' is anchor) +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFSFile : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxFSFile(wxInputStream *stream, const wxString& loc, + const wxString& mimetype, const wxString& anchor +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + , wxDateTime modif +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + ) + { + m_Stream = stream; + m_Location = loc; + m_MimeType = mimetype.Lower(); + m_Anchor = anchor; +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + m_Modif = modif; +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + } + + virtual ~wxFSFile() { delete m_Stream; } + + // returns stream. This doesn't give away ownership of the stream object. + wxInputStream *GetStream() const { return m_Stream; } + + // gives away the ownership of the current stream. + wxInputStream *DetachStream() + { + wxInputStream *stream = m_Stream; + m_Stream = NULL; + return stream; + } + + // deletes the current stream and takes ownership of another. + void SetStream(wxInputStream *stream) + { + delete m_Stream; + m_Stream = stream; + } + + // returns file's mime type + const wxString& GetMimeType() const; + + // returns the original location (aka filename) of the file + const wxString& GetLocation() const { return m_Location; } + + const wxString& GetAnchor() const { return m_Anchor; } + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + wxDateTime GetModificationTime() const { return m_Modif; } +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +private: + wxInputStream *m_Stream; + wxString m_Location; + wxString m_MimeType; + wxString m_Anchor; +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + wxDateTime m_Modif; +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFSFile) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFSFile); +}; + + + + + +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileSystemHandler +// This class is FS handler for wxFileSystem. It provides +// interface to access certain +// kinds of files (HTPP, FTP, local, tar.gz etc..) +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileSystemHandler : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxFileSystemHandler() : wxObject() {} + + // returns true if this handler is able to open given location + virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location) = 0; + + // opens given file and returns pointer to input stream. + // Returns NULL if opening failed. + // The location is always absolute path. + virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location) = 0; + + // Finds first/next file that matches spec wildcard. flags can be wxDIR for restricting + // the query to directories or wxFILE for files only or 0 for either. + // Returns filename or empty string if no more matching file exists + virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0); + virtual wxString FindNext(); + + // Returns MIME type of the file - w/o need to open it + // (default behaviour is that it returns type based on extension) + static wxString GetMimeTypeFromExt(const wxString& location); + +protected: + // returns protocol ("file", "http", "tar" etc.) The last (most right) + // protocol is used: + // {it returns "tar" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt"} + static wxString GetProtocol(const wxString& location); + + // returns left part of address: + // {it returns "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt"} + static wxString GetLeftLocation(const wxString& location); + + // returns anchor part of address: + // {it returns "anchor" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt#anchor"} + // NOTE: anchor is NOT a part of GetLeftLocation()'s return value + static wxString GetAnchor(const wxString& location); + + // returns right part of address: + // {it returns "/README.txt" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt"} + static wxString GetRightLocation(const wxString& location); + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFileSystemHandler) +}; + + + + +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileSystem +// This class provides simple interface for opening various +// kinds of files (HTPP, FTP, local, tar.gz etc..) +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Open Bit Flags +enum wxFileSystemOpenFlags +{ + wxFS_READ = 1, // Open for reading + wxFS_SEEKABLE = 4 // Returned stream will be seekable +}; + +WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(wxFileSystemHandler*, wxFSHandlerHash, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileSystem : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxFileSystem() : wxObject() { m_FindFileHandler = NULL;} + virtual ~wxFileSystem(); + + // sets the current location. Every call to OpenFile is + // relative to this location. + // NOTE !! + // unless is_dir = true 'location' is *not* the directory but + // file contained in this directory + // (so ChangePathTo("dir/subdir/xh.htm") sets m_Path to "dir/subdir/") + void ChangePathTo(const wxString& location, bool is_dir = false); + + wxString GetPath() const {return m_Path;} + + // opens given file and returns pointer to input stream. + // Returns NULL if opening failed. + // It first tries to open the file in relative scope + // (based on ChangePathTo()'s value) and then as an absolute + // path. + wxFSFile* OpenFile(const wxString& location, int flags = wxFS_READ); + + // Finds first/next file that matches spec wildcard. flags can be wxDIR for restricting + // the query to directories or wxFILE for files only or 0 for either. + // Returns filename or empty string if no more matching file exists + wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0); + wxString FindNext(); + + // find a file in a list of directories, returns false if not found + bool FindFileInPath(wxString *pStr, + const wxString& path, const wxString& file); + + // Adds FS handler. + // In fact, this class is only front-end to the FS handlers :-) + static void AddHandler(wxFileSystemHandler *handler); + + // Removes FS handler + static wxFileSystemHandler* RemoveHandler(wxFileSystemHandler *handler); + + // Returns true if there is a handler which can open the given location. + static bool HasHandlerForPath(const wxString& location); + + // remove all items from the m_Handlers list + static void CleanUpHandlers(); + + // Returns the native path for a file URL + static wxFileName URLToFileName(const wxString& url); + + // Returns the file URL for a native path + static wxString FileNameToURL(const wxFileName& filename); + + +protected: + wxFileSystemHandler *MakeLocal(wxFileSystemHandler *h); + + wxString m_Path; + // the path (location) we are currently in + // this is path, not file! + // (so if you opened test/demo.htm, it is + // "test/", not "test/demo.htm") + wxString m_LastName; + // name of last opened file (full path) + static wxList m_Handlers; + // list of FS handlers + wxFileSystemHandler *m_FindFileHandler; + // handler that succeed in FindFirst query + wxFSHandlerHash m_LocalHandlers; + // Handlers local to this instance + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileSystem) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileSystem); +}; + + +/* + +'location' syntax: + +To determine FS type, we're using standard KDE notation: +file:/absolute/path/file.htm +file:relative_path/xxxxx.html +/some/path/x.file ('file:' is default) +http://www.gnome.org +file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt + +special characters : + ':' - FS identificator is before this char + '#' - separator. It can be either HTML anchor ("index.html#news") + (in case there is no ':' in the string to the right from it) + or FS separator + (example : http://www.wxhtml.org/wxhtml-0.1.tar.gz#tar:/include/wxhtml/filesys.h" + this would access tgz archive stored on web) + '/' - directory (path) separator. It is used to determine upper-level path. + HEY! Don't use \ even if you're on Windows! + +*/ + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLocalFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler +{ +public: + virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location); + virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location); + virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0); + virtual wxString FindNext(); + + // wxLocalFSHandler will prefix all filenames with 'root' before accessing + // files on disk. This effectively makes 'root' the top-level directory + // and prevents access to files outside this directory. + // (This is similar to Unix command 'chroot'.) + static void Chroot(const wxString& root) { ms_root = root; } + +protected: + static wxString ms_root; +}; + + + +#endif + // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + +#endif + // __FILESYS_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/flags.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/flags.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b15bbe4f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/flags.h @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/flags.h +// Purpose: a bitset suited for replacing the current style flags +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 27/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: flags.h 66555 2011-01-04 08:31:53Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SETH__ +#define _WX_SETH__ + +// wxBitset should be applied to an enum, then this can be used like +// bitwise operators but keeps the type safety and information, the +// enums must be in a sequence , their value determines the bit position +// that they represent +// The api is made as close as possible to + +template class wxBitset +{ + friend class wxEnumData ; +public: + // creates a wxBitset<> object with all flags initialized to 0 + wxBitset() { m_data = 0; } + + // created a wxBitset<> object initialized according to the bits of the + // integral value val + wxBitset(unsigned long val) { m_data = val ; } + + // copies the content in the new wxBitset<> object from another one + wxBitset(const wxBitset &src) { m_data = src.m_data; } + + // creates a wxBitset<> object that has the specific flag set + wxBitset(const T el) { m_data |= 1 << el; } + + // returns the integral value that the bits of this object represent + unsigned long to_ulong() const { return m_data ; } + + // assignment + wxBitset &operator =(const wxBitset &rhs) + { + m_data = rhs.m_data; + return *this; + } + + // bitwise or operator, sets all bits that are in rhs and leaves + // the rest unchanged + wxBitset &operator |=(const wxBitset &rhs) + { + m_data |= rhs.m_data; + return *this; + } + + // bitwsie exclusive-or operator, toggles the value of all bits + // that are set in bits and leaves all others unchanged + wxBitset &operator ^=(const wxBitset &rhs) // difference + { + m_data ^= rhs.m_data; + return *this; + } + + // bitwise and operator, resets all bits that are not in rhs and leaves + // all others unchanged + wxBitset &operator &=(const wxBitset &rhs) // intersection + { + m_data &= rhs.m_data; + return *this; + } + + // bitwise or operator, returns a new bitset that has all bits set that set are in + // bitset2 or in this bitset + wxBitset operator |(const wxBitset &bitset2) const // union + { + wxBitset s; + s.m_data = m_data | bitset2.m_data; + return s; + } + + // bitwise exclusive-or operator, returns a new bitset that has all bits set that are set either in + // bitset2 or in this bitset but not in both + wxBitset operator ^(const wxBitset &bitset2) const // difference + { + wxBitset s; + s.m_data = m_data ^ bitset2.m_data; + return s; + } + + // bitwise and operator, returns a new bitset that has all bits set that are set both in + // bitset2 and in this bitset + wxBitset operator &(const wxBitset &bitset2) const // intersection + { + wxBitset s; + s.m_data = m_data & bitset2.m_data; + return s; + } + + // sets appropriate the bit to true + wxBitset& set(const T el) //Add element + { + m_data |= 1 << el; + return *this; + } + + // clears the appropriate flag to false + wxBitset& reset(const T el) //remove element + { + m_data &= ~(1 << el); + return *this; + } + + // clear all flags + wxBitset& reset() + { + m_data = 0; + return *this; + } + + // true if this flag is set + bool test(const T el) const + { + return (m_data & (1 << el)) ? true : false; + } + + // true if no flag is set + bool none() const + { + return m_data == 0; + } + + // true if any flag is set + bool any() const + { + return m_data != 0; + } + + // true if both have the same flags + bool operator ==(const wxBitset &rhs) const + { + return m_data == rhs.m_data; + } + + // true if both differ in their flags set + bool operator !=(const wxBitset &rhs) const + { + return !operator==(rhs); + } + + bool operator[] (const T el) const { return test(el) ; } + +private : + unsigned long m_data; +}; + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +#define wxDEFINE_FLAGS( flags ) \ + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE flags \ + {\ + public : \ + flags(long data=0) :m_data(data) {} \ + long m_data ;\ + bool operator ==(const flags &rhs) const { return m_data == rhs.m_data; }\ + } ; + +#else + +#define wxDEFINE_FLAGS( flags ) + +#endif + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + #define WX_DEFINE_FLAGS wxDEFINE_FLAGS +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fmappriv.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fmappriv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..658ad6350d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fmappriv.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fmappriv.h +// Purpose: private wxFontMapper stuff, not to be used by the library users +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 21.06.2003 (extracted from common/fontmap.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: fmappriv.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999-2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FMAPPRIV_H_ +#define _WX_FMAPPRIV_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// a special pseudo encoding which means "don't ask me about this charset +// any more" -- we need it to avoid driving the user crazy with asking him +// time after time about the same charset which he [presumably] doesn't +// have the fonts for +enum { wxFONTENCODING_UNKNOWN = -2 }; + +// the config paths we use +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + +#define FONTMAPPER_ROOT_PATH wxT("/wxWindows/FontMapper") +#define FONTMAPPER_CHARSET_PATH wxT("Charsets") +#define FONTMAPPER_CHARSET_ALIAS_PATH wxT("Aliases") + +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontMapperPathChanger: change the config path during our lifetime +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + +class wxFontMapperPathChanger +{ +public: + wxFontMapperPathChanger(wxFontMapperBase *fontMapper, const wxString& path) + { + m_fontMapper = fontMapper; + m_ok = m_fontMapper->ChangePath(path, &m_pathOld); + } + + bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; } + + ~wxFontMapperPathChanger() + { + if ( IsOk() ) + m_fontMapper->RestorePath(m_pathOld); + } + +private: + // the fontmapper object we're working with + wxFontMapperBase *m_fontMapper; + + // the old path to be restored if m_ok + wxString m_pathOld; + + // have we changed the path successfully? + bool m_ok; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontMapperPathChanger); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + +#endif // _WX_FMAPPRIV_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/font.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/font.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9952472d18 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/font.h @@ -0,0 +1,428 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/font.h +// Purpose: wxFontBase class: the interface of wxFont +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.09.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: font.h 67052 2011-02-27 12:47:05Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_FONT_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" // for wxDEFAULT &c +#include "wx/fontenc.h" // the font encoding constants +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" // the base class +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxGDIObjListBase + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFont; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// font constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// standard font families: these may be used only for the font creation, it +// doesn't make sense to query an existing font for its font family as, +// especially if the font had been created from a native font description, it +// may be unknown +enum wxFontFamily +{ + wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT = wxDEFAULT, + wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE = wxDECORATIVE, + wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN = wxROMAN, + wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT = wxSCRIPT, + wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS = wxSWISS, + wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN = wxMODERN, + wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE = wxTELETYPE, + wxFONTFAMILY_MAX, + wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN = wxFONTFAMILY_MAX +}; + +// font styles +enum wxFontStyle +{ + wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL = wxNORMAL, + wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC = wxITALIC, + wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT = wxSLANT, + wxFONTSTYLE_MAX +}; + +// font weights +enum wxFontWeight +{ + wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL = wxNORMAL, + wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT = wxLIGHT, + wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD = wxBOLD, + wxFONTWEIGHT_MAX +}; + +// Symbolic font sizes as defined in CSS specification. +enum wxFontSymbolicSize +{ + wxFONTSIZE_XX_SMALL = -3, + wxFONTSIZE_X_SMALL, + wxFONTSIZE_SMALL, + wxFONTSIZE_MEDIUM, + wxFONTSIZE_LARGE, + wxFONTSIZE_X_LARGE, + wxFONTSIZE_XX_LARGE +}; + +// the font flag bits for the new font ctor accepting one combined flags word +enum wxFontFlag +{ + // no special flags: font with default weight/slant/anti-aliasing + wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT = 0, + + // slant flags (default: no slant) + wxFONTFLAG_ITALIC = 1 << 0, + wxFONTFLAG_SLANT = 1 << 1, + + // weight flags (default: medium) + wxFONTFLAG_LIGHT = 1 << 2, + wxFONTFLAG_BOLD = 1 << 3, + + // anti-aliasing flag: force on or off (default: the current system default) + wxFONTFLAG_ANTIALIASED = 1 << 4, + wxFONTFLAG_NOT_ANTIALIASED = 1 << 5, + + // underlined/strikethrough flags (default: no lines) + wxFONTFLAG_UNDERLINED = 1 << 6, + wxFONTFLAG_STRIKETHROUGH = 1 << 7, + + // the mask of all currently used flags + wxFONTFLAG_MASK = wxFONTFLAG_ITALIC | + wxFONTFLAG_SLANT | + wxFONTFLAG_LIGHT | + wxFONTFLAG_BOLD | + wxFONTFLAG_ANTIALIASED | + wxFONTFLAG_NOT_ANTIALIASED | + wxFONTFLAG_UNDERLINED | + wxFONTFLAG_STRIKETHROUGH +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontBase represents a font object +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNativeFontInfo; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontBase : public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + /* + derived classes should provide the following ctors: + + wxFont(); + wxFont(const wxString& nativeFontInfoString); + wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info); + wxFont(int size, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); + wxFont(const wxSize& pixelSize, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); + */ + + // creator function + virtual ~wxFontBase(); + + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + // from the font components + static wxFont *New( + int pointSize, // size of the font in points + int family, // see wxFontFamily enum + int style, // see wxFontStyle enum + int weight, // see wxFontWeight enum + bool underlined = false, // not underlined by default + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, // facename + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) // ISO8859-X, ... + { return New(pointSize, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style, + (wxFontWeight)weight, underlined, face, encoding); } + + // from the font components + static wxFont *New( + const wxSize& pixelSize, // size of the font in pixels + int family, // see wxFontFamily enum + int style, // see wxFontStyle enum + int weight, // see wxFontWeight enum + bool underlined = false, // not underlined by default + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, // facename + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) // ISO8859-X, ... + { return New(pixelSize, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style, + (wxFontWeight)weight, underlined, face, encoding); } +#endif + + // from the font components + static wxFont *New( + int pointSize, // size of the font in points + wxFontFamily family, // see wxFontFamily enum + wxFontStyle style, // see wxFontStyle enum + wxFontWeight weight, // see wxFontWeight enum + bool underlined = false, // not underlined by default + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, // facename + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); // ISO8859-X, ... + + // from the font components + static wxFont *New( + const wxSize& pixelSize, // size of the font in pixels + wxFontFamily family, // see wxFontFamily enum + wxFontStyle style, // see wxFontStyle enum + wxFontWeight weight, // see wxFontWeight enum + bool underlined = false, // not underlined by default + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, // facename + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); // ISO8859-X, ... + + // from the font components but using the font flags instead of separate + // parameters for each flag + static wxFont *New(int pointSize, + wxFontFamily family, + int flags = wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); + + + // from the font components but using the font flags instead of separate + // parameters for each flag + static wxFont *New(const wxSize& pixelSize, + wxFontFamily family, + int flags = wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); + + // from the (opaque) native font description object + static wxFont *New(const wxNativeFontInfo& nativeFontDesc); + + // from the string representation of wxNativeFontInfo + static wxFont *New(const wxString& strNativeFontDesc); + + // comparison + bool operator==(const wxFont& font) const; + bool operator!=(const wxFont& font) const { return !(*this == font); } + + // accessors: get the font characteristics + virtual int GetPointSize() const = 0; + virtual wxSize GetPixelSize() const; + virtual bool IsUsingSizeInPixels() const; + wxFontFamily GetFamily() const; + virtual wxFontStyle GetStyle() const = 0; + virtual wxFontWeight GetWeight() const = 0; + virtual bool GetUnderlined() const = 0; + virtual wxString GetFaceName() const = 0; + virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const = 0; + virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const = 0; + + virtual bool IsFixedWidth() const; + + wxString GetNativeFontInfoDesc() const; + wxString GetNativeFontInfoUserDesc() const; + + // change the font characteristics + virtual void SetPointSize( int pointSize ) = 0; + virtual void SetPixelSize( const wxSize& pixelSize ); + virtual void SetFamily( wxFontFamily family ) = 0; + virtual void SetStyle( wxFontStyle style ) = 0; + virtual void SetWeight( wxFontWeight weight ) = 0; + + virtual void SetUnderlined( bool underlined ) = 0; + virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) = 0; + virtual bool SetFaceName( const wxString& faceName ); + void SetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) + { DoSetNativeFontInfo(info); } + + bool SetNativeFontInfo(const wxString& info); + bool SetNativeFontInfoUserDesc(const wxString& info); + + // Symbolic font sizes support: set the font size to "large" or "very + // small" either absolutely (i.e. compared to the default font size) or + // relatively to the given font size. + void SetSymbolicSize(wxFontSymbolicSize size); + void SetSymbolicSizeRelativeTo(wxFontSymbolicSize size, int base) + { + SetPointSize(AdjustToSymbolicSize(size, base)); + } + + // Adjust the base size in points according to symbolic size. + static int AdjustToSymbolicSize(wxFontSymbolicSize size, int base); + + + // translate the fonts into human-readable string (i.e. GetStyleString() + // will return "wxITALIC" for an italic font, ...) + wxString GetFamilyString() const; + wxString GetStyleString() const; + wxString GetWeightString() const; + + // the default encoding is used for creating all fonts with default + // encoding parameter + static wxFontEncoding GetDefaultEncoding() { return ms_encodingDefault; } + static void SetDefaultEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding); + + // this doesn't do anything and is kept for compatibility only +#ifdef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(void SetNoAntiAliasing(bool no = true), wxUnusedVar(no);); + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(bool GetNoAntiAliasing() const, return false;) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +protected: + // the function called by both overloads of SetNativeFontInfo() + virtual void DoSetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info); + + // The function called by public GetFamily(): it can return + // wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN unlike the public method (see comment there). + virtual wxFontFamily DoGetFamily() const = 0; + +private: + // the currently default encoding: by default, it's the default system + // encoding, but may be changed by the application using + // SetDefaultEncoding() to make all subsequent fonts created without + // specifying encoding parameter using this encoding + static wxFontEncoding ms_encodingDefault; +}; + +// wxFontBase <-> wxString utilities, used by wxConfig +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxToString(const wxFontBase& font); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxFromString(const wxString& str, wxFontBase* font); + + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 +#define wxDECLARE_FONT_COMPAT_SETTER \ + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetFamily(int family) ) \ + { SetFamily((wxFontFamily)family); } \ + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(int style) ) \ + { SetStyle((wxFontStyle)style); } \ + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetWeight(int weight) ) \ + { SetWeight((wxFontWeight)weight); } \ + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetFamily(wxDeprecatedGUIConstants family) ) \ + { SetFamily((wxFontFamily)family); } \ + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(wxDeprecatedGUIConstants style) ) \ + { SetStyle((wxFontStyle)style); } \ + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetWeight(wxDeprecatedGUIConstants weight) ) \ + { SetWeight((wxFontWeight)weight); } +#else +#define wxDECLARE_FONT_COMPAT_SETTER /*empty*/ +#endif + +// this macro must be used in all derived wxFont classes declarations +#define wxDECLARE_COMMON_FONT_METHODS() \ + wxDECLARE_FONT_COMPAT_SETTER \ + \ + /* functions for modifying font in place */ \ + wxFont& MakeBold(); \ + wxFont& MakeItalic(); \ + wxFont& MakeUnderlined(); \ + wxFont& MakeLarger() { return Scale(1.2f); } \ + wxFont& MakeSmaller() { return Scale(1/1.2f); } \ + wxFont& Scale(float x); \ + /* functions for creating fonts based on this one */ \ + wxFont Bold() const; \ + wxFont Italic() const; \ + wxFont Underlined() const; \ + wxFont Larger() const { return Scaled(1.2f); } \ + wxFont Smaller() const { return Scaled(1/1.2f); } \ + wxFont Scaled(float x) const + +// include the real class declaration +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/font.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/font.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/font.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/font.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/font.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/font.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #include "wx/mgl/font.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #include "wx/dfb/font.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/font.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/font.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/font.h" +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontList: public wxGDIObjListBase +{ +public: + wxFont *FindOrCreateFont(int pointSize, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underline = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxFont *FindOrCreateFont(int pointSize, int family, int style, int weight, + bool underline = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { return FindOrCreateFont(pointSize, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style, + (wxFontWeight)weight, underline, face, encoding); } +#endif + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + wxDEPRECATED( void AddFont(wxFont*) ); + wxDEPRECATED( void RemoveFont(wxFont*) ); +#endif +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxFontList*) wxTheFontList; + + +// provide comparison operators to allow code such as +// +// if ( font.GetStyle() == wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT ) +// +// to compile without warnings which it would otherwise provoke from some +// compilers as it compares elements of different enums +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + +// Unfortunately some compilers have ambiguity issues when enum comparisons are +// overloaded so we have to disable the overloads in this case, see +// wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM definition in wx/platform.h for more details. +#ifndef wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM + +inline bool operator==(wxFontFamily s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t) +{ return static_cast(s) == static_cast(t); } +inline bool operator!=(wxFontFamily s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t) +{ return !(s == t); } +inline bool operator==(wxFontStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t) +{ return static_cast(s) == static_cast(t); } +inline bool operator!=(wxFontStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t) +{ return !(s == t); } +inline bool operator==(wxFontWeight s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t) +{ return static_cast(s) == static_cast(t); } +inline bool operator!=(wxFontWeight s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t) +{ return !(s == t); } + +#endif // // wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM + +#endif // FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + +#endif + // _WX_FONT_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontdata.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontdata.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c850dbc8db --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontdata.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fontdata.h +// Author: Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontdata.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FONTDATA_H_ +#define _WX_FONTDATA_H_ + +#include "wx/font.h" +#include "wx/colour.h" +#include "wx/encinfo.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontData : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxFontData(); + virtual ~wxFontData(); + + wxFontData(const wxFontData& data); + wxFontData& operator=(const wxFontData& data); + + void SetAllowSymbols(bool flag) { m_allowSymbols = flag; } + bool GetAllowSymbols() const { return m_allowSymbols; } + + void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_fontColour = colour; } + const wxColour& GetColour() const { return m_fontColour; } + + void SetShowHelp(bool flag) { m_showHelp = flag; } + bool GetShowHelp() const { return m_showHelp; } + + void EnableEffects(bool flag) { m_enableEffects = flag; } + bool GetEnableEffects() const { return m_enableEffects; } + + void SetInitialFont(const wxFont& font) { m_initialFont = font; } + wxFont GetInitialFont() const { return m_initialFont; } + + void SetChosenFont(const wxFont& font) { m_chosenFont = font; } + wxFont GetChosenFont() const { return m_chosenFont; } + + void SetRange(int minRange, int maxRange) { m_minSize = minRange; m_maxSize = maxRange; } + + // encoding info is split into 2 parts: the logical wxWin encoding + // (wxFontEncoding) and a structure containing the native parameters for + // it (wxNativeEncodingInfo) + wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; } + void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) { m_encoding = encoding; } + + wxNativeEncodingInfo& EncodingInfo() { return m_encodingInfo; } + + + // public for backwards compatibility only: don't use directly + wxColour m_fontColour; + bool m_showHelp; + bool m_allowSymbols; + bool m_enableEffects; + wxFont m_initialFont; + wxFont m_chosenFont; + int m_minSize; + int m_maxSize; + +private: + wxFontEncoding m_encoding; + wxNativeEncodingInfo m_encodingInfo; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontData) +}; + +#endif // _WX_FONTDATA_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b040d15e58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fontdlg.h +// Purpose: common interface for different wxFontDialog classes +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 12.05.02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontdlg.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997-2002 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FONTDLG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_FONTDLG_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" // for wxUSE_FONTDLG + +#if wxUSE_FONTDLG + +#include "wx/dialog.h" // the base class +#include "wx/fontdata.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontDialog interface +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontDialogBase : public wxDialog +{ +public: + // create the font dialog + wxFontDialogBase() { } + wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent) { m_parent = parent; } + wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data) + { m_parent = parent; InitFontData(&data); } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent) + { return DoCreate(parent); } + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data) + { InitFontData(&data); return Create(parent); } + + virtual ~wxFontDialogBase(); + + // retrieve the font data + const wxFontData& GetFontData() const { return m_fontData; } + wxFontData& GetFontData() { return m_fontData; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated interface, for compatibility only, don't use + wxDEPRECATED( wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) ); + + wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +protected: + virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindow *parent) { m_parent = parent; return true; } + + void InitFontData(const wxFontData *data = NULL) + { if ( data ) m_fontData = *data; } + + wxFontData m_fontData; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontDialogBase); +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated interface, for compatibility only, don't use +inline wxFontDialogBase::wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) +{ m_parent = parent; InitFontData(data); } + +inline bool wxFontDialogBase::Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) +{ InitFontData(data); return Create(parent); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// platform-specific wxFontDialog implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined( __WXOSX_MAC__ ) +//set to 1 to use native mac font and color dialogs +#define USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX 1 +#else +//not supported on these platforms, leave 0 +#define USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX 0 +#endif + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || \ + defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \ + defined(__WXCOCOA__) || \ + defined(__WXWINCE__) || \ + defined(__WXGPE__) + + #include "wx/generic/fontdlgg.h" + #define wxFontDialog wxGenericFontDialog +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/fontdlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/fontdlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/fontdlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/fontdlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/fontdlg.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global public functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// get the font from user and return it, returns wxNullFont if the dialog was +// cancelled +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFont wxGetFontFromUser(wxWindow *parent = NULL, + const wxFont& fontInit = wxNullFont, + const wxString& caption = wxEmptyString); + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTDLG + +#endif + // _WX_FONTDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontenc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontenc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08ac5b6031 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontenc.h @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fontenc.h +// Purpose: wxFontEncoding constants +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29.03.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontenc.h 65056 2010-07-23 23:32:40Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FONTENC_H_ +#define _WX_FONTENC_H_ + +// font encodings +enum wxFontEncoding +{ + wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM = -1, // system default + wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT, // current default encoding + + // ISO8859 standard defines a number of single-byte charsets + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1, // West European (Latin1) + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2, // Central and East European (Latin2) + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3, // Esperanto (Latin3) + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4, // Baltic (old) (Latin4) + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5, // Cyrillic + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6, // Arabic + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7, // Greek + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8, // Hebrew + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9, // Turkish (Latin5) + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10, // Variation of Latin4 (Latin6) + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_11, // Thai + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_12, // doesn't exist currently, but put it + // here anyhow to make all ISO8859 + // consecutive numbers + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13, // Baltic (Latin7) + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14, // Latin8 + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15, // Latin9 (a.k.a. Latin0, includes euro) + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_MAX, + + // Cyrillic charset soup (see http://czyborra.com/charsets/cyrillic.html) + wxFONTENCODING_KOI8, // KOI8 Russian + wxFONTENCODING_KOI8_U, // KOI8 Ukrainian + wxFONTENCODING_ALTERNATIVE, // same as MS-DOS CP866 + wxFONTENCODING_BULGARIAN, // used under Linux in Bulgaria + + // what would we do without Microsoft? They have their own encodings + // for DOS + wxFONTENCODING_CP437, // original MS-DOS codepage + wxFONTENCODING_CP850, // CP437 merged with Latin1 + wxFONTENCODING_CP852, // CP437 merged with Latin2 + wxFONTENCODING_CP855, // another cyrillic encoding + wxFONTENCODING_CP866, // and another one + // and for Windows + wxFONTENCODING_CP874, // WinThai + wxFONTENCODING_CP932, // Japanese (shift-JIS) + wxFONTENCODING_CP936, // Chinese simplified (GB) + wxFONTENCODING_CP949, // Korean (Hangul charset, a.k.a. EUC-KR) + wxFONTENCODING_CP950, // Chinese (traditional - Big5) + wxFONTENCODING_CP1250, // WinLatin2 + wxFONTENCODING_CP1251, // WinCyrillic + wxFONTENCODING_CP1252, // WinLatin1 + wxFONTENCODING_CP1253, // WinGreek (8859-7) + wxFONTENCODING_CP1254, // WinTurkish + wxFONTENCODING_CP1255, // WinHebrew + wxFONTENCODING_CP1256, // WinArabic + wxFONTENCODING_CP1257, // WinBaltic (same as Latin 7) + wxFONTENCODING_CP12_MAX, + + wxFONTENCODING_UTF7, // UTF-7 Unicode encoding + wxFONTENCODING_UTF8, // UTF-8 Unicode encoding + wxFONTENCODING_EUC_JP, // Extended Unix Codepage for Japanese + wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE, // UTF-16 Big Endian Unicode encoding + wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE, // UTF-16 Little Endian Unicode encoding + wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE, // UTF-32 Big Endian Unicode encoding + wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE, // UTF-32 Little Endian Unicode encoding + + wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN, // the standard mac encodings + wxFONTENCODING_MACJAPANESE, + wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESETRAD, + wxFONTENCODING_MACKOREAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACARABIC, + wxFONTENCODING_MACHEBREW, + wxFONTENCODING_MACGREEK, + wxFONTENCODING_MACCYRILLIC, + wxFONTENCODING_MACDEVANAGARI, + wxFONTENCODING_MACGURMUKHI, + wxFONTENCODING_MACGUJARATI, + wxFONTENCODING_MACORIYA, + wxFONTENCODING_MACBENGALI, + wxFONTENCODING_MACTAMIL, + wxFONTENCODING_MACTELUGU, + wxFONTENCODING_MACKANNADA, + wxFONTENCODING_MACMALAJALAM, + wxFONTENCODING_MACSINHALESE, + wxFONTENCODING_MACBURMESE, + wxFONTENCODING_MACKHMER, + wxFONTENCODING_MACTHAI, + wxFONTENCODING_MACLAOTIAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACGEORGIAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACARMENIAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESESIMP, + wxFONTENCODING_MACTIBETAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACMONGOLIAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACETHIOPIC, + wxFONTENCODING_MACCENTRALEUR, + wxFONTENCODING_MACVIATNAMESE, + wxFONTENCODING_MACARABICEXT, + wxFONTENCODING_MACSYMBOL, + wxFONTENCODING_MACDINGBATS, + wxFONTENCODING_MACTURKISH, + wxFONTENCODING_MACCROATIAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACICELANDIC, + wxFONTENCODING_MACROMANIAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACCELTIC, + wxFONTENCODING_MACGAELIC, + wxFONTENCODING_MACKEYBOARD, + + // more CJK encodings (for historical reasons some are already declared + // above) + wxFONTENCODING_ISO2022_JP, // ISO-2022-JP JIS encoding + + wxFONTENCODING_MAX, // highest enumerated encoding value + + wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN = wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN , + wxFONTENCODING_MACMAX = wxFONTENCODING_MACKEYBOARD , + + // aliases for endian-dependent UTF encodings +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + wxFONTENCODING_UTF16 = wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE, // native UTF-16 + wxFONTENCODING_UTF32 = wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE, // native UTF-32 +#else // WORDS_BIGENDIAN + wxFONTENCODING_UTF16 = wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE, // native UTF-16 + wxFONTENCODING_UTF32 = wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE, // native UTF-32 +#endif // WORDS_BIGENDIAN + + // alias for the native Unicode encoding on this platform + // (this is used by wxEncodingConverter and wxUTFFile only for now) +#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 + wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE = wxFONTENCODING_UTF16, +#else // SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 4 + wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE = wxFONTENCODING_UTF32, +#endif + + // alternative names for Far Eastern encodings + // Chinese + wxFONTENCODING_GB2312 = wxFONTENCODING_CP936, // Simplified Chinese + wxFONTENCODING_BIG5 = wxFONTENCODING_CP950, // Traditional Chinese + + // Japanese (see http://zsigri.tripod.com/fontboard/cjk/jis.html) + wxFONTENCODING_SHIFT_JIS = wxFONTENCODING_CP932, // Shift JIS + + // Korean (CP 949 not actually the same but close enough) + wxFONTENCODING_EUC_KR = wxFONTENCODING_CP949 +}; + +#endif // _WX_FONTENC_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontenum.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontenum.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e3b6867128 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontenum.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fontenum.h +// Purpose: wxFontEnumerator class for getting available fonts +// Author: Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: extended to enumerate more than just font facenames and works +// not only on Windows now (VZ) +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontenum.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FONTENUM_H_ +#define _WX_FONTENUM_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FONTENUM + +#include "wx/fontenc.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontEnumerator enumerates all available fonts on the system or only the +// fonts with given attributes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontEnumerator +{ +public: + wxFontEnumerator() {} + + // virtual dtor for the base class + virtual ~wxFontEnumerator() {} + + // start enumerating font facenames (either all of them or those which + // support the given encoding) - will result in OnFacename() being + // called for each available facename (until they are exhausted or + // OnFacename returns false) + virtual bool EnumerateFacenames + ( + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM, // all + bool fixedWidthOnly = false + ); + + // enumerate the different encodings either for given font facename or for + // all facenames - will result in OnFontEncoding() being called for each + // available (facename, encoding) couple + virtual bool EnumerateEncodings(const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString); + + // callbacks which are called after one of EnumerateXXX() functions from + // above is invoked - all of them may return false to stop enumeration or + // true to continue with it + + // called by EnumerateFacenames + virtual bool OnFacename(const wxString& WXUNUSED(facename)) + { return true; } + + // called by EnumerateEncodings + virtual bool OnFontEncoding(const wxString& WXUNUSED(facename), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(encoding)) + { return true; } + + + + // convenience function that returns array of facenames. + static wxArrayString + GetFacenames(wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM, // all + bool fixedWidthOnly = false); + + // convenience function that returns array of all available encodings. + static wxArrayString GetEncodings(const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString); + + // convenience function that returns true if the given face name exist + // in the user's system + static bool IsValidFacename(const wxString &str); + +private: +#ifdef wxHAS_UTF8_FONTS + // helper for ports that only use UTF-8 encoding natively + bool EnumerateEncodingsUTF8(const wxString& facename); +#endif + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontEnumerator); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTENUM + +#endif // _WX_FONTENUM_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontmap.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontmap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..368d9beb97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontmap.h @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fontmap.h +// Purpose: wxFontMapper class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 04.11.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontmap.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FONTMAPPER_H_ +#define _WX_FONTMAPPER_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + +#include "wx/fontenc.h" // for wxFontEncoding + +#if wxUSE_GUI + #include "wx/fontutil.h" // for wxNativeEncodingInfo +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConfigBase; +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontMapper; + +#if wxUSE_GUI + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// ============================================================================ +// wxFontMapper manages user-definable correspondence between wxWidgets font +// encodings and the fonts present on the machine. +// +// This is a singleton class, font mapper objects can only be accessed using +// wxFontMapper::Get(). +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontMapperBase: this is a non-interactive class which just uses its built +// in knowledge of the encodings equivalence +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFontMapperBase +{ +public: + // constructor and such + // --------------------- + + // default ctor + wxFontMapperBase(); + + // virtual dtor for any base class + virtual ~wxFontMapperBase(); + + // return instance of the wxFontMapper singleton + // wxBase code only cares that it's a wxFontMapperBase + // In wxBase, wxFontMapper is only forward declared + // so one cannot implicitly cast from it to wxFontMapperBase. + static wxFontMapperBase *Get(); + + // set the singleton to 'mapper' instance and return previous one + static wxFontMapper *Set(wxFontMapper *mapper); + + // delete the existing font mapper if any + static void Reset(); + + + // translates charset strings to encoding + // -------------------------------------- + + // returns the encoding for the given charset (in the form of RFC 2046) or + // wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if couldn't decode it + // + // interactive parameter is ignored in the base class, we behave as if it + // were always false + virtual wxFontEncoding CharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset, + bool interactive = true); + + // information about supported encodings + // ------------------------------------- + + // get the number of font encodings we know about + static size_t GetSupportedEncodingsCount(); + + // get the n-th supported encoding + static wxFontEncoding GetEncoding(size_t n); + + // return canonical name of this encoding (this is a short string, + // GetEncodingDescription() returns a longer one) + static wxString GetEncodingName(wxFontEncoding encoding); + + // return a list of all names of this encoding (see GetEncodingName) + static const wxChar** GetAllEncodingNames(wxFontEncoding encoding); + + // return user-readable string describing the given encoding + // + // NB: hard-coded now, but might change later (read it from config?) + static wxString GetEncodingDescription(wxFontEncoding encoding); + + // find the encoding corresponding to the given name, inverse of + // GetEncodingName() and less general than CharsetToEncoding() + // + // returns wxFONTENCODING_MAX if the name is not a supported encoding + static wxFontEncoding GetEncodingFromName(const wxString& name); + + + // functions which allow to configure the config object used: by default, + // the global one (from wxConfigBase::Get() will be used) and the default + // root path for the config settings is the string returned by + // GetDefaultConfigPath() + // ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + // set the root config path to use (should be an absolute path) + void SetConfigPath(const wxString& prefix); + + // return default config path + static const wxString& GetDefaultConfigPath(); +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + + + // returns true for the base class and false for a "real" font mapper object + // (implementation-only) + virtual bool IsDummy() { return true; } + +protected: +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + // get the config object we're using -- either the global config object + // or a wxMemoryConfig object created by this class otherwise + wxConfigBase *GetConfig(); + + // gets the root path for our settings -- if it wasn't set explicitly, use + // GetDefaultConfigPath() + const wxString& GetConfigPath(); + + // change to the given (relative) path in the config, return true if ok + // (then GetConfig() will return something !NULL), false if no config + // object + // + // caller should provide a pointer to the string variable which should be + // later passed to RestorePath() + bool ChangePath(const wxString& pathNew, wxString *pathOld); + + // restore the config path after use + void RestorePath(const wxString& pathOld); + + // config object and path (in it) to use + wxConfigBase *m_configDummy; + + wxString m_configRootPath; +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + + // the real implementation of the base class version of CharsetToEncoding() + // + // returns wxFONTENCODING_UNKNOWN if encoding is unknown and we shouldn't + // ask the user about it, wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if it is unknown but we + // should/could ask the user + int NonInteractiveCharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset); + +private: + // the global fontmapper object or NULL + static wxFontMapper *sm_instance; + + friend class wxFontMapperPathChanger; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontMapperBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontMapper: interactive extension of wxFontMapperBase +// +// The default implementations of all functions will ask the user if they are +// not capable of finding the answer themselves and store the answer in a +// config file (configurable via SetConfigXXX functions). This behaviour may +// be disabled by giving the value of false to "interactive" parameter. +// However, the functions will always consult the config file to allow the +// user-defined values override the default logic and there is no way to +// disable this -- which shouldn't be ever needed because if "interactive" was +// never true, the config file is never created anyhow. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontMapper : public wxFontMapperBase +{ +public: + // default ctor + wxFontMapper(); + + // virtual dtor for a base class + virtual ~wxFontMapper(); + + // working with the encodings + // -------------------------- + + // returns the encoding for the given charset (in the form of RFC 2046) or + // wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if couldn't decode it + virtual wxFontEncoding CharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset, + bool interactive = true); + + // find an alternative for the given encoding (which is supposed to not be + // available on this system). If successful, return true and fill info + // structure with the parameters required to create the font, otherwise + // return false + virtual bool GetAltForEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding, + wxNativeEncodingInfo *info, + const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString, + bool interactive = true); + + // version better suitable for 'public' use. Returns wxFontEcoding + // that can be used it wxFont ctor + bool GetAltForEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding, + wxFontEncoding *alt_encoding, + const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString, + bool interactive = true); + + // checks whether given encoding is available in given face or not. + // + // if no facename is given (default), return true if it's available in any + // facename at alll. + virtual bool IsEncodingAvailable(wxFontEncoding encoding, + const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString); + + + // configure the appearance of the dialogs we may popup + // ---------------------------------------------------- + + // the parent window for modal dialogs + void SetDialogParent(wxWindow *parent) { m_windowParent = parent; } + + // the title for the dialogs (note that default is quite reasonable) + void SetDialogTitle(const wxString& title) { m_titleDialog = title; } + + // GUI code needs to know it's a wxFontMapper because there + // are additional methods in the subclass. + static wxFontMapper *Get(); + + // pseudo-RTTI since we aren't a wxObject. + virtual bool IsDummy() { return false; } + +protected: + // GetAltForEncoding() helper: tests for the existence of the given + // encoding and saves the result in config if ok - this results in the + // following (desired) behaviour: when an unknown/unavailable encoding is + // requested for the first time, the user is asked about a replacement, + // but if he doesn't choose any and the default logic finds one, it will + // be saved in the config so that the user won't be asked about it any + // more + bool TestAltEncoding(const wxString& configEntry, + wxFontEncoding encReplacement, + wxNativeEncodingInfo *info); + + // the title for our dialogs + wxString m_titleDialog; + + // the parent window for our dialogs + wxWindow *m_windowParent; + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontMapper); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global variables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the default font mapper for wxWidgets programs do NOT use! This is for +// backward compatibility, use wxFontMapper::Get() instead +#define wxTheFontMapper (wxFontMapper::Get()) + +#else // !wxUSE_FONTMAP + +#if wxUSE_GUI + // wxEncodingToCodepage (utils.cpp) needs wxGetNativeFontEncoding + #include "wx/fontutil.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP/!wxUSE_FONTMAP + +#endif // _WX_FONTMAPPER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontpicker.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontpicker.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..75c1d961ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontpicker.h @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fontpicker.h +// Purpose: wxFontPickerCtrl base header +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 14/4/2006 +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontpicker.h 58718 2009-02-07 18:59:25Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FONTPICKER_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_FONTPICKER_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + + +#if wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/pickerbase.h" + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontPickerEvent; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFontPickerWidgetNameStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFontPickerCtrlNameStr[]; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontPickerWidgetBase: a generic abstract interface which must be +// implemented by controls used by wxFontPickerCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontPickerWidgetBase +{ +public: + wxFontPickerWidgetBase() { m_selectedFont = *wxNORMAL_FONT; } + virtual ~wxFontPickerWidgetBase() {} + + wxFont GetSelectedFont() const + { return m_selectedFont; } + virtual void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont &f) + { m_selectedFont = f; UpdateFont(); } + +protected: + + virtual void UpdateFont() = 0; + + // the current font (may be invalid if none) + // NOTE: don't call this m_font as wxWindow::m_font already exists + wxFont m_selectedFont; +}; + +// Styles which must be supported by all controls implementing wxFontPickerWidgetBase +// NB: these styles must be defined to carefully-chosen values to +// avoid conflicts with wxButton's styles + + +// keeps the label of the button updated with the fontface name + font size +// E.g. choosing "Times New Roman bold, italic with size 10" from the fontdialog, +// updates the wxFontButtonGeneric's label (overwriting any previous label) +// with the "Times New Roman, 10" text (only fontface + fontsize is displayed +// to avoid extralong labels). +#define wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL 0x0008 + +// uses the currently selected font to draw the label of the button +#define wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL 0x0010 + +#define wxFONTBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE \ + (wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL | wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL) + +// native version currently only exists in wxGTK2 +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/gtk/fontpicker.h" + #define wxFontPickerWidget wxFontButton +#else + #include "wx/generic/fontpickerg.h" + #define wxFontPickerWidget wxGenericFontButton +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontPickerCtrl specific flags +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxFNTP_USE_TEXTCTRL (wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL) +#define wxFNTP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL|wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL) + +// not a style but rather the default value of the maximum pointsize allowed +#define wxFNTP_MAXPOINT_SIZE 100 + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontPickerCtrl: platform-independent class which embeds the +// platform-dependent wxFontPickerWidget andm if wxFNTP_USE_TEXTCTRL style is +// used, a textctrl next to it. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontPickerCtrl : public wxPickerBase +{ +public: + wxFontPickerCtrl() + : m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate(false), + m_nMaxPointSize(wxFNTP_MAXPOINT_SIZE) + { + } + + virtual ~wxFontPickerCtrl() {} + + + wxFontPickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxFont& initial = wxNullFont, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxFNTP_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFontPickerCtrlNameStr) + : m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate(false), + m_nMaxPointSize(wxFNTP_MAXPOINT_SIZE) + { + Create(parent, id, initial, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxFont& initial = wxNullFont, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxFNTP_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFontPickerCtrlNameStr); + + +public: // public API + + // get the font chosen + wxFont GetSelectedFont() const + { return ((wxFontPickerWidget *)m_picker)->GetSelectedFont(); } + + // sets currently displayed font + void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& f); + + // set/get the max pointsize + void SetMaxPointSize(unsigned int max) + { m_nMaxPointSize=max; } + unsigned int GetMaxPointSize() const + { return m_nMaxPointSize; } + +public: // internal functions + + void UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl(); + void UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); + + // event handler for our picker + void OnFontChange(wxFontPickerEvent &); + + // used to convert wxString <-> wxFont + virtual wxString Font2String(const wxFont &font); + virtual wxFont String2Font(const wxString &font); + +protected: + + // extracts the style for our picker from wxFontPickerCtrl's style + long GetPickerStyle(long style) const + { return (style & (wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL|wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL)); } + + // true if the next UpdateTextCtrl() call is to ignore + bool m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate; + + // the maximum pointsize allowed to the user + unsigned int m_nMaxPointSize; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontPickerCtrl) +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontPickerEvent: used by wxFontPickerCtrl only +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_FONTPICKER_CHANGED, wxFontPickerEvent ); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontPickerEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxFontPickerEvent() {} + wxFontPickerEvent(wxObject *generator, int id, const wxFont &f) + : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_FONTPICKER_CHANGED, id), + m_font(f) + { + SetEventObject(generator); + } + + wxFont GetFont() const { return m_font; } + void SetFont(const wxFont &c) { m_font = c; } + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxFontPickerEvent(*this); } + +private: + wxFont m_font; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxFontPickerEvent) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event types and macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFontPickerEventFunction)(wxFontPickerEvent&); + +#define wxFontPickerEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxFontPickerEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_FONTPICKER_CHANGED(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_FONTPICKER_CHANGED, id, wxFontPickerEventHandler(fn)) + + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL + +#endif + // _WX_FONTPICKER_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontutil.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a34bf5ef5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fontutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fontutil.h +// Purpose: font-related helper functions +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 05.11.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontutil.h 63918 2010-04-08 21:39:14Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// General note: this header is private to wxWidgets and is not supposed to be +// included by user code. The functions declared here are implemented in +// msw/fontutil.cpp for Windows, unix/fontutil.cpp for GTK/Motif &c. + +#ifndef _WX_FONTUTIL_H_ +#define _WX_FONTUTIL_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/font.h" // for wxFont and wxFontEncoding + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNativeEncodingInfo; + +#if defined(_WX_X_FONTLIKE) + +// the symbolic names for the XLFD fields (with examples for their value) +// +// NB: we suppose that the font always starts with the empty token (font name +// registry field) as we never use nor generate it anyhow +enum wxXLFDField +{ + wxXLFD_FOUNDRY, // adobe + wxXLFD_FAMILY, // courier, times, ... + wxXLFD_WEIGHT, // black, bold, demibold, medium, regular, light + wxXLFD_SLANT, // r/i/o (roman/italique/oblique) + wxXLFD_SETWIDTH, // condensed, expanded, ... + wxXLFD_ADDSTYLE, // whatever - usually nothing + wxXLFD_PIXELSIZE, // size in pixels + wxXLFD_POINTSIZE, // size in points + wxXLFD_RESX, // 72, 75, 100, ... + wxXLFD_RESY, + wxXLFD_SPACING, // m/p/c (monospaced/proportional/character cell) + wxXLFD_AVGWIDTH, // average width in 1/10 pixels + wxXLFD_REGISTRY, // iso8859, rawin, koi8, ... + wxXLFD_ENCODING, // 1, r, r, ... + wxXLFD_MAX +}; + +#endif // _WX_X_FONTLIKE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxNativeFontInfo is platform-specific font representation: this struct +// should be considered as opaque font description only used by the native +// functions, the user code can only get the objects of this type from +// somewhere and pass it somewhere else (possibly save them somewhere using +// ToString() and restore them using FromString()) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNativeFontInfo +{ +public: +#if wxUSE_PANGO + PangoFontDescription *description; +#elif defined(_WX_X_FONTLIKE) + // the members can't be accessed directly as we only parse the + // xFontName on demand +private: + // the components of the XLFD + wxString fontElements[wxXLFD_MAX]; + + // the full XLFD + wxString xFontName; + + // true until SetXFontName() is called + bool m_isDefault; + + // return true if we have already initialized fontElements + inline bool HasElements() const; + +public: + // init the elements from an XLFD, return true if ok + bool FromXFontName(const wxString& xFontName); + + // return false if we were never initialized with a valid XLFD + bool IsDefault() const { return m_isDefault; } + + // return the XLFD (using the fontElements if necessary) + wxString GetXFontName() const; + + // get the given XFLD component + wxString GetXFontComponent(wxXLFDField field) const; + + // change the font component + void SetXFontComponent(wxXLFDField field, const wxString& value); + + // set the XFLD + void SetXFontName(const wxString& xFontName); +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + wxNativeFontInfo(const LOGFONT& lf_) : lf(lf_) { } + + LOGFONT lf; +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + // OS/2 native structures that define a font + FATTRS fa; + FONTMETRICS fm; + FACENAMEDESC fn; +#elif defined(__WXOSX__) +public: + wxNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) { Init(info); } + wxNativeFontInfo( int size, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined, + const wxString& faceName, + wxFontEncoding encoding) + { Init(size,family,style,weight,underlined,faceName,encoding); } + + ~wxNativeFontInfo() { Free(); } + + wxNativeFontInfo& operator=(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) + { + if (this != &info) + { + Free(); + Init(info); + } + return *this; + } + +#if wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT + void Init(CTFontDescriptorRef descr); +#endif + void Init(const wxNativeFontInfo& info); + void Init(int size, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined, + const wxString& faceName , + wxFontEncoding encoding); + + void Free(); + void EnsureValid(); + + bool m_descriptorValid; + +#if wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT + bool m_atsuFontValid; + // the atsu font ID + wxUint32 m_atsuFontID; + // the qd styles that are not intrinsic to the font above + wxInt16 m_atsuAdditionalQDStyles; +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON + wxInt16 m_qdFontFamily; + wxInt16 m_qdFontStyle; +#endif +#endif + + int m_pointSize; + wxFontFamily m_family; + wxFontStyle m_style; + wxFontWeight m_weight; + bool m_underlined; + wxString m_faceName; + wxFontEncoding m_encoding; +public : +#else // other platforms + // + // This is a generic implementation that should work on all ports + // without specific support by the port. + // + #define wxNO_NATIVE_FONTINFO + + int pointSize; + wxFontFamily family; + wxFontStyle style; + wxFontWeight weight; + bool underlined; + wxString faceName; + wxFontEncoding encoding; +#endif // platforms + + // default ctor (default copy ctor is ok) + wxNativeFontInfo() { Init(); } + +#if wxUSE_PANGO +private: + void Init(const wxNativeFontInfo& info); + void Free(); + +public: + wxNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) { Init(info); } + ~wxNativeFontInfo() { Free(); } + + wxNativeFontInfo& operator=(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) + { + if (this != &info) + { + Free(); + Init(info); + } + return *this; + } +#endif // wxUSE_PANGO + + // reset to the default state + void Init(); + + // init with the parameters of the given font + void InitFromFont(const wxFont& font) + { + // translate all font parameters + SetStyle((wxFontStyle)font.GetStyle()); + SetWeight((wxFontWeight)font.GetWeight()); + SetUnderlined(font.GetUnderlined()); +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + if ( font.IsUsingSizeInPixels() ) + SetPixelSize(font.GetPixelSize()); + else + SetPointSize(font.GetPointSize()); +#else + SetPointSize(font.GetPointSize()); +#endif + + // set the family/facename + SetFamily((wxFontFamily)font.GetFamily()); + const wxString& facename = font.GetFaceName(); + if ( !facename.empty() ) + { + SetFaceName(facename); + } + + // deal with encoding now (it may override the font family and facename + // so do it after setting them) + SetEncoding(font.GetEncoding()); + } + + // accessors and modifiers for the font elements + int GetPointSize() const; + wxSize GetPixelSize() const; + wxFontStyle GetStyle() const; + wxFontWeight GetWeight() const; + bool GetUnderlined() const; + wxString GetFaceName() const; + wxFontFamily GetFamily() const; + wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const; + + void SetPointSize(int pointsize); + void SetPixelSize(const wxSize& pixelSize); + void SetStyle(wxFontStyle style); + void SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight); + void SetUnderlined(bool underlined); + bool SetFaceName(const wxString& facename); + void SetFamily(wxFontFamily family); + void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding); + + // sets the first facename in the given array which is found + // to be valid. If no valid facename is given, sets the + // first valid facename returned by wxFontEnumerator::GetFacenames(). + // Does not return a bool since it cannot fail. + void SetFaceName(const wxArrayString &facenames); + + + // it is important to be able to serialize wxNativeFontInfo objects to be + // able to store them (in config file, for example) + bool FromString(const wxString& s); + wxString ToString() const; + + // we also want to present the native font descriptions to the user in some + // human-readable form (it is not platform independent neither, but can + // hopefully be understood by the user) + bool FromUserString(const wxString& s); + wxString ToUserString() const; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// font-related functions (common) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// translate a wxFontEncoding into native encoding parameter (defined above), +// returning true if an (exact) macth could be found, false otherwise (without +// attempting any substitutions) +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxGetNativeFontEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding, + wxNativeEncodingInfo *info); + +// test for the existence of the font described by this facename/encoding, +// return true if such font(s) exist, false otherwise +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxTestFontEncoding(const wxNativeEncodingInfo& info); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// font-related functions (X and GTK) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef _WX_X_FONTLIKE + #include "wx/unix/fontutil.h" +#endif // X || GDK + +#endif // _WX_FONTUTIL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/frame.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e2f06c5c79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/frame.h +// Purpose: wxFrame class interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 15.11.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: frame.h 64278 2010-05-10 21:09:50Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FRAME_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_FRAME_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/toplevel.h" // the base class +#include "wx/statusbr.h" + +// the default names for various classs +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxStatusLineNameStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxToolBarNameStr[]; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBar; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItem; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStatusBar; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBar; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxFrame-specific (i.e. not for wxDialog) styles +// +// Also see the bit summary table in wx/toplevel.h. +#define wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR 0x0002 // No taskbar button (MSW only) +#define wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW 0x0004 // No taskbar button, no system menu +#define wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT 0x0008 // Always above its parent +#define wxFRAME_SHAPED 0x0010 // Create a window that is able to be shaped + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFrame is a top-level window with optional menubar, statusbar and toolbar +// +// For each of *bars, a frame may have several of them, but only one is +// managed by the frame, i.e. resized/moved when the frame is and whose size +// is accounted for in client size calculations - all others should be taken +// care of manually. The CreateXXXBar() functions create this, main, XXXBar, +// but the actual creation is done in OnCreateXXXBar() functions which may be +// overridden to create custom objects instead of standard ones when +// CreateXXXBar() is called. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFrameBase : public wxTopLevelWindow +{ +public: + // construction + wxFrameBase(); + virtual ~wxFrameBase(); + + wxFrame *New(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + // frame state + // ----------- + + // get the origin of the client area (which may be different from (0, 0) + // if the frame has a toolbar) in client coordinates + virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const; + + + // menu bar functions + // ------------------ + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar); + virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const { return m_frameMenuBar; } + + // find the item by id in the frame menu bar: this is an internal function + // and exists mainly in order to be overridden in the MDI parent frame + // which also looks at its active child menu bar + virtual wxMenuItem *FindItemInMenuBar(int menuId) const; + + // generate menu command corresponding to the given menu item + // + // returns true if processed + bool ProcessCommand(wxMenuItem *item); + + // generate menu command corresponding to the given menu command id + // + // returns true if processed + bool ProcessCommand(int winid); +#else + bool ProcessCommand(int WXUNUSED(winid)) { return false; } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + // status bar functions + // -------------------- +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + // create the main status bar by calling OnCreateStatusBar() + virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int number = 1, + long style = wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + wxWindowID winid = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStatusLineNameStr); + // return a new status bar + virtual wxStatusBar *OnCreateStatusBar(int number, + long style, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& name); + // get the main status bar + virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const { return m_frameStatusBar; } + + // sets the main status bar + virtual void SetStatusBar(wxStatusBar *statBar); + + // forward these to status bar + virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString &text, int number = 0); + virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]); + void PushStatusText(const wxString &text, int number = 0); + void PopStatusText(int number = 0); + + // set the status bar pane the help will be shown in + void SetStatusBarPane(int n) { m_statusBarPane = n; } + int GetStatusBarPane() const { return m_statusBarPane; } +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + + // toolbar functions + // ----------------- + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + // create main toolbar bycalling OnCreateToolBar() + virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr); + // return a new toolbar + virtual wxToolBar *OnCreateToolBar(long style, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& name ); + + // get/set the main toolbar + virtual wxToolBar *GetToolBar() const { return m_frameToolBar; } + virtual void SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // event handlers +#if wxUSE_MENUS +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + void OnMenuOpen(wxMenuEvent& event); + void OnMenuClose(wxMenuEvent& event); + void OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + + // send wxUpdateUIEvents for all menu items in the menubar, + // or just for menu if non-NULL + virtual void DoMenuUpdates(wxMenu* menu = NULL); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + // do the UI update processing for this window + virtual void UpdateWindowUI(long flags = wxUPDATE_UI_NONE); + + // Implement internal behaviour (menu updating on some platforms) + virtual void OnInternalIdle(); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS || wxUSE_TOOLBAR + // show help text for the currently selected menu or toolbar item + // (typically in the status bar) or hide it and restore the status bar text + // originally shown before the menu was opened if show == false + virtual void DoGiveHelp(const wxString& text, bool show); +#endif + + virtual bool IsClientAreaChild(const wxWindow *child) const + { + return !IsOneOfBars(child) && wxTopLevelWindow::IsClientAreaChild(child); + } + +protected: + // the frame main menu/status/tool bars + // ------------------------------------ + + // this (non virtual!) function should be called from dtor to delete the + // main menubar, statusbar and toolbar (if any) + void DeleteAllBars(); + + // test whether this window makes part of the frame + virtual bool IsOneOfBars(const wxWindow *win) const; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // override to update menu bar position when the frame size changes + virtual void PositionMenuBar() { } + + // override to do something special when the menu bar is being removed + // from the frame + virtual void DetachMenuBar(); + + // override to do something special when the menu bar is attached to the + // frame + virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar); + + wxMenuBar *m_frameMenuBar; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR && (wxUSE_MENUS || wxUSE_TOOLBAR) + // the saved status bar text overwritten by DoGiveHelp() + wxString m_oldStatusText; + + // the last help string we have shown in the status bar + wxString m_lastHelpShown; +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + // override to update status bar position (or anything else) when + // something changes + virtual void PositionStatusBar() { } + + // show the help string for the given menu item using DoGiveHelp() if the + // given item does have a help string (as determined by FindInMenuBar()), + // return false if there is no help for such item + bool ShowMenuHelp(int helpid); + + wxStatusBar *m_frameStatusBar; +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + + + int m_statusBarPane; + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + // override to update status bar position (or anything else) when + // something changes + virtual void PositionToolBar() { } + + wxToolBar *m_frameToolBar; +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#if wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_STATUSBAR + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_STATUSBAR + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFrameBase); +}; + +// include the real class declaration +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) // && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + #include "wx/univ/frame.h" +#else // !__WXUNIVERSAL__ + #if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/frame.h" + #elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/frame.h" + #elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/frame.h" + #elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/frame.h" + #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/frame.h" + #elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/frame.h" + #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/frame.h" + #elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/frame.h" + #endif +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_FRAME_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_arc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_arc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4957504c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_arc.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fs_arc.h +// Purpose: Archive file system +// Author: Vaclav Slavik, Mike Wetherell +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik, (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell +// CVS-ID: $Id: fs_arc.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FS_ARC_H_ +#define _WX_FS_ARC_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE + +#include "wx/filesys.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" + +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(int, wxArchiveFilenameHashMap); + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArchiveFSHandler +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler +{ +public: + wxArchiveFSHandler(); + virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location); + virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location); + virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0); + virtual wxString FindNext(); + void Cleanup(); + virtual ~wxArchiveFSHandler(); + +private: + class wxArchiveFSCache *m_cache; + wxFileSystem m_fs; + + // these vars are used by FindFirst/Next: + class wxArchiveFSCacheData *m_Archive; + struct wxArchiveFSEntry *m_FindEntry; + wxString m_Pattern, m_BaseDir, m_ZipFile; + bool m_AllowDirs, m_AllowFiles; + wxArchiveFilenameHashMap *m_DirsFound; + + wxString DoFind(); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxArchiveFSHandler); + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxArchiveFSHandler) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE + +#endif // _WX_FS_ARC_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_filter.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_filter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..807eccbd6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_filter.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fs_filter.h +// Purpose: Filter file system handler +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell +// CVS-ID: $Id: fs_filter.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FS_FILTER_H_ +#define _WX_FS_FILTER_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + +#include "wx/filesys.h" + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFilterFSHandler +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler +{ +public: + wxFilterFSHandler() : wxFileSystemHandler() { } + virtual ~wxFilterFSHandler() { } + + virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location); + virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location); + + virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0); + virtual wxString FindNext(); + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFilterFSHandler); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + +#endif // _WX_FS_FILTER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_inet.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_inet.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bde0c69546 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_inet.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fs_inet.h +// Purpose: HTTP and FTP file system +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FS_INET_H_ +#define _WX_FS_INET_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_FS_INET && wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_SOCKETS + +#include "wx/filesys.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxInternetFSHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxInternetFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler +{ + public: + virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location); + virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location); +}; + +#endif + // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_FS_INET && wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_SOCKETS + +#endif // _WX_FS_INET_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_mem.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_mem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6688537ca5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_mem.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fs_mem.h +// Purpose: in-memory file system +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FS_MEM_H_ +#define _WX_FS_MEM_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + +#include "wx/filesys.h" + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" + +class wxMemoryFSFile; +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxMemoryFSFile *, wxMemoryFSHash); + +#if wxUSE_GUI + #include "wx/bitmap.h" +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMemoryFSHandlerBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryFSHandlerBase : public wxFileSystemHandler +{ +public: + wxMemoryFSHandlerBase(); + virtual ~wxMemoryFSHandlerBase(); + + // Add file to list of files stored in memory. Stored data (bitmap, text or + // raw data) will be copied into private memory stream and available under + // name "memory:" + filename + static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& textdata); + static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const void *binarydata, size_t size); + static void AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename, + const wxString& textdata, + const wxString& mimetype); + static void AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename, + const void *binarydata, size_t size, + const wxString& mimetype); + + // Remove file from memory FS and free occupied memory + static void RemoveFile(const wxString& filename); + + virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location); + virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location); + virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0); + virtual wxString FindNext(); + +protected: + // check that the given file is not already present in m_Hash; logs an + // error and returns false if it does exist + static bool CheckDoesntExist(const wxString& filename); + + // the hash map indexed by the names of the files stored in the memory FS + static wxMemoryFSHash m_Hash; + + // the file name currently being searched for, i.e. the argument of the + // last FindFirst() call or empty string if FindFirst() hasn't been called + // yet or FindNext() didn't find anything + wxString m_findArgument; + + // iterator into m_Hash used by FindFirst/Next(), possibly m_Hash.end() or + // even invalid (can only be used when m_findArgument is not empty) + wxMemoryFSHash::const_iterator m_findIter; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMemoryFSHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +// add GUI-only operations to the base class +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMemoryFSHandler : public wxMemoryFSHandlerBase +{ +public: + // bring the base class versions into the scope, otherwise they would be + // inaccessible in wxMemoryFSHandler + // (unfortunately "using" can't be used as gcc 2.95 doesn't have it...) + static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& textdata) + { + wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFile(filename, textdata); + } + + static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, + const void *binarydata, + size_t size) + { + wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFile(filename, binarydata, size); + } + static void AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename, + const wxString& textdata, + const wxString& mimetype) + { + wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFileWithMimeType(filename, + textdata, + mimetype); + } + static void AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename, + const void *binarydata, size_t size, + const wxString& mimetype) + { + wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFileWithMimeType(filename, + binarydata, size, + mimetype); + } + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, + const wxImage& image, + wxBitmapType type); + + static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + wxBitmapType type); +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + +}; + +#else // !wxUSE_GUI + +// just the same thing as the base class in wxBase +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryFSHandler : public wxMemoryFSHandlerBase +{ +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI/!wxUSE_GUI + +#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + +#endif // _WX_FS_MEM_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_zip.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_zip.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d39e9fc4d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fs_zip.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fs_zip.h +// Purpose: wxZipFSHandler typedef for compatibility +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell +// CVS-ID: $Id: fs_zip.h 42713 2006-10-30 11:56:12Z ABX $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FS_ZIP_H_ +#define _WX_FS_ZIP_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FS_ZIP + +#include "wx/fs_arc.h" + +typedef wxArchiveFSHandler wxZipFSHandler; + +#endif // wxUSE_FS_ZIP + +#endif // _WX_FS_ZIP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fswatcher.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fswatcher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..446ac98245 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/fswatcher.h @@ -0,0 +1,333 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/fswatcher.h +// Purpose: wxFileSystemWatcherBase +// Author: Bartosz Bekier +// Created: 2009-05-23 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fswatcher.h 62474 2009-10-22 11:35:43Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FSWATCHER_BASE_H_ +#define _WX_FSWATCHER_BASE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FSWATCHER + +#include "wx/log.h" +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/evtloop.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/dir.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" + +#define wxTRACE_FSWATCHER "fswatcher" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileSystemWatcherEventType & wxFileSystemWatcherEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/** + * Possible types of file system events. + * This is a subset that will work fine an all platforms (actually, we will + * see how it works on Mac). + * + * We got 2 types of error events: + * - warning: these are not fatal and further events can still be generated + * - error: indicates fatal error and causes that no more events will happen + */ +enum +{ + wxFSW_EVENT_CREATE = 0x01, + wxFSW_EVENT_DELETE = 0x02, + wxFSW_EVENT_RENAME = 0x04, + wxFSW_EVENT_MODIFY = 0x08, + wxFSW_EVENT_ACCESS = 0x10, + + // error events + wxFSW_EVENT_WARNING = 0x20, + wxFSW_EVENT_ERROR = 0x40, + + wxFSW_EVENT_ALL = wxFSW_EVENT_CREATE | wxFSW_EVENT_DELETE | + wxFSW_EVENT_RENAME | wxFSW_EVENT_MODIFY | + wxFSW_EVENT_ACCESS | + wxFSW_EVENT_WARNING | wxFSW_EVENT_ERROR +}; + +/** + * Event containing information about file system change. + */ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileSystemWatcherEvent; +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_FSWATCHER, + wxFileSystemWatcherEvent); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileSystemWatcherEvent: public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxFileSystemWatcherEvent(int changeType, int watchid = wxID_ANY) : + wxEvent(watchid, wxEVT_FSWATCHER), + m_changeType(changeType) + { + } + + wxFileSystemWatcherEvent(int changeType, const wxString& errorMsg, + int watchid = wxID_ANY) : + wxEvent(watchid, wxEVT_FSWATCHER), + m_changeType(changeType), m_errorMsg(errorMsg) + { + } + + wxFileSystemWatcherEvent(int changeType, + const wxFileName& path, const wxFileName& newPath, + int watchid = wxID_ANY) : + wxEvent(watchid, wxEVT_FSWATCHER), + m_changeType(changeType), m_path(path), m_newPath(newPath) + { + } + + /** + * Returns the path at which the event occurred. + */ + const wxFileName& GetPath() const + { + return m_path; + } + + /** + * Sets the path at which the event occurred + */ + void SetPath(const wxFileName& path) + { + m_path = path; + } + + /** + * In case of rename(move?) events, returns the new path related to the + * event. The "new" means newer in the sense of time. In case of other + * events it returns the same path as GetPath(). + */ + const wxFileName& GetNewPath() const + { + return m_newPath; + } + + /** + * Sets the new path related to the event. See above. + */ + void SetNewPath(const wxFileName& path) + { + m_newPath = path; + } + + /** + * Returns the type of file system event that occurred. + */ + int GetChangeType() const + { + return m_changeType; + } + + virtual wxEvent* Clone() const + { + wxFileSystemWatcherEvent* evt = new wxFileSystemWatcherEvent(*this); + evt->m_errorMsg = m_errorMsg.Clone(); + evt->m_path = wxFileName(m_path.GetFullPath().Clone()); + evt->m_newPath = wxFileName(m_newPath.GetFullPath().Clone()); + return evt; + } + + virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const + { + // TODO this has to be merged with "similiar" categories and changed + return wxEVT_CATEGORY_UNKNOWN; + } + + /** + * Returns if this error is an error event + */ + bool IsError() const + { + return (m_changeType & (wxFSW_EVENT_ERROR | wxFSW_EVENT_WARNING)) != 0; + } + + wxString GetErrorDescription() const + { + return m_errorMsg; + } + + /** + * Returns a wxString describing an event useful for debugging or testing + */ + wxString ToString() const; + +protected: + int m_changeType; + wxFileName m_path; + wxFileName m_newPath; + wxString m_errorMsg; +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFileSystemWatcherEventFunction) + (wxFileSystemWatcherEvent&); + +#define wxFileSystemWatcherEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxFileSystemWatcherEventFunction, func) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileSystemWatcherBase: interface for wxFileSystemWatcher +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/** + * Simple container to store information about one watched file + */ +class wxFSWatchInfo +{ +public: + wxFSWatchInfo() : + m_path(wxEmptyString), m_events(-1) + { + } + + wxFSWatchInfo(const wxString& path, int events) : + m_path(path), m_events(events) + { + } + + const wxString& GetPath() const + { + return m_path; + } + + int GetFlags() const + { + return m_events; + } + +protected: + wxString m_path; + int m_events; +}; + +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxFSWatchInfo, wxFSWatchInfoMap); + +/** + * Encapsulation of platform-specific file system event mechanism + */ +class wxFSWatcherImpl; + +/** + * Main entry point for clients interested in file system events. + * Defines interface that can be used to receive that kind of events. + */ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileSystemWatcherBase: public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxFileSystemWatcherBase(); + + virtual ~wxFileSystemWatcherBase(); + + /** + * Adds path to currently watched files. Any events concerning this + * particular path will be sent to handler. Optionally a filter can be + * specified to receive only events of particular type. + * + * Please note that when adding a dir, immediate children will be watched + * as well. + */ + virtual bool Add(const wxFileName& path, int events = wxFSW_EVENT_ALL); + + /** + * Like above, but recursively adds every file/dir in the tree rooted in + * path. Additionally a file mask can be specified to include only files + * of particular type. + */ + virtual bool AddTree(const wxFileName& path, int events = wxFSW_EVENT_ALL, + const wxString& filter = wxEmptyString); + + /** + * Removes path from the list of watched paths. + */ + virtual bool Remove(const wxFileName& path); + + /** + * Same as above, but also removes every file belonging to the tree rooted + * at path. + */ + virtual bool RemoveTree(const wxFileName& path); + + /** + * Clears the list of currently watched paths. + */ + virtual bool RemoveAll(); + + /** + * Returns the number of watched paths + */ + int GetWatchedPathsCount() const; + + /** + * Retrevies all watched paths and places them in wxArrayString. Returns + * the number of paths. + * + * TODO think about API here: we need to return more information (like is + * the path watched recursively) + */ + int GetWatchedPaths(wxArrayString* paths) const; + + wxEvtHandler* GetOwner() const + { + return m_owner; + } + + void SetOwner(wxEvtHandler* handler) + { + if (!handler) + m_owner = this; + else + m_owner = handler; + } + +protected: + + static wxString GetCanonicalPath(const wxFileName& path) + { + wxFileName path_copy = wxFileName(path); + if ( !path_copy.Normalize() ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format("Unable to normalize path '%s'", + path.GetFullPath())); + return wxEmptyString; + } + + return path_copy.GetFullPath(); + } + + wxFSWatchInfoMap m_watches; // path=>wxFSWatchInfo map + wxFSWatcherImpl* m_service; // file system events service + wxEvtHandler* m_owner; // handler for file system events + + friend class wxFSWatcherImpl; +}; + +// include the platform specific file defining wxFileSystemWatcher +// inheriting from wxFileSystemWatcherBase + +#ifdef wxHAS_INOTIFY + #include "wx/unix/fswatcher_inotify.h" + #define wxFileSystemWatcher wxInotifyFileSystemWatcher +#elif defined(wxHAS_KQUEUE) + #include "wx/unix/fswatcher_kqueue.h" + #define wxFileSystemWatcher wxKqueueFileSystemWatcher +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/fswatcher.h" + #define wxFileSystemWatcher wxMSWFileSystemWatcher +#else + #include "wx/generic/fswatcher.h" + #define wxFileSystemWatcher wxPollingFileSystemWatcher +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_FSWATCHER + +#endif /* _WX_FSWATCHER_BASE_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gauge.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gauge.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..27db3d8913 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gauge.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gauge.h +// Purpose: wxGauge interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.02.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gauge.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1996-2001 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_GAUGE + +#include "wx/control.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGauge style flags +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxGA_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL +#define wxGA_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL + +// Win32 only, is default (and only) on some other platforms +#define wxGA_SMOOTH 0x0020 + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // obsolete style + #define wxGA_PROGRESSBAR 0 +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// GTK and Mac always have native implementation of the indeterminate mode +// wxMSW has native implementation only if comctl32.dll >= 6.00 +#if !defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #define wxGAUGE_EMULATE_INDETERMINATE_MODE 1 +#else + #define wxGAUGE_EMULATE_INDETERMINATE_MODE 0 +#endif + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxGaugeNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGauge: a progress bar +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGaugeBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxGaugeBase() { m_rangeMax = m_gaugePos = 0; } + virtual ~wxGaugeBase(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + int range, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr); + + // determinate mode API + + // set/get the control range + virtual void SetRange(int range); + virtual int GetRange() const; + + virtual void SetValue(int pos); + virtual int GetValue() const; + + // indeterminate mode API + virtual void Pulse(); + + // simple accessors + bool IsVertical() const { return HasFlag(wxGA_VERTICAL); } + + // appearance params (not implemented for most ports) + virtual void SetShadowWidth(int w); + virtual int GetShadowWidth() const; + + virtual void SetBezelFace(int w); + virtual int GetBezelFace() const; + + // overriden base class virtuals + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + +protected: + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + // the max position + int m_rangeMax; + + // the current position + int m_gaugePos; + +#if wxGAUGE_EMULATE_INDETERMINATE_MODE + int m_nDirection; // can be wxRIGHT or wxLEFT +#endif + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGaugeBase); +}; + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/gauge.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/gauge.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/gauge.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/gauge.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/gauge.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/gauge.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/gauge.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/gauge.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE + +#endif + // _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gbsizer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gbsizer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..582f2881bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gbsizer.h @@ -0,0 +1,327 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gbsizer.h +// Purpose: wxGridBagSizer: A sizer that can lay out items in a grid, +// with items at specified cells, and with the option of row +// and/or column spanning +// +// Author: Robin Dunn +// Created: 03-Nov-2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gbsizer.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robin Dunn +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WXGBSIZER_H__ +#define __WXGBSIZER_H__ + +#include "wx/sizer.h" + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Classes to represent a position in the grid and a size of an item in the +// grid, IOW, the number of rows and columns it occupies. I chose to use these +// instead of wxPoint and wxSize because they are (x,y) and usually pixel +// oriented while grids and tables are usually thought of as (row,col) so some +// confusion would definitely result in using wxPoint... +// +// NOTE: This should probably be refactored to a common RowCol data type which +// is used for this and also for wxGridCellCoords. +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGBPosition +{ +public: + wxGBPosition() : m_row(0), m_col(0) {} + wxGBPosition(int row, int col) : m_row(row), m_col(col) {} + + // default copy ctor and assignment operator are okay. + + int GetRow() const { return m_row; } + int GetCol() const { return m_col; } + void SetRow(int row) { m_row = row; } + void SetCol(int col) { m_col = col; } + + bool operator==(const wxGBPosition& p) const { return m_row == p.m_row && m_col == p.m_col; } + bool operator!=(const wxGBPosition& p) const { return !(*this == p); } + +private: + int m_row; + int m_col; +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGBSpan +{ +public: + wxGBSpan() { Init(); } + wxGBSpan(int rowspan, int colspan) + { + // Initialize the members to valid values as not doing it may result in + // infinite loop in wxGBSizer code if the user passed 0 for any of + // them, see #12934. + Init(); + + SetRowspan(rowspan); + SetColspan(colspan); + } + + // default copy ctor and assignment operator are okay. + + int GetRowspan() const { return m_rowspan; } + int GetColspan() const { return m_colspan; } + void SetRowspan(int rowspan) + { + wxCHECK_RET( rowspan > 0, "Row span should be strictly positive" ); + + m_rowspan = rowspan; + } + + void SetColspan(int colspan) + { + wxCHECK_RET( colspan > 0, "Column span should be strictly positive" ); + + m_colspan = colspan; + } + + bool operator==(const wxGBSpan& o) const { return m_rowspan == o.m_rowspan && m_colspan == o.m_colspan; } + bool operator!=(const wxGBSpan& o) const { return !(*this == o); } + +private: + void Init() + { + m_rowspan = + m_colspan = 1; + } + + int m_rowspan; + int m_colspan; +}; + + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxGBSpan) wxDefaultSpan; + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGBSizerItem +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGridBagSizer; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGBSizerItem : public wxSizerItem +{ +public: + // spacer + wxGBSizerItem( int width, + int height, + const wxGBPosition& pos, + const wxGBSpan& span, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData); + + // window + wxGBSizerItem( wxWindow *window, + const wxGBPosition& pos, + const wxGBSpan& span, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData ); + + // subsizer + wxGBSizerItem( wxSizer *sizer, + const wxGBPosition& pos, + const wxGBSpan& span, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData ); + + // default ctor + wxGBSizerItem(); + + + // Get the grid position of the item + wxGBPosition GetPos() const { return m_pos; } + void GetPos(int& row, int& col) const; + + // Get the row and column spanning of the item + wxGBSpan GetSpan() const { return m_span; } + void GetSpan(int& rowspan, int& colspan) const; + + // If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that there + // is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new + // position, then set the new position. Returns true if the change is + // successful and after the next Layout the item will be moved. + bool SetPos( const wxGBPosition& pos ); + + // If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that there + // is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new + // spanning size, then set the new spanning. Returns true if the change + // is successful and after the next Layout the item will be resized. + bool SetSpan( const wxGBSpan& span ); + + // Returns true if this item and the other item instersect + bool Intersects(const wxGBSizerItem& other); + + // Returns true if the given pos/span would intersect with this item. + bool Intersects(const wxGBPosition& pos, const wxGBSpan& span); + + // Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item + void GetEndPos(int& row, int& col); + + + wxGridBagSizer* GetGBSizer() const { return m_gbsizer; } + void SetGBSizer(wxGridBagSizer* sizer) { m_gbsizer = sizer; } + + +protected: + wxGBPosition m_pos; + wxGBSpan m_span; + wxGridBagSizer* m_gbsizer; // so SetPos/SetSpan can check for intersects + + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGBSizerItem) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGBSizerItem); +}; + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridBagSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGridBagSizer : public wxFlexGridSizer +{ +public: + wxGridBagSizer(int vgap = 0, int hgap = 0 ); + + // The Add methods return true if the item was successfully placed at the + // given position, false if something was already there. + wxSizerItem* Add( wxWindow *window, + const wxGBPosition& pos, + const wxGBSpan& span = wxDefaultSpan, + int flag = 0, + int border = 0, + wxObject* userData = NULL ); + wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizer *sizer, + const wxGBPosition& pos, + const wxGBSpan& span = wxDefaultSpan, + int flag = 0, + int border = 0, + wxObject* userData = NULL ); + wxSizerItem* Add( int width, + int height, + const wxGBPosition& pos, + const wxGBSpan& span = wxDefaultSpan, + int flag = 0, + int border = 0, + wxObject* userData = NULL ); + wxSizerItem* Add( wxGBSizerItem *item ); + + + // Get/Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item. + wxSize GetEmptyCellSize() const { return m_emptyCellSize; } + void SetEmptyCellSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_emptyCellSize = sz; } + + // Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and vgap. Only + // valid after a Layout. + wxSize GetCellSize(int row, int col) const; + + // Get the grid position of the specified item (non-recursive) + wxGBPosition GetItemPosition(wxWindow *window); + wxGBPosition GetItemPosition(wxSizer *sizer); + wxGBPosition GetItemPosition(size_t index); + + // Set the grid position of the specified item. Returns true on success. + // If the move is not allowed (because an item is already there) then + // false is returned. (non-recursive) + bool SetItemPosition(wxWindow *window, const wxGBPosition& pos); + bool SetItemPosition(wxSizer *sizer, const wxGBPosition& pos); + bool SetItemPosition(size_t index, const wxGBPosition& pos); + + // Get the row/col spanning of the specified item (non-recursive) + wxGBSpan GetItemSpan(wxWindow *window); + wxGBSpan GetItemSpan(wxSizer *sizer); + wxGBSpan GetItemSpan(size_t index); + + // Set the row/col spanning of the specified item. Returns true on + // success. If the move is not allowed (because an item is already there) + // then false is returned. (non-recursive) + bool SetItemSpan(wxWindow *window, const wxGBSpan& span); + bool SetItemSpan(wxSizer *sizer, const wxGBSpan& span); + bool SetItemSpan(size_t index, const wxGBSpan& span); + + + // Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns NULL if + // not found. (non-recursive) + wxGBSizerItem* FindItem(wxWindow* window); + wxGBSizerItem* FindItem(wxSizer* sizer); + + + // Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or NULL if there is no + // item at that position. (non-recursive) + wxGBSizerItem* FindItemAtPosition(const wxGBPosition& pos); + + + // Return the sizer item located at the point given in pt, or NULL if + // there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond + // to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for + // layout. (non-recursive) + wxGBSizerItem* FindItemAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt); + + + // Return the sizer item that has a matching user data (it only compares + // pointer values) or NULL if not found. (non-recursive) + wxGBSizerItem* FindItemWithData(const wxObject* userData); + + + // These are what make the sizer do size calculations and layout + virtual void RecalcSizes(); + virtual wxSize CalcMin(); + + + // Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the given + // item. Returns true if so, false if there would be no overlap. If an + // excludeItem is given then it will not be checked for intersection, for + // example it may be the item we are checking the position of. + bool CheckForIntersection(wxGBSizerItem* item, wxGBSizerItem* excludeItem = NULL); + bool CheckForIntersection(const wxGBPosition& pos, const wxGBSpan& span, wxGBSizerItem* excludeItem = NULL); + + + // The Add base class virtuals should not be used with this class, but + // we'll try to make them automatically select a location for the item + // anyway. + virtual wxSizerItem* Add( wxWindow *window, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); + virtual wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizer *sizer, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); + virtual wxSizerItem* Add( int width, int height, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); + + // The Insert and Prepend base class virtuals that are not appropriate for + // this class and should not be used. Their implementation in this class + // simply fails. + virtual wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizerItem *item ); + virtual wxSizerItem* Insert( size_t index, wxWindow *window, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); + virtual wxSizerItem* Insert( size_t index, wxSizer *sizer, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); + virtual wxSizerItem* Insert( size_t index, int width, int height, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); + virtual wxSizerItem* Insert( size_t index, wxSizerItem *item ); + virtual wxSizerItem* Prepend( wxWindow *window, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); + virtual wxSizerItem* Prepend( wxSizer *sizer, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); + virtual wxSizerItem* Prepend( int width, int height, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL ); + virtual wxSizerItem* Prepend( wxSizerItem *item ); + + +protected: + wxGBPosition FindEmptyCell(); + void AdjustForOverflow(); + + wxSize m_emptyCellSize; + + +private: + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxGridBagSizer) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridBagSizer); +}; + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gdicmn.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gdicmn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..101c9a3907 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gdicmn.h @@ -0,0 +1,1081 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gdicmn.h +// Purpose: Common GDI classes, types and declarations +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gdicmn.h 66306 2010-12-03 12:39:43Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GDICMNH__ +#define _WX_GDICMNH__ + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/fontenc.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/math.h" + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBrush; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCursor; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFont; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPen; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRegion; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIconBundle; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPoint; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Bitmap flags +enum wxBitmapType +{ + wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID, // should be == 0 for compatibility! + wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF_RESOURCE, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF_RESOURCE, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG_RESOURCE, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG_RESOURCE, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM_RESOURCE, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX_RESOURCE, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT_RESOURCE, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANI, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_IFF, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_TGA, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE, + + wxBITMAP_TYPE_MAX, + wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY = 50 +}; + +// Polygon filling mode +enum wxPolygonFillMode +{ + wxODDEVEN_RULE = 1, + wxWINDING_RULE +}; + +// Standard cursors +enum wxStockCursor +{ + wxCURSOR_NONE, // should be 0 + wxCURSOR_ARROW, + wxCURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW, + wxCURSOR_BULLSEYE, + wxCURSOR_CHAR, + wxCURSOR_CROSS, + wxCURSOR_HAND, + wxCURSOR_IBEAM, + wxCURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON, + wxCURSOR_MAGNIFIER, + wxCURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON, + wxCURSOR_NO_ENTRY, + wxCURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH, + wxCURSOR_PENCIL, + wxCURSOR_POINT_LEFT, + wxCURSOR_POINT_RIGHT, + wxCURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW, + wxCURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON, + wxCURSOR_SIZENESW, + wxCURSOR_SIZENS, + wxCURSOR_SIZENWSE, + wxCURSOR_SIZEWE, + wxCURSOR_SIZING, + wxCURSOR_SPRAYCAN, + wxCURSOR_WAIT, + wxCURSOR_WATCH, + wxCURSOR_BLANK, +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + wxCURSOR_DEFAULT, // standard X11 cursor +#endif +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + wxCURSOR_COPY_ARROW , // MacOS Theme Plus arrow +#endif +#ifdef __X__ + // Not yet implemented for Windows + wxCURSOR_CROSS_REVERSE, + wxCURSOR_DOUBLE_ARROW, + wxCURSOR_BASED_ARROW_UP, + wxCURSOR_BASED_ARROW_DOWN, +#endif // X11 + wxCURSOR_ARROWWAIT, +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + wxCURSOR_OPEN_HAND, + wxCURSOR_CLOSED_HAND, +#endif + + wxCURSOR_MAX +}; + +#ifndef __WXGTK__ + #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT wxCURSOR_ARROW +#endif + +#ifndef __WXMAC__ + // TODO CS supply openhand and closedhand cursors + #define wxCURSOR_OPEN_HAND wxCURSOR_HAND + #define wxCURSOR_CLOSED_HAND wxCURSOR_HAND +#endif + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* Useful macro for creating icons portably, for example: + + wxIcon *icon = new wxICON(sample); + + expands into: + + wxIcon *icon = new wxIcon("sample"); // On wxMSW + wxIcon *icon = new wxIcon(sample_xpm); // On wxGTK + */ + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // Load from a resource + #define wxICON(X) wxIcon(wxT(#X)) +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + // Load from a resource + #define wxICON(X) wxIcon(wxT(#X)) +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + // Initialize from an included XPM + #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm ) +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + // Initialize from an included XPM + #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm ) +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + // Initialize from an included XPM + #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm ) +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + // Initialize from an included XPM + #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm ) +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + // Initialize from an included XPM + #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm ) +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + // Initialize from an included XPM + #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm ) +#else + // This will usually mean something on any platform + #define wxICON(X) wxIcon(wxT(#X)) +#endif // platform + +/* Another macro: this one is for portable creation of bitmaps. We assume that + under Unix bitmaps live in XPMs and under Windows they're in ressources. + */ + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) + #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap(wxT(#name), wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE) +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) || \ + defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \ + defined(__WXX11__) || \ + defined(__WXMAC__) || \ + defined(__WXMGL__) || \ + defined(__WXDFB__) || \ + defined(__WXCOCOA__) + // Initialize from an included XPM + #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap(name##_xpm) +#else // other platforms + #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap(name##_xpm, wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM) +#endif // platform + +// =========================================================================== +// classes +// =========================================================================== + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSize +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSize +{ +public: + // members are public for compatibility, don't use them directly. + int x, y; + + // constructors + wxSize() : x(0), y(0) { } + wxSize(int xx, int yy) : x(xx), y(yy) { } + + // no copy ctor or assignment operator - the defaults are ok + + wxSize& operator+=(const wxSize& sz) { x += sz.x; y += sz.y; return *this; } + wxSize& operator-=(const wxSize& sz) { x -= sz.x; y -= sz.y; return *this; } + wxSize& operator/=(int i) { x /= i; y /= i; return *this; } + wxSize& operator*=(int i) { x *= i; y *= i; return *this; } + wxSize& operator/=(unsigned int i) { x /= i; y /= i; return *this; } + wxSize& operator*=(unsigned int i) { x *= i; y *= i; return *this; } + wxSize& operator/=(long i) { x /= i; y /= i; return *this; } + wxSize& operator*=(long i) { x *= i; y *= i; return *this; } + wxSize& operator/=(unsigned long i) { x /= i; y /= i; return *this; } + wxSize& operator*=(unsigned long i) { x *= i; y *= i; return *this; } + wxSize& operator/=(double i) { x = int(x/i); y = int(y/i); return *this; } + wxSize& operator*=(double i) { x = int(x*i); y = int(y*i); return *this; } + + void IncTo(const wxSize& sz) + { if ( sz.x > x ) x = sz.x; if ( sz.y > y ) y = sz.y; } + void DecTo(const wxSize& sz) + { if ( sz.x < x ) x = sz.x; if ( sz.y < y ) y = sz.y; } + + void IncBy(int dx, int dy) { x += dx; y += dy; } + void IncBy(const wxPoint& pt); + void IncBy(const wxSize& sz) { IncBy(sz.x, sz.y); } + void IncBy(int d) { IncBy(d, d); } + + void DecBy(int dx, int dy) { IncBy(-dx, -dy); } + void DecBy(const wxPoint& pt); + void DecBy(const wxSize& sz) { DecBy(sz.x, sz.y); } + void DecBy(int d) { DecBy(d, d); } + + + wxSize& Scale(float xscale, float yscale) + { x = (int)(x*xscale); y = (int)(y*yscale); return *this; } + + // accessors + void Set(int xx, int yy) { x = xx; y = yy; } + void SetWidth(int w) { x = w; } + void SetHeight(int h) { y = h; } + + int GetWidth() const { return x; } + int GetHeight() const { return y; } + + bool IsFullySpecified() const { return x != wxDefaultCoord && y != wxDefaultCoord; } + + // combine this size with the other one replacing the default (i.e. equal + // to wxDefaultCoord) components of this object with those of the other + void SetDefaults(const wxSize& size) + { + if ( x == wxDefaultCoord ) + x = size.x; + if ( y == wxDefaultCoord ) + y = size.y; + } + + // compatibility + int GetX() const { return x; } + int GetY() const { return y; } +}; + +inline bool operator==(const wxSize& s1, const wxSize& s2) +{ + return s1.x == s2.x && s1.y == s2.y; +} + +inline bool operator!=(const wxSize& s1, const wxSize& s2) +{ + return s1.x != s2.x || s1.y != s2.y; +} + +inline wxSize operator+(const wxSize& s1, const wxSize& s2) +{ + return wxSize(s1.x + s2.x, s1.y + s2.y); +} + +inline wxSize operator-(const wxSize& s1, const wxSize& s2) +{ + return wxSize(s1.x - s2.x, s1.y - s2.y); +} + +inline wxSize operator/(const wxSize& s, int i) +{ + return wxSize(s.x / i, s.y / i); +} + +inline wxSize operator*(const wxSize& s, int i) +{ + return wxSize(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxSize operator*(int i, const wxSize& s) +{ + return wxSize(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxSize operator/(const wxSize& s, unsigned int i) +{ + return wxSize(s.x / i, s.y / i); +} + +inline wxSize operator*(const wxSize& s, unsigned int i) +{ + return wxSize(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxSize operator*(unsigned int i, const wxSize& s) +{ + return wxSize(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxSize operator/(const wxSize& s, long i) +{ + return wxSize(s.x / i, s.y / i); +} + +inline wxSize operator*(const wxSize& s, long i) +{ + return wxSize(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxSize operator*(long i, const wxSize& s) +{ + return wxSize(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxSize operator/(const wxSize& s, unsigned long i) +{ + return wxSize(s.x / i, s.y / i); +} + +inline wxSize operator*(const wxSize& s, unsigned long i) +{ + return wxSize(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxSize operator*(unsigned long i, const wxSize& s) +{ + return wxSize(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxSize operator*(const wxSize& s, double i) +{ + return wxSize(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i)); +} + +inline wxSize operator*(double i, const wxSize& s) +{ + return wxSize(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i)); +} + + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Point classes: with real or integer coordinates +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRealPoint +{ +public: + double x; + double y; + + wxRealPoint() : x(0.0), y(0.0) { } + wxRealPoint(double xx, double yy) : x(xx), y(yy) { } + wxRealPoint(const wxPoint& pt); + + // no copy ctor or assignment operator - the defaults are ok + + //assignment operators + wxRealPoint& operator+=(const wxRealPoint& p) { x += p.x; y += p.y; return *this; } + wxRealPoint& operator-=(const wxRealPoint& p) { x -= p.x; y -= p.y; return *this; } + + wxRealPoint& operator+=(const wxSize& s) { x += s.GetWidth(); y += s.GetHeight(); return *this; } + wxRealPoint& operator-=(const wxSize& s) { x -= s.GetWidth(); y -= s.GetHeight(); return *this; } +}; + + +inline bool operator==(const wxRealPoint& p1, const wxRealPoint& p2) +{ + return wxIsSameDouble(p1.x, p2.x) && wxIsSameDouble(p1.y, p2.y); +} + +inline bool operator!=(const wxRealPoint& p1, const wxRealPoint& p2) +{ + return !(p1 == p2); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator+(const wxRealPoint& p1, const wxRealPoint& p2) +{ + return wxRealPoint(p1.x + p2.x, p1.y + p2.y); +} + + +inline wxRealPoint operator-(const wxRealPoint& p1, const wxRealPoint& p2) +{ + return wxRealPoint(p1.x - p2.x, p1.y - p2.y); +} + + +inline wxRealPoint operator/(const wxRealPoint& s, int i) +{ + return wxRealPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator*(const wxRealPoint& s, int i) +{ + return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator*(int i, const wxRealPoint& s) +{ + return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator/(const wxRealPoint& s, unsigned int i) +{ + return wxRealPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator*(const wxRealPoint& s, unsigned int i) +{ + return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator*(unsigned int i, const wxRealPoint& s) +{ + return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator/(const wxRealPoint& s, long i) +{ + return wxRealPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator*(const wxRealPoint& s, long i) +{ + return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator*(long i, const wxRealPoint& s) +{ + return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator/(const wxRealPoint& s, unsigned long i) +{ + return wxRealPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator*(const wxRealPoint& s, unsigned long i) +{ + return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator*(unsigned long i, const wxRealPoint& s) +{ + return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator*(const wxRealPoint& s, double i) +{ + return wxRealPoint(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i)); +} + +inline wxRealPoint operator*(double i, const wxRealPoint& s) +{ + return wxRealPoint(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i)); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPoint: 2D point with integer coordinates +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPoint +{ +public: + int x, y; + + wxPoint() : x(0), y(0) { } + wxPoint(int xx, int yy) : x(xx), y(yy) { } + wxPoint(const wxRealPoint& pt) : x(int(pt.x)), y(int(pt.y)) { } + + // no copy ctor or assignment operator - the defaults are ok + + //assignment operators + wxPoint& operator+=(const wxPoint& p) { x += p.x; y += p.y; return *this; } + wxPoint& operator-=(const wxPoint& p) { x -= p.x; y -= p.y; return *this; } + + wxPoint& operator+=(const wxSize& s) { x += s.GetWidth(); y += s.GetHeight(); return *this; } + wxPoint& operator-=(const wxSize& s) { x -= s.GetWidth(); y -= s.GetHeight(); return *this; } + + // check if both components are set/initialized + bool IsFullySpecified() const { return x != wxDefaultCoord && y != wxDefaultCoord; } + + // fill in the unset components with the values from the other point + void SetDefaults(const wxPoint& pt) + { + if ( x == wxDefaultCoord ) + x = pt.x; + if ( y == wxDefaultCoord ) + y = pt.y; + } +}; + + +// comparison +inline bool operator==(const wxPoint& p1, const wxPoint& p2) +{ + return p1.x == p2.x && p1.y == p2.y; +} + +inline bool operator!=(const wxPoint& p1, const wxPoint& p2) +{ + return !(p1 == p2); +} + + +// arithmetic operations (component wise) +inline wxPoint operator+(const wxPoint& p1, const wxPoint& p2) +{ + return wxPoint(p1.x + p2.x, p1.y + p2.y); +} + +inline wxPoint operator-(const wxPoint& p1, const wxPoint& p2) +{ + return wxPoint(p1.x - p2.x, p1.y - p2.y); +} + +inline wxPoint operator+(const wxPoint& p, const wxSize& s) +{ + return wxPoint(p.x + s.x, p.y + s.y); +} + +inline wxPoint operator-(const wxPoint& p, const wxSize& s) +{ + return wxPoint(p.x - s.x, p.y - s.y); +} + +inline wxPoint operator+(const wxSize& s, const wxPoint& p) +{ + return wxPoint(p.x + s.x, p.y + s.y); +} + +inline wxPoint operator-(const wxSize& s, const wxPoint& p) +{ + return wxPoint(s.x - p.x, s.y - p.y); +} + +inline wxPoint operator-(const wxPoint& p) +{ + return wxPoint(-p.x, -p.y); +} + +inline wxPoint operator/(const wxPoint& s, int i) +{ + return wxPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i); +} + +inline wxPoint operator*(const wxPoint& s, int i) +{ + return wxPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxPoint operator*(int i, const wxPoint& s) +{ + return wxPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxPoint operator/(const wxPoint& s, unsigned int i) +{ + return wxPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i); +} + +inline wxPoint operator*(const wxPoint& s, unsigned int i) +{ + return wxPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxPoint operator*(unsigned int i, const wxPoint& s) +{ + return wxPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxPoint operator/(const wxPoint& s, long i) +{ + return wxPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i); +} + +inline wxPoint operator*(const wxPoint& s, long i) +{ + return wxPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxPoint operator*(long i, const wxPoint& s) +{ + return wxPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxPoint operator/(const wxPoint& s, unsigned long i) +{ + return wxPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i); +} + +inline wxPoint operator*(const wxPoint& s, unsigned long i) +{ + return wxPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxPoint operator*(unsigned long i, const wxPoint& s) +{ + return wxPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i); +} + +inline wxPoint operator*(const wxPoint& s, double i) +{ + return wxPoint(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i)); +} + +inline wxPoint operator*(double i, const wxPoint& s) +{ + return wxPoint(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i)); +} + +WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxPoint, wxPointList, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE); + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRect +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRect +{ +public: + wxRect() + : x(0), y(0), width(0), height(0) + { } + wxRect(int xx, int yy, int ww, int hh) + : x(xx), y(yy), width(ww), height(hh) + { } + wxRect(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight); + wxRect(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& size) + : x(pt.x), y(pt.y), width(size.x), height(size.y) + { } + wxRect(const wxSize& size) + : x(0), y(0), width(size.x), height(size.y) + { } + + // default copy ctor and assignment operators ok + + int GetX() const { return x; } + void SetX(int xx) { x = xx; } + + int GetY() const { return y; } + void SetY(int yy) { y = yy; } + + int GetWidth() const { return width; } + void SetWidth(int w) { width = w; } + + int GetHeight() const { return height; } + void SetHeight(int h) { height = h; } + + wxPoint GetPosition() const { return wxPoint(x, y); } + void SetPosition( const wxPoint &p ) { x = p.x; y = p.y; } + + wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(width, height); } + void SetSize( const wxSize &s ) { width = s.GetWidth(); height = s.GetHeight(); } + + bool IsEmpty() const { return (width <= 0) || (height <= 0); } + + int GetLeft() const { return x; } + int GetTop() const { return y; } + int GetBottom() const { return y + height - 1; } + int GetRight() const { return x + width - 1; } + + void SetLeft(int left) { x = left; } + void SetRight(int right) { width = right - x + 1; } + void SetTop(int top) { y = top; } + void SetBottom(int bottom) { height = bottom - y + 1; } + + wxPoint GetTopLeft() const { return GetPosition(); } + wxPoint GetLeftTop() const { return GetTopLeft(); } + void SetTopLeft(const wxPoint &p) { SetPosition(p); } + void SetLeftTop(const wxPoint &p) { SetTopLeft(p); } + + wxPoint GetBottomRight() const { return wxPoint(GetRight(), GetBottom()); } + wxPoint GetRightBottom() const { return GetBottomRight(); } + void SetBottomRight(const wxPoint &p) { SetRight(p.x); SetBottom(p.y); } + void SetRightBottom(const wxPoint &p) { SetBottomRight(p); } + + wxPoint GetTopRight() const { return wxPoint(GetRight(), GetTop()); } + wxPoint GetRightTop() const { return GetTopRight(); } + void SetTopRight(const wxPoint &p) { SetRight(p.x); SetTop(p.y); } + void SetRightTop(const wxPoint &p) { SetTopRight(p); } + + wxPoint GetBottomLeft() const { return wxPoint(GetLeft(), GetBottom()); } + wxPoint GetLeftBottom() const { return GetBottomLeft(); } + void SetBottomLeft(const wxPoint &p) { SetLeft(p.x); SetBottom(p.y); } + void SetLeftBottom(const wxPoint &p) { SetBottomLeft(p); } + + // operations with rect + wxRect& Inflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy); + wxRect& Inflate(const wxSize& d) { return Inflate(d.x, d.y); } + wxRect& Inflate(wxCoord d) { return Inflate(d, d); } + wxRect Inflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) const + { + wxRect r = *this; + r.Inflate(dx, dy); + return r; + } + + wxRect& Deflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) { return Inflate(-dx, -dy); } + wxRect& Deflate(const wxSize& d) { return Inflate(-d.x, -d.y); } + wxRect& Deflate(wxCoord d) { return Inflate(-d); } + wxRect Deflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) const + { + wxRect r = *this; + r.Deflate(dx, dy); + return r; + } + + void Offset(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) { x += dx; y += dy; } + void Offset(const wxPoint& pt) { Offset(pt.x, pt.y); } + + wxRect& Intersect(const wxRect& rect); + wxRect Intersect(const wxRect& rect) const + { + wxRect r = *this; + r.Intersect(rect); + return r; + } + + wxRect& Union(const wxRect& rect); + wxRect Union(const wxRect& rect) const + { + wxRect r = *this; + r.Union(rect); + return r; + } + + // return true if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect + bool Contains(int x, int y) const; + bool Contains(const wxPoint& pt) const { return Contains(pt.x, pt.y); } + // return true if the rectangle 'rect' is (not strictly) inside this rect + bool Contains(const wxRect& rect) const; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // use Contains() instead + wxDEPRECATED( bool Inside(int x, int y) const ); + wxDEPRECATED( bool Inside(const wxPoint& pt) const ); + wxDEPRECATED( bool Inside(const wxRect& rect) const ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + // return true if the rectangles have a non empty intersection + bool Intersects(const wxRect& rect) const; + + // like Union() but don't ignore empty rectangles + wxRect& operator+=(const wxRect& rect); + + // intersections of two rectrangles not testing for empty rectangles + wxRect& operator*=(const wxRect& rect); + + // centre this rectangle in the given (usually, but not necessarily, + // larger) one + wxRect CentreIn(const wxRect& r, int dir = wxBOTH) const + { + return wxRect(dir & wxHORIZONTAL ? r.x + (r.width - width)/2 : x, + dir & wxVERTICAL ? r.y + (r.height - height)/2 : y, + width, height); + } + + wxRect CenterIn(const wxRect& r, int dir = wxBOTH) const + { + return CentreIn(r, dir); + } + +public: + int x, y, width, height; +}; + + +// compare rectangles +inline bool operator==(const wxRect& r1, const wxRect& r2) +{ + return (r1.x == r2.x) && (r1.y == r2.y) && + (r1.width == r2.width) && (r1.height == r2.height); +} + +inline bool operator!=(const wxRect& r1, const wxRect& r2) +{ + return !(r1 == r2); +} + +// like Union() but don't treat empty rectangles specially +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRect operator+(const wxRect& r1, const wxRect& r2); + +// intersections of two rectangles +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRect operator*(const wxRect& r1, const wxRect& r2); + + + + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +inline bool wxRect::Inside(int cx, int cy) const { return Contains(cx, cy); } +inline bool wxRect::Inside(const wxPoint& pt) const { return Contains(pt); } +inline bool wxRect::Inside(const wxRect& rect) const { return Contains(rect); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + +// define functions which couldn't be defined above because of declarations +// order +inline void wxSize::IncBy(const wxPoint& pt) { IncBy(pt.x, pt.y); } +inline void wxSize::DecBy(const wxPoint& pt) { DecBy(pt.x, pt.y); } + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Management of pens, brushes and fonts +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef wxInt8 wxDash; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGDIObjListBase { +public: + wxGDIObjListBase(); + ~wxGDIObjListBase(); + +protected: + wxList list; +}; + +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxColour*, wxStringToColourHashMap); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourDatabase +{ +public: + wxColourDatabase(); + ~wxColourDatabase(); + + // find colour by name or name for the given colour + wxColour Find(const wxString& name) const; + wxString FindName(const wxColour& colour) const; + + // add a new colour to the database + void AddColour(const wxString& name, const wxColour& colour); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated, use Find() instead + wxDEPRECATED( wxColour *FindColour(const wxString& name) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + +#ifdef __WXPM__ + // PM keeps its own type of colour table + long* m_palTable; + size_t m_nSize; +#endif + +private: + // load the database with the built in colour values when called for the + // first time, do nothing after this + void Initialize(); + + wxStringToColourHashMap *m_map; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxResourceCache: public wxList +{ +public: + wxResourceCache() { } +#if !wxUSE_STL + wxResourceCache(const unsigned int keyType) : wxList(keyType) { } +#endif + virtual ~wxResourceCache(); +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global variables +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +/* Stock objects + + wxStockGDI creates the stock GDI objects on demand. Pointers to the + created objects are stored in the ms_stockObject array, which is indexed + by the Item enum values. Platorm-specific fonts can be created by + implementing a derived class with an override for the GetFont function. + wxStockGDI operates as a singleton, accessed through the ms_instance + pointer. By default this pointer is set to an instance of wxStockGDI. + A derived class must arrange to set this pointer to an instance of itself. +*/ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStockGDI +{ +public: + enum Item { + BRUSH_BLACK, + BRUSH_BLUE, + BRUSH_CYAN, + BRUSH_GREEN, + BRUSH_YELLOW, + BRUSH_GREY, + BRUSH_LIGHTGREY, + BRUSH_MEDIUMGREY, + BRUSH_RED, + BRUSH_TRANSPARENT, + BRUSH_WHITE, + COLOUR_BLACK, + COLOUR_BLUE, + COLOUR_CYAN, + COLOUR_GREEN, + COLOUR_YELLOW, + COLOUR_LIGHTGREY, + COLOUR_RED, + COLOUR_WHITE, + CURSOR_CROSS, + CURSOR_HOURGLASS, + CURSOR_STANDARD, + FONT_ITALIC, + FONT_NORMAL, + FONT_SMALL, + FONT_SWISS, + PEN_BLACK, + PEN_BLACKDASHED, + PEN_BLUE, + PEN_CYAN, + PEN_GREEN, + PEN_YELLOW, + PEN_GREY, + PEN_LIGHTGREY, + PEN_MEDIUMGREY, + PEN_RED, + PEN_TRANSPARENT, + PEN_WHITE, + ITEMCOUNT + }; + + wxStockGDI(); + virtual ~wxStockGDI(); + static void DeleteAll(); + + static wxStockGDI& instance() { return *ms_instance; } + + static const wxBrush* GetBrush(Item item); + static const wxColour* GetColour(Item item); + static const wxCursor* GetCursor(Item item); + // Can be overridden by platform-specific derived classes + virtual const wxFont* GetFont(Item item); + static const wxPen* GetPen(Item item); + +protected: + static wxStockGDI* ms_instance; + + static wxObject* ms_stockObject[ITEMCOUNT]; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStockGDI); +}; + +#define wxITALIC_FONT wxStockGDI::instance().GetFont(wxStockGDI::FONT_ITALIC) +#define wxNORMAL_FONT wxStockGDI::instance().GetFont(wxStockGDI::FONT_NORMAL) +#define wxSMALL_FONT wxStockGDI::instance().GetFont(wxStockGDI::FONT_SMALL) +#define wxSWISS_FONT wxStockGDI::instance().GetFont(wxStockGDI::FONT_SWISS) + +#define wxBLACK_DASHED_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_BLACKDASHED) +#define wxBLACK_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_BLACK) +#define wxBLUE_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_BLUE) +#define wxCYAN_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_CYAN) +#define wxGREEN_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_GREEN) +#define wxYELLOW_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_YELLOW) +#define wxGREY_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_GREY) +#define wxLIGHT_GREY_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_LIGHTGREY) +#define wxMEDIUM_GREY_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_MEDIUMGREY) +#define wxRED_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_RED) +#define wxTRANSPARENT_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_TRANSPARENT) +#define wxWHITE_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_WHITE) + +#define wxBLACK_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_BLACK) +#define wxBLUE_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_BLUE) +#define wxCYAN_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_CYAN) +#define wxGREEN_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_GREEN) +#define wxYELLOW_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_YELLOW) +#define wxGREY_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_GREY) +#define wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_LIGHTGREY) +#define wxMEDIUM_GREY_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_MEDIUMGREY) +#define wxRED_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_RED) +#define wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_TRANSPARENT) +#define wxWHITE_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_WHITE) + +#define wxBLACK wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_BLACK) +#define wxBLUE wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_BLUE) +#define wxCYAN wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_CYAN) +#define wxGREEN wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_GREEN) +#define wxYELLOW wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_YELLOW) +#define wxLIGHT_GREY wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_LIGHTGREY) +#define wxRED wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_RED) +#define wxWHITE wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_WHITE) + +#define wxCROSS_CURSOR wxStockGDI::GetCursor(wxStockGDI::CURSOR_CROSS) +#define wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR wxStockGDI::GetCursor(wxStockGDI::CURSOR_HOURGLASS) +#define wxSTANDARD_CURSOR wxStockGDI::GetCursor(wxStockGDI::CURSOR_STANDARD) + +// 'Null' objects +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxBitmap) wxNullBitmap; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxIcon) wxNullIcon; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxCursor) wxNullCursor; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxPen) wxNullPen; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxBrush) wxNullBrush; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxPalette) wxNullPalette; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxFont) wxNullFont; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxColour) wxNullColour; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxIconBundle) wxNullIconBundle; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxColourDatabase*) wxTheColourDatabase; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxPanelNameStr[]; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxSize) wxDefaultSize; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxPoint) wxDefaultPosition; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// resource management +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxInitializeStockLists(); +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDeleteStockLists(); + +// is the display colour (or monochrome)? +extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourDisplay(); + +// Returns depth of screen +extern int WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplayDepth(); +#define wxGetDisplayDepth wxDisplayDepth + +// get the display size +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplaySize(int *width, int *height); +extern wxSize WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGetDisplaySize(); +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplaySizeMM(int *width, int *height); +extern wxSize WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGetDisplaySizeMM(); +extern wxSize WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGetDisplayPPI(); + +// Get position and size of the display workarea +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClientDisplayRect(int *x, int *y, int *width, int *height); +extern wxRect WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGetClientDisplayRect(); + +// set global cursor +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor); + +#endif + // _WX_GDICMNH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gdiobj.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gdiobj.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc018231ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gdiobj.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gdiobj.h +// Purpose: wxGDIObject base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: gdiobj.h 66374 2010-12-14 18:43:49Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/object.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGDIRefData is the base class for wxXXXData structures which contain the +// real data for the GDI object and are shared among all wxWin objects sharing +// the same native GDI object +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGDIRefData : public wxObjectRefData +{ +public: + // Default ctor which needs to be defined just because we use + // wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS() below. + wxGDIRefData() { } + + // override this in the derived classes to check if this data object is + // really fully initialized + virtual bool IsOk() const { return true; } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGDIRefData); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGDIObject: base class for bitmaps, pens, brushes, ... +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGDIObject : public wxObject +{ +public: + // checks if the object can be used + virtual bool IsOk() const + { + // the cast here is safe because the derived classes always create + // wxGDIRefData objects + return m_refData && static_cast(m_refData)->IsOk(); + } + + // don't use in the new code, use IsOk() instead + bool IsNull() const { return m_refData == NULL; } + + // older version, for backwards compatibility only (but not deprecated + // because it's still widely used) + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__WXPALMOS__) + // Creates the resource + virtual bool RealizeResource() { return false; } + + // Frees the resource + virtual bool FreeResource(bool WXUNUSED(force) = false) { return false; } + + virtual bool IsFree() const { return false; } + + // Returns handle. + virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const { return 0; } +#endif // defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) + +protected: + // replace base class functions using wxObjectRefData with our own which + // use wxGDIRefData to ensure that we always work with data objects of the + // correct type (i.e. derived from wxGDIRefData) + virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const + { + return CreateGDIRefData(); + } + + virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const + { + return CloneGDIRefData(static_cast(data)); + } + + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const = 0; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const = 0; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGDIObject) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9311de0abc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h +// Purpose: generic wxAboutBox() implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2006-10-07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: aboutdlgg.h 60389 2009-04-26 13:41:21Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_ABOUTDLGG_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_ABOUTDLGG_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_ABOUTDLG + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxAboutDialogInfo; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizerFlags; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericAboutDialog: generic "About" dialog implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGenericAboutDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + // constructors and Create() method + // -------------------------------- + + // default ctor, you must use Create() to really initialize the dialog + wxGenericAboutDialog() { Init(); } + + // ctor which fully initializes the object + wxGenericAboutDialog(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info, wxWindow* parent = NULL) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(info, parent); + } + + // this method must be called if and only if the default ctor was used + bool Create(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info, wxWindow* parent = NULL); + +protected: + // this virtual method may be overridden to add some more controls to the + // dialog + // + // notice that for this to work you must call Create() from the derived + // class ctor and not use the base class ctor directly as otherwise the + // virtual function of the derived class wouldn't be called + virtual void DoAddCustomControls() { } + + // add arbitrary control to the text sizer contents with the specified + // flags + void AddControl(wxWindow *win, const wxSizerFlags& flags); + + // add arbitrary control to the text sizer contents and center it + void AddControl(wxWindow *win); + + // add the text, if it's not empty, to the text sizer contents + void AddText(const wxString& text); + +#if wxUSE_COLLPANE + // add a wxCollapsiblePane containing the given text + void AddCollapsiblePane(const wxString& title, const wxString& text); +#endif // wxUSE_COLLPANE + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init() { m_sizerText = NULL; } + + + wxSizer *m_sizerText; +}; + +// unlike wxAboutBox which can show either the native or generic about dialog, +// this function always shows the generic one +WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV void wxGenericAboutBox(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info, wxWindow* parent = NULL); + +#endif // wxUSE_ABOUTDLG + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_ABOUTDLGG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/accel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/accel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0d76f7bf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/accel.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/accel.h +// Purpose: wxAcceleratorTable class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: accel.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_ACCEL_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_ACCEL_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxKeyEvent; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAcceleratorTable +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAcceleratorTable : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxAcceleratorTable(); + wxAcceleratorTable(int n, const wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]); + virtual ~wxAcceleratorTable(); + + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + bool IsOk() const; + + void Add(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry); + void Remove(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry); + + // implementation + // -------------- + + wxMenuItem *GetMenuItem(const wxKeyEvent& event) const; + int GetCommand(const wxKeyEvent& event) const; + + const wxAcceleratorEntry *GetEntry(const wxKeyEvent& event) const; + +protected: + // ref counting code + virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const; + virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_ACCEL_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/animate.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/animate.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..16562ce351 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/animate.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/animate.h +// Purpose: wxAnimation and wxAnimationCtrl +// Author: Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 13/8/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: animate.h 53629 2008-05-17 22:51:52Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_ANIMATEH__ +#define _WX_GENERIC_ANIMATEH__ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxAnimationDecoder, wxAnimationDecoderList, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimation : public wxAnimationBase +{ +public: + wxAnimation() {} + wxAnimation(const wxString &name, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) + { LoadFile(name, type); } + + virtual bool IsOk() const + { return m_refData != NULL; } + + virtual unsigned int GetFrameCount() const; + virtual int GetDelay(unsigned int i) const; + virtual wxImage GetFrame(unsigned int i) const; + virtual wxSize GetSize() const; + + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, + wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY); + virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream, + wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY); + + // extended interface used by the generic implementation of wxAnimationCtrl + wxPoint GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const; + wxSize GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const; + wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const; + wxColour GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const; + wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const; + +protected: + static wxAnimationDecoderList sm_handlers; + +public: + static inline wxAnimationDecoderList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; } + static void AddHandler(wxAnimationDecoder *handler); + static void InsertHandler(wxAnimationDecoder *handler); + static const wxAnimationDecoder *FindHandler( wxAnimationType animType ); + + static void CleanUpHandlers(); + static void InitStandardHandlers(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimation) +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimationCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimationCtrl: public wxAnimationCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxAnimationCtrl() { Init(); } + wxAnimationCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxAnimation& anim = wxNullAnimation, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxAC_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxAnimationCtrlNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, anim, pos, size, style, name); + } + + void Init(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxAnimation& anim = wxNullAnimation, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxAC_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxAnimationCtrlNameStr); + + ~wxAnimationCtrl(); + +public: + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY); + virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY); + + virtual void Stop(); + virtual bool Play() + { return Play(true /* looped */); } + virtual bool IsPlaying() const + { return m_isPlaying; } + + void SetAnimation(const wxAnimation &animation); + wxAnimation GetAnimation() const + { return m_animation; } + + virtual void SetInactiveBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp); + + // override base class method + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col); + +public: // event handlers + + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + void OnTimer(wxTimerEvent& event); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + +public: // extended API specific to this implementation of wxAnimateCtrl + + // Specify whether the animation's background colour is to be shown (the default), + // or whether the window background should show through + void SetUseWindowBackgroundColour(bool useWinBackground = true) + { m_useWinBackgroundColour = useWinBackground; } + bool IsUsingWindowBackgroundColour() const + { return m_useWinBackgroundColour; } + + // This overload of Play() lets you specify if the animation must loop or not + bool Play(bool looped); + + // Draw the current frame of the animation into given DC. + // This is fast as current frame is always cached. + void DrawCurrentFrame(wxDC& dc); + + // Returns a wxBitmap with the current frame drawn in it + wxBitmap& GetBackingStore() + { return m_backingStore; } + +protected: // internal utilities + + // resize this control to fit m_animation + void FitToAnimation(); + + // Draw the background; use this when e.g. previous frame had wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND disposal. + void DisposeToBackground(); + void DisposeToBackground(wxDC& dc); + void DisposeToBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &sz); + + void IncrementalUpdateBackingStore(); + bool RebuildBackingStoreUpToFrame(unsigned int); + void DrawFrame(wxDC &dc, unsigned int); + + virtual void DisplayStaticImage(); + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +protected: + unsigned int m_currentFrame; // Current frame + bool m_looped; // Looped, or not + wxTimer m_timer; // The timer + wxAnimation m_animation; // The animation + + bool m_isPlaying; // Is the animation playing? + bool m_useWinBackgroundColour; // Use animation bg colour or window bg colour? + + wxBitmap m_backingStore; // The frames are drawn here and then blitted + // on the screen + +private: + typedef wxAnimationCtrlBase base_type; + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimationCtrl) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_ANIMATEH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/bmpcbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/bmpcbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..851fb971d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/bmpcbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/bmpcbox.h +// Purpose: wxBitmapComboBox +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Modified by: +// Created: Aug-30-2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpcbox.h 54382 2008-06-27 13:47:45Z RR $ +// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_BMPCBOX_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_BMPCBOX_H_ + + +#define wxGENERIC_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1 + +#include "wx/odcombo.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapComboBox: a wxComboBox that allows images to be shown +// in front of string items. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxBitmapComboBox : public wxOwnerDrawnComboBox, + public wxBitmapComboBoxBase +{ +public: + + // ctors and such + wxBitmapComboBox() : wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(), wxBitmapComboBoxBase() + { + Init(); + } + + wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, + const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr) + : wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(), + wxBitmapComboBoxBase() + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, + choices, style, validator, name); + } + + wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int n, + const wxString choices[], + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr); + + virtual ~wxBitmapComboBox(); + + // Adds item with image to the end of the combo box. + int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap); + int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, void *clientData); + int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxClientData *clientData); + + // Inserts item with image into the list before pos. Not valid for wxCB_SORT + // styles, use Append instead. + int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, unsigned int pos); + int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + unsigned int pos, void *clientData); + int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + unsigned int pos, wxClientData *clientData); + + // Sets the image for the given item. + virtual void SetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); + +protected: + + virtual void OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags) const; + virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags) const; + virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem(size_t item) const; + virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItemWidth(size_t item) const; + + // Event handlers + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + virtual wxItemContainer* GetItemContainer() { return this; } + virtual wxWindow* GetControl() { return this; } + + // wxItemContainer implementation + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter & items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + virtual void DoClear(); + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + +private: + bool m_inResize; + + void Init(); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapComboBox) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_BMPCBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/busyinfo.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/busyinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b656f99760 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/busyinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/busyinfo.h +// Purpose: Information window (when app is busy) +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: busyinfo.h 62789 2009-12-05 19:57:58Z PC $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BUSYINFO_H_ +#define _WX_BUSYINFO_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_BUSYINFO + +#include "wx/object.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBusyInfo +// Displays progress information +// Can be used in exactly same way as wxBusyCursor +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBusyInfo : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxBusyInfo(const wxString& message, wxWindow *parent = NULL); + + virtual ~wxBusyInfo(); + +private: + wxFrame *m_InfoFrame; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBusyInfo); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_BUSYINFO +#endif // _WX_BUSYINFO_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/buttonbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/buttonbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..91443dbf14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/buttonbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/buttonbar.h +// Purpose: wxButtonToolBar declaration +// Author: Julian Smart, after Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin, SciTech +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-04-13 +// Id: $Id: buttonbar.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin, +// SciTech Software, Inc. +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BUTTONBAR_H_ +#define _WX_BUTTONBAR_H_ + +#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h" +#include "wx/toolbar.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButtonToolBarTool; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxButtonToolBar +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxButtonToolBar : public wxToolBarBase +{ +public: + // construction/destruction + wxButtonToolBar() { Init(); } + wxButtonToolBar(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr ); + + virtual ~wxButtonToolBar(); + + virtual bool Realize(); + + virtual void SetToolShortHelp(int id, const wxString& helpString); + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + + virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable); + virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); + virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); + + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bmpNormal, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + wxItemKind kind, + wxObject *clientData, + const wxString& shortHelp, + const wxString& longHelp); + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control, + const wxString& label); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const; + + // calculate layout + void DoLayout(); + + // get the bounding rect for the given tool + wxRect GetToolRect(wxToolBarToolBase *tool) const; + + // get the rect limits depending on the orientation: top/bottom for a + // vertical toolbar, left/right for a horizontal one + void GetRectLimits(const wxRect& rect, wxCoord *start, wxCoord *end) const; + + // receives button commands + void OnCommand(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // paints a border + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + + // detects mouse clicks outside buttons + void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event); + +private: + // have we calculated the positions of our tools? + bool m_needsLayout; + + // the width of a separator + wxCoord m_widthSeparator; + + // the total size of all toolbar elements + wxCoord m_maxWidth, + m_maxHeight; + + // the height of a label + int m_labelHeight; + + // the space above the label + int m_labelMargin; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButtonToolBar) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif + // _WX_BUTTONBAR_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/calctrlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/calctrlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f7af5fa97c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/calctrlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,317 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/calctrlg.h +// Purpose: generic implementation of date-picker control +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29.12.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: calctrlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_CALCTRLG_H +#define _WX_GENERIC_CALCTRLG_H + +#include "wx/control.h" // the base class +#include "wx/dcclient.h" // for wxPaintDC + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinEvent; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericCalendarCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGenericCalendarCtrl : public wxCalendarCtrlBase +{ +public: + // construction + wxGenericCalendarCtrl() { Init(); } + wxGenericCalendarCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS, + const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS, + const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr); + + virtual ~wxGenericCalendarCtrl(); + + virtual bool Destroy(); + + // set/get the current date + // ------------------------ + + virtual bool SetDate(const wxDateTime& date); + virtual wxDateTime GetDate() const { return m_date; } + + + // set/get the range in which selection can occur + // --------------------------------------------- + + virtual bool SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxDateTime& upperdate = wxDefaultDateTime); + + virtual bool GetDateRange(wxDateTime *lowerdate, wxDateTime *upperdate) const; + + // these functions are for generic version only, don't use them but use the + // Set/GetDateRange() above instead + bool SetLowerDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime); + const wxDateTime& GetLowerDateLimit() const { return m_lowdate; } + bool SetUpperDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime); + const wxDateTime& GetUpperDateLimit() const { return m_highdate; } + + + // calendar mode + // ------------- + + // some calendar styles can't be changed after the control creation by + // just using SetWindowStyle() and Refresh() and the functions below + // should be used instead for them + + // corresponds to wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE bit + virtual bool EnableMonthChange(bool enable = true); + + // corresponds to wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE bit, deprecated, generic only + void EnableYearChange(bool enable = true); + + + // customization + // ------------- + + virtual void Mark(size_t day, bool mark); + + // all other functions in this section are for generic version only + + // header colours are used for painting the weekdays at the top + virtual void SetHeaderColours(const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg) + { + m_colHeaderFg = colFg; + m_colHeaderBg = colBg; + } + + virtual const wxColour& GetHeaderColourFg() const { return m_colHeaderFg; } + virtual const wxColour& GetHeaderColourBg() const { return m_colHeaderBg; } + + // highlight colour is used for the currently selected date + virtual void SetHighlightColours(const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg) + { + m_colHighlightFg = colFg; + m_colHighlightBg = colBg; + } + + virtual const wxColour& GetHighlightColourFg() const { return m_colHighlightFg; } + virtual const wxColour& GetHighlightColourBg() const { return m_colHighlightBg; } + + // holiday colour is used for the holidays (if style & wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS) + virtual void SetHolidayColours(const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg) + { + m_colHolidayFg = colFg; + m_colHolidayBg = colBg; + } + + virtual const wxColour& GetHolidayColourFg() const { return m_colHolidayFg; } + virtual const wxColour& GetHolidayColourBg() const { return m_colHolidayBg; } + + virtual wxCalendarDateAttr *GetAttr(size_t day) const + { + wxCHECK_MSG( day > 0 && day < 32, NULL, wxT("invalid day") ); + + return m_attrs[day - 1]; + } + + virtual void SetAttr(size_t day, wxCalendarDateAttr *attr) + { + wxCHECK_RET( day > 0 && day < 32, wxT("invalid day") ); + + delete m_attrs[day - 1]; + m_attrs[day - 1] = attr; + } + + virtual void ResetAttr(size_t day) { SetAttr(day, NULL); } + + virtual void SetHoliday(size_t day); + + virtual wxCalendarHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pos, + wxDateTime *date = NULL, + wxDateTime::WeekDay *wd = NULL); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // forward these functions to all subcontrols + virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true); + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style); + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); + +protected: + // override some base class virtuals + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // startup colours and reinitialization after colour changes in system + void InitColours(); + + // event handlers + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + void OnClick(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnDClick(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnMonthChange(wxCommandEvent& event); + + void HandleYearChange(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnYearChange(wxSpinEvent& event); + void OnYearTextChange(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // (re)calc m_widthCol and m_heightRow + void RecalcGeometry(); + + // set the date and send the notification + void SetDateAndNotify(const wxDateTime& date); + + // get the week (row, in range 1..6) for the given date + size_t GetWeek(const wxDateTime& date) const; + + // get the date from which we start drawing days + wxDateTime GetStartDate() const; + + // get the first/last days of the week corresponding to the current style + wxDateTime::WeekDay GetWeekStart() const + { + return HasFlag(wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST) ? wxDateTime::Mon + : wxDateTime::Sun; + } + + wxDateTime::WeekDay GetWeekEnd() const + { + return HasFlag(wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST) ? wxDateTime::Sun + : wxDateTime::Sat; + } + + + // is this date shown? + bool IsDateShown(const wxDateTime& date) const; + + // is this date in the currently allowed range? + bool IsDateInRange(const wxDateTime& date) const; + + // adjust the date to the currently allowed range, return true if it was + // changed + bool AdjustDateToRange(wxDateTime *date) const; + + // redraw the given date + void RefreshDate(const wxDateTime& date); + + // change the date inside the same month/year + void ChangeDay(const wxDateTime& date); + + // deprecated + bool AllowYearChange() const + { + return !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE); + } + + // show the correct controls + void ShowCurrentControls(); + + // create the month combo and year spin controls + void CreateMonthComboBox(); + void CreateYearSpinCtrl(); + +public: + // get the currently shown control for month/year + wxControl *GetMonthControl() const; + wxControl *GetYearControl() const; + +private: + virtual void ResetHolidayAttrs(); + virtual void RefreshHolidays() { Refresh(); } + + // OnPaint helper-methods + + // Highlight the [fromdate : todate] range using pen and brush + void HighlightRange(wxPaintDC* dc, const wxDateTime& fromdate, const wxDateTime& todate, const wxPen* pen, const wxBrush* brush); + + // Get the "coordinates" for the date relative to the month currently displayed. + // using (day, week): upper left coord is (1, 1), lower right coord is (7, 6) + // if the date isn't visible (-1, -1) is put in (day, week) and false is returned + bool GetDateCoord(const wxDateTime& date, int *day, int *week) const; + + // Set the flag for SetDate(): otherwise it would overwrite the year + // typed in by the user + void SetUserChangedYear() { m_userChangedYear = true; } + + + // the subcontrols + wxStaticText *m_staticMonth; + wxComboBox *m_comboMonth; + + wxStaticText *m_staticYear; + wxSpinCtrl *m_spinYear; + + // the current selection + wxDateTime m_date; + + // the date-range + wxDateTime m_lowdate; + wxDateTime m_highdate; + + // default attributes + wxColour m_colHighlightFg, + m_colHighlightBg, + m_colHolidayFg, + m_colHolidayBg, + m_colHeaderFg, + m_colHeaderBg, + m_colBackground, + m_colSurrounding; + + // the attributes for each of the month days + wxCalendarDateAttr *m_attrs[31]; + + // the width and height of one column/row in the calendar + wxCoord m_widthCol, + m_heightRow, + m_rowOffset, + m_calendarWeekWidth; + + wxRect m_leftArrowRect, + m_rightArrowRect; + + // the week day names + wxString m_weekdays[7]; + + // true if SetDate() is being called as the result of changing the year in + // the year control + bool m_userChangedYear; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericCalendarCtrl) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericCalendarCtrl); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_CALCTRLG_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/caret.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/caret.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..99f78ddd59 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/caret.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/caret.h +// Purpose: generic wxCaret class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin (original code by Robert Roebling) +// Modified by: +// Created: 25.05.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: caret.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CARET_H_ +#define _WX_CARET_H_ + +#include "wx/timer.h" +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/overlay.h" + +#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + #define wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCaret; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaretTimer : public wxTimer +{ +public: + wxCaretTimer(wxCaret *caret); + virtual void Notify(); + +private: + wxCaret *m_caret; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaret : public wxCaretBase +{ +public: + // ctors + // ----- + // default - use Create() + wxCaret() : m_timer(this) { InitGeneric(); } + // creates a block caret associated with the given window + wxCaret(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height) + : wxCaretBase(window, width, height), m_timer(this) { InitGeneric(); } + wxCaret(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size) + : wxCaretBase(window, size), m_timer(this) { InitGeneric(); } + + virtual ~wxCaret(); + + // implementation + // -------------- + + // called by wxWindow (not using the event tables) + virtual void OnSetFocus(); + virtual void OnKillFocus(); + + // called by wxCaretTimer + void OnTimer(); + +protected: + virtual void DoShow(); + virtual void DoHide(); + virtual void DoMove(); + virtual void DoSize(); + + // blink the caret once + void Blink(); + + // refresh the caret + void Refresh(); + + // draw the caret on the given DC + void DoDraw(wxDC *dc, wxWindow* win); + +private: + // GTK specific initialization + void InitGeneric(); + +#ifdef wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS + // the overlay for displaying the caret + wxOverlay m_overlay; +#else + // the bitmap holding the part of window hidden by the caret when it was + // at (m_xOld, m_yOld) + wxBitmap m_bmpUnderCaret; + int m_xOld, + m_yOld; +#endif + + wxCaretTimer m_timer; + bool m_blinkedOut, // true => caret hidden right now + m_hasFocus; // true => our window has focus +}; + +#endif // _WX_CARET_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/choicdgg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/choicdgg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0cbf06d201 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/choicdgg.h @@ -0,0 +1,392 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/choicdgg.h +// Purpose: Generic choice dialogs +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: 03.11.00: VZ to add wxArrayString and multiple sel functions +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: choicdgg.h 63731 2010-03-21 11:06:31Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_CHOICDGG_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_CHOICDGG_H_ + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListBoxBase; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// some (ugly...) constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxCHOICE_HEIGHT 150 +#define wxCHOICE_WIDTH 200 + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ +#define wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE \ + (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxOK | wxCANCEL | wxCENTRE) +#else +#define wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE \ + (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxOK | wxCANCEL | wxCENTRE) +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnyChoiceDialog: a base class for dialogs containing a listbox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAnyChoiceDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxAnyChoiceDialog() { } + + wxAnyChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB) + { + (void)Create(parent, message, caption, n, choices, + styleDlg, pos, styleLbox); + } + wxAnyChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB) + { + (void)Create(parent, message, caption, choices, + styleDlg, pos, styleLbox); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB); + +protected: + wxListBoxBase *m_listbox; + + virtual wxListBoxBase *CreateList(int n, + const wxString *choices, + long styleLbox); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAnyChoiceDialog); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSingleChoiceDialog: a dialog with single selection listbox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSingleChoiceDialog : public wxAnyChoiceDialog +{ +public: + wxSingleChoiceDialog() + { + m_selection = -1; + } + + wxSingleChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, + const wxString *choices, + char **clientData = (char **)NULL, + long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); + wxSingleChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + char **clientData = (char **)NULL, + long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, + const wxString *choices, + char **clientData = (char **)NULL, + long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + char **clientData = (char **)NULL, + long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); + + void SetSelection(int sel); + int GetSelection() const { return m_selection; } + wxString GetStringSelection() const { return m_stringSelection; } + + // obsolete function (NB: no need to make it return wxChar, it's untyped) + char *GetSelectionClientData() const { return (char *)m_clientData; } + + // implementation from now on + void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event); +#ifndef __SMARTPHONE__ + void OnListBoxDClick(wxCommandEvent& event); +#endif +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + void OnJoystickButtonDown(wxJoystickEvent& event); +#endif + +protected: + int m_selection; + wxString m_stringSelection; + + void DoChoice(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSingleChoiceDialog) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMultiChoiceDialog: a dialog with multi selection listbox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMultiChoiceDialog : public wxAnyChoiceDialog +{ +public: + wxMultiChoiceDialog() { } + + wxMultiChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, + const wxString *choices, + long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition) + { + (void)Create(parent, message, caption, n, choices, style, pos); + } + wxMultiChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition) + { + (void)Create(parent, message, caption, choices, style, pos); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, + const wxString *choices, + long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); + + void SetSelections(const wxArrayInt& selections); + wxArrayInt GetSelections() const { return m_selections; } + + // implementation from now on + virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow(); + +protected: +#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + virtual wxListBoxBase *CreateList(int n, + const wxString *choices, + long styleLbox); +#endif // wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + + wxArrayInt m_selections; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMultiChoiceDialog) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wrapper functions which can be used to get selection(s) from the user +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// get the user selection as a string +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int x = wxDefaultCoord, + int y = wxDefaultCoord, + bool centre = true, + int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, + int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT, + int initialSelection = 0); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int x = wxDefaultCoord, + int y = wxDefaultCoord, + bool centre = true, + int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, + int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT, + int initialSelection = 0); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + int initialSelection, + wxWindow *parent = NULL); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + int initialSelection, + wxWindow *parent = NULL); + +// Same as above but gets position in list of strings, instead of string, +// or -1 if no selection +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int x = wxDefaultCoord, + int y = wxDefaultCoord, + bool centre = true, + int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, + int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT, + int initialSelection = 0); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int x = wxDefaultCoord, + int y = wxDefaultCoord, + bool centre = true, + int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, + int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT, + int initialSelection = 0); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + int initialSelection, + wxWindow *parent = NULL); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + int initialSelection, + wxWindow *parent = NULL); + +// Return client data instead or NULL if canceled +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + void **client_data, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int x = wxDefaultCoord, + int y = wxDefaultCoord, + bool centre = true, + int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, + int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT, + int initialSelection = 0); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + void **client_data, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int x = wxDefaultCoord, + int y = wxDefaultCoord, + bool centre = true, + int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, + int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT, + int initialSelection = 0); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + void **client_data, + int initialSelection, + wxWindow *parent = NULL); + + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + void **client_data, + int initialSelection, + wxWindow *parent = NULL); + +// fill the array with the indices of the chosen items, it will be empty +// if no items were selected or Cancel was pressed - return the number of +// selections or -1 if cancelled +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxGetSelectedChoices(wxArrayInt& selections, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int x = wxDefaultCoord, + int y = wxDefaultCoord, + bool centre = true, + int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, + int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxGetSelectedChoices(wxArrayInt& selections, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int x = wxDefaultCoord, + int y = wxDefaultCoord, + bool centre = true, + int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, + int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +// fill the array with the indices of the chosen items, it will be empty +// if no items were selected or Cancel was pressed - return the number of +// selections +wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int x = wxDefaultCoord, + int y = wxDefaultCoord, + bool centre = true, + int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, + int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT) ); + +wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int x = wxDefaultCoord, + int y = wxDefaultCoord, + bool centre = true, + int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH, + int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT)); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_CHOICDGG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/clrpickerg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/clrpickerg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4012a9cc75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/clrpickerg.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/clrpickerg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericColourButton header +// Author: Francesco Montorsi (based on Vadim Zeitlin's code) +// Modified by: +// Created: 14/4/2006 +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Francesco Montorsi +// RCS-ID: $Id: clrpickerg.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CLRPICKER_H_ +#define _WX_CLRPICKER_H_ + +#include "wx/button.h" +#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h" +#include "wx/colourdata.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericColourButton: a button which brings up a wxColourDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericColourButton : public wxBitmapButton, + public wxColourPickerWidgetBase +{ +public: + wxGenericColourButton() {} + wxGenericColourButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxColour& col = *wxBLACK, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCLRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxColourPickerWidgetNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, col, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual ~wxGenericColourButton() {} + + +public: // API extensions specific for wxGenericColourButton + + // user can override this to init colour data in a different way + virtual void InitColourData(); + + // returns the colour data shown in wxColourDialog + wxColourData *GetColourData() { return &ms_data; } + + +public: + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxColour& col = *wxBLACK, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCLRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxColourPickerWidgetNameStr); + + void OnButtonClick(wxCommandEvent &); + + +protected: + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + + wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + void UpdateColour(); + + // the colour data shown in wxColourPickerCtrlGeneric + // controls. This member is static so that all colour pickers + // in the program share the same set of custom colours. + static wxColourData ms_data; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericColourButton) +}; + + +#endif // _WX_CLRPICKER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/collpaneg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/collpaneg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a69a686d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/collpaneg.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/collpaneg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericCollapsiblePane +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 8/10/2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: collpaneg.h 58606 2009-02-01 20:59:03Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_GENERIC_ +#define _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_GENERIC_ + +// forward declared +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticLine; +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDisclosureTriangle; +#endif + +#include "wx/containr.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericCollapsiblePane +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericCollapsiblePane : public wxCollapsiblePaneBase +{ +public: + wxGenericCollapsiblePane() { Init(); } + + wxGenericCollapsiblePane(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCP_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCollapsiblePaneNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, winid, label, pos, size, style, val, name); + } + + virtual ~wxGenericCollapsiblePane(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCP_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCollapsiblePaneNameStr); + + // public wxCollapsiblePane API + virtual void Collapse(bool collapse = true); + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString &label); + + virtual bool IsCollapsed() const + { return m_pPane==NULL || !m_pPane->IsShown(); } + virtual wxWindow *GetPane() const + { return m_pPane; } + virtual wxString GetLabel() const + { return m_strLabel; } + + virtual bool Layout(); + + + // for the generic collapsible pane only: + wxControl* GetControlWidget() const + { return (wxControl*)m_pButton; } + + // implementation only, don't use + void OnStateChange(const wxSize& sizeNew); + +protected: + // overridden methods + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + wxString GetBtnLabel() const; + int GetBorder() const; + + // child controls +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + wxDisclosureTriangle *m_pButton; +#else + wxButton *m_pButton; +#endif + wxStaticLine *m_pStaticLine; + wxWindow *m_pPane; + wxSizer *m_sz; + + // the button label without ">>" or "<<" + wxString m_strLabel; + +private: + void Init(); + + // event handlers + void OnButton(wxCommandEvent &ev); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent &ev); + + WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericCollapsiblePane) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_GENERIC_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/colour.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/colour.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c07d8c77f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/colour.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/colour.h +// Purpose: wxColour class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: colour.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_COLOUR_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_COLOUR_H_ + +#include "wx/object.h" + +// Colour +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColour: public wxColourBase +{ +public: + // constructors + // ------------ + DEFINE_STD_WXCOLOUR_CONSTRUCTORS + + // copy ctors and assignment operators + wxColour(const wxColour& col) + { + *this = col; + } + + wxColour& operator=(const wxColour& col); + + // accessors + virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_isInit; } + + unsigned char Red() const { return m_red; } + unsigned char Green() const { return m_green; } + unsigned char Blue() const { return m_blue; } + unsigned char Alpha() const { return m_alpha; } + + // comparison + bool operator==(const wxColour& colour) const + { + return (m_red == colour.m_red && + m_green == colour.m_green && + m_blue == colour.m_blue && + m_alpha == colour.m_alpha && + m_isInit == colour.m_isInit); + } + + bool operator!=(const wxColour& colour) const { return !(*this == colour); } + +protected: + + // Helper function + void Init(); + + virtual void + InitRGBA(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b, unsigned char a); + +private: + bool m_isInit; + unsigned char m_red; + unsigned char m_blue; + unsigned char m_green; + unsigned char m_alpha; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_COLOUR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/colrdlgg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/colrdlgg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..82248cbc1c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/colrdlgg.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/colrdlgg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericColourDialog +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: colrdlgg.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COLORDLGG_H_ +#define _WX_COLORDLGG_H_ + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +#define wxID_ADD_CUSTOM 3000 + +#if wxUSE_SLIDER + + #define wxID_RED_SLIDER 3001 + #define wxID_GREEN_SLIDER 3002 + #define wxID_BLUE_SLIDER 3003 + + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSlider; + +#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericColourDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxGenericColourDialog(); + wxGenericColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, + wxColourData *data = NULL); + virtual ~wxGenericColourDialog(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL); + + wxColourData &GetColourData() { return m_colourData; } + + virtual int ShowModal(); + + // Internal functions + void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + + virtual void CalculateMeasurements(); + virtual void CreateWidgets(); + virtual void InitializeColours(); + + virtual void PaintBasicColours(wxDC& dc); + virtual void PaintCustomColours(wxDC& dc); + virtual void PaintCustomColour(wxDC& dc); + virtual void PaintHighlight(wxDC& dc, bool draw); + + virtual void OnBasicColourClick(int which); + virtual void OnCustomColourClick(int which); + + void OnAddCustom(wxCommandEvent& event); + +#if wxUSE_SLIDER + void OnRedSlider(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnGreenSlider(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnBlueSlider(wxCommandEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER + + void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); + +protected: + wxColourData m_colourData; + + // Area reserved for grids of colours + wxRect m_standardColoursRect; + wxRect m_customColoursRect; + wxRect m_singleCustomColourRect; + + // Size of each colour rectangle + wxPoint m_smallRectangleSize; + + // For single customizable colour + wxPoint m_customRectangleSize; + + // Grid spacing (between rectangles) + int m_gridSpacing; + + // Section spacing (between left and right halves of dialog box) + int m_sectionSpacing; + + // 48 'standard' colours + wxColour m_standardColours[48]; + + // 16 'custom' colours + wxColour m_customColours[16]; + + // Which colour is selected? An index into one of the two areas. + int m_colourSelection; + int m_whichKind; // 1 for standard colours, 2 for custom colours, + +#if wxUSE_SLIDER + wxSlider *m_redSlider; + wxSlider *m_greenSlider; + wxSlider *m_blueSlider; +#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER + + int m_buttonY; + + int m_okButtonX; + int m_customButtonX; + + // static bool colourDialogCancelled; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericColourDialog) +}; + +#endif // _WX_COLORDLGG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/combo.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/combo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2632d66618 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/combo.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/combo.h +// Purpose: Generic wxComboCtrl +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Modified by: +// Created: Apr-30-2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: combo.h 67255 2011-03-20 10:59:22Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_COMBOCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_COMBOCTRL_H_ + +#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL + +// Only define generic if native doesn't have all the features +#if !defined(wxCOMBOCONTROL_FULLY_FEATURED) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Generic wxComboCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + +// all actions of single line text controls are supported + +// popup/dismiss the choice window +#define wxACTION_COMBOBOX_POPUP wxT("popup") +#define wxACTION_COMBOBOX_DISMISS wxT("dismiss") + +#endif + +#include "wx/dcbuffer.h" + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxComboBoxNameStr[]; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericComboCtrl : public wxComboCtrlBase +{ +public: + // ctors and such + wxGenericComboCtrl() : wxComboCtrlBase() { Init(); } + + wxGenericComboCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) + : wxComboCtrlBase() + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + + virtual ~wxGenericComboCtrl(); + + void SetCustomPaintWidth( int width ); + + virtual bool IsKeyPopupToggle(const wxKeyEvent& event) const; + + static int GetFeatures() { return wxComboCtrlFeatures::All; } + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + // we have our own input handler and our own actions + virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action, + long numArg = 0l, + const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString); +#endif + +protected: + + // Dummies for platform-specific wxTextEntry implementations +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + // Looks like there's nothing we need to override here +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + virtual WXWidget GetTextWidget() const { return NULL; } +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) + virtual GtkEditable *GetEditable() const { return NULL; } + virtual GtkEntry *GetEntry() const { return NULL; } +#endif +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + // Looks like there's nothing we need to override here +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + virtual WXHWND GetEditHWND() const { return NULL; } +#endif + + // For better transparent background rendering + virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() + { + #if wxALWAYS_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFER + #ifdef __WXGTK__ + // Sanity check for GTK+ + return IsDoubleBuffered(); + #else + return true; + #endif + #else + return false; + #endif + } + + // Mandatory virtuals + virtual void OnResize(); + + // Event handlers + void OnPaintEvent( wxPaintEvent& event ); + void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); + +private: + void Init(); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericComboCtrl) +}; + + +#ifndef _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_ + +// If native wxComboCtrl was not defined, then prepare a simple +// front-end so that wxRTTI works as expected. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboCtrl : public wxGenericComboCtrl +{ +public: + wxComboCtrl() : wxGenericComboCtrl() {} + + wxComboCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) + : wxGenericComboCtrl() + { + (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual ~wxComboCtrl() {} + +protected: + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboCtrl) +}; + +#endif // _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_ + +#else + +#define wxGenericComboCtrl wxComboCtrl + +#endif // !defined(wxCOMBOCONTROL_FULLY_FEATURED) + +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL +#endif + // _WX_GENERIC_COMBOCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/ctrlsub.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/ctrlsub.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eda02c745b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/ctrlsub.h @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/ctrlsub.h +// Purpose: common functionality of wxItemContainer-derived controls +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-07-25 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ctrlsub.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_CTRLSUB_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_CTRLSUB_H_ + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxControlWithItemsGeneric: generic implementation of item client data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxControlWithItemsGeneric : public wxControlWithItemsBase +{ +public: + wxControlWithItemsGeneric() { } + + virtual void DoInitItemClientData() + { + m_itemsClientData.resize(GetCount(), NULL); + } + + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void *clientData) + { + m_itemsClientData[n] = clientData; + } + + virtual void *DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const + { + return m_itemsClientData[n]; + } + + virtual void DoClear() { m_itemsClientData.clear(); } + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int pos) + { + if ( HasClientData() ) + m_itemsClientData.RemoveAt(pos); + } + +protected: + // preallocate memory for numItems new items: this should be called from + // the derived classes DoInsertItems() to speed up appending big numbers of + // items with client data; it is safe to call even if we don't use client + // data at all and does nothing in this case + void AllocClientData(unsigned int numItems) + { + if ( HasClientData() ) + m_itemsClientData.reserve(m_itemsClientData.size() + numItems); + } + + // this must be called by derived classes when a new item is added to the + // control to add storage for the corresponding client data pointer (before + // inserting many items, call AllocClientData()) + void InsertNewItemClientData(unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, + unsigned int n, + wxClientDataType type) + { + if ( InitClientDataIfNeeded(type) ) + m_itemsClientData.Insert(clientData[n], pos); + } + + // the same as InsertNewItemClientData() but for numItems consecutive items + // (this can only be used if the control doesn't support sorting as + // otherwise the items positions wouldn't be consecutive any more) + void InsertNewItemsClientData(unsigned int pos, + unsigned int numItems, + void **clientData, + wxClientDataType type) + { + if ( InitClientDataIfNeeded(type) ) + { + // it's more efficient to insert everything at once and then update + // for big number of items to avoid moving the array contents + // around (which would result in O(N^2) algorithm) + m_itemsClientData.Insert(NULL, pos, numItems); + + for ( unsigned int n = 0; n < numItems; ++n, ++pos ) + m_itemsClientData[pos] = clientData[n]; + } + } + + + // vector containing the client data pointers: it is either empty (if + // client data is not used) or has the same number of elements as the + // control + wxArrayPtrVoid m_itemsClientData; + +private: + // initialize client data if needed, return false if we don't have any + // client data and true otherwise + bool InitClientDataIfNeeded(wxClientDataType type) + { + if ( !HasClientData() ) + { + if ( type == wxClientData_None ) + { + // we didn't have the client data before and are not asked to + // store it now neither + return false; + } + + // this is the first time client data is used with this control + DoInitItemClientData(); + SetClientDataType(type); + } + //else: we already have client data + + return true; + } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlWithItemsGeneric); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_CTRLSUB_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dataview.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dataview.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..30c9893749 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dataview.h @@ -0,0 +1,266 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/dataview.h +// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl generic implementation header +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified By: Bo Yang +// Id: $Id: dataview.h 65948 2010-10-30 15:57:41Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __GENERICDATAVIEWCTRLH__ +#define __GENERICDATAVIEWCTRLH__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/scrolwin.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewMainWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewHeaderWindow; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewColumn +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewColumn : public wxDataViewColumnBase +{ +public: + wxDataViewColumn(const wxString& title, + wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, + unsigned int model_column, + int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE) + : wxDataViewColumnBase(renderer, model_column), + m_title(title) + { + Init(width, align, flags); + } + + wxDataViewColumn(const wxBitmap& bitmap, + wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, + unsigned int model_column, + int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE) + : wxDataViewColumnBase(bitmap, renderer, model_column) + { + Init(width, align, flags); + } + + // implement wxHeaderColumnBase methods + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_title = title; UpdateDisplay(); } + virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; } + + virtual void SetWidth(int width) { m_width = width; UpdateDisplay(); } + virtual int GetWidth() const; + + virtual void SetMinWidth(int minWidth) { m_minWidth = minWidth; UpdateDisplay(); } + virtual int GetMinWidth() const { return m_minWidth; } + + virtual void SetAlignment(wxAlignment align) { m_align = align; UpdateDisplay(); } + virtual wxAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_align; } + + virtual void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; UpdateDisplay(); } + virtual int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } + + virtual void SetAsSortKey(bool sort = true) { m_sort = sort; UpdateDisplay(); } + virtual bool IsSortKey() const { return m_sort; } + + virtual void SetSortOrder(bool ascending) { m_sortAscending = ascending; UpdateDisplay(); } + virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const { return m_sortAscending; } + + virtual void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) { wxDataViewColumnBase::SetBitmap(bitmap); UpdateDisplay(); } + + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(int width, wxAlignment align, int flags); + + void UpdateDisplay(); + + wxString m_title; + int m_width, + m_minWidth; + wxAlignment m_align; + int m_flags; + bool m_sort, + m_sortAscending; + + friend class wxDataViewHeaderWindowBase; + friend class wxDataViewHeaderWindow; + friend class wxDataViewHeaderWindowMSW; +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCtrl +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxDataViewColumn, wxDataViewColumnList, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCtrl : public wxDataViewCtrlBase, + public wxScrollHelper +{ + friend class wxDataViewMainWindow; + friend class wxDataViewHeaderWindowBase; + friend class wxDataViewHeaderWindow; + friend class wxDataViewHeaderWindowMSW; + friend class wxDataViewColumn; + +public: + wxDataViewCtrl() : wxScrollHelper(this) + { + Init(); + } + + wxDataViewCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDataViewCtrlNameStr ) + : wxScrollHelper(this) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual ~wxDataViewCtrl(); + + void Init(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDataViewCtrlNameStr); + + virtual bool AssociateModel( wxDataViewModel *model ); + + virtual bool AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ); + virtual bool PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ); + virtual bool InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *col ); + + virtual void DoSetExpanderColumn(); + virtual void DoSetIndent(); + + virtual unsigned int GetColumnCount() const; + virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetColumn( unsigned int pos ) const; + virtual bool DeleteColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column ); + virtual bool ClearColumns(); + virtual int GetColumnPosition( const wxDataViewColumn *column ) const; + + virtual wxDataViewColumn *GetSortingColumn() const; + + virtual wxDataViewItem GetSelection() const; + virtual int GetSelections( wxDataViewItemArray & sel ) const; + virtual void SetSelections( const wxDataViewItemArray & sel ); + virtual void Select( const wxDataViewItem & item ); + virtual void Unselect( const wxDataViewItem & item ); + virtual bool IsSelected( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const; + + virtual void SelectAll(); + virtual void UnselectAll(); + + virtual void EnsureVisible( const wxDataViewItem & item, + const wxDataViewColumn *column = NULL ); + virtual void HitTest( const wxPoint & point, wxDataViewItem & item, + wxDataViewColumn* &column ) const; + virtual wxRect GetItemRect( const wxDataViewItem & item, + const wxDataViewColumn *column = NULL ) const; + + virtual void Expand( const wxDataViewItem & item ); + virtual void Collapse( const wxDataViewItem & item ); + virtual bool IsExpanded( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const; + + virtual void SetFocus(); + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + virtual bool EnableDragSource( const wxDataFormat &format ); + virtual bool EnableDropTarget( const wxDataFormat &format ); +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const; + + void StartEditor( const wxDataViewItem & item, unsigned int column ); + +protected: + virtual int GetSelections( wxArrayInt & sel ) const; + virtual void SetSelections( const wxArrayInt & sel ); + virtual void Select( int row ); + virtual void Unselect( int row ); + virtual bool IsSelected( int row ) const; + virtual void SelectRange( int from, int to ); + virtual void UnselectRange( int from, int to ); + + virtual void EnsureVisible( int row, int column ); + + virtual wxDataViewItem GetItemByRow( unsigned int row ) const; + virtual int GetRowByItem( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const; + + int GetSortingColumnIndex() const { return m_sortingColumnIdx; } + void SetSortingColumnIndex(int idx) { m_sortingColumnIdx = idx; } + +public: // utility functions not part of the API + + // returns the "best" width for the idx-th column + unsigned int GetBestColumnWidth(int idx) const; + + // called by header window after reorder + void ColumnMoved( wxDataViewColumn* col, unsigned int new_pos ); + + // update the display after a change to an individual column + void OnColumnChange(unsigned int idx); + + // update after a change to the number of columns + void OnColumnsCountChanged(); + + wxWindow *GetMainWindow() { return (wxWindow*) m_clientArea; } + + // return the index of the given column in m_cols + int GetColumnIndex(const wxDataViewColumn *column) const; + + // return the column displayed at the given position in the control + wxDataViewColumn *GetColumnAt(unsigned int pos) const; + +private: + virtual wxDataViewItem DoGetCurrentItem() const; + virtual void DoSetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item); + + void InvalidateColBestWidths(); + void InvalidateColBestWidth(int idx); + + wxDataViewColumnList m_cols; + // cached column best widths or 0 if not computed, values are for + // respective columns from m_cols and the arrays have same size + wxVector m_colsBestWidths; + wxDataViewModelNotifier *m_notifier; + wxDataViewMainWindow *m_clientArea; + wxDataViewHeaderWindow *m_headerArea; + + // the index of the column currently used for sorting or -1 + int m_sortingColumnIdx; + +private: + void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event ); + virtual wxSize GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size); + + // we need to return a special WM_GETDLGCODE value to process just the + // arrows but let the other navigation characters through +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl); + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + + +#endif // __GENERICDATAVIEWCTRLH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/datectrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/datectrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b92e89990b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/datectrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/datectrl.h +// Purpose: generic wxDatePickerCtrl implementation +// Author: Andreas Pflug +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-01-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: datectrl.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Andreas Pflug +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_DATECTRL_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_DATECTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/compositewin.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboCtrl; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxCalendarCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxCalendarComboPopup; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric + : public wxCompositeWindow +{ +public: + // creating the control + wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric() { Init(); } + virtual ~wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric(); + wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr); + + // wxDatePickerCtrl methods + void SetValue(const wxDateTime& date); + wxDateTime GetValue() const; + + bool GetRange(wxDateTime *dt1, wxDateTime *dt2) const; + void SetRange(const wxDateTime &dt1, const wxDateTime &dt2); + + bool SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxDateTime& upperdate = wxDefaultDateTime); + + // extra methods available only in this (generic) implementation + wxCalendarCtrl *GetCalendar() const; + + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // overridden base class methods + virtual bool Destroy(); + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +private: + void Init(); + + // return the list of the windows composing this one + virtual wxWindowList GetCompositeWindowParts() const; + + void OnText(wxCommandEvent &event); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + + wxComboCtrl* m_combo; + wxCalendarComboPopup* m_popup; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_DATECTRL_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dcpsg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dcpsg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19f374bf7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dcpsg.h @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/dcpsg.h +// Purpose: wxPostScriptDC class +// Author: Julian Smart and others +// Modified by: +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcpsg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCPSG_H_ +#define _WX_DCPSG_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE && wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT + +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/dcprint.h" +#include "wx/dialog.h" +#include "wx/module.h" +#include "wx/cmndata.h" +#include "wx/strvararg.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPostScriptDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPostScriptDC : public wxDC +{ +public: + wxPostScriptDC(); + + // Recommended constructor + wxPostScriptDC(const wxPrintData& printData); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptDC) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPostScriptDCImpl : public wxDCImpl +{ +public: + wxPostScriptDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner ); + wxPostScriptDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ); + wxPostScriptDCImpl( wxPostScriptDC *owner ); + wxPostScriptDCImpl( wxPostScriptDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ); + + void Init(); + + virtual ~wxPostScriptDCImpl(); + + virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + virtual bool IsOk() const; + + bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return true; } + + void Clear(); + void SetFont( const wxFont& font ); + void SetPen( const wxPen& pen ); + void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush ); + void SetLogicalFunction( wxRasterOperationMode function ); + void SetBackground( const wxBrush& brush ); + + void DestroyClippingRegion(); + + bool StartDoc(const wxString& message); + void EndDoc(); + void StartPage(); + void EndPage(); + + wxCoord GetCharHeight() const; + wxCoord GetCharWidth() const; + bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return true; } + + // Resolution in pixels per logical inch + wxSize GetPPI() const; + + virtual void ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); + + void SetBackgroundMode(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { } + void SetPalette(const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette)) { } + + void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& data); + wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; } + + virtual int GetDepth() const { return 24; } + + void PsPrint( const wxString& psdata ); + + // Overrridden for wxPrinterDC Impl + + virtual int GetResolution() const; + virtual wxRect GetPaperRect() const; + +protected: + bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, const wxColour &col, + wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE); + bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxColour *col) const; + void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2); + void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) ; + void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1,wxCoord y1,wxCoord x2,wxCoord y2,wxCoord xc,wxCoord yc); + void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x,wxCoord y,wxCoord w,wxCoord h,double sa,double ea); + void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0); + void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE); + void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE); + void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, double radius = 20); + void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); +#if wxUSE_SPLINES + void DoDrawSpline(const wxPointList *points); +#endif + bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, + wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord); + void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, bool useMask = false); + void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle); + void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion( const wxRegion &WXUNUSED(clip)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented" ); + } + void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *descent = NULL, + wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const; + void DoGetSize(int* width, int* height) const; + void DoGetSizeMM(int *width, int *height) const; + + FILE* m_pstream; // PostScript output stream + unsigned char m_currentRed; + unsigned char m_currentGreen; + unsigned char m_currentBlue; + int m_pageNumber; + bool m_clipping; + double m_underlinePosition; + double m_underlineThickness; + wxPrintData m_printData; + double m_pageHeight; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptDCImpl) +}; + +#endif + // wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT && wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#endif + // _WX_DCPSG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dirctrlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dirctrlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5fcbcfb175 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dirctrlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/dirctrlg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericDirCtrl class +// Builds on wxDirCtrl class written by Robert Roebling for the +// wxFile application, modified by Harm van der Heijden. +// Further modified for Windows. +// Author: Robert Roebling, Harm van der Heijden, Julian Smart et al +// Modified by: +// Created: 21/3/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dirctrlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling, Harm van der Heijden, Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DIRCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_DIRCTRL_H_ + +#if wxUSE_DIRDLG + +#include "wx/treectrl.h" +#include "wx/dialog.h" +#include "wx/dirdlg.h" +#include "wx/choice.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Extra styles for wxGenericDirCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum +{ + // Only allow directory viewing/selection, no files + wxDIRCTRL_DIR_ONLY = 0x0010, + // When setting the default path, select the first file in the directory + wxDIRCTRL_SELECT_FIRST = 0x0020, +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // Unused, for compatibility only + wxDIRCTRL_SHOW_FILTERS = 0x0040, +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // Use 3D borders on internal controls + wxDIRCTRL_3D_INTERNAL = 0x0080, + // Editable labels + wxDIRCTRL_EDIT_LABELS = 0x0100, + // Allow multiple selection + wxDIRCTRL_MULTIPLE = 0x0200 +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirItemData +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirItemData : public wxTreeItemData +{ +public: + wxDirItemData(const wxString& path, const wxString& name, bool isDir); + virtual ~wxDirItemData(){} + void SetNewDirName(const wxString& path); + + bool HasSubDirs() const; + bool HasFiles(const wxString& spec = wxEmptyString) const; + + wxString m_path, m_name; + bool m_isHidden; + bool m_isExpanded; + bool m_isDir; +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDirFilterListCtrl; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericDirCtrl: public wxControl +{ +public: + wxGenericDirCtrl(); + wxGenericDirCtrl(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString &dir = wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDIRCTRL_3D_INTERNAL, + const wxString& filter = wxEmptyString, + int defaultFilter = 0, + const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr ) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, dir, pos, size, style, filter, defaultFilter, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString &dir = wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDIRCTRL_3D_INTERNAL, + const wxString& filter = wxEmptyString, + int defaultFilter = 0, + const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr ); + + virtual void Init(); + + virtual ~wxGenericDirCtrl(); + + void OnExpandItem(wxTreeEvent &event ); + void OnCollapseItem(wxTreeEvent &event ); + void OnBeginEditItem(wxTreeEvent &event ); + void OnEndEditItem(wxTreeEvent &event ); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent &event ); + + // Try to expand as much of the given path as possible. + virtual bool ExpandPath(const wxString& path); + // collapse the path + virtual bool CollapsePath(const wxString& path); + + // Accessors + + virtual inline wxString GetDefaultPath() const { return m_defaultPath; } + virtual void SetDefaultPath(const wxString& path) { m_defaultPath = path; } + + // Get dir or filename + virtual wxString GetPath() const; + virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const; + + // Get selected filename path only (else empty string). + // I.e. don't count a directory as a selection + virtual wxString GetFilePath() const; + virtual void GetFilePaths(wxArrayString& paths) const; + virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path); + + virtual void SelectPath(const wxString& path, bool select = true); + virtual void SelectPaths(const wxArrayString& paths); + + virtual void ShowHidden( bool show ); + virtual bool GetShowHidden() { return m_showHidden; } + + virtual wxString GetFilter() const { return m_filter; } + virtual void SetFilter(const wxString& filter); + + virtual int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_currentFilter; } + virtual void SetFilterIndex(int n); + + virtual wxTreeItemId GetRootId() { return m_rootId; } + + virtual wxTreeCtrl* GetTreeCtrl() const { return m_treeCtrl; } + virtual wxDirFilterListCtrl* GetFilterListCtrl() const { return m_filterListCtrl; } + + virtual void UnselectAll(); + + // Helper + virtual void SetupSections(); + + // Find the child that matches the first part of 'path'. + // E.g. if a child path is "/usr" and 'path' is "/usr/include" + // then the child for /usr is returned. + // If the path string has been used (we're at the leaf), done is set to true + virtual wxTreeItemId FindChild(wxTreeItemId parentId, const wxString& path, bool& done); + + // Resize the components of the control + virtual void DoResize(); + + // Collapse & expand the tree, thus re-creating it from scratch: + virtual void ReCreateTree(); + + // Collapse the entire tree + virtual void CollapseTree(); + + // overridden base class methods + virtual void SetFocus(); + +protected: + virtual void ExpandRoot(); + virtual void ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId); + virtual void CollapseDir(wxTreeItemId parentId); + virtual const wxTreeItemId AddSection(const wxString& path, const wxString& name, int imageId = 0); + virtual wxTreeItemId AppendItem (const wxTreeItemId & parent, + const wxString & text, + int image = -1, int selectedImage = -1, + wxTreeItemData * data = NULL); + //void FindChildFiles(wxTreeItemId id, int dirFlags, wxArrayString& filenames); + virtual wxTreeCtrl* CreateTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long treeStyle); + + // Extract description and actual filter from overall filter string + bool ExtractWildcard(const wxString& filterStr, int n, wxString& filter, wxString& description); + +private: + void PopulateNode(wxTreeItemId node); + + bool m_showHidden; + wxTreeItemId m_rootId; + wxString m_defaultPath; // Starting path + long m_styleEx; // Extended style + wxString m_filter; // Wildcards in same format as per wxFileDialog + int m_currentFilter; // The current filter index + wxString m_currentFilterStr; // Current filter string + wxTreeCtrl* m_treeCtrl; + wxDirFilterListCtrl* m_filterListCtrl; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirCtrl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericDirCtrl); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirFilterListCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirFilterListCtrl: public wxChoice +{ +public: + wxDirFilterListCtrl() { Init(); } + wxDirFilterListCtrl(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style); + } + + bool Create(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0); + + void Init(); + + virtual ~wxDirFilterListCtrl() {} + + //// Operations + void FillFilterList(const wxString& filter, int defaultFilter); + + //// Events + void OnSelFilter(wxCommandEvent& event); + +protected: + wxGenericDirCtrl* m_dirCtrl; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_CLASS(wxDirFilterListCtrl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDirFilterListCtrl); +}; + +#if !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXPM__) + #define wxDirCtrl wxGenericDirCtrl +#endif + +// Symbols for accessing individual controls +#define wxID_TREECTRL 7000 +#define wxID_FILTERLISTCTRL 7001 + +#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileIconsTable - use wxTheFileIconsTable which is created as necessary +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DIRDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG || wxUSE_FILECTRL + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileIconsTable +{ +public: + wxFileIconsTable(); + ~wxFileIconsTable(); + + enum iconId_Type + { + folder, + folder_open, + computer, + drive, + cdrom, + floppy, + removeable, + file, + executable + }; + + int GetIconID(const wxString& extension, const wxString& mime = wxEmptyString); + wxImageList *GetSmallImageList(); + +protected: + void Create(); // create on first use + + wxImageList *m_smallImageList; + wxHashTable *m_HashTable; +}; + +// The global fileicons table +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxFileIconsTable *) wxTheFileIconsTable; + +#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG || wxUSE_FILECTRL + +#endif + // _WX_DIRCTRLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dirdlgg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dirdlgg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c5ce093f44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dirdlgg.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/dirdlgg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericDirCtrl class +// Builds on wxDirCtrl class written by Robert Roebling for the +// wxFile application, modified by Harm van der Heijden. +// Further modified for Windows. +// Author: Robert Roebling, Harm van der Heijden, Julian Smart et al +// Modified by: +// Created: 21/3/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dirdlgg.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling, Harm van der Heijden, Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DIRDLGG_H_ +#define _WX_DIRDLGG_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericDirCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeEvent; + +// we may be included directly as well as from wx/dirdlg.h (FIXME) +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirDialogNameStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirSelectorPromptStr[]; + +#ifndef wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + #define wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE +#else + #define wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxRESIZE_BORDER) +#endif +#endif + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericDirDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericDirDialog : public wxDirDialogBase +{ +public: + wxGenericDirDialog() : wxDirDialogBase() { } + + wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, + const wxString& title = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString, + long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,//Size(450, 550), + const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow* parent, + const wxString& title = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString, + long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,//Size(450, 550), + const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr); + + //// Accessors + void SetPath(const wxString& path); + wxString GetPath() const; + + //// Overrides + virtual int ShowModal(); + virtual void EndModal(int retCode); + + // this one is specific to wxGenericDirDialog + wxTextCtrl* GetInputCtrl() const { return m_input; } + +protected: + //// Event handlers + void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); + void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnTreeSelected(wxTreeEvent &event); + void OnTreeKeyDown(wxTreeEvent &event); + void OnNew(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnGoHome(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnShowHidden(wxCommandEvent& event); + + wxGenericDirCtrl* m_dirCtrl; + wxTextCtrl* m_input; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirDialog) +}; + +#endif // _WX_DIRDLGG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dragimgg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dragimgg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ff3b72e12b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dragimgg.h @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/dragimgg.h +// Purpose: wxDragImage class: a kind of a cursor, that can cope +// with more sophisticated images +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/2/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dragimgg.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DRAGIMGG_H_ +#define _WX_DRAGIMGG_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" +#include "wx/cursor.h" +#include "wx/treectrl.h" +#include "wx/listctrl.h" +#include "wx/log.h" +#include "wx/overlay.h" + +/* + To use this class, create a wxDragImage when you start dragging, for example: + + void MyTreeCtrl::OnBeginDrag(wxTreeEvent& event) + { +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + ::UpdateWindow((HWND) GetHWND()); // We need to implement this in wxWidgets +#endif + + CaptureMouse(); + + m_dragImage = new wxDragImage(* this, itemId); + m_dragImage->BeginDrag(wxPoint(0, 0), this); + m_dragImage->Move(pt, this); + m_dragImage->Show(this); + ... + } + + In your OnMouseMove function, hide the image, do any display updating required, + then move and show the image again: + + void MyTreeCtrl::OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event) + { + if (m_dragMode == MY_TREE_DRAG_NONE) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + // Prevent screen corruption by hiding the image + if (m_dragImage) + m_dragImage->Hide(this); + + // Do some updating of the window, such as highlighting the drop target + ... + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + if (updateWindow) + ::UpdateWindow((HWND) GetHWND()); +#endif + + // Move and show the image again + m_dragImage->Move(event.GetPosition(), this); + m_dragImage->Show(this); + } + + Eventually we end the drag and delete the drag image. + + void MyTreeCtrl::OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event) + { + ... + + // End the drag and delete the drag image + if (m_dragImage) + { + m_dragImage->EndDrag(this); + delete m_dragImage; + m_dragImage = NULL; + } + ReleaseMouse(); + } +*/ + +/* + * wxGenericDragImage + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericDragImage: public wxObject +{ +public: + + // Ctors & dtor + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + wxGenericDragImage(const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor) + { + Init(); + Create(cursor); + } + + wxGenericDragImage(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor) + { + Init(); + + Create(image, cursor); + } + + wxGenericDragImage(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor) + { + Init(); + + Create(image, cursor); + } + + wxGenericDragImage(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor) + { + Init(); + + Create(str, cursor); + } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // don't use in new code, use versions without hot spot parameter + wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericDragImage(const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); + wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericDragImage(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); + wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericDragImage(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); + wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericDragImage(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); + wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); + wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); + wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); + wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +#if wxUSE_TREECTRL + wxGenericDragImage(const wxTreeCtrl& treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId& id) + { + Init(); + + Create(treeCtrl, id); + } +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL + wxGenericDragImage(const wxListCtrl& listCtrl, long id) + { + Init(); + + Create(listCtrl, id); + } +#endif + + virtual ~wxGenericDragImage(); + + // Attributes + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + // backing store is not used when native overlays are + void SetBackingBitmap(wxBitmap* WXUNUSED(bitmap)) { } +#else + // For efficiency, tell wxGenericDragImage to use a bitmap that's already + // created (e.g. from last drag) + void SetBackingBitmap(wxBitmap* bitmap) { m_pBackingBitmap = bitmap; } +#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY/!wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + + // Operations + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // Create a drag image with a virtual image (need to override DoDrawImage, GetImageRect) + bool Create(const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor); + + // Create a drag image from a bitmap and optional cursor + bool Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor); + + // Create a drag image from an icon and optional cursor + bool Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor); + + // Create a drag image from a string and optional cursor + bool Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor); + +#if wxUSE_TREECTRL + // Create a drag image for the given tree control item + bool Create(const wxTreeCtrl& treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId& id); +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL + // Create a drag image for the given list control item + bool Create(const wxListCtrl& listCtrl, long id); +#endif + + // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left + // corner of the image. + bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, bool fullScreen = false, wxRect* rect = NULL); + + // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left + // corner of the image. This is full screen only. fullScreenRect gives the + // position of the window on the screen, to restrict the drag to. + bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, wxWindow* fullScreenRect); + + // End drag + bool EndDrag(); + + // Move the image: call from OnMouseMove. Pt is in window client coordinates if window + // is non-NULL, or in screen coordinates if NULL. + bool Move(const wxPoint& pt); + + // Show the image + bool Show(); + + // Hide the image + bool Hide(); + + // Implementation + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + void Init(); + + // Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image) + virtual wxRect GetImageRect(const wxPoint& pos) const; + + // Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image) + virtual bool DoDrawImage(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos) const; + + // Override this if you wish to draw the window contents to the backing bitmap + // yourself. This can be desirable if you wish to avoid flicker by not having to + // redraw the window itself before dragging in order to be graphic-minus-dragged-objects. + // Instead, paint the drag image's backing bitmap to be correct, and leave the window + // to be updated only when dragging the objects away (thus giving a smoother appearance). + virtual bool UpdateBackingFromWindow(wxDC& windowDC, wxMemoryDC& destDC, + const wxRect& sourceRect, const wxRect& destRect) const; + + // Erase and redraw simultaneously if possible + virtual bool RedrawImage(const wxPoint& oldPos, const wxPoint& newPos, bool eraseOld, bool drawNew); + +protected: + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + wxIcon m_icon; + wxCursor m_cursor; + wxCursor m_oldCursor; +// wxPoint m_hotspot; + wxPoint m_offset; // The hostpot value passed to BeginDrag + wxPoint m_position; + bool m_isDirty; + bool m_isShown; + wxWindow* m_window; + wxDC* m_windowDC; + +#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + wxOverlay m_overlay; + wxDCOverlay* m_dcOverlay; +#else + // Stores the window contents while we're dragging the image around + wxBitmap m_backingBitmap; + wxBitmap* m_pBackingBitmap; // Pointer to existing backing bitmap + // (pass to wxGenericDragImage as an efficiency measure) + // A temporary bitmap for repairing/redrawing + wxBitmap m_repairBitmap; +#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + + wxRect m_boundingRect; + bool m_fullScreen; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDragImage) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericDragImage); +}; + +#endif + // _WX_DRAGIMGG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dvrenderer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dvrenderer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cfa70c9067 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dvrenderer.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/dvrenderer.h +// Purpose: wxDataViewRenderer for generic wxDataViewCtrl implementation +// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-11-07 (extracted from wx/generic/dataview.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: dvrenderer.h 67099 2011-03-01 12:16:49Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Robert Roebling +// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_DVRENDERER_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_DVRENDERER_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRendererBase +{ +public: + wxDataViewRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + virtual ~wxDataViewRenderer(); + + virtual wxDC *GetDC(); + + virtual void SetAlignment( int align ); + virtual int GetAlignment() const; + + virtual void EnableEllipsize(wxEllipsizeMode mode = wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE) + { m_ellipsizeMode = mode; } + virtual wxEllipsizeMode GetEllipsizeMode() const + { return m_ellipsizeMode; } + + virtual void SetMode( wxDataViewCellMode mode ) + { m_mode = mode; } + virtual wxDataViewCellMode GetMode() const + { return m_mode; } + + // implementation + + // These callbacks are used by generic implementation of wxDVC itself. + // They're different from the corresponding Activate/LeftClick() methods + // which should only be overridable for the custom renderers while the + // generic implementation uses these ones for all of them, including the + // standard ones. + + virtual bool WXOnActivate(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(cell), + wxDataViewModel *WXUNUSED(model), + const wxDataViewItem & WXUNUSED(item), + unsigned int WXUNUSED(col)) + { return false; } + + virtual bool WXOnLeftClick(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursor), + const wxRect& WXUNUSED(cell), + wxDataViewModel *WXUNUSED(model), + const wxDataViewItem & WXUNUSED(item), + unsigned int WXUNUSED(col) ) + { return false; } + +private: + int m_align; + wxDataViewCellMode m_mode; + + wxEllipsizeMode m_ellipsizeMode; + + wxDC *m_dc; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewRenderer) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_DVRENDERER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dvrenderers.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dvrenderers.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..14040bdaa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/dvrenderers.h @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/dvrenderers.h +// Purpose: All generic wxDataViewCtrl renderer classes +// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-11-07 (extracted from wx/generic/dataview.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: dvrenderers.h 67099 2011-03-01 12:16:49Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Robert Roebling +// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_DVRENDERERS_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_DVRENDERERS_H_ + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCustomRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCustomRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewCustomRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("string"), + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + + // see the explanation of the following WXOnXXX() methods in wx/generic/dvrenderer.h + + virtual bool WXOnActivate(const wxRect& cell, + wxDataViewModel *model, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned int col) + { + return Activate(cell, model, item, col); + } + + virtual bool WXOnLeftClick(const wxPoint& cursor, + const wxRect& cell, + wxDataViewModel *model, + const wxDataViewItem &item, + unsigned int col) + { + return LeftClick(cursor, cell, model, item, col); + } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewCustomRenderer) +}; + + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewTextRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTextRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewTextRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("string"), + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; + + virtual bool Render(wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state); + virtual wxSize GetSize() const; + + // in-place editing + virtual bool HasEditorCtrl() const; + virtual wxControl* CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect, + const wxVariant &value ); + virtual bool GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxControl* editor, wxVariant &value ); + +protected: + wxString m_text; + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewTextRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewBitmapRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewBitmapRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewBitmapRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("wxBitmap"), + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; + + bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state ); + wxSize GetSize() const; + +private: + wxIcon m_icon; + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewBitmapRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewToggleRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewToggleRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewToggleRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("bool"), + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; + + bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state ); + wxSize GetSize() const; + + // Implementation only, don't use nor override + virtual bool WXOnLeftClick(const wxPoint& cursor, + const wxRect& cell, + wxDataViewModel *model, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned int col); +private: + bool m_toggle; + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewToggleRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewProgressRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewProgressRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewProgressRenderer( const wxString &label = wxEmptyString, + const wxString &varianttype = wxT("long"), + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + bool GetValue( wxVariant& value ) const; + + virtual bool Render(wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state); + virtual wxSize GetSize() const; + +private: + wxString m_label; + int m_value; + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewProgressRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewIconTextRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewIconTextRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewIconTextRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("wxDataViewIconText"), + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; + + virtual bool Render(wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state); + virtual wxSize GetSize() const; + + virtual bool HasEditorCtrl() const { return true; } + virtual wxControl* CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect, + const wxVariant &value ); + virtual bool GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxControl* editor, wxVariant &value ); + +private: + wxDataViewIconText m_value; + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewIconTextRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewDateRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewDateRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewDateRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("datetime"), + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + bool GetValue( wxVariant& value ) const; + + virtual bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state ); + virtual wxSize GetSize() const; + + // Implementation only, don't use nor override + virtual bool WXOnActivate(const wxRect& cell, + wxDataViewModel *model, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned int col); + +private: + wxDateTime m_date; + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewDateRenderer) +}; + + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_DVRENDERERS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f4a961d6a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericFindReplaceDialog class +// Author: Markus Greither +// Modified by: +// Created: 25/05/2001 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fdrepdlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_FDREPDLG_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_FDREPDLG_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRadioBox; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericFindReplaceDialog: dialog for searching / replacing text +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFindReplaceDialog : public wxFindReplaceDialogBase +{ +public: + wxGenericFindReplaceDialog() { Init(); } + + wxGenericFindReplaceDialog(wxWindow *parent, + wxFindReplaceData *data, + const wxString& title, + int style = 0) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, data, title, style); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxFindReplaceData *data, + const wxString& title, + int style = 0); + +protected: + void Init(); + + void SendEvent(const wxEventType& evtType); + + void OnFind(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnReplace(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnReplaceAll(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event); + + void OnUpdateFindUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + + void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); + + wxCheckBox *m_chkCase, + *m_chkWord; + + wxRadioBox *m_radioDir; + + wxTextCtrl *m_textFind, + *m_textRepl; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFindReplaceDialog) + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_FDREPDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filectrlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filectrlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..24034654ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filectrlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/filectrlg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericFileCtrl Header +// Author: Diaa M. Sami +// Modified by: +// Created: Jul-07-2007 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filectrlg.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Diaa M. Sami +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_FILECTRL_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_FILECTRL_H_ + +#if wxUSE_FILECTRL + +#include "wx/panel.h" +#include "wx/listctrl.h" +#include "wx/filectrl.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr[]; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileData - a class to hold the file info for the wxFileListCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileData +{ +public: + enum fileType + { + is_file = 0x0000, + is_dir = 0x0001, + is_link = 0x0002, + is_exe = 0x0004, + is_drive = 0x0008 + }; + + wxFileData() { Init(); } + // Full copy constructor + wxFileData( const wxFileData& fileData ) { Copy(fileData); } + // Create a filedata from this information + wxFileData( const wxString &filePath, const wxString &fileName, + fileType type, int image_id ); + + // make a full copy of the other wxFileData + void Copy( const wxFileData &other ); + + // (re)read the extra data about the file from the system + void ReadData(); + + // get the name of the file, dir, drive + wxString GetFileName() const { return m_fileName; } + // get the full path + name of the file, dir, path + wxString GetFilePath() const { return m_filePath; } + // Set the path + name and name of the item + void SetNewName( const wxString &filePath, const wxString &fileName ); + + // Get the size of the file in bytes + wxFileOffset GetSize() const { return m_size; } + // Get the type of file, either file extension or , , + wxString GetFileType() const; + // get the last modification time + wxDateTime GetDateTime() const { return m_dateTime; } + // Get the time as a formatted string + wxString GetModificationTime() const; + // in UNIX get rwx for file, in MSW get attributes ARHS + wxString GetPermissions() const { return m_permissions; } + // Get the id of the image used in a wxImageList + int GetImageId() const { return m_image; } + + bool IsFile() const { return !IsDir() && !IsLink() && !IsDrive(); } + bool IsDir() const { return (m_type & is_dir ) != 0; } + bool IsLink() const { return (m_type & is_link ) != 0; } + bool IsExe() const { return (m_type & is_exe ) != 0; } + bool IsDrive() const { return (m_type & is_drive) != 0; } + + // Get/Set the type of file, file/dir/drive/link + int GetType() const { return m_type; } + + // the wxFileListCtrl fields in report view + enum fileListFieldType + { + FileList_Name, + FileList_Size, + FileList_Type, + FileList_Time, +#if defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WIN32__) + FileList_Perm, +#endif // defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WIN32__) + FileList_Max + }; + + // Get the entry for report view of wxFileListCtrl + wxString GetEntry( fileListFieldType num ) const; + + // Get a string representation of the file info + wxString GetHint() const; + // initialize a wxListItem attributes + void MakeItem( wxListItem &item ); + + // operators + wxFileData& operator = (const wxFileData& fd) { Copy(fd); return *this; } + +protected: + wxString m_fileName; + wxString m_filePath; + wxFileOffset m_size; + wxDateTime m_dateTime; + wxString m_permissions; + int m_type; + int m_image; + +private: + void Init(); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileListCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileListCtrl : public wxListCtrl +{ +public: + wxFileListCtrl(); + wxFileListCtrl( wxWindow *win, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &wild, + bool showHidden, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLC_LIST, + const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString &name = wxT("filelist") ); + virtual ~wxFileListCtrl(); + + virtual void ChangeToListMode(); + virtual void ChangeToReportMode(); + virtual void ChangeToSmallIconMode(); + virtual void ShowHidden( bool show = true ); + bool GetShowHidden() const { return m_showHidden; } + + virtual long Add( wxFileData *fd, wxListItem &item ); + virtual void UpdateItem(const wxListItem &item); + virtual void UpdateFiles(); + virtual void MakeDir(); + virtual void GoToParentDir(); + virtual void GoToHomeDir(); + virtual void GoToDir( const wxString &dir ); + virtual void SetWild( const wxString &wild ); + wxString GetWild() const { return m_wild; } + wxString GetDir() const { return m_dirName; } + + void OnListDeleteItem( wxListEvent &event ); + void OnListDeleteAllItems( wxListEvent &event ); + void OnListEndLabelEdit( wxListEvent &event ); + void OnListColClick( wxListEvent &event ); + + virtual void SortItems(wxFileData::fileListFieldType field, bool forward); + bool GetSortDirection() const { return m_sort_forward; } + wxFileData::fileListFieldType GetSortField() const { return m_sort_field; } + +protected: + void FreeItemData(wxListItem& item); + void FreeAllItemsData(); + + wxString m_dirName; + bool m_showHidden; + wxString m_wild; + + bool m_sort_forward; + wxFileData::fileListFieldType m_sort_field; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileListCtrl) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFileCtrl : public wxPanel, + public wxFileCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxGenericFileCtrl() + { + m_ignoreChanges = false; + } + + wxGenericFileCtrl ( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& defaultDirectory = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& defaultFilename = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + long style = wxFC_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxFileCtrlNameStr ) + { + m_ignoreChanges = false; + Create(parent, id, defaultDirectory, defaultFilename, wildCard, + style, pos, size, name ); + } + + virtual ~wxGenericFileCtrl() {} + + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& defaultDirectory = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& defaultFileName = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + long style = wxFC_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxFileCtrlNameStr ); + + virtual void SetWildcard( const wxString& wildCard ); + virtual void SetFilterIndex( int filterindex ); + virtual bool SetDirectory( const wxString& dir ); + + // Selects a certain file. + // In case the filename specified isn't found/couldn't be shown with + // currently selected filter, false is returned and nothing happens + virtual bool SetFilename( const wxString& name ); + + // Changes to a certain directory and selects a certain file. + // In case the filename specified isn't found/couldn't be shown with + // currently selected filter, false is returned and if directory exists + // it's chdir'ed to + virtual bool SetPath( const wxString& path ); + + virtual wxString GetFilename() const; + virtual wxString GetDirectory() const; + virtual wxString GetWildcard() const { return this->m_wildCard; } + virtual wxString GetPath() const; + virtual void GetPaths( wxArrayString& paths ) const; + virtual void GetFilenames( wxArrayString& files ) const; + virtual int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_filterIndex; } + + virtual bool HasMultipleFileSelection() const + { return HasFlag(wxFC_MULTIPLE); } + virtual void ShowHidden(bool show) { m_list->ShowHidden( show ); } + + void GoToParentDir(); + void GoToHomeDir(); + + // get the directory currently shown in the control: this can be different + // from GetDirectory() if the user entered a full path (with a path other + // than the one currently shown in the control) in the text control + // manually + wxString GetShownDirectory() const { return m_list->GetDir(); } + + wxFileListCtrl *GetFileList() { return m_list; } + + void ChangeToReportMode() { m_list->ChangeToReportMode(); } + void ChangeToListMode() { m_list->ChangeToListMode(); } + + +private: + void OnChoiceFilter( wxCommandEvent &event ); + void OnCheck( wxCommandEvent &event ); + void OnActivated( wxListEvent &event ); + void OnTextEnter( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED( event ) ); + void OnTextChange( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED( event ) ); + void OnSelected( wxListEvent &event ); + void HandleAction( const wxString &fn ); + + void DoSetFilterIndex( int filterindex ); + void UpdateControls(); + + // the first of these methods can only be used for the controls with single + // selection (i.e. without wxFC_MULTIPLE style), the second one in any case + wxFileName DoGetFileName() const; + void DoGetFilenames( wxArrayString& filenames, bool fullPath ) const; + + int m_style; + + wxString m_filterExtension; + wxChoice *m_choice; + wxTextCtrl *m_text; + wxFileListCtrl *m_list; + wxCheckBox *m_check; + wxStaticText *m_static; + + wxString m_dir; + wxString m_fileName; + wxString m_wildCard; // wild card in one string as we got it + + int m_filterIndex; + bool m_inSelected; + bool m_ignoreChanges; + bool m_noSelChgEvent; // suppress selection changed events. + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGenericFileCtrl ) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_FILECTRL + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_FILECTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filedlgg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filedlgg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a1e348f7f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filedlgg.h @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/filedlgg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericFileDialog +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: 8/17/99 +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: filedlgg.h 62722 2009-11-26 16:17:00Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FILEDLGG_H_ +#define _WX_FILEDLGG_H_ + +#include "wx/listctrl.h" +#include "wx/datetime.h" +#include "wx/filefn.h" +#include "wx/artprov.h" +#include "wx/filedlg.h" +#include "wx/generic/filectrlg.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericFileCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericFileDialog; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFileCtrlEvent; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericFileDialog +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFileDialog: public wxFileDialogBase +{ +public: + wxGenericFileDialog() : wxFileDialogBase() { Init(); } + + wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr, + bool bypassGenericImpl = false ); + + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr, + bool bypassGenericImpl = false ); + + virtual ~wxGenericFileDialog(); + + virtual void SetDirectory(const wxString& dir) + { m_filectrl->SetDirectory(dir); } + virtual void SetFilename(const wxString& name) + { m_filectrl->SetFilename(name); } + virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { SetTitle(message); } + virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path) + { m_filectrl->SetPath(path); } + virtual void SetFilterIndex(int filterIndex) + { m_filectrl->SetFilterIndex(filterIndex); } + virtual void SetWildcard(const wxString& wildCard) + { m_filectrl->SetWildcard(wildCard); } + + virtual wxString GetPath() const + { return m_filectrl->GetPath(); } + virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const + { m_filectrl->GetPaths(paths); } + virtual wxString GetDirectory() const + { return m_filectrl->GetDirectory(); } + virtual wxString GetFilename() const + { return m_filectrl->GetFilename(); } + virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const + { m_filectrl->GetFilenames(files); } + virtual wxString GetWildcard() const + { return m_filectrl->GetWildcard(); } + virtual int GetFilterIndex() const + { return m_filectrl->GetFilterIndex(); } + virtual bool SupportsExtraControl() const { return true; } + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + virtual int ShowModal(); + virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); + + void OnList( wxCommandEvent &event ); + void OnReport( wxCommandEvent &event ); + void OnUp( wxCommandEvent &event ); + void OnHome( wxCommandEvent &event ); + void OnOk( wxCommandEvent &event ); + void OnNew( wxCommandEvent &event ); + void OnFileActivated( wxFileCtrlEvent &event); + +private: + // if true, don't use this implementation at all + bool m_bypassGenericImpl; + +protected: + // update the state of m_upDirButton and m_newDirButton depending on the + // currently selected directory + void OnUpdateButtonsUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + + wxString m_filterExtension; + wxGenericFileCtrl *m_filectrl; + wxBitmapButton *m_upDirButton; + wxBitmapButton *m_newDirButton; + +private: + void Init(); + wxBitmapButton* AddBitmapButton( wxWindowID winId, const wxArtID& artId, + const wxString& tip, wxSizer *sizer ); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFileDialog) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + // these variables are preserved between wxGenericFileDialog calls + static long ms_lastViewStyle; // list or report? + static bool ms_lastShowHidden; // did we show hidden files? +}; + +#ifdef wxHAS_GENERIC_FILEDIALOG + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDialog: public wxGenericFileDialog +{ +public: + wxFileDialog() {} + + wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + long style = 0, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize) + :wxGenericFileDialog(parent, message, + defaultDir, defaultFile, wildCard, + style, + pos, size) + { + } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog) +}; + +#endif // wxHAS_GENERIC_FILEDIALOG + +#endif // _WX_FILEDLGG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filepickerg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filepickerg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34749fb190 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/filepickerg.h @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/filepickerg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericFileDirButton, wxGenericFileButton, wxGenericDirButton +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 14/4/2006 +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// RCS-ID: $Id: filepickerg.h 63690 2010-03-16 00:23:57Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_ +#define _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_ + +#include "wx/button.h" +#include "wx/filedlg.h" +#include "wx/dirdlg.h" + + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED, wxFileDirPickerEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED, wxFileDirPickerEvent ); + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericFileDirButton: a button which brings up a wx{File|Dir}Dialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFileDirButton : public wxButton, + public wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase +{ +public: + wxGenericFileDirButton() { Init(); } + wxGenericFileDirButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel, + const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wildcard, + pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual wxControl *AsControl() { return this; } + +public: // overrideable + + virtual wxDialog *CreateDialog() = 0; + + virtual wxWindow *GetDialogParent() + { return GetParent(); } + + virtual wxEventType GetEventType() const = 0; + +public: + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel, + const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr); + + // event handler for the click + void OnButtonClick(wxCommandEvent &); + +protected: + wxString m_message, m_wildcard; + + // we just store the style passed to the ctor here instead of passing it to + // wxButton as some of our bits can conflict with wxButton styles and it + // just doesn't make sense to use picker styles for wxButton anyhow + long m_pickerStyle; + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init() { m_pickerStyle = -1; } +}; + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericFileButton: a button which brings up a wxFileDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxFILEBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxFLP_OPEN) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFileButton : public wxGenericFileDirButton +{ +public: + wxGenericFileButton() {} + wxGenericFileButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel, + const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxFILEBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wildcard, + pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + +public: // overrideable + + virtual long GetDialogStyle() const + { + // the derived class must initialize it if it doesn't use the + // non-default wxGenericFileDirButton ctor + wxASSERT_MSG( m_pickerStyle != -1, + "forgot to initialize m_pickerStyle?" ); + + + long filedlgstyle = 0; + + if ( m_pickerStyle & wxFLP_OPEN ) + filedlgstyle |= wxFD_OPEN; + if ( m_pickerStyle & wxFLP_SAVE ) + filedlgstyle |= wxFD_SAVE; + if ( m_pickerStyle & wxFLP_OVERWRITE_PROMPT ) + filedlgstyle |= wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT; + if ( m_pickerStyle & wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST ) + filedlgstyle |= wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST; + if ( m_pickerStyle & wxFLP_CHANGE_DIR ) + filedlgstyle |= wxFD_CHANGE_DIR; + + return filedlgstyle; + } + + virtual wxDialog *CreateDialog() + { + wxFileDialog *p = new wxFileDialog(GetDialogParent(), m_message, + wxEmptyString, wxEmptyString, + m_wildcard, GetDialogStyle()); + + // this sets both the default folder and the default file of the dialog + p->SetPath(m_path); + return p; + } + + wxEventType GetEventType() const + { return wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED; } + +protected: + void UpdateDialogPath(wxDialog *p) + { wxStaticCast(p, wxFileDialog)->SetPath(m_path); } + void UpdatePathFromDialog(wxDialog *p) + { m_path = wxStaticCast(p, wxFileDialog)->GetPath(); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFileButton) +}; + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericDirButton: a button which brings up a wxDirDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxDIRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE 0 + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericDirButton : public wxGenericFileDirButton +{ +public: + wxGenericDirButton() {} + wxGenericDirButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxDirPickerWidgetLabel, + const wxString& path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString &message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDIRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDirPickerWidgetNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wxEmptyString, + pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + +public: // overrideable + + virtual long GetDialogStyle() const + { + long dirdlgstyle = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE; + + if ( m_pickerStyle & wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST ) + dirdlgstyle |= wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST; + if ( m_pickerStyle & wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR ) + dirdlgstyle |= wxDD_CHANGE_DIR; + + return dirdlgstyle; + } + + virtual wxDialog *CreateDialog() + { + return new wxDirDialog(GetDialogParent(), m_message, m_path, + GetDialogStyle()); + } + + wxEventType GetEventType() const + { return wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED; } + +protected: + void UpdateDialogPath(wxDialog *p) + { wxStaticCast(p, wxDirDialog)->SetPath(m_path); } + void UpdatePathFromDialog(wxDialog *p) + { m_path = wxStaticCast(p, wxDirDialog)->GetPath(); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirButton) +}; + + +#endif // _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fontdlgg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fontdlgg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9001d63e28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fontdlgg.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/fontdlgg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericFontDialog +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontdlgg.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_FONTDLGG_H +#define _WX_GENERIC_FONTDLGG_H + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/font.h" + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ +#define USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE 1 +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinEvent; +#else +#define USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE 0 +#endif + +/* + * FONT DIALOG + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxText; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontPreviewer; + +enum +{ + wxID_FONT_UNDERLINE = 3000, + wxID_FONT_STYLE, + wxID_FONT_WEIGHT, + wxID_FONT_FAMILY, + wxID_FONT_COLOUR, + wxID_FONT_SIZE +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFontDialog : public wxFontDialogBase +{ +public: + wxGenericFontDialog() { Init(); } + wxGenericFontDialog(wxWindow *parent) + : wxFontDialogBase(parent) { Init(); } + wxGenericFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data) + : wxFontDialogBase(parent, data) { Init(); } + virtual ~wxGenericFontDialog(); + + virtual int ShowModal(); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated, for backwards compatibility only + wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + // Internal functions + void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); + + virtual void CreateWidgets(); + virtual void InitializeFont(); + + void OnChangeFont(wxCommandEvent& event); + +#if USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE + void OnChangeSize(wxSpinEvent& event); +#endif + +protected: + + virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindow *parent); + +private: + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + void DoChangeFont(); + + wxFont m_dialogFont; + + wxChoice *m_familyChoice; + wxChoice *m_styleChoice; + wxChoice *m_weightChoice; + wxChoice *m_colourChoice; + wxCheckBox *m_underLineCheckBox; + +#if !USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE + wxChoice *m_pointSizeChoice; +#endif + + wxFontPreviewer *m_previewer; + bool m_useEvents; + + // static bool fontDialogCancelled; + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFontDialog) +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated, for backwards compatibility only +inline wxGenericFontDialog::wxGenericFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) + :wxFontDialogBase(parent) { Init(); InitFontData(data); Create(parent); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_FONTDLGG_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fontpickerg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fontpickerg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5145cc4c4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fontpickerg.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/fontpickerg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericFontButton header +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 14/4/2006 +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontpickerg.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FONTPICKER_H_ +#define _WX_FONTPICKER_H_ + +#include "wx/button.h" +#include "wx/fontdata.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericFontButton: a button which brings up a wxFontDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFontButton : public wxButton, + public wxFontPickerWidgetBase +{ +public: + wxGenericFontButton() {} + wxGenericFontButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxFont &initial = wxNullFont, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxFONTBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFontPickerWidgetNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, initial, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual ~wxGenericFontButton() {} + + +public: // API extensions specific for wxGenericFontButton + + // user can override this to init font data in a different way + virtual void InitFontData(); + + // returns the font data shown in wxFontDialog + wxFontData *GetFontData() { return &m_data; } + + +public: + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxFont &initial = *wxNORMAL_FONT, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxFONTBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFontPickerWidgetNameStr); + + void OnButtonClick(wxCommandEvent &); + + +protected: + + void UpdateFont(); + + wxFontData m_data; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFontButton) +}; + + +#endif // _WX_FONTPICKER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fswatcher.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fswatcher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a450810065 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/fswatcher.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/fswatcher.h +// Purpose: wxPollingFileSystemWatcher +// Author: Bartosz Bekier +// Created: 2009-05-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fswatcher.h 62474 2009-10-22 11:35:43Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FSWATCHER_GENERIC_H_ +#define _WX_FSWATCHER_GENERIC_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FSWATCHER + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPollingFileSystemWatcher : public wxFileSystemWatcherBase +{ +public: + +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_FSWATCHER + +#endif /* _WX_FSWATCHER_GENERIC_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/grid.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/grid.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..18e5a267af --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/grid.h @@ -0,0 +1,2632 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/grid.h +// Purpose: wxGrid and related classes +// Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) +// Modified by: Santiago Palacios +// Created: 1/08/1999 +// RCS-ID: $Id: grid.h 65451 2010-08-30 22:18:52Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_GRID_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_GRID_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_GRID + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" + +#include "wx/scrolwin.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxGridNameStr[]; + +// Default parameters for wxGrid +// +#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_NUMBER_ROWS 10 +#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_NUMBER_COLS 10 +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) +#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_HEIGHT 25 +#else +#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_HEIGHT 30 +#endif // __WXMSW__ +#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH 80 +#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT 32 +#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH 82 +#define WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE 2 +#define WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT 15 +#define WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH 15 +#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH 16 + +// type names for grid table values +#define wxGRID_VALUE_STRING wxT("string") +#define wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL wxT("bool") +#define wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER wxT("long") +#define wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT wxT("double") +#define wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE wxT("choice") + +#define wxGRID_VALUE_TEXT wxGRID_VALUE_STRING +#define wxGRID_VALUE_LONG wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER + +// magic constant which tells (to some functions) to automatically calculate +// the appropriate size +#define wxGRID_AUTOSIZE (-1) + +// many wxGrid methods work either with columns or rows, this enum is used for +// the parameter indicating which one should it be +enum wxGridDirection +{ + wxGRID_COLUMN, + wxGRID_ROW +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGrid; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridCellAttr; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridSelection; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxHeaderCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl; +#endif + +class wxGridFixedIndicesSet; + +class wxGridOperations; +class wxGridRowOperations; +class wxGridColumnOperations; +class wxGridDirectionOperations; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxSafeIncRef(p) if ( p ) (p)->IncRef() +#define wxSafeDecRef(p) if ( p ) (p)->DecRef() + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellWorker: common base class for wxGridCellRenderer and +// wxGridCellEditor +// +// NB: this is more an implementation convenience than a design issue, so this +// class is not documented and is not public at all +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellWorker : public wxClientDataContainer, public wxRefCounter +{ +public: + wxGridCellWorker() { } + + // interpret renderer parameters: arbitrary string whose interpretatin is + // left to the derived classes + virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); + +protected: + // virtual dtor for any base class - private because only DecRef() can + // delete us + virtual ~wxGridCellWorker(); + +private: + // suppress the stupid gcc warning about the class having private dtor and + // no friends + friend class wxGridCellWorkerDummyFriend; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellRenderer: this class is responsible for actually drawing the cell +// in the grid. You may pass it to the wxGridCellAttr (below) to change the +// format of one given cell or to wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer() to change the +// view of all cells. This is an ABC, you will normally use one of the +// predefined derived classes or derive your own class from it. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellRenderer : public wxGridCellWorker +{ +public: + // draw the given cell on the provided DC inside the given rectangle + // using the style specified by the attribute and the default or selected + // state corresponding to the isSelected value. + // + // this pure virtual function has a default implementation which will + // prepare the DC using the given attribute: it will draw the rectangle + // with the bg colour from attr and set the text colour and font + virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected) = 0; + + // get the preferred size of the cell for its contents + virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col) = 0; + + // create a new object which is the copy of this one + virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const = 0; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellEditor: This class is responsible for providing and manipulating +// the in-place edit controls for the grid. Instances of wxGridCellEditor +// (actually, instances of derived classes since it is an ABC) can be +// associated with the cell attributes for individual cells, rows, columns, or +// even for the entire grid. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellEditor : public wxGridCellWorker +{ +public: + wxGridCellEditor(); + + bool IsCreated() { return m_control != NULL; } + wxControl* GetControl() { return m_control; } + void SetControl(wxControl* control) { m_control = control; } + + wxGridCellAttr* GetCellAttr() { return m_attr; } + void SetCellAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr) { m_attr = attr; } + + // Creates the actual edit control + virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) = 0; + + // Size and position the edit control + virtual void SetSize(const wxRect& rect); + + // Show or hide the edit control, use the specified attributes to set + // colours/fonts for it + virtual void Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL); + + // Draws the part of the cell not occupied by the control: the base class + // version just fills it with background colour from the attribute + virtual void PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, wxGridCellAttr *attr); + + + // The methods called by wxGrid when a cell is edited: first BeginEdit() is + // called, then EndEdit() is and if it returns true and if the change is + // not vetoed by a user-defined event handler, finally ApplyEdit() is called + + // Fetch the value from the table and prepare the edit control + // to begin editing. Set the focus to the edit control. + virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) = 0; + + // Returns false if nothing changed, otherwise returns true and return the + // new value in its string form in the newval output parameter. + // + // This should also store the new value in its real type internally so that + // it could be used by ApplyEdit() but it must not modify the grid as the + // change could still be vetoed. + virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid *grid, + const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval) = 0; + + // Complete the editing of the current cell by storing the value saved by + // the previous call to EndEdit() in the grid + virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) = 0; + + + // Reset the value in the control back to its starting value + virtual void Reset() = 0; + + // return true to allow the given key to start editing: the base class + // version only checks that the event has no modifiers. The derived + // classes are supposed to do "if ( base::IsAcceptedKey() && ... )" in + // their IsAcceptedKey() implementation, although, of course, it is not a + // mandatory requirment. + // + // NB: if the key is F2 (special), editing will always start and this + // method will not be called at all (but StartingKey() will) + virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event); + + // If the editor is enabled by pressing keys on the grid, this will be + // called to let the editor do something about that first key if desired + virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event); + + // if the editor is enabled by clicking on the cell, this method will be + // called + virtual void StartingClick(); + + // Some types of controls on some platforms may need some help + // with the Return key. + virtual void HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event); + + // Final cleanup + virtual void Destroy(); + + // create a new object which is the copy of this one + virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const = 0; + + // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control + virtual wxString GetValue() const = 0; + +protected: + // the dtor is private because only DecRef() can delete us + virtual ~wxGridCellEditor(); + + // the control we show on screen + wxControl* m_control; + + // a temporary pointer to the attribute being edited + wxGridCellAttr* m_attr; + + // if we change the colours/font of the control from the default ones, we + // must restore the default later and we save them here between calls to + // Show(true) and Show(false) + wxColour m_colFgOld, + m_colBgOld; + wxFont m_fontOld; + + // suppress the stupid gcc warning about the class having private dtor and + // no friends + friend class wxGridCellEditorDummyFriend; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditor); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridHeaderRenderer and company: like wxGridCellRenderer but for headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Base class for corner window renderer: it is the simplest of all renderers +// and only has a single function +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer +{ +public: + // Draw the border around the corner window. + virtual void DrawBorder(const wxGrid& grid, + wxDC& dc, + wxRect& rect) const = 0; + + // make the dtor of a class with virtual functions virtual to avoid g++ + // warnings, even though this class is not supposed to be used + // polymorphically + virtual ~wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer() { } +}; + + +// Base class for the row/column header cells renderers +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer + : public wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer +{ +public: + // Draw header cell label + virtual void DrawLabel(const wxGrid& grid, + wxDC& dc, + const wxString& value, + const wxRect& rect, + int horizAlign, + int vertAlign, + int textOrientation) const; +}; + +// Currently the row/column/corner renders don't need any methods other than +// those already in wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer but still define separate classes +// for them for future extensions and also for better type safety (i.e. to +// avoid inadvertently using a column header renderer for the row headers) +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowHeaderRenderer + : public wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer +{ +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer + : public wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer +{ +}; + +// Also define the default renderers which are used by wxGridCellAttrProvider +// by default +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault + : public wxGridRowHeaderRenderer +{ +public: + virtual void DrawBorder(const wxGrid& grid, + wxDC& dc, + wxRect& rect) const; +}; + +// Column header cells renderers +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault + : public wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer +{ +public: + virtual void DrawBorder(const wxGrid& grid, + wxDC& dc, + wxRect& rect) const; +}; + +// Header corner renderer +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault + : public wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer +{ +public: + virtual void DrawBorder(const wxGrid& grid, + wxDC& dc, + wxRect& rect) const; +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellAttr: this class can be used to alter the cells appearance in +// the grid by changing their colour/font/... from default. An object of this +// class may be returned by wxGridTable::GetAttr(). +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttr : public wxClientDataContainer, public wxRefCounter +{ +public: + enum wxAttrKind + { + Any, + Default, + Cell, + Row, + Col, + Merged + }; + + // ctors + wxGridCellAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault = NULL) + { + Init(attrDefault); + + SetAlignment(wxALIGN_INVALID, wxALIGN_INVALID); + } + + // VZ: considering the number of members wxGridCellAttr has now, this ctor + // seems to be pretty useless... may be we should just remove it? + wxGridCellAttr(const wxColour& colText, + const wxColour& colBack, + const wxFont& font, + int hAlign, + int vAlign) + : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack), m_font(font) + { + Init(); + SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); + } + + // creates a new copy of this object + wxGridCellAttr *Clone() const; + void MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom); + + // setters + void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; } + void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; } + void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; } + void SetAlignment(int hAlign, int vAlign) + { + m_hAlign = hAlign; + m_vAlign = vAlign; + } + void SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols); + void SetOverflow(bool allow = true) + { m_overflow = allow ? Overflow : SingleCell; } + void SetReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true) + { m_isReadOnly = isReadOnly ? ReadOnly : ReadWrite; } + + // takes ownership of the pointer + void SetRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) + { wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); m_renderer = renderer; } + void SetEditor(wxGridCellEditor* editor) + { wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); m_editor = editor; } + + void SetKind(wxAttrKind kind) { m_attrkind = kind; } + + // accessors + bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.Ok(); } + bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.Ok(); } + bool HasFont() const { return m_font.Ok(); } + bool HasAlignment() const + { + return m_hAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID || m_vAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID; + } + bool HasRenderer() const { return m_renderer != NULL; } + bool HasEditor() const { return m_editor != NULL; } + bool HasReadWriteMode() const { return m_isReadOnly != Unset; } + bool HasOverflowMode() const { return m_overflow != UnsetOverflow; } + bool HasSize() const { return m_sizeRows != 1 || m_sizeCols != 1; } + + const wxColour& GetTextColour() const; + const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const; + const wxFont& GetFont() const; + void GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const; + + // unlike GetAlignment() which always overwrites its output arguments with + // the alignment values to use, falling back on default alignment if this + // attribute doesn't have any, this function will preserve the values of + // parameters on entry if the corresponding alignment is not set in this + // attribute meaning that they can be initialized to default alignment (and + // also that they must be initialized, unlike with GetAlignment()) + void GetNonDefaultAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const; + + void GetSize(int *num_rows, int *num_cols) const; + bool GetOverflow() const + { return m_overflow != SingleCell; } + wxGridCellRenderer *GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const; + wxGridCellEditor *GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const; + + bool IsReadOnly() const { return m_isReadOnly == wxGridCellAttr::ReadOnly; } + + wxAttrKind GetKind() { return m_attrkind; } + + void SetDefAttr(wxGridCellAttr* defAttr) { m_defGridAttr = defAttr; } + +protected: + // the dtor is private because only DecRef() can delete us + virtual ~wxGridCellAttr() + { + wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); + wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); + } + +private: + enum wxAttrReadMode + { + Unset = -1, + ReadWrite, + ReadOnly + }; + + enum wxAttrOverflowMode + { + UnsetOverflow = -1, + Overflow, + SingleCell + }; + + // the common part of all ctors + void Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault = NULL); + + + wxColour m_colText, + m_colBack; + wxFont m_font; + int m_hAlign, + m_vAlign; + int m_sizeRows, + m_sizeCols; + + wxAttrOverflowMode m_overflow; + + wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; + wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; + wxGridCellAttr* m_defGridAttr; + + wxAttrReadMode m_isReadOnly; + + wxAttrKind m_attrkind; + + // use Clone() instead + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellAttr); + + // suppress the stupid gcc warning about the class having private dtor and + // no friends + friend class wxGridCellAttrDummyFriend; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellAttrProvider: class used by wxGridTableBase to retrieve/store the +// cell attributes. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// implementation note: we separate it from wxGridTableBase because we wish to +// avoid deriving a new table class if possible, and sometimes it will be +// enough to just derive another wxGridCellAttrProvider instead +// +// the default implementation is reasonably efficient for the generic case, +// but you might still wish to implement your own for some specific situations +// if you have performance problems with the stock one +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProvider : public wxClientDataContainer +{ +public: + wxGridCellAttrProvider(); + virtual ~wxGridCellAttrProvider(); + + // DecRef() must be called on the returned pointer + virtual wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col, + wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const; + + // all these functions take ownership of the pointer, don't call DecRef() + // on it + virtual void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); + virtual void SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row); + virtual void SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col); + + // these functions must be called whenever some rows/cols are deleted + // because the internal data must be updated then + void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); + void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); + + + // get renderers for the given row/column header label and the corner + // window: unlike cell renderers, these objects are not reference counted + // and are never NULL so they are returned by reference + virtual const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer& GetColumnHeaderRenderer(int col); + virtual const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer& GetRowHeaderRenderer(int row); + virtual const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& GetCornerRenderer(); + +private: + void InitData(); + + wxGridCellAttrProviderData *m_data; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellAttrProvider); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellCoords: location of a cell in the grid +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellCoords +{ +public: + wxGridCellCoords() { m_row = m_col = -1; } + wxGridCellCoords( int r, int c ) { m_row = r; m_col = c; } + + // default copy ctor is ok + + int GetRow() const { return m_row; } + void SetRow( int n ) { m_row = n; } + int GetCol() const { return m_col; } + void SetCol( int n ) { m_col = n; } + void Set( int row, int col ) { m_row = row; m_col = col; } + + wxGridCellCoords& operator=( const wxGridCellCoords& other ) + { + if ( &other != this ) + { + m_row=other.m_row; + m_col=other.m_col; + } + return *this; + } + + bool operator==( const wxGridCellCoords& other ) const + { + return (m_row == other.m_row && m_col == other.m_col); + } + + bool operator!=( const wxGridCellCoords& other ) const + { + return (m_row != other.m_row || m_col != other.m_col); + } + + bool operator!() const + { + return (m_row == -1 && m_col == -1 ); + } + +private: + int m_row; + int m_col; +}; + + +// For comparisons... +// +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxRect wxGridNoCellRect; + +// An array of cell coords... +// +WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellCoords, wxGridCellCoordsArray, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Grid table classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the abstract base class +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTableBase : public wxObject, + public wxClientDataContainer +{ +public: + wxGridTableBase(); + virtual ~wxGridTableBase(); + + // You must override these functions in a derived table class + // + + // return the number of rows and columns in this table + virtual int GetNumberRows() = 0; + virtual int GetNumberCols() = 0; + + // the methods above are unfortunately non-const even though they should + // have been const -- but changing it now is not possible any longer as it + // would break the existing code overriding them, so instead we provide + // these const synonyms which can be used from const-correct code + int GetRowsCount() const + { return const_cast(this)->GetNumberRows(); } + int GetColsCount() const + { return const_cast(this)->GetNumberCols(); } + + + virtual bool IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) + { + return GetValue(row, col).empty(); + } + + bool IsEmpty(const wxGridCellCoords& coord) + { + return IsEmptyCell(coord.GetRow(), coord.GetCol()); + } + + virtual wxString GetValue( int row, int col ) = 0; + virtual void SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) = 0; + + // Data type determination and value access + virtual wxString GetTypeName( int row, int col ); + virtual bool CanGetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ); + virtual bool CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ); + + virtual long GetValueAsLong( int row, int col ); + virtual double GetValueAsDouble( int row, int col ); + virtual bool GetValueAsBool( int row, int col ); + + virtual void SetValueAsLong( int row, int col, long value ); + virtual void SetValueAsDouble( int row, int col, double value ); + virtual void SetValueAsBool( int row, int col, bool value ); + + // For user defined types + virtual void* GetValueAsCustom( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ); + virtual void SetValueAsCustom( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName, void* value ); + + + // Overriding these is optional + // + virtual void SetView( wxGrid *grid ) { m_view = grid; } + virtual wxGrid * GetView() const { return m_view; } + + virtual void Clear() {} + virtual bool InsertRows( size_t pos = 0, size_t numRows = 1 ); + virtual bool AppendRows( size_t numRows = 1 ); + virtual bool DeleteRows( size_t pos = 0, size_t numRows = 1 ); + virtual bool InsertCols( size_t pos = 0, size_t numCols = 1 ); + virtual bool AppendCols( size_t numCols = 1 ); + virtual bool DeleteCols( size_t pos = 0, size_t numCols = 1 ); + + virtual wxString GetRowLabelValue( int row ); + virtual wxString GetColLabelValue( int col ); + virtual void SetRowLabelValue( int WXUNUSED(row), const wxString& ) {} + virtual void SetColLabelValue( int WXUNUSED(col), const wxString& ) {} + + // Attribute handling + // + + // give us the attr provider to use - we take ownership of the pointer + void SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider); + + // get the currently used attr provider (may be NULL) + wxGridCellAttrProvider *GetAttrProvider() const { return m_attrProvider; } + + // Does this table allow attributes? Default implementation creates + // a wxGridCellAttrProvider if necessary. + virtual bool CanHaveAttributes(); + + // by default forwarded to wxGridCellAttrProvider if any. May be + // overridden to handle attributes directly in the table. + virtual wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr( int row, int col, + wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ); + + + // these functions take ownership of the pointer + virtual void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col); + virtual void SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row); + virtual void SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col); + +private: + wxGrid * m_view; + wxGridCellAttrProvider *m_attrProvider; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridTableBase) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridTableBase); +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridTableMessage +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// IDs for messages sent from grid table to view +// +enum wxGridTableRequest +{ + wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES = 2000, + wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES, + wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, + wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, + wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, + wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, + wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, + wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTableMessage +{ +public: + wxGridTableMessage(); + wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, + int comInt1 = -1, + int comInt2 = -1 ); + + void SetTableObject( wxGridTableBase *table ) { m_table = table; } + wxGridTableBase * GetTableObject() const { return m_table; } + void SetId( int id ) { m_id = id; } + int GetId() { return m_id; } + void SetCommandInt( int comInt1 ) { m_comInt1 = comInt1; } + int GetCommandInt() { return m_comInt1; } + void SetCommandInt2( int comInt2 ) { m_comInt2 = comInt2; } + int GetCommandInt2() { return m_comInt2; } + +private: + wxGridTableBase *m_table; + int m_id; + int m_comInt1; + int m_comInt2; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridTableMessage); +}; + + + +// ------ wxGridStringArray +// A 2-dimensional array of strings for data values +// + +WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxArrayString, wxGridStringArray, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); + + + +// ------ wxGridStringTable +// +// Simplest type of data table for a grid for small tables of strings +// that are stored in memory +// + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridStringTable : public wxGridTableBase +{ +public: + wxGridStringTable(); + wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ); + + // these are pure virtual in wxGridTableBase + // + virtual int GetNumberRows() { return m_data.size(); } + virtual int GetNumberCols() { return m_numCols; } + virtual wxString GetValue( int row, int col ); + virtual void SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ); + + // overridden functions from wxGridTableBase + // + void Clear(); + bool InsertRows( size_t pos = 0, size_t numRows = 1 ); + bool AppendRows( size_t numRows = 1 ); + bool DeleteRows( size_t pos = 0, size_t numRows = 1 ); + bool InsertCols( size_t pos = 0, size_t numCols = 1 ); + bool AppendCols( size_t numCols = 1 ); + bool DeleteCols( size_t pos = 0, size_t numCols = 1 ); + + void SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& ); + void SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& ); + wxString GetRowLabelValue( int row ); + wxString GetColLabelValue( int col ); + +private: + wxGridStringArray m_data; + + // notice that while we don't need to store the number of our rows as it's + // always equal to the size of m_data array, we do need to store the number + // of our columns as we can't retrieve it from m_data when the number of + // rows is 0 (see #10818) + int m_numCols; + + // These only get used if you set your own labels, otherwise the + // GetRow/ColLabelValue functions return wxGridTableBase defaults + // + wxArrayString m_rowLabels; + wxArrayString m_colLabels; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY( wxGridStringTable ) +}; + + + +// ============================================================================ +// Grid view classes +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridSizesInfo stores information about sizes of the rows or columns. +// +// It assumes that most of the columns or rows have default size and so stores +// the default size separately and uses a hash to map column or row numbers to +// their non default size for those which don't have the default size. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// hash map to store positions as the keys and sizes as the values +WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( unsigned, int, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, + wxUnsignedToIntHashMap, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV ); + +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSizesInfo +{ + // default ctor, initialize m_sizeDefault and m_customSizes later + wxGridSizesInfo() { } + + // ctor used by wxGrid::Get{Col,Row}Sizes() + wxGridSizesInfo(int defSize, const wxArrayInt& allSizes); + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + + // Get the size of the element with the given index + int GetSize(unsigned pos) const; + + + // default size + int m_sizeDefault; + + // position -> size map containing all elements with non-default size + wxUnsignedToIntHashMap m_customSizes; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGrid +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGrid : public wxScrolledWindow +{ +public: + // possible selection modes + enum wxGridSelectionModes + { + wxGridSelectCells = 0, // allow selecting anything + wxGridSelectRows = 1, // allow selecting only entire rows + wxGridSelectColumns = 2, // allow selecting only entire columns + wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns = wxGridSelectRows | wxGridSelectColumns + }; + + // creation and destruction + // ------------------------ + + // ctor and Create() create the grid window, as with the other controls + wxGrid() { Init(); } + + wxGrid(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxWANTS_CHARS, + const wxString& name = wxGridNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxWANTS_CHARS, + const wxString& name = wxGridNameStr); + + virtual ~wxGrid(); + + // however to initialize grid data either CreateGrid() or SetTable() must + // be also called + + // this is basically equivalent to + // + // SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode) + // + bool CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, + wxGridSelectionModes selmode = wxGridSelectCells ); + + bool SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, + bool takeOwnership = false, + wxGridSelectionModes selmode = wxGridSelectCells ); + + bool ProcessTableMessage(wxGridTableMessage&); + + wxGridTableBase *GetTable() const { return m_table; } + + + void SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode); + wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const; + + // ------ grid dimensions + // + int GetNumberRows() const { return m_numRows; } + int GetNumberCols() const { return m_numCols; } + + + // ------ display update functions + // + wxArrayInt CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const; + + wxArrayInt CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const; + wxGridCellCoordsArray CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const; + + + void ClearGrid(); + bool InsertRows(int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true) + { + return DoModifyLines(&wxGridTableBase::InsertRows, + pos, numRows, updateLabels); + } + bool InsertCols(int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true) + { + return DoModifyLines(&wxGridTableBase::InsertCols, + pos, numCols, updateLabels); + } + + bool AppendRows(int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true) + { + return DoAppendLines(&wxGridTableBase::AppendRows, numRows, updateLabels); + } + bool AppendCols(int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true) + { + return DoAppendLines(&wxGridTableBase::AppendCols, numCols, updateLabels); + } + + bool DeleteRows(int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true) + { + return DoModifyLines(&wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows, + pos, numRows, updateLabels); + } + bool DeleteCols(int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true) + { + return DoModifyLines(&wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols, + pos, numCols, updateLabels); + } + + void DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc , const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ); + void DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ); + void DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& ); + void DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & reg ); + void DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& ); + void DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells); + + // this function is called when the current cell highlight must be redrawn + // and may be overridden by the user + virtual void DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ); + + virtual void DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows ); + virtual void DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ); + + virtual void DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& cols ); + virtual void DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col ); + + virtual void DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc); + + // ------ Cell text drawing functions + // + void DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, const wxString&, const wxRect&, + int horizontalAlignment = wxALIGN_LEFT, + int verticalAlignment = wxALIGN_TOP, + int textOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL ) const; + + void DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayString& lines, const wxRect&, + int horizontalAlignment = wxALIGN_LEFT, + int verticalAlignment = wxALIGN_TOP, + int textOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL ) const; + + + // Split a string containing newline characters into an array of + // strings and return the number of lines + // + void StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const; + + void GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc, + const wxArrayString& lines, + long *width, long *height ) const; + + + // ------ + // Code that does a lot of grid modification can be enclosed + // between BeginBatch() and EndBatch() calls to avoid screen + // flicker + // + void BeginBatch() { m_batchCount++; } + void EndBatch(); + + int GetBatchCount() { return m_batchCount; } + + virtual void Refresh(bool eraseb = true, const wxRect* rect = NULL); + + // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an + // immediate repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are + // already inside a BeginBatch / EndBatch block. + // + // This function is necessary because wxGrid has a minimal OnPaint() + // handler to reduce screen flicker. + // + void ForceRefresh(); + + + // ------ edit control functions + // + bool IsEditable() const { return m_editable; } + void EnableEditing( bool edit ); + + void EnableCellEditControl( bool enable = true ); + void DisableCellEditControl() { EnableCellEditControl(false); } + bool CanEnableCellControl() const; + bool IsCellEditControlEnabled() const; + bool IsCellEditControlShown() const; + + bool IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const; + + void ShowCellEditControl(); + void HideCellEditControl(); + void SaveEditControlValue(); + + + // ------ grid location functions + // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of + // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device + // coordinates for mouse events etc. + // + wxGridCellCoords XYToCell(int x, int y) const; + void XYToCell(int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords) const + { coords = XYToCell(x, y); } + wxGridCellCoords XYToCell(const wxPoint& pos) const + { return XYToCell(pos.x, pos.y); } + + // these functions return the index of the row/columns corresponding to the + // given logical position in pixels + // + // if clipToMinMax is false (default, wxNOT_FOUND is returned if the + // position is outside any row/column, otherwise the first/last element is + // returned in this case + int YToRow( int y, bool clipToMinMax = false ) const; + int XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax = false ) const; + + int YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const; + int XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const; + + wxRect CellToRect( int row, int col ) const; + wxRect CellToRect( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const + { return CellToRect( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); } + + int GetGridCursorRow() const { return m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); } + int GetGridCursorCol() const { return m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); } + + // check to see if a cell is either wholly visible (the default arg) or + // at least partially visible in the grid window + // + bool IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible = true ) const; + bool IsVisible( const wxGridCellCoords& coords, bool wholeCellVisible = true ) const + { return IsVisible( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), wholeCellVisible ); } + void MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ); + void MakeCellVisible( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) + { MakeCellVisible( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); } + + + // ------ grid cursor movement functions + // + void SetGridCursor(int row, int col) { SetCurrentCell(row, col); } + void SetGridCursor(const wxGridCellCoords& c) { SetCurrentCell(c); } + + void GoToCell(int row, int col) + { + if ( SetCurrentCell(row, col) ) + MakeCellVisible(row, col); + } + + void GoToCell(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) + { + if ( SetCurrentCell(coords) ) + MakeCellVisible(coords); + } + + bool MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection ); + bool MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection ); + bool MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection ); + bool MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection ); + bool MovePageDown(); + bool MovePageUp(); + bool MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection ); + bool MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ); + bool MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ); + bool MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ); + + + // ------ label and gridline formatting + // + int GetDefaultRowLabelSize() const { return WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; } + int GetRowLabelSize() const { return m_rowLabelWidth; } + int GetDefaultColLabelSize() const { return WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; } + int GetColLabelSize() const { return m_colLabelHeight; } + wxColour GetLabelBackgroundColour() const { return m_labelBackgroundColour; } + wxColour GetLabelTextColour() const { return m_labelTextColour; } + wxFont GetLabelFont() const { return m_labelFont; } + void GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const; + void GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const; + int GetColLabelTextOrientation() const; + wxString GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const; + wxString GetColLabelValue( int col ) const; + + wxColour GetCellHighlightColour() const { return m_cellHighlightColour; } + int GetCellHighlightPenWidth() const { return m_cellHighlightPenWidth; } + int GetCellHighlightROPenWidth() const { return m_cellHighlightROPenWidth; } + + // this one will use wxHeaderCtrl for the column labels + void UseNativeColHeader(bool native = true); + + // this one will still draw them manually but using the native renderer + // instead of using the same appearance as for the row labels + void SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native = true ); + + void SetRowLabelSize( int width ); + void SetColLabelSize( int height ); + void HideRowLabels() { SetRowLabelSize( 0 ); } + void HideColLabels() { SetColLabelSize( 0 ); } + void SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& ); + void SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& ); + void SetLabelFont( const wxFont& ); + void SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ); + void SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ); + void SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ); + void SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& ); + void SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& ); + void SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& ); + void SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width); + void SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width); + + + // interactive grid mouse operations control + // ----------------------------------------- + + // functions globally enabling row/column interactive resizing (enabled by + // default) + void EnableDragRowSize( bool enable = true ); + void DisableDragRowSize() { EnableDragRowSize( false ); } + + void EnableDragColSize( bool enable = true ); + void DisableDragColSize() { EnableDragColSize( false ); } + + // if interactive resizing is enabled, some rows/columns can still have + // fixed size + void DisableRowResize(int row) { DoDisableLineResize(row, m_setFixedRows); } + void DisableColResize(int col) { DoDisableLineResize(col, m_setFixedCols); } + + // these functions return whether the given row/column can be + // effectively resized: for this interactive resizing must be enabled + // and this index must not have been passed to DisableRow/ColResize() + bool CanDragRowSize(int row) const + { return m_canDragRowSize && DoCanResizeLine(row, m_setFixedRows); } + bool CanDragColSize(int col) const + { return m_canDragColSize && DoCanResizeLine(col, m_setFixedCols); } + + // interactive column reordering (disabled by default) + void EnableDragColMove( bool enable = true ); + void DisableDragColMove() { EnableDragColMove( false ); } + bool CanDragColMove() const { return m_canDragColMove; } + + // interactive resizing of grid cells (enabled by default) + void EnableDragGridSize(bool enable = true); + void DisableDragGridSize() { EnableDragGridSize(false); } + bool CanDragGridSize() const { return m_canDragGridSize; } + + // interactive dragging of cells (disabled by default) + void EnableDragCell( bool enable = true ); + void DisableDragCell() { EnableDragCell( false ); } + bool CanDragCell() const { return m_canDragCell; } + + + // grid lines + // ---------- + + // enable or disable drawing of the lines + void EnableGridLines(bool enable = true); + bool GridLinesEnabled() const { return m_gridLinesEnabled; } + + // by default grid lines stop at last column/row, but this may be changed + void ClipHorzGridLines(bool clip) + { DoClipGridLines(m_gridLinesClipHorz, clip); } + void ClipVertGridLines(bool clip) + { DoClipGridLines(m_gridLinesClipVert, clip); } + bool AreHorzGridLinesClipped() const { return m_gridLinesClipHorz; } + bool AreVertGridLinesClipped() const { return m_gridLinesClipVert; } + + // this can be used to change the global grid lines colour + void SetGridLineColour(const wxColour& col); + wxColour GetGridLineColour() const { return m_gridLineColour; } + + // these methods may be overridden to customize individual grid lines + // appearance + virtual wxPen GetDefaultGridLinePen(); + virtual wxPen GetRowGridLinePen(int row); + virtual wxPen GetColGridLinePen(int col); + + + // attributes + // ---------- + + // this sets the specified attribute for this cell or in this row/col + void SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr); + void SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr); + void SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr); + + // the grid can cache attributes for the recently used cells (currently it + // only caches one attribute for the most recently used one) and might + // notice that its value in the attribute provider has changed -- if this + // happens, call this function to force it + void RefreshAttr(int row, int col); + + // returns the attribute we may modify in place: a new one if this cell + // doesn't have any yet or the existing one if it does + // + // DecRef() must be called on the returned pointer, as usual + wxGridCellAttr *GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const; + + + // shortcuts for setting the column parameters + + // set the format for the data in the column: default is string + void SetColFormatBool(int col); + void SetColFormatNumber(int col); + void SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width = -1, int precision = -1); + void SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName); + + // ------ row and col formatting + // + int GetDefaultRowSize() const; + int GetRowSize( int row ) const; + bool IsRowShown(int row) const { return GetRowSize(row) != 0; } + int GetDefaultColSize() const; + int GetColSize( int col ) const; + bool IsColShown(int col) const { return GetColSize(col) != 0; } + wxColour GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const; + wxColour GetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col ) const; + wxColour GetDefaultCellTextColour() const; + wxColour GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const; + wxFont GetDefaultCellFont() const; + wxFont GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const; + void GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const; + void GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const; + bool GetDefaultCellOverflow() const; + bool GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const; + + // this function returns 1 in num_rows and num_cols for normal cells, + // positive numbers for a cell spanning multiple columns/rows (as set with + // SetCellSize()) and _negative_ numbers corresponding to the offset of the + // top left cell of the span from this one for the other cells covered by + // this cell + // + // the return value is CellSpan_None, CellSpan_Main or CellSpan_Inside for + // each of these cases respectively + enum CellSpan + { + CellSpan_Inside = -1, + CellSpan_None = 0, + CellSpan_Main + }; + + CellSpan GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const; + + wxSize GetCellSize(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) + { + wxSize s; + GetCellSize(coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &s.x, &s.y); + return s; + } + + // ------ row and col sizes + void SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows = false ); + void SetRowSize( int row, int height ); + void HideRow(int row) { SetRowSize(row, 0); } + void ShowRow(int row) { SetRowSize(row, -1); } + + void SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols = false ); + void SetColSize( int col, int width ); + void HideCol(int col) { SetColSize(col, 0); } + void ShowCol(int col) { SetColSize(col, -1); } + + // the row and column sizes can be also set all at once using + // wxGridSizesInfo which holds all of them at once + + wxGridSizesInfo GetColSizes() const + { return wxGridSizesInfo(GetDefaultColSize(), m_colWidths); } + wxGridSizesInfo GetRowSizes() const + { return wxGridSizesInfo(GetDefaultRowSize(), m_rowHeights); } + + void SetColSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo); + void SetRowSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo); + + + // ------- columns (only, for now) reordering + + // columns index <-> positions mapping: by default, the position of the + // column is the same as its index, but the columns can also be reordered + // (either by calling SetColPos() explicitly or by the user dragging the + // columns around) in which case their indices don't correspond to their + // positions on display any longer + // + // internally we always work with indices except for the functions which + // have "Pos" in their names (and which work with columns, not pixels) and + // only the display and hit testing code really cares about display + // positions at all + + // set the positions of all columns at once (this method uses the same + // conventions as wxHeaderCtrl::SetColumnsOrder() for the order array) + void SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order); + + // return the column index corresponding to the given (valid) position + int GetColAt(int pos) const + { + return m_colAt.empty() ? pos : m_colAt[pos]; + } + + // reorder the columns so that the column with the given index is now shown + // as the position pos + void SetColPos(int idx, int pos); + + // return the position at which the column with the given index is + // displayed: notice that this is a slow operation as we don't maintain the + // reverse mapping currently + int GetColPos(int idx) const + { + if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) + return idx; + + for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) + { + if ( m_colAt[i] == idx ) + return i; + } + + wxFAIL_MSG( "invalid column index" ); + + return wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + // reset the columns positions to the default order + void ResetColPos(); + + + // automatically size the column or row to fit to its contents, if + // setAsMin is true, this optimal width will also be set as minimal width + // for this column + void AutoSizeColumn( int col, bool setAsMin = true ) + { AutoSizeColOrRow(col, setAsMin, wxGRID_COLUMN); } + void AutoSizeRow( int row, bool setAsMin = true ) + { AutoSizeColOrRow(row, setAsMin, wxGRID_ROW); } + + // auto size all columns (very ineffective for big grids!) + void AutoSizeColumns( bool setAsMin = true ) + { (void)SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false, setAsMin); } + + void AutoSizeRows( bool setAsMin = true ) + { (void)SetOrCalcRowSizes(false, setAsMin); } + + // auto size the grid, that is make the columns/rows of the "right" size + // and also set the grid size to just fit its contents + void AutoSize(); + + // Note for both AutoSizeRowLabelSize and AutoSizeColLabelSize: + // If col equals to wxGRID_AUTOSIZE value then function autosizes labels column + // instead of data column. Note that this operation may be slow for large + // tables. + // autosize row height depending on label text + void AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ); + + // autosize column width depending on label text + void AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ); + + // column won't be resized to be lesser width - this must be called during + // the grid creation because it won't resize the column if it's already + // narrower than the minimal width + void SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ); + void SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ); + + /* These members can be used to query and modify the minimal + * acceptable size of grid rows and columns. Call this function in + * your code which creates the grid if you want to display cells + * with a size smaller than the default acceptable minimum size. + * Like the members SetColMinimalWidth and SetRowMinimalWidth, + * the existing rows or columns will not be checked/resized. + */ + void SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ); + void SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int width ); + int GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const; + int GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const; + + void SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& ); + void SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& ); + void SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& ); + + void SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& ); + void SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& ); + void SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& ); + void SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ); + void SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ); + void SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ); + void SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ); + void SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ); + + // takes ownership of the pointer + void SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer); + void SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer); + wxGridCellRenderer *GetDefaultRenderer() const; + wxGridCellRenderer* GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const; + + // takes ownership of the pointer + void SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor); + void SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor *editor); + wxGridCellEditor *GetDefaultEditor() const; + wxGridCellEditor* GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const; + + + + // ------ cell value accessors + // + wxString GetCellValue( int row, int col ) const + { + if ( m_table ) + { + return m_table->GetValue( row, col ); + } + else + { + return wxEmptyString; + } + } + + wxString GetCellValue( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const + { return GetCellValue( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); } + + void SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ); + void SetCellValue( const wxGridCellCoords& coords, const wxString& s ) + { SetCellValue( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), s ); } + + // returns true if the cell can't be edited + bool IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const; + + // make the cell editable/readonly + void SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly = true); + + // ------ select blocks of cells + // + void SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected = false ); + void SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected = false ); + + void SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, + bool addToSelected = false ); + + void SelectBlock( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, + const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, + bool addToSelected = false ) + { SelectBlock( topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(), + bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol(), + addToSelected ); } + + void SelectAll(); + + bool IsSelection() const; + + // ------ deselect blocks or cells + // + void DeselectRow( int row ); + void DeselectCol( int col ); + void DeselectCell( int row, int col ); + + void ClearSelection(); + + bool IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const; + + bool IsInSelection( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const + { return IsInSelection( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); } + + wxGridCellCoordsArray GetSelectedCells() const; + wxGridCellCoordsArray GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const; + wxGridCellCoordsArray GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const; + wxArrayInt GetSelectedRows() const; + wxArrayInt GetSelectedCols() const; + + // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the block of cells + // limited by TopLeft and BottomRight cell in device coords and clipped + // to the client size of the grid window. + // + wxRect BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords & topLeft, + const wxGridCellCoords & bottomRight ) const; + + // Access or update the selection fore/back colours + wxColour GetSelectionBackground() const + { return m_selectionBackground; } + wxColour GetSelectionForeground() const + { return m_selectionForeground; } + + void SetSelectionBackground(const wxColour& c) { m_selectionBackground = c; } + void SetSelectionForeground(const wxColour& c) { m_selectionForeground = c; } + + + // Methods for a registry for mapping data types to Renderers/Editors + void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, + wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, + wxGridCellEditor* editor); + // DJC MAPTEK + virtual wxGridCellEditor* GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const; + wxGridCellEditor* GetDefaultEditorForCell(const wxGridCellCoords& c) const + { return GetDefaultEditorForCell(c.GetRow(), c.GetCol()); } + virtual wxGridCellRenderer* GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const; + virtual wxGridCellEditor* GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const; + virtual wxGridCellRenderer* GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const; + + // grid may occupy more space than needed for its rows/columns, this + // function allows to set how big this extra space is + void SetMargins(int extraWidth, int extraHeight) + { + m_extraWidth = extraWidth; + m_extraHeight = extraHeight; + + CalcDimensions(); + } + + // Accessors for component windows + wxWindow* GetGridWindow() const { return (wxWindow*)m_gridWin; } + wxWindow* GetGridRowLabelWindow() const { return (wxWindow*)m_rowLabelWin; } + wxWindow* GetGridColLabelWindow() const { return m_colWindow; } + wxWindow* GetGridCornerLabelWindow() const { return (wxWindow*)m_cornerLabelWin; } + + // This one can only be called if we are using the native header window + wxHeaderCtrl *GetGridColHeader() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_useNativeHeader, "no column header window" ); + + // static_cast<> doesn't work without the full class declaration in + // view and we prefer to avoid adding more compile-time dependencies + // even at the cost of using reinterpret_cast<> + return reinterpret_cast(m_colWindow); + } + + // Allow adjustment of scroll increment. The default is (15, 15). + void SetScrollLineX(int x) { m_xScrollPixelsPerLine = x; } + void SetScrollLineY(int y) { m_yScrollPixelsPerLine = y; } + int GetScrollLineX() const { return m_xScrollPixelsPerLine; } + int GetScrollLineY() const { return m_yScrollPixelsPerLine; } + + // ------- drag and drop +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + virtual void SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget); +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + + + // ------- sorting support + + // wxGrid doesn't support sorting on its own but it can indicate the sort + // order in the column header (currently only if native header control is + // used though) + + // return the column currently displaying the sort indicator or wxNOT_FOUND + // if none + int GetSortingColumn() const { return m_sortCol; } + + // return true if this column is currently used for sorting + bool IsSortingBy(int col) const { return GetSortingColumn() == col; } + + // return the current sorting order (on GetSortingColumn()): true for + // ascending sort and false for descending; it doesn't make sense to call + // it if GetSortingColumn() returns wxNOT_FOUND + bool IsSortOrderAscending() const { return m_sortIsAscending; } + + // set the sorting column (or unsets any existing one if wxNOT_FOUND) and + // the order in which to sort + void SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending = true); + + // unset any existing sorting column + void UnsetSortingColumn() { SetSortingColumn(wxNOT_FOUND); } + +#ifdef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // ------ For compatibility with previous wxGrid only... + // + // ************************************************ + // ** Don't use these in new code because they ** + // ** are liable to disappear in a future ** + // ** revision ** + // ************************************************ + // + + wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, + int x, int y, int w = wxDefaultCoord, int h = wxDefaultCoord, + long style = wxWANTS_CHARS, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr ) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(w, h), style, name); + } + + void SetCellValue( const wxString& val, int row, int col ) + { SetCellValue( row, col, val ); } + + void UpdateDimensions() + { CalcDimensions(); } + + int GetRows() const { return GetNumberRows(); } + int GetCols() const { return GetNumberCols(); } + int GetCursorRow() const { return GetGridCursorRow(); } + int GetCursorColumn() const { return GetGridCursorCol(); } + + int GetScrollPosX() const { return 0; } + int GetScrollPosY() const { return 0; } + + void SetScrollX( int WXUNUSED(x) ) { } + void SetScrollY( int WXUNUSED(y) ) { } + + void SetColumnWidth( int col, int width ) + { SetColSize( col, width ); } + + int GetColumnWidth( int col ) const + { return GetColSize( col ); } + + void SetRowHeight( int row, int height ) + { SetRowSize( row, height ); } + + // GetRowHeight() is below + + int GetViewHeight() const // returned num whole rows visible + { return 0; } + + int GetViewWidth() const // returned num whole cols visible + { return 0; } + + void SetLabelSize( int orientation, int sz ) + { + if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + SetColLabelSize( sz ); + else + SetRowLabelSize( sz ); + } + + int GetLabelSize( int orientation ) const + { + if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + return GetColLabelSize(); + else + return GetRowLabelSize(); + } + + void SetLabelAlignment( int orientation, int align ) + { + if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + SetColLabelAlignment( align, wxALIGN_INVALID ); + else + SetRowLabelAlignment( align, wxALIGN_INVALID ); + } + + int GetLabelAlignment( int orientation, int WXUNUSED(align) ) const + { + int h, v; + if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + { + GetColLabelAlignment( &h, &v ); + return h; + } + else + { + GetRowLabelAlignment( &h, &v ); + return h; + } + } + + void SetLabelValue( int orientation, const wxString& val, int pos ) + { + if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + SetColLabelValue( pos, val ); + else + SetRowLabelValue( pos, val ); + } + + wxString GetLabelValue( int orientation, int pos) const + { + if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + return GetColLabelValue( pos ); + else + return GetRowLabelValue( pos ); + } + + wxFont GetCellTextFont() const + { return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); } + + wxFont GetCellTextFont(int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col)) const + { return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); } + + void SetCellTextFont(const wxFont& fnt) + { SetDefaultCellFont( fnt ); } + + void SetCellTextFont(const wxFont& fnt, int row, int col) + { SetCellFont( row, col, fnt ); } + + void SetCellTextColour(const wxColour& val, int row, int col) + { SetCellTextColour( row, col, val ); } + + void SetCellTextColour(const wxColour& col) + { SetDefaultCellTextColour( col ); } + + void SetCellBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col) + { SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( col ); } + + void SetCellBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour, int row, int col) + { SetCellBackgroundColour( row, col, colour ); } + + bool GetEditable() const { return IsEditable(); } + void SetEditable( bool edit = true ) { EnableEditing( edit ); } + bool GetEditInPlace() const { return IsCellEditControlEnabled(); } + + void SetEditInPlace(bool WXUNUSED(edit) = true) { } + + void SetCellAlignment( int align, int row, int col) + { SetCellAlignment(row, col, align, wxALIGN_CENTER); } + void SetCellAlignment( int WXUNUSED(align) ) {} + void SetCellBitmap(wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap), int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col)) + { } + void SetDividerPen(const wxPen& WXUNUSED(pen)) { } + wxPen& GetDividerPen() const; + void OnActivate(bool WXUNUSED(active)) {} + + // ******** End of compatibility functions ********** + + + + // ------ control IDs + enum { wxGRID_CELLCTRL = 2000, + wxGRID_TOPCTRL }; + + // ------ control types + enum { wxGRID_TEXTCTRL = 2100, + wxGRID_CHECKBOX, + wxGRID_CHOICE, + wxGRID_COMBOBOX }; + + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(bool CanDragRowSize() const, return m_canDragRowSize; ) + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(bool CanDragColSize() const, return m_canDragColSize; ) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + + // override some base class functions + virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true); + virtual wxWindow *GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl() + { return (wxWindow*)m_gridWin; } + virtual void Fit(); + + // implementation only + void CancelMouseCapture(); + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + bool m_created; + + wxGridWindow *m_gridWin; + wxGridCornerLabelWindow *m_cornerLabelWin; + wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; + + // the real type of the column window depends on m_useNativeHeader value: + // if it is true, its dynamic type is wxHeaderCtrl, otherwise it is + // wxGridColLabelWindow, use accessors below when the real type matters + wxWindow *m_colWindow; + + wxGridColLabelWindow *GetColLabelWindow() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader, "no column label window" ); + + return reinterpret_cast(m_colWindow); + } + + wxGridTableBase *m_table; + bool m_ownTable; + + int m_numRows; + int m_numCols; + + wxGridCellCoords m_currentCellCoords; + + // the corners of the block being currently selected or wxGridNoCellCoords + wxGridCellCoords m_selectedBlockTopLeft; + wxGridCellCoords m_selectedBlockBottomRight; + + // when selecting blocks of cells (either from the keyboard using Shift + // with cursor keys, or by dragging the mouse), the selection is anchored + // at m_currentCellCoords which defines one of the corners of the rectangle + // being selected -- and this variable defines the other corner, i.e. it's + // either m_selectedBlockTopLeft or m_selectedBlockBottomRight depending on + // which of them is not m_currentCellCoords + // + // if no block selection is in process, it is set to wxGridNoCellCoords + wxGridCellCoords m_selectedBlockCorner; + + wxGridSelection *m_selection; + + wxColour m_selectionBackground; + wxColour m_selectionForeground; + + // NB: *never* access m_row/col arrays directly because they are created + // on demand, *always* use accessor functions instead! + + // init the m_rowHeights/Bottoms arrays with default values + void InitRowHeights(); + + int m_defaultRowHeight; + int m_minAcceptableRowHeight; + wxArrayInt m_rowHeights; + wxArrayInt m_rowBottoms; + + // init the m_colWidths/Rights arrays + void InitColWidths(); + + int m_defaultColWidth; + int m_minAcceptableColWidth; + wxArrayInt m_colWidths; + wxArrayInt m_colRights; + + int m_sortCol; + bool m_sortIsAscending; + + bool m_useNativeHeader, + m_nativeColumnLabels; + + // get the col/row coords + int GetColWidth(int col) const; + int GetColLeft(int col) const; + int GetColRight(int col) const; + + // this function must be public for compatibility... +public: + int GetRowHeight(int row) const; +protected: + + int GetRowTop(int row) const; + int GetRowBottom(int row) const; + + int m_rowLabelWidth; + int m_colLabelHeight; + + // the size of the margin left to the right and bottom of the cell area + int m_extraWidth, + m_extraHeight; + + wxColour m_labelBackgroundColour; + wxColour m_labelTextColour; + wxFont m_labelFont; + + int m_rowLabelHorizAlign; + int m_rowLabelVertAlign; + int m_colLabelHorizAlign; + int m_colLabelVertAlign; + int m_colLabelTextOrientation; + + bool m_defaultRowLabelValues; + bool m_defaultColLabelValues; + + wxColour m_gridLineColour; + bool m_gridLinesEnabled; + bool m_gridLinesClipHorz, + m_gridLinesClipVert; + wxColour m_cellHighlightColour; + int m_cellHighlightPenWidth; + int m_cellHighlightROPenWidth; + + + // common part of AutoSizeColumn/Row() and GetBestSize() + int SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = true); + int SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = true); + + // common part of AutoSizeColumn/Row() + void AutoSizeColOrRow(int n, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction); + + // Calculate the minimum acceptable size for labels area + wxCoord CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction); + + // if a column has a minimal width, it will be the value for it in this + // hash table + wxLongToLongHashMap m_colMinWidths, + m_rowMinHeights; + + // get the minimal width of the given column/row + int GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const; + int GetRowMinimalHeight(int col) const; + + // do we have some place to store attributes in? + bool CanHaveAttributes() const; + + // cell attribute cache (currently we only cache 1, may be will do + // more/better later) + struct CachedAttr + { + int row, col; + wxGridCellAttr *attr; + } m_attrCache; + + // invalidates the attribute cache + void ClearAttrCache(); + + // adds an attribute to cache + void CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const; + + // looks for an attr in cache, returns true if found + bool LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const; + + // looks for the attr in cache, if not found asks the table and caches the + // result + wxGridCellAttr *GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const; + wxGridCellAttr *GetCellAttr(const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const + { return GetCellAttr( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); } + + // the default cell attr object for cells that don't have their own + wxGridCellAttr* m_defaultCellAttr; + + + bool m_inOnKeyDown; + int m_batchCount; + + + wxGridTypeRegistry* m_typeRegistry; + + enum CursorMode + { + WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, + WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, + WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, + WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, + WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, + WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL + }; + + // this method not only sets m_cursorMode but also sets the correct cursor + // for the given mode and, if captureMouse is not false releases the mouse + // if it was captured and captures it if it must be captured + // + // for this to work, you should always use it and not set m_cursorMode + // directly! + void ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, + wxWindow *win = NULL, + bool captureMouse = true); + + wxWindow *m_winCapture; // the window which captured the mouse + + // this variable is used not for finding the correct current cursor but + // mainly for finding out what is going to happen if the mouse starts being + // dragged right now + // + // by default it is WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL meaning that nothing else is + // going on, and it is set to one of RESIZE/SELECT/MOVE values while the + // corresponding operation will be started if the user starts dragging the + // mouse from the current position + CursorMode m_cursorMode; + + + //Column positions + wxArrayInt m_colAt; + + bool m_canDragRowSize; + bool m_canDragColSize; + bool m_canDragColMove; + bool m_canDragGridSize; + bool m_canDragCell; + + // the last position (horizontal or vertical depending on whether the user + // is resizing a column or a row) where a row or column separator line was + // dragged by the user or -1 of there is no drag operation in progress + int m_dragLastPos; + int m_dragRowOrCol; + + // true if a drag operation is in progress; when this is true, + // m_startDragPos is valid, i.e. not wxDefaultPosition + bool m_isDragging; + + // the position (in physical coordinates) where the user started dragging + // the mouse or wxDefaultPosition if mouse isn't being dragged + // + // notice that this can be != wxDefaultPosition while m_isDragging is still + // false because we wait until the mouse is moved some distance away before + // setting m_isDragging to true + wxPoint m_startDragPos; + + bool m_waitForSlowClick; + + wxGridCellCoords m_selectionStart; + + wxCursor m_rowResizeCursor; + wxCursor m_colResizeCursor; + + bool m_editable; // applies to whole grid + bool m_cellEditCtrlEnabled; // is in-place edit currently shown? + + void Init(); // common part of all ctors + void Create(); + void CreateColumnWindow(); + void CalcDimensions(); + void CalcWindowSizes(); + bool Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& ); + + + // generate the appropriate grid event and return -1 if it was vetoed, 1 if + // it was processed (but not vetoed) and 0 if it wasn't processed + int SendEvent(const wxEventType evtType, + int row, int col, + const wxMouseEvent& e); + int SendEvent(const wxEventType evtType, + const wxGridCellCoords& coords, + const wxMouseEvent& e) + { return SendEvent(evtType, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), e); } + int SendEvent(const wxEventType evtType, + int row, int col, + const wxString& s = wxString()); + int SendEvent(const wxEventType evtType, + const wxGridCellCoords& coords, + const wxString& s = wxString()) + { return SendEvent(evtType, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), s); } + int SendEvent(const wxEventType evtType, const wxString& s = wxString()) + { return SendEvent(evtType, m_currentCellCoords, s); } + + // send wxEVT_GRID_{ROW,COL}_SIZE + void SendGridSizeEvent(wxEventType type, + int row, int col, + const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv); + + void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& ); + void OnSize( wxSizeEvent& ); + void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); + void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); + void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); + void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); + + + bool SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ); + bool SetCurrentCell( int row, int col ) + { return SetCurrentCell( wxGridCellCoords(row, col) ); } + + + // this function is called to extend the block being currently selected + // from mouse and keyboard event handlers + void UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol, + int bottomRow, int rightCol); + + void UpdateBlockBeingSelected(const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, + const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight) + { UpdateBlockBeingSelected(topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(), + bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol()); } + + // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) + // + bool GetModelValues(); + bool SetModelValues(); + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridSelection; + friend class wxGridRowOperations; + friend class wxGridColumnOperations; + + // they call our private Process{{Corner,Col,Row}Label,GridCell}MouseEvent() + friend class wxGridCornerLabelWindow; + friend class wxGridColLabelWindow; + friend class wxGridRowLabelWindow; + friend class wxGridWindow; + friend class wxGridHeaderRenderer; + + friend class wxGridHeaderCtrl; + +private: + + // implement wxScrolledWindow method to return m_gridWin size + virtual wxSize GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size); + + // redraw the grid lines, should be called after changing their attributes + void RedrawGridLines(); + + // common part of Clip{Horz,Vert}GridLines + void DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip); + + // update the sorting indicator shown in the specified column (whose index + // must be valid) + // + // this will use GetSortingColumn() and IsSortOrderAscending() to determine + // the sorting indicator to effectively show + void UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col); + + // update the grid after changing the columns order (common part of + // SetColPos() and ResetColPos()) + void RefreshAfterColPosChange(); + + + // return the position (not index) of the column at the given logical pixel + // position + // + // this always returns a valid position, even if the coordinate is out of + // bounds (in which case first/last column is returned) + int XToPos(int x) const; + + + // event handlers and their helpers + // -------------------------------- + + // process mouse drag event in WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL mode + void DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, + const wxGridCellCoords& coords, + bool isFirstDrag); + + // process row/column resizing drag event + void DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper); + + // process mouse drag event in the grid window + void DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords); + + // process different clicks on grid cells + void DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event, + const wxGridCellCoords& coords, + const wxPoint& pos); + void DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event, + const wxGridCellCoords& coords, + const wxPoint& pos); + void DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords); + + // process movement (but not dragging) event in the grid cell area + void DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, + const wxGridCellCoords& coords, + const wxPoint& pos); + + // process mouse events in the grid window + void ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); + + // process mouse events in the row/column labels/corner windows + void ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); + void ProcessColLabelMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); + void ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); + + void DoColHeaderClick(int col); + + void DoStartResizeCol(int col); + void DoUpdateResizeCol(int x); + void DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w); + void DoStartMoveCol(int col); + + void DoEndDragResizeRow(const wxMouseEvent& event); + void DoEndDragResizeCol(const wxMouseEvent& event); + void DoEndMoveCol(int pos); + + + // common implementations of methods defined for both rows and columns + void DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper); + bool DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper); + int PosToLinePos(int pos, bool clipToMinMax, + const wxGridOperations& oper) const; + int PosToLine(int pos, bool clipToMinMax, + const wxGridOperations& oper) const; + int PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const; + + bool DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection, + const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper); + bool DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper); + bool DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection, + const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper); + void AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords, + const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper); + + // common part of {Insert,Delete}{Rows,Cols} + bool DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t), + int pos, int num, bool updateLabels); + // Append{Rows,Cols} is a bit different because of one less parameter + bool DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t), + int num, bool updateLabels); + + // common part of Set{Col,Row}Sizes + void DoSetSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo, + const wxGridOperations& oper); + + // common part of Disable{Row,Col}Resize and CanDrag{Row,Col}Size + void DoDisableLineResize(int line, wxGridFixedIndicesSet *& setFixed); + bool DoCanResizeLine(int line, const wxGridFixedIndicesSet *setFixed) const; + + + + // these sets contain the indices of fixed, i.e. non-resizable + // interactively, grid rows or columns and are NULL if there are no fixed + // elements (which is the default) + wxGridFixedIndicesSet *m_setFixedRows, + *m_setFixedCols; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid ) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGrid); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridUpdateLocker prevents updates to a grid during its lifetime +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridUpdateLocker +{ +public: + // if the pointer is NULL, Create() can be called later + wxGridUpdateLocker(wxGrid *grid = NULL) + { + Init(grid); + } + + // can be called if ctor was used with a NULL pointer, must not be called + // more than once + void Create(wxGrid *grid) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_grid, wxT("shouldn't be called more than once") ); + + Init(grid); + } + + ~wxGridUpdateLocker() + { + if ( m_grid ) + m_grid->EndBatch(); + } + +private: + void Init(wxGrid *grid) + { + m_grid = grid; + if ( m_grid ) + m_grid->BeginBatch(); + } + + wxGrid *m_grid; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridUpdateLocker); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Grid event class and event types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridEvent : public wxNotifyEvent, + public wxKeyboardState +{ +public: + wxGridEvent() + : wxNotifyEvent() + { + Init(-1, -1, -1, -1, false); + } + + wxGridEvent(int id, + wxEventType type, + wxObject* obj, + int row = -1, int col = -1, + int x = -1, int y = -1, + bool sel = true, + const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState()) + : wxNotifyEvent(type, id), + wxKeyboardState(kbd) + { + Init(row, col, x, y, sel); + SetEventObject(obj); + } + + // explicitly specifying inline allows gcc < 3.4 to + // handle the deprecation attribute even in the constructor. + wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR( + wxGridEvent(int id, + wxEventType type, + wxObject* obj, + int row, int col, + int x, int y, + bool sel, + bool control, + bool shift = false, bool alt = false, bool meta = false)); + + virtual int GetRow() { return m_row; } + virtual int GetCol() { return m_col; } + wxPoint GetPosition() { return wxPoint( m_x, m_y ); } + bool Selecting() { return m_selecting; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxGridEvent(*this); } + +protected: + int m_row; + int m_col; + int m_x; + int m_y; + bool m_selecting; + +private: + void Init(int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel) + { + m_row = row; + m_col = col; + m_x = x; + m_y = y; + m_selecting = sel; + } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxGridEvent) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSizeEvent : public wxNotifyEvent, + public wxKeyboardState +{ +public: + wxGridSizeEvent() + : wxNotifyEvent() + { + Init(-1, -1, -1); + } + + wxGridSizeEvent(int id, + wxEventType type, + wxObject* obj, + int rowOrCol = -1, + int x = -1, int y = -1, + const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState()) + : wxNotifyEvent(type, id), + wxKeyboardState(kbd) + { + Init(rowOrCol, x, y); + + SetEventObject(obj); + } + + wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR( + wxGridSizeEvent(int id, + wxEventType type, + wxObject* obj, + int rowOrCol, + int x, int y, + bool control, + bool shift = false, + bool alt = false, + bool meta = false) ); + + int GetRowOrCol() { return m_rowOrCol; } + wxPoint GetPosition() { return wxPoint( m_x, m_y ); } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxGridSizeEvent(*this); } + +protected: + int m_rowOrCol; + int m_x; + int m_y; + +private: + void Init(int rowOrCol, int x, int y) + { + m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol; + m_x = x; + m_y = y; + } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxGridSizeEvent) +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRangeSelectEvent : public wxNotifyEvent, + public wxKeyboardState +{ +public: + wxGridRangeSelectEvent() + : wxNotifyEvent() + { + Init(wxGridNoCellCoords, wxGridNoCellCoords, false); + } + + wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, + wxEventType type, + wxObject* obj, + const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, + const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, + bool sel = true, + const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState()) + : wxNotifyEvent(type, id), + wxKeyboardState(kbd) + { + Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel); + + SetEventObject(obj); + } + + wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR( + wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, + wxEventType type, + wxObject* obj, + const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, + const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, + bool sel, + bool control, + bool shift = false, + bool alt = false, + bool meta = false) ); + + wxGridCellCoords GetTopLeftCoords() { return m_topLeft; } + wxGridCellCoords GetBottomRightCoords() { return m_bottomRight; } + int GetTopRow() { return m_topLeft.GetRow(); } + int GetBottomRow() { return m_bottomRight.GetRow(); } + int GetLeftCol() { return m_topLeft.GetCol(); } + int GetRightCol() { return m_bottomRight.GetCol(); } + bool Selecting() { return m_selecting; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxGridRangeSelectEvent(*this); } + +protected: + void Init(const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, + const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, + bool selecting) + { + m_topLeft = topLeft; + m_bottomRight = bottomRight; + m_selecting = selecting; + } + + wxGridCellCoords m_topLeft; + wxGridCellCoords m_bottomRight; + bool m_selecting; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxGridRangeSelectEvent) +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridEditorCreatedEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxGridEditorCreatedEvent() + : wxCommandEvent() + { + m_row = 0; + m_col = 0; + m_ctrl = NULL; + } + + wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, + int row, int col, wxControl* ctrl); + + int GetRow() { return m_row; } + int GetCol() { return m_col; } + wxControl* GetControl() { return m_ctrl; } + void SetRow(int row) { m_row = row; } + void SetCol(int col) { m_col = col; } + void SetControl(wxControl* ctrl) { m_ctrl = ctrl; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(*this); } + +private: + int m_row; + int m_col; + wxControl* m_ctrl; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent) +}; + + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, wxGridRangeSelectEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, wxGridEditorCreatedEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, wxGridEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, wxGridEvent ); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridEventFunction)(wxGridEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridSizeEventFunction)(wxGridSizeEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction)(wxGridRangeSelectEvent&); +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction)(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent&); + +#define wxGridEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxGridEventFunction, func) + +#define wxGridSizeEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxGridSizeEventFunction, func) + +#define wxGridRangeSelectEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction, func) + +#define wxGridEditorCreatedEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction, func) + +#define wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_GRID_ ## evt, id, wxGridEventHandler(fn)) + +#define wx__DECLARE_GRIDSIZEEVT(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_GRID_ ## evt, id, wxGridSizeEventHandler(fn)) + +#define wx__DECLARE_GRIDRANGESELEVT(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_GRID_ ## evt, id, wxGridRangeSelectEventHandler(fn)) + +#define wx__DECLARE_GRIDEDITOREVT(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_GRID_ ## evt, id, wxGridEditorCreatedEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_LEFT_CLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_ROW_SIZE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDSIZEEVT(ROW_SIZE, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SIZE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDSIZEEVT(COL_SIZE, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_MOVE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(COL_MOVE, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SORT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(COL_SORT, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_RANGE_SELECT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDRANGESELEVT(RANGE_SELECT, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_CHANGING, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_CHANGED, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_SELECT_CELL(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(SELECT_CELL, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_SHOWN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(EDITOR_SHOWN, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_HIDDEN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(EDITOR_HIDDEN, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_CREATED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEDITOREVT(EDITOR_CREATED, id, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn) + +// same as above but for any id (exists mainly for backwards compatibility but +// then it's also true that you rarely have multiple grid in the same window) +#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_ROW_SIZE(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_COL_SIZE(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SIZE(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_COL_MOVE(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_MOVE(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_COL_SORT(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SORT(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_RANGE_SELECT(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGING(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGED(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_SELECT_CELL(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_SHOWN(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_HIDDEN(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_CREATED(wxID_ANY, fn) +#define EVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG(wxID_ANY, fn) + +// we used to have a single wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE event but it was split into +// wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING and CHANGED ones in wx 2.9.0, however the CHANGED +// is basically the same as the old CHANGE event so we keep the name for +// compatibility +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + #define wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED + + #define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGE EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGED + #define EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#if 0 // TODO: implement these ? others ? + +extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL; +extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS; +extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL; + +#define EVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL(fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ), +#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS(fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ), +#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL(fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ), + +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_GRID +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_GRID_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/gridctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/gridctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a14d98111c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/gridctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/gridctrl.h +// Purpose: wxGrid controls +// Author: Paul Gammans, Roger Gammans +// Modified by: +// Created: 11/04/2001 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gridctrl.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) The Computer Surgery (paul@compsurg.co.uk) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_GRIDCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_GRIDCTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/grid.h" + +#if wxUSE_GRID + +#define wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICEINT wxT("choiceint") +#define wxGRID_VALUE_DATETIME wxT("datetime") + + +// the default renderer for the cells containing string data +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellStringRenderer : public wxGridCellRenderer +{ +public: + // draw the string + virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected); + + // return the string extent + virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col); + + virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const + { return new wxGridCellStringRenderer; } + +protected: + // set the text colours before drawing + void SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid, + const wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + bool isSelected); + + // calc the string extent for given string/font + wxSize DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxString& text); +}; + +// the default renderer for the cells containing numeric (long) data +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellNumberRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer +{ +public: + // draw the string right aligned + virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected); + + virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col); + + virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const + { return new wxGridCellNumberRenderer; } + +protected: + wxString GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellFloatRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer +{ +public: + wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width = -1, int precision = -1); + + // get/change formatting parameters + int GetWidth() const { return m_width; } + void SetWidth(int width) { m_width = width; m_format.clear(); } + int GetPrecision() const { return m_precision; } + void SetPrecision(int precision) { m_precision = precision; m_format.clear(); } + + // draw the string right aligned with given width/precision + virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected); + + virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col); + + // parameters string format is "width[,precision]" + virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); + + virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const; + +protected: + wxString GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col); + +private: + // formatting parameters + int m_width, + m_precision; + + wxString m_format; +}; + +// renderer for boolean fields +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellBoolRenderer : public wxGridCellRenderer +{ +public: + // draw a check mark or nothing + virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected); + + // return the checkmark size + virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col); + + virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const + { return new wxGridCellBoolRenderer; } + +private: + static wxSize ms_sizeCheckMark; +}; + + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + +#include "wx/datetime.h" + +// the default renderer for the cells containing times and dates +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer +{ +public: + wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer(const wxString& outformat = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat, + const wxString& informat = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat); + + // draw the string right aligned + virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected); + + virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col); + + virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const; + + // output strptime()-like format string + virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); + +protected: + wxString GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col); + + wxString m_iformat; + wxString m_oformat; + wxDateTime m_dateDef; + wxDateTime::TimeZone m_tz; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +// renders a number using the corresponding text string +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellEnumRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer +{ +public: + wxGridCellEnumRenderer( const wxString& choices = wxEmptyString ); + + // draw the string right aligned + virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected); + + virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col); + + virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const; + + // parameters string format is "item1[,item2[...,itemN]]" where itemN will + // be used if the cell value is N-1 + virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); + +protected: + wxString GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col); + + wxArrayString m_choices; +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer +{ +public: + wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer() : wxGridCellStringRenderer() { } + + virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected); + + virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col); + + virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const + { return new wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer; } + +private: + wxArrayString GetTextLines( wxGrid& grid, + wxDC& dc, + const wxGridCellAttr& attr, + const wxRect& rect, + int row, int col); + +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GRID +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_GRIDCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/grideditors.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/grideditors.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..006b66232d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/grideditors.h @@ -0,0 +1,335 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/grideditors.h +// Purpose: wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler and wxGrid editors +// Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) +// Modified by: Santiago Palacios +// Created: 1/08/1999 +// RCS-ID: $Id: grideditors.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_GRID_EDITORS_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_GRID_EDITORS_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_GRID + +class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) + : m_grid(grid), + m_editor(editor), + m_inSetFocus(false) + { + } + + void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); + + void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; } + +private: + wxGrid *m_grid; + wxGridCellEditor *m_editor; + + // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to + // a combobox within a set focus event. + bool m_inSetFocus; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler); +}; + + +#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + +// the editor for string/text data +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellTextEditor : public wxGridCellEditor +{ +public: + wxGridCellTextEditor(); + + virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler); + virtual void SetSize(const wxRect& rect); + + virtual void PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, wxGridCellAttr *attr); + + virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event); + virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); + virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid, + const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval); + virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); + + virtual void Reset(); + virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event); + virtual void HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event); + + // parameters string format is "max_width" + virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); + + virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const + { return new wxGridCellTextEditor; } + + // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control + virtual wxString GetValue() const; + +protected: + wxTextCtrl *Text() const { return (wxTextCtrl *)m_control; } + + // parts of our virtual functions reused by the derived classes + void DoCreate(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, wxEvtHandler* evtHandler, + long style = 0); + void DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue); + void DoReset(const wxString& startValue); + +private: + size_t m_maxChars; // max number of chars allowed + wxString m_value; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellTextEditor); +}; + +// the editor for numeric (long) data +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellNumberEditor : public wxGridCellTextEditor +{ +public: + // allows to specify the range - if min == max == -1, no range checking is + // done + wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min = -1, int max = -1); + + virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler); + + virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event); + virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); + virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid, + const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval); + virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); + + virtual void Reset(); + virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event); + + // parameters string format is "min,max" + virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); + + virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const + { return new wxGridCellNumberEditor(m_min, m_max); } + + // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control + virtual wxString GetValue() const; + +protected: +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + wxSpinCtrl *Spin() const { return (wxSpinCtrl *)m_control; } +#endif + + // if HasRange(), we use wxSpinCtrl - otherwise wxTextCtrl + bool HasRange() const + { +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + return m_min != m_max; +#else + return false; +#endif + } + + // string representation of our value + wxString GetString() const + { return wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), m_value); } + +private: + int m_min, + m_max; + + long m_value; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellNumberEditor); +}; + +// the editor for floating point numbers (double) data +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellFloatEditor : public wxGridCellTextEditor +{ +public: + wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width = -1, int precision = -1); + + virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler); + + virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event); + virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); + virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid, + const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval); + virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); + + virtual void Reset(); + virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event); + + virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const + { return new wxGridCellFloatEditor(m_width, m_precision); } + + // parameters string format is "width,precision" + virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); + +protected: + // string representation of our value + wxString GetString() const; + +private: + int m_width, + m_precision; + double m_value; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellFloatEditor); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + +#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX + +// the editor for boolean data +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellBoolEditor : public wxGridCellEditor +{ +public: + wxGridCellBoolEditor() { } + + virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler); + + virtual void SetSize(const wxRect& rect); + virtual void Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL); + + virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event); + virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); + virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid, + const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval); + virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); + + virtual void Reset(); + virtual void StartingClick(); + virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event); + + virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const + { return new wxGridCellBoolEditor; } + + // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control, see + // also UseStringValues() + virtual wxString GetValue() const; + + // set the string values returned by GetValue() for the true and false + // states, respectively + static void UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue = wxT("1"), + const wxString& valueFalse = wxEmptyString); + + // return true if the given string is equal to the string representation of + // true value which we currently use + static bool IsTrueValue(const wxString& value); + +protected: + wxCheckBox *CBox() const { return (wxCheckBox *)m_control; } + +private: + bool m_value; + + static wxString ms_stringValues[2]; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellBoolEditor); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +// the editor for string data allowing to choose from the list of strings +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellChoiceEditor : public wxGridCellEditor +{ +public: + // if !allowOthers, user can't type a string not in choices array + wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count = 0, + const wxString choices[] = NULL, + bool allowOthers = false); + wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices, + bool allowOthers = false); + + virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler); + + virtual void PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, wxGridCellAttr *attr); + + virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); + virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid, + const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval); + virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); + + virtual void Reset(); + + // parameters string format is "item1[,item2[...,itemN]]" + virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params); + + virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const; + + // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control + virtual wxString GetValue() const; + +protected: + wxComboBox *Combo() const { return (wxComboBox *)m_control; } + + wxString m_value; + wxArrayString m_choices; + bool m_allowOthers; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellChoiceEditor); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellEnumEditor : public wxGridCellChoiceEditor +{ +public: + wxGridCellEnumEditor( const wxString& choices = wxEmptyString ); + virtual ~wxGridCellEnumEditor() {} + + virtual wxGridCellEditor* Clone() const; + + virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); + virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid, + const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval); + virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid); + +private: + long m_index; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEnumEditor); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor : public wxGridCellTextEditor +{ +public: + wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor() : wxGridCellTextEditor() { } + virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler); + + virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const + { return new wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor; } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GRID + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_GRID_EDITORS_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/gridsel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/gridsel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..640e810af5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/gridsel.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/gridsel.h +// Purpose: wxGridSelection +// Author: Stefan Neis +// Modified by: +// Created: 20/02/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gridsel.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Neis +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_GRIDSEL_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_GRIDSEL_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_GRID + +#include "wx/grid.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSelection +{ +public: + wxGridSelection(wxGrid *grid, + wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes sel = wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells); + + bool IsSelection(); + bool IsInSelection(int row, int col); + bool IsInSelection(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) + { + return IsInSelection(coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); + } + + void SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode); + wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() { return m_selectionMode; } + void SelectRow(int row, const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState()); + void SelectCol(int col, const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState()); + void SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, + int bottomRow, int rightCol, + const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState(), + bool sendEvent = true ); + void SelectBlock(const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, + const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, + const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState(), + bool sendEvent = true ) + { + SelectBlock(topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(), + bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol(), + kbd, sendEvent); + } + + void SelectCell(int row, int col, + const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState(), + bool sendEvent = true); + void SelectCell(const wxGridCellCoords& coords, + const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState(), + bool sendEvent = true) + { + SelectCell(coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), kbd, sendEvent); + } + + void ToggleCellSelection(int row, int col, + const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState()); + void ToggleCellSelection(const wxGridCellCoords& coords, + const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState()) + { + ToggleCellSelection(coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), kbd); + } + + void ClearSelection(); + + void UpdateRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); + void UpdateCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); + +private: + int BlockContain( int topRow1, int leftCol1, + int bottomRow1, int rightCol1, + int topRow2, int leftCol2, + int bottomRow2, int rightCol2 ); + // returns 1, if Block1 contains Block2, + // -1, if Block2 contains Block1, + // 0, otherwise + + int BlockContainsCell( int topRow, int leftCol, + int bottomRow, int rightCol, + int row, int col ) + // returns 1, if Block contains Cell, + // 0, otherwise + { + return ( topRow <= row && row <= bottomRow && + leftCol <= col && col <= rightCol ); + } + + void SelectBlockNoEvent(int topRow, int leftCol, + int bottomRow, int rightCol) + { + SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol, + wxKeyboardState(), false); + } + + wxGridCellCoordsArray m_cellSelection; + wxGridCellCoordsArray m_blockSelectionTopLeft; + wxGridCellCoordsArray m_blockSelectionBottomRight; + wxArrayInt m_rowSelection; + wxArrayInt m_colSelection; + + wxGrid *m_grid; + wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes m_selectionMode; + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGrid; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSelection); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GRID +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_GRIDSEL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/headerctrlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/headerctrlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9246d2c8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/headerctrlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/headerctrlg.h +// Purpose: Generic wxHeaderCtrl implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-12-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: headerctrlg.h 61024 2009-06-12 16:15:35Z RR $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_HEADERCTRLG_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_HEADERCTRLG_H_ + +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" +#include "wx/overlay.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHeaderCtrl : public wxHeaderCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxHeaderCtrl() + { + Init(); + } + + wxHeaderCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHeaderCtrlNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHeaderCtrlNameStr); + + virtual ~wxHeaderCtrl(); + +private: + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual void DoSetCount(unsigned int count); + virtual unsigned int DoGetCount() const; + virtual void DoUpdate(unsigned int idx); + + virtual void DoScrollHorz(int dx); + + virtual void DoSetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order); + virtual wxArrayInt DoGetColumnsOrder() const; + + // override wxWindow methods which must be implemented by a new control + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // event handlers + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + void OnMouse(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event); + + // move the column with given idx at given position (this doesn't generate + // any events but does refresh the display) + void DoMoveCol(unsigned int idx, unsigned int pos); + + // return the horizontal start position of the given column in physical + // coordinates + int GetColStart(unsigned int idx) const; + + // and the end position + int GetColEnd(unsigned int idx) const; + + // refresh the given column [only]; idx must be valid + void RefreshCol(unsigned int idx); + + // refresh the given column if idx is valid + void RefreshColIfNotNone(unsigned int idx); + + // refresh all the controls starting from (and including) the given one + void RefreshColsAfter(unsigned int idx); + + // return the column at the given position or -1 if it is beyond the + // rightmost column and put true into onSeparator output parameter if the + // position is near the divider at the right end of this column (notice + // that this means that we return column 0 even if the position is over + // column 1 but close enough to the divider separating it from column 0) + unsigned int FindColumnAtPoint(int x, bool *onSeparator = NULL) const; + + // return true if a drag resizing operation is currently in progress + bool IsResizing() const; + + // return true if a drag reordering operation is currently in progress + bool IsReordering() const; + + // return true if any drag operation is currently in progress + bool IsDragging() const { return IsResizing() || IsReordering(); } + + // end any drag operation currently in progress (resizing or reordering) + void EndDragging(); + + // cancel the drag operation currently in progress and generate an event + // about it + void CancelDragging(); + + // start (if m_colBeingResized is -1) or continue resizing the column + // + // this generates wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE/RESIZING events and can + // cancel the operation if the user handler decides so + void StartOrContinueResizing(unsigned int col, int xPhysical); + + // end the resizing operation currently in progress and generate an event + // about it with its cancelled flag set if xPhysical is -1 + void EndResizing(int xPhysical); + + // same functions as above but for column moving/reordering instead of + // resizing + void StartReordering(unsigned int col, int xPhysical); + + // returns true if we did drag the column somewhere else or false if we + // didn't really move it -- in this case we consider that no reordering + // took place and that a normal column click event should be generated + bool EndReordering(int xPhysical); + + // constrain the given position to be larger than the start position of the + // given column plus its minimal width and return the effective width + int ConstrainByMinWidth(unsigned int col, int& xPhysical); + + // update the information displayed while a column is being moved around + void UpdateReorderingMarker(int xPhysical); + + // clear any overlaid markers + void ClearMarkers(); + + + // number of columns in the control currently + unsigned int m_numColumns; + + // index of the column under mouse or -1 if none + unsigned int m_hover; + + // the column being resized or -1 if there is no resizing operation in + // progress + unsigned int m_colBeingResized; + + // the column being moved or -1 if there is no reordering operation in + // progress + unsigned int m_colBeingReordered; + + // the distance from the start of m_colBeingReordered and the mouse + // position when the user started to drag it + int m_dragOffset; + + // the horizontal scroll offset + int m_scrollOffset; + + // the overlay display used during the dragging operations + wxOverlay m_overlay; + + // the indices of the column appearing at the given position on the display + // (its size is always m_numColumns) + wxArrayInt m_colIndices; + + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHeaderCtrl); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_HEADERCTRLG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/helpext.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/helpext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19d7641062 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/helpext.h @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/helpext.h +// Purpose: an external help controller for wxWidgets +// Author: Karsten Ballueder (Ballueder@usa.net) +// Modified by: +// Copyright: (c) Karsten Ballueder 1998 +// RCS-ID: $Id: helpext.h 58227 2009-01-19 13:55:27Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_HELPEXT_H_ +#define __WX_HELPEXT_H_ + +#if wxUSE_HELP + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/helpbase.h" + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxExtHelpController +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This class implements help via an external browser. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxExtHelpController : public wxHelpControllerBase +{ +public: + wxExtHelpController(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL); + virtual ~wxExtHelpController(); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED(void SetBrowser(const wxString& browsername = wxEmptyString, bool isNetscape = false) ); +#endif + + // Set viewer: new name for SetBrowser + virtual void SetViewer(const wxString& viewer = wxEmptyString, + long flags = wxHELP_NETSCAPE); + + virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& dir, int WXUNUSED(server)) + { return Initialize(dir); } + + virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& dir); + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString); + virtual bool DisplayContents(void); + virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo); + virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section); + virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo); + virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k, + wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL); + + virtual bool Quit(void); + virtual void OnQuit(void); + + virtual bool DisplayHelp(const wxString &) ; + + virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title), + const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size), + const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) = wxDefaultPosition, + bool WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = false) + { + // does nothing by default + } + + virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *WXUNUSED(size) = NULL, + wxPoint *WXUNUSED(pos) = NULL, + bool *WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = NULL) + { + return NULL; // does nothing by default + } + +protected: + // Filename of currently active map file. + wxString m_helpDir; + + // How many entries do we have in the map file? + int m_NumOfEntries; + + // A list containing all id,url,documentation triples. + wxList *m_MapList; + +private: + // parse a single line of the map file (called by LoadFile()) + // + // return true if the line was valid or false otherwise + bool ParseMapFileLine(const wxString& line); + + // Deletes the list and all objects. + void DeleteList(void); + + + // How to call the html viewer. + wxString m_BrowserName; + + // Is the viewer a variant of netscape? + bool m_BrowserIsNetscape; + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxExtHelpController) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + +#endif // __WX_HELPEXT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/hyperlink.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/hyperlink.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7a495ef09f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/hyperlink.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/hyperlink.h +// Purpose: Hyperlink control +// Author: David Norris , Otto Wyss +// Modified by: Ryan Norton, Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 04/02/2005 +// RCS-ID: $Id: hyperlink.h 65334 2010-08-17 16:55:32Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 David Norris +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERICHYPERLINKCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_GENERICHYPERLINKCTRL_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl : public wxHyperlinkCtrlBase +{ +public: + // Default constructor (for two-step construction). + wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl() { Init(); } + + // Constructor. + wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, const wxString& url, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr) + { + Init(); + (void) Create(parent, id, label, url, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // Creation function (for two-step construction). + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, const wxString& url, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr); + + + // get/set + wxColour GetHoverColour() const { return m_hoverColour; } + void SetHoverColour(const wxColour &colour) { m_hoverColour = colour; } + + wxColour GetNormalColour() const { return m_normalColour; } + void SetNormalColour(const wxColour &colour); + + wxColour GetVisitedColour() const { return m_visitedColour; } + void SetVisitedColour(const wxColour &colour); + + wxString GetURL() const { return m_url; } + void SetURL (const wxString &url) { m_url=url; } + + void SetVisited(bool visited = true) { m_visited=visited; } + bool GetVisited() const { return m_visited; } + + // NOTE: also wxWindow::Set/GetLabel, wxWindow::Set/GetBackgroundColour, + // wxWindow::Get/SetFont, wxWindow::Get/SetCursor are important ! + + +protected: + // Helper used by this class itself and native MSW implementation that + // connects OnRightUp() and OnPopUpCopy() handlers. + void ConnectMenuHandlers(); + + // event handlers + + // Renders the hyperlink. + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + + // Returns the wxRect of the label of this hyperlink. + // This is different from the clientsize's rectangle when + // clientsize != bestsize and this rectangle is influenced + // by the alignment of the label (wxHL_ALIGN_*). + wxRect GetLabelRect() const; + + // If the click originates inside the bounding box of the label, + // a flag is set so that an event will be fired when the left + // button is released. + void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event); + + // If the click both originated and finished inside the bounding box + // of the label, a HyperlinkEvent is fired. + void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnRightUp(wxMouseEvent& event); + + // Changes the cursor to a hand, if the mouse is inside the label's + // bounding box. + void OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& event); + + // Changes the cursor back to the default, if necessary. + void OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& event); + + // handles "Copy URL" menuitem + void OnPopUpCopy(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // overridden base class virtuals + + // Returns the best size for the window, which is the size needed + // to display the text label. + virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const; + + // creates a context menu with "Copy URL" menuitem + virtual void DoContextMenu(const wxPoint &); + +private: + // Common part of all ctors. + void Init(); + + // URL associated with the link. This is transmitted inside + // the HyperlinkEvent fired when the user clicks on the label. + wxString m_url; + + // Foreground colours for various link types. + // NOTE: wxWindow::m_backgroundColour is used for background, + // wxWindow::m_foregroundColour is used to render non-visited links + wxColour m_hoverColour; + wxColour m_normalColour; + wxColour m_visitedColour; + + // True if the mouse cursor is inside the label's bounding box. + bool m_rollover; + + // True if the link has been clicked before. + bool m_visited; + + // True if a click is in progress (left button down) and the click + // originated inside the label's bounding box. + bool m_clicking; +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERICHYPERLINKCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/icon.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/icon.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7d0f49e72c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/icon.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/icon.h +// Purpose: wxIcon implementation for ports where it's same as wxBitmap +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 17/09/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: icon.h 57692 2008-12-31 15:27:00Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_ICON_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_ICON_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIcon +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIcon: public wxBitmap +{ +public: + wxIcon(); + + wxIcon(const char* const* bits); +#ifdef wxNEEDS_CHARPP + wxIcon(char **bits); +#endif + + // For compatibility with wxMSW where desired size is sometimes required to + // distinguish between multiple icons in a resource. + wxIcon( const wxString& filename, + wxBitmapType type = wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE, + int WXUNUSED(desiredWidth)=-1, int WXUNUSED(desiredHeight)=-1 ) : + wxBitmap(filename, type) + { + } + + wxIcon(const wxIconLocation& loc) + : wxBitmap(loc.GetFileName(), wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY) + { + } + + bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType flags, + int WXUNUSED(desiredWidth), int WXUNUSED(desiredHeight)) + { return wxBitmap::LoadFile(name, flags); } + + // unhide the base class version + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType flags = wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE) + { return wxBitmap::LoadFile(name, flags); } + + // create from bitmap (which should have a mask unless it's monochrome): + // there shouldn't be any implicit bitmap -> icon conversion (i.e. no + // ctors, assignment operators...), but it's ok to have such function + void CopyFromBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_ICON_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/imaglist.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/imaglist.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a16ed15a76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/imaglist.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/imaglist.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: 01/02/97 +// Id: $Id: imaglist.h 62789 2009-12-05 19:57:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGLISTG_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGLISTG_H_ + +#include "wx/list.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericImageList: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxGenericImageList() { m_width = m_height = 0; } + wxGenericImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 ); + virtual ~wxGenericImageList(); + bool Create( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 ); + bool Create(); + + virtual int GetImageCount() const; + virtual bool GetSize( int index, int &width, int &height ) const; + + int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); + int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask ); + int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour ); + wxBitmap GetBitmap(int index) const; + wxIcon GetIcon(int index) const; + bool Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap ); + bool Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask ); + bool Remove( int index ); + bool RemoveAll(); + + virtual bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y, + int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL, + bool solidBackground = false); + + // Internal use only + const wxBitmap *GetBitmapPtr(int index) const; +private: + wxObjectList m_images; + + int m_width; + int m_height; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGenericImageList) +}; + +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_IMAGELIST + +/* + * wxImageList has to be a real class or we have problems with + * the run-time information. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImageList: public wxGenericImageList +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageList) + +public: + wxImageList() {} + + wxImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 ) + : wxGenericImageList(width, height, mask, initialCount) + { + } +}; +#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_IMAGELIST + +#endif // _WX_IMAGLISTG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/infobar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/infobar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a7dd267ffa --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/infobar.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/infobar.h +// Purpose: generic wxInfoBar class declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-07-28 +// RCS-ID: $Id: infobar.h 64213 2010-05-05 12:20:08Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_INFOBAR_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_INFOBAR_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticBitmap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxInfoBar +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxInfoBarGeneric : public wxInfoBarBase +{ +public: + // the usual ctors and Create() but remember that info bar is created + // hidden + wxInfoBarGeneric() { Init(); } + + wxInfoBarGeneric(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, winid); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY); + + + // implement base class methods + // ---------------------------- + + virtual void ShowMessage(const wxString& msg, + int flags = wxICON_INFORMATION); + + virtual void Dismiss(); + + virtual void AddButton(wxWindowID btnid, const wxString& label = wxString()); + + virtual void RemoveButton(wxWindowID btnid); + + // methods specific to this version + // -------------------------------- + + // set the effect(s) to use when showing/hiding the bar, may be + // wxSHOW_EFFECT_NONE to disable any effects entirely + // + // by default, slide to bottom/top is used when it's positioned on the top + // of the window for showing/hiding it and top/bottom when it's positioned + // at the bottom + void SetShowHideEffects(wxShowEffect showEffect, wxShowEffect hideEffect) + { + m_showEffect = showEffect; + m_hideEffect = hideEffect; + } + + // get effect used when showing/hiding the window + wxShowEffect GetShowEffect() const; + wxShowEffect GetHideEffect() const; + + // set the duration of animation used when showing/hiding the bar, in ms + void SetEffectDuration(int duration) { m_effectDuration = duration; } + + // get the currently used effect animation duration + int GetEffectDuration() const { return m_effectDuration; } + + + // overridden base class methods + // ----------------------------- + + // setting the font of this window sets it for the text control inside it + // (default font is a larger and bold version of the normal one) + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); + +protected: + // info bar shouldn't have any border by default, the colour difference + // between it and the main window separates it well enough + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + + // update the parent to take our new or changed size into account (notably + // should be called when we're shown or hidden) + void UpdateParent(); + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // handler for the close button + void OnButton(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // show/hide the bar + void DoShow(); + void DoHide(); + + // determine the placement of the bar from its position in the containing + // sizer + enum BarPlacement + { + BarPlacement_Top, + BarPlacement_Bottom, + BarPlacement_Unknown + }; + + BarPlacement GetBarPlacement() const; + + + // different controls making up the bar + wxStaticBitmap *m_icon; + wxStaticText *m_text; + wxBitmapButton *m_button; + + // the effects to use when showing/hiding and duration for them: by default + // the effect is determined by the info bar automatically depending on its + // position and the default duration is used + wxShowEffect m_showEffect, + m_hideEffect; + int m_effectDuration; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxInfoBarGeneric); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_INFOBAR_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/laywin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/laywin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f8e38c5c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/laywin.h @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/laywin.h +// Purpose: Implements a simple layout algorithm, plus +// wxSashLayoutWindow which is an example of a window with +// layout-awareness (via event handlers). This is suited to +// IDE-style window layout. +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: laywin.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LAYWIN_H_G_ +#define _WX_LAYWIN_H_G_ + +#if wxUSE_SASH + #include "wx/sashwin.h" +#endif // wxUSE_SASH + +#include "wx/event.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxCalculateLayoutEvent; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO, wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT, wxCalculateLayoutEvent ); + +enum wxLayoutOrientation +{ + wxLAYOUT_HORIZONTAL, + wxLAYOUT_VERTICAL +}; + +enum wxLayoutAlignment +{ + wxLAYOUT_NONE, + wxLAYOUT_TOP, + wxLAYOUT_LEFT, + wxLAYOUT_RIGHT, + wxLAYOUT_BOTTOM +}; + +// Not sure this is necessary +// Tell window which dimension we're sizing on +#define wxLAYOUT_LENGTH_Y 0x0008 +#define wxLAYOUT_LENGTH_X 0x0000 + +// Use most recently used length +#define wxLAYOUT_MRU_LENGTH 0x0010 + +// Only a query, so don't actually move it. +#define wxLAYOUT_QUERY 0x0100 + +/* + * This event is used to get information about window alignment, + * orientation and size. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent: public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent(wxWindowID id = 0) + { + SetEventType(wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO); + m_requestedLength = 0; + m_flags = 0; + m_id = id; + m_alignment = wxLAYOUT_TOP; + m_orientation = wxLAYOUT_HORIZONTAL; + } + + // Read by the app + void SetRequestedLength(int length) { m_requestedLength = length; } + int GetRequestedLength() const { return m_requestedLength; } + + void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } + int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } + + // Set by the app + void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { m_size = size; } + wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; } + + void SetOrientation(wxLayoutOrientation orient) { m_orientation = orient; } + wxLayoutOrientation GetOrientation() const { return m_orientation; } + + void SetAlignment(wxLayoutAlignment align) { m_alignment = align; } + wxLayoutAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_alignment; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent(*this); } + +protected: + int m_flags; + int m_requestedLength; + wxSize m_size; + wxLayoutOrientation m_orientation; + wxLayoutAlignment m_alignment; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent) +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxQueryLayoutInfoEventFunction)(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent&); + +#define wxQueryLayoutInfoEventHandler( func ) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxQueryLayoutInfoEventFunction, func ) + +#define EVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO(func) \ + wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, wxQueryLayoutInfoEventHandler( func ), NULL ), + +/* + * This event is used to take a bite out of the available client area. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalculateLayoutEvent: public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxCalculateLayoutEvent(wxWindowID id = 0) + { + SetEventType(wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT); + m_flags = 0; + m_id = id; + } + + // Read by the app + void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } + int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } + + // Set by the app + void SetRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_rect = rect; } + wxRect GetRect() const { return m_rect; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCalculateLayoutEvent(*this); } + +protected: + int m_flags; + wxRect m_rect; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCalculateLayoutEvent) +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCalculateLayoutEventFunction)(wxCalculateLayoutEvent&); + +#define wxCalculateLayoutEventHandler( func ) wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxCalculateLayoutEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT(func) \ + wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, wxCalculateLayoutEventHandler( func ), NULL ), + +#if wxUSE_SASH + +// This is window that can remember alignment/orientation, does its own layout, +// and can provide sashes too. Useful for implementing docked windows with sashes in +// an IDE-style interface. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashLayoutWindow: public wxSashWindow +{ +public: + wxSashLayoutWindow() + { + Init(); + } + + wxSashLayoutWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("layoutWindow")) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("layoutWindow")); + +// Accessors + inline wxLayoutAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_alignment; } + inline wxLayoutOrientation GetOrientation() const { return m_orientation; } + + inline void SetAlignment(wxLayoutAlignment align) { m_alignment = align; } + inline void SetOrientation(wxLayoutOrientation orient) { m_orientation = orient; } + + // Give the window default dimensions + inline void SetDefaultSize(const wxSize& size) { m_defaultSize = size; } + +// Event handlers + // Called by layout algorithm to allow window to take a bit out of the + // client rectangle, and size itself if not in wxLAYOUT_QUERY mode. + void OnCalculateLayout(wxCalculateLayoutEvent& event); + + // Called by layout algorithm to retrieve information about the window. + void OnQueryLayoutInfo(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent& event); + +private: + void Init(); + + wxLayoutAlignment m_alignment; + wxLayoutOrientation m_orientation; + wxSize m_defaultSize; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSashLayoutWindow) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_SASH + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIParentFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame; + +// This class implements the layout algorithm +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxLayoutAlgorithm: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxLayoutAlgorithm() {} + +#if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE + // The MDI client window is sized to whatever's left over. + bool LayoutMDIFrame(wxMDIParentFrame* frame, wxRect* rect = NULL); +#endif // wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE + + // mainWindow is sized to whatever's left over. This function for backward + // compatibility; use LayoutWindow. + bool LayoutFrame(wxFrame* frame, wxWindow* mainWindow = NULL); + + // mainWindow is sized to whatever's left over. + bool LayoutWindow(wxWindow* frame, wxWindow* mainWindow = NULL); +}; + +#endif + // _WX_LAYWIN_H_G_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/listctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/listctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..069be51688 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/listctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/listctrl.h +// Purpose: Generic list control +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: listctrl.h 64884 2010-07-11 10:44:08Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_LISTCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_LISTCTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/scrolwin.h" +#include "wx/textctrl.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList; + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDropTarget; +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// internal classes +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListHeaderWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListMainWindow; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericListCtrl: public wxControl, + public wxScrollHelper +{ +public: + + wxGenericListCtrl() : wxScrollHelper(this) + { + Init(); + } + + wxGenericListCtrl( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLC_ICON, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString &name = wxListCtrlNameStr) + : wxScrollHelper(this) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual ~wxGenericListCtrl(); + + void Init(); + + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLC_ICON, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString &name = wxListCtrlNameStr); + + bool GetColumn( int col, wxListItem& item ) const; + bool SetColumn( int col, wxListItem& item ); + int GetColumnWidth( int col ) const; + bool SetColumnWidth( int col, int width); + int GetCountPerPage() const; // not the same in wxGLC as in Windows, I think + wxRect GetViewRect() const; + + bool GetItem( wxListItem& info ) const; + bool SetItem( wxListItem& info ) ; + long SetItem( long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId = -1 ); + int GetItemState( long item, long stateMask ) const; + bool SetItemState( long item, long state, long stateMask); + bool SetItemImage( long item, int image, int selImage = -1 ); + bool SetItemColumnImage( long item, long column, int image ); + wxString GetItemText( long item, int col = 0 ) const; + void SetItemText( long item, const wxString& str ); + wxUIntPtr GetItemData( long item ) const; + bool SetItemPtrData(long item, wxUIntPtr data); + bool SetItemData(long item, long data) { return SetItemPtrData(item, data); } + bool GetItemRect( long item, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS ) const; + bool GetSubItemRect( long item, long subItem, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS ) const; + bool GetItemPosition( long item, wxPoint& pos ) const; + bool SetItemPosition( long item, const wxPoint& pos ); // not supported in wxGLC + int GetItemCount() const; + int GetColumnCount() const; + void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = false ); + wxSize GetItemSpacing() const; + void SetItemTextColour( long item, const wxColour& col); + wxColour GetItemTextColour( long item ) const; + void SetItemBackgroundColour( long item, const wxColour &col); + wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour( long item ) const; + void SetItemFont( long item, const wxFont &f); + wxFont GetItemFont( long item ) const; + int GetSelectedItemCount() const; + wxColour GetTextColour() const; + void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col); + long GetTopItem() const; + + void SetSingleStyle( long style, bool add = true ) ; + void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style ); + void RecreateWindow() {} + long GetNextItem( long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE ) const; + wxImageList *GetImageList( int which ) const; + void SetImageList( wxImageList *imageList, int which ); + void AssignImageList( wxImageList *imageList, int which ); + bool Arrange( int flag = wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT ); // always wxLIST_ALIGN_LEFT in wxGLC + + void ClearAll(); + bool DeleteItem( long item ); + bool DeleteAllItems(); + bool DeleteAllColumns(); + bool DeleteColumn( int col ); + + void SetItemCount(long count); + + wxTextCtrl *EditLabel(long item, + wxClassInfo* textControlClass = wxCLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)); + wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const; + void Edit( long item ) { EditLabel(item); } + + bool EnsureVisible( long item ); + long FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = false ); + long FindItem( long start, wxUIntPtr data ); + long FindItem( long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction ); // not supported in wxGLC + long HitTest( const wxPoint& point, int& flags, long *pSubItem = NULL ) const; + long InsertItem(wxListItem& info); + long InsertItem( long index, const wxString& label ); + long InsertItem( long index, int imageIndex ); + long InsertItem( long index, const wxString& label, int imageIndex ); + long InsertColumn( long col, wxListItem& info ); + long InsertColumn( long col, const wxString& heading, + int format = wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, int width = -1 ); + bool ScrollList( int dx, int dy ); + bool SortItems( wxListCtrlCompare fn, wxIntPtr data ); + + // are we in report mode? + bool InReportView() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_REPORT); } + + // are we in virtual report mode? + bool IsVirtual() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_VIRTUAL); } + + // do we have a header window? + bool HasHeader() const + { return InReportView() && !HasFlag(wxLC_NO_HEADER); } + + // refresh items selectively (only useful for virtual list controls) + void RefreshItem(long item); + void RefreshItems(long itemFrom, long itemTo); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // obsolete, don't use + wxDEPRECATED( int GetItemSpacing( bool isSmall ) const ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + + // overridden base class virtuals + // ------------------------------ + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + virtual void Update(); + + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // generic version extension, don't use in portable code + bool Update( long item ); + + void OnInternalIdle( ); + + // We have to hand down a few functions + virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = true, + const wxRect *rect = NULL); + + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour ); + virtual bool SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour ); + virtual wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const; + virtual wxColour GetForegroundColour() const; + virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font ); + virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor ); + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget ); + virtual wxDropTarget *GetDropTarget() const; +#endif + + virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; } + virtual void SetFocus(); + + // implementation + // -------------- + + wxImageList *m_imageListNormal; + wxImageList *m_imageListSmall; + wxImageList *m_imageListState; // what's that ? + bool m_ownsImageListNormal, + m_ownsImageListSmall, + m_ownsImageListState; + wxListHeaderWindow *m_headerWin; + wxListMainWindow *m_mainWin; + +protected: + virtual bool DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y ); + + // take into account the coordinates difference between the container + // window and the list control window itself here + virtual void DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const; + virtual void DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const; + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const; + + // return the text for the given column of the given item + virtual wxString OnGetItemText(long item, long column) const; + + // return the icon for the given item. In report view, OnGetItemImage will + // only be called for the first column. See OnGetItemColumnImage for + // details. + virtual int OnGetItemImage(long item) const; + + // return the icon for the given item and column. + virtual int OnGetItemColumnImage(long item, long column) const; + + // return the attribute for the item (may return NULL if none) + virtual wxListItemAttr *OnGetItemAttr(long item) const; + + // it calls our OnGetXXX() functions + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListMainWindow; + + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const; + + virtual wxSize GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size); + +private: + void CreateOrDestroyHeaderWindowAsNeeded(); + void OnScroll( wxScrollWinEvent& event ); + void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event ); + + // we need to return a special WM_GETDLGCODE value to process just the + // arrows but let the other navigation characters through +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + virtual WXLRESULT + MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericListCtrl) +}; + +#if (!defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)) && (!(defined(__WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__ )) +/* + * wxListCtrl has to be a real class or we have problems with + * the run-time information. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListCtrl: public wxGenericListCtrl +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrl) + +public: + wxListCtrl() {} + + wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLC_ICON, + const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString &name = wxListCtrlNameStr) + : wxGenericListCtrl(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name) + { + } + +}; +#endif // !__WXMSW__ || __WXUNIVERSAL__ + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_LISTCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/logg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/logg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2881dba02a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/logg.h @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/logg.h +// Purpose: Assorted wxLogXXX functions, and wxLog (sink for logs) +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: logg.h 61346 2009-07-08 13:47:33Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LOGG_H_ +#define _WX_LOGG_H_ + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxLogFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// the following log targets are only compiled in if the we're compiling the +// GUI part (andnot just the base one) of the library, they're implemented in +// src/generic/logg.cpp *and not src/common/log.cpp unlike all the rest) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + +// log everything to a text window (GUI only of course) +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxLogTextCtrl : public wxLog +{ +public: + wxLogTextCtrl(wxTextCtrl *pTextCtrl); + +protected: + // implement sink function + virtual void DoLogText(const wxString& msg); + +private: + // the control we use + wxTextCtrl *m_pTextCtrl; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogTextCtrl); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// GUI log target, the default one for wxWidgets programs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LOGGUI + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxLogGui : public wxLog +{ +public: + // ctor + wxLogGui(); + + // show all messages that were logged since the last Flush() + virtual void Flush(); + +protected: + virtual void DoLogRecord(wxLogLevel level, + const wxString& msg, + const wxLogRecordInfo& info); + + // return the title to be used for the log dialog, depending on m_bErrors + // and m_bWarnings values + wxString GetTitle() const; + + // return the icon (one of wxICON_XXX constants) to be used for the dialog + // depending on m_bErrors/m_bWarnings + int GetSeverityIcon() const; + + // empty everything + void Clear(); + + + wxArrayString m_aMessages; // the log message texts + wxArrayInt m_aSeverity; // one of wxLOG_XXX values + wxArrayLong m_aTimes; // the time of each message + bool m_bErrors, // do we have any errors? + m_bWarnings, // any warnings? + m_bHasMessages; // any messages at all? + +private: + // this method is called to show a single log message, it uses + // wxMessageBox() by default + virtual void DoShowSingleLogMessage(const wxString& message, + const wxString& title, + int style); + + // this method is called to show multiple log messages, it uses wxLogDialog + virtual void DoShowMultipleLogMessages(const wxArrayString& messages, + const wxArrayInt& severities, + const wxArrayLong& times, + const wxString& title, + int style); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_LOGGUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// (background) log window: this class forwards all log messages to the log +// target which was active when it was instantiated, but also collects them +// to the log window. This window has it's own menu which allows the user to +// close it, clear the log contents or save it to the file. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LOGWINDOW + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxLogWindow : public wxLogPassThrough +{ +public: + wxLogWindow(wxWindow *pParent, // the parent frame (can be NULL) + const wxString& szTitle, // the title of the frame + bool bShow = true, // show window immediately? + bool bPassToOld = true); // pass messages to the old target? + + virtual ~wxLogWindow(); + + // window operations + // show/hide the log window + void Show(bool bShow = true); + // retrieve the pointer to the frame + wxFrame *GetFrame() const; + + // overridables + // called immediately after the log frame creation allowing for + // any extra initializations + virtual void OnFrameCreate(wxFrame *frame); + // called if the user closes the window interactively, will not be + // called if it is destroyed for another reason (such as when program + // exits) - return true from here to allow the frame to close, false + // to prevent this from happening + virtual bool OnFrameClose(wxFrame *frame); + // called right before the log frame is going to be deleted: will + // always be called unlike OnFrameClose() + virtual void OnFrameDelete(wxFrame *frame); + +protected: + virtual void DoLogTextAtLevel(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg); + +private: + wxLogFrame *m_pLogFrame; // the log frame + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogWindow); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_LOGWINDOW + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#endif // _WX_LOGG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/mask.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/mask.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..54969b8c23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/mask.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/mask.h +// Purpose: generic implementation of wxMask +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2006-09-28 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mask.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_MASKG_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_MASKG_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// generic wxMask implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMask : public wxMaskBase +{ +public: + wxMask() { } + wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour) + { + InitFromColour(bitmap, colour); + } + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex) + { + Create(bitmap, paletteIndex); + } +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap) + { + InitFromMonoBitmap(bitmap); + } + + // implementation-only from now on + wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } + +private: + // implement wxMaskBase pure virtuals + virtual void FreeData(); + virtual bool InitFromColour(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour); + virtual bool InitFromMonoBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_MASKG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/mdig.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/mdig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae8ba70cd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/mdig.h @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/mdig.h +// Purpose: Generic MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes +// Author: Hans Van Leemputten +// Modified by: 2008-10-31 Vadim Zeitlin: derive from the base classes +// Created: 29/07/2002 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mdig.h 59164 2009-02-26 16:16:31Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 Hans Van Leemputten +// (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_MDIG_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_MDIG_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/panel.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBookCtrlBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBookCtrlEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIconBundle; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNotebook; + +#if wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE + #define wxGenericMDIParentFrame wxMDIParentFrame + #define wxGenericMDIChildFrame wxMDIChildFrame + #define wxGenericMDIClientWindow wxMDIClientWindow +#else // !wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericMDIParentFrame; + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericMDIChildFrame; + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericMDIClientWindow; +#endif // wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE/!wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericMDIParentFrame +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericMDIParentFrame : public wxMDIParentFrameBase +{ +public: + wxGenericMDIParentFrame() { Init(); } + wxGenericMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, winid, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + virtual ~wxGenericMDIParentFrame(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + static bool IsTDI() { return true; } + + virtual void ActivateNext() { AdvanceActive(true); } + virtual void ActivatePrevious() { AdvanceActive(false); } + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + virtual void SetWindowMenu(wxMenu* pMenu); + + virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + virtual wxGenericMDIClientWindow *OnCreateGenericClient(); + + + // implementation only from now on + void WXSetChildMenuBar(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *child); + void WXUpdateChildTitle(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *child); + void WXActivateChild(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *child); + void WXRemoveChild(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *child); + bool WXIsActiveChild(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *child) const; + bool WXIsInsideChildHandler(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *child) const; + + // return the book control used by the client window to manage the pages + wxBookCtrlBase *GetBookCtrl() const; + +protected: +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxMenuBar *m_pMyMenuBar; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + // advance the activation forward or backwards + void AdvanceActive(bool forward); + +private: + void Init(); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + void RemoveWindowMenu(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar); + void AddWindowMenu(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar); + + void OnWindowMenu(wxCommandEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); + + void OnClose(wxCloseEvent& event); + + // return the client window, may be NULL if we hadn't been created yet + wxGenericMDIClientWindow *GetGenericClientWindow() const; + + // close all children, return false if any of them vetoed it + bool CloseAll(); + + + // this pointer is non-NULL if we're currently inside our ProcessEvent() + // and we forwarded the event to this child (as we do with menu events) + wxMDIChildFrameBase *m_childHandler; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMDIParentFrame) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericMDIChildFrame +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericMDIChildFrame : public wxTDIChildFrame +{ +public: + wxGenericMDIChildFrame() { Init(); } + wxGenericMDIChildFrame(wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, winid, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + virtual ~wxGenericMDIChildFrame(); + + // implement MDI operations + virtual void Activate(); + + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + virtual void SetMenuBar( wxMenuBar *menu_bar ); + virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; } + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title); + + virtual bool TryAfter(wxEvent& event); + + // implementation only from now on + + wxGenericMDIParentFrame* GetGenericMDIParent() const + { +#if wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE + return GetMDIParent(); +#else // generic != native + return m_mdiParentGeneric; +#endif + } + +protected: + wxString m_title; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxMenuBar *m_pMenuBar; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +#if !wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE + wxGenericMDIParentFrame *m_mdiParentGeneric; +#endif + +protected: + void Init(); + +private: + void OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event); + void OnClose(wxCloseEvent& event); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMDIChildFrame) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + friend class wxGenericMDIClientWindow; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericMDIClientWindow +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericMDIClientWindow : public wxMDIClientWindowBase +{ +public: + wxGenericMDIClientWindow() { } + + // unfortunately we need to provide our own version of CreateClient() + // because of the difference in the type of the first parameter and + // implement the base class pure virtual method in terms of it + // (CreateGenericClient() is virtual itself to allow customizing the client + // window creation by overriding it in the derived classes) + virtual bool CreateGenericClient(wxWindow *parent); + virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, + long WXUNUSED(style) = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL) + { + return CreateGenericClient(parent); + } + + // implementation only + wxBookCtrlBase *GetBookCtrl() const; + wxGenericMDIChildFrame *GetChild(size_t pos) const; + int FindChild(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *child) const; + +private: + void PageChanged(int OldSelection, int newSelection); + + void OnPageChanged(wxBookCtrlEvent& event); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + + // the notebook containing all MDI children as its pages + wxNotebook *m_notebook; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMDIClientWindow) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// inline functions implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline bool +wxGenericMDIParentFrame:: +WXIsInsideChildHandler(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *child) const +{ + return child == m_childHandler; +} + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_MDIG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/msgdlgg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/msgdlgg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aa9a95be13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/msgdlgg.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/msgdlgg.h +// Purpose: Generic wxMessageDialog +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: msgdlgg.h 65449 2010-08-30 21:48:21Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_MSGDLGG_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_MSGDLGG_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericMessageDialog : public wxMessageDialogBase +{ +public: + wxGenericMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr, + long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); + + virtual int ShowModal(); + +protected: + // Creates a message dialog taking any options that have been set after + // object creation into account such as custom labels. + void DoCreateMsgdialog(); + + void OnYes(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnNo(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // can be overridden to provide more contents to the dialog + virtual void AddMessageDialogCheckBox(wxSizer *WXUNUSED(sizer)) { } + virtual void AddMessageDialogDetails(wxSizer *WXUNUSED(sizer)) { } + +private: + // Creates and returns a standard button sizer using the style of this + // dialog and the custom labels, if any. + // + // May return NULL on smart phone platforms not using buttons at all. + wxSizer *CreateMsgDlgButtonSizer(); + + wxPoint m_pos; + bool m_created; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMessageDialog) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_MSGDLGG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/notebook.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/notebook.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a2b3a4531 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/notebook.h @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/notebook.h +// Purpose: wxNotebook class (a.k.a. property sheet, tabbed dialog) +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// RCS-ID: $Id: notebook.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_ +#define _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/control.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// fwd declarations +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTabView; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotebook +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotebook : public wxNotebookBase +{ +public: + // ctors + // ----- + // default for dynamic class + wxNotebook(); + // the same arguments as for wxControl (@@@ any special styles?) + wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr); + // Create() function + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr); + // dtor + virtual ~wxNotebook(); + + // accessors + // --------- + // Find the position of the wxNotebookPage, wxNOT_FOUND if not found. + int FindPagePosition(wxNotebookPage* page) const; + + // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously + // selected one (or wxNOT_FOUND on error) + // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events + int SetSelection(size_t nPage); + // cycle thru the tabs + // void AdvanceSelection(bool bForward = true); + + // changes selected page without sending events + int ChangeSelection(size_t nPage); + + // set/get the title of a page + bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText); + wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const; + + // get the number of rows for a control with wxNB_MULTILINE style (not all + // versions support it - they will always return 1 then) + virtual int GetRowCount() const ; + + // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list + int GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const; + bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage); + + // control the appearance of the notebook pages + // set the size (the same for all pages) + void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size); + // set the padding between tabs (in pixels) + void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding); + + // Sets the size of the tabs (assumes all tabs are the same size) + void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz); + + // operations + // ---------- + // remove one page from the notebook, and delete the page. + bool DeletePage(size_t nPage); + bool DeletePage(wxNotebookPage* page); + // remove one page from the notebook, without deleting the page. + bool RemovePage(size_t nPage); + bool RemovePage(wxNotebookPage* page); + virtual wxWindow* DoRemovePage(size_t nPage); + + // remove all pages + bool DeleteAllPages(); + // the same as AddPage(), but adds it at the specified position + bool InsertPage(size_t nPage, + wxNotebookPage *pPage, + const wxString& strText, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = -1); + + // callbacks + // --------- + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + void OnInternalIdle(); + void OnSelChange(wxBookCtrlEvent& event); + void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); + + // base class virtuals + // ------------------- + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = true); + virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase); + + virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const; + + // Implementation + + // wxNotebook on Motif uses a generic wxTabView to implement itself. + wxTabView *GetTabView() const { return m_tabView; } + void SetTabView(wxTabView *v) { m_tabView = v; } + + void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + + virtual wxRect GetAvailableClientSize(); + + // Implementation: calculate the layout of the view rect + // and resize the children if required + bool RefreshLayout(bool force = true); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // helper functions + void ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel); // change pages + + wxTabView* m_tabView; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebook) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/notifmsg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/notifmsg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9f08ae1c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/notifmsg.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/notifmsg.h +// Purpose: generic implementation of wxGenericNotificationMessage +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-11-24 +// RCS-ID: $Id: notifmsg.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_NOTIFMSG_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_NOTIFMSG_H_ + +class wxNotificationMessageDialog; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericNotificationMessage +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGenericNotificationMessage : public wxNotificationMessageBase +{ +public: + wxGenericNotificationMessage() { Init(); } + wxGenericNotificationMessage(const wxString& title, + const wxString& message = wxString(), + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int flags = wxICON_INFORMATION) + : wxNotificationMessageBase(title, message, parent, flags) + { + Init(); + } + + virtual ~wxGenericNotificationMessage(); + + + virtual bool Show(int timeout = Timeout_Auto); + virtual bool Close(); + + // generic implementation-specific methods + + // get/set the default timeout (used if Timeout_Auto is specified) + static int GetDefaultTimeout() { return ms_timeout; } + static void SetDefaultTimeout(int timeout); + +private: + void Init(); + + + // default timeout + static int ms_timeout; + + // notification message is represented by a modeless dialog in this + // implementation + wxNotificationMessageDialog *m_dialog; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericNotificationMessage); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_NOTIFMSG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/numdlgg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/numdlgg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..24657fb77a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/numdlgg.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/numdlgg.h +// Purpose: wxNumberEntryDialog class +// Author: John Labenski +// Modified by: +// Created: 07.02.04 (extracted from textdlgg.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: numdlgg.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __NUMDLGH_G__ +#define __NUMDLGH_G__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_NUMBERDLG + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl; +#else + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; +#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNumberEntryDialog: a dialog with spin control, [ok] and [cancel] buttons +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNumberEntryDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxNumberEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& prompt, + const wxString& caption, + long value, long min, long max, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); + + long GetValue() const { return m_value; } + + // implementation only + void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event); + +protected: + +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + wxSpinCtrl *m_spinctrl; +#else + wxTextCtrl *m_spinctrl; +#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL + + long m_value, m_min, m_max; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNumberEntryDialog) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNumberEntryDialog); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// function to get a number from user +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE long + wxGetNumberFromUser(const wxString& message, + const wxString& prompt, + const wxString& caption, + long value = 0, + long min = 0, + long max = 100, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); + +#endif // wxUSE_NUMBERDLG + +#endif // __NUMDLGH_G__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/paletteg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/paletteg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0e396850a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/paletteg.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/paletteg.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: paletteg.h 50727 2007-12-15 17:54:20Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +#ifndef __WX_PALETTEG_H__ +#define __WX_PALETTEG_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPalette +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPalette: public wxPaletteBase +{ +public: + wxPalette(); + wxPalette( int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue ); + virtual ~wxPalette(); + + bool Create( int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue); + int GetPixel( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue ) const; + bool GetRGB( int pixel, unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue ) const; + + virtual int GetColoursCount() const; + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette) +}; + +#endif // __WX_PALETTEG_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/panelg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/panelg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd05855a1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/panelg.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/panelg.h +// Purpose: wxPanel: a container for child controls +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: panelg.h 67253 2011-03-20 00:00:49Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_PANELG_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_PANELG_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPanel : public wxPanelBase +{ +public: + wxPanel() { } + + // Constructor + wxPanel(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name); + } + +#ifdef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR( + wxPanel(wxWindow *parent, + int x, int y, int width, int height, + long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + { + Create(parent, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height), style, name); + } + ) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +protected: + virtual void DoSetBackgroundBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp); + +private: + // Event handler for erasing the background which is only used when we have + // a valid background bitmap. + void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event); + + + // The bitmap used for painting the background if valid. + wxBitmap m_bitmapBg; + + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPanel); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_PANELG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/printps.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/printps.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6bf9bc68a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/printps.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/printps.h +// Purpose: wxPostScriptPrinter, wxPostScriptPrintPreview +// wxGenericPageSetupDialog +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: printps.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __PRINTPSH__ +#define __PRINTPSH__ + +#include "wx/prntbase.h" + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE && wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Represents the printer: manages printing a wxPrintout object +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPostScriptPrinter : public wxPrinterBase +{ +public: + wxPostScriptPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + virtual ~wxPostScriptPrinter(); + + virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = true); + virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent); + virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrinter) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintPreview: programmer creates an object of this class to preview a +// wxPrintout. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPostScriptPrintPreview : public wxPrintPreviewBase +{ +public: + wxPostScriptPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + wxPostScriptPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintData *data); + + virtual ~wxPostScriptPrintPreview(); + + virtual bool Print(bool interactive); + virtual void DetermineScaling(); + +private: + void Init(wxPrintout *printout, wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting); + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrintPreview) +}; + +#endif + +#endif +// __PRINTPSH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/grid.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/grid.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f217481c3f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/grid.h @@ -0,0 +1,856 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/private/grid.h +// Purpose: Private wxGrid structures +// Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) +// Modified by: Santiago Palacios +// Created: 1/08/1999 +// RCS-ID: $Id: grid.h 66792 2011-01-27 18:35:01Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_GRID_PRIVATE_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_GRID_PRIVATE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_GRID + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// array classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); + +struct wxGridCellWithAttr +{ + wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) + : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) + { + wxASSERT( attr ); + } + + wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other) + : coords(other.coords), + attr(other.attr) + { + attr->IncRef(); + } + + wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other) + { + coords = other.coords; + if (attr != other.attr) + { + attr->DecRef(); + attr = other.attr; + attr->IncRef(); + } + return *this; + } + + void ChangeAttr(wxGridCellAttr* new_attr) + { + if (attr != new_attr) + { + // "Delete" (i.e. DecRef) the old attribute. + attr->DecRef(); + attr = new_attr; + // Take ownership of the new attribute, i.e. no IncRef. + } + } + + ~wxGridCellWithAttr() + { + attr->DecRef(); + } + + wxGridCellCoords coords; + wxGridCellAttr *attr; +}; + +WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// header column providing access to the column information stored in wxGrid +// via wxHeaderColumn interface +class wxGridHeaderColumn : public wxHeaderColumn +{ +public: + wxGridHeaderColumn(wxGrid *grid, int col) + : m_grid(grid), + m_col(col) + { + } + + virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_grid->GetColLabelValue(m_col); } + virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return wxNullBitmap; } + virtual int GetWidth() const { return m_grid->GetColSize(m_col); } + virtual int GetMinWidth() const { return 0; } + virtual wxAlignment GetAlignment() const + { + int horz, + vert; + m_grid->GetColLabelAlignment(&horz, &vert); + + return static_cast(horz); + } + + virtual int GetFlags() const + { + // we can't know in advance whether we can sort by this column or not + // with wxGrid API so suppose we can by default + int flags = wxCOL_SORTABLE; + if ( m_grid->CanDragColSize(m_col) ) + flags |= wxCOL_RESIZABLE; + if ( m_grid->CanDragColMove() ) + flags |= wxCOL_REORDERABLE; + if ( GetWidth() == 0 ) + flags |= wxCOL_HIDDEN; + + return flags; + } + + virtual bool IsSortKey() const + { + return m_grid->IsSortingBy(m_col); + } + + virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const + { + return m_grid->IsSortOrderAscending(); + } + +private: + // these really should be const but are not because the column needs to be + // assignable to be used in a wxVector (in STL build, in non-STL build we + // avoid the need for this) + wxGrid *m_grid; + int m_col; +}; + +// header control retreiving column information from the grid +class wxGridHeaderCtrl : public wxHeaderCtrl +{ +public: + wxGridHeaderCtrl(wxGrid *owner) + : wxHeaderCtrl(owner, + wxID_ANY, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + wxHD_ALLOW_HIDE | + (owner->CanDragColMove() ? wxHD_ALLOW_REORDER : 0)) + { + } + +protected: + virtual const wxHeaderColumn& GetColumn(unsigned int idx) const + { + return m_columns[idx]; + } + +private: + wxGrid *GetOwner() const { return static_cast(GetParent()); } + + static wxMouseEvent GetDummyMouseEvent() + { + // make up a dummy event for the grid event to use -- unfortunately we + // can't do anything else here + wxMouseEvent e; + e.SetState(wxGetMouseState()); + return e; + } + + // override the base class method to update our m_columns array + virtual void OnColumnCountChanging(unsigned int count) + { + const unsigned countOld = m_columns.size(); + if ( count < countOld ) + { + // just discard the columns which don't exist any more (notice that + // we can't use resize() here as it would require the vector + // value_type, i.e. wxGridHeaderColumn to be default constructible, + // which it is not) + m_columns.erase(m_columns.begin() + count, m_columns.end()); + } + else // new columns added + { + // add columns for the new elements + for ( unsigned n = countOld; n < count; n++ ) + m_columns.push_back(wxGridHeaderColumn(GetOwner(), n)); + } + } + + // override to implement column auto sizing + virtual bool UpdateColumnWidthToFit(unsigned int idx, int widthTitle) + { + // TODO: currently grid doesn't support computing the column best width + // from its contents so we just use the best label width as is + GetOwner()->SetColSize(idx, widthTitle); + + return true; + } + + // overridden to react to the actions using the columns popup menu + virtual void UpdateColumnVisibility(unsigned int idx, bool show) + { + GetOwner()->SetColSize(idx, show ? wxGRID_AUTOSIZE : 0); + + // as this is done by the user we should notify the main program about + // it + GetOwner()->SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, idx, + GetDummyMouseEvent()); + } + + // overridden to react to the columns order changes in the customization + // dialog + virtual void UpdateColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order) + { + GetOwner()->SetColumnsOrder(order); + } + + + // event handlers forwarding wxHeaderCtrl events to wxGrid + void OnClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) + { + GetOwner()->SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, + -1, event.GetColumn(), + GetDummyMouseEvent()); + + GetOwner()->DoColHeaderClick(event.GetColumn()); + } + + void OnDoubleClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) + { + if ( !GetOwner()->SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, + -1, event.GetColumn(), + GetDummyMouseEvent()) ) + { + event.Skip(); + } + } + + void OnRightClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) + { + if ( !GetOwner()->SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, + -1, event.GetColumn(), + GetDummyMouseEvent()) ) + { + event.Skip(); + } + } + + void OnBeginResize(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) + { + GetOwner()->DoStartResizeCol(event.GetColumn()); + + event.Skip(); + } + + void OnResizing(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) + { + GetOwner()->DoUpdateResizeColWidth(event.GetWidth()); + } + + void OnEndResize(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) + { + // we again need to pass a mouse event to be used for the grid event + // generation but we don't have it here so use a dummy one as in + // UpdateColumnVisibility() + wxMouseEvent e; + e.SetState(wxGetMouseState()); + GetOwner()->DoEndDragResizeCol(e); + + event.Skip(); + } + + void OnBeginReorder(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) + { + GetOwner()->DoStartMoveCol(event.GetColumn()); + } + + void OnEndReorder(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) + { + GetOwner()->DoEndMoveCol(event.GetNewOrder()); + } + + wxVector m_columns; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridHeaderCtrl); +}; + +// common base class for various grid subwindows +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow +{ +public: + wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner, + int additionalStyle = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + : wxWindow(owner, wxID_ANY, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle, + name) + { + m_owner = owner; + } + + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + + wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; } + +protected: + void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event); + + wxGrid *m_owner; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow +{ +public: + wxGridRowLabelWindow(wxGrid *parent) + : wxGridSubwindow(parent) + { + } + + +private: + void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); + void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); + void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow); +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow +{ +public: + wxGridColLabelWindow(wxGrid *parent) + : wxGridSubwindow(parent) + { + } + + +private: + void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); + void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); + void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow); +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow +{ +public: + wxGridCornerLabelWindow(wxGrid *parent) + : wxGridSubwindow(parent) + { + } + +private: + void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); + void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); + void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow +{ +public: + wxGridWindow(wxGrid *parent) + : wxGridSubwindow(parent, + wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN, + "GridWindow") + { + } + + + virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); + + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; } + +private: + void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); + void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); + void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); + void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); + void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); + void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); + void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); + void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& ); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this class stores attributes set for cells +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData +{ +public: + void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); + wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; + void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); + void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); + +private: + // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found + int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; + + wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; +}; + +// this class stores attributes set for rows or columns +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData +{ +public: + // empty ctor to suppress warnings + wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {} + ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); + + void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); + wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; + void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); + +private: + wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; + wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; +}; + +// NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell +// attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData +{ +public: + wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; + wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, + m_colAttrs; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// operations classes abstracting the difference between operating on rows and +// columns +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This class allows to write a function only once because by using its methods +// it will apply to both columns and rows. +// +// This is an abstract interface definition, the two concrete implementations +// below should be used when working with rows and columns respectively. +class wxGridOperations +{ +public: + // Returns the operations in the other direction, i.e. wxGridRowOperations + // if this object is a wxGridColumnOperations and vice versa. + virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const = 0; + + // Return the number of rows or columns. + virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; + + // Return the selection mode which allows selecting rows or columns. + virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const = 0; + + // Make a wxGridCellCoords from the given components: thisDir is row or + // column and otherDir is column or row + virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const = 0; + + // Calculate the scrolled position of the given abscissa or ordinate. + virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const = 0; + + // Selects the horizontal or vertical component from the given object. + virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0; + virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const = 0; + virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const = 0; + virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const = 0; + virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const = 0; + + // Returns width or height of the rectangle + virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const = 0; + + // Make a wxSize such that Select() applied to it returns first component + virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const = 0; + + // Sets the row or column component of the given cell coordinates + virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const = 0; + + + // Draws a line parallel to the row or column, i.e. horizontal or vertical: + // pos is the horizontal or vertical position of the line and start and end + // are the coordinates of the line extremities in the other direction + virtual void + DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const = 0; + + // Draw a horizontal or vertical line across the given rectangle + // (this is implemented in terms of above and uses Select() to extract + // start and end from the given rectangle) + void DrawParallelLineInRect(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int pos) const + { + const int posStart = Select(rect.GetPosition()); + DrawParallelLine(dc, posStart, posStart + Select(rect.GetSize()), pos); + } + + + // Return the index of the row or column at the given pixel coordinate. + virtual int + PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const = 0; + + // Get the top/left position, in pixels, of the given row or column + virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; + + // Get the bottom/right position, in pixels, of the given row or column + virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; + + // Get the height/width of the given row/column + virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; + + // Get wxGrid::m_rowBottoms/m_colRights array + virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; + + // Get default height row height or column width + virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; + + // Return the minimal acceptable row height or column width + virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; + + // Return the minimal row height or column width + virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; + + // Set the row height or column width + virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const = 0; + + // Set the row default height or column default width + virtual void SetDefaultLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int size, bool resizeExisting) const = 0; + + + // Return the index of the line at the given position + // + // NB: currently this is always identity for the rows as reordering is only + // implemented for the lines + virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid *grid, int pos) const = 0; + + // Return the index of the line just before the given one. + virtual int GetLineBefore(const wxGrid* grid, int line) const = 0; + + // Get the row or column label window + virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const = 0; + + // Get the width or height of the row or column label window + virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const = 0; + + + // This class is never used polymorphically but give it a virtual dtor + // anyhow to suppress g++ complaints about it + virtual ~wxGridOperations() { } +}; + +class wxGridRowOperations : public wxGridOperations +{ +public: + virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const; + + virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const + { return grid->GetNumberRows(); } + + virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const + { return wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows; } + + virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const + { return wxGridCellCoords(thisDir, otherDir); } + + virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const + { return grid->CalcScrolledPosition(wxPoint(pos, 0)).x; } + + virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& c) const { return c.GetRow(); } + virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const { return pt.x; } + virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const { return sz.x; } + virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const { return r.x; } + virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const { return r.x; } + virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const { return r.width; } + virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const + { return wxSize(first, second); } + virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const + { coords.SetRow(line); } + + virtual void DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const + { dc.DrawLine(start, pos, end, pos); } + + virtual int PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const + { return grid->YToRow(pos, clip); } + virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const + { return grid->GetRowTop(line); } + virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const + { return grid->GetRowBottom(line); } + virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const + { return grid->GetRowHeight(line); } + virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const + { return grid->m_rowBottoms; } + virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const + { return grid->GetDefaultRowSize(); } + virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const + { return grid->GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(); } + virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const + { return grid->GetRowMinimalHeight(line); } + virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const + { grid->SetRowSize(line, size); } + virtual void SetDefaultLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int size, bool resizeExisting) const + { grid->SetDefaultRowSize(size, resizeExisting); } + + virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid * WXUNUSED(grid), int line) const + { return line; } // TODO: implement row reordering + + virtual int GetLineBefore(const wxGrid* WXUNUSED(grid), int line) const + { return line ? line - 1 : line; } + + virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const + { return grid->GetGridRowLabelWindow(); } + virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const + { return grid->GetRowLabelSize(); } +}; + +class wxGridColumnOperations : public wxGridOperations +{ +public: + virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const; + + virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const + { return grid->GetNumberCols(); } + + virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const + { return wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns; } + + virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const + { return wxGridCellCoords(otherDir, thisDir); } + + virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const + { return grid->CalcScrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, pos)).y; } + + virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& c) const { return c.GetCol(); } + virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const { return pt.y; } + virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const { return sz.y; } + virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const { return r.y; } + virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const { return r.y; } + virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const { return r.height; } + virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const + { return wxSize(second, first); } + virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const + { coords.SetCol(line); } + + virtual void DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const + { dc.DrawLine(pos, start, pos, end); } + + virtual int PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const + { return grid->XToCol(pos, clip); } + virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const + { return grid->GetColLeft(line); } + virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const + { return grid->GetColRight(line); } + virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const + { return grid->GetColWidth(line); } + virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const + { return grid->m_colRights; } + virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const + { return grid->GetDefaultColSize(); } + virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const + { return grid->GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth(); } + virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const + { return grid->GetColMinimalWidth(line); } + virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const + { grid->SetColSize(line, size); } + virtual void SetDefaultLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int size, bool resizeExisting) const + { grid->SetDefaultColSize(size, resizeExisting); } + + virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const + { return grid->GetColAt(line); } + + virtual int GetLineBefore(const wxGrid* grid, int line) const + { return grid->GetColAt(wxMax(0, grid->GetColPos(line) - 1)); } + + virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const + { return grid->GetGridColLabelWindow(); } + virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const + { return grid->GetColLabelSize(); } +}; + +// This class abstracts the difference between operations going forward +// (down/right) and backward (up/left) and allows to use the same code for +// functions which differ only in the direction of grid traversal +// +// Like wxGridOperations it's an ABC with two concrete subclasses below. Unlike +// it, this is a normal object and not just a function dispatch table and has a +// non-default ctor. +// +// Note: the explanation of this discrepancy is the existence of (very useful) +// Dual() method in wxGridOperations which forces us to make wxGridOperations a +// function dispatcher only. +class wxGridDirectionOperations +{ +public: + // The oper parameter to ctor selects whether we work with rows or columns + wxGridDirectionOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper) + : m_grid(grid), + m_oper(oper) + { + } + + // Check if the component of this point in our direction is at the + // boundary, i.e. is the first/last row/column + virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0; + + // Increment the component of this point in our direction + virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0; + + // Find the line at the given distance, in pixels, away from this one + // (this uses clipping, i.e. anything after the last line is counted as the + // last one and anything before the first one as 0) + virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const = 0; + + // This class is never used polymorphically but give it a virtual dtor + // anyhow to suppress g++ complaints about it + virtual ~wxGridDirectionOperations() { } + +protected: + wxGrid * const m_grid; + const wxGridOperations& m_oper; +}; + +class wxGridBackwardOperations : public wxGridDirectionOperations +{ +public: + wxGridBackwardOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper) + : wxGridDirectionOperations(grid, oper) + { + } + + virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_oper.Select(coords) >= 0, "invalid row/column" ); + + return m_oper.Select(coords) == 0; + } + + virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const + { + wxASSERT( !IsAtBoundary(coords) ); + + m_oper.Set(coords, m_oper.Select(coords) - 1); + } + + virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const + { + int pos = m_oper.GetLineStartPos(m_grid, line); + return m_oper.PosToLine(m_grid, pos - distance + 1, true); + } +}; + +class wxGridForwardOperations : public wxGridDirectionOperations +{ +public: + wxGridForwardOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper) + : wxGridDirectionOperations(grid, oper), + m_numLines(oper.GetNumberOfLines(grid)) + { + } + + virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_oper.Select(coords) < m_numLines, "invalid row/column" ); + + return m_oper.Select(coords) == m_numLines - 1; + } + + virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const + { + wxASSERT( !IsAtBoundary(coords) ); + + m_oper.Set(coords, m_oper.Select(coords) + 1); + } + + virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const + { + int pos = m_oper.GetLineStartPos(m_grid, line); + return m_oper.PosToLine(m_grid, pos + distance, true); + } + +private: + const int m_numLines; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// data structures used for the data type registry +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct wxGridDataTypeInfo +{ + wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, + wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, + wxGridCellEditor* editor) + : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) + {} + + ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() + { + wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); + wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); + } + + wxString m_typeName; + wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; + wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo); +}; + + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry +{ +public: + wxGridTypeRegistry() {} + ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); + + void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, + wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, + wxGridCellEditor* editor); + + // find one of already registered data types + int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); + + // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of + // standard typenames, register it and return its index + int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); + + // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already + // registered data types with some params in which case clone the + // registered data type and set params for it + int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); + + wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); + wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); + +private: + wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GRID +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_GRID_PRIVATE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/listctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/listctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e2a8de78cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/listctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,818 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/listctrl.h +// Purpose: private definitions of wxListCtrl helpers +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Vadim Zeitlin (virtual list control support) +// Id: $Id: listctrl.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_LISTCTRL_PRIVATE_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_LISTCTRL_PRIVATE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL + +#include "wx/listctrl.h" +#include "wx/selstore.h" +#include "wx/timer.h" +#include "wx/settings.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// private classes +// ============================================================================ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColWidthInfo (internal) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct wxColWidthInfo +{ + int nMaxWidth; + bool bNeedsUpdate; // only set to true when an item whose + // width == nMaxWidth is removed + + wxColWidthInfo(int w = 0, bool needsUpdate = false) + { + nMaxWidth = w; + bNeedsUpdate = needsUpdate; + } +}; + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(wxColWidthInfo *, ColWidthArray); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListItemData (internal) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxListItemData +{ +public: + wxListItemData(wxListMainWindow *owner); + ~wxListItemData(); + + void SetItem( const wxListItem &info ); + void SetImage( int image ) { m_image = image; } + void SetData( wxUIntPtr data ) { m_data = data; } + void SetPosition( int x, int y ); + void SetSize( int width, int height ); + + bool HasText() const { return !m_text.empty(); } + const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; } + void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; } + + // we can't use empty string for measuring the string width/height, so + // always return something + wxString GetTextForMeasuring() const + { + wxString s = GetText(); + if ( s.empty() ) + s = wxT('H'); + + return s; + } + + bool IsHit( int x, int y ) const; + + int GetX() const; + int GetY() const; + int GetWidth() const; + int GetHeight() const; + + int GetImage() const { return m_image; } + bool HasImage() const { return GetImage() != -1; } + + void GetItem( wxListItem &info ) const; + + void SetAttr(wxListItemAttr *attr) { m_attr = attr; } + wxListItemAttr *GetAttr() const { return m_attr; } + +public: + // the item image or -1 + int m_image; + + // user data associated with the item + wxUIntPtr m_data; + + // the item coordinates are not used in report mode; instead this pointer is + // NULL and the owner window is used to retrieve the item position and size + wxRect *m_rect; + + // the list ctrl we are in + wxListMainWindow *m_owner; + + // custom attributes or NULL + wxListItemAttr *m_attr; + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + wxString m_text; +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListHeaderData (internal) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxListHeaderData : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxListHeaderData(); + wxListHeaderData( const wxListItem &info ); + void SetItem( const wxListItem &item ); + void SetPosition( int x, int y ); + void SetWidth( int w ); + void SetState( int state ); + void SetFormat( int format ); + void SetHeight( int h ); + bool HasImage() const; + + bool HasText() const { return !m_text.empty(); } + const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; } + void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; } + + void GetItem( wxListItem &item ); + + bool IsHit( int x, int y ) const; + int GetImage() const; + int GetWidth() const; + int GetFormat() const; + int GetState() const; + +protected: + long m_mask; + int m_image; + wxString m_text; + int m_format; + int m_width; + int m_xpos, + m_ypos; + int m_height; + int m_state; + +private: + void Init(); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListLineData (internal) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxListItemData, wxListItemDataList); + +class wxListLineData +{ +public: + // the list of subitems: only may have more than one item in report mode + wxListItemDataList m_items; + + // this is not used in report view + struct GeometryInfo + { + // total item rect + wxRect m_rectAll; + + // label only + wxRect m_rectLabel; + + // icon only + wxRect m_rectIcon; + + // the part to be highlighted + wxRect m_rectHighlight; + + // extend all our rects to be centered inside the one of given width + void ExtendWidth(wxCoord w) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_rectAll.width <= w, + wxT("width can only be increased") ); + + m_rectAll.width = w; + m_rectLabel.x = m_rectAll.x + (w - m_rectLabel.width) / 2; + m_rectIcon.x = m_rectAll.x + (w - m_rectIcon.width) / 2; + m_rectHighlight.x = m_rectAll.x + (w - m_rectHighlight.width) / 2; + } + } + *m_gi; + + // is this item selected? [NB: not used in virtual mode] + bool m_highlighted; + + // back pointer to the list ctrl + wxListMainWindow *m_owner; + +public: + wxListLineData(wxListMainWindow *owner); + + ~wxListLineData() + { + WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxListItemDataList, m_items); + delete m_gi; + } + + // called by the owner when it toggles report view + void SetReportView(bool inReportView) + { + // we only need m_gi when we're not in report view so update as needed + if ( inReportView ) + { + delete m_gi; + m_gi = NULL; + } + else + { + m_gi = new GeometryInfo; + } + } + + // are we in report mode? + inline bool InReportView() const; + + // are we in virtual report mode? + inline bool IsVirtual() const; + + // these 2 methods shouldn't be called for report view controls, in that + // case we determine our position/size ourselves + + // calculate the size of the line + void CalculateSize( wxDC *dc, int spacing ); + + // remember the position this line appears at + void SetPosition( int x, int y, int spacing ); + + // wxListCtrl API + + void SetImage( int image ) { SetImage(0, image); } + int GetImage() const { return GetImage(0); } + void SetImage( int index, int image ); + int GetImage( int index ) const; + + bool HasImage() const { return GetImage() != -1; } + bool HasText() const { return !GetText(0).empty(); } + + void SetItem( int index, const wxListItem &info ); + void GetItem( int index, wxListItem &info ); + + wxString GetText(int index) const; + void SetText( int index, const wxString& s ); + + wxListItemAttr *GetAttr() const; + void SetAttr(wxListItemAttr *attr); + + // return true if the highlighting really changed + bool Highlight( bool on ); + + void ReverseHighlight(); + + bool IsHighlighted() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !IsVirtual(), wxT("unexpected call to IsHighlighted") ); + + return m_highlighted; + } + + // draw the line on the given DC in icon/list mode + void Draw( wxDC *dc, bool current ); + + // the same in report mode: it needs more parameters as we don't store + // everything in the item in report mode + void DrawInReportMode( wxDC *dc, + const wxRect& rect, + const wxRect& rectHL, + bool highlighted, + bool current ); + +private: + // set the line to contain num items (only can be > 1 in report mode) + void InitItems( int num ); + + // get the mode (i.e. style) of the list control + inline int GetMode() const; + + // Apply this item attributes to the given DC: set the text font and colour + // and also erase the background appropriately. + void ApplyAttributes(wxDC *dc, + const wxRect& rectHL, + bool highlighted, + bool current); + + // draw the text on the DC with the correct justification; also add an + // ellipsis if the text is too large to fit in the current width + void DrawTextFormatted(wxDC *dc, + const wxString &text, + int col, + int x, + int yMid, // this is middle, not top, of the text + int width); +}; + +WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(wxListLineData, wxListLineDataArray); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListHeaderWindow (internal) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxListHeaderWindow : public wxWindow +{ +protected: + wxListMainWindow *m_owner; + const wxCursor *m_currentCursor; + wxCursor *m_resizeCursor; + bool m_isDragging; + + // column being resized or -1 + int m_column; + + // divider line position in logical (unscrolled) coords + int m_currentX; + + // minimal position beyond which the divider line + // can't be dragged in logical coords + int m_minX; + +public: + wxListHeaderWindow(); + + wxListHeaderWindow( wxWindow *win, + wxWindowID id, + wxListMainWindow *owner, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString &name = wxT("wxlistctrlcolumntitles") ); + + virtual ~wxListHeaderWindow(); + + void DrawCurrent(); + void AdjustDC( wxDC& dc ); + + void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); + void OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event ); + void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ); + + // needs refresh + bool m_dirty; + + // Update main window's column later + bool m_sendSetColumnWidth; + int m_colToSend; + int m_widthToSend; + + virtual void OnInternalIdle(); + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // generate and process the list event of the given type, return true if + // it wasn't vetoed, i.e. if we should proceed + bool SendListEvent(wxEventType type, const wxPoint& pos); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListRenameTimer (internal) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxListRenameTimer: public wxTimer +{ +private: + wxListMainWindow *m_owner; + +public: + wxListRenameTimer( wxListMainWindow *owner ); + void Notify(); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListTextCtrlWrapper: wraps a wxTextCtrl to make it work for inline editing +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxListTextCtrlWrapper : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + // NB: text must be a valid object but not Create()d yet + wxListTextCtrlWrapper(wxListMainWindow *owner, + wxTextCtrl *text, + size_t itemEdit); + + wxTextCtrl *GetText() const { return m_text; } + + // Different reasons for calling EndEdit(): + // + // It was called because: + enum EndReason + { + End_Accept, // user has accepted the changes. + End_Discard, // user has cancelled editing. + End_Destroy // the entire control is being destroyed. + }; + + void EndEdit(EndReason reason); + +protected: + void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ); + void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent &event ); + void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ); + + bool AcceptChanges(); + void Finish( bool setfocus ); + +private: + wxListMainWindow *m_owner; + wxTextCtrl *m_text; + wxString m_startValue; + size_t m_itemEdited; + bool m_aboutToFinish; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListMainWindow (internal) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxListHeaderData, wxListHeaderDataList); + +class wxListMainWindow : public wxWindow +{ +public: + wxListMainWindow(); + wxListMainWindow( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString &name = wxT("listctrlmainwindow") ); + + virtual ~wxListMainWindow(); + + // called by the main control when its mode changes + void SetReportView(bool inReportView); + + // helper to simplify testing for wxLC_XXX flags + bool HasFlag(int flag) const { return m_parent->HasFlag(flag); } + + // return true if this is a virtual list control + bool IsVirtual() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_VIRTUAL); } + + // return true if the control is in report mode + bool InReportView() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_REPORT); } + + // return true if we are in single selection mode, false if multi sel + bool IsSingleSel() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_SINGLE_SEL); } + + // do we have a header window? + bool HasHeader() const + { return InReportView() && !HasFlag(wxLC_NO_HEADER); } + + void HighlightAll( bool on ); + + // all these functions only do something if the line is currently visible + + // change the line "selected" state, return true if it really changed + bool HighlightLine( size_t line, bool highlight = true); + + // as HighlightLine() but do it for the range of lines: this is incredibly + // more efficient for virtual list controls! + // + // NB: unlike HighlightLine() this one does refresh the lines on screen + void HighlightLines( size_t lineFrom, size_t lineTo, bool on = true ); + + // toggle the line state and refresh it + void ReverseHighlight( size_t line ) + { HighlightLine(line, !IsHighlighted(line)); RefreshLine(line); } + + // return true if the line is highlighted + bool IsHighlighted(size_t line) const; + + // refresh one or several lines at once + void RefreshLine( size_t line ); + void RefreshLines( size_t lineFrom, size_t lineTo ); + + // refresh all selected items + void RefreshSelected(); + + // refresh all lines below the given one: the difference with + // RefreshLines() is that the index here might not be a valid one (happens + // when the last line is deleted) + void RefreshAfter( size_t lineFrom ); + + // the methods which are forwarded to wxListLineData itself in list/icon + // modes but are here because the lines don't store their positions in the + // report mode + + // get the bound rect for the entire line + wxRect GetLineRect(size_t line) const; + + // get the bound rect of the label + wxRect GetLineLabelRect(size_t line) const; + + // get the bound rect of the items icon (only may be called if we do have + // an icon!) + wxRect GetLineIconRect(size_t line) const; + + // get the rect to be highlighted when the item has focus + wxRect GetLineHighlightRect(size_t line) const; + + // get the size of the total line rect + wxSize GetLineSize(size_t line) const + { return GetLineRect(line).GetSize(); } + + // return the hit code for the corresponding position (in this line) + long HitTestLine(size_t line, int x, int y) const; + + // bring the selected item into view, scrolling to it if necessary + void MoveToItem(size_t item); + + bool ScrollList( int WXUNUSED(dx), int dy ); + + // bring the current item into view + void MoveToFocus() { MoveToItem(m_current); } + + // start editing the label of the given item + wxTextCtrl *EditLabel(long item, + wxClassInfo* textControlClass = wxCLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)); + wxTextCtrl *GetEditControl() const + { + return m_textctrlWrapper ? m_textctrlWrapper->GetText() : NULL; + } + + void ResetTextControl(wxTextCtrl *text) + { + delete text; + m_textctrlWrapper = NULL; + } + + void OnRenameTimer(); + bool OnRenameAccept(size_t itemEdit, const wxString& value); + void OnRenameCancelled(size_t itemEdit); + + void OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event ); + + // called to switch the selection from the current item to newCurrent, + void OnArrowChar( size_t newCurrent, const wxKeyEvent& event ); + + void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ); + void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent &event ); + void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent &event ); + void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ); + void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ); + void OnScroll( wxScrollWinEvent& event ); + + void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); + + void OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event); + + void DrawImage( int index, wxDC *dc, int x, int y ); + void GetImageSize( int index, int &width, int &height ) const; + int GetTextLength( const wxString &s ) const; + + void SetImageList( wxImageList *imageList, int which ); + void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = false ); + int GetItemSpacing( bool isSmall = false ); + + void SetColumn( int col, wxListItem &item ); + void SetColumnWidth( int col, int width ); + void GetColumn( int col, wxListItem &item ) const; + int GetColumnWidth( int col ) const; + int GetColumnCount() const { return m_columns.GetCount(); } + + // returns the sum of the heights of all columns + int GetHeaderWidth() const; + + int GetCountPerPage() const; + + void SetItem( wxListItem &item ); + void GetItem( wxListItem &item ) const; + void SetItemState( long item, long state, long stateMask ); + void SetItemStateAll( long state, long stateMask ); + int GetItemState( long item, long stateMask ) const; + bool GetItemRect( long item, wxRect &rect ) const + { + return GetSubItemRect(item, wxLIST_GETSUBITEMRECT_WHOLEITEM, rect); + } + bool GetSubItemRect( long item, long subItem, wxRect& rect ) const; + wxRect GetViewRect() const; + bool GetItemPosition( long item, wxPoint& pos ) const; + int GetSelectedItemCount() const; + + wxString GetItemText(long item, int col = 0) const + { + wxListItem info; + info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_TEXT; + info.m_itemId = item; + info.m_col = col; + GetItem( info ); + return info.m_text; + } + + void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& value) + { + wxListItem info; + info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_TEXT; + info.m_itemId = item; + info.m_text = value; + SetItem( info ); + } + + wxImageList* GetSmallImageList() const + { return m_small_image_list; } + + // set the scrollbars and update the positions of the items + void RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh = false); + + // refresh the window and the header + void RefreshAll(); + + long GetNextItem( long item, int geometry, int state ) const; + void DeleteItem( long index ); + void DeleteAllItems(); + void DeleteColumn( int col ); + void DeleteEverything(); + void EnsureVisible( long index ); + long FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = false ); + long FindItem( long start, wxUIntPtr data); + long FindItem( const wxPoint& pt ); + long HitTest( int x, int y, int &flags ) const; + void InsertItem( wxListItem &item ); + void InsertColumn( long col, wxListItem &item ); + int GetItemWidthWithImage(wxListItem * item); + void SortItems( wxListCtrlCompare fn, wxIntPtr data ); + + size_t GetItemCount() const; + bool IsEmpty() const { return GetItemCount() == 0; } + void SetItemCount(long count); + + // change the current (== focused) item, send a notification event + void ChangeCurrent(size_t current); + void ResetCurrent() { ChangeCurrent((size_t)-1); } + bool HasCurrent() const { return m_current != (size_t)-1; } + + // send out a wxListEvent + void SendNotify( size_t line, + wxEventType command, + const wxPoint& point = wxDefaultPosition ); + + // override base class virtual to reset m_lineHeight when the font changes + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font) + { + if ( !wxWindow::SetFont(font) ) + return false; + + m_lineHeight = 0; + + return true; + } + + // these are for wxListLineData usage only + + // get the backpointer to the list ctrl + wxGenericListCtrl *GetListCtrl() const + { + return wxStaticCast(GetParent(), wxGenericListCtrl); + } + + // get the height of all lines (assuming they all do have the same height) + wxCoord GetLineHeight() const; + + // get the y position of the given line (only for report view) + wxCoord GetLineY(size_t line) const; + + // get the brush to use for the item highlighting + wxBrush *GetHighlightBrush() const + { + return m_hasFocus ? m_highlightBrush : m_highlightUnfocusedBrush; + } + + bool HasFocus() const + { + return m_hasFocus; + } + +protected: + // the array of all line objects for a non virtual list control (for the + // virtual list control we only ever use m_lines[0]) + wxListLineDataArray m_lines; + + // the list of column objects + wxListHeaderDataList m_columns; + + // currently focused item or -1 + size_t m_current; + + // the number of lines per page + int m_linesPerPage; + + // this flag is set when something which should result in the window + // redrawing happens (i.e. an item was added or deleted, or its appearance + // changed) and OnPaint() doesn't redraw the window while it is set which + // allows to minimize the number of repaintings when a lot of items are + // being added. The real repainting occurs only after the next OnIdle() + // call + bool m_dirty; + + wxColour *m_highlightColour; + wxImageList *m_small_image_list; + wxImageList *m_normal_image_list; + int m_small_spacing; + int m_normal_spacing; + bool m_hasFocus; + + bool m_lastOnSame; + wxTimer *m_renameTimer; + bool m_isCreated; + int m_dragCount; + wxPoint m_dragStart; + ColWidthArray m_aColWidths; + + // for double click logic + size_t m_lineLastClicked, + m_lineBeforeLastClicked, + m_lineSelectSingleOnUp; + +protected: + wxWindow *GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl() { return GetParent(); } + + // the total count of items in a virtual list control + size_t m_countVirt; + + // the object maintaining the items selection state, only used in virtual + // controls + wxSelectionStore m_selStore; + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // get the line data for the given index + wxListLineData *GetLine(size_t n) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( n != (size_t)-1, wxT("invalid line index") ); + + if ( IsVirtual() ) + { + wxConstCast(this, wxListMainWindow)->CacheLineData(n); + n = 0; + } + + return &m_lines[n]; + } + + // get a dummy line which can be used for geometry calculations and such: + // you must use GetLine() if you want to really draw the line + wxListLineData *GetDummyLine() const; + + // cache the line data of the n-th line in m_lines[0] + void CacheLineData(size_t line); + + // get the range of visible lines + void GetVisibleLinesRange(size_t *from, size_t *to); + + // force us to recalculate the range of visible lines + void ResetVisibleLinesRange() { m_lineFrom = (size_t)-1; } + + // get the colour to be used for drawing the rules + wxColour GetRuleColour() const + { + return wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DLIGHT); + } + +private: + // initialize the current item if needed + void UpdateCurrent(); + + // delete all items but don't refresh: called from dtor + void DoDeleteAllItems(); + + // the height of one line using the current font + wxCoord m_lineHeight; + + // the total header width or 0 if not calculated yet + wxCoord m_headerWidth; + + // the first and last lines being shown on screen right now (inclusive), + // both may be -1 if they must be calculated so never access them directly: + // use GetVisibleLinesRange() above instead + size_t m_lineFrom, + m_lineTo; + + // the brushes to use for item highlighting when we do/don't have focus + wxBrush *m_highlightBrush, + *m_highlightUnfocusedBrush; + + // wrapper around the text control currently used for in place editing or + // NULL if no item is being edited + wxListTextCtrlWrapper *m_textctrlWrapper; + + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + friend class wxGenericListCtrl; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_LISTCTRL +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_LISTCTRL_PRIVATE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/markuptext.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/markuptext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e918dca7be --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/markuptext.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/private/markuptext.h +// Purpose: Generic wxMarkupText class for managing text with markup. +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2011-02-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: markuptext.h 67064 2011-02-27 12:48:21Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_PRIVATE_MARKUPTEXT_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_PRIVATE_MARKUPTEXT_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRect; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMarkupText: allows to measure and draw the text containing markup. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMarkupText +{ +public: + // Constants for Render() flags. + enum + { + Render_Default = 0, // Don't show mnemonics visually. + Render_ShowAccels = 1 // Underline mnemonics. + }; + + + // Initialize with the given string containing markup (which is supposed to + // be valid, the caller must check for it before constructing this object). + // + // Notice that the usual rules for mnemonics apply to the markup text: if + // it contains any '&' characters they must be escaped by doubling them, + // otherwise they indicate that the next character is the mnemonic for this + // field. + // + // TODO-MULTILINE-MARKUP: Currently only single line labels are supported, + // search for other occurrences of this comment to find the places which + // need to be updated to support multiline labels with markup. + wxMarkupText(const wxString& markup) + : m_markup(markup) + { + } + + // Default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok. + + // Update the markup string. + // + // The same rules for mnemonics as in the ctor apply to this string. + void SetMarkup(const wxString& markup) { m_markup = markup; } + + + // Return the width and height required by the given string and optionally + // the height of the visible part above the baseline (i.e. ascent minus + // internal leading). + // + // The font currently selected into the DC is used for measuring (notice + // that it is changed by this function but normally -- i.e. if markup is + // valid -- restored to its original value when it returns). + wxSize Measure(wxDC& dc, int *visibleHeight = NULL) const; + + // Render the markup string into the given DC in the specified rectangle. + // + // Notice that while the function uses the provided rectangle for alignment + // (it centers the text in it), no clipping is done by it so use Measure() + // and set the clipping region before rendering if necessary. + void Render(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags); + +private: + wxString m_markup; +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_PRIVATE_MARKUPTEXT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/timer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0be9a3bfe8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/private/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/private/timer.h +// Purpose: Generic implementation of wxTimer class +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Id: $Id: timer.h 50646 2007-12-12 01:35:53Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ + +#if wxUSE_TIMER + +#include "wx/private/timer.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimer +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxTimerDesc; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGenericTimerImpl : public wxTimerImpl +{ +public: + wxGenericTimerImpl(wxTimer* timer) : wxTimerImpl(timer) { Init(); } + virtual ~wxGenericTimerImpl(); + + virtual bool Start(int millisecs = -1, bool oneShot = false); + virtual void Stop(); + + virtual bool IsRunning() const; + + // implementation + static void NotifyTimers(); + +protected: + void Init(); + +private: + wxTimerDesc *m_desc; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_TIMER + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/prntdlgg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/prntdlgg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1cd69143b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/prntdlgg.h @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/prntdlgg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericPrintDialog, wxGenericPrintSetupDialog, +// wxGenericPageSetupDialog +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: prntdlgg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __PRINTDLGH_G_ +#define __PRINTDLGH_G_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#include "wx/dialog.h" +#include "wx/cmndata.h" +#include "wx/prntbase.h" +#include "wx/printdlg.h" +#include "wx/listctrl.h" + +#include "wx/dc.h" +#if wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT + #include "wx/dcps.h" +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRadioBox; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPageSetupData; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This is not clear why all these enums start with 10 or 30 but do not change it +// without good reason to avoid some subtle backwards compatibility breakage + +enum +{ + wxPRINTID_STATIC = 10, + wxPRINTID_RANGE, + wxPRINTID_FROM, + wxPRINTID_TO, + wxPRINTID_COPIES, + wxPRINTID_PRINTTOFILE, + wxPRINTID_SETUP +}; + +enum +{ + wxPRINTID_LEFTMARGIN = 30, + wxPRINTID_RIGHTMARGIN, + wxPRINTID_TOPMARGIN, + wxPRINTID_BOTTOMMARGIN +}; + +enum +{ + wxPRINTID_PRINTCOLOUR = 10, + wxPRINTID_ORIENTATION, + wxPRINTID_COMMAND, + wxPRINTID_OPTIONS, + wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE, + wxPRINTID_PRINTER +}; + +#if wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPostScriptNativeData +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPostScriptPrintNativeData: public wxPrintNativeDataBase +{ +public: + wxPostScriptPrintNativeData(); + virtual ~wxPostScriptPrintNativeData(); + + virtual bool TransferTo( wxPrintData &data ); + virtual bool TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &data ); + + virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + virtual bool IsOk() const { return true; } + + const wxString& GetPrinterCommand() const { return m_printerCommand; } + const wxString& GetPrinterOptions() const { return m_printerOptions; } + const wxString& GetPreviewCommand() const { return m_previewCommand; } + const wxString& GetFontMetricPath() const { return m_afmPath; } + double GetPrinterScaleX() const { return m_printerScaleX; } + double GetPrinterScaleY() const { return m_printerScaleY; } + long GetPrinterTranslateX() const { return m_printerTranslateX; } + long GetPrinterTranslateY() const { return m_printerTranslateY; } + + void SetPrinterCommand(const wxString& command) { m_printerCommand = command; } + void SetPrinterOptions(const wxString& options) { m_printerOptions = options; } + void SetPreviewCommand(const wxString& command) { m_previewCommand = command; } + void SetFontMetricPath(const wxString& path) { m_afmPath = path; } + void SetPrinterScaleX(double x) { m_printerScaleX = x; } + void SetPrinterScaleY(double y) { m_printerScaleY = y; } + void SetPrinterScaling(double x, double y) { m_printerScaleX = x; m_printerScaleY = y; } + void SetPrinterTranslateX(long x) { m_printerTranslateX = x; } + void SetPrinterTranslateY(long y) { m_printerTranslateY = y; } + void SetPrinterTranslation(long x, long y) { m_printerTranslateX = x; m_printerTranslateY = y; } + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + wxOutputStream *GetOutputStream() { return m_outputStream; } + void SetOutputStream( wxOutputStream *output ) { m_outputStream = output; } +#endif + +private: + wxString m_printerCommand; + wxString m_previewCommand; + wxString m_printerOptions; + wxString m_afmPath; + double m_printerScaleX; + double m_printerScaleY; + long m_printerTranslateX; + long m_printerTranslateY; +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + wxOutputStream *m_outputStream; +#endif + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrintNativeData) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Simulated Print and Print Setup dialogs for non-Windows platforms (and +// Windows using PostScript print/preview) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericPrintDialog : public wxPrintDialogBase +{ +public: + wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL); + wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data); + + virtual ~wxGenericPrintDialog(); + + void OnSetup(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnRange(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event); + + virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow(); + virtual bool TransferDataToWindow(); + + virtual int ShowModal(); + + wxPrintData& GetPrintData() + { return m_printDialogData.GetPrintData(); } + + wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() { return m_printDialogData; } + wxDC *GetPrintDC(); + +public: +// wxStaticText* m_printerMessage; + wxButton* m_setupButton; +// wxButton* m_helpButton; + wxRadioBox* m_rangeRadioBox; + wxTextCtrl* m_fromText; + wxTextCtrl* m_toText; + wxTextCtrl* m_noCopiesText; + wxCheckBox* m_printToFileCheckBox; +// wxCheckBox* m_collateCopiesCheckBox; + + wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData; + +protected: + void Init(wxWindow *parent); + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericPrintDialog) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericPrintSetupDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + // There are no configuration options for the dialog, so we + // just pass the wxPrintData object (no wxPrintSetupDialogData class needed) + wxGenericPrintSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data); + virtual ~wxGenericPrintSetupDialog(); + + void Init(wxPrintData* data); + + void OnPrinter(wxListEvent& event); + + virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow(); + virtual bool TransferDataToWindow(); + + virtual wxComboBox *CreatePaperTypeChoice(); + +public: + wxListCtrl* m_printerListCtrl; + wxRadioBox* m_orientationRadioBox; + wxTextCtrl* m_printerCommandText; + wxTextCtrl* m_printerOptionsText; + wxCheckBox* m_colourCheckBox; + wxComboBox* m_paperTypeChoice; + + wxPrintData m_printData; + wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; } + + // After pressing OK, write data here. + wxPrintData* m_targetData; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_CLASS(wxGenericPrintSetupDialog) +}; +#endif + // wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericPageSetupDialog : public wxPageSetupDialogBase +{ +public: + wxGenericPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent = NULL, + wxPageSetupDialogData* data = NULL); + virtual ~wxGenericPageSetupDialog(); + + virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow(); + virtual bool TransferDataToWindow(); + + virtual wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData(); + + void OnPrinter(wxCommandEvent& event); + wxComboBox *CreatePaperTypeChoice(int* x, int* y); + +public: + wxButton* m_printerButton; + wxRadioBox* m_orientationRadioBox; + wxTextCtrl* m_marginLeftText; + wxTextCtrl* m_marginTopText; + wxTextCtrl* m_marginRightText; + wxTextCtrl* m_marginBottomText; + wxComboBox* m_paperTypeChoice; + + wxPageSetupDialogData m_pageData; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGenericPageSetupDialog) +}; + +#endif + +#endif +// __PRINTDLGH_G_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/progdlgg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/progdlgg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..518f43212b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/progdlgg.h @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/progdlgg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericProgressDialog class +// Author: Karsten Ballueder +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 09.05.1999 +// RCS-ID: $Id: progdlgg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Karsten Ballueder +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __PROGDLGH_G__ +#define __PROGDLGH_G__ + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxEventLoop; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGauge; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowDisabler; + +/* + Progress dialog which shows a moving progress bar. + Taken from the Mahogany project. +*/ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericProgressDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxGenericProgressDialog(const wxString& title, const wxString& message, + int maximum = 100, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int style = wxPD_APP_MODAL | wxPD_AUTO_HIDE); + + virtual ~wxGenericProgressDialog(); + + virtual bool Update(int value, const wxString& newmsg = wxEmptyString, bool *skip = NULL); + virtual bool Pulse(const wxString& newmsg = wxEmptyString, bool *skip = NULL); + + void Resume(); + + int GetValue() const; + int GetRange() const; + wxString GetMessage() const; + + void SetRange(int maximum); + + // Return whether "Cancel" or "Skip" button was pressed, always return + // false if the corresponding button is not shown. + bool WasCancelled() const; + bool WasSkipped() const; + + // Must provide overload to avoid hiding it (and warnings about it) + virtual void Update() { wxDialog::Update(); } + + virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); + + // This enum is an implementation detail and should not be used + // by user code. + enum State + { + Uncancelable = -1, // dialog can't be canceled + Canceled, // can be cancelled and, in fact, was + Continue, // can be cancelled but wasn't + Finished, // finished, waiting to be removed from screen + Dismissed // was closed by user after finishing + }; + +protected: + // This ctor is used by the native MSW implementation only. + wxGenericProgressDialog(wxWindow *parent, int style); + + void Create(const wxString& title, + const wxString& message, + int maximum, + wxWindow *parent, + int style); + + // Update just the m_maximum field, this is used by public SetRange() but, + // unlike it, doesn't update the controls state. This makes it useful for + // both this class and its derived classes that don't use m_gauge to + // display progress. + void SetMaximum(int maximum); + + // Return the labels to use for showing the elapsed/estimated/remaining + // times respectively. + static wxString GetElapsedLabel() { return wxGetTranslation("Elapsed time:"); } + static wxString GetEstimatedLabel() { return wxGetTranslation("Estimated time:"); } + static wxString GetRemainingLabel() { return wxGetTranslation("Remaining time:"); } + + + // Similar to wxWindow::HasFlag() but tests for a presence of a wxPD_XXX + // flag in our (separate) flags instead of using m_windowStyle. + bool HasPDFlag(int flag) const { return (m_pdStyle & flag) != 0; } + + // Return the progress dialog style. Prefer to use HasPDFlag() if possible. + int GetPDStyle() const { return m_pdStyle; } + + + // Updates estimated times from a given progress bar value and stores the + // results in provided arguments. + void UpdateTimeEstimates(int value, + unsigned long &elapsedTime, + unsigned long &estimatedTime, + unsigned long &remainingTime); + + // Converts seconds to HH:mm:ss format. + static wxString GetFormattedTime(unsigned long timeInSec); + + // callback for optional abort button + void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent&); + + // callback for optional skip button + void OnSkip(wxCommandEvent&); + + // callback to disable "hard" window closing + void OnClose(wxCloseEvent&); + + // called to disable the other windows while this dialog is shown + void DisableOtherWindows(); + + // must be called to reenable the other windows temporarily disabled while + // the dialog was shown + void ReenableOtherWindows(); + + // return the top level parent window of this dialog (may be NULL) + wxWindow *GetTopParent() const { return m_parentTop; } + + + // continue processing or not (return value for Update()) + State m_state; + + // the maximum value + int m_maximum; + +#if defined(__WXMSW__ ) || defined(__WXPM__) + // the factor we use to always keep the value in 16 bit range as the native + // control only supports ranges from 0 to 65,535 + size_t m_factor; +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + // time when the dialog was created + unsigned long m_timeStart; + // time when the dialog was closed or cancelled + unsigned long m_timeStop; + // time between the moment the dialog was closed/cancelled and resume + unsigned long m_break; + +private: + // update the label to show the given time (in seconds) + static void SetTimeLabel(unsigned long val, wxStaticText *label); + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(wxWindow *parent, int style); + + // create the label with given text and another one to show the time nearby + // as the next windows in the sizer, returns the created control + wxStaticText *CreateLabel(const wxString& text, wxSizer *sizer); + + // updates the label message + void UpdateMessage(const wxString &newmsg); + + // common part of Update() and Pulse(), returns true if not cancelled + bool DoBeforeUpdate(bool *skip); + + // common part of Update() and Pulse() + void DoAfterUpdate(); + + // shortcuts for enabling buttons + void EnableClose(); + void EnableSkip(bool enable = true); + void EnableAbort(bool enable = true); + void DisableSkip() { EnableSkip(false); } + void DisableAbort() { EnableAbort(false); } + + // the widget displaying current status (may be NULL) + wxGauge *m_gauge; + // the message displayed + wxStaticText *m_msg; + // displayed elapsed, estimated, remaining time + wxStaticText *m_elapsed, + *m_estimated, + *m_remaining; + + // parent top level window (may be NULL) + wxWindow *m_parentTop; + + // Progress dialog styles: this is not the same as m_windowStyle because + // wxPD_XXX constants clash with the existing TLW styles so to be sure we + // don't have any conflicts we just use a separate variable for storing + // them. + int m_pdStyle; + + // skip some portion + bool m_skip; + +#if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + // the abort and skip buttons (or NULL if none) + wxButton *m_btnAbort; + wxButton *m_btnSkip; +#endif + + // saves the time when elapsed time was updated so there is only one + // update per second + unsigned long m_last_timeupdate; + + // tells how often a change of the estimated time has to be confirmed + // before it is actually displayed - this reduces the frequency of updates + // of estimated and remaining time + int m_delay; + + // counts the confirmations + int m_ctdelay; + unsigned long m_display_estimated; + + // for wxPD_APP_MODAL case + wxWindowDisabler *m_winDisabler; + + // Temporary event loop created by the dialog itself if there is no + // currently active loop when it is created. + wxEventLoop *m_tempEventLoop; + + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericProgressDialog); +}; + +#endif // __PROGDLGH_G__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/propdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/propdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..307400265e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/propdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/propdlg.h +// Purpose: wxPropertySheetDialog +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-03-12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: propdlg.h 58579 2009-02-01 04:48:19Z SN $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PROPDLG_H_ +#define _WX_PROPDLG_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_BOOKCTRL + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBookCtrlBase; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPropertySheetDialog +// A platform-independent properties dialog. +// +// * on PocketPC, a flat-look 'property sheet' notebook will be used, with +// no OK/Cancel/Help buttons +// * on other platforms, a normal notebook will be used, with standard buttons +// +// To use this class, call Create from your derived class. +// Then create pages and add to the book control. Finally call CreateButtons and +// LayoutDialog. +// +// For example: +// +// MyPropertySheetDialog::Create(...) +// { +// wxPropertySheetDialog::Create(...); +// +// // Add page +// wxPanel* panel = new wxPanel(GetBookCtrl(), ...); +// GetBookCtrl()->AddPage(panel, wxT("General")); +// +// CreateButtons(); +// LayoutDialog(); +// } +// +// Override CreateBookCtrl and AddBookCtrl to create and add a different +// kind of book control. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxPropertySheetDialogFlags +{ + // Use the platform default + wxPROPSHEET_DEFAULT = 0x0001, + + // Use a notebook + wxPROPSHEET_NOTEBOOK = 0x0002, + + // Use a toolbook + wxPROPSHEET_TOOLBOOK = 0x0004, + + // Use a choicebook + wxPROPSHEET_CHOICEBOOK = 0x0008, + + // Use a listbook + wxPROPSHEET_LISTBOOK = 0x0010, + + // Use a wxButtonToolBar toolbook + wxPROPSHEET_BUTTONTOOLBOOK = 0x0020, + + // Use a treebook + wxPROPSHEET_TREEBOOK = 0x0040, + + // Shrink dialog to fit current page + wxPROPSHEET_SHRINKTOFIT = 0x0100 +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxPropertySheetDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxPropertySheetDialog() : wxDialog() { Init(); } + + wxPropertySheetDialog(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, title, pos, sz, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr); + +//// Accessors + + // Set and get the notebook + void SetBookCtrl(wxBookCtrlBase* book) { m_bookCtrl = book; } + wxBookCtrlBase* GetBookCtrl() const { return m_bookCtrl; } + + // Override function in base + virtual wxWindow* GetContentWindow() const; + + // Set and get the inner sizer + void SetInnerSize(wxSizer* sizer) { m_innerSizer = sizer; } + wxSizer* GetInnerSizer() const { return m_innerSizer ; } + + // Set and get the book style + void SetSheetStyle(long sheetStyle) { m_sheetStyle = sheetStyle; } + long GetSheetStyle() const { return m_sheetStyle ; } + + // Set and get the border around the whole dialog + void SetSheetOuterBorder(int border) { m_sheetOuterBorder = border; } + int GetSheetOuterBorder() const { return m_sheetOuterBorder ; } + + // Set and get the border around the book control only + void SetSheetInnerBorder(int border) { m_sheetInnerBorder = border; } + int GetSheetInnerBorder() const { return m_sheetInnerBorder ; } + +/// Operations + + // Creates the buttons (none on PocketPC) + virtual void CreateButtons(int flags = wxOK|wxCANCEL); + + // Lay out the dialog, to be called after pages have been created + virtual void LayoutDialog(int centreFlags = wxBOTH); + +/// Implementation + + // Creates the book control. If you want to use a different kind of + // control, override. + virtual wxBookCtrlBase* CreateBookCtrl(); + + // Adds the book control to the inner sizer. + virtual void AddBookCtrl(wxSizer* sizer); + + // Set the focus + void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); + + // Resize dialog if necessary + void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event); + +private: + void Init(); + +protected: + wxBookCtrlBase* m_bookCtrl; + wxSizer* m_innerSizer; // sizer for extra space + long m_sheetStyle; + int m_sheetOuterBorder; + int m_sheetInnerBorder; + int m_selectedPage; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPropertySheetDialog) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_BOOKCTRL + +#endif // _WX_PROPDLG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/region.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/region.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d796becf1c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/region.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/region.h +// Purpose: generic wxRegion class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/04/12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: region.h 58738 2009-02-07 23:20:45Z KO $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_REGION_H__ +#define _WX_GENERIC_REGION_H__ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegionGeneric : public wxRegionBase +{ +public: + wxRegionGeneric(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h); + wxRegionGeneric(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight); + wxRegionGeneric(const wxRect& rect); + wxRegionGeneric(size_t n, const wxPoint *points, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE); + wxRegionGeneric(const wxBitmap& bmp); + wxRegionGeneric(const wxBitmap& bmp, const wxColour& transp, int tolerance = 0); + wxRegionGeneric(); + virtual ~wxRegionGeneric(); + + // wxRegionBase pure virtuals + virtual void Clear(); + virtual bool IsEmpty() const; + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + + // wxRegionBase pure virtuals + virtual bool DoIsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const; + virtual bool DoGetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord& w, wxCoord& h) const; + virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsRect(const wxRect& rect) const; + + virtual bool DoOffset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual bool DoUnionWithRect(const wxRect& rect); + virtual bool DoUnionWithRegion(const wxRegion& region); + virtual bool DoIntersect(const wxRegion& region); + virtual bool DoSubtract(const wxRegion& region); + virtual bool DoXor(const wxRegion& region); + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRegionIteratorGeneric; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegionIteratorGeneric : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxRegionIteratorGeneric(); + wxRegionIteratorGeneric(const wxRegionGeneric& region); + wxRegionIteratorGeneric(const wxRegionIteratorGeneric& iterator); + virtual ~wxRegionIteratorGeneric(); + + wxRegionIteratorGeneric& operator=(const wxRegionIteratorGeneric& iterator); + + void Reset() { m_current = 0; } + void Reset(const wxRegionGeneric& region); + + operator bool () const { return HaveRects(); } + bool HaveRects() const; + + wxRegionIteratorGeneric& operator++(); + wxRegionIteratorGeneric operator++(int); + + long GetX() const; + long GetY() const; + long GetW() const; + long GetWidth() const { return GetW(); } + long GetH() const; + long GetHeight() const { return GetH(); } + wxRect GetRect() const; +private: + long m_current; + wxRegionGeneric m_region; +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_REGION_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/richmsgdlgg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/richmsgdlgg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9d075ef767 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/richmsgdlgg.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/richmsgdlgg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericRichMessageDialog +// Author: Rickard Westerlund +// Created: 2010-07-04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: richmsgdlgg.h 65356 2010-08-19 00:06:12Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_RICHMSGDLGG_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_RICHMSGDLGG_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCollapsiblePane; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCollapsiblePaneEvent; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericRichMessageDialog + : public wxRichMessageDialogBase +{ +public: + wxGenericRichMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + long style) + : wxRichMessageDialogBase( parent, message, caption, style ), + m_checkBox(NULL), + m_detailsPane(NULL) + { } + + virtual bool IsCheckBoxChecked() const; + +protected: + wxCheckBox *m_checkBox; + wxCollapsiblePane *m_detailsPane; + + // overrides methods in the base class + virtual void AddMessageDialogCheckBox(wxSizer *sizer); + virtual void AddMessageDialogDetails(wxSizer *sizer); + +private: + void OnPaneChanged(wxCollapsiblePaneEvent& event); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericRichMessageDialog); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_RICHMSGDLGG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/sashwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/sashwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..068911aa8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/sashwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/sashwin.h +// Purpose: wxSashWindow implementation. A sash window has an optional +// sash on each edge, allowing it to be dragged. An event +// is generated when the sash is released. +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sashwin.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SASHWIN_H_G_ +#define _WX_SASHWIN_H_G_ + +#if wxUSE_SASH + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/window.h" +#include "wx/string.h" + +#define wxSASH_DRAG_NONE 0 +#define wxSASH_DRAG_DRAGGING 1 +#define wxSASH_DRAG_LEFT_DOWN 2 + +enum wxSashEdgePosition { + wxSASH_TOP = 0, + wxSASH_RIGHT, + wxSASH_BOTTOM, + wxSASH_LEFT, + wxSASH_NONE = 100 +}; + +/* + * wxSashEdge represents one of the four edges of a window. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashEdge +{ +public: + wxSashEdge() + { m_show = false; +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + m_border = false; +#endif + m_margin = 0; } + + bool m_show; // Is the sash showing? +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + bool m_border; // Do we draw a border? +#endif + int m_margin; // The margin size +}; + +/* + * wxSashWindow flags + */ + +#define wxSW_NOBORDER 0x0000 +//#define wxSW_3D 0x0010 +#define wxSW_BORDER 0x0020 +#define wxSW_3DSASH 0x0040 +#define wxSW_3DBORDER 0x0080 +#define wxSW_3D (wxSW_3DSASH | wxSW_3DBORDER) + +/* + * wxSashWindow allows any of its edges to have a sash which can be dragged + * to resize the window. The actual content window will be created as a child + * of wxSashWindow. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashWindow: public wxWindow +{ +public: + // Default constructor + wxSashWindow() + { + Init(); + } + + // Normal constructor + wxSashWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("sashWindow")) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + virtual ~wxSashWindow(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("sashWindow")); + + // Set whether there's a sash in this position + void SetSashVisible(wxSashEdgePosition edge, bool sash); + + // Get whether there's a sash in this position + bool GetSashVisible(wxSashEdgePosition edge) const { return m_sashes[edge].m_show; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // Set whether there's a border in this position + // This value is unused in wxSashWindow. + void SetSashBorder(wxSashEdgePosition edge, bool border) { m_sashes[edge].m_border = border; } + + // Get whether there's a border in this position + // This value is unused in wxSashWindow. + bool HasBorder(wxSashEdgePosition edge) const { return m_sashes[edge].m_border; } +#endif + + // Get border size + int GetEdgeMargin(wxSashEdgePosition edge) const { return m_sashes[edge].m_margin; } + + // Sets the default sash border size + void SetDefaultBorderSize(int width) { m_borderSize = width; } + + // Gets the default sash border size + int GetDefaultBorderSize() const { return m_borderSize; } + + // Sets the addition border size between child and sash window + void SetExtraBorderSize(int width) { m_extraBorderSize = width; } + + // Gets the addition border size between child and sash window + int GetExtraBorderSize() const { return m_extraBorderSize; } + + virtual void SetMinimumSizeX(int min) { m_minimumPaneSizeX = min; } + virtual void SetMinimumSizeY(int min) { m_minimumPaneSizeY = min; } + virtual int GetMinimumSizeX() const { return m_minimumPaneSizeX; } + virtual int GetMinimumSizeY() const { return m_minimumPaneSizeY; } + + virtual void SetMaximumSizeX(int max) { m_maximumPaneSizeX = max; } + virtual void SetMaximumSizeY(int max) { m_maximumPaneSizeY = max; } + virtual int GetMaximumSizeX() const { return m_maximumPaneSizeX; } + virtual int GetMaximumSizeY() const { return m_maximumPaneSizeY; } + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Implementation + + // Paints the border and sash + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + + // Handles mouse events + void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& ev); + + // Adjusts the panes + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) + // Handle cursor correctly + void OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& event); +#endif // wxMSW + + // Draws borders + void DrawBorders(wxDC& dc); + + // Draws the sashes + void DrawSash(wxSashEdgePosition edge, wxDC& dc); + + // Draws the sashes + void DrawSashes(wxDC& dc); + + // Draws the sash tracker (for whilst moving the sash) + void DrawSashTracker(wxSashEdgePosition edge, int x, int y); + + // Tests for x, y over sash + wxSashEdgePosition SashHitTest(int x, int y, int tolerance = 2); + + // Resizes subwindows + void SizeWindows(); + + // Initialize colours + void InitColours(); + +private: + void Init(); + + wxSashEdge m_sashes[4]; + int m_dragMode; + wxSashEdgePosition m_draggingEdge; + int m_oldX; + int m_oldY; + int m_borderSize; + int m_extraBorderSize; + int m_firstX; + int m_firstY; + int m_minimumPaneSizeX; + int m_minimumPaneSizeY; + int m_maximumPaneSizeX; + int m_maximumPaneSizeY; + wxCursor* m_sashCursorWE; + wxCursor* m_sashCursorNS; + wxColour m_lightShadowColour; + wxColour m_mediumShadowColour; + wxColour m_darkShadowColour; + wxColour m_hilightColour; + wxColour m_faceColour; + bool m_mouseCaptured; + wxCursor* m_currentCursor; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSashWindow) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSashWindow); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxSashEvent; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, wxSashEvent ); + +enum wxSashDragStatus +{ + wxSASH_STATUS_OK, + wxSASH_STATUS_OUT_OF_RANGE +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashEvent: public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxSashEvent(int id = 0, wxSashEdgePosition edge = wxSASH_NONE) + { + m_eventType = (wxEventType) wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED; + m_id = id; + m_edge = edge; + } + + wxSashEvent(const wxSashEvent& event) + : wxCommandEvent(event), + m_edge(event.m_edge), + m_dragRect(event.m_dragRect), + m_dragStatus(event.m_dragStatus) { } + + void SetEdge(wxSashEdgePosition edge) { m_edge = edge; } + wxSashEdgePosition GetEdge() const { return m_edge; } + + //// The rectangle formed by the drag operation + void SetDragRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_dragRect = rect; } + wxRect GetDragRect() const { return m_dragRect; } + + //// Whether the drag caused the rectangle to be reversed (e.g. + //// dragging the top below the bottom) + void SetDragStatus(wxSashDragStatus status) { m_dragStatus = status; } + wxSashDragStatus GetDragStatus() const { return m_dragStatus; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSashEvent(*this); } + +private: + wxSashEdgePosition m_edge; + wxRect m_dragRect; + wxSashDragStatus m_dragStatus; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSashEvent) +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSashEventFunction)(wxSashEvent&); + +#define wxSashEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSashEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_SASH_DRAGGED(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, id, wxSashEventHandler(fn)) +#define EVT_SASH_DRAGGED_RANGE(id1, id2, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, id1, id2, wxSashEventHandler(fn)) + +#endif // wxUSE_SASH + +#endif + // _WX_SASHWIN_H_G_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/scrolwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/scrolwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35883b8bc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/scrolwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/scrolwin.h +// Purpose: generic wxScrollHelper +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-12-24 (replacing old file with the same name) +// RCS-ID: $Id: scrolwin.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_SCROLLWIN_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_SCROLLWIN_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// generic wxScrollHelper implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollHelper : public wxScrollHelperBase +{ +public: + wxScrollHelper(wxWindow *winToScroll); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual void AdjustScrollbars(); + +protected: + virtual void DoScroll(int x, int y); + virtual void DoShowScrollbars(wxScrollbarVisibility horz, + wxScrollbarVisibility vert); + +private: + // helper of AdjustScrollbars(): does the work for the single scrollbar + // + // notice that the parameters passed by non-const references are modified + // by this function + void DoAdjustScrollbar(int orient, + int clientSize, + int virtSize, + int pixelsPerUnit, + int& scrollUnits, + int& scrollPosition, + int& scrollLinesPerPage, + wxScrollbarVisibility visibility); + + + wxScrollbarVisibility m_xVisibility, + m_yVisibility; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScrollHelper); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_SCROLLWIN_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/spinctlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/spinctlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6115fce04e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/spinctlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/spinctlg.h +// Purpose: generic wxSpinCtrl class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 28.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: spinctlg.h 67199 2011-03-15 11:10:38Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_SPINCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_SPINCTRL_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrl is a combination of wxSpinButton and wxTextCtrl, so if +// wxSpinButton is available, this is what we do - but if it isn't, we still +// define wxSpinCtrl class which then has the same appearance as wxTextCtrl but +// the different interface. This allows to write programs using wxSpinCtrl +// without tons of #ifdefs. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_SPINBTN + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; + +class wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric; // wxTextCtrl used for the wxSpinCtrlGenericBase + +// The !wxUSE_SPINBTN version's GetValue() function conflicts with the +// wxTextCtrl's GetValue() and so you have to input a dummy int value. +#define wxSPINCTRL_GETVALUE_FIX + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrlGeneric is a combination of wxTextCtrl and wxSpinButton +// +// This class manages a double valued generic spinctrl through the DoGet/SetXXX +// functions that are made public as Get/SetXXX functions for int or double +// for the wxSpinCtrl and wxSpinCtrlDouble classes respectively to avoid +// function ambiguity. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrlGenericBase : public wxSpinCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxSpinCtrlGenericBase() { Init(); } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + double min = 0, double max = 100, double initial = 0, + double inc = 1, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl")); + + virtual ~wxSpinCtrlGenericBase(); + + // accessors + // T GetValue() const + // T GetMin() const + // T GetMax() const + // T GetIncrement() const + virtual bool GetSnapToTicks() const { return m_snap_to_ticks; } + // unsigned GetDigits() const - wxSpinCtrlDouble only + + // operations + virtual void SetValue(const wxString& text); + // void SetValue(T val) + // void SetRange(T minVal, T maxVal) + // void SetIncrement(T inc) + virtual void SetSnapToTicks(bool snap_to_ticks); + // void SetDigits(unsigned digits) - wxSpinCtrlDouble only + + // Select text in the textctrl + void SetSelection(long from, long to); + + // implementation from now on + + // forward these functions to all subcontrols + virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true); + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + virtual bool Reparent(wxWindowBase *newParent); +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual void DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tip); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + + // get the subcontrols + wxTextCtrl *GetText() const { return m_textCtrl; } + wxSpinButton *GetSpinButton() const { return m_spinButton; } + + // forwarded events from children windows + void OnSpinButton(wxSpinEvent& event); + void OnTextLostFocus(); + void OnTextChar(wxKeyEvent& event); + + // this window itself is used only as a container for its sub windows so it + // shouldn't accept the focus at all and any attempts to explicitly set + // focus to it should give focus to its text constol part + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + virtual void SetFocus(); + + friend class wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric; + +protected: + // override the base class virtuals involved into geometry calculations + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + + // generic double valued functions + double DoGetValue() const { return m_value; } + bool DoSetValue(double val); + void DoSetRange(double min_val, double max_val); + void DoSetIncrement(double inc); + + // update our value to reflect the text control contents (if it has been + // modified by user, do nothing otherwise) + // + // can also change the text control if its value is invalid + // + // return true if our value has changed + bool SyncSpinToText(); + + // Send the correct event type + virtual void DoSendEvent() = 0; + + // check if the value is in range + bool InRange(double n) const { return (n >= m_min) && (n <= m_max); } + + // ensure that the value is in range wrapping it round if necessary + double AdjustToFitInRange(double value) const; + + + double m_value; + double m_min; + double m_max; + double m_increment; + bool m_snap_to_ticks; + wxString m_format; + + int m_spin_value; + + // the subcontrols + wxTextCtrl *m_textCtrl; + wxSpinButton *m_spinButton; + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); +}; + +#else // !wxUSE_SPINBTN + +#define wxSPINCTRL_GETVALUE_FIX int = 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrl is just a text control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/textctrl.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrlGenericBase : public wxTextCtrl +{ +public: + wxSpinCtrlGenericBase() : m_value(0), m_min(0), m_max(100), + m_increment(1), m_snap_to_ticks(false), + m_format(wxT("%g")) { } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + double min = 0, double max = 100, double initial = 0, + double inc = 1, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl")) + { + m_min = min; + m_max = max; + m_value = initial; + m_increment = inc; + + bool ok = wxTextCtrl::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, + wxDefaultValidator, name); + DoSetValue(initial); + + return ok; + } + + // accessors + // T GetValue() const + // T GetMin() const + // T GetMax() const + // T GetIncrement() const + virtual bool GetSnapToTicks() const { return m_snap_to_ticks; } + // unsigned GetDigits() const - wxSpinCtrlDouble only + + // operations + virtual void SetValue(const wxString& text) { wxTextCtrl::SetValue(text); } + // void SetValue(T val) + // void SetRange(T minVal, T maxVal) + // void SetIncrement(T inc) + virtual void SetSnapToTicks(bool snap_to_ticks) + { m_snap_to_ticks = snap_to_ticks; } + // void SetDigits(unsigned digits) - wxSpinCtrlDouble only + + // Select text in the textctrl + //void SetSelection(long from, long to); + +protected: + // generic double valued + double DoGetValue() const + { + double n; + if ( (wxSscanf(wxTextCtrl::GetValue(), wxT("%lf"), &n) != 1) ) + n = INT_MIN; + + return n; + } + + bool DoSetValue(double val) + { + wxTextCtrl::SetValue(wxString::Format(m_format.c_str(), val)); + return true; + } + void DoSetRange(double min_val, double max_val) + { + m_min = min_val; + m_max = max_val; + } + void DoSetIncrement(double inc) { m_increment = inc; } // Note: unused + + double m_value; + double m_min; + double m_max; + double m_increment; + bool m_snap_to_ticks; + wxString m_format; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN/!wxUSE_SPINBTN + +#if !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL) + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrl : public wxSpinCtrlGenericBase +{ +public: + wxSpinCtrl() {} + wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl")) + { + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl")) + { + return wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, + style, min, max, initial, 1, name); + } + + // accessors + int GetValue(wxSPINCTRL_GETVALUE_FIX) const { return int(DoGetValue()); } + int GetMin() const { return int(m_min); } + int GetMax() const { return int(m_max); } + int GetIncrement() const { return int(m_increment); } + + // operations + void SetValue(const wxString& value) + { wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::SetValue(value); } + void SetValue( int value ) { DoSetValue(value); } + void SetRange( int minVal, int maxVal ) { DoSetRange(minVal, maxVal); } + void SetIncrement(int inc) { DoSetIncrement(inc); } + +protected: + virtual void DoSendEvent(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl) +}; + +#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrlDouble +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrlDouble : public wxSpinCtrlGenericBase +{ +public: + wxSpinCtrlDouble() : m_digits(0) { } + wxSpinCtrlDouble(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + double min = 0, double max = 100, double initial = 0, + double inc = 1, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrlDouble")) + { + m_digits = 0; + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, + min, max, initial, inc, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + double min = 0, double max = 100, double initial = 0, + double inc = 1, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrlDouble")) + { + return wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, + style, min, max, initial, + inc, name); + } + + // accessors + double GetValue(wxSPINCTRL_GETVALUE_FIX) const { return DoGetValue(); } + double GetMin() const { return m_min; } + double GetMax() const { return m_max; } + double GetIncrement() const { return m_increment; } + unsigned GetDigits() const { return m_digits; } + + // operations + void SetValue(const wxString& value) + { wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::SetValue(value); } + void SetValue(double value) { DoSetValue(value); } + void SetRange(double minVal, double maxVal) { DoSetRange(minVal, maxVal); } + void SetIncrement(double inc) { DoSetIncrement(inc); } + void SetDigits(unsigned digits); + +protected: + virtual void DoSendEvent(); + + unsigned m_digits; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrlDouble) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_SPINCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/splash.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/splash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a435975544 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/splash.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/splash.h +// Purpose: Splash screen class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 28/6/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: splash.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SPLASH_H_ +#define _WX_SPLASH_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/timer.h" +#include "wx/frame.h" + + +/* + * A window for displaying a splash screen + */ + +#define wxSPLASH_CENTRE_ON_PARENT 0x01 +#define wxSPLASH_CENTRE_ON_SCREEN 0x02 +#define wxSPLASH_NO_CENTRE 0x00 +#define wxSPLASH_TIMEOUT 0x04 +#define wxSPLASH_NO_TIMEOUT 0x00 + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxSplashScreenWindow; + +/* + * wxSplashScreen + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSplashScreen: public wxFrame +{ +public: + // for RTTI macros only + wxSplashScreen() {} + wxSplashScreen(const wxBitmap& bitmap, long splashStyle, int milliseconds, + wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSIMPLE_BORDER|wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR|wxSTAY_ON_TOP); + virtual ~wxSplashScreen(); + + void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); + void OnNotify(wxTimerEvent& event); + + long GetSplashStyle() const { return m_splashStyle; } + wxSplashScreenWindow* GetSplashWindow() const { return m_window; } + int GetTimeout() const { return m_milliseconds; } + +protected: + wxSplashScreenWindow* m_window; + long m_splashStyle; + int m_milliseconds; + wxTimer m_timer; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplashScreen) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSplashScreen); +}; + +/* + * wxSplashScreenWindow + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSplashScreenWindow: public wxWindow +{ +public: + wxSplashScreenWindow(const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxNO_BORDER); + + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event); + void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); + + void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; } + wxBitmap& GetBitmap() { return m_bitmap; } + +protected: + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSplashScreenWindow); +}; + + +#endif + // _WX_SPLASH_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/splitter.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/splitter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..00a6c88583 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/splitter.h @@ -0,0 +1,413 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/splitter.h +// Purpose: wxSplitterWindow class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: splitter.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_SPLITTER_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_SPLITTER_H_ + +#include "wx/window.h" // base class declaration +#include "wx/containr.h" // wxControlContainer + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSplitterEvent; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// splitter constants +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxSplitMode +{ + wxSPLIT_HORIZONTAL = 1, + wxSPLIT_VERTICAL +}; + +enum +{ + wxSPLIT_DRAG_NONE, + wxSPLIT_DRAG_DRAGGING, + wxSPLIT_DRAG_LEFT_DOWN +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSplitterWindow maintains one or two panes, with +// an optional vertical or horizontal split which +// can be used with the mouse or programmatically. +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// TODO: +// 1) Perhaps make the borders sensitive to dragging in order to create a split. +// The MFC splitter window manages scrollbars as well so is able to +// put sash buttons on the scrollbars, but we probably don't want to go down +// this path. +// 2) for wxWidgets 2.0, we must find a way to set the WS_CLIPCHILDREN style +// to prevent flickering. (WS_CLIPCHILDREN doesn't work in all cases so can't be +// standard). + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSplitterWindow: public wxWindow +{ +public: + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Public API + + // Default constructor + wxSplitterWindow() + { + Init(); + } + + // Normal constructor + wxSplitterWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_3D, + const wxString& name = wxT("splitter")) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + virtual ~wxSplitterWindow(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_3D, + const wxString& name = wxT("splitter")); + + // Gets the only or left/top pane + wxWindow *GetWindow1() const { return m_windowOne; } + + // Gets the right/bottom pane + wxWindow *GetWindow2() const { return m_windowTwo; } + + // Sets the split mode + void SetSplitMode(int mode) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( mode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL || mode == wxSPLIT_HORIZONTAL, + wxT("invalid split mode") ); + + m_splitMode = (wxSplitMode)mode; + } + + // Gets the split mode + wxSplitMode GetSplitMode() const { return m_splitMode; } + + // Initialize with one window + void Initialize(wxWindow *window); + + // Associates the given window with window 2, drawing the appropriate sash + // and changing the split mode. + // Does nothing and returns false if the window is already split. + // A sashPosition of 0 means choose a default sash position, + // negative sashPosition specifies the size of right/lower pane as it's + // absolute value rather than the size of left/upper pane. + virtual bool SplitVertically(wxWindow *window1, + wxWindow *window2, + int sashPosition = 0) + { return DoSplit(wxSPLIT_VERTICAL, window1, window2, sashPosition); } + virtual bool SplitHorizontally(wxWindow *window1, + wxWindow *window2, + int sashPosition = 0) + { return DoSplit(wxSPLIT_HORIZONTAL, window1, window2, sashPosition); } + + // Removes the specified (or second) window from the view + // Doesn't actually delete the window. + bool Unsplit(wxWindow *toRemove = NULL); + + // Replaces one of the windows with another one (neither old nor new + // parameter should be NULL) + bool ReplaceWindow(wxWindow *winOld, wxWindow *winNew); + + // Make sure the child window sizes are updated. This is useful + // for reducing flicker by updating the sizes before a + // window is shown, if you know the overall size is correct. + void UpdateSize(); + + // Is the window split? + bool IsSplit() const { return (m_windowTwo != NULL); } + + // Sets the border size + void SetBorderSize(int WXUNUSED(width)) { } + + // Gets the sash size + int GetSashSize() const; + + // Gets the border size + int GetBorderSize() const; + + // Set the sash position + void SetSashPosition(int position, bool redraw = true); + + // Gets the sash position + int GetSashPosition() const { return m_sashPosition; } + + // Set the sash gravity + void SetSashGravity(double gravity); + + // Gets the sash gravity + double GetSashGravity() const { return m_sashGravity; } + + // If this is zero, we can remove panes by dragging the sash. + void SetMinimumPaneSize(int min); + int GetMinimumPaneSize() const { return m_minimumPaneSize; } + + // NB: the OnXXX() functions below are for backwards compatibility only, + // don't use them in new code but handle the events instead! + + // called when the sash position is about to change, may return a new value + // for the sash or -1 to prevent the change from happening at all + virtual int OnSashPositionChanging(int newSashPosition); + + // Called when the sash position is about to be changed, return + // false from here to prevent the change from taking place. + // Repositions sash to minimum position if pane would be too small. + // newSashPosition here is always positive or zero. + virtual bool OnSashPositionChange(int newSashPosition); + + // If the sash is moved to an extreme position, a subwindow + // is removed from the splitter window, and the app is + // notified. The app should delete or hide the window. + virtual void OnUnsplit(wxWindow *removed); + + // Called when the sash is double-clicked. + // The default behaviour is to remove the sash if the + // minimum pane size is zero. + virtual void OnDoubleClickSash(int x, int y); + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Implementation + + // Paints the border and sash + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + + // Handles mouse events + void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& ev); + + // Aborts dragging mode + void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event); + + // Adjusts the panes + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + + // In live mode, resize child windows in idle time + void OnInternalIdle(); + + // Draws the sash + virtual void DrawSash(wxDC& dc); + + // Draws the sash tracker (for whilst moving the sash) + virtual void DrawSashTracker(int x, int y); + + // Tests for x, y over sash + virtual bool SashHitTest(int x, int y, int tolerance = 5); + + // Resizes subwindows + virtual void SizeWindows(); + + void SetNeedUpdating(bool needUpdating) { m_needUpdating = needUpdating; } + bool GetNeedUpdating() const { return m_needUpdating ; } + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + virtual bool MacClipGrandChildren() const { return true ; } +#endif + + // Sets the sash size: this doesn't do anything and shouldn't be used at + // all any more. + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( void SetSashSize(int WXUNUSED(width)), return; ) + +protected: + // event handlers +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) + void OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& event); +#endif // wxMSW + + // send the given event, return false if the event was processed and vetoed + // by the user code + bool DoSendEvent(wxSplitterEvent& event); + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // common part of SplitVertically() and SplitHorizontally() + bool DoSplit(wxSplitMode mode, + wxWindow *window1, wxWindow *window2, + int sashPosition); + + // adjusts sash position with respect to min. pane and window sizes + int AdjustSashPosition(int sashPos) const; + + // get either width or height depending on the split mode + int GetWindowSize() const; + + // convert the user specified sash position which may be > 0 (as is), < 0 + // (specifying the size of the right pane) or 0 (use default) to the real + // position to be passed to DoSetSashPosition() + int ConvertSashPosition(int sashPos) const; + + // set the real sash position, sashPos here must be positive + // + // returns true if the sash position has been changed, false otherwise + bool DoSetSashPosition(int sashPos); + + // set the sash position and send an event about it having been changed + void SetSashPositionAndNotify(int sashPos); + + // callbacks executed when we detect that the mouse has entered or left + // the sash + virtual void OnEnterSash(); + virtual void OnLeaveSash(); + + // set the cursor appropriate for the current split mode + void SetResizeCursor(); + + // redraw the splitter if its "hotness" changed if necessary + void RedrawIfHotSensitive(bool isHot); + + // return the best size of the splitter equal to best sizes of its + // subwindows + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + + wxSplitMode m_splitMode; + wxWindow* m_windowOne; + wxWindow* m_windowTwo; + int m_dragMode; + int m_oldX; // current tracker position if not live mode + int m_oldY; // current tracker position if not live mode + int m_sashPosition; // Number of pixels from left or top + double m_sashGravity; + wxSize m_lastSize; + int m_requestedSashPosition; + int m_sashPositionCurrent; // while dragging + wxPoint m_ptStart; // mouse position when dragging started + int m_sashStart; // sash position when dragging started + int m_minimumPaneSize; + wxCursor m_sashCursorWE; + wxCursor m_sashCursorNS; + wxPen *m_sashTrackerPen; + + // when in live mode, set this to true to resize children in idle + bool m_needUpdating:1; + bool m_permitUnsplitAlways:1; + bool m_isHot:1; + bool m_checkRequestedSashPosition:1; + +private: + WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterWindow) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSplitterWindow); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event class and macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// we reuse the same class for all splitter event types because this is the +// usual wxWin convention, but the three event types have different kind of +// data associated with them, so the accessors can be only used if the real +// event type matches with the one for which the accessors make sense +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSplitterEvent : public wxNotifyEvent +{ +public: + wxSplitterEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, + wxSplitterWindow *splitter = NULL) + : wxNotifyEvent(type) + { + SetEventObject(splitter); + if (splitter) m_id = splitter->GetId(); + } + wxSplitterEvent(const wxSplitterEvent& event) + : wxNotifyEvent(event), m_data(event.m_data) { } + + // SASH_POS_CHANGED methods + + // setting the sash position to -1 prevents the change from taking place at + // all + void SetSashPosition(int pos) + { + wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED + || GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING); + + m_data.pos = pos; + } + + int GetSashPosition() const + { + wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED + || GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING); + + return m_data.pos; + } + + // UNSPLIT event methods + wxWindow *GetWindowBeingRemoved() const + { + wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT ); + + return m_data.win; + } + + // DCLICK event methods + int GetX() const + { + wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED ); + + return m_data.pt.x; + } + + int GetY() const + { + wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED ); + + return m_data.pt.y; + } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSplitterEvent(*this); } + +private: + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSplitterWindow; + + // data for the different types of event + union + { + int pos; // position for SASH_POS_CHANGED event + wxWindow *win; // window being removed for UNSPLIT event + struct + { + int x, y; + } pt; // position of double click for DCLICK event + } m_data; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSplitterEvent) +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSplitterEventFunction)(wxSplitterEvent&); + +#define wxSplitterEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSplitterEventFunction, func) + +#define wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_ ## evt, id, wxSplitterEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(SASH_POS_CHANGED, id, fn) + +#define EVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(SASH_POS_CHANGING, id, fn) + +#define EVT_SPLITTER_DCLICK(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(DOUBLECLICKED, id, fn) + +#define EVT_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(UNSPLIT, id, fn) + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_SPLITTER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/srchctlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/srchctlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..33af7b7631 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/srchctlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/srchctlg.h +// Purpose: generic wxSearchCtrl class +// Author: Vince Harron +// Created: 2006-02-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: srchctlg.h 59269 2009-03-02 14:49:55Z VZ $ +// Copyright: Vince Harron +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_SEARCHCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_SEARCHCTRL_H_ + +#if wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSearchButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSearchTextCtrl; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSearchCtrl is a combination of wxTextCtrl and wxSearchButton +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSearchCtrl : public wxSearchCtrlBase +{ +public: + // creation + // -------- + + wxSearchCtrl(); + wxSearchCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSearchCtrlNameStr); + + virtual ~wxSearchCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSearchCtrlNameStr); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // get/set search button menu + // -------------------------- + virtual void SetMenu( wxMenu* menu ); + virtual wxMenu* GetMenu(); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + // get/set search options + // ---------------------- + virtual void ShowSearchButton( bool show ); + virtual bool IsSearchButtonVisible() const; + + virtual void ShowCancelButton( bool show ); + virtual bool IsCancelButtonVisible() const; + + // TODO: In 2.9 these should probably be virtual, and declared in the base class... + void SetDescriptiveText(const wxString& text); + wxString GetDescriptiveText() const; + + // accessors + // --------- + + virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const; + + virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const; + virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const; + virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const; + + virtual bool IsModified() const; + virtual bool IsEditable() const; + + // more readable flag testing methods + virtual bool IsSingleLine() const; + virtual bool IsMultiLine() const; + + // If the return values from and to are the same, there is no selection. + virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const; + + virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const; + + // operations + // ---------- + + // editing + virtual void Clear(); + virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value); + virtual void Remove(long from, long to); + + // load/save the controls contents from/to the file + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file); + virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString); + + // sets/clears the dirty flag + virtual void MarkDirty(); + virtual void DiscardEdits(); + + // set the max number of characters which may be entered in a single line + // text control + virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long WXUNUSED(len)); + + // writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always + // inserts it at the end + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text); + virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text); + + // insert the character which would have resulted from this key event, + // return true if anything has been inserted + virtual bool EmulateKeyPress(const wxKeyEvent& event); + + // text control under some platforms supports the text styles: these + // methods allow to apply the given text style to the given selection or to + // set/get the style which will be used for all appended text + virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style); + virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style); + virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style); + virtual const wxTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const; + + // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl + // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates + // which represent column and line. + virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const; + virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const; + + virtual void ShowPosition(long pos); + + // find the character at position given in pixels + // + // NB: pt is in device coords (not adjusted for the client area origin nor + // scrolling) + virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const; + virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, + wxTextCoord *col, + wxTextCoord *row) const; + + // Clipboard operations + virtual void Copy(); + virtual void Cut(); + virtual void Paste(); + + virtual bool CanCopy() const; + virtual bool CanCut() const; + virtual bool CanPaste() const; + + // Undo/redo + virtual void Undo(); + virtual void Redo(); + + virtual bool CanUndo() const; + virtual bool CanRedo() const; + + // Insertion point + virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos); + virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd(); + virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; + virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const; + + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to); + virtual void SelectAll(); + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable); + +#if 0 + + // override streambuf method +#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM + int overflow(int i); +#endif // wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM + + // stream-like insertion operators: these are always available, whether we + // were, or not, compiled with streambuf support + wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxString& s); + wxTextCtrl& operator<<(int i); + wxTextCtrl& operator<<(long i); + wxTextCtrl& operator<<(float f); + wxTextCtrl& operator<<(double d); + wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxChar c); +#endif + + // do the window-specific processing after processing the update event + virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + + virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const; + + // wxWindow overrides + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); + + // search control generic only + void SetSearchBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); + void SetCancelBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); +#if wxUSE_MENUS + void SetSearchMenuBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +protected: + virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags); + virtual wxString DoGetValue() const; + + virtual bool DoLoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType); + virtual bool DoSaveFile(const wxString& file, int fileType); + + // override the base class virtuals involved into geometry calculations + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual void LayoutControls(int x, int y, int width, int height); + + virtual void RecalcBitmaps(); + + void Init(); + + virtual wxBitmap RenderSearchBitmap( int x, int y, bool renderDrop ); + virtual wxBitmap RenderCancelBitmap( int x, int y ); + + virtual void OnSearchButton( wxCommandEvent& event ); + + void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent& event ); + void OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event ); + + bool HasMenu() const + { +#if wxUSE_MENUS + return m_menu != NULL; +#else // !wxUSE_MENUS + return false; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS/!wxUSE_MENUS + } + +private: + friend class wxSearchButton; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + void PopupSearchMenu(); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + // the subcontrols + wxSearchTextCtrl *m_text; + wxSearchButton *m_searchButton; + wxSearchButton *m_cancelButton; +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxMenu *m_menu; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + bool m_searchButtonVisible; + bool m_cancelButtonVisible; + + bool m_searchBitmapUser; + bool m_cancelBitmapUser; +#if wxUSE_MENUS + bool m_searchMenuBitmapUser; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + wxBitmap m_searchBitmap; + wxBitmap m_cancelBitmap; +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxBitmap m_searchMenuBitmap; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSearchCtrl) + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_SEARCHCTRL_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statbmpg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statbmpg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f62acc721c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statbmpg.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/statbmpg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericStaticBitmap header +// Author: Marcin Wojdyr, Stefan Csomor +// Created: 2008-06-16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statbmpg.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: wxWidgets developers +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_STATBMP_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_STATBMP_H_ + +#include "wx/statbmp.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericStaticBitmap : public wxStaticBitmapBase +{ +public: + wxGenericStaticBitmap() {} + wxGenericStaticBitmap(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr); + + virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) + { + m_bitmap = bitmap; + SetInitialSize(GetBitmapSize()); + Refresh(); + } + + virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } + + virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) + { + m_bitmap.CopyFromIcon(icon); + SetInitialSize(GetBitmapSize()); + Refresh(); + } + +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXMAC__) + // icons and bitmaps are really the same thing in wxGTK and wxMac + wxIcon GetIcon() const { return (const wxIcon &)m_bitmap; } +#endif + + +private: + wxSize GetBitmapSize() + { + return m_bitmap.Ok() ? wxSize(m_bitmap.GetWidth(), m_bitmap.GetHeight()) + : wxSize(16, 16); // this is completely arbitrary + } + + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericStaticBitmap) +}; + + +#endif //_WX_GENERIC_STATBMP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statline.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statline.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a9fee1b1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statline.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/statline.h +// Purpose: a generic wxStaticLine class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 28.06.99 +// Version: $Id: statline.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_ + +class wxStaticBox; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticLine +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticLine : public wxStaticLineBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticLine) + +public: + // constructors and pseudo-constructors + wxStaticLine() { m_statbox = NULL; } + + wxStaticLine( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr ) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + virtual ~wxStaticLine(); + + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr ); + + // it's necessary to override this wxWindow function because we + // will want to return the main widget for m_statbox + // + WXWidget GetMainWidget() const; + + // override wxWindow methods to make things work + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); +protected: + // we implement the static line using a static box + wxStaticBox *m_statbox; +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/stattextg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/stattextg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..306b59217a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/stattextg.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/stattextg.h +// Purpose: wxGenericStaticText header +// Author: Marcin Wojdyr +// Created: 2008-06-26 +// Id: $Id: stattextg.h 67067 2011-02-27 12:48:38Z VZ $ +// Copyright: Marcin Wojdyr +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_STATTEXTG_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_STATTEXTG_H_ + +// prevent it from including the platform-specific wxStaticText declaration as +// this is not going to compile if it derives from wxGenericStaticText defined +// below (currently this is only the case in wxUniv but it could also happen +// with other ports) +#define wxNO_PORT_STATTEXT_INCLUDE +#include "wx/stattext.h" +#undef wxNO_PORT_STATTEXT_INCLUDE + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericStaticText : public wxStaticTextBase +{ +public: + wxGenericStaticText() { Init(); } + + wxGenericStaticText(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr); + + virtual ~wxGenericStaticText(); + + + // overridden base class virtual methods + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont &font); + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const; + + virtual wxString DoGetLabel() const { return m_label; } + virtual void DoSetLabel(const wxString& label); + + void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags); + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + virtual bool DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup); +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + +private: + void Init() + { +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + m_markupText = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + } + + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + + void DoDrawLabel(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect); + + // These fields are only used if m_markupText == NULL. + wxString m_label; + int m_mnemonic; + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + class wxMarkupText *m_markupText; +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGenericStaticText) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_STATTEXTG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statusbr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statusbr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f5511235b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/statusbr.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/statusbr.h +// Purpose: wxStatusBarGeneric class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: VZ at 05.02.00 to derive from wxStatusBarBase +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statusbr.h 61624 2009-08-06 00:01:43Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_STATUSBR_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_STATUSBR_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +#include "wx/pen.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStatusBarGeneric +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStatusBarGeneric : public wxStatusBarBase +{ +public: + wxStatusBarGeneric() { Init(); } + wxStatusBarGeneric(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + long style = wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, winid, style, name); + } + + virtual ~wxStatusBarGeneric(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + long style = wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr); + + // implement base class methods + virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]); + virtual bool GetFieldRect(int i, wxRect& rect) const; + virtual void SetMinHeight(int height); + + virtual int GetBorderX() const { return m_borderX; } + virtual int GetBorderY() const { return m_borderY; } + + + // implementation only (not part of wxStatusBar public API): + + int GetFieldFromPoint(const wxPoint& point) const; + +protected: + virtual void DoUpdateStatusText(int number); + + // event handlers + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + + void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& event); + + // Responds to colour changes + void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); + +protected: + + virtual void DrawFieldText(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rc, int i, int textHeight); + virtual void DrawField(wxDC& dc, int i, int textHeight); + + void SetBorderX(int x); + void SetBorderY(int y); + + virtual void InitColours(); + + // true if the status bar shows the size grip: for this it must have + // wxSTB_SIZEGRIP style and the window it is attached to must be resizeable + // and not maximized + bool ShowsSizeGrip() const; + + // returns the position and the size of the size grip + wxRect GetSizeGripRect() const; + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // the last known height of the client rect + int m_lastClientHeight; + + // the absolute widths of the status bar panes in pixels + wxArrayInt m_widthsAbs; + + int m_borderX; + int m_borderY; + + wxPen m_mediumShadowPen; + wxPen m_hilightPen; + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStatusBarGeneric) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +#endif + // _WX_GENERIC_STATUSBR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/tabg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/tabg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e7f07fcbf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/tabg.h @@ -0,0 +1,359 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/tabg.h +// Purpose: Generic tabbed dialogs; used by wxMotif's wxNotebook +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tabg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __TABGH_G__ +#define __TABGH_G__ + +#define WXTAB_VERSION 1.1 + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/dialog.h" +#include "wx/panel.h" +#include "wx/list.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTabView; + +/* + * A wxTabControl is the internal and visual representation + * of the tab. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTabControl: public wxObject +{ +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabControl) +public: + wxTabControl(wxTabView *v = NULL); + virtual ~wxTabControl(void); + + virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& dc, bool lastInRow); + void SetLabel(const wxString& str) { m_controlLabel = str; } + wxString GetLabel(void) const { return m_controlLabel; } + + void SetFont(const wxFont& f) { m_labelFont = f; } + wxFont *GetFont(void) const { return (wxFont*) & m_labelFont; } + + void SetSelected(bool sel) { m_isSelected = sel; } + bool IsSelected(void) const { return m_isSelected; } + + void SetPosition(int x, int y) { m_offsetX = x; m_offsetY = y; } + void SetSize(int x, int y) { m_width = x; m_height = y; } + + void SetRowPosition(int r) { m_rowPosition = r; } + int GetRowPosition() const { return m_rowPosition; } + void SetColPosition(int c) { m_colPosition = c; } + int GetColPosition() const { return m_colPosition; } + + int GetX(void) const { return m_offsetX; } + int GetY(void) const { return m_offsetY; } + int GetWidth(void) const { return m_width; } + int GetHeight(void) const { return m_height; } + + int GetId(void) const { return m_id; } + void SetId(int i) { m_id = i; } + + virtual bool HitTest(int x, int y) const ; + +protected: + wxTabView* m_view; + wxString m_controlLabel; + bool m_isSelected; + wxFont m_labelFont; + int m_offsetX; // Offsets from top-left of tab view area (the area below the tabs) + int m_offsetY; + int m_width; + int m_height; + int m_id; + int m_rowPosition; // Position in row from 0 + int m_colPosition; // Position in col from 0 +}; + +/* + * Each wxTabLayer is a list of tabs. E.g. there + * are 3 layers in the MS Word Options dialog. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTabLayer: public wxList +{ +}; + +/* + * The wxTabView controls and draws the tabbed object + */ + +WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxTabLayer, wxTabLayerList); + +#define wxTAB_STYLE_DRAW_BOX 1 // Draws 3D boxes round tab layers +#define wxTAB_STYLE_COLOUR_INTERIOR 2 // Colours interior of tabs, otherwise draws outline + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTabView: public wxObject +{ +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabView) +public: + wxTabView(long style = wxTAB_STYLE_DRAW_BOX | wxTAB_STYLE_COLOUR_INTERIOR); + virtual ~wxTabView(); + + inline int GetNumberOfLayers() const { return m_layers.GetCount(); } + inline wxTabLayerList& GetLayers() { return m_layers; } + + inline void SetWindow(wxWindow* wnd) { m_window = wnd; } + inline wxWindow* GetWindow(void) const { return m_window; } + + // Automatically positions tabs + wxTabControl *AddTab(int id, const wxString& label, wxTabControl *existingTab = NULL); + + // Remove the tab without deleting the window + bool RemoveTab(int id); + + void ClearTabs(bool deleteTabs = true); + + bool SetTabText(int id, const wxString& label); + wxString GetTabText(int id) const; + + // Layout tabs (optional, e.g. if resizing window) + void LayoutTabs(); + + // Draw all tabs + virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc); + + // Process mouse event, return false if we didn't process it + virtual bool OnEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); + + // Called when a tab is activated + virtual void OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId); + // Allows vetoing + virtual bool OnTabPreActivate(int WXUNUSED(activateId), int WXUNUSED(deactivateId) ) { return true; }; + + // Allows use of application-supplied wxTabControl classes. + virtual wxTabControl *OnCreateTabControl(void) { return new wxTabControl(this); } + + void SetHighlightColour(const wxColour& col); + void SetShadowColour(const wxColour& col); + void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col); + inline void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col) { m_textColour = col; } + + inline wxColour GetHighlightColour(void) const { return m_highlightColour; } + inline wxColour GetShadowColour(void) const { return m_shadowColour; } + inline wxColour GetBackgroundColour(void) const { return m_backgroundColour; } + inline wxColour GetTextColour(void) const { return m_textColour; } + inline const wxPen *GetHighlightPen(void) const { return m_highlightPen; } + inline const wxPen *GetShadowPen(void) const { return m_shadowPen; } + inline const wxPen *GetBackgroundPen(void) const { return m_backgroundPen; } + inline const wxBrush *GetBackgroundBrush(void) const { return m_backgroundBrush; } + + inline void SetViewRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_tabViewRect = rect; } + inline wxRect GetViewRect(void) const { return m_tabViewRect; } + + // Calculate tab width to fit to view, and optionally adjust the view + // to fit the tabs exactly. + int CalculateTabWidth(int noTabs, bool adjustView = false); + + inline void SetTabStyle(long style) { m_tabStyle = style; } + inline long GetTabStyle(void) const { return m_tabStyle; } + + inline void SetTabSize(int w, int h) { m_tabWidth = w; m_tabHeight = h; } + inline int GetTabWidth(void) const { return m_tabWidth; } + inline int GetTabHeight(void) const { return m_tabHeight; } + inline void SetTabSelectionHeight(int h) { m_tabSelectionHeight = h; } + inline int GetTabSelectionHeight(void) const { return m_tabSelectionHeight; } + + // Returns the total height of the tabs component -- this may be several + // times the height of a tab, if there are several tab layers (rows). + int GetTotalTabHeight(); + + inline int GetTopMargin(void) const { return m_topMargin; } + inline void SetTopMargin(int margin) { m_topMargin = margin; } + + void SetTabSelection(int sel, bool activateTool = true); + inline int GetTabSelection() const { return m_tabSelection; } + + // Find tab control for id + wxTabControl *FindTabControlForId(int id) const ; + + // Find tab control for layer, position (starting from zero) + wxTabControl *FindTabControlForPosition(int layer, int position) const ; + + inline int GetHorizontalTabOffset() const { return m_tabHorizontalOffset; } + inline int GetHorizontalTabSpacing() const { return m_tabHorizontalSpacing; } + inline void SetHorizontalTabOffset(int sp) { m_tabHorizontalOffset = sp; } + inline void SetHorizontalTabSpacing(int sp) { m_tabHorizontalSpacing = sp; } + + inline void SetVerticalTabTextSpacing(int s) { m_tabVerticalTextSpacing = s; } + inline int GetVerticalTabTextSpacing() const { return m_tabVerticalTextSpacing; } + + inline wxFont *GetTabFont() const { return (wxFont*) & m_tabFont; } + inline void SetTabFont(const wxFont& f) { m_tabFont = f; } + + inline wxFont *GetSelectedTabFont() const { return (wxFont*) & m_tabSelectedFont; } + inline void SetSelectedTabFont(const wxFont& f) { m_tabSelectedFont = f; } + // Find the node and the column at which this control is positioned. + wxList::compatibility_iterator FindTabNodeAndColumn(wxTabControl *control, int *col) const ; + + // Do the necessary to change to this tab + virtual bool ChangeTab(wxTabControl *control); + + // Move the selected tab to the bottom layer, if necessary, + // without calling app activation code + bool MoveSelectionTab(wxTabControl *control); + + inline int GetNumberOfTabs() const { return m_noTabs; } + +protected: + // List of layers, from front to back. + wxTabLayerList m_layers; + + // Selected tab + int m_tabSelection; + + // Usual tab height + int m_tabHeight; + + // The height of the selected tab + int m_tabSelectionHeight; + + // Usual tab width + int m_tabWidth; + + // Space between tabs + int m_tabHorizontalSpacing; + + // Space between top of normal tab and text + int m_tabVerticalTextSpacing; + + // Horizontal offset of each tab row above the first + int m_tabHorizontalOffset; + + // The distance between the bottom of the first tab row + // and the top of the client area (i.e. the margin) + int m_topMargin; + + // The position and size of the view above which the tabs are placed. + // I.e., the internal client area of the sheet. + wxRect m_tabViewRect; + + // Bitlist of styles + long m_tabStyle; + + // Colours + wxColour m_highlightColour; + wxColour m_shadowColour; + wxColour m_backgroundColour; + wxColour m_textColour; + + // Pen and brush cache + const wxPen* m_highlightPen; + const wxPen* m_shadowPen; + const wxPen* m_backgroundPen; + const wxBrush* m_backgroundBrush; + + wxFont m_tabFont; + wxFont m_tabSelectedFont; + + int m_noTabs; + + wxWindow* m_window; +}; + +/* + * A dialog box class that is tab-friendly + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTabbedDialog : public wxDialog +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabbedDialog) + +public: + wxTabbedDialog(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long windowStyle = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr); + virtual ~wxTabbedDialog(); + + wxTabView *GetTabView() const { return m_tabView; } + void SetTabView(wxTabView *v) { m_tabView = v; } + + void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); + void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + +protected: + wxTabView* m_tabView; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +/* + * A panel class that is tab-friendly + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTabbedPanel : public wxPanel +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabbedPanel) + +public: + wxTabbedPanel(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long windowStyle = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr); + virtual ~wxTabbedPanel(); + + wxTabView *GetTabView() const { return m_tabView; } + void SetTabView(wxTabView *v) { m_tabView = v; } + + void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + +protected: + wxTabView* m_tabView; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(int, wxWindow*, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, + wxIntToWindowHashMap); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPanelTabView : public wxTabView +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPanelTabView) + +public: + wxPanelTabView(wxPanel *pan, long style = wxTAB_STYLE_DRAW_BOX | wxTAB_STYLE_COLOUR_INTERIOR); + virtual ~wxPanelTabView(void); + + // Called when a tab is activated + virtual void OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId); + + // Specific to this class + void AddTabWindow(int id, wxWindow *window); + wxWindow *GetTabWindow(int id) const ; + void ClearWindows(bool deleteWindows = true); + wxWindow *GetCurrentWindow() const { return m_currentWindow; } + + void ShowWindowForTab(int id); + // wxList& GetWindows() const { return (wxList&) m_tabWindows; } + +protected: + // List of panels, one for each tab. Indexed + // by tab ID. + wxIntToWindowHashMap m_tabWindows; + wxWindow* m_currentWindow; + wxPanel* m_panel; +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/textdlgg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/textdlgg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f27e0b0296 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/textdlgg.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/textdlgg.h +// Purpose: wxTextEntryDialog class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textdlgg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TEXTDLGG_H_ +#define _WX_TEXTDLGG_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_TEXTDLG + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS +#include "wx/valtext.h" +#include "wx/textctrl.h" +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxGetPasswordFromUserPromptStr[]; + +#define wxTextEntryDialogStyle (wxOK | wxCANCEL | wxCENTRE | wxWS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextEntryDialog: a dialog with text control, [ok] and [cancel] buttons +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextEntryDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxTextEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption = wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + long style = wxTextEntryDialogStyle, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); + + void SetValue(const wxString& val); + wxString GetValue() const { return m_value; } + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + void SetTextValidator( const wxTextValidator& validator ); +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( void SetTextValidator( long style ) ); +#endif + void SetTextValidator( wxTextValidatorStyle style = wxFILTER_NONE ); + wxTextValidator* GetTextValidator() { return (wxTextValidator*)m_textctrl->GetValidator(); } +#endif + // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + + // implementation only + void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event); + +protected: + wxTextCtrl *m_textctrl; + wxString m_value; + long m_dialogStyle; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextEntryDialog) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextEntryDialog); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPasswordEntryDialog: dialog with password control, [ok] and [cancel] +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPasswordEntryDialog : public wxTextEntryDialog +{ +public: + wxPasswordEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption = wxGetPasswordFromUserPromptStr, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + long style = wxTextEntryDialogStyle, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPasswordEntryDialog) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPasswordEntryDialog); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// function to get a string from user +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString + wxGetTextFromUser(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption = wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr, + const wxString& default_value = wxEmptyString, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + wxCoord x = wxDefaultCoord, + wxCoord y = wxDefaultCoord, + bool centre = true); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString + wxGetPasswordFromUser(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption = wxGetPasswordFromUserPromptStr, + const wxString& default_value = wxEmptyString, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + wxCoord x = wxDefaultCoord, + wxCoord y = wxDefaultCoord, + bool centre = true); + +#endif + // wxUSE_TEXTDLG +#endif // _WX_TEXTDLGG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/treectlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/treectlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45be6d54a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/treectlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/treectlg.h +// Purpose: wxTreeCtrl class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: treectlg.h 65587 2010-09-22 10:06:39Z SJL $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997,1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _GENERIC_TREECTRL_H_ +#define _GENERIC_TREECTRL_H_ + +#if wxUSE_TREECTRL + +#include "wx/scrolwin.h" +#include "wx/pen.h" + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declaration +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericTreeItem; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeItemData; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeRenameTimer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeFindTimer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeTextCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericTreeCtrl - the tree control +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericTreeCtrl : public wxTreeCtrlBase, + public wxScrollHelper +{ +public: + // creation + // -------- + + wxGenericTreeCtrl() : wxTreeCtrlBase(), wxScrollHelper(this) { Init(); } + + wxGenericTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr) + : wxTreeCtrlBase(), + wxScrollHelper(this) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual ~wxGenericTreeCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr); + + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + + virtual unsigned int GetIndent() const { return m_indent; } + virtual void SetIndent(unsigned int indent); + + + virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList); + virtual void SetStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList); + + virtual wxString GetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual int GetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal) const; + virtual wxTreeItemData *GetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual wxColour GetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual wxFont GetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + + virtual void SetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxString& text); + virtual void SetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, + int image, + wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal); + virtual void SetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item, wxTreeItemData *data); + + virtual void SetItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool has = true); + virtual void SetItemBold(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool bold = true); + virtual void SetItemDropHighlight(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool highlight = true); + virtual void SetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxColour& col); + virtual void SetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxColour& col); + virtual void SetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxFont& font); + + virtual bool IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual bool ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual bool IsExpanded(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual bool IsSelected(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual bool IsBold(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + + virtual size_t GetChildrenCount(const wxTreeItemId& item, + bool recursively = true) const; + + // navigation + // ---------- + + virtual wxTreeItemId GetRootItem() const { return m_anchor; } + virtual wxTreeItemId GetSelection() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !HasFlag(wxTR_MULTIPLE), + wxT("must use GetSelections() with this control") ); + + return m_current; + } + virtual size_t GetSelections(wxArrayTreeItemIds&) const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetFocusedItem() const { return m_current; } + + virtual void ClearFocusedItem(); + virtual void SetFocusedItem(const wxTreeItemId& item); + + virtual wxTreeItemId GetItemParent(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstChild(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextChild(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetLastChild(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + + virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstVisibleItem() const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + + + // operations + // ---------- + + virtual wxTreeItemId AddRoot(const wxString& text, + int image = -1, int selectedImage = -1, + wxTreeItemData *data = NULL); + + virtual void Delete(const wxTreeItemId& item); + virtual void DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item); + virtual void DeleteAllItems(); + + virtual void Expand(const wxTreeItemId& item); + virtual void Collapse(const wxTreeItemId& item); + virtual void CollapseAndReset(const wxTreeItemId& item); + virtual void Toggle(const wxTreeItemId& item); + + virtual void Unselect(); + virtual void UnselectAll(); + virtual void SelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool select = true); + virtual void SelectChildren(const wxTreeItemId& parent); + + virtual void EnsureVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item); + virtual void ScrollTo(const wxTreeItemId& item); + + virtual wxTextCtrl *EditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxClassInfo* textCtrlClass = wxCLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)); + virtual wxTextCtrl *GetEditControl() const; + virtual void EndEditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item, + bool discardChanges = false); + + virtual void SortChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item); + + // items geometry + // -------------- + + virtual bool GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxRect& rect, + bool textOnly = false) const; + + + // this version specific methods + // ----------------------------- + + wxImageList *GetButtonsImageList() const { return m_imageListButtons; } + void SetButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList); + void AssignButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList); + + void SetDropEffectAboveItem( bool above = false ) { m_dropEffectAboveItem = above; } + bool GetDropEffectAboveItem() const { return m_dropEffectAboveItem; } + + wxTreeItemId GetNext(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // use EditLabel() instead + void Edit( const wxTreeItemId& item ) { EditLabel(item); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + // implementation only from now on + + // overridden base class virtuals + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour); + virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour); + + virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = true, const wxRect *rect = NULL); + + virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font ); + virtual void SetWindowStyle(const long styles); + + // callbacks + void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); + void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ); + void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ); + void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent &event ); + void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ); + void OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event ); + void OnGetToolTip( wxTreeEvent &event ); + void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event ); + void OnInternalIdle( ); + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // implementation helpers + void AdjustMyScrollbars(); + + WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() + +protected: + friend class wxGenericTreeItem; + friend class wxTreeRenameTimer; + friend class wxTreeFindTimer; + friend class wxTreeTextCtrl; + + wxFont m_normalFont; + wxFont m_boldFont; + + wxGenericTreeItem *m_anchor; + wxGenericTreeItem *m_current, + *m_key_current, + // A hint to select a parent item after deleting a child + *m_select_me; + unsigned short m_indent; + int m_lineHeight; + wxPen m_dottedPen; + wxBrush *m_hilightBrush, + *m_hilightUnfocusedBrush; + bool m_hasFocus; + bool m_dirty; + bool m_ownsImageListButtons; + bool m_isDragging; // true between BEGIN/END drag events + bool m_lastOnSame; // last click on the same item as prev + wxImageList *m_imageListButtons; + + int m_dragCount; + wxPoint m_dragStart; + wxGenericTreeItem *m_dropTarget; + wxCursor m_oldCursor; // cursor is changed while dragging + wxGenericTreeItem *m_oldSelection; + wxGenericTreeItem *m_underMouse; // for visual effects + + enum { NoEffect, BorderEffect, AboveEffect, BelowEffect } m_dndEffect; + wxGenericTreeItem *m_dndEffectItem; + + wxTreeTextCtrl *m_textCtrl; + + + wxTimer *m_renameTimer; + + // incremental search data + wxString m_findPrefix; + wxTimer *m_findTimer; + + bool m_dropEffectAboveItem; + + // the common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // overridden wxWindow methods + virtual void DoThaw(); + + // misc helpers + void SendDeleteEvent(wxGenericTreeItem *itemBeingDeleted); + + void DrawBorder(const wxTreeItemId& item); + void DrawLine(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool below); + void DrawDropEffect(wxGenericTreeItem *item); + + void DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& id, + bool unselect_others = true, + bool extended_select = false); + + virtual int DoGetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual void DoSetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item, int state); + + virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent, + size_t previous, + const wxString& text, + int image, + int selectedImage, + wxTreeItemData *data); + virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertAfter(const wxTreeItemId& parent, + const wxTreeItemId& idPrevious, + const wxString& text, + int image = -1, int selImage = -1, + wxTreeItemData *data = NULL); + virtual wxTreeItemId DoTreeHitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags) const; + + // called by wxTextTreeCtrl when it marks itself for deletion + void ResetTextControl(); + + // find the first item starting with the given prefix after the given item + wxTreeItemId FindItem(const wxTreeItemId& id, const wxString& prefix) const; + + bool HasButtons() const { return HasFlag(wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS); } + + void CalculateLineHeight(); + int GetLineHeight(wxGenericTreeItem *item) const; + void PaintLevel( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC& dc, int level, int &y ); + void PaintItem( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC& dc); + + void CalculateLevel( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC &dc, int level, int &y ); + void CalculatePositions(); + + void RefreshSubtree( wxGenericTreeItem *item ); + void RefreshLine( wxGenericTreeItem *item ); + + // redraw all selected items + void RefreshSelected(); + + // RefreshSelected() recursive helper + void RefreshSelectedUnder(wxGenericTreeItem *item); + + void OnRenameTimer(); + bool OnRenameAccept(wxGenericTreeItem *item, const wxString& value); + void OnRenameCancelled(wxGenericTreeItem *item); + + void FillArray(wxGenericTreeItem*, wxArrayTreeItemIds&) const; + void SelectItemRange( wxGenericTreeItem *item1, wxGenericTreeItem *item2 ); + bool TagAllChildrenUntilLast(wxGenericTreeItem *crt_item, wxGenericTreeItem *last_item, bool select); + bool TagNextChildren(wxGenericTreeItem *crt_item, wxGenericTreeItem *last_item, bool select); + void UnselectAllChildren( wxGenericTreeItem *item ); + void ChildrenClosing(wxGenericTreeItem* item); + + void DoDirtyProcessing(); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericTreeCtrl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericTreeCtrl); +}; + +#if !defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) +/* + * wxTreeCtrl has to be a real class or we have problems with + * the run-time information. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeCtrl: public wxGenericTreeCtrl +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl) + +public: + wxTreeCtrl() {} + + wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr) + : wxGenericTreeCtrl(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name) + { + } +}; +#endif // !__WXMSW__ || __WXUNIVERSAL__ + +#endif // wxUSE_TREECTRL + +#endif // _GENERIC_TREECTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/wizard.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/wizard.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f5e2ef67c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/generic/wizard.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/generic/wizard.h +// Purpose: declaration of generic wxWizard class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: Robert Vazan (sizers) +// Created: 28.09.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wizard.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_WIZARD_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_WIZARD_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWizard +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticBitmap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxWizardEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBoxSizer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxWizardSizer; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizard : public wxWizardBase +{ +public: + // ctor + wxWizard() { Init(); } + wxWizard(wxWindow *parent, + int id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, + const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, title, bitmap, pos, style); + } + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + int id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, + const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE); + void Init(); + virtual ~wxWizard(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual bool RunWizard(wxWizardPage *firstPage); + virtual wxWizardPage *GetCurrentPage() const; + virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size); + virtual wxSize GetPageSize() const; + virtual void FitToPage(const wxWizardPage *firstPage); + virtual wxSizer *GetPageAreaSizer() const; + virtual void SetBorder(int border); + + /// set/get bitmap + const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } + void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // is the wizard running? + bool IsRunning() const { return m_page != NULL; } + + // show the prev/next page, but call TransferDataFromWindow on the current + // page first and return false without changing the page if + // TransferDataFromWindow() returns false - otherwise, returns true + virtual bool ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward = true); + + // do fill the dialog with controls + // this is app-overridable to, for example, set help and tooltip text + virtual void DoCreateControls(); + + // Do the adaptation + virtual bool DoLayoutAdaptation(); + + // Set/get bitmap background colour + void SetBitmapBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_bitmapBackgroundColour = colour; } + const wxColour& GetBitmapBackgroundColour() const { return m_bitmapBackgroundColour; } + + // Set/get bitmap placement (centred, tiled etc.) + void SetBitmapPlacement(int placement) { m_bitmapPlacement = placement; } + int GetBitmapPlacement() const { return m_bitmapPlacement; } + + // Set/get minimum bitmap width + void SetMinimumBitmapWidth(int w) { m_bitmapMinimumWidth = w; } + int GetMinimumBitmapWidth() const { return m_bitmapMinimumWidth; } + + // Tile bitmap + static bool TileBitmap(const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + +protected: + // for compatibility only, doesn't do anything any more + void FinishLayout() { } + + // Do fit, and adjust to screen size if necessary + virtual void DoWizardLayout(); + + // Resize bitmap if necessary + virtual bool ResizeBitmap(wxBitmap& bmp); + + // was the dialog really created? + bool WasCreated() const { return m_btnPrev != NULL; } + + // event handlers + void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnBackOrNext(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnHelp(wxCommandEvent& event); + + void OnWizEvent(wxWizardEvent& event); + + void AddBitmapRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn); + void AddStaticLine(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn); + void AddBackNextPair(wxBoxSizer *buttonRow); + void AddButtonRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn); + + // the page size requested by user + wxSize m_sizePage; + + // the dialog position from the ctor + wxPoint m_posWizard; + + // wizard state + wxWizardPage *m_page; // the current page or NULL + wxBitmap m_bitmap; // the default bitmap to show + + // wizard controls + wxButton *m_btnPrev, // the "" or "Finish" button + wxStaticBitmap *m_statbmp; // the control for the bitmap + + // Border around page area sizer requested using SetBorder() + int m_border; + + // Whether RunWizard() was called + bool m_started; + + // Whether was modal (modeless has to be destroyed on finish or cancel) + bool m_wasModal; + + // True if pages are laid out using the sizer + bool m_usingSizer; + + // Page area sizer will be inserted here with padding + wxBoxSizer *m_sizerBmpAndPage; + + // Actual position and size of pages + wxWizardSizer *m_sizerPage; + + // Bitmap background colour if resizing bitmap + wxColour m_bitmapBackgroundColour; + + // Bitmap placement flags + int m_bitmapPlacement; + + // Minimum bitmap width + int m_bitmapMinimumWidth; + + friend class wxWizardSizer; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizard) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWizard); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_WIZARD_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/geometry.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/geometry.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ece43eb50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/geometry.h @@ -0,0 +1,820 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/geometry.h +// Purpose: Common Geometry Classes +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 08/05/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: geometry.h 59019 2009-02-19 07:36:27Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GEOMETRY_H_ +#define _WX_GEOMETRY_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_GEOMETRY + +#include "wx/utils.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/math.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataInputStream; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataOutputStream; + +// clipping from Cohen-Sutherland + +enum wxOutCode +{ + wxInside = 0x00 , + wxOutLeft = 0x01 , + wxOutRight = 0x02 , + wxOutTop = 0x08 , + wxOutBottom = 0x04 +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPoint2DInt +{ +public : + inline wxPoint2DInt(); + inline wxPoint2DInt( wxInt32 x , wxInt32 y ); + inline wxPoint2DInt( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ); + inline wxPoint2DInt( const wxPoint &pt ); + + // noops for this class, just return the coords + inline void GetFloor( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const; + inline void GetRounded( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const; + + inline wxDouble GetVectorLength() const; + wxDouble GetVectorAngle() const; + inline void SetVectorLength( wxDouble length ); + void SetVectorAngle( wxDouble degrees ); + void SetPolarCoordinates( wxInt32 angle , wxInt32 length ); + // set the vector length to 1.0, preserving the angle + inline void Normalize(); + + inline wxDouble GetDistance( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const; + inline wxDouble GetDistanceSquare( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const; + inline wxInt32 GetDotProduct( const wxPoint2DInt &vec ) const; + inline wxInt32 GetCrossProduct( const wxPoint2DInt &vec ) const; + + // the reflection of this point + inline wxPoint2DInt operator-(); + + inline wxPoint2DInt& operator=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt); + inline wxPoint2DInt& operator+=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt); + inline wxPoint2DInt& operator-=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt); + inline wxPoint2DInt& operator*=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt); + inline wxPoint2DInt& operator*=(wxDouble n); + inline wxPoint2DInt& operator*=(wxInt32 n); + inline wxPoint2DInt& operator/=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt); + inline wxPoint2DInt& operator/=(wxDouble n); + inline wxPoint2DInt& operator/=(wxInt32 n); + inline operator wxPoint() const; + inline bool operator==(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) const; + inline bool operator!=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) const; + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + void WriteTo( wxDataOutputStream &stream ) const; + void ReadFrom( wxDataInputStream &stream ); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + wxInt32 m_x; + wxInt32 m_y; +}; + +inline wxPoint2DInt operator+(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2); +inline wxPoint2DInt operator-(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2); +inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2); +inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DInt& pt); +inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DInt& pt); +inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n); +inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n); +inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2); +inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n); +inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n); + +inline wxPoint2DInt::wxPoint2DInt() +{ + m_x = 0; + m_y = 0; +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt::wxPoint2DInt( wxInt32 x , wxInt32 y ) +{ + m_x = x; + m_y = y; +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt::wxPoint2DInt( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) +{ + m_x = pt.m_x; + m_y = pt.m_y; +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt::wxPoint2DInt( const wxPoint &pt ) +{ + m_x = pt.x; + m_y = pt.y; +} + +inline void wxPoint2DInt::GetFloor( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const +{ + if ( x ) + *x = m_x; + if ( y ) + *y = m_y; +} + +inline void wxPoint2DInt::GetRounded( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const +{ + GetFloor(x, y); +} + +inline wxDouble wxPoint2DInt::GetVectorLength() const +{ + // cast needed MIPSpro compiler under SGI + return sqrt( (double)(m_x)*(m_x) + (m_y)*(m_y) ); +} + +inline void wxPoint2DInt::SetVectorLength( wxDouble length ) +{ + wxDouble before = GetVectorLength(); + m_x = (wxInt32)(m_x * length / before); + m_y = (wxInt32)(m_y * length / before); +} + +inline void wxPoint2DInt::Normalize() +{ + SetVectorLength( 1 ); +} + +inline wxDouble wxPoint2DInt::GetDistance( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const +{ + return sqrt( GetDistanceSquare( pt ) ); +} + +inline wxDouble wxPoint2DInt::GetDistanceSquare( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const +{ + return ( (pt.m_x-m_x)*(pt.m_x-m_x) + (pt.m_y-m_y)*(pt.m_y-m_y) ); +} + +inline wxInt32 wxPoint2DInt::GetDotProduct( const wxPoint2DInt &vec ) const +{ + return ( m_x * vec.m_x + m_y * vec.m_y ); +} + +inline wxInt32 wxPoint2DInt::GetCrossProduct( const wxPoint2DInt &vec ) const +{ + return ( m_x * vec.m_y - vec.m_x * m_y ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt::operator wxPoint() const +{ + return wxPoint( m_x, m_y); +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt wxPoint2DInt::operator-() +{ + return wxPoint2DInt( -m_x, -m_y); +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) +{ + if (this != &pt) + { + m_x = pt.m_x; + m_y = pt.m_y; + } + return *this; +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator+=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) +{ + m_x = m_x + pt.m_x; + m_y = m_y + pt.m_y; + return *this; +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator-=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) +{ + m_x = m_x - pt.m_x; + m_y = m_y - pt.m_y; + return *this; +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator*=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) +{ + m_x = m_x + pt.m_x; + m_y = m_y + pt.m_y; + return *this; +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator/=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) +{ + m_x = m_x - pt.m_x; + m_y = m_y - pt.m_y; + return *this; +} + +inline bool wxPoint2DInt::operator==(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) const +{ + return m_x == pt.m_x && m_y == pt.m_y; +} + +inline bool wxPoint2DInt::operator!=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) const +{ + return m_x != pt.m_x || m_y != pt.m_y; +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt operator+(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2) +{ + return wxPoint2DInt( pt1.m_x + pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y + pt2.m_y ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt operator-(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2) +{ + return wxPoint2DInt( pt1.m_x - pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y - pt2.m_y ); +} + + +inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2) +{ + return wxPoint2DInt( pt1.m_x * pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y * pt2.m_y ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DInt& pt) +{ + return wxPoint2DInt( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(wxDouble n , const wxPoint2DInt& pt) +{ + return wxPoint2DInt( (int) (pt.m_x * n) , (int) (pt.m_y * n) ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n) +{ + return wxPoint2DInt( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxDouble n) +{ + return wxPoint2DInt( (int) (pt.m_x * n) , (int) (pt.m_y * n) ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2) +{ + return wxPoint2DInt( pt1.m_x / pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y / pt2.m_y ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n) +{ + return wxPoint2DInt( pt.m_x / n , pt.m_y / n ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxDouble n) +{ + return wxPoint2DInt( (int) (pt.m_x / n) , (int) (pt.m_y / n) ); +} + +// wxPoint2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPoint2DDouble +{ +public : + inline wxPoint2DDouble(); + inline wxPoint2DDouble( wxDouble x , wxDouble y ); + inline wxPoint2DDouble( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ); + wxPoint2DDouble( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) + { m_x = (wxDouble) pt.m_x ; m_y = (wxDouble) pt.m_y ; } + wxPoint2DDouble( const wxPoint &pt ) + { m_x = (wxDouble) pt.x ; m_y = (wxDouble) pt.y ; } + + // two different conversions to integers, floor and rounding + inline void GetFloor( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const; + inline void GetRounded( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const; + + inline wxDouble GetVectorLength() const; + wxDouble GetVectorAngle() const ; + void SetVectorLength( wxDouble length ); + void SetVectorAngle( wxDouble degrees ); + void SetPolarCoordinates( wxDouble angle , wxDouble length ); + // set the vector length to 1.0, preserving the angle + void Normalize(); + + inline wxDouble GetDistance( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const; + inline wxDouble GetDistanceSquare( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const; + inline wxDouble GetDotProduct( const wxPoint2DDouble &vec ) const; + inline wxDouble GetCrossProduct( const wxPoint2DDouble &vec ) const; + + // the reflection of this point + inline wxPoint2DDouble operator-(); + + inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); + inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator+=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); + inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator-=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); + inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator*=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); + inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator*=(wxDouble n); + inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator*=(wxInt32 n); + inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator/=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); + inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator/=(wxDouble n); + inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator/=(wxInt32 n); + + inline bool operator==(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) const; + inline bool operator!=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) const; + + wxDouble m_x; + wxDouble m_y; +}; + +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator+(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2); +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator-(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2); +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2); +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(wxDouble n , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt); +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxDouble n); +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxInt32 n); +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2); +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxDouble n); +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxInt32 n); + +inline wxPoint2DDouble::wxPoint2DDouble() +{ + m_x = 0.0; + m_y = 0.0; +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble::wxPoint2DDouble( wxDouble x , wxDouble y ) +{ + m_x = x; + m_y = y; +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble::wxPoint2DDouble( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) +{ + m_x = pt.m_x; + m_y = pt.m_y; +} + +inline void wxPoint2DDouble::GetFloor( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const +{ + *x = (wxInt32) floor( m_x ); + *y = (wxInt32) floor( m_y ); +} + +inline void wxPoint2DDouble::GetRounded( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const +{ + *x = (wxInt32) floor( m_x + 0.5 ); + *y = (wxInt32) floor( m_y + 0.5); +} + +inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetVectorLength() const +{ + return sqrt( (m_x)*(m_x) + (m_y)*(m_y) ) ; +} + +inline void wxPoint2DDouble::SetVectorLength( wxDouble length ) +{ + wxDouble before = GetVectorLength() ; + m_x = (m_x * length / before) ; + m_y = (m_y * length / before) ; +} + +inline void wxPoint2DDouble::Normalize() +{ + SetVectorLength( 1 ); +} + +inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetDistance( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const +{ + return sqrt( GetDistanceSquare( pt ) ); +} + +inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetDistanceSquare( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const +{ + return ( (pt.m_x-m_x)*(pt.m_x-m_x) + (pt.m_y-m_y)*(pt.m_y-m_y) ); +} + +inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetDotProduct( const wxPoint2DDouble &vec ) const +{ + return ( m_x * vec.m_x + m_y * vec.m_y ); +} + +inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetCrossProduct( const wxPoint2DDouble &vec ) const +{ + return ( m_x * vec.m_y - vec.m_x * m_y ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble wxPoint2DDouble::operator-() +{ + return wxPoint2DDouble( -m_x, -m_y); +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) +{ + if (this != &pt) + { + m_x = pt.m_x; + m_y = pt.m_y; + } + return *this; +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator+=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) +{ + m_x = m_x + pt.m_x; + m_y = m_y + pt.m_y; + return *this; +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator-=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) +{ + m_x = m_x - pt.m_x; + m_y = m_y - pt.m_y; + return *this; +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator*=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) +{ + m_x = m_x * pt.m_x; + m_y = m_y * pt.m_y; + return *this; +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator/=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) +{ + m_x = m_x / pt.m_x; + m_y = m_y / pt.m_y; + return *this; +} + +inline bool wxPoint2DDouble::operator==(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) const +{ + return wxIsSameDouble(m_x, pt.m_x) && wxIsSameDouble(m_y, pt.m_y); +} + +inline bool wxPoint2DDouble::operator!=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) const +{ + return !(*this == pt); +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator+(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2) +{ + return wxPoint2DDouble( pt1.m_x + pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y + pt2.m_y ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator-(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2) +{ + return wxPoint2DDouble( pt1.m_x - pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y - pt2.m_y ); +} + + +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2) +{ + return wxPoint2DDouble( pt1.m_x * pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y * pt2.m_y ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(wxDouble n , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) +{ + return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) +{ + return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxDouble n) +{ + return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxInt32 n) +{ + return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2) +{ + return wxPoint2DDouble( pt1.m_x / pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y / pt2.m_y ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxDouble n) +{ + return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x / n , pt.m_y / n ); +} + +inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxInt32 n) +{ + return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x / n , pt.m_y / n ); +} + +// wxRect2Ds are a axis-aligned rectangles, each side of the rect is parallel to the x- or m_y- axis. The rectangle is either defined by the +// top left and bottom right corner, or by the top left corner and size. A point is contained within the rectangle if +// left <= x < right and top <= m_y < bottom , thus it is a half open interval. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRect2DDouble +{ +public: + wxRect2DDouble() + { m_x = m_y = m_width = m_height = 0; } + wxRect2DDouble(wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h) + { m_x = x; m_y = y; m_width = w; m_height = h; } +/* + wxRect2DDouble(const wxPoint2DDouble& topLeft, const wxPoint2DDouble& bottomRight); + wxRect2DDouble(const wxPoint2DDouble& pos, const wxSize& size); + wxRect2DDouble(const wxRect2DDouble& rect); +*/ + // single attribute accessors + + inline wxPoint2DDouble GetPosition() + { return wxPoint2DDouble(m_x, m_y); } + inline wxSize GetSize() + { return wxSize((int) m_width, (int) m_height); } + + // for the edge and corner accessors there are two setters conterparts, the Set.. functions keep the other corners at their + // position whenever sensible, the Move.. functions keep the size of the rect and move the other corners apropriately + + inline wxDouble GetLeft() const { return m_x; } + inline void SetLeft( wxDouble n ) { m_width += m_x - n; m_x = n; } + inline void MoveLeftTo( wxDouble n ) { m_x = n; } + inline wxDouble GetTop() const { return m_y; } + inline void SetTop( wxDouble n ) { m_height += m_y - n; m_y = n; } + inline void MoveTopTo( wxDouble n ) { m_y = n; } + inline wxDouble GetBottom() const { return m_y + m_height; } + inline void SetBottom( wxDouble n ) { m_height += n - (m_y+m_height);} + inline void MoveBottomTo( wxDouble n ) { m_y = n - m_height; } + inline wxDouble GetRight() const { return m_x + m_width; } + inline void SetRight( wxDouble n ) { m_width += n - (m_x+m_width) ; } + inline void MoveRightTo( wxDouble n ) { m_x = n - m_width; } + + inline wxPoint2DDouble GetLeftTop() const + { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x , m_y ); } + inline void SetLeftTop( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) + { m_width += m_x - pt.m_x; m_height += m_y - pt.m_y; m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y; } + inline void MoveLeftTopTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) + { m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y; } + inline wxPoint2DDouble GetLeftBottom() const + { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x , m_y + m_height ); } + inline void SetLeftBottom( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) + { m_width += m_x - pt.m_x; m_height += pt.m_y - (m_y+m_height) ; m_x = pt.m_x; } + inline void MoveLeftBottomTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) + { m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y - m_height; } + inline wxPoint2DDouble GetRightTop() const + { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x+m_width , m_y ); } + inline void SetRightTop( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) + { m_width += pt.m_x - ( m_x + m_width ); m_height += m_y - pt.m_y; m_y = pt.m_y; } + inline void MoveRightTopTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) + { m_x = pt.m_x - m_width; m_y = pt.m_y; } + inline wxPoint2DDouble GetRightBottom() const + { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x+m_width , m_y + m_height ); } + inline void SetRightBottom( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) + { m_width += pt.m_x - ( m_x + m_width ); m_height += pt.m_y - (m_y+m_height);} + inline void MoveRightBottomTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) + { m_x = pt.m_x - m_width; m_y = pt.m_y - m_height; } + inline wxPoint2DDouble GetCentre() const + { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x+m_width/2 , m_y+m_height/2 ); } + inline void SetCentre( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) + { MoveCentreTo( pt ); } // since this is impossible without moving... + inline void MoveCentreTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) + { m_x += pt.m_x - (m_x+m_width/2) , m_y += pt.m_y -(m_y+m_height/2); } + inline wxOutCode GetOutCode( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const + { return (wxOutCode) (( ( pt.m_x < m_x ) ? wxOutLeft : 0 ) + + ( ( pt.m_x > m_x + m_width ) ? wxOutRight : 0 ) + + ( ( pt.m_y < m_y ) ? wxOutTop : 0 ) + + ( ( pt.m_y > m_y + m_height ) ? wxOutBottom : 0 )); } + inline wxOutCode GetOutcode(const wxPoint2DDouble &pt) const + { return GetOutCode(pt) ; } + inline bool Contains( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const + { return GetOutCode( pt ) == wxInside; } + inline bool Contains( const wxRect2DDouble &rect ) const + { return ( ( ( m_x <= rect.m_x ) && ( rect.m_x + rect.m_width <= m_x + m_width ) ) && + ( ( m_y <= rect.m_y ) && ( rect.m_y + rect.m_height <= m_y + m_height ) ) ); } + inline bool IsEmpty() const + { return m_width <= 0 || m_height <= 0; } + inline bool HaveEqualSize( const wxRect2DDouble &rect ) const + { return wxIsSameDouble(rect.m_width, m_width) && wxIsSameDouble(rect.m_height, m_height); } + + inline void Inset( wxDouble x , wxDouble y ) + { m_x += x; m_y += y; m_width -= 2 * x; m_height -= 2 * y; } + inline void Inset( wxDouble left , wxDouble top ,wxDouble right , wxDouble bottom ) + { m_x += left; m_y += top; m_width -= left + right; m_height -= top + bottom;} + inline void Offset( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) + { m_x += pt.m_x; m_y += pt.m_y; } + + void ConstrainTo( const wxRect2DDouble &rect ); + + inline wxPoint2DDouble Interpolate( wxInt32 widthfactor , wxInt32 heightfactor ) + { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x + m_width * widthfactor , m_y + m_height * heightfactor ); } + + static void Intersect( const wxRect2DDouble &src1 , const wxRect2DDouble &src2 , wxRect2DDouble *dest ); + inline void Intersect( const wxRect2DDouble &otherRect ) + { Intersect( *this , otherRect , this ); } + inline wxRect2DDouble CreateIntersection( const wxRect2DDouble &otherRect ) const + { wxRect2DDouble result; Intersect( *this , otherRect , &result); return result; } + bool Intersects( const wxRect2DDouble &rect ) const; + + static void Union( const wxRect2DDouble &src1 , const wxRect2DDouble &src2 , wxRect2DDouble *dest ); + void Union( const wxRect2DDouble &otherRect ) + { Union( *this , otherRect , this ); } + void Union( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ); + inline wxRect2DDouble CreateUnion( const wxRect2DDouble &otherRect ) const + { wxRect2DDouble result; Union( *this , otherRect , &result); return result; } + + inline void Scale( wxDouble f ) + { m_x *= f; m_y *= f; m_width *= f; m_height *= f;} + inline void Scale( wxInt32 num , wxInt32 denum ) + { m_x *= ((wxDouble)num)/((wxDouble)denum); m_y *= ((wxDouble)num)/((wxDouble)denum); + m_width *= ((wxDouble)num)/((wxDouble)denum); m_height *= ((wxDouble)num)/((wxDouble)denum);} + + wxRect2DDouble& operator = (const wxRect2DDouble& rect); + inline bool operator == (const wxRect2DDouble& rect) const + { return wxIsSameDouble(m_x, rect.m_x) && wxIsSameDouble(m_y, rect.m_y) && HaveEqualSize(rect); } + inline bool operator != (const wxRect2DDouble& rect) const + { return !(*this == rect); } + + wxDouble m_x; + wxDouble m_y; + wxDouble m_width; + wxDouble m_height; +}; + + +// wxRect2Ds are a axis-aligned rectangles, each side of the rect is parallel to the x- or m_y- axis. The rectangle is either defined by the +// top left and bottom right corner, or by the top left corner and size. A point is contained within the rectangle if +// left <= x < right and top <= m_y < bottom , thus it is a half open interval. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRect2DInt +{ +public: + wxRect2DInt() { m_x = m_y = m_width = m_height = 0; } + wxRect2DInt( const wxRect& r ) { m_x = r.x ; m_y = r.y ; m_width = r.width ; m_height = r.height ; } + wxRect2DInt(wxInt32 x, wxInt32 y, wxInt32 w, wxInt32 h) { m_x = x; m_y = y; m_width = w; m_height = h; } + wxRect2DInt(const wxPoint2DInt& topLeft, const wxPoint2DInt& bottomRight); + inline wxRect2DInt(const wxPoint2DInt& pos, const wxSize& size); + inline wxRect2DInt(const wxRect2DInt& rect); + + // single attribute accessors + + inline wxPoint2DInt GetPosition() { return wxPoint2DInt(m_x, m_y); } + inline wxSize GetSize() { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); } + + // for the edge and corner accessors there are two setters conterparts, the Set.. functions keep the other corners at their + // position whenever sensible, the Move.. functions keep the size of the rect and move the other corners apropriately + + inline wxInt32 GetLeft() const { return m_x; } + inline void SetLeft( wxInt32 n ) { m_width += m_x - n; m_x = n; } + inline void MoveLeftTo( wxInt32 n ) { m_x = n; } + inline wxInt32 GetTop() const { return m_y; } + inline void SetTop( wxInt32 n ) { m_height += m_y - n; m_y = n; } + inline void MoveTopTo( wxInt32 n ) { m_y = n; } + inline wxInt32 GetBottom() const { return m_y + m_height; } + inline void SetBottom( wxInt32 n ) { m_height += n - (m_y+m_height);} + inline void MoveBottomTo( wxInt32 n ) { m_y = n - m_height; } + inline wxInt32 GetRight() const { return m_x + m_width; } + inline void SetRight( wxInt32 n ) { m_width += n - (m_x+m_width) ; } + inline void MoveRightTo( wxInt32 n ) { m_x = n - m_width; } + + inline wxPoint2DInt GetLeftTop() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x , m_y ); } + inline void SetLeftTop( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_width += m_x - pt.m_x; m_height += m_y - pt.m_y; m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y; } + inline void MoveLeftTopTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y; } + inline wxPoint2DInt GetLeftBottom() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x , m_y + m_height ); } + inline void SetLeftBottom( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_width += m_x - pt.m_x; m_height += pt.m_y - (m_y+m_height) ; m_x = pt.m_x; } + inline void MoveLeftBottomTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y - m_height; } + inline wxPoint2DInt GetRightTop() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x+m_width , m_y ); } + inline void SetRightTop( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_width += pt.m_x - ( m_x + m_width ); m_height += m_y - pt.m_y; m_y = pt.m_y; } + inline void MoveRightTopTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x = pt.m_x - m_width; m_y = pt.m_y; } + inline wxPoint2DInt GetRightBottom() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x+m_width , m_y + m_height ); } + inline void SetRightBottom( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_width += pt.m_x - ( m_x + m_width ); m_height += pt.m_y - (m_y+m_height);} + inline void MoveRightBottomTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x = pt.m_x - m_width; m_y = pt.m_y - m_height; } + inline wxPoint2DInt GetCentre() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x+m_width/2 , m_y+m_height/2 ); } + inline void SetCentre( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { MoveCentreTo( pt ); } // since this is impossible without moving... + inline void MoveCentreTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x += pt.m_x - (m_x+m_width/2) , m_y += pt.m_y -(m_y+m_height/2); } + inline wxOutCode GetOutCode( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const + { return (wxOutCode) (( ( pt.m_x < m_x ) ? wxOutLeft : 0 ) + + ( ( pt.m_x >= m_x + m_width ) ? wxOutRight : 0 ) + + ( ( pt.m_y < m_y ) ? wxOutTop : 0 ) + + ( ( pt.m_y >= m_y + m_height ) ? wxOutBottom : 0 )); } + inline wxOutCode GetOutcode( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const + { return GetOutCode( pt ) ; } + inline bool Contains( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const + { return GetOutCode( pt ) == wxInside; } + inline bool Contains( const wxRect2DInt &rect ) const + { return ( ( ( m_x <= rect.m_x ) && ( rect.m_x + rect.m_width <= m_x + m_width ) ) && + ( ( m_y <= rect.m_y ) && ( rect.m_y + rect.m_height <= m_y + m_height ) ) ); } + inline bool IsEmpty() const + { return ( m_width <= 0 || m_height <= 0 ); } + inline bool HaveEqualSize( const wxRect2DInt &rect ) const + { return ( rect.m_width == m_width && rect.m_height == m_height ); } + + inline void Inset( wxInt32 x , wxInt32 y ) { m_x += x; m_y += y; m_width -= 2 * x; m_height -= 2 * y; } + inline void Inset( wxInt32 left , wxInt32 top ,wxInt32 right , wxInt32 bottom ) + { m_x += left; m_y += top; m_width -= left + right; m_height -= top + bottom;} + inline void Offset( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x += pt.m_x; m_y += pt.m_y; } + void ConstrainTo( const wxRect2DInt &rect ); + inline wxPoint2DInt Interpolate( wxInt32 widthfactor , wxInt32 heightfactor ) { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x + m_width * widthfactor , m_y + m_height * heightfactor ); } + + static void Intersect( const wxRect2DInt &src1 , const wxRect2DInt &src2 , wxRect2DInt *dest ); + inline void Intersect( const wxRect2DInt &otherRect ) { Intersect( *this , otherRect , this ); } + inline wxRect2DInt CreateIntersection( const wxRect2DInt &otherRect ) const { wxRect2DInt result; Intersect( *this , otherRect , &result); return result; } + bool Intersects( const wxRect2DInt &rect ) const; + + static void Union( const wxRect2DInt &src1 , const wxRect2DInt &src2 , wxRect2DInt *dest ); + void Union( const wxRect2DInt &otherRect ) { Union( *this , otherRect , this ); } + void Union( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ); + inline wxRect2DInt CreateUnion( const wxRect2DInt &otherRect ) const { wxRect2DInt result; Union( *this , otherRect , &result); return result; } + + inline void Scale( wxInt32 f ) { m_x *= f; m_y *= f; m_width *= f; m_height *= f;} + inline void Scale( wxInt32 num , wxInt32 denum ) + { m_x *= ((wxInt32)num)/((wxInt32)denum); m_y *= ((wxInt32)num)/((wxInt32)denum); + m_width *= ((wxInt32)num)/((wxInt32)denum); m_height *= ((wxInt32)num)/((wxInt32)denum);} + + wxRect2DInt& operator = (const wxRect2DInt& rect); + bool operator == (const wxRect2DInt& rect) const; + bool operator != (const wxRect2DInt& rect) const; + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + void WriteTo( wxDataOutputStream &stream ) const; + void ReadFrom( wxDataInputStream &stream ); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + wxInt32 m_x; + wxInt32 m_y; + wxInt32 m_width; + wxInt32 m_height; +}; + +inline wxRect2DInt::wxRect2DInt( const wxRect2DInt &r ) +{ + m_x = r.m_x; + m_y = r.m_y; + m_width = r.m_width; + m_height = r.m_height; +} + +inline wxRect2DInt::wxRect2DInt( const wxPoint2DInt &a , const wxPoint2DInt &b) +{ + m_x = wxMin( a.m_x , b.m_x ); + m_y = wxMin( a.m_y , b.m_y ); + m_width = abs( a.m_x - b.m_x ); + m_height = abs( a.m_y - b.m_y ); +} + +inline wxRect2DInt::wxRect2DInt( const wxPoint2DInt& pos, const wxSize& size) +{ + m_x = pos.m_x; + m_y = pos.m_y; + m_width = size.x; + m_height = size.y; +} + +inline bool wxRect2DInt::operator == (const wxRect2DInt& rect) const +{ + return (m_x==rect.m_x && m_y==rect.m_y && + m_width==rect.m_width && m_height==rect.m_height); +} + +inline bool wxRect2DInt::operator != (const wxRect2DInt& rect) const +{ + return !(*this == rect); +} + +class wxTransform2D +{ +public : + virtual ~wxTransform2D() { } + virtual void Transform( wxPoint2DInt* pt )const = 0; + virtual void Transform( wxRect2DInt* r ) const; + virtual wxPoint2DInt Transform( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const; + virtual wxRect2DInt Transform( const wxRect2DInt &r ) const ; + + virtual void InverseTransform( wxPoint2DInt* pt ) const = 0; + virtual void InverseTransform( wxRect2DInt* r ) const ; + virtual wxPoint2DInt InverseTransform( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const ; + virtual wxRect2DInt InverseTransform( const wxRect2DInt &r ) const ; +}; + +inline void wxTransform2D::Transform( wxRect2DInt* r ) const + { wxPoint2DInt a = r->GetLeftTop() , b = r->GetRightBottom(); Transform( &a ); Transform( &b ); *r = wxRect2DInt( a , b ); } + +inline wxPoint2DInt wxTransform2D::Transform( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const + { wxPoint2DInt res = pt; Transform( &res ); return res; } + +inline wxRect2DInt wxTransform2D::Transform( const wxRect2DInt &r ) const + { wxRect2DInt res = r; Transform( &res ); return res; } + +inline void wxTransform2D::InverseTransform( wxRect2DInt* r ) const + { wxPoint2DInt a = r->GetLeftTop() , b = r->GetRightBottom(); InverseTransform( &a ); InverseTransform( &b ); *r = wxRect2DInt( a , b ); } + +inline wxPoint2DInt wxTransform2D::InverseTransform( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const + { wxPoint2DInt res = pt; InverseTransform( &res ); return res; } + +inline wxRect2DInt wxTransform2D::InverseTransform( const wxRect2DInt &r ) const + { wxRect2DInt res = r; InverseTransform( &res ); return res; } + + +#endif // wxUSE_GEOMETRY + +#endif // _WX_GEOMETRY_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gifdecod.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gifdecod.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01b5e96d7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gifdecod.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gifdecod.h +// Purpose: wxGIFDecoder, GIF reader for wxImage and wxAnimation +// Author: Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Version: 3.02 +// CVS-ID: $Id: gifdecod.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GIFDECOD_H_ +#define _WX_GIFDECOD_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_GIF + +#include "wx/stream.h" +#include "wx/image.h" +#include "wx/animdecod.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// internal utility used to store a frame in 8bit-per-pixel format +class GIFImage; + + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Constants +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Error codes: +// Note that the error code wxGIF_TRUNCATED means that the image itself +// is most probably OK, but the decoder didn't reach the end of the data +// stream; this means that if it was not reading directly from file, +// the stream will not be correctly positioned. +// +enum wxGIFErrorCode +{ + wxGIF_OK = 0, // everything was OK + wxGIF_INVFORMAT, // error in GIF header + wxGIF_MEMERR, // error allocating memory + wxGIF_TRUNCATED // file appears to be truncated +}; + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGIFDecoder class +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGIFDecoder : public wxAnimationDecoder +{ +public: + // constructor, destructor, etc. + wxGIFDecoder(); + ~wxGIFDecoder(); + + // get data of current frame + unsigned char* GetData(unsigned int frame) const; + unsigned char* GetPalette(unsigned int frame) const; + unsigned int GetNcolours(unsigned int frame) const; + int GetTransparentColourIndex(unsigned int frame) const; + wxColour GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const; + + virtual wxSize GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const; + virtual wxPoint GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const; + virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const; + virtual long GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const; + + // GIFs can contain both static images and animations + bool IsAnimation() const + { return m_nFrames > 1; } + + // load function which returns more info than just Load(): + wxGIFErrorCode LoadGIF( wxInputStream& stream ); + + // free all internal frames + void Destroy(); + + // implementation of wxAnimationDecoder's pure virtuals + virtual bool Load( wxInputStream& stream ) + { return LoadGIF(stream) == wxGIF_OK; } + + bool ConvertToImage(unsigned int frame, wxImage *image) const; + + wxAnimationDecoder *Clone() const + { return new wxGIFDecoder; } + wxAnimationType GetType() const + { return wxANIMATION_TYPE_GIF; } + +private: + // wxAnimationDecoder pure virtual + virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) const; + // modifies current stream position (see wxAnimationDecoder::CanRead) + + int getcode(wxInputStream& stream, int bits, int abfin); + wxGIFErrorCode dgif(wxInputStream& stream, + GIFImage *img, int interl, int bits); + + + // array of all frames + wxArrayPtrVoid m_frames; + + // decoder state vars + int m_restbits; // remaining valid bits + unsigned int m_restbyte; // remaining bytes in this block + unsigned int m_lastbyte; // last byte read + unsigned char m_buffer[256]; // buffer for reading + unsigned char *m_bufp; // pointer to next byte in buffer + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGIFDecoder); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_GIF + +#endif // _WX_GIFDECOD_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/glcanvas.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/glcanvas.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b45a96ffd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/glcanvas.h @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/glcanvas.h +// Purpose: wxGLCanvas base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: glcanvas.h 66088 2010-11-10 13:52:04Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_GLCANVAS + +#include "wx/app.h" +#include "wx/palette.h" +#include "wx/window.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_GL wxGLCanvas; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_GL wxGLContext; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Constants for attributes list +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Notice that not all implementation support options such as stereo, auxiliary +// buffers, alpha channel, and accumulator buffer, use IsDisplaySupported() to +// check for individual attributes support. +enum +{ + WX_GL_RGBA = 1, // use true color palette (on if no attrs specified) + WX_GL_BUFFER_SIZE, // bits for buffer if not WX_GL_RGBA + WX_GL_LEVEL, // 0 for main buffer, >0 for overlay, <0 for underlay + WX_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER, // use double buffering (on if no attrs specified) + WX_GL_STEREO, // use stereoscopic display + WX_GL_AUX_BUFFERS, // number of auxiliary buffers + WX_GL_MIN_RED, // use red buffer with most bits (> MIN_RED bits) + WX_GL_MIN_GREEN, // use green buffer with most bits (> MIN_GREEN bits) + WX_GL_MIN_BLUE, // use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_BLUE bits) + WX_GL_MIN_ALPHA, // use alpha buffer with most bits (> MIN_ALPHA bits) + WX_GL_DEPTH_SIZE, // bits for Z-buffer (0,16,32) + WX_GL_STENCIL_SIZE, // bits for stencil buffer + WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_RED, // use red accum buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_RED bits) + WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_GREEN, // use green buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_GREEN bits) + WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_BLUE, // use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_BLUE bits) + WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_ALPHA, // use alpha buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_ALPHA bits) + WX_GL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS, // 1 for multisampling support (antialiasing) + WX_GL_SAMPLES // 4 for 2x2 antialising supersampling on most graphics cards +}; + +#define wxGLCanvasName wxT("GLCanvas") + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGLContextBase: OpenGL rendering context +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLContextBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + /* + The derived class should provide a ctor with this signature: + + wxGLContext(wxGLCanvas *win, const wxGLContext *other = NULL); + */ + + // set this context as the current one + virtual bool SetCurrent(const wxGLCanvas& win) const = 0; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGLCanvasBase: window which can be used for OpenGL rendering +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvasBase : public wxWindow +{ +public: + // default ctor doesn't initialize the window, use Create() later + wxGLCanvasBase(); + + virtual ~wxGLCanvasBase(); + + + /* + The derived class should provide a ctor with this signature: + + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + int* attribList = 0, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette); + */ + + // operations + // ---------- + + // set the given context associated with this window as the current one + bool SetCurrent(const wxGLContext& context) const; + + // flush the back buffer (if we have it) + virtual bool SwapBuffers() = 0; + + + // accessors + // --------- + + // check if the given attributes are supported without creating a canvas + static bool IsDisplaySupported(const int *attribList); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + const wxPalette *GetPalette() const { return &m_palette; } +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + // miscellaneous helper functions + // ------------------------------ + + // call glcolor() for the colour with the given name, return false if + // colour not found + bool SetColour(const wxString& colour); + + // return true if the extension with given name is supported + // + // notice that while this function is implemented for all of GLX, WGL and + // AGL the extensions names are usually not the same for different + // platforms and so the code using it still usually uses conditional + // compilation + static bool IsExtensionSupported(const char *extension); + + // deprecated methods using the implicit wxGLContext +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( wxGLContext* GetContext() const ); + + wxDEPRECATED( void SetCurrent() ); + + wxDEPRECATED( void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + // resolve the conflict with wxWindowUniv::SetCurrent() + virtual bool SetCurrent(bool doit) { return wxWindow::SetCurrent(doit); }; +#endif + +protected: + // override this to implement SetColour() in GL_INDEX_MODE + // (currently only implemented in wxX11 and wxMotif ports) + virtual int GetColourIndex(const wxColour& WXUNUSED(col)) { return -1; } + + // check if the given extension name is present in the space-separated list + // of extensions supported by the current implementation such as returned + // by glXQueryExtensionsString() or glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS) + static bool IsExtensionInList(const char *list, const char *extension); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + // create default palette if we're not using RGBA mode + // (not supported in most ports) + virtual wxPalette CreateDefaultPalette() { return wxNullPalette; } + + wxPalette m_palette; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxGLContext *m_glContext; +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGLApp: a special wxApp subclass for OpenGL applications which must be used +// to select a visual compatible with the given attributes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLAppBase : public wxApp +{ +public: + wxGLAppBase() : wxApp() { } + + // use this in the constructor of the user-derived wxGLApp class to + // determine if an OpenGL rendering context with these attributes + // is available - returns true if so, false if not. + virtual bool InitGLVisual(const int *attribList) = 0; +}; + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/glcanvas.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/glcanvas.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/glcanvas.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/glcanvas.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/glcanvas.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/glcanvas.h" +#else + #error "wxGLCanvas not supported in this wxWidgets port" +#endif + +// wxMac and wxMSW don't need anything extra in wxGLAppBase, so declare it here +#ifndef wxGL_APP_DEFINED + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLApp : public wxGLAppBase +{ +public: + wxGLApp() : wxGLAppBase() { } + + virtual bool InitGLVisual(const int *attribList); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGLApp) +}; + +#endif // !wxGL_APP_DEFINED + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGLAPI: an API wrapper that allows the use of 'old' APIs even on OpenGL +// platforms that don't support it natively anymore, if the APIs are available +// it's a mere redirect +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION + #define wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION 0 +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLAPI : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxGLAPI(); + ~wxGLAPI(); + + static void glFrustum(GLfloat left, GLfloat right, GLfloat bottom, + GLfloat top, GLfloat zNear, GLfloat zFar); + static void glBegin(GLenum mode); + static void glTexCoord2f(GLfloat s, GLfloat t); + static void glVertex3f(GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z); + static void glNormal3f(GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz); + static void glColor4f(GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat a); + static void glColor3f(GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b); + static void glEnd(); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GLCANVAS + +#endif // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/graphics.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/graphics.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..64b62bd7d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/graphics.h @@ -0,0 +1,787 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/graphics.h +// Purpose: graphics context header +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// RCS-ID: $Id: graphics.h 66514 2011-01-01 11:10:35Z SC $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GRAPHICS_H_ +#define _WX_GRAPHICS_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT + +#include "wx/geometry.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" + +enum wxAntialiasMode +{ + wxANTIALIAS_NONE, // should be 0 + wxANTIALIAS_DEFAULT, +}; + +enum wxCompositionMode +{ + // R = Result, S = Source, D = Destination, premultiplied with alpha + // Ra, Sa, Da their alpha components + + // classic Porter-Duff compositions + // http://keithp.com/~keithp/porterduff/p253-porter.pdf + + wxCOMPOSITION_CLEAR, /* R = 0 */ + wxCOMPOSITION_SOURCE, /* R = S */ + wxCOMPOSITION_OVER, /* R = S + D*(1 - Sa) */ + wxCOMPOSITION_IN, /* R = S*Da */ + wxCOMPOSITION_OUT, /* R = S*(1 - Da) */ + wxCOMPOSITION_ATOP, /* R = S*Da + D*(1 - Sa) */ + + wxCOMPOSITION_DEST, /* R = D, essentially a noop */ + wxCOMPOSITION_DEST_OVER, /* R = S*(1 - Da) + D */ + wxCOMPOSITION_DEST_IN, /* R = D*Sa */ + wxCOMPOSITION_DEST_OUT, /* R = D*(1 - Sa) */ + wxCOMPOSITION_DEST_ATOP, /* R = S*(1 - Da) + D*Sa */ + wxCOMPOSITION_XOR, /* R = S*(1 - Da) + D*(1 - Sa) */ + + // mathematical compositions + wxCOMPOSITION_ADD, /* R = S + D */ +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMemoryDC; +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrinterDC; +#endif +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#if wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxEnhMetaFileDC; +#endif +#endif +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsContext; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsPath; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsMatrix; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsFigure; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsRenderer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsPen; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsBrush; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsFont; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsBitmap; + +/* + * notes about the graphics context apis + * + * angles : are measured in radians, 0.0 being in direction of positiv x axis, PI/2 being + * in direction of positive y axis. + */ + +// Base class of all objects used for drawing in the new graphics API, the always point back to their +// originating rendering engine, there is no dynamic unloading of a renderer currently allowed, +// these references are not counted + +// +// The data used by objects like graphics pens etc is ref counted, in order to avoid unnecessary expensive +// duplication. Any operation on a shared instance that results in a modified state, uncouples this +// instance from the other instances that were shared - using copy on write semantics +// + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsObjectRefData; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsMatrixData; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsPathData; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsObject : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxGraphicsObject(); + wxGraphicsObject( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer ); + virtual ~wxGraphicsObject(); + + bool IsNull() const; + + // returns the renderer that was used to create this instance, or NULL if it has not been initialized yet + wxGraphicsRenderer* GetRenderer() const; + wxGraphicsObjectRefData* GetGraphicsData() const; +protected: + virtual wxObjectRefData* CreateRefData() const; + virtual wxObjectRefData* CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData* data) const; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsObject) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsPen : public wxGraphicsObject +{ +public: + wxGraphicsPen() {} + virtual ~wxGraphicsPen() {} +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsPen) +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsPen) wxNullGraphicsPen; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsBrush : public wxGraphicsObject +{ +public: + wxGraphicsBrush() {} + virtual ~wxGraphicsBrush() {} +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsBrush) +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsBrush) wxNullGraphicsBrush; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsFont : public wxGraphicsObject +{ +public: + wxGraphicsFont() {} + virtual ~wxGraphicsFont() {} +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsFont) +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsFont) wxNullGraphicsFont; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsBitmap : public wxGraphicsObject +{ +public: + wxGraphicsBitmap() {} + virtual ~wxGraphicsBitmap() {} +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsBitmap) +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsBitmap) wxNullGraphicsBitmap; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsMatrix : public wxGraphicsObject +{ +public: + wxGraphicsMatrix() {} + + virtual ~wxGraphicsMatrix() {} + + // concatenates the matrix + virtual void Concat( const wxGraphicsMatrix *t ); + void Concat( const wxGraphicsMatrix &t ) { Concat( &t ); } + + // sets the matrix to the respective values + virtual void Set(wxDouble a=1.0, wxDouble b=0.0, wxDouble c=0.0, wxDouble d=1.0, + wxDouble tx=0.0, wxDouble ty=0.0); + + // gets the component valuess of the matrix + virtual void Get(wxDouble* a=NULL, wxDouble* b=NULL, wxDouble* c=NULL, + wxDouble* d=NULL, wxDouble* tx=NULL, wxDouble* ty=NULL) const; + + // makes this the inverse matrix + virtual void Invert(); + + // returns true if the elements of the transformation matrix are equal ? + virtual bool IsEqual( const wxGraphicsMatrix* t) const; + bool IsEqual( const wxGraphicsMatrix& t) const { return IsEqual( &t ); } + + // return true if this is the identity matrix + virtual bool IsIdentity() const; + + // + // transformation + // + + // add the translation to this matrix + virtual void Translate( wxDouble dx , wxDouble dy ); + + // add the scale to this matrix + virtual void Scale( wxDouble xScale , wxDouble yScale ); + + // add the rotation to this matrix (radians) + virtual void Rotate( wxDouble angle ); + + // + // apply the transforms + // + + // applies that matrix to the point + virtual void TransformPoint( wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y ) const; + + // applies the matrix except for translations + virtual void TransformDistance( wxDouble *dx, wxDouble *dy ) const; + + // returns the native representation + virtual void * GetNativeMatrix() const; + + const wxGraphicsMatrixData* GetMatrixData() const + { return (const wxGraphicsMatrixData*) GetRefData(); } + wxGraphicsMatrixData* GetMatrixData() + { return (wxGraphicsMatrixData*) GetRefData(); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsMatrix) +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsMatrix) wxNullGraphicsMatrix; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsPath : public wxGraphicsObject +{ +public: + wxGraphicsPath() {} + virtual ~wxGraphicsPath() {} + + // + // These are the path primitives from which everything else can be constructed + // + + // begins a new subpath at (x,y) + virtual void MoveToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y ); + void MoveToPoint( const wxPoint2DDouble& p); + + // adds a straight line from the current point to (x,y) + virtual void AddLineToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y ); + void AddLineToPoint( const wxPoint2DDouble& p); + + // adds a cubic Bezier curve from the current point, using two control points and an end point + virtual void AddCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx1, wxDouble cy1, wxDouble cx2, wxDouble cy2, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ); + void AddCurveToPoint( const wxPoint2DDouble& c1, const wxPoint2DDouble& c2, const wxPoint2DDouble& e); + + // adds another path + virtual void AddPath( const wxGraphicsPath& path ); + + // closes the current sub-path + virtual void CloseSubpath(); + + // gets the last point of the current path, (0,0) if not yet set + virtual void GetCurrentPoint( wxDouble* x, wxDouble* y) const; + wxPoint2DDouble GetCurrentPoint() const; + + // adds an arc of a circle centering at (x,y) with radius (r) from startAngle to endAngle + virtual void AddArc( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r, wxDouble startAngle, wxDouble endAngle, bool clockwise ); + void AddArc( const wxPoint2DDouble& c, wxDouble r, wxDouble startAngle, wxDouble endAngle, bool clockwise); + + // + // These are convenience functions which - if not available natively will be assembled + // using the primitives from above + // + + // adds a quadratic Bezier curve from the current point, using a control point and an end point + virtual void AddQuadCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx, wxDouble cy, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ); + + // appends a rectangle as a new closed subpath + virtual void AddRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ); + + // appends an ellipsis as a new closed subpath fitting the passed rectangle + virtual void AddCircle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r ); + + // appends a an arc to two tangents connecting (current) to (x1,y1) and (x1,y1) to (x2,y2), also a straight line from (current) to (x1,y1) + virtual void AddArcToPoint( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1 , wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, wxDouble r ); + + // appends an ellipse + virtual void AddEllipse( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h); + + // appends a rounded rectangle + virtual void AddRoundedRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h, wxDouble radius); + + // returns the native path + virtual void * GetNativePath() const; + + // give the native path returned by GetNativePath() back (there might be some deallocations necessary) + virtual void UnGetNativePath(void *p)const; + + // transforms each point of this path by the matrix + virtual void Transform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix ); + + // gets the bounding box enclosing all points (possibly including control points) + virtual void GetBox(wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y, wxDouble *w, wxDouble *h)const; + wxRect2DDouble GetBox()const; + + virtual bool Contains( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE)const; + bool Contains( const wxPoint2DDouble& c, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE)const; + + const wxGraphicsPathData* GetPathData() const + { return (const wxGraphicsPathData*) GetRefData(); } + wxGraphicsPathData* GetPathData() + { return (wxGraphicsPathData*) GetRefData(); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsPath) +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsPath) wxNullGraphicsPath; + + +// Describes a single gradient stop. +class wxGraphicsGradientStop +{ +public: + wxGraphicsGradientStop(wxColour col = wxTransparentColour, + float pos = 0.) + : m_col(col), + m_pos(pos) + { + } + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + + const wxColour& GetColour() const { return m_col; } + void SetColour(const wxColour& col) { m_col = col; } + + float GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } + void SetPosition(float pos) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( pos >= 0 && pos <= 1, "invalid gradient stop position" ); + + m_pos = pos; + } + +private: + // The colour of this gradient band. + wxColour m_col; + + // Its starting position: 0 is the beginning and 1 is the end. + float m_pos; +}; + +// A collection of gradient stops ordered by their positions (from lowest to +// highest). The first stop (index 0, position 0.0) is always the starting +// colour and the last one (index GetCount() - 1, position 1.0) is the end +// colour. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsGradientStops +{ +public: + wxGraphicsGradientStops(wxColour startCol = wxTransparentColour, + wxColour endCol = wxTransparentColour) + { + // we can't use Add() here as it relies on having start/end stops as + // first/last array elements so do it manually + m_stops.push_back(wxGraphicsGradientStop(startCol, 0.f)); + m_stops.push_back(wxGraphicsGradientStop(endCol, 1.f)); + } + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok for this class + + + // Add a stop in correct order. + void Add(const wxGraphicsGradientStop& stop); + void Add(wxColour col, float pos) { Add(wxGraphicsGradientStop(col, pos)); } + + // Get the number of stops. + unsigned GetCount() const { return m_stops.size(); } + + // Return the stop at the given index (which must be valid). + wxGraphicsGradientStop Item(unsigned n) const { return m_stops.at(n); } + + // Get/set start and end colours. + void SetStartColour(wxColour col) + { m_stops[0].SetColour(col); } + wxColour GetStartColour() const + { return m_stops[0].GetColour(); } + void SetEndColour(wxColour col) + { m_stops[m_stops.size() - 1].SetColour(col); } + wxColour GetEndColour() const + { return m_stops[m_stops.size() - 1].GetColour(); } + +private: + // All the stops stored in ascending order of positions. + wxVector m_stops; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsContext : public wxGraphicsObject +{ +public: + wxGraphicsContext(wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer); + + virtual ~wxGraphicsContext(); + + static wxGraphicsContext* Create( const wxWindowDC& dc); + static wxGraphicsContext * Create( const wxMemoryDC& dc); +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + static wxGraphicsContext * Create( const wxPrinterDC& dc); +#endif +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#if wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE + static wxGraphicsContext * Create( const wxEnhMetaFileDC& dc); +#endif +#endif + + static wxGraphicsContext* CreateFromNative( void * context ); + + static wxGraphicsContext* CreateFromNativeWindow( void * window ); + + static wxGraphicsContext* Create( wxWindow* window ); + + // create a context that can be used for measuring texts only, no drawing allowed + static wxGraphicsContext * Create(); + + // begin a new document (relevant only for printing / pdf etc) if there is a progress dialog, message will be shown + virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& message ); + + // done with that document (relevant only for printing / pdf etc) + virtual void EndDoc(); + + // opens a new page (relevant only for printing / pdf etc) with the given size in points + // (if both are null the default page size will be used) + virtual void StartPage( wxDouble width = 0, wxDouble height = 0 ); + + // ends the current page (relevant only for printing / pdf etc) + virtual void EndPage(); + + // make sure that the current content of this context is immediately visible + virtual void Flush(); + + wxGraphicsPath CreatePath() const; + + virtual wxGraphicsPen CreatePen(const wxPen& pen) const; + + virtual wxGraphicsBrush CreateBrush(const wxBrush& brush ) const; + + // sets the brush to a linear gradient, starting at (x1,y1) and ending at + // (x2,y2) with the given boundary colours or the specified stops + wxGraphicsBrush + CreateLinearGradientBrush(wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, + wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, + const wxColour& c1, const wxColour& c2) const; + wxGraphicsBrush + CreateLinearGradientBrush(wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, + wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops) const; + + // sets the brush to a radial gradient originating at (xo,yc) and ending + // on a circle around (xc,yc) with the given radius; the colours may be + // specified by just the two extremes or the full array of gradient stops + wxGraphicsBrush + CreateRadialGradientBrush(wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo, + wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc, wxDouble radius, + const wxColour& oColor, const wxColour& cColor) const; + + wxGraphicsBrush + CreateRadialGradientBrush(wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo, + wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc, wxDouble radius, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops) const; + + // sets the font + virtual wxGraphicsFont CreateFont( const wxFont &font , const wxColour &col = *wxBLACK ) const; + + // create a native bitmap representation + virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap ) const; + + // create a native bitmap representation + virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateSubBitmap( const wxGraphicsBitmap &bitmap, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) const; + + // create a 'native' matrix corresponding to these values + virtual wxGraphicsMatrix CreateMatrix( wxDouble a=1.0, wxDouble b=0.0, wxDouble c=0.0, wxDouble d=1.0, + wxDouble tx=0.0, wxDouble ty=0.0) const; + + // push the current state of the context, ie the transformation matrix on a stack + virtual void PushState() = 0; + + // pops a stored state from the stack + virtual void PopState() = 0; + + // clips drawings to the region intersected with the current clipping region + virtual void Clip( const wxRegion ®ion ) = 0; + + // clips drawings to the rect intersected with the current clipping region + virtual void Clip( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) = 0; + + // resets the clipping to original extent + virtual void ResetClip() = 0; + + // returns the native context + virtual void * GetNativeContext() = 0; + + // returns the current shape antialiasing mode + virtual wxAntialiasMode GetAntialiasMode() const { return m_antialias; } + + // sets the antialiasing mode, returns true if it supported + virtual bool SetAntialiasMode(wxAntialiasMode antialias) = 0; + + // returns the current compositing operator + virtual wxCompositionMode GetCompositionMode() const { return m_composition; } + + // sets the compositing operator, returns true if it supported + virtual bool SetCompositionMode(wxCompositionMode op) = 0; + + // returns the size of the graphics context in device coordinates + virtual void GetSize( wxDouble* width, wxDouble* height); + + // returns the resolution of the graphics context in device points per inch + virtual void GetDPI( wxDouble* dpiX, wxDouble* dpiY); + +#if 0 + // sets the current alpha on this context + virtual void SetAlpha( wxDouble alpha ); + + // returns the alpha on this context + virtual wxDouble GetAlpha() const; +#endif + + // all rendering is done into a fully transparent temporary context + virtual void BeginLayer(wxDouble opacity) = 0; + + // composites back the drawings into the context with the opacity given at + // the BeginLayer call + virtual void EndLayer() = 0; + + // + // transformation : changes the current transformation matrix CTM of the context + // + + // translate + virtual void Translate( wxDouble dx , wxDouble dy ) = 0; + + // scale + virtual void Scale( wxDouble xScale , wxDouble yScale ) = 0; + + // rotate (radians) + virtual void Rotate( wxDouble angle ) = 0; + + // concatenates this transform with the current transform of this context + virtual void ConcatTransform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix ) = 0; + + // sets the transform of this context + virtual void SetTransform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix ) = 0; + + // gets the matrix of this context + virtual wxGraphicsMatrix GetTransform() const = 0; + // + // setting the paint + // + + // sets the pen + virtual void SetPen( const wxGraphicsPen& pen ); + + void SetPen( const wxPen& pen ); + + // sets the brush for filling + virtual void SetBrush( const wxGraphicsBrush& brush ); + + void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush ); + + // sets the font + virtual void SetFont( const wxGraphicsFont& font ); + + void SetFont( const wxFont& font, const wxColour& colour ); + + + // strokes along a path with the current pen + virtual void StrokePath( const wxGraphicsPath& path ) = 0; + + // fills a path with the current brush + virtual void FillPath( const wxGraphicsPath& path, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE ) = 0; + + // draws a path by first filling and then stroking + virtual void DrawPath( const wxGraphicsPath& path, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE ); + + // + // text + // + + void DrawText( const wxString &str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) + { DoDrawText(str, x, y); } + + void DrawText( const wxString &str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble angle ) + { DoDrawRotatedText(str, x, y, angle); } + + void DrawText( const wxString &str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, + const wxGraphicsBrush& backgroundBrush ) + { DoDrawFilledText(str, x, y, backgroundBrush); } + + void DrawText( const wxString &str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, + wxDouble angle, const wxGraphicsBrush& backgroundBrush ) + { DoDrawRotatedFilledText(str, x, y, angle, backgroundBrush); } + + + virtual void GetTextExtent( const wxString &text, wxDouble *width, wxDouble *height, + wxDouble *descent = NULL, wxDouble *externalLeading = NULL ) const = 0; + + virtual void GetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayDouble& widths) const = 0; + + // + // image support + // + + virtual void DrawBitmap( const wxGraphicsBitmap &bmp, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) = 0; + + virtual void DrawBitmap( const wxBitmap &bmp, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) = 0; + + virtual void DrawIcon( const wxIcon &icon, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) = 0; + + // + // convenience methods + // + + // strokes a single line + virtual void StrokeLine( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2); + + // stroke lines connecting each of the points + virtual void StrokeLines( size_t n, const wxPoint2DDouble *points); + + // stroke disconnected lines from begin to end points + virtual void StrokeLines( size_t n, const wxPoint2DDouble *beginPoints, const wxPoint2DDouble *endPoints); + + // draws a polygon + virtual void DrawLines( size_t n, const wxPoint2DDouble *points, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE ); + + // draws a rectangle + virtual void DrawRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h); + + // draws an ellipse + virtual void DrawEllipse( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h); + + // draws a rounded rectangle + virtual void DrawRoundedRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h, wxDouble radius); + + // wrappers using wxPoint2DDouble TODO + + // helper to determine if a 0.5 offset should be applied for the drawing operation + virtual bool ShouldOffset() const { return false; } + +protected: + + wxGraphicsPen m_pen; + wxGraphicsBrush m_brush; + wxGraphicsFont m_font; + wxAntialiasMode m_antialias; + wxCompositionMode m_composition; + +protected: + // implementations of overloaded public functions: we use different names + // for them to avoid the virtual function hiding problems in the derived + // classes + virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y) = 0; + virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, + wxDouble angle); + virtual void DoDrawFilledText(const wxString& str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, + const wxGraphicsBrush& backgroundBrush); + virtual void DoDrawRotatedFilledText(const wxString& str, + wxDouble x, wxDouble y, + wxDouble angle, + const wxGraphicsBrush& backgroundBrush); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGraphicsContext); + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGraphicsContext) +}; + +#if 0 + +// +// A graphics figure allows to cache path, pen etc creations, also will be a basis for layering/grouping elements +// + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsFigure : public wxGraphicsObject +{ +public: + wxGraphicsFigure(wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer); + + virtual ~wxGraphicsFigure(); + + void SetPath( wxGraphicsMatrix* matrix ); + + void SetMatrix( wxGraphicsPath* path); + + // draws this object on the context + virtual void Draw( wxGraphicsContext* cg ); + + // returns the path of this object + wxGraphicsPath* GetPath() { return m_path; } + + // returns the transformation matrix of this object, may be null if there is no transformation necessary + wxGraphicsMatrix* GetMatrix() { return m_matrix; } + +private: + wxGraphicsMatrix* m_matrix; + wxGraphicsPath* m_path; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsFigure) +}; + +#endif + +// +// The graphics renderer is the instance corresponding to the rendering engine used, eg there is ONE core graphics renderer +// instance on OSX. This instance is pointed back to by all objects created by it. Therefore you can create eg additional +// paths at any point from a given matrix etc. +// + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsRenderer : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxGraphicsRenderer() {} + + virtual ~wxGraphicsRenderer() {} + + static wxGraphicsRenderer* GetDefaultRenderer(); + + static wxGraphicsRenderer* GetCairoRenderer(); + // Context + + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( const wxWindowDC& dc) = 0; + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( const wxMemoryDC& dc) = 0; +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( const wxPrinterDC& dc) = 0; +#endif +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#if wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( const wxEnhMetaFileDC& dc) = 0; +#endif +#endif + + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContextFromNativeContext( void * context ) = 0; + + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContextFromNativeWindow( void * window ) = 0; + + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( wxWindow* window ) = 0; + + // create a context that can be used for measuring texts only, no drawing allowed + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateMeasuringContext() = 0; + + // Path + + virtual wxGraphicsPath CreatePath() = 0; + + // Matrix + + virtual wxGraphicsMatrix CreateMatrix( wxDouble a=1.0, wxDouble b=0.0, wxDouble c=0.0, wxDouble d=1.0, + wxDouble tx=0.0, wxDouble ty=0.0) = 0; + + // Paints + + virtual wxGraphicsPen CreatePen(const wxPen& pen) = 0; + + virtual wxGraphicsBrush CreateBrush(const wxBrush& brush ) = 0; + + // Gradient brush creation functions may not honour all the stops specified + // stops and use just its boundary colours (this is currently the case + // under OS X) + virtual wxGraphicsBrush + CreateLinearGradientBrush(wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, + wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops) = 0; + + virtual wxGraphicsBrush + CreateRadialGradientBrush(wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo, + wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc, + wxDouble radius, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops) = 0; + + // sets the font + virtual wxGraphicsFont CreateFont( const wxFont &font , const wxColour &col = *wxBLACK ) = 0; + + // create a native bitmap representation + virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap ) = 0; + + // create a graphics bitmap from a native bitmap + virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateBitmapFromNativeBitmap( void* bitmap ) = 0; + + // create a subimage from a native image representation + virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateSubBitmap( const wxGraphicsBitmap &bitmap, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) = 0; + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGraphicsRenderer); + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGraphicsRenderer) +}; + +#endif + +#endif // _WX_GRAPHICS_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/grid.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/grid.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..406cd3533c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/grid.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/grid.h +// Purpose: wxGrid base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: grid.h 58510 2009-01-30 09:08:37Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GRID_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_GRID_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/generic/grid.h" + +// these headers used to be included from the above header but isn't any more, +// still do it from here for compatibility +#include "wx/generic/grideditors.h" +#include "wx/generic/gridctrl.h" + +#endif // _WX_GRID_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/accel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/accel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e2107d9e61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/accel.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/accel.h +// Purpose: wxAcceleratorTable redirection file +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: accel.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// VZ: keeping the old file just in case we're going to have a native GTK+ +// wxAcceleratorTable implementation one day, but for now use the generic +// version +#include "wx/generic/accel.h" diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/animate.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/animate.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7dc5e96b6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/animate.h @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/animate.h +// Purpose: Animation classes +// Author: Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 13/8/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: animate.h 53629 2008-05-17 22:51:52Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTKANIMATEH__ +#define _WX_GTKANIMATEH__ + +typedef struct _GdkPixbufAnimation GdkPixbufAnimation; +typedef struct _GdkPixbufAnimationIter GdkPixbufAnimationIter; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimation +// Unlike the generic wxAnimation object (see generic\animate.cpp), we won't +// use directly wxAnimationHandlers as gdk-pixbuf already provides the +// concept of handler and will automatically use the available handlers. +// Like generic wxAnimation object, this implementation of wxAnimation is +// refcounted so that assignment is very fast +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimation : public wxAnimationBase +{ +public: + wxAnimation(const wxString &name, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) + : m_pixbuf(NULL) { LoadFile(name, type); } + wxAnimation(GdkPixbufAnimation *p = NULL); + wxAnimation(const wxAnimation&); + ~wxAnimation() { UnRef(); } + + wxAnimation& operator= (const wxAnimation&); + + virtual bool IsOk() const + { return m_pixbuf != NULL; } + + + // unfortunately GdkPixbufAnimation does not expose these info: + + virtual unsigned int GetFrameCount() const { return 0; } + virtual wxImage GetFrame(unsigned int frame) const; + + // we can retrieve the delay for a frame only after building + // a GdkPixbufAnimationIter... + virtual int GetDelay(unsigned int WXUNUSED(frame)) const { return 0; } + + virtual wxSize GetSize() const; + + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString &name, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY); + virtual bool Load(wxInputStream &stream, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY); + + // Implementation +public: // used by GTK callbacks + + GdkPixbufAnimation *GetPixbuf() const + { return m_pixbuf; } + void SetPixbuf(GdkPixbufAnimation* p); + +protected: + GdkPixbufAnimation *m_pixbuf; + +private: + void UnRef(); + + typedef wxAnimationBase base_type; + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimation) +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimationCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Resize to animation size if this is set +#define wxAN_FIT_ANIMATION 0x0010 + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimationCtrl: public wxAnimationCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxAnimationCtrl() { Init(); } + wxAnimationCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxAnimation& anim = wxNullAnimation, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxAC_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxAnimationCtrlNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, anim, pos, size, style, name); + } + + void Init(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxAnimation& anim = wxNullAnimation, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxAC_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxAnimationCtrlNameStr); + + ~wxAnimationCtrl(); + +public: // event handler + + void OnTimer(wxTimerEvent &); + +public: // public API + + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY); + virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY); + + virtual void SetAnimation(const wxAnimation &anim); + virtual wxAnimation GetAnimation() const + { return wxAnimation(m_anim); } + + virtual bool Play(); + virtual void Stop(); + + virtual bool IsPlaying() const; + + bool SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour ); + +protected: + + virtual void DisplayStaticImage(); + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + void FitToAnimation(); + void ClearToBackgroundColour(); + + void ResetAnim(); + void ResetIter(); + +protected: // internal vars + + GdkPixbufAnimation *m_anim; + GdkPixbufAnimationIter *m_iter; + + wxTimer m_timer; + bool m_bPlaying; + +private: + typedef wxAnimationCtrlBase base_type; + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimationCtrl) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTKANIMATEH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/app.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/app.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c7ed113db6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/app.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/app.h +// Purpose: wxApp definition for wxGTK +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: app.h 63091 2010-01-07 18:30:18Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_APP_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_APP_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 +typedef struct _HildonProgram HildonProgram; +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxApp +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxApp: public wxAppBase +{ +public: + wxApp(); + virtual ~wxApp(); + + /* override for altering the way wxGTK intializes the GUI + * (palette/visual/colorcube). under wxMSW, OnInitGui() does nothing by + * default. when overriding this method, the code in it is likely to be + * platform dependent, otherwise use OnInit(). */ + virtual bool SetNativeTheme(const wxString& theme); + virtual bool OnInitGui(); + + // override base class (pure) virtuals + virtual void WakeUpIdle(); + + virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv); + virtual void CleanUp(); + + virtual void OnAssertFailure(const wxChar *file, + int line, + const wxChar *func, + const wxChar *cond, + const wxChar *msg); + + // GTK-specific methods + // ------------------- + + // this can be overridden to return a specific visual to be used for GTK+ + // instead of the default one (it's used by wxGLApp) + // + // must return XVisualInfo pointer (it is not freed by caller) + virtual void *GetXVisualInfo() { return NULL; } + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + // Maemo-specific method: get the main program object + HildonProgram *GetHildonProgram(); +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // check for pending events, without interference from our idle source + bool EventsPending(); + bool DoIdle(); + +private: + // true if we're inside an assert modal dialog + bool m_isInAssert; + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + wxMutex m_idleMutex; +#endif + guint m_idleSourceId; + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + HildonProgram *m_hildonProgram; +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_APP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35b2b82be3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.h +// Purpose: GtkAssertDialog +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Id: $Id: assertdlg_gtk.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// */ + +#ifndef __GTK_ASSERTDLG_H__ +#define __GTK_ASSERTDLG_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#include + +#define GTK_TYPE_ASSERT_DIALOG (gtk_assert_dialog_get_type ()) +#define GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG(object) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((object), GTK_TYPE_ASSERT_DIALOG, GtkAssertDialog)) +#define GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), GTK_TYPE_ASSERT_DIALOG, GtkAssertDialogClass)) +#define GTK_IS_ASSERT_DIALOG(object) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((object), GTK_TYPE_ASSERT_DIALOG)) +#define GTK_IS_ASSERT_DIALOG_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), GTK_TYPE_ASSERT_DIALOG)) +#define GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), GTK_TYPE_ASSERT_DIALOG, GtkAssertDialogClass)) + +typedef struct _GtkAssertDialog GtkAssertDialog; +typedef struct _GtkAssertDialogClass GtkAssertDialogClass; +typedef void (*GtkAssertDialogStackFrameCallback)(void *); + +struct _GtkAssertDialog +{ + GtkDialog parent_instance; + + /* GtkAssertDialog widgets */ + GtkWidget *expander; + GtkWidget *message; + GtkWidget *treeview; + + GtkWidget *shownexttime; + + /* callback for processing the stack frame */ + GtkAssertDialogStackFrameCallback callback; + void *userdata; +}; + +struct _GtkAssertDialogClass +{ + GtkDialogClass parent_class; +}; + +typedef enum +{ + GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_STOP, + GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_CONTINUE, + GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_CONTINUE_SUPPRESSING +} GtkAssertDialogResponseID; + + + + +GType gtk_assert_dialog_get_type(void); +GtkWidget *gtk_assert_dialog_new(void); + +/* get the assert message */ +gchar *gtk_assert_dialog_get_message(GtkAssertDialog *assertdlg); + +/* set the assert message */ +void gtk_assert_dialog_set_message(GtkAssertDialog *assertdlg, const gchar *msg); + +/* get a string containing all stack frames appended to the dialog */ +gchar *gtk_assert_dialog_get_backtrace(GtkAssertDialog *assertdlg); + +/* sets the callback to use when the user wants to see the stackframe */ +void gtk_assert_dialog_set_backtrace_callback(GtkAssertDialog *assertdlg, + GtkAssertDialogStackFrameCallback callback, + void *userdata); + +/* appends a stack frame to the dialog */ +void gtk_assert_dialog_append_stack_frame(GtkAssertDialog *dlg, + const gchar *function, + const gchar *arguments, + const gchar *sourcefile, + guint line_number); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __GTK_ASSERTDLG_H__ */ + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bitmap.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bitmap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c82ef8a1cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bitmap.h @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/bitmap.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: bitmap.h 63774 2010-03-28 23:20:49Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_BITMAP_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_BITMAP_H_ + +typedef struct _GdkPixbuf GdkPixbuf; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPixelDataBase; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMask +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMask: public wxMaskBase +{ +public: + wxMask(); + wxMask(const wxMask& mask); + wxMask( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour ); +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + wxMask( const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex ); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + wxMask( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); + virtual ~wxMask(); + + // implementation + GdkBitmap *m_bitmap; + GdkBitmap *GetBitmap() const; + +protected: + virtual void FreeData(); + virtual bool InitFromColour(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour); + virtual bool InitFromMonoBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmap +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmap: public wxBitmapBase +{ +public: + wxBitmap() { } + wxBitmap( int width, int height, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH ) + { Create(width, height, depth); } + wxBitmap( const wxSize& sz, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH ) + { Create(sz, depth); } + wxBitmap( const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1 ); + wxBitmap( const char* const* bits ); +#ifdef wxNEEDS_CHARPP + // needed for old GCC + wxBitmap(char** data) + { *this = wxBitmap(const_cast(data)); } +#endif + wxBitmap( const wxString &filename, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE ); +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + wxBitmap( const wxImage& image, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH ) + { (void)CreateFromImage(image, depth); } +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + virtual ~wxBitmap(); + + bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH); + bool Create(const wxSize& sz, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH) + { return Create(sz.GetWidth(), sz.GetHeight(), depth); } + + virtual int GetHeight() const; + virtual int GetWidth() const; + virtual int GetDepth() const; + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + wxImage ConvertToImage() const; +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + + // copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap + virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon); + + wxMask *GetMask() const; + void SetMask( wxMask *mask ); + + wxBitmap GetSubBitmap( const wxRect& rect ) const; + + bool SaveFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type, + const wxPalette *palette = NULL) const; + bool LoadFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + wxPalette *GetPalette() const; + void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette); + wxPalette *GetColourMap() const { return GetPalette(); }; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + static void InitStandardHandlers(); + + // implementation + // -------------- + + void SetHeight( int height ); + void SetWidth( int width ); + void SetDepth( int depth ); + void SetPixbuf(GdkPixbuf* pixbuf); + + GdkPixmap *GetPixmap() const; + bool HasPixmap() const; + bool HasPixbuf() const; + GdkPixbuf *GetPixbuf() const; + + // raw bitmap access support functions + void *GetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data, int bpp); + void UngetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data); + + bool HasAlpha() const; + +protected: +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + bool CreateFromImage(const wxImage& image, int depth); +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + + virtual wxGDIRefData* CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData* CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData* data) const; + +private: + void SetPixmap(GdkPixmap* pixmap); +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + // to be called from CreateFromImage only! + bool CreateFromImageAsPixmap(const wxImage& image, int depth); + bool CreateFromImageAsPixbuf(const wxImage& image); +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + +public: + // implementation only + enum Representation + { + Pixmap, + Pixbuf + }; + // removes other representations from memory, keeping only 'keep' + // (wxBitmap may keep same bitmap e.g. as both pixmap and pixbuf): + void PurgeOtherRepresentations(Representation keep); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_BITMAP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bmpbuttn.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bmpbuttn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0bc69997ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bmpbuttn.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/bmpbutton.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: bmpbuttn.h 61221 2009-06-27 22:22:48Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_BMPBUTTON_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_BMPBUTTON_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapButton +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapButton : public wxBitmapButtonBase +{ +public: + wxBitmapButton() { } + + wxBitmapButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButton) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_BMPBUTTON_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bmpcbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bmpcbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8da02bda13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/bmpcbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/bmpcbox.h +// Purpose: wxBitmapComboBox +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Created: 2008-05-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpcbox.h 61448 2009-07-18 08:33:55Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_BMPCBOX_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_BMPCBOX_H_ + + +#include "wx/combobox.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapComboBox: a wxComboBox that allows images to be shown +// in front of string items. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxBitmapComboBox : public wxComboBox, + public wxBitmapComboBoxBase +{ +public: + // ctors and such + wxBitmapComboBox() : wxComboBox(), wxBitmapComboBoxBase() + { + Init(); + } + + wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, + const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr) + : wxComboBox(), + wxBitmapComboBoxBase() + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, + choices, style, validator, name); + } + + wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int n, + const wxString choices[], + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr); + + virtual ~wxBitmapComboBox(); + + // Sets the image for the given item. + virtual void SetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // Returns the image of the item with the given index. + virtual wxBitmap GetItemBitmap(unsigned int n) const; + + // Returns size of the image used in list + virtual wxSize GetBitmapSize() const + { + return m_bitmapSize; + } + + // Adds item with image to the end of the combo box. + int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap); + int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, void *clientData); + int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxClientData *clientData); + + // Inserts item with image into the list before pos. Not valid for wxCB_SORT + // styles, use Append instead. + int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, unsigned int pos); + int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + unsigned int pos, void *clientData); + int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + unsigned int pos, wxClientData *clientData); + + // Override some wxTextEntry interface. + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& value); + + virtual wxString GetValue() const; + virtual void Remove(long from, long to); + + virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos); + virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; + virtual long GetLastPosition() const; + + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to); + virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const; + + virtual void SetSelection(int n) { wxComboBox::SetSelection(n); } + virtual int GetSelection() const { return wxComboBox::GetSelection(); } + + virtual bool IsEditable() const; + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable); + + virtual GtkWidget* GetConnectWidget(); + +protected: + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + + virtual void GTKCreateComboBoxWidget(); + virtual void GTKInsertComboBoxTextItem( unsigned int n, const wxString& text ); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + wxSize m_bitmapSize; + int m_bitmapCellIndex; + +private: + void Init(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapComboBox) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_BMPCBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/brush.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/brush.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c23da5f79d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/brush.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/brush.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: brush.h 54273 2008-06-17 17:28:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_BRUSH_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_BRUSH_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBrush +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBrush: public wxBrushBase +{ +public: + wxBrush() { } + + wxBrush( const wxColour &colour, wxBrushStyle style = wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID ); +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( wxBrush(const wxColour& col, int style) ); +#endif + wxBrush( const wxBitmap &stippleBitmap ); + virtual ~wxBrush(); + + bool operator==(const wxBrush& brush) const; + bool operator!=(const wxBrush& brush) const { return !(*this == brush); } + + wxBrushStyle GetStyle() const; + wxColour GetColour() const; + wxBitmap *GetStipple() const; + + void SetColour( const wxColour& col ); + void SetColour( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b ); + void SetStyle( wxBrushStyle style ); + void SetStipple( const wxBitmap& stipple ); + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(int style) ) + { SetStyle((wxBrushStyle)style); } +#endif + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_BRUSH_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/button.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/button.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9be049b5ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/button.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/button.h +// Purpose: wxGTK wxButton class declaration +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: button.h 67066 2011-02-27 12:48:30Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_BUTTON_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_BUTTON_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxButton : public wxButtonBase +{ +public: + wxButton() { Init(); } + wxButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr); + + virtual wxWindow *SetDefault(); + virtual void SetLabel( const wxString &label ); + virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true ); + + // implementation + // -------------- + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // helper to allow access to protected member from GTK callback + void MoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) { DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height); } + + // called from GTK callbacks: they update the button state and call + // GTKUpdateBitmap() + void GTKMouseEnters(); + void GTKMouseLeaves(); + void GTKPressed(); + void GTKReleased(); + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + + virtual wxBitmap DoGetBitmap(State which) const; + virtual void DoSetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, State which); + virtual void DoSetBitmapPosition(wxDirection dir); + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + virtual bool DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup); +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + +private: + typedef wxButtonBase base_type; + + // common part of all ctors + void Init() + { + m_isCurrent = + m_isPressed = false; + } + + // focus event handler: calls GTKUpdateBitmap() + void GTKOnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + + // update the bitmap to correspond to the current button state + void GTKUpdateBitmap(); + + // return the current button state from m_isXXX flags (which means that it + // might not correspond to the real current state as e.g. m_isCurrent will + // never be true if we don't have a valid current bitmap) + State GTKGetCurrentState() const; + + // show the given bitmap (must be valid) + void GTKDoShowBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // Return the GtkLabel used by this button. + GtkLabel *GTKGetLabel() const; + + + // the bitmaps for the different state of the buttons, all of them may be + // invalid and the button only shows a bitmap at all if State_Normal bitmap + // is valid + wxBitmap m_bitmaps[State_Max]; + + // true iff mouse is currently over the button + bool m_isCurrent; + + // true iff the button is in pressed state + bool m_isPressed; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButton) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_BUTTON_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/calctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/calctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9b2a10d1df --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/calctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/calctrl.h +// Purpose: wxGtkCalendarCtrl control +// Author: Marcin Wojdyr +// RCS-ID: $Id: calctrl.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (C) 2008 Marcin Wojdyr +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef GTK_CALCTRL_H__ +#define GTK_CALCTRL_H__ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGtkCalendarCtrl : public wxCalendarCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxGtkCalendarCtrl() {} + wxGtkCalendarCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS, + const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS, + const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr); + + virtual ~wxGtkCalendarCtrl() {} + + virtual bool SetDate(const wxDateTime& date); + virtual wxDateTime GetDate() const; + + virtual bool EnableMonthChange(bool enable = true); + + virtual void Mark(size_t day, bool mark); + + // implementation + // -------------- + wxDateTime m_selectedDate; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGtkCalendarCtrl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGtkCalendarCtrl); +}; + +#endif // GTK_CALCTRL_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/checkbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/checkbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a575127e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/checkbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/checkbox.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: checkbox.h 62786 2009-12-05 19:26:39Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTKCHECKBOX_H_ +#define _WX_GTKCHECKBOX_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCheckBox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckBox : public wxCheckBoxBase +{ +public: + wxCheckBox(); + wxCheckBox( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr ); + + void SetValue( bool state ); + bool GetValue() const; + + virtual void SetLabel( const wxString& label ); + virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true ); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // implementation + void GTKDisableEvents(); + void GTKEnableEvents(); + +protected: + virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + + void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState state); + wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const; + +private: + typedef wxCheckBoxBase base_type; + + GtkWidget *m_widgetCheckbox; + GtkWidget *m_widgetLabel; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBox) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTKCHECKBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/checklst.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/checklst.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e81fd9686c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/checklst.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/checklst.h +// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// RCS-ID: $Id: checklst.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __GTKCHECKLISTH__ +#define __GTKCHECKLISTH__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// there is no "right" choice of the checkbox indicators, so allow the user to +// define them himself if he wants +#ifndef wxCHECKLBOX_CHECKED + #define wxCHECKLBOX_CHECKED wxT('x') + #define wxCHECKLBOX_UNCHECKED wxT(' ') + + #define wxCHECKLBOX_STRING wxT("[ ] ") +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCheckListBox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckListBox : public wxListBox +{ +public: + wxCheckListBox(); + wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int nStrings = 0, + const wxString *choices = (const wxString *)NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + + bool IsChecked(unsigned int index) const; + void Check(unsigned int index, bool check = true); + + int GetItemHeight() const; + + void DoCreateCheckList(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckListBox) +}; + +#endif //__GTKCHECKLISTH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/chkconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/chkconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5566d4cef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/chkconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/gtk/chkconf.h + * Purpose: wxGTK-specific settings consistency checks + * Author: Vadim Zeitlin + * Created: 2007-07-19 (extracted from wx/chkconf.h) + * RCS-ID: $Id: chkconf.h 47564 2007-07-19 15:47:11Z VZ $ + * Copyright: (c) 2000-2007 Vadim Zeitlin + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ +# if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE && !wxUSE_MENUS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "MDI requires wxUSE_MENUS in wxGTK" +# else +# undef wxUSE_MENUS +# define wxUSE_MENUS 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !__WXUNIVERSAL__ */ + +#if wxUSE_JOYSTICK +# if !wxUSE_THREADS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxJoystick requires threads in wxGTK" +# else +# undef wxUSE_JOYSTICK +# define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_JOYSTICK */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/choice.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/choice.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..026eac4a1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/choice.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/choice.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: choice.h 65818 2010-10-15 23:46:32Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_CHOICE_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_CHOICE_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxSortedArrayString; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxChoice +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGtkCollatedArrayString; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoice : public wxChoiceBase +{ +public: + wxChoice() + { + Init(); + } + wxChoice( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr ) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + wxChoice( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr ) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + virtual ~wxChoice(); + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr ); + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr ); + + void SendSelectionChangedEvent(wxEventType evt_type); + + int GetSelection() const; + void SetSelection(int n); + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& string); + + virtual void SetColumns(int n=1); + virtual int GetColumns() const; + + virtual void GTKDisableEvents(); + virtual void GTKEnableEvents(); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + +protected: + // this array is only used for controls with wxCB_SORT style, so only + // allocate it if it's needed (hence using pointer) + wxGtkCollatedArrayString *m_strings; + + // contains the client data for the items + wxArrayPtrVoid m_clientData; + + // index to GtkListStore cell which displays the item text + int m_stringCellIndex; + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData); + virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const; + virtual void DoClear(); + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + + // in derived classes, implement this to insert list store entry + // with all items default except text + virtual void GTKInsertComboBoxTextItem( unsigned int n, const wxString& text ); + +private: + void Init(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoice) +}; + + +#endif // _WX_GTK_CHOICE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/clipbrd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/clipbrd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..51af594ef7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/clipbrd.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/clipbrd.h +// Purpose: wxClipboard for wxGTK +// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin +// Id: $Id: clipbrd.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_CLIPBOARD_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_CLIPBOARD_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClipboard +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/weakref.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboard : public wxClipboardBase +{ +public: + // there are several clipboards in X11 (and in GDK) + enum Kind + { + Primary, + Clipboard + }; + + wxClipboard(); + virtual ~wxClipboard(); + + // open the clipboard before SetData() and GetData() + virtual bool Open(); + + // close the clipboard after SetData() and GetData() + virtual void Close(); + + // query whether the clipboard is opened + virtual bool IsOpened() const; + + // set the clipboard data. all other formats will be deleted. + virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data ); + + // add to the clipboard data. + virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data ); + + // ask if data in correct format is available + virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format ); + + // ask if data in correct format is available + virtual bool IsSupportedAsync( wxEvtHandler *sink ); + + // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available) + virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data ); + + // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible + virtual void Clear(); + + + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + // get our clipboard item (depending on m_usePrimary value) + GdkAtom GTKGetClipboardAtom() const; + + // get the data object currently being requested + wxDataObject *GTKGetDataObject( GdkAtom atom ); + + // clear the data for the given clipboard kind + void GTKClearData(Kind kind); + + // called when selection data is received + void GTKOnSelectionReceived(const GtkSelectionData& sel); + + // called when available target information is received + bool GTKOnTargetReceived(const wxDataFormat& format); + +private: + // the data object for the specific selection + wxDataObject *& Data(Kind kind) + { + return kind == Primary ? m_dataPrimary : m_dataClipboard; + } + + // the data object we're currently using + wxDataObject *& Data() + { + return Data(m_usePrimary ? Primary : Clipboard); + } + + + // set or unset selection ownership + bool SetSelectionOwner(bool set = true); + + // add atom to the list of supported targets + void AddSupportedTarget(GdkAtom atom); + + // check if the given format is supported + bool DoIsSupported(const wxDataFormat& format); + + + // both of these pointers can be non-NULL simultaneously but we only use + // one of them at any moment depending on m_usePrimary value, use Data() + // (from inside) or GTKGetDataObject() (from outside) accessors + wxDataObject *m_dataPrimary, + *m_dataClipboard; + + // this is used to temporarily hold the object passed to our GetData() so + // that GTK callbacks could access it + wxDataObject *m_receivedData; + + // used to pass information about the format we need from DoIsSupported() + // to GTKOnTargetReceived() + GdkAtom m_targetRequested; + + GtkWidget *m_clipboardWidget; // for getting and offering data + GtkWidget *m_targetsWidget; // for getting list of supported formats + + bool m_open; + bool m_formatSupported; + +public: + // async stuff + wxEvtHandlerRef m_sink; +private: + GtkWidget *m_targetsWidgetAsync; // for getting list of supported formats + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_CLIPBOARD_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/clrpicker.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/clrpicker.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e21dd85c51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/clrpicker.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/clrpicker.h +// Purpose: wxColourButton header +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 14/4/2006 +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// RCS-ID: $Id: clrpicker.h 49668 2007-11-06 00:32:34Z MR $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_CLRPICKER_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_CLRPICKER_H_ + +#include "wx/button.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColourButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourButton : public wxButton, + public wxColourPickerWidgetBase +{ +public: + wxColourButton() : m_topParent(NULL) {} + wxColourButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxColour& initial = *wxBLACK, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCLRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxColourPickerWidgetNameStr) + : m_topParent(NULL) + { + Create(parent, id, initial, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxColour& initial = *wxBLACK, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCLRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxColourPickerWidgetNameStr); + + virtual ~wxColourButton(); + +protected: + void UpdateColour(); + +public: // used by the GTK callback only + + void SetGdkColor(const GdkColor& gdkColor) + { m_colour = wxColor(gdkColor); } + + wxWindow *m_topParent; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourButton) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_CLRPICKER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/collpane.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/collpane.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6ae545e257 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/collpane.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/collpane.h +// Purpose: wxCollapsiblePane +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 8/10/2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: collpane.h 58632 2009-02-03 09:53:33Z RR $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANEL_H_GTK_ +#define _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANEL_H_GTK_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCollapsiblePane +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCollapsiblePane : public wxCollapsiblePaneBase +{ +public: + wxCollapsiblePane() { Init(); } + + wxCollapsiblePane(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCP_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCollapsiblePaneNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, winid, label, pos, size, style, val, name); + } + + void Init() + { + m_bIgnoreNextChange = false; + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCP_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCollapsiblePaneNameStr); + + virtual void Collapse(bool collapse = true); + virtual bool IsCollapsed() const; + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& str); + + virtual wxWindow *GetPane() const { return m_pPane; } + virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return m_strLabel; } + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +public: // used by GTK callbacks + bool m_bIgnoreNextChange; + wxSize m_szCollapsed; + + wxWindow *m_pPane; + + // the button label without ">>" or "<<" + wxString m_strLabel; + +private: + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent&); + virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child); + GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCollapsiblePane) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANEL_H_GTK_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/colordlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/colordlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b0cac3cfe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/colordlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/colordlg.h +// Purpose: wxColourDialog +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/06/04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: colordlg.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik, 2004 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_COLORDLG_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_COLORDLG_H_ + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxColourDialog() {} + wxColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, + wxColourData *data = NULL); + virtual ~wxColourDialog() {} + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL); + + wxColourData &GetColourData() { return m_data; } + + virtual int ShowModal(); + +protected: + // implement some base class methods to do nothing to avoid asserts and + // GTK warnings, since this is not a real wxDialog. + virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {} + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height)) {} + + // copy data between the dialog and m_colourData: + void ColourDataToDialog(); + void DialogToColourData(); + + wxColourData m_data; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourDialog) +}; + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/colour.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/colour.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..54ed5ec5b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/colour.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/colour.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: colour.h 50897 2007-12-22 15:03:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_COLOUR_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_COLOUR_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColour +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColour : public wxColourBase +{ +public: + // constructors + // ------------ + DEFINE_STD_WXCOLOUR_CONSTRUCTORS + wxColour(const GdkColor& gdkColor); + + virtual ~wxColour(); + + bool operator==(const wxColour& col) const; + bool operator!=(const wxColour& col) const { return !(*this == col); } + + unsigned char Red() const; + unsigned char Green() const; + unsigned char Blue() const; + unsigned char Alpha() const; + + // Implementation part + void CalcPixel( GdkColormap *cmap ); + int GetPixel() const; + const GdkColor *GetColor() const; + +protected: + virtual void + InitRGBA(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b, unsigned char a); + + virtual bool FromString(const wxString& str); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_COLOUR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/combobox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/combobox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4af492976f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/combobox.h @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/combobox.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: 01/02/97 +// Id: $Id: combobox.h 65324 2010-08-16 17:48:28Z RR $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_COMBOBOX_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_COMBOBOX_H_ + +#include "wx/choice.h" + +typedef struct _GtkEntry GtkEntry; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxComboBox +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboBox : public wxChoice, + public wxTextEntry +{ +public: + wxComboBox() + : wxChoice(), wxTextEntry() + { + Init(); + } + wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) + : wxChoice(), wxTextEntry() + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) + : wxChoice(), wxTextEntry() + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + + // Set/GetSelection() from wxTextEntry and wxChoice + + virtual void SetSelection(int n) { wxChoice::SetSelection(n); } + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) + { wxTextEntry::SetSelection(from, to); } + + virtual int GetSelection() const { return wxChoice::GetSelection(); } + virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const + { return wxTextEntry::GetSelection(from, to); } + + virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const + { + return wxItemContainer::GetStringSelection(); + } + virtual void Popup(); + virtual void Dismiss(); + + virtual void Clear() + { + wxTextEntry::Clear(); + wxItemContainer::Clear(); + } + + bool IsEmpty() const { return wxItemContainer::IsEmpty(); } + + void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ); + + virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value); + + // Standard event handling + void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnDelete(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnSelectAll(wxCommandEvent& event); + + void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateDelete(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateSelectAll(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + + virtual void GTKDisableEvents(); + virtual void GTKEnableEvents(); + GtkWidget* GetConnectWidget(); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + +protected: + // From wxWindowGTK: + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + + // Widgets that use the style->base colour for the BG colour should + // override this and return true. + virtual bool UseGTKStyleBase() const { return true; } + + // Override in derived classes to create combo box widgets with + // custom list stores. + virtual void GTKCreateComboBoxWidget(); + + virtual GtkEntry *GetEntry() const + { return m_entry; } + + GtkEntry* m_entry; + +private: + // From wxTextEntry: + virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() { return this; } + virtual GtkEditable *GetEditable() const; + virtual void EnableTextChangedEvents(bool enable); + + void Init(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxComboBox) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_COMBOBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/control.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/control.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad55168658 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/control.h @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/control.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: control.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_CONTROL_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_CONTROL_H_ + +typedef struct _GtkLabel GtkLabel; +typedef struct _GtkFrame GtkFrame; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxControl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// C-linkage function pointer types for GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget +extern "C" { + typedef GtkWidget* (*wxGtkWidgetNew_t)(void); + typedef GtkWidget* (*wxGtkWidgetNewFromStr_t)(const gchar*); + typedef GtkWidget* (*wxGtkWidgetNewFromAdj_t)(GtkAdjustment*); +} + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControl : public wxControlBase +{ +public: + wxControl(); + wxControl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr); + + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const; + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + void PostCreation(const wxSize& size); + + // sets the label to the given string and also sets it for the given widget + void GTKSetLabelForLabel(GtkLabel *w, const wxString& label); +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + void GTKSetLabelWithMarkupForLabel(GtkLabel *w, const wxString& label); +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + + // GtkFrame helpers + GtkWidget* GTKCreateFrame(const wxString& label); + void GTKSetLabelForFrame(GtkFrame *w, const wxString& label); + void GTKFrameApplyWidgetStyle(GtkFrame* w, GtkRcStyle* rc); + void GTKFrameSetMnemonicWidget(GtkFrame* w, GtkWidget* widget); + + // remove mnemonics ("&"s) from the label + static wxString GTKRemoveMnemonics(const wxString& label); + + // converts wx label to GTK+ label, i.e. basically replace "&"s with "_"s + static wxString GTKConvertMnemonics(const wxString &label); + + // converts wx label to GTK+ labels preserving Pango markup + static wxString GTKConvertMnemonicsWithMarkup(const wxString& label); + + // These are used by GetDefaultAttributes + static wxVisualAttributes + GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(GtkWidget* widget, + bool useBase = false, + int state = -1); + static wxVisualAttributes + GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(wxGtkWidgetNew_t, + bool useBase = false, + int state = -1); + static wxVisualAttributes + GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(wxGtkWidgetNewFromStr_t, + bool useBase = false, + int state = -1); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(wxGtkWidgetNewFromAdj_t, + bool useBase = false, + int state = -1); + + // Widgets that use the style->base colour for the BG colour should + // override this and return true. + virtual bool UseGTKStyleBase() const { return false; } + + // Fix sensitivity due to bug in GTK+ < 2.14 + void GTKFixSensitivity(bool onlyIfUnderMouse = true); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxControl) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_CONTROL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/cursor.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/cursor.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..583d9889e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/cursor.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/cursor.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: cursor.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_CURSOR_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_CURSOR_H_ + +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCursor +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCursor : public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + wxCursor(); + wxCursor(wxStockCursor id) { InitFromStock(id); } +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxCursor(int id) { InitFromStock((wxStockCursor)id); } +#endif +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + wxCursor( const wxImage & image ); + wxCursor(const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType type = wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE, + int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0); +#endif + wxCursor( const char bits[], int width, int height, + int hotSpotX = -1, int hotSpotY = -1, + const char maskBits[] = NULL, + const wxColour* fg = NULL, const wxColour* bg = NULL); + virtual ~wxCursor(); + + // implementation + + GdkCursor *GetCursor() const; + +protected: + void InitFromStock(wxStockCursor); +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + void InitFromImage(const wxImage& image); +#endif + + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_CURSOR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataform.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataform.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6ec92c66c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataform.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/dataform.h +// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataFormat class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.10.99 (extracted from gtk/dataobj.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataform.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_DATAFORM_H +#define _WX_GTK_DATAFORM_H + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataFormat +{ +public: + // the clipboard formats under GDK are GdkAtoms + typedef GdkAtom NativeFormat; + + wxDataFormat(); + wxDataFormat( wxDataFormatId type ); + wxDataFormat( NativeFormat format ); + + // we have to provide all the overloads to allow using strings instead of + // data formats (as a lot of existing code does) + wxDataFormat( const wxString& id ) { InitFromString(id); } + wxDataFormat( const char *id ) { InitFromString(id); } + wxDataFormat( const wchar_t *id ) { InitFromString(id); } + wxDataFormat( const wxCStrData& id ) { InitFromString(id); } + + wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& format) + { + if (&format != this) + { + m_type = format.m_type; + m_format = format.m_format; + } + return *this; + } + wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat format) + { SetId(format); return *this; } + + // comparison (must have both versions) + bool operator==(NativeFormat format) const + { return m_format == (NativeFormat)format; } + bool operator!=(NativeFormat format) const + { return m_format != (NativeFormat)format; } + bool operator==(wxDataFormatId format) const + { return m_type == (wxDataFormatId)format; } + bool operator!=(wxDataFormatId format) const + { return m_type != (wxDataFormatId)format; } + + // explicit and implicit conversions to NativeFormat which is one of + // standard data types (implicit conversion is useful for preserving the + // compatibility with old code) + NativeFormat GetFormatId() const { return m_format; } + operator NativeFormat() const { return m_format; } + + void SetId( NativeFormat format ); + + // string ids are used for custom types - this SetId() must be used for + // application-specific formats + wxString GetId() const; + void SetId( const wxString& id ); + + // implementation + wxDataFormatId GetType() const; + void SetType( wxDataFormatId type ); + +private: + // common part of ctors from format name + void InitFromString(const wxString& id); + + wxDataFormatId m_type; + NativeFormat m_format; + + void PrepareFormats(); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_DATAFORM_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataobj.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataobj.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..108250ee08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataobj.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/dataobj.h +// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataObject +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataobj.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataObject is the same as wxDataObjectBase under wxGTK +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObject : public wxDataObjectBase +{ +public: + wxDataObject(); + virtual ~wxDataObject(); + + virtual bool IsSupportedFormat( const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get ) const; +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataobj2.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataobj2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e6f81919d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataobj2.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/dataobj2.h +// Purpose: declaration of standard wxDataObjectSimple-derived classes +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: 19.10.99 (extracted from gtk/dataobj.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataobj2.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ2_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ2_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for bitmaps +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapDataObject : public wxBitmapDataObjectBase +{ +public: + // ctors + wxBitmapDataObject(); + wxBitmapDataObject(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // destr + virtual ~wxBitmapDataObject(); + + // override base class virtual to update PNG data too + virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const { return m_pngSize; } + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it) + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const + { + return GetDataSize(); + } + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const + { + return GetDataHere(buf); + } + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) + { + return SetData(len, buf); + } + +protected: + void Init() { m_pngData = NULL; m_pngSize = 0; } + void Clear() { free(m_pngData); } + void ClearAll() { Clear(); Init(); } + + size_t m_pngSize; + void *m_pngData; + + void DoConvertToPng(); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for file names +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDataObject : public wxFileDataObjectBase +{ +public: + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + void AddFile( const wxString &filename ); + + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it) + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const + { + return GetDataSize(); + } + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const + { + return GetDataHere(buf); + } + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) + { + return SetData(len, buf); + } +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxURLDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for URLs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxURLDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple +{ +public: + wxURLDataObject(const wxString& url = wxEmptyString); + + wxString GetURL() const { return m_url; } + void SetURL(const wxString& url) { m_url = url; } + + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + + // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it) + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const + { + return GetDataSize(); + } + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const + { + return GetDataHere(buf); + } + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) + { + return SetData(len, buf); + } + +private: + wxString m_url; +}; + + +#endif // _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ2_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataview.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataview.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a82a93625 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dataview.h @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/dataview.h +// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl GTK+2 implementation header +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: dataview.h 65562 2010-09-17 19:07:02Z RR $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTKDATAVIEWCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_GTKDATAVIEWCTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/list.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewCtrlInternal; + +struct _GtkTreePath; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewColumn +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewColumn: public wxDataViewColumnBase +{ +public: + wxDataViewColumn( const wxString &title, wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, + unsigned int model_column, int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + wxDataViewColumn( const wxBitmap &bitmap, wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, + unsigned int model_column, int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE ); + + + // setters: + + virtual void SetTitle( const wxString &title ); + virtual void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap ); + + virtual void SetOwner( wxDataViewCtrl *owner ); + + virtual void SetAlignment( wxAlignment align ); + + virtual void SetSortable( bool sortable ); + virtual void SetSortOrder( bool ascending ); + virtual void SetAsSortKey(bool sort = true); + + virtual void SetResizeable( bool resizeable ); + virtual void SetHidden( bool hidden ); + + virtual void SetMinWidth( int minWidth ); + virtual void SetWidth( int width ); + + virtual void SetReorderable( bool reorderable ); + + virtual void SetFlags(int flags) { SetIndividualFlags(flags); } + + // getters: + + virtual wxString GetTitle() const; + virtual wxAlignment GetAlignment() const; + + virtual bool IsSortable() const; + virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const; + virtual bool IsSortKey() const; + + virtual bool IsResizeable() const; + virtual bool IsHidden() const; + + virtual int GetWidth() const; + virtual int GetMinWidth() const; + + virtual bool IsReorderable() const; + + virtual int GetFlags() const { return GetFromIndividualFlags(); } + + // implementation + GtkWidget* GetGtkHandle() { return m_column; } + GtkWidget* GetConstGtkHandle() const { return m_column; } + +private: + // holds the GTK handle + GtkWidget *m_column; + + // holds GTK handles for title/bitmap in the header + GtkWidget *m_image; + GtkWidget *m_label; + + // delayed connection to mouse events + friend class wxDataViewCtrl; + void OnInternalIdle(); + bool m_isConnected; + + void Init(wxAlignment align, int flags, int width); +}; + +WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxDataViewColumn, wxDataViewColumnList, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCtrl +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCtrl: public wxDataViewCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxDataViewCtrl() + { + Init(); + } + + wxDataViewCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDataViewCtrlNameStr ) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDataViewCtrlNameStr); + + virtual ~wxDataViewCtrl(); + + virtual bool AssociateModel( wxDataViewModel *model ); + + virtual bool PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ); + virtual bool AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ); + virtual bool InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *col ); + + virtual unsigned int GetColumnCount() const; + virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetColumn( unsigned int pos ) const; + virtual bool DeleteColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column ); + virtual bool ClearColumns(); + virtual int GetColumnPosition( const wxDataViewColumn *column ) const; + + virtual wxDataViewColumn *GetSortingColumn() const; + + virtual wxDataViewItem GetSelection() const; + virtual int GetSelections( wxDataViewItemArray & sel ) const; + virtual void SetSelections( const wxDataViewItemArray & sel ); + virtual void Select( const wxDataViewItem & item ); + virtual void Unselect( const wxDataViewItem & item ); + virtual bool IsSelected( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const; + virtual void SelectAll(); + virtual void UnselectAll(); + + virtual void EnsureVisible( const wxDataViewItem& item, + const wxDataViewColumn *column = NULL ); + virtual void HitTest( const wxPoint &point, + wxDataViewItem &item, + wxDataViewColumn *&column ) const; + virtual wxRect GetItemRect( const wxDataViewItem &item, + const wxDataViewColumn *column = NULL ) const; + + virtual void Expand( const wxDataViewItem & item ); + virtual void Collapse( const wxDataViewItem & item ); + virtual bool IsExpanded( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const; + + virtual bool EnableDragSource( const wxDataFormat &format ); + virtual bool EnableDropTarget( const wxDataFormat &format ); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + wxWindow *GetMainWindow() { return (wxWindow*) this; } + + GtkWidget *GtkGetTreeView() { return m_treeview; } + wxDataViewCtrlInternal* GtkGetInternal() { return m_internal; } + + // Convert GTK path to our item. Returned item may be invalid if get_iter() + // failed. + wxDataViewItem GTKPathToItem(struct _GtkTreePath *path) const; + + virtual void OnInternalIdle(); + +protected: + virtual void DoSetExpanderColumn(); + virtual void DoSetIndent(); + + virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + +private: + void Init(); + + virtual wxDataViewItem DoGetCurrentItem() const; + virtual void DoSetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item); + + friend class wxDataViewCtrlDCImpl; + friend class wxDataViewColumn; + friend class wxDataViewCtrlInternal; + + GtkWidget *m_treeview; + wxDataViewCtrlInternal *m_internal; + wxDataViewColumnList m_cols; + wxDataViewItem m_ensureVisibleDefered; + + virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child); + void GtkEnableSelectionEvents(); + void GtkDisableSelectionEvents(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl); +}; + + +#endif // _WX_GTKDATAVIEWCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d00acbd15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dc.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/dc.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: dc.h 50547 2007-12-06 16:22:00Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTKDC_H_ +#define _WX_GTKDC_H_ + +#include "wx/dc.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGTKDCImpl : public wxDCImpl +{ +public: + wxGTKDCImpl( wxDC *owner ); + virtual ~wxGTKDCImpl(); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + void SetColourMap( const wxPalette& palette ) { SetPalette(palette); }; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + // Resolution in pixels per logical inch + virtual wxSize GetPPI() const; + + virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& WXUNUSED(message) ) { return true; } + virtual void EndDoc() { } + virtual void StartPage() { } + virtual void EndPage() { } + + virtual GdkWindow* GetGDKWindow() const { return NULL; } + + // base class pure virtuals implemented here + virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGTKDCImpl) +}; + +// this must be defined when wxDC::Blit() honours the DC origin and needed to +// allow wxUniv code in univ/winuniv.cpp to work with versions of wxGTK +// 2.3.[23] +#ifndef wxHAS_WORKING_GTK_DC_BLIT + #define wxHAS_WORKING_GTK_DC_BLIT +#endif + +#endif // _WX_GTKDC_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcclient.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcclient.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c3eb92fcea --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcclient.h @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/dcclient.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: dcclient.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTKDCCLIENT_H_ +#define _WX_GTKDCCLIENT_H_ + +#include "wx/gtk/dc.h" +#include "wx/dcclient.h" +#include "wx/region.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindowDCImpl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDCImpl : public wxGTKDCImpl +{ +public: + wxWindowDCImpl( wxDC *owner ); + wxWindowDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win ); + + virtual ~wxWindowDCImpl(); + + virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return true; } + virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return true; } + + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual bool DoFloodFill( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col, + wxFloodFillStyle style=wxFLOOD_SURFACE ); + virtual bool DoGetPixel( wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxColour *col ) const; + + virtual void DoDrawLine( wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2 ); + virtual void DoCrossHair( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ); + virtual void DoDrawArc( wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, + wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc ); + virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + double sa, double ea ); + virtual void DoDrawPoint( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ); + + virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset); + virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE); + + virtual void DoDrawRectangle( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height ); + virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, double radius = 20.0 ); + virtual void DoDrawEllipse( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height ); + + virtual void DoDrawIcon( const wxIcon &icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y ); + virtual void DoDrawBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + bool useMask = false ); + + virtual bool DoBlit( wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode logical_func = wxCOPY, + bool useMask = false, + wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1 ); + + virtual void DoDrawText( const wxString &text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y ); + virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + double angle); + virtual void DoGetTextExtent( const wxString &string, + wxCoord *width, wxCoord *height, + wxCoord *descent = NULL, + wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const; + virtual bool DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const; + virtual void DoSetClippingRegion( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height ); + virtual void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion( const wxRegion ®ion ); + + virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const; + virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const; + + virtual void Clear(); + + virtual void SetFont( const wxFont &font ); + virtual void SetPen( const wxPen &pen ); + virtual void SetBrush( const wxBrush &brush ); + virtual void SetBackground( const wxBrush &brush ); + virtual void SetLogicalFunction( wxRasterOperationMode function ); + virtual void SetTextForeground( const wxColour &col ); + virtual void SetTextBackground( const wxColour &col ); + virtual void SetBackgroundMode( int mode ); + virtual void SetPalette( const wxPalette& palette ); + + virtual void DestroyClippingRegion(); + + // Resolution in pixels per logical inch + virtual wxSize GetPPI() const; + virtual int GetDepth() const; + + // overrriden here for RTL + virtual void SetDeviceOrigin( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ); + virtual void SetAxisOrientation( bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp ); + +// protected: + // implementation + // -------------- + + GdkWindow *m_gdkwindow; + GdkGC *m_penGC; + GdkGC *m_brushGC; + GdkGC *m_textGC; + GdkGC *m_bgGC; + GdkColormap *m_cmap; + bool m_isScreenDC; + wxRegion m_currentClippingRegion; + wxRegion m_paintClippingRegion; + + // PangoContext stuff for GTK 2.0 + PangoContext *m_context; + PangoLayout *m_layout; + PangoFontDescription *m_fontdesc; + + void SetUpDC( bool ismem = false ); + void Destroy(); + + virtual void ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); + + virtual GdkWindow *GetGDKWindow() const { return m_gdkwindow; } + +private: + void DrawingSetup(GdkGC*& gc, bool& originChanged); + GdkPixmap* MonoToColor(GdkPixmap* monoPixmap, int x, int y, int w, int h) const; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowDCImpl) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClientDCImpl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClientDCImpl : public wxWindowDCImpl +{ +public: + wxClientDCImpl( wxDC *owner ); + wxClientDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win ); + + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxClientDCImpl) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPaintDCImpl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaintDCImpl : public wxClientDCImpl +{ +public: + wxPaintDCImpl( wxDC *owner ); + wxPaintDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win ); + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPaintDCImpl) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTKDCCLIENT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcmemory.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcmemory.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ede21042bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcmemory.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/dcmemory.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcmemory.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_DCMEMORY_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_DCMEMORY_H_ + +#include "wx/dcmemory.h" +#include "wx/gtk/dcclient.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMemoryDCImpl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMemoryDCImpl : public wxWindowDCImpl +{ +public: + wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner ); + wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxBitmap& bitmap ); + wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxDC *dc ); + + virtual ~wxMemoryDCImpl(); + + // these get reimplemented for mono-bitmaps to behave + // more like their Win32 couterparts. They now interpret + // wxWHITE, wxWHITE_BRUSH and wxWHITE_PEN as drawing 0 + // and everything else as drawing 1. + virtual void SetPen( const wxPen &pen ); + virtual void SetBrush( const wxBrush &brush ); + virtual void SetBackground( const wxBrush &brush ); + virtual void SetTextForeground( const wxColour &col ); + virtual void SetTextBackground( const wxColour &col ); + + // overridden from wxDCImpl + virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const; + virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect) const; + + // overridden for wxMemoryDC Impl + virtual void DoSelect(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + virtual const wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() const; + virtual wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap(); + +private: + wxBitmap m_selected; + + void Init(); + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxMemoryDCImpl) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_GTK_DCMEMORY_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcscreen.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcscreen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3fef9b1a6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dcscreen.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/dcscreen.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: dcscreen.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTKDCSCREEN_H_ +#define _WX_GTKDCSCREEN_H_ + +#include "wx/dcscreen.h" +#include "wx/gtk/dcclient.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScreenDCImpl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScreenDCImpl : public wxWindowDCImpl +{ +public: + wxScreenDCImpl( wxScreenDC *owner ); + ~wxScreenDCImpl(); + + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + +protected: + void Init(); + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxScreenDCImpl) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTKDCSCREEN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dialog.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dialog.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4ad6d18bdc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/dialog.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: +// Id: $Id: dialog.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTKDIALOG_H_ +#define _WX_GTKDIALOG_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGUIEventLoop; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialog: public wxDialogBase +{ +public: + wxDialog() { Init(); } + wxDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString &title, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + const wxString &name = wxDialogNameStr ); + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString &title, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + const wxString &name = wxDialogNameStr ); + virtual ~wxDialog(); + + virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); + virtual int ShowModal(); + virtual void EndModal( int retCode ); + virtual bool IsModal() const; + void SetModal( bool modal ); + + // implementation + // -------------- + + bool m_modalShowing; + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + wxGUIEventLoop *m_modalLoop; + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTKDIALOG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dirdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dirdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad969b56e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dirdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/dirdlg.h +// Purpose: wxDirDialog +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Id: $Id: dirdlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __GTKDIRDLGH__ +#define __GTKDIRDLGH__ + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirDialog +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirDialog : public wxDirDialogBase +{ +public: + wxDirDialog() { } + + wxDirDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString, + long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr); + + virtual ~wxDirDialog() { } + + +public: // overrides from wxGenericDirDialog + + wxString GetPath() const; + void SetPath(const wxString& path); + + +protected: + // override this from wxTLW since the native + // form doesn't have any m_wxwindow + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + + +private: + void OnFakeOk( wxCommandEvent &event ); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirDialog) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // __GTKDIRDLGH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dnd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dnd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74cdd71bc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dnd.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/dnd.h +// Purpose: declaration of the wxDropTarget class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: dnd.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_DND_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_DND_H_ + +#include "wx/icon.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this macro may be used instead for wxDropSource ctor arguments: it will use +// the icon 'name' from an XPM file under GTK, but will expand to something +// else under MSW. If you don't use it, you will have to use #ifdef in the +// application code. +#define wxDROP_ICON(name) wxICON(name) + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDropTarget +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropTarget: public wxDropTargetBase +{ +public: + wxDropTarget(wxDataObject *dataObject = NULL ); + + virtual wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def); + virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def); + virtual bool GetData(); + + // Can only be called during OnXXX methods. + wxDataFormat GetMatchingPair(); + + // implementation + + GdkAtom GTKGetMatchingPair(bool quiet = false); + wxDragResult GTKFigureOutSuggestedAction(); + + void GtkRegisterWidget( GtkWidget *widget ); + void GtkUnregisterWidget( GtkWidget *widget ); + + GdkDragContext *m_dragContext; + GtkWidget *m_dragWidget; + GtkSelectionData *m_dragData; + guint m_dragTime; + bool m_firstMotion; // gdk has no "gdk_drag_enter" event + + void GTKSetDragContext( GdkDragContext *dc ) { m_dragContext = dc; } + void GTKSetDragWidget( GtkWidget *w ) { m_dragWidget = w; } + void GTKSetDragData( GtkSelectionData *sd ) { m_dragData = sd; } + void GTKSetDragTime( guint time ) { m_dragTime = time; } +}; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDropSource +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropSource: public wxDropSourceBase +{ +public: + // constructor. set data later with SetData() + wxDropSource( wxWindow *win = NULL, + const wxIcon © = wxNullIcon, + const wxIcon &move = wxNullIcon, + const wxIcon &none = wxNullIcon); + + // constructor for setting one data object + wxDropSource( wxDataObject& data, + wxWindow *win, + const wxIcon © = wxNullIcon, + const wxIcon &move = wxNullIcon, + const wxIcon &none = wxNullIcon); + + virtual ~wxDropSource(); + + // start drag action + virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly); + + void PrepareIcon( int action, GdkDragContext *context ); + + GtkWidget *m_widget; + GtkWidget *m_iconWindow; + GdkDragContext *m_dragContext; + wxWindow *m_window; + + wxDragResult m_retValue; + wxIcon m_iconCopy, + m_iconMove, + m_iconNone; + + bool m_waiting; + +private: + // common part of both ctors + void SetIcons(const wxIcon& copy, + const wxIcon& move, + const wxIcon& none); + + // GTK implementation + void GTKConnectDragSignals(); + void GTKDisconnectDragSignals(); + +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_DND_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dvrenderer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dvrenderer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..195360fdf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dvrenderer.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/dvrenderer.h +// Purpose: wxDataViewRenderer for GTK wxDataViewCtrl implementation +// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-11-07 (extracted from wx/gtk/dataview.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: dvrenderer.h 66404 2010-12-19 19:43:46Z RR $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Robert Roebling +// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_DVRENDERER_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_DVRENDERER_H_ + +typedef struct _GtkCellRendererText GtkCellRendererText; +typedef struct _GtkTreeViewColumn GtkTreeViewColumn; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewRenderer: public wxDataViewRendererBase +{ +public: + wxDataViewRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + virtual void SetMode( wxDataViewCellMode mode ); + virtual wxDataViewCellMode GetMode() const; + + virtual void SetAlignment( int align ); + virtual int GetAlignment() const; + + virtual void EnableEllipsize(wxEllipsizeMode mode = wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE); + virtual wxEllipsizeMode GetEllipsizeMode() const; + + // GTK-specific implementation + // --------------------------- + + // pack the GTK cell renderers used by this renderer to the given column + // + // by default only a single m_renderer is used but some renderers use more + // than one GTK cell renderer + virtual void GtkPackIntoColumn(GtkTreeViewColumn *column); + + // called when the cell value was edited by user with the new value + // + // it validates the new value and notifies the model about the change by + // calling GtkOnCellChanged() if it was accepted + virtual void GtkOnTextEdited(const gchar *itempath, const wxString& value); + + GtkCellRenderer* GetGtkHandle() { return m_renderer; } + void GtkInitHandlers(); + void GtkUpdateAlignment(); + + // should be overridden to return true if the renderer supports properties + // corresponding to wxDataViewItemAttr field, see wxGtkTreeCellDataFunc() + // for details + virtual bool GtkSupportsAttrs() const { return false; } + + // if GtkSupportsAttrs() returns true, this function will be called to + // effectively set the attribute to use for rendering the next item + // + // it should return true if the attribute had any non-default properties + virtual bool GtkSetAttr(const wxDataViewItemAttr& WXUNUSED(attr)) + { return false; } + + + // these functions are only called if GtkSupportsAttrs() returns true and + // are used to remember whether the renderer currently uses the default + // attributes or if we changed (and not reset them) + bool GtkIsUsingDefaultAttrs() const { return m_usingDefaultAttrs; } + void GtkSetUsingDefaultAttrs(bool def) { m_usingDefaultAttrs = def; } + + // return the text renderer used by this renderer for setting text cell + // specific attributes: can return NULL if this renderer doesn't render any + // text + virtual GtkCellRendererText *GtkGetTextRenderer() const { return NULL; } + + wxDataViewCellMode GtkGetMode() { return m_mode; } + +protected: + virtual void GtkOnCellChanged(const wxVariant& value, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned col); + + + GtkCellRenderer *m_renderer; + int m_alignment; + wxDataViewCellMode m_mode; + + // true if we hadn't changed any visual attributes or restored them since + // doing this + bool m_usingDefaultAttrs; + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewRenderer) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_DVRENDERER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dvrenderers.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dvrenderers.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2199a7e851 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/dvrenderers.h @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/dvrenderers.h +// Purpose: All GTK wxDataViewCtrl renderer classes +// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-11-07 (extracted from wx/gtk/dataview.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: dvrenderers.h 67120 2011-03-03 17:51:52Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Robert Roebling +// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_DVRENDERERS_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_DVRENDERERS_H_ + +typedef struct _GdkRectangle GdkRectangle; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewTextRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTextRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewTextRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = "string", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) + { + return SetTextValue(value); + } + + virtual bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const + { + wxString str; + if ( !GetTextValue(str) ) + return false; + + value = str; + + return true; + } + + virtual void SetAlignment( int align ); + + virtual bool GtkSupportsAttrs() const { return true; } + virtual bool GtkSetAttr(const wxDataViewItemAttr& attr); + + virtual GtkCellRendererText *GtkGetTextRenderer() const; + +protected: + // implementation of Set/GetValue() + bool SetTextValue(const wxString& str); + bool GetTextValue(wxString& str) const; + + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewTextRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewBitmapRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewBitmapRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewBitmapRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = "wxBitmap", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewBitmapRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewToggleRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewToggleRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewToggleRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = "bool", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewToggleRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCustomRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCustomRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRendererBase +{ +public: + wxDataViewCustomRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = "string", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT, + bool no_init = false ); + virtual ~wxDataViewCustomRenderer(); + + + // Create DC on request + virtual wxDC *GetDC(); + + // override the base class function to use GTK text cell renderer + virtual void RenderText(const wxString& text, + int xoffset, + wxRect cell, + wxDC *dc, + int state); + + // store GTK render call parameters for possible later use + void GTKStashRenderParams(GdkWindow *window, + GtkWidget *widget, + GdkRectangle *background_area, + GdkRectangle *expose_area, + int flags) + { + m_renderParams.window = window; + m_renderParams.widget = widget; + m_renderParams.background_area = background_area; + m_renderParams.expose_area = expose_area; + m_renderParams.flags = flags; + } + + // we may or not support attributes, as we don't know it, return true to + // make it possible to use them + virtual bool GtkSupportsAttrs() const { return true; } + + virtual bool GtkSetAttr(const wxDataViewItemAttr& attr) + { + SetAttr(attr); + return !attr.IsDefault(); + } + + virtual GtkCellRendererText *GtkGetTextRenderer() const; + +protected: + bool Init(wxDataViewCellMode mode, int align); + +private: + wxDC *m_dc; + + GtkCellRendererText *m_text_renderer; + + // parameters of the original render() call stored so that we could pass + // them forward to m_text_renderer if our RenderText() is called + struct GTKRenderParams + { + GdkWindow *window; + GtkWidget *widget; + GdkRectangle *background_area; + GdkRectangle *expose_area; + int flags; + } m_renderParams; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewCustomRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewProgressRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewProgressRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewProgressRenderer( const wxString &label = wxEmptyString, + const wxString &varianttype = "long", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + virtual ~wxDataViewProgressRenderer(); + + bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; + + virtual bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state ); + virtual wxSize GetSize() const; + +private: + wxString m_label; + int m_value; + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewProgressRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewIconTextRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewIconTextRenderer: public wxDataViewTextRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewIconTextRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = "wxDataViewIconText", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + virtual ~wxDataViewIconTextRenderer(); + + bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; + + virtual void GtkPackIntoColumn(GtkTreeViewColumn *column); + +protected: + virtual void GtkOnCellChanged(const wxVariant& value, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned col); + +private: + wxDataViewIconText m_value; + + // we use the base class m_renderer for the text and this one for the icon + GtkCellRenderer *m_rendererIcon; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewIconTextRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewDateRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewDateRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewDateRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = "datetime", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; + + virtual bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state ); + virtual wxSize GetSize() const; + virtual bool Activate( const wxRect& cell, + wxDataViewModel *model, + const wxDataViewItem &item, + unsigned int col ); + +private: + wxDateTime m_date; + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewDateRenderer) +}; + +// ------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewChoiceRenderer +// ------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewChoiceRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewChoiceRenderer(const wxArrayString &choices, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE, + int alignment = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + virtual bool Render( wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int state ); + virtual wxSize GetSize() const; + virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + virtual bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; + + void SetAlignment( int align ); + + wxString GetChoice(size_t index) const { return m_choices[index]; } + const wxArrayString& GetChoices() const { return m_choices; } + +private: + wxArrayString m_choices; + wxString m_data; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer: public wxDataViewChoiceRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer( const wxArrayString &choices, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE, + int alignment = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value ); + virtual bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const; + +private: + virtual void GtkOnTextEdited(const gchar *itempath, const wxString& str); +}; + + + +#endif // _WX_GTK_DVRENDERERS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/evtloop.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/evtloop.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7a5e31033f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/evtloop.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/evtloop.h +// Purpose: wxGTK event loop implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-12-27 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloop.h 62475 2009-10-22 11:36:35Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_EVTLOOP_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_EVTLOOP_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGUIEventLoop for wxGTK +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef union _GdkEvent GdkEvent; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIEventLoop : public wxEventLoopBase +{ +public: + wxGUIEventLoop(); + + virtual int Run(); + virtual void Exit(int rc = 0); + virtual bool Pending() const; + virtual bool Dispatch(); + virtual int DispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout); + virtual void WakeUp(); + virtual bool YieldFor(long eventsToProcess); + +#if wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + virtual wxEventLoopSource * + AddSourceForFD(int fd, wxEventLoopSourceHandler *handler, int flags); +#endif // wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + + void StoreGdkEventForLaterProcessing(GdkEvent* ev) + { m_arrGdkEvents.Add(ev); } + +private: + // the exit code of this event loop + int m_exitcode; + + // used to temporarily store events in DoYield() + wxArrayPtrVoid m_arrGdkEvents; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGUIEventLoop); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_EVTLOOP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/evtloopsrc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/evtloopsrc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a59895f64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/evtloopsrc.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/evtloopsrc.h +// Purpose: wxGTKEventLoopSource class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-10-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloopsrc.h 64140 2010-04-25 21:33:16Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_EVTLOOPSRC_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_EVTLOOPSRC_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGTKEventLoopSource: wxEventLoopSource for GTK port +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGTKEventLoopSource : public wxEventLoopSource +{ +public: + // sourceId is the id of the watch in GTK context, not the FD of the file + // this source corresponds to + wxGTKEventLoopSource(unsigned sourceId, + wxEventLoopSourceHandler *handler, + int flags) + : wxEventLoopSource(handler, flags), + m_sourceId(sourceId) + { + } + + virtual ~wxGTKEventLoopSource(); + +private: + const unsigned m_sourceId; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGTKEventLoopSource); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_EVTLOOPSRC_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filectrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filectrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..43c3a76b97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filectrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/filectrl.h +// Purpose: wxGtkFileCtrl Header +// Author: Diaa M. Sami +// Modified by: +// Created: Aug-10-2007 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filectrl.h 64429 2010-05-29 10:35:47Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Diaa M. Sami +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_FILECTRL_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_FILECTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/filectrl.h" + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr[]; + +typedef struct _GtkFileChooser GtkFileChooser; + +// [GTK] current problems: +// All methods(e.g. SetFilename(), SetPath(), etc) which change the state of +// the control result in events fired, such events should be suppressed. +// ------ +// Sometimes a selection event(with 0 files) is fired before +// wxEVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED, unfortunately this can hardly be detected! + +// A wx wrapper for any Gtk object implementing the interface GtkFileChooser + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkFileChooser +{ +public: + wxGtkFileChooser() { m_ignoreNextFilterEvent = false; } + + void SetWidget(GtkFileChooser *w); + + wxString GetPath() const; + void GetPaths( wxArrayString& paths ) const; + wxString GetDirectory() const; + wxString GetFilename() const; + void GetFilenames( wxArrayString& files ) const; + int GetFilterIndex() const; + + bool SetPath( const wxString& path ); + bool SetDirectory( const wxString& dir ); + void SetWildcard( const wxString& wildCard ); + void SetFilterIndex( int filterIndex ); + + bool HasFilterChoice() const; + + bool ShouldIgnoreNextFilterEvent() const { return m_ignoreNextFilterEvent; } + + wxString GetCurrentWildCard() const + { return m_wildcards[GetFilterIndex()]; } + +private: + GtkFileChooser *m_widget; + // First wildcard in filter, to be used when the user + // saves a file without giving an extension. + wxArrayString m_wildcards; + + // If true, ignore the next event because it was generated by us and not + // the user. + bool m_ignoreNextFilterEvent; +}; + +#if wxUSE_FILECTRL + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkFileCtrl: public wxControl, + public wxFileCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxGtkFileCtrl () { Init(); } + + wxGtkFileCtrl ( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& defaultDirectory = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& defaultFilename = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + long style = wxFC_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxFileCtrlNameStr ) + { + Init(); + Create( parent, id, defaultDirectory, defaultFilename, wildCard, style, pos, size, name ); + } + + virtual ~wxGtkFileCtrl() {}; + + void Init(); + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& defaultDirectory = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& defaultFileName = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + long style = wxFC_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxFileCtrlNameStr ); + + virtual void SetWildcard( const wxString& wildCard ); + virtual void SetFilterIndex( int filterIndex ); + virtual bool SetDirectory( const wxString& dir ); + virtual bool SetFilename( const wxString& name ); + virtual bool SetPath( const wxString& path ); + + virtual wxString GetFilename() const; + virtual wxString GetDirectory() const; + virtual wxString GetWildcard() const { return this->m_wildCard; } + virtual wxString GetPath() const; + virtual void GetPaths( wxArrayString& paths ) const; + virtual void GetFilenames( wxArrayString& files ) const; + virtual int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_fc.GetFilterIndex(); } + + virtual bool HasMultipleFileSelection() const { return HasFlag( wxFC_MULTIPLE ); } + virtual void ShowHidden(bool show); + + virtual bool HasFilterChoice() const + { return m_fc.HasFilterChoice(); } + + + // Implementation only from now on. + bool GTKShouldIgnoreNextFilterEvent() const + { return m_fc.ShouldIgnoreNextFilterEvent(); } + + bool m_checkNextSelEvent; + bool m_ignoreNextFolderChangeEvent; + +protected: + GtkFileChooser *m_fcWidget; + wxGtkFileChooser m_fc; + wxString m_wildCard; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGtkFileCtrl ) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_FILECTRL + +#endif // _WX_GTK_FILECTRL_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filedlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filedlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7afb9b1745 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filedlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/filedlg.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: filedlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTKFILEDLG_H_ +#define _WX_GTKFILEDLG_H_ + +#include "wx/gtk/filectrl.h" // for wxGtkFileChooser + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDialog +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDialog: public wxFileDialogBase +{ +public: + wxFileDialog() { } + + wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr); + virtual ~wxFileDialog(); + + virtual wxString GetPath() const; + virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const; + virtual wxString GetDirectory() const; + virtual wxString GetFilename() const; + virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const; + virtual int GetFilterIndex() const; + + virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message); + virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path); + virtual void SetDirectory(const wxString& dir); + virtual void SetFilename(const wxString& name); + virtual void SetWildcard(const wxString& wildCard); + virtual void SetFilterIndex(int filterIndex); + + virtual int ShowModal(); + + virtual bool SupportsExtraControl() const { return true; } + + +protected: + // override this from wxTLW since the native + // form doesn't have any m_wxwindow + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + + +private: + void OnFakeOk( wxCommandEvent &event ); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent&); + virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child); + + wxGtkFileChooser m_fc; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTKFILEDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filehistory.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filehistory.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9125f89928 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filehistory.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/filehistory.h +// Purpose: GTK+ bits for wxFileHistory +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2010-05-06 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filehistory.h 64240 2010-05-07 06:45:48Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_FILEHISTORY_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_FILEHISTORY_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileHistory : public wxFileHistoryBase +{ +public: + wxFileHistory(size_t maxFiles = 9, wxWindowID idBase = wxID_FILE1) + : wxFileHistoryBase(maxFiles, idBase) {} + + virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileHistory) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_FILEHISTORY_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filepicker.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filepicker.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..782af3d680 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/filepicker.h @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/filedirpicker.h +// Purpose: wxFileButton, wxDirButton header +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 14/4/2006 +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// RCS-ID: $Id: filepicker.h 63690 2010-03-16 00:23:57Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_FILEPICKER_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_FILEPICKER_H_ + +// since GtkColorButton is available only for GTK+ >= 2.4, +// we need to use generic versions if we detect (at runtime) +// that GTK+ < 2.4 +#include "wx/generic/filepickerg.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileButton and wxDirButton shared code +// (cannot be a base class since they need to derive from wxGenericFileButton +// and from wxGenericDirButton classes !) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define FILEDIRBTN_OVERRIDES \ + /* NULL is because of a problem with destruction order which happens */ \ + /* if we pass GetParent(): in fact, this GTK native implementation */ \ + /* needs to create the dialog in ::Create() and not for each user */ \ + /* request in response to the user click as the generic implementation */ \ + /* does. */ \ + virtual wxWindow *GetDialogParent() \ + { \ + return NULL; \ + } \ + \ + virtual bool Destroy() \ + { \ + if (m_dialog) \ + m_dialog->Destroy(); \ + return wxButton::Destroy(); \ + } \ + \ + /* even if wx derive from wxGenericFileButton, i.e. from wxButton, our */ \ + /* native GTK+ widget does not derive from GtkButton thus *all* uses */ \ + /* GTK_BUTTON(m_widget) macro done by wxButton must be bypassed to */ \ + /* avoid bunch of GTK+ warnings like: */ \ + /* invalid cast from `GtkFileChooserButton' to `GtkButton' */ \ + /* so, override wxButton::GTKGetWindow and return NULL as GTK+ doesn't */ \ + /* give us access to the internal GdkWindow of a GtkFileChooserButton */ \ +protected: \ + virtual GdkWindow * \ + GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& WXUNUSED(windows)) const \ + { return NULL; } + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileButton : public wxGenericFileButton +{ +public: + wxFileButton() { Init(); } + wxFileButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel, + const wxString &path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxFILEBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr) + { + Init(); + m_pickerStyle = style; + Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wildcard, + pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual ~wxFileButton(); + + +public: // overrides + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel, + const wxString &path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr); + + // event handler for the click + void OnDialogOK(wxCommandEvent &); + + virtual void SetPath(const wxString &str); + + // see macro defined above + FILEDIRBTN_OVERRIDES + +protected: + virtual bool GTKShouldConnectSizeRequest() const { return false; } + + wxDialog *m_dialog; + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init() { m_dialog = NULL; } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileButton) +}; + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirButton : public wxGenericDirButton +{ +public: + wxDirButton() { Init(); } + wxDirButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel, + const wxString &path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDIRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr) + { + Init(); + + m_pickerStyle = style; + + Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wxEmptyString, + pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual ~wxDirButton(); + + +public: // overrides + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel, + const wxString &path = wxEmptyString, + const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr); + + + // GtkFileChooserButton does not support GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CREATE_FOLDER + // thus we must ensure that the wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST style was given + long GetDialogStyle() const + { + return (wxGenericDirButton::GetDialogStyle() | wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST); + } + + virtual void SetPath(const wxString &str); + + // see macro defined above + FILEDIRBTN_OVERRIDES + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init() + { + m_dialog = NULL; + m_bIgnoreNextChange = false; + } + + wxDialog *m_dialog; + +public: // used by the GTK callback only + + bool m_bIgnoreNextChange; + + void GTKUpdatePath(const char *gtkpath); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirButton) +}; + +#undef FILEDIRBTN_OVERRIDES + +#endif // _WX_GTK_FILEPICKER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/font.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/font.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b14fb7e921 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/font.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/font.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: font.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_FONT_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_FONT_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFont +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFont : public wxFontBase +{ +public: + wxFont() { } + + // wxGTK-specific + wxFont(const wxString& nativeFontInfoString) + { + Create(nativeFontInfoString); + } + + wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info); + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxFont(int size, + int family, + int style, + int weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + (void)Create(size, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style, (wxFontWeight)weight, underlined, face, encoding); + } +#endif + + wxFont(int size, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + Create(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding); + } + + wxFont(const wxSize& pixelSize, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + Create(10, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding); + SetPixelSize(pixelSize); + } + + bool Create(int size, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); + + // wxGTK-specific + bool Create(const wxString& fontname); + + virtual ~wxFont(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual int GetPointSize() const; + virtual wxFontStyle GetStyle() const; + virtual wxFontWeight GetWeight() const; + virtual wxString GetFaceName() const; + virtual bool GetUnderlined() const; + virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const; + virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const; + virtual bool IsFixedWidth() const; + + virtual void SetPointSize( int pointSize ); + virtual void SetFamily(wxFontFamily family); + virtual void SetStyle(wxFontStyle style); + virtual void SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight); + virtual bool SetFaceName( const wxString& faceName ); + virtual void SetUnderlined( bool underlined ); + virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding); + + wxDECLARE_COMMON_FONT_METHODS(); + + // implementation from now on + void Unshare(); + + // no data :-) + +protected: + virtual void DoSetNativeFontInfo( const wxNativeFontInfo& info ); + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + virtual wxGDIRefData* CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData* CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData* data) const; + + virtual wxFontFamily DoGetFamily() const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_FONT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/fontdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/fontdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..18db2771c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/fontdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/fontdlg.h +// Purpose: wxFontDialog +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontdlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __GTK_FONTDLGH__ +#define __GTK_FONTDLGH__ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontDialog : public wxFontDialogBase +{ +public: + wxFontDialog() : wxFontDialogBase() { /* must be Create()d later */ } + wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent) + : wxFontDialogBase(parent) { Create(parent); } + wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data) + : wxFontDialogBase(parent, data) { Create(parent, data); } + + virtual ~wxFontDialog(); + + // implementation only + void SetChosenFont(const char *name); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated interface, don't use + wxDEPRECATED( wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +protected: + // create the GTK dialog + virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindow *parent); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontDialog) +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated interface, don't use +inline wxFontDialog::wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) + : wxFontDialogBase(parent) { InitFontData(data); Create(parent); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/fontpicker.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/fontpicker.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..27be02dfbd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/fontpicker.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/fontpicker.h +// Purpose: wxFontButton header +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 14/4/2006 +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontpicker.h 49668 2007-11-06 00:32:34Z MR $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_FONTPICKER_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_FONTPICKER_H_ + +#include "wx/button.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontButton : public wxButton, + public wxFontPickerWidgetBase +{ +public: + wxFontButton() {} + wxFontButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxFont& initial = wxNullFont, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxFONTBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFontPickerWidgetNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, initial, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxFont& initial = wxNullFont, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxFONTBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxFontPickerWidgetNameStr); + + virtual ~wxFontButton(); + +protected: + void UpdateFont(); + + +public: // used by the GTK callback only + + void SetNativeFontInfo(const gchar *gtkdescription) + { m_selectedFont.SetNativeFontInfo(wxString::FromAscii(gtkdescription)); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontButton) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_FONTPICKER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/frame.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a4a4bbe6f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/frame.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: frame.h 66648 2011-01-08 06:42:41Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_FRAME_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_FRAME_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFrame +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFrame : public wxFrameBase +{ +public: + // construction + wxFrame() { Init(); } + wxFrame(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + virtual ~wxFrame(); + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + void SetStatusBar(wxStatusBar *statbar); +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + void SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL); + wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const { return wxPoint(0, 0); } + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + // in Hildon environment all frames are always shown maximized + virtual bool IsMaximized() const { return true; } +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + virtual bool SendIdleEvents(wxIdleEvent& event); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // override wxWindow methods to take into account tool/menu/statusbars + virtual void DoGetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE + virtual void DetachMenuBar(); + virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE + +private: + long m_fsSaveFlag; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_FRAME_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gauge.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gauge.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c91c40512 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gauge.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/gauge.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: gauge.h 42077 2006-10-17 14:44:52Z ABX $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_GAUGE_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_GAUGE_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGauge +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGauge: public wxControl +{ +public: + wxGauge() { Init(); } + + wxGauge( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + int range, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr ) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, int range, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr ); + + void SetShadowWidth( int WXUNUSED(w) ) { } + void SetBezelFace( int WXUNUSED(w) ) { } + int GetShadowWidth() const { return 0; }; + int GetBezelFace() const { return 0; }; + + // determinate mode API + void SetRange( int r ); + void SetValue( int pos ); + + int GetRange() const; + int GetValue() const; + + // indeterminate mode API + virtual void Pulse(); + + bool IsVertical() const { return HasFlag(wxGA_VERTICAL); } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const; + + // implementation + // ------------- + + // the max and current gauge values + int m_rangeMax, + m_gaugePos; + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init() { m_rangeMax = m_gaugePos = 0; } + + // set the gauge value to the value of m_gaugePos + void DoSetGauge(); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGauge) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_GTK_GAUGE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/glcanvas.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/glcanvas.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d7d925501 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/glcanvas.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/glcanvas.h +// Purpose: wxGLCanvas, for using OpenGL/Mesa with wxWidgets and GTK +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: 17/8/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: glcanvas.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_ +#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_ + +#include "wx/unix/glx11.h" + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGLCanvas +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvas : public wxGLCanvasX11 +{ +public: + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette); + + + // implement wxGLCanvasX11 methods + // -------------------------------- + + virtual Window GetXWindow() const; + + + // deprecated methods + // ------------------ + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette) + ); + + wxDEPRECATED( + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + const wxGLContext *shared, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette) + ); + + wxDEPRECATED( + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + const wxGLCanvas *shared, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette) + ); + + // called from "realized" callback to create the implicit context if needed + void GTKInitImplicitContext(); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + // implementation from now on + void OnInternalIdle(); + + bool m_exposed; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxGLContext *m_sharedContext; + wxGLCanvas *m_sharedContextOf; + const bool m_createImplicitContext; +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLCanvas) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gnome/gprint.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gnome/gprint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a93a72f636 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gnome/gprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/gnome/gprint.h +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Purpose: GNOME printing support +// Created: 09/20/04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gprint.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_GPRINT_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_GPRINT_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_LIBGNOMEPRINT + +#include "wx/print.h" +#include "wx/printdlg.h" +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/module.h" + +typedef struct _GnomePrintJob GnomePrintJob; +typedef struct _GnomePrintContext GnomePrintContext; +typedef struct _GnomePrintConfig GnomePrintConfig; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrintModule +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGnomePrintModule: public wxModule +{ +public: + wxGnomePrintModule() {} + bool OnInit(); + void OnExit(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGnomePrintModule) +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrintNativeData +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGnomePrintNativeData: public wxPrintNativeDataBase +{ +public: + wxGnomePrintNativeData(); + virtual ~wxGnomePrintNativeData(); + + virtual bool TransferTo( wxPrintData &data ); + virtual bool TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &data ); + + virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + virtual bool IsOk() const { return true; } + + GnomePrintConfig* GetPrintConfig() { return m_config; } + void SetPrintJob( GnomePrintJob *job ) { m_job = job; } + GnomePrintJob* GetPrintJob() { return m_job; } + + +private: + GnomePrintConfig *m_config; + GnomePrintJob *m_job; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGnomePrintNativeData) +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrintFactory +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGnomePrintFactory: public wxPrintFactory +{ +public: + virtual wxPrinterBase *CreatePrinter( wxPrintDialogData *data ); + + virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview, + wxPrintout *printout = NULL, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL ); + virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview, + wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintData *data ); + + virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL ); + virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintData *data ); + + virtual wxPageSetupDialogBase *CreatePageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPageSetupDialogData * data = NULL ); + +#if wxUSE_NEW_DC + virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ); +#else + virtual wxDC* CreatePrinterDC( const wxPrintData& data ); +#endif + + virtual bool HasPrintSetupDialog(); + virtual wxDialog *CreatePrintSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData *data ); + virtual bool HasOwnPrintToFile(); + virtual bool HasPrinterLine(); + virtual wxString CreatePrinterLine(); + virtual bool HasStatusLine(); + virtual wxString CreateStatusLine(); + + virtual wxPrintNativeDataBase *CreatePrintNativeData(); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrintDialog +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGnomePrintDialog: public wxPrintDialogBase +{ +public: + wxGnomePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL ); + wxGnomePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data); + virtual ~wxGnomePrintDialog(); + + wxPrintData& GetPrintData() + { return m_printDialogData.GetPrintData(); } + wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() + { return m_printDialogData; } + + wxDC *GetPrintDC(); + + virtual int ShowModal(); + + virtual bool Validate(); + virtual bool TransferDataToWindow(); + virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow(); + +protected: + // Implement some base class methods to do nothing to avoid asserts and + // GTK warnings, since this is not a real wxDialog. + virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {} + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height)) {} + +private: + void Init(); + wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGnomePrintDialog) +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePageSetupDialog +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGnomePageSetupDialog: public wxPageSetupDialogBase +{ +public: + wxGnomePageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPageSetupDialogData* data = NULL ); + virtual ~wxGnomePageSetupDialog(); + + virtual wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData(); + + virtual int ShowModal(); + + virtual bool Validate(); + virtual bool TransferDataToWindow(); + virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow(); + +protected: + // Implement some base class methods to do nothing to avoid asserts and + // GTK warnings, since this is not a real wxDialog. + virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {} + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height)) {} + +private: + wxPageSetupDialogData m_pageDialogData; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGnomePageSetupDialog) +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrinter +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGnomePrinter: public wxPrinterBase +{ +public: + wxGnomePrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + virtual ~wxGnomePrinter(); + + virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintout *printout, + bool prompt = true); + virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent); + virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent); + +private: + bool m_native_preview; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGnomePrinter) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGnomePrinter); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrinterDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_NEW_DC +class wxGnomePrinterDCImpl : public wxDCImpl +#else +#define wxGnomePrinterDCImpl wxGnomePrinterDC +class wxGnomePrinterDC : public wxDC +#endif +{ +public: +#if wxUSE_NEW_DC + wxGnomePrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ); +#else + wxGnomePrinterDC( const wxPrintData& data ); +#endif + virtual ~wxGnomePrinterDCImpl(); + + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + bool IsOk() const; + + bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return true; } + void Clear(); + void SetFont( const wxFont& font ); + void SetPen( const wxPen& pen ); + void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush ); + void SetLogicalFunction( wxRasterOperationMode function ); + void SetBackground( const wxBrush& brush ); + void DestroyClippingRegion(); + bool StartDoc(const wxString& message); + void EndDoc(); + void StartPage(); + void EndPage(); + wxCoord GetCharHeight() const; + wxCoord GetCharWidth() const; + bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return true; } + wxSize GetPPI() const; + virtual int GetDepth() const { return 24; } + void SetBackgroundMode(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { } + void SetPalette(const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette)) { } + +protected: + bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, const wxColour &col, + wxFloodFillStyle style=wxFLOOD_SURFACE ); + bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxColour *col) const; + void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2); + void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1,wxCoord y1,wxCoord x2,wxCoord y2,wxCoord xc,wxCoord yc); + void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x,wxCoord y,wxCoord w,wxCoord h,double sa,double ea); + void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0); + void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle=wxODDEVEN_RULE); + void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle=wxODDEVEN_RULE); + void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, double radius = 20.0); + void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); +#if wxUSE_SPLINES + void DoDrawSpline(const wxPointList *points); +#endif + bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, + wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord); + void DoDrawIcon( const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y ); + void DoDrawBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, bool useMask = false ); + void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y ); + void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle); + void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion( const wxRegion &WXUNUSED(clip) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented" ); + } + void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *descent = NULL, + wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL ) const; + void DoGetSize(int* width, int* height) const; + void DoGetSizeMM(int *width, int *height) const; + + void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& data); + wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; } + + // overriden for wxPrinterDC Impl + virtual wxRect GetPaperRect() const; + virtual int GetResolution() const; + +private: + wxPrintData m_printData; + PangoContext *m_context; + PangoLayout *m_layout; + PangoFontDescription *m_fontdesc; + + unsigned char m_currentRed; + unsigned char m_currentGreen; + unsigned char m_currentBlue; + + double m_pageHeight; + + GnomePrintContext *m_gpc; + GnomePrintJob* m_job; + + void makeEllipticalPath(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGnomePrinterDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGnomePrinterDCImpl); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrintPreview: programmer creates an object of this class to preview a +// wxPrintout. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGnomePrintPreview : public wxPrintPreviewBase +{ +public: + wxGnomePrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + wxGnomePrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintData *data); + + virtual ~wxGnomePrintPreview(); + + virtual bool Print(bool interactive); + virtual void DetermineScaling(); + +private: + void Init(wxPrintout *printout, wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting); + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxGnomePrintPreview) +}; + + +#endif + // wxUSE_LIBGNOMEPRINT + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gnome/gvfs.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gnome/gvfs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..536da8c1f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/gnome/gvfs.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/gnome/gvfs.h +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Purpose: GNOME VFS support +// Created: 17/03/06 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gvfs.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_GVFS_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_GVFS_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE && wxUSE_LIBGNOMEVFS + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/unix/mimetype.h" + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerImpl +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerImpl: public wxMimeTypesManagerImpl +{ +public: + wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerImpl() { } + +protected: + virtual bool DoAssociation(const wxString& strType, + const wxString& strIcon, + wxMimeTypeCommands *entry, + const wxArrayString& strExtensions, + const wxString& strDesc); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerFactory +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerFactory: public wxMimeTypesManagerFactory +{ +public: + wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerFactory() {} + + virtual wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *CreateMimeTypesManagerImpl(); +}; + +#endif + // wxUSE_MIMETYPE + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3365527053 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.h +// Purpose: Hildon implementation of wxNotificationMessage +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-11-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: notifmsg.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_HILDON_NOTIFMSG_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_HILDON_NOTIFMSG_H_ + +typedef struct _HildonBanner HildonBanner; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotificationMessage +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxNotificationMessage : public wxNotificationMessageBase +{ +public: + wxNotificationMessage() { Init(); } + wxNotificationMessage(const wxString& title, + const wxString& message = wxString(), + wxWindow *parent = NULL) + : wxNotificationMessageBase(title, message, parent) + { + Init(); + } + + virtual ~wxNotificationMessage(); + + + virtual bool Show(int timeout = Timeout_Auto); + virtual bool Close(); + +private: + void Init() { m_banner = NULL; } + + // return the string containing markup for both the title and, if + // specified, the message + wxString HildonGetMarkup() const; + + // returns the widget of the parent GtkWindow to use or NULL + GtkWidget *HildonGetWindow() const; + + + // the banner we're showing, only non-NULL if it's an animation or progress + // banner as the informational dialog times out on its own and we don't + // need to store it (nor do we have any way to get its widget anyhow) + GtkWidget *m_banner; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNotificationMessage); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_HILDON_NOTIFMSG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/hyperlink.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/hyperlink.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a3419bf64c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/hyperlink.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/hyperlink.h +// Purpose: Hyperlink control +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 14/2/2007 +// RCS-ID: $Id: hyperlink.h 44647 2007-03-07 22:12:47Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __GTKHYPERLINKCTRLH__ +#define __GTKHYPERLINKCTRLH__ + +#include "wx/generic/hyperlink.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHyperlinkCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxHyperlinkCtrl : public wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl +{ +public: + // Default constructor (for two-step construction). + wxHyperlinkCtrl() { } + + // Constructor. + wxHyperlinkCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, const wxString& url, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr) + { + (void)Create(parent, id, label, url, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // Creation function (for two-step construction). + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, const wxString& url, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr); + + + // get/set + virtual wxColour GetHoverColour() const; + virtual void SetHoverColour(const wxColour &colour); + + virtual wxColour GetNormalColour() const; + virtual void SetNormalColour(const wxColour &colour); + + virtual wxColour GetVisitedColour() const; + virtual void SetVisitedColour(const wxColour &colour); + + virtual wxString GetURL() const; + virtual void SetURL(const wxString &url); + + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString &label); + +protected: + // overridden base class virtuals + + // Returns the best size for the window, which is the size needed + // to display the text label. + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHyperlinkCtrl) +}; + +#endif // __GTKHYPERLINKCTRLH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/infobar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/infobar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..72df919e24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/infobar.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/infobar.h +// Purpose: native implementation of wxInfoBar for GTK+ 2.18 and later +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-09-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: infobar.h 64213 2010-05-05 12:20:08Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_INFOBAR_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_INFOBAR_H_ + +#include "wx/generic/infobar.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxInfoBar for GTK+ +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// notice that the native GTK+ implementation is only available since +// (relatively recent) 2.18 so we inherit from the generic one to be able to +// fall back to it if GTK+ version is determined to be too old during run-time +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxInfoBar : public wxInfoBarGeneric +{ +public: + wxInfoBar() { Init(); } + + wxInfoBar(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, winid); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY); + + virtual ~wxInfoBar(); + + // implement base class methods + // ---------------------------- + + virtual void ShowMessage(const wxString& msg, + int flags = wxICON_INFORMATION); + + virtual void Dismiss(); + + virtual void AddButton(wxWindowID btnid, + const wxString& label = wxString()); + + virtual void RemoveButton(wxWindowID btnid); + + // implementation only + // ------------------- + + void GTKResponse(int btnid); + +protected: + virtual bool GTKShouldConnectSizeRequest() const { return false; } + virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + +private: + void Init() { m_impl = NULL; } + + // add a button with the given id/label and return its widget + GtkWidget *GTKAddButton(wxWindowID btnid, + const wxString& label = wxString()); + + + // only used when the native implementation is really being used + class wxInfoBarGTKImpl *m_impl; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxInfoBar); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_INFOBAR_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/listbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/listbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6af95eb831 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/listbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/listbox.h +// Purpose: wxListBox class declaration +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: listbox.h 65936 2010-10-27 23:22:00Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_LISTBOX_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_LISTBOX_H_ + +struct _GtkTreeEntry; +struct _GtkTreeIter; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListBox +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListBox : public wxListBoxBase +{ +public: + // ctors and such + wxListBox() + { + Init(); + } + wxListBox( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr ) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + wxListBox( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr ) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + virtual ~wxListBox(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s); + virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const; + + virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const; + virtual int GetSelection() const; + virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const; + + virtual void EnsureVisible(int n); + + virtual void Update(); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // implementation from now on + + GtkWidget *GetConnectWidget(); + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + void GTKApplyToolTip( GtkTooltips *tips, const gchar *tip ); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + + struct _GtkTreeView *m_treeview; + struct _GtkListStore *m_liststore; + +#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + bool m_hasCheckBoxes; +#endif // wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + + struct _GtkTreeEntry* GTKGetEntry(unsigned pos) const; + + void GTKDisableEvents(); + void GTKEnableEvents(); + + void GTKOnSelectionChanged(); + void GTKOnActivated(int item); + +protected: + virtual void DoClear(); + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + + virtual void DoSetSelection(int n, bool select); + + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + + virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n); + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData); + virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const; + virtual int DoListHitTest(const wxPoint& point) const; + + // get the iterator for the given index, returns false if invalid + bool GTKGetIteratorFor(unsigned pos, _GtkTreeIter *iter) const; + + // get the index for the given iterator, return wxNOT_FOUND on failure + int GTKGetIndexFor(_GtkTreeIter& iter) const; + + // set the specified item + void GTKSetItem(_GtkTreeIter& iter, const _GtkTreeEntry *entry); + + // common part of DoSetFirstItem() and EnsureVisible() + void DoScrollToCell(int n, float alignY, float alignX); + +private: + void Init(); //common construction + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBox) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_LISTBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/mdi.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/mdi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..43a6a06b7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/mdi.h @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/mdi.h +// Purpose: TDI-based MDI implementation for wxGTK +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: 2008-10-31 Vadim Zeitlin: derive from the base classes +// Id: $Id: mdi.h 59523 2009-03-14 01:24:45Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_MDI_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_MDI_H_ + +#include "wx/frame.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIChildFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIClientWindow; + +typedef struct _GtkNotebook GtkNotebook; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMDIParentFrame +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIParentFrame : public wxMDIParentFrameBase +{ +public: + wxMDIParentFrame() { Init(); } + wxMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + // we don't store the active child in m_currentChild unlike the base class + // version so override this method to find it dynamically + virtual wxMDIChildFrame *GetActiveChild() const; + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + virtual void ActivateNext(); + virtual void ActivatePrevious(); + + static bool IsTDI() { return true; } + + // implementation + + bool m_justInserted; + + virtual void OnInternalIdle(); + +protected: + void Init(); + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int* width, int* height) const; + +private: + friend class wxMDIChildFrame; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMDIChildFrame +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIChildFrame : public wxTDIChildFrame +{ +public: + wxMDIChildFrame() { Init(); } + wxMDIChildFrame(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + virtual ~wxMDIChildFrame(); + + virtual void SetMenuBar( wxMenuBar *menu_bar ); + virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const; + + virtual void Activate(); + + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title); + + // implementation + + void OnActivate( wxActivateEvent& event ); + void OnMenuHighlight( wxMenuEvent& event ); + + wxMenuBar *m_menuBar; + GtkNotebookPage *m_page; + bool m_justInserted; + +private: + void Init(); + + GtkNotebook *GTKGetNotebook() const; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIChildFrame) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMDIClientWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIClientWindow : public wxMDIClientWindowBase +{ +public: + wxMDIClientWindow() { } + ~wxMDIClientWindow(); + + virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, + long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL); + +private: + virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIClientWindow) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_MDI_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/menu.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/menu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c70606a61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/menu.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/menu.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: menu.h 66180 2010-11-17 05:57:21Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTKMENU_H_ +#define _WX_GTKMENU_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenuBar +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuBar : public wxMenuBarBase +{ +public: + // ctors + wxMenuBar(); + wxMenuBar(long style); + wxMenuBar(size_t n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[], long style = 0); + + // implement base class (pure) virtuals + virtual bool Append( wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title ); + virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title); + virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title); + virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos); + + virtual int FindMenuItem(const wxString& menuString, + const wxString& itemString) const; + virtual wxMenuItem* FindItem( int id, wxMenu **menu = NULL ) const; + + virtual void EnableTop( size_t pos, bool flag ); + virtual void SetMenuLabel( size_t pos, const wxString& label ); + virtual wxString GetMenuLabel( size_t pos ) const; + + void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir); + wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const; + + // wxMenuBar is not a top level window but it still doesn't need a parent + // window + virtual bool GTKNeedsParent() const { return false; } + + virtual void Attach(wxFrame *frame); + virtual void Detach(); + + // implementation only from now on + GtkWidget *m_menubar; // Public for hildon support + +private: + // common part of Append and Insert + bool GtkAppend(wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title, int pos=-1); + + void Init(size_t n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[], long style); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBar) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenu +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenu : public wxMenuBase +{ +public: + // ctors & dtor + wxMenu(const wxString& title, long style = 0) + : wxMenuBase(title, style) { Init(); } + + wxMenu(long style = 0) : wxMenuBase(style) { Init(); } + + virtual ~wxMenu(); + + void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar); + + void SetLayoutDirection(const wxLayoutDirection dir); + wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const; + + // Returns the title, with mnemonics translated to wx format + wxString GetTitle() const; + + // TODO: virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title); + + // implementation GTK only + GtkWidget *m_menu; // GtkMenu + GtkWidget *m_owner; + GtkAccelGroup *m_accel; + bool m_popupShown; + +protected: + virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item); + virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item); + virtual wxMenuItem* DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item); + +private: + // common code for all constructors: + void Init(); + + // common part of Append (if pos == -1) and Insert + bool GtkAppend(wxMenuItem *item, int pos=-1); + + GtkWidget *m_prevRadio; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenu) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_GTKMENU_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/menuitem.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/menuitem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..778eb8af83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/menuitem.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/menuitem.h +// Purpose: wxMenuItem class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: menuitem.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTKMENUITEM_H_ +#define _WX_GTKMENUITEM_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenuItem +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuItem : public wxMenuItemBase +{ +public: + wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu = NULL, + int id = wxID_SEPARATOR, + const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL, + wxMenu *subMenu = NULL); + virtual ~wxMenuItem(); + + // implement base class virtuals + virtual void SetItemLabel( const wxString& str ); + virtual void Enable( bool enable = true ); + virtual void Check( bool check = true ); + virtual bool IsChecked() const; + virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + virtual const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } + + // implementation + void SetMenuItem(GtkWidget *menuItem) { m_menuItem = menuItem; } + GtkWidget *GetMenuItem() const { return m_menuItem; } + void SetGtkLabel(); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // compatibility only, don't use in new code + wxDEPRECATED( + inline + wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu, + int id, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help, + bool isCheckable, + wxMenu *subMenu = NULL) + ); +#endif + +private: + wxBitmap m_bitmap; // Bitmap for menuitem, if any + GtkWidget *m_menuItem; // GtkMenuItem + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuItem) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTKMENUITEM_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/minifram.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/minifram.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ebcbeec33f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/minifram.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/minifram.h +// Purpose: wxMiniFrame class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: minifram.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_MINIFRAME_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_MINIFRAME_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/frame.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMiniFrame +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMiniFrame: public wxFrame +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMiniFrame) + +public: + wxMiniFrame() {} + wxMiniFrame(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCAPTION | wxRESIZE_BORDER, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCAPTION | wxRESIZE_BORDER, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + virtual void SetTitle( const wxString &title ); + +protected: + virtual void DoSetSizeHints( int minW, int minH, + int maxW, int maxH, + int incW, int incH ); + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int* width, int* height) const; + + // implementation +public: + bool m_isDragging; + int m_oldX,m_oldY; + int m_diffX,m_diffY; + wxBitmap m_closeButton; + int m_miniEdge; + int m_miniTitle; +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_MINIFRAME_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/msgdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/msgdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86489d335b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/msgdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/msgdlg.h +// Purpose: wxMessageDialog for GTK+2 +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003/02/28 +// RCS-ID: $Id: msgdlg.h 65348 2010-08-18 22:48:28Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik, 2003 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_MSGDLG_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_MSGDLG_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMessageDialog : public wxMessageDialogBase +{ +public: + wxMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr, + long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); + + virtual int ShowModal(); + virtual bool Show(bool WXUNUSED(show) = true) { return false; } + +protected: + // implement some base class methods to do nothing to avoid asserts and + // GTK warnings, since this is not a real wxDialog. + virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {} + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height)) {} + // override to convert wx mnemonics to GTK+ ones and handle stock ids + virtual void DoSetCustomLabel(wxString& var, const ButtonLabel& label); + +private: + // override to use stock GTK+ defaults instead of just string ones + virtual wxString GetDefaultYesLabel() const; + virtual wxString GetDefaultNoLabel() const; + virtual wxString GetDefaultOKLabel() const; + virtual wxString GetDefaultCancelLabel() const; + + // create the real GTK+ dialog: this is done from ShowModal() to allow + // changing the message between constructing the dialog and showing it + void GTKCreateMsgDialog(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMessageDialog) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_MSGDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/notebook.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/notebook.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..266b1b4e1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/notebook.h @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/notebook.h +// Purpose: wxNotebook class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// RCS-ID: $Id: notebook.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTKNOTEBOOK_H_ +#define _WX_GTKNOTEBOOK_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// internal class +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGtkNotebookPage; + +#include "wx/list.h" +WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxGtkNotebookPage, wxGtkNotebookPagesList); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotebook +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotebook : public wxNotebookBase +{ +public: + // default for dynamic class + wxNotebook(); + // the same arguments as for wxControl + wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr); + // Create() function + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr); + // dtor + virtual ~wxNotebook(); + + // accessors + // --------- + + // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously + // selected one (or wxNOT_FOUND on error) + // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events + int SetSelection(size_t nPage) { return DoSetSelection(nPage, SetSelection_SendEvent); } + // get the currently selected page + int GetSelection() const; + + // changes selected page without sending events + int ChangeSelection(size_t nPage) { return DoSetSelection(nPage); } + + // set/get the title of a page + bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText); + wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const; + + // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list + int GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const; + bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage); + + // control the appearance of the notebook pages + // set the size (the same for all pages) + void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size); + // set the padding between tabs (in pixels) + void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding); + // sets the size of the tabs (assumes all tabs are the same size) + void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz); + + virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const; + + // operations + // ---------- + // remove all pages + bool DeleteAllPages(); + + // adds a new page to the notebook (it will be deleted by the notebook, + // don't delete it yourself). If bSelect, this page becomes active. + // the same as AddPage(), but adds it at the specified position + bool InsertPage( size_t position, + wxNotebookPage *win, + const wxString& strText, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = -1 ); + + // handler for tab navigation + // -------------------------- + void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); + + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // implementation + // -------------- + +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse); + bool DoPhase(int phase); +#endif + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // Called by GTK event handler when the current page is definitely changed. + void GTKOnPageChanged(); + + // helper function + wxGtkNotebookPage* GetNotebookPage(int page) const; + + // the additional page data (the pages themselves are in m_pages array) + wxGtkNotebookPagesList m_pagesData; + + // we need to store the old selection since there + // is no other way to know about it at the time + // of the change selection event + int m_oldSelection; + +protected: + // set all page's attributes + virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + + // remove one page from the notebook but do not destroy it + virtual wxNotebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t nPage); + + int DoSetSelection(size_t nPage, int flags = 0); + +private: + // the padding set by SetPadding() + int m_padding; + + virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebook) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTKNOTEBOOK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/pen.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/pen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f32910275 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/pen.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/pen.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: pen.h 54273 2008-06-17 17:28:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_PEN_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_PEN_H_ + +typedef gint8 wxGTKDash; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPen +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPen: public wxPenBase +{ +public: + wxPen() { } + + wxPen( const wxColour &colour, int width = 1, wxPenStyle style = wxPENSTYLE_SOLID ); +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( wxPen(const wxColour& col, int width, int style) ); +#endif + + virtual ~wxPen(); + + bool operator==(const wxPen& pen) const; + bool operator!=(const wxPen& pen) const { return !(*this == pen); } + + void SetColour( const wxColour &colour ); + void SetColour( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue ); + void SetCap( wxPenCap capStyle ); + void SetJoin( wxPenJoin joinStyle ); + void SetStyle( wxPenStyle style ); + void SetWidth( int width ); + void SetDashes( int number_of_dashes, const wxDash *dash ); + void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple); + + wxColour GetColour() const; + wxPenCap GetCap() const; + wxPenJoin GetJoin() const; + wxPenStyle GetStyle() const; + int GetWidth() const; + int GetDashes(wxDash **ptr) const; + int GetDashCount() const; + wxDash* GetDash() const; + wxBitmap *GetStipple() const; + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(int style) ) + { SetStyle((wxPenStyle)style); } +#endif + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPen) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_PEN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/popupwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/popupwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d71c539128 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/popupwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/popupwin.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: +// Id: $Id: popupwin.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_POPUPWIN_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_POPUPWIN_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPopUpWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPopupWindow: public wxPopupWindowBase +{ +public: + wxPopupWindow() { } + virtual ~wxPopupWindow(); + + wxPopupWindow(wxWindow *parent, int flags = wxBORDER_NONE) + { (void)Create(parent, flags); } + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, int flags = wxBORDER_NONE); + + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + + virtual void SetFocus(); + + // implementation + // -------------- + + // GTK time when connecting to button_press signal + wxUint32 m_time; + +protected: + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + +private: + virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child); + +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +#endif + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPopupWindow) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_POPUPWIN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/print.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/print.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b36b1a222c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/print.h @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/print.h +// Author: Anthony Bretaudeau +// Purpose: GTK printing support +// Created: 2007-08-25 +// RCS-ID: $Id: print.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Anthony Bretaudeau +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_PRINT_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_PRINT_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_GTKPRINT + +#include "wx/print.h" +#include "wx/printdlg.h" +#include "wx/prntbase.h" +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/cairo.h" + + +typedef struct _GtkPrintOperation GtkPrintOperation; +typedef struct _GtkPrintContext GtkPrintContext; +typedef struct _GtkPrintSettings GtkPrintSettings; +typedef struct _GtkPageSetup GtkPageSetup; + +typedef struct _cairo cairo_t; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkPrintFactory +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGtkPrintFactory: public wxPrintFactory +{ +public: + virtual wxPrinterBase *CreatePrinter( wxPrintDialogData *data ); + + virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview, + wxPrintout *printout = NULL, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL ); + virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview, + wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintData *data ); + + virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL ); + virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintData *data ); + + virtual wxPageSetupDialogBase *CreatePageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPageSetupDialogData * data = NULL ); + + virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ); + + virtual bool HasPrintSetupDialog(); + virtual wxDialog *CreatePrintSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData *data ); + virtual bool HasOwnPrintToFile(); + virtual bool HasPrinterLine(); + virtual wxString CreatePrinterLine(); + virtual bool HasStatusLine(); + virtual wxString CreateStatusLine(); + + virtual wxPrintNativeDataBase *CreatePrintNativeData(); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkPrintDialog +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkPrintDialog: public wxPrintDialogBase +{ +public: + wxGtkPrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL ); + wxGtkPrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data); + virtual ~wxGtkPrintDialog(); + + wxPrintData& GetPrintData() + { return m_printDialogData.GetPrintData(); } + wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() + { return m_printDialogData; } + + wxDC *GetPrintDC() { return m_dc; } + void SetPrintDC(wxDC * printDC) { m_dc = printDC; } + + virtual int ShowModal(); + + virtual bool Validate() { return true; } + virtual bool TransferDataToWindow() { return true; } + virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow() { return true; } + + void SetShowDialog(bool show) { m_showDialog = show; } + bool GetShowDialog() { return m_showDialog; } + +protected: + // Implement some base class methods to do nothing to avoid asserts and + // GTK warnings, since this is not a real wxDialog. + virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {} + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height)) {} + +private: + wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData; + wxWindow *m_parent; + bool m_showDialog; + wxDC *m_dc; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGtkPrintDialog) +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkPageSetupDialog +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkPageSetupDialog: public wxPageSetupDialogBase +{ +public: + wxGtkPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPageSetupDialogData* data = NULL ); + virtual ~wxGtkPageSetupDialog(); + + virtual wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData() { return m_pageDialogData; } + + virtual int ShowModal(); + + virtual bool Validate() { return true; } + virtual bool TransferDataToWindow() { return true; } + virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow() { return true; } + +protected: + // Implement some base class methods to do nothing to avoid asserts and + // GTK warnings, since this is not a real wxDialog. + virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {} + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height)) {} + +private: + wxPageSetupDialogData m_pageDialogData; + wxWindow *m_parent; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGtkPageSetupDialog) +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkPrinter +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkPrinter : public wxPrinterBase +{ +public: + wxGtkPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + virtual ~wxGtkPrinter(); + + virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintout *printout, + bool prompt = true); + virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent); + virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent); + + GtkPrintContext *GetPrintContext() { return m_gpc; } + void SetPrintContext(GtkPrintContext *context) {m_gpc = context;} + void BeginPrint(wxPrintout *printout, GtkPrintOperation *operation, GtkPrintContext *context); + void DrawPage(wxPrintout *printout, GtkPrintOperation *operation, GtkPrintContext *context, int page_nr); + +private: + GtkPrintContext *m_gpc; + wxDC *m_dc; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGtkPrinter) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGtkPrinter); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkPrintNativeData +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkPrintNativeData : public wxPrintNativeDataBase +{ +public: + wxGtkPrintNativeData(); + virtual ~wxGtkPrintNativeData(); + + virtual bool TransferTo( wxPrintData &data ); + virtual bool TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &data ); + + virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + virtual bool IsOk() const { return true; } + + GtkPrintSettings* GetPrintConfig() { return m_config; } + void SetPrintConfig( GtkPrintSettings * config ); + + GtkPrintOperation* GetPrintJob() { return m_job; } + + GtkPrintContext *GetPrintContext() { return m_context; } + void SetPrintContext(GtkPrintContext *context) {m_context = context; } + + + GtkPageSetup* GetPageSetupFromSettings(GtkPrintSettings* settings); + void SetPageSetupToSettings(GtkPrintSettings* settings, GtkPageSetup* page_setup); + +private: + GtkPrintSettings *m_config; + GtkPrintOperation *m_job; + GtkPrintContext *m_context; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGtkPrintNativeData) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkPrinterDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkPrinterDCImpl : public wxDCImpl +{ +public: + wxGtkPrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ); + virtual ~wxGtkPrinterDCImpl(); + + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + bool IsOk() const; + + virtual void* GetCairoContext() const; + + bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return true; } + void Clear(); + void SetFont( const wxFont& font ); + void SetPen( const wxPen& pen ); + void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush ); + void SetLogicalFunction( wxRasterOperationMode function ); + void SetBackground( const wxBrush& brush ); + void DestroyClippingRegion(); + bool StartDoc(const wxString& message); + void EndDoc(); + void StartPage(); + void EndPage(); + wxCoord GetCharHeight() const; + wxCoord GetCharWidth() const; + bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return true; } + wxSize GetPPI() const; + virtual int GetDepth() const { return 24; } + void SetBackgroundMode(int mode); + void SetPalette(const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette)) { } + void SetResolution(int ppi); + + // overriden for wxPrinterDC Impl + virtual int GetResolution() const; + virtual wxRect GetPaperRect() const; + +protected: + bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, const wxColour &col, + wxFloodFillStyle style=wxFLOOD_SURFACE ); + void DoGradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect, const wxColour& initialColour, const wxColour& destColour, const wxPoint& circleCenter); + void DoGradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect, const wxColour& initialColour, const wxColour& destColour, wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST); + bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxColour *col) const; + void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2); + void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1,wxCoord y1,wxCoord x2,wxCoord y2,wxCoord xc,wxCoord yc); + void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x,wxCoord y,wxCoord w,wxCoord h,double sa,double ea); + void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0); + void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle=wxODDEVEN_RULE); + void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle=wxODDEVEN_RULE); + void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, double radius = 20.0); + void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); +#if wxUSE_SPLINES + void DoDrawSpline(const wxPointList *points); +#endif + bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, + wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord); + void DoDrawIcon( const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y ); + void DoDrawBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, bool useMask = false ); + void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y ); + void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle); + void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion( const wxRegion &WXUNUSED(clip) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented" ); + } + void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *descent = NULL, + wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL ) const; + void DoGetSize(int* width, int* height) const; + void DoGetSizeMM(int *width, int *height) const; + + wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; } + void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& data); + +private: + wxPrintData m_printData; + PangoContext *m_context; + PangoLayout *m_layout; + PangoFontDescription *m_fontdesc; + cairo_t *m_cairo; + + unsigned char m_currentRed; + unsigned char m_currentGreen; + unsigned char m_currentBlue; + unsigned char m_currentAlpha; + + GtkPrintContext *m_gpc; + int m_resolution; + double m_PS2DEV; + double m_DEV2PS; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGtkPrinterDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGtkPrinterDCImpl); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkPrintPreview: programmer creates an object of this class to preview a +// wxPrintout. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkPrintPreview : public wxPrintPreviewBase +{ +public: + wxGtkPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + wxGtkPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintData *data); + + virtual ~wxGtkPrintPreview(); + + virtual bool Print(bool interactive); + virtual void DetermineScaling(); + +private: + void Init(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintData *data); + + // resolution to use in DPI + int m_resolution; + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxGtkPrintPreview) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GTKPRINT + +#endif // _WX_GTK_PRINT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86168ca47b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/private.h +// Purpose: wxGTK private macros, functions &c +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 12.03.02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: private.h 63805 2010-03-30 16:14:11Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_PRIVATE_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_PRIVATE_H_ + +#include + +#include "wx/gtk/private/string.h" + +// pango_version_check symbol is quite recent ATM (4/2007)... so we +// use our own wrapper which implements a smart trick. +// Use this function as you'd use pango_version_check: +// +// if (!wx_pango_version_check(1,18,0)) +// ... call to a function available only in pango >= 1.18 ... +// +// and use it only to test for pango versions >= 1.16.0 +extern const gchar *wx_pango_version_check(int major, int minor, int micro); + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxGTK_CONV(s) s.utf8_str() + #define wxGTK_CONV_ENC(s, enc) wxGTK_CONV((s)) + #define wxGTK_CONV_FONT(s, font) wxGTK_CONV((s)) + #define wxGTK_CONV_SYS(s) wxGTK_CONV((s)) + + #define wxGTK_CONV_BACK(s) wxString::FromUTF8Unchecked(s) + #define wxGTK_CONV_BACK_ENC(s, enc) wxGTK_CONV_BACK(s) + #define wxGTK_CONV_BACK_FONT(s, font) wxGTK_CONV_BACK(s) + #define wxGTK_CONV_BACK_SYS(s) wxGTK_CONV_BACK(s) +#else + #include "wx/font.h" + + // convert the text between the given encoding and UTF-8 used by wxGTK + extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCharBuffer + wxConvertToGTK(const wxString& s, + wxFontEncoding enc = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM); + + extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCharBuffer + wxConvertFromGTK(const wxString& s, + wxFontEncoding enc = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM); + + // helper: use the encoding of the given font if it's valid + inline wxCharBuffer wxConvertToGTK(const wxString& s, const wxFont& font) + { + return wxConvertToGTK(s, font.Ok() ? font.GetEncoding() + : wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM); + } + + inline wxCharBuffer wxConvertFromGTK(const wxString& s, const wxFont& font) + { + return wxConvertFromGTK(s, font.Ok() ? font.GetEncoding() + : wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM); + } + + // more helpers: allow passing GTK+ strings directly + inline wxCharBuffer + wxConvertFromGTK(const wxGtkString& gs, + wxFontEncoding enc = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM) + { + return wxConvertFromGTK(gs.c_str(), enc); + } + + inline wxCharBuffer + wxConvertFromGTK(const wxGtkString& gs, const wxFont& font) + { + return wxConvertFromGTK(gs.c_str(), font); + } + + #define wxGTK_CONV(s) wxGTK_CONV_FONT((s), m_font) + #define wxGTK_CONV_ENC(s, enc) wxConvertToGTK((s), (enc)) + #define wxGTK_CONV_FONT(s, font) wxConvertToGTK((s), (font)) + #define wxGTK_CONV_SYS(s) wxConvertToGTK((s)) + + #define wxGTK_CONV_BACK(s) wxConvertFromGTK((s), m_font) + #define wxGTK_CONV_BACK_ENC(s, enc) wxConvertFromGTK((s), (enc)) + #define wxGTK_CONV_BACK_FONT(s, font) wxConvertFromGTK((s), (font)) + #define wxGTK_CONV_BACK_SYS(s) wxConvertFromGTK((s)) +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// various private helper functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace wxGTKPrivate +{ + +// these functions create the GTK widgets of the specified types which can then +// used to retrieve their styles, pass them to drawing functions &c +// +// the returned widgets shouldn't be destroyed, this is done automatically on +// shutdown +GtkWidget *GetButtonWidget(); +GtkWidget *GetCheckButtonWidget(); +GtkWidget *GetComboBoxWidget(); +GtkWidget *GetEntryWidget(); +GtkWidget *GetHeaderButtonWidgetFirst(); +GtkWidget *GetHeaderButtonWidgetLast(); +GtkWidget *GetHeaderButtonWidget(); +GtkWidget *GetRadioButtonWidget(); +GtkWidget *GetSplitterWidget(); +GtkWidget *GetTextEntryWidget(); +GtkWidget *GetTreeWidget(); + +} // wxGTKPrivate + +#endif // _WX_GTK_PRIVATE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/gdkconv.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/gdkconv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3a2ac872a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/gdkconv.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/private/gdkconv.h +// Purpose: Helper functions for converting between GDK and wx types +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-11-10 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gdkconv.h 64140 2010-04-25 21:33:16Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _GTK_PRIVATE_GDKCONV_H_ +#define _GTK_PRIVATE_GDKCONV_H_ + +namespace wxGTKImpl +{ + +inline wxRect wxRectFromGDKRect(const GdkRectangle *r) +{ + return wxRect(r->x, r->y, r->width, r->height); +} + +inline void wxRectToGDKRect(const wxRect& rect, GdkRectangle& r) +{ + r.x = rect.x; + r.y = rect.y; + r.width = rect.width; + r.height = rect.height; +} + +} // namespace wxGTKImpl + +#endif // _GTK_PRIVATE_GDKCONV_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/messagetype.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/messagetype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..72c41570e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/messagetype.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/private/messagetype.h +// Purpose: translate between wx and GtkMessageType +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-09-27 +// RCS-ID: $Id: messagetype.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _GTK_PRIVATE_MSGTYPE_H_ +#define _GTK_PRIVATE_MSGTYPE_H_ + +#include + +namespace wxGTKImpl +{ + +// Convert the given wx style to GtkMessageType, return true if succeeded or +// false if failed. +inline bool ConvertMessageTypeFromWX(int style, GtkMessageType *type) +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK210__ + if ( gtk_check_version(2, 10, 0) == NULL && (style & wxICON_NONE)) + *type = GTK_MESSAGE_OTHER; + else +#endif // __WXGTK210__ + if (style & wxICON_EXCLAMATION) + *type = GTK_MESSAGE_WARNING; + else if (style & wxICON_ERROR) + *type = GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR; + else if (style & wxICON_INFORMATION) + *type = GTK_MESSAGE_INFO; + else if (style & wxICON_QUESTION) + *type = GTK_MESSAGE_QUESTION; + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +} // namespace wxGTKImpl + +#endif // _GTK_PRIVATE_MSGTYPE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/mnemonics.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/mnemonics.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..07a363ba53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/mnemonics.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/private/mnemonics.h +// Purpose: helper functions for dealing with GTK+ mnemonics +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-11-12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mnemonics.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _GTK_PRIVATE_MNEMONICS_H_ +#define _GTK_PRIVATE_MNEMONICS_H_ + +#if wxUSE_CONTROLS || wxUSE_MENUS + +#include "wx/string.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// functions to convert between wxWidgets and GTK+ string containing mnemonics +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// remove all mnemonics from a string +wxString wxGTKRemoveMnemonics(const wxString& label); + +// convert a wx string with '&' to GTK+ string with '_'s +wxString wxConvertMnemonicsToGTK(const wxString& label); + +// convert a wx string with '&' to indicate mnemonics as well as HTML entities +// to a GTK+ string with "&" used instead of '&', i.e. suitable for use +// with GTK+ functions using markup strings +wxString wxConvertMnemonicsToGTKMarkup(const wxString& label); + +// convert GTK+ string with '_'s to wx string with '&'s +wxString wxConvertMnemonicsFromGTK(const wxString& label); + +#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS || wxUSE_MENUS + +#endif // _GTK_PRIVATE_MNEMONICS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/object.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/object.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f420d65134 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/object.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/private/object.h +// Purpose: wxGtkObject class declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-08-27 +// RCS-ID: $Id: object.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_PRIVATE_OBJECT_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_PRIVATE_OBJECT_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Convenience class for calling g_object_unref() automatically +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +class wxGtkObject +{ +public: + explicit wxGtkObject(T *p) : m_ptr(p) { } + ~wxGtkObject() { g_object_unref(m_ptr); } + + operator T *() const { return m_ptr; } + +private: + T * const m_ptr; + + // copying could be implemented by using g_object_ref() but for now there + // is no need for it so don't implement it + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGtkObject); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_PRIVATE_OBJECT_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/string.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/string.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..75b4fc3e4f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/string.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/private/string.h +// Purpose: wxGtkString class declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2006-10-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: string.h 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_PRIVATE_STRING_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_PRIVATE_STRING_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Convenience class for g_freeing a gchar* on scope exit automatically +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGtkString +{ +public: + explicit wxGtkString(gchar *s) : m_str(s) { } + ~wxGtkString() { g_free(m_str); } + + const gchar *c_str() const { return m_str; } + + operator gchar *() const { return m_str; } + +private: + gchar *m_str; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGtkString); +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// list for sorting collated strings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" +#include "wx/sharedptr.h" + +class wxGtkCollatableString +{ +public: + wxGtkCollatableString( const wxString &label, gchar *key ) + { + m_label = label; + m_key = key; + } + + ~wxGtkCollatableString() + { + if (m_key) + g_free( m_key ); + } + + wxString m_label; + gchar *m_key; +}; + +class wxGtkCollatedArrayString +{ +public: + wxGtkCollatedArrayString() { } + + int Add( const wxString &new_label ) + { + int index = 0; + + gchar *new_key_lower = g_utf8_casefold( new_label.utf8_str(), -1); + gchar *new_key = g_utf8_collate_key( new_key_lower, -1); + g_free( new_key_lower ); + + wxSharedPtr new_ptr( new wxGtkCollatableString( new_label, new_key ) ); + + wxVector< wxSharedPtr >::iterator iter; + for (iter = m_list.begin(); iter != m_list.end(); ++iter) + { + wxSharedPtr ptr = *iter; + + gchar *key = ptr->m_key; + if (strcmp(key,new_key) >= 0) + { + m_list.insert( iter, new_ptr ); + return index; + } + index ++; + } + + m_list.push_back( new_ptr ); + return index; + } + + size_t GetCount() + { + return m_list.size(); + } + + wxString At( size_t index ) + { + return m_list[index]->m_label; + } + + void Clear() + { + m_list.clear(); + } + + void RemoveAt( size_t index ) + { + m_list.erase( m_list.begin() + index ); + } + +private: + wxVector< wxSharedPtr > m_list; +}; + + +#endif // _WX_GTK_PRIVATE_STRING_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/timer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d845fd873 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/private/timer.h +// Purpose: wxTimerImpl for wxGTK +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: timer.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ + +#if wxUSE_TIMER + +#include "wx/private/timer.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimer +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGTKTimerImpl : public wxTimerImpl +{ +public: + wxGTKTimerImpl(wxTimer* timer) : wxTimerImpl(timer) { m_sourceId = 0; }; + + virtual bool Start( int millisecs = -1, bool oneShot = false ); + virtual void Stop(); + virtual bool IsRunning() const { return m_sourceId != 0; } + +protected: + int m_sourceId; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_TIMER + +#endif // _WX_GTK_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/win_gtk.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/win_gtk.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d49572227 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/private/win_gtk.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/private/win_gtk.h +// Purpose: native GTK+ widget for wxWindow +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: win_gtk.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// */ + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_PIZZA_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_PIZZA_H_ + +#include + +#define WX_PIZZA(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST(obj, wxPizza::type(), wxPizza) +#define WX_IS_PIZZA(obj) G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE(obj, wxPizza::type()) + +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPizza +{ + // borders styles which can be used with wxPizza + enum { BORDER_STYLES = + wxBORDER_SIMPLE | wxBORDER_RAISED | wxBORDER_SUNKEN | wxBORDER_THEME }; + + static GtkWidget* New(long windowStyle = 0); + static GType type(); + void move(GtkWidget* widget, int x, int y); + void put(GtkWidget* widget, int x, int y); + void scroll(int dx, int dy); + void get_border_widths(int& x, int& y); + + GtkFixed m_fixed; + int m_scroll_x; + int m_scroll_y; + int m_border_style; + bool m_is_scrollable; +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_PIZZA_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/radiobox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/radiobox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf875dd5ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/radiobox.h @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/radiobox.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: radiobox.h 60885 2009-06-03 22:33:32Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_RADIOBOX_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_RADIOBOX_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGTKRadioButtonInfo; + +#include "wx/list.h" + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxGTKRadioButtonInfo, wxRadioBoxButtonsInfoList); + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRadioBox +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioBox : public wxControl, + public wxRadioBoxBase +{ +public: + // ctors and dtor + wxRadioBox() { Init(); } + wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, + const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL, + int majorDim = 0, + long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create( parent, id, title, pos, size, n, choices, majorDim, style, val, name ); + } + + wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + int majorDim = 0, + long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create( parent, id, title, pos, size, choices, majorDim, style, val, name ); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, + const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL, + int majorDim = 0, + long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + int majorDim = 0, + long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr); + + virtual ~wxRadioBox(); + + + // implement wxItemContainerImmutable methods + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s); + + virtual void SetSelection(int n); + virtual int GetSelection() const; + + + // implement wxRadioBoxBase methods + virtual bool Show(unsigned int n, bool show = true); + virtual bool Enable(unsigned int n, bool enable = true); + + virtual bool IsItemEnabled(unsigned int n) const; + virtual bool IsItemShown(unsigned int n) const; + + + // override some base class methods to operate on radiobox itself too + virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); + virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true ); + + virtual void SetLabel( const wxString& label ); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + virtual int GetItemFromPoint( const wxPoint& pt ) const; +#if wxUSE_HELP + // override virtual wxWindow::GetHelpTextAtPoint to use common platform independent + // wxRadioBoxBase::DoGetHelpTextAtPoint from the platform independent + // base class-interface wxRadioBoxBase. + virtual wxString GetHelpTextAtPoint(const wxPoint & pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) const + { + return wxRadioBoxBase::DoGetHelpTextAtPoint( this, pt, origin ); + } +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + + // implementation + // -------------- + + void GtkDisableEvents(); + void GtkEnableEvents(); +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + void GTKApplyToolTip( GtkTooltips *tips, const gchar *tip ); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + + wxRadioBoxButtonsInfoList m_buttonsInfo; + +protected: + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual void DoSetItemToolTip(unsigned int n, wxToolTip *tooltip); +#endif + + virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + + virtual bool GTKNeedsToFilterSameWindowFocus() const { return true; } + + virtual bool GTKWidgetNeedsMnemonic() const; + virtual void GTKWidgetDoSetMnemonic(GtkWidget* w); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_RADIOBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/radiobut.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/radiobut.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..60b508b148 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/radiobut.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/radiobut.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: radiobut.h 62785 2009-12-05 19:25:04Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_RADIOBUT_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_RADIOBUT_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRadioButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioButton: public wxControl +{ +public: + wxRadioButton() { } + wxRadioButton( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr ) + { + Create( parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name ); + } + + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr ); + + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + virtual void SetValue(bool val); + virtual bool GetValue() const; + virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true ); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + +protected: + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + +private: + typedef wxControl base_type; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioButton) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_RADIOBUT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/region.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/region.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cba99cf1cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/region.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/region.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: region.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_REGION_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_REGION_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRegion +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegion : public wxRegionBase +{ +public: + wxRegion() { } + + wxRegion( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h ) + { + InitRect(x, y, w, h); + } + + wxRegion( const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight ) + { + InitRect(topLeft.x, topLeft.y, + bottomRight.x - topLeft.x, bottomRight.y - topLeft.y); + } + + wxRegion( const wxRect& rect ) + { + InitRect(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); + } + + wxRegion( size_t n, const wxPoint *points, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE ); + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + wxRegion( const wxBitmap& bmp) + { + Union(bmp); + } + wxRegion( const wxBitmap& bmp, + const wxColour& transColour, int tolerance = 0) + { + Union(bmp, transColour, tolerance); + } +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + + virtual ~wxRegion(); + + // wxRegionBase methods + virtual void Clear(); + virtual bool IsEmpty() const; + +public: + // Init with GdkRegion, set ref count to 2 so that + // the C++ class will not destroy the region! + wxRegion( GdkRegion *region ); + + GdkRegion *GetRegion() const; + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + + // wxRegionBase pure virtuals + virtual bool DoIsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const; + virtual bool DoGetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord& w, wxCoord& h) const; + virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsRect(const wxRect& rect) const; + + virtual bool DoOffset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual bool DoUnionWithRect(const wxRect& rect); + virtual bool DoUnionWithRegion(const wxRegion& region); + virtual bool DoIntersect(const wxRegion& region); + virtual bool DoSubtract(const wxRegion& region); + virtual bool DoXor(const wxRegion& region); + + // common part of ctors for a rectangle region + void InitRect(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegion) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRegionIterator: decomposes a region into rectangles +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegionIterator: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxRegionIterator(); + wxRegionIterator(const wxRegion& region); + wxRegionIterator(const wxRegionIterator& ri) : wxObject(ri) { Init(); *this = ri; } + ~wxRegionIterator(); + + wxRegionIterator& operator=(const wxRegionIterator& ri); + + void Reset() { m_current = 0u; } + void Reset(const wxRegion& region); + + bool HaveRects() const; + operator bool () const { return HaveRects(); } + + wxRegionIterator& operator ++ (); + wxRegionIterator operator ++ (int); + + wxCoord GetX() const; + wxCoord GetY() const; + wxCoord GetW() const; + wxCoord GetWidth() const { return GetW(); } + wxCoord GetH() const; + wxCoord GetHeight() const { return GetH(); } + wxRect GetRect() const; + +private: + void Init(); + void CreateRects( const wxRegion& r ); + + size_t m_current; + wxRegion m_region; + + wxRect *m_rects; + size_t m_numRects; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegionIterator) +}; + + +#endif + // _WX_GTK_REGION_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/scrolbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/scrolbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..980504935d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/scrolbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/scrolbar.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: scrolbar.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_SCROLLBAR_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_SCROLLBAR_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollBar; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScrollBar +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollBar: public wxScrollBarBase +{ +public: + wxScrollBar(); + inline wxScrollBar( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr ) + { + Create( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name ); + } + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr ); + virtual ~wxScrollBar(); + int GetThumbPosition() const; + int GetThumbSize() const; + int GetPageSize() const; + int GetRange() const; + virtual void SetThumbPosition( int viewStart ); + virtual void SetScrollbar( int position, int thumbSize, int range, int pageSize, + bool refresh = true ); + + void SetThumbSize(int thumbSize); + void SetPageSize( int pageLength ); + void SetRange(int range); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + +protected: + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBar) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_SCROLLBAR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/scrolwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/scrolwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d7f188bb90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/scrolwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/scrolwin.h +// Purpose: wxScrolledWindow class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (2005-10-10): wxScrolledWindow is now common +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: scrolwin.h 58773 2009-02-08 20:51:44Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_SCROLLWIN_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_SCROLLWIN_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScrolledWindow +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollHelper : public wxScrollHelperBase +{ + typedef wxScrollHelperBase base_type; +public: + // default ctor doesn't do anything + wxScrollHelper(wxWindow *win) : wxScrollHelperBase(win) { } + + // implement the base class methods + virtual void SetScrollbars(int pixelsPerUnitX, int pixelsPerUnitY, + int noUnitsX, int noUnitsY, + int xPos = 0, int yPos = 0, + bool noRefresh = false); + virtual void AdjustScrollbars(); + +protected: + virtual void DoScroll(int x, int y); + virtual void DoShowScrollbars(wxScrollbarVisibility horz, + wxScrollbarVisibility vert); + +private: + // this does (each) half of AdjustScrollbars() work + void DoAdjustScrollbar(GtkRange* range, + int pixelsPerLine, + int winSize, + int virtSize, + int *pos, + int *lines, + int *linesPerPage); + + void DoAdjustHScrollbar(int winSize, int virtSize) + { + DoAdjustScrollbar + ( + m_win->m_scrollBar[wxWindow::ScrollDir_Horz], + m_xScrollPixelsPerLine, winSize, virtSize, + &m_xScrollPosition, &m_xScrollLines, &m_xScrollLinesPerPage + ); + } + + void DoAdjustVScrollbar(int winSize, int virtSize) + { + DoAdjustScrollbar + ( + m_win->m_scrollBar[wxWindow::ScrollDir_Vert], + m_yScrollPixelsPerLine, winSize, virtSize, + &m_yScrollPosition, &m_yScrollLines, &m_yScrollLinesPerPage + ); + } + + // and this does the same for Scroll() + void DoScrollOneDir(int orient, + int pos, + int pixelsPerLine, + int *posOld); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScrollHelper); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_SCROLLWIN_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/slider.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/slider.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01fc6136f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/slider.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/slider.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: slider.h 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_SLIDER_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_SLIDER_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSlider +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSlider : public wxSliderBase +{ +public: + wxSlider(); + wxSlider(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + int value, int minValue, int maxValue, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr) + { + Create( parent, id, value, minValue, maxValue, + pos, size, style, validator, name ); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + int value, int minValue, int maxValue, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr); + + // implement the base class pure virtuals + virtual int GetValue() const; + virtual void SetValue(int value); + + virtual void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue); + virtual int GetMin() const; + virtual int GetMax() const; + + virtual void SetLineSize(int lineSize); + virtual void SetPageSize(int pageSize); + virtual int GetLineSize() const; + virtual int GetPageSize() const; + + virtual void SetThumbLength(int lenPixels); + virtual int GetThumbLength() const; + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // implementation + void GTKDisableEvents(); + void GTKEnableEvents(); + bool GTKEventsDisabled() const; + + double m_pos; + int m_scrollEventType; + bool m_needThumbRelease; + GtkWidget *m_scale; + +protected: + GtkWidget *m_minLabel,*m_maxLabel; + bool m_blockScrollEvent; + + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + + // set the slider value unconditionally + void GTKSetValue(int value); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_SLIDER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/spinbutt.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/spinbutt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a38cd703c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/spinbutt.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/spinbutt.h +// Purpose: wxSpinButton class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// RCS-ID: $Id: spinbutt.h 62785 2009-12-05 19:25:04Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_SPINBUTT_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_SPINBUTT_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinButton : public wxSpinButtonBase +{ +public: + wxSpinButton(); + wxSpinButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = -1, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_VERTICAL, + const wxString& name = wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = -1, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_VERTICAL, + const wxString& name = wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME); + + virtual int GetValue() const; + virtual void SetValue( int value ); + virtual void SetRange( int minVal, int maxVal ); + virtual int GetMin() const; + virtual int GetMax() const; + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true ); + + // implementation + void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event ); + + int m_pos; + +protected: + void GtkDisableEvents() const; + void GtkEnableEvents() const; + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + +private: + typedef wxSpinButtonBase base_type; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinButton) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_GTK_SPINBUTT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/spinctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/spinctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0c4d35ebd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/spinctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/spinctrl.h +// Purpose: wxSpinCtrl class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// RCS-ID: $Id: spinctrl.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_SPINCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_SPINCTRL_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrlGTKBase - Base class for GTK versions of the wxSpinCtrl[Double] +// +// This class manages a double valued GTK spinctrl through the DoGet/SetXXX +// functions that are made public as Get/SetXXX functions for int or double +// for the wxSpinCtrl and wxSpinCtrlDouble classes respectively to avoid +// function ambiguity. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrlGTKBase : public wxSpinCtrlBase +{ +public: + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + double min, double max, double initial, + double inc, + const wxString& name); + + // wxSpinCtrl(Double) methods call DoXXX functions of the same name + + // accessors + // T GetValue() const + // T GetMin() const + // T GetMax() const + // T GetIncrement() const + virtual bool GetSnapToTicks() const; + + // operations + virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value); + // void SetValue(T val) + // void SetRange(T minVal, T maxVal) + // void SetIncrement(T inc) + void SetSnapToTicks( bool snap_to_ticks ); + + // Select text in the textctrl + void SetSelection(long from, long to); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // implementation + void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ); + +protected: + double DoGetValue() const; + double DoGetMin() const; + double DoGetMax() const; + double DoGetIncrement() const; + + void DoSetValue(double val); + void DoSetValue(const wxString& strValue); + void DoSetRange(double min_val, double max_val); + void DoSetIncrement(double inc); + + void GtkDisableEvents() const; + void GtkEnableEvents() const; + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + + // Widgets that use the style->base colour for the BG colour should + // override this and return true. + virtual bool UseGTKStyleBase() const { return true; } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrlGTKBase) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrl - An integer valued spin control +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrl : public wxSpinCtrlGTKBase +{ +public: + wxSpinCtrl() {} + wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, + const wxString& name = wxS("wxSpinCtrl")) + { + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, + const wxString& name = wxS("wxSpinCtrl")) + { + return wxSpinCtrlGTKBase::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, + style, min, max, initial, 1, name); + } + + // accessors + int GetValue() const { return int(DoGetValue()); } + int GetMin() const { return int(DoGetMin()); } + int GetMax() const { return int(DoGetMax()); } + int GetIncrement() const { return int(DoGetIncrement()); } + + // operations + void SetValue(const wxString& value) { wxSpinCtrlGTKBase::SetValue(value); } // visibility problem w/ gcc + void SetValue( int value ) { DoSetValue(value); } + void SetRange( int minVal, int maxVal ) { DoSetRange(minVal, maxVal); } + void SetIncrement(int inc) { DoSetIncrement(inc); } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrlDouble - a double valued spin control +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrlDouble : public wxSpinCtrlGTKBase +{ +public: + wxSpinCtrlDouble() {} + wxSpinCtrlDouble(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + double min = 0, double max = 100, double initial = 0, + double inc = 1, + const wxString& name = wxS("wxSpinCtrlDouble")) + { + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, + min, max, initial, inc, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + double min = 0, double max = 100, double initial = 0, + double inc = 1, + const wxString& name = wxS("wxSpinCtrlDouble")) + { + return wxSpinCtrlGTKBase::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, + style, min, max, initial, inc, name); + } + + // accessors + double GetValue() const { return DoGetValue(); } + double GetMin() const { return DoGetMin(); } + double GetMax() const { return DoGetMax(); } + double GetIncrement() const { return DoGetIncrement(); } + unsigned GetDigits() const; + + // operations + void SetValue(const wxString& value) { wxSpinCtrlGTKBase::SetValue(value); } // visibility problem w/ gcc + void SetValue(double value) { DoSetValue(value); } + void SetRange(double minVal, double maxVal) { DoSetRange(minVal, maxVal); } + void SetIncrement(double inc) { DoSetIncrement(inc); } + void SetDigits(unsigned digits); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrlDouble) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_SPINCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statbmp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statbmp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c98b31496 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statbmp.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/statbmp.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: statbmp.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __GTKSTATICBITMAPH__ +#define __GTKSTATICBITMAPH__ + +#include "wx/icon.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticBitmap +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBitmap : public wxStaticBitmapBase +{ +public: + wxStaticBitmap(); + wxStaticBitmap( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr ); + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr); + + virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { SetBitmap( icon ); } + virtual void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); + virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } + + // for compatibility with wxMSW + wxIcon GetIcon() const + { + // don't use wxDynamicCast, icons and bitmaps are really the same thing + // in wxGTK + return (const wxIcon &)m_bitmap; + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + +private: + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap) +}; + +#endif // __GTKSTATICBITMAPH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7860451813 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/statbox.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: statbox.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTKSTATICBOX_H_ +#define _WX_GTKSTATICBOX_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticBox +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBox : public wxStaticBoxBase +{ +public: + wxStaticBox(); + wxStaticBox( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &label, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString &name = wxStaticBoxNameStr ); + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &label, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString &name = wxStaticBoxNameStr ); + + virtual void SetLabel( const wxString &label ); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // implementation + + virtual bool IsTransparentForMouse() const { return true; } + + virtual void GetBordersForSizer(int *borderTop, int *borderOther) const; + + virtual void AddChild( wxWindowBase *child ); + +protected: + virtual bool GTKWidgetNeedsMnemonic() const; + virtual void GTKWidgetDoSetMnemonic(GtkWidget* w); + + void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBox) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTKSTATICBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statline.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statline.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..04f9e56822 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/statline.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/statline.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: statline.h 43874 2006-12-09 14:52:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __GTKSTATICLINEH__ +#define __GTKSTATICLINEH__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STATLINE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticLine +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticLine : public wxStaticLineBase +{ +public: + wxStaticLine(); + wxStaticLine(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticLine) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STATLINE + +#endif // __GTKSTATICLINEH__ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/stattext.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/stattext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7412e70449 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/stattext.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/stattext.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: stattext.h 67062 2011-02-27 12:48:07Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_STATTEXT_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_STATTEXT_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticText +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticText : public wxStaticTextBase +{ +public: + wxStaticText(); + wxStaticText(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &label, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString &name = wxStaticTextNameStr ); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &label, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString &name = wxStaticTextNameStr ); + + void SetLabel( const wxString &label ); + + bool SetFont( const wxFont &font ); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // implementation + // -------------- + +protected: + virtual bool GTKWidgetNeedsMnemonic() const; + virtual void GTKWidgetDoSetMnemonic(GtkWidget* w); + + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + virtual wxString DoGetLabel() const; + virtual void DoSetLabel(const wxString& str); +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + virtual bool DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup); +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + +private: + // Common part of SetLabel() and DoSetLabelMarkup(). + typedef void (wxStaticText::*GTKLabelSetter)(GtkLabel *, const wxString&); + + void GTKDoSetLabel(GTKLabelSetter setter, const wxString& label); + + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticText) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_GTK_STATTEXT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/taskbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/taskbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ba47591d5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/taskbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/taskbar.h +// Purpose: wxTaskBarIcon class for GTK2 +// Author: Paul Cornett +// Created: 2009-02-08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: taskbar.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Paul Cornett +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_TASKBARICON_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_TASKBARICON_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIcon: public wxTaskBarIconBase +{ +public: + wxTaskBarIcon(); + ~wxTaskBarIcon(); + virtual bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip = wxString()); + virtual bool RemoveIcon(); + virtual bool PopupMenu(wxMenu* menu); + bool IsOk() const { return true; } + bool IsIconInstalled() const; + + class Private; + +private: + Private* m_priv; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTaskBarIcon) + DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTaskBarIcon) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_TASKBARICON_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/textctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/textctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0582485fa1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/textctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/textctrl.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: 01/02/97 +// Id: $Id: textctrl.h 64404 2010-05-26 17:37:55Z RR $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_TEXTCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_TEXTCTRL_H_ + +typedef struct _GtkTextMark GtkTextMark; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextCtrl: public wxTextCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxTextCtrl() { Init(); } + wxTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString &name = wxTextCtrlNameStr); + + virtual ~wxTextCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString &name = wxTextCtrlNameStr); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text); + virtual wxString GetValue() const; + virtual bool IsEmpty() const; + + virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const; + virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const; + virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const; + + virtual bool IsModified() const; + virtual bool IsEditable() const; + + virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const; + + virtual void Remove(long from, long to); + + virtual void MarkDirty(); + virtual void DiscardEdits(); + + virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style); + virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style); + + // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl + // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates + // which represent column and line. + virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const; + virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const; + + virtual void ShowPosition(long pos); + + virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const; + virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, + wxTextCoord *col, + wxTextCoord *row) const + { + return wxTextCtrlBase::HitTest(pt, col, row); + } + + // Clipboard operations + virtual void Copy(); + virtual void Cut(); + virtual void Paste(); + + // Insertion point + virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos); + virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; + virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const; + + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to); + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable); + + // Overridden wxWindow methods + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style ); + virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true ); + + // Implementation from now on + void OnDropFiles( wxDropFilesEvent &event ); + void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ); + + void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event); + + void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + + bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); + bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour); + bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour); + + GtkWidget* GetConnectWidget(); + + void SetUpdateFont(bool WXUNUSED(update)) { } + + // implementation only from now on + + // tell the control to ignore next text changed signal + void IgnoreNextTextUpdate(int n = 1) { m_countUpdatesToIgnore = n; } + + // should we ignore the changed signal? always resets the flag + bool IgnoreTextUpdate(); + + // call this to indicate that the control is about to be changed + // programmatically and so m_modified flag shouldn't be set + void DontMarkDirtyOnNextChange() { m_dontMarkDirty = true; } + + // should we mark the control as dirty? always resets the flag + bool MarkDirtyOnChange(); + + // always let GTK have mouse release events for multiline controls + virtual bool GTKProcessEvent(wxEvent& event) const; + + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + +protected: + // wxGTK-specific: called recursively by Enable, + // to give widgets an oppprtunity to correct their colours after they + // have been changed by Enable + virtual void OnEnabled(bool enable); + + // overridden wxWindow virtual methods + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + + virtual void DoFreeze(); + virtual void DoThaw(); + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // Widgets that use the style->base colour for the BG colour should + // override this and return true. + virtual bool UseGTKStyleBase() const { return true; } + + virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString &value, int flags = 0); + + // wrappers hiding the differences between functions doing the same thing + // for GtkTextView and GtkEntry (all of them use current window style to + // set the given characteristic) + void GTKSetEditable(); + void GTKSetVisibility(); + void GTKSetActivatesDefault(); + void GTKSetWrapMode(); + void GTKSetJustification(); + +private: + // overridden wxTextEntry virtual methods + virtual GtkEditable *GetEditable() const; + virtual GtkEntry *GetEntry() const; + virtual void EnableTextChangedEvents(bool enable); + + // change the font for everything in this control + void ChangeFontGlobally(); + + // get the encoding which is used in this control: this looks at our font + // and default style but not the current style (i.e. the style for the + // current position); returns wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if we have no specific + // encoding + wxFontEncoding GetTextEncoding() const; + + // returns either m_text or m_buffer depending on whether the control is + // single- or multi-line; convenient for the GTK+ functions which work with + // both + void *GetTextObject() const + { + return IsMultiLine() ? static_cast(m_buffer) + : static_cast(m_text); + } + + + // the widget used for single line controls + GtkWidget *m_text; + + bool m_modified:1; + bool m_dontMarkDirty:1; + + int m_countUpdatesToIgnore; + + // Our text buffer. Convenient, and holds the buffer while using + // a dummy one when frozen + GtkTextBuffer *m_buffer; + + GtkTextMark* m_showPositionOnThaw; + + // For wxTE_AUTO_URL + void OnUrlMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent&); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrl) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_TEXTCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/textentry.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/textentry.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9fb99c444 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/textentry.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/textentry.h +// Purpose: wxGTK-specific wxTextEntry implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-09-24 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textentry.h 61834 2009-09-05 12:39:12Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_TEXTENTRY_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_TEXTENTRY_H_ + +typedef struct _GtkEditable GtkEditable; +typedef struct _GtkEntry GtkEntry; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextEntry: roughly corresponds to GtkEditable +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextEntry : public wxTextEntryBase +{ +public: + wxTextEntry() { } + + // implement wxTextEntryBase pure virtual methods + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text); + virtual void Remove(long from, long to); + + virtual void Copy(); + virtual void Cut(); + virtual void Paste(); + + virtual void Undo(); + virtual void Redo(); + virtual bool CanUndo() const; + virtual bool CanRedo() const; + + virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos); + virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; + virtual long GetLastPosition() const; + + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to); + virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const; + + virtual bool AutoComplete(const wxArrayString& choices); + + virtual bool IsEditable() const; + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable); + + virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long len); + + // implementation only from now on + void SendMaxLenEvent(); + +protected: + virtual wxString DoGetValue() const; + + // margins functions + virtual bool DoSetMargins(const wxPoint& pt); + virtual wxPoint DoGetMargins() const; + +private: + // implement this to return the associated GtkEntry or another widget + // implementing GtkEditable + virtual GtkEditable *GetEditable() const = 0; + + // implement this to return the associated GtkEntry + virtual GtkEntry *GetEntry() const = 0; +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_TEXTENTRY_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/tglbtn.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/tglbtn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1bdbeb3673 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/tglbtn.h @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/tglbtn.h +// Purpose: Declaration of the wxToggleButton class, which implements a +// toggle button under wxGTK. +// Author: John Norris, minor changes by Axel Schlueter +// Modified by: +// Created: 08.02.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tglbtn.h 66992 2011-02-22 13:25:30Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Johnny C. Norris II +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToggleButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToggleBitmapButton; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapToggleButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapToggleButton: public wxToggleButtonBase +{ +public: + // construction/destruction + wxBitmapToggleButton() {} + wxBitmapToggleButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + // Create the control + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr); + + // Get/set the value + void SetValue(bool state); + bool GetValue() const; + + // Set the label + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { wxControl::SetLabel(label); } + virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap& label); + bool Enable(bool enable = true); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // implementation + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + + void OnSetBitmap(); + +protected: + void GTKDisableEvents(); + void GTKEnableEvents(); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + +private: + typedef wxToggleButtonBase base_type; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapToggleButton) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToggleButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToggleButton: public wxToggleButtonBase +{ +public: + // construction/destruction + wxToggleButton() {} + wxToggleButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + // Create the control + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr); + + // Get/set the value + void SetValue(bool state); + bool GetValue() const; + + // Set the label + void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + bool Enable(bool enable = true); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + +protected: + void GTKDisableEvents(); + void GTKEnableEvents(); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + +private: + typedef wxToggleButtonBase base_type; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToggleButton) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/toolbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/toolbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f97fe264e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/toolbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/toolbar.h +// Purpose: GTK toolbar +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: toolbar.h 66633 2011-01-07 18:15:21Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_TOOLBAR_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_TOOLBAR_H_ + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToolBar +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolBar : public wxToolBarBase +{ +public: + // construction/destruction + wxToolBar() { Init(); } + wxToolBar( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr ) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr ); + + virtual ~wxToolBar(); + + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + + virtual void SetToolShortHelp(int id, const wxString& helpString); + + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style ); + + virtual void SetToolNormalBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + virtual void SetToolDisabledBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + virtual bool Realize(); + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + + virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable); + virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); + virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); + + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap1, + const wxBitmap& bitmap2, + wxItemKind kind, + wxObject *clientData, + const wxString& shortHelpString, + const wxString& longHelpString); + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control, + const wxString& label); + +private: + void Init(); + void GtkSetStyle(); + GSList* GetRadioGroup(size_t pos); + virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child); + + GtkToolbar* m_toolbar; + GtkTooltips* m_tooltips; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#endif + // _WX_GTK_TOOLBAR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/tooltip.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/tooltip.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e4589140c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/tooltip.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/tooltip.h +// Purpose: wxToolTip class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: tooltip.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __GTKTOOLTIPH__ +#define __GTKTOOLTIPH__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/object.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolTip; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToolTip +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolTip : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxToolTip( const wxString &tip ); + + // globally change the tooltip parameters + static void Enable( bool flag ); + static void SetDelay( long msecs ); + // set the delay after which the tooltip disappears or how long the tooltip remains visible + static void SetAutoPop(long msecs); + // set the delay between subsequent tooltips to appear + static void SetReshow(long msecs); + + // get/set the tooltip text + void SetTip( const wxString &tip ); + wxString GetTip() const { return m_text; } + + wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_window; } + bool IsOk() const { return m_window != NULL; } + + + // this forwards back to wxWindow::GTKApplyToolTip() + void GTKApply( wxWindow *win ); + + // this just sets the given tooltip for the specified widget + // tip must be UTF-8 encoded + static void GTKApply(GtkWidget *w, const gchar *tip); + +private: + wxString m_text; + wxWindow *m_window; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxToolTip) +}; + +#endif // __GTKTOOLTIPH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/toplevel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/toplevel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cbfa47d34c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/toplevel.h @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/toplevel.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: toplevel.h 65373 2010-08-21 09:53:25Z RR $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_TOPLEVEL_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_TOPLEVEL_H_ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTopLevelWindowGTK +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTopLevelWindowGTK : public wxTopLevelWindowBase +{ + typedef wxTopLevelWindowBase base_type; +public: + // construction + wxTopLevelWindowGTK() { Init(); } + wxTopLevelWindowGTK(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + virtual ~wxTopLevelWindowGTK(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = true); + virtual bool IsMaximized() const; + virtual void Iconize(bool iconize = true); + virtual bool IsIconized() const; + virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons); + virtual void Restore(); + + virtual bool EnableCloseButton(bool enable = true); + + virtual void ShowWithoutActivating(); + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL); + virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return m_fsIsShowing; }; + + virtual bool SetShape(const wxRegion& region); + + virtual void RequestUserAttention(int flags = wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO); + + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style ); + + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + + virtual void Raise(); + + virtual bool IsActive(); + + virtual void SetTitle( const wxString &title ); + virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; } + + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { SetTitle( label ); } + virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return GetTitle(); } + + + virtual bool SetTransparent(wxByte alpha); + virtual bool CanSetTransparent(); + + // Experimental, to allow help windows to be + // viewable from within modal dialogs + virtual void AddGrab(); + virtual void RemoveGrab(); + virtual bool IsGrabbed() const { return m_grabbed; } + + + virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true, + const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL ); + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + // GTK callbacks + virtual void OnInternalIdle(); + + // do *not* call this to iconize the frame, this is a private function! + void SetIconizeState(bool iconic); + + GtkWidget *m_mainWidget; + + bool m_fsIsShowing; /* full screen */ + int m_fsSaveGdkFunc, m_fsSaveGdkDecor; + wxRect m_fsSaveFrame; + + // m_windowStyle translated to GDK's terms + int m_gdkFunc, + m_gdkDecor; + + // size of WM decorations + wxSize m_decorSize; + + // shape of the frame + wxRegion m_shape; + + // private gtk_timeout_add result for mimicing wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO and + // wxUSER_ATTENTION_ERROR difference, -2 for no hint, -1 for ERROR hint, rest for GtkTimeout handle. + int m_urgency_hint; + + // return the size of the window without WM decorations + void GTKDoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + + void GTKUpdateDecorSize(const wxSize& decorSize); + +protected: + // give hints to the Window Manager for how the size + // of the TLW can be changed by dragging + virtual void DoSetSizeHints( int minW, int minH, + int maxW, int maxH, + int incW, int incH); + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // move the window to the specified location and resize it + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + + // take into account WM decorations here + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + + virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height); + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const; + + // string shown in the title bar + wxString m_title; + + bool m_deferShow; + +private: + wxSize& GetCachedDecorSize(); + + // is the frame currently iconized? + bool m_isIconized; + + // is the frame currently grabbed explicitly by the application? + bool m_grabbed; + + bool m_updateDecorSize; + bool m_deferShowAllowed; +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_TOPLEVEL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/treeentry_gtk.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/treeentry_gtk.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f5c5f84363 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/treeentry_gtk.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/treeentry_gtk.h +// Purpose: GtkTreeEntry - a string/userdata combo for use with treeview +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Id: $Id: treeentry_gtk.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// */ + +#ifndef __GTK_TREE_ENTRY_H__ +#define __GTK_TREE_ENTRY_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#include /* for gpointer and gchar* etc. */ + +#include "wx/dlimpexp.h" + +#define GTK_TYPE_TREE_ENTRY (gtk_tree_entry_get_type()) +#define GTK_TREE_ENTRY(obj) (GTK_CHECK_CAST (obj, gtk_tree_entry_get_type (), GtkTreeEntry)) +#define GTK_TREE_ENTRY_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST (klass, gtk_tree_entry_get_type (), GtkTreeEntryClass)) +#define GTK_IS_TREE_ENTRY(obj) (GTK_CHECK_TYPE (obj, gtk_tree_entry_get_type ())) + +typedef struct _GtkTreeEntry GtkTreeEntry; +typedef struct _GtkTreeEntryClass GtkTreeEntryClass; + +typedef void (*GtkTreeEntryDestroy) (GtkTreeEntry* entry, gpointer context); + +struct _GtkTreeEntry +{ + GObject parent; /* object instance */ + gchar* label; /* label - always copied by this object except on get */ + gchar* collate_key; /* collate key used for string comparisons/sorting */ + gpointer userdata; /* untouched userdata */ + GtkTreeEntryDestroy destroy_func; /* called upon destruction - use for freeing userdata etc. */ + gpointer destroy_func_data; /* context passed to destroy_func */ +}; + +struct _GtkTreeEntryClass +{ + GObjectClass parent; +}; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +GtkTreeEntry* gtk_tree_entry_new (void); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +GtkType gtk_tree_entry_get_type (void); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +gchar* gtk_tree_entry_get_collate_key (GtkTreeEntry* entry); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +gchar* gtk_tree_entry_get_label (GtkTreeEntry* entry); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +gpointer gtk_tree_entry_get_userdata (GtkTreeEntry* entry); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +void gtk_tree_entry_set_label (GtkTreeEntry* entry, const gchar* label); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +void gtk_tree_entry_set_userdata (GtkTreeEntry* entry, gpointer userdata); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE +void gtk_tree_entry_set_destroy_func (GtkTreeEntry* entry, + GtkTreeEntryDestroy destroy_func, + gpointer destroy_func_data); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __GTK_TREE_ENTRY_H__ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/window.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/window.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7d2e6ed4fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/gtk/window.h @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/gtk/window.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: window.h 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GTK_WINDOW_H_ +#define _WX_GTK_WINDOW_H_ + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// helper structure that holds class that holds GtkIMContext object and +// some additional data needed for key events processing +struct wxGtkIMData; + +WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(GdkWindow *, wxArrayGdkWindows); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindowGTK +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowGTK : public wxWindowBase +{ +public: + // creating the window + // ------------------- + wxWindowGTK(); + wxWindowGTK(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr); + virtual ~wxWindowGTK(); + + // implement base class (pure) virtual methods + // ------------------------------------------- + + virtual bool Destroy(); + + virtual void Raise(); + virtual void Lower(); + + virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); + + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style ); + + virtual bool IsRetained() const; + + virtual void SetFocus(); + + // hint from wx to native GTK+ tab traversal code + virtual void SetCanFocus(bool canFocus); + + virtual bool Reparent( wxWindowBase *newParent ); + + virtual void WarpPointer(int x, int y); + + virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true, + const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL ); + virtual void Update(); + virtual void ClearBackground(); + + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour ); + virtual bool SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour ); + virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor ); + virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font ); + + virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style) ; + + virtual int GetCharHeight() const; + virtual int GetCharWidth() const; + + virtual void SetScrollbar( int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible, + int range, bool refresh = true ); + virtual void SetScrollPos( int orient, int pos, bool refresh = true ); + virtual int GetScrollPos( int orient ) const; + virtual int GetScrollThumb( int orient ) const; + virtual int GetScrollRange( int orient ) const; + virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, + const wxRect* rect = NULL ); + virtual bool ScrollLines(int lines); + virtual bool ScrollPages(int pages); + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget ); +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + + virtual void AddChild( wxWindowBase *child ); + virtual void RemoveChild( wxWindowBase *child ); + + virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir); + virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const; + virtual wxCoord AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x, + wxCoord width, + wxCoord widthTotal) const; + + virtual bool DoIsExposed( int x, int y ) const; + virtual bool DoIsExposed( int x, int y, int w, int h ) const; + + // currently wxGTK2-only + void SetDoubleBuffered(bool on); + virtual bool IsDoubleBuffered() const; + + // SetLabel(), which does nothing in wxWindow + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_gtkLabel = label; } + virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return m_gtkLabel; } + + // implementation + // -------------- + + virtual WXWidget GetHandle() const { return m_widget; } + + // many important things are done here, this function must be called + // regularly + virtual void OnInternalIdle(); + + // For compatibility across platforms (not in event table) + void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {} + + // Used by all window classes in the widget creation process. + bool PreCreation( wxWindowGTK *parent, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); + void PostCreation(); + + // Internal addition of child windows + void DoAddChild(wxWindowGTK *child); + + // This methods sends wxPaintEvents to the window. It reads the + // update region, breaks it up into rects and sends an event + // for each rect. It is also responsible for background erase + // events and NC paint events. It is called from "draw" and + // "expose" handlers as well as from ::Update() + void GtkSendPaintEvents(); + + // The methods below are required because many native widgets + // are composed of several subwidgets and setting a style for + // the widget means setting it for all subwidgets as well. + // also, it is not clear which native widget is the top + // widget where (most of) the input goes. even tooltips have + // to be applied to all subwidgets. + virtual GtkWidget* GetConnectWidget(); + void ConnectWidget( GtkWidget *widget ); + + // Called from several event handlers, if it returns true or false, the + // same value should be immediately returned by the handler without doing + // anything else. If it returns -1, the handler should continue as usual + int GTKCallbackCommonPrologue(struct _GdkEventAny *event) const; + + // Simplified form of GTKCallbackCommonPrologue() which can be used from + // GTK callbacks without return value to check if the event should be + // ignored: if this returns true, the event shouldn't be handled + bool GTKShouldIgnoreEvent() const; + + + // override this if some events should never be consumed by wxWidgets but + // but have to be left for the native control + // + // base version just calls HandleWindowEvent() + virtual bool GTKProcessEvent(wxEvent& event) const; + + // Map GTK widget direction of the given widget to/from wxLayoutDirection + static wxLayoutDirection GTKGetLayout(GtkWidget *widget); + static void GTKSetLayout(GtkWidget *widget, wxLayoutDirection dir); + + // return true if this window must have a non-NULL parent, false if it can + // be created without parent (normally only top level windows but in wxGTK + // there is also the exception of wxMenuBar) + virtual bool GTKNeedsParent() const { return !IsTopLevel(); } + + // This is called when capture is taken from the window. It will + // fire off capture lost events. + void GTKReleaseMouseAndNotify(); + + GdkWindow* GTKGetDrawingWindow() const; + + bool GTKHandleFocusIn(); + bool GTKHandleFocusOut(); + void GTKHandleFocusOutNoDeferring(); + static void GTKHandleDeferredFocusOut(); + +protected: + // for controls composed of multiple GTK widgets, return true to eliminate + // spurious focus events if the focus changes between GTK+ children within + // the same wxWindow + virtual bool GTKNeedsToFilterSameWindowFocus() const { return false; } + + // Override GTKWidgetNeedsMnemonic and return true if your + // needs to set its mnemonic widget, such as for a + // GtkLabel for wxStaticText, then do the actual + // setting of the widget inside GTKWidgetDoSetMnemonic + virtual bool GTKWidgetNeedsMnemonic() const; + virtual void GTKWidgetDoSetMnemonic(GtkWidget* w); + + // Get the GdkWindows making part of this window: usually there will be + // only one of them in which case it should be returned directly by this + // function. If there is more than one GdkWindow (can be the case for + // composite widgets), return NULL and fill in the provided array + // + // This is not pure virtual for backwards compatibility but almost + // certainly must be overridden in any wxControl-derived class! + virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const; + + // Check if the given window makes part of this widget + bool GTKIsOwnWindow(GdkWindow *window) const; + +public: + // Returns the default context which usually is anti-aliased + PangoContext *GTKGetPangoDefaultContext(); + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + // applies tooltip to the widget (tip must be UTF-8 encoded) + virtual void GTKApplyToolTip( GtkTooltips *tips, const gchar *tip ); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + + // Called when a window should delay showing itself + // until idle time used in Reparent(). + void GTKShowOnIdle() { m_showOnIdle = true; } + + // This is called from the various OnInternalIdle methods + bool GTKShowFromOnIdle(); + + // is this window transparent for the mouse events (as wxStaticBox is)? + virtual bool GTKIsTransparentForMouse() const { return false; } + + // Common scroll event handling code for wxWindow and wxScrollBar + wxEventType GTKGetScrollEventType(GtkRange* range); + + // position and size of the window + int m_x, m_y; + int m_width, m_height; + int m_oldClientWidth,m_oldClientHeight; + + // see the docs in src/gtk/window.cpp + GtkWidget *m_widget; // mostly the widget seen by the rest of GTK + GtkWidget *m_wxwindow; // mostly the client area as per wxWidgets + + // label for use with GetLabelSetLabel + wxString m_gtkLabel; + + // return true if the window is of a standard (i.e. not wxWidgets') class + bool IsOfStandardClass() const { return m_wxwindow == NULL; } + + // this widget will be queried for GTK's focus events + GtkWidget *m_focusWidget; + + void GTKDisableFocusOutEvent(); + void GTKEnableFocusOutEvent(); + + wxGtkIMData *m_imData; + + + // indices for the arrays below + enum ScrollDir { ScrollDir_Horz, ScrollDir_Vert, ScrollDir_Max }; + + // horizontal/vertical scroll bar + GtkRange* m_scrollBar[ScrollDir_Max]; + + // horizontal/vertical scroll position + double m_scrollPos[ScrollDir_Max]; + + // return the scroll direction index corresponding to the given orientation + // (which is wxVERTICAL or wxHORIZONTAL) + static ScrollDir ScrollDirFromOrient(int orient) + { + return orient == wxVERTICAL ? ScrollDir_Vert : ScrollDir_Horz; + } + + // return the orientation for the given scrolling direction + static int OrientFromScrollDir(ScrollDir dir) + { + return dir == ScrollDir_Horz ? wxHORIZONTAL : wxVERTICAL; + } + + // find the direction of the given scrollbar (must be one of ours) + ScrollDir ScrollDirFromRange(GtkRange *range) const; + + // set the current cursor for all GdkWindows making part of this widget + // (see GTKGetWindow) + void GTKUpdateCursor(bool update_self = true, bool recurse = true); + + // extra (wxGTK-specific) flags + bool m_noExpose:1; // wxGLCanvas has its own redrawing + bool m_nativeSizeEvent:1; // wxGLCanvas sends wxSizeEvent upon "alloc_size" + bool m_hasVMT:1; // set after PostCreation() is called + bool m_isScrolling:1; // dragging scrollbar thumb? + bool m_clipPaintRegion:1; // true after ScrollWindow() + wxRegion m_nativeUpdateRegion; // not transformed for RTL + bool m_dirtyTabOrder:1; // tab order changed, GTK focus + // chain needs update + bool m_needsStyleChange:1; // May not be able to change + // background style until OnIdle + bool m_mouseButtonDown:1; + + bool m_showOnIdle:1; // postpone showing the window until idle + +protected: + // implement the base class pure virtuals + virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + int *x, int *y, + int *descent = NULL, + int *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *font = NULL) const; + virtual void DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const; + virtual void DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const; + virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const; + virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const; + virtual void DoGetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const; + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height); + virtual wxSize DoGetBorderSize() const; + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual void DoEnable(bool enable); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE + virtual bool DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y ); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE + + virtual void DoCaptureMouse(); + virtual void DoReleaseMouse(); + + virtual void DoFreeze(); + virtual void DoThaw(); + + void GTKFreezeWidget(GtkWidget *w); + void GTKThawWidget(GtkWidget *w); + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip ); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + + // common part of all ctors (not virtual because called from ctor) + void Init(); + + virtual void DoMoveInTabOrder(wxWindow *win, WindowOrder move); + virtual bool DoNavigateIn(int flags); + + + // Copies m_children tab order to GTK focus chain: + void RealizeTabOrder(); + + // Called by ApplyWidgetStyle (which is called by SetFont() and + // SetXXXColour etc to apply style changed to native widgets) to create + // modified GTK style with non-standard attributes. If forceStyle=true, + // creates empty GtkRcStyle if there are no modifications, otherwise + // returns NULL in such case. + GtkRcStyle *GTKCreateWidgetStyle(bool forceStyle = false); + + // Overridden in many GTK widgets who have to handle subwidgets + virtual void GTKApplyWidgetStyle(bool forceStyle = false); + + // helper function to ease native widgets wrapping, called by + // ApplyWidgetStyle -- override this, not ApplyWidgetStyle + virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style); + + // sets the border of a given GtkScrolledWindow from a wx style + static void GTKScrolledWindowSetBorder(GtkWidget* w, int style); + + // Connect the given function to the specified signal on m_widget. + // + // This is just a wrapper for g_signal_connect() and returns the handler id + // just as it does. + gulong GTKConnectWidget(const char *signal, void (*callback)()); + + // Return true from here if PostCreation() should connect to size_request + // signal: this is done by default but doesn't work for some native + // controls which override this function to return false + virtual bool GTKShouldConnectSizeRequest() const { return !IsTopLevel(); } + + void ConstrainSize(); + +private: + enum ScrollUnit { ScrollUnit_Line, ScrollUnit_Page, ScrollUnit_Max }; + + // common part of ScrollLines() and ScrollPages() and could be used, in the + // future, for horizontal scrolling as well + // + // return true if we scrolled, false otherwise (on error or simply if we + // are already at the end) + bool DoScrollByUnits(ScrollDir dir, ScrollUnit unit, int units); + virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child); + + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowGTK) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowGTK); +}; + +#endif // _WX_GTK_WINDOW_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hash.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d20c83c668 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/hash.h +// Purpose: wxHashTable class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: VZ at 25.02.00: type safe hashes with WX_DECLARE_HASH() +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: hash.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HASH_H__ +#define _WX_HASH_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/string.h" + +#if !wxUSE_STL + #include "wx/object.h" +#else + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject; +#endif + +// the default size of the hash +#define wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT (1000) + +/* + * A hash table is an array of user-definable size with lists + * of data items hanging off the array positions. Usually there'll + * be a hit, so no search is required; otherwise we'll have to run down + * the list to find the desired item. +*/ + +union wxHashKeyValue +{ + long integer; + wxString *string; +}; + +// for some compilers (AIX xlC), defining it as friend inside the class is not +// enough, so provide a real forward declaration +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTableBase; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTableBase_Node +{ + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTableBase; + typedef class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTableBase_Node _Node; +public: + wxHashTableBase_Node( long key, void* value, + wxHashTableBase* table ); + wxHashTableBase_Node( const wxString& key, void* value, + wxHashTableBase* table ); + ~wxHashTableBase_Node(); + + long GetKeyInteger() const { return m_key.integer; } + const wxString& GetKeyString() const { return *m_key.string; } + + void* GetData() const { return m_value; } + void SetData( void* data ) { m_value = data; } + +protected: + _Node* GetNext() const { return m_next; } + +protected: + // next node in the chain + wxHashTableBase_Node* m_next; + + // key + wxHashKeyValue m_key; + + // value + void* m_value; + + // pointer to the hash containing the node, used to remove the + // node from the hash when the user deletes the node iterating + // through it + // TODO: move it to wxHashTable_Node (only wxHashTable supports + // iteration) + wxHashTableBase* m_hashPtr; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTableBase +#if !wxUSE_STL + : public wxObject +#endif +{ + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTableBase_Node; +public: + typedef wxHashTableBase_Node Node; + + wxHashTableBase(); + virtual ~wxHashTableBase() { } + + void Create( wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_INTEGER, + size_t size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT ); + void Clear(); + void Destroy(); + + size_t GetSize() const { return m_size; } + size_t GetCount() const { return m_count; } + + void DeleteContents( bool flag ) { m_deleteContents = flag; } + + static long MakeKey(const wxString& string); + +protected: + void DoPut( long key, long hash, void* data ); + void DoPut( const wxString& key, long hash, void* data ); + void* DoGet( long key, long hash ) const; + void* DoGet( const wxString& key, long hash ) const; + void* DoDelete( long key, long hash ); + void* DoDelete( const wxString& key, long hash ); + +private: + // Remove the node from the hash, *only called from + // ~wxHashTable*_Node destructor + void DoRemoveNode( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ); + + // destroys data contained in the node if appropriate: + // deletes the key if it is a string and destrys + // the value if m_deleteContents is true + void DoDestroyNode( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ); + + // inserts a node in the table (at the end of the chain) + void DoInsertNode( size_t bucket, wxHashTableBase_Node* node ); + + // removes a node from the table (fiven a pointer to the previous + // but does not delete it (only deletes its contents) + void DoUnlinkNode( size_t bucket, wxHashTableBase_Node* node, + wxHashTableBase_Node* prev ); + + // unconditionally deletes node value (invoking the + // correct destructor) + virtual void DoDeleteContents( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ) = 0; + +protected: + // number of buckets + size_t m_size; + + // number of nodes (key/value pairs) + size_t m_count; + + // table + Node** m_table; + + // key typ (INTEGER/STRING) + wxKeyType m_keyType; + + // delete contents when hash is cleared + bool m_deleteContents; + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHashTableBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// for compatibility only +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTable_Node : public wxHashTableBase_Node +{ + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable; +public: + wxHashTable_Node( long key, void* value, + wxHashTableBase* table ) + : wxHashTableBase_Node( key, value, table ) { } + wxHashTable_Node( const wxString& key, void* value, + wxHashTableBase* table ) + : wxHashTableBase_Node( key, value, table ) { } + + wxObject* GetData() const + { return (wxObject*)wxHashTableBase_Node::GetData(); } + void SetData( wxObject* data ) + { wxHashTableBase_Node::SetData( data ); } + + wxHashTable_Node* GetNext() const + { return (wxHashTable_Node*)wxHashTableBase_Node::GetNext(); } +}; + +// should inherit protectedly, but it is public for compatibility in +// order to publicly inherit from wxObject +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTable : public wxHashTableBase +{ + typedef wxHashTableBase hash; +public: + typedef wxHashTable_Node Node; + typedef wxHashTable_Node* compatibility_iterator; +public: + wxHashTable( wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_INTEGER, + size_t size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT ) + : wxHashTableBase() { Create( keyType, size ); BeginFind(); } + wxHashTable( const wxHashTable& table ); + + virtual ~wxHashTable() { Destroy(); } + + const wxHashTable& operator=( const wxHashTable& ); + + // key and value are the same + void Put(long value, wxObject *object) + { DoPut( value, value, object ); } + void Put(long lhash, long value, wxObject *object) + { DoPut( value, lhash, object ); } + void Put(const wxString& value, wxObject *object) + { DoPut( value, MakeKey( value ), object ); } + void Put(long lhash, const wxString& value, wxObject *object) + { DoPut( value, lhash, object ); } + + // key and value are the same + wxObject *Get(long value) const + { return (wxObject*)DoGet( value, value ); } + wxObject *Get(long lhash, long value) const + { return (wxObject*)DoGet( value, lhash ); } + wxObject *Get(const wxString& value) const + { return (wxObject*)DoGet( value, MakeKey( value ) ); } + wxObject *Get(long lhash, const wxString& value) const + { return (wxObject*)DoGet( value, lhash ); } + + // Deletes entry and returns data if found + wxObject *Delete(long key) + { return (wxObject*)DoDelete( key, key ); } + wxObject *Delete(long lhash, long key) + { return (wxObject*)DoDelete( key, lhash ); } + wxObject *Delete(const wxString& key) + { return (wxObject*)DoDelete( key, MakeKey( key ) ); } + wxObject *Delete(long lhash, const wxString& key) + { return (wxObject*)DoDelete( key, lhash ); } + + // Way of iterating through whole hash table (e.g. to delete everything) + // Not necessary, of course, if you're only storing pointers to + // objects maintained separately + void BeginFind() { m_curr = NULL; m_currBucket = 0; } + Node* Next(); + + void Clear() { wxHashTableBase::Clear(); } + + size_t GetCount() const { return wxHashTableBase::GetCount(); } +protected: + // copy helper + void DoCopy( const wxHashTable& copy ); + + // searches the next node starting from bucket bucketStart and sets + // m_curr to it and m_currBucket to its bucket + void GetNextNode( size_t bucketStart ); +private: + virtual void DoDeleteContents( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ); + + // current node + Node* m_curr; + + // bucket the current node belongs to + size_t m_currBucket; +}; + +// defines a new type safe hash table which stores the elements of type eltype +// in lists of class listclass +#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH(eltype, dummy, hashclass, classexp) \ + classexp hashclass : public wxHashTableBase \ + { \ + public: \ + hashclass(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_INTEGER, \ + size_t size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT) \ + : wxHashTableBase() { Create(keyType, size); } \ + \ + virtual ~hashclass() { Destroy(); } \ + \ + void Put(long key, eltype *data) { DoPut(key, key, (void*)data); } \ + void Put(long lhash, long key, eltype *data) \ + { DoPut(key, lhash, (void*)data); } \ + eltype *Get(long key) const { return (eltype*)DoGet(key, key); } \ + eltype *Get(long lhash, long key) const \ + { return (eltype*)DoGet(key, lhash); } \ + eltype *Delete(long key) { return (eltype*)DoDelete(key, key); } \ + eltype *Delete(long lhash, long key) \ + { return (eltype*)DoDelete(key, lhash); } \ + private: \ + virtual void DoDeleteContents( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ) \ + { delete (eltype*)node->GetData(); } \ + \ + DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(hashclass) \ + } + + +// this macro is to be used in the user code +#define WX_DECLARE_HASH(el, list, hash) \ + _WX_DECLARE_HASH(el, list, hash, class) + +// and this one does exactly the same thing but should be used inside the +// library +#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH(el, list, hash) \ + _WX_DECLARE_HASH(el, list, hash, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) + +#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_HASH(el, list, hash, usergoo) \ + _WX_DECLARE_HASH(el, list, hash, class usergoo) + +// delete all hash elements +// +// NB: the class declaration of the hash elements must be visible from the +// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not +// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't +// count on it)! +#define WX_CLEAR_HASH_TABLE(hash) \ + { \ + (hash).BeginFind(); \ + wxHashTable::compatibility_iterator it = (hash).Next(); \ + while( it ) \ + { \ + delete it->GetData(); \ + it = (hash).Next(); \ + } \ + (hash).Clear(); \ + } + +#endif // _WX_HASH_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hashmap.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hashmap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..058c5c9e38 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hashmap.h @@ -0,0 +1,755 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/hashmap.h +// Purpose: wxHashMap class +// Author: Mattia Barbon +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/2002 +// RCS-ID: $Id: hashmap.h 66711 2011-01-19 10:47:49Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Mattia Barbon +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HASHMAP_H_ +#define _WX_HASHMAP_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/wxcrt.h" + +// In wxUSE_STL build we prefer to use the standard hash map class but it can +// be either in non-standard hash_map header (old g++ and some other STL +// implementations) or in C++0x standard unordered_map which can in turn be +// available either in std::tr1 or std namespace itself +// +// To summarize: if std::unordered_map is available use it, otherwise use tr1 +// and finally fall back to non-standard hash_map + +#if (defined(HAVE_EXT_HASH_MAP) || defined(HAVE_HASH_MAP)) \ + && (defined(HAVE_GNU_CXX_HASH_MAP) || defined(HAVE_STD_HASH_MAP)) + #define HAVE_STL_HASH_MAP +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STL && \ + (defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_MAP) || defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_MAP)) + +#if defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_MAP) + #include + #define WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE std +#elif defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_MAP) + #include + #define WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE std::tr1 +#endif + +#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \ + typedef WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::unordered_map< KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T > CLASSNAME + +#elif wxUSE_STL && defined(HAVE_STL_HASH_MAP) + +#if defined(HAVE_EXT_HASH_MAP) + #include +#elif defined(HAVE_HASH_MAP) + #include +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_GNU_CXX_HASH_MAP) + #define WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE __gnu_cxx +#elif defined(HAVE_STD_HASH_MAP) + #define WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE std +#endif + +#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \ + typedef WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash_map< KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T > CLASSNAME + +#else // !wxUSE_STL || no std::{hash,unordered}_map class available + +#define wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ +typedef int ptrdiff_t; +#else +#include // for ptrdiff_t +#endif + +// private +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE _wxHashTable_NodeBase +{ + _wxHashTable_NodeBase() : m_next(NULL) {} + + _wxHashTable_NodeBase* m_next; + +// Cannot do this: +// wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(_wxHashTable_NodeBase); +// without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor. +}; + +// private +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE _wxHashTableBase2 +{ +public: + typedef void (*NodeDtor)(_wxHashTable_NodeBase*); + typedef unsigned long (*BucketFromNode)(_wxHashTableBase2*,_wxHashTable_NodeBase*); + typedef _wxHashTable_NodeBase* (*ProcessNode)(_wxHashTable_NodeBase*); +protected: + static _wxHashTable_NodeBase* DummyProcessNode(_wxHashTable_NodeBase* node); + static void DeleteNodes( size_t buckets, _wxHashTable_NodeBase** table, + NodeDtor dtor ); + static _wxHashTable_NodeBase* GetFirstNode( size_t buckets, + _wxHashTable_NodeBase** table ) + { + for( size_t i = 0; i < buckets; ++i ) + if( table[i] ) + return table[i]; + return NULL; + } + + // as static const unsigned prime_count = 31 but works with all compilers + enum { prime_count = 31 }; + static const unsigned long ms_primes[prime_count]; + + // returns the first prime in ms_primes greater than n + static unsigned long GetNextPrime( unsigned long n ); + + // returns the first prime in ms_primes smaller than n + // ( or ms_primes[0] if n is very small ) + static unsigned long GetPreviousPrime( unsigned long n ); + + static void CopyHashTable( _wxHashTable_NodeBase** srcTable, + size_t srcBuckets, _wxHashTableBase2* dst, + _wxHashTable_NodeBase** dstTable, + BucketFromNode func, ProcessNode proc ); + + static void** AllocTable( size_t sz ) + { + return (void **)calloc(sz, sizeof(void*)); + } + static void FreeTable(void *table) + { + free(table); + } +}; + +#define _WX_DECLARE_HASHTABLE( VALUE_T, KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EX_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP, SHOULD_GROW, SHOULD_SHRINK ) \ +CLASSEXP CLASSNAME : protected _wxHashTableBase2 \ +{ \ +public: \ + typedef KEY_T key_type; \ + typedef VALUE_T value_type; \ + typedef HASH_T hasher; \ + typedef KEY_EQ_T key_equal; \ + \ + typedef size_t size_type; \ + typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type; \ + typedef value_type* pointer; \ + typedef const value_type* const_pointer; \ + typedef value_type& reference; \ + typedef const value_type& const_reference; \ + /* should these be protected? */ \ + typedef const KEY_T const_key_type; \ + typedef const VALUE_T const_mapped_type; \ +public: \ + typedef KEY_EX_T key_extractor; \ + typedef CLASSNAME Self; \ +protected: \ + _wxHashTable_NodeBase** m_table; \ + size_t m_tableBuckets; \ + size_t m_items; \ + hasher m_hasher; \ + key_equal m_equals; \ + key_extractor m_getKey; \ +public: \ + struct Node:public _wxHashTable_NodeBase \ + { \ + public: \ + Node( const value_type& value ) \ + : m_value( value ) {} \ + Node* next() { return static_cast(m_next); } \ + \ + value_type m_value; \ + }; \ + \ +protected: \ + static void DeleteNode( _wxHashTable_NodeBase* node ) \ + { \ + delete static_cast(node); \ + } \ +public: \ + /* */ \ + /* forward iterator */ \ + /* */ \ + CLASSEXP Iterator \ + { \ + public: \ + Node* m_node; \ + Self* m_ht; \ + \ + Iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_ht(NULL) {} \ + Iterator( Node* node, const Self* ht ) \ + : m_node(node), m_ht(const_cast(ht)) {} \ + bool operator ==( const Iterator& it ) const \ + { return m_node == it.m_node; } \ + bool operator !=( const Iterator& it ) const \ + { return m_node != it.m_node; } \ + protected: \ + Node* GetNextNode() \ + { \ + size_type bucket = GetBucketForNode(m_ht,m_node); \ + for( size_type i = bucket + 1; i < m_ht->m_tableBuckets; ++i ) \ + { \ + if( m_ht->m_table[i] ) \ + return static_cast(m_ht->m_table[i]); \ + } \ + return NULL; \ + } \ + \ + void PlusPlus() \ + { \ + Node* next = m_node->next(); \ + m_node = next ? next : GetNextNode(); \ + } \ + }; \ + friend class Iterator; \ + \ +public: \ + CLASSEXP iterator : public Iterator \ + { \ + public: \ + iterator() : Iterator() {} \ + iterator( Node* node, Self* ht ) : Iterator( node, ht ) {} \ + iterator& operator++() { PlusPlus(); return *this; } \ + iterator operator++(int) { iterator it=*this;PlusPlus();return it; } \ + reference operator *() const { return m_node->m_value; } \ + pointer operator ->() const { return &(m_node->m_value); } \ + }; \ + \ + CLASSEXP const_iterator : public Iterator \ + { \ + public: \ + const_iterator() : Iterator() {} \ + const_iterator(iterator i) : Iterator(i) {} \ + const_iterator( Node* node, const Self* ht ) \ + : Iterator(node, const_cast(ht)) {} \ + const_iterator& operator++() { PlusPlus();return *this; } \ + const_iterator operator++(int) { const_iterator it=*this;PlusPlus();return it; } \ + const_reference operator *() const { return m_node->m_value; } \ + const_pointer operator ->() const { return &(m_node->m_value); } \ + }; \ + \ + CLASSNAME( size_type sz = 10, const hasher& hfun = hasher(), \ + const key_equal& k_eq = key_equal(), \ + const key_extractor& k_ex = key_extractor() ) \ + : m_tableBuckets( GetNextPrime( (unsigned long) sz ) ), \ + m_items( 0 ), \ + m_hasher( hfun ), \ + m_equals( k_eq ), \ + m_getKey( k_ex ) \ + { \ + m_table = (_wxHashTable_NodeBase**)AllocTable(m_tableBuckets); \ + } \ + \ + CLASSNAME( const Self& ht ) \ + : m_table(NULL), \ + m_tableBuckets( 0 ), \ + m_items( ht.m_items ), \ + m_hasher( ht.m_hasher ), \ + m_equals( ht.m_equals ), \ + m_getKey( ht.m_getKey ) \ + { \ + HashCopy( ht ); \ + } \ + \ + const Self& operator=( const Self& ht ) \ + { \ + if (&ht != this) \ + { \ + clear(); \ + m_hasher = ht.m_hasher; \ + m_equals = ht.m_equals; \ + m_getKey = ht.m_getKey; \ + m_items = ht.m_items; \ + HashCopy( ht ); \ + } \ + return *this; \ + } \ + \ + ~CLASSNAME() \ + { \ + clear(); \ + \ + FreeTable(m_table); \ + } \ + \ + hasher hash_funct() { return m_hasher; } \ + key_equal key_eq() { return m_equals; } \ + \ + /* removes all elements from the hash table, but does not */ \ + /* shrink it ( perhaps it should ) */ \ + void clear() \ + { \ + DeleteNodes(m_tableBuckets, m_table, DeleteNode); \ + m_items = 0; \ + } \ + \ + size_type size() const { return m_items; } \ + size_type max_size() const { return size_type(-1); } \ + bool empty() const { return size() == 0; } \ + \ + const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(NULL, this); } \ + iterator end() { return iterator(NULL, this); } \ + const_iterator begin() const \ + { return const_iterator(static_cast(GetFirstNode(m_tableBuckets, m_table)), this); } \ + iterator begin() \ + { return iterator(static_cast(GetFirstNode(m_tableBuckets, m_table)), this); } \ + \ + size_type erase( const const_key_type& key ) \ + { \ + _wxHashTable_NodeBase** node = GetNodePtr(key); \ + \ + if( !node ) \ + return 0; \ + \ + --m_items; \ + _wxHashTable_NodeBase* temp = (*node)->m_next; \ + delete static_cast(*node); \ + (*node) = temp; \ + if( SHOULD_SHRINK( m_tableBuckets, m_items ) ) \ + ResizeTable( GetPreviousPrime( (unsigned long) m_tableBuckets ) - 1 ); \ + return 1; \ + } \ + \ +protected: \ + static size_type GetBucketForNode( Self* ht, Node* node ) \ + { \ + return ht->m_hasher( ht->m_getKey( node->m_value ) ) \ + % ht->m_tableBuckets; \ + } \ + static Node* CopyNode( Node* node ) { return new Node( *node ); } \ + \ + Node* GetOrCreateNode( const value_type& value, bool& created ) \ + { \ + const const_key_type& key = m_getKey( value ); \ + size_t bucket = m_hasher( key ) % m_tableBuckets; \ + Node* node = static_cast(m_table[bucket]); \ + \ + while( node ) \ + { \ + if( m_equals( m_getKey( node->m_value ), key ) ) \ + { \ + created = false; \ + return node; \ + } \ + node = node->next(); \ + } \ + created = true; \ + return CreateNode( value, bucket); \ + }\ + Node * CreateNode( const value_type& value, size_t bucket ) \ + {\ + Node* node = new Node( value ); \ + node->m_next = m_table[bucket]; \ + m_table[bucket] = node; \ + \ + /* must be after the node is inserted */ \ + ++m_items; \ + if( SHOULD_GROW( m_tableBuckets, m_items ) ) \ + ResizeTable( m_tableBuckets ); \ + \ + return node; \ + } \ + void CreateNode( const value_type& value ) \ + {\ + CreateNode(value, m_hasher( m_getKey(value) ) % m_tableBuckets ); \ + }\ + \ + /* returns NULL if not found */ \ + _wxHashTable_NodeBase** GetNodePtr(const const_key_type& key) const \ + { \ + size_t bucket = m_hasher( key ) % m_tableBuckets; \ + _wxHashTable_NodeBase** node = &m_table[bucket]; \ + \ + while( *node ) \ + { \ + if (m_equals(m_getKey(static_cast(*node)->m_value), key)) \ + return node; \ + node = &(*node)->m_next; \ + } \ + \ + return NULL; \ + } \ + \ + /* returns NULL if not found */ \ + /* expressing it in terms of GetNodePtr is 5-8% slower :-( */ \ + Node* GetNode( const const_key_type& key ) const \ + { \ + size_t bucket = m_hasher( key ) % m_tableBuckets; \ + Node* node = static_cast(m_table[bucket]); \ + \ + while( node ) \ + { \ + if( m_equals( m_getKey( node->m_value ), key ) ) \ + return node; \ + node = node->next(); \ + } \ + \ + return NULL; \ + } \ + \ + void ResizeTable( size_t newSize ) \ + { \ + newSize = GetNextPrime( (unsigned long)newSize ); \ + _wxHashTable_NodeBase** srcTable = m_table; \ + size_t srcBuckets = m_tableBuckets; \ + m_table = (_wxHashTable_NodeBase**)AllocTable( newSize ); \ + m_tableBuckets = newSize; \ + \ + CopyHashTable( srcTable, srcBuckets, \ + this, m_table, \ + (BucketFromNode)GetBucketForNode,\ + (ProcessNode)&DummyProcessNode ); \ + FreeTable(srcTable); \ + } \ + \ + /* this must be called _after_ m_table has been cleaned */ \ + void HashCopy( const Self& ht ) \ + { \ + ResizeTable( ht.size() ); \ + CopyHashTable( ht.m_table, ht.m_tableBuckets, \ + (_wxHashTableBase2*)this, \ + m_table, \ + (BucketFromNode)GetBucketForNode, \ + (ProcessNode)CopyNode ); \ + } \ +}; + +// defines an STL-like pair class CLASSNAME storing two fields: first of type +// KEY_T and second of type VALUE_T +#define _WX_DECLARE_PAIR( KEY_T, VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \ +CLASSEXP CLASSNAME \ +{ \ +public: \ + typedef KEY_T first_type; \ + typedef VALUE_T second_type; \ + typedef KEY_T t1; \ + typedef VALUE_T t2; \ + typedef const KEY_T const_t1; \ + typedef const VALUE_T const_t2; \ + \ + CLASSNAME(const const_t1& f, const const_t2& s) \ + : first(const_cast(f)), second(const_cast(s)) {} \ + \ + t1 first; \ + t2 second; \ +}; + +// defines the class CLASSNAME returning the key part (of type KEY_T) from a +// pair of type PAIR_T +#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_KEY_EX( KEY_T, PAIR_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \ +CLASSEXP CLASSNAME \ +{ \ + typedef KEY_T key_type; \ + typedef PAIR_T pair_type; \ + typedef const key_type const_key_type; \ + typedef const pair_type const_pair_type; \ + typedef const_key_type& const_key_reference; \ + typedef const_pair_type& const_pair_reference; \ +public: \ + CLASSNAME() { } \ + const_key_reference operator()( const_pair_reference pair ) const { return pair.first; }\ + \ + /* the dummy assignment operator is needed to suppress compiler */ \ + /* warnings from hash table class' operator=(): gcc complains about */ \ + /* "statement with no effect" without it */ \ + CLASSNAME& operator=(const CLASSNAME&) { return *this; } \ +}; + +// grow/shrink predicates +inline bool never_grow( size_t, size_t ) { return false; } +inline bool never_shrink( size_t, size_t ) { return false; } +inline bool grow_lf70( size_t buckets, size_t items ) +{ + return float(items)/float(buckets) >= 0.85; +} + +#endif // various hash map implementations + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// hashing and comparison functors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: implementation detail: all of these classes must have dummy assignment +// operators to suppress warnings about "statement with no effect" from gcc +// in the hash table class assignment operator (where they're assigned) + +#ifndef wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP + +// integer types +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIntegerHash +{ + WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash longHash; + WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash ulongHash; + WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash intHash; + WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash uintHash; + WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash shortHash; + WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash ushortHash; + +#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + // hash ought to work but doesn't on some compilers + #if (!defined SIZEOF_LONG_LONG && SIZEOF_LONG == 4) \ + || (defined SIZEOF_LONG_LONG && SIZEOF_LONG_LONG == SIZEOF_LONG * 2) + size_t longlongHash( wxLongLong_t x ) const + { + return longHash( wx_truncate_cast(long, x) ) ^ + longHash( wx_truncate_cast(long, x >> (sizeof(long) * 8)) ); + } + #elif defined SIZEOF_LONG_LONG && SIZEOF_LONG_LONG == SIZEOF_LONG + WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash longlongHash; + #else + WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash longlongHash; + #endif +#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + +public: + wxIntegerHash() { } + size_t operator()( long x ) const { return longHash( x ); } + size_t operator()( unsigned long x ) const { return ulongHash( x ); } + size_t operator()( int x ) const { return intHash( x ); } + size_t operator()( unsigned int x ) const { return uintHash( x ); } + size_t operator()( short x ) const { return shortHash( x ); } + size_t operator()( unsigned short x ) const { return ushortHash( x ); } +#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + size_t operator()( wxLongLong_t x ) const { return longlongHash(x); } + size_t operator()( wxULongLong_t x ) const { return longlongHash(x); } +#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + + wxIntegerHash& operator=(const wxIntegerHash&) { return *this; } +}; + +#else // wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP + +// integer types +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIntegerHash +{ +public: + wxIntegerHash() { } + unsigned long operator()( long x ) const { return (unsigned long)x; } + unsigned long operator()( unsigned long x ) const { return x; } + unsigned long operator()( int x ) const { return (unsigned long)x; } + unsigned long operator()( unsigned int x ) const { return x; } + unsigned long operator()( short x ) const { return (unsigned long)x; } + unsigned long operator()( unsigned short x ) const { return x; } +#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + wxULongLong_t operator()( wxLongLong_t x ) const { return static_cast(x); } + wxULongLong_t operator()( wxULongLong_t x ) const { return x; } +#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + + wxIntegerHash& operator=(const wxIntegerHash&) { return *this; } +}; + +#endif // !wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP/wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIntegerEqual +{ +public: + wxIntegerEqual() { } + bool operator()( long a, long b ) const { return a == b; } + bool operator()( unsigned long a, unsigned long b ) const { return a == b; } + bool operator()( int a, int b ) const { return a == b; } + bool operator()( unsigned int a, unsigned int b ) const { return a == b; } + bool operator()( short a, short b ) const { return a == b; } + bool operator()( unsigned short a, unsigned short b ) const { return a == b; } +#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + bool operator()( wxLongLong_t a, wxLongLong_t b ) const { return a == b; } + bool operator()( wxULongLong_t a, wxULongLong_t b ) const { return a == b; } +#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + + wxIntegerEqual& operator=(const wxIntegerEqual&) { return *this; } +}; + +// pointers +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPointerHash +{ +public: + wxPointerHash() { } + +#ifdef wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP + wxUIntPtr operator()( const void* k ) const { return wxPtrToUInt(k); } +#else + size_t operator()( const void* k ) const { return (size_t)k; } +#endif + + wxPointerHash& operator=(const wxPointerHash&) { return *this; } +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPointerEqual +{ +public: + wxPointerEqual() { } + bool operator()( const void* a, const void* b ) const { return a == b; } + + wxPointerEqual& operator=(const wxPointerEqual&) { return *this; } +}; + +// wxString, char*, wchar_t* +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringHash +{ +public: + wxStringHash() {} + unsigned long operator()( const wxString& x ) const + { return stringHash( x.wx_str() ); } + unsigned long operator()( const wchar_t* x ) const + { return stringHash( x ); } + unsigned long operator()( const char* x ) const + { return stringHash( x ); } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + static unsigned long wxCharStringHash( const wxChar* x ) + { return stringHash(x); } + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + static unsigned long charStringHash( const char* x ) + { return stringHash(x); } + #endif +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + static unsigned long stringHash( const wchar_t* ); + static unsigned long stringHash( const char* ); + + wxStringHash& operator=(const wxStringHash&) { return *this; } +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringEqual +{ +public: + wxStringEqual() {} + bool operator()( const wxString& a, const wxString& b ) const + { return a == b; } + bool operator()( const wxChar* a, const wxChar* b ) const + { return wxStrcmp( a, b ) == 0; } +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + bool operator()( const char* a, const char* b ) const + { return strcmp( a, b ) == 0; } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + wxStringEqual& operator=(const wxStringEqual&) { return *this; } +}; + +#ifdef wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP + +#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \ +_WX_DECLARE_PAIR( KEY_T, VALUE_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair, CLASSEXP ) \ +_WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_KEY_EX( KEY_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx, CLASSEXP ) \ +_WX_DECLARE_HASHTABLE( CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair, KEY_T, HASH_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable, CLASSEXP, grow_lf70, never_shrink ) \ +CLASSEXP CLASSNAME:public CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable \ +{ \ +public: \ + typedef VALUE_T mapped_type; \ + _WX_DECLARE_PAIR( iterator, bool, Insert_Result, CLASSEXP ) \ + \ + wxEXPLICIT CLASSNAME( size_type hint = 100, hasher hf = hasher(), \ + key_equal eq = key_equal() ) \ + : CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable( hint, hf, eq, \ + CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx() ) {} \ + \ + mapped_type& operator[]( const const_key_type& key ) \ + { \ + bool created; \ + return GetOrCreateNode( \ + CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair( key, mapped_type() ), \ + created)->m_value.second; \ + } \ + \ + const_iterator find( const const_key_type& key ) const \ + { \ + return const_iterator( GetNode( key ), this ); \ + } \ + \ + iterator find( const const_key_type& key ) \ + { \ + return iterator( GetNode( key ), this ); \ + } \ + \ + Insert_Result insert( const value_type& v ) \ + { \ + bool created; \ + Node *node = GetOrCreateNode( \ + CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair( v.first, v.second ), \ + created); \ + return Insert_Result(iterator(node, this), created); \ + } \ + \ + size_type erase( const key_type& k ) \ + { return CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable::erase( k ); } \ + void erase( const iterator& it ) { erase( it->first ); } \ + \ + /* count() == 0 | 1 */ \ + size_type count( const const_key_type& key ) \ + { \ + /* explicit cast needed to suppress CodeWarrior warnings */ \ + return (size_type)(GetNode( key ) ? 1 : 0); \ + } \ +} + +#endif // wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP + +// these macros are to be used in the user code +#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME) \ + _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, class ) + +#define WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME ) \ + _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( wxString, VALUE_T, wxStringHash, wxStringEqual, \ + CLASSNAME, class ) + +#define WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME ) \ + _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( void*, VALUE_T, wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, \ + CLASSNAME, class ) + +// and these do exactly the same thing but should be used inside the +// library +#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, DECL) \ + _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, DECL ) + +#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME) \ + WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, \ + CLASSNAME, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE ) + +#define WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, DECL ) \ + _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( wxString, VALUE_T, wxStringHash, wxStringEqual, \ + CLASSNAME, DECL ) + +#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_STRING_HASH_MAP( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME ) \ + WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, \ + class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE ) + +#define WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, DECL ) \ + _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( void*, VALUE_T, wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, \ + CLASSNAME, DECL ) + +#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME ) \ + WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, \ + class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE ) + +// delete all hash elements +// +// NB: the class declaration of the hash elements must be visible from the +// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not +// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't +// count on it)! +#define WX_CLEAR_HASH_MAP(type, hashmap) \ + { \ + type::iterator it, en; \ + for( it = (hashmap).begin(), en = (hashmap).end(); it != en; ++it ) \ + delete it->second; \ + (hashmap).clear(); \ + } + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Declarations of common hashmap classes + +WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( long, long, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, + wxLongToLongHashMap, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE ); + +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( wxString, wxStringToStringHashMap, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE ); + +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( wxUIntPtr, wxStringToNumHashMap, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE ); + + +#endif // _WX_HASHMAP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hashset.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hashset.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..54a7779c4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hashset.h @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/hashset.h +// Purpose: wxHashSet class +// Author: Mattia Barbon +// Modified by: +// Created: 11/08/2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: hashset.h 60410 2009-04-27 13:26:19Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Mattia Barbon +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HASHSET_H_ +#define _WX_HASHSET_H_ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" + +// see comment in wx/hashmap.h which also applies to different standard hash +// set classes + +#if wxUSE_STL && \ + (defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_SET) || defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_SET)) + +#if defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_SET) + #include + #define WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE std::unordered_set +#elif defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_SET) + #include + #define WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE std::tr1::unordered_set +#else + #error Update this code: unordered_set is available, but I do not know where. +#endif + +#elif wxUSE_STL && defined(HAVE_STL_HASH_MAP) + +#if defined(HAVE_EXT_HASH_MAP) + #include +#elif defined(HAVE_HASH_MAP) + #include +#endif + +#define WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash_set + +#endif // different hash_set/unordered_set possibilities + +#ifdef WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE + +// we need to define the class declared by _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET as a class and +// not a typedef to allow forward declaring it +#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \ +CLASSEXP CLASSNAME \ + : public WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE< KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T > \ +{ \ +public: \ + explicit CLASSNAME(size_type n = 3, \ + const hasher& h = hasher(), \ + const key_equal& ke = key_equal(), \ + const allocator_type& a = allocator_type()) \ + : WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE< KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T >(n, h, ke, a) \ + {} \ + template \ + CLASSNAME(InputIterator f, InputIterator l, \ + const hasher& h = hasher(), \ + const key_equal& ke = key_equal(), \ + const allocator_type& a = allocator_type()) \ + : WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE< KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T >(f, l, h, ke, a)\ + {} \ + CLASSNAME(const WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE< KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T >& s) \ + : WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE< KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T >(s) \ + {} \ +} + +#else // no appropriate STL class, use our own implementation + +// this is a complex way of defining an easily inlineable identity function... +#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_KEY_EX( KEY_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \ +CLASSEXP CLASSNAME \ +{ \ + typedef KEY_T key_type; \ + typedef const key_type const_key_type; \ + typedef const_key_type& const_key_reference; \ +public: \ + CLASSNAME() { } \ + const_key_reference operator()( const_key_reference key ) const \ + { return key; } \ + \ + /* the dummy assignment operator is needed to suppress compiler */ \ + /* warnings from hash table class' operator=(): gcc complains about */ \ + /* "statement with no effect" without it */ \ + CLASSNAME& operator=(const CLASSNAME&) { return *this; } \ +}; + +#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP )\ +_WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_KEY_EX( KEY_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx, CLASSEXP ) \ +_WX_DECLARE_HASHTABLE( KEY_T, KEY_T, HASH_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable, CLASSEXP, grow_lf70, never_shrink ) \ +CLASSEXP CLASSNAME:public CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable \ +{ \ +public: \ + _WX_DECLARE_PAIR( iterator, bool, Insert_Result, CLASSEXP ) \ + \ + wxEXPLICIT CLASSNAME( size_type hint = 100, hasher hf = hasher(), \ + key_equal eq = key_equal() ) \ + : CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable( hint, hf, eq, \ + CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx() ) {} \ + \ + Insert_Result insert( const key_type& key ) \ + { \ + bool created; \ + Node *node = GetOrCreateNode( key, created ); \ + return Insert_Result( iterator( node, this ), created ); \ + } \ + \ + const_iterator find( const const_key_type& key ) const \ + { \ + return const_iterator( GetNode( key ), this ); \ + } \ + \ + iterator find( const const_key_type& key ) \ + { \ + return iterator( GetNode( key ), this ); \ + } \ + \ + size_type erase( const key_type& k ) \ + { return CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable::erase( k ); } \ + void erase( const iterator& it ) { erase( *it ); } \ + void erase( const const_iterator& it ) { erase( *it ); } \ + \ + /* count() == 0 | 1 */ \ + size_type count( const const_key_type& key ) const \ + { return GetNode( key ) ? 1 : 0; } \ +} + +#endif // STL/wx implementations + + +// these macros are to be used in the user code +#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME) \ + _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, class ) + +// and these do exactly the same thing but should be used inside the +// library +#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, DECL) \ + _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, DECL ) + +#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME) \ + WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, \ + CLASSNAME, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE ) + +// delete all hash elements +// +// NB: the class declaration of the hash elements must be visible from the +// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not +// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't +// count on it)! +#define WX_CLEAR_HASH_SET(type, hashset) \ + { \ + type::iterator it, en; \ + for( it = (hashset).begin(), en = (hashset).end(); it != en; ++it ) \ + delete *it; \ + (hashset).clear(); \ + } + +#endif // _WX_HASHSET_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/headercol.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/headercol.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3a47d3054 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/headercol.h @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/headercol.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxHeaderColumn class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-12-02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: headercol.h 65948 2010-10-30 15:57:41Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HEADERCOL_H_ +#define _WX_HEADERCOL_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +#if wxUSE_HEADERCTRL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum +{ + // special value for column width meaning unspecified/default + wxCOL_WIDTH_DEFAULT = -1, + + // size the column automatically to fit all values + wxCOL_WIDTH_AUTOSIZE = -2 +}; + +// bit masks for the various column attributes +enum +{ + // column can be resized (included in default flags) + wxCOL_RESIZABLE = 1, + + // column can be clicked to toggle the sort order by its contents + wxCOL_SORTABLE = 2, + + // column can be dragged to change its order (included in default) + wxCOL_REORDERABLE = 4, + + // column is not shown at all + wxCOL_HIDDEN = 8, + + // default flags for wxHeaderColumn ctor + wxCOL_DEFAULT_FLAGS = wxCOL_RESIZABLE | wxCOL_REORDERABLE +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderColumn: interface for a column in a header of controls such as +// wxListCtrl, wxDataViewCtrl or wxGrid +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHeaderColumn +{ +public: + // ctors and dtor + // -------------- + + /* + Derived classes must provide ctors with the following signatures + (notice that they shouldn't be explicit to allow passing strings/bitmaps + directly to methods such wxHeaderCtrl::AppendColumn()): + wxHeaderColumn(const wxString& title, + int width = wxCOL_WIDTH_DEFAULT, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxCOL_DEFAULT_FLAGS); + wxHeaderColumn(const wxBitmap &bitmap, + int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxCOL_DEFAULT_FLAGS); + */ + + // virtual dtor for the base class to avoid gcc warnings even though we + // don't normally delete the objects of this class via a pointer to + // wxHeaderColumn so it's not necessary, strictly speaking + virtual ~wxHeaderColumn() { } + + // getters for various attributes + // ------------------------------ + + // notice that wxHeaderColumn only provides getters as this is all the + // wxHeaderCtrl needs, various derived class must also provide some way to + // change these attributes but this can be done either at the column level + // (in which case they should inherit from wxSettableHeaderColumn) or via + // the methods of the main control in which case you don't need setters in + // the column class at all + + // title is the string shown for this column + virtual wxString GetTitle() const = 0; + + // bitmap shown (instead of text) in the column header + virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const = 0; \ + + // width of the column in pixels, can be set to wxCOL_WIDTH_DEFAULT meaning + // unspecified/default + virtual int GetWidth() const = 0; + + // minimal width can be set for resizeable columns to forbid resizing them + // below the specified size (set to 0 to remove) + virtual int GetMinWidth() const = 0; + + // alignment of the text: wxALIGN_CENTRE, wxALIGN_LEFT or wxALIGN_RIGHT + virtual wxAlignment GetAlignment() const = 0; + + + // flags manipulations: + // -------------------- + + // notice that while we make GetFlags() pure virtual here and implement the + // individual flags access in terms of it, for some derived classes it is + // more natural to implement access to each flag individually, in which + // case they can use our GetFromIndividualFlags() helper below to implement + // GetFlags() + + // retrieve all column flags at once: combination of wxCOL_XXX values above + virtual int GetFlags() const = 0; + + bool HasFlag(int flag) const { return (GetFlags() & flag) != 0; } + + + // wxCOL_RESIZABLE + virtual bool IsResizeable() const + { return HasFlag(wxCOL_RESIZABLE); } + + // wxCOL_SORTABLE + virtual bool IsSortable() const + { return HasFlag(wxCOL_SORTABLE); } + + // wxCOL_REORDERABLE + virtual bool IsReorderable() const + { return HasFlag(wxCOL_REORDERABLE); } + + // wxCOL_HIDDEN + virtual bool IsHidden() const + { return HasFlag(wxCOL_HIDDEN); } + bool IsShown() const + { return !IsHidden(); } + + + // sorting + // ------- + + // return true if the column is the one currently used for sorting + virtual bool IsSortKey() const = 0; + + // for sortable columns indicate whether we should sort in ascending or + // descending order (this should only be taken into account if IsSortKey()) + virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const = 0; + +protected: + // helper for the class overriding IsXXX() + int GetFromIndividualFlags() const; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSettableHeaderColumn: column which allows to change its fields too +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSettableHeaderColumn : public wxHeaderColumn +{ +public: + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) = 0; + virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0; + virtual void SetWidth(int width) = 0; + virtual void SetMinWidth(int minWidth) = 0; + virtual void SetAlignment(wxAlignment align) = 0; + + // see comment for wxHeaderColumn::GetFlags() about the relationship + // between SetFlags() and Set{Sortable,Reorderable,...} + + // change, set, clear, toggle or test for any individual flag + virtual void SetFlags(int flags) = 0; + void ChangeFlag(int flag, bool set); + void SetFlag(int flag); + void ClearFlag(int flag); + void ToggleFlag(int flag); + + virtual void SetResizeable(bool resizeable) + { ChangeFlag(wxCOL_RESIZABLE, resizeable); } + virtual void SetSortable(bool sortable) + { ChangeFlag(wxCOL_SORTABLE, sortable); } + virtual void SetReorderable(bool reorderable) + { ChangeFlag(wxCOL_REORDERABLE, reorderable); } + virtual void SetHidden(bool hidden) + { ChangeFlag(wxCOL_HIDDEN, hidden); } + + virtual void SetAsSortKey(bool sort = true) = 0; + void UnsetAsSortKey() { SetAsSortKey(false); } + + virtual void SetSortOrder(bool ascending) = 0; + void ToggleSortOrder() { SetSortOrder(!IsSortOrderAscending()); } + +protected: + // helper for the class overriding individual SetXXX() methods instead of + // overriding SetFlags() + void SetIndividualFlags(int flags); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderColumnSimple: trivial generic implementation of wxHeaderColumn +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxHeaderColumnSimple : public wxSettableHeaderColumn +{ +public: + // ctors and dtor + wxHeaderColumnSimple(const wxString& title, + int width = wxCOL_WIDTH_DEFAULT, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT, + int flags = wxCOL_DEFAULT_FLAGS) + : m_title(title), + m_width(width), + m_align(align), + m_flags(flags) + { + Init(); + } + + wxHeaderColumnSimple(const wxBitmap& bitmap, + int width = wxCOL_WIDTH_DEFAULT, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxCOL_DEFAULT_FLAGS) + : m_bitmap(bitmap), + m_width(width), + m_align(align), + m_flags(flags) + { + Init(); + } + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_title = title; } + virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; } + + virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; } + wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } + + virtual void SetWidth(int width) { m_width = width; } + virtual int GetWidth() const { return m_width; } + + virtual void SetMinWidth(int minWidth) { m_minWidth = minWidth; } + virtual int GetMinWidth() const { return m_minWidth; } + + virtual void SetAlignment(wxAlignment align) { m_align = align; } + virtual wxAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_align; } + + virtual void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } + virtual int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } + + virtual void SetAsSortKey(bool sort = true) { m_sort = sort; } + virtual bool IsSortKey() const { return m_sort; } + + virtual void SetSortOrder(bool ascending) { m_sortAscending = ascending; } + virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const { return m_sortAscending; } + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init() + { + m_minWidth = 0; + m_sort = false; + m_sortAscending = true; + } + + wxString m_title; + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + int m_width, + m_minWidth; + wxAlignment m_align; + int m_flags; + bool m_sort, + m_sortAscending; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_HEADERCTRL + +#endif // _WX_HEADERCOL_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/headerctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/headerctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..600778b5fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/headerctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/headerctrl.h +// Purpose: wxHeaderCtrlBase class: interface of wxHeaderCtrl +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-12-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: headerctrl.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HEADERCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_HEADERCTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/control.h" + +#if wxUSE_HEADERCTRL + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" + +#include "wx/headercol.h" + +// notice that the classes in this header are defined in the core library even +// although currently they're only used by wxGrid which is in wxAdv because we +// plan to use it in wxListCtrl which is in core too in the future +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxHeaderCtrlEvent; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum +{ + // allow column drag and drop + wxHD_ALLOW_REORDER = 0x0001, + + // allow hiding (and showing back) the columns using the menu shown by + // right clicking the header + wxHD_ALLOW_HIDE = 0x0002, + + // style used by default when creating the control + wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE = wxHD_ALLOW_REORDER +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxHeaderCtrlNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrlBase defines the interface of a header control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHeaderCtrlBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + /* + Derived classes must provide default ctor as well as a ctor and + Create() function with the following signatures: + + wxHeaderCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHeaderCtrlNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHeaderCtrlNameStr); + */ + + // column-related methods + // ---------------------- + + // set the number of columns in the control + // + // this also calls UpdateColumn() for all columns + void SetColumnCount(unsigned int count); + + // return the number of columns in the control as set by SetColumnCount() + unsigned int GetColumnCount() const { return DoGetCount(); } + + // return whether the control has any columns + bool IsEmpty() const { return DoGetCount() == 0; } + + // update the column with the given index + void UpdateColumn(unsigned int idx) + { + wxCHECK_RET( idx < GetColumnCount(), "invalid column index" ); + + DoUpdate(idx); + } + + + // columns order + // ------------- + + // set the columns order: the array defines the column index which appears + // the given position, it must have GetColumnCount() elements and contain + // all indices exactly once + void SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order); + wxArrayInt GetColumnsOrder() const; + + // get the index of the column at the given display position + unsigned int GetColumnAt(unsigned int pos) const; + + // get the position at which this column is currently displayed + unsigned int GetColumnPos(unsigned int idx) const; + + // reset the columns order to the natural one + void ResetColumnsOrder(); + + // helper function used by the generic version of this control and also + // wxGrid: reshuffles the array of column indices indexed by positions + // (i.e. using the same convention as for SetColumnsOrder()) so that the + // column with the given index is found at the specified position + static void MoveColumnInOrderArray(wxArrayInt& order, + unsigned int idx, + unsigned int pos); + + + // UI helpers + // ---------- + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // show the popup menu containing all columns with check marks for the ones + // which are currently shown and return true if something was done using it + // (in this case UpdateColumnVisibility() will have been called) or false + // if the menu was cancelled + // + // this is called from the default right click handler for the controls + // with wxHD_ALLOW_HIDE style + bool ShowColumnsMenu(const wxPoint& pt, const wxString& title = wxString()); + + // append the entries for all our columns to the given menu, with the + // currently visible columns being checked + // + // this is used by ShowColumnsMenu() but can also be used if you use your + // own custom columns menu but nevertheless want to show all the columns in + // it + // + // the ids of the items corresponding to the columns are consecutive and + // start from idColumnsBase + void AddColumnsItems(wxMenu& menu, int idColumnsBase = 0); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + // show the columns customization dialog and return true if something was + // changed using it (in which case UpdateColumnVisibility() and/or + // UpdateColumnsOrder() will have been called) + // + // this is called by the control itself from ShowColumnsMenu() (which in + // turn is only called by the control if wxHD_ALLOW_HIDE style was + // specified) and if the control has wxHD_ALLOW_REORDER style as well + bool ShowCustomizeDialog(); + + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // the user doesn't need to TAB to this control + virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const { return false; } + + // this method is only overridden in order to synchronize the control with + // the main window when it is scrolled, the derived class must implement + // DoScrollHorz() + virtual void ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect = NULL); + +protected: + // this method must be implemented by the derived classes to return the + // information for the given column + virtual const wxHeaderColumn& GetColumn(unsigned int idx) const = 0; + + // this method is called from the default EVT_HEADER_SEPARATOR_DCLICK + // handler to update the fitting column width of the given column, it + // should return true if the width was really updated + virtual bool UpdateColumnWidthToFit(unsigned int WXUNUSED(idx), + int WXUNUSED(widthTitle)) + { + return false; + } + + // this method is called from ShowColumnsMenu() and must be overridden to + // update the internal column visibility (there is no need to call + // UpdateColumn() from here, this will be done internally) + virtual void UpdateColumnVisibility(unsigned int WXUNUSED(idx), + bool WXUNUSED(show)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "must be overridden if called" ); + } + + // this method is called from ShowCustomizeDialog() to reorder all columns + // at once and should be implemented for controls using wxHD_ALLOW_REORDER + // style (there is no need to call SetColumnsOrder() from here, this is + // done by the control itself) + virtual void UpdateColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& WXUNUSED(order)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "must be overridden if called" ); + } + + // this method can be overridden in the derived classes to do something + // (e.g. update/resize some internal data structures) before the number of + // columns in the control changes + virtual void OnColumnCountChanging(unsigned int WXUNUSED(count)) { } + + + // helper function for the derived classes: update the array of column + // indices after the number of columns changed + void DoResizeColumnIndices(wxArrayInt& colIndices, unsigned int count); + +private: + // methods implementing our public API and defined in platform-specific + // implementations + virtual void DoSetCount(unsigned int count) = 0; + virtual unsigned int DoGetCount() const = 0; + virtual void DoUpdate(unsigned int idx) = 0; + + virtual void DoScrollHorz(int dx) = 0; + + virtual void DoSetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order) = 0; + virtual wxArrayInt DoGetColumnsOrder() const = 0; + + // this window doesn't look nice with the border so don't use it by default + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + // event handlers + void OnSeparatorDClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event); +#if wxUSE_MENUS + void OnRClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrl: port-specific header control implementation, notice that this +// is still an ABC which is meant to be used as part of another +// control, see wxHeaderCtrlSimple for a standalone version +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/msw/headerctrl.h" +#else + #define wxHAS_GENERIC_HEADERCTRL + #include "wx/generic/headerctrlg.h" +#endif // platform + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrlSimple: concrete header control which can be used standalone +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHeaderCtrlSimple : public wxHeaderCtrl +{ +public: + // control creation + // ---------------- + + wxHeaderCtrlSimple() { Init(); } + wxHeaderCtrlSimple(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHeaderCtrlNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // managing the columns + // -------------------- + + // insert the column at the given position, using GetColumnCount() as + // position appends it at the end + void InsertColumn(const wxHeaderColumnSimple& col, unsigned int idx) + { + wxCHECK_RET( idx <= GetColumnCount(), "invalid column index" ); + + DoInsert(col, idx); + } + + // append the column to the end of the control + void AppendColumn(const wxHeaderColumnSimple& col) + { + DoInsert(col, GetColumnCount()); + } + + // delete the column at the given index + void DeleteColumn(unsigned int idx) + { + wxCHECK_RET( idx < GetColumnCount(), "invalid column index" ); + + DoDelete(idx); + } + + // delete all the existing columns + void DeleteAllColumns(); + + + // modifying columns + // ----------------- + + // show or hide the column, notice that even when a column is hidden we + // still account for it when using indices + void ShowColumn(unsigned int idx, bool show = true) + { + wxCHECK_RET( idx < GetColumnCount(), "invalid column index" ); + + DoShowColumn(idx, show); + } + + void HideColumn(unsigned int idx) + { + ShowColumn(idx, false); + } + + // indicate that the column is used for sorting + void ShowSortIndicator(unsigned int idx, bool ascending = true) + { + wxCHECK_RET( idx < GetColumnCount(), "invalid column index" ); + + DoShowSortIndicator(idx, ascending); + } + + // remove the sort indicator completely + void RemoveSortIndicator(); + +protected: + // implement/override base class methods + virtual const wxHeaderColumn& GetColumn(unsigned int idx) const; + virtual bool UpdateColumnWidthToFit(unsigned int idx, int widthTitle); + + // and define another one to be overridden in the derived classes: it + // should return the best width for the given column contents or -1 if not + // implemented, we use it to implement UpdateColumnWidthToFit() + virtual int GetBestFittingWidth(unsigned int WXUNUSED(idx)) const + { + return -1; + } + +private: + // functions implementing our public API + void DoInsert(const wxHeaderColumnSimple& col, unsigned int idx); + void DoDelete(unsigned int idx); + void DoShowColumn(unsigned int idx, bool show); + void DoShowSortIndicator(unsigned int idx, bool ascending); + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // bring the column count in sync with the number of columns we store + void UpdateColumnCount() { SetColumnCount(m_cols.size()); } + + + // all our current columns + typedef wxVector Columns; + Columns m_cols; + + // the column currently used for sorting or -1 if none + unsigned int m_sortKey; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHeaderCtrlSimple); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrl events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHeaderCtrlEvent : public wxNotifyEvent +{ +public: + wxHeaderCtrlEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0) + : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid), + m_col(-1), + m_width(0), + m_order(static_cast(-1)) + { + } + + wxHeaderCtrlEvent(const wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) + : wxNotifyEvent(event), + m_col(event.m_col), + m_width(event.m_width), + m_order(event.m_order) + { + } + + // the column which this event pertains to: valid for all header events + int GetColumn() const { return m_col; } + void SetColumn(int col) { m_col = col; } + + // the width of the column: valid for column resizing/dragging events only + int GetWidth() const { return m_width; } + void SetWidth(int width) { m_width = width; } + + // the new position of the column: for end reorder events only + unsigned int GetNewOrder() const { return m_order; } + void SetNewOrder(unsigned int order) { m_order = order; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxHeaderCtrlEvent(*this); } + +protected: + // the column affected by the event + int m_col; + + // the current width for the dragging events + int m_width; + + // the new column position for end reorder event + unsigned int m_order; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxHeaderCtrlEvent) +}; + + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_CLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_MIDDLE_CLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent ); + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_DCLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_MIDDLE_DCLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent ); + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_SEPARATOR_DCLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent ); + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE, wxHeaderCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_RESIZING, wxHeaderCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_END_RESIZE, wxHeaderCtrlEvent ); + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER, wxHeaderCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_END_REORDER, wxHeaderCtrlEvent ); + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_DRAGGING_CANCELLED, wxHeaderCtrlEvent ); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxHeaderCtrlEventFunction)(wxHeaderCtrlEvent&); + +#define wxHeaderCtrlEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxHeaderCtrlEventFunction, func) + +#define wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_ ## evt, id, wxHeaderCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_HEADER_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(CLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_HEADER_MIDDLE_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(MIDDLE_CLICK, id, fn) + +#define EVT_HEADER_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(DCLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_HEADER_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(RIGHT_DCLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_HEADER_MIDDLE_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(MIDDLE_DCLICK, id, fn) + +#define EVT_HEADER_SEPARATOR_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(SEPARATOR_DCLICK, id, fn) + +#define EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(BEGIN_RESIZE, id, fn) +#define EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(RESIZING, id, fn) +#define EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(END_RESIZE, id, fn) + +#define EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(BEGIN_REORDER, id, fn) +#define EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(END_REORDER, id, fn) + +#define EVT_HEADER_DRAGGING_CANCELLED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(DRAGGING_CANCELLED, id, fn) + +#endif // wxUSE_HEADERCTRL + +#endif // _WX_HEADERCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/help.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/help.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0dae79dfae --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/help.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/help.h +// Purpose: wxHelpController base header +// Author: wxWidgets Team +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: help.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HELP_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_HELP_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_HELP + +#include "wx/helpbase.h" + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + #include "wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h" + + #define wxHelpController wxWinceHelpController +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/help.h" + + #define wxHelpController wxPalmHelpController +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/helpchm.h" + + #define wxHelpController wxCHMHelpController +#else // !MSW + +#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP + #include "wx/html/helpctrl.h" + #define wxHelpController wxHtmlHelpController +#else + #include "wx/generic/helpext.h" + #define wxHelpController wxExtHelpController +#endif + +#endif // MSW/!MSW + +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + +#endif + // _WX_HELP_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helpbase.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helpbase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e133370528 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helpbase.h @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/helpbase.h +// Purpose: Help system base classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: helpbase.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HELPBASEH__ +#define _WX_HELPBASEH__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_HELP + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/frame.h" + +// Flags for SetViewer +#define wxHELP_NETSCAPE 1 + +// Search modes: +enum wxHelpSearchMode +{ + wxHELP_SEARCH_INDEX, + wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL +}; + +// Defines the API for help controllers +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHelpControllerBase: public wxObject +{ +public: + inline wxHelpControllerBase(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL) { m_parentWindow = parentWindow; } + inline ~wxHelpControllerBase() {} + + // Must call this to set the filename and server name. + // server is only required when implementing TCP/IP-based + // help controllers. + virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& WXUNUSED(file), int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return false; } + virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& WXUNUSED(file)) { return false; } + + // Set viewer: only relevant to some kinds of controller + virtual void SetViewer(const wxString& WXUNUSED(viewer), long WXUNUSED(flags) = 0) {} + + // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString) = 0; + + // Displays the contents + virtual bool DisplayContents(void) = 0; + + // Display the given section + virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo) = 0; + + // Display the section using a context id + virtual bool DisplayContextPopup(int WXUNUSED(contextId)) { return false; } + + // Display the text in a popup, if possible + virtual bool DisplayTextPopup(const wxString& WXUNUSED(text), const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos)) { return false; } + + // By default, uses KeywordSection to display a topic. Implementations + // may override this for more specific behaviour. + virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section) { return KeywordSearch(section); } + virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo) = 0; + virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k, + wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL) = 0; + /// Allows one to override the default settings for the help frame. + virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title), + const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size), + const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) = wxDefaultPosition, + bool WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = false) + { + // does nothing by default + } + /// Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help + /// frame. + virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *WXUNUSED(size) = NULL, + wxPoint *WXUNUSED(pos) = NULL, + bool *WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = NULL) + { + return NULL; // does nothing by default + } + + virtual bool Quit() = 0; + virtual void OnQuit() {} + + /// Set the window that can optionally be used for the help window's parent. + virtual void SetParentWindow(wxWindow* win) { m_parentWindow = win; } + + /// Get the window that can optionally be used for the help window's parent. + virtual wxWindow* GetParentWindow() const { return m_parentWindow; } + +protected: + wxWindow* m_parentWindow; +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxHelpControllerBase) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + +#endif +// _WX_HELPBASEH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helphtml.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helphtml.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15d9bfe19b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helphtml.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/helphtml.h +// Purpose: Includes wx/html/helpctrl.h, for wxHtmlHelpController. +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003-05-24 +// RCS-ID: $Id: helphtml.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_HELPHTML_H_ +#define __WX_HELPHTML_H_ + +#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP +#include "wx/html/helpctrl.h" +#endif + +#endif // __WX_HELPHTML_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helpwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helpwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f519067623 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/helpwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/helpwin.h +// Purpose: Includes Windows or OS/2 help +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: helpwin.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HELPWIN_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_HELPWIN_H_BASE_ + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) +#include "wx/msw/helpwin.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) +#include "wx/os2/helpwin.h" +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_HELPWIN_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/htmllbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/htmllbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..46a15de7bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/htmllbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,325 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/htmllbox.h +// Purpose: wxHtmlListBox is a listbox whose items are wxHtmlCells +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 31.05.03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: htmllbox.h 66751 2011-01-25 05:03:17Z RD $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HTMLLBOX_H_ +#define _WX_HTMLLBOX_H_ + +#include "wx/vlbox.h" // base class +#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h" +#include "wx/ctrlsub.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + #include "wx/filesys.h" +#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlCell; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWinParser; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlListBoxCache; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlListBoxStyle; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(const char) wxHtmlListBoxNameStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(const char) wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHtmlListBox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlListBox : public wxVListBox, + public wxHtmlWindowInterface, + public wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper +{ + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlListBox) +public: + // constructors and such + // --------------------- + + // default constructor, you must call Create() later + wxHtmlListBox(); + + // normal constructor which calls Create() internally + wxHtmlListBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxHtmlListBoxNameStr); + + // really creates the control and sets the initial number of items in it + // (which may be changed later with SetItemCount()) + // + // the only special style which may be specified here is wxLB_MULTIPLE + // + // returns true on success or false if the control couldn't be created + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxHtmlListBoxNameStr); + + // destructor cleans up whatever resources we use + virtual ~wxHtmlListBox(); + + // override some base class virtuals + virtual void RefreshRow(size_t line); + virtual void RefreshRows(size_t from, size_t to); + virtual void RefreshAll(); + virtual void SetItemCount(size_t count); + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + // retrieve the file system used by the wxHtmlWinParser: if you use + // relative paths in your HTML, you should use its ChangePathTo() method + wxFileSystem& GetFileSystem() { return m_filesystem; } + const wxFileSystem& GetFileSystem() const { return m_filesystem; } +#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + + virtual void OnInternalIdle(); + +protected: + // this method must be implemented in the derived class and should return + // the body (i.e. without ) of the HTML for the given item + virtual wxString OnGetItem(size_t n) const = 0; + + // this function may be overridden to decorate HTML returned by OnGetItem() + virtual wxString OnGetItemMarkup(size_t n) const; + + + // this method allows to customize the selection appearance: it may be used + // to specify the colour of the text which normally has the given colour + // colFg when it is inside the selection + // + // by default, the original colour is not used at all and all text has the + // same (default for this system) colour inside selection + virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextColour(const wxColour& colFg) const; + + // this is the same as GetSelectedTextColour() but allows to customize the + // background colour -- this is even more rarely used as you can change it + // globally using SetSelectionBackground() + virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextBgColour(const wxColour& colBg) const; + + + // we implement both of these functions in terms of OnGetItem(), they are + // not supposed to be overridden by our descendants + virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const; + virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem(size_t n) const; + + // override this one to draw custom background for selected items correctly + virtual void OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const; + + // this method may be overridden to handle clicking on a link in the + // listbox (by default, clicks on links are simply ignored) + virtual void OnLinkClicked(size_t n, const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link); + + // event handlers + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event); + + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // ensure that the given item is cached + void CacheItem(size_t n) const; + +private: + // wxHtmlWindowInterface methods: + virtual void SetHTMLWindowTitle(const wxString& title); + virtual void OnHTMLLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link); + virtual wxHtmlOpeningStatus OnHTMLOpeningURL(wxHtmlURLType type, + const wxString& url, + wxString *redirect) const; + virtual wxPoint HTMLCoordsToWindow(wxHtmlCell *cell, + const wxPoint& pos) const; + virtual wxWindow* GetHTMLWindow(); + virtual wxColour GetHTMLBackgroundColour() const; + virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundColour(const wxColour& clr); + virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundImage(const wxBitmap& bmpBg); + virtual void SetHTMLStatusText(const wxString& text); + virtual wxCursor GetHTMLCursor(HTMLCursor type) const; + + // returns index of item that contains given HTML cell + size_t GetItemForCell(const wxHtmlCell *cell) const; + + // return physical coordinates of root wxHtmlCell of n-th item + wxPoint GetRootCellCoords(size_t n) const; + + // Converts physical coordinates stored in @a pos into coordinates + // relative to the root cell of the item under mouse cursor, if any. If no + // cell is found under the cursor, returns false. Otherwise stores the new + // coordinates back into @a pos and pointer to the cell under cursor into + // @a cell and returns true. + bool PhysicalCoordsToCell(wxPoint& pos, wxHtmlCell*& cell) const; + + // The opposite of PhysicalCoordsToCell: converts coordinates relative to + // given cell to physical coordinates in the window + wxPoint CellCoordsToPhysical(const wxPoint& pos, wxHtmlCell *cell) const; + +private: + // this class caches the pre-parsed HTML to speed up display + wxHtmlListBoxCache *m_cache; + + // HTML parser we use + wxHtmlWinParser *m_htmlParser; + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + // file system used by m_htmlParser + wxFileSystem m_filesystem; +#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + + // rendering style for the parser which allows us to customize our colours + wxHtmlListBoxStyle *m_htmlRendStyle; + + + // it calls our GetSelectedTextColour() and GetSelectedTextBgColour() + friend class wxHtmlListBoxStyle; + friend class wxHtmlListBoxWinInterface; + + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlListBox); +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSimpleHtmlListBox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE wxBORDER_SUNKEN +#define wxHLB_MULTIPLE wxLB_MULTIPLE + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxSimpleHtmlListBox : public wxHtmlListBox, + public wxItemContainer +{ + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxSimpleHtmlListBox) +public: + // wxListbox-compatible constructors + // --------------------------------- + + wxSimpleHtmlListBox() { } + + wxSimpleHtmlListBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + wxSimpleHtmlListBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr); + + virtual ~wxSimpleHtmlListBox(); + + // these must be overloaded otherwise the compiler will complain + // about wxItemContainerImmutable::[G|S]etSelection being pure virtuals... + void SetSelection(int n) + { wxVListBox::SetSelection(n); } + int GetSelection() const + { return wxVListBox::GetSelection(); } + + // see ctrlsub.h for more info about this: + wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST + + + // accessing strings + // ----------------- + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const + { return m_items.GetCount(); } + + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + + // override default unoptimized wxItemContainer::GetStrings() function + wxArrayString GetStrings() const + { return m_items; } + + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s); + + // resolve ambiguity between wxItemContainer and wxVListBox versions + void Clear(); + +protected: + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter & items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void *clientData) + { m_HTMLclientData[n] = clientData; } + + virtual void *DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const + { return m_HTMLclientData[n]; } + + // wxItemContainer methods + virtual void DoClear(); + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + + // calls wxHtmlListBox::SetItemCount() and RefreshAll() + void UpdateCount(); + + // override these functions just to change their visibility: users of + // wxSimpleHtmlListBox shouldn't be allowed to call them directly! + virtual void SetItemCount(size_t count) + { wxHtmlListBox::SetItemCount(count); } + virtual void SetRowCount(size_t count) + { wxHtmlListBox::SetRowCount(count); } + + virtual wxString OnGetItem(size_t n) const + { return m_items[n]; } + + virtual void InitEvent(wxCommandEvent& event, int n) + { + // we're not a virtual control and we can include the string + // of the item which was clicked: + event.SetString(m_items[n]); + wxVListBox::InitEvent(event, n); + } + + wxArrayString m_items; + wxArrayPtrVoid m_HTMLclientData; + + // Note: For the benefit of old compilers (like gcc-2.8) this should + // not be named m_clientdata as that clashes with the name of an + // anonymous struct member in wxEvtHandler, which we derive from. + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSimpleHtmlListBox); +}; + +#endif // _WX_HTMLLBOX_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hyperlink.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hyperlink.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d0decb63a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/hyperlink.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/hyperlink.h +// Purpose: Hyperlink control +// Author: David Norris , Otto Wyss +// Modified by: Ryan Norton, Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 04/02/2005 +// RCS-ID: $Id: hyperlink.h 66696 2011-01-16 23:24:21Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 David Norris +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HYPERLINK_H_ +#define _WX_HYPERLINK_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL + +#include "wx/control.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxHL_CONTEXTMENU 0x0001 +#define wxHL_ALIGN_LEFT 0x0002 +#define wxHL_ALIGN_RIGHT 0x0004 +#define wxHL_ALIGN_CENTRE 0x0008 +#define wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxHL_CONTEXTMENU|wxNO_BORDER|wxHL_ALIGN_CENTRE) + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr[]; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHyperlinkCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// A static text control that emulates a hyperlink. The link is displayed +// in an appropriate text style, derived from the control's normal font. +// When the mouse rolls over the link, the cursor changes to a hand and the +// link's color changes to the active color. +// +// Clicking on the link does not launch a web browser; instead, a +// HyperlinkEvent is fired. The event propagates upward until it is caught, +// just like a wxCommandEvent. +// +// Use the EVT_HYPERLINK() to catch link events. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxHyperlinkCtrlBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + + // get/set + virtual wxColour GetHoverColour() const = 0; + virtual void SetHoverColour(const wxColour &colour) = 0; + + virtual wxColour GetNormalColour() const = 0; + virtual void SetNormalColour(const wxColour &colour) = 0; + + virtual wxColour GetVisitedColour() const = 0; + virtual void SetVisitedColour(const wxColour &colour) = 0; + + virtual wxString GetURL() const = 0; + virtual void SetURL (const wxString &url) = 0; + + virtual void SetVisited(bool visited = true) = 0; + virtual bool GetVisited() const = 0; + + // NOTE: also wxWindow::Set/GetLabel, wxWindow::Set/GetBackgroundColour, + // wxWindow::Get/SetFont, wxWindow::Get/SetCursor are important ! + + virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; } + +protected: + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + // checks for validity some of the ctor/Create() function parameters + void CheckParams(const wxString& label, const wxString& url, long style); + +public: + // not part of the public API but needs to be public as used by + // GTK+ callbacks: + void SendEvent(); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHyperlinkEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxHyperlinkEvent; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_COMMAND_HYPERLINK, wxHyperlinkEvent ); + +// +// An event fired when the user clicks on the label in a hyperlink control. +// See HyperlinkControl for details. +// +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxHyperlinkEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxHyperlinkEvent() {} + wxHyperlinkEvent(wxObject *generator, wxWindowID id, const wxString& url) + : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_HYPERLINK, id), + m_url(url) + { + SetEventObject(generator); + } + + // Returns the URL associated with the hyperlink control + // that the user clicked on. + wxString GetURL() const { return m_url; } + void SetURL(const wxString &url) { m_url=url; } + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxHyperlinkEvent(*this); } + +private: + + // URL associated with the hyperlink control that the used clicked on. + wxString m_url; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxHyperlinkEvent) +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event types and macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxHyperlinkEventFunction)(wxHyperlinkEvent&); + +#define wxHyperlinkEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxHyperlinkEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_HYPERLINK(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_HYPERLINK, id, wxHyperlinkEventHandler(fn)) + + +#if defined(__WXGTK210__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/gtk/hyperlink.h" +// Note that the native control is only available in Unicode version under MSW. +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_UNICODE && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/msw/hyperlink.h" +#else + #include "wx/generic/hyperlink.h" + + class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxHyperlinkCtrl : public wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl + { + public: + wxHyperlinkCtrl() { } + + wxHyperlinkCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxString& url, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr) + : wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl(parent, id, label, url, pos, size, + style, name) + { + } + + private: + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY( wxHyperlinkCtrl ); + }; +#endif + + +#endif // wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL + +#endif // _WX_HYPERLINK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/icon.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/icon.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e5265389b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/icon.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/icon.h +// Purpose: wxIcon base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: icon.h 66772 2011-01-26 15:53:31Z SC $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ICON_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_ICON_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/iconloc.h" + + +// a more readable way to tell +#define wxICON_SCREEN_DEPTH (-1) + + +// the wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE (the wxIcon equivalent of wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE) +// constant defines the default argument value for wxIcon ctor and wxIcon::LoadFile() +// functions. + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM + #include "wx/generic/icon.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE + #include "wx/msw/icon.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM + #include "wx/motif/icon.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM + #include "wx/generic/icon.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM + #include "wx/generic/icon.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM + #include "wx/generic/icon.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE + #include "wx/generic/icon.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM + #include "wx/generic/icon.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE + #include "wx/osx/icon.h" +#else + #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG_RESOURCE + #include "wx/generic/icon.h" +#endif +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE + #include "wx/cocoa/icon.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE + #include "wx/os2/icon.h" +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariant support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT +#include "wx/variant.h" +DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxIcon,WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) +#endif + + +#endif + // _WX_ICON_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iconbndl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iconbndl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..32c62fd475 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iconbndl.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/iconbndl.h +// Purpose: wxIconBundle +// Author: Mattia barbon +// Modified by: +// Created: 23.03.02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: iconbndl.h 63942 2010-04-12 00:36:31Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Mattia Barbon +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ICONBNDL_H_ +#define _WX_ICONBNDL_H_ + +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxSize +#include "wx/icon.h" + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream; + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxIcon, wxIconArray); + +// this class can't load bitmaps of type wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE, +// if you need them, you have to load them manually and call +// wxIconCollection::AddIcon +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIconBundle : public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + // default constructor + wxIconBundle(); + + // initializes the bundle with the icon(s) found in the file +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE +#if wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE + wxIconBundle(const wxString& file, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY); +#endif // wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE + wxIconBundle(wxInputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE + + // initializes the bundle with a single icon + wxIconBundle(const wxIcon& icon); + + // default copy ctor and assignment operator are OK + + // adds all the icons contained in the file to the collection, + // if the collection already contains icons with the same + // width and height, they are replaced +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE +#if wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE + void AddIcon(const wxString& file, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY); +#endif // wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE + void AddIcon(wxInputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE + + // adds the icon to the collection, if the collection already + // contains an icon with the same width and height, it is + // replaced + void AddIcon(const wxIcon& icon); + + // returns the icon with the given size; if no such icon exists, + // returns the icon with size wxSYS_ICON_[XY]; if no such icon exists, + // returns the first icon in the bundle + wxIcon GetIcon(const wxSize& size) const; + + // equivalent to GetIcon(wxSize(size, size)) + wxIcon GetIcon(wxCoord size = wxDefaultCoord) const + { return GetIcon(wxSize(size, size)); } + + // returns the icon exactly of the specified size or wxNullIcon if no icon + // of exactly given size are available + wxIcon GetIconOfExactSize(const wxSize& size) const; + wxIcon GetIconOfExactSize(wxCoord size) const + { return GetIconOfExactSize(wxSize(size, size)); } + + // enumerate all icons in the bundle: don't use these functions if ti can + // be avoided, using GetIcon() directly is better + + // return the number of available icons + size_t GetIconCount() const; + + // return the icon at index (must be < GetIconCount()) + wxIcon GetIconByIndex(size_t n) const; + + // check if we have any icons at all + bool IsEmpty() const { return GetIconCount() == 0; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE && (wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE) + wxDEPRECATED( void AddIcon(const wxString& file, long type) + { + AddIcon(file, (wxBitmapType)type); + } + ) + + wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR( wxIconBundle (const wxString& file, long type) + { + AddIcon(file, (wxBitmapType)type); + } + ) +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE && (wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + // delete all icons + void DeleteIcons(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIconBundle) +}; + +#endif // _WX_ICONBNDL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iconloc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iconloc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..41abc8fa7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iconloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/iconloc.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxIconLocation class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 21.06.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: iconloc.h 27408 2004-05-23 20:53:33Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ICONLOC_H_ +#define _WX_ICONLOC_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIconLocation: describes the location of an icon +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIconLocationBase +{ +public: + // ctor takes the name of the file where the icon is + wxEXPLICIT wxIconLocationBase(const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString) + : m_filename(filename) { } + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + + + // returns true if this object is valid/initialized + bool IsOk() const { return !m_filename.empty(); } + + // set/get the icon file name + void SetFileName(const wxString& filename) { m_filename = filename; } + const wxString& GetFileName() const { return m_filename; } + +private: + wxString m_filename; +}; + +// under MSW the same file may contain several icons so we also store the +// index of the icon +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIconLocation : public wxIconLocationBase +{ +public: + // ctor takes the name of the file where the icon is and the icons index in + // the file + wxEXPLICIT wxIconLocation(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString, int num = 0); + + // set/get the icon index + void SetIndex(int num) { m_index = num; } + int GetIndex() const { return m_index; } + +private: + int m_index; +}; + +inline +wxIconLocation::wxIconLocation(const wxString& file, int num) + : wxIconLocationBase(file) +{ + SetIndex(num); +} + +#else // !MSW + +// must be a class because we forward declare it as class +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIconLocation : public wxIconLocationBase +{ +public: + wxEXPLICIT wxIconLocation(const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString) + : wxIconLocationBase(filename) { } +}; + +#endif // platform + +#endif // _WX_ICONLOC_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagbmp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagbmp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..123c2176e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagbmp.h @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/imagbmp.h +// Purpose: wxImage BMP, ICO, CUR and ANI handlers +// Author: Robert Roebling, Chris Elliott +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagbmp.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling, Chris Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGBMP_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGBMP_H_ + +#include "wx/image.h" + +// defines for saving the BMP file in different formats, Bits Per Pixel +// USE: wximage.SetOption( wxIMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT, wxBMP_xBPP ); +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT wxString(wxT("wxBMP_FORMAT")) + +// These two options are filled in upon reading CUR file and can (should) be +// specified when saving a CUR file - they define the hotspot of the cursor: +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X wxT("HotSpotX") +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y wxT("HotSpotY") + + +enum +{ + wxBMP_24BPP = 24, // default, do not need to set + //wxBMP_16BPP = 16, // wxQuantize can only do 236 colors? + wxBMP_8BPP = 8, // 8bpp, quantized colors + wxBMP_8BPP_GREY = 9, // 8bpp, rgb averaged to greys + wxBMP_8BPP_GRAY = wxBMP_8BPP_GREY, + wxBMP_8BPP_RED = 10, // 8bpp, red used as greyscale + wxBMP_8BPP_PALETTE = 11, // 8bpp, use the wxImage's palette + wxBMP_4BPP = 4, // 4bpp, quantized colors + wxBMP_1BPP = 1, // 1bpp, quantized "colors" + wxBMP_1BPP_BW = 2 // 1bpp, black & white from red +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBMPHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBMPHandler : public wxImageHandler +{ +public: + wxBMPHandler() + { + m_name = wxT("Windows bitmap file"); + m_extension = wxT("bmp"); + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP; + m_mime = wxT("image/x-bmp"); + } + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true ); + virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 ); + +protected: + virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ); + bool SaveDib(wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose, + bool IsBmp, bool IsMask); + bool DoLoadDib(wxImage *image, int width, int height, int bpp, int ncolors, + int comp, wxFileOffset bmpOffset, wxInputStream& stream, + bool verbose, bool IsBmp, bool hasPalette); + bool LoadDib(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose, bool IsBmp); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBMPHandler) +}; + +#if wxUSE_ICO_CUR +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxICOHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxICOHandler : public wxBMPHandler +{ +public: + wxICOHandler() + { + m_name = wxT("Windows icon file"); + m_extension = wxT("ico"); + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO; + m_mime = wxT("image/x-ico"); + } + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true ); + virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 ); + virtual bool DoLoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose, int index ); + +protected: + virtual int DoGetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream ); + virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICOHandler) +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCURHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCURHandler : public wxICOHandler +{ +public: + wxCURHandler() + { + m_name = wxT("Windows cursor file"); + m_extension = wxT("cur"); + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR; + m_mime = wxT("image/x-cur"); + } + + // VS: This handler's meat is implemented inside wxICOHandler (the two + // formats are almost identical), but we hide this fact at + // the API level, since it is a mere implementation detail. + +protected: +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCURHandler) +}; +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxANIHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxANIHandler : public wxCURHandler +{ +public: + wxANIHandler() + { + m_name = wxT("Windows animated cursor file"); + m_extension = wxT("ani"); + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANI; + m_mime = wxT("image/x-ani"); + } + + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *WXUNUSED(image), wxOutputStream& WXUNUSED(stream), bool WXUNUSED(verbose=true) ){return false ;} + virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 ); + +protected: + virtual int DoGetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream ); + virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxANIHandler) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_ICO_CUR +#endif // _WX_IMAGBMP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/image.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/image.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..393c0a6f69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/image.h @@ -0,0 +1,649 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/image.h +// Purpose: wxImage class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: image.h 67203 2011-03-15 16:42:34Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGE_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +# include "wx/stream.h" +#endif + +// on some systems (Unixware 7.x) index is defined as a macro in the headers +// which breaks the compilation below +#undef index + +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY wxString(wxT("quality")) +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME wxString(wxT("FileName")) + +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION wxString(wxT("Resolution")) +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX wxString(wxT("ResolutionX")) +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY wxString(wxT("ResolutionY")) + +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT wxString(wxT("ResolutionUnit")) + +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_MAX_WIDTH wxString(wxT("MaxWidth")) +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_MAX_HEIGHT wxString(wxT("MaxHeight")) + +// constants used with wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT +// +// NB: don't change these values, they correspond to libjpeg constants +enum wxImageResolution +{ + // Resolution not specified + wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE = 0, + + // Resolution specified in inches + wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = 1, + + // Resolution specified in centimeters + wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = 2 +}; + +// Constants for wxImage::Scale() for determining the level of quality +enum wxImageResizeQuality +{ + // different image resizing algorithms used by Scale() and Rescale() + wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NEAREST = 0, + wxIMAGE_QUALITY_BILINEAR = 1, + wxIMAGE_QUALITY_BICUBIC = 2, + wxIMAGE_QUALITY_BOX_AVERAGE = 3, + + // default quality is low (but fast) + wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL = wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NEAREST, + + // highest (but best) quality + wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH +}; + +// alpha channel values: fully transparent, default threshold separating +// transparent pixels from opaque for a few functions dealing with alpha and +// fully opaque +const unsigned char wxIMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0; +const unsigned char wxIMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = 0x80; +const unsigned char wxIMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = 0xff; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageHandler; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariant support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT +#include "wx/variant.h" +DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxImage,WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxImageHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImageHandler: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxImageHandler() + : m_name(wxEmptyString), m_extension(wxEmptyString), m_mime(), m_type(wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID) + { } + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + // NOTE: LoadFile and SaveFile are not pure virtuals to allow derived classes + // to implement only one of the two + virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *WXUNUSED(image), wxInputStream& WXUNUSED(stream), + bool WXUNUSED(verbose)=true, int WXUNUSED(index)=-1 ) + { return false; } + virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *WXUNUSED(image), wxOutputStream& WXUNUSED(stream), + bool WXUNUSED(verbose)=true ) + { return false; } + + int GetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream ); + // save the stream position, call DoGetImageCount() and restore the position + + bool CanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) { return CallDoCanRead(stream); } + bool CanRead( const wxString& name ); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } + void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; } + void SetAltExtensions(const wxArrayString& exts) { m_altExtensions = exts; } + void SetType(wxBitmapType type) { m_type = type; } + void SetMimeType(const wxString& type) { m_mime = type; } + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } + const wxString& GetExtension() const { return m_extension; } + const wxArrayString& GetAltExtensions() const { return m_altExtensions; } + wxBitmapType GetType() const { return m_type; } + const wxString& GetMimeType() const { return m_mime; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( + void SetType(long type) { SetType((wxBitmapType)type); } + ) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +protected: +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + // NOTE: this function is allowed to change the current stream position + // since GetImageCount() will take care of restoring it later + virtual int DoGetImageCount( wxInputStream& WXUNUSED(stream) ) + { return 1; } // default return value is 1 image + + // NOTE: this function is allowed to change the current stream position + // since CallDoCanRead() will take care of restoring it later + virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) = 0; + + // save the stream position, call DoCanRead() and restore the position + bool CallDoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + // helper for the derived classes SaveFile() implementations: returns the + // values of x- and y-resolution options specified as the image options if + // any + static wxImageResolution + GetResolutionFromOptions(const wxImage& image, int *x, int *y); + + + wxString m_name; + wxString m_extension; + wxArrayString m_altExtensions; + wxString m_mime; + wxBitmapType m_type; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxImageHandler) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxImageHistogram +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImageHistogramEntry +{ +public: + wxImageHistogramEntry() { index = value = 0; } + unsigned long index; + unsigned long value; +}; + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH_MAP(unsigned long, wxImageHistogramEntry, + wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, + wxImageHistogramBase); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImageHistogram : public wxImageHistogramBase +{ +public: + wxImageHistogram() : wxImageHistogramBase(256) { } + + // get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values + static unsigned long MakeKey(unsigned char r, + unsigned char g, + unsigned char b) + { + return (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b; + } + + // find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher + // RGB values than RGB(startR, startG, startB) + // + // returns true and puts this colour in r, g, b (each of which may be NULL) + // on success or returns false if there are no more free colours + bool FindFirstUnusedColour(unsigned char *r, + unsigned char *g, + unsigned char *b, + unsigned char startR = 1, + unsigned char startG = 0, + unsigned char startB = 0 ) const; +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxImage +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImage: public wxObject +{ +public: + // red, green and blue are 8 bit unsigned integers in the range of 0..255 + // We use the identifier RGBValue instead of RGB, since RGB is #defined + class RGBValue + { + public: + RGBValue(unsigned char r=0, unsigned char g=0, unsigned char b=0) + : red(r), green(g), blue(b) {} + unsigned char red; + unsigned char green; + unsigned char blue; + }; + + // hue, saturation and value are doubles in the range 0.0..1.0 + class HSVValue + { + public: + HSVValue(double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) + : hue(h), saturation(s), value(v) {} + double hue; + double saturation; + double value; + }; + + wxImage() {} + wxImage( int width, int height, bool clear = true ) + { Create( width, height, clear ); } + wxImage( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, bool static_data = false ) + { Create( width, height, data, static_data ); } + wxImage( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, unsigned char* alpha, bool static_data = false ) + { Create( width, height, data, alpha, static_data ); } + + // ctor variants using wxSize: + wxImage( const wxSize& sz, bool clear = true ) + { Create( sz, clear ); } + wxImage( const wxSize& sz, unsigned char* data, bool static_data = false ) + { Create( sz, data, static_data ); } + wxImage( const wxSize& sz, unsigned char* data, unsigned char* alpha, bool static_data = false ) + { Create( sz, data, alpha, static_data ); } + + wxImage( const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index = -1 ) + { LoadFile( name, type, index ); } + wxImage( const wxString& name, const wxString& mimetype, int index = -1 ) + { LoadFile( name, mimetype, index ); } + wxImage( const char* const* xpmData ) + { Create(xpmData); } + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + wxImage( wxInputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index = -1 ) + { LoadFile( stream, type, index ); } + wxImage( wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& mimetype, int index = -1 ) + { LoadFile( stream, mimetype, index ); } +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + bool Create( const char* const* xpmData ); +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + // needed for Borland 5.5 + wxImage( char** xpmData ) { Create(const_cast(xpmData)); } + bool Create( char** xpmData ) { return Create(const_cast(xpmData)); } +#endif + + bool Create( int width, int height, bool clear = true ); + bool Create( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, bool static_data = false ); + bool Create( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, unsigned char* alpha, bool static_data = false ); + + // Create() variants using wxSize: + bool Create( const wxSize& sz, bool clear = true ) + { return Create(sz.GetWidth(), sz.GetHeight(), clear); } + bool Create( const wxSize& sz, unsigned char* data, bool static_data = false ) + { return Create(sz.GetWidth(), sz.GetHeight(), data, static_data); } + bool Create( const wxSize& sz, unsigned char* data, unsigned char* alpha, bool static_data = false ) + { return Create(sz.GetWidth(), sz.GetHeight(), data, alpha, static_data); } + + void Destroy(); + + // initialize the image data with zeroes + void Clear(unsigned char value = 0); + + // creates an identical copy of the image (the = operator + // just raises the ref count) + wxImage Copy() const; + + // return the new image with size width*height + wxImage GetSubImage( const wxRect& rect) const; + + // Paste the image or part of this image into an image of the given size at the pos + // any newly exposed areas will be filled with the rgb colour + // by default if r = g = b = -1 then fill with this image's mask colour or find and + // set a suitable mask colour + wxImage Size( const wxSize& size, const wxPoint& pos, + int r = -1, int g = -1, int b = -1 ) const; + + // pastes image into this instance and takes care of + // the mask colour and out of bounds problems + void Paste( const wxImage &image, int x, int y ); + + // return the new image with size width*height + wxImage Scale( int width, int height, + wxImageResizeQuality quality = wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL ) const; + + // box averager and bicubic filters for up/down sampling + wxImage ResampleNearest(int width, int height) const; + wxImage ResampleBox(int width, int height) const; + wxImage ResampleBilinear(int width, int height) const; + wxImage ResampleBicubic(int width, int height) const; + + // blur the image according to the specified pixel radius + wxImage Blur(int radius) const; + wxImage BlurHorizontal(int radius) const; + wxImage BlurVertical(int radius) const; + + wxImage ShrinkBy( int xFactor , int yFactor ) const ; + + // rescales the image in place + wxImage& Rescale( int width, int height, + wxImageResizeQuality quality = wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL ) + { return *this = Scale(width, height, quality); } + + // resizes the image in place + wxImage& Resize( const wxSize& size, const wxPoint& pos, + int r = -1, int g = -1, int b = -1 ) { return *this = Size(size, pos, r, g, b); } + + // Rotates the image about the given point, 'angle' radians. + // Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact. + wxImage Rotate(double angle, const wxPoint & centre_of_rotation, + bool interpolating = true, wxPoint * offset_after_rotation = NULL) const; + + wxImage Rotate90( bool clockwise = true ) const; + wxImage Rotate180() const; + wxImage Mirror( bool horizontally = true ) const; + + // replace one colour with another + void Replace( unsigned char r1, unsigned char g1, unsigned char b1, + unsigned char r2, unsigned char g2, unsigned char b2 ); + + // Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the image. + // The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * weight_r) + (G * weight_g) + (B * weight_b), defaults to ITU-T BT.601 + wxImage ConvertToGreyscale(double weight_r, double weight_g, double weight_b) const; + wxImage ConvertToGreyscale(void) const; + + // convert to monochrome image ( will be replaced by white, + // everything else by black) + wxImage ConvertToMono( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b ) const; + + // Convert to disabled (dimmed) image. + wxImage ConvertToDisabled(unsigned char brightness = 255) const; + + // these routines are slow but safe + void SetRGB( int x, int y, unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b ); + void SetRGB( const wxRect& rect, unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b ); + unsigned char GetRed( int x, int y ) const; + unsigned char GetGreen( int x, int y ) const; + unsigned char GetBlue( int x, int y ) const; + + void SetAlpha(int x, int y, unsigned char alpha); + unsigned char GetAlpha(int x, int y) const; + + // find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher + // RGB values than + bool FindFirstUnusedColour( unsigned char *r, unsigned char *g, unsigned char *b, + unsigned char startR = 1, unsigned char startG = 0, + unsigned char startB = 0 ) const; + // Set image's mask to the area of 'mask' that has colour + bool SetMaskFromImage(const wxImage & mask, + unsigned char mr, unsigned char mg, unsigned char mb); + + // converts image's alpha channel to mask (choosing mask colour + // automatically or using the specified colour for the mask), if it has + // any, does nothing otherwise: + bool ConvertAlphaToMask(unsigned char threshold = wxIMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD); + bool ConvertAlphaToMask(unsigned char mr, unsigned char mg, unsigned char mb, + unsigned char threshold = wxIMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD); + + + // This method converts an image where the original alpha + // information is only available as a shades of a colour + // (actually shades of grey) typically when you draw anti- + // aliased text into a bitmap. The DC drawinf routines + // draw grey values on the black background although they + // actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values. + // This method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background + // and white text (actually only the red channel is read). + // The method will then fill up the whole image with the + // colour given. + bool ConvertColourToAlpha( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b ); + + static bool CanRead( const wxString& name ); + static int GetImageCount( const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY ); + virtual bool LoadFile( const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index = -1 ); + virtual bool LoadFile( const wxString& name, const wxString& mimetype, int index = -1 ); + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + static bool CanRead( wxInputStream& stream ); + static int GetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY ); + virtual bool LoadFile( wxInputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index = -1 ); + virtual bool LoadFile( wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& mimetype, int index = -1 ); +#endif + + virtual bool SaveFile( const wxString& name ) const; + virtual bool SaveFile( const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type ) const; + virtual bool SaveFile( const wxString& name, const wxString& mimetype ) const; + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool SaveFile( wxOutputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type ) const; + virtual bool SaveFile( wxOutputStream& stream, const wxString& mimetype ) const; +#endif + + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + bool IsOk() const; + int GetWidth() const; + int GetHeight() const; + + wxSize GetSize() const + { return wxSize(GetWidth(), GetHeight()); } + + // Gets the type of image found by LoadFile or specified with SaveFile + wxBitmapType GetType() const; + + // Set the image type, this is normally only called if the image is being + // created from data in the given format but not using LoadFile() (e.g. + // wxGIFDecoder uses this) + void SetType(wxBitmapType type); + + // these functions provide fastest access to wxImage data but should be + // used carefully as no checks are done + unsigned char *GetData() const; + void SetData( unsigned char *data, bool static_data=false ); + void SetData( unsigned char *data, int new_width, int new_height, bool static_data=false ); + + unsigned char *GetAlpha() const; // may return NULL! + bool HasAlpha() const { return GetAlpha() != NULL; } + void SetAlpha(unsigned char *alpha = NULL, bool static_data=false); + void InitAlpha(); + void ClearAlpha(); + + // return true if this pixel is masked or has alpha less than specified + // threshold + bool IsTransparent(int x, int y, + unsigned char threshold = wxIMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) const; + + // Mask functions + void SetMaskColour( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b ); + // Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour + // returns true if using current mask colour + bool GetOrFindMaskColour( unsigned char *r, unsigned char *g, unsigned char *b ) const; + unsigned char GetMaskRed() const; + unsigned char GetMaskGreen() const; + unsigned char GetMaskBlue() const; + void SetMask( bool mask = true ); + bool HasMask() const; + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + // Palette functions + bool HasPalette() const; + const wxPalette& GetPalette() const; + void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + // Option functions (arbitrary name/value mapping) + void SetOption(const wxString& name, const wxString& value); + void SetOption(const wxString& name, int value); + wxString GetOption(const wxString& name) const; + int GetOptionInt(const wxString& name) const; + bool HasOption(const wxString& name) const; + + unsigned long CountColours( unsigned long stopafter = (unsigned long) -1 ) const; + + // Computes the histogram of the image and fills a hash table, indexed + // with integer keys built as 0xRRGGBB, containing wxImageHistogramEntry + // objects. Each of them contains an 'index' (useful to build a palette + // with the image colours) and a 'value', which is the number of pixels + // in the image with that colour. + // Returned value: # of entries in the histogram + unsigned long ComputeHistogram( wxImageHistogram &h ) const; + + // Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. angle is a double in the range + // -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees + void RotateHue(double angle); + + static wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; } + static void AddHandler( wxImageHandler *handler ); + static void InsertHandler( wxImageHandler *handler ); + static bool RemoveHandler( const wxString& name ); + static wxImageHandler *FindHandler( const wxString& name ); + static wxImageHandler *FindHandler( const wxString& extension, wxBitmapType imageType ); + static wxImageHandler *FindHandler( wxBitmapType imageType ); + + static wxImageHandler *FindHandlerMime( const wxString& mimetype ); + + static wxString GetImageExtWildcard(); + + static void CleanUpHandlers(); + static void InitStandardHandlers(); + + static HSVValue RGBtoHSV(const RGBValue& rgb); + static RGBValue HSVtoRGB(const HSVValue& hsv); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR( + wxImage(const wxString& name, long type, int index = -1) + { + LoadFile(name, (wxBitmapType)type, index); + } + ) + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR( + wxImage(wxInputStream& stream, long type, int index = -1) + { + LoadFile(stream, (wxBitmapType)type, index); + } + ) + + wxDEPRECATED( + bool LoadFile(wxInputStream& stream, long type, int index = -1) + { + return LoadFile(stream, (wxBitmapType)type, index); + } + ) + + wxDEPRECATED( + bool SaveFile(wxOutputStream& stream, long type) const + { + return SaveFile(stream, (wxBitmapType)type); + } + ) +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + wxDEPRECATED( + bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, long type, int index = -1) + { + return LoadFile(name, (wxBitmapType)type, index); + } + ) + + wxDEPRECATED( + bool SaveFile(const wxString& name, long type) const + { + return SaveFile(name, (wxBitmapType)type); + } + ) + + static wxDEPRECATED( + wxImageHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& ext, long type) + { + return FindHandler(ext, (wxBitmapType)type); + } + ) + + static wxDEPRECATED( + wxImageHandler *FindHandler(long imageType) + { + return FindHandler((wxBitmapType)imageType); + } + ) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +protected: + static wxList sm_handlers; + + // return the index of the point with the given coordinates or -1 if the + // image is invalid of the coordinates are out of range + // + // note that index must be multiplied by 3 when using it with RGB array + long XYToIndex(int x, int y) const; + + virtual wxObjectRefData* CreateRefData() const; + virtual wxObjectRefData* CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData* data) const; + +private: + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageHandler; + + // Possible values for MakeEmptyClone() flags. + enum + { + // Create an image with the same orientation as this one. This is the + // default and only exists for symmetry with SwapOrientation. + Clone_SameOrientation = 0, + + // Create an image with the same height as this image width and the + // same width as this image height. + Clone_SwapOrientation = 1 + }; + + // Returns a new blank image with the same dimensions (or with width and + // height swapped if Clone_SwapOrientation flag is given), alpha, and mask + // as this image itself. This is used by several functions creating + // modified versions of this image. + wxImage MakeEmptyClone(int flags = Clone_SameOrientation) const; + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + // read the image from the specified stream updating image type if + // successful + bool DoLoad(wxImageHandler& handler, wxInputStream& stream, int index); + + // write the image to the specified stream and also update the image type + // if successful + bool DoSave(wxImageHandler& handler, wxOutputStream& stream) const; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImage) +}; + + +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxInitAllImageHandlers(); + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxImage) wxNullImage; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxImage handlers +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/imagbmp.h" +#include "wx/imagpng.h" +#include "wx/imaggif.h" +#include "wx/imagpcx.h" +#include "wx/imagjpeg.h" +#include "wx/imagtga.h" +#include "wx/imagtiff.h" +#include "wx/imagpnm.h" +#include "wx/imagxpm.h" +#include "wx/imagiff.h" + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + +#endif + // _WX_IMAGE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imaggif.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imaggif.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1650e6ead1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imaggif.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/imaggif.h +// Purpose: wxImage GIF handler +// Author: Vaclav Slavik, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia, Gershon Elber, Troels K +// RCS-ID: $Id: imaggif.h 66800 2011-01-28 07:27:34Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999-2011 Vaclav Slavik, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia, Gershon Elber, Troels K +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGGIF_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGGIF_H_ + +#include "wx/image.h" + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGIFHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_GIF + +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_GIF_COMMENT wxT("GifComment") + +struct wxRGB; +struct GifHashTableType; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageArray; // anidecod.h + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGIFHandler : public wxImageHandler +{ +public: + inline wxGIFHandler() + { + m_name = wxT("GIF file"); + m_extension = wxT("gif"); + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF; + m_mime = wxT("image/gif"); + m_hashTable = NULL; + } + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool LoadFile(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, + bool verbose = true, int index = -1); + virtual bool SaveFile(wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, + bool verbose=true); + + // Save animated gif + bool SaveAnimation(const wxImageArray& images, wxOutputStream *stream, + bool verbose = true, int delayMilliSecs = 1000); + +protected: + virtual int DoGetImageCount(wxInputStream& stream); + virtual bool DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream); + + bool DoSaveFile(const wxImage&, wxOutputStream *, bool verbose, + bool first, int delayMilliSecs, bool loop, + const wxRGB *pal, int palCount, + int mask_index); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS +protected: + + // Declarations for saving + + unsigned long m_crntShiftDWord; /* For bytes decomposition into codes. */ + int m_pixelCount; + struct GifHashTableType *m_hashTable; + wxInt16 + m_EOFCode, /* The EOF LZ code. */ + m_clearCode, /* The CLEAR LZ code. */ + m_runningCode, /* The next code algorithm can generate. */ + m_runningBits, /* The number of bits required to represent RunningCode. */ + m_maxCode1, /* 1 bigger than max. possible code, in RunningBits bits. */ + m_crntCode, /* Current algorithm code. */ + m_crntShiftState; /* Number of bits in CrntShiftDWord. */ + wxUint8 m_LZBuf[256]; /* Compressed input is buffered here. */ + + bool InitHashTable(); + void ClearHashTable(); + void InsertHashTable(unsigned long key, int code); + int ExistsHashTable(unsigned long key); + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + bool CompressOutput(wxOutputStream *, int code); + bool SetupCompress(wxOutputStream *, int bpp); + bool CompressLine(wxOutputStream *, const wxUint8 *line, int lineLen); +#endif + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGIFHandler) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GIF + +#endif // _WX_IMAGGIF_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagiff.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagiff.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6778722cd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagiff.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/imagiff.h +// Purpose: wxImage handler for Amiga IFF images +// Author: Steffen Gutmann +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagiff.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Steffen Gutmann, 2002 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGE_IFF_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGE_IFF_H_ + +#include "wx/image.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIFFHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_IFF + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIFFHandler : public wxImageHandler +{ +public: + wxIFFHandler() + { + m_name = wxT("IFF file"); + m_extension = wxT("iff"); + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_IFF; + m_mime = wxT("image/x-iff"); + } + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool LoadFile(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1); + virtual bool SaveFile(wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true); +protected: + virtual bool DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream); +#endif + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIFFHandler) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_IFF + +#endif // _WX_IMAGE_IFF_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagjpeg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagjpeg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c2161bab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagjpeg.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/imagjpeg.h +// Purpose: wxImage JPEG handler +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagjpeg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGJPEG_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGJPEG_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxJPEGHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LIBJPEG + +#include "wx/image.h" +#include "wx/versioninfo.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxJPEGHandler: public wxImageHandler +{ +public: + inline wxJPEGHandler() + { + m_name = wxT("JPEG file"); + m_extension = wxT("jpg"); + m_altExtensions.Add(wxT("jpeg")); + m_altExtensions.Add(wxT("jpe")); + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG; + m_mime = wxT("image/jpeg"); + } + + static wxVersionInfo GetLibraryVersionInfo(); + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 ); + virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true ); +protected: + virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ); +#endif + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJPEGHandler) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_LIBJPEG + +#endif // _WX_IMAGJPEG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imaglist.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imaglist.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2d501d93a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imaglist.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/imaglist.h +// Purpose: wxImageList base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: imaglist.h 63553 2010-02-25 00:03:53Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGLIST_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_IMAGLIST_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +/* + * wxImageList is used for wxListCtrl, wxTreeCtrl. These controls refer to + * images for their items by an index into an image list. + * A wxImageList is capable of creating images with optional masks from + * a variety of sources - a single bitmap plus a colour to indicate the mask, + * two bitmaps, or an icon. + * + * Image lists can also create and draw images used for drag and drop functionality. + * This is not yet implemented in wxImageList. We need to discuss a generic API + * for doing drag and drop and see whether it ties in with the Win95 view of it. + * See below for candidate functions and an explanation of how they might be + * used. + */ + +// Flag values for Set/GetImageList +enum +{ + wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL, // Normal icons + wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL, // Small icons + wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE // State icons: unimplemented (see WIN32 documentation) +}; + +// Flags for Draw +#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL 0x0001 +#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT 0x0002 +#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_SELECTED 0x0004 +#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_FOCUSED 0x0008 + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_IMAGELIST +#endif + +#if !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_IMAGELIST) + #include "wx/generic/imaglist.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/imaglist.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/imaglist.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/imaglist.h" +#endif + +#endif // _WX_IMAGLIST_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpcx.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpcx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2321d4e0b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpcx.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/imagpcx.h +// Purpose: wxImage PCX handler +// Author: Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagpcx.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGPCX_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGPCX_H_ + +#include "wx/image.h" + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPCXHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_PCX +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPCXHandler : public wxImageHandler +{ +public: + inline wxPCXHandler() + { + m_name = wxT("PCX file"); + m_extension = wxT("pcx"); + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX; + m_mime = wxT("image/pcx"); + } + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 ); + virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true ); +protected: + virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPCXHandler) +}; +#endif // wxUSE_PCX + + +#endif + // _WX_IMAGPCX_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpng.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpng.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad19bf3e92 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpng.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/imagpng.h +// Purpose: wxImage PNG handler +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagpng.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGPNG_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGPNG_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPNGHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LIBPNG + +#include "wx/image.h" +#include "wx/versioninfo.h" + +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT wxT("PngFormat") +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH wxT("PngBitDepth") +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FILTER wxT("PngF") +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_LEVEL wxT("PngZL") +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_MEM_LEVEL wxT("PngZM") +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_STRATEGY wxT("PngZS") +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_BUFFER_SIZE wxT("PngZB") + +enum +{ + wxPNG_TYPE_COLOUR = 0, + wxPNG_TYPE_GREY = 2, + wxPNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = 3, + wxPNG_TYPE_PALETTE = 4 +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPNGHandler: public wxImageHandler +{ +public: + inline wxPNGHandler() + { + m_name = wxT("PNG file"); + m_extension = wxT("png"); + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG; + m_mime = wxT("image/png"); + } + + static wxVersionInfo GetLibraryVersionInfo(); + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 ); + virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true ); +protected: + virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ); +#endif + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPNGHandler) +}; + +#endif + // wxUSE_LIBPNG + +#endif + // _WX_IMAGPNG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpnm.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpnm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..439cfd30a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagpnm.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/imagpnm.h +// Purpose: wxImage PNM handler +// Author: Sylvain Bougnoux +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagpnm.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Sylvain Bougnoux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGPNM_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGPNM_H_ + +#include "wx/image.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPNMHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_PNM +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPNMHandler : public wxImageHandler +{ +public: + inline wxPNMHandler() + { + m_name = wxT("PNM file"); + m_extension = wxT("pnm"); + m_altExtensions.Add(wxT("ppm")); + m_altExtensions.Add(wxT("pgm")); + m_altExtensions.Add(wxT("pbm")); + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM; + m_mime = wxT("image/pnm"); + } + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 ); + virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true ); +protected: + virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ); +#endif + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPNMHandler) +}; +#endif + + +#endif + // _WX_IMAGPNM_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagtga.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagtga.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..54d5ef0e09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagtga.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/imagtga.h +// Purpose: wxImage TGA handler +// Author: Seth Jackson +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagtga.h 59461 2009-03-09 23:13:34Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Seth Jackson +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGTGA_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGTGA_H_ + +#include "wx/image.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTGAHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_TGA + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTGAHandler : public wxImageHandler +{ +public: + wxTGAHandler() + { + m_name = wxT("TGA file"); + m_extension = wxT("tga"); + m_altExtensions.Add(wxT("tpic")); + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_TGA; + m_mime = wxT("image/tga"); + } + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool LoadFile(wxImage* image, wxInputStream& stream, + bool verbose = true, int index = -1); + virtual bool SaveFile(wxImage* image, wxOutputStream& stream, + bool verbose = true); +protected: + virtual bool DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTGAHandler) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_TGA + +#endif // _WX_IMAGTGA_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagtiff.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagtiff.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad91d3d5d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagtiff.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/imagtiff.h +// Purpose: wxImage TIFF handler +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagtiff.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGTIFF_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGTIFF_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTIFFHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LIBTIFF + +#include "wx/image.h" +#include "wx/versioninfo.h" + +// defines for wxImage::SetOption +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE wxString(wxT("BitsPerSample")) +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL wxString(wxT("SamplesPerPixel")) +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION wxString(wxT("Compression")) +#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR wxString(wxT("ImageDescriptor")) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTIFFHandler: public wxImageHandler +{ +public: + wxTIFFHandler(); + + static wxVersionInfo GetLibraryVersionInfo(); + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 ); + virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true ); + +protected: + virtual int DoGetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream ); + virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ); +#endif + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTIFFHandler) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_LIBTIFF + +#endif // _WX_IMAGTIFF_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagxpm.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagxpm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a128b7ebac --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/imagxpm.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/imagxpm.h +// Purpose: wxImage XPM handler +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagxpm.h 59460 2009-03-09 23:08:36Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGXPM_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGXPM_H_ + +#include "wx/image.h" + +#if wxUSE_XPM + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxXPMHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxXPMHandler : public wxImageHandler +{ +public: + inline wxXPMHandler() + { + m_name = wxT("XPM file"); + m_extension = wxT("xpm"); + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM; + m_mime = wxT("image/xpm"); + } + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 ); + virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true ); +protected: + virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ); +#endif + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxXPMHandler) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_XPM + +#endif // _WX_IMAGXPM_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/infobar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/infobar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eca08e3260 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/infobar.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/infobar.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxInfoBarBase defining common API of wxInfoBar +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-07-28 +// RCS-ID: $Id: infobar.h 64213 2010-05-05 12:20:08Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_INFOBAR_H_ +#define _WX_INFOBAR_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_INFOBAR + +#include "wx/control.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxInfoBar shows non-critical but important information to the user +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxInfoBarBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + // real ctors are provided by the derived classes, just notice that unlike + // most of the other windows, info bar is created hidden and must be + // explicitly shown when it is needed (this is done because it is supposed + // to be shown only intermittently and hiding it after creating it from the + // user code would result in flicker) + wxInfoBarBase() { } + + + // show the info bar with the given message and optionally an icon + virtual void ShowMessage(const wxString& msg, + int flags = wxICON_INFORMATION) = 0; + + // hide the info bar + virtual void Dismiss() = 0; + + // add an extra button to the bar, near the message (replacing the default + // close button which is only shown if no extra buttons are used) + virtual void AddButton(wxWindowID btnid, + const wxString& label = wxString()) = 0; + + // remove a button previously added by AddButton() + virtual void RemoveButton(wxWindowID btnid) = 0; + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxInfoBarBase); +}; + +// currently only GTK+ has a native implementation +#if defined(__WXGTK218__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/gtk/infobar.h" + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_INFOBAR +#endif // wxGTK2 + +// if the generic version is the only one we have, use it +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_INFOBAR + #include "wx/generic/infobar.h" + #define wxInfoBar wxInfoBarGeneric +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_INFOBAR + +#endif // _WX_INFOBAR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/init.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/init.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2070d84319 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/init.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/init.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets initialization and finalization functions +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29.06.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: init.h 64531 2010-06-09 13:23:13Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_INIT_H_ +#define _WX_INIT_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/chartype.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEntry helper functions which allow to have more fine grained control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// do common initialization, return true if ok (in this case wxEntryCleanup +// must be called later), otherwise the program can't use wxWidgets at all +// +// this function also creates wxTheApp as a side effect, if IMPLEMENT_APP +// hadn't been used a dummy default application object is created +// +// note that the parameters may be modified, this is why we pass them by +// reference! +extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntryStart(int& argc, wxChar **argv); + +// free the resources allocated by the library in wxEntryStart() and shut it +// down (wxEntryStart() may be called again afterwards if necessary) +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntryCleanup(); + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEntry: this function initializes the library, runs the main event loop +// and cleans it up +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// note that other, platform-specific, overloads of wxEntry may exist as well +// but this one always exists under all platforms +// +// returns the program exit code +extern int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntry(int& argc, wxChar **argv); + +// we overload wxEntry[Start]() to take "char **" pointers too +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntryStart(int& argc, char **argv); +extern int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntry(int& argc, char **argv); + +#endif// wxUSE_UNICODE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Using the library without (explicit) application object: you may avoid using +// wxDECLARE_APP and wxIMPLEMENT_APP macros and call the functions below instead at +// the program startup and termination +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// initialize the library (may be called as many times as needed, but each +// call to wxInitialize() must be matched by wxUninitialize()) +extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInitialize(); +extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInitialize(int argc, wxChar **argv); +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInitialize(int argc, char **argv); +#endif + +// clean up -- the library can't be used any more after the last call to +// wxUninitialize() +extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUninitialize(); + +// create an object of this class on stack to initialize/cleanup the library +// automatically +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInitializer +{ +public: + // initialize the library + wxInitializer() + { + m_ok = wxInitialize(); + } + + wxInitializer(int argc, wxChar **argv) + { + m_ok = wxInitialize(argc, argv); + } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxInitializer(int argc, char **argv) + { + m_ok = wxInitialize(argc, argv); + } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + // has the initialization been successful? (explicit test) + bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; } + + // has the initialization been successful? (implicit test) + operator bool() const { return m_ok; } + + // dtor only does clean up if we initialized the library properly + ~wxInitializer() { if ( m_ok ) wxUninitialize(); } + +private: + bool m_ok; +}; + +#endif // _WX_INIT_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/intl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/intl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be563dd495 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/intl.h @@ -0,0 +1,367 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/intl.h +// Purpose: Internationalization and localisation for wxWidgets +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: Michael N. Filippov +// (2003/09/30 - plural forms support) +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: intl.h 64215 2010-05-05 12:27:07Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_INTL_H_ +#define _WX_INTL_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/translation.h" + +// Make wxLayoutDirection enum available without need for wxUSE_INTL so wxWindow, wxApp +// and other classes are not distrubed by wxUSE_INTL + +enum wxLayoutDirection +{ + wxLayout_Default, + wxLayout_LeftToRight, + wxLayout_RightToLeft +}; + +#if wxUSE_INTL + +#include "wx/fontenc.h" +#include "wx/language.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// global decls +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward decls +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLocale; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLanguageInfoArray; + +// ============================================================================ +// locale support +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLanguageInfo: encapsulates wxLanguage to OS native lang.desc. +// translation information +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLanguageInfo +{ + int Language; // wxLanguage id + wxString CanonicalName; // Canonical name, e.g. fr_FR +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + wxUint32 WinLang, // Win32 language identifiers + WinSublang; +#endif // __WXMSW__ + wxString Description; // human-readable name of the language + wxLayoutDirection LayoutDirection; + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // return the LCID corresponding to this language + wxUint32 GetLCID() const; +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + // return the locale name corresponding to this language usable with + // setlocale() on the current system + wxString GetLocaleName() const; +}; + +// for Unix systems GetLocaleName() is trivial so implement it inline here, for +// MSW it's implemented in intl.cpp +#ifndef __WXMSW__ +inline wxString wxLanguageInfo::GetLocaleName() const { return CanonicalName; } +#endif // !__WXMSW__ + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLocaleCategory: the category of locale settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxLocaleCategory +{ + // (any) numbers + wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER, + + // date/time + wxLOCALE_CAT_DATE, + + // monetary value + wxLOCALE_CAT_MONEY, + + // default category for wxLocaleInfo values which only apply to a single + // category (e.g. wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT) + wxLOCALE_CAT_DEFAULT, + + wxLOCALE_CAT_MAX +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLocaleInfo: the items understood by wxLocale::GetInfo() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxLocaleInfo +{ + // the thousands separator (for wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER or MONEY) + wxLOCALE_THOUSANDS_SEP, + + // the character used as decimal point (for wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER or MONEY) + wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, + + // the stftime()-formats used for short/long date and time representations + // (under some platforms short and long date formats are the same) + // + // NB: these elements should appear in this order, code in GetInfo() relies + // on it + wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT, + wxLOCALE_LONG_DATE_FMT, + wxLOCALE_DATE_TIME_FMT, + wxLOCALE_TIME_FMT + +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLocale: encapsulates all language dependent settings, including current +// message catalogs, date, time and currency formats (TODO) &c +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxLocaleInitFlags +{ + wxLOCALE_DONT_LOAD_DEFAULT = 0x0000, // don't load wxwin.mo + wxLOCALE_LOAD_DEFAULT = 0x0001 // load wxwin.mo? +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + ,wxLOCALE_CONV_ENCODING = 0x0002 // no longer used, simply remove + // it from the existing code +#endif +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLocale +{ +public: + // ctor & dtor + // ----------- + + // call Init() if you use this ctor + wxLocale() { DoCommonInit(); } + + // the ctor has a side effect of changing current locale + wxLocale(const wxString& name, // name (for messages) + const wxString& shortName = wxEmptyString, // dir prefix (for msg files) + const wxString& locale = wxEmptyString, // locale (for setlocale) + bool bLoadDefault = true // preload wxstd.mo? +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + ,bool bConvertEncoding = true // convert Win<->Unix if necessary? +#endif + ) + { + DoCommonInit(); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + Init(name, shortName, locale, bLoadDefault, bConvertEncoding); +#else + Init(name, shortName, locale, bLoadDefault); +#endif + } + + wxLocale(int language, // wxLanguage id or custom language + int flags = wxLOCALE_LOAD_DEFAULT) + { + DoCommonInit(); + + Init(language, flags); + } + + // the same as a function (returns true on success) + bool Init(const wxString& name, + const wxString& shortName = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& locale = wxEmptyString, + bool bLoadDefault = true +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + ,bool bConvertEncoding = true +#endif + ); + + // same as second ctor (returns true on success) + bool Init(int language = wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT, + int flags = wxLOCALE_LOAD_DEFAULT); + + // restores old locale + virtual ~wxLocale(); + + // Try to get user's (or OS's) preferred language setting. + // Return wxLANGUAGE_UNKNOWN if language-guessing algorithm failed + static int GetSystemLanguage(); + + // get the encoding used by default for text on this system, returns + // wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if it couldn't be determined + static wxFontEncoding GetSystemEncoding(); + + // get the string describing the system encoding, return empty string if + // couldn't be determined + static wxString GetSystemEncodingName(); + + // get the values of the given locale-dependent datum: the current locale + // is used, the US default value is returned if everything else fails + static wxString GetInfo(wxLocaleInfo index, + wxLocaleCategory cat = wxLOCALE_CAT_DEFAULT); + + // return true if the locale was set successfully + bool IsOk() const { return m_pszOldLocale != NULL; } + + // returns locale name + const wxString& GetLocale() const { return m_strLocale; } + + // return current locale wxLanguage value + int GetLanguage() const { return m_language; } + + // return locale name to be passed to setlocale() + wxString GetSysName() const; + + // return 'canonical' name, i.e. in the form of xx[_YY], where xx is + // language code according to ISO 639 and YY is country name + // as specified by ISO 3166. + wxString GetCanonicalName() const { return m_strShort; } + + // add a prefix to the catalog lookup path: the message catalog files will be + // looked up under prefix//LC_MESSAGES, prefix/LC_MESSAGES and prefix + // (in this order). + // + // This only applies to subsequent invocations of AddCatalog()! + static void AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix(const wxString& prefix) + { wxFileTranslationsLoader::AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix(prefix); } + + // add a catalog: it's searched for in standard places (current directory + // first, system one after), but the you may prepend additional directories to + // the search path with AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix(). + // + // The loaded catalog will be used for message lookup by GetString(). + // + // Returns 'true' if it was successfully loaded + bool AddCatalog(const wxString& domain); + bool AddCatalog(const wxString& domain, wxLanguage msgIdLanguage); + bool AddCatalog(const wxString& domain, + wxLanguage msgIdLanguage, const wxString& msgIdCharset); + + // check if the given locale is provided by OS and C run time + static bool IsAvailable(int lang); + + // check if the given catalog is loaded + bool IsLoaded(const wxString& domain) const; + + // Retrieve the language info struct for the given language + // + // Returns NULL if no info found, pointer must *not* be deleted by caller + static const wxLanguageInfo *GetLanguageInfo(int lang); + + // Returns language name in English or empty string if the language + // is not in database + static wxString GetLanguageName(int lang); + + // Returns ISO code ("canonical name") of language or empty string if the + // language is not in database + static wxString GetLanguageCanonicalName(int lang); + + // Find the language for the given locale string which may be either a + // canonical ISO 2 letter language code ("xx"), a language code followed by + // the country code ("xx_XX") or a Windows full language name ("Xxxxx...") + // + // Returns NULL if no info found, pointer must *not* be deleted by caller + static const wxLanguageInfo *FindLanguageInfo(const wxString& locale); + + // Add custom language to the list of known languages. + // Notes: 1) wxLanguageInfo contains platform-specific data + // 2) must be called before Init to have effect + static void AddLanguage(const wxLanguageInfo& info); + + // retrieve the translation for a string in all loaded domains unless + // the szDomain parameter is specified (and then only this domain is + // searched) + // n - additional parameter for PluralFormsParser + // + // return original string if translation is not available + // (in this case an error message is generated the first time + // a string is not found; use wxLogNull to suppress it) + // + // domains are searched in the last to first order, i.e. catalogs + // added later override those added before. + const wxString& GetString(const wxString& origString, + const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) const + { + return wxGetTranslation(origString, domain); + } + // plural form version of the same: + const wxString& GetString(const wxString& origString, + const wxString& origString2, + unsigned n, + const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) const + { + return wxGetTranslation(origString, origString2, n, domain); + } + + // this is hack to work around a problem with wxGetTranslation() which + // returns const wxString& and not wxString, so when it returns untranslated + // string, it needs to have a copy of it somewhere + static const wxString& GetUntranslatedString(const wxString& str) + { return wxTranslations::GetUntranslatedString(str); } + + // Returns the current short name for the locale + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_strShort; } + + // return the contents of .po file header + wxString GetHeaderValue(const wxString& header, + const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) const; + + // These two methods are for internal use only. First one creates + // ms_languagesDB if it doesn't already exist, second one destroys + // it. + static void CreateLanguagesDB(); + static void DestroyLanguagesDB(); + +private: + bool DoInit(const wxString& name, + const wxString& shortName, + const wxString& locale); + + // copy default table of languages from global static array to + // m_langugagesInfo, called by InitLanguagesDB + static void InitLanguagesDB(); + + // initialize the member fields to default values + void DoCommonInit(); + + wxString m_strLocale, // this locale name + m_strShort; // short name for the locale + int m_language; // this locale wxLanguage value + + const char *m_pszOldLocale; // previous locale from setlocale() + wxLocale *m_pOldLocale; // previous wxLocale + + bool m_initialized; + + wxTranslations m_translations; + + static wxLanguageInfoArray *ms_languagesDB; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLocale); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// get the current locale object (note that it may be NULL!) +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLocale* wxGetLocale(); + +#endif // wxUSE_INTL + +#endif // _WX_INTL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iosfwrap.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iosfwrap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a4df4bfb9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/iosfwrap.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/iosfwrap.h +// Purpose: includes the correct stream-related forward declarations +// Author: Jan van Dijk +// Modified by: +// Created: 18.12.2002 +// RCS-ID: $Id: iosfwrap.h 33555 2005-04-12 21:06:03Z ABX $ +// Copyright: wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +#if wxUSE_IOSTREAMH + // There is no pre-ANSI iosfwd header so we include the full declarations. +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +# include "wx/msw/winundef.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ioswrap.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ioswrap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..25932450fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ioswrap.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/ioswrap.h +// Purpose: includes the correct iostream headers for current compiler +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 03.02.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ioswrap.h 47644 2007-07-22 09:20:42Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +#include "wx/beforestd.h" + +#if wxUSE_IOSTREAMH +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#include "wx/afterstd.h" + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +# include "wx/msw/winundef.h" +#endif + +#endif + // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ipc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ipc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34d056dde4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ipc.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/ipc.h +// Purpose: wrapper around different wxIPC classes implementations +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 15.04.02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ipc.h 35698 2005-09-25 20:49:40Z MW $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IPC_H_ +#define _WX_IPC_H_ + +// Set wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC to 1 to use DDE for IPC under Windows. If it is set to +// 0, or if the platform is not Windows, use TCP/IP for IPC implementation + +#if !defined(wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC) + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + #define wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC 1 + #else + #define wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC 0 + #endif +#endif // !defined(wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC) + +#if !defined(__WINDOWS__) + #undef wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC + #define wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC + #define wxConnection wxDDEConnection + #define wxServer wxDDEServer + #define wxClient wxDDEClient + + #include "wx/dde.h" +#else // !wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC + #define wxConnection wxTCPConnection + #define wxServer wxTCPServer + #define wxClient wxTCPClient + + #include "wx/sckipc.h" +#endif // wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC/!wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC + +#endif // _WX_IPC_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ipcbase.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ipcbase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..87d7bcdca3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ipcbase.h @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/ipcbase.h +// Purpose: Base classes for IPC +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 4/1/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ipcbase.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IPCBASEH__ +#define _WX_IPCBASEH__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/string.h" + +enum wxIPCFormat +{ + wxIPC_INVALID = 0, + wxIPC_TEXT = 1, /* CF_TEXT */ + wxIPC_BITMAP = 2, /* CF_BITMAP */ + wxIPC_METAFILE = 3, /* CF_METAFILEPICT */ + wxIPC_SYLK = 4, + wxIPC_DIF = 5, + wxIPC_TIFF = 6, + wxIPC_OEMTEXT = 7, /* CF_OEMTEXT */ + wxIPC_DIB = 8, /* CF_DIB */ + wxIPC_PALETTE = 9, + wxIPC_PENDATA = 10, + wxIPC_RIFF = 11, + wxIPC_WAVE = 12, + wxIPC_UTF16TEXT = 13, /* CF_UNICODE */ + wxIPC_ENHMETAFILE = 14, + wxIPC_FILENAME = 15, /* CF_HDROP */ + wxIPC_LOCALE = 16, + wxIPC_UTF8TEXT = 17, + wxIPC_UTF32TEXT = 18, +#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 + wxIPC_UNICODETEXT = wxIPC_UTF16TEXT, +#elif SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 4 + wxIPC_UNICODETEXT = wxIPC_UTF32TEXT, +#else +# error "Unknown wchar_t size" +#endif + wxIPC_PRIVATE = 20 +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxServerBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxClientBase; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConnectionBase: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxConnectionBase(void *buffer, size_t size); // use external buffer + wxConnectionBase(); // use internal, adaptive buffer + wxConnectionBase(const wxConnectionBase& copy); + virtual ~wxConnectionBase(); + + void SetConnected( bool c ) { m_connected = c; } + bool GetConnected() { return m_connected; } + + // Calls that CLIENT can make + bool Execute(const void *data, size_t size, wxIPCFormat fmt = wxIPC_PRIVATE) + { return DoExecute(data, size, fmt); } + bool Execute(const char *s, size_t size = wxNO_LEN) + { return DoExecute(s, size == wxNO_LEN ? strlen(s) + 1 + : size, wxIPC_TEXT); } + bool Execute(const wchar_t *ws, size_t size = wxNO_LEN) + { return DoExecute(ws, size == wxNO_LEN ? (wcslen(ws) + 1)*sizeof(wchar_t) + : size, wxIPC_UNICODETEXT); } + bool Execute(const wxString& s) + { + const wxScopedCharBuffer buf = s.utf8_str(); + return DoExecute(buf, strlen(buf) + 1, wxIPC_UTF8TEXT); + } + bool Execute(const wxCStrData& cs) + { return Execute(cs.AsString()); } + + virtual const void *Request(const wxString& item, + size_t *size = NULL, + wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT) = 0; + + bool Poke(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size, + wxIPCFormat fmt = wxIPC_PRIVATE) + { return DoPoke(item, data, size, fmt); } + bool Poke(const wxString& item, const char *s, size_t size = wxNO_LEN) + { return DoPoke(item, s, size == wxNO_LEN ? strlen(s) + 1 + : size, wxIPC_TEXT); } + bool Poke(const wxString& item, const wchar_t *ws, size_t size = wxNO_LEN) + { return DoPoke(item, ws, + size == wxNO_LEN ? (wcslen(ws) + 1)*sizeof(wchar_t) + : size, wxIPC_UNICODETEXT); } + bool Poke(const wxString& item, const wxString s) + { + const wxScopedCharBuffer buf = s.utf8_str(); + return DoPoke(item, buf, strlen(buf) + 1, wxIPC_UTF8TEXT); + } + bool Poke(const wxString& item, const wxCStrData& cs) + { return Poke(item, cs.AsString()); } + + virtual bool StartAdvise(const wxString& item) = 0; + virtual bool StopAdvise(const wxString& item) = 0; + + // Calls that SERVER can make + bool Advise(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size, + wxIPCFormat fmt = wxIPC_PRIVATE) + { return DoAdvise(item, data, size, fmt); } + bool Advise(const wxString& item, const char *s, size_t size = wxNO_LEN) + { return DoAdvise(item, s, size == wxNO_LEN ? strlen(s) + 1 + : size, wxIPC_TEXT); } + bool Advise(const wxString& item, const wchar_t *ws, size_t size = wxNO_LEN) + { return DoAdvise(item, ws, + size == wxNO_LEN ? (wcslen(ws) + 1)*sizeof(wchar_t) + : size, wxIPC_UNICODETEXT); } + bool Advise(const wxString& item, const wxString s) + { + const wxScopedCharBuffer buf = s.utf8_str(); + return DoAdvise(item, buf, strlen(buf) + 1, wxIPC_UTF8TEXT); + } + bool Advise(const wxString& item, const wxCStrData& cs) + { return Advise(item, cs.AsString()); } + + // Calls that both can make + virtual bool Disconnect() = 0; + + + // Callbacks to SERVER - override at will + virtual bool OnExec(const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(data)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "This method shouldn't be called, if it is, it probably " + "means that you didn't update your old code overriding " + "OnExecute() to use the new parameter types (\"const void *\" " + "instead of \"wxChar *\" and \"size_t\" instead of \"int\"), " + "you must do it or your code wouldn't be executed at all!" ); + return false; + } + + // deprecated function kept for backwards compatibility: usually you will + // want to override OnExec() above instead which receives its data in a more + // convenient format + virtual bool OnExecute(const wxString& topic, + const void *data, + size_t size, + wxIPCFormat format) + { return OnExec(topic, GetTextFromData(data, size, format)); } + + virtual const void *OnRequest(const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(item), + size_t *size, + wxIPCFormat WXUNUSED(format)) + { *size = 0; return NULL; } + + virtual bool OnPoke(const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(item), + const void *WXUNUSED(data), + size_t WXUNUSED(size), + wxIPCFormat WXUNUSED(format)) + { return false; } + + virtual bool OnStartAdvise(const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(item)) + { return false; } + + virtual bool OnStopAdvise(const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(item)) + { return false; } + + // Callbacks to CLIENT - override at will + virtual bool OnAdvise(const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(item), + const void *WXUNUSED(data), + size_t WXUNUSED(size), + wxIPCFormat WXUNUSED(format)) + { return false; } + + // Callbacks to BOTH + virtual bool OnDisconnect() { delete this; return true; } + + + // return true if this is one of the formats used for textual data + // transmission + static bool IsTextFormat(wxIPCFormat format) + { + return format == wxIPC_TEXT || + format == wxIPC_UTF8TEXT || + format == wxIPC_UTF16TEXT || + format == wxIPC_UTF32TEXT; + } + + // converts from the data and format into a wxString automatically + // + // this function accepts data in all of wxIPC_TEXT, wxIPC_UNICODETEXT, and + // wxIPC_UTF8TEXT formats but asserts if the format is anything else (i.e. + // such that IsTextFormat(format) doesn't return true) + // + // notice that the size parameter here contains the total size of the data, + // including the terminating '\0' or L'\0' + static + wxString GetTextFromData(const void *data, size_t size, wxIPCFormat format); + + + // return a buffer at least this size, reallocating buffer if needed + // returns NULL if using an inadequate user buffer which can't be resized + void *GetBufferAtLeast(size_t bytes); + +protected: + virtual bool DoExecute(const void *data, size_t size, wxIPCFormat format) = 0; + virtual bool DoPoke(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size, + wxIPCFormat format) = 0; + virtual bool DoAdvise(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size, + wxIPCFormat format) = 0; + + +private: + char *m_buffer; + size_t m_buffersize; + bool m_deletebufferwhendone; + +protected: + bool m_connected; + + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxConnectionBase); + DECLARE_CLASS(wxConnectionBase) +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxServerBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxServerBase() { } + virtual ~wxServerBase() { } + + // Returns false on error (e.g. port number is already in use) + virtual bool Create(const wxString& serverName) = 0; + + // Callbacks to SERVER - override at will + virtual wxConnectionBase *OnAcceptConnection(const wxString& topic) = 0; + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxServerBase) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClientBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxClientBase() { } + virtual ~wxClientBase() { } + + virtual bool ValidHost(const wxString& host) = 0; + + // Call this to make a connection. Returns NULL if cannot. + virtual wxConnectionBase *MakeConnection(const wxString& host, + const wxString& server, + const wxString& topic) = 0; + + // Callbacks to CLIENT - override at will + virtual wxConnectionBase *OnMakeConnection() = 0; + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxClientBase) +}; + +#endif // _WX_IPCBASEH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/joystick.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/joystick.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a42af2a0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/joystick.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/joystick.h +// Purpose: wxJoystick base header +// Author: wxWidgets Team +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team +// RCS-ID: $Id: joystick.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_JOYSTICK_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_JOYSTICK_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_JOYSTICK + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) +#include "wx/msw/joystick.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) +#include "wx/unix/joystick.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) +#include "wx/unix/joystick.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) +#include "wx/unix/joystick.h" +#elif defined(__DARWIN__) +#include "wx/osx/core/joystick.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) +#include "wx/osx/joystick.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) +#include "wx/os2/joystick.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_JOYSTICK + +#endif + // _WX_JOYSTICK_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/kbdstate.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/kbdstate.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..851ec3c013 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/kbdstate.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/kbdstate.h +// Purpose: Declaration of wxKeyboardState class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-09-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: kbdstate.h 55747 2008-09-19 23:59:39Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_KBDSTATE_H_ +#define _WX_KBDSTATE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxKeyboardState stores the state of the keyboard modifier keys +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxKeyboardState +{ +public: + wxKeyboardState(bool controlDown = false, + bool shiftDown = false, + bool altDown = false, + bool metaDown = false) + : m_controlDown(controlDown), + m_shiftDown(shiftDown), + m_altDown(altDown), + m_metaDown(metaDown) + { + } + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + + + // accessors for the various modifier keys + // --------------------------------------- + + // should be used check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers: + // "GetModifiers() = wxMOD_CONTROL" is easier to write than "ControlDown() + // && !MetaDown() && !AltDown() && !ShiftDown()" + int GetModifiers() const + { + return (m_controlDown ? wxMOD_CONTROL : 0) | + (m_shiftDown ? wxMOD_SHIFT : 0) | + (m_metaDown ? wxMOD_META : 0) | + (m_altDown ? wxMOD_ALT : 0); + } + + // returns true if any modifiers at all are pressed + bool HasModifiers() const { return GetModifiers() != wxMOD_NONE; } + + // accessors for individual modifier keys + bool ControlDown() const { return m_controlDown; } + bool ShiftDown() const { return m_shiftDown; } + bool MetaDown() const { return m_metaDown; } + bool AltDown() const { return m_altDown; } + + // "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is Control for PC and Unix platforms but + // Apple ("Command") key under Macs: it makes often sense to use it instead + // of, say, ControlDown() because Cmd key is used for the same thing under + // Mac as Ctrl elsewhere (but Ctrl still exists, just not used for this + // purpose under Mac) + bool CmdDown() const + { +#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) + return MetaDown(); +#else + return ControlDown(); +#endif + } + + // these functions are mostly used by wxWidgets itself + // --------------------------------------------------- + + void SetControlDown(bool down) { m_controlDown = down; } + void SetShiftDown(bool down) { m_shiftDown = down; } + void SetAltDown(bool down) { m_altDown = down; } + void SetMetaDown(bool down) { m_metaDown = down; } + + + // for backwards compatibility with the existing code accessing these + // members of wxKeyEvent directly, these variables are public, however you + // should not use them in any new code, please use the accessors instead +public: + bool m_controlDown : 1; + bool m_shiftDown : 1; + bool m_altDown : 1; + bool m_metaDown : 1; +}; + +#endif // _WX_KBDSTATE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/language.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/language.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d37f1da48c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/language.h @@ -0,0 +1,282 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/language.h +// Purpose: wxLanguage enum +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2010-04-23 +// RCS-ID: $Id: language.h 64225 2010-05-06 12:40:11Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// WARNING: Parts of this file are generated. See misc/languages/README for +// details. + +#ifndef _WX_LANGUAGE_H_ +#define _WX_LANGUAGE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_INTL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLanguage: defines all supported languages +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// --- --- --- generated code begins here --- --- --- + +/** + The languages supported by wxLocale. + + This enum is generated by misc/languages/genlang.py + When making changes, please put them into misc/languages/langtabl.txt +*/ +enum wxLanguage +{ + /// User's default/preffered language as got from OS. + wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT, + + /// Unknown language, returned if wxLocale::GetSystemLanguage fails. + wxLANGUAGE_UNKNOWN, + + wxLANGUAGE_ABKHAZIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_AFAR, + wxLANGUAGE_AFRIKAANS, + wxLANGUAGE_ALBANIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_AMHARIC, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_ALGERIA, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_BAHRAIN, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_EGYPT, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_IRAQ, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_JORDAN, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_KUWAIT, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_LEBANON, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_LIBYA, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_MOROCCO, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_OMAN, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_QATAR, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_SUDAN, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_SYRIA, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_TUNISIA, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_UAE, + wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_YEMEN, + wxLANGUAGE_ARMENIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_ASSAMESE, + wxLANGUAGE_ASTURIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_AYMARA, + wxLANGUAGE_AZERI, + wxLANGUAGE_AZERI_CYRILLIC, + wxLANGUAGE_AZERI_LATIN, + wxLANGUAGE_BASHKIR, + wxLANGUAGE_BASQUE, + wxLANGUAGE_BELARUSIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_BENGALI, + wxLANGUAGE_BHUTANI, + wxLANGUAGE_BIHARI, + wxLANGUAGE_BISLAMA, + wxLANGUAGE_BOSNIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_BRETON, + wxLANGUAGE_BULGARIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_BURMESE, + wxLANGUAGE_CAMBODIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_CATALAN, + wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE, + wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED, + wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL, + wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_HONGKONG, + wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_MACAU, + wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_SINGAPORE, + wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_TAIWAN, + wxLANGUAGE_CORSICAN, + wxLANGUAGE_CROATIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_CZECH, + wxLANGUAGE_DANISH, + wxLANGUAGE_DUTCH, + wxLANGUAGE_DUTCH_BELGIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_UK, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_BELIZE, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_BOTSWANA, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_CANADA, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_DENMARK, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_EIRE, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_JAMAICA, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD, + wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE, + wxLANGUAGE_ESPERANTO, + wxLANGUAGE_ESTONIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_FAEROESE, + wxLANGUAGE_FARSI, + wxLANGUAGE_FIJI, + wxLANGUAGE_FINNISH, + wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH, + wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_BELGIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_CANADIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG, + wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_MONACO, + wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_SWISS, + wxLANGUAGE_FRISIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_GALICIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_GEORGIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN, + wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_BELGIUM, + wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN, + wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG, + wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_SWISS, + wxLANGUAGE_GREEK, + wxLANGUAGE_GREENLANDIC, + wxLANGUAGE_GUARANI, + wxLANGUAGE_GUJARATI, + wxLANGUAGE_HAUSA, + wxLANGUAGE_HEBREW, + wxLANGUAGE_HINDI, + wxLANGUAGE_HUNGARIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_ICELANDIC, + wxLANGUAGE_INDONESIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_INTERLINGUA, + wxLANGUAGE_INTERLINGUE, + wxLANGUAGE_INUKTITUT, + wxLANGUAGE_INUPIAK, + wxLANGUAGE_IRISH, + wxLANGUAGE_ITALIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_ITALIAN_SWISS, + wxLANGUAGE_JAPANESE, + wxLANGUAGE_JAVANESE, + wxLANGUAGE_KANNADA, + wxLANGUAGE_KASHMIRI, + wxLANGUAGE_KASHMIRI_INDIA, + wxLANGUAGE_KAZAKH, + wxLANGUAGE_KERNEWEK, + wxLANGUAGE_KINYARWANDA, + wxLANGUAGE_KIRGHIZ, + wxLANGUAGE_KIRUNDI, + wxLANGUAGE_KONKANI, + wxLANGUAGE_KOREAN, + wxLANGUAGE_KURDISH, + wxLANGUAGE_LAOTHIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_LATIN, + wxLANGUAGE_LATVIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_LINGALA, + wxLANGUAGE_LITHUANIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_MACEDONIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_MALAGASY, + wxLANGUAGE_MALAY, + wxLANGUAGE_MALAYALAM, + wxLANGUAGE_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM, + wxLANGUAGE_MALAY_MALAYSIA, + wxLANGUAGE_MALTESE, + wxLANGUAGE_MANIPURI, + wxLANGUAGE_MAORI, + wxLANGUAGE_MARATHI, + wxLANGUAGE_MOLDAVIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_MONGOLIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_NAURU, + wxLANGUAGE_NEPALI, + wxLANGUAGE_NEPALI_INDIA, + wxLANGUAGE_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL, + wxLANGUAGE_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK, + wxLANGUAGE_OCCITAN, + wxLANGUAGE_ORIYA, + wxLANGUAGE_OROMO, + wxLANGUAGE_PASHTO, + wxLANGUAGE_POLISH, + wxLANGUAGE_PORTUGUESE, + wxLANGUAGE_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_PUNJABI, + wxLANGUAGE_QUECHUA, + wxLANGUAGE_RHAETO_ROMANCE, + wxLANGUAGE_ROMANIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_RUSSIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_RUSSIAN_UKRAINE, + wxLANGUAGE_SAMI, + wxLANGUAGE_SAMOAN, + wxLANGUAGE_SANGHO, + wxLANGUAGE_SANSKRIT, + wxLANGUAGE_SCOTS_GAELIC, + wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC, + wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN_LATIN, + wxLANGUAGE_SERBO_CROATIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_SESOTHO, + wxLANGUAGE_SETSWANA, + wxLANGUAGE_SHONA, + wxLANGUAGE_SINDHI, + wxLANGUAGE_SINHALESE, + wxLANGUAGE_SISWATI, + wxLANGUAGE_SLOVAK, + wxLANGUAGE_SLOVENIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_SOMALI, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_ARGENTINA, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_BOLIVIA, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_CHILE, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_COLOMBIA, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_ECUADOR, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_GUATEMALA, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_HONDURAS, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_MEXICAN, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_MODERN, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_NICARAGUA, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PANAMA, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PARAGUAY, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PERU, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_URUGUAY, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_US, + wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_VENEZUELA, + wxLANGUAGE_SUNDANESE, + wxLANGUAGE_SWAHILI, + wxLANGUAGE_SWEDISH, + wxLANGUAGE_SWEDISH_FINLAND, + wxLANGUAGE_TAGALOG, + wxLANGUAGE_TAJIK, + wxLANGUAGE_TAMIL, + wxLANGUAGE_TATAR, + wxLANGUAGE_TELUGU, + wxLANGUAGE_THAI, + wxLANGUAGE_TIBETAN, + wxLANGUAGE_TIGRINYA, + wxLANGUAGE_TONGA, + wxLANGUAGE_TSONGA, + wxLANGUAGE_TURKISH, + wxLANGUAGE_TURKMEN, + wxLANGUAGE_TWI, + wxLANGUAGE_UIGHUR, + wxLANGUAGE_UKRAINIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_URDU, + wxLANGUAGE_URDU_INDIA, + wxLANGUAGE_URDU_PAKISTAN, + wxLANGUAGE_UZBEK, + wxLANGUAGE_UZBEK_CYRILLIC, + wxLANGUAGE_UZBEK_LATIN, + wxLANGUAGE_VALENCIAN, + wxLANGUAGE_VIETNAMESE, + wxLANGUAGE_VOLAPUK, + wxLANGUAGE_WELSH, + wxLANGUAGE_WOLOF, + wxLANGUAGE_XHOSA, + wxLANGUAGE_YIDDISH, + wxLANGUAGE_YORUBA, + wxLANGUAGE_ZHUANG, + wxLANGUAGE_ZULU, + + /// For custom, user-defined languages. + wxLANGUAGE_USER_DEFINED +}; + +// --- --- --- generated code ends here --- --- --- + +#endif // wxUSE_INTL + +#endif // _WX_LANGUAGE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/layout.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/layout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a94ed4f759 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/layout.h +// Purpose: OBSOLETE layout constraint classes, use sizers instead +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: layout.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LAYOUT_H_ +#define _WX_LAYOUT_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/object.h" + +// X stupidly defines these in X.h +#ifdef Above + #undef Above +#endif +#ifdef Below + #undef Below +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declrations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxLayoutConstraints; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN 0 + +enum wxEdge +{ + wxLeft, wxTop, wxRight, wxBottom, wxWidth, wxHeight, + wxCentre, wxCenter = wxCentre, wxCentreX, wxCentreY +}; + +enum wxRelationship +{ + wxUnconstrained = 0, + wxAsIs, + wxPercentOf, + wxAbove, + wxBelow, + wxLeftOf, + wxRightOf, + wxSameAs, + wxAbsolute +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIndividualLayoutConstraint: a constraint on window position +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIndividualLayoutConstraint : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxIndividualLayoutConstraint(); + + // note that default copy ctor and assignment operators are ok + + virtual ~wxIndividualLayoutConstraint(){} + + void Set(wxRelationship rel, wxWindowBase *otherW, wxEdge otherE, int val = 0, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN); + + // + // Sibling relationships + // + void LeftOf(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN); + void RightOf(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN); + void Above(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN); + void Below(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN); + + // + // 'Same edge' alignment + // + void SameAs(wxWindowBase *otherW, wxEdge edge, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN); + + // The edge is a percentage of the other window's edge + void PercentOf(wxWindowBase *otherW, wxEdge wh, int per); + + // + // Edge has absolute value + // + void Absolute(int val); + + // + // Dimension is unconstrained + // + void Unconstrained() { relationship = wxUnconstrained; } + + // + // Dimension is 'as is' (use current size settings) + // + void AsIs() { relationship = wxAsIs; } + + // + // Accessors + // + wxWindowBase *GetOtherWindow() { return otherWin; } + wxEdge GetMyEdge() const { return myEdge; } + void SetEdge(wxEdge which) { myEdge = which; } + void SetValue(int v) { value = v; } + int GetMargin() { return margin; } + void SetMargin(int m) { margin = m; } + int GetValue() const { return value; } + int GetPercent() const { return percent; } + int GetOtherEdge() const { return otherEdge; } + bool GetDone() const { return done; } + void SetDone(bool d) { done = d; } + wxRelationship GetRelationship() { return relationship; } + void SetRelationship(wxRelationship r) { relationship = r; } + + // Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin + bool ResetIfWin(wxWindowBase *otherW); + + // Try to satisfy constraint + bool SatisfyConstraint(wxLayoutConstraints *constraints, wxWindowBase *win); + + // Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this + // is not determinable, -1. + int GetEdge(wxEdge which, wxWindowBase *thisWin, wxWindowBase *other) const; + +protected: + // To be allowed to modify the internal variables + friend class wxIndividualLayoutConstraint_Serialize; + + // 'This' window is the parent or sibling of otherWin + wxWindowBase *otherWin; + + wxEdge myEdge; + wxRelationship relationship; + int margin; + int value; + int percent; + wxEdge otherEdge; + bool done; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIndividualLayoutConstraint) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLayoutConstraints: the complete set of constraints for a window +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxLayoutConstraints : public wxObject +{ +public: + // Edge constraints + wxIndividualLayoutConstraint left; + wxIndividualLayoutConstraint top; + wxIndividualLayoutConstraint right; + wxIndividualLayoutConstraint bottom; + // Size constraints + wxIndividualLayoutConstraint width; + wxIndividualLayoutConstraint height; + // Centre constraints + wxIndividualLayoutConstraint centreX; + wxIndividualLayoutConstraint centreY; + + wxLayoutConstraints(); + + // note that default copy ctor and assignment operators are ok + + virtual ~wxLayoutConstraints(){} + + bool SatisfyConstraints(wxWindowBase *win, int *noChanges); + bool AreSatisfied() const + { + return left.GetDone() && top.GetDone() && + width.GetDone() && height.GetDone(); + } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLayoutConstraints) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + +#endif // _WX_LAYOUT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/laywin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/laywin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c27d1e7dbe --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/laywin.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/laywin.h +// Purpose: wxSashLayoutWindow base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: laywin.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LAYWIN_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_LAYWIN_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/generic/laywin.h" + +#endif + // _WX_LAYWIN_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/link.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/link.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..394f2422ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/link.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/link.h +// Purpose: macros to force linking modules which might otherwise be +// discarded by the linker +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: link.h 35722 2005-09-26 12:29:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LINK_H_ +#define _WX_LINK_H_ + +// This must be part of the module you want to force: +#define wxFORCE_LINK_THIS_MODULE(module_name) \ + extern void _wx_link_dummy_func_##module_name (); \ + void _wx_link_dummy_func_##module_name () { } + + +// And this must be somewhere where it certainly will be linked: +#define wxFORCE_LINK_MODULE(module_name) \ + extern void _wx_link_dummy_func_##module_name (); \ + static struct wxForceLink##module_name \ + { \ + wxForceLink##module_name() \ + { \ + _wx_link_dummy_func_##module_name (); \ + } \ + } _wx_link_dummy_var_##module_name; + + +#endif // _WX_LINK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/list.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/list.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cceaa09d23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/list.h @@ -0,0 +1,1323 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/list.h +// Purpose: wxList, wxStringList classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: VZ at 16/11/98: WX_DECLARE_LIST() and typesafe lists added +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: list.h 66829 2011-02-02 13:49:44Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + All this is quite ugly but serves two purposes: + 1. Be almost 100% compatible with old, untyped, wxList class + 2. Ensure compile-time type checking for the linked lists + + The idea is to have one base class (wxListBase) working with "void *" data, + but to hide these untyped functions - i.e. make them protected, so they + can only be used from derived classes which have inline member functions + working with right types. This achieves the 2nd goal. As for the first one, + we provide a special derivation of wxListBase called wxList which looks just + like the old class. +*/ + +#ifndef _WX_LIST_H_ +#define _WX_LIST_H_ + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/string.h" + +#if wxUSE_STL + #include "wx/beforestd.h" + #include + #include + #include + #include "wx/afterstd.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObjectListNode; +typedef wxObjectListNode wxNode; + +#if wxUSE_STL + +#define wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY + +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(elT, dummy1, liT, dummy2, decl) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elT, liT, decl) +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_3(elT, dummy1, liT, dummy2, decl) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(elT, dummy1, liT, dummy2, decl) + +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elT, liT, dummy, decl) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elT, liT, decl) +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elT, liT, dummy, decl) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elT, liT, dummy, decl) \ + +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elT, liT, decl) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_XO(elT*, liT, decl) + +#if !defined(__VISUALC__) || __VISUALC__ >= 1300 // == !VC6 + +template +class wxList_SortFunction +{ +public: + wxList_SortFunction(wxSortCompareFunction f) : m_f(f) { } + bool operator()(const T& i1, const T& i2) + { return m_f((T*)&i1, (T*)&i2) < 0; } +private: + wxSortCompareFunction m_f; +}; + +#define WX_LIST_SORTFUNCTION( elT, f ) wxList_SortFunction(f) +#define WX_LIST_VC6_WORKAROUND(elT, liT, decl) + +#else // if defined( __VISUALC__ ) && __VISUALC__ < 1300 // == VC6 + +#define WX_LIST_SORTFUNCTION( elT, f ) std::greater( f ) +#define WX_LIST_VC6_WORKAROUND(elT, liT, decl) \ + decl liT; \ + \ + /* Workaround for broken VC6 STL incorrectly requires a std::greater<> */ \ + /* to be passed into std::list::sort() */ \ + template <> \ + struct std::greater \ + { \ + private: \ + wxSortCompareFunction m_CompFunc; \ + public: \ + greater( wxSortCompareFunction compfunc = NULL ) \ + : m_CompFunc( compfunc ) {} \ + bool operator()(const elT X, const elT Y) const \ + { \ + return m_CompFunc ? \ + ( m_CompFunc( wxListCastElementToVoidPtr(X), \ + wxListCastElementToVoidPtr(Y) ) < 0 ) : \ + ( X > Y ); \ + } \ + }; + +// helper for std::greater above: +template +inline const void *wxListCastElementToVoidPtr(const T* ptr) { return ptr; } +inline const void *wxListCastElementToVoidPtr(const wxString& str) + { return (const char*)str; } + +#endif // VC6/!VC6 + +/* + Note 1: the outer helper class _WX_LIST_HELPER_##liT below is a workaround + for mingw 3.2.3 compiler bug that prevents a static function of liT class + from being exported into dll. A minimal code snippet reproducing the bug: + + struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE Foo + { + static void Bar(); + struct SomeInnerClass + { + friend class Foo; // comment this out to make it link + }; + ~Foo() + { + Bar(); + } + }; + + The program does not link under mingw_gcc 3.2.3 producing undefined + reference to Foo::Bar() function + + + Note 2: the EmptyList is needed to allow having a NULL pointer-like + invalid iterator. We used to use just an uninitialized iterator object + instead but this fails with some debug/checked versions of STL, notably the + glibc version activated with _GLIBCXX_DEBUG, so we need to have a separate + invalid iterator. + */ + +// the real wxList-class declaration +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_XO(elT, liT, decl) \ + decl _WX_LIST_HELPER_##liT \ + { \ + typedef elT _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##liT; \ + public: \ + static void DeleteFunction( _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##liT X ); \ + }; \ + \ + WX_LIST_VC6_WORKAROUND(elT, liT, decl) \ + decl liT : public std::list \ + { \ + private: \ + typedef std::list BaseListType; \ + static BaseListType EmptyList; \ + \ + bool m_destroy; \ + \ + public: \ + decl compatibility_iterator \ + { \ + private: \ + /* Workaround for broken VC6 nested class name resolution */ \ + typedef std::list::iterator iterator; \ + friend class liT; \ + \ + iterator m_iter; \ + liT * m_list; \ + \ + public: \ + compatibility_iterator() \ + : m_iter(EmptyList.end()), m_list( NULL ) {} \ + compatibility_iterator( liT* li, iterator i ) \ + : m_iter( i ), m_list( li ) {} \ + compatibility_iterator( const liT* li, iterator i ) \ + : m_iter( i ), m_list( const_cast< liT* >( li ) ) {} \ + \ + compatibility_iterator* operator->() { return this; } \ + const compatibility_iterator* operator->() const { return this; } \ + \ + bool operator==(const compatibility_iterator& i) const \ + { \ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_list && i.m_list, \ + wxT("comparing invalid iterators is illegal") ); \ + return (m_list == i.m_list) && (m_iter == i.m_iter); \ + } \ + bool operator!=(const compatibility_iterator& i) const \ + { return !( operator==( i ) ); } \ + operator bool() const \ + { return m_list ? m_iter != m_list->end() : false; } \ + bool operator !() const \ + { return !( operator bool() ); } \ + \ + elT GetData() const \ + { return *m_iter; } \ + void SetData( elT e ) \ + { *m_iter = e; } \ + \ + compatibility_iterator GetNext() const \ + { \ + iterator i = m_iter; \ + return compatibility_iterator( m_list, ++i ); \ + } \ + compatibility_iterator GetPrevious() const \ + { \ + if ( m_iter == m_list->begin() ) \ + return compatibility_iterator(); \ + \ + iterator i = m_iter; \ + return compatibility_iterator( m_list, --i ); \ + } \ + int IndexOf() const \ + { \ + return *this ? std::distance( m_list->begin(), m_iter ) \ + : wxNOT_FOUND; \ + } \ + }; \ + public: \ + liT() : m_destroy( false ) {} \ + \ + compatibility_iterator Find( const elT e ) const \ + { \ + liT* _this = const_cast< liT* >( this ); \ + return compatibility_iterator( _this, \ + std::find( _this->begin(), _this->end(), e ) ); \ + } \ + \ + bool IsEmpty() const \ + { return empty(); } \ + size_t GetCount() const \ + { return size(); } \ + int Number() const \ + { return static_cast< int >( GetCount() ); } \ + \ + compatibility_iterator Item( size_t idx ) const \ + { \ + iterator i = const_cast< liT* >(this)->begin(); \ + std::advance( i, idx ); \ + return compatibility_iterator( this, i ); \ + } \ + elT operator[](size_t idx) const \ + { \ + return Item(idx).GetData(); \ + } \ + \ + compatibility_iterator GetFirst() const \ + { \ + return compatibility_iterator( this, \ + const_cast< liT* >(this)->begin() ); \ + } \ + compatibility_iterator GetLast() const \ + { \ + iterator i = const_cast< liT* >(this)->end(); \ + return compatibility_iterator( this, !empty() ? --i : i ); \ + } \ + bool Member( elT e ) const \ + { return Find( e ); } \ + compatibility_iterator Nth( int n ) const \ + { return Item( n ); } \ + int IndexOf( elT e ) const \ + { return Find( e ).IndexOf(); } \ + \ + compatibility_iterator Append( elT e ) \ + { \ + push_back( e ); \ + return GetLast(); \ + } \ + compatibility_iterator Insert( elT e ) \ + { \ + push_front( e ); \ + return compatibility_iterator( this, begin() ); \ + } \ + compatibility_iterator Insert(const compatibility_iterator & i, elT e)\ + { \ + return compatibility_iterator( this, insert( i.m_iter, e ) ); \ + } \ + compatibility_iterator Insert( size_t idx, elT e ) \ + { \ + return compatibility_iterator( this, \ + insert( Item( idx ).m_iter, e ) ); \ + } \ + \ + void DeleteContents( bool destroy ) \ + { m_destroy = destroy; } \ + bool GetDeleteContents() const \ + { return m_destroy; } \ + void Erase( const compatibility_iterator& i ) \ + { \ + if ( m_destroy ) \ + _WX_LIST_HELPER_##liT::DeleteFunction( i->GetData() ); \ + erase( i.m_iter ); \ + } \ + bool DeleteNode( const compatibility_iterator& i ) \ + { \ + if( i ) \ + { \ + Erase( i ); \ + return true; \ + } \ + return false; \ + } \ + bool DeleteObject( elT e ) \ + { \ + return DeleteNode( Find( e ) ); \ + } \ + void Clear() \ + { \ + if ( m_destroy ) \ + std::for_each( begin(), end(), \ + _WX_LIST_HELPER_##liT::DeleteFunction ); \ + clear(); \ + } \ + /* Workaround for broken VC6 std::list::sort() see above */ \ + void Sort( wxSortCompareFunction compfunc ) \ + { sort( WX_LIST_SORTFUNCTION( elT, compfunc ) ); } \ + ~liT() { Clear(); } \ + \ + /* It needs access to our EmptyList */ \ + friend class compatibility_iterator; \ + } + +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST(elementtype, listname) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, class) +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST(elementtype, listname) + +#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) +#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname) \ + WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname) + +#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname, usergoo) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, class usergoo) +#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname, usergoo) \ + WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname, usergoo) + +// this macro must be inserted in your program after +// #include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +#define WX_DEFINE_LIST(name) "don't forget to include listimpl.cpp!" + +#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_LIST(name) WX_DEFINE_LIST(name) +#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(name) WX_DEFINE_LIST(name) + +#else // if !wxUSE_STL + + +// undef it to get rid of old, deprecated functions +#define wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// key stuff: a list may be optionally keyed on integer or string key +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +union wxListKeyValue +{ + long integer; + wxString *string; +}; + +// a struct which may contain both types of keys +// +// implementation note: on one hand, this class allows to have only one function +// for any keyed operation instead of 2 almost equivalent. OTOH, it's needed to +// resolve ambiguity which we would otherwise have with wxStringList::Find() and +// wxList::Find(const char *). +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxListKey +{ +public: + // implicit ctors + wxListKey() : m_keyType(wxKEY_NONE) + { } + wxListKey(long i) : m_keyType(wxKEY_INTEGER) + { m_key.integer = i; } + wxListKey(const wxString& s) : m_keyType(wxKEY_STRING) + { m_key.string = new wxString(s); } + wxListKey(const char *s) : m_keyType(wxKEY_STRING) + { m_key.string = new wxString(s); } + wxListKey(const wchar_t *s) : m_keyType(wxKEY_STRING) + { m_key.string = new wxString(s); } + + // accessors + wxKeyType GetKeyType() const { return m_keyType; } + const wxString GetString() const + { wxASSERT( m_keyType == wxKEY_STRING ); return *m_key.string; } + long GetNumber() const + { wxASSERT( m_keyType == wxKEY_INTEGER ); return m_key.integer; } + + // comparison + // Note: implementation moved to list.cpp to prevent BC++ inline + // expansion warning. + bool operator==(wxListKeyValue value) const ; + + // dtor + ~wxListKey() + { + if ( m_keyType == wxKEY_STRING ) + delete m_key.string; + } + +private: + wxKeyType m_keyType; + wxListKeyValue m_key; +}; + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNodeBase class is a (base for) node in a double linked list +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxListKey) wxDefaultListKey; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxListBase; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxNodeBase +{ +friend class wxListBase; +public: + // ctor + wxNodeBase(wxListBase *list = NULL, + wxNodeBase *previous = NULL, + wxNodeBase *next = NULL, + void *data = NULL, + const wxListKey& key = wxDefaultListKey); + + virtual ~wxNodeBase(); + + // FIXME no check is done that the list is really keyed on strings + wxString GetKeyString() const { return *m_key.string; } + long GetKeyInteger() const { return m_key.integer; } + + // Necessary for some existing code + void SetKeyString(const wxString& s) { m_key.string = new wxString(s); } + void SetKeyInteger(long i) { m_key.integer = i; } + +#ifdef wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY + // compatibility methods, use Get* instead. + wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *Next() const ); + wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *Previous() const ); + wxDEPRECATED( wxObject *Data() const ); +#endif // wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY + +protected: + // all these are going to be "overloaded" in the derived classes + wxNodeBase *GetNext() const { return m_next; } + wxNodeBase *GetPrevious() const { return m_previous; } + + void *GetData() const { return m_data; } + void SetData(void *data) { m_data = data; } + + // get 0-based index of this node within the list or wxNOT_FOUND + int IndexOf() const; + + virtual void DeleteData() { } +public: + // for wxList::iterator + void** GetDataPtr() const { return &(const_cast(this)->m_data); } +private: + // optional key stuff + wxListKeyValue m_key; + + void *m_data; // user data + wxNodeBase *m_next, // next and previous nodes in the list + *m_previous; + + wxListBase *m_list; // list we belong to + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNodeBase); +}; + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// a double-linked list class +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxList; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxListBase +{ +friend class wxNodeBase; // should be able to call DetachNode() +friend class wxHashTableBase; // should be able to call untyped Find() + +public: + // default ctor & dtor + wxListBase(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_NONE) + { Init(keyType); } + virtual ~wxListBase(); + + // accessors + // count of items in the list + size_t GetCount() const { return m_count; } + + // return true if this list is empty + bool IsEmpty() const { return m_count == 0; } + + // operations + + // delete all nodes + void Clear(); + + // instruct it to destroy user data when deleting nodes + void DeleteContents(bool destroy) { m_destroy = destroy; } + + // query if to delete + bool GetDeleteContents() const + { return m_destroy; } + + // get the keytype + wxKeyType GetKeyType() const + { return m_keyType; } + + // set the keytype (required by the serial code) + void SetKeyType(wxKeyType keyType) + { wxASSERT( m_count==0 ); m_keyType = keyType; } + +#ifdef wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY + // compatibility methods from old wxList + wxDEPRECATED( int Number() const ); // use GetCount instead. + wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *First() const ); // use GetFirst + wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *Last() const ); // use GetLast + wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *Nth(size_t n) const ); // use Item + + // kludge for typesafe list migration in core classes. + wxDEPRECATED( operator wxList&() const ); +#endif // wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY + +protected: + + // all methods here are "overloaded" in derived classes to provide compile + // time type checking + + // create a node for the list of this type + virtual wxNodeBase *CreateNode(wxNodeBase *prev, wxNodeBase *next, + void *data, + const wxListKey& key = wxDefaultListKey) = 0; + + + // ctors + // from an array + wxListBase(size_t count, void *elements[]); + // from a sequence of objects + wxListBase(void *object, ... /* terminate with NULL */); + +protected: + void Assign(const wxListBase& list) + { Clear(); DoCopy(list); } + + // get list head/tail + wxNodeBase *GetFirst() const { return m_nodeFirst; } + wxNodeBase *GetLast() const { return m_nodeLast; } + + // by (0-based) index + wxNodeBase *Item(size_t index) const; + + // get the list item's data + void *operator[](size_t n) const + { + wxNodeBase *node = Item(n); + + return node ? node->GetData() : NULL; + } + + // operations + // append to end of list + wxNodeBase *Prepend(void *object) + { return (wxNodeBase *)wxListBase::Insert(object); } + // append to beginning of list + wxNodeBase *Append(void *object); + // insert a new item at the beginning of the list + wxNodeBase *Insert(void *object) + { return Insert(static_cast(NULL), object); } + // insert a new item at the given position + wxNodeBase *Insert(size_t pos, void *object) + { return pos == GetCount() ? Append(object) + : Insert(Item(pos), object); } + // insert before given node or at front of list if prev == NULL + wxNodeBase *Insert(wxNodeBase *prev, void *object); + + // keyed append + wxNodeBase *Append(long key, void *object); + wxNodeBase *Append(const wxString& key, void *object); + + // removes node from the list but doesn't delete it (returns pointer + // to the node or NULL if it wasn't found in the list) + wxNodeBase *DetachNode(wxNodeBase *node); + // delete element from list, returns false if node not found + bool DeleteNode(wxNodeBase *node); + // finds object pointer and deletes node (and object if DeleteContents + // is on), returns false if object not found + bool DeleteObject(void *object); + + // search (all return NULL if item not found) + // by data + wxNodeBase *Find(const void *object) const; + + // by key + wxNodeBase *Find(const wxListKey& key) const; + + // get 0-based index of object or wxNOT_FOUND + int IndexOf( void *object ) const; + + // this function allows the sorting of arbitrary lists by giving + // a function to compare two list elements. The list is sorted in place. + void Sort(const wxSortCompareFunction compfunc); + + // functions for iterating over the list + void *FirstThat(wxListIterateFunction func); + void ForEach(wxListIterateFunction func); + void *LastThat(wxListIterateFunction func); + + // for STL interface, "last" points to one after the last node + // of the controlled sequence (NULL for the end of the list) + void Reverse(); + void DeleteNodes(wxNodeBase* first, wxNodeBase* last); +private: + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_NONE); + + // helpers + // common part of copy ctor and assignment operator + void DoCopy(const wxListBase& list); + // common part of all Append()s + wxNodeBase *AppendCommon(wxNodeBase *node); + // free node's data and node itself + void DoDeleteNode(wxNodeBase *node); + + size_t m_count; // number of elements in the list + bool m_destroy; // destroy user data when deleting list items? + wxNodeBase *m_nodeFirst, // pointers to the head and tail of the list + *m_nodeLast; + + wxKeyType m_keyType; // type of our keys (may be wxKEY_NONE) +}; + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros for definition of "template" list type +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// and now some heavy magic... + +// declare a list type named 'name' and containing elements of type 'T *' +// (as a by product of macro expansion you also get wx##name##Node +// wxNode-derived type) +// +// implementation details: +// 1. We define _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##name typedef to save in it the item type +// for the list of given type - this allows us to pass only the list name +// to WX_DEFINE_LIST() even if it needs both the name and the type +// +// 2. We redefine all non-type-safe wxList functions with type-safe versions +// which don't take any space (everything is inline), but bring compile +// time error checking. +// +// 3. The macro which is usually used (WX_DECLARE_LIST) is defined in terms of +// a more generic WX_DECLARE_LIST_2 macro which, in turn, uses the most +// generic WX_DECLARE_LIST_3 one. The last macro adds a sometimes +// interesting capability to store polymorphic objects in the list and is +// particularly useful with, for example, "wxWindow *" list where the +// wxWindowBase pointers are put into the list, but wxWindow pointers are +// retrieved from it. +// +// 4. final hack is that WX_DECLARE_LIST_3 is defined in terms of +// WX_DECLARE_LIST_4 to allow defining classes without operator->() as +// it results in compiler warnings when this operator doesn't make sense +// (i.e. stored elements are not pointers) + +// common part of WX_DECLARE_LIST_3 and WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_3 +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_4(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp, ptrop) \ + typedef int (*wxSortFuncFor_##name)(const T **, const T **); \ + \ + classexp nodetype : public wxNodeBase \ + { \ + public: \ + nodetype(wxListBase *list = NULL, \ + nodetype *previous = NULL, \ + nodetype *next = NULL, \ + T *data = NULL, \ + const wxListKey& key = wxDefaultListKey) \ + : wxNodeBase(list, previous, next, data, key) { } \ + \ + nodetype *GetNext() const \ + { return (nodetype *)wxNodeBase::GetNext(); } \ + nodetype *GetPrevious() const \ + { return (nodetype *)wxNodeBase::GetPrevious(); } \ + \ + T *GetData() const \ + { return (T *)wxNodeBase::GetData(); } \ + void SetData(T *data) \ + { wxNodeBase::SetData(data); } \ + \ + protected: \ + virtual void DeleteData(); \ + \ + DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(nodetype) \ + }; \ + \ + classexp name : public wxListBase \ + { \ + public: \ + typedef nodetype Node; \ + classexp compatibility_iterator \ + { \ + public: \ + compatibility_iterator(Node *ptr = NULL) : m_ptr(ptr) { } \ + \ + Node *operator->() const { return m_ptr; } \ + operator Node *() const { return m_ptr; } \ + \ + private: \ + Node *m_ptr; \ + }; \ + \ + name(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_NONE) : wxListBase(keyType) \ + { } \ + name(const name& list) : wxListBase(list.GetKeyType()) \ + { Assign(list); } \ + name(size_t count, T *elements[]) \ + : wxListBase(count, (void **)elements) { } \ + \ + name& operator=(const name& list) \ + { if (&list != this) Assign(list); return *this; } \ + \ + nodetype *GetFirst() const \ + { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::GetFirst(); } \ + nodetype *GetLast() const \ + { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::GetLast(); } \ + \ + nodetype *Item(size_t index) const \ + { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Item(index); } \ + \ + T *operator[](size_t index) const \ + { \ + nodetype *node = Item(index); \ + return node ? (T*)(node->GetData()) : NULL; \ + } \ + \ + nodetype *Append(Tbase *object) \ + { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Append(object); } \ + nodetype *Insert(Tbase *object) \ + { return (nodetype *)Insert(static_cast(NULL), \ + object); } \ + nodetype *Insert(size_t pos, Tbase *object) \ + { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Insert(pos, object); } \ + nodetype *Insert(nodetype *prev, Tbase *object) \ + { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Insert(prev, object); } \ + \ + nodetype *Append(long key, void *object) \ + { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Append(key, object); } \ + nodetype *Append(const wxChar *key, void *object) \ + { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Append(key, object); } \ + \ + nodetype *DetachNode(nodetype *node) \ + { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::DetachNode(node); } \ + bool DeleteNode(nodetype *node) \ + { return wxListBase::DeleteNode(node); } \ + bool DeleteObject(Tbase *object) \ + { return wxListBase::DeleteObject(object); } \ + void Erase(nodetype *it) \ + { DeleteNode(it); } \ + \ + nodetype *Find(const Tbase *object) const \ + { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Find(object); } \ + \ + virtual nodetype *Find(const wxListKey& key) const \ + { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Find(key); } \ + \ + bool Member(const Tbase *object) const \ + { return Find(object) != NULL; } \ + \ + int IndexOf(Tbase *object) const \ + { return wxListBase::IndexOf(object); } \ + \ + void Sort(wxSortCompareFunction func) \ + { wxListBase::Sort(func); } \ + void Sort(wxSortFuncFor_##name func) \ + { Sort((wxSortCompareFunction)func); } \ + \ + protected: \ + virtual wxNodeBase *CreateNode(wxNodeBase *prev, wxNodeBase *next, \ + void *data, \ + const wxListKey& key = wxDefaultListKey) \ + { \ + return new nodetype(this, \ + (nodetype *)prev, (nodetype *)next, \ + (T *)data, key); \ + } \ + /* STL interface */ \ + public: \ + typedef size_t size_type; \ + typedef int difference_type; \ + typedef T* value_type; \ + typedef Tbase* base_value_type; \ + typedef value_type& reference; \ + typedef const value_type& const_reference; \ + typedef base_value_type& base_reference; \ + typedef const base_value_type& const_base_reference; \ + \ + classexp iterator \ + { \ + typedef name list; \ + public: \ + typedef nodetype Node; \ + typedef iterator itor; \ + typedef T* value_type; \ + typedef value_type* ptr_type; \ + typedef value_type& reference; \ + \ + Node* m_node; \ + Node* m_init; \ + public: \ + typedef reference reference_type; \ + typedef ptr_type pointer_type; \ + \ + iterator(Node* node, Node* init) : m_node(node), m_init(init) {}\ + iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { } \ + reference_type operator*() const \ + { return *(pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); } \ + ptrop \ + itor& operator++() \ + { \ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_node, wxT("uninitialized iterator") ); \ + m_node = m_node->GetNext(); \ + return *this; \ + } \ + const itor operator++(int) \ + { \ + itor tmp = *this; \ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_node, wxT("uninitialized iterator") ); \ + m_node = m_node->GetNext(); \ + return tmp; \ + } \ + itor& operator--() \ + { \ + m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init; \ + return *this; \ + } \ + const itor operator--(int) \ + { \ + itor tmp = *this; \ + m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init; \ + return tmp; \ + } \ + bool operator!=(const itor& it) const \ + { return it.m_node != m_node; } \ + bool operator==(const itor& it) const \ + { return it.m_node == m_node; } \ + }; \ + classexp const_iterator \ + { \ + typedef name list; \ + public: \ + typedef nodetype Node; \ + typedef T* value_type; \ + typedef const value_type& const_reference; \ + typedef const_iterator itor; \ + typedef value_type* ptr_type; \ + \ + Node* m_node; \ + Node* m_init; \ + public: \ + typedef const_reference reference_type; \ + typedef const ptr_type pointer_type; \ + \ + const_iterator(Node* node, Node* init) \ + : m_node(node), m_init(init) { } \ + const_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { } \ + const_iterator(const iterator& it) \ + : m_node(it.m_node), m_init(it.m_init) { } \ + reference_type operator*() const \ + { return *(pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); } \ + ptrop \ + itor& operator++() \ + { \ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_node, wxT("uninitialized iterator") ); \ + m_node = m_node->GetNext(); \ + return *this; \ + } \ + const itor operator++(int) \ + { \ + itor tmp = *this; \ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_node, wxT("uninitialized iterator") ); \ + m_node = m_node->GetNext(); \ + return tmp; \ + } \ + itor& operator--() \ + { \ + m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init; \ + return *this; \ + } \ + const itor operator--(int) \ + { \ + itor tmp = *this; \ + m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init; \ + return tmp; \ + } \ + bool operator!=(const itor& it) const \ + { return it.m_node != m_node; } \ + bool operator==(const itor& it) const \ + { return it.m_node == m_node; } \ + }; \ + classexp reverse_iterator \ + { \ + typedef name list; \ + public: \ + typedef nodetype Node; \ + typedef T* value_type; \ + typedef reverse_iterator itor; \ + typedef value_type* ptr_type; \ + typedef value_type& reference; \ + \ + Node* m_node; \ + Node* m_init; \ + public: \ + typedef reference reference_type; \ + typedef ptr_type pointer_type; \ + \ + reverse_iterator(Node* node, Node* init) \ + : m_node(node), m_init(init) { } \ + reverse_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { } \ + reference_type operator*() const \ + { return *(pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); } \ + ptrop \ + itor& operator++() \ + { m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return *this; } \ + const itor operator++(int) \ + { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return tmp; }\ + itor& operator--() \ + { m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; return *this; } \ + const itor operator--(int) \ + { \ + itor tmp = *this; \ + m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; \ + return tmp; \ + } \ + bool operator!=(const itor& it) const \ + { return it.m_node != m_node; } \ + bool operator==(const itor& it) const \ + { return it.m_node == m_node; } \ + }; \ + classexp const_reverse_iterator \ + { \ + typedef name list; \ + public: \ + typedef nodetype Node; \ + typedef T* value_type; \ + typedef const_reverse_iterator itor; \ + typedef value_type* ptr_type; \ + typedef const value_type& const_reference; \ + \ + Node* m_node; \ + Node* m_init; \ + public: \ + typedef const_reference reference_type; \ + typedef const ptr_type pointer_type; \ + \ + const_reverse_iterator(Node* node, Node* init) \ + : m_node(node), m_init(init) { } \ + const_reverse_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { } \ + const_reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it) \ + : m_node(it.m_node), m_init(it.m_init) { } \ + reference_type operator*() const \ + { return *(pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); } \ + ptrop \ + itor& operator++() \ + { m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return *this; } \ + const itor operator++(int) \ + { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return tmp; }\ + itor& operator--() \ + { m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; return *this;}\ + const itor operator--(int) \ + { \ + itor tmp = *this; \ + m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; \ + return tmp; \ + } \ + bool operator!=(const itor& it) const \ + { return it.m_node != m_node; } \ + bool operator==(const itor& it) const \ + { return it.m_node == m_node; } \ + }; \ + \ + wxEXPLICIT name(size_type n, const_reference v = value_type()) \ + { assign(n, v); } \ + name(const const_iterator& first, const const_iterator& last) \ + { assign(first, last); } \ + iterator begin() { return iterator(GetFirst(), GetLast()); } \ + const_iterator begin() const \ + { return const_iterator(GetFirst(), GetLast()); } \ + iterator end() { return iterator(NULL, GetLast()); } \ + const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(NULL, GetLast()); }\ + reverse_iterator rbegin() \ + { return reverse_iterator(GetLast(), GetFirst()); } \ + const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const \ + { return const_reverse_iterator(GetLast(), GetFirst()); } \ + reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(NULL, GetFirst()); }\ + const_reverse_iterator rend() const \ + { return const_reverse_iterator(NULL, GetFirst()); } \ + void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type()) \ + { \ + while (n < size()) \ + pop_back(); \ + while (n > size()) \ + push_back(v); \ + } \ + size_type size() const { return GetCount(); } \ + size_type max_size() const { return INT_MAX; } \ + bool empty() const { return IsEmpty(); } \ + reference front() { return *begin(); } \ + const_reference front() const { return *begin(); } \ + reference back() { iterator tmp = end(); return *--tmp; } \ + const_reference back() const { const_iterator tmp = end(); return *--tmp; }\ + void push_front(const_reference v = value_type()) \ + { Insert(GetFirst(), (const_base_reference)v); } \ + void pop_front() { DeleteNode(GetFirst()); } \ + void push_back(const_reference v = value_type()) \ + { Append((const_base_reference)v); } \ + void pop_back() { DeleteNode(GetLast()); } \ + void assign(const_iterator first, const const_iterator& last) \ + { \ + clear(); \ + for(; first != last; ++first) \ + Append((const_base_reference)*first); \ + } \ + void assign(size_type n, const_reference v = value_type()) \ + { \ + clear(); \ + for(size_type i = 0; i < n; ++i) \ + Append((const_base_reference)v); \ + } \ + iterator insert(const iterator& it, const_reference v) \ + { \ + if ( it == end() ) \ + { \ + Append((const_base_reference)v); \ + /* \ + note that this is the new end(), the old one was \ + invalidated by the Append() call, and this is why we \ + can't use the same code as in the normal case below \ + */ \ + iterator itins(end()); \ + return --itins; \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + Insert(it.m_node, (const_base_reference)v); \ + iterator itins(it); \ + return --itins; \ + } \ + } \ + void insert(const iterator& it, size_type n, const_reference v) \ + { \ + for(size_type i = 0; i < n; ++i) \ + insert(it, v); \ + } \ + void insert(const iterator& it, \ + const_iterator first, const const_iterator& last) \ + { \ + for(; first != last; ++first) \ + insert(it, *first); \ + } \ + iterator erase(const iterator& it) \ + { \ + iterator next = iterator(it.m_node->GetNext(), GetLast()); \ + DeleteNode(it.m_node); return next; \ + } \ + iterator erase(const iterator& first, const iterator& last) \ + { \ + iterator next = last; \ + if ( next != end() ) \ + ++next; \ + DeleteNodes(first.m_node, last.m_node); \ + return next; \ + } \ + void clear() { Clear(); } \ + void splice(const iterator& it, name& l, const iterator& first, const iterator& last)\ + { insert(it, first, last); l.erase(first, last); } \ + void splice(const iterator& it, name& l) \ + { splice(it, l, l.begin(), l.end() ); } \ + void splice(const iterator& it, name& l, const iterator& first) \ + { \ + if ( it != first ) \ + { \ + insert(it, *first); \ + l.erase(first); \ + } \ + } \ + void remove(const_reference v) \ + { DeleteObject((const_base_reference)v); } \ + void reverse() \ + { Reverse(); } \ + /* void swap(name& l) \ + { \ + { size_t t = m_count; m_count = l.m_count; l.m_count = t; } \ + { bool t = m_destroy; m_destroy = l.m_destroy; l.m_destroy = t; }\ + { wxNodeBase* t = m_nodeFirst; m_nodeFirst = l.m_nodeFirst; l.m_nodeFirst = t; }\ + { wxNodeBase* t = m_nodeLast; m_nodeLast = l.m_nodeLast; l.m_nodeLast = t; }\ + { wxKeyType t = m_keyType; m_keyType = l.m_keyType; l.m_keyType = t; }\ + } */ \ + } + +#define WX_LIST_PTROP \ + pointer_type operator->() const \ + { return (pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); } +#define WX_LIST_PTROP_NONE + +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_4(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp, WX_LIST_PTROP_NONE) +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_3(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_4(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp, WX_LIST_PTROP) + +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elementtype, listname, nodename, classexp) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(elementtype, elementtype, listname, nodename, classexp) +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elementtype, listname, nodename, classexp) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_3(elementtype, elementtype, listname, nodename, classexp) + +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST(elementtype, listname) \ + typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname; \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class) +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname) \ + typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname; \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class) + +#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, decl) \ + typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname; \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, decl) + +#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname) \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) + +#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname) \ + typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname; \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) + +#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname, usergoo) \ + typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname; \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class usergoo) +#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname, usergoo) \ + typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname; \ + WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class usergoo) + +// this macro must be inserted in your program after +// #include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +#define WX_DEFINE_LIST(name) "don't forget to include listimpl.cpp!" + +#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_LIST(name) WX_DEFINE_LIST(name) +#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(name) WX_DEFINE_LIST(name) + +#endif // !wxUSE_STL + +// ============================================================================ +// now we can define classes 100% compatible with the old ones +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// commonly used list classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY) + +// inline compatibility functions + +#if !wxUSE_STL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNodeBase deprecated methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline wxNode *wxNodeBase::Next() const { return (wxNode *)GetNext(); } +inline wxNode *wxNodeBase::Previous() const { return (wxNode *)GetPrevious(); } +inline wxObject *wxNodeBase::Data() const { return (wxObject *)GetData(); } + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListBase deprecated methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline int wxListBase::Number() const { return (int)GetCount(); } +inline wxNode *wxListBase::First() const { return (wxNode *)GetFirst(); } +inline wxNode *wxListBase::Last() const { return (wxNode *)GetLast(); } +inline wxNode *wxListBase::Nth(size_t n) const { return (wxNode *)Item(n); } +inline wxListBase::operator wxList&() const { return *(wxList*)this; } + +#endif + +// define this to make a lot of noise about use of the old wxList classes. +//#define wxWARN_COMPAT_LIST_USE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxList compatibility class: in fact, it's a list of wxObjects +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(wxObject, wxObjectList, wxObjectListNode, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxList : public wxObjectList +{ +public: +#if defined(wxWARN_COMPAT_LIST_USE) && !wxUSE_STL + wxList() { }; + wxDEPRECATED( wxList(int key_type) ); +#elif !wxUSE_STL + wxList(int key_type = wxKEY_NONE); +#endif + + // this destructor is required for Darwin + ~wxList() { } + +#if !wxUSE_STL + wxList& operator=(const wxList& list) + { if (&list != this) Assign(list); return *this; } + + // compatibility methods + void Sort(wxSortCompareFunction compfunc) { wxListBase::Sort(compfunc); } +#endif // !wxUSE_STL +}; + +#if !wxUSE_STL + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStringList class for compatibility with the old code +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(wxChar, wxStringListBase, wxStringListNode, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringList : public wxStringListBase +{ +public: + // ctors and such + // default +#ifdef wxWARN_COMPAT_LIST_USE + wxStringList(); + wxDEPRECATED( wxStringList(const wxChar *first ...) ); // FIXME-UTF8 +#else + wxStringList(); + wxStringList(const wxChar *first ...); // FIXME-UTF8 +#endif + + // copying the string list: the strings are copied, too (extremely + // inefficient!) + wxStringList(const wxStringList& other) : wxStringListBase() { DeleteContents(true); DoCopy(other); } + wxStringList& operator=(const wxStringList& other) + { + if (&other != this) + { + Clear(); + DoCopy(other); + } + return *this; + } + + // operations + // makes a copy of the string + wxNode *Add(const wxChar *s); + + // Append to beginning of list + wxNode *Prepend(const wxChar *s); + + bool Delete(const wxChar *s); + + wxChar **ListToArray(bool new_copies = false) const; + bool Member(const wxChar *s) const; + + // alphabetic sort + void Sort(); + +private: + void DoCopy(const wxStringList&); // common part of copy ctor and operator= +}; + +#else // if wxUSE_STL + +WX_DECLARE_LIST_XO(wxString, wxStringListBase, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringList : public wxStringListBase +{ +public: + compatibility_iterator Append(wxChar* s) + { wxString tmp = s; delete[] s; return wxStringListBase::Append(tmp); } + compatibility_iterator Insert(wxChar* s) + { wxString tmp = s; delete[] s; return wxStringListBase::Insert(tmp); } + compatibility_iterator Insert(size_t pos, wxChar* s) + { + wxString tmp = s; + delete[] s; + return wxStringListBase::Insert(pos, tmp); + } + compatibility_iterator Add(const wxChar* s) + { push_back(s); return GetLast(); } + compatibility_iterator Prepend(const wxChar* s) + { push_front(s); return GetFirst(); } +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STL + +#endif // wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY + +// delete all list elements +// +// NB: the class declaration of the list elements must be visible from the +// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not +// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't +// count on it)! +#define WX_CLEAR_LIST(type, list) \ + { \ + type::iterator it, en; \ + for( it = (list).begin(), en = (list).end(); it != en; ++it ) \ + delete *it; \ + (list).clear(); \ + } + +// append all element of one list to another one +#define WX_APPEND_LIST(list, other) \ + { \ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = other->GetFirst(); \ + while ( node ) \ + { \ + (list)->push_back(node->GetData()); \ + node = node->GetNext(); \ + } \ + } + +#endif // _WX_LISTH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbase.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..618c5dea7e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbase.h @@ -0,0 +1,500 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/listbase.h +// Purpose: wxListCtrl class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 04.12.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: listbase.h 60732 2009-05-24 18:04:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LISTBASE_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_LISTBASE_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/colour.h" +#include "wx/font.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/event.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// type of compare function for wxListCtrl sort operation +typedef +int (wxCALLBACK *wxListCtrlCompare)(long item1, long item2, wxIntPtr sortData); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListCtrl constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// style flags +#define wxLC_VRULES 0x0001 +#define wxLC_HRULES 0x0002 + +#define wxLC_ICON 0x0004 +#define wxLC_SMALL_ICON 0x0008 +#define wxLC_LIST 0x0010 +#define wxLC_REPORT 0x0020 + +#define wxLC_ALIGN_TOP 0x0040 +#define wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT 0x0080 +#define wxLC_AUTOARRANGE 0x0100 +#define wxLC_VIRTUAL 0x0200 +#define wxLC_EDIT_LABELS 0x0400 +#define wxLC_NO_HEADER 0x0800 +#define wxLC_NO_SORT_HEADER 0x1000 +#define wxLC_SINGLE_SEL 0x2000 +#define wxLC_SORT_ASCENDING 0x4000 +#define wxLC_SORT_DESCENDING 0x8000 + +#define wxLC_MASK_TYPE (wxLC_ICON | wxLC_SMALL_ICON | wxLC_LIST | wxLC_REPORT) +#define wxLC_MASK_ALIGN (wxLC_ALIGN_TOP | wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT) +#define wxLC_MASK_SORT (wxLC_SORT_ASCENDING | wxLC_SORT_DESCENDING) + +// for compatibility only +#define wxLC_USER_TEXT wxLC_VIRTUAL + +// Omitted because +// (a) too much detail +// (b) not enough style flags +// (c) not implemented anyhow in the generic version +// +// #define wxLC_NO_SCROLL +// #define wxLC_NO_LABEL_WRAP +// #define wxLC_OWNERDRAW_FIXED +// #define wxLC_SHOW_SEL_ALWAYS + +// Mask flags to tell app/GUI what fields of wxListItem are valid +#define wxLIST_MASK_STATE 0x0001 +#define wxLIST_MASK_TEXT 0x0002 +#define wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE 0x0004 +#define wxLIST_MASK_DATA 0x0008 +#define wxLIST_SET_ITEM 0x0010 +#define wxLIST_MASK_WIDTH 0x0020 +#define wxLIST_MASK_FORMAT 0x0040 + +// State flags for indicating the state of an item +#define wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE 0x0000 +#define wxLIST_STATE_DROPHILITED 0x0001 // MSW only +#define wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED 0x0002 +#define wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED 0x0004 +#define wxLIST_STATE_CUT 0x0008 // MSW only +#define wxLIST_STATE_DISABLED 0x0010 // OS2 only +#define wxLIST_STATE_FILTERED 0x0020 // OS2 only +#define wxLIST_STATE_INUSE 0x0040 // OS2 only +#define wxLIST_STATE_PICKED 0x0080 // OS2 only +#define wxLIST_STATE_SOURCE 0x0100 // OS2 only + +// Hit test flags, used in HitTest +#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ABOVE 0x0001 // Above the client area. +#define wxLIST_HITTEST_BELOW 0x0002 // Below the client area. +#define wxLIST_HITTEST_NOWHERE 0x0004 // In the client area but below the last item. +#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON 0x0020 // On the bitmap associated with an item. +#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL 0x0080 // On the label (string) associated with an item. +#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT 0x0100 // In the area to the right of an item. +#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x0200 // On the state icon for a tree view item that is in a user-defined state. +#define wxLIST_HITTEST_TOLEFT 0x0400 // To the left of the client area. +#define wxLIST_HITTEST_TORIGHT 0x0800 // To the right of the client area. + +#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEM (wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL | wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON) + +// GetSubItemRect constants +#define wxLIST_GETSUBITEMRECT_WHOLEITEM -1l + +// Flags for GetNextItem (MSW only except wxLIST_NEXT_ALL) +enum +{ + wxLIST_NEXT_ABOVE, // Searches for an item above the specified item + wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, // Searches for subsequent item by index + wxLIST_NEXT_BELOW, // Searches for an item below the specified item + wxLIST_NEXT_LEFT, // Searches for an item to the left of the specified item + wxLIST_NEXT_RIGHT // Searches for an item to the right of the specified item +}; + +// Alignment flags for Arrange (MSW only except wxLIST_ALIGN_LEFT) +enum +{ + wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT, + wxLIST_ALIGN_LEFT, + wxLIST_ALIGN_TOP, + wxLIST_ALIGN_SNAP_TO_GRID +}; + +// Column format (MSW only except wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT) +enum wxListColumnFormat +{ + wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, + wxLIST_FORMAT_RIGHT, + wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE, + wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTER = wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE +}; + +// Autosize values for SetColumnWidth +enum +{ + wxLIST_AUTOSIZE = -1, + wxLIST_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER = -2 // partly supported by generic version +}; + +// Flag values for GetItemRect +enum +{ + wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS, + wxLIST_RECT_ICON, + wxLIST_RECT_LABEL +}; + +// Flag values for FindItem (MSW only) +enum +{ + wxLIST_FIND_UP, + wxLIST_FIND_DOWN, + wxLIST_FIND_LEFT, + wxLIST_FIND_RIGHT +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListItemAttr: a structure containing the visual attributes of an item +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// TODO: this should be renamed to wxItemAttr or something general like this +// and used as base class for wxTextAttr which duplicates this class +// entirely currently +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListItemAttr +{ +public: + // ctors + wxListItemAttr() { } + wxListItemAttr(const wxColour& colText, + const wxColour& colBack, + const wxFont& font) + : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack), m_font(font) + { + } + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + + + // setters + void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; } + void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; } + void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; } + + // accessors + bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.Ok(); } + bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.Ok(); } + bool HasFont() const { return m_font.Ok(); } + + const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; } + const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; } + const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; } + + + // this is almost like assignment operator except it doesn't overwrite the + // fields unset in the source attribute + void AssignFrom(const wxListItemAttr& source) + { + if ( source.HasTextColour() ) + SetTextColour(source.GetTextColour()); + if ( source.HasBackgroundColour() ) + SetBackgroundColour(source.GetBackgroundColour()); + if ( source.HasFont() ) + SetFont(source.GetFont()); + } + +private: + wxColour m_colText, + m_colBack; + wxFont m_font; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListItem: the item or column info, used to exchange data with wxListCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListItem : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxListItem() { Init(); m_attr = NULL; } + wxListItem(const wxListItem& item) + : wxObject(), + m_mask(item.m_mask), + m_itemId(item.m_itemId), + m_col(item.m_col), + m_state(item.m_state), + m_stateMask(item.m_stateMask), + m_text(item.m_text), + m_image(item.m_image), + m_data(item.m_data), + m_format(item.m_format), + m_width(item.m_width), + m_attr(NULL) + { + // copy list item attributes + if ( item.HasAttributes() ) + m_attr = new wxListItemAttr(*item.GetAttributes()); + } + + wxListItem& operator=(const wxListItem& item) + { + if ( &item != this ) + { + m_mask = item.m_mask; + m_itemId = item.m_itemId; + m_col = item.m_col; + m_state = item.m_state; + m_stateMask = item.m_stateMask; + m_text = item.m_text; + m_image = item.m_image; + m_data = item.m_data; + m_format = item.m_format; + m_width = item.m_width; + m_attr = item.m_attr ? new wxListItemAttr(*item.m_attr) : NULL; + } + + return *this; + } + + virtual ~wxListItem() { delete m_attr; } + + // resetting + void Clear() { Init(); m_text.clear(); ClearAttributes(); } + void ClearAttributes() { if ( m_attr ) { delete m_attr; m_attr = NULL; } } + + // setters + void SetMask(long mask) + { m_mask = mask; } + void SetId(long id) + { m_itemId = id; } + void SetColumn(int col) + { m_col = col; } + void SetState(long state) + { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_STATE; m_state = state; m_stateMask |= state; } + void SetStateMask(long stateMask) + { m_stateMask = stateMask; } + void SetText(const wxString& text) + { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_TEXT; m_text = text; } + void SetImage(int image) + { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE; m_image = image; } + void SetData(long data) + { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_DATA; m_data = data; } + void SetData(void *data) + { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_DATA; m_data = wxPtrToUInt(data); } + + void SetWidth(int width) + { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_WIDTH; m_width = width; } + void SetAlign(wxListColumnFormat align) + { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_FORMAT; m_format = align; } + + void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) + { Attributes().SetTextColour(colText); } + void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) + { Attributes().SetBackgroundColour(colBack); } + void SetFont(const wxFont& font) + { Attributes().SetFont(font); } + + // accessors + long GetMask() const { return m_mask; } + long GetId() const { return m_itemId; } + int GetColumn() const { return m_col; } + long GetState() const { return m_state & m_stateMask; } + const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; } + int GetImage() const { return m_image; } + wxUIntPtr GetData() const { return m_data; } + + int GetWidth() const { return m_width; } + wxListColumnFormat GetAlign() const { return (wxListColumnFormat)m_format; } + + wxListItemAttr *GetAttributes() const { return m_attr; } + bool HasAttributes() const { return m_attr != NULL; } + + wxColour GetTextColour() const + { return HasAttributes() ? m_attr->GetTextColour() : wxNullColour; } + wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const + { return HasAttributes() ? m_attr->GetBackgroundColour() + : wxNullColour; } + wxFont GetFont() const + { return HasAttributes() ? m_attr->GetFont() : wxNullFont; } + + // this conversion is necessary to make old code using GetItem() to + // compile + operator long() const { return m_itemId; } + + // these members are public for compatibility + + long m_mask; // Indicates what fields are valid + long m_itemId; // The zero-based item position + int m_col; // Zero-based column, if in report mode + long m_state; // The state of the item + long m_stateMask;// Which flags of m_state are valid (uses same flags) + wxString m_text; // The label/header text + int m_image; // The zero-based index into an image list + wxUIntPtr m_data; // App-defined data + + // For columns only + int m_format; // left, right, centre + int m_width; // width of column + +#ifdef __WXPM__ + int m_miniImage; // handle to the mini image for OS/2 +#endif + +protected: + // creates m_attr if we don't have it yet + wxListItemAttr& Attributes() + { + if ( !m_attr ) + m_attr = new wxListItemAttr; + + return *m_attr; + } + + void Init() + { + m_mask = 0; + m_itemId = 0; + m_col = 0; + m_state = 0; + m_stateMask = 0; + m_image = -1; + m_data = 0; + + m_format = wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE; + m_width = 0; + } + + wxListItemAttr *m_attr; // optional pointer to the items style + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListItem) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListEvent - the event class for the wxListCtrl notifications +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListEvent : public wxNotifyEvent +{ +public: + wxListEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0) + : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid) + , m_code(-1) + , m_oldItemIndex(-1) + , m_itemIndex(-1) + , m_col(-1) + , m_pointDrag() + , m_item() + , m_editCancelled(false) + { } + + wxListEvent(const wxListEvent& event) + : wxNotifyEvent(event) + , m_code(event.m_code) + , m_oldItemIndex(event.m_oldItemIndex) + , m_itemIndex(event.m_itemIndex) + , m_col(event.m_col) + , m_pointDrag(event.m_pointDrag) + , m_item(event.m_item) + , m_editCancelled(event.m_editCancelled) + { } + + int GetKeyCode() const { return m_code; } + long GetIndex() const { return m_itemIndex; } + int GetColumn() const { return m_col; } + wxPoint GetPoint() const { return m_pointDrag; } + const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_item.m_text; } + const wxString& GetText() const { return m_item.m_text; } + int GetImage() const { return m_item.m_image; } + long GetData() const { return static_cast(m_item.m_data); } + long GetMask() const { return m_item.m_mask; } + const wxListItem& GetItem() const { return m_item; } + + // for wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_CACHE_HINT only + long GetCacheFrom() const { return m_oldItemIndex; } + long GetCacheTo() const { return m_itemIndex; } + + // was label editing canceled? (for wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT only) + bool IsEditCancelled() const { return m_editCancelled; } + void SetEditCanceled(bool editCancelled) { m_editCancelled = editCancelled; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxListEvent(*this); } + +//protected: -- not for backwards compatibility + int m_code; + long m_oldItemIndex; // only for wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_CACHE_HINT + long m_itemIndex; + int m_col; + wxPoint m_pointDrag; + + wxListItem m_item; + +protected: + bool m_editCancelled; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxListEvent) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListCtrl event macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ITEM, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS, wxListEvent ); + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_KEY_DOWN, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_INSERT_ITEM, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_CLICK, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_CACHE_HINT, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_DRAGGING, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_END_DRAG, wxListEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_FOCUSED, wxListEvent ); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxListEventFunction)(wxListEvent&); + +#define wxListEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxListEventFunction, func) + +#define wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ ## evt, id, wxListEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(BEGIN_RDRAG, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(END_LABEL_EDIT, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(DELETE_ITEM, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(DELETE_ALL_ITEMS, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(KEY_DOWN, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_INSERT_ITEM(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(INSERT_ITEM, id, fn) + +#define EVT_LIST_COL_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_CLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_COL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_COL_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_COL_DRAGGING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_DRAGGING, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_COL_END_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_END_DRAG, id, fn) + +#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_SELECTED, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_DESELECTED, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_ACTIVATED, id, fn) +#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_FOCUSED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_FOCUSED, id, fn) + +#define EVT_LIST_CACHE_HINT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(CACHE_HINT, id, fn) + + +#endif + // _WX_LISTCTRL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbook.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbook.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..02f4cd4634 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbook.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/listbook.h +// Purpose: wxListbook: wxListCtrl and wxNotebook combination +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.08.03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: listbook.h 65931 2010-10-27 16:54:36Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LISTBOOK_H_ +#define _WX_LISTBOOK_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_LISTBOOK + +#include "wx/bookctrl.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListView; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListEvent; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent ); + +// wxListbook flags +#define wxLB_DEFAULT wxBK_DEFAULT +#define wxLB_TOP wxBK_TOP +#define wxLB_BOTTOM wxBK_BOTTOM +#define wxLB_LEFT wxBK_LEFT +#define wxLB_RIGHT wxBK_RIGHT +#define wxLB_ALIGN_MASK wxBK_ALIGN_MASK + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListbook +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListbook : public wxBookCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxListbook() { } + + wxListbook(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) + { + (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // quasi ctor + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + + + // overridden base class methods + virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText); + virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const; + virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const; + virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId); + virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = -1); + virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent); } + virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n); } + virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const; + virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList); + + virtual bool DeleteAllPages(); + + wxListView* GetListView() const { return (wxListView*)m_bookctrl; } + +protected: + virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page); + + void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t newsel); + + wxBookCtrlEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const; + void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlEvent &event); + + // get flags for different list control modes + long GetListCtrlIconViewFlags() const; + long GetListCtrlReportViewFlags() const; + + // event handlers + void OnListSelected(wxListEvent& event); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + +private: + // this should be called when we need to be relaid out + void UpdateSize(); + + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxListbook) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// listbook event class and related stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxListbookEvent is obsolete and defined for compatibility only (notice that +// we use #define and not typedef to also keep compatibility with the existing +// code which forward declares it) +#define wxListbookEvent wxBookCtrlEvent +typedef wxBookCtrlEventFunction wxListbookEventFunction; +#define wxListbookEventHandler(func) wxBookCtrlEventHandler(func) + +#define EVT_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOOK + +#endif // _WX_LISTBOOK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ee900dce9d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/listbox.h +// Purpose: wxListBox class interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 22.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: listbox.h 65935 2010-10-27 23:21:55Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LISTBOX_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_LISTBOX_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_LISTBOX + +#include "wx/ctrlsub.h" // base class + +// forward declarations are enough here +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayInt; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxListBoxNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListBox interface is defined by the class wxListBoxBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListBoxBase : public wxControlWithItems +{ +public: + wxListBoxBase() { } + virtual ~wxListBoxBase(); + + void InsertItems(unsigned int nItems, const wxString *items, unsigned int pos) + { Insert(nItems, items, pos); } + void InsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos) + { Insert(items, pos); } + + // multiple selection logic + virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const = 0; + virtual void SetSelection(int n); + void SetSelection(int n, bool select) { DoSetSelection(n, select); } + void Deselect(int n) { DoSetSelection(n, false); } + void DeselectAll(int itemToLeaveSelected = -1); + + virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s, bool select); + virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s) + { + return SetStringSelection(s, true); + } + + // works for single as well as multiple selection listboxes (unlike + // GetSelection which only works for listboxes with single selection) + virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const = 0; + + // set the specified item at the first visible item or scroll to max + // range. + void SetFirstItem(int n) { DoSetFirstItem(n); } + void SetFirstItem(const wxString& s); + + // ensures that the given item is visible scrolling the listbox if + // necessary + virtual void EnsureVisible(int n); + + // a combination of Append() and EnsureVisible(): appends the item to the + // listbox and ensures that it is visible i.e. not scrolled out of view + void AppendAndEnsureVisible(const wxString& s); + + // return true if the listbox allows multiple selection + bool HasMultipleSelection() const + { + return (m_windowStyle & wxLB_MULTIPLE) || + (m_windowStyle & wxLB_EXTENDED); + } + + // override wxItemContainer::IsSorted + virtual bool IsSorted() const { return HasFlag( wxLB_SORT ); } + + // emulate selecting or deselecting the item event.GetInt() (depending on + // event.GetExtraLong()) + void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // return the index of the item at this position or wxNOT_FOUND + int HitTest(const wxPoint& point) const { return DoListHitTest(point); } + int HitTest(int x, int y) const { return DoListHitTest(wxPoint(x, y)); } + + +protected: + virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n) = 0; + + virtual void DoSetSelection(int n, bool select) = 0; + + // there is already wxWindow::DoHitTest() so call this one differently + virtual int DoListHitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(point)) const + { return wxNOT_FOUND; } + + // Helper for the code generating events in single selection mode: updates + // m_oldSelections and return true if the selection really changed. + // Otherwise just returns false. + bool DoChangeSingleSelection(int item); + + // Helper for generating events in multiple and extended mode: compare the + // current selections with the previously recorded ones (in + // m_oldSelections) and send the appropriate event if they differ, + // otherwise just return false. + bool CalcAndSendEvent(); + + // Send a listbox (de)selection or double click event. + // + // Returns true if the event was processed. + bool SendEvent(wxEventType evtType, int item, bool selected); + + // Array storing the indices of all selected items that we already notified + // the user code about for multi selection list boxes. + // + // For single selection list boxes, we reuse this array to store the single + // currently selected item, this is used by DoChangeSingleSelection(). + // + // TODO-OPT: wxSelectionStore would be more efficient for big list boxes. + wxArrayInt m_oldSelections; + + // Update m_oldSelections with currently selected items (does nothing in + // single selection mode on platforms other than MSW). + void UpdateOldSelections(); + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxListBoxBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the platform-specific class declaration +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/listbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/listbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/listbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/listbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/listbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/listbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/listbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/listbox.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOX + +#endif + // _WX_LISTBOX_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..704b4ef81f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/listctrl.h +// Purpose: wxListCtrl class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 04.12.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: listctrl.h 58182 2009-01-17 13:38:04Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LISTCTRL_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_LISTCTRL_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" // headers should include this before first wxUSE_XXX check + +#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL + +#include "wx/listbase.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxListCtrlNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the wxListCtrl class declaration +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/msw/listctrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON + #include "wx/osx/listctrl.h" +#else + #include "wx/generic/listctrl.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListView: a class which provides a better API for list control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListView : public wxListCtrl +{ +public: + wxListView() { } + wxListView( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLC_REPORT, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString &name = wxListCtrlNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + // focus/selection stuff + // --------------------- + + // [de]select an item + void Select(long n, bool on = true) + { + SetItemState(n, on ? wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED : 0, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); + } + + // focus and show the given item + void Focus(long index) + { + SetItemState(index, wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED, wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED); + EnsureVisible(index); + } + + // get the currently focused item or -1 if none + long GetFocusedItem() const + { + return GetNextItem(-1, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED); + } + + // get first and subsequent selected items, return -1 when no more + long GetNextSelected(long item) const + { return GetNextItem(item, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); } + long GetFirstSelected() const + { return GetNextSelected(-1); } + + // return true if the item is selected + bool IsSelected(long index) const + { return GetItemState(index, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED) != 0; } + + // columns + // ------- + + void SetColumnImage(int col, int image) + { + wxListItem item; + item.SetMask(wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE); + item.SetImage(image); + SetColumn(col, item); + } + + void ClearColumnImage(int col) { SetColumnImage(col, -1); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxListView) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_LISTCTRL + +#endif + // _WX_LISTCTRL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listimpl.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listimpl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9ebeae038 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/listimpl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/listimpl.cpp +// Purpose: second-part of macro based implementation of template lists +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 16/11/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: listimpl.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#if wxUSE_STL + +#undef WX_DEFINE_LIST +#define WX_DEFINE_LIST(name) \ + void _WX_LIST_HELPER_##name::DeleteFunction( _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##name X )\ + { \ + delete X; \ + } \ + name::BaseListType name::EmptyList; + +#else // !wxUSE_STL + #undef WX_DEFINE_LIST_2 + #define WX_DEFINE_LIST_2(T, name) \ + void wx##name##Node::DeleteData() \ + { \ + delete (T *)GetData(); \ + } + + // redefine the macro so that now it will generate the class implementation + // old value would provoke a compile-time error if this file is not included + #undef WX_DEFINE_LIST + #define WX_DEFINE_LIST(name) WX_DEFINE_LIST_2(_WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##name, name) + +#endif // wxUSE_STL/!wxUSE_STL + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/log.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b1ac53c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,1583 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/log.h +// Purpose: Assorted wxLogXXX functions, and wxLog (sink for logs) +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: log.h 66966 2011-02-19 12:32:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LOG_H_ +#define _WX_LOG_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: this is needed even if wxUSE_LOG == 0 +typedef unsigned long wxLogLevel; + +// the trace masks have been superseded by symbolic trace constants, they're +// for compatibility only and will be removed soon - do NOT use them +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + #define wxTraceMemAlloc 0x0001 // trace memory allocation (new/delete) + #define wxTraceMessages 0x0002 // trace window messages/X callbacks + #define wxTraceResAlloc 0x0004 // trace GDI resource allocation + #define wxTraceRefCount 0x0008 // trace various ref counting operations + + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + #define wxTraceOleCalls 0x0100 // OLE interface calls + #endif + + typedef unsigned long wxTraceMask; +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/strvararg.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject; + +#if wxUSE_GUI + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame; +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#if wxUSE_LOG + +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS5__ +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + #include // for time_t +#endif +#endif // ! __WXPALMOS5__ + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + #include "wx/thread.h" +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + +// wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG enables the debug log messages +#ifndef wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG + #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + #define wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG 1 + #else // !wxDEBUG_LEVEL + #define wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG 0 + #endif +#endif + +// wxUSE_LOG_TRACE enables the trace messages, they are disabled by default +#ifndef wxUSE_LOG_TRACE + #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + #define wxUSE_LOG_TRACE 1 + #else // !wxDEBUG_LEVEL + #define wxUSE_LOG_TRACE 0 + #endif +#endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE + +// wxLOG_COMPONENT identifies the component which generated the log record and +// can be #define'd to a user-defined value when compiling the user code to use +// component-based filtering (see wxLog::SetComponentLevel()) +#ifndef wxLOG_COMPONENT + // this is a variable and not a macro in order to allow the user code to + // just #define wxLOG_COMPONENT without #undef'ining it first + extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const char *) wxLOG_COMPONENT; + + #ifdef WXBUILDING + #define wxLOG_COMPONENT "wx" + #endif +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// different standard log levels (you may also define your own) +enum wxLogLevelValues +{ + wxLOG_FatalError, // program can't continue, abort immediately + wxLOG_Error, // a serious error, user must be informed about it + wxLOG_Warning, // user is normally informed about it but may be ignored + wxLOG_Message, // normal message (i.e. normal output of a non GUI app) + wxLOG_Status, // informational: might go to the status line of GUI app + wxLOG_Info, // informational message (a.k.a. 'Verbose') + wxLOG_Debug, // never shown to the user, disabled in release mode + wxLOG_Trace, // trace messages are also only enabled in debug mode + wxLOG_Progress, // used for progress indicator (not yet) + wxLOG_User = 100, // user defined levels start here + wxLOG_Max = 10000 +}; + +// symbolic trace masks - wxLogTrace("foo", "some trace message...") will be +// discarded unless the string "foo" has been added to the list of allowed +// ones with AddTraceMask() + +#define wxTRACE_MemAlloc wxT("memalloc") // trace memory allocation (new/delete) +#define wxTRACE_Messages wxT("messages") // trace window messages/X callbacks +#define wxTRACE_ResAlloc wxT("resalloc") // trace GDI resource allocation +#define wxTRACE_RefCount wxT("refcount") // trace various ref counting operations + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #define wxTRACE_OleCalls wxT("ole") // OLE interface calls +#endif + +#include "wx/iosfwrap.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// information about a log record, i.e. unit of log output +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxLogRecordInfo +{ +public: + // default ctor creates an uninitialized object + wxLogRecordInfo() + { + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + } + + // normal ctor, used by wxLogger specifies the location of the log + // statement; its time stamp and thread id are set up here + wxLogRecordInfo(const char *filename_, + int line_, + const char *func_, + const char *component_) + { + filename = filename_; + func = func_; + line = line_; + component = component_; + + timestamp = time(NULL); + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + threadId = wxThread::GetCurrentId(); +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + m_data = NULL; + } + + // we need to define copy ctor and assignment operator because of m_data + wxLogRecordInfo(const wxLogRecordInfo& other) + { + Copy(other); + } + + wxLogRecordInfo& operator=(const wxLogRecordInfo& other) + { + if ( &other != this ) + { + delete m_data; + Copy(other); + } + + return *this; + } + + // dtor is non-virtual, this class is not meant to be derived from + ~wxLogRecordInfo() + { + delete m_data; + } + + + // the file name and line number of the file where the log record was + // generated, if available or NULL and 0 otherwise + const char *filename; + int line; + + // the name of the function where the log record was generated (may be NULL + // if the compiler doesn't support __FUNCTION__) + const char *func; + + // the name of the component which generated this message, may be NULL if + // not set (i.e. wxLOG_COMPONENT not defined) + const char *component; + + // time of record generation + time_t timestamp; + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + // id of the thread which logged this record + wxThreadIdType threadId; +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + + // store an arbitrary value in this record context + // + // wxWidgets always uses keys starting with "wx.", e.g. "wx.sys_error" + void StoreValue(const wxString& key, wxUIntPtr val) + { + if ( !m_data ) + m_data = new ExtraData; + + m_data->numValues[key] = val; + } + + void StoreValue(const wxString& key, const wxString& val) + { + if ( !m_data ) + m_data = new ExtraData; + + m_data->strValues[key] = val; + } + + + // these functions retrieve the value of either numeric or string key, + // return false if not found + bool GetNumValue(const wxString& key, wxUIntPtr *val) const + { + if ( !m_data ) + return false; + + wxStringToNumHashMap::const_iterator it = m_data->numValues.find(key); + if ( it == m_data->numValues.end() ) + return false; + + *val = it->second; + + return true; + } + + bool GetStrValue(const wxString& key, wxString *val) const + { + if ( !m_data ) + return false; + + wxStringToStringHashMap::const_iterator it = m_data->strValues.find(key); + if ( it == m_data->strValues.end() ) + return false; + + *val = it->second; + + return true; + } + +private: + void Copy(const wxLogRecordInfo& other) + { + memcpy(this, &other, sizeof(*this)); + if ( other.m_data ) + m_data = new ExtraData(*other.m_data); + } + + // extra data associated with the log record: this is completely optional + // and can be used to pass information from the log function to the log + // sink (e.g. wxLogSysError() uses this to pass the error code) + struct ExtraData + { + wxStringToNumHashMap numValues; + wxStringToStringHashMap strValues; + }; + + // NULL if not used + ExtraData *m_data; +}; + +#define wxLOG_KEY_TRACE_MASK "wx.trace_mask" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// log record: a unit of log output +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct wxLogRecord +{ + wxLogRecord(wxLogLevel level_, + const wxString& msg_, + const wxLogRecordInfo& info_) + : level(level_), + msg(msg_), + info(info_) + { + } + + wxLogLevel level; + wxString msg; + wxLogRecordInfo info; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// derive from this class to redirect (or suppress, or ...) log messages +// normally, only a single instance of this class exists but it's not enforced +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLog +{ +public: + // ctor + wxLog() { } + + // make dtor virtual for all derived classes + virtual ~wxLog(); + + + // log messages selection + // ---------------------- + + // these functions allow to completely disable all log messages or disable + // log messages at level less important than specified for the current + // thread + + // is logging enabled at all now? + static bool IsEnabled() + { +#if wxUSE_THREADS + if ( !wxThread::IsMain() ) + return IsThreadLoggingEnabled(); +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + return ms_doLog; + } + + // change the flag state, return the previous one + static bool EnableLogging(bool enable = true) + { +#if wxUSE_THREADS + if ( !wxThread::IsMain() ) + return EnableThreadLogging(enable); +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + bool doLogOld = ms_doLog; + ms_doLog = enable; + return doLogOld; + } + + // return the current global log level + static wxLogLevel GetLogLevel() { return ms_logLevel; } + + // set global log level: messages with level > logLevel will not be logged + static void SetLogLevel(wxLogLevel logLevel) { ms_logLevel = logLevel; } + + // set the log level for the given component + static void SetComponentLevel(const wxString& component, wxLogLevel level); + + // return the effective log level for this component, falling back to + // parent component and to the default global log level if necessary + // + // NB: component argument is passed by value and not const reference in an + // attempt to encourage compiler to avoid an extra copy: as we modify + // the component internally, we'd create one anyhow and like this it + // can be avoided if the string is a temporary anyhow + static wxLogLevel GetComponentLevel(wxString component); + + + // is logging of messages from this component enabled at this level? + // + // usually always called with wxLOG_COMPONENT as second argument + static bool IsLevelEnabled(wxLogLevel level, wxString component) + { + return IsEnabled() && level <= GetComponentLevel(component); + } + + + // enable/disable messages at wxLOG_Verbose level (only relevant if the + // current log level is greater or equal to it) + // + // notice that verbose mode can be activated by the standard command-line + // '--verbose' option + static void SetVerbose(bool bVerbose = true) { ms_bVerbose = bVerbose; } + + // check if verbose messages are enabled + static bool GetVerbose() { return ms_bVerbose; } + + + // message buffering + // ----------------- + + // flush shows all messages if they're not logged immediately (FILE + // and iostream logs don't need it, but wxLogGui does to avoid showing + // 17 modal dialogs one after another) + virtual void Flush(); + + // flush the active target if any and also output any pending messages from + // background threads + static void FlushActive(); + + // only one sink is active at each moment get current log target, will call + // wxAppTraits::CreateLogTarget() to create one if none exists + static wxLog *GetActiveTarget(); + + // change log target, logger may be NULL + static wxLog *SetActiveTarget(wxLog *logger); + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + // change log target for the current thread only, shouldn't be called from + // the main thread as it doesn't use thread-specific log target + static wxLog *SetThreadActiveTarget(wxLog *logger); +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + // suspend the message flushing of the main target until the next call + // to Resume() - this is mainly for internal use (to prevent wxYield() + // from flashing the messages) + static void Suspend() { ms_suspendCount++; } + + // must be called for each Suspend()! + static void Resume() { ms_suspendCount--; } + + // should GetActiveTarget() try to create a new log object if the + // current is NULL? + static void DontCreateOnDemand(); + + // Make GetActiveTarget() create a new log object again. + static void DoCreateOnDemand(); + + // log the count of repeating messages instead of logging the messages + // multiple times + static void SetRepetitionCounting(bool bRepetCounting = true) + { ms_bRepetCounting = bRepetCounting; } + + // gets duplicate counting status + static bool GetRepetitionCounting() { return ms_bRepetCounting; } + + // add string trace mask + static void AddTraceMask(const wxString& str); + + // add string trace mask + static void RemoveTraceMask(const wxString& str); + + // remove all string trace masks + static void ClearTraceMasks(); + + // get string trace masks: note that this is MT-unsafe if other threads can + // call AddTraceMask() concurrently + static const wxArrayString& GetTraceMasks(); + + // sets the time stamp string format: this is used as strftime() format + // string for the log targets which add time stamps to the messages; set + // it to empty string to disable time stamping completely. + static void SetTimestamp(const wxString& ts) { ms_timestamp = ts; } + + // disable time stamping of log messages + static void DisableTimestamp() { SetTimestamp(wxEmptyString); } + + + // is this trace mask in the list? + static bool IsAllowedTraceMask(const wxString& mask); + + // get the current timestamp format string (maybe empty) + static const wxString& GetTimestamp() { return ms_timestamp; } + + + + // helpers: all functions in this section are mostly for internal use only, + // don't call them from your code even if they are not formally deprecated + + // put the time stamp into the string if ms_timestamp != NULL (don't + // change it otherwise) + static void TimeStamp(wxString *str); + + // these methods should only be called from derived classes DoLogRecord(), + // DoLogTextAtLevel() and DoLogText() implementations respectively and + // shouldn't be called directly, use logging functions instead + void LogRecord(wxLogLevel level, + const wxString& msg, + const wxLogRecordInfo& info) + { + DoLogRecord(level, msg, info); + } + + void LogTextAtLevel(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg) + { + DoLogTextAtLevel(level, msg); + } + + void LogText(const wxString& msg) + { + DoLogText(msg); + } + + // this is a helper used by wxLogXXX() functions, don't call it directly + // and see DoLog() for function to overload in the derived classes + static void OnLog(wxLogLevel level, + const wxString& msg, + const wxLogRecordInfo& info); + + // version called when no information about the location of the log record + // generation is available (but the time stamp is), it mainly exists for + // backwards compatibility, don't use it in new code + static void OnLog(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg, time_t t); + + // a helper calling the above overload with current time + static void OnLog(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg) + { + OnLog(level, msg, time(NULL)); + } + + + // this method exists for backwards compatibility only, don't use + bool HasPendingMessages() const { return true; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // this function doesn't do anything any more, don't call it + static wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( + wxChar *SetLogBuffer(wxChar *, size_t = 0), return NULL; + ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + // don't use integer masks any more, use string trace masks instead +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + static wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( void SetTraceMask(wxTraceMask ulMask), + ms_ulTraceMask = ulMask; ) + + // this one can't be marked deprecated as it's used in our own wxLogger + // below but it still is deprecated and shouldn't be used + static wxTraceMask GetTraceMask() { return ms_ulTraceMask; } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +protected: + // the logging functions that can be overridden: DoLogRecord() is called + // for every "record", i.e. a unit of log output, to be logged and by + // default formats the message and passes it to DoLogTextAtLevel() which in + // turn passes it to DoLogText() by default + + // override this method if you want to change message formatting or do + // dynamic filtering + virtual void DoLogRecord(wxLogLevel level, + const wxString& msg, + const wxLogRecordInfo& info); + + // override this method to redirect output to different channels depending + // on its level only; if even the level doesn't matter, override + // DoLogText() instead + virtual void DoLogTextAtLevel(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg); + + // this function is not pure virtual as it might not be needed if you do + // the logging in overridden DoLogRecord() or DoLogTextAtLevel() directly + // but if you do not override them in your derived class you must override + // this one as the default implementation of it simply asserts + virtual void DoLogText(const wxString& msg); + + + // the rest of the functions are for backwards compatibility only, don't + // use them in new code; if you're updating your existing code you need to + // switch to overriding DoLogRecord/Text() above (although as long as these + // functions exist, log classes using them will continue to work) +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( + virtual void DoLog(wxLogLevel level, const char *szString, time_t t) + ); + + wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( + virtual void DoLog(wxLogLevel level, const wchar_t *wzString, time_t t) + ); + + // these shouldn't be used by new code + wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE( + virtual void DoLogString(const char *WXUNUSED(szString), + time_t WXUNUSED(t)), + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + ) + + wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE( + virtual void DoLogString(const wchar_t *WXUNUSED(wzString), + time_t WXUNUSED(t)), + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + ) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + + // log a message indicating the number of times the previous message was + // repeated if previous repetition counter is strictly positive, does + // nothing otherwise; return the old value of repetition counter + unsigned LogLastRepeatIfNeeded(); + +private: +#if wxUSE_THREADS + // called from FlushActive() to really log any buffered messages logged + // from the other threads + void FlushThreadMessages(); + + // these functions are called for non-main thread only by IsEnabled() and + // EnableLogging() respectively + static bool IsThreadLoggingEnabled(); + static bool EnableThreadLogging(bool enable = true); +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + // get the active log target for the main thread, auto-creating it if + // necessary + // + // this is called from GetActiveTarget() and OnLog() when they're called + // from the main thread + static wxLog *GetMainThreadActiveTarget(); + + // called from OnLog() if it's called from the main thread or if we have a + // (presumably MT-safe) thread-specific logger and by FlushThreadMessages() + // when it plays back the buffered messages logged from the other threads + void CallDoLogNow(wxLogLevel level, + const wxString& msg, + const wxLogRecordInfo& info); + + + // static variables + // ---------------- + + // if true, don't log the same message multiple times, only log it once + // with the number of times it was repeated + static bool ms_bRepetCounting; + + static wxLog *ms_pLogger; // currently active log sink + static bool ms_doLog; // false => all logging disabled + static bool ms_bAutoCreate; // create new log targets on demand? + static bool ms_bVerbose; // false => ignore LogInfo messages + + static wxLogLevel ms_logLevel; // limit logging to levels <= ms_logLevel + + static size_t ms_suspendCount; // if positive, logs are not flushed + + // format string for strftime(), if empty, time stamping log messages is + // disabled + static wxString ms_timestamp; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + static wxTraceMask ms_ulTraceMask; // controls wxLogTrace behaviour +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "trivial" derivations of wxLog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// log everything except for the debug/trace messages (which are passed to +// wxMessageOutputDebug) to a buffer +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogBuffer : public wxLog +{ +public: + wxLogBuffer() { } + + // get the string contents with all messages logged + const wxString& GetBuffer() const { return m_str; } + + // show the buffer contents to the user in the best possible way (this uses + // wxMessageOutputMessageBox) and clear it + virtual void Flush(); + +protected: + virtual void DoLogTextAtLevel(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg); + +private: + wxString m_str; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogBuffer); +}; + + +// log everything to a "FILE *", stderr by default +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogStderr : public wxLog +{ +public: + // redirect log output to a FILE + wxLogStderr(FILE *fp = NULL); + +protected: + // implement sink function + virtual void DoLogText(const wxString& msg); + + FILE *m_fp; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogStderr); +}; + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +// log everything to an "ostream", cerr by default +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogStream : public wxLog +{ +public: + // redirect log output to an ostream + wxLogStream(wxSTD ostream *ostr = (wxSTD ostream *) NULL); + +protected: + // implement sink function + virtual void DoLogText(const wxString& msg); + + // using ptr here to avoid including from this file + wxSTD ostream *m_ostr; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// /dev/null log target: suppress logging until this object goes out of scope +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// example of usage: +/* + void Foo() + { + wxFile file; + + // wxFile.Open() normally complains if file can't be opened, we don't + // want it + wxLogNull logNo; + + if ( !file.Open("bar") ) + ... process error ourselves ... + + // ~wxLogNull called, old log sink restored + } + */ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogNull +{ +public: + wxLogNull() : m_flagOld(wxLog::EnableLogging(false)) { } + ~wxLogNull() { (void)wxLog::EnableLogging(m_flagOld); } + +private: + bool m_flagOld; // the previous value of the wxLog::ms_doLog +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// chaining log target: installs itself as a log target and passes all +// messages to the real log target given to it in the ctor but also forwards +// them to the previously active one +// +// note that you don't have to call SetActiveTarget() with this class, it +// does it itself in its ctor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogChain : public wxLog +{ +public: + wxLogChain(wxLog *logger); + virtual ~wxLogChain(); + + // change the new log target + void SetLog(wxLog *logger); + + // this can be used to temporarily disable (and then reenable) passing + // messages to the old logger (by default we do pass them) + void PassMessages(bool bDoPass) { m_bPassMessages = bDoPass; } + + // are we passing the messages to the previous log target? + bool IsPassingMessages() const { return m_bPassMessages; } + + // return the previous log target (may be NULL) + wxLog *GetOldLog() const { return m_logOld; } + + // override base class version to flush the old logger as well + virtual void Flush(); + + // call to avoid destroying the old log target + void DetachOldLog() { m_logOld = NULL; } + +protected: + // pass the record to the old logger if needed + virtual void DoLogRecord(wxLogLevel level, + const wxString& msg, + const wxLogRecordInfo& info); + +private: + // the current log target + wxLog *m_logNew; + + // the previous log target + wxLog *m_logOld; + + // do we pass the messages to the old logger? + bool m_bPassMessages; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogChain); +}; + +// a chain log target which uses itself as the new logger + +#define wxLogPassThrough wxLogInterposer + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogInterposer : public wxLogChain +{ +public: + wxLogInterposer(); + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogInterposer); +}; + +// a temporary interposer which doesn't destroy the old log target +// (calls DetachOldLog) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogInterposerTemp : public wxLogChain +{ +public: + wxLogInterposerTemp(); + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogInterposerTemp); +}; + +#if wxUSE_GUI + // include GUI log targets: + #include "wx/generic/logg.h" +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLogger +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxLogger is a helper class used by wxLogXXX() functions implementation, +// don't use it directly as it's experimental and subject to change (OTOH it +// might become public in the future if it's deemed to be useful enough) + +// contains information about the context from which a log message originates +// and provides Log() vararg method which forwards to wxLog::OnLog() and passes +// this context to it +class wxLogger +{ +public: + // ctor takes the basic information about the log record + wxLogger(wxLogLevel level, + const char *filename, + int line, + const char *func, + const char *component) + : m_level(level), + m_info(filename, line, func, component) + { + } + + // store extra data in our log record and return this object itself (so + // that further calls to its functions could be chained) + template + wxLogger& Store(const wxString& key, T val) + { + m_info.StoreValue(key, val); + return *this; + } + + // hack for "overloaded" wxLogXXX() functions: calling this method + // indicates that we may have an extra first argument preceding the format + // string and that if we do have it, we should store it in m_info using the + // given key (while by default 0 value will be used) + wxLogger& MaybeStore(const wxString& key, wxUIntPtr value = 0) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_optKey.empty(), "can only have one optional value" ); + m_optKey = key; + + m_info.StoreValue(key, value); + return *this; + } + + + // non-vararg function used by wxVLogXXX(): + + // log the message at the level specified in the ctor if this log message + // is enabled + void LogV(const wxString& format, va_list argptr) + { + // remember that fatal errors can't be disabled + if ( m_level == wxLOG_FatalError || + wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(m_level, m_info.component) ) + DoCallOnLog(format, argptr); + } + + // overloads used by functions with optional leading arguments (whose + // values are stored in the key passed to MaybeStore()) + void LogV(long num, const wxString& format, va_list argptr) + { + Store(m_optKey, num); + + LogV(format, argptr); + } + + void LogV(void *ptr, const wxString& format, va_list argptr) + { + Store(m_optKey, wxPtrToUInt(ptr)); + + LogV(format, argptr); + } + + void LogVTrace(const wxString& mask, const wxString& format, va_list argptr) + { + if ( !wxLog::IsAllowedTraceMask(mask) ) + return; + + Store(wxLOG_KEY_TRACE_MASK, mask); + + LogV(format, argptr); + } + + + // vararg functions used by wxLogXXX(): + + // will log the message at the level specified in the ctor + // + // notice that this function supposes that the caller already checked that + // the level was enabled and does no checks itself + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID + ( + Log, + 1, (const wxFormatString&), + DoLog, DoLogUtf8 + ) + + // same as Log() but with an extra numeric or pointer parameters: this is + // used to pass an optional value by storing it in m_info under the name + // passed to MaybeStore() and is required to support "overloaded" versions + // of wxLogStatus() and wxLogSysError() + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID + ( + Log, + 2, (long, const wxFormatString&), + DoLogWithNum, DoLogWithNumUtf8 + ) + + // unfortunately we can't use "void *" here as we get overload ambiguities + // with Log(wxFormatString, ...) when the first argument is a "char *" or + // "wchar_t *" then -- so we only allow passing wxObject here, which is + // ugly but fine in practice as this overload is only used by wxLogStatus() + // whose first argument is a wxFrame + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID + ( + Log, + 2, (wxObject *, const wxFormatString&), + DoLogWithPtr, DoLogWithPtrUtf8 + ) + + // log the message at the level specified as its first argument + // + // as the macros don't have access to the level argument in this case, this + // function does check that the level is enabled itself + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID + ( + LogAtLevel, + 2, (wxLogLevel, const wxFormatString&), + DoLogAtLevel, DoLogAtLevelUtf8 + ) + + // special versions for wxLogTrace() which is passed either string or + // integer mask as first argument determining whether the message should be + // logged or not + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID + ( + LogTrace, + 2, (const wxString&, const wxFormatString&), + DoLogTrace, DoLogTraceUtf8 + ) + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID + ( + LogTrace, + 2, (wxTraceMask, const wxFormatString&), + DoLogTraceMask, DoLogTraceMaskUtf8 + ) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351 + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log, + 1, (const wxString&), + (wxFormatString(f1))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log, + 1, (const wxCStrData&), + (wxFormatString(f1))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log, + 1, (const char*), + (wxFormatString(f1))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log, + 1, (const wchar_t*), + (wxFormatString(f1))) + + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log, + 2, (long, const wxString&), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log, + 2, (long, const wxCStrData&), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log, + 2, (long, const char *), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log, + 2, (long, const wchar_t *), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log, + 2, (wxObject *, const wxString&), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log, + 2, (wxObject *, const wxCStrData&), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log, + 2, (wxObject *, const char *), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log, + 2, (wxObject *, const wchar_t *), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogAtLevel, + 2, (wxLogLevel, const wxString&), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogAtLevel, + 2, (wxLogLevel, const wxCStrData&), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogAtLevel, + 2, (wxLogLevel, const char *), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogAtLevel, + 2, (wxLogLevel, const wchar_t *), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace, + 2, (const wxString&, const wxString&), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace, + 2, (const wxString&, const wxCStrData&), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace, + 2, (const wxString&, const char *), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace, + 2, (const wxString&, const wchar_t *), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace, + 2, (wxTraceMask, wxTraceMask), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace, + 2, (wxTraceMask, const wxCStrData&), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace, + 2, (wxTraceMask, const char *), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace, + 2, (wxTraceMask, const wchar_t *), + (f1, wxFormatString(f2))) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +#endif // __WATCOMC__ + +private: +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + void DoLog(const wxChar *format, ...) + { + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + DoCallOnLog(format, argptr); + va_end(argptr); + } + + void DoLogWithNum(long num, const wxChar *format, ...) + { + Store(m_optKey, num); + + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + DoCallOnLog(format, argptr); + va_end(argptr); + } + + void DoLogWithPtr(void *ptr, const wxChar *format, ...) + { + Store(m_optKey, wxPtrToUInt(ptr)); + + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + DoCallOnLog(format, argptr); + va_end(argptr); + } + + void DoLogAtLevel(wxLogLevel level, const wxChar *format, ...) + { + if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(level, m_info.component) ) + return; + + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + DoCallOnLog(level, format, argptr); + va_end(argptr); + } + + void DoLogTrace(const wxString& mask, const wxChar *format, ...) + { + if ( !wxLog::IsAllowedTraceMask(mask) ) + return; + + Store(wxLOG_KEY_TRACE_MASK, mask); + + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + DoCallOnLog(format, argptr); + va_end(argptr); + } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + void DoLogTraceMask(wxTraceMask mask, const wxChar *format, ...) + { + if ( (wxLog::GetTraceMask() & mask) != mask ) + return; + + Store(wxLOG_KEY_TRACE_MASK, mask); + + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + DoCallOnLog(format, argptr); + va_end(argptr); + } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + void DoLogUtf8(const char *format, ...) + { + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + DoCallOnLog(format, argptr); + va_end(argptr); + } + + void DoLogWithNumUtf8(long num, const char *format, ...) + { + Store(m_optKey, num); + + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + DoCallOnLog(format, argptr); + va_end(argptr); + } + + void DoLogWithPtrUtf8(void *ptr, const char *format, ...) + { + Store(m_optKey, wxPtrToUInt(ptr)); + + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + DoCallOnLog(format, argptr); + va_end(argptr); + } + + void DoLogAtLevelUtf8(wxLogLevel level, const char *format, ...) + { + if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(level, m_info.component) ) + return; + + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + DoCallOnLog(level, format, argptr); + va_end(argptr); + } + + void DoLogTraceUtf8(const wxString& mask, const char *format, ...) + { + if ( !wxLog::IsAllowedTraceMask(mask) ) + return; + + Store(wxLOG_KEY_TRACE_MASK, mask); + + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + DoCallOnLog(format, argptr); + va_end(argptr); + } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + void DoLogTraceMaskUtf8(wxTraceMask mask, const char *format, ...) + { + if ( (wxLog::GetTraceMask() & mask) != mask ) + return; + + Store(wxLOG_KEY_TRACE_MASK, mask); + + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + DoCallOnLog(format, argptr); + va_end(argptr); + } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + + void DoCallOnLog(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& format, va_list argptr) + { + wxLog::OnLog(level, wxString::FormatV(format, argptr), m_info); + } + + void DoCallOnLog(const wxString& format, va_list argptr) + { + DoCallOnLog(m_level, format, argptr); + } + + + const wxLogLevel m_level; + wxLogRecordInfo m_info; + + wxString m_optKey; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogger); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// global functions +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// get error code/error message from system in a portable way +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// return the last system error code +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE unsigned long wxSysErrorCode(); + +// return the error message for given (or last if 0) error code +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxChar* wxSysErrorMsg(unsigned long nErrCode = 0); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// define wxLog() functions which can be used by application instead of +// stdio, iostream &c for log messages for easy redirection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + The code below is unreadable because it (unfortunately unavoidably) + contains a lot of macro magic but all it does is to define wxLogXXX() such + that you can call them as vararg functions to log a message at the + corresponding level. + + More precisely, it defines: + + - wxLog{FatalError,Error,Warning,Message,Verbose,Debug}() functions + taking the format string and additional vararg arguments if needed. + - wxLogGeneric(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& format, ...) which + takes the log level explicitly. + - wxLogSysError(const wxString& format, ...) and wxLogSysError(long + err, const wxString& format, ...) which log a wxLOG_Error severity + message with the error message corresponding to the system error code + err or the last error. + - wxLogStatus(const wxString& format, ...) which logs the message into + the status bar of the main application window and its overload + wxLogStatus(wxFrame *frame, const wxString& format, ...) which logs it + into the status bar of the specified frame. + - wxLogTrace(Mask mask, const wxString& format, ...) which only logs + the message is the specified mask is enabled. This comes in two kinds: + Mask can be a wxString or a long. Both are deprecated. + + In addition, wxVLogXXX() versions of all the functions above are also + defined. They take a va_list argument instead of "...". + */ + +// creates wxLogger object for the current location +#define wxMAKE_LOGGER(level) \ + wxLogger(wxLOG_##level, __FILE__, __LINE__, __WXFUNCTION__, wxLOG_COMPONENT) + +// this macro generates the expression which logs whatever follows it in +// parentheses at the level specified as argument +#define wxDO_LOG(level) wxMAKE_LOGGER(level).Log + +// this is the non-vararg equivalent +#define wxDO_LOGV(level, format, argptr) \ + wxMAKE_LOGGER(level).LogV(format, argptr) + +// this macro declares wxLog() macro which logs whatever follows it if +// logging at specified level is enabled (notice that if it is false, the +// following arguments are not even evaluated which is good as it avoids +// unnecessary overhead) +// +// Note: the strange if/else construct is needed to make the following code +// +// if ( cond ) +// wxLogError("!!!"); +// else +// ... +// +// work as expected, without it the second "else" would match the "if" +// inside wxLogError(). Unfortunately code like +// +// if ( cond ) +// wxLogError("!!!"); +// +// now provokes "suggest explicit braces to avoid ambiguous 'else'" +// warnings from g++ 4.3 and later with -Wparentheses on but they can be +// easily fixed by adding curly braces around wxLogError() and at least +// the code still does do the right thing. +#define wxDO_LOG_IF_ENABLED(level) \ + if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_##level, wxLOG_COMPONENT) ) \ + {} \ + else \ + wxDO_LOG(level) + +// wxLogFatalError() is special as it can't be disabled +#define wxLogFatalError wxDO_LOG(FatalError) +#define wxVLogFatalError(format, argptr) wxDO_LOGV(FatalError, format, argptr) + +#define wxLogError wxDO_LOG_IF_ENABLED(Error) +#define wxVLogError(format, argptr) wxDO_LOGV(Error, format, argptr) + +#define wxLogWarning wxDO_LOG_IF_ENABLED(Warning) +#define wxVLogWarning(format, argptr) wxDO_LOGV(Warning, format, argptr) + +#define wxLogMessage wxDO_LOG_IF_ENABLED(Message) +#define wxVLogMessage(format, argptr) wxDO_LOGV(Message, format, argptr) + +// this one is special as it only logs if we're in verbose mode +#define wxLogVerbose \ + if ( !(wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_Info, wxLOG_COMPONENT) && \ + wxLog::GetVerbose()) ) \ + {} \ + else \ + wxDO_LOG(Info) +#define wxVLogVerbose(format, argptr) \ + if ( !(wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_Info, wxLOG_COMPONENT) && \ + wxLog::GetVerbose()) ) \ + {} \ + else \ + wxDO_LOGV(Info, format, argptr) + +// deprecated synonyms for wxLogVerbose() and wxVLogVerbose() +#define wxLogInfo wxLogVerbose +#define wxVLogInfo wxVLogVerbose + + +// another special case: the level is passed as first argument of the function +// and so is not available to the macro +// +// notice that because of this, arguments of wxLogGeneric() are currently +// always evaluated, unlike for the other log functions +#define wxLogGeneric wxMAKE_LOGGER(Max).LogAtLevel +#define wxVLogGeneric(level, format, argptr) \ + if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_##level, wxLOG_COMPONENT) ) \ + {} \ + else \ + wxDO_LOGV(level, format, argptr) + + +// wxLogSysError() needs to stash the error code value in the log record info +// so it needs special handling too; additional complications arise because the +// error code may or not be present as the first argument +// +// notice that we unfortunately can't avoid the call to wxSysErrorCode() even +// though it may be unneeded if an explicit error code is passed to us because +// the message might not be logged immediately (e.g. it could be queued for +// logging from the main thread later) and so we can't to wait until it is +// logged to determine whether we have last error or not as it will be too late +// and it will have changed already by then (in fact it even changes when +// wxString::Format() is called because of vsnprintf() inside it so it can +// change even much sooner) +#define wxLOG_KEY_SYS_ERROR_CODE "wx.sys_error" + +#define wxLogSysError \ + if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_Error, wxLOG_COMPONENT) ) \ + {} \ + else \ + wxMAKE_LOGGER(Error).MaybeStore(wxLOG_KEY_SYS_ERROR_CODE, \ + wxSysErrorCode()).Log + +// unfortunately we can't have overloaded macros so we can't define versions +// both with and without error code argument and have to rely on LogV() +// overloads in wxLogger to select between them +#define wxVLogSysError \ + wxMAKE_LOGGER(Error).MaybeStore(wxLOG_KEY_SYS_ERROR_CODE, \ + wxSysErrorCode()).LogV + +#if wxUSE_GUI + // wxLogStatus() is similar to wxLogSysError() as it allows to optionally + // specify the frame to which the message should go + #define wxLOG_KEY_FRAME "wx.frame" + + #define wxLogStatus \ + if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_Status, wxLOG_COMPONENT) ) \ + {} \ + else \ + wxMAKE_LOGGER(Status).MaybeStore(wxLOG_KEY_FRAME).Log + + #define wxVLogStatus(format, argptr) \ + wxMAKE_LOGGER(Status).MaybeStore(wxLOG_KEY_FRAME).LogV +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + + +#else // !wxUSE_LOG + +#undef wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG +#define wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG 0 + +#undef wxUSE_LOG_TRACE +#define wxUSE_LOG_TRACE 0 + +#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__MINGW32__) + // Mingw has similar problem with wxLogSysError: + #define WX_WATCOM_OR_MINGW_ONLY_CODE( x ) x +#else + #define WX_WATCOM_OR_MINGW_ONLY_CODE( x ) +#endif + +// define macros for defining log functions which do nothing at all +// +// WX_WATCOM_ONLY_CODE is needed to work around +// http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351 +#define wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(level) \ + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 1, (const wxFormatString&)) \ + WX_WATCOM_ONLY_CODE( \ + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 1, (const char*)) \ + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 1, (const wchar_t*)) \ + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 1, (const wxCStrData&)) \ + ) \ + inline void wxVLog##level(const wxFormatString& WXUNUSED(format), \ + va_list WXUNUSED(argptr)) { } \ + +#define wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION2(level, argclass) \ + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 2, (argclass, const wxFormatString&)) \ + WX_WATCOM_OR_MINGW_ONLY_CODE( \ + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 2, (argclass, const char*)) \ + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 2, (argclass, const wchar_t*)) \ + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 2, (argclass, const wxCStrData&)) \ + ) \ + inline void wxVLog##level(argclass WXUNUSED(arg), \ + const wxFormatString& WXUNUSED(format), \ + va_list WXUNUSED(argptr)) {} + +wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(FatalError); +wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(Error); +wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(SysError); +wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION2(SysError, long); +wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(Warning); +wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(Message); +wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(Info); +wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(Verbose); + +wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION2(Generic, wxLogLevel); + +#if wxUSE_GUI + wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(Status); + wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION2(Status, wxFrame *); +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// Empty Class to fake wxLogNull +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogNull +{ +public: + wxLogNull() { } +}; + +// Dummy macros to replace some functions. +#define wxSysErrorCode() (unsigned long)0 +#define wxSysErrorMsg( X ) (const wxChar*)NULL + +// Fake symbolic trace masks... for those that are used frequently +#define wxTRACE_OleCalls wxEmptyString // OLE interface calls + +#endif // wxUSE_LOG/!wxUSE_LOG + + +// debug functions can be completely disabled in optimized builds + +// if these log functions are disabled, we prefer to define them as (empty) +// variadic macros as this completely removes them and their argument +// evaluation from the object code but if this is not supported by compiler we +// use empty inline functions instead (defining them as nothing would result in +// compiler warnings) +// +// note that making wxVLogDebug/Trace() themselves (empty inline) functions is +// a bad idea as some compilers are stupid enough to not inline even empty +// functions if their parameters are complicated enough, but by defining them +// as an empty inline function we ensure that even dumbest compilers optimise +// them away +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + // but Borland gives "W8019: Code has no effect" for wxLogNop() so we need + // to define it differently for it to avoid these warnings (same problem as + // with wxUnusedVar()) + #define wxLogNop() { } +#else + inline void wxLogNop() { } +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG + #define wxLogDebug wxDO_LOG_IF_ENABLED(Debug) + #define wxVLogDebug(format, argptr) wxDO_LOGV(Debug, format, argptr) +#else // !wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG + #define wxVLogDebug(fmt, valist) wxLogNop() + + #ifdef HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS + #define wxLogDebug(fmt, ...) wxLogNop() + #else // !HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLogDebug, 1, (const wxFormatString&)) + #endif +#endif // wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG/!wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG + +#if wxUSE_LOG_TRACE + #define wxLogTrace \ + if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_Trace, wxLOG_COMPONENT) ) \ + {} \ + else \ + wxMAKE_LOGGER(Trace).LogTrace + #define wxVLogTrace \ + if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_Trace, wxLOG_COMPONENT) ) \ + {} \ + else \ + wxMAKE_LOGGER(Trace).LogVTrace +#else // !wxUSE_LOG_TRACE + #define wxVLogTrace(mask, fmt, valist) wxLogNop() + + #ifdef HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS + #define wxLogTrace(mask, fmt, ...) wxLogNop() + #else // !HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS + #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLogTrace, 2, (wxTraceMask, const wxFormatString&)) + #endif + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLogTrace, 2, (const wxString&, const wxFormatString&)) + #ifdef __WATCOMC__ + // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351 + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLogTrace, 2, (const char*, const char*)) + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLogTrace, 2, (const wchar_t*, const wchar_t*)) + #endif + #endif // HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS/!HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS +#endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE/!wxUSE_LOG_TRACE + +// wxLogFatalError helper: show the (fatal) error to the user in a safe way, +// i.e. without using wxMessageBox() for example because it could crash +void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE +wxSafeShowMessage(const wxString& title, const wxString& text); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// debug only logging functions: use them with API name and error code +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG + // make life easier for people using VC++ IDE: clicking on the message + // will take us immediately to the place of the failed API +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #define wxLogApiError(api, rc) \ + wxLogDebug(wxT("%s(%d): '%s' failed with error 0x%08lx (%s)."), \ + __FILE__, __LINE__, api, \ + (long)rc, wxSysErrorMsg(rc)) +#else // !VC++ + #define wxLogApiError(api, rc) \ + wxLogDebug(wxT("In file %s at line %d: '%s' failed with ") \ + wxT("error 0x%08lx (%s)."), \ + __FILE__, __LINE__, api, \ + (long)rc, wxSysErrorMsg(rc)) +#endif // VC++/!VC++ + + #define wxLogLastError(api) wxLogApiError(api, wxSysErrorCode()) + +#else // !wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG + #define wxLogApiError(api, err) wxLogNop() + #define wxLogLastError(api) wxLogNop() +#endif // wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG/!wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG + +// wxCocoa has additiional trace masks +#if defined(__WXCOCOA__) +#include "wx/cocoa/log.h" +#endif + +#ifdef WX_WATCOM_ONLY_CODE + #undef WX_WATCOM_ONLY_CODE +#endif + +// macro which disables debug logging in release builds: this is done by +// default by wxIMPLEMENT_APP() so usually it doesn't need to be used explicitly +#if defined(NDEBUG) && wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG + #define wxDISABLE_DEBUG_LOGGING_IN_RELEASE_BUILD() \ + wxLog::SetLogLevel(wxLOG_Info) +#else // !NDEBUG + #define wxDISABLE_DEBUG_LOGGING_IN_RELEASE_BUILD() +#endif // NDEBUG/!NDEBUG + +#endif // _WX_LOG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/longlong.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/longlong.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bcc4575f4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/longlong.h @@ -0,0 +1,1080 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/longlong.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxLongLong class - best implementation of a 64 +// bit integer for the current platform. +// Author: Jeffrey C. Ollie , Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 10.02.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: longlong.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LONGLONG_H +#define _WX_LONGLONG_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + +#include "wx/string.h" + +#include // for LONG_MAX + +// define this to compile wxLongLongWx in "test" mode: the results of all +// calculations will be compared with the real results taken from +// wxLongLongNative -- this is extremely useful to find the bugs in +// wxLongLongWx class! + +// #define wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX 1 + #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE 1 +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// decide upon which class we will use +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef wxLongLong_t + // both warning and pragma warning are not portable, but at least an + // unknown pragma should never be an error -- except that, actually, some + // broken compilers don't like it, so we have to disable it in this case + // + #ifdef __GNUC__ + #warning "Your compiler does not appear to support 64 bit "\ + "integers, using emulation class instead.\n" \ + "Please report your compiler version to " \ + "wx-dev@lists.wxwidgets.org!" + #elif !(defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__VISAGECPP__)) + #pragma warning "Your compiler does not appear to support 64 bit "\ + "integers, using emulation class instead.\n" \ + "Please report your compiler version to " \ + "wx-dev@lists.wxwidgets.org!" + #endif + + #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX 1 +#endif // compiler + +// the user may predefine wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE and/or wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE +// to disable automatic testing (useful for the test program which defines +// both classes) but by default we only use one class +#if (defined(wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX) && wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX) || !defined(wxLongLong_t) + // don't use both classes unless wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE was explicitly set: + // this is useful in test programs and only there + #ifndef wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE + #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE 0 + #endif + + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLongLongWx; + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxULongLongWx; +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && !defined(__WIN32__) + #define wxLongLong wxLongLongWx + #define wxULongLong wxULongLongWx +#else + typedef wxLongLongWx wxLongLong; + typedef wxULongLongWx wxULongLong; +#endif + +#else + // if nothing is defined, use native implementation by default, of course + #ifndef wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE + #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE 1 + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX + #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX 0 + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLongLongNative; + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxULongLongNative; + typedef wxLongLongNative wxLongLong; + typedef wxULongLongNative wxULongLong; +#endif + +// NB: if both wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX and NATIVE are defined, the user code should +// typedef wxLongLong as it wants, we don't do it + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// choose the appropriate class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// we use iostream for wxLongLong output +#include "wx/iosfwrap.h" + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLongLongNative +{ +public: + // ctors + // default ctor initializes to 0 + wxLongLongNative() : m_ll(0) { } + // from long long + wxLongLongNative(wxLongLong_t ll) : m_ll(ll) { } + // from 2 longs + wxLongLongNative(wxInt32 hi, wxUint32 lo) + { + // cast to wxLongLong_t first to avoid precision loss! + m_ll = ((wxLongLong_t) hi) << 32; + m_ll |= (wxLongLong_t) lo; + } +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX + wxLongLongNative(wxLongLongWx ll); +#endif + + // default copy ctor is ok + + // no dtor + + // assignment operators + // from native 64 bit integer +#ifndef wxLongLongIsLong + wxLongLongNative& operator=(wxLongLong_t ll) + { m_ll = ll; return *this; } + wxLongLongNative& operator=(wxULongLong_t ll) + { m_ll = ll; return *this; } +#endif // !wxLongLongNative + wxLongLongNative& operator=(const wxULongLongNative &ll); + wxLongLongNative& operator=(int l) + { m_ll = l; return *this; } + wxLongLongNative& operator=(long l) + { m_ll = l; return *this; } + wxLongLongNative& operator=(unsigned int l) + { m_ll = l; return *this; } + wxLongLongNative& operator=(unsigned long l) + { m_ll = l; return *this; } +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX + wxLongLongNative& operator=(wxLongLongWx ll); + wxLongLongNative& operator=(const class wxULongLongWx &ll); +#endif + + + // from double: this one has an explicit name because otherwise we + // would have ambiguity with "ll = int" and also because we don't want + // to have implicit conversions between doubles and wxLongLongs + wxLongLongNative& Assign(double d) + { m_ll = (wxLongLong_t)d; return *this; } + + // assignment operators from wxLongLongNative is ok + + // accessors + // get high part + wxInt32 GetHi() const + { return wx_truncate_cast(wxInt32, m_ll >> 32); } + // get low part + wxUint32 GetLo() const + { return wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, m_ll); } + + // get absolute value + wxLongLongNative Abs() const { return wxLongLongNative(*this).Abs(); } + wxLongLongNative& Abs() { if ( m_ll < 0 ) m_ll = -m_ll; return *this; } + + // convert to native long long + wxLongLong_t GetValue() const { return m_ll; } + + // convert to long with range checking in debug mode (only!) + long ToLong() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( (m_ll >= LONG_MIN) && (m_ll <= LONG_MAX), + wxT("wxLongLong to long conversion loss of precision") ); + + return wx_truncate_cast(long, m_ll); + } + + // convert to double + double ToDouble() const { return wx_truncate_cast(double, m_ll); } + + // don't provide implicit conversion to wxLongLong_t or we will have an + // ambiguity for all arithmetic operations + //operator wxLongLong_t() const { return m_ll; } + + // operations + // addition + wxLongLongNative operator+(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll + ll.m_ll); } + wxLongLongNative& operator+=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll += ll.m_ll; return *this; } + + wxLongLongNative operator+(const wxLongLong_t ll) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll + ll); } + wxLongLongNative& operator+=(const wxLongLong_t ll) + { m_ll += ll; return *this; } + + // pre increment + wxLongLongNative& operator++() + { m_ll++; return *this; } + + // post increment + wxLongLongNative operator++(int) + { wxLongLongNative value(*this); m_ll++; return value; } + + // negation operator + wxLongLongNative operator-() const + { return wxLongLongNative(-m_ll); } + wxLongLongNative& Negate() { m_ll = -m_ll; return *this; } + + // subtraction + wxLongLongNative operator-(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll - ll.m_ll); } + wxLongLongNative& operator-=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll -= ll.m_ll; return *this; } + + wxLongLongNative operator-(const wxLongLong_t ll) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll - ll); } + wxLongLongNative& operator-=(const wxLongLong_t ll) + { m_ll -= ll; return *this; } + + // pre decrement + wxLongLongNative& operator--() + { m_ll--; return *this; } + + // post decrement + wxLongLongNative operator--(int) + { wxLongLongNative value(*this); m_ll--; return value; } + + // shifts + // left shift + wxLongLongNative operator<<(int shift) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll << shift); } + wxLongLongNative& operator<<=(int shift) + { m_ll <<= shift; return *this; } + + // right shift + wxLongLongNative operator>>(int shift) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll >> shift); } + wxLongLongNative& operator>>=(int shift) + { m_ll >>= shift; return *this; } + + // bitwise operators + wxLongLongNative operator&(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll & ll.m_ll); } + wxLongLongNative& operator&=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll &= ll.m_ll; return *this; } + + wxLongLongNative operator|(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll | ll.m_ll); } + wxLongLongNative& operator|=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll |= ll.m_ll; return *this; } + + wxLongLongNative operator^(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll ^ ll.m_ll); } + wxLongLongNative& operator^=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll ^= ll.m_ll; return *this; } + + // multiplication/division + wxLongLongNative operator*(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll * ll.m_ll); } + wxLongLongNative operator*(long l) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll * l); } + wxLongLongNative& operator*=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll *= ll.m_ll; return *this; } + wxLongLongNative& operator*=(long l) + { m_ll *= l; return *this; } + + wxLongLongNative operator/(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll / ll.m_ll); } + wxLongLongNative operator/(long l) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll / l); } + wxLongLongNative& operator/=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll /= ll.m_ll; return *this; } + wxLongLongNative& operator/=(long l) + { m_ll /= l; return *this; } + + wxLongLongNative operator%(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll % ll.m_ll); } + wxLongLongNative operator%(long l) const + { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll % l); } + + // comparison + bool operator==(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return m_ll == ll.m_ll; } + bool operator==(long l) const + { return m_ll == l; } + bool operator!=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return m_ll != ll.m_ll; } + bool operator!=(long l) const + { return m_ll != l; } + bool operator<(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return m_ll < ll.m_ll; } + bool operator<(long l) const + { return m_ll < l; } + bool operator>(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return m_ll > ll.m_ll; } + bool operator>(long l) const + { return m_ll > l; } + bool operator<=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return m_ll <= ll.m_ll; } + bool operator<=(long l) const + { return m_ll <= l; } + bool operator>=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return m_ll >= ll.m_ll; } + bool operator>=(long l) const + { return m_ll >= l; } + + // miscellaneous + + // return the string representation of this number + wxString ToString() const; + + // conversion to byte array: returns a pointer to static buffer! + void *asArray() const; + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + // input/output + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxLongLongNative&); +#endif + + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + wxString& operator<<(wxString&, const wxLongLongNative&); + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + class wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream&, const wxLongLongNative&); + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + class wxTextInputStream& operator>>(class wxTextInputStream&, wxLongLongNative&); +#endif + +private: + wxLongLong_t m_ll; +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxULongLongNative +{ +public: + // ctors + // default ctor initializes to 0 + wxULongLongNative() : m_ll(0) { } + // from long long + wxULongLongNative(wxULongLong_t ll) : m_ll(ll) { } + // from 2 longs + wxULongLongNative(wxUint32 hi, wxUint32 lo) : m_ll(0) + { + // cast to wxLongLong_t first to avoid precision loss! + m_ll = ((wxULongLong_t) hi) << 32; + m_ll |= (wxULongLong_t) lo; + } + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX + wxULongLongNative(const class wxULongLongWx &ll); +#endif + + // default copy ctor is ok + + // no dtor + + // assignment operators + // from native 64 bit integer +#ifndef wxLongLongIsLong + wxULongLongNative& operator=(wxULongLong_t ll) + { m_ll = ll; return *this; } + wxULongLongNative& operator=(wxLongLong_t ll) + { m_ll = ll; return *this; } +#endif // !wxLongLongNative + wxULongLongNative& operator=(int l) + { m_ll = l; return *this; } + wxULongLongNative& operator=(long l) + { m_ll = l; return *this; } + wxULongLongNative& operator=(unsigned int l) + { m_ll = l; return *this; } + wxULongLongNative& operator=(unsigned long l) + { m_ll = l; return *this; } + wxULongLongNative& operator=(const wxLongLongNative &ll) + { m_ll = ll.GetValue(); return *this; } +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX + wxULongLongNative& operator=(wxLongLongWx ll); + wxULongLongNative& operator=(const class wxULongLongWx &ll); +#endif + + // assignment operators from wxULongLongNative is ok + + // accessors + // get high part + wxUint32 GetHi() const + { return wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, m_ll >> 32); } + // get low part + wxUint32 GetLo() const + { return wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, m_ll); } + + // convert to native ulong long + wxULongLong_t GetValue() const { return m_ll; } + + // convert to ulong with range checking in debug mode (only!) + unsigned long ToULong() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_ll <= LONG_MAX, + wxT("wxULongLong to long conversion loss of precision") ); + + return wx_truncate_cast(unsigned long, m_ll); + } + + // convert to double +#ifdef _MSC_VER + double ToDouble() const { return wx_truncate_cast(double, (__int64) m_ll); } +#else + double ToDouble() const { return wx_truncate_cast(double, m_ll); } +#endif + + // operations + // addition + wxULongLongNative operator+(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll + ll.m_ll); } + wxULongLongNative& operator+=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll += ll.m_ll; return *this; } + + wxULongLongNative operator+(const wxULongLong_t ll) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll + ll); } + wxULongLongNative& operator+=(const wxULongLong_t ll) + { m_ll += ll; return *this; } + + // pre increment + wxULongLongNative& operator++() + { m_ll++; return *this; } + + // post increment + wxULongLongNative operator++(int) + { wxULongLongNative value(*this); m_ll++; return value; } + + // subtraction + wxULongLongNative operator-(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll - ll.m_ll); } + wxULongLongNative& operator-=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll -= ll.m_ll; return *this; } + + wxULongLongNative operator-(const wxULongLong_t ll) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll - ll); } + wxULongLongNative& operator-=(const wxULongLong_t ll) + { m_ll -= ll; return *this; } + + // pre decrement + wxULongLongNative& operator--() + { m_ll--; return *this; } + + // post decrement + wxULongLongNative operator--(int) + { wxULongLongNative value(*this); m_ll--; return value; } + + // shifts + // left shift + wxULongLongNative operator<<(int shift) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll << shift); } + wxULongLongNative& operator<<=(int shift) + { m_ll <<= shift; return *this; } + + // right shift + wxULongLongNative operator>>(int shift) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll >> shift); } + wxULongLongNative& operator>>=(int shift) + { m_ll >>= shift; return *this; } + + // bitwise operators + wxULongLongNative operator&(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll & ll.m_ll); } + wxULongLongNative& operator&=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll &= ll.m_ll; return *this; } + + wxULongLongNative operator|(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll | ll.m_ll); } + wxULongLongNative& operator|=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll |= ll.m_ll; return *this; } + + wxULongLongNative operator^(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll ^ ll.m_ll); } + wxULongLongNative& operator^=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll ^= ll.m_ll; return *this; } + + // multiplication/division + wxULongLongNative operator*(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll * ll.m_ll); } + wxULongLongNative operator*(unsigned long l) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll * l); } + wxULongLongNative& operator*=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll *= ll.m_ll; return *this; } + wxULongLongNative& operator*=(unsigned long l) + { m_ll *= l; return *this; } + + wxULongLongNative operator/(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll / ll.m_ll); } + wxULongLongNative operator/(unsigned long l) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll / l); } + wxULongLongNative& operator/=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) + { m_ll /= ll.m_ll; return *this; } + wxULongLongNative& operator/=(unsigned long l) + { m_ll /= l; return *this; } + + wxULongLongNative operator%(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll % ll.m_ll); } + wxULongLongNative operator%(unsigned long l) const + { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll % l); } + + // comparison + bool operator==(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return m_ll == ll.m_ll; } + bool operator==(unsigned long l) const + { return m_ll == l; } + bool operator!=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return m_ll != ll.m_ll; } + bool operator!=(unsigned long l) const + { return m_ll != l; } + bool operator<(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return m_ll < ll.m_ll; } + bool operator<(unsigned long l) const + { return m_ll < l; } + bool operator>(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return m_ll > ll.m_ll; } + bool operator>(unsigned long l) const + { return m_ll > l; } + bool operator<=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return m_ll <= ll.m_ll; } + bool operator<=(unsigned long l) const + { return m_ll <= l; } + bool operator>=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const + { return m_ll >= ll.m_ll; } + bool operator>=(unsigned long l) const + { return m_ll >= l; } + + // miscellaneous + + // return the string representation of this number + wxString ToString() const; + + // conversion to byte array: returns a pointer to static buffer! + void *asArray() const; + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + // input/output + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxULongLongNative&); +#endif + + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + wxString& operator<<(wxString&, const wxULongLongNative&); + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + class wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream&, const wxULongLongNative&); + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + class wxTextInputStream& operator>>(class wxTextInputStream&, wxULongLongNative&); +#endif + +private: + wxULongLong_t m_ll; +}; + +inline +wxLongLongNative& wxLongLongNative::operator=(const wxULongLongNative &ll) +{ + m_ll = ll.GetValue(); + return *this; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLongLongWx +{ +public: + // ctors + // default ctor initializes to 0 + wxLongLongWx() + { + m_lo = m_hi = 0; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll = 0; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + } + // from long + wxLongLongWx(long l) { *this = l; } + // from 2 longs + wxLongLongWx(long hi, unsigned long lo) + { + m_hi = hi; + m_lo = lo; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll = hi; + m_ll <<= 32; + m_ll |= lo; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + } + + // default copy ctor is ok in both cases + + // no dtor + + // assignment operators + // from long + wxLongLongWx& operator=(long l) + { + m_lo = l; + m_hi = (l < 0 ? -1l : 0l); + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll = l; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; + } + // from int + wxLongLongWx& operator=(int l) + { + return operator=((long)l); + } + + wxLongLongWx& operator=(unsigned long l) + { + m_lo = l; + m_hi = 0; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll = l; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; + } + + wxLongLongWx& operator=(unsigned int l) + { + return operator=((unsigned long)l); + } + + wxLongLongWx& operator=(const class wxULongLongWx &ll); + + // from double + wxLongLongWx& Assign(double d); + // can't have assignment operator from 2 longs + + // accessors + // get high part + long GetHi() const { return m_hi; } + // get low part + unsigned long GetLo() const { return m_lo; } + + // get absolute value + wxLongLongWx Abs() const { return wxLongLongWx(*this).Abs(); } + wxLongLongWx& Abs() + { + if ( m_hi < 0 ) + m_hi = -m_hi; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + if ( m_ll < 0 ) + m_ll = -m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; + } + + // convert to long with range checking in debug mode (only!) + long ToLong() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( (m_hi == 0l) || (m_hi == -1l), + wxT("wxLongLong to long conversion loss of precision") ); + + return (long)m_lo; + } + + // convert to double + double ToDouble() const; + + // operations + // addition + wxLongLongWx operator+(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const; + wxLongLongWx& operator+=(const wxLongLongWx& ll); + wxLongLongWx operator+(long l) const; + wxLongLongWx& operator+=(long l); + + // pre increment operator + wxLongLongWx& operator++(); + + // post increment operator + wxLongLongWx& operator++(int) { return ++(*this); } + + // negation operator + wxLongLongWx operator-() const; + wxLongLongWx& Negate(); + + // subraction + wxLongLongWx operator-(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const; + wxLongLongWx& operator-=(const wxLongLongWx& ll); + + // pre decrement operator + wxLongLongWx& operator--(); + + // post decrement operator + wxLongLongWx& operator--(int) { return --(*this); } + + // shifts + // left shift + wxLongLongWx operator<<(int shift) const; + wxLongLongWx& operator<<=(int shift); + + // right shift + wxLongLongWx operator>>(int shift) const; + wxLongLongWx& operator>>=(int shift); + + // bitwise operators + wxLongLongWx operator&(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const; + wxLongLongWx& operator&=(const wxLongLongWx& ll); + wxLongLongWx operator|(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const; + wxLongLongWx& operator|=(const wxLongLongWx& ll); + wxLongLongWx operator^(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const; + wxLongLongWx& operator^=(const wxLongLongWx& ll); + wxLongLongWx operator~() const; + + // comparison + bool operator==(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const + { return m_lo == ll.m_lo && m_hi == ll.m_hi; } +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE + bool operator==(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const + { return m_lo == ll.GetLo() && m_hi == ll.GetHi(); } +#endif + bool operator!=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const + { return !(*this == ll); } + bool operator<(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const; + bool operator>(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const; + bool operator<=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const + { return *this < ll || *this == ll; } + bool operator>=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const + { return *this > ll || *this == ll; } + + bool operator<(long l) const { return *this < wxLongLongWx(l); } + bool operator>(long l) const { return *this > wxLongLongWx(l); } + bool operator==(long l) const + { + return l >= 0 ? (m_hi == 0 && m_lo == (unsigned long)l) + : (m_hi == -1 && m_lo == (unsigned long)l); + } + + bool operator<=(long l) const { return *this < l || *this == l; } + bool operator>=(long l) const { return *this > l || *this == l; } + + // multiplication + wxLongLongWx operator*(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const; + wxLongLongWx& operator*=(const wxLongLongWx& ll); + + // division + wxLongLongWx operator/(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const; + wxLongLongWx& operator/=(const wxLongLongWx& ll); + + wxLongLongWx operator%(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const; + + void Divide(const wxLongLongWx& divisor, + wxLongLongWx& quotient, + wxLongLongWx& remainder) const; + + // input/output + + // return the string representation of this number + wxString ToString() const; + + void *asArray() const; + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxLongLongWx&); +#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + wxString& operator<<(wxString&, const wxLongLongWx&); + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + class wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream&, const wxLongLongWx&); + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + class wxTextInputStream& operator>>(class wxTextInputStream&, wxLongLongWx&); +#endif + +private: + // long is at least 32 bits, so represent our 64bit number as 2 longs + + long m_hi; // signed bit is in the high part + unsigned long m_lo; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + void Check() + { + wxASSERT( (m_ll >> 32) == m_hi && (unsigned long)m_ll == m_lo ); + } + + wxLongLong_t m_ll; +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxULongLongWx +{ +public: + // ctors + // default ctor initializes to 0 + wxULongLongWx() + { + m_lo = m_hi = 0; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll = 0; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + } + // from ulong + wxULongLongWx(unsigned long l) { *this = l; } + // from 2 ulongs + wxULongLongWx(unsigned long hi, unsigned long lo) + { + m_hi = hi; + m_lo = lo; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll = hi; + m_ll <<= 32; + m_ll |= lo; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + } + + // from signed to unsigned + wxULongLongWx(wxLongLongWx ll) + { + wxASSERT(ll.GetHi() >= 0); + m_hi = (unsigned long)ll.GetHi(); + m_lo = ll.GetLo(); + } + + // default copy ctor is ok in both cases + + // no dtor + + // assignment operators + // from long + wxULongLongWx& operator=(unsigned long l) + { + m_lo = l; + m_hi = 0; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll = l; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; + } + wxULongLongWx& operator=(long l) + { + m_lo = l; + m_hi = (unsigned long) ((l<0) ? -1l : 0); + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll = (wxULongLong_t) (wxLongLong_t) l; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; + } + wxULongLongWx& operator=(const class wxLongLongWx &ll) { + // Should we use an assert like it was before in the constructor? + // wxASSERT(ll.GetHi() >= 0); + m_hi = (unsigned long)ll.GetHi(); + m_lo = ll.GetLo(); + return *this; + } + + // can't have assignment operator from 2 longs + + // accessors + // get high part + unsigned long GetHi() const { return m_hi; } + // get low part + unsigned long GetLo() const { return m_lo; } + + // convert to long with range checking in debug mode (only!) + unsigned long ToULong() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_hi == 0ul, + wxT("wxULongLong to long conversion loss of precision") ); + + return (unsigned long)m_lo; + } + + // convert to double + double ToDouble() const; + + // operations + // addition + wxULongLongWx operator+(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const; + wxULongLongWx& operator+=(const wxULongLongWx& ll); + wxULongLongWx operator+(unsigned long l) const; + wxULongLongWx& operator+=(unsigned long l); + + // pre increment operator + wxULongLongWx& operator++(); + + // post increment operator + wxULongLongWx& operator++(int) { return ++(*this); } + + // subtraction + wxLongLongWx operator-(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const; + wxULongLongWx& operator-=(const wxULongLongWx& ll); + + // pre decrement operator + wxULongLongWx& operator--(); + + // post decrement operator + wxULongLongWx& operator--(int) { return --(*this); } + + // shifts + // left shift + wxULongLongWx operator<<(int shift) const; + wxULongLongWx& operator<<=(int shift); + + // right shift + wxULongLongWx operator>>(int shift) const; + wxULongLongWx& operator>>=(int shift); + + // bitwise operators + wxULongLongWx operator&(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const; + wxULongLongWx& operator&=(const wxULongLongWx& ll); + wxULongLongWx operator|(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const; + wxULongLongWx& operator|=(const wxULongLongWx& ll); + wxULongLongWx operator^(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const; + wxULongLongWx& operator^=(const wxULongLongWx& ll); + wxULongLongWx operator~() const; + + // comparison + bool operator==(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const + { return m_lo == ll.m_lo && m_hi == ll.m_hi; } + bool operator!=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const + { return !(*this == ll); } + bool operator<(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const; + bool operator>(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const; + bool operator<=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const + { return *this < ll || *this == ll; } + bool operator>=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const + { return *this > ll || *this == ll; } + + bool operator<(unsigned long l) const { return *this < wxULongLongWx(l); } + bool operator>(unsigned long l) const { return *this > wxULongLongWx(l); } + bool operator==(unsigned long l) const + { + return (m_hi == 0 && m_lo == (unsigned long)l); + } + + bool operator<=(unsigned long l) const { return *this < l || *this == l; } + bool operator>=(unsigned long l) const { return *this > l || *this == l; } + + // multiplication + wxULongLongWx operator*(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const; + wxULongLongWx& operator*=(const wxULongLongWx& ll); + + // division + wxULongLongWx operator/(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const; + wxULongLongWx& operator/=(const wxULongLongWx& ll); + + wxULongLongWx operator%(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const; + + void Divide(const wxULongLongWx& divisor, + wxULongLongWx& quotient, + wxULongLongWx& remainder) const; + + // input/output + + // return the string representation of this number + wxString ToString() const; + + void *asArray() const; + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxULongLongWx&); +#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + wxString& operator<<(wxString&, const wxULongLongWx&); + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + class wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream&, const wxULongLongWx&); + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE + class wxTextInputStream& operator>>(class wxTextInputStream&, wxULongLongWx&); +#endif + +private: + // long is at least 32 bits, so represent our 64bit number as 2 longs + + unsigned long m_hi; + unsigned long m_lo; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + void Check() + { + wxASSERT( (m_ll >> 32) == m_hi && (unsigned long)m_ll == m_lo ); + } + + wxULongLong_t m_ll; +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// binary operators +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline bool operator<(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll > l; } +inline bool operator>(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll < l; } +inline bool operator<=(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll >= l; } +inline bool operator>=(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll <= l; } +inline bool operator==(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll == l; } +inline bool operator!=(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll != l; } + +inline wxLongLong operator+(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll + l; } +inline wxLongLong operator-(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) +{ + return wxLongLong(l) - ll; +} + +inline bool operator<(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull > l; } +inline bool operator>(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull < l; } +inline bool operator<=(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull >= l; } +inline bool operator>=(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull <= l; } +inline bool operator==(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull == l; } +inline bool operator!=(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull != l; } + +inline wxULongLong operator+(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull + l; } + +inline wxLongLong operator-(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) +{ + wxULongLong ret = wxULongLong(l) - ull; + return wxLongLong((long)ret.GetHi(),ret.GetLo()); +} + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE && wxUSE_STREAMS + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextOutputStream &operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream &stream, wxULongLong_t value); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextOutputStream &operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream &stream, wxLongLong_t value); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextInputStream &operator>>(class wxTextInputStream &stream, wxULongLong_t &value); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextInputStream &operator>>(class wxTextInputStream &stream, wxLongLong_t &value); + +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + +#endif // _WX_LONGLONG_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/math.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/math.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a71078a54f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/math.h @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +/** +* Name: wx/math.h +* Purpose: Declarations/definitions of common math functions +* Author: John Labenski and others +* Modified by: +* Created: 02/02/03 +* RCS-ID: $Id: math.h 63194 2010-01-19 22:02:59Z VS $ +* Copyright: (c) John Labenski +* Licence: wxWindows licence +*/ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ + +#ifndef _WX_MATH_H_ +#define _WX_MATH_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#include + +#ifndef M_PI + #define M_PI 3.1415926535897932384626433832795 +#endif + +/* Scaling factors for various unit conversions: 1 inch = 2.54 cm */ +#ifndef METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT + #define METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT (1/25.4) +#endif + +#ifndef mm2inches + #define mm2inches (METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT) +#endif + +#ifndef inches2mm + #define inches2mm (1/(mm2inches)) +#endif + +#ifndef mm2twips + #define mm2twips (METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT*1440) +#endif + +#ifndef twips2mm + #define twips2mm (1/(mm2twips)) +#endif + +#ifndef mm2pt + #define mm2pt (METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT*72) +#endif + +#ifndef pt2mm + #define pt2mm (1/(mm2pt)) +#endif + + +/* unknown __VISAGECC__, __SYMANTECCC__ */ + +#if defined(__VISUALC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) + #include + #define wxFinite(x) _finite(x) +#elif defined(__MINGW64__) + // add more compilers with C99 support here: using C99 isfinite() is + // preferable to using BSD-ish finite() + #define wxFinite(x) isfinite(x) +#elif ( defined(__GNUG__)||defined(__GNUWIN32__)||defined(__DJGPP__)|| \ + defined(__SGI_CC__)||defined(__SUNCC__)||defined(__XLC__)|| \ + defined(__HPUX__)||defined(__MWERKS__) ) && ( !defined(wxOSX_USE_IPHONE) || wxOSX_USE_IPHONE == 0 ) +#ifdef __SOLARIS__ +#include +#endif + #define wxFinite(x) finite(x) +#else + #define wxFinite(x) ((x) == (x)) +#endif + + +#if defined(__VISUALC__)||defined(__BORLAND__) + #define wxIsNaN(x) _isnan(x) +#elif defined(__GNUG__)||defined(__GNUWIN32__)||defined(__DJGPP__)|| \ + defined(__SGI_CC__)||defined(__SUNCC__)||defined(__XLC__)|| \ + defined(__HPUX__)||defined(__MWERKS__) + #define wxIsNaN(x) isnan(x) +#else + #define wxIsNaN(x) ((x) != (x)) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus + + #ifdef __INTELC__ + + inline bool wxIsSameDouble(double x, double y) + { + // VZ: this warning, given for operators==() and !=() is not wrong, as == + // shouldn't be used with doubles, but we get too many of them and + // removing these operators is probably not a good idea + // + // Maybe we should always compare doubles up to some "epsilon" precision + #pragma warning(push) + + // floating-point equality and inequality comparisons are unreliable + #pragma warning(disable: 1572) + + return x == y; + + #pragma warning(pop) + } + + #else /* !__INTELC__ */ + + inline bool wxIsSameDouble(double x, double y) { return x == y; } + + #endif /* __INTELC__/!__INTELC__ */ + + inline bool wxIsNullDouble(double x) { return wxIsSameDouble(x, 0.); } + + inline int wxRound(double x) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( x > INT_MIN - 0.5 && x < INT_MAX + 0.5, + wxT("argument out of supported range") ); + + #if defined(HAVE_ROUND) + return int(round(x)); + #else + return (int)(x < 0 ? x - 0.5 : x + 0.5); + #endif + } +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + #define wxMulDivInt32( a , b , c ) ::MulDiv( a , b , c ) +#else + #define wxMulDivInt32( a , b , c ) (wxRound((a)*(((wxDouble)b)/((wxDouble)c)))) +#endif + +#if wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + /* functions from common/extended.c */ + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFloat64 wxConvertFromIeeeExtended(const wxInt8 *bytes); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxConvertToIeeeExtended(wxFloat64 num, wxInt8 *bytes); + + /* use wxConvertFromIeeeExtended() and wxConvertToIeeeExtended() instead */ +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFloat64 ConvertFromIeeeExtended(const wxInt8 *bytes) ); + wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void ConvertToIeeeExtended(wxFloat64 num, wxInt8 *bytes) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } +#endif +#endif /* wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE */ + + +#endif /* _WX_MATH_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/matrix.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/matrix.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b23ff530fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/matrix.h @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/matrix.h +// Purpose: wxTransformMatrix class. NOT YET USED +// Author: Chris Breeze, Julian Smart +// Modified by: Klaas Holwerda +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: matrix.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, Chris Breeze +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MATRIXH__ +#define _WX_MATRIXH__ + +//! headerfiles="matrix.h wx/object.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/math.h" + +//! codefiles="matrix.cpp" + +// A simple 3x3 matrix. This may be replaced by a more general matrix +// class some day. +// +// Note: this is intended to be used in wxDC at some point to replace +// the current system of scaling/translation. It is not yet used. + +//:definition +// A 3x3 matrix to do 2D transformations. +// It can be used to map data to window coordinates, +// and also for manipulating your own data. +// For example drawing a picture (composed of several primitives) +// at a certain coordinate and angle within another parent picture. +// At all times m_isIdentity is set if the matrix itself is an Identity matrix. +// It is used where possible to optimize calculations. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTransformMatrix: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxTransformMatrix(void); + wxTransformMatrix(const wxTransformMatrix& mat); + + //get the value in the matrix at col,row + //rows are horizontal (second index of m_matrix member) + //columns are vertical (first index of m_matrix member) + double GetValue(int col, int row) const; + + //set the value in the matrix at col,row + //rows are horizontal (second index of m_matrix member) + //columns are vertical (first index of m_matrix member) + void SetValue(int col, int row, double value); + + void operator = (const wxTransformMatrix& mat); + bool operator == (const wxTransformMatrix& mat) const; + bool operator != (const wxTransformMatrix& mat) const; + + //multiply every element by t + wxTransformMatrix& operator*=(const double& t); + //divide every element by t + wxTransformMatrix& operator/=(const double& t); + //add matrix m to this t + wxTransformMatrix& operator+=(const wxTransformMatrix& m); + //subtract matrix m from this + wxTransformMatrix& operator-=(const wxTransformMatrix& m); + //multiply matrix m with this + wxTransformMatrix& operator*=(const wxTransformMatrix& m); + + // constant operators + + //multiply every element by t and return result + wxTransformMatrix operator*(const double& t) const; + //divide this matrix by t and return result + wxTransformMatrix operator/(const double& t) const; + //add matrix m to this and return result + wxTransformMatrix operator+(const wxTransformMatrix& m) const; + //subtract matrix m from this and return result + wxTransformMatrix operator-(const wxTransformMatrix& m) const; + //multiply this by matrix m and return result + wxTransformMatrix operator*(const wxTransformMatrix& m) const; + wxTransformMatrix operator-() const; + + //rows are horizontal (second index of m_matrix member) + //columns are vertical (first index of m_matrix member) + double& operator()(int col, int row); + + //rows are horizontal (second index of m_matrix member) + //columns are vertical (first index of m_matrix member) + double operator()(int col, int row) const; + + // Invert matrix + bool Invert(void); + + // Make into identity matrix + bool Identity(void); + + // Is the matrix the identity matrix? + // Only returns a flag, which is set whenever an operation + // is done. + inline bool IsIdentity(void) const { return m_isIdentity; } + + // This does an actual check. + inline bool IsIdentity1(void) const ; + + //Scale by scale (isotropic scaling i.e. the same in x and y): + //!ex: + //!code: | scale 0 0 | + //!code: matrix' = | 0 scale 0 | x matrix + //!code: | 0 0 scale | + bool Scale(double scale); + + //Scale with center point and x/y scale + // + //!ex: + //!code: | xs 0 xc(1-xs) | + //!code: matrix' = | 0 ys yc(1-ys) | x matrix + //!code: | 0 0 1 | + wxTransformMatrix& Scale(const double &xs, const double &ys,const double &xc, const double &yc); + + // mirror a matrix in x, y + //!ex: + //!code: | -1 0 0 | + //!code: matrix' = | 0 -1 0 | x matrix + //!code: | 0 0 1 | + wxTransformMatrix& Mirror(bool x=true, bool y=false); + // Translate by dx, dy: + //!ex: + //!code: | 1 0 dx | + //!code: matrix' = | 0 1 dy | x matrix + //!code: | 0 0 1 | + bool Translate(double x, double y); + + // Rotate clockwise by the given number of degrees: + //!ex: + //!code: | cos sin 0 | + //!code: matrix' = | -sin cos 0 | x matrix + //!code: | 0 0 1 | + bool Rotate(double angle); + + //Rotate counter clockwise with point of rotation + // + //!ex: + //!code: | cos(r) -sin(r) x(1-cos(r))+y(sin(r)| + //!code: matrix' = | sin(r) cos(r) y(1-cos(r))-x(sin(r)| x matrix + //!code: | 0 0 1 | + wxTransformMatrix& Rotate(const double &r, const double &x, const double &y); + + // Transform X value from logical to device + inline double TransformX(double x) const; + + // Transform Y value from logical to device + inline double TransformY(double y) const; + + // Transform a point from logical to device coordinates + bool TransformPoint(double x, double y, double& tx, double& ty) const; + + // Transform a point from device to logical coordinates. + // Example of use: + // wxTransformMatrix mat = dc.GetTransformation(); + // mat.Invert(); + // mat.InverseTransformPoint(x, y, x1, y1); + // OR (shorthand:) + // dc.LogicalToDevice(x, y, x1, y1); + // The latter is slightly less efficient if we're doing several + // conversions, since the matrix is inverted several times. + // N.B. 'this' matrix is the inverse at this point + bool InverseTransformPoint(double x, double y, double& tx, double& ty) const; + + double Get_scaleX(); + double Get_scaleY(); + double GetRotation(); + void SetRotation(double rotation); + + +public: + double m_matrix[3][3]; + bool m_isIdentity; +}; + + +/* +Chris Breeze reported, that +some functions of wxTransformMatrix cannot work because it is not +known if he matrix has been inverted. Be careful when using it. +*/ + +// Transform X value from logical to device +// warning: this function can only be used for this purpose +// because no rotation is involved when mapping logical to device coordinates +// mirror and scaling for x and y will be part of the matrix +// if you have a matrix that is rotated, eg a shape containing a matrix to place +// it in the logical coordinate system, use TransformPoint +inline double wxTransformMatrix::TransformX(double x) const +{ + //normally like this, but since no rotation is involved (only mirror and scale) + //we can do without Y -> m_matrix[1]{0] is -sin(rotation angle) and therefore zero + //(x * m_matrix[0][0] + y * m_matrix[1][0] + m_matrix[2][0])) + return (m_isIdentity ? x : (x * m_matrix[0][0] + m_matrix[2][0])); +} + +// Transform Y value from logical to device +// warning: this function can only be used for this purpose +// because no rotation is involved when mapping logical to device coordinates +// mirror and scaling for x and y will be part of the matrix +// if you have a matrix that is rotated, eg a shape containing a matrix to place +// it in the logical coordinate system, use TransformPoint +inline double wxTransformMatrix::TransformY(double y) const +{ + //normally like this, but since no rotation is involved (only mirror and scale) + //we can do without X -> m_matrix[0]{1] is sin(rotation angle) and therefore zero + //(x * m_matrix[0][1] + y * m_matrix[1][1] + m_matrix[2][1])) + return (m_isIdentity ? y : (y * m_matrix[1][1] + m_matrix[2][1])); +} + + +// Is the matrix the identity matrix? +// Each operation checks whether the result is still the identity matrix and sets a flag. +inline bool wxTransformMatrix::IsIdentity1(void) const +{ + return + ( wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[0][0], 1.0) && + wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[1][1], 1.0) && + wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[2][2], 1.0) && + wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[1][0], 0.0) && + wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[2][0], 0.0) && + wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[0][1], 0.0) && + wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[2][1], 0.0) && + wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[0][2], 0.0) && + wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[1][2], 0.0) ); +} + +// Calculates the determinant of a 2 x 2 matrix +inline double wxCalculateDet(double a11, double a21, double a12, double a22) +{ + return a11 * a22 - a12 * a21; +} + +#endif // _WX_MATRIXH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mdi.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mdi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35820a90f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mdi.h @@ -0,0 +1,364 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/mdi.h +// Purpose: wxMDI base header +// Author: Julian Smart (original) +// Vadim Zeitlin (base MDI classes refactoring) +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart +// (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// RCS-ID: $Id: mdi.h 58457 2009-01-27 14:48:20Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MDI_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_MDI_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_MDI + +#include "wx/frame.h" +#include "wx/menu.h" + +// forward declarations +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIParentFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIChildFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIClientWindowBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIClientWindow; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMDIParentFrameBase: base class for parent frame for MDI children +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIParentFrameBase : public wxFrame +{ +public: + wxMDIParentFrameBase() + { + m_clientWindow = NULL; + m_currentChild = NULL; +#if wxUSE_MENUS + m_windowMenu = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + } + + /* + Derived classes should provide ctor and Create() with the following + declaration: + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + */ + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + virtual ~wxMDIParentFrameBase() + { + delete m_windowMenu; + } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + // accessors + // --------- + + // Get or change the active MDI child window + virtual wxMDIChildFrame *GetActiveChild() const + { return m_currentChild; } + virtual void SetActiveChild(wxMDIChildFrame *child) + { m_currentChild = child; } + + + // Get the client window + wxMDIClientWindowBase *GetClientWindow() const { return m_clientWindow; } + + + // MDI windows menu functions + // -------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // return the pointer to the current window menu or NULL if we don't have + // because of wxFRAME_NO_WINDOW_MENU style + wxMenu* GetWindowMenu() const { return m_windowMenu; }; + + // use the given menu instead of the default window menu + // + // menu can be NULL to disable the window menu completely + virtual void SetWindowMenu(wxMenu *menu) + { + if ( menu != m_windowMenu ) + { + delete m_windowMenu; + m_windowMenu = menu; + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + + // standard MDI window management functions + // ---------------------------------------- + + virtual void Cascade() { } + virtual void Tile(wxOrientation WXUNUSED(orient) = wxHORIZONTAL) { } + virtual void ArrangeIcons() { } + virtual void ActivateNext() = 0; + virtual void ActivatePrevious() = 0; + + /* + Derived classes must provide the following function: + + static bool IsTDI(); + */ + + // Create the client window class (don't Create() the window here, just + // return a new object of a wxMDIClientWindow-derived class) + // + // Notice that if you override this method you should use the default + // constructor and Create() and not the constructor creating the window + // when creating the frame or your overridden version is not going to be + // called (as the call to a virtual function from ctor will be dispatched + // to this class version) + virtual wxMDIClientWindow *OnCreateClient(); + +protected: + // This is wxMDIClientWindow for all the native implementations but not for + // the generic MDI version which has its own wxGenericMDIClientWindow and + // so we store it as just a base class pointer because we don't need its + // exact type anyhow + wxMDIClientWindowBase *m_clientWindow; + wxMDIChildFrame *m_currentChild; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // the current window menu or NULL if we are not using it + wxMenu *m_windowMenu; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMDIChildFrameBase: child frame managed by wxMDIParentFrame +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIChildFrameBase : public wxFrame +{ +public: + wxMDIChildFrameBase() { m_mdiParent = NULL; } + + /* + Derived classes should provide Create() with the following signature: + + bool Create(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + And setting m_mdiParent to parent parameter. + */ + + // MDI children specific methods + virtual void Activate() = 0; + + // Return the MDI parent frame: notice that it may not be the same as + // GetParent() (our parent may be the client window or even its subwindow + // in some implementations) + wxMDIParentFrame *GetMDIParent() const { return m_mdiParent; } + + // Synonym for GetMDIParent(), was used in some other ports + wxMDIParentFrame *GetMDIParentFrame() const { return GetMDIParent(); } + + + // in most ports MDI children frames are not really top-level, the only + // exception are the Mac ports in which MDI children are just normal top + // level windows too + virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return false; } + +protected: + wxMDIParentFrame *m_mdiParent; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTDIChildFrame: child frame used by TDI implementations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTDIChildFrame : public wxMDIChildFrameBase +{ +public: + // override wxFrame methods for this non top-level window + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + // no status bars + // + // TODO: MDI children should have their own status bars, why not? + virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int WXUNUSED(number) = 1, + long WXUNUSED(style) = 1, + wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id) = 1, + const wxString& WXUNUSED(name) + = wxEmptyString) + { return NULL; } + + virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const + { return NULL; } + virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString &WXUNUSED(text), + int WXUNUSED(number)=0) + { } + virtual void SetStatusWidths(int WXUNUSED(n), + const int WXUNUSED(widths)[]) + { } +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + // no toolbar + // + // TODO: again, it should be possible to have tool bars + virtual wxToolBar *CreateToolBar(long WXUNUSED(style), + wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)) + { return NULL; } + virtual wxToolBar *GetToolBar() const { return NULL; } +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + + // no icon + virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& WXUNUSED(icons)) { } + + // title is used as the tab label + virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; } + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) = 0; + + // no maximize etc + virtual void Maximize(bool WXUNUSED(maximize) = true) { } + virtual bool IsMaximized() const { return true; } + virtual bool IsAlwaysMaximized() const { return true; } + virtual void Iconize(bool WXUNUSED(iconize) = true) { } + virtual bool IsIconized() const { return false; } + virtual void Restore() { } + + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show), + long WXUNUSED(style)) { return false; } + virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return false; } + + + // we need to override these functions to ensure that a child window is + // created even though we derive from wxFrame -- basically we make it + // behave as just a wxWindow by short-circuiting wxTLW changes to the base + // class behaviour + + virtual void AddChild(wxWindowBase *child) { wxWindow::AddChild(child); } + + virtual bool Destroy() { return wxWindow::Destroy(); } + + // extra platform-specific hacks +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const + { + return wxWindow::MSWGetStyle(flags, exstyle); + } + + virtual WXHWND MSWGetParent() const + { + return wxWindow::MSWGetParent(); + } + + WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) + { + return wxWindow::MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); + } +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +protected: + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const + { + wxWindow::DoGetSize(width, height); + } + + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags) + { + wxWindow::DoSetSize(x, y, width, height, sizeFlags); + } + + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const + { + wxWindow::DoGetClientSize(width, height); + } + + virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height) + { + wxWindow::DoSetClientSize(width, height); + } + + // no size hints + virtual void DoSetSizeHints(int WXUNUSED(minW), int WXUNUSED(minH), + int WXUNUSED(maxW), int WXUNUSED(maxH), + int WXUNUSED(incW), int WXUNUSED(incH)) { } + + wxString m_title; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMDIClientWindowBase: child of parent frame, parent of children frames +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIClientWindowBase : public wxWindow +{ +public: + /* + The derived class must provide the default ctor only (CreateClient() + will be called later). + */ + + // Can be overridden in the derived classes but the base class version must + // be usually called first to really create the client window. + virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, + long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL) = 0; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Include the port-specific implementation of the base classes defined above +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE may be predefined to force the generic MDI +// implementation use even on the platforms which usually don't use it +// +// notice that generic MDI can still be used without this, but you would need +// to explicitly use wxGenericMDIXXX classes in your code (and currently also +// add src/generic/mdig.cpp to your build as it's not compiled in if generic +// MDI is not used by default -- but this may change later...) +#ifndef wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE + // wxUniv always uses the generic MDI implementation and so do the ports + // without native version (although wxCocoa seems to have one -- but it's + // probably not functional?) + #if defined(__WXCOCOA__) || \ + defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \ + defined(__WXPM__) || \ + defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #define wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE 1 + #else + #define wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE 0 + #endif +#endif // wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE + +#if wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE + #include "wx/generic/mdig.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/mdi.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/mdi.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/mdi.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/mdi.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/mdi.h" +#endif + +inline wxMDIClientWindow *wxMDIParentFrameBase::OnCreateClient() +{ + return new wxMDIClientWindow; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MDI + +#endif // _WX_MDI_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mediactrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mediactrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f2d223307d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mediactrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,404 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/mediactrl.h +// Purpose: wxMediaCtrl class +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 11/07/04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mediactrl.h 64533 2010-06-09 14:28:08Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// Definitions +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Header guard +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#ifndef _WX_MEDIACTRL_H_ +#define _WX_MEDIACTRL_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Pre-compiled header stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Compilation guard +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_MEDIACTRL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Includes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/uri.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// Declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Enumerations +// +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxMediaState +{ + wxMEDIASTATE_STOPPED, + wxMEDIASTATE_PAUSED, + wxMEDIASTATE_PLAYING +}; + +enum wxMediaCtrlPlayerControls +{ + wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_NONE = 0, + //Step controls like fastfoward, step one frame etc. + wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_STEP = 1 << 0, + //Volume controls like the speaker icon, volume slider, etc. + wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_VOLUME = 1 << 1, + wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_DEFAULT = + wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_STEP | + wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_VOLUME +}; + +#define wxMEDIABACKEND_DIRECTSHOW wxT("wxAMMediaBackend") +#define wxMEDIABACKEND_MCI wxT("wxMCIMediaBackend") +#define wxMEDIABACKEND_QUICKTIME wxT("wxQTMediaBackend") +#define wxMEDIABACKEND_GSTREAMER wxT("wxGStreamerMediaBackend") +#define wxMEDIABACKEND_REALPLAYER wxT("wxRealPlayerMediaBackend") +#define wxMEDIABACKEND_WMP10 wxT("wxWMP10MediaBackend") + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// wxMediaEvent +// +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA wxMediaEvent : public wxNotifyEvent +{ +public: + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + // wxMediaEvent Constructor + // + // Normal constructor, much the same as wxNotifyEvent + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + wxMediaEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0) + : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid) + { } + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + // wxMediaEvent Copy Constructor + // + // Normal copy constructor, much the same as wxNotifyEvent + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + wxMediaEvent(const wxMediaEvent &clone) + : wxNotifyEvent(clone) + { } + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + // wxMediaEvent::Clone + // + // Allocates a copy of this object. + // Required for wxEvtHandler::AddPendingEvent + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const + { return new wxMediaEvent(*this); } + + + // Put this class on wxWidget's RTTI table + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMediaEvent) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// wxMediaCtrl +// +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA wxMediaCtrl : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxMediaCtrl() : m_imp(NULL), m_bLoaded(false) + { } + + wxMediaCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& fileName = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& szBackend = wxEmptyString, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl")) + : m_imp(NULL), m_bLoaded(false) + { Create(parent, winid, fileName, pos, size, style, + szBackend, validator, name); } + + wxMediaCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxURI& location, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& szBackend = wxEmptyString, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl")) + : m_imp(NULL), m_bLoaded(false) + { Create(parent, winid, location, pos, size, style, + szBackend, validator, name); } + + virtual ~wxMediaCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& fileName = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& szBackend = wxEmptyString, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl")); + + bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxURI& location, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& szBackend = wxEmptyString, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl")); + + bool DoCreate(const wxClassInfo* instance, + wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl")); + + bool Play(); + bool Pause(); + bool Stop(); + + bool Load(const wxString& fileName); + + wxMediaState GetState(); + + wxFileOffset Seek(wxFileOffset where, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart); + wxFileOffset Tell(); //FIXME: This should be const + wxFileOffset Length(); //FIXME: This should be const + + double GetPlaybackRate(); //All but MCI & GStreamer + bool SetPlaybackRate(double dRate); //All but MCI & GStreamer + + bool Load(const wxURI& location); + bool Load(const wxURI& location, const wxURI& proxy); + + wxFileOffset GetDownloadProgress(); // DirectShow only + wxFileOffset GetDownloadTotal(); // DirectShow only + + double GetVolume(); + bool SetVolume(double dVolume); + + bool ShowPlayerControls( + wxMediaCtrlPlayerControls flags = wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_DEFAULT); + + //helpers for the wxPython people + bool LoadURI(const wxString& fileName) + { return Load(wxURI(fileName)); } + bool LoadURIWithProxy(const wxString& fileName, const wxString& proxy) + { return Load(wxURI(fileName), wxURI(proxy)); } + +protected: + static const wxClassInfo* NextBackend(wxClassInfo::const_iterator* it); + + void OnMediaFinished(wxMediaEvent& evt); + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int w, int h); + wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + //FIXME: This is nasty... find a better way to work around + //inheritance issues +#if defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__) + virtual void MacVisibilityChanged(); +#endif +#if defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) + friend class wxQTMediaBackend; +#endif + class wxMediaBackend* m_imp; + bool m_bLoaded; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMediaCtrl) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// wxMediaBackend +// +// Derive from this and use standard wxWidgets RTTI +// (DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS and IMPLEMENT_CLASS) to make a backend +// for wxMediaCtrl. Backends are searched alphabetically - +// the one with the earliest letter is tried first. +// +// Note that this is currently not API or ABI compatable - +// so statically link or make the client compile on-site. +// +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA wxMediaBackend : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxMediaBackend() + { } + + virtual ~wxMediaBackend(); + + virtual bool CreateControl(wxControl* WXUNUSED(ctrl), + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), + wxWindowID WXUNUSED(winid), + const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos), + const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size), + long WXUNUSED(style), + const wxValidator& WXUNUSED(validator), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)) + { return false; } + + virtual bool Play() + { return false; } + virtual bool Pause() + { return false; } + virtual bool Stop() + { return false; } + + virtual bool Load(const wxString& WXUNUSED(fileName)) + { return false; } + virtual bool Load(const wxURI& WXUNUSED(location)) + { return false; } + + virtual bool SetPosition(wxLongLong WXUNUSED(where)) + { return 0; } + virtual wxLongLong GetPosition() + { return 0; } + virtual wxLongLong GetDuration() + { return 0; } + + virtual void Move(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h)) + { } + virtual wxSize GetVideoSize() const + { return wxSize(0,0); } + + virtual double GetPlaybackRate() + { return 0.0; } + virtual bool SetPlaybackRate(double WXUNUSED(dRate)) + { return false; } + + virtual wxMediaState GetState() + { return wxMEDIASTATE_STOPPED; } + + virtual double GetVolume() + { return 0.0; } + virtual bool SetVolume(double WXUNUSED(dVolume)) + { return false; } + + virtual bool Load(const wxURI& WXUNUSED(location), + const wxURI& WXUNUSED(proxy)) + { return false; } + + virtual bool ShowPlayerControls( + wxMediaCtrlPlayerControls WXUNUSED(flags)) + { return false; } + virtual bool IsInterfaceShown() + { return false; } + + virtual wxLongLong GetDownloadProgress() + { return 0; } + virtual wxLongLong GetDownloadTotal() + { return 0; } + + virtual void MacVisibilityChanged() + { } + virtual void RESERVED9() {} + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMediaBackend) +}; + + +//Our events +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_FINISHED, wxMediaEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_STOP, wxMediaEvent ); + +//Function type(s) our events need +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMediaEventFunction)(wxMediaEvent&); + +#define wxMediaEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMediaEventFunction, func) + +//Macro for usage with message maps +#define EVT_MEDIA_FINISHED(winid, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_FINISHED, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), NULL ), +#define EVT_MEDIA_STOP(winid, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_STOP, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), NULL ), + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_LOADED, wxMediaEvent ); +#define EVT_MEDIA_LOADED(winid, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_LOADED, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), NULL ), + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED, wxMediaEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_PLAY, wxMediaEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_PAUSE, wxMediaEvent ); +#define EVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED(winid, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), NULL ), +#define EVT_MEDIA_PLAY(winid, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_PLAY, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), NULL ), +#define EVT_MEDIA_PAUSE(winid, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_PAUSE, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), NULL ), + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// common backend base class used by many other backends +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA wxMediaBackendCommonBase : public wxMediaBackend +{ +public: + // add a pending wxMediaEvent of the given type + void QueueEvent(wxEventType evtType); + + // notify that the movie playback is finished + void QueueFinishEvent() + { + QueueEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED); + QueueEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_FINISHED); + } + + // send the stop event and return true if it hasn't been vetoed + bool SendStopEvent(); + + // Queue pause event + void QueuePlayEvent(); + + // Queue pause event + void QueuePauseEvent(); + + // Queue stop event (no veto) + void QueueStopEvent(); + +protected: + // call this when the movie size has changed but not because it has just + // been loaded (in this case, call NotifyMovieLoaded() below) + void NotifyMovieSizeChanged(); + + // call this when the movie is fully loaded + void NotifyMovieLoaded(); + + + wxMediaCtrl *m_ctrl; // parent control +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// End compilation gaurd +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#endif // wxUSE_MEDIACTRL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// End header guard and header itself +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#endif // _WX_MEDIACTRL_H_ + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..392abba040 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/memconf.h +// Purpose: wxMemoryConfig class: a wxConfigBase implementation which only +// stores the settings in memory (thus they are lost when the +// program terminates) +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 22.01.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: memconf.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + * NB: I don't see how this class may possibly be useful to the application + * program (as the settings are lost on program termination), but it is + * handy to have it inside wxWidgets. So for now let's say that this class + * is private and should only be used by wxWidgets itself - this might + * change in the future. + */ + +#ifndef _WX_MEMCONF_H_ +#define _WX_MEMCONF_H_ + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + +#include "wx/fileconf.h" // the base class + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMemoryConfig: a config class which stores settings in non-persistent way +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// notice that we inherit from wxFileConfig which already stores its data in +// memory and just disable file reading/writing - this is probably not optimal +// and might be changed in future as well (this class will always deriev from +// wxConfigBase though) +class wxMemoryConfig : public wxFileConfig +{ +public: + // default (and only) ctor + wxMemoryConfig() : wxFileConfig(wxEmptyString, // default app name + wxEmptyString, // default vendor name + wxEmptyString, // no local config file + wxEmptyString, // no system config file + 0) // don't use any files + { + } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryConfig); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + +#endif // _WX_MEMCONF_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memory.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memory.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..480411d38a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memory.h @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/memory.h +// Purpose: Memory operations +// Author: Arthur Seaton, Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: memory.h 59711 2009-03-21 23:36:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MEMORY_H_ +#define _WX_MEMORY_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/msgout.h" + +#if wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING || wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT + +#include + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void * wxDebugAlloc(size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum, bool isObject, bool isVect = false); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxDebugFree(void * buf, bool isVect = false); + +//********************************************************************************** +/* + The global operator new used for everything apart from getting + dynamic storage within this function itself. +*/ + +// We'll only do malloc and free for the moment: leave the interesting +// stuff for the wxObject versions. + + +#if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS + +// Undefine temporarily (new is #defined in object.h) because we want to +// declare some new operators. +#ifdef new + #undef new +#endif + +#if defined(__SUNCC__) + #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0 +#elif !( defined (__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ <= 1020) ) || defined( __MWERKS__) + #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 1 +#elif defined (__SGI_CC_) + // only supported by -n32 compilers + #ifndef __EDG_ABI_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION + #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0 + #endif +#elif !( defined (__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ <= 1020) ) || defined( __MWERKS__) + #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 1 +#else + // ::operator new[] is a recent C++ feature, so assume it's not supported + #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0 +#endif + +// devik 2000-8-29: All new/delete ops are now inline because they can't +// be marked as dllexport/dllimport. It then leads to weird bugs when +// used on MSW as DLL +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && (defined(WXUSINGDLL) || defined(WXMAKINGDLL_BASE)) +inline void * operator new (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum) +{ + return wxDebugAlloc(size, fileName, lineNum, false, false); +} + +inline void * operator new (size_t size) +{ + return wxDebugAlloc(size, NULL, 0, false); +} + +inline void operator delete (void * buf) +{ + wxDebugFree(buf, false); +} + +#if wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS +inline void * operator new[] (size_t size) +{ + return wxDebugAlloc(size, NULL, 0, false, true); +} + +inline void * operator new[] (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum) +{ + return wxDebugAlloc(size, fileName, lineNum, false, true); +} + +inline void operator delete[] (void * buf) +{ + wxDebugFree(buf, true); +} +#endif // wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS + +#else + +void * operator new (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum); + +void * operator new (size_t size); + +void operator delete (void * buf); + +#if wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS +void * operator new[] (size_t size); + +void * operator new[] (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum); + +void operator delete[] (void * buf); +#endif // wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS +#endif // defined(__WXMSW__) && (defined(WXUSINGDLL) || defined(WXMAKINGDLL_BASE)) + +// VC++ 6.0 and MWERKS +#if ( defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200) ) || defined(__MWERKS__) +inline void operator delete(void* pData, wxChar* /* fileName */, int /* lineNum */) +{ + wxDebugFree(pData, false); +} +inline void operator delete[](void* pData, wxChar* /* fileName */, int /* lineNum */) +{ + wxDebugFree(pData, true); +} +#endif // __VISUALC__>=1200 +#endif // wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS + +//********************************************************************************** + +typedef unsigned int wxMarkerType; + +/* + Define the struct which will be placed at the start of all dynamically + allocated memory. +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemStruct { + +friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDebugContext; // access to the m_next pointer for list traversal. + +public: +public: + int AssertList (); + + size_t RequestSize () { return m_reqSize; } + wxMarkerType Marker () { return m_firstMarker; } + + // When an object is deleted we set the id slot to a specific value. + inline void SetDeleted (); + inline int IsDeleted (); + + int Append (); + int Unlink (); + + // Used to determine if the object is really a wxMemStruct. + // Not a foolproof test by any means, but better than none I hope! + int AssertIt (); + + // Do all validation on a node. + int ValidateNode (); + + // Check the integrity of a node and of the list, node by node. + int CheckBlock (); + int CheckAllPrevious (); + + // Print a single node. + void PrintNode (); + + // Called when the memory linking functions get an error. + void ErrorMsg (const char *); + void ErrorMsg (); + + inline void *GetActualData(void) const { return m_actualData; } + + void Dump(void); + +public: + // Check for underwriting. There are 2 of these checks. This one + // inside the struct and another right after the struct. + wxMarkerType m_firstMarker; + + // File name and line number are from cpp. + wxChar* m_fileName; + int m_lineNum; + + // The amount of memory requested by the caller. + size_t m_reqSize; + + // Used to try to verify that we really are dealing with an object + // of the required class. Can be 1 of 2 values these indicating a valid + // wxMemStruct object, or a deleted wxMemStruct object. + wxMarkerType m_id; + + wxMemStruct * m_prev; + wxMemStruct * m_next; + + void * m_actualData; + bool m_isObject; +}; + + +typedef void (wxMemStruct::*PmSFV) (); + +// Type of the app function that can be installed and called at wxWidgets shutdown +// (after all other registered files with global destructors have been closed down). +typedef void (*wxShutdownNotifyFunction)(); + +/* + Debugging class. This will only have a single instance, but it's + a reasonable way to keep everything together and to make this + available for change if needed by someone else. + A lot of this stuff would be better off within the wxMemStruct class, but + it's stuff which we need to access at times when there is no wxMemStruct + object so we use this class instead. Think of it as a collection of + globals which have to do with the wxMemStruct class. +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDebugContext { + +protected: + // Used to set alignment for markers. + static size_t CalcAlignment (); + + // Returns the amount of padding needed after something of the given + // size. This is so that when we cast pointers backwards and forwards + // the pointer value will be valid for a wxMarkerType. + static size_t GetPadding (const size_t size) ; + + // Traverse the list. + static void TraverseList (PmSFV, wxMemStruct *from = NULL); + + static int debugLevel; + static bool debugOn; + + static int m_balign; // byte alignment + static int m_balignmask; // mask for performing byte alignment +public: + // Set a checkpoint to dump only the memory from + // a given point + static wxMemStruct *checkPoint; + + wxDebugContext(void); + ~wxDebugContext(void); + + static int GetLevel(void) { return debugLevel; } + static void SetLevel(int level) { debugLevel = level; } + + static bool GetDebugMode(void) { return debugOn; } + static void SetDebugMode(bool flag) { debugOn = flag; } + + static void SetCheckpoint(bool all = false); + static wxMemStruct *GetCheckpoint(void) { return checkPoint; } + + // Calculated from the request size and any padding needed + // before the final marker. + static size_t PaddedSize (const size_t reqSize); + + // Calc the total amount of space we need from the system + // to satisfy a caller request. This includes all padding. + static size_t TotSize (const size_t reqSize); + + // Return valid pointers to offsets within the allocated memory. + static char * StructPos (const char * buf); + static char * MidMarkerPos (const char * buf); + static char * CallerMemPos (const char * buf); + static char * EndMarkerPos (const char * buf, const size_t size); + + // Given a pointer to the start of the caller requested area + // return a pointer to the start of the entire alloc\'d buffer. + static char * StartPos (const char * caller); + + // Access to the list. + static wxMemStruct * GetHead () { return m_head; } + static wxMemStruct * GetTail () { return m_tail; } + + // Set the list sentinals. + static wxMemStruct * SetHead (wxMemStruct * st) { return (m_head = st); } + static wxMemStruct * SetTail (wxMemStruct * st) { return (m_tail = st); } + + // If this is set then every new operation checks the validity + // of the all previous nodes in the list. + static bool GetCheckPrevious () { return m_checkPrevious; } + static void SetCheckPrevious (bool value) { m_checkPrevious = value; } + + // Checks all nodes, or all nodes if checkAll is true + static int Check(bool checkAll = false); + + // Print out the list of wxMemStruct nodes. + static bool PrintList(void); + + // Dump objects + static bool Dump(void); + + // Print statistics + static bool PrintStatistics(bool detailed = true); + + // Print out the classes in the application. + static bool PrintClasses(void); + + // Count the number of non-wxDebugContext-related objects + // that are outstanding + static int CountObjectsLeft(bool sinceCheckpoint = false); + + // This function is used to output the dump + static void OutputDumpLine(const wxChar *szFormat, ...); + + static void SetShutdownNotifyFunction(wxShutdownNotifyFunction shutdownFn); + +private: + // Store these here to allow access to the list without + // needing to have a wxMemStruct object. + static wxMemStruct* m_head; + static wxMemStruct* m_tail; + + // Set to false if we're not checking all previous nodes when + // we do a new. Set to true when we are. + static bool m_checkPrevious; + + // Holds a pointer to an optional application function to call at shutdown. + static wxShutdownNotifyFunction sm_shutdownFn; + + // Have to access our shutdown hook + friend class wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter; +}; + +// Final cleanup (e.g. deleting the log object and doing memory leak checking) +// will be delayed until all wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter objects have been +// destructed. Adding one wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter per file will delay +// memory leak checking until after destructing all global objects. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter +{ +public: + wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter(); + ~wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter(); + +private: + void DoDump(); + static int sm_count; +}; + +// make leak dump after all globals have been destructed +static wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter_File; +#define WXDEBUG_DUMPDELAYCOUNTER \ + static wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter_Extra; + +// Output a debug message, in a system dependent fashion. +void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTrace(const wxChar *fmt ...) WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1; +void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTraceLevel(int level, const wxChar *fmt ...) WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2; + +#define WXTRACE wxTrace +#define WXTRACELEVEL wxTraceLevel + +#else // wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING) || wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT + +#define WXDEBUG_DUMPDELAYCOUNTER + +// Borland C++ Builder 6 seems to have troubles with inline functions (see bug +// 819700) +#if 0 + inline void wxTrace(const wxChar *WXUNUSED(fmt)) {} + inline void wxTraceLevel(int WXUNUSED(level), const wxChar *WXUNUSED(fmt)) {} +#else + #define wxTrace(fmt) + #define wxTraceLevel(l, fmt) +#endif + +#define WXTRACE true ? (void)0 : wxTrace +#define WXTRACELEVEL true ? (void)0 : wxTraceLevel + +#endif // wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING) || wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT + +#endif // _WX_MEMORY_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memtext.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memtext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..475e8fdc23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/memtext.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/memtext.h +// Purpose: wxMemoryText allows to use wxTextBuffer without a file +// Created: 14.11.01 +// Author: Morten Hanssen +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Morten Hanssen +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MEMTEXT_H +#define _WX_MEMTEXT_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// there is no separate setting for wxMemoryText, it's smallish anyhow +#if wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMemoryText +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryText : public wxTextBuffer +{ +public: + // Constructors. + wxMemoryText() { } + wxMemoryText(const wxString& name) : wxTextBuffer(name) { } + +protected: + virtual bool OnExists() const + { return false; } + + virtual bool OnOpen(const wxString & WXUNUSED(strBufferName), + wxTextBufferOpenMode WXUNUSED(OpenMode)) + { return true; } + + virtual bool OnClose() + { return true; } + + virtual bool OnRead(const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv)) + { return true; } + + virtual bool OnWrite(wxTextFileType WXUNUSED(typeNew), + const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv) = wxMBConvUTF8()) + { return true; } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryText); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER + +#endif // _WX_MEMTEXT_H + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/menu.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/menu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3ee7c9060 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/menu.h @@ -0,0 +1,633 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/menu.h +// Purpose: wxMenu and wxMenuBar classes +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 26.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: menu.h 66640 2011-01-07 21:51:19Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MENU_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_MENU_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/list.h" // for "template" list classes +#include "wx/window.h" // base class for wxMenuBar + +// also include this one to ensure compatibility with old code which only +// included wx/menu.h +#include "wx/menuitem.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBarBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBar; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItem; + +// pseudo template list classes +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxMenu, wxMenuList); +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxMenuItem, wxMenuItemList); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenu +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuBase : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + // create a menu + static wxMenu *New(const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, long style = 0); + + // ctors + wxMenuBase(const wxString& title, long style = 0) : m_title(title) + { Init(style); } + wxMenuBase(long style = 0) + { Init(style); } + + // dtor deletes all the menu items we own + virtual ~wxMenuBase(); + + // menu construction + // ----------------- + + // append any kind of item (normal/check/radio/separator) + wxMenuItem* Append(int itemid, + const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL) + { + return DoAppend(wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, itemid, text, help, kind)); + } + + // append a separator to the menu + wxMenuItem* AppendSeparator() { return Append(wxID_SEPARATOR); } + + // append a check item + wxMenuItem* AppendCheckItem(int itemid, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString) + { + return Append(itemid, text, help, wxITEM_CHECK); + } + + // append a radio item + wxMenuItem* AppendRadioItem(int itemid, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString) + { + return Append(itemid, text, help, wxITEM_RADIO); + } + + // append a submenu + wxMenuItem* AppendSubMenu(wxMenu *submenu, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString) + { + return DoAppend(wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, wxID_ANY, text, help, + wxITEM_NORMAL, submenu)); + } + + // the most generic form of Append() - append anything + wxMenuItem* Append(wxMenuItem *item) { return DoAppend(item); } + + // insert a break in the menu (only works when appending the items, not + // inserting them) + virtual void Break() { } + + // insert an item before given position + wxMenuItem* Insert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item); + + // insert an item before given position + wxMenuItem* Insert(size_t pos, + int itemid, + const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL) + { + return Insert(pos, wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, itemid, text, help, kind)); + } + + // insert a separator + wxMenuItem* InsertSeparator(size_t pos) + { + return Insert(pos, wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, wxID_SEPARATOR)); + } + + // insert a check item + wxMenuItem* InsertCheckItem(size_t pos, + int itemid, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString) + { + return Insert(pos, itemid, text, help, wxITEM_CHECK); + } + + // insert a radio item + wxMenuItem* InsertRadioItem(size_t pos, + int itemid, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString) + { + return Insert(pos, itemid, text, help, wxITEM_RADIO); + } + + // insert a submenu + wxMenuItem* Insert(size_t pos, + int itemid, + const wxString& text, + wxMenu *submenu, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString) + { + return Insert(pos, wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, itemid, text, help, + wxITEM_NORMAL, submenu)); + } + + // prepend an item to the menu + wxMenuItem* Prepend(wxMenuItem *item) + { + return Insert(0u, item); + } + + // prepend any item to the menu + wxMenuItem* Prepend(int itemid, + const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL) + { + return Insert(0u, itemid, text, help, kind); + } + + // prepend a separator + wxMenuItem* PrependSeparator() + { + return InsertSeparator(0u); + } + + // prepend a check item + wxMenuItem* PrependCheckItem(int itemid, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString) + { + return InsertCheckItem(0u, itemid, text, help); + } + + // prepend a radio item + wxMenuItem* PrependRadioItem(int itemid, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString) + { + return InsertRadioItem(0u, itemid, text, help); + } + + // prepend a submenu + wxMenuItem* Prepend(int itemid, + const wxString& text, + wxMenu *submenu, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString) + { + return Insert(0u, itemid, text, submenu, help); + } + + // detach an item from the menu, but don't delete it so that it can be + // added back later (but if it's not, the caller is responsible for + // deleting it!) + wxMenuItem *Remove(int itemid) { return Remove(FindChildItem(itemid)); } + wxMenuItem *Remove(wxMenuItem *item); + + // delete an item from the menu (submenus are not destroyed by this + // function, see Destroy) + bool Delete(int itemid) { return Delete(FindChildItem(itemid)); } + bool Delete(wxMenuItem *item); + + // delete the item from menu and destroy it (if it's a submenu) + bool Destroy(int itemid) { return Destroy(FindChildItem(itemid)); } + bool Destroy(wxMenuItem *item); + + // menu items access + // ----------------- + + // get the items + size_t GetMenuItemCount() const { return m_items.GetCount(); } + + const wxMenuItemList& GetMenuItems() const { return m_items; } + wxMenuItemList& GetMenuItems() { return m_items; } + + // search + virtual int FindItem(const wxString& item) const; + wxMenuItem* FindItem(int itemid, wxMenu **menu = NULL) const; + + // find by position + wxMenuItem* FindItemByPosition(size_t position) const; + + // get/set items attributes + void Enable(int itemid, bool enable); + bool IsEnabled(int itemid) const; + + void Check(int itemid, bool check); + bool IsChecked(int itemid) const; + + void SetLabel(int itemid, const wxString& label); + wxString GetLabel(int itemid) const; + + // Returns the stripped label + wxString GetLabelText(int itemid) const { return wxMenuItem::GetLabelText(GetLabel(itemid)); } + + virtual void SetHelpString(int itemid, const wxString& helpString); + virtual wxString GetHelpString(int itemid) const; + + // misc accessors + // -------------- + + // the title + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_title = title; } + const wxString& GetTitle() const { return m_title; } + + // event handler + void SetEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) { m_eventHandler = handler; } + wxEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() const { return m_eventHandler; } + + // Invoking window: this is set by wxWindow::PopupMenu() before showing a + // popup menu and reset after it's hidden. Notice that you probably want to + // use GetWindow() below instead of GetInvokingWindow() as the latter only + // returns non-NULL for the top level menus + // + // NB: avoid calling SetInvokingWindow() directly if possible, use + // wxMenuInvokingWindowSetter class below instead + void SetInvokingWindow(wxWindow *win); + wxWindow *GetInvokingWindow() const { return m_invokingWindow; } + + // the window associated with this menu: this is the invoking window for + // popup menus or the top level window to which the menu bar is attached + // for menus which are part of a menu bar + wxWindow *GetWindow() const; + + // style + long GetStyle() const { return m_style; } + + // implementation helpers + // ---------------------- + + // Updates the UI for a menu and all submenus recursively. source is the + // object that has the update event handlers defined for it. If NULL, the + // menu or associated window will be used. + void UpdateUI(wxEvtHandler* source = NULL); + + // get the menu bar this menu is attached to (may be NULL, always NULL for + // popup menus). Traverse up the menu hierarchy to find it. + wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const; + + // called when the menu is attached/detached to/from a menu bar + virtual void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar); + virtual void Detach(); + + // is the menu attached to a menu bar (or is it a popup one)? + bool IsAttached() const { return GetMenuBar() != NULL; } + + // set/get the parent of this menu + void SetParent(wxMenu *parent) { m_menuParent = parent; } + wxMenu *GetParent() const { return m_menuParent; } + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // unlike FindItem(), this function doesn't recurse but only looks through + // our direct children and also may return the index of the found child if + // pos != NULL + wxMenuItem *FindChildItem(int itemid, size_t *pos = NULL) const; + + // called to generate a wxCommandEvent, return true if it was processed, + // false otherwise + // + // the checked parameter may have boolean value or -1 for uncheckable items + bool SendEvent(int itemid, int checked = -1); + + // compatibility: these functions are deprecated, use the new ones instead + // ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // use the versions taking wxItem_XXX now instead, they're more readable + // and allow adding the radio items as well + void Append(int itemid, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help, + bool isCheckable) + { + Append(itemid, text, help, isCheckable ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL); + } + + // use more readable and not requiring unused itemid AppendSubMenu() instead + wxMenuItem* Append(int itemid, + const wxString& text, + wxMenu *submenu, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString) + { + return DoAppend(wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, itemid, text, help, + wxITEM_NORMAL, submenu)); + } + + void Insert(size_t pos, + int itemid, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help, + bool isCheckable) + { + Insert(pos, itemid, text, help, isCheckable ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL); + } + + void Prepend(int itemid, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help, + bool isCheckable) + { + Insert(0u, itemid, text, help, isCheckable); + } + + static void LockAccels(bool locked) + { + ms_locked = locked; + } + +protected: + // virtuals to override in derived classes + // --------------------------------------- + + virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item); + virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item); + + virtual wxMenuItem *DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item); + virtual bool DoDelete(wxMenuItem *item); + virtual bool DoDestroy(wxMenuItem *item); + + // helpers + // ------- + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(long style); + + // associate the submenu with this menu + void AddSubMenu(wxMenu *submenu); + + wxMenuBar *m_menuBar; // menubar we belong to or NULL + wxMenu *m_menuParent; // parent menu or NULL + + wxString m_title; // the menu title or label + wxMenuItemList m_items; // the list of menu items + + wxWindow *m_invokingWindow; // for popup menus + + long m_style; // combination of wxMENU_XXX flags + + wxEvtHandler *m_eventHandler; // a pluggable in event handler + + static bool ms_locked; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMenuBase); +}; + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI accessor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuInfoHelper : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxMenuInfoHelper() { m_menu = NULL; } + virtual ~wxMenuInfoHelper() { } + + bool Create( wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title ) + { + m_menu = menu; + m_title = title; + return true; + } + + wxMenu* GetMenu() const { return m_menu; } + wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; } + +private: + wxMenu *m_menu; + wxString m_title; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuInfoHelper) +}; + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxMenuInfoHelper, wxMenuInfoHelperList ); + +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenuBar +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuBarBase : public wxWindow +{ +public: + // default ctor + wxMenuBarBase(); + + // dtor will delete all menus we own + virtual ~wxMenuBarBase(); + + // menu bar construction + // --------------------- + + // append a menu to the end of menubar, return true if ok + virtual bool Append(wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title); + + // insert a menu before the given position into the menubar, return true + // if inserted ok + virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title); + + // menu bar items access + // --------------------- + + // get the number of menus in the menu bar + size_t GetMenuCount() const { return m_menus.GetCount(); } + + // get the menu at given position + wxMenu *GetMenu(size_t pos) const; + + // replace the menu at given position with another one, returns the + // previous menu (which should be deleted by the caller) + virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title); + + // delete the menu at given position from the menu bar, return the pointer + // to the menu (which should be deleted by the caller) + virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos); + + // enable or disable a submenu + virtual void EnableTop(size_t pos, bool enable) = 0; + + // is the menu enabled? + virtual bool IsEnabledTop(size_t WXUNUSED(pos)) const { return true; } + + // get or change the label of the menu at given position + virtual void SetMenuLabel(size_t pos, const wxString& label) = 0; + virtual wxString GetMenuLabel(size_t pos) const = 0; + + // get the stripped label of the menu at given position + virtual wxString GetMenuLabelText(size_t pos) const { return wxMenuItem::GetLabelText(GetMenuLabel(pos)); } + + // item search + // ----------- + + // by menu and item names, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found or id of the + // found item + virtual int FindMenuItem(const wxString& menu, const wxString& item) const; + + // find item by id (in any menu), returns NULL if not found + // + // if menu is !NULL, it will be filled with wxMenu this item belongs to + virtual wxMenuItem* FindItem(int itemid, wxMenu **menu = NULL) const; + + // find menu by its caption, return wxNOT_FOUND on failure + int FindMenu(const wxString& title) const; + + // item access + // ----------- + + // all these functions just use FindItem() and then call an appropriate + // method on it + // + // NB: under MSW, these methods can only be used after the menubar had + // been attached to the frame + + void Enable(int itemid, bool enable); + void Check(int itemid, bool check); + bool IsChecked(int itemid) const; + bool IsEnabled(int itemid) const; + virtual bool IsEnabled() const { return wxWindow::IsEnabled(); } + + void SetLabel(int itemid, const wxString &label); + wxString GetLabel(int itemid) const; + + void SetHelpString(int itemid, const wxString& helpString); + wxString GetHelpString(int itemid) const; + + // implementation helpers + + // get the frame we are attached to (may return NULL) + wxFrame *GetFrame() const { return m_menuBarFrame; } + + // returns true if we're attached to a frame + bool IsAttached() const { return GetFrame() != NULL; } + + // associate the menubar with the frame + virtual void Attach(wxFrame *frame); + + // called before deleting the menubar normally + virtual void Detach(); + + // need to override these ones to avoid virtual function hiding + virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true) { return wxWindow::Enable(enable); } + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& s) { wxWindow::SetLabel(s); } + virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return wxWindow::GetLabel(); } + + // don't want menu bars to accept the focus by tabbing to them + virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const { return false; } + + // update all menu item states in all menus + virtual void UpdateMenus(); + + virtual bool CanBeOutsideClientArea() const { return true; } + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + // XTI helpers: + bool AppendMenuInfo( const wxMenuInfoHelper *info ) + { return Append( info->GetMenu(), info->GetTitle() ); } + const wxMenuInfoHelperList& GetMenuInfos() const; +#endif + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // get or change the label of the menu at given position + // Deprecated in favour of SetMenuLabel + wxDEPRECATED( void SetLabelTop(size_t pos, const wxString& label) ); + // Deprecated in favour of GetMenuLabelText + wxDEPRECATED( wxString GetLabelTop(size_t pos) const ); +#endif + +protected: + // the list of all our menus + wxMenuList m_menus; + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + // used by XTI + wxMenuInfoHelperList m_menuInfos; +#endif + + // the frame we are attached to (may be NULL) + wxFrame *m_menuBarFrame; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMenuBarBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the real class declaration +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY + #define wxMenuItem wxMenuItemBase +#else // !wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/menu.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/menu.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/menu.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/menu.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/menu.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/menu.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/menu.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/menu.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/menu.h" +#endif +#endif // wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY/!wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Helper class used in the implementation only: sets the invoking window of +// the given menu in its ctor and resets it in dtor. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxMenuInvokingWindowSetter +{ +public: + // Ctor sets the invoking window for the given menu. + // + // The menu lifetime must be greater than that of this class. + wxMenuInvokingWindowSetter(wxMenu& menu, wxWindow *win) + : m_menu(menu) + { + menu.SetInvokingWindow(win); + } + + // Dtor resets the invoking window. + ~wxMenuInvokingWindowSetter() + { + m_menu.SetInvokingWindow(NULL); + } + +private: + wxMenu& m_menu; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMenuInvokingWindowSetter); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +#endif // _WX_MENU_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/menuitem.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/menuitem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e4a99efd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/menuitem.h @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/menuitem.h +// Purpose: wxMenuItem class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 25.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: menuitem.h 66966 2011-02-19 12:32:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MENUITEM_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_MENUITEM_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/object.h" // base class + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAcceleratorEntry; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItem; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenuItem is an item in the menu which may be either a normal item, a sub +// menu or a separator +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuItemBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + // creation + static wxMenuItem *New(wxMenu *parentMenu = NULL, + int itemid = wxID_SEPARATOR, + const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL, + wxMenu *subMenu = NULL); + + // destruction: wxMenuItem will delete its submenu + virtual ~wxMenuItemBase(); + + // the menu we're in + wxMenu *GetMenu() const { return m_parentMenu; } + void SetMenu(wxMenu* menu) { m_parentMenu = menu; } + + // get/set id + void SetId(int itemid) { m_id = itemid; } + int GetId() const { return m_id; } + + // the item's text (or name) + // + // NB: the item's label includes the accelerators and mnemonics info (if + // any), i.e. it may contain '&' or '_' or "\t..." and thus is + // different from the item's text which only contains the text shown + // in the menu. This used to be called SetText. + virtual void SetItemLabel(const wxString& str); + + // return the item label including any mnemonics and accelerators. + // This used to be called GetText. + virtual wxString GetItemLabel() const { return m_text; } + + // return just the text of the item label, without any mnemonics + // This used to be called GetLabel. + virtual wxString GetItemLabelText() const { return GetLabelText(m_text); } + + // return just the text part of the given label (implemented in platform-specific code) + // This used to be called GetLabelFromText. + static wxString GetLabelText(const wxString& label); + + // what kind of menu item we are + wxItemKind GetKind() const { return m_kind; } + void SetKind(wxItemKind kind) { m_kind = kind; } + bool IsSeparator() const { return m_kind == wxITEM_SEPARATOR; } + + virtual void SetCheckable(bool checkable) { m_kind = checkable ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL; } + bool IsCheckable() const + { return m_kind == wxITEM_CHECK || m_kind == wxITEM_RADIO; } + + bool IsSubMenu() const { return m_subMenu != NULL; } + void SetSubMenu(wxMenu *menu) { m_subMenu = menu; } + wxMenu *GetSubMenu() const { return m_subMenu; } + + // state + virtual void Enable(bool enable = true) { m_isEnabled = enable; } + virtual bool IsEnabled() const { return m_isEnabled; } + + virtual void Check(bool check = true) { m_isChecked = check; } + virtual bool IsChecked() const { return m_isChecked; } + void Toggle() { Check(!m_isChecked); } + + // help string (displayed in the status bar by default) + void SetHelp(const wxString& str); + const wxString& GetHelp() const { return m_help; } + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + // extract the accelerator from the given menu string, return NULL if none + // found + static wxAcceleratorEntry *GetAccelFromString(const wxString& label); + + // get our accelerator or NULL (caller must delete the pointer) + virtual wxAcceleratorEntry *GetAccel() const; + + // set the accel for this item - this may also be done indirectly with + // SetText() + virtual void SetAccel(wxAcceleratorEntry *accel); +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // compatibility only, use new functions in the new code + wxDEPRECATED( void SetName(const wxString& str) ); + wxDEPRECATED( wxString GetName() const ); + + // Now use GetItemLabelText + wxDEPRECATED( wxString GetLabel() const ) ; + + // Now use GetItemLabel + wxDEPRECATED( const wxString& GetText() const ); + + // Now use GetLabelText to strip the accelerators + static wxDEPRECATED( wxString GetLabelFromText(const wxString& text) ); + + // Now use SetItemLabel + wxDEPRECATED( virtual void SetText(const wxString& str) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + static wxMenuItem *New(wxMenu *parentMenu, + int itemid, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help, + bool isCheckable, + wxMenu *subMenu = NULL) + { + return New(parentMenu, itemid, text, help, + isCheckable ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL, subMenu); + } + +protected: + wxWindowIDRef m_id; // numeric id of the item >= 0 or wxID_ANY or wxID_SEPARATOR + wxMenu *m_parentMenu, // the menu we belong to + *m_subMenu; // our sub menu or NULL + wxString m_text, // label of the item + m_help; // the help string for the item + wxItemKind m_kind; // separator/normal/check/radio item? + bool m_isChecked; // is checked? + bool m_isEnabled; // is enabled? + + // this ctor is for the derived classes only, we're never created directly + wxMenuItemBase(wxMenu *parentMenu = NULL, + int itemid = wxID_SEPARATOR, + const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL, + wxMenu *subMenu = NULL); + +private: + // and, if we have one ctor, compiler won't generate a default copy one, so + // declare them ourselves - but don't implement as they shouldn't be used + wxMenuItemBase(const wxMenuItemBase& item); + wxMenuItemBase& operator=(const wxMenuItemBase& item); +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +inline void wxMenuItemBase::SetName(const wxString &str) + { SetItemLabel(str); } +inline wxString wxMenuItemBase::GetName() const + { return GetItemLabel(); } +inline wxString wxMenuItemBase::GetLabel() const + { return GetLabelText(m_text); } +inline const wxString& wxMenuItemBase::GetText() const { return m_text; } +inline void wxMenuItemBase::SetText(const wxString& text) { SetItemLabel(text); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the real class declaration +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY + #define wxMenuItem wxMenuItemBase +#else // !wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/menuitem.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/menuitem.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/menuitem.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/menuitem.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/menuitem.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/menuitem.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/menuitem.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/menuitem.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/menuitem.h" +#endif +#endif // wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY/!wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +#endif + // _WX_MENUITEM_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/convertible.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/convertible.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..84dba133c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/convertible.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/meta/convertible.h +// Purpose: Test if types are convertible +// Author: Arne Steinarson +// Created: 2008-01-10 +// RCS-ID: $Id: convertible.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Arne Steinarson +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_META_CONVERTIBLE_H_ +#define _WX_META_CONVERTIBLE_H_ + +// +// Introduce an extra class to make this header compilable with g++3.2 +// +template +struct wxConvertibleTo_SizeHelper +{ + static char Match(B* pb); + static int Match(...); +}; + +// Helper to decide if an object of type D is convertible to type B (the test +// succeeds in particular when D derives from B) +template +struct wxConvertibleTo +{ + enum + { + value = + sizeof(wxConvertibleTo_SizeHelper::Match(static_cast(NULL))) + == + sizeof(char) + }; +}; + +#endif // _WX_META_CONVERTIBLE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/if.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/if.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..02df945708 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/if.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/meta/if.h +// Purpose: declares wxIf<> metaprogramming construct +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2008-01-22 +// RCS-ID: $Id: if.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_META_IF_H_ +#define _WX_META_IF_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// NB: This code is intentionally written without partial templates +// specialization, because some older compilers (notably VC6) don't +// support it. + +namespace wxPrivate +{ + +template +struct wxIfImpl + +// broken VC6 needs not just an incomplete template class declaration but a +// "skeleton" declaration of the specialized versions below as it apparently +// tries to look up the types in the generic template definition at some moment +// even though it ends up by using the correct specialization in the end -- but +// without this skeleton it doesn't recognize Result as a class at all below +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && !wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7) +{ + template struct Result {}; +} +#endif // VC++ <= 6 +; + +// specialization for true: +template <> +struct wxIfImpl +{ + template struct Result + { + typedef TTrue value; + }; +}; + +// specialization for false: +template<> +struct wxIfImpl +{ + template struct Result + { + typedef TFalse value; + }; +}; + +} // namespace wxPrivate + +// wxIf<> template defines nested type "value" which is the same as +// TTrue if the condition Cond (boolean compile-time constant) was met and +// TFalse if it wasn't. +// +// See wxVector in vector.h for usage example +template +struct wxIf +{ + typedef typename wxPrivate::wxIfImpl + ::template Result::value + value; +}; + +#endif // _WX_META_IF_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/implicitconversion.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/implicitconversion.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2057ec89c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/implicitconversion.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/meta/implicitconversion.h +// Purpose: Determine resulting type from implicit conversion +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2010-10-22 +// RCS-ID: $Id: implicitconversion.h 66054 2010-11-07 13:16:20Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_META_IMPLICITCONVERSION_H_ +#define _WX_META_IMPLICITCONVERSION_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/meta/if.h" + +// C++ hierarchy of data types is: +// +// Long double (highest) +// Double +// Float +// Unsigned long int +// Long int +// Unsigned int +// Int (lowest) +// +// Types lower in the hierarchy are converted into ones higher up if both are +// involved e.g. in arithmetic expressions. + +namespace wxPrivate +{ + +// Helper macro to define a constant inside a template class: it's needed +// because MSVC6 doesn't support initializing static integer members but the +// usual workaround of using enums instead doesn't work for Borland (at least +// in template classes). +#ifdef __VISUALC6__ + #define wxDEFINE_CLASS_INT_CONST(name, value) enum { name = value } +#else + #define wxDEFINE_CLASS_INT_CONST(name, value) static const int name = value +#endif + +template +struct TypeHierarchy +{ + // consider unknown types (e.g. objects, pointers) to be of highest + // level, always convert to them if they occur + wxDEFINE_CLASS_INT_CONST( level, 9999 ); +}; + +#define WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL(level_num, type) \ + template<> struct TypeHierarchy \ + { \ + wxDEFINE_CLASS_INT_CONST( level, level_num ); \ + } + +WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 1, char); +WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 2, unsigned char); +WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 3, short); +WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 4, unsigned short); +WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 5, int); +WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 6, unsigned int); +WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 7, long); +WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 8, unsigned long); +#ifdef wxLongLong_t +WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 9, wxLongLong_t); +WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL(10, wxULongLong_t); +#endif +WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL(11, float); +WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL(12, double); +WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL(13, long double); + +#if wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE + #if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == SIZEOF_SHORT + template<> struct TypeHierarchy : public TypeHierarchy {}; + #elif SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == SIZEOF_INT + template<> struct TypeHierarchy : public TypeHierarchy {}; + #elif SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == SIZEOF_LONG + template<> struct TypeHierarchy : public TypeHierarchy {}; + #else + #error "weird wchar_t size, please update this code" + #endif +#endif + +#undef WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL + +} // namespace wxPrivate + +// Helper to determine resulting type of implicit conversion in +// an expression with two arithmetic types. +template +struct wxImplicitConversionType +{ + typedef typename wxIf + < + // if T2 is "higher" type, convert to it + (int)(wxPrivate::TypeHierarchy::level) < (int)(wxPrivate::TypeHierarchy::level), + T2, + // otherwise use T1 + T1 + >::value + value; +}; + + +template +struct wxImplicitConversionType3 : public wxImplicitConversionType< + T1, + typename wxImplicitConversionType::value> +{ +}; + +#endif // _WX_META_IMPLICITCONVERSION_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/int2type.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/int2type.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..53a1c4ea0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/int2type.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/meta/int2type.h +// Purpose: Generate a unique type from a constant integer +// Author: Arne Steinarson +// Created: 2008-01-10 +// RCS-ID: $Id: int2type.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Arne Steinarson +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_META_INT2TYPE_H_ +#define _WX_META_INT2TYPE_H_ + +template +struct wxInt2Type { enum { value=N }; }; + +#endif // _WX_META_INT2TYPE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/movable.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/movable.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..55877b129d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/movable.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/meta/movable.h +// Purpose: Test if a type is movable using memmove() etc. +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2008-01-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: movable.h 64589 2010-06-14 15:12:37Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_META_MOVABLE_H_ +#define _WX_META_MOVABLE_H_ + +#include "wx/meta/pod.h" +#include "wx/string.h" // for wxIsMovable specialization + +// Helper to decide if an object of type T is "movable", i.e. if it can be +// copied to another memory location using memmove() or realloc() C functions. +// C++ only gurantees that POD types (including primitive types) are +// movable. +template +struct wxIsMovable +{ + wxDEFINE_TEMPLATE_BOOL_VALUE(wxIsPod::value); +}; + +// Macro to add wxIsMovable specialization for given type that marks it +// as movable: +#define WX_DECLARE_TYPE_MOVABLE(type) \ + template<> struct wxIsMovable \ + { \ + wxDEFINE_TEMPLATE_BOOL_VALUE(true); \ + }; + +// Our implementation of wxString is written in such way that it's safe to move +// it around (unless position cache is used which unfortunately breaks this). +// OTOH, we don't know anything about std::string. +// (NB: we don't put this into string.h and choose to include wx/string.h from +// here instead so that rarely-used wxIsMovable code isn't included by +// everything) +#if !wxUSE_STL && !wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_MOVABLE(wxString) +#endif + +#endif // _WX_META_MOVABLE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/pod.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/pod.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad9b42de14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/meta/pod.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/meta/pod.h +// Purpose: Test if a type is POD +// Author: Vaclav Slavik, Jaakko Salli +// Created: 2010-06-14 +// RCS-ID: $Id: pod.h 64589 2010-06-14 15:12:37Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_META_POD_H_ +#define _WX_META_POD_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// +// TODO: Use TR1 is_pod<> implementation where available. VC9 SP1 has it +// in tr1 namespace, VC10 has it in std namespace. GCC 4.2 has it in +// , while GCC 4.3 and later have it in . +// + +// This macro declares something called "value" inside a class declaration. +// +// It has to be used because VC6 doesn't handle initialization of the static +// variables in the class declaration itself while BCC5.82 doesn't understand +// enums (it compiles the template fine but can't use it later) +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && !wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7) + #define wxDEFINE_TEMPLATE_BOOL_VALUE(val) enum { value = val } +#else + #define wxDEFINE_TEMPLATE_BOOL_VALUE(val) static const bool value = val +#endif + +// Helper to decide if an object of type T is POD (Plain Old Data) +template +struct wxIsPod +{ + wxDEFINE_TEMPLATE_BOOL_VALUE(false); +}; + +// Macro to add wxIsPod specialization for given type that marks it +// as Plain Old Data: +#define WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(type) \ + template<> struct wxIsPod \ + { \ + wxDEFINE_TEMPLATE_BOOL_VALUE(true); \ + }; + +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(bool) +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(unsigned char) +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(signed char) +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(unsigned int) +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(signed int) +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(unsigned short int) +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(signed short int) +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(signed long int) +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(unsigned long int) +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(float) +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(double) +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(long double) +#if wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(wchar_t) +#endif +#ifdef wxLongLong_t +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(wxLongLong_t) +WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(wxULongLong_t) +#endif + +// Visual C++ 6.0 can't compile partial template specializations and as this is +// only an optimization, we can live with pointers not being recognized as +// POD types under VC6 +#if !defined(__VISUALC__) || wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7) + +// pointers are Plain Old Data: +template +struct wxIsPod +{ + static const bool value = true; +}; + +template +struct wxIsPod +{ + static const bool value = true; +}; + +#endif // !VC++ < 7 + +#endif // _WX_META_POD_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/metafile.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/metafile.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a501965d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/metafile.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/metafile.h +// Purpose: wxMetaFile class declaration +// Author: wxWidgets team +// Modified by: +// Created: 13.01.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: metafile.h 54125 2008-06-11 19:17:41Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_METAFILE_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_METAFILE_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_METAFILE + +// provide synonyms for all metafile classes +#define wxMetaFile wxMetafile +#define wxMetaFileDC wxMetafileDC +#define wxMetaFileDataObject wxMetafileDataObject + +#define wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable wxMakeMetafilePlaceable + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #if wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE + #if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/enhmeta.h" + #else + #include "wx/msw/enhmeta.h" + #endif + + #if wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS + // use normal metafiles as well + #include "wx/msw/metafile.h" + #else // also map all metafile classes to enh metafile + typedef wxEnhMetaFile wxMetafile; + typedef wxEnhMetaFileDC wxMetafileDC; + #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + typedef wxEnhMetaFileDataObject wxMetafileDataObject; + #endif + + // this flag will be set if wxMetafile class is wxEnhMetaFile + #define wxMETAFILE_IS_ENH + #endif // wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS + #else // !wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE + #if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/metafile.h" + #else + #include "wx/msw/metafile.h" + #endif + #endif +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/metafile.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/metafile.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_METAFILE + +#endif // _WX_METAFILE_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mimetype.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mimetype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45eb578d61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mimetype.h @@ -0,0 +1,537 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/mimetype.h +// Purpose: classes and functions to manage MIME types +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Chris Elliott (biol75@york.ac.uk) 5 Dec 00: write support for Win32 +// Created: 23.09.98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mimetype.h 65707 2010-10-01 13:05:42Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence (part of wxExtra library) +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MIMETYPE_H_ +#define _WX_MIMETYPE_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers and such +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE + +// the things we really need +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +#include + +// fwd decls +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxIconLocation; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileTypeImpl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerImpl; + +// these constants define the MIME informations source under UNIX and are used +// by wxMimeTypesManager::Initialize() +enum wxMailcapStyle +{ + wxMAILCAP_STANDARD = 1, + wxMAILCAP_NETSCAPE = 2, + wxMAILCAP_KDE = 4, + wxMAILCAP_GNOME = 8, + + wxMAILCAP_ALL = 15 +}; + +/* + TODO: would it be more convenient to have this class? + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeType : public wxString +{ +public: + // all string ctors here + + wxString GetType() const { return BeforeFirst(wxT('/')); } + wxString GetSubType() const { return AfterFirst(wxT('/')); } + + void SetSubType(const wxString& subtype) + { + *this = GetType() + wxT('/') + subtype; + } + + bool Matches(const wxMimeType& wildcard) + { + // implement using wxMimeTypesManager::IsOfType() + } +}; + +*/ + +// wxMimeTypeCommands stores the verbs defined for the given MIME type with +// their values +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypeCommands +{ +public: + wxMimeTypeCommands() {} + + wxMimeTypeCommands(const wxArrayString& verbs, + const wxArrayString& commands) + : m_verbs(verbs), + m_commands(commands) + { + } + + // add a new verb with the command or replace the old value + void AddOrReplaceVerb(const wxString& verb, const wxString& cmd); + void Add(const wxString& s) + { + m_verbs.Add(s.BeforeFirst(wxT('='))); + m_commands.Add(s.AfterFirst(wxT('='))); + } + + // access the commands + size_t GetCount() const { return m_verbs.GetCount(); } + const wxString& GetVerb(size_t n) const { return m_verbs[n]; } + const wxString& GetCmd(size_t n) const { return m_commands[n]; } + + bool HasVerb(const wxString& verb) const + { return m_verbs.Index(verb) != wxNOT_FOUND; } + + // returns empty string and wxNOT_FOUND in idx if no such verb + wxString GetCommandForVerb(const wxString& verb, size_t *idx = NULL) const; + + // get a "verb=command" string + wxString GetVerbCmd(size_t n) const; + +private: + wxArrayString m_verbs; + wxArrayString m_commands; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileTypeInfo: static container of information accessed via wxFileType. +// +// This class is used with wxMimeTypesManager::AddFallbacks() and Associate() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileTypeInfo +{ +private: + void DoVarArgInit(const wxString& mimeType, + const wxString& openCmd, + const wxString& printCmd, + const wxString& desc, + va_list argptr); + + void VarArgInit(const wxString *mimeType, + const wxString *openCmd, + const wxString *printCmd, + const wxString *desc, + // the other parameters form a NULL terminated list of + // extensions + ...); + +public: + // NB: This is a helper to get implicit conversion of variadic ctor's + // fixed arguments into something that can be passed to VarArgInit(). + // Do not use, it's used by the ctor only. + struct CtorString + { + CtorString(const char *str) : m_str(str) {} + CtorString(const wchar_t *str) : m_str(str) {} + CtorString(const wxString& str) : m_str(str) {} + CtorString(const wxCStrData& str) : m_str(str) {} + CtorString(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str) : m_str(str) {} + CtorString(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str) : m_str(str) {} + + operator const wxString*() const { return &m_str; } + + wxString m_str; + }; + + // ctors + + // Ctor specifying just the MIME type (which is mandatory), the other + // fields can be set later if needed. + wxFileTypeInfo(const wxString& mimeType) + : m_mimeType(mimeType) + { + } + + // Ctor allowing to specify the values of all fields at once: + // + // wxFileTypeInfo(const wxString& mimeType, + // const wxString& openCmd, + // const wxString& printCmd, + // const wxString& desc, + // // the other parameters form a list of extensions for this + // // file type and should be terminated with wxNullPtr (not + // // just NULL!) + // ...); + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_CTOR(wxFileTypeInfo, + 4, (const CtorString&, + const CtorString&, + const CtorString&, + const CtorString&), + VarArgInit, VarArgInit) +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351 + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR( + wxFileTypeInfo, + 4, (const wxString&, + const wxString&, + const wxString&, + const wxString&), + (CtorString(f1), + CtorString(f2), + CtorString(f3), + CtorString(f4))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR( + wxFileTypeInfo, + 4, (const wxCStrData&, + const wxCStrData&, + const wxCStrData&, + const wxCStrData&), + (CtorString(f1), + CtorString(f2), + CtorString(f3), + CtorString(f4))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR( + wxFileTypeInfo, + 4, (const char*, + const char*, + const char*, + const char*), + (CtorString(f1), + CtorString(f2), + CtorString(f3), + CtorString(f4))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR( + wxFileTypeInfo, + 4, (const wchar_t*, + const wchar_t*, + const wchar_t*, + const wchar_t*), + (CtorString(f1), + CtorString(f2), + CtorString(f3), + CtorString(f4))); +#endif + + // the array elements correspond to the parameters of the ctor above in + // the same order + wxFileTypeInfo(const wxArrayString& sArray); + + // invalid item - use this to terminate the array passed to + // wxMimeTypesManager::AddFallbacks + wxFileTypeInfo() { } + + // test if this object can be used + bool IsValid() const { return !m_mimeType.empty(); } + + // setters + // set the open/print commands + void SetOpenCommand(const wxString& command) { m_openCmd = command; } + void SetPrintCommand(const wxString& command) { m_printCmd = command; } + + // set the description + void SetDescription(const wxString& desc) { m_desc = desc; } + + // add another extension corresponding to this file type + void AddExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_exts.push_back(ext); } + + // set the icon info + void SetIcon(const wxString& iconFile, int iconIndex = 0) + { + m_iconFile = iconFile; + m_iconIndex = iconIndex; + } + // set the short desc + void SetShortDesc(const wxString& shortDesc) { m_shortDesc = shortDesc; } + + // accessors + // get the MIME type + const wxString& GetMimeType() const { return m_mimeType; } + // get the open command + const wxString& GetOpenCommand() const { return m_openCmd; } + // get the print command + const wxString& GetPrintCommand() const { return m_printCmd; } + // get the short description (only used under Win32 so far) + const wxString& GetShortDesc() const { return m_shortDesc; } + // get the long, user visible description + const wxString& GetDescription() const { return m_desc; } + // get the array of all extensions + const wxArrayString& GetExtensions() const { return m_exts; } + size_t GetExtensionsCount() const {return m_exts.GetCount(); } + // get the icon info + const wxString& GetIconFile() const { return m_iconFile; } + int GetIconIndex() const { return m_iconIndex; } + +private: + wxString m_mimeType, // the MIME type in "type/subtype" form + m_openCmd, // command to use for opening the file (%s allowed) + m_printCmd, // command to use for printing the file (%s allowed) + m_shortDesc, // a short string used in the registry + m_desc; // a free form description of this file type + + // icon stuff + wxString m_iconFile; // the file containing the icon + int m_iconIndex; // icon index in this file + + wxArrayString m_exts; // the extensions which are mapped on this filetype + + +#if 0 // TODO + // the additional (except "open" and "print") command names and values + wxArrayString m_commandNames, + m_commandValues; +#endif // 0 +}; + +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxFileTypeInfo, wxArrayFileTypeInfo, + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileType: gives access to all information about the files of given type. +// +// This class holds information about a given "file type". File type is the +// same as MIME type under Unix, but under Windows it corresponds more to an +// extension than to MIME type (in fact, several extensions may correspond to a +// file type). This object may be created in many different ways and depending +// on how it was created some fields may be unknown so the return value of all +// the accessors *must* be checked! +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileType +{ +friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerImpl; // it has access to m_impl + +public: + // An object of this class must be passed to Get{Open|Print}Command. The + // default implementation is trivial and doesn't know anything at all about + // parameters, only filename and MIME type are used (so it's probably ok for + // Windows where %{param} is not used anyhow) + class MessageParameters + { + public: + // ctors + MessageParameters() { } + MessageParameters(const wxString& filename, + const wxString& mimetype = wxEmptyString) + : m_filename(filename), m_mimetype(mimetype) { } + + // accessors (called by GetOpenCommand) + // filename + const wxString& GetFileName() const { return m_filename; } + // mime type + const wxString& GetMimeType() const { return m_mimetype; } + + // override this function in derived class + virtual wxString GetParamValue(const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)) const + { return wxEmptyString; } + + // virtual dtor as in any base class + virtual ~MessageParameters() { } + + protected: + wxString m_filename, m_mimetype; + }; + + // ctor from static data + wxFileType(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo); + + // accessors: all of them return true if the corresponding information + // could be retrieved/found, false otherwise (and in this case all [out] + // parameters are unchanged) + // return the MIME type for this file type + bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const; + bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const; + // fill passed in array with all extensions associated with this file + // type + bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions); + // get the icon corresponding to this file type and of the given size + bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconloc) const; + bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconloc, + const MessageParameters& params) const; + // get a brief file type description ("*.txt" => "text document") + bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const; + + // get the command to be used to open/print the given file. + // get the command to execute the file of given type + bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd, + const MessageParameters& params) const; + // a simpler to use version of GetOpenCommand() -- it only takes the + // filename and returns an empty string on failure + wxString GetOpenCommand(const wxString& filename) const; + // get the command to print the file of given type + bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd, + const MessageParameters& params) const; + + + // return the number of commands defined for this file type, 0 if none + size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString *verbs, wxArrayString *commands, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const; + + // set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and + // overwriteprompt is true + bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, const wxString& verb, + bool overwriteprompt = true); + + bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& cmd = wxEmptyString, int index = 0); + + + // remove the association for this filetype from the system MIME database: + // notice that it will only work if the association is defined in the user + // file/registry part, we will never modify the system-wide settings + bool Unassociate(); + + // operations + // expand a string in the format of GetOpenCommand (which may contain + // '%s' and '%t' format specificators for the file name and mime type + // and %{param} constructions). + static wxString ExpandCommand(const wxString& command, + const MessageParameters& params); + + // dtor (not virtual, shouldn't be derived from) + ~wxFileType(); + +private: + // default ctor is private because the user code never creates us + wxFileType(); + + // no copy ctor/assignment operator + wxFileType(const wxFileType&); + wxFileType& operator=(const wxFileType&); + + // the static container of wxFileType data: if it's not NULL, it means that + // this object is used as fallback only + const wxFileTypeInfo *m_info; + + // the object which implements the real stuff like reading and writing + // to/from system MIME database + wxFileTypeImpl *m_impl; +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMimeTypesManagerFactory +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerFactory +{ +public: + wxMimeTypesManagerFactory() {} + virtual ~wxMimeTypesManagerFactory() {} + + virtual wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *CreateMimeTypesManagerImpl(); + + static void Set( wxMimeTypesManagerFactory *factory ); + static wxMimeTypesManagerFactory *Get(); + +private: + static wxMimeTypesManagerFactory *m_factory; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMimeTypesManager: interface to system MIME database. +// +// This class accesses the information about all known MIME types and allows +// the application to retrieve information (including how to handle data of +// given type) about them. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypesManager +{ +public: + // static helper functions + // ----------------------- + + // check if the given MIME type is the same as the other one: the + // second argument may contain wildcards ('*'), but not the first. If + // the types are equal or if the mimeType matches wildcard the function + // returns true, otherwise it returns false + static bool IsOfType(const wxString& mimeType, const wxString& wildcard); + + // ctor + wxMimeTypesManager(); + + // NB: the following 2 functions are for Unix only and don't do anything + // elsewhere + + // loads data from standard files according to the mailcap styles + // specified: this is a bitwise OR of wxMailcapStyle values + // + // use the extraDir parameter if you want to look for files in another + // directory + void Initialize(int mailcapStyle = wxMAILCAP_ALL, + const wxString& extraDir = wxEmptyString); + + // and this function clears all the data from the manager + void ClearData(); + + // Database lookup: all functions return a pointer to wxFileType object + // whose methods may be used to query it for the information you're + // interested in. If the return value is !NULL, caller is responsible for + // deleting it. + // get file type from file extension + wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext); + // get file type from MIME type (in format /) + wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType); + + // enumerate all known MIME types + // + // returns the number of retrieved file types + size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes); + + // these functions can be used to provide default values for some of the + // MIME types inside the program itself + // + // The filetypes array should be terminated by either NULL entry or an + // invalid wxFileTypeInfo (i.e. the one created with default ctor) + void AddFallbacks(const wxFileTypeInfo *filetypes); + void AddFallback(const wxFileTypeInfo& ft) { m_fallbacks.Add(ft); } + + // create or remove associations + + // create a new association using the fields of wxFileTypeInfo (at least + // the MIME type and the extension should be set) + // if the other fields are empty, the existing values should be left alone + wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo); + + // undo Associate() + bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft) ; + + // dtor (not virtual, shouldn't be derived from) + ~wxMimeTypesManager(); + +private: + // no copy ctor/assignment operator + wxMimeTypesManager(const wxMimeTypesManager&); + wxMimeTypesManager& operator=(const wxMimeTypesManager&); + + // the fallback info which is used if the information is not found in the + // real system database + wxArrayFileTypeInfo m_fallbacks; + + // the object working with the system MIME database + wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *m_impl; + + // if m_impl is NULL, create one + void EnsureImpl(); + + friend class wxMimeTypeCmnModule; +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global variables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the default mime manager for wxWidgets programs +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMimeTypesManager *) wxTheMimeTypesManager; + +#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE + +#endif + //_WX_MIMETYPE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/minifram.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/minifram.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d7d66ce25f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/minifram.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/minifram.h +// Purpose: wxMiniFrame base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: minifram.h 54125 2008-06-11 19:17:41Z SC $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MINIFRAM_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_MINIFRAM_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_MINIFRAME + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) +#include "wx/palmos/minifram.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) +#include "wx/msw/minifram.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) +#include "wx/motif/minifram.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) +#include "wx/gtk/minifram.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) +#include "wx/gtk1/minifram.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) +#include "wx/x11/minifram.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) +#include "wx/osx/minifram.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) +#include "wx/os2/minifram.h" +#else +// TODO: it seems that wxMiniFrame could be just defined here generically +// instead of having all the above port-specific headers +#include "wx/frame.h" +typedef wxFrame wxMiniFrame; +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_MINIFRAME +#endif // _WX_MINIFRAM_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/module.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/module.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7076830254 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/module.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/module.h +// Purpose: Modules handling +// Author: Wolfram Gloger/adapted by Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/11/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: module.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Wolfram Gloger and Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MODULE_H_ +#define _WX_MODULE_H_ + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// declare a linked list of modules +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxModule; +WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(wxModule, wxModuleList, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +// and an array of class info objects +WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxClassInfo *, wxArrayClassInfo, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + + +// declaring a class derived from wxModule will automatically create an +// instance of this class on program startup, call its OnInit() method and call +// OnExit() on program termination (but only if OnInit() succeeded) +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxModule : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxModule() {} + virtual ~wxModule() {} + + // if module init routine returns false the application + // will fail to startup + + bool Init() { return OnInit(); } + void Exit() { OnExit(); } + + // Override both of these + + // called on program startup + + virtual bool OnInit() = 0; + + // called just before program termination, but only if OnInit() + // succeeded + + virtual void OnExit() = 0; + + static void RegisterModule(wxModule *module); + static void RegisterModules(); + static bool InitializeModules(); + static void CleanUpModules() { DoCleanUpModules(m_modules); } + + // used by wxObjectLoader when unloading shared libs's + + static void UnregisterModule(wxModule *module); + +protected: + static wxModuleList m_modules; + + // the function to call from constructor of a deriving class add module + // dependency which will be initialized before the module and unloaded + // after that + void AddDependency(wxClassInfo *dep) + { + wxCHECK_RET( dep, wxT("NULL module dependency") ); + + m_dependencies.Add(dep); + } + + // same as the version above except it will look up wxClassInfo by name on + // its own + void AddDependency(const char *className) + { + m_namedDependencies.Add(className); + } + + +private: + // initialize module and Append it to initializedModules list recursively + // calling itself to satisfy module dependencies if needed + static bool + DoInitializeModule(wxModule *module, wxModuleList &initializedModules); + + // cleanup the modules in the specified list (which may not contain all + // modules if we're called during initialization because not all modules + // could be initialized) and also empty m_modules itself + static void DoCleanUpModules(const wxModuleList& modules); + + // resolve all named dependencies and add them to the normal m_dependencies + bool ResolveNamedDependencies(); + + + // module dependencies: contains wxClassInfo pointers for all modules which + // must be initialized before this one + wxArrayClassInfo m_dependencies; + + // and the named dependencies: those will be resolved during run-time and + // added to m_dependencies + wxArrayString m_namedDependencies; + + // used internally while initializing/cleaning up modules + enum + { + State_Registered, // module registered but not initialized yet + State_Initializing, // we're initializing this module but not done yet + State_Initialized // module initialized successfully + } m_state; + + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxModule) +}; + +#endif // _WX_MODULE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mousemanager.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mousemanager.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9f88713a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mousemanager.h @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/mousemanager.h +// Purpose: wxMouseEventsManager class declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-04-20 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mousemanager.h 60839 2009-05-31 14:43:01Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MOUSEMANAGER_H_ +#define _WX_MOUSEMANAGER_H_ + +#include "wx/event.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMouseEventsManager +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + This class handles mouse events and synthesizes high-level notifications + such as clicks and drag events from low level mouse button presses and + mouse movement events. It is useful because handling the mouse events is + less obvious than might seem at a first glance: for example, clicks on an + object should only be generated if the mouse was both pressed and released + over it and not just released (so it requires storing the previous state) + and dragging shouldn't start before the mouse moves away far enough. + + This class encapsulates all these dull details for controls containing + multiple items which can be identified by a positive integer index and you + just need to implement its pure virtual functions to use it. + */ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseEventsManager : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + // a mouse event manager is always associated with a window and must be + // deleted by the window when it is destroyed so if it is created using the + // default ctor Create() must be called later + wxMouseEventsManager() { Init(); } + wxMouseEventsManager(wxWindow *win) { Init(); Create(win); } + bool Create(wxWindow *win); + + virtual ~wxMouseEventsManager(); + +protected: + // called to find the item at the given position: return wxNOT_FOUND (-1) + // if there is no item here + virtual int MouseHitTest(const wxPoint& pos) = 0; + + // called when the user clicked (i.e. pressed and released mouse over the + // same item), should normally generate a notification about this click and + // return true if it was handled or false otherwise, determining whether + // the original mouse event is skipped or not + virtual bool MouseClicked(int item) = 0; + + // called to start dragging the given item, should generate the appropriate + // BEGIN_DRAG event and return false if dragging this item was forbidden + virtual bool MouseDragBegin(int item, const wxPoint& pos) = 0; + + // called while the item is being dragged, should normally update the + // feedback on screen (usually using wxOverlay) + virtual void MouseDragging(int item, const wxPoint& pos) = 0; + + // called when the mouse is released after dragging the item + virtual void MouseDragEnd(int item, const wxPoint& pos) = 0; + + // called when mouse capture is lost while dragging the item, should remove + // the visual feedback drawn by MouseDragging() + virtual void MouseDragCancelled(int item) = 0; + + + // you don't need to override those but you will want to do if it your + // control renders pressed items differently + + // called when the item is becomes pressed, can be used to change its + // appearance + virtual void MouseClickBegin(int WXUNUSED(item)) { } + + // called if the mouse capture was lost while the item was pressed, can be + // used to restore the default item appearance if it was changed in + // MouseClickBegin() + virtual void MouseClickCancelled(int WXUNUSED(item)) { } + +private: + /* + Here is a small diagram explaining the switches between different + states: + + + /---------->NORMAL<--------------- Drag end + / / / | event + / / | | ^ + / / | | | + Click / N | | mouse | mouse up + event / | | down | + | / | | DRAGGING + | / | | ^ + Y|/ N \ v |Y + +-------------+ +--------+ N +-----------+ + |On same item?| |On item?| -----------|Begin drag?| + +-------------+ +--------+ / +-----------+ + ^ | / ^ + | | / | + \ mouse | / mouse moved | + \ up v v far enough / + \--------PRESSED-------------------/ + + + There are also transitions from PRESSED and DRAGGING to NORMAL in case + the mouse capture is lost or Escape key is pressed which are not shown. + */ + enum State + { + State_Normal, // initial, default state + State_Pressed, // mouse was pressed over an item + State_Dragging // the item is being dragged + }; + + // common part of both ctors + void Init(); + + // various event handlers + void OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event); + void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnMove(wxMouseEvent& event); + + + // the associated window, never NULL except between the calls to the + // default ctor and Create() + wxWindow *m_win; + + // the current state + State m_state; + + // the details of the operation currently in progress, only valid if + // m_state is not normal + + // the item being pressed or dragged (always valid, i.e. != wxNOT_FOUND if + // m_state != State_Normal) + int m_item; + + // the position of the last mouse event of interest: either mouse press in + // State_Pressed or last movement event in State_Dragging + wxPoint m_posLast; + + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMouseEventsManager); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MOUSEMANAGER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mousestate.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mousestate.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..719052951c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mousestate.h @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/mousestate.h +// Purpose: Declaration of wxMouseState class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-09-19 (extracted from wx/utils.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: mousestate.h 65379 2010-08-22 22:15:07Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MOUSESTATE_H_ +#define _WX_MOUSESTATE_H_ + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxPoint +#include "wx/kbdstate.h" + +// the symbolic names for the mouse buttons +enum wxMouseButton +{ + wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY = -1, + wxMOUSE_BTN_NONE = 0, + wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT = 1, + wxMOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = 2, + wxMOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = 3, + wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX1 = 4, + wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX2 = 5, + wxMOUSE_BTN_MAX +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMouseState contains the information about mouse position, buttons and also +// key modifiers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxMouseState is used to hold information about button and modifier state +// and is what is returned from wxGetMouseState. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseState : public wxKeyboardState +{ +public: + wxMouseState() + : m_leftDown(false), m_middleDown(false), m_rightDown(false), + m_aux1Down(false), m_aux2Down(false), + m_x(0), m_y(0) + { + } + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + + + // accessors for the mouse position + wxCoord GetX() const { return m_x; } + wxCoord GetY() const { return m_y; } + wxPoint GetPosition() const { return wxPoint(m_x, m_y); } + void GetPosition(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const + { + if ( x ) + *x = m_x; + if ( y ) + *y = m_y; + } + + // this overload is for compatibility only + void GetPosition(long *x, long *y) const + { + if ( x ) + *x = m_x; + if ( y ) + *y = m_y; + } + + // accessors for the pressed buttons + bool LeftIsDown() const { return m_leftDown; } + bool MiddleIsDown() const { return m_middleDown; } + bool RightIsDown() const { return m_rightDown; } + bool Aux1IsDown() const { return m_aux1Down; } + bool Aux2IsDown() const { return m_aux2Down; } + + bool ButtonIsDown(wxMouseButton but) const + { + switch ( but ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("invalid parameter in wxMouseState::ButtonIsDown")); + // fall through + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY: + return LeftIsDown() || MiddleIsDown() || RightIsDown() || + Aux1IsDown() || Aux2IsDown(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT: + return LeftIsDown(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE: + return MiddleIsDown(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_RIGHT: + return RightIsDown(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX1: + return Aux1IsDown(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX2: + return Aux2IsDown(); + } + } + + + // these functions are mostly used by wxWidgets itself + void SetX(wxCoord x) { m_x = x; } + void SetY(wxCoord y) { m_y = y; } + void SetPosition(wxPoint pos) { m_x = pos.x, m_y = pos.y; } + + void SetLeftDown(bool down) { m_leftDown = down; } + void SetMiddleDown(bool down) { m_middleDown = down; } + void SetRightDown(bool down) { m_rightDown = down; } + void SetAux1Down(bool down) { m_aux1Down = down; } + void SetAux2Down(bool down) { m_aux2Down = down; } + + // this mostly makes sense in the derived classes such as wxMouseEvent + void SetState(const wxMouseState& state) { *this = state; } + + // these functions are for compatibility only, they were used in 2.8 + // version of wxMouseState but their names are confusing as wxMouseEvent + // has methods with the same names which do something quite different so + // don't use them any more +#ifdef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(bool LeftDown() const, return LeftIsDown(); ) + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(bool MiddleDown() const, return MiddleIsDown(); ) + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(bool RightDown() const, return RightIsDown(); ) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + // for compatibility reasons these variables are public as the code using + // wxMouseEvent often uses them directly -- however they should not be + // accessed directly in this class, use the accessors above instead +// private: + bool m_leftDown : 1; + bool m_middleDown : 1; + bool m_rightDown : 1; + bool m_aux1Down : 1; + bool m_aux2Down : 1; + + wxCoord m_x, + m_y; +}; + +#endif // _WX_MOUSESTATE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be95fbc5e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,308 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msgdlg.h +// Purpose: common header and base class for wxMessageDialog +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: msgdlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSGDLG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_MSGDLG_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_MSGDLG + +#include "wx/dialog.h" +#include "wx/stockitem.h" + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxMessageBoxCaptionStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMessageDialogBase: base class defining wxMessageDialog interface +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMessageDialogBase : public wxDialog +{ +public: + // helper class for SetXXXLabels() methods: it makes it possible to pass + // either a stock id (wxID_CLOSE) or a string ("&Close") to them + class ButtonLabel + { + public: + // ctors are not explicit, objects of this class can be implicitly + // constructed from either stock ids or strings + ButtonLabel(int stockId) + : m_stockId(stockId) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( wxIsStockID(stockId), "invalid stock id" ); + } + + ButtonLabel(const wxString& label) + : m_label(label), m_stockId(wxID_NONE) + { + } + + ButtonLabel(const char *label) + : m_label(label), m_stockId(wxID_NONE) + { + } + + ButtonLabel(const wchar_t *label) + : m_label(label), m_stockId(wxID_NONE) + { + } + + ButtonLabel(const wxCStrData& label) + : m_label(label), m_stockId(wxID_NONE) + { + } + + // default copy ctor and dtor are ok + + // get the string label, whether it was originally specified directly + // or as a stock id -- this is only useful for platforms without native + // stock items id support + wxString GetAsString() const + { + return m_stockId == wxID_NONE + ? m_label + : wxGetStockLabel(m_stockId, wxSTOCK_FOR_BUTTON); + } + + // return the stock id or wxID_NONE if this is not a stock label + int GetStockId() const { return m_stockId; } + + private: + // the label if explicitly given or empty if this is a stock item + const wxString m_label; + + // the stock item id or wxID_NONE if m_label should be used + const int m_stockId; + }; + + // ctors + wxMessageDialogBase() { m_dialogStyle = 0; } + wxMessageDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + long style) + : m_message(message), + m_caption(caption) + { + m_parent = parent; + SetMessageDialogStyle(style); + } + + // virtual dtor for the base class + virtual ~wxMessageDialogBase() { } + + wxString GetCaption() const { return m_caption; } + + virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message) + { + m_message = message; + } + + wxString GetMessage() const { return m_message; } + + void SetExtendedMessage(const wxString& extendedMessage) + { + m_extendedMessage = extendedMessage; + } + + wxString GetExtendedMessage() const { return m_extendedMessage; } + + // change the dialog style flag + void SetMessageDialogStyle(long style) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( ((style & wxYES_NO) == wxYES_NO) || !(style & wxYES_NO), + "wxYES and wxNO may only be used together" ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxYES) || !(style & wxOK), + "wxOK and wxYES/wxNO can't be used together" ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( (style & wxYES) || (style & wxOK), + "one of wxOK and wxYES/wxNO must be used" ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( (style & wxID_OK) != wxID_OK, + "wxMessageBox: Did you mean wxOK (and not wxID_OK)?" ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxNO_DEFAULT) || (style & wxNO), + "wxNO_DEFAULT is invalid without wxNO" ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxCANCEL_DEFAULT) || (style & wxCANCEL), + "wxCANCEL_DEFAULT is invalid without wxCANCEL" ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxCANCEL_DEFAULT) || !(style & wxNO_DEFAULT), + "only one default button can be specified" ); + + m_dialogStyle = style; + } + + long GetMessageDialogStyle() const { return m_dialogStyle; } + + // customization of the message box buttons + virtual bool SetYesNoLabels(const ButtonLabel& yes,const ButtonLabel& no) + { + DoSetCustomLabel(m_yes, yes); + DoSetCustomLabel(m_no, no); + return true; + } + + virtual bool SetYesNoCancelLabels(const ButtonLabel& yes, + const ButtonLabel& no, + const ButtonLabel& cancel) + { + DoSetCustomLabel(m_yes, yes); + DoSetCustomLabel(m_no, no); + DoSetCustomLabel(m_cancel, cancel); + return true; + } + + virtual bool SetOKLabel(const ButtonLabel& ok) + { + DoSetCustomLabel(m_ok, ok); + return true; + } + + virtual bool SetOKCancelLabels(const ButtonLabel& ok, + const ButtonLabel& cancel) + { + DoSetCustomLabel(m_ok, ok); + DoSetCustomLabel(m_cancel, cancel); + return true; + } + + // test if any custom labels were set + bool HasCustomLabels() const + { + return !(m_ok.empty() && m_cancel.empty() && + m_yes.empty() && m_no.empty()); + } + + // these functions return the label to be used for the button which is + // either a custom label explicitly set by the user or the default label, + // i.e. they always return a valid string + wxString GetYesLabel() const + { return m_yes.empty() ? GetDefaultYesLabel() : m_yes; } + wxString GetNoLabel() const + { return m_no.empty() ? GetDefaultNoLabel() : m_no; } + wxString GetOKLabel() const + { return m_ok.empty() ? GetDefaultOKLabel() : m_ok; } + wxString GetCancelLabel() const + { return m_cancel.empty() ? GetDefaultCancelLabel() : m_cancel; } + + // based on message dialog style, returns exactly one of: wxICON_NONE, + // wxICON_ERROR, wxICON_WARNING, wxICON_QUESTION, wxICON_INFORMATION + long GetEffectiveIcon() const + { + if ( m_dialogStyle & wxICON_NONE ) + return wxICON_NONE; + else if ( m_dialogStyle & wxICON_ERROR ) + return wxICON_ERROR; + else if ( m_dialogStyle & wxICON_WARNING ) + return wxICON_WARNING; + else if ( m_dialogStyle & wxICON_QUESTION ) + return wxICON_QUESTION; + else if ( m_dialogStyle & wxICON_INFORMATION ) + return wxICON_INFORMATION; + else if ( m_dialogStyle & wxYES ) + return wxICON_QUESTION; + else + return wxICON_INFORMATION; + } + +protected: + // for the platforms not supporting separate main and extended messages + // this function should be used to combine both of them in a single string + wxString GetFullMessage() const + { + wxString msg = m_message; + if ( !m_extendedMessage.empty() ) + msg << "\n\n" << m_extendedMessage; + + return msg; + } + + wxString m_message, + m_extendedMessage, + m_caption; + long m_dialogStyle; + + // this function is called by our public SetXXXLabels() and should assign + // the value to var with possibly some transformation (e.g. Cocoa version + // currently uses this to remove any accelerators from the button strings + // while GTK+ one handles stock items specifically here) + virtual void DoSetCustomLabel(wxString& var, const ButtonLabel& label) + { + var = label.GetAsString(); + } + + // these functions return the custom label or empty string and should be + // used only in specific circumstances such as creating the buttons with + // these labels (in which case it makes sense to only use a custom label if + // it was really given and fall back on stock label otherwise), use the + // Get{Yes,No,OK,Cancel}Label() methods above otherwise + const wxString& GetCustomYesLabel() const { return m_yes; } + const wxString& GetCustomNoLabel() const { return m_no; } + const wxString& GetCustomOKLabel() const { return m_ok; } + const wxString& GetCustomCancelLabel() const { return m_cancel; } + +private: + // these functions may be overridden to provide different defaults for the + // default button labels (this is used by wxGTK) + virtual wxString GetDefaultYesLabel() const { return wxGetTranslation("Yes"); } + virtual wxString GetDefaultNoLabel() const { return wxGetTranslation("No"); } + virtual wxString GetDefaultOKLabel() const { return wxGetTranslation("OK"); } + virtual wxString GetDefaultCancelLabel() const { return wxGetTranslation("Cancel"); } + + // labels for the buttons, initially empty meaning that the defaults should + // be used, use GetYes/No/OK/CancelLabel() to access them + wxString m_yes, + m_no, + m_ok, + m_cancel; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMessageDialogBase); +}; + +#include "wx/generic/msgdlgg.h" + +#if defined(__WX_COMPILING_MSGDLGG_CPP__) || \ + defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || defined(__WXGPE__) || \ + (defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXGTK20__)) + + #define wxMessageDialog wxGenericMessageDialog +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/msgdlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/msgdlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/msgdlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/msgdlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/msgdlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/msgdlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/msgdlg.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMessageBox: the simplest way to use wxMessageDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMessageBox(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr, + long style = wxOK | wxCENTRE, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int x = wxDefaultCoord, int y = wxDefaultCoord); + +#endif // wxUSE_MSGDLG + +#endif // _WX_MSGDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgout.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aca920bd0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgout.h @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msgout.h +// Purpose: wxMessageOutput class. Shows a message to the user +// Author: Mattia Barbon +// Modified by: +// Created: 17.07.02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: msgout.h 61459 2009-07-18 23:22:51Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Mattia Barbon +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSGOUT_H_ +#define _WX_MSGOUT_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/chartype.h" +#include "wx/strvararg.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMessageOutput is a class abstracting formatted output target, i.e. +// something you can printf() to +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: VC6 has a bug that causes linker errors if you have template methods +// in a class using __declspec(dllimport). The solution is to split such +// class into two classes, one that contains the template methods and does +// *not* use WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE and another class that contains the rest +// (with DLL linkage). +class wxMessageOutputBase +{ +public: + virtual ~wxMessageOutputBase() { } + + // show a message to the user + // void Printf(const wxString& format, ...) = 0; + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID(Printf, 1, (const wxFormatString&), + DoPrintfWchar, DoPrintfUtf8) +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351 + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Printf, 1, (const wxString&), + (wxFormatString(f1))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Printf, 1, (const wxCStrData&), + (wxFormatString(f1))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Printf, 1, (const char*), + (wxFormatString(f1))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Printf, 1, (const wchar_t*), + (wxFormatString(f1))); +#endif + + // called by DoPrintf() to output formatted string but can also be called + // directly if no formatting is needed + virtual void Output(const wxString& str) = 0; + +protected: + // NB: this is pure virtual so that it can be implemented in dllexported + // wxMessagOutput class +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + virtual void DoPrintfWchar(const wxChar *format, ...) = 0; +#endif +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + virtual void DoPrintfUtf8(const char *format, ...) = 0; +#endif +}; + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + // "non dll-interface class 'wxStringPrintfMixin' used as base interface + // for dll-interface class 'wxString'" -- this is OK in our case + #pragma warning (push) + #pragma warning (disable:4275) +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutput : public wxMessageOutputBase +{ +public: + virtual ~wxMessageOutput() { } + + // gets the current wxMessageOutput object (may be NULL during + // initialization or shutdown) + static wxMessageOutput* Get(); + + // sets the global wxMessageOutput instance; returns the previous one + static wxMessageOutput* Set(wxMessageOutput* msgout); + +protected: +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + virtual void DoPrintfWchar(const wxChar *format, ...); +#endif +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + virtual void DoPrintfUtf8(const char *format, ...); +#endif + +private: + static wxMessageOutput* ms_msgOut; +}; + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #pragma warning (pop) +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implementation which sends output to stderr or specified file +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutputStderr : public wxMessageOutput +{ +public: + wxMessageOutputStderr(FILE *fp = stderr) : m_fp(fp) { } + + virtual void Output(const wxString& str); + +protected: + // return the string with "\n" appended if it doesn't already terminate + // with it (in which case it's returned unchanged) + wxString AppendLineFeedIfNeeded(const wxString& str); + + FILE *m_fp; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implementation showing the message to the user in "best" possible way: +// uses stderr or message box if available according to the flag given to ctor. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxMessageOutputFlags +{ + wxMSGOUT_PREFER_STDERR = 0, // use stderr if available (this is the default) + wxMSGOUT_PREFER_MSGBOX = 1 // always use message box if available +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutputBest : public wxMessageOutputStderr +{ +public: + wxMessageOutputBest(wxMessageOutputFlags flags = wxMSGOUT_PREFER_STDERR) + : m_flags(flags) { } + + virtual void Output(const wxString& str); + +private: + wxMessageOutputFlags m_flags; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implementation which shows output in a message box +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_GUI && wxUSE_MSGDLG + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMessageOutputMessageBox : public wxMessageOutput +{ +public: + wxMessageOutputMessageBox() { } + + virtual void Output(const wxString& str); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI && wxUSE_MSGDLG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implementation using the native way of outputting debug messages +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutputDebug : public wxMessageOutputStderr +{ +public: + wxMessageOutputDebug() { } + + virtual void Output(const wxString& str); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implementation using wxLog (mainly for backwards compatibility) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutputLog : public wxMessageOutput +{ +public: + wxMessageOutputLog() { } + + virtual void Output(const wxString& str); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSGOUT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgqueue.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgqueue.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..479de02b20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msgqueue.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msqqueue.h +// Purpose: Message queues for inter-thread communication +// Author: Evgeniy Tarassov +// Created: 2007-10-31 +// RCS-ID: $Id: msgqueue.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (C) 2007 TT-Solutions SARL +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSGQUEUE_H_ +#define _WX_MSGQUEUE_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/thread.h" + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + +#include "wx/stopwatch.h" + +#include "wx/beforestd.h" +#include +#include "wx/afterstd.h" + +enum wxMessageQueueError +{ + wxMSGQUEUE_NO_ERROR = 0, // operation completed successfully + wxMSGQUEUE_TIMEOUT, // no messages received before timeout expired + wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR // some unexpected (and fatal) error has occurred +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Message queue allows passing message between threads. +// +// This class is typically used for communicating between the main and worker +// threads. The main thread calls Post() and the worker thread calls Receive(). +// +// For this class a message is an object of arbitrary type T. Notice that +// typically there must be some special message indicating that the thread +// should terminate as there is no other way to gracefully shutdown a thread +// waiting on the message queue. +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +template +class wxMessageQueue +{ +public: + // The type of the messages transported by this queue + typedef T Message; + + // Default ctor creates an initially empty queue + wxMessageQueue() + : m_conditionNotEmpty(m_mutex) + { + } + + // Add a message to this queue and signal the threads waiting for messages. + // + // This method is safe to call from multiple threads in parallel. + wxMessageQueueError Post(const Message& msg) + { + wxMutexLocker locker(m_mutex); + + wxCHECK( locker.IsOk(), wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR ); + + m_messages.push(msg); + + m_conditionNotEmpty.Signal(); + + return wxMSGQUEUE_NO_ERROR; + } + + // Remove all messages from the queue. + // + // This method is meant to be called from the same thread(s) that call + // Post() to discard any still pending requests if they became unnecessary. + wxMessageQueueError Clear() + { + wxCHECK( IsOk(), wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR ); + + wxMutexLocker locker(m_mutex); + + std::queue empty; + std::swap(m_messages, empty); + + return wxMSGQUEUE_NO_ERROR; + } + + // Wait no more than timeout milliseconds until a message becomes available. + // + // Setting timeout to 0 is equivalent to an infinite timeout. See Receive(). + wxMessageQueueError ReceiveTimeout(long timeout, T& msg) + { + wxCHECK( IsOk(), wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR ); + + wxMutexLocker locker(m_mutex); + + wxCHECK( locker.IsOk(), wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR ); + + const wxMilliClock_t waitUntil = wxGetLocalTimeMillis() + timeout; + while ( m_messages.empty() ) + { + wxCondError result = m_conditionNotEmpty.WaitTimeout(timeout); + + if ( result == wxCOND_NO_ERROR ) + continue; + + wxCHECK( result == wxCOND_TIMEOUT, wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR ); + + const wxMilliClock_t now = wxGetLocalTimeMillis(); + + if ( now >= waitUntil ) + return wxMSGQUEUE_TIMEOUT; + + timeout = (waitUntil - now).ToLong(); + wxASSERT(timeout > 0); + } + + msg = m_messages.front(); + m_messages.pop(); + + return wxMSGQUEUE_NO_ERROR; + } + + // Same as ReceiveTimeout() but waits for as long as it takes for a message + // to become available (so it can't return wxMSGQUEUE_TIMEOUT) + wxMessageQueueError Receive(T& msg) + { + wxCHECK( IsOk(), wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR ); + + wxMutexLocker locker(m_mutex); + + wxCHECK( locker.IsOk(), wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR ); + + while ( m_messages.empty() ) + { + wxCondError result = m_conditionNotEmpty.Wait(); + + wxCHECK( result == wxCOND_NO_ERROR, wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR ); + } + + msg = m_messages.front(); + m_messages.pop(); + + return wxMSGQUEUE_NO_ERROR; + } + + // Return false only if there was a fatal error in ctor + bool IsOk() const + { + return m_conditionNotEmpty.IsOk(); + } + +private: + // Disable copy ctor and assignment operator + wxMessageQueue(const wxMessageQueue& rhs); + wxMessageQueue& operator=(const wxMessageQueue& rhs); + + mutable wxMutex m_mutex; + wxCondition m_conditionNotEmpty; + + std::queue m_messages; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + +#endif // _WX_MSGQUEUE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mstream.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mstream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7755376691 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/mstream.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/mstream.h +// Purpose: Memory stream classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 11/07/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mstream.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WXMMSTREAM_H__ +#define _WX_WXMMSTREAM_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/stream.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMemoryOutputStream; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryInputStream : public wxInputStream +{ +public: + wxMemoryInputStream(const void *data, size_t length); + wxMemoryInputStream(const wxMemoryOutputStream& stream); + wxMemoryInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, + wxFileOffset lenFile = wxInvalidOffset) + { + InitFromStream(stream, lenFile); + } + wxMemoryInputStream(wxMemoryInputStream& stream) + : wxInputStream() + { + InitFromStream(stream, wxInvalidOffset); + } + + virtual ~wxMemoryInputStream(); + virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_length; } + virtual bool IsSeekable() const { return true; } + + virtual char Peek(); + virtual bool CanRead() const; + + wxStreamBuffer *GetInputStreamBuffer() const { return m_i_streambuf; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated, compatibility only + wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBuffer *InputStreamBuffer() const ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +protected: + wxStreamBuffer *m_i_streambuf; + + size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t nbytes); + wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode); + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const; + +private: + // common part of ctors taking wxInputStream + void InitFromStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxFileOffset lenFile); + + size_t m_length; + + // copy ctor is implemented above: it copies the other stream in this one + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxMemoryInputStream) + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxMemoryInputStream); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryOutputStream : public wxOutputStream +{ +public: + // if data is !NULL it must be allocated with malloc() + wxMemoryOutputStream(void *data = NULL, size_t length = 0); + virtual ~wxMemoryOutputStream(); + virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_o_streambuf->GetLastAccess(); } + virtual bool IsSeekable() const { return true; } + + size_t CopyTo(void *buffer, size_t len) const; + + wxStreamBuffer *GetOutputStreamBuffer() const { return m_o_streambuf; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated, compatibility only + wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBuffer *OutputStreamBuffer() const ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +protected: + wxStreamBuffer *m_o_streambuf; + +protected: + size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t nbytes); + wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode); + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryOutputStream) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryOutputStream); +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + inline wxStreamBuffer *wxMemoryInputStream::InputStreamBuffer() const { return m_i_streambuf; } + inline wxStreamBuffer *wxMemoryOutputStream::OutputStreamBuffer() const { return m_o_streambuf; } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +#endif + // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif + // _WX_WXMMSTREAM_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/accel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/accel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b4dece3ddf --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/accel.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/accel.h +// Purpose: wxAcceleratorTable class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 31/7/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: accel.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_ +#define _WX_ACCEL_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// the accel table has all accelerators for a given window or menu +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAcceleratorTable : public wxObject +{ +public: + // default ctor + wxAcceleratorTable() { } + + // load from .rc resource (Windows specific) + wxAcceleratorTable(const wxString& resource); + + // initialize from array + wxAcceleratorTable(int n, const wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]); + + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + bool IsOk() const; + void SetHACCEL(WXHACCEL hAccel); + WXHACCEL GetHACCEL() const; + + // translate the accelerator, return true if done + bool Translate(wxWindow *window, WXMSG *msg) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_ACCEL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/amd64.manifest b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/amd64.manifest new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..60db9e3150 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/amd64.manifest @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + +wxWindows application + + + + + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/app.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/app.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9020ffd48c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/app.h @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/app.h +// Purpose: wxApp class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: app.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_APP_H_ +#define _WX_APP_H_ + +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxApp; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxKeyEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLog; + +// Represents the application. Derive OnInit and declare +// a new App object to start application +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxApp : public wxAppBase +{ +public: + wxApp(); + virtual ~wxApp(); + + // override base class (pure) virtuals + virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv); + virtual void CleanUp(); + + virtual void WakeUpIdle(); + + virtual void SetPrintMode(int mode) { m_printMode = mode; } + virtual int GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; } + + // implementation only + void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event); + void OnEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event); + void OnQueryEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event); + +#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + virtual bool OnExceptionInMainLoop(); +#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + + // MSW-specific from now on + // ------------------------ + + // this suffix should be appended to all our Win32 class names to obtain a + // variant registered without CS_[HV]REDRAW styles + static const wxChar *GetNoRedrawClassSuffix() { return wxT("NR"); } + + // get the name of the registered Win32 class with the given (unique) base + // name: this function constructs the unique class name using this name as + // prefix, checks if the class is already registered and registers it if it + // isn't and returns the name it was registered under (or NULL if it failed) + // + // the registered class will always have CS_[HV]REDRAW and CS_DBLCLKS + // styles as well as any additional styles specified as arguments here; and + // there will be also a companion registered class identical to this one + // but without CS_[HV]REDRAW whose name will be the same one but with + // GetNoRedrawClassSuffix() + // + // the background brush argument must be either a COLOR_XXX standard value + // or (default) -1 meaning that the class paints its background itself + static const wxChar *GetRegisteredClassName(const wxChar *name, + int bgBrushCol = -1, + int extraStyles = 0); + + // return true if this name corresponds to one of the classes we registered + // in the previous GetRegisteredClassName() calls + static bool IsRegisteredClassName(const wxString& name); + +protected: + int m_printMode; // wxPRINT_WINDOWS, wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT + +public: + // unregister any window classes registered by GetRegisteredClassName() + static void UnregisterWindowClasses(); + +#if wxUSE_RICHEDIT + // initialize the richedit DLL of (at least) given version, return true if + // ok (Win95 has version 1, Win98/NT4 has 1 and 2, W2K has 3) + static bool InitRichEdit(int version = 2); +#endif // wxUSE_RICHEDIT + + // returns 400, 470, 471 for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if it + // wasn't found at all + static int GetComCtl32Version(); + + // the same for shell32.dll: returns 400, 471, 500, 600, ... (4.70 not + // currently detected) + static int GetShell32Version(); + + // the SW_XXX value to be used for the frames opened by the application + // (currently seems unused which is a bug -- TODO) + static int m_nCmdShow; + +protected: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxApp); + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp) +}; + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + +// under CE provide a dummy implementation of GetComCtl32Version() returning +// the value passing all ">= 470" tests (which are the only ones used in our +// code currently) as commctrl.dll under CE 2.0 and later support comctl32.dll +// functionality +inline int wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() +{ + return 471; +} + +// this is not currently used at all under CE so it's not really clear what do +// we need to return from here +inline int wxApp::GetShell32Version() +{ + return 0; +} + +#endif // __WXWINCE__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// MSW-specific wxEntry() overload and wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN definition +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// we need HINSTANCE declaration to define WinMain() +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + +#ifndef SW_SHOWNORMAL + #define SW_SHOWNORMAL 1 +#endif + +// WinMain() is always ANSI, even in Unicode build, under normal Windows +// but is always Unicode under CE +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + typedef wchar_t *wxCmdLineArgType; +#else + typedef char *wxCmdLineArgType; +#endif + +// wxMSW-only overloads of wxEntry() and wxEntryStart() which take the +// parameters passed to WinMain() instead of those passed to main() +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool + wxEntryStart(HINSTANCE hInstance, + HINSTANCE hPrevInstance = NULL, + wxCmdLineArgType pCmdLine = NULL, + int nCmdShow = SW_SHOWNORMAL); + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int + wxEntry(HINSTANCE hInstance, + HINSTANCE hPrevInstance = NULL, + wxCmdLineArgType pCmdLine = NULL, + int nCmdShow = SW_SHOWNORMAL); + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && wxUSE_UNICODE + // Borland C++ has the following nonstandard behaviour: when the -WU + // command line flag is used, the linker expects to find wWinMain instead + // of WinMain. This flag causes the compiler to define _UNICODE and + // UNICODE symbols and there's no way to detect its use, so we have to + // define both WinMain and wWinMain so that wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN works + // for both code compiled with and without -WU. + // See http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?func=detail&atid=309863&aid=1935997&group_id=9863 + // for more details. + #define wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_BORLAND_NONSTANDARD \ + extern "C" int WINAPI wWinMain(HINSTANCE hInstance, \ + HINSTANCE hPrevInstance, \ + wchar_t * WXUNUSED(lpCmdLine), \ + int nCmdShow) \ + { \ + wxDISABLE_DEBUG_SUPPORT(); \ + \ + /* NB: wxEntry expects lpCmdLine argument to be char*, not */ \ + /* wchar_t*, but fortunately it's not used anywhere */ \ + /* and we can simply pass NULL in: */ \ + return wxEntry(hInstance, hPrevInstance, NULL, nCmdShow); \ + } +#else + #define wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_BORLAND_NONSTANDARD +#endif // defined(__BORLANDC__) && wxUSE_UNICODE + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN \ + extern "C" int WINAPI WinMain(HINSTANCE hInstance, \ + HINSTANCE hPrevInstance, \ + wxCmdLineArgType WXUNUSED(lpCmdLine), \ + int nCmdShow) \ + { \ + wxDISABLE_DEBUG_SUPPORT(); \ + \ + /* NB: We pass NULL in place of lpCmdLine to behave the same as */ \ + /* Borland-specific wWinMain() above. If it becomes needed */ \ + /* to pass lpCmdLine to wxEntry() here, you'll have to fix */ \ + /* wWinMain() above too. */ \ + return wxEntry(hInstance, hPrevInstance, NULL, nCmdShow); \ + } \ + wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_BORLAND_NONSTANDARD + + +#endif // _WX_APP_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/apptbase.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/apptbase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..57f31804a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/apptbase.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/apptbase.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxAppTraits for MSW +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 22.06.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: apptbase.h 67185 2011-03-14 11:54:32Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_APPTBASE_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_APPTBASE_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAppTraits: the MSW version adds extra hooks needed by MSW-only code +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppTraits : public wxAppTraitsBase +{ +public: + // wxExecute() support methods + // --------------------------- + + // called before starting to wait for the child termination, may return + // some opaque data which will be passed later to AfterChildWaitLoop() + virtual void *BeforeChildWaitLoop() = 0; + + // called after starting to wait for the child termination, the parameter + // is the return value of BeforeChildWaitLoop() + virtual void AfterChildWaitLoop(void *data) = 0; + + + // wxThread helpers + // ---------------- + + // process a message while waiting for a(nother) thread, should return + // false if and only if we have to exit the application + virtual bool DoMessageFromThreadWait() = 0; + + // wait for the handle to be signaled, return WAIT_OBJECT_0 if it is or, in + // the GUI code, WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1 if a Windows message arrived + virtual WXDWORD WaitForThread(WXHANDLE hThread, int flags) = 0; + + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + // console helpers + // --------------- + + // this method can be overridden by a derived class to always return true + // or false to force [not] using the console for output to stderr + // + // by default console applications always return true from here while the + // GUI ones only return true if they're being run from console and there is + // no other activity happening in this console + virtual bool CanUseStderr() = 0; + + // write text to the console, return true if ok or false on error + virtual bool WriteToStderr(const wxString& text) = 0; +#endif // !__WXWINCE__ + +protected: + // implementation of WaitForThread() for the console applications which is + // also used by the GUI code if it doesn't [yet|already} dispatch events + WXDWORD DoSimpleWaitForThread(WXHANDLE hThread); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_APPTBASE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/apptrait.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/apptrait.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..324b0837cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/apptrait.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/apptrait.h +// Purpose: class implementing wxAppTraits for MSW +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 21.06.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: apptrait.h 67185 2011-03-14 11:54:32Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_APPTRAIT_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_APPTRAIT_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGUI/ConsoleAppTraits: must derive from wxAppTraits, not wxAppTraitsBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConsoleAppTraits : public wxConsoleAppTraitsBase +{ +public: + virtual wxEventLoopBase *CreateEventLoop(); + virtual void *BeforeChildWaitLoop(); + virtual void AfterChildWaitLoop(void *data); +#if wxUSE_TIMER + virtual wxTimerImpl *CreateTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer); +#endif + virtual bool DoMessageFromThreadWait(); + virtual WXDWORD WaitForThread(WXHANDLE hThread, int flags); +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + virtual bool CanUseStderr() { return true; } + virtual bool WriteToStderr(const wxString& text); +#endif // !__WXWINCE__ +}; + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIAppTraits : public wxGUIAppTraitsBase +{ +public: + virtual wxEventLoopBase *CreateEventLoop(); + virtual void *BeforeChildWaitLoop(); + virtual void AfterChildWaitLoop(void *data); +#if wxUSE_TIMER + virtual wxTimerImpl *CreateTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer); +#endif + virtual bool DoMessageFromThreadWait(); + virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *majVer = NULL, int *minVer = NULL) const; + virtual WXDWORD WaitForThread(WXHANDLE hThread, int flags); + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + virtual bool CanUseStderr(); + virtual bool WriteToStderr(const wxString& text); +#endif // !__WXWINCE__ +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#endif // _WX_MSW_APPTRAIT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bitmap.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bitmap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37cd4dabdb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bitmap.h @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/bitmap.h +// Purpose: wxBitmap class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bitmap.h 66086 2010-11-10 13:51:51Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_ +#define _WX_BITMAP_H_ + +#include "wx/msw/gdiimage.h" +#include "wx/palette.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapHandler; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapRefData; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxControl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCursor; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; +#if wxUSE_WXDIB +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDIB; +#endif +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMask; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPixelDataBase; + +// What kind of transparency should a bitmap copied from an icon or cursor +// have? +enum wxBitmapTransparency +{ + wxBitmapTransparency_Auto, // default: copy alpha if the source has it + wxBitmapTransparency_None, // never create alpha + wxBitmapTransparency_Always // always use alpha +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmap: a mono or colour bitmap +// NOTE: for wxMSW we don't use the wxBitmapBase base class declared in bitmap.h! +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmap : public wxGDIImage +{ +public: + // default ctor creates an invalid bitmap, you must Create() it later + wxBitmap() { } + + // Initialize with raw data + wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1); + + // Initialize with XPM data + wxBitmap(const char* const* data); +#ifdef wxNEEDS_CHARPP + wxBitmap(char** data) + { + *this = wxBitmap(const_cast(data)); + } +#endif + + // Load a file or resource + wxBitmap(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE); + + // New constructor for generalised creation from data + wxBitmap(const void* data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1); + + // Create a new, uninitialized bitmap of the given size and depth (if it + // is omitted, will create a bitmap compatible with the display) + // + // NB: this ctor will create a DIB for 24 and 32bpp bitmaps, use ctor + // taking a DC argument if you want to force using DDB in this case + wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = -1) { (void)Create(width, height, depth); } + wxBitmap(const wxSize& sz, int depth = -1) { (void)Create(sz, depth); } + + // Create a bitmap compatible with the given DC + wxBitmap(int width, int height, const wxDC& dc); + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + // Convert from wxImage + wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = -1) + { (void)CreateFromImage(image, depth); } + + // Create a DDB compatible with the given DC from wxImage + wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, const wxDC& dc) + { (void)CreateFromImage(image, dc); } +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + + // we must have this, otherwise icons are silently copied into bitmaps using + // the copy ctor but the resulting bitmap is invalid! + wxBitmap(const wxIcon& icon, + wxBitmapTransparency transp = wxBitmapTransparency_Auto) + { + CopyFromIcon(icon, transp); + } + + wxBitmap& operator=(const wxIcon& icon) + { + (void)CopyFromIcon(icon); + + return *this; + } + + wxBitmap& operator=(const wxCursor& cursor) + { + (void)CopyFromCursor(cursor); + + return *this; + } + + virtual ~wxBitmap(); + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + wxImage ConvertToImage() const; + wxBitmap ConvertToDisabled(unsigned char brightness = 255) const; +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + + // get the given part of bitmap + wxBitmap GetSubBitmap( const wxRect& rect ) const; + + // NB: This should not be called from user code. It is for wx internal + // use only. + wxBitmap GetSubBitmapOfHDC( const wxRect& rect, WXHDC hdc ) const; + + // copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap + bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon, + wxBitmapTransparency transp = wxBitmapTransparency_Auto); + + // copies the contents and mask of the given cursor to the bitmap + bool CopyFromCursor(const wxCursor& cursor, + wxBitmapTransparency transp = wxBitmapTransparency_Auto); + +#if wxUSE_WXDIB + // copies from a device independent bitmap + bool CopyFromDIB(const wxDIB& dib); +#endif + + virtual bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH); + virtual bool Create(const wxSize& sz, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH) + { return Create(sz.GetWidth(), sz.GetHeight(), depth); } + + virtual bool Create(int width, int height, const wxDC& dc); + virtual bool Create(const void* data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1); + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE); + virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type, const wxPalette *cmap = NULL) const; + + wxBitmapRefData *GetBitmapData() const + { return (wxBitmapRefData *)m_refData; } + + // raw bitmap access support functions + void *GetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data, int bpp); + void UngetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + wxPalette* GetPalette() const; + void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + wxMask *GetMask() const; + wxBitmap GetMaskBitmap() const; + void SetMask(wxMask *mask); + + // these functions are internal and shouldn't be used, they risk to + // disappear in the future + bool HasAlpha() const; + void UseAlpha(); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + +public: + void SetHBITMAP(WXHBITMAP bmp) { SetHandle((WXHANDLE)bmp); } + WXHBITMAP GetHBITMAP() const { return (WXHBITMAP)GetHandle(); } + + void SetSelectedInto(wxDC *dc); + wxDC *GetSelectedInto() const; + +protected: + virtual wxGDIImageRefData *CreateData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + + // creates an uninitialized bitmap, called from Create()s above + bool DoCreate(int w, int h, int depth, WXHDC hdc); + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + // creates the bitmap from wxImage, supposed to be called from ctor + bool CreateFromImage(const wxImage& image, int depth); + + // creates a DDB from wxImage, supposed to be called from ctor + bool CreateFromImage(const wxImage& image, const wxDC& dc); + + // common part of the 2 methods above (hdc may be 0) + bool CreateFromImage(const wxImage& image, int depth, WXHDC hdc); +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + +private: + // common part of CopyFromIcon/CopyFromCursor for Win32 + bool + CopyFromIconOrCursor(const wxGDIImage& icon, + wxBitmapTransparency transp = wxBitmapTransparency_Auto); + + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMask: a mono bitmap used for drawing bitmaps transparently. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMask : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxMask(); + + // Copy constructor + wxMask(const wxMask &mask); + + // Construct a mask from a bitmap and a colour indicating the transparent + // area + wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour); + + // Construct a mask from a bitmap and a palette index indicating the + // transparent area + wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex); + + // Construct a mask from a mono bitmap (copies the bitmap). + wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // construct a mask from the givne bitmap handle + wxMask(WXHBITMAP hbmp) { m_maskBitmap = hbmp; } + + virtual ~wxMask(); + + bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour); + bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex); + bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // Implementation + WXHBITMAP GetMaskBitmap() const { return m_maskBitmap; } + void SetMaskBitmap(WXHBITMAP bmp) { m_maskBitmap = bmp; } + +protected: + WXHBITMAP m_maskBitmap; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask) +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapHandler is a class which knows how to load/save bitmaps to/from file +// NOTE: for wxMSW we don't use the wxBitmapHandler class declared in bitmap.h! +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapHandler : public wxGDIImageHandler +{ +public: + wxBitmapHandler() { } + wxBitmapHandler(const wxString& name, const wxString& ext, wxBitmapType type) + : wxGDIImageHandler(name, ext, type) { } + + // implement wxGDIImageHandler's pure virtuals: + + virtual bool Create(wxGDIImage *image, + const void* data, + wxBitmapType type, + int width, int height, int depth = 1); + virtual bool Load(wxGDIImage *image, + const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType type, + int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight); + virtual bool Save(const wxGDIImage *image, + const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType type) const; + + + // make wxBitmapHandler compatible with the wxBitmapHandler interface + // declared in bitmap.h, even if it's derived from wxGDIImageHandler: + + virtual bool Create(wxBitmap *bitmap, + const void* data, + wxBitmapType type, + int width, int height, int depth = 1); + virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, + const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType type, + int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight); + virtual bool SaveFile(const wxBitmap *bitmap, + const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType type, + const wxPalette *palette = NULL) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapHandler) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_BITMAP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/blank.cur b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/blank.cur new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..048f06b4aefde54e0ff825ccb5a5db4d7001d513 GIT binary patch literal 326 zcmZQzU}9ioP*7k10|Q0|1~DK@1BexX*a3(cfe;L!6oi8y|NsAw;0zE8=!O9W0CiJ? AlK=n! literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d753a82701 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h +// Purpose: wxBitmapButton class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpbuttn.h 61071 2009-06-15 23:10:16Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_ +#define _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_ + +#include "wx/button.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/brush.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapButton : public wxBitmapButtonBase +{ +public: + wxBitmapButton() { Init(); } + + wxBitmapButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init() + { + m_disabledSetByUser = + m_hoverSetByUser = false; + } + + // reimplement some base class virtuals + virtual void DoSetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, State which); + + // true if disabled bitmap was set by user, false if we created it + // ourselves from the normal one + bool m_disabledSetByUser; + + // true if hover bitmap was set by user, false if it was set from focused + // one + bool m_hoverSetByUser; + + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxBitmapButton) +}; + +#endif // _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bmpcbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bmpcbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..33a7eb1bef --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bmpcbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/bmpcbox.h +// Purpose: wxBitmapComboBox +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Created: 2008-04-06 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpcbox.h 65091 2010-07-25 07:39:17Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_BMPCBOX_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_BMPCBOX_H_ + + +#include "wx/combobox.h" + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapComboBox: a wxComboBox that allows images to be shown +// in front of string items. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxBitmapComboBox : public wxComboBox, + public wxBitmapComboBoxBase +{ +public: + // ctors and such + wxBitmapComboBox() : wxComboBox(), wxBitmapComboBoxBase() + { + Init(); + } + + wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, + const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr) + : wxComboBox(), + wxBitmapComboBoxBase() + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, + choices, style, validator, name); + } + + wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int n, + const wxString choices[], + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr); + + virtual ~wxBitmapComboBox(); + + // Sets the image for the given item. + virtual void SetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); + + // Adds item with image to the end of the combo box. + int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap); + int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, void *clientData); + int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxClientData *clientData); + + // Inserts item with image into the list before pos. Not valid for wxCB_SORT + // styles, use Append instead. + int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, unsigned int pos); + int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + unsigned int pos, void *clientData); + int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + unsigned int pos, wxClientData *clientData); + +protected: + + WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + virtual bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item); + virtual bool MSWOnMeasure(WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *item); + + // Event handlers + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + + virtual wxItemContainer* GetItemContainer() { return this; } + virtual wxWindow* GetControl() { return this; } + + // wxItemContainer implementation + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter & items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + virtual void DoClear(); + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + + virtual bool OnAddBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + void RecreateControl(); + +private: + void Init(); + + bool m_inResize; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapComboBox) +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_BMPCBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/brush.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/brush.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21b8ce5fce --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/brush.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/brush.h +// Purpose: wxBrush class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: brush.h 54273 2008-06-17 17:28:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_ +#define _WX_BRUSH_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBrush; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBrush +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBrush : public wxBrushBase +{ +public: + wxBrush(); + wxBrush(const wxColour& col, wxBrushStyle style = wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( wxBrush(const wxColour& col, int style) ); +#endif + wxBrush(const wxBitmap& stipple); + virtual ~wxBrush(); + + virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& col); + virtual void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b); + virtual void SetStyle(wxBrushStyle style); + virtual void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple); + + bool operator==(const wxBrush& brush) const; + bool operator!=(const wxBrush& brush) const { return !(*this == brush); } + + wxColour GetColour() const; + wxBrushStyle GetStyle() const; + wxBitmap *GetStipple() const; + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(int style) ) + { SetStyle((wxBrushStyle)style); } +#endif + + // return the HBRUSH for this brush + virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const; + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush) +}; + +#endif // _WX_BRUSH_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bullseye.cur b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/bullseye.cur new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..359f6e09af8db90af6478a1410e230a53f3ce067 GIT binary patch literal 326 zcmYLDF%H5o47`+zfQ0CVG9a~VjOmUj{DXlfFtETv1q09EBMeao_y+u-Vk#0M_*xKW z*-q^9*+2k=Bmp8ZtAGK3vAC2l6IWtHUdJW`lIVo@zIptjc0g7E)fCEUwDMNo*3R{f zz4emL(#%3@^1zzI-lpN)q@9sTyW-69XT9zVk9^K?o;uW{ZmrKfU&sxARGIfq%T>z1 z<-C`6yUN(CT=wGfdWmnRM|97g(S5RsitYJWtQW^(HEgo{S!bU-@;S$O>QIlmwLbTJ F@d1 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_CALCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_CALCTRL_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarCtrl : public wxCalendarCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxCalendarCtrl() { Init(); } + wxCalendarCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS, + const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS, + const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr); + + virtual bool SetDate(const wxDateTime& date); + virtual wxDateTime GetDate() const; + + virtual bool SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxDateTime& upperdate = wxDefaultDateTime); + virtual bool GetDateRange(wxDateTime *lowerdate, wxDateTime *upperdate) const; + + virtual bool EnableMonthChange(bool enable = true); + + virtual void Mark(size_t day, bool mark); + virtual void SetHoliday(size_t day); + + virtual wxCalendarHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pos, + wxDateTime *date = NULL, + wxDateTime::WeekDay *wd = NULL); + + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style); + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + + void MSWOnClick(wxMouseEvent& event); + void MSWOnDoubleClick(wxMouseEvent& event); + +private: + void Init(); + + // bring the control in sync with m_marks + void UpdateMarks(); + + // set first day of week in the control to correspond to our + // wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST flag + void UpdateFirstDayOfWeek(); + + // reset holiday information + virtual void ResetHolidayAttrs() { m_holidays = 0; } + + // redisplay holidays + virtual void RefreshHolidays() { UpdateMarks(); } + + + // current date, we need to store it instead of simply retrieving it from + // the control as needed in order to be able to generate the correct events + // from MSWOnNotify() + wxDateTime m_date; + + // bit field containing the state (marked or not) of all days in the month + wxUint32 m_marks; + + // the same but indicating whether a day is a holiday or not + wxUint32 m_holidays; + + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCalendarCtrl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCalendarCtrl); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_CALCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/caret.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/caret.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ed0e6cacaa --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/caret.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/caret.h +// Purpose: wxCaret class - the MSW implementation of wxCaret +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 23.05.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: caret.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CARET_H_ +#define _WX_CARET_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaret : public wxCaretBase +{ +public: + wxCaret() { Init(); } + // create the caret of given (in pixels) width and height and associate + // with the given window + wxCaret(wxWindow *window, int width, int height) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(window, width, height); + } + // same as above + wxCaret(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(window, size); + } + + // process wxWindow notifications + virtual void OnSetFocus(); + virtual void OnKillFocus(); + +protected: + void Init() + { + wxCaretBase::Init(); + + m_hasCaret = false; + } + + // override base class virtuals + virtual void DoMove(); + virtual void DoShow(); + virtual void DoHide(); + virtual void DoSize(); + + // helper function which creates the system caret + bool MSWCreateCaret(); + +private: + bool m_hasCaret; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaret); +}; + +#endif // _WX_CARET_H_ + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/cdrom.ico b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/cdrom.ico new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f3fa3a9576113e57e439f732b4638e2433ee920b GIT binary patch literal 1718 zcmb8vKWN)P7>D6s`UiPRvnETsD0GeYgpQ6UFNt?g1w#mUaPU%1i6eI+HOlo;BR?@qdV{OSCiENMm0w6>dWA5qVNPOftc}L5sMx&8NHzUPgKFf=Z22-PsXH*{>m4-&P zYoxUHZluH^WcxeS8<+z*n(*)Lr~GehY8o*YU(14DcO%9bdxRSpB5p zg%@6URW!p-@O^w2-@sS#dotR^Z{xS{Hhvu+M!rM!-Bbga~g74$I_y)de%j}WOU9!1NHn+&8O*Yr@F@B2o z@MHWC@8Vs258uMq@MU}vZ}0|h@CI-2hV`&rH*D7h+jYuzHQ267MT+rLyoVp-hj#y#V>h$i0f&9@8IkB65hryOOR(~_zAv`@8Zd{sq({~PLO9}{1oru z$M_+h$XLz2e9crCgqT1AD3A(?(m+$+!zP{Gg)s-$UFLi!?F4uK+c6O#-uczbV zW3^f>9UL5}R;y`$e_!QtSvxyBDi({{+}za0#)ei`R~3IZ`tSMxl~9#ZQ}g5G0Y5%w~%qijpX}3&J#dkbL9& z)-7?fn@vK~q7&pc8wl?#%LGv{pXVUF^(`wh(eLX!e{L~v=2jjruzV{E zVS+sVot3XSpJqjibbk7H31TVv+Oj-2jQm+gyeGdtr&_!N>Hn;cq3)=Y(UoYb+te6$WsdKwv#o!5WOQ$n780jea4V*mgE literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/checkbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/checkbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9eebea0ae5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/checkbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/checkbox.h +// Purpose: wxCheckBox class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: checkbox.h 54008 2008-06-07 01:54:44Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_ +#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_ + +// Checkbox item (single checkbox) +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckBox : public wxCheckBoxBase +{ +public: + wxCheckBox() { } + wxCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr); + + virtual void SetValue(bool value); + virtual bool GetValue() const; + + // override some base class virtuals + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour); + virtual bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item); + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + virtual void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState value); + virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const; + + // make the checkbox owner drawn or reset it to normal style + void MakeOwnerDrawn(bool ownerDrawn); + + // return true if this checkbox is owner drawn + bool IsOwnerDrawn() const; + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // event handlers used by owner-drawn checkbox + void OnMouseEnterOrLeave(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnMouseLeft(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + + + // current state of the checkbox + wxCheckBoxState m_state; + + // true if the checkbox is currently pressed + bool m_isPressed; + + // true if mouse is currently over the control + bool m_isHot; + + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxCheckBox) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_CHECKBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/checklst.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/checklst.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4814b0cce7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/checklst.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/checklst.h +// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class - a listbox with checkable items +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 16.11.97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: checklst.h 63226 2010-01-23 13:22:00Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __CHECKLST__H_ +#define __CHECKLST__H_ + +#if !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + #error "wxCheckListBox class requires owner-drawn functionality." +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxOwnerDrawn; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckListBoxItem; // fwd decl, defined in checklst.cpp + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckListBox : public wxCheckListBoxBase +{ +public: + // ctors + wxCheckListBox(); + wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int nStrings = 0, + const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + + // items may be checked + virtual bool IsChecked(unsigned int uiIndex) const; + virtual void Check(unsigned int uiIndex, bool bCheck = true); + virtual void Toggle(unsigned int uiIndex); + + // we create our items ourselves and they have non-standard size, + // so we need to override these functions + virtual wxOwnerDrawn *CreateLboxItem(size_t n); + virtual bool MSWOnMeasure(WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *item); + +protected: + // pressing space or clicking the check box toggles the item + void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnLeftClick(wxMouseEvent& event); + + // send an "item checked" event + void SendEvent(unsigned int uiIndex) + { + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, GetId()); + event.SetInt(uiIndex); + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetString(GetString(uiIndex)); + ProcessCommand(event); + } + + wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxCheckListBox) +}; + +#endif //_CHECKLST_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/child.ico b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/child.ico new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..435cca2471cd31bb825ff1e6eb180c1939a9eb4a GIT binary patch literal 1078 zcmc&zF%p6>5L_S)1H}g<-VtX@^EF=Zz9{mlQwW;#il~Wy%sJax^Jn}JGe|Bw=NmFB ge8aqPJmI~ud$Eb6)2}9ELOWr8V4xU|6W(XUPqgg+2mk;8 literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/chkconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/chkconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e547f91b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/chkconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,421 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/msw/chkconf.h + * Purpose: Compiler-specific configuration checking + * Author: Julian Smart + * Modified by: + * Created: 01/02/97 + * RCS-ID: $Id: chkconf.h 63832 2010-04-02 19:30:41Z VZ $ + * Copyright: (c) Julian Smart + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_CHKCONF_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_CHKCONF_H_ + +/* ensure that MSW-specific settings are defined */ +#ifndef wxUSE_ACTIVEX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_ACTIVEX must be defined." +# else +# define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ACTIVEX) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_CRASHREPORT +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_CRASHREPORT must be defined." +# else +# define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CRASHREPORT) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_DC_CACHEING +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DC_CACHEING must be defined" +# else +# define wxUSE_DC_CACHEING 1 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_DC_CACHEING */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER must be defined." +# else +# define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP must be defined." +# else +# define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_INICONF +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_INICONF must be defined." +# else +# define wxUSE_INICONF 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_INICONF) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_OLE +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_OLE must be defined." +# else +# define wxUSE_OLE 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_OLE) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION must be defined." +# else +# define wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION 0 +# endif +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION) */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS must be defined." +# else +# define wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU must be defined." +# else +# define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_UXTHEME +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_UXTHEME must be defined." +# else +# define wxUSE_UXTHEME 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_UXTHEME */ + +/* + * We don't want to give an error if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU is enabled but + * wxUSE_UNICODE is not as this would make it impossible to simply set the + * former in wx/setup.h as then the library wouldn't compile in non-Unicode + * configurations, so instead simply unset it silently when it doesn't make + * sense. + */ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU && !wxUSE_UNICODE +# undef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU +# define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0 +#endif + + +/* + * disable the settings which don't work for some compilers + */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS +# if ( wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,0) || defined(__WINE__) ) || \ + ((defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__)) && ((__GNUC__>2) ||((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__>=95)))) +# define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 1 +# else +# define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* + * See WINVER definition in wx/msw/wrapwin.h for the explanation of this test + * logic. + */ +#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ < 1300)) && \ + (!defined(WINVER) || WINVER < 0x0500) +# undef wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS +# define wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS 0 +#endif + +/* + * All of the settings below require SEH support (__try/__catch) and can't work + * without it. + */ +#if !defined(_MSC_VER) && \ + (!defined(__BORLANDC__) || __BORLANDC__ < 0x0550) +# undef wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION +# define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0 + +# undef wxUSE_CRASHREPORT +# define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 0 + +# undef wxUSE_STACKWALKER +# define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 0 +#endif /* compiler doesn't support SEH */ + +/* wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS doesn't work with CodeWarrior */ +#if defined(__MWERKS__) +# undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS +# define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0 +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUWIN32__) + /* These don't work as expected for mingw32 and cygwin32 */ +# undef wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING +# define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0 + +# undef wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS +# define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0 + +# undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS +# define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0 + +/* some Cygwin versions don't have wcslen */ +# if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__CYGWIN32__) +# if ! ((__GNUC__>2) ||((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__>=95))) +# undef wxUSE_WCHAR_T +# define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0 +# endif +#endif + +#endif /* __GNUWIN32__ */ + +/* wxUSE_MFC is not defined when using configure as it doesn't make sense for + gcc or mingw32 anyhow */ +#ifndef wxUSE_MFC + #define wxUSE_MFC 0 +#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MFC) */ + +/* MFC duplicates these operators */ +#if wxUSE_MFC +# undef wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS +# define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0 + +# undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS +# define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0 +#endif /* wxUSE_MFC */ + +#if (defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS) + /* GnuWin32 doesn't have appropriate headers for e.g. IUnknown. */ +# undef wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP +# define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 0 +#endif + +#if !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) +# undef wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX +# define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL +# if !wxUSE_SPINBTN +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxSpinCtrl requires wxSpinButton on MSW" +# else +# undef wxUSE_SPINBTN +# define wxUSE_SPINBTN 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* + Win64-specific checks. + */ +#ifdef __WIN64__ +# if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + /* this is not currently supported under Win64, volunteers needed to + make it work */ +# undef wxUSE_STACKWALKER +# define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 0 + +# undef wxUSE_CRASHREPORT +# define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 0 +# endif +#endif /* __WIN64__ */ + + +/* + Compiler-specific checks. + */ + +// Borland +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + +#if __BORLANDC__ < 0x500 + /* BC++ 4.0 can't compile JPEG library */ +# undef wxUSE_LIBJPEG +# define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 0 +#endif + +/* wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS = 1 not compatible with BC++ in DLL mode */ +#if defined(WXMAKINGDLL) || defined(WXUSINGDLL) +# undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS +# define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0 +#endif + +#endif /* __BORLANDC__ */ + +/* DMC++ doesn't have definitions for date picker control, so use generic control + */ +#ifdef __DMC__ +# if wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL +# undef wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL_GENERIC +# undef wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL +# endif +# define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL 0 +# define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL_GENERIC 1 +#endif + + + +/* + un/redefine the options which we can't compile (after checking that they're + defined + */ +#ifdef __WINE__ +# if wxUSE_ACTIVEX +# undef wxUSE_ACTIVEX +# define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 0 +# endif /* wxUSE_ACTIVEX */ + +# if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU +# undef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU +# define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0 +# endif /* wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU */ +#endif /* __WINE__ */ + + +/* check settings consistency for MSW-specific ones */ +#if wxUSE_CRASHREPORT && !wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_CRASHREPORT requires wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION" +# else +# undef wxUSE_CRASHREPORT +# define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 0 +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_CRASHREPORT */ + +#if !wxUSE_VARIANT +# if wxUSE_ACTIVEX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxActiveXContainer requires wxVariant" +# else +# undef wxUSE_ACTIVEX +# define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 0 +# endif +# endif + +# if wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxAutomationObject requires wxVariant" +# else +# undef wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION +# define wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !wxUSE_VARIANT */ + +#if !wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER +# if wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER." +# else +# undef wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP +# define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0 +# endif +# endif +# if wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER." +# else +# undef wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER +# define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER */ + +#if !wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS +# if wxUSE_UXTHEME +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_UXTHEME requires wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS" +# else +# undef wxUSE_UXTHEME +# define wxUSE_UXTHEME 0 +# endif +# endif +# if wxUSE_MEDIACTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_MEDIACTRL requires wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS" +# else +# undef wxUSE_MEDIACTRL +# define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL 0 +# endif +# endif +# if wxUSE_INKEDIT +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_INKEDIT requires wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS" +# else +# undef wxUSE_INKEDIT +# define wxUSE_INKEDIT 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS */ + +#if !wxUSE_OLE +# if wxUSE_ACTIVEX +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxActiveXContainer requires wxUSE_OLE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_ACTIVEX +# define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 0 +# endif +# endif + +# if wxUSE_DATAOBJ +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxUSE_DATAOBJ requires wxUSE_OLE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_DATAOBJ +# define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 0 +# endif +# endif + +# if wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxAutomationObject requires wxUSE_OLE" +# else +# undef wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION +# define wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !wxUSE_OLE */ + +#if !wxUSE_ACTIVEX +# if wxUSE_MEDIACTRL +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxMediaCtl requires wxActiveXContainer" +# else +# undef wxUSE_MEDIACTRL +# define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !wxUSE_ACTIVEX */ + +#if !wxUSE_THREADS +# if wxUSE_FSWATCHER +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxFileSystemWatcher requires wxThread under MSW" +# else +# undef wxUSE_FSWATCHER +# define wxUSE_FSWATCHER 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* !wxUSE_THREADS */ + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW && !wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT +# undef wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT +# define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT 1 +#endif + +#endif /* _WX_MSW_CHKCONF_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/choice.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/choice.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e63382568c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/choice.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/choice.h +// Purpose: wxChoice class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin to derive from wxChoiceBase +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: choice.h 62960 2009-12-21 15:20:37Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_ +#define _WX_CHOICE_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Choice item +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoice : public wxChoiceBase +{ +public: + // ctors + wxChoice() { Init(); } + virtual ~wxChoice(); + + wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr); + + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual int GetSelection() const; + virtual int GetCurrentSelection() const; + virtual void SetSelection(int n); + + virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s); + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // MSW only + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + virtual WXHBRUSH MSWControlColor(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd); + virtual bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG *pMsg); + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + +protected: + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + // common part of all ctors + void Init() + { + m_lastAcceptedSelection = wxID_NONE; + m_heightOwn = wxDefaultCoord; + } + + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + virtual void DoClear(); + + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData); + virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const; + + // MSW implementation + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoGetSize(int *w, int *h) const; + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + + // update the height of the drop down list to fit the number of items we + // have (without changing the visible height) + void MSWUpdateDropDownHeight(); + + // set the height of the visible part of the control to m_heightOwn + void MSWUpdateVisibleHeight(); + + // create and initialize the control + bool CreateAndInit(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int n, const wxString choices[], + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name); + + // free all memory we have (used by Clear() and dtor) + void Free(); + + // set the height for simple combo box + int SetHeightSimpleComboBox(int nItems) const; + +#if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING + virtual void MSWEndDeferWindowPos(); +#endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING + + // last "completed" selection, i.e. not the transient one while the user is + // browsing the popup list: this is only used when != wxID_NONE which is + // the case while the drop down is opened + int m_lastAcceptedSelection; + + // the height of the control itself if it was set explicitly or + // wxDefaultCoord if it hadn't + int m_heightOwn; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxChoice) +}; + +#endif // _WX_CHOICE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/clipbrd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/clipbrd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..729f2324fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/clipbrd.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/clipbrd.h +// Purpose: wxClipboad class and clipboard functions for MSW +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: clipbrd.h 61485 2009-07-20 23:54:08Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_ +#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_ + +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + +// These functions superceded by wxClipboard, but retained in order to +// implement wxClipboard, and for compatibility. + +// open/close the clipboard +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxOpenClipboard(); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxIsClipboardOpened(); +#define wxClipboardOpen wxIsClipboardOpened +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxCloseClipboard(); + +// get/set data +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxEmptyClipboard(); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxSetClipboardData(wxDataFormat dataFormat, + const void *data, + int width = 0, int height = 0); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void* wxGetClipboardData(wxDataFormat dataFormat, + long *len = NULL); + +// clipboard formats +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxIsClipboardFormatAvailable(wxDataFormat dataFormat); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataFormat wxEnumClipboardFormats(wxDataFormat dataFormat); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxRegisterClipboardFormat(wxChar *formatName); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxGetClipboardFormatName(wxDataFormat dataFormat, + wxChar *formatName, + int maxCount); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClipboard +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboard : public wxClipboardBase +{ +public: + wxClipboard(); + virtual ~wxClipboard(); + + // open the clipboard before SetData() and GetData() + virtual bool Open(); + + // close the clipboard after SetData() and GetData() + virtual void Close(); + + // query whether the clipboard is opened + virtual bool IsOpened() const; + + // set the clipboard data. all other formats will be deleted. + virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data ); + + // add to the clipboard data. + virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data ); + + // ask if data in correct format is available + virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format ); + + // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available) + virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data ); + + // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible + virtual void Clear(); + + // flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on + // clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly + // eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit + virtual bool Flush(); + +private: + IDataObject *m_lastDataObject; + bool m_isOpened; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + +#endif // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colordlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colordlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4ff522142 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colordlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/colordlg.h +// Purpose: wxColourDialog class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: colordlg.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_ +#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_ + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColourDialog: dialog for choosing a colours +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxColourDialog() { Init(); } + wxColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, data); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL); + + wxColourData& GetColourData() { return m_colourData; } + + // override some base class virtuals + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title); + virtual wxString GetTitle() const; + + virtual int ShowModal(); + + // wxMSW-specific implementation from now on + // ----------------------------------------- + + // called from the hook procedure on WM_INITDIALOG reception + virtual void MSWOnInitDone(WXHWND hDlg); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + +#if !(defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__)) + virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const; + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual void DoCentre(int dir); +#endif // !(__SMARTPHONE__ && __WXWINCE__) + + wxColourData m_colourData; + wxString m_title; + + // indicates that the dialog should be centered in this direction if non 0 + // (set by DoCentre(), used by MSWOnInitDone()) + int m_centreDir; + + // true if DoMoveWindow() had been called + bool m_movedWindow; + + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxColourDialog) +}; + +#endif // _WX_COLORDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colour.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colour.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ec68a14c98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colour.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/colour.h +// Purpose: wxColour class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: colour.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_ +#define _WX_COLOUR_H_ + +#include "wx/object.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Colour +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColour : public wxColourBase +{ +public: + // constructors + // ------------ + DEFINE_STD_WXCOLOUR_CONSTRUCTORS + + // accessors + // --------- + + virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_isInit; } + + unsigned char Red() const { return m_red; } + unsigned char Green() const { return m_green; } + unsigned char Blue() const { return m_blue; } + unsigned char Alpha() const { return m_alpha ; } + + // comparison + bool operator==(const wxColour& colour) const + { + return m_isInit == colour.m_isInit + && m_red == colour.m_red + && m_green == colour.m_green + && m_blue == colour.m_blue + && m_alpha == colour.m_alpha; + } + + bool operator!=(const wxColour& colour) const { return !(*this == colour); } + + WXCOLORREF GetPixel() const { return m_pixel; } + +public: + WXCOLORREF m_pixel; + +protected: + // Helper function + void Init(); + + virtual void + InitRGBA(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b, unsigned char a); + +private: + bool m_isInit; + unsigned char m_red; + unsigned char m_blue; + unsigned char m_green; + unsigned char m_alpha; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour) +}; + +#endif // _WX_COLOUR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colours.bmp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/colours.bmp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..7d391ad144a486bc3b54dc00e0f19624cf4fc6b3 GIT binary patch literal 122 zcmZ?rtzv+HG9aY^#4JF}2*w~5gb!w55Dg3rK*Z3{0HJ^+kjZf1zyTl)lK2ls4FCUw QSU?PfAR!>ZQP02t000FRaR2}S literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/combo.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/combo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a701460320 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/combo.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/combo.h +// Purpose: wxComboCtrl class +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Modified by: +// Created: Apr-30-2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: combo.h 66385 2010-12-16 17:21:49Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_ +#define _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_ + +// NB: Definition of _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_ is used in wx/generic/combo.h to +// determine whether there is native wxComboCtrl, so make sure you +// use it in all native wxComboCtrls. + +#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL + +#if !defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_TIMER + #include "wx/timer.h" + #define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL_POPUP_ANIMATION 1 +#else + #define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL_POPUP_ANIMATION 0 +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Native wxComboCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Define this only if native implementation includes all features +#define wxCOMBOCONTROL_FULLY_FEATURED + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxComboBoxNameStr[]; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboCtrl : public wxComboCtrlBase +{ +public: + // ctors and such + wxComboCtrl() : wxComboCtrlBase() { Init(); } + + wxComboCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) + : wxComboCtrlBase() + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + + virtual ~wxComboCtrl(); + + virtual void PrepareBackground( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags ) const; + virtual bool IsKeyPopupToggle(const wxKeyEvent& event) const; + + static int GetFeatures() { return wxComboCtrlFeatures::All; } + +#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL_POPUP_ANIMATION + void OnTimerEvent(wxTimerEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) { DoTimerEvent(); } + +protected: + void DoTimerEvent(); + + virtual bool AnimateShow( const wxRect& rect, int flags ); +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL_POPUP_ANIMATION + +protected: + + // Dummy method - we override all functions that call this + virtual WXHWND GetEditHWND() const { return NULL; } + + // customization + virtual void OnResize(); + virtual wxCoord GetNativeTextIndent() const; + + // event handlers + void OnPaintEvent( wxPaintEvent& event ); + void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); + +private: + void Init(); + +#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL_POPUP_ANIMATION + // Popup animation related + wxLongLong m_animStart; + wxTimer m_animTimer; + wxRect m_animRect; + int m_animFlags; +#endif + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboCtrl) +}; + + +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL +#endif + // _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/combobox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/combobox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0b6ee8234 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/combobox.h @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/combobox.h +// Purpose: wxComboBox class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: combobox.h 63242 2010-01-24 01:00:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_ +#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_ + +#include "wx/choice.h" +#include "wx/textentry.h" + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Combobox control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboBox : public wxChoice, + public wxTextEntry +{ +public: + wxComboBox() { Init(); } + + wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + + } + + wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, + const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + + // resolve ambiguities among virtual functions inherited from both base + // classes + virtual void Clear(); + virtual wxString GetValue() const; + virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value); + virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const + { return wxChoice::GetStringSelection(); } + virtual void Popup() { MSWDoPopupOrDismiss(true); } + virtual void Dismiss() { MSWDoPopupOrDismiss(false); } + virtual void SetSelection(int n) { wxChoice::SetSelection(n); } + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) + { wxTextEntry::SetSelection(from, to); } + virtual int GetSelection() const { return wxChoice::GetSelection(); } + virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const; + + virtual bool IsEditable() const; + + // implementation only from now on + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + bool MSWProcessEditMsg(WXUINT msg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG *pMsg); + + // Standard event handling + void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnDelete(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnSelectAll(wxCommandEvent& event); + + void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateDelete(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateSelectAll(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + +#if wxUSE_UXTHEME + // override wxTextEntry method to work around Windows bug + virtual bool SetHint(const wxString& hint); +#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME + +protected: +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual void DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tip); +#endif + void MSWDoPopupOrDismiss(bool show); + + // this is the implementation of GetEditHWND() which can also be used when + // we don't have the edit control, it simply returns NULL then + // + // try not to use this function unless absolutely necessary (as in the + // message handling code where the edit control might not be created yet + // for the messages we receive during the control creation) as normally + // just testing for IsEditable() and using GetEditHWND() should be enough + WXHWND GetEditHWNDIfAvailable() const; + + virtual void EnableTextChangedEvents(bool enable) + { + m_allowTextEvents = enable; + } + +private: + // there are the overridden wxTextEntry methods which should only be called + // when we do have an edit control so they assert if this is not the case + virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow(); + virtual WXHWND GetEditHWND() const; + + // common part of all ctors + void Init() + { + m_allowTextEvents = true; + } + + // normally true, false if text events are currently disabled + bool m_allowTextEvents; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxComboBox) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +#endif // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/commandlinkbutton.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/commandlinkbutton.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea674840f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/commandlinkbutton.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/commandlinkbutton.h +// Purpose: wxCommandLinkButton class +// Author: Rickard Westerlund +// Created: 2010-06-11 +// RCS-ID: $Id: commandlinkbutton.h 65327 2010-08-17 14:48:50Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_COMMANDLINKBUTTON_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_COMMANDLINKBUTTON_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Command link button for wxMSW +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Derive from the generic version to be able to fall back to it during +// run-time if the command link buttons are not supported by the system we're +// running under. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCommandLinkButton : public wxGenericCommandLinkButton +{ +public: + wxCommandLinkButton () : wxGenericCommandLinkButton() { } + + wxCommandLinkButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& mainLabel = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& note = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr) + : wxGenericCommandLinkButton() + { + Create(parent, id, mainLabel, note, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& mainLabel = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& note = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr); + + // overridden base class methods + // ----------------------------- + + // do the same thing as in the generic case here + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) + { + SetMainLabelAndNote(label.BeforeFirst('\n'), label.AfterFirst('\n')); + } + + virtual void SetMainLabelAndNote(const wxString& mainLabel, + const wxString& note); + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + virtual bool HasNativeBitmap() const; + +private: + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxCommandLinkButton); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_COMMANDLINKBUTTON_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/computer.ico b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/computer.ico new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f36237bdb92781b9004fc709694d47d3e10bf6cf GIT binary patch literal 1718 zcma*nJ!m397{>7@_d!e((wgd;m9*L$t~6FQ#@^~c2nRw8R^maDO2Hy!NO4@TRyM(O zl0xB%R9gkB^`b#8u%y}IAanm&O-w?Byz9*RuD_XC-~EtQ^g$aNisIX6DZ#gm`GKt! zsll-=dyMvlwxSrl^p)S-8~Hc#8Zr}0U=gOB5xx6{El@Fjc(?_l*n!wWCG z@XBd~AK=^gCcca>;PW!t!Kd*_yn~P91H6y-@O^w2@8Vs23tz<-@mYKdZ}0|h@CI-2 z2LHe|WV>KHVJoxcA|K#=yoc}OyLdahi*BK-=ps6cPBH%oKft%~O?(+&z~}Kh_%uF= zckppM^L9G;2EK&P;GHGak<17`z_;;Dd>LPGWb#yVhiay&W|C?;R5Okb@IKzd_wil4 zi+AxYd=+2BXYnb#!5h568@$0A&WFo236!>Fr7sxXK-p70RKE8{m zI7zf$s0`H6D+3eSNK~t1DezUh4e(T(0Zt^z>A%R!fJ6hpJYq z+S}Vxu~^jZ?yj=gthTqel}e?QNF=nmxvBN_bp`*7ex9B29M^bWSl2#EtRL;@?Wq{s zy^g!T&*M(h=`^%)JDE&Y!>Pv8`XWL`Ps69&rV1B+YV*}-c+^GtIQ(Pd=H@1h{5a%1 z2;ZMP%YDCIU*tBc??2@>-QWN5IDVF`tv%+P>Et$A(5^pTtRKy9k1fKMphg-s-jBVH z?{9YO%lGW3XyRVfztz>|3)SXpvgeR}&%XCM#g1nYt3+`SJBs31M^RoAKUXRT-|e1| o$jI5-8o%0yvpk&r9#$$de-MqEkDvdI7j@!T&(`Xl^|E9C18@tCRsaA1 literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/control.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/control.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cfcf22f9fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/control.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/control.h +// Purpose: wxControl class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: control.h 62151 2009-09-26 16:43:06Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_ +#define _WX_CONTROL_H_ + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// General item class +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControl : public wxControlBase +{ +public: + wxControl() { } + + wxControl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr); + + + // Simulates an event + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); } + + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // Calls the callback and appropriate event handlers + bool ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // MSW-specific + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + + // For ownerdraw items + virtual bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *WXUNUSED(item)) { return false; } + virtual bool MSWOnMeasure(WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *WXUNUSED(item)) { return false; } + + const wxArrayLong& GetSubcontrols() const { return m_subControls; } + + // default handling of WM_CTLCOLORxxx: this is public so that wxWindow + // could call it + virtual WXHBRUSH MSWControlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND hWnd); + + // default style for the control include WS_TABSTOP if it AcceptsFocus() + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + +protected: + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const; + + // return default best size (doesn't really make any sense, override this) + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // This is a helper for all wxControls made with UPDOWN native control. + // In wxMSW it was only wxSpinCtrl derived from wxSpinButton but in + // WinCE of Smartphones this happens also for native wxTextCtrl, + // wxChoice and others. + virtual wxSize GetBestSpinnerSize(const bool is_vertical) const; + + // create the control of the given Windows class: this is typically called + // from Create() method of the derived class passing its label, pos and + // size parameter (style parameter is not needed because m_windowStyle is + // supposed to had been already set and so is used instead when this + // function is called) + bool MSWCreateControl(const wxChar *classname, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size); + + // NB: the method below is deprecated now, with MSWGetStyle() the method + // above should be used instead! Once all the controls are updated to + // implement MSWGetStyle() this version will disappear. + // + // create the control of the given class with the given style (combination + // of WS_XXX flags, i.e. Windows style, not wxWidgets one), returns + // false if creation failed + // + // All parameters except classname and style are optional, if the + // size/position are not given, they should be set later with SetSize() + // and, label (the title of the window), of course, is left empty. The + // extended style is determined from the style and the app 3D settings + // automatically if it's not specified explicitly. + bool MSWCreateControl(const wxChar *classname, + WXDWORD style, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, + WXDWORD exstyle = (WXDWORD)-1); + + // call this from the derived class MSWControlColor() if you want to show + // the control greyed out (and opaque) + WXHBRUSH MSWControlColorDisabled(WXHDC pDC); + + // common part of the 3 functions above: pass wxNullColour to use the + // appropriate background colour (meaning ours or our parents) or a fixed + // one + virtual WXHBRUSH DoMSWControlColor(WXHDC pDC, wxColour colBg, WXHWND hWnd); + + // for controls like radiobuttons which are really composite this array + // holds the ids (not HWNDs!) of the sub controls + wxArrayLong m_subControls; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxControl) +}; + +#endif // _WX_CONTROL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/crashrpt.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/crashrpt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..613b39a693 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/crashrpt.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/crashrpt.h +// Purpose: helpers for the structured exception handling (SEH) under Win32 +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 13.07.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: crashrpt.h 53816 2008-05-29 13:28:05Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_CRASHRPT_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_CRASHRPT_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CRASHREPORT + +struct _EXCEPTION_POINTERS; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// crash report generation flags +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum +{ + // we always report where the crash occurred + wxCRASH_REPORT_LOCATION = 0, + + // if this flag is given, the call stack is dumped + // + // this results in dump/crash report as small as possible, this is the + // default flag + wxCRASH_REPORT_STACK = 1, + + // if this flag is given, the values of the local variables are dumped + // + // note that with the current implementation it requires dumping the full + // process address space and so this will result in huge dump file and will + // take some time to generate + // + // it's probably not a good idea to use this by default, start with default + // mini dump and ask your users to set WX_CRASH_FLAGS environment variable + // to 2 or 4 if you need more information in the dump + wxCRASH_REPORT_LOCALS = 2, + + // if this flag is given, the values of all global variables are dumped + // + // this creates a much larger mini dump than just wxCRASH_REPORT_STACK but + // still much smaller than wxCRASH_REPORT_LOCALS one + wxCRASH_REPORT_GLOBALS = 4, + + // default is to create the smallest possible crash report + wxCRASH_REPORT_DEFAULT = wxCRASH_REPORT_LOCATION | wxCRASH_REPORT_STACK +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCrashContext: information about the crash context +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCrashContext +{ + // initialize this object with the given information or from the current + // global exception info which is only valid inside wxApp::OnFatalException + wxCrashContext(_EXCEPTION_POINTERS *ep = NULL); + + // get the name for this exception code + wxString GetExceptionString() const; + + + // exception code + size_t code; + + // exception address + void *addr; + + // machine-specific registers vaues + struct + { +#ifdef __INTEL__ + wxInt32 eax, ebx, ecx, edx, esi, edi, + ebp, esp, eip, + cs, ds, es, fs, gs, ss, + flags; +#endif // __INTEL__ + } regs; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCrashReport: this class is used to create crash reports +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCrashReport +{ + // set the name of the file to which the report is written, it is + // constructed from the .exe name by default + static void SetFileName(const wxString& filename); + + // return the current file name + static wxString GetFileName(); + + // write the exception report to the file, return true if it could be done + // or false otherwise + // + // if ep pointer is NULL, the global exception info which is valid only + // inside wxApp::OnFatalException() is used + static bool Generate(int flags = wxCRASH_REPORT_DEFAULT, + _EXCEPTION_POINTERS *ep = NULL); + + + // generate a crash report from outside of wxApp::OnFatalException(), this + // can be used to take "snapshots" of the program in wxApp::OnAssert() for + // example + static bool GenerateNow(int flags = wxCRASH_REPORT_DEFAULT); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CRASHREPORT + +#endif // _WX_MSW_CRASHRPT_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/cross.cur b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/cross.cur new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..5b8f4632f9574aa0a22ca0e6838c414918cd4822 GIT binary patch literal 326 zcmZQzU}9ioP*7lC;AaqEFkob05My9q&;Vkf5Q75{GXfzPKq&|ZLH_^$AHf+Q7SIi- W;2)4nB>up_AWy7XusT$mz&rrdPk^rg literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/csquery.bmp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/csquery.bmp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..4e7bcdc30b27a8a0e6bb783100bc1487d21d5f0f GIT binary patch literal 206 zcmZ?rJ;wk6Wk5;;hp`#pkPX5hASfuvAR!^aprD|@U|?Xt z5EvN9kdTnTkeQjuP*G9A(9qDpFmd8Uh6M{2Fsxj;l3~M!4Gaek902Qm_wLlXckdV& w-n~oUL#1Kj1-uaPgUt89>Rubjfan&U3v3{I1Cs#n+a literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ctrlsub.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ctrlsub.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8a71384ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ctrlsub.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/ctrlsub.h +// Purpose: common functionality of wxItemContainer-derived controls +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-07-25 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ctrlsub.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_CTRLSUB_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_CTRLSUB_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxControlWithItems +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlWithItems : public wxControlWithItemsBase +{ +public: + wxControlWithItems() { } + +protected: + // preallocate memory for inserting the given new items into the control + // using the wm message (normally either LB_INITSTORAGE or CB_INITSTORAGE) + void MSWAllocStorage(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, unsigned wm); + + // insert or append a string to the controls using the given message + // (one of {CB,LB}_{ADD,INSERT}STRING, pos must be 0 when appending) + int MSWInsertOrAppendItem(unsigned pos, const wxString& item, unsigned wm); + + // normally the control containing the items is this window itself but if + // the derived control is composed of several windows, this method can be + // overridden to return the real list/combobox control + virtual WXHWND MSWGetItemsHWND() const { return GetHWND(); } + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControlWithItems) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlWithItems); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_CTRLSUB_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/cursor.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/cursor.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..28702c0400 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/cursor.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/cursor.h +// Purpose: wxCursor class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cursor.h 55884 2008-09-25 17:56:07Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_ +#define _WX_CURSOR_H_ + +#include "wx/msw/gdiimage.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage; + +// Cursor +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCursor : public wxGDIImage +{ +public: + // constructors + wxCursor(); + wxCursor(const wxImage& image); + wxCursor(const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType type = wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE, + int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0); + wxCursor(wxStockCursor id) { InitFromStock(id); } +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxCursor(int id) { InitFromStock((wxStockCursor)id); } +#endif + virtual ~wxCursor(); + + // implementation only + void SetHCURSOR(WXHCURSOR cursor) { SetHandle((WXHANDLE)cursor); } + WXHCURSOR GetHCURSOR() const { return (WXHCURSOR)GetHandle(); } + +protected: + void InitFromStock(wxStockCursor); + + virtual wxGDIImageRefData *CreateData() const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_CURSOR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/datectrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/datectrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a0cabdf9a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/datectrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/datectrl.h +// Purpose: wxDatePickerCtrl for Windows +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-01-09 +// RCS-ID: $Id: datectrl.h 49893 2007-11-13 12:10:34Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_DATECTRL_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_DATECTRL_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDatePickerCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDatePickerCtrl : public wxDatePickerCtrlBase +{ +public: + // ctors + wxDatePickerCtrl() { } + + wxDatePickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& dt = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, dt, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& dt = wxDefaultDateTime, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr); + + // set/get the date + virtual void SetValue(const wxDateTime& dt); + virtual wxDateTime GetValue() const; + + // set/get the allowed valid range for the dates, if either/both of them + // are invalid, there is no corresponding limit and if neither is set + // GetRange() returns false + virtual void SetRange(const wxDateTime& dt1, const wxDateTime& dt2); + virtual bool GetRange(wxDateTime *dt1, wxDateTime *dt2) const; + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + +protected: + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // the date currently shown by the control, may be invalid + wxDateTime m_date; + + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDatePickerCtrl) +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_DATECTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e55eb54715 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dc.h @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/dc.h +// Purpose: wxDC class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dc.h 67063 2011-02-27 12:48:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_DC_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_DC_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/dc.h" + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DC_CACHEING +/* + * Cached blitting, maintaining a cache + * of bitmaps required for transparent blitting + * instead of constant creation/deletion + */ + +class wxDCCacheEntry: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxDCCacheEntry(WXHBITMAP hBitmap, int w, int h, int depth); + wxDCCacheEntry(WXHDC hDC, int depth); + virtual ~wxDCCacheEntry(); + + WXHBITMAP m_bitmap; + WXHDC m_dc; + int m_width; + int m_height; + int m_depth; +}; +#endif + +// this is an ABC: use one of the derived classes to create a DC associated +// with a window, screen, printer and so on +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMSWDCImpl: public wxDCImpl +{ +public: + wxMSWDCImpl(wxDC *owner, WXHDC hDC); + virtual ~wxMSWDCImpl(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + virtual void Clear(); + + virtual bool StartDoc(const wxString& message); + virtual void EndDoc(); + + virtual void StartPage(); + virtual void EndPage(); + + virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font); + virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen); + virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush); + virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush); + virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode); +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + virtual void DestroyClippingRegion(); + + virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const; + virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const; + + virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const; + virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const; + virtual int GetDepth() const; + virtual wxSize GetPPI() const; + + + virtual void SetMapMode(wxMappingMode mode); + virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y); + virtual void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y); + virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp); + + virtual void SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode function); + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + virtual void SetRop(WXHDC cdc); + virtual void SelectOldObjects(WXHDC dc); + + void SetWindow(wxWindow *win) + { + m_window = win; + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + // if we have palettes use the correct one for this window + InitializePalette(); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + } + + WXHDC GetHDC() const { return m_hDC; } + void SetHDC(WXHDC dc, bool bOwnsDC = false) + { + m_hDC = dc; + m_bOwnsDC = bOwnsDC; + + // we might have a pre existing clipping region, make sure that we + // return it if asked -- but avoid calling ::GetClipBox() right now as + // it could be unnecessary wasteful + m_clipping = true; + m_clipX1 = + m_clipX2 = 0; + } + + const wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() const { return m_selectedBitmap; } + wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() { return m_selectedBitmap; } + + // update the internal clip box variables + void UpdateClipBox(); + +#if wxUSE_DC_CACHEING + static wxDCCacheEntry* FindBitmapInCache(WXHDC hDC, int w, int h); + static wxDCCacheEntry* FindDCInCache(wxDCCacheEntry* notThis, WXHDC hDC); + + static void AddToBitmapCache(wxDCCacheEntry* entry); + static void AddToDCCache(wxDCCacheEntry* entry); + static void ClearCache(); +#endif + + // RTL related functions + // --------------------- + + // get or change the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this dc, + // wxLayout_Default is returned if layout direction is not supported + virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const; + virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir); + +protected: + void Init() + { + m_bOwnsDC = false; + m_hDC = NULL; + + m_oldBitmap = NULL; + m_oldPen = NULL; + m_oldBrush = NULL; + m_oldFont = NULL; + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + m_oldPalette = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + } + + // create an uninitialized DC: this should be only used by the derived + // classes + wxMSWDCImpl( wxDC *owner ) : wxDCImpl( owner ) { Init(); } + + void RealizeScaleAndOrigin(); + +public: + virtual void DoGetFontMetrics(int *height, + int *ascent, + int *descent, + int *internalLeading, + int *externalLeading, + int *averageWidth) const; + virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *descent = NULL, + wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const; + virtual bool DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const; + + virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col, + wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE); + + virtual void DoGradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect, + const wxColour& initialColour, + const wxColour& destColour, + wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST); + + virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const; + + virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2); + + virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, + wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, + wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc); + virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double sa, double ea); + + virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + double radius); + virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + +#if wxUSE_SPLINES && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + virtual void DoDrawSpline(const wxPointList *points); +#endif + + virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + + virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + bool useMask = false); + + virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + double angle); + + virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, + wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord); + + virtual bool DoStretchBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, + wxCoord dstWidth, wxCoord dstHeight, + wxDC *source, + wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxCoord srcWidth, wxCoord srcHeight, + wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, + wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord); + + virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + virtual void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region); + virtual void DoGetClippingBox(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const; + + virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const; + + virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset); + virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE); + virtual void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE); + virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect) const + { + return subrect == NULL ? GetSelectedBitmap() + : GetSelectedBitmap().GetSubBitmap(*subrect); + } + + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + // MSW specific, select a logical palette into the HDC + // (tell windows to translate pixel from other palettes to our custom one + // and vice versa) + // Realize tells it to also reset the system palette to this one. + void DoSelectPalette(bool realize = false); + + // Find out what palette our parent window has, then select it into the dc + void InitializePalette(); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +protected: + // common part of DoDrawText() and DoDrawRotatedText() + void DrawAnyText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + + // common part of DoSetClippingRegion() and DoSetDeviceClippingRegion() + void SetClippingHrgn(WXHRGN hrgn); + + // implementation of DoGetSize() for wxScreen/PrinterDC: this simply + // returns the size of the entire device this DC is associated with + // + // notice that we intentionally put it in a separate function instead of + // DoGetSize() itself because we want it to remain pure virtual both + // because each derived class should take care to define it as needed (this + // implementation is not at all always appropriate) and because we want + // wxDC to be an ABC to prevent it from being created directly + void GetDeviceSize(int *width, int *height) const; + + + // MSW-specific member variables + // ----------------------------- + + // the window associated with this DC (may be NULL) + wxWindow *m_canvas; + + wxBitmap m_selectedBitmap; + + // TRUE => DeleteDC() in dtor, FALSE => only ReleaseDC() it + bool m_bOwnsDC:1; + + // our HDC + WXHDC m_hDC; + + // Store all old GDI objects when do a SelectObject, so we can select them + // back in (this unselecting user's objects) so we can safely delete the + // DC. + WXHBITMAP m_oldBitmap; + WXHPEN m_oldPen; + WXHBRUSH m_oldBrush; + WXHFONT m_oldFont; + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + WXHPALETTE m_oldPalette; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +#if wxUSE_DC_CACHEING + static wxObjectList sm_bitmapCache; + static wxObjectList sm_dcCache; +#endif + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxMSWDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMSWDCImpl); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDCTemp: a wxDC which doesn't free the given HDC (used by wxWidgets +// only/mainly) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCTempImpl : public wxMSWDCImpl +{ +public: + // construct a temporary DC with the specified HDC and size (it should be + // specified whenever we know it for this HDC) + wxDCTempImpl(wxDC *owner, WXHDC hdc, const wxSize& size ) + : wxMSWDCImpl( owner, hdc ), + m_size(size) + { + } + + virtual ~wxDCTempImpl() + { + // prevent base class dtor from freeing it + SetHDC((WXHDC)NULL); + } + + virtual void DoGetSize(int *w, int *h) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_size.IsFullySpecified(), + wxT("size of this DC hadn't been set and is unknown") ); + + if ( w ) + *w = m_size.x; + if ( h ) + *h = m_size.y; + } + +private: + // size of this DC must be explicitly set by SetSize() as we have no way to + // find it ourselves + const wxSize m_size; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCTempImpl); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCTemp : public wxDC +{ +public: + wxDCTemp(WXHDC hdc, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize) + : wxDC(new wxDCTempImpl(this, hdc, size)) + { + } +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_DC_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcclient.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcclient.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..22ec737e30 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcclient.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/dcclient.h +// Purpose: wxClientDC class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcclient.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_ +#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/msw/dc.h" +#include "wx/dcclient.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// array types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this one if used by wxPaintDC only +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPaintDCInfo; + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxPaintDCInfo, wxArrayDCInfo); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// DC classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDCImpl : public wxMSWDCImpl +{ +public: + // default ctor + wxWindowDCImpl( wxDC *owner ); + + // Create a DC corresponding to the whole window + wxWindowDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win ); + + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + +protected: + // initialize the newly created DC + void InitDC(); + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxWindowDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowDCImpl); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClientDCImpl : public wxWindowDCImpl +{ +public: + // default ctor + wxClientDCImpl( wxDC *owner ); + + // Create a DC corresponding to the client area of the window + wxClientDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win ); + + virtual ~wxClientDCImpl(); + + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + +protected: + void InitDC(); + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxClientDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClientDCImpl); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaintDCImpl : public wxClientDCImpl +{ +public: + wxPaintDCImpl( wxDC *owner ); + + // Create a DC corresponding for painting the window in OnPaint() + wxPaintDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win ); + + virtual ~wxPaintDCImpl(); + + // find the entry for this DC in the cache (keyed by the window) + static WXHDC FindDCInCache(wxWindow* win); + +protected: + static wxArrayDCInfo ms_cache; + + // find the entry for this DC in the cache (keyed by the window) + wxPaintDCInfo *FindInCache(size_t *index = NULL) const; + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPaintDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPaintDCImpl); +}; + +/* + * wxPaintDCEx + * This class is used when an application sends an HDC with the WM_PAINT + * message. It is used in HandlePaint and need not be used by an application. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaintDCEx : public wxPaintDC +{ +public: + wxPaintDCEx(wxWindow *canvas, WXHDC dc); + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPaintDCEx) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPaintDCEx); +}; + +#endif + // _WX_DCCLIENT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcmemory.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcmemory.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f5c6b39f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcmemory.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/dcmemory.h +// Purpose: wxMemoryDC class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcmemory.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_ +#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_ + +#include "wx/dcmemory.h" +#include "wx/msw/dc.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMemoryDCImpl: public wxMSWDCImpl +{ +public: + wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner ); + wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxBitmap& bitmap ); + wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxDC *dc ); // Create compatible DC + + // override some base class virtuals + virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height); + virtual void DoGetSize(int* width, int* height) const; + virtual void DoSelect(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect* subrect) const + { return subrect == NULL ? GetSelectedBitmap() : GetSelectedBitmap().GetSubBitmapOfHDC(*subrect, GetHDC() );} + +protected: + // create DC compatible with the given one or screen if dc == NULL + bool CreateCompatible(wxDC *dc); + + // initialize the newly created DC + void Init(); + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxMemoryDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryDCImpl); +}; + +#endif + // _WX_DCMEMORY_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcprint.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcprint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a6a876067d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/dcprint.h +// Purpose: wxPrinterDC class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcprint.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_DCPRINT_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_DCPRINT_H_ + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#include "wx/dcprint.h" +#include "wx/cmndata.h" +#include "wx/msw/dc.h" + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// wxPrinterDCImpl +// + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrinterDCImpl : public wxMSWDCImpl +{ +public: + // Create from print data + wxPrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ); + wxPrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, WXHDC theDC ); + + // override some base class virtuals + virtual bool StartDoc(const wxString& message); + virtual void EndDoc(); + virtual void StartPage(); + virtual void EndPage(); + + virtual wxRect GetPaperRect() const; + +protected: + virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + bool useMask = false); + virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, + wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord); + virtual void DoGetSize(int *w, int *h) const + { + GetDeviceSize(w, h); + } + + + // init the dc + void Init(); + + wxPrintData m_printData; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrinterDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrinterDCImpl); +}; + +// Gets an HDC for the specified printer configuration +WXHDC WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGetPrinterDC(const wxPrintData& data); + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// wxPrinterDCromHDC +// + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrinterDCFromHDC: public wxPrinterDC +{ +public: + wxPrinterDCFromHDC( WXHDC theDC ) + : wxPrinterDC(new wxPrinterDCImpl(this, theDC)) + { + } +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#endif // _WX_MSW_DCPRINT_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcscreen.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcscreen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aef59cbb0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dcscreen.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/dcscreen.h +// Purpose: wxScreenDC class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcscreen.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_DCSCREEN_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_DCSCREEN_H_ + +#include "wx/dcscreen.h" +#include "wx/msw/dc.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScreenDCImpl : public wxMSWDCImpl +{ +public: + // Create a DC representing the whole screen + wxScreenDCImpl( wxScreenDC *owner ); + + virtual void DoGetSize(int *w, int *h) const + { + GetDeviceSize(w, h); + } + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxScreenDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScreenDCImpl); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_DCSCREEN_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dde.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dde.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3f024deee --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dde.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/dde.h +// Purpose: DDE class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dde.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DDE_H_ +#define _WX_DDE_H_ + +#include "wx/ipcbase.h" + +/* + * Mini-DDE implementation + + Most transactions involve a topic name and an item name (choose these + as befits your application). + + A client can: + + - ask the server to execute commands (data) associated with a topic + - request data from server by topic and item + - poke data into the server + - ask the server to start an advice loop on topic/item + - ask the server to stop an advice loop + + A server can: + + - respond to execute, request, poke and advice start/stop + - send advise data to client + + Note that this limits the server in the ways it can send data to the + client, i.e. it can't send unsolicited information. + * + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDDEServer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDDEClient; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDDEConnection : public wxConnectionBase +{ +public: + wxDDEConnection(void *buffer, size_t size); // use external buffer + wxDDEConnection(); // use internal buffer + virtual ~wxDDEConnection(); + + // implement base class pure virtual methods + virtual const void *Request(const wxString& item, + size_t *size = NULL, + wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT); + virtual bool StartAdvise(const wxString& item); + virtual bool StopAdvise(const wxString& item); + virtual bool Disconnect(); + +protected: + virtual bool DoExecute(const void *data, size_t size, wxIPCFormat format); + virtual bool DoPoke(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size, + wxIPCFormat format); + virtual bool DoAdvise(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size, + wxIPCFormat format); + +public: + wxString m_topicName; + wxDDEServer* m_server; + wxDDEClient* m_client; + + WXHCONV m_hConv; + const void* m_sendingData; + int m_dataSize; + wxIPCFormat m_dataType; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDDEConnection); + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDDEConnection) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDDEServer : public wxServerBase +{ +public: + wxDDEServer(); + bool Create(const wxString& server_name); + virtual ~wxDDEServer(); + + virtual wxConnectionBase *OnAcceptConnection(const wxString& topic); + + // Find/delete wxDDEConnection corresponding to the HCONV + wxDDEConnection *FindConnection(WXHCONV conv); + bool DeleteConnection(WXHCONV conv); + wxString& GetServiceName() const { return (wxString&) m_serviceName; } + + wxDDEConnectionList& GetConnections() const + { return (wxDDEConnectionList&) m_connections; } + +protected: + int m_lastError; + wxString m_serviceName; + wxDDEConnectionList m_connections; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDDEServer) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDDEClient: public wxClientBase +{ +public: + wxDDEClient(); + virtual ~wxDDEClient(); + + bool ValidHost(const wxString& host); + + // Call this to make a connection. Returns NULL if cannot. + virtual wxConnectionBase *MakeConnection(const wxString& host, + const wxString& server, + const wxString& topic); + + // Tailor this to return own connection. + virtual wxConnectionBase *OnMakeConnection(); + + // Find/delete wxDDEConnection corresponding to the HCONV + wxDDEConnection *FindConnection(WXHCONV conv); + bool DeleteConnection(WXHCONV conv); + + wxDDEConnectionList& GetConnections() const + { return (wxDDEConnectionList&) m_connections; } + +protected: + int m_lastError; + wxDDEConnectionList m_connections; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDDEClient) +}; + +void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDDEInitialize(); +void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDDECleanUp(); + +#endif // _WX_DDE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/debughlp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/debughlp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e4337ce751 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/debughlp.h @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/debughlp.h +// Purpose: wraps dbghelp.h standard file +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-01-08 (extracted from msw/crashrpt.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: debughlp.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003-2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_DEBUGHLPH_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_DEBUGHLPH_H_ + +#include "wx/dynlib.h" + +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ +#include +#endif // __WXWINCE__ +#include "wx/msw/private.h" + +// we need to determine whether we have the declarations for the function in +// debughlp.dll version 5.81 (at least) and we check for DBHLPAPI to test this +// +// reasons: +// - VC6 version of imagehlp.h doesn't define it +// - VC7 one does +// - testing for compiler version doesn't work as you can install and use +// the new SDK headers with VC6 +// +// in any case, the user may override by defining wxUSE_DBGHELP himself +#ifndef wxUSE_DBGHELP + #ifdef DBHLPAPI + #define wxUSE_DBGHELP 1 + #else + #define wxUSE_DBGHELP 0 + #endif +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DBGHELP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDbgHelpDLL: dynamically load dbghelp.dll functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wrapper for some functions from dbghelp.dll +// +// MT note: this class is not MT safe and should be only used from a single +// thread at a time (this is so because dbghelp.dll is not MT-safe +// itself anyhow) +class wxDbgHelpDLL +{ +public: + // some useful constants not present in debughlp.h (stolen from DIA SDK) + enum BasicType + { + BASICTYPE_NOTYPE = 0, + BASICTYPE_VOID = 1, + BASICTYPE_CHAR = 2, + BASICTYPE_WCHAR = 3, + BASICTYPE_INT = 6, + BASICTYPE_UINT = 7, + BASICTYPE_FLOAT = 8, + BASICTYPE_BCD = 9, + BASICTYPE_BOOL = 10, + BASICTYPE_LONG = 13, + BASICTYPE_ULONG = 14, + BASICTYPE_CURRENCY = 25, + BASICTYPE_DATE = 26, + BASICTYPE_VARIANT = 27, + BASICTYPE_COMPLEX = 28, + BASICTYPE_BIT = 29, + BASICTYPE_BSTR = 30, + BASICTYPE_HRESULT = 31, + BASICTYPE_MAX + }; + + enum SymbolTag + { + SYMBOL_TAG_NULL, + SYMBOL_TAG_EXE, + SYMBOL_TAG_COMPILAND, + SYMBOL_TAG_COMPILAND_DETAILS, + SYMBOL_TAG_COMPILAND_ENV, + SYMBOL_TAG_FUNCTION, + SYMBOL_TAG_BLOCK, + SYMBOL_TAG_DATA, + SYMBOL_TAG_ANNOTATION, + SYMBOL_TAG_LABEL, + SYMBOL_TAG_PUBLIC_SYMBOL, + SYMBOL_TAG_UDT, + SYMBOL_TAG_ENUM, + SYMBOL_TAG_FUNCTION_TYPE, + SYMBOL_TAG_POINTER_TYPE, + SYMBOL_TAG_ARRAY_TYPE, + SYMBOL_TAG_BASE_TYPE, + SYMBOL_TAG_TYPEDEF, + SYMBOL_TAG_BASE_CLASS, + SYMBOL_TAG_FRIEND, + SYMBOL_TAG_FUNCTION_ARG_TYPE, + SYMBOL_TAG_FUNC_DEBUG_START, + SYMBOL_TAG_FUNC_DEBUG_END, + SYMBOL_TAG_USING_NAMESPACE, + SYMBOL_TAG_VTABLE_SHAPE, + SYMBOL_TAG_VTABLE, + SYMBOL_TAG_CUSTOM, + SYMBOL_TAG_THUNK, + SYMBOL_TAG_CUSTOM_TYPE, + SYMBOL_TAG_MANAGED_TYPE, + SYMBOL_TAG_DIMENSION, + SYMBOL_TAG_MAX + }; + + enum DataKind + { + DATA_UNKNOWN, + DATA_LOCAL, + DATA_STATIC_LOCAL, + DATA_PARAM, + DATA_OBJECT_PTR, // "this" pointer + DATA_FILE_STATIC, + DATA_GLOBAL, + DATA_MEMBER, + DATA_STATIC_MEMBER, + DATA_CONSTANT, + DATA_MAX + }; + + enum UdtKind + { + UDT_STRUCT, + UDT_CLASS, + UDT_UNION, + UDT_MAX + }; + + + // function types + typedef DWORD (WINAPI *SymGetOptions_t)(); + typedef DWORD (WINAPI *SymSetOptions_t)(DWORD); + typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymInitialize_t)(HANDLE, LPSTR, BOOL); + typedef BOOL (WINAPI *StackWalk_t)(DWORD, HANDLE, HANDLE, LPSTACKFRAME, + LPVOID, PREAD_PROCESS_MEMORY_ROUTINE, + PFUNCTION_TABLE_ACCESS_ROUTINE, + PGET_MODULE_BASE_ROUTINE, + PTRANSLATE_ADDRESS_ROUTINE); + typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymFromAddr_t)(HANDLE, DWORD64, PDWORD64, PSYMBOL_INFO); + typedef LPVOID (WINAPI *SymFunctionTableAccess_t)(HANDLE, DWORD); + typedef DWORD (WINAPI *SymGetModuleBase_t)(HANDLE, DWORD); + typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymGetLineFromAddr_t)(HANDLE, DWORD, + PDWORD, PIMAGEHLP_LINE); + typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymSetContext_t)(HANDLE, PIMAGEHLP_STACK_FRAME, + PIMAGEHLP_CONTEXT); + typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymEnumSymbols_t)(HANDLE, ULONG64, PCSTR, + PSYM_ENUMERATESYMBOLS_CALLBACK, PVOID); + typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymGetTypeInfo_t)(HANDLE, DWORD64, ULONG, + IMAGEHLP_SYMBOL_TYPE_INFO, PVOID); + typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SymCleanup_t)(HANDLE); + typedef BOOL (WINAPI *EnumerateLoadedModules_t)(HANDLE, PENUMLOADED_MODULES_CALLBACK, PVOID); + typedef BOOL (WINAPI *MiniDumpWriteDump_t)(HANDLE, DWORD, HANDLE, + MINIDUMP_TYPE, + CONST PMINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION, + CONST PMINIDUMP_USER_STREAM_INFORMATION, + CONST PMINIDUMP_CALLBACK_INFORMATION); + + #define wxDO_FOR_ALL_SYM_FUNCS(what) \ + what(SymGetOptions); \ + what(SymSetOptions); \ + what(SymInitialize); \ + what(StackWalk); \ + what(SymFromAddr); \ + what(SymFunctionTableAccess); \ + what(SymGetModuleBase); \ + what(SymGetLineFromAddr); \ + what(SymSetContext); \ + what(SymEnumSymbols); \ + what(SymGetTypeInfo); \ + what(SymCleanup); \ + what(EnumerateLoadedModules); \ + what(MiniDumpWriteDump) + + #define wxDECLARE_SYM_FUNCTION(func) static func ## _t func + + wxDO_FOR_ALL_SYM_FUNCS(wxDECLARE_SYM_FUNCTION); + + #undef wxDECLARE_SYM_FUNCTION + + // load all functions from DLL, return true if ok + static bool Init(); + + // return the string with the error message explaining why Init() failed + static const wxString& GetErrorMessage(); + + // log error returned by the given function to debug output + static void LogError(const wxChar *func); + + // return textual representation of the value of given symbol + static wxString DumpSymbol(PSYMBOL_INFO pSymInfo, void *pVariable); + + // return the name of the symbol with given type index + static wxString GetSymbolName(PSYMBOL_INFO pSymInfo); + +private: + // dereference the given symbol, i.e. return symbol which is not a + // pointer/reference any more + // + // if ppData != NULL, dereference the pointer as many times as we + // dereferenced the symbol + // + // return the tag of the dereferenced symbol + static SymbolTag DereferenceSymbol(PSYMBOL_INFO pSymInfo, void **ppData); + + static wxString DumpField(PSYMBOL_INFO pSymInfo, + void *pVariable, + unsigned level); + + static wxString DumpBaseType(BasicType bt, DWORD64 length, void *pVariable); + + static wxString DumpUDT(PSYMBOL_INFO pSymInfo, + void *pVariable, + unsigned level = 0); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_DBGHELP + +#endif // _WX_MSW_DEBUGHLPH_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dialog.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dialog.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ea9a3766b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/dialog.h +// Purpose: wxDialog class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dialog.h 60559 2009-05-09 12:26:15Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_ +#define _WX_DIALOG_H_ + +#include "wx/panel.h" + +// this option is always enabled (there doesn't seem to be any good reason to +// disable it) for desktop Windows versions but Windows CE dialogs are usually +// not resizeable and never show resize gripper anyhow so don't use it there +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + #define wxUSE_DIALOG_SIZEGRIP 0 +#else + #define wxUSE_DIALOG_SIZEGRIP 1 +#endif + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDialogNameStr[]; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialogModalData; + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR && (defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)) +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBar; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxToolBarNameStr[]; +#endif + +// Dialog boxes +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialog : public wxDialogBase +{ +public: + wxDialog() { Init(); } + + // full ctor + wxDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr); + + virtual ~wxDialog(); + + // return true if we're showing the dialog modally + virtual bool IsModal() const { return m_modalData != NULL; } + + // show the dialog modally and return the value passed to EndModal() + virtual int ShowModal(); + + // may be called to terminate the dialog with the given return code + virtual void EndModal(int retCode); + + + // we treat dialog toolbars specially under Windows CE +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR && defined(__POCKETPC__) + // create main toolbar by calling OnCreateToolBar() + virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr); + // return a new toolbar + virtual wxToolBar *OnCreateToolBar(long style, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& name ); + + // get the main toolbar + wxToolBar *GetToolBar() const { return m_dialogToolBar; } +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR && __POCKETPC__ + + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // override some base class virtuals + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + + virtual void Raise(); + + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style); + +#ifdef __POCKETPC__ + // Responds to the OK button in a PocketPC titlebar. This + // can be overridden, or you can change the id used for + // sending the event with SetAffirmativeId. Returns false + // if the event was not processed. + virtual bool DoOK(); +#endif + + // Windows callbacks + WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + +private: +#if wxUSE_DIALOG_SIZEGRIP + // these functions deal with the gripper window shown in the corner of + // resizeable dialogs + void CreateGripper(); + void DestroyGripper(); + void ShowGripper(bool show); + void ResizeGripper(); + + // this function is used to adjust Z-order of new children relative to the + // gripper if we have one + void OnWindowCreate(wxWindowCreateEvent& event); + + // gripper window for a resizable dialog, NULL if we're not resizable + WXHWND m_hGripper; +#endif // wxUSE_DIALOG_SIZEGRIP + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR && defined(__POCKETPC__) + wxToolBar* m_dialogToolBar; +#endif + + // this pointer is non-NULL only while the modal event loop is running + wxDialogModalData *m_modalData; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDialog); +}; + +#endif + // _WX_DIALOG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dib.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f996d0de70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dib.h @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/dib.h +// Purpose: wxDIB class representing Win32 device independent bitmaps +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 03.03.03 (replaces the old file with the same name) +// RCS-ID: $Id: dib.h 65959 2010-10-30 23:50:50Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997-2003 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_DIB_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_DIB_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette; + +#include "wx/msw/private.h" + +#if wxUSE_WXDIB + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDIB: represents a DIB section +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDIB +{ +public: + // ctors and such + // -------------- + + // create an uninitialized DIB with the given width, height and depth (only + // 24 and 32 bpp DIBs are currently supported) + // + // after using this ctor, GetData() and GetHandle() may be used if IsOk() + // returns true + wxDIB(int width, int height, int depth) + { Init(); (void)Create(width, height, depth); } + + // create a DIB from the DDB + wxDIB(const wxBitmap& bmp) + { Init(); (void)Create(bmp); } + + // create a DIB from the Windows DDB + wxDIB(HBITMAP hbmp) + { Init(); (void)Create(hbmp); } + + // load a DIB from file (any depth is supoprted here unlike above) + // + // as above, use IsOk() to see if the bitmap was loaded successfully + wxDIB(const wxString& filename) + { Init(); (void)Load(filename); } + + // same as the corresponding ctors but with return value + bool Create(int width, int height, int depth); + bool Create(const wxBitmap& bmp) { return Create(GetHbitmapOf(bmp)); } + bool Create(HBITMAP hbmp); + bool Load(const wxString& filename); + + // dtor is not virtual, this class is not meant to be used polymorphically + ~wxDIB(); + + + // operations + // ---------- + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + // create a bitmap compatible with the given HDC (or screen by default) and + // return its handle, the caller is responsible for freeing it (using + // DeleteObject()) + HBITMAP CreateDDB(HDC hdc = 0) const; +#endif // !__WXWINCE__ + + // get the handle from the DIB and reset it, i.e. this object won't destroy + // the DIB after this (but the caller should do it) + HBITMAP Detach() { HBITMAP hbmp = m_handle; m_handle = 0; return hbmp; } + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + // create a palette for this DIB (always a trivial/default one for 24bpp) + wxPalette *CreatePalette() const; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + // save the DIB as a .BMP file to the file with the given name + bool Save(const wxString& filename); + + + // accessors + // --------- + + // return true if DIB was successfully created, false otherwise + bool IsOk() const { return m_handle != 0; } + + // get the bitmap size + wxSize GetSize() const { DoGetObject(); return wxSize(m_width, m_height); } + int GetWidth() const { DoGetObject(); return m_width; } + int GetHeight() const { DoGetObject(); return m_height; } + + // get the number of bits per pixel, or depth + int GetDepth() const { DoGetObject(); return m_depth; } + + // get the DIB handle + HBITMAP GetHandle() const { return m_handle; } + + // get raw pointer to bitmap bits, you should know what you do if you + // decide to use it + unsigned char *GetData() const + { DoGetObject(); return (unsigned char *)m_data; } + + + // HBITMAP conversion + // ------------------ + + // these functions are only used by wxWidgets internally right now, please + // don't use them directly if possible as they're subject to change + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + // creates a DDB compatible with the given (or screen) DC from either + // a plain DIB or a DIB section (in which case the last parameter must be + // non NULL) + static HBITMAP ConvertToBitmap(const BITMAPINFO *pbi, + HDC hdc = 0, + void *bits = NULL); + + // create a plain DIB (not a DIB section) from a DDB, the caller is + // responsable for freeing it using ::GlobalFree() + static HGLOBAL ConvertFromBitmap(HBITMAP hbmp); + + // creates a DIB from the given DDB or calculates the space needed by it: + // if pbi is NULL, only the space is calculated, otherwise pbi is supposed + // to point at BITMAPINFO of the correct size which is filled by this + // function (this overload is needed for wxBitmapDataObject code in + // src/msw/ole/dataobj.cpp) + static size_t ConvertFromBitmap(BITMAPINFO *pbi, HBITMAP hbmp); +#endif // __WXWINCE__ + + + // wxImage conversion + // ------------------ + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + // Possible formats for DIBs created by the functions below. + enum PixelFormat + { + PixelFormat_PreMultiplied = 0, + PixelFormat_NotPreMultiplied = 1 + }; + + // Create a DIB from the given image, the DIB will be either 24 or 32 (if + // the image has alpha channel) bpp. + // + // By default the DIB stores pixel data in pre-multiplied format so that it + // can be used with ::AlphaBlend() but it is also possible to disable + // pre-multiplication for the DIB to be usable with ImageList_Draw() which + // does pre-multiplication internally. + wxDIB(const wxImage& image, PixelFormat pf = PixelFormat_PreMultiplied) + { + Init(); + (void)Create(image, pf); + } + + // same as the above ctor but with the return code + bool Create(const wxImage& image, PixelFormat pf = PixelFormat_PreMultiplied); + + // create wxImage having the same data as this DIB + wxImage ConvertToImage() const; +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + + + // helper functions + // ---------------- + + // return the size of one line in a DIB with given width and depth: the + // point here is that as the scan lines need to be DWORD aligned so we may + // need to add some padding + static unsigned long GetLineSize(int width, int depth) + { + return ((width*depth + 31) & ~31) >> 3; + } + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // free resources + void Free(); + + // initialize the contents from the provided DDB (Create() must have been + // already called) + bool CopyFromDDB(HBITMAP hbmp); + + + // the DIB section handle, 0 if invalid + HBITMAP m_handle; + + // NB: we could store only m_handle and not any of the other fields as + // we may always retrieve them from it using ::GetObject(), but we + // decide to still store them for efficiency concerns -- however if we + // don't have them from the very beginning (e.g. DIB constructed from a + // bitmap), we only retrieve them when necessary and so these fields + // should *never* be accessed directly, even from inside wxDIB code + + // function which must be called before accessing any members and which + // gets their values from m_handle, if not done yet + void DoGetObject() const; + + // pointer to DIB bits, may be NULL + void *m_data; + + // size and depth of the image + int m_width, + m_height, + m_depth; + + // in some cases we could be using a handle which we didn't create and in + // this case we shouldn't free it neither -- this flag tell us if this is + // the case + bool m_ownsHandle; + + + // DIBs can't be copied + wxDIB(const wxDIB&); + wxDIB& operator=(const wxDIB&); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// inline functions implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline +void wxDIB::Init() +{ + m_handle = 0; + m_ownsHandle = true; + + m_data = NULL; + + m_width = + m_height = + m_depth = 0; +} + +inline +void wxDIB::Free() +{ + if ( m_handle && m_ownsHandle ) + { + if ( !::DeleteObject(m_handle) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("DeleteObject(hDIB)")); + } + + Init(); + } +} + +inline wxDIB::~wxDIB() +{ + Free(); +} + +#endif + // wxUSE_WXDIB + +#endif // _WX_MSW_DIB_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dirdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dirdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e570c2274 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dirdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/dirdlg.h +// Purpose: wxDirDialog class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dirdlg.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_ +#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirDialog : public wxDirDialogBase +{ +public: + wxDirDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString, + long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr); + + void SetPath(const wxString& path); + + virtual int ShowModal(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDirDialog) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_DIRDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dragimag.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dragimag.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..44dafc0025 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/dragimag.h @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/dragimag.h +// Purpose: wxDragImage class: a kind of a cursor, that can cope +// with more sophisticated images +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 08/04/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dragimag.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_ +#define _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_ + +#if wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" +#include "wx/cursor.h" +#include "wx/treectrl.h" +#include "wx/listctrl.h" + +// If 1, use a simple wxCursor instead of ImageList_SetDragCursorImage +#define wxUSE_SIMPLER_DRAGIMAGE 0 + +/* + To use this class, create a wxDragImage when you start dragging, for example: + + void MyTreeCtrl::OnBeginDrag(wxTreeEvent& event) + { +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + ::UpdateWindow((HWND) GetHWND()); // We need to implement this in wxWidgets +#endif + + CaptureMouse(); + + m_dragImage = new wxDragImage(* this, itemId); + m_dragImage->BeginDrag(wxPoint(0, 0), this); + m_dragImage->Move(pt, this); + m_dragImage->Show(this); + ... + } + + In your OnMouseMove function, hide the image, do any display updating required, + then move and show the image again: + + void MyTreeCtrl::OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event) + { + if (m_dragMode == MY_TREE_DRAG_NONE) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + // Prevent screen corruption by hiding the image + if (m_dragImage) + m_dragImage->Hide(this); + + // Do some updating of the window, such as highlighting the drop target + ... + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + if (updateWindow) + ::UpdateWindow((HWND) GetHWND()); +#endif + + // Move and show the image again + m_dragImage->Move(event.GetPosition(), this); + m_dragImage->Show(this); + } + + Eventually we end the drag and delete the drag image. + + void MyTreeCtrl::OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event) + { + ... + + // End the drag and delete the drag image + if (m_dragImage) + { + m_dragImage->EndDrag(this); + delete m_dragImage; + m_dragImage = NULL; + } + ReleaseMouse(); + } +*/ + +/* + Notes for Unix version: + Can we simply use cursors instead, creating a cursor dynamically, setting it into the window + in BeginDrag, and restoring the old cursor in EndDrag? + For a really bog-standard implementation, we could simply use a normal dragging cursor + and ignore the image. +*/ + +/* + * wxDragImage + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDragImage: public wxObject +{ +public: + + // Ctors & dtor + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + wxDragImage(); + wxDragImage(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor) + { + Init(); + + Create(image, cursor); + } + + // Deprecated form of the above + wxDragImage(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) + { + Init(); + + Create(image, cursor, cursorHotspot); + } + + wxDragImage(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor) + { + Init(); + + Create(image, cursor); + } + + // Deprecated form of the above + wxDragImage(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) + { + Init(); + + Create(image, cursor, cursorHotspot); + } + + wxDragImage(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor) + { + Init(); + + Create(str, cursor); + } + + // Deprecated form of the above + wxDragImage(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) + { + Init(); + + Create(str, cursor, cursorHotspot); + } + +#if wxUSE_TREECTRL + wxDragImage(const wxTreeCtrl& treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId& id) + { + Init(); + + Create(treeCtrl, id); + } +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL + wxDragImage(const wxListCtrl& listCtrl, long id) + { + Init(); + + Create(listCtrl, id); + } +#endif + + virtual ~wxDragImage(); + + // Attributes + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // Operations + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // Create a drag image from a bitmap and optional cursor + bool Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor); + bool Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot)) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("wxDragImage::Create: use of a cursor hotspot is now deprecated. Please omit this argument.")); + return Create(image, cursor); + } + + // Create a drag image from an icon and optional cursor + bool Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor); + bool Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot)) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("wxDragImage::Create: use of a cursor hotspot is now deprecated. Please omit this argument.")); + return Create(image, cursor); + } + + // Create a drag image from a string and optional cursor + bool Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor); + bool Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot)) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("wxDragImage::Create: use of a cursor hotspot is now deprecated. Please omit this argument.")); + return Create(str, cursor); + } + +#if wxUSE_TREECTRL + // Create a drag image for the given tree control item + bool Create(const wxTreeCtrl& treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId& id); +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL + // Create a drag image for the given list control item + bool Create(const wxListCtrl& listCtrl, long id); +#endif + + // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left + // corner of the image. + bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, bool fullScreen = false, wxRect* rect = NULL); + + // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left + // corner of the image. This is full screen only. fullScreenRect gives the + // position of the window on the screen, to restrict the drag to. + bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, wxWindow* fullScreenRect); + + // End drag + bool EndDrag(); + + // Move the image: call from OnMouseMove. Pt is in window client coordinates if window + // is non-NULL, or in screen coordinates if NULL. + bool Move(const wxPoint& pt); + + // Show the image + bool Show(); + + // Hide the image + bool Hide(); + + // Implementation + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // Initialize variables + void Init(); + + // Returns the native image list handle + WXHIMAGELIST GetHIMAGELIST() const { return m_hImageList; } + +#if !wxUSE_SIMPLER_DRAGIMAGE + // Returns the native image list handle for the cursor + WXHIMAGELIST GetCursorHIMAGELIST() const { return m_hCursorImageList; } +#endif + +protected: + WXHIMAGELIST m_hImageList; + +#if wxUSE_SIMPLER_DRAGIMAGE + wxCursor m_oldCursor; +#else + WXHIMAGELIST m_hCursorImageList; +#endif + + wxCursor m_cursor; +// wxPoint m_cursorHotspot; // Obsolete + wxPoint m_position; + wxWindow* m_window; + wxRect m_boundingRect; + bool m_fullScreen; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDragImage) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDragImage); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE +#endif + // _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/drive.ico b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/drive.ico new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..cac90115fef141fb49d4c7dc4a4e6d31d4796e5c GIT binary patch literal 1718 zcma*nF=*RZ9LMordM(M6W=*DB6tc#9!i|n6FNt?g1w$4OHeRABF*I1v+{d{!_uwL?=QFqL|y zY{%sICZ*B5mulBi@j}X#rA%Hygzw{9cn@F37qExK0e%m^i+Avwc;;=l@eO^ zeJAk33opF#itv4W3-95}_yYb=rUU#Qei!fHH}O+^h!5~Rd;|ush z`~iLszl(S9n|S7JxA6^p37^F~OR6JTgzw{9cn@F37aZ9k)jXh@dsK6mYC2SN6F!uRnlyoWF23-~3s5Az0U;~V%AK8tto%L)`&gzw{9cn?pdt-v39y+DCY@gY9I z_wXG&#aU9Iz__1@22moighMPV(BtEyMx&AL?(TGZd#jt98(m#p$@hI-US6u%Z0hv% zRJB@7$H&Ji7K=JMI#Mo|)BgUxGMS9Fx3{&mwWam-bxpsS{{Hld=h)?W;k@ai#QA3f zeR?UDb}!oGWg85};jcEC3A058r2pFQ*2!JesY{L0_`0am4;UG$8vp +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_ENHMETA_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_ENHMETA_H_ + +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + #include "wx/dataobj.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEnhMetaFile: encapsulation of Win32 HENHMETAFILE +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxEnhMetaFile : public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + wxEnhMetaFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString) : m_filename(file) + { Init(); } + wxEnhMetaFile(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile) : wxGDIObject() + { Init(); Assign(metafile); } + wxEnhMetaFile& operator=(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile) + { Free(); Assign(metafile); return *this; } + + virtual ~wxEnhMetaFile() + { Free(); } + + // display the picture stored in the metafile on the given DC + bool Play(wxDC *dc, wxRect *rectBound = NULL); + + // accessors + virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_hMF != 0; } + + wxSize GetSize() const; + int GetWidth() const { return GetSize().x; } + int GetHeight() const { return GetSize().y; } + + const wxString& GetFileName() const { return m_filename; } + + // copy the metafile to the clipboard: the width and height parameters are + // for backwards compatibility (with wxMetaFile) only, they are ignored by + // this method + bool SetClipboard(int width = 0, int height = 0); + + // implementation + WXHANDLE GetHENHMETAFILE() const { return m_hMF; } + void SetHENHMETAFILE(WXHANDLE hMF) { Free(); m_hMF = hMF; } + +protected: + void Init(); + void Free(); + void Assign(const wxEnhMetaFile& mf); + + // we don't use these functions (but probably should) but have to implement + // them as they're pure virtual in the base class + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + wxString m_filename; + WXHANDLE m_hMF; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEnhMetaFile) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEnhMetaFileDC: allows to create a wxEnhMetaFile +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxEnhMetaFileDC : public wxDC +{ +public: + // the ctor parameters specify the filename (empty for memory metafiles), + // the metafile picture size and the optional description/comment + wxEnhMetaFileDC(const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString, + int width = 0, int height = 0, + const wxString& description = wxEmptyString); + + // as above, but takes reference DC as first argument to take resolution, + // size, font metrics etc. from + wxEnhMetaFileDC(const wxDC& referenceDC, + const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString, + int width = 0, int height = 0, + const wxString& description = wxEmptyString); + + // obtain a pointer to the new metafile (caller should delete it) + wxEnhMetaFile *Close(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxEnhMetaFileDC) +}; + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEnhMetaFileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for enh metafile +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// notice that we want to support both CF_METAFILEPICT and CF_ENHMETAFILE and +// so we derive from wxDataObject and not from wxDataObjectSimple +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxEnhMetaFileDataObject : public wxDataObject +{ +public: + // ctors + wxEnhMetaFileDataObject() { } + wxEnhMetaFileDataObject(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile) + : m_metafile(metafile) { } + + // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on + // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used + virtual void SetMetafile(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile) + { m_metafile = metafile; } + virtual wxEnhMetaFile GetMetafile() const + { return m_metafile; } + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir) const; + virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction dir) const; + virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, Direction dir) const; + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t len, + const void *buf); + +protected: + wxEnhMetaFile m_metafile; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEnhMetaFileDataObject); +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject does derive from wxDataObjectSimple which +// makes it more convenient to use (it can be used with wxDataObjectComposite) +// at the price of not supoprting any more CF_METAFILEPICT but only +// CF_ENHMETAFILE +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple +{ +public: + // ctors + wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject() : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_ENHMETAFILE) { } + wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile) + : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_ENHMETAFILE), m_metafile(metafile) { } + + // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on + // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used + virtual void SetEnhMetafile(const wxEnhMetaFile& metafile) + { m_metafile = metafile; } + virtual wxEnhMetaFile GetEnhMetafile() const + { return m_metafile; } + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const + { return GetDataSize(); } + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), + void *buf) const + { return GetDataHere(buf); } + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), + size_t len, const void *buf) + { return SetData(len, buf); } + +protected: + wxEnhMetaFile m_metafile; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEnhMetaFileSimpleDataObject); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#endif // _WX_MSW_ENHMETA_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/evtloop.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/evtloop.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2d9b2e3e12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/evtloop.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/evtloop.h +// Purpose: wxEventLoop class for MSW +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-07-31 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloop.h 59161 2009-02-26 14:15:20Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003-2004 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_EVTLOOP_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_EVTLOOP_H_ + +#if wxUSE_GUI +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" +#include "wx/window.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventLoop +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMSWEventLoopBase : public wxEventLoopManual +{ +public: + wxMSWEventLoopBase(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual bool Pending() const; + +protected: + // get the next message from queue and return true or return false if we + // got WM_QUIT or an error occurred + bool GetNextMessage(WXMSG *msg); + + // same as above but with a timeout and return value can be -1 meaning that + // time out expired in addition to + int GetNextMessageTimeout(WXMSG *msg, unsigned long timeout); +}; + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(MSG, wxMSGArray); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIEventLoop : public wxMSWEventLoopBase +{ +public: + wxGUIEventLoop() { } + + // process a single message: calls PreProcessMessage() before dispatching + // it + virtual void ProcessMessage(WXMSG *msg); + + // preprocess a message, return true if processed (i.e. no further + // dispatching required) + virtual bool PreProcessMessage(WXMSG *msg); + + // set the critical window: this is the window such that all the events + // except those to this window (and its children) stop to be processed + // (typical examples: assert or crash report dialog) + // + // calling this function with NULL argument restores the normal event + // handling + static void SetCriticalWindow(wxWindowMSW *win) { ms_winCritical = win; } + + // return true if there is no critical window or if this window is [a child + // of] the critical one + static bool AllowProcessing(wxWindowMSW *win) + { + return !ms_winCritical || IsChildOfCriticalWindow(win); + } + + // override/implement base class virtuals + virtual bool Dispatch(); + virtual int DispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout); + virtual void WakeUp(); + virtual bool YieldFor(long eventsToProcess); + +protected: + virtual void OnNextIteration(); + +private: + // check if the given window is a child of ms_winCritical (which must be + // non NULL) + static bool IsChildOfCriticalWindow(wxWindowMSW *win); + + // array of messages used for temporary storage by YieldFor() + wxMSGArray m_arrMSG; + + // critical window or NULL + static wxWindowMSW *ms_winCritical; +}; + +#else // !wxUSE_GUI + +#if wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConsoleEventLoop : public wxMSWEventLoopBase +{ +public: + wxConsoleEventLoop() { } + + // override/implement base class virtuals + virtual bool Dispatch(); + virtual int DispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout); + virtual void WakeUp(); + virtual bool YieldFor(long WXUNUSED(eventsToProcess)) { return true; } + + // MSW-specific function to process a single message + virtual void ProcessMessage(WXMSG *msg); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI/!wxUSE_GUI + +#endif // _WX_MSW_EVTLOOP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b86e7f014 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h +// Purpose: wxFindReplaceDialog class +// Author: Markus Greither +// Modified by: 31.07.01: VZ: integrated into wxWidgets +// Created: 23/03/2001 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fdrepdlg.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Markus Greither +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_FDREPDLG_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_FDREPDLG_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFindReplaceDialog: dialog for searching / replacing text +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFindReplaceDialog : public wxFindReplaceDialogBase +{ +public: + // ctors and such + wxFindReplaceDialog() { Init(); } + wxFindReplaceDialog(wxWindow *parent, + wxFindReplaceData *data, + const wxString &title, + int style = 0); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxFindReplaceData *data, + const wxString &title, + int style = 0); + + virtual ~wxFindReplaceDialog(); + + // implementation only from now on + + wxFindReplaceDialogImpl *GetImpl() const { return m_impl; } + + // override some base class virtuals + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title); + virtual wxString GetTitle() const; + +protected: + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + + void Init(); + + wxString m_title; + + wxFindReplaceDialogImpl *m_impl; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFindReplaceDialog) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFindReplaceDialog); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_FDREPDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/file1.ico b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/file1.ico new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f0a80d32b447e303cff3b0c302f4a8e176bf5e4a GIT binary patch literal 1718 zcmbW%KTO*|6vy!&{iD_kWreAWBUZ9QJBCbIAbX}tkytE&$k4?k>;o<4bsFTUyXFEiEZ)A6`lYJ}u=Z zRu`l;=T_}G`dj*fUNcJX$vxhh5`StoZzo1RDhxw~<50=>Z;BG5er(i^jOs(9(!j_K zjAVOvEH%!g+L2WDq+&(U1V6&}@EyE|uVT08oA`D78s5b(<5{=g$G7oyd+yejne)*YPF1JEuC5nczqG9=?P3@Ksl4i)wCC&2_4|Mm1fkxr|TnF+Rc% z@dJE-5Aa=l17E|J@kPAB8@$0AyullO58E|nyUy6IBeu(9yDAka!N>RrKg1940e;Ty zqX~Y5@8LUm4`0R4xqVnSQXk*O*YPF1i=S7Z$V~7fd=KBjQ)yG>AA7t&kxB3|KEe<2 z13blGKM7eSNK~t1DezUh3lFLg(k_Iz2sA5Cl3tK32Ee)xp7m z8jXf_c6L;&)wI36t#Y}njg1Wzi$xU*1+A>CXmN2-$uFa?Cnr3|O`aFN*FH*oe>O4N zpJMFrPfP!5Hkr0?w#9LJ8~b@{<#C>EwWjy;yLp^l+iLCZKDgfblaFoIxr^`CcV>6r zpJg3CkF)&#G@ahYyEMm1jd8N|XIbd%6UO#>V#jg(eSbd-HJhc=>Fo2D^oPyb5`@p6 z&|h)Qn}_e&7j{X7+4$Jda-_9UAa`Ix-(53Y)p*ynie<+=OZd)#wyNK1O5wKXxW=hDN(Oc zFKc5-YO-y^ZX@52*4fx%-_zkqyySV)fi-W{>-E$d_B8qNUE##2Gcsz1MwPx%wrk`B zMzYx&O4W0zd?MvtDP2%F#t-mqypMPBC2Wz*;WPLY-oYpE%-iYUoA?Soi+8ZPBk{ru zFT4sG;|KUQ-p9N6622&-96p0j;T?PeKf#aiA-<3A;sbnuZ{e%>GCq$_;|<>64c_1l z-r(<8hAihSCoC>YA@URa2p{76_%7bg9-v$3D!Po$qtnbk#t-mqypMPBC43Q|!)Nd* zyn|2RnYYuyH}MsG7Vj+Rj%3F80ltm*@h-mP$Q0>jj&5e?W{Pe)bTfgU;79ln-^X|H z0Y1RD@Kt;npU0>125;~NZ}0|h_&nUMA-C(C+jYY2a=BfFf;7R8@FBjB@8Sdeg0GLp z_yN9+_wg>igkSLWVct+3d=p>6XYmexQG-G=#t-mqypN~Tro@Fk-JsA+@FRSP@8i38 znzNumq2c>XHpvQ^B^`26gKlnabbWoTtE($rUS8_r;zDOCcCwOTqnJXEz> z)!yEo%H^_lcXyS~=e4=HsdPH6WHPDs^>wYTu4?kz=-bz?{Ej_-FPzu@lsJDhu(lt? z*wy2x%|%_c{l1@_*}t==l5n@dPt} z{Baub@yD~%-Pd&+=DwbSxNaOzqrrT(1s)&carSst{(Sj-&Oc|DqYLUq>!()U>_pz| ze2i?e&)NUIPe;@6{2lwo_x$OldGYoyvwG!roA@AY-|m?ATMx!hW?I|*c6&T>;H|BH c9UVnuTr>0Mt*B4@k=Q?zx%B8!@AdQf2hA97{Qv*} literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/folder1.ico b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/folder1.ico new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..2994019d4cd76b48037c61fd65f87f4b9e587e58 GIT binary patch literal 1718 zcmb8wF-+S)6vpw7HdQ+z)-ZK(#G33u89F3cnk8h4cwd>LQFd-yz_en%sGAK$@O@g7#U1YUUI zg;zr{euf|72Y4Uf!Z&5A;mi0U-oxkd34Vc(@KgL4AL2uNfbZhl_&UCXH@x8uZ+OES z{+4CVa?G;N;g41^M@L5r!%znY2MU5fdwYB8cDvf$-Br8Y z*3Qn3>h-#|x3^U)l~gDcw7I#d_4RcnKTV$x4|$J!yf2KKzDkVmHmuW2v2^vXcKNV@ zFE1``Zhm}!z5I55e(Cc2bd~=}V|V;FK93hJzdM(7m9M%=(^c+zcBwg^4zx<2&L3YN z+Fi)qjk&|wH@T_VJPTYnyKizlsx$~5J=UOGl s(t}_$8+OhjnZ>}0a(R=M*si- literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/folder2.ico b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/folder2.ico new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..9a595b9feaa798bf30f5320782522fafee14ab86 GIT binary patch literal 1718 zcmbW%KS/{~FSHN{Tis#BK}SF=YP9Fi=}60>J21YELZ3KZ;cC4mf%;!rwVrYsV- z;E+HEr<=s-&c@;&I3$ol!KdH5B>pLeLZ9=w_uhLy_g;M7yOS35Mk^~y;^SLsouifM ziH!xR!MTn29QmGH&^z|hHe;_xUE)vm`lMmcp?bZZdKW!K-@nO^Or5~g@J*GzDcdzU zo=I`GE~MItR6daMRViJNAL0l2Hol3k;!D^fnZsxBn|KGmif7(V2j9R~@L9Zr)dPta zUU=bEP>3Jk+xRBFiZ9`dGUf0Y{3hPPui_(ofcNozd>8NGJ$wsa!U_f!yDf4 zhBy2J+XdSR+W}jZt&sQ#AK-m_AK%5tvwP?kx`r;J^XN45hxh@$jc?+s_!7Q|&*3xp zO}v9&#WQcGgKyv~_$=O;Qys}d`~cs^H}O?`$&nSQW{zrRsOBcsbg1SkKEelhAK%A! z@gCm8x9~N58K1|e@rF0N;SFzitE^BvpSNVKiTU%R7r_)+rU)S2&nwFQB75z4SJv!n&uJgWd-}qJH{z=0={wWsk z{t@oov$&PM{JOp#kAGebhd(YaZzT8jsT*>_bstB=Fi84W6HGVmU%OA;;PS>D-z8JU zqk-8S{TIP>PvLUEr`~ux>tDOmn2vLP7RkV@^GZ9Z0|SfGjK7hyeC}uCw2PE&DXHJz z-`P}hMeq4_FOKVcV>!W^Bn^8Glke>Ru2X6!j%}q_Of%Y15=woDV}~~G+jeR+0jbgC pf=6#Qy?(?GlTys}TFmMcxAmoIQj2<=)ax;)W1n!Jr!|VN`2*!3fW80# literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/font.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/font.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef4d59f7c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/font.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/font.h +// Purpose: wxFont class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: font.h 65670 2010-09-29 13:46:09Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_ +#define _WX_FONT_H_ + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFont +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFont : public wxFontBase +{ +public: + // ctors and such + wxFont() { } + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxFont(int size, + int family, + int style, + int weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + (void)Create(size, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style, (wxFontWeight)weight, underlined, face, encoding); + } +#endif + + wxFont(int size, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + Create(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding); + } + + bool Create(int size, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + return DoCreate(size, wxDefaultSize, false, family, style, + weight, underlined, face, encoding); + } + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxFont(const wxSize& pixelSize, + int family, + int style, + int weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + (void)Create(pixelSize, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style, (wxFontWeight)weight, + underlined, face, encoding); + } +#endif + + wxFont(const wxSize& pixelSize, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + (void)Create(pixelSize, family, style, weight, + underlined, face, encoding); + } + + wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info, WXHFONT hFont = 0) + { + Create(info, hFont); + } + + wxFont(const wxString& fontDesc); + + + bool Create(const wxSize& pixelSize, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + return DoCreate(-1, pixelSize, true, family, style, + weight, underlined, face, encoding); + } + + bool Create(const wxNativeFontInfo& info, WXHFONT hFont = 0); + + virtual ~wxFont(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual int GetPointSize() const; + virtual wxSize GetPixelSize() const; + virtual bool IsUsingSizeInPixels() const; + virtual wxFontStyle GetStyle() const; + virtual wxFontWeight GetWeight() const; + virtual bool GetUnderlined() const; + virtual wxString GetFaceName() const; + virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const; + virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const; + + virtual void SetPointSize(int pointSize); + virtual void SetPixelSize(const wxSize& pixelSize); + virtual void SetFamily(wxFontFamily family); + virtual void SetStyle(wxFontStyle style); + virtual void SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight); + virtual bool SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName); + virtual void SetUnderlined(bool underlined); + virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding); + + wxDECLARE_COMMON_FONT_METHODS(); + + virtual bool IsFixedWidth() const; + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + virtual bool IsFree() const; + virtual bool RealizeResource(); + virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const; + virtual bool FreeResource(bool force = false); + + // for consistency with other wxMSW classes + WXHFONT GetHFONT() const; + +protected: + // real font creation function, used in all cases + bool DoCreate(int size, + const wxSize& pixelSize, + bool sizeUsingPixels, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); + + virtual void DoSetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info); + virtual wxFontFamily DoGetFamily() const; + + // implement wxObject virtuals which are used by AllocExclusive() + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont) +}; + +#endif // _WX_FONT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fontdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fontdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..69ebb06f6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fontdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/fontdlg.h +// Purpose: wxFontDialog class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontdlg.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_FONTDLG_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_FONTDLG_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontDialog : public wxFontDialogBase +{ +public: + wxFontDialog() : wxFontDialogBase() { /* must be Create()d later */ } + wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent) + : wxFontDialogBase(parent) { Create(parent); } + wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data) + : wxFontDialogBase(parent, data) { Create(parent, data); } + + virtual int ShowModal(); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated interface, don't use + wxDEPRECATED( wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFontDialog) +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated interface, don't use +inline wxFontDialog::wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) + : wxFontDialogBase(parent) { InitFontData(data); Create(parent); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +#endif + // _WX_MSW_FONTDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/frame.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa66386469 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/frame.h +// Purpose: wxFrame class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: frame.h 60337 2009-04-25 12:59:09Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FRAME_H_ +#define _WX_FRAME_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFrame : public wxFrameBase +{ +public: + // construction + wxFrame() { Init(); } + wxFrame(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + virtual ~wxFrame(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL); + virtual void Raise(); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // event handlers + void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); + + // Toolbar +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + + // Status bar +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + virtual wxStatusBar* OnCreateStatusBar(int number = 1, + long style = wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + wxWindowID id = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStatusLineNameStr); + + // Hint to tell framework which status bar to use: the default is to use + // native one for the platforms which support it (Win32), the generic one + // otherwise + + // TODO: should this go into a wxFrameworkSettings class perhaps? + static void UseNativeStatusBar(bool useNative) + { m_useNativeStatusBar = useNative; } + static bool UsesNativeStatusBar() + { return m_useNativeStatusBar; } +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + + // event handlers + bool HandleSize(int x, int y, WXUINT flag); + bool HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control); + bool HandleMenuSelect(WXWORD nItem, WXWORD nFlags, WXHMENU hMenu); + bool HandleMenuLoop(const wxEventType& evtType, WXWORD isPopup); + + // tooltip management +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + WXHWND GetToolTipCtrl() const { return m_hwndToolTip; } + void SetToolTipCtrl(WXHWND hwndTT) { m_hwndToolTip = hwndTT; } +#endif // tooltips + + // override the base class function to handle iconized/maximized frames + virtual void SendSizeEvent(int flags = 0); + + virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const; + + // override base class version to add menu bar accel processing + virtual bool MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG *msg) + { + return MSWDoTranslateMessage(this, msg); + } + + // window proc for the frames + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, + WXWPARAM wParam, + WXLPARAM lParam); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // get the currently active menu: this is the same as the frame menu for + // normal frames but is overridden by wxMDIParentFrame + virtual WXHMENU MSWGetActiveMenu() const { return m_hMenu; } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // override base class virtuals + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE + // perform MSW-specific action when menubar is changed + virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar); + + // a plug in for MDI frame classes which need to do something special when + // the menubar is set + virtual void InternalSetMenuBar(); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE + + // propagate our state change to all child frames + void IconizeChildFrames(bool bIconize); + + // the real implementation of MSWTranslateMessage(), also used by + // wxMDIChildFrame + bool MSWDoTranslateMessage(wxFrame *frame, WXMSG *msg); + + // handle WM_INITMENUPOPUP message to generate wxEVT_MENU_OPEN + bool HandleInitMenuPopup(WXHMENU hMenu); + + virtual bool IsMDIChild() const { return false; } + + // get default (wxWidgets) icon for the frame + virtual WXHICON GetDefaultIcon() const; + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + virtual void PositionToolBar(); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + virtual void PositionStatusBar(); + + static bool m_useNativeStatusBar; +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // frame menu, NULL if none + WXHMENU m_hMenu; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +private: +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + WXHWND m_hwndToolTip; +#endif // tooltips + + // used by IconizeChildFrames(), see comments there + bool m_wasMinimized; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFrame) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_FRAME_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fswatcher.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fswatcher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a88d81a869 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/fswatcher.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/fswatcher.h +// Purpose: wxMSWFileSystemWatcher +// Author: Bartosz Bekier +// Created: 2009-05-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fswatcher.h 62474 2009-10-22 11:35:43Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FSWATCHER_MSW_H_ +#define _WX_FSWATCHER_MSW_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FSWATCHER + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMSWFileSystemWatcher : public wxFileSystemWatcherBase +{ +public: + wxMSWFileSystemWatcher(); + + wxMSWFileSystemWatcher(const wxFileName& path, + int events = wxFSW_EVENT_ALL); + +protected: + bool Init(); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_FSWATCHER + +#endif /* _WX_FSWATCHER_MSW_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gauge.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gauge.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef4f37fe14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gauge.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/gauge.h +// Purpose: wxGauge implementation for MSW +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gauge.h 64648 2010-06-20 17:43:02Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_GAUGE_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_GAUGE_H_ + +#if wxUSE_GAUGE + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxGaugeNameStr[]; + +// Group box +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGauge : public wxGaugeBase +{ +public: + wxGauge() { } + + wxGauge(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + int range, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr) + { + (void)Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + int range, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr); + + // set gauge range/value + virtual void SetRange(int range); + virtual void SetValue(int pos); + + // overriden base class virtuals + virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& col); + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col); + + virtual void Pulse(); + + WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +private: + // returns true if the control is currently in indeterminate (a.k.a. + // "marquee") mode + bool IsInIndeterminateMode() const; + + // switch to/from indeterminate mode + void SetIndeterminateMode(); + void SetDeterminateMode(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGauge) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE + +#endif // _WX_MSW_GAUGE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gccpriv.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gccpriv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..db4c72a84d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gccpriv.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* + Name: wx/msw/gccpriv.h + Purpose: MinGW/Cygwin definitions + Author: Vadim Zeitlin + Modified by: + Created: + RCS-ID: $Id: gccpriv.h 36155 2005-11-10 16:16:05Z ABX $ + Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin + Licence: wxWindows Licence +*/ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_GCCPRIV_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_GCCPRIV_H_ + +#if defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__GNUWIN32__) + #define __GNUWIN32__ +#endif + +#if defined(__MINGW32__) && ( ( __GNUC__ > 2 ) || ( ( __GNUC__ == 2 ) && ( __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95 ) ) ) + #include <_mingw.h> +#endif + +#if defined( __MINGW32__ ) && !defined(__WINE__) && !defined( HAVE_W32API_H ) + #if __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION >= 1 + #define HAVE_W32API_H + #endif +#elif defined( __CYGWIN__ ) && !defined( HAVE_W32API_H ) + #if ( __GNUC__ > 2 ) + #define HAVE_W32API_H + #endif +#endif + +#if wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,0) + #define HAVE_W32API_H +#endif + +/* check for MinGW/Cygwin w32api version ( releases >= 0.5, only ) */ +#if defined( HAVE_W32API_H ) +#include +#endif + +/* Watcom can't handle defined(xxx) here: */ +#if defined(__W32API_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined(__W32API_MINOR_VERSION) + #define wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( major, minor ) \ + ( ( ( __W32API_MAJOR_VERSION > (major) ) \ + || ( __W32API_MAJOR_VERSION == (major) && __W32API_MINOR_VERSION >= (minor) ) ) ) +#else + #define wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( major, minor ) (0) +#endif + +/* Cygwin / Mingw32 with gcc >= 2.95 use new windows headers which + are more ms-like (header author is Anders Norlander, hence the name) */ +#if (defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__WINE__)) && ((__GNUC__>2) || ((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__>=95))) + #ifndef wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS + #define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 1 + #endif +#else + #ifndef wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS + #define wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS 0 + #endif +#endif + +/* "old" GNUWIN32 is the one without Norlander's headers: it lacks the + standard Win32 headers and we define the used stuff ourselves for it + in wx/msw/gnuwin32/extra.h */ +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS + #define __GNUWIN32_OLD__ +#endif + +/* Cygwin 1.0 */ +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) && ((__GNUC__==2) && (__GNUC_MINOR__==9)) + #define __CYGWIN10__ +#endif + +/* Check for Mingw runtime version: */ +#if defined(__MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined(__MINGW32_MINOR_VERSION) + #define wxCHECK_MINGW32_VERSION( major, minor ) \ + ( ( ( __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION > (major) ) \ + || ( __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION == (major) && __MINGW32_MINOR_VERSION >= (minor) ) ) ) +#else + #define wxCHECK_MINGW32_VERSION( major, minor ) (0) +#endif + +/* Mingw runtime 1.0-20010604 has some missing _tXXXX functions, + so let's define them ourselves: */ +#if defined(__GNUWIN32__) && wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 1, 0 ) \ + && !wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 1, 1 ) + #ifndef _tsetlocale + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + #define _tsetlocale _wsetlocale + #else + #define _tsetlocale setlocale + #endif + #endif + #ifndef _tgetenv + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + #define _tgetenv _wgetenv + #else + #define _tgetenv getenv + #endif + #endif + #ifndef _tfopen + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + #define _tfopen _wfopen + #else + #define _tfopen fopen + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/* current (= before mingw-runtime 3.3) mingw32 headers forget to + define _puttchar, this will probably be fixed in the next versions but + for now do it ourselves + */ +#if defined( __MINGW32__ ) && \ + !wxCHECK_MINGW32_VERSION(3,3) && !defined( _puttchar ) + #ifdef wxUSE_UNICODE + #define _puttchar putwchar + #else + #define _puttchar puttchar + #endif +#endif + +#endif + /* _WX_MSW_GCCPRIV_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gdiimage.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gdiimage.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab5145938e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/gdiimage.h @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/gdiimage.h +// Purpose: wxGDIImage class: base class for wxBitmap, wxIcon, wxCursor +// under MSW +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.11.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gdiimage.h 66374 2010-12-14 18:43:49Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// NB: this is a private header, it is not intended to be directly included by +// user code (but may be included from other, public, wxWin headers + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_GDIIMAGE_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_GDIIMAGE_H_ + +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" // base class +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID +#include "wx/list.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGDIImageRefData; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGDIImageHandler; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGDIImage; + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxGDIImageHandler, wxGDIImageHandlerList); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGDIImageRefData: common data fields for all derived classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGDIImageRefData : public wxGDIRefData +{ +public: + wxGDIImageRefData() + { + m_width = m_height = m_depth = 0; + + m_handle = 0; + } + + wxGDIImageRefData(const wxGDIImageRefData& data) : wxGDIRefData() + { + m_width = data.m_width; + m_height = data.m_height; + m_depth = data.m_depth; + + // can't copy handles like this, derived class copy ctor must do it! + m_handle = NULL; + } + + // accessors + virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_handle != 0; } + + void SetSize(int w, int h) { m_width = w; m_height = h; } + + // free the ressources we allocated + virtual void Free() = 0; + + // for compatibility, the member fields are public + + // the size of the image + int m_width, m_height; + + // the depth of the image + int m_depth; + + // the handle to it + union + { + WXHANDLE m_handle; // for untyped access + WXHBITMAP m_hBitmap; + WXHICON m_hIcon; + WXHCURSOR m_hCursor; + }; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGDIImage: this class supports GDI image handlers which may be registered +// dynamically and will be used for loading/saving the images in the specified +// format. It also falls back to wxImage if no appropriate image is found. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGDIImage : public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + // handlers list interface + static wxGDIImageHandlerList& GetHandlers() { return ms_handlers; } + + static void AddHandler(wxGDIImageHandler *handler); + static void InsertHandler(wxGDIImageHandler *handler); + static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name); + + static wxGDIImageHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name); + static wxGDIImageHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, long type); + static wxGDIImageHandler *FindHandler(long type); + + static void InitStandardHandlers(); + static void CleanUpHandlers(); + + // access to the ref data casted to the right type + wxGDIImageRefData *GetGDIImageData() const + { return (wxGDIImageRefData *)m_refData; } + + // accessors + WXHANDLE GetHandle() const + { return IsNull() ? 0 : GetGDIImageData()->m_handle; } + void SetHandle(WXHANDLE handle) + { AllocExclusive(); GetGDIImageData()->m_handle = handle; } + + int GetWidth() const { return IsNull() ? 0 : GetGDIImageData()->m_width; } + int GetHeight() const { return IsNull() ? 0 : GetGDIImageData()->m_height; } + int GetDepth() const { return IsNull() ? 0 : GetGDIImageData()->m_depth; } + + wxSize GetSize() const + { + return IsNull() ? wxSize(0,0) : + wxSize(GetGDIImageData()->m_width, GetGDIImageData()->m_height); + } + + void SetWidth(int w) { AllocExclusive(); GetGDIImageData()->m_width = w; } + void SetHeight(int h) { AllocExclusive(); GetGDIImageData()->m_height = h; } + void SetDepth(int d) { AllocExclusive(); GetGDIImageData()->m_depth = d; } + + void SetSize(int w, int h) + { + AllocExclusive(); + GetGDIImageData()->SetSize(w, h); + } + void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { SetSize(size.x, size.y); } + + // forward some of base class virtuals to wxGDIImageRefData + bool FreeResource(bool force = false); + virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const; + +protected: + // create the data for the derived class here + virtual wxGDIImageRefData *CreateData() const = 0; + + // implement the wxGDIObject method in terms of our, more specific, one + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const { return CreateData(); } + + // we can't [efficiently] clone objects of this class + virtual wxGDIRefData * + CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *WXUNUSED(data)) const + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("must be implemented if used") ); + + return NULL; + } + + static wxGDIImageHandlerList ms_handlers; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGDIImageHandler: a class which knows how to load/save wxGDIImages. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGDIImageHandler : public wxObject +{ +public: + // ctor + wxGDIImageHandler() { m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID; } + wxGDIImageHandler(const wxString& name, + const wxString& ext, + wxBitmapType type) + : m_name(name), m_extension(ext), m_type(type) { } + + // accessors + void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } + void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; } + void SetType(wxBitmapType type) { m_type = type; } + + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } + const wxString& GetExtension() const { return m_extension; } + wxBitmapType GetType() const { return m_type; } + + // real handler operations: to implement in derived classes + virtual bool Create(wxGDIImage *image, + const void* data, + wxBitmapType flags, + int width, int height, int depth = 1) = 0; + virtual bool Load(wxGDIImage *image, + const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType flags, + int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight) = 0; + virtual bool Save(const wxGDIImage *image, + const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType type) const = 0; + +protected: + wxString m_name; + wxString m_extension; + wxBitmapType m_type; +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_GDIIMAGE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/genrcdefs.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/genrcdefs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ee8bb676a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/genrcdefs.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/msw/genrcdefs.h + * Purpose: Emit preprocessor symbols into rcdefs.h for resource compiler + * Author: Mike Wetherell + * RCS-ID: $Id: genrcdefs.h 46936 2007-06-25 14:04:34Z VS $ + * Copyright: (c) 2005 Mike Wetherell + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +#define EMIT(line) line + +EMIT(#ifndef _WX_RCDEFS_H) +EMIT(#define _WX_RCDEFS_H) + +#ifdef _MSC_FULL_VER +EMIT(#define WX_MSC_FULL_VER _MSC_FULL_VER) +#endif + +#ifdef _M_AMD64 +EMIT(#define WX_CPU_AMD64) +#endif + +#ifdef _M_ARM +EMIT(#define WX_CPU_ARM) +#endif + +#ifdef _M_IA64 +EMIT(#define WX_CPU_IA64) +#endif + +#if defined _M_IX86 || defined _X86_ +EMIT(#define WX_CPU_X86) +#endif + +#ifdef _M_PPC +EMIT(#define WX_CPU_PPC) +#endif + +#ifdef _M_SH +EMIT(#define WX_CPU_SH) +#endif + +EMIT(#endif) diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/glcanvas.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/glcanvas.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..10566677ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/glcanvas.h @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/glcanvas.h +// Purpose: wxGLCanvas, for using OpenGL with wxWidgets under Windows +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: glcanvas.h 54202 2008-06-14 01:44:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_ +#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_ + +#include "wx/palette.h" + +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGLContext: OpenGL rendering context +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLContext : public wxGLContextBase +{ +public: + wxGLContext(wxGLCanvas *win, const wxGLContext* other = NULL); + virtual ~wxGLContext(); + + virtual bool SetCurrent(const wxGLCanvas& win) const; + + HGLRC GetGLRC() const { return m_glContext; } + +protected: + HGLRC m_glContext; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLContext) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGLCanvas: OpenGL output window +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvas : public wxGLCanvasBase +{ +public: + wxEXPLICIT // avoid implicitly converting a wxWindow* to wxGLCanvas + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette); + + virtual ~wxGLCanvas(); + + // implement wxGLCanvasBase methods + virtual bool SwapBuffers(); + + + // MSW-specific helpers + // -------------------- + + // get the HDC used for OpenGL rendering + HDC GetHDC() const { return m_hDC; } + + // try to find pixel format matching the given attributes list for the + // specified HDC, return 0 on error, otherwise pfd is filled in with the + // information from attribList if non-NULL + static int ChooseMatchingPixelFormat(HDC hdc, const int *attribList, + PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR *pfd = NULL); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + // palette stuff + bool SetupPalette(const wxPalette& palette); + virtual wxPalette CreateDefaultPalette(); + void OnQueryNewPalette(wxQueryNewPaletteEvent& event); + void OnPaletteChanged(wxPaletteChangedEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + // deprecated methods using the implicit wxGLContext, associate the context + // explicitly with the window instead +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette) + ); + + wxDEPRECATED( + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + const wxGLContext *shared, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette) + ); + + wxDEPRECATED( + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + const wxGLCanvas *shared, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette) + ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // the real window creation function, Create() may reuse it twice as we may + // need to create an OpenGL window to query the available extensions and + // then potentially delete and recreate it with another pixel format + bool CreateWindow(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName); + + // set up the pixel format using the given attributes and palette + int DoSetup(PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR &pfd, const int *attribList); + + + // HDC for this window, we keep it all the time + HDC m_hDC; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLCanvas) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/hand.cur b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/hand.cur new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e5a1fe7c2f5dd90249a5d60c1efe667188abd494 GIT binary patch literal 326 zcmaLRp$@_@5XSMZASMtvLNdW55|1d4f<*8R-J>j(h}1y1=n=ENO1aZf2$VR{kOR=PZ!3mt>Vdo%m$JT{@$^;ksa8i~S#5 j@rM$zG3%2xKdU)=t1#-UC)Xl< +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_HEADERCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_HEADERCTRL_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHeaderCtrl : public wxHeaderCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxHeaderCtrl() + { + Init(); + } + + wxHeaderCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHeaderCtrlNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHeaderCtrlNameStr); + + virtual ~wxHeaderCtrl(); + + +private: + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual void DoSetCount(unsigned int count); + virtual unsigned int DoGetCount() const; + virtual void DoUpdate(unsigned int idx); + + virtual void DoScrollHorz(int dx); + + virtual void DoSetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order); + virtual wxArrayInt DoGetColumnsOrder() const; + + // override wxWindow methods which must be implemented by a new control + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + + // override MSW-specific methods needed for new control + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // wrapper around Header_InsertItem(): insert the item using information + // from the given column at the given index + void DoInsertItem(const wxHeaderColumn& col, unsigned int idx); + + // get the number of currently visible items: this is also the total number + // of items contained in the native control + int GetShownColumnsCount() const; + + // due to the discrepancy for the hidden columns which we know about but + // the native control does not, there can be a difference between the + // column indices we use and the ones used by the native control; these + // functions translate between them + // + // notice that MSWToNativeIdx() shouldn't be called for hidden columns and + // MSWFromNativeIdx() always returns an index of a visible column + int MSWToNativeIdx(int idx); + int MSWFromNativeIdx(int item); + + // this is the same as above but for order, not index + int MSWToNativeOrder(int order); + int MSWFromNativeOrder(int order); + + // get the event type corresponding to a click or double click event + // (depending on dblclk value) with the specified (using MSW convention) + // mouse button + wxEventType GetClickEventType(bool dblclk, int button); + + + // the number of columns in the control, including the hidden ones (not + // taken into account by the native control, see comment in DoGetCount()) + unsigned int m_numColumns; + + // this is a lookup table allowing us to check whether the column with the + // given index is currently shown in the native control, in which case the + // value of this array element with this index is 0, or hidden + // + // notice that this may be different from GetColumn(idx).IsHidden() and in + // fact we need this array precisely because it will be different from it + // in DoUpdate() when the column hidden flag gets toggled and we need it to + // handle this transition correctly + wxArrayInt m_isHidden; + + // the order of our columns: this array contains the index of the column + // shown at the position n as the n-th element + // + // this is necessary only to handle the hidden columns: the native control + // doesn't know about them and so we can't use Header_GetOrderArray() + wxArrayInt m_colIndices; + + // the image list: initially NULL, created on demand + wxImageList *m_imageList; + + // the offset of the window used to emulate scrolling it + int m_scrollOffset; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHeaderCtrl); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_HEADERCTRL_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpbest.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpbest.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..88eba1dc3f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpbest.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/helpbest.h +// Purpose: Tries to load MS HTML Help, falls back to wxHTML upon failure +// Author: Mattia Barbon +// Modified by: +// Created: 02/04/2001 +// RCS-ID: $Id: helpbest.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Mattia Barbon +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HELPBEST_H_ +#define _WX_HELPBEST_H_ + +#if wxUSE_HELP && wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP \ + && wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + +#include "wx/helpbase.h" +#include "wx/html/helpfrm.h" // for wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxBestHelpController: public wxHelpControllerBase +{ +public: + wxBestHelpController(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL, + int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE) + : wxHelpControllerBase(parentWindow), + m_helpControllerType(wxUseNone), + m_helpController(NULL), + m_style(style) + { + } + + virtual ~wxBestHelpController() { delete m_helpController; } + + // Must call this to set the filename + virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file); + virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file, int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return Initialize( file ); } + + // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString) + { + return m_helpController->LoadFile( GetValidFilename( file ) ); + } + + virtual bool DisplayContents() + { + return m_helpController->DisplayContents(); + } + + virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo) + { + return m_helpController->DisplaySection( sectionNo ); + } + + virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section) + { + return m_helpController->DisplaySection( section ); + } + + virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo) + { + return m_helpController->DisplayBlock( blockNo ); + } + + virtual bool DisplayContextPopup(int contextId) + { + return m_helpController->DisplayContextPopup( contextId ); + } + + virtual bool DisplayTextPopup(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pos) + { + return m_helpController->DisplayTextPopup( text, pos ); + } + + virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k, + wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL) + { + return m_helpController->KeywordSearch( k, mode ); + } + + virtual bool Quit() + { + return m_helpController->Quit(); + } + + // Allows one to override the default settings for the help frame. + virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& title, + const wxSize& size, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + bool newFrameEachTime = false) + { + m_helpController->SetFrameParameters( title, size, pos, + newFrameEachTime ); + } + + // Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help frame. + virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *size = NULL, + wxPoint *pos = NULL, + bool *newFrameEachTime = NULL) + { + return m_helpController->GetFrameParameters( size, pos, + newFrameEachTime ); + } + + /// Set the window that can optionally be used for the help window's parent. + virtual void SetParentWindow(wxWindow* win) { m_helpController->SetParentWindow(win); } + + /// Get the window that can optionally be used for the help window's parent. + virtual wxWindow* GetParentWindow() const { return m_helpController->GetParentWindow(); } + +protected: + // Append/change extension if necessary. + wxString GetValidFilename(const wxString& file) const; + +protected: + enum HelpControllerType { wxUseNone, wxUseHtmlHelp, wxUseChmHelp }; + + HelpControllerType m_helpControllerType; + wxHelpControllerBase* m_helpController; + int m_style; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBestHelpController) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBestHelpController); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_HELP && wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP && wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP + +#endif + // _WX_HELPBEST_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpchm.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpchm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..711d74dfb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpchm.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/helpchm.h +// Purpose: Help system: MS HTML Help implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 16/04/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: helpchm.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_HELPCHM_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_HELPCHM_H_ + +#if wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP + +#include "wx/helpbase.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCHMHelpController : public wxHelpControllerBase +{ +public: + wxCHMHelpController(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL): wxHelpControllerBase(parentWindow) { } + + // Must call this to set the filename + virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file); + virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file, int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return Initialize( file ); } + + // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString); + virtual bool DisplayContents(); + virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo); + virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section); + virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo); + virtual bool DisplayContextPopup(int contextId); + virtual bool DisplayTextPopup(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pos); + virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k, + wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL); + virtual bool Quit(); + + wxString GetHelpFile() const { return m_helpFile; } + + // helper of DisplayTextPopup(), also used in wxSimpleHelpProvider::ShowHelp + static bool ShowContextHelpPopup(const wxString& text, + const wxPoint& pos, + wxWindow *window); + +protected: + // get the name of the CHM file we use from our m_helpFile + wxString GetValidFilename() const; + + // Call HtmlHelp() with the provided parameters (both overloads do the same + // thing but allow to avoid casts in the calling code) and return false + // (but don't crash) if HTML help is unavailable + static bool CallHtmlHelp(wxWindow *win, const wxChar *str, + unsigned cmd, WXWPARAM param); + static bool CallHtmlHelp(wxWindow *win, const wxChar *str, + unsigned cmd, const void *param = NULL) + { + return CallHtmlHelp(win, str, cmd, reinterpret_cast(param)); + } + + // even simpler wrappers using GetParentWindow() and GetValidFilename() as + // the first 2 HtmlHelp() parameters + bool CallHtmlHelp(unsigned cmd, WXWPARAM param) + { + return CallHtmlHelp(GetParentWindow(), GetValidFilename().wx_str(), + cmd, param); + } + + bool CallHtmlHelp(unsigned cmd, const void *param = NULL) + { + return CallHtmlHelp(cmd, reinterpret_cast(param)); + } + + // wrapper around CallHtmlHelp(HH_DISPLAY_TEXT_POPUP): only one of text and + // contextId parameters can be non-NULL/non-zero + static bool DoDisplayTextPopup(const wxChar *text, + const wxPoint& pos, + int contextId, + wxWindow *window); + + + wxString m_helpFile; + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxCHMHelpController) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP + +#endif // _WX_MSW_HELPCHM_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d209f93f83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/helpwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/helpwin.h +// Purpose: Help system: WinHelp implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: helpwin.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HELPWIN_H_ +#define _WX_HELPWIN_H_ + +#include "wx/wx.h" + +#if wxUSE_HELP + +#include "wx/helpbase.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWinHelpController: public wxHelpControllerBase +{ + DECLARE_CLASS(wxWinHelpController) + +public: + wxWinHelpController(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL): wxHelpControllerBase(parentWindow) {} + virtual ~wxWinHelpController() {} + + // Must call this to set the filename + virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file); + virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file, int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return Initialize( file ); } + + // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString); + virtual bool DisplayContents(); + virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo); + virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section) { return KeywordSearch(section); } + virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo); + virtual bool DisplayContextPopup(int contextId); + virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k, + wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL); + virtual bool Quit(); + + inline wxString GetHelpFile() const { return m_helpFile; } + +protected: + // Append extension if necessary. + wxString GetValidFilename(const wxString& file) const; + +private: + wxString m_helpFile; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_HELP +#endif +// _WX_HELPWIN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/htmlhelp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/htmlhelp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e8a7caf92 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/htmlhelp.h @@ -0,0 +1,465 @@ +/* + * wx/msw/htmlhelp.h + * Copyright 2004 Jacek Caban + * + * Originally written for the Wine project, and issued under + * the wxWindows licence by kind permission of the author. + * + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +#ifndef __HTMLHELP_H__ +#define __HTMLHELP_H__ + +#define HH_DISPLAY_TOPIC 0x00 +#define HH_HELP_FINDER 0x00 +#define HH_DISPLAY_TOC 0x01 +#define HH_DISPLAY_INDEX 0x02 +#define HH_DISPLAY_SEARCH 0x03 +#define HH_SET_WIN_TYPE 0x04 +#define HH_GET_WIN_TYPE 0x05 +#define HH_GET_WIN_HANDLE 0x06 +#define HH_ENUM_INFO_TYPE 0x07 +#define HH_SET_INFO_TYPE 0x08 +#define HH_SYNC 0x09 +#define HH_RESERVED1 0x0A +#define HH_RESERVED2 0x0B +#define HH_RESERVED3 0x0C +#define HH_KEYWORD_LOOKUP 0x0D +#define HH_DISPLAY_TEXT_POPUP 0x0E +#define HH_HELP_CONTEXT 0x0F +#define HH_TP_HELP_CONTEXTMENU 0x10 +#define HH_TP_HELP_WM_HELP 0x11 +#define HH_CLOSE_ALL 0x12 +#define HH_ALINK_LOOKUP 0x13 +#define HH_GET_LAST_ERROR 0x14 +#define HH_ENUM_CATEGORY 0x15 +#define HH_ENUM_CATEGORY_IT 0x16 +#define HH_RESET_IT_FILTER 0x17 +#define HH_SET_INCLUSIVE_FILTER 0x18 +#define HH_SET_EXCLUSIVE_FILTER 0x19 +#define HH_INITIALIZE 0x1C +#define HH_UNINITIALIZE 0x1D +#define HH_PRETRANSLATEMESSAGE 0xFD +#define HH_SET_GLOBAL_PROPERTY 0xFC + +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_AUTOHIDESHOW 0x00000001 +#define HHWIN_PROP_ONTOP 0x00000002 +#define HHWIN_PROP_NOTITLEBAR 0x00000004 +#define HHWIN_PROP_NODEF_STYLES 0x00000008 +#define HHWIN_PROP_NODEF_EXSTYLES 0x00000010 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TRI_PANE 0x00000020 +#define HHWIN_PROP_NOTB_TEXT 0x00000040 +#define HHWIN_PROP_POST_QUIT 0x00000080 +#define HHWIN_PROP_AUTO_SYNC 0x00000100 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TRACKING 0x00000200 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_SEARCH 0x00000400 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_HISTORY 0x00000800 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_FAVORITES 0x00001000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_CHANGE_TITLE 0x00002000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_NAV_ONLY_WIN 0x00004000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_NO_TOOLBAR 0x00008000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_MENU 0x00010000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_ADVSEARCH 0x00020000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_USER_POS 0x00040000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM1 0x00080000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM2 0x00100000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM3 0x00200000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM4 0x00400000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM5 0x00800000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM6 0x01000000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM7 0x02000000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM8 0x04000000 +#define HHWIN_PROP_TAB_CUSTOM9 0x08000000 +#define HHWIN_TB_MARGIN 0x10000000 + +#define HHWIN_PARAM_PROPERTIES 0x00000002 +#define HHWIN_PARAM_STYLES 0x00000004 +#define HHWIN_PARAM_EXSTYLES 0x00000008 +#define HHWIN_PARAM_RECT 0x00000010 +#define HHWIN_PARAM_NAV_WIDTH 0x00000020 +#define HHWIN_PARAM_SHOWSTATE 0x00000040 +#define HHWIN_PARAM_INFOTYPES 0x00000080 +#define HHWIN_PARAM_TB_FLAGS 0x00000100 +#define HHWIN_PARAM_EXPANSION 0x00000200 +#define HHWIN_PARAM_TABPOS 0x00000400 +#define HHWIN_PARAM_TABORDER 0x00000800 +#define HHWIN_PARAM_HISTORY_COUNT 0x00001000 +#define HHWIN_PARAM_CUR_TAB 0x00002000 + +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_EXPAND 0x00000002 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_BACK 0x00000004 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_FORWARD 0x00000008 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_STOP 0x00000010 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_REFRESH 0x00000020 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_HOME 0x00000040 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_BROWSE_FWD 0x00000080 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_BROWSE_BCK 0x00000100 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_NOTES 0x00000200 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_CONTENTS 0x00000400 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_SYNC 0x00000800 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_OPTIONS 0x00001000 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_PRINT 0x00002000 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_INDEX 0x00004000 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_SEARCH 0x00008000 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_HISTORY 0x00010000 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_FAVORITES 0x00020000 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_JUMP1 0x00040000 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_JUMP2 0x00080000 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_ZOOM 0x00100000 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_TOC_NEXT 0x00200000 +#define HHWIN_BUTTON_TOC_PREV 0x00400000 + +#define HHWIN_DEF_BUTTONS \ + (HHWIN_BUTTON_EXPAND | HHWIN_BUTTON_BACK | HHWIN_BUTTON_OPTIONS | HHWIN_BUTTON_PRINT) + +#define IDTB_EXPAND 200 +#define IDTB_CONTRACT 201 +#define IDTB_STOP 202 +#define IDTB_REFRESH 203 +#define IDTB_BACK 204 +#define IDTB_HOME 205 +#define IDTB_SYNC 206 +#define IDTB_PRINT 207 +#define IDTB_OPTIONS 208 +#define IDTB_FORWARD 209 +#define IDTB_NOTES 210 +#define IDTB_BROWSE_FWD 211 +#define IDTB_BROWSE_BACK 212 +#define IDTB_CONTENTS 213 +#define IDTB_INDEX 214 +#define IDTB_SEARCH 215 +#define IDTB_HISTORY 216 +#define IDTB_FAVORITES 217 +#define IDTB_JUMP1 218 +#define IDTB_JUMP2 219 +#define IDTB_CUSTOMIZE 221 +#define IDTB_ZOOM 222 +#define IDTB_TOC_NEXT 223 +#define IDTB_TOC_PREV 224 + +#define HHN_FIRST (0U-860U) +#define HHN_LAST (0U-879U) +#define HHN_NAVCOMPLETE HHN_FIRST +#define HHN_TRACK (HHN_FIRST-1) +#define HHN_WINDOW_CREATE (HHN_FIRST-2) + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct tagHH_NOTIFY { + NMHDR hdr; + PCSTR pszurl; +} HH_NOTIFY; + +typedef struct tagHH_POPUPA { + int cbStruct; + HINSTANCE hinst; + UINT idString; + LPCSTR pszText; + POINT pt; + COLORREF clrForeground; + COLORREF clrBackground; + RECT rcMargins; + LPCSTR pszFont; +} HH_POPUPA; + +typedef struct tagHH_POPUPW { + int cbStruct; + HINSTANCE hinst; + UINT idString; + LPCWSTR pszText; + POINT pt; + COLORREF clrForeground; + COLORREF clrBackground; + RECT rcMargins; + LPCWSTR pszFont; +} HH_POPUPW; + +#ifdef _UNICODE +typedef HH_POPUPW HH_POPUP; +#else +typedef HH_POPUPA HH_POPUP; +#endif + +typedef struct tagHH_ALINKA { + int cbStruct; + BOOL fReserved; + LPCSTR pszKeywords; + LPCSTR pszUrl; + LPCSTR pszMsgText; + LPCSTR pszMsgTitle; + LPCSTR pszWindow; + BOOL fIndexOnFail; +} HH_ALINKA; + +typedef struct tagHH_ALINKW { + int cbStruct; + BOOL fReserved; + LPCWSTR pszKeywords; + LPCWSTR pszUrl; + LPCWSTR pszMsgText; + LPCWSTR pszMsgTitle; + LPCWSTR pszWindow; + BOOL fIndexOnFail; +} HH_ALINKW; + +#ifdef _UNICODE +typedef HH_ALINKW HH_ALINK; +typedef HH_ALINKW HH_AKLINK; +#else +typedef HH_ALINKA HH_ALINK; +typedef HH_ALINKA HH_AKLINK; +#endif + +enum { + HHWIN_NAVTYPE_TOC, + HHWIN_NAVTYPE_INDEX, + HHWIN_NAVTYPE_SEARCH, + HHWIN_NAVTYPE_FAVORITES, + HHWIN_NAVTYPE_HISTORY, + HHWIN_NAVTYPE_AUTHOR, + HHWIN_NAVTYPE_CUSTOM_FIRST = 11 +}; + +enum { + IT_INCLUSIVE, + IT_EXCLUSIVE, + IT_HIDDEN +}; + +typedef struct tagHH_ENUM_IT { + int cbStruct; + int iType; + LPCSTR pszCatName; + LPCSTR pszITName; + LPCSTR pszITDescription; +} HH_ENUM_IT, *PHH_ENUM_IT; + +typedef struct tagHH_ENUM_CAT { + int cbStruct; + LPCSTR pszCatName; + LPCSTR pszCatDescription; +} HH_ENUM_CAT, *PHH_ENUM_CAT; + +typedef struct tagHH_SET_INFOTYPE { + int cbStruct; + LPCSTR pszCatName; + LPCSTR pszInfoTypeName; +} HH_SET_INFOTYPE; + +typedef DWORD HH_INFOTYPE, *PHH_INFOTYPE; + +enum { + HHWIN_NAVTAB_TOP, + HHWIN_NAVTAB_LEFT, + HHWIN_NAVTAB_BOTTOM +}; + +#define HH_MAX_TABS 19 + +enum { + HH_TAB_CONTENTS, + HH_TAB_INDEX, + HH_TAB_SEARCH, + HH_TAB_FAVORITES, + HH_TAB_HISTORY, + HH_TAB_AUTHOR, + HH_TAB_CUSTOM_FIRST = 11, + HH_TAB_CUSTOM_LAST = HH_MAX_TABS +}; + +#define HH_MAX_TABS_CUSTOM (HH_TAB_CUSTOM_LAST-HH_TAB_CUSTOM_FIRST+1) +#define HH_FTS_DEFAULT_PROXIMITY -1 + +typedef struct tagHH_FTS_QUERYA { + int cbStruct; + BOOL fUniCodeStrings; + LPCSTR pszSearchQuery; + LONG iProximity; + BOOL fStemmedSearch; + BOOL fTitleOnly; + BOOL fExecute; + LPCSTR pszWindow; +} HH_FTS_QUERYA; + +typedef struct tagHH_FTS_QUERYW { + int cbStruct; + BOOL fUniCodeStrings; + LPCWSTR pszSearchQuery; + LONG iProximity; + BOOL fStemmedSearch; + BOOL fTitleOnly; + BOOL fExecute; + LPCWSTR pszWindow; +} HH_FTS_QUERYW; + +#ifdef _UNICODE +typedef HH_FTS_QUERYW HH_FTS_QUERY; +#else +typedef HH_FTS_QUERYA HH_FTS_QUERY; +#endif + +typedef struct tagHH_WINTYPEA { + int cbStruct; + BOOL fUniCodeStrings; + LPCSTR pszType; + DWORD fsValidMembers; + DWORD fsWinProperties; + LPCSTR pszCaption; + DWORD dwStyles; + DWORD dwExStyles; + RECT rcWindowPos; + int nShowState; + HWND hwndHelp; + HWND hwndCaller; + PHH_INFOTYPE paInfoTypes; + HWND hwndToolBar; + HWND hwndNavigation; + HWND hwndHTML; + int iNavWidth; + RECT rcHTML; + LPCSTR pszToc; + LPCSTR pszIndex; + LPCSTR pszFile; + LPCSTR pszHome; + DWORD fsToolBarFlags; + BOOL fNotExpanded; + int curNavType; + int tabpos; + int idNotify; + BYTE tabOrder[HH_MAX_TABS+1]; + int cHistory; + LPCSTR pszJump1; + LPCSTR pszJump2; + LPCSTR pszUrlJump1; + LPCSTR pszUrlJump2; + RECT rcMinSize; + int cbInfoTypes; + LPCSTR pszCustomTabs; +} HH_WINTYPEA, *PHH_WINTYPEA; + +typedef struct tagHH_WINTYPEW { + int cbStruct; + BOOL fUniCodeStrings; + LPCWSTR pszType; + DWORD fsValidMembers; + DWORD fsWinProperties; + LPCWSTR pszCaption; + DWORD dwStyles; + DWORD dwExStyles; + RECT rcWindowPos; + int nShowState; + HWND hwndHelp; + HWND hwndCaller; + PHH_INFOTYPE paInfoTypes; + HWND hwndToolBar; + HWND hwndNavigation; + HWND hwndHTML; + int iNavWidth; + RECT rcHTML; + LPCWSTR pszToc; + LPCWSTR pszIndex; + LPCWSTR pszFile; + LPCWSTR pszHome; + DWORD fsToolBarFlags; + BOOL fNotExpanded; + int curNavType; + int tabpos; + int idNotify; + BYTE tabOrder[HH_MAX_TABS+1]; + int cHistory; + LPCWSTR pszJump1; + LPCWSTR pszJump2; + LPCWSTR pszUrlJump1; + LPCWSTR pszUrlJump2; + RECT rcMinSize; + int cbInfoTypes; + LPCWSTR pszCustomTabs; +} HH_WINTYPEW, *PHH_WINTYPEW; + +#ifdef _UNICODE +typedef HH_WINTYPEW HH_WINTYPE; +#else +typedef HH_WINTYPEA HH_WINTYPE; +#endif + +enum { + HHACT_TAB_CONTENTS, + HHACT_TAB_INDEX, + HHACT_TAB_SEARCH, + HHACT_TAB_HISTORY, + HHACT_TAB_FAVORITES, + HHACT_EXPAND, + HHACT_CONTRACT, + HHACT_BACK, + HHACT_FORWARD, + HHACT_STOP, + HHACT_REFRESH, + HHACT_HOME, + HHACT_SYNC, + HHACT_OPTIONS, + HHACT_PRINT, + HHACT_HIGHLIGHT, + HHACT_CUSTOMIZE, + HHACT_JUMP1, + HHACT_JUMP2, + HHACT_ZOOM, + HHACT_TOC_NEXT, + HHACT_TOC_PREV, + HHACT_NOTES, + HHACT_LAST_ENUM +}; + +typedef struct tagHH_NTRACKA { + NMHDR hdr; + PCSTR pszCurUrl; + int idAction; + PHH_WINTYPEA phhWinType; +} HH_NTRACKA; + +typedef struct tagHH_NTRACKW { + NMHDR hdr; + PCSTR pszCurUrl; + int idAction; + PHH_WINTYPEW phhWinType; +} HH_NTRACKW; + +#ifdef _UNICODE +typedef HH_NTRACKW HH_NTRACK; +#else +typedef HH_NTRACKA HH_NTRACK; +#endif + +HWND WINAPI HtmlHelpA(HWND,LPCSTR,UINT,DWORD); +HWND WINAPI HtmlHelpA(HWND,LPCSTR,UINT,DWORD); +#define HtmlHelp WINELIB_NAME_AW(HtmlHelp) + +#define ATOM_HTMLHELP_API_ANSI (LPTSTR)14 +#define ATOM_HTMLHELP_API_UNICODE (LPTSTR)15 + +typedef enum tagHH_GPROPID { + HH_GPROPID_SINGLETHREAD = 1, + HH_GPROPID_TOOLBAR_MARGIN = 2, + HH_GPROPID_UI_LANGUAGE = 3, + HH_GPROPID_CURRENT_SUBSET = 4, + HH_GPROPID_CONTENT_LANGUAGE = 5 +} HH_GPROPID; + +#ifdef __WIDL_OAIDL_H + +typedef struct tagHH_GLOBAL_PROPERTY +{ + HH_GPROPID id; + VARIANT var; +} HH_GLOBAL_PROPERTY ; + +#endif /* __WIDL_OAIDL_H */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __HTMLHELP_H__ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/hyperlink.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/hyperlink.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a12bae3f9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/hyperlink.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/hyperlink.h +// Purpose: Hyperlink control +// Author: Rickard Westerlund +// Created: 2010-08-04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: hyperlink.h 65334 2010-08-17 16:55:32Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_HYPERLINK_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_HYPERLINK_H_ + +#include "wx/generic/hyperlink.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHyperlinkCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxHyperlinkCtrl : public wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl +{ +public: + // Default constructor (for two-step construction). + wxHyperlinkCtrl() { } + + // Constructor. + wxHyperlinkCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, const wxString& url, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr) + { + (void)Create(parent, id, label, url, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // Creation function (for two-step construction). + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, const wxString& url, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr); + + + // overridden base class methods + // ----------------------------- + + virtual void SetURL(const wxString &url); + + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString &label); + +protected: + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const; + +private: + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxHyperlinkCtrl ); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_HYPERLINK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ia64.manifest b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ia64.manifest new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..242ea4b624 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ia64.manifest @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + +wxWindows application + + + + + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/icon.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/icon.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a94556179a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/icon.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/icon.h +// Purpose: wxIcon class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: icon.h 56644 2008-11-02 02:39:52Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ICON_H_ +#define _WX_ICON_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/msw/gdiimage.h" + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// icon data +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// notice that although wxIconRefData inherits from wxBitmapRefData, it is not +// a valid wxBitmapRefData +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIconRefData : public wxGDIImageRefData +{ +public: + wxIconRefData() { } + virtual ~wxIconRefData() { Free(); } + + virtual void Free(); +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Icon +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIcon : public wxGDIImage +{ +public: + // ctors + // default + wxIcon() { } + + // from raw data + wxIcon(const char bits[], int width, int height); + + // from XPM data + wxIcon(const char* const* data) { CreateIconFromXpm(data); } +#ifdef wxNEEDS_CHARPP + wxIcon(char **data) { CreateIconFromXpm(const_cast(data)); } +#endif + // from resource/file + wxIcon(const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType type = wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE, + int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1); + + wxIcon(const wxIconLocation& loc); + + virtual ~wxIcon(); + + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType type = wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE, + int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1); + + // implementation only from now on + wxIconRefData *GetIconData() const { return (wxIconRefData *)m_refData; } + + void SetHICON(WXHICON icon) { SetHandle((WXHANDLE)icon); } + WXHICON GetHICON() const { return (WXHICON)GetHandle(); } + + // create from bitmap (which should have a mask unless it's monochrome): + // there shouldn't be any implicit bitmap -> icon conversion (i.e. no + // ctors, assignment operators...), but it's ok to have such function + void CopyFromBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp); + +protected: + virtual wxGDIImageRefData *CreateData() const + { + return new wxIconRefData; + } + + virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const; + + // create from XPM data + void CreateIconFromXpm(const char* const* data); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_ICON_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/imaglist.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/imaglist.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0086f91b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/imaglist.h @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/imaglist.h +// Purpose: wxImageList class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: imaglist.h 59036 2009-02-19 20:26:00Z RR $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGLIST_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGLIST_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +// Eventually we'll make this a reference-counted wxGDIObject. For +// now, the app must take care of ownership issues. That is, the +// image lists must be explicitly deleted after the control(s) that uses them +// is (are) deleted, or when the app exits. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImageList : public wxObject +{ +public: + /* + * Public interface + */ + + wxImageList(); + + // Creates an image list. + // Specify the width and height of the images in the list, + // whether there are masks associated with them (e.g. if creating images + // from icons), and the initial size of the list. + wxImageList(int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1) + { + Create(width, height, mask, initialCount); + } + virtual ~wxImageList(); + + + // Attributes + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // Returns the number of images in the image list. + int GetImageCount() const; + + // Returns the size (same for all images) of the images in the list + bool GetSize(int index, int &width, int &height) const; + + // Operations + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // Creates an image list + // width, height specify the size of the images in the list (all the same). + // mask specifies whether the images have masks or not. + // initialNumber is the initial number of images to reserve. + bool Create(int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialNumber = 1); + + // Adds a bitmap, and optionally a mask bitmap. + // Note that wxImageList creates *new* bitmaps, so you may delete + // 'bitmap' and 'mask' after calling Add. + int Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask = wxNullBitmap); + + // Adds a bitmap, using the specified colour to create the mask bitmap + // Note that wxImageList creates *new* bitmaps, so you may delete + // 'bitmap' after calling Add. + int Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour); + + // Adds a bitmap and mask from an icon. + int Add(const wxIcon& icon); + + // Replaces a bitmap, optionally passing a mask bitmap. + // Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete + // 'bitmap' and 'mask' after calling Replace. + bool Replace(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask = wxNullBitmap); + +/* Not supported by Win95 + // Replacing a bitmap, using the specified colour to create the mask bitmap + // Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete + // 'bitmap'. + bool Replace(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour); +*/ + + // Replaces a bitmap and mask from an icon. + // You can delete 'icon' after calling Replace. + bool Replace(int index, const wxIcon& icon); + + // Removes the image at the given index. + bool Remove(int index); + + // Remove all images + bool RemoveAll(); + + // Draws the given image on a dc at the specified position. + // If 'solidBackground' is true, Draw sets the image list background + // colour to the background colour of the wxDC, to speed up + // drawing by eliminating masked drawing where possible. + bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y, + int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL, + bool solidBackground = false); + + // Get a bitmap + wxBitmap GetBitmap(int index) const; + + // Get an icon + wxIcon GetIcon(int index) const; + + // TODO: miscellaneous functionality +/* + wxIcon *MakeIcon(int index); + bool SetOverlayImage(int index, int overlayMask); + +*/ + + // TODO: Drag-and-drop related functionality. + +#if 0 + // Creates a new drag image by combining the given image (typically a mouse cursor image) + // with the current drag image. + bool SetDragCursorImage(int index, const wxPoint& hotSpot); + + // If successful, returns a pointer to the temporary image list that is used for dragging; + // otherwise, NULL. + // dragPos: receives the current drag position. + // hotSpot: receives the offset of the drag image relative to the drag position. + static wxImageList *GetDragImageList(wxPoint& dragPos, wxPoint& hotSpot); + + // Call this function to begin dragging an image. This function creates a temporary image list + // that is used for dragging. The image combines the specified image and its mask with the + // current cursor. In response to subsequent mouse move messages, you can move the drag image + // by using the DragMove member function. To end the drag operation, you can use the EndDrag + // member function. + bool BeginDrag(int index, const wxPoint& hotSpot); + + // Ends a drag operation. + bool EndDrag(); + + // Call this function to move the image that is being dragged during a drag-and-drop operation. + // This function is typically called in response to a mouse move message. To begin a drag + // operation, use the BeginDrag member function. + static bool DragMove(const wxPoint& point); + + // During a drag operation, locks updates to the window specified by lockWindow and displays + // the drag image at the position specified by point. + // The coordinates are relative to the window's upper left corner, so you must compensate + // for the widths of window elements, such as the border, title bar, and menu bar, when + // specifying the coordinates. + // If lockWindow is NULL, this function draws the image in the display context associated + // with the desktop window, and coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the screen. + // This function locks all other updates to the given window during the drag operation. + // If you need to do any drawing during a drag operation, such as highlighting the target + // of a drag-and-drop operation, you can temporarily hide the dragged image by using the + // wxImageList::DragLeave function. + + // lockWindow: pointer to the window that owns the drag image. + // point: position at which to display the drag image. Coordinates are relative to the + // upper left corner of the window (not the client area). + + static bool DragEnter( wxWindow *lockWindow, const wxPoint& point ); + + // Unlocks the window specified by pWndLock and hides the drag image, allowing the + // window to be updated. + static bool DragLeave( wxWindow *lockWindow ); + + /* Here's roughly how you'd use these functions if implemented in this Win95-like way: + + 1) Starting to drag: + + wxImageList *dragImageList = new wxImageList(16, 16, true); + dragImageList->Add(myDragImage); // Provide an image to combine with the current cursor + dragImageList->BeginDrag(0, wxPoint(0, 0)); + wxShowCursor(false); // wxShowCursor not yet implemented in wxWin + myWindow->CaptureMouse(); + + 2) Dragging: + + // Called within mouse move event. Could also use dragImageList instead of assuming + // these are static functions. + // These two functions could possibly be combined into one, since DragEnter is + // a bit obscure. + wxImageList::DragMove(wxPoint(x, y)); // x, y are current cursor position + wxImageList::DragEnter(NULL, wxPoint(x, y)); // NULL assumes dragging across whole screen + + 3) Finishing dragging: + + dragImageList->EndDrag(); + myWindow->ReleaseMouse(); + wxShowCursor(true); +*/ + +#endif + + // Implementation + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // Returns the native image list handle + WXHIMAGELIST GetHIMAGELIST() const { return m_hImageList; } + +protected: + WXHIMAGELIST m_hImageList; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxImageList) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_IMAGLIST_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/iniconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/iniconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e22bc7d38c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/iniconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/iniconf.h +// Purpose: INI-file based wxConfigBase implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 27.07.98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: iniconf.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_INICONF_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_INICONF_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_INICONF + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIniConfig is a wxConfig implementation which uses MS Windows INI files to +// store the data. Because INI files don't really support arbitrary nesting of +// groups, we do the following: +// (1) in win.ini file we store all entries in the [vendor] section and +// the value group1/group2/key is mapped to the value group1_group2_key +// in this section, i.e. all path separators are replaced with underscore +// (2) in appname.ini file we map group1/group2/group3/key to the entry +// group2_group3_key in [group1] +// +// Of course, it might lead to indesirable results if '_' is also used in key +// names (i.e. group/key is the same as group_key) and also GetPath() result +// may be not what you would expect it to be. +// +// Another limitation: the keys and section names are never case-sensitive +// which might differ from wxFileConfig it it was compiled with +// wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE option. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for this class, "local" file is the file appname.ini and the global file +// is the [vendor] subsection of win.ini (default for "vendor" is to be the +// same as appname). The file name (strAppName parameter) may, in fact, +// contain the full path to the file. If it doesn't, the file is searched for +// in the Windows directory. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIniConfig : public wxConfigBase +{ +public: + // ctor & dtor + // if strAppName doesn't contain the extension and is not an absolute path, + // ".ini" is appended to it. if strVendor is empty, it's taken to be the + // same as strAppName. + wxIniConfig(const wxString& strAppName = wxEmptyString, const wxString& strVendor = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& localFilename = wxEmptyString, const wxString& globalFilename = wxEmptyString, long style = wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE); + virtual ~wxIniConfig(); + + // implement inherited pure virtual functions + virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath); + virtual const wxString& GetPath() const; + + virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; + virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; + virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; + virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; + + virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = false) const; + virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = false) const; + + virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const; + virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const; + + // return true if the current group is empty + bool IsEmpty() const; + + virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = false); + + virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName); + virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName); + + virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& Key, bool bGroupIfEmptyAlso = true); + virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& szKey); + virtual bool DeleteAll(); + +protected: + // read/write + bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const; + bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *plResult) const; + bool DoReadBinary(const wxString& key, wxMemoryBuffer *buf) const; + + bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& szValue); + bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long lValue); + bool DoWriteBinary(const wxString& key, const wxMemoryBuffer& buf); + +private: + // helpers + wxString GetPrivateKeyName(const wxString& szKey) const; + wxString GetKeyName(const wxString& szKey) const; + + wxString m_strLocalFilename; // name of the private INI file + wxString m_strGroup, // current group in appname.ini file + m_strPath; // the rest of the path (no trailing '_'!) + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxIniConfig); + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxIniConfig) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_INICONF + +#endif // _WX_MSW_INICONF_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/joystick.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/joystick.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eeb5d9a3d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/joystick.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/joystick.h +// Purpose: wxJoystick class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: joystick.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_JOYSTICK_H_ +#define _WX_JOYSTICK_H_ + +#include "wx/event.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxJoystick: public wxObject +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystick) + public: + /* + * Public interface + */ + + wxJoystick(int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1); + + // Attributes + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + wxPoint GetPosition(void) const; + int GetPosition(unsigned axis) const; + bool GetButtonState(unsigned button) const; + int GetZPosition(void) const; + int GetButtonState(void) const; + int GetPOVPosition(void) const; + int GetPOVCTSPosition(void) const; + int GetRudderPosition(void) const; + int GetUPosition(void) const; + int GetVPosition(void) const; + int GetMovementThreshold(void) const; + void SetMovementThreshold(int threshold) ; + + // Capabilities + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + static int GetNumberJoysticks(void); + + bool IsOk(void) const; // Checks that the joystick is functioning + int GetManufacturerId(void) const ; + int GetProductId(void) const ; + wxString GetProductName(void) const ; + int GetXMin(void) const; + int GetYMin(void) const; + int GetZMin(void) const; + int GetXMax(void) const; + int GetYMax(void) const; + int GetZMax(void) const; + int GetNumberButtons(void) const; + int GetNumberAxes(void) const; + int GetMaxButtons(void) const; + int GetMaxAxes(void) const; + int GetPollingMin(void) const; + int GetPollingMax(void) const; + int GetRudderMin(void) const; + int GetRudderMax(void) const; + int GetUMin(void) const; + int GetUMax(void) const; + int GetVMin(void) const; + int GetVMax(void) const; + + bool HasRudder(void) const; + bool HasZ(void) const; + bool HasU(void) const; + bool HasV(void) const; + bool HasPOV(void) const; + bool HasPOV4Dir(void) const; + bool HasPOVCTS(void) const; + + // Operations + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // pollingFreq = 0 means that movement events are sent when above the threshold. + // If pollingFreq > 0, events are received every this many milliseconds. + bool SetCapture(wxWindow* win, int pollingFreq = 0); + bool ReleaseCapture(void); + +protected: + int m_joystick; +}; + +#endif + // _WX_JOYSTICK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/libraries.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/libraries.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..09ff8996d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/libraries.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/msw/libraries.h + * Purpose: Pragmas for linking libs conditionally + * Author: Michael Wetherell + * Modified by: + * RCS-ID: $Id: libraries.h 37045 2006-01-21 22:50:46Z MW $ + * Copyright: (c) 2005 Michael Wetherell + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_LIBRARIES_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_LIBRARIES_H_ + +/* + * Notes: + * + * In general the preferred place to add libs is in the bakefiles. This file + * can be used where libs must be added conditionally, for those compilers that + * support a way to do that. + */ + +/* VC++ 5 didn't include oleacc.lib, though it came with the PSDK */ +#if defined __VISUALC__ && (wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY || __VISUALC__ >= 1200) +#pragma comment(lib, "oleacc") +#endif + +#endif /* _WX_MSW_LIBRARIES_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/listbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/listbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..77080b3664 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/listbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/listbox.h +// Purpose: wxListBox class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: listbox.h 64548 2010-06-10 10:40:21Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LISTBOX_H_ +#define _WX_LISTBOX_H_ + +#if wxUSE_LISTBOX + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// simple types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxOwnerDrawn; + + // define the array of list box items + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + + WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxOwnerDrawn *, wxListBoxItemsArray); +#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + +// forward decl for GetSelections() +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayInt; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// List box control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListBox : public wxListBoxBase +{ +public: + // ctors and such + wxListBox() { Init(); } + wxListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + wxListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + + virtual ~wxListBox(); + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s); + virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const; + + virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const; + virtual int GetSelection() const; + virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const; + + // return the index of the item at this position or wxNOT_FOUND + int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt) const { return DoHitTestList(pt); } + int HitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const { return DoHitTestList(wxPoint(x, y)); } + + // ownerdrawn wxListBox and wxCheckListBox support +#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + // override base class virtuals + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont &font); + + bool MSWOnMeasure(WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *item); + bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item); + + // plug-in for derived classes + virtual wxOwnerDrawn *CreateLboxItem(size_t n); + + // allows to get the item and use SetXXX functions to set it's appearance + wxOwnerDrawn *GetItem(size_t n) const { return m_aItems[n]; } + + // get the index of the given item + int GetItemIndex(wxOwnerDrawn *item) const { return m_aItems.Index(item); } + + // get rect of the given item index + bool GetItemRect(size_t n, wxRect& rect) const; + + // redraw the given item + bool RefreshItem(size_t n); +#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + + // Windows-specific code to update the horizontal extent of the listbox, if + // necessary. If s is non-empty, the horizontal extent is increased to the + // length of this string if it's currently too short, otherwise the maximum + // extent of all strings is used. In any case calls InvalidateBestSize() + virtual void SetHorizontalExtent(const wxString& s = wxEmptyString); + + // Windows callbacks + bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + // under XP when using "transition effect for menus and tooltips" if we + // return true for WM_PRINTCLIENT here then it causes noticable slowdown + virtual bool MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild() + { + return false; + } + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) + { + return GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(variant); + } + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + + virtual void OnInternalIdle(); + + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const; + + virtual void DoClear(); + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + + virtual void DoSetSelection(int n, bool select); + + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + + virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n); + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData); + virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const; + + // this can't be called DoHitTest() because wxWindow already has this method + virtual int DoHitTestList(const wxPoint& point) const; + + // free memory (common part of Clear() and dtor) + void Free(); + + unsigned int m_noItems; + +#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + // control items + wxListBoxItemsArray m_aItems; +#endif + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // call this when items are added to or deleted from the listbox or an + // items text changes + void MSWOnItemsChanged(); + + // flag indicating whether the max horizontal extent should be updated, + // i.e. if we need to call SetHorizontalExtent() from OnInternalIdle() + bool m_updateHorizontalExtent; + + // flag set to true when we get a keyboard event and reset to false when we + // get a mouse one: this is used to find the correct item for the selection + // event + bool m_selectedByKeyboard; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxListBox) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOX + +#endif + // _WX_LISTBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/listctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/listctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b4eacae95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/listctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,475 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/listctrl.h +// Purpose: wxListCtrl class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Agron Selimaj +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: listctrl.h 64532 2010-06-09 13:55:48Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LISTCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_LISTCTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/textctrl.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList; +class wxMSWListItemData; + +// define this symbol to indicate the availability of SetColumnsOrder() and +// related functions +#define wxHAS_LISTCTRL_COLUMN_ORDER + +/* + The wxListCtrl can show lists of items in four different modes: + wxLC_LIST: multicolumn list view, with optional small icons (icons could be + optional for some platforms). Columns are computed automatically, + i.e. you don't set columns as in wxLC_REPORT. In other words, + the list wraps, unlike a wxListBox. + wxLC_REPORT: single or multicolumn report view (with optional header) + wxLC_ICON: large icon view, with optional labels + wxLC_SMALL_ICON: small icon view, with optional labels + + You can change the style dynamically, either with SetSingleStyle or + SetWindowStyleFlag. + + Further window styles: + + wxLC_ALIGN_TOP icons align to the top (default) + wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT icons align to the left + wxLC_AUTOARRANGE icons arrange themselves + wxLC_USER_TEXT the app provides label text on demand, except for column headers + wxLC_EDIT_LABELS labels are editable: app will be notified. + wxLC_NO_HEADER no header in report mode + wxLC_NO_SORT_HEADER can't click on header + wxLC_SINGLE_SEL single selection + wxLC_SORT_ASCENDING sort ascending (must still supply a comparison callback in SortItems) + wxLC_SORT_DESCENDING sort descending (ditto) + + Items are referred to by their index (position in the list starting from zero). + + Label text is supplied via insertion/setting functions and is stored by the + control, unless the wxLC_USER_TEXT style has been specified, in which case + the app will be notified when text is required (see sample). + + Images are dealt with by (optionally) associating 3 image lists with the control. + Zero-based indexes into these image lists indicate which image is to be used for + which item. Each image in an image list can contain a mask, and can be made out + of either a bitmap, two bitmaps or an icon. See ImagList.h for more details. + + Notifications are passed via the wxWidgets 2.0 event system, or using virtual + functions in wxWidgets 1.66. + + See the sample wxListCtrl app for API usage. + + TODO: + - addition of further convenience functions + to avoid use of wxListItem in some functions + - state/overlay images: probably not needed. + - in Win95, you can be called back to supply other information + besides text, such as state information. This saves no memory + and is probably superfluous to requirements. + - testing of whole API, extending current sample. + + + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListCtrl: public wxControl +{ +public: + /* + * Public interface + */ + + wxListCtrl() { Init(); } + + wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLC_ICON, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListCtrlNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual ~wxListCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLC_ICON, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListCtrlNameStr); + + + // Attributes + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // Set the control colours + bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& col); + bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col); + + // Gets information about this column + bool GetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) const; + + // Sets information about this column + bool SetColumn(int col, const wxListItem& item); + + // Gets the column width + int GetColumnWidth(int col) const; + + // Sets the column width + bool SetColumnWidth(int col, int width); + + + // Gets the column order from its index or index from its order + int GetColumnOrder(int col) const; + int GetColumnIndexFromOrder(int order) const; + + // Gets the column order for all columns + wxArrayInt GetColumnsOrder() const; + + // Sets the column order for all columns + bool SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& orders); + + + // Gets the number of items that can fit vertically in the + // visible area of the list control (list or report view) + // or the total number of items in the list control (icon + // or small icon view) + int GetCountPerPage() const; + + // return the total area occupied by all the items (icon/small icon only) + wxRect GetViewRect() const; + + // Gets the edit control for editing labels. + wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const; + + // Gets information about the item + bool GetItem(wxListItem& info) const; + + // Sets information about the item + bool SetItem(wxListItem& info); + + // Sets a string field at a particular column + long SetItem(long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId = -1); + + // Gets the item state + int GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const; + + // Sets the item state + bool SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask); + + // Sets the item image + bool SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage = -1); + bool SetItemColumnImage(long item, long column, int image); + + // Gets the item text + wxString GetItemText(long item, int col = 0) const; + + // Sets the item text + void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str); + + // Gets the item data + wxUIntPtr GetItemData(long item) const; + + // Sets the item data + bool SetItemPtrData(long item, wxUIntPtr data); + bool SetItemData(long item, long data) { return SetItemPtrData(item, data); } + + // Gets the item rectangle + bool GetItemRect(long item, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS) const; + + // Gets the subitem rectangle in report mode + bool GetSubItemRect(long item, long subItem, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS) const; + + // Gets the item position + bool GetItemPosition(long item, wxPoint& pos) const; + + // Sets the item position + bool SetItemPosition(long item, const wxPoint& pos); + + // Gets the number of items in the list control + int GetItemCount() const; + + // Gets the number of columns in the list control + int GetColumnCount() const { return m_colCount; } + + // get the horizontal and vertical components of the item spacing + wxSize GetItemSpacing() const; + + // Foreground colour of an item. + void SetItemTextColour( long item, const wxColour& col); + wxColour GetItemTextColour( long item ) const; + + // Background colour of an item. + void SetItemBackgroundColour( long item, const wxColour &col); + wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour( long item ) const; + + // Font of an item. + void SetItemFont( long item, const wxFont &f); + wxFont GetItemFont( long item ) const; + + // Gets the number of selected items in the list control + int GetSelectedItemCount() const; + + // Gets the text colour of the listview + wxColour GetTextColour() const; + + // Sets the text colour of the listview + void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col); + + // Gets the index of the topmost visible item when in + // list or report view + long GetTopItem() const; + + // Add or remove a single window style + void SetSingleStyle(long style, bool add = true); + + // Set the whole window style + void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style); + + // Searches for an item, starting from 'item'. + // item can be -1 to find the first item that matches the + // specified flags. + // Returns the item or -1 if unsuccessful. + long GetNextItem(long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE) const; + + // Gets one of the three image lists + wxImageList *GetImageList(int which) const; + + // Sets the image list + // N.B. There's a quirk in the Win95 list view implementation. + // If in wxLC_LIST mode, it'll *still* display images by the labels if + // there's a small-icon image list set for the control - even though you + // haven't specified wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE when inserting. + // So you have to set a NULL small-icon image list to be sure that + // the wxLC_LIST mode works without icons. Of course, you may want icons... + void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which); + void AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which); + + // are we in report mode? + bool InReportView() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_REPORT); } + + // are we in virtual report mode? + bool IsVirtual() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_VIRTUAL); } + + // refresh items selectively (only useful for virtual list controls) + void RefreshItem(long item); + void RefreshItems(long itemFrom, long itemTo); + + // Operations + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // Arranges the items + bool Arrange(int flag = wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT); + + // Deletes an item + bool DeleteItem(long item); + + // Deletes all items + bool DeleteAllItems(); + + // Deletes a column + bool DeleteColumn(int col); + + // Deletes all columns + bool DeleteAllColumns(); + + // Clears items, and columns if there are any. + void ClearAll(); + + // Edit the label + wxTextCtrl* EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass = wxCLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)); + + // End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit + bool EndEditLabel(bool cancel); + + // Ensures this item is visible + bool EnsureVisible(long item); + + // Find an item whose label matches this string, starting from the item after 'start' + // or the beginning if 'start' is -1. + long FindItem(long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = false); + + // Find an item whose data matches this data, starting from the item after 'start' + // or the beginning if 'start' is -1. + long FindItem(long start, wxUIntPtr data); + + // Find an item nearest this position in the specified direction, starting from + // the item after 'start' or the beginning if 'start' is -1. + long FindItem(long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction); + + // Determines which item (if any) is at the specified point, + // giving details in 'flags' (see wxLIST_HITTEST_... flags above) + // Request the subitem number as well at the given coordinate. + long HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags, long* ptrSubItem = NULL) const; + + // Inserts an item, returning the index of the new item if successful, + // -1 otherwise. + long InsertItem(const wxListItem& info); + + // Insert a string item + long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label); + + // Insert an image item + long InsertItem(long index, int imageIndex); + + // Insert an image/string item + long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label, int imageIndex); + + // For list view mode (only), inserts a column. + long InsertColumn(long col, const wxListItem& info); + + long InsertColumn(long col, + const wxString& heading, + int format = wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, + int width = -1); + + // set the number of items in a virtual list control + void SetItemCount(long count); + + // Scrolls the list control. If in icon, small icon or report view mode, + // x specifies the number of pixels to scroll. If in list view mode, x + // specifies the number of columns to scroll. + // If in icon, small icon or list view mode, y specifies the number of pixels + // to scroll. If in report view mode, y specifies the number of lines to scroll. + bool ScrollList(int dx, int dy); + + // Sort items. + + // fn is a function which takes 3 long arguments: item1, item2, data. + // item1 is the long data associated with a first item (NOT the index). + // item2 is the long data associated with a second item (NOT the index). + // data is the same value as passed to SortItems. + // The return value is a negative number if the first item should precede the second + // item, a positive number of the second item should precede the first, + // or zero if the two items are equivalent. + + // data is arbitrary data to be passed to the sort function. + bool SortItems(wxListCtrlCompare fn, wxIntPtr data); + + // IMPLEMENTATION + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + virtual bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg); + + // bring the control in sync with current m_windowStyle value + void UpdateStyle(); + + // Event handlers + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // Necessary for drawing hrules and vrules, if specified + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + + + virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; } + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // obsolete stuff, for compatibility only -- don't use + wxDEPRECATED( int GetItemSpacing(bool isSmall) const); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + // convert our styles to Windows + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + // special Windows message handling + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, + WXWPARAM wParam, + WXLPARAM lParam); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // free memory taken by all internal data + void FreeAllInternalData(); + + // get the internal data object for this item (may return NULL) + wxMSWListItemData *MSWGetItemData(long item) const; + + // get the item attribute, either by quering it for virtual control, or by + // returning the one previously set using setter methods for a normal one + wxListItemAttr *DoGetItemColumnAttr(long item, long column) const; + + + wxTextCtrl* m_textCtrl; // The control used for editing a label + wxImageList * m_imageListNormal; // The image list for normal icons + wxImageList * m_imageListSmall; // The image list for small icons + wxImageList * m_imageListState; // The image list state icons (not implemented yet) + bool m_ownsImageListNormal, + m_ownsImageListSmall, + m_ownsImageListState; + + int m_colCount; // Windows doesn't have GetColumnCount so must + // keep track of inserted/deleted columns + long m_count; // Keep track of item count to save calls to + // ListView_GetItemCount + + // all wxMSWListItemData objects we use + wxVector m_internalData; + + // true if we have any items with custom attributes + bool m_hasAnyAttr; + + // these functions are only used for virtual list view controls, i.e. the + // ones with wxLC_VIRTUAL style + + // return the text for the given column of the given item + virtual wxString OnGetItemText(long item, long column) const; + + // return the icon for the given item. In report view, OnGetItemImage will + // only be called for the first column. See OnGetItemColumnImage for + // details. + virtual int OnGetItemImage(long item) const; + + // return the icon for the given item and column. + virtual int OnGetItemColumnImage(long item, long column) const; + + // return the attribute for the item (may return NULL if none) + virtual wxListItemAttr *OnGetItemAttr(long item) const; + + // return the attribute for the given item and column (may return NULL if none) + virtual wxListItemAttr *OnGetItemColumnAttr(long item, long WXUNUSED(column)) const + { + return OnGetItemAttr(item); + } + +private: + // process NM_CUSTOMDRAW notification message + WXLPARAM OnCustomDraw(WXLPARAM lParam); + + // set the extended styles for the control (used by Create() and + // UpdateStyle()), only should be called if InReportView() + void MSWSetExListStyles(); + + // initialize the (already created) m_textCtrl with the associated HWND + void InitEditControl(WXHWND hWnd); + + // destroy m_textCtrl if it's currently valid and reset it to NULL + void DeleteEditControl(); + + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrl) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxListCtrl); +}; + +#endif // _WX_LISTCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/magnif1.cur b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/magnif1.cur new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..15d1a77a49a5053ba171d0c7fdf9937f131814e3 GIT binary patch literal 326 zcmaKmJr06E5QX1@ku@O^8(TM4mfipg?*)mChcNLb8c)C#=xo7?g7AC`8XDqEzMY+) zeX~FS1LuGhERF`)0yqejkO?Cn>>I{pI!R8+>@6&Sg|K1+U@uPMBJl*~?XZk9Z7+~$ zhg0-qGyd!OIU7LlBvAwU!yoH%vK6(cH1`x|5t03xeY|6fl#SZ2jx76}5L_S)1H}g<-VtX@^EF=Zz9{mlQwW;#il~Wy%sJax^Jn}JGe|Bw=NmFB ge8aqPJmI~ud$Eb6)2}9ELOWr8V4xU|6W(XUPqgg+2mk;8 literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/menu.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/menu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5cc5d0142 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/menu.h @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/menu.h +// Purpose: wxMenu, wxMenuBar classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (wxMenuItem is now in separate file) +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: menu.h 66178 2010-11-17 01:20:50Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MENU_H_ +#define _WX_MENU_H_ + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + #include "wx/accel.h" + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + + WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxAcceleratorEntry *, wxAcceleratorArray); +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame; + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_TOOLBAR +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBar; +#endif + + +// Not using a combined wxToolBar/wxMenuBar? then use +// a commandbar in WinCE .NET to implement the +// menubar, since there is no ::SetMenu function. +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) +# if ((_WIN32_WCE >= 400) && !defined(__POCKETPC__) && !defined(__SMARTPHONE__)) || \ + defined(__HANDHELDPC__) +# define WINCE_WITH_COMMANDBAR +# else +# define WINCE_WITHOUT_COMMANDBAR +# endif +#endif + + +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Menu +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenu : public wxMenuBase +{ +public: + // ctors & dtor + wxMenu(const wxString& title, long style = 0) + : wxMenuBase(title, style) { Init(); } + + wxMenu(long style = 0) : wxMenuBase(style) { Init(); } + + virtual ~wxMenu(); + + virtual void Break(); + + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + virtual void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar); + + bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + + // get the native menu handle + WXHMENU GetHMenu() const { return m_hMenu; } + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + // called by wxMenuBar to build its accel table from the accels of all menus + bool HasAccels() const { return !m_accels.empty(); } + size_t GetAccelCount() const { return m_accels.size(); } + size_t CopyAccels(wxAcceleratorEntry *accels) const; + + // called by wxMenuItem when its accels changes + void UpdateAccel(wxMenuItem *item); + + // helper used by wxMenu itself (returns the index in m_accels) + int FindAccel(int id) const; + + // used only by wxMDIParentFrame currently but could be useful elsewhere: + // returns a new accelerator table with accelerators for just this menu + // (shouldn't be called if we don't have any accelerators) + wxAcceleratorTable *CreateAccelTable() const; +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + +#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + + int GetMaxAccelWidth() + { + if (m_maxAccelWidth == -1) + CalculateMaxAccelWidth(); + return m_maxAccelWidth; + } + + void ResetMaxAccelWidth() + { + m_maxAccelWidth = -1; + } + +private: + void CalculateMaxAccelWidth(); + +#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + +protected: + virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item); + virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item); + virtual wxMenuItem* DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item); + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // common part of Append/Insert (behaves as Append is pos == (size_t)-1) + bool DoInsertOrAppend(wxMenuItem *item, size_t pos = (size_t)-1); + + // terminate the current radio group, if any + void EndRadioGroup(); + + // if true, insert a breal before appending the next item + bool m_doBreak; + + // the position of the first item in the current radio group or -1 + int m_startRadioGroup; + + // the menu handle of this menu + WXHMENU m_hMenu; + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + // the accelerators for our menu items + wxAcceleratorArray m_accels; +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + +#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + // true if the menu has any ownerdrawn items + bool m_ownerDrawn; + + // the max width of menu items bitmaps + int m_maxBitmapWidth; + + // the max width of menu items accels + int m_maxAccelWidth; +#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMenu) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Menu Bar (a la Windows) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuBar : public wxMenuBarBase +{ +public: + // ctors & dtor + // default constructor + wxMenuBar(); + // unused under MSW + wxMenuBar(long style); + // menubar takes ownership of the menus arrays but copies the titles + wxMenuBar(size_t n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[], long style = 0); + virtual ~wxMenuBar(); + + // menubar construction + virtual bool Append( wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title ); + virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title); + virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title); + virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos); + + virtual void EnableTop( size_t pos, bool flag ); + virtual void SetMenuLabel( size_t pos, const wxString& label ); + virtual wxString GetMenuLabel( size_t pos ) const; + + // implementation from now on + WXHMENU Create(); + virtual void Detach(); + virtual void Attach(wxFrame *frame); + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_TOOLBAR + // Under WinCE, a menubar is owned by the frame's toolbar + void SetToolBar(wxToolBar* toolBar) { m_toolBar = toolBar; } + wxToolBar* GetToolBar() const { return m_toolBar; } +#endif + +#ifdef WINCE_WITH_COMMANDBAR + WXHWND GetCommandBar() const { return m_commandBar; } + bool AddAdornments(long style); +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + // update the accel table (must be called after adding/deleting a menu) + void RebuildAccelTable(); +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + + // get the menu handle + WXHMENU GetHMenu() const { return m_hMenu; } + + // if the menubar is modified, the display is not updated automatically, + // call this function to update it (m_menuBarFrame should be !NULL) + void Refresh(); + + // To avoid compile warning + void Refresh( bool eraseBackground, + const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL ) { wxWindow::Refresh(eraseBackground, rect); } + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + WXHMENU m_hMenu; + + // Return the MSW position for a wxMenu which is sometimes different from + // the wxWidgets position. + int MSWPositionForWxMenu(wxMenu *menu, int wxpos); + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_TOOLBAR + wxToolBar* m_toolBar; +#endif + +#ifdef WINCE_WITH_COMMANDBAR + WXHWND m_commandBar; + bool m_adornmentsAdded; +#endif + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMenuBar) +}; + +#endif // _WX_MENU_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/menuitem.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/menuitem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8cf0698c63 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/menuitem.h @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/menuitem.h +// Purpose: wxMenuItem class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 11.11.97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: menuitem.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _MENUITEM_H +#define _MENUITEM_H + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + #include "wx/ownerdrw.h" + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + + struct tagRECT; +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenuItem: an item in the menu, optionally implements owner-drawn behaviour +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuItem : public wxMenuItemBase +#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + , public wxOwnerDrawn +#endif +{ +public: + // ctor & dtor + wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu = NULL, + int id = wxID_SEPARATOR, + const wxString& name = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL, + wxMenu *subMenu = NULL); + virtual ~wxMenuItem(); + + // override base class virtuals + virtual void SetItemLabel(const wxString& strName); + + virtual void Enable(bool bDoEnable = true); + virtual void Check(bool bDoCheck = true); + virtual bool IsChecked() const; + + // unfortunately needed to resolve ambiguity between + // wxMenuItemBase::IsCheckable() and wxOwnerDrawn::IsCheckable() + bool IsCheckable() const { return wxMenuItemBase::IsCheckable(); } + + // the id for a popup menu is really its menu handle (as required by + // ::AppendMenu() API), so this function will return either the id or the + // menu handle depending on what we are + // + // notice that it also returns the id as an unsigned int, as required by + // Win32 API + WXWPARAM GetMSWId() const; + + // mark item as belonging to the given radio group + void SetAsRadioGroupStart(); + void SetRadioGroupStart(int start); + void SetRadioGroupEnd(int end); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // compatibility only, don't use in new code + wxDEPRECATED( + wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu, + int id, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help, + bool isCheckable, + wxMenu *subMenu = NULL) + ); +#endif + +#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + + void SetBitmaps(const wxBitmap& bmpChecked, + const wxBitmap& bmpUnchecked = wxNullBitmap) + { + m_bmpChecked = bmpChecked; + m_bmpUnchecked = bmpUnchecked; + SetOwnerDrawn(true); + } + + void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp, bool bChecked = true) + { + if ( bChecked ) + m_bmpChecked = bmp; + else + m_bmpUnchecked = bmp; + SetOwnerDrawn(true); + } + + void SetDisabledBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled) + { + m_bmpDisabled = bmpDisabled; + SetOwnerDrawn(true); + } + + const wxBitmap& GetBitmap(bool bChecked = true) const + { return (bChecked ? m_bmpChecked : m_bmpUnchecked); } + + const wxBitmap& GetDisabledBitmap() const + { return m_bmpDisabled; } + + int MeasureAccelWidth() const; + + // override wxOwnerDrawn base class virtuals + virtual wxString GetName() const; + virtual bool OnMeasureItem(size_t *pwidth, size_t *pheight); + virtual bool OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rc, wxODAction act, wxODStatus stat); + +protected: + virtual void GetFontToUse(wxFont& font) const; + virtual void GetColourToUse(wxODStatus stat, wxColour& colText, wxColour& colBack) const; + +private: + // helper function for draw std menu check mark + void DrawStdCheckMark(WXHDC hdc, const tagRECT* rc, wxODStatus stat); + +#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // the positions of the first and last items of the radio group this item + // belongs to or -1: start is the radio group start and is valid for all + // but first radio group items (m_isRadioGroupStart == false), end is valid + // only for the first one + union + { + int start; + int end; + } m_radioGroup; + + // does this item start a radio group? + bool m_isRadioGroupStart; + +#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + // item bitmaps + wxBitmap m_bmpChecked, // bitmap to put near the item + m_bmpUnchecked, // (checked is used also for 'uncheckable' items) + m_bmpDisabled; +#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMenuItem) +}; + +#endif //_MENUITEM_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/metafile.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/metafile.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c1d022225e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/metafile.h @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/metafile.h +// Purpose: wxMetaFile, wxMetaFileDC and wxMetaFileDataObject classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: VZ 07.01.00: implemented wxMetaFileDataObject +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: metafile.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_METAFIILE_H_ +#define _WX_METAFIILE_H_ + +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + #include "wx/dataobj.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Metafile and metafile device context classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMetafile; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMetafileRefData: public wxGDIRefData +{ +public: + wxMetafileRefData(); + virtual ~wxMetafileRefData(); + + virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_metafile != 0; } + +public: + WXHANDLE m_metafile; + int m_windowsMappingMode; + int m_width, m_height; + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMetafile; +}; + +#define M_METAFILEDATA ((wxMetafileRefData *)m_refData) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMetafile: public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + wxMetafile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString); + virtual ~wxMetafile(); + + // After this is called, the metafile cannot be used for anything + // since it is now owned by the clipboard. + virtual bool SetClipboard(int width = 0, int height = 0); + + virtual bool Play(wxDC *dc); + + // set/get the size of metafile for clipboard operations + wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(GetWidth(), GetHeight()); } + int GetWidth() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_width; } + int GetHeight() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_height; } + + void SetWidth(int width) { M_METAFILEDATA->m_width = width; } + void SetHeight(int height) { M_METAFILEDATA->m_height = height; } + + // Implementation + WXHANDLE GetHMETAFILE() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_metafile; } + void SetHMETAFILE(WXHANDLE mf) ; + int GetWindowsMappingMode() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_windowsMappingMode; } + void SetWindowsMappingMode(int mm); + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetafile) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMetafileDCImpl: public wxMSWDCImpl +{ +public: + wxMetafileDCImpl(wxDC *owner, const wxString& file = wxEmptyString); + wxMetafileDCImpl(wxDC *owner, const wxString& file, + int xext, int yext, int xorg, int yorg); + virtual ~wxMetafileDCImpl(); + + virtual wxMetafile *Close(); + virtual void SetMapMode(wxMappingMode mode); + virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *descent = NULL, + wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const; + + // Implementation + wxMetafile *GetMetaFile() const { return m_metaFile; } + void SetMetaFile(wxMetafile *mf) { m_metaFile = mf; } + int GetWindowsMappingMode() const { return m_windowsMappingMode; } + void SetWindowsMappingMode(int mm) { m_windowsMappingMode = mm; } + +protected: + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + + int m_windowsMappingMode; + wxMetafile* m_metaFile; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxMetafileDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMetafileDCImpl); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMetafileDC: public wxDC +{ +public: + // Don't supply origin and extent + // Supply them to wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable instead. + wxMetafileDC(const wxString& file) + : wxDC(new wxMetafileDCImpl( this, file )) + { } + + // Supply origin and extent (recommended). + // Then don't need to supply them to wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable. + wxMetafileDC(const wxString& file, int xext, int yext, int xorg, int yorg) + : wxDC(new wxMetafileDCImpl( this, file, xext, yext, xorg, yorg )) + { } + + wxMetafile *GetMetafile() const + { return ((wxMetafileDCImpl*)m_pimpl)->GetMetaFile(); } + + wxMetafile *Close() + { return ((wxMetafileDCImpl*)m_pimpl)->Close(); } + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxMetafileDC) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMetafileDC); +}; + + + + +/* + * Pass filename of existing non-placeable metafile, and bounding box. + * Adds a placeable metafile header, sets the mapping mode to anisotropic, + * and sets the window origin and extent to mimic the wxMM_TEXT mapping mode. + * + */ + +// No origin or extent +bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMakeMetafilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, float scale = 1.0); + +// Optional origin and extent +bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, float scale = 1.0, bool useOriginAndExtent = true); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMetafileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for metafile data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMetafileDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple +{ +public: + // ctors + wxMetafileDataObject() : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE) + { } + wxMetafileDataObject(const wxMetafile& metafile) + : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE), m_metafile(metafile) { } + + // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on + // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used + virtual void SetMetafile(const wxMetafile& metafile) + { m_metafile = metafile; } + virtual wxMetafile GetMetafile() const + { return m_metafile; } + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + +protected: + wxMetafile m_metafile; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#endif + // _WX_METAFIILE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/microwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/microwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..29940abfaa --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/microwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +/* +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/microwin.h +// Purpose: Extra implementation for MicroWindows +// Author: Julian Smart +// Created: 2001-05-31 +// RCS-ID: $Id: microwin.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +*/ + +#ifndef _WX_MICROWIN_H_ +#define _WX_MICROWIN_H_ + +/* Implemented by microwin.cpp */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +BOOL SetCursorPos(int x, int y); + +HCURSOR SetCursor(HCURSOR hCursor); + +/* Implemented with wrong number of args by MicroWindows */ +/* so we need to use a different name */ +int GetScrollPosWX (HWND hWnd, int iSBar); + +BOOL ScrollWindow(HWND, int xAmount, int yAmount, + CONST RECT* lpRect, CONST RECT* lpClipRect); + +HWND WindowFromPoint(POINT pt); +SHORT GetKeyState(int nVirtKey); +HWND SetParent(HWND hWndChild, HWND hWndNewParent); +VOID DragAcceptFiles(HWND, BOOL); +BOOL IsDialogMessage(HWND hWnd, MSG* msg); +DWORD GetMessagePos(VOID); +BOOL IsIconic(HWND hWnd); +int SetMapMode(HDC hDC, int mode); +int GetMapMode(HDC hDC); +HCURSOR LoadCursor(HINSTANCE hInst, int cursor); +DWORD GetModuleFileName(HINSTANCE hInst, LPSTR name, DWORD sz); +VOID DestroyIcon(HICON hIcon); +COLORREF GetTextColor(HDC hdc); +COLORREF GetBkColor(HDC hdc); +HPALETTE SelectPalette(HDC hdc, HPALETTE hPalette, BOOL b); +BOOL IntersectClipRect(HDC hdc, int x, int y, + int w, int h); +BOOL GetClipBox(HDC hdc, RECT* rect); +BOOL DrawIconEx(HDC hdc, int x, int y, HICON hIcon, int w, int h, UINT istepIfAniCur, HBRUSH hbrFlickerFreeDraw, UINT diFlags); +BOOL SetViewportExtEx(HDC hdc, int x, int y, LPSIZE lpSize); +BOOL SetViewportOrgEx(HDC hdc, int x, int y, LPPOINT lpPoint); +BOOL SetWindowExtEx(HDC hdc, int x, int y, LPSIZE lpSize); +BOOL SetWindowOrgEx(HDC hdc, int x, int y, LPPOINT lpSize); +BOOL ExtFloodFill(HDC hdc, int x, int y, COLORREF col, UINT flags); +int SetPolyFillMode(HDC hdc, int mode); +BOOL RoundRect(HDC hdc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, int r1, int r2); +BOOL MaskBlt(HDC hdc, int x, int y, int w, int h, + HDC hDCSource, int xSrc, int ySrc, HBITMAP hBitmapMask, int xMask, int yMask, DWORD rop); +UINT RealizePalette(HDC hDC); +BOOL SetBrushOrgEx(HDC hdc, int xOrigin, int yOrigin, LPPOINT lpPoint); +int GetObject(HGDIOBJ hObj, int sz, LPVOID logObj); + +/* For some reason these aren't defined in the headers */ +BOOL EnableScrollBar (HWND hWnd, int iSBar, BOOL bEnable) ; +BOOL GetScrollPos (HWND hWnd, int iSBar, int* pPos); +BOOL GetScrollRange (HWND hWnd, int iSBar, int* pMinPos, int* pMaxPos); +BOOL SetScrollPos (HWND hWnd, int iSBar, int iNewPos); +BOOL SetScrollRange (HWND hWnd, int iSBar, int iMinPos, int iMaxPos); +BOOL SetScrollInfo (HWND hWnd, int iSBar, + LPCSCROLLINFO lpsi, BOOL fRedraw); +BOOL GetScrollInfo(HWND hWnd, int iSBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi); +BOOL ShowScrollBar (HWND hWnd, int iSBar, BOOL bShow); +HBITMAP WINAPI +CreateBitmap( int width, int height, int nPlanes, int bPP, LPCVOID lpData); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/* + * Key State Masks for Mouse Messages + */ +#ifndef MK_LBUTTON +#define MK_LBUTTON 0x0001 +#define MK_RBUTTON 0x0002 +#define MK_SHIFT 0x0004 +#define MK_CONTROL 0x0008 +#define MK_MBUTTON 0x0010 +#endif + +/* + * DrawIcon flags + */ + +#ifndef DI_MASK +#define DI_MASK 0x0001 +#define DI_IMAGE 0x0002 +#define DI_NORMAL 0x0003 +#define DI_COMPAT 0x0004 +#define DI_DEFAULTSIZE 0x0008 +#endif + +/* TODO: May have to fake these message */ +#ifndef WM_INITDIALOG +#define WM_INITDIALOG 0x0110 +#endif +#ifndef WM_QUERYENDSESSION +#define WM_QUERYENDSESSION 0x0011 +#endif +#ifndef WM_ENDSESSION +#define WM_ENDSESSION 0x0016 +#endif +#ifndef WM_SETCURSOR +#define WM_SETCURSOR 0x0020 +#endif +#ifndef WM_GETMINMAXINFO +#define WM_GETMINMAXINFO 0x0024 +typedef struct tagMINMAXINFO { + POINT ptReserved; + POINT ptMaxSize; + POINT ptMaxPosition; + POINT ptMinTrackSize; + POINT ptMaxTrackSize; +} MINMAXINFO, *PMINMAXINFO, *LPMINMAXINFO; + +#endif +#ifndef WM_SYSCOMMAND +#define WM_SYSCOMMAND 0x0112 +#endif +#ifndef WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE +#define WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE 0x0015 +#endif +#ifndef WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE +#define WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE 0x030F +#endif +#ifndef WM_PALETTEISCHANGING +#define WM_PALETTEISCHANGING 0x0310 +#endif +#ifndef WM_PALETTECHANGED +#define WM_PALETTECHANGED 0x0311 +#endif +#ifndef WM_NOTIFY +#define WM_NOTIFY 0x004E +#endif +#ifndef WM_DROPFILES +#define WM_DROPFILES 0x0233 +#endif + +#ifndef PALETTERGB +#define PALETTERGB RGB +#endif + +#ifndef MM_TEXT +#define MM_TEXT 1 +#define MM_LOMETRIC 2 +#define MM_HIMETRIC 3 +#define MM_LOENGLISH 4 +#define MM_HIENGLISH 5 +#define MM_TWIPS 6 +#define MM_ISOTROPIC 7 +#define MM_ANISOTROPIC 8 +#endif + +#ifndef SC_MAXIMIZE +#define SC_MINIMIZE 0xF020 +#define SC_MAXIMIZE 0xF030 +#endif + +// TODO: all of them +#ifndef IDC_ARROW +#define IDC_ARROW 1 +#endif + +/* + * Standard Cursor IDs + */ +#ifndef MAKEINTRESOURCE +#define MAKEINTRESOURCE(r) r +#endif + +#ifndef IDC_ARROW +#define IDC_ARROW MAKEINTRESOURCE(32512) +#define IDC_IBEAM MAKEINTRESOURCE(32513) +#define IDC_WAIT MAKEINTRESOURCE(32514) +#define IDC_CROSS MAKEINTRESOURCE(32515) +#define IDC_UPARROW MAKEINTRESOURCE(32516) +#define IDC_SIZE MAKEINTRESOURCE(32640) /* OBSOLETE: use IDC_SIZEALL */ +#define IDC_ICON MAKEINTRESOURCE(32641) /* OBSOLETE: use IDC_ARROW */ +#define IDC_SIZENWSE MAKEINTRESOURCE(32642) +#define IDC_SIZENESW MAKEINTRESOURCE(32643) +#define IDC_SIZEWE MAKEINTRESOURCE(32644) +#define IDC_SIZENS MAKEINTRESOURCE(32645) +#define IDC_SIZEALL MAKEINTRESOURCE(32646) +#define IDC_NO MAKEINTRESOURCE(32648) /* not in win3.1 */ +#if(WINVER >= 0x0500) +#define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649) +#endif /* WINVER >= 0x0500 */ +#define IDC_APPSTARTING MAKEINTRESOURCE(32650) /* not in win3.1 */ +#if(WINVER >= 0x0400) +#define IDC_HELP MAKEINTRESOURCE(32651) +#endif /* WINVER >= 0x0400 */ +#endif + +/* ExtFloodFill style flags */ +#define FLOODFILLBORDER 0 +#define FLOODFILLSURFACE 1 + +/* PolyFill() Modes */ +#define ALTERNATE 1 +#define WINDING 2 +#define POLYFILL_LAST 2 + +/* Quaternary raster codes */ +#define MAKEROP4(fore,back) (DWORD)((((back) << 8) & 0xFF000000) | (fore)) + +/* Device Parameters for GetDeviceCaps() */ +#define DRIVERVERSION 0 /* Device driver version */ +#define TECHNOLOGY 2 /* Device classification */ +#define HORZSIZE 4 /* Horizontal size in millimeters */ +#define VERTSIZE 6 /* Vertical size in millimeters */ + +/* Ternary raster operations */ +/* Now defined by MicroWindows */ +#if 0 +#define DSTINVERT (DWORD)0x00550009 /* dest = (NOT dest) */ +#define WHITENESS (DWORD)0x00FF0062 /* dest = WHITE */ +#define SRCERASE (DWORD)0x00440328 /* dest = source AND (NOT dest ) */ +#define MERGEPAINT (DWORD)0x00BB0226 /* dest = (NOT source) OR dest */ +#define SRCPAINT (DWORD)0x00EE0086 /* dest = source OR dest */ +#define NOTSRCCOPY (DWORD)0x00330008 /* dest = (NOT source) */ +#endif + +#endif /* _WX_MICROWIN_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mimetype.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mimetype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3a7bef054 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mimetype.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/mimetype.h +// Purpose: classes and functions to manage MIME types +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 23.09.98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mimetype.h 54434 2008-06-30 11:58:41Z RR $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence (part of wxExtra library) +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H +#define _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE + +#include "wx/mimetype.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileTypeImpl is the MSW version of wxFileType, this is a private class +// and is never used directly by the application +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileTypeImpl +{ +public: + // ctor + wxFileTypeImpl() { } + + // one of these Init() function must be called (ctor can't take any + // arguments because it's common) + + // initialize us with our file type name and extension - in this case + // we will read all other data from the registry + void Init(const wxString& strFileType, const wxString& ext); + + // implement accessor functions + bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions); + bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const; + bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const; + bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconLoc) const; + bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const; + bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const; + bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const; + + size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString * verbs, wxArrayString * commands, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const; + + bool Unassociate(); + + // set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and + // overwriteprompt is true + bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, + const wxString& verb, + bool overwriteprompt = true); + + bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& cmd = wxEmptyString, int index = 0); + + // this is called by Associate + bool SetDescription (const wxString& desc); + +private: + // helper function: reads the command corresponding to the specified verb + // from the registry (returns an empty string if not found) + wxString GetCommand(const wxString& verb) const; + + // get the registry path for the given verb + wxString GetVerbPath(const wxString& verb) const; + + // check that the registry key for our extension exists, create it if it + // doesn't, return false if this failed + bool EnsureExtKeyExists(); + + wxString m_strFileType, // may be empty + m_ext; + + // these methods are not publicly accessible (as wxMimeTypesManager + // doesn't know about them), and should only be called by Unassociate + + bool RemoveOpenCommand(); + bool RemoveCommand(const wxString& verb); + bool RemoveMimeType(); + bool RemoveDefaultIcon(); + bool RemoveDescription(); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerImpl +{ +public: + // nothing to do here, we don't load any data but just go and fetch it from + // the registry when asked for + wxMimeTypesManagerImpl() { } + + // implement containing class functions + wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext); + wxFileType *GetOrAllocateFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext); + wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType); + + size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes); + + // create a new filetype association + wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo); + + // create a new filetype with the given name and extension + wxFileType *CreateFileType(const wxString& filetype, const wxString& ext); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE + +#endif + //_MIMETYPE_IMPL_H + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/minifram.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/minifram.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d798228293 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/minifram.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/minifram.h +// Purpose: wxMiniFrame class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: minifram.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MINIFRAM_H_ +#define _WX_MINIFRAM_H_ + +#include "wx/frame.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMiniFrame : public wxFrame +{ +public: + wxMiniFrame() { } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCAPTION | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxRESIZE_BORDER, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + return wxFrame::Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, + style | + wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW | + (parent ? wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT : 0), name); + } + + wxMiniFrame(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCAPTION | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxRESIZE_BORDER, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMiniFrame) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_MINIFRAM_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/missing.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/missing.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0888d1322e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/missing.h @@ -0,0 +1,545 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/missing.h +// Purpose: Declarations for parts of the Win32 SDK that are missing in +// the versions that come with some compilers +// Created: 2002/04/23 +// RCS-ID: $Id: missing.h 66996 2011-02-22 13:26:06Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 Mattia Barbon +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MISSING_H_ +#define _WX_MISSING_H_ + +/* + * The following are required for VC++ 6. + */ + +// Needed by cursor.cpp +#ifndef IDC_HAND + #define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649) +#endif + +// Needed by strconv.cpp +#ifndef WC_NO_BEST_FIT_CHARS + #define WC_NO_BEST_FIT_CHARS 0x400 +#endif + +#ifndef WM_CONTEXTMENU + #define WM_CONTEXTMENU 0x007B +#endif + +#ifndef WM_CHANGEUISTATE + #define WM_CHANGEUISTATE 0x0127 +#endif + +#ifndef WM_UPDATEUISTATE + #define WM_UPDATEUISTATE 0x0128 +#endif + +#ifndef WM_QUERYUISTATE + #define WM_QUERYUISTATE 0x0129 +#endif + +#ifndef WM_PRINTCLIENT + #define WM_PRINTCLIENT 0x318 +#endif + +#ifndef DT_HIDEPREFIX + #define DT_HIDEPREFIX 0x00100000 +#endif + +// Needed by toplevel.cpp +#ifndef UIS_SET + #define UIS_SET 1 + #define UIS_CLEAR 2 + #define UIS_INITIALIZE 3 +#endif + +#ifndef UISF_HIDEFOCUS + #define UISF_HIDEFOCUS 1 +#endif + +#ifndef UISF_HIDEACCEL + #define UISF_HIDEACCEL 2 +#endif + +#ifndef OFN_EXPLORER + #define OFN_EXPLORER 0x00080000 +#endif + +#ifndef OFN_ENABLESIZING + #define OFN_ENABLESIZING 0x00800000 +#endif + +// Needed by window.cpp +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + #ifndef WM_MOUSEWHEEL + #define WM_MOUSEWHEEL 0x020A + #endif + #ifndef WHEEL_DELTA + #define WHEEL_DELTA 120 + #endif + #ifndef SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES + #define SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES 104 + #endif +#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + +// Needed by window.cpp +#ifndef VK_OEM_1 + #define VK_OEM_1 0xBA + #define VK_OEM_2 0xBF + #define VK_OEM_3 0xC0 + #define VK_OEM_4 0xDB + #define VK_OEM_5 0xDC + #define VK_OEM_6 0xDD + #define VK_OEM_7 0xDE +#endif + +#ifndef VK_OEM_COMMA + #define VK_OEM_PLUS 0xBB + #define VK_OEM_COMMA 0xBC + #define VK_OEM_MINUS 0xBD + #define VK_OEM_PERIOD 0xBE +#endif + +#ifndef SM_TABLETPC + #define SM_TABLETPC 86 +#endif + +#ifndef INKEDIT_CLASS +# define INKEDIT_CLASSW L"INKEDIT" +# ifdef UNICODE +# define INKEDIT_CLASS INKEDIT_CLASSW +# else +# define INKEDIT_CLASS "INKEDIT" +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef EM_SETINKINSERTMODE +# define EM_SETINKINSERTMODE (WM_USER + 0x0204) +#endif + +#ifndef EM_SETUSEMOUSEFORINPUT +#define EM_SETUSEMOUSEFORINPUT (WM_USER + 0x224) +#endif + +#ifndef TPM_RECURSE +#define TPM_RECURSE 1 +#endif + + +#ifndef WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL +#define WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL 0x00400000 +#endif + +#ifndef WS_EX_COMPOSITED +#define WS_EX_COMPOSITED 0x02000000L +#endif + +#ifndef WS_EX_LAYERED +#define WS_EX_LAYERED 0x00080000 +#endif + +#ifndef LWA_ALPHA +#define LWA_ALPHA 2 +#endif + +#ifndef QS_ALLPOSTMESSAGE +#define QS_ALLPOSTMESSAGE 0 +#endif + +/* + * The following are required for VC++ 5 when the PSDK is not available. + */ + +#if defined __VISUALC__ && __VISUALC__ <= 1100 + +#ifndef VER_NT_WORKSTATION + +typedef struct _OSVERSIONINFOEXA { + DWORD dwOSVersionInfoSize; + DWORD dwMajorVersion; + DWORD dwMinorVersion; + DWORD dwBuildNumber; + DWORD dwPlatformId; + CHAR szCSDVersion[128]; + WORD wServicePackMajor; + WORD wServicePackMinor; + WORD wSuiteMask; + BYTE wProductType; + BYTE wReserved; +} OSVERSIONINFOEXA, *POSVERSIONINFOEXA, *LPOSVERSIONINFOEXA; +typedef struct _OSVERSIONINFOEXW { + DWORD dwOSVersionInfoSize; + DWORD dwMajorVersion; + DWORD dwMinorVersion; + DWORD dwBuildNumber; + DWORD dwPlatformId; + WCHAR szCSDVersion[128]; + WORD wServicePackMajor; + WORD wServicePackMinor; + WORD wSuiteMask; + BYTE wProductType; + BYTE wReserved; +} OSVERSIONINFOEXW, *POSVERSIONINFOEXW, *LPOSVERSIONINFOEXW; + +#ifdef UNICODE +typedef OSVERSIONINFOW OSVERSIONINFO,*POSVERSIONINFO,*LPOSVERSIONINFO; +typedef OSVERSIONINFOEXW OSVERSIONINFOEX,*POSVERSIONINFOEX,*LPOSVERSIONINFOEX; +#else +typedef OSVERSIONINFOA OSVERSIONINFO,*POSVERSIONINFO,*LPOSVERSIONINFO; +typedef OSVERSIONINFOEXA OSVERSIONINFOEX,*POSVERSIONINFOEX,*LPOSVERSIONINFOEX; +#endif + +#endif // defined VER_NT_WORKSTATION + +#ifndef CP_SYMBOL + #define CP_SYMBOL 42 +#endif + +// NMLVCUSTOMDRAW originally didn't have the iSubItem member. It was added +// with IE4, as was IPN_FIRST which is used as a test :-(. +// +#ifndef IPN_FIRST + +typedef struct wxtagNMLVCUSTOMDRAW_ { + NMCUSTOMDRAW nmcd; + COLORREF clrText; + COLORREF clrTextBk; + int iSubItem; +} wxNMLVCUSTOMDRAW_, *wxLPNMLVCUSTOMDRAW_; + +#define NMLVCUSTOMDRAW wxNMLVCUSTOMDRAW_ +#define LPNMLVCUSTOMDRAW wxLPNMLVCUSTOMDRAW_ + +#endif // defined IPN_FIRST + +#endif // defined __VISUALC__ && __VISUALC__ <= 1100 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// menu stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef MIIM_BITMAP + #define MIIM_STRING 0x00000040 + #define MIIM_BITMAP 0x00000080 + #define MIIM_FTYPE 0x00000100 + #define HBMMENU_CALLBACK ((HBITMAP) -1) + + typedef struct tagMENUINFO + { + DWORD cbSize; + DWORD fMask; + DWORD dwStyle; + UINT cyMax; + HBRUSH hbrBack; + DWORD dwContextHelpID; + DWORD dwMenuData; + } MENUINFO, FAR *LPMENUINFO; +#endif // MIIM_BITMAP &c + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// definitions related to ListView and Header common controls, needed by +// msw/listctrl.cpp and msw/headerctrl.cpp +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef I_IMAGENONE + #define I_IMAGENONE (-2) +#endif + +#ifndef LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT + #define LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT 0x00000020 +#endif + +// LVS_EX_LABELTIP is not supported by Windows CE, don't define it there +#if !defined(LVS_EX_LABELTIP) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + #define LVS_EX_LABELTIP 0x00004000 +#endif + +#ifndef LVS_EX_SUBITEMIMAGES + #define LVS_EX_SUBITEMIMAGES 0x00000002 +#endif + +#ifndef HDN_GETDISPINFOW + #define HDN_GETDISPINFOW (HDN_FIRST-29) +#endif + +#ifndef HDS_HOTTRACK + #define HDS_HOTTRACK 4 +#endif +#ifndef HDS_FLAT + #define HDS_FLAT 0x0200 +#endif + +#ifndef HDF_SORTUP + #define HDF_SORTUP 0x0400 + #define HDF_SORTDOWN 0x0200 +#endif + + /* + * In addition to the above, the following are required for several compilers. + */ + +#if !defined(CCS_VERT) +#define CCS_VERT 0x00000080L +#endif + +#if !defined(CCS_RIGHT) +#define CCS_RIGHT (CCS_VERT|CCS_BOTTOM) +#endif + +#if !defined(TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST) + #define TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 54) +#endif // !defined(TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST) + +#ifndef CFM_BACKCOLOR + #define CFM_BACKCOLOR 0x04000000 +#endif + +#ifndef HANGUL_CHARSET + #define HANGUL_CHARSET 129 +#endif + +#ifndef CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT + #define CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT 8197 +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Tree control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef TV_FIRST + #define TV_FIRST 0x1100 +#endif + +#ifndef TVS_FULLROWSELECT + #define TVS_FULLROWSELECT 0x1000 +#endif + +#ifndef TVM_SETBKCOLOR + #define TVM_SETBKCOLOR (TV_FIRST + 29) + #define TVM_SETTEXTCOLOR (TV_FIRST + 30) +#endif + + /* + * The following are required for BC++ 5.5 (none at present.) + */ + + /* + * The following are specifically required for Digital Mars C++ + */ + +#ifdef __DMC__ + +#ifndef VER_NT_WORKSTATION +typedef struct _OSVERSIONINFOEX { + DWORD dwOSVersionInfoSize; + DWORD dwMajorVersion; + DWORD dwMinorVersion; + DWORD dwBuildNumber; + DWORD dwPlatformId; + TCHAR szCSDVersion[ 128 ]; + WORD wServicePackMajor; + WORD wServicePackMinor; + WORD wSuiteMask; + BYTE wProductType; + BYTE wReserved; +} OSVERSIONINFOEX; +#endif // !defined(VER_NT_WORKSTATION) + +#ifndef _TrackMouseEvent + #define _TrackMouseEvent TrackMouseEvent +#endif + +#ifndef LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE + #define LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE (0x1000 + 54) +#endif + +#ifndef LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT + #define LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT (0x1000 + 56) +#endif + +#ifndef LVCF_IMAGE + #define LVCF_IMAGE 0x0010 +#endif + +#ifndef Header_GetItemRect + #define Header_GetItemRect(w,i,r) \ + (BOOL)SendMessage((w),HDM_GETITEMRECT,(WPARAM)(i),(LPARAM)(r)) +#endif + +#ifndef HDM_GETITEMRECT + #define HDM_GETITEMRECT (HDM_FIRST+7) +#endif + +#ifndef ListView_GetHeader + #define ListView_GetHeader(w) (HWND)SendMessage((w),LVM_GETHEADER,0,0) +#endif + +#ifndef ListView_GetSubItemRect + #define ListView_GetSubItemRect(w, i, s, c, p) (HWND)SendMessage(w,LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT,i, ((p) ? ((((LPRECT)(p))->top = s), (((LPRECT)(p))->left = c), (LPARAM)(p)) : (LPARAM)(LPRECT)NULL)) +#endif + +#ifndef LVM_GETHEADER + #define LVM_GETHEADER (LVM_FIRST+31) +#endif + +#ifndef HDLAYOUT + #define HDLAYOUT HD_LAYOUT +#endif + +#ifndef HDITEM + #define HDITEM HD_ITEM +#endif + +#ifndef NMHEADER + #define NMHEADER HD_NOTIFY +#endif + +#ifndef HDS_DRAGDROP + #define HDS_DRAGDROP 0x0040 +#endif +#ifndef HDS_FULLDRAG + #define HDS_FULLDRAG 0x0080 +#endif + + +#ifndef HDN_BEGINDRAG + #define HDN_BEGINDRAG (HDN_FIRST - 11) +#endif + +#ifndef HDN_ENDDRAG + #define HDN_ENDDRAG (HDN_FIRST - 10) +#endif + +#ifndef LVSICF_NOSCROLL + #define LVSICF_NOINVALIDATEALL 0x0001 + #define LVSICF_NOSCROLL 0x0002 +#endif + +#ifndef CP_SYMBOL + #define CP_SYMBOL 42 +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDisplay +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// The windows headers with Digital Mars lack some typedefs. +// typedef them as my_XXX and then #define to rename to XXX in case +// a newer version of Digital Mars fixes the headers +// (or up to date PSDK is in use with older version) +// also we use any required definition (MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL) to recognize +// whether whole missing block needs to be included + +#ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL + + #define HMONITOR_DECLARED + DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR); + typedef BOOL(CALLBACK* my_MONITORENUMPROC)(HMONITOR,HDC,LPRECT,LPARAM); + #define MONITORENUMPROC my_MONITORENUMPROC + typedef struct my_tagMONITORINFO { + DWORD cbSize; + RECT rcMonitor; + RECT rcWork; + DWORD dwFlags; + } my_MONITORINFO,*my_LPMONITORINFO; + #define MONITORINFO my_MONITORINFO + #define LPMONITORINFO my_LPMONITORINFO + + typedef struct my_MONITORINFOEX : public my_tagMONITORINFO + { + TCHAR szDevice[CCHDEVICENAME]; + } my_MONITORINFOEX, *my_LPMONITORINFOEX; + #define MONITORINFOEX my_MONITORINFOEX + #define LPMONITORINFOEX my_LPMONITORINFOEX + + #ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL + #define MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL 0 + #endif // MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL + + #ifndef MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY + #define MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY 1 + #endif // MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY + + #ifndef DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES + #define DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES 1 + #endif + +#endif // MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Tree control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef TVIS_FOCUSED + #define TVIS_FOCUSED 0x0001 +#endif + +#ifndef TVS_CHECKBOXES + #define TVS_CHECKBOXES 0x0100 +#endif + +#ifndef TVITEM + #define TVITEM TV_ITEM +#endif + +#endif + // DMC++ + + /* + * The following are specifically required for OpenWatcom C++ (none at present) + */ + +#if defined(__WATCOMC__) +#endif + + /* + * The following are specifically required for MinGW (none at present) + */ + +#if defined (__MINGW32__) + +#if !wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION(3,1) + +#include +#include "wx/msw/winundef.h" + +typedef struct +{ + RECT rgrc[3]; + WINDOWPOS *lppos; +} NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS, *LPNCCALCSIZE_PARAMS; + +#endif + +#endif + + /* + * In addition to the declarations for VC++, the following are required for WinCE + */ + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h" +#endif + + /* + * The following are specifically required for Wine + */ + +#ifdef __WINE__ + #ifndef ENUM_CURRENT_SETTINGS + #define ENUM_CURRENT_SETTINGS ((DWORD)-1) + #endif + #ifndef BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY + #define BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY 1112363332 + #endif +#endif // defined __WINE__ + +#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES + #define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_MISSING_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/msgdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/msgdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..68358de1c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/msgdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/msgdlg.h +// Purpose: wxMessageDialog class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: msgdlg.h 66237 2010-11-22 12:49:07Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_ +#define _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMessageDialog : public wxMessageDialogBase +{ +public: + wxMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr, + long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE, + const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) = wxDefaultPosition) + : wxMessageDialogBase(parent, message, caption, style) + { + m_hook = NULL; + } + + virtual int ShowModal(); + + // implementation-specific + + // return the font used for the text in the message box + static wxFont GetMessageFont(); + +protected: + // Override this as task dialogs are always centered on parent. + virtual void DoCentre(int dir); + +private: + // hook procedure used to adjust the message box beyond what the standard + // MessageBox() function can do for us + static WXLRESULT wxCALLBACK HookFunction(int code, WXWPARAM, WXLPARAM); + + static const struct ButtonAccessors + { + int id; + wxString (wxMessageDialog::*getter)() const; + } ms_buttons[]; + + // replace the static text control with a text control in order to show + // scrollbar (and also, incidentally, allow text selection) + void ReplaceStaticWithEdit(); + + // adjust the button labels + // + // this is called from HookFunction() and our HWND is valid at this moment + void AdjustButtonLabels(); + + // offset all buttons starting from the first one given by dx to the right + void OffsetButtonsStartingFrom(int first, int dx); + + // used by ShowModal() to display a message box when task dialogs + // aren't available. + int ShowMessageBox(); + + + WXHANDLE m_hook; // HHOOK used to position the message box + + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMessageDialog); +}; + + +#endif // _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mslu.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mslu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eccf13a26d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/mslu.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/mslu.h +// Purpose: MSLU-related declarations +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin to move out various functions to other files +// to fix header inter-dependencies +// Created: 2002/02/17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mslu.h 42462 2006-10-26 19:06:51Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSLU_H_ +#define _WX_MSLU_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// Returns true if we are running under Unicode emulation in Win9x environment. +// Workaround hacks take effect only if this condition is met +// (NB: this function is needed even if !wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU) +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxUsingUnicowsDll(); + +#endif // _WX_MSLU_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/msvcrt.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/msvcrt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..317c41b24c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/msvcrt.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/msvcrt.h +// Purpose: macros to use some non-standard features of MS Visual C++ +// C run-time library +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 31.01.1999 +// RCS-ID: $Id: msvcrt.h 59725 2009-03-22 12:53:48Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// the goal of this file is to define wxCrtSetDbgFlag() macro which may be +// used like this: +// wxCrtSetDbgFlag(_CRTDBG_LEAK_CHECK_DF); +// to turn on memory leak checks for programs compiled with Microsoft Visual +// C++ (5.0+). The macro will not be defined under other compilers or if it +// can't be used with MSVC for whatever reason. + +#ifndef _MSW_MSVCRT_H_ +#define _MSW_MSVCRT_H_ + +// use debug CRT functions for memory leak detections in VC++ 5.0+ in debug +// builds +#undef wxUSE_VC_CRTDBG +#if defined(_DEBUG) && defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1000) \ + && !defined(UNDER_CE) + // it doesn't combine well with wxWin own memory debugging methods + #if !wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS && !wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING && !defined(__NO_VC_CRTDBG__) + #define wxUSE_VC_CRTDBG + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef wxUSE_VC_CRTDBG + // Need to undef new if including crtdbg.h which may redefine new itself + #ifdef new + #undef new + #endif + + #include + #ifndef _CRTBLD + // Needed when building with pure MS SDK + #define _CRTBLD + #endif + + #include + + #undef WXDEBUG_NEW + #define WXDEBUG_NEW new(_NORMAL_BLOCK, __FILE__, __LINE__) + + // this define works around a bug with inline declarations of new, see + // + // http://support.microsoft.com/kb/q140858/ + // + // for the details + #define new WXDEBUG_NEW + + #define wxCrtSetDbgFlag(flag) \ + _CrtSetDbgFlag(_CrtSetDbgFlag(_CRTDBG_REPORT_FLAG) | (flag)) +#else // !using VC CRT + #define wxCrtSetDbgFlag(flag) +#endif // wxUSE_VC_CRTDBG + +#endif // _MSW_MSVCRT_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/notebook.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/notebook.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..644231a4d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/notebook.h @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/notebook.h +// Purpose: MSW/GTK compatible notebook (a.k.a. property sheet) +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin for Windows version +// RCS-ID: $Id: notebook.h 67250 2011-03-20 00:00:29Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _NOTEBOOK_H +#define _NOTEBOOK_H + +#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/control.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotebook +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotebook : public wxNotebookBase +{ +public: + // ctors + // ----- + // default for dynamic class + wxNotebook(); + // the same arguments as for wxControl (@@@ any special styles?) + wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr); + // Create() function + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr); + virtual ~wxNotebook(); + + // accessors + // --------- + // get number of pages in the dialog + virtual size_t GetPageCount() const; + + // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously + // selected one (or wxNOT_FOUND on error) + // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events + int SetSelection(size_t nPage); + + // changes selected page without sending events + int ChangeSelection(size_t nPage); + + // set/get the title of a page + bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText); + wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const; + + // image list stuff: each page may have an image associated with it. All + // the images belong to an image list, so you have to + // 1) create an image list + // 2) associate it with the notebook + // 3) set for each page it's image + // associate image list with a control + void SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList); + + // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list + int GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const; + bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage); + + // currently it's always 1 because wxGTK doesn't support multi-row + // tab controls + int GetRowCount() const; + + // control the appearance of the notebook pages + // set the size (the same for all pages) + void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size); + // set the padding between tabs (in pixels) + void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding); + + // operations + // ---------- + // remove all pages + bool DeleteAllPages(); + + // inserts a new page to the notebook (it will be deleted ny the notebook, + // don't delete it yourself). If bSelect, this page becomes active. + bool InsertPage(size_t nPage, + wxNotebookPage *pPage, + const wxString& strText, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = -1); + + // Windows-only at present. Also, you must use the wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH + // style. + void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz); + + // hit test + virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const; + + // calculate the size of the notebook from the size of its page + virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const; + + // callbacks + // --------- + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); + + // base class virtuals + // ------------------- + + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD nSBCode, + WXWORD pos, WXHWND control); + +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = true); + virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase); +#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + + // Attempts to get colour for UX theme page background + wxColour GetThemeBackgroundColour() const; + + // implementation only + // ------------------- + +#if wxUSE_UXTHEME + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) + { + if ( !wxNotebookBase::SetBackgroundColour(colour) ) + return false; + + UpdateBgBrush(); + + return true; + } + + // draw child background + virtual bool MSWPrintChild(WXHDC hDC, wxWindow *win); + + virtual bool MSWHasInheritableBackground() const { return true; } +#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME + + // translate wxWin styles to the Windows ones + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const; + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // hides the currently shown page and shows the given one (if not -1) and + // updates m_selection accordingly + void UpdateSelection(int selNew); + + // remove one page from the notebook, without deleting + virtual wxNotebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t nPage); + + // get the page rectangle for the current notebook size + // + // returns empty rectangle if an error occurs, do test for it + wxRect GetPageSize() const; + + // set the size of the given page to fit in the notebook + void AdjustPageSize(wxNotebookPage *page); + +#if wxUSE_UXTHEME + // return the themed brush for painting our children + virtual WXHBRUSH MSWGetCustomBgBrush() { return m_hbrBackground; } + + // gets the bitmap of notebook background and returns a brush from it + WXHBRUSH QueryBgBitmap(); + + // creates the brush to be used for drawing the tab control background + void UpdateBgBrush(); + + // common part of QueryBgBitmap() and MSWPrintChild() + // + // if child == NULL, draw background for the entire notebook itself + bool DoDrawBackground(WXHDC hDC, wxWindow *child = NULL); +#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME + + // these function are only used for reducing flicker on notebook resize and + // we don't need to do this for WinCE +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event); + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + + // true if we have already subclassed our updown control + bool m_hasSubclassedUpdown; +#endif // __WXWINCE__ + +#if wxUSE_UXTHEME + // background brush used to paint the tab control + WXHBRUSH m_hbrBackground; +#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME + + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxNotebook) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK + +#endif // _NOTEBOOK_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/notifmsg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/notifmsg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f995230bd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/notifmsg.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/notifmsg.h +// Purpose: implementation of wxNotificationMessage for Windows +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-12-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: notifmsg.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_NOTIFMSG_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_NOTIFMSG_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxTaskBarIcon; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotificationMessage +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxNotificationMessage : public wxNotificationMessageBase +{ +public: + wxNotificationMessage() { Init(); } + wxNotificationMessage(const wxString& title, + const wxString& message = wxString(), + wxWindow *parent = NULL) + : wxNotificationMessageBase(title, message, parent) + { + Init(); + } + + virtual ~wxNotificationMessage(); + + + virtual bool Show(int timeout = Timeout_Auto); + virtual bool Close(); + + // MSW implementation-specific methods + + // by default, wxNotificationMessage under MSW creates a temporary taskbar + // icon to which it attaches the notification, if there is an existing + // taskbar icon object in the application you may want to call this method + // to attach the notification to it instead (we won't take ownership of it + // and you can also pass NULL to not use the icon for notifications any + // more) + // + // returns the task bar icon which was used previously (may be NULL) + static wxTaskBarIcon *UseTaskBarIcon(wxTaskBarIcon *icon); + + // call this to always use the generic implementation, even if the system + // supports the balloon tooltips used by the native one + static void AlwaysUseGeneric(bool alwaysUseGeneric) + { + ms_alwaysUseGeneric = alwaysUseGeneric; + } + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init() { m_impl = NULL; } + + + // flag indicating whether we should always use generic implementation + static bool ms_alwaysUseGeneric; + + // the real implementation of this class (selected during run-time because + // the balloon task bar icons are not available in all Windows versions) + class wxNotifMsgImpl *m_impl; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNotificationMessage); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_NOTIFMSG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/access.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/access.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0dd88bb4da --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/access.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/ole/access.h +// Purpose: declaration of the wxAccessible class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003-02-12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: access.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ACCESS_H_ +#define _WX_ACCESS_H_ + +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxIAccessible; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAccessible implements accessibility behaviour. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAccessible : public wxAccessibleBase +{ +public: + wxAccessible(wxWindow *win = NULL); + virtual ~wxAccessible(); + +// Overridables + +// Accessors + + // Returns the wxIAccessible pointer + wxIAccessible* GetIAccessible() { return m_pIAccessible; } + + // Returns the IAccessible standard interface pointer + void* GetIAccessibleStd() ; + +// Operations + + // Sends an event when something changes in an accessible object. + static void NotifyEvent(int eventType, wxWindow* window, wxAccObject objectType, + int objectId); + +protected: + void Init(); + +private: + wxIAccessible * m_pIAccessible; // the pointer to COM interface + void* m_pIAccessibleStd; // the pointer to the standard COM interface, + // for default processing + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAccessible); +}; + +#endif //wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY + +#endif //_WX_ACCESS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/activex.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/activex.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0047ae0cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/activex.h @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/ole/activex.h +// Purpose: wxActiveXContainer class +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 8/18/05 +// RCS-ID: $Id: activex.h 64533 2010-06-09 14:28:08Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// Definitions +// ============================================================================ + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_OLE_ACTIVEXCONTAINER_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_OLE_ACTIVEXCONTAINER_H_ + +#if wxUSE_ACTIVEX + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wx includes +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/msw/ole/oleutils.h" // wxBasicString &c +#include "wx/msw/ole/uuid.h" +#include "wx/window.h" +#include "wx/variant.h" + +class FrameSite; + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// MSW COM includes +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#include +#include + +#if !defined(__WXWINCE__) || defined(__WINCE_STANDARDSDK__) +#include +#endif + +#include + +#ifndef STDMETHOD + #define STDMETHOD(funcname) virtual HRESULT wxSTDCALL funcname +#endif + +// +// These defines are from another ole header - but its not in the +// latest sdk. Also the ifndef DISPID_READYSTATE is here because at +// least on my machine with the latest sdk olectl.h defines these 3 +// +#ifndef DISPID_READYSTATE + #define DISPID_READYSTATE (-525) + #define DISPID_READYSTATECHANGE (-609) + #define DISPID_AMBIENT_TRANSFERPRIORITY (-728) +#endif + +#define DISPID_AMBIENT_OFFLINEIFNOTCONNECTED (-5501) +#define DISPID_AMBIENT_SILENT (-5502) + +#ifndef DISPID_AMBIENT_CODEPAGE + #define DISPID_AMBIENT_CODEPAGE (-725) + #define DISPID_AMBIENT_CHARSET (-727) +#endif + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// wxActiveXContainer +// +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +class wxAutoOleInterface +{ +public: + typedef I Interface; + + explicit wxAutoOleInterface(I *pInterface = NULL) : m_interface(pInterface) + {} + wxAutoOleInterface(REFIID riid, IUnknown *pUnk) : m_interface(NULL) + { QueryInterface(riid, pUnk); } + wxAutoOleInterface(REFIID riid, IDispatch *pDispatch) : m_interface(NULL) + { QueryInterface(riid, pDispatch); } + wxAutoOleInterface(REFCLSID clsid, REFIID riid) : m_interface(NULL) + { CreateInstance(clsid, riid); } + wxAutoOleInterface(const wxAutoOleInterface& ti) : m_interface(NULL) + { operator=(ti); } + + wxAutoOleInterface& operator=(const wxAutoOleInterface& ti) + { + if ( ti.m_interface ) + ti.m_interface->AddRef(); + Free(); + m_interface = ti.m_interface; + return *this; + } + + wxAutoOleInterface& operator=(I*& ti) + { + Free(); + m_interface = ti; + return *this; + } + + ~wxAutoOleInterface() { Free(); } + + void Free() + { + if ( m_interface ) + m_interface->Release(); + m_interface = NULL; + } + + HRESULT QueryInterface(REFIID riid, IUnknown *pUnk) + { + Free(); + wxASSERT(pUnk != NULL); + return pUnk->QueryInterface(riid, (void **)&m_interface); + } + + HRESULT CreateInstance(REFCLSID clsid, REFIID riid) + { + Free(); + return CoCreateInstance + ( + clsid, + NULL, + CLSCTX_ALL, + riid, + (void **)&m_interface + ); + } + + operator I*() const {return m_interface; } + I* operator->() {return m_interface; } + I** GetRef() {return &m_interface; } + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + bool IsOk() const { return m_interface != NULL; } + +protected: + I *m_interface; +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +// this macro is kept for compatibility with older wx versions +#define WX_DECLARE_AUTOOLE(wxAutoOleInterfaceType, I) \ + typedef wxAutoOleInterface wxAutoOleInterfaceType; +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +typedef wxAutoOleInterface wxAutoIDispatch; +typedef wxAutoOleInterface wxAutoIOleClientSite; +typedef wxAutoOleInterface wxAutoIUnknown; +typedef wxAutoOleInterface wxAutoIOleObject; +typedef wxAutoOleInterface wxAutoIOleInPlaceObject; +typedef wxAutoOleInterface wxAutoIOleInPlaceActiveObject; +typedef wxAutoOleInterface wxAutoIOleDocumentView; +typedef wxAutoOleInterface wxAutoIViewObject; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxActiveXContainer : public wxWindow +{ +public: + wxActiveXContainer(wxWindow * parent, REFIID iid, IUnknown* pUnk); + virtual ~wxActiveXContainer(); + + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent&); + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent&); + void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent&); + void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent&); + +protected: + friend class FrameSite; + friend class wxActiveXEvents; + + FrameSite *m_frameSite; + wxAutoIDispatch m_Dispatch; + wxAutoIOleClientSite m_clientSite; + wxAutoIUnknown m_ActiveX; + wxAutoIOleObject m_oleObject; + wxAutoIOleInPlaceObject m_oleInPlaceObject; + wxAutoIOleInPlaceActiveObject m_oleInPlaceActiveObject; + wxAutoIOleDocumentView m_docView; + wxAutoIViewObject m_viewObject; + HWND m_oleObjectHWND; + bool m_bAmbientUserMode; + DWORD m_docAdviseCookie; + wxWindow* m_realparent; + + void CreateActiveX(REFIID, IUnknown*); +}; + +///\brief Store native event parameters. +///\detail Store OLE 'Invoke' parameters for event handlers that need to access them. +/// These are the exact values for the event as they are passed to the wxActiveXContainer. +struct wxActiveXEventNativeMSW +{ + DISPID dispIdMember; + REFIID riid; + LCID lcid; + WORD wFlags; + DISPPARAMS *pDispParams; + VARIANT *pVarResult; + EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo; + unsigned int *puArgErr; + + wxActiveXEventNativeMSW + (DISPID a_dispIdMember, REFIID a_riid, LCID a_lcid, WORD a_wFlags, DISPPARAMS *a_pDispParams, + VARIANT *a_pVarResult, EXCEPINFO *a_pExcepInfo, unsigned int *a_puArgErr) + :dispIdMember(a_dispIdMember), riid(a_riid), lcid(a_lcid), wFlags(a_wFlags), pDispParams(a_pDispParams), + pVarResult(a_pVarResult), pExcepInfo(a_pExcepInfo), puArgErr(a_puArgErr) + { } +}; + +// Events +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxActiveXEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +private: + friend class wxActiveXEvents; + wxVariant m_params; + DISPID m_dispid; + +public: + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const + { return new wxActiveXEvent(*this); } + + size_t ParamCount() const; + + wxString ParamType(size_t idx) const + { + wxASSERT(idx < ParamCount()); + return m_params[idx].GetType(); + } + + wxString ParamName(size_t idx) const + { + wxASSERT(idx < ParamCount()); + return m_params[idx].GetName(); + } + + wxVariant& operator[] (size_t idx); + + DISPID GetDispatchId() const + { return m_dispid; } + + wxActiveXEventNativeMSW *GetNativeParameters() const + { return (wxActiveXEventNativeMSW*)GetClientData(); } +}; + +// #define wxACTIVEX_ID 14001 +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_ACTIVEX, wxActiveXEvent ); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxActiveXEventFunction)(wxActiveXEvent&); + +#define wxActiveXEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxActiveXEventFunction, func ) + +#define EVT_ACTIVEX(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_ACTIVEX, id, -1, wxActiveXEventHandler( fn ), NULL ), + +#endif // wxUSE_ACTIVEX + +#endif // _WX_MSW_OLE_ACTIVEXCONTAINER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/automtn.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/automtn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3687aab7d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/automtn.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/ole/automtn.h +// Purpose: OLE automation utilities +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 11/6/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: automtn.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998, Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_AUTOMTN_H_ +#define _WX_AUTOMTN_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/variant.h" + +typedef void WXIDISPATCH; +typedef unsigned short* WXBSTR; + +#ifdef GetObject +#undef GetObject +#endif + +// Flags used with wxAutomationObject::GetInstance() +enum wxAutomationInstanceFlags +{ + // Only use the existing instance, never create a new one. + wxAutomationInstance_UseExistingOnly = 0, + + // Create a new instance if there are no existing ones. + wxAutomationInstance_CreateIfNeeded = 1, + + // Do not log errors if we failed to get the existing instance because none + // is available. + wxAutomationInstance_SilentIfNone = 2 +}; + +/* + * wxAutomationObject + * Wraps up an IDispatch pointer and invocation; does variant conversion. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAutomationObject: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxAutomationObject(WXIDISPATCH* dispatchPtr = NULL); + virtual ~wxAutomationObject(); + + // Set/get dispatch pointer + void SetDispatchPtr(WXIDISPATCH* dispatchPtr) { m_dispatchPtr = dispatchPtr; } + WXIDISPATCH* GetDispatchPtr() const { return m_dispatchPtr; } + bool IsOk() const { return m_dispatchPtr != NULL; } + + // Get a dispatch pointer from the current object associated + // with a ProgID, such as "Excel.Application" + bool GetInstance(const wxString& progId, + int flags = wxAutomationInstance_CreateIfNeeded) const; + + // Get a dispatch pointer from a new instance of the class + bool CreateInstance(const wxString& progId) const; + + // Low-level invocation function. Pass either an array of variants, + // or an array of pointers to variants. + bool Invoke(const wxString& member, int action, + wxVariant& retValue, int noArgs, wxVariant args[], const wxVariant* ptrArgs[] = 0) const; + + // Invoke a member function + wxVariant CallMethod(const wxString& method, int noArgs, wxVariant args[]); + wxVariant CallMethodArray(const wxString& method, int noArgs, const wxVariant **args); + + // Convenience function + wxVariant CallMethod(const wxString& method, + const wxVariant& arg1 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg2 = wxNullVariant, + const wxVariant& arg3 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg4 = wxNullVariant, + const wxVariant& arg5 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg6 = wxNullVariant); + + // Get/Put property + wxVariant GetProperty(const wxString& property, int noArgs = 0, wxVariant args[] = NULL) const; + wxVariant GetPropertyArray(const wxString& property, int noArgs, const wxVariant **args) const; + wxVariant GetProperty(const wxString& property, + const wxVariant& arg1, const wxVariant& arg2 = wxNullVariant, + const wxVariant& arg3 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg4 = wxNullVariant, + const wxVariant& arg5 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg6 = wxNullVariant); + + bool PutPropertyArray(const wxString& property, int noArgs, const wxVariant **args); + bool PutProperty(const wxString& property, int noArgs, wxVariant args[]) ; + bool PutProperty(const wxString& property, + const wxVariant& arg1, const wxVariant& arg2 = wxNullVariant, + const wxVariant& arg3 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg4 = wxNullVariant, + const wxVariant& arg5 = wxNullVariant, const wxVariant& arg6 = wxNullVariant); + + // Uses DISPATCH_PROPERTYGET + // and returns a dispatch pointer. The calling code should call Release + // on the pointer, though this could be implicit by constructing an wxAutomationObject + // with it and letting the destructor call Release. + WXIDISPATCH* GetDispatchProperty(const wxString& property, int noArgs, wxVariant args[]) const; + WXIDISPATCH* GetDispatchProperty(const wxString& property, int noArgs, const wxVariant **args) const; + + // A way of initialising another wxAutomationObject with a dispatch object, + // without having to deal with nasty IDispatch pointers. + bool GetObject(wxAutomationObject& obj, const wxString& property, int noArgs = 0, wxVariant args[] = NULL) const; + bool GetObject(wxAutomationObject& obj, const wxString& property, int noArgs, const wxVariant **args) const; + +public: + WXIDISPATCH* m_dispatchPtr; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAutomationObject); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION + +#endif // _WX_AUTOMTN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataform.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataform.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45e0e5e6d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataform.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/ole/dataform.h +// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataFormat class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.10.99 (extracted from msw/ole/dataobj.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataform.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAFORM_H +#define _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAFORM_H + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataFormat identifies the single format of data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataFormat +{ +public: + // the clipboard formats under Win32 are WORD's + typedef unsigned short NativeFormat; + + wxDataFormat(NativeFormat format = wxDF_INVALID) { m_format = format; } + + // we need constructors from all string types as implicit conversions to + // wxString don't apply when we already rely on implicit conversion of a, + // for example, "char *" string to wxDataFormat, and existing code does it + wxDataFormat(const wxString& format) { SetId(format); } + wxDataFormat(const char *format) { SetId(format); } + wxDataFormat(const wchar_t *format) { SetId(format); } + wxDataFormat(const wxCStrData& format) { SetId(format); } + + wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat format) + { m_format = format; return *this; } + wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& format) + { m_format = format.m_format; return *this; } + + // default copy ctor/assignment operators ok + + // comparison (must have both versions) + bool operator==(wxDataFormatId format) const + { return m_format == (NativeFormat)format; } + bool operator!=(wxDataFormatId format) const + { return m_format != (NativeFormat)format; } + bool operator==(const wxDataFormat& format) const + { return m_format == format.m_format; } + bool operator!=(const wxDataFormat& format) const + { return m_format != format.m_format; } + + // explicit and implicit conversions to NativeFormat which is one of + // standard data types (implicit conversion is useful for preserving the + // compatibility with old code) + NativeFormat GetFormatId() const { return m_format; } + operator NativeFormat() const { return m_format; } + + // this works with standard as well as custom ids + void SetType(NativeFormat format) { m_format = format; } + NativeFormat GetType() const { return m_format; } + + // string ids are used for custom types - this SetId() must be used for + // application-specific formats + wxString GetId() const; + void SetId(const wxString& format); + + // returns true if the format is one of those defined in wxDataFormatId + bool IsStandard() const { return m_format > 0 && m_format < wxDF_PRIVATE; } + +private: + NativeFormat m_format; +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAFORM_H + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4bbd1c1b36 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h +// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataObject class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 10.05.98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataobj.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAOBJ_H +#define _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAOBJ_H + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct IDataObject; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataObject is a "smart" and polymorphic piece of data. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObject : public wxDataObjectBase +{ +public: + // ctor & dtor + wxDataObject(); + virtual ~wxDataObject(); + + // retrieve IDataObject interface (for other OLE related classes) + IDataObject *GetInterface() const { return m_pIDataObject; } + + // tell the object that it should be now owned by IDataObject - i.e. when + // it is deleted, it should delete us as well + void SetAutoDelete(); + + // return true if we support this format in "Get" direction + bool IsSupportedFormat(const wxDataFormat& format) const + { return wxDataObjectBase::IsSupported(format, Get); } + + // if this method returns false, this wxDataObject will be copied to + // the clipboard with its size prepended to it, which is compatible with + // older wx versions + // + // if returns true, then this wxDataObject will be copied to the clipboard + // without any additional information and ::HeapSize() function will be used + // to get the size of that data + virtual bool NeedsVerbatimData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const + { + // return false from here only for compatibility with earlier wx versions + return true; + } + + // function to return symbolic name of clipboard format (for debug messages) +#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ + static const wxChar *GetFormatName(wxDataFormat format); + + #define wxGetFormatName(format) wxDataObject::GetFormatName(format) +#else // !Debug + #define wxGetFormatName(format) wxT("") +#endif // Debug/!Debug + // they need to be accessed from wxIDataObject, so made them public, + // or wxIDataObject friend +public: + virtual const void* GetSizeFromBuffer( const void* buffer, size_t* size, + const wxDataFormat& format ); + virtual void* SetSizeInBuffer( void* buffer, size_t size, + const wxDataFormat& format ); + virtual size_t GetBufferOffset( const wxDataFormat& format ); + +private: + IDataObject *m_pIDataObject; // pointer to the COM interface + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataObject); +}; + +#endif //_WX_MSW_OLE_DATAOBJ_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34ca81437f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h +// Purpose: second part of platform specific wxDataObject header - +// declarations of predefined wxDataObjectSimple-derived classes +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 21.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataobj2.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAOBJ2_H +#define _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAOBJ2_H + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for bitmap data +// +// NB: in fact, under MSW we support CF_DIB (and not CF_BITMAP) clipboard +// format and we also provide wxBitmapDataObject2 for CF_BITMAP (which is +// rarely used). This is ugly, but I haven't found a solution for it yet. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapDataObject : public wxBitmapDataObjectBase +{ +public: + // ctors + wxBitmapDataObject(const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap) + : wxBitmapDataObjectBase(bitmap) + { + SetFormat(wxDF_DIB); + + m_data = NULL; + } + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const + { return GetDataSize(); } + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), + void *buf) const + { return GetDataHere(buf); } + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), + size_t len, const void *buf) + { return SetData(len, buf); } + +private: + // the DIB data + void /* BITMAPINFO */ *m_data; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapDataObject); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapDataObject2 - a data object for CF_BITMAP +// +// FIXME did I already mention it was ugly? +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapDataObject2 : public wxBitmapDataObjectBase +{ +public: + // ctors + wxBitmapDataObject2(const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap) + : wxBitmapDataObjectBase(bitmap) + { + } + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const + { return GetDataSize(); } + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), + void *buf) const + { return GetDataHere(buf); } + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), + size_t len, const void *buf) + { return SetData(len, buf); } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapDataObject2); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDataObject - data object for CF_HDROP +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDataObject : public wxFileDataObjectBase +{ +public: + wxFileDataObject() { } + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *pData) const; + virtual void AddFile(const wxString& file); + + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const + { return GetDataSize(); } + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), + void *buf) const + { return GetDataHere(buf); } + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), + size_t len, const void *buf) + { return SetData(len, buf); } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDataObject); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxURLDataObject: data object for URLs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxURLDataObject : public wxDataObjectComposite +{ +public: + // initialize with URL in ctor or use SetURL later + wxURLDataObject(const wxString& url = wxEmptyString); + + // return the URL as string + wxString GetURL() const; + + // Set a string as the URL in the data object + void SetURL(const wxString& url); + + // override to set m_textFormat + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, + size_t len, + const void *buf); + +private: + // last data object we got data in + wxDataObjectSimple *m_dataObjectLast; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxURLDataObject); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_OLE_DATAOBJ2_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf8fcf4fac --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h +// Purpose: declaration of the wxDropSource class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 06.03.98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dropsrc.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OLEDROPSRC_H +#define _WX_OLEDROPSRC_H + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxIDropSource; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDataObject; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this macro may be used instead for wxDropSource ctor arguments: it will use +// the cursor 'name' from the resources under MSW, but will expand to +// something else under GTK. If you don't use it, you will have to use #ifdef +// in the application code. +#define wxDROP_ICON(name) wxCursor(wxT(#name)) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDropSource is used to start the drag-&-drop operation on associated +// wxDataObject object. It's responsible for giving UI feedback while dragging. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropSource : public wxDropSourceBase +{ +public: + // ctors: if you use default ctor you must call SetData() later! + // + // NB: the "wxWindow *win" parameter is unused and is here only for wxGTK + // compatibility, as well as both icon parameters + wxDropSource(wxWindow *win = NULL, + const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor, + const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor, + const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor); + wxDropSource(wxDataObject& data, + wxWindow *win = NULL, + const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor, + const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor, + const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor); + + virtual ~wxDropSource(); + + // do it (call this in response to a mouse button press, for example) + // params: if bAllowMove is false, data can be only copied + virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly); + + // overridable: you may give some custom UI feedback during d&d operation + // in this function (it's called on each mouse move, so it shouldn't be + // too slow). Just return false if you want default feedback. + virtual bool GiveFeedback(wxDragResult effect); + +protected: + void Init(); + +private: + wxIDropSource *m_pIDropSource; // the pointer to COM interface + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDropSource); +}; + +#endif //wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#endif //_WX_OLEDROPSRC_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9f815330cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h +// Purpose: declaration of the wxDropTarget class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 06.03.98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: droptgt.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OLEDROPTGT_H +#define _WX_OLEDROPTGT_H + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxIDropTarget; +struct IDataObject; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// An instance of the class wxDropTarget may be associated with any wxWindow +// derived object via SetDropTarget() function. If this is done, the virtual +// methods of wxDropTarget are called when something is dropped on the window. +// +// Note that wxDropTarget is an abstract base class (ABC) and you should derive +// your own class from it implementing pure virtual function in order to use it +// (all of them, including protected ones which are called by the class itself) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropTarget : public wxDropTargetBase +{ +public: + // ctor & dtor + wxDropTarget(wxDataObject *dataObject = NULL); + virtual ~wxDropTarget(); + + // normally called by wxWindow on window creation/destruction, but might be + // called `manually' as well. Register() returns true on success. + bool Register(WXHWND hwnd); + void Revoke(WXHWND hwnd); + + // provide default implementation for base class pure virtuals + virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual bool GetData(); + + // Can only be called during OnXXX methods. + wxDataFormat GetMatchingPair(); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // do we accept this kind of data? + bool MSWIsAcceptedData(IDataObject *pIDataSource) const; + + // give us the data source from IDropTarget::Drop() - this is later used by + // GetData() when it's called from inside OnData() + void MSWSetDataSource(IDataObject *pIDataSource); + +private: + // helper used by IsAcceptedData() and GetData() + wxDataFormat MSWGetSupportedFormat(IDataObject *pIDataSource) const; + + wxIDropTarget *m_pIDropTarget; // the pointer to our COM interface + IDataObject *m_pIDataSource; // the pointer to the source data object + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDropTarget); +}; + +#endif //wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#endif //_WX_OLEDROPTGT_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/oleutils.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/oleutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f52e1a294d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/oleutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/ole/oleutils.h +// Purpose: OLE helper routines, OLE debugging support &c +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.02.1998 +// RCS-ID: $Id: oleutils.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OLEUTILS_H +#define _WX_OLEUTILS_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_OLE + +// ole2.h includes windows.h, so include wrapwin.h first +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" +// get IUnknown, REFIID &c +#include +#include "wx/intl.h" +#include "wx/log.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// General purpose functions and macros +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// initialize/cleanup OLE +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// call OleInitialize() or CoInitialize[Ex]() depending on the platform +// +// return true if ok, false otherwise +inline bool wxOleInitialize() +{ + HRESULT +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + hr = ::CoInitializeEx(NULL, COINIT_MULTITHREADED); +#else + hr = ::OleInitialize(NULL); +#endif + + // RPC_E_CHANGED_MODE indicates that OLE had been already initialized + // before, albeit with different mode. Don't consider it to be an error as + // we don't actually care ourselves about the mode used so this allows the + // main application to call OleInitialize() on its own before we do if it + // needs non-default mode. + if ( hr != RPC_E_CHANGED_MODE && FAILED(hr) ) + { + wxLogError(_("Cannot initialize OLE")); + + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +inline void wxOleUninitialize() +{ +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + ::CoUninitialize(); +#else + ::OleUninitialize(); +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// misc helper functions/macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// release the interface pointer (if !NULL) +inline void ReleaseInterface(IUnknown *pIUnk) +{ + if ( pIUnk != NULL ) + pIUnk->Release(); +} + +// release the interface pointer (if !NULL) and make it NULL +#define RELEASE_AND_NULL(p) if ( (p) != NULL ) { p->Release(); p = NULL; }; + +// return true if the iid is in the array +extern bool IsIidFromList(REFIID riid, const IID *aIids[], size_t nCount); + +// ============================================================================ +// IUnknown implementation helpers +// ============================================================================ + +/* + The most dumb implementation of IUnknown methods. We don't support + aggregation nor containment, but for 99% of cases this simple + implementation is quite enough. + + Usage is trivial: here is all you should have + 1) DECLARE_IUNKNOWN_METHODS in your (IUnknown derived!) class declaration + 2) BEGIN/END_IID_TABLE with ADD_IID in between for all interfaces you + support (at least all for which you intent to return 'this' from QI, + i.e. you should derive from IFoo if you have ADD_IID(Foo)) somewhere else + 3) IMPLEMENT_IUNKNOWN_METHODS somewhere also + + These macros are quite simple: AddRef and Release are trivial and QI does + lookup in a static member array of IIDs and returns 'this' if it founds + the requested interface in it or E_NOINTERFACE if not. + */ + +/* + wxAutoULong: this class is used for automatically initalising m_cRef to 0 +*/ +class wxAutoULong +{ +public: + wxAutoULong(ULONG value = 0) : m_Value(value) { } + + operator ULONG&() { return m_Value; } + ULONG& operator=(ULONG value) { m_Value = value; return m_Value; } + + wxAutoULong& operator++() { ++m_Value; return *this; } + const wxAutoULong operator++( int ) { wxAutoULong temp = *this; ++m_Value; return temp; } + + wxAutoULong& operator--() { --m_Value; return *this; } + const wxAutoULong operator--( int ) { wxAutoULong temp = *this; --m_Value; return temp; } + +private: + ULONG m_Value; +}; + +// declare the methods and the member variable containing reference count +// you must also define the ms_aIids array somewhere with BEGIN_IID_TABLE +// and friends (see below) + +#define DECLARE_IUNKNOWN_METHODS \ + public: \ + STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID, void **); \ + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef(); \ + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release(); \ + private: \ + static const IID *ms_aIids[]; \ + wxAutoULong m_cRef + +// macros for declaring supported interfaces +// NB: you should write ADD_INTERFACE(Foo) and not ADD_INTERFACE(IID_IFoo)! +#define BEGIN_IID_TABLE(cname) const IID *cname::ms_aIids[] = { +#define ADD_IID(iid) &IID_I##iid, +#define END_IID_TABLE } + +// implementation is as straightforward as possible +// Parameter: classname - the name of the class +#define IMPLEMENT_IUNKNOWN_METHODS(classname) \ + STDMETHODIMP classname::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, void **ppv) \ + { \ + wxLogQueryInterface(wxT(#classname), riid); \ + \ + if ( IsIidFromList(riid, ms_aIids, WXSIZEOF(ms_aIids)) ) { \ + *ppv = this; \ + AddRef(); \ + \ + return S_OK; \ + } \ + else { \ + *ppv = NULL; \ + \ + return (HRESULT) E_NOINTERFACE; \ + } \ + } \ + \ + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) classname::AddRef() \ + { \ + wxLogAddRef(wxT(#classname), m_cRef); \ + \ + return ++m_cRef; \ + } \ + \ + STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) classname::Release() \ + { \ + wxLogRelease(wxT(#classname), m_cRef); \ + \ + if ( --m_cRef == wxAutoULong(0) ) { \ + delete this; \ + return 0; \ + } \ + else \ + return m_cRef; \ + } + +// ============================================================================ +// Debugging support +// ============================================================================ + +// VZ: I don't know it's not done for compilers other than VC++ but I leave it +// as is. Please note, though, that tracing OLE interface calls may be +// incredibly useful when debugging OLE programs. +#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && ( ( defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1000) ) || defined(__MWERKS__) ) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// All OLE specific log functions have DebugTrace level (as LogTrace) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// tries to translate riid into a symbolic name, if possible +void wxLogQueryInterface(const wxChar *szInterface, REFIID riid); + +// these functions print out the new value of reference counter +void wxLogAddRef (const wxChar *szInterface, ULONG cRef); +void wxLogRelease(const wxChar *szInterface, ULONG cRef); + +#else //!__WXDEBUG__ + #define wxLogQueryInterface(szInterface, riid) + #define wxLogAddRef(szInterface, cRef) + #define wxLogRelease(szInterface, cRef) +#endif //__WXDEBUG__ + +// wrapper around BSTR type (by Vadim Zeitlin) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBasicString +{ +public: + // ctors & dtor + wxBasicString(const wxString& str); + wxBasicString(const wxBasicString& bstr); + ~wxBasicString(); + + wxBasicString& operator=(const wxBasicString& bstr); + + // accessors + // just get the string + operator BSTR() const { return m_bstrBuf; } + // retrieve a copy of our string - caller must SysFreeString() it later! + BSTR Get() const { return SysAllocString(m_bstrBuf); } + +private: + // actual string + BSTR m_bstrBuf; +}; + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT +// Convert variants +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxVariant; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxConvertVariantToOle(const wxVariant& variant, VARIANTARG& oleVariant); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxConvertOleToVariant(const VARIANTARG& oleVariant, wxVariant& variant); +#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT + +// Convert string to Unicode +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE BSTR wxConvertStringToOle(const wxString& str); + +// Convert string from BSTR to wxString +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxConvertStringFromOle(BSTR bStr); + +#else // !wxUSE_OLE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// stub functions to avoid #if wxUSE_OLE in the main code +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline bool wxOleInitialize() { return false; } +inline void wxOleUninitialize() { } + +#endif // wxUSE_OLE/!wxUSE_OLE + +#endif //_WX_OLEUTILS_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/uuid.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/uuid.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c1753bb5ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ole/uuid.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/ole/uuid.h +// Purpose: encapsulates an UUID with some added helper functions +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 11.07.97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: uuid.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +// +// Notes: you should link your project with RPCRT4.LIB! +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OLEUUID_H +#define _WX_OLEUUID_H + +#include "wx/chartype.h" +// ------------------------------------------------------------------ +// UUID (Universally Unique IDentifier) definition +// ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +// ----- taken from RPC.H +#ifndef UUID_DEFINED // in some cases RPC.H will be already + #ifdef __WIN32__ // included, so avoid redefinition + typedef struct + { + unsigned long Data1; + unsigned short Data2; + unsigned short Data3; + unsigned char Data4[8]; + } UUID; // UUID = GUID = CLSID = LIBID = IID + #endif // WIN32 +#endif // UUID_DEFINED + +#ifndef GUID_DEFINED + typedef UUID GUID; + #define UUID_DEFINED // prevent redefinition +#endif // GUID_DEFINED + +typedef unsigned char uchar; + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------ +// a class to store UUID and it's string representation +// ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +// uses RPC functions to create/convert Universally Unique Identifiers +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE Uuid +{ +private: + UUID m_uuid; + wxUChar *m_pszUuid; // this string is alloc'd and freed by RPC + wxChar *m_pszCForm; // this string is allocated in Set/Create + + void UuidToCForm(); + + // function used to set initial state by all ctors + void Init() { m_pszUuid = NULL; m_pszCForm = NULL; } + +public: + // ctors & dtor + Uuid() { Init(); } + Uuid(const wxChar *pc) { Init(); Set(pc); } + Uuid(const UUID &uuid) { Init(); Set(uuid); } + ~Uuid(); + + // copy ctor and assignment operator needed for this class + Uuid(const Uuid& uuid); + Uuid& operator=(const Uuid& uuid); + + // create a brand new UUID + void Create(); + + // set value of UUID + bool Set(const wxChar *pc); // from a string, returns true if ok + void Set(const UUID& uuid); // from another UUID (never fails) + + // comparison operators + bool operator==(const Uuid& uuid) const; + bool operator!=(const Uuid& uuid) const { return !(*this == uuid); } + + // accessors + operator const UUID*() const { return &m_uuid; } + operator const wxChar*() const { return (wxChar *)(m_pszUuid); } + + // return string representation of the UUID in the C form + // (as in DEFINE_GUID macro) + const wxChar *CForm() const { return m_pszCForm; } +}; + +#endif //_WX_OLEUUID_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ownerdrw.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ownerdrw.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8a67ca96f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/ownerdrw.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/ownerdrw.h +// Purpose: wxOwnerDrawn class +// Author: Marcin Malich +// Modified by: +// Created: 2009-09-22 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ownerdrw.h 63220 2010-01-23 13:21:12Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Marcin Malich +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OWNERDRW_H_ +#define _WX_OWNERDRW_H_ + +#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOwnerDrawn : public wxOwnerDrawnBase +{ +public: + wxOwnerDrawn() {} + virtual ~wxOwnerDrawn() {} + + virtual bool OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rc, + wxODAction act, wxODStatus stat); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + +#endif // _WX_OWNERDRW_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/palette.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/palette.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b6e737a8a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/palette.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/palette.h +// Purpose: wxPalette class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: palette.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PALETTE_H_ +#define _WX_PALETTE_H_ + +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPalette : public wxPaletteBase +{ +public: + wxPalette() { } + wxPalette(int n, + unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue) + { + Create(n, red, green, blue); + } + + bool Create(int n, + unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue); + + virtual int GetColoursCount() const; + + int + GetPixel(unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue) const; + + bool + GetRGB(int pixel, + unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue) const; + + // implemetation + WXHPALETTE GetHPALETTE() const; + void SetHPALETTE(WXHPALETTE pal); + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette) +}; + +#endif // _WX_PALETTE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/panel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/panel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6007a6010b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/panel.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/panel.h +// Purpose: wxMSW-specific wxPanel class. +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2011-03-18 +// RCS-ID: $Id: panel.h 67253 2011-03-20 00:00:49Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_PANEL_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_PANEL_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBrush; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPanel +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPanel : public wxPanelBase +{ +public: + wxPanel() { Init(); } + + wxPanel(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // This is overridden for MSW to return true for all panels that are child + // of a window with themed background (such as wxNotebook) which should + // show through the child panels. + virtual bool HasTransparentBackground(); + + +#ifdef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR( + wxPanel(wxWindow *parent, + int x, int y, int width, int height, + long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + { + Create(parent, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height), style, name); + } + ) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +protected: + void Init() + { + m_backgroundBrush = NULL; + } + + virtual void DoSetBackgroundBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp); + virtual WXHBRUSH MSWGetCustomBgBrush(); + +private: + wxBrush *m_backgroundBrush; + + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPanel); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_PANEL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pbrush.cur b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pbrush.cur new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..299016a315125c9f080c2dadf022e67a66a9d61d GIT binary patch literal 326 zcmaKmu?>JQ34MaqWl#kANzpTX2AdDk)49o&OFc}uH z7-HwqcfHMDRrPOjx2=$~pOEl5_rZ|ppOpAa%H3CFJCp+7tWFfwqg6daoog@O&ypMb Cq;k*z literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pen.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b55df15962 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pen.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/pen.h +// Purpose: wxPen class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin: fixed operator=(), ==(), !=() +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: pen.h 54273 2008-06-17 17:28:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PEN_H_ +#define _WX_PEN_H_ + +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Pen +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPen : public wxPenBase +{ +public: + wxPen() { } + wxPen(const wxColour& col, int width = 1, wxPenStyle style = wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( wxPen(const wxColour& col, int width, int style) ); +#endif + + wxPen(const wxBitmap& stipple, int width); + virtual ~wxPen() { } + + bool operator==(const wxPen& pen) const; + bool operator!=(const wxPen& pen) const { return !(*this == pen); } + + // Override in order to recreate the pen + void SetColour(const wxColour& col); + void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b); + + void SetWidth(int width); + void SetStyle(wxPenStyle style); + void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple); + void SetDashes(int nb_dashes, const wxDash *dash); + void SetJoin(wxPenJoin join); + void SetCap(wxPenCap cap); + + wxColour GetColour() const; + int GetWidth() const; + wxPenStyle GetStyle() const; + wxPenJoin GetJoin() const; + wxPenCap GetCap() const; + int GetDashes(wxDash** ptr) const; + wxDash* GetDash() const; + int GetDashCount() const; + wxBitmap* GetStipple() const; + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(int style) ) + { SetStyle((wxPenStyle)style); } +#endif + + // internal: wxGDIObject methods + virtual bool RealizeResource(); + virtual bool FreeResource(bool force = false); + virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const; + virtual bool IsFree() const; + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData* CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData* CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData* data) const; + + // same as FreeResource() + RealizeResource() + bool Recreate(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPen) +}; + +#endif // _WX_PEN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pencil.cur b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pencil.cur new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..afa760257c49635e1e1485d8935f6d897d069098 GIT binary patch literal 326 zcmb8pF%E(-6vpwdkN^uYA;y6PMn?yBIF7ea;@~wr3P<1w9>LMU@cECJu;{>Rey@G) zYg#E%P+f~$=n$lxq&?VDhrsy6cbbbO+g^&5tBn3FO5{k+Qrz+8jbg+R4SqHZ9L&KV fR>zea7xWl#KiQAgepdEtV^68=7=IgRbPM|pAJ%+) literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pntleft.cur b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pntleft.cur new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e7192aab6da74893eab5c7df99cee017f6e6764e GIT binary patch literal 326 zcma)$yA8rX5JcZWZ~;PgM9Ps7x&u>+Q$i}h5)HWoBnqGgIv{k!c;GCV%-+?T{b;os zSP@7G>y|3O4mcXGIGN!5#aQw%sibL`?@AgfuJ6QN9S3tZ7qd}UOHELpi1UyBFYIAS cyj18Rikls;)sB37b2n|S@k4y7U-B~F3}KpfZvX%Q literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pntright.cur b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/pntright.cur new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..565447b03ce6794a2b117749ed87d17ce104b4f8 GIT binary patch literal 326 zcmaiuF$%(9428egQltoOj<%ztNAPAk2yTv^NAUt4;Xgvb#X)>NwWT=y315S|$^?XJ}Ie$^>VfN-^j^;)sJ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_POPUPWIN_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_POPUPWIN_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPopupWindow +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPopupWindow : public wxPopupWindowBase +{ +public: + wxPopupWindow() { } + + wxPopupWindow(wxWindow *parent, int flags = wxBORDER_NONE) + { (void)Create(parent, flags); } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, int flags = wxBORDER_NONE); + + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + + // return the style to be used for the popup windows + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + // get the HWND to be used as parent of this window with CreateWindow() + virtual WXHWND MSWGetParent() const; + +protected: + // popups handle the position like wxTopLevelWindow, not wxWindow + virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPopupWindow) +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_POPUPWIN_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/printdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/printdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f656e75720 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/printdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/printdlg.h +// Purpose: wxPrintDialog, wxPageSetupDialog classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: printdlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRINTDLG_H_ +#define _WX_PRINTDLG_H_ + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#include "wx/dialog.h" +#include "wx/cmndata.h" +#include "wx/prntbase.h" +#include "wx/printdlg.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindowsPrintNativeData +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowsPrintNativeData: public wxPrintNativeDataBase +{ +public: + wxWindowsPrintNativeData(); + virtual ~wxWindowsPrintNativeData(); + + virtual bool TransferTo( wxPrintData &data ); + virtual bool TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &data ); + + virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + virtual bool IsOk() const; + + void* GetDevMode() const { return m_devMode; } + void SetDevMode(void* data) { m_devMode = data; } + void* GetDevNames() const { return m_devNames; } + void SetDevNames(void* data) { m_devNames = data; } + +private: + void* m_devMode; + void* m_devNames; + + short m_customWindowsPaperId; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowsPrintNativeData) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindowsPrintDialog: the MSW dialog for printing +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowsPrintDialog : public wxPrintDialogBase +{ +public: + wxWindowsPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL); + wxWindowsPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data); + virtual ~wxWindowsPrintDialog(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL); + virtual int ShowModal(); + + wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() { return m_printDialogData; } + wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printDialogData.GetPrintData(); } + + virtual wxDC *GetPrintDC(); + +private: + wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData; + wxPrinterDC* m_printerDC; + bool m_destroyDC; + wxWindow* m_dialogParent; + +private: + bool ConvertToNative( wxPrintDialogData &data ); + bool ConvertFromNative( wxPrintDialogData &data ); + + // holds MSW handle + void* m_printDlg; + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowsPrintDialog); + DECLARE_CLASS(wxWindowsPrintDialog) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindowsPageSetupDialog: the MSW page setup dialog +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowsPageSetupDialog: public wxPageSetupDialogBase +{ +public: + wxWindowsPageSetupDialog(); + wxWindowsPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupDialogData *data = NULL); + virtual ~wxWindowsPageSetupDialog(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupDialogData *data = NULL); + virtual int ShowModal(); + bool ConvertToNative( wxPageSetupDialogData &data ); + bool ConvertFromNative( wxPageSetupDialogData &data ); + + virtual wxPageSetupData& GetPageSetupDialogData() { return m_pageSetupData; } + +private: + wxPageSetupDialogData m_pageSetupData; + wxWindow* m_dialogParent; + + // holds MSW handle + void* m_pageDlg; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWindowsPageSetupDialog) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#endif + // _WX_PRINTDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/printwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/printwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d594083c97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/printwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/printwin.h +// Purpose: wxWindowsPrinter, wxWindowsPrintPreview classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: printwin.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRINTWIN_H_ +#define _WX_PRINTWIN_H_ + +#include "wx/prntbase.h" + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Represents the printer: manages printing a wxPrintout object +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowsPrinter : public wxPrinterBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowsPrinter) + +public: + wxWindowsPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + + virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintout *printout, + bool prompt = true); + + virtual wxDC *PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent); + virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent); + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowsPrinter); +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintPreview: programmer creates an object of this class to preview a +// wxPrintout. +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowsPrintPreview : public wxPrintPreviewBase +{ +public: + wxWindowsPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + wxWindowsPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintData *data); + virtual ~wxWindowsPrintPreview(); + + virtual bool Print(bool interactive); + virtual void DetermineScaling(); + +protected: +#if wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE + virtual bool RenderPageIntoBitmap(wxBitmap& bmp, int pageNum); +#endif + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWindowsPrintPreview) +}; + +#endif +// _WX_PRINTWIN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45217c0aae --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private.h @@ -0,0 +1,1056 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/private.h +// Purpose: Private declarations: as this header is only included by +// wxWidgets itself, it may contain identifiers which don't start +// with "wx". +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: private.h 65958 2010-10-30 23:50:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_H_ + +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + +#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ + // Extra prototypes and symbols not defined by MicroWindows + #include "wx/msw/microwin.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/log.h" + +#if wxUSE_GUI + #include "wx/window.h" +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFont; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private constants +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// 260 was taken from windef.h +#ifndef MAX_PATH + #define MAX_PATH 260 +#endif + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// standard icons from the resources +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(HICON) wxSTD_FRAME_ICON; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(HICON) wxSTD_MDIPARENTFRAME_ICON; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(HICON) wxSTD_MDICHILDFRAME_ICON; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(HICON) wxDEFAULT_FRAME_ICON; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(HICON) wxDEFAULT_MDIPARENTFRAME_ICON; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(HICON) wxDEFAULT_MDICHILDFRAME_ICON; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(HFONT) wxSTATUS_LINE_FONT; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global data +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(HINSTANCE) wxhInstance; + +extern "C" +{ + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE HINSTANCE wxGetInstance(); +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSetInstance(HINSTANCE hInst); + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// define things missing from some compilers' headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) || (defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS) +#ifndef ZeroMemory + inline void ZeroMemory(void *buf, size_t len) { memset(buf, 0, len); } +#endif +#endif // old mingw32 + +// this defines a CASTWNDPROC macro which casts a pointer to the type of a +// window proc +#if defined(STRICT) || defined(__GNUC__) + typedef WNDPROC WndProcCast; +#else + typedef FARPROC WndProcCast; +#endif + + +#define CASTWNDPROC (WndProcCast) + + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// some stuff for old Windows versions (FIXME: what does it do here??) +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if !defined(APIENTRY) // NT defines APIENTRY, 3.x not + #define APIENTRY FAR PASCAL +#endif + +#ifdef __WIN32__ + #define _EXPORT +#else + #define _EXPORT _export +#endif + +#ifndef __WIN32__ + typedef signed short int SHORT; +#endif + +#if !defined(__WIN32__) // 3.x uses FARPROC for dialogs +#ifndef STRICT + #define DLGPROC FARPROC +#endif +#endif + +/* + * Decide what window classes we're going to use + * for this combination of CTl3D/FAFA settings + */ + +#define STATIC_CLASS wxT("STATIC") +#define STATIC_FLAGS (SS_LEFT|WS_CHILD|WS_VISIBLE) +#define CHECK_CLASS wxT("BUTTON") +#define CHECK_FLAGS (BS_AUTOCHECKBOX|WS_TABSTOP|WS_CHILD) +#define CHECK_IS_FAFA FALSE +#define RADIO_CLASS wxT("BUTTON") +#define RADIO_FLAGS (BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON|WS_CHILD|WS_VISIBLE) +#define RADIO_SIZE 20 +#define RADIO_IS_FAFA FALSE +#define PURE_WINDOWS +#define GROUP_CLASS wxT("BUTTON") +#define GROUP_FLAGS (BS_GROUPBOX|WS_CHILD|WS_VISIBLE) + +/* +#define BITCHECK_FLAGS (FB_BITMAP|FC_BUTTONDRAW|FC_DEFAULT|WS_VISIBLE) +#define BITRADIO_FLAGS (FC_BUTTONDRAW|FB_BITMAP|FC_RADIO|WS_CHILD|WS_VISIBLE) +*/ + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// misc macros +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define MEANING_CHARACTER '0' +#define DEFAULT_ITEM_WIDTH 100 +#define DEFAULT_ITEM_HEIGHT 80 + +// Scale font to get edit control height +//#define EDIT_HEIGHT_FROM_CHAR_HEIGHT(cy) (3*(cy)/2) +#define EDIT_HEIGHT_FROM_CHAR_HEIGHT(cy) (cy+8) + +// Generic subclass proc, for panel item moving/sizing and intercept +// EDIT control VK_RETURN messages +extern LONG APIENTRY _EXPORT + wxSubclassedGenericControlProc(WXHWND hWnd, WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// useful macros and functions +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// a wrapper macro for ZeroMemory() +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) +#define wxZeroMemory(obj) ::ZeroMemory(&obj, sizeof(obj)) +#else +#define wxZeroMemory(obj) memset((void*) & obj, 0, sizeof(obj)) +#endif + +// This one is a macro so that it can be tested with #ifdef, it will be +// undefined if it cannot be implemented for a given compiler. +// Vc++, bcc, dmc, ow, mingw, codewarrior (and rsxnt) have _get_osfhandle. +// Cygwin has get_osfhandle. Others are currently unknown, e.g. Salford, +// Intel, Visual Age. +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) + #define wxGetOSFHandle(fd) ((HANDLE)fd) + #define wxOpenOSFHandle(h, flags) ((int)wxPtrToUInt(h)) +#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) + #define wxGetOSFHandle(fd) ((HANDLE)get_osfhandle(fd)) +#elif defined(__VISUALC__) \ + || defined(__BORLANDC__) \ + || defined(__DMC__) \ + || defined(__WATCOMC__) \ + || defined(__MINGW32__) \ + || (defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__MSL__)) + #define wxGetOSFHandle(fd) ((HANDLE)_get_osfhandle(fd)) + #define wxOpenOSFHandle(h, flags) (_open_osfhandle(wxPtrToUInt(h), flags)) + #define wx_fdopen _fdopen +#endif + +// close the handle in the class dtor +class AutoHANDLE +{ +public: + wxEXPLICIT AutoHANDLE(HANDLE handle) : m_handle(handle) { } + + bool IsOk() const { return m_handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; } + operator HANDLE() const { return m_handle; } + + ~AutoHANDLE() { if ( IsOk() ) ::CloseHandle(m_handle); } + +protected: + HANDLE m_handle; +}; + +// a template to make initializing Windows styructs less painful: it zeroes all +// the struct fields and also sets cbSize member to the correct value (and so +// can be only used with structures which have this member...) +template +struct WinStruct : public T +{ + WinStruct() + { + ::ZeroMemory(this, sizeof(T)); + + // explicit qualification is required here for this to be valid C++ + this->cbSize = sizeof(T); + } +}; + + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/colour.h" + +// make conversion from wxColour and COLORREF a bit less painful +inline COLORREF wxColourToRGB(const wxColour& c) +{ + return RGB(c.Red(), c.Green(), c.Blue()); +} + +inline COLORREF wxColourToPalRGB(const wxColour& c) +{ + return PALETTERGB(c.Red(), c.Green(), c.Blue()); +} + +inline wxColour wxRGBToColour(COLORREF rgb) +{ + return wxColour(GetRValue(rgb), GetGValue(rgb), GetBValue(rgb)); +} + +inline void wxRGBToColour(wxColour& c, COLORREF rgb) +{ + c.Set(GetRValue(rgb), GetGValue(rgb), GetBValue(rgb)); +} + +// get the standard colour map for some standard colours - see comment in this +// function to understand why is it needed and when should it be used +// +// it returns a wxCOLORMAP (can't use COLORMAP itself here as comctl32.dll +// might be not included/available) array of size wxSTD_COLOUR_MAX +// +// NB: if you change these colours, update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS in the +// resources as well: it must have the same number of pixels! +enum wxSTD_COLOUR +{ + wxSTD_COL_BTNTEXT, + wxSTD_COL_BTNSHADOW, + wxSTD_COL_BTNFACE, + wxSTD_COL_BTNHIGHLIGHT, + wxSTD_COL_MAX +}; + +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCOLORMAP +{ + COLORREF from, to; +}; + +// this function is implemented in src/msw/window.cpp +extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap(); + +// create a wxRect from Windows RECT +inline wxRect wxRectFromRECT(const RECT& rc) +{ + return wxRect(rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top); +} + +// copy Windows RECT to our wxRect +inline void wxCopyRECTToRect(const RECT& rc, wxRect& rect) +{ + rect = wxRectFromRECT(rc); +} + +// and vice versa +inline void wxCopyRectToRECT(const wxRect& rect, RECT& rc) +{ + // note that we don't use wxRect::GetRight() as it is one of compared to + // wxRectFromRECT() above + rc.top = rect.y; + rc.left = rect.x; + rc.right = rect.x + rect.width; + rc.bottom = rect.y + rect.height; +} + +// translations between HIMETRIC units (which OLE likes) and pixels (which are +// liked by all the others) - implemented in msw/utilsexc.cpp +extern void HIMETRICToPixel(LONG *x, LONG *y); +extern void HIMETRICToPixel(LONG *x, LONG *y, HDC hdcRef); +extern void PixelToHIMETRIC(LONG *x, LONG *y); +extern void PixelToHIMETRIC(LONG *x, LONG *y, HDC hdcRef); + +// Windows convention of the mask is opposed to the wxWidgets one, so we need +// to invert the mask each time we pass one/get one to/from Windows +extern HBITMAP wxInvertMask(HBITMAP hbmpMask, int w = 0, int h = 0); + +// Creates an icon or cursor depending from a bitmap +// +// The bitmap must be valid and it should have a mask. If it doesn't, a default +// mask is created using light grey as the transparent colour. +extern HICON wxBitmapToHICON(const wxBitmap& bmp); + +// Same requirments as above apply and the bitmap must also have the correct +// size. +extern +HCURSOR wxBitmapToHCURSOR(const wxBitmap& bmp, int hotSpotX, int hotSpotY); + + +#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + +// Draw the bitmap in specified state (this is used by owner drawn controls) +enum wxDSBStates +{ + wxDSB_NORMAL = 0, + wxDSB_SELECTED, + wxDSB_DISABLED +}; + +extern +BOOL wxDrawStateBitmap(HDC hDC, HBITMAP hBitmap, int x, int y, UINT uState); + +#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + +// get (x, y) from DWORD - notice that HI/LOWORD can *not* be used because they +// will fail on system with multiple monitors where the coords may be negative +// +// these macros are standard now (Win98) but some older headers don't have them +#ifndef GET_X_LPARAM + #define GET_X_LPARAM(lp) ((int)(short)LOWORD(lp)) + #define GET_Y_LPARAM(lp) ((int)(short)HIWORD(lp)) +#endif // GET_X_LPARAM + +// get the current state of SHIFT/CTRL/ALT keys +inline bool wxIsModifierDown(int vk) +{ + // GetKeyState() returns different negative values on WinME and WinNT, + // so simply test for negative value. + return ::GetKeyState(vk) < 0; +} + +inline bool wxIsShiftDown() +{ + return wxIsModifierDown(VK_SHIFT); +} + +inline bool wxIsCtrlDown() +{ + return wxIsModifierDown(VK_CONTROL); +} + +inline bool wxIsAltDown() +{ + return wxIsModifierDown(VK_MENU); +} + +inline bool wxIsAnyModifierDown() +{ + return wxIsShiftDown() || wxIsCtrlDown() || wxIsAltDown(); +} + +// wrapper around GetWindowRect() and GetClientRect() APIs doing error checking +// for Win32 +inline RECT wxGetWindowRect(HWND hwnd) +{ + RECT rect; + + if ( !::GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rect) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("GetWindowRect")); + } + + return rect; +} + +inline RECT wxGetClientRect(HWND hwnd) +{ + RECT rect; + + if ( !::GetClientRect(hwnd, &rect) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("GetClientRect")); + } + + return rect; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// small helper classes +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// create an instance of this class and use it as the HDC for screen, will +// automatically release the DC going out of scope +class ScreenHDC +{ +public: + ScreenHDC() { m_hdc = ::GetDC(NULL); } + ~ScreenHDC() { ::ReleaseDC(NULL, m_hdc); } + + operator HDC() const { return m_hdc; } + +private: + HDC m_hdc; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(ScreenHDC); +}; + +// the same as ScreenHDC but for window DCs +class WindowHDC +{ +public: + WindowHDC(HWND hwnd) { m_hdc = ::GetDC(m_hwnd = hwnd); } + ~WindowHDC() { ::ReleaseDC(m_hwnd, m_hdc); } + + operator HDC() const { return m_hdc; } + +private: + HWND m_hwnd; + HDC m_hdc; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(WindowHDC); +}; + +// the same as ScreenHDC but for memory DCs: creates the HDC compatible with +// the given one (screen by default) in ctor and destroys it in dtor +class MemoryHDC +{ +public: + MemoryHDC(HDC hdc = 0) { m_hdc = ::CreateCompatibleDC(hdc); } + ~MemoryHDC() { ::DeleteDC(m_hdc); } + + operator HDC() const { return m_hdc; } + +private: + HDC m_hdc; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(MemoryHDC); +}; + +// a class which selects a GDI object into a DC in its ctor and deselects in +// dtor +class SelectInHDC +{ +private: + void DoInit(HGDIOBJ hgdiobj) { m_hgdiobj = ::SelectObject(m_hdc, hgdiobj); } + +public: + SelectInHDC() : m_hdc(NULL) { } + SelectInHDC(HDC hdc, HGDIOBJ hgdiobj) : m_hdc(hdc) { DoInit(hgdiobj); } + + void Init(HDC hdc, HGDIOBJ hgdiobj) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_hdc, wxT("initializing twice?") ); + + m_hdc = hdc; + + DoInit(hgdiobj); + } + + ~SelectInHDC() { if ( m_hdc ) ::SelectObject(m_hdc, m_hgdiobj); } + + // return true if the object was successfully selected + operator bool() const { return m_hgdiobj != 0; } + +private: + HDC m_hdc; + HGDIOBJ m_hgdiobj; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(SelectInHDC); +}; + +// a class which cleans up any GDI object +class AutoGDIObject +{ +protected: + AutoGDIObject() { m_gdiobj = NULL; } + AutoGDIObject(HGDIOBJ gdiobj) : m_gdiobj(gdiobj) { } + ~AutoGDIObject() { if ( m_gdiobj ) ::DeleteObject(m_gdiobj); } + + void InitGdiobj(HGDIOBJ gdiobj) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_gdiobj, wxT("initializing twice?") ); + + m_gdiobj = gdiobj; + } + + HGDIOBJ GetObject() const { return m_gdiobj; } + +private: + HGDIOBJ m_gdiobj; +}; + +// TODO: all this asks for using a AutoHandler template... + +// a class for temporary brushes +class AutoHBRUSH : private AutoGDIObject +{ +public: + AutoHBRUSH(COLORREF col) + : AutoGDIObject(::CreateSolidBrush(col)) { } + + operator HBRUSH() const { return (HBRUSH)GetObject(); } +}; + +// a class for temporary fonts +class AutoHFONT : private AutoGDIObject +{ +private: +public: + AutoHFONT() + : AutoGDIObject() { } + + AutoHFONT(const LOGFONT& lf) + : AutoGDIObject(::CreateFontIndirect(&lf)) { } + + void Init(const LOGFONT& lf) { InitGdiobj(::CreateFontIndirect(&lf)); } + + operator HFONT() const { return (HFONT)GetObject(); } +}; + +// a class for temporary pens +class AutoHPEN : private AutoGDIObject +{ +public: + AutoHPEN(COLORREF col) + : AutoGDIObject(::CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 0, col)) { } + + operator HPEN() const { return (HPEN)GetObject(); } +}; + +// classes for temporary bitmaps +class AutoHBITMAP : private AutoGDIObject +{ +public: + AutoHBITMAP() + : AutoGDIObject() { } + + AutoHBITMAP(HBITMAP hbmp) : AutoGDIObject(hbmp) { } + + void Init(HBITMAP hbmp) { InitGdiobj(hbmp); } + + operator HBITMAP() const { return (HBITMAP)GetObject(); } +}; + +class CompatibleBitmap : public AutoHBITMAP +{ +public: + CompatibleBitmap(HDC hdc, int w, int h) + : AutoHBITMAP(::CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdc, w, h)) + { + } +}; + +class MonoBitmap : public AutoHBITMAP +{ +public: + MonoBitmap(int w, int h) + : AutoHBITMAP(::CreateBitmap(w, h, 1, 1, 0)) + { + } +}; + +// class automatically destroys the region object +class AutoHRGN : private AutoGDIObject +{ +public: + AutoHRGN(HRGN hrgn) : AutoGDIObject(hrgn) { } + + operator HRGN() const { return (HRGN)GetObject(); } +}; + +// class sets the specified clipping region during its life time +class HDCClipper +{ +public: + HDCClipper(HDC hdc, HRGN hrgn) + : m_hdc(hdc) + { + if ( !::SelectClipRgn(hdc, hrgn) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("SelectClipRgn")); + } + } + + ~HDCClipper() + { + ::SelectClipRgn(m_hdc, NULL); + } + +private: + HDC m_hdc; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(HDCClipper); +}; + +// set the given map mode for the life time of this object +// +// NB: SetMapMode() is not supported by CE so we also define a helper macro +// to avoid using it there +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + #define wxCHANGE_HDC_MAP_MODE(hdc, mm) +#else // !__WXWINCE__ + class HDCMapModeChanger + { + public: + HDCMapModeChanger(HDC hdc, int mm) + : m_hdc(hdc) + { + m_modeOld = ::SetMapMode(hdc, mm); + if ( !m_modeOld ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("SelectClipRgn")); + } + } + + ~HDCMapModeChanger() + { + if ( m_modeOld ) + ::SetMapMode(m_hdc, m_modeOld); + } + + private: + HDC m_hdc; + int m_modeOld; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(HDCMapModeChanger); + }; + + #define wxCHANGE_HDC_MAP_MODE(hdc, mm) \ + HDCMapModeChanger wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(wxHDCMapModeChanger)(hdc, mm) +#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ + +// smart pointer using GlobalAlloc/GlobalFree() +class GlobalPtr +{ +public: + // default ctor, call Init() later + GlobalPtr() + { + m_hGlobal = NULL; + } + + // allocates a block of given size + void Init(size_t size, unsigned flags = GMEM_MOVEABLE) + { + m_hGlobal = ::GlobalAlloc(flags, size); + if ( !m_hGlobal ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("GlobalAlloc")); + } + } + + GlobalPtr(size_t size, unsigned flags = GMEM_MOVEABLE) + { + Init(size, flags); + } + + ~GlobalPtr() + { + if ( m_hGlobal && ::GlobalFree(m_hGlobal) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("GlobalFree")); + } + } + + // implicit conversion + operator HGLOBAL() const { return m_hGlobal; } + +private: + HGLOBAL m_hGlobal; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(GlobalPtr); +}; + +// when working with global pointers (which is unfortunately still necessary +// sometimes, e.g. for clipboard) it is important to unlock them exactly as +// many times as we lock them which just asks for using a "smart lock" class +class GlobalPtrLock +{ +public: + // default ctor, use Init() later -- should only be used if the HGLOBAL can + // be NULL (in which case Init() shouldn't be called) + GlobalPtrLock() + { + m_hGlobal = NULL; + m_ptr = NULL; + } + + // initialize the object, may be only called if we were created using the + // default ctor; HGLOBAL must not be NULL + void Init(HGLOBAL hGlobal) + { + m_hGlobal = hGlobal; + + // NB: GlobalLock() is a macro, not a function, hence don't use the + // global scope operator with it (and neither with GlobalUnlock()) + m_ptr = GlobalLock(hGlobal); + if ( !m_ptr ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("GlobalLock")); + } + } + + // initialize the object, HGLOBAL must not be NULL + GlobalPtrLock(HGLOBAL hGlobal) + { + Init(hGlobal); + } + + ~GlobalPtrLock() + { + if ( m_hGlobal && !GlobalUnlock(m_hGlobal) ) + { + // this might happen simply because the block became unlocked + DWORD dwLastError = ::GetLastError(); + if ( dwLastError != NO_ERROR ) + { + wxLogApiError(wxT("GlobalUnlock"), dwLastError); + } + } + } + + void *Get() const { return m_ptr; } + operator void *() const { return m_ptr; } + +private: + HGLOBAL m_hGlobal; + void *m_ptr; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(GlobalPtrLock); +}; + +// register the class when it is first needed and unregister it in dtor +class ClassRegistrar +{ +public: + // ctor doesn't register the class, call Initialize() for this + ClassRegistrar() { m_registered = -1; } + + // return true if the class is already registered + bool IsInitialized() const { return m_registered != -1; } + + // return true if the class had been already registered + bool IsRegistered() const { return m_registered == 1; } + + // try to register the class if not done yet, return true on success + bool Register(const WNDCLASS& wc) + { + // we should only be called if we hadn't been initialized yet + wxASSERT_MSG( m_registered == -1, + wxT("calling ClassRegistrar::Register() twice?") ); + + m_registered = ::RegisterClass(&wc) ? 1 : 0; + if ( !IsRegistered() ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("RegisterClassEx()")); + } + else + { + m_clsname = wc.lpszClassName; + } + + return m_registered == 1; + } + + // get the name of the registered class (returns empty string if not + // registered) + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_clsname; } + + // unregister the class if it had been registered + ~ClassRegistrar() + { + if ( IsRegistered() ) + { + if ( !::UnregisterClass(m_clsname.wx_str(), wxGetInstance()) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("UnregisterClass")); + } + } + } + +private: + // initial value is -1 which means that we hadn't tried registering the + // class yet, it becomes true or false (1 or 0) when Initialize() is called + int m_registered; + + // the name of the class, only non empty if it had been registered + wxString m_clsname; +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros to make casting between WXFOO and FOO a bit easier: the GetFoo() +// returns Foo cast to the Windows type for oruselves, while GetFooOf() takes +// an argument which should be a pointer or reference to the object of the +// corresponding class (this depends on the macro) +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define GetHwnd() ((HWND)GetHWND()) +#define GetHwndOf(win) ((HWND)((win)->GetHWND())) +// old name +#define GetWinHwnd GetHwndOf + +#define GetHdc() ((HDC)GetHDC()) +#define GetHdcOf(dc) ((HDC)(dc).GetHDC()) + +#define GetHbitmap() ((HBITMAP)GetHBITMAP()) +#define GetHbitmapOf(bmp) ((HBITMAP)(bmp).GetHBITMAP()) + +#define GetHicon() ((HICON)GetHICON()) +#define GetHiconOf(icon) ((HICON)(icon).GetHICON()) + +#define GetHaccel() ((HACCEL)GetHACCEL()) +#define GetHaccelOf(table) ((HACCEL)((table).GetHACCEL())) + +#define GetHbrush() ((HBRUSH)GetResourceHandle()) +#define GetHbrushOf(brush) ((HBRUSH)(brush).GetResourceHandle()) + +#define GetHmenu() ((HMENU)GetHMenu()) +#define GetHmenuOf(menu) ((HMENU)(menu)->GetHMenu()) + +#define GetHcursor() ((HCURSOR)GetHCURSOR()) +#define GetHcursorOf(cursor) ((HCURSOR)(cursor).GetHCURSOR()) + +#define GetHfont() ((HFONT)GetHFONT()) +#define GetHfontOf(font) ((HFONT)(font).GetHFONT()) + +#define GetHimagelist() ((HIMAGELIST)GetHIMAGELIST()) +#define GetHimagelistOf(imgl) ((HIMAGELIST)(imgl)->GetHIMAGELIST()) + +#define GetHpalette() ((HPALETTE)GetHPALETTE()) +#define GetHpaletteOf(pal) ((HPALETTE)(pal).GetHPALETTE()) + +#define GetHpen() ((HPEN)GetResourceHandle()) +#define GetHpenOf(pen) ((HPEN)(pen).GetResourceHandle()) + +#define GetHrgn() ((HRGN)GetHRGN()) +#define GetHrgnOf(rgn) ((HRGN)(rgn).GetHRGN()) + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// return the full path of the given module +inline wxString wxGetFullModuleName(HMODULE hmod) +{ + wxString fullname; + if ( !::GetModuleFileName + ( + hmod, + wxStringBuffer(fullname, MAX_PATH), + MAX_PATH + ) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("GetModuleFileName")); + } + + return fullname; +} + +// return the full path of the program file +inline wxString wxGetFullModuleName() +{ + return wxGetFullModuleName((HMODULE)wxGetInstance()); +} + +// return the run-time version of the OS in a format similar to +// WINVER/_WIN32_WINNT compile-time macros: +// +// 0x0300 Windows NT 3.51 +// 0x0400 Windows 95, NT4 +// 0x0410 Windows 98 +// 0x0500 Windows ME, 2000 +// 0x0501 Windows XP, 2003 +// 0x0502 Windows XP SP2, 2003 SP1 +// 0x0600 Windows Vista, 2008 +// 0x0601 Windows 7 +// +// for the other Windows versions 0 is currently returned +enum wxWinVersion +{ + wxWinVersion_Unknown = 0, + + wxWinVersion_3 = 0x0300, + wxWinVersion_NT3 = wxWinVersion_3, + + wxWinVersion_4 = 0x0400, + wxWinVersion_95 = wxWinVersion_4, + wxWinVersion_NT4 = wxWinVersion_4, + wxWinVersion_98 = 0x0410, + + wxWinVersion_5 = 0x0500, + wxWinVersion_ME = wxWinVersion_5, + wxWinVersion_NT5 = wxWinVersion_5, + wxWinVersion_2000 = wxWinVersion_5, + wxWinVersion_XP = 0x0501, + wxWinVersion_2003 = 0x0501, + wxWinVersion_XP_SP2 = 0x0502, + wxWinVersion_2003_SP1 = 0x0502, + + wxWinVersion_6 = 0x0600, + wxWinVersion_Vista = wxWinVersion_6, + wxWinVersion_NT6 = wxWinVersion_6, + + wxWinVersion_7 = 0x601 +}; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWinVersion wxGetWinVersion(); + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +// cursor stuff +extern HCURSOR wxGetCurrentBusyCursor(); // from msw/utils.cpp +extern const wxCursor *wxGetGlobalCursor(); // from msw/cursor.cpp + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont& the_font); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxFillLogFont(LOGFONT *logFont, const wxFont *font); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFont wxCreateFontFromLogFont(const LOGFONT *logFont); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontEncoding wxGetFontEncFromCharSet(int charset); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxSliderEvent(WXHWND control, WXWORD wParam, WXWORD pos); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxScrollBarEvent(WXHWND hbar, WXWORD wParam, WXWORD pos); + +// Find maximum size of window/rectangle +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxFindMaxSize(WXHWND hwnd, RECT *rect); + +// Safely get the window text (i.e. without using fixed size buffer) +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetWindowText(WXHWND hWnd); + +// get the window class name +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetWindowClass(WXHWND hWnd); + +// get the window id (should be unsigned, hence this is not wxWindowID which +// is, for mainly historical reasons, signed) +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxGetWindowId(WXHWND hWnd); + +// check if hWnd's WNDPROC is wndProc. Return true if yes, false if they are +// different +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd, WXFARPROC wndProc); + +// Does this window style specify any border? +inline bool wxStyleHasBorder(long style) +{ + return (style & (wxSIMPLE_BORDER | wxRAISED_BORDER | + wxSUNKEN_BORDER | wxDOUBLE_BORDER)) != 0; +} + +inline long wxGetWindowExStyle(const wxWindowMSW *win) +{ + return ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(win), GWL_EXSTYLE); +} + +inline bool wxHasWindowExStyle(const wxWindowMSW *win, long style) +{ + return (wxGetWindowExStyle(win) & style) != 0; +} + +inline long wxSetWindowExStyle(const wxWindowMSW *win, long style) +{ + return ::SetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(win), GWL_EXSTYLE, style); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// functions mapping HWND to wxWindow +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this function simply checks whether the given hwnd corresponds to a wxWindow +// and returns either that window if it does or NULL otherwise +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxFindWinFromHandle(HWND hwnd); + +// find the window for HWND which is part of some wxWindow, i.e. unlike +// wxFindWinFromHandle() above it will also work for "sub controls" of a +// wxWindow. +// +// returns the wxWindow corresponding to the given HWND or NULL. +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hwnd); + +// Get the size of an icon +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSize wxGetHiconSize(HICON hicon); + +// Lines are drawn differently for WinCE and regular WIN32 +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxDrawLine(HDC hdc, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2); + +// fill the client rect of the given window on the provided dc using this brush +inline void wxFillRect(HWND hwnd, HDC hdc, HBRUSH hbr) +{ + RECT rc; + ::GetClientRect(hwnd, &rc); + ::FillRect(hdc, &rc, hbr); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// 32/64 bit helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __WIN64__ + +inline void *wxGetWindowProc(HWND hwnd) +{ + return (void *)::GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC); +} + +inline void *wxGetWindowUserData(HWND hwnd) +{ + return (void *)::GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA); +} + +inline WNDPROC wxSetWindowProc(HWND hwnd, WNDPROC func) +{ + return (WNDPROC)::SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)func); +} + +inline void *wxSetWindowUserData(HWND hwnd, void *data) +{ + return (void *)::SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR)data); +} + +#else // __WIN32__ + +// note that the casts to LONG_PTR here are required even on 32-bit machines +// for the 64-bit warning mode of later versions of MSVC (C4311/4312) +inline WNDPROC wxGetWindowProc(HWND hwnd) +{ + return (WNDPROC)(LONG_PTR)::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC); +} + +inline void *wxGetWindowUserData(HWND hwnd) +{ + return (void *)(LONG_PTR)::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA); +} + +inline WNDPROC wxSetWindowProc(HWND hwnd, WNDPROC func) +{ + return (WNDPROC)(LONG_PTR)::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)func); +} + +inline void *wxSetWindowUserData(HWND hwnd, void *data) +{ + return (void *)(LONG_PTR)::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR)data); +} + +#endif // __WIN64__/__WIN32__ + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/button.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/button.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f16b885c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/button.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/private/button.h +// Purpose: helper functions used with native BUTTON control +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-06-07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: button.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_BUTTON_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_BUTTON_H_ + +// define some standard button constants which may be missing in the headers +#ifndef BS_PUSHLIKE + #define BS_PUSHLIKE 0x00001000L +#endif + +#ifndef BST_UNCHECKED + #define BST_UNCHECKED 0x0000 +#endif + +#ifndef BST_CHECKED + #define BST_CHECKED 0x0001 +#endif + +#ifndef BST_INDETERMINATE + #define BST_INDETERMINATE 0x0002 +#endif + +namespace wxMSWButton +{ + +// returns BS_MULTILINE if the label contains new lines or 0 otherwise +inline int GetMultilineStyle(const wxString& label) +{ + return label.find(wxT('\n')) == wxString::npos ? 0 : BS_MULTILINE; +} + +// update the style of the specified HWND to include or exclude BS_MULTILINE +// depending on whether the label contains the new lines +void UpdateMultilineStyle(HWND hwnd, const wxString& label); + +// flags for ComputeBestSize() and GetFittingSize() +enum +{ + Size_AuthNeeded = 1 +}; + +// NB: All the functions below are implemented in src/msw/button.cpp + +// Compute the button size (as if wxBU_EXACTFIT were specified, i.e. without +// adjusting it to be of default size if it's smaller) for the given label size +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSize +GetFittingSize(wxWindow *win, const wxSize& sizeLabel, int flags = 0); + +// Compute the button size (as if wxBU_EXACTFIT were specified) by computing +// its label size and then calling GetFittingSize(). +wxSize ComputeBestFittingSize(wxControl *btn, int flags = 0); + +// Increase the size passed as parameter to be at least the standard button +// size if the control doesn't have wxBU_EXACTFIT style and also cache it as +// the best size and return its value -- this is used in DoGetBestSize() +// implementation. +wxSize IncreaseToStdSizeAndCache(wxControl *btn, const wxSize& size); + +// helper of wxToggleButton::DoGetBestSize() +inline wxSize ComputeBestSize(wxControl *btn, int flags = 0) +{ + return IncreaseToStdSizeAndCache(btn, ComputeBestFittingSize(btn, flags)); +} + +} // namespace wxMSWButton + +#endif // _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_BUTTON_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/datecontrols.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/datecontrols.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c8324b87c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/datecontrols.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/private/datecontrols.h +// Purpose: implementation helpers for wxDatePickerCtrl and wxCalendarCtrl +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-04-04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: datecontrols.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _MSW_PRIVATE_DATECONTROLS_H_ +#define _MSW_PRIVATE_DATECONTROLS_H_ + +#include "wx/datetime.h" + +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + +// namespace for the helper functions related to the date controls +namespace wxMSWDateControls +{ + +// do the one time only initialization of date classes of comctl32.dll, return +// true if ok or log an error and return false if we failed (this can only +// happen with a very old version of common controls DLL, i.e. before 4.70) +extern bool CheckInitialization(); + +} // namespace wxMSWDateControls + +#endif // _MSW_PRIVATE_DATECONTROLS_H_ + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/dc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/dc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c3efeb2537 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/dc.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/private/dc.h +// Purpose: private wxMSW helpers for working with HDCs +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-06-16 (extracted from src/msw/dc.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: dc.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _MSW_PRIVATE_DC_H_ +#define _MSW_PRIVATE_DC_H_ + +#include "wx/msw/dc.h" +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + +namespace wxMSWImpl +{ + +// various classes to change some DC property temporarily + +// text background and foreground colours +class wxTextColoursChanger +{ +public: + wxTextColoursChanger(HDC hdc, const wxMSWDCImpl& dc) + : m_hdc(hdc) + { + Change(dc.GetTextForeground(), dc.GetTextBackground()); + } + + wxTextColoursChanger(HDC hdc, const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg) + : m_hdc(hdc) + { + Change(colFg, colBg); + } + + wxTextColoursChanger(HDC hdc, COLORREF colFg, COLORREF colBg) + : m_hdc(hdc) + { + Change(colFg, colBg); + } + + ~wxTextColoursChanger() + { + if ( m_oldColFg != CLR_INVALID ) + ::SetTextColor(m_hdc, m_oldColFg); + if ( m_oldColBg != CLR_INVALID ) + ::SetBkColor(m_hdc, m_oldColBg); + } + +protected: + // this ctor doesn't change mode immediately, call Change() later to do it + // only if needed + wxTextColoursChanger(HDC hdc) + : m_hdc(hdc) + { + m_oldColFg = + m_oldColBg = CLR_INVALID; + } + + void Change(const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg) + { + Change(colFg.IsOk() ? colFg.GetPixel() : CLR_INVALID, + colBg.IsOk() ? colBg.GetPixel() : CLR_INVALID); + } + + void Change(COLORREF colFg, COLORREF colBg) + { + if ( colFg != CLR_INVALID ) + { + m_oldColFg = ::SetTextColor(m_hdc, colFg); + if ( m_oldColFg == CLR_INVALID ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("SetTextColor")); + } + } + else + { + m_oldColFg = CLR_INVALID; + } + + if ( colBg != CLR_INVALID ) + { + m_oldColBg = ::SetBkColor(m_hdc, colBg); + if ( m_oldColBg == CLR_INVALID ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("SetBkColor")); + } + } + else + { + m_oldColBg = CLR_INVALID; + } + } + +private: + const HDC m_hdc; + COLORREF m_oldColFg, + m_oldColBg; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextColoursChanger); +}; + +// background mode +class wxBkModeChanger +{ +public: + // set background mode to opaque if mode != wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT + wxBkModeChanger(HDC hdc, int mode) + : m_hdc(hdc) + { + Change(mode); + } + + ~wxBkModeChanger() + { + if ( m_oldMode ) + ::SetBkMode(m_hdc, m_oldMode); + } + +protected: + // this ctor doesn't change mode immediately, call Change() later to do it + // only if needed + wxBkModeChanger(HDC hdc) : m_hdc(hdc) { m_oldMode = 0; } + + void Change(int mode) + { + m_oldMode = ::SetBkMode(m_hdc, mode == wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT + ? TRANSPARENT + : OPAQUE); + if ( !m_oldMode ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("SetBkMode")); + } + } + +private: + const HDC m_hdc; + int m_oldMode; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBkModeChanger); +}; + +} // namespace wxMSWImpl + +#endif // _MSW_PRIVATE_DC_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/fswatcher.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/fswatcher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d03d4db8ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/fswatcher.h @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/private/fswatcher.h +// Purpose: File system watcher impl classes +// Author: Bartosz Bekier +// Created: 2009-05-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fswatcher.h 62678 2009-11-18 09:56:52Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef WX_MSW_PRIVATE_FSWATCHER_H_ +#define WX_MSW_PRIVATE_FSWATCHER_H_ + +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" +#include "wx/msw/private.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxFSWatcherEntry implementation & helper declarations +// ============================================================================ + +class wxFSWatcherImplMSW; + +class wxFSWatchEntryMSW : public wxFSWatchInfo +{ +public: + enum + { + BUFFER_SIZE = 4096 // TODO parametrize + }; + + wxFSWatchEntryMSW(const wxFSWatchInfo& winfo) : + wxFSWatchInfo(winfo) + { + // get handle for this path + m_handle = OpenDir(m_path); + m_overlapped = (OVERLAPPED*)calloc(1, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); + wxZeroMemory(m_buffer); + } + + virtual ~wxFSWatchEntryMSW() + { + wxLogTrace(wxTRACE_FSWATCHER, "Deleting entry '%s'", m_path); + + if (m_handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + if (!CloseHandle(m_handle)) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Unable to close the handle for '%s'"), + m_path); + } + } + delete m_overlapped; + } + + bool IsOk() const + { + return m_handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + } + + HANDLE GetHandle() const + { + return m_handle; + } + + void* GetBuffer() + { + return m_buffer; + } + + OVERLAPPED* GetOverlapped() const + { + return m_overlapped; + } + +private: + // opens dir with all flags, attributes etc. necessary to be later + // asynchronous watched with ReadDirectoryChangesW + static HANDLE OpenDir(const wxString& path) + { + HANDLE handle = CreateFile(path.t_str(), + FILE_LIST_DIRECTORY, + FILE_SHARE_READ | + FILE_SHARE_WRITE | + FILE_SHARE_DELETE, + NULL, + OPEN_EXISTING, + FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS | + FILE_FLAG_OVERLAPPED, + NULL); + if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to open directory \"%s\" for monitoring."), + path); + } + + return handle; + } + + HANDLE m_handle; // handle to opened directory + char m_buffer[BUFFER_SIZE]; // buffer for fs events + OVERLAPPED* m_overlapped; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFSWatchEntryMSW); +}; + + +// ============================================================================ +// wxFSWatcherImplMSW helper classes implementations +// ============================================================================ + +class wxIOCPService +{ +public: + wxIOCPService() : + m_iocp(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + Init(); + } + + ~wxIOCPService() + { + if (m_iocp != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + if (!CloseHandle(m_iocp)) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Unable to close I/O completion port handle")); + } + } + m_watches.clear(); + } + + // associates a wxFSWatchEntryMSW with completion port + bool Add(wxSharedPtr watch) + { + wxCHECK_MSG( m_iocp != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, false, "IOCP not init" ); + wxCHECK_MSG( watch->IsOk(), false, "Invalid watch" ); + + // associate with IOCP + HANDLE ret = CreateIoCompletionPort(watch->GetHandle(), m_iocp, + (ULONG_PTR)watch.get(), 0); + if (ret == NULL) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Unable to associate handle with " + "I/O completion port")); + return false; + } + else if (ret != m_iocp) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(_("Unexpectedly new I/O completion port was created")); + return false; + } + + // add to watch map + wxFSWatchEntries::value_type val(watch->GetPath(), watch); + return m_watches.insert(val).second; + } + + // post completion packet + bool PostEmptyStatus() + { + wxCHECK_MSG( m_iocp != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, false, "IOCP not init" ); + + int ret = PostQueuedCompletionStatus(m_iocp, 0, 0, NULL); + if (!ret) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Unable to post completion status")); + } + + return ret != 0; + } + + // Wait for completion status to arrive. + // This function can block forever in it's wait for completion status. + // Use PostEmptyStatus() to wake it up (and end the worker thread) + bool GetStatus(unsigned long* count, wxFSWatchEntryMSW** watch, + OVERLAPPED** overlapped) + { + wxCHECK_MSG( m_iocp != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, false, "IOCP not init" ); + wxCHECK_MSG( count != NULL, false, "Null out parameter 'count'"); + wxCHECK_MSG( watch != NULL, false, "Null out parameter 'watch'"); + wxCHECK_MSG( overlapped != NULL, false, + "Null out parameter 'overlapped'"); + + int ret = GetQueuedCompletionStatus(m_iocp, count, (ULONG_PTR *)watch, + overlapped, INFINITE); + if (!ret) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Unable to dequeue completion packet")); + } + return ret != 0; + } + +protected: + bool Init() + { + m_iocp = CreateIoCompletionPort(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, 0, 0); + if (m_iocp == NULL) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Unable to create I/O completion port")); + } + return m_iocp != NULL; + } + + HANDLE m_iocp; + wxFSWatchEntries m_watches; +}; + + +class wxIOCPThread : public wxThread +{ +public: + wxIOCPThread(wxFSWatcherImplMSW* service, wxIOCPService* iocp); + + // finishes this thread + bool Finish(); + +protected: + // structure to hold information needed to process one native event + // this is just a dummy holder, so it doesn't take ownership of it's data + struct wxEventProcessingData + { + wxEventProcessingData(const FILE_NOTIFY_INFORMATION* ne, + const wxFSWatchEntryMSW* watch) : + nativeEvent(ne), watch(watch) + {} + + const FILE_NOTIFY_INFORMATION* nativeEvent; + const wxFSWatchEntryMSW* watch; + }; + + virtual ExitCode Entry(); + + // wait for events to occur, read them and send to interested parties + // returns false it empty status was read, which means we whould exit + // true otherwise + bool ReadEvents(); + + void ProcessNativeEvents(wxVector& events); + + void SendEvent(wxFileSystemWatcherEvent& evt); + + static int Native2WatcherFlags(int flags); + + static wxString FileNotifyInformationToString( + const FILE_NOTIFY_INFORMATION& e); + + static wxFileName GetEventPath(const wxFSWatchEntryMSW& watch, + const FILE_NOTIFY_INFORMATION& e); + + wxFSWatcherImplMSW* m_service; + wxIOCPService* m_iocp; +}; + +#endif /* WX_MSW_PRIVATE_FSWATCHER_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/keyboard.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/keyboard.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5817e09911 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/keyboard.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/private/keyboard.h +// Purpose: Helper keyboard-related functions. +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2010-09-09 +// RCS-ID: $Id: keyboard.h 65590 2010-09-22 13:31:41Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_KEYBOARD_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_KEYBOARD_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +namespace wxMSWKeyboard +{ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Functions for translating between MSW virtual keys codes and wx key codes +// +// These functions are currently implemented in src/msw/window.cpp. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Translate MSW virtual key code to wx key code. lParam is used to distinguish +// between numpad and extended version of the keys, extended is assumed by +// default if lParam == 0. +// +// Returns WXK_NONE if translation couldn't be done at all (this happens e.g. +// for dead keys and in this case uc will be WXK_NONE too) or if the key +// corresponds to a non-Latin-1 character in which case uc is filled with its +// Unicode value. +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int VKToWX(WXWORD vk, WXLPARAM lParam = 0, wchar_t *uc = NULL); + +// Translate wxKeyCode enum element (passed as int for compatibility reasons) +// to MSW virtual key code. isExtended is set to true if the key corresponds to +// a non-numpad version of a key that exists both on numpad and outside it. +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE WXWORD WXToVK(int id, bool *isExtended = NULL); + +} // namespace wxMSWKeyboard + +#endif // _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_KEYBOARD_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/metrics.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/metrics.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bab56ec9eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/metrics.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/private/metrics.h +// Purpose: various helper functions to retrieve system metrics +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-09-05 +// RCS-ID: $Id: metrics.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_METRICS_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_METRICS_H_ + +namespace wxMSWImpl +{ + +// return NONCLIENTMETRICS as retrieved by SystemParametersInfo() +// +// currently this is not cached as the values may change when system settings +// do and we don't react to this to invalidate the cache but it could be done +// in the future +// +// MT-safety: this function is only meant to be called from the main thread +inline const NONCLIENTMETRICS& GetNonClientMetrics() +{ + static WinStruct nm; + if ( !::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, 0, &nm, 0) ) + { +#if WINVER >= 0x0600 + // a new field has been added to NONCLIENTMETRICS under Vista, so + // the call to SystemParametersInfo() fails if we use the struct + // size incorporating this new value on an older system -- retry + // without it + nm.cbSize -= sizeof(int); + if ( !::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, 0, &nm, 0) ) +#endif // WINVER >= 0x0600 + { + // maybe we should initialize the struct with some defaults? + wxLogLastError(wxT("SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS)")); + } + } + + return nm; +} + +} // namespace wxMSWImpl + +#endif // _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_METRICS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/msgdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/msgdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..339b2f5528 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/msgdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/private/msgdlg.h +// Purpose: helper functions used with native message dialog +// Author: Rickard Westerlund +// Created: 2010-07-12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: msgdlg.h 65348 2010-08-18 22:48:28Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_MSGDLG_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_MSGDLG_H_ + +#include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" +#include "wx/scopedarray.h" + +// Macro to help identify if task dialogs are available: we rely on +// TD_WARNING_ICON being defined in the headers for this as this symbol is used +// by the task dialogs only. Also notice that task dialogs are available for +// Unicode applications only. +#if defined(TD_WARNING_ICON) && wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxHAS_MSW_TASKDIALOG +#endif + +// Provides methods for creating a task dialog. +namespace wxMSWMessageDialog +{ + +#ifdef wxHAS_MSW_TASKDIALOG + class wxMSWTaskDialogConfig + { + public: + wxMSWTaskDialogConfig() + : buttons(new TASKDIALOG_BUTTON[3]), + parent(NULL), + iconId(0), + style(0), + useCustomLabels(false) + { } + + // initializes the object from a message dialog. + wxMSWTaskDialogConfig(const wxMessageDialogBase& dlg); + + wxScopedArray buttons; + wxWindow *parent; + wxString caption; + wxString message; + wxString extendedMessage; + long iconId; + long style; + bool useCustomLabels; + wxString btnYesLabel; + wxString btnNoLabel; + wxString btnOKLabel; + wxString btnCancelLabel; + + // Will create a task dialog with it's paremeters for it's creation + // stored in the provided TASKDIALOGCONFIG parameter. + // NOTE: The wxMSWTaskDialogConfig object needs to remain accessible + // during the subsequent call to TaskDialogIndirect(). + void MSWCommonTaskDialogInit(TASKDIALOGCONFIG &tdc); + + // Used by MSWCommonTaskDialogInit() to add a regular button or a + // button with a custom label if used. + void AddTaskDialogButton(TASKDIALOGCONFIG &tdc, + int btnCustomId, + int btnCommonId, + const wxString& customLabel); + }; // class wxMSWTaskDialogConfig + + + typedef HRESULT (WINAPI *TaskDialogIndirect_t)(const TASKDIALOGCONFIG *, + int *, int *, BOOL *); + + // Return the pointer to TaskDialogIndirect(). This should only be called + // if HasNativeTaskDialog() returned true and is normally guaranteed to + // succeed in this case. + TaskDialogIndirect_t GetTaskDialogIndirectFunc(); +#endif // wxHAS_MSW_TASKDIALOG + + + // Check if the task dialog is available: this simply checks the OS version + // as we know that it's only present in Vista and later. + bool HasNativeTaskDialog(); + + // Translates standard MSW button IDs like IDCANCEL into an equivalent + // wx constant such as wxCANCEL. + int MSWTranslateReturnCode(int msAns); +}; // namespace wxMSWMessageDialog + +#endif // _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_MSGDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/sockmsw.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/sockmsw.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..92fa1b99fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/sockmsw.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/private/gsockmsw.h +// Purpose: MSW-specific socket implementation +// Authors: Guilhem Lavaux, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: April 1997 +// Copyright: (C) 1999-1997, Guilhem Lavaux +// (C) 1999-2000, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// (C) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// RCS_ID: $Id: sockmsw.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_GSOCKMSW_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_GSOCKMSW_H_ + +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) + //CYGWIN gives annoying warning about runtime stuff if we don't do this +# define USE_SYS_TYPES_FD_SET +# include +#endif + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) + #include +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// MSW-specific socket implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxSocketImplMSW : public wxSocketImpl +{ +public: + wxSocketImplMSW(wxSocketBase& wxsocket); + + virtual ~wxSocketImplMSW(); + + virtual wxSocketError GetLastError() const; + + virtual void ReenableEvents(wxSocketEventFlags WXUNUSED(flags)) + { + // notifications are never disabled in this implementation, there is no + // need for this as WSAAsyncSelect() only sends notification once when + // the new data becomes available anyhow, so there is no need to do + // anything here + } + +private: + virtual void DoClose(); + + virtual void UnblockAndRegisterWithEventLoop() + { + // no need to make the socket non-blocking, Install_Callback() will do + // it + wxSocketManager::Get()->Install_Callback(this); + } + + int m_msgnumber; + + friend class wxSocketMSWManager; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketImplMSW); +}; + +#endif /* _WX_MSW_GSOCKMSW_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/timer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..145995f9dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/private/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/private/timer.h +// Purpose: wxTimer class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: timer.h 63486 2010-02-15 17:34:21Z RD $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ + +#if wxUSE_TIMER + +#include "wx/private/timer.h" +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" // for WPARAM + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMSWTimerImpl : public wxTimerImpl +{ +public: + wxMSWTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer) : wxTimerImpl(timer) { m_id = 0; }; + + virtual bool Start(int milliseconds = -1, bool oneShot = false); + virtual void Stop(); + + virtual bool IsRunning() const { return m_id != 0; } + +protected: + // this must be 64 bit under Win64 as WPARAM (storing timer ids) is 64 bit + // there and so the ids may possibly not fit in 32 bits + WPARAM m_id; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_TIMER + +#endif // _WX_TIMERH_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/progdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/progdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c1f69407b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/progdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/progdlg.h +// Purpose: wxProgressDialog +// Author: Rickard Westerlund +// Created: 2010-07-22 +// RCS-ID: $Id: progdlg.h 65574 2010-09-20 13:11:03Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PROGDLG_H_ +#define _WX_PROGDLG_H_ + +class wxProgressDialogTaskRunner; +class wxProgressDialogSharedData; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxProgressDialog : public wxGenericProgressDialog +{ +public: + wxProgressDialog(const wxString& title, const wxString& message, + int maximum = 100, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int style = wxPD_APP_MODAL | wxPD_AUTO_HIDE); + + virtual ~wxProgressDialog(); + + virtual bool Update(int value, const wxString& newmsg = wxEmptyString, bool *skip = NULL); + virtual bool Pulse(const wxString& newmsg = wxEmptyString, bool *skip = NULL); + + void Resume(); + + int GetValue() const; + wxString GetMessage() const; + + void SetRange(int maximum); + + // Return whether "Cancel" or "Skip" button was pressed, always return + // false if the corresponding button is not shown. + bool WasSkipped() const; + bool WasCancelled() const; + + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title); + virtual wxString GetTitle() const; + + virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); + + // Must provide overload to avoid hiding it (and warnings about it) + virtual void Update() { wxGenericProgressDialog::Update(); } + +private: + // Performs common routines to Update() and Pulse(). Requires the + // shared object to have been entered. + bool DoNativeBeforeUpdate(bool *skip); + + // Updates the various timing informations for both determinate + // and indeterminate modes. Requires the shared object to have + // been entered. + void UpdateExpandedInformation(int value); + + wxProgressDialogTaskRunner *m_taskDialogRunner; + + wxProgressDialogSharedData *m_sharedData; + + // Store the message and title we currently use to be able to return it + // from Get{Message,Title}() + wxString m_message, + m_title; + + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxProgressDialog); +}; + +#endif // _WX_PROGDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/question.ico b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/question.ico new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..b34c3b81d1c02316cef9e735736f51954132495d GIT binary patch literal 2238 zcmcK4KTH~77{~FSX%jl>)5W!O=K0O>;~v1~=jW zNe8E!jDvy1t``|!;e{7ocxBYXckp$5 z6<@?>@w+nZ;5YFbcn`mf5Aj`mfN$fQcpvZMYxojAhfm{^c*7gs@P;?M;h)*=*sj>l z*othK$cOkYKESu}O}v}kN7v9LbPkm)8A-;tFiaf4NMhfv=e1LD`n|L2T(Q&(Bq>)pUA#s#2+>LZP5sE~mY{ zJ*CrWZEbBSnM`VZeO)UnD_UG!RQT8Q{o;b(ahcx>>$;y3>qiIn?o!O{{==s~f6o5= zJTX5{%+C`xH&58yoOn*&ck!&e-yg;;b3t5 z0&oY@`Tp@VNJQ5^o!dSujAt0;FD5Xz#L@fLe>lAO!63eec=&icYaf^$Ovb-zZ=R)( zj*ds`Cr0u37V^x1VG=%5@fhs${PE^^7z~2{o&i2G&(`xKCi;zdT#%R z`b~AHZxm}jQv)ib${&n>?KY53o}}$iTD_N+T2y&h365@hS4*z=+tn(y-D2E5<3laj MliXZOW~~$Z2iSjmhyVZp literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/radiobox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/radiobox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..589bcdc462 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/radiobox.h @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/radiobox.h +// Purpose: wxRadioBox class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: radiobox.h 65957 2010-10-30 23:50:39Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_RADIOBOX_H_ +#define _WX_RADIOBOX_H_ + +#include "wx/statbox.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSubwindows; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRadioBox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioBox : public wxStaticBox, public wxRadioBoxBase +{ +public: + wxRadioBox() { Init(); } + + wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + int majorDim = 0, + long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, n, choices, majorDim, + style, val, name); + } + + wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + int majorDim = 0, + long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, choices, majorDim, + style, val, name); + } + + virtual ~wxRadioBox(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + int majorDim = 0, + long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + int majorDim = 0, + long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr); + + // implement the radiobox interface + virtual void SetSelection(int n); + virtual int GetSelection() const { return m_selectedButton; } + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& label); + virtual bool Enable(unsigned int n, bool enable = true); + virtual bool Show(unsigned int n, bool show = true); + virtual bool IsItemEnabled(unsigned int n) const; + virtual bool IsItemShown(unsigned int n) const; + virtual int GetItemFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt) const; + + // override some base class methods + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true); + virtual void SetFocus(); + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); + virtual bool ContainsHWND(WXHWND hWnd) const; +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual bool HasToolTips() const; +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS +#if wxUSE_HELP + // override virtual function with a platform-independent implementation + virtual wxString GetHelpTextAtPoint(const wxPoint & pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) const + { + return wxRadioBoxBase::DoGetHelpTextAtPoint( this, pt, origin ); + } +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + + virtual bool Reparent(wxWindowBase *newParent); + + // we inherit a version always returning false from wxStaticBox, override + // it to behave normally + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return wxControl::AcceptsFocus(); } + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + + void SetLabelFont(const wxFont& WXUNUSED(font)) {} + void SetButtonFont(const wxFont& font) { SetFont(font); } + + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // This function can be used to check if the given radio button HWND + // belongs to one of our radio boxes. If it doesn't, NULL is returned. + static wxRadioBox *GetFromRadioButtonHWND(WXHWND hwnd); + + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + + void SendNotificationEvent(); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // subclass one radio button + void SubclassRadioButton(WXHWND hWndBtn); + + // get the max size of radio buttons + wxSize GetMaxButtonSize() const; + + // get the total size occupied by the radio box buttons + wxSize GetTotalButtonSize(const wxSize& sizeBtn) const; + + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual void DoSetItemToolTip(unsigned int n, wxToolTip * tooltip); +#endif + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + virtual WXHRGN MSWGetRegionWithoutChildren(); +#endif // __WXWINCE__ + + + // the buttons we contain + wxSubwindows *m_radioButtons; + + // and the special dummy button used only as a tab group boundary + WXHWND m_dummyHwnd; + wxWindowIDRef m_dummyId; + + // array of widths and heights of the buttons, may be wxDefaultCoord if the + // corresponding quantity should be computed + int *m_radioWidth; + int *m_radioHeight; + + // currently selected button or wxNOT_FOUND if none + int m_selectedButton; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRadioBox); +}; + +#endif + // _WX_RADIOBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/radiobut.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/radiobut.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f7387694e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/radiobut.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/radiobut.h +// Purpose: wxRadioButton class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: radiobut.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_RADIOBUT_H_ +#define _WX_RADIOBUT_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioButton: public wxControl +{ +public: + // ctors and creation functions + wxRadioButton() { Init(); } + + wxRadioButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr); + + // implement the radio button interface + virtual void SetValue(bool value); + virtual bool GetValue() const; + + // implementation only from now on + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; } + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + +protected: + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // we need to store the state internally as the result of GetValue() + // sometimes gets out of sync in WM_COMMAND handler + bool m_isChecked; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxRadioButton) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_RADIOBUT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/rcdefs.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/rcdefs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7d963d966a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/rcdefs.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/rcdefs.h +// Purpose: Fallback for the generated rcdefs.h under the lib directory +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// RCS-ID: $Id: rcdefs.h 36133 2005-11-08 22:49:46Z MW $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_RCDEFS_H +#define _WX_RCDEFS_H + +#define WX_CPU_X86 + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/regconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/regconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1f20255aa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/regconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/regconf.h +// Purpose: Registry based implementation of wxConfigBase +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 27.04.98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: regconf.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_REGCONF_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_REGCONF_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_REGKEY + +#include "wx/msw/registry.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/confbase.h" +#include "wx/buffer.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRegConfig +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxRegConfig : public wxConfigBase +{ +public: + // ctor & dtor + // will store data in HKLM\appName and HKCU\appName + wxRegConfig(const wxString& appName = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& vendorName = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& localFilename = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& globalFilename = wxEmptyString, + long style = wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE); + + // dtor will save unsaved data + virtual ~wxRegConfig(){} + + // implement inherited pure virtual functions + // ------------------------------------------ + + // path management + virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath); + virtual const wxString& GetPath() const { return m_strPath; } + + // entry/subgroup info + // enumerate all of them + virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; + virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; + virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; + virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const; + + // tests for existence + virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const; + virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const; + virtual EntryType GetEntryType(const wxString& name) const; + + // get number of entries/subgroups in the current group, with or without + // it's subgroups + virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = false) const; + virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = false) const; + + virtual bool Flush(bool WXUNUSED(bCurrentOnly) = false) { return true; } + + // rename + virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName); + virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName); + + // delete + virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& key, bool bGroupIfEmptyAlso = true); + virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& key); + virtual bool DeleteAll(); + +protected: + // opens the local key creating it if necessary and returns it + wxRegKey& LocalKey() const // must be const to be callable from const funcs + { + wxRegConfig* self = wxConstCast(this, wxRegConfig); + + if ( !m_keyLocal.IsOpened() ) + { + // create on demand + self->m_keyLocal.Create(); + } + + return self->m_keyLocal; + } + + // implement read/write methods + virtual bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const; + virtual bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *plResult) const; + virtual bool DoReadBinary(const wxString& key, wxMemoryBuffer* buf) const; + + virtual bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& szValue); + virtual bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long lValue); + virtual bool DoWriteBinary(const wxString& key, const wxMemoryBuffer& buf); + +private: + // these keys are opened during all lifetime of wxRegConfig object + wxRegKey m_keyLocalRoot, m_keyLocal, + m_keyGlobalRoot, m_keyGlobal; + + // current path (not '/' terminated) + wxString m_strPath; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRegConfig); + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxRegConfig) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_REGKEY + +#endif // _WX_MSW_REGCONF_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/region.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/region.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c34c2c4a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/region.h @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/region.h +// Purpose: wxRegion class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: region.h 57915 2009-01-08 16:43:56Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997-2002 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_REGION_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_REGION_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegion : public wxRegionWithCombine +{ +public: + wxRegion(); + wxRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h); + wxRegion(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight); + wxRegion(const wxRect& rect); + wxRegion(WXHRGN hRegion); // Hangs on to this region + wxRegion(size_t n, const wxPoint *points, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE ); +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + wxRegion( const wxBitmap& bmp) + { + Union(bmp); + } + wxRegion( const wxBitmap& bmp, + const wxColour& transColour, int tolerance = 0) + { + Union(bmp, transColour, tolerance); + } +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + + virtual ~wxRegion(); + + // wxRegionBase methods + virtual void Clear(); + virtual bool IsEmpty() const; + + // Get internal region handle + WXHRGN GetHRGN() const; + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + + virtual bool DoIsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const; + virtual bool DoGetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord& w, wxCoord& h) const; + virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsRect(const wxRect& rect) const; + + virtual bool DoOffset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual bool DoCombine(const wxRegion& region, wxRegionOp op); + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRegionIterator; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegion) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegionIterator : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxRegionIterator() { Init(); } + wxRegionIterator(const wxRegion& region); + wxRegionIterator(const wxRegionIterator& ri) : wxObject(ri) { Init(); *this = ri; } + + wxRegionIterator& operator=(const wxRegionIterator& ri); + + virtual ~wxRegionIterator(); + + void Reset() { m_current = 0; } + void Reset(const wxRegion& region); + + bool HaveRects() const { return (m_current < m_numRects); } + + operator bool () const { return HaveRects(); } + + wxRegionIterator& operator++(); + wxRegionIterator operator++(int); + + wxCoord GetX() const; + wxCoord GetY() const; + wxCoord GetW() const; + wxCoord GetWidth() const { return GetW(); } + wxCoord GetH() const; + wxCoord GetHeight() const { return GetH(); } + + wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetX(), GetY(), GetW(), GetH()); } + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + long m_current; + long m_numRects; + wxRegion m_region; + wxRect* m_rects; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegionIterator) +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_REGION_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/registry.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/registry.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a53fd9146 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/registry.h @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/registry.h +// Purpose: Registry classes and functions +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 03.04.1998 +// RCS-ID: $Id: registry.h 66851 2011-02-06 01:01:01Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_REGISTRY_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_REGISTRY_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_REGKEY + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxOutputStream; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// class wxRegKey encapsulates window HKEY handle +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxRegKey +{ +public: + // NB: do _not_ change the values of elements in these enumerations! + + // registry value types (with comments from winnt.h) + enum ValueType + { + Type_None, // No value type + Type_String, // Unicode nul terminated string + Type_Expand_String, // Unicode nul terminated string + // (with environment variable references) + Type_Binary, // Free form binary + Type_Dword, // 32-bit number + Type_Dword_little_endian // 32-bit number + = Type_Dword, // (same as Type_DWORD) + Type_Dword_big_endian, // 32-bit number + Type_Link, // Symbolic Link (unicode) + Type_Multi_String, // Multiple Unicode strings + Type_Resource_list, // Resource list in the resource map + Type_Full_resource_descriptor, // Resource list in the hardware description + Type_Resource_requirements_list // ??? + }; + + // predefined registry keys + enum StdKey + { + HKCR, // classes root + HKCU, // current user + HKLM, // local machine + HKUSR, // users + HKPD, // performance data (WinNT/2K only) + HKCC, // current config + HKDD, // dynamic data (Win95/98 only) + HKMAX + }; + + // access mode for the key + enum AccessMode + { + Read, // read-only + Write // read and write + }; + + // Different registry views supported under WOW64. + enum WOW64ViewMode + { + // 32 bit registry for 32 bit applications, 64 bit registry + // for 64 bit ones. + WOW64ViewMode_Default, + + // Can be used in 64 bit apps to access 32 bit registry, + // has no effect (i.e. treated as default) in 32 bit apps. + WOW64ViewMode_32, + + // Can be used in 32 bit apps to access 64 bit registry, + // has no effect (i.e. treated as default) in 64 bit apps. + WOW64ViewMode_64 + }; + + // information about standard (predefined) registry keys + // number of standard keys + static const size_t nStdKeys; + // get the name of a standard key + static const wxChar *GetStdKeyName(size_t key); + // get the short name of a standard key + static const wxChar *GetStdKeyShortName(size_t key); + // get StdKey from root HKEY + static StdKey GetStdKeyFromHkey(WXHKEY hkey); + + // extacts the std key prefix from the string (return value) and + // leaves only the part after it (i.e. modifies the string passed!) + static StdKey ExtractKeyName(wxString& str); + + // ctors + // root key is set to HKCR (the only root key under Win16) + wxRegKey(WOW64ViewMode viewMode = WOW64ViewMode_Default); + + // strKey is the full name of the key (i.e. starting with HKEY_xxx...) + wxRegKey(const wxString& strKey, + WOW64ViewMode viewMode = WOW64ViewMode_Default); + + // strKey is the name of key under (standard key) keyParent + wxRegKey(StdKey keyParent, + const wxString& strKey, + WOW64ViewMode viewMode = WOW64ViewMode_Default); + + // strKey is the name of key under (previously created) keyParent + wxRegKey(const wxRegKey& keyParent, const wxString& strKey); + // dtor closes the key + ~wxRegKey(); + + // change key (closes the previously opened key if any) + // the name is absolute, i.e. should start with HKEY_xxx + void SetName(const wxString& strKey); + // the name is relative to the parent key + void SetName(StdKey keyParent, const wxString& strKey); + // the name is relative to the parent key + void SetName(const wxRegKey& keyParent, const wxString& strKey); + // hKey should be opened and will be closed in wxRegKey dtor + void SetHkey(WXHKEY hKey); + + // get infomation about the key + // get the (full) key name. Abbreviate std root keys if bShortPrefix. + wxString GetName(bool bShortPrefix = true) const; + // Retrieves the registry view used by this key. + WOW64ViewMode GetView() const { return m_viewMode; } + // return true if the key exists + bool Exists() const; + // get the info about key (any number of these pointers may be NULL) + bool GetKeyInfo(size_t *pnSubKeys, // number of subkeys + size_t *pnMaxKeyLen, // max len of subkey name + size_t *pnValues, // number of values + size_t *pnMaxValueLen) const; + // return true if the key is opened + bool IsOpened() const { return m_hKey != 0; } + // for "if ( !key ) wxLogError(...)" kind of expressions + operator bool() const { return m_dwLastError == 0; } + + // operations on the key itself + // explicitly open the key (will be automatically done by all functions + // which need the key to be opened if the key is not opened yet) + bool Open(AccessMode mode = Write); + // create the key: will fail if the key already exists and !bOkIfExists + bool Create(bool bOkIfExists = true); + // rename a value from old name to new one + bool RenameValue(const wxString& szValueOld, const wxString& szValueNew); + // rename the key + bool Rename(const wxString& szNewName); + // copy value to another key possibly changing its name (by default it will + // remain the same) + bool CopyValue(const wxString& szValue, wxRegKey& keyDst, + const wxString& szNewName = wxEmptyString); + + // copy the entire contents of the key recursively to another location + bool Copy(const wxString& szNewName); + // same as Copy() but using a key and not the name + bool Copy(wxRegKey& keyDst); + // close the key (will be automatically done in dtor) + bool Close(); + + // deleting keys/values + // deletes this key and all of it's subkeys/values + bool DeleteSelf(); + // deletes the subkey with all of it's subkeys/values recursively + bool DeleteKey(const wxString& szKey); + // deletes the named value (may be empty string to remove the default value) + bool DeleteValue(const wxString& szValue); + + // access to values and subkeys + // get value type + ValueType GetValueType(const wxString& szValue) const; + // returns true if the value contains a number (else it's some string) + bool IsNumericValue(const wxString& szValue) const; + + // assignment operators set the default value of the key + wxRegKey& operator=(const wxString& strValue) + { SetValue(wxEmptyString, strValue); return *this; } + + // query the default value of the key: implicitly or explicitly + wxString QueryDefaultValue() const; + operator wxString() const { return QueryDefaultValue(); } + + // named values + + // set the string value + bool SetValue(const wxString& szValue, const wxString& strValue); + // retrieve the string value + bool QueryValue(const wxString& szValue, wxString& strValue) const + { return QueryValue(szValue, strValue, false); } + // retrieve raw string value + bool QueryRawValue(const wxString& szValue, wxString& strValue) const + { return QueryValue(szValue, strValue, true); } + // retrieve either raw or expanded string value + bool QueryValue(const wxString& szValue, wxString& strValue, bool raw) const; + + // set the numeric value + bool SetValue(const wxString& szValue, long lValue); + // return the numeric value + bool QueryValue(const wxString& szValue, long *plValue) const; + // set the binary value + bool SetValue(const wxString& szValue, const wxMemoryBuffer& buf); + // return the binary value + bool QueryValue(const wxString& szValue, wxMemoryBuffer& buf) const; + + // query existence of a key/value + // return true if value exists + bool HasValue(const wxString& szKey) const; + // return true if given subkey exists + bool HasSubKey(const wxString& szKey) const; + // return true if any subkeys exist + bool HasSubkeys() const; + // return true if any values exist + bool HasValues() const; + // return true if the key is empty (nothing under this key) + bool IsEmpty() const { return !HasSubkeys() && !HasValues(); } + + // enumerate values and subkeys + bool GetFirstValue(wxString& strValueName, long& lIndex); + bool GetNextValue (wxString& strValueName, long& lIndex) const; + + bool GetFirstKey (wxString& strKeyName , long& lIndex); + bool GetNextKey (wxString& strKeyName , long& lIndex) const; + + // export the contents of this key and all its subkeys to the given file + // (which won't be overwritten, it's an error if it already exists) + // + // note that we export the key in REGEDIT4 format, not RegSaveKey() binary + // format nor newer REGEDIT5 one + bool Export(const wxString& filename) const; + + // same as above but write to the given (opened) stream + bool Export(wxOutputStream& ostr) const; + + + // for wxRegConfig usage only: preallocate some memory for the name + void ReserveMemoryForName(size_t bytes) { m_strKey.reserve(bytes); } + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init() + { + m_hKey = (WXHKEY) NULL; + m_dwLastError = 0; + } + + // recursive helper for Export() + bool DoExport(wxOutputStream& ostr) const; + + // export a single value + bool DoExportValue(wxOutputStream& ostr, const wxString& name) const; + + // return the text representation (in REGEDIT4 format) of the value with the + // given name + wxString FormatValue(const wxString& name) const; + + + WXHKEY m_hKey, // our handle + m_hRootKey; // handle of the top key (i.e. StdKey) + wxString m_strKey; // key name (relative to m_hRootKey) + WOW64ViewMode m_viewMode; // which view to select under WOW64 + AccessMode m_mode; // valid only if key is opened + long m_dwLastError; // last error (0 if none) + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRegKey); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_REGKEY + +#endif // _WX_MSW_REGISTRY_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/removble.ico b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/removble.ico new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f218a894c2f9603c5c5ea7d685e946df83d3f947 GIT binary patch literal 1718 zcmbu89XNylTzSfMm%~$kXq0=FK!xN}tRBdG2|hkI!BH&)rE&dZx8C#pT^gDaqN| z&A`Tz)L?AGjuEekC9P0PZ8`A zZsQyHGCqrUu(~Gj z!V53F3JURkd<*a4U3?M0C8HcZgHPcdd;&kk5AgxMhwtEhypM0)B#~cS7E=M8uQ~VGg;CuKE-mdPWo9HUKgwCVWtRLe0_!i#7yZ9o03!lSh z@F~25PvBX%-NrZYWqcOzEXa;zLVO?J!h3iZUvy-)$YzdgX2@oWY&v8!fuG`s_yFI- zckn*m$2aj+dFKFXPEK@mbR^&Rb$EEFX0xgN{e4xd zRqgETs8lLxdwW~?d|sQIn@XqCN+y$9Utibi>Z+!{j6Q$*#Cu%hec`(HRpR<_Lv3%x z*y?X(GFLPi-4|w}$>`@zxwx2opg$aj;rG#Ky!^xdFq%YjWfDD{zdDbi@PWUIB1Ln3 z&GpYC?l!t#-**4#GjMbLc-n$T{o6aTznA%Q{L`X_RN(Xs#I*hUjOLL`t{p(W!A6F X+Dc8H^%dQ!mc-a5| literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/roller.cur b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/roller.cur new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..118c37fa439da2836f547914c866d3ad0c003d64 GIT binary patch literal 326 zcma)$I}*Y$3`C#F4C%Z3C?dI`TF$@uUN14)|3YajPI_8K rFQraeTWM*eIcyiAFHcrrC03IaWo0{Xest~R1*yP9Dew9N9?13vQju`7 literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/scrolbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/scrolbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d33150bb16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/scrolbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/scrolbar.h +// Purpose: wxScrollBar class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: scrolbar.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SCROLBAR_H_ +#define _WX_SCROLBAR_H_ + +// Scrollbar item +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollBar: public wxScrollBarBase +{ +public: + wxScrollBar() { m_pageSize = 0; m_viewSize = 0; m_objectSize = 0; } + virtual ~wxScrollBar(); + + wxScrollBar(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr); + + int GetThumbPosition() const ; + int GetThumbSize() const { return m_pageSize; } + int GetPageSize() const { return m_viewSize; } + int GetRange() const { return m_objectSize; } + + virtual void SetThumbPosition(int viewStart); + virtual void SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize, int range, int pageSize, + bool refresh = true); + + // needed for RTTI + void SetThumbSize( int s ) { SetScrollbar( GetThumbPosition() , s , GetRange() , GetPageSize() , true ) ; } + void SetPageSize( int s ) { SetScrollbar( GetThumbPosition() , GetThumbSize() , GetRange() , s , true ) ; } + void SetRange( int s ) { SetScrollbar( GetThumbPosition() , GetThumbSize() , s , GetPageSize() , true ) ; } + + void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam, + WXWORD pos, WXHWND control); + + // override wxControl version to not use solid background here + virtual WXHBRUSH MSWControlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND hWnd); + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + int m_pageSize; + int m_viewSize; + int m_objectSize; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxScrollBar) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_SCROLBAR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/seh.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/seh.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf203778e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/seh.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/seh.h +// Purpose: declarations for SEH (structured exceptions handling) support +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2006-04-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: seh.h 60934 2009-06-06 23:27:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_SEH_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_SEH_H_ + +#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION + + // the exception handler which should be called from the exception filter + // + // it calsl wxApp::OnFatalException() if possible + extern unsigned long wxGlobalSEHandler(EXCEPTION_POINTERS *pExcPtrs); + + // helper macro for wxSEH_HANDLE +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) || (defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ <= 1200)) + // some compilers don't understand that this code is unreachable and warn + // about no value being returned from the function without it, so calm them + // down + #define wxSEH_DUMMY_RETURN(rc) return rc; +#else + #define wxSEH_DUMMY_RETURN(rc) +#endif + + // macros which allow to avoid many #if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION in the code + // which uses them + #define wxSEH_TRY __try + #define wxSEH_IGNORE __except ( EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER ) { } + #define wxSEH_HANDLE(rc) \ + __except ( wxGlobalSEHandler(GetExceptionInformation()) ) \ + { \ + /* use the same exit code as abort() */ \ + ::ExitProcess(3); \ + \ + wxSEH_DUMMY_RETURN(rc) \ + } + +#else // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION + #define wxSEH_TRY + #define wxSEH_IGNORE + #define wxSEH_HANDLE(rc) +#endif // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION + +#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION && defined(__VISUALC__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + #include + + // C++ exception to structured exceptions translator: we need it in order + // to prevent VC++ from "helpfully" translating structured exceptions (such + // as division by 0 or access violation) to C++ pseudo-exceptions + extern void wxSETranslator(unsigned int code, EXCEPTION_POINTERS *ep); + + // up to VC 9 this warning ("calling _set_se_translator() requires /EHa") + // is harmless and it's easier to suppress it than use different makefiles + // for VC5 and 6 (which don't support /EHa at all) and VC7 (which does + // accept it but it seems to change nothing for it anyhow) + #if __VISUALC__ < 1600 + #pragma warning(disable: 4535) + #endif + + // note that the SE translator must be called wxSETranslator! + #define DisableAutomaticSETranslator() _set_se_translator(wxSETranslator) +#else // !__VISUALC__ + // the other compilers do nothing as stupid by default so nothing to do for + // them + #define DisableAutomaticSETranslator() +#endif // __VISUALC__/!__VISUALC__ + +#endif // _WX_MSW_SEH_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/setup0.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/setup0.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3c5cf733c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/setup0.h @@ -0,0 +1,1550 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/setup.h +// Purpose: Configuration for the library +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: setup0.h 67062 2011-02-27 12:48:07Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SETUP_H_ +#define _WX_SETUP_H_ + +/* --- start common options --- */ +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from +// makefile/project file overriding the value here +#ifndef wxUSE_GUI + #define wxUSE_GUI 1 +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// compatibility settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.6 API: set it to 0 to +// flag all cases of using deprecated functions. +// +// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will +// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear +// in the version after it completely. +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code) +#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 0 + +// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.8 API: set it to 0 to +// flag all cases of using deprecated functions. +// +// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will +// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear +// in the version after it completely. +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code) +#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 1 + +// MSW-only: Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 for old behaviour when +// default system font is used for wxWindow::GetCharWidth/Height() instead of +// the current font. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// debugging settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxDEBUG_LEVEL will be defined as 1 in wx/debug.h so normally there is no +// need to define it here. You may do it for two reasons: either completely +// disable/compile out the asserts in release version (then do it inside #ifdef +// NDEBUG) or, on the contrary, enable more asserts, including the usually +// disabled ones, in the debug build (then do it inside #ifndef NDEBUG) +// +// #ifdef NDEBUG +// #define wxDEBUG_LEVEL 0 +// #else +// #define wxDEBUG_LEVEL 2 +// #endif + +// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run +// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box, +// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set +// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work. +// +// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler +// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does) +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it. +#define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 1 + +// Set this to 1 to be able to generate a human-readable (unlike +// machine-readable minidump created by wxCrashReport::Generate()) stack back +// trace when your program crashes using wxStackWalker +// +// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash +#define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 1 + +// Set this to 1 to compile in wxDebugReport class which allows you to create +// and optionally upload to your web site a debug report consisting of back +// trace of the crash (if wxUSE_STACKWALKER == 1) and other information. +// +// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, it is compiled into a separate library so there +// is no overhead if you don't use it +#define wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT 1 + +// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't +// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but +// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features +// as wxWidgets memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you +// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is +// faster and more fool proof. +// +// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug build (_DEBUG +// is defined) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0) +// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined. + +// The rest of the options in this section are obsolete and not supported, +// enable them at your own risk. + +// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If +// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use the normal memory operators. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0 + +// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF* +// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined. +// +// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if +// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you are not using a memory debugging tool, else 0 +#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0 + +// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally. +// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors which is a common problem +// especially if you use another library which also redefines the global new +// and delete), set this to 0. +// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0 + +// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If +// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set +// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently +// ignored for mingw / cygwin / CodeWarrior +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0 + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Unicode support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// These settings are obsolete: the library is always built in Unicode mode +// now, only set wxUSE_UNICODE to 0 to compile legacy code in ANSI mode if +// absolutely necessary -- updating it is strongly recommended as the ANSI mode +// will disappear completely in future wxWidgets releases. +#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxUSE_UNICODE 1 +#endif + +// wxUSE_WCHAR_T is required by wxWidgets now, don't change. +#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global features +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Compile library in exception-safe mode? If set to 1, the library will try to +// behave correctly in presence of exceptions (even though it still will not +// use the exceptions itself) and notify the user code about any unhandled +// exceptions. If set to 0, propagation of the exceptions through the library +// code will lead to undefined behaviour -- but the code itself will be +// slightly smaller and faster. +// +// Note that like wxUSE_THREADS this option is automatically set to 0 if +// wxNO_EXCEPTIONS is defined. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: depends on whether you intend to use C++ exceptions +// in your own code (1 if you do, 0 if you don't) +#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 1 + +// Set wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI to 1 to use extended RTTI +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (this is still work in progress...) +#define wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI 0 + +// Set wxUSE_STL to 1 to derive wxList(Foo) and wxArray(Foo) from +// std::list and std::vector, with a compatibility interface, +// and for wxHashMap to be implemented with templates. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: YMMV +#define wxUSE_STL 0 + +// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and +// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what +// you are doing. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (always) +#define wxUSE_LOG 1 + +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 1 + +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 1 + +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 1 + +// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line) +#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 1 + +// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes +// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread +// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the +// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a +// somewhat smaller and faster operation. +// +// Notice that if wxNO_THREADS is defined, wxUSE_THREADS is automatically reset +// to 0 in wx/chkconf.h, so, for example, if you set USE_THREADS to 0 in +// build/msw/config.* file this value will have no effect. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications +#define wxUSE_THREADS 1 + +// If enabled, compiles wxWidgets streams classes +// +// wx stream classes are used for image IO, process IO redirection, network +// protocols implementation and much more and so disabling this results in a +// lot of other functionality being lost. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 as setting it to 0 disables many other things +#define wxUSE_STREAMS 1 + +// This is not a real option but is used as the default value for +// wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM and wxUSE_STD_STRING. +// +// Currently the Digital Mars and Watcom compilers come without standard C++ +// library headers by default, wxUSE_STD_STRING can be set to 1 if you do have +// them (e.g. from STLPort). +// +// VC++ 5.0 does include standard C++ library headers, however they produce +// many warnings that can't be turned off when compiled at warning level 4. +#if defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) \ + || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1200) + #define wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT 0 +#else + #define wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT 1 +#endif + +// Use standard C++ streams if 1 instead of wx streams in some places. If +// disabled (default), wx streams are used everywhere and wxWidgets doesn't +// depend on the standard streams library. +// +// Notice that enabling this does not replace wx streams with std streams +// everywhere, in a lot of places wx streams are used no matter what. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you use the standard streams anyhow and so +// dependency on the standard streams library is not a +// problem +#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT + +// Enable conversion to standard C++ string if 1. +// +// Default is 1 for most compilers. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to ensure your program doesn't use +// the standard C++ library at all. +#define wxUSE_STD_STRING wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT + +// Support for positional parameters (e.g. %1$d, %2$s ...) in wxVsnprintf. +// Note that if the system's implementation does not support positional +// parameters, setting this to 1 forces the use of the wxWidgets implementation +// of wxVsnprintf. The standard vsnprintf() supports positional parameters on +// many Unix systems but usually doesn't under Windows. +// +// Positional parameters are very useful when translating a program since using +// them in formatting strings allow translators to correctly reorder the +// translated sentences. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you want to support multiple languages +#define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// non GUI features selection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit +// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or +// uses emulation otherwise. +// +// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want +// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit +// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it +// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it +// off. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LONGLONG 1 + +// Set wxUSE_BASE64 to 1, to compile in Base64 support. This is required for +// storing binary data in wxConfig on most platforms. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be safely disabled if you don't use it) +#define wxUSE_BASE64 1 + +// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxEventLoop even in console applications +// (i.e. using base library only, without GUI). This is mostly useful for +// processing socket events but is also necessary to use timers in console +// applications +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be safely disabled if you don't use it) +#define wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP 1 + +// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level +// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by +// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others) +#define wxUSE_FILE 1 +#define wxUSE_FFILE 1 + +// Use wxFSVolume class providing access to the configured/active mount points +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely disabled if you don't use it) +#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME 1 + +// Use wxStandardPaths class which allows to retrieve some standard locations +// in the file system +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be disabled to save space, but not much) +#define wxUSE_STDPATHS 1 + +// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile +#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 1 + +// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by +// wxFileConfig +#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 1 + +// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile. +#define wxUSE_INTL 1 + +// Provide wxFoo_l() functions similar to standard foo() functions but taking +// an extra locale parameter. +// +// Notice that this is fully implemented only for the systems providing POSIX +// xlocale support or Microsoft Visual C++ >= 8 (which provides proprietary +// almost-equivalent of xlocale functions), otherwise wxFoo_l() functions will +// only work for the current user locale and "C" locale. You can use +// wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT to test whether the full support is available. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but may be disabled if you are writing programs +// running only in C locale anyhow +#define wxUSE_XLOCALE 1 + +// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which +// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the +// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards +// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime). +// +// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha +// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already +// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at +// absolutely minimal version of the library. +// +// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DATETIME 1 + +// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TIMER 1 + +// Use wxStopWatch clas. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket) +#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH 1 + +// Set wxUSE_FSWATCHER to 1 if you want to enable wxFileSystemWatcher +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_FSWATCHER 1 + +// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes +// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent +// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the +// global config object in wxApp. +// +// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CONFIG 1 + +// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config +// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under +// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under +// Unix. +// +// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use +// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by +// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and +// not wxFileConfig. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1 + +// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows +// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up +// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 1 + +// Compile in classes for run-time DLL loading and function calling. +// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER. +// +// This setting is for Win32 only +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1 + +// experimental, don't use for now +#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 1 + +// Set to 1 to use socket classes +#define wxUSE_SOCKETS 1 + +// Set to 1 to use ipv6 socket classes (requires wxUSE_SOCKETS) +// +// Notice that currently setting this option under Windows will result in +// programs which can only run on recent OS versions (with ws2_32.dll +// installed) which is why it is disabled by default. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you need IPv6 support +#define wxUSE_IPV6 0 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML) +#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) +#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual archive filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) +#define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) +#define wxUSE_FS_INET 1 + +// wxArchive classes for accessing archives such as zip and tar +#define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes. +#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile wxTarInput/OutputStream classes. +#define wxUSE_TARSTREAM 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by +// wxUSE_LIBPNG +#define wxUSE_ZLIB 1 + +// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable +// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different +// from wxWidgets one. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely) +#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE 1 + +// Joystick support class +#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 1 + +// wxFontEnumerator class +#define wxUSE_FONTENUM 1 + +// wxFontMapper class +#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1 + +// wxMimeTypesManager class +#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 1 + +// wxProtocol and related classes: if you want to use either of wxFTP, wxHTTP +// or wxURL you need to set this to 1. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1 + +// The settings for the individual URL schemes +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 1 +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 1 +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 1 + +// Define this to use wxURL class. +#define wxUSE_URL 1 + +// Define this to use native platform url and protocol support. +// Currently valid only for MS-Windows. +// Note: if you set this to 1, you can open ftp/http/gopher sites +// and obtain a valid input stream for these sites +// even when you set wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP/HTTP to 0. +// Doing so reduces the code size. +// +// This code is experimental and subject to change. +#define wxUSE_URL_NATIVE 0 + +// Support for wxVariant class used in several places throughout the library, +// notably in wxDataViewCtrl API. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size as much as +// possible in which case setting this to 0 can gain up to 100KB. +#define wxUSE_VARIANT 1 + +// Support for wxAny class, the successor for wxVariant. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size by a small amount, +// or your compiler cannot for some reason cope with complexity of templates used. +#define wxUSE_ANY 1 + +// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to +// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex +// library from src/regex to use it under Windows. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please +// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it +#define wxUSE_REGEX 1 + +// wxSystemOptions class +#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1 + +// wxSound class +#define wxUSE_SOUND 1 + +// Use wxMediaCtrl +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL 1 + +// Use wxWidget's XRC XML-based resource system. Recommended. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (requires wxUSE_XML) +#define wxUSE_XRC 1 + +// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so +// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended. +// +// Default is the same as wxUSE_XRC, i.e. 1 by default. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (required by XRC) +#define wxUSE_XML wxUSE_XRC + +// Use wxWidget's AUI docking system +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_AUI 1 + +// Use wxWidget's Ribbon classes for interfaces +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_RIBBON 1 + +// Use wxPropertyGrid. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_PROPGRID 1 + +// Use wxStyledTextCtrl, a wxWidgets implementation of Scintilla. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_STC 1 + + +// Enable the new wxGraphicsPath and wxGraphicsContext classes for an advanced +// 2D drawing API. (Still somewhat experimental) +// +// Please note that on Windows gdiplus.dll is loaded dynamically which means +// that nothing special needs to be done as long as you don't use +// wxGraphicsContext at all or only use it on XP and later systems but you +// still do need to distribute it yourself for an application using +// wxGraphicsContext to be runnable on pre-XP systems. +// +// Default is 1 except if you're using a non-Microsoft compiler under Windows +// as only MSVC7+ is known to ship with gdiplus.h. For other compilers (e.g. +// mingw32) you may need to install the headers (and just the headers) +// yourself. If you do, change the setting below manually. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if supported by the compilation environment + +// notice that we can't use wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION() here as this file is +// included from wx/platform.h before wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION() is defined +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# if _MSC_VER >= 1310 + // MSVC7.1+ comes with new enough Platform SDK, enable + // wxGraphicsContext support for it +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 1 +# else + // MSVC 6 didn't include GDI+ headers so disable by default, enable it + // here if you use MSVC 6 with a newer SDK +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0 +# endif +#else + // Disable support for other Windows compilers, enable it if your compiler + // comes with new enough SDK or you installed the headers manually. + // + // Notice that this will be set by configure under non-Windows platforms + // anyhow so the value there is not important. +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0 +#endif + +// Enable wxGraphicsContext implementation using Cairo library. +// +// This is not needed under Windows and detected automatically by configure +// under other systems, however you may set this to 1 manually if you installed +// Cairo under Windows yourself and prefer to use it instead the native GDI+ +// implementation. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_CAIRO 0 + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Individual GUI controls +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all +// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled) +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs) +#define wxUSE_CONTROLS 1 + +// Support markup in control labels, i.e. provide wxControl::SetLabelMarkup(). +// Currently markup is supported only by a few controls and only some ports but +// their number will increase with time. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you want to save on code size) +#define wxUSE_MARKUP 1 + +// wxPopupWindow class is a top level transient window. It is currently used +// to implement wxTipWindow +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you don't wxUSE_TIPWINDOW) +#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 1 + +// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the +// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0) +#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW 1 + +// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWidgets control. They are +// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your +// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and +// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must +// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 1 // wxAnimationCtrl +#define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 // wxButton +#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 1 // wxBitmapButton +#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL 1 // wxCalendarCtrl +#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 1 // wxCheckBox +#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 1 // wxCheckListBox (requires wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN) +#define wxUSE_CHOICE 1 // wxChoice +#define wxUSE_COLLPANE 1 // wxCollapsiblePane +#define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 1 // wxColourPickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1 // wxComboBox +#define wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON 1 // wxCommandLinkButton +#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL 1 // wxDataViewCtrl +#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL 1 // wxDatePickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 1 // wxDirPickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX 1 // wxEditableListBox +#define wxUSE_FILECTRL 1 // wxFileCtrl +#define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 1 // wxFilePickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 1 // wxFontPickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_GAUGE 1 // wxGauge +#define wxUSE_HEADERCTRL 1 // wxHeaderCtrl +#define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 1 // wxHyperlinkCtrl +#define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1 // wxListBox +#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 1 // wxListCtrl +#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX 1 // wxRadioBox +#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 1 // wxRadioButton +#define wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG 1 // wxRichMessageDialog +#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR 1 // wxScrollBar +#define wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL 1 // wxSearchCtrl +#define wxUSE_SLIDER 1 // wxSlider +#define wxUSE_SPINBTN 1 // wxSpinButton +#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 1 // wxSpinCtrl +#define wxUSE_STATBOX 1 // wxStaticBox +#define wxUSE_STATLINE 1 // wxStaticLine +#define wxUSE_STATTEXT 1 // wxStaticText +#define wxUSE_STATBMP 1 // wxStaticBitmap +#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 1 // wxTextCtrl +#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN 1 // requires wxButton +#define wxUSE_TREECTRL 1 // wxTreeCtrl + +// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR +// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 1 + +// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one +// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native +// version should be used. +// +// Default is 1 for the platforms where native status bar is supported. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (there is no advantage in using the generic one) +#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 1 + +// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar +// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless +// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0. +// +// Default is 1 for all settings. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE. +#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1 +#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 1 + +// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It +// may be used to logically organise the data presented to the user instead of +// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related +// classes of wxWin 1.6x. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1 + +// wxListbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxListCtrl instead of +// the tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1 + +// wxChoicebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxChoice instead of +// the tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 1 + +// wxTreebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxTreeCtrl instead of +// the tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TREEBOOK 1 + +// wxToolbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxToolBar instead of +// tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TOOLBOOK 1 + +// wxTaskBarIcon is a small notification icon shown in the system toolbar or +// dock. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be set to 0 if you don't need it) +#define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 1 + +// wxGrid class +// +// Default is 1, set to 0 to cut down compilation time and binaries size if you +// don't use it. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +// +#define wxUSE_GRID 1 + +// wxMiniFrame class: a frame with narrow title bar +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (it doesn't cost almost anything) +#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 1 + +// wxComboCtrl and related classes: combobox with custom popup window and +// not necessarily a listbox. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 except for wxUniv where it +// it used by wxComboBox +#define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 1 + +// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox is a custom combobox allowing to paint the combobox +// items. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0, except where it is +// needed as a base class for generic wxBitmapComboBox. +#define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 1 + +// wxBitmapComboBox is a combobox that can have images in front of text items. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 +#define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1 + +// wxRearrangeCtrl is a wxCheckListBox with two buttons allowing to move items +// up and down in it. It is also used as part of wxRearrangeDialog. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 (currently used only by +// wxHeaderCtrl) +#define wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Miscellaneous GUI stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar) +#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1 + +// Use the standard art provider. The icons returned by this provider are +// embedded into the library as XPMs so disabling it reduces the library size +// somewhat but this should only be done if you use your own custom art +// provider returning the icons or never use any icons not provided by the +// native art provider (which might not be implemented at all for some +// platforms) or by the Tango icons provider (if it's not itself disabled +// below). +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you use your own custom art provider. +#define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD 1 + +// Use art provider providing Tango icons: this art provider has higher quality +// icons than the default ones using smaller size XPM icons without +// transparency but the embedded PNG icons add to the library size. +// +// Default is 1 under non-GTK ports. Under wxGTK the native art provider using +// the GTK+ stock icons replaces it so it is normally not necessary. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be turned off to reduce the library size. +#define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO 1 + +// Hotkey support (currently Windows only) +#define wxUSE_HOTKEY 1 + +// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret +// under Windows). +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library) +#define wxUSE_CARET 1 + +// Use wxDisplay class: it allows enumerating all displays on a system and +// their geometries as well as finding the display on which the given point or +// window lies. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you need it, can be safely set to 0 otherwise +#define wxUSE_DISPLAY 1 + +// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library +#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY 1 + +// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and +// wxListCtrl. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls +// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too) +#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 1 + +// Use wxInfoBar class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be disabled without problems as nothing +// depends on it) +#define wxUSE_INFOBAR 1 + +// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW) +#define wxUSE_MENUS 1 + +// Use wxNotificationMessage. +// +// wxNotificationMessage allows to show non-intrusive messages to the user +// using balloons, banners, popups or whatever is the appropriate method for +// the current platform. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE 1 + +// Use wxSashWindow class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_SASH 1 + +// Use wxSplitterWindow class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_SPLITTER 1 + +// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 1 + +// wxValidator class and related methods +#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1 + +// Use reference counted ID management: this means that wxWidgets will track +// the automatically allocated ids (those used when you use wxID_ANY when +// creating a window, menu or toolbar item &c) instead of just supposing that +// the program never runs out of them. This is mostly useful only under wxMSW +// where the total ids range is limited to SHRT_MIN..SHRT_MAX and where +// long-running programs can run into problems with ids reuse without this. On +// the other platforms, where the ids have the full int range, this shouldn't +// be necessary. +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#define wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT 1 +#else +#define wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT 0 +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// common dialogs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g. +// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the +// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work) +#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1 + +// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way +// as wxBusyCursor +#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO 1 + +// Use single/multiple choice dialogs. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1 + +// Use colour picker dialog +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 1 + +// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user +#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1 + +// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one + +// Use file open/save dialogs. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1 + +// Use find/replace dialogs. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0) +#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG 1 + +// Use font picker dialog +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_FONTDLG 1 + +// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_MSGDLG 1 + +// progress dialog class for lengthy operations +#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1 + +// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c) +#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 1 + +// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function +#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1 + +// number entry dialog +#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1 + +// splash screen class +#define wxUSE_SPLASH 1 + +// wizards +#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1 + +// Compile in wxAboutBox() function showing the standard "About" dialog. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be set to 0 to save some space if you don't +// use this function +#define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 1 + +// wxFileHistory class +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Metafiles support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not +// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under +// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window +// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in +// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by +// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be +// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting +// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile +// in any metafile related classes at all. +// +// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS. +// +// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs. +#define wxUSE_METAFILE 1 +#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 1 +#define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Big GUI components +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set to 0 to disable MDI support. +// +// Requires wxUSE_NOTEBOOK under platforms other than MSW. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, can be safely set to 0. +#define wxUSE_MDI 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture +#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture +// +// Requires wxUSE_MDI && wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE +#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code +#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 1 + +// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much, +// much more. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a +// smaller library. +#define wxUSE_HTML 1 + +// Setting wxUSE_GLCANVAS to 1 enables OpenGL support. You need to have OpenGL +// headers and libraries to be able to compile the library with wxUSE_GLCANVAS +// set to 1 and, under Windows, also to add opengl32.lib and glu32.lib to the +// list of libraries used to link your application (although this is done +// implicitly for Microsoft Visual C++ users). +// +// Default is 1 unless the compiler is known to ship without the necessary +// headers (Digital Mars) or the platform doesn't support OpenGL (Windows CE). +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you intend to use OpenGL, can be safely set to 0 +// otherwise. +#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 1 + +// wxRichTextCtrl allows editing of styled text. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if you want compile a +// smaller library. +#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data transfer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD 1 + +// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and +// drop +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 1 + +// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is +// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always +// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1 + +// Use wxAccessible for enhanced and customisable accessibility. +// Depends on wxUSE_OLE. +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting (at present): 0 +#define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// miscellaneous settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program +// instance is running. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much +// space) +#define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER 1 + +#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1 + +#define wxUSE_IPC 1 + // 0 for no interprocess comms +#define wxUSE_HELP 1 + // 0 for no help facility + +// Should we use MS HTML help for wxHelpController? If disabled, neither +// wxCHMHelpController nor wxBestHelpController are available. +// +// Default is 1 under MSW, 0 is always used for the other platforms. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, only set to 0 if you have trouble compiling +// wxCHMHelpController (could be a problem with really ancient compilers) +#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 1 + + +// Use wxHTML-based help controller? +#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 1 + +#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1 + // 0 for no window layout constraint system + +#define wxUSE_SPLINES 1 + // 0 for no splines + +#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL 1 + // Include mouse wheel support + +// Compile wxUIActionSimulator class? +#define wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDC classes for various output formats +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set to 1 for PostScript device context. +#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT 0 + +// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent +#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile in support for wxSVGFileDC, a wxDC subclass which allows +// to create files in SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics) format. +#define wxUSE_SVG 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// other compiler (mis)features +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype +// parameters. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0) +#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG 1 + +// VC++ 4.2 and above allows and but you can't mix +// them. Set this option to 1 to use , 0 to use . +// +// Note that newer compilers (including VC++ 7.1 and later) don't support +// wxUSE_IOSTREAMH == 1 and so will be used anyhow. +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting: 0, only set to 1 if you use a really old compiler +#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// image format support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at +// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely +// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving +// substantial amount of code in the final library. +// +// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources +// which is mentioned if it is the case. + +// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended). +#define wxUSE_IMAGE 1 + +// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB. +#define wxUSE_LIBPNG 1 + +// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg) +#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 1 + +// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff) +#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 1 + +// Set to 1 for TGA format support (loading only) +#define wxUSE_TGA 1 + +// Set to 1 for GIF format support +#define wxUSE_GIF 1 + +// Set to 1 for PNM format support +#define wxUSE_PNM 1 + +// Set to 1 for PCX format support +#define wxUSE_PCX 1 + +// Set to 1 for IFF format support (Amiga format) +#define wxUSE_IFF 0 + +// Set to 1 for XPM format support +#define wxUSE_XPM 1 + +// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support +#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class +#define wxUSE_PALETTE 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxUniversal-only options +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set to 1 to enable compilation of all themes, this is the default +#define wxUSE_ALL_THEMES 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable the compilation of individual theme if wxUSE_ALL_THEMES +// is unset, if it is set these options are not used; notice that metal theme +// uses Win32 one +#define wxUSE_THEME_GTK 0 +#define wxUSE_THEME_METAL 0 +#define wxUSE_THEME_MONO 0 +#define wxUSE_THEME_WIN32 0 + + +/* --- end common options --- */ + +/* --- start MSW options --- */ +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Windows-only settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU to 1 if you're compiling wxWidgets in Unicode mode +// and want to run your programs under Windows 9x and not only NT/2000/XP. +// This setting enables use of unicows.dll from MSLU (MS Layer for Unicode, see +// http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/handson/dev/mslu_announce.mspx). Note +// that you will have to modify the makefiles to include unicows.lib import +// library as the first library (see installation instructions in install.txt +// to learn how to do it when building the library or samples). +// +// If your compiler doesn't have unicows.lib, you can get a version of it at +// http://libunicows.sourceforge.net +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (1 if you want to deploy Unicode apps on 9x systems) +#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU + #define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0 +#endif + +// Set this to 1 if you want to use wxWidgets and MFC in the same program. This +// will override some other settings (see below) +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting: 0 unless you really have to use MFC +#define wxUSE_MFC 0 + +// Set this to 1 for generic OLE support: this is required for drag-and-drop, +// clipboard, OLE Automation. Only set it to 0 if your compiler is very old and +// can't compile/doesn't have the OLE headers. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_OLE 1 + +// Set this to 1 to enable wxAutomationObject class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you need to control other applications via OLE +// Automation, can be safely set to 0 otherwise +#define wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION 1 + +// Set this to 1 to enable wxActiveXContainer class allowing to embed OLE +// controls in wx. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, required by wxMediaCtrl +#define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 1 + +// wxDC cacheing implementation +#define wxUSE_DC_CACHEING 1 + +// Set this to 1 to enable wxDIB class used internally for manipulating +// wxBitmap data. +// +// Default is 1, set it to 0 only if you don't use wxImage neither +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (without it conversion to/from wxImage won't work) +#define wxUSE_WXDIB 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable PostScript print/preview architecture code under Windows +// (just use Windows printing). +#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 1 + +// Set this to 1 to compile in wxRegKey class. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1, this is used internally by wx in a few places +#define wxUSE_REGKEY 1 + +// Set this to 1 to use RICHEDIT controls for wxTextCtrl with style wxTE_RICH +// which allows to put more than ~32Kb of text in it even under Win9x (NT +// doesn't have such limitation). +// +// Default is 1 for compilers which support it +// +// Recommended setting: 1, only set it to 0 if your compiler doesn't have +// or can't compile +#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT 1 + +// Set this to 1 to use extra features of richedit v2 and later controls +// +// Default is 1 for compilers which support it +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 1 + +// Set this to 1 to enable support for the owner-drawn menu and listboxes. This +// is required by wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 for a small library size reduction +#define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 1 + +// Set this to 1 to enable MSW-specific wxTaskBarIcon::ShowBalloon() method. It +// is required by native wxNotificationMessage implementation. +// +// Default is 1 but disabled in wx/msw/chkconf.h if SDK is too old to contain +// the necessary declarations. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 for a tiny library size reduction +#define wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile MS Windows XP theme engine support +#define wxUSE_UXTHEME 1 + +// Set to 1 to use InkEdit control (Tablet PC), if available +#define wxUSE_INKEDIT 0 + +// Set to 1 to enable .INI files based wxConfig implementation (wxIniConfig) +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting: 0, nobody uses .INI files any more +#define wxUSE_INICONF 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Generic versions of native controls +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric in addition to the +// native wxDatePickerCtrl +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting: 0, this is mainly used for testing +#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL_GENERIC 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Crash debugging helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxCrashReport::Generate() to create mini +// dumps of your program when it crashes (or at any other moment) +// +// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler (VC++ and recent BC++ only). +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash +#define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 1 +/* --- end MSW options --- */ + +#endif // _WX_SETUP_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/setup_inc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/setup_inc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a24539c8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/setup_inc.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/setup_inc.h +// Purpose: MSW-specific setup.h options +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-07-21 (extracted from wx/msw/setup0.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: setup_inc.h 50586 2007-12-08 20:51:21Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Windows-only settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU to 1 if you're compiling wxWidgets in Unicode mode +// and want to run your programs under Windows 9x and not only NT/2000/XP. +// This setting enables use of unicows.dll from MSLU (MS Layer for Unicode, see +// http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/handson/dev/mslu_announce.mspx). Note +// that you will have to modify the makefiles to include unicows.lib import +// library as the first library (see installation instructions in install.txt +// to learn how to do it when building the library or samples). +// +// If your compiler doesn't have unicows.lib, you can get a version of it at +// http://libunicows.sourceforge.net +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (1 if you want to deploy Unicode apps on 9x systems) +#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU + #define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0 +#endif + +// Set this to 1 if you want to use wxWidgets and MFC in the same program. This +// will override some other settings (see below) +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting: 0 unless you really have to use MFC +#define wxUSE_MFC 0 + +// Set this to 1 for generic OLE support: this is required for drag-and-drop, +// clipboard, OLE Automation. Only set it to 0 if your compiler is very old and +// can't compile/doesn't have the OLE headers. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_OLE 1 + +// Set this to 1 to enable wxAutomationObject class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you need to control other applications via OLE +// Automation, can be safely set to 0 otherwise +#define wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION 1 + +// Set this to 1 to enable wxActiveXContainer class allowing to embed OLE +// controls in wx. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, required by wxMediaCtrl +#define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 1 + +// wxDC cacheing implementation +#define wxUSE_DC_CACHEING 1 + +// Set this to 1 to enable wxDIB class used internally for manipulating +// wxBitmap data. +// +// Default is 1, set it to 0 only if you don't use wxImage neither +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (without it conversion to/from wxImage won't work) +#define wxUSE_WXDIB 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable PostScript print/preview architecture code under Windows +// (just use Windows printing). +#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 1 + +// Set this to 1 to compile in wxRegKey class. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1, this is used internally by wx in a few places +#define wxUSE_REGKEY 1 + +// Set this to 1 to use RICHEDIT controls for wxTextCtrl with style wxTE_RICH +// which allows to put more than ~32Kb of text in it even under Win9x (NT +// doesn't have such limitation). +// +// Default is 1 for compilers which support it +// +// Recommended setting: 1, only set it to 0 if your compiler doesn't have +// or can't compile +#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT 1 + +// Set this to 1 to use extra features of richedit v2 and later controls +// +// Default is 1 for compilers which support it +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 1 + +// Set this to 1 to enable support for the owner-drawn menu and listboxes. This +// is required by wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 for a small library size reduction +#define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 1 + +// Set this to 1 to enable MSW-specific wxTaskBarIcon::ShowBalloon() method. It +// is required by native wxNotificationMessage implementation. +// +// Default is 1 but disabled in wx/msw/chkconf.h if SDK is too old to contain +// the necessary declarations. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 for a tiny library size reduction +#define wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile MS Windows XP theme engine support +#define wxUSE_UXTHEME 1 + +// Set to 1 to use InkEdit control (Tablet PC), if available +#define wxUSE_INKEDIT 0 + +// Set to 1 to enable .INI files based wxConfig implementation (wxIniConfig) +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting: 0, nobody uses .INI files any more +#define wxUSE_INICONF 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Generic versions of native controls +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric in addition to the +// native wxDatePickerCtrl +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting: 0, this is mainly used for testing +#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL_GENERIC 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Crash debugging helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxCrashReport::Generate() to create mini +// dumps of your program when it crashes (or at any other moment) +// +// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler (VC++ and recent BC++ only). +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash +#define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 1 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/slider.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/slider.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7ac25508c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/slider.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/slider.h +// Purpose: wxSlider class implementation using trackbar control +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: slider.h 66844 2011-02-05 16:36:30Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SLIDER_H_ +#define _WX_SLIDER_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSubwindows; + +// Slider +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSlider : public wxSliderBase +{ +public: + wxSlider() { Init(); } + + wxSlider(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + int value, + int minValue, + int maxValue, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, value, minValue, maxValue, + pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + int value, + int minValue, int maxValue, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr); + + virtual ~wxSlider(); + + // slider methods + virtual int GetValue() const; + virtual void SetValue(int); + + void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue); + + int GetMin() const { return m_rangeMin; } + int GetMax() const { return m_rangeMax; } + + // Win32-specific slider methods + int GetTickFreq() const { return m_tickFreq; } + void SetPageSize(int pageSize); + int GetPageSize() const; + void ClearSel(); + void ClearTicks(); + void SetLineSize(int lineSize); + int GetLineSize() const; + int GetSelEnd() const; + int GetSelStart() const; + void SetSelection(int minPos, int maxPos); + void SetThumbLength(int len); + int GetThumbLength() const; + void SetTick(int tickPos); + + // implementation only from now on + WXHWND GetStaticMin() const; + WXHWND GetStaticMax() const; + WXHWND GetEditValue() const; + virtual bool ContainsHWND(WXHWND hWnd) const; + + // we should let background show through the slider (and its labels) + virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; } + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + + void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam, + WXWORD pos, WXHWND control); + + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + virtual bool Enable(bool show = true); + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const; + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // format an integer value as string + static wxString Format(int n) { return wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), n); } + + // get the boundig box for the slider and possible labels + wxRect GetBoundingBox() const; + + // Get the height and, if the pointers are non NULL, widths of both labels. + int GetLabelsSize(int *widthMin = NULL, int *widthMax = NULL) const; + + + // overridden base class virtuals + virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const; + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // the labels windows, if any + wxSubwindows *m_labels; + + int m_rangeMin; + int m_rangeMax; + int m_pageSize; + int m_lineSize; + int m_tickFreq; + int m_minLabelWidth; + int m_maxLabelWidth; + + // flag needed to detect whether we're getting THUMBRELEASE event because + // of dragging the thumb or scrolling the mouse wheel + bool m_isDragging; + + // Platform-specific implementation of SetTickFreq + virtual void DoSetTickFreq(int freq); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSlider) +}; + +#endif // _WX_SLIDER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/sound.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/sound.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d6d3061f7b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/sound.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/sound.h +// Purpose: wxSound class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sound.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SOUND_H_ +#define _WX_SOUND_H_ + +#if wxUSE_SOUND + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSound : public wxSoundBase +{ +public: + wxSound(); + wxSound(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false); + wxSound(int size, const wxByte* data); + virtual ~wxSound(); + + // Create from resource or file + bool Create(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false); + + // Create from data + bool Create(int size, const wxByte* data); + + bool IsOk() const { return m_data != NULL; } + + static void Stop(); + +protected: + void Init() { m_data = NULL; } + bool CheckCreatedOk(); + void Free(); + + virtual bool DoPlay(unsigned flags) const; + +private: + // data of this object + class wxSoundData *m_data; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSound); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_SOUND + +#endif // _WX_SOUND_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/spinbutt.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/spinbutt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a459911a0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/spinbutt.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/spinbutt.h +// Purpose: wxSpinButton class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: spinbutt.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SPINBUTT_H_ +#define _WX_SPINBUTT_H_ + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/event.h" + +#if wxUSE_SPINBTN + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinButton : public wxSpinButtonBase +{ +public: + // construction + wxSpinButton() { } + + wxSpinButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, + const wxString& name = wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + virtual ~wxSpinButton(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, + const wxString& name = wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME); + + + // accessors + virtual int GetValue() const; + virtual void SetValue(int val); + virtual void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal); + + // implementation + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam, + WXWORD pos, WXHWND control); + + // a wxSpinButton can't do anything useful with focus, only wxSpinCtrl can + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // ensure that the control displays a value in the current range + virtual void NormalizeValue(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSpinButton) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN + +#endif // _WX_SPINBUTT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/spinctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/spinctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6e986bf94e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/spinctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/spinctrl.h +// Purpose: wxSpinCtrl class declaration for Win32 +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 22.07.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: spinctrl.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_SPINCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_SPINCTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/spinbutt.h" // the base class + +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl; +WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxSpinCtrl *, wxArraySpins); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Under Win32, wxSpinCtrl is a wxSpinButton with a buddy (as MSDN docs call +// it) text window whose contents is automatically updated when the spin +// control is clicked. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrl : public wxSpinButton +{ +public: + wxSpinCtrl() { } + + wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl")) + { + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl")); + + // a wxTextCtrl-like method (but we can't have GetValue returning wxString + // because the base class already has one returning int!) + void SetValue(const wxString& text); + + // another wxTextCtrl-like method + void SetSelection(long from, long to); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + virtual ~wxSpinCtrl(); + + virtual void SetValue(int val); + virtual int GetValue() const; + virtual void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal); + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont &font); + virtual void SetFocus(); + + virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true); + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + + virtual bool Reparent(wxWindowBase *newParent); + + // wxSpinButton doesn't accept focus, but we do + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return wxWindow::AcceptsFocus(); } + + // we're like wxTextCtrl and not (default) wxButton + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) + { + return GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(variant); + } + + // for internal use only + + // get the subclassed window proc of the buddy text + WXFARPROC GetBuddyWndProc() const { return m_wndProcBuddy; } + + // return the spinctrl object whose buddy is the given window or NULL + static wxSpinCtrl *GetSpinForTextCtrl(WXHWND hwndBuddy); + + // process a WM_COMMAND generated by the buddy text control + bool ProcessTextCommand(WXWORD cmd, WXWORD id); + + // recognize buddy window as part of this control at wx level + virtual bool ContainsHWND(WXHWND hWnd) const { return hWnd == m_hwndBuddy; } + +protected: + virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const; + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const; +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip ); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam, + WXWORD pos, WXHWND control); + + // handle processing of special keys + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + + // generate spin control update event with the given value + void SendSpinUpdate(int value); + + // called to ensure that the value is in the correct range + virtual void NormalizeValue(); + + + // the value of the control before the latest change (which might not have + // changed anything in fact -- this is why we need this field) + int m_oldValue; + + // the data for the "buddy" text ctrl + WXHWND m_hwndBuddy; + WXFARPROC m_wndProcBuddy; + + // Block text update event after SetValue() + bool m_blockEvent; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL + +#endif // _WX_MSW_SPINCTRL_H_ + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stackwalk.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stackwalk.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21a28fbf69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stackwalk.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/stackwalk.h +// Purpose: wxStackWalker for MSW +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-01-08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stackwalk.h 58093 2009-01-14 14:38:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_STACKWALK_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_STACKWALK_H_ + +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +// these structs are declared in windows headers +struct _CONTEXT; +struct _EXCEPTION_POINTERS; + +// and these in dbghelp.h +struct _SYMBOL_INFO; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStackFrame +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackFrame : public wxStackFrameBase +{ +private: + wxStackFrame *ConstCast() const + { return const_cast(this); } + + size_t DoGetParamCount() const { return m_paramTypes.GetCount(); } + +public: + wxStackFrame(size_t level, void *address, size_t addrFrame) + : wxStackFrameBase(level, address) + { + m_hasName = + m_hasLocation = false; + + m_addrFrame = addrFrame; + } + + virtual size_t GetParamCount() const + { + ConstCast()->OnGetParam(); + return DoGetParamCount(); + } + + virtual bool + GetParam(size_t n, wxString *type, wxString *name, wxString *value) const; + + // callback used by OnGetParam(), don't call directly + void OnParam(_SYMBOL_INFO *pSymInfo); + +protected: + virtual void OnGetName(); + virtual void OnGetLocation(); + + void OnGetParam(); + + + // helper for debug API: it wants to have addresses as DWORDs + size_t GetSymAddr() const + { + return reinterpret_cast(m_address); + } + +private: + bool m_hasName, + m_hasLocation; + + size_t m_addrFrame; + + wxArrayString m_paramTypes, + m_paramNames, + m_paramValues; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStackWalker +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackWalker : public wxStackWalkerBase +{ +public: + // we don't use ctor argument, it is for compatibility with Unix version + // only + wxStackWalker(const char * WXUNUSED(argv0) = NULL) { } + + virtual void Walk(size_t skip = 1, size_t maxDepth = wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH); +#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION + virtual void WalkFromException(size_t maxDepth = wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH); +#endif // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION + + + // enumerate stack frames from the given context + void WalkFrom(const _CONTEXT *ctx, size_t skip = 1, size_t maxDepth = wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH); + void WalkFrom(const _EXCEPTION_POINTERS *ep, size_t skip = 1, size_t maxDepth = wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_STACKWALK_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statbmp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statbmp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c9cbcf21fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statbmp.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/statbmp.h +// Purpose: wxStaticBitmap class for wxMSW +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statbmp.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STATBMP_H_ +#define _WX_STATBMP_H_ + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxStaticBitmapNameStr[]; + +// a control showing an icon or a bitmap +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBitmap : public wxStaticBitmapBase +{ +public: + wxStaticBitmap() { Init(); } + + wxStaticBitmap(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxGDIImage& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxGDIImage& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr); + + virtual ~wxStaticBitmap() { Free(); } + + virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { SetImage(&icon); } + virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { SetImage(&bitmap); } + virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const; + virtual wxIcon GetIcon() const; + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // ctor/dtor helpers + void Init() { m_isIcon = true; m_image = NULL; m_currentHandle = 0; } + void Free(); + + // true if icon/bitmap is valid + bool ImageIsOk() const; + + void SetImage(const wxGDIImage* image); + void SetImageNoCopy( wxGDIImage* image ); + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + // draw the bitmap ourselves here if the OS can't do it correctly (if it + // can we leave it to it) + void DoPaintManually(wxPaintEvent& event); +#endif // !__WXWINCE__ + + + // we can have either an icon or a bitmap + bool m_isIcon; + wxGDIImage *m_image; + + // handle used in last call to STM_SETIMAGE + WXHANDLE m_currentHandle; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap); +}; + +#endif + // _WX_STATBMP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..578bfd7a69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/statbox.h +// Purpose: wxStaticBox class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statbox.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_STATBOX_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_STATBOX_H_ + +// Group box +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBox : public wxStaticBoxBase +{ +public: + wxStaticBox() { } + + wxStaticBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr); + + /// Implementation only + virtual void GetBordersForSizer(int *borderTop, int *borderOther) const; + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ +public: + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + +protected: + // return the region with all the windows inside this static box excluded + virtual WXHRGN MSWGetRegionWithoutChildren(); + + // remove the parts which are painted by static box itself from the given + // region which is embedded in a rectangle (0, 0)-(w, h) + virtual void MSWGetRegionWithoutSelf(WXHRGN hrgn, int w, int h); + + // paint the given rectangle with our background brush/colour + virtual void PaintBackground(wxDC& dc, const struct tagRECT& rc); + // paint the foreground of the static box + virtual void PaintForeground(wxDC& dc, const struct tagRECT& rc); + + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); +#endif // !__WXWINCE__ + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStaticBox) +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_STATBOX_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statline.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statline.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..31c2b0c91b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statline.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/statline.h +// Purpose: MSW version of wxStaticLine class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 28.06.99 +// Version: $Id: statline.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_STATLINE_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_STATLINE_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticLine +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticLine : public wxStaticLineBase +{ +public: + // constructors and pseudo-constructors + wxStaticLine() { } + + wxStaticLine( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr ) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr ); + + // overriden base class virtuals + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + + // usually overridden base class virtuals + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStaticLine) +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_STATLINE_H_ + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stattext.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stattext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7fbc8fd83d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stattext.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/stattext.h +// Purpose: wxStaticText class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stattext.h 61169 2009-06-22 20:36:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STATTEXT_H_ +#define _WX_STATTEXT_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticText : public wxStaticTextBase +{ +public: + wxStaticText() { } + + wxStaticText(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr); + + // override some methods to resize the window properly + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font ); + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const; + +protected: + // implement/override some base class virtuals + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int w, int h, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const; + + virtual wxString DoGetLabel() const; + virtual void DoSetLabel(const wxString& str); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStaticText) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_STATTEXT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statusbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statusbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..290fda2c08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/statusbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/statusbar.h +// Purpose: native implementation of wxStatusBar +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 04.04.98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statusbar.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_STATUSBAR_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_STATUSBAR_H_ + +#if wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR + +#include "wx/vector.h" +#include "wx/tooltip.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxClientDC; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStatusBar : public wxStatusBarBase +{ +public: + // ctors and such + wxStatusBar(); + wxStatusBar(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + long style = wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr) + { + m_pDC = NULL; + (void)Create(parent, id, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + long style = wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr); + + virtual ~wxStatusBar(); + + // implement base class methods + virtual void SetFieldsCount(int number = 1, const int *widths = NULL); + virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]); + virtual void SetStatusStyles(int n, const int styles[]); + virtual void SetMinHeight(int height); + virtual bool GetFieldRect(int i, wxRect& rect) const; + + virtual int GetBorderX() const; + virtual int GetBorderY() const; + + // override some wxWindow virtual methods too + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); + + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, + WXWPARAM wParam, + WXLPARAM lParam); + +protected: + // implement base class pure virtual method + virtual void DoUpdateStatusText(int number); + + // override some base class virtuals + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const; + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual bool MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg); + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM* result); +#endif + + // implementation of the public SetStatusWidths() + void MSWUpdateFieldsWidths(); + + // used by DoUpdateStatusText() + wxClientDC *m_pDC; + + // the tooltips used when wxSTB_SHOW_TIPS is given + wxVector m_tooltips; + +private: + struct MSWBorders + { + int horz, + vert, + between; + }; + + // retrieve all status bar borders using SB_GETBORDERS + MSWBorders MSWGetBorders() const; + + // return the size of the border between the fields + int MSWGetBorderWidth() const; + + struct MSWMetrics + { + int gripWidth, + textMargin; + }; + + // return the various status bar metrics + static const MSWMetrics& MSWGetMetrics(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStatusBar) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR + +#endif // _WX_MSW_STATUSBAR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/std.ico b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/std.ico new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..435cca2471cd31bb825ff1e6eb180c1939a9eb4a GIT binary patch literal 1078 zcmc&zF%p6>5L_S)1H}g<-VtX@^EF=Zz9{mlQwW;#il~Wy%sJax^Jn}JGe|Bw=NmFB ge8aqPJmI~ud$Eb6)2}9ELOWr8V4xU|6W(XUPqgg+2mk;8 literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stdpaths.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stdpaths.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ca578d71b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/stdpaths.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/stdpaths.h +// Purpose: wxStandardPaths for Win32 +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-10-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stdpaths.h 61662 2009-08-14 00:05:56Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_STDPATHS_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_STDPATHS_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStandardPaths +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPaths : public wxStandardPathsBase +{ +public: + // ctor calls IgnoreAppBuildSubDirs() and also sets up the object to use + // both vendor and application name by default + wxStandardPaths(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual wxString GetExecutablePath() const; + virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const; + virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const; + virtual wxString GetDataDir() const; + virtual wxString GetUserDataDir() const; + virtual wxString GetUserLocalDataDir() const; + virtual wxString GetPluginsDir() const; + virtual wxString GetDocumentsDir() const; + + + // MSW-specific methods + + // This class supposes that data, plugins &c files are located under the + // program directory which is the directory containing the application + // binary itself. But sometimes this binary may be in a subdirectory of the + // main program directory, e.g. this happens in at least the following + // common cases: + // 1. The program is in "bin" subdirectory of the installation directory. + // 2. The program is in "debug" subdirectory of the directory containing + // sources and data files during development + // + // By calling this function you instruct the class to remove the last + // component of the path if it matches its argument. Notice that it may be + // called more than once, e.g. you can call both IgnoreAppSubDir("bin") and + // IgnoreAppSubDir("debug") to take care of both production and development + // cases above but that each call will only remove the last path component. + // Finally note that the argument can contain wild cards so you can also + // call IgnoreAppSubDir("vc*msw*") to ignore all build directories at once + // when using wxWidgets-inspired output directories names. + void IgnoreAppSubDir(const wxString& subdirPattern); + + // This function is used to ignore all common build directories and is + // called from the ctor -- use DontIgnoreAppSubDir() to undo this. + void IgnoreAppBuildSubDirs(); + + // Undo the effects of all preceding IgnoreAppSubDir() calls. + void DontIgnoreAppSubDir(); + + + // Returns the directory corresponding to the specified Windows shell CSIDL + static wxString MSWGetShellDir(int csidl); + +protected: + // get the path corresponding to the given standard CSIDL_XXX constant + static wxString DoGetDirectory(int csidl); + + // return the directory of the application itself + wxString GetAppDir() const; + + // directory returned by GetAppDir() + mutable wxString m_appDir; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStandardPathsWin16: this class is for internal use only +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// override config file locations to be compatible with the values used by +// wxFileConfig (dating from Win16 days which explains the class name) +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPathsWin16 : public wxStandardPaths +{ +public: + virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const; + virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const; +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_STDPATHS_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/subwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/subwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf94679403 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/subwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/subwin.h +// Purpose: helper for implementing the controls with subwindows +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-12-11 +// RCS-ID: $Id: subwin.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_SUBWIN_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_SUBWIN_H_ + +#include "wx/msw/private.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSubwindows contains all HWNDs making part of a single wx control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSubwindows +{ +public: + // the number of subwindows can be specified either as parameter to ctor or + // later in Create() + wxSubwindows(size_t n = 0) { Init(); if ( n ) Create(n); } + + // allocate enough space for the given number of windows + void Create(size_t n) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_hwnds, wxT("Create() called twice?") ); + + m_count = n; + m_hwnds = (HWND *)calloc(n, sizeof(HWND)); + m_ids = new wxWindowIDRef[n]; + } + + // non-virtual dtor, this class is not supposed to be used polymorphically + ~wxSubwindows() + { + for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ ) + { + if ( m_hwnds[n] ) + ::DestroyWindow(m_hwnds[n]); + } + + free(m_hwnds); + delete [] m_ids; + } + + // get the number of subwindows + size_t GetCount() const { return m_count; } + + // access a given window + HWND& Get(size_t n) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( n < m_count, wxT("subwindow index out of range") ); + + return m_hwnds[n]; + } + + HWND operator[](size_t n) const + { + return const_cast(this)->Get(n); + } + + // initialize the given window: id will be stored in wxWindowIDRef ensuring + // that it is not reused while this object exists + void Set(size_t n, HWND hwnd, wxWindowID id) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( n < m_count, wxT("subwindow index out of range") ); + + m_hwnds[n] = hwnd; + m_ids[n] = id; + } + + // check if we have this window + bool HasWindow(HWND hwnd) + { + for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ ) + { + if ( m_hwnds[n] == hwnd ) + return true; + } + + return false; + } + + + // methods which are forwarded to all subwindows + // --------------------------------------------- + + // show/hide everything + void Show(bool show) + { + int sw = show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE; + for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ ) + { + if ( m_hwnds[n] ) + ::ShowWindow(m_hwnds[n], sw); + } + } + + // enable/disable everything + void Enable(bool enable) + { + for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ ) + { + if ( m_hwnds[n] ) + ::EnableWindow(m_hwnds[n], enable); + } + } + + // set font for all windows + void SetFont(const wxFont& font) + { + HFONT hfont = GetHfontOf(font); + wxCHECK_RET( hfont, wxT("invalid font") ); + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ ) + { + if ( m_hwnds[n] ) + { + ::SendMessage(m_hwnds[n], WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hfont, 0); + + // otherwise the window might not be redrawn correctly + ::InvalidateRect(m_hwnds[n], NULL, FALSE /* don't erase bg */); + } + } + } + + // find the bounding box for all windows + wxRect GetBoundingBox() const + { + wxRect r; + for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ ) + { + if ( m_hwnds[n] ) + { + RECT rc; + + ::GetWindowRect(m_hwnds[n], &rc); + + r.Union(wxRectFromRECT(rc)); + } + } + + return r; + } + +private: + void Init() + { + m_count = 0; + m_hwnds = NULL; + } + + // number of elements in m_hwnds array + size_t m_count; + + // the HWNDs we contain + HWND *m_hwnds; + + // the IDs of the windows + wxWindowIDRef *m_ids; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSubwindows); +}; + +// convenient macro to forward a few methods which are usually propagated to +// subwindows to a wxSubwindows object +// +// parameters should be: +// - cname the name of the class implementing these methods +// - base the name of its base class +// - subwins the name of the member variable of type wxSubwindows * +#define WX_FORWARD_STD_METHODS_TO_SUBWINDOWS(cname, base, subwins) \ + bool cname::ContainsHWND(WXHWND hWnd) const \ + { \ + return subwins && subwins->HasWindow((HWND)hWnd); \ + } \ + \ + bool cname::Show(bool show) \ + { \ + if ( !base::Show(show) ) \ + return false; \ + \ + if ( subwins ) \ + subwins->Show(show); \ + \ + return true; \ + } \ + \ + bool cname::Enable(bool enable) \ + { \ + if ( !base::Enable(enable) ) \ + return false; \ + \ + if ( subwins ) \ + subwins->Enable(enable); \ + \ + return true; \ + } \ + \ + bool cname::SetFont(const wxFont& font) \ + { \ + if ( !base::SetFont(font) ) \ + return false; \ + \ + if ( subwins ) \ + subwins->SetFont(font); \ + \ + return true; \ + } + + +#endif // _WX_MSW_SUBWIN_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/taskbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/taskbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..103f8dd82a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/taskbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// File: wx/msw/taskbar.h +// Purpose: Defines wxTaskBarIcon class for manipulating icons on the +// Windows task bar. +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 24/3/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: taskbar.h 50586 2007-12-08 20:51:21Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TASKBAR_H_ +#define _WX_TASKBAR_H_ + +#include "wx/icon.h" + +// private helper class: +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxTaskBarIconWindow; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIcon : public wxTaskBarIconBase +{ +public: + wxTaskBarIcon(); + virtual ~wxTaskBarIcon(); + + // Accessors + bool IsOk() const { return true; } + bool IsIconInstalled() const { return m_iconAdded; } + + // Operations + bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip = wxEmptyString); + bool RemoveIcon(void); + bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu); + + // MSW-specific class methods + +#if wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS + // show a balloon notification (the icon must have been already initialized + // using SetIcon) + // + // title and text are limited to 63 and 255 characters respectively, msec + // is the timeout, in milliseconds, before the balloon disappears (will be + // clamped down to the allowed 10-30s range by Windows if it's outside it) + // and flags can include wxICON_ERROR/INFO/WARNING to show a corresponding + // icon + // + // return true if balloon was shown, false on error (incorrect parameters + // or function unsupported by OS) + bool ShowBalloon(const wxString& title, + const wxString& text, + unsigned msec = 0, + int flags = 0); +#endif // wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS + +protected: + friend class wxTaskBarIconWindow; + + long WindowProc(unsigned int msg, unsigned int wParam, long lParam); + void RegisterWindowMessages(); + + + wxTaskBarIconWindow *m_win; + bool m_iconAdded; + wxIcon m_icon; + wxString m_strTooltip; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTaskBarIcon) +}; + +#endif // _WX_TASKBAR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/textctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/textctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c5dda1db6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/textctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/textctrl.h +// Purpose: wxTextCtrl class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textctrl.h 65564 2010-09-18 16:26:30Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextCtrl : public wxTextCtrlBase +{ +public: + // creation + // -------- + + wxTextCtrl() { Init(); } + wxTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + virtual ~wxTextCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr); + + // overridden wxTextEntry methods + // ------------------------------ + + virtual wxString GetValue() const; + virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const; + + virtual bool IsEmpty() const; + + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text); + virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text); + virtual void Clear(); + + virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const; + virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const; + virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const; + + virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long len); + + virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const; + + virtual void Redo(); + virtual bool CanRedo() const; + + virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd(); + virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; + virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const; + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + virtual bool IsModified() const; + virtual void MarkDirty(); + virtual void DiscardEdits(); + +#ifdef __WIN32__ + virtual bool EmulateKeyPress(const wxKeyEvent& event); +#endif // __WIN32__ + +#if wxUSE_RICHEDIT + // apply text attribute to the range of text (only works with richedit + // controls) + virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style); + virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style); + virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style); +#endif // wxUSE_RICHEDIT + + // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl + // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates + // which represent column and line. + virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const; + virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const; + + virtual void ShowPosition(long pos); + virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const; + virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, + wxTextCoord *col, + wxTextCoord *row) const + { + return wxTextCtrlBase::HitTest(pt, col, row); + } + + // Caret handling (Windows only) + bool ShowNativeCaret(bool show = true); + bool HideNativeCaret() { return ShowNativeCaret(false); } + + // Implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP && wxUSE_RICHEDIT + virtual void SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget); +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP && wxUSE_RICHEDIT + + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style); + + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + virtual WXHBRUSH MSWControlColor(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd); + +#if wxUSE_RICHEDIT + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + + int GetRichVersion() const { return m_verRichEdit; } + bool IsRich() const { return m_verRichEdit != 0; } + + // rich edit controls are not compatible with normal ones and we must set + // the colours and font for them otherwise + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour); + virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour); + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); +#else + bool IsRich() const { return false; } +#endif // wxUSE_RICHEDIT + +#if wxUSE_INKEDIT && wxUSE_RICHEDIT + bool IsInkEdit() const { return m_isInkEdit != 0; } +#else + bool IsInkEdit() const { return false; } +#endif + + virtual void AdoptAttributesFromHWND(); + + virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const; + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const; + + // callbacks + void OnDropFiles(wxDropFilesEvent& event); + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); // Process 'enter' if required + + void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnDelete(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnSelectAll(wxCommandEvent& event); + + void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateDelete(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateSelectAll(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + + // Show a context menu for Rich Edit controls (the standard + // EDIT control has one already) + void OnContextMenu(wxContextMenuEvent& event); + + // be sure the caret remains invisible if the user + // called HideNativeCaret() before + void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + + // intercept WM_GETDLGCODE + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + + virtual bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg); + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + virtual bool DoLoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType); + + // creates the control of appropriate class (plain or rich edit) with the + // styles corresponding to m_windowStyle + // + // this is used by ctor/Create() and when we need to recreate the control + // later + bool MSWCreateText(const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size); + + virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString &value, int flags = 0); + + // return true if this control has a user-set limit on amount of text (i.e. + // the limit is due to a previous call to SetMaxLength() and not built in) + bool HasSpaceLimit(unsigned int *len) const; + + // call this to increase the size limit (will do nothing if the current + // limit is big enough) + // + // returns true if we increased the limit to allow entering more text, + // false if we hit the limit set by SetMaxLength() and so didn't change it + bool AdjustSpaceLimit(); + +#if wxUSE_RICHEDIT && (!wxUSE_UNICODE || wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU) + // replace the selection or the entire control contents with the given text + // in the specified encoding + bool StreamIn(const wxString& value, wxFontEncoding encoding, bool selOnly); + + // get the contents of the control out as text in the given encoding + wxString StreamOut(wxFontEncoding encoding, bool selOnly = false) const; +#endif // wxUSE_RICHEDIT + + // replace the contents of the selection or of the entire control with the + // given text + void DoWriteText(const wxString& text, + int flags = SetValue_SendEvent | SetValue_SelectionOnly); + + // set the selection (possibly without scrolling the caret into view) + void DoSetSelection(long from, long to, int flags); + + // get the length of the line containing the character at the given + // position + long GetLengthOfLineContainingPos(long pos) const; + + // send TEXT_UPDATED event, return true if it was handled, false otherwise + bool SendUpdateEvent(); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +#if wxUSE_RICHEDIT + // Apply the character-related parts of wxTextAttr to the given selection + // or the entire control if start == end == -1. + // + // This function is private and should only be called for rich edit + // controls and with (from, to) already in correct order, i.e. from <= to. + bool MSWSetCharFormat(const wxTextAttr& attr, long from = -1, long to = -1); + + // Same as above for paragraph-related parts of wxTextAttr. Note that this + // can only be applied to the selection as RichEdit doesn't support setting + // the paragraph styles globally. + bool MSWSetParaFormat(const wxTextAttr& attr, long from, long to); + + + // we're using RICHEDIT (and not simple EDIT) control if this field is not + // 0, it also gives the version of the RICHEDIT control being used + // (although not directly: 1 is for 1.0, 2 is for either 2.0 or 3.0 as we + // can't nor really need to distinguish between them and 4 is for 4.1) + int m_verRichEdit; +#endif // wxUSE_RICHEDIT + + // number of EN_UPDATE events sent by Windows when we change the controls + // text ourselves: we want this to be exactly 1 + int m_updatesCount; + +private: + virtual void EnableTextChangedEvents(bool enable) + { + m_updatesCount = enable ? -1 : -2; + } + + // implement wxTextEntry pure virtual: it implements all the operations for + // the simple EDIT controls + virtual WXHWND GetEditHWND() const { return m_hWnd; } + + void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTextCtrl) + + wxMenu* m_privateContextMenu; + + bool m_isNativeCaretShown; + +#if wxUSE_INKEDIT && wxUSE_RICHEDIT + int m_isInkEdit; +#endif + +}; + +#endif // _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/textentry.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/textentry.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f5b195092 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/textentry.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/textentry.h +// Purpose: wxMSW-specific wxTextEntry implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-09-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textentry.h 61834 2009-09-05 12:39:12Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_TEXTENTRY_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_TEXTENTRY_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextEntry: common part of wxComboBox and (single line) wxTextCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextEntry : public wxTextEntryBase +{ +public: + wxTextEntry() + { +#if wxUSE_OLE + m_enumStrings = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_OLE + } + + // implement wxTextEntryBase pure virtual methods + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text); + virtual void Remove(long from, long to); + + virtual void Copy(); + virtual void Cut(); + virtual void Paste(); + + virtual void Undo(); + virtual void Redo(); + virtual bool CanUndo() const; + virtual bool CanRedo() const; + + virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos); + virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; + virtual long GetLastPosition() const; + + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) + { DoSetSelection(from, to); } + virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const; + + // auto-completion uses COM under Windows so they won't work without + // wxUSE_OLE as OleInitialize() is not called then +#if wxUSE_OLE + virtual bool AutoComplete(const wxArrayString& choices); + virtual bool AutoCompleteFileNames(); +#endif // wxUSE_OLE + + virtual bool IsEditable() const; + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable); + + virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long len); + +#if wxUSE_UXTHEME + virtual bool SetHint(const wxString& hint); + virtual wxString GetHint() const; +#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME + +protected: + virtual wxString DoGetValue() const; + + // this is really a hook for multiline text controls as the single line + // ones don't need to ever scroll to show the selection but having it here + // allows us to put Remove() in the base class + enum + { + SetSel_NoScroll = 0, // don't do anything special + SetSel_Scroll = 1 // default: scroll to make the selection visible + }; + virtual void DoSetSelection(long from, long to, int flags = SetSel_Scroll); + + // margins functions + virtual bool DoSetMargins(const wxPoint& pt); + virtual wxPoint DoGetMargins() const; + +private: + // implement this to return the HWND of the EDIT control + virtual WXHWND GetEditHWND() const = 0; + +#if wxUSE_OLE + // enumerator for strings currently used for auto-completion or NULL + class wxIEnumString *m_enumStrings; +#endif // wxUSE_OLE +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_TEXTENTRY_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tglbtn.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tglbtn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ec15dea83a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tglbtn.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/tglbtn.h +// Purpose: Declaration of the wxToggleButton class, which implements a +// toggle button under wxMSW. +// Author: John Norris, minor changes by Axel Schlueter +// Modified by: +// Created: 08.02.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tglbtn.h 66992 2011-02-22 13:25:30Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Johnny C. Norris II +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_ +#define _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapToggleButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapToggleButton: public wxToggleButtonBase +{ +public: + // construction/destruction + wxBitmapToggleButton() { Init(); } + wxBitmapToggleButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + // Create the control + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr); + + // Get/set the value + void SetValue(bool state); + bool GetValue() const; + + // Set the label + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { wxControl::SetLabel(label); } + virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap& label); + bool Enable(bool enable = true); + +protected: + void Init(); + + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + wxBitmap m_disabledBitmap; + bool m_capturing; + bool m_depressed,m_oldValue; + + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent &event); + void OnMouse(wxMouseEvent &event); + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent &event); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent &event); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapToggleButton) +}; + +// Checkbox item (single checkbox) +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToggleButton : public wxToggleButtonBase +{ +public: + wxToggleButton() {} + wxToggleButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr); + + virtual void SetValue(bool value); + virtual bool GetValue() const ; + + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + +protected: + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxToggleButton) +}; + +#endif // _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tls.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tls.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b42ee7694e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tls.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/tls.h +// Purpose: Win32 implementation of wxTlsValue<> +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-08-08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tls.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_TLS_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_TLS_H_ + +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" +#include "wx/thread.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTlsKey is a helper class encapsulating a TLS slot +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxTlsKey +{ +public: + // ctor allocates a new key + wxTlsKey(wxTlsDestructorFunction destructor) + { + m_destructor = destructor; + m_slot = ::TlsAlloc(); + } + + // return true if the key was successfully allocated + bool IsOk() const { return m_slot != TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES; } + + // get the key value, there is no error return + void *Get() const + { + return ::TlsGetValue(m_slot); + } + + // change the key value, return true if ok + bool Set(void *value) + { + void *old = Get(); + + if ( ::TlsSetValue(m_slot, value) == 0 ) + return false; + + if ( old ) + m_destructor(old); + + // update m_allValues list of all values - remove old, add new + wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csAllValues); + if ( old ) + { + for ( wxVector::iterator i = m_allValues.begin(); + i != m_allValues.end(); + ++i ) + { + if ( *i == old ) + { + if ( value ) + *i = value; + else + m_allValues.erase(i); + return true; + } + } + wxFAIL_MSG( "previous wxTlsKey value not recorded in m_allValues" ); + } + + if ( value ) + m_allValues.push_back(value); + + return true; + } + + // free the key + ~wxTlsKey() + { + if ( !IsOk() ) + return; + + // Win32 API doesn't have the equivalent of pthread's destructor, so we + // have to keep track of all allocated values and destroy them manually; + // ideally we'd do that at thread exit time, but since we could only + // do that with wxThread and not otherwise created threads, we do it + // here. + // + // TODO: We should still call destructors for wxTlsKey used in the + // thread from wxThread's thread shutdown code, *in addition* + // to doing it in ~wxTlsKey. + // + // NB: No need to lock m_csAllValues, by the time this code is called, + // no other thread can be using this key. + for ( wxVector::iterator i = m_allValues.begin(); + i != m_allValues.end(); + ++i ) + { + m_destructor(*i); + } + + ::TlsFree(m_slot); + } + +private: + wxTlsDestructorFunction m_destructor; + DWORD m_slot; + + wxVector m_allValues; + wxCriticalSection m_csAllValues; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTlsKey); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_TLS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/toolbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/toolbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9f1c702ee4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/toolbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/toolbar.h +// Purpose: wxToolBar (Windows 95 toolbar) class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: toolbar.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_TBAR95_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_TBAR95_H_ + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/imaglist.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolBar : public wxToolBarBase +{ +public: + // ctors and dtor + wxToolBar() { Init(); } + + wxToolBar(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr); + + virtual ~wxToolBar(); + + // override/implement base class virtuals + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + + virtual bool Realize(); + + virtual void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size); + virtual wxSize GetToolSize() const; + + virtual void SetRows(int nRows); + + virtual void SetToolNormalBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + virtual void SetToolDisabledBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style); + + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + + void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); + + void SetFocus() {} + + static WXHBITMAP MapBitmap(WXHBITMAP bitmap, int width, int height); + + // override WndProc mainly to process WM_SIZE + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + +#ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK + virtual bool MSWEraseBgHook(WXHDC hDC); + virtual WXHBRUSH MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC hDC, wxWindowMSW *child); +#endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // create the native toolbar control + bool MSWCreateToolbar(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size); + + // recreate the control completely + void Recreate(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + + virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable); + virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); + virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); + + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bmpNormal, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + wxItemKind kind, + wxObject *clientData, + const wxString& shortHelp, + const wxString& longHelp); + + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control, + const wxString& label); + + // return the appropriate size and flags for the toolbar control + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // handlers for various events + bool HandleSize(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); +#ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK + bool HandlePaint(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); +#endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK + void HandleMouseMove(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + + // should be called whenever the toolbar size changes + void UpdateSize(); + + // create m_disabledImgList (but doesn't fill it), set it to NULL if it is + // unneeded + void CreateDisabledImageList(); + + // get the Windows toolbar style of this control + long GetMSWToolbarStyle() const; + + + // the big bitmap containing all bitmaps of the toolbar buttons + WXHBITMAP m_hBitmap; + + // the image list with disabled images, may be NULL if we use + // system-provided versions of them + wxImageList *m_disabledImgList; + + // the total number of toolbar elements + size_t m_nButtons; + + // the sum of the sizes of the fixed items (i.e. excluding stretchable + // spaces) in the toolbar direction + int m_totalFixedSize; + + // the tool the cursor is in + wxToolBarToolBase *m_pInTool; + +private: + // makes sure tool bitmap size is sufficient for all tools + void AdjustToolBitmapSize(); + + // update the sizes of stretchable spacers to consume all extra space we + // have + void UpdateStretchableSpacersSize(); + +#ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK + // do erase the toolbar background, always do it for the entire control as + // the caller sets the clipping region correctly to exclude parts which + // should not be erased + void MSWDoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC); + + // return the brush to use for erasing the toolbar background + WXHBRUSH MSWGetToolbarBgBrush(); +#endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolBar); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#endif // _WX_MSW_TBAR95_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tooltip.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tooltip.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a42cb5429 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/tooltip.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/tooltip.h +// Purpose: wxToolTip class - tooltip control +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 31.01.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tooltip.h 66053 2010-11-07 13:12:16Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_TOOLTIP_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_TOOLTIP_H_ + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class wxToolTipOtherWindows; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolTip : public wxObject +{ +public: + // ctor & dtor + wxToolTip(const wxString &tip); + virtual ~wxToolTip(); + + // ctor used by wxStatusBar to associate a tooltip to a portion of + // the status bar window: + wxToolTip(wxWindow* win, unsigned int id, + const wxString &tip, const wxRect& rc); + + // accessors + // tip text + void SetTip(const wxString& tip); + const wxString& GetTip() const { return m_text; } + + // the window we're associated with + void SetWindow(wxWindow *win); + wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_window; } + + // controlling tooltip behaviour: globally change tooltip parameters + // enable or disable the tooltips globally + static void Enable(bool flag); + // set the delay after which the tooltip appears + static void SetDelay(long milliseconds); + // set the delay after which the tooltip disappears or how long the + // tooltip remains visible + static void SetAutoPop(long milliseconds); + // set the delay between subsequent tooltips to appear + static void SetReshow(long milliseconds); + // set maximum width for the new tooltips: -1 disables wrapping + // entirely, 0 restores the default behaviour + static void SetMaxWidth(int width); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // should be called in response to WM_MOUSEMOVE + static void RelayEvent(WXMSG *msg); + + // add a window to the tooltip control + void Add(WXHWND hwnd); + + // remove any tooltip from the window + static void Remove(WXHWND hwnd, unsigned int id, const wxRect& rc); + + // Set the rectangle we're associated with. This rectangle is only used for + // the main window, not any sub-windows added with Add() so in general it + // makes sense to use it for tooltips associated with a single window only. + void SetRect(const wxRect& rc); + +private: + // Adds a window other than our main m_window to this tooltip. + void DoAddOtherWindow(WXHWND hWnd); + + // Perform the specified operation for the given window only. + void DoSetTip(WXHWND hWnd); + void DoRemove(WXHWND hWnd); + + // Call the given function for all windows we're associated with. + void DoForAllWindows(void (wxToolTip::*func)(WXHWND)); + + + // the one and only one tooltip control we use - never access it directly + // but use GetToolTipCtrl() which will create it when needed + static WXHWND ms_hwndTT; + + // create the tooltip ctrl if it doesn't exist yet and return its HWND + static WXHWND GetToolTipCtrl(); + + // new tooltip maximum width, defaults to min(display width, 400) + static int ms_maxWidth; + + // remove this tooltip from the tooltip control + void Remove(); + + wxString m_text; // tooltip text + wxWindow* m_window; // main window we're associated with + wxToolTipOtherWindows *m_others; // other windows associated with it or NULL + wxRect m_rect; // the rect of the window for which this tooltip is shown + // (or a rect with width/height == 0 to show it for the entire window) + unsigned int m_id; // the id of this tooltip (ignored when m_rect width/height is 0) + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxToolTip) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolTip); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_TOOLTIP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/toplevel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/toplevel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48ef335a42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/toplevel.h @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/toplevel.h +// Purpose: wxTopLevelWindowMSW is the MSW implementation of wxTLW +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.09.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: toplevel.h 65556 2010-09-16 09:05:48Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTopLevelWindowMSW +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTopLevelWindowMSW : public wxTopLevelWindowBase +{ +public: + // constructors and such + wxTopLevelWindowMSW() { Init(); } + + wxTopLevelWindowMSW(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + virtual ~wxTopLevelWindowMSW(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title); + virtual wxString GetTitle() const; + virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = true); + virtual bool IsMaximized() const; + virtual void Iconize(bool iconize = true); + virtual bool IsIconized() const; + virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons ); + virtual void Restore(); + + virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir); + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + virtual bool SetShape(const wxRegion& region); +#endif // __WXWINCE__ + virtual void RequestUserAttention(int flags = wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO); + + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + + virtual void ShowWithoutActivating(); + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL); + virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return m_fsIsShowing; } + + // wxMSW only: EnableCloseButton(false) may be used to remove the "Close" + // button from the title bar + virtual bool EnableCloseButton(bool enable = true); + + // Set window transparency if the platform supports it + virtual bool SetTransparent(wxByte alpha); + virtual bool CanSetTransparent(); + + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + // event handlers + void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); + + // called by wxWindow whenever it gets focus + void SetLastFocus(wxWindow *win) { m_winLastFocused = win; } + wxWindow *GetLastFocus() const { return m_winLastFocused; } + +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__) + virtual void SetLeftMenu(int id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, wxMenu *subMenu = NULL); + virtual void SetRightMenu(int id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, wxMenu *subMenu = NULL); + bool HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control); + virtual bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg); +#endif // __SMARTPHONE__ && __WXWINCE__ + +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) + // Soft Input Panel (SIP) change notification + virtual bool HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); +#endif + + // translate wxWidgets flags to Windows ones + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + // choose the right parent to use with CreateWindow() + virtual WXHWND MSWGetParent() const; + + // window proc for the frames + WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // create a new frame, return false if it couldn't be created + bool CreateFrame(const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size); + + // create a new dialog using the given dialog template from resources, + // return false if it couldn't be created + bool CreateDialog(const void *dlgTemplate, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size); + + // common part of Iconize(), Maximize() and Restore() + void DoShowWindow(int nShowCmd); + + // override those to return the normal window coordinates even when the + // window is minimized +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const; + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; +#endif // __WXWINCE__ + + // Top level windows have different freeze semantics on Windows + virtual void DoFreeze(); + virtual void DoThaw(); + + virtual void DoEnable(bool enable); + + // helper of SetIcons(): calls gets the icon with the size specified by the + // given system metrics (SM_C{X|Y}[SM]ICON) from the bundle and sets it + // using WM_SETICON with the specified wParam (ICOM_SMALL or ICON_BIG); + // returns true if the icon was set + bool DoSelectAndSetIcon(const wxIconBundle& icons, int smX, int smY, int i); + + // override wxWindow virtual method to use CW_USEDEFAULT if necessary + virtual void MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int& x, int& y, + int& w, int& h) const; + + + // is the window currently iconized? + bool m_iconized; + + // should the frame be maximized when it will be shown? set by Maximize() + // when it is called while the frame is hidden + bool m_maximizeOnShow; + + // Data to save/restore when calling ShowFullScreen + long m_fsStyle; // Passed to ShowFullScreen + wxRect m_fsOldSize; + long m_fsOldWindowStyle; + bool m_fsIsMaximized; + bool m_fsIsShowing; + + // the last focused child: we restore focus to it on activation + wxWindow *m_winLastFocused; + +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__) + class ButtonMenu + { + public: + ButtonMenu(); + ~ButtonMenu(); + + void SetButton(int id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, + wxMenu *subMenu = NULL); + + bool IsAssigned() const {return m_assigned;} + bool IsMenu() const {return m_menu!=NULL;} + + int GetId() const {return m_id;} + wxMenu* GetMenu() const {return m_menu;} + wxString GetLabel() {return m_label;} + + static wxMenu *DuplicateMenu(wxMenu *menu); + + protected: + int m_id; + wxString m_label; + wxMenu *m_menu; + bool m_assigned; + }; + + ButtonMenu m_LeftButton; + ButtonMenu m_RightButton; + HWND m_MenuBarHWND; + + void ReloadButton(ButtonMenu& button, UINT menuID); + void ReloadAllButtons(); +#endif // __SMARTPHONE__ && __WXWINCE__ + +private: + +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) + void* m_activateInfo; +#endif + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTopLevelWindowMSW); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/treectrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/treectrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c20974e8ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/treectrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/treectrl.h +// Purpose: wxTreeCtrl class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin to be less MSW-specific on 10/10/98 +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: treectrl.h 64532 2010-06-09 13:55:48Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_TREECTRL_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_TREECTRL_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_TREECTRL + +#include "wx/textctrl.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/treebase.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" + +#ifdef __GNUWIN32__ + // Cygwin windows.h defines these identifiers + #undef GetFirstChild + #undef GetNextSibling +#endif // Cygwin + +// fwd decl +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDragImage; +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeViewItem; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // NB: all the following flags are for compatbility only and will be removed in the + // next versions + // flags for deprecated InsertItem() variant (their values are the same as of + // TVI_FIRST and TVI_LAST) + #define wxTREE_INSERT_FIRST 0xFFFF0001 + #define wxTREE_INSERT_LAST 0xFFFF0002 +#endif + +// hash storing attributes for our items +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP(wxTreeItemAttr *, wxMapTreeAttr); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTreeCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeCtrl : public wxTreeCtrlBase +{ +public: + // creation + // -------- + wxTreeCtrl() { Init(); } + + wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS | wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual ~wxTreeCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS | wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + + virtual unsigned int GetIndent() const; + virtual void SetIndent(unsigned int indent); + + virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList); + virtual void SetStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList); + + virtual wxString GetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual int GetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal) const; + virtual wxTreeItemData *GetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual wxColour GetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual wxFont GetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + + virtual void SetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxString& text); + virtual void SetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, int image, + wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal); + virtual void SetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item, wxTreeItemData *data); + virtual void SetItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool has = true); + virtual void SetItemBold(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool bold = true); + virtual void SetItemDropHighlight(const wxTreeItemId& item, + bool highlight = true); + virtual void SetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, + const wxColour& col); + virtual void SetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, + const wxColour& col); + virtual void SetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxFont& font); + + // item status inquiries + // --------------------- + + virtual bool IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual bool ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual bool IsExpanded(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual bool IsSelected(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual bool IsBold(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + + virtual size_t GetChildrenCount(const wxTreeItemId& item, + bool recursively = true) const; + + // navigation + // ---------- + + virtual wxTreeItemId GetRootItem() const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetSelection() const; + virtual size_t GetSelections(wxArrayTreeItemIds& selections) const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetFocusedItem() const; + + virtual void ClearFocusedItem(); + virtual void SetFocusedItem(const wxTreeItemId& item); + + + virtual wxTreeItemId GetItemParent(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstChild(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextChild(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetLastChild(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + + virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + + virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstVisibleItem() const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + + // operations + // ---------- + + virtual wxTreeItemId AddRoot(const wxString& text, + int image = -1, int selectedImage = -1, + wxTreeItemData *data = NULL); + + virtual void Delete(const wxTreeItemId& item); + virtual void DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item); + virtual void DeleteAllItems(); + + virtual void Expand(const wxTreeItemId& item); + virtual void Collapse(const wxTreeItemId& item); + virtual void CollapseAndReset(const wxTreeItemId& item); + virtual void Toggle(const wxTreeItemId& item); + + virtual void Unselect(); + virtual void UnselectAll(); + virtual void SelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool select = true); + virtual void SelectChildren(const wxTreeItemId& parent); + + virtual void EnsureVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item); + virtual void ScrollTo(const wxTreeItemId& item); + + virtual wxTextCtrl *EditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxClassInfo* textCtrlClass = wxCLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)); + virtual wxTextCtrl *GetEditControl() const; + virtual void EndEditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& WXUNUSED(item), + bool discardChanges = false) + { + DoEndEditLabel(discardChanges); + } + + virtual void SortChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item); + + virtual bool GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxRect& rect, + bool textOnly = false) const; + + // implementation + // -------------- + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + virtual WXLRESULT MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + virtual bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg); + + // override some base class virtuals + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour &colour); + virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour &colour); + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; } + +protected: + // SetImageList helper + void SetAnyImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which); + + // refresh a single item + void RefreshItem(const wxTreeItemId& item); + + // end edit label + void DoEndEditLabel(bool discardChanges = false); + + virtual int DoGetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + virtual void DoSetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item, int state); + + virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent, + size_t pos, + const wxString& text, + int image, int selectedImage, + wxTreeItemData *data); + virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertAfter(const wxTreeItemId& parent, + const wxTreeItemId& idPrevious, + const wxString& text, + int image = -1, int selImage = -1, + wxTreeItemData *data = NULL); + virtual wxTreeItemId DoTreeHitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags) const; + + // obtain the user data for the lParam member of TV_ITEM + class wxTreeItemParam *GetItemParam(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + + // update the event to include the items client data and pass it to + // HandleWindowEvent(), return true if it processed it + bool HandleTreeEvent(wxTreeEvent& event) const; + + // pass the event to HandleTreeEvent() and return true if the event was + // either unprocessed or not vetoed + bool IsTreeEventAllowed(wxTreeEvent& event) const + { + return !HandleTreeEvent(event) || event.IsAllowed(); + } + + // generate a wxEVT_KEY_DOWN event from the specified WPARAM/LPARAM values + // having the same meaning as for WM_KEYDOWN, return true if it was + // processed + bool MSWHandleTreeKeyDownEvent(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + + // handle a key event in a multi-selection control, should be only called + // for keys which can be used to change the selection + // + // return true if the key was processed, false otherwise + bool MSWHandleSelectionKey(unsigned vkey); + + + // data used only while editing the item label: + wxTextCtrl *m_textCtrl; // text control in which it is edited + wxTreeItemId m_idEdited; // the item being edited + +private: + // the common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // helper functions + bool DoGetItem(wxTreeViewItem *tvItem) const; + void DoSetItem(wxTreeViewItem *tvItem); + + void DoExpand(const wxTreeItemId& item, int flag); + + void DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool select = true); + void DoUnselectItem(const wxTreeItemId& item); + void DoToggleItemSelection(const wxTreeItemId& item); + + void DoUnselectAll(); + void DoSelectChildren(const wxTreeItemId& parent); + + void DeleteTextCtrl(); + + // return true if the item is the hidden root one (i.e. it's the root item + // and the tree has wxTR_HIDE_ROOT style) + bool IsHiddenRoot(const wxTreeItemId& item) const; + + + // check if the given flags (taken from TV_HITTESTINFO structure) + // indicate a position "on item": this is less trivial than just checking + // for TVHT_ONITEM because we consider that points to the left and right of + // item text are also "on item" when wxTR_FULL_ROW_HIGHLIGHT is used as the + // item visually spans the entire breadth of the window then + bool MSWIsOnItem(unsigned flags) const; + + + // the hash storing the items attributes (indexed by item ids) + wxMapTreeAttr m_attrs; + + // true if the hash above is not empty + bool m_hasAnyAttr; + +#if wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE + // used for dragging + wxDragImage *m_dragImage; +#endif + + // Virtual root item, if wxTR_HIDE_ROOT is set. + void* m_pVirtualRoot; + + // the starting item for selection with Shift + wxTreeItemId m_htSelStart, m_htClickedItem; + wxPoint m_ptClick; + + // whether dragging has started + bool m_dragStarted; + + // whether focus was lost between subsequent clicks of a single item + bool m_focusLost; + + // set when we are changing selection ourselves (only used in multi + // selection mode) + bool m_changingSelection; + + // whether we need to trigger a state image click event + bool m_triggerStateImageClick; + + // whether we need to deselect other items on mouse up + bool m_mouseUpDeselect; + + friend class wxTreeItemIndirectData; + friend class wxTreeSortHelper; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_TREECTRL + +#endif // _WX_MSW_TREECTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/uxtheme.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/uxtheme.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..75d9262a18 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/uxtheme.h @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/uxtheme.h +// Purpose: wxUxThemeEngine class: support for XP themes +// Author: John Platts, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: uxtheme.h 65955 2010-10-30 23:50:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 John Platts, Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UXTHEME_H_ +#define _WX_UXTHEME_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#include "wx/msw/private.h" // we use GetHwndOf() +#include "wx/msw/uxthemep.h" + +// Amazingly, GetThemeFont() and GetThemeSysFont() functions use LOGFONTA under +// XP but LOGFONTW (even in non-Unicode build) under later versions of Windows. +// If we declare them as taking LOGFONT below, the code would be able to +// silently pass LOGFONTA to them in ANSI build and would crash at run-time +// under Windows Vista/7 because of a buffer overrun (LOGFONTA being smaller +// than LOGFONTW expected by these functions). If we we declare them as taking +// LOGFONTW, the code wouldn't work correctly under XP. So we use a special +// wxUxThemeFont class to encapsulate this and intentionally change the LOGFONT +// output parameters of the theme functions to take it instead. + +class wxUxThemeFont +{ +public: + // Trivial default ctor. + wxUxThemeFont() { } + + // Just some unique type. + struct Ptr { }; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // In Unicode build we always use LOGFONT anyhow so this class is + // completely trivial. + Ptr *GetPtr() { return reinterpret_cast(&m_lfW); } + const LOGFONTW& GetLOGFONT() { return m_lfW; } +#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE + // Return either LOGFONTA or LOGFONTW pointer as required by the current + // Windows version. + Ptr *GetPtr() + { + return UseLOGFONTW() ? reinterpret_cast(&m_lfW) + : reinterpret_cast(&m_lfA); + } + + // This method returns LOGFONT (i.e. LOGFONTA in ANSI build and LOGFONTW in + // Unicode one) which can be used with other, normal, Windows or wx + // functions. Internally it may need to transform LOGFONTW to LOGFONTA. + const LOGFONTA& GetLOGFONT() + { + if ( UseLOGFONTW() ) + { + // Most of the fields are the same in LOGFONTA and LOGFONTW so just + // copy everything by default. + memcpy(&m_lfA, &m_lfW, sizeof(m_lfA)); + + // But the face name must be converted from Unicode. + WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, m_lfW.lfFaceName, -1, + m_lfA.lfFaceName, sizeof(m_lfA.lfFaceName), + NULL, NULL); + } + + return m_lfA; + } + +private: + static bool UseLOGFONTW() + { + return wxGetWinVersion() >= wxWinVersion_Vista; + } + + LOGFONTA m_lfA; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE + +private: + LOGFONTW m_lfW; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxUxThemeFont); +}; + +typedef HTHEME (__stdcall *PFNWXUOPENTHEMEDATA)(HWND, const wchar_t *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUCLOSETHEMEDATA)(HTHEME); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEBACKGROUND)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, const RECT *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUDRAWTHEMETEXT)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const wchar_t *, int, DWORD, DWORD, const RECT *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEBACKGROUNDCONTENTRECT)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, RECT *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEBACKGROUNDEXTENT)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, RECT *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEPARTSIZE)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, /* enum */ THEMESIZE, SIZE *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMETEXTEXTENT)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const wchar_t *, int, DWORD, const RECT *, RECT *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMETEXTMETRICS)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, TEXTMETRIC*); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEBACKGROUNDREGION)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, HRGN *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUHITTESTTHEMEBACKGROUND)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, DWORD, const RECT *, HRGN, POINT, unsigned short *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEEDGE)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, unsigned int, unsigned int, RECT *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEICON)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, const RECT *, HIMAGELIST, int); +typedef BOOL (__stdcall *PFNWXUISTHEMEPARTDEFINED)(HTHEME, int, int); +typedef BOOL (__stdcall *PFNWXUISTHEMEBACKGROUNDPARTIALLYTRANSPARENT)(HTHEME, int, int); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMECOLOR)(HTHEME, int, int, int, COLORREF*); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEMETRIC)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, int, int *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESTRING)(HTHEME, int, int, int, wchar_t *, int); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEBOOL)(HTHEME, int, int, int, BOOL *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEINT)(HTHEME, int, int, int, int *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEENUMVALUE)(HTHEME, int, int, int, int *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEPOSITION)(HTHEME, int, int, int, POINT *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEFONT)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, int, wxUxThemeFont::Ptr *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMERECT)(HTHEME, int, int, int, RECT *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEMARGINS)(HTHEME, HDC, int, int, int, RECT *, MARGINS *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEINTLIST)(HTHEME, int, int, int, INTLIST*); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEPROPERTYORIGIN)(HTHEME, int, int, int, /* enum */ PROPERTYORIGIN *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUSETWINDOWTHEME)(HWND, const wchar_t*, const wchar_t *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEFILENAME)(HTHEME, int, int, int, wchar_t *, int); +typedef COLORREF(__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSCOLOR)(HTHEME, int); +typedef HBRUSH (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSCOLORBRUSH)(HTHEME, int); +typedef BOOL (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSBOOL)(HTHEME, int); +typedef int (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSSIZE)(HTHEME, int); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSFONT)(HTHEME, int, wxUxThemeFont::Ptr *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSSTRING)(HTHEME, int, wchar_t *, int); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSINT)(HTHEME, int, int *); +typedef BOOL (__stdcall *PFNWXUISTHEMEACTIVE)(); +typedef BOOL (__stdcall *PFNWXUISAPPTHEMED)(); +typedef HTHEME (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETWINDOWTHEME)(HWND); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUENABLETHEMEDIALOGTEXTURE)(HWND, DWORD); +typedef BOOL (__stdcall *PFNWXUISTHEMEDIALOGTEXTUREENABLED)(HWND); +typedef DWORD (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEAPPPROPERTIES)(); +typedef void (__stdcall *PFNWXUSETTHEMEAPPPROPERTIES)(DWORD); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETCURRENTTHEMENAME)(wchar_t *, int, wchar_t *, int, wchar_t *, int); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUGETTHEMEDOCUMENTATIONPROPERTY)(const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, wchar_t *, int); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEPARENTBACKGROUND)(HWND, HDC, RECT *); +typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNWXUENABLETHEMING)(BOOL); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxUxThemeEngine: provides all theme functions from uxtheme.dll +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// we always define this class, even if wxUSE_UXTHEME == 0, but we just make it +// empty in this case -- this allows to use it elsewhere without any #ifdefs +#if wxUSE_UXTHEME + #include "wx/dynlib.h" + + #define wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(type, func) type func; +#else + #define wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(type, func) type func(...) { return 0; } +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxUxThemeEngine +{ +public: + // get the theme engine or NULL if themes are not available + static wxUxThemeEngine *Get(); + + // get the theme enging or NULL if themes are not available or not used for + // this application + static wxUxThemeEngine *GetIfActive(); + + // all uxtheme.dll functions + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUOPENTHEMEDATA, OpenThemeData) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUCLOSETHEMEDATA, CloseThemeData) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEBACKGROUND, DrawThemeBackground) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUDRAWTHEMETEXT, DrawThemeText) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEBACKGROUNDCONTENTRECT, GetThemeBackgroundContentRect) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEBACKGROUNDEXTENT, GetThemeBackgroundExtent) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEPARTSIZE, GetThemePartSize) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMETEXTEXTENT, GetThemeTextExtent) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMETEXTMETRICS, GetThemeTextMetrics) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEBACKGROUNDREGION, GetThemeBackgroundRegion) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUHITTESTTHEMEBACKGROUND, HitTestThemeBackground) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEEDGE, DrawThemeEdge) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEICON, DrawThemeIcon) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUISTHEMEPARTDEFINED, IsThemePartDefined) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUISTHEMEBACKGROUNDPARTIALLYTRANSPARENT, IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMECOLOR, GetThemeColor) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEMETRIC, GetThemeMetric) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESTRING, GetThemeString) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEBOOL, GetThemeBool) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEINT, GetThemeInt) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEENUMVALUE, GetThemeEnumValue) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEPOSITION, GetThemePosition) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEFONT, GetThemeFont) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMERECT, GetThemeRect) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEMARGINS, GetThemeMargins) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEINTLIST, GetThemeIntList) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEPROPERTYORIGIN, GetThemePropertyOrigin) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUSETWINDOWTHEME, SetWindowTheme) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEFILENAME, GetThemeFilename) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSCOLOR, GetThemeSysColor) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSCOLORBRUSH, GetThemeSysColorBrush) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSBOOL, GetThemeSysBool) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSSIZE, GetThemeSysSize) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSFONT, GetThemeSysFont) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSSTRING, GetThemeSysString) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMESYSINT, GetThemeSysInt) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUISTHEMEACTIVE, IsThemeActive) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUISAPPTHEMED, IsAppThemed) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETWINDOWTHEME, GetWindowTheme) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUENABLETHEMEDIALOGTEXTURE, EnableThemeDialogTexture) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUISTHEMEDIALOGTEXTUREENABLED, IsThemeDialogTextureEnabled) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEAPPPROPERTIES, GetThemeAppProperties) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUSETTHEMEAPPPROPERTIES, SetThemeAppProperties) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETCURRENTTHEMENAME, GetCurrentThemeName) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUGETTHEMEDOCUMENTATIONPROPERTY, GetThemeDocumentationProperty) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUDRAWTHEMEPARENTBACKGROUND, DrawThemeParentBackground) + wxUX_THEME_DECLARE(PFNWXUENABLETHEMING, EnableTheming) + +private: + // construcor is private as only Get() can create us and is also trivial as + // everything really happens in Initialize() + wxUxThemeEngine() { } + + // destructor is private as only Get() and wxUxThemeModule delete us, it is + // not virtual as we're not supposed to be derived from + ~wxUxThemeEngine() { } + +#if wxUSE_UXTHEME + // initialize the theme engine: load the DLL, resolve the functions + // + // return true if we can be used, false if themes are not available + bool Initialize(); + + + // uxtheme.dll + wxDynamicLibrary m_dllUxTheme; + + + // the one and only theme engine, initially NULL + static wxUxThemeEngine *ms_themeEngine; + + // this is a bool which initially has the value -1 meaning "unknown" + static int ms_isThemeEngineAvailable; + + // it must be able to delete us + friend class wxUxThemeModule; +#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxUxThemeEngine); +}; + +#if wxUSE_UXTHEME + +/* static */ inline wxUxThemeEngine *wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive() +{ + wxUxThemeEngine *engine = Get(); + return engine && engine->IsAppThemed() && engine->IsThemeActive() + ? engine + : NULL; +} + +#else // !wxUSE_UXTHEME + +/* static */ inline wxUxThemeEngine *wxUxThemeEngine::Get() +{ + return NULL; +} + +/* static */ inline wxUxThemeEngine *wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive() +{ + return NULL; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME/!wxUSE_UXTHEME + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxUxThemeHandle: encapsulates ::Open/CloseThemeData() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxUxThemeHandle +{ +public: + wxUxThemeHandle(const wxWindow *win, const wchar_t *classes) + { + wxUxThemeEngine *engine = wxUxThemeEngine::Get(); + + m_hTheme = engine ? (HTHEME)engine->OpenThemeData(GetHwndOf(win), classes) + : NULL; + } + + operator HTHEME() const { return m_hTheme; } + + ~wxUxThemeHandle() + { + if ( m_hTheme ) + { + wxUxThemeEngine::Get()->CloseThemeData(m_hTheme); + } + } + +private: + HTHEME m_hTheme; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxUxThemeHandle); +}; + +#endif // _WX_UXTHEME_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/uxthemep.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/uxthemep.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3d5123b9cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/uxthemep.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* + * Win32 5.1 theme definitions + * + * Copyright (C) 2003 Kevin Koltzau + * + * Originally written for the Wine project, and issued under + * the wxWindows licence by kind permission of the author. + * + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +#ifndef __WINE_UXTHEME_H +#define __WINE_UXTHEME_H + +#include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" + +typedef HANDLE HTHEME; + +HRESULT WINAPI CloseThemeData(HTHEME hTheme); +HRESULT WINAPI DrawThemeBackground(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,const RECT*,const RECT*); + +#define DTBG_CLIPRECT 0x00000001 +#define DTBG_DRAWSOLID 0x00000002 +#define DTBG_OMITBORDER 0x00000004 +#define DTBG_OMITCONTENT 0x00000008 +#define DTBG_COMPUTINGREGION 0x00000010 +#define DTBG_MIRRORDC 0x00000020 + +typedef struct _DTBGOPTS { + DWORD dwSize; + DWORD dwFlags; + RECT rcClip; +} DTBGOPTS, *PDTBGOPTS; + +HRESULT WINAPI DrawThemeBackgroundEx(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,const RECT*, + const DTBGOPTS*); +HRESULT WINAPI DrawThemeEdge(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,const RECT*,UINT,UINT, + RECT*); +HRESULT WINAPI DrawThemeIcon(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,const RECT*,HIMAGELIST,int); +HRESULT WINAPI DrawThemeParentBackground(HWND,HDC,RECT*); + +#define DTT_GRAYED 0x1 + +HRESULT WINAPI DrawThemeText(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,LPCWSTR,int,DWORD,DWORD, + const RECT*); + +#define ETDT_DISABLE 0x00000001 +#define ETDT_ENABLE 0x00000002 +#define ETDT_USETABTEXTURE 0x00000004 +#define ETDT_ENABLETAB (ETDT_ENABLE|ETDT_USETABTEXTURE) + +HRESULT WINAPI EnableThemeDialogTexture(HWND,DWORD); +HRESULT WINAPI EnableTheming(BOOL); +HRESULT WINAPI GetCurrentThemeName(LPWSTR,int,LPWSTR,int,LPWSTR,int); + +#define STAP_ALLOW_NONCLIENT (1<<0) +#define STAP_ALLOW_CONTROLS (1<<1) +#define STAP_ALLOW_WEBCONTENT (1<<2) + +DWORD WINAPI GetThemeAppProperties(void); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeBackgroundContentRect(HTHEME,HDC,int,int, + const RECT*,RECT*); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeBackgroundExtent(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,const RECT*,RECT*); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeBackgroundRegion(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,const RECT*,HRGN*); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeBool(HTHEME,int,int,int,BOOL*); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeColor(HTHEME,int,int,int,COLORREF*); + +#if defined(__GNUC__) +# define SZ_THDOCPROP_DISPLAYNAME (const WCHAR []){ 'D','i','s','p','l','a','y','N','a','m','e',0 } +# define SZ_THDOCPROP_CANONICALNAME (const WCHAR []){ 'T','h','e','m','e','N','a','m','e',0 } +# define SZ_THDOCPROP_TOOLTIP (const WCHAR []){ 'T','o','o','l','T','i','p',0 } +# define SZ_THDOCPROP_AUTHOR (const WCHAR []){ 'a','u','t','h','o','r',0 } +#else /* lif defined(_MSC_VER) */ +# define SZ_THDOCPROP_DISPLAYNAME L"DisplayName" +# define SZ_THDOCPROP_CANONICALNAME L"ThemeName" +# define SZ_THDOCPROP_TOOLTIP L"ToolTip" +# define SZ_THDOCPROP_AUTHOR L"author" +/* +#else +static const WCHAR SZ_THDOCPROP_DISPLAYNAME[] = { 'D','i','s','p','l','a','y','N','a','m','e',0 }; +static const WCHAR SZ_THDOCPROP_CANONICALNAME[] = { 'T','h','e','m','e','N','a','m','e',0 }; +static const WCHAR SZ_THDOCPROP_TOOLTIP[] = { 'T','o','o','l','T','i','p',0 }; +static const WCHAR SZ_THDOCPROP_AUTHOR[] = { 'a','u','t','h','o','r',0 }; +*/ +#endif + +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeDocumentationProperty(LPCWSTR,LPCWSTR,LPWSTR,int); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeEnumValue(HTHEME,int,int,int,int*); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeFilename(HTHEME,int,int,int,LPWSTR,int); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeFont(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,int,LOGFONTW*); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeInt(HTHEME,int,int,int,int*); + +#define MAX_INTLIST_COUNT 10 +typedef struct _INTLIST { + int iValueCount; + int iValues[MAX_INTLIST_COUNT]; +} INTLIST, *PINTLIST; + +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeIntList(HTHEME,int,int,int,INTLIST*); + +typedef struct _MARGINS { + int cxLeftWidth; + int cxRightWidth; + int cyTopHeight; + int cyBottomHeight; +} MARGINS, *PMARGINS; + +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeMargins(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,int,RECT*,MARGINS*); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeMetric(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,int,int*); + +typedef enum { + TS_MIN, + TS_TRUE, + TS_DRAW +} THEMESIZE; + +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemePartSize(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,RECT*,THEMESIZE,SIZE*); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemePosition(HTHEME,int,int,int,POINT*); + +typedef enum { + PO_STATE, + PO_PART, + PO_CLASS, + PO_GLOBAL, + PO_NOTFOUND +} PROPERTYORIGIN; + +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemePropertyOrigin(HTHEME,int,int,int,PROPERTYORIGIN*); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeRect(HTHEME,int,int,int,RECT*); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeString(HTHEME,int,int,int,LPWSTR,int); +BOOL WINAPI GetThemeSysBool(HTHEME,int); +COLORREF WINAPI GetThemeSysColor(HTHEME,int); +HBRUSH WINAPI GetThemeSysColorBrush(HTHEME,int); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeSysFont(HTHEME,int,LOGFONTW*); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeSysInt(HTHEME,int,int*); +int WINAPI GetThemeSysSize(HTHEME,int); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeSysString(HTHEME,int,LPWSTR,int); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeTextExtent(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,LPCWSTR,int,DWORD, + const RECT*,RECT*); +HRESULT WINAPI GetThemeTextMetrics(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,TEXTMETRICW*); +HTHEME WINAPI GetWindowTheme(HWND); + +#define HTTB_BACKGROUNDSEG 0x0000 +#define HTTB_FIXEDBORDER 0x0002 +#define HTTB_CAPTION 0x0004 +#define HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_LEFT 0x0010 +#define HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_TOP 0x0020 +#define HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_RIGHT 0x0040 +#define HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_BOTTOM 0x0080 +#define HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER \ + (HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_LEFT|HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_TOP|\ + HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_RIGHT|HTTB_RESIZINGBORDER_BOTTOM) +#define HTTB_SIZINGTEMPLATE 0x0100 +#define HTTB_SYSTEMSIZINGMARGINS 0x0200 + +HRESULT WINAPI HitTestThemeBackground(HTHEME,HDC,int,int,DWORD,const RECT*, + HRGN,POINT,WORD*); +BOOL WINAPI IsAppThemed(void); +BOOL WINAPI IsThemeActive(void); +BOOL WINAPI IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent(HTHEME,int,int); +BOOL WINAPI IsThemeDialogTextureEnabled(void); +BOOL WINAPI IsThemePartDefined(HTHEME,int,int); +HTHEME WINAPI OpenThemeData(HWND,LPCWSTR); +void WINAPI SetThemeAppProperties(DWORD); +HRESULT WINAPI SetWindowTheme(HWND,LPCWSTR,LPCWSTR); + + +#endif + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/checklst.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/checklst.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef44415177 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/checklst.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wince/checklst.h +// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class - a listbox with checkable items +// Author: Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba +// Modified by: +// Created: 30.10.2005 +// RCS-ID: $Id: checklst.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Wlodzimierz Skiba +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __CHECKLSTCE__H_ +#define __CHECKLSTCE__H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckListBox : public wxCheckListBoxBase +{ +public: + // ctors + wxCheckListBox(); + wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int nStrings = 0, + const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + virtual ~wxCheckListBox(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + + // items may be checked + virtual bool IsChecked(unsigned int uiIndex) const; + virtual void Check(unsigned int uiIndex, bool bCheck = true); + + // public interface derived from wxListBox and lower classes + virtual void DoClear(); + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual int GetSelection() const; + virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s); + + // Implementation + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); +protected: + + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + + // protected interface derived from wxListBox and lower classes + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + + virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const; + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData); + virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n); + virtual void DoSetSelection(int n, bool select); + // convert our styles to Windows + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + +private: + wxArrayPtrVoid m_itemsClientData; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxCheckListBox) +}; + +#endif //_CHECKLSTCE_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..872c8d8ccb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h +// Purpose: WinCE-specific configuration options checks +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-03-07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: chkconf.h 60495 2009-05-03 07:43:00Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_WINCE_CHKCONF_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_WINCE_CHKCONF_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Disable features which don't work or don't make sense under CE +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// please keep the list in alphabetic order except for closely related settings +// (e.g. wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE is put immediately after wxUSE_METAFILE) + +#undef wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT +#define wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT 0 + +#if _WIN32_WCE < 400 + // not enough API and lack of ddraw.h + #undef wxUSE_DISPLAY + #define wxUSE_DISPLAY 0 +#endif + +// eVC doesn't have standard streams +#ifdef __EVC4__ + #undef wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + #define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM 0 +#endif + +// wxFSVolume currently doesn't compile under CE and it's not clear if it makes +// sense at all there (the drives and their names are fixed on CE systems) +#undef wxUSE_FSVOLUME +#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME 0 + +// no .INI files API under CE +#undef wxUSE_INICONF +#define wxUSE_INICONF 0 + +// DDE doesn't exist under WinCE and wxIPC is DDE-based under MSW +#undef wxUSE_IPC +#define wxUSE_IPC 0 + +// doesn't make sense for CE devices and doesn't compile anyhow +#undef wxUSE_JOYSTICK +#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 0 + +// libtiff doesn't build with eVC but is ok with VC8 +#ifdef __EVC4__ + #undef wxUSE_LIBTIFF + #define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 0 +#endif + +// no AUI under CE: it's unnecessary and currently doesn't compile +#undef wxUSE_AUI +#define wxUSE_AUI 0 + +// no MDI under CE +#undef wxUSE_MDI +#define wxUSE_MDI 0 +#undef wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE +#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 0 + +// metafiles are not supported neither +#undef wxUSE_METAFILE +#define wxUSE_METAFILE 0 +#undef wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE +#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 0 + +// not sure if this is supported by CE but it doesn't compile currently anyhow +#undef wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP +#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0 + +// eVC doesn't support SEH +#undef wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION +#define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0 + +// no owner drawn controls (not sure if this is possible at all but in any case +// the code doesn't currently compile) +#undef wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN +#define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 0 + +#undef wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 0 + +// regex doesn't build with eVC but is ok with VC8 +#ifdef __EVC4__ + #undef wxUSE_REGEX + #define wxUSE_REGEX 0 +#endif + +#undef wxUSE_RICHEDIT +#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT 0 +#undef wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 +#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 0 + +// Standard SDK lacks a few things, forcefully disable them +#ifdef WCE_PLATFORM_STANDARDSDK + // no shell functions support + #undef wxUSE_STDPATHS + #define wxUSE_STDPATHS 0 +#endif // WCE_PLATFORM_STANDARDSDK + +// there is no support for balloon taskbar icons +#undef wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS +#define wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS 0 + +// not sure if this is supported by eVC but VC8 SDK lacks the tooltips control +// related declarations +#if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8) + #undef wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + #define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 0 +#endif + +#undef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU +#define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0 + +#undef wxUSE_UXTHEME +#define wxUSE_UXTHEME 0 + +#undef wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP +#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 0 + + +// Disable features which don't make sense for MS Smartphones +// (due to pointer device usage, limited controls or dialogs, file system) +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + #undef wxUSE_LISTBOOK + #define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 0 + + #undef wxUSE_NOTEBOOK + #define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 0 + + #undef wxUSE_STATUSBAR + #define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 0 + + #undef wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL + #define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 0 + + #undef wxUSE_COLOURDLG + #define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 0 +#endif // __SMARTPHONE__ + +#endif // _WX_MSW_WINCE_CHKCONF_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/choicece.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/choicece.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..255027d57c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/choicece.h @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wince/choicece.h +// Purpose: wxChoice implementation for smart phones driven by WinCE +// Author: Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba +// Modified by: +// Created: 29.07.2004 +// RCS-ID: $Id: choicece.h 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Wlodzimierz Skiba +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CHOICECE_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_CHOICECE_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_CHOICE + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice; +WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxChoice *, wxArrayChoiceSpins); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Choice item +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoice : public wxChoiceBase +{ +public: + // ctors + wxChoice() { } + virtual ~wxChoice(); + + wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + virtual void DoClear(); + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual int GetSelection() const; + virtual void SetSelection(int n); + + virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s); + + // get the subclassed window proc of the buddy list of choices + WXFARPROC GetBuddyWndProc() const { return m_wndProcBuddy; } + + // return the choice object whose buddy is the given window or NULL + static wxChoice *GetChoiceForListBox(WXHWND hwndBuddy); + + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + +protected: + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData); + virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const; + + virtual WXHWND MSWGetItemsHWND() const { return m_hwndBuddy; } + + // MSW implementation + virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const; + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + // create and initialize the control + bool CreateAndInit(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int n, const wxString choices[], + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name); + + // the data for the "buddy" list + WXHWND m_hwndBuddy; + WXFARPROC m_wndProcBuddy; + + // all existing wxChoice - this allows to find the one corresponding to + // the given buddy window in GetSpinChoiceCtrl() + static wxArrayChoiceSpins ms_allChoiceSpins; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxChoice) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CHOICE + +#endif // _WX_CHOICECE_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..669d408fb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h +// Purpose: Help system: Windows CE help implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003-07-12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: helpwce.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HELPWCE_H_ +#define _WX_HELPWCE_H_ + +#if wxUSE_HELP + +#include "wx/helpbase.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWinceHelpController : public wxHelpControllerBase +{ +public: + wxWinceHelpController(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL): wxHelpControllerBase(parentWindow) {} + virtual ~wxWinceHelpController() {} + + // Must call this to set the filename + virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file); + + // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString); + virtual bool DisplayContents(); + virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo); + virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section); + virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo); + virtual bool DisplayContextPopup(int contextId); + virtual bool DisplayTextPopup(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pos); + virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k, + wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL); + virtual bool Quit(); + + wxString GetHelpFile() const { return m_helpFile; } + +protected: + // Append extension if necessary. + wxString GetValidFilename(const wxString& file) const; + + // View topic, or just the HTML file + bool ViewURL(const wxString& topic = wxEmptyString); + +private: + wxString m_helpFile; + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxWinceHelpController) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP + +#endif +// _WX_HELPWCE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/libraries.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/libraries.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d3c9a6226 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/libraries.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wince/libraries.h +// Purpose: VC++ pragmas for linking against SDK libs +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-04-11 +// RCS-ID: $Id: libraries.h 52163 2008-02-28 00:22:02Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LIBRARIES_H_ +#define _WX_LIBRARIES_H_ + +// NB: According to Microsoft, it is up to the OEM to decide whether +// some of libraries will be included in the system or not. For example, +// MS' STANDARDSDK does not include cyshell.lib and aygshell.lib, while +// Pocket PC 2003 SDK does. We depend on some symbols that are in these +// libraries in some SDKs and in different libs in others. Fortunately we +// can detect what SDK is used in C++ code, so we take advantage of +// VC++'s #pragma to link against the libraries conditionally, instead of +// including libraries in project files. + +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && defined(__WXWINCE__) + +#if (_WIN32_WCE >= 400) || defined(__POCKETPC__) + // No commdlg.lib in Mobile 5.0 Smartphone +#if !(defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && _WIN32_WCE >= 1200) + #pragma comment(lib,"commdlg.lib") +#endif +#endif + +// this library is only available for PocketPC targets using recent SDK and is +// needed for RTTI support +#if (_WIN32_WCE >= 400) && !defined(__WINCE_NET__) && !defined(wxNO_RTTI) + #pragma comment(lib,"ccrtrtti.lib") +#endif + +#if defined(__WINCE_STANDARDSDK__) + // DoDragDrop: + #pragma comment(lib,"olece400.lib") +#elif defined(__POCKETPC__) || defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__WINCE_NET__) + #pragma comment(lib,"ceshell.lib") + #pragma comment(lib,"aygshell.lib") +#elif defined(__HANDHELDPC__) + // Handheld PC builds. Maybe WindowsCE.NET 4.X needs another symbol. + #pragma comment(lib,"ceshell.lib") +#else + #error "Unknown SDK, please fill-in missing pieces" +#endif + +#endif // __VISUALC__ && __WXWINCE__ + +#endif // _WX_LIBRARIES_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/missing.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/missing.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5f45e0a4d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/missing.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wince/missing.h +// Purpose: Missing things in WinCE +// Author: Marco Cavallini +// Modified by: +// Created: 16/11/2002 +// RCS-ID: $Id: missing.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) KOAN SAS ( www.koansoftware.com ) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CE_MISSING_H_ +#define _WX_CE_MISSING_H_ + +#include "wx/msw/private.h" +#include "shellapi.h" + +inline BOOL IsIconic( HWND WXUNUSED(hWnd) ) +{ + // Probably not right... +#if 0 + long style = GetWindowLong(hWnd, GWL_STYLE); + return ((style & WS_MINIMIZE) == 0); +#endif + return FALSE; +} + +#ifdef __POCKETPC__ +#define SM_CXCURSOR 13 +#define SM_CYCURSOR 14 +#endif + +// Missing from eVC 4 for some reason +#ifndef I_IMAGENONE +#define I_IMAGENONE (-2) +#endif + +#ifndef TBSTYLE_NO_DROPDOWN_ARROW +#define TBSTYLE_NO_DROPDOWN_ARROW 0x0080 +#endif + +#ifndef SHCMBM_GETMENU +#define SHCMBM_GETMENU (WM_USER + 402) +#endif + +#ifndef SHCMBM_SETSUBMENU +#define SHCMBM_SETSUBMENU (WM_USER + 400) // wparam == id of button, lParam == hmenu, return is old hmenu +#endif + +#ifndef SHCMBM_GETSUBMENU +#define SHCMBM_GETSUBMENU (WM_USER + 401) // lParam == ID +#endif + +#ifndef LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT + #define LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT 0x00000020 +#endif + +#ifndef TVS_FULLROWSELECT + #define TVS_FULLROWSELECT 0x1000 +#endif + +#ifndef TVM_SETBKCOLOR + #define TVM_SETBKCOLOR (TV_FIRST + 29) + #define TVM_SETTEXTCOLOR (TV_FIRST + 30) +#endif + +// Used in msgdlg.cpp, evtloop.cpp +#ifndef MB_TASKMODAL +#define MB_TASKMODAL 0x2000 +#endif + +#ifndef HGDI_ERROR +#define HGDI_ERROR ((HANDLE)(0xFFFFFFFFL)) +#endif + +// some windows styles don't exist in CE SDK, replace them with closest +// equivalents +#ifndef WS_THICKFRAME + #define WS_THICKFRAME WS_BORDER +#endif + +#ifndef WS_MINIMIZE + #define WS_MINIMIZE 0 +#endif + +#ifndef WS_MAXIMIZE + #define WS_MAXIMIZE 0 +#endif + + +// global memory functions don't exist under CE (good riddance, of course, but +// the existing code still uses them in some places, so make it compile) +// +// update: they're defined in eVC 4 inside "#ifdef UNDER_CE" block +#ifndef UNDER_CE + #define GlobalAlloc LocalAlloc + #define GlobalFree LocalFree + #define GlobalSize LocalSize + #define GPTR LPTR + #define GHND LPTR + #define GMEM_MOVEABLE 0 + #define GMEM_SHARE 0 +#endif // !UNDER_CE + +// WinCE RTL doesn't implement bsearch() used in encconv.cpp +extern "C" void * +bsearch(const void *key, const void *base, size_t num, size_t size, + int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *cmp)(const void *, const void *)); + +#define O_RDONLY 0x0000 /* open for reading only */ +#define O_WRONLY 0x0001 /* open for writing only */ +#define O_RDWR 0x0002 /* open for reading and writing */ +#define O_APPEND 0x0008 /* writes done at eof */ + +#define O_CREAT 0x0100 /* create and open file */ +#define O_TRUNC 0x0200 /* open and truncate */ +#define O_EXCL 0x0400 /* open only if file doesn't already exist */ + +#define O_TEXT 0x4000 /* file mode is text (translated) */ +#define O_BINARY 0x8000 /* file mode is binary (untranslated) */ + +#ifndef SS_SUNKEN + #define SS_SUNKEN 0x00001000L +#endif + +// unsupported flags for WINDOWPOS structure +#ifndef SWP_NOCOPYBITS + #define SWP_NOCOPYBITS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef SWP_NOOWNERZORDER + #define SWP_NOOWNERZORDER 0 +#endif + +#ifndef SWP_NOSENDCHANGING + #define SWP_NOSENDCHANGING 0 +#endif + +#endif // _WX_CE_MISSING_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/net.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/net.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f99209bd55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/net.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +// Copyright 1998, Ben Goetter. All rights reserved. + +/* + patch holes in winsock + + WCE 2.0 lacks many of the 'database' winsock routines. + Stub just enough them for ss.dll. + + getprotobynumber + getservbyport + getservbyname + +*/ + +struct servent * WINSOCKAPI getservbyport(int port, const char * proto) ; + +struct servent * WINSOCKAPI getservbyname(const char * name, + const char * proto) ; +struct protoent * WINSOCKAPI getprotobynumber(int proto) ; + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/resources.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/resources.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ccb65f567 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/resources.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wince/resources.h +// Purpose: identifiers shared between resource compiler and eVC +// Author: Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba +// Modified by: +// Created: 01.05.2004 +// RCS-ID: $Id: resources.h 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Wlodzimierz Skiba +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// Windows CE dummy menu for SHCreateMenuBar() +#define wxIDM_SHMENU 40000 + +#define IDM_LEFT 40001 +#define IDM_RIGHT 40002 +#define IDM_ITEM 40003 + +#define IDS_EMPTY 40010 + +#define IDR_POPUP_1 40020 +#define IDR_POPUP_2 40021 + +#define IDR_MENUBAR_ONE_BUTTON 40030 +#define IDR_MENUBAR_LEFT_MENU 40031 +#define IDR_MENUBAR_RIGHT_MENU 40032 +#define IDR_MENUBAR_BOTH_MENUS 40033 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/setup.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/setup.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f84386008 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/setup.h @@ -0,0 +1,1496 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wince/setup.h +// Purpose: Configuration for the library +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: setup.h 67062 2011-02-27 12:48:07Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SETUP_H_ +#define _WX_SETUP_H_ + +/* --- start common options --- */ +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from +// makefile/project file overriding the value here +#ifndef wxUSE_GUI + #define wxUSE_GUI 1 +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// compatibility settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.6 API: set it to 0 to +// flag all cases of using deprecated functions. +// +// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will +// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear +// in the version after it completely. +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code) +#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 0 + +// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.8 API: set it to 0 to +// flag all cases of using deprecated functions. +// +// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will +// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear +// in the version after it completely. +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code) +#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 1 + +// MSW-only: Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 for old behaviour when +// default system font is used for wxWindow::GetCharWidth/Height() instead of +// the current font. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// debugging settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxDEBUG_LEVEL will be defined as 1 in wx/debug.h so normally there is no +// need to define it here. You may do it for two reasons: either completely +// disable/compile out the asserts in release version (then do it inside #ifdef +// NDEBUG) or, on the contrary, enable more asserts, including the usually +// disabled ones, in the debug build (then do it inside #ifndef NDEBUG) +// +// #ifdef NDEBUG +// #define wxDEBUG_LEVEL 0 +// #else +// #define wxDEBUG_LEVEL 2 +// #endif + +// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run +// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box, +// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set +// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work. +// +// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler +// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does) +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it. +#define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 1 + +// Set this to 1 to be able to generate a human-readable (unlike +// machine-readable minidump created by wxCrashReport::Generate()) stack back +// trace when your program crashes using wxStackWalker +// +// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash +#define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 1 + +// Set this to 1 to compile in wxDebugReport class which allows you to create +// and optionally upload to your web site a debug report consisting of back +// trace of the crash (if wxUSE_STACKWALKER == 1) and other information. +// +// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, it is compiled into a separate library so there +// is no overhead if you don't use it +#define wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT 1 + +// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't +// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but +// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features +// as wxWidgets memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you +// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is +// faster and more fool proof. +// +// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug build (_DEBUG +// is defined) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0) +// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined. + +// The rest of the options in this section are obsolete and not supported, +// enable them at your own risk. + +// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If +// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use the normal memory operators. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0 + +// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF* +// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined. +// +// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if +// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you are not using a memory debugging tool, else 0 +#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0 + +// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally. +// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors which is a common problem +// especially if you use another library which also redefines the global new +// and delete), set this to 0. +// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0 + +// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If +// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set +// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently +// ignored for mingw / cygwin / CodeWarrior +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0 + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Unicode support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// These settings are obsolete: the library is always built in Unicode mode +// now, only set wxUSE_UNICODE to 0 to compile legacy code in ANSI mode if +// absolutely necessary -- updating it is strongly recommended as the ANSI mode +// will disappear completely in future wxWidgets releases. +#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxUSE_UNICODE 1 +#endif + +// wxUSE_WCHAR_T is required by wxWidgets now, don't change. +#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global features +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Compile library in exception-safe mode? If set to 1, the library will try to +// behave correctly in presence of exceptions (even though it still will not +// use the exceptions itself) and notify the user code about any unhandled +// exceptions. If set to 0, propagation of the exceptions through the library +// code will lead to undefined behaviour -- but the code itself will be +// slightly smaller and faster. +// +// Note that like wxUSE_THREADS this option is automatically set to 0 if +// wxNO_EXCEPTIONS is defined. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: depends on whether you intend to use C++ exceptions +// in your own code (1 if you do, 0 if you don't) +#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 1 + +// Set wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI to 1 to use extended RTTI +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (this is still work in progress...) +#define wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI 0 + +// Set wxUSE_STL to 1 to derive wxList(Foo) and wxArray(Foo) from +// std::list and std::vector, with a compatibility interface, +// and for wxHashMap to be implemented with templates. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: YMMV +#define wxUSE_STL 0 + +// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and +// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what +// you are doing. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (always) +#define wxUSE_LOG 1 + +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 1 + +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 1 + +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 1 + +// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line) +#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 1 + +// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes +// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread +// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the +// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a +// somewhat smaller and faster operation. +// +// Notice that if wxNO_THREADS is defined, wxUSE_THREADS is automatically reset +// to 0 in wx/chkconf.h, so, for example, if you set USE_THREADS to 0 in +// build/msw/config.* file this value will have no effect. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications +#define wxUSE_THREADS 1 + +// If enabled, compiles wxWidgets streams classes +// +// wx stream classes are used for image IO, process IO redirection, network +// protocols implementation and much more and so disabling this results in a +// lot of other functionality being lost. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 as setting it to 0 disables many other things +#define wxUSE_STREAMS 1 + +// This is not a real option but is used as the default value for +// wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM and wxUSE_STD_STRING. +// +// Currently the Digital Mars and Watcom compilers come without standard C++ +// library headers by default, wxUSE_STD_STRING can be set to 1 if you do have +// them (e.g. from STLPort). +// +// VC++ 5.0 does include standard C++ library headers, however they produce +// many warnings that can't be turned off when compiled at warning level 4. +#if defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) \ + || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1200) + #define wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT 0 +#else + #define wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT 1 +#endif + +// Use standard C++ streams if 1 instead of wx streams in some places. If +// disabled (default), wx streams are used everywhere and wxWidgets doesn't +// depend on the standard streams library. +// +// Notice that enabling this does not replace wx streams with std streams +// everywhere, in a lot of places wx streams are used no matter what. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you use the standard streams anyhow and so +// dependency on the standard streams library is not a +// problem +#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT + +// Enable conversion to standard C++ string if 1. +// +// Default is 1 for most compilers. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to ensure your program doesn't use +// the standard C++ library at all. +#define wxUSE_STD_STRING wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT + +// Support for positional parameters (e.g. %1$d, %2$s ...) in wxVsnprintf. +// Note that if the system's implementation does not support positional +// parameters, setting this to 1 forces the use of the wxWidgets implementation +// of wxVsnprintf. The standard vsnprintf() supports positional parameters on +// many Unix systems but usually doesn't under Windows. +// +// Positional parameters are very useful when translating a program since using +// them in formatting strings allow translators to correctly reorder the +// translated sentences. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you want to support multiple languages +#define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// non GUI features selection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit +// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or +// uses emulation otherwise. +// +// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want +// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit +// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it +// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it +// off. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LONGLONG 1 + +// Set wxUSE_BASE64 to 1, to compile in Base64 support. This is required for +// storing binary data in wxConfig on most platforms. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be safely disabled if you don't use it) +#define wxUSE_BASE64 1 + +// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxEventLoop even in console applications +// (i.e. using base library only, without GUI). This is mostly useful for +// processing socket events but is also necessary to use timers in console +// applications +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be safely disabled if you don't use it) +#define wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP 1 + +// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level +// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by +// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others) +#define wxUSE_FILE 1 +#define wxUSE_FFILE 1 + +// Use wxFSVolume class providing access to the configured/active mount points +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely disabled if you don't use it) +#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME 1 + +// Use wxStandardPaths class which allows to retrieve some standard locations +// in the file system +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be disabled to save space, but not much) +#define wxUSE_STDPATHS 1 + +// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile +#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 1 + +// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by +// wxFileConfig +#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 1 + +// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile. +#define wxUSE_INTL 1 + +// Provide wxFoo_l() functions similar to standard foo() functions but taking +// an extra locale parameter. +// +// Notice that this is fully implemented only for the systems providing POSIX +// xlocale support or Microsoft Visual C++ >= 8 (which provides proprietary +// almost-equivalent of xlocale functions), otherwise wxFoo_l() functions will +// only work for the current user locale and "C" locale. You can use +// wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT to test whether the full support is available. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but may be disabled if you are writing programs +// running only in C locale anyhow +#define wxUSE_XLOCALE 1 + +// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which +// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the +// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards +// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime). +// +// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha +// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already +// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at +// absolutely minimal version of the library. +// +// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DATETIME 1 + +// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TIMER 1 + +// Use wxStopWatch clas. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket) +#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH 1 + +// Set wxUSE_FSWATCHER to 1 if you want to enable wxFileSystemWatcher +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_FSWATCHER 1 + +// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes +// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent +// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the +// global config object in wxApp. +// +// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CONFIG 1 + +// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config +// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under +// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under +// Unix. +// +// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use +// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by +// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and +// not wxFileConfig. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1 + +// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows +// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up +// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 1 + +// Compile in classes for run-time DLL loading and function calling. +// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER. +// +// This setting is for Win32 only +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1 + +// experimental, don't use for now +#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 1 + +// Set to 1 to use socket classes +#define wxUSE_SOCKETS 1 + +// Set to 1 to use ipv6 socket classes (requires wxUSE_SOCKETS) +// +// Notice that currently setting this option under Windows will result in +// programs which can only run on recent OS versions (with ws2_32.dll +// installed) which is why it is disabled by default. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you need IPv6 support +#define wxUSE_IPV6 0 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML) +#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) +#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual archive filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) +#define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) +#define wxUSE_FS_INET 1 + +// wxArchive classes for accessing archives such as zip and tar +#define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes. +#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile wxTarInput/OutputStream classes. +#define wxUSE_TARSTREAM 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by +// wxUSE_LIBPNG +#define wxUSE_ZLIB 1 + +// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable +// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different +// from wxWidgets one. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely) +#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE 1 + +// Joystick support class +#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 1 + +// wxFontEnumerator class +#define wxUSE_FONTENUM 1 + +// wxFontMapper class +#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1 + +// wxMimeTypesManager class +#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 1 + +// wxProtocol and related classes: if you want to use either of wxFTP, wxHTTP +// or wxURL you need to set this to 1. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1 + +// The settings for the individual URL schemes +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 1 +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 1 +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 1 + +// Define this to use wxURL class. +#define wxUSE_URL 1 + +// Define this to use native platform url and protocol support. +// Currently valid only for MS-Windows. +// Note: if you set this to 1, you can open ftp/http/gopher sites +// and obtain a valid input stream for these sites +// even when you set wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP/HTTP to 0. +// Doing so reduces the code size. +// +// This code is experimental and subject to change. +#define wxUSE_URL_NATIVE 0 + +// Support for wxVariant class used in several places throughout the library, +// notably in wxDataViewCtrl API. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size as much as +// possible in which case setting this to 0 can gain up to 100KB. +#define wxUSE_VARIANT 1 + +// Support for wxAny class, the successor for wxVariant. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size by a small amount, +// or your compiler cannot for some reason cope with complexity of templates used. +#define wxUSE_ANY 1 + +// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to +// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex +// library from src/regex to use it under Windows. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please +// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it +#define wxUSE_REGEX 1 + +// wxSystemOptions class +#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1 + +// wxSound class +#define wxUSE_SOUND 1 + +// Use wxMediaCtrl +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL 1 + +// Use wxWidget's XRC XML-based resource system. Recommended. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (requires wxUSE_XML) +#define wxUSE_XRC 1 + +// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so +// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended. +// +// Default is the same as wxUSE_XRC, i.e. 1 by default. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (required by XRC) +#define wxUSE_XML wxUSE_XRC + +// Use wxWidget's AUI docking system +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_AUI 1 + +// Use wxWidget's Ribbon classes for interfaces +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_RIBBON 1 + +// Use wxPropertyGrid. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_PROPGRID 1 + +// Use wxStyledTextCtrl, a wxWidgets implementation of Scintilla. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_STC 1 + + +// Enable the new wxGraphicsPath and wxGraphicsContext classes for an advanced +// 2D drawing API. (Still somewhat experimental) +// +// Please note that on Windows gdiplus.dll is loaded dynamically which means +// that nothing special needs to be done as long as you don't use +// wxGraphicsContext at all or only use it on XP and later systems but you +// still do need to distribute it yourself for an application using +// wxGraphicsContext to be runnable on pre-XP systems. +// +// Default is 1 except if you're using a non-Microsoft compiler under Windows +// as only MSVC7+ is known to ship with gdiplus.h. For other compilers (e.g. +// mingw32) you may need to install the headers (and just the headers) +// yourself. If you do, change the setting below manually. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if supported by the compilation environment + +// notice that we can't use wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION() here as this file is +// included from wx/platform.h before wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION() is defined +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# if _MSC_VER >= 1310 + // MSVC7.1+ comes with new enough Platform SDK, enable + // wxGraphicsContext support for it +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 1 +# else + // MSVC 6 didn't include GDI+ headers so disable by default, enable it + // here if you use MSVC 6 with a newer SDK +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0 +# endif +#else + // Disable support for other Windows compilers, enable it if your compiler + // comes with new enough SDK or you installed the headers manually. + // + // Notice that this will be set by configure under non-Windows platforms + // anyhow so the value there is not important. +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0 +#endif + +// Enable wxGraphicsContext implementation using Cairo library. +// +// This is not needed under Windows and detected automatically by configure +// under other systems, however you may set this to 1 manually if you installed +// Cairo under Windows yourself and prefer to use it instead the native GDI+ +// implementation. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_CAIRO 0 + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Individual GUI controls +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all +// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled) +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs) +#define wxUSE_CONTROLS 1 + +// Support markup in control labels, i.e. provide wxControl::SetLabelMarkup(). +// Currently markup is supported only by a few controls and only some ports but +// their number will increase with time. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you want to save on code size) +#define wxUSE_MARKUP 1 + +// wxPopupWindow class is a top level transient window. It is currently used +// to implement wxTipWindow +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you don't wxUSE_TIPWINDOW) +#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 1 + +// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the +// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0) +#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW 1 + +// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWidgets control. They are +// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your +// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and +// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must +// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 1 // wxAnimationCtrl +#define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 // wxButton +#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 1 // wxBitmapButton +#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL 1 // wxCalendarCtrl +#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 1 // wxCheckBox +#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 1 // wxCheckListBox (requires wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN) +#define wxUSE_CHOICE 1 // wxChoice +#define wxUSE_COLLPANE 1 // wxCollapsiblePane +#define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 1 // wxColourPickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1 // wxComboBox +#define wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON 1 // wxCommandLinkButton +#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL 1 // wxDataViewCtrl +#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL 1 // wxDatePickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 1 // wxDirPickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX 1 // wxEditableListBox +#define wxUSE_FILECTRL 1 // wxFileCtrl +#define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 1 // wxFilePickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 1 // wxFontPickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_GAUGE 1 // wxGauge +#define wxUSE_HEADERCTRL 1 // wxHeaderCtrl +#define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 1 // wxHyperlinkCtrl +#define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1 // wxListBox +#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 1 // wxListCtrl +#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX 1 // wxRadioBox +#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 1 // wxRadioButton +#define wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG 1 // wxRichMessageDialog +#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR 1 // wxScrollBar +#define wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL 1 // wxSearchCtrl +#define wxUSE_SLIDER 1 // wxSlider +#define wxUSE_SPINBTN 1 // wxSpinButton +#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 1 // wxSpinCtrl +#define wxUSE_STATBOX 1 // wxStaticBox +#define wxUSE_STATLINE 1 // wxStaticLine +#define wxUSE_STATTEXT 1 // wxStaticText +#define wxUSE_STATBMP 1 // wxStaticBitmap +#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 1 // wxTextCtrl +#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN 1 // requires wxButton +#define wxUSE_TREECTRL 1 // wxTreeCtrl + +// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR +// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 1 + +// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one +// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native +// version should be used. +// +// Default is 1 for the platforms where native status bar is supported. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (there is no advantage in using the generic one) +#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 1 + +// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar +// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless +// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0. +// +// Default is 1 for all settings. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE. +#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1 +#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 1 + +// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It +// may be used to logically organise the data presented to the user instead of +// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related +// classes of wxWin 1.6x. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1 + +// wxListbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxListCtrl instead of +// the tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1 + +// wxChoicebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxChoice instead of +// the tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 1 + +// wxTreebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxTreeCtrl instead of +// the tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TREEBOOK 1 + +// wxToolbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxToolBar instead of +// tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TOOLBOOK 1 + +// wxTaskBarIcon is a small notification icon shown in the system toolbar or +// dock. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be set to 0 if you don't need it) +#define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 1 + +// wxGrid class +// +// Default is 1, set to 0 to cut down compilation time and binaries size if you +// don't use it. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +// +#define wxUSE_GRID 1 + +// wxMiniFrame class: a frame with narrow title bar +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (it doesn't cost almost anything) +#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 1 + +// wxComboCtrl and related classes: combobox with custom popup window and +// not necessarily a listbox. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 except for wxUniv where it +// it used by wxComboBox +#define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 1 + +// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox is a custom combobox allowing to paint the combobox +// items. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0, except where it is +// needed as a base class for generic wxBitmapComboBox. +#define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 1 + +// wxBitmapComboBox is a combobox that can have images in front of text items. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 +#define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1 + +// wxRearrangeCtrl is a wxCheckListBox with two buttons allowing to move items +// up and down in it. It is also used as part of wxRearrangeDialog. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 (currently used only by +// wxHeaderCtrl) +#define wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Miscellaneous GUI stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar) +#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1 + +// Use the standard art provider. The icons returned by this provider are +// embedded into the library as XPMs so disabling it reduces the library size +// somewhat but this should only be done if you use your own custom art +// provider returning the icons or never use any icons not provided by the +// native art provider (which might not be implemented at all for some +// platforms) or by the Tango icons provider (if it's not itself disabled +// below). +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you use your own custom art provider. +#define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD 1 + +// Use art provider providing Tango icons: this art provider has higher quality +// icons than the default ones using smaller size XPM icons without +// transparency but the embedded PNG icons add to the library size. +// +// Default is 1 under non-GTK ports. Under wxGTK the native art provider using +// the GTK+ stock icons replaces it so it is normally not necessary. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be turned off to reduce the library size. +#define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO 1 + +// Hotkey support (currently Windows only) +#define wxUSE_HOTKEY 1 + +// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret +// under Windows). +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library) +#define wxUSE_CARET 1 + +// Use wxDisplay class: it allows enumerating all displays on a system and +// their geometries as well as finding the display on which the given point or +// window lies. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you need it, can be safely set to 0 otherwise +#define wxUSE_DISPLAY 1 + +// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library +#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY 1 + +// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and +// wxListCtrl. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls +// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too) +#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 1 + +// Use wxInfoBar class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be disabled without problems as nothing +// depends on it) +#define wxUSE_INFOBAR 1 + +// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW) +#define wxUSE_MENUS 1 + +// Use wxNotificationMessage. +// +// wxNotificationMessage allows to show non-intrusive messages to the user +// using balloons, banners, popups or whatever is the appropriate method for +// the current platform. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE 1 + +// Use wxSashWindow class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_SASH 1 + +// Use wxSplitterWindow class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_SPLITTER 1 + +// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 1 + +// wxValidator class and related methods +#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1 + +// Use reference counted ID management: this means that wxWidgets will track +// the automatically allocated ids (those used when you use wxID_ANY when +// creating a window, menu or toolbar item &c) instead of just supposing that +// the program never runs out of them. This is mostly useful only under wxMSW +// where the total ids range is limited to SHRT_MIN..SHRT_MAX and where +// long-running programs can run into problems with ids reuse without this. On +// the other platforms, where the ids have the full int range, this shouldn't +// be necessary. +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#define wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT 1 +#else +#define wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT 0 +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// common dialogs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g. +// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the +// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work) +#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1 + +// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way +// as wxBusyCursor +#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO 1 + +// Use single/multiple choice dialogs. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1 + +// Use colour picker dialog +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 1 + +// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user +#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1 + +// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one + +// Use file open/save dialogs. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1 + +// Use find/replace dialogs. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0) +#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG 1 + +// Use font picker dialog +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_FONTDLG 1 + +// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_MSGDLG 1 + +// progress dialog class for lengthy operations +#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1 + +// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c) +#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 1 + +// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function +#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1 + +// number entry dialog +#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1 + +// splash screen class +#define wxUSE_SPLASH 1 + +// wizards +#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1 + +// Compile in wxAboutBox() function showing the standard "About" dialog. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be set to 0 to save some space if you don't +// use this function +#define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 1 + +// wxFileHistory class +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Metafiles support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not +// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under +// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window +// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in +// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by +// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be +// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting +// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile +// in any metafile related classes at all. +// +// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS. +// +// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs. +#define wxUSE_METAFILE 1 +#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 1 +#define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Big GUI components +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set to 0 to disable MDI support. +// +// Requires wxUSE_NOTEBOOK under platforms other than MSW. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, can be safely set to 0. +#define wxUSE_MDI 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture +#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture +// +// Requires wxUSE_MDI && wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE +#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code +#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 1 + +// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much, +// much more. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a +// smaller library. +#define wxUSE_HTML 1 + +// Setting wxUSE_GLCANVAS to 1 enables OpenGL support. You need to have OpenGL +// headers and libraries to be able to compile the library with wxUSE_GLCANVAS +// set to 1 and, under Windows, also to add opengl32.lib and glu32.lib to the +// list of libraries used to link your application (although this is done +// implicitly for Microsoft Visual C++ users). +// +// Default is 1 unless the compiler is known to ship without the necessary +// headers (Digital Mars) or the platform doesn't support OpenGL (Windows CE). +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you intend to use OpenGL, can be safely set to 0 +// otherwise. +#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 1 + +// wxRichTextCtrl allows editing of styled text. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if you want compile a +// smaller library. +#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data transfer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD 1 + +// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and +// drop +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 1 + +// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is +// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always +// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1 + +// Use wxAccessible for enhanced and customisable accessibility. +// Depends on wxUSE_OLE. +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting (at present): 0 +#define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// miscellaneous settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program +// instance is running. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much +// space) +#define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER 1 + +#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1 + +#define wxUSE_IPC 1 + // 0 for no interprocess comms +#define wxUSE_HELP 1 + // 0 for no help facility + +// Should we use MS HTML help for wxHelpController? If disabled, neither +// wxCHMHelpController nor wxBestHelpController are available. +// +// Default is 1 under MSW, 0 is always used for the other platforms. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, only set to 0 if you have trouble compiling +// wxCHMHelpController (could be a problem with really ancient compilers) +#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 1 + + +// Use wxHTML-based help controller? +#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 1 + +#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1 + // 0 for no window layout constraint system + +#define wxUSE_SPLINES 1 + // 0 for no splines + +#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL 1 + // Include mouse wheel support + +// Compile wxUIActionSimulator class? +#define wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDC classes for various output formats +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set to 1 for PostScript device context. +#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT 0 + +// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent +#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile in support for wxSVGFileDC, a wxDC subclass which allows +// to create files in SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics) format. +#define wxUSE_SVG 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// other compiler (mis)features +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype +// parameters. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0) +#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG 1 + +// VC++ 4.2 and above allows and but you can't mix +// them. Set this option to 1 to use , 0 to use . +// +// Note that newer compilers (including VC++ 7.1 and later) don't support +// wxUSE_IOSTREAMH == 1 and so will be used anyhow. +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting: 0, only set to 1 if you use a really old compiler +#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// image format support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at +// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely +// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving +// substantial amount of code in the final library. +// +// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources +// which is mentioned if it is the case. + +// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended). +#define wxUSE_IMAGE 1 + +// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB. +#define wxUSE_LIBPNG 1 + +// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg) +#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 1 + +// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff) +#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 1 + +// Set to 1 for TGA format support (loading only) +#define wxUSE_TGA 1 + +// Set to 1 for GIF format support +#define wxUSE_GIF 1 + +// Set to 1 for PNM format support +#define wxUSE_PNM 1 + +// Set to 1 for PCX format support +#define wxUSE_PCX 1 + +// Set to 1 for IFF format support (Amiga format) +#define wxUSE_IFF 0 + +// Set to 1 for XPM format support +#define wxUSE_XPM 1 + +// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support +#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class +#define wxUSE_PALETTE 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxUniversal-only options +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set to 1 to enable compilation of all themes, this is the default +#define wxUSE_ALL_THEMES 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable the compilation of individual theme if wxUSE_ALL_THEMES +// is unset, if it is set these options are not used; notice that metal theme +// uses Win32 one +#define wxUSE_THEME_GTK 0 +#define wxUSE_THEME_METAL 0 +#define wxUSE_THEME_MONO 0 +#define wxUSE_THEME_WIN32 0 + + +/* --- end common options --- */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// general Windows-specific stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set this to 1 for generic OLE support: this is required for drag-and-drop, +// clipboard, OLE Automation. Only set it to 0 if your compiler is very old and +// can't compile/doesn't have the OLE headers. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_OLE 1 + +// Set this to 1 to enable wxDIB (don't change unless you have reason to) +#define wxUSE_WXDIB 1 + +// Set this to 1 to compile in wxRegKey class. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1, this is used internally by wx in a few places +#define wxUSE_REGKEY 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Windows CE specific stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// list of things which don't make sense under Windows CE in alphabetical order +// (please keep it!) +// +// NB: stuff which doesn't work at all under CE is forcefully disabled in +// wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h + +// Windows CE doesn't use RAS so wxDialUpManager doesn't work under it +#undef wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER +#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 0 + +#undef wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP +#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 0 + +#undef wxUSE_FSVOLUME +#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME 0 + +// MDI is not supported under CE +#undef wxUSE_MDI +#define wxUSE_MDI 0 + +#undef wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE +#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 0 + +// there is no difference between frame and mini frame decorations under CE +#undef wxUSE_MINIFRAME +#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 0 + +// no CHM support under CE +#undef wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP +#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0 + +// ??? +#undef wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN +#define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 0 + +// there is usually no printer attached to a PDA... +#undef wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 0 + +// doesn't make much sense in absence of mouse... +#undef wxUSE_TOOLTIPS +#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 0 + +// Do use commdlg.h +#undef wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS +#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1 + +// don't use wxRichTextCtrl on WinCE yet, it's not ready, plus it's +// probably overkill for a WinCE environment. +#undef wxUSE_RICHTEXT +#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Crash debugging helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxCrashReport::Generate() to create mini +// dumps of your program when it crashes (or at any other moment) +// +// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler (VC++ and recent BC++ only). +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash +#define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// obsolete MSW settings, don't change +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 0 + +#endif // _WX_SETUP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/smartphone.rc b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/smartphone.rc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d1d7a53fb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/smartphone.rc @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wince/smartphone.rc +// Purpose: resources for MS Smartphone build +// Author: Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba +// Modified by: +// Created: 01.05.2004 +// RCS-ID: $Id: smartphone.rc 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Wlodzimierz Skiba +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include + +STRINGTABLE +BEGIN + IDS_EMPTY "" +END + +IDR_POPUP_1 MENU +BEGIN + POPUP "" + BEGIN + MENUITEM "M", IDM_ITEM + END +END + +IDR_POPUP_2 MENU +BEGIN + POPUP "" + BEGIN + MENUITEM "M", IDM_ITEM + END + POPUP "" + BEGIN + MENUITEM "M", IDM_ITEM + END +END + +IDR_MENUBAR_ONE_BUTTON RCDATA +BEGIN + 0,2, + I_IMAGENONE, IDM_LEFT, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_BUTTON | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, NOMENU, + I_IMAGENONE, IDM_RIGHT, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_BUTTON | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, NOMENU, +END + +IDR_MENUBAR_LEFT_MENU RCDATA +BEGIN + IDR_POPUP_1,1, + I_IMAGENONE, IDM_LEFT, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, 0, +END + +IDR_MENUBAR_RIGHT_MENU RCDATA +BEGIN + IDR_POPUP_1,2, + I_IMAGENONE, IDM_LEFT, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_BUTTON | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, NOMENU, + I_IMAGENONE, IDM_RIGHT, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, 0, +END + +IDR_MENUBAR_BOTH_MENUS RCDATA +BEGIN + IDR_POPUP_2,2, + I_IMAGENONE, IDM_LEFT, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, 0, + I_IMAGENONE, IDM_RIGHT, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE, IDS_EMPTY, 0, 1, +END + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..41d44623b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h +// Purpose: Windows CE wxToolBar class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003-07-12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tbarwce.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BARWCE_H_ +#define _WX_BARWCE_H_ + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// Smartphones don't have toolbars, so use a dummy class +#ifdef __SMARTPHONE__ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolBar : public wxToolBarBase +{ +public: + // ctors and dtor + wxToolBar() { } + + wxToolBar(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr); + + // override/implement base class virtuals + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + virtual bool Realize() { return true; } + +protected: + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + + virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable); + virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); + virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); + + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bmpNormal, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + wxItemKind kind, + wxObject *clientData, + const wxString& shortHelp, + const wxString& longHelp); + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control, + const wxString& label); + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolBar); +}; + +#else + +// For __POCKETPC__ + +#include "wx/msw/toolbar.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolMenuBar : public wxToolBar +{ +public: + // ctors and dtor + wxToolMenuBar() { Init(); } + + wxToolMenuBar(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr, + wxMenuBar* menuBar = NULL) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name, menuBar); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxNO_BORDER | wxTB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr, + wxMenuBar* menuBar = NULL); + + virtual ~wxToolMenuBar(); + + // override/implement base class virtuals + virtual bool Realize(); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // Override in order to bypass wxToolBar's overridden function + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + + // Return HMENU for the menu associated with the commandbar + WXHMENU GetHMenu(); + + // Set the wxMenuBar associated with this commandbar + void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar* menuBar) { m_menuBar = menuBar; } + + // Returns the wxMenuBar associated with this commandbar + wxMenuBar* GetMenuBar() const { return m_menuBar; } + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // create the native toolbar control + bool MSWCreateToolbar(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, wxMenuBar* menuBar); + + // recreate the control completely + void Recreate(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bmpNormal, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + wxItemKind kind, + wxObject *clientData, + const wxString& shortHelp, + const wxString& longHelp); + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control, + const wxString& label); + + // The menubar associated with this toolbar + wxMenuBar* m_menuBar; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolMenuBar) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolMenuBar); +}; + +#endif + // __SMARTPHONE__ + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#endif + // _WX_BARWCE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/textctrlce.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/textctrlce.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f4ecbca5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/textctrlce.h @@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wince/textctrlce.h +// Purpose: wxTextCtrl implementation for smart phones driven by WinCE +// Author: Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba +// Modified by: +// Created: 30.08.2004 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textctrlce.h 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Wlodzimierz Skiba +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TEXTCTRLCE_H_ +#define _WX_TEXTCTRLCE_H_ + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; +WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxTextCtrl *, wxArrayTextSpins); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextCtrl : public wxTextCtrlBase +{ +public: + // creation + // -------- + + wxTextCtrl() { Init(); } + wxTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + virtual ~wxTextCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + virtual wxString GetValue() const; + virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) { DoSetValue(value, SetValue_SendEvent); } + + virtual void ChangeValue(const wxString &value) { DoSetValue(value); } + + virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const; + + virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const; + virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const; + virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const; + + virtual bool IsModified() const; + virtual bool IsEditable() const; + + virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const; + + // operations + // ---------- + + // editing + virtual void Clear(); + virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value); + virtual void Remove(long from, long to); + + // load the controls contents from the file + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file); + + // clears the dirty flag + virtual void MarkDirty(); + virtual void DiscardEdits(); + + virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long len); + + // writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always + // inserts it at the end + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text); + virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text); + + // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl + // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates + // which represent column and line. + virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const; + virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const; + + virtual void ShowPosition(long pos); + virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const; + virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, + wxTextCoord *col, + wxTextCoord *row) const + { + return wxTextCtrlBase::HitTest(pt, col, row); + } + + // Clipboard operations + virtual void Copy(); + virtual void Cut(); + virtual void Paste(); + + virtual bool CanCopy() const; + virtual bool CanCut() const; + virtual bool CanPaste() const; + + // Undo/redo + virtual void Undo(); + virtual void Redo(); + + virtual bool CanUndo() const; + virtual bool CanRedo() const; + + // Insertion point + virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos); + virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd(); + virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; + virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const; + + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to); + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable); + + // Caret handling (Windows only) + + bool ShowNativeCaret(bool show = true); + bool HideNativeCaret() { return ShowNativeCaret(false); } + + // Implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + + virtual void AdoptAttributesFromHWND(); + + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const; + + // callbacks + void OnDropFiles(wxDropFilesEvent& event); + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); // Process 'enter' if required + + void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnDelete(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnSelectAll(wxCommandEvent& event); + + void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateDelete(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateSelectAll(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + + // Show a context menu for Rich Edit controls (the standard + // EDIT control has one already) + void OnRightClick(wxMouseEvent& event); + + // be sure the caret remains invisible if the user + // called HideNativeCaret() before + void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + + // get the subclassed window proc of the buddy + WXFARPROC GetBuddyWndProc() const { return m_wndProcBuddy; } + + // intercept WM_GETDLGCODE + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // call this to increase the size limit (will do nothing if the current + // limit is big enough) + // + // returns true if we increased the limit to allow entering more text, + // false if we hit the limit set by SetMaxLength() and so didn't change it + bool AdjustSpaceLimit(); + + void DoSetValue(const wxString &value, int flags = 0); + + // replace the contents of the selection or of the entire control with the + // given text + void DoWriteText(const wxString& text, int flags = SetValue_SelectionOnly); + + // set the selection possibly without scrolling the caret into view + void DoSetSelection(long from, long to, bool scrollCaret = true); + + // return true if there is a non empty selection in the control + bool HasSelection() const; + + // get the length of the line containing the character at the given + // position + long GetLengthOfLineContainingPos(long pos) const; + + // send TEXT_UPDATED event, return true if it was handled, false otherwise + bool SendUpdateEvent(); + + // override some base class virtuals + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long style, WXDWORD *exstyle) const; + + // if true, SendUpdateEvent() will eat the next event (see comments in the + // code as to why this is needed) + bool m_suppressNextUpdate; + + // all existing wxTextCtrl - this allows to find the one corresponding to + // the given buddy window in GetSpinTextCtrl() + static wxArrayTextSpins ms_allTextSpins; + +protected: + + // the data for the "buddy" list + WXHWND m_hwndBuddy; + WXFARPROC m_wndProcBuddy; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTextCtrl) + + bool m_isNativeCaretShown; +}; + +#endif // _WX_TEXTCTRLCE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/time.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/time.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d711111c89 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + +/* + * time.h + * Missing time functions and structures for use under WinCE + */ + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_WINCE_TIME_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_WINCE_TIME_H_ + +#ifndef _TM_DEFINED + +#define _TM_DEFINED + +struct tm { + int tm_sec; /* seconds after the minute - [0,59] */ + int tm_min; /* minutes after the hour - [0,59] */ + int tm_hour; /* hours since midnight - [0,23] */ + int tm_mday; /* day of the month - [1,31] */ + int tm_mon; /* months since January - [0,11] */ + int tm_year; /* years since 1900 */ + int tm_wday; /* days since Sunday - [0,6] */ + int tm_yday; /* days since January 1 - [0,365] */ + int tm_isdst; /* daylight savings time flag */ + }; + +extern "C" +{ + +time_t __cdecl time(time_t *); + +time_t __cdecl mktime(struct tm *); + +// VC8 CRT provides the other functions +#if !defined(__VISUALC__) || (__VISUALC__ < 1400) + +struct tm * __cdecl localtime(const time_t *); + +struct tm * __cdecl gmtime(const time_t *); + +#define _tcsftime wcsftime + +size_t __cdecl wcsftime(wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, const struct tm *); + +extern long timezone; + +#endif // !VC8 + +} + +#endif // !_TM_DEFINED + +#endif // _WX_MSW_WINCE_TIME_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/wince.rc b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/wince.rc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9c7e28ef7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wince/wince.rc @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#include +#include "wx/msw/wince/resources.h" + +#ifdef WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP + #include "wx/msw/wince/smartphone.rc" +#else // !smartphone + +// Dummy empty menubar/toolbar for WinCE +wxIDM_SHMENU RCDATA DISCARDABLE +BEGIN + wxIDM_SHMENU, + 0 +END + +#endif // smartphone/!smartphone diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/window.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/window.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..303aeee24b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/window.h @@ -0,0 +1,673 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/window.h +// Purpose: wxWindowMSW class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin on 13.05.99: complete refont of message handling, +// elimination of Default(), ... +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: window.h 67250 2011-03-20 00:00:29Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WINDOW_H_ +#define _WX_WINDOW_H_ + +#include "wx/settings.h" // solely for wxSystemColour + +// if this is set to 1, we use deferred window sizing to reduce flicker when +// resizing complicated window hierarchies, but this can in theory result in +// different behaviour than the old code so we keep the possibility to use it +// by setting this to 0 (in the future this should be removed completely) +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + #define wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING 0 +#else + #define wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING 1 +#endif + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindow declaration for MSW +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowMSW : public wxWindowBase +{ + friend class wxSpinCtrl; + friend class wxSlider; + friend class wxRadioBox; +#if defined __VISUALC__ && __VISUALC__ <= 1200 + friend class wxWindowMSW; +#endif +public: + wxWindowMSW() { Init(); } + + wxWindowMSW(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + virtual ~wxWindowMSW(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + virtual wxString GetLabel() const; + + virtual void Raise(); + virtual void Lower(); + + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + virtual bool ShowWithEffect(wxShowEffect effect, + unsigned timeout = 0) + { + return MSWShowWithEffect(true, effect, timeout); + } + virtual bool HideWithEffect(wxShowEffect effect, + unsigned timeout = 0) + { + return MSWShowWithEffect(false, effect, timeout); + } + + virtual void SetFocus(); + virtual void SetFocusFromKbd(); + + virtual bool Reparent(wxWindowBase *newParent); + + virtual void WarpPointer(int x, int y); + + virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true, + const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL ); + virtual void Update(); + + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style); + virtual void SetExtraStyle(long exStyle); + virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor ); + virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font ); + + virtual int GetCharHeight() const; + virtual int GetCharWidth() const; + + virtual void SetScrollbar( int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible, + int range, bool refresh = true ); + virtual void SetScrollPos( int orient, int pos, bool refresh = true ); + virtual int GetScrollPos( int orient ) const; + virtual int GetScrollThumb( int orient ) const; + virtual int GetScrollRange( int orient ) const; + virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, + const wxRect* rect = NULL ); + + virtual bool ScrollLines(int lines); + virtual bool ScrollPages(int pages); + + virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir); + virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const; + virtual wxCoord AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x, + wxCoord width, + wxCoord widthTotal) const; + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget ); +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + + // Accept files for dragging + virtual void DragAcceptFiles(bool accept); + +#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + // Native resource loading (implemented in src/msw/nativdlg.cpp) + // FIXME: should they really be all virtual? + virtual bool LoadNativeDialog(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID& id); + virtual bool LoadNativeDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& name); + wxWindow* GetWindowChild1(wxWindowID id); + wxWindow* GetWindowChild(wxWindowID id); +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ + +#if wxUSE_HOTKEY + // install and deinstall a system wide hotkey + virtual bool RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode); + virtual bool UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId); +#endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY + +#ifdef __POCKETPC__ + bool IsContextMenuEnabled() const { return m_contextMenuEnabled; } + void EnableContextMenu(bool enable = true) { m_contextMenuEnabled = enable; } +#endif + + // window handle stuff + // ------------------- + + WXHWND GetHWND() const { return m_hWnd; } + void SetHWND(WXHWND hWnd) { m_hWnd = hWnd; } + virtual WXWidget GetHandle() const { return GetHWND(); } + + void AssociateHandle(WXWidget handle); + void DissociateHandle(); + + // does this window have deferred position and/or size? + bool IsSizeDeferred() const; + + // these functions allow to register a global handler for the given Windows + // message: it will be called from MSWWindowProc() of any window which gets + // this event if it's not processed before (i.e. unlike a hook procedure it + // does not override the normal processing) + // + // notice that if you want to process a message for a given window only you + // should override its MSWWindowProc() instead + + // type of the handler: it is called with the message parameters (except + // that the window object is passed instead of window handle) and should + // return true if it handled the message or false if it should be passed to + // DefWindowProc() + typedef bool (*MSWMessageHandler)(wxWindowMSW *win, + WXUINT nMsg, + WXWPARAM wParam, + WXLPARAM lParam); + + // install a handler, shouldn't be called more than one for the same message + static bool MSWRegisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler); + + // unregister a previously registered handler + static void MSWUnregisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler); + + + // implementation from now on + // ========================== + + // event handlers + // -------------- + + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + void OnInitDialog(wxInitDialogEvent& event); +#endif + +public: + // Windows subclassing + void SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd); + void UnsubclassWin(); + + WXFARPROC MSWGetOldWndProc() const { return m_oldWndProc; } + void MSWSetOldWndProc(WXFARPROC proc) { m_oldWndProc = proc; } + + // return true if the window is of a standard (i.e. not wxWidgets') class + // + // to understand why does it work, look at SubclassWin() code and comments + bool IsOfStandardClass() const { return m_oldWndProc != NULL; } + + wxWindow *FindItem(long id) const; + wxWindow *FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly = false) const; + + // MSW only: true if this control is part of the main control + virtual bool ContainsHWND(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd)) const { return false; } + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + // MSW only: true if this window or any of its children have a tooltip + virtual bool HasToolTips() const { return GetToolTip() != NULL; } +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + + // translate wxWidgets style flags for this control into the Windows style + // and optional extended style for the corresponding native control + // + // this is the function that should be overridden in the derived classes, + // but you will mostly use MSWGetCreateWindowFlags() below + virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const ; + + // get the MSW window flags corresponding to wxWidgets ones + // + // the functions returns the flags (WS_XXX) directly and puts the ext + // (WS_EX_XXX) flags into the provided pointer if not NULL + WXDWORD MSWGetCreateWindowFlags(WXDWORD *exflags = NULL) const + { return MSWGetStyle(GetWindowStyle(), exflags); } + + // update the real underlying window style flags to correspond to the + // current wxWindow object style (safe to call even if window isn't fully + // created yet) + void MSWUpdateStyle(long flagsOld, long exflagsOld); + + // get the HWND to be used as parent of this window with CreateWindow() + virtual WXHWND MSWGetParent() const; + + // get the Win32 window class name used by all wxWindow objects by default + static const wxChar *MSWGetRegisteredClassName(); + + // creates the window of specified Windows class with given style, extended + // style, title and geometry (default values + // + // returns true if the window has been created, false if creation failed + bool MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass, + const wxChar *title = NULL, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + WXDWORD style = 0, + WXDWORD exendedStyle = 0); + + virtual bool MSWCommand(WXUINT param, WXWORD id); + +#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + // Create an appropriate wxWindow from a HWND + virtual wxWindow* CreateWindowFromHWND(wxWindow* parent, WXHWND hWnd); + + // Make sure the window style reflects the HWND style (roughly) + virtual void AdoptAttributesFromHWND(); +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ + + // Setup background and foreground colours correctly + virtual void SetupColours(); + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + // helpers for message handlers: these perform the same function as the + // message crackers from - they unpack WPARAM and LPARAM into + // the correct parameters + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + void UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, + WXWORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WXWORD *cmd); + void UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, + WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd); + void UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, + WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd); + void UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, + WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd); + void UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, + WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu); + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + // internal handlers for MSW messages: all handlers return a boolean value: + // true means that the handler processed the event and false that it didn't + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // there are several cases where we have virtual functions for Windows + // message processing: this is because these messages often require to be + // processed in a different manner in the derived classes. For all other + // messages, however, we do *not* have corresponding MSWOnXXX() function + // and if the derived class wants to process them, it should override + // MSWWindowProc() directly. + + // scroll event (both horizontal and vertical) + virtual bool MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD nSBCode, + WXWORD pos, WXHWND control); + + // child control notifications + virtual bool MSWOnNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + + // owner-drawn controls need to process these messages + virtual bool MSWOnDrawItem(int id, WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item); + virtual bool MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *item); + + // the rest are not virtual + bool HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT cs, bool *mayCreate); + bool HandleInitDialog(WXHWND hWndFocus); + bool HandleDestroy(); + + bool HandlePaint(); + bool HandlePrintClient(WXHDC hDC); + bool HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hDC); + + bool HandleMinimize(); + bool HandleMaximize(); + bool HandleSize(int x, int y, WXUINT flag); + bool HandleSizing(wxRect& rect); + bool HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *mmInfo); + bool HandleEnterSizeMove(); + bool HandleExitSizeMove(); + + bool HandleShow(bool show, int status); + bool HandleActivate(int flag, bool minimized, WXHWND activate); + + bool HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control); + + bool HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *hBrush, WXHDC hdc, WXHWND hWnd); + + bool HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange); + bool HandleQueryNewPalette(); + bool HandleSysColorChange(); + bool HandleDisplayChange(); + bool HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND gainedCapture); + virtual bool HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + + bool HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd); + bool HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff); + + bool HandleSetFocus(WXHWND wnd); + bool HandleKillFocus(WXHWND wnd); + + bool HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam); + + bool HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags); + bool HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags); + bool HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + + bool HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + bool HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + bool HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + bool HandleHotKey(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); +#endif +#ifdef __WIN32__ + int HandleMenuChar(int chAccel, WXLPARAM lParam); +#endif + // Create and process a clipboard event specified by type. + bool HandleClipboardEvent( WXUINT nMsg ); + + bool HandleQueryDragIcon(WXHICON *hIcon); + + bool HandleSetCursor(WXHWND hWnd, short nHitTest, int mouseMsg); + + bool HandlePower(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool *vetoed); + + + // Window procedure + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + + // Calls an appropriate default window procedure + virtual WXLRESULT MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); + + // message processing helpers + + // return false if the message shouldn't be translated/preprocessed but + // dispatched normally + virtual bool MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg); + + // return true if the message was preprocessed and shouldn't be dispatched + virtual bool MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg); + + // return true if the message was translated and shouldn't be dispatched + virtual bool MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg); + + // called when the window is about to be destroyed + virtual void MSWDestroyWindow(); + + + // Functions dealing with painting the window background. The derived + // classes should normally only need to reimplement MSWGetBgBrush() if they + // need to use a non-solid brush for erasing their background. This + // function is called by MSWGetBgBrushForChild() which only exists for the + // weird wxToolBar case and MSWGetBgBrushForChild() itself is used by + // MSWGetBgBrush() to actually find the right brush to use. + + // The brush returned from here must remain valid at least until the next + // event loop iteration. Returning 0, as is done by default, indicates + // there is no custom background brush. + virtual WXHBRUSH MSWGetCustomBgBrush() { return 0; } + + // this function should return the brush to paint the children controls + // background or 0 if this window doesn't impose any particular background + // on its children + // + // the hDC parameter is the DC background will be drawn on, it can be used + // to call SetBrushOrgEx() on it if the returned brush is a bitmap one + // + // child parameter is never NULL, it can be this window itself or one of + // its (grand)children + // + // the base class version returns a solid brush if we have a non default + // background colour or 0 otherwise + virtual WXHBRUSH MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC hDC, wxWindowMSW *child); + + // return the background brush to use for painting the given window by + // querying the parent windows via MSWGetBgBrushForChild() recursively + WXHBRUSH MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC); + + enum MSWThemeColour + { + ThemeColourText = 0, + ThemeColourBackground, + ThemeColourBorder + }; + + // returns a specific theme colour, or if that is not possible then + // wxSystemSettings::GetColour(fallback) + wxColour MSWGetThemeColour(const wchar_t *themeName, + int themePart, + int themeState, + MSWThemeColour themeColour, + wxSystemColour fallback) const; + + // gives the parent the possibility to draw its children background, e.g. + // this is used by wxNotebook to do it using DrawThemeBackground() + // + // return true if background was drawn, false otherwise + virtual bool MSWPrintChild(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC), wxWindow * WXUNUSED(child)) + { + return false; + } + + // some controls (e.g. wxListBox) need to set the return value themselves + // + // return true to let parent handle it if we don't, false otherwise + virtual bool MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild() + { + return true; + } + + // This should be overridden to return true for the controls which have + // themed background that should through their children. Currently only + // wxNotebook uses this. + virtual bool MSWHasInheritableBackground() const { return false; } + +#if !defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #define wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK +#endif + +#ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK + // allows the child to hook into its parent WM_ERASEBKGND processing: call + // MSWSetEraseBgHook() with a non-NULL window to make parent call + // MSWEraseBgHook() on this window (don't forget to reset it to NULL + // afterwards) + // + // this hack is used by wxToolBar, see comments there + void MSWSetEraseBgHook(wxWindow *child); + + // return true if WM_ERASEBKGND is currently hooked + bool MSWHasEraseBgHook() const; + + // called when the window on which MSWSetEraseBgHook() had been called + // receives WM_ERASEBKGND + virtual bool MSWEraseBgHook(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC)) { return false; } +#endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK + + // common part of Show/HideWithEffect() + bool MSWShowWithEffect(bool show, + wxShowEffect effect, + unsigned timeout); + + // Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children. + void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); + + // initialize various fields of wxMouseEvent (common part of MSWOnMouseXXX) + void InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, int x, int y, WXUINT flags); + + // check if mouse is in the window + bool IsMouseInWindow() const; + + // check if a native double-buffering applies for this window + virtual bool IsDoubleBuffered() const; + + void SetDoubleBuffered(bool on); + + // synthesize a wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW event and set m_mouseInWindow to false + void GenerateMouseLeave(); + + // virtual function for implementing internal idle + // behaviour + virtual void OnInternalIdle(); + +protected: + // this allows you to implement standard control borders without + // repeating the code in different classes that are not derived from + // wxControl + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorderForControl() const; + + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const; + + // Translate wxBORDER_THEME (and other border styles if necessary to the value + // that makes most sense for this Windows environment + virtual wxBorder TranslateBorder(wxBorder border) const; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE + virtual bool DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y ); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE + + // the window handle + WXHWND m_hWnd; + + // the old window proc (we subclass all windows) + WXFARPROC m_oldWndProc; + + // additional (MSW specific) flags + bool m_mouseInWindow:1; + bool m_lastKeydownProcessed:1; + + // the size of one page for scrolling + int m_xThumbSize; + int m_yThumbSize; + + // implement the base class pure virtuals + virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + int *x, int *y, + int *descent = NULL, + int *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *font = NULL) const; + virtual void DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const; + virtual void DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const; + virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const; + virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const; + virtual void DoGetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const; + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBorderSize() const; + + virtual void DoCaptureMouse(); + virtual void DoReleaseMouse(); + + virtual void DoEnable(bool enable); + + virtual void DoFreeze(); + virtual void DoThaw(); + + // this simply moves/resizes the given HWND which is supposed to be our + // sibling (this is useful for controls which are composite at MSW level + // and for which DoMoveWindow() is not enough) + // + // returns true if the window move was deferred, false if it was moved + // immediately (no error return) + bool DoMoveSibling(WXHWND hwnd, int x, int y, int width, int height); + + // move the window to the specified location and resize it: this is called + // from both DoSetSize() and DoSetClientSize() and would usually just call + // ::MoveWindow() except for composite controls which will want to arrange + // themselves inside the given rectangle + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip ); + + // process TTN_NEEDTEXT message properly (i.e. fixing the bugs in + // comctl32.dll in our code -- see the function body for more info) + bool HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code, + WXLPARAM lParam, + const wxString& ttip); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + + // This is used by CreateKeyEvent() and also for wxEVT_CHAR[_HOOK] event + // creation. Notice that this method doesn't initialize wxKeyEvent + // m_keyCode and m_uniChar fields. + void InitAnyKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event, + WXWPARAM wParam, + WXLPARAM lParam) const; + + // Helper functions used by HandleKeyXXX() methods and some derived + // classes, wParam and lParam have the same meaning as in WM_KEY{DOWN,UP}. + // + // NB: evType here must be wxEVT_KEY_{DOWN,UP} as wParam here contains the + // virtual key code, not character! + wxKeyEvent CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType, + WXWPARAM wParam, + WXLPARAM lParam = 0) const; + + + // default OnEraseBackground() implementation, return true if we did erase + // the background, false otherwise (i.e. the system should erase it) + bool DoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC); + + // generate WM_CHANGEUISTATE if it's needed for the OS we're running under + // + // action should be one of the UIS_XXX constants + // state should be one or more of the UISF_XXX constants + // if action == UIS_INITIALIZE then it doesn't seem to matter what we use + // for state as the system will decide for us what needs to be set + void MSWUpdateUIState(int action, int state = 0); + + // translate wxWidgets coords into Windows ones suitable to be passed to + // ::CreateWindow(), called from MSWCreate() + virtual void MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int& x, int& y, + int& w, int& h) const; + + bool MSWEnableHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool enable); + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // the (non-virtual) handlers for the events + bool HandleMove(int x, int y); + bool HandleMoving(wxRect& rect); + bool HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags); + bool HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result); + +#if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING +protected: + // this function is called after the window was resized to its new size + virtual void MSWEndDeferWindowPos() + { + m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; + m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; + } + + // current defer window position operation handle (may be NULL) + WXHANDLE m_hDWP; + + // When deferred positioning is done these hold the pending changes, and + // are used for the default values if another size/pos changes is done on + // this window before the group of deferred changes is completed. + wxPoint m_pendingPosition; + wxSize m_pendingSize; +#endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING + +private: +#ifdef __POCKETPC__ + bool m_contextMenuEnabled; +#endif + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowMSW) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowMSW); + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +// window creation helper class: before creating a new HWND, instantiate an +// object of this class on stack - this allows to process the messages sent to +// the window even before CreateWindow() returns +class wxWindowCreationHook +{ +public: + wxWindowCreationHook(wxWindowMSW *winBeingCreated); + ~wxWindowCreationHook(); +}; + +#endif // _WX_WINDOW_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/winundef.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/winundef.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f1f74791a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/winundef.h @@ -0,0 +1,490 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: winundef.h +// Purpose: undefine the common symbols #define'd by +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 16.05.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: winundef.h 63658 2010-03-09 11:08:52Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* THIS SHOULD NOT BE USED since you might include it once e.g. in window.h, + * then again _AFTER_ you've included windows.h, in which case it won't work + * a 2nd time -- JACS +#ifndef _WX_WINUNDEF_H_ +#define _WX_WINUNDEF_H_ + */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// windows.h #defines the following identifiers which are also used in wxWin so +// we replace these symbols with the corresponding inline functions and +// undefine the macro. +// +// This looks quite ugly here but allows us to write clear (and correct!) code +// elsewhere because the functions, unlike the macros, respect the scope. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// CreateDialog + +#if defined(CreateDialog) + #undef CreateDialog + + inline HWND CreateDialog(HINSTANCE hInstance, + LPCTSTR pTemplate, + HWND hwndParent, + DLGPROC pDlgProc) + { + #ifdef _UNICODE + return CreateDialogW(hInstance, pTemplate, hwndParent, pDlgProc); + #else + return CreateDialogA(hInstance, pTemplate, hwndParent, pDlgProc); + #endif + } +#endif + +// CreateFont + +#ifdef CreateFont + #undef CreateFont + + inline HFONT CreateFont(int height, + int width, + int escapement, + int orientation, + int weight, + DWORD italic, + DWORD underline, + DWORD strikeout, + DWORD charset, + DWORD outprecision, + DWORD clipprecision, + DWORD quality, + DWORD family, + LPCTSTR facename) + { + #ifdef _UNICODE + return CreateFontW(height, width, escapement, orientation, + weight, italic, underline, strikeout, charset, + outprecision, clipprecision, quality, + family, facename); + #else + return CreateFontA(height, width, escapement, orientation, + weight, italic, underline, strikeout, charset, + outprecision, clipprecision, quality, + family, facename); + #endif + } +#endif // CreateFont + +// CreateWindow + +#if defined(CreateWindow) + #undef CreateWindow + + inline HWND CreateWindow(LPCTSTR lpClassName, + LPCTSTR lpWndClass, + DWORD dwStyle, + int x, int y, int w, int h, + HWND hWndParent, + HMENU hMenu, + HINSTANCE hInstance, + LPVOID lpParam) + { + #ifdef _UNICODE + return CreateWindowW(lpClassName, lpWndClass, dwStyle, x, y, w, h, + hWndParent, hMenu, hInstance, lpParam); + #else + return CreateWindowA(lpClassName, lpWndClass, dwStyle, x, y, w, h, + hWndParent, hMenu, hInstance, lpParam); + #endif + } +#endif + +// LoadMenu + +#ifdef LoadMenu + #undef LoadMenu + + inline HMENU LoadMenu(HINSTANCE instance, LPCTSTR name) + { + #ifdef _UNICODE + return LoadMenuW(instance, name); + #else + return LoadMenuA(instance, name); + #endif + } +#endif + +// FindText + +#ifdef FindText + #undef FindText + + inline HWND APIENTRY FindText(LPFINDREPLACE lpfindreplace) + { + #ifdef _UNICODE + return FindTextW(lpfindreplace); + #else + return FindTextA(lpfindreplace); + #endif + } +#endif + +// GetCharWidth + +#ifdef GetCharWidth + #undef GetCharWidth + inline BOOL GetCharWidth(HDC dc, UINT first, UINT last, LPINT buffer) + { + #ifdef _UNICODE + return GetCharWidthW(dc, first, last, buffer); + #else + return GetCharWidthA(dc, first, last, buffer); + #endif + } +#endif + +// FindWindow + +#ifdef FindWindow + #undef FindWindow + #ifdef _UNICODE + inline HWND FindWindow(LPCWSTR classname, LPCWSTR windowname) + { + return FindWindowW(classname, windowname); + } + #else + inline HWND FindWindow(LPCSTR classname, LPCSTR windowname) + { + return FindWindowA(classname, windowname); + } + #endif +#endif + +// PlaySound + +#ifdef PlaySound + #undef PlaySound + #ifdef _UNICODE + inline BOOL PlaySound(LPCWSTR pszSound, HMODULE hMod, DWORD fdwSound) + { + return PlaySoundW(pszSound, hMod, fdwSound); + } + #else + inline BOOL PlaySound(LPCSTR pszSound, HMODULE hMod, DWORD fdwSound) + { + return PlaySoundA(pszSound, hMod, fdwSound); + } + #endif +#endif + +// GetClassName + +#ifdef GetClassName + #undef GetClassName + #ifdef _UNICODE + inline int GetClassName(HWND h, LPWSTR classname, int maxcount) + { + return GetClassNameW(h, classname, maxcount); + } + #else + inline int GetClassName(HWND h, LPSTR classname, int maxcount) + { + return GetClassNameA(h, classname, maxcount); + } + #endif +#endif + +// GetClassInfo + +#ifdef GetClassInfo + #undef GetClassInfo + #ifdef _UNICODE + inline BOOL GetClassInfo(HINSTANCE h, LPCWSTR name, LPWNDCLASSW winclass) + { + return GetClassInfoW(h, name, winclass); + } + #else + inline BOOL GetClassInfo(HINSTANCE h, LPCSTR name, LPWNDCLASSA winclass) + { + return GetClassInfoA(h, name, winclass); + } + #endif +#endif + +// LoadAccelerators + +#ifdef LoadAccelerators + #undef LoadAccelerators + #ifdef _UNICODE + inline HACCEL LoadAccelerators(HINSTANCE h, LPCWSTR name) + { + return LoadAcceleratorsW(h, name); + } + #else + inline HACCEL LoadAccelerators(HINSTANCE h, LPCSTR name) + { + return LoadAcceleratorsA(h, name); + } + #endif +#endif + +// DrawText + +#ifdef DrawText + #undef DrawText + #ifdef _UNICODE + inline int DrawText(HDC h, LPCWSTR str, int count, LPRECT rect, UINT format) + { + return DrawTextW(h, str, count, rect, format); + } + #else + inline int DrawText(HDC h, LPCSTR str, int count, LPRECT rect, UINT format) + { + return DrawTextA(h, str, count, rect, format); + } + #endif +#endif + + +/* + When this file is included, sometimes the wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION macro + is undefined. With for example CodeWarrior this gives problems with + the following code: + #if 0 && wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 0, 5 ) + Because CodeWarrior does macro expansion before test evaluation. + We define wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION here if it's undefined. +*/ +#if !defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION) + #define wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION(maj, min) (0) +#endif + +// StartDoc + +#ifdef StartDoc + #undef StartDoc + #if defined( __GNUG__ ) && !wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 0, 5 ) + #define DOCINFOW DOCINFO + #define DOCINFOA DOCINFO + #endif + #ifdef _UNICODE + inline int StartDoc(HDC h, CONST DOCINFOW* info) + { + return StartDocW(h, (DOCINFOW*) info); + } + #else + inline int StartDoc(HDC h, CONST DOCINFOA* info) + { + return StartDocA(h, (DOCINFOA*) info); + } + #endif +#endif + +// GetObject + +#ifdef GetObject + #undef GetObject + inline int GetObject(HGDIOBJ h, int i, LPVOID buffer) + { + #ifdef _UNICODE + return GetObjectW(h, i, buffer); + #else + return GetObjectA(h, i, buffer); + #endif + } +#endif + +// GetMessage + +#ifdef GetMessage + #undef GetMessage + inline int GetMessage(LPMSG lpMsg, HWND hWnd, UINT wMsgFilterMin, UINT wMsgFilterMax) + { + #ifdef _UNICODE + return GetMessageW(lpMsg, hWnd, wMsgFilterMin, wMsgFilterMax); + #else + return GetMessageA(lpMsg, hWnd, wMsgFilterMin, wMsgFilterMax); + #endif + } +#endif + +// LoadIcon +#ifdef LoadIcon + #undef LoadIcon + inline HICON LoadIcon(HINSTANCE hInstance, LPCTSTR lpIconName) + { + #ifdef _UNICODE + return LoadIconW(hInstance, lpIconName); + #else // ANSI + return LoadIconA(hInstance, lpIconName); + #endif // Unicode/ANSI + } +#endif // LoadIcon + +// LoadBitmap +#ifdef LoadBitmap + #undef LoadBitmap + inline HBITMAP LoadBitmap(HINSTANCE hInstance, LPCTSTR lpBitmapName) + { + #ifdef _UNICODE + return LoadBitmapW(hInstance, lpBitmapName); + #else // ANSI + return LoadBitmapA(hInstance, lpBitmapName); + #endif // Unicode/ANSI + } +#endif // LoadBitmap + +// LoadLibrary + +#ifdef LoadLibrary + #undef LoadLibrary + #ifdef _UNICODE + inline HINSTANCE LoadLibrary(LPCWSTR lpLibFileName) + { + return LoadLibraryW(lpLibFileName); + } + #else + inline HINSTANCE LoadLibrary(LPCSTR lpLibFileName) + { + return LoadLibraryA(lpLibFileName); + } + #endif +#endif + +// FindResource +#ifdef FindResource + #undef FindResource + #ifdef _UNICODE + inline HRSRC FindResource(HMODULE hModule, LPCWSTR lpName, LPCWSTR lpType) + { + return FindResourceW(hModule, lpName, lpType); + } + #else + inline HRSRC FindResource(HMODULE hModule, LPCSTR lpName, LPCSTR lpType) + { + return FindResourceA(hModule, lpName, lpType); + } + #endif +#endif + +// IsMaximized + +#ifdef IsMaximized + #undef IsMaximized + inline BOOL IsMaximized(HWND WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(hwnd)) + { +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + return FALSE; +#else + return IsZoomed(hwnd); +#endif + } +#endif + +// GetFirstChild + +#ifdef GetFirstChild + #undef GetFirstChild + inline HWND GetFirstChild(HWND WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(hwnd)) + { +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + return 0; +#else + return GetTopWindow(hwnd); +#endif + } +#endif + +// GetFirstSibling + +#ifdef GetFirstSibling + #undef GetFirstSibling + inline HWND GetFirstSibling(HWND hwnd) + { + return GetWindow(hwnd,GW_HWNDFIRST); + } +#endif + +// GetLastSibling + +#ifdef GetLastSibling + #undef GetLastSibling + inline HWND GetLastSibling(HWND hwnd) + { + return GetWindow(hwnd,GW_HWNDLAST); + } +#endif + +// GetPrevSibling + +#ifdef GetPrevSibling + #undef GetPrevSibling + inline HWND GetPrevSibling(HWND hwnd) + { + return GetWindow(hwnd,GW_HWNDPREV); + } +#endif + +// GetNextSibling + +#ifdef GetNextSibling + #undef GetNextSibling + inline HWND GetNextSibling(HWND hwnd) + { + return GetWindow(hwnd,GW_HWNDNEXT); + } +#endif + +// For WINE + +#if defined(GetWindowStyle) + #undef GetWindowStyle +#endif + +// For ming and cygwin + +// GetFirstChild +#ifdef GetFirstChild + #undef GetFirstChild + inline HWND GetFirstChild(HWND h) + { + return GetTopWindow(h); + } +#endif + + +// GetNextSibling +#ifdef GetNextSibling + #undef GetNextSibling + inline HWND GetNextSibling(HWND h) + { + return GetWindow(h, GW_HWNDNEXT); + } +#endif + + +#ifdef Yield + #undef Yield +#endif + + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && defined(DrawIcon) //#ifdef DrawIcon + #undef DrawIcon + inline BOOL DrawIcon(HDC hdc, int x, int y, HICON hicon) + { + return DrawIconEx(hdc,x,y,hicon,0,0,0,NULL, DI_NORMAL) ; + } +#endif + + +// GetWindowProc +//ifdef GetWindowProc +// #undef GetWindowProc +//endif +//ifdef GetNextChild +// #undef GetNextChild +//endif + +// #endif // _WX_WINUNDEF_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapcctl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapcctl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3164ec3856 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapcctl.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wrapcctl.h +// Purpose: Wrapper for the standard header +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 03.08.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wrapcctl.h 57093 2008-12-03 21:53:10Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_WRAPCCTL_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_WRAPCCTL_H_ + +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + +#include + +// define things which might be missing from our commctrl.h +#include "wx/msw/missing.h" + +// Set Unicode format for a common control +inline void wxSetCCUnicodeFormat(HWND WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(hwnd)) +{ +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + ::SendMessage(hwnd, CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, wxUSE_UNICODE, 0); +#else // !__WXWINCE__ + // here it should be already in Unicode anyhow +#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ +} + +#if wxUSE_GUI +// Return the default font for the common controls +// +// this is implemented in msw/settings.cpp +class wxFont; +extern wxFont wxGetCCDefaultFont(); + +// this is just a wrapper for HDITEM which we can't use in the public header +// because we don't want to include commctrl.h (and hence windows.h) from there +struct wxHDITEM : public HDITEM +{ + wxHDITEM() + { + ::ZeroMemory(this, sizeof(*this)); + } +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#endif // _WX_MSW_WRAPCCTL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..733e1b5f99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h +// Purpose: Wrapper for the standard header +// Author: Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba +// Modified by: +// Created: 22.03.2005 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wrapcdlg.h 43151 2006-11-07 09:08:33Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Wlodzimierz Skiba +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_WRAPCDLG_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_WRAPCDLG_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" +#include "wx/msw/private.h" +#include "wx/msw/missing.h" + +#if wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS && !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + #include +#endif + +#include "wx/msw/winundef.h" + +#endif // _WX_MSW_WRAPCDLG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapgdip.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapgdip.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0dcf913e09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapgdip.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wrapgdip.h +// Purpose: wrapper around header +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-03-15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wrapgdip.h 44815 2007-03-15 03:41:52Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_WRAPGDIP_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_WRAPGDIP_H_ + +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + +// these macros must be defined before gdiplus.h is included but we explicitly +// prevent windows.h from defining them in wx/msw/wrapwin.h as they conflict +// with standard functions of the same name elsewhere, so we have to pay for it +// by manually redefining them ourselves here +#ifndef max + #define max(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b)) +#endif + +#ifndef min + #define min(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) +#endif + +#include +using namespace Gdiplus; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_WRAPGDIP_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapshl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapshl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..872f78255c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapshl.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wrapshl.h +// Purpose: wrapper class for stuff from shell32.dll +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-10-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wrapshl.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_WRAPSHL_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_WRAPSHL_H_ + +#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + #include + #include + #include + #include +#endif + +#include + +#include "wx/msw/winundef.h" + +#include "wx/log.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxItemIdList implements RAII on top of ITEMIDLIST +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxItemIdList +{ +public: + // ctor takes ownership of the item and will free it + wxItemIdList(LPITEMIDLIST pidl) + { + m_pidl = pidl; + } + + static void Free(LPITEMIDLIST pidl) + { + if ( pidl ) + { + LPMALLOC pMalloc; + SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc); + if ( pMalloc ) + { + pMalloc->Free(pidl); + pMalloc->Release(); + } + else + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("SHGetMalloc")); + } + } + } + + ~wxItemIdList() + { + Free(m_pidl); + } + + // implicit conversion to LPITEMIDLIST + operator LPITEMIDLIST() const { return m_pidl; } + + // get the corresponding path, returns empty string on error + wxString GetPath() const + { + wxString path; + if ( !SHGetPathFromIDList(m_pidl, wxStringBuffer(path, MAX_PATH)) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("SHGetPathFromIDList")); + } + + return path; + } + +private: + LPITEMIDLIST m_pidl; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxItemIdList); +}; + +// enable autocompleting filenames in the text control with given HWND +// +// this only works on systems with shlwapi.dll 5.0 or later +// +// implemented in src/msw/utilsgui.cpp +extern bool wxEnableFileNameAutoComplete(HWND hwnd); + +#endif // _WX_MSW_WRAPSHL_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..85ee355f8a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wrapwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/msw/wrapwin.h +// Purpose: Wrapper around , to be included instead of it +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2003/07/22 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wrapwin.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WRAPWIN_H_ +#define _WX_WRAPWIN_H_ + +#include "wx/platform.h" + +// strict type checking to detect conversion from HFOO to HBAR at compile-time +#ifndef STRICT + #define STRICT 1 +#endif + +// this macro tells windows.h to not define min() and max() as macros: we need +// this as otherwise they conflict with standard C++ functions +#ifndef NOMINMAX + #define NOMINMAX +#endif // NOMINMAX + + +// before including windows.h, define version macros at (currently) maximal +// values because we do all our checks at run-time anyhow +#ifndef WINVER + // the only exception to the above is MSVC 6 which has a time bomb in its + // headers: they warn against using them with WINVER >= 0x0500 as they + // contain only part of the declarations and they're not always correct, so + // don't define WINVER for it at all as this allows everything to work as + // expected both with standard VC6 headers (which define WINVER as 0x0400 + // by default) and headers from a newer SDK (which may define it as 0x0500) + #if !defined(__VISUALC__) || (__VISUALC__ >= 1300) + #define WINVER 0x0600 + #endif +#endif + +// define _WIN32_WINNT and _WIN32_IE to the highest possible values because we +// always check for the version of installed DLLs at runtime anyway (see +// wxGetWinVersion() and wxApp::GetComCtl32Version()) unless the user really +// doesn't want to use APIs only available on later OS versions and had defined +// them to (presumably lower) values +#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT + #define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0600 +#endif + +#ifndef _WIN32_IE + #define _WIN32_IE 0x0700 +#endif + +/* Deal with clash with __WINDOWS__ include guard */ +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && defined(__WINDOWS__) +#undef __WINDOWS__ +#endif + +// For IPv6 support, we must include winsock2.h before winsock.h, and +// windows.h include winsock.h so do it before including it +#if wxUSE_IPV6 + #include +#endif + +#include + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__WINDOWS__) +#define __WINDOWS__ +#endif + +// #undef the macros defined in winsows.h which conflict with code elsewhere +#include "wx/msw/winundef.h" + +// Types DWORD_PTR, ULONG_PTR and so on are used for 64-bit compatability +// in the WINAPI SDK (they are an integral type that is the size of a +// pointer) on MSVC 7 and later. However, they are not available in older +// Platform SDKs, and since they are typedefs and not #defines we simply +// overwrite them if there is a chance that they're not defined +#if (!defined(_MSC_VER) || (_MSC_VER < 1300)) && !defined(__WIN64__) + #define UINT_PTR unsigned int + #define INT_PTR int + #define LONG_PTR long + #define ULONG_PTR unsigned long + #define DWORD_PTR unsigned long +#endif // !defined(_MSC_VER) || _MSC_VER < 1300 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Fix the functions wrongly implemented in unicows.dll +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxMSLU_DrawStateW(WXHDC dc, WXHBRUSH br, WXFARPROC outputFunc, + WXLPARAM lData, WXWPARAM wData, + int x, int y, int cx, int cy, + unsigned int flags); +#define DrawStateW(dc, br, func, ld, wd, x, y, cx, cy, flags) \ + wxMSLU_DrawStateW((WXHDC)dc,(WXHBRUSH)br,(WXFARPROC)func, \ + ld, wd, x, y, cx, cy, flags) + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxMSLU_GetOpenFileNameW(void *ofn); +#define GetOpenFileNameW(ofn) wxMSLU_GetOpenFileNameW((void*)ofn) + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxMSLU_GetSaveFileNameW(void *ofn); +#define GetSaveFileNameW(ofn) wxMSLU_GetSaveFileNameW((void*)ofn) + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU + +#endif // _WX_WRAPWIN_H_ + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wx.manifest b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wx.manifest new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ecce6f5c3b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wx.manifest @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + +wxWindows application + + + + + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wx.rc b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wx.rc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5caede958e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/msw/wx.rc @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// File: wx.rc +// Purpose: wxWindows resource definitions. ALWAYS include +// this in your application resource file. +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: wx.rc 46316 2007-06-04 09:01:37Z VS $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#if defined(__MWERKS__) +#include +#else +#include +#endif + +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) + #include "wx/msw/wince/wince.rc" +#endif + +#include "wx/msw/rcdefs.h" + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// This is the MDI Window menu +// + +wxWindowMenu MENU DISCARDABLE +BEGIN + POPUP "&Window" + BEGIN + MENUITEM "&Cascade", 4002 + MENUITEM "Tile &Horizontally", 4001 + MENUITEM "Tile &Vertically", 4005 + MENUITEM "", -1 + MENUITEM "&Arrange Icons", 4003 + MENUITEM "&Next", 4004 + END +END + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Standard wxWindows Cursors +// + +WXCURSOR_HAND CURSOR DISCARDABLE "wx/msw/hand.cur" +WXCURSOR_BULLSEYE CURSOR DISCARDABLE "wx/msw/bullseye.cur" +WXCURSOR_PENCIL CURSOR DISCARDABLE "wx/msw/pencil.cur" +WXCURSOR_MAGNIFIER CURSOR DISCARDABLE "wx/msw/magnif1.cur" +WXCURSOR_ROLLER CURSOR DISCARDABLE "wx/msw/roller.cur" +WXCURSOR_PBRUSH CURSOR DISCARDABLE "wx/msw/pbrush.cur" +WXCURSOR_PLEFT CURSOR DISCARDABLE "wx/msw/pntleft.cur" +WXCURSOR_PRIGHT CURSOR DISCARDABLE "wx/msw/pntright.cur" +WXCURSOR_BLANK CURSOR DISCARDABLE "wx/msw/blank.cur" +WXCURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW CURSOR DISCARDABLE "wx/msw/rightarr.cur" +WXCURSOR_CROSS CURSOR DISCARDABLE "wx/msw/cross.cur" + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Default Icons +// + +// First wx icon in alphabetical order, so it will be used by Explorer if the +// application doesn't have any icons of its own +wxICON_AAA ICON "wx/msw/std.ico" + +//wxDEFAULT_FRAME ICON "wx/msw/std.ico" +//wxDEFAULT_MDIPARENTFRAME ICON "wx/msw/mdi.ico" +//wxDEFAULT_MDICHILDFRAME ICON "wx/msw/child.ico" + +// Standard small icons +wxICON_SMALL_CLOSED_FOLDER ICON "wx/msw/folder1.ico" +wxICON_SMALL_OPEN_FOLDER ICON "wx/msw/folder2.ico" +wxICON_SMALL_FILE ICON "wx/msw/file1.ico" +wxICON_SMALL_COMPUTER ICON "wx/msw/computer.ico" +wxICON_SMALL_DRIVE ICON "wx/msw/drive.ico" +wxICON_SMALL_CDROM ICON "wx/msw/cdrom.ico" +wxICON_SMALL_FLOPPY ICON "wx/msw/floppy.ico" +wxICON_SMALL_REMOVEABLE ICON "wx/msw/removble.ico" + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Bitmaps +// + +// For wxContextHelpButton +csquery BITMAP "wx/msw/csquery.bmp" + +// For obtaining the RGB values of standard colours +wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS BITMAP "wx/msw/colours.bmp" + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Manifest file for Windows XP +// + +#if !defined(wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST) || (wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST == 0) + +// Visual Studio 2005 generates the manifest automatically and so we +// shouldn't include it in the resources manually: +#if !defined(WX_MSC_FULL_VER) || WX_MSC_FULL_VER < 140040130 + +// see "about isolated applications" topic in MSDN +#ifdef ISOLATION_AWARE_ENABLED +#define wxMANIFEST_ID 2 +#else +#define wxMANIFEST_ID 1 +#endif + +#if defined(WX_CPU_AMD64) +wxMANIFEST_ID 24 "wx/msw/amd64.manifest" +#elif defined(WX_CPU_IA64) +wxMANIFEST_ID 24 "wx/msw/ia64.manifest" +#elif defined(WX_CPU_X86) +wxMANIFEST_ID 24 "wx/msw/wx.manifest" +#endif + +#endif // !defined(WX_MSC_FULL_VER) || WX_MSC_FULL_VER < 140040130 + +#endif // !defined(wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST) || (wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST == 0) diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/nativewin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/nativewin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..20f637fb55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/nativewin.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/nativewin.h +// Purpose: classes allowing to wrap a native window handle +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-03-05 +// RCS-ID: $Id: nativewin.h 62783 2009-12-05 17:31:07Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_NATIVEWIN_H_ +#define _WX_NATIVEWIN_H_ + +#include "wx/toplevel.h" + +// this symbol can be tested in the user code to see if the current wx port has +// support for creating wxNativeContainerWindow from native windows +// +// be optimistic by default, we undefine it below if we don't have it finally +#define wxHAS_NATIVE_CONTAINER_WINDOW + +// we define the following typedefs for each of the platform supporting native +// windows wrapping: +// +// - wxNativeContainerWindowHandle is the toolkit-level handle of the native +// window, i.e. HWND/GdkWindow*/NSWindow +// +// - wxNativeContainerWindowId is the lowest level identifier of the native +// window, i.e. HWND/GdkNativeWindow/NSWindow (so it's the same as above for +// all platforms except GTK where we also can work with Window/XID) +// +// later we'll also have +// +// - wxNativeWindowHandle for child windows (which will be wrapped by +// wxNativeWindow class), it is HWND/GtkWidget*/ControlRef +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + + typedef HWND wxNativeContainerWindowId; + typedef HWND wxNativeContainerWindowHandle; +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include + + typedef GdkNativeWindow wxNativeContainerWindowId; + typedef GdkWindow *wxNativeContainerWindowHandle; +#else + // no support for using native windows under this platform yet + #undef wxHAS_NATIVE_CONTAINER_WINDOW +#endif + +#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_CONTAINER_WINDOW + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNativeContainerWindow: can be used for creating other wxWindows inside it +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNativeContainerWindow : public wxTopLevelWindow +{ +public: + // default ctor, call Create() later + wxNativeContainerWindow() { } + + // create a window from an existing native window handle + // + // use GetHandle() to check if the creation was successful, it will return + // 0 if the handle was invalid + wxNativeContainerWindow(wxNativeContainerWindowHandle handle) + { + Create(handle); + } + + // same as ctor above but with a return code + bool Create(wxNativeContainerWindowHandle handle); + +#if defined(__WXGTK__) + // this is a convenient ctor for wxGTK applications which can also create + // the objects of this class from the really native window handles and not + // only the GdkWindow objects + // + // wxNativeContainerWindowId is Window (i.e. an XID, i.e. an int) under X11 + // (when GDK_WINDOWING_X11 is defined) or HWND under Win32 + wxNativeContainerWindow(wxNativeContainerWindowId winid) { Create(winid); } + + bool Create(wxNativeContainerWindowId winid); +#endif // wxGTK + + // unlike for the normal windows, dtor will not destroy the native window + // as it normally doesn't belong to us + virtual ~wxNativeContainerWindow(); + + + // provide (trivial) implementation of the base class pure virtuals + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" ); + } + + virtual wxString GetTitle() const + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" ); + + return wxString(); + } + + virtual void Maximize(bool WXUNUSED(maximize) = true) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" ); + } + + virtual bool IsMaximized() const + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" ); + + return false; + } + + virtual void Iconize(bool WXUNUSED(iconize) = true) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" ); + } + + virtual bool IsIconized() const + { + // this is called by wxGTK implementation so don't assert + return false; + } + + virtual void Restore() + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" ); + } + + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show), + long WXUNUSED(style) = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" ); + + return false; + } + + virtual bool IsFullScreen() const + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" ); + + return false; + } + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + virtual bool IsShown() const; +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + // this is an implementation detail: called when the native window is + // destroyed by an outside agency; deletes the C++ object too but can in + // principle be overridden to something else (knowing that the window + // handle of this object and all of its children is invalid any more) + virtual void OnNativeDestroyed(); + +protected: +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + virtual WXLRESULT + MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam); +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNativeContainerWindow); +}; + +#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_CONTAINER_WINDOW + +#endif // _WX_NATIVEWIN_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/nonownedwnd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/nonownedwnd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..25e21b670e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/nonownedwnd.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/nonownedwnd.h +// Purpose: declares wxNonTopLevelWindow class +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-12-24 +// RCS-ID: $Id: nonownedwnd.h 54125 2008-06-11 19:17:41Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 TT-Solutions +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_NONOWNEDWND_H_ +#define _WX_NONOWNEDWND_H_ + +#if defined(__WXDFB__) + #include "wx/dfb/nonownedwnd.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/nonownedwnd.h" +#else + // other ports can derive both wxTLW and wxPopupWindow directly + // from wxWindow: + #include "wx/window.h" + typedef wxWindow wxNonOwnedWindow; +#endif + +#endif // _WX_NONOWNEDWND_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/notebook.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/notebook.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..98bb521f37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/notebook.h @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/notebook.h +// Purpose: wxNotebook interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 01.02.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: notebook.h 66555 2011-01-04 08:31:53Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1996-2000 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK + +#include "wx/bookctrl.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxNotebook hit results, use wxBK_HITTEST so other book controls can share them +// if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK is disabled +enum +{ + wxNB_HITTEST_NOWHERE = wxBK_HITTEST_NOWHERE, + wxNB_HITTEST_ONICON = wxBK_HITTEST_ONICON, + wxNB_HITTEST_ONLABEL = wxBK_HITTEST_ONLABEL, + wxNB_HITTEST_ONITEM = wxBK_HITTEST_ONITEM, + wxNB_HITTEST_ONPAGE = wxBK_HITTEST_ONPAGE +}; + +// wxNotebook flags + +// use common book wxBK_* flags for describing alignment +#define wxNB_DEFAULT wxBK_DEFAULT +#define wxNB_TOP wxBK_TOP +#define wxNB_BOTTOM wxBK_BOTTOM +#define wxNB_LEFT wxBK_LEFT +#define wxNB_RIGHT wxBK_RIGHT + +#define wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH 0x0100 +#define wxNB_MULTILINE 0x0200 +#define wxNB_NOPAGETHEME 0x0400 +#define wxNB_FLAT 0x0800 + + +typedef wxWindow wxNotebookPage; // so far, any window can be a page + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxNotebookNameStr[]; + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI accessor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebookPageInfo : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxNotebookPageInfo() { m_page = NULL; m_imageId = -1; m_selected = false; } + virtual ~wxNotebookPageInfo() { } + + bool Create(wxNotebookPage *page, + const wxString& text, + bool selected, + int imageId) + { + m_page = page; + m_text = text; + m_selected = selected; + m_imageId = imageId; + return true; + } + + wxNotebookPage* GetPage() const { return m_page; } + wxString GetText() const { return m_text; } + bool GetSelected() const { return m_selected; } + int GetImageId() const { return m_imageId; } + +private: + wxNotebookPage *m_page; + wxString m_text; + bool m_selected; + int m_imageId; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebookPageInfo) +}; + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxNotebookPageInfo, wxNotebookPageInfoList ); + +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotebookBase: define wxNotebook interface +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotebookBase : public wxBookCtrlBase +{ +public: + // ctors + // ----- + + wxNotebookBase() { } + + // wxNotebook-specific additions to wxBookCtrlBase interface + // --------------------------------------------------------- + + // get the number of rows for a control with wxNB_MULTILINE style (not all + // versions support it - they will always return 1 then) + virtual int GetRowCount() const { return 1; } + + // set the padding between tabs (in pixels) + virtual void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding) = 0; + + // set the size of the tabs for wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH controls + virtual void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz) = 0; + + + + // implement some base class functions + virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const; + + // On platforms that support it, get the theme page background colour, else invalid colour + virtual wxColour GetThemeBackgroundColour() const { return wxNullColour; } + + + // send wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING/ED events + + // returns false if the change to nPage is vetoed by the program + bool SendPageChangingEvent(int nPage); + + // sends the event about page change from old to new (or GetSelection() if + // new is wxNOT_FOUND) + void SendPageChangedEvent(int nPageOld, int nPageNew = wxNOT_FOUND); + + // wxBookCtrlBase overrides this method to return false but we do need + // focus because we have tabs + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return wxControl::AcceptsFocus(); } + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + // XTI accessors + virtual void AddPageInfo( wxNotebookPageInfo* info ); + virtual const wxNotebookPageInfoList& GetPageInfos() const; +#endif + +protected: +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + wxNotebookPageInfoList m_pageInfos; +#endif + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNotebookBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// notebook event class and related stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxNotebookEvent is obsolete and defined for compatibility only (notice that +// we use #define and not typedef to also keep compatibility with the existing +// code which forward declares it) +#define wxNotebookEvent wxBookCtrlEvent +typedef wxBookCtrlEventFunction wxNotebookEventFunction; +#define wxNotebookEventHandler(func) wxBookCtrlEventHandler(func) + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent ); + +#define EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotebook class itself +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/notebook.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/notebook.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/generic/notebook.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/notebook.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/notebook.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/notebook.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/notebook.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/notebook.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK + +#endif + // _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/notifmsg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/notifmsg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd91fe2e3b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/notifmsg.h @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/notifmsg.h +// Purpose: class allowing to show notification messages to the user +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-11-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: notifmsg.h 62071 2009-09-24 12:36:34Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_NOTIFMSG_H_ +#define _WX_NOTIFMSG_H_ + +#include "wx/event.h" + +#if wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotificationMessage: allows to show the user a message non intrusively +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// notice that this class is not a window and so doesn't derive from wxWindow + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxNotificationMessageBase : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + // ctors and initializers + // ---------------------- + + // default ctor, use setters below to initialize it later + wxNotificationMessageBase() + { + m_parent = NULL; + m_flags = wxICON_INFORMATION; + } + + // create a notification object with the given title and message (the + // latter may be empty in which case only the title will be shown) + wxNotificationMessageBase(const wxString& title, + const wxString& message = wxEmptyString, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int flags = wxICON_INFORMATION) + : m_title(title), + m_message(message), + m_parent(parent) + { + SetFlags(flags); + } + + // note that the setters must be called before Show() + + // set the title: short string, markup not allowed + void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_title = title; } + + // set the text of the message: this is a longer string than the title and + // some platforms allow simple HTML-like markup in it + void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { m_message = message; } + + // set the parent for this notification: we'll be associated with the top + // level parent of this window or, if this method is not called, with the + // main application window by default + void SetParent(wxWindow *parent) { m_parent = parent; } + + // this method can currently be used to choose a standard icon to use: the + // parameter may be one of wxICON_INFORMATION, wxICON_WARNING or + // wxICON_ERROR only (but not wxICON_QUESTION) + void SetFlags(int flags) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( flags == wxICON_INFORMATION || + flags == wxICON_WARNING || flags == wxICON_ERROR, + "Invalid icon flags specified" ); + + m_flags = flags; + } + + + // showing and hiding + // ------------------ + + // possible values for Show() timeout + enum + { + Timeout_Auto = -1, // notification will be hidden automatically + Timeout_Never = 0 // notification will never time out + }; + + // show the notification to the user and hides it after timeout seconds + // pass (special values Timeout_Auto and Timeout_Never can be used) + // + // returns false if an error occurred + virtual bool Show(int timeout = Timeout_Auto) = 0; + + // hide the notification, returns true if it was hidden or false if it + // couldn't be done (e.g. on some systems automatically hidden + // notifications can't be hidden manually) + virtual bool Close() = 0; + +protected: + // accessors for the derived classes + const wxString& GetTitle() const { return m_title; } + const wxString& GetMessage() const { return m_message; } + wxWindow *GetParent() const { return m_parent; } + int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } + + // return the concatenation of title and message separated by a new line, + // this is suitable for simple implementation which have no support for + // separate title and message parts of the notification + wxString GetFullMessage() const + { + wxString text(m_title); + if ( !m_message.empty() ) + { + text << "\n\n" << m_message; + } + + return text; + } + +private: + wxString m_title, + m_message; + + wxWindow *m_parent; + + int m_flags; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNotificationMessageBase); +}; + +#if defined(__WXGTK__) && (wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2) + #include "wx/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.h" +/* + TODO: provide support for + - libnotify (Gnome) + - Growl (http://growl.info/, OS X) + */ +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_TASKBARICON && wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS + #include "wx/msw/notifmsg.h" +#else + #include "wx/generic/notifmsg.h" + + class wxNotificationMessage : public wxGenericNotificationMessage + { + public: + wxNotificationMessage() { } + wxNotificationMessage(const wxString& title, + const wxString& message = wxEmptyString, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int flags = wxICON_INFORMATION) + : wxGenericNotificationMessage(title, message, parent, flags) + { + } + }; +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE + +#endif // _WX_NOTIFMSG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/numdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/numdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a3a1505fc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/numdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/numdlg.h +// Purpose: wxNumberEntryDialog class +// Author: John Labenski +// Modified by: +// Created: 07.02.04 (extracted from wx/textdlg.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: numdlg.h 37157 2006-01-26 15:33:27Z ABX $ +// Copyright: (c) John Labenski +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_NUMDLGDLG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_NUMDLGDLG_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_NUMBERDLG + +#include "wx/generic/numdlgg.h" + +#endif // wxUSE_NUMBERDLG + +#endif // _WX_NUMDLGDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/numformatter.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/numformatter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..13b47b210b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/numformatter.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/numformatter.h +// Purpose: wxNumberFormatter class +// Author: Fulvio Senore, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2010-11-06 +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_NUMFORMATTER_H_ +#define _WX_NUMFORMATTER_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" + +// Helper class for formatting numbers with thousands separators which also +// supports parsing the numbers formatted by it. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxNumberFormatter +{ +public: + // Bit masks for ToString() + enum Style + { + Style_None = 0x00, + Style_WithThousandsSep = 0x01, + Style_NoTrailingZeroes = 0x02 // Only for floating point numbers + }; + + // Format a number as a string. By default, the thousands separator is + // used, specify Style_None to prevent this. For floating point numbers, + // precision can also be specified. + static wxString ToString(long val, + int style = Style_WithThousandsSep); +#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + static wxString ToString(wxLongLong_t val, + int style = Style_WithThousandsSep); +#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + static wxString ToString(double val, + int precision, + int style = Style_WithThousandsSep); + + // Parse a string representing a number, possibly with thousands separator. + // + // Return true on success and stores the result in the provided location + // which must be a valid non-NULL pointer. + static bool FromString(wxString s, long *val); +#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + static bool FromString(wxString s, wxLongLong_t *val); +#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + static bool FromString(wxString s, double *val); + + + // Get the decimal separator for the current locale. It is always defined + // and we fall back to returning '.' in case of an error. + static wxChar GetDecimalSeparator(); + + // Get the thousands separator if grouping of the digits is used by the + // current locale. The value returned in sep should be only used if the + // function returns true. + static bool GetThousandsSeparatorIfUsed(wxChar *sep); + +private: + // Post-process the string representing an integer. + static wxString PostProcessIntString(wxString s, int style); + + // Add the thousands separators to a string representing a number without + // the separators. This is used by ToString(Style_WithThousandsSep). + static void AddThousandsSeparators(wxString& s); + + // Remove trailing zeroes and, if there is nothing left after it, the + // decimal separator itself from a string representing a floating point + // number. Also used by ToString(). + static void RemoveTrailingZeroes(wxString& s); + + // Remove all thousands separators from a string representing a number. + static void RemoveThousandsSeparators(wxString& s); +}; + +#endif // _WX_NUMFORMATTER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/object.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/object.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6e01ab8caa --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/object.h @@ -0,0 +1,505 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/object.h +// Purpose: wxObject class, plus run-time type information macros +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Ron Lee +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: object.h 66650 2011-01-08 08:03:42Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart +// (c) 2001 Ron Lee +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OBJECTH__ +#define _WX_OBJECTH__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/memory.h" + +#define wxDECLARE_CLASS_INFO_ITERATORS() \ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const_iterator \ + { \ + typedef wxHashTable_Node Node; \ + public: \ + typedef const wxClassInfo* value_type; \ + typedef const value_type& const_reference; \ + typedef const_iterator itor; \ + typedef value_type* ptr_type; \ + \ + Node* m_node; \ + wxHashTable* m_table; \ + public: \ + typedef const_reference reference_type; \ + typedef ptr_type pointer_type; \ + \ + const_iterator(Node* node, wxHashTable* table) \ + : m_node(node), m_table(table) { } \ + const_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_table(NULL) { } \ + value_type operator*() const; \ + itor& operator++(); \ + const itor operator++(int); \ + bool operator!=(const itor& it) const \ + { return it.m_node != m_node; } \ + bool operator==(const itor& it) const \ + { return it.m_node == m_node; } \ + }; \ + \ + static const_iterator begin_classinfo(); \ + static const_iterator end_classinfo() + +// based on the value of wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI symbol, +// only one of the RTTI system will be compiled: +// - the "old" one (defined by rtti.h) or +// - the "new" one (defined by xti.h) +#include "wx/xti.h" +#include "wx/rtti.h" + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS(name, basename) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name, basename) + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) + +// ----------------------------------- +// for pluggable classes +// ----------------------------------- + + // NOTE: this should probably be the very first statement + // in the class declaration so wxPluginSentinel is + // the first member initialised and the last destroyed. + +// _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name) wxPluginSentinel m_pluginsentinel; + +#if wxUSE_NESTED_CLASSES + +#define _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, exportdecl) \ +class exportdecl name##PluginSentinel { \ +private: \ + static const wxString sm_className; \ +public: \ + name##PluginSentinel(); \ + ~name##PluginSentinel(); \ +}; \ +name##PluginSentinel m_pluginsentinel + +#define _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name) \ + const wxString name::name##PluginSentinel::sm_className(#name); \ + name::name##PluginSentinel::name##PluginSentinel() { \ + wxPluginLibrary *e = (wxPluginLibrary*) wxPluginLibrary::ms_classes.Get(#name); \ + if( e != 0 ) { e->RefObj(); } \ + } \ + name::name##PluginSentinel::~name##PluginSentinel() { \ + wxPluginLibrary *e = (wxPluginLibrary*) wxPluginLibrary::ms_classes.Get(#name); \ + if( e != 0 ) { e->UnrefObj(); } \ + } +#else + +#define _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name) +#define _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name) + +#endif // wxUSE_NESTED_CLASSES + +#define wxDECLARE_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name) \ + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name); _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) +#define wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name) \ + wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name); _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE) + +#define wxDECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, usergoo) \ + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name); _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, usergoo) +#define wxDECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, usergoo) \ + wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name); _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, usergoo) + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name, basename) _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name) +#define wxIMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name) +#define wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name, basename) _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name) +#define wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name) + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) +#define wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) +#define wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) +#define wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) + +#define wxCLASSINFO(name) (&name::ms_classInfo) + +#define wxIS_KIND_OF(obj, className) obj->IsKindOf(&className::ms_classInfo) + +// Just seems a bit nicer-looking (pretend it's not a macro) +#define wxIsKindOf(obj, className) obj->IsKindOf(&className::ms_classInfo) + +// this cast does some more checks at compile time as it uses static_cast +// internally +// +// note that it still has different semantics from dynamic_cast<> and so can't +// be replaced by it as long as there are any compilers not supporting it +#define wxDynamicCast(obj, className) \ + ((className *) wxCheckDynamicCast( \ + const_cast(static_cast(\ + const_cast(static_cast(obj)))), \ + &className::ms_classInfo)) + +// The 'this' pointer is always true, so use this version +// to cast the this pointer and avoid compiler warnings. +#define wxDynamicCastThis(className) \ + (IsKindOf(&className::ms_classInfo) ? (className *)(this) : (className *)0) + +// FIXME-VC6: dummy argument needed because VC6 doesn't support explicitly +// choosing the template function to call +template +inline T *wxCheckCast(const void *ptr, T * = NULL) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( wxDynamicCast(ptr, T), "wxStaticCast() used incorrectly" ); + return const_cast(static_cast(ptr)); +} + +#define wxStaticCast(obj, className) wxCheckCast((obj), (className *)NULL) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// set up memory debugging macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + Which new/delete operator variants do we want? + + _WX_WANT_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT = void *operator new (size_t size, wxChar *fileName = 0, int lineNum = 0) + _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID = void operator delete (void * buf) + _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_CONSTCHAR_SIZET = void operator delete (void *buf, const char *_fname, size_t _line) + _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT = void operator delete(void *buf, wxChar*, int) + _WX_WANT_ARRAY_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT = void *operator new[] (size_t size, wxChar *fileName , int lineNum = 0) + _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID = void operator delete[] (void *buf) + _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT = void operator delete[] (void* buf, wxChar*, int ) +*/ + +#if wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING + +// All compilers get this one +#define _WX_WANT_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT + +// Everyone except Visage gets the next one +#ifndef __VISAGECPP__ + #define _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID +#endif + +// Only visage gets this one under the correct circumstances +#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __DEBUG_ALLOC__ + #define _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_CONSTCHAR_SIZET +#endif + +// Only VC++ 6 and CodeWarrior get overloaded delete that matches new +#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200)) || \ + (defined(__MWERKS__) && (__MWERKS__ >= 0x2400)) + #define _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT +#endif + +// Now see who (if anyone) gets the array memory operators +#if wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS + + // Everyone except Visual C++ (cause problems for VC++ - crashes) + #if !defined(__VISUALC__) + #define _WX_WANT_ARRAY_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT + #endif + + // Everyone except Visual C++ (cause problems for VC++ - crashes) + #if !defined(__VISUALC__) + #define _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID + #endif + + // Only CodeWarrior 6 or higher + #if defined(__MWERKS__) && (__MWERKS__ >= 0x2400) + #define _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT + #endif + +#endif // wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS + +#endif // wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Compatibility macro aliases DECLARE group +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// deprecated variants _not_ requiring a semicolon after them and without wx prefix. +// (note that also some wx-prefixed macro do _not_ require a semicolon because +// it's not always possible to force the compire to require it) + +#define DECLARE_CLASS_INFO_ITERATORS() wxDECLARE_CLASS_INFO_ITERATORS(); +#define DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(n) wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(n); +#define DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(n) wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(n); +#define DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(n) wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(n); +#define DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(n) wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(n); +#define DECLARE_CLASS(n) wxDECLARE_CLASS(n); + +#define DECLARE_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n) wxDECLARE_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n); +#define DECLARE_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n) wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n); +#define DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,u) wxDECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,u); +#define DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,u) wxDECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,u); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRefCounter: ref counted data "manager" +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxRefCounter +{ +public: + wxRefCounter() { m_count = 1; } + + int GetRefCount() const { return m_count; } + + void IncRef() { m_count++; } + void DecRef(); + +protected: + // this object should never be destroyed directly but only as a + // result of a DecRef() call: + virtual ~wxRefCounter() { } + +private: + // our refcount: + int m_count; + + // It doesn't make sense to copy the reference counted objects, a new ref + // counter should be created for a new object instead and compilation + // errors in the code using wxRefCounter due to the lack of copy ctor often + // indicate a problem, e.g. a forgotten copy ctor implementation somewhere. + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRefCounter); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxObjectRefData: ref counted data meant to be stored in wxObject +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef wxRefCounter wxObjectRefData; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxObjectDataPtr: helper class to avoid memleaks because of missing calls +// to wxObjectRefData::DecRef +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +class wxObjectDataPtr +{ +public: + typedef T element_type; + + wxEXPLICIT wxObjectDataPtr(T *ptr = NULL) : m_ptr(ptr) {} + + // copy ctor + wxObjectDataPtr(const wxObjectDataPtr &tocopy) + : m_ptr(tocopy.m_ptr) + { + if (m_ptr) + m_ptr->IncRef(); + } + + ~wxObjectDataPtr() + { + if (m_ptr) + m_ptr->DecRef(); + } + + T *get() const { return m_ptr; } + + // test for pointer validity: defining conversion to unspecified_bool_type + // and not more obvious bool to avoid implicit conversions to integer types + typedef T *(wxObjectDataPtr::*unspecified_bool_type)() const; + operator unspecified_bool_type() const + { + return m_ptr ? &wxObjectDataPtr::get : NULL; + } + + T& operator*() const + { + wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL); + return *(m_ptr); + } + + T *operator->() const + { + wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL); + return get(); + } + + void reset(T *ptr) + { + if (m_ptr) + m_ptr->DecRef(); + m_ptr = ptr; + } + + wxObjectDataPtr& operator=(const wxObjectDataPtr &tocopy) + { + if (m_ptr) + m_ptr->DecRef(); + m_ptr = tocopy.m_ptr; + if (m_ptr) + m_ptr->IncRef(); + return *this; + } + + wxObjectDataPtr& operator=(T *ptr) + { + if (m_ptr) + m_ptr->DecRef(); + m_ptr = ptr; + return *this; + } + +private: + T *m_ptr; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxObject: the root class of wxWidgets object hierarchy +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject +{ + wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxObject); + +public: + wxObject() { m_refData = NULL; } + virtual ~wxObject() { UnRef(); } + + wxObject(const wxObject& other) + { + m_refData = other.m_refData; + if (m_refData) + m_refData->IncRef(); + } + + wxObject& operator=(const wxObject& other) + { + if ( this != &other ) + { + Ref(other); + } + return *this; + } + + bool IsKindOf(const wxClassInfo *info) const; + + + // Turn on the correct set of new and delete operators + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT + void *operator new ( size_t size, const wxChar *fileName = NULL, int lineNum = 0 ); +#endif + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID + void operator delete ( void * buf ); +#endif + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_CONSTCHAR_SIZET + void operator delete ( void *buf, const char *_fname, size_t _line ); +#endif + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT + void operator delete ( void *buf, const wxChar*, int ); +#endif + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_ARRAY_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT + void *operator new[] ( size_t size, const wxChar *fileName = NULL, int lineNum = 0 ); +#endif + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID + void operator delete[] ( void *buf ); +#endif + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT + void operator delete[] (void* buf, const wxChar*, int ); +#endif + + // ref counted data handling methods + + // get/set + wxObjectRefData *GetRefData() const { return m_refData; } + void SetRefData(wxObjectRefData *data) { m_refData = data; } + + // make a 'clone' of the object + void Ref(const wxObject& clone); + + // destroy a reference + void UnRef(); + + // Make sure this object has only one reference + void UnShare() { AllocExclusive(); } + + // check if this object references the same data as the other one + bool IsSameAs(const wxObject& o) const { return m_refData == o.m_refData; } + +protected: + // ensure that our data is not shared with anybody else: if we have no + // data, it is created using CreateRefData() below, if we have shared data + // it is copied using CloneRefData(), otherwise nothing is done + void AllocExclusive(); + + // both methods must be implemented if AllocExclusive() is used, not pure + // virtual only because of the backwards compatibility reasons + + // create a new m_refData + virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const; + + // create a new m_refData initialized with the given one + virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const; + + wxObjectRefData *m_refData; +}; + +inline wxObject *wxCheckDynamicCast(wxObject *obj, wxClassInfo *classInfo) +{ + return obj && obj->GetClassInfo()->IsKindOf(classInfo) ? obj : NULL; +} + +#include "wx/xti2.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// more debugging macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS + #define WXDEBUG_NEW new(__TFILE__,__LINE__) + + #if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS + #define new WXDEBUG_NEW + #elif defined(__VISUALC__) + // Including this file redefines new and allows leak reports to + // contain line numbers + #include "wx/msw/msvcrt.h" + #endif +#endif // wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Compatibility macro aliases IMPLEMENT group +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// deprecated variants _not_ requiring a semicolon after them and without wx prefix. +// (note that also some wx-prefixed macro do _not_ require a semicolon because +// it's not always possible to force the compire to require it) + +#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(n,b) +#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2(n,b1,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2(n,b1,b2) +#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(n,b) +#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(n,b1,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(n,b1,b2) +#define IMPLEMENT_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS(n,b) +#define IMPLEMENT_CLASS2(n,b1,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS2(n,b1,b2) + +#define IMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b) +#define IMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2) +#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b) +#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2) +#define IMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b) +#define IMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2) +#define IMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b) +#define IMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2) + +#define CLASSINFO(n) wxCLASSINFO(n) + +#endif // _WX_OBJECTH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/odcombo.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/odcombo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..04dccc0731 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/odcombo.h @@ -0,0 +1,399 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/odcombo.h +// Purpose: wxOwnerDrawnComboBox and wxVListBoxPopup +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Modified by: +// Created: Apr-30-2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: odcombo.h 66412 2010-12-20 14:54:04Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ODCOMBO_H_ +#define _WX_ODCOMBO_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX + +#include "wx/combo.h" +#include "wx/ctrlsub.h" +#include "wx/vlbox.h" +#include "wx/timer.h" + + +// +// New window styles for wxOwnerDrawnComboBox +// +enum +{ + // Double-clicking cycles item if wxCB_READONLY is also used. + wxODCB_DCLICK_CYCLES = wxCC_SPECIAL_DCLICK, + + // If used, control itself is not custom paint using callback. + // Even if this is not used, writable combo is never custom paint + // until SetCustomPaintWidth is called + wxODCB_STD_CONTROL_PAINT = 0x1000 +}; + + +// +// Callback flags (see wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::OnDrawItem) +// +enum wxOwnerDrawnComboBoxPaintingFlags +{ + // when set, we are painting the selected item in control, + // not in the popup + wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL = 0x0001, + + + // when set, we are painting an item which should have + // focus rectangle painted in the background. Text colour + // and clipping region are then appropriately set in + // the default OnDrawBackground implementation. + wxODCB_PAINTING_SELECTED = 0x0002 +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVListBoxComboPopup is a wxVListBox customized to act as a popup control. +// +// Notes: +// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox uses this as its popup. However, it always derives +// from native wxComboCtrl. If you need to use this popup with +// wxGenericComboControl, then remember that vast majority of item manipulation +// functionality is implemented in the wxVListBoxComboPopup class itself. +// +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxVListBoxComboPopup : public wxVListBox, + public wxComboPopup +{ + friend class wxOwnerDrawnComboBox; +public: + + // init and dtor + wxVListBoxComboPopup() : wxVListBox(), wxComboPopup() { } + virtual ~wxVListBoxComboPopup(); + + // required virtuals + virtual void Init(); + virtual bool Create(wxWindow* parent); + virtual void SetFocus(); + virtual wxWindow *GetControl() { return this; } + virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString& value ); + virtual wxString GetStringValue() const; + + // more customization + virtual void OnPopup(); + virtual wxSize GetAdjustedSize( int minWidth, int prefHeight, int maxHeight ); + virtual void PaintComboControl( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect ); + virtual void OnComboKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event ); + virtual void OnComboCharEvent( wxKeyEvent& event ); + virtual void OnComboDoubleClick(); + virtual bool LazyCreate(); + virtual bool FindItem(const wxString& item, wxString* trueItem); + + // Item management + void SetSelection( int item ); + void Insert( const wxString& item, int pos ); + int Append(const wxString& item); + void Clear(); + void Delete( unsigned int item ); + void SetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData, wxClientDataType clientDataItemsType); + void *GetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const; + void SetString( int item, const wxString& str ); + wxString GetString( int item ) const; + unsigned int GetCount() const; + int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const; + int GetSelection() const; + + //void Populate( int n, const wxString choices[] ); + void Populate( const wxArrayString& choices ); + void ClearClientDatas(); + + // helpers + int GetItemAtPosition( const wxPoint& pos ) { return HitTest(pos); } + wxCoord GetTotalHeight() const { return EstimateTotalHeight(); } + wxCoord GetLineHeight(int line) const { return OnGetRowHeight(line); } + +protected: + + // Called by OnComboDoubleClick and OnCombo{Key,Char}Event + bool HandleKey( int keycode, bool saturate, wxChar keychar = 0 ); + + // sends combobox select event from the parent combo control + void SendComboBoxEvent( int selection ); + + // gets value, sends event and dismisses + void DismissWithEvent(); + + // OnMeasureItemWidth will be called on next GetAdjustedSize. + void ItemWidthChanged(unsigned int item) + { + m_widths[item] = -1; + m_widthsDirty = true; + } + + // Callbacks for drawing and measuring items. Override in a derived class for + // owner-drawnness. Font, background and text colour have been prepared according + // to selection, focus and such. + // + // item: item index to be drawn, may be wxNOT_FOUND when painting combo control itself + // and there is no valid selection + // flags: wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL is set if painting to combo control instead of list + // + // NOTE: If wxVListBoxComboPopup is used with a wxComboCtrl class not derived from + // wxOwnerDrawnComboBox, this method must be overridden. + virtual void OnDrawItem( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags) const; + + // This is same as in wxVListBox + virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem( size_t item ) const; + + // Return item width, or -1 for calculating from text extent (default) + virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItemWidth( size_t item ) const; + + // Draw item and combo control background. Flags are same as with OnDrawItem. + // NB: Can't use name OnDrawBackground because of virtual function hiding warnings. + virtual void OnDrawBg(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags) const; + + // Additional wxVListBox implementation (no need to override in derived classes) + virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const; + void OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const; + + // filter mouse move events happening outside the list box + // move selection with cursor + void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnKey(wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnLeftClick(wxMouseEvent& event); + + // Return the widest item width (recalculating it if necessary) + int GetWidestItemWidth() { CalcWidths(); return m_widestWidth; } + + // Return the index of the widest item (recalculating it if necessary) + int GetWidestItem() { CalcWidths(); return m_widestItem; } + + // Stop partial completion (when some other event occurs) + void StopPartialCompletion(); + + wxArrayString m_strings; + wxArrayPtrVoid m_clientDatas; + + wxFont m_useFont; + + //wxString m_stringValue; // displayed text (may be different than m_strings[m_value]) + int m_value; // selection + int m_itemHover; // on which item the cursor is + int m_itemHeight; // default item height (calculate from font size + // and used in the absence of callback) + wxClientDataType m_clientDataItemsType; + +private: + + // Cached item widths (in pixels). + wxArrayInt m_widths; + + // Width of currently widest item. + int m_widestWidth; + + // Index of currently widest item. + int m_widestItem; + + // Measure some items in next GetAdjustedSize? + bool m_widthsDirty; + + // Find widest item in next GetAdjustedSize? + bool m_findWidest; + + // has the mouse been released on this control? + bool m_clicked; + + // Recalculate widths if they are dirty + void CalcWidths(); + + // Partial completion string + wxString m_partialCompletionString; + + wxString m_stringValue; + +#if wxUSE_TIMER + // Partial completion timer + wxTimer m_partialCompletionTimer; +#endif // wxUSE_TIMER + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox: a generic wxComboBox that allows custom paint items +// in addition to many other types of customization already allowed by +// the wxComboCtrl. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxOwnerDrawnComboBox : public wxComboCtrl, + public wxItemContainer +{ + //friend class wxComboPopupWindow; + friend class wxVListBoxComboPopup; +public: + + // ctors and such + wxOwnerDrawnComboBox() : wxComboCtrl() { Init(); } + + wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int n, + const wxString choices[], + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) + : wxComboCtrl() + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, + choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + + wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + const wxArrayString& choices = wxArrayString(), + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int n, + const wxString choices[], + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + + virtual ~wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(); + + // Prevent app from using wxComboPopup + void SetPopupControl(wxVListBoxComboPopup* popup) + { + DoSetPopupControl(popup); + } + + // wxControlWithItems methods + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s); + virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const; + virtual void Select(int n); + virtual int GetSelection() const; + + // Override these just to maintain consistency with virtual methods + // between classes. + virtual void Clear(); + virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const; + + virtual void SetSelection(int n) { Select(n); } + + + // Prevent a method from being hidden + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) + { + wxComboCtrl::SetSelection(from,to); + } + + // Return the widest item width (recalculating it if necessary) + virtual int GetWidestItemWidth() { EnsurePopupControl(); return GetVListBoxComboPopup()->GetWidestItemWidth(); } + + // Return the index of the widest item (recalculating it if necessary) + virtual int GetWidestItem() { EnsurePopupControl(); return GetVListBoxComboPopup()->GetWidestItem(); } + + virtual bool IsSorted() const { return HasFlag(wxCB_SORT); } + + wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST + +protected: + virtual void DoClear(); + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + + // Callback for drawing. Font, background and text colour have been + // prepared according to selection, focus and such. + // item: item index to be drawn, may be wxNOT_FOUND when painting combo control itself + // and there is no valid selection + // flags: wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL is set if painting to combo control instead of list + virtual void OnDrawItem( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags ) const; + + // Callback for item height, or -1 for default + virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem( size_t item ) const; + + // Callback for item width, or -1 for default/undetermined + virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItemWidth( size_t item ) const; + + // Callback for background drawing. Flags are same as with + // OnDrawItem. + virtual void OnDrawBackground( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags ) const; + + // NULL popup can be used to indicate default interface + virtual void DoSetPopupControl(wxComboPopup* popup); + + // clears all allocated client datas + void ClearClientDatas(); + + wxVListBoxComboPopup* GetVListBoxComboPopup() const + { + return (wxVListBoxComboPopup*) m_popupInterface; + } + + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData); + virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const; + + // temporary storage for the initial choices + //const wxString* m_baseChoices; + //int m_baseChoicesCount; + wxArrayString m_initChs; + +private: + void Init(); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOwnerDrawnComboBox) +}; + + +#endif // wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX + +#endif + // _WX_ODCOMBO_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/accel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/accel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1a61174518 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/accel.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/accel.h +// Purpose: wxAcceleratorTable class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: accel.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_ +#define _WX_ACCEL_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/event.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAcceleratorTable: public wxObject +{ +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable) +public: + wxAcceleratorTable(); + wxAcceleratorTable(int n, const wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]); // Load from array + + virtual ~wxAcceleratorTable(); + + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + bool IsOk() const; + + int GetCommand( wxKeyEvent &event ); +}; + +#endif + // _WX_ACCEL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/app.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/app.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74ff369b34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/app.h @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/app.h +// Purpose: wxApp class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: app.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_APP_H_ +#define _WX_APP_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/event.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowMac; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxApp ; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxKeyEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLog; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMacAutoreleasePool; + +// Force an exit from main loop +void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxExit(); + +// Yield to other apps/messages +bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxYield(); + +// Represents the application. Derive OnInit and declare +// a new App object to start application +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxApp: public wxAppBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp) + + wxApp(); + virtual ~wxApp(); + + virtual void WakeUpIdle(); + + virtual void SetPrintMode(int mode) { m_printMode = mode; } + virtual int GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; } + + // calling OnInit with an auto-release pool ready ... + virtual bool CallOnInit(); +#if wxUSE_GUI + // setting up all MacOS Specific Event-Handlers etc + virtual bool OnInitGui(); +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + + virtual int OnRun(); + + virtual bool ProcessIdle(); + + // implementation only + void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event); + void OnEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event); + void OnQueryEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event); + +protected: + int m_printMode; // wxPRINT_WINDOWS, wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT + wxMacAutoreleasePool* m_macPool; + +public: + + static bool sm_isEmbedded; + // Implementation + virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv); + virtual void CleanUp(); + + // the installed application event handler + WXEVENTHANDLERREF MacGetEventHandler() { return m_macEventHandler ; } + WXEVENTHANDLERREF MacGetCurrentEventHandlerCallRef() { return m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef ; } + void MacSetCurrentEvent( WXEVENTREF event , WXEVENTHANDLERCALLREF handler ) + { m_macCurrentEvent = event ; m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef = handler ; } + + // adding a CFType object to be released only at the end of the current event cycle (increases the + // refcount of the object passed), needed in case we are in the middle of an event concering an object + // we want to delete and cannot do it immediately + // TODO change semantics to be in line with cocoa (make autrelease NOT increase the count) + void MacAddToAutorelease( void* cfrefobj ); + void MacReleaseAutoreleasePool(); +public: + static wxWindow* s_captureWindow ; + static long s_lastModifiers ; + + int m_nCmdShow; + +private: + // mac specifics + virtual bool DoInitGui(); + virtual void DoCleanUp(); + + WXEVENTHANDLERREF m_macEventHandler ; + WXEVENTHANDLERCALLREF m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef ; + WXEVENTREF m_macCurrentEvent ; + +public: + static long s_macAboutMenuItemId ; + static long s_macPreferencesMenuItemId ; + static long s_macExitMenuItemId ; + static wxString s_macHelpMenuTitleName ; + + WXEVENTREF MacGetCurrentEvent() { return m_macCurrentEvent ; } + + // For embedded use. By default does nothing. + virtual void MacHandleUnhandledEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ); + + bool MacSendKeyDownEvent( wxWindow* focus , long keyval , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey , wxChar uniChar ) ; + bool MacSendKeyUpEvent( wxWindow* focus , long keyval , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey , wxChar uniChar ) ; + bool MacSendCharEvent( wxWindow* focus , long keymessage , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey , wxChar uniChar ) ; + void MacCreateKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event, wxWindow* focus , long keymessage , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey , wxChar uniChar ) ; +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON + // we only have applescript on these + virtual short MacHandleAEODoc(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ; + virtual short MacHandleAEGURL(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ; + virtual short MacHandleAEPDoc(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ; + virtual short MacHandleAEOApp(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ; + virtual short MacHandleAEQuit(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ; + virtual short MacHandleAERApp(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ; +#endif + // in response of an open-document apple event + virtual void MacOpenFile(const wxString &fileName) ; + // in response of a get-url apple event + virtual void MacOpenURL(const wxString &url) ; + // in response of a print-document apple event + virtual void MacPrintFile(const wxString &fileName) ; + // in response of a open-application apple event + virtual void MacNewFile() ; + // in response of a reopen-application apple event + virtual void MacReopenApp() ; + + // Hide the application windows the same as the system hide command would do it. + void MacHideApp(); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif + // _WX_APP_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/bitmap.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/bitmap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f2d861083 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/bitmap.h @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/bitmap.h +// Purpose: wxBitmap class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bitmap.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_ +#define _WX_BITMAP_H_ + +#include "wx/palette.h" + +// Bitmap +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; +class wxBitmapRefData ; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapHandler; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxControl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCursor; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPixelDataBase; + +// A mask is a bitmap used for drawing bitmaps +// Internally it is stored as a 8 bit deep memory chunk, 0 = black means the source will be drawn +// 255 = white means the source will not be drawn, no other values will be present +// 8 bit is chosen only for performance reasons, note also that this is the inverse value range +// from alpha, where 0 = invisible , 255 = fully drawn + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMask: public wxObject +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask) + +public: + wxMask(); + + // Copy constructor + wxMask(const wxMask& mask); + + // Construct a mask from a bitmap and a colour indicating + // the transparent area + wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour); + + // Construct a mask from a mono bitmap (black meaning show pixels, white meaning transparent) + wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // implementation helper only : construct a mask from a 32 bit memory buffer + wxMask(const wxMemoryBuffer& buf, int width , int height , int bytesPerRow ) ; + + virtual ~wxMask(); + + bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour); + bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + bool Create(const wxMemoryBuffer& buf, int width , int height , int bytesPerRow ) ; + + // Implementation below + + void Init() ; + + // a 8 bit depth mask + void* GetRawAccess() const; + int GetBytesPerRow() const { return m_bytesPerRow ; } + // renders/updates native representation when necessary + void RealizeNative() ; + + WXHBITMAP GetHBITMAP() const ; + + +private: + wxMemoryBuffer m_memBuf ; + int m_bytesPerRow ; + int m_width ; + int m_height ; + + WXHBITMAP m_maskBitmap ; + +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmap: public wxBitmapBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap) + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapHandler; + +public: + wxBitmap() {} // Platform-specific + + // Initialize with raw data. + wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1); + + // Initialize with XPM data + wxBitmap(const char* const* bits); + + // Load a file or resource + wxBitmap(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE); + + // Constructor for generalised creation from data + wxBitmap(const void* data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1); + + // creates an bitmap from the native image format + wxBitmap(CGImageRef image); + + // If depth is omitted, will create a bitmap compatible with the display + wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = -1) { (void)Create(width, height, depth); } + wxBitmap(const wxSize& sz, int depth = -1) { (void)Create(sz, depth); } + + // Convert from wxImage: + wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = -1); + + // Convert from wxIcon + wxBitmap(const wxIcon& icon) { CopyFromIcon(icon); } + + virtual ~wxBitmap() {} + + wxImage ConvertToImage() const; + + // get the given part of bitmap + wxBitmap GetSubBitmap( const wxRect& rect ) const; + + virtual bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH); + virtual bool Create(const wxSize& sz, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH) + { return Create(sz.GetWidth(), sz.GetHeight(), depth); } + + virtual bool Create(const void* data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1); + bool Create( CGImageRef image ); + + // virtual bool Create( WXHICON icon) ; + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE); + virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type, const wxPalette *cmap = NULL) const; + + wxBitmapRefData *GetBitmapData() const + { return (wxBitmapRefData *)m_refData; } + + // copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap + virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon); + + int GetWidth() const; + int GetHeight() const; + int GetDepth() const; + void SetWidth(int w); + void SetHeight(int h); + void SetDepth(int d); + void SetOk(bool isOk); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + wxPalette* GetPalette() const; + void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + wxMask *GetMask() const; + void SetMask(wxMask *mask) ; + + static void InitStandardHandlers(); + + // raw bitmap access support functions, for internal use only + void *GetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data, int bpp); + void UngetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data); + + // these functions are internal and shouldn't be used, they risk to + // disappear in the future + bool HasAlpha() const; + void UseAlpha(); + + // returns the 'native' implementation, a GWorldPtr for the content and one for the mask + WXHBITMAP GetHBITMAP( WXHBITMAP * mask = NULL ) const; + + // returns a CGImageRef which must released after usage with CGImageRelease + CGImageRef CreateCGImage() const ; + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + // returns an autoreleased version of the image + WX_NSImage GetNSImage() const; +#endif +#if wxOSX_USE_IPHONE + // returns an autoreleased version of the image + WX_UIImage GetUIImage() const; +#endif + // returns a IconRef which must be retained before and released after usage + IconRef GetIconRef() const; + // returns a IconRef which must be released after usage + IconRef CreateIconRef() const; + // get read only access to the underlying buffer + void *GetRawAccess() const ; + // brackets to the underlying OS structure for read/write access + // makes sure that no cached images will be constructed until terminated + void *BeginRawAccess() ; + void EndRawAccess() ; + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; +}; + +#endif // _WX_BITMAP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/bmpbuttn.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/bmpbuttn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a84403be6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/bmpbuttn.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/bmpbuttn.h +// Purpose: wxBitmapButton class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpbuttn.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_BMPBUTTN_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_BMPBUTTN_H_ + +#include "wx/button.h" + +#define wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN 4 + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapButton : public wxBitmapButtonBase +{ +public: + wxBitmapButton() + { + SetMargins(wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN, wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN); + } + + wxBitmapButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr); + +protected: + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButton) +}; + +#endif // _WX_OSX_BMPBUTTN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/brush.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/brush.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..df68d1c9c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/brush.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/brush.h +// Purpose: wxBrush class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: brush.h 54874 2008-07-31 09:59:04Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_ +#define _WX_BRUSH_H_ + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBrush; + +// Brush +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBrush: public wxBrushBase +{ +public: + wxBrush(); + wxBrush(const wxColour& col, wxBrushStyle style = wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( wxBrush(const wxColour& col, int style) ); +#endif + wxBrush(const wxBitmap& stipple); + virtual ~wxBrush(); + + virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& col) ; + virtual void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) ; + virtual void SetStyle(wxBrushStyle style) ; + virtual void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple) ; + + bool operator==(const wxBrush& brush) const; + bool operator!=(const wxBrush& brush) const { return !(*this == brush); } + + wxColour GetColour() const; + wxBrushStyle GetStyle() const ; + wxBitmap *GetStipple() const ; + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(int style) ) + { SetStyle((wxBrushStyle)style); } +#endif + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush) +}; + +#endif // _WX_BRUSH_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/button.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/button.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dad3e4cc05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/button.h @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/button.h +// Purpose: wxButton class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: button.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_BUTTON_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_BUTTON_H_ + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" + +// Pushbutton +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxButton : public wxButtonBase +{ +public: + wxButton() {} + wxButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr); + + static wxSize GetDefaultSize(); + + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label); + virtual wxWindow *SetDefault(); + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports + + virtual bool OSXHandleClicked( double timestampsec ); + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ; + + void OnEnterWindow( wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnLeaveWindow( wxMouseEvent& event); + + virtual wxBitmap DoGetBitmap(State which) const; + virtual void DoSetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, State which); + virtual void DoSetBitmapPosition(wxDirection dir); + + virtual void DoSetBitmapMargins(int x, int y) + { + m_marginX = x; + m_marginY = y; + InvalidateBestSize(); + } + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP && wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual bool DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup); +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP && wxOSX_USE_COCOA + + + // the margins around the bitmap + int m_marginX; + int m_marginY; + + // the bitmaps for the different state of the buttons, all of them may be + // invalid and the button only shows a bitmap at all if State_Normal bitmap + // is valid + wxBitmap m_bitmaps[State_Max]; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButton) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +// OS X specific class, not part of public wx API +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisclosureTriangle : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxDisclosureTriangle(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxBORDER_NONE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxBORDER_NONE, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr); + + void SetOpen( bool open ); + bool IsOpen() const; + + // osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports + + virtual bool OSXHandleClicked( double timestampsec ); + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ; +}; + +#endif // _WX_OSX_BUTTON_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/chkconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/chkconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3322f0dcb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/chkconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/osx/carbon/chkconf.h + * Purpose: Compiler-specific configuration checking + * Author: Julian Smart + * Modified by: + * Created: 01/02/97 + * RCS-ID: $Id: chkconf.h 61926 2009-09-14 13:07:23Z SC $ + * Copyright: (c) Julian Smart + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_CARBON_CHKCONF_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_CARBON_CHKCONF_H_ + +/* + * native (1) or emulated (0) toolbar + * also support old notation wxMAC_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR + */ + + + +#ifdef wxMAC_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR + #define wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR wxMAC_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR +#endif + +#ifndef wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR + #define wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR 1 +#endif + +/* + * text rendering system + */ + +#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 + + #define wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT 1 + // MLTE-TextControl uses ATSU + #define wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT 1 + +#else // platform < 10.5 + + #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 + #define wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT 1 + #else + #define wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT 0 + #endif + #define wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT 1 + +#endif + +/* + * Audio System + */ + +#define wxOSX_USE_QUICKTIME 1 +#define wxOSX_USE_AUDIOTOOLBOX 0 + +#endif + /* _WX_OSX_CARBON_CHKCONF_H_ */ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/dataview.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/dataview.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..056a2a895c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/dataview.h @@ -0,0 +1,479 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/carbon/dataview.h +// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl native implementation header for carbon +// Author: +// Id: $Id: dataview.h 57374 2009-01-27 +// Copyright: (c) 2009 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DATAVIEWCTRL_CARBON_H_ +#define _WX_DATAVIEWCTRL_CARBON_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +#include "wx/osx/core/dataview.h" +#include "wx/osx/private.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDataViewColumnNativeData +// ============================================================================ +class wxDataViewColumnNativeData +{ +public: +// +// constructors / destructor +// + wxDataViewColumnNativeData() + { + } + wxDataViewColumnNativeData(DataBrowserPropertyID initPropertyID) + :m_PropertyID(initPropertyID) + { + } + +// +// data access methods +// + DataBrowserPropertyID GetPropertyID() const + { + return m_PropertyID; + } + + void SetPropertyID(DataBrowserPropertyID newPropertyID) + { + m_PropertyID = newPropertyID; + } + +protected: +private: +// +// variables +// + DataBrowserPropertyID m_PropertyID; // each column is identified by its unique property ID (NOT by the column's index) +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDataViewRendererNativeData +// ============================================================================ +class wxDataViewRendererNativeData +{ +public: +// +// constructors / destructor +// + wxDataViewRendererNativeData() + { + } + wxDataViewRendererNativeData(DataBrowserPropertyType initPropertyType, DataBrowserItemDataRef initItemDataRef=NULL) + :m_ItemDataRef(initItemDataRef), m_PropertyType(initPropertyType) + { + } + +// +// data access methods +// + DataBrowserItemDataRef GetItemDataRef() const + { + return m_ItemDataRef; + } + DataBrowserPropertyType GetPropertyType() const + { + return m_PropertyType; + } + + void SetItemDataRef(DataBrowserItemDataRef newItemDataRef) + { + m_ItemDataRef = newItemDataRef; + } + void SetPropertyType(DataBrowserPropertyType newPropertyType) + { + m_PropertyType = newPropertyType; + } + +protected: +private: +// +// variables +// + DataBrowserItemDataRef m_ItemDataRef; + + DataBrowserPropertyType m_PropertyType; +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxMacDataBrowserTableViewControl +// ============================================================================ +// +// This is a wrapper class for the Mac OS X data browser environment. +// It covers all data brower functionality for the native browser's list +// and column style. +// + +// data browser's property IDs have a reserved ID range from 0 - 1023 +// therefore, the first usable property ID is 'kMinPropertyID' +DataBrowserPropertyID const kMinPropertyID = 1024; + +// array of data browser item IDs +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_SIZE_T(size_t,wxArrayDataBrowserItemID); + +class wxMacDataBrowserTableViewControl : public wxMacControl +{ +public: +// +// constructors / destructor +// + wxMacDataBrowserTableViewControl(wxWindow* peer, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long style); + wxMacDataBrowserTableViewControl() + { + } + ~wxMacDataBrowserTableViewControl(); + +// +// callback handling +// + OSStatus SetCallbacks (DataBrowserCallbacks const* callbacks); + OSStatus SetCustomCallbacks(DataBrowserCustomCallbacks const* customCallbacks); + +// +// DnD handling +// + OSStatus EnableAutomaticDragTracking(bool enable=true); + +// +// header handling +// + OSStatus GetHeaderDesc(DataBrowserPropertyID property, DataBrowserListViewHeaderDesc* desc) const; + + OSStatus SetHeaderDesc(DataBrowserPropertyID property, DataBrowserListViewHeaderDesc* desc); + +// +// layout handling +// + OSStatus AutoSizeColumns(); + + OSStatus EnableCellSizeModification(bool enableHeight=true, bool enableWidth=true); // enables or disables the column width and row height modification (default: false) + +#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 + OSStatus GetAttributes (OptionBits* attributes); +#endif + OSStatus GetColumnWidth (DataBrowserPropertyID column, UInt16 *width ) const; // returns the column width in pixels + OSStatus GetDefaultColumnWidth(UInt16 *width ) const; // returns the default column width in pixels + OSStatus GetDefaultRowHeight (UInt16 * height ) const; + OSStatus GetHeaderButtonHeight(UInt16 *height ); + OSStatus GetPartBounds (DataBrowserItemID item, DataBrowserPropertyID property, DataBrowserPropertyPart part, Rect* bounds); + OSStatus GetRowHeight (DataBrowserItemID item , UInt16 *height) const; + OSStatus GetScrollPosition (UInt32* top, UInt32 *left) const; + +#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 + OSStatus SetAttributes (OptionBits attributes); +#endif + OSStatus SetColumnWidth(DataBrowserPropertyID column, UInt16 width); // sets the column width in pixels + OSStatus SetDefaultColumnWidth( UInt16 width ); + OSStatus SetDefaultRowHeight( UInt16 height ); + OSStatus SetHasScrollBars( bool horiz, bool vert ); + OSStatus SetHeaderButtonHeight( UInt16 height ); + OSStatus SetHiliteStyle(DataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle hiliteStyle); + OSStatus SetIndent(float Indent); + OSStatus SetItemRowHeight( DataBrowserItemID item , UInt16 height); + OSStatus SetScrollPosition( UInt32 top , UInt32 left ); + +// +// column handling +// + OSStatus GetColumnCount (UInt32* numColumns) const; + OSStatus GetColumnIndex (DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, DataBrowserTableViewColumnIndex* index) const; // returns for the passed property the corresponding column index + OSStatus GetFreePropertyID(DataBrowserPropertyID* propertyID) const; // this method returns a property id that is valid and currently not used; if it cannot be found 'errDataBrowerPropertyNotSupported' is returned + OSStatus GetPropertyFlags (DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, DataBrowserPropertyFlags *flags ) const; + OSStatus GetPropertyID (DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, DataBrowserPropertyID* propertyID) const; // returns for the passed item data reference the corresponding property ID + OSStatus GetPropertyID (DataBrowserTableViewColumnIndex index, DataBrowserPropertyID* propertyID) const; // returns for the passed column index the corresponding property ID + + OSStatus IsUsedPropertyID(DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID) const; // checks if passed property id is used by the control; no error is returned if the id exists + + OSStatus RemoveColumnByProperty(DataBrowserTableViewColumnID propertyID); + OSStatus RemoveColumnByIndex (DataBrowserTableViewColumnIndex index); + + OSStatus SetColumnIndex (DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, DataBrowserTableViewColumnIndex index); + OSStatus SetDisclosureColumn(DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, Boolean expandableRows=false); + OSStatus SetPropertyFlags (DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, DataBrowserPropertyFlags flags); + +// +// item handling +// + OSStatus AddItem(DataBrowserItemID container, DataBrowserItemID const* itemID) // adds a single item + { + return AddItems(container,1,itemID,kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); + } + OSStatus AddItems(DataBrowserItemID container, UInt32 numItems, DataBrowserItemID const* items, DataBrowserPropertyID preSortProperty); // adds items to the data browser + + OSStatus GetFreeItemID(DataBrowserItemID* id) const; // this method returns an item id that is valid and currently not used; if it cannot be found 'errDataBrowserItemNotAdded' is returned + OSStatus GetItemCount (ItemCount* numItems) const + { + return GetItemCount(kDataBrowserNoItem,true,kDataBrowserItemAnyState,numItems); + } + OSStatus GetItemCount (DataBrowserItemID container, Boolean recurse, DataBrowserItemState state, ItemCount* numItems) const; + OSStatus GetItemID (DataBrowserTableViewRowIndex row, DataBrowserItemID* item) const; + OSStatus GetItems (DataBrowserItemID container, Boolean recurse, DataBrowserItemState state, Handle items) const; + OSStatus GetItemRow (DataBrowserItemID item, DataBrowserTableViewRowIndex* row) const; + OSStatus GetItemState (DataBrowserItemID item, DataBrowserItemState* state) const; + + OSStatus IsUsedItemID(DataBrowserItemID itemID) const; // checks if the passed id is in use + + OSStatus RevealItem(DataBrowserItemID item, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, DataBrowserRevealOptions options) const; + + OSStatus RemoveItem(DataBrowserItemID container, DataBrowserItemID const* itemID) // removes a single item + { + return RemoveItems(container,1,itemID,kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); + } + OSStatus RemoveItems(void) // removes all items + { + return RemoveItems(kDataBrowserNoItem,0,NULL,kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); + } + OSStatus RemoveItems(DataBrowserItemID container, UInt32 numItems, DataBrowserItemID const* items, DataBrowserPropertyID preSortProperty); + + OSStatus UpdateItem(DataBrowserItemID container, DataBrowserItemID const* item) // updates all columns of the passed item + { + return UpdateItems(container,1,item,kDataBrowserItemNoProperty,kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); + } + OSStatus UpdateItems(void) // updates all items + { + return UpdateItems(kDataBrowserNoItem,0,NULL,kDataBrowserItemNoProperty,kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); + } + OSStatus UpdateItems(DataBrowserItemID container, UInt32 numItems, DataBrowserItemID const* items, DataBrowserPropertyID preSortProperty, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID) const; + +// +// item selection +// + size_t GetSelectedItemIDs(wxArrayDataBrowserItemID& itemIDs) const; // returns the number of selected item and the item IDs in the array + OSStatus GetSelectionAnchor(DataBrowserItemID *first, DataBrowserItemID *last) const; + OSStatus GetSelectionFlags (DataBrowserSelectionFlags* flags) const; + + bool IsItemSelected(DataBrowserItemID item) const; + + OSStatus SetSelectionFlags(DataBrowserSelectionFlags flags); + OSStatus SetSelectedItems (UInt32 numItems, DataBrowserItemID const* itemIDs, DataBrowserSetOption operation); + +// +// item sorting +// + OSStatus GetSortOrder (DataBrowserSortOrder* order) const; + OSStatus GetSortProperty(DataBrowserPropertyID* propertyID) const; + + OSStatus Resort(DataBrowserItemID container=kDataBrowserNoItem, Boolean sortChildren=true); + + OSStatus SetSortOrder (DataBrowserSortOrder order); + OSStatus SetSortProperty(DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID); + +// +// container handling +// + OSStatus CloseContainer(DataBrowserItemID containerID); + + OSStatus OpenContainer(DataBrowserItemID containerID); + +protected : +// +// standard callback functions +// + static pascal Boolean DataBrowserCompareProc (ControlRef browser, DataBrowserItemID itemOneID, DataBrowserItemID itemTwoID, DataBrowserPropertyID sortProperty); + static pascal void DataBrowserGetContextualMenuProc(ControlRef browser, MenuRef* menu, UInt32* helpType, CFStringRef* helpItemString, AEDesc* selection); + static pascal OSStatus DataBrowserGetSetItemDataProc (ControlRef browser, DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID property, DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, Boolean getValue); + static pascal void DataBrowserItemNotificationProc (ControlRef browser, DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserItemNotification message, DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData); + + virtual Boolean DataBrowserCompareProc (DataBrowserItemID itemOneID, DataBrowserItemID itemTwoID, DataBrowserPropertyID sortProperty) = 0; + virtual void DataBrowserGetContextualMenuProc(MenuRef* menu, UInt32* helpType, CFStringRef* helpItemString, AEDesc* selection) = 0; + virtual OSStatus DataBrowserGetSetItemDataProc (DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID property, DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, Boolean getValue) = 0; + virtual void DataBrowserItemNotificationProc (DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserItemNotification message, DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData) = 0; + +// +// callback functions for customized types +// + static pascal void DataBrowserDrawItemProc(ControlRef browser, DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, DataBrowserItemState state, Rect const* rectangle, SInt16 bitDepth, Boolean colorDevice); + static pascal Boolean DataBrowserEditItemProc(ControlRef browser, DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, CFStringRef theString, Rect* maxEditTextRect, Boolean* shrinkToFit); + static pascal Boolean DataBrowserHitTestProc (ControlRef browser, DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, Rect const* theRect, Rect const* mouseRect); + static pascal DataBrowserTrackingResult DataBrowserTrackingProc(ControlRef browser, DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, Rect const* theRect, Point startPt, EventModifiers modifiers); + + virtual void DataBrowserDrawItemProc(DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, DataBrowserItemState state, Rect const* rectangle, SInt16 bitDepth, Boolean colorDevice) = 0; + virtual Boolean DataBrowserEditItemProc(DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, CFStringRef theString, Rect* maxEditTextRect, Boolean* shrinkToFit) = 0; + virtual Boolean DataBrowserHitTestProc (DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, Rect const* theRect, Rect const* mouseRect) = 0; + virtual DataBrowserTrackingResult DataBrowserTrackingProc(DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, Rect const* theRect, Point startPt, EventModifiers modifiers) = 0; + +// +// callback functions for drag & drop +/// + static pascal Boolean DataBrowserAcceptDragProc (ControlRef browser, DragReference dragRef, DataBrowserItemID itemID); + static pascal Boolean DataBrowserAddDragItemProc(ControlRef browser, DragReference dragRef, DataBrowserItemID itemID, ItemReference* itemRef); + static pascal Boolean DataBrowserReceiveDragProc(ControlRef browser, DragReference dragRef, DataBrowserItemID itemID); + + virtual Boolean DataBrowserAcceptDragProc (DragReference dragRef, DataBrowserItemID itemID) = 0; + virtual Boolean DataBrowserAddDragItemProc(DragReference dragRef, DataBrowserItemID itemID, ItemReference* itemRef) = 0; + virtual Boolean DataBrowserReceiveDragProc(DragReference dragRef, DataBrowserItemID itemID) = 0; + +// +// event handler for hit testing +/// + void* m_macDataViewCtrlEventHandler; + +private: +// +// wxWidget internal stuff +// + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxMacDataBrowserTableViewControl) +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxMacDataBrowserListViewControl +// ============================================================================ +// +// This class is a wrapper for the native browser's list view style. It expands +// the inherited functionality of the table view control class. +// The term list view is in this case Mac OS X specific and is not related +// to any wxWidget naming conventions. +// +class wxMacDataBrowserListViewControl : public wxMacDataBrowserTableViewControl +{ +public: +// +// constructors / destructor +// + wxMacDataBrowserListViewControl(wxWindow* peer, wxPoint const& pos, wxSize const& size, long style) : wxMacDataBrowserTableViewControl(peer,pos,size,style) + { + } + +// +// column handling +// + OSStatus AddColumn(DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc *columnDesc, DataBrowserTableViewColumnIndex position); + +protected: +private: +}; + + +// ============================================================================ +// wxMacDataViewDataBrowserListViewControl +// ============================================================================ +// +// This is the internal interface class between wxDataViewCtrl (wxWidget) and +// the native data browser (Mac OS X carbon). +// +class wxMacDataViewDataBrowserListViewControl : public wxMacDataBrowserListViewControl, public wxDataViewWidgetImpl +{ +public: +// +// constructors / destructor +// + wxMacDataViewDataBrowserListViewControl(wxWindow* peer, wxPoint const& pos, wxSize const& size, long style); + + // + // column related methods (inherited from wxDataViewWidgetImpl) + // + virtual bool ClearColumns (); + virtual bool DeleteColumn (wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr); + virtual void DoSetExpanderColumn(wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr); + virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetColumn (unsigned int pos) const; + virtual int GetColumnPosition (wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr) const; + virtual bool InsertColumn (unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr); + virtual void FitColumnWidthToContent(unsigned int WXUNUSED(pos)) { /*not implemented*/ } + + // + // item related methods (inherited from wxDataViewWidgetImpl) + // + virtual bool Add (wxDataViewItem const& parent, wxDataViewItem const& item); + virtual bool Add (wxDataViewItem const& parent, wxDataViewItemArray const& items); + virtual void Collapse (wxDataViewItem const& item); + virtual void EnsureVisible(wxDataViewItem const& item, wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr); + virtual void Expand (wxDataViewItem const& item); + virtual unsigned int GetCount () const; + virtual wxRect GetRectangle (wxDataViewItem const& item, wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr); + virtual bool IsExpanded (wxDataViewItem const& item) const; + virtual bool Reload (); + virtual bool Remove (wxDataViewItem const& parent, wxDataViewItem const& item); + virtual bool Remove (wxDataViewItem const& parent, wxDataViewItemArray const& item); + virtual bool Update (wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr); + virtual bool Update (wxDataViewItem const& parent, wxDataViewItem const& item); + virtual bool Update (wxDataViewItem const& parent, wxDataViewItemArray const& items); + + // + // model related methods + // + virtual bool AssociateModel(wxDataViewModel* model); + + // + // selection related methods (inherited from wxDataViewWidgetImpl) + // + virtual wxDataViewItem GetCurrentItem() const; + virtual void SetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item); + virtual int GetSelections(wxDataViewItemArray& sel) const; + virtual bool IsSelected (wxDataViewItem const& item) const; + virtual void Select (wxDataViewItem const& item); + virtual void SelectAll (); + virtual void Unselect (wxDataViewItem const& item); + virtual void UnselectAll (); + + // + // sorting related methods + // + virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetSortingColumn () const; + virtual void Resort (); + + // + // other methods (inherited from wxDataViewWidgetImpl) + // + virtual void DoSetIndent (int indent); + virtual void HitTest (wxPoint const& point, wxDataViewItem& item, wxDataViewColumn*& columnPtr) const; + virtual void SetRowHeight(wxDataViewItem const& item, unsigned int height); + virtual void OnSize (); + + // + // other methods + // + wxDataViewCtrl* GetDataViewCtrl() const + { + return dynamic_cast(GetWXPeer()); + } + +protected: +// +// standard callback functions (inherited from wxMacDataBrowserTableViewControl) +// + virtual Boolean DataBrowserCompareProc (DataBrowserItemID itemOneID, DataBrowserItemID itemTwoID, DataBrowserPropertyID sortProperty); + virtual void DataBrowserItemNotificationProc (DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserItemNotification message, DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData); + virtual void DataBrowserGetContextualMenuProc(MenuRef* menu, UInt32* helpType, CFStringRef* helpItemString, AEDesc* selection); + virtual OSStatus DataBrowserGetSetItemDataProc (DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, Boolean getValue); + +// +// callback functions for customized types (inherited from wxMacDataBrowserTableViewControl) +// + virtual void DataBrowserDrawItemProc(DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, DataBrowserItemState state, Rect const* rectangle, SInt16 bitDepth, Boolean colorDevice); + virtual Boolean DataBrowserEditItemProc(DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, CFStringRef theString, Rect* maxEditTextRect, Boolean* shrinkToFit); + virtual Boolean DataBrowserHitTestProc (DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, Rect const* theRect, Rect const* mouseRect); + virtual DataBrowserTrackingResult DataBrowserTrackingProc(DataBrowserItemID itemID, DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, Rect const* theRect, Point startPt, EventModifiers modifiers); + +// +// callback functions for drag & drop (inherited from wxMacDataBrowserTableViewControl) +// + virtual Boolean DataBrowserAcceptDragProc (DragReference dragRef, DataBrowserItemID itemID); + virtual Boolean DataBrowserAddDragItemProc(DragReference dragRef, DataBrowserItemID itemID, ItemReference* itemRef); + virtual Boolean DataBrowserReceiveDragProc(DragReference dragRef, DataBrowserItemID itemID); + +// +// drag & drop helper methods +// + wxDataFormat GetDnDDataFormat(wxDataObjectComposite* dataObjects); + wxDataObjectComposite* GetDnDDataObjects(DragReference dragRef, ItemReference itemRef) const; // create the data objects from the native dragged object + +// +// other methods +// + wxDataViewColumn* GetColumnPtr(DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID) const; // returns for the passed property the corresponding pointer to a column; NULL is returned if not found + +private: +}; + +typedef wxMacDataViewDataBrowserListViewControl* wxMacDataViewDataBrowserListViewControlPointer; + +#endif // WX_GUI +#endif // _WX_MACCARBONDATAVIEWCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/drawer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/drawer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b56e82076b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/drawer.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/carbon/drawer.h +// Purpose: Drawer child window class. +// Drawer windows appear under their parent window and +// behave like a drawer, opening and closing to reveal +// content that does not need to be visible at all times. +// Author: Jason Bagley +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-30-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: drawer.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Jason Bagley; Art & Logic, Inc. +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DRAWERWINDOW_H_ +#define _WX_DRAWERWINDOW_H_ + +#include "wx/toplevel.h" + +// +// NB: This is currently a private undocumented class - +// it is stable, but the API is not and will change in the +// near future +// + +#if ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_2 ) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDrawerWindow : public wxTopLevelWindow +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDrawerWindow) + +public: + + wxDrawerWindow(); + + wxDrawerWindow(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + wxSize size = wxDefaultSize, + wxDirection edge = wxLEFT, + const wxString& name = wxT("drawerwindow")) + { + this->Create(parent, id, title, size, edge, name); + } + + virtual ~wxDrawerWindow(); + + // Create a drawer window. + // If parent is NULL, create as a tool window. + // If parent is not NULL, then wxTopLevelWindow::Attach this window to parent. + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + wxSize size = wxDefaultSize, + wxDirection edge = wxLEFT, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + bool Open(bool show = true); // open or close the drawer, possibility for async param, i.e. animate + bool Close() { return this->Open(false); } + bool IsOpen() const; + + // Set the edge of the parent where the drawer attaches. + bool SetPreferredEdge(wxDirection edge); + wxDirection GetPreferredEdge() const; + wxDirection GetCurrentEdge() const; // not necessarily the preferred, due to screen constraints +}; + +#endif // defined( __WXMAC__ ) && TARGET_API_MAC_OSX && ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_2 ) + +#endif + // _WX_DRAWERWINDOW_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/evtloop.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/evtloop.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2811e5c8c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/evtloop.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/carbon/evtloop.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxEventLoop for wxMac +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-01-12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloop.h 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_CARBON_EVTLOOP_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_CARBON_EVTLOOP_H_ + +struct OpaqueEventRef; +typedef OpaqueEventRef *EventRef; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIEventLoop : public wxCFEventLoop +{ +public: + wxGUIEventLoop(); + +protected: + virtual int DoDispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout); + + virtual void DoRun(); + + virtual void DoStop(); + + virtual CFRunLoopRef CFGetCurrentRunLoop() const; +}; + +#endif // _WX_MAC_CARBON_EVTLOOP_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/mimetype.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/mimetype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..61ab948825 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/mimetype.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/carbon/mimetype.h +// Purpose: Mac Carbon implementation for wx mime-related classes +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/16/2005 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mimetype.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Ryan Norton () +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H +#define _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/mimetype.h" + + +class wxMimeTypesManagerImpl +{ +public : + //kinda kooky but in wxMimeTypesManager::EnsureImpl it doesn't call + //intialize, so we do it ourselves + wxMimeTypesManagerImpl() : m_hIC(NULL) { Initialize(); } + ~wxMimeTypesManagerImpl() { ClearData(); } + + // load all data into memory - done when it is needed for the first time + void Initialize(int mailcapStyles = wxMAILCAP_STANDARD, + const wxString& extraDir = wxEmptyString); + + // and delete the data here + void ClearData(); + + // implement containing class functions + wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext); + wxFileType *GetOrAllocateFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext) ; + wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType); + + size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes); + + void AddFallback(const wxFileTypeInfo& ft) { m_fallbacks.Add(ft); } + + // create a new filetype association + wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo); + // remove association + bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft); + +private: + wxArrayFileTypeInfo m_fallbacks; + void* m_hIC; + void** m_hDatabase; + long m_lCount; + + void* pReserved1; + void* pReserved2; + void* pReserved3; + void* pReserved4; + void* pReserved5; + void* pReserved6; + + friend class wxFileTypeImpl; +}; + +class wxFileTypeImpl +{ +public: + //kind of nutty, but mimecmn.cpp creates one with an empty new + wxFileTypeImpl() : m_manager(NULL) {} + ~wxFileTypeImpl() {} //for those broken compilers + + // implement accessor functions + bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions); + bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const; + bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const; + bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconLoc) const; + bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const; + bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters&) const; + bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters&) const; + + size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString * verbs, wxArrayString * commands, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const; + + // remove the record for this file type + // probably a mistake to come here, use wxMimeTypesManager.Unassociate (ft) instead + bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft) + { + return m_manager->Unassociate(ft); + } + + // set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and + // overwriteprompt is TRUE + bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, const wxString& verb, bool overwriteprompt = true); + bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& strIcon = wxEmptyString, int index = 0); + + private: + void Init(wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *manager, long lIndex) + { m_manager=(manager); m_lIndex=(lIndex); } + + // helper function + wxString GetCommand(const wxString& verb) const; + + wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *m_manager; + long m_lIndex; + + void* pReserved1; + void* pReserved2; + void* pReserved3; + void* pReserved4; + void* pReserved5; + void* pReserved6; + + friend class wxMimeTypesManagerImpl; +}; + +#endif + //_MIMETYPE_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb26d2687d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private.h @@ -0,0 +1,1062 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/carbon/private.h +// Purpose: Private declarations: as this header is only included by +// wxWidgets itself, it may contain identifiers which don't start +// with "wx". +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: private.h 67233 2011-03-18 15:45:51Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_H_ + +#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 +typedef UInt32 URefCon; +typedef SInt32 SRefCon; +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +#include "wx/osx/uma.h" + +#include "wx/listbox.h" +#include "wx/osx/dc.h" +#include "wx/osx/dcclient.h" +#include "wx/osx/dcmemory.h" + +// app.h + +#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 +bool wxMacConvertEventToRecord( EventRef event , EventRecord *rec); +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// filefn.h +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxMacFSSpec2MacFilename( const FSSpec *spec ); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxMacFilename2FSSpec( const wxString &path , FSSpec *spec ); + +// utils.h +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxMacFindFolderNoSeparator(short vRefNum, + OSType folderType, + Boolean createFolder); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxMacFindFolder(short vRefNum, + OSType folderType, + Boolean createFolder); + +template EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unknown Param Type") ); return 0; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeHIShapeRef; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeQDRgnHandle; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeControlRef; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeWindowRef; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeMenuRef; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeEventRef; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeQDPoint; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeQDRectangle; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeBoolean; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeSInt16; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeSInt32; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeUInt32; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeRGBColor; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeHICommand; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeHIPoint; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeHISize; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeHIRect; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeVoidPtr; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeCFDictionaryRef; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeCollection; } +template<> inline EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeCGContextRef; } +/* + These are ambiguous + template<> EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeGrafPtr; } + template<> EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeOSStatus; } + template<> EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeCFIndex; } + template<> EventParamType wxMacGetEventParamType() { return typeGWorldPtr; } + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacCarbonEvent +{ + +public : + wxMacCarbonEvent() + { + m_eventRef = 0; + m_release = false; + } + + wxMacCarbonEvent( EventRef event , bool release = false ) + { + m_eventRef = event; + m_release = release; + } + + wxMacCarbonEvent(UInt32 inClassID,UInt32 inKind,EventTime inWhen = 0 /*now*/,EventAttributes inAttributes=kEventAttributeNone) + { + m_eventRef = NULL; + verify_noerr( MacCreateEvent( NULL , inClassID, inKind,inWhen,inAttributes,&m_eventRef) ); + m_release = true; + } + + ~wxMacCarbonEvent() + { + if ( m_release ) + ReleaseEvent( m_eventRef ); + } + + OSStatus Create(UInt32 inClassID,UInt32 inKind,EventTime inWhen = 0 /*now*/,EventAttributes inAttributes=kEventAttributeNone) + { + verify( (m_eventRef == NULL) || m_release ); + if ( m_eventRef && m_release ) + { + ReleaseEvent( m_eventRef ); + m_release = false; + m_eventRef = NULL; + } + OSStatus err = MacCreateEvent( NULL , inClassID, inKind,inWhen,inAttributes,&m_eventRef); + if ( err == noErr ) + m_release = true; + return err; + } + + OSStatus GetParameter( EventParamName inName, EventParamType inDesiredType, UInt32 inBufferSize, void * outData); + + template OSStatus GetParameter( EventParamName inName, EventParamType type , T *data ) + { + return GetParameter( inName, type , sizeof( T ) , data ); + } + template OSStatus GetParameter( EventParamName inName, T *data ) + { + return GetParameter( inName, wxMacGetEventParamType() , data ); + } + + template T GetParameter( EventParamName inName ) + { + T value; + verify_noerr( GetParameter( inName, &value ) ); + return value; + } + template T GetParameter( EventParamName inName, EventParamType inDesiredType ) + { + T value; + verify_noerr( GetParameter( inName, inDesiredType , &value ) ); + return value; + } + + OSStatus SetParameter( EventParamName inName, EventParamType inType, UInt32 inSize, const void * inData); + template OSStatus SetParameter( EventParamName inName, EventParamType inDesiredType , const T *data ) + { + return SetParameter( inName, inDesiredType , sizeof( T ) , data ); + } + template OSStatus SetParameter( EventParamName inName, EventParamType inDesiredType , const T& data ) + { + return SetParameter( inName, inDesiredType , &data ); + } + template OSStatus SetParameter( EventParamName inName, const T *data ) + { + return SetParameter( inName, wxMacGetEventParamType() , data ); + } + template OSStatus SetParameter( EventParamName inName, const T& data ) + { + return SetParameter( inName, wxMacGetEventParamType() , &data ); + } + UInt32 GetClass() + { + return ::GetEventClass( m_eventRef ); + } + UInt32 GetKind() + { + return ::GetEventKind( m_eventRef ); + } + EventTime GetTime() + { + return ::GetEventTime( m_eventRef ); + } + UInt32 GetTicks() + { + return EventTimeToTicks( GetTime() ); + } + OSStatus SetCurrentTime( ) + { + return ::SetEventTime( m_eventRef , GetCurrentEventTime() ); + } + OSStatus SetTime( EventTime when ) + { + return ::SetEventTime( m_eventRef , when ); + } + operator EventRef () { return m_eventRef; } + + bool IsValid() { return m_eventRef != 0; } +protected : + EventRef m_eventRef; + bool m_release; +}; + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMacToolTipTimer ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacToolTip +{ +public : + wxMacToolTip() ; + ~wxMacToolTip() ; + + void Setup( WindowRef window , const wxString& text , const wxPoint& localPosition ) ; + void Draw() ; + void Clear() ; + + long GetMark() + { return m_mark ; } + + bool IsShown() + { return m_shown ; } + +private : + wxString m_label ; + wxPoint m_position ; + Rect m_rect ; + WindowRef m_window ; + PicHandle m_backpict ; + bool m_shown ; + long m_mark ; +#if wxUSE_TIMER + wxMacToolTipTimer* m_timer ; +#endif + wxCFStringRef m_helpTextRef ; +} ; + +// Quartz + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxMacCreateBitmapButton( ControlButtonContentInfo*info , const wxBitmap& bitmap , int forceType = 0 ); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxMacReleaseBitmapButton( ControlButtonContentInfo*info ); + +#define MAC_WXHBITMAP(a) (GWorldPtr(a)) +#define MAC_WXHMETAFILE(a) (PicHandle(a)) +#define MAC_WXHICON(a) (IconRef(a)) +#define MAC_WXHCURSOR(a) (CursHandle(a)) +#define MAC_WXHRGN(a) (RgnHandle(a)) +#define MAC_WXHWND(a) (WindowPtr(a)) +#define MAC_WXRECPTR(a) ((Rect*)a) +#define MAC_WXPOINTPTR(a) ((Point*)a) +#define MAC_WXHMENU(a) ((MenuHandle)a) + +struct wxOpaqueWindowRef +{ + wxOpaqueWindowRef( WindowRef ref ) { m_data = ref; } + operator WindowRef() { return m_data; } +private : + WindowRef m_data; +}; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxMacRectToNative( const wxRect *wx , Rect *n ); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxMacNativeToRect( const Rect *n , wxRect* wx ); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxMacPointToNative( const wxPoint* wx , Point *n ); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxMacNativeToPoint( const Point *n , wxPoint* wx ); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenu* wxFindMenuFromMacMenu(MenuRef inMenuRef); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxMacCommandToId( UInt32 macCommandId ); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE UInt32 wxIdToMacCommand( int wxId ); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenu* wxFindMenuFromMacCommand( const HICommand &macCommandId , wxMenuItem* &item ); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE pascal OSStatus wxMacTopLevelMouseEventHandler( EventHandlerCallRef handler , EventRef event , void *data ); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE Rect wxMacGetBoundsForControl( wxWindowMac* window , const wxPoint& pos , const wxSize &size , bool adjustForOrigin = true ); + +ControlActionUPP GetwxMacLiveScrollbarActionProc(); + +// additional optional event defines + +#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 +enum { + kEventControlFocusPartChanged = 164 +}; +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacControl : public wxWidgetImpl +{ +public : + wxMacControl( wxWindowMac* peer , bool isRootControl = false, bool isUserPane = false ); + wxMacControl() ; + virtual ~wxMacControl(); + + void Init(); + + void SetReferenceInNativeControl(); + static wxMacControl* GetReferenceFromNativeControl(ControlRef control); + + virtual ControlRef * GetControlRefAddr() { return &m_controlRef; } + virtual ControlRef GetControlRef() const { return m_controlRef; } + + virtual WXWidget GetWXWidget() const { return (WXWidget) m_controlRef; } + + virtual bool IsVisible() const; + + virtual void Raise(); + + virtual void Lower(); + + virtual void ScrollRect( const wxRect *rect, int dx, int dy ); + + virtual void GetContentArea( int &left , int &top , int &width , int &height ) const; + virtual void Move(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual void GetPosition( int &x, int &y ) const; + virtual void GetSize( int &width, int &height ) const; + virtual void SetControlSize( wxWindowVariant variant ) ; + + // where is in native window relative coordinates + virtual void SetNeedsDisplay( const wxRect* where = NULL ); + virtual bool GetNeedsDisplay() const; + + virtual bool CanFocus() const; + // return true if successful + virtual bool SetFocus(); + virtual bool HasFocus() const; + + void RemoveFromParent(); + void Embed( wxWidgetImpl *parent ); + + void SetDefaultButton( bool isDefault ); + void PerformClick(); + void SetLabel( const wxString& title, wxFontEncoding encoding ); + + void SetCursor( const wxCursor & cursor ); + void CaptureMouse(); + void ReleaseMouse(); + + wxInt32 GetValue() const; + void SetValue( wxInt32 v ); + wxBitmap GetBitmap() const; + void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); + void SetBitmapPosition( wxDirection dir ); + void SetupTabs( const wxNotebook ¬ebook ); + + void GetBestRect( wxRect *r ) const; + bool IsEnabled() const; + void Enable( bool enable ); + bool ButtonClickDidStateChange() { return false ;} + void SetMinimum( wxInt32 v ); + void SetMaximum( wxInt32 v ); + void PulseGauge() ; + void SetScrollThumb( wxInt32 value, wxInt32 thumbSize ); + + // temp convenience methods + + void GetBestRect( Rect *r ) const; + /* + void operator= (ControlRef c) { m_controlRef = c; } + operator ControlRef () { return m_controlRef; } + operator ControlRef * () { return &m_controlRef; } + */ + // accessing data and values + + virtual OSStatus SetData( ControlPartCode inPartCode , ResType inTag , Size inSize , const void * inData ); + virtual OSStatus GetData( ControlPartCode inPartCode , ResType inTag , Size inBufferSize , void * inOutBuffer , Size * outActualSize ) const; + virtual OSStatus GetDataSize( ControlPartCode inPartCode , ResType inTag , Size * outActualSize ) const; + virtual OSStatus SendEvent( EventRef ref , OptionBits inOptions = 0 ); + virtual OSStatus SendHICommand( HICommand &command , OptionBits inOptions = 0 ); + + virtual OSStatus SendHICommand( UInt32 commandID , OptionBits inOptions = 0 ); + + virtual wxInt32 GetMaximum() const; + virtual wxInt32 GetMinimum() const; + + virtual void SetValueAndRange( SInt32 value , SInt32 minimum , SInt32 maximum ); + virtual void SetRange( SInt32 minimum , SInt32 maximum ); + + // templated helpers + + Size GetDataSize( ControlPartCode inPartCode , ResType inTag ) const + { + Size sz; + verify_noerr( GetDataSize( inPartCode , inTag , &sz ) ); + return sz; + } + template OSStatus SetData( ControlPartCode inPartCode , ResType inTag , const T *data ) + { + return SetData( inPartCode , inTag , sizeof( T ) , data ); + } + template OSStatus SetData( ControlPartCode inPartCode , ResType inTag , const T& data ) + { + return SetData( inPartCode , inTag , sizeof( T ) , &data ); + } + template OSStatus SetData( ResType inTag , const T *data ) + { + return SetData( kControlEntireControl , inTag , sizeof( T ) , data ); + } + template OSStatus SetData( ResType inTag , const T& data ) + { + return SetData( kControlEntireControl , inTag , sizeof( T ) , &data ); + } + template OSStatus GetData( ControlPartCode inPartCode , ResType inTag , T *data ) const + { + Size dummy; + return GetData( inPartCode , inTag , sizeof( T ) , data , &dummy ); + } + template T GetData( ControlPartCode inPartCode , ResType inTag ) const + { + T value; + OSStatus err = GetData( inPartCode , inTag , &value ); + + if ( err != noErr ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format(wxT("GetData Failed for Part [%i] and Tag [%i]"), + inPartCode, (int)inTag) ); + } + + return value; + } + template OSStatus GetData( ResType inTag , T *data ) const + { + Size dummy; + return GetData( kControlEntireControl , inTag , sizeof( T ) , data , &dummy ); + } + template T GetData( ResType inTag ) const + { + return GetData( kControlEntireControl , inTag ); + } + + // Flash the control for the specified amount of time + + virtual void VisibilityChanged( bool shown ); + virtual void SuperChangedPosition(); + + + virtual void SetFont( const wxFont & font , const wxColour& foreground , long windowStyle, bool ignoreBlack = true ); + virtual void SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ); + virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style); + virtual ControlPartCode HandleKey( SInt16 keyCode, SInt16 charCode, EventModifiers modifiers ); + void SetActionProc( ControlActionUPP actionProc ); + SInt32 GetViewSize() const; + + virtual void SetVisibility( bool visible ); + + virtual bool IsActive() const; + + // invalidates this control and all children + virtual void InvalidateWithChildren(); + virtual void SetDrawingEnabled( bool enable ); + + // in native parent window relative coordinates + + virtual void GetRectInWindowCoords( Rect *r ); + + + virtual void GetFeatures( UInt32 *features ); + + // to be moved into a tab control class + + virtual OSStatus SetTabEnabled( SInt16 tabNo , bool enable ); + + virtual void InstallEventHandler( WXWidget control = NULL ); +protected : + WXEVENTHANDLERREF m_macControlEventHandler ; + ControlRef m_controlRef; + wxFont m_font; + long m_windowStyle; + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMacControl) +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// DataBrowser Wrapper +// ============================================================================ +// +// basing on DataBrowserItemIDs +// + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacDataBrowserControl : public wxMacControl +{ +public : + wxMacDataBrowserControl( wxWindow* peer, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long style); + wxMacDataBrowserControl() {} + + OSStatus SetCallbacks( const DataBrowserCallbacks *callbacks ); + + OSStatus GetItemCount( DataBrowserItemID container, + Boolean recurse, + DataBrowserItemState state, + ItemCount *numItems) const; + + OSStatus GetItems( DataBrowserItemID container, + Boolean recurse, + DataBrowserItemState state, + Handle items) const; + + + OSStatus AddColumn( DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc *columnDesc, + DataBrowserTableViewColumnIndex position ); + + OSStatus RemoveColumn( DataBrowserTableViewColumnIndex position ); + + OSStatus AutoSizeColumns(); + + OSStatus SetHasScrollBars( bool horiz, bool vert ); + OSStatus SetHiliteStyle( DataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle hiliteStyle ); + + OSStatus SetHeaderButtonHeight( UInt16 height ); + OSStatus GetHeaderButtonHeight( UInt16 *height ); + + OSStatus UpdateItems( DataBrowserItemID container, UInt32 numItems, + const DataBrowserItemID *items, + DataBrowserPropertyID preSortProperty, + DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID ) const; + + OSStatus AddItems( DataBrowserItemID container, UInt32 numItems, + const DataBrowserItemID *items, + DataBrowserPropertyID preSortProperty ); + OSStatus RemoveItems( DataBrowserItemID container, UInt32 numItems, + const DataBrowserItemID *items, + DataBrowserPropertyID preSortProperty ); + OSStatus RevealItem( DataBrowserItemID item, + DataBrowserPropertyID propertyID, + DataBrowserRevealOptions options ) const; + + OSStatus SetSelectionFlags( DataBrowserSelectionFlags ); + OSStatus GetSelectionAnchor( DataBrowserItemID *first, DataBrowserItemID *last ) const; + bool IsItemSelected( DataBrowserItemID item ) const; + OSStatus SetSelectedItems( UInt32 numItems, + const DataBrowserItemID *items, + DataBrowserSetOption operation ); + + OSStatus GetItemID( DataBrowserTableViewRowIndex row, + DataBrowserItemID * item ) const; + OSStatus GetItemRow( DataBrowserItemID item, + DataBrowserTableViewRowIndex * row ) const; + + OSStatus SetDefaultRowHeight( UInt16 height ); + OSStatus GetDefaultRowHeight( UInt16 * height ) const; + + OSStatus SetRowHeight( DataBrowserItemID item , UInt16 height); + OSStatus GetRowHeight( DataBrowserItemID item , UInt16 *height) const; + + OSStatus GetColumnWidth( DataBrowserPropertyID column , UInt16 *width ) const; + OSStatus SetColumnWidth( DataBrowserPropertyID column , UInt16 width ); + + OSStatus GetDefaultColumnWidth( UInt16 *width ) const; + OSStatus SetDefaultColumnWidth( UInt16 width ); + + OSStatus GetColumnCount( UInt32* numColumns) const; + + OSStatus GetColumnIDFromIndex( DataBrowserTableViewColumnIndex position, DataBrowserTableViewColumnID* id ); + + OSStatus GetColumnPosition( DataBrowserPropertyID column, DataBrowserTableViewColumnIndex *position) const; + OSStatus SetColumnPosition( DataBrowserPropertyID column, DataBrowserTableViewColumnIndex position); + + OSStatus GetScrollPosition( UInt32 *top , UInt32 *left ) const; + OSStatus SetScrollPosition( UInt32 top , UInt32 left ); + + OSStatus GetSortProperty( DataBrowserPropertyID *column ) const; + OSStatus SetSortProperty( DataBrowserPropertyID column ); + + OSStatus GetSortOrder( DataBrowserSortOrder *order ) const; + OSStatus SetSortOrder( DataBrowserSortOrder order ); + + OSStatus GetPropertyFlags( DataBrowserPropertyID property, DataBrowserPropertyFlags *flags ) const; + OSStatus SetPropertyFlags( DataBrowserPropertyID property, DataBrowserPropertyFlags flags ); + + OSStatus GetHeaderDesc( DataBrowserPropertyID property, DataBrowserListViewHeaderDesc *desc ) const; + OSStatus SetHeaderDesc( DataBrowserPropertyID property, DataBrowserListViewHeaderDesc *desc ); + + OSStatus SetDisclosureColumn( DataBrowserPropertyID property , Boolean expandableRows ); + + OSStatus GetItemPartBounds( DataBrowserItemID item, DataBrowserPropertyID property, DataBrowserPropertyPart part, Rect * bounds ); +protected : + + static pascal void DataBrowserItemNotificationProc( + ControlRef browser, + DataBrowserItemID itemID, + DataBrowserItemNotification message, + DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData ); + + virtual void ItemNotification( + DataBrowserItemID itemID, + DataBrowserItemNotification message, + DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData) = 0; + + static pascal OSStatus DataBrowserGetSetItemDataProc( + ControlRef browser, + DataBrowserItemID itemID, + DataBrowserPropertyID property, + DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, + Boolean changeValue ); + + virtual OSStatus GetSetItemData( + DataBrowserItemID itemID, + DataBrowserPropertyID property, + DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, + Boolean changeValue ) = 0; + + static pascal Boolean DataBrowserCompareProc( + ControlRef browser, + DataBrowserItemID itemOneID, + DataBrowserItemID itemTwoID, + DataBrowserPropertyID sortProperty); + + virtual Boolean CompareItems(DataBrowserItemID itemOneID, + DataBrowserItemID itemTwoID, + DataBrowserPropertyID sortProperty) = 0; + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxMacDataBrowserControl) +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// Higher-level Databrowser +// ============================================================================ +// +// basing on data item objects +// + +// forward decl + +class wxMacDataItemBrowserControl; +class wxMacListBoxItem; + +const DataBrowserPropertyID kTextColumnId = 1024; +const DataBrowserPropertyID kNumericOrderColumnId = 1025; + +// for multi-column controls, we will use this + the column ID to identify the +// column. We don't use kTextColumnId there, and ideally the two should merge. +const DataBrowserPropertyID kMinColumnId = 1050; + +// base API for high-level databrowser operations + +// base class for databrowser items + +enum DataItemType { + DataItem_Text +}; + +/* +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacDataItem +{ +public : + wxMacDataItem(); + virtual ~wxMacDataItem(); +} ; +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacDataItem +{ +public : + wxMacDataItem(); + virtual ~wxMacDataItem(); + + virtual bool IsLessThan(wxMacDataItemBrowserControl *owner , + const wxMacDataItem*, + DataBrowserPropertyID property) const; + + // returns true if access was successful, otherwise false + virtual OSStatus GetSetData(wxMacDataItemBrowserControl *owner , + DataBrowserPropertyID property, + DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, + bool changeValue ); + + virtual void Notification(wxMacDataItemBrowserControl *owner , + DataBrowserItemNotification message, + DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData ) const; + + void SetOrder( SInt32 order ); + SInt32 GetOrder() const; + +protected : + SInt32 m_order; + +}; + +enum ListSortOrder { + SortOrder_None, + SortOrder_Text_Ascending, + SortOrder_Text_Descending +}; + +typedef wxMacDataItem* wxMacDataItemPtr; +const wxMacDataItemPtr wxMacDataBrowserRootContainer = NULL; +typedef void * wxListColumnId ; + +WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxMacDataItemPtr, wxArrayMacDataItemPtr, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacDataItemBrowserControl : public wxMacDataBrowserControl +{ +public : + wxMacDataItemBrowserControl( wxWindow* peer , const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long style); + wxMacDataItemBrowserControl() {} + // create a list item (can be a subclass of wxMacListBoxItem) + + unsigned int GetItemCount(const wxMacDataItem* container, bool recurse , DataBrowserItemState state) const; + void GetItems(const wxMacDataItem* container, bool recurse , + DataBrowserItemState state, wxArrayMacDataItemPtr &items ) const; + + unsigned int GetSelectedItemCount( const wxMacDataItem* container, bool recurse ) const; + + unsigned int GetLineFromItem(const wxMacDataItem *item) const; + wxMacDataItem * GetItemFromLine(unsigned int n) const; + + void UpdateItem(const wxMacDataItem *container, const wxMacDataItem *item, + DataBrowserPropertyID property) const; + void UpdateItems(const wxMacDataItem *container, wxArrayMacDataItemPtr &items, + DataBrowserPropertyID property) const; + + void InsertColumn(int colId, DataBrowserPropertyType colType, + const wxString& title, SInt16 just = teFlushDefault, int defaultWidth = -1); + + int GetColumnWidth(int colId); + void SetColumnWidth(int colId, int width); + + void AddItem(wxMacDataItem *container, wxMacDataItem *item); + void AddItems(wxMacDataItem *container, wxArrayMacDataItemPtr &items ); + + void RemoveAllItems(wxMacDataItem *container); + void RemoveItem(wxMacDataItem *container, wxMacDataItem* item); + void RemoveItems(wxMacDataItem *container, wxArrayMacDataItemPtr &items); + + void SetSelectedItem( wxMacDataItem* item , DataBrowserSetOption option); + void SetSelectedItems( wxArrayMacDataItemPtr &items , DataBrowserSetOption option); + void SetSelectedAllItems( DataBrowserSetOption option); + Boolean IsItemSelected( const wxMacDataItem* item) const; + + void RevealItem( wxMacDataItem* item, DataBrowserRevealOptions options); + + void GetSelectionAnchor( wxMacDataItemPtr* first , wxMacDataItemPtr* last) const; + + // add and remove + + virtual void MacDelete( unsigned int n ); + virtual void MacInsert( unsigned int n, wxMacDataItem* item); + virtual void MacClear(); + + // accessing content + + virtual unsigned int MacGetCount() const; + +public : + + // as we are getting the same events for human and API selection we have to suppress + // events in the latter case, since this will be used from many subclasses we keep it here + + bool IsSelectionSuppressed() const { return m_suppressSelection; } + bool SuppressSelection( bool suppress ); + + // client data + + virtual wxClientDataType GetClientDataType() const; + virtual void SetClientDataType(wxClientDataType clientDataItemsType); + //virtual ListSortOrder GetSortOrder() const; + //virtual void SetSortOrder(const ListSortOrder sort); + + + +protected: + + ListSortOrder m_sortOrder; + wxClientDataType m_clientDataItemsType; + + // ID aware base methods, should be 'final' ie not changed in subclasses + + virtual Boolean CompareItems(DataBrowserItemID itemOneID, + DataBrowserItemID itemTwoID, + DataBrowserPropertyID sortProperty); + + virtual OSStatus GetSetItemData(DataBrowserItemID itemID, + DataBrowserPropertyID property, + DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, + Boolean changeValue ); + + virtual void ItemNotification( + DataBrowserItemID itemID, + DataBrowserItemNotification message, + DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData); + + +private : + + bool m_suppressSelection; + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMacDataItemBrowserControl) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacDataItemBrowserSelectionSuppressor +{ +public : + wxMacDataItemBrowserSelectionSuppressor(wxMacDataItemBrowserControl *browser); + ~wxMacDataItemBrowserSelectionSuppressor(); + +private : + + bool m_former; + wxMacDataItemBrowserControl* m_browser; +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// platform listbox implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// exposed for reuse in wxCheckListBox + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacListBoxItem : public wxMacDataItem +{ +public : + wxMacListBoxItem(); + + virtual ~wxMacListBoxItem(); + + virtual OSStatus GetSetData(wxMacDataItemBrowserControl *owner , + DataBrowserPropertyID property, + DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, + bool changeValue ); + + virtual void Notification(wxMacDataItemBrowserControl *owner , + DataBrowserItemNotification message, + DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData ) const; +protected : +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacDataBrowserColumn : public wxListWidgetColumn +{ +public : + wxMacDataBrowserColumn( DataBrowserPropertyID propertyId, DataBrowserPropertyType colType, bool editable ) + : m_property(propertyId), m_editable(editable), m_type( colType ) + { + } + ~wxMacDataBrowserColumn() + { + } + DataBrowserPropertyID GetProperty() const { return m_property ; } + + bool IsEditable() const { return m_editable; } + + DataBrowserPropertyType GetType() const { return m_type; } + +protected : + DataBrowserPropertyID m_property; + bool m_editable; + DataBrowserPropertyType m_type; +} ; + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(wxMacDataBrowserColumn *, wxArrayMacDataBrowserColumns); + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacDataBrowserCellValue : public wxListWidgetCellValue +{ +public : + wxMacDataBrowserCellValue(DataBrowserItemDataRef data) : m_data(data) {} + virtual ~wxMacDataBrowserCellValue() {} + + virtual void Set( CFStringRef value ); + virtual void Set( const wxString& value ); + virtual void Set( int value ) ; + virtual void Check( bool check ); + + virtual int GetIntValue() const ; + virtual wxString GetStringValue() const ; +protected : + DataBrowserItemDataRef m_data; +} ; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacDataBrowserListControl : public wxMacDataItemBrowserControl, public wxListWidgetImpl +{ +public: + wxMacDataBrowserListControl( wxWindow *peer, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long style ); + wxMacDataBrowserListControl() {} + virtual ~wxMacDataBrowserListControl(); + + // wxListWidgetImpl Methods + + wxListWidgetColumn* InsertTextColumn( unsigned int pos, const wxString& title, bool editable = false, + wxAlignment just = wxALIGN_LEFT , int defaultWidth = -1) ; + wxListWidgetColumn* InsertCheckColumn( unsigned int pos , const wxString& title, bool editable = false, + wxAlignment just = wxALIGN_LEFT , int defaultWidth = -1) ; + + wxMacDataBrowserColumn* DoInsertColumn( unsigned int pos, DataBrowserPropertyID property, + const wxString& title, bool editable, + DataBrowserPropertyType colType, SInt16 just, int width ); + // add and remove + + virtual void ListDelete( unsigned int n ); + virtual void ListInsert( unsigned int n ); + virtual void ListClear(); + + // selecting + + virtual void ListDeselectAll(); + virtual void ListSetSelection( unsigned int n, bool select, bool multi = false ); + virtual int ListGetSelection() const; + virtual int ListGetSelections( wxArrayInt& aSelections ) const; + virtual bool ListIsSelected( unsigned int n ) const; + + // display + + virtual void ListScrollTo( unsigned int n ); + + // accessing content + + virtual unsigned int ListGetCount() const; + virtual int DoListHitTest( const wxPoint& inpoint ) const; + + virtual void UpdateLine( unsigned int n, wxListWidgetColumn* col = NULL ); + virtual void UpdateLineToEnd( unsigned int n) ; + + // pointing back + + wxMacDataBrowserColumn* GetColumnFromProperty( DataBrowserPropertyID ); + +protected: + virtual void ItemNotification( + DataBrowserItemID itemID, + DataBrowserItemNotification message, + DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData); + +private: + wxArrayMacDataBrowserColumns m_columns; + int m_nextColumnId ; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMacDataBrowserListControl) +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// graphics implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// draw the image 'upside down' corrected as HIViewDrawCGImage does + +OSStatus WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacDrawCGImage( + CGContextRef inContext, + const HIRect * inBounds, + CGImageRef inImage) ; + +CGColorRef WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacCreateCGColorFromHITheme( ThemeBrush brush ) ; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#define wxMAC_DEFINE_PROC_GETTER( UPP , x ) \ +UPP Get##x() \ +{ \ + static UPP sHandler = NULL; \ + if ( sHandler == NULL ) \ + sHandler = New##UPP( x ); \ + return sHandler; \ +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// cocoa bridging utilities +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxMacInitCocoa(); + +typedef Cursor ClassicCursor; + +// ------------- +// Common to all +// ------------- + +// Cursor support + +const short kwxCursorBullseye = 0; +const short kwxCursorBlank = 1; +const short kwxCursorPencil = 2; +const short kwxCursorMagnifier = 3; +const short kwxCursorNoEntry = 4; +const short kwxCursorPaintBrush = 5; +const short kwxCursorPointRight = 6; +const short kwxCursorPointLeft = 7; +const short kwxCursorQuestionArrow = 8; +const short kwxCursorRightArrow = 9; +const short kwxCursorSizeNS = 10; +const short kwxCursorSize = 11; +const short kwxCursorSizeNESW = 12; +const short kwxCursorSizeNWSE = 13; +const short kwxCursorRoller = 14; +const short kwxCursorWatch = 15; +const short kwxCursorLast = kwxCursorWatch; + +// exposing our fallback cursor map + +extern ClassicCursor gMacCursors[]; + +// +// +// + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +class wxNonOwnedWindowCarbonImpl : public wxNonOwnedWindowImpl +{ +public : + wxNonOwnedWindowCarbonImpl( wxNonOwnedWindow* nonownedwnd) ; + + wxNonOwnedWindowCarbonImpl(); + virtual ~wxNonOwnedWindowCarbonImpl(); + + virtual void WillBeDestroyed() ; + void Create( wxWindow* parent, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + long style, long extraStyle, const wxString& name ) ; + void Create( wxWindow* parent, WXWindow nativeWindow ); + + WXWindow GetWXWindow() const; + void Raise(); + void Lower(); + bool Show(bool show); + bool ShowWithEffect(bool show, wxShowEffect effect, unsigned timeout); + + + void Update(); + bool SetTransparent(wxByte alpha); + bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col ); + void SetExtraStyle( long exStyle ); + bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style); + bool CanSetTransparent(); + void MoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + void GetPosition( int &x, int &y ) const; + void GetSize( int &width, int &height ) const; + void GetContentArea( int &left , int &top , int &width , int &height ) const; + + bool SetShape(const wxRegion& region); + + virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title, wxFontEncoding encoding ) ; + + virtual bool IsMaximized() const; + + virtual bool IsIconized() const; + + virtual void Iconize( bool iconize ); + + virtual void Maximize(bool maximize); + + virtual bool IsFullScreen() const; + + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style); + + virtual void ShowWithoutActivating(); + + virtual void RequestUserAttention(int flags); + + virtual void ScreenToWindow( int *x, int *y ); + + virtual void WindowToScreen( int *x, int *y ); + virtual bool IsActive(); + + + bool MacGetUnifiedAppearance() const ; + void MacChangeWindowAttributes( wxUint32 attributesToSet , wxUint32 attributesToClear ) ; + wxUint32 MacGetWindowAttributes() const ; + void MacSetMetalAppearance( bool set ) ; + bool MacGetMetalAppearance() const ; + void MacSetUnifiedAppearance( bool set ); + + WXEVENTHANDLERREF MacGetEventHandler() { return m_macEventHandler ; } + + wxNonOwnedWindow* GetWXPeer() { return m_wxPeer; } +protected : + void MacInstallTopLevelWindowEventHandler(); + + WXEVENTHANDLERREF m_macEventHandler ; + WindowRef m_macWindow; + void * m_macFullScreenData ; + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxNonOwnedWindowCarbonImpl) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#endif + // _WX_PRIVATE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/mactext.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/mactext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b298c33506 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/mactext.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/carbon/private/mactext.h +// Purpose: private wxMacTextControl base class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 03/02/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mactext.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_PRIVATE_MACTEXT_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_PRIVATE_MACTEXT_H_ + +#include "wx/osx/private.h" + +// implementation exposed, so that search control can pull it + +class wxMacUnicodeTextControl : public wxMacControl, public wxTextWidgetImpl +{ +public : + wxMacUnicodeTextControl( wxTextCtrl *wxPeer ) ; + wxMacUnicodeTextControl( wxTextCtrl *wxPeer, + const wxString& str, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, long style ) ; + virtual ~wxMacUnicodeTextControl(); + + virtual bool CanFocus() const + { return true; } + virtual void VisibilityChanged(bool shown); + virtual wxString GetStringValue() const ; + virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString &str) ; + virtual void Copy(); + virtual void Cut(); + virtual void Paste(); + virtual bool CanPaste() const; + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable) ; + virtual void GetSelection( long* from, long* to) const ; + virtual void SetSelection( long from , long to ) ; + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& str) ; + +protected : + void InstallEventHandlers(); + + // contains the tag for the content (is different for password and non-password controls) + OSType m_valueTag ; + WXEVENTHANDLERREF m_macTextCtrlEventHandler ; +public : + ControlEditTextSelectionRec m_selection ; +}; + +#endif // _WX_MAC_PRIVATE_MACTEXT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/overlay.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/overlay.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f684a407f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/overlay.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/carbon/private/overlay.h +// Purpose: wxOverlayImpl declaration +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-10-20 +// RCS-ID: $Id: overlay.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_CARBON_PRIVATE_OVERLAY_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_CARBON_PRIVATE_OVERLAY_H_ + +#include "wx/osx/private.h" +#include "wx/toplevel.h" +#include "wx/graphics.h" + +class wxOverlayImpl +{ +public: + wxOverlayImpl() ; + ~wxOverlayImpl() ; + + + // clears the overlay without restoring the former state + // to be done eg when the window content has been changed and repainted + void Reset(); + + // returns true if it has been setup + bool IsOk(); + + void Init( wxDC* dc, int x , int y , int width , int height ); + + void BeginDrawing( wxDC* dc); + + void EndDrawing( wxDC* dc); + + void Clear( wxDC* dc); + +private: + OSStatus CreateOverlayWindow(); + + void MacGetBounds( Rect *bounds ); + + WindowRef m_overlayWindow; + WindowRef m_overlayParentWindow; + CGContextRef m_overlayContext ; + // we store the window in case we would have to issue a Refresh() + wxWindow* m_window ; + + int m_x ; + int m_y ; + int m_width ; + int m_height ; +} ; + +#endif // _WX_MAC_CARBON_PRIVATE_OVERLAY_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/print.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/print.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90d1875537 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/print.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/carbon/private/print.h +// Purpose: private implementation for printing on OS X +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 03/02/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: print.h 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_PRIVATE_PRINT_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_PRIVATE_PRINT_H_ + +#include "wx/cmndata.h" +#include "wx/print.h" + +// for PrintingManager +#include "ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOSXPrintData : public wxPrintNativeDataBase +{ +public: + wxOSXPrintData(); + virtual ~wxOSXPrintData(); + + virtual bool TransferTo( wxPrintData &data ); + virtual bool TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &data ); + + virtual bool IsOk() const ; + + virtual void TransferFrom( wxPageSetupDialogData * ); + virtual void TransferTo( wxPageSetupDialogData * ); + + virtual void TransferFrom( wxPrintDialogData * ); + virtual void TransferTo( wxPrintDialogData * ); + + PMPrintSession GetPrintSession() { return m_macPrintSession; } + PMPageFormat GetPageFormat() { return m_macPageFormat; } + PMPrintSettings GetPrintSettings() { return m_macPrintSettings; } +protected : + virtual void TransferPrinterNameFrom( const wxPrintData &data ); + virtual void TransferPaperInfoFrom( const wxPrintData &data ); + virtual void TransferResolutionFrom( const wxPrintData &data ); + + virtual void TransferPrinterNameTo( wxPrintData &data ); + virtual void TransferPaperInfoTo( wxPrintData &data ); + virtual void TransferResolutionTo( wxPrintData &data ); + + + virtual void UpdateFromPMState(); + virtual void UpdateToPMState(); + + PMPrintSession m_macPrintSession ; + PMPageFormat m_macPageFormat ; + PMPrintSettings m_macPrintSettings ; + PMPaper m_macPaper; +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOSXPrintData) +} ; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintNativeDataBase* wxOSXCreatePrintData(); + +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOSXCarbonPrintData : public wxOSXPrintData +{ +public: + wxOSXCarbonPrintData(); + virtual ~wxOSXCarbonPrintData(); +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOSXCarbonPrintData) +} ; +#endif + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOSXCocoaPrintData : public wxOSXPrintData +{ +public: + wxOSXCocoaPrintData(); + virtual ~wxOSXCocoaPrintData(); + + WX_NSPrintInfo GetNSPrintInfo() { return m_macPrintInfo; } +protected: + virtual void UpdateFromPMState(); + virtual void UpdateToPMState(); + + WX_NSPrintInfo m_macPrintInfo; +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOSXCocoaPrintData) +} ; +#endif + +#endif // _WX_MAC_PRIVATE_PRINT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/timer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f34e6da7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/private/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/carbon/private/timer.h +// Purpose: wxTimer class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: timer.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ + +#include "wx/private/timer.h" + +struct MacTimerInfo; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCarbonTimerImpl : public wxTimerImpl +{ +public: + wxCarbonTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer); + virtual ~wxCarbonTimerImpl(); + + virtual bool Start(int milliseconds = -1, bool one_shot = false); + virtual void Stop(); + + virtual bool IsRunning() const; + +private: + MacTimerInfo *m_info; +}; + +#endif // _WX_MAC_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/region.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/region.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..22ae118508 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/region.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/carbon/region.h +// Purpose: wxRegion class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: region.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_CARBON_REGION_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_CARBON_REGION_H_ + +#include "wx/list.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegion : public wxRegionWithCombine +{ +public: + wxRegion(long x, long y, long w, long h); + wxRegion(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight); + wxRegion(const wxRect& rect); + wxRegion( WXHRGN hRegion ); + wxRegion(size_t n, const wxPoint *points, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE ); + wxRegion(); + wxRegion(const wxBitmap& bmp) + { + Union(bmp); + } + wxRegion(const wxBitmap& bmp, + const wxColour& transColour, int tolerance = 0) + { + Union(bmp, transColour, tolerance); + } + + virtual ~wxRegion(); + + // wxRegionBase methods + virtual void Clear(); + virtual bool IsEmpty() const; + + // Internal + WXHRGN GetWXHRGN() const ; + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + + virtual bool DoIsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const; + virtual bool DoGetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord& w, wxCoord& h) const; + virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsRect(const wxRect& rect) const; + + virtual bool DoOffset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual bool DoCombine(const wxRegion& region, wxRegionOp op); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegion) + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRegionIterator; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegionIterator : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxRegionIterator(); + wxRegionIterator(const wxRegion& region); + wxRegionIterator(const wxRegionIterator& iterator); + virtual ~wxRegionIterator(); + + wxRegionIterator& operator=(const wxRegionIterator& iterator); + + void Reset() { m_current = 0; } + void Reset(const wxRegion& region); + + operator bool () const { return m_current < m_numRects; } + bool HaveRects() const { return m_current < m_numRects; } + + wxRegionIterator& operator++(); + wxRegionIterator operator++(int); + + long GetX() const; + long GetY() const; + long GetW() const; + long GetWidth() const { return GetW(); } + long GetH() const; + long GetHeight() const { return GetH(); } + wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetX(), GetY(), GetWidth(), GetHeight()); } + +private: + void SetRects(long numRects, wxRect *rects); + + long m_current; + long m_numRects; + wxRegion m_region; + wxRect* m_rects; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegionIterator) +}; + +#endif // _WX_MAC_CARBON_REGION_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/statbmp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/statbmp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d99d51064 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/statbmp.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/carbon/statbmp.h +// Purpose: wxStaticBitmap class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statbmp.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STATBMP_H_ +#define _WX_STATBMP_H_ + +#include "wx/icon.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBitmap: public wxStaticBitmapBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap) + public: + wxStaticBitmap() { } + + wxStaticBitmap(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr); + + virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {}; + virtual void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {}; + void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ) ; + + wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } + wxIcon GetIcon() const + { + // icons and bitmaps are really the same thing in wxMac + return (const wxIcon &)m_bitmap; + } + void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { SetBitmap( (const wxBitmap &)icon ) ; } + + // overriden base class virtuals + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + + protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif + // _WX_STATBMP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/uma.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/uma.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cfb3f2f0cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/carbon/uma.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/carbon/uma.h +// Purpose: Universal MacOS API +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 03/02/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: uma.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef H_UMA +#define H_UMA + +#include "wx/osx/private.h" + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +// menu manager + +MenuRef UMANewMenu( SInt16 id , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding) ; +void UMASetMenuTitle( MenuRef menu , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding) ; +void UMAEnableMenuItem( MenuRef inMenu , MenuItemIndex item , bool enable ) ; + +void UMAAppendMenuItem( MenuRef menu , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding , wxAcceleratorEntry *entry = NULL ) ; +void UMAInsertMenuItem( MenuRef menu , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding , MenuItemIndex item , wxAcceleratorEntry *entry = NULL ) ; +void UMASetMenuItemShortcut( MenuRef menu , MenuItemIndex item , wxAcceleratorEntry *entry ) ; + +void UMASetMenuItemText( MenuRef menu, MenuItemIndex item, const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding ) ; + +// Retrieves the Help menu handle. Warning: As a side-effect this functions also +// creates the Help menu if it didn't exist yet. +OSStatus UMAGetHelpMenu( + MenuRef * outHelpMenu, + MenuItemIndex * outFirstCustomItemIndex); /* can be NULL */ + +// Same as UMAGetHelpMenu, but doesn't create the Help menu if UMAGetHelpMenu hasn't been called yet. +OSStatus UMAGetHelpMenuDontCreate( + MenuRef * outHelpMenu, + MenuItemIndex * outFirstCustomItemIndex); /* can be NULL */ + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/checkbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/checkbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc8e4fa977 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/checkbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/checkbox.h +// Purpose: wxCheckBox class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: checkbox.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_ +#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_ + +// Checkbox item (single checkbox) +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckBox : public wxCheckBoxBase +{ +public: + wxCheckBox() { } + wxCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr); + virtual void SetValue(bool); + virtual bool GetValue() const; + + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports + + virtual bool OSXHandleClicked( double timestampsec ); +protected: + void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState val); + virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBox) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapCheckBox: public wxCheckBox +{ +public: + int checkWidth; + int checkHeight; + + wxBitmapCheckBox() + : checkWidth(-1), checkHeight(-1) + { } + + wxBitmapCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap *label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap *bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr); + virtual void SetValue(bool); + virtual bool GetValue() const; + virtual void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap *bitmap); + virtual void SetLabel( const wxString & WXUNUSED(name) ) {} + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapCheckBox) +}; +#endif + // _WX_CHECKBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/checklst.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/checklst.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35aed903f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/checklst.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/checklst.h +// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class - a listbox with checkable items +// Note: this is an optional class. +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: checklst.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_CHECKLST_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_CHECKLST_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckListBox : public wxCheckListBoxBase +{ +public: + // ctors + wxCheckListBox() { Init(); } + wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int nStrings = 0, + const wxString *choices = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, nStrings, choices, style, validator, name); + } + wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int nStrings = 0, + const wxString *choices = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + + // items may be checked + bool IsChecked(unsigned int uiIndex) const; + void Check(unsigned int uiIndex, bool bCheck = true); + + // data callbacks + virtual void GetValueCallback( unsigned int n, wxListWidgetColumn* col , wxListWidgetCellValue& value ); + virtual void SetValueCallback( unsigned int n, wxListWidgetColumn* col , wxListWidgetCellValue& value ); + +protected: + // override all methods which add/delete items to update m_checks array as + // well + virtual void OnItemInserted(unsigned int pos); + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + virtual void DoClear(); + + // the array containing the checked status of the items + wxArrayInt m_checks; + + wxListWidgetColumn* m_checkColumn ; + + void Init(); + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckListBox) +}; + +#endif // _WX_MAC_CHECKLST_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/chkconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/chkconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..98446dc66f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/chkconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/osx/chkconf.h + * Purpose: Mac-specific config settings checks + * Author: Vadim Zeitlin + * Modified by: + * Created: 2005-04-05 (extracted from wx/chkconf.h) + * RCS-ID: $Id: chkconf.h 66955 2011-02-18 18:44:43Z SC $ + * Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_CHKCONF_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_CHKCONF_H_ + + +#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + /* not supported under Mac */ +# undef wxUSE_STACKWALKER +# define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 0 +#endif /* wxUSE_STACKWALKER */ + +/* + * disable the settings which don't work for some compilers + */ + +#if defined(__MWERKS__) + #undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS + #define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0 + + /* DS: Fixes compilation when wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION is 1 */ + #ifndef wxTYPE_SA_HANDLER + #define wxTYPE_SA_HANDLER int + #endif +#endif + +/* + * check graphics context option, must be on for every os x platform + * we only use core graphics now on all builds, try to catch attempts + * to configure the build otherwise and give error messages + */ + +#if wxUSE_GUI && (!wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT || \ + ( defined( wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS ) && !wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS )) +# error "OS X builds use CoreGraphics in this wx version, you cannot turn back to QuickDraw completely" +#endif + +/* + * using mixins of cocoa functionality + */ + +#ifdef __WXOSX_COCOA__ + #define wxOSX_USE_COCOA 1 +#else + #define wxOSX_USE_COCOA 0 +#endif + +#ifdef __WXOSX_CARBON__ + #define wxOSX_USE_CARBON 1 +#else + #define wxOSX_USE_CARBON 0 +#endif + +/* + * setting flags according to the platform + */ + +#ifdef __LP64__ + #if wxOSX_USE_COCOA == 0 + #undef wxOSX_USE_COCOA + #define wxOSX_USE_COCOA 1 + #endif + #if wxOSX_USE_CARBON + #error "Carbon does not support 64bit" + #endif + #define wxOSX_USE_IPHONE 0 +#else + #ifdef __WXOSX_IPHONE__ + #define wxOSX_USE_IPHONE 1 + #else + #define wxOSX_USE_IPHONE 0 + #endif +#endif + +/* + * combination flags + */ + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA || wxOSX_USE_CARBON + #define wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON 1 +#else + #define wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON 0 +#endif + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA || wxOSX_USE_IPHONE + #define wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_IPHONE 1 +#else + #define wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_IPHONE 0 +#endif + +#if wxOSX_USE_IPHONE + #include "wx/osx/iphone/chkconf.h" +#elif wxOSX_USE_CARBON + #include "wx/osx/carbon/chkconf.h" +#elif wxOSX_USE_COCOA + #include "wx/osx/cocoa/chkconf.h" +#endif + +#endif // _WX_OSX_CHKCONF_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/choice.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/choice.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..358c81f85e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/choice.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/choice.h +// Purpose: wxChoice class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: choice.h 66993 2011-02-22 13:25:38Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_ +#define _WX_CHOICE_H_ + +#include "wx/control.h" + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( char * , wxChoiceDataArray ) ; + +// Choice item +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoice: public wxChoiceBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoice) + +public: + wxChoice() + : m_strings(), m_datas() + {} + + virtual ~wxChoice() ; + + wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr); + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const ; + virtual int GetSelection() const ; + virtual void SetSelection(int n); + + virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const ; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int pos, const wxString& s); + // osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports + + virtual bool OSXHandleClicked( double timestampsec ); + +protected: + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + virtual void DoClear(); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ; + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData); + virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const; + + wxArrayString m_strings; + wxChoiceDataArray m_datas ; + wxMenu* m_popUpMenu ; +}; + +#endif + // _WX_CHOICE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/clipbrd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/clipbrd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5101b6700d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/clipbrd.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/clipbrd.h +// Purpose: Clipboard functionality. +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: clipbrd.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_ +#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_ + +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + +#include "wx/osx/core/cfref.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClipboard +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboard : public wxClipboardBase +{ +public: + wxClipboard(); + virtual ~wxClipboard(); + + // open the clipboard before SetData() and GetData() + virtual bool Open(); + + // close the clipboard after SetData() and GetData() + virtual void Close(); + + // query whether the clipboard is opened + virtual bool IsOpened() const; + + // set the clipboard data. all other formats will be deleted. + virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data ); + + // add to the clipboard data. + virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data ); + + // ask if data in correct format is available + virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format ); + + // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available) + virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data ); + + // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible + virtual void Clear(); + + // flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on + // clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly + // eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit + virtual bool Flush(); + +private: + wxDataObject *m_data; + bool m_open; + wxCFRef m_pasteboard; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + +#endif // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/chkconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/chkconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e1443eb11 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/chkconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/osx/cocoa/chkconf.h + * Purpose: Compiler-specific configuration checking + * Author: Stefan Csomor + * Modified by: + * Created: 2008-07-30 + * RCS-ID: $Id: chkconf.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ + * Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_COCOA_CHKCONF_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_COCOA_CHKCONF_H_ + +/* + * native (1) or emulated (0) toolbar + */ + +#ifndef wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR + #define wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR 1 +#endif + +/* + * text rendering system + */ + +#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 + + #define wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT 1 + #define wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT 0 + +#else // platform < 10.5 + + #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 + #define wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT 1 + #else + #define wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT 0 + #endif + #define wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT 1 + +#endif + +/* + * Audio System + */ + +#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 + #define wxOSX_USE_QUICKTIME 0 + #define wxOSX_USE_AUDIOTOOLBOX 1 +#else // platform < 10.5 + #define wxOSX_USE_QUICKTIME 1 + #define wxOSX_USE_AUDIOTOOLBOX 0 +#endif + +/* + * turning off capabilities that don't work under cocoa yet + */ + +#endif + /* _WX_MAC_CHKCONF_H_ */ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/dataview.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/dataview.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..335bce5ad7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/dataview.h @@ -0,0 +1,515 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/cocoa/dataview.h +// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl native implementation header for carbon +// Author: +// Id: $Id: dataview.h 57374 2009-01-27 +// Copyright: (c) 2009 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DATAVIEWCTRL_COCOOA_H_ +#define _WX_DATAVIEWCTRL_COCOOA_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#import + +#include "wx/osx/core/dataview.h" +#include "wx/osx/private.h" + +// Forward declaration +class wxCocoaDataViewControl; + +/* + Dramatis personae: + + [vertical arrows indicate inheritance, horizontal -- aggregation] + + + wxWindow ---> wxWidgetCocoaImpl wxDataViewWidgetImpl NSOutlineView + | \ / | + | \ / | + | \ / | + v \/ \/ v + wxDataViewCtrl -------> wxCocoaDataViewControl <-------> wxCocoaOutlineView + + + The right most classes are Objective-C only and can't be used from (pure) + C++ code. + */ + +// ============================================================================ +// wxPointerObject: simply stores a pointer, without taking its ownership +// ============================================================================ + +// Two pointer objects are equal if the containing pointers are equal. This +// means also that the hash value of a pointer object depends only on the +// stored pointer. + +@interface wxPointerObject : NSObject +{ + void* pointer; +} + + -(id) initWithPointer:(void*)initPointer; + + -(void*) pointer; + -(void) setPointer:(void*)newPointer; +@end + +// ============================================================================ +// wxSortDescriptorObject: helper class to use native sorting facilities +// ============================================================================ + +@interface wxSortDescriptorObject : NSSortDescriptor +{ + wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr; // pointer to the sorting column + + wxDataViewModel* modelPtr; // pointer to model +} + + -(id) + initWithModelPtr:(wxDataViewModel*)initModelPtr + sortingColumnPtr:(wxDataViewColumn*)initColumnPtr + ascending:(BOOL)sortAscending; + + -(wxDataViewColumn*) columnPtr; + -(wxDataViewModel*) modelPtr; + + -(void) setColumnPtr:(wxDataViewColumn*)newColumnPtr; + -(void) setModelPtr:(wxDataViewModel*)newModelPtr; +@end + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDataViewColumnNativeData: extra data for wxDataViewColumn +// ============================================================================ + +class wxDataViewColumnNativeData +{ +public: + wxDataViewColumnNativeData() : m_NativeColumnPtr(NULL) + { + } + + wxDataViewColumnNativeData(NSTableColumn* initNativeColumnPtr) + : m_NativeColumnPtr(initNativeColumnPtr) + { + } + + NSTableColumn* GetNativeColumnPtr() const + { + return m_NativeColumnPtr; + } + + void SetNativeColumnPtr(NSTableColumn* newNativeColumnPtr) + { + m_NativeColumnPtr = newNativeColumnPtr; + } + +private: + // not owned by us + NSTableColumn* m_NativeColumnPtr; +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDataViewRendererNativeData: extra data for wxDataViewRenderer +// ============================================================================ + +class wxDataViewRendererNativeData +{ +public: + wxDataViewRendererNativeData() + : m_Object(NULL), m_ColumnCell(NULL) + { + Init(); + } + + wxDataViewRendererNativeData(NSCell* initColumnCell) + : m_Object(NULL), m_ColumnCell([initColumnCell retain]) + { + Init(); + } + + wxDataViewRendererNativeData(NSCell* initColumnCell, id initObject) + : m_Object([initObject retain]), m_ColumnCell([initColumnCell retain]) + { + Init(); + } + + ~wxDataViewRendererNativeData() + { + [m_ColumnCell release]; + [m_Object release]; + + [m_origFont release]; + [m_origTextColour release]; + } + + NSCell* GetColumnCell() const { return m_ColumnCell; } + NSTableColumn* GetColumnPtr() const { return m_TableColumnPtr; } + id GetItem() const { return m_Item; } + NSCell* GetItemCell() const { return m_ItemCell; } + id GetObject() const { return m_Object; } + + void SetColumnCell(NSCell* newCell) + { + [newCell retain]; + [m_ColumnCell release]; + m_ColumnCell = newCell; + } + void SetColumnPtr(NSTableColumn* newColumnPtr) + { + m_TableColumnPtr = newColumnPtr; + } + void SetItem(id newItem) + { + m_Item = newItem; + } + void SetItemCell(NSCell* newCell) + { + m_ItemCell = newCell; + } + void SetObject(id newObject) + { + [newObject retain]; + [m_Object release]; + m_Object = newObject; + } + + // The original cell font and text colour stored here are NULL by default + // and are only initialized to the values retrieved from the cell when we + // change them from wxCocoaOutlineView:willDisplayCell:forTableColumn:item: + // which calls our SaveOriginalXXX() methods before changing the cell + // attributes. + // + // This allows us to avoid doing anything for the columns without any + // attributes but still be able to restore the correct attributes for the + // ones that do. + NSFont *GetOriginalFont() const { return m_origFont; } + NSColor *GetOriginalTextColour() const { return m_origTextColour; } + + void SaveOriginalFont(NSFont *font) + { + m_origFont = [font retain]; + } + + void SaveOriginalTextColour(NSColor *textColour) + { + m_origTextColour = [textColour retain]; + } + + // The ellipsization mode which we need to set for each cell being rendered. + void SetEllipsizeMode(wxEllipsizeMode mode) { m_ellipsizeMode = mode; } + wxEllipsizeMode GetEllipsizeMode() const { return m_ellipsizeMode; } + + // Set the line break mode for the given cell using our m_ellipsizeMode + void ApplyLineBreakMode(NSCell *cell); + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + id m_Item; // item NOT owned by renderer + + // object that can be used by renderer for storing special data (owned by + // renderer) + id m_Object; + + NSCell* m_ColumnCell; // column's cell is owned by renderer + NSCell* m_ItemCell; // item's cell is NOT owned by renderer + + NSTableColumn* m_TableColumnPtr; // column NOT owned by renderer + + // we own those if they're non-NULL + NSFont *m_origFont; + NSColor *m_origTextColour; + + wxEllipsizeMode m_ellipsizeMode; +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxCocoaOutlineDataSource +// ============================================================================ + +// This class implements the data source delegate for the outline view. +// As only an informal protocol exists this class inherits from NSObject only. +// +// As mentioned in the documentation for NSOutlineView the native control does +// not own any data. Therefore, it has to be done by the data source. +// Unfortunately, wxWidget's data source is a C++ data source but +// NSOutlineDataSource requires objects as data. Therefore, the data (or better +// the native item objects) have to be stored additionally in the native data +// source. +// NSOutlineView requires quick access to the item objects and quick linear +// access to an item's children. This requires normally a hash type of storage +// for the item object itself and an array structure for each item's children. +// This means that basically two times the whole structure of wxWidget's model +// class has to be stored. +// This implementation is using a compromise: all items that are in use by the +// control are stored in a set (from there they can be easily retrieved) and +// owned by the set. Furthermore, children of the last parent are stored +// in a linear list. +// +@interface wxCocoaOutlineDataSource : NSObject wxOSX_10_6_AND_LATER() +{ + // descriptors specifying the sorting (currently the array only holds one + // object only) + NSArray* sortDescriptors; + + NSMutableArray* children; // buffered children + + NSMutableSet* items; // stores all items that are in use by the control + + wxCocoaDataViewControl* implementation; + + wxDataViewModel* model; + + // parent of the buffered children; the object is owned + wxPointerObject* currentParentItem; +} + + // methods of informal protocol: + -(BOOL) + outlineView:(NSOutlineView*)outlineView + acceptDrop:(id)info + item:(id)item + childIndex:(NSInteger)index; + + -(id) + outlineView:(NSOutlineView*)outlineView + child:(NSInteger)index + ofItem:(id)item; + + -(id) + outlineView:(NSOutlineView*)outlineView + objectValueForTableColumn:(NSTableColumn*)tableColumn + byItem:(id)item; + + -(BOOL) + outlineView:(NSOutlineView*)outlineView + isItemExpandable:(id)item; + + -(NSInteger) + outlineView:(NSOutlineView*)outlineView + numberOfChildrenOfItem:(id)item; + + -(NSDragOperation) + outlineView:(NSOutlineView*)outlineView + validateDrop:(id)info + proposedItem:(id)item + proposedChildIndex:(NSInteger)index; + + -(BOOL) + outlineView:(NSOutlineView*)outlineView + writeItems:(NSArray*)items + toPasteboard:(NSPasteboard*)pasteboard; + + // buffer for items handling + -(void) addToBuffer:(wxPointerObject*)item; + -(void) clearBuffer; + // returns the item in the buffer that has got the same pointer as "item", + // if such an item does not exist nil is returned + -(wxPointerObject*) getDataViewItemFromBuffer:(const wxDataViewItem&)item; + -(wxPointerObject*) getItemFromBuffer:(wxPointerObject*)item; + -(BOOL) isInBuffer:(wxPointerObject*)item; + -(void) removeFromBuffer:(wxPointerObject*)item; + + // buffered children handling + -(void) appendChild:(wxPointerObject*)item; + -(void) clearChildren; + -(wxPointerObject*) getChild:(NSUInteger)index; + -(NSUInteger) getChildCount; + -(void) removeChild:(NSUInteger)index; + + // buffer handling + -(void) clearBuffers; + + // sorting + -(NSArray*) sortDescriptors; + -(void) setSortDescriptors:(NSArray*)newSortDescriptors; + + // access to wxWidgets variables + -(wxPointerObject*) currentParentItem; + -(wxCocoaDataViewControl*) implementation; + -(wxDataViewModel*) model; + -(void) setCurrentParentItem:(wxPointerObject*)newCurrentParentItem; + -(void) setImplementation:(wxCocoaDataViewControl*)newImplementation; + -(void) setModel:(wxDataViewModel*)newModel; + + // other methods + -(void) + bufferItem:(wxPointerObject*)parentItem + withChildren:(wxDataViewItemArray*)dataViewChildrenPtr; +@end + +// ============================================================================ +// wxCustomCell: used for custom renderers +// ============================================================================ + +@interface wxCustomCell : NSTextFieldCell +{ +} + + -(NSSize) cellSize; +@end + +// ============================================================================ +// wxImageTextCell +// ============================================================================ +// +// As the native cocoa environment does not have a cell displaying an icon/ +// image and text at the same time, it has to be implemented by the user. +// This implementation follows the implementation of Chuck Pisula in Apple's +// DragNDropOutline sample application. +// Although in wxDataViewCtrl icons are used on OSX icons do not exist for +// display. Therefore, the cell is also called wxImageTextCell. +// Instead of displaying images of any size (which is possible) this cell uses +// a fixed size for displaying the image. Larger images are scaled to fit +// into their reserved space. Smaller or not existing images use the fixed +// reserved size and are scaled if necessary. +// +@interface wxImageTextCell : NSTextFieldCell +{ +@private + CGFloat xImageShift; // shift for the image in x-direction from border + CGFloat spaceImageText; // space between image and text + + NSImage* image; // the image itself + + NSSize imageSize; // largest size of the image; default size is (16, 16) + + // the text alignment is used to align the whole cell (image and text) + NSTextAlignment cellAlignment; +} + + -(NSTextAlignment) alignment; + -(void) setAlignment:(NSTextAlignment)newAlignment; + + -(NSImage*) image; + -(void) setImage:(NSImage*)newImage; + + -(NSSize) imageSize; + -(void) setImageSize:(NSSize) newImageSize; + + -(NSSize) cellSize; +@end + +// ============================================================================ +// wxCocoaOutlineView +// ============================================================================ + +@interface wxCocoaOutlineView : NSOutlineView wxOSX_10_6_AND_LATER() +{ +@private + // column and row of the cell being edited or -1 if none + int currentlyEditedColumn, + currentlyEditedRow; + + wxCocoaDataViewControl* implementation; +} + + -(wxCocoaDataViewControl*) implementation; + -(void) setImplementation:(wxCocoaDataViewControl*) newImplementation; +@end + +// ============================================================================ +// wxCocoaDataViewControl +// ============================================================================ + +// This is the internal interface class between wxDataViewCtrl (wxWidget) and +// the native source view (Mac OS X cocoa). +class wxCocoaDataViewControl : public wxWidgetCocoaImpl, + public wxDataViewWidgetImpl +{ +public: + // constructors / destructor + wxCocoaDataViewControl(wxWindow* peer, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style); + virtual ~wxCocoaDataViewControl(); + + wxDataViewCtrl* GetDataViewCtrl() const + { + return static_cast(GetWXPeer()); + } + + // column related methods (inherited from wxDataViewWidgetImpl) + virtual bool ClearColumns(); + virtual bool DeleteColumn(wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr); + virtual void DoSetExpanderColumn(wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr); + virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetColumn(unsigned int pos) const; + virtual int GetColumnPosition(wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr) const; + virtual bool InsertColumn(unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr); + virtual void FitColumnWidthToContent(unsigned int pos); + + // item related methods (inherited from wxDataViewWidgetImpl) + virtual bool Add(const wxDataViewItem& parent, const wxDataViewItem& item); + virtual bool Add(const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxDataViewItemArray& items); + virtual void Collapse(const wxDataViewItem& item); + virtual void EnsureVisible(const wxDataViewItem& item, + wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr); + virtual void Expand(const wxDataViewItem& item); + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual wxRect GetRectangle(const wxDataViewItem& item, + wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr); + virtual bool IsExpanded(const wxDataViewItem& item) const; + virtual bool Reload(); + virtual bool Remove(const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxDataViewItem& item); + virtual bool Remove(const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxDataViewItemArray& item); + virtual bool Update(const wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr); + virtual bool Update(const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxDataViewItem& item); + virtual bool Update(const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxDataViewItemArray& items); + + // model related methods + virtual bool AssociateModel(wxDataViewModel* model); + + // + // selection related methods (inherited from wxDataViewWidgetImpl) + // + virtual wxDataViewItem GetCurrentItem() const; + virtual void SetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item); + virtual int GetSelections(wxDataViewItemArray& sel) const; + virtual bool IsSelected(const wxDataViewItem& item) const; + virtual void Select(const wxDataViewItem& item); + virtual void SelectAll(); + virtual void Unselect(const wxDataViewItem& item); + virtual void UnselectAll(); + + // + // sorting related methods + // + virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetSortingColumn () const; + virtual void Resort(); + + // + // other methods (inherited from wxDataViewWidgetImpl) + // + virtual void DoSetIndent(int indent); + virtual void HitTest(const wxPoint& point, + wxDataViewItem& item, + wxDataViewColumn*& columnPtr) const; + virtual void SetRowHeight(const wxDataViewItem& item, unsigned int height); + virtual void OnSize(); + + // drag & drop helper methods + wxDataFormat GetDnDDataFormat(wxDataObjectComposite* dataObjects); + wxDataObjectComposite* GetDnDDataObjects(NSData* dataObject) const; + + // Cocoa-specific helpers + id GetItemAtRow(int row) const; + +private: + void InitOutlineView(long style); + + wxCocoaOutlineDataSource* m_DataSource; + + wxCocoaOutlineView* m_OutlineView; +}; + +#endif // _WX_DATAVIEWCTRL_COCOOA_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/evtloop.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/evtloop.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3ae6c76d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/evtloop.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/cocoa/evtloop.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxGUIEventLoop for wxOSX/Cocoa +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-12-28 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloop.h 67129 2011-03-05 12:21:20Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_COCOA_EVTLOOP_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_COCOA_EVTLOOP_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGUIEventLoop : public wxCFEventLoop +{ +public: + wxGUIEventLoop(); + ~wxGUIEventLoop(); + + void BeginModalSession( wxWindow* modalWindow ); + + void EndModalSession(); + +protected: + virtual int DoDispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout); + + virtual void DoRun(); + + virtual void DoStop(); + + virtual CFRunLoopRef CFGetCurrentRunLoop() const; + + void* m_modalSession; + WXWindow m_dummyWindow; +}; + +#endif // _WX_OSX_COCOA_EVTLOOP_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9449772324 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private.h @@ -0,0 +1,404 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/cocoa/private.h +// Purpose: Private declarations: as this header is only included by +// wxWidgets itself, it may contain identifiers which don't start +// with "wx". +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: private.h 67233 2011-03-18 15:45:51Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_COCOA_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_COCOA_H_ + +#include + +#ifdef __OBJC__ + #import +#endif + +#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 +// available in 10.4 but not in the headers +enum { + kEventMouseScroll = 11 +}; +#endif +// +// shared between Cocoa and Carbon +// + +// bring in theming types without pulling in the headers + +#if wxUSE_GUI +typedef SInt16 ThemeBrush; +CGColorRef WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacCreateCGColorFromHITheme( ThemeBrush brush ) ; +OSStatus WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacDrawCGImage( + CGContextRef inContext, + const CGRect * inBounds, + CGImageRef inImage) ; +WX_NSImage WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOSXGetNSImageFromCGImage( CGImageRef image ); +CGImageRef WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOSXCreateCGImageFromNSImage( WX_NSImage nsimage ); +wxBitmap WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOSXCreateSystemBitmap(const wxString& id, const wxString &client, const wxSize& size); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialog; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWidgetCocoaImpl : public wxWidgetImpl +{ +public : + wxWidgetCocoaImpl( wxWindowMac* peer , WXWidget w, bool isRootControl = false, bool isUserPane = false ) ; + wxWidgetCocoaImpl() ; + ~wxWidgetCocoaImpl(); + + void Init(); + + virtual bool IsVisible() const ; + virtual void SetVisibility(bool); + + // we provide a static function which can be reused from + // wxNonOwnedWindowCocoaImpl too + static bool ShowViewOrWindowWithEffect(wxWindow *win, + bool show, + wxShowEffect effect, + unsigned timeout); + + virtual bool ShowWithEffect(bool show, + wxShowEffect effect, + unsigned timeout); + + virtual void Raise(); + + virtual void Lower(); + + virtual void ScrollRect( const wxRect *rect, int dx, int dy ); + + virtual WXWidget GetWXWidget() const { return m_osxView; } + + virtual void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour&); + virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style); + + virtual void GetContentArea( int &left , int &top , int &width , int &height ) const; + virtual void Move(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual void GetPosition( int &x, int &y ) const; + virtual void GetSize( int &width, int &height ) const; + virtual void SetControlSize( wxWindowVariant variant ); + + virtual void SetNeedsDisplay( const wxRect* where = NULL ); + virtual bool GetNeedsDisplay() const; + + virtual bool CanFocus() const; + // return true if successful + virtual bool SetFocus(); + virtual bool HasFocus() const; + + void RemoveFromParent(); + void Embed( wxWidgetImpl *parent ); + + void SetDefaultButton( bool isDefault ); + void PerformClick(); + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& title, wxFontEncoding encoding); + + void SetCursor( const wxCursor & cursor ); + void CaptureMouse(); + void ReleaseMouse(); + + wxInt32 GetValue() const; + void SetValue( wxInt32 v ); + wxBitmap GetBitmap() const; + void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); + void SetBitmapPosition( wxDirection dir ); + void SetupTabs( const wxNotebook ¬ebook ); + void GetBestRect( wxRect *r ) const; + bool IsEnabled() const; + void Enable( bool enable ); + bool ButtonClickDidStateChange() { return true ;} + void SetMinimum( wxInt32 v ); + void SetMaximum( wxInt32 v ); + wxInt32 GetMinimum() const; + wxInt32 GetMaximum() const; + void PulseGauge(); + void SetScrollThumb( wxInt32 value, wxInt32 thumbSize ); + + void SetFont( const wxFont & font , const wxColour& foreground , long windowStyle, bool ignoreBlack = true ); + void SetToolTip( wxToolTip* tooltip ); + + void InstallEventHandler( WXWidget control = NULL ); + + virtual bool DoHandleMouseEvent(NSEvent *event); + virtual bool DoHandleKeyEvent(NSEvent *event); + virtual bool DoHandleCharEvent(NSEvent *event, NSString *text); + virtual void DoNotifyFocusEvent(bool receivedFocus, wxWidgetImpl* otherWindow); + + virtual void SetupKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent &wxevent, NSEvent * nsEvent, NSString* charString = NULL); + virtual void SetupMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent &wxevent, NSEvent * nsEvent); + + + void SetFlipped(bool flipped); + virtual bool IsFlipped() const { return m_isFlipped; } + + // cocoa thunk connected calls + + virtual unsigned int draggingEntered(void* sender, WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual void draggingExited(void* sender, WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual unsigned int draggingUpdated(void* sender, WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual bool performDragOperation(void* sender, WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual void mouseEvent(WX_NSEvent event, WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual void keyEvent(WX_NSEvent event, WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual void insertText(NSString* text, WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual bool performKeyEquivalent(WX_NSEvent event, WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual bool acceptsFirstResponder(WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual bool becomeFirstResponder(WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual bool resignFirstResponder(WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual void resetCursorRects(WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual bool isFlipped(WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual void drawRect(void* rect, WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + + virtual void controlAction(WXWidget slf, void* _cmd, void* sender); + virtual void controlDoubleAction(WXWidget slf, void* _cmd, void *sender); + + // for wxTextCtrl-derived classes, put here since they don't all derive + // from the same pimpl class. + virtual void controlTextDidChange(); + +protected: + WXWidget m_osxView; + NSEvent* m_lastKeyDownEvent; + bool m_isFlipped; + // if it the control has an editor, that editor will already send some + // events, don't resend them + bool m_hasEditor; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWidgetCocoaImpl) +}; + +DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS( wxNSWindow ); + +class wxNonOwnedWindowCocoaImpl : public wxNonOwnedWindowImpl +{ +public : + wxNonOwnedWindowCocoaImpl( wxNonOwnedWindow* nonownedwnd) ; + wxNonOwnedWindowCocoaImpl(); + + virtual ~wxNonOwnedWindowCocoaImpl(); + + virtual void WillBeDestroyed() ; + void Create( wxWindow* parent, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + long style, long extraStyle, const wxString& name ) ; + void Create( wxWindow* parent, WXWindow nativeWindow ); + + WXWindow GetWXWindow() const; + void Raise(); + void Lower(); + bool Show(bool show); + + virtual bool ShowWithEffect(bool show, + wxShowEffect effect, + unsigned timeout); + + void Update(); + bool SetTransparent(wxByte alpha); + bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col ); + void SetExtraStyle( long exStyle ); + void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style ); + bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style); + bool CanSetTransparent(); + + void MoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + void GetPosition( int &x, int &y ) const; + void GetSize( int &width, int &height ) const; + + void GetContentArea( int &left , int &top , int &width , int &height ) const; + bool SetShape(const wxRegion& region); + + virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title, wxFontEncoding encoding ) ; + + virtual bool IsMaximized() const; + + virtual bool IsIconized() const; + + virtual void Iconize( bool iconize ); + + virtual void Maximize(bool maximize); + + virtual bool IsFullScreen() const; + + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style); + + virtual void ShowWithoutActivating(); + + virtual void RequestUserAttention(int flags); + + virtual void ScreenToWindow( int *x, int *y ); + + virtual void WindowToScreen( int *x, int *y ); + + virtual bool IsActive(); + + virtual void SetModified(bool modified); + virtual bool IsModified() const; + + wxNonOwnedWindow* GetWXPeer() { return m_wxPeer; } + + CGWindowLevel GetWindowLevel() const { return m_macWindowLevel; } + void RestoreWindowLevel(); +protected : + CGWindowLevel m_macWindowLevel; + WXWindow m_macWindow; + void * m_macFullScreenData ; + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxNonOwnedWindowCocoaImpl) +}; + +#ifdef __OBJC__ + + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE NSScreen* wxOSXGetMenuScreen(); + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE NSRect wxToNSRect( NSView* parent, const wxRect& r ); + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRect wxFromNSRect( NSView* parent, const NSRect& rect ); + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE NSPoint wxToNSPoint( NSView* parent, const wxPoint& p ); + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPoint wxFromNSPoint( NSView* parent, const NSPoint& p ); + + NSRect WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOSXGetFrameForControl( wxWindowMac* window , const wxPoint& pos , const wxSize &size , + bool adjustForOrigin = true ); + + // used for many wxControls + + @interface wxNSButton : NSButton + { + NSTrackingRectTag rectTag; + } + + @end + + @interface wxNSBox : NSBox + { + } + + @end + + @interface wxNSTextFieldEditor : NSTextView + { + NSEvent* lastKeyDownEvent; + } + + @end + + @interface wxNSTextField : NSTextField wxOSX_10_6_AND_LATER() + { + wxNSTextFieldEditor* fieldEditor; + } + + - (wxNSTextFieldEditor*) fieldEditor; + - (void) setFieldEditor:(wxNSTextFieldEditor*) fieldEditor; + + @end + + @interface wxNSSecureTextField : NSSecureTextField wxOSX_10_6_AND_LATER() + { + } + + @end + + + @interface wxNSTextView : NSTextView wxOSX_10_6_AND_LATER() + { + } + + - (void)textDidChange:(NSNotification *)aNotification; + + @end + + @interface wxNSMenu : NSMenu + { + wxMenuImpl* impl; + } + + - (void) setImplementation:(wxMenuImpl*) item; + - (wxMenuImpl*) implementation; + + @end + + @interface wxNSMenuItem : NSMenuItem + { + wxMenuItemImpl* impl; + } + + - (void) setImplementation:(wxMenuItemImpl*) item; + - (wxMenuItemImpl*) implementation; + + - (void)clickedAction:(id)sender; + - (BOOL)validateMenuItem:(NSMenuItem *)menuItem; + + @end + + void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOSXCocoaClassAddWXMethods(Class c); + + /* + We need this for ShowModal, as the sheet just disables the parent window and + returns control to the app, whereas we don't want to return from ShowModal + until the sheet has been dismissed. + */ + @interface ModalDialogDelegate : NSObject + { + BOOL sheetFinished; + int resultCode; + wxDialog* impl; + } + + - (void)setImplementation: (wxDialog *)dialog; + - (BOOL)finished; + - (int)code; + - (void)waitForSheetToFinish; + - (void)sheetDidEnd:(NSWindow *)sheet returnCode:(int)returnCode contextInfo:(void *)contextInfo; + @end + + @interface wxNSAppController : NSObject wxOSX_10_6_AND_LATER() + { + } + + @end + +#endif // __OBJC__ + +// NSCursor + +WX_NSCursor wxMacCocoaCreateStockCursor( int cursor_type ); +WX_NSCursor wxMacCocoaCreateCursorFromCGImage( CGImageRef cgImageRef, float hotSpotX, float hotSpotY ); +void wxMacCocoaSetCursor( WX_NSCursor cursor ); +void wxMacCocoaHideCursor(); +void wxMacCocoaShowCursor(); + +typedef struct tagClassicCursor +{ + wxUint16 bits[16]; + wxUint16 mask[16]; + wxInt16 hotspot[2]; +}ClassicCursor; + +const short kwxCursorBullseye = 0; +const short kwxCursorBlank = 1; +const short kwxCursorPencil = 2; +const short kwxCursorMagnifier = 3; +const short kwxCursorNoEntry = 4; +const short kwxCursorPaintBrush = 5; +const short kwxCursorPointRight = 6; +const short kwxCursorPointLeft = 7; +const short kwxCursorQuestionArrow = 8; +const short kwxCursorRightArrow = 9; +const short kwxCursorSizeNS = 10; +const short kwxCursorSize = 11; +const short kwxCursorSizeNESW = 12; +const short kwxCursorSizeNWSE = 13; +const short kwxCursorRoller = 14; +const short kwxCursorWatch = 15; +const short kwxCursorLast = kwxCursorWatch; + +// exposing our fallback cursor map + +extern ClassicCursor gMacCursors[]; + +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_PRIVATE_COCOA_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/markuptoattr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/markuptoattr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..542ae6b608 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/markuptoattr.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/cocoa/private/markuptoattr.h +// Purpose: Class to convert markup to Cocoa attributed strings. +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2011-02-22 +// RCS-ID: $Id: markuptoattr.h 67069 2011-02-27 12:48:46Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_COCOA_PRIVATE_MARKUPTOATTR_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_COCOA_PRIVATE_MARKUPTOATTR_H_ + +#include "wx/private/markupparserattr.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMarkupToAttrString: create NSAttributedString from markup. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxMarkupToAttrString : public wxMarkupParserAttrOutput +{ +public: + // We don't care about the original colours because we never use them but + // we do need the correct initial font as we apply modifiers (e.g. create a + // font larger than it) to it and so it must be valid. + wxMarkupToAttrString(wxWindow *win, const wxString& markup) + : wxMarkupParserAttrOutput(win->GetFont(), wxColour(), wxColour()) + { + const wxCFStringRef + label(wxControl::RemoveMnemonics(wxMarkupParser::Strip(markup))); + m_attrString = [[NSMutableAttributedString alloc] + initWithString: label.AsNSString()]; + + m_pos = 0; + + [m_attrString beginEditing]; + + // First thing we do is change the default string font: as mentioned in + // Apple documentation, attributed strings use "Helvetica 12" font by + // default which is different from the system "Lucida Grande" font. So + // we need to explicitly change the font for the entire string. + [m_attrString addAttribute:NSFontAttributeName + value:win->GetFont().OSXGetNSFont() + range:NSMakeRange(0, [m_attrString length])]; + + // Now translate the markup tags to corresponding attributes. + wxMarkupParser parser(*this); + parser.Parse(markup); + + [m_attrString endEditing]; + } + + ~wxMarkupToAttrString() + { + [m_attrString release]; + } + + // Accessor for the users of this class. + // + // We keep ownership of the returned string. + NSMutableAttributedString *GetNSAttributedString() const + { + return m_attrString; + } + + + // Implement base class pure virtual methods to process markup tags. + virtual void OnText(const wxString& text) + { + m_pos += wxControl::RemoveMnemonics(text).length(); + } + + virtual void OnAttrStart(const Attr& WXUNUSED(attr)) + { + // Just remember the starting position of the range, we can't really + // set the attribute until we find the end of it. + m_rangeStarts.push(m_pos); + } + + virtual void OnAttrEnd(const Attr& attr) + { + unsigned start = m_rangeStarts.top(); + m_rangeStarts.pop(); + + const NSRange range = NSMakeRange(start, m_pos - start); + + [m_attrString addAttribute:NSFontAttributeName + value:attr.font.OSXGetNSFont() + range:range]; + + if ( attr.foreground.IsOk() ) + { + [m_attrString addAttribute:NSForegroundColorAttributeName + value:attr.foreground.OSXGetNSColor() + range:range]; + } + + if ( attr.background.IsOk() ) + { + [m_attrString addAttribute:NSBackgroundColorAttributeName + value:attr.background.OSXGetNSColor() + range:range]; + } + } + +private: + // The attributed string we're building. + NSMutableAttributedString *m_attrString; + + // The current position in the output string. + unsigned m_pos; + + // The positions of starting ranges. + wxStack m_rangeStarts; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMarkupToAttrString); +}; + +#endif // _WX_OSX_COCOA_PRIVATE_MARKUPTOATTR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/overlay.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/overlay.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2af5b14842 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/overlay.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/cocoa/private/overlay.h +// Purpose: wxOverlayImpl declaration +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-10-20 +// RCS-ID: $Id: overlay.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_COCOA_PRIVATE_OVERLAY_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_COCOA_PRIVATE_OVERLAY_H_ + +#include "wx/osx/private.h" +#include "wx/toplevel.h" +#include "wx/graphics.h" + +class wxOverlayImpl +{ +public: + wxOverlayImpl() ; + ~wxOverlayImpl() ; + + + // clears the overlay without restoring the former state + // to be done eg when the window content has been changed and repainted + void Reset(); + + // returns true if it has been setup + bool IsOk(); + + void Init( wxDC* dc, int x , int y , int width , int height ); + + void BeginDrawing( wxDC* dc); + + void EndDrawing( wxDC* dc); + + void Clear( wxDC* dc); + +private: + void CreateOverlayWindow(); + + WXWindow m_overlayWindow; + WXWindow m_overlayParentWindow; + CGContextRef m_overlayContext ; + // we store the window in case we would have to issue a Refresh() + wxWindow* m_window ; + + int m_x ; + int m_y ; + int m_width ; + int m_height ; +} ; + +#endif // _WX_MAC_CARBON_PRIVATE_OVERLAY_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/textimpl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/textimpl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a977555e35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cocoa/private/textimpl.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/cocoa/private/textimpl.h +// Purpose: textcontrol implementation classes that have to be exposed +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 03/02/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textimpl.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_COCOA_PRIVATE_TEXTIMPL_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_COCOA_PRIVATE_TEXTIMPL_H_ + +#include "wx/combobox.h" +#include "wx/osx/private.h" + +// implementation exposed, so that search control can pull it + +class wxNSTextFieldControl : public wxWidgetCocoaImpl, public wxTextWidgetImpl +{ +public : + // wxNSTextFieldControl must always be associated with a wxTextEntry. If + // it's associated with a wxTextCtrl then we can get the associated entry + // from it but otherwise the second ctor should be used to explicitly pass + // us the entry. + wxNSTextFieldControl( wxTextCtrl *text, WXWidget w ); + wxNSTextFieldControl( wxWindow *wxPeer, wxTextEntry *entry, WXWidget w ); + virtual ~wxNSTextFieldControl(); + + virtual wxString GetStringValue() const ; + virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString &str) ; + virtual void Copy() ; + virtual void Cut() ; + virtual void Paste() ; + virtual bool CanPaste() const ; + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable) ; + virtual void GetSelection( long* from, long* to) const ; + virtual void SetSelection( long from , long to ); + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& str) ; + virtual bool HasOwnContextMenu() const { return true; } + virtual bool SetHint(const wxString& hint); + + virtual void controlAction(WXWidget slf, void* _cmd, void *sender); + +protected : + NSTextField* m_textField; + long m_selStart; + long m_selEnd; + +private: + // Common part of both ctors. + void Init(WXWidget w); +}; + +class wxNSTextViewControl : public wxWidgetCocoaImpl, public wxTextWidgetImpl +{ +public: + wxNSTextViewControl( wxTextCtrl *wxPeer, WXWidget w ); + virtual ~wxNSTextViewControl(); + + virtual wxString GetStringValue() const ; + virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString &str) ; + virtual void Copy() ; + virtual void Cut() ; + virtual void Paste() ; + virtual bool CanPaste() const ; + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable) ; + virtual void GetSelection( long* from, long* to) const ; + virtual void SetSelection( long from , long to ); + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& str) ; + virtual void SetFont( const wxFont & font , const wxColour& foreground , long windowStyle, bool ignoreBlack = true ); + + virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style); + virtual void SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style); + + virtual bool CanFocus() const; + + virtual bool HasOwnContextMenu() const { return true; } + + virtual void CheckSpelling(bool check); + virtual wxSize GetBestSize() const; + +protected: + NSScrollView* m_scrollView; + NSTextView* m_textView; +}; + +class wxNSComboBoxControl : public wxNSTextFieldControl, public wxComboWidgetImpl +{ +public : + wxNSComboBoxControl( wxComboBox *wxPeer, WXWidget w ); + virtual ~wxNSComboBoxControl(); + + virtual int GetSelectedItem() const; + virtual void SetSelectedItem(int item); + + virtual int GetNumberOfItems() const; + + virtual void InsertItem(int pos, const wxString& item); + virtual void RemoveItem(int pos); + + virtual void Clear(); + + virtual wxString GetStringAtIndex(int pos) const; + + virtual int FindString(const wxString& text) const; +private: + NSComboBox* m_comboBox; +}; + +#endif // _WX_OSX_COCOA_PRIVATE_TEXTIMPL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/colordlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/colordlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea18736896 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/colordlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/colordlg.h +// Purpose: wxColourDialog class. Use generic version if no +// platform-specific implementation. +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: colordlg.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_ +#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_ + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +/* + * Platform-specific colour dialog implementation + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourDialog: public wxDialog +{ +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourDialog) +public: + wxColourDialog(); + wxColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL); + + int ShowModal(); + wxColourData& GetColourData() { return m_colourData; } + +protected: + wxColourData m_colourData; + wxWindow* m_dialogParent; +}; + +#endif + // _WX_COLORDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/colour.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/colour.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..408625476d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/colour.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +#include "wx/osx/core/colour.h" diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/combobox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/combobox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0aad2f019d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/combobox.h @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/combobox.h +// Purpose: wxComboBox class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: combobox.h 66993 2011-02-22 13:25:38Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_ +#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_ + +#include "wx/containr.h" +#include "wx/choice.h" +#include "wx/textctrl.h" + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( char * , wxComboBoxDataArray ) ; + +// forward declaration of private implementation classes + +class wxComboBoxText; +class wxComboBoxChoice; +class wxComboWidgetImpl; + +// Combobox item +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboBox : public wxControl, public wxComboBoxBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboBox) + + public: + virtual ~wxComboBox(); + +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON + // forward these functions to all subcontrols + virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true); + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); +#endif + + // callback functions + virtual void DelegateTextChanged( const wxString& value ); + virtual void DelegateChoice( const wxString& value ); + + wxComboBox() { Init(); } + + wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr); + + virtual int GetSelection() const; + virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const; + virtual void SetSelection(int n); + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to); + virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s); + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + +// these methods are provided by wxTextEntry for the native impl. +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON + // Text field functions + virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value); + virtual wxString GetValue() const; + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text); + + // Clipboard operations + virtual void Copy(); + virtual void Cut(); + virtual void Paste(); + virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos); + virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd(); + virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; + virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const; + virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value); + virtual void Remove(long from, long to); + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable); + virtual bool IsEditable() const; + + virtual void Undo(); + virtual void Redo(); + virtual void SelectAll(); + + virtual bool CanCopy() const; + virtual bool CanCut() const; + virtual bool CanPaste() const; + virtual bool CanUndo() const; + virtual bool CanRedo() const; + + virtual wxClientDataType GetClientDataType() const; + + virtual wxTextWidgetImpl* GetTextPeer() const; +#endif // wxOSX_USE_CARBON + + + + // osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports + + virtual bool OSXHandleClicked( double timestampsec ); + +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON + wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST + + WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); +#endif + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + wxComboWidgetImpl* GetComboPeer() const; +#endif +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // List functions + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + virtual void DoClear(); + + // wxTextEntry functions +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON + virtual wxString DoGetValue() const; +#endif + virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() { return this; } + + // override the base class virtuals involved in geometry calculations + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); +#endif + + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData); + virtual void * DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const; + +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON + virtual void SetClientDataType(wxClientDataType clientDataItemsType); +#endif + + virtual void EnableTextChangedEvents(bool enable); + + // the subcontrols + wxComboBoxText* m_text; + wxComboBoxChoice* m_choice; + + wxComboBoxDataArray m_datas; + +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +#endif +}; + +#endif // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/config_xcode.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/config_xcode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5321a98ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/config_xcode.h @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/config_xcode.h +// Purpose: configurations for xcode builds +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 29.04.04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: config_xcode.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// from config.log confdefs + +#define HAVE_SSIZE_T 1 +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 +#ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +#define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1 +#endif +#define wxUSE_UNIX 1 +#define __UNIX__ 1 +#define __BSD__ 1 +#define __DARWIN__ 1 +#define wx_USE_NANOX 0 +#define TARGET_CARBON 1 + +#define HAVE_EXPLICIT 1 +#define HAVE_VA_COPY 1 +#define HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS 1 +#define HAVE_STD_WSTRING 1 +#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6 +#if __GNUC__ > 4 || ( __GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 2 ) +#define HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_MAP 1 +#define HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_SET 1 +#define HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS 1 +#define HAVE_GCC_ATOMIC_BUILTINS 1 +#endif +#endif +#define HAVE_VISIBILITY 1 +#define wxHAVE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1 +#define CONST_COMPATIBILITY 0 +#define WX_TIMEZONE timezone +#define WX_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t +#define SOCKOPTLEN_T socklen_t +#define WX_STATFS_T struct statfs +#define wxTYPE_SA_HANDLER int +#define WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM 1 +#define HAVE_PW_GECOS 1 +#define HAVE_DLOPEN 1 +#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 +/* #undef HAVE_CXA_DEMANGLE */ +#else +#define HAVE_CXA_DEMANGLE 1 +#endif +#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1 +#define HAVE_FSYNC 1 +#define HAVE_ROUND 1 +#define HAVE_SCHED_YIELD 1 +#define HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_T 1 +#define HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE_DECL 1 +#define HAVE_PTHREAD_CANCEL 1 +#define HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE 1 +#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1 +#define HAVE_SNPRINTF_DECL 1 +#define HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF 1 +#define HAVE_STATFS 1 +#define HAVE_STATFS_DECL 1 +#define HAVE_STRPTIME 1 +#define HAVE_STRPTIME_DECL 1 +#define HAVE_STRTOULL 1 +#define HAVE_THREAD_PRIORITY_FUNCTIONS 1 +#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1 +#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF_DECL 1 +#define HAVE_VSSCANF 1 +#define HAVE_VSSCANF_DECL 1 +#define HAVE_USLEEP 1 +#define HAVE_WCSLEN 1 +#define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 4 +#define SIZEOF_SHORT 2 +#define SIZEOF_INT 4 +#ifdef __LP64__ +#define SIZEOF_VOID_P 8 +#define SIZEOF_LONG 8 +#define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 8 +#else +#define SIZEOF_VOID_P 4 +#define SIZEOF_LONG 4 +#define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4 +#endif +#define SIZEOF_LONG_LONG 8 +#define wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG 1 +#define wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE 1 +#define HAVE_DLERROR 1 +#define HAVE_FCNTL 1 +#define HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME 1 +#define HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME 1 +#define HAVE_GMTIME_R 1 +#define HAVE_INET_ADDR 1 +#define HAVE_INET_ATON 1 +#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_R 1 +#define HAVE_MKSTEMP 1 +#define HAVE_SETENV 1 +/* #define HAVE_PUTENV 1 */ +#define HAVE_STRTOK_R 1 +#define HAVE_UNAME 1 +#define HAVE_USLEEP 1 +#define HAVE_X11_XKBLIB_H 1 +#define HAVE_SCHED_H 1 +#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 +#define HAVE_WCHAR_H 1 +/* better to use the built-in CF conversions, also avoid iconv versioning problems */ +/* #undef HAVE_ICONV */ +#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 +#define ICONV_CONST const +#else +#define ICONV_CONST +#endif +#define HAVE_LANGINFO_H 1 +#define HAVE_WCSRTOMBS 1 +#define HAVE_FPUTWS 1 +#define HAVE_STRCASECMP_IN_STRING_H 1 +#define HAVE_WPRINTF 1 +#define HAVE_VSWPRINTF 1 +#define HAVE_VSWSCANF 1 +#define HAVE_FSEEKO 1 +#define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1 +#define HAVE_FDOPEN 1 +#define HAVE_SYSCONF 1 +#define HAVE_GETPWUID_R 1 +#define HAVE_GETGRGID_R 1 +#define HAVE_LOCALE_T 1 +#define wxHAS_KQUEUE 1 + +#define WXWIN_OS_DESCRIPTION "Darwin 7.9.0 Power Macintosh" +#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "wx-dev@lists.wxwidgets.org" +#define PACKAGE_NAME "wxWidgets" +#define PACKAGE_STRING "wxWidgets 2.9.2" +#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "wxwidgets" +#define PACKAGE_VERSION "2.9.2" + +// for regex +#define WX_NO_REGEX_ADVANCED 1 + +// for jpeg + +#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 + +// OBSOLETE ? + +#define HAVE_COS 1 +#define HAVE_FLOOR 1 +#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1 +#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1 + +#define HAVE_REGCOMP 1 +#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1 +#define HAVE_STRING_H 1 +#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1 +#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1 +#define HAVE_X11_XLIB_H 1 +#define SOCKLEN_T socklen_t +#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/control.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/control.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e68dca2fe9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/control.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/control.h +// Purpose: wxControl class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: control.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_ +#define _WX_CONTROL_H_ + +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxControlNameStr[]; + +// General item class +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControl : public wxControlBase +{ + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControl) + +public: + wxControl(); + wxControl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr); + + // Simulates an event + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); } + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + // Calls the callback and appropriate event handlers + bool ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event); + + void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent &event ) ; +}; + +#endif + // _WX_CONTROL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfdataref.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfdataref.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bfb8d46113 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfdataref.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/core/cfdataref.h +// Purpose: wxCFDataRef class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 2007/05/10 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cfdataref.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +// Notes: See http://developer.apple.com/documentation/CoreFoundation/Conceptual/CFBinaryData/index.html +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! @header wx/osx/core/cfdataref.h + @abstract wxCFDataRef template class +*/ + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_COREFOUNDATION_CFDATAREF_H__ +#define _WX_MAC_COREFOUNDATION_CFDATAREF_H__ + +#include "wx/osx/core/cfref.h" + +#include + +/*! @class wxCFDataRef + @discussion Properly retains/releases reference to CoreFoundation data objects +*/ +class wxCFDataRef : public wxCFRef< CFDataRef > +{ +public: + /*! @method wxCFDataRef + @abstract Creates a NULL data ref + */ + wxCFDataRef() + {} + + typedef wxCFRef super_type; + + /*! @method wxCFDataRef + @abstract Assumes ownership of p and creates a reference to it. + @templatefield otherType Any type. + @param p The raw pointer to assume ownership of. May be NULL. + @discussion Like shared_ptr, it is assumed that the caller has a strong reference to p and intends + to transfer ownership of that reference to this ref holder. If the object comes from + a Create or Copy method then this is the correct behavior. If the object comes from + a Get method then you must CFRetain it yourself before passing it to this constructor. + A handy way to do this is to use the non-member wxCFRefFromGet factory funcion. + This method is templated and takes an otherType *p. This prevents implicit conversion + using an operator refType() in a different ref-holding class type. + */ + explicit wxCFDataRef(CFDataRef r) + : super_type(r) + {} + + /*! @method wxCFDataRef + @abstract Copies a ref holder of the same type + @param otherRef The other ref holder to copy. + @discussion Ownership will be shared by the original ref and the newly created ref. That is, + the object will be explicitly retained by this new ref. + */ + wxCFDataRef(const wxCFDataRef& otherRef) + : super_type( otherRef ) + {} + + /*! @method wxCFDataRef + @abstract Copies raw data into a data ref + @param data The raw data. + @param length The data length. + */ + wxCFDataRef(const UInt8* data, CFIndex length) + : super_type(CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, data, length)) + { + } + + /*! @method GetLength + @abstract returns the length in bytes of the data stored + */ + CFIndex GetLength() const + { + if ( m_ptr ) + return CFDataGetLength( *this ); + else + return 0; + } + + /*! @method GetBytes + @abstract Copies the data into an external buffer + @param range The desired range. + @param buffer The target buffer. + */ + void GetBytes( CFRange range, UInt8 *buffer ) const + { + if ( m_ptr ) + CFDataGetBytes(m_ptr, range, buffer); + } +}; + +#endif //ifndef _WX_MAC_COREFOUNDATION_CFDATAREF_H__ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfref.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfref.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..53c0c8a029 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfref.h @@ -0,0 +1,401 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/core/cfref.h +// Purpose: wxCFRef template class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: Stefan Csomor +// Created: 2007/05/10 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cfref.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 David Elliott , Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +// Notes: See http://developer.apple.com/documentation/CoreFoundation/Conceptual/CFMemoryMgmt/index.html +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! @header wx/osx/core/cfref.h + @abstract wxCFRef template class + @discussion FIXME: Convert doc tags to something less buggy with C++ +*/ + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_COREFOUNDATION_CFREF_H__ +#define _WX_MAC_COREFOUNDATION_CFREF_H__ + +// Include unistd to ensure that NULL is defined +#include +// Include AvailabilityMacros for DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE +#include + +// #include +/* Don't include CFBase.h such that this header can be included from public + * headers with minimal namespace pollution. + * Note that Darwin CF uses extern for CF_EXPORT. If we need this on Win32 + * or non-Darwin Mac OS we'll need to define the appropriate __declspec. + */ +typedef const void *CFTypeRef; +extern "C" { +extern /* CF_EXPORT */ +CFTypeRef CFRetain(CFTypeRef cf); +extern /* CF_EXPORT */ +void CFRelease(CFTypeRef cf); +} // extern "C" + + +/*! @function wxCFRelease + @abstract A CFRelease variant that checks for NULL before releasing. + @discussion The parameter is template not for type safety but to ensure the argument + is a raw pointer and not a ref holder of any type. +*/ +template +inline void wxCFRelease(Type *r) +{ + if ( r != NULL ) + ::CFRelease((CFTypeRef)r); +} + +/*! @function wxCFRetain + @abstract A typesafe CFRetain variant that checks for NULL. +*/ +template +inline Type* wxCFRetain(Type *r) +{ + // NOTE(DE): Setting r to the result of CFRetain improves efficiency on both x86 and PPC + // Casting r to CFTypeRef ensures we are calling the real C version defined in CFBase.h + // and not any possibly templated/overloaded CFRetain. + if ( r != NULL ) + r = (Type*)::CFRetain((CFTypeRef)r); + return r; +} + +template +class wxCFRef; + +/*! @class wxCFWeakRef + @templatefield refType The CF reference type (e.g. CFStringRef, CFRunLoopRef, etc.) + It should already be a pointer. This is different from + shared_ptr where the template parameter is the pointee type. + @discussion Wraps a raw pointer without any retain or release. + Provides a way to get what amounts to a raw pointer from a wxCFRef without + using a raw pointer. Unlike a raw pointer, constructing a wxCFRef from this + class will cause it to be retained because it is assumed that a wxCFWeakRef + does not own its pointer. +*/ +template +class wxCFWeakRef +{ + template + friend wxCFWeakRef static_cfref_cast(const wxCFRef &otherRef); +public: + /*! @method wxCFWeakRef + @abstract Creates a NULL reference + */ + wxCFWeakRef() + : m_ptr(NULL) + {} + + // Default copy constructor is fine. + // Default destructor is fine but we'll set NULL to avoid bugs + ~wxCFWeakRef() + { m_ptr = NULL; } + + // Do not implement a raw-pointer constructor. + + /*! @method wxCFWeakRef + @abstract Copies another ref holder where its type can be converted to ours + @templatefield otherRefType Any type held by another wxCFWeakRef. + @param otherRef The other weak ref holder to copy. + @discussion This is merely a copy or implicit cast. + */ + template + wxCFWeakRef(const wxCFWeakRef& otherRef) + : m_ptr(otherRef.get()) // Implicit conversion from otherRefType to refType should occur + {} + + /*! @method wxCFWeakRef + @abstract Copies a strong ref holder where its type can be converted to ours + @templatefield otherRefType Any type held by a wxCFRef. + @param otherRef The strong ref holder to copy. + @discussion This ref is merely a pointer copy, the strong ref still holds the pointer. + */ + template + wxCFWeakRef(const wxCFRef& otherRef) + : m_ptr(otherRef.get()) // Implicit conversion from otherRefType to refType should occur + {} + + /*! @method get + @abstract Explicit conversion to the underlying pointer type + @discussion Allows the caller to explicitly get the underlying pointer. + */ + refType get() const + { return m_ptr; } + + /*! @method operator refType + @abstract Implicit conversion to the underlying pointer type + @discussion Allows the ref to be used in CF function calls. + */ + operator refType() const + { return m_ptr; } + +protected: + /*! @method wxCFWeakRef + @abstract Constructs a weak reference to the raw pointer + @templatefield otherType Any type. + @param p The raw pointer to assume ownership of. May be NULL. + @discussion This method is private so that the friend static_cfref_cast can use it + */ + template + explicit wxCFWeakRef(otherType *p) + : m_ptr(p) // Implicit conversion from otherType* to refType should occur. + {} + + /*! @var m_ptr The raw pointer. + */ + refType m_ptr; +}; + +/*! @class wxCFRef + @templatefield refType The CF reference type (e.g. CFStringRef, CFRunLoopRef, etc.) + It should already be a pointer. This is different from + shared_ptr where the template parameter is the pointee type. + @discussion Properly retains/releases reference to CoreFoundation objects +*/ +template +class wxCFRef +{ +public: + /*! @method wxCFRef + @abstract Creates a NULL reference + */ + wxCFRef() + : m_ptr(NULL) + {} + + /*! @method wxCFRef + @abstract Assumes ownership of p and creates a reference to it. + @templatefield otherType Any type. + @param p The raw pointer to assume ownership of. May be NULL. + @discussion Like shared_ptr, it is assumed that the caller has a strong reference to p and intends + to transfer ownership of that reference to this ref holder. If the object comes from + a Create or Copy method then this is the correct behavior. If the object comes from + a Get method then you must CFRetain it yourself before passing it to this constructor. + A handy way to do this is to use the non-member wxCFRefFromGet factory funcion. + This method is templated and takes an otherType *p. This prevents implicit conversion + using an operator refType() in a different ref-holding class type. + */ + template + explicit wxCFRef(otherType *p) + : m_ptr(p) // Implicit conversion from otherType* to refType should occur. + {} + + /*! @method wxCFRef + @abstract Copies a ref holder of the same type + @param otherRef The other ref holder to copy. + @discussion Ownership will be shared by the original ref and the newly created ref. That is, + the object will be explicitly retained by this new ref. + */ + wxCFRef(const wxCFRef& otherRef) + : m_ptr(wxCFRetain(otherRef.m_ptr)) + {} + + /*! @method wxCFRef + @abstract Copies a ref holder where its type can be converted to ours + @templatefield otherRefType Any type held by another wxCFRef. + @param otherRef The other ref holder to copy. + @discussion Ownership will be shared by the original ref and the newly created ref. That is, + the object will be explicitly retained by this new ref. + */ + template + wxCFRef(const wxCFRef& otherRef) + : m_ptr(wxCFRetain(otherRef.get())) // Implicit conversion from otherRefType to refType should occur + {} + + /*! @method wxCFRef + @abstract Copies a weak ref holder where its type can be converted to ours + @templatefield otherRefType Any type held by a wxCFWeakRef. + @param otherRef The weak ref holder to copy. + @discussion Ownership will be taken by this newly created ref. That is, + the object will be explicitly retained by this new ref. + Ownership is most likely shared with some other ref as well. + */ + template + wxCFRef(const wxCFWeakRef& otherRef) + : m_ptr(wxCFRetain(otherRef.get())) // Implicit conversion from otherRefType to refType should occur + {} + + /*! @method ~wxCFRef + @abstract Releases (potentially shared) ownership of the ref. + @discussion A ref holder instance is always assumed to have ownership so ownership is always + released (CFRelease called) upon destruction. + */ + ~wxCFRef() + { reset(); } + + /*! @method operator= + @abstract Assigns the other ref's pointer to us when the otherRef is the same type. + @param otherRef The other ref holder to copy. + @discussion The incoming pointer is retained, the original pointer is released, and this object + is made to point to the new pointer. + */ + wxCFRef& operator=(const wxCFRef& otherRef) + { + if (this != &otherRef) + { + wxCFRetain(otherRef.m_ptr); + wxCFRelease(m_ptr); + m_ptr = otherRef.m_ptr; + } + return *this; + } + + /*! @method operator= + @abstract Assigns the other ref's pointer to us when the other ref can be converted to our type. + @templatefield otherRefType Any type held by another wxCFRef + @param otherRef The other ref holder to copy. + @discussion The incoming pointer is retained, the original pointer is released, and this object + is made to point to the new pointer. + */ + template + wxCFRef& operator=(const wxCFRef& otherRef) + { + wxCFRetain(otherRef.get()); + wxCFRelease(m_ptr); + m_ptr = otherRef.get(); // Implicit conversion from otherRefType to refType should occur + return *this; + } + + /*! @method get + @abstract Explicit conversion to the underlying pointer type + @discussion Allows the caller to explicitly get the underlying pointer. + */ + refType get() const + { return m_ptr; } + + /*! @method operator refType + @abstract Implicit conversion to the underlying pointer type + @discussion Allows the ref to be used in CF function calls. + */ + operator refType() const + { return m_ptr; } + +#if 0 + < // HeaderDoc is retarded and thinks the GT from operator-> is part of a template param. + // So give it that < outside of a comment to fake it out. (if 0 is not a comment to HeaderDoc) +#endif + + /*! @method operator-> + @abstract Implicit conversion to the underlying pointer type + @discussion This is nearly useless for CF types which are nearly always opaque + */ + refType operator-> () const + { return m_ptr; } + + /*! @method reset + @abstract Nullifies the reference + @discussion Releases ownership (calls CFRelease) before nullifying the pointer. + */ + void reset() + { + wxCFRelease(m_ptr); + m_ptr = NULL; + } + + /*! @method reset + @abstract Sets this to a new reference + @templatefield otherType Any type. + @param p The raw pointer to assume ownership of + @discussion The existing reference is released (like destruction). It is assumed that the caller + has a strong reference to the new p and intends to transfer ownership of that reference + to this ref holder. Take care to call CFRetain if you received the object from a Get method. + This method is templated and takes an otherType *p. This prevents implicit conversion + using an operator refType() in a different ref-holding class type. + */ + template + void reset(otherType* p) + { + wxCFRelease(m_ptr); + m_ptr = p; // Automatic conversion should occur + } + + // Release the pointer, i.e. give up its ownership. + refType release() + { + refType p = m_ptr; + m_ptr = NULL; + return p; + } + +protected: + /*! @var m_ptr The raw pointer. + */ + refType m_ptr; +}; + +/*! @function wxCFRefFromGet + @abstract Factory function to create wxCFRef from a raw pointer obtained from a Get-rule function + @param p The pointer to retain and create a wxCFRef from. May be NULL. + @discussion Unlike the wxCFRef raw pointer constructor, this function explicitly retains its + argument. This can be used for functions such as CFDictionaryGetValue() or + CFAttributedStringGetString() which return a temporary reference (Get-rule functions). + FIXME: Anybody got a better name? +*/ +template +inline wxCFRef wxCFRefFromGet(Type *p) +{ + return wxCFRef(wxCFRetain(p)); +} + +/*! @function static_cfref_cast + @abstract Works like static_cast but with a wxCFRef as the argument. + @param refType Template parameter. The destination raw pointer type + @param otherRef Normal parameter. The source wxCFRef<> object. + @discussion This is intended to be a clever way to make static_cast work while allowing + the return value to be converted to either a strong ref or a raw pointer + while ensuring that the retain count is updated appropriately. + + This is modeled after shared_ptr's static_pointer_cast. Just as wxCFRef is + parameterized on a pointer to an opaque type so is this class. Note that + this differs from shared_ptr which is parameterized on the pointee type. + + FIXME: Anybody got a better name? +*/ +template +inline wxCFWeakRef static_cfref_cast(const wxCFRef &otherRef); + +template +inline wxCFWeakRef static_cfref_cast(const wxCFRef &otherRef) +{ + return wxCFWeakRef(static_cast(otherRef.get())); +} + +/*! @function CFRelease + @abstract Overloads CFRelease so that the user is warned of bad behavior. + @discussion It is rarely appropriate to retain or release a wxCFRef. If one absolutely + must do it he can explicitly get() the raw pointer + Normally, this function is unimplemented resulting in a linker error if used. +*/ +template +inline void CFRelease(const wxCFRef & cfref) DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + +/*! @function CFRetain + @abstract Overloads CFRetain so that the user is warned of bad behavior. + @discussion It is rarely appropriate to retain or release a wxCFRef. If one absolutely + must do it he can explicitly get() the raw pointer + Normally, this function is unimplemented resulting in a linker error if used. +*/ +template +inline void CFRetain(const wxCFRef& cfref) DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + +// Change the 0 to a 1 if you want the functions to work (no link errors) +// Neither function will cause retain/release side-effects if implemented. +#if 0 +template +void CFRelease(const wxCFRef & cfref) +{ + CFRelease(cfref.get()); +} + +template +void CFRetain(const wxCFRef & cfref) +{ + CFRetain(cfref.get()); +} +#endif + +#endif //ndef _WX_MAC_COREFOUNDATION_CFREF_H__ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfstring.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfstring.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01275cf73c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/cfstring.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/core/cfstring.h +// Purpose: wxCFStringRef and other string functions +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-10-29 (from code in wx/mac/carbon/private.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: cfstring.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +// Usage: Darwin (base library) +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_CFSTRINGHOLDER_H__ +#define __WX_CFSTRINGHOLDER_H__ + +#include + +#include "wx/dlimpexp.h" +#include "wx/fontenc.h" +#include "wx/osx/core/cfref.h" + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + #define kCFStringEncodingUTF32Native kCFStringEncodingUTF32BE +#else + #define kCFStringEncodingUTF32Native kCFStringEncodingUTF32LE +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxMacConvertNewlines13To10( wxString *data ) ; +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxMacConvertNewlines10To13( wxString *data ) ; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxMacConvertNewlines13To10( char * data ) ; +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxMacConvertNewlines10To13( char * data ) ; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUint32 wxMacGetSystemEncFromFontEnc(wxFontEncoding encoding) ; +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFontEncoding wxMacGetFontEncFromSystemEnc(wxUint32 encoding) ; +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxMacWakeUp() ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCFStringRef : public wxCFRef< CFStringRef > +{ +public: + wxCFStringRef() + { + } + + wxCFStringRef(const wxString &str, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) ; + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_IPHONE + wxCFStringRef(NSString* ref) + : wxCFRef< CFStringRef >((CFStringRef) ref) + { + } +#endif + + wxCFStringRef(CFStringRef ref) + : wxCFRef< CFStringRef >(ref) + { + } + + wxCFStringRef(const wxCFStringRef& otherRef ) + : wxCFRef< CFStringRef >(otherRef) + { + } + + ~wxCFStringRef() + { + } + + wxString AsString( wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT ) const; + + static wxString AsString( CFStringRef ref, wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT ) ; +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_IPHONE + static wxString AsString( NSString* ref, wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT ) ; +#endif + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_IPHONE + NSString* AsNSString() const { return (NSString*)(CFStringRef) *this; } +#endif +private: +} ; + +// corresponding class for holding UniChars (native unicode characters) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMacUniCharBuffer +{ +public : + wxMacUniCharBuffer( const wxString &str ) ; + + ~wxMacUniCharBuffer() ; + + UniCharPtr GetBuffer() ; + + UniCharCount GetChars() ; + +private : + UniCharPtr m_ubuf ; + UniCharCount m_chars ; +}; +#endif //__WXCFSTRINGHOLDER_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/colour.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/colour.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..827c26db69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/colour.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/core/colour.h +// Purpose: wxColour class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: colour.h 67068 2011-02-27 12:48:42Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_ +#define _WX_COLOUR_H_ + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/string.h" + +#include "wx/osx/core/cfref.h" + +struct RGBColor; + +// Colour +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColour: public wxColourBase +{ +public: + // constructors + // ------------ + DEFINE_STD_WXCOLOUR_CONSTRUCTORS + + // default copy ctor and dtor are ok + + // accessors + virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_cgColour != NULL; } + + virtual WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE ChannelType Red() const { return m_red; } + virtual WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE ChannelType Green() const { return m_green; } + virtual WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE ChannelType Blue() const { return m_blue; } + virtual WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE ChannelType Alpha() const { return m_alpha; } + + // comparison + bool operator == (const wxColour& colour) const; + + bool operator != (const wxColour& colour) const { return !(*this == colour); } + + CGColorRef GetPixel() const { return m_cgColour; }; + + CGColorRef GetCGColor() const { return m_cgColour; }; + CGColorRef CreateCGColor() const { return wxCFRetain( (CGColorRef)m_cgColour ); }; + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + void GetRGBColor( RGBColor *col ) const; +#endif + + // Mac-specific ctor and assignment operator from the native colour + // assumes ownership of CGColorRef + wxColour( CGColorRef col ); +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + wxColour(const RGBColor& col); + wxColour& operator=(const RGBColor& col); +#endif +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + wxColour(WX_NSColor color); + WX_NSColor OSXGetNSColor() const; +#endif + wxColour& operator=(CGColorRef col); + wxColour& operator=(const wxColour& col); + +protected : + virtual void + InitRGBA(ChannelType r, ChannelType g, ChannelType b, ChannelType a); +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + void InitRGBColor( const RGBColor& col ); +#endif + void InitCGColorRef( CGColorRef col ); + void InitFromComponents(const CGFloat* components, size_t numComponents ); +private: + wxCFRef m_cgColour; + + ChannelType m_red; + ChannelType m_blue; + ChannelType m_green; + ChannelType m_alpha; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_COLOUR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/dataview.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/dataview.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a478d83d12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/dataview.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/core/dataview.h +// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl native implementation header for OSX +// Author: +// Id: $Id: dataview.h 57374 2009-01-27 +// Copyright: (c) 2009 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DATAVIEWCTRL_CORE_H_ +#define _WX_DATAVIEWCTRL_CORE_H_ + +#include "wx/dataview.h" + +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON +typedef wxMacControl wxWidgetImplType; +#else +typedef wxWidgetImpl wxWidgetImplType; +#endif + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// Helper functions for dataview implementation on OSX +// --------------------------------------------------------- +wxWidgetImplType* CreateDataView(wxWindowMac* wxpeer, wxWindowMac* parent, wxWindowID id, + wxPoint const& pos, wxSize const& size, + long style, long extraStyle); +wxString ConcatenateDataViewItemValues(wxDataViewCtrl const* dataViewCtrlPtr, wxDataViewItem const& dataViewItem); // concatenates all data of the visible columns of the passed control + // and item TAB separated into a string and returns it + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewWidgetImpl +// Common interface of the native dataview implementation +// for the carbon and cocoa environment. +// ATTENTION +// All methods assume that the passed column pointers are +// valid (unless a NULL pointer is explicitely allowed +// to be passed)! +// ATTENTION +// --------------------------------------------------------- +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataViewWidgetImpl +{ +public: + // + // constructors / destructor + // + virtual ~wxDataViewWidgetImpl(void) + { + } + + // + // column related methods + // + virtual bool ClearColumns (void) = 0; // deletes all columns in the native control + virtual bool DeleteColumn (wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr) = 0; // deletes the column in the native control + virtual void DoSetExpanderColumn(wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr) = 0; // sets the disclosure column in the native control + virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetColumn (unsigned int pos) const = 0; // returns the column belonging to 'pos' in the native control + virtual int GetColumnPosition (wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr) const = 0; // returns the position of the passed column in the native control + virtual bool InsertColumn (unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr) = 0; // inserts a column at pos in the native control; + // the method can assume that the column's owner is already set + virtual void FitColumnWidthToContent(unsigned int pos) = 0; // resizes column to fit its content + + // + // item related methods + // + virtual bool Add (wxDataViewItem const& parent, wxDataViewItem const& item) = 0; // adds an item to the native control + virtual bool Add (wxDataViewItem const& parent, wxDataViewItemArray const& itesm) = 0; // adds a items to the native control + virtual void Collapse (wxDataViewItem const& item) = 0; // collapses the passed item in the native control + virtual void EnsureVisible(wxDataViewItem const& item, wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr) = 0; // ensures that the passed item's value in the passed column is visible (column pointer can be NULL) + virtual void Expand (wxDataViewItem const& item) = 0; // expands the passed item in the native control + virtual unsigned int GetCount (void) const = 0; // returns the number of items in the native control + virtual wxRect GetRectangle (wxDataViewItem const& item, wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr) = 0; // returns the rectangle that is used by the passed item and column in the native control + virtual bool IsExpanded (wxDataViewItem const& item) const = 0; // checks if the passed item is expanded in the native control + virtual bool Reload (void) = 0; // clears the native control and reloads all data + virtual bool Remove (wxDataViewItem const& parent, wxDataViewItem const& item) = 0; // removes an item from the native control + virtual bool Remove (wxDataViewItem const& parent, wxDataViewItemArray const& item) = 0; // removes items from the native control + virtual bool Update (wxDataViewColumn const* columnPtr) = 0; // updates the items in the passed column of the native control + virtual bool Update (wxDataViewItem const& parent, wxDataViewItem const& item) = 0; // updates the passed item in the native control + virtual bool Update (wxDataViewItem const& parent, wxDataViewItemArray const& items) = 0; // updates the passed items in the native control + + // + // model related methods + // + virtual bool AssociateModel(wxDataViewModel* model) = 0; // informs the native control that a model is present + + // + // selection related methods + // + virtual wxDataViewItem GetCurrentItem() const = 0; + virtual void SetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item) = 0; + + virtual int GetSelections(wxDataViewItemArray& sel) const = 0; // returns all selected items in the native control + virtual bool IsSelected (wxDataViewItem const& item) const = 0; // checks if the passed item is selected in the native control + virtual void Select (wxDataViewItem const& item) = 0; // selects the passed item in the native control + virtual void SelectAll (void) = 0; // selects all items in the native control + virtual void Unselect (wxDataViewItem const& item) = 0; // unselects the passed item in the native control + virtual void UnselectAll (void) = 0; // unselects all items in the native control + + // + // sorting related methods + // + virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetSortingColumn (void) const = 0; // returns the column that is primarily responsible for sorting in the native control + virtual void Resort (void) = 0; // asks the native control to start a resorting process + + // + // other methods + // + virtual void DoSetIndent (int indent) = 0; // sets the indention in the native control + virtual void HitTest (wxPoint const& point, wxDataViewItem& item, wxDataViewColumn*& columnPtr) const = 0; // return the item and column pointer that contains with the passed point + virtual void SetRowHeight(wxDataViewItem const& item, unsigned int height) = 0; // sets the height of the row containg the passed item in the native control + virtual void OnSize (void) = 0; // updates the layout of the native control after a size event +}; + +#endif // _WX_DATAVIEWCTRL_CORE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/hid.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/hid.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2738f5a31b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/hid.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/core/hid.h +// Purpose: DARWIN HID layer for WX +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 11/11/2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: hid.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// =========================================================================== +// declarations +// =========================================================================== + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef _WX_MACCARBONHID_H_ +#define _WX_MACCARBONHID_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/string.h" + +//Mac OSX only +#ifdef __DARWIN__ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +//Darn apple - doesn't properly wrap their headers in extern "C"! +//http://www.macosx.com/forums/archive/index.php/t-68069.html +//Needed for codewarrior link error with mach_port_deallocate() +extern "C" { +#include +} + +#include //this actually includes mach_port.h (see above) + +// =========================================================================== +// definitions +// =========================================================================== + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHIDDevice +// +// A wrapper around OS X HID Manager procedures. +// The tutorial "Working With HID Class Device Interfaces" Is +// Quite good, as is the sample program associated with it +// (Depite the author's protests!). +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHIDDevice +{ +public: + wxHIDDevice() : m_ppDevice(NULL), m_ppQueue(NULL), m_pCookies(NULL) {} + + bool Create (int nClass = -1, int nType = -1, int nDev = 1); + + static size_t GetCount(int nClass = -1, int nType = -1); + + void AddCookie(CFTypeRef Data, int i); + void AddCookieInQueue(CFTypeRef Data, int i); + void InitCookies(size_t dwSize, bool bQueue = false); + + //Must be implemented by derived classes + //builds the cookie array - + //first call InitCookies to initialize the cookie + //array, then AddCookie to add a cookie at a certain point in an array + virtual void BuildCookies(CFArrayRef Array) = 0; + + //checks to see whether the cookie at nIndex is active (element value != 0) + bool IsActive(int nIndex); + + //checks to see whether an element in the internal cookie array + //exists + bool HasElement(int nIndex); + + //closes the device and cleans the queue and cookies + virtual ~wxHIDDevice(); + +protected: + IOHIDDeviceInterface** m_ppDevice; //this, essentially + IOHIDQueueInterface** m_ppQueue; //queue (if we want one) + IOHIDElementCookie* m_pCookies; //cookies + + wxString m_szProductName; //product name + int m_nProductId; //product id + int m_nManufacturerId; //manufacturer id + mach_port_t m_pPort; //mach port to use +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHIDKeyboard +// +// Semi-simple implementation that opens a connection to the first +// keyboard of the machine. Used in wxGetKeyState. +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHIDKeyboard : public wxHIDDevice +{ +public: + static int GetCount(); + bool Create(int nDev = 1); + void AddCookie(CFTypeRef Data, int i); + virtual void BuildCookies(CFArrayRef Array); + void DoBuildCookies(CFArrayRef Array); +}; + +#endif //__DARWIN__ + +#endif + // _WX_MACCARBONHID_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/joystick.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/joystick.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4af96dae10 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/joystick.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/core/joystick.h +// Purpose: wxJoystick class +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 2/13/2005 +// RCS-ID: $Id: joystick.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_JOYSTICK_H_ +#define _WX_JOYSTICK_H_ + +#include "wx/event.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxJoystickThread; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxJoystick: public wxObject +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystick) + public: + + wxJoystick(int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1); + virtual ~wxJoystick(); + + // Attributes + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + wxPoint GetPosition() const; + int GetPosition(unsigned axis) const; + bool GetButtonState(unsigned button) const; + int GetZPosition() const; + int GetButtonState() const; + int GetPOVPosition() const; + int GetPOVCTSPosition() const; + int GetRudderPosition() const; + int GetUPosition() const; + int GetVPosition() const; + int GetMovementThreshold() const; + void SetMovementThreshold(int threshold) ; + + // Capabilities + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + bool IsOk() const; // Checks that the joystick is functioning + static int GetNumberJoysticks() ; + int GetManufacturerId() const ; + int GetProductId() const ; + wxString GetProductName() const ; + int GetXMin() const; + int GetYMin() const; + int GetZMin() const; + int GetXMax() const; + int GetYMax() const; + int GetZMax() const; + int GetNumberButtons() const; + int GetNumberAxes() const; + int GetMaxButtons() const; + int GetMaxAxes() const; + int GetPollingMin() const; + int GetPollingMax() const; + int GetRudderMin() const; + int GetRudderMax() const; + int GetUMin() const; + int GetUMax() const; + int GetVMin() const; + int GetVMax() const; + + bool HasRudder() const; + bool HasZ() const; + bool HasU() const; + bool HasV() const; + bool HasPOV() const; + bool HasPOV4Dir() const; + bool HasPOVCTS() const; + + // Operations + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // pollingFreq = 0 means that movement events are sent when above the threshold. + // If pollingFreq > 0, events are received every this many milliseconds. + bool SetCapture(wxWindow* win, int pollingFreq = 0); + bool ReleaseCapture(); + +protected: + int m_joystick; + wxJoystickThread* m_thread; + class wxHIDJoystick* m_hid; +}; + +#endif + // _WX_JOYSTICK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/mimetype.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/mimetype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b018d7a560 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/mimetype.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/core/mimetype.h +// Purpose: Mac implementation for wx mime-related classes +// Author: Neil Perkins +// Modified by: +// Created: 2010-05-15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mimetype.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ +// Copyright: (C) 2010 Neil Perkins +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H +#define _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE + +#include "wx/mimetype.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/iconloc.h" + + +// This class implements mime type functionality for Mac OS X using UTIs and Launch Services +// Currently only the GetFileTypeFromXXXX public functions have been implemented +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerImpl +{ +public: + + wxMimeTypesManagerImpl(); + virtual ~wxMimeTypesManagerImpl(); + + // These functions are not needed on Mac OS X and have no-op implementations + void Initialize(int mailcapStyles = wxMAILCAP_STANDARD, const wxString& extraDir = wxEmptyString); + void ClearData(); + + // Functions to look up types by ext, mime or UTI + wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext); + wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType); + wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromUti(const wxString& uti); + + // These functions are only stubs on Mac OS X + size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes); + wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo); + bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft); + +private: + + // The work of querying the OS for type data is done in these two functions + void LoadTypeDataForUti(const wxString& uti); + void LoadDisplayDataForUti(const wxString& uti); + + // These functions are pass-throughs from wxFileTypeImpl + bool GetExtensions(const wxString& uti, wxArrayString& extensions); + bool GetMimeType(const wxString& uti, wxString *mimeType); + bool GetMimeTypes(const wxString& uti, wxArrayString& mimeTypes); + bool GetIcon(const wxString& uti, wxIconLocation *iconLoc); + bool GetDescription(const wxString& uti, wxString *desc); + + // Structure to represent file types + typedef struct FileTypeData + { + wxArrayString extensions; + wxArrayString mimeTypes; + wxIconLocation iconLoc; + wxString description; + } + FileTypeInfo; + + // Map types + WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP( wxString, TagMap ); + WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP( FileTypeData, UtiMap ); + + // Data store + TagMap m_extMap; + TagMap m_mimeMap; + UtiMap m_utiMap; + + friend class wxFileTypeImpl; +}; + + +// This class provides the interface between wxFileType and wxMimeTypesManagerImple for Mac OS X +// Currently only extension, mimetype, description and icon information is available +// All other methods have no-op implementation +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileTypeImpl +{ +public: + + wxFileTypeImpl(); + virtual ~wxFileTypeImpl(); + + bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions) const ; + bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const ; + bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const ; + bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconLoc) const ; + bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const ; + + // These functions are only stubs on Mac OS X + bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd, const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const; + bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd, const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const; + size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString *verbs, wxArrayString *commands, const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const; + bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, const wxString& verb, bool overwriteprompt = TRUE); + bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& strIcon = wxEmptyString, int index = 0); + bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft); + +private: + + // All that is needed to query type info - UTI and pointer to the manager + wxString m_uti; + wxMimeTypesManagerImpl* m_manager; + + friend class wxMimeTypesManagerImpl; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE +#endif //_MIMETYPE_IMPL_H + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/private.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/private.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..06f660ccc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/private.h @@ -0,0 +1,895 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/core/private.h +// Purpose: Private declarations: as this header is only included by +// wxWidgets itself, it may contain identifiers which don't start +// with "wx". +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: private.h 67233 2011-03-18 15:45:51Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_CORE_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_CORE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#include + +#include "wx/osx/core/cfstring.h" +#include "wx/osx/core/cfdataref.h" + +// Define helper macros allowing to insert small snippets of code to be +// compiled for high enough OS X version only: this shouldn't be abused for +// anything big but it's handy for e.g. specifying OS X 10.6-only protocols in +// the Objective C classes declarations when they're not supported under the +// previous versions +#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6 + #define wxOSX_10_6_AND_LATER(x) x +#else + #define wxOSX_10_6_AND_LATER(x) +#endif + +#if !wxUSE_GUI || wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + +// Carbon functions are currently still used in wxOSX/Cocoa too (including +// wxBase part of it). +#include + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long UMAGetSystemVersion() ; + +void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacStringToPascal( const wxString&from , unsigned char * to ); +wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacMakeStringFromPascal( const unsigned char * from ); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxMacFSRefToPath( const FSRef *fsRef , CFStringRef additionalPathComponent = NULL ); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE OSStatus wxMacPathToFSRef( const wxString&path , FSRef *fsRef ); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxMacHFSUniStrToString( ConstHFSUniStr255Param uniname ); + +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +#if wxOSX_USE_IPHONE +#include +#else +#include +#endif + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/window.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacCGContextStateSaver +{ + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMacCGContextStateSaver); + +public: + wxMacCGContextStateSaver( CGContextRef cg ) + { + m_cg = cg; + CGContextSaveGState( cg ); + } + ~wxMacCGContextStateSaver() + { + CGContextRestoreGState( m_cg ); + } +private: + CGContextRef m_cg; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDeferredObjectDeleter : public wxObject +{ +public : + wxDeferredObjectDeleter( wxObject* obj ) : m_obj(obj) + { + } + virtual ~wxDeferredObjectDeleter() + { + delete m_obj; + } +protected : + wxObject* m_obj ; +} ; + +// Quartz + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE CGImageRef wxMacCreateCGImageFromBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE CGDataProviderRef wxMacCGDataProviderCreateWithCFData( CFDataRef data ); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE CGDataConsumerRef wxMacCGDataConsumerCreateWithCFData( CFMutableDataRef data ); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE CGDataProviderRef wxMacCGDataProviderCreateWithMemoryBuffer( const wxMemoryBuffer& buf ); + +CGColorSpaceRef WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacGetGenericRGBColorSpace(void); + +class wxWindowMac; +// to +extern wxWindow* g_MacLastWindow; +class wxNonOwnedWindow; + +// temporary typedef so that no additional casts are necessary within carbon code at the moment + +class wxMacControl; +class wxWidgetImpl; +class wxComboBox; +class wxNotebook; +class wxTextCtrl; +class wxSearchCtrl; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowMac * wxFindWindowFromWXWidget(WXWidget inControl ); + +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON +typedef wxMacControl wxWidgetImplType; +#else +typedef wxWidgetImpl wxWidgetImplType; +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MENUS +class wxMenuItemImpl : public wxObject +{ +public : + wxMenuItemImpl( wxMenuItem* peer ) : m_peer(peer) + { + } + + virtual ~wxMenuItemImpl() ; + virtual void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) = 0; + virtual void Enable( bool enable ) = 0; + virtual void Check( bool check ) = 0; + virtual void SetLabel( const wxString& text, wxAcceleratorEntry *entry ) = 0; + virtual void Hide( bool hide = true ) = 0; + + virtual void * GetHMenuItem() = 0; + + wxMenuItem* GetWXPeer() { return m_peer ; } + + static wxMenuItemImpl* Create( wxMenuItem* peer, wxMenu *pParentMenu, + int id, + const wxString& text, + wxAcceleratorEntry *entry, + const wxString& strHelp, + wxItemKind kind, + wxMenu *pSubMenu ); + + // handle OS specific menu items if they weren't handled during normal processing + virtual bool DoDefault() { return false; } +protected : + wxMenuItem* m_peer; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxMenuItemImpl) +} ; + +class wxMenuImpl : public wxObject +{ +public : + wxMenuImpl( wxMenu* peer ) : m_peer(peer) + { + } + + virtual ~wxMenuImpl() ; + virtual void InsertOrAppend(wxMenuItem *pItem, size_t pos) = 0; + virtual void Remove( wxMenuItem *pItem ) = 0; + + virtual void MakeRoot() = 0; + + virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& text ) = 0; + + virtual WXHMENU GetHMenu() = 0; + + wxMenu* GetWXPeer() { return m_peer ; } + + virtual void PopUp( wxWindow *win, int x, int y ) = 0; + + static wxMenuImpl* Create( wxMenu* peer, const wxString& title ); + static wxMenuImpl* CreateRootMenu( wxMenu* peer ); +protected : + wxMenu* m_peer; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxMenuItemImpl) +} ; +#endif + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWidgetImpl : public wxObject +{ +public : + wxWidgetImpl( wxWindowMac* peer , bool isRootControl = false, bool isUserPane = false ); + wxWidgetImpl(); + virtual ~wxWidgetImpl(); + + void Init(); + + bool IsRootControl() const { return m_isRootControl; } + + bool IsUserPane() const { return m_isUserPane; } + + wxWindowMac* GetWXPeer() const { return m_wxPeer; } + + bool IsOk() const { return GetWXWidget() != NULL; } + + // not only the control itself, but also all its parents must be visible + // in order for this function to return true + virtual bool IsVisible() const = 0; + // set the visibility of this widget (maybe latent) + virtual void SetVisibility( bool visible ) = 0; + + virtual bool ShowWithEffect(bool WXUNUSED(show), + wxShowEffect WXUNUSED(effect), + unsigned WXUNUSED(timeout)) + { + return false; + } + + virtual void Raise() = 0; + + virtual void Lower() = 0; + + virtual void ScrollRect( const wxRect *rect, int dx, int dy ) = 0; + + virtual WXWidget GetWXWidget() const = 0; + + virtual void SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) = 0; + virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style) = 0; + + // all coordinates in native parent widget relative coordinates + virtual void GetContentArea( int &left , int &top , int &width , int &height ) const = 0; + virtual void Move(int x, int y, int width, int height) = 0; + virtual void GetPosition( int &x, int &y ) const = 0; + virtual void GetSize( int &width, int &height ) const = 0; + virtual void SetControlSize( wxWindowVariant variant ) = 0; + virtual float GetContentScaleFactor() const + { + return 1.0; + } + + // the native coordinates may have an 'aura' for shadows etc, if this is the case the layout + // inset indicates on which insets the real control is drawn + virtual void GetLayoutInset(int &left , int &top , int &right, int &bottom) const + { + left = top = right = bottom = 0; + } + + // native view coordinates are topleft to bottom right (flipped regarding CoreGraphics origin) + virtual bool IsFlipped() const { return true; } + + virtual void SetNeedsDisplay( const wxRect* where = NULL ) = 0; + virtual bool GetNeedsDisplay() const = 0; + + virtual bool NeedsFocusRect() const; + virtual void SetNeedsFocusRect( bool needs ); + + virtual bool NeedsFrame() const; + virtual void SetNeedsFrame( bool needs ); + + virtual bool CanFocus() const = 0; + // return true if successful + virtual bool SetFocus() = 0; + virtual bool HasFocus() const = 0; + + virtual void RemoveFromParent() = 0; + virtual void Embed( wxWidgetImpl *parent ) = 0; + + virtual void SetDefaultButton( bool isDefault ) = 0; + virtual void PerformClick() = 0; + virtual void SetLabel( const wxString& title, wxFontEncoding encoding ) = 0; +#if wxUSE_MARKUP && wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual void SetLabelMarkup( const wxString& WXUNUSED(markup) ) { } +#endif + + virtual void SetCursor( const wxCursor & cursor ) = 0; + virtual void CaptureMouse() = 0; + virtual void ReleaseMouse() = 0; + + virtual wxInt32 GetValue() const = 0; + virtual void SetValue( wxInt32 v ) = 0; + virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const = 0; + virtual void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) = 0; + virtual void SetBitmapPosition( wxDirection dir ) = 0; + virtual void SetupTabs( const wxNotebook ¬ebook ) =0; + virtual void GetBestRect( wxRect *r ) const = 0; + virtual bool IsEnabled() const = 0; + virtual void Enable( bool enable ) = 0; + virtual void SetMinimum( wxInt32 v ) = 0; + virtual void SetMaximum( wxInt32 v ) = 0; + virtual wxInt32 GetMinimum() const = 0; + virtual wxInt32 GetMaximum() const = 0; + virtual void PulseGauge() = 0; + virtual void SetScrollThumb( wxInt32 value, wxInt32 thumbSize ) = 0; + + virtual void SetFont( const wxFont & font , const wxColour& foreground , long windowStyle, bool ignoreBlack = true ) = 0; + + virtual void SetToolTip(wxToolTip* WXUNUSED(tooltip)) { } + + // is the clicked event sent AFTER the state already changed, so no additional + // state changing logic is required from the outside + virtual bool ButtonClickDidStateChange() = 0; + + virtual void InstallEventHandler( WXWidget control = NULL ) = 0; + + // Mechanism used to keep track of whether a change should send an event + // Do SendEvents(false) when starting actions that would trigger programmatic events + // and SendEvents(true) at the end of the block. + virtual void SendEvents(bool shouldSendEvents) { m_shouldSendEvents = shouldSendEvents; } + virtual bool ShouldSendEvents() { return m_shouldSendEvents; } + + // static methods for associating native controls and their implementations + + static wxWidgetImpl* + FindFromWXWidget(WXWidget control); + + static void RemoveAssociations( wxWidgetImpl* impl); + + static void Associate( WXWidget control, wxWidgetImpl *impl ); + + static WXWidget FindFocus(); + + // static creation methods, must be implemented by all toolkits + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateUserPane( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle) ; + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateContentView( wxNonOwnedWindow* now ) ; + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateButton( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle) ; + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateDisclosureTriangle( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle) ; + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateStaticLine( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle) ; + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateGroupBox( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle) ; + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateStaticText( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle) ; + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateTextControl( wxTextCtrl* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& content, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle) ; + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateSearchControl( wxSearchCtrl* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& content, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle) ; + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateCheckBox( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle); + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateRadioButton( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle); + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateToggleButton( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle); + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateBitmapToggleButton( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle); + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateBitmapButton( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle); + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateTabView( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle); + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateGauge( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxInt32 value, + wxInt32 minimum, + wxInt32 maximum, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle); + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateSlider( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxInt32 value, + wxInt32 minimum, + wxInt32 maximum, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle); + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateSpinButton( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxInt32 value, + wxInt32 minimum, + wxInt32 maximum, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle); + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateScrollBar( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle); + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateChoice( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxMenu* menu, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle); + + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateListBox( wxWindowMac* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + static wxWidgetImplType* CreateComboBox( wxComboBox* wxpeer, + wxWindowMac* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxMenu* menu, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + long extraStyle); +#endif + + // converts from Toplevel-Content relative to local + static void Convert( wxPoint *pt , wxWidgetImpl *from , wxWidgetImpl *to ); +protected : + bool m_isRootControl; + bool m_isUserPane; + wxWindowMac* m_wxPeer; + bool m_needsFocusRect; + bool m_needsFrame; + bool m_shouldSendEvents; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWidgetImpl) +}; + +// +// the interface to be implemented eg by a listbox +// + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListWidgetColumn +{ +public : + virtual ~wxListWidgetColumn() {} +} ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListWidgetCellValue +{ +public : + wxListWidgetCellValue() {} + virtual ~wxListWidgetCellValue() {} + + virtual void Set( CFStringRef value ) = 0; + virtual void Set( const wxString& value ) = 0; + virtual void Set( int value ) = 0; + virtual void Check( bool check ); + + virtual bool IsChecked() const; + virtual int GetIntValue() const = 0; + virtual wxString GetStringValue() const = 0; +} ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListWidgetImpl +{ +public: + wxListWidgetImpl() {} + virtual ~wxListWidgetImpl() { } + + virtual wxListWidgetColumn* InsertTextColumn( unsigned pos, const wxString& title, bool editable = false, + wxAlignment just = wxALIGN_LEFT , int defaultWidth = -1) = 0 ; + virtual wxListWidgetColumn* InsertCheckColumn( unsigned pos , const wxString& title, bool editable = false, + wxAlignment just = wxALIGN_LEFT , int defaultWidth = -1) = 0 ; + + // add and remove + + // TODO will be replaced + virtual void ListDelete( unsigned int n ) = 0; + virtual void ListInsert( unsigned int n ) = 0; + virtual void ListClear() = 0; + + // selecting + + virtual void ListDeselectAll() = 0; + virtual void ListSetSelection( unsigned int n, bool select, bool multi ) = 0; + virtual int ListGetSelection() const = 0; + virtual int ListGetSelections( wxArrayInt& aSelections ) const = 0; + virtual bool ListIsSelected( unsigned int n ) const = 0; + + // display + + virtual void ListScrollTo( unsigned int n ) = 0; + virtual void UpdateLine( unsigned int n, wxListWidgetColumn* col = NULL ) = 0; + virtual void UpdateLineToEnd( unsigned int n) = 0; + + // accessing content + + virtual unsigned int ListGetCount() const = 0; + + virtual int DoListHitTest( const wxPoint& inpoint ) const = 0; +}; + +// +// interface to be implemented by a textcontrol +// + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextAttr; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextEntry; + +// common interface for all implementations +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextWidgetImpl + +{ +public : + // Any widgets implementing this interface must be associated with a + // wxTextEntry so instead of requiring the derived classes to implement + // another (pure) virtual function, just take the pointer to this entry in + // our ctor and implement GetTextEntry() ourselves. + wxTextWidgetImpl(wxTextEntry *entry) : m_entry(entry) {} + + virtual ~wxTextWidgetImpl() {} + + wxTextEntry *GetTextEntry() const { return m_entry; } + + virtual bool CanFocus() const { return true; } + + virtual wxString GetStringValue() const = 0 ; + virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString &val ) = 0 ; + virtual void SetSelection( long from, long to ) = 0 ; + virtual void GetSelection( long* from, long* to ) const = 0 ; + virtual void WriteText( const wxString& str ) = 0 ; + + virtual bool GetStyle( long position, wxTextAttr& style); + virtual void SetStyle( long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style ) ; + virtual void Copy() ; + virtual void Cut() ; + virtual void Paste() ; + virtual bool CanPaste() const ; + virtual void SetEditable( bool editable ) ; + virtual long GetLastPosition() const ; + virtual void Replace( long from, long to, const wxString &str ) ; + virtual void Remove( long from, long to ) ; + + + virtual bool HasOwnContextMenu() const + { return false ; } + + virtual bool SetupCursor( const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt) ) + { return false ; } + + virtual void Clear() ; + virtual bool CanUndo() const; + virtual void Undo() ; + virtual bool CanRedo() const; + virtual void Redo() ; + virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const ; + virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const; + virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const ; + virtual void ShowPosition(long WXUNUSED(pos)) ; + virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const ; + virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const ; + virtual void CheckSpelling(bool WXUNUSED(check)) { } + + virtual wxSize GetBestSize() const { return wxDefaultSize; } + + virtual bool SetHint(const wxString& WXUNUSED(hint)) { return false; } +private: + wxTextEntry * const m_entry; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextWidgetImpl); +}; + +// common interface for all implementations +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboWidgetImpl + +{ +public : + wxComboWidgetImpl() {} + + virtual ~wxComboWidgetImpl() {} + + virtual int GetSelectedItem() const { return -1; }; + virtual void SetSelectedItem(int WXUNUSED(item)) {}; + + virtual int GetNumberOfItems() const { return -1; }; + + virtual void InsertItem(int WXUNUSED(pos), const wxString& WXUNUSED(item)) {} + + virtual void RemoveItem(int WXUNUSED(pos)) {} + + virtual void Clear() {} + + virtual wxString GetStringAtIndex(int WXUNUSED(pos)) const { return wxEmptyString; } + + virtual int FindString(const wxString& WXUNUSED(text)) const { return -1; } +}; + +// +// common interface for buttons +// + +class wxButtonImpl +{ + public : + wxButtonImpl(){} + virtual ~wxButtonImpl(){} + + virtual void SetPressedBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) = 0; +} ; + +// +// common interface for search controls +// + +class wxSearchWidgetImpl +{ +public : + wxSearchWidgetImpl(){} + virtual ~wxSearchWidgetImpl(){} + + // search field options + virtual void ShowSearchButton( bool show ) = 0; + virtual bool IsSearchButtonVisible() const = 0; + + virtual void ShowCancelButton( bool show ) = 0; + virtual bool IsCancelButtonVisible() const = 0; + + virtual void SetSearchMenu( wxMenu* menu ) = 0; + + virtual void SetDescriptiveText(const wxString& text) = 0; +} ; + +// +// toplevel window implementation class +// + +class wxNonOwnedWindowImpl : public wxObject +{ +public : + wxNonOwnedWindowImpl( wxNonOwnedWindow* nonownedwnd) : m_wxPeer(nonownedwnd) + { + } + wxNonOwnedWindowImpl() + { + } + virtual ~wxNonOwnedWindowImpl() + { + } + + virtual void WillBeDestroyed() + { + } + + virtual void Create( wxWindow* parent, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + long style, long extraStyle, const wxString& name ) = 0; + + + virtual WXWindow GetWXWindow() const = 0; + + virtual void Raise() + { + } + + virtual void Lower() + { + } + + virtual bool Show(bool WXUNUSED(show)) + { + return false; + } + + virtual bool ShowWithEffect(bool show, wxShowEffect WXUNUSED(effect), unsigned WXUNUSED(timeout)) + { + return Show(show); + } + + virtual void Update() + { + } + + virtual bool SetTransparent(wxByte WXUNUSED(alpha)) + { + return false; + } + + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& WXUNUSED(col) ) + { + return false; + } + + virtual void SetExtraStyle( long WXUNUSED(exStyle) ) + { + } + + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long WXUNUSED(style) ) + { + } + + virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle WXUNUSED(style)) + { + return false ; + } + + virtual bool CanSetTransparent() + { + return false; + } + + virtual void GetContentArea( int &left , int &top , int &width , int &height ) const = 0; + virtual void MoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) = 0; + virtual void GetPosition( int &x, int &y ) const = 0; + virtual void GetSize( int &width, int &height ) const = 0; + + virtual bool SetShape(const wxRegion& WXUNUSED(region)) + { + return false; + } + + virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title, wxFontEncoding encoding ) = 0; + + virtual bool IsMaximized() const = 0; + + virtual bool IsIconized() const= 0; + + virtual void Iconize( bool iconize )= 0; + + virtual void Maximize(bool maximize) = 0; + + virtual bool IsFullScreen() const= 0; + + virtual void ShowWithoutActivating() { Show(true); } + + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style)= 0; + + virtual void RequestUserAttention(int flags) = 0; + + virtual void ScreenToWindow( int *x, int *y ) = 0; + + virtual void WindowToScreen( int *x, int *y ) = 0; + + virtual bool IsActive() = 0; + + wxNonOwnedWindow* GetWXPeer() { return m_wxPeer; } + + static wxNonOwnedWindowImpl* + FindFromWXWindow(WXWindow window); + + static void RemoveAssociations( wxNonOwnedWindowImpl* impl); + + static void Associate( WXWindow window, wxNonOwnedWindowImpl *impl ); + + // static creation methods, must be implemented by all toolkits + + static wxNonOwnedWindowImpl* CreateNonOwnedWindow( wxNonOwnedWindow* wxpeer, wxWindow* parent, WXWindow native) ; + + static wxNonOwnedWindowImpl* CreateNonOwnedWindow( wxNonOwnedWindow* wxpeer, wxWindow* parent, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + long style, long extraStyle, const wxString& name ) ; + + virtual void SetModified(bool WXUNUSED(modified)) { } + virtual bool IsModified() const { return false; } + +#if wxOSX_USE_IPHONE + virtual CGFloat GetWindowLevel() const { return 0.0; } +#else + virtual CGWindowLevel GetWindowLevel() const { return kCGNormalWindowLevel; } +#endif + virtual void RestoreWindowLevel() {} +protected : + wxNonOwnedWindow* m_wxPeer; + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxNonOwnedWindowImpl) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// cocoa bridging utilities +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxMacInitCocoa(); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacAutoreleasePool +{ +public : + wxMacAutoreleasePool(); + ~wxMacAutoreleasePool(); +private : + void* m_pool; +}; + +// NSObject + +void wxMacCocoaRelease( void* obj ); +void wxMacCocoaAutorelease( void* obj ); +void* wxMacCocoaRetain( void* obj ); + + +#endif + // _WX_PRIVATE_CORE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/private/strconv_cf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/private/strconv_cf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..18eea2a0da --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/private/strconv_cf.h @@ -0,0 +1,338 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/core/private/strconv_cf.h +// Purpose: Unicode conversion classes +// Author: David Elliott, Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 2007-07-06 +// RCS-ID: $Id: strconv_cf.h 67215 2011-03-16 10:55:30Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Ryan Norton +// (c) 2007 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/strconv.h" + +#include +#include + +// ============================================================================ +// CoreFoundation conversion classes +// ============================================================================ + +inline CFStringEncoding wxCFStringEncFromFontEnc(wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + CFStringEncoding enc = kCFStringEncodingInvalidId ; + + switch (encoding) + { + case wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT : + enc = CFStringGetSystemEncoding(); + break ; + + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatin1 ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatin2; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatin3 ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatin4; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatinCyrillic; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatinArabic; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatinGreek; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatinHebrew; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatin5; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatin6; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_11 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatinThai; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatin7; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatin8; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingISOLatin9; + break ; + + case wxFONTENCODING_KOI8 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingKOI8_R; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_ALTERNATIVE : // MS-DOS CP866 + enc = kCFStringEncodingDOSRussian; + break ; + +// case wxFONTENCODING_BULGARIAN : +// enc = ; +// break ; + + case wxFONTENCODING_CP437 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingDOSLatinUS ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP850 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingDOSLatin1; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP852 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingDOSLatin2; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP855 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingDOSCyrillic; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP866 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingDOSRussian ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP874 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingDOSThai; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP932 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingDOSJapanese; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP936 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingDOSChineseSimplif ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP949 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingDOSKorean; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP950 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingDOSChineseTrad; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP1250 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingWindowsLatin2; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP1251 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingWindowsCyrillic ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP1252 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingWindowsLatin1 ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP1253 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingWindowsGreek; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP1254 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingWindowsLatin5; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP1255 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingWindowsHebrew ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP1256 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingWindowsArabic ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_CP1257 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingWindowsBalticRim; + break ; +// This only really encodes to UTF7 (if that) evidently +// case wxFONTENCODING_UTF7 : +// enc = kCFStringEncodingNonLossyASCII ; +// break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_UTF8 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingUTF8 ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_EUC_JP : + enc = kCFStringEncodingEUC_JP; + break ; +/* Don't support conversion to/from UTF16 as wxWidgets can do this better. + * In particular, ToWChar would fail miserably using strlen on an input UTF16. + case wxFONTENCODING_UTF16 : + enc = kCFStringEncodingUnicode ; + break ; +*/ + case wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacRoman ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACJAPANESE : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacJapanese ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESETRAD : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacChineseTrad ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACKOREAN : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacKorean ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACARABIC : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacArabic ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACHEBREW : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacHebrew ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACGREEK : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacGreek ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACCYRILLIC : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacCyrillic ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACDEVANAGARI : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacDevanagari ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACGURMUKHI : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacGurmukhi ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACGUJARATI : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacGujarati ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACORIYA : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacOriya ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACBENGALI : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacBengali ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACTAMIL : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacTamil ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACTELUGU : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacTelugu ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACKANNADA : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacKannada ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACMALAJALAM : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacMalayalam ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACSINHALESE : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacSinhalese ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACBURMESE : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacBurmese ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACKHMER : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacKhmer ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACTHAI : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacThai ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACLAOTIAN : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacLaotian ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACGEORGIAN : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacGeorgian ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACARMENIAN : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacArmenian ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESESIMP : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacChineseSimp ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACTIBETAN : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacTibetan ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACMONGOLIAN : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacMongolian ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACETHIOPIC : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacEthiopic ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACCENTRALEUR : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacCentralEurRoman ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACVIATNAMESE : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacVietnamese ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACARABICEXT : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacExtArabic ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACSYMBOL : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacSymbol ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACDINGBATS : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacDingbats ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACTURKISH : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacTurkish ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACCROATIAN : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacCroatian ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACICELANDIC : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacIcelandic ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACROMANIAN : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacRomanian ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACCELTIC : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacCeltic ; + break ; + case wxFONTENCODING_MACGAELIC : + enc = kCFStringEncodingMacGaelic ; + break ; + /* CFString is known to support this back to the original CarbonLib */ + /* http://developer.apple.com/samplecode/CarbonMDEF/listing2.html */ + case wxFONTENCODING_MACKEYBOARD : + /* We don't wish to pollute the namespace too much, even though we're a private header. */ + /* The constant is well-defined as 41 and is not expected to change. */ + enc = 41 /*kTextEncodingMacKeyboardGlyphs*/ ; + break ; + + default : + // because gcc is picky + break ; + } + + return enc ; +} + + +class wxMBConv_cf : public wxMBConv +{ +public: + wxMBConv_cf() + { + Init(CFStringGetSystemEncoding()) ; + } + + wxMBConv_cf(const wxMBConv_cf& conv) : wxMBConv() + { + m_encoding = conv.m_encoding; + } + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + wxMBConv_cf(const char* name) + { + Init( wxCFStringEncFromFontEnc(wxFontMapperBase::Get()->CharsetToEncoding(name, false) ) ) ; + } +#endif + + wxMBConv_cf(wxFontEncoding encoding) + { + Init( wxCFStringEncFromFontEnc(encoding) ); + } + + virtual ~wxMBConv_cf() + { + } + + void Init( CFStringEncoding encoding) + { + m_encoding = encoding ; + } + + virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t * dst, size_t dstSize, const char * src, size_t srcSize = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstSize, const wchar_t *src, size_t srcSize = wxNO_LEN) const; + + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConv_cf(*this); } + + bool IsOk() const + { + return m_encoding != kCFStringEncodingInvalidId && + CFStringIsEncodingAvailable(m_encoding); + } + +private: + CFStringEncoding m_encoding ; +}; + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/private/timer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/private/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ac5d34f4ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/private/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/core/private/timer.h +// Purpose: wxTimer class based on core foundation +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Created: 2008-07-16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: timer.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_CORE_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_CORE_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ + +#include "wx/private/timer.h" + +struct wxOSXTimerInfo; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOSXTimerImpl : public wxTimerImpl +{ +public: + wxOSXTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer); + virtual ~wxOSXTimerImpl(); + + virtual bool Start(int milliseconds = -1, bool one_shot = false); + virtual void Stop(); + + virtual bool IsRunning() const; + +private: + wxOSXTimerInfo *m_info; +}; + +#endif // _WX_OSX_CORE_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/stdpaths.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/stdpaths.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..67b7bffa4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/core/stdpaths.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/core/stdpaths.h +// Purpose: wxStandardPaths for CoreFoundation systems +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-10-27 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stdpaths.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_STDPATHS_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_STDPATHS_H_ + +struct __CFBundle; +struct __CFURL; + +typedef const __CFURL * wxCFURLRef; +typedef __CFBundle * wxCFBundleRef; + +// we inherit the GUI CF-based wxStandardPaths implementation from the Unix one +// used for console programs if possible (i.e. if we're under a Unix system at +// all) +#if defined(__UNIX__) + #include "wx/unix/stdpaths.h" + #define wxStandardPathsCFBase wxStandardPaths +#else + #define wxStandardPathsCFBase wxStandardPathsBase +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStandardPaths +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPathsCF : public wxStandardPathsCFBase +{ +public: + wxStandardPathsCF(); + virtual ~wxStandardPathsCF(); + + // wxMac specific: allow user to specify a different bundle + wxStandardPathsCF(wxCFBundleRef bundle); + void SetBundle(wxCFBundleRef bundle); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual wxString GetExecutablePath() const; + virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const; + virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const; + virtual wxString GetDataDir() const; + virtual wxString GetLocalDataDir() const; + virtual wxString GetUserDataDir() const; + virtual wxString GetPluginsDir() const; + virtual wxString GetResourcesDir() const; + virtual wxString + GetLocalizedResourcesDir(const wxString& lang, + ResourceCat category = ResourceCat_None) const; + virtual wxString GetDocumentsDir() const; + +protected: + // this function can be called with any of CFBundleCopyXXXURL function + // pointer as parameter + wxString GetFromFunc(wxCFURLRef (*func)(wxCFBundleRef)) const; + + wxCFBundleRef m_bundle; +}; + +#endif // _WX_MAC_STDPATHS_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cursor.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cursor.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..024130c863 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/cursor.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/cursor.h +// Purpose: wxCursor class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cursor.h 62771 2009-12-03 17:20:15Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_ +#define _WX_CURSOR_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +// Cursor +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCursor : public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + wxCursor(); + + wxCursor(const wxImage & image) ; + wxCursor(const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType type = wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE, + int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0); + + wxCursor(wxStockCursor id) { InitFromStock(id); } +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxCursor(int id) { InitFromStock((wxStockCursor)id); } +#endif + virtual ~wxCursor(); + + void MacInstall() const ; + + void SetHCURSOR(WXHCURSOR cursor); + WXHCURSOR GetHCURSOR() const; + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + void InitFromStock(wxStockCursor); + + void CreateFromImage(const wxImage & image) ; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor) +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxSetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor); + +#endif // _WX_CURSOR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataform.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataform.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..91cfcbc939 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataform.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dataform.h +// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataFormat class +// Author: Stefan Csomor (lifted from dnd.h) +// Modified by: +// Created: 10/21/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataform.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H +#define _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataFormat +{ +public: + typedef unsigned long NativeFormat; + + wxDataFormat(); + wxDataFormat(wxDataFormatId vType); + wxDataFormat(const wxDataFormat& rFormat); + wxDataFormat(const wxString& rId); + wxDataFormat(const wxChar* pId); + wxDataFormat(NativeFormat vFormat); + ~wxDataFormat(); + + wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat vFormat) + { SetId(vFormat); return *this; } + + // comparison (must have both versions) + bool operator==(const wxDataFormat& format) const ; + bool operator!=(const wxDataFormat& format) const + { return ! ( *this == format ); } + bool operator==(wxDataFormatId format) const + { return m_type == (wxDataFormatId)format; } + bool operator!=(wxDataFormatId format) const + { return m_type != (wxDataFormatId)format; } + + wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& format); + + // explicit and implicit conversions to NativeFormat which is one of + // standard data types (implicit conversion is useful for preserving the + // compatibility with old code) + NativeFormat GetFormatId() const { return m_format; } + operator NativeFormat() const { return m_format; } + + void SetId(NativeFormat format); + + // string ids are used for custom types - this SetId() must be used for + // application-specific formats + wxString GetId() const; + void SetId(const wxString& pId); + + // implementation + wxDataFormatId GetType() const { return m_type; } + void SetType( wxDataFormatId type ); + + // returns true if the format is one of those defined in wxDataFormatId + bool IsStandard() const { return m_type > 0 && m_type < wxDF_PRIVATE; } + +private: + wxDataFormatId m_type; + NativeFormat m_format; + // indicates the type in case of wxDF_PRIVATE : + wxString m_id ; +}; + +#endif // _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataobj.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataobj.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c21b53b1b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataobj.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dataobj.h +// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataObject +// Author: Stefan Csomor (adapted from Robert Roebling's gtk port) +// Modified by: +// Created: 10/21/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataobj.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataObject is the same as wxDataObjectBase under wxGTK +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObject : public wxDataObjectBase +{ +public: + wxDataObject(); +#ifdef __DARWIN__ + virtual ~wxDataObject() { } +#endif + + virtual bool IsSupportedFormat( const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get ) const; + void AddToPasteboard( void * pasteboardRef , int itemID ); + // returns true if the passed in format is present in the pasteboard + static bool IsFormatInPasteboard( void * pasteboardRef, const wxDataFormat &dataFormat ); + // returns true if any of the accepted formats of this dataobj is in the pasteboard + bool HasDataInPasteboard( void * pasteboardRef ); + bool GetFromPasteboard( void * pasteboardRef ); +}; + +#endif // _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataobj2.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataobj2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..da97266641 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataobj2.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dataobj2.h +// Purpose: declaration of standard wxDataObjectSimple-derived classes +// Author: David Webster (adapted from Robert Roebling's gtk port +// Modified by: +// Created: 10/21/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dataobj2.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ2_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ2_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for bitmaps +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapDataObject : public wxBitmapDataObjectBase +{ +public: + // ctors + wxBitmapDataObject(); + wxBitmapDataObject(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // destr + virtual ~wxBitmapDataObject(); + + // override base class virtual to update PNG data too + virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const ; + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const ; + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it) + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const + { + return GetDataSize(); + } + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const + { + return GetDataHere(buf); + } + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) + { + return SetData(len, buf); + } + +protected : + void Init() ; + void Clear() ; + + void* m_pictHandle ; + bool m_pictCreated ; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for file names +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDataObject : public wxFileDataObjectBase +{ +public: + // implement base class pure virtuals + // ---------------------------------- + + void AddFile( const wxString &filename ); + + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it) + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const + { + return GetDataSize(); + } + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const + { + return GetDataHere(buf); + } + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) + { + return SetData(len, buf); + } +protected: + // translates the filenames stored into a utf8 encoded char stream + void GetFileNames(wxCharBuffer &buf) const ; +}; + +#endif // _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ2_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataview.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataview.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5380d55a38 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dataview.h @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dataview.h +// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl native implementation header for OSX +// Author: +// Id: $Id: dataview.h 66634 2011-01-07 18:26:58Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DATAVIEWCTRL_OSX_H_ +#define _WX_DATAVIEWCTRL_OSX_H_ + +#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__ +# error "Native wxDataViewCtrl for classic environment not defined. Please use generic control." +#endif + +// -------------------------------------------------------- +// Class declarations to mask native types +// -------------------------------------------------------- +class wxDataViewColumnNativeData; // class storing environment dependent data for the native implementation +class wxDataViewWidgetImpl; // class used as a common interface for carbon and cocoa implementation + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewColumn +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewColumn: public wxDataViewColumnBase +{ +public: + // constructors / destructor + wxDataViewColumn(const wxString& title, + wxDataViewRenderer* renderer, + unsigned int model_column, + int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE); + wxDataViewColumn(const wxBitmap& bitmap, + wxDataViewRenderer* renderer, + unsigned int model_column, + int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH, + wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER, + int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE); + virtual ~wxDataViewColumn(); + + // implement wxHeaderColumnBase pure virtual methods + virtual wxAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_alignment; } + virtual int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } + virtual int GetMaxWidth() const { return m_maxWidth; } + virtual int GetMinWidth() const { return m_minWidth; } + virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; } + virtual int GetWidth() const; + virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const { return m_ascending; } + virtual bool IsSortKey() const; + virtual bool IsHidden() const; + + virtual void SetAlignment (wxAlignment align); + virtual void SetBitmap (wxBitmap const& bitmap); + virtual void SetFlags (int flags) { SetIndividualFlags(flags); } + virtual void SetHidden (bool hidden); + virtual void SetMaxWidth (int maxWidth); + virtual void SetMinWidth (int minWidth); + virtual void SetReorderable(bool reorderable); + virtual void SetResizeable (bool resizeable); + virtual void SetSortable (bool sortable); + virtual void SetSortOrder (bool ascending); + virtual void SetTitle (wxString const& title); + virtual void SetWidth (int width); + virtual void SetAsSortKey (bool sort = true); + + // implementation only + wxDataViewColumnNativeData* GetNativeData() const + { + return m_NativeDataPtr; + } + + void SetNativeData(wxDataViewColumnNativeData* newNativeDataPtr); // class takes ownership of pointer + int GetWidthVariable() const + { + return m_width; + } + void SetWidthVariable(int NewWidth) + { + m_width = NewWidth; + } + void SetSortOrderVariable(bool NewOrder) + { + m_ascending = NewOrder; + } + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void InitCommon(int width, wxAlignment align, int flags) + { + m_ascending = true; + m_flags = flags & ~wxDATAVIEW_COL_HIDDEN; // TODO + m_maxWidth = 30000; + m_minWidth = 0; + m_alignment = align; + SetWidth(width); + } + + bool m_ascending; // sorting order + + int m_flags; // flags for the column + int m_maxWidth; // maximum width for the column + int m_minWidth; // minimum width for the column + int m_width; // column width + + wxAlignment m_alignment; // column header alignment + + wxDataViewColumnNativeData* m_NativeDataPtr; // storing environment dependent data for the native implementation + + wxString m_title; // column title +}; + +// +// type definitions related to wxDataViewColumn +// +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY(wxDataViewColumn*,wxDataViewColumnPtrArrayType); + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCtrl +// --------------------------------------------------------- +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCtrl: public wxDataViewCtrlBase +{ +public: + // Constructors / destructor: + wxDataViewCtrl() + { + Init(); + } + wxDataViewCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDataViewCtrlNameStr ) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + ~wxDataViewCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxDataViewCtrlNameStr); + + virtual wxControl* GetMainWindow() // not used for the native implementation + { + return this; + } + + // inherited methods from wxDataViewCtrlBase: + virtual bool AssociateModel(wxDataViewModel* model); + + virtual bool AppendColumn (wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr); + virtual bool ClearColumns (); + virtual bool DeleteColumn (wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr); + virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetColumn (unsigned int pos) const; + virtual unsigned int GetColumnCount () const; + virtual int GetColumnPosition(const wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr) const; + virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetSortingColumn () const; + virtual bool InsertColumn (unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *col); + virtual bool PrependColumn (wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr); + + virtual void Collapse( const wxDataViewItem& item); + virtual void EnsureVisible(const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr=NULL); + virtual void Expand(const wxDataViewItem& item); + virtual bool IsExpanded(const wxDataViewItem & item) const; + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual wxRect GetItemRect(const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxDataViewColumn* columnPtr) const; + virtual wxDataViewItem GetSelection() const; + virtual int GetSelections(wxDataViewItemArray& sel) const; + + virtual void HitTest(const wxPoint& point, wxDataViewItem& item, wxDataViewColumn*& columnPtr) const; + + virtual bool IsSelected(const wxDataViewItem& item) const; + + virtual void SelectAll(); + virtual void Select(const wxDataViewItem& item); + virtual void SetSelections(const wxDataViewItemArray& sel); + + virtual void Unselect(const wxDataViewItem& item); + virtual void UnselectAll(); + +// +// implementation +// + // returns a pointer to the native implementation + wxDataViewWidgetImpl* GetDataViewPeer() const; + + // adds all children of the passed parent to the control; if 'parentItem' is invalid the root(s) is/are added: + void AddChildren(wxDataViewItem const& parentItem); + + // finishes editing of custom items; if no custom item is currently edited the method does nothing + void FinishCustomItemEditing(); + + // returns the n-th pointer to a column; + // this method is different from GetColumn(unsigned int pos) because here 'n' is not a position in the control but the n-th + // position in the internal list/array of column pointers + wxDataViewColumn* GetColumnPtr(size_t n) const + { + return m_ColumnPtrs[n]; + } + // returns the current being rendered item of the customized renderer (this item is only valid during editing) + wxDataViewItem const& GetCustomRendererItem() const + { + return m_CustomRendererItem; + } + // returns a pointer to a customized renderer (this pointer is only valid during editing) + wxDataViewCustomRenderer* GetCustomRendererPtr() const + { + return m_CustomRendererPtr; + } + + // checks if currently a delete process is running + bool IsDeleting() const + { + return m_Deleting; + } + + // with CG, we need to get the context from an kEventControlDraw event + // unfortunately, the DataBrowser callbacks don't provide the context + // and we need it, so we need to set/remove it before and after draw + // events so we can access it in the callbacks. + void MacSetDrawingContext(void* context) + { + m_cgContext = context; + } + void* MacGetDrawingContext() const + { + return m_cgContext; + } + + // sets the currently being edited item of the custom renderer + void SetCustomRendererItem(wxDataViewItem const& NewItem) + { + m_CustomRendererItem = NewItem; + } + // sets the custom renderer + void SetCustomRendererPtr(wxDataViewCustomRenderer* NewCustomRendererPtr) + { + m_CustomRendererPtr = NewCustomRendererPtr; + } + // sets the flag indicating a deletion process: + void SetDeleting(bool deleting) + { + m_Deleting = deleting; + } + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + +protected: + // inherited methods from wxDataViewCtrlBase + virtual void DoSetExpanderColumn(); + virtual void DoSetIndent(); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // event handling + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent &event); + void OnMouse(wxMouseEvent &event); + +private: + // initializing of local variables: + void Init(); + + virtual wxDataViewItem DoGetCurrentItem() const; + virtual void DoSetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item); + + // + // variables + // + bool m_Deleting; // flag indicating if a delete process is running; this flag is necessary because the notifier indicating an item deletion in the model may be called + // after the actual deletion of the item; then, native callback functions/delegates may try to update data of variables that are already deleted; + // if this flag is set all native variable update requests will be ignored + + void* m_cgContext; // pointer to core graphics context + + wxDataViewCustomRenderer* m_CustomRendererPtr; // pointer to a valid custom renderer while editing; this class does NOT own the pointer + + wxDataViewItem m_CustomRendererItem; // currently edited item by the customrenderer; it is invalid while not editing a custom item + + wxDataViewColumnPtrArrayType m_ColumnPtrs; // all column pointers are stored in an array + + // wxWidget internal stuff: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl) + DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_DATAVIEWCTRL_OSX_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fca6654137 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dc.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dc.h +// Purpose: wxDC class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dc.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DC_H_ +#define _WX_DC_H_ + +#endif // _WX_DC_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcclient.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcclient.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c078c8414 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcclient.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dcclient.h +// Purpose: wxClientDC, wxPaintDC and wxWindowDC classes +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcclient.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_ +#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_ + +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/dcgraph.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPaintDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDCImpl: public wxGCDCImpl +{ +public: + wxWindowDCImpl( wxDC *owner ); + wxWindowDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *window ); + virtual ~wxWindowDCImpl(); + + virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const; + virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect) const; + +protected: + bool m_release; + int m_width; + int m_height; + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxWindowDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowDCImpl); +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClientDCImpl: public wxWindowDCImpl +{ +public: + wxClientDCImpl( wxDC *owner ); + wxClientDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *window ); + virtual ~wxClientDCImpl(); + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxClientDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClientDCImpl); +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaintDCImpl: public wxWindowDCImpl +{ +public: + wxPaintDCImpl( wxDC *owner ); + wxPaintDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win ); + virtual ~wxPaintDCImpl(); + +protected: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPaintDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPaintDCImpl); +}; + + +#endif + // _WX_DCCLIENT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcmemory.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcmemory.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ac671151d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcmemory.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dcmemory.h +// Purpose: wxMemoryDC class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcmemory.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_ +#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_ + +#include "wx/osx/dcclient.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMemoryDCImpl: public wxPaintDCImpl +{ +public: + wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner ); + wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxBitmap& bitmap ); + wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxDC *dc ); + + virtual ~wxMemoryDCImpl(); + + virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const; + virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect) const + { return subrect == NULL ? GetSelectedBitmap() : GetSelectedBitmap().GetSubBitmap(*subrect); } + virtual void DoSelect(const wxBitmap& bitmap); + + virtual const wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() const + { return m_selected; } + virtual wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() + { return m_selected; } + +private: + void Init(); + + wxBitmap m_selected; + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxMemoryDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryDCImpl); +}; + +#endif + // _WX_DCMEMORY_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcprint.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcprint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fadd05979c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dcprint.h +// Purpose: wxPrinterDC class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcprint.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCPRINT_H_ +#define _WX_DCPRINT_H_ + +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/dcgraph.h" +#include "wx/cmndata.h" + +class wxNativePrinterDC ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrinterDCImpl: public wxGCDCImpl +{ +public: +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + + wxPrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& printdata ); + virtual ~wxPrinterDCImpl(); + + virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& WXUNUSED(message) ) ; + virtual void EndDoc(void) ; + virtual void StartPage(void) ; + virtual void EndPage(void) ; + + wxRect GetPaperRect() const; + + wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; } + virtual wxSize GetPPI() const; + +protected: + virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const; + + wxPrintData m_printData ; + wxNativePrinterDC* m_nativePrinterDC ; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrinterDC) +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +}; + +#endif + // _WX_DCPRINT_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcscreen.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcscreen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be12a5d597 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dcscreen.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dcscreen.h +// Purpose: wxScreenDC class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcscreen.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DCSCREEN_H_ +#define _WX_DCSCREEN_H_ + +#include "wx/dcclient.h" +#include "wx/osx/dcclient.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScreenDCImpl: public wxWindowDCImpl +{ +public: + wxScreenDCImpl( wxDC *owner ); + virtual ~wxScreenDCImpl(); + + virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect) const; +private: + void* m_overlayWindow; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxScreenDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScreenDCImpl); +}; + +#endif + // _WX_DCSCREEN_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dialog.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dialog.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6fbb1bba6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dialog.h +// Purpose: wxDialog class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dialog.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_ +#define _WX_DIALOG_H_ + +#include "wx/panel.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMacToolTip ; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxModalEventLoop ; + +// Dialog boxes +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialog : public wxDialogBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog) + +public: + wxDialog() { Init(); } + + // Constructor with no modal flag - the new convention. + wxDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr); + + virtual ~wxDialog(); + +// virtual bool Destroy(); + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + + // return true if we're showing the dialog modally + virtual bool IsModal() const; + + // show the dialog modally and return the value passed to EndModal() + virtual int ShowModal(); + + virtual void ShowWindowModal(); + + // may be called to terminate the dialog with the given return code + virtual void EndModal(int retCode); + + static bool OSXHasModalDialogsOpen(); + static void OSXBeginModalDialog(); + static void OSXEndModalDialog(); + + // implementation + // -------------- + + wxDialogModality GetModality() const; + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual void ModalFinishedCallback(void* WXUNUSED(panel), int WXUNUSED(returnCode)) {} +#endif + +protected: + // show window modal dialog + void DoShowWindowModal(); + + // end window modal dialog. + void EndWindowModal(); + + // mac also takes command-period as cancel + virtual bool IsEscapeKey(const wxKeyEvent& event); + + + wxDialogModality m_modality; + + wxModalEventLoop* m_eventLoop; + +private: + void Init(); +}; + +#endif + // _WX_DIALOG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dirdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dirdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ff101b44e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dirdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dirdlg.h +// Purpose: wxDirDialog class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dirdlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_ +#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirDialog : public wxDirDialogBase +{ +public: + wxDirDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultPath = wxT(""), + long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr); + + virtual int ShowModal(); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual void ShowWindowModal(); + virtual void ModalFinishedCallback(void* panel, int returnCode); +#endif + +protected: + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirDialog) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_DIRDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dnd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dnd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9899d8981f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dnd.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dnd.h +// Purpose: Declaration of the wxDropTarget, wxDropSource class etc. +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// RCS-ID: $Id: dnd.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_DND_H_ +#define _WX_DND_H_ + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/dataobj.h" +#include "wx/cursor.h" + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDropTarget; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextDropTarget; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFileDropTarget; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDropSource; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this macro may be used instead for wxDropSource ctor arguments: it will use +// the icon 'name' from an XPM file under GTK, but will expand to something +// else under MSW. If you don't use it, you will have to use #ifdef in the +// application code. +#define wxDROP_ICON(X) wxCursor(X##_xpm) + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDropTarget +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropTarget: public wxDropTargetBase +{ + public: + + wxDropTarget(wxDataObject *dataObject = NULL ); + + virtual wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def); + virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def); + virtual bool GetData(); + // NOTE: This is needed by the generic wxDataViewCtrl, not sure how to implement. + virtual wxDataFormat GetMatchingPair(); + + bool CurrentDragHasSupportedFormat() ; + void SetCurrentDragPasteboard( void* dragpasteboard ) { m_currentDragPasteboard = dragpasteboard ; } + protected : + void* m_currentDragPasteboard ; +}; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDropSource +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropSource: public wxDropSourceBase +{ +public: + // ctors: if you use default ctor you must call SetData() later! + // + // NB: the "wxWindow *win" parameter is unused and is here only for wxGTK + // compatibility, as well as both icon parameters + wxDropSource( wxWindow *win = NULL, + const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor, + const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor, + const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor); + + /* constructor for setting one data object */ + wxDropSource( wxDataObject& data, + wxWindow *win, + const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor, + const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor, + const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor); + + virtual ~wxDropSource(); + + // do it (call this in response to a mouse button press, for example) + // params: if bAllowMove is false, data can be only copied + virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly); + + wxWindow* GetWindow() { return m_window ; } + void SetCurrentDragPasteboard( void* dragpasteboard ) { m_currentDragPasteboard = dragpasteboard ; } + bool MacInstallDefaultCursor(wxDragResult effect) ; + static wxDropSource* GetCurrentDropSource(); + protected : + + wxWindow *m_window; + void* m_currentDragPasteboard ; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#endif + //_WX_DND_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dvrenderer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dvrenderer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86704ce5e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dvrenderer.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dvrenderer.h +// Purpose: wxDataViewRenderer for OS X wxDataViewCtrl implementations +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-11-07 (extracted from wx/osx/dataview.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: dvrenderer.h 66403 2010-12-19 15:02:56Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_DVRENDERER_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_DVRENDERER_H_ + +class wxDataViewRendererNativeData; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewRenderer : public wxDataViewRendererBase +{ +public: + // constructors / destructor + // ------------------------- + + wxDataViewRenderer(const wxString& varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT); + + virtual ~wxDataViewRenderer(); + + // inherited methods from wxDataViewRendererBase + // --------------------------------------------- + + virtual int GetAlignment() const + { + return m_alignment; + } + virtual wxDataViewCellMode GetMode() const + { + return m_mode; + } + virtual bool GetValue(wxVariant& value) const + { + value = m_value; + return true; + } + + // NB: in Carbon this is always identical to the header alignment + virtual void SetAlignment(int align); + virtual void SetMode(wxDataViewCellMode mode); + virtual bool SetValue(const wxVariant& newValue) + { + m_value = newValue; + return true; + } + + virtual void EnableEllipsize(wxEllipsizeMode mode = wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE); + virtual wxEllipsizeMode GetEllipsizeMode() const; + + // implementation + // -------------- + + const wxVariant& GetValue() const + { + return m_value; + } + + wxDataViewRendererNativeData* GetNativeData() const + { + return m_NativeDataPtr; + } + + // a call to the native data browser function to render the data; + // returns true if the data value could be rendered, false otherwise + virtual bool MacRender() = 0; + + void SetNativeData(wxDataViewRendererNativeData* newNativeDataPtr); + + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + // called when a value was edited by user + virtual void OSXOnCellChanged(NSObject *value, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned col); + + // called to ensure that the given attribute will be used for rendering the + // next cell (which had been already associated with this renderer before) + virtual void OSXApplyAttr(const wxDataViewItemAttr& attr); + + // called to set the state of the next cell to be rendered + virtual void OSXApplyEnabled(bool enabled); +#endif // Cocoa + +private: + // contains the alignment flags + int m_alignment; + + // storing the mode that determines how the cell is going to be shown + wxDataViewCellMode m_mode; + + // data used by implementation of the native renderer + wxDataViewRendererNativeData* m_NativeDataPtr; + + // value that is going to be rendered + wxVariant m_value; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewRenderer) +}; + +#endif // _WX_OSX_DVRENDERER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dvrenderers.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dvrenderers.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..caa99b5710 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/dvrenderers.h @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/dvrenderers.h +// Purpose: All OS X wxDataViewCtrl renderer classes +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-11-07 (extracted from wx/osx/dataview.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: dvrenderers.h 64140 2010-04-25 21:33:16Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_DVRENDERERS_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_DVRENDERERS_H_ + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCustomRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCustomRenderer : public wxDataViewCustomRendererBase +{ +public: + wxDataViewCustomRenderer(const wxString& varianttype = "string", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT); + + virtual ~wxDataViewCustomRenderer(); + + + // implementation only + // ------------------- + + virtual bool MacRender(); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual void OSXApplyAttr(const wxDataViewItemAttr& attr); +#endif // Cocoa + + virtual wxDC* GetDC(); // creates a device context and keeps it + void SetDC(wxDC* newDCPtr); // this method takes ownership of the pointer + +private: + wxControl* m_editorCtrlPtr; // pointer to an in-place editor control + + wxDC* m_DCPtr; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewCustomRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewTextRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTextRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewTextRenderer(const wxString& varianttype = "string", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT); + + virtual bool MacRender(); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual void OSXOnCellChanged(NSObject *value, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned col); +#endif // Cocoa + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewTextRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewBitmapRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewBitmapRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewBitmapRenderer(const wxString& varianttype = "wxBitmap", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT); + + virtual bool MacRender(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewBitmapRenderer) +}; + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + +// ------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewChoiceRenderer +// ------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewChoiceRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewChoiceRenderer(const wxArrayString& choices, + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE, + int alignment = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ); + + virtual bool MacRender(); + + wxString GetChoice(size_t index) const { return m_choices[index]; } + const wxArrayString& GetChoices() const { return m_choices; } + +private: + wxArrayString m_choices; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewChoiceRenderer) +}; + +#endif // wxOSX_USE_COCOA + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewIconTextRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewIconTextRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewIconTextRenderer(const wxString& varianttype = "wxDataViewIconText", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT); + + virtual bool MacRender(); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual void OSXOnCellChanged(NSObject *value, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned col); +#endif // Cocoa + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewIconTextRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewToggleRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewToggleRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewToggleRenderer(const wxString& varianttype = "bool", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT); + + virtual bool MacRender(); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual void OSXOnCellChanged(NSObject *value, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned col); +#endif // Cocoa + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewToggleRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewProgressRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewProgressRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewProgressRenderer(const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& varianttype = "long", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT); + + virtual bool MacRender(); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual void OSXOnCellChanged(NSObject *value, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned col); +#endif // Cocoa + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewProgressRenderer) +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewDateRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewDateRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer +{ +public: + wxDataViewDateRenderer(const wxString& varianttype = "datetime", + wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, + int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT); + + virtual bool MacRender(); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual void OSXOnCellChanged(NSObject *value, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned col); +#endif // Cocoa + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewDateRenderer) +}; + +#endif // _WX_OSX_DVRENDERERS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/evtloop.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/evtloop.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f427594d59 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/evtloop.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/evtloop.h +// Purpose: simply forwards to wx/osx/carbon/evtloop.h or +// wx/osx/cocoa/evtloop.h for consistency with the other Mac +// headers +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-01-12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloop.h 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_EVTLOOP_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_EVTLOOP_H_ + +DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CFREF( CFRunLoop ); +DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CFREF( CFRunLoopObserver ); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCFEventLoop : public wxEventLoopBase +{ +public: + wxCFEventLoop(); + virtual ~wxCFEventLoop(); + + // enters a loop calling OnNextIteration(), Pending() and Dispatch() and + // terminating when Exit() is called + virtual int Run(); + + // sets the "should exit" flag and wakes up the loop so that it terminates + // soon + virtual void Exit(int rc = 0); + + // return true if any events are available + virtual bool Pending() const; + + // dispatch a single event, return false if we should exit from the loop + virtual bool Dispatch(); + + // same as Dispatch() but doesn't wait for longer than the specified (in + // ms) timeout, return true if an event was processed, false if we should + // exit the loop or -1 if timeout expired + virtual int DispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout); + + // implement this to wake up the loop: usually done by posting a dummy event + // to it (can be called from non main thread) + virtual void WakeUp(); + + virtual bool YieldFor(long eventsToProcess); + +#if wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + virtual wxEventLoopSource * + AddSourceForFD(int fd, wxEventLoopSourceHandler *handler, int flags); +#endif // wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + + void ObserverCallBack(CFRunLoopObserverRef observer, int activity); + +protected: + // get the currently executing CFRunLoop + virtual CFRunLoopRef CFGetCurrentRunLoop() const; + + virtual int DoDispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout); + + virtual void DoRun(); + + virtual void DoStop(); + + // should we exit the loop? + bool m_shouldExit; + + // the loop exit code + int m_exitcode; + + // cfrunloop + CFRunLoopRef m_runLoop; + + // runloop observer + CFRunLoopObserverRef m_runLoopObserver; + +private: + // process all already pending events and dispatch a new one (blocking + // until it appears in the event queue if necessary) + // + // returns the return value of DoDispatchTimeout() + int DoProcessEvents(); +}; + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +#ifdef __WXOSX_COCOA__ + #include "wx/osx/cocoa/evtloop.h" +#else + #include "wx/osx/carbon/evtloop.h" +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNonOwnedWindow; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxModalEventLoop : public wxGUIEventLoop +{ +public: + wxModalEventLoop(wxWindow *modalWindow); + wxModalEventLoop(WXWindow modalNativeWindow); + +protected: + virtual void DoRun(); + + virtual void DoStop(); + + // (in case) the modal window for this event loop + wxNonOwnedWindow* m_modalWindow; + WXWindow m_modalNativeWindow; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#endif // _WX_OSX_EVTLOOP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/evtloopsrc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/evtloopsrc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f599fc05e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/evtloopsrc.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/evtloopsrc.h +// Purpose: wxCFEventLoopSource class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-10-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloopsrc.h 64140 2010-04-25 21:33:16Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_ + +typedef struct __CFFileDescriptor *CFFileDescriptorRef; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCFEventLoopSource: CoreFoundation-based wxEventLoopSource for OS X +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxCFEventLoopSource : public wxEventLoopSource +{ +public: + wxCFEventLoopSource(wxEventLoopSourceHandler *handler, int flags) + : wxEventLoopSource(handler, flags) + { + m_cffd = NULL; + } + + // we take ownership of this CFFileDescriptorRef + void SetFileDescriptor(CFFileDescriptorRef cffd); + + virtual ~wxCFEventLoopSource(); + +private: + CFFileDescriptorRef m_cffd; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCFEventLoopSource); +}; + +#endif // _WX_OSX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/filedlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/filedlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4ac1d59404 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/filedlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/filedlg.h +// Purpose: wxFileDialog class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filedlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FILEDLG_H_ +#define _WX_FILEDLG_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDialog +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// set this system option to 1 in order to always show the filetypes popup in +// file open dialogs if possible + +#define wxOSX_FILEDIALOG_ALWAYS_SHOW_TYPES wxT("osx.openfiledialog.always-show-types") + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDialog: public wxFileDialogBase +{ +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog) +protected: + wxArrayString m_fileNames; + wxArrayString m_paths; + +public: + wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr); + + virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const { paths = m_paths; } + virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const { files = m_fileNames ; } + + virtual int ShowModal(); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual void ShowWindowModal(); + virtual void ModalFinishedCallback(void* panel, int resultCode); +#endif + + virtual bool SupportsExtraControl() const; + + // implementation only + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + // returns true if the file can be shown as active + bool CheckFile( const wxString& filename ); +#endif + +protected: + // not supported for file dialog, RR + virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {} + + void SetupExtraControls(WXWindow nativeWindow); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual wxWindow* CreateFilterPanel(wxWindow *extracontrol); + virtual void OnFilterSelected(wxCommandEvent &event); + + wxArrayString m_filterExtensions; + wxArrayString m_filterNames; + wxChoice* m_filterChoice; + wxWindow* m_filterPanel; + bool m_useFileTypeFilter; + int m_firstFileTypeFilter; + wxArrayString m_currentExtensions; + WX_NSObject m_delegate; +#endif +}; + +#endif // _WX_FILEDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/font.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/font.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc53a77bc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/font.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/font.h +// Purpose: wxFont class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: font.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_ +#define _WX_FONT_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFont +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// font styles +enum wxOSXSystemFont +{ + wxOSX_SYSTEM_FONT_NONE = 0, + wxOSX_SYSTEM_FONT_NORMAL, + wxOSX_SYSTEM_FONT_BOLD, + wxOSX_SYSTEM_FONT_SMALL, + wxOSX_SYSTEM_FONT_SMALL_BOLD, + wxOSX_SYSTEM_FONT_MINI, + wxOSX_SYSTEM_FONT_MINI_BOLD, + wxOSX_SYSTEM_FONT_LABELS, + wxOSX_SYSTEM_FONT_VIEWS +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFont : public wxFontBase +{ +public: + // ctors and such + wxFont() { } + + wxFont( wxOSXSystemFont systemFont ); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + wxFont(WX_NSFont nsfont); +#endif + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxFont(int size, + int family, + int style, + int weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + (void)Create(size, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style, (wxFontWeight)weight, underlined, face, encoding); + } +#endif + + wxFont(int size, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + Create(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding); + } + + wxFont(const wxSize& pixelSize, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) + { + Create(10, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding); + SetPixelSize(pixelSize); + } + + bool Create(int size, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); + + wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) + { + (void)Create(info); + } + + wxFont(const wxString& fontDesc); + + bool Create(const wxNativeFontInfo& info); + + virtual ~wxFont(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual int GetPointSize() const; + virtual wxSize GetPixelSize() const; + virtual wxFontStyle GetStyle() const; + virtual wxFontWeight GetWeight() const; + virtual bool GetUnderlined() const; + virtual wxString GetFaceName() const; + virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const; + virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const; + + virtual void SetPointSize(int pointSize); + virtual void SetFamily(wxFontFamily family); + virtual void SetStyle(wxFontStyle style); + virtual void SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight); + virtual bool SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName); + virtual void SetUnderlined(bool underlined); + virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding); + + wxDECLARE_COMMON_FONT_METHODS(); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + virtual bool RealizeResource(); + + // Mac-specific, risks to change, don't use in portable code + +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON && wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT + wxUint16 MacGetThemeFontID() const ; + + // 'old' Quickdraw accessors + short MacGetFontNum() const; + wxByte MacGetFontStyle() const; +#endif + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + CGFontRef OSXGetCGFont() const; +#endif + +#if wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT + CTFontRef OSXGetCTFont() const; +#endif + +#if wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT + // Returns an ATSUStyle not ATSUStyle* + void* MacGetATSUStyle() const ; + void* OSXGetATSUStyle() const { return MacGetATSUStyle() ; } + + wxDEPRECATED( wxUint32 MacGetATSUFontID() const ); + wxDEPRECATED( wxUint32 MacGetATSUAdditionalQDStyles() const ); +#endif + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + WX_NSFont OSXGetNSFont() const; + static WX_NSFont OSXCreateNSFont(wxOSXSystemFont font, wxNativeFontInfo* info); + static WX_NSFont OSXCreateNSFont(const wxNativeFontInfo* info); + static void SetNativeInfoFromNSFont(WX_NSFont nsfont, wxNativeFontInfo* info); +#endif + +#if wxOSX_USE_IPHONE + WX_UIFont OSXGetUIFont() const; + static WX_UIFont OSXCreateUIFont(wxOSXSystemFont font, wxNativeFontInfo* info); + static WX_UIFont OSXCreateUIFont(const wxNativeFontInfo* info); +#endif + +protected: + virtual void DoSetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info); + virtual wxFontFamily DoGetFamily() const; + + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont) +}; + +#endif // _WX_FONT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/fontdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/fontdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..81ecf877a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/fontdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/fontdlg.h +// Purpose: wxFontDialog class using fonts window services (10.2+). +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-09-25 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontdlg.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FONTDLG_H_ +#define _WX_FONTDLG_H_ + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +/* + * Font dialog + */ + +/* + * support old notation + */ +#ifdef wxMAC_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG +#define wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG wxMAC_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG +#endif + +#ifndef wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG +#define wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG 1 +#endif + +#if wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxFontDialog(); + wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data); + virtual ~wxFontDialog(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data); + + int ShowModal(); + wxFontData& GetFontData() { return m_fontData; } + +protected: + wxFontData m_fontData; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFontDialog) +}; + +extern "C" int RunMixedFontDialog(wxFontDialog* dialog) ; + +#else // wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG + +#if !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX + +/*! + * Forward declarations + */ + +class wxFontColourSwatchCtrl; +class wxFontPreviewCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListBox; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox; + +/*! + * Control identifiers + */ + +#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_FACENAME 20001 +#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_FONTSIZE 20002 +#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_BOLD 20003 +#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_ITALIC 20004 +#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_UNDERLINED 20005 +#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_COLOUR 20006 +#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_PREVIEW 20007 + +#endif + // !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontDialog: public wxDialog +{ +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontDialog) + +#if !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX +DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +#endif + +public: + wxFontDialog(); + wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data); + virtual ~wxFontDialog(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data); + + int ShowModal(); + wxFontData& GetFontData() { return m_fontData; } + bool IsShown() const; + void OnPanelClose(); + void SetData(const wxFontData& data); + +#if !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX + + /// Creates the controls and sizers + void CreateControls(); + + /// Initialize font + void InitializeFont(); + + /// Set controls according to current font + void InitializeControls(); + + /// Respond to font change + void ChangeFont(); + + /// Respond to colour change + void OnColourChanged(wxCommandEvent& event); + + /// wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_FACENAME + void OnFontdialogFacenameSelected( wxCommandEvent& event ); + + /// wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_FONTSIZE + void OnFontdialogFontsizeUpdated( wxSpinEvent& event ); + + /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_FONTSIZE + void OnFontdialogFontsizeTextUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event ); + + /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_BOLD + void OnFontdialogBoldClick( wxCommandEvent& event ); + + /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_ITALIC + void OnFontdialogItalicClick( wxCommandEvent& event ); + + /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_UNDERLINED + void OnFontdialogUnderlinedClick( wxCommandEvent& event ); + + /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for wxID_OK + void OnOkClick( wxCommandEvent& event ); + + /// Should we show tooltips? + static bool ShowToolTips(); + + wxListBox* m_facenameCtrl; + wxSpinCtrl* m_sizeCtrl; + wxCheckBox* m_boldCtrl; + wxCheckBox* m_italicCtrl; + wxCheckBox* m_underlinedCtrl; + wxFontColourSwatchCtrl* m_colourCtrl; + wxFontPreviewCtrl* m_previewCtrl; + + wxFont m_dialogFont; + bool m_suppressUpdates; + +#endif + // !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX + +protected: + wxWindow* m_dialogParent; + wxFontData m_fontData; + void* m_pEventHandlerRef; +}; + +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_FONTDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/frame.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08d91de60e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/frame.h +// Purpose: wxFrame class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: frame.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FRAME_H_ +#define _WX_FRAME_H_ + +#include "wx/toolbar.h" +#include "wx/accel.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMacToolTip ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFrame: public wxFrameBase +{ +public: + // construction + wxFrame() { Init(); } + wxFrame(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + virtual ~wxFrame(); + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // get the origin of the client area (which may be different from (0, 0) + // if the frame has a toolbar) in client coordinates + virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const; + + // override some more virtuals + virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true) ; + + // event handlers + void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); + void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + + // Toolbar +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1, + wxWindowID id = -1, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr); + + virtual void SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + + // Status bar +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + virtual wxStatusBar* OnCreateStatusBar(int number = 1, + long style = wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + wxWindowID id = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStatusLineNameStr); +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + + // called by wxWindow whenever it gets focus + void SetLastFocus(wxWindow *win) { m_winLastFocused = win; } + wxWindow *GetLastFocus() const { return m_winLastFocused; } + + void PositionBars(); + + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + virtual void PositionToolBar(); +#endif +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + virtual void PositionStatusBar(); +#endif + + // override base class virtuals + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + virtual void DetachMenuBar(); + virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar); +#endif + + // the last focused child: we restore focus to it on activation + wxWindow *m_winLastFocused; + + virtual bool MacIsChildOfClientArea( const wxWindow* child ) const ; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_FRAME_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/gauge.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/gauge.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e64fbb1c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/gauge.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/gauge.h +// Purpose: wxGauge class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gauge.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GAUGE_H_ +#define _WX_GAUGE_H_ + +#include "wx/control.h" + +// Group box +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGauge: public wxGaugeBase +{ + public: + inline wxGauge() { } + + inline wxGauge(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + int range, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + int range, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr); + + // set gauge range/value + virtual void SetRange(int range); + virtual void SetValue(int pos); + virtual int GetValue() const ; + + void Pulse(); + + protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGauge) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_GAUGE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/glcanvas.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/glcanvas.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..80973fea3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/glcanvas.h @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/glcanvas.h +// Purpose: wxGLCanvas, for using OpenGL with wxWidgets under Macintosh +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: glcanvas.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_ +#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_ + +#ifdef __WXOSX_IPHONE__ +#import +#import +#define wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION 1 +#else +#include +#endif + +#include "wx/vector.h" + +// low level calls + +WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXGLContext WXGLCreateContext( WXGLPixelFormat pixelFormat, WXGLContext shareContext ); +WXDLLIMPEXP_GL void WXGLDestroyContext( WXGLContext context ); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXGLContext WXGLGetCurrentContext(); +WXDLLIMPEXP_GL bool WXGLSetCurrentContext(WXGLContext context); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXGLPixelFormat WXGLChoosePixelFormat(const int *attribList); +WXDLLIMPEXP_GL void WXGLDestroyPixelFormat( WXGLPixelFormat pixelFormat ); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLContext : public wxGLContextBase +{ +public: + wxGLContext(wxGLCanvas *win, const wxGLContext *other = NULL); + virtual ~wxGLContext(); + + virtual bool SetCurrent(const wxGLCanvas& win) const; + + // Mac-specific + WXGLContext GetWXGLContext() const { return m_glContext; } + +private: + WXGLContext m_glContext; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGLContext); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvas : public wxGLCanvasBase +{ +public: + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette); + + virtual ~wxGLCanvas(); + + // implement wxGLCanvasBase methods + virtual bool SwapBuffers(); + + + // Mac-specific functions + // ---------------------- + + // return true if multisample extension is supported + static bool IsAGLMultiSampleAvailable(); + + // return the pixel format used by this window + WXGLPixelFormat GetWXGLPixelFormat() const { return m_glFormat; } + + // update the view port of the current context to match this window + void SetViewport(); + + + // deprecated methods + // ------------------ + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette) + ); + + wxDEPRECATED( + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + const wxGLContext *shared, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette) + ); + + wxDEPRECATED( + wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + const wxGLCanvas *shared, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName, + const int *attribList = NULL, + const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette) + ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + // implementation-only from now on + +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON + // Unlike some other platforms, this must get called if you override it, + // i.e. don't forget "event.Skip()" in your EVT_SIZE handler + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + + virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition(); + virtual void MacTopLevelWindowChangedPosition(); + virtual void MacVisibilityChanged(); + + void MacUpdateView(); + + GLint GetAglBufferName() const { return m_bufferName; } +#endif + +protected: + WXGLPixelFormat m_glFormat; + +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON + bool m_macCanvasIsShown, + m_needsUpdate; + WXGLContext m_dummyContext; + GLint m_bufferName; +#endif + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLCanvas) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/helpxxxx.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/helpxxxx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1995c7d5f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/helpxxxx.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/helpxxxx.h +// Purpose: Help system: native implementation for your system. Replace +// XXXX with suitable name. +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: helpxxxx.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HELPXXXX_H_ +#define _WX_HELPXXXX_H_ + +#include "wx/wx.h" + +#include "wx/helpbase.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxXXXXHelpController: public wxHelpControllerBase +{ + DECLARE_CLASS(wxXXXXHelpController) + + public: + wxXXXXHelpController(); + virtual ~wxXXXXHelpController(); + + // Must call this to set the filename and server name + virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file); + + // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize + virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = ""); + virtual bool DisplayContents(); + virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo); + virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo); + virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k, + wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL); + + virtual bool Quit(); + virtual void OnQuit(); + + inline wxString GetHelpFile() const { return m_helpFile; } + +protected: + wxString m_helpFile; +}; + +#endif + // _WX_HELPXXXX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/icon.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/icon.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9053ffd1b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/icon.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/icon.h +// Purpose: wxIcon class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: icon.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_ICON_H_ +#define _WX_ICON_H_ + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +// Icon +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIcon : public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + wxIcon(); + + wxIcon(const char* const* data); + wxIcon(const char bits[], int width , int height ); + wxIcon(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType flags = wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE, + int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1); + wxIcon(const wxIconLocation& loc) + { + LoadFile(loc.GetFileName(), wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON); + } + + wxIcon(WXHICON icon, const wxSize& size); + + virtual ~wxIcon(); + + bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType flags = wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE, + int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1); + + + // create from bitmap (which should have a mask unless it's monochrome): + // there shouldn't be any implicit bitmap -> icon conversion (i.e. no + // ctors, assignment operators...), but it's ok to have such function + void CopyFromBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp); + + int GetWidth() const; + int GetHeight() const; + int GetDepth() const; + void SetWidth(int w); + void SetHeight(int h); + void SetDepth(int d); + void SetOk(bool isOk); + + wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(GetWidth(), GetHeight()); } + + WXHICON GetHICON() const; + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon) + + bool LoadIconFromSystemResource(const wxString& resourceName, int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight); + bool LoadIconFromBundleResource(const wxString& resourceName, int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight); + bool LoadIconFromFile(const wxString& filename, int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight); + bool LoadIconAsBitmap(const wxString& filename, wxBitmapType flags = wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE, int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxICONResourceHandler: public wxBitmapHandler +{ +public: + wxICONResourceHandler() + { + SetName(wxT("ICON resource")); + SetExtension(wxEmptyString); + SetType(wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE); + } + + virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, + const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType flags, + int desiredWidth = -1, + int desiredHeight = -1); + + // unhide the base class virtual + virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, + const wxString& name, + wxBitmapType flags) + { return LoadFile(bitmap, name, flags, -1, -1); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICONResourceHandler) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_ICON_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/imaglist.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/imaglist.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0405f4cd43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/imaglist.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/imaglist.h +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling, Stefan Csomor +// Created: 01/02/97 +// Id: +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_IMAGLIST_H_ +#define _WX_IMAGLIST_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImageList: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxImageList() { m_width = m_height = 0; } + wxImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 ); + virtual ~wxImageList(); + bool Create( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 ); + bool Create(); + + virtual int GetImageCount() const; + virtual bool GetSize( int index, int &width, int &height ) const; + + int Add( const wxIcon& bitmap ); + int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); + int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask ); + int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour ); + wxBitmap GetBitmap(int index) const; + wxIcon GetIcon(int index) const; + bool Replace( int index, const wxIcon &bitmap ); + bool Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap ); + bool Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap, const wxBitmap &mask ); + bool Remove( int index ); + bool RemoveAll(); + + virtual bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y, + int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL, + bool solidBackground = false); + +private: + wxList m_images; + + int m_width; + int m_height; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageList) +}; + +#endif // _WX_IMAGLIST_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/iphone/chkconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/iphone/chkconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ccbe8206f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/iphone/chkconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/osx/iphone/chkconf.h + * Purpose: Compiler-specific configuration checking + * Author: Stefan Csomor + * Modified by: + * Created: 2008-07-30 + * RCS-ID: $Id: chkconf.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ + * Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_IPHONE_CHKCONF_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_IPHONE_CHKCONF_H_ + +/* + * text rendering system + */ + +/* we have different options and we turn on all that make sense + * under a certain platform + */ + +#define wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT 0 +#define wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT 0 +#define wxHAS_OPENGL_ES + +#define wxOSX_USE_QUICKTIME 0 +#define wxOSX_USE_AUDIOTOOLBOX 1 + +/* + * turning off capabilities that don't work under iphone yet + */ + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE +#undef wxUSE_MIMETYPE +#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MDI +#undef wxUSE_MDI +#define wxUSE_MDI 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE +#undef wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE +#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP +#undef wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP +#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TASKBARICON +#undef wxUSE_TASKBARICON +#define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS +#undef wxUSE_TOOLTIPS +#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL +#undef wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL +#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP +#undef wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP +#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TASKBARICON +#undef wxUSE_TASKBARICON +#define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 0 +#endif + +#define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 + +#if wxUSE_CARET +#undef wxUSE_CARET +#define wxUSE_CARET 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CHOICE +#undef wxUSE_CHOICE +#define wxUSE_CHOICE 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX +#undef wxUSE_COMBOBOX +#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 0 +#endif + +#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ +#undef wxUSE_SCROLLBAR +#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR 0 +#endif + +#undef wxUSE_STATUSBAR +#undef wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR +#undef wxUSE_ABOUTDLG +#undef wxUSE_STATLINE +#undef wxUSE_COLLPANE +#undef wxUSE_STATBMP +#undef wxUSE_STATBOX +#undef wxUSE_RADIOBTN +#undef wxUSE_RADIOBOX +#undef wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN + + +#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 0 +#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 0 +#define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 0 +#define wxUSE_STATLINE 0 +#define wxUSE_COLLPANE 0 +#define wxUSE_STATBMP 0 +#define wxUSE_STATBOX 0 +#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 0 +#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX 0 +#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN 0 + +#undef wxUSE_HTML + +#define wxUSE_HTML 0 + +#undef wxUSE_RICHTEXT +#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT 0 + +#undef wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL +#undef wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL +#undef wxUSE_COMBOCTRL +#undef wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX +#undef wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX +#undef wxUSE_BMPBUTTON +#undef wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX +#undef wxUSE_GRID +#undef wxUSE_LISTBOX +#undef wxUSE_LISTCTRL +#undef wxUSE_NOTEBOOK +#undef wxUSE_SPINBTN +#undef wxUSE_SPINCTRL +#undef wxUSE_TREECTRL +#undef wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL +#undef wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL +#undef wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX +#undef wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL +#undef wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL +#undef wxUSE_FILECTRL +#undef wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL +#undef wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL +#undef wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT +#undef wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL +#undef wxUSE_STC +#undef wxUSE_AUI +#undef wxUSE_BUSYINFO +#undef wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL + +#define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 0 +#define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 0 +#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 0 +#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 0 +#define wxUSE_GRID 0 +#define wxUSE_LISTBOX 0 +#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 0 +#define wxUSE_SPINBTN 0 +#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_TREECTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX 0 +#define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_FILECTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT 0 +#define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 0 +#define wxUSE_STC 0 +#define wxUSE_AUI 0 +#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO 0 +#define wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL 0 + +#undef wxUSE_LOGWINDOW +#undef wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG +#undef wxUSE_LISTBOOK +#undef wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK +#undef wxUSE_TREEBOOK +#undef wxUSE_TOOLBOOK +#undef wxUSE_CHOICEDLG +#undef wxUSE_HELP +#undef wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG +#undef wxUSE_FONTDLG +#undef wxUSE_FILEDLG +#undef wxUSE_CHOICEDLG +#undef wxUSE_NUMBERDLG +#undef wxUSE_TEXTDLG +#undef wxUSE_DIRDLG +#undef wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS +#undef wxUSE_WIZARDDLG +#undef wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE +#undef wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG +#undef wxUSE_TASKBARICON +#undef wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL + +#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 0 +#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 0 +#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 0 +#define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 0 +#define wxUSE_TREEBOOK 0 +#define wxUSE_TOOLBOOK 0 +#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 0 +#define wxUSE_HELP 0 +#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 0 +#define wxUSE_FONTDLG 0 +#define wxUSE_FILEDLG 0 +#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 0 +#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 0 +#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 0 +#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 0 +#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 0 +#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 0 +#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 0 +#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG 0 +#define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 0 +#define wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL 0 + +#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP +#undef wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP +#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE +#undef wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE +#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +#undef wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MENUS +#undef wxUSE_MENUS +#define wxUSE_MENUS 0 +#endif + +/* +#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN +#undef wxUSE_POPUPWIN +#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX +#undef wxUSE_COMBOBOX +#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 0 +#endif + + + +#if wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL +#undef wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL +#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL 0 +#endif + +*/ + +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD +#undef wxUSE_CLIPBOARD +#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD 0 +#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + +/* +#if wxUSE_GLCANVAS +#undef wxUSE_GLCANVAS +#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 0 +#endif // wxUSE_GLCANVAS +*/ + +#if wxUSE_COLOURDLG +#undef wxUSE_COLOURDLG +#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 0 +#endif // wxUSE_COLOURDLG + +// iphone has a toolbar that is a regular UIView + +#ifdef wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR +#if wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR +#undef wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR +#define wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR 0 +#endif +#else +#define wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_RIBBON +#undef wxUSE_RIBBON +#define wxUSE_RIBBON 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_INFOBAR +#undef wxUSE_INFOBAR +#define wxUSE_INFOBAR 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY +#undef wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY +#define wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE +#undef wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE +#define wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PROPGRID +#undef wxUSE_PROPGRID +#define wxUSE_PROPGRID 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_WEBKIT +#undef wxUSE_WEBKIT +#define wxUSE_WEBKIT 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ +#undef wxUSE_DATAOBJ +#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR +#undef wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR +#define wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG +#undef wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG +#define wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT +#undef wxUSE_RICHTEXT +#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT 0 +#endif + +#endif + /* _WX_OSX_IPHONE_CHKCONF_H_ */ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/iphone/private.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/iphone/private.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03ead77125 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/iphone/private.h @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/iphone/private.h +// Purpose: Private declarations: as this header is only included by +// wxWidgets itself, it may contain identifiers which don't start +// with "wx". +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: private.h 67233 2011-03-18 15:45:51Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_IPHONE_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_IPHONE_H_ + +#ifdef __OBJC__ + #import +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +OSStatus WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacDrawCGImage( + CGContextRef inContext, + const CGRect * inBounds, + CGImageRef inImage) ; + +WX_UIImage WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOSXGetUIImageFromCGImage( CGImageRef image ); +wxBitmap WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOSXCreateSystemBitmap(const wxString& id, const wxString &client, const wxSize& size); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWidgetIPhoneImpl : public wxWidgetImpl +{ +public : + wxWidgetIPhoneImpl( wxWindowMac* peer , WXWidget w, bool isRootControl = false, bool isUserPane = false ) ; + wxWidgetIPhoneImpl() ; + ~wxWidgetIPhoneImpl(); + + void Init(); + + virtual bool IsVisible() const ; + virtual void SetVisibility( bool visible ); + + virtual void Raise(); + + virtual void Lower(); + + virtual void ScrollRect( const wxRect *rect, int dx, int dy ); + + virtual WXWidget GetWXWidget() const { return m_osxView; } + + virtual void SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) ; + virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style) ; + + virtual void GetContentArea( int &left , int &top , int &width , int &height ) const; + virtual void Move(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual void GetPosition( int &x, int &y ) const; + virtual void GetSize( int &width, int &height ) const; + virtual void SetControlSize( wxWindowVariant variant ); + virtual float GetContentScaleFactor() const ; + + virtual void SetNeedsDisplay( const wxRect* where = NULL ); + virtual bool GetNeedsDisplay() const; + + virtual bool CanFocus() const; + // return true if successful + virtual bool SetFocus(); + virtual bool HasFocus() const; + + void RemoveFromParent(); + void Embed( wxWidgetImpl *parent ); + + void SetDefaultButton( bool isDefault ); + void PerformClick(); + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& title, wxFontEncoding encoding); + + void SetCursor( const wxCursor & cursor ); + void CaptureMouse(); + void ReleaseMouse(); + + wxInt32 GetValue() const; + void SetValue( wxInt32 v ); + + virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const; + virtual void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ); + virtual void SetBitmapPosition( wxDirection dir ); + + void SetupTabs( const wxNotebook ¬ebook ); + void GetBestRect( wxRect *r ) const; + bool IsEnabled() const; + void Enable( bool enable ); + bool ButtonClickDidStateChange() { return true ;} + void SetMinimum( wxInt32 v ); + void SetMaximum( wxInt32 v ); + wxInt32 GetMinimum() const; + wxInt32 GetMaximum() const; + void PulseGauge(); + void SetScrollThumb( wxInt32 value, wxInt32 thumbSize ); + + void SetFont( const wxFont & font , const wxColour& foreground , long windowStyle, bool ignoreBlack = true ); + + void InstallEventHandler( WXWidget control = NULL ); + + virtual void DoNotifyFocusEvent(bool receivedFocus, wxWidgetImpl* otherWindow); + + // thunk connected calls + + virtual void drawRect(CGRect* rect, WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual void touchEvent(WX_NSSet touches, WX_UIEvent event, WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual bool becomeFirstResponder(WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + virtual bool resignFirstResponder(WXWidget slf, void* _cmd); + + // action + + virtual void controlAction(void* sender, wxUint32 controlEvent, WX_UIEvent rawEvent); + virtual void controlTextDidChange(); +protected: + WXWidget m_osxView; + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWidgetIPhoneImpl) +}; + +class wxNonOwnedWindowIPhoneImpl : public wxNonOwnedWindowImpl +{ +public : + wxNonOwnedWindowIPhoneImpl( wxNonOwnedWindow* nonownedwnd) ; + wxNonOwnedWindowIPhoneImpl(); + + virtual ~wxNonOwnedWindowIPhoneImpl(); + + virtual void WillBeDestroyed() ; + void Create( wxWindow* parent, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + long style, long extraStyle, const wxString& name ) ; + void Create( wxWindow* parent, WXWindow nativeWindow ); + + WXWindow GetWXWindow() const; + void Raise(); + void Lower(); + bool Show(bool show); + bool ShowWithEffect(bool show, wxShowEffect effect, unsigned timeout); + + void Update(); + bool SetTransparent(wxByte alpha); + bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col ); + void SetExtraStyle( long exStyle ); + bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style); + bool CanSetTransparent(); + + void MoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + void GetPosition( int &x, int &y ) const; + void GetSize( int &width, int &height ) const; + + void GetContentArea( int &left , int &top , int &width , int &height ) const; + bool SetShape(const wxRegion& region); + + virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title, wxFontEncoding encoding ) ; + + virtual bool IsMaximized() const; + + virtual bool IsIconized() const; + + virtual void Iconize( bool iconize ); + + virtual void Maximize(bool maximize); + + virtual bool IsFullScreen() const; + + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style); + + virtual void RequestUserAttention(int flags); + + virtual void ScreenToWindow( int *x, int *y ); + + virtual void WindowToScreen( int *x, int *y ); + + // FIXME: Does iPhone have a concept of inactive windows? + virtual bool IsActive() { return true; } + + wxNonOwnedWindow* GetWXPeer() { return m_wxPeer; } + + virtual bool InitialShowEventSent() { return m_initialShowSent; } +protected : + WX_UIWindow m_macWindow; + void * m_macFullScreenData ; + bool m_initialShowSent; + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxNonOwnedWindowIPhoneImpl) +}; + +#ifdef __OBJC__ + + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE CGRect wxToNSRect( UIView* parent, const wxRect& r ); + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRect wxFromNSRect( UIView* parent, const CGRect& rect ); + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE CGPoint wxToNSPoint( UIView* parent, const wxPoint& p ); + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPoint wxFromNSPoint( UIView* parent, const CGPoint& p ); + + CGRect WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOSXGetFrameForControl( wxWindowMac* window , const wxPoint& pos , const wxSize &size , + bool adjustForOrigin = true ); + + @interface wxUIButton : UIButton + { + } + + @end + + @interface wxUIView : UIView + { + } + + @end // wxUIView + + + void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOSXIPhoneClassAddWXMethods(Class c); + +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#endif + // _WX_PRIVATE_IPHONE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/iphone/private/textimpl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/iphone/private/textimpl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..df1662ea02 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/iphone/private/textimpl.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/iphone/private/textimpl.h +// Purpose: textcontrol implementation classes that have to be exposed +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 03/02/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textimpl.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_COCOA_PRIVATE_TEXTIMPL_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_COCOA_PRIVATE_TEXTIMPL_H_ + +#include "wx/combobox.h" +#include "wx/osx/private.h" + +// implementation exposed, so that search control can pull it + +class wxUITextFieldControl : public wxWidgetIPhoneImpl, public wxTextWidgetImpl +{ +public : + wxUITextFieldControl( wxTextCtrl *wxPeer, UITextField* w ); + virtual ~wxUITextFieldControl(); + + virtual wxString GetStringValue() const ; + virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString &str) ; + virtual void Copy() ; + virtual void Cut() ; + virtual void Paste() ; + virtual bool CanPaste() const ; + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable) ; + virtual void GetSelection( long* from, long* to) const ; + virtual void SetSelection( long from , long to ); + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& str) ; + virtual bool HasOwnContextMenu() const { return true; } + + virtual wxSize GetBestSize() const; + + virtual bool SetHint(const wxString& hint); + + virtual void controlAction(WXWidget slf, void* _cmd, void *sender); +protected : + UITextField* m_textField; + NSObject* m_delegate; + long m_selStart; + long m_selEnd; +}; + +class wxUITextViewControl : public wxWidgetIPhoneImpl, public wxTextWidgetImpl +{ +public: + wxUITextViewControl( wxTextCtrl *wxPeer, UITextView* w ); + virtual ~wxUITextViewControl(); + + virtual wxString GetStringValue() const ; + virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString &str) ; + virtual void Copy() ; + virtual void Cut() ; + virtual void Paste() ; + virtual bool CanPaste() const ; + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable) ; + virtual void GetSelection( long* from, long* to) const ; + virtual void SetSelection( long from , long to ); + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& str) ; + virtual void SetFont( const wxFont & font , const wxColour& foreground , long windowStyle, bool ignoreBlack = true ); + + virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style); + virtual void SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style); + + virtual bool CanFocus() const; + + virtual bool HasOwnContextMenu() const { return true; } + + virtual void CheckSpelling(bool check); + virtual wxSize GetBestSize() const; + +protected: + NSObject* m_delegate; + UITextView* m_textView; +}; + +#if 0 +class wxNSComboBoxControl : public wxUITextFieldControl, public wxComboWidgetImpl +{ +public : + wxNSComboBoxControl( wxWindow *wxPeer, WXWidget w ); + virtual ~wxNSComboBoxControl(); + + virtual int GetSelectedItem() const; + virtual void SetSelectedItem(int item); + + virtual int GetNumberOfItems() const; + + virtual void InsertItem(int pos, const wxString& item); + virtual void RemoveItem(int pos); + + virtual void Clear(); + + virtual wxString GetStringAtIndex(int pos) const; + + virtual int FindString(const wxString& text) const; +private: + NSComboBox* m_comboBox; +}; +#endif + +#endif // _WX_OSX_COCOA_PRIVATE_TEXTIMPL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/joystick.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/joystick.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3608bc1cea --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/joystick.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/joystick.h +// Purpose: wxJoystick class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: joystick.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_JOYSTICK_H_ +#define _WX_JOYSTICK_H_ + +#include "wx/event.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxJoystick: public wxObject +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystick) + public: + /* + * Public interface + */ + + wxJoystick(int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1) { m_joystick = joystick; }; + + // Attributes + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + wxPoint GetPosition() const; + int GetPosition(unsigned axis) const; + bool GetButtonState(unsigned button) const; + int GetZPosition() const; + int GetButtonState() const; + int GetPOVPosition() const; + int GetPOVCTSPosition() const; + int GetRudderPosition() const; + int GetUPosition() const; + int GetVPosition() const; + int GetMovementThreshold() const; + void SetMovementThreshold(int threshold) ; + + // Capabilities + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + bool IsOk() const; // Checks that the joystick is functioning + static int GetNumberJoysticks() ; + int GetManufacturerId() const ; + int GetProductId() const ; + wxString GetProductName() const ; + int GetXMin() const; + int GetYMin() const; + int GetZMin() const; + int GetXMax() const; + int GetYMax() const; + int GetZMax() const; + int GetNumberButtons() const; + int GetNumberAxes() const; + int GetMaxButtons() const; + int GetMaxAxes() const; + int GetPollingMin() const; + int GetPollingMax() const; + int GetRudderMin() const; + int GetRudderMax() const; + int GetUMin() const; + int GetUMax() const; + int GetVMin() const; + int GetVMax() const; + + bool HasRudder() const; + bool HasZ() const; + bool HasU() const; + bool HasV() const; + bool HasPOV() const; + bool HasPOV4Dir() const; + bool HasPOVCTS() const; + + // Operations + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // pollingFreq = 0 means that movement events are sent when above the threshold. + // If pollingFreq > 0, events are received every this many milliseconds. + bool SetCapture(wxWindow* win, int pollingFreq = 0); + bool ReleaseCapture(); + +protected: + int m_joystick; +}; + +#endif + // _WX_JOYSTICK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/listbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/listbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..700ca7b815 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/listbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/listbox.h +// Purpose: wxListBox class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: listbox.h 65940 2010-10-28 10:27:32Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LISTBOX_H_ +#define _WX_LISTBOX_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// simple types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +// forward decl for GetSelections() +class wxArrayInt; + +// forward decl for wxListWidgetImpl implementation type. +class wxListWidgetImpl; + +// List box item + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( char* , wxListDataArray ); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// List box control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListWidgetColumn; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListWidgetCellValue; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListBox : public wxListBoxBase +{ +public: + // ctors and such + wxListBox(); + + wxListBox( + wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + wxListBox( + wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create( + wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, + const wxString choices[] = NULL, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + + bool Create( + wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr); + + virtual ~wxListBox(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBack = true, const wxRect *rect = NULL); + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s); + virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const; + + // data callbacks + virtual void GetValueCallback( unsigned int n, wxListWidgetColumn* col , wxListWidgetCellValue& value ); + virtual void SetValueCallback( unsigned int n, wxListWidgetColumn* col , wxListWidgetCellValue& value ); + + virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const; + virtual int GetSelection() const; + virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const; + + virtual void EnsureVisible(int n); + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + // wxCheckListBox support + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + wxListWidgetImpl* GetListPeer() const; + + bool MacGetBlockEvents() const { return m_blockEvents; } + + virtual void HandleLineEvent( unsigned int n, bool doubleClick ); +protected: + // callback for derived classes which may have to insert additional data + // at a certain line - which cannot be predetermined for sorted list data + virtual void OnItemInserted(unsigned int pos); + + virtual void DoClear(); + virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n); + + // from wxItemContainer + virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type); + + virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData); + virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const; + + // from wxListBoxBase + virtual void DoSetSelection(int n, bool select); + virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n); + virtual int DoListHitTest(const wxPoint& point) const; + + // free memory (common part of Clear() and dtor) + // prevent collision with some BSD definitions of macro Free() + void FreeData(); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + bool m_blockEvents; + + wxListWidgetColumn* m_textColumn; + + // data storage (copied from univ) + + // the array containing all items (it is sorted if the listbox has + // wxLB_SORT style) + union + { + wxArrayString *unsorted; + wxSortedArrayString *sorted; + } m_strings; + + // and this one the client data (either void or wxClientData) + wxArrayPtrVoid m_itemsClientData; + +private: +#ifdef __WXOSX_CARBON__ + // It needs to call our CalcAndSendEvent(). + friend class wxMacDataBrowserListControl; +#endif // Carbon + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBox) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_LISTBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/listctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/listctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b55e8ff6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/listctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,426 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/listctrl.h +// Purpose: wxListCtrl class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: listctrl.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_LISTCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_LISTCTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/generic/listctrl.h" + +#define wxMAC_ALWAYS_USE_GENERIC_LISTCTRL wxT("mac.listctrl.always_use_generic") + +class wxMacDataBrowserListCtrlControl; +class wxListCtrlTextCtrlWrapper; +class wxListCtrlRenameTimer; + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxListItem, wxColumnList); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListCtrl: public wxControl +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrl) + public: + /* + * Public interface + */ + + wxListCtrl() { Init(); } + + wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLC_ICON, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListCtrlNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual ~wxListCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLC_ICON, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxListCtrlNameStr); + + // Attributes + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // Gets information about this column + bool GetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) const; + + // Sets information about this column + // TODO: NOT const to be compatible with wxGenericListCtrl API + bool SetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) ; + + // Gets the column width + int GetColumnWidth(int col) const; + + // Sets the column width + bool SetColumnWidth(int col, int width) ; + + // Gets the number of items that can fit vertically in the + // visible area of the list control (list or report view) + // or the total number of items in the list control (icon + // or small icon view) + int GetCountPerPage() const; + + // Gets the edit control for editing labels. + wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const; + + // Gets information about the item + bool GetItem(wxListItem& info) const ; + + // Sets information about the item + bool SetItem(wxListItem& info) ; + + // Sets a string field at a particular column + long SetItem(long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId = -1); + + // Gets the item state + int GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const ; + + // Sets the item state + bool SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask) ; + + void AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which); + + // Sets the item image + bool SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage = -1) ; + bool SetItemColumnImage(long item, long column, int image); + + // Gets the item text + wxString GetItemText(long item, int col = 0) const ; + + // Sets the item text + void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str) ; + + void SetItemTextColour(long item, const wxColour& colour) ; + wxColour GetItemTextColour(long item) const; + + void SetItemBackgroundColour(long item, const wxColour& colour) ; + wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour(long item) const; + + void SetItemFont( long item, const wxFont &f); + wxFont GetItemFont( long item ) const; + + // Gets the item data + long GetItemData(long item) const ; + + // Sets the item data + bool SetItemPtrData(long item, wxUIntPtr data); + bool SetItemData(long item, long data) { return SetItemPtrData(item, data); } + + // Gets the item rectangle + bool GetItemRect(long item, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS) const ; + + // Gets the item rectangle of a subitem + bool GetSubItemRect( long item, long subItem, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS ) const; + + // Gets the item position + bool GetItemPosition(long item, wxPoint& pos) const ; + + // Sets the item position + bool SetItemPosition(long item, const wxPoint& pos) ; + + // Gets the number of items in the list control + int GetItemCount() const; + + // Gets the number of columns in the list control + int GetColumnCount() const; + + void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = false ); + wxSize GetItemSpacing() const; + + // Gets the number of selected items in the list control + int GetSelectedItemCount() const; + + wxRect GetViewRect() const; + + // Gets the text colour of the listview + wxColour GetTextColour() const; + + // Sets the text colour of the listview + void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col); + + // Gets the index of the topmost visible item when in + // list or report view + long GetTopItem() const ; + + // are we in report mode? + bool InReportView() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_REPORT); } + + bool IsVirtual() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_VIRTUAL); } + + // Add or remove a single window style + void SetSingleStyle(long style, bool add = true) ; + + // Set the whole window style + void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style) ; + + // Searches for an item, starting from 'item'. + // item can be -1 to find the first item that matches the + // specified flags. + // Returns the item or -1 if unsuccessful. + long GetNextItem(long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE) const ; + + // Implementation: converts wxWidgets style to MSW style. + // Can be a single style flag or a bit list. + // oldStyle is 'normalised' so that it doesn't contain + // conflicting styles. + long ConvertToMSWStyle(long& oldStyle, long style) const; + + // Gets one of the three image lists + wxImageList *GetImageList(int which) const ; + + // Sets the image list + // N.B. There's a quirk in the Win95 list view implementation. + // If in wxLC_LIST mode, it'll *still* display images by the labels if + // there's a small-icon image list set for the control - even though you + // haven't specified wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE when inserting. + // So you have to set a NULL small-icon image list to be sure that + // the wxLC_LIST mode works without icons. Of course, you may want icons... + void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which) ; + + // Operations + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // Arranges the items + bool Arrange(int flag = wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT); + + // Deletes an item + bool DeleteItem(long item); + + // Deletes all items + bool DeleteAllItems() ; + + // Deletes a column + bool DeleteColumn(int col); + + // Deletes all columns + bool DeleteAllColumns(); + + // Clears items, and columns if there are any. + void ClearAll(); + + // Edit the label + wxTextCtrl* EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass = wxCLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)); + + // End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit + bool EndEditLabel(bool cancel); + + // Ensures this item is visible + bool EnsureVisible(long item) ; + + // Find an item whose label matches this string, starting from the item after 'start' + // or the beginning if 'start' is -1. + long FindItem(long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = false); + + // Find an item whose data matches this data, starting from the item after 'start' + // or the beginning if 'start' is -1. + long FindItem(long start, long data); + + // Find an item nearest this position in the specified direction, starting from + // the item after 'start' or the beginning if 'start' is -1. + long FindItem(long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction); + + // Determines which item (if any) is at the specified point, + // giving details in 'flags' (see wxLIST_HITTEST_... flags above) + // Request the subitem number as well at the given coordinate. + long HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags, long* ptrSubItem = NULL) const; + + // Inserts an item, returning the index of the new item if successful, + // -1 otherwise. + // TOD: Should also have some further convenience functions + // which don't require setting a wxListItem object + long InsertItem(wxListItem& info); + + // Insert a string item + long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label); + + // Insert an image item + long InsertItem(long index, int imageIndex); + + // Insert an image/string item + long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label, int imageIndex); + + // For list view mode (only), inserts a column. + long InsertColumn(long col, wxListItem& info); + + long InsertColumn(long col, const wxString& heading, int format = wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, + int width = -1); + + // Scrolls the list control. If in icon, small icon or report view mode, + // x specifies the number of pixels to scroll. If in list view mode, x + // specifies the number of columns to scroll. + // If in icon, small icon or list view mode, y specifies the number of pixels + // to scroll. If in report view mode, y specifies the number of lines to scroll. + bool ScrollList(int dx, int dy); + + // Sort items. + + // fn is a function which takes 3 long arguments: item1, item2, data. + // item1 is the long data associated with a first item (NOT the index). + // item2 is the long data associated with a second item (NOT the index). + // data is the same value as passed to SortItems. + // The return value is a negative number if the first item should precede the second + // item, a positive number of the second item should precede the first, + // or zero if the two items are equivalent. + + // data is arbitrary data to be passed to the sort function. + bool SortItems(wxListCtrlCompare fn, wxIntPtr data); + + wxMacDataBrowserListCtrlControl* GetListPeer() const; + + // these functions are only used for virtual list view controls, i.e. the + // ones with wxLC_VIRTUAL style + + void SetItemCount(long count); + void RefreshItem(long item); + void RefreshItems(long itemFrom, long itemTo); + + // return the text for the given column of the given item + virtual wxString OnGetItemText(long item, long column) const; + + // return the icon for the given item. In report view, OnGetItemImage will + // only be called for the first column. See OnGetItemColumnImage for + // details. + virtual int OnGetItemImage(long item) const; + + // return the icon for the given item and column. + virtual int OnGetItemColumnImage(long item, long column) const; + + // return the attribute for the item (may return NULL if none) + virtual wxListItemAttr *OnGetItemAttr(long item) const; + +/* Why should we need this function? Leave for now. + * We might need it because item data may have changed, + * but the display needs refreshing (in string callback mode) + // Updates an item. If the list control has the wxLI_AUTO_ARRANGE style, + // the items will be rearranged. + bool Update(long item); +*/ + + void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); }; + + wxListCtrlCompare GetCompareFunc() { return m_compareFunc; }; + wxIntPtr GetCompareFuncData() { return m_compareFuncData; }; + + + // public overrides needed for pimpl approach + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font); + virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour); + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour); + virtual wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const; + + virtual void Freeze (); + virtual void Thaw (); + virtual void Update (); + + // functions for editing/timer + void OnRenameTimer(); + bool OnRenameAccept(long itemEdit, const wxString& value); + void OnRenameCancelled(long itemEdit); + + void ChangeCurrent(long current); + void ResetCurrent() { ChangeCurrent((long)-1); } + bool HasCurrent() const { return m_current != (long)-1; } + + void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnDblClick(wxMouseEvent& event); + + void FinishEditing(wxTextCtrl *text) + { + delete text; + m_textctrlWrapper = NULL; + SetFocus(); + } + + virtual int GetScrollPos(int orient) const; + + void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnMiddleDown(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); + virtual void SetFocus(); + void FireMouseEvent(wxEventType eventType, wxPoint position); + + virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget ); + virtual wxDropTarget* GetDropTarget() const; + + // with CG, we need to get the context from an kEventControlDraw event + // unfortunately, the DataBrowser callbacks don't provide the context + // and we need it, so we need to set/remove it before and after draw + // events so we can access it in the callbacks. + void MacSetDrawingContext(void* context) { m_cgContext = context; } + void* MacGetDrawingContext() { return m_cgContext; } + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + +protected: + + // protected overrides needed for pimpl approach + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + long m_current; + wxListCtrlTextCtrlWrapper *m_textctrlWrapper; + wxListCtrlRenameTimer *m_renameTimer; + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + wxGenericListCtrl* m_genericImpl; // allow use of the generic impl. + wxMacDataBrowserListCtrlControl* m_dbImpl; + void* m_macListCtrlEventHandler; + void* m_cgContext; + wxListCtrlCompare m_compareFunc; + wxIntPtr m_compareFuncData; + + wxTextCtrl* m_textCtrl; // The control used for editing a label + wxImageList * m_imageListNormal; // The image list for normal icons + wxImageList * m_imageListSmall; // The image list for small icons + wxImageList * m_imageListState; // The image list state icons (not implemented yet) + + wxColumnList m_colsInfo; // for storing info about each column + wxColour m_textColor; + wxColour m_bgColor; + + // keep track of whether or not we should delete the image list ourselves. + bool m_ownsImageListNormal, + m_ownsImageListSmall, + m_ownsImageListState; + + long m_baseStyle; // Basic Windows style flags, for recreation purposes + int m_colCount; // Windows doesn't have GetColumnCount so must + // keep track of inserted/deleted columns + + int m_count; // for virtual lists, store item count + +private: + int CalcColumnAutoWidth(int col) const; + +}; + +#endif + // _WX_LISTCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/mdi.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/mdi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..91d7b444a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/mdi.h @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/mdi.h +// Purpose: MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes. +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: 2008-10-31 Vadim Zeitlin: derive from the base classes +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mdi.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_CARBON_MDI_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_CARBON_MDI_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIParentFrame : public wxMDIParentFrameBase +{ +public: + wxMDIParentFrame() { Init(); } + wxMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + virtual ~wxMDIParentFrame(); + + // implement/override base class [pure] virtuals + // --------------------------------------------- + + static bool IsTDI() { return false; } + + virtual void AddChild(wxWindowBase *child); + virtual void RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child); + + virtual void ActivateNext() { /* TODO */ } + virtual void ActivatePrevious() { /* TODO */ } + + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + + + // Mac-specific implementation from now on + // --------------------------------------- + + // Mac OS activate event + virtual void MacActivate(long timestamp, bool activating); + + // wxWidgets activate event + void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); + void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); + + void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar); + + // Get rect to be used to center top-level children + virtual void GetRectForTopLevelChildren(int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // returns true if this frame has some contents and so should be visible, + // false if it's used solely as container for its children + bool ShouldBeVisible() const; + + + wxMenu *m_windowMenu; + + // true if MDI Frame is intercepting commands, not child + bool m_parentFrameActive; + + // true if the frame should be shown but is not because it is empty and + // useless otherwise than a container for its children + bool m_shouldBeShown; + +private: + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIChildFrame; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIChildFrame : public wxMDIChildFrameBase +{ +public: + wxMDIChildFrame() { Init(); } + wxMDIChildFrame(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init() ; + Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + virtual ~wxMDIChildFrame(); + + // un-override the base class override + virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; } + + // implement MDI operations + virtual void Activate(); + + + // Mac OS activate event + virtual void MacActivate(long timestamp, bool activating); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIChildFrame) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIClientWindow : public wxMDIClientWindowBase +{ +public: + wxMDIClientWindow() { } + virtual ~wxMDIClientWindow(); + + virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, + long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL); + +protected: + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIClientWindow) +}; + +#endif // _WX_OSX_CARBON_MDI_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/menu.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/menu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa62ad500a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/menu.h @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/menu.h +// Purpose: wxMenu, wxMenuBar classes +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: menu.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MENU_H_ +#define _WX_MENU_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame; + +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Menu +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuImpl ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenu : public wxMenuBase +{ +public: + // ctors & dtor + wxMenu(const wxString& title, long style = 0) + : wxMenuBase(title, style) { Init(); } + + wxMenu(long style = 0) : wxMenuBase(style) { Init(); } + + virtual ~wxMenu(); + + virtual void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar) ; + + virtual void Break(); + + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title); + + bool ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // get the menu handle + WXHMENU GetHMenu() const ; + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + bool HandleCommandUpdateStatus( wxMenuItem* menuItem, wxWindow* senderWindow = NULL); + bool HandleCommandProcess( wxMenuItem* menuItem, wxWindow* senderWindow = NULL); + void HandleMenuItemHighlighted( wxMenuItem* menuItem ); + void HandleMenuOpened(); + void HandleMenuClosed(); + + wxMenuImpl* GetPeer() { return m_peer; } + + // make sure we can veto + void SetAllowRearrange( bool allow ); + bool AllowRearrange() const { return m_allowRearrange; } + + // if a menu is used purely for internal implementation reasons (eg wxChoice) + // we don't want native menu events being triggered + void SetNoEventsMode( bool noEvents ); + bool GetNoEventsMode() const { return m_noEventsMode; } +protected: + // hide special menu items like exit, preferences etc + // that are expected in the app menu + void DoRearrange() ; + + bool DoHandleMenuEvent( wxEvent& evt ); + virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item); + virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item); + virtual wxMenuItem* DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item); + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // common part of Append/Insert (behaves as Append is pos == (size_t)-1) + bool DoInsertOrAppend(wxMenuItem *item, size_t pos = (size_t)-1); + + // terminate the current radio group, if any + void EndRadioGroup(); + + // if TRUE, insert a breal before appending the next item + bool m_doBreak; + + // in this menu rearranging of menu items (esp hiding) is allowed + bool m_allowRearrange; + + // don't trigger native events + bool m_noEventsMode; + + // the position of the first item in the current radio group or -1 + int m_startRadioGroup; + + wxMenuImpl* m_peer; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenu) +}; + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + +// the iphone only has popup-menus + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Menu Bar (a la Windows) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuBar : public wxMenuBarBase +{ +public: + // ctors & dtor + // default constructor + wxMenuBar(); + // unused under MSW + wxMenuBar(long style); + // menubar takes ownership of the menus arrays but copies the titles + wxMenuBar(size_t n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[], long style = 0); + virtual ~wxMenuBar(); + + // menubar construction + virtual bool Append( wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title ); + virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title); + virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title); + virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos); + + virtual void EnableTop( size_t pos, bool flag ); + virtual void SetMenuLabel( size_t pos, const wxString& label ); + virtual wxString GetMenuLabel( size_t pos ) const; + virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true ); + // for virtual function hiding + virtual void Enable( int itemid, bool enable ) + { + wxMenuBarBase::Enable( itemid, enable ); + } + + // implementation from now on + void Detach(); + + // returns TRUE if we're attached to a frame + bool IsAttached() const { return m_menuBarFrame != NULL; } + // get the frame we live in + wxFrame *GetFrame() const { return m_menuBarFrame; } + // attach to a frame + void Attach(wxFrame *frame); + + // if the menubar is modified, the display is not updated automatically, + // call this function to update it (m_menuBarFrame should be !NULL) + void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = true, const wxRect *rect = NULL); + + static void SetAutoWindowMenu( bool enable ) { s_macAutoWindowMenu = enable ; } + static bool GetAutoWindowMenu() { return s_macAutoWindowMenu ; } + + void MacInstallMenuBar() ; + static wxMenuBar* MacGetInstalledMenuBar() { return s_macInstalledMenuBar ; } + static void MacSetCommonMenuBar(wxMenuBar* menubar) { s_macCommonMenuBar=menubar; } + static wxMenuBar* MacGetCommonMenuBar() { return s_macCommonMenuBar; } + + + static WXHMENU MacGetWindowMenuHMenu() { return s_macWindowMenuHandle ; } +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + static bool s_macAutoWindowMenu ; + static WXHMENU s_macWindowMenuHandle ; + +private: + static wxMenuBar* s_macInstalledMenuBar ; + static wxMenuBar* s_macCommonMenuBar ; + + wxMenu* m_rootMenu; + wxMenu* m_appleMenu; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBar) +}; + +#endif + +#endif // _WX_MENU_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/menuitem.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/menuitem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a72f1831ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/menuitem.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/menuitem.h +// Purpose: wxMenuItem class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 11.11.97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: menuitem.h 66904 2011-02-16 16:37:24Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _MENUITEM_H +#define _MENUITEM_H + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenuItem: an item in the menu, optionally implements owner-drawn behaviour +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItemImpl ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuItem: public wxMenuItemBase +{ +public: + // ctor & dtor + wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu = NULL, + int id = wxID_SEPARATOR, + const wxString& name = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& help = wxEmptyString, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL, + wxMenu *subMenu = NULL); + virtual ~wxMenuItem(); + + // override base class virtuals + virtual void SetItemLabel(const wxString& strName); + + virtual void Enable(bool bDoEnable = true); + virtual void Check(bool bDoCheck = true); + + virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) ; + virtual const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } + + // update the os specific representation + void UpdateItemBitmap() ; + void UpdateItemText() ; + void UpdateItemStatus() ; + + // mark item as belonging to the given radio group + void SetAsRadioGroupStart(); + void SetRadioGroupStart(int start); + void SetRadioGroupEnd(int end); + + wxMenuItemImpl* GetPeer() { return m_peer; } +private: + void UncheckRadio() ; + + // the positions of the first and last items of the radio group this item + // belongs to or -1: start is the radio group start and is valid for all + // but first radio group items (m_isRadioGroupStart == FALSE), end is valid + // only for the first one + union + { + int start; + int end; + } m_radioGroup; + + // does this item start a radio group? + bool m_isRadioGroupStart; + + wxBitmap m_bitmap; // Bitmap for menuitem, if any + + wxMenuItemImpl* m_peer; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuItem) +}; + +#endif //_MENUITEM_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/metafile.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/metafile.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..646f60462f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/metafile.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/metafile.h +// Purpose: wxMetaFile, wxMetaFileDC classes. +// This probably should be restricted to Windows platforms, +// but if there is an equivalent on your platform, great. +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: metafile.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +#ifndef _WX_METAFIILE_H_ +#define _WX_METAFIILE_H_ + +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" + +#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ +#include "wx/dataobj.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/osx/dcclient.h" + +/* + * Metafile and metafile device context classes + * + */ + +#define wxMetaFile wxMetafile +#define wxMetaFileDC wxMetafileDC + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMetafile; +class wxMetafileRefData ; + +#define M_METAFILEDATA ((wxMetafileRefData *)m_refData) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMetafile : public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + wxMetafile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString); + virtual ~wxMetafile(void); + + // After this is called, the metafile cannot be used for anything + // since it is now owned by the clipboard. + virtual bool SetClipboard(int width = 0, int height = 0); + + virtual bool Play(wxDC *dc); + + wxSize GetSize() const; + int GetWidth() const { return GetSize().x; } + int GetHeight() const { return GetSize().y; } + + // Implementation + WXHMETAFILE GetHMETAFILE() const ; + void SetHMETAFILE(WXHMETAFILE mf) ; +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON && !defined( __LP64__ ) + // Since the native metafile format is PDF for Quartz + // we need a call that allows setting PICT content for + // backwards compatibility + void SetPICT(void* pictHandle) ; +#endif + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetafile) +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMetafileDCImpl: public wxGCDCImpl +{ +public: + wxMetafileDCImpl( wxDC *owner, + const wxString& filename, + int width, int height, + const wxString& description ); + + virtual ~wxMetafileDCImpl(); + + // Should be called at end of drawing + virtual wxMetafile *Close(); + + // Implementation + wxMetafile *GetMetaFile(void) const { return m_metaFile; } + void SetMetaFile(wxMetafile *mf) { m_metaFile = mf; } + +protected: + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + + wxMetafile* m_metaFile; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxMetafileDCImpl) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMetafileDCImpl); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMetafileDC: public wxDC +{ + public: + // the ctor parameters specify the filename (empty for memory metafiles), + // the metafile picture size and the optional description/comment + wxMetafileDC( const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString, + int width = 0, int height = 0, + const wxString& description = wxEmptyString ) : + wxDC( new wxMetafileDCImpl( this, filename, width, height, description) ) + { } + + wxMetafile *GetMetafile() const + { return ((wxMetafileDCImpl*)m_pimpl)->GetMetaFile(); } + + wxMetafile *Close() + { return ((wxMetafileDCImpl*)m_pimpl)->Close(); } + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxMetafileDC) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMetafileDC); +}; + + +/* + * Pass filename of existing non-placeable metafile, and bounding box. + * Adds a placeable metafile header, sets the mapping mode to anisotropic, + * and sets the window origin and extent to mimic the wxMM_TEXT mapping mode. + * + */ + +// No origin or extent +#define wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable wxMakeMetafilePlaceable +bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMakeMetafilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, float scale = 1.0); + +// Optional origin and extent +bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, float scale = 1.0, bool useOriginAndExtent = true); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMetafileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for metafile data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMetafileDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple +{ +public: + // ctors + wxMetafileDataObject() + : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE) { }; + wxMetafileDataObject(const wxMetafile& metafile) + : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE), m_metafile(metafile) { } + + // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on + // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used + virtual void SetMetafile(const wxMetafile& metafile) + { m_metafile = metafile; } + virtual wxMetafile GetMetafile() const + { return m_metafile; } + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; + virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const; + virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); + + virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const + { return GetDataSize(); } + virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), + void *buf) const + { return GetDataHere(buf); } + virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format), + size_t len, const void *buf) + { return SetData(len, buf); } +protected: + wxMetafile m_metafile; +}; +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_METAFIILE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/mimetype.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/mimetype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e6e6eb0c81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/mimetype.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +#include "wx/osx/core/mimetype.h" diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/minifram.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/minifram.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8b7b67e3de --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/minifram.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/minifram.h +// Purpose: wxMiniFrame class. A small frame for e.g. floating toolbars. +// If there is no equivalent on your platform, just make it a +// normal frame. +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: minifram.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MINIFRAM_H_ +#define _WX_MINIFRAM_H_ + +#include "wx/frame.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMiniFrame: public wxFrame { + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMiniFrame) + +public: + inline wxMiniFrame() {} + inline wxMiniFrame(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxCAPTION | wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxTINY_CAPTION, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + // Use wxFrame constructor in absence of more specific code. + Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style | wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW | wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT , name); + } + + virtual ~wxMiniFrame() {} +protected: +}; + +#endif + // _WX_MINIFRAM_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/msgdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/msgdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..00b096e920 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/msgdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/msgdlg.h +// Purpose: wxMessageDialog class. Use generic version if no +// platform-specific implementation. +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: msgdlg.h 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_ +#define _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMessageDialog : public wxMessageDialogBase +{ +public: + wxMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr, + long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition); + + virtual int ShowModal(); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual void ShowWindowModal(); + virtual void ModalFinishedCallback(void* panel, int resultCode); +#endif + +protected: + // not supported for message dialog + virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {} + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + void* ConstructNSAlert(); +#endif + + int m_buttonId[3]; + int m_buttonCount; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMessageDialog) +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/nonownedwnd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/nonownedwnd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8c674bfce2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/nonownedwnd.h @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/nonownedwnd.h +// Purpose: declares wxNonOwnedWindow class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 2008-03-24 +// RCS-ID: $Id: nonownedwnd.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_NONOWNEDWND_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_NONOWNEDWND_H_ + +#include "wx/window.h" + +#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS + #define wxMAC_WINDOW_PLAIN_TRANSITION wxT("mac.window-plain-transition") +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNonOwnedWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This class represents "non-owned" window. A window is owned by another +// window if it has a parent and is positioned within the parent. For example, +// wxFrame is non-owned, because even though it can have a parent, it's +// location is independent of it. This class is for internal use only, it's +// the base class for wxTopLevelWindow and wxPopupWindow. + +class wxNonOwnedWindowImpl; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNonOwnedWindow : public wxWindow +{ +public: + // constructors and such + wxNonOwnedWindow() { Init(); } + + wxNonOwnedWindow(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, WXWindow nativeWindow); + + virtual ~wxNonOwnedWindow(); + + virtual void SubclassWin(WXWindow nativeWindow); + virtual void UnsubclassWin(); + + virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const; + + // implement base class pure virtuals + + virtual bool SetTransparent(wxByte alpha); + virtual bool CanSetTransparent(); + + virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style); + + virtual void Update(); + + WXWindow GetWXWindow() const ; + static wxNonOwnedWindow* GetFromWXWindow( WXWindow win ); + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + virtual bool DoSetShape(const wxRegion& region); + const wxRegion& GetShape() const { return m_shape; } + + // activation hooks only necessary for MDI Implementation + static void MacDelayedDeactivation(long timestamp); + virtual void MacActivate( long timestamp , bool inIsActivating ) ; + + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags); + + virtual void Raise(); + virtual void Lower(); + virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); + + virtual void SetExtraStyle(long exStyle) ; + + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour ); + + wxNonOwnedWindowImpl* GetNonOwnedPeer() const { return m_nowpeer; } + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_IPHONE + // override the base class method to return an NSWindow instead of NSView + virtual void *OSXGetViewOrWindow() const { return GetWXWindow(); } +#endif // Cocoa + + // osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports + + virtual void HandleActivated( double timestampsec, bool didActivate ); + virtual void HandleResized( double timestampsec ); + virtual void HandleMoved( double timestampsec ); + virtual void HandleResizing( double timestampsec, wxRect* rect ); + + virtual bool Destroy(); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const; + virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const; + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const; + + virtual bool OSXShowWithEffect(bool show, + wxShowEffect effect, + unsigned timeout); + + virtual void WillBeDestroyed(); + + wxNonOwnedWindowImpl* m_nowpeer ; + +// wxWindowMac* m_macFocus ; + + static wxNonOwnedWindow *s_macDeactivateWindow; + +private : + wxRegion m_shape; +}; + +// list of all frames and modeless dialogs +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxWindowList) wxModelessWindows; + + +#endif // _WX_MAC_NONOWNEDWND_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/notebook.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/notebook.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8dd48fd9ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/notebook.h @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/notebook.h +// Purpose: MSW/GTK compatible notebook (a.k.a. property sheet) +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// RCS-ID: $Id: notebook.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_ +#define _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#include "wx/event.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// fwd declarations +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotebook +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotebook : public wxNotebookBase +{ +public: + // ctors + // ----- + // default for dynamic class + wxNotebook() { } + // the same arguments as for wxControl (@@@ any special styles?) + wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr) + { Create( parent, id, pos, size, style, name ); } + // Create() function + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr); + // dtor + virtual ~wxNotebook(); + + // accessors + // --------- + // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously + // selected one (or wxNOT_FOUND on error) + // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events + int SetSelection(size_t nPage) { return DoSetSelection(nPage, SetSelection_SendEvent); } + + // changes selected page without sending events + int ChangeSelection(size_t nPage) { return DoSetSelection(nPage); } + + // set/get the title of a page + bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText); + wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const; + + // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list + int GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const; + bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage); + + // control the appearance of the notebook pages + // set the size (the same for all pages) + virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size); + // set the padding between tabs (in pixels) + virtual void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding); + // sets the size of the tabs (assumes all tabs are the same size) + virtual void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz); + + // hit test + virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const; + + // calculate size for wxNotebookSizer + wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const; + wxRect GetPageRect() const ; + + // operations + // ---------- + // remove all pages + bool DeleteAllPages(); + // the same as AddPage(), but adds it at the specified position + bool InsertPage(size_t nPage, + wxNotebookPage *pPage, + const wxString& strText, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = -1); + + // callbacks + // --------- + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + void OnSelChange(wxBookCtrlEvent& event); + void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); + + // implementation + // -------------- + +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = true); + virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase); + +#endif + + // base class virtuals + // ------------------- + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + // osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports + + virtual bool OSXHandleClicked( double timestampsec ); + +protected: + virtual wxNotebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t page) ; + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // helper functions + void ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel); // change pages + void MacSetupTabs(); + + int DoSetSelection(size_t nPage, int flags = 0); + + // the icon indices + wxArrayInt m_images; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebook) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + + +#endif // _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/palette.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/palette.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f10196a17 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/palette.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/palette.h +// Purpose: wxPalette class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: palette.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PALETTE_H_ +#define _WX_PALETTE_H_ + +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" + +#define M_PALETTEDATA ((wxPaletteRefData *)m_refData) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPalette : public wxPaletteBase +{ +public: + wxPalette(); + + wxPalette(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue); + virtual ~wxPalette(); + bool Create(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue); + + int GetPixel(unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue) const; + bool GetRGB(int pixel, unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue) const; + + virtual int GetColoursCount() const; + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette) +}; + +#endif // _WX_PALETTE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pen.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf8091f5f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pen.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/pen.h +// Purpose: wxPen class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: pen.h 58739 2009-02-07 23:23:18Z KO $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PEN_H_ +#define _WX_PEN_H_ + +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" +#include "wx/colour.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +// Pen +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPen : public wxPenBase +{ +public: + wxPen(); + wxPen(const wxColour& col, int width = 1, wxPenStyle style = wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( wxPen(const wxColour& col, int width, int style) ); +#endif + + wxPen(const wxBitmap& stipple, int width); + virtual ~wxPen(); + + bool operator==(const wxPen& pen) const; + bool operator!=(const wxPen& pen) const { return !(*this == pen); } + + // Override in order to recreate the pen + void SetColour(const wxColour& col) ; + void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) ; + + void SetWidth(int width) ; + void SetStyle(wxPenStyle style) ; + void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple) ; + void SetDashes(int nb_dashes, const wxDash *dash) ; + void SetJoin(wxPenJoin join) ; + void SetCap(wxPenCap cap) ; + + wxColour GetColour() const ; + int GetWidth() const; + wxPenStyle GetStyle() const; + wxPenJoin GetJoin() const; + wxPenCap GetCap() const; + int GetDashes(wxDash **ptr) const; + int GetDashCount() const; + + wxBitmap *GetStipple() const ; + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(int style) ) + { SetStyle((wxPenStyle)style); } +#endif + + // Implementation + + // Useful helper: create the brush resource + bool RealizeResource(); + +protected: + virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const; + virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const; + +private: + void Unshare(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPen) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_PEN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pnghand.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pnghand.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce2a8d6daf --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pnghand.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/pnghand.h +// Purpose: PNG bitmap handler +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: pnghand.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PNGHAND_H_ +#define _WX_PNGHAND_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_LIBPNG + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPNGFileHandler: public wxBitmapHandler +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPNGFileHandler) +public: + inline wxPNGFileHandler(void) + { + SetName(wxT("PNG bitmap file")); + SetExtension(wxT("bmp")); + SetType(wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG); + }; + + virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags, + int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight); + virtual bool SaveFile(const wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, int type, const wxPalette *palette = NULL); +}; + +#endif //wxUSE_LIBPNG + +#endif + // _WX_PNGHAND_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pngread.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pngread.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..222a2c5589 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/pngread.h @@ -0,0 +1,287 @@ +/* + * File: pngread.h + * Purpose: PNG file reader + * Author: Alejandro Aguilar Sierra/Julian Smart + * Created: 1995 + * Copyright: (c) 1995, Alejandro Aguilar Sierra + * + * + */ + +#ifndef _WX_PNGREAD__ +#define _WX_PNGREAD__ + +#ifndef byte +typedef unsigned char byte; +#endif + +#define WXIMA_COLORS DIB_PAL_COLORS + +typedef byte * ImagePointerType; + +typedef struct +{ + byte red; + byte green; + byte blue; +} rgb_color_struct; + + +#define COLORTYPE_PALETTE 1 +#define COLORTYPE_COLOR 2 +#define COLORTYPE_ALPHA 4 + +class wxPNGReader +{ +protected: + int filetype; + char filename[255]; + ImagePointerType RawImage; // Image data + + int Width, Height; // Dimensions + int Depth; // (bits x pixel) + int ColorType; // Bit 1 = Palette used + // Bit 2 = Color used + // Bit 3 = Alpha used + + long EfeWidth; // Efective Width + + void *lpbi; + int bgindex; + wxPalette* m_palette; + bool imageOK; +friend class wxPNGReaderIter; +public: + wxPNGReader(void); + wxPNGReader (char* ImageFileName); // Read an image file + virtual ~wxPNGReader (); + + void Create(int width, int height, int deep, int colortype=-1); + + bool ReadFile( char* ImageFileName=0 ); + bool SaveFile( char* ImageFileName=0 ); + bool SaveXPM(char *filename, char *name = 0); + int GetWidth( void ) const { return Width; }; + int GetHeight( void ) const { return Height; }; + int GetDepth( void ) const { return Depth; }; + int GetColorType( void ) const { return ColorType; }; + + int GetIndex(int x, int y); + bool GetRGB(int x, int y, byte* r, byte* g, byte* b); + + bool SetIndex(int x, int y, int index); + bool SetRGB(int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b); + + // ColorMap settings + bool SetPalette(wxPalette* colourmap); + bool SetPalette(int n, rgb_color_struct *rgb_struct); + bool SetPalette(int n, byte *r, byte *g=0, byte *b=0); + wxPalette* GetPalette() const { return m_palette; } + + void NullData(); + inline int GetBGIndex(void) { return bgindex; } + + inline bool Inside(int x, int y) + { return (0<=y && yRawImage; + Itx = Ity = 0; + Stepx = Stepy = 0; +} + +inline +wxPNGReaderIter::operator wxPNGReader* () +{ + return ima; +} + +inline +bool wxPNGReaderIter::ItOK () +{ + if (ima) + return ima->Inside(Itx, Ity); + else + return FALSE; +} + + +inline void wxPNGReaderIter::reset() +{ + IterImage = ima->RawImage; + Itx = Ity = 0; +} + +inline void wxPNGReaderIter::upset() +{ + Itx = 0; + Ity = ima->Height-1; + IterImage = ima->RawImage + ima->EfeWidth*(ima->Height-1); +} + +inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::NextRow() +{ + if (++Ity >= ima->Height) return 0; + IterImage += ima->EfeWidth; + return 1; +} + +inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::PrevRow() +{ + if (--Ity < 0) return 0; + IterImage -= ima->EfeWidth; + return 1; +} + +////////////////////////// AD - for interlace /////////////////////////////// +inline void wxPNGReaderIter::SetY(int y) +{ + if ((y < 0) || (y > ima->Height)) return; + Ity = y; + IterImage = ima->RawImage + ima->EfeWidth*y; +} + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +inline void wxPNGReaderIter::SetRow(byte *buf, int n) +{ +// Here should be bcopy or memcpy + //_fmemcpy(IterImage, (void far *)buf, n); + if (n<0) + n = ima->GetWidth(); + + for (int i=0; iEfeWidth) + return 1; + else + if (++Ity < ima->Height) + { + IterImage += ima->EfeWidth; + Itx = 0; + return 1; + } else + return 0; +} + +inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::PrevByte() +{ + if (--Itx >= 0) + return 1; + else + if (--Ity >= 0) + { + IterImage -= ima->EfeWidth; + Itx = 0; + return 1; + } else + return 0; +} + +inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::NextStep() +{ + Itx += Stepx; + if (Itx < ima->EfeWidth) + return 1; + else { + Ity += Stepy; + if (Ity < ima->Height) + { + IterImage += ima->EfeWidth; + Itx = 0; + return 1; + } else + return 0; + } +} + +inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::PrevStep() +{ + Itx -= Stepx; + if (Itx >= 0) + return 1; + else { + Ity -= Stepy; + if (Ity >= 0 && Ity < ima->Height) + { + IterImage -= ima->EfeWidth; + Itx = 0; + return 1; + } else + return 0; + } +} + +#endif + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/popupwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/popupwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..caeaa004f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/popupwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/popupwin.h +// Purpose: wxPopupWindow class for wxMac +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: popupwin.h 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_POPUPWIN_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_POPUPWIN_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPopupWindow +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPopupWindow : public wxPopupWindowBase +{ +public: + wxPopupWindow() { } + ~wxPopupWindow(); + + wxPopupWindow(wxWindow *parent, int flags = wxBORDER_NONE) + { (void)Create(parent, flags); } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, int flags = wxBORDER_NONE); + + virtual bool Show(bool show); + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPopupWindow) +}; + +#endif // _WX_MAC_POPUPWIN_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/printdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/printdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..459a1d4e23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/printdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/printdlg.h +// Purpose: wxPrintDialog, wxPageSetupDialog classes. +// Use generic, PostScript version if no +// platform-specific implementation. +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: printdlg.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRINTDLG_H_ +#define _WX_PRINTDLG_H_ + +#include "wx/dialog.h" +#include "wx/cmndata.h" +#include "wx/printdlg.h" +#include "wx/prntbase.h" + +/* + * wxMacPrintDialog + * The Mac dialog for printing + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacPrintDialog: public wxPrintDialogBase +{ +public: + wxMacPrintDialog(); + wxMacPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL); + wxMacPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data ); + virtual ~wxMacPrintDialog(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL); + virtual int ShowModal(); + + virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() { return m_printDialogData; } + virtual wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printDialogData.GetPrintData(); } + virtual wxDC *GetPrintDC(); + +private: + wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData; + wxDC* m_printerDC; + bool m_destroyDC; + wxWindow* m_dialogParent; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialog) +}; + +/* + * wxMacPageSetupDialog + * The Mac page setup dialog + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacPageSetupDialog: public wxPageSetupDialogBase +{ +public: + wxMacPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupData *data = NULL); + virtual ~wxMacPageSetupDialog(); + + virtual wxPageSetupData& GetPageSetupDialogData(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupData *data = NULL); + virtual int ShowModal(); + +private: + wxPageSetupData m_pageSetupData; + wxWindow* m_dialogParent; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMacPageSetupDialog) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; + +/* +* wxMacPageMarginsDialog +* A Mac dialog for setting the page margins separately from page setup since +* (native) wxMacPageSetupDialog doesn't let you set margins. +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacPageMarginsDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxMacPageMarginsDialog(wxFrame* parent, wxPageSetupData* data); + bool TransferToWindow(); + bool TransferDataFromWindow(); + + virtual wxPageSetupData& GetPageSetupDialogData() { return *m_pageSetupDialogData; } + +private: + wxPageSetupData* m_pageSetupDialogData; + + wxPoint m_MinMarginTopLeft; + wxPoint m_MinMarginBottomRight; + wxTextCtrl *m_LeftMargin; + wxTextCtrl *m_TopMargin; + wxTextCtrl *m_RightMargin; + wxTextCtrl *m_BottomMargin; + + void GetMinMargins(); + bool CheckValue(wxTextCtrl* textCtrl, int *value, int minValue, const wxString& name); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMacPageMarginsDialog) +}; + + +#endif // _WX_PRINTDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/printmac.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/printmac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6017955bfe --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/printmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/printmac.h +// Purpose: wxWindowsPrinter, wxWindowsPrintPreview classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: printmac.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRINTWIN_H_ +#define _WX_PRINTWIN_H_ + +#include "wx/prntbase.h" + +/* + * Represents the printer: manages printing a wxPrintout object + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacPrinter: public wxPrinterBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMacPrinter) + + public: + wxMacPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + virtual ~wxMacPrinter(); + + virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintout *printout, + bool prompt = true); + virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent); + virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent); + +}; + +/* + * wxPrintPreview + * Programmer creates an object of this class to preview a wxPrintout. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacPrintPreview: public wxPrintPreviewBase +{ + DECLARE_CLASS(wxMacPrintPreview) + + public: + wxMacPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + wxMacPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintData *data); + virtual ~wxMacPrintPreview(); + + virtual bool Print(bool interactive); + virtual void DetermineScaling(); +}; + +#endif + // _WX_PRINTWIN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b33475f99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_OSX_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_OSX_H_ + +#include "wx/osx/core/private.h" + +#if wxOSX_USE_IPHONE + #include "wx/osx/iphone/private.h" +#elif wxOSX_USE_CARBON + #include "wx/osx/carbon/private.h" +#elif wxOSX_USE_COCOA + #include "wx/osx/cocoa/private.h" +#elif wxUSE_GUI + #error "Must include wx/defs.h first" +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/glgrab.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/glgrab.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ec2df8f4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/glgrab.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#include + +#if defined __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + + CGImageRef grabViaOpenGL(CGDirectDisplayID display, + CGRect srcRect); + +#if defined __cplusplus + } +#endif + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/print.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/print.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f33d3ba17 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/print.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__ +#include "wx/osx/classic/private/print.h" +#else +#include "wx/osx/carbon/private/print.h" +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/timer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cd990764c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/private/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +/* common warning snippet for all osx direct includes */ + +#ifndef wxOSX_USE_CARBON +#error "this files should only be included after platform.h was included" +#endif + +#if 1 // revert to wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_IPHONE in case of problems + #include "wx/osx/core/private/timer.h" +#elif wxOSX_USE_CARBON + #include "wx/osx/carbon/private/timer.h" +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/radiobox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/radiobox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8738e2514e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/radiobox.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/radiobox.h +// Purpose: wxRadioBox class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: radiobox.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_RADIOBOX_H_ +#define _WX_RADIOBOX_H_ + +// List box item +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRadioButton ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioBox: public wxControl, public wxRadioBoxBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox) +public: +// Constructors & destructor + wxRadioBox(); + inline wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, n, choices, majorDim, style, val, name); + } + inline wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, choices, + majorDim, style, val, name); + } + virtual ~wxRadioBox(); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL, + int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr); + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS, + const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr); + + // Enabling + virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true); + virtual bool Enable(unsigned int item, bool enable = true); + virtual bool IsItemEnabled(unsigned int item) const; + + // Showing + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + virtual bool Show(unsigned int item, bool show = true); + virtual bool IsItemShown(unsigned int item) const; + + // Specific functions (in wxWidgets2 reference) + virtual void SetSelection(int item); + virtual int GetSelection() const; + + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const { return m_noItems; } + + virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int item) const; + virtual void SetString(unsigned int item, const wxString& label); + + virtual wxString GetLabel() const; + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) ; + + // protect native font of box + virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font ); +// Other external functions + void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + void SetFocus(); + +// Other variable access functions + inline int GetNumberOfRowsOrCols() const { return m_noRowsOrCols; } + inline void SetNumberOfRowsOrCols(int n) { m_noRowsOrCols = n; } + + void OnRadioButton( wxCommandEvent& event ) ; + +protected: + wxRadioButton *m_radioButtonCycle; + + unsigned int m_noItems; + int m_noRowsOrCols; + +// Internal functions + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ; + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif + // _WX_RADIOBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/radiobut.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/radiobut.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ded6f4b832 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/radiobut.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/radiobut.h +// Purpose: wxRadioButton class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: radiobut.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_RADIOBUT_H_ +#define _WX_RADIOBUT_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioButton: public wxControl +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioButton) + protected: +public: + inline wxRadioButton() {} + inline wxRadioButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + virtual ~wxRadioButton(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr); + + virtual void SetValue(bool val); + virtual bool GetValue() const ; + + // implementation + + void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + wxRadioButton *AddInCycle(wxRadioButton *cycle); + void RemoveFromCycle(); + inline wxRadioButton *NextInCycle() {return m_cycle;} + + // osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports + + virtual bool OSXHandleClicked( double timestampsec ); + protected: + + wxRadioButton *m_cycle; +}; + +// Not implemented +#if 0 +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap ; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const wxChar) wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr[]; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapRadioButton: public wxRadioButton +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapRadioButton) + protected: + wxBitmap *theButtonBitmap; + public: + inline wxBitmapRadioButton() { theButtonBitmap = NULL; } + inline wxBitmapRadioButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap *label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap *label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr); + + virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap *label); + virtual void SetValue(bool val) ; + virtual bool GetValue() const ; +}; +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_RADIOBUT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/region.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/region.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e085282079 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/region.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON +#include "wx/osx/carbon/region.h" +#else +#define wxRegionGeneric wxRegion +#define wxRegionIteratorGeneric wxRegionIterator + +#include "wx/generic/region.h" +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/scrolbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/scrolbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..79698bee52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/scrolbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/scrolbar.h +// Purpose: wxScrollBar class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: scrolbar.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SCROLBAR_H_ +#define _WX_SCROLBAR_H_ + +// Scrollbar item +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollBar : public wxScrollBarBase +{ +public: + wxScrollBar() { m_pageSize = 0; m_viewSize = 0; m_objectSize = 0; } + virtual ~wxScrollBar(); + + wxScrollBar(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr); + + virtual int GetThumbPosition() const ; + virtual int GetThumbSize() const { return m_viewSize; } + virtual int GetPageSize() const { return m_pageSize; } + virtual int GetRange() const { return m_objectSize; } + + virtual void SetThumbPosition(int viewStart); + virtual void SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize, int range, + int pageSize, bool refresh = true); + + // needed for RTTI + void SetThumbSize( int s ) { SetScrollbar( GetThumbPosition() , s , GetRange() , GetPageSize() , true ) ; } + void SetPageSize( int s ) { SetScrollbar( GetThumbPosition() , GetThumbSize() , GetRange() , s , true ) ; } + void SetRange( int s ) { SetScrollbar( GetThumbPosition() , GetThumbSize() , s , GetPageSize() , true ) ; } + + // implementation only from now on + void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + virtual void TriggerScrollEvent( wxEventType scrollEvent ) ; + virtual bool OSXHandleClicked( double timestampsec ); +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + int m_pageSize; + int m_viewSize; + int m_objectSize; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBar) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_SCROLBAR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/setup0.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/setup0.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15da2d8110 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/setup0.h @@ -0,0 +1,1444 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/setup.h +// Purpose: Configuration for the library +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: Stefan Csomor +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: setup0.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SETUP_H_ +#define _WX_SETUP_H_ + + +/* --- start common options --- */ +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from +// makefile/project file overriding the value here +#ifndef wxUSE_GUI + #define wxUSE_GUI 1 +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// compatibility settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.6 API: set it to 0 to +// flag all cases of using deprecated functions. +// +// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will +// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear +// in the version after it completely. +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code) +#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 0 + +// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.8 API: set it to 0 to +// flag all cases of using deprecated functions. +// +// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will +// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear +// in the version after it completely. +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code) +#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 1 + +// MSW-only: Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 for old behaviour when +// default system font is used for wxWindow::GetCharWidth/Height() instead of +// the current font. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// debugging settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxDEBUG_LEVEL will be defined as 1 in wx/debug.h so normally there is no +// need to define it here. You may do it for two reasons: either completely +// disable/compile out the asserts in release version (then do it inside #ifdef +// NDEBUG) or, on the contrary, enable more asserts, including the usually +// disabled ones, in the debug build (then do it inside #ifndef NDEBUG) +// +// #ifdef NDEBUG +// #define wxDEBUG_LEVEL 0 +// #else +// #define wxDEBUG_LEVEL 2 +// #endif + +// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run +// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box, +// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set +// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work. +// +// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler +// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does) +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it. +#define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 1 + +// Set this to 1 to be able to generate a human-readable (unlike +// machine-readable minidump created by wxCrashReport::Generate()) stack back +// trace when your program crashes using wxStackWalker +// +// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash +#define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 1 + +// Set this to 1 to compile in wxDebugReport class which allows you to create +// and optionally upload to your web site a debug report consisting of back +// trace of the crash (if wxUSE_STACKWALKER == 1) and other information. +// +// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, it is compiled into a separate library so there +// is no overhead if you don't use it +#define wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT 1 + +// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't +// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but +// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features +// as wxWidgets memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you +// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is +// faster and more fool proof. +// +// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug build (_DEBUG +// is defined) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0) +// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined. + +// The rest of the options in this section are obsolete and not supported, +// enable them at your own risk. + +// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If +// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use the normal memory operators. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0 + +// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF* +// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined. +// +// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if +// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you are not using a memory debugging tool, else 0 +#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0 + +// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally. +// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors which is a common problem +// especially if you use another library which also redefines the global new +// and delete), set this to 0. +// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0 + +// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If +// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set +// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently +// ignored for mingw / cygwin / CodeWarrior +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0 + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Unicode support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// These settings are obsolete: the library is always built in Unicode mode +// now, only set wxUSE_UNICODE to 0 to compile legacy code in ANSI mode if +// absolutely necessary -- updating it is strongly recommended as the ANSI mode +// will disappear completely in future wxWidgets releases. +#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxUSE_UNICODE 1 +#endif + +// wxUSE_WCHAR_T is required by wxWidgets now, don't change. +#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global features +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Compile library in exception-safe mode? If set to 1, the library will try to +// behave correctly in presence of exceptions (even though it still will not +// use the exceptions itself) and notify the user code about any unhandled +// exceptions. If set to 0, propagation of the exceptions through the library +// code will lead to undefined behaviour -- but the code itself will be +// slightly smaller and faster. +// +// Note that like wxUSE_THREADS this option is automatically set to 0 if +// wxNO_EXCEPTIONS is defined. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: depends on whether you intend to use C++ exceptions +// in your own code (1 if you do, 0 if you don't) +#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 1 + +// Set wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI to 1 to use extended RTTI +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (this is still work in progress...) +#define wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI 0 + +// Set wxUSE_STL to 1 to derive wxList(Foo) and wxArray(Foo) from +// std::list and std::vector, with a compatibility interface, +// and for wxHashMap to be implemented with templates. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: YMMV +#define wxUSE_STL 0 + +// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and +// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what +// you are doing. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (always) +#define wxUSE_LOG 1 + +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 1 + +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 1 + +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 1 + +// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line) +#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 1 + +// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes +// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread +// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the +// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a +// somewhat smaller and faster operation. +// +// Notice that if wxNO_THREADS is defined, wxUSE_THREADS is automatically reset +// to 0 in wx/chkconf.h, so, for example, if you set USE_THREADS to 0 in +// build/msw/config.* file this value will have no effect. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications +#define wxUSE_THREADS 1 + +// If enabled, compiles wxWidgets streams classes +// +// wx stream classes are used for image IO, process IO redirection, network +// protocols implementation and much more and so disabling this results in a +// lot of other functionality being lost. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 as setting it to 0 disables many other things +#define wxUSE_STREAMS 1 + +// This is not a real option but is used as the default value for +// wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM and wxUSE_STD_STRING. +// +// Currently the Digital Mars and Watcom compilers come without standard C++ +// library headers by default, wxUSE_STD_STRING can be set to 1 if you do have +// them (e.g. from STLPort). +// +// VC++ 5.0 does include standard C++ library headers, however they produce +// many warnings that can't be turned off when compiled at warning level 4. +#if defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) \ + || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1200) + #define wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT 0 +#else + #define wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT 1 +#endif + +// Use standard C++ streams if 1 instead of wx streams in some places. If +// disabled (default), wx streams are used everywhere and wxWidgets doesn't +// depend on the standard streams library. +// +// Notice that enabling this does not replace wx streams with std streams +// everywhere, in a lot of places wx streams are used no matter what. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you use the standard streams anyhow and so +// dependency on the standard streams library is not a +// problem +#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT + +// Enable conversion to standard C++ string if 1. +// +// Default is 1 for most compilers. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to ensure your program doesn't use +// the standard C++ library at all. +#define wxUSE_STD_STRING wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT + +// Support for positional parameters (e.g. %1$d, %2$s ...) in wxVsnprintf. +// Note that if the system's implementation does not support positional +// parameters, setting this to 1 forces the use of the wxWidgets implementation +// of wxVsnprintf. The standard vsnprintf() supports positional parameters on +// many Unix systems but usually doesn't under Windows. +// +// Positional parameters are very useful when translating a program since using +// them in formatting strings allow translators to correctly reorder the +// translated sentences. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you want to support multiple languages +#define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// non GUI features selection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit +// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or +// uses emulation otherwise. +// +// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want +// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit +// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it +// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it +// off. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LONGLONG 1 + +// Set wxUSE_BASE64 to 1, to compile in Base64 support. This is required for +// storing binary data in wxConfig on most platforms. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be safely disabled if you don't use it) +#define wxUSE_BASE64 1 + +// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxEventLoop even in console applications +// (i.e. using base library only, without GUI). This is mostly useful for +// processing socket events but is also necessary to use timers in console +// applications +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be safely disabled if you don't use it) +#define wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP 1 + +// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level +// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by +// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others) +#define wxUSE_FILE 1 +#define wxUSE_FFILE 1 + +// Use wxFSVolume class providing access to the configured/active mount points +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely disabled if you don't use it) +#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME 1 + +// Use wxStandardPaths class which allows to retrieve some standard locations +// in the file system +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be disabled to save space, but not much) +#define wxUSE_STDPATHS 1 + +// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile +#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 1 + +// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by +// wxFileConfig +#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 1 + +// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile. +#define wxUSE_INTL 1 + +// Provide wxFoo_l() functions similar to standard foo() functions but taking +// an extra locale parameter. +// +// Notice that this is fully implemented only for the systems providing POSIX +// xlocale support or Microsoft Visual C++ >= 8 (which provides proprietary +// almost-equivalent of xlocale functions), otherwise wxFoo_l() functions will +// only work for the current user locale and "C" locale. You can use +// wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT to test whether the full support is available. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but may be disabled if you are writing programs +// running only in C locale anyhow +#define wxUSE_XLOCALE 1 + +// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which +// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the +// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards +// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime). +// +// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha +// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already +// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at +// absolutely minimal version of the library. +// +// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DATETIME 1 + +// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TIMER 1 + +// Use wxStopWatch clas. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket) +#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH 1 + +// Set wxUSE_FSWATCHER to 1 if you want to enable wxFileSystemWatcher +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_FSWATCHER 1 + +// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes +// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent +// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the +// global config object in wxApp. +// +// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CONFIG 1 + +// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config +// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under +// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under +// Unix. +// +// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use +// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by +// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and +// not wxFileConfig. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1 + +// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows +// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up +// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 1 + +// Compile in classes for run-time DLL loading and function calling. +// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER. +// +// This setting is for Win32 only +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1 + +// experimental, don't use for now +#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 1 + +// Set to 1 to use socket classes +#define wxUSE_SOCKETS 1 + +// Set to 1 to use ipv6 socket classes (requires wxUSE_SOCKETS) +// +// Notice that currently setting this option under Windows will result in +// programs which can only run on recent OS versions (with ws2_32.dll +// installed) which is why it is disabled by default. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you need IPv6 support +#define wxUSE_IPV6 0 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML) +#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) +#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual archive filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) +#define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) +#define wxUSE_FS_INET 1 + +// wxArchive classes for accessing archives such as zip and tar +#define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes. +#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile wxTarInput/OutputStream classes. +#define wxUSE_TARSTREAM 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by +// wxUSE_LIBPNG +#define wxUSE_ZLIB 1 + +// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable +// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different +// from wxWidgets one. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely) +#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE 1 + +// Joystick support class +#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 1 + +// wxFontEnumerator class +#define wxUSE_FONTENUM 1 + +// wxFontMapper class +#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1 + +// wxMimeTypesManager class +#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 1 + +// wxProtocol and related classes: if you want to use either of wxFTP, wxHTTP +// or wxURL you need to set this to 1. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1 + +// The settings for the individual URL schemes +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 1 +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 1 +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 1 + +// Define this to use wxURL class. +#define wxUSE_URL 1 + +// Define this to use native platform url and protocol support. +// Currently valid only for MS-Windows. +// Note: if you set this to 1, you can open ftp/http/gopher sites +// and obtain a valid input stream for these sites +// even when you set wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP/HTTP to 0. +// Doing so reduces the code size. +// +// This code is experimental and subject to change. +#define wxUSE_URL_NATIVE 0 + +// Support for wxVariant class used in several places throughout the library, +// notably in wxDataViewCtrl API. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size as much as +// possible in which case setting this to 0 can gain up to 100KB. +#define wxUSE_VARIANT 1 + +// Support for wxAny class, the successor for wxVariant. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size by a small amount, +// or your compiler cannot for some reason cope with complexity of templates used. +#define wxUSE_ANY 1 + +// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to +// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex +// library from src/regex to use it under Windows. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please +// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it +#define wxUSE_REGEX 1 + +// wxSystemOptions class +#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1 + +// wxSound class +#define wxUSE_SOUND 1 + +// Use wxMediaCtrl +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL 1 + +// Use wxWidget's XRC XML-based resource system. Recommended. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (requires wxUSE_XML) +#define wxUSE_XRC 1 + +// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so +// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended. +// +// Default is the same as wxUSE_XRC, i.e. 1 by default. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (required by XRC) +#define wxUSE_XML wxUSE_XRC + +// Use wxWidget's AUI docking system +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_AUI 1 + +// Use wxWidget's Ribbon classes for interfaces +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_RIBBON 1 + +// Use wxPropertyGrid. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_PROPGRID 1 + +// Use wxStyledTextCtrl, a wxWidgets implementation of Scintilla. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_STC 1 + + +// Enable the new wxGraphicsPath and wxGraphicsContext classes for an advanced +// 2D drawing API. (Still somewhat experimental) +// +// Please note that on Windows gdiplus.dll is loaded dynamically which means +// that nothing special needs to be done as long as you don't use +// wxGraphicsContext at all or only use it on XP and later systems but you +// still do need to distribute it yourself for an application using +// wxGraphicsContext to be runnable on pre-XP systems. +// +// Default is 1 except if you're using a non-Microsoft compiler under Windows +// as only MSVC7+ is known to ship with gdiplus.h. For other compilers (e.g. +// mingw32) you may need to install the headers (and just the headers) +// yourself. If you do, change the setting below manually. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if supported by the compilation environment + +// notice that we can't use wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION() here as this file is +// included from wx/platform.h before wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION() is defined +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# if _MSC_VER >= 1310 + // MSVC7.1+ comes with new enough Platform SDK, enable + // wxGraphicsContext support for it +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 1 +# else + // MSVC 6 didn't include GDI+ headers so disable by default, enable it + // here if you use MSVC 6 with a newer SDK +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0 +# endif +#else + // Disable support for other Windows compilers, enable it if your compiler + // comes with new enough SDK or you installed the headers manually. + // + // Notice that this will be set by configure under non-Windows platforms + // anyhow so the value there is not important. +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0 +#endif + +// Enable wxGraphicsContext implementation using Cairo library. +// +// This is not needed under Windows and detected automatically by configure +// under other systems, however you may set this to 1 manually if you installed +// Cairo under Windows yourself and prefer to use it instead the native GDI+ +// implementation. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_CAIRO 0 + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Individual GUI controls +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all +// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled) +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs) +#define wxUSE_CONTROLS 1 + +// Support markup in control labels, i.e. provide wxControl::SetLabelMarkup(). +// Currently markup is supported only by a few controls and only some ports but +// their number will increase with time. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you want to save on code size) +#define wxUSE_MARKUP 1 + +// wxPopupWindow class is a top level transient window. It is currently used +// to implement wxTipWindow +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you don't wxUSE_TIPWINDOW) +#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 1 + +// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the +// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0) +#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW 1 + +// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWidgets control. They are +// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your +// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and +// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must +// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 1 // wxAnimationCtrl +#define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 // wxButton +#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 1 // wxBitmapButton +#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL 1 // wxCalendarCtrl +#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 1 // wxCheckBox +#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 1 // wxCheckListBox (requires wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN) +#define wxUSE_CHOICE 1 // wxChoice +#define wxUSE_COLLPANE 1 // wxCollapsiblePane +#define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 1 // wxColourPickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1 // wxComboBox +#define wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON 1 // wxCommandLinkButton +#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL 1 // wxDataViewCtrl +#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL 1 // wxDatePickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 1 // wxDirPickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX 1 // wxEditableListBox +#define wxUSE_FILECTRL 1 // wxFileCtrl +#define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 1 // wxFilePickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 1 // wxFontPickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_GAUGE 1 // wxGauge +#define wxUSE_HEADERCTRL 1 // wxHeaderCtrl +#define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 1 // wxHyperlinkCtrl +#define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1 // wxListBox +#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 1 // wxListCtrl +#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX 1 // wxRadioBox +#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 1 // wxRadioButton +#define wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG 1 // wxRichMessageDialog +#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR 1 // wxScrollBar +#define wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL 1 // wxSearchCtrl +#define wxUSE_SLIDER 1 // wxSlider +#define wxUSE_SPINBTN 1 // wxSpinButton +#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 1 // wxSpinCtrl +#define wxUSE_STATBOX 1 // wxStaticBox +#define wxUSE_STATLINE 1 // wxStaticLine +#define wxUSE_STATTEXT 1 // wxStaticText +#define wxUSE_STATBMP 1 // wxStaticBitmap +#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 1 // wxTextCtrl +#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN 1 // requires wxButton +#define wxUSE_TREECTRL 1 // wxTreeCtrl + +// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR +// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 1 + +// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one +// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native +// version should be used. +// +// Default is 1 for the platforms where native status bar is supported. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (there is no advantage in using the generic one) +#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 1 + +// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar +// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless +// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0. +// +// Default is 1 for all settings. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE. +#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1 +#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 1 + +// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It +// may be used to logically organise the data presented to the user instead of +// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related +// classes of wxWin 1.6x. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1 + +// wxListbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxListCtrl instead of +// the tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1 + +// wxChoicebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxChoice instead of +// the tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 1 + +// wxTreebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxTreeCtrl instead of +// the tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TREEBOOK 1 + +// wxToolbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxToolBar instead of +// tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TOOLBOOK 1 + +// wxTaskBarIcon is a small notification icon shown in the system toolbar or +// dock. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be set to 0 if you don't need it) +#define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 1 + +// wxGrid class +// +// Default is 1, set to 0 to cut down compilation time and binaries size if you +// don't use it. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +// +#define wxUSE_GRID 1 + +// wxMiniFrame class: a frame with narrow title bar +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (it doesn't cost almost anything) +#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 1 + +// wxComboCtrl and related classes: combobox with custom popup window and +// not necessarily a listbox. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 except for wxUniv where it +// it used by wxComboBox +#define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 1 + +// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox is a custom combobox allowing to paint the combobox +// items. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0, except where it is +// needed as a base class for generic wxBitmapComboBox. +#define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 1 + +// wxBitmapComboBox is a combobox that can have images in front of text items. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 +#define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1 + +// wxRearrangeCtrl is a wxCheckListBox with two buttons allowing to move items +// up and down in it. It is also used as part of wxRearrangeDialog. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 (currently used only by +// wxHeaderCtrl) +#define wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Miscellaneous GUI stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar) +#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1 + +// Use the standard art provider. The icons returned by this provider are +// embedded into the library as XPMs so disabling it reduces the library size +// somewhat but this should only be done if you use your own custom art +// provider returning the icons or never use any icons not provided by the +// native art provider (which might not be implemented at all for some +// platforms) or by the Tango icons provider (if it's not itself disabled +// below). +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you use your own custom art provider. +#define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD 1 + +// Use art provider providing Tango icons: this art provider has higher quality +// icons than the default ones using smaller size XPM icons without +// transparency but the embedded PNG icons add to the library size. +// +// Default is 1 under non-GTK ports. Under wxGTK the native art provider using +// the GTK+ stock icons replaces it so it is normally not necessary. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be turned off to reduce the library size. +#define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO 1 + +// Hotkey support (currently Windows only) +#define wxUSE_HOTKEY 1 + +// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret +// under Windows). +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library) +#define wxUSE_CARET 1 + +// Use wxDisplay class: it allows enumerating all displays on a system and +// their geometries as well as finding the display on which the given point or +// window lies. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you need it, can be safely set to 0 otherwise +#define wxUSE_DISPLAY 1 + +// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library +#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY 1 + +// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and +// wxListCtrl. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls +// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too) +#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 1 + +// Use wxInfoBar class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be disabled without problems as nothing +// depends on it) +#define wxUSE_INFOBAR 1 + +// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW) +#define wxUSE_MENUS 1 + +// Use wxNotificationMessage. +// +// wxNotificationMessage allows to show non-intrusive messages to the user +// using balloons, banners, popups or whatever is the appropriate method for +// the current platform. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE 1 + +// Use wxSashWindow class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_SASH 1 + +// Use wxSplitterWindow class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_SPLITTER 1 + +// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 1 + +// wxValidator class and related methods +#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1 + +// Use reference counted ID management: this means that wxWidgets will track +// the automatically allocated ids (those used when you use wxID_ANY when +// creating a window, menu or toolbar item &c) instead of just supposing that +// the program never runs out of them. This is mostly useful only under wxMSW +// where the total ids range is limited to SHRT_MIN..SHRT_MAX and where +// long-running programs can run into problems with ids reuse without this. On +// the other platforms, where the ids have the full int range, this shouldn't +// be necessary. +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#define wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT 1 +#else +#define wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT 0 +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// common dialogs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g. +// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the +// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work) +#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1 + +// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way +// as wxBusyCursor +#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO 1 + +// Use single/multiple choice dialogs. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1 + +// Use colour picker dialog +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 1 + +// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user +#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1 + +// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one + +// Use file open/save dialogs. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1 + +// Use find/replace dialogs. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0) +#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG 1 + +// Use font picker dialog +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_FONTDLG 1 + +// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_MSGDLG 1 + +// progress dialog class for lengthy operations +#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1 + +// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c) +#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 1 + +// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function +#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1 + +// number entry dialog +#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1 + +// splash screen class +#define wxUSE_SPLASH 1 + +// wizards +#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1 + +// Compile in wxAboutBox() function showing the standard "About" dialog. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be set to 0 to save some space if you don't +// use this function +#define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 1 + +// wxFileHistory class +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Metafiles support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not +// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under +// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window +// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in +// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by +// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be +// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting +// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile +// in any metafile related classes at all. +// +// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS. +// +// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs. +#define wxUSE_METAFILE 1 +#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 1 +#define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Big GUI components +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set to 0 to disable MDI support. +// +// Requires wxUSE_NOTEBOOK under platforms other than MSW. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, can be safely set to 0. +#define wxUSE_MDI 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture +#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture +// +// Requires wxUSE_MDI && wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE +#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code +#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 1 + +// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much, +// much more. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a +// smaller library. +#define wxUSE_HTML 1 + +// Setting wxUSE_GLCANVAS to 1 enables OpenGL support. You need to have OpenGL +// headers and libraries to be able to compile the library with wxUSE_GLCANVAS +// set to 1 and, under Windows, also to add opengl32.lib and glu32.lib to the +// list of libraries used to link your application (although this is done +// implicitly for Microsoft Visual C++ users). +// +// Default is 1 unless the compiler is known to ship without the necessary +// headers (Digital Mars) or the platform doesn't support OpenGL (Windows CE). +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you intend to use OpenGL, can be safely set to 0 +// otherwise. +#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 1 + +// wxRichTextCtrl allows editing of styled text. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if you want compile a +// smaller library. +#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data transfer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD 1 + +// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and +// drop +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 1 + +// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is +// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always +// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1 + +// Use wxAccessible for enhanced and customisable accessibility. +// Depends on wxUSE_OLE. +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting (at present): 0 +#define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// miscellaneous settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program +// instance is running. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much +// space) +#define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER 1 + +#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1 + +#define wxUSE_IPC 1 + // 0 for no interprocess comms +#define wxUSE_HELP 1 + // 0 for no help facility + +// Should we use MS HTML help for wxHelpController? If disabled, neither +// wxCHMHelpController nor wxBestHelpController are available. +// +// Default is 1 under MSW, 0 is always used for the other platforms. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, only set to 0 if you have trouble compiling +// wxCHMHelpController (could be a problem with really ancient compilers) +#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 1 + + +// Use wxHTML-based help controller? +#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 1 + +#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1 + // 0 for no window layout constraint system + +#define wxUSE_SPLINES 1 + // 0 for no splines + +#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL 1 + // Include mouse wheel support + +// Compile wxUIActionSimulator class? +#define wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDC classes for various output formats +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set to 1 for PostScript device context. +#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT 0 + +// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent +#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile in support for wxSVGFileDC, a wxDC subclass which allows +// to create files in SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics) format. +#define wxUSE_SVG 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// other compiler (mis)features +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype +// parameters. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0) +#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG 1 + +// VC++ 4.2 and above allows and but you can't mix +// them. Set this option to 1 to use , 0 to use . +// +// Note that newer compilers (including VC++ 7.1 and later) don't support +// wxUSE_IOSTREAMH == 1 and so will be used anyhow. +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting: 0, only set to 1 if you use a really old compiler +#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// image format support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at +// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely +// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving +// substantial amount of code in the final library. +// +// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources +// which is mentioned if it is the case. + +// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended). +#define wxUSE_IMAGE 1 + +// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB. +#define wxUSE_LIBPNG 1 + +// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg) +#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 1 + +// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff) +#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 1 + +// Set to 1 for TGA format support (loading only) +#define wxUSE_TGA 1 + +// Set to 1 for GIF format support +#define wxUSE_GIF 1 + +// Set to 1 for PNM format support +#define wxUSE_PNM 1 + +// Set to 1 for PCX format support +#define wxUSE_PCX 1 + +// Set to 1 for IFF format support (Amiga format) +#define wxUSE_IFF 0 + +// Set to 1 for XPM format support +#define wxUSE_XPM 1 + +// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support +#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class +#define wxUSE_PALETTE 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxUniversal-only options +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set to 1 to enable compilation of all themes, this is the default +#define wxUSE_ALL_THEMES 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable the compilation of individual theme if wxUSE_ALL_THEMES +// is unset, if it is set these options are not used; notice that metal theme +// uses Win32 one +#define wxUSE_THEME_GTK 0 +#define wxUSE_THEME_METAL 0 +#define wxUSE_THEME_MONO 0 +#define wxUSE_THEME_WIN32 0 + + +/* --- end common options --- */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Mac-specific settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// override some settings for Metrowerks +// +// VZ: isn't this file only used when building with Metrowerks anyhow? +// CS: no, it is also used by the Xcode projects +#ifdef __MWERKS__ + #undef wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT + #define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 1 + + #undef wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + // CS: I have to set this to 0 now, as shared builds are having problems + #define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM 0 +#endif + +#undef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT +#define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 1 + + +// things not implemented under Mac + +#undef wxUSE_STACKWALKER +#define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 0 + +// wxWebKit is a wrapper for Apple's WebKit framework, use it if you want to +// embed the Safari browser control +// 0 by default because of Jaguar compatibility problems +#define wxUSE_WEBKIT 1 + + +// Set to 0 for no libmspack +#define wxUSE_LIBMSPACK 0 + +// native toolbar does support embedding controls, but not complex panels, please test +#define wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR 1 + +// make sure we have the proper dispatcher for the console event loop +#define wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER 1 +#define wxUSE_EPOLL_DISPATCHER 0 + + +#endif + // _WX_SETUP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/slider.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/slider.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2984b3948a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/slider.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/slider.h +// Purpose: wxSlider class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: slider.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SLIDER_H_ +#define _WX_SLIDER_H_ + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/slider.h" +#include "wx/stattext.h" + +// Slider +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSlider: public wxSliderBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider) + +public: + wxSlider(); + + inline wxSlider(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + int value, int minValue, int maxValue, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, value, minValue, maxValue, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual ~wxSlider(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + int value, int minValue, int maxValue, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr); + + virtual int GetValue() const ; + virtual void SetValue(int); + + void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue); + + inline int GetMin() const { return m_rangeMin; } + inline int GetMax() const { return m_rangeMax; } + + void SetMin(int minValue) { SetRange(minValue, m_rangeMax); } + void SetMax(int maxValue) { SetRange(m_rangeMin, maxValue); } + + // For trackbars only + inline int GetTickFreq() const { return m_tickFreq; } + void SetPageSize(int pageSize); + int GetPageSize() const ; + void ClearSel() ; + void ClearTicks() ; + void SetLineSize(int lineSize); + int GetLineSize() const ; + int GetSelEnd() const ; + int GetSelStart() const ; + void SetSelection(int minPos, int maxPos); + void SetThumbLength(int len) ; + int GetThumbLength() const ; + void SetTick(int tickPos) ; + + void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + // osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports + + virtual bool OSXHandleClicked( double timestampsec ); + virtual void TriggerScrollEvent( wxEventType scrollEvent ) ; + +protected: + // Platform-specific implementation of SetTickFreq + virtual void DoSetTickFreq(int freq); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int w, int h, int sizeFlags); + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int w, int h); + + // set min/max size of the slider + virtual void DoSetSizeHints( int minW, int minH, + int maxW, int maxH, + int incW, int incH); + + // Common processing to invert slider values based on wxSL_INVERSE + virtual int ValueInvertOrNot(int value) const; + + wxStaticText* m_macMinimumStatic ; + wxStaticText* m_macMaximumStatic ; + wxStaticText* m_macValueStatic ; + + int m_rangeMin; + int m_rangeMax; + int m_pageSize; + int m_lineSize; + int m_tickFreq; +private : +DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif + // _WX_SLIDER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/sound.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/sound.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1318e76315 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/sound.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/sound.h +// Purpose: wxSound class (loads and plays short Windows .wav files). +// Optional on non-Windows platforms. +// Author: Ryan Norton, Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sound.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton, Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SOUND_H_ +#define _WX_SOUND_H_ + +#if wxUSE_SOUND + +#include "wx/object.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxSoundTimer; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSoundData +{ +public : + wxSoundData(); + virtual ~wxSoundData(); + + virtual bool Play(unsigned int flags) = 0; + // stops the sound and deletes the optional timer + virtual void Stop(); + // can be called by a timer for repeated tasks during playback + virtual void SoundTask(); + // mark this to be deleted + virtual void MarkForDeletion(); + virtual bool IsMarkedForDeletion() const { return m_markedForDeletion; } + + // does the true work of stopping and cleaning up + virtual void DoStop() = 0; +protected : + void CreateAndStartTimer(); + + unsigned int m_flags; + wxSoundTimer* m_pTimer; + bool m_markedForDeletion; +} ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSound : public wxSoundBase +{ +public: + wxSound(); + wxSound(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false); + wxSound(int size, const wxByte* data); + virtual ~wxSound(); + + // Create from resource or file + bool Create(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false); + // Create from data + bool Create(int size, const wxByte* data); + + bool IsOk() const { return m_data != NULL; } + + // Stop playing any sound + static void Stop(); + + // Returns true if a sound is being played + static bool IsPlaying(); + + // Notification when a sound has stopped + static void SoundStopped(const wxSoundData* data); + +protected: + bool DoPlay(unsigned flags) const; + void Init(); + +private: + // data of this object + class wxSoundData *m_data; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSound); +}; + +#endif +#endif + // _WX_SOUND_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/spinbutt.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/spinbutt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a02abcb94d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/spinbutt.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/spinbutt.h +// Purpose: wxSpinButton class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: spinbutt.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SPINBUTT_H_ +#define _WX_SPINBUTT_H_ + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/event.h" + +/* + The wxSpinButton is like a small scrollbar than is often placed next + to a text control. + + wxSP_HORIZONTAL: horizontal spin button + wxSP_VERTICAL: vertical spin button (the default) + wxSP_ARROW_KEYS: arrow keys increment/decrement value + wxSP_WRAP: value wraps at either end + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinButton : public wxSpinButtonBase +{ +public: + // construction + wxSpinButton(); + + wxSpinButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = -1, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinButton")) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + virtual ~wxSpinButton(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = -1, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinButton")); + + + // accessors + virtual void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal); + virtual int GetValue() const ; + virtual void SetValue(int val); + + // implementation + + virtual void TriggerScrollEvent( wxEventType scrollEvent ) ; + + // osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports + + virtual bool OSXHandleClicked( double timestampsec ); + +protected: + void SendThumbTrackEvent() ; + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinButton) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_SPINBUTT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/spinctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/spinctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c274fb33f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/spinctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/spinctrl.h +// Purpose: generic wxSpinCtrl class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 28.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: spinctrl.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_SPINCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_SPINCTRL_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrl is a combination of wxSpinButton and wxTextCtrl, so if +// wxSpinButton is available, this is what we do - but if it isn't, we still +// define wxSpinCtrl class which then has the same appearance as wxTextCtrl but +// the different interface. This allows to write programs using wxSpinCtrl +// without tons of #ifdefs. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_SPINBTN + +#include "wx/containr.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrlText; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrlButton; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrl is a combination of wxTextCtrl and wxSpinButton +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrl : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); } + + wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = -1, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl")) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = -1, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl")); + + // wxTextCtrl-like method + void SetSelection(long from, long to); + + virtual ~wxSpinCtrl(); + + // operations + void SetValue(int val); + void SetValue(const wxString& text); + void SetRange(int min, int max); + + // accessors + int GetValue() const; + int GetMin() const; + int GetMax() const; + + // implementation from now on + + // forward these functions to all subcontrols + virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true); + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + + // get the subcontrols + wxTextCtrl *GetText() const { return m_text; } + wxSpinButton *GetSpinButton() const { return m_btn; } + + // set the value of the text (only) + void SetTextValue(int val); + + // put the numeric value of the string in the text ctrl into val and return + // TRUE or return FALSE if the text ctrl doesn't contain a number or if the + // number is out of range + bool GetTextValue(int *val) const; + + WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); + +protected: + // override the base class virtuals involved into geometry calculations + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height); + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + +private: + // the subcontrols + wxTextCtrl *m_text; + wxSpinButton *m_btn; + + friend class wxSpinCtrlText; + friend class wxSpinCtrlButton; + + int m_oldValue; +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl) +}; + +#else // !wxUSE_SPINBTN + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrl is just a text control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/textctrl.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrl : public wxTextCtrl +{ +public: + wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); } + + wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = -1, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl")) + { + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = -1, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, + int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0, + const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl")) + { + SetRange(min, max); + + bool ok = wxTextCtrl::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, + wxDefaultValidator, name); + SetValue(initial); + + return ok; + } + + // accessors + int GetValue(int WXUNUSED(dummy) = 1) const + { + int n; + if ( (wxSscanf(wxTextCtrl::GetValue(), wxT("%d"), &n) != 1) ) + n = INT_MIN; + + return n; + } + + int GetMin() const { return m_min; } + int GetMax() const { return m_max; } + + // operations + void SetValue(const wxString& value) { wxTextCtrl::SetValue(value); } + void SetValue(int val) { wxString s; s << val; wxTextCtrl::SetValue(s); } + void SetRange(int min, int max) { m_min = min; m_max = max; } + +protected: + // initialize m_min/max with the default values + void Init() { SetRange(0, 100); } + + int m_min; + int m_max; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN/!wxUSE_SPINBTN + +#endif // _WX_MAC_SPINCTRL_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/srchctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/srchctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3477c25e25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/srchctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/srchctrl.h +// Purpose: mac carbon wxSearchCtrl class +// Author: Vince Harron +// Created: 2006-02-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: srchctrl.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: Vince Harron +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_ + +#if wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL + +class wxSearchWidgetImpl; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSearchCtrl : public wxSearchCtrlBase +{ +public: + // creation + // -------- + + wxSearchCtrl(); + wxSearchCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSearchCtrlNameStr); + + virtual ~wxSearchCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSearchCtrlNameStr); + + // get/set search button menu + // -------------------------- + virtual void SetMenu( wxMenu* menu ); + virtual wxMenu* GetMenu(); + + // get/set search options + // ---------------------- + virtual void ShowSearchButton( bool show ); + virtual bool IsSearchButtonVisible() const; + + virtual void ShowCancelButton( bool show ); + virtual bool IsCancelButtonVisible() const; + + // TODO: In 2.9 these should probably be virtual, and declared in the base class... + void SetDescriptiveText(const wxString& text); + wxString GetDescriptiveText() const; + + virtual bool HandleSearchFieldSearchHit() ; + virtual bool HandleSearchFieldCancelHit() ; + + wxSearchWidgetImpl * GetSearchPeer() const; + +protected: + + wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + void Init(); + + wxMenu *m_menu; + + wxString m_descriptiveText; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSearchCtrl) + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL + +#endif // _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statbmp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statbmp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..59bf91a8f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statbmp.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON +#include "wx/osx/carbon/statbmp.h" +#else +#define wxGenericStaticBitmap wxStaticBitmap +#include "wx/generic/statbmpg.h" +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..df046443fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/statbox.h +// Purpose: wxStaticBox class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statbox.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STATBOX_H_ +#define _WX_STATBOX_H_ + +#include "wx/control.h" + +// Group box +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBox: public wxControl +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBox) + + public: + inline wxStaticBox() {} + inline wxStaticBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr); + + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {}; + virtual void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {}; + + virtual void GetBordersForSizer(int *borderTop, int *borderOther) const; + + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + + // protect native font of box + virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font ); +}; + +#endif + // _WX_STATBOX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statline.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statline.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8b2628fa13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statline.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/statline.h +// Purpose: a generic wxStaticLine class used for mac before adaptation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 28.06.99 +// Version: $Id: statline.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_ +#define _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_ + +class wxStaticBox; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticLine +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticLine : public wxStaticLineBase +{ +public: + // constructors and pseudo-constructors + wxStaticLine() : m_statbox(NULL) { } + + wxStaticLine( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr ) + : m_statbox(NULL) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr ); + + // it's necessary to override this wxWindow function because we + // will want to return the main widget for m_statbox + // + WXWidget GetMainWidget() const; + +protected: + // we implement the static line using a static box + wxStaticBox *m_statbox; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticLine) +}; + +#endif // _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/stattext.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/stattext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..18372b9500 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/stattext.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/stattext.h +// Purpose: wxStaticText class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stattext.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STATTEXT_H_ +#define _WX_STATTEXT_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticText: public wxStaticTextBase +{ +public: + wxStaticText() { } + + wxStaticText(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr); + + // accessors + void SetLabel( const wxString &str ) ; + bool SetFont( const wxFont &font ); + + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + +protected : + + virtual wxString DoGetLabel() const; + virtual void DoSetLabel(const wxString& str); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ; + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP && wxOSX_USE_COCOA + virtual bool DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup); +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP && wxOSX_USE_COCOA + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStaticText) +}; + +#endif + // _WX_STATTEXT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statusbr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statusbr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea90f0a649 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/statusbr.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/statusbr.h +// Purpose: native implementation of wxStatusBar. +// Optional: can use generic version instead. +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statusbr.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STATBAR_H_ +#define _WX_STATBAR_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStatusBarMac : public wxStatusBarGeneric +{ +public: + wxStatusBarMac(); + wxStatusBarMac(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + long style = wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr); + + virtual ~wxStatusBarMac(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + long style = wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr); + + // Implementation + virtual void MacHiliteChanged(); + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + +protected: + virtual void DrawFieldText(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rc, int i, int textHeight); + virtual void DrawField(wxDC& dc, int i, int textHeight); + virtual void DoUpdateStatusText(int number = 0); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStatusBarMac) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_STATBAR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/taskbarosx.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/taskbarosx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dba4a86bb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/taskbarosx.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// File: wx/mac/taskbarosx.h +// Purpose: Defines wxTaskBarIcon class for OSX +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/04/2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: taskbarosx.h 67084 2011-02-28 10:12:06Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton, 2003 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _TASKBAR_H_ +#define _TASKBAR_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIcon : public wxTaskBarIconBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTaskBarIcon) +public: + // type of taskbar item to create (currently only DOCK is implemented) + enum wxTaskBarIconType + { + DOCK +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + , CUSTOM_STATUSITEM +#endif +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + , DEFAULT_TYPE = CUSTOM_STATUSITEM +#else + , DEFAULT_TYPE = DOCK +#endif + }; + + wxTaskBarIcon(wxTaskBarIconType iconType = DEFAULT_TYPE); + virtual ~wxTaskBarIcon(); + + // returns true if the taskbaricon is in the global menubar +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA + bool OSXIsStatusItem(); +#else + bool OSXIsStatusItem() { return false; } +#endif + bool IsOk() const { return true; } + + bool IsIconInstalled() const; + bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip = wxEmptyString); + bool RemoveIcon(); + bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu); + +protected: + wxTaskBarIconType m_type; + class wxTaskBarIconImpl* m_impl; + friend class wxTaskBarIconImpl; +}; +#endif + // _TASKBAR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/textctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/textctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..411bfbf30e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/textctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/textctrl.h +// Purpose: wxTextCtrl class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textctrl.h 66770 2011-01-26 15:51:39Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_ + +#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS + // set this to 'true' if you want to use the 'classic' MLTE-based implementation + // instead of the HIView-based implementation in 10.3 and upwards, the former + // has more features (backgrounds etc.), but may show redraw artefacts and other + // problems depending on your usage; hence, the default is 'false'. + #define wxMAC_TEXTCONTROL_USE_MLTE wxT("mac.textcontrol-use-mlte") + // set this to 'true' if you want editable text controls to have spell checking turned + // on by default, you can change this setting individually on a control using MacCheckSpelling + #define wxMAC_TEXTCONTROL_USE_SPELL_CHECKER wxT("mac.textcontrol-use-spell-checker") +#endif + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/textctrl.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextCtrl: public wxTextCtrlBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrl) + +public: + wxTextCtrl() + { Init(); } + + wxTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + virtual ~wxTextCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr); + + // accessors + // --------- + + virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const; + virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const; + virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const; + + virtual bool IsModified() const; + + // operations + // ---------- + + + // sets/clears the dirty flag + virtual void MarkDirty(); + virtual void DiscardEdits(); + + // set the max number of characters which may be entered + // in a single line text control + virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long len); + + // set the grayed out hint text + virtual bool SetHint(const wxString& hint); + virtual wxString GetHint() const; + + // text control under some platforms supports the text styles: these + // methods apply the given text style to the given selection or to + // set/get the style which will be used for all appended text + virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font ); + virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style); + virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style); + virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style); + + // translate between the position (which is just an index into the textctrl + // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates + // which represent column and line. + virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const; + virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const; + + virtual void ShowPosition(long pos); + + // overrides so that we can send text updated events + virtual void Copy(); + virtual void Cut(); + virtual void Paste(); + + // Implementation + // -------------- + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const; + + // callbacks + void OnDropFiles(wxDropFilesEvent& event); + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); // Process 'enter' if required + void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); // Process clipboard shortcuts + + void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnDelete(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnSelectAll(wxCommandEvent& event); + + void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateDelete(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnUpdateSelectAll(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + + void OnContextMenu(wxContextMenuEvent& event); + + virtual bool MacSetupCursor( const wxPoint& pt ); + + virtual void MacVisibilityChanged(); + virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition(); + virtual void MacCheckSpelling(bool check); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // flag is set to true when the user edits the controls contents + bool m_dirty; + + virtual void EnableTextChangedEvents(bool WXUNUSED(enable)) + { + // nothing to do here as the events are never generated when we change + // the controls value programmatically anyhow + } + +private : + wxMenu *m_privateContextMenu; + wxString m_hintString; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/textentry.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/textentry.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..07ae94e81c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/textentry.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/textentry.h +// Purpose: wxTextEntry class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: Kevin Ollivier +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textentry.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OSX_TEXTENTRY_H_ +#define _WX_OSX_TEXTENTRY_H_ + +#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS + // set this to 'true' if you want to use the 'classic' MLTE-based implementation + // instead of the HIView-based implementation in 10.3 and upwards, the former + // has more features (backgrounds etc.), but may show redraw artefacts and other + // problems depending on your usage; hence, the default is 'false'. + #define wxMAC_TEXTCONTROL_USE_MLTE wxT("mac.textcontrol-use-mlte") + // set this to 'true' if you want editable text controls to have spell checking turned + // on by default, you can change this setting individually on a control using MacCheckSpelling + #define wxMAC_TEXTCONTROL_USE_SPELL_CHECKER wxT("mac.textcontrol-use-spell-checker") +#endif + +#include "wx/control.h" + +// forward decl for wxListWidgetImpl implementation type. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextWidgetImpl; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextEntry: public wxTextEntryBase +{ + +public: + wxTextEntry() + : m_editable(true), + m_maxLength(0) + { } + + virtual ~wxTextEntry() {}; + + virtual bool IsEditable() const; + + // If the return values from and to are the same, there is no selection. + virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const; + + // operations + // ---------- + + // editing + virtual void Clear(); + virtual void Remove(long from, long to); + + // set the max number of characters which may be entered + // in a single line text control + virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long len); + + // writing text inserts it at the current position; + // appending always inserts it at the end + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text); + + // Clipboard operations + virtual void Copy(); + virtual void Cut(); + virtual void Paste(); + + virtual bool CanCopy() const; + virtual bool CanCut() const; + virtual bool CanPaste() const; + + // Undo/redo + virtual void Undo(); + virtual void Redo(); + + virtual bool CanUndo() const; + virtual bool CanRedo() const; + + // Insertion point + virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos); + virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd(); + virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const; + virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const; + + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to); + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable); + + // Implementation + // -------------- + + virtual wxTextWidgetImpl * GetTextPeer() const; +protected: + + virtual wxString DoGetValue() const; + + bool m_editable; + + // need to make this public because of the current implementation via callbacks + unsigned long m_maxLength; + +}; + +#endif // _WX_OSX_TEXTENTRY_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/tglbtn.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/tglbtn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ea7406baa --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/tglbtn.h @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/tglbtn.h +// Purpose: Declaration of the wxToggleButton class, which implements a +// toggle button under wxMac. +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 08.02.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tglbtn.h 66992 2011-02-22 13:25:30Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_ +#define _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapToggleButton : public wxToggleButtonBase +{ +public: + wxBitmapToggleButton() {} + wxBitmapToggleButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr); + + virtual void SetValue(bool value); + virtual bool GetValue() const ; + + virtual bool OSXHandleClicked( double timestampsec ); + + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + +private: + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + + int m_marginX, + m_marginY; + +protected: + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxBitmapToggleButton) +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToggleButton : public wxToggleButtonBase +{ +public: + wxToggleButton() {} + wxToggleButton(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr); + + virtual void SetValue(bool value); + virtual bool GetValue() const ; + + virtual bool OSXHandleClicked( double timestampsec ); + + virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event); + +protected: + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxToggleButton) +}; + +#endif // _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/toolbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/toolbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7ebb40e028 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/toolbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/toolbar.h +// Purpose: wxToolBar class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: toolbar.h 66993 2011-02-22 13:25:38Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TOOLBAR_H_ +#define _WX_TOOLBAR_H_ + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#include "wx/tbarbase.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolBar: public wxToolBarBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar) + public: + /* + * Public interface + */ + + wxToolBar() { Init(); } + + inline wxToolBar(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr) + { + Init(); + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + virtual ~wxToolBar(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr); + + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style); + + virtual bool Destroy(); + + // override/implement base class virtuals + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + +#ifndef __WXOSX_IPHONE__ + virtual bool Show(bool show = true); + virtual bool IsShown() const; +#endif + virtual bool Realize(); + + virtual void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size); + virtual wxSize GetToolSize() const; + + virtual void SetRows(int nRows); + + virtual void SetToolNormalBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + virtual void SetToolDisabledBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap); + +#ifndef __WXOSX_IPHONE__ + // Add all the buttons + + virtual wxString MacGetToolTipString( wxPoint &where ) ; + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) ; + void OnMouse(wxMouseEvent& event) ; + virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition() ; +#endif + +#if wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR + bool MacInstallNativeToolbar(bool usesNative); + void MacUninstallNativeToolbar(); + bool MacWantsNativeToolbar(); + bool MacTopLevelHasNativeToolbar(bool *ownToolbarInstalled) const; +#endif +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + void DoLayout(); + + void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags); + +#ifndef __WXOSX_IPHONE__ + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const; + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; +#endif + virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + + virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable); + virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); + virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle); + + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bmpNormal, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + wxItemKind kind, + wxObject *clientData, + const wxString& shortHelp, + const wxString& longHelp); + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control, + const wxString& label); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +#if wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR + bool m_macUsesNativeToolbar ; + void* m_macToolbar ; +#endif +#ifdef __WXOSX_IPHONE__ + WX_UIView m_macToolbar; +#endif +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#endif + // _WX_TOOLBAR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/tooltip.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/tooltip.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9b8467b45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/tooltip.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/tooltip.h +// Purpose: wxToolTip class - tooltip control +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 31.01.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tooltip.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin, Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MAC_TOOLTIP_H_ +#define _WX_MAC_TOOLTIP_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/event.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolTip : public wxObject +{ +public: + // ctor & dtor + wxToolTip(const wxString &tip); + virtual ~wxToolTip(); + + // accessors + // tip text + void SetTip(const wxString& tip); + const wxString& GetTip() const { return m_text; } + + // the window we're associated with + void SetWindow(wxWindow *win); + wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_window; } + + // controlling tooltip behaviour: globally change tooltip parameters + // enable or disable the tooltips globally + static void Enable(bool flag); + // set the delay after which the tooltip appears + static void SetDelay(long milliseconds); + // set the delay after which the tooltip disappears or how long the tooltip remains visible + static void SetAutoPop(long milliseconds); + // set the delay between subsequent tooltips to appear + static void SetReshow(long milliseconds); + static void NotifyWindowDelete( WXHWND win ) ; + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // should be called in response to mouse events + static void RelayEvent(wxWindow *win , wxMouseEvent &event); + static void RemoveToolTips(); + +private: + wxString m_text; // tooltip text + wxWindow *m_window; // window we're associated with + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxToolTip) +}; + +#endif // _WX_MAC_TOOLTIP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/toplevel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/toplevel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0c6373e08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/toplevel.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/toplevel.h +// Purpose: wxTopLevelWindowMac is the Mac implementation of wxTLW +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.09.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: toplevel.h 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_ +#define _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTopLevelWindowMac +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTopLevelWindowMac : public wxTopLevelWindowBase +{ +public: + // constructors and such + wxTopLevelWindowMac() { Init(); } + + wxTopLevelWindowMac(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); + } + + virtual ~wxTopLevelWindowMac(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, WXWindow nativeWindow); + + virtual bool Destroy(); + + virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const; + + virtual bool SetShape(const wxRegion& region) + { return DoSetShape(region); } + + // Attracts the users attention to this window if the application is + // inactive (should be called when a background event occurs) + virtual void RequestUserAttention(int flags = wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = true); + virtual bool IsMaximized() const; + virtual void Iconize(bool iconize = true); + virtual bool IsIconized() const; + virtual void Restore(); + + virtual bool IsActive(); + + virtual void ShowWithoutActivating(); + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL) ; + virtual bool IsFullScreen() const ; + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title); + virtual wxString GetTitle() const; + + virtual void OSXSetModified(bool modified); + virtual bool OSXIsModified() const; + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // is the frame currently iconized? + bool m_iconized; + + // should the frame be maximized when it will be shown? set by Maximize() + // when it is called while the frame is hidden + bool m_maximizeOnShow; +private : + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/treectrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/treectrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1f5e9bcc00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/treectrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/treectrl.h +// Purpose: wxTreeCtrl class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: treectrl.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TREECTRL_H_ +#define _WX_TREECTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/imaglist.h" + +#define wxTREE_MASK_HANDLE 0x0001 +#define wxTREE_MASK_STATE 0x0002 +#define wxTREE_MASK_TEXT 0x0004 +#define wxTREE_MASK_IMAGE 0x0008 +#define wxTREE_MASK_SELECTED_IMAGE 0x0010 +#define wxTREE_MASK_CHILDREN 0x0020 +#define wxTREE_MASK_DATA 0x0040 + +#define wxTREE_STATE_BOLD 0x0001 +#define wxTREE_STATE_DROPHILITED 0x0002 +#define wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED 0x0004 +#define wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDEDONCE 0x0008 +#define wxTREE_STATE_FOCUSED 0x0010 +#define wxTREE_STATE_SELECTED 0x0020 +#define wxTREE_STATE_CUT 0x0040 + +#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ABOVE 0x0001 // Above the client area. +#define wxTREE_HITTEST_BELOW 0x0002 // Below the client area. +#define wxTREE_HITTEST_NOWHERE 0x0004 // In the client area but below the last item. +#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON 0x0010 // On the button associated with an item. +#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON 0x0020 // On the bitmap associated with an item. +#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMINDENT 0x0040 // In the indentation associated with an item. +#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL 0x0080 // On the label (string) associated with an item. +#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT 0x0100 // In the area to the right of an item. +#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x0200 // On the state icon for a tree view item that is in a user-defined state. +#define wxTREE_HITTEST_TOLEFT 0x0400 // To the right of the client area. +#define wxTREE_HITTEST_TORIGHT 0x0800 // To the left of the client area. + +#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEM (wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL | wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON) + +// Flags for GetNextItem +enum { + wxTREE_NEXT_CARET, // Retrieves the currently selected item. + wxTREE_NEXT_CHILD, // Retrieves the first child item. The hItem parameter must be NULL. + wxTREE_NEXT_DROPHILITE, // Retrieves the item that is the target of a drag-and-drop operation. + wxTREE_NEXT_FIRSTVISIBLE, // Retrieves the first visible item. + wxTREE_NEXT_NEXT, // Retrieves the next sibling item. + wxTREE_NEXT_NEXTVISIBLE, // Retrieves the next visible item that follows the specified item. + wxTREE_NEXT_PARENT, // Retrieves the parent of the specified item. + wxTREE_NEXT_PREVIOUS, // Retrieves the previous sibling item. + wxTREE_NEXT_PREVIOUSVISIBLE, // Retrieves the first visible item that precedes the specified item. + wxTREE_NEXT_ROOT // Retrieves the first child item of the root item of which the specified item is a part. +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // Flags for InsertItem + enum { + wxTREE_INSERT_LAST = -1, + wxTREE_INSERT_FIRST = -2, + wxTREE_INSERT_SORT = -3 + }; +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeItem: public wxObject +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeItem) + +public: + + long m_mask; + long m_itemId; + long m_state; + long m_stateMask; + wxString m_text; + int m_image; + int m_selectedImage; + int m_children; + long m_data; + + wxTreeItem(); + +// Accessors + inline long GetMask() const { return m_mask; } + inline long GetItemId() const { return m_itemId; } + inline long GetState() const { return m_state; } + inline long GetStateMask() const { return m_stateMask; } + inline wxString GetText() const { return m_text; } + inline int GetImage() const { return m_image; } + inline int GetSelectedImage() const { return m_selectedImage; } + inline int GetChildren() const { return m_children; } + inline long GetData() const { return m_data; } + + inline void SetMask(long mask) { m_mask = mask; } + inline void SetItemId(long id) { m_itemId = m_itemId = id; } + inline void SetState(long state) { m_state = state; } + inline void SetStateMask(long stateMask) { m_stateMask = stateMask; } + inline void GetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; } + inline void SetImage(int image) { m_image = image; } + inline void GetSelectedImage(int selImage) { m_selectedImage = selImage; } + inline void SetChildren(int children) { m_children = children; } + inline void SetData(long data) { m_data = data; } +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeCtrl: public wxControl +{ +public: + /* + * Public interface + */ + + // creation + // -------- + wxTreeCtrl(); + + inline wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS|wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = "wxTreeCtrl") + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name); + } + virtual ~wxTreeCtrl(); + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS|wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = "wxTreeCtrl"); + + // accessors + // --------- + // + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const; + + // indent + int GetIndent() const; + void SetIndent(int indent); + // image list + wxImageList *GetImageList(int which = wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL) const; + + // navigation inside the tree + long GetNextItem(long item, int code) const; + bool ItemHasChildren(long item) const; + long GetChild(long item) const; + long GetItemParent(long item) const; + long GetFirstVisibleItem() const; + long GetNextVisibleItem(long item) const; + long GetSelection() const; + long GetRootItem() const; + + // generic function for (g|s)etting item attributes + bool GetItem(wxTreeItem& info) const; + bool SetItem(wxTreeItem& info); + // item state + int GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const; + bool SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask); + // item image + bool SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage); + // item text + wxString GetItemText(long item) const; + void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str); + // custom data associated with the item + long GetItemData(long item) const; + bool SetItemData(long item, long data); + // convenience function + bool IsItemExpanded(long item) + { + return (GetItemState(item, wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED) & + wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED) != 0; + } + + // bounding rect + bool GetItemRect(long item, wxRect& rect, bool textOnly = false) const; + // + wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const; + + // operations + // ---------- + // adding/deleting items + bool DeleteItem(long item); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + wxDEPRECATED( long InsertItem(long parent, wxTreeItem& info, + long insertAfter = wxTREE_INSERT_LAST) ); + // If image > -1 and selImage == -1, the same image is used for + // both selected and unselected items. + wxDEPRECATED( long InsertItem(long parent, const wxString& label, + int image = -1, int selImage = -1, + long insertAfter = wxTREE_INSERT_LAST) ); + + // use Expand, Collapse, CollapseAndReset or Toggle + wxDEPRECATED( bool ExpandItem(long item, int action) ); + wxDEPRECATED( void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which = wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + // changing item state + bool ExpandItem(long item) { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_EXPAND); } + bool CollapseItem(long item) { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE); } + bool ToggleItem(long item) { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_TOGGLE); } + + // + bool SelectItem(long item); + bool ScrollTo(long item); + bool DeleteAllItems(); + + // Edit the label (tree must have the focus) + wxTextCtrl* EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass = wxCLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)); + + // End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit + bool EndEditLabel(bool cancel); + + long HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags); + // wxImageList *CreateDragImage(long item); + bool SortChildren(long item); + bool EnsureVisible(long item); + + void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); }; + +protected: + wxTextCtrl* m_textCtrl; + wxImageList* m_imageListNormal; + wxImageList* m_imageListState; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl) +}; + +/* + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG, + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG, + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT, + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM, + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO, + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO, + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED, + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING, + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED, + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING, + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED, + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING, + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeEvent: public wxCommandEvent +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeEvent) + +public: + wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0); + + int m_code; + wxTreeItem m_item; + long m_oldItem; + wxPoint m_pointDrag; + + inline long GetOldItem() const { return m_oldItem; } + inline wxTreeItem& GetItem() const { return (wxTreeItem&) m_item; } + inline wxPoint GetPoint() const { return m_pointDrag; } + inline int GetCode() const { return m_code; } +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTreeEventFunction)(wxTreeEvent&); + +#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, +#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, +#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, +#define EVT_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, +#define EVT_TREE_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, +#define EVT_TREE_GET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, +#define EVT_TREE_SET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, +#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, +#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, +#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, +#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, +#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, +#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, +#define EVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, NULL }, + +#endif + // _WX_TREECTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/uma.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/uma.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..451f2f71f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/uma.h @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON +#include "wx/osx/carbon/uma.h" +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/window.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/window.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ff8fc96fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/osx/window.h @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/osx/window.h +// Purpose: wxWindowMac class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 1998-01-01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: window.h 67243 2011-03-19 08:36:23Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WINDOW_H_ +#define _WX_WINDOW_H_ + +#include "wx/brush.h" +#include "wx/dc.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollBar; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPanel; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNonOwnedWindow; + +#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMacControl ; + typedef wxMacControl wxOSXWidgetImpl; +#elif wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_IPHONE + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWidgetImpl ; + typedef wxWidgetImpl wxOSXWidgetImpl; +#endif + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowMac: public wxWindowBase +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowMac) + + friend class wxDC; + friend class wxPaintDC; + +public: + wxWindowMac(); + + wxWindowMac( wxWindowMac *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr ); + + virtual ~wxWindowMac(); + + bool Create( wxWindowMac *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr ); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual void SetLabel( const wxString& label ); + virtual wxString GetLabel() const; + + virtual void Raise(); + virtual void Lower(); + + virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); + virtual bool ShowWithEffect(wxShowEffect effect, + unsigned timeout = 0) + { + return OSXShowWithEffect(true, effect, timeout); + } + virtual bool HideWithEffect(wxShowEffect effect, + unsigned timeout = 0) + { + return OSXShowWithEffect(false, effect, timeout); + } + + virtual bool IsShownOnScreen() const; + + virtual void SetFocus(); + + virtual void WarpPointer( int x, int y ); + + virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true, + const wxRect *rect = NULL ); + + virtual void Update() ; + virtual void ClearBackground(); + + virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor ); + virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font ); + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour ); + virtual bool SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour ); + + virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style); + + virtual int GetCharHeight() const; + virtual int GetCharWidth() const; + +public: + virtual void SetScrollbar( int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible, + int range, bool refresh = true ); + virtual void SetScrollPos( int orient, int pos, bool refresh = true ); + virtual int GetScrollPos( int orient ) const; + virtual int GetScrollThumb( int orient ) const; + virtual int GetScrollRange( int orient ) const; + virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, + const wxRect* rect = NULL ); + virtual void AlwaysShowScrollbars(bool horz = true, bool vert = true); + virtual bool IsScrollbarAlwaysShown(int orient) const + { + return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? m_hScrollBarAlwaysShown + : m_vScrollBarAlwaysShown; + } + + virtual bool Reparent( wxWindowBase *newParent ); + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget ); +#endif + + // Accept files for dragging + virtual void DragAcceptFiles( bool accept ); + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + void MacClientToRootWindow( int *x , int *y ) const; + + void MacWindowToRootWindow( int *x , int *y ) const; + + void MacRootWindowToWindow( int *x , int *y ) const; + + virtual wxString MacGetToolTipString( wxPoint &where ); + + // simple accessors + // ---------------- + + virtual WXWidget GetHandle() const; + + virtual bool SetTransparent(wxByte alpha); + virtual bool CanSetTransparent(); + virtual wxByte GetTransparent() const ; + + // event handlers + // -------------- + + void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent &event ); + + void MacOnScroll( wxScrollEvent&event ); + + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const; + + virtual bool IsDoubleBuffered() const { return true; } + +public: + static long MacRemoveBordersFromStyle( long style ) ; + +public: + // For implementation purposes: + // sometimes decorations make the client area smaller + virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const; + + wxWindowMac *FindItem(long id) const; + wxWindowMac *FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly = false) const; + + virtual void TriggerScrollEvent( wxEventType scrollEvent ) ; + // this should not be overriden in classes above wxWindowMac + // because it is called from its destructor via DeleteChildren + virtual void RemoveChild( wxWindowBase *child ); + + virtual bool MacDoRedraw( long time ) ; + virtual void MacPaintChildrenBorders(); + virtual void MacPaintBorders( int left , int top ) ; + void MacPaintGrowBox(); + + // invalidates the borders and focus area around the control; + // must not be virtual as it will be called during destruction + void MacInvalidateBorders() ; + + WXWindow MacGetTopLevelWindowRef() const ; + wxNonOwnedWindow* MacGetTopLevelWindow() const ; + + virtual long MacGetWXBorderSize() const; + virtual long MacGetLeftBorderSize() const ; + virtual long MacGetRightBorderSize() const ; + virtual long MacGetTopBorderSize() const ; + virtual long MacGetBottomBorderSize() const ; + + virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition() ; + + // absolute coordinates of this window's root have changed + virtual void MacTopLevelWindowChangedPosition() ; + + virtual void MacChildAdded() ; + virtual void MacVisibilityChanged() ; + virtual void MacEnabledStateChanged() ; + virtual void MacHiliteChanged() ; + virtual wxInt32 MacControlHit( WXEVENTHANDLERREF handler , WXEVENTREF event ) ; + + bool MacIsReallyEnabled() ; + bool MacIsReallyHilited() ; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + bool MacIsUserPane(); +#endif + bool MacIsUserPane() const; + + virtual bool MacSetupCursor( const wxPoint& pt ) ; + + // return the rectangle that would be visible of this control, + // regardless whether controls are hidden + // only taking into account clipping by parent windows + const wxRect& MacGetClippedClientRect() const ; + const wxRect& MacGetClippedRect() const ; + const wxRect& MacGetClippedRectWithOuterStructure() const ; + + // returns the visible region of this control in window ie non-client coordinates + const wxRegion& MacGetVisibleRegion( bool includeOuterStructures = false ) ; + + // returns true if children have to clipped to the content area + // (e.g., scrolled windows) + bool MacClipChildren() const { return m_clipChildren ; } + void MacSetClipChildren( bool clip ) { m_clipChildren = clip ; } + + // returns true if the grandchildren need to be clipped to the children's content area + // (e.g., splitter windows) + virtual bool MacClipGrandChildren() const { return false ; } + bool MacIsWindowScrollbar( const wxWindow* sb ) const + { return ((wxWindow*)m_hScrollBar == sb || (wxWindow*)m_vScrollBar == sb) ; } + virtual bool IsClientAreaChild(const wxWindow *child) const + { + return !MacIsWindowScrollbar(child) && !((wxWindow*)m_growBox==child) && + wxWindowBase::IsClientAreaChild(child); + } + + void MacPostControlCreate(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size) ; + wxList& GetSubcontrols() { return m_subControls; } + + // translate wxWidgets coords into ones suitable + // to be passed to CreateControl calls + // + // returns true if non-default coords are returned, false otherwise + bool MacGetBoundsForControl(const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int& x, int& y, + int& w, int& h , bool adjustForOrigin ) const ; + + // the 'true' OS level control for this wxWindow + wxOSXWidgetImpl* GetPeer() const; + + // optimization to avoid creating a user pane in wxWindow::Create if we already know + // we will replace it with our own peer + void DontCreatePeer(); + + // sets the native implementation wrapper, can replace an existing peer, use peer = NULL to + // release existing peer + void SetPeer(wxOSXWidgetImpl* peer); + + // wraps the already existing peer with the wrapper + void SetWrappingPeer(wxOSXWidgetImpl* wrapper); + +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_IPHONE + // the NSView or NSWindow of this window: can be used for both child and + // non-owned windows + // + // this is useful for a few Cocoa function which can work with either views + // or windows indiscriminately, e.g. for setting NSViewAnimationTargetKey + virtual void *OSXGetViewOrWindow() const { return GetHandle(); } +#endif // Cocoa + + void * MacGetCGContextRef() { return m_cgContextRef ; } + void MacSetCGContextRef(void * cg) { m_cgContextRef = cg ; } + + // osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports + + virtual bool OSXHandleClicked( double timestampsec ); + virtual bool OSXHandleKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event ); + + bool IsNativeWindowWrapper() const { return m_isNativeWindowWrapper; } + + float GetContentScaleFactor() const ; + +protected: + // For controls like radio buttons which are genuinely composite + wxList m_subControls; + + // the peer object, allowing for cleaner API support + + void * m_cgContextRef ; + + // cache the clipped rectangles within the window hierarchy + void MacUpdateClippedRects() const ; + + mutable bool m_cachedClippedRectValid ; + mutable wxRect m_cachedClippedRectWithOuterStructure ; + mutable wxRect m_cachedClippedRect ; + mutable wxRect m_cachedClippedClientRect ; + mutable wxRegion m_cachedClippedRegionWithOuterStructure ; + mutable wxRegion m_cachedClippedRegion ; + mutable wxRegion m_cachedClippedClientRegion ; + + // insets of the mac control from the wx top left corner + wxPoint m_macTopLeftInset ; + wxPoint m_macBottomRightInset ; + wxByte m_macAlpha ; + + wxScrollBar* m_hScrollBar ; + wxScrollBar* m_vScrollBar ; + bool m_hScrollBarAlwaysShown; + bool m_vScrollBarAlwaysShown; + wxWindow* m_growBox ; + wxString m_label ; + + bool m_isNativeWindowWrapper; + + // set to true if we do a sharp clip at the content area of this window + // must be dynamic as eg a panel normally is not clipping precisely, but if + // it becomes the target window of a scrolled window it has to... + bool m_clipChildren ; + + virtual bool MacIsChildOfClientArea( const wxWindow* child ) const ; + + bool MacHasScrollBarCorner() const; + void MacCreateScrollBars( long style ) ; + void MacRepositionScrollBars() ; + void MacUpdateControlFont() ; + + // implement the base class pure virtuals + virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + int *x, int *y, + int *descent = NULL, + int *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *theFont = NULL ) const; + + virtual void DoEnable( bool enable ); +#if wxUSE_MENUS + virtual bool DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y ); +#endif + + virtual void DoFreeze(); + virtual void DoThaw(); + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + virtual wxSize DoGetSizeFromClientSize( const wxSize & size ) const; + virtual void DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const; + virtual void DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const; + virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const; + virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const; + virtual void DoGetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const; + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO); + virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height); + + virtual void DoCaptureMouse(); + virtual void DoReleaseMouse(); + + // move the window to the specified location and resize it: this is called + // from both DoSetSize() and DoSetClientSize() and would usually just call + // ::MoveWindow() except for composite controls which will want to arrange + // themselves inside the given rectangle + virtual void DoMoveWindow( int x, int y, int width, int height ); + virtual void DoSetWindowVariant( wxWindowVariant variant ); + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip ); +#endif + + // common part of Show/HideWithEffect() + virtual bool OSXShowWithEffect(bool show, + wxShowEffect effect, + unsigned timeout); + +private: + wxOSXWidgetImpl * m_peer ; + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // show/hide scrollbars as needed, common part of SetScrollbar() and + // AlwaysShowScrollbars() + void DoUpdateScrollbarVisibility(); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowMac); + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif // _WX_WINDOW_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/overlay.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/overlay.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f29b4fc71 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/overlay.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/overlay.h +// Purpose: wxOverlay class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-10-20 +// RCS-ID: $Id: overlay.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OVERLAY_H_ +#define _WX_OVERLAY_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if defined(__WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY 1 +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY 1 +#else + // don't define wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// creates an overlay over an existing window, allowing for manipulations like +// rubberbanding etc. This API is not stable yet, not to be used outside wx +// internal code +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxOverlayImpl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOverlay +{ +public: + wxOverlay(); + ~wxOverlay(); + + // clears the overlay without restoring the former state + // to be done eg when the window content has been changed and repainted + void Reset(); + + // returns (port-specific) implementation of the overlay + wxOverlayImpl *GetImpl() { return m_impl; } + +private: + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDCOverlay; + + // returns true if it has been setup + bool IsOk(); + + void Init(wxDC* dc, int x , int y , int width , int height); + + void BeginDrawing(wxDC* dc); + + void EndDrawing(wxDC* dc); + + void Clear(wxDC* dc); + + wxOverlayImpl* m_impl; + + bool m_inDrawing; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxOverlay); +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCOverlay +{ +public: + // connects this overlay to the corresponding drawing dc, if the overlay is + // not initialized yet this call will do so + wxDCOverlay(wxOverlay &overlay, wxDC *dc, int x , int y , int width , int height); + + // convenience wrapper that behaves the same using the entire area of the dc + wxDCOverlay(wxOverlay &overlay, wxDC *dc); + + // removes the connection between the overlay and the dc + virtual ~wxDCOverlay(); + + // clears the layer, restoring the state at the last init + void Clear(); + +private: + void Init(wxDC *dc, int x , int y , int width , int height); + + wxOverlay& m_overlay; + + wxDC* m_dc; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCOverlay); +}; + +#endif // _WX_OVERLAY_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ownerdrw.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ownerdrw.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37a525844e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ownerdrw.h @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/ownerdrw.h +// Purpose: interface for owner-drawn GUI elements +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: Marcin Malich +// Created: 11.11.97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ownerdrw.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_OWNERDRW_H_BASE +#define _WX_OWNERDRW_H_BASE + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + +#include "wx/font.h" +#include "wx/colour.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxOwnerDrawn - a mix-in base class, derive from it to implement owner-drawn +// behaviour +// +// wxOwnerDrawn supports drawing of an item with non standard font, color and +// also supports 3 bitmaps: either a checked/unchecked bitmap for a checkable +// element or one unchangeable bitmap otherwise. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOwnerDrawnBase +{ +public: + wxOwnerDrawnBase() + { + m_ownerDrawn = false; + m_margin = ms_defaultMargin; + } + + virtual ~wxOwnerDrawnBase() {} + + void SetFont(const wxFont& font) + { m_font = font; m_ownerDrawn = true; } + + wxFont& GetFont() const + { return (wxFont&) m_font; } + + + void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) + { m_colText = colText; m_ownerDrawn = true; } + + wxColour& GetTextColour() const + { return (wxColour&) m_colText; } + + void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) + { m_colBack = colBack; m_ownerDrawn = true; } + + wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const + { return (wxColour&) m_colBack ; } + + + void SetMarginWidth(int width) + { m_margin = width; } + + int GetMarginWidth() const + { return m_margin; } + + static int GetDefaultMarginWidth() + { return ms_defaultMargin; } + + + // get item name (with mnemonics if exist) + virtual wxString GetName() const = 0; + + + // this function might seem strange, but if it returns false it means that + // no non-standard attribute are set, so there is no need for this control + // to be owner-drawn. Moreover, you can force owner-drawn to false if you + // want to change, say, the color for the item but only if it is owner-drawn + // (see wxMenuItem::wxMenuItem for example) + bool IsOwnerDrawn() const + { return m_ownerDrawn; } + + // switch on/off owner-drawing the item + void SetOwnerDrawn(bool ownerDrawn = true) + { m_ownerDrawn = ownerDrawn; } + + + // constants used in OnDrawItem + // (they have the same values as corresponding Win32 constants) + enum wxODAction + { + wxODDrawAll = 0x0001, // redraw entire control + wxODSelectChanged = 0x0002, // selection changed (see Status.Select) + wxODFocusChanged = 0x0004 // keyboard focus changed (see Status.Focus) + }; + + enum wxODStatus + { + wxODSelected = 0x0001, // control is currently selected + wxODGrayed = 0x0002, // item is to be grayed + wxODDisabled = 0x0004, // item is to be drawn as disabled + wxODChecked = 0x0008, // item is to be checked + wxODHasFocus = 0x0010, // item has the keyboard focus + wxODDefault = 0x0020, // item is the default item + wxODHidePrefix= 0x0100 // hide keyboard cues (w2k and xp only) + }; + + // virtual functions to implement drawing (return true if processed) + virtual bool OnMeasureItem(size_t *width, size_t *height); + virtual bool OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rc, wxODAction act, wxODStatus stat) = 0; + +protected: + + // get the font and colour to use, whether it is set or not + virtual void GetFontToUse(wxFont& font) const; + virtual void GetColourToUse(wxODStatus stat, wxColour& colText, wxColour& colBack) const; + +private: + bool m_ownerDrawn; // true if something is non standard + + wxFont m_font; // font to use for drawing + wxColour m_colText, // color ----"---"---"---- + m_colBack; // background color + + int m_margin; // space occupied by bitmap to the left of the item + + static int ms_defaultMargin; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the platform-specific class declaration +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/ownerdrw.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/ownerdrw.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + +#endif // _WX_OWNERDRW_H_BASE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/palette.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/palette.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dab7040c58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/palette.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/palette.h +// Purpose: Common header and base class for wxPalette +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: palette.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PALETTE_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_PALETTE_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" + +// wxPaletteBase +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaletteBase: public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + virtual ~wxPaletteBase() { } + + virtual int GetColoursCount() const { wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("not implemented") ); return 0; } +}; + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/palette.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/palette.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/x11/palette.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/generic/paletteg.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #include "wx/mgl/palette.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/palette.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/palette.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +#endif // _WX_PALETTE_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/panel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/panel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8241cc51d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/panel.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/panel.h +// Purpose: Base header for wxPanel +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: panel.h 67253 2011-03-20 00:00:49Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PANEL_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_PANEL_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers and forward declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/window.h" +#include "wx/containr.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxControlContainer; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxPanelNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPanel contains other controls and implements TAB traversal between them +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPanelBase : public wxWindow +{ +public: + wxPanelBase(); + + // Derived classes should also provide this constructor: + /* + wxPanelBase(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr); + */ + + // Pseudo ctor + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr); + + + // Use the given bitmap to tile the background of this panel. This bitmap + // will show through any transparent children. + // + // Notice that you must not prevent the base class EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND + // handler from running (i.e. not to handle this event yourself) for this + // to work. + void SetBackgroundBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) + { + DoSetBackgroundBitmap(bmp); + } + + + // implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + virtual void InitDialog(); + + WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); + +protected: + virtual void DoSetBackgroundBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) = 0; + +private: + wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE(); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPanelBase); +}; + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/panel.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/panel.h" +#else + #define wxHAS_GENERIC_PANEL + #include "wx/generic/panelg.h" +#endif + +#endif // _WX_PANELH_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/paper.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/paper.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..89dfe20d3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/paper.h @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/paper.h +// Purpose: Paper database types and classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: paper.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PAPERH__ +#define _WX_PAPERH__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/cmndata.h" +#include "wx/intl.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" + +/* + * Paper type: see defs.h for wxPaperSize enum. + * A wxPrintPaperType can have an id and a name, or just a name and wxPAPER_NONE, + * so you can add further paper types without needing new ids. + */ + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#define WXADDPAPER(paperId, platformId, name, w, h) AddPaperType(paperId, platformId, name, w, h) +#else +#define WXADDPAPER(paperId, platformId, name, w, h) AddPaperType(paperId, 0, name, w, h) +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintPaperType: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxPrintPaperType(); + + // platformId is a platform-specific id, such as in Windows, DMPAPER_... + wxPrintPaperType(wxPaperSize paperId, int platformId, const wxString& name, int w, int h); + + inline wxString GetName() const { return wxGetTranslation(m_paperName); } + inline wxPaperSize GetId() const { return m_paperId; } + inline int GetPlatformId() const { return m_platformId; } + + // Get width and height in tenths of a millimetre + inline int GetWidth() const { return m_width; } + inline int GetHeight() const { return m_height; } + + // Get size in tenths of a millimetre + inline wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); } + + // Get size in a millimetres + inline wxSize GetSizeMM() const { return wxSize(m_width/10, m_height/10); } + + // Get width and height in device units (1/72th of an inch) + wxSize GetSizeDeviceUnits() const ; + +public: + wxPaperSize m_paperId; + int m_platformId; + int m_width; // In tenths of a millimetre + int m_height; // In tenths of a millimetre + wxString m_paperName; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintPaperType) +}; + +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxPrintPaperType*, wxStringToPrintPaperTypeHashMap); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintPaperTypeList; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintPaperDatabase +{ +public: + wxPrintPaperDatabase(); + ~wxPrintPaperDatabase(); + + void CreateDatabase(); + void ClearDatabase(); + + void AddPaperType(wxPaperSize paperId, const wxString& name, int w, int h); + void AddPaperType(wxPaperSize paperId, int platformId, const wxString& name, int w, int h); + + // Find by name + wxPrintPaperType *FindPaperType(const wxString& name); + + // Find by size id + wxPrintPaperType *FindPaperType(wxPaperSize id); + + // Find by platform id + wxPrintPaperType *FindPaperTypeByPlatformId(int id); + + // Find by size + wxPrintPaperType *FindPaperType(const wxSize& size); + + // Convert name to size id + wxPaperSize ConvertNameToId(const wxString& name); + + // Convert size id to name + wxString ConvertIdToName(wxPaperSize paperId); + + // Get the paper size + wxSize GetSize(wxPaperSize paperId); + + // Get the paper size + wxPaperSize GetSize(const wxSize& size); + + // + wxPrintPaperType* Item(size_t index) const; + size_t GetCount() const; +private: + wxStringToPrintPaperTypeHashMap* m_map; + wxPrintPaperTypeList* m_list; + // DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintPaperDatabase) +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxPrintPaperDatabase*) wxThePrintPaperDatabase; + + +#endif + // _WX_PAPERH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/pen.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/pen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01895e35f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/pen.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/pen.h +// Purpose: Base header for wxPen +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: pen.h 66054 2010-11-07 13:16:20Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PEN_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_PEN_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" + +enum wxPenStyle +{ + wxPENSTYLE_INVALID = -1, + + wxPENSTYLE_SOLID = wxSOLID, + wxPENSTYLE_DOT = wxDOT, + wxPENSTYLE_LONG_DASH = wxLONG_DASH, + wxPENSTYLE_SHORT_DASH = wxSHORT_DASH, + wxPENSTYLE_DOT_DASH = wxDOT_DASH, + wxPENSTYLE_USER_DASH = wxUSER_DASH, + + wxPENSTYLE_TRANSPARENT = wxTRANSPARENT, + + wxPENSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = wxSTIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE, + wxPENSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK = wxSTIPPLE_MASK, + wxPENSTYLE_STIPPLE = wxSTIPPLE, + + wxPENSTYLE_BDIAGONAL_HATCH = wxBDIAGONAL_HATCH, + wxPENSTYLE_CROSSDIAG_HATCH = wxCROSSDIAG_HATCH, + wxPENSTYLE_FDIAGONAL_HATCH = wxFDIAGONAL_HATCH, + wxPENSTYLE_CROSS_HATCH = wxCROSS_HATCH, + wxPENSTYLE_HORIZONTAL_HATCH = wxHORIZONTAL_HATCH, + wxPENSTYLE_VERTICAL_HATCH = wxVERTICAL_HATCH, + + wxPENSTYLE_FIRST_HATCH = wxFIRST_HATCH, + wxPENSTYLE_LAST_HATCH = wxLAST_HATCH +}; + +enum wxPenJoin +{ + wxJOIN_INVALID = -1, + + wxJOIN_BEVEL = 120, + wxJOIN_MITER, + wxJOIN_ROUND +}; + +enum wxPenCap +{ + wxCAP_INVALID = -1, + + wxCAP_ROUND = 130, + wxCAP_PROJECTING, + wxCAP_BUTT +}; + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPenBase : public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + virtual ~wxPenBase() { } + + virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& col) = 0; + virtual void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) = 0; + + virtual void SetWidth(int width) = 0; + virtual void SetStyle(wxPenStyle style) = 0; + virtual void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple) = 0; + virtual void SetDashes(int nb_dashes, const wxDash *dash) = 0; + virtual void SetJoin(wxPenJoin join) = 0; + virtual void SetCap(wxPenCap cap) = 0; + + virtual wxColour GetColour() const = 0; + virtual wxBitmap *GetStipple() const = 0; + virtual wxPenStyle GetStyle() const = 0; + virtual wxPenJoin GetJoin() const = 0; + virtual wxPenCap GetCap() const = 0; + virtual int GetWidth() const = 0; + virtual int GetDashes(wxDash **ptr) const = 0; + + // Convenient helpers for testing whether the pen is a transparent one: + // unlike GetStyle() == wxPENSTYLE_TRANSPARENT, they work correctly even if + // the pen is invalid (they both return false in this case). + bool IsTransparent() const + { + return IsOk() && GetStyle() == wxPENSTYLE_TRANSPARENT; + } + + bool IsNonTransparent() const + { + return IsOk() && GetStyle() != wxPENSTYLE_TRANSPARENT; + } +}; + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/pen.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/pen.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/pen.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/pen.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/pen.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #include "wx/mgl/pen.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #include "wx/dfb/pen.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/pen.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/pen.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/pen.h" +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPenList: public wxGDIObjListBase +{ +public: + wxPen *FindOrCreatePen(const wxColour& colour, + int width = 1, + wxPenStyle style = wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + wxPen *FindOrCreatePen(const wxColour& colour, int width, int style) + { return FindOrCreatePen(colour, width, (wxPenStyle)style); } +#endif +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + wxDEPRECATED( void AddPen(wxPen*) ); + wxDEPRECATED( void RemovePen(wxPen*) ); +#endif +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxPenList*) wxThePenList; + +// provide comparison operators to allow code such as +// +// if ( pen.GetStyle() == wxTRANSPARENT ) +// +// to compile without warnings which it would otherwise provoke from some +// compilers as it compares elements of different enums +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + +// Unfortunately some compilers have ambiguity issues when enum comparisons are +// overloaded so we have to disable the overloads in this case, see +// wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM definition in wx/platform.h for more details. +#ifndef wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM + +inline bool operator==(wxPenStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t) +{ + return static_cast(s) == static_cast(t); +} + +inline bool operator!=(wxPenStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t) +{ + return !(s == t); +} + +#endif // wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM + +#endif // FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 + +#endif // _WX_PEN_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e238da9a26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist.h @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/persist.h +// Purpose: common classes for persistence support +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-01-18 +// RCS-ID: $Id: persist.h 64887 2010-07-11 10:44:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PERSIST_H_ +#define _WX_PERSIST_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/confbase.h" + +class wxPersistentObject; + +WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP(wxPersistentObject *, wxPersistentObjectsMap); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + We do _not_ declare this function as doing this would force us to specialize + it for the user classes deriving from the standard persistent classes. + However we do define overloads of wxCreatePersistentObject() for all the wx + classes which means that template wxPersistentObject::Restore() picks up the + right overload to use provided that the header defining the correct overload + is included before calling it. And a compilation error happens if this is + not done. + +template +wxPersistentObject *wxCreatePersistentObject(T *obj); + + */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPersistenceManager: global aspects of persistent windows +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPersistenceManager +{ +public: + // accessor to the unique persistence manager object + static wxPersistenceManager& Get(); + + // trivial but virtual dtor + // + // FIXME-VC6: this only needs to be public because of VC6 bug + virtual ~wxPersistenceManager(); + + + // globally disable restoring or saving the persistent properties (both are + // enabled by default) + void DisableSaving() { m_doSave = false; } + void DisableRestoring() { m_doRestore = false; } + + + // register an object with the manager: when using the first overload, + // wxCreatePersistentObject() must be specialized for this object class; + // with the second one the persistent adapter is created by the caller + // + // the object shouldn't be already registered with us + template + wxPersistentObject *Register(T *obj) + { + return Register(obj, wxCreatePersistentObject(obj)); + } + + wxPersistentObject *Register(void *obj, wxPersistentObject *po); + + // check if the object is registered and return the associated + // wxPersistentObject if it is or NULL otherwise + wxPersistentObject *Find(void *obj) const; + + // unregister the object, this is called by wxPersistentObject itself so + // there is usually no need to do it explicitly + // + // deletes the associated wxPersistentObject + void Unregister(void *obj); + + + // save/restore the state of an object + // + // these methods do nothing if DisableSaving/Restoring() was called + // + // Restore() returns true if the object state was really restored + void Save(void *obj); + bool Restore(void *obj); + + // combines both Save() and Unregister() calls + void SaveAndUnregister(void *obj) + { + Save(obj); + Unregister(obj); + } + + // combines both Register() and Restore() calls + template + bool RegisterAndRestore(T *obj) + { + return Register(obj) && Restore(obj); + } + + bool RegisterAndRestore(void *obj, wxPersistentObject *po) + { + return Register(obj, po) && Restore(obj); + } + + + // methods used by the persistent objects to save and restore the data + // + // currently these methods simply use wxConfig::Get() but they may be + // overridden in the derived class (once we allow creating custom + // persistent managers) +#define wxPERSIST_DECLARE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(Type) \ + virtual bool SaveValue(const wxPersistentObject& who, \ + const wxString& name, \ + Type value); \ + \ + virtual bool \ + RestoreValue(const wxPersistentObject& who, \ + const wxString& name, \ + Type *value) + + wxPERSIST_DECLARE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(bool); + wxPERSIST_DECLARE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(int); + wxPERSIST_DECLARE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(long); + wxPERSIST_DECLARE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(wxString); + +#undef wxPERSIST_DECLARE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR + +private: + // ctor is private, use Get() + wxPersistenceManager() + { + m_doSave = + m_doRestore = true; + } + + + // helpers of Save/Restore() + // + // TODO: make this customizable by allowing + // (a) specifying custom wxConfig object to use + // (b) allowing to use something else entirely + wxConfigBase *GetConfig() const { return wxConfigBase::Get(); } + wxString GetKey(const wxPersistentObject& who, const wxString& name) const; + + + // map with the registered objects as keys and associated + // wxPersistentObjects as values + wxPersistentObjectsMap m_persistentObjects; + + // true if we should restore/save the settings (it doesn't make much sense + // to use this class when both of them are false but setting one of them to + // false may make sense in some situations) + bool m_doSave, + m_doRestore; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPersistenceManager); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPersistentObject: ABC for anything persistent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxPersistentObject +{ +public: + // ctor associates us with the object whose options we save/restore + wxPersistentObject(void *obj) : m_obj(obj) { } + + // trivial but virtual dtor + virtual ~wxPersistentObject() { } + + + // methods used by wxPersistenceManager + // ------------------------------------ + + // save/restore the corresponding objects settings + // + // these methods shouldn't be used directly as they don't respect the + // global wxPersistenceManager::DisableSaving/Restoring() settings, use + // wxPersistenceManager methods with the same name instead + virtual void Save() const = 0; + virtual bool Restore() = 0; + + + // get the kind of the objects we correspond to, e.g. "Frame" + virtual wxString GetKind() const = 0; + + // get the name of the object we correspond to, e.g. "Main" + virtual wxString GetName() const = 0; + + + // return the associated object + void *GetObject() const { return m_obj; } + +protected: + // wrappers for wxPersistenceManager methods which don't require passing + // "this" as the first parameter all the time + template + bool SaveValue(const wxString& name, T value) const + { + return wxPersistenceManager::Get().SaveValue(*this, name, value); + } + + template + bool RestoreValue(const wxString& name, T *value) + { + return wxPersistenceManager::Get().RestoreValue(*this, name, value); + } + +private: + void * const m_obj; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPersistentObject); +}; + +// FIXME-VC6: VC6 has troubles with template methods of DLL-exported classes, +// apparently it believes they should be defined in the DLL (which +// is, of course, impossible as the DLL doesn't know for which types +// will they be instantiated) instead of compiling them when +// building the main application itself. Because of this problem +// (which only arises in debug build!) we can't use the usual +// RegisterAndRestore(obj) with it and need to explicitly create the +// persistence adapter. To hide this ugliness we define a global +// function which does it for us. +template +inline bool wxPersistentRegisterAndRestore(T *obj) +{ + wxPersistentObject * const pers = wxCreatePersistentObject(obj); + + return wxPersistenceManager::Get().RegisterAndRestore(obj, pers); + +} + +// A helper function which also sets the name for the (wxWindow-derived) object +// before registering and restoring it. +template +inline bool wxPersistentRegisterAndRestore(T *obj, const wxString& name) +{ + obj->SetName(name); + + return wxPersistentRegisterAndRestore(obj); +} + +#endif // _WX_PERSIST_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/bookctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/bookctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e01b19eaec --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/bookctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/persist/bookctrl.h +// Purpose: persistence support for wxBookCtrl +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-01-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bookctrl.h 58529 2009-01-30 21:38:29Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PERSIST_BOOKCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_PERSIST_BOOKCTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/persist/window.h" + +#include "wx/bookctrl.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// string constants used by wxPersistentBookCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxPERSIST_BOOK_KIND "Book" + +#define wxPERSIST_BOOK_SELECTION "Selection" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPersistentBookCtrl: supports saving/restoring book control selection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxPersistentBookCtrl : public wxPersistentWindow +{ +public: + wxPersistentBookCtrl(wxBookCtrlBase *book) + : wxPersistentWindow(book) + { + } + + virtual void Save() const + { + SaveValue(wxPERSIST_BOOK_SELECTION, Get()->GetSelection()); + } + + virtual bool Restore() + { + long sel; + if ( RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_BOOK_SELECTION, &sel) ) + { + wxBookCtrlBase * const book = Get(); + if ( sel >= 0 && (unsigned)sel < book->GetPageCount() ) + { + book->SetSelection(sel); + return true; + } + } + + return false; + } + + virtual wxString GetKind() const { return wxPERSIST_BOOK_KIND; } +}; + +inline wxPersistentObject *wxCreatePersistentObject(wxBookCtrlBase *book) +{ + return new wxPersistentBookCtrl(book); +} + +#endif // _WX_PERSIST_BOOKCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/toplevel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/toplevel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34b4890625 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/toplevel.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/persist/toplevel.h +// Purpose: persistence support for wxTLW +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-01-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: toplevel.h 58529 2009-01-30 21:38:29Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PERSIST_TOPLEVEL_H_ +#define _WX_PERSIST_TOPLEVEL_H_ + +#include "wx/persist/window.h" + +#include "wx/toplevel.h" +#include "wx/display.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// string constants used by wxPersistentTLW +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// we use just "Window" to keep configuration files and such short, there +// should be no confusion with wxWindow itself as we don't have persistent +// windows, just persistent controls which have their own specific kind strings +#define wxPERSIST_TLW_KIND "Window" + +// names for various persistent options +#define wxPERSIST_TLW_X "x" +#define wxPERSIST_TLW_Y "y" +#define wxPERSIST_TLW_W "w" +#define wxPERSIST_TLW_H "h" + +#define wxPERSIST_TLW_MAXIMIZED "Maximized" +#define wxPERSIST_TLW_ICONIZED "Iconized" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPersistentTLW: supports saving/restoring window position and size as well +// as maximized/iconized/restore state +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxPersistentTLW : public wxPersistentWindow +{ +public: + wxPersistentTLW(wxTopLevelWindow *tlw) + : wxPersistentWindow(tlw) + { + } + + virtual void Save() const + { + const wxTopLevelWindow * const tlw = Get(); + + const wxPoint pos = tlw->GetScreenPosition(); + SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_X, pos.x); + SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_Y, pos.y); + + // notice that we use GetSize() here and not GetClientSize() because + // the latter doesn't return correct results for the minimized windows + // (at least not under Windows) + // + // of course, it shouldn't matter anyhow usually, the client size + // should be preserved as well unless the size of the decorations + // changed between the runs + const wxSize size = tlw->GetSize(); + SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_W, size.x); + SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_H, size.y); + + SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_MAXIMIZED, tlw->IsMaximized()); + SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_ICONIZED, tlw->IsIconized()); + } + + virtual bool Restore() + { + wxTopLevelWindow * const tlw = Get(); + + long x wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(-1), + y wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(-1), + w wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(-1), + h wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(-1); + const bool hasPos = RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_X, &x) && + RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_Y, &y); + const bool hasSize = RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_W, &w) && + RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_H, &h); + + if ( hasPos ) + { + // to avoid making the window completely invisible if it had been + // shown on a monitor which was disconnected since the last run + // (this is pretty common for notebook with external displays) + // + // NB: we should allow window position to be (slightly) off screen, + // it's not uncommon to position the window so that its upper + // left corner has slightly negative coordinate + if ( wxDisplay::GetFromPoint(wxPoint(x, y)) != wxNOT_FOUND || + (hasSize && wxDisplay::GetFromPoint( + wxPoint(x + w, y + h)) != wxNOT_FOUND) ) + { + tlw->Move(x, y, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); + } + //else: should we try to adjust position/size somehow? + } + + if ( hasSize ) + tlw->SetSize(w, h); + + // note that the window can be both maximized and iconized + bool maximized; + if ( RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_MAXIMIZED, &maximized) && maximized ) + tlw->Maximize(); + + bool iconized; + if ( RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_ICONIZED, &iconized) && iconized ) + tlw->Iconize(); + + // the most important property of the window that we restore is its + // size, so disregard the value of hasPos here + return hasSize; + } + + virtual wxString GetKind() const { return wxPERSIST_TLW_KIND; } +}; + +inline wxPersistentObject *wxCreatePersistentObject(wxTopLevelWindow *tlw) +{ + return new wxPersistentTLW(tlw); +} + +#endif // _WX_PERSIST_TOPLEVEL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/treebook.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/treebook.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0156fb8b94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/treebook.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/persist/treebook.h +// Purpose: persistence support for wxBookCtrl +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-01-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: treebook.h 58529 2009-01-30 21:38:29Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PERSIST_TREEBOOK_H_ +#define _WX_PERSIST_TREEBOOK_H_ + +#include "wx/persist/bookctrl.h" + +#include "wx/arrstr.h" +#include "wx/treebook.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// string constants used by wxPersistentTreeBookCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_KIND "TreeBook" + +// this key contains the indices of all expanded nodes in the tree book +// separated by wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_SEP +#define wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_BRANCHES "Expanded" +#define wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_SEP ',' + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPersistentTreeBookCtrl: supports saving/restoring open tree branches +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxPersistentTreeBookCtrl : public wxPersistentBookCtrl +{ +public: + wxPersistentTreeBookCtrl(wxTreebook *book) + : wxPersistentBookCtrl(book) + { + } + + virtual void Save() const + { + const wxTreebook * const book = GetTreeBook(); + + wxString expanded; + const size_t count = book->GetPageCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( book->IsNodeExpanded(n) ) + { + if ( !expanded.empty() ) + expanded += wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_SEP; + + expanded += wxString::Format("%u", static_cast(n)); + } + } + + SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_BRANCHES, expanded); + + wxPersistentBookCtrl::Save(); + } + + virtual bool Restore() + { + wxTreebook * const book = GetTreeBook(); + + wxString expanded; + if ( RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_BRANCHES, &expanded) ) + { + const wxArrayString + indices(wxSplit(expanded, wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_SEP)); + + const size_t pageCount = book->GetPageCount(); + const size_t count = indices.size(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + unsigned long idx; + if ( indices[n].ToULong(&idx) && idx < pageCount ) + book->ExpandNode(idx); + } + } + + return wxPersistentBookCtrl::Restore(); + } + + virtual wxString GetKind() const { return wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_KIND; } + + wxTreebook *GetTreeBook() const { return static_cast(Get()); } +}; + +inline wxPersistentObject *wxCreatePersistentObject(wxTreebook *book) +{ + return new wxPersistentTreeBookCtrl(book); +} + +#endif // _WX_PERSIST_TREEBOOK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/window.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/window.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08d0e54c9a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/persist/window.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/persist/window.h +// Purpose: wxPersistentWindow declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-01-23 +// RCS-ID: $Id: window.h 59262 2009-03-02 12:10:40Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PERSIST_WINDOW_H_ +#define _WX_PERSIST_WINDOW_H_ + +#include "wx/persist.h" + +#include "wx/window.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPersistentWindow: base class for persistent windows, uses the window name +// as persistent name by default and automatically reacts +// to the window destruction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// type-independent part of wxPersistentWindow +class wxPersistentWindowBase : + wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK_BASE_CLASS + public wxPersistentObject +{ +public: + wxPersistentWindowBase(wxWindow *win) + : wxPersistentObject(win) + { + wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK(win, wxEVT_DESTROY, wxWindowDestroyEventHandler, + wxPersistentWindowBase::HandleDestroy, this); + } + + virtual wxString GetName() const + { + const wxString name = GetWindow()->GetName(); + wxASSERT_MSG( !name.empty(), "persistent windows should be named!" ); + + return name; + } + +protected: + wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return static_cast(GetObject()); } + +private: + void HandleDestroy(wxWindowDestroyEvent& event) + { + event.Skip(); + + // only react to the destruction of this object itself, not of any of + // its children + if ( event.GetEventObject() == GetObject() ) + { + // this will delete this object itself + wxPersistenceManager::Get().SaveAndUnregister(GetWindow()); + } + } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPersistentWindowBase); +}; + +template +class wxPersistentWindow : public wxPersistentWindowBase +{ +public: + typedef T WindowType; + + wxPersistentWindow(WindowType *win) + : wxPersistentWindowBase(win) + { + } + + WindowType *Get() const { return static_cast(GetWindow()); } +}; + +#endif // _WX_PERSIST_WINDOW_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/pickerbase.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/pickerbase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c578a157a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/pickerbase.h @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/pickerbase.h +// Purpose: wxPickerBase definition +// Author: Francesco Montorsi (based on Vadim Zeitlin's code) +// Modified by: +// Created: 14/4/2006 +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Francesco Montorsi +// RCS-ID: $Id: pickerbase.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PICKERBASE_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_PICKERBASE_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/sizer.h" +#include "wx/containr.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolTip; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxButtonNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPickerBase is the base class for the picker controls which support +// a wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL style; i.e. for those pickers which can use an auxiliary +// text control next to the 'real' picker. +// +// The wxTextPickerHelper class manages enabled/disabled state of the text control, +// its sizing and positioning. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL 0x0002 + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPickerBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + // ctor: text is the associated text control + wxPickerBase() : m_text(NULL), m_picker(NULL), m_sizer(NULL) + { WX_INIT_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); } + virtual ~wxPickerBase() {} + + + // if present, intercepts wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL style and creates the text control + // The 3rd argument is the initial wxString to display in the text control + bool CreateBase(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr); + +public: // public API + + // margin between the text control and the picker + void SetInternalMargin(int newmargin) + { GetTextCtrlItem()->SetBorder(newmargin); m_sizer->Layout(); } + int GetInternalMargin() const + { return GetTextCtrlItem()->GetBorder(); } + + // proportion of the text control + void SetTextCtrlProportion(int prop) + { GetTextCtrlItem()->SetProportion(prop); m_sizer->Layout(); } + int GetTextCtrlProportion() const + { return GetTextCtrlItem()->GetProportion(); } + + // proportion of the picker control + void SetPickerCtrlProportion(int prop) + { GetPickerCtrlItem()->SetProportion(prop); m_sizer->Layout(); } + int GetPickerCtrlProportion() const + { return GetPickerCtrlItem()->GetProportion(); } + + bool IsTextCtrlGrowable() const + { return (GetTextCtrlItem()->GetFlag() & wxGROW) != 0; } + void SetTextCtrlGrowable(bool grow = true) + { + int f = GetDefaultTextCtrlFlag(); + if ( grow ) + f |= wxGROW; + else + f &= ~wxGROW; + + GetTextCtrlItem()->SetFlag(f); + } + + bool IsPickerCtrlGrowable() const + { return (GetPickerCtrlItem()->GetFlag() & wxGROW) != 0; } + void SetPickerCtrlGrowable(bool grow = true) + { + int f = GetDefaultPickerCtrlFlag(); + if ( grow ) + f |= wxGROW; + else + f &= ~wxGROW; + + GetPickerCtrlItem()->SetFlag(f); + } + + bool HasTextCtrl() const + { return m_text != NULL; } + wxTextCtrl *GetTextCtrl() + { return m_text; } + wxControl *GetPickerCtrl() + { return m_picker; } + + // methods that derived class must/may override + virtual void UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl() = 0; + virtual void UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker() = 0; + +protected: + // overridden base class methods +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual void DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tip); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + + + // event handlers + void OnTextCtrlDelete(wxWindowDestroyEvent &); + void OnTextCtrlUpdate(wxCommandEvent &); + void OnTextCtrlKillFocus(wxFocusEvent &); + + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent &); + + // returns the set of styles for the attached wxTextCtrl + // from given wxPickerBase's styles + virtual long GetTextCtrlStyle(long style) const + { return (style & wxWINDOW_STYLE_MASK); } + + // returns the set of styles for the m_picker + virtual long GetPickerStyle(long style) const + { return (style & wxWINDOW_STYLE_MASK); } + + + wxSizerItem *GetPickerCtrlItem() const + { + if (this->HasTextCtrl()) + return m_sizer->GetItem((size_t)1); + return m_sizer->GetItem((size_t)0); + } + + wxSizerItem *GetTextCtrlItem() const + { + wxASSERT(this->HasTextCtrl()); + return m_sizer->GetItem((size_t)0); + } + + int GetDefaultPickerCtrlFlag() const + { + // on macintosh, without additional borders + // there's not enough space for focus rect + return wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxGROW +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + | wxTOP | wxRIGHT | wxBOTTOM +#endif + ; + } + + int GetDefaultTextCtrlFlag() const + { + // on macintosh, without wxALL there's not enough space for focus rect + return wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + | wxALL +#else + | wxRIGHT +#endif + ; + } + + void PostCreation(); + +protected: + wxTextCtrl *m_text; // can be NULL + wxControl *m_picker; + wxBoxSizer *m_sizer; + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPickerBase) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + // This class must be something just like a panel... + WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); +}; + + +#endif + // _WX_PICKERBASE_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/platform.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/platform.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c6861ca5c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/platform.h @@ -0,0 +1,871 @@ +/** +* Name: wx/platform.h +* Purpose: define the OS and compiler identification macros +* Author: Vadim Zeitlin +* Modified by: +* Created: 29.10.01 (extracted from wx/defs.h) +* RCS-ID: $Id: platform.h 66077 2010-11-09 23:53:42Z VZ $ +* Copyright: (c) 1997-2001 Vadim Zeitlin +* Licence: wxWindows licence +*/ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ + +#ifndef _WX_PLATFORM_H_ +#define _WX_PLATFORM_H_ + + +/* + Codewarrior doesn't define any Windows symbols until some headers + are included +*/ +#ifdef __MWERKS__ +# include + +# if !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) +# define __PALMOS__ 0x05000000 +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMAC_XCODE__ +# include +# include +# include +# include "wx/osx/config_xcode.h" +#endif + +/* + first define Windows symbols if they're not defined on the command line: we + can autodetect everything we need if _WIN32 is defined + */ +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(__WINDOWS__) +# ifndef __WXMSW__ +# define __WXMSW__ +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(__PALMOS__) +# if __PALMOS__ == 0x06000000 +# define __WXPALMOS6__ 1 +# endif +# if __PALMOS__ == 0x05000000 +# define __WXPALMOS5__ 1 +# endif +# ifndef __WXPALMOS__ +# define __WXPALMOS__ 1 +# endif +# ifdef __WXMSW__ +# undef __WXMSW__ +# endif +# ifdef __WINDOWS__ +# undef __WINDOWS__ +# endif +# ifdef __WIN32__ +# undef __WIN32__ +# endif +# ifdef WIN32 +# undef WIN32 +# endif +# ifdef _WIN32 +# undef _WIN32 +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(_WIN64) +# ifndef _WIN32 + /* + a lot of code (mistakenly) uses #ifdef _WIN32 to either test for + Windows or to test for !__WIN16__, so we must define _WIN32 for + Win64 as well to ensure that the existing code continues to work. + */ +# define _WIN32 +# endif /* !_WIN32 */ + +# ifndef __WIN64__ +# define __WIN64__ +# endif /* !__WIN64__ */ +#endif /* _WIN64 */ + +#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__NT__) || defined(__WXWINCE__)) \ + && !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && !defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXX11__) +# ifndef __WXMSW__ +# define __WXMSW__ +# endif +#endif /* Win32 */ + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) +# if !defined(__WINDOWS__) +# define __WINDOWS__ +# endif + +# ifndef _WIN32 +# define _WIN32 +# endif + +# ifndef WIN32 +# define WIN32 +# endif + +# ifndef __WIN32__ +# define __WIN32__ +# endif +#endif /* __WXMSW__ */ + +/* detect MS SmartPhone */ +#if defined( WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP ) +# ifndef __SMARTPHONE__ +# define __SMARTPHONE__ +# endif +# ifndef __WXWINCE__ +# define __WXWINCE__ +# endif +#endif + +/* detect PocketPC */ +#if defined( WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC ) +# ifndef __POCKETPC__ +# define __POCKETPC__ +# endif +# ifndef __WXWINCE__ +# define __WXWINCE__ +# endif +#endif + +/* detect Standard WinCE SDK */ +#if defined( WCE_PLATFORM_STANDARDSDK ) +# ifndef __WINCE_STANDARDSDK__ +# define __WINCE_STANDARDSDK__ +# endif +# ifndef __WXWINCE__ +# define __WXWINCE__ +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) && !defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP) && !defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC) +# if (_WIN32_WCE >= 400) +# ifndef __WINCE_NET__ +# define __WINCE_NET__ +# endif +# elif (_WIN32_WCE >= 200) +# ifndef __HANDHELDPC__ +# define __HANDHELDPC__ +# endif +# endif +# ifndef __WXWINCE__ +# define __WXWINCE__ +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1201) + #define __EVC4__ +#endif + +#if defined(__POCKETPC__) || defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__WXGPE__) +# define __WXHANDHELD__ +#endif + +/* + Include wx/setup.h for the Unix platform defines generated by configure and + the library compilation options + + Note that it must be included before defining hardware symbols below as they + could be already defined by configure + */ +#include "wx/setup.h" + +#ifdef __GCCXML__ + /* + we're using gccxml to create an XML representation of the entire + wxWidgets interface; use a special setup_gccxml.h file to fix some + of the stuff #defined by the real setup.h + */ + #include "wx/setup_gccxml.h" +#endif + + +/* + Hardware platform detection. + + VC++ defines _M_xxx symbols. + */ +#if defined(_M_IX86) || defined(i386) || defined(__i386) || defined(__i386__) + #ifndef __INTEL__ + #define __INTEL__ + #endif +#endif /* x86 */ + +#if defined(_M_IA64) + #ifndef __IA64__ + #define __IA64__ + #endif +#endif /* ia64 */ + +#if defined(_M_MPPC) || defined(__PPC__) || defined(__ppc__) + #ifndef __POWERPC__ + #define __POWERPC__ + #endif +#endif /* alpha */ + +#if defined(_M_ALPHA) || defined(__AXP__) + #ifndef __ALPHA__ + #define __ALPHA__ + #endif +#endif /* alpha */ + + +/* + adjust the Unicode setting: wxUSE_UNICODE should be defined as 0 or 1 + and is used by wxWidgets, _UNICODE and/or UNICODE may be defined or used by + the system headers so bring these settings in sync + */ + +/* set wxUSE_UNICODE to 1 if UNICODE or _UNICODE is defined */ +#if defined(_UNICODE) || defined(UNICODE) +# undef wxUSE_UNICODE +# define wxUSE_UNICODE 1 +#else /* !UNICODE */ +# ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE +# define wxUSE_UNICODE 0 +# endif +#endif /* UNICODE/!UNICODE */ + +/* and vice versa: define UNICODE and _UNICODE if wxUSE_UNICODE is 1 */ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +# ifndef _UNICODE +# define _UNICODE +# endif +# ifndef UNICODE +# define UNICODE +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_UNICODE */ + +#if defined( __MWERKS__ ) && !defined(__INTEL__) +/* otherwise MSL headers bring in WIN32 dependant APIs */ +#undef UNICODE +#endif + + +/* + test for old versions of Borland C, normally need at least 5.82, Turbo + explorer, available for free at http://www.turboexplorer.com/downloads +*/ + + +/* + Older versions of Borland C have some compiler bugs that need + workarounds. Mostly pertains to the free command line compiler 5.5.1. +*/ +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ <= 0x551) + /* + The Borland free compiler is unable to handle overloaded enum + comparisons under certain conditions e.g. when any class has a + conversion ctor for an integral type and there's an overload to + compare between an integral type and that class type. + */ +# define wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM + + /* + This is needed to overcome bugs in 5.5.1 STL, linking errors will + result if it is not defined. + */ +# define _RWSTD_COMPILE_INSTANTIATE + + /* + Preprocessor in older Borland compilers have major problems + concatenating with ##. Specifically, if the string operands being + concatenated have special meaning (e.g L"str", 123i64 etc) + then ## will not concatenate the operands correctly. + + As a workaround, define wxPREPEND* and wxAPPEND* without using + wxCONCAT_HELPER. + */ +# define wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER +#endif /* __BORLANDC__ */ + +/* + Define Watcom-specific macros. +*/ +#ifndef __WATCOMC__ +# define wxWATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) 0 +# define wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) 0 +# define wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(major,minor) 0 +# define WX_WATCOM_ONLY_CODE( x ) +#else +# if __WATCOMC__ < 1200 +# error "Only Open Watcom is supported in this release" +# endif + +# define wxWATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) ( major * 100 + minor * 10 + 1100 ) +# define wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) ( __WATCOMC__ >= wxWATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) ) +# define wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(major,minor) ( __WATCOMC__ < wxWATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) ) +# define WX_WATCOM_ONLY_CODE( x ) x +#endif + +/* + OS: first of all, test for MS-DOS platform. We must do this before testing + for Unix, because DJGPP compiler defines __unix__ under MS-DOS + */ +#if defined(__GO32__) || defined(__DJGPP__) || defined(__DOS__) +# ifndef __DOS__ +# define __DOS__ +# endif + /* size_t is the same as unsigned int for Watcom 11 compiler, */ + /* so define it if it hadn't been done by configure yet */ +# if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT) && !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG) +# ifdef __WATCOMC__ +# define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT +# endif +# ifdef __DJGPP__ +# define wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG +# endif +# endif + +/* + OS: then test for generic Unix defines, then for particular flavours and + finally for Unix-like systems + Mac OS X matches this case (__MACH__), prior Mac OS do not. + */ +#elif defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__unix) || defined(__unix__) || \ + defined(____SVR4____) || defined(__LINUX__) || defined(__sgi) || \ + defined(__hpux) || defined(sun) || defined(__SUN__) || defined(_AIX) || \ + defined(__EMX__) || defined(__VMS) || defined(__BEOS__) || defined(__MACH__) + +# define __UNIX_LIKE__ + + /* Helps SGI compilation, apparently */ +# ifdef __SGI__ +# ifdef __GNUG__ +# define __need_wchar_t +# else /* !gcc */ + /* + Note I use the term __SGI_CC__ for both cc and CC, its not a good + idea to mix gcc and cc/CC, the name mangling is different + */ +# define __SGI_CC__ +# endif /* gcc/!gcc */ + + /* system headers use this symbol and not __cplusplus in some places */ +# ifndef _LANGUAGE_C_PLUS_PLUS +# define _LANGUAGE_C_PLUS_PLUS +# endif +# endif /* SGI */ + +# if defined(__SUNPRO_CC) +# ifndef __SUNCC__ +# define __SUNCC__ __SUNPRO_CC +# endif /* Sun CC */ +# endif /* Sun CC */ + +# ifdef __EMX__ +# define OS2EMX_PLAIN_CHAR +# endif +# if defined(__INNOTEK_LIBC__) + /* Ensure visibility of strnlen declaration */ +# define _GNU_SOURCE +# endif + + /* define __HPUX__ for HP-UX where standard macro is __hpux */ +# if defined(__hpux) && !defined(__HPUX__) +# define __HPUX__ +# endif /* HP-UX */ + +# if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__WINE__) +# if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT) +# define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT +# endif +# endif + + /* All of these should already be defined by including configure- + generated setup.h but we wish to support Xcode compilation without + requiring the user to define these himself. + */ +# if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__) +# ifndef __UNIX__ +# define __UNIX__ 1 +# endif +# ifndef __BSD__ +# define __BSD__ 1 +# endif + /* __DARWIN__ is our own define to mean OS X or pure Darwin */ +# ifndef __DARWIN__ +# define __DARWIN__ 1 +# endif + /* NOTE: TARGET_CARBON is actually a 0/1 and must be 1 for OS X */ +# ifndef TARGET_CARBON +# define TARGET_CARBON 1 +# endif + /* OS X uses unsigned long size_t for both ILP32 and LP64 modes. */ +# if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT) && !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG) +# define wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG +# endif +# endif + +/* + OS: Classic Mac OS + */ +#elif defined(applec) || \ + defined(THINK_C) || \ + (defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__INTEL__)) + /* MacOS */ +# if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT) && !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG) +# define wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG +# endif + +/* + OS: OS/2 + */ +#elif defined(__OS2__) + + /* wxOS2 vs. non wxOS2 ports on OS2 platform */ +# if !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && !defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXX11__) +# ifndef __WXPM__ +# define __WXPM__ +# endif +# endif + +# if defined(__IBMCPP__) +# define __VISAGEAVER__ __IBMCPP__ +# endif + + /* Place other OS/2 compiler environment defines here */ +# if defined(__VISAGECPP__) + /* VisualAge is the only thing that understands _Optlink */ +# define LINKAGEMODE _Optlink +# endif +# define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT + +/* + OS: Palm OS + */ +#elif defined(__PALMOS__) +# ifdef __WIN32__ +# error "__WIN32__ should not be defined for PalmOS" +# endif +# ifdef __WINDOWS__ +# error "__WINDOWS__ should not be defined for PalmOS" +# endif +# ifdef __WXMSW__ +# error "__WXMSW__ should not be defined for PalmOS" +# endif + +/* + OS: Otherwise it must be Windows + */ +#else /* Windows */ +# ifndef __WINDOWS__ +# define __WINDOWS__ +# endif /* Windows */ + + /* to be changed for Win64! */ +# ifndef __WIN32__ +# error "__WIN32__ should be defined for Win32 and Win64, Win16 is not supported" +# endif + + /* + define another standard symbol for Microsoft Visual C++: the standard + one (_MSC_VER) is also defined by Metrowerks compiler + */ +# if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__MWERKS__) +# define __VISUALC__ _MSC_VER + + /* + define special symbols for different VC version instead of writing tests + for magic numbers such as 1200, 1300 &c repeatedly + */ +# if __VISUALC__ < 1100 +# error "This Visual C++ version is too old and not supported any longer." +# elif __VISUALC__ < 1200 +# define __VISUALC5__ +# elif __VISUALC__ < 1300 +# define __VISUALC6__ +# elif __VISUALC__ < 1400 +# define __VISUALC7__ +# elif __VISUALC__ < 1500 +# define __VISUALC8__ +# elif __VISUALC__ < 1600 +# define __VISUALC9__ +# elif __VISUALC__ < 1700 +# define __VISUALC10__ +# else +# pragma message("Please update wx/platform.h to recognize this VC++ version") +# endif + +# elif defined(__BCPLUSPLUS__) && !defined(__BORLANDC__) +# define __BORLANDC__ +# elif defined(__WATCOMC__) +# elif defined(__SC__) +# define __SYMANTECC__ +# endif /* compiler */ + + /* size_t is the same as unsigned int for all Windows compilers we know, */ + /* so define it if it hadn't been done by configure yet */ +# if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT) && !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG) && !defined(__WIN64__) +# define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT +# endif +#endif /* OS */ + +/* + if we're on a Unix system but didn't use configure (so that setup.h didn't + define __UNIX__), do define __UNIX__ now + */ +#if !defined(__UNIX__) && defined(__UNIX_LIKE__) +# define __UNIX__ +#endif /* Unix */ + +#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__) +# define __X__ +#endif + +#ifdef __SC__ +# ifdef __DMC__ +# define __DIGITALMARS__ +# else +# define __SYMANTEC__ +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER +# define __INTELC__ +#endif + +/* + We get "Large Files (ILP32) not supported in strict ANSI mode." #error + from HP-UX standard headers when compiling with g++ without this: + */ +#if defined(__HPUX__) && !defined(__STDC_EXT__) +# define __STDC_EXT__ 1 +#endif + +/* Force linking against required libraries under Windows: */ +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ +# include "wx/msw/wince/libraries.h" +#elif defined __WINDOWS__ +# include "wx/msw/libraries.h" +#endif + +/* + This macro can be used to test the gcc version and can be used like this: + +# if wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 1) + ... we have gcc 3.1 or later ... +# else + ... no gcc at all or gcc < 3.1 ... +# endif +*/ +#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) + #define wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION( major, minor ) \ + ( ( __GNUC__ > (major) ) \ + || ( __GNUC__ == (major) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (minor) ) ) +#else + #define wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION( major, minor ) 0 +#endif + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) || (defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ < 3) +#define wxNEEDS_CHARPP +#endif + +/* + This macro can be used to test the Visual C++ version. +*/ +#ifndef __VISUALC__ +# define wxVISUALC_VERSION(major) 0 +# define wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(major) 0 +#else +# define wxVISUALC_VERSION(major) ( (6 + major) * 100 ) +# define wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(major) ( __VISUALC__ >= wxVISUALC_VERSION(major) ) +#endif + +/* + This macro can be used to check that the version of mingw32 compiler is + at least maj.min + */ +#if ( defined( __GNUWIN32__ ) || defined( __MINGW32__ ) || \ + ( defined( __CYGWIN__ ) && defined( __WINDOWS__ ) ) || \ + wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,0) ) && \ + !defined(__DOS__) && \ + !defined(__WXPM__) && \ + !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && \ + !defined(__WXGTK__) && \ + !defined(__WXX11__) && \ + !defined(__WXPALMOS__) +# include "wx/msw/gccpriv.h" +#else +# undef wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION +# define wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION(maj, min) (0) +# undef wxCHECK_MINGW32_VERSION +# define wxCHECK_MINGW32_VERSION(maj, min) (0) +#endif + +/** + This is similar to wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION but for Sun CC compiler. + */ +#ifdef __SUNCC__ + /* + __SUNCC__ is 0xVRP where V is major version, R release and P patch level + */ + #define wxCHECK_SUNCC_VERSION(maj, min) (__SUNCC__ >= (((maj)<<8) | ((min)<<4))) +#else + #define wxCHECK_SUNCC_VERSION(maj, min) (0) +#endif + +/* + Handle Darwin gcc universal compilation. Don't do this in an Apple- + specific case since no sane compiler should be defining either + __BIG_ENDIAN__ or __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ unless it really is generating + code that will be hosted on a machine with the appropriate endianness. + If a compiler defines neither, assume the user or configure set + WORDS_BIGENDIAN appropriately. + */ +#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN__) +# undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1 +#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN__) +# undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(WORDS_BIGENDIAN) +/* According to Stefan even ancient Mac compilers defined __BIG_ENDIAN__ */ +# warning "Compiling wxMac with probably wrong endianness" +#endif +/* also the 32/64 bit universal builds must be handled accordingly */ +#ifdef __DARWIN__ +# ifdef __LP64__ +# undef SIZEOF_VOID_P +# undef SIZEOF_LONG +# undef SIZEOF_SIZE_T +# define SIZEOF_VOID_P 8 +# define SIZEOF_LONG 8 +# define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 8 +# else +# undef SIZEOF_VOID_P +# undef SIZEOF_LONG +# undef SIZEOF_SIZE_T +# define SIZEOF_VOID_P 4 +# define SIZEOF_LONG 4 +# define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4 +# endif +#endif + +/* + Define various OS X symbols before including wx/chkconf.h which uses them. + + __WXOSX_MAC__ means Mac OS X, non embedded + __WXOSX_IPHONE__ means OS X iPhone + */ + +/* + Normally all of __WXOSX_XXX__, __WXOSX__ and __WXMAC__ are defined by + configure but ensure that we also define them if configure was not used for + whatever reason. + + The primary symbol remains __WXOSX_XXX__ one, __WXOSX__ exists to allow + checking for any OS X port (Carbon and Cocoa) and __WXMAC__ is an old name + for it. + */ +#if defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__) || defined(__WXOSX_COCOA__) || defined(__WXOSX_IPHONE__) \ + || (defined(__DARWIN__) && !wxUSE_GUI) +# ifndef __WXOSX__ +# define __WXOSX__ 1 +# endif +# ifndef __WXMAC__ +# define __WXMAC__ 1 +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __WXOSX__ +/* setup precise defines according to sdk used */ +# include +# if defined(__WXOSX_IPHONE__) +# if !( defined(TARGET_OS_IPHONE) && TARGET_OS_IPHONE ) +# error "incorrect SDK for an iPhone build" +# endif +# else +# if wxUSE_GUI && !(defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__) || defined(__WXOSX_COCOA__)) +# error "one of __WXOSX_IPHONE__, __WXOSX_CARBON__ or __WXOSX_COCOA__ must be defined for the GUI build" +# endif +# if !( defined(TARGET_OS_MAC) && TARGET_OS_MAC ) +# error "incorrect SDK for a Mac OS X build" +# endif +# define __WXOSX_MAC__ 1 +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __WXOSX_MAC__ +# if defined(__MACH__) +# include +# ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 +# define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 1040 +# endif +# ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 +# define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 1050 +# endif +# ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6 +# define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6 1060 +# endif +# else +# error "only mach-o configurations are supported" +# endif +#endif + +/* + __WXOSX_OR_COCOA__ is a common define to wxOSX (Carbon or Cocoa) and wxCocoa ports under OS X. + + DO NOT use this define in base library code. Although wxMac has its own + private base library (and thus __WXOSX_OR_COCOA__,__WXMAC__ and related defines are + valid there), wxCocoa shares its library with other ports like wxGTK and wxX11. + + To keep wx authors from screwing this up, only enable __WXOSX_OR_COCOA__ for wxCocoa when + not compiling the base library. We determine this by first checking if + wxUSE_BASE is not defined. If it is not defined, then we're not buildling + the base library, and possibly not building wx at all (but actually building + user code that's using wx). If it is defined then we must check to make sure + it is not true. If it is true, we're building base. + + If you want it in the common darwin base library then use __DARWIN__. You + can use any Darwin-available libraries like CoreFoundation but please avoid + using OS X libraries like Carbon or CoreServices. + + */ +#if defined(__WXOSX__) || (defined(__WXCOCOA__) && (!defined(wxUSE_BASE) || !wxUSE_BASE)) +# define __WXOSX_OR_COCOA__ 1 +#endif + +/* + check the consistency of the settings in setup.h: note that this must be + done after setting wxUSE_UNICODE correctly as it is used in wx/chkconf.h + and after defining the compiler macros which are used in it too + */ +#include "wx/chkconf.h" + + +/* + some compilers don't support iostream.h any longer, while some of theme + are not updated with yet, so override the users setting here + in such case. + */ +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1310) +# undef wxUSE_IOSTREAMH +# define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0 +#elif defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) +# undef wxUSE_IOSTREAMH +# define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 1 +#elif defined(__MINGW32__) +# undef wxUSE_IOSTREAMH +# define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0 +#endif /* compilers with/without iostream.h */ + +/* + old C++ headers (like ) declare classes in the global namespace + while the new, standard ones (like ) do it in std:: namespace, + unless it's an old gcc version. + + using this macro allows constuctions like "wxSTD iostream" to work in + either case + */ +#if !wxUSE_IOSTREAMH && (!defined(__GNUC__) || ( __GNUC__ > 2 ) || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95)) +# define wxSTD std:: +#else +# define wxSTD +#endif + +/* On OpenVMS with the most recent HP C++ compiler some function (i.e. wscanf) + * are only available in the std-namespace. (BUG???) + */ +#if defined( __VMS ) && (__DECCXX_VER >= 70100000) && !defined(__STD_CFRONT) && !defined( __NONAMESPACE_STD ) +# define wxVMS_USE_STD std:: +#else +# define wxVMS_USE_STD +#endif + +#ifdef __VMS +#define XtDisplay XTDISPLAY +#ifdef __WXMOTIF__ +#define XtParent XTPARENT +#define XtScreen XTSCREEN +#define XtWindow XTWINDOW +#endif +#endif + +/* Choose which method we will use for updating menus + * - in OnIdle, or when we receive a wxEVT_MENU_OPEN event. + * Presently, only Windows and GTK+ support wxEVT_MENU_OPEN. + */ +#ifndef wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES +# if (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK__)) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) +# define wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES 0 +# else +# define wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES 1 +# endif +#endif + +/* + * Define symbols that are not yet in + * configure or possibly some setup.h files. + * They will need to be added. + */ + +#ifndef wxUSE_FILECONFIG +# if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_TEXTFILE +# define wxUSE_FILECONFIG 1 +# else +# define wxUSE_FILECONFIG 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef wxUSE_HOTKEY +# define wxUSE_HOTKEY 0 +#endif + +#if !defined(wxUSE_WXDIB) && defined(__WXMSW__) +# define wxUSE_WXDIB 1 +#endif + +#if defined (__WXPALMOS__) +#include "wx/palmos/missing.h" +#endif // __WXPALMOS__ + +#if !defined (__WXPALMOS5__) +#define POSSEC_APPBASE +#define POSSEC_ARCHIVE +#define POSSEC_CLNTDATA +#define POSSEC_CMDLINE +#define POSSEC_CONFIG +#define POSSEC_DATETIME +#define POSSEC_DATETIME2 +#define POSSEC_DATSTRM +#define POSSEC_DIRCMN +#define POSSEC_DYNARRAY +#define POSSEC_DYNLIB +#define POSSEC_DYNLOAD +#define POSSEC_ENCCONV +#define POSSEC_EXTENDED +#define POSSEC_FFILE +#define POSSEC_FILE +#define POSSEC_FILECONF +#define POSSEC_FILEFN +#endif // __WXPALMOS5__ + +/* + Optionally supported C++ features. + */ + +/* + RTTI: if it is disabled in build/msw/makefile.* then this symbol will + already be defined but it's also possible to do it from configure (with + g++) or by editing project files with MSVC so test for it here too. + */ +#ifndef wxNO_RTTI + /* + Only 4.3 defines __GXX_RTTI by default so its absence is not an + indication of disabled RTTI with the previous versions. + */ +# if wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(4, 3) +# ifndef __GXX_RTTI +# define wxNO_RTTI +# endif +# elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# ifndef _CPPRTTI +# define wxNO_RTTI +# endif +# endif +#endif // wxNO_RTTI + +#endif /* _WX_PLATFORM_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/platinfo.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/platinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..59a99db827 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/platinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/platinfo.h +// Purpose: declaration of the wxPlatformInfo class +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 07.07.2006 (based on wxToolkitInfo) +// RCS-ID: $Id: platinfo.h 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PLATINFO_H_ +#define _WX_PLATINFO_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPlatformInfo enums & structs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// VERY IMPORTANT: when changing these enum values, also change the relative +// string tables in src/common/platinfo.cpp + + +// families & sub-families of operating systems +enum wxOperatingSystemId +{ + wxOS_UNKNOWN = 0, // returned on error + + wxOS_MAC_OS = 1 << 0, // Apple Mac OS 8/9/X with Mac paths + wxOS_MAC_OSX_DARWIN = 1 << 1, // Apple Mac OS X with Unix paths + wxOS_MAC = wxOS_MAC_OS|wxOS_MAC_OSX_DARWIN, + + wxOS_WINDOWS_9X = 1 << 2, // Windows 9x family (95/98/ME) + wxOS_WINDOWS_NT = 1 << 3, // Windows NT family (NT/2000/XP) + wxOS_WINDOWS_MICRO = 1 << 4, // MicroWindows + wxOS_WINDOWS_CE = 1 << 5, // Windows CE (Window Mobile) + wxOS_WINDOWS = wxOS_WINDOWS_9X | + wxOS_WINDOWS_NT | + wxOS_WINDOWS_MICRO | + wxOS_WINDOWS_CE, + + wxOS_UNIX_LINUX = 1 << 6, // Linux + wxOS_UNIX_FREEBSD = 1 << 7, // FreeBSD + wxOS_UNIX_OPENBSD = 1 << 8, // OpenBSD + wxOS_UNIX_NETBSD = 1 << 9, // NetBSD + wxOS_UNIX_SOLARIS = 1 << 10, // SunOS + wxOS_UNIX_AIX = 1 << 11, // AIX + wxOS_UNIX_HPUX = 1 << 12, // HP/UX + wxOS_UNIX = wxOS_UNIX_LINUX | + wxOS_UNIX_FREEBSD | + wxOS_UNIX_OPENBSD | + wxOS_UNIX_NETBSD | + wxOS_UNIX_SOLARIS | + wxOS_UNIX_AIX | + wxOS_UNIX_HPUX, + + // 1<<13 and 1<<14 available for other Unix flavours + + wxOS_DOS = 1 << 15, // Microsoft DOS + wxOS_OS2 = 1 << 16, // OS/2 + + wxOS_PALM_OS = 1 << 17, // Pure Palm OS + wxOS_PALM_LINUX = 1 << 18, // Palm over linux + wxOS_PALM = wxOS_PALM_OS | wxOS_PALM_LINUX +}; + +// list of wxWidgets ports - some of them can be used with more than +// a single toolkit. +enum wxPortId +{ + wxPORT_UNKNOWN = 0, // returned on error + + wxPORT_BASE = 1 << 0, // wxBase, no native toolkit used + + wxPORT_MSW = 1 << 1, // wxMSW, native toolkit is Windows API + wxPORT_MOTIF = 1 << 2, // wxMotif, using [Open]Motif or Lesstif + wxPORT_GTK = 1 << 3, // wxGTK, using GTK+ 1.x, 2.x, GPE or Maemo + wxPORT_MGL = 1 << 4, // wxMGL, using wxUniversal + wxPORT_X11 = 1 << 5, // wxX11, using wxUniversal + wxPORT_PM = 1 << 6, // wxOS2, using OS/2 Presentation Manager + wxPORT_OS2 = wxPORT_PM, // wxOS2, using OS/2 Presentation Manager + wxPORT_MAC = 1 << 7, // wxOSX (former wxMac), using Cocoa, Carbon or iPhone API + wxPORT_OSX = wxPORT_MAC, // wxOSX, using Cocoa, Carbon or iPhone API + wxPORT_COCOA = 1 << 8, // wxCocoa, using Cocoa NextStep/Mac API + wxPORT_WINCE = 1 << 9, // wxWinCE, toolkit is WinCE SDK API + wxPORT_PALMOS = 1 << 10, // wxPalmOS, toolkit is PalmOS API + wxPORT_DFB = 1 << 11 // wxDFB, using wxUniversal +}; + +// architecture of the operating system +// (regardless of the build environment of wxWidgets library - see +// wxIsPlatform64bit documentation for more info) +enum wxArchitecture +{ + wxARCH_INVALID = -1, // returned on error + + wxARCH_32, // 32 bit + wxARCH_64, + + wxARCH_MAX +}; + + +// endian-ness of the machine +enum wxEndianness +{ + wxENDIAN_INVALID = -1, // returned on error + + wxENDIAN_BIG, // 4321 + wxENDIAN_LITTLE, // 1234 + wxENDIAN_PDP, // 3412 + + wxENDIAN_MAX +}; + +// informations about a linux distro returned by the lsb_release utility +struct wxLinuxDistributionInfo +{ + wxString Id; + wxString Release; + wxString CodeName; + wxString Description; + + bool operator==(const wxLinuxDistributionInfo& ldi) const + { + return Id == ldi.Id && + Release == ldi.Release && + CodeName == ldi.CodeName && + Description == ldi.Description; + } + + bool operator!=(const wxLinuxDistributionInfo& ldi) const + { return !(*this == ldi); } +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPlatformInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Information about the toolkit that the app is running under and some basic +// platform and architecture info +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPlatformInfo +{ +public: + wxPlatformInfo(); + wxPlatformInfo(wxPortId pid, + int tkMajor = -1, int tkMinor = -1, + wxOperatingSystemId id = wxOS_UNKNOWN, + int osMajor = -1, int osMinor = -1, + wxArchitecture arch = wxARCH_INVALID, + wxEndianness endian = wxENDIAN_INVALID, + bool usingUniversal = false); + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + + bool operator==(const wxPlatformInfo &t) const; + + bool operator!=(const wxPlatformInfo &t) const + { return !(*this == t); } + + // Gets a wxPlatformInfo already initialized with the values for + // the currently running platform. + static const wxPlatformInfo& Get(); + + + + // string -> enum conversions + // --------------------------------- + + static wxOperatingSystemId GetOperatingSystemId(const wxString &name); + static wxPortId GetPortId(const wxString &portname); + + static wxArchitecture GetArch(const wxString &arch); + static wxEndianness GetEndianness(const wxString &end); + + // enum -> string conversions + // --------------------------------- + + static wxString GetOperatingSystemFamilyName(wxOperatingSystemId os); + static wxString GetOperatingSystemIdName(wxOperatingSystemId os); + static wxString GetPortIdName(wxPortId port, bool usingUniversal); + static wxString GetPortIdShortName(wxPortId port, bool usingUniversal); + + static wxString GetArchName(wxArchitecture arch); + static wxString GetEndiannessName(wxEndianness end); + + + // getters + // ----------------- + + int GetOSMajorVersion() const + { return m_osVersionMajor; } + int GetOSMinorVersion() const + { return m_osVersionMinor; } + + // return true if the OS version >= major.minor + bool CheckOSVersion(int major, int minor) const + { + return DoCheckVersion(GetOSMajorVersion(), + GetOSMinorVersion(), + major, + minor); + } + + int GetToolkitMajorVersion() const + { return m_tkVersionMajor; } + int GetToolkitMinorVersion() const + { return m_tkVersionMinor; } + + bool CheckToolkitVersion(int major, int minor) const + { + return DoCheckVersion(GetToolkitMajorVersion(), + GetToolkitMinorVersion(), + major, + minor); + } + + bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const + { return m_usingUniversal; } + + wxOperatingSystemId GetOperatingSystemId() const + { return m_os; } + wxLinuxDistributionInfo GetLinuxDistributionInfo() const + { return m_ldi; } + wxPortId GetPortId() const + { return m_port; } + wxArchitecture GetArchitecture() const + { return m_arch; } + wxEndianness GetEndianness() const + { return m_endian; } + + + // string getters + // ----------------- + + wxString GetOperatingSystemFamilyName() const + { return GetOperatingSystemFamilyName(m_os); } + wxString GetOperatingSystemIdName() const + { return GetOperatingSystemIdName(m_os); } + wxString GetPortIdName() const + { return GetPortIdName(m_port, m_usingUniversal); } + wxString GetPortIdShortName() const + { return GetPortIdShortName(m_port, m_usingUniversal); } + wxString GetArchName() const + { return GetArchName(m_arch); } + wxString GetEndiannessName() const + { return GetEndiannessName(m_endian); } + wxString GetOperatingSystemDescription() const + { return m_osDesc; } + wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const + { return m_desktopEnv; } + + static wxString GetOperatingSystemDirectory(); + // doesn't make sense to store inside wxPlatformInfo the OS directory, + // thus this function is static; note that this function simply calls + // wxGetOSDirectory() and is here just to make it easier for the user to + // find it that feature (global functions can be difficult to find in the docs) + + // setters + // ----------------- + + void SetOSVersion(int major, int minor) + { m_osVersionMajor=major; m_osVersionMinor=minor; } + void SetToolkitVersion(int major, int minor) + { m_tkVersionMajor=major; m_tkVersionMinor=minor; } + + void SetOperatingSystemId(wxOperatingSystemId n) + { m_os = n; } + void SetOperatingSystemDescription(const wxString& desc) + { m_osDesc = desc; } + void SetPortId(wxPortId n) + { m_port = n; } + void SetArchitecture(wxArchitecture n) + { m_arch = n; } + void SetEndianness(wxEndianness n) + { m_endian = n; } + + void SetDesktopEnvironment(const wxString& de) + { m_desktopEnv = de; } + void SetLinuxDistributionInfo(const wxLinuxDistributionInfo& di) + { m_ldi = di; } + + + // miscellaneous + // ----------------- + + bool IsOk() const + { + return m_osVersionMajor != -1 && m_osVersionMinor != -1 && + m_os != wxOS_UNKNOWN && + !m_osDesc.IsEmpty() && + m_tkVersionMajor != -1 && m_tkVersionMinor != -1 && + m_port != wxPORT_UNKNOWN && + m_arch != wxARCH_INVALID && + m_endian != wxENDIAN_INVALID; + + // do not check linux-specific info; it's ok to have them empty + } + + +protected: + static bool DoCheckVersion(int majorCur, int minorCur, int major, int minor) + { + return majorCur > major || (majorCur == major && minorCur >= minor); + } + + void InitForCurrentPlatform(); + + + // OS stuff + // ----------------- + + // Version of the OS; valid if m_os != wxOS_UNKNOWN + // (-1 means not initialized yet). + int m_osVersionMajor, + m_osVersionMinor; + + // Operating system ID. + wxOperatingSystemId m_os; + + // Operating system description. + wxString m_osDesc; + + + // linux-specific + // ----------------- + + wxString m_desktopEnv; + wxLinuxDistributionInfo m_ldi; + + + // toolkit + // ----------------- + + // Version of the underlying toolkit + // (-1 means not initialized yet; zero means no toolkit). + int m_tkVersionMajor, m_tkVersionMinor; + + // name of the wxWidgets port + wxPortId m_port; + + // is using wxUniversal widgets? + bool m_usingUniversal; + + + // others + // ----------------- + + // architecture of the OS/machine + wxArchitecture m_arch; + + // endianness of the machine + wxEndianness m_endian; +}; + + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + #define wxUNKNOWN_PLATFORM wxOS_UNKNOWN + #define wxUnix wxOS_UNIX + #define wxWin95 wxOS_WINDOWS_9X + #define wxWIN95 wxOS_WINDOWS_9X + #define wxWINDOWS_NT wxOS_WINDOWS_NT + #define wxMSW wxOS_WINDOWS + #define wxWinCE wxOS_WINDOWS_CE + #define wxWIN32S wxOS_WINDOWS_9X + + #define wxPalmOS wxPORT_PALMOS + #define wxOS2 wxPORT_OS2 + #define wxMGL wxPORT_MGL + #define wxCocoa wxPORT_MAC + #define wxMac wxPORT_MAC + #define wxMotif wxPORT_MOTIF + #define wxGTK wxPORT_GTK +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +#endif // _WX_PLATINFO_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/popupwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/popupwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..901fee0613 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/popupwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/popupwin.h +// Purpose: wxPopupWindow interface declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 06.01.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: popupwin.h 67244 2011-03-19 11:57:06Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_POPUPWIN_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_POPUPWIN_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN + +#include "wx/nonownedwnd.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPopupWindow: a special kind of top level window used for popup menus, +// combobox popups and such. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPopupWindowBase : public wxNonOwnedWindow +{ +public: + wxPopupWindowBase() { } + virtual ~wxPopupWindowBase(); + + // create the popup window + // + // style may only contain border flags + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, int style = wxBORDER_NONE); + + // move the popup window to the right position, i.e. such that it is + // entirely visible + // + // the popup is positioned at ptOrigin + size if it opens below and to the + // right (default), at ptOrigin - sizePopup if it opens above and to the + // left &c + // + // the point must be given in screen coordinates! + virtual void Position(const wxPoint& ptOrigin, + const wxSize& size); + + virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPopupWindowBase); +}; + + +// include the real class declaration +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/popupwin.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/popupwin.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/popupwin.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/popupwin.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/popupwin.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/popupwin.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #include "wx/dfb/popupwin.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #include "wx/mgl/popupwin.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/popupwin.h" +#else + #error "wxPopupWindow is not supported under this platform." +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPopupTransientWindow: a wxPopupWindow which disappears automatically +// when the user clicks mouse outside it or if it loses focus in any other way +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPopupWindowHandler; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPopupFocusHandler; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPopupTransientWindow : public wxPopupWindow +{ +public: + // ctors + wxPopupTransientWindow() { Init(); } + wxPopupTransientWindow(wxWindow *parent, int style = wxBORDER_NONE); + + virtual ~wxPopupTransientWindow(); + + // popup the window (this will show it too) and keep focus at winFocus + // (or itself if it's NULL), dismiss the popup if we lose focus + virtual void Popup(wxWindow *focus = NULL); + + // hide the window + virtual void Dismiss(); + + // can the window be dismissed now? + // + // VZ: where is this used?? + virtual bool CanDismiss() + { return true; } + + // called when a mouse is pressed while the popup is shown: return true + // from here to prevent its normal processing by the popup (which consists + // in dismissing it if the mouse is clicked outside it) + virtual bool ProcessLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event); + + // Overridden to grab the input on some plaforms + virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // this is called when the popup is disappeared because of anything + // else but direct call to Dismiss() + virtual void OnDismiss(); + + // dismiss and notify the derived class + void DismissAndNotify(); + + // remove our event handlers + void PopHandlers(); + + // get alerted when child gets deleted from under us + void OnDestroy(wxWindowDestroyEvent& event); + +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined( __WXMAC__) + // check if the mouse needs captured or released + void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event); +#endif + + // the child of this popup if any + wxWindow *m_child; + + // the window which has the focus while we're shown + wxWindow *m_focus; + + // these classes may call our DismissAndNotify() + friend class wxPopupWindowHandler; + friend class wxPopupFocusHandler; + + // the handlers we created, may be NULL (if not, must be deleted) + wxPopupWindowHandler *m_handlerPopup; + wxPopupFocusHandler *m_handlerFocus; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPopupTransientWindow) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPopupTransientWindow); +}; + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX && defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPopupComboWindow: wxPopupTransientWindow used by wxComboBox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboCtrl; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPopupComboWindow : public wxPopupTransientWindow +{ +public: + wxPopupComboWindow() { m_combo = NULL; } + wxPopupComboWindow(wxComboCtrl *parent); + + bool Create(wxComboCtrl *parent); + + // position the window correctly relatively to the combo + void PositionNearCombo(); + +protected: + // notify the combo here + virtual void OnDismiss(); + + // forward the key presses to the combobox + void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); + + // the parent combobox + wxComboCtrl *m_combo; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPopupComboWindow) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX && defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + +#endif // wxUSE_POPUPWIN + +#endif // _WX_POPUPWIN_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/position.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/position.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..20776de396 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/position.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/position.h +// Purpose: Common structure and methods for positional information. +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Robin Dunn, Brad Anderson, Bryan Petty +// Created: 2007-03-13 +// RCS-ID: $Id: position.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 The wxWidgets Team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_POSITION_H_ +#define _WX_POSITION_H_ + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPosition +{ +public: + wxPosition() : m_row(0), m_column(0) {} + wxPosition(int row, int col) : m_row(row), m_column(col) {} + + // default copy ctor and assignment operator are okay. + + int GetRow() const { return m_row; } + int GetColumn() const { return m_column; } + int GetCol() const { return GetColumn(); } + void SetRow(int row) { m_row = row; } + void SetColumn(int column) { m_column = column; } + void SetCol(int column) { SetColumn(column); } + + bool operator==(const wxPosition& p) const + { return m_row == p.m_row && m_column == p.m_column; } + bool operator!=(const wxPosition& p) const + { return !(*this == p); } + + wxPosition& operator+=(const wxPosition& p) + { m_row += p.m_row; m_column += p.m_column; return *this; } + wxPosition& operator-=(const wxPosition& p) + { m_row -= p.m_row; m_column -= p.m_column; return *this; } + wxPosition& operator+=(const wxSize& s) + { m_row += s.y; m_column += s.x; return *this; } + wxPosition& operator-=(const wxSize& s) + { m_row -= s.y; m_column -= s.x; return *this; } + + wxPosition operator+(const wxPosition& p) const + { return wxPosition(m_row + p.m_row, m_column + p.m_column); } + wxPosition operator-(const wxPosition& p) const + { return wxPosition(m_row - p.m_row, m_column - p.m_column); } + wxPosition operator+(const wxSize& s) const + { return wxPosition(m_row + s.y, m_column + s.x); } + wxPosition operator-(const wxSize& s) const + { return wxPosition(m_row - s.y, m_column - s.x); } + +private: + int m_row; + int m_column; +}; + +#endif // _WX_POSITION_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/power.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/power.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71a2a8bffe --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/power.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/power.h +// Purpose: functions and classes for system power management +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-05-27 +// RCS-ID: $Id: power.h 58718 2009-02-07 18:59:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_POWER_H_ +#define _WX_POWER_H_ + +#include "wx/event.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// power management constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxPowerType +{ + wxPOWER_SOCKET, + wxPOWER_BATTERY, + wxPOWER_UNKNOWN +}; + +enum wxBatteryState +{ + wxBATTERY_NORMAL_STATE, // system is fully usable + wxBATTERY_LOW_STATE, // start to worry + wxBATTERY_CRITICAL_STATE, // save quickly + wxBATTERY_SHUTDOWN_STATE, // too late + wxBATTERY_UNKNOWN_STATE +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPowerEvent is generated when the system online status changes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// currently the power events are only available under Windows, to avoid +// compiling in the code for handling them which is never going to be invoked +// under the other platforms, we define wxHAS_POWER_EVENTS symbol if this event +// is available, it should be used to guard all code using wxPowerEvent +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + +#define wxHAS_POWER_EVENTS + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPowerEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxPowerEvent() // just for use by wxRTTI + : m_veto(false) { } + + wxPowerEvent(wxEventType evtType) : wxEvent(wxID_NONE, evtType) + { + m_veto = false; + } + + // Veto the operation (only makes sense with EVT_POWER_SUSPENDING) + void Veto() { m_veto = true; } + + bool IsVetoed() const { return m_veto; } + + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxPowerEvent(*this); } + +private: + bool m_veto; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxPowerEvent) +}; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING, wxPowerEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED, wxPowerEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL, wxPowerEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_POWER_RESUME, wxPowerEvent ); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPowerEventFunction)(wxPowerEvent&); + +#define wxPowerEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxPowerEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_POWER_SUSPENDING(func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING, wxPowerEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_POWER_SUSPENDED(func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED, wxPowerEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL(func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL, wxPowerEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_POWER_RESUME(func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_POWER_RESUME, wxPowerEventHandler(func)) + +#else // no support for power events + #undef wxHAS_POWER_EVENTS +#endif // support for power events/no support + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// power management functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// return the current system power state: online or offline +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPowerType wxGetPowerType(); + +// return approximate battery state +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBatteryState wxGetBatteryState(); + +#endif // _WX_POWER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/print.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/print.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9d11bb741a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/print.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/print.h +// Purpose: Base header for printer classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: print.h 54125 2008-06-11 19:17:41Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRINT_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_PRINT_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + +#include "wx/msw/printwin.h" + +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + +#include "wx/osx/printmac.h" + +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + +#include "wx/os2/printos2.h" + +#else + +#include "wx/generic/printps.h" + +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +#endif + // _WX_PRINT_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/printdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/printdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..826fbca204 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/printdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/printdlg.h +// Purpose: Base header and class for print dialogs +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: printdlg.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRINTDLG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_PRINTDLG_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/dialog.h" +#include "wx/intl.h" +#include "wx/cmndata.h" + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintDialogBase: interface for the dialog for printing +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintDialogBase : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxPrintDialogBase() { } + wxPrintDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString &title = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE); + + virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() = 0; + virtual wxPrintData& GetPrintData() = 0; + virtual wxDC *GetPrintDC() = 0; + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPrintDialogBase) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintDialogBase); +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintDialog: the dialog for printing. +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintDialog : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL); + wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data); + virtual ~wxPrintDialog(); + + virtual int ShowModal(); + + virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData(); + virtual wxPrintData& GetPrintData(); + virtual wxDC *GetPrintDC(); + +private: + wxPrintDialogBase *m_pimpl; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialog) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintDialog); +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPageSetupDialogBase: interface for the page setup dialog +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPageSetupDialogBase: public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxPageSetupDialogBase() { } + wxPageSetupDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString &title = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE); + + virtual wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData() = 0; + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogBase) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogBase); +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPageSetupDialog: the page setup dialog +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPageSetupDialog: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupDialogData *data = NULL); + virtual ~wxPageSetupDialog(); + + int ShowModal(); + wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData(); + // old name + wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupData(); + +private: + wxPageSetupDialogBase *m_pimpl; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialog) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialog); +}; + +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_PRINTDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..57a4c1b9b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fd.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/fd.h +// Purpose: private stuff for working with file descriptors +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-11-23 (moved from wx/unix/private.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: fd.h 62790 2009-12-06 02:29:42Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_FD_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_FD_H_ + +// standard Linux headers produce many warnings when used with icc so define +// our own replacements for FD_XXX macros +#if defined(__INTELC__) && defined(__LINUX__) + inline void wxFD_ZERO(fd_set *fds) + { + #pragma warning(push) + #pragma warning(disable:593) + FD_ZERO(fds); + #pragma warning(pop) + } + + inline void wxFD_SET(int fd, fd_set *fds) + { + #pragma warning(push, 1) + #pragma warning(disable:1469) + FD_SET(fd, fds); + #pragma warning(pop) + } + + inline bool wxFD_ISSET(int fd, fd_set *fds) + { + #pragma warning(push, 1) + #pragma warning(disable:1469) + return FD_ISSET(fd, fds); + #pragma warning(pop) + } + inline void wxFD_CLR(int fd, fd_set *fds) + { + #pragma warning(push, 1) + #pragma warning(disable:1469) + FD_CLR(fd, fds); + #pragma warning(pop) + } +#else // !__INTELC__ + #define wxFD_ZERO(fds) FD_ZERO(fds) + #define wxFD_SET(fd, fds) FD_SET(fd, fds) + #define wxFD_ISSET(fd, fds) FD_ISSET(fd, fds) + #define wxFD_CLR(fd, fds) FD_CLR(fd, fds) +#endif // __INTELC__/!__INTELC__ + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_FD_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fdiodispatcher.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fdiodispatcher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aef0dc88e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fdiodispatcher.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/fdiodispatcher.h +// Purpose: classes for dispatching IO notifications for file descriptors +// Authors: Lukasz Michalski +// Created: December 2006 +// Copyright: (c) Lukasz Michalski +// RCS-ID: $Id: fdiodispatcher.h 61686 2009-08-17 23:02:29Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_FDIODISPATCHER_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_FDIODISPATCHER_H_ + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/private/fdiohandler.h" + +// those flags describes sets where descriptor should be added +enum wxFDIODispatcherEntryFlags +{ + wxFDIO_INPUT = 1, + wxFDIO_OUTPUT = 2, + wxFDIO_EXCEPTION = 4, + wxFDIO_ALL = wxFDIO_INPUT | wxFDIO_OUTPUT | wxFDIO_EXCEPTION +}; + +// base class for wxSelectDispatcher and wxEpollDispatcher +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFDIODispatcher +{ +public: + enum { TIMEOUT_INFINITE = -1 }; + + // return the global dispatcher to be used for IO events, can be NULL only + // if wxSelectDispatcher wasn't compiled into the library at all as + // creating it never fails + // + // don't delete the returned pointer + static wxFDIODispatcher *Get(); + + // if we have any registered handlers, check for any pending events to them + // and dispatch them -- this is used from wxX11 and wxDFB event loops + // implementation + static void DispatchPending(); + + // register handler for the given descriptor with the dispatcher, return + // true on success or false on error + virtual bool RegisterFD(int fd, wxFDIOHandler *handler, int flags) = 0; + + // modify descriptor flags or handler, return true on success + virtual bool ModifyFD(int fd, wxFDIOHandler *handler, int flags) = 0; + + // unregister descriptor previously registered with RegisterFD() + virtual bool UnregisterFD(int fd) = 0; + + // check if any events are currently available without dispatching them + virtual bool HasPending() const = 0; + + // wait for an event for at most timeout milliseconds and process it; + // return the number of events processed (possibly 0 if timeout expired) or + // -1 if an error occurred + virtual int Dispatch(int timeout = TIMEOUT_INFINITE) = 0; + + virtual ~wxFDIODispatcher() { } +}; + +//entry for wxFDIOHandlerMap +struct wxFDIOHandlerEntry +{ + wxFDIOHandlerEntry() + { + } + + wxFDIOHandlerEntry(wxFDIOHandler *handler_, int flags_) + : handler(handler_), + flags(flags_) + { + } + + wxFDIOHandler *handler; + int flags; +}; + +// this hash is used to map file descriptors to their handlers +WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( + int, + wxFDIOHandlerEntry, + wxIntegerHash, + wxIntegerEqual, + wxFDIOHandlerMap +); + +// FDIODispatcher that holds map fd <-> FDIOHandler, this should be used if +// this map isn't maintained elsewhere already as it is usually needed anyhow +// +// notice that all functions for FD management have implementation +// in the base class and should be called from the derived classes +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMappedFDIODispatcher : public wxFDIODispatcher +{ +public: + // find the handler for the given fd, return NULL if none + wxFDIOHandler *FindHandler(int fd) const; + + // register handler for the given descriptor with the dispatcher, return + // true on success or false on error + virtual bool RegisterFD(int fd, wxFDIOHandler *handler, int flags); + + // modify descriptor flags or handler, return true on success + virtual bool ModifyFD(int fd, wxFDIOHandler *handler, int flags); + + // unregister descriptor previously registered with RegisterFD() + virtual bool UnregisterFD(int fd); + + virtual ~wxMappedFDIODispatcher() { } + +protected: + // the fd -> handler map containing all the registered handlers + wxFDIOHandlerMap m_handlers; +}; + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_FDIODISPATCHER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fdiohandler.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fdiohandler.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e7fa5efbd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fdiohandler.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/fdiohandler.h +// Purpose: declares wxFDIOHandler class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-08-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fdiohandler.h 64140 2010-04-25 21:33:16Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_FDIOHANDLER_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_FDIOHANDLER_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFDIOHandler: interface used to process events on file descriptors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxFDIOHandler +{ +public: + wxFDIOHandler() { m_regmask = 0; } + + // called when descriptor is available for non-blocking read + virtual void OnReadWaiting() = 0; + + // called when descriptor is available for non-blocking write + virtual void OnWriteWaiting() = 0; + + // called when there is exception on descriptor + virtual void OnExceptionWaiting() = 0; + + // called to check if the handler is still valid, only used by + // wxSocketImplUnix currently + virtual bool IsOk() const { return true; } + + + // get/set the mask of events for which we're currently registered for: + // it's a combination of wxFDIO_{INPUT,OUTPUT,EXCEPTION} + int GetRegisteredEvents() const { return m_regmask; } + void SetRegisteredEvent(int flag) { m_regmask |= flag; } + void ClearRegisteredEvent(int flag) { m_regmask &= ~flag; } + + + // virtual dtor for the base class + virtual ~wxFDIOHandler() { } + +private: + int m_regmask; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFDIOHandler); +}; + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_FDIOHANDLER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fdiomanager.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fdiomanager.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..46b6996280 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fdiomanager.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/fdiomanager.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxFDIOManager +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-08-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fdiomanager.h 64140 2010-04-25 21:33:16Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_FDIOMANAGER_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_FDIOMANAGER_H_ + +#include "wx/private/fdiohandler.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFDIOManager: register or unregister wxFDIOHandlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// currently only used in wxGTK and wxMotif, see wx/unix/apptrait.h + +class wxFDIOManager +{ +public: + // identifies either input or output direction + // + // NB: the values of this enum shouldn't change + enum Direction + { + INPUT, + OUTPUT + }; + + // start or stop monitoring the events on the given file descriptor + virtual int AddInput(wxFDIOHandler *handler, int fd, Direction d) = 0; + virtual void RemoveInput(wxFDIOHandler *handler, int fd, Direction d) = 0; + + // empty but virtual dtor for the base class + virtual ~wxFDIOManager() { } +}; + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_FDIOMANAGER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fileback.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fileback.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a65b3419c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fileback.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/fileback.h +// Purpose: Back an input stream with memory or a file +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// RCS-ID: $Id: fileback.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FILEBACK_H__ +#define _WX_FILEBACK_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + +#include "wx/stream.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Backs an input stream with memory or a file to make it seekable. +// +// One or more wxBackedInputStreams can be used to read it's data. The data is +// reference counted, so stays alive until the last wxBackingFile or +// wxBackedInputStream using it is destroyed. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBackingFile +{ +public: + enum { DefaultBufSize = 16384 }; + + // Takes ownership of stream. If the stream is smaller than bufsize, the + // backing file is never created and the backing is done with memory. + wxBackingFile(wxInputStream *stream, + size_t bufsize = DefaultBufSize, + const wxString& prefix = wxT("wxbf")); + + wxBackingFile() : m_impl(NULL) { } + ~wxBackingFile(); + + wxBackingFile(const wxBackingFile& backer); + wxBackingFile& operator=(const wxBackingFile& backer); + + operator bool() const { return m_impl != NULL; } + +private: + class wxBackingFileImpl *m_impl; + friend class wxBackedInputStream; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// An input stream to read from a wxBackingFile. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBackedInputStream : public wxInputStream +{ +public: + wxBackedInputStream(const wxBackingFile& backer); + + // If the length of the backer's parent stream is unknown then GetLength() + // returns wxInvalidOffset until the parent has been read to the end. + wxFileOffset GetLength() const; + + // Returns the length, reading the parent stream to the end if necessary. + wxFileOffset FindLength() const; + + bool IsSeekable() const { return true; } + +protected: + size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size); + wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode); + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const; + +private: + wxBackingFile m_backer; + wxFileOffset m_pos; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBackedInputStream); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + +#endif // _WX_FILEBACK_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/filename.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/filename.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d2ac7c2c55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/filename.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/filename.h +// Purpose: Internal declarations for src/common/filename.cpp +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-10-22 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filename.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_FILENAME_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_FILENAME_H_ + +#include "wx/file.h" +#include "wx/ffile.h" + +// Self deleting temp files aren't supported on all platforms. Therefore +// rather than let these be in the API, they can be used internally to +// implement classes (e.g. wxTempFileStream), that will do the clean up when +// the OS doesn't support it. + +// Same usage as wxFileName::CreateTempFileName() with the extra parameter +// deleteOnClose. *deleteOnClose true on entry requests a file created with a +// delete on close flag, on exit the value of *deleteOnClose indicates whether +// available. + +#if wxUSE_FILE +wxString wxCreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, + wxFile *fileTemp, + bool *deleteOnClose = NULL); +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FFILE +wxString wxCreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, + wxFFile *fileTemp, + bool *deleteOnClose = NULL); +#endif + +// Returns an open temp file, if possible either an unlinked open file or one +// that will delete on close. Only returns the filename if neither was +// possible, so that the caller can delete the file when done. + +#if wxUSE_FILE +bool wxCreateTempFile(const wxString& prefix, + wxFile *fileTemp, + wxString *name); +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FFILE +bool wxCreateTempFile(const wxString& prefix, + wxFFile *fileTemp, + wxString *name); +#endif + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_FILENAME_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/flagscheck.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/flagscheck.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..742eb02e87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/flagscheck.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/flagscheck.h +// Purpose: helpers for checking that (bit)flags don't overlap +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2008-02-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: flagscheck.h 59016 2009-02-19 05:34:25Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_FLAGSCHECK_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_FLAGSCHECK_H_ + +#include "wx/debug.h" + +// IBM xlC 8 can't parse the template syntax +#if !defined(__IBMCPP__) + +#include "wx/meta/if.h" + +namespace wxPrivate +{ + +// These templates are used to implement wxADD_FLAG macro below. +// +// The idea is that we want to trigger *compilation* error if the flags +// overlap, not just runtime assert failure. We can't implement the check +// using just a simple logical operation, we need checks equivalent to this +// code: +// +// mask = wxFLAG_1; +// assert( (mask & wxFLAG_2) == 0 ); // no overlap +// mask |= wxFLAG_3; +// assert( (mask & wxFLAG_3) == 0 ); // no overlap +// mask |= wxFLAG_3; +// ... +// +// This can be done at compilation time by using templates metaprogramming +// technique that makes the compiler carry on the computation. +// +// NB: If any of this doesn't compile with your compiler and would be too +// hard to make work, it's probably best to disable this code and replace +// the macros below with empty stubs, this isn't anything critical. + +template struct FlagsHaveConflictingValues +{ + // no value here - triggers compilation error +}; + +template struct FlagValue +{ + enum { value = val }; +}; + +// This template adds its template parameter integer 'add' to another integer +// 'all' and produces their OR-combination (all | add). The result is "stored" +// as constant SafelyAddToMask<>::value. Combination of many flags is achieved +// by chaining parameter lists: the 'add' parameter is value member of +// another (different) SafelyAddToMask<> instantiation. +template struct SafelyAddToMask +{ + // This typedefs ensures that no flags in the list conflict. If there's + // any overlap between the already constructed part of the mask ('all') + // and the value being added to it ('add'), the test that is wxIf<>'s + // first parameter will be non-zero and so Added value will be + // FlagsHaveConflictingValues. The next statement will try to use + // AddedValue::value, but there's no such thing in + // FlagsHaveConflictingValues<> and so compilation will fail. + typedef typename wxIf<(all & add) == 0, + FlagValue, + FlagsHaveConflictingValues >::value + AddedValue; + + enum { value = all | AddedValue::value }; +}; + +} // wxPrivate namespace + + + +// This macro is used to ensure that no two flags that can be combined in +// the same integer value have overlapping bits. This is sometimes not entirely +// trivial to ensure, for example in wxWindow styles or flags for wxSizerItem +// that span several enums, some of them used for multiple purposes. +// +// By constructing allowed flags mask using wxADD_FLAG macro and then using +// this mask to check flags passed as arguments, you can ensure that +// +// a) if any of the allowed flags overlap, you will get compilation error +// b) if invalid flag is used, there will be an assert at runtime +// +// Example usage: +// +// static const int SIZER_FLAGS_MASK = +// wxADD_FLAG(wxCENTRE, +// wxADD_FLAG(wxHORIZONTAL, +// wxADD_FLAG(wxVERTICAL, +// ... +// 0))...); +// +// And wherever flags are used: +// +// wxASSERT_VALID_FLAG( m_flag, SIZER_FLAGS_MASK ); + +#define wxADD_FLAG(f, others) \ + ::wxPrivate::SafelyAddToMask::value + +#else + #define wxADD_FLAG(f, others) (f | others) +#endif + +// Checks if flags value 'f' is within the mask of allowed values +#define wxASSERT_VALID_FLAGS(f, mask) \ + wxASSERT_MSG( (f & mask) == f, \ + "invalid flag: not within " #mask ) + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_FLAGSCHECK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fontmgr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fontmgr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..68d7fc7ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fontmgr.h @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/fontmgr.h +// Purpose: font management for ports that don't have their own +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2006-11-18 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontmgr.h 62349 2009-10-09 13:04:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001-2002 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com) +// (c) 2006 REA Elektronik GmbH +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_FONTMGR_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_FONTMGR_H_ + +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/fontutil.h" + +class wxFontsManager; +class wxFontInstance; +class wxFontInstanceList; +class wxFontFace; +class wxFontBundle; +class wxFontBundleHash; +class wxFontMgrFontRefData; + +WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxFontBundle, wxFontBundleList); + +/** + This class represents single font face with set parameters (point size, + antialiasing). + */ +class wxFontInstanceBase +{ +protected: + wxFontInstanceBase(float ptSize, bool aa) : m_ptSize(ptSize), m_aa(aa) {} + virtual ~wxFontInstanceBase() {} + +public: + float GetPointSize() const { return m_ptSize; } + bool IsAntiAliased() const { return m_aa; } + +protected: + float m_ptSize; + bool m_aa; +}; + + +/// This class represents loaded font face (bundle+weight+italics). +class wxFontFaceBase +{ +protected: + /// Ctor. Creates object with reference count = 0, Acquire() must be + /// called after the object is created. + wxFontFaceBase(); + virtual ~wxFontFaceBase(); + +public: + /// Increases reference count of the face + virtual void Acquire(); + + /** + Decreases reference count of the face. Call this when you no longer + use the object returned by wxFontBundle. Note that this doesn't destroy + the object, but only optionally shuts it down, so it's possible to + call Acquire() and Release() more than once. + */ + virtual void Release(); + + /** + Returns instance of the font at given size. + + @param ptSize point size of the font to create; note that this is + a float and not integer, it should be wxFont's point + size multipled by wxDC's scale factor + @param aa should the font be antialiased? + */ + virtual wxFontInstance *GetFontInstance(float ptSize, bool aa); + +protected: + /// Called to create a new instance of the font by GetFontInstance() if + /// it wasn't found it cache. + virtual wxFontInstance *CreateFontInstance(float ptSize, bool aa) = 0; + +protected: + unsigned m_refCnt; + wxFontInstanceList *m_instances; +}; + +/** + This class represents font bundle. Font bundle is set of faces that have + the same name, but differ in weight and italics. + */ +class wxFontBundleBase +{ +public: + wxFontBundleBase(); + virtual ~wxFontBundleBase(); + + /// Returns name of the bundle + virtual wxString GetName() const = 0; + + /// Returns true if the font is fixe-width + virtual bool IsFixed() const = 0; + + /// Type of faces in the bundle + enum FaceType + { + // NB: values of these constants are set so that it's possible to + // make OR-combinations of them and still get valid enum element + FaceType_Regular = 0, + FaceType_Italic = 1, + FaceType_Bold = 2, + FaceType_BoldItalic = FaceType_Italic | FaceType_Bold, + + FaceType_Max + }; + + /// Returns true if the given face is available + bool HasFace(FaceType type) const { return m_faces[type] != NULL; } + + /** + Returns font face object that can be used to render font of given type. + + Note that this method can only be called if HasFace(type) returns true. + + Acquire() was called on the returned object, you must call Release() + when you stop using it. + */ + wxFontFace *GetFace(FaceType type) const; + + /** + Returns font face object that can be used to render given font. + + Acquire() was called on the returned object, you must call Release() + when you stop using it. + */ + wxFontFace *GetFaceForFont(const wxFontMgrFontRefData& font) const; + +protected: + wxFontFace *m_faces[FaceType_Max]; +}; + + +/** + Base class for wxFontsManager class, which manages the list of all + available fonts and their loaded instances. + */ +class wxFontsManagerBase +{ +protected: + wxFontsManagerBase(); + virtual ~wxFontsManagerBase(); + +public: + /// Returns the font manager singleton, creating it if it doesn't exist + static wxFontsManager *Get(); + + /// Called by wxApp to shut down the manager + static void CleanUp(); + + /// Returns list of all available font bundles + const wxFontBundleList& GetBundles() const { return *m_list; } + + /** + Returns object representing font bundle with the given name. + + The returned object is owned by wxFontsManager, you must not delete it. + */ + wxFontBundle *GetBundle(const wxString& name) const; + + /** + Returns object representing font bundle that can be used to render + given font. + + The returned object is owned by wxFontsManager, you must not delete it. + */ + wxFontBundle *GetBundleForFont(const wxFontMgrFontRefData& font) const; + + /// This method must be called by derived + void AddBundle(wxFontBundle *bundle); + + /// Returns default facename for given wxFont family + virtual wxString GetDefaultFacename(wxFontFamily family) const = 0; + +private: + wxFontBundleHash *m_hash; + wxFontBundleList *m_list; + +protected: + static wxFontsManager *ms_instance; +}; + + + +#if defined(__WXMGL__) + #include "wx/mgl/private/fontmgr.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #include "wx/dfb/private/fontmgr.h" +#endif + + + +/// wxFontMgrFontRefData implementation using wxFontsManager classes +class wxFontMgrFontRefData : public wxGDIRefData +{ +public: + wxFontMgrFontRefData(int size = wxDEFAULT, + wxFontFamily family = wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT, + wxFontStyle style = wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL, + wxFontWeight weight = wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& faceName = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); + wxFontMgrFontRefData(const wxFontMgrFontRefData& data); + ~wxFontMgrFontRefData(); + + wxFontBundle *GetFontBundle() const; + wxFontInstance *GetFontInstance(float scale, bool antialiased) const; + + bool IsFixedWidth() const { return GetFontBundle()->IsFixed(); } + + const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const { return &m_info; } + + int GetPointSize() const { return m_info.pointSize; } + wxString GetFaceName() const { return m_info.faceName; } + wxFontFamily GetFamily() const { return m_info.family; } + wxFontStyle GetStyle() const { return m_info.style; } + wxFontWeight GetWeight() const { return m_info.weight; } + bool GetUnderlined() const { return m_info.underlined; } + wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const { return m_info.encoding; } + + void SetPointSize(int pointSize); + void SetFamily(wxFontFamily family); + void SetStyle(wxFontStyle style); + void SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight); + void SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName); + void SetUnderlined(bool underlined); + void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding); + +private: + void EnsureValidFont(); + + wxNativeFontInfo m_info; + + wxFontFace *m_fontFace; + wxFontBundle *m_fontBundle; + bool m_fontValid; +}; + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_FONTMGR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fswatcher.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fswatcher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0438243a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/fswatcher.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/fswatcher.h +// Purpose: File system watcher impl classes +// Author: Bartosz Bekier +// Created: 2009-05-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fswatcher.h 62475 2009-10-22 11:36:35Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef WX_PRIVATE_FSWATCHER_H_ +#define WX_PRIVATE_FSWATCHER_H_ + +#include "wx/sharedptr.h" + +#ifdef wxHAS_INOTIFY + class wxFSWatchEntryUnix; + #define wxFSWatchEntry wxFSWatchEntryUnix + WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxSharedPtr,wxFSWatchEntries); + #include "wx/unix/private/fswatcher_inotify.h" +#elif defined(wxHAS_KQUEUE) + class wxFSWatchEntryKq; + #define wxFSWatchEntry wxFSWatchEntryKq + WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxSharedPtr,wxFSWatchEntries); + #include "wx/unix/private/fswatcher_kqueue.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + class wxFSWatchEntryMSW; + #define wxFSWatchEntry wxFSWatchEntryMSW + WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxSharedPtr,wxFSWatchEntries); + #include "wx/msw/private/fswatcher.h" +#else + #define wxFSWatchEntry wxFSWatchEntryPolling +#endif + +class wxFSWatcherImpl +{ +public: + wxFSWatcherImpl(wxFileSystemWatcherBase* watcher) : + m_watcher(watcher) + { + } + + virtual ~wxFSWatcherImpl() + { + (void) RemoveAll(); + } + + virtual bool Init() = 0; + + virtual bool Add(const wxFSWatchInfo& winfo) + { + wxCHECK_MSG( m_watches.find(winfo.GetPath()) == m_watches.end(), false, + "Path '%s' is already watched"); + + // construct watch entry + wxSharedPtr watch(new wxFSWatchEntry(winfo)); + + if (!DoAdd(watch)) + return false; + + // add watch to our map (always succeedes, checked above) + wxFSWatchEntries::value_type val(watch->GetPath(), watch); + return m_watches.insert(val).second; + } + + virtual bool Remove(const wxFSWatchInfo& winfo) + { + wxFSWatchEntries::iterator it = m_watches.find(winfo.GetPath()); + wxCHECK_MSG( it != m_watches.end(), false, "Path '%s' is not watched"); + + wxSharedPtr watch = it->second; + m_watches.erase(it); + return DoRemove(watch); + } + + virtual bool RemoveAll() + { + m_watches.clear(); + return true; + } + +protected: + virtual bool DoAdd(wxSharedPtr watch) = 0; + + virtual bool DoRemove(wxSharedPtr watch) = 0; + + wxFSWatchEntries m_watches; + wxFileSystemWatcherBase* m_watcher; +}; + + +#endif /* WX_PRIVATE_FSWATCHER_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/graphics.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/graphics.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d87cacc8f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/graphics.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/graphics.h +// Purpose: private graphics context header +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// RCS-ID: $Id: graphics.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_GRAPHICS_PRIVATE_H_ +#define _WX_GRAPHICS_PRIVATE_H_ + +#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT + +#include "wx/graphics.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsObjectRefData : public wxObjectRefData +{ + public : + wxGraphicsObjectRefData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer ); + wxGraphicsObjectRefData( const wxGraphicsObjectRefData* data ); + wxGraphicsRenderer* GetRenderer() const ; + virtual wxGraphicsObjectRefData* Clone() const ; + + protected : + wxGraphicsRenderer* m_renderer; +} ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsMatrixData : public wxGraphicsObjectRefData +{ +public : + wxGraphicsMatrixData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer) : + wxGraphicsObjectRefData(renderer) {} + + virtual ~wxGraphicsMatrixData() {} + + // concatenates the matrix + virtual void Concat( const wxGraphicsMatrixData *t ) = 0; + + // sets the matrix to the respective values + virtual void Set(wxDouble a=1.0, wxDouble b=0.0, wxDouble c=0.0, wxDouble d=1.0, + wxDouble tx=0.0, wxDouble ty=0.0) = 0; + + // gets the component valuess of the matrix + virtual void Get(wxDouble* a=NULL, wxDouble* b=NULL, wxDouble* c=NULL, + wxDouble* d=NULL, wxDouble* tx=NULL, wxDouble* ty=NULL) const = 0; + + // makes this the inverse matrix + virtual void Invert() = 0; + + // returns true if the elements of the transformation matrix are equal ? + virtual bool IsEqual( const wxGraphicsMatrixData* t) const = 0; + + // return true if this is the identity matrix + virtual bool IsIdentity() const = 0; + + // + // transformation + // + + // add the translation to this matrix + virtual void Translate( wxDouble dx , wxDouble dy ) = 0; + + // add the scale to this matrix + virtual void Scale( wxDouble xScale , wxDouble yScale ) = 0; + + // add the rotation to this matrix (radians) + virtual void Rotate( wxDouble angle ) = 0; + + // + // apply the transforms + // + + // applies that matrix to the point + virtual void TransformPoint( wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y ) const = 0; + + // applies the matrix except for translations + virtual void TransformDistance( wxDouble *dx, wxDouble *dy ) const =0; + + // returns the native representation + virtual void * GetNativeMatrix() const = 0; +} ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsPathData : public wxGraphicsObjectRefData +{ +public : + wxGraphicsPathData(wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer) : wxGraphicsObjectRefData(renderer) {} + virtual ~wxGraphicsPathData() {} + + // + // These are the path primitives from which everything else can be constructed + // + + // begins a new subpath at (x,y) + virtual void MoveToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) = 0; + + // adds a straight line from the current point to (x,y) + virtual void AddLineToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) = 0; + + // adds a cubic Bezier curve from the current point, using two control points and an end point + virtual void AddCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx1, wxDouble cy1, wxDouble cx2, wxDouble cy2, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) = 0; + + // adds another path + virtual void AddPath( const wxGraphicsPathData* path ) =0; + + // closes the current sub-path + virtual void CloseSubpath() = 0; + + // gets the last point of the current path, (0,0) if not yet set + virtual void GetCurrentPoint( wxDouble* x, wxDouble* y) const = 0; + + // adds an arc of a circle centering at (x,y) with radius (r) from startAngle to endAngle + virtual void AddArc( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r, wxDouble startAngle, wxDouble endAngle, bool clockwise ) = 0; + + // + // These are convenience functions which - if not available natively will be assembled + // using the primitives from above + // + + // adds a quadratic Bezier curve from the current point, using a control point and an end point + virtual void AddQuadCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx, wxDouble cy, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ); + + // appends a rectangle as a new closed subpath + virtual void AddRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ); + + // appends an ellipsis as a new closed subpath fitting the passed rectangle + virtual void AddCircle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r ); + + // appends a an arc to two tangents connecting (current) to (x1,y1) and (x1,y1) to (x2,y2), also a straight line from (current) to (x1,y1) + virtual void AddArcToPoint( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1 , wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, wxDouble r ) ; + + // appends an ellipse + virtual void AddEllipse( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h); + + // appends a rounded rectangle + virtual void AddRoundedRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h, wxDouble radius); + + // returns the native path + virtual void * GetNativePath() const = 0; + + // give the native path returned by GetNativePath() back (there might be some deallocations necessary) + virtual void UnGetNativePath(void *p) const= 0; + + // transforms each point of this path by the matrix + virtual void Transform( const wxGraphicsMatrixData* matrix ) =0; + + // gets the bounding box enclosing all points (possibly including control points) + virtual void GetBox(wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y, wxDouble *w, wxDouble *h) const=0; + + virtual bool Contains( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) const=0; +}; + +#endif + +#endif // _WX_GRAPHICS_PRIVATE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/markupparser.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/markupparser.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..46da973b80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/markupparser.h @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/markupparser.h +// Purpose: Classes for parsing simple markup. +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2011-02-16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: markupparser.h 67076 2011-02-27 18:36:52Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_MARKUPPARSER_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_MARKUPPARSER_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMarkupSpanAttributes: information about attributes for a markup span. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct wxMarkupSpanAttributes +{ + enum OptionalBool + { + Unspecified = -1, + No, + Yes + }; + + wxMarkupSpanAttributes() + { + m_sizeKind = Size_Unspecified; + + m_isBold = + m_isItalic = + m_isUnderlined = + m_isStrikethrough = Unspecified; + } + + // If a string is empty, it means that the corresponding attribute is not + // set. + wxString m_fgCol, + m_bgCol, + m_fontFace; + + // There are many ways of specifying the size. First of all, the size may + // be relative in which case m_fontSize is either -1 or +1 meaning that + // it's one step smaller or larger than the current font. Second, it may be + // absolute in which case m_fontSize contains either the size in 1024th of + // a point (Pango convention) or its values are in [-3, 3] interval and map + // to [xx-small, xx-large] CSS-like font size specification. And finally it + // may be not specified at all, of course, in which case the value of + // m_fontSize doesn't matter and it shouldn't be used. + enum + { + Size_Unspecified, + Size_Relative, + Size_Symbolic, + Size_PointParts + } m_sizeKind; + int m_fontSize; + + // If the value is Unspecified, the attribute wasn't given. + OptionalBool m_isBold, + m_isItalic, + m_isUnderlined, + m_isStrikethrough; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMarkupParserOutput: gathers the results of parsing markup. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// A class deriving directly from this one needs to implement all the pure +// virtual functions below but as the handling of all simple tags (bold, italic +// &c) is often very similar, it is usually more convenient to inherit from +// wxMarkupParserFontOutput defined in wx/private/markupparserfont.h instead. +class wxMarkupParserOutput +{ +public: + wxMarkupParserOutput() { } + virtual ~wxMarkupParserOutput() { } + + // Virtual functions called by wxMarkupParser while parsing the markup. + + // Called for a run of normal text. + virtual void OnText(const wxString& text) = 0; + + // These functions correspond to the simple tags without parameters. + virtual void OnBoldStart() = 0; + virtual void OnBoldEnd() = 0; + + virtual void OnItalicStart() = 0; + virtual void OnItalicEnd() = 0; + + virtual void OnUnderlinedStart() = 0; + virtual void OnUnderlinedEnd() = 0; + + virtual void OnStrikethroughStart() = 0; + virtual void OnStrikethroughEnd() = 0; + + virtual void OnBigStart() = 0; + virtual void OnBigEnd() = 0; + + virtual void OnSmallStart() = 0; + virtual void OnSmallEnd() = 0; + + virtual void OnTeletypeStart() = 0; + virtual void OnTeletypeEnd() = 0; + + // The generic span start and end functions. + virtual void OnSpanStart(const wxMarkupSpanAttributes& attrs) = 0; + virtual void OnSpanEnd(const wxMarkupSpanAttributes& attrs) = 0; + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMarkupParserOutput); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMarkupParser: parses the given markup text into wxMarkupParserOutput. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMarkupParser +{ +public: + // Initialize the parser with the object that will receive parsing results. + // This object lifetime must be greater than ours. + explicit wxMarkupParser(wxMarkupParserOutput& output) + : m_output(output) + { + } + + // Parse the entire string and call wxMarkupParserOutput methods. + // + // Return true if the string was successfully parsed or false if it failed + // (presumably because of syntax errors in the markup). + bool Parse(const wxString& text); + + // Quote a normal string, not meant to be interpreted as markup, so that it + // produces the same string when parsed as markup. This means, for example, + // replacing '<' in the input string with "<" to prevent them from being + // interpreted as tag opening characters. + static wxString Quote(const wxString& text); + + // Strip markup from a string, i.e. simply remove all tags and replace + // XML entities with their values (or with "&&" in case of "&" to + // prevent it from being interpreted as mnemonic marker). + static wxString Strip(const wxString& text); + +private: + // Simple struct combining the name of a tag and its attributes. + struct TagAndAttrs + { + TagAndAttrs(const wxString& name_) : name(name_) { } + + wxString name; + wxMarkupSpanAttributes attrs; + }; + + // Call the wxMarkupParserOutput method corresponding to the given tag. + // + // Return false if the tag doesn't match any of the known ones. + bool OutputTag(const TagAndAttrs& tagAndAttrs, bool start); + + // Parse the attributes and fill the provided TagAndAttrs object with the + // information about them. Does nothing if attrs string is empty. + // + // Returns empty string on success of a [fragment of an] error message if + // we failed to parse the attributes. + wxString ParseAttrs(wxString attrs, TagAndAttrs& tagAndAttrs); + + + wxMarkupParserOutput& m_output; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMarkupParser); +}; + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_MARKUPPARSER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/markupparserattr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/markupparserattr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3bf3ddcba6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/markupparserattr.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/markupparserattr.h +// Purpose: Classes mapping markup attributes to wxFont/wxColour. +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2011-02-18 +// RCS-ID: $Id: markupparserattr.h 67073 2011-02-27 14:01:36Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_MARKUPPARSERATTR_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_MARKUPPARSERATTR_H_ + +#include "wx/private/markupparser.h" + +#include "wx/stack.h" + +#include "wx/colour.h" +#include "wx/font.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMarkupParserAttrOutput: simplified wxFont-using version of the above. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This class assumes that wxFont and wxColour are used to perform all the +// markup tags and implements the base class virtual functions in terms of +// OnAttr{Start,End}() only. +// +// Notice that you still must implement OnText() inherited from the base class +// when deriving from this one. +class wxMarkupParserAttrOutput : public wxMarkupParserOutput +{ +public: + // A simple container of font and colours. + struct Attr + { + Attr(const wxFont& font_, + const wxColour& foreground_ = wxColour(), + const wxColour& background_ = wxColour()) + : font(font_), foreground(foreground_), background(background_) + { + } + + wxFont font; + wxColour foreground, + background; + }; + + + // This object must be initialized with the font and colours to use + // initially, i.e. the ones used before any tags in the string. + wxMarkupParserAttrOutput(const wxFont& font, + const wxColour& foreground, + const wxColour& background) + { + m_attrs.push(Attr(font, foreground, background)); + } + + // Indicates the change of the font and/or colours used. Any of the + // fields of the argument may be invalid indicating that the corresponding + // attribute didn't actually change. + virtual void OnAttrStart(const Attr& attr) = 0; + + // Indicates the end of the region affected by the given attributes + // (the same ones that were passed to the matching OnAttrStart(), use + // GetAttr() to get the ones that will be used from now on). + virtual void OnAttrEnd(const Attr& attr) = 0; + + + // Implement all pure virtual methods inherited from the base class in + // terms of our own ones. + virtual void OnBoldStart() { DoChangeFont(&wxFont::Bold); } + virtual void OnBoldEnd() { DoEndAttr(); } + + virtual void OnItalicStart() { DoChangeFont(&wxFont::Italic); } + virtual void OnItalicEnd() { DoEndAttr(); } + + virtual void OnUnderlinedStart() { DoChangeFont(&wxFont::Underlined); } + virtual void OnUnderlinedEnd() { DoEndAttr(); } + + virtual void OnStrikethroughStart() { } // TODO: No support in wxFont yet. + virtual void OnStrikethroughEnd() { } + + virtual void OnBigStart() { DoChangeFont(&wxFont::Larger); } + virtual void OnBigEnd() { DoEndAttr(); } + + virtual void OnSmallStart() { DoChangeFont(&wxFont::Smaller); } + virtual void OnSmallEnd() { DoEndAttr(); } + + virtual void OnTeletypeStart() + { + wxFont font(GetFont()); + font.SetFamily(wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE); + DoSetFont(font); + } + virtual void OnTeletypeEnd() { DoEndAttr(); } + + virtual void OnSpanStart(const wxMarkupSpanAttributes& spanAttr) + { + wxFont font(GetFont()); + if ( !spanAttr.m_fontFace.empty() ) + font.SetFaceName(spanAttr.m_fontFace); + + FontModifier()(spanAttr.m_isBold, + font, &wxFont::SetWeight, + wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL, wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD); + + FontModifier()(spanAttr.m_isItalic, + font, &wxFont::SetStyle, + wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL, wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC); + + FontModifier()(spanAttr.m_isUnderlined, + font, &wxFont::SetUnderlined, + false, true); + + // TODO: No support for strike-through yet. + + switch ( spanAttr.m_sizeKind ) + { + case wxMarkupSpanAttributes::Size_Unspecified: + break; + + case wxMarkupSpanAttributes::Size_Relative: + if ( spanAttr.m_fontSize > 0 ) + font.MakeLarger(); + else + font.MakeSmaller(); + break; + + case wxMarkupSpanAttributes::Size_Symbolic: + // The values of font size intentionally coincide with the + // values of wxFontSymbolicSize enum elements so simply cast + // one to the other. + font.SetSymbolicSize( + static_cast(spanAttr.m_fontSize) + ); + break; + + case wxMarkupSpanAttributes::Size_PointParts: + font.SetPointSize((spanAttr.m_fontSize + 1023)/1024); + break; + } + + + const Attr attr(font, spanAttr.m_fgCol, spanAttr.m_bgCol); + OnAttrStart(attr); + + m_attrs.push(attr); + } + + virtual void OnSpanEnd(const wxMarkupSpanAttributes& WXUNUSED(spanAttr)) + { + DoEndAttr(); + } + +protected: + // Get the current attributes, i.e. the ones that should be used for + // rendering (or measuring or whatever) the text at the current position in + // the string. + // + // It may be called from OnAttrStart() to get the old attributes used + // before and from OnAttrEnd() to get the new attributes that will be used + // from now on but is mostly meant to be used from overridden OnText() + // implementations. + const Attr& GetAttr() const { return m_attrs.top(); } + + // A shortcut for accessing the font of the current attribute. + const wxFont& GetFont() const { return GetAttr().font; } + +private: + // Change only the font to the given one. Call OnAttrStart() to notify + // about the change and update the attributes stack. + void DoSetFont(const wxFont& font) + { + const Attr attr(font); + + OnAttrStart(attr); + + m_attrs.push(attr); + } + + // Apply the given function to the font currently on top of the font stack, + // push the new font on the stack and call OnAttrStart() with it. + void DoChangeFont(wxFont (wxFont::*func)() const) + { + DoSetFont((GetFont().*func)()); + } + + void DoEndAttr() + { + const Attr attr(m_attrs.top()); + m_attrs.pop(); + + OnAttrEnd(attr); + } + + // A helper class used to apply the given function to a wxFont object + // depending on the value of an OptionalBool. + template + struct FontModifier + { + FontModifier() { } + + void operator()(wxMarkupSpanAttributes::OptionalBool isIt, + wxFont& font, + void (wxFont::*func)(T), + T noValue, + T yesValue) + { + switch ( isIt ) + { + case wxMarkupSpanAttributes::Unspecified: + break; + + case wxMarkupSpanAttributes::No: + (font.*func)(noValue); + break; + + case wxMarkupSpanAttributes::Yes: + (font.*func)(yesValue); + break; + } + } + }; + + + wxStack m_attrs; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMarkupParserAttrOutput); +}; + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_MARKUPPARSERATTR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/overlay.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/overlay.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b85653a87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/overlay.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/overlay.h +// Purpose: wxOverlayImpl declaration +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-10-20 +// RCS-ID: $Id: overlay.h 54125 2008-06-11 19:17:41Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_OVERLAY_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_OVERLAY_H_ + +#include "wx/overlay.h" + +#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + +#if defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/carbon/private/overlay.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #include "wx/dfb/private/overlay.h" +#else + #error "unknown native wxOverlay implementation" +#endif + +#else // !wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +// generic implementation of wxOverlay +class wxOverlayImpl +{ +public: + wxOverlayImpl(); + ~wxOverlayImpl(); + + + // clears the overlay without restoring the former state + // to be done eg when the window content has been changed and repainted + void Reset(); + + // returns true if it has been setup + bool IsOk(); + + void Init(wxDC* dc, int x , int y , int width , int height); + + void BeginDrawing(wxDC* dc); + + void EndDrawing(wxDC* dc); + + void Clear(wxDC* dc); + +private: + wxBitmap m_bmpSaved ; + int m_x ; + int m_y ; + int m_width ; + int m_height ; + wxWindow* m_window ; +}; + +#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY/!wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_OVERLAY_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/sckaddr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/sckaddr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..07b061bd3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/sckaddr.h @@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/sckaddr.h +// Purpose: wxSockAddressImpl +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-12-28 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sckaddr.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_SOCKADDR_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_SOCKADDR_H_ + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + + #if wxUSE_IPV6 + #include + #endif +#elif defined(__VMS__) + #include + + struct sockaddr_un + { + u_char sun_len; /* sockaddr len including null */ + u_char sun_family; /* AF_UNIX */ + char sun_path[108]; /* path name (gag) */ + }; + #include +#else // generic Unix + #include + #include + #include + #include +#endif // platform + +#include // for calloc() + +// this is a wrapper for sockaddr_storage if it's available or just sockaddr +// otherwise +union wxSockAddressStorage +{ +#if wxUSE_IPV6 + sockaddr_storage addr_storage; +#endif + sockaddr addr; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helpers for wxSockAddressImpl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// helper class mapping sockaddr_xxx types to corresponding AF_XXX values +// +// FIXME-VC6: we could leave the template undefined if not for VC6 which +// absolutely does need to have a generic version defining the +// template "interface" to compile the code below +template struct AddressFamily { enum { value = AF_UNSPEC }; }; + +template <> struct AddressFamily { enum { value = AF_INET }; }; + +#if wxUSE_IPV6 +template <> struct AddressFamily { enum { value = AF_INET6 }; }; +#endif // wxUSE_IPV6 + +#ifdef wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS +template <> struct AddressFamily { enum { value = AF_UNIX }; }; +#endif // wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSockAddressImpl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Represents a socket endpoint, e.g. an (address, port) pair for PF_INET +// sockets. It can be initialized from an existing sockaddr struct and also +// provides access to sockaddr stored internally so that it can be easily used +// with e.g. connect(2). +// +// This class also performs (synchronous, hence potentially long) name lookups +// if necessary, i.e. if the host name strings don't contain addresses in +// numerical form (quad dotted for IPv4 or standard hexadecimal for IPv6). +// Notice that internally the potentially Unicode host names are encoded as +// UTF-8 before being passed to the lookup function but the host names should +// really be ASCII anyhow. +class wxSockAddressImpl +{ +public: + // as this is passed to socket() it should be a PF_XXX and not AF_XXX (even + // though they're the same in practice) + enum Family + { + FAMILY_INET = PF_INET, +#if wxUSE_IPV6 + FAMILY_INET6 = PF_INET6, +#endif +#ifdef wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + FAMILY_UNIX = PF_UNIX, +#endif + FAMILY_UNSPEC = PF_UNSPEC + }; + + // default ctor creates uninitialized object, use one of CreateXXX() below + wxSockAddressImpl() + { + InitUnspec(); + } + + // ctor from an existing sockaddr + wxSockAddressImpl(const sockaddr& addr, int len) + { + switch ( addr.sa_family ) + { + case PF_INET: +#if wxUSE_IPV6 + case PF_INET6: +#endif +#ifdef wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + case PF_UNIX: +#endif + m_family = static_cast(addr.sa_family); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unsupported socket address family" ); + InitUnspec(); + return; + } + + InitFromSockaddr(addr, len); + } + + // copy ctor and assignment operators + wxSockAddressImpl(const wxSockAddressImpl& other) + { + InitFromOther(other); + } + + wxSockAddressImpl& operator=(const wxSockAddressImpl& other) + { + if (this != &other) + { + free(m_addr); + InitFromOther(other); + } + return *this; + } + + // dtor frees the memory used by m_addr + ~wxSockAddressImpl() + { + free(m_addr); + } + + + // reset the address to the initial uninitialized state + void Clear() + { + free(m_addr); + + InitUnspec(); + } + + // initialize the address to be of specific address family, it must be + // currently uninitialized (you may call Clear() to achieve this) + void CreateINET(); + void CreateINET6(); +#ifdef wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + void CreateUnix(); +#endif // wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + void Create(Family family) + { + switch ( family ) + { + case FAMILY_INET: + CreateINET(); + break; + +#if wxUSE_IPV6 + case FAMILY_INET6: + CreateINET6(); + break; +#endif // wxUSE_IPV6 + +#ifdef wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + case FAMILY_UNIX: + CreateUnix(); + break; +#endif // wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unsupported socket address family" ); + } + } + + // simple accessors + Family GetFamily() const { return m_family; } + bool Is(Family family) const { return m_family == family; } + bool IsOk() const { return m_family != FAMILY_UNSPEC; } + const sockaddr *GetAddr() const { return m_addr; } + sockaddr *GetWritableAddr() { return m_addr; } + int GetLen() const { return m_len; } + + // accessors for INET or INET6 address families +#if wxUSE_IPV6 + #define CALL_IPV4_OR_6(func, args) \ + Is(FAMILY_INET6) ? func##6(args) : func##4(args) + #define CALL_IPV4_OR_6_VOID(func) \ + Is(FAMILY_INET6) ? func##6() : func##4() +#else + #define CALL_IPV4_OR_6(func, args) func##4(args) + #define CALL_IPV4_OR_6_VOID(func) func##4() +#endif // IPv6 support on/off + + wxString GetHostName() const; + bool SetHostName(const wxString& name) + { + return CALL_IPV4_OR_6(SetHostName, (name)); + } + + wxUint16 GetPort() const { return CALL_IPV4_OR_6_VOID(GetPort); } + bool SetPort(wxUint16 port) { return CALL_IPV4_OR_6(SetPort, (port)); } + bool SetPortName(const wxString& name, const char *protocol); + + bool SetToAnyAddress() { return CALL_IPV4_OR_6_VOID(SetToAnyAddress); } + +#undef CALL_IPV4_OR_6 + + // accessors for INET addresses only + bool GetHostAddress(wxUint32 *address) const; + bool SetHostAddress(wxUint32 address); + + bool SetToBroadcastAddress() { return SetHostAddress(INADDR_BROADCAST); } + + // accessors for INET6 addresses only +#if wxUSE_IPV6 + bool GetHostAddress(in6_addr *address) const; + bool SetHostAddress(const in6_addr& address); +#endif // wxUSE_IPV6 + +#ifdef wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + // methods valid for Unix address family addresses only + bool SetPath(const wxString& path); + wxString GetPath() const; +#endif // wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + +private: + void DoAlloc(int len) + { + m_addr = static_cast(calloc(1, len)); + m_len = len; + } + + // FIXME-VC6: VC6 doesn't grok Foo() call syntax so we need the extra + // dummy parameter of type T, use the macros in sckaddr.cpp to + // hide it + template + T *Alloc(T *) + { + DoAlloc(sizeof(T)); + + return reinterpret_cast(m_addr); + } + + template + T *Get(T *) const + { + wxCHECK_MSG( static_cast(m_family) == AddressFamily::value, + NULL, + "socket address family mismatch" ); + + return reinterpret_cast(m_addr); + } + + void InitUnspec() + { + m_family = FAMILY_UNSPEC; + m_addr = NULL; + m_len = 0; + } + + void InitFromSockaddr(const sockaddr& addr, int len) + { + DoAlloc(len); + memcpy(m_addr, &addr, len); + } + + void InitFromOther(const wxSockAddressImpl& other) + { + m_family = other.m_family; + + if ( other.m_addr ) + { + InitFromSockaddr(*other.m_addr, other.m_len); + } + else // no address to copy + { + m_addr = NULL; + m_len = 0; + } + } + + // IPv4/6 implementations of public functions + bool SetHostName4(const wxString& name); + + bool SetPort4(wxUint16 port); + wxUint16 GetPort4() const; + + bool SetToAnyAddress4() { return SetHostAddress(INADDR_ANY); } + +#if wxUSE_IPV6 + bool SetHostName6(const wxString& name); + + bool SetPort6(wxUint16 port); + wxUint16 GetPort6() const; + + bool SetToAnyAddress6(); +#endif // wxUSE_IPV6 + + Family m_family; + sockaddr *m_addr; + int m_len; +}; + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_SOCKADDR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/selectdispatcher.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/selectdispatcher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e573277ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/selectdispatcher.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/selectdispatcher.h +// Purpose: wxSelectDispatcher class +// Authors: Lukasz Michalski and Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: December 2006 +// Copyright: (c) Lukasz Michalski +// RCS-ID: $Id: selectdispatcher.h 63716 2010-03-20 12:45:28Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_SELECTDISPATCHER_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_SELECTDISPATCHER_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER + +#if defined(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H) || defined(__WATCOMC__) + #include + #include +#endif + +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + #include + #include + #include +#else + #include +#endif + +#include "wx/private/fdiodispatcher.h" + +// helper class storing all the select() fd sets +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSelectSets +{ +public: + // ctor zeroes out all fd_sets + wxSelectSets(); + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + + + // return true if fd appears in any of the sets + bool HasFD(int fd) const; + + // add or remove FD to our sets depending on whether flags contains + // wxFDIO_INPUT/OUTPUT/EXCEPTION bits + bool SetFD(int fd, int flags); + + // same as SetFD() except it unsets the bits set in the flags for the given + // fd + bool ClearFD(int fd) + { + return SetFD(fd, 0); + } + + + // call select() with our sets: the other parameters are the same as for + // select() itself + int Select(int nfds, struct timeval *tv); + + // call the handler methods corresponding to the sets having this fd if it + // is present in any set and return true if it is + bool Handle(int fd, wxFDIOHandler& handler) const; + +private: + typedef void (wxFDIOHandler::*Callback)(); + + // the FD sets indices + enum + { + Read, + Write, + Except, + Max + }; + + // the sets used with select() + fd_set m_fds[Max]; + + // the wxFDIO_XXX flags, functions and names (used for debug messages only) + // corresponding to the FD sets above + static int ms_flags[Max]; + static const char *ms_names[Max]; + static Callback ms_handlers[Max]; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSelectDispatcher : public wxMappedFDIODispatcher +{ +public: + // default ctor + wxSelectDispatcher() { m_maxFD = -1; } + + // implement pure virtual methods of the base class + virtual bool RegisterFD(int fd, wxFDIOHandler *handler, int flags = wxFDIO_ALL); + virtual bool ModifyFD(int fd, wxFDIOHandler *handler, int flags = wxFDIO_ALL); + virtual bool UnregisterFD(int fd); + virtual bool HasPending() const; + virtual int Dispatch(int timeout = TIMEOUT_INFINITE); + +private: + // common part of RegisterFD() and ModifyFD() + bool DoUpdateFDAndHandler(int fd, wxFDIOHandler *handler, int flags); + + // call the handlers for the fds present in the given sets, return the + // number of handlers we called + int ProcessSets(const wxSelectSets& sets); + + // helper of ProcessSets(): call the handler if its fd is in the set + void DoProcessFD(int fd, const fd_set& fds, wxFDIOHandler *handler, + const char *name); + + // common part of HasPending() and Dispatch(): calls select() with the + // specified timeout + int DoSelect(wxSelectSets& sets, int timeout) const; + + + // the select sets containing all the registered fds + wxSelectSets m_sets; + + // the highest registered fd value or -1 if none + int m_maxFD; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_SOCKETEVTDISPATCH_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/socket.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/socket.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dcdeca02df --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/socket.h @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/socket.h +// Purpose: wxSocketImpl and related declarations +// Authors: Guilhem Lavaux, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: April 1997 +// RCS-ID: $Id: socket.h 61675 2009-08-16 23:13:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Guilhem Lavaux +// (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + Brief overview of different socket classes: + + - wxSocketBase is the public class representing a socket ("Base" here + refers to the fact that wxSocketClient and wxSocketServer are derived + from it and predates the convention of using "Base" for common base + classes for platform-specific classes in wxWidgets) with implementation + common to all platforms and forwarding methods whose implementation + differs between platforms to wxSocketImpl which it contains. + + - wxSocketImpl is actually just an abstract base class having only code + common to all platforms, the concrete implementation classes derive from + it and are created by wxSocketImpl::Create(). + + - Some socket operations have different implementations in console-mode and + GUI applications. wxSocketManager class exists to abstract this in such + way that console applications (using wxBase) don't depend on wxNet. An + object of this class is made available via wxApp and GUI applications set + up a different kind of global socket manager from console ones. + + TODO: it looks like wxSocketManager could be eliminated by providing + methods for registering/unregistering sockets directly in + wxEventLoop. + */ + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_SOCKET_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_SOCKET_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + +#include "wx/socket.h" +#include "wx/private/sckaddr.h" + +#include + +/* + Including sys/types.h under Cygwin results in the warnings about "fd_set + having been defined in sys/types.h" when winsock.h is included later and + doesn't seem to be necessary anyhow. It's not needed under Mac neither. + */ +#if !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ +#include +#endif + +// include the header defining timeval: under Windows this struct is used only +// with sockets so we need to include winsock.h which we do via windows.h +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" +#else + #include // for timeval +#endif + +// these definitions are for MSW when we don't use configure, otherwise these +// symbols are defined by configure +#ifndef WX_SOCKLEN_T + #define WX_SOCKLEN_T int +#endif + +#ifndef SOCKOPTLEN_T + #define SOCKOPTLEN_T int +#endif + +// define some symbols which winsock.h defines but traditional BSD headers +// don't +#ifndef __WXMSW__ + #define SOCKET int +#endif + +#ifndef INVALID_SOCKET + #define INVALID_SOCKET (-1) +#endif + +#ifndef SOCKET_ERROR + #define SOCKET_ERROR (-1) +#endif + +typedef int wxSocketEventFlags; + +class wxSocketImpl; + +/* + Class providing hooks abstracting the differences between console and GUI + applications for socket code. + + We also have different implementations of this class for different platforms + allowing us to keep more things in the common code but the main reason for + its existence is that we want the same socket code work differently + depending on whether it's used from a console or a GUI program. This is + achieved by implementing the virtual methods of this class differently in + the objects returned by wxConsoleAppTraits::GetSocketManager() and the same + method in wxGUIAppTraits. + */ +class wxSocketManager +{ +public: + // set the manager to use, we don't take ownership of it + // + // this should be called before creating the first wxSocket object, + // otherwise the manager returned by wxAppTraits::GetSocketManager() will + // be used + static void Set(wxSocketManager *manager); + + // return the manager to use + // + // this initializes the manager at first use + static wxSocketManager *Get() + { + if ( !ms_manager ) + Init(); + + return ms_manager; + } + + // called before the first wxSocket is created and should do the + // initializations needed in order to use the network + // + // return true if initialized successfully; if this returns false sockets + // can't be used at all + virtual bool OnInit() = 0; + + // undo the initializations of OnInit() + virtual void OnExit() = 0; + + + // create the socket implementation object matching this manager + virtual wxSocketImpl *CreateSocket(wxSocketBase& wxsocket) = 0; + + // these functions enable or disable monitoring of the given socket for the + // specified events inside the currently running event loop (but notice + // that both BSD and Winsock implementations actually use socket->m_server + // value to determine what exactly should be monitored so it needs to be + // set before calling these functions) + // + // the default event value is used just for the convenience of wxMSW + // implementation which doesn't use this parameter anyhow, it doesn't make + // sense to pass wxSOCKET_LOST for the Unix implementation which does use + // this parameter + virtual void Install_Callback(wxSocketImpl *socket, + wxSocketNotify event = wxSOCKET_LOST) = 0; + virtual void Uninstall_Callback(wxSocketImpl *socket, + wxSocketNotify event = wxSOCKET_LOST) = 0; + + virtual ~wxSocketManager() { } + +private: + // get the manager to use if we don't have it yet + static void Init(); + + static wxSocketManager *ms_manager; +}; + +/* + Base class for all socket implementations providing functionality common to + BSD and Winsock sockets. + + Objects of this class are not created directly but only via the factory + function wxSocketManager::CreateSocket(). + */ +class wxSocketImpl +{ +public: + virtual ~wxSocketImpl(); + + // set various socket properties: all of those can only be called before + // creating the socket + void SetTimeout(unsigned long millisec); + void SetReusable() { m_reusable = true; } + void SetBroadcast() { m_broadcast = true; } + void DontDoBind() { m_dobind = false; } + void SetInitialSocketBuffers(int recv, int send) + { + m_initialRecvBufferSize = recv; + m_initialSendBufferSize = send; + } + + wxSocketError SetLocal(const wxSockAddressImpl& address); + wxSocketError SetPeer(const wxSockAddressImpl& address); + + // accessors + // --------- + + bool IsServer() const { return m_server; } + + const wxSockAddressImpl& GetLocal(); // non const as may update m_local + const wxSockAddressImpl& GetPeer() const { return m_peer; } + + wxSocketError GetError() const { return m_error; } + bool IsOk() const { return m_error == wxSOCKET_NOERROR; } + + // get the error code corresponding to the last operation + virtual wxSocketError GetLastError() const = 0; + + + // creating/closing the socket + // -------------------------- + + // notice that SetLocal() must be called before creating the socket using + // any of the functions below + // + // all of Create() functions return wxSOCKET_NOERROR if the operation + // completed successfully or one of: + // wxSOCKET_INVSOCK - the socket is in use. + // wxSOCKET_INVADDR - the local (server) or peer (client) address has not + // been set. + // wxSOCKET_IOERR - any other error. + + // create a socket listening on the local address specified by SetLocal() + // (notice that DontDoBind() is ignored by this function) + wxSocketError CreateServer(); + + // create a socket connected to the peer address specified by SetPeer() + // (notice that DontDoBind() is ignored by this function) + // + // this function may return wxSOCKET_WOULDBLOCK in addition to the return + // values listed above if wait is false + wxSocketError CreateClient(bool wait); + + // create (and bind unless DontDoBind() had been called) an UDP socket + // associated with the given local address + wxSocketError CreateUDP(); + + // may be called whether the socket was created or not, calls DoClose() if + // it was indeed created + void Close(); + + // shuts down the writing end of the socket and closes it, this is a more + // graceful way to close + // + // does nothing if the socket wasn't created + void Shutdown(); + + + // IO operations + // ------------- + + // basic IO, work for both TCP and UDP sockets + // + // return the number of bytes read/written (possibly 0) or -1 on error + int Read(void *buffer, int size); + int Write(const void *buffer, int size); + + // basically a wrapper for select(): returns the condition of the socket, + // blocking for not longer than timeout if it is specified (otherwise just + // poll without blocking at all) + // + // flags defines what kind of conditions we're interested in, the return + // value is composed of a (possibly empty) subset of the bits set in flags + wxSocketEventFlags Select(wxSocketEventFlags flags, + const timeval *timeout = NULL); + + // convenient wrapper calling Select() with our default timeout + wxSocketEventFlags SelectWithTimeout(wxSocketEventFlags flags) + { + return Select(flags, &m_timeout); + } + + // just a wrapper for accept(): it is called to create a new wxSocketImpl + // corresponding to a new server connection represented by the given + // wxSocketBase, returns NULL on error (including immediately if there are + // no pending connections as our sockets are non-blocking) + wxSocketImpl *Accept(wxSocketBase& wxsocket); + + + // notifications + // ------------- + + // notify m_wxsocket about the given socket event by calling its (inaptly + // named) OnRequest() method + void NotifyOnStateChange(wxSocketNotify event); + + // called after reading/writing the data from/to the socket and should + // enable back the wxSOCKET_INPUT/OUTPUT_FLAG notifications if they were + // turned off when this data was first detected + virtual void ReenableEvents(wxSocketEventFlags flags) = 0; + + // TODO: make these fields protected and provide accessors for those of + // them that wxSocketBase really needs +//protected: + SOCKET m_fd; + + int m_initialRecvBufferSize; + int m_initialSendBufferSize; + + wxSockAddressImpl m_local, + m_peer; + wxSocketError m_error; + + bool m_stream; + bool m_establishing; + bool m_reusable; + bool m_broadcast; + bool m_dobind; + + struct timeval m_timeout; + +protected: + wxSocketImpl(wxSocketBase& wxsocket); + + // true if we're a listening stream socket + bool m_server; + +private: + // called by Close() if we have a valid m_fd + virtual void DoClose() = 0; + + // put this socket into non-blocking mode and enable monitoring this socket + // as part of the event loop + virtual void UnblockAndRegisterWithEventLoop() = 0; + + // check that the socket wasn't created yet and that the given address + // (either m_local or m_peer depending on the socket kind) is valid and + // set m_error and return false if this is not the case + bool PreCreateCheck(const wxSockAddressImpl& addr); + + // set the given socket option: this just wraps setsockopt(SOL_SOCKET) + int SetSocketOption(int optname, int optval) + { + // although modern Unix systems use "const void *" for the 4th + // parameter here, old systems and Winsock still use "const char *" + return setsockopt(m_fd, SOL_SOCKET, optname, + reinterpret_cast(&optval), + sizeof(optval)); + } + + // set the given socket option to true value: this is an even simpler + // wrapper for setsockopt(SOL_SOCKET) for boolean options + int EnableSocketOption(int optname) + { + return SetSocketOption(optname, 1); + } + + // apply the options to the (just created) socket and register it with the + // event loop by calling UnblockAndRegisterWithEventLoop() + void PostCreation(); + + // update local address after binding/connecting + wxSocketError UpdateLocalAddress(); + + // functions used to implement Read/Write() + int RecvStream(void *buffer, int size); + int RecvDgram(void *buffer, int size); + int SendStream(const void *buffer, int size); + int SendDgram(const void *buffer, int size); + + + // set in ctor and never changed except that it's reset to NULL when the + // socket is shut down + wxSocketBase *m_wxsocket; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketImpl); +}; + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/private/sockmsw.h" +#else + #include "wx/unix/private/sockunix.h" +#endif + +#endif /* wxUSE_SOCKETS */ + +#endif /* _WX_PRIVATE_SOCKET_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/threadinfo.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/threadinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a3b433871 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/threadinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/threadinfo.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxThreadSpecificInfo: thread-specific information +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-07-13 +// RCS-ID: $Id: threadinfo.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_THREADINFO_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_THREADINFO_H_ + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + +#include "wx/tls.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLog; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxThreadSpecificInfo: contains all thread-specific information used by wx +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// currently the only thread-specific information we use is the active wxLog +// target but more could be added in the future (e.g. current wxLocale would be +// a likely candidate) and we will group all of them in this struct to avoid +// consuming more TLS slots than necessary as there is only a limited number of +// them + +// NB: this must be a POD to be stored in TLS +struct wxThreadSpecificInfo +{ + // the thread-specific logger or NULL if the thread is using the global one + // (this is not used for the main thread which always uses the global + // logger) + wxLog *logger; + + // true if logging is currently disabled for this thread (this is also not + // used for the main thread which uses wxLog::ms_doLog) + // + // NB: we use a counter-intuitive "disabled" flag instead of "enabled" one + // because the default, for 0-initialized struct, should be to enable + // logging + bool loggingDisabled; +}; + +// currently this is defined in src/common/log.cpp +extern wxTLS_TYPE(wxThreadSpecificInfo) wxThreadInfoVar; +#define wxThreadInfo wxTLS_VALUE(wxThreadInfoVar) + +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_THREADINFO_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/timer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d345d3fcb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/timer.h +// Purpose: Base class for wxTimer implementations +// Author: Lukasz Michalski +// Created: 31.10.2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: timer.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006-2007 wxWidgets dev team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TIMERIMPL_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_TIMERIMPL_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/timer.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimerImpl: abstract base class for wxTimer implementations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTimerImpl +{ +public: + // default ctor, SetOwner() must be called after it (wxTimer does it) + wxTimerImpl(wxTimer *owner); + + // this must be called initially but may be also called later + void SetOwner(wxEvtHandler *owner, int timerid); + + // empty but virtual base class dtor, the caller is responsible for + // stopping the timer before it's destroyed (it can't be done from here as + // it's too late) + virtual ~wxTimerImpl() { } + + + // start the timer. When overriding call base version first. + virtual bool Start(int milliseconds = -1, bool oneShot = false); + + // stop the timer, only called if the timer is really running (unlike + // wxTimer::Stop()) + virtual void Stop() = 0; + + // return true if the timer is running + virtual bool IsRunning() const = 0; + + // this should be called by the port-specific code when the timer expires + virtual void Notify() { m_timer->Notify(); } + + // the default implementation of wxTimer::Notify(): generate a wxEVT_TIMER + void SendEvent(); + + + // accessors for wxTimer: + wxEvtHandler *GetOwner() const { return m_owner; } + int GetId() const { return m_idTimer; } + int GetInterval() const { return m_milli; } + bool IsOneShot() const { return m_oneShot; } + +protected: + wxTimer *m_timer; + + wxEvtHandler *m_owner; + + int m_idTimer; // id passed to wxTimerEvent + int m_milli; // the timer interval + bool m_oneShot; // true if one shot + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTimerImpl); +}; + +#endif // _WX_TIMERIMPL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/window.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/window.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab4c5533f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/window.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/window.h +// Purpose: misc wxWindow helpers +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2010-01-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: window.h 63251 2010-01-24 11:51:09Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_WINDOW_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_WINDOW_H_ + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" + +namespace wxPrivate +{ + +// Windows' computes dialog units using average character width over upper- +// and lower-case ASCII alphabet and not using the average character width +// metadata stored in the font; see +// http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx/kb/145994 for detailed discussion. +// +// This helper function computes font dimensions in the same way. It works with +// either wxDC or wxWindow argument. +template +inline wxSize GetAverageASCIILetterSize(const T& of_what) +{ + const wxStringCharType *TEXT_TO_MEASURE = + wxS("ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"); + + wxSize s = of_what.GetTextExtent(TEXT_TO_MEASURE); + s.x = (s.x / 26 + 1) / 2; + return s; +} + +} // namespace wxPrivate + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_WINDOW_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/wxprintf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/wxprintf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af20eab169 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/private/wxprintf.h @@ -0,0 +1,940 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/private/wxprintf.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets wxPrintf() implementation +// Author: Ove Kaven +// Modified by: Ron Lee, Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 09/04/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxprintf.h 65690 2010-09-30 14:30:35Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets copyright +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_WXPRINTF_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_WXPRINTF_H_ + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers and macros +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/crt.h" +#include "wx/log.h" +#include "wx/utils.h" + +#include + +#if defined(__MWERKS__) && __MSL__ >= 0x6000 +namespace std {} +using namespace std ; +#endif + +// prefer snprintf over sprintf +#if defined(__VISUALC__) || \ + (defined(__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ >= 0x540) + #define system_sprintf(buff, max, flags, data) \ + ::_snprintf(buff, max, flags, data) +#elif defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF) + #define system_sprintf(buff, max, flags, data) \ + ::snprintf(buff, max, flags, data) +#else // NB: at least sprintf() should always be available + // since 'max' is not used in this case, wxVsnprintf() should always + // ensure that 'buff' is big enough for all common needs + // (see wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_FLAGBUFFER_LEN and wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_SCRATCHBUFFER_LEN) + #define system_sprintf(buff, max, flags, data) \ + ::sprintf(buff, flags, data) + + #define SYSTEM_SPRINTF_IS_UNSAFE +#endif + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// printf format string parsing +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// some limits of our implementation +#define wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_ARGUMENTS 64 +#define wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_FLAGBUFFER_LEN 32 +#define wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_SCRATCHBUFFER_LEN 512 + + +// the conversion specifiers accepted by wxCRT_VsnprintfW +enum wxPrintfArgType +{ + wxPAT_INVALID = -1, + + wxPAT_INT, // %d, %i, %o, %u, %x, %X + wxPAT_LONGINT, // %ld, etc +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + wxPAT_LONGLONGINT, // %Ld, etc +#endif + wxPAT_SIZET, // %zd, etc + + wxPAT_DOUBLE, // %e, %E, %f, %g, %G + wxPAT_LONGDOUBLE, // %le, etc + + wxPAT_POINTER, // %p + + wxPAT_CHAR, // %hc (in ANSI mode: %c, too) + wxPAT_WCHAR, // %lc (in Unicode mode: %c, too) + + wxPAT_PCHAR, // %s (related to a char *) + wxPAT_PWCHAR, // %s (related to a wchar_t *) + + wxPAT_NINT, // %n + wxPAT_NSHORTINT, // %hn + wxPAT_NLONGINT, // %ln + + wxPAT_STAR // '*' used for width or precision +}; + +// an argument passed to wxCRT_VsnprintfW +union wxPrintfArg +{ + int pad_int; // %d, %i, %o, %u, %x, %X + long int pad_longint; // %ld, etc +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + wxLongLong_t pad_longlongint; // %Ld, etc +#endif + size_t pad_sizet; // %zd, etc + + double pad_double; // %e, %E, %f, %g, %G + long double pad_longdouble; // %le, etc + + void *pad_pointer; // %p + + char pad_char; // %hc (in ANSI mode: %c, too) + wchar_t pad_wchar; // %lc (in Unicode mode: %c, too) + + void *pad_str; // %s + + int *pad_nint; // %n + short int *pad_nshortint; // %hn + long int *pad_nlongint; // %ln +}; + +// helper for converting string into either char* or wchar_t* depending +// on the type of wxPrintfConvSpec instantiation: +template struct wxPrintfStringHelper {}; + +template<> struct wxPrintfStringHelper +{ + typedef const wxWX2MBbuf ConvertedType; + static ConvertedType Convert(const wxString& s) { return s.mb_str(); } +}; + +template<> struct wxPrintfStringHelper +{ + typedef const wxWX2WCbuf ConvertedType; + static ConvertedType Convert(const wxString& s) { return s.wc_str(); } +}; + + +// Contains parsed data relative to a conversion specifier given to +// wxCRT_VsnprintfW and parsed from the format string +// NOTE: in C++ there is almost no difference between struct & classes thus +// there is no performance gain by using a struct here... +template +class wxPrintfConvSpec +{ +public: + + // the position of the argument relative to this conversion specifier + size_t m_pos; + + // the type of this conversion specifier + wxPrintfArgType m_type; + + // the minimum and maximum width + // when one of this var is set to -1 it means: use the following argument + // in the stack as minimum/maximum width for this conversion specifier + int m_nMinWidth, m_nMaxWidth; + + // does the argument need to the be aligned to left ? + bool m_bAlignLeft; + + // pointer to the '%' of this conversion specifier in the format string + // NOTE: this points somewhere in the string given to the Parse() function - + // it's task of the caller ensure that memory is still valid ! + const CharType *m_pArgPos; + + // pointer to the last character of this conversion specifier in the + // format string + // NOTE: this points somewhere in the string given to the Parse() function - + // it's task of the caller ensure that memory is still valid ! + const CharType *m_pArgEnd; + + // a little buffer where formatting flags like #+\.hlqLz are stored by Parse() + // for use in Process() + char m_szFlags[wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_FLAGBUFFER_LEN]; + + +public: + + // we don't declare this as a constructor otherwise it would be called + // automatically and we don't want this: to be optimized, wxCRT_VsnprintfW + // calls this function only on really-used instances of this class. + void Init(); + + // Parses the first conversion specifier in the given string, which must + // begin with a '%'. Returns false if the first '%' does not introduce a + // (valid) conversion specifier and thus should be ignored. + bool Parse(const CharType *format); + + // Process this conversion specifier and puts the result in the given + // buffer. Returns the number of characters written in 'buf' or -1 if + // there's not enough space. + int Process(CharType *buf, size_t lenMax, wxPrintfArg *p, size_t written); + + // Loads the argument of this conversion specifier from given va_list. + bool LoadArg(wxPrintfArg *p, va_list &argptr); + +private: + // An helper function of LoadArg() which is used to handle the '*' flag + void ReplaceAsteriskWith(int w); +}; + +template +void wxPrintfConvSpec::Init() +{ + m_nMinWidth = 0; + m_nMaxWidth = 0xFFFF; + m_pos = 0; + m_bAlignLeft = false; + m_pArgPos = m_pArgEnd = NULL; + m_type = wxPAT_INVALID; + + memset(m_szFlags, 0, sizeof(m_szFlags)); + // this character will never be removed from m_szFlags array and + // is important when calling sprintf() in wxPrintfConvSpec::Process() ! + m_szFlags[0] = '%'; +} + +template +bool wxPrintfConvSpec::Parse(const CharType *format) +{ + bool done = false; + + // temporary parse data + size_t flagofs = 1; + bool in_prec, // true if we found the dot in some previous iteration + prec_dot; // true if the dot has been already added to m_szFlags + int ilen = 0; + + m_bAlignLeft = in_prec = prec_dot = false; + m_pArgPos = m_pArgEnd = format; + do + { +#define CHECK_PREC \ + if (in_prec && !prec_dot) \ + { \ + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = '.'; \ + prec_dot = true; \ + } + + // what follows '%'? + const CharType ch = *(++m_pArgEnd); + switch ( ch ) + { + case wxT('\0'): + return false; // not really an argument + + case wxT('%'): + return false; // not really an argument + + case wxT('#'): + case wxT('0'): + case wxT(' '): + case wxT('+'): + case wxT('\''): + CHECK_PREC + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = char(ch); + break; + + case wxT('-'): + CHECK_PREC + m_bAlignLeft = true; + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = char(ch); + break; + + case wxT('.'): + // don't use CHECK_PREC here to avoid warning about the value + // assigned to prec_dot inside it being never used (because + // overwritten just below) from Borland in release build + if (in_prec && !prec_dot) + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = '.'; + in_prec = true; + prec_dot = false; + m_nMaxWidth = 0; + // dot will be auto-added to m_szFlags if non-negative + // number follows + break; + + case wxT('h'): + ilen = -1; + CHECK_PREC + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = char(ch); + break; + + case wxT('l'): + // NB: it's safe to use flagofs-1 as flagofs always start from 1 + if (m_szFlags[flagofs-1] == 'l') // 'll' modifier is the same as 'L' or 'q' + ilen = 2; + else + ilen = 1; + CHECK_PREC + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = char(ch); + break; + + case wxT('q'): + case wxT('L'): + ilen = 2; + CHECK_PREC + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = char(ch); + break; +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // under Windows we support the special '%I64' notation as longlong + // integer conversion specifier for MSVC compatibility + // (it behaves exactly as '%lli' or '%Li' or '%qi') + case wxT('I'): + if (*(m_pArgEnd+1) == wxT('6') && + *(m_pArgEnd+2) == wxT('4')) + { + m_pArgEnd++; + m_pArgEnd++; + + ilen = 2; + CHECK_PREC + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = char(ch); + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = '6'; + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = '4'; + break; + } + // else: fall-through, 'I' is MSVC equivalent of C99 'z' +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + case wxT('z'): + case wxT('Z'): + // 'z' is C99 standard for size_t and ptrdiff_t, 'Z' was used + // for this purpose in libc5 and by wx <= 2.8 + ilen = 3; + CHECK_PREC + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = char(ch); + break; + + case wxT('*'): + if (in_prec) + { + CHECK_PREC + + // tell Process() to use the next argument + // in the stack as maxwidth... + m_nMaxWidth = -1; + } + else + { + // tell Process() to use the next argument + // in the stack as minwidth... + m_nMinWidth = -1; + } + + // save the * in our formatting buffer... + // will be replaced later by Process() + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = char(ch); + break; + + case wxT('1'): case wxT('2'): case wxT('3'): + case wxT('4'): case wxT('5'): case wxT('6'): + case wxT('7'): case wxT('8'): case wxT('9'): + { + int len = 0; + CHECK_PREC + while ( (*m_pArgEnd >= CharType('0')) && + (*m_pArgEnd <= CharType('9')) ) + { + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = char(*m_pArgEnd); + len = len*10 + (*m_pArgEnd - wxT('0')); + m_pArgEnd++; + } + + if (in_prec) + m_nMaxWidth = len; + else + m_nMinWidth = len; + + m_pArgEnd--; // the main loop pre-increments n again + } + break; + + case wxT('$'): // a positional parameter (e.g. %2$s) ? + { + if (m_nMinWidth <= 0) + break; // ignore this formatting flag as no + // numbers are preceding it + + // remove from m_szFlags all digits previously added + do { + flagofs--; + } while (m_szFlags[flagofs] >= '1' && + m_szFlags[flagofs] <= '9'); + + // re-adjust the offset making it point to the + // next free char of m_szFlags + flagofs++; + + m_pos = m_nMinWidth; + m_nMinWidth = 0; + } + break; + + case wxT('d'): + case wxT('i'): + case wxT('o'): + case wxT('u'): + case wxT('x'): + case wxT('X'): + CHECK_PREC + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = char(ch); + if (ilen == 0) + m_type = wxPAT_INT; + else if (ilen == -1) + // NB: 'short int' value passed through '...' + // is promoted to 'int', so we have to get + // an int from stack even if we need a short + m_type = wxPAT_INT; + else if (ilen == 1) + m_type = wxPAT_LONGINT; + else if (ilen == 2) +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + m_type = wxPAT_LONGLONGINT; +#else // !wxLongLong_t + m_type = wxPAT_LONGINT; +#endif // wxLongLong_t/!wxLongLong_t + else if (ilen == 3) + m_type = wxPAT_SIZET; + done = true; + break; + + case wxT('e'): + case wxT('E'): + case wxT('f'): + case wxT('g'): + case wxT('G'): + CHECK_PREC + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = char(ch); + if (ilen == 2) + m_type = wxPAT_LONGDOUBLE; + else + m_type = wxPAT_DOUBLE; + done = true; + break; + + case wxT('p'): + m_type = wxPAT_POINTER; + m_szFlags[flagofs++] = char(ch); + done = true; + break; + + case wxT('c'): + if (ilen == -1) + { + // in Unicode mode %hc == ANSI character + // and in ANSI mode, %hc == %c == ANSI... + m_type = wxPAT_CHAR; + } + else if (ilen == 1) + { + // in ANSI mode %lc == Unicode character + // and in Unicode mode, %lc == %c == Unicode... + m_type = wxPAT_WCHAR; + } + else + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // in Unicode mode, %c == Unicode character + m_type = wxPAT_WCHAR; +#else + // in ANSI mode, %c == ANSI character + m_type = wxPAT_CHAR; +#endif + } + done = true; + break; + + case wxT('s'): + if (ilen == -1) + { + // Unicode mode wx extension: we'll let %hs mean non-Unicode + // strings (when in ANSI mode, %s == %hs == ANSI string) + m_type = wxPAT_PCHAR; + } + else if (ilen == 1) + { + // in Unicode mode, %ls == %s == Unicode string + // in ANSI mode, %ls == Unicode string + m_type = wxPAT_PWCHAR; + } + else + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + m_type = wxPAT_PWCHAR; +#else + m_type = wxPAT_PCHAR; +#endif + } + done = true; + break; + + case wxT('n'): + if (ilen == 0) + m_type = wxPAT_NINT; + else if (ilen == -1) + m_type = wxPAT_NSHORTINT; + else if (ilen >= 1) + m_type = wxPAT_NLONGINT; + done = true; + break; + + default: + // bad format, don't consider this an argument; + // leave it unchanged + return false; + } + + if (flagofs == wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_FLAGBUFFER_LEN) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Too many flags specified for a single conversion specifier!")); + return false; + } + } + while (!done); + + return true; // parsing was successful +} + +template +void wxPrintfConvSpec::ReplaceAsteriskWith(int width) +{ + char temp[wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_FLAGBUFFER_LEN]; + + // find the first * in our flag buffer + char *pwidth = strchr(m_szFlags, '*'); + wxCHECK_RET(pwidth, wxT("field width must be specified")); + + // save what follows the * (the +1 is to skip the asterisk itself!) + strcpy(temp, pwidth+1); + if (width < 0) + { + pwidth[0] = wxT('-'); + pwidth++; + } + + // replace * with the actual integer given as width +#ifndef SYSTEM_SPRINTF_IS_UNSAFE + int maxlen = (m_szFlags + wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_FLAGBUFFER_LEN - pwidth) / + sizeof(*m_szFlags); +#endif + int offset = system_sprintf(pwidth, maxlen, "%d", abs(width)); + + // restore after the expanded * what was following it + strcpy(pwidth+offset, temp); +} + +template +bool wxPrintfConvSpec::LoadArg(wxPrintfArg *p, va_list &argptr) +{ + // did the '*' width/precision specifier was used ? + if (m_nMaxWidth == -1) + { + // take the maxwidth specifier from the stack + m_nMaxWidth = va_arg(argptr, int); + if (m_nMaxWidth < 0) + m_nMaxWidth = 0; + else + ReplaceAsteriskWith(m_nMaxWidth); + } + + if (m_nMinWidth == -1) + { + // take the minwidth specifier from the stack + m_nMinWidth = va_arg(argptr, int); + + ReplaceAsteriskWith(m_nMinWidth); + if (m_nMinWidth < 0) + { + m_bAlignLeft = !m_bAlignLeft; + m_nMinWidth = -m_nMinWidth; + } + } + + switch (m_type) { + case wxPAT_INT: + p->pad_int = va_arg(argptr, int); + break; + case wxPAT_LONGINT: + p->pad_longint = va_arg(argptr, long int); + break; +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + case wxPAT_LONGLONGINT: + p->pad_longlongint = va_arg(argptr, wxLongLong_t); + break; +#endif // wxLongLong_t + case wxPAT_SIZET: + p->pad_sizet = va_arg(argptr, size_t); + break; + case wxPAT_DOUBLE: + p->pad_double = va_arg(argptr, double); + break; + case wxPAT_LONGDOUBLE: + p->pad_longdouble = va_arg(argptr, long double); + break; + case wxPAT_POINTER: + p->pad_pointer = va_arg(argptr, void *); + break; + + case wxPAT_CHAR: + p->pad_char = (char)va_arg(argptr, int); // char is promoted to int when passed through '...' + break; + case wxPAT_WCHAR: + p->pad_wchar = (wchar_t)va_arg(argptr, int); // char is promoted to int when passed through '...' + break; + + case wxPAT_PCHAR: + case wxPAT_PWCHAR: + p->pad_str = va_arg(argptr, void *); + break; + + case wxPAT_NINT: + p->pad_nint = va_arg(argptr, int *); + break; + case wxPAT_NSHORTINT: + p->pad_nshortint = va_arg(argptr, short int *); + break; + case wxPAT_NLONGINT: + p->pad_nlongint = va_arg(argptr, long int *); + break; + + case wxPAT_STAR: + // this will be handled as part of the next argument + return true; + + case wxPAT_INVALID: + default: + return false; + } + + return true; // loading was successful +} + +template +int wxPrintfConvSpec::Process(CharType *buf, size_t lenMax, wxPrintfArg *p, size_t written) +{ + // buffer to avoid dynamic memory allocation each time for small strings; + // note that this buffer is used only to hold results of number formatting, + // %s directly writes user's string in buf, without using szScratch + char szScratch[wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_SCRATCHBUFFER_LEN]; + size_t lenScratch = 0, lenCur = 0; + +#define APPEND_CH(ch) \ + { \ + if ( lenCur == lenMax ) \ + return -1; \ + \ + buf[lenCur++] = ch; \ + } + + switch ( m_type ) + { + case wxPAT_INT: + lenScratch = system_sprintf(szScratch, wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_SCRATCHBUFFER_LEN, m_szFlags, p->pad_int); + break; + + case wxPAT_LONGINT: + lenScratch = system_sprintf(szScratch, wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_SCRATCHBUFFER_LEN, m_szFlags, p->pad_longint); + break; + +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + case wxPAT_LONGLONGINT: + lenScratch = system_sprintf(szScratch, wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_SCRATCHBUFFER_LEN, m_szFlags, p->pad_longlongint); + break; +#endif // SIZEOF_LONG_LONG + + case wxPAT_SIZET: + lenScratch = system_sprintf(szScratch, wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_SCRATCHBUFFER_LEN, m_szFlags, p->pad_sizet); + break; + + case wxPAT_LONGDOUBLE: + lenScratch = system_sprintf(szScratch, wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_SCRATCHBUFFER_LEN, m_szFlags, p->pad_longdouble); + break; + + case wxPAT_DOUBLE: + lenScratch = system_sprintf(szScratch, wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_SCRATCHBUFFER_LEN, m_szFlags, p->pad_double); + break; + + case wxPAT_POINTER: + lenScratch = system_sprintf(szScratch, wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_SCRATCHBUFFER_LEN, m_szFlags, p->pad_pointer); + break; + + case wxPAT_CHAR: + case wxPAT_WCHAR: + { + wxUniChar ch; + if (m_type == wxPAT_CHAR) + ch = p->pad_char; + else // m_type == wxPAT_WCHAR + ch = p->pad_wchar; + + CharType val = ch; + + size_t i; + + if (!m_bAlignLeft) + for (i = 1; i < (size_t)m_nMinWidth; i++) + APPEND_CH(wxT(' ')); + + APPEND_CH(val); + + if (m_bAlignLeft) + for (i = 1; i < (size_t)m_nMinWidth; i++) + APPEND_CH(wxT(' ')); + } + break; + + case wxPAT_PCHAR: + case wxPAT_PWCHAR: + { + wxString s; + if ( !p->pad_str ) + { + if ( m_nMaxWidth >= 6 ) + s = wxT("(null)"); + } + else if (m_type == wxPAT_PCHAR) + s.assign(static_cast(p->pad_str)); + else // m_type == wxPAT_PWCHAR + s.assign(static_cast(p->pad_str)); + + typename wxPrintfStringHelper::ConvertedType strbuf( + wxPrintfStringHelper::Convert(s)); + + // at this point we are sure that m_nMaxWidth is positive or + // null (see top of wxPrintfConvSpec::LoadArg) + int len = wxMin((unsigned int)m_nMaxWidth, wxStrlen(strbuf)); + + int i; + + if (!m_bAlignLeft) + { + for (i = len; i < m_nMinWidth; i++) + APPEND_CH(wxT(' ')); + } + + len = wxMin((unsigned int)len, lenMax-lenCur); + wxStrncpy(buf+lenCur, strbuf, len); + lenCur += len; + + if (m_bAlignLeft) + { + for (i = len; i < m_nMinWidth; i++) + APPEND_CH(wxT(' ')); + } + } + break; + + case wxPAT_NINT: + *p->pad_nint = written; + break; + + case wxPAT_NSHORTINT: + *p->pad_nshortint = (short int)written; + break; + + case wxPAT_NLONGINT: + *p->pad_nlongint = written; + break; + + case wxPAT_INVALID: + default: + return -1; + } + + // if we used system's sprintf() then we now need to append the s_szScratch + // buffer to the given one... + switch (m_type) + { + case wxPAT_INT: + case wxPAT_LONGINT: +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + case wxPAT_LONGLONGINT: +#endif + case wxPAT_SIZET: + case wxPAT_LONGDOUBLE: + case wxPAT_DOUBLE: + case wxPAT_POINTER: + wxASSERT(lenScratch < wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_SCRATCHBUFFER_LEN); + // NB: 1) we can compare lenMax (for CharType*, i.e. possibly + // wchar_t*) with lenScratch (char*) because this code is + // formatting integers and that will have the same length + // even in UTF-8 (the only case when char* length may be + // more than wchar_t* length of the same string) + // 2) wxStrncpy converts the 2nd argument to 1st argument's + // type transparently if their types differ, so this code + // works for both instantiations + if (lenMax < lenScratch) + { + // fill output buffer and then return -1 + wxStrncpy(buf, szScratch, lenMax); + return -1; + } + wxStrncpy(buf, szScratch, lenScratch); + lenCur += lenScratch; + break; + + default: + break; // all other cases were completed previously + } + + return lenCur; +} + + +// helper that parses format string +template +struct wxPrintfConvSpecParser +{ + typedef wxPrintfConvSpec ConvSpec; + + wxPrintfConvSpecParser(const CharType *fmt) + { + nargs = 0; + posarg_present = + nonposarg_present = false; + + memset(pspec, 0, sizeof(pspec)); + + // parse the format string + for ( const CharType *toparse = fmt; *toparse != wxT('\0'); toparse++ ) + { + // skip everything except format specifications + if ( *toparse != '%' ) + continue; + + // also skip escaped percent signs + if ( toparse[1] == '%' ) + { + toparse++; + continue; + } + + ConvSpec *spec = &specs[nargs]; + spec->Init(); + + // attempt to parse this format specification + if ( !spec->Parse(toparse) ) + continue; + + // advance to the end of this specifier + toparse = spec->m_pArgEnd; + + // special handling for specifications including asterisks: we need + // to reserve an extra slot (or two if asterisks were used for both + // width and precision) in specs array in this case + if ( const char *f = strchr(spec->m_szFlags, '*') ) + { + unsigned numAsterisks = 1; + if ( strchr(++f, '*') ) + numAsterisks++; + + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < numAsterisks; n++ ) + { + if ( nargs++ == wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_ARGUMENTS ) + break; + + // TODO: we need to support specifiers of the form "%2$*1$s" + // (this is the same as "%*s") as if any positional arguments + // are used all asterisks must be positional as well but this + // requires a lot of changes in this code (basically we'd need + // to rewrite Parse() to return "*" and conversion itself as + // separate entries) + if ( posarg_present ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG + ( + wxString::Format + ( + "Format string \"%s\" uses both positional " + "parameters and '*' but this is not currently " + "supported by this implementation, sorry.", + fmt + ) + ); + } + + specs[nargs] = *spec; + + // make an entry for '*' and point to it from pspec + spec->Init(); + spec->m_type = wxPAT_STAR; + pspec[nargs - 1] = spec; + + spec = &specs[nargs]; + } + } + + + // check if this is a positional or normal argument + if ( spec->m_pos > 0 ) + { + // the positional arguments start from number 1 so we need + // to adjust the index + spec->m_pos--; + posarg_present = true; + } + else // not a positional argument... + { + spec->m_pos = nargs; + nonposarg_present = true; + } + + // this conversion specifier is tied to the pos-th argument... + pspec[spec->m_pos] = spec; + + if ( nargs++ == wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_ARGUMENTS ) + break; + } + + + // warn if we lost any arguments (the program probably will crash + // anyhow because of stack corruption...) + if ( nargs == wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_ARGUMENTS ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG + ( + wxString::Format + ( + "wxVsnprintf() currently supports only %d arguments, " + "but format string \"%s\" defines more of them.\n" + "You need to change wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_ARGUMENTS and " + "recompile if more are really needed.", + fmt, wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_ARGUMENTS + ) + ); + } + } + + // total number of valid elements in specs + unsigned nargs; + + // all format specifications in this format string in order of their + // appearance (which may be different from arguments order) + ConvSpec specs[wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_ARGUMENTS]; + + // pointer to specs array element for the N-th argument + ConvSpec *pspec[wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_ARGUMENTS]; + + // true if any positional/non-positional parameters are used + bool posarg_present, + nonposarg_present; +}; + +#undef APPEND_CH +#undef CHECK_PREC + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_WXPRINTF_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/prntbase.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/prntbase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..24d941683c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/prntbase.h @@ -0,0 +1,718 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/prntbase.h +// Purpose: Base classes for printing framework +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: prntbase.h 66539 2011-01-03 15:57:21Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRNTBASEH__ +#define _WX_PRNTBASEH__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/cmndata.h" +#include "wx/panel.h" +#include "wx/scrolwin.h" +#include "wx/dialog.h" +#include "wx/frame.h" +#include "wx/dc.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintout; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrinterBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintDialogBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintDialog; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPageSetupDialogBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPageSetupDialog; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintPreviewBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPreviewCanvas; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPreviewControlBar; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPreviewFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintFactory; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintNativeDataBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintPreview; +class wxPrintPageTextCtrl; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// error consts +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxPrinterError +{ + wxPRINTER_NO_ERROR = 0, + wxPRINTER_CANCELLED, + wxPRINTER_ERROR +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintFactory +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintFactory +{ +public: + wxPrintFactory() {} + virtual ~wxPrintFactory() {} + + virtual wxPrinterBase *CreatePrinter( wxPrintDialogData* data ) = 0; + + virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview, + wxPrintout *printout = NULL, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL ) = 0; + virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview, + wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintData *data ) = 0; + + virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL ) = 0; + virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintData *data ) = 0; + + virtual wxPageSetupDialogBase *CreatePageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPageSetupDialogData * data = NULL ) = 0; + + virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ) = 0; + + // What to do and what to show in the wxPrintDialog + // a) Use the generic print setup dialog or a native one? + virtual bool HasPrintSetupDialog() = 0; + virtual wxDialog *CreatePrintSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData *data ) = 0; + // b) Provide the "print to file" option ourselves or via print setup? + virtual bool HasOwnPrintToFile() = 0; + // c) Show current printer + virtual bool HasPrinterLine() = 0; + virtual wxString CreatePrinterLine() = 0; + // d) Show Status line for current printer? + virtual bool HasStatusLine() = 0; + virtual wxString CreateStatusLine() = 0; + + + virtual wxPrintNativeDataBase *CreatePrintNativeData() = 0; + + static void SetPrintFactory( wxPrintFactory *factory ); + static wxPrintFactory *GetFactory(); +private: + static wxPrintFactory *m_factory; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNativePrintFactory: public wxPrintFactory +{ +public: + virtual wxPrinterBase *CreatePrinter( wxPrintDialogData *data ); + + virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview, + wxPrintout *printout = NULL, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL ); + virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview, + wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintData *data ); + + virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL ); + virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintData *data ); + + virtual wxPageSetupDialogBase *CreatePageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPageSetupDialogData * data = NULL ); + + virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ); + + virtual bool HasPrintSetupDialog(); + virtual wxDialog *CreatePrintSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData *data ); + virtual bool HasOwnPrintToFile(); + virtual bool HasPrinterLine(); + virtual wxString CreatePrinterLine(); + virtual bool HasStatusLine(); + virtual wxString CreateStatusLine(); + + virtual wxPrintNativeDataBase *CreatePrintNativeData(); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintNativeDataBase +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintNativeDataBase: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxPrintNativeDataBase(); + virtual ~wxPrintNativeDataBase() {} + + virtual bool TransferTo( wxPrintData &data ) = 0; + virtual bool TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &data ) = 0; + + virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + virtual bool IsOk() const = 0; + + int m_ref; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrintNativeDataBase) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintNativeDataBase); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrinterBase +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Represents the printer: manages printing a wxPrintout object + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrinterBase: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxPrinterBase(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + virtual ~wxPrinterBase(); + + virtual wxWindow *CreateAbortWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout); + virtual void ReportError(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, const wxString& message); + + virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() const; + bool GetAbort() const { return sm_abortIt; } + + static wxPrinterError GetLastError() { return sm_lastError; } + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // OVERRIDES + + virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent) = 0; + virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = true) = 0; + virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent) = 0; + +protected: + wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData; + wxPrintout* m_currentPrintout; + + static wxPrinterError sm_lastError; + +public: + static wxWindow* sm_abortWindow; + static bool sm_abortIt; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrinterBase) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrinterBase); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrinter +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrinter: public wxPrinterBase +{ +public: + wxPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + virtual ~wxPrinter(); + + virtual wxWindow *CreateAbortWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout); + virtual void ReportError(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, const wxString& message); + + virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent); + virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = true); + virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent); + + virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() const; + +protected: + wxPrinterBase *m_pimpl; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrinter) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrinter); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintout +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Represents an object via which a document may be printed. + * The programmer derives from this, overrides (at least) OnPrintPage, + * and passes it to a wxPrinter object for printing, or a wxPrintPreview + * object for previewing. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintout: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxPrintout(const wxString& title = _("Printout")); + virtual ~wxPrintout(); + + virtual bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage); + virtual void OnEndDocument(); + virtual void OnBeginPrinting(); + virtual void OnEndPrinting(); + + // Guaranteed to be before any other functions are called + virtual void OnPreparePrinting() { } + + virtual bool HasPage(int page); + virtual bool OnPrintPage(int page) = 0; + virtual void GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, int *pageFrom, int *pageTo); + + virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_printoutTitle; } + + wxDC *GetDC() const { return m_printoutDC; } + void SetDC(wxDC *dc) { m_printoutDC = dc; } + + void FitThisSizeToPaper(const wxSize& imageSize); + void FitThisSizeToPage(const wxSize& imageSize); + void FitThisSizeToPageMargins(const wxSize& imageSize, const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData); + void MapScreenSizeToPaper(); + void MapScreenSizeToPage(); + void MapScreenSizeToPageMargins(const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData); + void MapScreenSizeToDevice(); + + wxRect GetLogicalPaperRect() const; + wxRect GetLogicalPageRect() const; + wxRect GetLogicalPageMarginsRect(const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData) const; + + void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y); + void OffsetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord xoff, wxCoord yoff); + + void SetPageSizePixels(int w, int h) { m_pageWidthPixels = w; m_pageHeightPixels = h; } + void GetPageSizePixels(int *w, int *h) const { *w = m_pageWidthPixels; *h = m_pageHeightPixels; } + void SetPageSizeMM(int w, int h) { m_pageWidthMM = w; m_pageHeightMM = h; } + void GetPageSizeMM(int *w, int *h) const { *w = m_pageWidthMM; *h = m_pageHeightMM; } + + void SetPPIScreen(int x, int y) { m_PPIScreenX = x; m_PPIScreenY = y; } + void SetPPIScreen(const wxSize& ppi) { SetPPIScreen(ppi.x, ppi.y); } + void GetPPIScreen(int *x, int *y) const { *x = m_PPIScreenX; *y = m_PPIScreenY; } + void SetPPIPrinter(int x, int y) { m_PPIPrinterX = x; m_PPIPrinterY = y; } + void SetPPIPrinter(const wxSize& ppi) { SetPPIPrinter(ppi.x, ppi.y); } + void GetPPIPrinter(int *x, int *y) const { *x = m_PPIPrinterX; *y = m_PPIPrinterY; } + + void SetPaperRectPixels(const wxRect& paperRectPixels) { m_paperRectPixels = paperRectPixels; } + wxRect GetPaperRectPixels() const { return m_paperRectPixels; } + + // This must be called by wxPrintPreview to associate itself with the + // printout it uses. + virtual void SetPreview(wxPrintPreview *preview) { m_preview = preview; } + + wxPrintPreview *GetPreview() const { return m_preview; } + virtual bool IsPreview() const { return GetPreview() != NULL; } + +private: + wxString m_printoutTitle; + wxDC* m_printoutDC; + wxPrintPreview *m_preview; + + int m_pageWidthPixels; + int m_pageHeightPixels; + + int m_pageWidthMM; + int m_pageHeightMM; + + int m_PPIScreenX; + int m_PPIScreenY; + int m_PPIPrinterX; + int m_PPIPrinterY; + + wxRect m_paperRectPixels; + +private: + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPrintout) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintout); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPreviewCanvas +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Canvas upon which a preview is drawn. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPreviewCanvas: public wxScrolledWindow +{ +public: + wxPreviewCanvas(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview, + wxWindow *parent, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxT("canvas")); + virtual ~wxPreviewCanvas(); + + void SetPreview(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview) { m_printPreview = preview; } + + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent &event); + // Responds to colour changes + void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event); + +private: +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + void OnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event); + + wxPrintPreviewBase* m_printPreview; + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPreviewCanvas) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPreviewCanvas); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPreviewFrame +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Default frame for showing preview. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPreviewFrame: public wxFrame +{ +public: + wxPreviewFrame(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview, + wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& title = _("Print Preview"), + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr); + virtual ~wxPreviewFrame(); + + void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); + virtual void Initialize(); + virtual void CreateCanvas(); + virtual void CreateControlBar(); + + inline wxPreviewControlBar* GetControlBar() const { return m_controlBar; } + +protected: + wxPreviewCanvas* m_previewCanvas; + wxPreviewControlBar* m_controlBar; + wxPrintPreviewBase* m_printPreview; + wxWindowDisabler* m_windowDisabler; + +private: + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPreviewFrame) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPreviewFrame); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPreviewControlBar +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * A panel with buttons for controlling a print preview. + * The programmer may wish to use other means for controlling + * the print preview. + */ + +#define wxPREVIEW_PRINT 1 +#define wxPREVIEW_PREVIOUS 2 +#define wxPREVIEW_NEXT 4 +#define wxPREVIEW_ZOOM 8 +#define wxPREVIEW_FIRST 16 +#define wxPREVIEW_LAST 32 +#define wxPREVIEW_GOTO 64 + +#define wxPREVIEW_DEFAULT (wxPREVIEW_PREVIOUS|wxPREVIEW_NEXT|wxPREVIEW_ZOOM\ + |wxPREVIEW_FIRST|wxPREVIEW_GOTO|wxPREVIEW_LAST) + +// Ids for controls +#define wxID_PREVIEW_CLOSE 1 +#define wxID_PREVIEW_NEXT 2 +#define wxID_PREVIEW_PREVIOUS 3 +#define wxID_PREVIEW_PRINT 4 +#define wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM 5 +#define wxID_PREVIEW_FIRST 6 +#define wxID_PREVIEW_LAST 7 +#define wxID_PREVIEW_GOTO 8 +#define wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM_IN 9 +#define wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM_OUT 10 + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPreviewControlBar: public wxPanel +{ + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPreviewControlBar) + +public: + wxPreviewControlBar(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview, + long buttons, + wxWindow *parent, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL, + const wxString& name = wxT("panel")); + virtual ~wxPreviewControlBar(); + + virtual void CreateButtons(); + virtual void SetZoomControl(int zoom); + virtual int GetZoomControl(); + virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *GetPrintPreview() const + { return m_printPreview; } + + + // Implementation only from now on. + void OnWindowClose(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnNext(); + void OnPrevious(); + void OnFirst(); + void OnLast(); + void OnGotoPage(); + void OnPrint(); + + void OnPrintButton(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) { OnPrint(); } + void OnNextButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { OnNext(); } + void OnPreviousButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { OnPrevious(); } + void OnFirstButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { OnFirst(); } + void OnLastButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { OnLast(); } + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + + void OnUpdateNextButton(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) + { event.Enable(IsNextEnabled()); } + void OnUpdatePreviousButton(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) + { event.Enable(IsPreviousEnabled()); } + void OnUpdateFirstButton(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) + { event.Enable(IsFirstEnabled()); } + void OnUpdateLastButton(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) + { event.Enable(IsLastEnabled()); } + void OnUpdateZoomInButton(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) + { event.Enable(IsZoomInEnabled()); } + void OnUpdateZoomOutButton(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) + { event.Enable(IsZoomOutEnabled()); } + + // These methods are not private because they are called by wxPreviewCanvas. + void DoZoomIn(); + void DoZoomOut(); + +protected: + wxPrintPreviewBase* m_printPreview; + wxButton* m_closeButton; + wxChoice* m_zoomControl; + wxPrintPageTextCtrl* m_currentPageText; + + long m_buttonFlags; + +private: + void DoGotoPage(int page); + + void DoZoom(); + + bool IsNextEnabled() const; + bool IsPreviousEnabled() const; + bool IsFirstEnabled() const; + bool IsLastEnabled() const; + bool IsZoomInEnabled() const; + bool IsZoomOutEnabled() const; + + void OnZoomInButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { DoZoomIn(); } + void OnZoomOutButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { DoZoomOut(); } + void OnZoomChoice(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) { DoZoom(); } + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPreviewControlBar); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintPreviewBase +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Programmer creates an object of this class to preview a wxPrintout. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintPreviewBase: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxPrintPreviewBase(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + wxPrintPreviewBase(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintData *data); + virtual ~wxPrintPreviewBase(); + + virtual bool SetCurrentPage(int pageNum); + virtual int GetCurrentPage() const; + + virtual void SetPrintout(wxPrintout *printout); + virtual wxPrintout *GetPrintout() const; + virtual wxPrintout *GetPrintoutForPrinting() const; + + virtual void SetFrame(wxFrame *frame); + virtual void SetCanvas(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas); + + virtual wxFrame *GetFrame() const; + virtual wxPreviewCanvas *GetCanvas() const; + + // This is a helper routine, used by the next 4 routines. + + virtual void CalcRects(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxRect& printableAreaRect, wxRect& paperRect); + + // The preview canvas should call this from OnPaint + virtual bool PaintPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc); + + // Updates rendered page by calling RenderPage() if needed, returns true + // if there was some change. Preview canvas should call it at idle time + virtual bool UpdatePageRendering(); + + // This draws a blank page onto the preview canvas + virtual bool DrawBlankPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc); + + // Adjusts the scrollbars for the current scale + virtual void AdjustScrollbars(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas); + + // This is called by wxPrintPreview to render a page into a wxMemoryDC. + virtual bool RenderPage(int pageNum); + + + virtual void SetZoom(int percent); + virtual int GetZoom() const; + + virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData(); + + virtual int GetMaxPage() const; + virtual int GetMinPage() const; + + virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + virtual bool IsOk() const; + virtual void SetOk(bool ok); + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // OVERRIDES + + // If we own a wxPrintout that can be used for printing, this + // will invoke the actual printing procedure. Called + // by the wxPreviewControlBar. + virtual bool Print(bool interactive) = 0; + + // Calculate scaling that needs to be done to get roughly + // the right scaling for the screen pretending to be + // the currently selected printer. + virtual void DetermineScaling() = 0; + +protected: + // helpers for RenderPage(): + virtual bool RenderPageIntoDC(wxDC& dc, int pageNum); + // renders preview into m_previewBitmap + virtual bool RenderPageIntoBitmap(wxBitmap& bmp, int pageNum); + + void InvalidatePreviewBitmap(); + +protected: + wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData; + wxPreviewCanvas* m_previewCanvas; + wxFrame* m_previewFrame; + wxBitmap* m_previewBitmap; + bool m_previewFailed; + wxPrintout* m_previewPrintout; + wxPrintout* m_printPrintout; + int m_currentPage; + int m_currentZoom; + float m_previewScaleX; + float m_previewScaleY; + int m_topMargin; + int m_leftMargin; + int m_pageWidth; + int m_pageHeight; + int m_minPage; + int m_maxPage; + + bool m_isOk; + bool m_printingPrepared; // Called OnPreparePrinting? + +private: + void Init(wxPrintout *printout, wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintPreviewBase); + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrintPreviewBase) +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintPreview +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintPreview: public wxPrintPreviewBase +{ +public: + wxPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL, + wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL); + wxPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintData *data); + virtual ~wxPrintPreview(); + + virtual bool SetCurrentPage(int pageNum); + virtual int GetCurrentPage() const; + virtual void SetPrintout(wxPrintout *printout); + virtual wxPrintout *GetPrintout() const; + virtual wxPrintout *GetPrintoutForPrinting() const; + virtual void SetFrame(wxFrame *frame); + virtual void SetCanvas(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas); + + virtual wxFrame *GetFrame() const; + virtual wxPreviewCanvas *GetCanvas() const; + virtual bool PaintPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc); + virtual bool UpdatePageRendering(); + virtual bool DrawBlankPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc); + virtual void AdjustScrollbars(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas); + virtual bool RenderPage(int pageNum); + virtual void SetZoom(int percent); + virtual int GetZoom() const; + + virtual bool Print(bool interactive); + virtual void DetermineScaling(); + + virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData(); + + virtual int GetMaxPage() const; + virtual int GetMinPage() const; + + virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + virtual bool IsOk() const; + virtual void SetOk(bool ok); + +private: + wxPrintPreviewBase *m_pimpl; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrintPreview) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintPreview); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintAbortDialog +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintAbortDialog: public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxPrintAbortDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxT("dialog")) + : wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, title, pos, size, style, name) + { + } + + void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event); + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintAbortDialog); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#endif + // _WX_PRNTBASEH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/process.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/process.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39b5b637f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/process.h @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/process.h +// Purpose: wxProcess class +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin to check error codes, added Detach() method +// Created: 24/06/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: process.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PROCESSH__ +#define _WX_PROCESSH__ + +#include "wx/event.h" + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + #include "wx/stream.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/utils.h" // for wxSignal + +// the wxProcess creation flags +enum +{ + // no redirection + wxPROCESS_DEFAULT = 0, + + // redirect the IO of the child process + wxPROCESS_REDIRECT = 1 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// A wxProcess object should be passed to wxExecute - than its OnTerminate() +// function will be called when the process terminates. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxProcess : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + // kill the process with the given PID + static wxKillError Kill(int pid, wxSignal sig = wxSIGTERM, int flags = wxKILL_NOCHILDREN); + + // test if the given process exists + static bool Exists(int pid); + + // this function replaces the standard popen() one: it launches a process + // asynchronously and allows the caller to get the streams connected to its + // std{in|out|err} + // + // on error NULL is returned, in any case the process object will be + // deleted automatically when the process terminates and should *not* be + // deleted by the caller + static wxProcess *Open(const wxString& cmd, int flags = wxEXEC_ASYNC); + + + // ctors + wxProcess(wxEvtHandler *parent = NULL, int nId = wxID_ANY) + { Init(parent, nId, wxPROCESS_DEFAULT); } + + wxProcess(int flags) { Init(NULL, wxID_ANY, flags); } + + virtual ~wxProcess(); + + // get the process ID of the process executed by Open() + long GetPid() const { return m_pid; } + + // may be overridden to be notified about process termination + virtual void OnTerminate(int pid, int status); + + // call this before passing the object to wxExecute() to redirect the + // launched process stdin/stdout, then use GetInputStream() and + // GetOutputStream() to get access to them + void Redirect() { m_redirect = true; } + bool IsRedirected() const { return m_redirect; } + + // detach from the parent - should be called by the parent if it's deleted + // before the process it started terminates + void Detach(); + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + // Pipe handling + wxInputStream *GetInputStream() const { return m_inputStream; } + wxInputStream *GetErrorStream() const { return m_errorStream; } + wxOutputStream *GetOutputStream() const { return m_outputStream; } + + // close the output stream indicating that nothing more will be written + void CloseOutput() { delete m_outputStream; m_outputStream = NULL; } + + // return true if the child process stdout is not closed + bool IsInputOpened() const; + + // return true if any input is available on the child process stdout/err + bool IsInputAvailable() const; + bool IsErrorAvailable() const; + + // implementation only (for wxExecute) + // + // NB: the streams passed here should correspond to the child process + // stdout, stdin and stderr and here the normal naming convention is + // used unlike elsewhere in this class + void SetPipeStreams(wxInputStream *outStream, + wxOutputStream *inStream, + wxInputStream *errStream); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + // implementation only - don't use! + // -------------------------------- + + // needs to be public since it needs to be used from wxExecute() global func + void SetPid(long pid) { m_pid = pid; } + +protected: + void Init(wxEvtHandler *parent, int id, int flags); + + int m_id; + long m_pid; + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + // these streams are connected to stdout, stderr and stdin of the child + // process respectively (yes, m_inputStream corresponds to stdout -- very + // confusing but too late to change now) + wxInputStream *m_inputStream, + *m_errorStream; + wxOutputStream *m_outputStream; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + bool m_redirect; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxProcess) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxProcess); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxProcess events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxProcessEvent; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_END_PROCESS, wxProcessEvent ); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxProcessEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxProcessEvent(int nId = 0, int pid = 0, int exitcode = 0) : wxEvent(nId) + { + m_eventType = wxEVT_END_PROCESS; + m_pid = pid; + m_exitcode = exitcode; + } + + // accessors + // PID of process which terminated + int GetPid() { return m_pid; } + + // the exit code + int GetExitCode() { return m_exitcode; } + + // implement the base class pure virtual + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxProcessEvent(*this); } + +public: + int m_pid, + m_exitcode; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxProcessEvent) +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxProcessEventFunction)(wxProcessEvent&); + +#define wxProcessEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxProcessEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_END_PROCESS(id, func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_END_PROCESS, id, wxProcessEventHandler(func)) + +#endif // _WX_PROCESSH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/progdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/progdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7507e07ba2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/progdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/progdlg.h +// Purpose: Base header for wxProgressDialog +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: progdlg.h 66930 2011-02-16 23:45:00Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PROGDLG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_PROGDLG_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG + +/* + * wxProgressDialog flags + */ +#define wxPD_CAN_ABORT 0x0001 +#define wxPD_APP_MODAL 0x0002 +#define wxPD_AUTO_HIDE 0x0004 +#define wxPD_ELAPSED_TIME 0x0008 +#define wxPD_ESTIMATED_TIME 0x0010 +#define wxPD_SMOOTH 0x0020 +#define wxPD_REMAINING_TIME 0x0040 +#define wxPD_CAN_SKIP 0x0080 + + +#ifdef __WXPALMOS__ + #include "wx/palmos/progdlg.h" +#else + #include "wx/generic/progdlgg.h" + + #if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_THREADS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/msw/progdlg.h" + #else + class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxProgressDialog + : public wxGenericProgressDialog + { + public: + wxProgressDialog( const wxString& title, const wxString& message, + int maximum = 100, + wxWindow *parent = NULL, + int style = wxPD_APP_MODAL | wxPD_AUTO_HIDE ) + : wxGenericProgressDialog( title, message, maximum, + parent, style ) + { } + + private: + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY( wxProgressDialog ); + }; + #endif // defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_THREADS +#endif // __WXPALMOS__ + +#endif // wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG + +#endif // _WX_PROGDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/propdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/propdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4bad68bb32 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/propdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/propdlg.h +// Purpose: wxPropertySheetDialog base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: propdlg.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PROPDLG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_PROPDLG_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/generic/propdlg.h" + +#endif + // _WX_PROPDLG_H_BASE_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/file.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/file.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c77a1f7dc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/protocol/file.h +// Purpose: File protocol +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 1997 +// RCS-ID: $Id: file.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_PROTO_FILE_H__ +#define __WX_PROTO_FILE_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE + +#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxFileProto: public wxProtocol +{ +public: + wxFileProto(); + virtual ~wxFileProto(); + + bool Abort() { return true; } + wxString GetContentType() const { return wxEmptyString; } + + wxInputStream *GetInputStream(const wxString& path); + +protected: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFileProto) + DECLARE_PROTOCOL(wxFileProto) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE + +#endif // __WX_PROTO_FILE_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/ftp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/ftp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..10c918b6d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/ftp.h @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/protocol/ftp.h +// Purpose: FTP protocol +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: Mark Johnson, wxWindows@mj10777.de +// 20000917 : RmDir, GetLastResult, GetList +// Created: 07/07/1997 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ftp.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WX_FTP_H__ +#define __WX_FTP_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP + +#include "wx/sckaddr.h" +#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h" +#include "wx/url.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxFTP : public wxProtocol +{ +public: + enum TransferMode + { + NONE, // not set by user explicitly + ASCII, + BINARY + }; + + wxFTP(); + virtual ~wxFTP(); + + // Connecting and disconnecting + virtual bool Connect(const wxSockAddress& addr, bool wait = true); + virtual bool Connect(const wxString& host) { return Connect(host, 0); } + virtual bool Connect(const wxString& host, unsigned short port); + + // disconnect + virtual bool Close(); + + // Parameters set up + + // set transfer mode now + void SetPassive(bool pasv) { m_bPassive = pasv; } + bool SetBinary() { return SetTransferMode(BINARY); } + bool SetAscii() { return SetTransferMode(ASCII); } + bool SetTransferMode(TransferMode mode); + + // Generic FTP interface + + // FTP doesn't know the MIME type of the last downloaded/uploaded file + virtual wxString GetContentType() const { return wxEmptyString; } + + // the last FTP server reply + const wxString& GetLastResult() const { return m_lastResult; } + + // send any FTP command (should be full FTP command line but without + // trailing "\r\n") and return its return code + char SendCommand(const wxString& command); + + // check that the command returned the given code + bool CheckCommand(const wxString& command, char expectedReturn) + { + // SendCommand() does updates m_lastError + return SendCommand(command) == expectedReturn; + } + + // Filesystem commands + bool ChDir(const wxString& dir); + bool MkDir(const wxString& dir); + bool RmDir(const wxString& dir); + wxString Pwd(); + bool Rename(const wxString& src, const wxString& dst); + bool RmFile(const wxString& path); + + // Get the size of a file in the current dir. + // this function tries its best to deliver the size in bytes using BINARY + // (the SIZE command reports different sizes depending on whether + // type is set to ASCII or BINARY) + // returns -1 if file is non-existant or size could not be found + int GetFileSize(const wxString& fileName); + + // Check to see if a file exists in the current dir + bool FileExists(const wxString& fileName); + + // Download methods + bool Abort(); + + virtual wxInputStream *GetInputStream(const wxString& path); + virtual wxOutputStream *GetOutputStream(const wxString& path); + + // Directory listing + + // get the list of full filenames, the format is fixed: one file name per + // line + bool GetFilesList(wxArrayString& files, + const wxString& wildcard = wxEmptyString) + { + return GetList(files, wildcard, false); + } + + // get a directory list in server dependent format - this can be shown + // directly to the user + bool GetDirList(wxArrayString& files, + const wxString& wildcard = wxEmptyString) + { + return GetList(files, wildcard, true); + } + + // equivalent to either GetFilesList() (default) or GetDirList() + bool GetList(wxArrayString& files, + const wxString& wildcard = wxEmptyString, + bool details = false); + +protected: + // this executes a simple ftp command with the given argument and returns + // true if it its return code starts with '2' + bool DoSimpleCommand(const wxChar *command, + const wxString& arg = wxEmptyString); + + // get the server reply, return the first character of the reply code, + // '1'..'5' for normal FTP replies, 0 (*not* '0') if an error occurred + char GetResult(); + + // check that the result is equal to expected value + bool CheckResult(char ch) { return GetResult() == ch; } + + // return the socket to be used, Passive/Active versions are used only by + // GetPort() + wxSocketBase *GetPort(); + wxSocketBase *GetPassivePort(); + wxSocketBase *GetActivePort(); + + // helper for GetPort() + wxString GetPortCmdArgument(const wxIPV4address& Local, const wxIPV4address& New); + + // accept connection from server in active mode, returns the same socket as + // passed in in passive mode + wxSocketBase *AcceptIfActive(wxSocketBase *sock); + + + // internal variables: + + wxString m_lastResult; + + // true if there is an FTP transfer going on + bool m_streaming; + + // although this should be set to ASCII by default according to STD9, + // we will use BINARY transfer mode by default for backwards compatibility + TransferMode m_currentTransfermode; + + bool m_bPassive; + + // following is true when a read or write times out, we then assume + // the connection is dead and abort. we avoid additional delays this way + bool m_bEncounteredError; + + + friend class wxInputFTPStream; + friend class wxOutputFTPStream; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFTP) + DECLARE_PROTOCOL(wxFTP) +}; + +// the trace mask used by assorted wxLogTrace() in ftp code, do +// wxLog::AddTraceMask(FTP_TRACE_MASK) to see them in output +#define FTP_TRACE_MASK wxT("ftp") + +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP + +#endif // __WX_FTP_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/http.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/http.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8618b311a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/http.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/protocol/http.h +// Purpose: HTTP protocol +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: Simo Virokannas (authentication, Dec 2005) +// Created: August 1997 +// RCS-ID: $Id: http.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#ifndef _WX_HTTP_H +#define _WX_HTTP_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxHTTP : public wxProtocol +{ +public: + wxHTTP(); + virtual ~wxHTTP(); + + virtual bool Connect(const wxString& host, unsigned short port); + virtual bool Connect(const wxString& host) { return Connect(host, 0); } + virtual bool Connect(const wxSockAddress& addr, bool wait); + bool Abort(); + + wxInputStream *GetInputStream(const wxString& path); + + wxString GetContentType() const; + wxString GetHeader(const wxString& header) const; + int GetResponse() const { return m_http_response; } + + void SetHeader(const wxString& header, const wxString& h_data); + void SetPostBuffer(const wxString& post_buf); + void SetProxyMode(bool on); + + /* Cookies */ + wxString GetCookie(const wxString& cookie) const; + bool HasCookies() const { return m_cookies.size() > 0; } + +protected: + enum wxHTTP_Req + { + wxHTTP_GET, + wxHTTP_POST, + wxHTTP_HEAD + }; + + typedef wxStringToStringHashMap::iterator wxHeaderIterator; + typedef wxStringToStringHashMap::const_iterator wxHeaderConstIterator; + typedef wxStringToStringHashMap::iterator wxCookieIterator; + typedef wxStringToStringHashMap::const_iterator wxCookieConstIterator; + + bool BuildRequest(const wxString& path, wxHTTP_Req req); + void SendHeaders(); + bool ParseHeaders(); + + wxString GenerateAuthString(const wxString& user, const wxString& pass) const; + + // find the header in m_headers + wxHeaderIterator FindHeader(const wxString& header); + wxHeaderConstIterator FindHeader(const wxString& header) const; + wxCookieIterator FindCookie(const wxString& cookie); + wxCookieConstIterator FindCookie(const wxString& cookie) const; + + // deletes the header value strings + void ClearHeaders(); + void ClearCookies(); + + // internal variables: + + wxStringToStringHashMap m_cookies; + + wxStringToStringHashMap m_headers; + bool m_read, + m_proxy_mode; + wxSockAddress *m_addr; + wxString m_post_buf; + int m_http_response; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHTTP) + DECLARE_PROTOCOL(wxHTTP) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHTTP); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + +#endif // _WX_HTTP_H + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/log.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..700c94029d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/protocol/log.h +// Purpose: wxProtocolLog class for logging network exchanges +// Author: Troelsk, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-03-06 +// RCS-ID: $Id: log.h 59404 2009-03-07 13:58:39Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PROTOCOL_LOG_H_ +#define _WX_PROTOCOL_LOG_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxProtocolLog: simple class for logging network requests and responses +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxProtocolLog +{ +public: + // Create object doing the logging using wxLogTrace() with the specified + // trace mask. + wxProtocolLog(const wxString& traceMask) + : m_traceMask(traceMask) + { + } + + // Virtual dtor for the base class + virtual ~wxProtocolLog() { } + + // Called by wxProtocol-derived classes to actually log something + virtual void LogRequest(const wxString& str) + { + DoLogString("==> " + str); + } + + virtual void LogResponse(const wxString& str) + { + DoLogString("<== " + str); + } + +protected: + // Can be overridden by the derived classes. + virtual void DoLogString(const wxString& str); + +private: + const wxString m_traceMask; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxProtocolLog); +}; + +#endif // _WX_PROTOCOL_LOG_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/protocol.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/protocol.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6664f9e875 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/protocol/protocol.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/protocol/protocol.h +// Purpose: Protocol base class +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 10/07/1997 +// RCS-ID: $Id: protocol.h 64532 2010-06-09 13:55:48Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PROTOCOL_PROTOCOL_H +#define _WX_PROTOCOL_PROTOCOL_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/stream.h" + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + #include "wx/socket.h" +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET wxProtocolLog; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef enum +{ + wxPROTO_NOERR = 0, + wxPROTO_NETERR, + wxPROTO_PROTERR, + wxPROTO_CONNERR, + wxPROTO_INVVAL, + wxPROTO_NOHNDLR, + wxPROTO_NOFILE, + wxPROTO_ABRT, + wxPROTO_RCNCT, + wxPROTO_STREAMING +} wxProtocolError; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxProtocol: abstract base class for all protocols +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxProtocol +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + : public wxSocketClient +#else + : public wxObject +#endif +{ +public: + wxProtocol(); + virtual ~wxProtocol(); + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + bool Reconnect(); + virtual bool Connect( const wxString& WXUNUSED(host) ) { return false; } + virtual bool Connect( const wxSockAddress& addr, bool WXUNUSED(wait) = true) + { return wxSocketClient::Connect(addr); } + + // read a '\r\n' terminated line from the given socket and put it in + // result (without the terminators) + static wxProtocolError ReadLine(wxSocketBase *socket, wxString& result); + + // read a line from this socket - this one can be overridden in the + // derived classes if different line termination convention is to be used + virtual wxProtocolError ReadLine(wxString& result); +#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS + + virtual bool Abort() = 0; + virtual wxInputStream *GetInputStream(const wxString& path) = 0; + virtual wxString GetContentType() const = 0; + + // the error code + virtual wxProtocolError GetError() const { return m_lastError; } + + void SetUser(const wxString& user) { m_username = user; } + void SetPassword(const wxString& passwd) { m_password = passwd; } + + virtual void SetDefaultTimeout(wxUint32 Value); + + // override wxSocketBase::SetTimeout function to avoid that the internal + // m_uiDefaultTimeout goes out-of-sync: + virtual void SetTimeout(long seconds) + { SetDefaultTimeout(seconds); } + + + // logging support: each wxProtocol object may have the associated logger + // (by default there is none) which is used to log network requests and + // responses + + // set the logger, deleting the old one and taking ownership of this one + void SetLog(wxProtocolLog *log); + + // return the current logger, may be NULL + wxProtocolLog *GetLog() const { return m_log; } + + // detach the existing logger without deleting it, the caller is + // responsible for deleting the returned pointer if it's non-NULL + wxProtocolLog *DetachLog() + { + wxProtocolLog * const log = m_log; + m_log = NULL; + return log; + } + + // these functions forward to the same functions with the same names in + // wxProtocolLog if we have a valid logger and do nothing otherwise + void LogRequest(const wxString& str); + void LogResponse(const wxString& str); + +protected: + // the timeout associated with the protocol: + wxUint32 m_uiDefaultTimeout; + + wxString m_username; + wxString m_password; + + // this must be always updated by the derived classes! + wxProtocolError m_lastError; + +private: + wxProtocolLog *m_log; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxProtocol) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros for protocol classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define DECLARE_PROTOCOL(class) \ +public: \ + static wxProtoInfo g_proto_##class; + +#define IMPLEMENT_PROTOCOL(class, name, serv, host) \ +wxProtoInfo class::g_proto_##class(name, serv, host, wxCLASSINFO(class)); \ +bool wxProtocolUse##class = true; + +#define USE_PROTOCOL(class) \ + extern bool wxProtocolUse##class ; \ + static struct wxProtocolUserFor##class \ + { \ + wxProtocolUserFor##class() { wxProtocolUse##class = true; } \ + } wxProtocolDoUse##class; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxProtoInfo : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxProtoInfo(const wxChar *name, + const wxChar *serv_name, + const bool need_host1, + wxClassInfo *info); + +protected: + wxProtoInfo *next; + wxString m_protoname; + wxString prefix; + wxString m_servname; + wxClassInfo *m_cinfo; + bool m_needhost; + + friend class wxURL; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxProtoInfo) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxProtoInfo); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL + +#endif // _WX_PROTOCOL_PROTOCOL_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ptr_scpd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ptr_scpd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cdc325ee56 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ptr_scpd.h @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/ptr_scpd.h +// Purpose: compatibility wrapper for wxScoped{Ptr,Array} +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-02-03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ptr_scpd.h 58643 2009-02-04 08:06:42Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// do not include this file in any new code, include either wx/scopedptr.h or +// wx/scopedarray.h (or both) instead +#include "wx/scopedarray.h" +#include "wx/scopedptr.h" diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ptr_shrd.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ptr_shrd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90cd0fa968 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ptr_shrd.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/ptr_shrd.h +// Purpose: compatibility wrapper for wx/sharedptr.h +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-02-03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ptr_shrd.h 58643 2009-02-04 08:06:42Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// do not include this file in any new code, include wx/sharedptr.h instead +#include "wx/sharedptr.h" diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/quantize.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/quantize.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dcc62d65f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/quantize.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/quantize.h +// Purpose: wxQuantizer class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 22/6/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: quantize.h 52834 2008-03-26 15:06:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_QUANTIZE_H_ +#define _WX_QUANTIZE_H_ + +#include "wx/object.h" + +/* + * From jquant2.c + * + * Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane. + * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette; + +/* + * wxQuantize + * Based on the JPEG quantization code. Reduces the number of colours in a wxImage. + */ + +#define wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS 0x01 +#define wxQUANTIZE_RETURN_8BIT_DATA 0x02 +#define wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE 0x04 + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxQuantize: public wxObject +{ +public: +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxQuantize) + +//// Constructor + + wxQuantize() {} + virtual ~wxQuantize() {} + +//// Operations + + // Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the + // destination image. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. + // Specify an optional palette pointer to receive the resulting palette. + // This palette may be passed to ConvertImageToBitmap, for example. + // If you pass a palette pointer, you must free the palette yourself. + + static bool Quantize(const wxImage& src, wxImage& dest, wxPalette** pPalette, int desiredNoColours = 236, + unsigned char** eightBitData = 0, int flags = wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE|wxQUANTIZE_RETURN_8BIT_DATA); + + // This version sets a palette in the destination image so you don't + // have to manage it yourself. + + static bool Quantize(const wxImage& src, wxImage& dest, int desiredNoColours = 236, + unsigned char** eightBitData = 0, int flags = wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE|wxQUANTIZE_RETURN_8BIT_DATA); + +//// Helpers + + // Converts input bitmap(s) into 8bit representation with custom palette + + // in_rows and out_rows are arrays [0..h-1] of pointer to rows + // (in_rows contains w * 3 bytes per row, out_rows w bytes per row) + // fills out_rows with indexes into palette (which is also stored into palette variable) + static void DoQuantize(unsigned w, unsigned h, unsigned char **in_rows, unsigned char **out_rows, unsigned char *palette, int desiredNoColours); + +}; + +#endif + // _WX_QUANTIZE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/radiobox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/radiobox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..768c63e787 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/radiobox.h @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/radiobox.h +// Purpose: wxRadioBox declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 10.09.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: radiobox.h 65668 2010-09-29 13:45:51Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_RADIOBOX_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_RADIOBOX_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX + +#include "wx/ctrlsub.h" + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolTip; + +WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxToolTip *, wxToolTipArray); + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxRadioBoxNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRadioBoxBase is not a normal base class, but rather a mix-in because the +// real wxRadioBox derives from different classes on different platforms: for +// example, it is a wxStaticBox in wxUniv and wxMSW but not in other ports +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioBoxBase : public wxItemContainerImmutable +{ +public: + virtual ~wxRadioBoxBase(); + + // change/query the individual radio button state + virtual bool Enable(unsigned int n, bool enable = true) = 0; + virtual bool Show(unsigned int n, bool show = true) = 0; + virtual bool IsItemEnabled(unsigned int n) const = 0; + virtual bool IsItemShown(unsigned int n) const = 0; + + // return number of columns/rows in this radiobox + unsigned int GetColumnCount() const { return m_numCols; } + unsigned int GetRowCount() const { return m_numRows; } + + // return the next active (i.e. shown and not disabled) item above/below/to + // the left/right of the given one + int GetNextItem(int item, wxDirection dir, long style) const; + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + // set the tooltip text for a radio item, empty string unsets any tooltip + void SetItemToolTip(unsigned int item, const wxString& text); + + // get the individual items tooltip; returns NULL if none + wxToolTip *GetItemToolTip(unsigned int item) const + { return m_itemsTooltips ? (*m_itemsTooltips)[item] : NULL; } +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +#if wxUSE_HELP + // set helptext for a particular item, pass an empty string to erase it + void SetItemHelpText(unsigned int n, const wxString& helpText); + + // retrieve helptext for a particular item, empty string means no help text + wxString GetItemHelpText(unsigned int n) const; +#else // wxUSE_HELP + // just silently ignore the help text, it's better than requiring using + // conditional compilation in all code using this function + void SetItemHelpText(unsigned int WXUNUSED(n), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(helpText)) + { + } +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + + // returns the radio item at the given position or wxNOT_FOUND if none + // (currently implemented only under MSW and GTK) + virtual int GetItemFromPoint(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt)) const + { + return wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + +protected: + wxRadioBoxBase() + { + m_numCols = + m_numRows = + m_majorDim = 0; + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + m_itemsTooltips = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + } + + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + // return the number of items in major direction (which depends on whether + // we have wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS or wxRA_SPECIFY_ROWS style) + unsigned int GetMajorDim() const { return m_majorDim; } + + // sets m_majorDim and also updates m_numCols/Rows + // + // the style parameter should be the style of the radiobox itself + void SetMajorDim(unsigned int majorDim, long style); + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + // called from SetItemToolTip() to really set the tooltip for the specified + // item in the box (or, if tooltip is NULL, to remove any existing one). + // + // NB: this function should really be pure virtual but to avoid breaking + // the build of the ports for which it's not implemented yet we provide + // an empty stub in the base class for now + virtual void DoSetItemToolTip(unsigned int item, wxToolTip *tooltip); + + // returns true if we have any item tooltips + bool HasItemToolTips() const { return m_itemsTooltips != NULL; } +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +#if wxUSE_HELP + // Retrieve help text for an item: this is a helper for the implementation + // of wxWindow::GetHelpTextAtPoint() in the real radiobox class + wxString DoGetHelpTextAtPoint(const wxWindow *derived, + const wxPoint& pt, + wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) const; +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + +private: + // the number of elements in major dimension (i.e. number of columns if + // wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS or the number of rows if wxRA_SPECIFY_ROWS) and also + // the number of rows/columns calculated from it + unsigned int m_majorDim, + m_numCols, + m_numRows; + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + // array of tooltips for the individual items + // + // this array is initially NULL and initialized on first use + wxToolTipArray *m_itemsTooltips; +#endif + +#if wxUSE_HELP + // help text associated with a particular item or empty string if none + wxArrayString m_itemsHelpTexts; +#endif // wxUSE_HELP +}; + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/radiobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/radiobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/radiobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/radiobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/radiobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/radiobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/radiobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/radiobox.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/radiobox.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX + +#endif // _WX_RADIOBOX_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/radiobut.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/radiobut.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0bf142b77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/radiobut.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/radiobut.h +// Purpose: wxRadioButton declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 07.09.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: radiobut.h 54125 2008-06-11 19:17:41Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_RADIOBUT_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_RADIOBUT_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_RADIOBTN + +/* + There is no wxRadioButtonBase class as wxRadioButton interface is the same + as wxCheckBox(Base), but under some platforms wxRadioButton really + derives from wxCheckBox and on the others it doesn't. + + The pseudo-declaration of wxRadioButtonBase would look like this: + + class wxRadioButtonBase : public ... + { + public: + virtual void SetValue(bool value); + virtual bool GetValue() const; + }; + */ + +#include "wx/control.h" + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxRadioButtonNameStr[]; + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/radiobut.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/radiobut.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/radiobut.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/radiobut.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/radiobut.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/radiobut.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/radiobut.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/radiobut.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/radiobut.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBTN + +#endif + // _WX_RADIOBUT_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/range.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/range.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..47e835cb8a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/range.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/range.h +// Purpose: Range Value Class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 2011-01-07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: range.h 66625 2011-01-07 17:42:39Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2011 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_RANGE_H_ +#define _WX_RANGE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +class wxRange +{ +public : + wxRange(): m_minVal(0), m_maxVal(0) {} + wxRange( int minVal, int maxVal) : m_minVal(minVal), m_maxVal(maxVal) {} + int GetMin() const { return m_minVal; } + int GetMax() const { return m_maxVal; } +private : + int m_minVal; + int m_maxVal; +}; + +#endif // _WX_RANGE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rawbmp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rawbmp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..69c6df19f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rawbmp.h @@ -0,0 +1,754 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/rawbmp.h +// Purpose: macros for fast, raw bitmap data access +// Author: Eric Kidd, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 10.03.03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: rawbmp.h 66054 2010-11-07 13:16:20Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_RAWBMP_H_ +#define _WX_RAWBMP_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#ifdef wxHAS_RAW_BITMAP + +#include "wx/image.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Abstract Pixel API +// +// We need to access our raw bitmap data (1) portably and (2) efficiently. +// We do this using a two-dimensional "iteration" interface. Performance +// is extremely important here: these functions will be called hundreds +// of thousands of times in a row, and even small inefficiencies will +// make applications seem slow. +// +// We can't always rely on inline functions, because not all compilers actually +// bother to inline them unless we crank the optimization levels way up. +// Therefore, we also provide macros to wring maximum speed out of compiler +// unconditionally (e.g. even in debug builds). Of course, if the performance +// isn't absolutely crucial for you you shouldn't be using them but the inline +// functions instead. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + Usage example: + + typedef wxPixelData PixelData; + + wxBitmap bmp; + PixelData data(bmp); + if ( !data ) + { + ... raw access to bitmap data unavailable, do something else ... + return; + } + + if ( data.GetWidth() < 20 || data.GetHeight() < 20 ) + { + ... complain: the bitmap it too small ... + return; + } + + PixelData::Iterator p(data); + + // we draw a (10, 10)-(20, 20) rect manually using the given r, g, b + p.Offset(data, 10, 10); + + for ( int y = 0; y < 10; ++y ) + { + PixelData::Iterator rowStart = p; + + for ( int x = 0; x < 10; ++x, ++p ) + { + p.Red() = r; + p.Green() = g; + p.Blue() = b; + } + + p = rowStart; + p.OffsetY(data, 1); + } + */ + +/* + Note: we do not use WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE with classes in this file because VC++ has + problems with exporting inner class defined inside a specialization of a + template class from a DLL. Besides, as all the methods are inline it's not + really necessary to put them in DLL at all. + */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPixelFormat +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + wxPixelFormat is a template class describing the bitmap data format. It + contains the constants describing the format of pixel data, but does not + describe how the entire bitmap is stored (i.e. top-to-bottom, + bottom-to-top, ...). It is also a "traits"-like class, i.e. it only + contains some constants and maybe static methods but nothing more, so it + can be safely used without incurring any overhead as all accesses to it are + done at compile-time. + + Current limitations: we don't support RAGABA and ARAGAB formats supported + by Mac OS X. If there is sufficient interest, these classes could be + extended to deal with them. Neither do we support alpha channel having + different representation from the RGB ones (happens under QNX/Photon I + think), but again this could be achieved with some small extra effort. + + Template parameters are: + - type of a single pixel component + - size of the single pixel in bits + - indices of red, green and blue pixel components inside the pixel + - index of the alpha component or -1 if none + - type which can contain the full pixel value (all channels) + */ + +template + +struct wxPixelFormat +{ + // iterator over pixels is usually of type "ChannelType *" + typedef Channel ChannelType; + + // the type which may hold the entire pixel value + typedef Pixel PixelType; + + // NB: using static ints initialized inside the class declaration is not + // portable as it doesn't work with VC++ 6, so we must use enums + + // size of one pixel in bits + enum { BitsPerPixel = Bpp }; + + // size of one pixel in ChannelType units (usually bytes) + enum { SizePixel = Bpp / (8 * sizeof(Channel)) }; + + // the channels indices inside the pixel + enum + { + RED = R, + GREEN = G, + BLUE = B, + ALPHA = A + }; + + // true if we have an alpha channel (together with the other channels, this + // doesn't cover the case of wxImage which stores alpha separately) + enum { HasAlpha = A != -1 }; +}; + +// some "predefined" pixel formats +// ------------------------------- + +// wxImage format is common to all platforms +typedef wxPixelFormat wxImagePixelFormat; + +// the (most common) native bitmap format without alpha support +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + // under MSW the RGB components are reversed, they're in BGR order + typedef wxPixelFormat wxNativePixelFormat; + + #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 3 +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + // under Mac, first component is unused but still present, hence we use + // 32bpp, not 24 + typedef wxPixelFormat wxNativePixelFormat; + + #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 0 +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + // Cocoa is standard RGB or RGBA (normally it is RGBA) + typedef wxPixelFormat wxNativePixelFormat; + + #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 3 +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + // Under GTK+ 2.X we use GdkPixbuf, which is standard RGB or RGBA + typedef wxPixelFormat wxNativePixelFormat; + + #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 3 +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + // Under DirectFB, RGB components are reversed, they're in BGR order + typedef wxPixelFormat wxNativePixelFormat; + + #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 3 +#endif + +// the (most common) native format for bitmaps with alpha channel +#ifdef wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA + typedef wxPixelFormat wxAlphaPixelFormat; +#endif // wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA + +// we also define the (default/best) pixel format for the given class: this is +// used as default value for the pixel format in wxPixelIterator template +template struct wxPixelFormatFor; + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE +// wxPixelFormatFor is only defined for wxImage, attempt to use it with other +// classes (wxBitmap...) will result in compile errors which is exactly what we +// want +template <> +struct wxPixelFormatFor +{ + typedef wxImagePixelFormat Format; +}; +#endif //wxUSE_IMAGE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPixelData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + wxPixelDataBase is just a helper for wxPixelData: it contains things common + to both wxImage and wxBitmap specializations. + */ +class wxPixelDataBase +{ +public: + // origin of the rectangular region we represent + wxPoint GetOrigin() const { return m_ptOrigin; } + + // width and height of the region we represent + int GetWidth() const { return m_width; } + int GetHeight() const { return m_height; } + + wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); } + + // the distance between two rows + int GetRowStride() const { return m_stride; } + +// private: -- see comment in the beginning of the file + + // the origin of this image inside the bigger bitmap (usually (0, 0)) + wxPoint m_ptOrigin; + + // the size of the image we address, in pixels + int m_width, + m_height; + + // this parameter is the offset of the start of the (N+1)st row from the + // Nth one and can be different from m_bypp*width in some cases: + // a) the most usual one is to force 32/64 bit alignment of rows + // b) another one is for bottom-to-top images where it's negative + // c) finally, it could conceivably be 0 for the images with all + // lines being identical + int m_stride; + +protected: + // ctor is protected because this class is only meant to be used as the + // base class by wxPixelData + wxPixelDataBase() + { + m_width = + m_height = + m_stride = 0; + } +}; + +/* + wxPixelData represents the entire bitmap data, i.e. unlike + wxPixelFormat (which it uses) it also stores the global bitmap + characteristics such as its size, inter-row separation and so on. + + Because of this it can be used to move the pixel iterators (which don't + have enough information about the bitmap themselves). This may seem a bit + unnatural but must be done in this way to keep the iterator objects as + small as possible for maximum efficiency as otherwise they wouldn't be put + into the CPU registers by the compiler any more. + + Implementation note: we use the standard workaround for lack of partial + template specialization support in VC (both 6 and 7): instead of partly + specializing the class Foo for some T we introduce FooOut and + FooIn nested in it, make Foo equivalent to FooOut::FooIn and + fully specialize FooOut. + + Also note that this class doesn't have any default definition because we + can't really do anything without knowing the exact image class. We do + provide wxPixelDataBase to make it simpler to write new wxPixelData + specializations. + */ + +// we need to define this skeleton template to mollify VC++ +template +struct wxPixelDataOut +{ + template + class wxPixelDataIn + { + public: + class Iterator { }; + }; +}; + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE +// wxPixelData specialization for wxImage: this is the simplest case as we +// don't have to care about different pixel formats here +template <> +struct wxPixelDataOut +{ + // NB: this is a template class even though it doesn't use its template + // parameter because otherwise wxPixelData couldn't compile + template + class wxPixelDataIn : public wxPixelDataBase + { + public: + // the type of the class we're working with + typedef wxImage ImageType; + + // the iterator which should be used for working with data in this + // format + class Iterator + { + public: + // the pixel format we use + typedef wxImagePixelFormat PixelFormat; + + // the pixel data we're working with + typedef + wxPixelDataOut::wxPixelDataIn PixelData; + + // go back to (0, 0) + void Reset(const PixelData& data) + { + *this = data.GetPixels(); + } + + // creates the iterator pointing to the beginning of data + Iterator(PixelData& data) + { + Reset(data); + } + + // creates the iterator initially pointing to the image origin + Iterator(const wxImage& image) + { + m_pRGB = image.GetData(); + + if ( image.HasAlpha() ) + { + m_pAlpha = image.GetAlpha(); + } + else // alpha is not used at all + { + m_pAlpha = NULL; + } + } + + // true if the iterator is valid + bool IsOk() const { return m_pRGB != NULL; } + + + // navigation + // ---------- + + // advance the iterator to the next pixel, prefix version + Iterator& operator++() + { + m_pRGB += PixelFormat::SizePixel; + if ( m_pAlpha ) + ++m_pAlpha; + + return *this; + } + + // postfix (hence less efficient -- don't use it unless you + // absolutely must) version + Iterator operator++(int) + { + Iterator p(*this); + ++*this; + return p; + } + + // move x pixels to the right and y down + // + // note that the rows don't wrap! + void Offset(const PixelData& data, int x, int y) + { + m_pRGB += data.GetRowStride()*y + PixelFormat::SizePixel*x; + if ( m_pAlpha ) + m_pAlpha += data.GetWidth() + x; + } + + // move x pixels to the right (again, no row wrapping) + void OffsetX(const PixelData& WXUNUSED(data), int x) + { + m_pRGB += PixelFormat::SizePixel*x; + if ( m_pAlpha ) + m_pAlpha += x; + } + + // move y rows to the bottom + void OffsetY(const PixelData& data, int y) + { + m_pRGB += data.GetRowStride()*y; + if ( m_pAlpha ) + m_pAlpha += data.GetWidth(); + } + + // go to the given position + void MoveTo(const PixelData& data, int x, int y) + { + Reset(data); + Offset(data, x, y); + } + + + // data access + // ----------- + + // access to individual colour components + PixelFormat::ChannelType& Red() { return m_pRGB[PixelFormat::RED]; } + PixelFormat::ChannelType& Green() { return m_pRGB[PixelFormat::GREEN]; } + PixelFormat::ChannelType& Blue() { return m_pRGB[PixelFormat::BLUE]; } + PixelFormat::ChannelType& Alpha() { return *m_pAlpha; } + + // address the pixel contents directly (always RGB, without alpha) + // + // this can't be used to modify the image as assigning a 32bpp + // value to 24bpp pixel would overwrite an extra byte in the next + // pixel or beyond the end of image + const typename PixelFormat::PixelType& Data() + { return *(typename PixelFormat::PixelType *)m_pRGB; } + + // private: -- see comment in the beginning of the file + + // pointer into RGB buffer + unsigned char *m_pRGB; + + // pointer into alpha buffer or NULL if alpha isn't used + unsigned char *m_pAlpha; + }; + + // initializes us with the data of the given image + wxPixelDataIn(ImageType& image) : m_image(image), m_pixels(image) + { + m_width = image.GetWidth(); + m_height = image.GetHeight(); + m_stride = Iterator::PixelFormat::SizePixel * m_width; + } + + // initializes us with the given region of the specified image + wxPixelDataIn(ImageType& image, + const wxPoint& pt, + const wxSize& sz) : m_image(image), m_pixels(image) + { + m_stride = Iterator::PixelFormat::SizePixel * m_width; + + InitRect(pt, sz); + } + + // initializes us with the given region of the specified image + wxPixelDataIn(ImageType& image, + const wxRect& rect) : m_image(image), m_pixels(image) + { + m_stride = Iterator::PixelFormat::SizePixel * m_width; + + InitRect(rect.GetPosition(), rect.GetSize()); + } + + // we evaluate to true only if we could get access to bitmap data + // successfully + operator bool() const { return m_pixels.IsOk(); } + + // get the iterator pointing to the origin + Iterator GetPixels() const { return m_pixels; } + + private: + void InitRect(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz) + { + m_width = sz.x; + m_height = sz.y; + + m_ptOrigin = pt; + m_pixels.Offset(*this, pt.x, pt.y); + } + + // the image we're working with + ImageType& m_image; + + // the iterator pointing to the image origin + Iterator m_pixels; + }; +}; +#endif //wxUSE_IMAGE + +#if wxUSE_GUI +// wxPixelData specialization for wxBitmap: here things are more interesting as +// we also have to support different pixel formats +template <> +struct wxPixelDataOut +{ + template + class wxPixelDataIn : public wxPixelDataBase + { + public: + // the type of the class we're working with + typedef wxBitmap ImageType; + + class Iterator + { + public: + // the pixel format we use + typedef Format PixelFormat; + + // the type of the pixel components + typedef typename PixelFormat::ChannelType ChannelType; + + // the pixel data we're working with + typedef wxPixelDataOut::wxPixelDataIn PixelData; + + + // go back to (0, 0) + void Reset(const PixelData& data) + { + *this = data.GetPixels(); + } + + // initializes the iterator to point to the origin of the given + // pixel data + Iterator(PixelData& data) + { + Reset(data); + } + + // initializes the iterator to point to the origin of the given + // bitmap + Iterator(wxBitmap& bmp, PixelData& data) + { + // using cast here is ugly but it should be safe as + // GetRawData() real return type should be consistent with + // BitsPerPixel (which is in turn defined by ChannelType) and + // this is the only thing we can do without making GetRawData() + // a template function which is undesirable + m_ptr = (ChannelType *) + bmp.GetRawData(data, PixelFormat::BitsPerPixel); + } + + // default constructor + Iterator() + { + m_ptr = NULL; + } + + // return true if this iterator is valid + bool IsOk() const { return m_ptr != NULL; } + + + // navigation + // ---------- + + // advance the iterator to the next pixel, prefix version + Iterator& operator++() + { + m_ptr += PixelFormat::SizePixel; + + return *this; + } + + // postfix (hence less efficient -- don't use it unless you + // absolutely must) version + Iterator operator++(int) + { + Iterator p(*this); + ++*this; + return p; + } + + // move x pixels to the right and y down + // + // note that the rows don't wrap! + void Offset(const PixelData& data, int x, int y) + { + m_ptr += data.GetRowStride()*y + PixelFormat::SizePixel*x; + } + + // move x pixels to the right (again, no row wrapping) + void OffsetX(const PixelData& WXUNUSED(data), int x) + { + m_ptr += PixelFormat::SizePixel*x; + } + + // move y rows to the bottom + void OffsetY(const PixelData& data, int y) + { + m_ptr += data.GetRowStride()*y; + } + + // go to the given position + void MoveTo(const PixelData& data, int x, int y) + { + Reset(data); + Offset(data, x, y); + } + + + // data access + // ----------- + + // access to invidividual colour components + ChannelType& Red() { return m_ptr[PixelFormat::RED]; } + ChannelType& Green() { return m_ptr[PixelFormat::GREEN]; } + ChannelType& Blue() { return m_ptr[PixelFormat::BLUE]; } + ChannelType& Alpha() { return m_ptr[PixelFormat::ALPHA]; } + + // address the pixel contents directly + // + // warning: the format is platform dependent + // + // warning 2: assigning to Data() only works correctly for 16bpp or + // 32bpp formats but using it for 24bpp ones overwrites + // one extra byte and so can't be done + typename PixelFormat::PixelType& Data() + { return *(typename PixelFormat::PixelType *)m_ptr; } + + // private: -- see comment in the beginning of the file + + // for efficiency reasons this class should not have any other + // fields, otherwise it won't be put into a CPU register (as it + // should inside the inner loops) by some compilers, notably gcc + ChannelType *m_ptr; + }; + + // ctor associates this pointer with a bitmap and locks the bitmap for + // raw access, it will be unlocked only by our dtor and so these + // objects should normally be only created on the stack, i.e. have + // limited life-time + wxPixelDataIn(wxBitmap& bmp) : m_bmp(bmp), m_pixels(bmp, *this) + { + } + + wxPixelDataIn(wxBitmap& bmp, const wxRect& rect) + : m_bmp(bmp), m_pixels(bmp, *this) + { + InitRect(rect.GetPosition(), rect.GetSize()); + } + + wxPixelDataIn(wxBitmap& bmp, const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz) + : m_bmp(bmp), m_pixels(bmp, *this) + { + InitRect(pt, sz); + } + + // we evaluate to true only if we could get access to bitmap data + // successfully + operator bool() const { return m_pixels.IsOk(); } + + // get the iterator pointing to the origin + Iterator GetPixels() const { return m_pixels; } + + // dtor unlocks the bitmap + ~wxPixelDataIn() + { + if ( m_pixels.IsOk() ) + { +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) + // this is a hack to mark wxBitmap as using alpha channel + if ( Format::HasAlpha ) + m_bmp.UseAlpha(); +#endif + m_bmp.UngetRawData(*this); + } + // else: don't call UngetRawData() if GetRawData() failed + } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // not needed anymore, calls to it should be simply removed + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( void UseAlpha(), wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE ) +#endif + + // private: -- see comment in the beginning of the file + + // the bitmap we're associated with + wxBitmap m_bmp; + + // the iterator pointing to the image origin + Iterator m_pixels; + + private: + void InitRect(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz) + { + m_pixels.Offset(*this, pt.x, pt.y); + + m_ptOrigin = pt; + m_width = sz.x; + m_height = sz.y; + } + }; +}; + +#endif //wxUSE_GUI + +// FIXME-VC6: VC6 doesn't like typename in default template parameters while +// it is necessary with standard-conforming compilers, remove this +// #define and just use typename when we drop VC6 support +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && !wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7) + #define wxTYPENAME_IN_TEMPLATE_DEFAULT_PARAM +#else + #define wxTYPENAME_IN_TEMPLATE_DEFAULT_PARAM typename +#endif + +template ::Format > +class wxPixelData : + public wxPixelDataOut::template wxPixelDataIn +{ +public: + typedef + typename wxPixelDataOut::template wxPixelDataIn + Base; + + wxPixelData(Image& image) : Base(image) { } + + wxPixelData(Image& i, const wxRect& rect) : Base(i, rect) { } + + wxPixelData(Image& i, const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz) + : Base(i, pt, sz) + { + } +}; + +// some "predefined" pixel data classes +#if wxUSE_IMAGE +typedef wxPixelData wxImagePixelData; +#endif //wxUSE_IMAGE +#if wxUSE_GUI +typedef wxPixelData wxNativePixelData; +typedef wxPixelData wxAlphaPixelData; + +#endif //wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPixelIterator +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + wxPixel::Iterator represents something which points to the pixel data and + allows us to iterate over it. In the simplest case of wxBitmap it is, + indeed, just a pointer, but it can be something more complicated and, + moreover, you are free to specialize it for other image classes and bitmap + formats. + + Note that although it would have been much more intuitive to have a real + class here instead of what we have now, this class would need two template + parameters, and this can't be done because we'd need compiler support for + partial template specialization then and neither VC6 nor VC7 provide it. + */ +template < class Image, class PixelFormat = wxPixelFormatFor > +struct wxPixelIterator : public wxPixelData::Iterator +{ +}; + +#endif // wxHAS_RAW_BITMAP +#endif // _WX_RAWBMP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rearrangectrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rearrangectrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e74187b14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rearrangectrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/rearrangectrl.h +// Purpose: various controls for rearranging the items interactively +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-12-15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: rearrangectrl.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_REARRANGECTRL_H_ +#define _WX_REARRANGECTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/checklst.h" + +#if wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL + +#include "wx/panel.h" +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxRearrangeListNameStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxRearrangeDialogNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRearrangeList: a (check) list box allowing to move items around +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This class works allows to change the order of the items shown in it as well +// as to check or uncheck them individually. The data structure used to allow +// this is the order array which contains the items indices indexed by their +// position with an added twist that the unchecked items are represented by the +// bitwise complement of the corresponding index (for any architecture using +// two's complement for negative numbers representation (i.e. just about any at +// all) this means that a checked item N is represented by -N-1 in unchecked +// state). +// +// So, for example, the array order [1 -3 0] used in conjunction with the items +// array ["first", "second", "third"] means that the items are displayed in the +// order "second", "third", "first" and the "third" item is unchecked while the +// other two are checked. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRearrangeList : public wxCheckListBox +{ +public: + // ctors and such + // -------------- + + // default ctor, call Create() later + wxRearrangeList() { } + + // ctor creating the control, the arguments are the same as for + // wxCheckListBox except for the extra order array which defines the + // (initial) display order of the items as well as their statuses, see the + // description above + wxRearrangeList(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayInt& order, + const wxArrayString& items, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRearrangeListNameStr) + { + Create(parent, id, pos, size, order, items, style, validator, name); + } + + // Create() function takes the same parameters as the base class one and + // the order array determining the initial display order + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayInt& order, + const wxArrayString& items, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRearrangeListNameStr); + + + // items order + // ----------- + + // get the current items order; the returned array uses the same convention + // as the one passed to the ctor + const wxArrayInt& GetCurrentOrder() const { return m_order; } + + // return true if the current item can be moved up or down (i.e. just that + // it's not the first or the last one) + bool CanMoveCurrentUp() const; + bool CanMoveCurrentDown() const; + + // move the current item one position up or down, return true if it was moved + // or false if the current item was the first/last one and so nothing was done + bool MoveCurrentUp(); + bool MoveCurrentDown(); + +private: + // swap two items at the given positions in the listbox + void Swap(int pos1, int pos2); + + // event handler for item checking/unchecking + void OnCheck(wxCommandEvent& event); + + + // the current order array + wxArrayInt m_order; + + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRearrangeList); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRearrangeCtrl: composite control containing a wxRearrangeList and buttons +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRearrangeCtrl : public wxPanel +{ +public: + // ctors/Create function are the same as for wxRearrangeList + wxRearrangeCtrl() + { + Init(); + } + + wxRearrangeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayInt& order, + const wxArrayString& items, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRearrangeListNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, order, items, style, validator, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayInt& order, + const wxArrayString& items, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxRearrangeListNameStr); + + // get the underlying listbox + wxRearrangeList *GetList() const { return m_list; } + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // event handlers for the buttons + void OnUpdateButtonUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + void OnButton(wxCommandEvent& event); + + + wxRearrangeList *m_list; + + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRearrangeCtrl); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRearrangeDialog: dialog containing a wxRearrangeCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRearrangeDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + // default ctor, use Create() later + wxRearrangeDialog() { Init(); } + + // ctor for the dialog: message is shown inside the dialog itself, order + // and items are passed to wxRearrangeList used internally + wxRearrangeDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& title, + const wxArrayInt& order, + const wxArrayString& items, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxString& name = wxRearrangeDialogNameStr) + { + Init(); + + Create(parent, message, title, order, items, pos, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& title, + const wxArrayInt& order, + const wxArrayString& items, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxString& name = wxRearrangeDialogNameStr); + + + // methods for the dialog customization + + // add extra contents to the dialog below the wxRearrangeCtrl part: the + // given window (usually a wxPanel containing more control inside it) must + // have the dialog as its parent and will be inserted into it at the right + // place by this method + void AddExtraControls(wxWindow *win); + + // return the wxRearrangeList control used by the dialog + wxRearrangeList *GetList() const; + + + // get the order of items after it was modified by the user + wxArrayInt GetOrder() const; + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init() { m_ctrl = NULL; } + + wxRearrangeCtrl *m_ctrl; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRearrangeDialog); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL + +#endif // _WX_REARRANGECTRL_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/recguard.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/recguard.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..88af6fb72f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/recguard.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/recguard.h +// Purpose: declaration and implementation of wxRecursionGuard class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 14.08.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: recguard.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_RECGUARD_H_ +#define _WX_RECGUARD_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRecursionGuardFlag is used with wxRecursionGuard +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef int wxRecursionGuardFlag; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRecursionGuard is the simplest way to protect a function from reentrancy +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxRecursionGuard +{ +public: + wxRecursionGuard(wxRecursionGuardFlag& flag) + : m_flag(flag) + { + m_isInside = flag++ != 0; + } + + ~wxRecursionGuard() + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_flag > 0, wxT("unbalanced wxRecursionGuards!?") ); + + m_flag--; + } + + bool IsInside() const { return m_isInside; } + +private: + wxRecursionGuardFlag& m_flag; + + // true if the flag had been already set when we were created + bool m_isInside; +}; + +#endif // _WX_RECGUARD_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/regex.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/regex.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6150130874 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/regex.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/regex.h +// Purpose: regular expression matching +// Author: Karsten Ballueder +// Modified by: VZ at 13.07.01 (integrated to wxWin) +// Created: 05.02.2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: regex.h 57777 2009-01-02 17:29:32Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Karsten Ballueder +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_REGEX_H_ +#define _WX_REGEX_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_REGEX + +#include "wx/string.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// flags for regex compilation: these can be used with Compile() +enum +{ + // use extended regex syntax + wxRE_EXTENDED = 0, + + // use advanced RE syntax (built-in regex only) +#ifdef wxHAS_REGEX_ADVANCED + wxRE_ADVANCED = 1, +#endif + + // use basic RE syntax + wxRE_BASIC = 2, + + // ignore case in match + wxRE_ICASE = 4, + + // only check match, don't set back references + wxRE_NOSUB = 8, + + // if not set, treat '\n' as an ordinary character, otherwise it is + // special: it is not matched by '.' and '^' and '$' always match + // after/before it regardless of the setting of wxRE_NOT[BE]OL + wxRE_NEWLINE = 16, + + // default flags + wxRE_DEFAULT = wxRE_EXTENDED +}; + +// flags for regex matching: these can be used with Matches() +// +// these flags are mainly useful when doing several matches in a long string, +// they can be used to prevent erroneous matches for '^' and '$' +enum +{ + // '^' doesn't match at the start of line + wxRE_NOTBOL = 32, + + // '$' doesn't match at the end of line + wxRE_NOTEOL = 64 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRegEx: a regular expression +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxRegExImpl; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxRegEx +{ +public: + // default ctor: use Compile() later + wxRegEx() { Init(); } + + // create and compile + wxRegEx(const wxString& expr, int flags = wxRE_DEFAULT) + { + Init(); + (void)Compile(expr, flags); + } + + // return true if this is a valid compiled regular expression + bool IsValid() const { return m_impl != NULL; } + + // compile the string into regular expression, return true if ok or false + // if string has a syntax error + bool Compile(const wxString& pattern, int flags = wxRE_DEFAULT); + + // matches the precompiled regular expression against a string, return + // true if matches and false otherwise + // + // flags may be combination of wxRE_NOTBOL and wxRE_NOTEOL + // len may be the length of text (ignored by most system regex libs) + // + // may only be called after successful call to Compile() + bool Matches(const wxString& text, int flags = 0) const; + bool Matches(const wxChar *text, int flags, size_t len) const + { return Matches(wxString(text, len), flags); } + + // get the start index and the length of the match of the expression + // (index 0) or a bracketed subexpression (index != 0) + // + // may only be called after successful call to Matches() + // + // return false if no match or on error + bool GetMatch(size_t *start, size_t *len, size_t index = 0) const; + + // return the part of string corresponding to the match, empty string is + // returned if match failed + // + // may only be called after successful call to Matches() + wxString GetMatch(const wxString& text, size_t index = 0) const; + + // return the size of the array of matches, i.e. the number of bracketed + // subexpressions plus one for the expression itself, or 0 on error. + // + // may only be called after successful call to Compile() + size_t GetMatchCount() const; + + // replaces the current regular expression in the string pointed to by + // pattern, with the text in replacement and return number of matches + // replaced (maybe 0 if none found) or -1 on error + // + // the replacement text may contain backreferences (\number) which will be + // replaced with the value of the corresponding subexpression in the + // pattern match + // + // maxMatches may be used to limit the number of replacements made, setting + // it to 1, for example, will only replace first occurrence (if any) of the + // pattern in the text while default value of 0 means replace all + int Replace(wxString *text, const wxString& replacement, + size_t maxMatches = 0) const; + + // replace the first occurrence + int ReplaceFirst(wxString *text, const wxString& replacement) const + { return Replace(text, replacement, 1); } + + // replace all occurrences: this is actually a synonym for Replace() + int ReplaceAll(wxString *text, const wxString& replacement) const + { return Replace(text, replacement, 0); } + + // dtor not virtual, don't derive from this class + ~wxRegEx(); + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // the real guts of this class + wxRegExImpl *m_impl; + + // as long as the class wxRegExImpl is not ref-counted, + // instances of the handle wxRegEx must not be copied. + wxRegEx(const wxRegEx&); + wxRegEx &operator=(const wxRegEx&); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_REGEX + +#endif // _WX_REGEX_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/region.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/region.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8ad565e04f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/region.h @@ -0,0 +1,297 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/region.h +// Purpose: Base header for wxRegion +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: region.h 58804 2009-02-09 09:01:19Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_REGION_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_REGION_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRegion; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// result of wxRegion::Contains() call +enum wxRegionContain +{ + wxOutRegion = 0, + wxPartRegion = 1, + wxInRegion = 2 +}; + +// these constants are used with wxRegion::Combine() in the ports which have +// this method +enum wxRegionOp +{ + // Creates the intersection of the two combined regions. + wxRGN_AND, + + // Creates a copy of the region + wxRGN_COPY, + + // Combines the parts of first region that are not in the second one + wxRGN_DIFF, + + // Creates the union of two combined regions. + wxRGN_OR, + + // Creates the union of two regions except for any overlapping areas. + wxRGN_XOR +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRegionBase defines wxRegion API +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegionBase : public wxGDIObject +{ +public: + // ctors + // ----- + + // none are defined here but the following should be available: +#if 0 + wxRegion(); + wxRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h); + wxRegion(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight); + wxRegion(const wxRect& rect); + wxRegion(size_t n, const wxPoint *points, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE); + wxRegion(const wxBitmap& bmp); + wxRegion(const wxBitmap& bmp, const wxColour& transp, int tolerance = 0); +#endif // 0 + + // operators + // --------- + + bool operator==(const wxRegion& region) const { return IsEqual(region); } + bool operator!=(const wxRegion& region) const { return !(*this == region); } + + + // accessors + // --------- + + // Is region empty? + virtual bool IsEmpty() const = 0; + bool Empty() const { return IsEmpty(); } + + // Is region equal (i.e. covers the same area as another one)? + bool IsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const; + + // Get the bounding box + bool GetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord& w, wxCoord& h) const + { return DoGetBox(x, y, w, h); } + wxRect GetBox() const + { + wxCoord x, y, w, h; + return DoGetBox(x, y, w, h) ? wxRect(x, y, w, h) : wxRect(); + } + + // Test if the given point or rectangle is inside this region + wxRegionContain Contains(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const + { return DoContainsPoint(x, y); } + wxRegionContain Contains(const wxPoint& pt) const + { return DoContainsPoint(pt.x, pt.y); } + wxRegionContain Contains(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) const + { return DoContainsRect(wxRect(x, y, w, h)); } + wxRegionContain Contains(const wxRect& rect) const + { return DoContainsRect(rect); } + + + // operations + // ---------- + + virtual void Clear() = 0; + + // Move the region + bool Offset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) + { return DoOffset(x, y); } + bool Offset(const wxPoint& pt) + { return DoOffset(pt.x, pt.y); } + + // Union rectangle or region with this region. + bool Union(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) + { return DoUnionWithRect(wxRect(x, y, w, h)); } + bool Union(const wxRect& rect) + { return DoUnionWithRect(rect); } + bool Union(const wxRegion& region) + { return DoUnionWithRegion(region); } + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + // Use the non-transparent pixels of a wxBitmap for the region to combine + // with this region. First version takes transparency from bitmap's mask, + // second lets the user specify the colour to be treated as transparent + // along with an optional tolerance value. + // NOTE: implemented in common/rgncmn.cpp + bool Union(const wxBitmap& bmp); + bool Union(const wxBitmap& bmp, const wxColour& transp, int tolerance = 0); +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + + // Intersect rectangle or region with this one. + bool Intersect(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h); + bool Intersect(const wxRect& rect); + bool Intersect(const wxRegion& region) + { return DoIntersect(region); } + + // Subtract rectangle or region from this: + // Combines the parts of 'this' that are not part of the second region. + bool Subtract(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h); + bool Subtract(const wxRect& rect); + bool Subtract(const wxRegion& region) + { return DoSubtract(region); } + + // XOR: the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas. + bool Xor(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h); + bool Xor(const wxRect& rect); + bool Xor(const wxRegion& region) + { return DoXor(region); } + + + // Convert the region to a B&W bitmap with the white pixels being inside + // the region. + wxBitmap ConvertToBitmap() const; + +protected: + virtual bool DoIsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const = 0; + virtual bool DoGetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord& w, wxCoord& h) const = 0; + virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const = 0; + virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsRect(const wxRect& rect) const = 0; + + virtual bool DoOffset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0; + + virtual bool DoUnionWithRect(const wxRect& rect) = 0; + virtual bool DoUnionWithRegion(const wxRegion& region) = 0; + + virtual bool DoIntersect(const wxRegion& region) = 0; + virtual bool DoSubtract(const wxRegion& region) = 0; + virtual bool DoXor(const wxRegion& region) = 0; +}; + +// some ports implement a generic Combine() function while others only +// implement individual wxRegion operations, factor out the common code for the +// ports with Combine() in this class +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) || \ + defined(__WXMSW__) || \ + ( defined(__WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON ) || \ + defined(__WXPM__) + +#define wxHAS_REGION_COMBINE + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegionWithCombine : public wxRegionBase +{ +public: + // these methods are not part of public API as they're not implemented on + // all ports + bool Combine(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, wxRegionOp op); + bool Combine(const wxRect& rect, wxRegionOp op); + bool Combine(const wxRegion& region, wxRegionOp op) + { return DoCombine(region, op); } + + +protected: + // the real Combine() method, to be defined in the derived class + virtual bool DoCombine(const wxRegion& region, wxRegionOp op) = 0; + + // implement some wxRegionBase pure virtuals in terms of Combine() + virtual bool DoUnionWithRect(const wxRect& rect); + virtual bool DoUnionWithRegion(const wxRegion& region); + virtual bool DoIntersect(const wxRegion& region); + virtual bool DoSubtract(const wxRegion& region); + virtual bool DoXor(const wxRegion& region); +}; + +#endif // ports with wxRegion::Combine() + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/region.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/region.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/region.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/region.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/region.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #include "wx/mgl/region.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #include "wx/dfb/region.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/region.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/region.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/region.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// inline functions implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: these functions couldn't be defined in the class declaration as they use +// wxRegion and so can be only defined after including the header declaring +// the real class + +inline bool wxRegionBase::Intersect(const wxRect& rect) +{ + return DoIntersect(wxRegion(rect)); +} + +inline bool wxRegionBase::Subtract(const wxRect& rect) +{ + return DoSubtract(wxRegion(rect)); +} + +inline bool wxRegionBase::Xor(const wxRect& rect) +{ + return DoXor(wxRegion(rect)); +} + +// ...and these functions are here because they call the ones above, and its +// not really proper to call an inline function before its defined inline. + +inline bool wxRegionBase::Intersect(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) +{ + return Intersect(wxRect(x, y, w, h)); +} + +inline bool wxRegionBase::Subtract(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) +{ + return Subtract(wxRect(x, y, w, h)); +} + +inline bool wxRegionBase::Xor(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) +{ + return Xor(wxRect(x, y, w, h)); +} + +#ifdef wxHAS_REGION_COMBINE + +inline bool wxRegionWithCombine::Combine(wxCoord x, + wxCoord y, + wxCoord w, + wxCoord h, + wxRegionOp op) +{ + return DoCombine(wxRegion(x, y, w, h), op); +} + +inline bool wxRegionWithCombine::Combine(const wxRect& rect, wxRegionOp op) +{ + return DoCombine(wxRegion(rect), op); +} + +#endif // wxHAS_REGION_COMBINE + +#endif // _WX_REGION_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/renderer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/renderer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9722ddecf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/renderer.h @@ -0,0 +1,530 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/renderer.h +// Purpose: wxRendererNative class declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.07.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: renderer.h 65947 2010-10-30 15:57:32Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + Renderers are used in wxWidgets for two similar but different things: + (a) wxUniversal uses them to draw everything, i.e. all the control + (b) all the native ports use them to draw generic controls only + + wxUniversal needs more functionality than what is included in the base class + as it needs to draw stuff like scrollbars which are never going to be + generic. So we put the bare minimum needed by the native ports here and the + full wxRenderer class is declared in wx/univ/renderer.h and is only used by + wxUniveral (although note that native ports can load wxRenderer objects from + theme DLLs and use them as wxRendererNative ones, of course). + */ + +#ifndef _WX_RENDERER_H_ +#define _WX_RENDERER_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxPoint, wxSize +#include "wx/colour.h" +#include "wx/font.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/string.h" + +// some platforms have their own renderers, others use the generic one +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || ( defined(__WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON ) || defined(__WXGTK__) + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_RENDERER +#else + #undef wxHAS_NATIVE_RENDERER +#endif + +// only MSW and OS X currently provides DrawTitleBarBitmap() method +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || (defined(__WXMAC__) && wxUSE_LIBPNG && wxUSE_IMAGE) + #define wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// control state flags used in wxRenderer and wxColourScheme +enum +{ + wxCONTROL_DISABLED = 0x00000001, // control is disabled + wxCONTROL_FOCUSED = 0x00000002, // currently has keyboard focus + wxCONTROL_PRESSED = 0x00000004, // (button) is pressed + wxCONTROL_SPECIAL = 0x00000008, // control-specific bit: + wxCONTROL_ISDEFAULT = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // only for the buttons + wxCONTROL_ISSUBMENU = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // only for the menu items + wxCONTROL_EXPANDED = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // only for the tree items + wxCONTROL_SIZEGRIP = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // only for the status bar panes + wxCONTROL_FLAT = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // checkboxes only: flat border + wxCONTROL_CURRENT = 0x00000010, // mouse is currently over the control + wxCONTROL_SELECTED = 0x00000020, // selected item in e.g. listbox + wxCONTROL_CHECKED = 0x00000040, // (check/radio button) is checked + wxCONTROL_CHECKABLE = 0x00000080, // (menu) item can be checked + wxCONTROL_UNDETERMINED = wxCONTROL_CHECKABLE, // (check) undetermined state + + wxCONTROL_FLAGS_MASK = 0x000000ff, + + // this is a pseudo flag not used directly by wxRenderer but rather by some + // controls internally + wxCONTROL_DIRTY = 0x80000000 +}; + +// title bar buttons supported by DrawTitleBarBitmap() +// +// NB: they have the same values as wxTOPLEVEL_BUTTON_XXX constants in +// wx/univ/toplevel.h as they really represent the same things +enum wxTitleBarButton +{ + wxTITLEBAR_BUTTON_CLOSE = 0x01000000, + wxTITLEBAR_BUTTON_MAXIMIZE = 0x02000000, + wxTITLEBAR_BUTTON_ICONIZE = 0x04000000, + wxTITLEBAR_BUTTON_RESTORE = 0x08000000, + wxTITLEBAR_BUTTON_HELP = 0x10000000 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper structs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxSplitterWindow parameters +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSplitterRenderParams +{ + // the only way to initialize this struct is by using this ctor + wxSplitterRenderParams(wxCoord widthSash_, wxCoord border_, bool isSens_) + : widthSash(widthSash_), border(border_), isHotSensitive(isSens_) + { + } + + // the width of the splitter sash + const wxCoord widthSash; + + // the width of the border of the splitter window + const wxCoord border; + + // true if the splitter changes its appearance when the mouse is over it + const bool isHotSensitive; +}; + + +// extra optional parameters for DrawHeaderButton +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHeaderButtonParams +{ + wxHeaderButtonParams() + : m_labelAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT) + { } + + wxColour m_arrowColour; + wxColour m_selectionColour; + wxString m_labelText; + wxFont m_labelFont; + wxColour m_labelColour; + wxBitmap m_labelBitmap; + int m_labelAlignment; +}; + +enum wxHeaderSortIconType +{ + wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE, // Header button has no sort arrow + wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP, // Header button an up sort arrow icon + wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN // Header button a down sort arrow icon +}; + + +// wxRendererNative interface version +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRendererVersion +{ + wxRendererVersion(int version_, int age_) : version(version_), age(age_) { } + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + + // the current version and age of wxRendererNative interface: different + // versions are incompatible (in both ways) while the ages inside the same + // version are upwards compatible, i.e. the version of the renderer must + // match the version of the main program exactly while the age may be + // highergreater or equal to it + // + // NB: don't forget to increment age after adding any new virtual function! + enum + { + Current_Version = 1, + Current_Age = 5 + }; + + + // check if the given version is compatible with the current one + static bool IsCompatible(const wxRendererVersion& ver) + { + return ver.version == Current_Version && ver.age >= Current_Age; + } + + const int version; + const int age; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRendererNative: abstracts drawing methods needed by the native controls +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRendererNative +{ +public: + // drawing functions + // ----------------- + + // draw the header control button (used by wxListCtrl) Returns optimal + // width for the label contents. + virtual int DrawHeaderButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0, + wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE, + wxHeaderButtonParams* params=NULL) = 0; + + + // Draw the contents of a header control button (label, sort arrows, etc.) + // Normally only called by DrawHeaderButton. + virtual int DrawHeaderButtonContents(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0, + wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE, + wxHeaderButtonParams* params=NULL) = 0; + + // Returns the default height of a header button, either a fixed platform + // height if available, or a generic height based on the window's font. + virtual int GetHeaderButtonHeight(wxWindow *win) = 0; + + // Returns the margin on left and right sides of header button's label + virtual int GetHeaderButtonMargin(wxWindow *win) = 0; + + + // draw the expanded/collapsed icon for a tree control item + virtual void DrawTreeItemButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) = 0; + + // draw the border for sash window: this border must be such that the sash + // drawn by DrawSash() blends into it well + virtual void DrawSplitterBorder(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) = 0; + + // draw a (vertical) sash + virtual void DrawSplitterSash(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxSize& size, + wxCoord position, + wxOrientation orient, + int flags = 0) = 0; + + // draw a combobox dropdown button + // + // flags may use wxCONTROL_PRESSED and wxCONTROL_CURRENT + virtual void DrawComboBoxDropButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) = 0; + + // draw a dropdown arrow + // + // flags may use wxCONTROL_PRESSED and wxCONTROL_CURRENT + virtual void DrawDropArrow(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) = 0; + + // draw check button + // + // flags may use wxCONTROL_CHECKED, wxCONTROL_UNDETERMINED and wxCONTROL_CURRENT + virtual void DrawCheckBox(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) = 0; + + // Returns the default size of a check box. + virtual wxSize GetCheckBoxSize(wxWindow *win) = 0; + + // draw blank button + // + // flags may use wxCONTROL_PRESSED, wxCONTROL_CURRENT and wxCONTROL_ISDEFAULT + virtual void DrawPushButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) = 0; + + // draw rectangle indicating that an item in e.g. a list control + // has been selected or focused + // + // flags may use + // wxCONTROL_SELECTED (item is selected, e.g. draw background) + // wxCONTROL_CURRENT (item is the current item, e.g. dotted border) + // wxCONTROL_FOCUSED (the whole control has focus, e.g. blue background vs. grey otherwise) + virtual void DrawItemSelectionRect(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) = 0; + + // draw the focus rectangle around the label contained in the given rect + // + // only wxCONTROL_SELECTED makes sense in flags here + virtual void DrawFocusRect(wxWindow* win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) = 0; + + // Draw a native wxChoice + virtual void DrawChoice(wxWindow* win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) = 0; + + // Draw a native wxComboBox + virtual void DrawComboBox(wxWindow* win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) = 0; + + // Draw a native wxTextCtrl frame + virtual void DrawTextCtrl(wxWindow* win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) = 0; + + // Draw a native wxRadioButton bitmap + virtual void DrawRadioBitmap(wxWindow* win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) = 0; + +#ifdef wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + // Draw one of the standard title bar buttons + // + // This is currently implemented only for MSW and OS X (for the close + // button only) because there is no way to render standard title bar + // buttons under the other platforms, the best can be done is to use normal + // (only) images which wxArtProvider provides for wxART_HELP and + // wxART_CLOSE (but not any other title bar buttons) + // + // NB: make sure PNG handler is enabled if using this function under OS X + virtual void DrawTitleBarBitmap(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + wxTitleBarButton button, + int flags = 0) = 0; +#endif // wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + + + // geometry functions + // ------------------ + + // get the splitter parameters: the x field of the returned point is the + // sash width and the y field is the border width + virtual wxSplitterRenderParams GetSplitterParams(const wxWindow *win) = 0; + + + // pseudo constructors + // ------------------- + + // return the currently used renderer + static wxRendererNative& Get(); + + // return the generic implementation of the renderer + static wxRendererNative& GetGeneric(); + + // return the default (native) implementation for this platform + static wxRendererNative& GetDefault(); + + + // changing the global renderer + // ---------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS + // load the renderer from the specified DLL, the returned pointer must be + // deleted by caller if not NULL when it is not used any more + static wxRendererNative *Load(const wxString& name); +#endif // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS + + // set the renderer to use, passing NULL reverts to using the default + // renderer + // + // return the previous renderer used with Set() or NULL if none + static wxRendererNative *Set(wxRendererNative *renderer); + + + // miscellaneous stuff + // ------------------- + + // this function is used for version checking: Load() refuses to load any + // DLLs implementing an older or incompatible version; it should be + // implemented simply by returning wxRendererVersion::Current_XXX values + virtual wxRendererVersion GetVersion() const = 0; + + // virtual dtor for any base class + virtual ~wxRendererNative(); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDelegateRendererNative: allows reuse of renderers code +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDelegateRendererNative : public wxRendererNative +{ +public: + wxDelegateRendererNative() + : m_rendererNative(GetGeneric()) { } + + wxDelegateRendererNative(wxRendererNative& rendererNative) + : m_rendererNative(rendererNative) { } + + + virtual int DrawHeaderButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0, + wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE, + wxHeaderButtonParams* params = NULL) + { return m_rendererNative.DrawHeaderButton(win, dc, rect, flags, sortArrow, params); } + + virtual int DrawHeaderButtonContents(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0, + wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE, + wxHeaderButtonParams* params = NULL) + { return m_rendererNative.DrawHeaderButtonContents(win, dc, rect, flags, sortArrow, params); } + + virtual int GetHeaderButtonHeight(wxWindow *win) + { return m_rendererNative.GetHeaderButtonHeight(win); } + + virtual int GetHeaderButtonMargin(wxWindow *win) + { return m_rendererNative.GetHeaderButtonMargin(win); } + + virtual void DrawTreeItemButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawTreeItemButton(win, dc, rect, flags); } + + virtual void DrawSplitterBorder(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawSplitterBorder(win, dc, rect, flags); } + + virtual void DrawSplitterSash(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxSize& size, + wxCoord position, + wxOrientation orient, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawSplitterSash(win, dc, size, + position, orient, flags); } + + virtual void DrawComboBoxDropButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawComboBoxDropButton(win, dc, rect, flags); } + + virtual void DrawDropArrow(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawDropArrow(win, dc, rect, flags); } + + virtual void DrawCheckBox(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawCheckBox( win, dc, rect, flags ); } + + virtual wxSize GetCheckBoxSize(wxWindow *win) + { return m_rendererNative.GetCheckBoxSize(win); } + + virtual void DrawPushButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawPushButton( win, dc, rect, flags ); } + + virtual void DrawItemSelectionRect(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawItemSelectionRect( win, dc, rect, flags ); } + + virtual void DrawFocusRect(wxWindow* win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawFocusRect( win, dc, rect, flags ); } + + virtual void DrawChoice(wxWindow* win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawChoice( win, dc, rect, flags); } + + virtual void DrawComboBox(wxWindow* win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawComboBox( win, dc, rect, flags); } + + virtual void DrawTextCtrl(wxWindow* win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawTextCtrl( win, dc, rect, flags); } + + virtual void DrawRadioBitmap(wxWindow* win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawRadioBitmap(win, dc, rect, flags); } + +#ifdef wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + virtual void DrawTitleBarBitmap(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + wxTitleBarButton button, + int flags = 0) + { m_rendererNative.DrawTitleBarBitmap(win, dc, rect, button, flags); } +#endif // wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + + virtual wxSplitterRenderParams GetSplitterParams(const wxWindow *win) + { return m_rendererNative.GetSplitterParams(win); } + + virtual wxRendererVersion GetVersion() const + { return m_rendererNative.GetVersion(); } + +protected: + wxRendererNative& m_rendererNative; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDelegateRendererNative); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// inline functions implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_RENDERER + +// default native renderer is the generic one then +/* static */ inline +wxRendererNative& wxRendererNative::GetDefault() +{ + return GetGeneric(); +} + +#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_RENDERER + +#endif // _WX_RENDERER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/richmsgdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/richmsgdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4204cffeba --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/richmsgdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/richmsgdlg.h +// Purpose: wxRichMessageDialogBase +// Author: Rickard Westerlund +// Created: 2010-07-03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: richmsgdlg.h 65349 2010-08-18 22:48:41Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_RICHMSGDLG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_RICHMSGDLG_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG + +#include "wx/msgdlg.h" + +// Extends a message dialog with an optional checkbox and user-expandable +// detailed text. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRichMessageDialogBase : public wxGenericMessageDialog +{ +public: + wxRichMessageDialogBase( wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + long style ) + : wxGenericMessageDialog( parent, message, caption, style ), + m_detailsExpanderCollapsedLabel( _("&See details") ), + m_detailsExpanderExpandedLabel( _("&Hide details") ), + m_checkBoxValue( false ) + { } + + void ShowCheckBox(const wxString& checkBoxText, bool checked = false) + { + m_checkBoxText = checkBoxText; + m_checkBoxValue = checked; + } + + wxString GetCheckBoxText() const { return m_checkBoxText; } + + void ShowDetailedText(const wxString& detailedText) + { m_detailedText = detailedText; } + + wxString GetDetailedText() const { return m_detailedText; } + + virtual bool IsCheckBoxChecked() const { return m_checkBoxValue; }; + +protected: + const wxString m_detailsExpanderCollapsedLabel; + const wxString m_detailsExpanderExpandedLabel; + + wxString m_checkBoxText; + bool m_checkBoxValue; + wxString m_detailedText; + +private: + void ShowDetails(bool shown); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRichMessageDialogBase); +}; + +// Always include the generic version as it's currently used as the base class +// by the MSW native implementation too. +#include "wx/generic/richmsgdlgg.h" + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/msw/richmsgdlg.h" +#else + class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRichMessageDialog + : public wxGenericRichMessageDialog + { + public: + wxRichMessageDialog( wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + long style ) + : wxGenericRichMessageDialog( parent, message, caption, style ) + { } + + private: + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxRichMessageDialog); + }; +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG + +#endif // _WX_RICHMSGDLG_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rtti.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rtti.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ddc3a35b7e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/rtti.h @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/rtti.h +// Purpose: old RTTI macros (use XTI when possible instead) +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Ron Lee +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: rtti.h 66636 2011-01-07 20:55:00Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart +// (c) 2001 Ron Lee +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_RTTIH__ +#define _WX_RTTIH__ + +#if !wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI // XTI system is meant to replace these macros + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/memory.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxClassInfo; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPluginLibrary; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable_Node; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClassInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef wxObject *(*wxObjectConstructorFn)(void); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo +{ + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject; + friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject *wxCreateDynamicObject(const wxString& name); +public: + wxClassInfo( const wxChar *className, + const wxClassInfo *baseInfo1, + const wxClassInfo *baseInfo2, + int size, + wxObjectConstructorFn ctor ) + : m_className(className) + , m_objectSize(size) + , m_objectConstructor(ctor) + , m_baseInfo1(baseInfo1) + , m_baseInfo2(baseInfo2) + , m_next(sm_first) + { + sm_first = this; + Register(); + } + + ~wxClassInfo(); + + wxObject *CreateObject() const + { return m_objectConstructor ? (*m_objectConstructor)() : 0; } + bool IsDynamic() const { return (NULL != m_objectConstructor); } + + const wxChar *GetClassName() const { return m_className; } + const wxChar *GetBaseClassName1() const + { return m_baseInfo1 ? m_baseInfo1->GetClassName() : NULL; } + const wxChar *GetBaseClassName2() const + { return m_baseInfo2 ? m_baseInfo2->GetClassName() : NULL; } + const wxClassInfo *GetBaseClass1() const { return m_baseInfo1; } + const wxClassInfo *GetBaseClass2() const { return m_baseInfo2; } + int GetSize() const { return m_objectSize; } + + wxObjectConstructorFn GetConstructor() const + { return m_objectConstructor; } + static const wxClassInfo *GetFirst() { return sm_first; } + const wxClassInfo *GetNext() const { return m_next; } + static wxClassInfo *FindClass(const wxString& className); + + // Climb upwards through inheritance hierarchy. + // Dual inheritance is catered for. + + bool IsKindOf(const wxClassInfo *info) const + { + return info != 0 && + ( info == this || + ( m_baseInfo1 && m_baseInfo1->IsKindOf(info) ) || + ( m_baseInfo2 && m_baseInfo2->IsKindOf(info) ) ); + } + + wxDECLARE_CLASS_INFO_ITERATORS(); + +private: + const wxChar *m_className; + int m_objectSize; + wxObjectConstructorFn m_objectConstructor; + + // Pointers to base wxClassInfos + + const wxClassInfo *m_baseInfo1; + const wxClassInfo *m_baseInfo2; + + // class info object live in a linked list: + // pointers to its head and the next element in it + + static wxClassInfo *sm_first; + wxClassInfo *m_next; + + static wxHashTable *sm_classTable; + +protected: + // registers the class + void Register(); + void Unregister(); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClassInfo); +}; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject *wxCreateDynamicObject(const wxString& name); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Dynamic class macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name) \ + public: \ + static wxClassInfo ms_classInfo; \ + virtual wxClassInfo *GetClassInfo() const + +#define wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(name) \ + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(name); \ + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) + +#define wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(name) \ + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(name); \ + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) + +#define wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) \ + wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name); \ + static wxObject* wxCreateObject() + +#define wxDECLARE_CLASS(name) \ + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) + + +// common part of the macros below +#define wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON(name, basename, baseclsinfo2, func) \ + wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(wxT(#name), \ + &basename::ms_classInfo, \ + baseclsinfo2, \ + (int) sizeof(name), \ + func); \ + \ + wxClassInfo *name::GetClassInfo() const \ + { return &name::ms_classInfo; } + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON1(name, basename, func) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON(name, basename, NULL, func) + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON2(name, basename1, basename2, func) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON(name, basename1, &basename2::ms_classInfo, func) + +// ----------------------------------- +// for concrete classes +// ----------------------------------- + + // Single inheritance with one base class +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name, basename) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON1(name, basename, name::wxCreateObject) \ + wxObject* name::wxCreateObject() \ + { return new name; } + + // Multiple inheritance with two base classes +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON2(name, basename1, basename2, \ + name::wxCreateObject) \ + wxObject* name::wxCreateObject() \ + { return new name; } + +// ----------------------------------- +// for abstract classes +// ----------------------------------- + + // Single inheritance with one base class +#define wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name, basename) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON1(name, basename, NULL) + + // Multiple inheritance with two base classes +#define wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON2(name, basename1, basename2, NULL) + +// ----------------------------------- +// XTI-compatible macros +// ----------------------------------- + +#include "wx/flags.h" + +// these macros only do something when wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI=1 +// (and in that case they are defined by xti.h); however to avoid +// to be forced to wrap these macros (in user's source files) with +// +// #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +// ... +// #endif +// +// blocks, we define them here as empty. + +#define wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE /**/ + +#define wxBEGIN_ENUM( e ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxENUM_MEMBER( v ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxEND_ENUM( e ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_SET_STREAMING(SetName,e) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxBEGIN_FLAGS( e ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxFLAGS_MEMBER( v ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxEND_FLAGS( e ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( element, collection ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxHANDLER(name,eventClassType) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(theClass) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI( name, basename, unit ) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename ) +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK( name, basename, unit, callback ) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename ) + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY_XTI( name, basename, unit ) \ + wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename) + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY_AND_STREAMERS_XTI( name, basename, \ + unit, toString, \ + fromString ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_WXOBJECT_NO_BASE_XTI( name, unit ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_WXOBJECT_XTI( name, basename, unit ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2_XTI( name, basename, basename2, unit) wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2( name, basename, basename2 ) + +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_0(klass) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(klass) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_0(klass) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_1(klass,t0,v0) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_1(klass,t0,v0) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_2(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_2(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_3(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_3(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_4(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_4(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_5(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_5(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_6(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_6(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_7(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_7(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_8(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6,t7,v7) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_8(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6,t7,v7) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxSETTER( property, Klass, valueType, setterMethod ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxGETTER( property, Klass, valueType, gettermethod ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxADDER( property, Klass, valueType, addermethod ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxCOLLECTION_GETTER( property, Klass, valueType, gettermethod ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(theClass) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxHIDE_PROPERTY( pname ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxPROPERTY( pname, type, setter, getter, defaultValue, flags, help, group) \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( pname, flags, type, setter, getter,defaultValue, \ + pflags, help, group) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( pname, type, getter,defaultValue, flags, help, group) \ + wxGETTER( pname, class_t, type, getter ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_FLAGS( pname, flags, type, getter,defaultValue, \ + pflags, help, group) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION( pname, colltype, addelemtype, adder, getter, \ + flags, help, group ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( pname, colltype, addelemtype, getter, \ + flags, help, group) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE +#define wxEVENT_PROPERTY( name, eventType, eventClass ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( name, eventType, lastEventType, eventClass ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_PROPERTY(name, type) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#define wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(name) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE + +#endif // !wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +#endif // _WX_RTTIH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sashwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sashwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c99a94b4ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sashwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/sashwin.h +// Purpose: Base header for wxSashWindow +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: sashwin.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SASHWIN_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_SASHWIN_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/generic/sashwin.h" + +#endif + // _WX_SASHWIN_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckaddr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckaddr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c10fac890 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckaddr.h @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/sckaddr.h +// Purpose: Network address classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin to switch to wxSockAddressImpl implementation +// Created: 26/04/1997 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sckaddr.h 59099 2009-02-22 23:38:52Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// (c) 2008, 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SCKADDR_H_ +#define _WX_SCKADDR_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + +#include "wx/string.h" + +class wxSockAddressImpl; + +// forward declare it instead of including the system headers defining it which +// can bring in under Windows which we don't want to include from +// public wx headers +struct sockaddr; + +// Any socket address kind +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSockAddress : public wxObject +{ +public: + enum Family + { + NONE, + IPV4, + IPV6, + UNIX + }; + + wxSockAddress(); + wxSockAddress(const wxSockAddress& other); + virtual ~wxSockAddress(); + + wxSockAddress& operator=(const wxSockAddress& other); + + virtual void Clear(); + virtual Family Type() = 0; + + // accessors for the low level address represented by this object + const sockaddr *GetAddressData() const; + int GetAddressDataLen() const; + + // we need to be able to create copies of the addresses polymorphically + // (i.e. without knowing the exact address class) + virtual wxSockAddress *Clone() const = 0; + + + // implementation only, don't use + const wxSockAddressImpl& GetAddress() const { return *m_impl; } + void SetAddress(const wxSockAddressImpl& address); + +protected: + wxSockAddressImpl *m_impl; + +private: + void Init(); + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxSockAddress) +}; + +// An IP address (either IPv4 or IPv6) +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxIPaddress : public wxSockAddress +{ +public: + wxIPaddress() : wxSockAddress() { } + wxIPaddress(const wxIPaddress& other) + : wxSockAddress(other), + m_origHostname(other.m_origHostname) + { + } + + bool operator==(const wxIPaddress& addr) const; + + bool Hostname(const wxString& name); + bool Service(const wxString& name); + bool Service(unsigned short port); + + bool LocalHost(); + virtual bool IsLocalHost() const = 0; + + bool AnyAddress(); + + virtual wxString IPAddress() const = 0; + + wxString Hostname() const; + unsigned short Service() const; + + wxString OrigHostname() const { return m_origHostname; } + +protected: + // get m_impl initialized to the right family if it hadn't been done yet + wxSockAddressImpl& GetImpl(); + const wxSockAddressImpl& GetImpl() const + { + return const_cast(this)->GetImpl(); + } + + // host name originally passed to Hostname() + wxString m_origHostname; + +private: + // create the wxSockAddressImpl object of the correct family if it's + // currently uninitialized + virtual void DoInitImpl() = 0; + + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxIPaddress) +}; + +// An IPv4 address +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxIPV4address : public wxIPaddress +{ +public: + wxIPV4address() : wxIPaddress() { } + wxIPV4address(const wxIPV4address& other) : wxIPaddress(other) { } + + // implement wxSockAddress pure virtuals: + virtual Family Type() { return IPV4; } + virtual wxSockAddress *Clone() const { return new wxIPV4address(*this); } + + + // implement wxIPaddress pure virtuals: + virtual bool IsLocalHost() const; + + virtual wxString IPAddress() const; + + + // IPv4-specific methods: + bool Hostname(unsigned long addr); + + // make base class methods hidden by our overload visible + // + // FIXME-VC6: replace this with "using IPAddress::Hostname" (not supported + // by VC6) when support for it is dropped + wxString Hostname() const { return wxIPaddress::Hostname(); } + bool Hostname(const wxString& name) { return wxIPaddress::Hostname(name); } + + bool BroadcastAddress(); + +private: + virtual void DoInitImpl(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIPV4address) +}; + + +#if wxUSE_IPV6 + +// An IPv6 address +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxIPV6address : public wxIPaddress +{ +public: + wxIPV6address() : wxIPaddress() { } + wxIPV6address(const wxIPV6address& other) : wxIPaddress(other) { } + + // implement wxSockAddress pure virtuals: + virtual Family Type() { return IPV6; } + virtual wxSockAddress *Clone() const { return new wxIPV6address(*this); } + + + // implement wxIPaddress pure virtuals: + virtual bool IsLocalHost() const; + + virtual wxString IPAddress() const; + + // IPv6-specific methods: + bool Hostname(unsigned char addr[16]); + + using wxIPaddress::Hostname; + +private: + virtual void DoInitImpl(); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIPV6address) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_IPV6 + +// Unix domain sockets are only available under, well, Unix +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WINE__) + #define wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS +#endif + +#ifdef wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + +// A Unix domain socket address +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxUNIXaddress : public wxSockAddress +{ +public: + wxUNIXaddress() : wxSockAddress() { } + wxUNIXaddress(const wxUNIXaddress& other) : wxSockAddress(other) { } + + void Filename(const wxString& name); + wxString Filename() const; + + virtual Family Type() { return UNIX; } + virtual wxSockAddress *Clone() const { return new wxUNIXaddress(*this); } + +private: + wxSockAddressImpl& GetUNIX(); + const wxSockAddressImpl& GetUNIX() const + { + return const_cast(this)->GetUNIX(); + } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxUNIXaddress) +}; + +#endif // wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + +#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS + +#endif // _WX_SCKADDR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckipc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckipc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cffa67c674 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckipc.h @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/sckipc.h +// Purpose: Interprocess communication implementation (wxSocket version) +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Guilhem Lavaux (big rewrite) May 1997, 1998 +// Guillermo Rodriguez (updated for wxSocket v2) Jan 2000 +// (callbacks deprecated) Mar 2000 +// Created: 1993 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sckipc.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart 1993 +// (c) Guilhem Lavaux 1997, 1998 +// (c) 2000 Guillermo Rodriguez +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SCKIPC_H +#define _WX_SCKIPC_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_IPC + +#include "wx/ipcbase.h" +#include "wx/socket.h" +#include "wx/sckstrm.h" +#include "wx/datstrm.h" + +/* + * Mini-DDE implementation + + Most transactions involve a topic name and an item name (choose these + as befits your application). + + A client can: + + - ask the server to execute commands (data) associated with a topic + - request data from server by topic and item + - poke data into the server + - ask the server to start an advice loop on topic/item + - ask the server to stop an advice loop + + A server can: + + - respond to execute, request, poke and advice start/stop + - send advise data to client + + Note that this limits the server in the ways it can send data to the + client, i.e. it can't send unsolicited information. + * + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET wxTCPServer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET wxTCPClient; + +class wxIPCSocketStreams; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxTCPConnection : public wxConnectionBase +{ +public: + wxTCPConnection() { Init(); } + wxTCPConnection(void *buffer, size_t size) + : wxConnectionBase(buffer, size) + { + Init(); + } + + virtual ~wxTCPConnection(); + + // implement base class pure virtual methods + virtual const void *Request(const wxString& item, + size_t *size = NULL, + wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT); + virtual bool StartAdvise(const wxString& item); + virtual bool StopAdvise(const wxString& item); + virtual bool Disconnect(void); + + // Will be used in the future to enable the compression but does nothing + // for now. + void Compress(bool on); + + +protected: + virtual bool DoExecute(const void *data, size_t size, wxIPCFormat format); + virtual bool DoPoke(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size, + wxIPCFormat format); + virtual bool DoAdvise(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size, + wxIPCFormat format); + + + // notice that all the members below are only initialized once the + // connection is made, i.e. in MakeConnection() for the client objects and + // after OnAcceptConnection() in the server ones + + // the underlying socket (wxSocketClient for IPC client and wxSocketServer + // for IPC server) + wxSocketBase *m_sock; + + // various streams that we use + wxIPCSocketStreams *m_streams; + + // the topic of this connection + wxString m_topic; + +private: + // common part of both ctors + void Init(); + + friend class wxTCPServer; + friend class wxTCPClient; + friend class wxTCPEventHandler; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTCPConnection); + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTCPConnection) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxTCPServer : public wxServerBase +{ +public: + wxTCPServer(); + virtual ~wxTCPServer(); + + // Returns false on error (e.g. port number is already in use) + virtual bool Create(const wxString& serverName); + + virtual wxConnectionBase *OnAcceptConnection(const wxString& topic); + +protected: + wxSocketServer *m_server; + +#ifdef __UNIX_LIKE__ + // the name of the file associated to the Unix domain socket, may be empty + wxString m_filename; +#endif // __UNIX_LIKE__ + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTCPServer); + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTCPServer) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxTCPClient : public wxClientBase +{ +public: + wxTCPClient(); + + virtual bool ValidHost(const wxString& host); + + // Call this to make a connection. Returns NULL if cannot. + virtual wxConnectionBase *MakeConnection(const wxString& host, + const wxString& server, + const wxString& topic); + + // Callbacks to CLIENT - override at will + virtual wxConnectionBase *OnMakeConnection(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTCPClient) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_IPC + +#endif // _WX_SCKIPC_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckstrm.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckstrm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..09e6ebb0be --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sckstrm.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/sckstrm.h +// Purpose: wxSocket*Stream +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 17/07/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sckstrm.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#ifndef __SCK_STREAM_H__ +#define __SCK_STREAM_H__ + +#include "wx/stream.h" + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/socket.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketOutputStream : public wxOutputStream +{ +public: + wxSocketOutputStream(wxSocketBase& s); + virtual ~wxSocketOutputStream(); + +protected: + wxSocketBase *m_o_socket; + + size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t bufsize); + + // socket streams are both un-seekable and size-less streams: + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const + { return wxInvalidOffset; } + wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset WXUNUSED(pos), wxSeekMode WXUNUSED(mode)) + { return wxInvalidOffset; } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketOutputStream); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketInputStream : public wxInputStream +{ +public: + wxSocketInputStream(wxSocketBase& s); + virtual ~wxSocketInputStream(); + +protected: + wxSocketBase *m_i_socket; + + size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t bufsize); + + // socket streams are both un-seekable and size-less streams: + + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const + { return wxInvalidOffset; } + wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset WXUNUSED(pos), wxSeekMode WXUNUSED(mode)) + { return wxInvalidOffset; } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketInputStream); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketStream : public wxSocketInputStream, + public wxSocketOutputStream +{ +public: + wxSocketStream(wxSocketBase& s); + virtual ~wxSocketStream(); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketStream); +}; + +#endif + // wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif + // __SCK_STREAM_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopedarray.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopedarray.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35257a224b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopedarray.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/scopedarray.h +// Purpose: scoped smart pointer class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-02-03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: scopedarray.h 58634 2009-02-03 12:01:46Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Jesse Lovelace and original Boost authors (see below) +// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SCOPED_ARRAY_H_ +#define _WX_SCOPED_ARRAY_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/checkeddelete.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScopedArray: A scoped array +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +class wxScopedArray +{ +public: + typedef T element_type; + + wxEXPLICIT wxScopedArray(T * array = NULL) : m_array(array) { } + + ~wxScopedArray() { delete [] m_array; } + + // test for pointer validity: defining conversion to unspecified_bool_type + // and not more obvious bool to avoid implicit conversions to integer types + typedef T *(wxScopedArray::*unspecified_bool_type)() const; + operator unspecified_bool_type() const + { + return m_array ? &wxScopedArray::get : NULL; + } + + void reset(T *array = NULL) + { + if ( array != m_array ) + { + delete m_array; + m_array = array; + } + } + + T& operator[](size_t n) const { return m_array[n]; } + + T *get() const { return m_array; } + + void swap(wxScopedArray &other) + { + T * const tmp = other.m_array; + other.m_array = m_array; + m_array = tmp; + } + +private: + T *m_array; + + DECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(wxScopedArray, T) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// old macro based implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the same but for arrays instead of simple pointers +#define wxDECLARE_SCOPED_ARRAY(T, name)\ +class name \ +{ \ +private: \ + T * m_ptr; \ + name(name const &); \ + name & operator=(name const &); \ + \ +public: \ + wxEXPLICIT name(T * p = NULL) : m_ptr(p) \ + {} \ + \ + ~name(); \ + void reset(T * p = NULL); \ + \ + T & operator[](long int i) const\ + { \ + wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL); \ + wxASSERT(i >= 0); \ + return m_ptr[i]; \ + } \ + \ + T * get() const \ + { \ + return m_ptr; \ + } \ + \ + void swap(name & ot) \ + { \ + T * tmp = ot.m_ptr; \ + ot.m_ptr = m_ptr; \ + m_ptr = tmp; \ + } \ +}; + +#define wxDEFINE_SCOPED_ARRAY(T, name) \ +name::~name() \ +{ \ + wxCHECKED_DELETE_ARRAY(m_ptr); \ +} \ +void name::reset(T * p){ \ + if (m_ptr != p) \ + { \ + wxCHECKED_DELETE_ARRAY(m_ptr); \ + m_ptr = p; \ + } \ +} + +#endif // _WX_SCOPED_ARRAY_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopedptr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopedptr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..84285ae40c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopedptr.h @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/scopedptr.h +// Purpose: scoped smart pointer class +// Author: Jesse Lovelace +// Created: 06/01/02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: scopedptr.h 64222 2010-05-06 05:43:01Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) Jesse Lovelace and original Boost authors (see below) +// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// This class closely follows the implementation of the boost +// library scoped_ptr and is an adaption for c++ macro's in +// the wxWidgets project. The original authors of the boost +// scoped_ptr are given below with their respective copyrights. + +// (C) Copyright Greg Colvin and Beman Dawes 1998, 1999. +// Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Peter Dimov +// +// Permission to copy, use, modify, sell and distribute this software +// is granted provided this copyright notice appears in all copies. +// This software is provided "as is" without express or implied +// warranty, and with no claim as to its suitability for any purpose. +// +// See http://www.boost.org/libs/smart_ptr/scoped_ptr.htm for documentation. +// + +#ifndef _WX_SCOPED_PTR_H_ +#define _WX_SCOPED_PTR_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/checkeddelete.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScopedPtr: A scoped pointer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +class wxScopedPtr +{ +public: + typedef T element_type; + + wxEXPLICIT wxScopedPtr(T * ptr = NULL) : m_ptr(ptr) { } + + ~wxScopedPtr() { wxCHECKED_DELETE(m_ptr); } + + // test for pointer validity: defining conversion to unspecified_bool_type + // and not more obvious bool to avoid implicit conversions to integer types +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + // this compiler is too dumb to use unspecified_bool_type operator in tests + // of the form "if ( !ptr )" + typedef bool unspecified_bool_type; +#else + typedef T *(wxScopedPtr::*unspecified_bool_type)() const; +#endif // __BORLANDC__ + operator unspecified_bool_type() const + { + return m_ptr ? &wxScopedPtr::get : NULL; + } + + void reset(T * ptr = NULL) + { + if ( ptr != m_ptr ) + { + wxCHECKED_DELETE(m_ptr); + m_ptr = ptr; + } + } + + T *release() + { + T *ptr = m_ptr; + m_ptr = NULL; + return ptr; + } + + T & operator*() const + { + wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL); + return *m_ptr; + } + + T * operator->() const + { + wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL); + return m_ptr; + } + + T * get() const + { + return m_ptr; + } + + void swap(wxScopedPtr& other) + { + T * const tmp = other.m_ptr; + other.m_ptr = m_ptr; + m_ptr = tmp; + } + +private: + T * m_ptr; + + DECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(wxScopedPtr, T) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// old macro based implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* The type being used *must* be complete at the time + that wxDEFINE_SCOPED_* is called or a compiler error will result. + This is because the class checks for the completeness of the type + being used. */ + +#define wxDECLARE_SCOPED_PTR(T, name) \ +class name \ +{ \ +private: \ + T * m_ptr; \ + \ + name(name const &); \ + name & operator=(name const &); \ + \ +public: \ + wxEXPLICIT name(T * ptr = NULL) \ + : m_ptr(ptr) { } \ + \ + ~name(); \ + \ + void reset(T * ptr = NULL); \ + \ + T *release() \ + { \ + T *ptr = m_ptr; \ + m_ptr = NULL; \ + return ptr; \ + } \ + \ + T & operator*() const \ + { \ + wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL); \ + return *m_ptr; \ + } \ + \ + T * operator->() const \ + { \ + wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL); \ + return m_ptr; \ + } \ + \ + T * get() const \ + { \ + return m_ptr; \ + } \ + \ + void swap(name & ot) \ + { \ + T * tmp = ot.m_ptr; \ + ot.m_ptr = m_ptr; \ + m_ptr = tmp; \ + } \ +}; + +#define wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR(T, name)\ +void name::reset(T * ptr) \ +{ \ + if (m_ptr != ptr) \ + { \ + wxCHECKED_DELETE(m_ptr); \ + m_ptr = ptr; \ + } \ +} \ +name::~name() \ +{ \ + wxCHECKED_DELETE(m_ptr); \ +} + +// this macro can be used for the most common case when you want to declare and +// define the scoped pointer at the same time and want to use the standard +// naming convention: auto pointer to Foo is called FooPtr +#define wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(T) \ + wxDECLARE_SCOPED_PTR(T, T ## Ptr) \ + wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR(T, T ## Ptr) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "Tied" scoped pointer: same as normal one but also sets the value of +// some other variable to the pointer value +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxDEFINE_TIED_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(T) \ + wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(T) \ + class T ## TiedPtr : public T ## Ptr \ + { \ + public: \ + T ## TiedPtr(T **pp, T *p) \ + : T ## Ptr(p), m_pp(pp) \ + { \ + m_pOld = *pp; \ + *pp = p; \ + } \ + \ + ~ T ## TiedPtr() \ + { \ + *m_pp = m_pOld; \ + } \ + \ + private: \ + T **m_pp; \ + T *m_pOld; \ + }; + +#endif // _WX_SCOPED_PTR_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopeguard.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopeguard.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..85ca52385b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scopeguard.h @@ -0,0 +1,553 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/scopeguard.h +// Purpose: declares wxwxScopeGuard and related macros +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 03.07.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: scopeguard.h 63473 2010-02-12 22:47:21Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + Acknowledgements: this header is heavily based on (well, almost the exact + copy of) ScopeGuard.h by Andrei Alexandrescu and Petru Marginean published + in December 2000 issue of C/C++ Users Journal. + http://www.cuj.com/documents/cujcexp1812alexandr/ + */ + +#ifndef _WX_SCOPEGUARD_H_ +#define _WX_SCOPEGUARD_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#include "wx/except.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + +// WATCOM-FIXME: C++ of Open Watcom 1.3 doesn't like OnScopeExit() created +// through template so it must be workarounded with dedicated inlined macro. +// For compatibility with Watcom compilers wxPrivate::OnScopeExit must be +// replaced with wxPrivateOnScopeExit but in user code (for everyone who +// doesn't care about OW compatibility) wxPrivate::OnScopeExit still works. + +#define wxPrivateOnScopeExit(guard) \ + { \ + if ( !(guard).WasDismissed() ) \ + { \ + wxTRY \ + { \ + (guard).Execute(); \ + } \ + wxCATCH_ALL(;) \ + } \ + } + +#define wxPrivateUse(n) wxUnusedVar(n) + +#else + +namespace wxPrivate +{ + // in the original implementation this was a member template function of + // ScopeGuardImplBase but gcc 2.8 which is still used for OS/2 doesn't + // support member templates and so we must make it global + template + void OnScopeExit(ScopeGuardImpl& guard) + { + if ( !guard.WasDismissed() ) + { + // we're called from ScopeGuardImpl dtor and so we must not throw + wxTRY + { + guard.Execute(); + } + wxCATCH_ALL(;) // do nothing, just eat the exception + } + } + + // just to avoid the warning about unused variables + template + void Use(const T& WXUNUSED(t)) + { + } +} // namespace wxPrivate + +#define wxPrivateOnScopeExit(n) wxPrivate::OnScopeExit(n) +#define wxPrivateUse(n) wxPrivate::Use(n) + +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// wxScopeGuard for functions and functors +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScopeGuardImplBase: used by wxScopeGuardImpl[0..N] below +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxScopeGuardImplBase +{ +public: + wxScopeGuardImplBase() : m_wasDismissed(false) { } + + wxScopeGuardImplBase(const wxScopeGuardImplBase& other) + : m_wasDismissed(other.m_wasDismissed) + { + other.Dismiss(); + } + + void Dismiss() const { m_wasDismissed = true; } + + // for OnScopeExit() only (we can't make it friend, unfortunately)! + bool WasDismissed() const { return m_wasDismissed; } + +protected: + ~wxScopeGuardImplBase() { } + + // must be mutable for copy ctor to work + mutable bool m_wasDismissed; + +private: + wxScopeGuardImplBase& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImplBase&); +}; + +// wxScopeGuard is just a reference, see the explanation in CUJ article +typedef const wxScopeGuardImplBase& wxScopeGuard; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScopeGuardImpl0: scope guard for actions without parameters +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +class wxScopeGuardImpl0 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase +{ +public: + static wxScopeGuardImpl0 MakeGuard(F fun) + { + return wxScopeGuardImpl0(fun); + } + + ~wxScopeGuardImpl0() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); } + + void Execute() { m_fun(); } + +protected: + wxScopeGuardImpl0(F fun) : m_fun(fun) { } + + F m_fun; + + wxScopeGuardImpl0& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImpl0&); +}; + +template +inline wxScopeGuardImpl0 wxMakeGuard(F fun) +{ + return wxScopeGuardImpl0::MakeGuard(fun); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScopeGuardImpl1: scope guard for actions with 1 parameter +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +class wxScopeGuardImpl1 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase +{ +public: + static wxScopeGuardImpl1 MakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1) + { + return wxScopeGuardImpl1(fun, p1); + } + + ~wxScopeGuardImpl1() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(* this); } + + void Execute() { m_fun(m_p1); } + +protected: + wxScopeGuardImpl1(F fun, P1 p1) : m_fun(fun), m_p1(p1) { } + + F m_fun; + const P1 m_p1; + + wxScopeGuardImpl1& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImpl1&); +}; + +template +inline wxScopeGuardImpl1 wxMakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1) +{ + return wxScopeGuardImpl1::MakeGuard(fun, p1); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScopeGuardImpl2: scope guard for actions with 2 parameters +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +class wxScopeGuardImpl2 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase +{ +public: + static wxScopeGuardImpl2 MakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2) + { + return wxScopeGuardImpl2(fun, p1, p2); + } + + ~wxScopeGuardImpl2() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); } + + void Execute() { m_fun(m_p1, m_p2); } + +protected: + wxScopeGuardImpl2(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2) : m_fun(fun), m_p1(p1), m_p2(p2) { } + + F m_fun; + const P1 m_p1; + const P2 m_p2; + + wxScopeGuardImpl2& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImpl2&); +}; + +template +inline wxScopeGuardImpl2 wxMakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2) +{ + return wxScopeGuardImpl2::MakeGuard(fun, p1, p2); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScopeGuardImpl3: scope guard for actions with 3 parameters +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +class wxScopeGuardImpl3 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase +{ +public: + static wxScopeGuardImpl3 MakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) + { + return wxScopeGuardImpl3(fun, p1, p2, p3); + } + + ~wxScopeGuardImpl3() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); } + + void Execute() { m_fun(m_p1, m_p2, m_p3); } + +protected: + wxScopeGuardImpl3(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) + : m_fun(fun), m_p1(p1), m_p2(p2), m_p3(p3) { } + + F m_fun; + const P1 m_p1; + const P2 m_p2; + const P3 m_p3; + + wxScopeGuardImpl3& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImpl3&); +}; + +template +inline wxScopeGuardImpl3 wxMakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) +{ + return wxScopeGuardImpl3::MakeGuard(fun, p1, p2, p3); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxScopeGuards for object methods +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxObjScopeGuardImpl0 +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +class wxObjScopeGuardImpl0 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase +{ +public: + static wxObjScopeGuardImpl0 + MakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun) + { + return wxObjScopeGuardImpl0(obj, memFun); + } + + ~wxObjScopeGuardImpl0() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); } + + void Execute() { (m_obj.*m_memfun)(); } + +protected: + wxObjScopeGuardImpl0(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun) + : m_obj(obj), m_memfun(memFun) { } + + Obj& m_obj; + MemFun m_memfun; +}; + +template +inline wxObjScopeGuardImpl0 wxMakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun) +{ + return wxObjScopeGuardImpl0::MakeObjGuard(obj, memFun); +} + +template +class wxObjScopeGuardImpl1 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase +{ +public: + static wxObjScopeGuardImpl1 + MakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1) + { + return wxObjScopeGuardImpl1(obj, memFun, p1); + } + + ~wxObjScopeGuardImpl1() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); } + + void Execute() { (m_obj.*m_memfun)(m_p1); } + +protected: + wxObjScopeGuardImpl1(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1) + : m_obj(obj), m_memfun(memFun), m_p1(p1) { } + + Obj& m_obj; + MemFun m_memfun; + const P1 m_p1; +}; + +template +inline wxObjScopeGuardImpl1 +wxMakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1) +{ + return wxObjScopeGuardImpl1::MakeObjGuard(obj, memFun, p1); +} + +template +class wxObjScopeGuardImpl2 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase +{ +public: + static wxObjScopeGuardImpl2 + MakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2) + { + return wxObjScopeGuardImpl2(obj, memFun, p1, p2); + } + + ~wxObjScopeGuardImpl2() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); } + + void Execute() { (m_obj.*m_memfun)(m_p1, m_p2); } + +protected: + wxObjScopeGuardImpl2(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2) + : m_obj(obj), m_memfun(memFun), m_p1(p1), m_p2(p2) { } + + Obj& m_obj; + MemFun m_memfun; + const P1 m_p1; + const P2 m_p2; +}; + +template +inline wxObjScopeGuardImpl2 +wxMakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2) +{ + return wxObjScopeGuardImpl2:: + MakeObjGuard(obj, memFun, p1, p2); +} + +template +class wxObjScopeGuardImpl3 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase +{ +public: + static wxObjScopeGuardImpl3 + MakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) + { + return wxObjScopeGuardImpl3(obj, memFun, p1, p2, p3); + } + + ~wxObjScopeGuardImpl3() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); } + + void Execute() { (m_obj.*m_memfun)(m_p1, m_p2, m_p3); } + +protected: + wxObjScopeGuardImpl3(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) + : m_obj(obj), m_memfun(memFun), m_p1(p1), m_p2(p2), m_p3(p3) { } + + Obj& m_obj; + MemFun m_memfun; + const P1 m_p1; + const P2 m_p2; + const P3 m_p3; +}; + +template +inline wxObjScopeGuardImpl3 +wxMakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) +{ + return wxObjScopeGuardImpl3:: + MakeObjGuard(obj, memFun, p1, p2, p3); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariableSetter: use the same technique as for wxScopeGuard to allow +// setting a variable to some value on block exit +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace wxPrivate +{ + +// empty class just to be able to define a reference to it +class VariableSetterBase { }; + +typedef const VariableSetterBase& VariableSetter; + +template +class VariableSetterImpl : public VariableSetterBase +{ +public: + VariableSetterImpl(T& var, U value) + : m_var(var), + m_value(value) + { + } + + ~VariableSetterImpl() + { + m_var = m_value; + } + +private: + T& m_var; + const U m_value; + + // suppress the warning about assignment operator not being generated + VariableSetterImpl& operator=(const VariableSetterImpl&); +}; + +template +class VariableNullerImpl : public VariableSetterBase +{ +public: + VariableNullerImpl(T& var) + : m_var(var) + { + } + + ~VariableNullerImpl() + { + m_var = NULL; + } + +private: + T& m_var; + + VariableNullerImpl& operator=(const VariableNullerImpl&); +}; + +} // namespace wxPrivate + +template +inline +wxPrivate::VariableSetterImpl wxMakeVarSetter(T& var, U value) +{ + return wxPrivate::VariableSetterImpl(var, value); +} + +// calling wxMakeVarSetter(ptr, NULL) doesn't work because U is deduced to be +// "int" and subsequent assignment of "U" to "T *" fails, so provide a special +// function for this special case +template +inline +wxPrivate::VariableNullerImpl wxMakeVarNuller(T& var) +{ + return wxPrivate::VariableNullerImpl(var); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// macros for declaring unnamed scoped guards (which can't be dismissed) +// ============================================================================ + +// NB: the original code has a single (and much nicer) ON_BLOCK_EXIT macro +// but this results in compiler warnings about unused variables and I +// didn't find a way to work around this other than by having different +// macros with different names or using a less natural syntax for passing +// the arguments (e.g. as Boost preprocessor sequences, which would mean +// having to write wxON_BLOCK_EXIT(fwrite, (buf)(size)(n)(fp)) instead of +// wxON_BLOCK_EXIT4(fwrite, buf, size, n, fp)). + +#define wxGuardName wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(wxScopeGuard) + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT0_IMPL(n, f) \ + wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeGuard(f); \ + wxPrivateUse(n) +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT0(f) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT0_IMPL(wxGuardName, f) + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ0_IMPL(n, o, m) \ + wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeObjGuard(o, m); \ + wxPrivateUse(n) +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ0(o, m) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ0_IMPL(wxGuardName, o, &m) + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_THIS0(m) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ0(*this, m) + + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1_IMPL(n, f, p1) \ + wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeGuard(f, p1); \ + wxPrivateUse(n) +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1(f, p1) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1_IMPL(wxGuardName, f, p1) + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ1_IMPL(n, o, m, p1) \ + wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeObjGuard(o, m, p1); \ + wxPrivateUse(n) +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ1(o, m, p1) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ1_IMPL(wxGuardName, o, &m, p1) + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_THIS1(m, p1) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ1(*this, m, p1) + + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT2_IMPL(n, f, p1, p2) \ + wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeGuard(f, p1, p2); \ + wxPrivateUse(n) +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT2(f, p1, p2) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT2_IMPL(wxGuardName, f, p1, p2) + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ2_IMPL(n, o, m, p1, p2) \ + wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeObjGuard(o, m, p1, p2); \ + wxPrivateUse(n) +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ2(o, m, p1, p2) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ2_IMPL(wxGuardName, o, &m, p1, p2) + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_THIS2(m, p1, p2) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ2(*this, m, p1, p2) + + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT3_IMPL(n, f, p1, p2, p3) \ + wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeGuard(f, p1, p2, p3); \ + wxPrivateUse(n) +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT3(f, p1, p2, p3) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT3_IMPL(wxGuardName, f, p1, p2, p3) + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ3_IMPL(n, o, m, p1, p2, p3) \ + wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeObjGuard(o, m, p1, p2, p3); \ + wxPrivateUse(n) +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ3(o, m, p1, p2, p3) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ3_IMPL(wxGuardName, o, &m, p1, p2, p3) + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_THIS3(m, p1, p2, p3) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ3(*this, m, p1, p2, p3) + + +#define wxSetterName wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(wxVarSetter) + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_SET_IMPL(n, var, value) \ + wxPrivate::VariableSetter n = wxMakeVarSetter(var, value); \ + wxPrivateUse(n) + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_SET(var, value) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_SET_IMPL(wxSetterName, var, value) + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_NULL_IMPL(n, var) \ + wxPrivate::VariableSetter n = wxMakeVarNuller(var); \ + wxPrivateUse(n) + +#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_NULL(ptr) \ + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_NULL_IMPL(wxSetterName, ptr) + +#endif // _WX_SCOPEGUARD_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scrolbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scrolbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..648f09fe0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scrolbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/scrolbar.h +// Purpose: wxScrollBar base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: scrolbar.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SCROLBAR_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_SCROLBAR_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_SCROLLBAR + +#include "wx/control.h" + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxScrollBarNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScrollBar: a scroll bar control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollBarBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxScrollBarBase() { } + + /* + Derived classes should provide the following method and ctor with the + same parameters: + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr); + */ + + // accessors + virtual int GetThumbPosition() const = 0; + virtual int GetThumbSize() const = 0; + virtual int GetPageSize() const = 0; + virtual int GetRange() const = 0; + + bool IsVertical() const { return (m_windowStyle & wxVERTICAL) != 0; } + + // operations + virtual void SetThumbPosition(int viewStart) = 0; + virtual void SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize, + int range, int pageSize, + bool refresh = true) = 0; + + // implementation-only + bool IsNeeded() const { return GetRange() > GetThumbSize(); } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScrollBarBase); +}; + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/scrolbar.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/scrolbar.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/scrolbar.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/scrolbar.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/scrolbar.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/scrolbar.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/scrolbar.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/scrolbar.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_SCROLLBAR + +#endif + // _WX_SCROLBAR_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scrolwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scrolwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8989d3738f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/scrolwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,457 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/scrolwin.h +// Purpose: wxScrolledWindow, wxScrolledControl and wxScrollHelper +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 30.08.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: scrolwin.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SCROLWIN_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_SCROLWIN_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/panel.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollHelperEvtHandler; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimer; + +// default scrolled window style: scroll in both directions +#define wxScrolledWindowStyle (wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL) + +// values for the second argument of wxScrollHelper::ShowScrollbars() +enum wxScrollbarVisibility +{ + wxSHOW_SB_NEVER = -1, // never show the scrollbar at all + wxSHOW_SB_DEFAULT, // show scrollbar only if it is needed + wxSHOW_SB_ALWAYS // always show scrollbar, even if not needed +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// The hierarchy of scrolling classes is a bit complicated because we want to +// put as much functionality as possible in a mix-in class not deriving from +// wxWindow so that other classes could derive from the same base class on all +// platforms irrespectively of whether they are native controls (and hence +// don't use our scrolling) or not. +// +// So we have +// +// wxScrollHelperBase +// | +// | +// \|/ +// wxWindow wxScrollHelper +// | \ / / +// | \ / / +// | _| |_ / +// | wxScrolledWindow / +// | / +// \|/ / +// wxControl / +// \ / +// \ / +// _| |_ +// wxScrolledControl +// +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollHelperBase +{ +public: + // ctor must be given the associated window + wxScrollHelperBase(wxWindow *winToScroll); + virtual ~wxScrollHelperBase(); + + // configure the scrolling + virtual void SetScrollbars(int pixelsPerUnitX, int pixelsPerUnitY, + int noUnitsX, int noUnitsY, + int xPos = 0, int yPos = 0, + bool noRefresh = false ); + + // scroll to the given (in logical coords) position + // + // notice that for backwards compatibility reasons Scroll() is virtual as + // the existing code could override it but new code should override + // DoScroll() instead + virtual void Scroll(int x, int y) { DoScroll(x, y); } + virtual void Scroll(const wxPoint& pt) { DoScroll(pt.x, pt.y); } + + // get/set the page size for this orientation (wxVERTICAL/wxHORIZONTAL) + int GetScrollPageSize(int orient) const; + void SetScrollPageSize(int orient, int pageSize); + + // get the number of lines the window can scroll, + // returns 0 if no scrollbars are there. + int GetScrollLines( int orient ) const; + + // Set the x, y scrolling increments. + void SetScrollRate( int xstep, int ystep ); + + // get the size of one logical unit in physical ones + void GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(int *pixelsPerUnitX, int *pixelsPerUnitY) const; + + // Set scrollbar visibility: it is possible to show scrollbar only if it is + // needed (i.e. if our virtual size is greater than the current size of the + // associated window), always (as wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB style does) or never (in + // which case you should provide some other way to scroll the window as the + // user wouldn't be able to do it at all) + void ShowScrollbars(wxScrollbarVisibility horz, wxScrollbarVisibility vert) + { + DoShowScrollbars(horz, vert); + } + + // Enable/disable Windows scrolling in either direction. If true, wxWidgets + // scrolls the canvas and only a bit of the canvas is invalidated; no + // Clear() is necessary. If false, the whole canvas is invalidated and a + // Clear() is necessary. Disable for when the scroll increment is used to + // actually scroll a non-constant distance + virtual void EnableScrolling(bool x_scrolling, bool y_scrolling); + + // Disable use of keyboard keys for scrolling. By default cursor movement + // keys (including Home, End, Page Up and Down) are used to scroll the + // window appropriately. If the derived class uses these keys for something + // else, e.g. changing the currently selected item, this function can be + // used to disable this behaviour as it's not only not necessary then but + // can actually be actively harmful if another object forwards a keyboard + // event corresponding to one of the above keys to us using + // ProcessWindowEvent() because the event will always be processed which + // can be undesirable. + void DisableKeyboardScrolling() { m_kbdScrollingEnabled = false; } + + // Get the view start + void GetViewStart(int *x, int *y) const { DoGetViewStart(x, y); } + + wxPoint GetViewStart() const + { + wxPoint pt; + DoGetViewStart(&pt.x, &pt.y); + return pt; + } + + // Set the scale factor, used in PrepareDC + void SetScale(double xs, double ys) { m_scaleX = xs; m_scaleY = ys; } + double GetScaleX() const { return m_scaleX; } + double GetScaleY() const { return m_scaleY; } + + // translate between scrolled and unscrolled coordinates + void CalcScrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const + { DoCalcScrolledPosition(x, y, xx, yy); } + wxPoint CalcScrolledPosition(const wxPoint& pt) const + { + wxPoint p2; + DoCalcScrolledPosition(pt.x, pt.y, &p2.x, &p2.y); + return p2; + } + + void CalcUnscrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const + { DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(x, y, xx, yy); } + wxPoint CalcUnscrolledPosition(const wxPoint& pt) const + { + wxPoint p2; + DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(pt.x, pt.y, &p2.x, &p2.y); + return p2; + } + + void DoCalcScrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const; + void DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const; + + // Adjust the scrollbars + virtual void AdjustScrollbars() = 0; + + // Calculate scroll increment + int CalcScrollInc(wxScrollWinEvent& event); + + // Normally the wxScrolledWindow will scroll itself, but in some rare + // occasions you might want it to scroll [part of] another window (e.g. a + // child of it in order to scroll only a portion the area between the + // scrollbars (spreadsheet: only cell area will move). + void SetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target); + wxWindow *GetTargetWindow() const; + + void SetTargetRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_rectToScroll = rect; } + wxRect GetTargetRect() const { return m_rectToScroll; } + + // Override this function to draw the graphic (or just process EVT_PAINT) + virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc)) { } + + // change the DC origin according to the scroll position. + virtual void DoPrepareDC(wxDC& dc); + + // are we generating the autoscroll events? + bool IsAutoScrolling() const { return m_timerAutoScroll != NULL; } + + // stop generating the scroll events when mouse is held outside the window + void StopAutoScrolling(); + + // this method can be overridden in a derived class to forbid sending the + // auto scroll events - note that unlike StopAutoScrolling() it doesn't + // stop the timer, so it will be called repeatedly and will typically + // return different values depending on the current mouse position + // + // the base class version just returns true + virtual bool SendAutoScrollEvents(wxScrollWinEvent& event) const; + + // the methods to be called from the window event handlers + void HandleOnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event); + void HandleOnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + void HandleOnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + void HandleOnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); + void HandleOnMouseEnter(wxMouseEvent& event); + void HandleOnMouseLeave(wxMouseEvent& event); +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + void HandleOnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + void HandleOnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( + void OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event) { HandleOnScroll(event); } + ) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +protected: + // get pointer to our scroll rect if we use it or NULL + const wxRect *GetScrollRect() const + { + return m_rectToScroll.width != 0 ? &m_rectToScroll : NULL; + } + + // get the size of the target window + wxSize GetTargetSize() const + { + return m_rectToScroll.width != 0 ? m_rectToScroll.GetSize() + : m_targetWindow->GetClientSize(); + } + + void GetTargetSize(int *w, int *h) const + { + wxSize size = GetTargetSize(); + if ( w ) + *w = size.x; + if ( h ) + *h = size.y; + } + + // implementation of public methods with the same name + virtual void DoGetViewStart(int *x, int *y) const; + virtual void DoScroll(int x, int y) = 0; + virtual void DoShowScrollbars(wxScrollbarVisibility horz, + wxScrollbarVisibility vert) = 0; + + // implementations of various wxWindow virtual methods which should be + // forwarded to us (this can be done by WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER()) + bool ScrollLayout(); + void ScrollDoSetVirtualSize(int x, int y); + wxSize ScrollGetBestVirtualSize() const; + + // change just the target window (unlike SetWindow which changes m_win as + // well) + void DoSetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target); + + // delete the event handler we installed + void DeleteEvtHandler(); + + // calls wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ResetDrawnFlag(), see explanation + // in wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent() + void ResetDrawnFlag(); + + // this function should be overridden to return the size available for + // m_targetWindow inside m_win of the given size + // + // the default implementation is only good for m_targetWindow == m_win + // case, if we're scrolling a subwindow you must override this method + virtual wxSize GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size) + { + // returning just size from here is wrong but it was decided that it is + // not wrong enough to break the existing code (which doesn't override + // this recently added function at all) by adding this assert + // + // wxASSERT_MSG( m_targetWindow == m_win, "must be overridden" ); + + return size; + } + + + double m_scaleX; + double m_scaleY; + + wxWindow *m_win, + *m_targetWindow; + + wxRect m_rectToScroll; + + wxTimer *m_timerAutoScroll; + + int m_xScrollPixelsPerLine; + int m_yScrollPixelsPerLine; + int m_xScrollPosition; + int m_yScrollPosition; + int m_xScrollLines; + int m_yScrollLines; + int m_xScrollLinesPerPage; + int m_yScrollLinesPerPage; + + bool m_xScrollingEnabled; + bool m_yScrollingEnabled; + + bool m_kbdScrollingEnabled; + +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + int m_wheelRotation; +#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + + wxScrollHelperEvtHandler *m_handler; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScrollHelperBase); +}; + +// this macro can be used in a wxScrollHelper-derived class to forward wxWindow +// methods to corresponding wxScrollHelper methods +#define WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() \ +public: \ + virtual void PrepareDC(wxDC& dc) { DoPrepareDC(dc); } \ + virtual bool Layout() { return ScrollLayout(); } \ + virtual void DoSetVirtualSize(int x, int y) \ + { ScrollDoSetVirtualSize(x, y); } \ + virtual wxSize GetBestVirtualSize() const \ + { return ScrollGetBestVirtualSize(); } + +// include the declaration of the real wxScrollHelper +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/gtk/scrolwin.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/gtk1/scrolwin.h" +#else + #define wxHAS_GENERIC_SCROLLWIN + #include "wx/generic/scrolwin.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScrolled: a wxWindow which knows how to scroll +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// helper class for wxScrolled below +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrolledT_Helper +{ + static wxSize FilterBestSize(const wxWindow *win, + const wxScrollHelper *helper, + const wxSize& origBest); +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + static WXLRESULT FilterMSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXLRESULT origResult); +#endif +}; + +// Scrollable window base on window type T. This used to be wxScrolledWindow, +// but wxScrolledWindow includes wxControlContainer functionality and that's +// not always desirable. +template +class wxScrolled : public T, + public wxScrollHelper, + private wxScrolledT_Helper +{ +public: + wxScrolled() : wxScrollHelper(this) { } + wxScrolled(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + : wxScrollHelper(this) + { + Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name); + } + + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + { + m_targetWindow = this; + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + this->MacSetClipChildren(true); +#endif + + this->Connect(wxEVT_PAINT, wxPaintEventHandler(wxScrolled::OnPaint)); + + // by default, we're scrollable in both directions (but if one of the + // styles is specified explicitly, we shouldn't add the other one + // automatically) + if ( !(style & (wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL)) ) + style |= wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL; + + return T::Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // we need to return a special WM_GETDLGCODE value to process just the + // arrows but let the other navigation characters through +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) + { + return FilterMSWWindowProc(nMsg, T::MSWWindowProc(nMsg, wParam, lParam)); + } +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const + { + return FilterBestSize(this, this, T::DoGetBestSize()); + } + +private: + // this is needed for wxEVT_PAINT processing hack described in + // wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent() + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) + { + // the user code didn't really draw the window if we got here, so set + // this flag to try to call OnDraw() later + ResetDrawnFlag(); + event.Skip(); + } + + // VC++ 6 gives warning for the declaration of template member function + // without definition +#ifndef __VISUALC6__ + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScrolled); +#endif +}; + +#ifdef __VISUALC6__ + // disable the warning about non dll-interface class used as base for + // dll-interface class: it's harmless in this case + #pragma warning(push) + #pragma warning(disable:4275) +#endif + +// for compatibility with existing code, we provide wxScrolledWindow +// "typedef" for wxScrolled. It's not a real typedef because we +// want wxScrolledWindow to show in wxRTTI information (the class is widely +// used and likelihood of its wxRTTI information being used too is high): +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrolledWindow : public wxScrolled +{ +public: + wxScrolledWindow() : wxScrolled() {} + wxScrolledWindow(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + : wxScrolled(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name) {} + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxScrolledWindow) +}; + +typedef wxScrolled wxScrolledCanvas; + +#ifdef __VISUALC6__ + #pragma warning(pop) +#endif + +#endif // _WX_SCROLWIN_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/selstore.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/selstore.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c6aaa1a21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/selstore.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/selstore.h +// Purpose: wxSelectionStore stores selected items in a control +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 08.06.03 (extracted from src/generic/listctrl.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: selstore.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000-2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SELSTORE_H_ +#define _WX_SELSTORE_H_ + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSelectedIndices is just a sorted array of indices +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline int CMPFUNC_CONV wxUIntCmp(unsigned n1, unsigned n2) +{ + return (int)(n1 - n2); +} + +WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(unsigned, wxUIntCmp, wxSelectedIndices); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSelectionStore is used to store the selected items in the virtual +// controls, i.e. it is well suited for storing even when the control contains +// a huge (practically infinite) number of items. +// +// Of course, internally it still has to store the selected items somehow (as +// an array currently) but the advantage is that it can handle the selection +// of all items (common operation) efficiently and that it could be made even +// smarter in the future (e.g. store the selections as an array of ranges + +// individual items) without changing its API. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSelectionStore +{ +public: + wxSelectionStore() : m_itemsSel(wxUIntCmp) { Init(); } + + // set the total number of items we handle + void SetItemCount(unsigned count); + + // special case of SetItemCount(0) + void Clear() { m_itemsSel.Clear(); m_count = 0; m_defaultState = false; } + + // must be called when a new item is inserted/added + void OnItemAdd(unsigned WXUNUSED(item)) { wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("TODO") ); } + + // must be called when an item is deleted + void OnItemDelete(unsigned item); + + // select one item, use SelectRange() insted if possible! + // + // returns true if the items selection really changed + bool SelectItem(unsigned item, bool select = true); + + // select the range of items (inclusive) + // + // return true and fill the itemsChanged array with the indices of items + // which have changed state if "few" of them did, otherwise return false + // (meaning that too many items changed state to bother counting them + // individually) + bool SelectRange(unsigned itemFrom, unsigned itemTo, + bool select = true, + wxArrayInt *itemsChanged = NULL); + + // return true if the given item is selected + bool IsSelected(unsigned item) const; + + // return the total number of selected items + unsigned GetSelectedCount() const + { + return m_defaultState ? m_count - m_itemsSel.GetCount() + : m_itemsSel.GetCount(); + } + +private: + // (re)init + void Init() { m_defaultState = false; } + + // the total number of items we handle + unsigned m_count; + + // the default state: normally, false (i.e. off) but maybe set to true if + // there are more selected items than non selected ones - this allows to + // handle selection of all items efficiently + bool m_defaultState; + + // the array of items whose selection state is different from default + wxSelectedIndices m_itemsSel; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSelectionStore); +}; + +#endif // _WX_SELSTORE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/settings.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/settings.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f4fd837f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/settings.h @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/settings.h +// Purpose: wxSystemSettings class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: settings.h 67018 2011-02-25 09:38:35Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SETTINGS_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_SETTINGS_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/colour.h" +#include "wx/font.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +// possible values for wxSystemSettings::GetFont() parameter +// +// NB: wxMSW assumes that they have the same values as the parameters of +// Windows GetStockObject() API, don't change the values! +enum wxSystemFont +{ + wxSYS_OEM_FIXED_FONT = 10, + wxSYS_ANSI_FIXED_FONT, + wxSYS_ANSI_VAR_FONT, + wxSYS_SYSTEM_FONT, + wxSYS_DEVICE_DEFAULT_FONT, + + // don't use: this is here just to make the values of enum elements + // coincide with the corresponding MSW constants + wxSYS_DEFAULT_PALETTE, + + // don't use: MSDN says that this is a stock object provided only + // for compatibility with 16-bit Windows versions earlier than 3.0! + wxSYS_SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT, + + wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT, + + // this was just a temporary aberration, do not use it any more + wxSYS_ICONTITLE_FONT = wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT +}; + +// possible values for wxSystemSettings::GetColour() parameter +// +// NB: wxMSW assumes that they have the same values as the parameters of +// Windows GetSysColor() API, don't change the values! +enum wxSystemColour +{ + wxSYS_COLOUR_SCROLLBAR, + wxSYS_COLOUR_DESKTOP, + wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVECAPTION, + wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTION, + wxSYS_COLOUR_MENU, + wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW, + wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWFRAME, + wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUTEXT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_CAPTIONTEXT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVEBORDER, + wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVEBORDER, + wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE, + wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE, + wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW, + wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNTEXT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW, + wxSYS_COLOUR_3DLIGHT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOTEXT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOBK, + wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOX, + wxSYS_COLOUR_HOTLIGHT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_GRADIENTACTIVECAPTION, + wxSYS_COLOUR_GRADIENTINACTIVECAPTION, + wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUHILIGHT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUBAR, + wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXTEXT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXHIGHLIGHTTEXT, + + wxSYS_COLOUR_MAX, + + // synonyms + wxSYS_COLOUR_BACKGROUND = wxSYS_COLOUR_DESKTOP, + wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE, + wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW, + wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHILIGHT = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHIGHLIGHT = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHILIGHT = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT, + wxSYS_COLOUR_FRAMEBK = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE +}; + +// possible values for wxSystemSettings::GetMetric() index parameter +// +// NB: update the conversion table in msw/settings.cpp if you change the values +// of the elements of this enum +enum wxSystemMetric +{ + wxSYS_MOUSE_BUTTONS = 1, + wxSYS_BORDER_X, + wxSYS_BORDER_Y, + wxSYS_CURSOR_X, + wxSYS_CURSOR_Y, + wxSYS_DCLICK_X, + wxSYS_DCLICK_Y, + wxSYS_DRAG_X, + wxSYS_DRAG_Y, + wxSYS_EDGE_X, + wxSYS_EDGE_Y, + wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_X, + wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_Y, + wxSYS_HTHUMB_X, + wxSYS_ICON_X, + wxSYS_ICON_Y, + wxSYS_ICONSPACING_X, + wxSYS_ICONSPACING_Y, + wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_X, + wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_Y, + wxSYS_SCREEN_X, + wxSYS_SCREEN_Y, + wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_X, + wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_Y, + wxSYS_SMALLICON_X, + wxSYS_SMALLICON_Y, + wxSYS_HSCROLL_Y, + wxSYS_VSCROLL_X, + wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_X, + wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_Y, + wxSYS_VTHUMB_Y, + wxSYS_CAPTION_Y, + wxSYS_MENU_Y, + wxSYS_NETWORK_PRESENT, + wxSYS_PENWINDOWS_PRESENT, + wxSYS_SHOW_SOUNDS, + wxSYS_SWAP_BUTTONS, + wxSYS_DCLICK_MSEC +}; + +// possible values for wxSystemSettings::HasFeature() parameter +enum wxSystemFeature +{ + wxSYS_CAN_DRAW_FRAME_DECORATIONS = 1, + wxSYS_CAN_ICONIZE_FRAME, + wxSYS_TABLET_PRESENT +}; + +// values for different screen designs +enum wxSystemScreenType +{ + wxSYS_SCREEN_NONE = 0, // not yet defined + + wxSYS_SCREEN_TINY, // < + wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA, // >= 320x240 + wxSYS_SCREEN_SMALL, // >= 640x480 + wxSYS_SCREEN_DESKTOP // >= 800x600 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSystemSettingsNative: defines the API for wxSystemSettings class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this is a namespace rather than a class: it has only non virtual static +// functions +// +// also note that the methods are implemented in the platform-specific source +// files (i.e. this is not a real base class as we can't override its virtual +// functions because it doesn't have any) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSystemSettingsNative +{ +public: + // get a standard system colour + static wxColour GetColour(wxSystemColour index); + + // get a standard system font + static wxFont GetFont(wxSystemFont index); + + // get a system-dependent metric + static int GetMetric(wxSystemMetric index, wxWindow * win = NULL); + + // return true if the port has certain feature + static bool HasFeature(wxSystemFeature index); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the declaration of the real platform-dependent class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSystemSettings : public wxSystemSettingsNative +{ +public: +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + // in wxUniversal we want to use the theme standard colours instead of the + // system ones, otherwise wxSystemSettings is just the same as + // wxSystemSettingsNative + static wxColour GetColour(wxSystemColour index); + + // some metrics are toolkit-dependent and provided by wxUniv, some are + // lowlevel + static int GetMetric(wxSystemMetric index, wxWindow *win = NULL); +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ + + // Get system screen design (desktop, pda, ..) used for + // laying out various dialogs. + static wxSystemScreenType GetScreenType(); + + // Override default. + static void SetScreenType( wxSystemScreenType screen ); + + // Value + static wxSystemScreenType ms_screen; + +}; + +#endif + // _WX_SETTINGS_H_BASE_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_gccxml.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_gccxml.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..55552d45b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_gccxml.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/setup_gccxml.h +// Purpose: setup.h settings for gccxml (see utils/ifacecheck) +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// RCS-ID: $Id: setup_gccxml.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + This file is included by wx/platform.h when gccxml is detected. + + Here we fix some of the things declared in the real setup.h which gccxml doesn't + like. +*/ + + +// gccxml 0.9.0 doesn't like the fcntl2.h which is part of GNU C library +// (at least it doesn't on x86_64 systems!) +#define _FCNTL_H +int open (const char *__path, int __oflag, ...); + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_inc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_inc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ec25baa50d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_inc.h @@ -0,0 +1,1392 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/setup_inc.h +// Purpose: setup.h settings +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: setup_inc.h 67062 2011-02-27 12:48:07Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// define this to 0 when building wxBase library - this can also be done from +// makefile/project file overriding the value here +#ifndef wxUSE_GUI + #define wxUSE_GUI 1 +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// compatibility settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.6 API: set it to 0 to +// flag all cases of using deprecated functions. +// +// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will +// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear +// in the version after it completely. +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code) +#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 0 + +// This setting determines the compatibility with 2.8 API: set it to 0 to +// flag all cases of using deprecated functions. +// +// Default is 1 but please try building your code with 0 as the default will +// change to 0 in the next version and the deprecated functions will disappear +// in the version after it completely. +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (please update your code) +#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 1 + +// MSW-only: Set to 0 for accurate dialog units, else 1 for old behaviour when +// default system font is used for wxWindow::GetCharWidth/Height() instead of +// the current font. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// debugging settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxDEBUG_LEVEL will be defined as 1 in wx/debug.h so normally there is no +// need to define it here. You may do it for two reasons: either completely +// disable/compile out the asserts in release version (then do it inside #ifdef +// NDEBUG) or, on the contrary, enable more asserts, including the usually +// disabled ones, in the debug build (then do it inside #ifndef NDEBUG) +// +// #ifdef NDEBUG +// #define wxDEBUG_LEVEL 0 +// #else +// #define wxDEBUG_LEVEL 2 +// #endif + +// wxHandleFatalExceptions() may be used to catch the program faults at run +// time and, instead of terminating the program with a usual GPF message box, +// call the user-defined wxApp::OnFatalException() function. If you set +// wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION to 0, wxHandleFatalExceptions() will not work. +// +// This setting is for Win32 only and can only be enabled if your compiler +// supports Win32 structured exception handling (currently only VC++ does) +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it. +#define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 1 + +// Set this to 1 to be able to generate a human-readable (unlike +// machine-readable minidump created by wxCrashReport::Generate()) stack back +// trace when your program crashes using wxStackWalker +// +// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if your programs never crash +#define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 1 + +// Set this to 1 to compile in wxDebugReport class which allows you to create +// and optionally upload to your web site a debug report consisting of back +// trace of the crash (if wxUSE_STACKWALKER == 1) and other information. +// +// Default is 1 if supported by the compiler. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, it is compiled into a separate library so there +// is no overhead if you don't use it +#define wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT 1 + +// Generic comment about debugging settings: they are very useful if you don't +// use any other memory leak detection tools such as Purify/BoundsChecker, but +// are probably redundant otherwise. Also, Visual C++ CRT has the same features +// as wxWidgets memory debugging subsystem built in since version 5.0 and you +// may prefer to use it instead of built in memory debugging code because it is +// faster and more fool proof. +// +// Using VC++ CRT memory debugging is enabled by default in debug build (_DEBUG +// is defined) if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS is *not* enabled (i.e. is 0) +// and if __NO_VC_CRTDBG__ is not defined. + +// The rest of the options in this section are obsolete and not supported, +// enable them at your own risk. + +// If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for writing error messages to file, etc. If +// __WXDEBUG__ is not defined, will still use the normal memory operators. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0 + +// If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and wxObject::delete *IF* +// __WXDEBUG__ is also defined. +// +// WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially if +// alignment is an issue. This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you are not using a memory debugging tool, else 0 +#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0 + +// In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally. +// If this causes problems (e.g. link errors which is a common problem +// especially if you use another library which also redefines the global new +// and delete), set this to 0. +// This switch is currently ignored for mingw / cygwin +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0 + +// In debug mode, causes new to be defined to be WXDEBUG_NEW (see object.h). If +// this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0. You may need to set +// this to 0 if using templates (at least for VC++). This switch is currently +// ignored for mingw / cygwin / CodeWarrior +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0 + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Unicode support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// These settings are obsolete: the library is always built in Unicode mode +// now, only set wxUSE_UNICODE to 0 to compile legacy code in ANSI mode if +// absolutely necessary -- updating it is strongly recommended as the ANSI mode +// will disappear completely in future wxWidgets releases. +#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxUSE_UNICODE 1 +#endif + +// wxUSE_WCHAR_T is required by wxWidgets now, don't change. +#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global features +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Compile library in exception-safe mode? If set to 1, the library will try to +// behave correctly in presence of exceptions (even though it still will not +// use the exceptions itself) and notify the user code about any unhandled +// exceptions. If set to 0, propagation of the exceptions through the library +// code will lead to undefined behaviour -- but the code itself will be +// slightly smaller and faster. +// +// Note that like wxUSE_THREADS this option is automatically set to 0 if +// wxNO_EXCEPTIONS is defined. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: depends on whether you intend to use C++ exceptions +// in your own code (1 if you do, 0 if you don't) +#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 1 + +// Set wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI to 1 to use extended RTTI +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 (this is still work in progress...) +#define wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI 0 + +// Set wxUSE_STL to 1 to derive wxList(Foo) and wxArray(Foo) from +// std::list and std::vector, with a compatibility interface, +// and for wxHashMap to be implemented with templates. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: YMMV +#define wxUSE_STL 0 + +// Support for message/error logging. This includes wxLogXXX() functions and +// wxLog and derived classes. Don't set this to 0 unless you really know what +// you are doing. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (always) +#define wxUSE_LOG 1 + +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 1 + +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 1 + +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 1 + +// Support for command line parsing using wxCmdLineParser class. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (can be set to 0 if you don't use the cmd line) +#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 1 + +// Support for multithreaded applications: if 1, compile in thread classes +// (thread.h) and make the library a bit more thread safe. Although thread +// support is quite stable by now, you may still consider recompiling the +// library without it if you have no use for it - this will result in a +// somewhat smaller and faster operation. +// +// Notice that if wxNO_THREADS is defined, wxUSE_THREADS is automatically reset +// to 0 in wx/chkconf.h, so, for example, if you set USE_THREADS to 0 in +// build/msw/config.* file this value will have no effect. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 unless you do plan to develop MT applications +#define wxUSE_THREADS 1 + +// If enabled, compiles wxWidgets streams classes +// +// wx stream classes are used for image IO, process IO redirection, network +// protocols implementation and much more and so disabling this results in a +// lot of other functionality being lost. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 as setting it to 0 disables many other things +#define wxUSE_STREAMS 1 + +// This is not a real option but is used as the default value for +// wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM and wxUSE_STD_STRING. +// +// Currently the Digital Mars and Watcom compilers come without standard C++ +// library headers by default, wxUSE_STD_STRING can be set to 1 if you do have +// them (e.g. from STLPort). +// +// VC++ 5.0 does include standard C++ library headers, however they produce +// many warnings that can't be turned off when compiled at warning level 4. +#if defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) \ + || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1200) + #define wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT 0 +#else + #define wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT 1 +#endif + +// Use standard C++ streams if 1 instead of wx streams in some places. If +// disabled (default), wx streams are used everywhere and wxWidgets doesn't +// depend on the standard streams library. +// +// Notice that enabling this does not replace wx streams with std streams +// everywhere, in a lot of places wx streams are used no matter what. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you use the standard streams anyhow and so +// dependency on the standard streams library is not a +// problem +#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT + +// Enable conversion to standard C++ string if 1. +// +// Default is 1 for most compilers. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to ensure your program doesn't use +// the standard C++ library at all. +#define wxUSE_STD_STRING wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT + +// Support for positional parameters (e.g. %1$d, %2$s ...) in wxVsnprintf. +// Note that if the system's implementation does not support positional +// parameters, setting this to 1 forces the use of the wxWidgets implementation +// of wxVsnprintf. The standard vsnprintf() supports positional parameters on +// many Unix systems but usually doesn't under Windows. +// +// Positional parameters are very useful when translating a program since using +// them in formatting strings allow translators to correctly reorder the +// translated sentences. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you want to support multiple languages +#define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// non GUI features selection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set wxUSE_LONGLONG to 1 to compile the wxLongLong class. This is a 64 bit +// integer which is implemented in terms of native 64 bit integers if any or +// uses emulation otherwise. +// +// This class is required by wxDateTime and so you should enable it if you want +// to use wxDateTime. For most modern platforms, it will use the native 64 bit +// integers in which case (almost) all of its functions are inline and it +// almost does not take any space, so there should be no reason to switch it +// off. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LONGLONG 1 + +// Set wxUSE_BASE64 to 1, to compile in Base64 support. This is required for +// storing binary data in wxConfig on most platforms. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be safely disabled if you don't use it) +#define wxUSE_BASE64 1 + +// Set this to 1 to be able to use wxEventLoop even in console applications +// (i.e. using base library only, without GUI). This is mostly useful for +// processing socket events but is also necessary to use timers in console +// applications +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be safely disabled if you don't use it) +#define wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP 1 + +// Set wxUSE_(F)FILE to 1 to compile wx(F)File classes. wxFile uses low level +// POSIX functions for file access, wxFFile uses ANSI C stdio.h functions. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (wxFile is highly recommended as it is required by +// i18n code, wxFileConfig and others) +#define wxUSE_FILE 1 +#define wxUSE_FFILE 1 + +// Use wxFSVolume class providing access to the configured/active mount points +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely disabled if you don't use it) +#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME 1 + +// Use wxStandardPaths class which allows to retrieve some standard locations +// in the file system +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be disabled to save space, but not much) +#define wxUSE_STDPATHS 1 + +// use wxTextBuffer class: required by wxTextFile +#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 1 + +// use wxTextFile class: requires wxFile and wxTextBuffer, required by +// wxFileConfig +#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 1 + +// i18n support: _() macro, wxLocale class. Requires wxTextFile. +#define wxUSE_INTL 1 + +// Provide wxFoo_l() functions similar to standard foo() functions but taking +// an extra locale parameter. +// +// Notice that this is fully implemented only for the systems providing POSIX +// xlocale support or Microsoft Visual C++ >= 8 (which provides proprietary +// almost-equivalent of xlocale functions), otherwise wxFoo_l() functions will +// only work for the current user locale and "C" locale. You can use +// wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT to test whether the full support is available. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but may be disabled if you are writing programs +// running only in C locale anyhow +#define wxUSE_XLOCALE 1 + +// Set wxUSE_DATETIME to 1 to compile the wxDateTime and related classes which +// allow to manipulate dates, times and time intervals. wxDateTime replaces the +// old wxTime and wxDate classes which are still provided for backwards +// compatibility (and implemented in terms of wxDateTime). +// +// Note that this class is relatively new and is still officially in alpha +// stage because some features are not yet (fully) implemented. It is already +// quite useful though and should only be disabled if you are aiming at +// absolutely minimal version of the library. +// +// Requires: wxUSE_LONGLONG +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DATETIME 1 + +// Set wxUSE_TIMER to 1 to compile wxTimer class +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TIMER 1 + +// Use wxStopWatch clas. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (needed by wxSocket) +#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH 1 + +// Set wxUSE_FSWATCHER to 1 if you want to enable wxFileSystemWatcher +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_FSWATCHER 1 + +// Setting wxUSE_CONFIG to 1 enables the use of wxConfig and related classes +// which allow the application to store its settings in the persistent +// storage. Setting this to 1 will also enable on-demand creation of the +// global config object in wxApp. +// +// See also wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE below. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CONFIG 1 + +// If wxUSE_CONFIG is 1, you may choose to use either the native config +// classes under Windows (using .INI files under Win16 and the registry under +// Win32) or the portable text file format used by the config classes under +// Unix. +// +// Default is 1 to use native classes. Note that you may still use +// wxFileConfig even if you set this to 1 - just the config object created by +// default for the applications needs will be a wxRegConfig or wxIniConfig and +// not wxFileConfig. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1 + +// If wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER is 1, compile in wxDialUpManager class which allows +// to connect/disconnect from the network and be notified whenever the dial-up +// network connection is established/terminated. Requires wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 1 + +// Compile in classes for run-time DLL loading and function calling. +// Required by wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER. +// +// This setting is for Win32 only +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1 + +// experimental, don't use for now +#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 1 + +// Set to 1 to use socket classes +#define wxUSE_SOCKETS 1 + +// Set to 1 to use ipv6 socket classes (requires wxUSE_SOCKETS) +// +// Notice that currently setting this option under Windows will result in +// programs which can only run on recent OS versions (with ws2_32.dll +// installed) which is why it is disabled by default. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you need IPv6 support +#define wxUSE_IPV6 0 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual file systems (required by wxHTML) +#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual ZIP filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) +#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual archive filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) +#define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable virtual Internet filesystem (requires wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) +#define wxUSE_FS_INET 1 + +// wxArchive classes for accessing archives such as zip and tar +#define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile wxZipInput/OutputStream classes. +#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile wxTarInput/OutputStream classes. +#define wxUSE_TARSTREAM 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile wxZlibInput/OutputStream classes. Also required by +// wxUSE_LIBPNG +#define wxUSE_ZLIB 1 + +// If enabled, the code written by Apple will be used to write, in a portable +// way, float on the disk. See extended.c for the license which is different +// from wxWidgets one. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you don't like the license terms (unlikely) +#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE 1 + +// Joystick support class +#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 1 + +// wxFontEnumerator class +#define wxUSE_FONTENUM 1 + +// wxFontMapper class +#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1 + +// wxMimeTypesManager class +#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 1 + +// wxProtocol and related classes: if you want to use either of wxFTP, wxHTTP +// or wxURL you need to set this to 1. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1 + +// The settings for the individual URL schemes +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 1 +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 1 +#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 1 + +// Define this to use wxURL class. +#define wxUSE_URL 1 + +// Define this to use native platform url and protocol support. +// Currently valid only for MS-Windows. +// Note: if you set this to 1, you can open ftp/http/gopher sites +// and obtain a valid input stream for these sites +// even when you set wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP/HTTP to 0. +// Doing so reduces the code size. +// +// This code is experimental and subject to change. +#define wxUSE_URL_NATIVE 0 + +// Support for wxVariant class used in several places throughout the library, +// notably in wxDataViewCtrl API. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size as much as +// possible in which case setting this to 0 can gain up to 100KB. +#define wxUSE_VARIANT 1 + +// Support for wxAny class, the successor for wxVariant. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you want to reduce the library size by a small amount, +// or your compiler cannot for some reason cope with complexity of templates used. +#define wxUSE_ANY 1 + +// Support for regular expression matching via wxRegEx class: enable this to +// use POSIX regular expressions in your code. You need to compile regex +// library from src/regex to use it under Windows. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if your compiler supports it, if it doesn't please +// contribute us a makefile for src/regex for it +#define wxUSE_REGEX 1 + +// wxSystemOptions class +#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1 + +// wxSound class +#define wxUSE_SOUND 1 + +// Use wxMediaCtrl +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL 1 + +// Use wxWidget's XRC XML-based resource system. Recommended. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (requires wxUSE_XML) +#define wxUSE_XRC 1 + +// XML parsing classes. Note that their API will change in the future, so +// using wxXmlDocument and wxXmlNode in your app is not recommended. +// +// Default is the same as wxUSE_XRC, i.e. 1 by default. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (required by XRC) +#define wxUSE_XML wxUSE_XRC + +// Use wxWidget's AUI docking system +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_AUI 1 + +// Use wxWidget's Ribbon classes for interfaces +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_RIBBON 1 + +// Use wxPropertyGrid. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_PROPGRID 1 + +// Use wxStyledTextCtrl, a wxWidgets implementation of Scintilla. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_STC 1 + + +// Enable the new wxGraphicsPath and wxGraphicsContext classes for an advanced +// 2D drawing API. (Still somewhat experimental) +// +// Please note that on Windows gdiplus.dll is loaded dynamically which means +// that nothing special needs to be done as long as you don't use +// wxGraphicsContext at all or only use it on XP and later systems but you +// still do need to distribute it yourself for an application using +// wxGraphicsContext to be runnable on pre-XP systems. +// +// Default is 1 except if you're using a non-Microsoft compiler under Windows +// as only MSVC7+ is known to ship with gdiplus.h. For other compilers (e.g. +// mingw32) you may need to install the headers (and just the headers) +// yourself. If you do, change the setting below manually. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if supported by the compilation environment + +// notice that we can't use wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION() here as this file is +// included from wx/platform.h before wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION() is defined +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# if _MSC_VER >= 1310 + // MSVC7.1+ comes with new enough Platform SDK, enable + // wxGraphicsContext support for it +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 1 +# else + // MSVC 6 didn't include GDI+ headers so disable by default, enable it + // here if you use MSVC 6 with a newer SDK +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0 +# endif +#else + // Disable support for other Windows compilers, enable it if your compiler + // comes with new enough SDK or you installed the headers manually. + // + // Notice that this will be set by configure under non-Windows platforms + // anyhow so the value there is not important. +# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0 +#endif + +// Enable wxGraphicsContext implementation using Cairo library. +// +// This is not needed under Windows and detected automatically by configure +// under other systems, however you may set this to 1 manually if you installed +// Cairo under Windows yourself and prefer to use it instead the native GDI+ +// implementation. +// +// Default is 0 +// +// Recommended setting: 0 +#define wxUSE_CAIRO 0 + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Individual GUI controls +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// You must set wxUSE_CONTROLS to 1 if you are using any controls at all +// (without it, wxControl class is not compiled) +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (don't change except for very special programs) +#define wxUSE_CONTROLS 1 + +// Support markup in control labels, i.e. provide wxControl::SetLabelMarkup(). +// Currently markup is supported only by a few controls and only some ports but +// their number will increase with time. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you want to save on code size) +#define wxUSE_MARKUP 1 + +// wxPopupWindow class is a top level transient window. It is currently used +// to implement wxTipWindow +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0 if you don't wxUSE_TIPWINDOW) +#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 1 + +// wxTipWindow allows to implement the custom tooltips, it is used by the +// context help classes. Requires wxUSE_POPUPWIN. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (may be set to 0) +#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW 1 + +// Each of the settings below corresponds to one wxWidgets control. They are +// all switched on by default but may be disabled if you are sure that your +// program (including any standard dialogs it can show!) doesn't need them and +// if you desperately want to save some space. If you use any of these you must +// set wxUSE_CONTROLS as well. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 1 // wxAnimationCtrl +#define wxUSE_BUTTON 1 // wxButton +#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 1 // wxBitmapButton +#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL 1 // wxCalendarCtrl +#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 1 // wxCheckBox +#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 1 // wxCheckListBox (requires wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN) +#define wxUSE_CHOICE 1 // wxChoice +#define wxUSE_COLLPANE 1 // wxCollapsiblePane +#define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 1 // wxColourPickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1 // wxComboBox +#define wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON 1 // wxCommandLinkButton +#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL 1 // wxDataViewCtrl +#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL 1 // wxDatePickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 1 // wxDirPickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX 1 // wxEditableListBox +#define wxUSE_FILECTRL 1 // wxFileCtrl +#define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 1 // wxFilePickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 1 // wxFontPickerCtrl +#define wxUSE_GAUGE 1 // wxGauge +#define wxUSE_HEADERCTRL 1 // wxHeaderCtrl +#define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 1 // wxHyperlinkCtrl +#define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1 // wxListBox +#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 1 // wxListCtrl +#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX 1 // wxRadioBox +#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 1 // wxRadioButton +#define wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG 1 // wxRichMessageDialog +#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR 1 // wxScrollBar +#define wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL 1 // wxSearchCtrl +#define wxUSE_SLIDER 1 // wxSlider +#define wxUSE_SPINBTN 1 // wxSpinButton +#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 1 // wxSpinCtrl +#define wxUSE_STATBOX 1 // wxStaticBox +#define wxUSE_STATLINE 1 // wxStaticLine +#define wxUSE_STATTEXT 1 // wxStaticText +#define wxUSE_STATBMP 1 // wxStaticBitmap +#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 1 // wxTextCtrl +#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN 1 // requires wxButton +#define wxUSE_TREECTRL 1 // wxTreeCtrl + +// Use a status bar class? Depending on the value of wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR +// below either wxStatusBar95 or a generic wxStatusBar will be used. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 1 + +// Two status bar implementations are available under Win32: the generic one +// or the wrapper around native control. For native look and feel the native +// version should be used. +// +// Default is 1 for the platforms where native status bar is supported. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (there is no advantage in using the generic one) +#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 1 + +// wxToolBar related settings: if wxUSE_TOOLBAR is 0, don't compile any toolbar +// classes at all. Otherwise, use the native toolbar class unless +// wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is 0. +// +// Default is 1 for all settings. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 for wxUSE_TOOLBAR and wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE. +#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1 +#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 1 + +// wxNotebook is a control with several "tabs" located on one of its sides. It +// may be used to logically organise the data presented to the user instead of +// putting everything in one huge dialog. It replaces wxTabControl and related +// classes of wxWin 1.6x. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1 + +// wxListbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxListCtrl instead of +// the tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1 + +// wxChoicebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxChoice instead of +// the tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 1 + +// wxTreebook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxTreeCtrl instead of +// the tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TREEBOOK 1 + +// wxToolbook control is similar to wxNotebook but uses wxToolBar instead of +// tabs +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TOOLBOOK 1 + +// wxTaskBarIcon is a small notification icon shown in the system toolbar or +// dock. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be set to 0 if you don't need it) +#define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 1 + +// wxGrid class +// +// Default is 1, set to 0 to cut down compilation time and binaries size if you +// don't use it. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +// +#define wxUSE_GRID 1 + +// wxMiniFrame class: a frame with narrow title bar +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (it doesn't cost almost anything) +#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 1 + +// wxComboCtrl and related classes: combobox with custom popup window and +// not necessarily a listbox. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 except for wxUniv where it +// it used by wxComboBox +#define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 1 + +// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox is a custom combobox allowing to paint the combobox +// items. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0, except where it is +// needed as a base class for generic wxBitmapComboBox. +#define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 1 + +// wxBitmapComboBox is a combobox that can have images in front of text items. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 +#define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1 + +// wxRearrangeCtrl is a wxCheckListBox with two buttons allowing to move items +// up and down in it. It is also used as part of wxRearrangeDialog. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be safely set to 0 (currently used only by +// wxHeaderCtrl) +#define wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Miscellaneous GUI stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxAcceleratorTable/Entry classes and support for them in wxMenu(Bar) +#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1 + +// Use the standard art provider. The icons returned by this provider are +// embedded into the library as XPMs so disabling it reduces the library size +// somewhat but this should only be done if you use your own custom art +// provider returning the icons or never use any icons not provided by the +// native art provider (which might not be implemented at all for some +// platforms) or by the Tango icons provider (if it's not itself disabled +// below). +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 unless you use your own custom art provider. +#define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD 1 + +// Use art provider providing Tango icons: this art provider has higher quality +// icons than the default ones using smaller size XPM icons without +// transparency but the embedded PNG icons add to the library size. +// +// Default is 1 under non-GTK ports. Under wxGTK the native art provider using +// the GTK+ stock icons replaces it so it is normally not necessary. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be turned off to reduce the library size. +#define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO 1 + +// Hotkey support (currently Windows only) +#define wxUSE_HOTKEY 1 + +// Use wxCaret: a class implementing a "cursor" in a text control (called caret +// under Windows). +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (can be safely set to 0, not used by the library) +#define wxUSE_CARET 1 + +// Use wxDisplay class: it allows enumerating all displays on a system and +// their geometries as well as finding the display on which the given point or +// window lies. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you need it, can be safely set to 0 otherwise +#define wxUSE_DISPLAY 1 + +// Miscellaneous geometry code: needed for Canvas library +#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY 1 + +// Use wxImageList. This class is needed by wxNotebook, wxTreeCtrl and +// wxListCtrl. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (set it to 0 if you don't use any of the controls +// enumerated above, then this class is mostly useless too) +#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 1 + +// Use wxInfoBar class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but can be disabled without problems as nothing +// depends on it) +#define wxUSE_INFOBAR 1 + +// Use wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (can't be disabled under MSW) +#define wxUSE_MENUS 1 + +// Use wxNotificationMessage. +// +// wxNotificationMessage allows to show non-intrusive messages to the user +// using balloons, banners, popups or whatever is the appropriate method for +// the current platform. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE 1 + +// Use wxSashWindow class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_SASH 1 + +// Use wxSplitterWindow class. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_SPLITTER 1 + +// Use wxToolTip and wxWindow::Set/GetToolTip() methods. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 1 + +// wxValidator class and related methods +#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1 + +// Use reference counted ID management: this means that wxWidgets will track +// the automatically allocated ids (those used when you use wxID_ANY when +// creating a window, menu or toolbar item &c) instead of just supposing that +// the program never runs out of them. This is mostly useful only under wxMSW +// where the total ids range is limited to SHRT_MIN..SHRT_MAX and where +// long-running programs can run into problems with ids reuse without this. On +// the other platforms, where the ids have the full int range, this shouldn't +// be necessary. +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#define wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT 1 +#else +#define wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT 0 +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// common dialogs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// On rare occasions (e.g. using DJGPP) may want to omit common dialogs (e.g. +// file selector, printer dialog). Switching this off also switches off the +// printing architecture and interactive wxPrinterDC. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (unless it really doesn't work) +#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 1 + +// wxBusyInfo displays window with message when app is busy. Works in same way +// as wxBusyCursor +#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO 1 + +// Use single/multiple choice dialogs. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1 + +// Use colour picker dialog +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 1 + +// wxDirDlg class for getting a directory name from user +#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1 + +// TODO: setting to choose the generic or native one + +// Use file open/save dialogs. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in many places in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1 + +// Use find/replace dialogs. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (but may be safely set to 0) +#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG 1 + +// Use font picker dialog +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_FONTDLG 1 + +// Use wxMessageDialog and wxMessageBox. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (used in the library itself) +#define wxUSE_MSGDLG 1 + +// progress dialog class for lengthy operations +#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1 + +// support for startup tips (wxShowTip &c) +#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 1 + +// text entry dialog and wxGetTextFromUser function +#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1 + +// number entry dialog +#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1 + +// splash screen class +#define wxUSE_SPLASH 1 + +// wizards +#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1 + +// Compile in wxAboutBox() function showing the standard "About" dialog. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 but can be set to 0 to save some space if you don't +// use this function +#define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 1 + +// wxFileHistory class +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Metafiles support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Windows supports the graphics format known as metafile which is, though not +// portable, is widely used under Windows and so is supported by wxWin (under +// Windows only, of course). Win16 (Win3.1) used the so-called "Window +// MetaFiles" or WMFs which were replaced with "Enhanced MetaFiles" or EMFs in +// Win32 (Win9x, NT, 2000). Both of these are supported in wxWin and, by +// default, WMFs will be used under Win16 and EMFs under Win32. This may be +// changed by setting wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS to 1 and/or setting +// wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE to 0. You may also set wxUSE_METAFILE to 0 to not compile +// in any metafile related classes at all. +// +// Default is 1 for wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE and 0 for wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS. +// +// Recommended setting: default or 0 for everything for portable programs. +#define wxUSE_METAFILE 1 +#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 1 +#define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Big GUI components +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set to 0 to disable MDI support. +// +// Requires wxUSE_NOTEBOOK under platforms other than MSW. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, can be safely set to 0. +#define wxUSE_MDI 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture +#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable MDI document/view architecture +// +// Requires wxUSE_MDI && wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE +#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 1 + +// Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code +#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 1 + +// wxHTML sublibrary allows to display HTML in wxWindow programs and much, +// much more. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (wxHTML is great!), set to 0 if you want compile a +// smaller library. +#define wxUSE_HTML 1 + +// Setting wxUSE_GLCANVAS to 1 enables OpenGL support. You need to have OpenGL +// headers and libraries to be able to compile the library with wxUSE_GLCANVAS +// set to 1 and, under Windows, also to add opengl32.lib and glu32.lib to the +// list of libraries used to link your application (although this is done +// implicitly for Microsoft Visual C++ users). +// +// Default is 1 unless the compiler is known to ship without the necessary +// headers (Digital Mars) or the platform doesn't support OpenGL (Windows CE). +// +// Recommended setting: 1 if you intend to use OpenGL, can be safely set to 0 +// otherwise. +#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 1 + +// wxRichTextCtrl allows editing of styled text. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, set to 0 if you want compile a +// smaller library. +#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data transfer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Use wxClipboard class for clipboard copy/paste. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD 1 + +// Use wxDataObject and related classes. Needed for clipboard and OLE drag and +// drop +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 1 + +// Use wxDropTarget and wxDropSource classes for drag and drop (this is +// different from "built in" drag and drop in wxTreeCtrl which is always +// available). Requires wxUSE_DATAOBJ. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 +#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1 + +// Use wxAccessible for enhanced and customisable accessibility. +// Depends on wxUSE_OLE. +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting (at present): 0 +#define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// miscellaneous settings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxSingleInstanceChecker class allows to verify at startup if another program +// instance is running. +// +// Default is 1 +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (the class is tiny, disabling it won't save much +// space) +#define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER 1 + +#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1 + +#define wxUSE_IPC 1 + // 0 for no interprocess comms +#define wxUSE_HELP 1 + // 0 for no help facility + +// Should we use MS HTML help for wxHelpController? If disabled, neither +// wxCHMHelpController nor wxBestHelpController are available. +// +// Default is 1 under MSW, 0 is always used for the other platforms. +// +// Recommended setting: 1, only set to 0 if you have trouble compiling +// wxCHMHelpController (could be a problem with really ancient compilers) +#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 1 + + +// Use wxHTML-based help controller? +#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 1 + +#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1 + // 0 for no window layout constraint system + +#define wxUSE_SPLINES 1 + // 0 for no splines + +#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL 1 + // Include mouse wheel support + +// Compile wxUIActionSimulator class? +#define wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDC classes for various output formats +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set to 1 for PostScript device context. +#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT 0 + +// Set to 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent +#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile in support for wxSVGFileDC, a wxDC subclass which allows +// to create files in SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics) format. +#define wxUSE_SVG 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// other compiler (mis)features +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope with omission of prototype +// parameters. +// +// Default is 1. +// +// Recommended setting: 1 (should never need to set this to 0) +#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG 1 + +// VC++ 4.2 and above allows and but you can't mix +// them. Set this option to 1 to use , 0 to use . +// +// Note that newer compilers (including VC++ 7.1 and later) don't support +// wxUSE_IOSTREAMH == 1 and so will be used anyhow. +// +// Default is 0. +// +// Recommended setting: 0, only set to 1 if you use a really old compiler +#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// image format support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxImage supports many different image formats which can be configured at +// compile-time. BMP is always supported, others are optional and can be safely +// disabled if you don't plan to use images in such format sometimes saving +// substantial amount of code in the final library. +// +// Some formats require an extra library which is included in wxWin sources +// which is mentioned if it is the case. + +// Set to 1 for wxImage support (recommended). +#define wxUSE_IMAGE 1 + +// Set to 1 for PNG format support (requires libpng). Also requires wxUSE_ZLIB. +#define wxUSE_LIBPNG 1 + +// Set to 1 for JPEG format support (requires libjpeg) +#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 1 + +// Set to 1 for TIFF format support (requires libtiff) +#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 1 + +// Set to 1 for TGA format support (loading only) +#define wxUSE_TGA 1 + +// Set to 1 for GIF format support +#define wxUSE_GIF 1 + +// Set to 1 for PNM format support +#define wxUSE_PNM 1 + +// Set to 1 for PCX format support +#define wxUSE_PCX 1 + +// Set to 1 for IFF format support (Amiga format) +#define wxUSE_IFF 0 + +// Set to 1 for XPM format support +#define wxUSE_XPM 1 + +// Set to 1 for MS Icons and Cursors format support +#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR 1 + +// Set to 1 to compile in wxPalette class +#define wxUSE_PALETTE 1 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxUniversal-only options +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set to 1 to enable compilation of all themes, this is the default +#define wxUSE_ALL_THEMES 1 + +// Set to 1 to enable the compilation of individual theme if wxUSE_ALL_THEMES +// is unset, if it is set these options are not used; notice that metal theme +// uses Win32 one +#define wxUSE_THEME_GTK 0 +#define wxUSE_THEME_METAL 0 +#define wxUSE_THEME_MONO 0 +#define wxUSE_THEME_WIN32 0 + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_redirect.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_redirect.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..87a9c3d85a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/setup_redirect.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +/* + * wx/setup.h + * + * This file should not normally be used, except where makefiles + * have not yet been adjusted to take into account of the new scheme + * whereby a setup.h is created under the lib directory. + * + * Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin + * RCS-ID: $Id: setup_redirect.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ + * Licence: wxWindows Licence + */ + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#include "wx/msw/setup.h" +#else +#error Please adjust your include path to pick up the wx/setup.h file under lib first. +#endif + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sharedptr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sharedptr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c354f8f88 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sharedptr.h @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/sharedptr.h +// Purpose: Shared pointer based on the counted_ptr<> template, which +// is in the public domain +// Author: Robert Roebling, Yonat Sharon +// RCS-ID: $Id: sharedptr.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ +// Copyright: Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SHAREDPTR_H_ +#define _WX_SHAREDPTR_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/atomic.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSharedPtr: A smart pointer with non-intrusive reference counting. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +class wxSharedPtr +{ +public: + typedef T element_type; + + wxEXPLICIT wxSharedPtr( T* ptr = NULL ) + : m_ref(NULL) + { + if (ptr) + m_ref = new reftype(ptr); + } + + ~wxSharedPtr() { Release(); } + wxSharedPtr(const wxSharedPtr& tocopy) { Acquire(tocopy.m_ref); } + + wxSharedPtr& operator=( const wxSharedPtr& tocopy ) + { + if (this != &tocopy) + { + Release(); + Acquire(tocopy.m_ref); + } + return *this; + } + + wxSharedPtr& operator=( T* ptr ) + { + if (get() != ptr) + { + Release(); + if (ptr) + m_ref = new reftype(ptr); + } + return *this; + } + + // test for pointer validity: defining conversion to unspecified_bool_type + // and not more obvious bool to avoid implicit conversions to integer types + typedef T *(wxSharedPtr::*unspecified_bool_type)() const; + operator unspecified_bool_type() const + { + if (m_ref && m_ref->m_ptr) + return &wxSharedPtr::get; + else + return NULL; + } + + T& operator*() const + { + wxASSERT(m_ref != NULL); + wxASSERT(m_ref->m_ptr != NULL); + return *(m_ref->m_ptr); + } + + T* operator->() const + { + wxASSERT(m_ref != NULL); + wxASSERT(m_ref->m_ptr != NULL); + return m_ref->m_ptr; + } + + T* get() const + { + return m_ref ? m_ref->m_ptr : NULL; + } + + void reset( T* ptr = NULL ) + { + Release(); + if (ptr) + m_ref = new reftype(ptr); + } + + bool unique() const { return (m_ref ? m_ref->m_count == 1 : true); } + long use_count() const { return (m_ref ? (long)m_ref->m_count : 0); } + +private: + + struct reftype + { + reftype( T* ptr = NULL, unsigned count = 1 ) : m_ptr(ptr), m_count(count) {} + T* m_ptr; + wxAtomicInt m_count; + }* m_ref; + + void Acquire(reftype* ref) + { + m_ref = ref; + if (ref) + wxAtomicInc( ref->m_count ); + } + + void Release() + { + if (m_ref) + { + wxAtomicDec( m_ref->m_count ); + if (m_ref->m_count == 0) + { + delete m_ref->m_ptr; + delete m_ref; + } + m_ref = NULL; + } + } +}; + +template +bool operator == (wxSharedPtr const &a, wxSharedPtr const &b ) +{ + return a.get() == b.get(); +} + +template +bool operator != (wxSharedPtr const &a, wxSharedPtr const &b ) +{ + return a.get() != b.get(); +} + +#endif // _WX_SHAREDPTR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sizer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sizer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ddd8ef06a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sizer.h @@ -0,0 +1,1299 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/sizer.h +// Purpose: provide wxSizer class for layout +// Author: Robert Roebling and Robin Dunn +// Modified by: Ron Lee, Vadim Zeitlin (wxSizerFlags) +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: sizer.h 66862 2011-02-08 13:36:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Robin Dunn, Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef __WXSIZER_H__ +#define __WXSIZER_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#include "wx/window.h" + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBoxSizer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizerItem; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer; + +#ifndef wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT + #ifdef __SMARTPHONE__ + // no borders by default on limited size screen + #define wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT 0 + #else + #define wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT 1 + #endif +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSizerFlags: flags used for an item in the sizer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSizerFlags +{ +public: + // construct the flags object initialized with the given proportion (0 by + // default) + wxSizerFlags(int proportion = 0) : m_proportion(proportion) + { + m_flags = 0; + m_borderInPixels = 0; + } + + // setters for all sizer flags, they all return the object itself so that + // calls to them can be chained + + wxSizerFlags& Proportion(int proportion) + { + m_proportion = proportion; + return *this; + } + + wxSizerFlags& Expand() + { + m_flags |= wxEXPAND; + return *this; + } + + // notice that Align() replaces the current alignment flags, use specific + // methods below such as Top(), Left() &c if you want to set just the + // vertical or horizontal alignment + wxSizerFlags& Align(int alignment) // combination of wxAlignment values + { + m_flags &= ~wxALIGN_MASK; + m_flags |= alignment; + + return *this; + } + + // some shortcuts for Align() + wxSizerFlags& Centre() { return Align(wxALIGN_CENTRE); } + wxSizerFlags& Center() { return Centre(); } + + wxSizerFlags& Top() + { + m_flags &= ~(wxALIGN_BOTTOM | wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL); + return *this; + } + + wxSizerFlags& Left() + { + m_flags &= ~(wxALIGN_RIGHT | wxALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL); + return *this; + } + + wxSizerFlags& Right() + { + m_flags = (m_flags & ~wxALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL) | wxALIGN_RIGHT; + return *this; + } + + wxSizerFlags& Bottom() + { + m_flags = (m_flags & ~wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL) | wxALIGN_BOTTOM; + return *this; + } + + + // default border size used by Border() below + static int GetDefaultBorder() + { +#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT + #ifdef __WXGTK20__ + // GNOME HIG says to use 6px as the base unit: + // http://library.gnome.org/devel/hig-book/stable/design-window.html.en + return 6; + #else + // FIXME: default border size shouldn't be hardcoded and at the very + // least they should depend on the current font size + return 5; + #endif +#else + return 0; +#endif + } + + + wxSizerFlags& Border(int direction, int borderInPixels) + { + m_flags &= ~wxALL; + m_flags |= direction; + + m_borderInPixels = borderInPixels; + + return *this; + } + + wxSizerFlags& Border(int direction = wxALL) + { +#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT + return Border(direction, GetDefaultBorder()); +#else + // no borders by default on limited size screen + wxUnusedVar(direction); + + return *this; +#endif + } + + wxSizerFlags& DoubleBorder(int direction = wxALL) + { +#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT + return Border(direction, 2*GetDefaultBorder()); +#else + wxUnusedVar(direction); + + return *this; +#endif + } + + wxSizerFlags& TripleBorder(int direction = wxALL) + { +#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT + return Border(direction, 3*GetDefaultBorder()); +#else + wxUnusedVar(direction); + + return *this; +#endif + } + + wxSizerFlags& HorzBorder() + { +#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT + return Border(wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, GetDefaultBorder()); +#else + return *this; +#endif + } + + wxSizerFlags& DoubleHorzBorder() + { +#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT + return Border(wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, 2*GetDefaultBorder()); +#else + return *this; +#endif + } + + // setters for the others flags + wxSizerFlags& Shaped() + { + m_flags |= wxSHAPED; + + return *this; + } + + wxSizerFlags& FixedMinSize() + { + m_flags |= wxFIXED_MINSIZE; + + return *this; + } + + // makes the item ignore window's visibility status + wxSizerFlags& ReserveSpaceEvenIfHidden() + { + m_flags |= wxRESERVE_SPACE_EVEN_IF_HIDDEN; + return *this; + } + + // accessors for wxSizer only + int GetProportion() const { return m_proportion; } + int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } + int GetBorderInPixels() const { return m_borderInPixels; } + +private: + int m_proportion; + int m_flags; + int m_borderInPixels; +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSizerSpacer: used by wxSizerItem to represent a spacer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSizerSpacer +{ +public: + wxSizerSpacer(const wxSize& size) : m_size(size), m_isShown(true) { } + + void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { m_size = size; } + const wxSize& GetSize() const { return m_size; } + + void Show(bool show) { m_isShown = show; } + bool IsShown() const { return m_isShown; } + +private: + // the size, in pixel + wxSize m_size; + + // is the spacer currently shown? + bool m_isShown; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSizerItem +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSizerItem : public wxObject +{ +public: + // window + wxSizerItem( wxWindow *window, + int proportion, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData ); + + // window with flags + wxSizerItem(wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags) + { + Init(flags); + + DoSetWindow(window); + } + + // subsizer + wxSizerItem( wxSizer *sizer, + int proportion, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData ); + + // sizer with flags + wxSizerItem(wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags) + { + Init(flags); + + DoSetSizer(sizer); + } + + // spacer + wxSizerItem( int width, + int height, + int proportion, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData); + + // spacer with flags + wxSizerItem(int width, int height, const wxSizerFlags& flags) + { + Init(flags); + + DoSetSpacer(wxSize(width, height)); + } + + wxSizerItem(); + virtual ~wxSizerItem(); + + virtual void DeleteWindows(); + + // Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer. + void DetachSizer() { m_sizer = NULL; } + + virtual wxSize GetSize() const; + virtual wxSize CalcMin(); + virtual void SetDimension( const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size ); + + wxSize GetMinSize() const + { return m_minSize; } + wxSize GetMinSizeWithBorder() const; + + void SetMinSize(const wxSize& size) + { + if ( IsWindow() ) + m_window->SetMinSize(size); + m_minSize = size; + } + void SetMinSize( int x, int y ) + { SetMinSize(wxSize(x, y)); } + void SetInitSize( int x, int y ) + { SetMinSize(wxSize(x, y)); } + + // if either of dimensions is zero, ratio is assumed to be 1 + // to avoid "divide by zero" errors + void SetRatio(int width, int height) + { m_ratio = (width && height) ? ((float) width / (float) height) : 1; } + void SetRatio(const wxSize& size) + { SetRatio(size.x, size.y); } + void SetRatio(float ratio) + { m_ratio = ratio; } + float GetRatio() const + { return m_ratio; } + + virtual wxRect GetRect() { return m_rect; } + + // set a sizer item id (different from a window id, all sizer items, + // including spacers, can have an associated id) + void SetId(int id) { m_id = id; } + int GetId() const { return m_id; } + + bool IsWindow() const { return m_kind == Item_Window; } + bool IsSizer() const { return m_kind == Item_Sizer; } + bool IsSpacer() const { return m_kind == Item_Spacer; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // Deprecated in 2.6, use {G,S}etProportion instead. + wxDEPRECATED( void SetOption( int option ) ); + wxDEPRECATED( int GetOption() const ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + void SetProportion( int proportion ) + { m_proportion = proportion; } + int GetProportion() const + { return m_proportion; } + void SetFlag( int flag ) + { m_flag = flag; } + int GetFlag() const + { return m_flag; } + void SetBorder( int border ) + { m_border = border; } + int GetBorder() const + { return m_border; } + + wxWindow *GetWindow() const + { return m_kind == Item_Window ? m_window : NULL; } + wxSizer *GetSizer() const + { return m_kind == Item_Sizer ? m_sizer : NULL; } + wxSize GetSpacer() const; + + // This function behaves obviously for the windows and spacers but for the + // sizers it returns true if any sizer element is shown and only returns + // false if all of them are hidden. Also, it always returns true if + // wxRESERVE_SPACE_EVEN_IF_HIDDEN flag was used. + bool IsShown() const; + + void Show(bool show); + + void SetUserData(wxObject* userData) + { delete m_userData; m_userData = userData; } + wxObject* GetUserData() const + { return m_userData; } + wxPoint GetPosition() const + { return m_pos; } + + // Called once the first component of an item has been decided. This is + // used in algorithms that depend on knowing the size in one direction + // before the min size in the other direction can be known. + // Returns true if it made use of the information (and min size was changed). + bool InformFirstDirection( int direction, int size, int availableOtherDir=-1 ); + + // these functions delete the current contents of the item if it's a sizer + // or a spacer but not if it is a window + void AssignWindow(wxWindow *window) + { + Free(); + DoSetWindow(window); + } + + void AssignSizer(wxSizer *sizer) + { + Free(); + DoSetSizer(sizer); + } + + void AssignSpacer(const wxSize& size) + { + Free(); + DoSetSpacer(size); + } + + void AssignSpacer(int w, int h) { AssignSpacer(wxSize(w, h)); } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // these functions do not free the old sizer/spacer and so can easily + // provoke the memory leaks and so shouldn't be used, use Assign() instead + wxDEPRECATED( void SetWindow(wxWindow *window) ); + wxDEPRECATED( void SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer) ); + wxDEPRECATED( void SetSpacer(const wxSize& size) ); + wxDEPRECATED( void SetSpacer(int width, int height) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +protected: + // common part of several ctors + void Init() { m_userData = NULL; m_kind = Item_None; } + + // common part of ctors taking wxSizerFlags + void Init(const wxSizerFlags& flags); + + // free current contents + void Free(); + + // common parts of Set/AssignXXX() + void DoSetWindow(wxWindow *window); + void DoSetSizer(wxSizer *sizer); + void DoSetSpacer(const wxSize& size); + + // discriminated union: depending on m_kind one of the fields is valid + enum + { + Item_None, + Item_Window, + Item_Sizer, + Item_Spacer, + Item_Max + } m_kind; + union + { + wxWindow *m_window; + wxSizer *m_sizer; + wxSizerSpacer *m_spacer; + }; + + wxPoint m_pos; + wxSize m_minSize; + int m_proportion; + int m_border; + int m_flag; + int m_id; + + // on screen rectangle of this item (not including borders) + wxRect m_rect; + + // Aspect ratio can always be calculated from m_size, + // but this would cause precision loss when the window + // is shrunk. It is safer to preserve the initial value. + float m_ratio; + + wxObject *m_userData; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxSizerItem) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSizerItem); +}; + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST( wxSizerItem, wxSizerItemList ); + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSizer: public wxObject, public wxClientDataContainer +{ +public: + wxSizer() { m_containingWindow = NULL; } + virtual ~wxSizer(); + + // methods for adding elements to the sizer: there are Add/Insert/Prepend + // overloads for each of window/sizer/spacer/wxSizerItem + wxSizerItem* Add(wxWindow *window, + int proportion = 0, + int flag = 0, + int border = 0, + wxObject* userData = NULL); + wxSizerItem* Add(wxSizer *sizer, + int proportion = 0, + int flag = 0, + int border = 0, + wxObject* userData = NULL); + wxSizerItem* Add(int width, + int height, + int proportion = 0, + int flag = 0, + int border = 0, + wxObject* userData = NULL); + wxSizerItem* Add( wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags); + wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags); + wxSizerItem* Add( int width, int height, const wxSizerFlags& flags); + wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizerItem *item); + + virtual wxSizerItem *AddSpacer(int size); + wxSizerItem* AddStretchSpacer(int prop = 1); + + wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index, + wxWindow *window, + int proportion = 0, + int flag = 0, + int border = 0, + wxObject* userData = NULL); + wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index, + wxSizer *sizer, + int proportion = 0, + int flag = 0, + int border = 0, + wxObject* userData = NULL); + wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index, + int width, + int height, + int proportion = 0, + int flag = 0, + int border = 0, + wxObject* userData = NULL); + wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index, + wxWindow *window, + const wxSizerFlags& flags); + wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index, + wxSizer *sizer, + const wxSizerFlags& flags); + wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index, + int width, + int height, + const wxSizerFlags& flags); + + // NB: do _not_ override this function in the derived classes, this one is + // virtual for compatibility reasons only to allow old code overriding + // it to continue to work, override DoInsert() instead in the new code + virtual wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index, wxSizerItem *item); + + wxSizerItem* InsertSpacer(size_t index, int size); + wxSizerItem* InsertStretchSpacer(size_t index, int prop = 1); + + wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxWindow *window, + int proportion = 0, + int flag = 0, + int border = 0, + wxObject* userData = NULL); + wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxSizer *sizer, + int proportion = 0, + int flag = 0, + int border = 0, + wxObject* userData = NULL); + wxSizerItem* Prepend(int width, + int height, + int proportion = 0, + int flag = 0, + int border = 0, + wxObject* userData = NULL); + wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags); + wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags); + wxSizerItem* Prepend(int width, int height, const wxSizerFlags& flags); + wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxSizerItem *item); + + wxSizerItem* PrependSpacer(int size); + wxSizerItem* PrependStretchSpacer(int prop = 1); + + // set (or possibly unset if window is NULL) or get the window this sizer + // is used in + void SetContainingWindow(wxWindow *window); + wxWindow *GetContainingWindow() const { return m_containingWindow; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // Deprecated in 2.6 since historically it does not delete the window, + // use Detach instead. + wxDEPRECATED( virtual bool Remove( wxWindow *window ) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + virtual bool Remove( wxSizer *sizer ); + virtual bool Remove( int index ); + + virtual bool Detach( wxWindow *window ); + virtual bool Detach( wxSizer *sizer ); + virtual bool Detach( int index ); + + virtual bool Replace( wxWindow *oldwin, wxWindow *newwin, bool recursive = false ); + virtual bool Replace( wxSizer *oldsz, wxSizer *newsz, bool recursive = false ); + virtual bool Replace( size_t index, wxSizerItem *newitem ); + + virtual void Clear( bool delete_windows = false ); + virtual void DeleteWindows(); + + // Inform sizer about the first direction that has been decided (by parent item) + // Returns true if it made use of the informtion (and recalculated min size) + virtual bool InformFirstDirection( int WXUNUSED(direction), int WXUNUSED(size), int WXUNUSED(availableOtherDir) ) + { return false; } + + void SetMinSize( int width, int height ) + { DoSetMinSize( width, height ); } + void SetMinSize( const wxSize& size ) + { DoSetMinSize( size.x, size.y ); } + + // Searches recursively + bool SetItemMinSize( wxWindow *window, int width, int height ) + { return DoSetItemMinSize( window, width, height ); } + bool SetItemMinSize( wxWindow *window, const wxSize& size ) + { return DoSetItemMinSize( window, size.x, size.y ); } + + // Searches recursively + bool SetItemMinSize( wxSizer *sizer, int width, int height ) + { return DoSetItemMinSize( sizer, width, height ); } + bool SetItemMinSize( wxSizer *sizer, const wxSize& size ) + { return DoSetItemMinSize( sizer, size.x, size.y ); } + + bool SetItemMinSize( size_t index, int width, int height ) + { return DoSetItemMinSize( index, width, height ); } + bool SetItemMinSize( size_t index, const wxSize& size ) + { return DoSetItemMinSize( index, size.x, size.y ); } + + wxSize GetSize() const + { return m_size; } + wxPoint GetPosition() const + { return m_position; } + + // Calculate the minimal size or return m_minSize if bigger. + wxSize GetMinSize(); + + // These virtual functions are used by the layout algorithm: first + // CalcMin() is called to calculate the minimal size of the sizer and + // prepare for laying it out and then RecalcSizes() is called to really + // update all the sizer items + virtual wxSize CalcMin() = 0; + virtual void RecalcSizes() = 0; + + virtual void Layout(); + + wxSize ComputeFittingClientSize(wxWindow *window); + wxSize ComputeFittingWindowSize(wxWindow *window); + + wxSize Fit( wxWindow *window ); + void FitInside( wxWindow *window ); + void SetSizeHints( wxWindow *window ); +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // This only calls FitInside() since 2.9 + wxDEPRECATED( void SetVirtualSizeHints( wxWindow *window ) ); +#endif + + wxSizerItemList& GetChildren() + { return m_children; } + const wxSizerItemList& GetChildren() const + { return m_children; } + + void SetDimension(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size) + { + m_position = pos; + m_size = size; + Layout(); + + // This call is required for wxWrapSizer to be able to calculate its + // minimal size correctly. + InformFirstDirection(wxHORIZONTAL, size.x, size.y); + } + void SetDimension(int x, int y, int width, int height) + { SetDimension(wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height)); } + + size_t GetItemCount() const { return m_children.GetCount(); } + bool IsEmpty() const { return m_children.IsEmpty(); } + + wxSizerItem* GetItem( wxWindow *window, bool recursive = false ); + wxSizerItem* GetItem( wxSizer *sizer, bool recursive = false ); + wxSizerItem* GetItem( size_t index ); + wxSizerItem* GetItemById( int id, bool recursive = false ); + + // Manage whether individual scene items are considered + // in the layout calculations or not. + bool Show( wxWindow *window, bool show = true, bool recursive = false ); + bool Show( wxSizer *sizer, bool show = true, bool recursive = false ); + bool Show( size_t index, bool show = true ); + + bool Hide( wxSizer *sizer, bool recursive = false ) + { return Show( sizer, false, recursive ); } + bool Hide( wxWindow *window, bool recursive = false ) + { return Show( window, false, recursive ); } + bool Hide( size_t index ) + { return Show( index, false ); } + + bool IsShown( wxWindow *window ) const; + bool IsShown( wxSizer *sizer ) const; + bool IsShown( size_t index ) const; + + // Recursively call wxWindow::Show () on all sizer items. + virtual void ShowItems (bool show); + + void Show(bool show) { ShowItems(show); } + +protected: + wxSize m_size; + wxSize m_minSize; + wxPoint m_position; + wxSizerItemList m_children; + + // the window this sizer is used in, can be NULL + wxWindow *m_containingWindow; + + wxSize GetMaxClientSize( wxWindow *window ) const; + wxSize GetMinClientSize( wxWindow *window ); + wxSize VirtualFitSize( wxWindow *window ); + + virtual void DoSetMinSize( int width, int height ); + virtual bool DoSetItemMinSize( wxWindow *window, int width, int height ); + virtual bool DoSetItemMinSize( wxSizer *sizer, int width, int height ); + virtual bool DoSetItemMinSize( size_t index, int width, int height ); + + // insert a new item into m_children at given index and return the item + // itself + virtual wxSizerItem* DoInsert(size_t index, wxSizerItem *item); + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxSizer) +}; + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGridSizer: public wxSizer +{ +public: + // ctors specifying the number of columns only: number of rows will be + // deduced automatically depending on the number of sizer elements + wxGridSizer( int cols, int vgap, int hgap ); + wxGridSizer( int cols, const wxSize& gap = wxSize(0, 0) ); + + // ctors specifying the number of rows and columns + wxGridSizer( int rows, int cols, int vgap, int hgap ); + wxGridSizer( int rows, int cols, const wxSize& gap ); + + virtual void RecalcSizes(); + virtual wxSize CalcMin(); + + void SetCols( int cols ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( cols >= 0, "Number of columns must be non-negative"); + m_cols = cols; + } + + void SetRows( int rows ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( rows >= 0, "Number of rows must be non-negative"); + m_rows = rows; + } + + void SetVGap( int gap ) { m_vgap = gap; } + void SetHGap( int gap ) { m_hgap = gap; } + int GetCols() const { return m_cols; } + int GetRows() const { return m_rows; } + int GetVGap() const { return m_vgap; } + int GetHGap() const { return m_hgap; } + + int GetEffectiveColsCount() const { return m_cols ? m_cols : CalcCols(); } + int GetEffectiveRowsCount() const { return m_rows ? m_rows : CalcRows(); } + + // return the number of total items and the number of columns and rows + // (for internal use only) + int CalcRowsCols(int& rows, int& cols) const; + +protected: + // the number of rows/columns in the sizer, if 0 then it is determined + // dynamically depending on the total number of items + int m_rows; + int m_cols; + + // gaps between rows and columns + int m_vgap; + int m_hgap; + + virtual wxSizerItem *DoInsert(size_t index, wxSizerItem *item); + + void SetItemBounds( wxSizerItem *item, int x, int y, int w, int h ); + + // returns the number of columns/rows needed for the current total number + // of children (and the fixed number of rows/columns) + int CalcCols() const + { + wxCHECK_MSG + ( + m_rows, 0, + "Can't calculate number of cols if number of rows is not specified" + ); + + return (m_children.GetCount() + m_rows - 1) / m_rows; + } + + int CalcRows() const + { + wxCHECK_MSG + ( + m_cols, 0, + "Can't calculate number of cols if number of rows is not specified" + ); + + return (m_children.GetCount() + m_cols - 1) / m_cols; + } + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxGridSizer) +}; + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFlexGridSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// values which define the behaviour for resizing wxFlexGridSizer cells in the +// "non-flexible" direction +enum wxFlexSizerGrowMode +{ + // don't resize the cells in non-flexible direction at all + wxFLEX_GROWMODE_NONE, + + // uniformly resize only the specified ones (default) + wxFLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED, + + // uniformly resize all cells + wxFLEX_GROWMODE_ALL +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFlexGridSizer: public wxGridSizer +{ +public: + // ctors specifying the number of columns only: number of rows will be + // deduced automatically depending on the number of sizer elements + wxFlexGridSizer( int cols, int vgap, int hgap ); + wxFlexGridSizer( int cols, const wxSize& gap = wxSize(0, 0) ); + + // ctors specifying the number of rows and columns + wxFlexGridSizer( int rows, int cols, int vgap, int hgap ); + wxFlexGridSizer( int rows, int cols, const wxSize& gap ); + + // dtor + virtual ~wxFlexGridSizer(); + + // set the rows/columns which will grow (the others will remain of the + // constant initial size) + void AddGrowableRow( size_t idx, int proportion = 0 ); + void RemoveGrowableRow( size_t idx ); + void AddGrowableCol( size_t idx, int proportion = 0 ); + void RemoveGrowableCol( size_t idx ); + + bool IsRowGrowable( size_t idx ); + bool IsColGrowable( size_t idx ); + + // the sizer cells may grow in both directions, not grow at all or only + // grow in one direction but not the other + + // the direction may be wxVERTICAL, wxHORIZONTAL or wxBOTH (default) + void SetFlexibleDirection(int direction) { m_flexDirection = direction; } + int GetFlexibleDirection() const { return m_flexDirection; } + + // note that the grow mode only applies to the direction which is not + // flexible + void SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(wxFlexSizerGrowMode mode) { m_growMode = mode; } + wxFlexSizerGrowMode GetNonFlexibleGrowMode() const { return m_growMode; } + + // Read-only access to the row heights and col widths arrays + const wxArrayInt& GetRowHeights() const { return m_rowHeights; } + const wxArrayInt& GetColWidths() const { return m_colWidths; } + + // implementation + virtual void RecalcSizes(); + virtual wxSize CalcMin(); + +protected: + void AdjustForFlexDirection(); + void AdjustForGrowables(const wxSize& sz); + void FindWidthsAndHeights(int nrows, int ncols); + + // the heights/widths of all rows/columns + wxArrayInt m_rowHeights, + m_colWidths; + + // indices of the growable columns and rows + wxArrayInt m_growableRows, + m_growableCols; + + // proportion values of the corresponding growable rows and columns + wxArrayInt m_growableRowsProportions, + m_growableColsProportions; + + // parameters describing whether the growable cells should be resized in + // both directions or only one + int m_flexDirection; + wxFlexSizerGrowMode m_growMode; + + // saves CalcMin result to optimize RecalcSizes + wxSize m_calculatedMinSize; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxFlexGridSizer) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFlexGridSizer); +}; + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBoxSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBoxSizer: public wxSizer +{ +public: + wxBoxSizer(int orient) + { + m_orient = orient; + m_totalProportion = 0; + + wxASSERT_MSG( m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL || m_orient == wxVERTICAL, + wxT("invalid value for wxBoxSizer orientation") ); + } + + virtual wxSizerItem *AddSpacer(int size); + + int GetOrientation() const { return m_orient; } + + bool IsVertical() const { return m_orient == wxVERTICAL; } + + void SetOrientation(int orient) { m_orient = orient; } + + // implementation of our resizing logic + virtual wxSize CalcMin(); + virtual void RecalcSizes(); + +protected: + // helpers for our code: this returns the component of the given wxSize in + // the direction of the sizer and in the other direction, respectively + int GetSizeInMajorDir(const wxSize& sz) const + { + return m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? sz.x : sz.y; + } + + int& SizeInMajorDir(wxSize& sz) + { + return m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? sz.x : sz.y; + } + + int& PosInMajorDir(wxPoint& pt) + { + return m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? pt.x : pt.y; + } + + int GetSizeInMinorDir(const wxSize& sz) const + { + return m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? sz.y : sz.x; + } + + int& SizeInMinorDir(wxSize& sz) + { + return m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? sz.y : sz.x; + } + + int& PosInMinorDir(wxPoint& pt) + { + return m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? pt.y : pt.x; + } + + // another helper: creates wxSize from major and minor components + wxSize SizeFromMajorMinor(int major, int minor) const + { + if ( m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) + { + return wxSize(major, minor); + } + else // wxVERTICAL + { + return wxSize(minor, major); + } + } + + + // either wxHORIZONTAL or wxVERTICAL + int m_orient; + + // the sum of proportion of all of our elements + int m_totalProportion; + + // the minimal size needed for this sizer as calculated by the last call to + // our CalcMin() + wxSize m_minSize; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxBoxSizer) +}; + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticBoxSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STATBOX + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticBox; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBoxSizer: public wxBoxSizer +{ +public: + wxStaticBoxSizer(wxStaticBox *box, int orient); + wxStaticBoxSizer(int orient, wxWindow *win, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString); + virtual ~wxStaticBoxSizer(); + + void RecalcSizes(); + wxSize CalcMin(); + + wxStaticBox *GetStaticBox() const + { return m_staticBox; } + + // override to hide/show the static box as well + virtual void ShowItems (bool show); + + virtual bool Detach( wxWindow *window ); + virtual bool Detach( wxSizer *sizer ) { return wxBoxSizer::Detach(sizer); } + virtual bool Detach( int index ) { return wxBoxSizer::Detach(index); } + +protected: + wxStaticBox *m_staticBox; + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxStaticBoxSizer) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticBoxSizer); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStdDialogButtonSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStdDialogButtonSizer: public wxBoxSizer +{ +public: + // Constructor just creates a new wxBoxSizer, not much else. + // Box sizer orientation is automatically determined here: + // vertical for PDAs, horizontal for everything else? + wxStdDialogButtonSizer(); + + // Checks button ID against system IDs and sets one of the pointers below + // to this button. Does not do any sizer-related things here. + void AddButton(wxButton *button); + + // Use these if no standard ID can/should be used + void SetAffirmativeButton( wxButton *button ); + void SetNegativeButton( wxButton *button ); + void SetCancelButton( wxButton *button ); + + // All platform-specific code here, checks which buttons exist and add + // them to the sizer accordingly. + // Note - one potential hack on Mac we could use here, + // if m_buttonAffirmative is wxID_SAVE then ensure wxID_SAVE + // is set to _("Save") and m_buttonNegative is set to _("Don't Save") + // I wouldn't add any other hacks like that into here, + // but this one I can see being useful. + void Realize(); + + wxButton *GetAffirmativeButton() const { return m_buttonAffirmative; } + wxButton *GetApplyButton() const { return m_buttonApply; } + wxButton *GetNegativeButton() const { return m_buttonNegative; } + wxButton *GetCancelButton() const { return m_buttonCancel; } + wxButton *GetHelpButton() const { return m_buttonHelp; } + +protected: + wxButton *m_buttonAffirmative; // wxID_OK, wxID_YES, wxID_SAVE go here + wxButton *m_buttonApply; // wxID_APPLY + wxButton *m_buttonNegative; // wxID_NO + wxButton *m_buttonCancel; // wxID_CANCEL, wxID_CLOSE + wxButton *m_buttonHelp; // wxID_HELP, wxID_CONTEXT_HELP + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxStdDialogButtonSizer) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStdDialogButtonSizer); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// inline functions implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +inline void wxSizerItem::SetWindow(wxWindow *window) +{ + DoSetWindow(window); +} + +inline void wxSizerItem::SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer) +{ + DoSetSizer(sizer); +} + +inline void wxSizerItem::SetSpacer(const wxSize& size) +{ + DoSetSpacer(size); +} + +inline void wxSizerItem::SetSpacer(int width, int height) +{ + DoSetSpacer(wxSize(width, height)); +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Insert(size_t index, wxSizerItem *item) +{ + return DoInsert(index, item); +} + + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Add( wxSizerItem *item ) +{ + return Insert( m_children.GetCount(), item ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Add( wxWindow *window, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData ) +{ + return Add( new wxSizerItem( window, proportion, flag, border, userData ) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Add( wxSizer *sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData ) +{ + return Add( new wxSizerItem( sizer, proportion, flag, border, userData ) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Add( int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData ) +{ + return Add( new wxSizerItem( width, height, proportion, flag, border, userData ) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Add( wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags ) +{ + return Add( new wxSizerItem(window, flags) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Add( wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags ) +{ + return Add( new wxSizerItem(sizer, flags) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Add( int width, int height, const wxSizerFlags& flags ) +{ + return Add( new wxSizerItem(width, height, flags) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::AddSpacer(int size) +{ + return Add(size, size); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::AddStretchSpacer(int prop) +{ + return Add(0, 0, prop); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Prepend( wxSizerItem *item ) +{ + return Insert( 0, item ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Prepend( wxWindow *window, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData ) +{ + return Prepend( new wxSizerItem( window, proportion, flag, border, userData ) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Prepend( wxSizer *sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData ) +{ + return Prepend( new wxSizerItem( sizer, proportion, flag, border, userData ) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Prepend( int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData ) +{ + return Prepend( new wxSizerItem( width, height, proportion, flag, border, userData ) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::PrependSpacer(int size) +{ + return Prepend(size, size); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::PrependStretchSpacer(int prop) +{ + return Prepend(0, 0, prop); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Prepend( wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags ) +{ + return Prepend( new wxSizerItem(window, flags) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Prepend( wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags ) +{ + return Prepend( new wxSizerItem(sizer, flags) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Prepend( int width, int height, const wxSizerFlags& flags ) +{ + return Prepend( new wxSizerItem(width, height, flags) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Insert( size_t index, + wxWindow *window, + int proportion, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData ) +{ + return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem( window, proportion, flag, border, userData ) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Insert( size_t index, + wxSizer *sizer, + int proportion, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData ) +{ + return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem( sizer, proportion, flag, border, userData ) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Insert( size_t index, + int width, + int height, + int proportion, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData ) +{ + return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem( width, height, proportion, flag, border, userData ) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Insert( size_t index, wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags ) +{ + return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem(window, flags) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Insert( size_t index, wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags ) +{ + return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem(sizer, flags) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::Insert( size_t index, int width, int height, const wxSizerFlags& flags ) +{ + return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem(width, height, flags) ); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::InsertSpacer(size_t index, int size) +{ + return Insert(index, size, size); +} + +inline wxSizerItem* +wxSizer::InsertStretchSpacer(size_t index, int prop) +{ + return Insert(index, 0, 0, prop); +} + +#endif // __WXSIZER_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/slider.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/slider.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..344d442b2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/slider.h @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/slider.h +// Purpose: wxSlider interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 09.02.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: slider.h 66844 2011-02-05 16:36:30Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1996-2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SLIDER_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_SLIDER_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_SLIDER + +#include "wx/control.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSlider flags +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxSL_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL /* 0x0004 */ +#define wxSL_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL /* 0x0008 */ + +#define wxSL_TICKS 0x0010 +#define wxSL_AUTOTICKS wxSL_TICKS // we don't support manual ticks +#define wxSL_LEFT 0x0040 +#define wxSL_TOP 0x0080 +#define wxSL_RIGHT 0x0100 +#define wxSL_BOTTOM 0x0200 +#define wxSL_BOTH 0x0400 +#define wxSL_SELRANGE 0x0800 +#define wxSL_INVERSE 0x1000 +#define wxSL_MIN_MAX_LABELS 0x2000 +#define wxSL_VALUE_LABEL 0x4000 +#define wxSL_LABELS (wxSL_MIN_MAX_LABELS|wxSL_VALUE_LABEL) + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // obsolete + #define wxSL_NOTIFY_DRAG 0x0000 +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxSliderNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSliderBase: define wxSlider interface +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSliderBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + /* the ctor of the derived class should have the following form: + + wxSlider(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + int value, int minValue, int maxValue, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr); + */ + wxSliderBase() { } + + // get/set the current slider value (should be in range) + virtual int GetValue() const = 0; + virtual void SetValue(int value) = 0; + + // retrieve/change the range + virtual void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue) = 0; + virtual int GetMin() const = 0; + virtual int GetMax() const = 0; + void SetMin( int minValue ) { SetRange( minValue , GetMax() ) ; } + void SetMax( int maxValue ) { SetRange( GetMin() , maxValue ) ; } + + // the line/page size is the increment by which the slider moves when + // cursor arrow key/page up or down are pressed (clicking the mouse is like + // pressing PageUp/Down) and are by default set to 1 and 1/10 of the range + virtual void SetLineSize(int lineSize) = 0; + virtual void SetPageSize(int pageSize) = 0; + virtual int GetLineSize() const = 0; + virtual int GetPageSize() const = 0; + + // these methods get/set the length of the slider pointer in pixels + virtual void SetThumbLength(int lenPixels) = 0; + virtual int GetThumbLength() const = 0; + + // warning: most of subsequent methods are currently only implemented in + // wxMSW under Win95 and are silently ignored on other platforms + + void SetTickFreq(int freq) { DoSetTickFreq(freq); } + virtual int GetTickFreq() const { return 0; } + virtual void ClearTicks() { } + virtual void SetTick(int WXUNUSED(tickPos)) { } + + virtual void ClearSel() { } + virtual int GetSelEnd() const { return GetMin(); } + virtual int GetSelStart() const { return GetMax(); } + virtual void SetSelection(int WXUNUSED(min), int WXUNUSED(max)) { } + +#ifdef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( void SetTickFreq(int freq, int), DoSetTickFreq(freq); ) +#endif + +protected: + // Platform-specific implementation of SetTickFreq + virtual void DoSetTickFreq(int WXUNUSED(freq)) { /* unsupported by default */ } + + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + // adjust value according to wxSL_INVERSE style + virtual int ValueInvertOrNot(int value) const + { + if (HasFlag(wxSL_INVERSE)) + return (GetMax() + GetMin()) - value; + else + return value; + } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSliderBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the real class declaration +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/slider.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/slider.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/slider.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/slider.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/slider.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/slider.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/slider.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/slider.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/slider.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER + +#endif + // _WX_SLIDER_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/snglinst.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/snglinst.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..930209d4e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/snglinst.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/snglinst.h +// Purpose: wxSingleInstanceChecker can be used to restrict the number of +// simultaneously running copies of a program to one +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 08.06.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: snglinst.h 61945 2009-09-16 12:38:00Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SNGLINST_H_ +#define _WX_SNGLINST_H_ + +#if wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER + +#include "wx/app.h" +#include "wx/utils.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSingleInstanceChecker +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSingleInstanceChecker +{ +public: + // default ctor, use Create() after it + wxSingleInstanceChecker() { Init(); } + + // like Create() but no error checking (dangerous!) + wxSingleInstanceChecker(const wxString& name, + const wxString& path = wxEmptyString) + { + Init(); + Create(name, path); + } + + // notice that calling Create() is optional now, if you don't do it before + // calling IsAnotherRunning(), CreateDefault() is used automatically + // + // name it is used as the mutex name under Win32 and the lock file name + // under Unix so it should be as unique as possible and must be non-empty + // + // path is optional and is ignored under Win32 and used as the directory to + // create the lock file in under Unix (default is wxGetHomeDir()) + // + // returns false if initialization failed, it doesn't mean that another + // instance is running - use IsAnotherRunning() to check it + bool Create(const wxString& name, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString); + + // use the default name, which is a combination of wxTheApp->GetAppName() + // and wxGetUserId() for mutex/lock file + // + // this is called implicitly by IsAnotherRunning() if the checker hadn't + // been created until then + bool CreateDefault() + { + wxCHECK_MSG( wxTheApp, false, "must have application instance" ); + return Create(wxTheApp->GetAppName() + '-' + wxGetUserId()); + } + + // is another copy of this program already running? + bool IsAnotherRunning() const + { + if ( !m_impl ) + { + if ( !const_cast(this)->CreateDefault() ) + { + // if creation failed, return false as it's better to not + // prevent this instance from starting up if there is an error + return false; + } + } + + return DoIsAnotherRunning(); + } + + // dtor is not virtual, this class is not meant to be used polymorphically + ~wxSingleInstanceChecker(); + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init() { m_impl = NULL; } + + // do check if another instance is running, called only if m_impl != NULL + bool DoIsAnotherRunning() const; + + // the implementation details (platform specific) + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxSingleInstanceCheckerImpl *m_impl; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSingleInstanceChecker); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER + +#endif // _WX_SNGLINST_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/socket.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/socket.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4b69eb2440 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/socket.h @@ -0,0 +1,413 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/socket.h +// Purpose: Socket handling classes +// Authors: Guilhem Lavaux, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Modified by: +// Created: April 1997 +// RCS-ID: $Id: socket.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SOCKET_H_ +#define _WX_SOCKET_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSocket headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/sckaddr.h" +#include "wx/list.h" + +class wxSocketImpl; + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Types and constants +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +// Types of different socket notifications or events. +// +// NB: the values here should be consecutive and start with 0 as they are +// used to construct the wxSOCKET_XXX_FLAG bit mask values below +enum wxSocketNotify +{ + wxSOCKET_INPUT, + wxSOCKET_OUTPUT, + wxSOCKET_CONNECTION, + wxSOCKET_LOST +}; + +enum +{ + wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG = 1 << wxSOCKET_INPUT, + wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG = 1 << wxSOCKET_OUTPUT, + wxSOCKET_CONNECTION_FLAG = 1 << wxSOCKET_CONNECTION, + wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG = 1 << wxSOCKET_LOST +}; + +// this is a combination of the bit masks defined above +typedef int wxSocketEventFlags; + +enum wxSocketError +{ + wxSOCKET_NOERROR = 0, + wxSOCKET_INVOP, + wxSOCKET_IOERR, + wxSOCKET_INVADDR, + wxSOCKET_INVSOCK, + wxSOCKET_NOHOST, + wxSOCKET_INVPORT, + wxSOCKET_WOULDBLOCK, + wxSOCKET_TIMEDOUT, + wxSOCKET_MEMERR, + wxSOCKET_OPTERR +}; + +// socket options/flags bit masks +enum +{ + wxSOCKET_NONE = 0, + wxSOCKET_NOWAIT = 1, + wxSOCKET_WAITALL = 2, + wxSOCKET_BLOCK = 4, + wxSOCKET_REUSEADDR = 8, + wxSOCKET_BROADCAST = 16, + wxSOCKET_NOBIND = 32 +}; + +typedef int wxSocketFlags; + +// socket kind values (badly defined, don't use) +enum wxSocketType +{ + wxSOCKET_UNINIT, + wxSOCKET_CLIENT, + wxSOCKET_SERVER, + wxSOCKET_BASE, + wxSOCKET_DATAGRAM +}; + + +// event +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET wxSocketEvent; +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_NET, wxEVT_SOCKET, wxSocketEvent); + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSocketBase +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + // Public interface + // ---------------- + + // ctors and dtors + wxSocketBase(); + wxSocketBase(wxSocketFlags flags, wxSocketType type); + virtual ~wxSocketBase(); + void Init(); + bool Destroy(); + + // state + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + bool IsOk() const { return m_impl != NULL; } + bool Error() const { return LastError() != wxSOCKET_NOERROR; } + bool IsClosed() const { return m_closed; } + bool IsConnected() const { return m_connected; } + bool IsData() { return WaitForRead(0, 0); } + bool IsDisconnected() const { return !IsConnected(); } + wxUint32 LastCount() const { return m_lcount; } + wxSocketError LastError() const; + void SaveState(); + void RestoreState(); + + // addresses + virtual bool GetLocal(wxSockAddress& addr_man) const; + virtual bool GetPeer(wxSockAddress& addr_man) const; + virtual bool SetLocal(const wxIPV4address& local); + + // base IO + virtual bool Close(); + void ShutdownOutput(); + wxSocketBase& Discard(); + wxSocketBase& Peek(void* buffer, wxUint32 nbytes); + wxSocketBase& Read(void* buffer, wxUint32 nbytes); + wxSocketBase& ReadMsg(void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes); + wxSocketBase& Unread(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes); + wxSocketBase& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes); + wxSocketBase& WriteMsg(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes); + + // all Wait() functions wait until their condition is satisfied or the + // timeout expires; if seconds == -1 (default) then m_timeout value is used + // + // it is also possible to call InterruptWait() to cancel any current Wait() + + // wait for anything at all to happen with this socket + bool Wait(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0); + + // wait until we can read from or write to the socket without blocking + // (notice that this does not mean that the operation will succeed but only + // that it will return immediately) + bool WaitForRead(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0); + bool WaitForWrite(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0); + + // wait until the connection is terminated + bool WaitForLost(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0); + + void InterruptWait() { m_interrupt = true; } + + + wxSocketFlags GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } + void SetFlags(wxSocketFlags flags); + virtual void SetTimeout(long seconds); + long GetTimeout() const { return m_timeout; } + + bool GetOption(int level, int optname, void *optval, int *optlen); + bool SetOption(int level, int optname, const void *optval, int optlen); + wxUint32 GetLastIOSize() const { return m_lcount; } + + // event handling + void *GetClientData() const { return m_clientData; } + void SetClientData(void *data) { m_clientData = data; } + void SetEventHandler(wxEvtHandler& handler, int id = wxID_ANY); + void SetNotify(wxSocketEventFlags flags); + void Notify(bool notify); + + // initialize/shutdown the sockets (done automatically so there is no need + // to call these functions usually) + // + // should always be called from the main thread only so one of the cases + // where they should indeed be called explicitly is when the first wxSocket + // object in the application is created in a different thread + static bool Initialize(); + static void Shutdown(); + + // check if wxSocket had been already initialized + // + // notice that this function should be only called from the main thread as + // otherwise it is inherently unsafe because Initialize/Shutdown() may be + // called concurrently with it in the main thread + static bool IsInitialized(); + + // Implementation from now on + // -------------------------- + + // do not use, should be private (called from wxSocketImpl only) + void OnRequest(wxSocketNotify notify); + + // do not use, not documented nor supported + bool IsNoWait() const { return ((m_flags & wxSOCKET_NOWAIT) != 0); } + wxSocketType GetType() const { return m_type; } + +private: + friend class wxSocketClient; + friend class wxSocketServer; + friend class wxDatagramSocket; + + // low level IO + wxUint32 DoRead(void* buffer, wxUint32 nbytes); + wxUint32 DoWrite(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes); + + // wait until the given flags are set for this socket or the given timeout + // (or m_timeout) expires + // + // notice that wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG is always taken into account and the + // function returns -1 if the connection was lost; otherwise it returns + // true if any of the events specified by flags argument happened or false + // if the timeout expired + int DoWait(long timeout, wxSocketEventFlags flags); + + // a helper calling DoWait() using the same convention as the public + // WaitForXXX() functions use, i.e. use our timeout if seconds == -1 or the + // specified timeout otherwise + int DoWait(long seconds, long milliseconds, wxSocketEventFlags flags); + + // another helper calling DoWait() using our m_timeout + int DoWaitWithTimeout(wxSocketEventFlags flags) + { + return DoWait(m_timeout*1000, flags); + } + + // pushback buffer + void Pushback(const void *buffer, wxUint32 size); + wxUint32 GetPushback(void *buffer, wxUint32 size, bool peek); + + // store the given error as the LastError() + void SetError(wxSocketError error); + +private: + // socket + wxSocketImpl *m_impl; // port-specific implementation + wxSocketType m_type; // wxSocket type + + // state + wxSocketFlags m_flags; // wxSocket flags + bool m_connected; // connected? + bool m_establishing; // establishing connection? + bool m_reading; // busy reading? + bool m_writing; // busy writing? + bool m_closed; // was the other end closed? + wxUint32 m_lcount; // last IO transaction size + unsigned long m_timeout; // IO timeout value in seconds + // (TODO: remove, wxSocketImpl has it too) + wxList m_states; // stack of states (TODO: remove!) + bool m_interrupt; // interrupt ongoing wait operations? + bool m_beingDeleted; // marked for delayed deletion? + wxIPV4address m_localAddress; // bind to local address? + + // pushback buffer + void *m_unread; // pushback buffer + wxUint32 m_unrd_size; // pushback buffer size + wxUint32 m_unrd_cur; // pushback pointer (index into buffer) + + // events + int m_id; // socket id + wxEvtHandler *m_handler; // event handler + void *m_clientData; // client data for events + bool m_notify; // notify events to users? + wxSocketEventFlags m_eventmask; // which events to notify? + wxSocketEventFlags m_eventsgot; // collects events received in OnRequest() + + + friend class wxSocketReadGuard; + friend class wxSocketWriteGuard; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketBase); + DECLARE_CLASS(wxSocketBase) +}; + + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSocketServer +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketServer : public wxSocketBase +{ +public: + wxSocketServer(const wxSockAddress& addr, + wxSocketFlags flags = wxSOCKET_NONE); + + wxSocketBase* Accept(bool wait = true); + bool AcceptWith(wxSocketBase& socket, bool wait = true); + + bool WaitForAccept(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketServer); + DECLARE_CLASS(wxSocketServer) +}; + + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSocketClient +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketClient : public wxSocketBase +{ +public: + wxSocketClient(wxSocketFlags flags = wxSOCKET_NONE); + + virtual bool Connect(const wxSockAddress& addr, bool wait = true); + bool Connect(const wxSockAddress& addr, + const wxSockAddress& local, + bool wait = true); + + bool WaitOnConnect(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0); + + // Sets initial socket buffer sizes using the SO_SNDBUF and SO_RCVBUF + // options before calling connect (either one can be -1 to leave it + // unchanged) + void SetInitialSocketBuffers(int recv, int send) + { + m_initialRecvBufferSize = recv; + m_initialSendBufferSize = send; + } + +private: + virtual bool DoConnect(const wxSockAddress& addr, + const wxSockAddress* local, + bool wait = true); + + // buffer sizes, -1 if unset and defaults should be used + int m_initialRecvBufferSize; + int m_initialSendBufferSize; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketClient); + DECLARE_CLASS(wxSocketClient) +}; + + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDatagramSocket +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// WARNING: still in alpha stage + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxDatagramSocket : public wxSocketBase +{ +public: + wxDatagramSocket(const wxSockAddress& addr, + wxSocketFlags flags = wxSOCKET_NONE); + + wxDatagramSocket& RecvFrom(wxSockAddress& addr, + void *buf, + wxUint32 nBytes); + wxDatagramSocket& SendTo(const wxSockAddress& addr, + const void* buf, + wxUint32 nBytes); + + /* TODO: + bool Connect(wxSockAddress& addr); + */ + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDatagramSocket); + DECLARE_CLASS(wxDatagramSocket) +}; + + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSocketEvent +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxSocketEvent(int id = 0) + : wxEvent(id, wxEVT_SOCKET) + { + } + + wxSocketNotify GetSocketEvent() const { return m_event; } + wxSocketBase *GetSocket() const + { return (wxSocketBase *) GetEventObject(); } + void *GetClientData() const { return m_clientData; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSocketEvent(*this); } + virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_SOCKET; } + +public: + wxSocketNotify m_event; + void *m_clientData; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSocketEvent) +}; + + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSocketEventFunction)(wxSocketEvent&); + +#define wxSocketEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSocketEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_SOCKET(id, func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SOCKET, id, wxSocketEventHandler(func)) + +#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS + +#endif // _WX_SOCKET_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sound.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sound.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d19a2d10b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sound.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/sound.h +// Purpose: wxSoundBase class +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/02/01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sound.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004, Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SOUND_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_SOUND_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_SOUND + +#include "wx/object.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSoundBase: common wxSound code and interface +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Flags for wxSound::Play + +// NB: We can't use enum with some compilers, because they keep reporting +// nonexistent ambiguities between Play(unsigned) and static Play(const +// wxString&, unsigned). +#define wxSOUND_SYNC ((unsigned)0) +#define wxSOUND_ASYNC ((unsigned)1) +#define wxSOUND_LOOP ((unsigned)2) + +// Base class for wxSound implementations +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSoundBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + // Play the sound: + bool Play(unsigned flags = wxSOUND_ASYNC) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( (flags & wxSOUND_LOOP) == 0 || + (flags & wxSOUND_ASYNC) != 0, + wxT("sound can only be looped asynchronously") ); + return DoPlay(flags); + } + + // Plays sound from filename: + static bool Play(const wxString& filename, unsigned flags = wxSOUND_ASYNC); + +protected: + virtual bool DoPlay(unsigned flags) const = 0; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSound class implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/sound.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/sound.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/sound.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/sound.h" +#elif defined(__UNIX__) + #include "wx/unix/sound.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSoundBase methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline bool wxSoundBase::Play(const wxString& filename, unsigned flags) +{ + wxSound snd(filename); + return snd.IsOk() ? snd.Play(flags) : false; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_SOUND + +#endif // _WX_SOUND_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/spinbutt.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/spinbutt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad0b12c8a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/spinbutt.h @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/spinbutt.h +// Purpose: wxSpinButtonBase class +// Author: Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 23.07.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: spinbutt.h 66625 2011-01-07 17:42:39Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SPINBUTT_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_SPINBUTT_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_SPINBTN + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/range.h" + +#define wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME wxT("wxSpinButton") + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// The wxSpinButton is like a small scrollbar than is often placed next +// to a text control. +// +// Styles: +// wxSP_HORIZONTAL: horizontal spin button +// wxSP_VERTICAL: vertical spin button (the default) +// wxSP_ARROW_KEYS: arrow keys increment/decrement value +// wxSP_WRAP: value wraps at either end +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinButtonBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + // ctor initializes the range with the default (0..100) values + wxSpinButtonBase() { m_min = 0; m_max = 100; } + + // accessors + virtual int GetValue() const = 0; + virtual int GetMin() const { return m_min; } + virtual int GetMax() const { return m_max; } + wxRange GetRange() const { return wxRange( GetMin(), GetMax() );} + + // operations + virtual void SetValue(int val) = 0; + virtual void SetMin(int minVal) { SetRange ( minVal , m_max ) ; } + virtual void SetMax(int maxVal) { SetRange ( m_min , maxVal ) ; } + virtual void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal) + { + m_min = minVal; + m_max = maxVal; + } + void SetRange( const wxRange& range) { SetRange( range.GetMin(), range.GetMax()); } + + // is this spin button vertically oriented? + bool IsVertical() const { return (m_windowStyle & wxSP_VERTICAL) != 0; } + +protected: + // the range value + int m_min; + int m_max; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSpinButtonBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the declaration of the real class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/spinbutt.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/spinbutt.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/spinbutt.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/spinbutt.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/spinbutt.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/spinbutt.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/spinbutt.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/spinbutt.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// the wxSpinButton event +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinEvent : public wxNotifyEvent +{ +public: + wxSpinEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0) + : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid) + { + } + + wxSpinEvent(const wxSpinEvent& event) : wxNotifyEvent(event) {} + + // get the current value of the control + int GetValue() const { return m_commandInt; } + void SetValue(int value) { m_commandInt = value; } + + int GetPosition() const { return m_commandInt; } + void SetPosition(int pos) { m_commandInt = pos; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSpinEvent(*this); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSpinEvent) +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSpinEventFunction)(wxSpinEvent&); + +#define wxSpinEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSpinEventFunction, func) + +// macros for handling spin events: notice that we must use the real values of +// the event type constants and not their references (wxEVT_SPIN[_UP/DOWN]) +// here as otherwise the event tables could end up with non-initialized +// (because of undefined initialization order of the globals defined in +// different translation units) references in them +#define EVT_SPIN_UP(winid, func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SPIN_UP, winid, wxSpinEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SPIN_DOWN(winid, func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SPIN_DOWN, winid, wxSpinEventHandler(func)) +#define EVT_SPIN(winid, func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SPIN, winid, wxSpinEventHandler(func)) + +#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN + +#endif + // _WX_SPINBUTT_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/spinctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/spinctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19fce4df50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/spinctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/spinctrl.h +// Purpose: wxSpinCtrlBase class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 22.07.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: spinctrl.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SPINCTRL_H_ +#define _WX_SPINCTRL_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + +#include "wx/spinbutt.h" // should make wxSpinEvent visible to the app + +// Events +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinDoubleEvent; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED, wxSpinEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRLDOUBLE_UPDATED, wxSpinDoubleEvent); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// A spin ctrl is a text control with a spin button which is usually used to +// prompt the user for a numeric input. +// There are two kinds for number types T=integer or T=double. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrlBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxSpinCtrlBase() {} + + // accessor functions that derived classes are expected to have + // T GetValue() const + // T GetMin() const + // T GetMax() const + // T GetIncrement() const + virtual bool GetSnapToTicks() const = 0; + // unsigned GetDigits() const - wxSpinCtrlDouble only + + // operation functions that derived classes are expected to have + virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) = 0; + // void SetValue(T val) + // void SetRange(T minVal, T maxVal) + // void SetIncrement(T inc) + virtual void SetSnapToTicks(bool snap_to_ticks) = 0; + // void SetDigits(unsigned digits) - wxSpinCtrlDouble only + + // Select text in the textctrl + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) = 0; + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSpinCtrlBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinDoubleEvent - a wxSpinEvent for double valued controls +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinDoubleEvent : public wxNotifyEvent +{ +public: + wxSpinDoubleEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0, + double value = 0) + : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid), m_value(value) + { + } + + wxSpinDoubleEvent(const wxSpinDoubleEvent& event) + : wxNotifyEvent(event), m_value(event.GetValue()) + { + } + + double GetValue() const { return m_value; } + void SetValue(double value) { m_value = value; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSpinDoubleEvent(*this); } + +protected: + double m_value; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSpinDoubleEvent) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinDoubleEvent event type, see also wxSpinEvent in wx/spinbutt.h +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSpinDoubleEventFunction)(wxSpinDoubleEvent&); + +#define wxSpinDoubleEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSpinDoubleEventFunction, func) + +// macros for handling spinctrl events + +#define EVT_SPINCTRL(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED, id, wxSpinEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_SPINCTRLDOUBLE(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRLDOUBLE_UPDATED, id, wxSpinDoubleEventHandler(fn)) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the platform-dependent class implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// we may have a native wxSpinCtrl implementation, native wxSpinCtrl and +// wxSpinCtrlDouble implementations or neither, define the appropriate symbols +// and include the generic version if necessary to provide the missing class(es) + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || \ + defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \ + defined(__WXCOCOA__) + // nothing, use generic controls +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL + #include "wx/msw/spinctrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL + #include "wx/os2/spinctrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRLDOUBLE + #include "wx/gtk/spinctrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL + #include "wx/gtk1/spinctrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL + #include "wx/osx/spinctrl.h" +#endif // platform + +#if !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL) || !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRLDOUBLE) + #include "wx/generic/spinctlg.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL + +#endif // _WX_SPINCTRL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/splash.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/splash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..acd87fc136 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/splash.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/splash.h +// Purpose: Base header for wxSplashScreen +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: splash.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SPLASH_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_SPLASH_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/generic/splash.h" + +#endif + // _WX_SPLASH_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/splitter.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/splitter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..27b1fa41a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/splitter.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/splitter.h +// Purpose: Base header for wxSplitterWindow +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: splitter.h 58718 2009-02-07 18:59:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SPLITTER_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_SPLITTER_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/event.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSplitterWindow flags +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxSP_NOBORDER 0x0000 +#define wxSP_THIN_SASH 0x0000 // NB: the default is 3D sash +#define wxSP_NOSASH 0x0010 +#define wxSP_PERMIT_UNSPLIT 0x0040 +#define wxSP_LIVE_UPDATE 0x0080 +#define wxSP_3DSASH 0x0100 +#define wxSP_3DBORDER 0x0200 +#define wxSP_NO_XP_THEME 0x0400 +#define wxSP_BORDER wxSP_3DBORDER +#define wxSP_3D (wxSP_3DBORDER | wxSP_3DSASH) + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // obsolete styles, don't do anything + #define wxSP_SASH_AQUA 0 + #define wxSP_FULLSASH 0 +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSplitterEvent; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED, wxSplitterEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING, wxSplitterEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED, wxSplitterEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT, wxSplitterEvent ); + +#include "wx/generic/splitter.h" + +#endif // _WX_SPLITTER_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/srchctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/srchctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6dc5ee4435 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/srchctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/srchctrl.h +// Purpose: wxSearchCtrlBase class +// Author: Vince Harron +// Created: 2006-02-18 +// RCS-ID: $Id: srchctrl.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Vince Harron +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL + +#include "wx/textctrl.h" + +#if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && defined(__WXMAC__) + // search control was introduced in Mac OS X 10.3 Panther + #define wxUSE_NATIVE_SEARCH_CONTROL 1 + + #define wxSearchCtrlBaseBaseClass wxTextCtrl +#else + // no native version, use the generic one + #define wxUSE_NATIVE_SEARCH_CONTROL 0 + + class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSearchCtrlBaseBaseClass : public wxControl, + public wxTextCtrlIface + { + }; +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxSearchCtrlNameStr[]; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_CANCEL_BTN, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN, wxCommandEvent); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// a search ctrl is a text control with a search button and a cancel button +// it is based on the MacOSX 10.3 control HISearchFieldCreate +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSearchCtrlBase : public wxSearchCtrlBaseBaseClass +{ +public: + wxSearchCtrlBase() { } + virtual ~wxSearchCtrlBase() { } + + // search control +#if wxUSE_MENUS + virtual void SetMenu(wxMenu *menu) = 0; + virtual wxMenu *GetMenu() = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + // get/set options + virtual void ShowSearchButton( bool show ) = 0; + virtual bool IsSearchButtonVisible() const = 0; + + virtual void ShowCancelButton( bool show ) = 0; + virtual bool IsCancelButtonVisible() const = 0; + +private: + // implement wxTextEntry pure virtual method + virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() { return this; } +}; + + +// include the platform-dependent class implementation +#if wxUSE_NATIVE_SEARCH_CONTROL + #if defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/srchctrl.h" + #endif +#else + #include "wx/generic/srchctlg.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros for handling search events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define EVT_SEARCHCTRL_CANCEL_BTN(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_CANCEL_BTN, id, wxCommandEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN, id, wxCommandEventHandler(fn)) + +#endif // wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL + +#endif // _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sstream.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sstream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a891306dfa --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sstream.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/sstream.h +// Purpose: string-based streams +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-09-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sstream.h 63248 2010-01-24 11:33:17Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SSTREAM_H_ +#define _WX_SSTREAM_H_ + +#include "wx/stream.h" + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStringInputStream is a stream reading from the given (fixed size) string +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringInputStream : public wxInputStream +{ +public: + // ctor associates the stream with the given string which makes a copy of + // it + wxStringInputStream(const wxString& s); + + virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const; + virtual bool IsSeekable() const { return true; } + +protected: + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode); + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const; + virtual size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size); + +private: + // the string that was passed in the ctor + wxString m_str; + + // the buffer we're reading from + wxCharBuffer m_buf; + + // length of the buffer we're reading from + size_t m_len; + + // position in the stream in bytes, *not* in chars + size_t m_pos; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringInputStream); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStringOutputStream writes data to the given string, expanding it as needed +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringOutputStream : public wxOutputStream +{ +public: + // The stream will write data either to the provided string or to an + // internal string which can be retrieved using GetString() + // + // Note that the conversion object should have the life time greater than + // this stream. + wxStringOutputStream(wxString *pString = NULL, + wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8) + : m_conv(conv) +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + , m_unconv(0) +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + { + m_str = pString ? pString : &m_strInternal; + m_pos = m_str->length() / sizeof(wxChar); + } + + // get the string containing current output + const wxString& GetString() const { return *m_str; } + + virtual bool IsSeekable() const { return true; } + +protected: + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const; + virtual size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size); + +private: + // internal string, not used if caller provided his own string + wxString m_strInternal; + + // pointer given by the caller or just pointer to m_strInternal + wxString *m_str; + + // position in the stream in bytes, *not* in chars + size_t m_pos; + + // converter to use: notice that with the default UTF-8 one the input + // stream must contain valid UTF-8 data, use wxConvISO8859_1 to work with + // arbitrary 8 bit data + wxMBConv& m_conv; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + // unconverted data from the last call to OnSysWrite() + wxMemoryBuffer m_unconv; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringOutputStream); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif // _WX_SSTREAM_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stack.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stack.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ca3cd657a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stack.h @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/stack.h +// Purpose: STL stack clone +// Author: Lindsay Mathieson, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 30.07.2001 +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Lindsay Mathieson (WX_DECLARE_STACK) +// 2011 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STACK_H_ +#define _WX_STACK_H_ + +#include "wx/vector.h" + +#if wxUSE_STL + +#include +#define wxStack std::stack + +#else // !wxUSE_STL + +// Notice that unlike std::stack, wxStack currently always uses wxVector and +// can't be used with any other underlying container type. +// +// Another difference is that comparison operators between stacks are not +// implemented (but they should be, see 23.2.3.3 of ISO/IEC 14882:1998). + +template +class wxStack +{ +public: + typedef wxVector container_type; + typedef typename container_type::size_type size_type; + typedef typename container_type::value_type value_type; + + wxStack() { } + explicit wxStack(const container_type& cont) : m_cont(cont) { } + + // Default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok. + + + bool empty() const { return m_cont.empty(); } + size_type size() const { return m_cont.size(); } + + value_type& top() { return m_cont.back(); } + const value_type& top() const { return m_cont.back(); } + + void push(const value_type& val) { m_cont.push_back(val); } + void pop() { m_cont.pop_back(); } + +private: + container_type m_cont; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STL/!wxUSE_STL + + +// Deprecated macro-based class for compatibility only, don't use any more. +#define WX_DECLARE_STACK(obj, cls) \ +class cls : public wxVector \ +{\ +public:\ + void push(const obj& o)\ + {\ + push_back(o); \ + };\ +\ + void pop()\ + {\ + pop_back(); \ + };\ +\ + obj& top()\ + {\ + return at(size() - 1);\ + };\ + const obj& top() const\ + {\ + return at(size() - 1); \ + };\ +} + +#endif // _WX_STACK_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stackwalk.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stackwalk.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2032d830fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stackwalk.h @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/stackwalk.h +// Purpose: wxStackWalker and related classes, common part +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-01-07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stackwalk.h 64754 2010-06-26 11:43:13Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STACKWALK_H_ +#define _WX_STACKWALK_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStackFrame; + +#define wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH (200) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStackFrame: a single stack level +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackFrameBase +{ +private: + // put this inline function here so that it is defined before use + wxStackFrameBase *ConstCast() const + { return const_cast(this); } + +public: + wxStackFrameBase(size_t level, void *address = NULL) + { + m_level = level; + + m_line = + m_offset = 0; + + m_address = address; + } + + // get the level of this frame (deepest/innermost one is 0) + size_t GetLevel() const { return m_level; } + + // return the address of this frame + void *GetAddress() const { return m_address; } + + + // return the unmangled (if possible) name of the function containing this + // frame + wxString GetName() const { ConstCast()->OnGetName(); return m_name; } + + // return the instruction pointer offset from the start of the function + size_t GetOffset() const { ConstCast()->OnGetName(); return m_offset; } + + // get the module this function belongs to (not always available) + wxString GetModule() const { ConstCast()->OnGetName(); return m_module; } + + + // return true if we have the filename and line number for this frame + bool HasSourceLocation() const { return !GetFileName().empty(); } + + // return the name of the file containing this frame, empty if + // unavailable (typically because debug info is missing) + wxString GetFileName() const + { ConstCast()->OnGetLocation(); return m_filename; } + + // return the line number of this frame, 0 if unavailable + size_t GetLine() const { ConstCast()->OnGetLocation(); return m_line; } + + + // return the number of parameters of this function (may return 0 if we + // can't retrieve the parameters info even although the function does have + // parameters) + virtual size_t GetParamCount() const { return 0; } + + // get the name, type and value (in text form) of the given parameter + // + // any pointer may be NULL + // + // return true if at least some values could be retrieved + virtual bool GetParam(size_t WXUNUSED(n), + wxString * WXUNUSED(type), + wxString * WXUNUSED(name), + wxString * WXUNUSED(value)) const + { + return false; + } + + + // although this class is not supposed to be used polymorphically, give it + // a virtual dtor to silence compiler warnings + virtual ~wxStackFrameBase() { } + +protected: + // hooks for derived classes to initialize some fields on demand + virtual void OnGetName() { } + virtual void OnGetLocation() { } + + + // fields are protected, not private, so that OnGetXXX() could modify them + // directly + size_t m_level; + + wxString m_name, + m_module, + m_filename; + + size_t m_line; + + void *m_address; + size_t m_offset; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStackWalker: class for enumerating stack frames +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackWalkerBase +{ +public: + // ctor does nothing, use Walk() to walk the stack + wxStackWalkerBase() { } + + // dtor does nothing neither but should be virtual + virtual ~wxStackWalkerBase() { } + + // enumerate stack frames from the current location, skipping the initial + // number of them (this can be useful when Walk() is called from some known + // location and you don't want to see the first few frames anyhow; also + // notice that Walk() frame itself is not included if skip >= 1) + virtual void Walk(size_t skip = 1, size_t maxDepth = wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH) = 0; + +#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION + // enumerate stack frames from the location of uncaught exception + // + // this version can only be called from wxApp::OnFatalException() + virtual void WalkFromException(size_t maxDepth = wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH) = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION + +protected: + // this function must be overrided to process the given frame + virtual void OnStackFrame(const wxStackFrame& frame) = 0; +}; + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/stackwalk.h" +#elif defined(__UNIX__) + #include "wx/unix/stackwalk.h" +#else + #error "wxStackWalker is not supported, set wxUSE_STACKWALKER to 0" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_STACKWALKER + +#endif // _WX_STACKWALK_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statbmp.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statbmp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..83b1f764c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statbmp.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/statbmp.h +// Purpose: wxStaticBitmap class interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 25.08.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statbmp.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STATBMP_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_STATBMP_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STATBMP + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxStaticBitmapNameStr[]; + +// a control showing an icon or a bitmap +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBitmapBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxStaticBitmapBase() { } + virtual ~wxStaticBitmapBase(); + + // our interface + virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) = 0; + virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0; + virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const = 0; + virtual wxIcon GetIcon() const /* = 0 -- should be pure virtual */ + { + // stub it out here for now as not all ports implement it (but they + // should) + return wxIcon(); + } + + // overriden base class virtuals + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; } + +protected: + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticBitmapBase); +}; + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/statbmp.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/statbmp.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/statbmp.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/statbmp.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/statbmp.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/statbmp.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/statbmp.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/statbmp.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_STATBMP + +#endif + // _WX_STATBMP_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f1e9709d6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/statbox.h +// Purpose: wxStaticBox base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: statbox.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STATBOX_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_STATBOX_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STATBOX + +#include "wx/control.h" + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxStaticBoxNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticBox: a grouping box with a label +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBoxBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxStaticBoxBase() { } + + // overriden base class virtuals + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; } + + // implementation only: this is used by wxStaticBoxSizer to account for the + // need for extra space taken by the static box + // + // the top border is the margin at the top (where the title is), + // borderOther is the margin on all other sides + virtual void GetBordersForSizer(int *borderTop, int *borderOther) const + { + const int BORDER = 5; // FIXME: hardcoded value + + *borderTop = GetLabel().empty() ? BORDER : GetCharHeight(); + *borderOther = BORDER; + } + +protected: + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticBoxBase); +}; + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/statbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/statbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/statbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/statbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/statbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/statbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/statbox.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/statbox.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX + +#endif + // _WX_STATBOX_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statline.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statline.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2062344486 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statline.h @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/statline.h +// Purpose: wxStaticLine class interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 28.06.99 +// Version: $Id: statline.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STATLINE_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_STATLINE_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this defines wxUSE_STATLINE +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STATLINE + +// the base class declaration +#include "wx/control.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global variables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the default name for objects of class wxStaticLine +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxStaticLineNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticLine - a line in a dialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticLineBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + // constructor + wxStaticLineBase() { } + + // is the line vertical? + bool IsVertical() const { return (GetWindowStyle() & wxLI_VERTICAL) != 0; } + + // get the default size for the "lesser" dimension of the static line + static int GetDefaultSize() { return 2; } + + // overriden base class virtuals + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + +protected: + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + // set the right size for the right dimension + wxSize AdjustSize(const wxSize& size) const + { + wxSize sizeReal(size); + if ( IsVertical() ) + { + if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord ) + sizeReal.x = GetDefaultSize(); + } + else + { + if ( size.y == wxDefaultCoord ) + sizeReal.y = GetDefaultSize(); + } + + return sizeReal; + } + + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const + { + return AdjustSize(wxDefaultSize); + } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticLineBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// now include the actual class declaration +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/statline.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/statline.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/statline.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/statline.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/statline.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/statline.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/statline.h" +#else // use generic implementation for all other platforms + #include "wx/generic/statline.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_STATLINE + +#endif // _WX_STATLINE_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stattext.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stattext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23bb7f3ced --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stattext.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/stattext.h +// Purpose: wxStaticText base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: stattext.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STATTEXT_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_STATTEXT_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STATTEXT + +#include "wx/control.h" + +/* + * wxStaticText flags + */ +#define wxST_NO_AUTORESIZE 0x0001 +// free 0x0002 bit +#define wxST_ELLIPSIZE_START 0x0004 +#define wxST_ELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE 0x0008 +#define wxST_ELLIPSIZE_END 0x0010 + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxStaticTextNameStr[]; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticTextBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxStaticTextBase() { } + + // wrap the text of the control so that no line is longer than the given + // width (if possible: this function won't break words) + // This function will modify the value returned by GetLabel()! + void Wrap(int width); + + // overriden base virtuals + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; } + + bool IsEllipsized() const + { + return HasFlag(wxST_ELLIPSIZE_START) || + HasFlag(wxST_ELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE) || + HasFlag(wxST_ELLIPSIZE_END); + } + +protected: // functions required for wxST_ELLIPSIZE_* support + + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + // Calls Ellipsize() on the real label if necessary. Unlike GetLabelText(), + // keeps the mnemonics instead of removing them. + virtual wxString GetEllipsizedLabel() const; + + // Replaces parts of the string with ellipsis according to the ellipsize + // style. Shouldn't be called if we don't have any. + wxString Ellipsize(const wxString& label) const; + + // to be called when updating the size of the static text: + // updates the label redoing ellipsization calculations + void UpdateLabel(); + + // These functions are platform-specific and must be overridden in ports + // which do not natively support ellipsization and they must be implemented + // in a way so that the m_labelOrig member of wxControl is not touched: + + // returns the real label currently displayed inside the control. + virtual wxString DoGetLabel() const { return wxEmptyString; } + + // sets the real label currently displayed inside the control, + // _without_ invalidating the size. The text passed is always markup-free + // but may contain the mnemonic characters. + virtual void DoSetLabel(const wxString& WXUNUSED(str)) { } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticTextBase); +}; + +// see wx/generic/stattextg.h for the explanation +#ifndef wxNO_PORT_STATTEXT_INCLUDE + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/stattext.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/stattext.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/stattext.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/stattext.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/stattext.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/stattext.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/stattext.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/stattext.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/stattext.h" +#endif + +#endif // !wxNO_PORT_STATTEXT_INCLUDE + +#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT + +#endif // _WX_STATTEXT_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statusbr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statusbr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..255ec251ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/statusbr.h @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/statusbr.h +// Purpose: wxStatusBar class interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 05.02.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statusbr.h 66226 2010-11-22 01:22:36Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STATUSBR_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_STATUSBR_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxStatusBarNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStatusBar constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxStatusBar styles +#define wxSTB_SIZEGRIP 0x0010 +#define wxSTB_SHOW_TIPS 0x0020 + +#define wxSTB_ELLIPSIZE_START 0x0040 +#define wxSTB_ELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE 0x0080 +#define wxSTB_ELLIPSIZE_END 0x0100 + +#define wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxSTB_SIZEGRIP|wxSTB_ELLIPSIZE_END|wxSTB_SHOW_TIPS|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + + +// old compat style name: +#define wxST_SIZEGRIP wxSTB_SIZEGRIP + + +// style flags for wxStatusBar fields +#define wxSB_NORMAL 0x0000 +#define wxSB_FLAT 0x0001 +#define wxSB_RAISED 0x0002 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStatusBarPane: an helper for wxStatusBar +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStatusBarPane +{ +public: + wxStatusBarPane(int style = wxSB_NORMAL, size_t width = 0) + : m_nStyle(style), m_nWidth(width) + { m_bEllipsized = false; } + + int GetWidth() const { return m_nWidth; } + int GetStyle() const { return m_nStyle; } + wxString GetText() const { return m_text; } + + + // implementation-only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + bool IsEllipsized() const + { return m_bEllipsized; } + void SetIsEllipsized(bool isEllipsized) { m_bEllipsized = isEllipsized; } + + void SetWidth(int width) { m_nWidth = width; } + void SetStyle(int style) { m_nStyle = style; } + + // set text, return true if it changed or false if it was already set to + // this value + bool SetText(const wxString& text); + + // save the existing text on top of our stack and make the new text + // current; return true if the text really changed + bool PushText(const wxString& text); + + // restore the message saved by the last call to Push() (unless it was + // changed by an intervening call to SetText()) and return true if we + // really restored anything + bool PopText(); + +private: + int m_nStyle; + int m_nWidth; // may be negative, indicating a variable-width field + wxString m_text; + + // the array used to keep the previous values of this pane after a + // PushStatusText() call, its top element is the value to restore after the + // next PopStatusText() call while the currently shown value is always in + // m_text + wxArrayString m_arrStack; + + // is the currently shown value shown with ellipsis in the status bar? + bool m_bEllipsized; +}; + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxStatusBarPane, wxStatusBarPaneArray); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStatusBar: a window near the bottom of the frame used for status info +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStatusBarBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxStatusBarBase(); + + virtual ~wxStatusBarBase(); + + // field count + // ----------- + + // set the number of fields and call SetStatusWidths(widths) if widths are + // given + virtual void SetFieldsCount(int number = 1, const int *widths = NULL); + int GetFieldsCount() const { return m_panes.GetCount(); } + + // field text + // ---------- + + // just change or get the currently shown text + void SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0); + wxString GetStatusText(int number = 0) const; + + // change the currently shown text to the new one and save the current + // value to be restored by the next call to PopStatusText() + void PushStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0); + void PopStatusText(int number = 0); + + // fields widths + // ------------- + + // set status field widths as absolute numbers: positive widths mean that + // the field has the specified absolute width, negative widths are + // interpreted as the sizer options, i.e. the extra space (total space + // minus the sum of fixed width fields) is divided between the fields with + // negative width according to the abs value of the width (field with width + // -2 grows twice as much as one with width -1 &c) + virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths[]); + + int GetStatusWidth(int n) const + { return m_panes[n].GetWidth(); } + + // field styles + // ------------ + + // Set the field style. Use either wxSB_NORMAL (default) for a standard 3D + // border around a field, wxSB_FLAT for no border around a field, so that it + // appears flat or wxSB_POPOUT to make the field appear raised. + // Setting field styles only works on wxMSW + virtual void SetStatusStyles(int n, const int styles[]); + + int GetStatusStyle(int n) const + { return m_panes[n].GetStyle(); } + + // geometry + // -------- + + // Get the position and size of the field's internal bounding rectangle + virtual bool GetFieldRect(int i, wxRect& rect) const = 0; + + // sets the minimal vertical size of the status bar + virtual void SetMinHeight(int height) = 0; + + // get the dimensions of the horizontal and vertical borders + virtual int GetBorderX() const = 0; + virtual int GetBorderY() const = 0; + + wxSize GetBorders() const + { return wxSize(GetBorderX(), GetBorderY()); } + + // miscellaneous + // ------------- + + const wxStatusBarPane& GetField(int n) const + { return m_panes[n]; } + + // wxWindow overrides: + + // don't want status bars to accept the focus at all + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + + // the client size of a toplevel window doesn't include the status bar + virtual bool CanBeOutsideClientArea() const { return true; } + +protected: + // called after the status bar pane text changed and should update its + // display + virtual void DoUpdateStatusText(int number) = 0; + + + // wxWindow overrides: + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG(!HasFlag(wxSTB_SHOW_TIPS), + "Do not set tooltip(s) manually when using wxSTB_SHOW_TIPS!"); + wxWindow::DoSetToolTip(tip); + } +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + + // internal helpers & data: + + // calculate the real field widths for the given total available size + wxArrayInt CalculateAbsWidths(wxCoord widthTotal) const; + + // should be called to remember if the pane text is currently being show + // ellipsized or not + void SetEllipsizedFlag(int n, bool isEllipsized); + + + // the array with the pane infos: + wxStatusBarPaneArray m_panes; + + // if true overrides the width info of the wxStatusBarPanes + bool m_bSameWidthForAllPanes; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStatusBarBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the actual wxStatusBar class declaration +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #define wxStatusBarUniv wxStatusBar + #include "wx/univ/statusbr.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #define wxStatusBarPalm wxStatusBar + #include "wx/palmos/statusbr.h" +#elif defined(__WIN32__) && wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR + #include "wx/msw/statusbar.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #define wxStatusBarMac wxStatusBar + #include "wx/generic/statusbr.h" + #include "wx/osx/statusbr.h" +#else + #define wxStatusBarGeneric wxStatusBar + #include "wx/generic/statusbr.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +#endif + // _WX_STATUSBR_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stdpaths.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stdpaths.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..92b49f740c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stdpaths.h @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/stdpaths.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxStandardPaths class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-10-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stdpaths.h 65652 2010-09-27 11:51:50Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STDPATHS_H_ +#define _WX_STDPATHS_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/filefn.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStandardPaths; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStandardPaths returns the standard locations in the file system +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: This is always compiled in, wxUSE_STDPATHS=0 only disables native +// wxStandardPaths class, but a minimal version is always available +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPathsBase +{ +public: + // possible resources categories + enum ResourceCat + { + // no special category + ResourceCat_None, + + // message catalog resources + ResourceCat_Messages, + + // end of enum marker + ResourceCat_Max + }; + + // what should we use to construct paths unique to this application: + // (AppInfo_AppName and AppInfo_VendorName can be combined together) + enum + { + AppInfo_None = 0, // nothing + AppInfo_AppName = 1, // the application name + AppInfo_VendorName = 2 // the vendor name + }; + + + // return the global standard paths object + static wxStandardPaths& Get(); + + // return the path (directory+filename) of the running executable or + // wxEmptyString if it couldn't be determined. + // The path is returned as an absolute path whenever possible. + // Default implementation only try to use wxApp->argv[0]. + virtual wxString GetExecutablePath() const; + + // return the directory with system config files: + // /etc under Unix, c:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data + // under Windows, /Library/Preferences for Mac + virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const = 0; + + // return the directory for the user config files: + // $HOME under Unix, c:\Documents and Settings\username under Windows, + // ~/Library/Preferences under Mac + // + // only use this if you have a single file to put there, otherwise + // GetUserDataDir() is more appropriate + virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const = 0; + + // return the location of the applications global, i.e. not user-specific, + // data files + // + // prefix/share/appname under Unix, c:\Program Files\appname under Windows, + // appname.app/Contents/SharedSupport app bundle directory under Mac + virtual wxString GetDataDir() const = 0; + + // return the location for application data files which are host-specific + // + // same as GetDataDir() except under Unix where it is /etc/appname + virtual wxString GetLocalDataDir() const; + + // return the directory for the user-dependent application data files + // + // $HOME/.appname under Unix, + // c:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\appname under Windows + // and ~/Library/Application Support/appname under Mac + virtual wxString GetUserDataDir() const = 0; + + // return the directory for user data files which shouldn't be shared with + // the other machines + // + // same as GetUserDataDir() for all platforms except Windows where it is + // the "Local Settings\Application Data\appname" directory + virtual wxString GetUserLocalDataDir() const; + + // return the directory where the loadable modules (plugins) live + // + // prefix/lib/appname under Unix, program directory under Windows and + // Contents/Plugins app bundle subdirectory under Mac + virtual wxString GetPluginsDir() const = 0; + + // get resources directory: resources are auxiliary files used by the + // application and include things like image and sound files + // + // same as GetDataDir() for all platforms except Mac where it returns + // Contents/Resources subdirectory of the app bundle + virtual wxString GetResourcesDir() const { return GetDataDir(); } + + // get localized resources directory containing the resource files of the + // specified category for the given language + // + // in general this is just GetResourcesDir()/lang under Windows and Unix + // and GetResourcesDir()/lang.lproj under Mac but is something quite + // different under Unix for message catalog category (namely the standard + // prefix/share/locale/lang/LC_MESSAGES) + virtual wxString + GetLocalizedResourcesDir(const wxString& lang, + ResourceCat WXUNUSED(category) + = ResourceCat_None) const + { + return GetResourcesDir() + wxFILE_SEP_PATH + lang; + } + + // return the "Documents" directory for the current user + // + // C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents under Windows, + // $HOME under Unix and ~/Documents under Mac + virtual wxString GetDocumentsDir() const; + + // return the directory for the documents files used by this application: + // it's a subdirectory of GetDocumentsDir() constructed using the + // application name/vendor if it exists or just GetDocumentsDir() otherwise + virtual wxString GetAppDocumentsDir() const; + + // return the temporary directory for the current user + virtual wxString GetTempDir() const; + + + // ctor for the base class + wxStandardPathsBase(); + + // virtual dtor for the base class + virtual ~wxStandardPathsBase(); + + // Information used by AppendAppInfo + void UseAppInfo(int info) + { + m_usedAppInfo = info; + } + + bool UsesAppInfo(int info) const { return (m_usedAppInfo & info) != 0; } + + +protected: + // append the path component, with a leading path separator if a + // path separator or dot (.) is not already at the end of dir + static wxString AppendPathComponent(const wxString& dir, const wxString& component); + + // append application information determined by m_usedAppInfo to dir + wxString AppendAppInfo(const wxString& dir) const; + + + // combination of AppInfo_XXX flags used by AppendAppInfo() + int m_usedAppInfo; +}; + +#if wxUSE_STDPATHS + #if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/stdpaths.h" + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_STDPATHS + // We want CoreFoundation paths on both CarbonLib and Darwin (for all ports) + #elif defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__DARWIN__) + #include "wx/osx/core/stdpaths.h" + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_STDPATHS + #elif defined(__OS2__) + #include "wx/os2/stdpaths.h" + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_STDPATHS + #elif defined(__UNIX__) + #include "wx/unix/stdpaths.h" + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_STDPATHS + #elif defined(__PALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/stdpaths.h" + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_STDPATHS + #endif +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Minimal generic implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: Note that this minimal implementation is compiled in even if +// wxUSE_STDPATHS=0, so that our code can still use wxStandardPaths. + +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_STDPATHS +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPaths : public wxStandardPathsBase +{ +public: + void SetInstallPrefix(const wxString& prefix) { m_prefix = prefix; } + wxString GetInstallPrefix() const { return m_prefix; } + + virtual wxString GetExecutablePath() const { return m_prefix; } + virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const { return m_prefix; } + virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const { return m_prefix; } + virtual wxString GetDataDir() const { return m_prefix; } + virtual wxString GetLocalDataDir() const { return m_prefix; } + virtual wxString GetUserDataDir() const { return m_prefix; } + virtual wxString GetPluginsDir() const { return m_prefix; } + virtual wxString GetDocumentsDir() const { return m_prefix; } + +private: + wxString m_prefix; +}; +#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_STDPATHS + +#endif // _WX_STDPATHS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stdstream.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stdstream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..33cfa34747 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stdstream.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/stdstream.h +// Purpose: Header of std::istream and std::ostream derived wrappers for +// wxInputStream and wxOutputStream +// Author: Jonathan Liu +// Created: 2009-05-02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stdstream.h 64924 2010-07-12 22:50:51Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Jonathan Liu +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STDSTREAM_H_ +#define _WX_STDSTREAM_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/stream.h" +#include "wx/ioswrap.h" + +// ========================================================================== +// wxStdInputStreamBuffer +// ========================================================================== + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStdInputStreamBuffer : public std::streambuf +{ +public: + wxStdInputStreamBuffer(wxInputStream& stream); + virtual ~wxStdInputStreamBuffer() { } + +protected: + virtual std::streambuf *setbuf(char *s, std::streamsize n); + virtual std::streampos seekoff(std::streamoff off, + std::ios_base::seekdir way, + std::ios_base::openmode which = + std::ios_base::in | + std::ios_base::out); + virtual std::streampos seekpos(std::streampos sp, + std::ios_base::openmode which = + std::ios_base::in | + std::ios_base::out); + virtual std::streamsize showmanyc(); + virtual std::streamsize xsgetn(char *s, std::streamsize n); + virtual int underflow(); + virtual int uflow(); + virtual int pbackfail(int c = EOF); + + wxInputStream& m_stream; + int m_lastChar; +}; + +// ========================================================================== +// wxStdInputStream +// ========================================================================== + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStdInputStream : public std::istream +{ +public: + wxStdInputStream(wxInputStream& stream); + virtual ~wxStdInputStream() { } + +protected: + wxStdInputStreamBuffer m_streamBuffer; +}; + +// ========================================================================== +// wxStdOutputStreamBuffer +// ========================================================================== + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStdOutputStreamBuffer : public std::streambuf +{ +public: + wxStdOutputStreamBuffer(wxOutputStream& stream); + virtual ~wxStdOutputStreamBuffer() { } + +protected: + virtual std::streambuf *setbuf(char *s, std::streamsize n); + virtual std::streampos seekoff(std::streamoff off, + std::ios_base::seekdir way, + std::ios_base::openmode which = + std::ios_base::in | + std::ios_base::out); + virtual std::streampos seekpos(std::streampos sp, + std::ios_base::openmode which = + std::ios_base::in | + std::ios_base::out); + virtual std::streamsize xsputn(const char *s, std::streamsize n); + virtual int overflow(int c); + + wxOutputStream& m_stream; +}; + +// ========================================================================== +// wxStdOutputStream +// ========================================================================== + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStdOutputStream : public std::ostream +{ +public: + wxStdOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream); + virtual ~wxStdOutputStream() { } + +protected: + wxStdOutputStreamBuffer m_streamBuffer; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +#endif // _WX_STDSTREAM_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stockitem.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stockitem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e174d05dc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stockitem.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/stockitem.h +// Purpose: stock items helpers (privateh header) +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-08-15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stockitem.h 63383 2010-02-04 01:33:32Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik, 2004 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STOCKITEM_H_ +#define _WX_STOCKITEM_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/chartype.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/accel.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Helper functions for stock items handling: +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Returns true if the ID is in the list of recognized stock actions +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxIsStockID(wxWindowID id); + +// Returns true of the label is empty or label of a stock button with +// given ID +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxIsStockLabel(wxWindowID id, const wxString& label); + +enum wxStockLabelQueryFlag +{ + wxSTOCK_NOFLAGS = 0, + + wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC = 1, + wxSTOCK_WITH_ACCELERATOR = 2, + + // by default, stock items text is returned with ellipsis, if appropriate, + // this flag allows to avoid having it + wxSTOCK_WITHOUT_ELLIPSIS = 4, + + // return label for button, not menu item: buttons should always use + // mnemonics and never use ellipsis + wxSTOCK_FOR_BUTTON = wxSTOCK_WITHOUT_ELLIPSIS | wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC +}; + +// Returns label that should be used for given stock UI element (e.g. "&OK" +// for wxSTOCK_OK); if wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC is given, the & character +// is included; if wxSTOCK_WITH_ACCELERATOR is given, the stock accelerator +// for given ID is concatenated to the label using \t as separator +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetStockLabel(wxWindowID id, + long flags = wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC); + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + + // Returns the accelerator that should be used for given stock UI element + // (e.g. "Ctrl+x" for wxSTOCK_EXIT) + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAcceleratorEntry wxGetStockAccelerator(wxWindowID id); + +#endif + +// wxStockHelpStringClient conceptually works like wxArtClient: it gives a hint to +// wxGetStockHelpString() about the context where the help string is to be used +enum wxStockHelpStringClient +{ + wxSTOCK_MENU // help string to use for menu items +}; + +// Returns an help string for the given stock UI element and for the given "context". +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetStockHelpString(wxWindowID id, + wxStockHelpStringClient client = wxSTOCK_MENU); + + +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + +// Translates stock ID to GTK+'s stock item string indentifier: +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const char *wxGetStockGtkID(wxWindowID id); + +#endif + +#endif // _WX_STOCKITEM_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stopwatch.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stopwatch.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6e124f1547 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stopwatch.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/stopwatch.h +// Purpose: wxStopWatch and global time-related functions +// Author: Julian Smart (wxTimer), Sylvain Bougnoux (wxStopWatch) +// Created: 26.06.03 (extracted from wx/timer.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: stopwatch.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998-2003 Julian Smart, Sylvain Bougnoux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STOPWATCH_H_ +#define _WX_STOPWATCH_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/longlong.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStopWatch: measure time intervals with up to 1ms resolution +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STOPWATCH + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStopWatch +{ +public: + // ctor starts the stop watch + wxStopWatch() { m_pauseCount = 0; Start(); } + + // start the stop watch at the moment t0 + void Start(long t0 = 0); + + // pause the stop watch + void Pause() + { + if ( m_pauseCount++ == 0 ) + m_pause = GetElapsedTime(); + } + + // resume it + void Resume() + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_pauseCount > 0, + wxT("Resuming stop watch which is not paused") ); + + if ( --m_pauseCount == 0 ) + Start(m_pause); + } + + // get elapsed time since the last Start() in milliseconds + long Time() const; + +protected: + // returns the elapsed time since t0 + long GetElapsedTime() const; + +private: + // the time of the last Start() + wxLongLong m_t0; + + // the time of the last Pause() (only valid if m_pauseCount > 0) + long m_pause; + + // if > 0, the stop watch is paused, otherwise it is running + int m_pauseCount; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STOPWATCH + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG && WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + // Starts a global timer + // -- DEPRECATED: use wxStopWatch instead + wxDEPRECATED( void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStartTimer() ); + + // Gets elapsed milliseconds since last wxStartTimer or wxGetElapsedTime + // -- DEPRECATED: use wxStopWatch instead + wxDEPRECATED( long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetElapsedTime(bool resetTimer = true) ); + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG && WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global time functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Get number of seconds since local time 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970. +extern long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetLocalTime(); + +// Get number of seconds since GMT 00:00:00, Jan 1st 1970. +extern long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetUTCTime(); + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + typedef wxLongLong wxMilliClock_t; + inline long wxMilliClockToLong(wxLongLong ll) { return ll.ToLong(); } +#else + typedef double wxMilliClock_t; + inline long wxMilliClockToLong(double d) { return wx_truncate_cast(long, d); } +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + +// Get number of milliseconds since local time 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970 +extern wxMilliClock_t WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetLocalTimeMillis(); + +#define wxGetCurrentTime() wxGetLocalTime() + +// on some really old systems gettimeofday() doesn't have the second argument, +// define wxGetTimeOfDay() to hide this difference +#ifdef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY + #ifdef WX_GETTIMEOFDAY_NO_TZ + #define wxGetTimeOfDay(tv) gettimeofday(tv) + #else + #define wxGetTimeOfDay(tv) gettimeofday((tv), NULL) + #endif +#endif // HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY + +#endif // _WX_STOPWATCH_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/strconv.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/strconv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49fd028da3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/strconv.h @@ -0,0 +1,678 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/strconv.h +// Purpose: conversion routines for char sets any Unicode +// Author: Ove Kaaven, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: strconv.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Ove Kaaven, Robert Roebling +// (c) 1998-2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STRCONV_H_ +#define _WX_STRCONV_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/chartype.h" +#include "wx/buffer.h" + +#ifdef __DIGITALMARS__ +#include "typeinfo.h" +#endif + +#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400 +# undef __BSEXCPT__ +#endif + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS5__ +#include +#endif // ! __WXPALMOS5__ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; + +// the error value returned by wxMBConv methods +#define wxCONV_FAILED ((size_t)-1) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMBConv (abstract base class for conversions) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// When deriving a new class from wxMBConv you must reimplement ToWChar() and +// FromWChar() methods which are not pure virtual only for historical reasons, +// don't let the fact that the existing classes implement MB2WC/WC2MB() instead +// confuse you. +// +// You also have to implement Clone() to allow copying the conversions +// polymorphically. +// +// And you might need to override GetMBNulLen() as well. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConv +{ +public: + // The functions doing actual conversion from/to narrow to/from wide + // character strings. + // + // On success, the return value is the length (i.e. the number of + // characters, not bytes) of the converted string including any trailing + // L'\0' or (possibly multiple) '\0'(s). If the conversion fails or if + // there is not enough space for everything, including the trailing NUL + // character(s), in the output buffer, wxCONV_FAILED is returned. + // + // In the special case when dst is NULL (the value of dstLen is ignored + // then) the return value is the length of the needed buffer but nothing + // happens otherwise. If srcLen is wxNO_LEN, the entire string, up to and + // including the trailing NUL(s), is converted, otherwise exactly srcLen + // bytes are. + // + // Typical usage: + // + // size_t dstLen = conv.ToWChar(NULL, 0, src); + // if ( dstLen == wxCONV_FAILED ) + // ... handle error ... + // wchar_t *wbuf = new wchar_t[dstLen]; + // conv.ToWChar(wbuf, dstLen, src); + // ... work with wbuf ... + // delete [] wbuf; + // + virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + + virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + + + // Convenience functions for translating NUL-terminated strings: returns + // the buffer containing the converted string or NULL pointer if the + // conversion failed. + const wxWCharBuffer cMB2WC(const char *in) const; + const wxCharBuffer cWC2MB(const wchar_t *in) const; + + // Convenience functions for converting strings which may contain embedded + // NULs and don't have to be NUL-terminated. + // + // inLen is the length of the buffer including trailing NUL if any or + // wxNO_LEN if the input is NUL-terminated. + // + // outLen receives, if not NULL, the length of the converted string or 0 if + // the conversion failed (returning 0 and not -1 in this case makes it + // difficult to distinguish between failed conversion and empty input but + // this is done for backwards compatibility). Notice that the rules for + // whether outLen accounts or not for the last NUL are the same as for + // To/FromWChar() above: if inLen is specified, outLen is exactly the + // number of characters converted, whether the last one of them was NUL or + // not. But if inLen == wxNO_LEN then outLen doesn't account for the last + // NUL even though it is present. + const wxWCharBuffer + cMB2WC(const char *in, size_t inLen, size_t *outLen) const; + const wxCharBuffer + cWC2MB(const wchar_t *in, size_t inLen, size_t *outLen) const; + + // And yet more convenience functions for converting the entire buffers: + // these are the simplest and least error-prone as you never need to bother + // with lengths/sizes directly. + const wxWCharBuffer cMB2WC(const wxScopedCharBuffer& in) const; + const wxCharBuffer cWC2MB(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& in) const; + + // convenience functions for converting MB or WC to/from wxWin default +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + const wxWCharBuffer cMB2WX(const char *psz) const { return cMB2WC(psz); } + const wxCharBuffer cWX2MB(const wchar_t *psz) const { return cWC2MB(psz); } + const wchar_t* cWC2WX(const wchar_t *psz) const { return psz; } + const wchar_t* cWX2WC(const wchar_t *psz) const { return psz; } +#else // ANSI + const char* cMB2WX(const char *psz) const { return psz; } + const char* cWX2MB(const char *psz) const { return psz; } + const wxCharBuffer cWC2WX(const wchar_t *psz) const { return cWC2MB(psz); } + const wxWCharBuffer cWX2WC(const char *psz) const { return cMB2WC(psz); } +#endif // Unicode/ANSI + + // this function is used in the implementation of cMB2WC() to distinguish + // between the following cases: + // + // a) var width encoding with strings terminated by a single NUL + // (usual multibyte encodings): return 1 in this case + // b) fixed width encoding with 2 bytes/char and so terminated by + // 2 NULs (UTF-16/UCS-2 and variants): return 2 in this case + // c) fixed width encoding with 4 bytes/char and so terminated by + // 4 NULs (UTF-32/UCS-4 and variants): return 4 in this case + // + // anything else is not supported currently and -1 should be returned + virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const { return 1; } + + // return the maximal value currently returned by GetMBNulLen() for any + // encoding + static size_t GetMaxMBNulLen() { return 4 /* for UTF-32 */; } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // return true if the converter's charset is UTF-8, i.e. char* strings + // decoded using this object can be directly copied to wxString's internal + // storage without converting to WC and than back to UTF-8 MB string + virtual bool IsUTF8() const { return false; } +#endif + + // The old conversion functions. The existing classes currently mostly + // implement these ones but we're in transition to using To/FromWChar() + // instead and any new classes should implement just the new functions. + // For now, however, we provide default implementation of To/FromWChar() in + // this base class in terms of MB2WC/WC2MB() to avoid having to rewrite all + // the conversions at once. + // + // On success, the return value is the length (i.e. the number of + // characters, not bytes) not counting the trailing NUL(s) of the converted + // string. On failure, (size_t)-1 is returned. In the special case when + // outputBuf is NULL the return value is the same one but nothing is + // written to the buffer. + // + // Note that outLen is the length of the output buffer, not the length of + // the input (which is always supposed to be terminated by one or more + // NULs, as appropriate for the encoding)! + virtual size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *out, const char *in, size_t outLen) const; + virtual size_t WC2MB(char *out, const wchar_t *in, size_t outLen) const; + + + // make a heap-allocated copy of this object + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const = 0; + + // virtual dtor for any base class + virtual ~wxMBConv(); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMBConvLibc uses standard mbstowcs() and wcstombs() functions for +// conversion (hence it depends on the current locale) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvLibc : public wxMBConv +{ +public: + virtual size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *outputBuf, const char *psz, size_t outputSize) const; + virtual size_t WC2MB(char *outputBuf, const wchar_t *psz, size_t outputSize) const; + + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvLibc; } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + virtual bool IsUTF8() const { return wxLocaleIsUtf8; } +#endif +}; + +#ifdef __UNIX__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxConvBrokenFileNames is made for Unix in Unicode mode when +// files are accidentally written in an encoding which is not +// the system encoding. Typically, the system encoding will be +// UTF8 but there might be files stored in ISO8859-1 on disk. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConvBrokenFileNames : public wxMBConv +{ +public: + wxConvBrokenFileNames(const wxString& charset); + wxConvBrokenFileNames(const wxConvBrokenFileNames& conv) + : wxMBConv(), + m_conv(conv.m_conv ? conv.m_conv->Clone() : NULL) + { + } + virtual ~wxConvBrokenFileNames() { delete m_conv; } + + virtual size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *out, const char *in, size_t outLen) const + { + return m_conv->MB2WC(out, in, outLen); + } + + virtual size_t WC2MB(char *out, const wchar_t *in, size_t outLen) const + { + return m_conv->WC2MB(out, in, outLen); + } + + virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const + { + // cast needed to call a private function + return m_conv->GetMBNulLen(); + } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + virtual bool IsUTF8() const { return m_conv->IsUTF8(); } +#endif + + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxConvBrokenFileNames(*this); } + +private: + // the conversion object we forward to + wxMBConv *m_conv; + + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxConvBrokenFileNames); +}; + +#endif // __UNIX__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMBConvUTF7 (for conversion using UTF7 encoding) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF7 : public wxMBConv +{ +public: + wxMBConvUTF7() { } + + // compiler-generated copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + // (assuming it's ok to copy the shift state -- not really sure about it) + + virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF7; } + +private: + // UTF-7 decoder/encoder may be in direct mode or in shifted mode after a + // '+' (and until the '-' or any other non-base64 character) + struct StateMode + { + enum Mode + { + Direct, // pass through state + Shifted // after a '+' (and before '-') + }; + }; + + // the current decoder state: this is only used by ToWChar() if srcLen + // parameter is not wxNO_LEN, when working on the entire NUL-terminated + // strings we neither update nor use the state + class DecoderState : private StateMode + { + private: + // current state: this one is private as we want to enforce the use of + // ToDirect/ToShifted() methods below + Mode mode; + + public: + // the initial state is direct + DecoderState() { mode = Direct; } + + // switch to/from shifted mode + void ToDirect() { mode = Direct; } + void ToShifted() { mode = Shifted; accum = bit = 0; isLSB = false; } + + bool IsDirect() const { return mode == Direct; } + bool IsShifted() const { return mode == Shifted; } + + + // these variables are only used in shifted mode + + unsigned int accum; // accumulator of the bit we've already got + unsigned int bit; // the number of bits consumed mod 8 + unsigned char msb; // the high byte of UTF-16 word + bool isLSB; // whether we're decoding LSB or MSB of UTF-16 word + }; + + DecoderState m_stateDecoder; + + + // encoder state is simpler as we always receive entire Unicode characters + // on input + class EncoderState : private StateMode + { + private: + Mode mode; + + public: + EncoderState() { mode = Direct; } + + void ToDirect() { mode = Direct; } + void ToShifted() { mode = Shifted; accum = bit = 0; } + + bool IsDirect() const { return mode == Direct; } + bool IsShifted() const { return mode == Shifted; } + + unsigned int accum; + unsigned int bit; + }; + + EncoderState m_stateEncoder; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMBConvUTF8 (for conversion using UTF8 encoding) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this is the real UTF-8 conversion class, it has to be called "strict UTF-8" +// for compatibility reasons: the wxMBConvUTF8 class below also supports lossy +// conversions if it is created with non default options +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvStrictUTF8 : public wxMBConv +{ +public: + // compiler-generated default ctor and other methods are ok + + virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvStrictUTF8(); } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // NB: other mapping modes are not, strictly speaking, UTF-8, so we can't + // take the shortcut in that case + virtual bool IsUTF8() const { return true; } +#endif +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF8 : public wxMBConvStrictUTF8 +{ +public: + enum + { + MAP_INVALID_UTF8_NOT = 0, + MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_PUA = 1, + MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_OCTAL = 2 + }; + + wxMBConvUTF8(int options = MAP_INVALID_UTF8_NOT) : m_options(options) { } + + virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF8(m_options); } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // NB: other mapping modes are not, strictly speaking, UTF-8, so we can't + // take the shortcut in that case + virtual bool IsUTF8() const { return m_options == MAP_INVALID_UTF8_NOT; } +#endif + +private: + int m_options; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMBConvUTF16Base: for both LE and BE variants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF16Base : public wxMBConv +{ +public: + enum { BYTES_PER_CHAR = 2 }; + + virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const { return BYTES_PER_CHAR; } + +protected: + // return the length of the buffer using srcLen if it's not wxNO_LEN and + // computing the length ourselves if it is; also checks that the length is + // even if specified as we need an entire number of UTF-16 characters and + // returns wxNO_LEN which indicates error if it is odd + static size_t GetLength(const char *src, size_t srcLen); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMBConvUTF16LE (for conversion using UTF16 Little Endian encoding) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF16LE : public wxMBConvUTF16Base +{ +public: + virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF16LE; } +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMBConvUTF16BE (for conversion using UTF16 Big Endian encoding) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF16BE : public wxMBConvUTF16Base +{ +public: + virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF16BE; } +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMBConvUTF32Base: base class for both LE and BE variants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF32Base : public wxMBConv +{ +public: + enum { BYTES_PER_CHAR = 4 }; + + virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const { return BYTES_PER_CHAR; } + +protected: + // this is similar to wxMBConvUTF16Base method with the same name except + // that, of course, it verifies that length is divisible by 4 if given and + // not by 2 + static size_t GetLength(const char *src, size_t srcLen); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMBConvUTF32LE (for conversion using UTF32 Little Endian encoding) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF32LE : public wxMBConvUTF32Base +{ +public: + virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF32LE; } +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMBConvUTF32BE (for conversion using UTF32 Big Endian encoding) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF32BE : public wxMBConvUTF32Base +{ +public: + virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF32BE; } +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCSConv (for conversion based on loadable char sets) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/fontenc.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCSConv : public wxMBConv +{ +public: + // we can be created either from charset name or from an encoding constant + // but we can't have both at once + wxCSConv(const wxString& charset); + wxCSConv(wxFontEncoding encoding); + + wxCSConv(const wxCSConv& conv); + virtual ~wxCSConv(); + + wxCSConv& operator=(const wxCSConv& conv); + + virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + virtual bool IsUTF8() const; +#endif + + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxCSConv(*this); } + + void Clear(); + + // return true if the conversion could be initialized successfully + bool IsOk() const; + +private: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // Creates the conversion to use, called from all ctors to initialize + // m_convReal. + wxMBConv *DoCreate() const; + + // Set the name (may be only called when m_name == NULL), makes copy of + // the charset string. + void SetName(const char *charset); + + // Set m_encoding field respecting the rules below, i.e. making sure it has + // a valid value if m_name == NULL (thus this should be always called after + // SetName()). + // + // Input encoding may be valid or not. + void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding); + + + // The encoding we use is specified by the two fields below: + // + // 1. If m_name != NULL, m_encoding corresponds to it if it's one of + // encodings we know about (i.e. member of wxFontEncoding) or is + // wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM otherwise. + // + // 2. If m_name == NULL, m_encoding is always valid, i.e. not one of + // wxFONTENCODING_{SYSTEM,DEFAULT,MAX}. + char *m_name; + wxFontEncoding m_encoding; + + // The conversion object for our encoding or NULL if we failed to create it + // in which case we fall back to hard-coded ISO8859-1 conversion. + wxMBConv *m_convReal; +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// declare predefined conversion objects +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Note: this macro is an implementation detail (see the comment in +// strconv.cpp). The wxGet_XXX() and wxGet_XXXPtr() functions shouldn't be +// used by user code and neither should XXXPtr, use the wxConvXXX macro +// instead. +#define WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV(klass, name) \ + extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(klass*) name##Ptr; \ + extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE klass* wxGet_##name##Ptr(); \ + inline klass& wxGet_##name() \ + { \ + if ( !name##Ptr ) \ + name##Ptr = wxGet_##name##Ptr(); \ + return *name##Ptr; \ + } + + +// conversion to be used with all standard functions affected by locale, e.g. +// strtol(), strftime(), ... +WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxMBConv, wxConvLibc) +#define wxConvLibc wxGet_wxConvLibc() + +// conversion ISO-8859-1/UTF-7/UTF-8 <-> wchar_t +WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxCSConv, wxConvISO8859_1) +#define wxConvISO8859_1 wxGet_wxConvISO8859_1() + +WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxMBConvStrictUTF8, wxConvUTF8) +#define wxConvUTF8 wxGet_wxConvUTF8() + +WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxMBConvUTF7, wxConvUTF7) +#define wxConvUTF7 wxGet_wxConvUTF7() + +// conversion used for the file names on the systems where they're not Unicode +// (basically anything except Windows) +// +// this is used by all file functions, can be changed by the application +// +// by default UTF-8 under Mac OS X and wxConvLibc elsewhere (but it's not used +// under Windows normally) +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv *) wxConvFileName; + +// backwards compatible define +#define wxConvFile (*wxConvFileName) + +// the current conversion object, may be set to any conversion, is used by +// default in a couple of places inside wx (initially same as wxConvLibc) +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv *) wxConvCurrent; + +// the conversion corresponding to the current locale +WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxCSConv, wxConvLocal) +#define wxConvLocal wxGet_wxConvLocal() + +// the conversion corresponding to the encoding of the standard UI elements +// +// by default this is the same as wxConvLocal but may be changed if the program +// needs to use a fixed encoding +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv *) wxConvUI; + +#undef WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// endianness-dependent conversions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + typedef wxMBConvUTF16BE wxMBConvUTF16; + typedef wxMBConvUTF32BE wxMBConvUTF32; +#else + typedef wxMBConvUTF16LE wxMBConvUTF16; + typedef wxMBConvUTF32LE wxMBConvUTF32; +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// filename conversion macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// filenames are multibyte on Unix and widechar on Windows +#if wxMBFILES && wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxFNCONV(name) wxConvFileName->cWX2MB(name) + #define wxFNSTRINGCAST wxMBSTRINGCAST +#else +#if defined( __WXOSX_OR_COCOA__ ) && wxMBFILES + #define wxFNCONV(name) wxConvFileName->cWC2MB( wxConvLocal.cWX2WC(name) ) +#else + #define wxFNCONV(name) name +#endif + #define wxFNSTRINGCAST WXSTRINGCAST +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros for the most common conversions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxConvertWX2MB(s) wxConvCurrent->cWX2MB(s) + #define wxConvertMB2WX(s) wxConvCurrent->cMB2WX(s) + + // these functions should be used when the conversions really, really have + // to succeed (usually because we pass their results to a standard C + // function which would crash if we passed NULL to it), so these functions + // always return a valid pointer if their argument is non-NULL + + // this function safety is achieved by trying wxConvLibc first, wxConvUTF8 + // next if it fails and, finally, wxConvISO8859_1 which always succeeds + extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWCharBuffer wxSafeConvertMB2WX(const char *s); + + // this function uses wxConvLibc and wxConvUTF8(MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_OCTAL) + // if it fails + extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCharBuffer wxSafeConvertWX2MB(const wchar_t *ws); +#else // ANSI + // no conversions to do + #define wxConvertWX2MB(s) (s) + #define wxConvertMB2WX(s) (s) + #define wxSafeConvertMB2WX(s) (s) + #define wxSafeConvertWX2MB(s) (s) +#endif // Unicode/ANSI + +#endif // _WX_STRCONV_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stream.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b29089b073 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stream.h @@ -0,0 +1,645 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/stream.h +// Purpose: stream classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 11/07/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stream.h 59761 2009-03-23 10:59:40Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WXSTREAM_H__ +#define _WX_WXSTREAM_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/filefn.h" // for wxFileOffset, wxInvalidOffset and wxSeekMode + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStreamBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxOutputStream; + +typedef wxInputStream& (*__wxInputManip)(wxInputStream&); +typedef wxOutputStream& (*__wxOutputManip)(wxOutputStream&); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOutputStream& wxEndL(wxOutputStream& o_stream); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxStreamError +{ + wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR = 0, // stream is in good state + wxSTREAM_EOF, // EOF reached in Read() or similar + wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR, // generic write error + wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR // generic read error +}; + +const int wxEOF = -1; + +// ============================================================================ +// base stream classes: wxInputStream and wxOutputStream +// ============================================================================ + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStreamBase: common (but non virtual!) base for all stream classes +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStreamBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxStreamBase(); + virtual ~wxStreamBase(); + + // error testing + wxStreamError GetLastError() const { return m_lasterror; } + virtual bool IsOk() const { return GetLastError() == wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; } + bool operator!() const { return !IsOk(); } + + // reset the stream state + void Reset() { m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; } + + // this doesn't make sense for all streams, always test its return value + virtual size_t GetSize() const; + virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return wxInvalidOffset; } + + // returns true if the streams supports seeking to arbitrary offsets + virtual bool IsSeekable() const { return false; } + +protected: + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode); + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const; + + size_t m_lastcount; + wxStreamError m_lasterror; + + friend class wxStreamBuffer; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxStreamBase) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStreamBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxInputStream: base class for the input streams +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInputStream : public wxStreamBase +{ +public: + // ctor and dtor, nothing exciting + wxInputStream(); + virtual ~wxInputStream(); + + + // IO functions + // ------------ + + // return a character from the stream without removing it, i.e. it will + // still be returned by the next call to GetC() + // + // blocks until something appears in the stream if necessary, if nothing + // ever does (i.e. EOF) LastRead() will return 0 (and the return value is + // undefined), otherwise 1 + virtual char Peek(); + + // return one byte from the stream, blocking until it appears if + // necessary + // + // on success returns a value between 0 - 255, or wxEOF on EOF or error. + int GetC(); + + // read at most the given number of bytes from the stream + // + // there are 2 possible situations here: either there is nothing at all in + // the stream right now in which case Read() blocks until something appears + // (use CanRead() to avoid this) or there is already some data available in + // the stream and then Read() doesn't block but returns just the data it + // can read without waiting for more + // + // in any case, if there are not enough bytes in the stream right now, + // LastRead() value will be less than size but greater than 0. If it is 0, + // it means that EOF has been reached. + virtual wxInputStream& Read(void *buffer, size_t size); + + // copy the entire contents of this stream into streamOut, stopping only + // when EOF is reached or an error occurs + wxInputStream& Read(wxOutputStream& streamOut); + + + // status functions + // ---------------- + + // returns the number of bytes read by the last call to Read(), GetC() or + // Peek() + // + // this should be used to discover whether that call succeeded in reading + // all the requested data or not + virtual size_t LastRead() const { return wxStreamBase::m_lastcount; } + + // returns true if some data is available in the stream right now, so that + // calling Read() wouldn't block + virtual bool CanRead() const; + + // is the stream at EOF? + // + // note that this cannot be really implemented for all streams and + // CanRead() is more reliable than Eof() + virtual bool Eof() const; + + + // write back buffer + // ----------------- + + // put back the specified number of bytes into the stream, they will be + // fetched by the next call to the read functions + // + // returns the number of bytes really stuffed back + size_t Ungetch(const void *buffer, size_t size); + + // put back the specified character in the stream + // + // returns true if ok, false on error + bool Ungetch(char c); + + + // position functions + // ------------------ + + // move the stream pointer to the given position (if the stream supports + // it) + // + // returns wxInvalidOffset on error + virtual wxFileOffset SeekI(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart); + + // return the current position of the stream pointer or wxInvalidOffset + virtual wxFileOffset TellI() const; + + + // stream-like operators + // --------------------- + + wxInputStream& operator>>(wxOutputStream& out) { return Read(out); } + wxInputStream& operator>>(__wxInputManip func) { return func(*this); } + +protected: + // do read up to size bytes of data into the provided buffer + // + // this method should return 0 if EOF has been reached or an error occurred + // (m_lasterror should be set accordingly as well) or the number of bytes + // read + virtual size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) = 0; + + // write-back buffer support + // ------------------------- + + // return the pointer to a buffer big enough to hold sizeNeeded bytes + char *AllocSpaceWBack(size_t sizeNeeded); + + // read up to size data from the write back buffer, return the number of + // bytes read + size_t GetWBack(void *buf, size_t size); + + // write back buffer or NULL if none + char *m_wback; + + // the size of the buffer + size_t m_wbacksize; + + // the current position in the buffer + size_t m_wbackcur; + + friend class wxStreamBuffer; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxInputStream) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxInputStream); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxOutputStream: base for the output streams +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOutputStream : public wxStreamBase +{ +public: + wxOutputStream(); + virtual ~wxOutputStream(); + + void PutC(char c); + virtual wxOutputStream& Write(const void *buffer, size_t size); + wxOutputStream& Write(wxInputStream& stream_in); + + virtual wxFileOffset SeekO(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart); + virtual wxFileOffset TellO() const; + + virtual size_t LastWrite() const { return wxStreamBase::m_lastcount; } + + virtual void Sync(); + virtual bool Close() { return true; } + + wxOutputStream& operator<<(wxInputStream& out) { return Write(out); } + wxOutputStream& operator<<( __wxOutputManip func) { return func(*this); } + +protected: + // to be implemented in the derived classes (it should have been pure + // virtual) + virtual size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t bufsize); + + friend class wxStreamBuffer; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxOutputStream) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxOutputStream); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// helper stream classes +// ============================================================================ + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// A stream for measuring streamed output +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCountingOutputStream : public wxOutputStream +{ +public: + wxCountingOutputStream(); + + wxFileOffset GetLength() const; + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + bool IsOk() const { return true; } + +protected: + virtual size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size); + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode); + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const; + + size_t m_currentPos; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCountingOutputStream) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCountingOutputStream); +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "Filter" streams +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterInputStream : public wxInputStream +{ +public: + wxFilterInputStream(); + wxFilterInputStream(wxInputStream& stream); + wxFilterInputStream(wxInputStream *stream); + virtual ~wxFilterInputStream(); + + char Peek() { return m_parent_i_stream->Peek(); } + + wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_parent_i_stream->GetLength(); } + + wxInputStream *GetFilterInputStream() const { return m_parent_i_stream; } + +protected: + wxInputStream *m_parent_i_stream; + bool m_owns; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterInputStream) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFilterInputStream); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterOutputStream : public wxOutputStream +{ +public: + wxFilterOutputStream(); + wxFilterOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream); + wxFilterOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream); + virtual ~wxFilterOutputStream(); + + wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_parent_o_stream->GetLength(); } + + wxOutputStream *GetFilterOutputStream() const { return m_parent_o_stream; } + + bool Close(); + +protected: + wxOutputStream *m_parent_o_stream; + bool m_owns; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterOutputStream) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFilterOutputStream); +}; + +enum wxStreamProtocolType +{ + wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL, // wxFileSystem protocol (should be only one) + wxSTREAM_MIMETYPE, // MIME types the stream handles + wxSTREAM_ENCODING, // The HTTP Content-Encodings the stream handles + wxSTREAM_FILEEXT // File extensions the stream handles +}; + +void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUseFilterClasses(); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterClassFactoryBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + virtual ~wxFilterClassFactoryBase() { } + + wxString GetProtocol() const { return wxString(*GetProtocols()); } + wxString PopExtension(const wxString& location) const; + + virtual const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type + = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const = 0; + + bool CanHandle(const wxString& protocol, + wxStreamProtocolType type + = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const; + +protected: + wxString::size_type FindExtension(const wxString& location) const; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterClassFactoryBase) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterClassFactory : public wxFilterClassFactoryBase +{ +public: + virtual ~wxFilterClassFactory() { } + + virtual wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const = 0; + virtual wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const = 0; + virtual wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const = 0; + virtual wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const = 0; + + static const wxFilterClassFactory *Find(const wxString& protocol, + wxStreamProtocolType type + = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL); + + static const wxFilterClassFactory *GetFirst(); + const wxFilterClassFactory *GetNext() const { return m_next; } + + void PushFront() { Remove(); m_next = sm_first; sm_first = this; } + void Remove(); + +protected: + wxFilterClassFactory() : m_next(this) { } + + wxFilterClassFactory& operator=(const wxFilterClassFactory&) + { return *this; } + +private: + static wxFilterClassFactory *sm_first; + wxFilterClassFactory *m_next; + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterClassFactory) +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// buffered streams +// ============================================================================ + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Stream buffer: this class can be derived from and passed to +// wxBufferedStreams to implement custom buffering +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStreamBuffer +{ +public: + enum BufMode + { + read, + write, + read_write + }; + + wxStreamBuffer(wxStreamBase& stream, BufMode mode) + { + InitWithStream(stream, mode); + } + + wxStreamBuffer(size_t bufsize, wxInputStream& stream) + { + InitWithStream(stream, read); + SetBufferIO(bufsize); + } + + wxStreamBuffer(size_t bufsize, wxOutputStream& stream) + { + InitWithStream(stream, write); + SetBufferIO(bufsize); + } + + wxStreamBuffer(const wxStreamBuffer& buf); + virtual ~wxStreamBuffer(); + + // Filtered IO + virtual size_t Read(void *buffer, size_t size); + size_t Read(wxStreamBuffer *buf); + virtual size_t Write(const void *buffer, size_t size); + size_t Write(wxStreamBuffer *buf); + + virtual char Peek(); + virtual char GetChar(); + virtual void PutChar(char c); + virtual wxFileOffset Tell() const; + virtual wxFileOffset Seek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode); + + // Buffer control + void ResetBuffer(); + void Truncate(); + + // NB: the buffer must always be allocated with malloc() if takeOwn is + // true as it will be deallocated by free() + void SetBufferIO(void *start, void *end, bool takeOwnership = false); + void SetBufferIO(void *start, size_t len, bool takeOwnership = false); + void SetBufferIO(size_t bufsize); + void *GetBufferStart() const { return m_buffer_start; } + void *GetBufferEnd() const { return m_buffer_end; } + void *GetBufferPos() const { return m_buffer_pos; } + size_t GetBufferSize() const { return m_buffer_end - m_buffer_start; } + size_t GetIntPosition() const { return m_buffer_pos - m_buffer_start; } + void SetIntPosition(size_t pos) { m_buffer_pos = m_buffer_start + pos; } + size_t GetLastAccess() const { return m_buffer_end - m_buffer_start; } + size_t GetBytesLeft() const { return m_buffer_end - m_buffer_pos; } + + void Fixed(bool fixed) { m_fixed = fixed; } + void Flushable(bool f) { m_flushable = f; } + + bool FlushBuffer(); + bool FillBuffer(); + size_t GetDataLeft(); + + // misc accessors + wxStreamBase *GetStream() const { return m_stream; } + bool HasBuffer() const { return m_buffer_start != m_buffer_end; } + + bool IsFixed() const { return m_fixed; } + bool IsFlushable() const { return m_flushable; } + + // only for input/output buffers respectively, returns NULL otherwise + wxInputStream *GetInputStream() const; + wxOutputStream *GetOutputStream() const; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated, for compatibility only + wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBase *Stream() ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + // this constructs a dummy wxStreamBuffer, used by (and exists for) + // wxMemoryStreams only, don't use! + wxStreamBuffer(BufMode mode); + +protected: + void GetFromBuffer(void *buffer, size_t size); + void PutToBuffer(const void *buffer, size_t size); + + // set the last error to the specified value if we didn't have it before + void SetError(wxStreamError err); + + // common part of several ctors + void Init(); + + // common part of ctors taking wxStreamBase parameter + void InitWithStream(wxStreamBase& stream, BufMode mode); + + // init buffer variables to be empty + void InitBuffer(); + + // free the buffer (always safe to call) + void FreeBuffer(); + + // the buffer itself: the pointers to its start and end and the current + // position in the buffer + char *m_buffer_start, + *m_buffer_end, + *m_buffer_pos; + + // the stream we're associated with + wxStreamBase *m_stream; + + // its mode + BufMode m_mode; + + // flags + bool m_destroybuf, // deallocate buffer? + m_fixed, + m_flushable; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxStreamBuffer); +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBufferedInputStream +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBufferedInputStream : public wxFilterInputStream +{ +public: + // create a buffered stream on top of the specified low-level stream + // + // if a non NULL buffer is given to the stream, it will be deleted by it, + // otherwise a default 1KB buffer will be used + wxBufferedInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, + wxStreamBuffer *buffer = NULL); + + // ctor allowing to specify the buffer size, it's just a more convenient + // alternative to creating wxStreamBuffer, calling its SetBufferIO(bufsize) + // and using the ctor above + wxBufferedInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, size_t bufsize); + + + virtual ~wxBufferedInputStream(); + + char Peek(); + wxInputStream& Read(void *buffer, size_t size); + + // Position functions + wxFileOffset SeekI(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart); + wxFileOffset TellI() const; + bool IsSeekable() const { return m_parent_i_stream->IsSeekable(); } + + // the buffer given to the stream will be deleted by it + void SetInputStreamBuffer(wxStreamBuffer *buffer); + wxStreamBuffer *GetInputStreamBuffer() const { return m_i_streambuf; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated, for compatibility only + wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBuffer *InputStreamBuffer() const ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +protected: + virtual size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t bufsize); + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode); + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const; + + wxStreamBuffer *m_i_streambuf; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBufferedInputStream); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBufferedOutputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBufferedOutputStream : public wxFilterOutputStream +{ +public: + // create a buffered stream on top of the specified low-level stream + // + // if a non NULL buffer is given to the stream, it will be deleted by it, + // otherwise a default 1KB buffer will be used + wxBufferedOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, + wxStreamBuffer *buffer = NULL); + + // ctor allowing to specify the buffer size, it's just a more convenient + // alternative to creating wxStreamBuffer, calling its SetBufferIO(bufsize) + // and using the ctor above + wxBufferedOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, size_t bufsize); + + virtual ~wxBufferedOutputStream(); + + wxOutputStream& Write(const void *buffer, size_t size); + + // Position functions + wxFileOffset SeekO(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart); + wxFileOffset TellO() const; + bool IsSeekable() const { return m_parent_o_stream->IsSeekable(); } + + void Sync(); + bool Close(); + + wxFileOffset GetLength() const; + + // the buffer given to the stream will be deleted by it + void SetOutputStreamBuffer(wxStreamBuffer *buffer); + wxStreamBuffer *GetOutputStreamBuffer() const { return m_o_streambuf; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated, for compatibility only + wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBuffer *OutputStreamBuffer() const ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +protected: + virtual size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t bufsize); + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode); + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const; + + wxStreamBuffer *m_o_streambuf; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBufferedOutputStream); +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + inline wxStreamBase *wxStreamBuffer::Stream() { return m_stream; } + inline wxStreamBuffer *wxBufferedInputStream::InputStreamBuffer() const { return m_i_streambuf; } + inline wxStreamBuffer *wxBufferedOutputStream::OutputStreamBuffer() const { return m_o_streambuf; } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif // _WX_WXSTREAM_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/string.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/string.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae0c706ed5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/string.h @@ -0,0 +1,4350 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/string.h +// Purpose: wxString class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: string.h 67181 2011-03-13 13:53:54Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + Efficient string class [more or less] compatible with MFC CString, + wxWidgets version 1 wxString and std::string and some handy functions + missing from string.h. +*/ + +#ifndef _WX_WXSTRING_H__ +#define _WX_WXSTRING_H__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" // everybody should include this + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS5__ +#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__VISAGECPP__) + #include +#endif + +#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400 + // problem in VACPP V4 with including stdlib.h multiple times + // strconv includes it anyway +# include +# include +# include +# include +#else +# include +# include +# include +# include +# include +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_STRCASECMP_IN_STRINGS_H + #include // for strcasecmp() +#endif // HAVE_STRCASECMP_IN_STRINGS_H +#endif // ! __WXPALMOS5__ + +#include "wx/wxcrtbase.h" // for wxChar, wxStrlen() etc. +#include "wx/strvararg.h" +#include "wx/buffer.h" // for wxCharBuffer +#include "wx/strconv.h" // for wxConvertXXX() macros and wxMBConv classes +#include "wx/stringimpl.h" +#include "wx/stringops.h" +#include "wx/unichar.h" + +// by default we cache the mapping of the positions in UTF-8 string to the byte +// offset as this results in noticeable performance improvements for loops over +// strings using indices; comment out this line to disable this +// +// notice that this optimization is well worth using even in debug builds as it +// changes asymptotic complexity of algorithms using indices to iterate over +// wxString back to expected linear from quadratic +// +// also notice that wxTLS_TYPE() (__declspec(thread) in this case) is unsafe to +// use in DLL build under pre-Vista Windows so we disable this code for now, if +// anybody really needs to use UTF-8 build under Windows with this optimization +// it would have to be re-tested and probably corrected +// CS: under OSX release builds the string destructor/cache cleanup sometimes +// crashes, disable until we find the true reason or a better workaround +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 && !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXOSX__) + #define wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE 1 +#else + #define wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + #include "wx/tls.h" + + // change this 0 to 1 to enable additional (very expensive) asserts + // verifying that string caching logic works as expected + #if 0 + #define wxSTRING_CACHE_ASSERT(cond) wxASSERT(cond) + #else + #define wxSTRING_CACHE_ASSERT(cond) + #endif +#endif // wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; + +// unless this symbol is predefined to disable the compatibility functions, do +// use them +#ifndef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER + #define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER 1 +#endif + +namespace wxPrivate +{ + template struct wxStringAsBufHelper; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// casts [unfortunately!] needed to call some broken functions which require +// "char *" instead of "const char *" +#define WXSTRINGCAST (wxChar *)(const wxChar *) +#define wxCSTRINGCAST (wxChar *)(const wxChar *) +#define wxMBSTRINGCAST (char *)(const char *) +#define wxWCSTRINGCAST (wchar_t *)(const wchar_t *) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// deprecated in favour of wxString::npos, don't use in new code +// +// maximum possible length for a string means "take all string" everywhere +#define wxSTRING_MAXLEN wxString::npos + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions complementing standard C string library replacements for +// strlen() and portable strcasecmp() +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +// Use wxXXX() functions from wxcrt.h instead! These functions are for +// backwards compatibility only. + +// checks whether the passed in pointer is NULL and if the string is empty +wxDEPRECATED( inline bool IsEmpty(const char *p) ); +inline bool IsEmpty(const char *p) { return (!p || !*p); } + +// safe version of strlen() (returns 0 if passed NULL pointer) +wxDEPRECATED( inline size_t Strlen(const char *psz) ); +inline size_t Strlen(const char *psz) + { return psz ? strlen(psz) : 0; } + +// portable strcasecmp/_stricmp +wxDEPRECATED( inline int Stricmp(const char *psz1, const char *psz2) ); +inline int Stricmp(const char *psz1, const char *psz2) +{ +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && defined(__WXWINCE__) + register char c1, c2; + do { + c1 = tolower(*psz1++); + c2 = tolower(*psz2++); + } while ( c1 && (c1 == c2) ); + + return c1 - c2; +#elif defined(__VISUALC__) || ( defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__INTEL__) ) + return _stricmp(psz1, psz2); +#elif defined(__SC__) + return _stricmp(psz1, psz2); +#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) + return stricmp(psz1, psz2); +#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) + return stricmp(psz1, psz2); +#elif defined(__DJGPP__) + return stricmp(psz1, psz2); +#elif defined(__EMX__) + return stricmp(psz1, psz2); +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + return stricmp(psz1, psz2); +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) || \ + defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP_IN_STRING_H) || \ + defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP_IN_STRINGS_H) || \ + defined(__GNUWIN32__) + return strcasecmp(psz1, psz2); +#elif defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__INTEL__) + register char c1, c2; + do { + c1 = tolower(*psz1++); + c2 = tolower(*psz2++); + } while ( c1 && (c1 == c2) ); + + return c1 - c2; +#else + // almost all compilers/libraries provide this function (unfortunately under + // different names), that's why we don't implement our own which will surely + // be more efficient than this code (uncomment to use): + /* + register char c1, c2; + do { + c1 = tolower(*psz1++); + c2 = tolower(*psz2++); + } while ( c1 && (c1 == c2) ); + + return c1 - c2; + */ + + #error "Please define string case-insensitive compare for your OS/compiler" +#endif // OS/compiler +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCStrData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Lightweight object returned by wxString::c_str() and implicitly convertible +// to either const char* or const wchar_t*. +class wxCStrData +{ +private: + // Ctors; for internal use by wxString and wxCStrData only + wxCStrData(const wxString *str, size_t offset = 0, bool owned = false) + : m_str(str), m_offset(offset), m_owned(owned) {} + +public: + // Ctor constructs the object from char literal; they are needed to make + // operator?: compile and they intentionally take char*, not const char* + inline wxCStrData(char *buf); + inline wxCStrData(wchar_t *buf); + inline wxCStrData(const wxCStrData& data); + + inline ~wxCStrData(); + + // AsWChar() and AsChar() can't be defined here as they use wxString and so + // must come after it and because of this won't be inlined when called from + // wxString methods (without a lot of work to extract these wxString methods + // from inside the class itself). But we still define them being inline + // below to let compiler inline them from elsewhere. And because of this we + // must declare them as inline here because otherwise some compilers give + // warnings about them, e.g. mingw32 3.4.5 warns about " defined + // locally after being referenced with dllimport linkage" while IRIX + // mipsPro 7.4 warns about "function declared inline after being called". + inline const wchar_t* AsWChar() const; + operator const wchar_t*() const { return AsWChar(); } + + inline const char* AsChar() const; + const unsigned char* AsUnsignedChar() const + { return (const unsigned char *) AsChar(); } + operator const char*() const { return AsChar(); } + operator const unsigned char*() const { return AsUnsignedChar(); } + + operator const void*() const { return AsChar(); } + + // returns buffers that are valid as long as the associated wxString exists + const wxScopedCharBuffer AsCharBuf() const + { + return wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(AsChar()); + } + + const wxScopedWCharBuffer AsWCharBuf() const + { + return wxScopedWCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(AsWChar()); + } + + inline wxString AsString() const; + + // returns the value as C string in internal representation (equivalent + // to AsString().wx_str(), but more efficient) + const wxStringCharType *AsInternal() const; + + // allow expressions like "c_str()[0]": + inline wxUniChar operator[](size_t n) const; + wxUniChar operator[](int n) const { return operator[](size_t(n)); } + wxUniChar operator[](long n) const { return operator[](size_t(n)); } +#ifndef wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT + wxUniChar operator[](unsigned int n) const { return operator[](size_t(n)); } +#endif // size_t != unsigned int + + // These operators are needed to emulate the pointer semantics of c_str(): + // expressions like "wxChar *p = str.c_str() + 1;" should continue to work + // (we need both versions to resolve ambiguities). Note that this means + // the 'n' value is interpreted as addition to char*/wchar_t* pointer, it + // is *not* number of Unicode characters in wxString. + wxCStrData operator+(int n) const + { return wxCStrData(m_str, m_offset + n, m_owned); } + wxCStrData operator+(long n) const + { return wxCStrData(m_str, m_offset + n, m_owned); } + wxCStrData operator+(size_t n) const + { return wxCStrData(m_str, m_offset + n, m_owned); } + + // and these for "str.c_str() + (p2 - p1)" (it also works for any integer + // expression but it must be ptrdiff_t and not e.g. int to work in this + // example): + wxCStrData operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( n <= (ptrdiff_t)m_offset, + wxT("attempt to construct address before the beginning of the string") ); + return wxCStrData(m_str, m_offset - n, m_owned); + } + + // this operator is needed to make expressions like "*c_str()" or + // "*(c_str() + 2)" work + inline wxUniChar operator*() const; + +private: + // the wxString this object was returned for + const wxString *m_str; + // Offset into c_str() return value. Note that this is *not* offset in + // m_str in Unicode characters. Instead, it is index into the + // char*/wchar_t* buffer returned by c_str(). It's interpretation depends + // on how is the wxCStrData instance used: if it is eventually cast to + // const char*, m_offset will be in bytes form string's start; if it is + // cast to const wchar_t*, it will be in wchar_t values. + size_t m_offset; + // should m_str be deleted, i.e. is it owned by us? + bool m_owned; + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStringPrintfMixin +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: VC6 has a bug that causes linker errors if you have template methods +// in a class using __declspec(dllimport). The solution is to split such +// class into two classes, one that contains the template methods and does +// *not* use WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE and another class that contains the rest +// (with DLL linkage). +// +// We only do this for VC6 here, because the code is less efficient +// (Printf() has to use dynamic_cast<>) and because OpenWatcom compiler +// cannot compile this code. + +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ < 1300 + #define wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN +#endif + +#ifdef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN +// this class contains implementation of wxString's vararg methods, it's +// exported from wxBase DLL +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringPrintfMixinBase +{ +protected: + wxStringPrintfMixinBase() {} + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + int DoPrintfWchar(const wxChar *format, ...); + static wxString DoFormatWchar(const wxChar *format, ...); +#endif +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + int DoPrintfUtf8(const char *format, ...); + static wxString DoFormatUtf8(const char *format, ...); +#endif +}; + +// this class contains template wrappers for wxString's vararg methods, it's +// intentionally *not* exported from the DLL in order to fix the VC6 bug +// described above +class wxStringPrintfMixin : public wxStringPrintfMixinBase +{ +private: + // to further complicate things, we can't return wxString from + // wxStringPrintfMixin::Format() because wxString is not yet declared at + // this point; the solution is to use this fake type trait template - this + // way the compiler won't know the return type until Format() is used + // (this doesn't compile with Watcom, but VC6 compiles it just fine): + template struct StringReturnType + { + typedef wxString type; + }; + +public: + // these are duplicated wxString methods, they're also declared below + // if !wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN: + + // static wxString Format(const wString& format, ...) WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1; + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_SANS_N0(static typename StringReturnType::type, + Format, 1, (const wxFormatString&), + DoFormatWchar, DoFormatUtf8) + // We have to implement the version without template arguments manually + // because of the StringReturnType<> hack, although WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC + // normally does it itself. It has to be a template so that we can use + // the hack, even though there's no real template parameter. We can't move + // it to wxStrig, because it would shadow these versions of Format() then. + template + inline static typename StringReturnType::type + Format(const T& fmt) + { + // NB: this doesn't compile if T is not (some form of) a string; + // this makes Format's prototype equivalent to + // Format(const wxFormatString& fmt) + return DoFormatWchar(wxFormatString(fmt)); + } + + // int Printf(const wxString& format, ...); + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, Printf, 1, (const wxFormatString&), + DoPrintfWchar, DoPrintfUtf8) + // int sprintf(const wxString& format, ...) WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2; + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, sprintf, 1, (const wxFormatString&), + DoPrintfWchar, DoPrintfUtf8) + +protected: + wxStringPrintfMixin() : wxStringPrintfMixinBase() {} +}; +#endif // wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxString: string class trying to be compatible with std::string, MFC +// CString and wxWindows 1.x wxString all at once +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN + // "non dll-interface class 'wxStringPrintfMixin' used as base interface + // for dll-interface class 'wxString'" -- this is OK in our case + #pragma warning (push) + #pragma warning (disable:4275) +#endif + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +// see the comment near wxString::iterator for why we need this +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringIteratorNode +{ +public: + wxStringIteratorNode() + : m_str(NULL), m_citer(NULL), m_iter(NULL), m_prev(NULL), m_next(NULL) {} + wxStringIteratorNode(const wxString *str, + wxStringImpl::const_iterator *citer) + { DoSet(str, citer, NULL); } + wxStringIteratorNode(const wxString *str, wxStringImpl::iterator *iter) + { DoSet(str, NULL, iter); } + ~wxStringIteratorNode() + { clear(); } + + inline void set(const wxString *str, wxStringImpl::const_iterator *citer) + { clear(); DoSet(str, citer, NULL); } + inline void set(const wxString *str, wxStringImpl::iterator *iter) + { clear(); DoSet(str, NULL, iter); } + + const wxString *m_str; + wxStringImpl::const_iterator *m_citer; + wxStringImpl::iterator *m_iter; + wxStringIteratorNode *m_prev, *m_next; + +private: + inline void clear(); + inline void DoSet(const wxString *str, + wxStringImpl::const_iterator *citer, + wxStringImpl::iterator *iter); + + // the node belongs to a particular iterator instance, it's not copied + // when a copy of the iterator is made + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringIteratorNode); +}; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString +#ifdef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN + : public wxStringPrintfMixin +#endif +{ + // NB: special care was taken in arranging the member functions in such order + // that all inline functions can be effectively inlined, verify that all + // performance critical functions are still inlined if you change order! +public: + // an 'invalid' value for string index, moved to this place due to a CW bug + static const size_t npos; + +private: + // if we hadn't made these operators private, it would be possible to + // compile "wxString s; s = 17;" without any warnings as 17 is implicitly + // converted to char in C and we do have operator=(char) + // + // NB: we don't need other versions (short/long and unsigned) as attempt + // to assign another numeric type to wxString will now result in + // ambiguity between operator=(char) and operator=(int) + wxString& operator=(int); + + // these methods are not implemented - there is _no_ conversion from int to + // string, you're doing something wrong if the compiler wants to call it! + // + // try `s << i' or `s.Printf("%d", i)' instead + wxString(int); + + + // buffer for holding temporary substring when using any of the methods + // that take (char*,size_t) or (wchar_t*,size_t) arguments: + template + struct SubstrBufFromType + { + T data; + size_t len; + + SubstrBufFromType(const T& data_, size_t len_) + : data(data_), len(len_) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( len != npos, "must have real length" ); + } + }; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // even char* -> char* needs conversion, from locale charset to UTF-8 + typedef SubstrBufFromType SubstrBufFromWC; + typedef SubstrBufFromType SubstrBufFromMB; +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + typedef SubstrBufFromType SubstrBufFromWC; + typedef SubstrBufFromType SubstrBufFromMB; +#else + typedef SubstrBufFromType SubstrBufFromMB; + typedef SubstrBufFromType SubstrBufFromWC; +#endif + + + // Functions implementing primitive operations on string data; wxString + // methods and iterators are implemented in terms of it. The differences + // between UTF-8 and wchar_t* representations of the string are mostly + // contained here. + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + static SubstrBufFromMB ConvertStr(const char *psz, size_t nLength, + const wxMBConv& conv); + static SubstrBufFromWC ConvertStr(const wchar_t *pwz, size_t nLength, + const wxMBConv& conv); +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + static SubstrBufFromMB ConvertStr(const char *psz, size_t nLength, + const wxMBConv& conv); +#else + static SubstrBufFromWC ConvertStr(const wchar_t *pwz, size_t nLength, + const wxMBConv& conv); +#endif + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR or !wxUSE_UNICODE + // returns C string encoded as the implementation expects: + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + static const wchar_t* ImplStr(const wchar_t* str) + { return str ? str : wxT(""); } + static const SubstrBufFromWC ImplStr(const wchar_t* str, size_t n) + { return SubstrBufFromWC(str, (str && n == npos) ? wxWcslen(str) : n); } + static wxScopedWCharBuffer ImplStr(const char* str, + const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc) + { return ConvertStr(str, npos, conv).data; } + static SubstrBufFromMB ImplStr(const char* str, size_t n, + const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc) + { return ConvertStr(str, n, conv); } + #else + static const char* ImplStr(const char* str, + const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv) = wxConvLibc) + { return str ? str : ""; } + static const SubstrBufFromMB ImplStr(const char* str, size_t n, + const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv) = wxConvLibc) + { return SubstrBufFromMB(str, (str && n == npos) ? wxStrlen(str) : n); } + static wxScopedCharBuffer ImplStr(const wchar_t* str) + { return ConvertStr(str, npos, wxConvLibc).data; } + static SubstrBufFromWC ImplStr(const wchar_t* str, size_t n) + { return ConvertStr(str, n, wxConvLibc); } + #endif + + // translates position index in wxString to/from index in underlying + // wxStringImpl: + static size_t PosToImpl(size_t pos) { return pos; } + static void PosLenToImpl(size_t pos, size_t len, + size_t *implPos, size_t *implLen) + { *implPos = pos; *implLen = len; } + static size_t LenToImpl(size_t len) { return len; } + static size_t PosFromImpl(size_t pos) { return pos; } + + // we don't want to define these as empty inline functions as it could + // result in noticeable (and quite unnecessary in non-UTF-8 build) slowdown + // in debug build where the inline functions are not effectively inlined + #define wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE() + #define wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH() + #define wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n) + #define wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(n) + +#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + + static wxScopedCharBuffer ImplStr(const char* str, + const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc) + { return ConvertStr(str, npos, conv).data; } + static SubstrBufFromMB ImplStr(const char* str, size_t n, + const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc) + { return ConvertStr(str, n, conv); } + + static wxScopedCharBuffer ImplStr(const wchar_t* str) + { return ConvertStr(str, npos, wxMBConvUTF8()).data; } + static SubstrBufFromWC ImplStr(const wchar_t* str, size_t n) + { return ConvertStr(str, n, wxMBConvUTF8()); } + +#if wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + // this is an extremely simple cache used by PosToImpl(): each cache element + // contains the string it applies to and the index corresponding to the last + // used position in this wxString in its m_impl string + // + // NB: notice that this struct (and nested Element one) must be a POD or we + // wouldn't be able to use a thread-local variable of this type, in + // particular it should have no ctor -- we rely on statics being + // initialized to 0 instead + struct Cache + { + enum { SIZE = 8 }; + + struct Element + { + const wxString *str; // the string to which this element applies + size_t pos, // the cached index in this string + impl, // the corresponding position in its m_impl + len; // cached length or npos if unknown + + // reset cached index to 0 + void ResetPos() { pos = impl = 0; } + + // reset position and length + void Reset() { ResetPos(); len = npos; } + }; + + // cache the indices mapping for the last few string used + Element cached[SIZE]; + + // the last used index + unsigned lastUsed; + }; + +#ifndef wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS + // we must use an accessor function and not a static variable when the TLS + // variables support is implemented in the library (and not by the compiler) + // because the global s_cache variable could be not yet initialized when a + // ctor of another global object is executed and if that ctor uses any + // wxString methods, bad things happen + // + // however notice that this approach does not work when compiler TLS is used, + // at least not with g++ 4.1.2 under amd64 as it apparently compiles code + // using this accessor incorrectly when optimizations are enabled (-O2 is + // enough) -- luckily we don't need it then neither as static __thread + // variables are initialized by 0 anyhow then and so we can use the variable + // directly + WXEXPORT static Cache& GetCache() + { + static wxTLS_TYPE(Cache) s_cache; + + return wxTLS_VALUE(s_cache); + } + + // this helper struct is used to ensure that GetCache() is called during + // static initialization time, i.e. before any threads creation, as otherwise + // the static s_cache construction inside GetCache() wouldn't be MT-safe + friend struct wxStrCacheInitializer; +#else // wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS + static wxTLS_TYPE(Cache) ms_cache; + static Cache& GetCache() { return wxTLS_VALUE(ms_cache); } +#endif // !wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS/wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS + + static Cache::Element *GetCacheBegin() { return GetCache().cached; } + static Cache::Element *GetCacheEnd() { return GetCacheBegin() + Cache::SIZE; } + static unsigned& LastUsedCacheElement() { return GetCache().lastUsed; } + + // this is used in debug builds only to provide a convenient function, + // callable from a debugger, to show the cache contents + friend struct wxStrCacheDumper; + + // uncomment this to have access to some profiling statistics on program + // termination + //#define wxPROFILE_STRING_CACHE + +#ifdef wxPROFILE_STRING_CACHE + static struct PosToImplCacheStats + { + unsigned postot, // total non-trivial calls to PosToImpl + poshits, // cache hits from PosToImpl() + mishits, // cached position beyond the needed one + sumpos, // sum of all positions, used to compute the + // average position after dividing by postot + sumofs, // sum of all offsets after using the cache, used to + // compute the average after dividing by hits + lentot, // number of total calls to length() + lenhits; // number of cache hits in length() + } ms_cacheStats; + + friend struct wxStrCacheStatsDumper; + + #define wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(field) ms_cacheStats.field++ + #define wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_ADD(field, val) ms_cacheStats.field += (val) +#else // !wxPROFILE_STRING_CACHE + #define wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(field) + #define wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_ADD(field, val) +#endif // wxPROFILE_STRING_CACHE/!wxPROFILE_STRING_CACHE + + // note: it could seem that the functions below shouldn't be inline because + // they are big, contain loops and so the compiler shouldn't be able to + // inline them anyhow, however moving them into string.cpp does decrease the + // code performance by ~5%, at least when using g++ 4.1 so do keep them here + // unless tests show that it's not advantageous any more + + // return the pointer to the cache element for this string or NULL if not + // cached + Cache::Element *FindCacheElement() const + { + // profiling seems to show a small but consistent gain if we use this + // simple loop instead of starting from the last used element (there are + // a lot of misses in this function...) + Cache::Element * const cacheBegin = GetCacheBegin(); +#ifndef wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS + // during destruction tls calls may return NULL, in this case return NULL + // immediately without accessing anything else + if ( cacheBegin == NULL ) + return NULL; +#endif + Cache::Element * const cacheEnd = GetCacheEnd(); + for ( Cache::Element *c = cacheBegin; c != cacheEnd; c++ ) + { + if ( c->str == this ) + return c; + } + + return NULL; + } + + // unlike FindCacheElement(), this one always returns a valid pointer to the + // cache element for this string, it may have valid last cached position and + // its corresponding index in the byte string or not + Cache::Element *GetCacheElement() const + { + Cache::Element * const cacheBegin = GetCacheBegin(); + Cache::Element * const cacheEnd = GetCacheEnd(); + Cache::Element * const cacheStart = cacheBegin + LastUsedCacheElement(); + + // check the last used first, this does no (measurable) harm for a miss + // but does help for simple loops addressing the same string all the time + if ( cacheStart->str == this ) + return cacheStart; + + // notice that we're going to check cacheStart again inside this call but + // profiling shows that it's still faster to use a simple loop like + // inside FindCacheElement() than manually looping with wrapping starting + // from the cache entry after the start one + Cache::Element *c = FindCacheElement(); + if ( !c ) + { + // claim the next cache entry for this string + c = cacheStart; + if ( ++c == cacheEnd ) + c = cacheBegin; + + c->str = this; + c->Reset(); + + // and remember the last used element + LastUsedCacheElement() = c - cacheBegin; + } + + return c; + } + + size_t DoPosToImpl(size_t pos) const + { + wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(postot); + + // NB: although the case of pos == 1 (and offset from cached position + // equal to 1) are common, nothing is gained by writing special code + // for handling them, the compiler (at least g++ 4.1 used) seems to + // optimize the code well enough on its own + + wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_ADD(sumpos, pos); + + Cache::Element * const cache = GetCacheElement(); + + // cached position can't be 0 so if it is, it means that this entry was + // used for length caching only so far, i.e. it doesn't count as a hit + // from our point of view + if ( cache->pos ) + { + wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(poshits); + } + + if ( pos == cache->pos ) + return cache->impl; + + // this seems to happen only rarely so just reset the cache in this case + // instead of complicating code even further by seeking backwards in this + // case + if ( cache->pos > pos ) + { + wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(mishits); + + cache->ResetPos(); + } + + wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_ADD(sumofs, pos - cache->pos); + + + wxStringImpl::const_iterator i(m_impl.begin() + cache->impl); + for ( size_t n = cache->pos; n < pos; n++ ) + wxStringOperations::IncIter(i); + + cache->pos = pos; + cache->impl = i - m_impl.begin(); + + wxSTRING_CACHE_ASSERT( + (int)cache->impl == (begin() + pos).impl() - m_impl.begin() ); + + return cache->impl; + } + + void InvalidateCache() + { + Cache::Element * const cache = FindCacheElement(); + if ( cache ) + cache->Reset(); + } + + void InvalidateCachedLength() + { + Cache::Element * const cache = FindCacheElement(); + if ( cache ) + cache->len = npos; + } + + void SetCachedLength(size_t len) + { + // we optimistically cache the length here even if the string wasn't + // present in the cache before, this seems to do no harm and the + // potential for avoiding length recomputation for long strings looks + // interesting + GetCacheElement()->len = len; + } + + void UpdateCachedLength(ptrdiff_t delta) + { + Cache::Element * const cache = FindCacheElement(); + if ( cache && cache->len != npos ) + { + wxSTRING_CACHE_ASSERT( (ptrdiff_t)cache->len + delta >= 0 ); + + cache->len += delta; + } + } + + #define wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE() InvalidateCache() + #define wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH() InvalidateCachedLength() + #define wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n) UpdateCachedLength(n) + #define wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(n) SetCachedLength(n) +#else // !wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + size_t DoPosToImpl(size_t pos) const + { + return (begin() + pos).impl() - m_impl.begin(); + } + + #define wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE() + #define wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH() + #define wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n) + #define wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(n) +#endif // wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE/!wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + + size_t PosToImpl(size_t pos) const + { + return pos == 0 || pos == npos ? pos : DoPosToImpl(pos); + } + + void PosLenToImpl(size_t pos, size_t len, size_t *implPos, size_t *implLen) const; + + size_t LenToImpl(size_t len) const + { + size_t pos, len2; + PosLenToImpl(0, len, &pos, &len2); + return len2; + } + + size_t PosFromImpl(size_t pos) const + { + if ( pos == 0 || pos == npos ) + return pos; + else + return const_iterator(this, m_impl.begin() + pos) - begin(); + } +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +public: + // standard types + typedef wxUniChar value_type; + typedef wxUniChar char_type; + typedef wxUniCharRef reference; + typedef wxChar* pointer; + typedef const wxChar* const_pointer; + + typedef size_t size_type; + typedef wxUniChar const_reference; + +#if wxUSE_STD_STRING + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // random access is not O(1), as required by Random Access Iterator + #define WX_STR_ITERATOR_TAG std::bidirectional_iterator_tag + #else + #define WX_STR_ITERATOR_TAG std::random_access_iterator_tag + #endif + #define WX_DEFINE_ITERATOR_CATEGORY(cat) typedef cat iterator_category; +#else + // not defining iterator_category at all in this case is better than defining + // it as some dummy type -- at least it results in more intelligible error + // messages + #define WX_DEFINE_ITERATOR_CATEGORY(cat) +#endif + + #define WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL(iterator_name, pointer_type, reference_type) \ + private: \ + typedef wxStringImpl::iterator_name underlying_iterator; \ + public: \ + WX_DEFINE_ITERATOR_CATEGORY(WX_STR_ITERATOR_TAG) \ + typedef wxUniChar value_type; \ + typedef int difference_type; \ + typedef reference_type reference; \ + typedef pointer_type pointer; \ + \ + reference operator[](size_t n) const { return *(*this + n); } \ + \ + iterator_name& operator++() \ + { wxStringOperations::IncIter(m_cur); return *this; } \ + iterator_name& operator--() \ + { wxStringOperations::DecIter(m_cur); return *this; } \ + iterator_name operator++(int) \ + { \ + iterator_name tmp = *this; \ + wxStringOperations::IncIter(m_cur); \ + return tmp; \ + } \ + iterator_name operator--(int) \ + { \ + iterator_name tmp = *this; \ + wxStringOperations::DecIter(m_cur); \ + return tmp; \ + } \ + \ + iterator_name& operator+=(ptrdiff_t n) \ + { \ + m_cur = wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, n); \ + return *this; \ + } \ + iterator_name& operator-=(ptrdiff_t n) \ + { \ + m_cur = wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, -n); \ + return *this; \ + } \ + \ + difference_type operator-(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return wxStringOperations::DiffIters(m_cur, i.m_cur); } \ + \ + bool operator==(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return m_cur == i.m_cur; } \ + bool operator!=(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return m_cur != i.m_cur; } \ + \ + bool operator<(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return m_cur < i.m_cur; } \ + bool operator>(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return m_cur > i.m_cur; } \ + bool operator<=(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return m_cur <= i.m_cur; } \ + bool operator>=(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return m_cur >= i.m_cur; } \ + \ + private: \ + /* for internal wxString use only: */ \ + underlying_iterator impl() const { return m_cur; } \ + \ + friend class wxString; \ + friend class wxCStrData; \ + \ + private: \ + underlying_iterator m_cur + + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE const_iterator; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // NB: In UTF-8 build, (non-const) iterator needs to keep reference + // to the underlying wxStringImpl, because UTF-8 is variable-length + // encoding and changing the value pointer to by an iterator (using + // its operator*) requires calling wxStringImpl::replace() if the old + // and new values differ in their encoding's length. + // + // Furthermore, the replace() call may invalid all iterators for the + // string, so we have to keep track of outstanding iterators and update + // them if replace() happens. + // + // This is implemented by maintaining linked list of iterators for every + // string and traversing it in wxUniCharRef::operator=(). Head of the + // list is stored in wxString. (FIXME-UTF8) + + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE iterator + { + WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL(iterator, wxChar*, wxUniCharRef); + + public: + iterator() {} + iterator(const iterator& i) + : m_cur(i.m_cur), m_node(i.str(), &m_cur) {} + iterator& operator=(const iterator& i) + { + if (&i != this) + { + m_cur = i.m_cur; + m_node.set(i.str(), &m_cur); + } + return *this; + } + + reference operator*() + { return wxUniCharRef::CreateForString(*str(), m_cur); } + + iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n) const + { return iterator(str(), wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, n)); } + iterator operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const + { return iterator(str(), wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, -n)); } + + // Normal iterators need to be comparable with the const_iterators so + // declare the comparison operators and implement them below after the + // full const_iterator declaration. + bool operator==(const const_iterator& i) const; + bool operator!=(const const_iterator& i) const; + bool operator<(const const_iterator& i) const; + bool operator>(const const_iterator& i) const; + bool operator<=(const const_iterator& i) const; + bool operator>=(const const_iterator& i) const; + + private: + iterator(wxString *wxstr, underlying_iterator ptr) + : m_cur(ptr), m_node(wxstr, &m_cur) {} + + wxString* str() const { return const_cast(m_node.m_str); } + + wxStringIteratorNode m_node; + + friend class const_iterator; + }; + + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const_iterator + { + // NB: reference_type is intentionally value, not reference, the character + // may be encoded differently in wxString data: + WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL(const_iterator, const wxChar*, wxUniChar); + + public: + const_iterator() {} + const_iterator(const const_iterator& i) + : m_cur(i.m_cur), m_node(i.str(), &m_cur) {} + const_iterator(const iterator& i) + : m_cur(i.m_cur), m_node(i.str(), &m_cur) {} + + const_iterator& operator=(const const_iterator& i) + { + if (&i != this) + { + m_cur = i.m_cur; + m_node.set(i.str(), &m_cur); + } + return *this; + } + const_iterator& operator=(const iterator& i) + { m_cur = i.m_cur; m_node.set(i.str(), &m_cur); return *this; } + + reference operator*() const + { return wxStringOperations::DecodeChar(m_cur); } + + const_iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n) const + { return const_iterator(str(), wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, n)); } + const_iterator operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const + { return const_iterator(str(), wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, -n)); } + + // Notice that comparison operators taking non-const iterator are not + // needed here because of the implicit conversion from non-const iterator + // to const ones ensure that the versions for const_iterator declared + // inside WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL can be used. + + private: + // for internal wxString use only: + const_iterator(const wxString *wxstr, underlying_iterator ptr) + : m_cur(ptr), m_node(wxstr, &m_cur) {} + + const wxString* str() const { return m_node.m_str; } + + wxStringIteratorNode m_node; + }; + + size_t IterToImplPos(wxString::iterator i) const + { return wxStringImpl::const_iterator(i.impl()) - m_impl.begin(); } + + iterator GetIterForNthChar(size_t n) + { return iterator(this, m_impl.begin() + PosToImpl(n)); } + const_iterator GetIterForNthChar(size_t n) const + { return const_iterator(this, m_impl.begin() + PosToImpl(n)); } +#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE iterator + { + WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL(iterator, wxChar*, wxUniCharRef); + + public: + iterator() {} + iterator(const iterator& i) : m_cur(i.m_cur) {} + + reference operator*() + { return wxUniCharRef::CreateForString(m_cur); } + + iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n) const + { return iterator(wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, n)); } + iterator operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const + { return iterator(wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, -n)); } + + // As in UTF-8 case above, define comparison operators taking + // const_iterator too. + bool operator==(const const_iterator& i) const; + bool operator!=(const const_iterator& i) const; + bool operator<(const const_iterator& i) const; + bool operator>(const const_iterator& i) const; + bool operator<=(const const_iterator& i) const; + bool operator>=(const const_iterator& i) const; + + private: + // for internal wxString use only: + iterator(underlying_iterator ptr) : m_cur(ptr) {} + iterator(wxString *WXUNUSED(str), underlying_iterator ptr) : m_cur(ptr) {} + + friend class const_iterator; + }; + + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const_iterator + { + // NB: reference_type is intentionally value, not reference, the character + // may be encoded differently in wxString data: + WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL(const_iterator, const wxChar*, wxUniChar); + + public: + const_iterator() {} + const_iterator(const const_iterator& i) : m_cur(i.m_cur) {} + const_iterator(const iterator& i) : m_cur(i.m_cur) {} + + reference operator*() const + { return wxStringOperations::DecodeChar(m_cur); } + + const_iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n) const + { return const_iterator(wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, n)); } + const_iterator operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const + { return const_iterator(wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, -n)); } + + // As in UTF-8 case above, we don't need comparison operators taking + // iterator because we have an implicit conversion from iterator to + // const_iterator so the operators declared by WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL will + // be used. + + private: + // for internal wxString use only: + const_iterator(underlying_iterator ptr) : m_cur(ptr) {} + const_iterator(const wxString *WXUNUSED(str), underlying_iterator ptr) + : m_cur(ptr) {} + }; + + iterator GetIterForNthChar(size_t n) { return begin() + n; } + const_iterator GetIterForNthChar(size_t n) const { return begin() + n; } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/!wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + + #undef WX_STR_ITERATOR_TAG + #undef WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL + + friend class iterator; + friend class const_iterator; + + template + class reverse_iterator_impl + { + public: + typedef T iterator_type; + + WX_DEFINE_ITERATOR_CATEGORY(typename T::iterator_category) + typedef typename T::value_type value_type; + typedef typename T::difference_type difference_type; + typedef typename T::reference reference; + typedef typename T::pointer *pointer; + + reverse_iterator_impl() {} + reverse_iterator_impl(iterator_type i) : m_cur(i) {} + reverse_iterator_impl(const reverse_iterator_impl& ri) + : m_cur(ri.m_cur) {} + + iterator_type base() const { return m_cur; } + + reference operator*() const { return *(m_cur-1); } + reference operator[](size_t n) const { return *(*this + n); } + + reverse_iterator_impl& operator++() + { --m_cur; return *this; } + reverse_iterator_impl operator++(int) + { reverse_iterator_impl tmp = *this; --m_cur; return tmp; } + reverse_iterator_impl& operator--() + { ++m_cur; return *this; } + reverse_iterator_impl operator--(int) + { reverse_iterator_impl tmp = *this; ++m_cur; return tmp; } + + // NB: explicit in the functions below is to keep BCC 5.5 happy + reverse_iterator_impl operator+(ptrdiff_t n) const + { return reverse_iterator_impl(m_cur - n); } + reverse_iterator_impl operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const + { return reverse_iterator_impl(m_cur + n); } + reverse_iterator_impl operator+=(ptrdiff_t n) + { m_cur -= n; return *this; } + reverse_iterator_impl operator-=(ptrdiff_t n) + { m_cur += n; return *this; } + + unsigned operator-(const reverse_iterator_impl& i) const + { return i.m_cur - m_cur; } + + bool operator==(const reverse_iterator_impl& ri) const + { return m_cur == ri.m_cur; } + bool operator!=(const reverse_iterator_impl& ri) const + { return !(*this == ri); } + + bool operator<(const reverse_iterator_impl& i) const + { return m_cur > i.m_cur; } + bool operator>(const reverse_iterator_impl& i) const + { return m_cur < i.m_cur; } + bool operator<=(const reverse_iterator_impl& i) const + { return m_cur >= i.m_cur; } + bool operator>=(const reverse_iterator_impl& i) const + { return m_cur <= i.m_cur; } + + private: + iterator_type m_cur; + }; + + typedef reverse_iterator_impl reverse_iterator; + typedef reverse_iterator_impl const_reverse_iterator; + +private: + // used to transform an expression built using c_str() (and hence of type + // wxCStrData) to an iterator into the string + static const_iterator CreateConstIterator(const wxCStrData& data) + { + return const_iterator(data.m_str, + (data.m_str->begin() + data.m_offset).impl()); + } + + // in UTF-8 STL build, creation from std::string requires conversion under + // non-UTF8 locales, so we can't have and use wxString(wxStringImpl) ctor; + // instead we define dummy type that lets us have wxString ctor for creation + // from wxStringImpl that couldn't be used by user code (in all other builds, + // "standard" ctors can be used): +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 && wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + struct CtorFromStringImplTag {}; + + wxString(CtorFromStringImplTag* WXUNUSED(dummy), const wxStringImpl& src) + : m_impl(src) {} + + static wxString FromImpl(const wxStringImpl& src) + { return wxString((CtorFromStringImplTag*)NULL, src); } +#else + #if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + wxString(const wxStringImpl& src) : m_impl(src) { } + // else: already defined as wxString(wxStdString) below + #endif + static wxString FromImpl(const wxStringImpl& src) { return wxString(src); } +#endif + +public: + // constructors and destructor + // ctor for an empty string + wxString() {} + + // copy ctor + wxString(const wxString& stringSrc) : m_impl(stringSrc.m_impl) { } + + // string containing nRepeat copies of ch + wxString(wxUniChar ch, size_t nRepeat = 1 ) + { assign(nRepeat, ch); } + wxString(size_t nRepeat, wxUniChar ch) + { assign(nRepeat, ch); } + wxString(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nRepeat = 1) + { assign(nRepeat, ch); } + wxString(size_t nRepeat, wxUniCharRef ch) + { assign(nRepeat, ch); } + wxString(char ch, size_t nRepeat = 1) + { assign(nRepeat, ch); } + wxString(size_t nRepeat, char ch) + { assign(nRepeat, ch); } + wxString(wchar_t ch, size_t nRepeat = 1) + { assign(nRepeat, ch); } + wxString(size_t nRepeat, wchar_t ch) + { assign(nRepeat, ch); } + + // ctors from char* strings: + wxString(const char *psz) + : m_impl(ImplStr(psz)) {} + wxString(const char *psz, const wxMBConv& conv) + : m_impl(ImplStr(psz, conv)) {} + wxString(const char *psz, size_t nLength) + { assign(psz, nLength); } + wxString(const char *psz, const wxMBConv& conv, size_t nLength) + { + SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(psz, nLength, conv)); + m_impl.assign(str.data, str.len); + } + + // and unsigned char*: + wxString(const unsigned char *psz) + : m_impl(ImplStr((const char*)psz)) {} + wxString(const unsigned char *psz, const wxMBConv& conv) + : m_impl(ImplStr((const char*)psz, conv)) {} + wxString(const unsigned char *psz, size_t nLength) + { assign((const char*)psz, nLength); } + wxString(const unsigned char *psz, const wxMBConv& conv, size_t nLength) + { + SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr((const char*)psz, nLength, conv)); + m_impl.assign(str.data, str.len); + } + + // ctors from wchar_t* strings: + wxString(const wchar_t *pwz) + : m_impl(ImplStr(pwz)) {} + wxString(const wchar_t *pwz, const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv)) + : m_impl(ImplStr(pwz)) {} + wxString(const wchar_t *pwz, size_t nLength) + { assign(pwz, nLength); } + wxString(const wchar_t *pwz, const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv), size_t nLength) + { assign(pwz, nLength); } + + wxString(const wxScopedCharBuffer& buf) + { assign(buf.data(), buf.length()); } + wxString(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& buf) + { assign(buf.data(), buf.length()); } + + // NB: this version uses m_impl.c_str() to force making a copy of the + // string, so that "wxString(str.c_str())" idiom for passing strings + // between threads works + wxString(const wxCStrData& cstr) + : m_impl(cstr.AsString().m_impl.c_str()) { } + + // as we provide both ctors with this signature for both char and unsigned + // char string, we need to provide one for wxCStrData to resolve ambiguity + wxString(const wxCStrData& cstr, size_t nLength) + : m_impl(cstr.AsString().Mid(0, nLength).m_impl) {} + + // and because wxString is convertible to wxCStrData and const wxChar * + // we also need to provide this one + wxString(const wxString& str, size_t nLength) + { assign(str, nLength); } + + +#if wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + ~wxString() + { + // we need to invalidate our cache entry as another string could be + // recreated at the same address (unlikely, but still possible, with the + // heap-allocated strings but perfectly common with stack-allocated ones) + InvalidateCache(); + } +#endif // wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + + // even if we're not built with wxUSE_STL == 1 it is very convenient to allow + // implicit conversions from std::string to wxString and vice verse as this + // allows to use the same strings in non-GUI and GUI code, however we don't + // want to unconditionally add this ctor as it would make wx lib dependent on + // libstdc++ on some Linux versions which is bad, so instead we ask the + // client code to define this wxUSE_STD_STRING symbol if they need it +#if wxUSE_STD_STRING + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + wxString(const wxStdWideString& str) : m_impl(str) {} + #else // UTF-8 or ANSI + wxString(const wxStdWideString& str) + { assign(str.c_str(), str.length()); } + #endif + + #if !wxUSE_UNICODE // ANSI build + // FIXME-UTF8: do this in UTF8 build #if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY, too + wxString(const std::string& str) : m_impl(str) {} + #else // Unicode + wxString(const std::string& str) + { assign(str.c_str(), str.length()); } + #endif +#endif // wxUSE_STD_STRING + + // Unlike ctor from std::string, we provide conversion to std::string only + // if wxUSE_STL and not merely wxUSE_STD_STRING (which is on by default), + // because it conflicts with operator const char/wchar_t* but we still + // provide explicit conversions to std::[w]string for convenience in any case +#if wxUSE_STD_STRING + // We can avoid a copy if we already use this string type internally, + // otherwise we create a copy on the fly: + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR && wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + #define wxStringToStdWstringRetType const wxStdWideString& + const wxStdWideString& ToStdWstring() const { return m_impl; } + #else + // wxStringImpl is either not std::string or needs conversion + #define wxStringToStdWstringRetType wxStdWideString + wxStdWideString ToStdWstring() const + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + wxScopedWCharBuffer buf = + wxScopedWCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(m_impl.c_str(), m_impl.length()); +#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + wxScopedWCharBuffer buf(wc_str()); +#endif + + return wxStdWideString(buf.data(), buf.length()); + } + #endif + + #if (!wxUSE_UNICODE || wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY) && wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + // wxStringImpl is std::string in the encoding we want + #define wxStringToStdStringRetType const std::string& + const std::string& ToStdString() const { return m_impl; } + #else + // wxStringImpl is either not std::string or needs conversion + #define wxStringToStdStringRetType std::string + std::string ToStdString() const + { + wxScopedCharBuffer buf(mb_str()); + return std::string(buf.data(), buf.length()); + } + #endif + +#if wxUSE_STL + // In wxUSE_STL case we also provide implicit conversions as there is no + // ambiguity with the const char/wchar_t* ones as they are disabled in this + // build (for consistency with std::basic_string<>) + operator wxStringToStdStringRetType() const { return ToStdString(); } + operator wxStringToStdWstringRetType() const { return ToStdWstring(); } +#endif // wxUSE_STL + +#undef wxStringToStdStringRetType +#undef wxStringToStdWstringRetType + +#endif // wxUSE_STD_STRING + + wxString Clone() const + { + // make a deep copy of the string, i.e. the returned string will have + // ref count = 1 with refcounted implementation + return wxString::FromImpl(wxStringImpl(m_impl.c_str(), m_impl.length())); + } + + // first valid index position + const_iterator begin() const { return const_iterator(this, m_impl.begin()); } + iterator begin() { return iterator(this, m_impl.begin()); } + // position one after the last valid one + const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(this, m_impl.end()); } + iterator end() { return iterator(this, m_impl.end()); } + + // first element of the reversed string + const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const + { return const_reverse_iterator(end()); } + reverse_iterator rbegin() + { return reverse_iterator(end()); } + // one beyond the end of the reversed string + const_reverse_iterator rend() const + { return const_reverse_iterator(begin()); } + reverse_iterator rend() + { return reverse_iterator(begin()); } + + // std::string methods: +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + size_t length() const + { +#if wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(lentot); + + Cache::Element * const cache = GetCacheElement(); + + if ( cache->len == npos ) + { + // it's probably not worth trying to be clever and using cache->pos + // here as it's probably 0 anyhow -- you usually call length() before + // starting to index the string + cache->len = end() - begin(); + } + else + { + wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(lenhits); + + wxSTRING_CACHE_ASSERT( (int)cache->len == end() - begin() ); + } + + return cache->len; +#else // !wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + return end() - begin(); +#endif // wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE/!wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + } +#else + size_t length() const { return m_impl.length(); } +#endif + + size_type size() const { return length(); } + size_type max_size() const { return npos; } + + bool empty() const { return m_impl.empty(); } + + // NB: these methods don't have a well-defined meaning in UTF-8 case + size_type capacity() const { return m_impl.capacity(); } + void reserve(size_t sz) { m_impl.reserve(sz); } + + void resize(size_t nSize, wxUniChar ch = wxT('\0')) + { + const size_t len = length(); + if ( nSize == len) + return; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( nSize < len ) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + // we can't use wxStringImpl::resize() for truncating the string as it + // counts in bytes, not characters + erase(nSize); + return; + } + + // we also can't use (presumably more efficient) resize() if we have to + // append characters taking more than one byte + if ( !ch.IsAscii() ) + { + append(nSize - len, ch); + } + else // can use (presumably faster) resize() version +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(); + + m_impl.resize(nSize, (wxStringCharType)ch); + } + } + + wxString substr(size_t nStart = 0, size_t nLen = npos) const + { + size_t pos, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &pos, &len); + return FromImpl(m_impl.substr(pos, len)); + } + + // generic attributes & operations + // as standard strlen() + size_t Len() const { return length(); } + // string contains any characters? + bool IsEmpty() const { return empty(); } + // empty string is "false", so !str will return true + bool operator!() const { return empty(); } + // truncate the string to given length + wxString& Truncate(size_t uiLen); + // empty string contents + void Empty() { clear(); } + // empty the string and free memory + void Clear() { clear(); } + + // contents test + // Is an ascii value + bool IsAscii() const; + // Is a number + bool IsNumber() const; + // Is a word + bool IsWord() const; + + // data access (all indexes are 0 based) + // read access + wxUniChar at(size_t n) const + { return wxStringOperations::DecodeChar(m_impl.begin() + PosToImpl(n)); } + wxUniChar GetChar(size_t n) const + { return at(n); } + // read/write access + wxUniCharRef at(size_t n) + { return *GetIterForNthChar(n); } + wxUniCharRef GetWritableChar(size_t n) + { return at(n); } + // write access + void SetChar(size_t n, wxUniChar ch) + { at(n) = ch; } + + // get last character + wxUniChar Last() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !empty(), wxT("wxString: index out of bounds") ); + return *rbegin(); + } + + // get writable last character + wxUniCharRef Last() + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !empty(), wxT("wxString: index out of bounds") ); + return *rbegin(); + } + + /* + Note that we we must define all of the overloads below to avoid + ambiguity when using str[0]. + */ + wxUniChar operator[](int n) const + { return at(n); } + wxUniChar operator[](long n) const + { return at(n); } + wxUniChar operator[](size_t n) const + { return at(n); } +#ifndef wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT + wxUniChar operator[](unsigned int n) const + { return at(n); } +#endif // size_t != unsigned int + + // operator versions of GetWriteableChar() + wxUniCharRef operator[](int n) + { return at(n); } + wxUniCharRef operator[](long n) + { return at(n); } + wxUniCharRef operator[](size_t n) + { return at(n); } +#ifndef wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT + wxUniCharRef operator[](unsigned int n) + { return at(n); } +#endif // size_t != unsigned int + + + /* + Overview of wxString conversions, implicit and explicit: + + - wxString has a std::[w]string-like c_str() method, however it does + not return a C-style string directly but instead returns wxCStrData + helper object which is convertible to either "char *" narrow string + or "wchar_t *" wide string. Usually the correct conversion will be + applied by the compiler automatically but if this doesn't happen you + need to explicitly choose one using wxCStrData::AsChar() or AsWChar() + methods or another wxString conversion function. + + - One of the places where the conversion does *NOT* happen correctly is + when c_str() is passed to a vararg function such as printf() so you + must *NOT* use c_str() with them. Either use wxPrintf() (all wx + functions do handle c_str() correctly, even if they appear to be + vararg (but they're not, really)) or add an explicit AsChar() or, if + compatibility with previous wxWidgets versions is important, add a + cast to "const char *". + + - In non-STL mode only, wxString is also implicitly convertible to + wxCStrData. The same warning as above applies. + + - c_str() is polymorphic as it can be converted to either narrow or + wide string. If you explicitly need one or the other, choose to use + mb_str() (for narrow) or wc_str() (for wide) instead. Notice that + these functions can return either the pointer to string directly (if + this is what the string uses internally) or a temporary buffer + containing the string and convertible to it. Again, conversion will + usually be done automatically by the compiler but beware of the + vararg functions: you need an explicit cast when using them. + + - There are also non-const versions of mb_str() and wc_str() called + char_str() and wchar_str(). They are only meant to be used with + non-const-correct functions and they always return buffers. + + - Finally wx_str() returns whatever string representation is used by + wxString internally. It may be either a narrow or wide string + depending on wxWidgets build mode but it will always be a raw pointer + (and not a buffer). + */ + + // explicit conversion to wxCStrData + wxCStrData c_str() const { return wxCStrData(this); } + wxCStrData data() const { return c_str(); } + + // implicit conversion to wxCStrData + operator wxCStrData() const { return c_str(); } + + // the first two operators conflict with operators for conversion to + // std::string and they must be disabled in STL build; the next one only + // makes sense if conversions to char* are also defined and not defining it + // in STL build also helps us to get more clear error messages for the code + // which relies on implicit conversion to char* in STL build +#if !wxUSE_STL + operator const char*() const { return c_str(); } + operator const wchar_t*() const { return c_str(); } + + // implicit conversion to untyped pointer for compatibility with previous + // wxWidgets versions: this is the same as conversion to const char * so it + // may fail! + operator const void*() const { return c_str(); } +#endif // wxUSE_STL + + // identical to c_str(), for MFC compatibility + const wxCStrData GetData() const { return c_str(); } + + // explicit conversion to C string in internal representation (char*, + // wchar_t*, UTF-8-encoded char*, depending on the build): + const wxStringCharType *wx_str() const { return m_impl.c_str(); } + + // conversion to *non-const* multibyte or widestring buffer; modifying + // returned buffer won't affect the string, these methods are only useful + // for passing values to const-incorrect functions + wxWritableCharBuffer char_str(const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc) const + { return mb_str(conv); } + wxWritableWCharBuffer wchar_str() const { return wc_str(); } + + // conversion to the buffer of the given type T (= char or wchar_t) and + // also optionally return the buffer length + // + // this is mostly/only useful for the template functions + // + // FIXME-VC6: the second argument only exists for VC6 which doesn't support + // explicit template function selection, do not use it unless + // you must support VC6! + template + wxCharTypeBuffer tchar_str(size_t *len = NULL, + T * WXUNUSED(dummy) = NULL) const + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // we need a helper dispatcher depending on type + return wxPrivate::wxStringAsBufHelper::Get(*this, len); +#else // ANSI + // T can only be char in ANSI build + if ( len ) + *len = length(); + + return wxCharTypeBuffer::CreateNonOwned(wx_str(), length()); +#endif // Unicode build kind + } + + // conversion to/from plain (i.e. 7 bit) ASCII: this is useful for + // converting numbers or strings which are certain not to contain special + // chars (typically system functions, X atoms, environment variables etc.) + // + // the behaviour of these functions with the strings containing anything + // else than 7 bit ASCII characters is undefined, use at your own risk. +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + static wxString FromAscii(const char *ascii, size_t len); + static wxString FromAscii(const char *ascii); + static wxString FromAscii(char ascii); + const wxScopedCharBuffer ToAscii() const; +#else // ANSI + static wxString FromAscii(const char *ascii) { return wxString( ascii ); } + static wxString FromAscii(const char *ascii, size_t len) + { return wxString( ascii, len ); } + static wxString FromAscii(char ascii) { return wxString( ascii ); } + const char *ToAscii() const { return c_str(); } +#endif // Unicode/!Unicode + + // also provide unsigned char overloads as signed/unsigned doesn't matter + // for 7 bit ASCII characters + static wxString FromAscii(const unsigned char *ascii) + { return FromAscii((const char *)ascii); } + static wxString FromAscii(const unsigned char *ascii, size_t len) + { return FromAscii((const char *)ascii, len); } + + // conversion to/from UTF-8: +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + static wxString FromUTF8Unchecked(const char *utf8) + { + if ( !utf8 ) + return wxEmptyString; + + wxASSERT( wxStringOperations::IsValidUtf8String(utf8) ); + return FromImpl(wxStringImpl(utf8)); + } + static wxString FromUTF8Unchecked(const char *utf8, size_t len) + { + if ( !utf8 ) + return wxEmptyString; + if ( len == npos ) + return FromUTF8Unchecked(utf8); + + wxASSERT( wxStringOperations::IsValidUtf8String(utf8, len) ); + return FromImpl(wxStringImpl(utf8, len)); + } + + static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8) + { + if ( !utf8 || !wxStringOperations::IsValidUtf8String(utf8) ) + return ""; + + return FromImpl(wxStringImpl(utf8)); + } + static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8, size_t len) + { + if ( len == npos ) + return FromUTF8(utf8); + + if ( !utf8 || !wxStringOperations::IsValidUtf8String(utf8, len) ) + return ""; + + return FromImpl(wxStringImpl(utf8, len)); + } + + const wxScopedCharBuffer utf8_str() const + { return wxCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(m_impl.c_str(), m_impl.length()); } + + // this function exists in UTF-8 build only and returns the length of the + // internal UTF-8 representation + size_t utf8_length() const { return m_impl.length(); } +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8, size_t len = npos) + { return wxString(utf8, wxMBConvUTF8(), len); } + static wxString FromUTF8Unchecked(const char *utf8, size_t len = npos) + { + const wxString s(utf8, wxMBConvUTF8(), len); + wxASSERT_MSG( !utf8 || !*utf8 || !s.empty(), + "string must be valid UTF-8" ); + return s; + } + const wxScopedCharBuffer utf8_str() const { return mb_str(wxMBConvUTF8()); } +#else // ANSI + static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8) + { return wxString(wxMBConvUTF8().cMB2WC(utf8)); } + static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8, size_t len) + { + size_t wlen; + wxScopedWCharBuffer buf(wxMBConvUTF8().cMB2WC(utf8, len == npos ? wxNO_LEN : len, &wlen)); + return wxString(buf.data(), wlen); + } + static wxString FromUTF8Unchecked(const char *utf8, size_t len = npos) + { + size_t wlen; + wxScopedWCharBuffer buf + ( + wxMBConvUTF8().cMB2WC + ( + utf8, + len == npos ? wxNO_LEN : len, + &wlen + ) + ); + wxASSERT_MSG( !utf8 || !*utf8 || wlen, + "string must be valid UTF-8" ); + + return wxString(buf.data(), wlen); + } + const wxScopedCharBuffer utf8_str() const + { return wxMBConvUTF8().cWC2MB(wc_str()); } +#endif + + const wxScopedCharBuffer ToUTF8() const { return utf8_str(); } + + // functions for storing binary data in wxString: +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + static wxString From8BitData(const char *data, size_t len) + { return wxString(data, wxConvISO8859_1, len); } + // version for NUL-terminated data: + static wxString From8BitData(const char *data) + { return wxString(data, wxConvISO8859_1); } + const wxScopedCharBuffer To8BitData() const + { return mb_str(wxConvISO8859_1); } +#else // ANSI + static wxString From8BitData(const char *data, size_t len) + { return wxString(data, len); } + // version for NUL-terminated data: + static wxString From8BitData(const char *data) + { return wxString(data); } + const wxScopedCharBuffer To8BitData() const + { return wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(wx_str(), length()); } +#endif // Unicode/ANSI + + // conversions with (possible) format conversions: have to return a + // buffer with temporary data + // + // the functions defined (in either Unicode or ANSI) mode are mb_str() to + // return an ANSI (multibyte) string, wc_str() to return a wide string and + // fn_str() to return a string which should be used with the OS APIs + // accepting the file names. The return value is always the same, but the + // type differs because a function may either return pointer to the buffer + // directly or have to use intermediate buffer for translation. + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + + // this is an optimization: even though using mb_str(wxConvLibc) does the + // same thing (i.e. returns pointer to internal representation as locale is + // always an UTF-8 one) in wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY case, we can avoid the + // extra checks and the temporary buffer construction by providing a + // separate mb_str() overload +#if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + const char* mb_str() const { return wx_str(); } + const wxScopedCharBuffer mb_str(const wxMBConv& conv) const + { + return AsCharBuf(conv); + } +#else // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + const wxScopedCharBuffer mb_str(const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc) const + { + return AsCharBuf(conv); + } +#endif // wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY/!wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + + const wxWX2MBbuf mbc_str() const { return mb_str(*wxConvCurrent); } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + const wchar_t* wc_str() const { return wx_str(); } +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + const wxScopedWCharBuffer wc_str() const + { return AsWCharBuf(wxMBConvStrictUTF8()); } +#endif + // for compatibility with !wxUSE_UNICODE version + const wxWX2WCbuf wc_str(const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv)) const + { return wc_str(); } + +#if wxMBFILES + const wxScopedCharBuffer fn_str() const { return mb_str(wxConvFile); } +#else // !wxMBFILES + const wxWX2WCbuf fn_str() const { return wc_str(); } +#endif // wxMBFILES/!wxMBFILES + +#else // ANSI + const char* mb_str() const { return wx_str(); } + + // for compatibility with wxUSE_UNICODE version + const char* mb_str(const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv)) const { return wx_str(); } + + const wxWX2MBbuf mbc_str() const { return mb_str(); } + + const wxScopedWCharBuffer wc_str(const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc) const + { return AsWCharBuf(conv); } + + const wxScopedCharBuffer fn_str() const + { return wxConvFile.cWC2WX( wc_str( wxConvLibc ) ); } +#endif // Unicode/ANSI + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + const wxScopedWCharBuffer t_str() const { return wc_str(); } +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + const wchar_t* t_str() const { return wx_str(); } +#else + const char* t_str() const { return wx_str(); } +#endif + + + // overloaded assignment + // from another wxString + wxString& operator=(const wxString& stringSrc) + { + if ( this != &stringSrc ) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl = stringSrc.m_impl; + } + + return *this; + } + + wxString& operator=(const wxCStrData& cstr) + { return *this = cstr.AsString(); } + // from a character + wxString& operator=(wxUniChar ch) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( !ch.IsAscii() ) + m_impl = wxStringOperations::EncodeChar(ch); + else +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + m_impl = (wxStringCharType)ch; + return *this; + } + + wxString& operator=(wxUniCharRef ch) + { return operator=((wxUniChar)ch); } + wxString& operator=(char ch) + { return operator=(wxUniChar(ch)); } + wxString& operator=(unsigned char ch) + { return operator=(wxUniChar(ch)); } + wxString& operator=(wchar_t ch) + { return operator=(wxUniChar(ch)); } + // from a C string - STL probably will crash on NULL, + // so we need to compensate in that case +#if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + wxString& operator=(const char *psz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + if ( psz ) + m_impl = ImplStr(psz); + else + clear(); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& operator=(const wchar_t *pwz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + if ( pwz ) + m_impl = ImplStr(pwz); + else + clear(); + + return *this; + } +#else // !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + wxString& operator=(const char *psz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl = ImplStr(psz); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& operator=(const wchar_t *pwz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl = ImplStr(pwz); + + return *this; + } +#endif // wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING/!wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + + wxString& operator=(const unsigned char *psz) + { return operator=((const char*)psz); } + + // from wxScopedWCharBuffer + wxString& operator=(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s) + { return assign(s); } + // from wxScopedCharBuffer + wxString& operator=(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s) + { return assign(s); } + + // string concatenation + // in place concatenation + /* + Concatenate and return the result. Note that the left to right + associativity of << allows to write things like "str << str1 << str2 + << ..." (unlike with +=) + */ + // string += string + wxString& operator<<(const wxString& s) + { +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 && !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + wxASSERT_MSG( s.IsValid(), + wxT("did you forget to call UngetWriteBuf()?") ); +#endif + + append(s); + return *this; + } + // string += C string + wxString& operator<<(const char *psz) + { append(psz); return *this; } + wxString& operator<<(const wchar_t *pwz) + { append(pwz); return *this; } + wxString& operator<<(const wxCStrData& psz) + { append(psz.AsString()); return *this; } + // string += char + wxString& operator<<(wxUniChar ch) { append(1, ch); return *this; } + wxString& operator<<(wxUniCharRef ch) { append(1, ch); return *this; } + wxString& operator<<(char ch) { append(1, ch); return *this; } + wxString& operator<<(unsigned char ch) { append(1, ch); return *this; } + wxString& operator<<(wchar_t ch) { append(1, ch); return *this; } + + // string += buffer (i.e. from wxGetString) + wxString& operator<<(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s) + { return append(s); } + wxString& operator<<(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s) + { return append(s); } + + // string += C string + wxString& Append(const wxString& s) + { + // test for empty() to share the string if possible + if ( empty() ) + *this = s; + else + append(s); + return *this; + } + wxString& Append(const char* psz) + { append(psz); return *this; } + wxString& Append(const wchar_t* pwz) + { append(pwz); return *this; } + wxString& Append(const wxCStrData& psz) + { append(psz); return *this; } + wxString& Append(const wxScopedCharBuffer& psz) + { append(psz); return *this; } + wxString& Append(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& psz) + { append(psz); return *this; } + wxString& Append(const char* psz, size_t nLen) + { append(psz, nLen); return *this; } + wxString& Append(const wchar_t* pwz, size_t nLen) + { append(pwz, nLen); return *this; } + wxString& Append(const wxCStrData& psz, size_t nLen) + { append(psz, nLen); return *this; } + wxString& Append(const wxScopedCharBuffer& psz, size_t nLen) + { append(psz, nLen); return *this; } + wxString& Append(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& psz, size_t nLen) + { append(psz, nLen); return *this; } + // append count copies of given character + wxString& Append(wxUniChar ch, size_t count = 1u) + { append(count, ch); return *this; } + wxString& Append(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t count = 1u) + { append(count, ch); return *this; } + wxString& Append(char ch, size_t count = 1u) + { append(count, ch); return *this; } + wxString& Append(unsigned char ch, size_t count = 1u) + { append(count, ch); return *this; } + wxString& Append(wchar_t ch, size_t count = 1u) + { append(count, ch); return *this; } + + // prepend a string, return the string itself + wxString& Prepend(const wxString& str) + { *this = str + *this; return *this; } + + // non-destructive concatenation + // two strings + friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string1, + const wxString& string2); + // string with a single char + friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string, wxUniChar ch); + // char with a string + friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(wxUniChar ch, const wxString& string); + // string with C string + friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string, + const char *psz); + friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string, + const wchar_t *pwz); + // C string with string + friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const char *psz, + const wxString& string); + friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wchar_t *pwz, + const wxString& string); + + // stream-like functions + // insert an int into string + wxString& operator<<(int i) + { return (*this) << Format(wxT("%d"), i); } + // insert an unsigned int into string + wxString& operator<<(unsigned int ui) + { return (*this) << Format(wxT("%u"), ui); } + // insert a long into string + wxString& operator<<(long l) + { return (*this) << Format(wxT("%ld"), l); } + // insert an unsigned long into string + wxString& operator<<(unsigned long ul) + { return (*this) << Format(wxT("%lu"), ul); } +#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + // insert a long long if they exist and aren't longs + wxString& operator<<(wxLongLong_t ll) + { + return (*this) << Format("%" wxLongLongFmtSpec "d", ll); + } + // insert an unsigned long long + wxString& operator<<(wxULongLong_t ull) + { + return (*this) << Format("%" wxLongLongFmtSpec "u" , ull); + } +#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + // insert a float into string + wxString& operator<<(float f) + { return (*this) << Format(wxT("%f"), f); } + // insert a double into string + wxString& operator<<(double d) + { return (*this) << Format(wxT("%g"), d); } + + // string comparison + // case-sensitive comparison (returns a value < 0, = 0 or > 0) + int Cmp(const char *psz) const + { return compare(psz); } + int Cmp(const wchar_t *pwz) const + { return compare(pwz); } + int Cmp(const wxString& s) const + { return compare(s); } + int Cmp(const wxCStrData& s) const + { return compare(s); } + int Cmp(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s) const + { return compare(s); } + int Cmp(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s) const + { return compare(s); } + // same as Cmp() but not case-sensitive + int CmpNoCase(const wxString& s) const; + + // test for the string equality, either considering case or not + // (if compareWithCase then the case matters) + bool IsSameAs(const wxString& str, bool compareWithCase = true) const + { +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // in UTF-8 build, length() is O(n) and doing this would be _slower_ + if ( length() != str.length() ) + return false; +#endif + return (compareWithCase ? Cmp(str) : CmpNoCase(str)) == 0; + } + bool IsSameAs(const char *str, bool compareWithCase = true) const + { return (compareWithCase ? Cmp(str) : CmpNoCase(str)) == 0; } + bool IsSameAs(const wchar_t *str, bool compareWithCase = true) const + { return (compareWithCase ? Cmp(str) : CmpNoCase(str)) == 0; } + + bool IsSameAs(const wxCStrData& str, bool compareWithCase = true) const + { return IsSameAs(str.AsString(), compareWithCase); } + bool IsSameAs(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str, bool compareWithCase = true) const + { return IsSameAs(str.data(), compareWithCase); } + bool IsSameAs(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str, bool compareWithCase = true) const + { return IsSameAs(str.data(), compareWithCase); } + // comparison with a single character: returns true if equal + bool IsSameAs(wxUniChar c, bool compareWithCase = true) const; + // FIXME-UTF8: remove these overloads + bool IsSameAs(wxUniCharRef c, bool compareWithCase = true) const + { return IsSameAs(wxUniChar(c), compareWithCase); } + bool IsSameAs(char c, bool compareWithCase = true) const + { return IsSameAs(wxUniChar(c), compareWithCase); } + bool IsSameAs(unsigned char c, bool compareWithCase = true) const + { return IsSameAs(wxUniChar(c), compareWithCase); } + bool IsSameAs(wchar_t c, bool compareWithCase = true) const + { return IsSameAs(wxUniChar(c), compareWithCase); } + bool IsSameAs(int c, bool compareWithCase = true) const + { return IsSameAs(wxUniChar(c), compareWithCase); } + + // simple sub-string extraction + // return substring starting at nFirst of length nCount (or till the end + // if nCount = default value) + wxString Mid(size_t nFirst, size_t nCount = npos) const; + + // operator version of Mid() + wxString operator()(size_t start, size_t len) const + { return Mid(start, len); } + + // check if the string starts with the given prefix and return the rest + // of the string in the provided pointer if it is not NULL; otherwise + // return false + bool StartsWith(const wxString& prefix, wxString *rest = NULL) const; + // check if the string ends with the given suffix and return the + // beginning of the string before the suffix in the provided pointer if + // it is not NULL; otherwise return false + bool EndsWith(const wxString& suffix, wxString *rest = NULL) const; + + // get first nCount characters + wxString Left(size_t nCount) const; + // get last nCount characters + wxString Right(size_t nCount) const; + // get all characters before the first occurrence of ch + // (returns the whole string if ch not found) and also put everything + // following the first occurrence of ch into rest if it's non-NULL + wxString BeforeFirst(wxUniChar ch, wxString *rest = NULL) const; + // get all characters before the last occurrence of ch + // (returns empty string if ch not found) and also put everything + // following the last occurrence of ch into rest if it's non-NULL + wxString BeforeLast(wxUniChar ch, wxString *rest = NULL) const; + // get all characters after the first occurrence of ch + // (returns empty string if ch not found) + wxString AfterFirst(wxUniChar ch) const; + // get all characters after the last occurrence of ch + // (returns the whole string if ch not found) + wxString AfterLast(wxUniChar ch) const; + + // for compatibility only, use more explicitly named functions above + wxString Before(wxUniChar ch) const { return BeforeLast(ch); } + wxString After(wxUniChar ch) const { return AfterFirst(ch); } + + // case conversion + // convert to upper case in place, return the string itself + wxString& MakeUpper(); + // convert to upper case, return the copy of the string + wxString Upper() const { return wxString(*this).MakeUpper(); } + // convert to lower case in place, return the string itself + wxString& MakeLower(); + // convert to lower case, return the copy of the string + wxString Lower() const { return wxString(*this).MakeLower(); } + // convert the first character to the upper case and the rest to the + // lower one, return the modified string itself + wxString& MakeCapitalized(); + // convert the first character to the upper case and the rest to the + // lower one, return the copy of the string + wxString Capitalize() const { return wxString(*this).MakeCapitalized(); } + + // trimming/padding whitespace (either side) and truncating + // remove spaces from left or from right (default) side + wxString& Trim(bool bFromRight = true); + // add nCount copies chPad in the beginning or at the end (default) + wxString& Pad(size_t nCount, wxUniChar chPad = wxT(' '), bool bFromRight = true); + + // searching and replacing + // searching (return starting index, or -1 if not found) + int Find(wxUniChar ch, bool bFromEnd = false) const; // like strchr/strrchr + int Find(wxUniCharRef ch, bool bFromEnd = false) const + { return Find(wxUniChar(ch), bFromEnd); } + int Find(char ch, bool bFromEnd = false) const + { return Find(wxUniChar(ch), bFromEnd); } + int Find(unsigned char ch, bool bFromEnd = false) const + { return Find(wxUniChar(ch), bFromEnd); } + int Find(wchar_t ch, bool bFromEnd = false) const + { return Find(wxUniChar(ch), bFromEnd); } + // searching (return starting index, or -1 if not found) + int Find(const wxString& sub) const // like strstr + { + size_type idx = find(sub); + return (idx == npos) ? wxNOT_FOUND : (int)idx; + } + int Find(const char *sub) const // like strstr + { + size_type idx = find(sub); + return (idx == npos) ? wxNOT_FOUND : (int)idx; + } + int Find(const wchar_t *sub) const // like strstr + { + size_type idx = find(sub); + return (idx == npos) ? wxNOT_FOUND : (int)idx; + } + + int Find(const wxCStrData& sub) const + { return Find(sub.AsString()); } + int Find(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sub) const + { return Find(sub.data()); } + int Find(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sub) const + { return Find(sub.data()); } + + // replace first (or all of bReplaceAll) occurrences of substring with + // another string, returns the number of replacements made + size_t Replace(const wxString& strOld, + const wxString& strNew, + bool bReplaceAll = true); + + // check if the string contents matches a mask containing '*' and '?' + bool Matches(const wxString& mask) const; + + // conversion to numbers: all functions return true only if the whole + // string is a number and put the value of this number into the pointer + // provided, the base is the numeric base in which the conversion should be + // done and must be comprised between 2 and 36 or be 0 in which case the + // standard C rules apply (leading '0' => octal, "0x" => hex) + // convert to a signed integer + bool ToLong(long *val, int base = 10) const; + // convert to an unsigned integer + bool ToULong(unsigned long *val, int base = 10) const; + // convert to wxLongLong +#if defined(wxLongLong_t) + bool ToLongLong(wxLongLong_t *val, int base = 10) const; + // convert to wxULongLong + bool ToULongLong(wxULongLong_t *val, int base = 10) const; +#endif // wxLongLong_t + // convert to a double + bool ToDouble(double *val) const; + + // conversions to numbers using C locale + // convert to a signed integer + bool ToCLong(long *val, int base = 10) const; + // convert to an unsigned integer + bool ToCULong(unsigned long *val, int base = 10) const; + // convert to a double + bool ToCDouble(double *val) const; + + // create a string representing the given floating point number with the + // default (like %g) or fixed (if precision >=0) precision + // in the current locale + static wxString FromDouble(double val, int precision = -1); + // in C locale + static wxString FromCDouble(double val, int precision = -1); + +#ifndef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN + // formatted input/output + // as sprintf(), returns the number of characters written or < 0 on error + // (take 'this' into account in attribute parameter count) + // int Printf(const wxString& format, ...); + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, Printf, 1, (const wxFormatString&), + DoPrintfWchar, DoPrintfUtf8) +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351 + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, Printf, 1, (const wxString&), + (wxFormatString(f1))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, Printf, 1, (const wxCStrData&), + (wxFormatString(f1))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, Printf, 1, (const char*), + (wxFormatString(f1))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, Printf, 1, (const wchar_t*), + (wxFormatString(f1))); +#endif +#endif // !wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN + // as vprintf(), returns the number of characters written or < 0 on error + int PrintfV(const wxString& format, va_list argptr); + +#ifndef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN + // returns the string containing the result of Printf() to it + // static wxString Format(const wxString& format, ...) WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1; + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(static wxString, Format, 1, (const wxFormatString&), + DoFormatWchar, DoFormatUtf8) +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351 + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(static wxString, Format, 1, (const wxString&), + (wxFormatString(f1))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(static wxString, Format, 1, (const wxCStrData&), + (wxFormatString(f1))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(static wxString, Format, 1, (const char*), + (wxFormatString(f1))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(static wxString, Format, 1, (const wchar_t*), + (wxFormatString(f1))); +#endif +#endif + // the same as above, but takes a va_list + static wxString FormatV(const wxString& format, va_list argptr); + + // raw access to string memory + // ensure that string has space for at least nLen characters + // only works if the data of this string is not shared + bool Alloc(size_t nLen) { reserve(nLen); return capacity() >= nLen; } + // minimize the string's memory + // only works if the data of this string is not shared + bool Shrink(); +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 && !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // These are deprecated, use wxStringBuffer or wxStringBufferLength instead + // + // get writable buffer of at least nLen bytes. Unget() *must* be called + // a.s.a.p. to put string back in a reasonable state! + wxDEPRECATED( wxStringCharType *GetWriteBuf(size_t nLen) ); + // call this immediately after GetWriteBuf() has been used + wxDEPRECATED( void UngetWriteBuf() ); + wxDEPRECATED( void UngetWriteBuf(size_t nLen) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 && !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + + // wxWidgets version 1 compatibility functions + + // use Mid() + wxString SubString(size_t from, size_t to) const + { return Mid(from, (to - from + 1)); } + // values for second parameter of CompareTo function + enum caseCompare {exact, ignoreCase}; + // values for first parameter of Strip function + enum stripType {leading = 0x1, trailing = 0x2, both = 0x3}; + +#ifndef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN + // use Printf() + // (take 'this' into account in attribute parameter count) + // int sprintf(const wxString& format, ...) WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2; + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, sprintf, 1, (const wxFormatString&), + DoPrintfWchar, DoPrintfUtf8) +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351 + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, sprintf, 1, (const wxString&), + (wxFormatString(f1))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, sprintf, 1, (const wxCStrData&), + (wxFormatString(f1))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, sprintf, 1, (const char*), + (wxFormatString(f1))); + WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, sprintf, 1, (const wchar_t*), + (wxFormatString(f1))); +#endif +#endif // wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN + + // use Cmp() + int CompareTo(const wxChar* psz, caseCompare cmp = exact) const + { return cmp == exact ? Cmp(psz) : CmpNoCase(psz); } + + // use length() + size_t Length() const { return length(); } + // Count the number of characters + int Freq(wxUniChar ch) const; + // use MakeLower + void LowerCase() { MakeLower(); } + // use MakeUpper + void UpperCase() { MakeUpper(); } + // use Trim except that it doesn't change this string + wxString Strip(stripType w = trailing) const; + + // use Find (more general variants not yet supported) + size_t Index(const wxChar* psz) const { return Find(psz); } + size_t Index(wxUniChar ch) const { return Find(ch); } + // use Truncate + wxString& Remove(size_t pos) { return Truncate(pos); } + wxString& RemoveLast(size_t n = 1) { return Truncate(length() - n); } + + wxString& Remove(size_t nStart, size_t nLen) + { return (wxString&)erase( nStart, nLen ); } + + // use Find() + int First( wxUniChar ch ) const { return Find(ch); } + int First( wxUniCharRef ch ) const { return Find(ch); } + int First( char ch ) const { return Find(ch); } + int First( unsigned char ch ) const { return Find(ch); } + int First( wchar_t ch ) const { return Find(ch); } + int First( const wxString& str ) const { return Find(str); } + int Last( wxUniChar ch ) const { return Find(ch, true); } + bool Contains(const wxString& str) const { return Find(str) != wxNOT_FOUND; } + + // use empty() + bool IsNull() const { return empty(); } + + // std::string compatibility functions + + // take nLen chars starting at nPos + wxString(const wxString& str, size_t nPos, size_t nLen) + { assign(str, nPos, nLen); } + // take all characters from first to last + wxString(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) + : m_impl(first.impl(), last.impl()) { } +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER + // the 2 overloads below are for compatibility with the existing code using + // pointers instead of iterators + wxString(const char *first, const char *last) + { + SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(first, last - first)); + m_impl.assign(str.data, str.len); + } + wxString(const wchar_t *first, const wchar_t *last) + { + SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(first, last - first)); + m_impl.assign(str.data, str.len); + } + // and this one is needed to compile code adding offsets to c_str() result + wxString(const wxCStrData& first, const wxCStrData& last) + : m_impl(CreateConstIterator(first).impl(), + CreateConstIterator(last).impl()) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( first.m_str == last.m_str, + wxT("pointers must be into the same string") ); + } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER + + // lib.string.modifiers + // append elements str[pos], ..., str[pos+n] + wxString& append(const wxString& str, size_t pos, size_t n) + { + wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n); + + size_t from, len; + str.PosLenToImpl(pos, n, &from, &len); + m_impl.append(str.m_impl, from, len); + return *this; + } + // append a string + wxString& append(const wxString& str) + { + wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(str.length()); + + m_impl.append(str.m_impl); + return *this; + } + + // append first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz + wxString& append(const char *sz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(); + + m_impl.append(ImplStr(sz)); + return *this; + } + + wxString& append(const wchar_t *sz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(); + + m_impl.append(ImplStr(sz)); + return *this; + } + + wxString& append(const char *sz, size_t n) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(); + + SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, n)); + m_impl.append(str.data, str.len); + return *this; + } + wxString& append(const wchar_t *sz, size_t n) + { + wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n); + + SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, n)); + m_impl.append(str.data, str.len); + return *this; + } + + wxString& append(const wxCStrData& str) + { return append(str.AsString()); } + wxString& append(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str) + { return append(str.data(), str.length()); } + wxString& append(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str) + { return append(str.data(), str.length()); } + wxString& append(const wxCStrData& str, size_t n) + { return append(str.AsString(), 0, n); } + wxString& append(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str, size_t n) + { return append(str.data(), n); } + wxString& append(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str, size_t n) + { return append(str.data(), n); } + + // append n copies of ch + wxString& append(size_t n, wxUniChar ch) + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( !ch.IsAscii() ) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(); + + m_impl.append(wxStringOperations::EncodeNChars(n, ch)); + } + else // ASCII +#endif + { + wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n); + + m_impl.append(n, (wxStringCharType)ch); + } + + return *this; + } + + wxString& append(size_t n, wxUniCharRef ch) + { return append(n, wxUniChar(ch)); } + wxString& append(size_t n, char ch) + { return append(n, wxUniChar(ch)); } + wxString& append(size_t n, unsigned char ch) + { return append(n, wxUniChar(ch)); } + wxString& append(size_t n, wchar_t ch) + { return append(n, wxUniChar(ch)); } + + // append from first to last + wxString& append(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(); + + m_impl.append(first.impl(), last.impl()); + return *this; + } +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER + wxString& append(const char *first, const char *last) + { return append(first, last - first); } + wxString& append(const wchar_t *first, const wchar_t *last) + { return append(first, last - first); } + wxString& append(const wxCStrData& first, const wxCStrData& last) + { return append(CreateConstIterator(first), CreateConstIterator(last)); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER + + // same as `this_string = str' + wxString& assign(const wxString& str) + { + wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(str.length()); + + m_impl = str.m_impl; + + return *this; + } + + wxString& assign(const wxString& str, size_t len) + { + wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(len); + + m_impl.assign(str.m_impl, 0, str.LenToImpl(len)); + + return *this; + } + + // same as ` = str[pos..pos + n] + wxString& assign(const wxString& str, size_t pos, size_t n) + { + size_t from, len; + str.PosLenToImpl(pos, n, &from, &len); + m_impl.assign(str.m_impl, from, len); + + // it's important to call this after PosLenToImpl() above in case str is + // the same string as this one + wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(n); + + return *this; + } + + // same as `= first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz' + wxString& assign(const char *sz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl.assign(ImplStr(sz)); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& assign(const wchar_t *sz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl.assign(ImplStr(sz)); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& assign(const char *sz, size_t n) + { + wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(n); + + SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, n)); + m_impl.assign(str.data, str.len); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& assign(const wchar_t *sz, size_t n) + { + wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(n); + + SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, n)); + m_impl.assign(str.data, str.len); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& assign(const wxCStrData& str) + { return assign(str.AsString()); } + wxString& assign(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str) + { return assign(str.data(), str.length()); } + wxString& assign(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str) + { return assign(str.data(), str.length()); } + wxString& assign(const wxCStrData& str, size_t len) + { return assign(str.AsString(), len); } + wxString& assign(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str, size_t len) + { return assign(str.data(), len); } + wxString& assign(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str, size_t len) + { return assign(str.data(), len); } + + // same as `= n copies of ch' + wxString& assign(size_t n, wxUniChar ch) + { + wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(n); + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( !ch.IsAscii() ) + m_impl.assign(wxStringOperations::EncodeNChars(n, ch)); + else +#endif + m_impl.assign(n, (wxStringCharType)ch); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& assign(size_t n, wxUniCharRef ch) + { return assign(n, wxUniChar(ch)); } + wxString& assign(size_t n, char ch) + { return assign(n, wxUniChar(ch)); } + wxString& assign(size_t n, unsigned char ch) + { return assign(n, wxUniChar(ch)); } + wxString& assign(size_t n, wchar_t ch) + { return assign(n, wxUniChar(ch)); } + + // assign from first to last + wxString& assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl.assign(first.impl(), last.impl()); + + return *this; + } +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER + wxString& assign(const char *first, const char *last) + { return assign(first, last - first); } + wxString& assign(const wchar_t *first, const wchar_t *last) + { return assign(first, last - first); } + wxString& assign(const wxCStrData& first, const wxCStrData& last) + { return assign(CreateConstIterator(first), CreateConstIterator(last)); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER + + // string comparison + int compare(const wxString& str) const; + int compare(const char* sz) const; + int compare(const wchar_t* sz) const; + int compare(const wxCStrData& str) const + { return compare(str.AsString()); } + int compare(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str) const + { return compare(str.data()); } + int compare(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str) const + { return compare(str.data()); } + // comparison with a substring + int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxString& str) const; + // comparison of 2 substrings + int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wxString& str, size_t nStart2, size_t nLen2) const; + // substring comparison with first nCount characters of sz + int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const char* sz, size_t nCount = npos) const; + int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wchar_t* sz, size_t nCount = npos) const; + + // insert another string + wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const wxString& str) + { insert(GetIterForNthChar(nPos), str.begin(), str.end()); return *this; } + // insert n chars of str starting at nStart (in str) + wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const wxString& str, size_t nStart, size_t n) + { + wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n); + + size_t from, len; + str.PosLenToImpl(nStart, n, &from, &len); + m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), str.m_impl, from, len); + + return *this; + } + + // insert first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz + wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const char *sz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), ImplStr(sz)); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const wchar_t *sz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), ImplStr(sz)); return *this; + } + + wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const char *sz, size_t n) + { + wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n); + + SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, n)); + m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), str.data, str.len); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const wchar_t *sz, size_t n) + { + wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n); + + SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, n)); + m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), str.data, str.len); + + return *this; + } + + // insert n copies of ch + wxString& insert(size_t nPos, size_t n, wxUniChar ch) + { + wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n); + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( !ch.IsAscii() ) + m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), wxStringOperations::EncodeNChars(n, ch)); + else +#endif + m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), n, (wxStringCharType)ch); + return *this; + } + + iterator insert(iterator it, wxUniChar ch) + { + wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(1); + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( !ch.IsAscii() ) + { + size_t pos = IterToImplPos(it); + m_impl.insert(pos, wxStringOperations::EncodeChar(ch)); + return iterator(this, m_impl.begin() + pos); + } + else +#endif + return iterator(this, m_impl.insert(it.impl(), (wxStringCharType)ch)); + } + + void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl.insert(it.impl(), first.impl(), last.impl()); + } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER + void insert(iterator it, const char *first, const char *last) + { insert(it - begin(), first, last - first); } + void insert(iterator it, const wchar_t *first, const wchar_t *last) + { insert(it - begin(), first, last - first); } + void insert(iterator it, const wxCStrData& first, const wxCStrData& last) + { insert(it, CreateConstIterator(first), CreateConstIterator(last)); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER + + void insert(iterator it, size_type n, wxUniChar ch) + { + wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n); + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( !ch.IsAscii() ) + m_impl.insert(IterToImplPos(it), wxStringOperations::EncodeNChars(n, ch)); + else +#endif + m_impl.insert(it.impl(), n, (wxStringCharType)ch); + } + + // delete characters from nStart to nStart + nLen + wxString& erase(size_type pos = 0, size_type n = npos) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + size_t from, len; + PosLenToImpl(pos, n, &from, &len); + m_impl.erase(from, len); + + return *this; + } + + // delete characters from first up to last + iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + return iterator(this, m_impl.erase(first.impl(), last.impl())); + } + + iterator erase(iterator first) + { + wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(-1); + + return iterator(this, m_impl.erase(first.impl())); + } + +#ifdef wxSTRING_BASE_HASNT_CLEAR + void clear() { erase(); } +#else + void clear() + { + wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(0); + + m_impl.clear(); + } +#endif + + // replaces the substring of length nLen starting at nStart + wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const char* sz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + size_t from, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len); + m_impl.replace(from, len, ImplStr(sz)); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wchar_t* sz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + size_t from, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len); + m_impl.replace(from, len, ImplStr(sz)); + + return *this; + } + + // replaces the substring of length nLen starting at nStart + wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxString& str) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + size_t from, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len); + m_impl.replace(from, len, str.m_impl); + + return *this; + } + + // replaces the substring with nCount copies of ch + wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, size_t nCount, wxUniChar ch) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + size_t from, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len); +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( !ch.IsAscii() ) + m_impl.replace(from, len, wxStringOperations::EncodeNChars(nCount, ch)); + else +#endif + m_impl.replace(from, len, nCount, (wxStringCharType)ch); + + return *this; + } + + // replaces a substring with another substring + wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wxString& str, size_t nStart2, size_t nLen2) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + size_t from, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len); + + size_t from2, len2; + str.PosLenToImpl(nStart2, nLen2, &from2, &len2); + + m_impl.replace(from, len, str.m_impl, from2, len2); + + return *this; + } + + // replaces the substring with first nCount chars of sz + wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const char* sz, size_t nCount) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + size_t from, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len); + + SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, nCount)); + + m_impl.replace(from, len, str.data, str.len); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wchar_t* sz, size_t nCount) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + size_t from, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len); + + SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, nCount)); + + m_impl.replace(from, len, str.data, str.len); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wxString& s, size_t nCount) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + size_t from, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len); + m_impl.replace(from, len, s.m_impl.c_str(), s.LenToImpl(nCount)); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const char* s) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), ImplStr(s)); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const wchar_t* s) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), ImplStr(s)); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const char* s, size_type n) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(s, n)); + m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), str.data, str.len); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const wchar_t* s, size_type n) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(s, n)); + m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), str.data, str.len); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const wxString& s) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), s.m_impl); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, size_type n, wxUniChar ch) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( !ch.IsAscii() ) + m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), + wxStringOperations::EncodeNChars(n, ch)); + else +#endif + m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), n, (wxStringCharType)ch); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, + const_iterator first1, const_iterator last1) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), first1.impl(), last1.impl()); + + return *this; + } + + wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, + const char *first1, const char *last1) + { replace(first, last, first1, last1 - first1); return *this; } + wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, + const wchar_t *first1, const wchar_t *last1) + { replace(first, last, first1, last1 - first1); return *this; } + + // swap two strings + void swap(wxString& str) + { +#if wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + // we modify not only this string but also the other one directly so we + // need to invalidate cache for both of them (we could also try to + // exchange their cache entries but it seems unlikely to be worth it) + InvalidateCache(); + str.InvalidateCache(); +#endif // wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + + m_impl.swap(str.m_impl); + } + + // find a substring + size_t find(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return PosFromImpl(m_impl.find(str.m_impl, PosToImpl(nStart))); } + + // find first n characters of sz + size_t find(const char* sz, size_t nStart = 0, size_t n = npos) const + { + SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, n)); + return PosFromImpl(m_impl.find(str.data, PosToImpl(nStart), str.len)); + } + size_t find(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = 0, size_t n = npos) const + { + SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, n)); + return PosFromImpl(m_impl.find(str.data, PosToImpl(nStart), str.len)); + } + size_t find(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s, size_t nStart = 0, size_t n = npos) const + { return find(s.data(), nStart, n); } + size_t find(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s, size_t nStart = 0, size_t n = npos) const + { return find(s.data(), nStart, n); } + size_t find(const wxCStrData& s, size_t nStart = 0, size_t n = npos) const + { return find(s.AsWChar(), nStart, n); } + + // find the first occurrence of character ch after nStart + size_t find(wxUniChar ch, size_t nStart = 0) const + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( !ch.IsAscii() ) + return PosFromImpl(m_impl.find(wxStringOperations::EncodeChar(ch), + PosToImpl(nStart))); + else +#endif + return PosFromImpl(m_impl.find((wxStringCharType)ch, + PosToImpl(nStart))); + + } + size_t find(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find(char ch, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find(unsigned char ch, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find(wchar_t ch, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + + // rfind() family is exactly like find() but works right to left + + // as find, but from the end + size_t rfind(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return PosFromImpl(m_impl.rfind(str.m_impl, PosToImpl(nStart))); } + + // as find, but from the end + size_t rfind(const char* sz, size_t nStart = npos, size_t n = npos) const + { + SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, n)); + return PosFromImpl(m_impl.rfind(str.data, PosToImpl(nStart), str.len)); + } + size_t rfind(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = npos, size_t n = npos) const + { + SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, n)); + return PosFromImpl(m_impl.rfind(str.data, PosToImpl(nStart), str.len)); + } + size_t rfind(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s, size_t nStart = npos, size_t n = npos) const + { return rfind(s.data(), nStart, n); } + size_t rfind(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s, size_t nStart = npos, size_t n = npos) const + { return rfind(s.data(), nStart, n); } + size_t rfind(const wxCStrData& s, size_t nStart = npos, size_t n = npos) const + { return rfind(s.AsWChar(), nStart, n); } + // as find, but from the end + size_t rfind(wxUniChar ch, size_t nStart = npos) const + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( !ch.IsAscii() ) + return PosFromImpl(m_impl.rfind(wxStringOperations::EncodeChar(ch), + PosToImpl(nStart))); + else +#endif + return PosFromImpl(m_impl.rfind((wxStringCharType)ch, + PosToImpl(nStart))); + } + size_t rfind(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return rfind(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t rfind(char ch, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return rfind(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t rfind(unsigned char ch, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return rfind(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t rfind(wchar_t ch, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return rfind(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + + // find first/last occurrence of any character (not) in the set: +#if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // FIXME-UTF8: this is not entirely correct, because it doesn't work if + // sizeof(wchar_t)==2 and surrogates are present in the string; + // should we care? Probably not. + size_t find_first_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return m_impl.find_first_of(str.m_impl, nStart); } + size_t find_first_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return m_impl.find_first_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); } + size_t find_first_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return m_impl.find_first_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); } + size_t find_first_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return m_impl.find_first_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); } + size_t find_first_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return m_impl.find_first_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); } + size_t find_first_of(wxUniChar c, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return m_impl.find_first_of((wxChar)c, nStart); } + + size_t find_last_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return m_impl.find_last_of(str.m_impl, nStart); } + size_t find_last_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return m_impl.find_last_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); } + size_t find_last_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return m_impl.find_last_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); } + size_t find_last_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return m_impl.find_last_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); } + size_t find_last_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return m_impl.find_last_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); } + size_t find_last_of(wxUniChar c, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return m_impl.find_last_of((wxChar)c, nStart); } + + size_t find_first_not_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return m_impl.find_first_not_of(str.m_impl, nStart); } + size_t find_first_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return m_impl.find_first_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); } + size_t find_first_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return m_impl.find_first_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); } + size_t find_first_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return m_impl.find_first_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); } + size_t find_first_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return m_impl.find_first_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); } + size_t find_first_not_of(wxUniChar c, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return m_impl.find_first_not_of((wxChar)c, nStart); } + + size_t find_last_not_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return m_impl.find_last_not_of(str.m_impl, nStart); } + size_t find_last_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return m_impl.find_last_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); } + size_t find_last_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return m_impl.find_last_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); } + size_t find_last_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return m_impl.find_last_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); } + size_t find_last_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return m_impl.find_last_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); } + size_t find_last_not_of(wxUniChar c, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return m_impl.find_last_not_of((wxChar)c, nStart); } +#else + // we can't use std::string implementation in UTF-8 build, because the + // character sets would be interpreted wrongly: + + // as strpbrk() but starts at nStart, returns npos if not found + size_t find_first_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = 0) const +#if wxUSE_UNICODE // FIXME-UTF8: temporary + { return find_first_of(str.wc_str(), nStart); } +#else + { return find_first_of(str.mb_str(), nStart); } +#endif + // same as above + size_t find_first_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const; + size_t find_first_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const; + size_t find_first_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const; + size_t find_first_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const; + // same as find(char, size_t) + size_t find_first_of(wxUniChar c, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find(c, nStart); } + // find the last (starting from nStart) char from str in this string + size_t find_last_of (const wxString& str, size_t nStart = npos) const +#if wxUSE_UNICODE // FIXME-UTF8: temporary + { return find_last_of(str.wc_str(), nStart); } +#else + { return find_last_of(str.mb_str(), nStart); } +#endif + // same as above + size_t find_last_of (const char* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const; + size_t find_last_of (const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const; + size_t find_last_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const; + size_t find_last_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const; + // same as above + size_t find_last_of(wxUniChar c, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return rfind(c, nStart); } + + // find first/last occurrence of any character not in the set + + // as strspn() (starting from nStart), returns npos on failure + size_t find_first_not_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = 0) const +#if wxUSE_UNICODE // FIXME-UTF8: temporary + { return find_first_not_of(str.wc_str(), nStart); } +#else + { return find_first_not_of(str.mb_str(), nStart); } +#endif + // same as above + size_t find_first_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const; + size_t find_first_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const; + size_t find_first_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const; + size_t find_first_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const; + // same as above + size_t find_first_not_of(wxUniChar ch, size_t nStart = 0) const; + // as strcspn() + size_t find_last_not_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = npos) const +#if wxUSE_UNICODE // FIXME-UTF8: temporary + { return find_last_not_of(str.wc_str(), nStart); } +#else + { return find_last_not_of(str.mb_str(), nStart); } +#endif + // same as above + size_t find_last_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const; + size_t find_last_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const; + size_t find_last_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const; + size_t find_last_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const; + // same as above + size_t find_last_not_of(wxUniChar ch, size_t nStart = npos) const; +#endif // wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 or not + + // provide char/wchar_t/wxUniCharRef overloads for char-finding functions + // above to resolve ambiguities: + size_t find_first_of(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_first_of(char ch, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_first_of(unsigned char ch, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_first_of(wchar_t ch, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_last_of(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return find_last_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_last_of(char ch, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return find_last_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_last_of(unsigned char ch, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return find_last_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_last_of(wchar_t ch, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return find_last_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_first_not_of(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_first_not_of(char ch, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_first_not_of(unsigned char ch, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_first_not_of(wchar_t ch, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_last_not_of(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return find_last_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_last_not_of(char ch, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return find_last_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_last_not_of(unsigned char ch, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return find_last_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + size_t find_last_not_of(wchar_t ch, size_t nStart = npos) const + { return find_last_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); } + + // and additional overloads for the versions taking strings: + size_t find_first_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_of(sz.AsString(), nStart); } + size_t find_first_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_of(sz.data(), nStart); } + size_t find_first_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_of(sz.data(), nStart); } + size_t find_first_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return find_first_of(sz.AsWChar(), nStart, n); } + size_t find_first_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return find_first_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); } + size_t find_first_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return find_first_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); } + + size_t find_last_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_last_of(sz.AsString(), nStart); } + size_t find_last_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_last_of(sz.data(), nStart); } + size_t find_last_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_last_of(sz.data(), nStart); } + size_t find_last_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return find_last_of(sz.AsWChar(), nStart, n); } + size_t find_last_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return find_last_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); } + size_t find_last_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return find_last_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); } + + size_t find_first_not_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_not_of(sz.AsString(), nStart); } + size_t find_first_not_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_not_of(sz.data(), nStart); } + size_t find_first_not_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_first_not_of(sz.data(), nStart); } + size_t find_first_not_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return find_first_not_of(sz.AsWChar(), nStart, n); } + size_t find_first_not_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return find_first_not_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); } + size_t find_first_not_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return find_first_not_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); } + + size_t find_last_not_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_last_not_of(sz.AsString(), nStart); } + size_t find_last_not_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_last_not_of(sz.data(), nStart); } + size_t find_last_not_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const + { return find_last_not_of(sz.data(), nStart); } + size_t find_last_not_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return find_last_not_of(sz.AsWChar(), nStart, n); } + size_t find_last_not_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return find_last_not_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); } + size_t find_last_not_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const + { return find_last_not_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); } + + // string += string + wxString& operator+=(const wxString& s) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(); + + m_impl += s.m_impl; + return *this; + } + // string += C string + wxString& operator+=(const char *psz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(); + + m_impl += ImplStr(psz); + return *this; + } + wxString& operator+=(const wchar_t *pwz) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(); + + m_impl += ImplStr(pwz); + return *this; + } + wxString& operator+=(const wxCStrData& s) + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(); + + m_impl += s.AsString().m_impl; + return *this; + } + wxString& operator+=(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s) + { return append(s); } + wxString& operator+=(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s) + { return append(s); } + // string += char + wxString& operator+=(wxUniChar ch) + { + wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(1); + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( !ch.IsAscii() ) + m_impl += wxStringOperations::EncodeChar(ch); + else +#endif + m_impl += (wxStringCharType)ch; + return *this; + } + wxString& operator+=(wxUniCharRef ch) { return *this += wxUniChar(ch); } + wxString& operator+=(int ch) { return *this += wxUniChar(ch); } + wxString& operator+=(char ch) { return *this += wxUniChar(ch); } + wxString& operator+=(unsigned char ch) { return *this += wxUniChar(ch); } + wxString& operator+=(wchar_t ch) { return *this += wxUniChar(ch); } + +private: +#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + // helpers for wxStringBuffer and wxStringBufferLength + wxStringCharType *DoGetWriteBuf(size_t nLen) + { + return m_impl.DoGetWriteBuf(nLen); + } + + void DoUngetWriteBuf() + { + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + m_impl.DoUngetWriteBuf(); + } + + void DoUngetWriteBuf(size_t nLen) + { + wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(nLen); + + m_impl.DoUngetWriteBuf(nLen); + } +#endif // !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + +#ifndef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN + #if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + int DoPrintfWchar(const wxChar *format, ...); + static wxString DoFormatWchar(const wxChar *format, ...); + #endif + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + int DoPrintfUtf8(const char *format, ...); + static wxString DoFormatUtf8(const char *format, ...); + #endif +#endif + +#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + // check string's data validity + bool IsValid() const { return m_impl.GetStringData()->IsValid(); } +#endif + +private: + wxStringImpl m_impl; + + // buffers for compatibility conversion from (char*)c_str() and + // (wchar_t*)c_str(): the pointers returned by these functions should remain + // valid until the string itself is modified for compatibility with the + // existing code and consistency with std::string::c_str() so returning a + // temporary buffer won't do and we need to cache the conversion results + + // TODO-UTF8: benchmark various approaches to keeping compatibility buffers + template + struct ConvertedBuffer + { + // notice that there is no need to initialize m_len here as it's unused + // as long as m_str is NULL + ConvertedBuffer() : m_str(NULL) {} + ~ConvertedBuffer() + { free(m_str); } + + bool Extend(size_t len) + { + // add extra 1 for the trailing NUL + void * const str = realloc(m_str, sizeof(T)*(len + 1)); + if ( !str ) + return false; + + m_str = static_cast(str); + m_len = len; + + return true; + } + + const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer AsScopedBuffer() const + { + return wxScopedCharTypeBuffer::CreateNonOwned(m_str, m_len); + } + + T *m_str; // pointer to the string data + size_t m_len; // length, not size, i.e. in chars and without last NUL + }; + + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // common mb_str() and wxCStrData::AsChar() helper: performs the conversion + // and returns either m_convertedToChar.m_str (in which case its m_len is + // also updated) or NULL if it failed + // + // there is an important exception: in wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 build if conv is a + // UTF-8 one, we return m_impl.c_str() directly, without doing any conversion + // as optimization and so the caller needs to check for this before using + // m_convertedToChar + // + // NB: AsChar() returns char* in any build, unlike mb_str() + const char *AsChar(const wxMBConv& conv) const; + + // mb_str() implementation helper + wxScopedCharBuffer AsCharBuf(const wxMBConv& conv) const + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // avoid conversion if we can + if ( conv.IsUTF8() ) + { + return wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(m_impl.c_str(), + m_impl.length()); + } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + + // call this solely in order to fill in m_convertedToChar as AsChar() + // updates it as a side effect: this is a bit ugly but it's a completely + // internal function so the users of this class shouldn't care or know + // about it and doing it like this, i.e. having a separate AsChar(), + // allows us to avoid the creation and destruction of a temporary buffer + // when using wxCStrData without duplicating any code + if ( !AsChar(conv) ) + { + // although it would be probably more correct to return NULL buffer + // from here if the conversion fails, a lot of existing code doesn't + // expect mb_str() (or wc_str()) to ever return NULL so return an + // empty string otherwise to avoid crashes in it + // + // also, some existing code does check for the conversion success and + // so asserting here would be bad too -- even if it does mean that + // silently losing data is possible for badly written code + return wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned("", 0); + } + + return m_convertedToChar.AsScopedBuffer(); + } + + ConvertedBuffer m_convertedToChar; +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + // common wc_str() and wxCStrData::AsWChar() helper for both UTF-8 and ANSI + // builds: converts the string contents into m_convertedToWChar and returns + // NULL if the conversion failed (this can only happen in ANSI build) + // + // NB: AsWChar() returns wchar_t* in any build, unlike wc_str() + const wchar_t *AsWChar(const wxMBConv& conv) const; + + // wc_str() implementation helper + wxScopedWCharBuffer AsWCharBuf(const wxMBConv& conv) const + { + if ( !AsWChar(conv) ) + return wxScopedWCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(L"", 0); + + return m_convertedToWChar.AsScopedBuffer(); + } + + ConvertedBuffer m_convertedToWChar; +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // FIXME-UTF8: (try to) move this elsewhere (TLS) or solve differently + // assigning to character pointer to by wxString::iterator may + // change the underlying wxStringImpl iterator, so we have to + // keep track of all iterators and update them as necessary: + struct wxStringIteratorNodeHead + { + wxStringIteratorNodeHead() : ptr(NULL) {} + wxStringIteratorNode *ptr; + + // copying is disallowed as it would result in more than one pointer into + // the same linked list + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringIteratorNodeHead); + }; + + wxStringIteratorNodeHead m_iterators; + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStringIteratorNode; + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxUniCharRef; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxCStrData; + friend class wxStringInternalBuffer; + friend class wxStringInternalBufferLength; +}; + +#ifdef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN + #pragma warning (pop) +#endif + +// string iterator operators that satisfy STL Random Access Iterator +// requirements: +inline wxString::iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n, wxString::iterator i) + { return i + n; } +inline wxString::const_iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n, wxString::const_iterator i) + { return i + n; } +inline wxString::reverse_iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n, wxString::reverse_iterator i) + { return i + n; } +inline wxString::const_reverse_iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n, wxString::const_reverse_iterator i) + { return i + n; } + +// notice that even though for many compilers the friend declarations above are +// enough, from the point of view of C++ standard we must have the declarations +// here as friend ones are not injected in the enclosing namespace and without +// them the code fails to compile with conforming compilers such as xlC or g++4 +wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string1, const wxString& string2); +wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string, const char *psz); +wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string, const wchar_t *pwz); +wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const char *psz, const wxString& string); +wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wchar_t *pwz, const wxString& string); + +wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string, wxUniChar ch); +wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(wxUniChar ch, const wxString& string); + +inline wxString operator+(const wxString& string, wxUniCharRef ch) + { return string + (wxUniChar)ch; } +inline wxString operator+(const wxString& string, char ch) + { return string + wxUniChar(ch); } +inline wxString operator+(const wxString& string, wchar_t ch) + { return string + wxUniChar(ch); } +inline wxString operator+(wxUniCharRef ch, const wxString& string) + { return (wxUniChar)ch + string; } +inline wxString operator+(char ch, const wxString& string) + { return wxUniChar(ch) + string; } +inline wxString operator+(wchar_t ch, const wxString& string) + { return wxUniChar(ch) + string; } + + +#define wxGetEmptyString() wxString() + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper functions which couldn't be defined inline +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace wxPrivate +{ + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + +template <> +struct wxStringAsBufHelper +{ + static wxScopedCharBuffer Get(const wxString& s, size_t *len) + { + wxScopedCharBuffer buf(s.mb_str()); + if ( len ) + *len = buf ? strlen(buf) : 0; + return buf; + } +}; + +template <> +struct wxStringAsBufHelper +{ + static wxScopedWCharBuffer Get(const wxString& s, size_t *len) + { + const size_t length = s.length(); + if ( len ) + *len = length; + return wxScopedWCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(s.wx_str(), length); + } +}; + +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +template <> +struct wxStringAsBufHelper +{ + static wxScopedCharBuffer Get(const wxString& s, size_t *len) + { + const size_t length = s.utf8_length(); + if ( len ) + *len = length; + return wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(s.wx_str(), length); + } +}; + +template <> +struct wxStringAsBufHelper +{ + static wxScopedWCharBuffer Get(const wxString& s, size_t *len) + { + wxScopedWCharBuffer wbuf(s.wc_str()); + if ( len ) + *len = wxWcslen(wbuf); + return wbuf; + } +}; + +#endif // Unicode build kind + +} // namespace wxPrivate + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStringBuffer: a tiny class allowing to get a writable pointer into string +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING +// string buffer for direct access to string data in their native +// representation: +class wxStringInternalBuffer +{ +public: + typedef wxStringCharType CharType; + + wxStringInternalBuffer(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024) + : m_str(str), m_buf(NULL) + { m_buf = m_str.DoGetWriteBuf(lenWanted); } + + ~wxStringInternalBuffer() { m_str.DoUngetWriteBuf(); } + + operator wxStringCharType*() const { return m_buf; } + +private: + wxString& m_str; + wxStringCharType *m_buf; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringInternalBuffer); +}; + +class wxStringInternalBufferLength +{ +public: + typedef wxStringCharType CharType; + + wxStringInternalBufferLength(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024) + : m_str(str), m_buf(NULL), m_len(0), m_lenSet(false) + { + m_buf = m_str.DoGetWriteBuf(lenWanted); + wxASSERT(m_buf != NULL); + } + + ~wxStringInternalBufferLength() + { + wxASSERT(m_lenSet); + m_str.DoUngetWriteBuf(m_len); + } + + operator wxStringCharType*() const { return m_buf; } + void SetLength(size_t length) { m_len = length; m_lenSet = true; } + +private: + wxString& m_str; + wxStringCharType *m_buf; + size_t m_len; + bool m_lenSet; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringInternalBufferLength); +}; + +#endif // !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + +template +class wxStringTypeBufferBase +{ +public: + typedef T CharType; + + wxStringTypeBufferBase(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024) + : m_str(str), m_buf(lenWanted) + { + // for compatibility with old wxStringBuffer which provided direct + // access to wxString internal buffer, initialize ourselves with the + // string initial contents + + // FIXME-VC6: remove the ugly (CharType *)NULL and use normal + // tchar_str + size_t len; + const wxCharTypeBuffer buf(str.tchar_str(&len, (CharType *)NULL)); + if ( buf ) + { + if ( len > lenWanted ) + { + // in this case there is not enough space for terminating NUL, + // ensure that we still put it there + m_buf.data()[lenWanted] = 0; + len = lenWanted - 1; + } + + memcpy(m_buf.data(), buf, (len + 1)*sizeof(CharType)); + } + //else: conversion failed, this can happen when trying to get Unicode + // string contents into a char string + } + + operator CharType*() { return m_buf.data(); } + +protected: + wxString& m_str; + wxCharTypeBuffer m_buf; +}; + +template +class wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase : public wxStringTypeBufferBase +{ +public: + wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024) + : wxStringTypeBufferBase(str, lenWanted), + m_len(0), + m_lenSet(false) + { } + + ~wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase() + { + wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_lenSet, "forgot to call SetLength()" ); + } + + void SetLength(size_t length) { m_len = length; m_lenSet = true; } + +protected: + size_t m_len; + bool m_lenSet; +}; + +template +class wxStringTypeBuffer : public wxStringTypeBufferBase +{ +public: + wxStringTypeBuffer(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024) + : wxStringTypeBufferBase(str, lenWanted) + { } + + ~wxStringTypeBuffer() + { + this->m_str.assign(this->m_buf.data()); + } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringTypeBuffer); +}; + +template +class wxStringTypeBufferLength : public wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase +{ +public: + wxStringTypeBufferLength(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024) + : wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase(str, lenWanted) + { } + + ~wxStringTypeBufferLength() + { + this->m_str.assign(this->m_buf.data(), this->m_len); + } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringTypeBufferLength); +}; + +#if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + +WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxStringTypeBufferBase ) + +class wxStringInternalBuffer : public wxStringTypeBufferBase +{ +public: + wxStringInternalBuffer(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024) + : wxStringTypeBufferBase(str, lenWanted) {} + ~wxStringInternalBuffer() + { m_str.m_impl.assign(m_buf.data()); } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringInternalBuffer); +}; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( + wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase ) + +class wxStringInternalBufferLength + : public wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase +{ +public: + wxStringInternalBufferLength(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024) + : wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase(str, lenWanted) {} + + ~wxStringInternalBufferLength() + { + m_str.m_impl.assign(m_buf.data(), m_len); + } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringInternalBufferLength); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + + +#if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING || wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +typedef wxStringTypeBuffer wxStringBuffer; +typedef wxStringTypeBufferLength wxStringBufferLength; +#else // if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +typedef wxStringInternalBuffer wxStringBuffer; +typedef wxStringInternalBufferLength wxStringBufferLength; +#endif // !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +typedef wxStringInternalBuffer wxUTF8StringBuffer; +typedef wxStringInternalBufferLength wxUTF8StringBufferLength; +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + +WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxStringTypeBufferBase ) + +// Note about inlined dtors in the classes below: this is done not for +// performance reasons but just to avoid linking errors in the MSVC DLL build +// under Windows: if a class has non-inline methods it must be declared as +// being DLL-exported but, due to an extremely interesting feature of MSVC 7 +// and later, any template class which is used as a base of a DLL-exported +// class is implicitly made DLL-exported too, as explained at the bottom of +// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/twa2aw10.aspx (just to confirm: yes, +// _inheriting_ from a class can change whether it is being exported from DLL) +// +// But this results in link errors because the base template class is not DLL- +// exported, whether it is declared with WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE or not, because it +// does have only inline functions. So the simplest fix is to just make all the +// functions of these classes inline too. + +class wxUTF8StringBuffer : public wxStringTypeBufferBase +{ +public: + wxUTF8StringBuffer(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024) + : wxStringTypeBufferBase(str, lenWanted) {} + ~wxUTF8StringBuffer() + { + wxMBConvStrictUTF8 conv; + size_t wlen = conv.ToWChar(NULL, 0, m_buf); + wxCHECK_RET( wlen != wxCONV_FAILED, "invalid UTF-8 data in string buffer?" ); + + wxStringInternalBuffer wbuf(m_str, wlen); + conv.ToWChar(wbuf, wlen, m_buf); + } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxUTF8StringBuffer); +}; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase ) + +class wxUTF8StringBufferLength : public wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase +{ +public: + wxUTF8StringBufferLength(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024) + : wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase(str, lenWanted) {} + ~wxUTF8StringBufferLength() + { + wxCHECK_RET(m_lenSet, "length not set"); + + wxMBConvStrictUTF8 conv; + size_t wlen = conv.ToWChar(NULL, 0, m_buf, m_len); + wxCHECK_RET( wlen != wxCONV_FAILED, "invalid UTF-8 data in string buffer?" ); + + wxStringInternalBufferLength wbuf(m_str, wlen); + conv.ToWChar(wbuf, wlen, m_buf, m_len); + wbuf.SetLength(wlen); + } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxUTF8StringBufferLength); +}; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxString comparison functions: operator versions are always case sensitive +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxCMP_WXCHAR_STRING(p, s, op) 0 op s.Cmp(p) + +wxDEFINE_ALL_COMPARISONS(const wxChar *, const wxString&, wxCMP_WXCHAR_STRING) + +#undef wxCMP_WXCHAR_STRING + +inline bool operator==(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2) + { return s1.IsSameAs(s2); } +inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2) + { return !s1.IsSameAs(s2); } +inline bool operator< (const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2) + { return s1.Cmp(s2) < 0; } +inline bool operator> (const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2) + { return s1.Cmp(s2) > 0; } +inline bool operator<=(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2) + { return s1.Cmp(s2) <= 0; } +inline bool operator>=(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2) + { return s1.Cmp(s2) >= 0; } + +inline bool operator==(const wxString& s1, const wxCStrData& s2) + { return s1 == s2.AsString(); } +inline bool operator==(const wxCStrData& s1, const wxString& s2) + { return s1.AsString() == s2; } +inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s1, const wxCStrData& s2) + { return s1 != s2.AsString(); } +inline bool operator!=(const wxCStrData& s1, const wxString& s2) + { return s1.AsString() != s2; } + +inline bool operator==(const wxString& s1, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s2) + { return (s1.Cmp((const wchar_t *)s2) == 0); } +inline bool operator==(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s1, const wxString& s2) + { return (s2.Cmp((const wchar_t *)s1) == 0); } +inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s1, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s2) + { return (s1.Cmp((const wchar_t *)s2) != 0); } +inline bool operator!=(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s1, const wxString& s2) + { return (s2.Cmp((const wchar_t *)s1) != 0); } + +inline bool operator==(const wxString& s1, const wxScopedCharBuffer& s2) + { return (s1.Cmp((const char *)s2) == 0); } +inline bool operator==(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s1, const wxString& s2) + { return (s2.Cmp((const char *)s1) == 0); } +inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s1, const wxScopedCharBuffer& s2) + { return (s1.Cmp((const char *)s2) != 0); } +inline bool operator!=(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s1, const wxString& s2) + { return (s2.Cmp((const char *)s1) != 0); } + +inline wxString operator+(const wxString& string, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& buf) + { return string + (const wchar_t *)buf; } +inline wxString operator+(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& buf, const wxString& string) + { return (const wchar_t *)buf + string; } + +inline wxString operator+(const wxString& string, const wxScopedCharBuffer& buf) + { return string + (const char *)buf; } +inline wxString operator+(const wxScopedCharBuffer& buf, const wxString& string) + { return (const char *)buf + string; } + +// comparison with char +inline bool operator==(const wxUniChar& c, const wxString& s) { return s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator==(const wxUniCharRef& c, const wxString& s) { return s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator==(char c, const wxString& s) { return s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator==(wchar_t c, const wxString& s) { return s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator==(int c, const wxString& s) { return s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator==(const wxString& s, const wxUniChar& c) { return s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator==(const wxString& s, const wxUniCharRef& c) { return s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator==(const wxString& s, char c) { return s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator==(const wxString& s, wchar_t c) { return s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator!=(const wxUniChar& c, const wxString& s) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator!=(const wxUniCharRef& c, const wxString& s) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator!=(char c, const wxString& s) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator!=(wchar_t c, const wxString& s) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator!=(int c, const wxString& s) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s, const wxUniChar& c) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s, const wxUniCharRef& c) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s, char c) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); } +inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s, wchar_t c) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); } + + +// wxString iterators comparisons +inline bool wxString::iterator::operator==(const const_iterator& i) const + { return i == *this; } +inline bool wxString::iterator::operator!=(const const_iterator& i) const + { return i != *this; } +inline bool wxString::iterator::operator<(const const_iterator& i) const + { return i > *this; } +inline bool wxString::iterator::operator>(const const_iterator& i) const + { return i < *this; } +inline bool wxString::iterator::operator<=(const const_iterator& i) const + { return i >= *this; } +inline bool wxString::iterator::operator>=(const const_iterator& i) const + { return i <= *this; } + +// comparison with C string in Unicode build +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +#define wxCMP_CHAR_STRING(p, s, op) wxString(p) op s + +wxDEFINE_ALL_COMPARISONS(const char *, const wxString&, wxCMP_CHAR_STRING) + +#undef wxCMP_CHAR_STRING + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +// we also need to provide the operators for comparison with wxCStrData to +// resolve ambiguity between operator(const wxChar *,const wxString &) and +// operator(const wxChar *, const wxChar *) for "p == s.c_str()" +// +// notice that these are (shallow) pointer comparisons, not (deep) string ones +#define wxCMP_CHAR_CSTRDATA(p, s, op) p op s.AsChar() +#define wxCMP_WCHAR_CSTRDATA(p, s, op) p op s.AsWChar() + +wxDEFINE_ALL_COMPARISONS(const wchar_t *, const wxCStrData&, wxCMP_WCHAR_CSTRDATA) +wxDEFINE_ALL_COMPARISONS(const char *, const wxCStrData&, wxCMP_CHAR_CSTRDATA) + +#undef wxCMP_CHAR_CSTRDATA +#undef wxCMP_WCHAR_CSTRDATA + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Implementation only from here until the end of file +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +#include "wx/iosfwrap.h" + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxString&); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxCStrData&); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxScopedCharBuffer&); +#ifndef __BORLANDC__ +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&); +#endif + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && defined(HAVE_WOSTREAM) + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD wostream& operator<<(wxSTD wostream&, const wxString&); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD wostream& operator<<(wxSTD wostream&, const wxCStrData&); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD wostream& operator<<(wxSTD wostream&, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&); + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE && defined(HAVE_WOSTREAM) + +#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCStrData implementation +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline wxCStrData::wxCStrData(char *buf) + : m_str(new wxString(buf)), m_offset(0), m_owned(true) {} +inline wxCStrData::wxCStrData(wchar_t *buf) + : m_str(new wxString(buf)), m_offset(0), m_owned(true) {} + +inline wxCStrData::wxCStrData(const wxCStrData& data) + : m_str(data.m_owned ? new wxString(*data.m_str) : data.m_str), + m_offset(data.m_offset), + m_owned(data.m_owned) +{ +} + +inline wxCStrData::~wxCStrData() +{ + if ( m_owned ) + delete const_cast(m_str); // cast to silence warnings +} + +// AsChar() and AsWChar() implementations simply forward to wxString methods + +inline const wchar_t* wxCStrData::AsWChar() const +{ + const wchar_t * const p = +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + m_str->wc_str(); +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + m_str->AsWChar(wxMBConvStrictUTF8()); +#else + m_str->AsWChar(wxConvLibc); +#endif + + // in Unicode build the string always has a valid Unicode representation + // and even if a conversion is needed (as in UTF8 case) it can't fail + // + // but in ANSI build the string contents might be not convertible to + // Unicode using the current locale encoding so we do need to check for + // errors +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + if ( !p ) + { + // if conversion fails, return empty string and not NULL to avoid + // crashes in code written with either wxWidgets 2 wxString or + // std::string behaviour in mind: neither of them ever returns NULL + // from its c_str() and so we shouldn't neither + // + // notice that the same is done in AsChar() below and + // wxString::wc_str() and mb_str() for the same reasons + return L""; + } +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE + + return p + m_offset; +} + +inline const char* wxCStrData::AsChar() const +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + const char * const p = m_str->AsChar(wxConvLibc); + if ( !p ) + return ""; +#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE || wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + const char * const p = m_str->mb_str(); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + + return p + m_offset; +} + +inline wxString wxCStrData::AsString() const +{ + if ( m_offset == 0 ) + return *m_str; + else + return m_str->Mid(m_offset); +} + +inline const wxStringCharType *wxCStrData::AsInternal() const +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + return wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_str->wx_str(), m_offset); +#else + return m_str->wx_str() + m_offset; +#endif +} + +inline wxUniChar wxCStrData::operator*() const +{ + if ( m_str->empty() ) + return wxUniChar(wxT('\0')); + else + return (*m_str)[m_offset]; +} + +inline wxUniChar wxCStrData::operator[](size_t n) const +{ + // NB: we intentionally use operator[] and not at() here because the former + // works for the terminating NUL while the latter does not + return (*m_str)[m_offset + n]; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// more wxCStrData operators +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// we need to define those to allow "size_t pos = p - s.c_str()" where p is +// some pointer into the string +inline size_t operator-(const char *p, const wxCStrData& cs) +{ + return p - cs.AsChar(); +} + +inline size_t operator-(const wchar_t *p, const wxCStrData& cs) +{ + return p - cs.AsWChar(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implementation of wx[W]CharBuffer inline methods using wxCStrData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// FIXME-UTF8: move this to buffer.h +inline wxCharBuffer::wxCharBuffer(const wxCStrData& cstr) + : wxCharTypeBufferBase(cstr.AsCharBuf()) +{ +} + +inline wxWCharBuffer::wxWCharBuffer(const wxCStrData& cstr) + : wxCharTypeBufferBase(cstr.AsWCharBuf()) +{ +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implementation of wxStringIteratorNode inline methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxStringIteratorNode::DoSet(const wxString *str, + wxStringImpl::const_iterator *citer, + wxStringImpl::iterator *iter) +{ + m_prev = NULL; + m_iter = iter; + m_citer = citer; + m_str = str; + if ( str ) + { + m_next = str->m_iterators.ptr; + const_cast(m_str)->m_iterators.ptr = this; + if ( m_next ) + m_next->m_prev = this; + } + else + { + m_next = NULL; + } +} + +void wxStringIteratorNode::clear() +{ + if ( m_next ) + m_next->m_prev = m_prev; + if ( m_prev ) + m_prev->m_next = m_next; + else if ( m_str ) // first in the list + const_cast(m_str)->m_iterators.ptr = m_next; + + m_next = m_prev = NULL; + m_citer = NULL; + m_iter = NULL; + m_str = NULL; +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // lot of code out there doesn't explicitly include wx/crt.h, but uses + // CRT wrappers that are now declared in wx/wxcrt.h and wx/wxcrtvararg.h, + // so let's include this header now that wxString is defined and it's safe + // to do it: + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Checks on wxString characters +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template + inline bool wxStringCheck(const wxString& val) + { + for ( wxString::const_iterator i = val.begin(); + i != val.end(); + ++i ) + if (T(*i) == 0) + return false; + return true; + } + +#endif // _WX_WXSTRING_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stringimpl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stringimpl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f2229c4ece --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stringimpl.h @@ -0,0 +1,571 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/stringimpl.h +// Purpose: wxStringImpl class, implementation of wxString +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stringimpl.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + This header implements std::string-like string class, wxStringImpl, that is + used by wxString to store the data. Alternatively, if wxUSE_STL=1, + wxStringImpl is just a typedef to std:: string class. +*/ + +#ifndef _WX_WXSTRINGIMPL_H__ +#define _WX_WXSTRINGIMPL_H__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" // everybody should include this +#include "wx/chartype.h" // for wxChar +#include "wx/wxcrtbase.h" // for wxStrlen() etc. + +#include + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// implementation only +#define wxASSERT_VALID_INDEX(i) \ + wxASSERT_MSG( (size_t)(i) <= length(), wxT("invalid index in wxString") ) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// global pointer to empty string +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxChar*) wxEmptyString; +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +// FIXME-UTF8: we should have only one wxEmptyString +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxStringCharType*) wxEmptyStringImpl; +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// deal with STL/non-STL/non-STL-but-wxUSE_STD_STRING +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// using STL implies using std::string +#if wxUSE_STL + #undef wxUSE_STD_STRING + #define wxUSE_STD_STRING 1 +#endif + +// we use STL-based string internally if we use std::string at all now, there +// should be no reason to prefer our internal implement but if you really need +// it you can predefine wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING as 0 when building the library +#ifndef wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + #define wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING wxUSE_STD_STRING +#endif + +// in both cases we need to define wxStdString +#if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING || wxUSE_STD_STRING + +#include "wx/beforestd.h" +#include +#include "wx/afterstd.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_STD_WSTRING + typedef std::wstring wxStdWideString; +#else + typedef std::basic_string wxStdWideString; +#endif + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + typedef wxStdWideString wxStdString; +#else + typedef std::string wxStdString; +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING || wxUSE_STD_STRING + + +#if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + + // we always want ctor from std::string when using std::string internally + #undef wxUSE_STD_STRING + #define wxUSE_STD_STRING 1 + + // the versions of std::string included with gcc 2.95 and VC6 (for which + // _MSC_VER == 1200) and eVC4 (_MSC_VER == 1201) lack clear() method + #if (defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUG__ < 3)) || \ + !wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7) || defined(__EVC4__) + #define wxSTRING_BASE_HASNT_CLEAR + #endif + + typedef wxStdString wxStringImpl; +#else // if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + +// in non-STL mode, compare() is implemented in wxString and not wxStringImpl +#undef HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// string data prepended with some housekeeping info (used by wxString class), +// is never used directly (but had to be put here to allow inlining) +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringData +{ + int nRefs; // reference count + size_t nDataLength, // actual string length + nAllocLength; // allocated memory size + + // mimics declaration 'wxStringCharType data[nAllocLength]' + wxStringCharType* data() const { return (wxStringCharType*)(this + 1); } + + // empty string has a special ref count so it's never deleted + bool IsEmpty() const { return (nRefs == -1); } + bool IsShared() const { return (nRefs > 1); } + + // lock/unlock + void Lock() { if ( !IsEmpty() ) nRefs++; } + + // VC++ will refuse to inline Unlock but profiling shows that it is wrong +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200) + __forceinline +#endif + // VC++ free must take place in same DLL as allocation when using non dll + // run-time library (e.g. Multithreaded instead of Multithreaded DLL) +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && defined(_MT) && !defined(_DLL) + void Unlock() { if ( !IsEmpty() && --nRefs == 0) Free(); } + // we must not inline deallocation since allocation is not inlined + void Free(); +#else + void Unlock() { if ( !IsEmpty() && --nRefs == 0) free(this); } +#endif + + // if we had taken control over string memory (GetWriteBuf), it's + // intentionally put in invalid state + void Validate(bool b) { nRefs = (b ? 1 : 0); } + bool IsValid() const { return (nRefs != 0); } +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringImpl +{ +public: + // an 'invalid' value for string index, moved to this place due to a CW bug + static const size_t npos; + +protected: + // points to data preceded by wxStringData structure with ref count info + wxStringCharType *m_pchData; + + // accessor to string data + wxStringData* GetStringData() const { return (wxStringData*)m_pchData - 1; } + + // string (re)initialization functions + // initializes the string to the empty value (must be called only from + // ctors, use Reinit() otherwise) +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + void Init() { m_pchData = (wxStringCharType *)wxEmptyStringImpl; } // FIXME-UTF8 +#else + void Init() { m_pchData = (wxStringCharType *)wxEmptyString; } +#endif + // initializes the string with (a part of) C-string + void InitWith(const wxStringCharType *psz, size_t nPos = 0, size_t nLen = npos); + // as Init, but also frees old data + void Reinit() { GetStringData()->Unlock(); Init(); } + + // memory allocation + // allocates memory for string of length nLen + bool AllocBuffer(size_t nLen); + // effectively copies data to string + bool AssignCopy(size_t, const wxStringCharType *); + + // append a (sub)string + bool ConcatSelf(size_t nLen, const wxStringCharType *src, size_t nMaxLen); + bool ConcatSelf(size_t nLen, const wxStringCharType *src) + { return ConcatSelf(nLen, src, nLen); } + + // functions called before writing to the string: they copy it if there + // are other references to our data (should be the only owner when writing) + bool CopyBeforeWrite(); + bool AllocBeforeWrite(size_t); + + // compatibility with wxString + bool Alloc(size_t nLen); + +public: + // standard types + typedef wxStringCharType value_type; + typedef wxStringCharType char_type; + typedef size_t size_type; + typedef value_type& reference; + typedef const value_type& const_reference; + typedef value_type* pointer; + typedef const value_type* const_pointer; + + // macro to define the bulk of iterator and const_iterator classes + #define WX_DEFINE_STRINGIMPL_ITERATOR(iterator_name, ref_type, ptr_type) \ + public: \ + typedef wxStringCharType value_type; \ + typedef ref_type reference; \ + typedef ptr_type pointer; \ + typedef int difference_type; \ + \ + iterator_name() : m_ptr(NULL) { } \ + iterator_name(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { } \ + \ + reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; } \ + \ + iterator_name& operator++() { m_ptr++; return *this; } \ + iterator_name operator++(int) \ + { \ + const iterator_name tmp(*this); \ + m_ptr++; \ + return tmp; \ + } \ + \ + iterator_name& operator--() { m_ptr--; return *this; } \ + iterator_name operator--(int) \ + { \ + const iterator_name tmp(*this); \ + m_ptr--; \ + return tmp; \ + } \ + \ + iterator_name operator+(ptrdiff_t n) const \ + { return iterator_name(m_ptr + n); } \ + iterator_name operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const \ + { return iterator_name(m_ptr - n); } \ + iterator_name& operator+=(ptrdiff_t n) \ + { m_ptr += n; return *this; } \ + iterator_name& operator-=(ptrdiff_t n) \ + { m_ptr -= n; return *this; } \ + \ + difference_type operator-(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return m_ptr - i.m_ptr; } \ + \ + bool operator==(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return m_ptr == i.m_ptr; } \ + bool operator!=(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return m_ptr != i.m_ptr; } \ + \ + bool operator<(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return m_ptr < i.m_ptr; } \ + bool operator>(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return m_ptr > i.m_ptr; } \ + bool operator<=(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return m_ptr <= i.m_ptr; } \ + bool operator>=(const iterator_name& i) const \ + { return m_ptr >= i.m_ptr; } \ + \ + private: \ + /* for wxStringImpl use only */ \ + pointer GetPtr() const { return m_ptr; } \ + \ + friend class wxStringImpl; \ + \ + pointer m_ptr + + // we need to declare const_iterator in wxStringImpl scope, the friend + // declaration inside iterator class itself is not enough, or at least not + // for g++ 3.4 (g++ 4 is ok) + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE const_iterator; + + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE iterator + { + WX_DEFINE_STRINGIMPL_ITERATOR(iterator, + wxStringCharType&, + wxStringCharType*); + + friend class const_iterator; + }; + + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const_iterator + { + public: + const_iterator(iterator i) : m_ptr(i.m_ptr) { } + + WX_DEFINE_STRINGIMPL_ITERATOR(const_iterator, + const wxStringCharType&, + const wxStringCharType*); + }; + + #undef WX_DEFINE_STRINGIMPL_ITERATOR + + + // constructors and destructor + // ctor for an empty string + wxStringImpl() { Init(); } + // copy ctor + wxStringImpl(const wxStringImpl& stringSrc) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( stringSrc.GetStringData()->IsValid(), + wxT("did you forget to call UngetWriteBuf()?") ); + + if ( stringSrc.empty() ) { + // nothing to do for an empty string + Init(); + } + else { + m_pchData = stringSrc.m_pchData; // share same data + GetStringData()->Lock(); // => one more copy + } + } + // string containing nRepeat copies of ch + wxStringImpl(size_type nRepeat, wxStringCharType ch); + // ctor takes first nLength characters from C string + // (default value of npos means take all the string) + wxStringImpl(const wxStringCharType *psz) + { InitWith(psz, 0, npos); } + wxStringImpl(const wxStringCharType *psz, size_t nLength) + { InitWith(psz, 0, nLength); } + // take nLen chars starting at nPos + wxStringImpl(const wxStringImpl& str, size_t nPos, size_t nLen) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( str.GetStringData()->IsValid(), + wxT("did you forget to call UngetWriteBuf()?") ); + Init(); + size_t strLen = str.length() - nPos; nLen = strLen < nLen ? strLen : nLen; + InitWith(str.c_str(), nPos, nLen); + } + // take everything between start and end + wxStringImpl(const_iterator start, const_iterator end); + + + // ctor from and conversion to std::string +#if wxUSE_STD_STRING + wxStringImpl(const wxStdString& impl) + { InitWith(impl.c_str(), 0, impl.length()); } + + operator wxStdString() const + { return wxStdString(c_str(), length()); } +#endif + +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200) + // disable warning about Unlock() below not being inlined (first, it + // seems to be inlined nevertheless and second, even if it isn't, there + // is nothing we can do about this + #pragma warning(push) + #pragma warning (disable:4714) +#endif + + // dtor is not virtual, this class must not be inherited from! + ~wxStringImpl() + { + GetStringData()->Unlock(); + } + +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200) + #pragma warning(pop) +#endif + + // overloaded assignment + // from another wxString + wxStringImpl& operator=(const wxStringImpl& stringSrc); + // from a character + wxStringImpl& operator=(wxStringCharType ch); + // from a C string + wxStringImpl& operator=(const wxStringCharType *psz); + + // return the length of the string + size_type length() const { return GetStringData()->nDataLength; } + // return the length of the string + size_type size() const { return length(); } + // return the maximum size of the string + size_type max_size() const { return npos; } + // resize the string, filling the space with c if c != 0 + void resize(size_t nSize, wxStringCharType ch = '\0'); + // delete the contents of the string + void clear() { erase(0, npos); } + // returns true if the string is empty + bool empty() const { return length() == 0; } + // inform string about planned change in size + void reserve(size_t sz) { Alloc(sz); } + size_type capacity() const { return GetStringData()->nAllocLength; } + + // lib.string.access + // return the character at position n + value_type operator[](size_type n) const { return m_pchData[n]; } + value_type at(size_type n) const + { wxASSERT_VALID_INDEX( n ); return m_pchData[n]; } + // returns the writable character at position n + reference operator[](size_type n) { CopyBeforeWrite(); return m_pchData[n]; } + reference at(size_type n) + { + wxASSERT_VALID_INDEX( n ); + CopyBeforeWrite(); + return m_pchData[n]; + } // FIXME-UTF8: not useful for us...? + + // lib.string.modifiers + // append elements str[pos], ..., str[pos+n] + wxStringImpl& append(const wxStringImpl& str, size_t pos, size_t n) + { + wxASSERT(pos <= str.length()); + ConcatSelf(n, str.c_str() + pos, str.length() - pos); + return *this; + } + // append a string + wxStringImpl& append(const wxStringImpl& str) + { ConcatSelf(str.length(), str.c_str()); return *this; } + // append first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz + wxStringImpl& append(const wxStringCharType *sz) + { ConcatSelf(wxStrlen(sz), sz); return *this; } + wxStringImpl& append(const wxStringCharType *sz, size_t n) + { ConcatSelf(n, sz); return *this; } + // append n copies of ch + wxStringImpl& append(size_t n, wxStringCharType ch); + // append from first to last + wxStringImpl& append(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) + { ConcatSelf(last - first, first.GetPtr()); return *this; } + + // same as `this_string = str' + wxStringImpl& assign(const wxStringImpl& str) + { return *this = str; } + // same as ` = str[pos..pos + n] + wxStringImpl& assign(const wxStringImpl& str, size_t pos, size_t n) + { return replace(0, npos, str, pos, n); } + // same as `= first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz' + wxStringImpl& assign(const wxStringCharType *sz) + { return replace(0, npos, sz, wxStrlen(sz)); } + wxStringImpl& assign(const wxStringCharType *sz, size_t n) + { return replace(0, npos, sz, n); } + // same as `= n copies of ch' + wxStringImpl& assign(size_t n, wxStringCharType ch) + { return replace(0, npos, n, ch); } + // assign from first to last + wxStringImpl& assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) + { return replace(begin(), end(), first, last); } + + // first valid index position + const_iterator begin() const { return m_pchData; } + iterator begin(); + // position one after the last valid one + const_iterator end() const { return m_pchData + length(); } + iterator end(); + + // insert another string + wxStringImpl& insert(size_t nPos, const wxStringImpl& str) + { + wxASSERT( str.GetStringData()->IsValid() ); + return insert(nPos, str.c_str(), str.length()); + } + // insert n chars of str starting at nStart (in str) + wxStringImpl& insert(size_t nPos, const wxStringImpl& str, size_t nStart, size_t n) + { + wxASSERT( str.GetStringData()->IsValid() ); + wxASSERT( nStart < str.length() ); + size_t strLen = str.length() - nStart; + n = strLen < n ? strLen : n; + return insert(nPos, str.c_str() + nStart, n); + } + // insert first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz + wxStringImpl& insert(size_t nPos, const wxStringCharType *sz, size_t n = npos); + // insert n copies of ch + wxStringImpl& insert(size_t nPos, size_t n, wxStringCharType ch) + { return insert(nPos, wxStringImpl(n, ch)); } + iterator insert(iterator it, wxStringCharType ch) + { size_t idx = it - begin(); insert(idx, 1, ch); return begin() + idx; } + void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last) + { insert(it - begin(), first.GetPtr(), last - first); } + void insert(iterator it, size_type n, wxStringCharType ch) + { insert(it - begin(), n, ch); } + + // delete characters from nStart to nStart + nLen + wxStringImpl& erase(size_type pos = 0, size_type n = npos); + iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last) + { + size_t idx = first - begin(); + erase(idx, last - first); + return begin() + idx; + } + iterator erase(iterator first); + + // explicit conversion to C string (use this with printf()!) + const wxStringCharType* c_str() const { return m_pchData; } + const wxStringCharType* data() const { return m_pchData; } + + // replaces the substring of length nLen starting at nStart + wxStringImpl& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxStringCharType* sz) + { return replace(nStart, nLen, sz, npos); } + // replaces the substring of length nLen starting at nStart + wxStringImpl& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxStringImpl& str) + { return replace(nStart, nLen, str.c_str(), str.length()); } + // replaces the substring with nCount copies of ch + wxStringImpl& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + size_t nCount, wxStringCharType ch) + { return replace(nStart, nLen, wxStringImpl(nCount, ch)); } + // replaces a substring with another substring + wxStringImpl& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wxStringImpl& str, size_t nStart2, size_t nLen2) + { return replace(nStart, nLen, str.substr(nStart2, nLen2)); } + // replaces the substring with first nCount chars of sz + wxStringImpl& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wxStringCharType* sz, size_t nCount); + + wxStringImpl& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const_pointer s) + { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, s); } + wxStringImpl& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const_pointer s, + size_type n) + { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, s, n); } + wxStringImpl& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const wxStringImpl& s) + { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, s); } + wxStringImpl& replace(iterator first, iterator last, size_type n, wxStringCharType c) + { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, n, c); } + wxStringImpl& replace(iterator first, iterator last, + const_iterator first1, const_iterator last1) + { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, first1.GetPtr(), last1 - first1); } + + // swap two strings + void swap(wxStringImpl& str); + + // All find() functions take the nStart argument which specifies the + // position to start the search on, the default value is 0. All functions + // return npos if there were no match. + + // find a substring + size_t find(const wxStringImpl& str, size_t nStart = 0) const; + + // find first n characters of sz + size_t find(const wxStringCharType* sz, size_t nStart = 0, size_t n = npos) const; + + // find the first occurrence of character ch after nStart + size_t find(wxStringCharType ch, size_t nStart = 0) const; + + // rfind() family is exactly like find() but works right to left + + // as find, but from the end + size_t rfind(const wxStringImpl& str, size_t nStart = npos) const; + + // as find, but from the end + size_t rfind(const wxStringCharType* sz, size_t nStart = npos, + size_t n = npos) const; + // as find, but from the end + size_t rfind(wxStringCharType ch, size_t nStart = npos) const; + + size_type copy(wxStringCharType* s, size_type n, size_type pos = 0); + + // substring extraction + wxStringImpl substr(size_t nStart = 0, size_t nLen = npos) const; + + // string += string + wxStringImpl& operator+=(const wxStringImpl& s) { return append(s); } + // string += C string + wxStringImpl& operator+=(const wxStringCharType *psz) { return append(psz); } + // string += char + wxStringImpl& operator+=(wxStringCharType ch) { return append(1, ch); } + + // helpers for wxStringBuffer and wxStringBufferLength + wxStringCharType *DoGetWriteBuf(size_t nLen); + void DoUngetWriteBuf(); + void DoUngetWriteBuf(size_t nLen); + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; +}; + +#endif // !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + +// don't pollute the library user's name space +#undef wxASSERT_VALID_INDEX + +#endif // _WX_WXSTRINGIMPL_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stringops.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stringops.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cb37ac4f99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/stringops.h @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/stringops.h +// Purpose: implementation of wxString primitive operations +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 2007-04-16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stringops.h 59795 2009-03-23 23:11:55Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 REA Elektronik GmbH +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WXSTRINGOPS_H__ +#define _WX_WXSTRINGOPS_H__ + +#include "wx/chartype.h" +#include "wx/stringimpl.h" +#include "wx/unichar.h" +#include "wx/buffer.h" + +// This header contains wxStringOperations "namespace" class that implements +// elementary operations on string data as static methods; wxString methods and +// iterators are implemented in terms of it. Two implementations are available, +// one for UTF-8 encoded char* string and one for "raw" wchar_t* strings (or +// char* in ANSI build). + +// FIXME-UTF8: only wchar after we remove ANSI build +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR || !wxUSE_UNICODE +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringOperationsWchar +{ + // moves the iterator to the next Unicode character + template + static void IncIter(Iterator& i) { ++i; } + + // moves the iterator to the previous Unicode character + template + static void DecIter(Iterator& i) { --i; } + + // moves the iterator by n Unicode characters + template + static Iterator AddToIter(const Iterator& i, ptrdiff_t n) + { return i + n; } + + // returns distance of the two iterators in Unicode characters + template + static ptrdiff_t DiffIters(const Iterator& i1, const Iterator& i2) + { return i1 - i2; } + + // encodes the character to a form used to represent it in internal + // representation (returns a string in UTF8 version) + static wxChar EncodeChar(const wxUniChar& ch) { return (wxChar)ch; } + + static wxUniChar DecodeChar(const wxStringImpl::const_iterator& i) + { return *i; } +}; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR || !wxUSE_UNICODE + + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringOperationsUtf8 +{ + // checks correctness of UTF-8 sequence + static bool IsValidUtf8String(const char *c, + size_t len = wxStringImpl::npos); + static bool IsValidUtf8LeadByte(unsigned char c) + { + return (c <= 0x7F) || (c >= 0xC2 && c <= 0xF4); + } + + // table of offsets to skip forward when iterating over UTF-8 sequence + static const unsigned char ms_utf8IterTable[256]; + + + template + static void IncIter(Iterator& i) + { + wxASSERT( IsValidUtf8LeadByte(*i) ); + i += ms_utf8IterTable[(unsigned char)*i]; + } + + template + static void DecIter(Iterator& i) + { + wxASSERT( IsValidUtf8LeadByte(*i) ); + + // Non-lead bytes are all in the 0x80..0xBF range (i.e. 10xxxxxx in + // binary), so we just have to go back until we hit a byte that is + // either < 0x80 (i.e. 0xxxxxxx in binary) or 0xC0..0xFF (11xxxxxx in + // binary; this includes some invalid values, but we can ignore it + // here, because we assume valid UTF-8 input for the purpose of + // efficient implementation). + --i; + while ( ((*i) & 0xC0) == 0x80 /* 2 highest bits are '10' */ ) + --i; + } + + template + static Iterator AddToIter(const Iterator& i, ptrdiff_t n) + { + Iterator out(i); + + if ( n > 0 ) + { + for ( ptrdiff_t j = 0; j < n; ++j ) + IncIter(out); + } + else if ( n < 0 ) + { + for ( ptrdiff_t j = 0; j > n; --j ) + DecIter(out); + } + + return out; + } + + template + static ptrdiff_t DiffIters(Iterator i1, Iterator i2) + { + ptrdiff_t dist = 0; + + if ( i1 < i2 ) + { + while ( i1 != i2 ) + { + IncIter(i1); + dist--; + } + } + else if ( i2 < i1 ) + { + while ( i2 != i1 ) + { + IncIter(i2); + dist++; + } + } + + return dist; + } + + // encodes the character as UTF-8: + typedef wxUniChar::Utf8CharBuffer Utf8CharBuffer; + static Utf8CharBuffer EncodeChar(const wxUniChar& ch) + { return ch.AsUTF8(); } + + // returns n copies of ch encoded in UTF-8 string + static wxCharBuffer EncodeNChars(size_t n, const wxUniChar& ch); + + // returns the length of UTF-8 encoding of the character with lead byte 'c' + static size_t GetUtf8CharLength(char c) + { + wxASSERT( IsValidUtf8LeadByte(c) ); + return ms_utf8IterTable[(unsigned char)c]; + } + + // decodes single UTF-8 character from UTF-8 string + static wxUniChar DecodeChar(wxStringImpl::const_iterator i) + { + if ( (unsigned char)*i < 0x80 ) + return (int)*i; + return DecodeNonAsciiChar(i); + } + +private: + static wxUniChar DecodeNonAsciiChar(wxStringImpl::const_iterator i); +}; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +typedef wxStringOperationsUtf8 wxStringOperations; +#else +typedef wxStringOperationsWchar wxStringOperations; +#endif + +#endif // _WX_WXSTRINGOPS_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/strvararg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/strvararg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23c6eec196 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/strvararg.h @@ -0,0 +1,1224 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/strvararg.h +// Purpose: macros for implementing type-safe vararg passing of strings +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2007-02-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: strvararg.h 65046 2010-07-22 13:42:49Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 REA Elektronik GmbH +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_STRVARARG_H_ +#define _WX_STRVARARG_H_ + +#include "wx/platform.h" +#if wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1,4) + #error "OpenWatcom version >= 1.4 is required to compile this code" +#endif + +#include "wx/cpp.h" +#include "wx/chartype.h" +#include "wx/strconv.h" +#include "wx/buffer.h" +#include "wx/unichar.h" + +#if defined(HAVE_TYPE_TRAITS) + #include +#elif defined(HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS) + #ifdef __VISUALC__ + #include + #else + #include + #endif +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxCStrData; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC* macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This macro is used to implement type-safe wrappers for variadic functions +// that accept strings as arguments. This makes it possible to pass char*, +// wchar_t* or even wxString (as opposed to having to use wxString::c_str()) +// to e.g. wxPrintf(). +// +// This is done by defining a set of N template function taking 1..N arguments +// (currently, N is set to 30 in this header). These functions are just thin +// wrappers around another variadic function ('impl' or 'implUtf8' arguments, +// see below) and the only thing the wrapper does is that it normalizes the +// arguments passed in so that they are of the type expected by variadic +// functions taking string arguments, i.e., char* or wchar_t*, depending on the +// build: +// * char* in the current locale's charset in ANSI build +// * char* with UTF-8 encoding if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 and the app is running +// under an UTF-8 locale +// * wchar_t* if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR or if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 and the current +// locale is not UTF-8 +// +// Note that wxFormatString *must* be used for the format parameter of these +// functions, otherwise the implementation won't work correctly. Furthermore, +// it must be passed by value, not reference, because it's modified by the +// vararg templates internally. +// +// Parameters: +// [ there are examples in square brackets showing values of the parameters +// for the wxFprintf() wrapper for fprintf() function with the following +// prototype: +// int wxFprintf(FILE *stream, const wxString& format, ...); ] +// +// rettype Functions' return type [int] +// name Name of the function [fprintf] +// numfixed The number of leading "fixed" (i.e., not variadic) +// arguments of the function (e.g. "stream" and "format" +// arguments of fprintf()); their type is _not_ converted +// using wxArgNormalizer, unlike the rest of +// the function's arguments [2] +// fixed List of types of the leading "fixed" arguments, in +// parenthesis [(FILE*,const wxString&)] +// impl Name of the variadic function that implements 'name' for +// the native strings representation (wchar_t* if +// wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR or wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 when running under +// non-UTF8 locale, char* in ANSI build) [wxCrt_Fprintf] +// implUtf8 Like 'impl', but for the UTF-8 char* version to be used +// if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 and running under UTF-8 locale +// (ignored otherwise) [fprintf] +// +#define WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(rettype, name, numfixed, fixed, impl, implUtf8) \ + _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_N0(rettype, name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \ + WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_SANS_N0(rettype, name, numfixed, fixed, impl, implUtf8) + +// ditto, but without the version with 0 template/vararg arguments +#define WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_SANS_N0(rettype, name, \ + numfixed, fixed, impl, implUtf8) \ + _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \ + _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC, \ + rettype, name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) + +// Like WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC, but for variadic functions that don't return +// a value. +#define WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID(name, numfixed, fixed, impl, implUtf8) \ + _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_VOID_N0(name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \ + _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \ + _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_VOID, \ + void, name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) + +// Like WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID, but instead of wrapping an implementation +// function, does nothing in defined functions' bodies. +// +// Used to implement wxLogXXX functions if wxUSE_LOG=0. +#define WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(name, numfixed, fixed) \ + _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_NOP_N0(name, numfixed, fixed) \ + _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \ + _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_NOP, \ + void, name, dummy, dummy, numfixed, fixed) + +// Like WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_CTOR, but for defining template constructors +#define WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_CTOR(name, numfixed, fixed, impl, implUtf8) \ + _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_CTOR_N0(name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \ + _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \ + _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_CTOR, \ + void, name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFormatString +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This class must be used for format string argument of the functions +// defined using WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_* macros. It converts the string to +// char* or wchar_t* for passing to implementation function efficiently (i.e. +// without keeping the converted string in memory for longer than necessary, +// like c_str()). It also converts format string to the correct form that +// accounts for string changes done by wxArgNormalizer<> +// +// Note that this class can _only_ be used for function arguments! +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFormatString +{ +public: + wxFormatString(const char *str) + : m_char(wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(str)), m_str(NULL), m_cstr(NULL) {} + wxFormatString(const wchar_t *str) + : m_wchar(wxScopedWCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(str)), m_str(NULL), m_cstr(NULL) {} + wxFormatString(const wxString& str) + : m_str(&str), m_cstr(NULL) {} + wxFormatString(const wxCStrData& str) + : m_str(NULL), m_cstr(&str) {} + wxFormatString(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str) + : m_char(str), m_str(NULL), m_cstr(NULL) {} + wxFormatString(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str) + : m_wchar(str), m_str(NULL), m_cstr(NULL) {} + + // Possible argument types. These are or-combinable for wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE + // convenience. Some of the values are or-combined with another value, this + // expresses "supertypes" for use with wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE masks. For example, + // a char* string is also a pointer and an integer is also a char. + enum ArgumentType + { + Arg_Char = 0x0001, // character as char %c + Arg_Pointer = 0x0002, // %p + Arg_String = 0x0004 | Arg_Pointer, // any form of string (%s and %p too) + + Arg_Int = 0x0008 | Arg_Char, // (ints can be used with %c) +#if SIZEOF_INT == SIZEOF_LONG + Arg_LongInt = Arg_Int, +#else + Arg_LongInt = 0x0010, +#endif +#if defined(SIZEOF_LONG_LONG) && SIZEOF_LONG_LONG == SIZEOF_LONG + Arg_LongLongInt = Arg_LongInt, +#elif defined(wxLongLong_t) + Arg_LongLongInt = 0x0020, +#endif + + Arg_Double = 0x0040, + Arg_LongDouble = 0x0080, + +#if defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT) + Arg_Size_t = Arg_Int, +#elif defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG) + Arg_Size_t = Arg_LongInt, +#elif defined(SIZEOF_LONG_LONG) && SIZEOF_SIZE_T == SIZEOF_LONG_LONG + Arg_Size_t = Arg_LongLongInt, +#else + Arg_Size_t = 0x0100, +#endif + + Arg_IntPtr = 0x0200, // %n -- store # of chars written + Arg_ShortIntPtr = 0x0400, + Arg_LongIntPtr = 0x0800, + + Arg_Unknown = 0x8000 // unrecognized specifier (likely error) + }; + + // returns the type of format specifier for n-th variadic argument (this is + // not necessarily n-th format specifier if positional specifiers are used); + // called by wxArgNormalizer<> specializations to get information about + // n-th variadic argument desired representation + ArgumentType GetArgumentType(unsigned n) const; + + // returns the value passed to ctor, only converted to wxString, similarly + // to other InputAsXXX() methods + wxString InputAsString() const; + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + operator const char*() const + { return const_cast(this)->AsChar(); } +private: + // InputAsChar() returns the value passed to ctor, only converted + // to char, while AsChar() takes the the string returned by InputAsChar() + // and does format string conversion on it as well (and similarly for + // ..AsWChar() below) + const char* InputAsChar(); + const char* AsChar(); + wxScopedCharBuffer m_convertedChar; +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +public: + operator const wchar_t*() const + { return const_cast(this)->AsWChar(); } +private: + const wchar_t* InputAsWChar(); + const wchar_t* AsWChar(); + wxScopedWCharBuffer m_convertedWChar; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +private: + wxScopedCharBuffer m_char; + wxScopedWCharBuffer m_wchar; + + // NB: we can use a pointer here, because wxFormatString is only used + // as function argument, so it has shorter life than the string + // passed to the ctor + const wxString * const m_str; + const wxCStrData * const m_cstr; + + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxFormatString); +}; + +// these two helper classes are used to find wxFormatString argument among fixed +// arguments passed to a vararg template +struct wxFormatStringArgument +{ + wxFormatStringArgument(const wxFormatString *s = NULL) : m_str(s) {} + const wxFormatString *m_str; + + // overriding this operator allows us to reuse _WX_VARARG_JOIN macro + wxFormatStringArgument operator,(const wxFormatStringArgument& a) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_str == NULL || a.m_str == NULL, + "can't have two format strings in vararg function" ); + return wxFormatStringArgument(m_str ? m_str : a.m_str); + } + + operator const wxFormatString*() const { return m_str; } +}; + +template +struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder +{ + static wxFormatStringArgument find(T) + { + // by default, arguments are not format strings, so return "not found" + return wxFormatStringArgument(); + } +}; + +template<> +struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder +{ + static wxFormatStringArgument find(const wxFormatString& arg) + { return wxFormatStringArgument(&arg); } +}; + +template<> +struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder + : public wxFormatStringArgumentFinder {}; + +// avoid passing big objects by value to wxFormatStringArgumentFinder::find() +// (and especially wx[W]CharBuffer with its auto_ptr<> style semantics!): +template<> +struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder + : public wxFormatStringArgumentFinder {}; + +template<> +struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder + : public wxFormatStringArgumentFinder {}; + +template<> +struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder + : public wxFormatStringArgumentFinder {}; + +template<> +struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder + : public wxFormatStringArgumentFinder {}; + +template<> +struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder + : public wxFormatStringArgumentFinder {}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArgNormalizer* converters +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + // Check that the format specifier for index-th argument in 'fmt' has + // the correct type (one of wxFormatString::Arg_XXX or-combination in + // 'expected_mask'). + #define wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE(fmt, index, expected_mask) \ + do \ + { \ + if ( !fmt ) \ + break; \ + const int argtype = fmt->GetArgumentType(index); \ + wxASSERT_MSG( (argtype & (expected_mask)) == argtype, \ + "format specifier doesn't match argument type" ); \ + } while ( wxFalse ) +#else + // Just define it to suppress "unused parameter" warnings for the + // parameters which we don't use otherwise + #define wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE(fmt, index, expected_mask) \ + wxUnusedVar(fmt); \ + wxUnusedVar(index) +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL/!wxDEBUG_LEVEL + + +#if defined(HAVE_TYPE_TRAITS) || defined(HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS) + +// Note: this type is misnamed, so that the error message is easier to +// understand (no error happens for enums, because the IsEnum=true case is +// specialized). +template +struct wxFormatStringSpecifierNonPodType {}; + +template<> +struct wxFormatStringSpecifierNonPodType +{ + enum { value = wxFormatString::Arg_Int }; +}; + +template +struct wxFormatStringSpecifier +{ +#ifdef HAVE_TYPE_TRAITS + typedef std::is_enum is_enum; +#elif defined HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS + typedef std::tr1::is_enum is_enum; +#endif + enum { value = wxFormatStringSpecifierNonPodType::value }; +}; + +#else // !HAVE_(TR1_)TYPE_TRAITS + +template +struct wxFormatStringSpecifier +{ + // We can't detect enums without is_enum, so the only thing we can + // do is to accept unknown types. However, the only acceptable unknown + // types still are enums, which are promoted to ints, so return Arg_Int + // here. This will at least catch passing of non-POD types through ... at + // runtime. + // + // Furthermore, if the compiler doesn't have partial template + // specialization, we didn't cover pointers either. +#ifdef HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION + enum { value = wxFormatString::Arg_Int }; +#else + enum { value = wxFormatString::Arg_Int | wxFormatString::Arg_Pointer }; +#endif +}; + +#endif // HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS/!HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS + + +#ifdef HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION +template +struct wxFormatStringSpecifier +{ + enum { value = wxFormatString::Arg_Pointer }; +}; + +template +struct wxFormatStringSpecifier +{ + enum { value = wxFormatString::Arg_Pointer }; +}; +#endif // !HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION + + +#define wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(T, arg) \ + template<> struct wxFormatStringSpecifier \ + { \ + enum { value = arg }; \ + }; + +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(bool, wxFormatString::Arg_Int) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(int, wxFormatString::Arg_Int) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(unsigned int, wxFormatString::Arg_Int) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(short int, wxFormatString::Arg_Int) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(short unsigned int, wxFormatString::Arg_Int) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(long int, wxFormatString::Arg_LongInt) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(long unsigned int, wxFormatString::Arg_LongInt) +#ifdef wxLongLong_t +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(wxLongLong_t, wxFormatString::Arg_LongLongInt) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(wxULongLong_t, wxFormatString::Arg_LongLongInt) +#endif +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(float, wxFormatString::Arg_Double) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(double, wxFormatString::Arg_Double) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(long double, wxFormatString::Arg_LongDouble) + +#if wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(wchar_t, wxFormatString::Arg_Char | wxFormatString::Arg_Int) +#endif + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(char, wxFormatString::Arg_Char | wxFormatString::Arg_Int) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(signed char, wxFormatString::Arg_Char | wxFormatString::Arg_Int) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(unsigned char, wxFormatString::Arg_Char | wxFormatString::Arg_Int) +#endif + +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(char*, wxFormatString::Arg_String) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(unsigned char*, wxFormatString::Arg_String) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(signed char*, wxFormatString::Arg_String) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(const char*, wxFormatString::Arg_String) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(const unsigned char*, wxFormatString::Arg_String) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(const signed char*, wxFormatString::Arg_String) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(wchar_t*, wxFormatString::Arg_String) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(const wchar_t*, wxFormatString::Arg_String) + +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(int*, wxFormatString::Arg_IntPtr | wxFormatString::Arg_Pointer) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(short int*, wxFormatString::Arg_ShortIntPtr | wxFormatString::Arg_Pointer) +wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(long int*, wxFormatString::Arg_LongIntPtr | wxFormatString::Arg_Pointer) + +#undef wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER + + +// Converts an argument passed to wxPrint etc. into standard form expected, +// by wxXXX functions, e.g. all strings (wxString, char*, wchar_t*) are +// converted into wchar_t* or char* depending on the build. +template +struct wxArgNormalizer +{ + // Ctor. 'value' is the value passed as variadic argument, 'fmt' is pointer + // to printf-like format string or NULL if the variadic function doesn't + // use format string and 'index' is index of 'value' in variadic arguments + // list (starting at 1) + wxArgNormalizer(T value, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : m_value(value) + { + wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE( fmt, index, wxFormatStringSpecifier::value ); + } + + // Returns the value in a form that can be safely passed to real vararg + // functions. In case of strings, this is char* in ANSI build and wchar_t* + // in Unicode build. + T get() const { return m_value; } + + T m_value; +}; + +// normalizer for passing arguments to functions working with wchar_t* (and +// until ANSI build is removed, char* in ANSI build as well - FIXME-UTF8) +// string representation +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +template +struct wxArgNormalizerWchar : public wxArgNormalizer +{ + wxArgNormalizerWchar(T value, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizer(value, fmt, index) {} +}; +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +// normalizer for passing arguments to functions working with UTF-8 encoded +// char* strings +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + template + struct wxArgNormalizerUtf8 : public wxArgNormalizer + { + wxArgNormalizerUtf8(T value, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizer(value, fmt, index) {} + }; + + #define wxArgNormalizerNative wxArgNormalizerUtf8 +#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + #define wxArgNormalizerNative wxArgNormalizerWchar +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + + + +// special cases for converting strings: + + +// base class for wxArgNormalizer specializations that need to do conversion; +// CharType is either wxStringCharType or wchar_t in UTF-8 build when wrapping +// widechar CRT function +template +struct wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer +{ + typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer CharBuffer; + + wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer() {} + wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer(const CharBuffer& buf, + const wxFormatString *fmt, + unsigned index) + : m_value(buf) + { + wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE( fmt, index, wxFormatString::Arg_String ); + } + + const CharType *get() const { return m_value; } + + CharBuffer m_value; +}; + +// string objects: +template<> +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArgNormalizerNative +{ + wxArgNormalizerNative(const wxString& s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, + unsigned index) + : m_value(s) + { + wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE( fmt, index, wxFormatString::Arg_String ); + } + + const wxStringCharType *get() const; + + const wxString& m_value; +}; + +// c_str() values: +template<> +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArgNormalizerNative +{ + wxArgNormalizerNative(const wxCStrData& value, + const wxFormatString *fmt, + unsigned index) + : m_value(value) + { + wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE( fmt, index, wxFormatString::Arg_String ); + } + + const wxStringCharType *get() const; + + const wxCStrData& m_value; +}; + +// wxString/wxCStrData conversion to wchar_t* value +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +template<> +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArgNormalizerWchar + : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer +{ + wxArgNormalizerWchar(const wxString& s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index); +}; + +template<> +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArgNormalizerWchar + : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer +{ + wxArgNormalizerWchar(const wxCStrData& s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index); +}; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + + +// C string pointers of the wrong type (wchar_t* for ANSI or UTF8 build, +// char* for wchar_t Unicode build or UTF8): +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + +template<> +struct wxArgNormalizerWchar + : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer +{ + wxArgNormalizerWchar(const char* s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer(wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(s), fmt, index) {} +}; + +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +template<> +struct wxArgNormalizerUtf8 + : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer +{ + wxArgNormalizerUtf8(const wchar_t* s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer(wxConvUTF8.cWC2MB(s), fmt, index) {} +}; + +template<> +struct wxArgNormalizerUtf8 + : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer +{ + wxArgNormalizerUtf8(const char* s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, + unsigned index) + { + wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE( fmt, index, wxFormatString::Arg_String ); + + if ( wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) + { + m_value = wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(s); + } + else + { + // convert to widechar string first: + wxScopedWCharBuffer buf(wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(s)); + + // then to UTF-8: + if ( buf ) + m_value = wxConvUTF8.cWC2MB(buf); + } + } +}; + +// UTF-8 build needs conversion to wchar_t* too: +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +template<> +struct wxArgNormalizerWchar + : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer +{ + wxArgNormalizerWchar(const char* s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer(wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(s), fmt, index) {} +}; +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +#else // ANSI - FIXME-UTF8 + +template<> +struct wxArgNormalizerWchar + : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer +{ + wxArgNormalizerWchar(const wchar_t* s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer(wxConvLibc.cWC2MB(s), fmt, index) {} +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR/wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/ANSI + + +// this macro is used to implement specialization that are exactly same as +// some other specialization, i.e. to "forward" the implementation (e.g. for +// T=wxString and T=const wxString&). Note that the ctor takes BaseT argument, +// not T! +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + #if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + #define WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(T, BaseT) \ + _WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD_IMPL(wxArgNormalizerUtf8, T, BaseT) + #else // possibly non-UTF8 locales + #define WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(T, BaseT) \ + _WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD_IMPL(wxArgNormalizerWchar, T, BaseT); \ + _WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD_IMPL(wxArgNormalizerUtf8, T, BaseT) + #endif +#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + #define WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(T, BaseT) \ + _WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD_IMPL(wxArgNormalizerWchar, T, BaseT) +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + +#define _WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD_IMPL(Normalizer, T, BaseT) \ + template<> \ + struct Normalizer : public Normalizer \ + { \ + Normalizer(BaseT value, \ + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) \ + : Normalizer(value, fmt, index) {} \ + } + +// non-reference versions of specializations for string objects +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxString, const wxString&); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxCStrData, const wxCStrData&); + +// versions for passing non-const pointers: +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(char*, const char*); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wchar_t*, const wchar_t*); + +// versions for passing wx[W]CharBuffer: +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxScopedCharBuffer, const char*); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const char*); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxScopedWCharBuffer, const wchar_t*); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wchar_t*); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxCharBuffer, const char*); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const wxCharBuffer&, const char*); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxWCharBuffer, const wchar_t*); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const wxWCharBuffer&, const wchar_t*); + +// versions for std::[w]string: +#if wxUSE_STD_STRING + +#include "wx/stringimpl.h" + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +template<> +struct wxArgNormalizerWchar + : public wxArgNormalizerWchar +{ + wxArgNormalizerWchar(const std::string& s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizerWchar(s.c_str(), fmt, index) {} +}; + +template<> +struct wxArgNormalizerWchar + : public wxArgNormalizerWchar +{ + wxArgNormalizerWchar(const wxStdWideString& s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizerWchar(s.c_str(), fmt, index) {} +}; +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +template<> +struct wxArgNormalizerUtf8 + : public wxArgNormalizerUtf8 +{ + wxArgNormalizerUtf8(const std::string& s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizerUtf8(s.c_str(), fmt, index) {} +}; + +template<> +struct wxArgNormalizerUtf8 + : public wxArgNormalizerUtf8 +{ + wxArgNormalizerUtf8(const wxStdWideString& s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizerUtf8(s.c_str(), fmt, index) {} +}; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(std::string, const std::string&); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxStdWideString, const wxStdWideString&); + +#endif // wxUSE_STD_STRING + + +// versions for wxUniChar, wxUniCharRef: +// (this is same for UTF-8 and Wchar builds, we just convert to wchar_t) +template<> +struct wxArgNormalizer : public wxArgNormalizer +{ + wxArgNormalizer(const wxUniChar& s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizer(s.GetValue(), fmt, index) {} +}; + +// for wchar_t, default handler does the right thing + +// char has to be treated differently in Unicode builds: a char argument may +// be used either for a character value (which should be converted into +// wxUniChar) or as an integer value (which should be left as-is). We take +// advantage of the fact that both char and wchar_t are converted into int +// in variadic arguments here. +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +template +struct wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar +{ + wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar(T value, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + { + wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE( fmt, index, + wxFormatString::Arg_Char | wxFormatString::Arg_Int ); + + // FIXME-UTF8: which one is better default in absence of fmt string + // (i.e. when used like e.g. Foo("foo", "bar", 'c', NULL)? + if ( !fmt || fmt->GetArgumentType(index) == wxFormatString::Arg_Char ) + m_value = wx_truncate_cast(T, wxUniChar(value).GetValue()); + else + m_value = value; + } + + int get() const { return m_value; } + + T m_value; +}; + +template<> +struct wxArgNormalizer : public wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar +{ + wxArgNormalizer(char value, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar(value, fmt, index) {} +}; + +template<> +struct wxArgNormalizer + : public wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar +{ + wxArgNormalizer(unsigned char value, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar(value, fmt, index) {} +}; + +template<> +struct wxArgNormalizer + : public wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar +{ + wxArgNormalizer(signed char value, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar(value, fmt, index) {} +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +// convert references: +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxUniChar, const wxUniChar&); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const wxUniCharRef&, const wxUniChar&); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxUniCharRef, const wxUniChar&); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const wchar_t&, wchar_t); + +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const char&, char); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const unsigned char&, unsigned char); +WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const signed char&, signed char); + + +#undef WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD +#undef _WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD_IMPL + +#undef wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// WX_VA_ARG_STRING +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Replacement for va_arg() for use with strings in functions that accept +// strings normalized by wxArgNormalizer: + +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArgNormalizedString +{ + wxArgNormalizedString(const void* ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) {} + + // returns true if non-NULL string was passed in + bool IsValid() const { return m_ptr != NULL; } + operator bool() const { return IsValid(); } + + // extracts the string, returns empty string if NULL was passed in + wxString GetString() const; + operator wxString() const; + +private: + const void *m_ptr; +}; + +#define WX_VA_ARG_STRING(ap) wxArgNormalizedString(va_arg(ap, const void*)) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implementation of the WX_DEFINE_VARARG_* macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: The vararg emulation code is limited to 30 variadic and 4 fixed +// arguments at the moment. +// If you need more variadic arguments, you need to +// 1) increase the value of _WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS +// 2) add _WX_VARARG_JOIN_* and _WX_VARARG_ITER_* up to the new +// _WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS value to the lists below +// If you need more fixed arguments, you need to +// 1) increase the value of _WX_VARARG_MAX_FIXED_ARGS +// 2) add _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_* and _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_* +// macros below +#define _WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS 30 +#define _WX_VARARG_MAX_FIXED_ARGS 4 + +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_1(m) m(1) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_2(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_1(m), m(2) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_3(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_2(m), m(3) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_4(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_3(m), m(4) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_5(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_4(m), m(5) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_6(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_5(m), m(6) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_7(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_6(m), m(7) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_8(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_7(m), m(8) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_9(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_8(m), m(9) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_10(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_9(m), m(10) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_11(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_10(m), m(11) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_12(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_11(m), m(12) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_13(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_12(m), m(13) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_14(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_13(m), m(14) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_15(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_14(m), m(15) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_16(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_15(m), m(16) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_17(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_16(m), m(17) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_18(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_17(m), m(18) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_19(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_18(m), m(19) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_20(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_19(m), m(20) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_21(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_20(m), m(21) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_22(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_21(m), m(22) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_23(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_22(m), m(23) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_24(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_23(m), m(24) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_25(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_24(m), m(25) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_26(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_25(m), m(26) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_27(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_26(m), m(27) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_28(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_27(m), m(28) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_29(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_28(m), m(29) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_30(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_29(m), m(30) + +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_1(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(1,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_2(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_1(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(2,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_3(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_2(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(3,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_4(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_3(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(4,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_5(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_4(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(5,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_6(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_5(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(6,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_7(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_6(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(7,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_8(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_7(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(8,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_9(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_8(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(9,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_10(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_9(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(10,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_11(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_10(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(11,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_12(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_11(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(12,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_13(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_12(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(13,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_14(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_13(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(14,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_15(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_14(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(15,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_16(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_15(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(16,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_17(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_16(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(17,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_18(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_17(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(18,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_19(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_18(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(19,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_20(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_19(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(20,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_21(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_20(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(21,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_22(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_21(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(22,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_23(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_22(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(23,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_24(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_23(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(24,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_25(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_24(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(25,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_26(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_25(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(26,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_27(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_26(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(27,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_28(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_27(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(28,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_29(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_28(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(29,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_30(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_29(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(30,a,b,c,d,e,f) + + +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_1(t1) \ + t1 f1 +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_2(t1,t2) \ + t1 f1, t2 f2 +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_3(t1,t2,t3) \ + t1 f1, t2 f2, t3 f3 +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_4(t1,t2,t3,t4) \ + t1 f1, t2 f2, t3 f3, t4 f4 + +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_1(t1) \ + t1 WXUNUSED(f1) +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_2(t1,t2) \ + t1 WXUNUSED(f1), t2 WXUNUSED(f2) +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_3(t1,t2,t3) \ + t1 WXUNUSED(f1), t2 WXUNUSED(f2), t3 WXUNUSED(f3) +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_4(t1,t2,t3,t4) \ + t1 WXUNUSED(f1), t2 WXUNUSED(f2), t3 WXUNUSED(f3), t4 WXUNUSED(f4) + +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_1(t1) \ + typedef t1 TF1 +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_2(t1,t2) \ + _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_1(t1); typedef t2 TF2 +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_3(t1,t2,t3) \ + _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_2(t1,t2); typedef t3 TF3 +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_4(t1,t2,t3,t4) \ + _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_3(t1,t2,t3); typedef t4 TF4 + +// This macro expands N-items tuple of fixed arguments types into part of +// function's declaration. For example, +// "_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(3, (int, char*, int))" expands into +// "int f1, char* f2, int f3". +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(N, args) \ + _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_IMPL(N, args) +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_IMPL(N, args) \ + _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_##N args + +// Ditto for unused arguments +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND(N, args) \ + _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_IMPL(N, args) +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_IMPL(N, args) \ + _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_##N args + +// Declarates typedefs for fixed arguments types; i-th fixed argument types +// will have TFi typedef. +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS(N, args) \ + _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_IMPL(N, args) +#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_IMPL(N, args) \ + _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_##N args + + +// This macro calls another macro 'm' passed as second argument 'N' times, +// with its only argument set to 1..N, and concatenates the results using +// comma as separator. +// +// An example: +// #define foo(i) x##i +// // this expands to "x1,x2,x3,x4" +// _WX_VARARG_JOIN(4, foo) +// +// +// N must not be greater than _WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS (=30). +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_IMPL(N, m) +#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_IMPL(N, m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_##N(m) + + +// This macro calls another macro 'm' passed as second argument 'N' times, with +// its first argument set to 1..N and the remaining arguments set to 'a', 'b', +// 'c', 'd', 'e' and 'f'. The results are separated with whitespace in the +// expansion. +// +// An example: +// // this macro expands to: +// // foo(1,a,b,c,d,e,f) +// // foo(2,a,b,c,d,e,f) +// // foo(3,a,b,c,d,e,f) +// _WX_VARARG_ITER(3, foo, a, b, c, d, e, f) +// +// N must not be greater than _WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS (=30). +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER(N,m,a,b,c,d,e,f) \ + _WX_VARARG_ITER_IMPL(N,m,a,b,c,d,e,f) +#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_IMPL(N,m,a,b,c,d,e,f) \ + _WX_VARARG_ITER_##N(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) + +// Generates code snippet for i-th "variadic" argument in vararg function's +// prototype: +#define _WX_VARARG_ARG(i) T##i a##i + +// Like _WX_VARARG_ARG_UNUSED, but outputs argument's type with WXUNUSED: +#define _WX_VARARG_ARG_UNUSED(i) T##i WXUNUSED(a##i) + +// Generates code snippet for i-th type in vararg function's template<...>: +#define _WX_VARARG_TEMPL(i) typename T##i + +// Generates code snippet for passing i-th argument of vararg function +// wrapper to its implementation, normalizing it in the process: +#define _WX_VARARG_PASS_WCHAR(i) \ + wxArgNormalizerWchar(a##i, fmt, i).get() +#define _WX_VARARG_PASS_UTF8(i) \ + wxArgNormalizerUtf8(a##i, fmt, i).get() + + +// And the same for fixed arguments, _not_ normalizing it: +#define _WX_VARARG_PASS_FIXED(i) f##i + +#define _WX_VARARG_FIND_FMT(i) \ + (wxFormatStringArgumentFinder::find(f##i)) + +#define _WX_VARARG_FORMAT_STRING(numfixed, fixed) \ + _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS(numfixed, fixed); \ + const wxFormatString *fmt = \ + (_WX_VARARG_JOIN(numfixed, _WX_VARARG_FIND_FMT)) + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL_UTF8(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed) \ + return_kw implUtf8(_WX_VARARG_JOIN(numfixed, _WX_VARARG_PASS_FIXED), \ + _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_PASS_UTF8)) + #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0_UTF8(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, numfixed) \ + return_kw implUtf8(_WX_VARARG_JOIN(numfixed, _WX_VARARG_PASS_FIXED)) +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +#define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL_WCHAR(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed) \ + return_kw impl(_WX_VARARG_JOIN(numfixed, _WX_VARARG_PASS_FIXED), \ + _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_PASS_WCHAR)) +#define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0_WCHAR(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, numfixed) \ + return_kw impl(_WX_VARARG_JOIN(numfixed, _WX_VARARG_PASS_FIXED)) + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + #if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL_UTF8 + #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0 _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0_UTF8 + #else // possibly non-UTF8 locales + #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed) \ + if ( wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) \ + _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL_UTF8(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed);\ + else \ + _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL_WCHAR(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed) + + #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, numfixed) \ + if ( wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) \ + _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0_UTF8(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, numfixed); \ + else \ + _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0_WCHAR(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, numfixed) + #endif // wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY or not +#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR or ANSI + #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL_WCHAR + #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0 _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0_WCHAR +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 / wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + + +// Macro to be used with _WX_VARARG_ITER in the implementation of +// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC (see its documentation for the meaning of arguments) +#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC(N, rettype, name, \ + impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \ + template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \ + rettype name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed), \ + _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG)) \ + { \ + _WX_VARARG_FORMAT_STRING(numfixed, fixed); \ + _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL(return, impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed); \ + } + +#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_N0(rettype, name, \ + impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \ + inline rettype name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed)) \ + { \ + _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0(return, impl, implUtf8, numfixed); \ + } + +// Macro to be used with _WX_VARARG_ITER in the implementation of +// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID (see its documentation for the meaning of +// arguments; rettype is ignored and is used only to satisfy _WX_VARARG_ITER's +// requirements). +#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_VOID(N, rettype, name, \ + impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \ + template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \ + void name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed), \ + _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG)) \ + { \ + _WX_VARARG_FORMAT_STRING(numfixed, fixed); \ + _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL(wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed); \ + } + +#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_VOID_N0(name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \ + inline void name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed)) \ + { \ + _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0(wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + impl, implUtf8, numfixed); \ + } + +// Macro to be used with _WX_VARARG_ITER in the implementation of +// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_CTOR (see its documentation for the meaning of +// arguments; rettype is ignored and is used only to satisfy _WX_VARARG_ITER's +// requirements). +#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_CTOR(N, rettype, name, \ + impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \ + template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \ + name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed), \ + _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG)) \ + { \ + _WX_VARARG_FORMAT_STRING(numfixed, fixed); \ + _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL(wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed); \ + } + +#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_CTOR_N0(name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \ + inline name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed)) \ + { \ + _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0(wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + impl, implUtf8, numfixed); \ + } + +// Macro to be used with _WX_VARARG_ITER in the implementation of +// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP, i.e. empty stub for a disabled vararg function. +// The rettype and impl arguments are ignored. +#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_NOP(N, rettype, name, \ + impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \ + template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \ + void name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed), \ + _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG_UNUSED)) \ + {} + +#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_NOP_N0(name, numfixed, fixed) \ + inline void name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed)) \ + {} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// workaround for OpenWatcom bug #351 +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ +// workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351 + +// This macro can be used to forward a 'vararg' template to another one with +// different fixed arguments types. Parameters are same as for +// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC (rettype=void can be used here), 'convfixed' is how +// to convert fixed arguments. For example, this is typical code for dealing +// with different forms of format string: +// +// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID(Printf, 1, (const wxFormatString&), +// DoPrintfWchar, DoPrintfUtf8) +// #ifdef __WATCOMC__ +// WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Printf, 1, (const wxString&), +// (wxFormatString(f1))) +// WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Printf, 1, (const char*), +// (wxFormatString(f1))) +// ... +#define WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(rettype, name, numfixed, fixed, convfixed)\ + _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \ + _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND, \ + rettype, name, convfixed, dummy, numfixed, fixed) + +#define WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR(name, numfixed, fixed, convfixed) \ + _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \ + _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR, \ + dummy, name, convfixed, dummy, numfixed, fixed) + +#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK_1(a1) a1 +#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK_2(a1, a2) a1, a2 +#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK_3(a1, a2, a3) a1, a2, a3 +#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK_4(a1, a2, a3, a4) a1, a2, a3, a4 +#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK(N, convfixed) \ + _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK_##N convfixed + +#define _WX_VARARG_PASS_WATCOM(i) a##i + +#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(N, rettype, name, \ + convfixed, dummy, numfixed, fixed) \ + template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \ + rettype name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed), \ + _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG)) \ + { \ + return name(_WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK(numfixed, convfixed), \ + _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_PASS_WATCOM)); \ + } + +#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR(N, dummy1, name, \ + convfixed, dummy2, numfixed, fixed) \ + template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \ + name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed), \ + _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG)) \ + { \ + name(_WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK(numfixed, convfixed), \ + _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_PASS_WATCOM)); \ + } + +#endif // __WATCOMC__ + +#endif // _WX_STRVARARG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sysopt.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sysopt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15de001e44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/sysopt.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/sysopt.h +// Purpose: wxSystemOptions +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 2001-07-10 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sysopt.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SYSOPT_H_ +#define _WX_SYSOPT_H_ + +#include "wx/object.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Enables an application to influence the wxWidgets implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class +#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE +#endif +wxSystemOptions : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxSystemOptions() { } + + // User-customizable hints to wxWidgets or associated libraries + // These could also be used to influence GetSystem... calls, indeed + // to implement SetSystemColour/Font/Metric + +#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS + static void SetOption(const wxString& name, const wxString& value); + static void SetOption(const wxString& name, int value); +#endif // wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS + static wxString GetOption(const wxString& name); + static int GetOptionInt(const wxString& name); + static bool HasOption(const wxString& name); + + static bool IsFalse(const wxString& name) + { + return HasOption(name) && GetOptionInt(name) == 0; + } +}; + +#if !wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS + +// define inline stubs for accessors to make it possible to use wxSystemOptions +// in the library itself without checking for wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS all the time + +/* static */ inline +wxString wxSystemOptions::GetOption(const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)) +{ + return wxEmptyString; +} + +/* static */ inline +int wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)) +{ + return 0; +} + +/* static */ inline +bool wxSystemOptions::HasOption(const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)) +{ + return false; +} + +#endif // !wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS + +#endif + // _WX_SYSOPT_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tarstrm.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tarstrm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71fbb7006e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tarstrm.h @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/tarstrm.h +// Purpose: Streams for Tar files +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// RCS-ID: $Id: tarstrm.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WXTARSTREAM_H__ +#define _WX_WXTARSTREAM_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_TARSTREAM + +#include "wx/archive.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Constants + +// TypeFlag values +enum wxTarType +{ + wxTAR_REGTYPE = '0', // regular file + wxTAR_LNKTYPE = '1', // hard link + wxTAR_SYMTYPE = '2', // symbolic link + wxTAR_CHRTYPE = '3', // character special + wxTAR_BLKTYPE = '4', // block special + wxTAR_DIRTYPE = '5', // directory + wxTAR_FIFOTYPE = '6', // named pipe + wxTAR_CONTTYPE = '7' // contiguous file +}; + +// Archive Formats (use wxTAR_PAX, it's backward compatible) +enum wxTarFormat +{ + wxTAR_USTAR, // POSIX.1-1990 tar format + wxTAR_PAX // POSIX.1-2001 tar format +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxTarNotifier + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarNotifier +{ +public: + virtual ~wxTarNotifier() { } + + virtual void OnEntryUpdated(class wxTarEntry& entry) = 0; +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Tar Entry - hold the meta data for a file in the tar + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarEntry : public wxArchiveEntry +{ +public: + wxTarEntry(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString, + const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(), + wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset); + virtual ~wxTarEntry(); + + wxTarEntry(const wxTarEntry& entry); + wxTarEntry& operator=(const wxTarEntry& entry); + + // Get accessors + wxString GetName(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const; + wxString GetInternalName() const { return m_Name; } + wxPathFormat GetInternalFormat() const { return wxPATH_UNIX; } + int GetMode() const; + int GetUserId() const { return m_UserId; } + int GetGroupId() const { return m_GroupId; } + wxFileOffset GetSize() const { return m_Size; } + wxFileOffset GetOffset() const { return m_Offset; } + wxDateTime GetDateTime() const { return m_ModifyTime; } + wxDateTime GetAccessTime() const { return m_AccessTime; } + wxDateTime GetCreateTime() const { return m_CreateTime; } + int GetTypeFlag() const { return m_TypeFlag; } + wxString GetLinkName() const { return m_LinkName; } + wxString GetUserName() const { return m_UserName; } + wxString GetGroupName() const { return m_GroupName; } + int GetDevMajor() const { return m_DevMajor; } + int GetDevMinor() const { return m_DevMinor; } + + // is accessors + bool IsDir() const; + bool IsReadOnly() const { return !(m_Mode & 0222); } + + // set accessors + void SetName(const wxString& name, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + void SetUserId(int id) { m_UserId = id; } + void SetGroupId(int id) { m_GroupId = id; } + void SetMode(int mode); + void SetSize(wxFileOffset size) { m_Size = size; } + void SetDateTime(const wxDateTime& dt) { m_ModifyTime = dt; } + void SetAccessTime(const wxDateTime& dt) { m_AccessTime = dt; } + void SetCreateTime(const wxDateTime& dt) { m_CreateTime = dt; } + void SetTypeFlag(int type) { m_TypeFlag = type; } + void SetLinkName(const wxString& link) { m_LinkName = link; } + void SetUserName(const wxString& user) { m_UserName = user; } + void SetGroupName(const wxString& group) { m_GroupName = group; } + void SetDevMajor(int dev) { m_DevMajor = dev; } + void SetDevMinor(int dev) { m_DevMinor = dev; } + + // set is accessors + void SetIsDir(bool isDir = true); + void SetIsReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true); + + static wxString GetInternalName(const wxString& name, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE, + bool *pIsDir = NULL); + + wxTarEntry *Clone() const { return new wxTarEntry(*this); } + + void SetNotifier(wxTarNotifier& WXUNUSED(notifier)) { } + +private: + void SetOffset(wxFileOffset offset) { m_Offset = offset; } + + virtual wxArchiveEntry* DoClone() const { return Clone(); } + + wxString m_Name; + int m_Mode; + bool m_IsModeSet; + int m_UserId; + int m_GroupId; + wxFileOffset m_Size; + wxFileOffset m_Offset; + wxDateTime m_ModifyTime; + wxDateTime m_AccessTime; + wxDateTime m_CreateTime; + int m_TypeFlag; + wxString m_LinkName; + wxString m_UserName; + wxString m_GroupName; + int m_DevMajor; + int m_DevMinor; + + friend class wxTarInputStream; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTarEntry) +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxTarInputStream + +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxString, wxTarHeaderRecords); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarInputStream : public wxArchiveInputStream +{ +public: + typedef wxTarEntry entry_type; + + wxTarInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal); + wxTarInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal); + virtual ~wxTarInputStream(); + + bool OpenEntry(wxTarEntry& entry); + bool CloseEntry(); + + wxTarEntry *GetNextEntry(); + + wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_size; } + bool IsSeekable() const { return m_parent_i_stream->IsSeekable(); } + +protected: + size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size); + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; } + wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode); + +private: + void Init(); + + wxArchiveEntry *DoGetNextEntry() { return GetNextEntry(); } + bool OpenEntry(wxArchiveEntry& entry); + bool IsOpened() const { return m_pos != wxInvalidOffset; } + + wxStreamError ReadHeaders(); + bool ReadExtendedHeader(wxTarHeaderRecords*& recs); + + wxString GetExtendedHeader(const wxString& key) const; + wxString GetHeaderPath() const; + wxFileOffset GetHeaderNumber(int id) const; + wxString GetHeaderString(int id) const; + wxDateTime GetHeaderDate(const wxString& key) const; + + wxFileOffset m_pos; // position within the current entry + wxFileOffset m_offset; // offset to the start of the entry's data + wxFileOffset m_size; // size of the current entry's data + + int m_sumType; + int m_tarType; + class wxTarHeaderBlock *m_hdr; + wxTarHeaderRecords *m_HeaderRecs; + wxTarHeaderRecords *m_GlobalHeaderRecs; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTarInputStream); +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxTarOutputStream + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarOutputStream : public wxArchiveOutputStream +{ +public: + wxTarOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, + wxTarFormat format = wxTAR_PAX, + wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal); + wxTarOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream, + wxTarFormat format = wxTAR_PAX, + wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal); + virtual ~wxTarOutputStream(); + + bool PutNextEntry(wxTarEntry *entry); + + bool PutNextEntry(const wxString& name, + const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(), + wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset); + + bool PutNextDirEntry(const wxString& name, + const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now()); + + bool CopyEntry(wxTarEntry *entry, wxTarInputStream& inputStream); + bool CopyArchiveMetaData(wxTarInputStream& WXUNUSED(s)) { return true; } + + void Sync(); + bool CloseEntry(); + bool Close(); + + bool IsSeekable() const { return m_parent_o_stream->IsSeekable(); } + + void SetBlockingFactor(int factor) { m_BlockingFactor = factor; } + int GetBlockingFactor() const { return m_BlockingFactor; } + +protected: + size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size); + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; } + wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode); + +private: + void Init(wxTarFormat format); + + bool PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry); + bool CopyEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry, wxArchiveInputStream& stream); + bool CopyArchiveMetaData(wxArchiveInputStream& WXUNUSED(s)) { return true; } + bool IsOpened() const { return m_pos != wxInvalidOffset; } + + bool WriteHeaders(wxTarEntry& entry); + bool ModifyHeader(); + wxString PaxHeaderPath(const wxString& format, const wxString& path); + + void SetExtendedHeader(const wxString& key, const wxString& value); + void SetHeaderPath(const wxString& name); + bool SetHeaderNumber(int id, wxFileOffset n); + void SetHeaderString(int id, const wxString& str); + void SetHeaderDate(const wxString& key, const wxDateTime& datetime); + + wxFileOffset m_pos; // position within the current entry + wxFileOffset m_maxpos; // max pos written + wxFileOffset m_size; // expected entry size + + wxFileOffset m_headpos; // offset within the file to the entry's header + wxFileOffset m_datapos; // offset within the file to the entry's data + + wxFileOffset m_tarstart;// offset within the file to the tar + wxFileOffset m_tarsize; // size of tar so far + + bool m_pax; + int m_BlockingFactor; + wxUint32 m_chksum; + bool m_large; + class wxTarHeaderBlock *m_hdr; + class wxTarHeaderBlock *m_hdr2; + char *m_extendedHdr; + size_t m_extendedSize; + wxString m_badfit; + bool m_endrecWritten; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTarOutputStream); +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Iterators + +#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR +typedef wxArchiveIterator wxTarIter; +typedef wxArchiveIterator > wxTarPairIter; +#endif + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxTarClassFactory + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarClassFactory : public wxArchiveClassFactory +{ +public: + typedef wxTarEntry entry_type; + typedef wxTarInputStream instream_type; + typedef wxTarOutputStream outstream_type; + typedef wxTarNotifier notifier_type; +#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR + typedef wxTarIter iter_type; + typedef wxTarPairIter pairiter_type; +#endif + + wxTarClassFactory(); + + wxTarEntry *NewEntry() const + { return new wxTarEntry; } + wxTarInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const + { return new wxTarInputStream(stream, GetConv()); } + wxTarOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const + { return new wxTarOutputStream(stream, wxTAR_PAX, GetConv()); } + wxTarInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const + { return new wxTarInputStream(stream, GetConv()); } + wxTarOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const + { return new wxTarOutputStream(stream, wxTAR_PAX, GetConv()); } + + wxString GetInternalName(const wxString& name, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const + { return wxTarEntry::GetInternalName(name, format); } + + const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type + = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const; + +protected: + wxArchiveEntry *DoNewEntry() const + { return NewEntry(); } + wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const + { return NewStream(stream); } + wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const + { return NewStream(stream); } + wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const + { return NewStream(stream); } + wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const + { return NewStream(stream); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTarClassFactory) +}; + + +#endif // wxUSE_TARSTREAM + +#endif // _WX_WXTARSTREAM_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/taskbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/taskbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7df9b4f190 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/taskbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/taskbar.h +// Purpose: wxTaskBarIcon base header and class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: taskbar.h 58822 2009-02-10 03:43:30Z PC $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TASKBAR_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_TASKBAR_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_TASKBARICON + +#include "wx/event.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxTaskBarIconEvent; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTaskBarIconBase: define wxTaskBarIcon interface +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIconBase : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxTaskBarIconBase() { } + +#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXX11__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) + static bool IsAvailable(); +#else + static bool IsAvailable() { return true; }; +#endif + + // Operations: + virtual bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, + const wxString& tooltip = wxEmptyString) = 0; + virtual bool RemoveIcon() = 0; + virtual bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu) = 0; + + // delayed destruction (similarly to wxWindow::Destroy()) + void Destroy(); + +protected: + // creates menu to be displayed when user clicks on the icon + virtual wxMenu *CreatePopupMenu() { return NULL; } + +private: + // default events handling, calls CreatePopupMenu: + void OnRightButtonDown(wxTaskBarIconEvent& event); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTaskBarIconBase); +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// now include the actual class declaration +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/taskbar.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/taskbar.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/taskbar.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXX11__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/unix/taskbarx11.h" +#elif defined (__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/taskbarosx.h" +#elif defined (__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/taskbar.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTaskBarIcon events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIconEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxTaskBarIconEvent(wxEventType evtType, wxTaskBarIcon *tbIcon) + : wxEvent(wxID_ANY, evtType) + { + SetEventObject(tbIcon); + } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxTaskBarIconEvent(*this); } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxTaskBarIconEvent); +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTaskBarIconEventFunction)(wxTaskBarIconEvent&); + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_MOVE, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DOWN, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_UP, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DOWN, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_UP, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DCLICK, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_BALLOON_TIMEOUT, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_BALLOON_CLICK, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); + +#define wxTaskBarIconEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxTaskBarIconEventFunction, func) + +#define wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(evt, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_TASKBAR_ ## evt, wxTaskBarIconEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_TASKBAR_MOVE(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(MOVE, fn) +#define EVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DOWN(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(LEFT_DOWN, fn) +#define EVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_UP(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(LEFT_UP, fn) +#define EVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DOWN(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(RIGHT_DOWN, fn) +#define EVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_UP(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(RIGHT_UP, fn) +#define EVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DCLICK(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(LEFT_DCLICK, fn) +#define EVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(RIGHT_DCLICK, fn) + +// taskbar menu is shown on right button press under all platforms except MSW +// where it's shown on right button release, using this event type and macro +// allows to write code which works correctly on all platforms +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #define wxEVT_TASKBAR_CLICK wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_UP +#else + #define wxEVT_TASKBAR_CLICK wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DOWN +#endif +#define EVT_TASKBAR_CLICK(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(CLICK, fn) + +// these events are currently generated only under wxMSW and only after (MSW- +// specific) ShowBalloon() had been called, don't use them in portable code +#define EVT_TASKBAR_BALLOON_TIMEOUT(fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(BALLOON_TIMEOUT, fn) +#define EVT_TASKBAR_BALLOON_CLICK(fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(BALLOON_CLICK, fn) + +#endif // wxUSE_TASKBARICON + +#endif // _WX_TASKBAR_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tbarbase.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tbarbase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e2b4c4f9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tbarbase.h @@ -0,0 +1,709 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/tbarbase.h +// Purpose: Base class for toolbar classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tbarbase.h 64854 2010-07-08 17:35:04Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TBARBASE_H_ +#define _WX_TBARBASE_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/control.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBarBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBarToolBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxToolBarNameStr[]; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxSize) wxDefaultSize; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxPoint) wxDefaultPosition; + +enum wxToolBarToolStyle +{ + wxTOOL_STYLE_BUTTON = 1, + wxTOOL_STYLE_SEPARATOR = 2, + wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToolBarTool is a toolbar element. +// +// It has a unique id (except for the separators which always have id wxID_ANY), the +// style (telling whether it is a normal button, separator or a control), the +// state (toggled or not, enabled or not) and short and long help strings. The +// default implementations use the short help string for the tooltip text which +// is popped up when the mouse pointer enters the tool and the long help string +// for the applications status bar. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolBarToolBase : public wxObject +{ +public: + // ctors & dtor + // ------------ + + // generic ctor for any kind of tool + wxToolBarToolBase(wxToolBarBase *tbar = NULL, + int toolid = wxID_SEPARATOR, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, + const wxBitmap& bmpNormal = wxNullBitmap, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL, + wxObject *clientData = NULL, + const wxString& shortHelpString = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& longHelpString = wxEmptyString) + : m_label(label), + m_shortHelpString(shortHelpString), + m_longHelpString(longHelpString) + { + Init + ( + tbar, + toolid == wxID_SEPARATOR ? wxTOOL_STYLE_SEPARATOR + : wxTOOL_STYLE_BUTTON, + toolid == wxID_ANY ? wxWindow::NewControlId() + : toolid, + kind + ); + + m_clientData = clientData; + + m_bmpNormal = bmpNormal; + m_bmpDisabled = bmpDisabled; + } + + // ctor for controls only + wxToolBarToolBase(wxToolBarBase *tbar, + wxControl *control, + const wxString& label) + : m_label(label) + { + Init(tbar, wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL, control->GetId(), wxITEM_MAX); + + m_control = control; + } + + virtual ~wxToolBarToolBase(); + + // accessors + // --------- + + // general + int GetId() const { return m_id; } + + wxControl *GetControl() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( IsControl(), wxT("this toolbar tool is not a control") ); + + return m_control; + } + + wxToolBarBase *GetToolBar() const { return m_tbar; } + + // style/kind + bool IsStretchable() const { return m_stretchable; } + bool IsButton() const { return m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_BUTTON; } + bool IsControl() const { return m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL; } + bool IsSeparator() const { return m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_SEPARATOR; } + bool IsStretchableSpace() const { return IsSeparator() && IsStretchable(); } + int GetStyle() const { return m_toolStyle; } + wxItemKind GetKind() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( IsButton(), wxT("only makes sense for buttons") ); + + return m_kind; + } + + void MakeStretchable() + { + wxASSERT_MSG( IsSeparator(), "only separators can be stretchable" ); + + m_stretchable = true; + } + + // state + bool IsEnabled() const { return m_enabled; } + bool IsToggled() const { return m_toggled; } + bool CanBeToggled() const + { return m_kind == wxITEM_CHECK || m_kind == wxITEM_RADIO; } + + // attributes + const wxBitmap& GetNormalBitmap() const { return m_bmpNormal; } + const wxBitmap& GetDisabledBitmap() const { return m_bmpDisabled; } + + const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const + { return IsEnabled() ? GetNormalBitmap() : GetDisabledBitmap(); } + + const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; } + + const wxString& GetShortHelp() const { return m_shortHelpString; } + const wxString& GetLongHelp() const { return m_longHelpString; } + + wxObject *GetClientData() const + { + if ( m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL ) + { + return (wxObject*)m_control->GetClientData(); + } + else + { + return m_clientData; + } + } + + // modifiers: return true if the state really changed + virtual bool Enable(bool enable); + virtual bool Toggle(bool toggle); + virtual bool SetToggle(bool toggle); + virtual bool SetShortHelp(const wxString& help); + virtual bool SetLongHelp(const wxString& help); + + void Toggle() { Toggle(!IsToggled()); } + + virtual void SetNormalBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { m_bmpNormal = bmp; } + virtual void SetDisabledBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { m_bmpDisabled = bmp; } + + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_label = label; } + + void SetClientData(wxObject *clientData) + { + if ( m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL ) + { + m_control->SetClientData(clientData); + } + else + { + m_clientData = clientData; + } + } + + // add tool to/remove it from a toolbar + virtual void Detach() { m_tbar = NULL; } + virtual void Attach(wxToolBarBase *tbar) { m_tbar = tbar; } + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // these methods are only for tools of wxITEM_DROPDOWN kind (but even such + // tools can have a NULL associated menu) + virtual void SetDropdownMenu(wxMenu *menu); + wxMenu *GetDropdownMenu() const { return m_dropdownMenu; } +#endif + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(wxToolBarBase *tbar, + wxToolBarToolStyle style, + int toolid, + wxItemKind kind) + { + m_tbar = tbar; + m_toolStyle = style; + m_id = toolid; + m_kind = kind; + + m_clientData = NULL; + + m_stretchable = false; + m_toggled = false; + m_enabled = true; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + m_dropdownMenu = NULL; +#endif + + } + + wxToolBarBase *m_tbar; // the toolbar to which we belong (may be NULL) + + // tool parameters + wxToolBarToolStyle m_toolStyle; + wxWindowIDRef m_id; // the tool id, wxID_SEPARATOR for separator + wxItemKind m_kind; // for normal buttons may be wxITEM_NORMAL/CHECK/RADIO + + // as controls have their own client data, no need to waste memory + union + { + wxObject *m_clientData; + wxControl *m_control; + }; + + // true if this tool is stretchable: currently is only value for separators + bool m_stretchable; + + // tool state + bool m_toggled; + bool m_enabled; + + // normal and disabled bitmaps for the tool, both can be invalid + wxBitmap m_bmpNormal; + wxBitmap m_bmpDisabled; + + // the button label + wxString m_label; + + // short and long help strings + wxString m_shortHelpString; + wxString m_longHelpString; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxMenu *m_dropdownMenu; +#endif + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxToolBarToolBase) +}; + +// a list of toolbar tools +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxToolBarToolBase, wxToolBarToolsList); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// the base class for all toolbars +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolBarBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxToolBarBase(); + virtual ~wxToolBarBase(); + + // toolbar construction + // -------------------- + + // the full AddTool() function + // + // If bmpDisabled is wxNullBitmap, a shadowed version of the normal bitmap + // is created and used as the disabled image. + wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL, + const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString, + wxObject *data = NULL) + { + return DoAddTool(toolid, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled, kind, + shortHelp, longHelp, data); + } + + // the most common AddTool() version + wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL) + { + return AddTool(toolid, label, bitmap, wxNullBitmap, kind, shortHelp); + } + + // add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled + wxToolBarToolBase *AddCheckTool(int toolid, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap, + const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString, + wxObject *data = NULL) + { + return AddTool(toolid, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled, wxITEM_CHECK, + shortHelp, longHelp, data); + } + + // add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any + // other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens + wxToolBarToolBase *AddRadioTool(int toolid, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap, + const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString, + wxObject *data = NULL) + { + return AddTool(toolid, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled, wxITEM_RADIO, + shortHelp, longHelp, data); + } + + + // insert the new tool at the given position, if pos == GetToolsCount(), it + // is equivalent to AddTool() + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *InsertTool + ( + size_t pos, + int toolid, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap, + wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL, + const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString, + wxObject *clientData = NULL + ); + + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool (wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *InsertTool (size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + + // add an arbitrary control to the toolbar (notice that the control will be + // deleted by the toolbar and that it will also adjust its position/size) + // + // the label is optional and, if specified, will be shown near the control + // NB: the control should have toolbar as its parent + virtual wxToolBarToolBase * + AddControl(wxControl *control, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString); + + virtual wxToolBarToolBase * + InsertControl(size_t pos, wxControl *control, + const wxString& label = wxEmptyString); + + // get the control with the given id or return NULL + virtual wxControl *FindControl( int toolid ); + + // add a separator to the toolbar + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *AddSeparator(); + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *InsertSeparator(size_t pos); + + // add a stretchable space to the toolbar: this is similar to a separator + // except that it's always blank and that all the extra space the toolbar + // has is [equally] distributed among the stretchable spaces in it + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *AddStretchableSpace(); + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *InsertStretchableSpace(size_t pos); + + // remove the tool from the toolbar: the caller is responsible for actually + // deleting the pointer + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *RemoveTool(int toolid); + + // delete tool either by index or by position + virtual bool DeleteToolByPos(size_t pos); + virtual bool DeleteTool(int toolid); + + // delete all tools + virtual void ClearTools(); + + // must be called after all buttons have been created to finish toolbar + // initialisation + // + // derived class versions should call the base one first, before doing + // platform-specific stuff + virtual bool Realize(); + + // tools state + // ----------- + + virtual void EnableTool(int toolid, bool enable); + virtual void ToggleTool(int toolid, bool toggle); + + // Set this to be togglable (or not) + virtual void SetToggle(int toolid, bool toggle); + + // set/get tools client data (not for controls) + virtual wxObject *GetToolClientData(int toolid) const; + virtual void SetToolClientData(int toolid, wxObject *clientData); + + // returns tool pos, or wxNOT_FOUND if tool isn't found + virtual int GetToolPos(int id) const; + + // return true if the tool is toggled + virtual bool GetToolState(int toolid) const; + + virtual bool GetToolEnabled(int toolid) const; + + virtual void SetToolShortHelp(int toolid, const wxString& helpString); + virtual wxString GetToolShortHelp(int toolid) const; + virtual void SetToolLongHelp(int toolid, const wxString& helpString); + virtual wxString GetToolLongHelp(int toolid) const; + + virtual void SetToolNormalBitmap(int WXUNUSED(id), + const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap)) {} + virtual void SetToolDisabledBitmap(int WXUNUSED(id), + const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap)) {} + + + // margins/packing/separation + // -------------------------- + + virtual void SetMargins(int x, int y); + void SetMargins(const wxSize& size) + { SetMargins((int) size.x, (int) size.y); } + virtual void SetToolPacking(int packing) + { m_toolPacking = packing; } + virtual void SetToolSeparation(int separation) + { m_toolSeparation = separation; } + + virtual wxSize GetToolMargins() const { return wxSize(m_xMargin, m_yMargin); } + virtual int GetToolPacking() const { return m_toolPacking; } + virtual int GetToolSeparation() const { return m_toolSeparation; } + + // toolbar geometry + // ---------------- + + // set the number of toolbar rows + virtual void SetRows(int nRows); + + // the toolbar can wrap - limit the number of columns or rows it may take + void SetMaxRowsCols(int rows, int cols) + { m_maxRows = rows; m_maxCols = cols; } + int GetMaxRows() const { return m_maxRows; } + int GetMaxCols() const { return m_maxCols; } + + // get/set the size of the bitmaps used by the toolbar: should be called + // before adding any tools to the toolbar + virtual void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size) + { m_defaultWidth = size.x; m_defaultHeight = size.y; } + virtual wxSize GetToolBitmapSize() const + { return wxSize(m_defaultWidth, m_defaultHeight); } + + // the button size in some implementations is bigger than the bitmap size: + // get the total button size (by default the same as bitmap size) + virtual wxSize GetToolSize() const + { return GetToolBitmapSize(); } + + // returns a (non separator) tool containing the point (x, y) or NULL if + // there is no tool at this point (corrdinates are client) + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, + wxCoord y) const = 0; + + // find the tool by id + wxToolBarToolBase *FindById(int toolid) const; + + // return true if this is a vertical toolbar, otherwise false + bool IsVertical() const; + + // these methods allow to access tools by their index in the toolbar + size_t GetToolsCount() const { return m_tools.GetCount(); } + const wxToolBarToolBase *GetToolByPos(int pos) const { return m_tools[pos]; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // the old versions of the various methods kept for compatibility + // don't use in the new code! + // -------------------------------------------------------------- + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( + wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + bool toggle = false, + wxObject *clientData = NULL, + const wxString& shortHelpString = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& longHelpString = wxEmptyString) + , + return AddTool(toolid, wxEmptyString, + bitmap, bmpDisabled, + toggle ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL, + shortHelpString, longHelpString, clientData); + ) + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( + wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxString& shortHelpString = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& longHelpString = wxEmptyString) + , + return AddTool(toolid, wxEmptyString, + bitmap, wxNullBitmap, wxITEM_NORMAL, + shortHelpString, longHelpString, NULL); + ) + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( + wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + bool toggle, + wxCoord xPos, + wxCoord yPos = wxDefaultCoord, + wxObject *clientData = NULL, + const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString) + , + return DoAddTool(toolid, wxEmptyString, bitmap, bmpDisabled, + toggle ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL, + shortHelp, longHelp, clientData, xPos, yPos); + ) + wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( + wxToolBarToolBase *InsertTool(size_t pos, + int toolid, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap, + bool toggle = false, + wxObject *clientData = NULL, + const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString) + , + return InsertTool(pos, toolid, wxEmptyString, bitmap, bmpDisabled, + toggle ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL, + shortHelp, longHelp, clientData); + ) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + // event handlers + // -------------- + + // NB: these functions are deprecated, use EVT_TOOL_XXX() instead! + + // Only allow toggle if returns true. Call when left button up. + virtual bool OnLeftClick(int toolid, bool toggleDown); + + // Call when right button down. + virtual void OnRightClick(int toolid, long x, long y); + + // Called when the mouse cursor enters a tool bitmap. + // Argument is wxID_ANY if mouse is exiting the toolbar. + virtual void OnMouseEnter(int toolid); + + // more deprecated functions + // ------------------------- + + // use GetToolMargins() instead + wxSize GetMargins() const { return GetToolMargins(); } + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // Do the toolbar button updates (check for EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers) + virtual void UpdateWindowUI(long flags = wxUPDATE_UI_NONE) ; + + // don't want toolbars to accept the focus + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // Set dropdown menu + bool SetDropdownMenu(int toolid, wxMenu *menu); +#endif + +protected: + // to implement in derived classes + // ------------------------------- + + // create a new toolbar tool and add it to the toolbar, this is typically + // implemented by just calling InsertTool() + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *DoAddTool + ( + int toolid, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + wxItemKind kind, + const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString, + wxObject *clientData = NULL, + wxCoord xPos = wxDefaultCoord, + wxCoord yPos = wxDefaultCoord + ); + + // the tool is not yet inserted into m_tools list when this function is + // called and will only be added to it if this function succeeds + virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool) = 0; + + // the tool is still in m_tools list when this function is called, it will + // only be deleted from it if it succeeds + virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool) = 0; + + // called when the tools enabled flag changes + virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable) = 0; + + // called when the tool is toggled + virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle) = 0; + + // called when the tools "can be toggled" flag changes + virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle) = 0; + + // the functions to create toolbar tools + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int toolid, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bmpNormal, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + wxItemKind kind, + wxObject *clientData, + const wxString& shortHelp, + const wxString& longHelp) = 0; + + virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control, + const wxString& label) = 0; + + // this one is not virtual but just a simple helper/wrapper around + // CreateTool() for separators + wxToolBarToolBase *CreateSeparator() + { + return CreateTool(wxID_SEPARATOR, + wxEmptyString, + wxNullBitmap, wxNullBitmap, + wxITEM_SEPARATOR, NULL, + wxEmptyString, wxEmptyString); + } + + // helper functions + // ---------------- + + // call this from derived class ctor/Create() to ensure that we have either + // wxTB_HORIZONTAL or wxTB_VERTICAL style, there is a lot of existing code + // which randomly checks either one or the other of them and gets confused + // if neither is set (and making one of them 0 is not an option neither as + // then the existing tests would break down) + void FixupStyle(); + + // un-toggle all buttons in the same radio group + void UnToggleRadioGroup(wxToolBarToolBase *tool); + + // make the size of the buttons big enough to fit the largest bitmap size + void AdjustToolBitmapSize(); + + // calls InsertTool() and deletes the tool if inserting it failed + wxToolBarToolBase *DoInsertNewTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool) + { + if ( !InsertTool(pos, tool) ) + { + delete tool; + return NULL; + } + + return tool; + } + + // the list of all our tools + wxToolBarToolsList m_tools; + + // the offset of the first tool + int m_xMargin; + int m_yMargin; + + // the maximum number of toolbar rows/columns + int m_maxRows; + int m_maxCols; + + // the tool packing and separation + int m_toolPacking, + m_toolSeparation; + + // the size of the toolbar bitmaps + wxCoord m_defaultWidth, m_defaultHeight; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolBarBase); +}; + +// deprecated function for creating the image for disabled buttons, use +// wxImage::ConvertToGreyscale() instead +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +wxDEPRECATED( bool wxCreateGreyedImage(const wxImage& in, wxImage& out) ); + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#endif + // _WX_TBARBASE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textbuf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textbuf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0db6a65279 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textbuf.h @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/textbuf.h +// Purpose: class wxTextBuffer to work with text buffers of _small_ size +// (buffer is fully loaded in memory) and which understands CR/LF +// differences between platforms. +// Created: 14.11.01 +// Author: Morten Hanssen, Vadim Zeitlin +// Copyright: (c) 1998-2001 Morten Hanssen, Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TEXTBUFFER_H +#define _WX_TEXTBUFFER_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" +#include "wx/convauto.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the line termination type (kept wxTextFileType name for compability) +enum wxTextFileType +{ + wxTextFileType_None, // incomplete (the last line of the file only) + wxTextFileType_Unix, // line is terminated with 'LF' = 0xA = 10 = '\n' + wxTextFileType_Dos, // 'CR' 'LF' + wxTextFileType_Mac, // 'CR' = 0xD = 13 = '\r' + wxTextFileType_Os2 // 'CR' 'LF' +}; + +#include "wx/string.h" + +#if wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextBuffer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(wxTextFileType, + wxArrayLinesType, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextBuffer +{ +public: + // constants and static functions + // default type for current platform (determined at compile time) + static const wxTextFileType typeDefault; + + // this function returns a string which is identical to "text" passed in + // except that the line terminator characters are changed to correspond the + // given type. Called with the default argument, the function translates + // the string to the native format (Unix for Unix, DOS for Windows, ...). + static wxString Translate(const wxString& text, + wxTextFileType type = typeDefault); + + // get the buffer termination string + static const wxChar *GetEOL(wxTextFileType type = typeDefault); + + // the static methods of this class are compiled in even when + // !wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER because they are used by the library itself, but the + // rest can be left out +#if wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER + + // buffer operations + // ----------------- + + // buffer exists? + bool Exists() const; + + // create the buffer if it doesn't already exist + bool Create(); + + // same as Create() but with (another) buffer name + bool Create(const wxString& strBufferName); + + // Open() also loads buffer in memory on success + bool Open(const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); + + // same as Open() but with (another) buffer name + bool Open(const wxString& strBufferName, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); + + // closes the buffer and frees memory, losing all changes + bool Close(); + + // is buffer currently opened? + bool IsOpened() const { return m_isOpened; } + + // accessors + // --------- + + // get the number of lines in the buffer + size_t GetLineCount() const { return m_aLines.size(); } + + // the returned line may be modified (but don't add CR/LF at the end!) + wxString& GetLine(size_t n) { return m_aLines[n]; } + const wxString& GetLine(size_t n) const { return m_aLines[n]; } + wxString& operator[](size_t n) { return m_aLines[n]; } + const wxString& operator[](size_t n) const { return m_aLines[n]; } + + // the current line has meaning only when you're using + // GetFirstLine()/GetNextLine() functions, it doesn't get updated when + // you're using "direct access" i.e. GetLine() + size_t GetCurrentLine() const { return m_nCurLine; } + void GoToLine(size_t n) { m_nCurLine = n; } + bool Eof() const { return m_nCurLine == m_aLines.size(); } + + // these methods allow more "iterator-like" traversal of the list of + // lines, i.e. you may write something like: + // for ( str = GetFirstLine(); !Eof(); str = GetNextLine() ) { ... } + + // NB: const is commented out because not all compilers understand + // 'mutable' keyword yet (m_nCurLine should be mutable) + wxString& GetFirstLine() /* const */ + { return m_aLines.empty() ? ms_eof : m_aLines[m_nCurLine = 0]; } + wxString& GetNextLine() /* const */ + { return ++m_nCurLine == m_aLines.size() ? ms_eof + : m_aLines[m_nCurLine]; } + wxString& GetPrevLine() /* const */ + { wxASSERT(m_nCurLine > 0); return m_aLines[--m_nCurLine]; } + wxString& GetLastLine() /* const */ + { m_nCurLine = m_aLines.size() - 1; return m_aLines.Last(); } + + // get the type of the line (see also GetEOL) + wxTextFileType GetLineType(size_t n) const { return m_aTypes[n]; } + + // guess the type of buffer + wxTextFileType GuessType() const; + + // get the name of the buffer + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_strBufferName; } + + // add/remove lines + // ---------------- + + // add a line to the end + void AddLine(const wxString& str, wxTextFileType type = typeDefault) + { m_aLines.push_back(str); m_aTypes.push_back(type); } + // insert a line before the line number n + void InsertLine(const wxString& str, + size_t n, + wxTextFileType type = typeDefault) + { + m_aLines.insert(m_aLines.begin() + n, str); + m_aTypes.insert(m_aTypes.begin()+n, type); + } + + // delete one line + void RemoveLine(size_t n) + { + m_aLines.erase(m_aLines.begin() + n); + m_aTypes.erase(m_aTypes.begin() + n); + } + + // remove all lines + void Clear() { m_aLines.clear(); m_aTypes.clear(); m_nCurLine = 0; } + + // change the buffer (default argument means "don't change type") + // possibly in another format + bool Write(wxTextFileType typeNew = wxTextFileType_None, + const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); + + // dtor + virtual ~wxTextBuffer(); + +protected: + // ctors + // ----- + + // default ctor, use Open(string) + wxTextBuffer() { m_nCurLine = 0; m_isOpened = false; } + + // ctor from filename + wxTextBuffer(const wxString& strBufferName); + + enum wxTextBufferOpenMode { ReadAccess, WriteAccess }; + + // Must implement these in derived classes. + virtual bool OnExists() const = 0; + virtual bool OnOpen(const wxString &strBufferName, + wxTextBufferOpenMode openmode) = 0; + virtual bool OnClose() = 0; + virtual bool OnRead(const wxMBConv& conv) = 0; + virtual bool OnWrite(wxTextFileType typeNew, const wxMBConv& conv) = 0; + + static wxString ms_eof; // dummy string returned at EOF + wxString m_strBufferName; // name of the buffer + +private: + wxArrayLinesType m_aTypes; // type of each line + wxArrayString m_aLines; // lines of file + + size_t m_nCurLine; // number of current line in the buffer + + bool m_isOpened; // was the buffer successfully opened the last time? +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER + + // copy ctor/assignment operator not implemented + wxTextBuffer(const wxTextBuffer&); + wxTextBuffer& operator=(const wxTextBuffer&); +}; + +#endif // _WX_TEXTBUFFER_H + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textctrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..57fa252843 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,877 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/textctrl.h +// Purpose: wxTextAttr and wxTextCtrlBase class - the interface of wxTextCtrl +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 13.07.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textctrl.h 65756 2010-10-04 08:37:31Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + +#include "wx/control.h" // the base class +#include "wx/textentry.h" // single-line text entry interface +#include "wx/dynarray.h" // wxArrayInt +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // wxPoint + +// some compilers don't have standard compliant rdbuf() (and MSVC has it only +// in its new iostream library, not in the old one used with iostream.h) +#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || \ + defined(__MWERKS__) || \ + ((defined(__VISUALC5__) || defined(__VISUALC6__)) && wxUSE_IOSTREAMH) + #define wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM 0 +#elif wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + #include "wx/ioswrap.h" + #define wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM 1 +#else + #define wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM 0 +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrlBase; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextCtrl types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxTextCoord is the line or row number (which should have been unsigned but +// is long for backwards compatibility) +typedef long wxTextCoord; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxTextCtrlNameStr[]; + +// this is intentionally not enum to avoid warning fixes with +// typecasting from enum type to wxTextCoord +const wxTextCoord wxOutOfRangeTextCoord = -1; +const wxTextCoord wxInvalidTextCoord = -2; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextCtrl style flags +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxTE_NO_VSCROLL 0x0002 + +#define wxTE_READONLY 0x0010 +#define wxTE_MULTILINE 0x0020 +#define wxTE_PROCESS_TAB 0x0040 + +// alignment flags +#define wxTE_LEFT 0x0000 // 0x0000 +#define wxTE_CENTER wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL // 0x0100 +#define wxTE_RIGHT wxALIGN_RIGHT // 0x0200 +#define wxTE_CENTRE wxTE_CENTER + +// this style means to use RICHEDIT control and does something only under wxMSW +// and Win32 and is silently ignored under all other platforms +#define wxTE_RICH 0x0080 + +#define wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER 0x0400 +#define wxTE_PASSWORD 0x0800 + +// automatically detect the URLs and generate the events when mouse is +// moved/clicked over an URL +// +// this is for Win32 richedit and wxGTK2 multiline controls only so far +#define wxTE_AUTO_URL 0x1000 + +// by default, the Windows text control doesn't show the selection when it +// doesn't have focus - use this style to force it to always show it +#define wxTE_NOHIDESEL 0x2000 + +// use wxHSCROLL to not wrap text at all, wxTE_CHARWRAP to wrap it at any +// position and wxTE_WORDWRAP to wrap at words boundary +// +// if no wrapping style is given at all, the control wraps at word boundary +#define wxTE_DONTWRAP wxHSCROLL +#define wxTE_CHARWRAP 0x4000 // wrap at any position +#define wxTE_WORDWRAP 0x0001 // wrap only at words boundaries +#define wxTE_BESTWRAP 0x0000 // this is the default + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // obsolete synonym + #define wxTE_LINEWRAP wxTE_CHARWRAP +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // this style is (or at least should be) on by default now, don't use it + #define wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL 0 +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// force using RichEdit version 2.0 or 3.0 instead of 1.0 (default) for +// wxTE_RICH controls - can be used together with or instead of wxTE_RICH +#define wxTE_RICH2 0x8000 + +// reuse wxTE_RICH2's value for CAPEDIT control on Windows CE +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) +#define wxTE_CAPITALIZE wxTE_RICH2 +#else +#define wxTE_CAPITALIZE 0 +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextCtrl file types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxTEXT_TYPE_ANY 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextCtrl::HitTest return values +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the point asked is ... +enum wxTextCtrlHitTestResult +{ + wxTE_HT_UNKNOWN = -2, // this means HitTest() is simply not implemented + wxTE_HT_BEFORE, // either to the left or upper + wxTE_HT_ON_TEXT, // directly on + wxTE_HT_BELOW, // below [the last line] + wxTE_HT_BEYOND // after [the end of line] +}; +// ... the character returned + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Types for wxTextAttr +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Alignment + +enum wxTextAttrAlignment +{ + wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT, + wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_LEFT, + wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE, + wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTER = wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE, + wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT, + wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_JUSTIFIED +}; + +// Flags to indicate which attributes are being applied +enum wxTextAttrFlags +{ + wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR = 0x00000001, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR = 0x00000002, + + wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE = 0x00000004, + wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE = 0x00000008, + wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT = 0x00000010, + wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC = 0x00000020, + wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE = 0x00000040, + wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ENCODING = 0x02000000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY = 0x04000000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT = \ + ( wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT | \ + wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ENCODING | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY ), + + wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT = 0x00000080, + wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT = 0x00000100, + wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT = 0x00000200, + wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS = 0x00000400, + wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER = 0x00000800, + wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE = 0x00001000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING = 0x00002000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME = 0x00004000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME = 0x00008000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME = 0x00010000, + + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE = 0x00020000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER = 0x00040000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT = 0x00080000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME = 0x00100000, + + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET = \ + ( wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE | wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER | wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT | \ + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME ), + + + wxTEXT_ATTR_URL = 0x00200000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK = 0x00400000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS = 0x00800000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL = 0x01000000, + + /*! + * Character and paragraph combined styles + */ + + wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER = \ + (wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT|wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS| \ + wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR|wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR|wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME|wxTEXT_ATTR_URL), + + wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH = \ + (wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT|wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT|wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS|\ + wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE|wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER|wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING|\ + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET|wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME|wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME|wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL|wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK), + + wxTEXT_ATTR_ALL = (wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER|wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH) +}; + +/*! + * Styles for wxTextAttr::SetBulletStyle + */ +enum wxTextAttrBulletStyle +{ + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE = 0x00000000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC = 0x00000001, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_UPPER = 0x00000002, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_LOWER = 0x00000004, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_UPPER = 0x00000008, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_LOWER = 0x00000010, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL = 0x00000020, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_BITMAP = 0x00000040, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PARENTHESES = 0x00000080, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD = 0x00000100, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD = 0x00000200, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS = 0x00000400, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE = 0x00000800, + + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_LEFT = 0x00000000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_RIGHT = 0x00001000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_CENTRE = 0x00002000 +}; + +/*! + * Styles for wxTextAttr::SetTextEffects + */ +enum wxTextAttrEffects +{ + wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_NONE = 0x00000000, + wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_CAPITALS = 0x00000001, + wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SMALL_CAPITALS = 0x00000002, + wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_STRIKETHROUGH = 0x00000004, + wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_DOUBLE_STRIKETHROUGH = 0x00000008, + wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SHADOW = 0x00000010, + wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_EMBOSS = 0x00000020, + wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_OUTLINE = 0x00000040, + wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_ENGRAVE = 0x00000080, + wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUPERSCRIPT = 0x00000100, + wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUBSCRIPT = 0x00000200 +}; + +/*! + * Line spacing values + */ +enum wxTextAttrLineSpacing +{ + wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING_NORMAL = 10, + wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING_HALF = 15, + wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING_TWICE = 20 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextAttr: a structure containing the visual attributes of a text +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextAttr +{ +public: + // ctors + wxTextAttr() { Init(); } + wxTextAttr(const wxTextAttr& attr) { Init(); Copy(attr); } + wxTextAttr(const wxColour& colText, + const wxColour& colBack = wxNullColour, + const wxFont& font = wxNullFont, + wxTextAttrAlignment alignment = wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT); + + // Initialise this object. + void Init(); + + // Copy + void Copy(const wxTextAttr& attr); + + // Assignment + void operator= (const wxTextAttr& attr); + + // Equality test + bool operator== (const wxTextAttr& attr) const; + + // Partial equality test + bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttr& attr) const; + + // Get attributes from font. + bool GetFontAttributes(const wxFont& font, int flags = wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT); + + // setters + void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR; } + void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR; } + void SetAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment) { m_textAlignment = alignment; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT; } + void SetTabs(const wxArrayInt& tabs) { m_tabs = tabs; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS; } + void SetLeftIndent(int indent, int subIndent = 0) { m_leftIndent = indent; m_leftSubIndent = subIndent; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT; } + void SetRightIndent(int indent) { m_rightIndent = indent; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT; } + + void SetFontSize(int pointSize) { m_fontSize = pointSize; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE; } + void SetFontStyle(wxFontStyle fontStyle) { m_fontStyle = fontStyle; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC; } + void SetFontWeight(wxFontWeight fontWeight) { m_fontWeight = fontWeight; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT; } + void SetFontFaceName(const wxString& faceName) { m_fontFaceName = faceName; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE; } + void SetFontUnderlined(bool underlined) { m_fontUnderlined = underlined; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE; } + void SetFontEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) { m_fontEncoding = encoding; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ENCODING; } + void SetFontFamily(wxFontFamily family) { m_fontFamily = family; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY; } + + // Set font + void SetFont(const wxFont& font, int flags = wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT) { GetFontAttributes(font, flags); } + + void SetFlags(long flags) { m_flags = flags; } + + void SetCharacterStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_characterStyleName = name; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME; } + void SetParagraphStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_paragraphStyleName = name; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME; } + void SetListStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_listStyleName = name; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME); } + void SetParagraphSpacingAfter(int spacing) { m_paragraphSpacingAfter = spacing; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER; } + void SetParagraphSpacingBefore(int spacing) { m_paragraphSpacingBefore = spacing; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE; } + void SetLineSpacing(int spacing) { m_lineSpacing = spacing; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING; } + void SetBulletStyle(int style) { m_bulletStyle = style; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE; } + void SetBulletNumber(int n) { m_bulletNumber = n; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER; } + void SetBulletText(const wxString& text) { m_bulletText = text; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT; } + void SetBulletFont(const wxString& bulletFont) { m_bulletFont = bulletFont; } + void SetBulletName(const wxString& name) { m_bulletName = name; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME; } + void SetURL(const wxString& url) { m_urlTarget = url; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_URL; } + void SetPageBreak(bool pageBreak = true) { SetFlags(pageBreak ? (GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK) : (GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK)); } + void SetTextEffects(int effects) { m_textEffects = effects; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS); } + void SetTextEffectFlags(int effects) { m_textEffectFlags = effects; } + void SetOutlineLevel(int level) { m_outlineLevel = level; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL); } + + const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; } + const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; } + wxTextAttrAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_textAlignment; } + const wxArrayInt& GetTabs() const { return m_tabs; } + long GetLeftIndent() const { return m_leftIndent; } + long GetLeftSubIndent() const { return m_leftSubIndent; } + long GetRightIndent() const { return m_rightIndent; } + long GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } + + int GetFontSize() const { return m_fontSize; } + wxFontStyle GetFontStyle() const { return m_fontStyle; } + wxFontWeight GetFontWeight() const { return m_fontWeight; } + bool GetFontUnderlined() const { return m_fontUnderlined; } + const wxString& GetFontFaceName() const { return m_fontFaceName; } + wxFontEncoding GetFontEncoding() const { return m_fontEncoding; } + wxFontFamily GetFontFamily() const { return m_fontFamily; } + + wxFont GetFont() const; + + const wxString& GetCharacterStyleName() const { return m_characterStyleName; } + const wxString& GetParagraphStyleName() const { return m_paragraphStyleName; } + const wxString& GetListStyleName() const { return m_listStyleName; } + int GetParagraphSpacingAfter() const { return m_paragraphSpacingAfter; } + int GetParagraphSpacingBefore() const { return m_paragraphSpacingBefore; } + + int GetLineSpacing() const { return m_lineSpacing; } + int GetBulletStyle() const { return m_bulletStyle; } + int GetBulletNumber() const { return m_bulletNumber; } + const wxString& GetBulletText() const { return m_bulletText; } + const wxString& GetBulletFont() const { return m_bulletFont; } + const wxString& GetBulletName() const { return m_bulletName; } + const wxString& GetURL() const { return m_urlTarget; } + int GetTextEffects() const { return m_textEffects; } + int GetTextEffectFlags() const { return m_textEffectFlags; } + int GetOutlineLevel() const { return m_outlineLevel; } + + // accessors + bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.Ok() && HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR) ; } + bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.Ok() && HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR) ; } + bool HasAlignment() const { return (m_textAlignment != wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT) && HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT) ; } + bool HasTabs() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS) ; } + bool HasLeftIndent() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT); } + bool HasRightIndent() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT); } + bool HasFontWeight() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT); } + bool HasFontSize() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE); } + bool HasFontItalic() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC); } + bool HasFontUnderlined() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE); } + bool HasFontFaceName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE); } + bool HasFontEncoding() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ENCODING); } + bool HasFontFamily() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY); } + bool HasFont() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT); } + + bool HasParagraphSpacingAfter() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER); } + bool HasParagraphSpacingBefore() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE); } + bool HasLineSpacing() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING); } + bool HasCharacterStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME) && !m_characterStyleName.IsEmpty(); } + bool HasParagraphStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME) && !m_paragraphStyleName.IsEmpty(); } + bool HasListStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME) || !m_listStyleName.IsEmpty(); } + bool HasBulletStyle() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE); } + bool HasBulletNumber() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER); } + bool HasBulletText() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT); } + bool HasBulletName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME); } + bool HasURL() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL); } + bool HasPageBreak() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK); } + bool HasTextEffects() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS); } + bool HasTextEffect(int effect) const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS) && ((GetTextEffectFlags() & effect) != 0); } + bool HasOutlineLevel() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL); } + + bool HasFlag(long flag) const { return (m_flags & flag) != 0; } + void RemoveFlag(long flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; } + void AddFlag(long flag) { m_flags |= flag; } + + // Is this a character style? + bool IsCharacterStyle() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER); } + bool IsParagraphStyle() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH); } + + // returns false if we have any attributes set, true otherwise + bool IsDefault() const + { + return GetFlags() == 0; + } + + // Merges the given attributes. If compareWith + // is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style + // and compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes. + bool Apply(const wxTextAttr& style, const wxTextAttr* compareWith = NULL); + + // merges the attributes of the base and the overlay objects and returns + // the result; the parameter attributes take precedence + // + // WARNING: the order of arguments is the opposite of Combine() + static wxTextAttr Merge(const wxTextAttr& base, const wxTextAttr& overlay) + { + return Combine(overlay, base, NULL); + } + + // merges the attributes of this object and overlay + void Merge(const wxTextAttr& overlay) + { + *this = Merge(*this, overlay); + } + + // return the attribute having the valid font and colours: it uses the + // attributes set in attr and falls back first to attrDefault and then to + // the text control font/colours for those attributes which are not set + static wxTextAttr Combine(const wxTextAttr& attr, + const wxTextAttr& attrDef, + const wxTextCtrlBase *text); + + // Compare tabs + static bool TabsEq(const wxArrayInt& tabs1, const wxArrayInt& tabs2); + + // Remove attributes + static bool RemoveStyle(wxTextAttr& destStyle, const wxTextAttr& style); + + // Combine two bitlists, specifying the bits of interest with separate flags. + static bool CombineBitlists(int& valueA, int valueB, int& flagsA, int flagsB); + + // Compare two bitlists + static bool BitlistsEqPartial(int valueA, int valueB, int flags); + + // Split into paragraph and character styles + static bool SplitParaCharStyles(const wxTextAttr& style, wxTextAttr& parStyle, wxTextAttr& charStyle); + +private: + long m_flags; + + // Paragraph styles + wxArrayInt m_tabs; // array of int: tab stops in 1/10 mm + int m_leftIndent; // left indent in 1/10 mm + int m_leftSubIndent; // left indent for all but the first + // line in a paragraph relative to the + // first line, in 1/10 mm + int m_rightIndent; // right indent in 1/10 mm + wxTextAttrAlignment m_textAlignment; + + int m_paragraphSpacingAfter; + int m_paragraphSpacingBefore; + int m_lineSpacing; + int m_bulletStyle; + int m_bulletNumber; + int m_textEffects; + int m_textEffectFlags; + int m_outlineLevel; + wxString m_bulletText; + wxString m_bulletFont; + wxString m_bulletName; + wxString m_urlTarget; + wxFontEncoding m_fontEncoding; + + // Character styles + wxColour m_colText, + m_colBack; + int m_fontSize; + wxFontStyle m_fontStyle; + wxFontWeight m_fontWeight; + wxFontFamily m_fontFamily; + bool m_fontUnderlined; + wxString m_fontFaceName; + + // Character style + wxString m_characterStyleName; + + // Paragraph style + wxString m_paragraphStyleName; + + // List style + wxString m_listStyleName; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextAreaBase: multiline text control specific methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextAreaBase +{ +public: + wxTextAreaBase() { } + virtual ~wxTextAreaBase() { } + + // lines access + // ------------ + + virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const = 0; + virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const = 0; + virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const = 0; + + + // file IO + // ------- + + bool LoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType = wxTEXT_TYPE_ANY) + { return DoLoadFile(file, fileType); } + bool SaveFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString, + int fileType = wxTEXT_TYPE_ANY); + + // dirty flag handling + // ------------------- + + virtual bool IsModified() const = 0; + virtual void MarkDirty() = 0; + virtual void DiscardEdits() = 0; + void SetModified(bool modified) + { + if ( modified ) + MarkDirty(); + else + DiscardEdits(); + } + + + // styles handling + // --------------- + + // text control under some platforms supports the text styles: these + // methods allow to apply the given text style to the given selection or to + // set/get the style which will be used for all appended text + virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style) = 0; + virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style) = 0; + virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style) = 0; + virtual const wxTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const { return m_defaultStyle; } + + + // coordinates translation + // ----------------------- + + // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl + // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates + // which represent column and line. + virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const = 0; + virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const = 0; + + virtual void ShowPosition(long pos) = 0; + + // find the character at position given in pixels + // + // NB: pt is in device coords (not adjusted for the client area origin nor + // scrolling) + virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const; + virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, + wxTextCoord *col, + wxTextCoord *row) const; + virtual wxString GetValue() const = 0; + virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) = 0; + +protected: + // implementation of loading/saving + virtual bool DoLoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType); + virtual bool DoSaveFile(const wxString& file, int fileType); + + + // the name of the last file loaded with LoadFile() which will be used by + // SaveFile() by default + wxString m_filename; + + // the text style which will be used for any new text added to the control + wxTextAttr m_defaultStyle; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextAreaBase); +}; + +// this class defines wxTextCtrl interface, wxTextCtrlBase actually implements +// too much things because it derives from wxTextEntry and not wxTextEntryBase +// and so any classes which "look like" wxTextCtrl (such as wxRichTextCtrl) +// but don't need the (native) implementation bits from wxTextEntry should +// actually derive from this one and not wxTextCtrlBase +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextCtrlIface : public wxTextAreaBase, + public wxTextEntryBase +{ +public: + wxTextCtrlIface() { } + + // wxTextAreaBase overrides + virtual wxString GetValue() const + { + return wxTextEntryBase::GetValue(); + } + virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) + { + wxTextEntryBase::SetValue(value); + } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextCtrlIface); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextCtrl: a single or multiple line text zone where user can edit text +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextCtrlBase : public wxControl, +#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM + public wxSTD streambuf, +#endif + public wxTextAreaBase, + public wxTextEntry +{ +public: + // creation + // -------- + + wxTextCtrlBase() { } + virtual ~wxTextCtrlBase() { } + + + // more readable flag testing methods + bool IsSingleLine() const { return !HasFlag(wxTE_MULTILINE); } + bool IsMultiLine() const { return !IsSingleLine(); } + + // stream-like insertion operators: these are always available, whether we + // were, or not, compiled with streambuf support + wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxString& s); + wxTextCtrl& operator<<(int i); + wxTextCtrl& operator<<(long i); + wxTextCtrl& operator<<(float f) { return *this << double(f); } + wxTextCtrl& operator<<(double d); + wxTextCtrl& operator<<(char c) { return *this << wxString(c); } + wxTextCtrl& operator<<(wchar_t c) { return *this << wxString(c); } + + // insert the character which would have resulted from this key event, + // return true if anything has been inserted + virtual bool EmulateKeyPress(const wxKeyEvent& event); + + + // do the window-specific processing after processing the update event + virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + + virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; } + + // work around the problem with having HitTest() both in wxControl and + // wxTextAreaBase base classes + virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const + { + return wxTextAreaBase::HitTest(pt, pos); + } + + virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, + wxTextCoord *col, + wxTextCoord *row) const + { + return wxTextAreaBase::HitTest(pt, col, row); + } + + // we provide stubs for these functions as not all platforms have styles + // support, but we really should leave them pure virtual here + virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style); + virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style); + virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style); + + // wxTextAreaBase overrides + virtual wxString GetValue() const + { + return wxTextEntry::GetValue(); + } + virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) + { + wxTextEntry::SetValue(value); + } + + // wxWindow overrides + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) + { + return GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(variant); + } + +protected: + // override streambuf method +#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM + int overflow(int i); +#endif // wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM + + virtual bool DoLoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType); + virtual bool DoSaveFile(const wxString& file, int fileType); + + // implement the wxTextEntry pure virtual method + virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() { return this; } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextCtrlBase); + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxTextCtrlBase) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the platform-dependent class definition +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/textctrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/textctrl.h" +#elif defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__) + #include "wx/msw/wince/textctrlce.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/textctrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/textctrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/textctrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/textctrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/textctrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/textctrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/textctrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/textctrl.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextCtrl events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextUrlEvent; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER, wxCommandEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_URL, wxTextUrlEvent); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_MAXLEN, wxCommandEvent); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextUrlEvent : public wxCommandEvent +{ +public: + wxTextUrlEvent(int winid, const wxMouseEvent& evtMouse, + long start, long end) + : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_URL, winid), + m_evtMouse(evtMouse), m_start(start), m_end(end) + { } + wxTextUrlEvent(const wxTextUrlEvent& event) + : wxCommandEvent(event), + m_evtMouse(event.m_evtMouse), + m_start(event.m_start), + m_end(event.m_end) { } + + // get the mouse event which happend over the URL + const wxMouseEvent& GetMouseEvent() const { return m_evtMouse; } + + // get the start of the URL + long GetURLStart() const { return m_start; } + + // get the end of the URL + long GetURLEnd() const { return m_end; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxTextUrlEvent(*this); } + +protected: + // the corresponding mouse event + wxMouseEvent m_evtMouse; + + // the start and end indices of the URL in the text control + long m_start, + m_end; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxTextUrlEvent) + +public: + // for wxWin RTTI only, don't use + wxTextUrlEvent() : m_evtMouse(), m_start(0), m_end(0) { } +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTextUrlEventFunction)(wxTextUrlEvent&); + +#define wxTextEventHandler(func) wxCommandEventHandler(func) +#define wxTextUrlEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxTextUrlEventFunction, func) + +#define wx__DECLARE_TEXTEVT(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ ## evt, id, wxTextEventHandler(fn)) + +#define wx__DECLARE_TEXTURLEVT(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ ## evt, id, wxTextUrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_TEXT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TEXTEVT(UPDATED, id, fn) +#define EVT_TEXT_ENTER(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TEXTEVT(ENTER, id, fn) +#define EVT_TEXT_URL(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TEXTURLEVT(URL, id, fn) +#define EVT_TEXT_MAXLEN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TEXTEVT(MAXLEN, id, fn) + +#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStreamToTextRedirector: this class redirects all data sent to the given +// C++ stream to the wxTextCtrl given to its ctor during its lifetime. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStreamToTextRedirector +{ +private: + void Init(wxTextCtrl *text) + { + m_sbufOld = m_ostr.rdbuf(); + m_ostr.rdbuf(text); + } + +public: + wxStreamToTextRedirector(wxTextCtrl *text) + : m_ostr(wxSTD cout) + { + Init(text); + } + + wxStreamToTextRedirector(wxTextCtrl *text, wxSTD ostream *ostr) + : m_ostr(*ostr) + { + Init(text); + } + + ~wxStreamToTextRedirector() + { + m_ostr.rdbuf(m_sbufOld); + } + +private: + // the stream we're redirecting + wxSTD ostream& m_ostr; + + // the old streambuf (before we changed it) + wxSTD streambuf *m_sbufOld; +}; + +#endif // wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM + +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + +#endif + // _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e4bc1178a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/textdlg.h +// Purpose: wxTextEntryDialog class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textdlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TEXTDLG_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_TEXTDLG_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/generic/textdlgg.h" + +#endif // _WX_TEXTDLG_H_BASE_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textentry.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textentry.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a2bfc97e67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textentry.h @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/textentry.h +// Purpose: declares wxTextEntry interface defining a simple text entry +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-09-24 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textentry.h 65552 2010-09-15 22:10:20Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TEXTENTRY_H_ +#define _WX_TEXTENTRY_H_ + +// wxTextPos is the position in the text (currently it's hardly used anywhere +// and should probably be replaced with int anyhow) +typedef long wxTextPos; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextEntryHintData; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxPoint + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextEntryBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextEntryBase +{ +public: + wxTextEntryBase() { m_eventsBlock = 0; m_hintData = NULL; } + virtual ~wxTextEntryBase(); + + + // accessing the value + // ------------------- + + // SetValue() generates a text change event, ChangeValue() doesn't + virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) + { DoSetValue(value, SetValue_SendEvent); } + virtual void ChangeValue(const wxString& value); + + // writing text inserts it at the current position replacing any current + // selection, appending always inserts it at the end and doesn't remove any + // existing text (but it will reset the selection if there is any) + virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text) = 0; + virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text); + + virtual wxString GetValue() const; + virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const; + bool IsEmpty() const { return GetLastPosition() <= 0; } + + + // editing operations + // ------------------ + + virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value); + virtual void Remove(long from, long to) = 0; + virtual void Clear() { SetValue(wxString()); } + void RemoveSelection(); + + + // clipboard operations + // -------------------- + + virtual void Copy() = 0; + virtual void Cut() = 0; + virtual void Paste() = 0; + + virtual bool CanCopy() const; + virtual bool CanCut() const; + virtual bool CanPaste() const; + + // undo/redo + // --------- + + virtual void Undo() = 0; + virtual void Redo() = 0; + + virtual bool CanUndo() const = 0; + virtual bool CanRedo() const = 0; + + + // insertion point + // --------------- + + // note that moving insertion point removes any current selection + virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos) = 0; + virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd() { SetInsertionPoint(-1); } + virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const = 0; + virtual long GetLastPosition() const = 0; + + + // selection + // --------- + + virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) = 0; + virtual void SelectAll() { SetSelection(-1, -1); } + virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const = 0; + bool HasSelection() const; + virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const; + + + // auto-completion + // --------------- + + // these functions allow to auto-complete the text already entered into the + // control using either the given fixed list of strings, the paths from the + // file system or, in the future, an arbitrary user-defined completer + // + // they all return true if completion was enabled or false on error (most + // commonly meaning that this functionality is not available under the + // current platform) + + virtual bool AutoComplete(const wxArrayString& WXUNUSED(choices)) + { + return false; + } + + virtual bool AutoCompleteFileNames() { return false; } + + + // status + // ------ + + virtual bool IsEditable() const = 0; + virtual void SetEditable(bool editable) = 0; + + + // set the max number of characters which may be entered in a single line + // text control + virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long WXUNUSED(len)) { } + + + // hints + // ----- + + // hint is the (usually greyed out) text shown in the control as long as + // it's empty and doesn't have focus, it is typically used in controls used + // for searching to let the user know what is supposed to be entered there + + virtual bool SetHint(const wxString& hint); + virtual wxString GetHint() const; + + + // margins + // ------- + + // margins are the empty space between borders of control and the text + // itself. When setting margin, use value -1 to indicate that specific + // margin should not be changed. + + bool SetMargins(const wxPoint& pt) + { return DoSetMargins(pt); } + bool SetMargins(wxCoord left, wxCoord top = -1) + { return DoSetMargins(wxPoint(left, top)); } + wxPoint GetMargins() const + { return DoGetMargins(); } + + + // implementation only + // ------------------- + + // generate the wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event for GetEditableWindow(), + // like SetValue() does and return true if the event was processed + // + // NB: this is public for wxRichTextCtrl use only right now, do not call it + static bool SendTextUpdatedEvent(wxWindow *win); + + // generate the wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event for this window + bool SendTextUpdatedEvent() + { + return SendTextUpdatedEvent(GetEditableWindow()); + } + + + // generate the wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event for this window if the + // events are not currently disabled + void SendTextUpdatedEventIfAllowed() + { + if ( EventsAllowed() ) + SendTextUpdatedEvent(); + } + + // this function is provided solely for the purpose of forwarding text + // change notifications state from one control to another, e.g. it can be + // used by a wxComboBox which derives from wxTextEntry if it delegates all + // of its methods to another wxTextCtrl + void ForwardEnableTextChangedEvents(bool enable) + { + // it's important to call the functions which update m_eventsBlock here + // and not just our own EnableTextChangedEvents() because our state + // (i.e. the result of EventsAllowed()) must change as well + if ( enable ) + ResumeTextChangedEvents(); + else + SuppressTextChangedEvents(); + } + +protected: + // flags for DoSetValue(): common part of SetValue() and ChangeValue() and + // also used to implement WriteText() in wxMSW + enum + { + SetValue_NoEvent = 0, + SetValue_SendEvent = 1, + SetValue_SelectionOnly = 2 + }; + + virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags); + virtual wxString DoGetValue() const = 0; + + // override this to return the associated window, it will be used for event + // generation and also by generic hints implementation + virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() = 0; + + // margins functions + virtual bool DoSetMargins(const wxPoint& pt); + virtual wxPoint DoGetMargins() const; + + + // class which should be used to temporarily disable text change events + // + // if suppress argument in ctor is false, nothing is done + class EventsSuppressor + { + public: + EventsSuppressor(wxTextEntryBase *text, bool suppress = true) + : m_text(text), + m_suppress(suppress) + { + if ( m_suppress ) + m_text->SuppressTextChangedEvents(); + } + + ~EventsSuppressor() + { + if ( m_suppress ) + m_text->ResumeTextChangedEvents(); + } + + private: + wxTextEntryBase *m_text; + bool m_suppress; + }; + + friend class EventsSuppressor; + +private: + // suppress or resume the text changed events generation: don't use these + // functions directly, use EventsSuppressor class above instead + void SuppressTextChangedEvents() + { + if ( !m_eventsBlock++ ) + EnableTextChangedEvents(false); + } + + void ResumeTextChangedEvents() + { + if ( !--m_eventsBlock ) + EnableTextChangedEvents(true); + } + + + // this must be overridden in the derived classes if our implementation of + // SetValue() or Replace() is used to disable (and enable back) generation + // of the text changed events + // + // initially the generation of the events is enabled + virtual void EnableTextChangedEvents(bool WXUNUSED(enable)) { } + + // return true if the events are currently not suppressed + bool EventsAllowed() const { return m_eventsBlock == 0; } + + + // if this counter is non-null, events are blocked + unsigned m_eventsBlock; + + // hint-related stuff, only allocated if/when SetHint() is used + wxTextEntryHintData *m_hintData; + + // It needs to call our Do{Get,Set}Value() to work with the real control + // contents. + friend class wxTextEntryHintData; +}; + +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + // TODO: we need to use wxTextEntryDelegate here, but for now just prevent + // the GTK/MSW classes from being used in wxUniv build + class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextEntry : public wxTextEntryBase + { + }; +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/textentry.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/textentry.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/textentry.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/textentry.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/textentry.h" +#else + // no platform-specific implementation of wxTextEntry yet + class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextEntry : public wxTextEntryBase + { + }; +#endif + +#endif // _WX_TEXTENTRY_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textfile.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textfile.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..394aa5bf87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textfile.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/textfile.h +// Purpose: class wxTextFile to work with text files of _small_ size +// (file is fully loaded in memory) and which understands CR/LF +// differences between platforms. +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 03.04.98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textfile.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TEXTFILE_H +#define _WX_TEXTFILE_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#include "wx/textbuf.h" + +#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE + +#include "wx/file.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextFile +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextFile : public wxTextBuffer +{ +public: + // constructors + wxTextFile() { } + wxTextFile(const wxString& strFileName); + +protected: + // implement the base class pure virtuals + virtual bool OnExists() const; + virtual bool OnOpen(const wxString &strBufferName, + wxTextBufferOpenMode OpenMode); + virtual bool OnClose(); + virtual bool OnRead(const wxMBConv& conv); + virtual bool OnWrite(wxTextFileType typeNew, const wxMBConv& conv); + +private: + + wxFile m_file; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextFile); +}; + +#else // !wxUSE_TEXTFILE + +// old code relies on the static methods of wxTextFile being always available +// and they still are available in wxTextBuffer (even if !wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER), so +// make it possible to use them in a backwards compatible way +typedef wxTextBuffer wxTextFile; + +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTFILE/!wxUSE_TEXTFILE + +#endif // _WX_TEXTFILE_H + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textwrapper.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textwrapper.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..69b13fe2ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/textwrapper.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/textwrapper.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxTextWrapper class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-05-31 (extracted from dlgcmn.cpp via wx/private/stattext.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: textwrapper.h 65363 2010-08-19 15:41:18Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999, 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TEXTWRAPPER_H_ +#define _WX_TEXTWRAPPER_H_ + +#include "wx/window.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextWrapper +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this class is used to wrap the text on word boundary: wrapping is done by +// calling OnStartLine() and OnOutputLine() functions +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextWrapper +{ +public: + wxTextWrapper() { m_eol = false; } + + // win is used for getting the font, text is the text to wrap, width is the + // max line width or -1 to disable wrapping + void Wrap(wxWindow *win, const wxString& text, int widthMax); + + // we don't need it, but just to avoid compiler warnings + virtual ~wxTextWrapper() { } + +protected: + // line may be empty + virtual void OnOutputLine(const wxString& line) = 0; + + // called at the start of every new line (except the very first one) + virtual void OnNewLine() { } + +private: + // call OnOutputLine() and set m_eol to true + void DoOutputLine(const wxString& line) + { + OnOutputLine(line); + + m_eol = true; + } + + // this function is a destructive inspector: when it returns true it also + // resets the flag to false so calling it again wouldn't return true any + // more + bool IsStartOfNewLine() + { + if ( !m_eol ) + return false; + + m_eol = false; + + return true; + } + + + bool m_eol; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextWrapper); +}; + +#if wxUSE_STATTEXT + +#include "wx/sizer.h" +#include "wx/stattext.h" + +// A class creating a sizer with one static text per line of text. Creation of +// the controls used for each line can be customized by overriding +// OnCreateLine() function. +// +// This class is currently private to wxWidgets and used only by wxDialog +// itself. We may make it public later if there is sufficient interest. +class wxTextSizerWrapper : public wxTextWrapper +{ +public: + wxTextSizerWrapper(wxWindow *win) + { + m_win = win; + m_hLine = 0; + } + + wxSizer *CreateSizer(const wxString& text, int widthMax) + { + m_sizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + Wrap(m_win, text, widthMax); + return m_sizer; + } + + wxWindow *GetParent() const { return m_win; } + +protected: + virtual wxWindow *OnCreateLine(const wxString& line) + { + return new wxStaticText(m_win, wxID_ANY, line); + } + + virtual void OnOutputLine(const wxString& line) + { + if ( !line.empty() ) + { + m_sizer->Add(OnCreateLine(line)); + } + else // empty line, no need to create a control for it + { + if ( !m_hLine ) + m_hLine = m_win->GetCharHeight(); + + m_sizer->Add(5, m_hLine); + } + } + +private: + wxWindow *m_win; + wxSizer *m_sizer; + int m_hLine; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT + +#endif // _WX_TEXTWRAPPER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tglbtn.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tglbtn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..010dfb1622 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tglbtn.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/tglbtn.h +// Purpose: This dummy header includes the proper header file for the +// system we're compiling under. +// Author: John Norris, minor changes by Axel Schlueter +// Modified by: +// Created: 08.02.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tglbtn.h 66992 2011-02-22 13:25:30Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Johnny C. Norris II +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN + +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/control.h" // base class + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxCheckBoxNameStr[]; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TOGGLEBUTTON_CLICKED, wxCommandEvent ); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToggleButtonBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToggleButtonBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxToggleButtonBase() { } + + // Get/set the value + virtual void SetValue(bool state) = 0; + virtual bool GetValue() const = 0; + + void UpdateWindowUI(long flags) + { + wxControl::UpdateWindowUI(flags); + + if ( !IsShown() ) + return; + + wxWindow *tlw = wxGetTopLevelParent( this ); + if (tlw && wxPendingDelete.Member( tlw )) + return; + + wxUpdateUIEvent event( GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject(this); + + if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + if ( event.GetSetChecked() ) + SetValue( event.GetChecked() ); + } + } + + // Buttons on MSW can look bad if they are not native colours, because + // then they become owner-drawn and not theme-drawn. Disable it here + // in wxToggleButtonBase to make it consistent. + virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; } + +protected: + // choose the default border for this window + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToggleButtonBase); +}; + + +#define EVT_TOGGLEBUTTON(id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOGGLEBUTTON_CLICKED, id, wxCommandEventHandler(fn)) + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/tglbtn.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/tglbtn.h" + #define wxHAS_BITMAPTOGGLEBUTTON +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/tglbtn.h" + #define wxHAS_BITMAPTOGGLEBUTTON +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/tglbtn.h" +# elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/tglbtn.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/tglbtn.h" + #define wxHAS_BITMAPTOGGLEBUTTON +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/tglbtn.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/tglbtn.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN + +#endif // _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_BASE_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/thread.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/thread.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49c131a216 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/thread.h @@ -0,0 +1,864 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/thread.h +// Purpose: Thread API +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (modifications partly inspired by omnithreads +// package from Olivetti & Oracle Research Laboratory) +// Created: 04/13/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: thread.h 67185 2011-03-14 11:54:32Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_THREAD_H_ +#define _WX_THREAD_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// get the value of wxUSE_THREADS configuration flag +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxMutexError +{ + wxMUTEX_NO_ERROR = 0, // operation completed successfully + wxMUTEX_INVALID, // mutex hasn't been initialized + wxMUTEX_DEAD_LOCK, // mutex is already locked by the calling thread + wxMUTEX_BUSY, // mutex is already locked by another thread + wxMUTEX_UNLOCKED, // attempt to unlock a mutex which is not locked + wxMUTEX_TIMEOUT, // LockTimeout() has timed out + wxMUTEX_MISC_ERROR // any other error +}; + +enum wxCondError +{ + wxCOND_NO_ERROR = 0, + wxCOND_INVALID, + wxCOND_TIMEOUT, // WaitTimeout() has timed out + wxCOND_MISC_ERROR +}; + +enum wxSemaError +{ + wxSEMA_NO_ERROR = 0, + wxSEMA_INVALID, // semaphore hasn't been initialized successfully + wxSEMA_BUSY, // returned by TryWait() if Wait() would block + wxSEMA_TIMEOUT, // returned by WaitTimeout() + wxSEMA_OVERFLOW, // Post() would increase counter past the max + wxSEMA_MISC_ERROR +}; + +enum wxThreadError +{ + wxTHREAD_NO_ERROR = 0, // No error + wxTHREAD_NO_RESOURCE, // No resource left to create a new thread + wxTHREAD_RUNNING, // The thread is already running + wxTHREAD_NOT_RUNNING, // The thread isn't running + wxTHREAD_KILLED, // Thread we waited for had to be killed + wxTHREAD_MISC_ERROR // Some other error +}; + +enum wxThreadKind +{ + wxTHREAD_DETACHED, + wxTHREAD_JOINABLE +}; + +enum wxThreadWait +{ + wxTHREAD_WAIT_BLOCK, + wxTHREAD_WAIT_YIELD, // process events while waiting; MSW only + + // For compatibility reasons we use wxTHREAD_WAIT_YIELD by default as this + // was the default behaviour of wxMSW 2.8 but it should be avoided as it's + // dangerous and not portable. +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxTHREAD_WAIT_DEFAULT = wxTHREAD_WAIT_YIELD +#else + wxTHREAD_WAIT_DEFAULT = wxTHREAD_WAIT_BLOCK +#endif +}; + +// defines the interval of priority +enum +{ + WXTHREAD_MIN_PRIORITY = 0u, + WXTHREAD_DEFAULT_PRIORITY = 50u, + WXTHREAD_MAX_PRIORITY = 100u +}; + +// There are 2 types of mutexes: normal mutexes and recursive ones. The attempt +// to lock a normal mutex by a thread which already owns it results in +// undefined behaviour (it always works under Windows, it will almost always +// result in a deadlock under Unix). Locking a recursive mutex in such +// situation always succeeds and it must be unlocked as many times as it has +// been locked. +// +// However recursive mutexes have several important drawbacks: first, in the +// POSIX implementation, they're less efficient. Second, and more importantly, +// they CAN NOT BE USED WITH CONDITION VARIABLES under Unix! Using them with +// wxCondition will work under Windows and some Unices (notably Linux) but will +// deadlock under other Unix versions (e.g. Solaris). As it might be difficult +// to ensure that a recursive mutex is not used with wxCondition, it is a good +// idea to avoid using recursive mutexes at all. Also, the last problem with +// them is that some (older) Unix versions don't support this at all -- which +// results in a configure warning when building and a deadlock when using them. +enum wxMutexType +{ + // normal mutex: try to always use this one + wxMUTEX_DEFAULT, + + // recursive mutex: don't use these ones with wxCondition + wxMUTEX_RECURSIVE +}; + +// forward declarations +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxThreadHelper; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConditionInternal; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMutexInternal; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxSemaphoreInternal; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxThreadInternal; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// A mutex object is a synchronization object whose state is set to signaled +// when it is not owned by any thread, and nonsignaled when it is owned. Its +// name comes from its usefulness in coordinating mutually-exclusive access to +// a shared resource. Only one thread at a time can own a mutex object. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// you should consider wxMutexLocker whenever possible instead of directly +// working with wxMutex class - it is safer +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutex +{ +public: + // constructor & destructor + // ------------------------ + + // create either default (always safe) or recursive mutex + wxMutex(wxMutexType mutexType = wxMUTEX_DEFAULT); + + // destroys the mutex kernel object + ~wxMutex(); + + // test if the mutex has been created successfully + bool IsOk() const; + + // mutex operations + // ---------------- + + // Lock the mutex, blocking on it until it is unlocked by the other thread. + // The result of locking a mutex already locked by the current thread + // depend on the mutex type. + // + // The caller must call Unlock() later if Lock() returned wxMUTEX_NO_ERROR. + wxMutexError Lock(); + + // Same as Lock() but return wxMUTEX_TIMEOUT if the mutex can't be locked + // during the given number of milliseconds + wxMutexError LockTimeout(unsigned long ms); + + // Try to lock the mutex: if it is currently locked, return immediately + // with an error. Otherwise the caller must call Unlock(). + wxMutexError TryLock(); + + // Unlock the mutex. It is an error to unlock an already unlocked mutex + wxMutexError Unlock(); + +protected: + wxMutexInternal *m_internal; + + friend class wxConditionInternal; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMutex); +}; + +// a helper class which locks the mutex in the ctor and unlocks it in the dtor: +// this ensures that mutex is always unlocked, even if the function returns or +// throws an exception before it reaches the end +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexLocker +{ +public: + // lock the mutex in the ctor + wxMutexLocker(wxMutex& mutex) + : m_isOk(false), m_mutex(mutex) + { m_isOk = ( m_mutex.Lock() == wxMUTEX_NO_ERROR ); } + + // returns true if mutex was successfully locked in ctor + bool IsOk() const + { return m_isOk; } + + // unlock the mutex in dtor + ~wxMutexLocker() + { if ( IsOk() ) m_mutex.Unlock(); } + +private: + // no assignment operator nor copy ctor + wxMutexLocker(const wxMutexLocker&); + wxMutexLocker& operator=(const wxMutexLocker&); + + bool m_isOk; + wxMutex& m_mutex; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Critical section: this is the same as mutex but is only visible to the +// threads of the same process. For the platforms which don't have native +// support for critical sections, they're implemented entirely in terms of +// mutexes. +// +// NB: wxCriticalSection object does not allocate any memory in its ctor +// which makes it possible to have static globals of this class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// in order to avoid any overhead under platforms where critical sections are +// just mutexes make all wxCriticalSection class functions inline +#if !defined(__WXMSW__) + #define wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX 1 + + #define wxCRITSECT_INLINE WXEXPORT inline +#else // MSW + #define wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX 0 + + #define wxCRITSECT_INLINE +#endif // MSW/!MSW + +enum wxCriticalSectionType +{ + // recursive critical section + wxCRITSEC_DEFAULT, + + // non-recursive critical section + wxCRITSEC_NON_RECURSIVE +}; + +// you should consider wxCriticalSectionLocker whenever possible instead of +// directly working with wxCriticalSection class - it is safer +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCriticalSection +{ +public: + // ctor & dtor + wxCRITSECT_INLINE wxCriticalSection( wxCriticalSectionType critSecType = wxCRITSEC_DEFAULT ); + wxCRITSECT_INLINE ~wxCriticalSection(); + // enter the section (the same as locking a mutex) + wxCRITSECT_INLINE void Enter(); + + // leave the critical section (same as unlocking a mutex) + wxCRITSECT_INLINE void Leave(); + +private: +#if wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX + wxMutex m_mutex; +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + // we can't allocate any memory in the ctor, so use placement new - + // unfortunately, we have to hardcode the sizeof() here because we can't + // include windows.h from this public header and we also have to use the + // union to force the correct (i.e. maximal) alignment + // + // if CRITICAL_SECTION size changes in Windows, you'll get an assert from + // thread.cpp and will need to increase the buffer size + // + // finally, we need this typedef instead of declaring m_buffer directly + // because otherwise the assert mentioned above wouldn't compile with some + // compilers (notably CodeWarrior 8) +#ifdef __WIN64__ + typedef char wxCritSectBuffer[40]; +#else // __WIN32__ + typedef char wxCritSectBuffer[24]; +#endif + union + { + unsigned long m_dummy1; + void *m_dummy2; + + wxCritSectBuffer m_buffer; + }; +#endif // Unix&OS2/Win32 + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCriticalSection); +}; + +#if wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX + // implement wxCriticalSection using mutexes + inline wxCriticalSection::wxCriticalSection( wxCriticalSectionType critSecType ) + : m_mutex( critSecType == wxCRITSEC_DEFAULT ? wxMUTEX_RECURSIVE : wxMUTEX_DEFAULT ) { } + inline wxCriticalSection::~wxCriticalSection() { } + + inline void wxCriticalSection::Enter() { (void)m_mutex.Lock(); } + inline void wxCriticalSection::Leave() { (void)m_mutex.Unlock(); } +#endif // wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX + +#undef wxCRITSECT_INLINE +#undef wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX + +// wxCriticalSectionLocker is the same to critical sections as wxMutexLocker is +// to mutexes +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCriticalSectionLocker +{ +public: + wxCriticalSectionLocker(wxCriticalSection& cs) + : m_critsect(cs) + { + m_critsect.Enter(); + } + + ~wxCriticalSectionLocker() + { + m_critsect.Leave(); + } + +private: + wxCriticalSection& m_critsect; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCriticalSectionLocker); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCondition models a POSIX condition variable which allows one (or more) +// thread(s) to wait until some condition is fulfilled +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCondition +{ +public: + // Each wxCondition object is associated with a (single) wxMutex object. + // The mutex object MUST be locked before calling Wait() + wxCondition(wxMutex& mutex); + + // dtor is not virtual, don't use this class polymorphically + ~wxCondition(); + + // return true if the condition has been created successfully + bool IsOk() const; + + // NB: the associated mutex MUST be locked beforehand by the calling thread + // + // it atomically releases the lock on the associated mutex + // and starts waiting to be woken up by a Signal()/Broadcast() + // once its signaled, then it will wait until it can reacquire + // the lock on the associated mutex object, before returning. + wxCondError Wait(); + + // exactly as Wait() except that it may also return if the specified + // timeout elapses even if the condition hasn't been signalled: in this + // case, the return value is false, otherwise (i.e. in case of a normal + // return) it is true + // + // the timeout parameter specifies an interval that needs to be waited for + // in milliseconds + wxCondError WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds); + + // NB: the associated mutex may or may not be locked by the calling thread + // + // this method unblocks one thread if any are blocking on the condition. + // if no thread is blocking in Wait(), then the signal is NOT remembered + // The thread which was blocking on Wait() will then reacquire the lock + // on the associated mutex object before returning + wxCondError Signal(); + + // NB: the associated mutex may or may not be locked by the calling thread + // + // this method unblocks all threads if any are blocking on the condition. + // if no thread is blocking in Wait(), then the signal is NOT remembered + // The threads which were blocking on Wait() will then reacquire the lock + // on the associated mutex object before returning. + wxCondError Broadcast(); + + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated version, don't use + wxDEPRECATED( bool Wait(unsigned long milliseconds) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +private: + wxConditionInternal *m_internal; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCondition); +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + inline bool wxCondition::Wait(unsigned long milliseconds) + { return WaitTimeout(milliseconds) == wxCOND_NO_ERROR; } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSemaphore: a counter limiting the number of threads concurrently accessing +// a shared resource +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSemaphore +{ +public: + // specifying a maxcount of 0 actually makes wxSemaphore behave as if there + // is no upper limit, if maxcount is 1 the semaphore behaves as a mutex + wxSemaphore( int initialcount = 0, int maxcount = 0 ); + + // dtor is not virtual, don't use this class polymorphically + ~wxSemaphore(); + + // return true if the semaphore has been created successfully + bool IsOk() const; + + // wait indefinitely, until the semaphore count goes beyond 0 + // and then decrement it and return (this method might have been called + // Acquire()) + wxSemaError Wait(); + + // same as Wait(), but does not block, returns wxSEMA_NO_ERROR if + // successful and wxSEMA_BUSY if the count is currently zero + wxSemaError TryWait(); + + // same as Wait(), but as a timeout limit, returns wxSEMA_NO_ERROR if the + // semaphore was acquired and wxSEMA_TIMEOUT if the timeout has elapsed + wxSemaError WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds); + + // increments the semaphore count and signals one of the waiting threads + wxSemaError Post(); + +private: + wxSemaphoreInternal *m_internal; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSemaphore); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxThread: class encapsulating a thread of execution +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// there are two different kinds of threads: joinable and detached (default) +// ones. Only joinable threads can return a return code and only detached +// threads auto-delete themselves - the user should delete the joinable +// threads manually. + +// NB: in the function descriptions the words "this thread" mean the thread +// created by the wxThread object while "main thread" is the thread created +// during the process initialization (a.k.a. the GUI thread) + +// On VMS thread pointers are 64 bits (also needed for other systems??? +#ifdef __VMS + typedef unsigned long long wxThreadIdType; +#else + typedef unsigned long wxThreadIdType; +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxThread +{ +public: + // the return type for the thread function + typedef void *ExitCode; + + // static functions + // Returns the wxThread object for the calling thread. NULL is returned + // if the caller is the main thread (but it's recommended to use + // IsMain() and only call This() for threads other than the main one + // because NULL is also returned on error). If the thread wasn't + // created with wxThread class, the returned value is undefined. + static wxThread *This(); + + // Returns true if current thread is the main thread. + // + // Notice that it also returns true if main thread id hadn't been + // initialized yet on the assumption that it's too early in wx startup + // process for any other threads to have been created in this case. + static bool IsMain() + { + return !ms_idMainThread || GetCurrentId() == ms_idMainThread; + } + + // Return the main thread id + static wxThreadIdType GetMainId() { return ms_idMainThread; } + + // Release the rest of our time slice letting the other threads run + static void Yield(); + + // Sleep during the specified period of time in milliseconds + // + // This is the same as wxMilliSleep(). + static void Sleep(unsigned long milliseconds); + + // get the number of system CPUs - useful with SetConcurrency() + // (the "best" value for it is usually number of CPUs + 1) + // + // Returns -1 if unknown, number of CPUs otherwise + static int GetCPUCount(); + + // Get the platform specific thread ID and return as a long. This + // can be used to uniquely identify threads, even if they are not + // wxThreads. This is used by wxPython. + static wxThreadIdType GetCurrentId(); + + // sets the concurrency level: this is, roughly, the number of threads + // the system tries to schedule to run in parallel. 0 means the + // default value (usually acceptable, but may not yield the best + // performance for this process) + // + // Returns true on success, false otherwise (if not implemented, for + // example) + static bool SetConcurrency(size_t level); + + // constructor only creates the C++ thread object and doesn't create (or + // start) the real thread + wxThread(wxThreadKind kind = wxTHREAD_DETACHED); + + // functions that change the thread state: all these can only be called + // from _another_ thread (typically the thread that created this one, e.g. + // the main thread), not from the thread itself + + // create a new thread and optionally set the stack size on + // platforms that support that - call Run() to start it + // (special cased for watcom which won't accept 0 default) + + wxThreadError Create(unsigned int stackSize = 0); + + // starts execution of the thread - from the moment Run() is called + // the execution of wxThread::Entry() may start at any moment, caller + // shouldn't suppose that it starts after (or before) Run() returns. + wxThreadError Run(); + + // stops the thread if it's running and deletes the wxThread object if + // this is a detached thread freeing its memory - otherwise (for + // joinable threads) you still need to delete wxThread object + // yourself. + // + // this function only works if the thread calls TestDestroy() + // periodically - the thread will only be deleted the next time it + // does it! + // + // will fill the rc pointer with the thread exit code if it's !NULL + wxThreadError Delete(ExitCode *rc = NULL, + wxThreadWait waitMode = wxTHREAD_WAIT_DEFAULT); + + // waits for a joinable thread to finish and returns its exit code + // + // Returns (ExitCode)-1 on error (for example, if the thread is not + // joinable) + ExitCode Wait(wxThreadWait waitMode = wxTHREAD_WAIT_DEFAULT); + + // kills the thread without giving it any chance to clean up - should + // not be used under normal circumstances, use Delete() instead. + // It is a dangerous function that should only be used in the most + // extreme cases! + // + // The wxThread object is deleted by Kill() if the thread is + // detachable, but you still have to delete it manually for joinable + // threads. + wxThreadError Kill(); + + // pause a running thread: as Delete(), this only works if the thread + // calls TestDestroy() regularly + wxThreadError Pause(); + + // resume a paused thread + wxThreadError Resume(); + + // priority + // Sets the priority to "prio": see WXTHREAD_XXX_PRIORITY constants + // + // NB: the priority can only be set before the thread is created + void SetPriority(unsigned int prio); + + // Get the current priority. + unsigned int GetPriority() const; + + // thread status inquiries + // Returns true if the thread is alive: i.e. running or suspended + bool IsAlive() const; + // Returns true if the thread is running (not paused, not killed). + bool IsRunning() const; + // Returns true if the thread is suspended + bool IsPaused() const; + + // is the thread of detached kind? + bool IsDetached() const { return m_isDetached; } + + // Get the thread ID - a platform dependent number which uniquely + // identifies a thread inside a process + wxThreadIdType GetId() const; + + wxThreadKind GetKind() const + { return m_isDetached ? wxTHREAD_DETACHED : wxTHREAD_JOINABLE; } + + // Returns true if the thread was asked to terminate: this function should + // be called by the thread from time to time, otherwise the main thread + // will be left forever in Delete()! + virtual bool TestDestroy(); + + // dtor is public, but the detached threads should never be deleted - use + // Delete() instead (or leave the thread terminate by itself) + virtual ~wxThread(); + +protected: + // exits from the current thread - can be called only from this thread + void Exit(ExitCode exitcode = 0); + + // entry point for the thread - called by Run() and executes in the context + // of this thread. + virtual void *Entry() = 0; + + + // Callbacks which may be overridden by the derived class to perform some + // specific actions when the thread is deleted or killed. By default they + // do nothing. + + // This one is called by Delete() before actually deleting the thread and + // is executed in the context of the thread that called Delete(). + virtual void OnDelete() {} + + // This one is called by Kill() before killing the thread and is executed + // in the context of the thread that called Kill(). + virtual void OnKill() {} + +private: + // no copy ctor/assignment operator + wxThread(const wxThread&); + wxThread& operator=(const wxThread&); + + // called when the thread exits - in the context of this thread + // + // NB: this function will not be called if the thread is Kill()ed + virtual void OnExit() { } + + friend class wxThreadInternal; + friend class wxThreadModule; + + + // the main thread identifier, should be set on startup + static wxThreadIdType ms_idMainThread; + + // the (platform-dependent) thread class implementation + wxThreadInternal *m_internal; + + // protects access to any methods of wxThreadInternal object + wxCriticalSection m_critsect; + + // true if the thread is detached, false if it is joinable + bool m_isDetached; +}; + +// wxThreadHelperThread class +// -------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxThreadHelperThread : public wxThread +{ +public: + // constructor only creates the C++ thread object and doesn't create (or + // start) the real thread + wxThreadHelperThread(wxThreadHelper& owner, wxThreadKind kind) + : wxThread(kind), m_owner(owner) + { } + +protected: + // entry point for the thread -- calls Entry() in owner. + virtual void *Entry(); + +private: + // the owner of the thread + wxThreadHelper& m_owner; + + // no copy ctor/assignment operator + wxThreadHelperThread(const wxThreadHelperThread&); + wxThreadHelperThread& operator=(const wxThreadHelperThread&); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxThreadHelper: this class implements the threading logic to run a +// background task in another object (such as a window). It is a mix-in: just +// derive from it to implement a threading background task in your class. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxThreadHelper +{ +private: + void KillThread() + { + // If wxThreadHelperThread is detached and is about to finish, it will + // set m_thread to NULL so don't delete it then. + // But if KillThread is called before wxThreadHelperThread (in detached mode) + // sets it to NULL, then the thread object still exists and can be killed + wxCriticalSectionLocker locker(m_critSection); + + if ( m_thread ) + { + m_thread->Kill(); + + if ( m_kind == wxTHREAD_JOINABLE ) + delete m_thread; + + m_thread = NULL; + } + } + +public: + // constructor only initializes m_thread to NULL + wxThreadHelper(wxThreadKind kind = wxTHREAD_JOINABLE) + : m_thread(NULL), m_kind(kind) { } + + // destructor deletes m_thread + virtual ~wxThreadHelper() { KillThread(); } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( wxThreadError Create(unsigned int stackSize = 0) ); +#endif + + // create a new thread (and optionally set the stack size on platforms that + // support/need that), call Run() to start it + wxThreadError CreateThread(wxThreadKind kind = wxTHREAD_JOINABLE, + unsigned int stackSize = 0) + { + KillThread(); + + m_kind = kind; + m_thread = new wxThreadHelperThread(*this, m_kind); + + return m_thread->Create(stackSize); + } + + // entry point for the thread - called by Run() and executes in the context + // of this thread. + virtual void *Entry() = 0; + + // returns a pointer to the thread which can be used to call Run() + wxThread *GetThread() const + { + wxCriticalSectionLocker locker((wxCriticalSection&)m_critSection); + + wxThread* thread = m_thread; + + return thread; + } + +protected: + wxThread *m_thread; + wxThreadKind m_kind; + wxCriticalSection m_critSection; // To guard the m_thread variable + + friend class wxThreadHelperThread; +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +inline wxThreadError wxThreadHelper::Create(unsigned int stackSize) +{ return CreateThread(m_kind, stackSize); } +#endif + +// call Entry() in owner, put it down here to avoid circular declarations +inline void *wxThreadHelperThread::Entry() +{ + void * const result = m_owner.Entry(); + + wxCriticalSectionLocker locker(m_owner.m_critSection); + + // Detached thread will be deleted after returning, so make sure + // wxThreadHelper::GetThread will not return an invalid pointer. + // And that wxThreadHelper::KillThread will not try to kill + // an already deleted thread + if ( m_owner.m_kind == wxTHREAD_DETACHED ) + m_owner.m_thread = NULL; + + return result; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Automatic initialization +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// GUI mutex handling. +void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiEnter(); +void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiLeave(); + +// macros for entering/leaving critical sections which may be used without +// having to take them inside "#if wxUSE_THREADS" +#define wxENTER_CRIT_SECT(cs) (cs).Enter() +#define wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT(cs) (cs).Leave() +#define wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE(cs) static wxCriticalSection cs +#define wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE_MEMBER(cs) wxCriticalSection cs +#define wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(name, cs) wxCriticalSectionLocker name(cs) + +// function for checking if we're in the main thread which may be used whether +// wxUSE_THREADS is 0 or 1 +inline bool wxIsMainThread() { return wxThread::IsMain(); } + +#else // !wxUSE_THREADS + +// no thread support +inline void wxMutexGuiEnter() { } +inline void wxMutexGuiLeave() { } + +// macros for entering/leaving critical sections which may be used without +// having to take them inside "#if wxUSE_THREADS" +// (the implementation uses dummy structs to force semicolon after the macro; +// also notice that Watcom doesn't like declaring a struct as a member so we +// need to actually define it in wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE_MEMBER) +#define wxENTER_CRIT_SECT(cs) do {} while (0) +#define wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT(cs) do {} while (0) +#define wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE(cs) struct wxDummyCS##cs +#define wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE_MEMBER(cs) struct wxDummyCSMember##cs { } +#define wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(name, cs) struct wxDummyCSLocker##name + +// if there is only one thread, it is always the main one +inline bool wxIsMainThread() { return true; } + +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS/!wxUSE_THREADS + +// mark part of code as being a critical section: this macro declares a +// critical section with the given name and enters it immediately and leaves +// it at the end of the current scope +// +// example: +// +// int Count() +// { +// static int s_counter = 0; +// +// wxCRITICAL_SECTION(counter); +// +// return ++s_counter; +// } +// +// this function is MT-safe in presence of the threads but there is no +// overhead when the library is compiled without threads +#define wxCRITICAL_SECTION(name) \ + wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE(s_cs##name); \ + wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(cs##name##Locker, s_cs##name) + +// automatically lock GUI mutex in ctor and unlock it in dtor +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiLocker +{ +public: + wxMutexGuiLocker() { wxMutexGuiEnter(); } + ~wxMutexGuiLocker() { wxMutexGuiLeave(); } +}; + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implementation only until the end of file +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__) || defined(__WXOSX__) + // unlock GUI if there are threads waiting for and lock it back when + // there are no more of them - should be called periodically by the main + // thread + extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiLeaveOrEnter(); + + // returns true if the main thread has GUI lock + extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGuiOwnedByMainThread(); + + // wakes up the main thread if it's sleeping inside ::GetMessage() + extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWakeUpMainThread(); + +#ifndef __WXOSX__ + // return true if the main thread is waiting for some other to terminate: + // wxApp then should block all "dangerous" messages + extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsWaitingForThread(); +#endif +#endif // MSW, OS/2 + +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + +#endif // _WX_THREAD_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/thrimpl.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/thrimpl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca3234b4a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/thrimpl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/thrimpl.cpp +// Purpose: common part of wxThread Implementations +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 04.06.02 (extracted from src/*/thread.cpp files) +// RCS-ID: $Id: thrimpl.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin (2002) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// this file is supposed to be included only by the various thread.cpp + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMutex +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxMutex::wxMutex(wxMutexType mutexType) +{ + m_internal = new wxMutexInternal(mutexType); + + if ( !m_internal->IsOk() ) + { + delete m_internal; + m_internal = NULL; + } +} + +wxMutex::~wxMutex() +{ + delete m_internal; +} + +bool wxMutex::IsOk() const +{ + return m_internal != NULL; +} + +wxMutexError wxMutex::Lock() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxMUTEX_INVALID, + wxT("wxMutex::Lock(): not initialized") ); + + return m_internal->Lock(); +} + +wxMutexError wxMutex::LockTimeout(unsigned long ms) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxMUTEX_INVALID, + wxT("wxMutex::Lock(): not initialized") ); + + return m_internal->Lock(ms); +} + +wxMutexError wxMutex::TryLock() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxMUTEX_INVALID, + wxT("wxMutex::TryLock(): not initialized") ); + + return m_internal->TryLock(); +} + +wxMutexError wxMutex::Unlock() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxMUTEX_INVALID, + wxT("wxMutex::Unlock(): not initialized") ); + + return m_internal->Unlock(); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxConditionInternal +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Win32 and OS/2 don't have explicit support for the POSIX condition +// variables and their events/event semaphores have quite different semantics, +// so we reimplement the conditions from scratch using the mutexes and +// semaphores +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__) + +class wxConditionInternal +{ +public: + wxConditionInternal(wxMutex& mutex); + + bool IsOk() const { return m_mutex.IsOk() && m_semaphore.IsOk(); } + + wxCondError Wait(); + wxCondError WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds); + + wxCondError Signal(); + wxCondError Broadcast(); + +private: + // the number of threads currently waiting for this condition + LONG m_numWaiters; + + // the critical section protecting m_numWaiters + wxCriticalSection m_csWaiters; + + wxMutex& m_mutex; + wxSemaphore m_semaphore; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxConditionInternal); +}; + +wxConditionInternal::wxConditionInternal(wxMutex& mutex) + : m_mutex(mutex) +{ + // another thread can't access it until we return from ctor, so no need to + // protect access to m_numWaiters here + m_numWaiters = 0; +} + +wxCondError wxConditionInternal::Wait() +{ + // increment the number of waiters + { + wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters); + m_numWaiters++; + } + + m_mutex.Unlock(); + + // after unlocking the mutex other threads may Signal() us, but it is ok + // now as we had already incremented m_numWaiters so Signal() will post the + // semaphore and decrement m_numWaiters back even if it is called before we + // start to Wait() + const wxSemaError err = m_semaphore.Wait(); + + m_mutex.Lock(); + + if ( err == wxSEMA_NO_ERROR ) + { + // m_numWaiters was decremented by Signal() + return wxCOND_NO_ERROR; + } + + // but in case of an error we need to do it manually + { + wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters); + m_numWaiters--; + } + + return err == wxSEMA_TIMEOUT ? wxCOND_TIMEOUT : wxCOND_MISC_ERROR; +} + +wxCondError wxConditionInternal::WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds) +{ + { + wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters); + m_numWaiters++; + } + + m_mutex.Unlock(); + + wxSemaError err = m_semaphore.WaitTimeout(milliseconds); + + m_mutex.Lock(); + + if ( err == wxSEMA_NO_ERROR ) + return wxCOND_NO_ERROR; + + if ( err == wxSEMA_TIMEOUT ) + { + // a potential race condition exists here: it happens when a waiting + // thread times out but doesn't have time to decrement m_numWaiters yet + // before Signal() is called in another thread + // + // to handle this particular case, check the semaphore again after + // acquiring m_csWaiters lock -- this will catch the signals missed + // during this window + wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters); + + err = m_semaphore.WaitTimeout(0); + if ( err == wxSEMA_NO_ERROR ) + return wxCOND_NO_ERROR; + + // we need to decrement m_numWaiters ourselves as it wasn't done by + // Signal() + m_numWaiters--; + + return err == wxSEMA_TIMEOUT ? wxCOND_TIMEOUT : wxCOND_MISC_ERROR; + } + + // undo m_numWaiters++ above in case of an error + { + wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters); + m_numWaiters--; + } + + return wxCOND_MISC_ERROR; +} + +wxCondError wxConditionInternal::Signal() +{ + wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters); + + if ( m_numWaiters > 0 ) + { + // increment the semaphore by 1 + if ( m_semaphore.Post() != wxSEMA_NO_ERROR ) + return wxCOND_MISC_ERROR; + + m_numWaiters--; + } + + return wxCOND_NO_ERROR; +} + +wxCondError wxConditionInternal::Broadcast() +{ + wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters); + + while ( m_numWaiters > 0 ) + { + if ( m_semaphore.Post() != wxSEMA_NO_ERROR ) + return wxCOND_MISC_ERROR; + + m_numWaiters--; + } + + return wxCOND_NO_ERROR; +} + +#endif // MSW or OS2 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCondition +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCondition::wxCondition(wxMutex& mutex) +{ + m_internal = new wxConditionInternal(mutex); + + if ( !m_internal->IsOk() ) + { + delete m_internal; + m_internal = NULL; + } +} + +wxCondition::~wxCondition() +{ + delete m_internal; +} + +bool wxCondition::IsOk() const +{ + return m_internal != NULL; +} + +wxCondError wxCondition::Wait() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxCOND_INVALID, + wxT("wxCondition::Wait(): not initialized") ); + + return m_internal->Wait(); +} + +wxCondError wxCondition::WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxCOND_INVALID, + wxT("wxCondition::Wait(): not initialized") ); + + return m_internal->WaitTimeout(milliseconds); +} + +wxCondError wxCondition::Signal() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxCOND_INVALID, + wxT("wxCondition::Signal(): not initialized") ); + + return m_internal->Signal(); +} + +wxCondError wxCondition::Broadcast() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxCOND_INVALID, + wxT("wxCondition::Broadcast(): not initialized") ); + + return m_internal->Broadcast(); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSemaphore +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSemaphore::wxSemaphore(int initialcount, int maxcount) +{ + m_internal = new wxSemaphoreInternal( initialcount, maxcount ); + if ( !m_internal->IsOk() ) + { + delete m_internal; + m_internal = NULL; + } +} + +wxSemaphore::~wxSemaphore() +{ + delete m_internal; +} + +bool wxSemaphore::IsOk() const +{ + return m_internal != NULL; +} + +wxSemaError wxSemaphore::Wait() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxSEMA_INVALID, + wxT("wxSemaphore::Wait(): not initialized") ); + + return m_internal->Wait(); +} + +wxSemaError wxSemaphore::TryWait() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxSEMA_INVALID, + wxT("wxSemaphore::TryWait(): not initialized") ); + + return m_internal->TryWait(); +} + +wxSemaError wxSemaphore::WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxSEMA_INVALID, + wxT("wxSemaphore::WaitTimeout(): not initialized") ); + + return m_internal->WaitTimeout(milliseconds); +} + +wxSemaError wxSemaphore::Post() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxSEMA_INVALID, + wxT("wxSemaphore::Post(): not initialized") ); + + return m_internal->Post(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxThread +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/utils.h" + +void wxThread::Sleep(unsigned long milliseconds) +{ + wxMilliSleep(milliseconds); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/timer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5400c76b23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/timer.h +// Purpose: wxTimer, wxStopWatch and global time-related functions +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (wxTimerBase) +// Guillermo Rodriguez (global clean up) +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: timer.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TIMER_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_TIMER_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_TIMER + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/longlong.h" +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/stopwatch.h" // for backwards compatibility +#include "wx/utils.h" + + +// more readable flags for Start(): + +// generate notifications periodically until the timer is stopped (default) +#define wxTIMER_CONTINUOUS false + +// only send the notification once and then stop the timer +#define wxTIMER_ONE_SHOT true + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimerImpl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimerEvent; + +// timer event type +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_TIMER, wxTimerEvent); + +// the interface of wxTimer class +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTimer : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + // ctors and initializers + // ---------------------- + + // default: if you don't call SetOwner(), your only chance to get timer + // notifications is to override Notify() in the derived class + wxTimer() + { + Init(); + SetOwner(this); + } + + // ctor which allows to avoid having to override Notify() in the derived + // class: the owner will get timer notifications which can be handled with + // EVT_TIMER + wxTimer(wxEvtHandler *owner, int timerid = wxID_ANY) + { + Init(); + SetOwner(owner, timerid); + } + + // same as ctor above + void SetOwner(wxEvtHandler *owner, int timerid = wxID_ANY); + + virtual ~wxTimer(); + + + // working with the timer + // ---------------------- + + // NB: Start() and Stop() are not supposed to be overridden, they are only + // virtual for historical reasons, only Notify() can be overridden + + // start the timer: if milliseconds == -1, use the same value as for the + // last Start() + // + // it is now valid to call Start() multiple times: this just restarts the + // timer if it is already running + virtual bool Start(int milliseconds = -1, bool oneShot = false); + + // stop the timer, does nothing if the timer is not running + virtual void Stop(); + + // override this in your wxTimer-derived class if you want to process timer + // messages in it, use non default ctor or SetOwner() otherwise + virtual void Notify(); + + + // accessors + // --------- + + // get the object notified about the timer events + wxEvtHandler *GetOwner() const; + + // return true if the timer is running + bool IsRunning() const; + + // return the timer ID + int GetId() const; + + // get the (last) timer interval in milliseconds + int GetInterval() const; + + // return true if the timer is one shot + bool IsOneShot() const; + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + wxTimerImpl *m_impl; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTimer); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimerRunner: starts the timer in its ctor, stops in the dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTimerRunner +{ +public: + wxTimerRunner(wxTimer& timer) : m_timer(timer) { } + wxTimerRunner(wxTimer& timer, int milli, bool oneShot = false) + : m_timer(timer) + { + m_timer.Start(milli, oneShot); + } + + void Start(int milli, bool oneShot = false) + { + m_timer.Start(milli, oneShot); + } + + ~wxTimerRunner() + { + if ( m_timer.IsRunning() ) + { + m_timer.Stop(); + } + } + +private: + wxTimer& m_timer; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTimerRunner); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimerEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTimerEvent : public wxEvent +{ +public: + wxTimerEvent() + : wxEvent(wxID_ANY, wxEVT_TIMER) { m_timer=NULL; } + + wxTimerEvent(wxTimer& timer) + : wxEvent(timer.GetId(), wxEVT_TIMER), + m_timer(&timer) + { + SetEventObject(timer.GetOwner()); + } + + // accessors + int GetInterval() const { return m_timer->GetInterval(); } + wxTimer& GetTimer() const { return *m_timer; } + + // implement the base class pure virtual + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxTimerEvent(*this); } + virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_TIMER; } + +private: + wxTimer* m_timer; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxTimerEvent) +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTimerEventFunction)(wxTimerEvent&); + +#define wxTimerEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxTimerEventFunction, func) + +#define EVT_TIMER(timerid, func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TIMER, timerid, wxTimerEventHandler(func)) + +#endif // wxUSE_TIMER + +#endif // _WX_TIMER_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tipdlg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tipdlg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b5d0361249 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tipdlg.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/tipdlg.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxTipDialog +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 28.06.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tipdlg.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TIPDLG_H_ +#define _WX_TIPDLG_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers which we must include here +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS + +#include "wx/textfile.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTipProvider - a class which is used by wxTipDialog to get the text of the +// tips +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the abstract base class: it provides the tips, i.e. implements the GetTip() +// function which returns the new tip each time it's called. To support this, +// wxTipProvider evidently needs some internal state which is the tip "index" +// and which should be saved/restored by the program to not always show one and +// the same tip (of course, you may use random starting position as well...) +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTipProvider +{ +public: + wxTipProvider(size_t currentTip) { m_currentTip = currentTip; } + + // get the current tip and update the internal state to return the next tip + // when called for the next time + virtual wxString GetTip() = 0; + + // get the current tip "index" (or whatever allows the tip provider to know + // from where to start the next time) + size_t GetCurrentTip() const { return m_currentTip; } + + // Allows any user-derived class to optionally override this function to + // modify the tip as soon as it is read. If return wxEmptyString, then + // the tip is skipped, and the next one is read. + virtual wxString PreprocessTip(const wxString& tip) { return tip; } + + // virtual dtor for the base class + virtual ~wxTipProvider() { } + +protected: + size_t m_currentTip; +}; + +// a function which returns an implementation of wxTipProvider using the +// specified text file as the source of tips (each line is a tip). +// +// NB: the caller is responsible for deleting the pointer! +#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE +WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTipProvider *wxCreateFileTipProvider(const wxString& filename, + size_t currentTip); +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTFILE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTipDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// A dialog which shows a "tip" - a short and helpful messages describing to +// the user some program characteristic. Many programs show the tips at +// startup, so the dialog has "Show tips on startup" checkbox which allows to +// the user to disable this (however, it's the program which should show, or +// not, the dialog on startup depending on its value, not this class). +// +// The function returns true if this checkbox is checked, false otherwise. +WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV bool wxShowTip(wxWindow *parent, + wxTipProvider *tipProvider, + bool showAtStartup = true); + +#endif // wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS + +#endif // _WX_TIPDLG_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tipwin.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tipwin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94ec56305f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tipwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/tipwin.h +// Purpose: wxTipWindow is a window like the one typically used for +// showing the tooltips +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 10.09.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tipwin.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TIPWIN_H_ +#define _WX_TIPWIN_H_ + +#if wxUSE_TIPWINDOW + +#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN + #include "wx/popupwin.h" + + #define wxTipWindowBase wxPopupTransientWindow +#else + #include "wx/frame.h" + + #define wxTipWindowBase wxFrame +#endif +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTipWindowView; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTipWindow +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTipWindow : public wxTipWindowBase +{ +public: + // the mandatory ctor parameters are: the parent window and the text to + // show + // + // optionally you may also specify the length at which the lines are going + // to be broken in rows (100 pixels by default) + // + // windowPtr and rectBound are just passed to SetTipWindowPtr() and + // SetBoundingRect() - see below + wxTipWindow(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& text, + wxCoord maxLength = 100, + wxTipWindow** windowPtr = NULL, + wxRect *rectBound = NULL); + + virtual ~wxTipWindow(); + + // If windowPtr is not NULL the given address will be NULLed when the + // window has closed + void SetTipWindowPtr(wxTipWindow** windowPtr) { m_windowPtr = windowPtr; } + + // If rectBound is not NULL, the window will disappear automatically when + // the mouse leave the specified rect: note that rectBound should be in the + // screen coordinates! + void SetBoundingRect(const wxRect& rectBound); + + // Hide and destroy the window + void Close(); + +protected: + // called by wxTipWindowView only + bool CheckMouseInBounds(const wxPoint& pos); + + // event handlers + void OnMouseClick(wxMouseEvent& event); + +#if !wxUSE_POPUPWIN + void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event); + void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); +#else // wxUSE_POPUPWIN + virtual void OnDismiss(); +#endif // wxUSE_POPUPWIN/!wxUSE_POPUPWIN + +private: + wxArrayString m_textLines; + wxCoord m_heightLine; + + wxTipWindowView *m_view; + + wxTipWindow** m_windowPtr; + wxRect m_rectBound; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + + friend class wxTipWindowView; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTipWindow); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_TIPWINDOW + +#endif // _WX_TIPWIN_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tls.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tls.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..40f91fce9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tls.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/tls.h +// Purpose: Implementation of thread local storage +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-08-08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tls.h 65747 2010-10-03 17:16:15Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TLS_H_ +#define _WX_TLS_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// check for compiler support of thread-specific variables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// when not using threads at all, there is no need for thread-specific +// values to be really thread-specific +#if !wxUSE_THREADS + #define wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS + #define wxTHREAD_SPECIFIC_DECL +// __thread keyword is not supported correctly by MinGW, at least in some +// configurations, see http://sourceforge.net/support/tracker.php?aid=2837047 +// and when in doubt we prefer to not use it at all. +#elif defined(HAVE___THREAD_KEYWORD) && !defined(__MINGW32__) + #define wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS + #define wxTHREAD_SPECIFIC_DECL __thread +// MSVC has its own version which might be supported by some other Windows +// compilers, to be tested +#elif wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7) + #define wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS + #define wxTHREAD_SPECIFIC_DECL __declspec(thread) +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// define wxTLS_TYPE() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS + #define wxTLS_TYPE(T) wxTHREAD_SPECIFIC_DECL T + #define wxTLS_PTR(var) (&(var)) + #define wxTLS_VALUE(var) (var) +#else // !wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS + + extern "C" + { + typedef void (*wxTlsDestructorFunction)(void*); + } + + #if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/tls.h" + #elif defined(__OS2__) + #include "wx/os2/tls.h" + #elif defined(__UNIX__) + #include "wx/unix/tls.h" + #else + // TODO: we could emulate TLS for such platforms... + #error Neither compiler nor OS support thread-specific variables. + #endif + + #include // for calloc() + + // wxTlsValue represents a thread-specific value of type T but, unlike + // with native compiler thread-specific variables, it behaves like a + // (never NULL) pointer to T and so needs to be dereferenced before use + // + // Note: T must be a POD! + // + // Note: On Unix, thread-specific T value is freed when the thread exits. + // On Windows, thread-specific values are freed later, when given + // wxTlsValue is destroyed. The only exception to this is the + // value for the main thread, which is always freed when + // wxTlsValue is destroyed. + template + class wxTlsValue + { + public: + typedef T ValueType; + + // ctor doesn't do anything, the object is created on first access + wxTlsValue() : m_key(free) {} + + // dtor is only called in the main thread context and so is not enough + // to free memory allocated by us for the other threads, we use + // destructor function when using Pthreads for this (which is not + // called for the main thread as it doesn't call pthread_exit() but + // just to be safe we also reset the key anyhow) + ~wxTlsValue() + { + if ( m_key.Get() ) + m_key.Set(NULL); // this deletes the value + } + + // access the object creating it on demand + ValueType *Get() + { + void *value = m_key.Get(); + if ( !value ) + { + // ValueType must be POD to be used in wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS case + // anyhow (at least gcc doesn't accept non-POD values being + // declared with __thread) so initialize it as a POD too + value = calloc(1, sizeof(ValueType)); + + if ( !m_key.Set(value) ) + { + free(value); + + // this will probably result in a crash in the caller but + // it's arguably better to crash immediately instead of + // slowly dying from out-of-memory errors which would + // happen as the next access to this object would allocate + // another ValueType instance and so on forever + value = NULL; + } + } + + return static_cast(value); + } + + // pointer-like accessors + ValueType *operator->() { return Get(); } + ValueType& operator*() { return *Get(); } + + private: + wxTlsKey m_key; + + DECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(wxTlsValue, T) + }; + + #define wxTLS_TYPE(T) wxTlsValue + #define wxTLS_PTR(var) (var) + #define wxTLS_VALUE(var) (*(var)) +#endif // wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS/!wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS + +#endif // _WX_TLS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tokenzr.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tokenzr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9243bc3cb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tokenzr.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/tokenzr.h +// Purpose: String tokenizer - a C++ replacement for strtok(3) +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: (or rather rewritten by) Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 04/22/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tokenzr.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TOKENZRH +#define _WX_TOKENZRH + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// default: delimiters are usual white space characters +#define wxDEFAULT_DELIMITERS (wxT(" \t\r\n")) + +// wxStringTokenizer mode flags which determine its behaviour +enum wxStringTokenizerMode +{ + wxTOKEN_INVALID = -1, // set by def ctor until SetString() is called + wxTOKEN_DEFAULT, // strtok() for whitespace delims, RET_EMPTY else + wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY, // return empty token in the middle of the string + wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY_ALL, // return trailing empty tokens too + wxTOKEN_RET_DELIMS, // return the delim with token (implies RET_EMPTY) + wxTOKEN_STRTOK // behave exactly like strtok(3) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStringTokenizer: replaces infamous strtok() and has some other features +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringTokenizer : public wxObject +{ +public: + // ctors and initializers + // default ctor, call SetString() later + wxStringTokenizer() { m_mode = wxTOKEN_INVALID; } + // ctor which gives us the string + wxStringTokenizer(const wxString& str, + const wxString& delims = wxDEFAULT_DELIMITERS, + wxStringTokenizerMode mode = wxTOKEN_DEFAULT); + + // args are same as for the non default ctor above + void SetString(const wxString& str, + const wxString& delims = wxDEFAULT_DELIMITERS, + wxStringTokenizerMode mode = wxTOKEN_DEFAULT); + + // reinitialize the tokenizer with the same delimiters/mode + void Reinit(const wxString& str); + + // tokens access + // return the number of remaining tokens + size_t CountTokens() const; + // did we reach the end of the string? + bool HasMoreTokens() const; + // get the next token, will return empty string if !HasMoreTokens() + wxString GetNextToken(); + // get the delimiter which terminated the token last retrieved by + // GetNextToken() or NUL if there had been no tokens yet or the last + // one wasn't terminated (but ran to the end of the string) + wxChar GetLastDelimiter() const { return m_lastDelim; } + + // get current tokenizer state + // returns the part of the string which remains to tokenize (*not* the + // initial string) + wxString GetString() const { return wxString(m_pos, m_string.end()); } + + // returns the current position (i.e. one index after the last + // returned token or 0 if GetNextToken() has never been called) in the + // original string + size_t GetPosition() const { return m_pos - m_string.begin(); } + + // misc + // get the current mode - can be different from the one passed to the + // ctor if it was wxTOKEN_DEFAULT + wxStringTokenizerMode GetMode() const { return m_mode; } + // do we return empty tokens? + bool AllowEmpty() const { return m_mode != wxTOKEN_STRTOK; } + + + // backwards compatibility section from now on + // ------------------------------------------- + + // for compatibility only, use GetNextToken() instead + wxString NextToken() { return GetNextToken(); } + + // compatibility only, don't use + void SetString(const wxString& to_tokenize, + const wxString& delims, + bool WXUNUSED(ret_delim)) + { + SetString(to_tokenize, delims, wxTOKEN_RET_DELIMS); + } + + wxStringTokenizer(const wxString& to_tokenize, + const wxString& delims, + bool ret_delim) + { + SetString(to_tokenize, delims, ret_delim); + } + +protected: + bool IsOk() const { return m_mode != wxTOKEN_INVALID; } + + bool DoHasMoreTokens() const; + + enum MoreTokensState + { + MoreTokens_Unknown, + MoreTokens_Yes, + MoreTokens_No + }; + + MoreTokensState m_hasMoreTokens; + + wxString m_string; // the string we tokenize + wxString::const_iterator m_stringEnd; + // FIXME-UTF8: use wxWcharBuffer + wxWxCharBuffer m_delims; // all possible delimiters + size_t m_delimsLen; + + wxString::const_iterator m_pos; // the current position in m_string + + wxStringTokenizerMode m_mode; // see wxTOKEN_XXX values + + wxChar m_lastDelim; // delimiter after last token or '\0' +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// convenience function which returns all tokens at once +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the function takes the same parameters as wxStringTokenizer ctor and returns +// the array containing all tokens +wxArrayString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE +wxStringTokenize(const wxString& str, + const wxString& delims = wxDEFAULT_DELIMITERS, + wxStringTokenizerMode mode = wxTOKEN_DEFAULT); + +#endif // _WX_TOKENZRH diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toolbar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toolbar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d90e4ed516 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toolbar.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/toolbar.h +// Purpose: wxToolBar interface declaration +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.11.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: toolbar.h 62849 2009-12-10 03:04:07Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TOOLBAR_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_TOOLBAR_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToolBar style flags +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum +{ + // lay out the toolbar horizontally + wxTB_HORIZONTAL = wxHORIZONTAL, // == 0x0004 + wxTB_TOP = wxTB_HORIZONTAL, + + // lay out the toolbar vertically + wxTB_VERTICAL = wxVERTICAL, // == 0x0008 + wxTB_LEFT = wxTB_VERTICAL, + + // show 3D buttons (wxToolBarSimple only) + wxTB_3DBUTTONS = 0x0010, + + // "flat" buttons (Win32/GTK only) + wxTB_FLAT = 0x0020, + + // dockable toolbar (GTK only) + wxTB_DOCKABLE = 0x0040, + + // don't show the icons (they're shown by default) + wxTB_NOICONS = 0x0080, + + // show the text (not shown by default) + wxTB_TEXT = 0x0100, + + // don't show the divider between toolbar and the window (Win32 only) + wxTB_NODIVIDER = 0x0200, + + // no automatic alignment (Win32 only, useless) + wxTB_NOALIGN = 0x0400, + + // show the text and the icons alongside, not vertically stacked (Win32/GTK) + wxTB_HORZ_LAYOUT = 0x0800, + wxTB_HORZ_TEXT = wxTB_HORZ_LAYOUT | wxTB_TEXT, + + // don't show the toolbar short help tooltips + wxTB_NO_TOOLTIPS = 0x1000, + + // lay out toolbar at the bottom of the window + wxTB_BOTTOM = 0x2000, + + // lay out toolbar at the right edge of the window + wxTB_RIGHT = 0x4000 +}; + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + #include "wx/tbarbase.h" // the base class for all toolbars + + #if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/univ/toolbar.h" + #elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/toolbar.h" + #elif defined(__WXMSW__) && (!defined(_WIN32_WCE) || (_WIN32_WCE >= 400 && !defined(__POCKETPC__) && !defined(__SMARTPHONE__))) + #include "wx/msw/toolbar.h" + #elif defined(__WXWINCE__) + #include "wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h" + #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/toolbar.h" + #elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/toolbar.h" + #elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/toolbar.h" + #elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/toolbar.h" + #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/toolbar.h" + #elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/toolbar.h" + #endif +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#endif + // _WX_TOOLBAR_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toolbook.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toolbook.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ddffc7a5c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toolbook.h @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/toolbook.h +// Purpose: wxToolbook: wxToolBar and wxNotebook combination +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-01-29 +// RCS-ID: $Id: toolbook.h 65931 2010-10-27 16:54:36Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TOOLBOOK_H_ +#define _WX_TOOLBOOK_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBOOK + +#include "wx/bookctrl.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBarBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCommandEvent; + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent ); + + +// Use wxButtonToolBar +#define wxTBK_BUTTONBAR 0x0100 + +// Use wxTB_HORZ_LAYOUT style for the controlling toolbar +#define wxTBK_HORZ_LAYOUT 0x8000 + +// deprecated synonym, don't use +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + #define wxBK_BUTTONBAR wxTBK_BUTTONBAR +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToolbook +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolbook : public wxBookCtrlBase +{ +public: + wxToolbook() + { + Init(); + } + + wxToolbook(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // quasi ctor + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + + + // implement base class virtuals + virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText); + virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const; + virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const; + virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId); + virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = -1); + virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent); } + virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n); } + virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList); + + virtual bool DeleteAllPages(); + virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const; + + + // methods which are not part of base wxBookctrl API + + // get the underlying toolbar + wxToolBarBase* GetToolBar() const { return (wxToolBarBase*)m_bookctrl; } + + // must be called in OnIdle or by application to realize the toolbar and + // select the initial page. + void Realize(); + +protected: + virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page); + + // event handlers + void OnToolSelected(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event); + + void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t newsel); + + wxBookCtrlEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const; + void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlEvent &event); + + // whether the toolbar needs to be realized + bool m_needsRealizing; + + // maximum bitmap size + wxSize m_maxBitmapSize; + +private: + // common part of all constructors + void Init(); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxToolbook) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// listbook event class and related stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxToolbookEvent is obsolete and defined for compatibility only +typedef wxBookCtrlEvent wxToolbookEvent; +typedef wxBookCtrlEventFunction wxToolbookEventFunction; +#define wxToolbookEventHandler(func) wxBookCtrlEventHandler(func) + + +#define EVT_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBOOK + +#endif // _WX_TOOLBOOK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tooltip.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tooltip.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8a1da9c86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tooltip.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/tooltip.h +// Purpose: wxToolTip base header +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: tooltip.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TOOLTIP_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_TOOLTIP_H_BASE_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) +#include "wx/msw/tooltip.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) +// #include "wx/motif/tooltip.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) +#include "wx/gtk/tooltip.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) +#include "wx/gtk1/tooltip.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) +#include "wx/osx/tooltip.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) +#include "wx/cocoa/tooltip.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) +#include "wx/os2/tooltip.h" +#endif + +#endif + // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +#endif + // _WX_TOOLTIP_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toplevel.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toplevel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be0c70b824 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/toplevel.h @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/toplevel.h +// Purpose: declares wxTopLevelWindow class, the base class for all +// top level windows (such as frames and dialogs) +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 06.08.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: toplevel.h 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TOPLEVEL_BASE_H_ +#define _WX_TOPLEVEL_BASE_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/nonownedwnd.h" +#include "wx/iconbndl.h" +#include "wx/containr.h" +#include "wx/weakref.h" + +// the default names for various classes +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFrameNameStr[]; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTopLevelWindowBase; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + Summary of the bits used (some of them are defined in wx/frame.g and + wx/dialog.h and not here): + + +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+ + |15|14|13|12|11|10| 9| 8| 7| 6| 5| 4| 3| 2| 1| 0| + +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+ + | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | \_ wxCENTRE + | | | | | | | | | | | | | | \____ wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR + | | | | | | | | | | | | | \_______ wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW + | | | | | | | | | | | | \__________ wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT + | | | | | | | | | | | \_____________ wxFRAME_SHAPED + | | | | | | | | | | \________________ + | | | | | | | | | \___________________ wxRESIZE_BORDER + | | | | | | | | \______________________ wxTINY_CAPTION_VERT + | | | | | | | \_________________________ wxDIALOG_NO_PARENT + | | | | | | \____________________________ wxMAXIMIZE_BOX + | | | | | \_______________________________ wxMINIMIZE_BOX + | | | | \__________________________________ wxSYSTEM_MENU + | | | \_____________________________________ wxCLOSE_BOX + | | \________________________________________ wxMAXIMIZE + | \___________________________________________ wxMINIMIZE + \______________________________________________ wxSTAY_ON_TOP + + + Notice that the 8 lower bits overlap with wxCENTRE and the button selection + bits (wxYES, wxOK wxNO, wxCANCEL, wxAPPLY, wxCLOSE and wxNO_DEFAULT) which + can be combined with the dialog style for several standard dialogs and + hence shouldn't overlap with any styles which can be used for the dialogs. + Additionally, wxCENTRE can be used with frames also. + */ + +// style common to both wxFrame and wxDialog +#define wxSTAY_ON_TOP 0x8000 +#define wxICONIZE 0x4000 +#define wxMINIMIZE wxICONIZE +#define wxMAXIMIZE 0x2000 +#define wxCLOSE_BOX 0x1000 + +#define wxSYSTEM_MENU 0x0800 +#define wxMINIMIZE_BOX 0x0400 +#define wxMAXIMIZE_BOX 0x0200 + +#define wxTINY_CAPTION 0x0080 // clashes with wxNO_DEFAULT +#define wxRESIZE_BORDER 0x0040 + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // HORIZ and VERT styles are equivalent anyhow so don't use different names + // for them + #define wxTINY_CAPTION_HORIZ wxTINY_CAPTION + #define wxTINY_CAPTION_VERT wxTINY_CAPTION +#endif + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + // deprecated versions defined for compatibility reasons + #define wxRESIZE_BOX wxMAXIMIZE_BOX + #define wxTHICK_FRAME wxRESIZE_BORDER + + // obsolete styles, unused any more + #define wxDIALOG_MODAL 0 + #define wxDIALOG_MODELESS 0 + #define wxNO_3D 0 + #define wxUSER_COLOURS 0 + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// default style +// +// under Windows CE (at least when compiling with eVC 4) we should create +// top level windows without any styles at all for them to appear +// "correctly", i.e. as full screen windows with a "hide" button (same as +// "close" but round instead of squared and just hides the applications +// instead of closing it) in the title bar +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) + #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + #define wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE (wxMAXIMIZE) + #elif defined(__WINCE_STANDARDSDK__) + #define wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE (wxMAXIMIZE|wxCLOSE_BOX) + #else + #define wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE (wxNO_BORDER) + #endif +#else // !__WXWINCE__ + #define wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE \ + (wxSYSTEM_MENU | \ + wxRESIZE_BORDER | \ + wxMINIMIZE_BOX | \ + wxMAXIMIZE_BOX | \ + wxCLOSE_BOX | \ + wxCAPTION | \ + wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +#endif + + +// Dialogs are created in a special way +#define wxTOPLEVEL_EX_DIALOG 0x00000008 + +// Styles for ShowFullScreen +// (note that wxTopLevelWindow only handles wxFULLSCREEN_NOBORDER and +// wxFULLSCREEN_NOCAPTION; the rest is handled by wxTopLevelWindow) +enum +{ + wxFULLSCREEN_NOMENUBAR = 0x0001, + wxFULLSCREEN_NOTOOLBAR = 0x0002, + wxFULLSCREEN_NOSTATUSBAR = 0x0004, + wxFULLSCREEN_NOBORDER = 0x0008, + wxFULLSCREEN_NOCAPTION = 0x0010, + + wxFULLSCREEN_ALL = wxFULLSCREEN_NOMENUBAR | wxFULLSCREEN_NOTOOLBAR | + wxFULLSCREEN_NOSTATUSBAR | wxFULLSCREEN_NOBORDER | + wxFULLSCREEN_NOCAPTION +}; + +// Styles for RequestUserAttention +enum +{ + wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO = 1, + wxUSER_ATTENTION_ERROR = 2 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTopLevelWindow: a top level (as opposed to child) window +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTopLevelWindowBase : public wxNonOwnedWindow +{ +public: + // construction + wxTopLevelWindowBase(); + virtual ~wxTopLevelWindowBase(); + + // top level wnd state + // -------------------- + + // maximize = true => maximize, otherwise - restore + virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = true) = 0; + + // undo Maximize() or Iconize() + virtual void Restore() = 0; + + // iconize = true => iconize, otherwise - restore + virtual void Iconize(bool iconize = true) = 0; + + // return true if the frame is maximized + virtual bool IsMaximized() const = 0; + + // return true if the frame is always maximized + // due to native guidelines or current policy + virtual bool IsAlwaysMaximized() const; + + // return true if the frame is iconized + virtual bool IsIconized() const = 0; + + // get the frame icon + wxIcon GetIcon() const; + + // get the frame icons + const wxIconBundle& GetIcons() const { return m_icons; } + + // set the frame icon: implemented in terms of SetIcons() + void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon); + + // set the frame icons + virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons) { m_icons = icons; } + + // maximize the window to cover entire screen + virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL) = 0; + + // shows the window, but doesn't activate it. If the base code is being run, + // it means the port doesn't implement this method yet and so alert the user. + virtual void ShowWithoutActivating() { + wxFAIL_MSG("ShowWithoutActivating not implemented on this platform."); + } + + // return true if the frame is in fullscreen mode + virtual bool IsFullScreen() const = 0; + + // the title of the top level window: the text which the + // window shows usually at the top of the frame/dialog in dedicated bar + virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) = 0; + virtual wxString GetTitle() const = 0; + + // enable/disable close button [x] + virtual bool EnableCloseButton(bool WXUNUSED(enable) ) { return false; } + + // Set the shape of the window to the given region. + // Returns true if the platform supports this feature (and the + // operation is successful.) + virtual bool SetShape(const wxRegion& WXUNUSED(region)) { return false; } + + // Attracts the users attention to this window if the application is + // inactive (should be called when a background event occurs) + virtual void RequestUserAttention(int flags = wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO); + + // Is this the active frame (highlighted in the taskbar)? + virtual bool IsActive() { return wxGetTopLevelParent(FindFocus()) == this; } + + // this function may be overridden to return false to allow closing the + // application even when this top level window is still open + // + // notice that the window is still closed prior to the application exit and + // so it can still veto it even if it returns false from here + virtual bool ShouldPreventAppExit() const { return true; } + + +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + virtual void SetLeftMenu(int id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, wxMenu *subMenu = NULL) = 0; + virtual void SetRightMenu(int id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, wxMenu *subMenu = NULL) = 0; +#endif // __SMARTPHONE__ + + // centre the window on screen: this is just a shortcut + void CentreOnScreen(int dir = wxBOTH) { DoCentre(dir | wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN); } + void CenterOnScreen(int dir = wxBOTH) { CentreOnScreen(dir); } + + // Get the default size for a new top level window. This is used when + // creating a wxTLW under some platforms if no explicit size given. + static wxSize GetDefaultSize(); + + + // default item access: we have a permanent default item which is the one + // set by the user code but we may also have a temporary default item which + // would be chosen if the user pressed "Enter" now but the default action + // reverts to the "permanent" default as soon as this temporary default + // item loses focus + + // get the default item, temporary or permanent + wxWindow *GetDefaultItem() const + { return m_winTmpDefault ? m_winTmpDefault : m_winDefault; } + + // set the permanent default item, return the old default + wxWindow *SetDefaultItem(wxWindow *win) + { wxWindow *old = GetDefaultItem(); m_winDefault = win; return old; } + + // return the temporary default item, can be NULL + wxWindow *GetTmpDefaultItem() const { return m_winTmpDefault; } + + // set a temporary default item, SetTmpDefaultItem(NULL) should be called + // soon after a call to SetTmpDefaultItem(window), return the old default + wxWindow *SetTmpDefaultItem(wxWindow *win) + { wxWindow *old = GetDefaultItem(); m_winTmpDefault = win; return old; } + + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // override some base class virtuals + virtual bool Destroy(); + virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; } + virtual bool IsVisible() const { return IsShown(); } + + // event handlers + void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) { DoLayout(); } + + // Get rect to be used to center top-level children + virtual void GetRectForTopLevelChildren(int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h); + + // this should go away, but for now it's called from docview.cpp, + // so should be there for all platforms + void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) { } + + // do the window-specific processing after processing the update event + virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) ; + + // a different API for SetSizeHints + virtual void SetMinSize(const wxSize& minSize); + virtual void SetMaxSize(const wxSize& maxSize); + + virtual void OSXSetModified(bool modified) { m_modified = modified; } + virtual bool OSXIsModified() const { return m_modified; } + +protected: + // the frame client to screen translation should take account of the + // toolbar which may shift the origin of the client area + virtual void DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const; + virtual void DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const; + + // add support for wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN + virtual void DoCentre(int dir); + + // no need to do client to screen translation to get our position in screen + // coordinates: this is already the case + virtual void DoGetScreenPosition(int *x, int *y) const + { + DoGetPosition(x, y); + } + + // test whether this window makes part of the frame + // (menubar, toolbar and statusbar are excluded from automatic layout) + virtual bool IsOneOfBars(const wxWindow *WXUNUSED(win)) const + { return false; } + + // check if we should exit the program after deleting this window + bool IsLastBeforeExit() const; + + // send the iconize event, return true if processed + bool SendIconizeEvent(bool iconized = true); + + // do TLW-specific layout: we resize our unique child to fill the entire + // client area + void DoLayout(); + + static int WidthDefault(int w) { return w == wxDefaultCoord ? GetDefaultSize().x : w; } + static int HeightDefault(int h) { return h == wxDefaultCoord ? GetDefaultSize().y : h; } + + + // the frame icon + wxIconBundle m_icons; + + // a default window (usually a button) or NULL + wxWindowRef m_winDefault; + + // a temporary override of m_winDefault, use the latter if NULL + wxWindowRef m_winTmpDefault; + + bool m_modified; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTopLevelWindowBase); + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); +}; + + +// include the real class declaration +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/toplevel.h" + #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowPalm +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/toplevel.h" + #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowMSW +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #include "wx/gtk/toplevel.h" + #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowGTK +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/gtk1/toplevel.h" + #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowGTK +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/toplevel.h" + #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowX11 +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #include "wx/mgl/toplevel.h" + #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowMGL +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #include "wx/dfb/toplevel.h" + #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowDFB +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/toplevel.h" + #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowMac +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/cocoa/toplevel.h" + #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowCocoa +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/os2/toplevel.h" + #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowOS2 +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/toplevel.h" + #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowMotif +#endif + +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #include "wx/univ/toplevel.h" +#else // !__WXUNIVERSAL__ + class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTopLevelWindow : public wxTopLevelWindowNative + { + public: + // construction + wxTopLevelWindow() { } + wxTopLevelWindow(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr) + : wxTopLevelWindowNative(parent, winid, title, + pos, size, style, name) + { + } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTopLevelWindow) + }; +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/!__WXUNIVERSAL__ + +#endif // _WX_TOPLEVEL_BASE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tracker.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tracker.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94afcab73f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/tracker.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/tracker.h +// Purpose: Support class for object lifetime tracking (wxWeakRef) +// Author: Arne Steinarson +// Created: 28 Dec 07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tracker.h 51448 2008-01-29 17:41:10Z RD $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Arne Steinarson +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TRACKER_H_ +#define _WX_TRACKER_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +class wxEventConnectionRef; + +// This class represents an object tracker and is stored in a linked list +// in the tracked object. It is only used in one of its derived forms. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTrackerNode +{ +public: + wxTrackerNode() : m_nxt(NULL) { } + virtual ~wxTrackerNode() { } + + virtual void OnObjectDestroy() = 0; + + virtual wxEventConnectionRef *ToEventConnection() { return NULL; } + +private: + wxTrackerNode *m_nxt; + + friend class wxTrackable; // For list access + friend class wxEvtHandler; // For list access +}; + +// Add-on base class for a trackable object. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTrackable +{ +public: + void AddNode(wxTrackerNode *prn) + { + prn->m_nxt = m_first; + m_first = prn; + } + + void RemoveNode(wxTrackerNode *prn) + { + for ( wxTrackerNode **pprn = &m_first; *pprn; pprn = &(*pprn)->m_nxt ) + { + if ( *pprn == prn ) + { + *pprn = prn->m_nxt; + return; + } + } + + wxFAIL_MSG( "removing invalid tracker node" ); + } + + wxTrackerNode *GetFirst() const { return m_first; } + +protected: + // this class is only supposed to be used as a base class but never be + // created nor destroyed directly so all ctors and dtor are protected + + wxTrackable() : m_first(NULL) { } + + // copy ctor and assignment operator intentionally do not copy m_first: the + // objects which track the original trackable shouldn't track the new copy + wxTrackable(const wxTrackable& WXUNUSED(other)) : m_first(NULL) { } + wxTrackable& operator=(const wxTrackable& WXUNUSED(other)) { return *this; } + + // dtor is not virtual: this class is not supposed to be used + // polymorphically and adding a virtual table to it would add unwanted + // overhead + ~wxTrackable() + { + // Notify all registered refs + while ( m_first ) + { + wxTrackerNode * const first = m_first; + m_first = first->m_nxt; + first->OnObjectDestroy(); + } + } + + wxTrackerNode *m_first; +}; + +#endif // _WX_TRACKER_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/translation.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/translation.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1320e75953 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/translation.h @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/translation.h +// Purpose: Internationalization and localisation for wxWidgets +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik, +// Michael N. Filippov +// Created: 2010-04-23 +// RCS-ID: $Id: translation.h 64597 2010-06-16 14:09:32Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// (c) 2010 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TRANSLATION_H_ +#define _WX_TRANSLATION_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/string.h" + +#if wxUSE_INTL + +#include "wx/buffer.h" +#include "wx/language.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/strconv.h" +#include "wx/scopedptr.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// global decls +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// gettext() style macros (notice that xgettext should be invoked with +// --keyword="_" --keyword="wxPLURAL:1,2" options +// to extract the strings from the sources) +#ifndef WXINTL_NO_GETTEXT_MACRO + #define _(s) wxGetTranslation((s)) + #define wxPLURAL(sing, plur, n) wxGetTranslation((sing), (plur), n) +#endif + +// another one which just marks the strings for extraction, but doesn't +// perform the translation (use -kwxTRANSLATE with xgettext!) +#define wxTRANSLATE(str) str + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward decls +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTranslationsLoader; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLocale; + +class wxPluralFormsCalculator; +wxDECLARE_SCOPED_PTR(wxPluralFormsCalculator, wxPluralFormsCalculatorPtr) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMsgCatalog corresponds to one loaded message catalog. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMsgCatalog +{ +public: + // Ctor is protected, because CreateFromXXX functions must be used, + // but destruction should be unrestricted +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + ~wxMsgCatalog(); +#endif + + // load the catalog from disk or from data; caller is responsible for + // deleting them if not NULL + static wxMsgCatalog *CreateFromFile(const wxString& filename, + const wxString& domain); + + static wxMsgCatalog *CreateFromData(const wxScopedCharBuffer& data, + const wxString& domain); + + // get name of the catalog + wxString GetDomain() const { return m_domain; } + + // get the translated string: returns NULL if not found + const wxString *GetString(const wxString& sz, unsigned n = UINT_MAX) const; + +protected: + wxMsgCatalog(const wxString& domain) + : m_pNext(NULL), m_domain(domain) +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + , m_conv(NULL) +#endif + {} + +private: + // variable pointing to the next element in a linked list (or NULL) + wxMsgCatalog *m_pNext; + friend class wxTranslations; + + wxStringToStringHashMap m_messages; // all messages in the catalog + wxString m_domain; // name of the domain + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + // the conversion corresponding to this catalog charset if we installed it + // as the global one + wxCSConv *m_conv; +#endif + + wxPluralFormsCalculatorPtr m_pluralFormsCalculator; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTranslations: message catalogs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this class allows to get translations for strings +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTranslations +{ +public: + wxTranslations(); + ~wxTranslations(); + + // returns current translations object, may return NULL + static wxTranslations *Get(); + // sets current translations object (takes ownership; may be NULL) + static void Set(wxTranslations *t); + + // changes loader to non-default one; takes ownership of 'loader' + void SetLoader(wxTranslationsLoader *loader); + + void SetLanguage(wxLanguage lang); + void SetLanguage(const wxString& lang); + + // get languages available for this app + wxArrayString GetAvailableTranslations(const wxString& domain) const; + + // add standard wxWidgets catalog ("wxstd") + bool AddStdCatalog(); + + // add catalog with given domain name and language, looking it up via + // wxTranslationsLoader + bool AddCatalog(const wxString& domain); + bool AddCatalog(const wxString& domain, wxLanguage msgIdLanguage); +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + bool AddCatalog(const wxString& domain, + wxLanguage msgIdLanguage, + const wxString& msgIdCharset); +#endif + + // check if the given catalog is loaded + bool IsLoaded(const wxString& domain) const; + + // access to translations + const wxString& GetString(const wxString& origString, + const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) const; + const wxString& GetString(const wxString& origString, + const wxString& origString2, + unsigned n, + const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) const; + + wxString GetHeaderValue(const wxString& header, + const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) const; + + // this is hack to work around a problem with wxGetTranslation() which + // returns const wxString& and not wxString, so when it returns untranslated + // string, it needs to have a copy of it somewhere + static const wxString& GetUntranslatedString(const wxString& str); + +private: + // perform loading of the catalog via m_loader + bool LoadCatalog(const wxString& domain, const wxString& lang); + + // find best translation for given domain + wxString ChooseLanguageForDomain(const wxString& domain, + const wxString& msgIdLang); + + // find catalog by name in a linked list, return NULL if !found + wxMsgCatalog *FindCatalog(const wxString& domain) const; + + // same as Set(), without taking ownership; only for wxLocale + static void SetNonOwned(wxTranslations *t); + friend class wxLocale; + +private: + wxString m_lang; + wxTranslationsLoader *m_loader; + + wxMsgCatalog *m_pMsgCat; // pointer to linked list of catalogs +}; + + +// abstraction of translations discovery and loading +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTranslationsLoader +{ +public: + wxTranslationsLoader() {} + virtual ~wxTranslationsLoader() {} + + virtual wxMsgCatalog *LoadCatalog(const wxString& domain, + const wxString& lang) = 0; + + virtual wxArrayString GetAvailableTranslations(const wxString& domain) const = 0; +}; + + +// standard wxTranslationsLoader implementation, using filesystem +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileTranslationsLoader + : public wxTranslationsLoader +{ +public: + static void AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix(const wxString& prefix); + + virtual wxMsgCatalog *LoadCatalog(const wxString& domain, + const wxString& lang); + + virtual wxArrayString GetAvailableTranslations(const wxString& domain) const; +}; + + +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ +// loads translations from win32 resources +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxResourceTranslationsLoader + : public wxTranslationsLoader +{ +public: + virtual wxMsgCatalog *LoadCatalog(const wxString& domain, + const wxString& lang); + + virtual wxArrayString GetAvailableTranslations(const wxString& domain) const; + +protected: + // returns resource type to use for translations + virtual wxString GetResourceType() const { return "MOFILE"; } + + // returns module to load resources from + virtual WXHINSTANCE GetModule() const { return 0; } +}; +#endif // __WINDOWS__ + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// get the translation of the string in the current locale +inline const wxString& wxGetTranslation(const wxString& str, + const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) +{ + wxTranslations *trans = wxTranslations::Get(); + if ( trans ) + return trans->GetString(str, domain); + else + // NB: this function returns reference to a string, so we have to keep + // a copy of it somewhere + return wxTranslations::GetUntranslatedString(str); +} + +inline const wxString& wxGetTranslation(const wxString& str1, + const wxString& str2, + unsigned n, + const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) +{ + wxTranslations *trans = wxTranslations::Get(); + if ( trans ) + return trans->GetString(str1, str2, n, domain); + else + // NB: this function returns reference to a string, so we have to keep + // a copy of it somewhere + return n == 1 + ? wxTranslations::GetUntranslatedString(str1) + : wxTranslations::GetUntranslatedString(str2); +} + +#else // !wxUSE_INTL + +// the macros should still be defined - otherwise compilation would fail + +#if !defined(WXINTL_NO_GETTEXT_MACRO) + #if !defined(_) + #define _(s) (s) + #endif + #define wxPLURAL(sing, plur, n) ((n) == 1 ? (sing) : (plur)) +#endif + +#define wxTRANSLATE(str) str + +// NB: we use a template here in order to avoid using +// wxLocale::GetUntranslatedString() above, which would be required if +// we returned const wxString&; this way, the compiler should be able to +// optimize wxGetTranslation() away + +template +inline TString wxGetTranslation(TString str) + { return str; } + +template +inline TString wxGetTranslation(TString str, TDomain WXUNUSED(domain)) + { return str; } + +template +inline TString wxGetTranslation(TString str1, TString str2, size_t n) + { return n == 1 ? str1 : str2; } + +template +inline TString wxGetTranslation(TString str1, TString str2, size_t n, + TDomain WXUNUSED(domain)) + { return n == 1 ? str1 : str2; } + +#endif // wxUSE_INTL/!wxUSE_INTL + +// define this one just in case it occurs somewhere (instead of preferred +// wxTRANSLATE) too +#if !defined(WXINTL_NO_GETTEXT_MACRO) + #if !defined(gettext_noop) + #define gettext_noop(str) (str) + #endif + #if !defined(N_) + #define N_(s) (s) + #endif +#endif + +#endif // _WX_TRANSLATION_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treebase.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treebase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..99d74f8aab --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treebase.h @@ -0,0 +1,432 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/treebase.h +// Purpose: wxTreeCtrl base classes and types +// Author: Julian Smart et al +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: treebase.h 58718 2009-02-07 18:59:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997,1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TREEBASE_H_ +#define _WX_TREEBASE_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_TREECTRL + +#include "wx/window.h" // for wxClientData +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// flags for deprecated `Expand(int action)', will be removed in next versions +enum +{ + wxTREE_EXPAND_EXPAND, + wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE, + wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE_RESET, + wxTREE_EXPAND_TOGGLE +}; + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTreeItemId identifies an element of the tree. In this implementation, it's +// just a trivial wrapper around Win32 HTREEITEM or a pointer to some private +// data structure in the generic version. It's opaque for the application and +// the only method which can be used by user code is IsOk(). +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Using this typedef removes an ambiguity when calling Remove() +typedef void *wxTreeItemIdValue; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeItemId +{ + friend bool operator==(const wxTreeItemId&, const wxTreeItemId&); +public: + // ctors + // 0 is invalid value for HTREEITEM + wxTreeItemId() { m_pItem = 0; } + + // construct wxTreeItemId from the native item id + wxTreeItemId(void *pItem) { m_pItem = pItem; } + + // default copy ctor/assignment operator are ok for us + + // accessors + // is this a valid tree item? + bool IsOk() const { return m_pItem != 0; } + // return true if this item is not valid + bool operator!() const { return !IsOk(); } + + // operations + // invalidate the item + void Unset() { m_pItem = 0; } + + operator bool() const { return IsOk(); } + + wxTreeItemIdValue m_pItem; +}; + +inline bool operator==(const wxTreeItemId& i1, const wxTreeItemId& i2) +{ + return i1.m_pItem == i2.m_pItem; +} + +inline bool operator!=(const wxTreeItemId& i1, const wxTreeItemId& i2) +{ + return i1.m_pItem != i2.m_pItem; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTreeItemData is some (arbitrary) user class associated with some item. The +// main advantage of having this class (compared to old untyped interface) is +// that wxTreeItemData's are destroyed automatically by the tree and, as this +// class has virtual dtor, it means that the memory will be automatically +// freed. OTOH, we don't just use wxObject instead of wxTreeItemData because +// the size of this class is critical: in any real application, each tree leaf +// will have wxTreeItemData associated with it and number of leaves may be +// quite big. +// +// Because the objects of this class are deleted by the tree, they should +// always be allocated on the heap! +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeItemData: public wxClientData +{ +friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeCtrl; +friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericTreeCtrl; +public: + // creation/destruction + // -------------------- + // default ctor + wxTreeItemData() { } + + // default copy ctor/assignment operator are ok + + // accessor: get the item associated with us + const wxTreeItemId& GetId() const { return m_pItem; } + void SetId(const wxTreeItemId& id) { m_pItem = id; } + +protected: + wxTreeItemId m_pItem; +}; + +WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxTreeItemIdValue, wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase); + +// this is a wrapper around the array class defined above which allow to wok +// with vaue of natural wxTreeItemId type instead of using wxTreeItemIdValue +// and does it without any loss of efficiency +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxArrayTreeItemIds : public wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase +{ +public: + void Add(const wxTreeItemId& id) + { wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase::Add(id.m_pItem); } + void Insert(const wxTreeItemId& id, size_t pos) + { wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase::Insert(id.m_pItem, pos); } + wxTreeItemId Item(size_t i) const + { return wxTreeItemId(wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase::Item(i)); } + wxTreeItemId operator[](size_t i) const { return Item(i); } +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// enum for different images associated with a treectrl item +enum wxTreeItemIcon +{ + wxTreeItemIcon_Normal, // not selected, not expanded + wxTreeItemIcon_Selected, // selected, not expanded + wxTreeItemIcon_Expanded, // not selected, expanded + wxTreeItemIcon_SelectedExpanded, // selected, expanded + wxTreeItemIcon_Max +}; + +// special values for the 'state' parameter of wxTreeCtrl::SetItemState() +static const int wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE = -1; // not state (no display state image) +static const int wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NEXT = -2; // cycle to the next state +static const int wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_PREV = -3; // cycle to the previous state + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTreeCtrl flags +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxTR_NO_BUTTONS 0x0000 // for convenience +#define wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS 0x0001 // draw collapsed/expanded btns +#define wxTR_NO_LINES 0x0004 // don't draw lines at all +#define wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT 0x0008 // connect top-level nodes +#define wxTR_TWIST_BUTTONS 0x0010 // still used by wxTreeListCtrl + +#define wxTR_SINGLE 0x0000 // for convenience +#define wxTR_MULTIPLE 0x0020 // can select multiple items + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + #define wxTR_EXTENDED 0x0040 // deprecated, don't use +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#define wxTR_HAS_VARIABLE_ROW_HEIGHT 0x0080 // what it says + +#define wxTR_EDIT_LABELS 0x0200 // can edit item labels +#define wxTR_ROW_LINES 0x0400 // put border around items +#define wxTR_HIDE_ROOT 0x0800 // don't display root node + +#define wxTR_FULL_ROW_HIGHLIGHT 0x2000 // highlight full horz space + +// make the default control appearance look more native-like depending on the +// platform +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) + #define wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS | wxTR_NO_LINES) +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #define wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE \ + (wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS | wxTR_NO_LINES | wxTR_FULL_ROW_HIGHLIGHT) +#else + #define wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS | wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT) +#endif + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +// deprecated, don't use +#define wxTR_MAC_BUTTONS 0 +#define wxTR_AQUA_BUTTONS 0 +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + +// values for the `flags' parameter of wxTreeCtrl::HitTest() which determine +// where exactly the specified point is situated: + +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ABOVE = 0x0001; +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_BELOW = 0x0002; +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_NOWHERE = 0x0004; + // on the button associated with an item. +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON = 0x0008; + // on the bitmap associated with an item. +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON = 0x0010; + // on the indent associated with an item. +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMINDENT = 0x0020; + // on the label (string) associated with an item. +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL = 0x0040; + // on the right of the label associated with an item. +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT = 0x0080; + // on the label (string) associated with an item. +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON = 0x0100; + // on the left of the wxTreeCtrl. +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_TOLEFT = 0x0200; + // on the right of the wxTreeCtrl. +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_TORIGHT = 0x0400; + // on the upper part (first half) of the item. +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMUPPERPART = 0x0800; + // on the lower part (second half) of the item. +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLOWERPART = 0x1000; + + // anywhere on the item +static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEM = wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | + wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL; + +// tree ctrl default name +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxTreeCtrlNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTreeItemAttr: a structure containing the visual attributes of an item +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeItemAttr +{ +public: + // ctors + wxTreeItemAttr() { } + wxTreeItemAttr(const wxColour& colText, + const wxColour& colBack, + const wxFont& font) + : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack), m_font(font) { } + + // setters + void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; } + void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; } + void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; } + + // accessors + bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.Ok(); } + bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.Ok(); } + bool HasFont() const { return m_font.Ok(); } + + const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; } + const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; } + const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; } + +private: + wxColour m_colText, + m_colBack; + wxFont m_font; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTreeEvent is a special class for all events associated with tree controls +// +// NB: note that not all accessors make sense for all events, see the event +// descriptions below +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeCtrlBase; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeEvent : public wxNotifyEvent +{ +public: + wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0); + wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType, + wxTreeCtrlBase *tree, + const wxTreeItemId &item = wxTreeItemId()); + wxTreeEvent(const wxTreeEvent& event); + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxTreeEvent(*this); } + + // accessors + // get the item on which the operation was performed or the newly + // selected item for wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED/ING events + wxTreeItemId GetItem() const { return m_item; } + void SetItem(const wxTreeItemId& item) { m_item = item; } + + // for wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED/ING events, get the previously + // selected item + wxTreeItemId GetOldItem() const { return m_itemOld; } + void SetOldItem(const wxTreeItemId& item) { m_itemOld = item; } + + // the point where the mouse was when the drag operation started (for + // wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_(R)DRAG events only) or click position + wxPoint GetPoint() const { return m_pointDrag; } + void SetPoint(const wxPoint& pt) { m_pointDrag = pt; } + + // keyboard data (for wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN only) + const wxKeyEvent& GetKeyEvent() const { return m_evtKey; } + int GetKeyCode() const { return m_evtKey.GetKeyCode(); } + void SetKeyEvent(const wxKeyEvent& evt) { m_evtKey = evt; } + + // label (for EVT_TREE_{BEGIN|END}_LABEL_EDIT only) + const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; } + void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_label = label; } + + // edit cancel flag (for EVT_TREE_{BEGIN|END}_LABEL_EDIT only) + bool IsEditCancelled() const { return m_editCancelled; } + void SetEditCanceled(bool editCancelled) { m_editCancelled = editCancelled; } + + // Set the tooltip for the item (for EVT\_TREE\_ITEM\_GETTOOLTIP events) + void SetToolTip(const wxString& toolTip) { m_label = toolTip; } + wxString GetToolTip() { return m_label; } + +private: + // not all of the members are used (or initialized) for all events + wxKeyEvent m_evtKey; + wxTreeItemId m_item, + m_itemOld; + wxPoint m_pointDrag; + wxString m_label; + bool m_editCancelled; + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeCtrl; + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericTreeCtrl; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeEvent) +}; + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTreeEventFunction)(wxTreeEvent&); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// tree control events and macros for handling them +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_DRAG, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_STATE_IMAGE_CLICK, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_MENU, wxTreeEvent ); + +#define wxTreeEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxTreeEventFunction, func) + +#define wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ ## evt, id, wxTreeEventHandler(fn)) + +// GetItem() returns the item being dragged, GetPoint() the mouse coords +// +// if you call event.Allow(), the drag operation will start and a +// EVT_TREE_END_DRAG event will be sent when the drag is over. +#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn) +#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(BEGIN_RDRAG, id, fn) + +// GetItem() is the item on which the drop occurred (if any) and GetPoint() the +// current mouse coords +#define EVT_TREE_END_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(END_DRAG, id, fn) + +// GetItem() returns the itme whose label is being edited, GetLabel() returns +// the current item label for BEGIN and the would be new one for END. +// +// Vetoing BEGIN event means that label editing won't happen at all, +// vetoing END means that the new value is discarded and the old one kept +#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, fn) +#define EVT_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(END_LABEL_EDIT, id, fn) + +// provide/update information about GetItem() item +#define EVT_TREE_GET_INFO(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(GET_INFO, id, fn) +#define EVT_TREE_SET_INFO(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(SET_INFO, id, fn) + +// GetItem() is the item being expanded/collapsed, the "ING" versions can use +#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_EXPANDED, id, fn) +#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_EXPANDING, id, fn) +#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_COLLAPSED, id, fn) +#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_COLLAPSING, id, fn) + +// GetOldItem() is the item which had the selection previously, GetItem() is +// the item which acquires selection +#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(SEL_CHANGED, id, fn) +#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(SEL_CHANGING, id, fn) + +// GetKeyCode() returns the key code +// NB: this is the only message for which GetItem() is invalid (you may get the +// item from GetSelection()) +#define EVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(KEY_DOWN, id, fn) + +// GetItem() returns the item being deleted, the associated data (if any) will +// be deleted just after the return of this event handler (if any) +#define EVT_TREE_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(DELETE_ITEM, id, fn) + +// GetItem() returns the item that was activated (double click, enter, space) +#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_ACTIVATED, id, fn) + +// GetItem() returns the item for which the context menu shall be shown +#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_MENU(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_MENU, id, fn) + +// GetItem() returns the item that was clicked on +#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn) +#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, id, fn) + +// GetItem() returns the item whose state image was clicked on +#define EVT_TREE_STATE_IMAGE_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(STATE_IMAGE_CLICK, id, fn) + +// GetItem() is the item for which the tooltip is being requested +#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_GETTOOLTIP, id, fn) + +#endif // wxUSE_TREECTRL + +#endif // _WX_TREEBASE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treebook.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treebook.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bc39e8f698 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treebook.h @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/treebook.h +// Purpose: wxTreebook: wxNotebook-like control presenting pages in a tree +// Author: Evgeniy Tarassov, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-09-15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: treebook.h 65931 2010-10-27 16:54:36Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TREEBOOK_H_ +#define _WX_TREEBOOK_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_TREEBOOK + +#include "wx/bookctrl.h" +#include "wx/treectrl.h" // for wxArrayTreeItemIds + +typedef wxWindow wxTreebookPage; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeEvent; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTreebook +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreebook : public wxBookCtrlBase +{ +public: + // Constructors and such + // --------------------- + + // Default ctor doesn't create the control, use Create() afterwards + wxTreebook() + { + Init(); + } + + // This ctor creates the tree book control + wxTreebook(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxBK_DEFAULT, + const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // Really creates the control + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxBK_DEFAULT, + const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + + + // Page insertion operations + // ------------------------- + + // Notice that page pointer may be NULL in which case the next non NULL + // page (usually the first child page of a node) is shown when this page is + // selected + + // Inserts a new page just before the page indicated by page. + // The new page is placed on the same level as page. + virtual bool InsertPage(size_t pos, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND); + + // Inserts a new sub-page to the end of children of the page at given pos. + virtual bool InsertSubPage(size_t pos, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND); + + // Adds a new page at top level after all other pages. + virtual bool AddPage(wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND); + + // Adds a new child-page to the last top-level page inserted. + // Useful when constructing 1 level tree structure. + virtual bool AddSubPage(wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND); + + // Deletes the page and ALL its children. Could trigger page selection + // change in a case when selected page is removed. In that case its parent + // is selected (or the next page if no parent). + virtual bool DeletePage(size_t pos); + + + // Tree operations + // --------------- + + // Gets the page node state -- node is expanded or collapsed + virtual bool IsNodeExpanded(size_t pos) const; + + // Expands or collapses the page node. Returns the previous state. + // May generate page changing events (if selected page + // is under the collapsed branch, then parent is autoselected). + virtual bool ExpandNode(size_t pos, bool expand = true); + + // shortcut for ExpandNode(pos, false) + bool CollapseNode(size_t pos) { return ExpandNode(pos, false); } + + // get the parent page or wxNOT_FOUND if this is a top level page + int GetPageParent(size_t pos) const; + + // the tree control we use for showing the pages index tree + wxTreeCtrl* GetTreeCtrl() const { return (wxTreeCtrl*)m_bookctrl; } + + + // Standard operations inherited from wxBookCtrlBase + // ------------------------------------------------- + + virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText); + virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const; + virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const; + virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId); + virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent); } + virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n); } + virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const; + virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList); + virtual void AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList); + virtual bool DeleteAllPages(); + +protected: + // Implementation of a page removal. See DeletPage for comments. + wxTreebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t pos); + + // This subclass of wxBookCtrlBase accepts NULL page pointers (empty pages) + virtual bool AllowNullPage() const { return true; } + + // event handlers + void OnTreeSelectionChange(wxTreeEvent& event); + void OnTreeNodeExpandedCollapsed(wxTreeEvent& event); + + // array of page ids and page windows + wxArrayTreeItemIds m_treeIds; + + // in the situation when m_selection page is not wxNOT_FOUND but page is + // NULL this is the first (sub)child that has a non-NULL page + int m_actualSelection; + +private: + // common part of all constructors + void Init(); + + // The real implementations of page insertion functions + // ------------------------------------------------------ + // All DoInsert/Add(Sub)Page functions add the page into : + // - the base class + // - the tree control + // - update the index/TreeItemId corespondance array + bool DoInsertPage(size_t pos, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND); + bool DoInsertSubPage(size_t pos, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND); + bool DoAddSubPage(wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect = false, + int imageId = wxNOT_FOUND); + + // Sets selection in the tree control and updates the page being shown. + int DoSetSelection(size_t pos, int flags = 0); + + // Returns currently shown page. In a case when selected the node + // has empty (NULL) page finds first (sub)child with not-empty page. + wxTreebookPage *DoGetCurrentPage() const; + + // Does the selection update. Called from page insertion functions + // to update selection if the selected page was pushed by the newly inserted + void DoUpdateSelection(bool bSelect, int page); + + + // Operations on the internal private members of the class + // ------------------------------------------------------- + // Returns the page TreeItemId for the page. + // Or, if the page index is incorrect, a fake one (fakePage.IsOk() == false) + wxTreeItemId DoInternalGetPage(size_t pos) const; + + // Linear search for a page with the id specified. If no page + // found wxNOT_FOUND is returned. The function is used when we catch an event + // from m_tree (wxTreeCtrl) component. + int DoInternalFindPageById(wxTreeItemId page) const; + + // Updates page and wxTreeItemId correspondance. + void DoInternalAddPage(size_t newPos, wxWindow *page, wxTreeItemId pageId); + + // Removes the page from internal structure. + void DoInternalRemovePage(size_t pos) + { DoInternalRemovePageRange(pos, 0); } + + // Removes the page and all its children designated by subCount + // from internal structures of the control. + void DoInternalRemovePageRange(size_t pos, size_t subCount); + + // Returns internal number of pages which can be different from + // GetPageCount() while performing a page insertion or removal. + size_t DoInternalGetPageCount() const { return m_treeIds.GetCount(); } + + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTreebook) +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// treebook event class and related stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxTreebookEvent is obsolete and defined for compatibility only +typedef wxBookCtrlEvent wxTreebookEvent; +typedef wxBookCtrlEventFunction wxTreebookEventFunction; +#define wxTreebookEventHandler(func) wxBookCtrlEventHandler(func) + + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_COLLAPSED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_EXPANDED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); + +#define EVT_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_TREEBOOK_NODE_COLLAPSED(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_COLLAPSED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + +#define EVT_TREEBOOK_NODE_EXPANDED(winid, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_EXPANDED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn)) + + +#endif // wxUSE_TREEBOOK + +#endif // _WX_TREEBOOK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treectrl.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treectrl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b46241a20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/treectrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,482 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/treectrl.h +// Purpose: wxTreeCtrl base header +// Author: Karsten Ballueder +// Modified by: +// Created: +// Copyright: (c) Karsten Ballueder +// RCS-ID: $Id: treectrl.h 64532 2010-06-09 13:55:48Z FM $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TREECTRL_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_TREECTRL_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_TREECTRL + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/treebase.h" +#include "wx/textctrl.h" // wxTextCtrl::ms_classinfo used through wxCLASSINFO macro + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTreeCtrlBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeCtrlBase : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxTreeCtrlBase() + { + m_imageListNormal = + m_imageListState = NULL; + m_ownsImageListNormal = + m_ownsImageListState = false; + + // arbitrary default + m_spacing = 18; + + // quick DoGetBestSize calculation + m_quickBestSize = true; + } + + virtual ~wxTreeCtrlBase(); + + // accessors + // --------- + + // get the total number of items in the control + virtual unsigned int GetCount() const = 0; + + // indent is the number of pixels the children are indented relative to + // the parents position. SetIndent() also redraws the control + // immediately. + virtual unsigned int GetIndent() const = 0; + virtual void SetIndent(unsigned int indent) = 0; + + // spacing is the number of pixels between the start and the Text + // (has no effect under wxMSW) + unsigned int GetSpacing() const { return m_spacing; } + void SetSpacing(unsigned int spacing) { m_spacing = spacing; } + + // image list: these functions allow to associate an image list with + // the control and retrieve it. Note that the control does _not_ delete + // the associated image list when it's deleted in order to allow image + // lists to be shared between different controls. + // + // The normal image list is for the icons which correspond to the + // normal tree item state (whether it is selected or not). + // Additionally, the application might choose to show a state icon + // which corresponds to an app-defined item state (for example, + // checked/unchecked) which are taken from the state image list. + wxImageList *GetImageList() const { return m_imageListNormal; } + wxImageList *GetStateImageList() const { return m_imageListState; } + + virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList) = 0; + virtual void SetStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList) = 0; + void AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList) + { + SetImageList(imageList); + m_ownsImageListNormal = true; + } + void AssignStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList) + { + SetStateImageList(imageList); + m_ownsImageListState = true; + } + + + // Functions to work with tree ctrl items. Unfortunately, they can _not_ be + // member functions of wxTreeItem because they must know the tree the item + // belongs to for Windows implementation and storing the pointer to + // wxTreeCtrl in each wxTreeItem is just too much waste. + + // accessors + // --------- + + // retrieve items label + virtual wxString GetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + // get one of the images associated with the item (normal by default) + virtual int GetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal) const = 0; + // get the data associated with the item + virtual wxTreeItemData *GetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + + // get the item's text colour + virtual wxColour GetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + + // get the item's background colour + virtual wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + + // get the item's font + virtual wxFont GetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + + // get the items state + int GetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item) const + { + return DoGetItemState(item); + } + + // modifiers + // --------- + + // set items label + virtual void SetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxString& text) = 0; + // set one of the images associated with the item (normal by default) + virtual void SetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, + int image, + wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal) = 0; + // associate some data with the item + virtual void SetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item, wxTreeItemData *data) = 0; + + // force appearance of [+] button near the item. This is useful to + // allow the user to expand the items which don't have any children now + // - but instead add them only when needed, thus minimizing memory + // usage and loading time. + virtual void SetItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item, + bool has = true) = 0; + + // the item will be shown in bold + virtual void SetItemBold(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool bold = true) = 0; + + // the item will be shown with a drop highlight + virtual void SetItemDropHighlight(const wxTreeItemId& item, + bool highlight = true) = 0; + + // set the items text colour + virtual void SetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, + const wxColour& col) = 0; + + // set the items background colour + virtual void SetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, + const wxColour& col) = 0; + + // set the items font (should be of the same height for all items) + virtual void SetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item, + const wxFont& font) = 0; + + // set the items state (special state values: wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE/NEXT/PREV) + void SetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item, int state); + + // item status inquiries + // --------------------- + + // is the item visible (it might be outside the view or not expanded)? + virtual bool IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + // does the item has any children? + virtual bool ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + // same as above + bool HasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const + { return ItemHasChildren(item); } + // is the item expanded (only makes sense if HasChildren())? + virtual bool IsExpanded(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + // is this item currently selected (the same as has focus)? + virtual bool IsSelected(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + // is item text in bold font? + virtual bool IsBold(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + // is the control empty? + bool IsEmpty() const; + + + // number of children + // ------------------ + + // if 'recursively' is false, only immediate children count, otherwise + // the returned number is the number of all items in this branch + virtual size_t GetChildrenCount(const wxTreeItemId& item, + bool recursively = true) const = 0; + + // navigation + // ---------- + + // wxTreeItemId.IsOk() will return false if there is no such item + + // get the root tree item + virtual wxTreeItemId GetRootItem() const = 0; + + // get the item currently selected (may return NULL if no selection) + virtual wxTreeItemId GetSelection() const = 0; + + // get the items currently selected, return the number of such item + // + // NB: this operation is expensive and can take a long time for a + // control with a lot of items (~ O(number of items)). + virtual size_t GetSelections(wxArrayTreeItemIds& selections) const = 0; + + // get the last item to be clicked when the control has wxTR_MULTIPLE + // equivalent to GetSelection() if not wxTR_MULTIPLE + virtual wxTreeItemId GetFocusedItem() const = 0; + + + // Clears the currently focused item + virtual void ClearFocusedItem() = 0; + // Sets the currently focused item. Item should be valid + virtual void SetFocusedItem(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0; + + + // get the parent of this item (may return NULL if root) + virtual wxTreeItemId GetItemParent(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + + // for this enumeration function you must pass in a "cookie" parameter + // which is opaque for the application but is necessary for the library + // to make these functions reentrant (i.e. allow more than one + // enumeration on one and the same object simultaneously). Of course, + // the "cookie" passed to GetFirstChild() and GetNextChild() should be + // the same! + + // get the first child of this item + virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstChild(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const = 0; + // get the next child + virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextChild(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const = 0; + // get the last child of this item - this method doesn't use cookies + virtual wxTreeItemId GetLastChild(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + + // get the next sibling of this item + virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + // get the previous sibling + virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + + // get first visible item + virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstVisibleItem() const = 0; + // get the next visible item: item must be visible itself! + // see IsVisible() and wxTreeCtrl::GetFirstVisibleItem() + virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + // get the previous visible item: item must be visible itself! + virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + + // operations + // ---------- + + // add the root node to the tree + virtual wxTreeItemId AddRoot(const wxString& text, + int image = -1, int selImage = -1, + wxTreeItemData *data = NULL) = 0; + + // insert a new item in as the first child of the parent + wxTreeItemId PrependItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent, + const wxString& text, + int image = -1, int selImage = -1, + wxTreeItemData *data = NULL) + { + return DoInsertItem(parent, 0u, text, image, selImage, data); + } + + // insert a new item after a given one + wxTreeItemId InsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent, + const wxTreeItemId& idPrevious, + const wxString& text, + int image = -1, int selImage = -1, + wxTreeItemData *data = NULL) + { + return DoInsertAfter(parent, idPrevious, text, image, selImage, data); + } + + // insert a new item before the one with the given index + wxTreeItemId InsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent, + size_t pos, + const wxString& text, + int image = -1, int selImage = -1, + wxTreeItemData *data = NULL) + { + return DoInsertItem(parent, pos, text, image, selImage, data); + } + + // insert a new item in as the last child of the parent + wxTreeItemId AppendItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent, + const wxString& text, + int image = -1, int selImage = -1, + wxTreeItemData *data = NULL) + { + return DoInsertItem(parent, (size_t)-1, text, image, selImage, data); + } + + // delete this item and associated data if any + virtual void Delete(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0; + // delete all children (but don't delete the item itself) + // NB: this won't send wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_DELETED events + virtual void DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0; + // delete all items from the tree + // NB: this won't send wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_DELETED events + virtual void DeleteAllItems() = 0; + + // expand this item + virtual void Expand(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0; + // expand the item and all its children recursively + void ExpandAllChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item); + // expand all items + void ExpandAll(); + // collapse the item without removing its children + virtual void Collapse(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0; + // collapse the item and all its children + void CollapseAllChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item); + // collapse all items + void CollapseAll(); + // collapse the item and remove all children + virtual void CollapseAndReset(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0; + // toggles the current state + virtual void Toggle(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0; + + // remove the selection from currently selected item (if any) + virtual void Unselect() = 0; + // unselect all items (only makes sense for multiple selection control) + virtual void UnselectAll() = 0; + // select this item + virtual void SelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool select = true) = 0; + // selects all (direct) children for given parent (only for + // multiselection controls) + virtual void SelectChildren(const wxTreeItemId& parent) = 0; + // unselect this item + void UnselectItem(const wxTreeItemId& item) { SelectItem(item, false); } + // toggle item selection + void ToggleItemSelection(const wxTreeItemId& item) + { + SelectItem(item, !IsSelected(item)); + } + + // make sure this item is visible (expanding the parent item and/or + // scrolling to this item if necessary) + virtual void EnsureVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0; + // scroll to this item (but don't expand its parent) + virtual void ScrollTo(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0; + + // start editing the item label: this (temporarily) replaces the item + // with a one line edit control. The item will be selected if it hadn't + // been before. textCtrlClass parameter allows you to create an edit + // control of arbitrary user-defined class deriving from wxTextCtrl. + virtual wxTextCtrl *EditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxClassInfo* textCtrlClass = wxCLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)) = 0; + // returns the same pointer as StartEdit() if the item is being edited, + // NULL otherwise (it's assumed that no more than one item may be + // edited simultaneously) + virtual wxTextCtrl *GetEditControl() const = 0; + // end editing and accept or discard the changes to item label + virtual void EndEditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item, + bool discardChanges = false) = 0; + + // sorting + // ------- + + // this function is called to compare 2 items and should return -1, 0 + // or +1 if the first item is less than, equal to or greater than the + // second one. The base class version performs alphabetic comparaison + // of item labels (GetText) + virtual int OnCompareItems(const wxTreeItemId& item1, + const wxTreeItemId& item2) + { + return wxStrcmp(GetItemText(item1), GetItemText(item2)); + } + + // sort the children of this item using OnCompareItems + // + // NB: this function is not reentrant and not MT-safe (FIXME)! + virtual void SortChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0; + + // items geometry + // -------------- + + // determine to which item (if any) belongs the given point (the + // coordinates specified are relative to the client area of tree ctrl) + // and, in the second variant, fill the flags parameter with a bitmask + // of wxTREE_HITTEST_xxx constants. + wxTreeItemId HitTest(const wxPoint& point) const + { int dummy; return DoTreeHitTest(point, dummy); } + wxTreeItemId HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags) const + { return DoTreeHitTest(point, flags); } + + // get the bounding rectangle of the item (or of its label only) + virtual bool GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxRect& rect, + bool textOnly = false) const = 0; + + + // implementation + // -------------- + + virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; } + + // hint whether to calculate best size quickly or accurately + void SetQuickBestSize(bool q) { m_quickBestSize = q; } + bool GetQuickBestSize() const { return m_quickBestSize; } + +protected: + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // common part of Get/SetItemState() + virtual int DoGetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0; + virtual void DoSetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item, int state) = 0; + + // common part of Append/Prepend/InsertItem() + // + // pos is the position at which to insert the item or (size_t)-1 to append + // it to the end + virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent, + size_t pos, + const wxString& text, + int image, int selImage, + wxTreeItemData *data) = 0; + + // and this function implements overloaded InsertItem() taking wxTreeItemId + // (it can't be called InsertItem() as we'd have virtual function hiding + // problem in derived classes then) + virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertAfter(const wxTreeItemId& parent, + const wxTreeItemId& idPrevious, + const wxString& text, + int image = -1, int selImage = -1, + wxTreeItemData *data = NULL) = 0; + + // real HitTest() implementation: again, can't be called just HitTest() + // because it's overloaded and so the non-virtual overload would be hidden + // (and can't be called DoHitTest() because this is already in wxWindow) + virtual wxTreeItemId DoTreeHitTest(const wxPoint& point, + int& flags) const = 0; + + + wxImageList *m_imageListNormal, // images for tree elements + *m_imageListState; // special images for app defined states + bool m_ownsImageListNormal, + m_ownsImageListState; + + // spacing between left border and the text + unsigned int m_spacing; + + // whether full or quick calculation is done in DoGetBestSize + bool m_quickBestSize; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTreeCtrlBase); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// include the platform-dependent wxTreeCtrl class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/treectrl.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h" +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_TREECTRL + +#endif // _WX_TREECTRL_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/txtstrm.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/txtstrm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c1b98bb8d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/txtstrm.h @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/txtstrm.h +// Purpose: Text stream classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 28/06/1998 +// RCS-ID: $Id: txtstrm.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TXTSTREAM_H_ +#define _WX_TXTSTREAM_H_ + +#include "wx/stream.h" +#include "wx/convauto.h" + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTextInputStream; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTextOutputStream; + +typedef wxTextInputStream& (*__wxTextInputManip)(wxTextInputStream&); +typedef wxTextOutputStream& (*__wxTextOutputManip)(wxTextOutputStream&); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextOutputStream &endl( wxTextOutputStream &stream ); + + +#define wxEOT wxT('\4') // the End-Of-Text control code (used only inside wxTextInputStream) + +// If you're scanning through a file using wxTextInputStream, you should check for EOF _before_ +// reading the next item (word / number), because otherwise the last item may get lost. +// You should however be prepared to receive an empty item (empty string / zero number) at the +// end of file, especially on Windows systems. This is unavoidable because most (but not all) files end +// with whitespace (i.e. usually a newline). +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextInputStream +{ +public: +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxTextInputStream(wxInputStream& s, + const wxString &sep=wxT(" \t"), + const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); +#else + wxTextInputStream(wxInputStream& s, const wxString &sep=wxT(" \t")); +#endif + ~wxTextInputStream(); + + wxUint32 Read32(int base = 10); // base may be between 2 and 36, inclusive, or the special 0 (= C format) + wxUint16 Read16(int base = 10); + wxUint8 Read8(int base = 10); + wxInt32 Read32S(int base = 10); + wxInt16 Read16S(int base = 10); + wxInt8 Read8S(int base = 10); + double ReadDouble(); + wxString ReadLine(); + wxString ReadWord(); + wxChar GetChar() { wxChar c = NextChar(); return (wxChar)(c != wxEOT ? c : 0); } + + wxString GetStringSeparators() const { return m_separators; } + void SetStringSeparators(const wxString &c) { m_separators = c; } + + // Operators + wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxString& word); + wxTextInputStream& operator>>(char& c); +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE + wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wchar_t& wc); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxInt16& i); + wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxInt32& i); + wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxUint16& i); + wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxUint32& i); + wxTextInputStream& operator>>(double& i); + wxTextInputStream& operator>>(float& f); + + wxTextInputStream& operator>>( __wxTextInputManip func) { return func(*this); } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + wxDEPRECATED( wxString ReadString() ); // use ReadLine or ReadWord instead +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +protected: + wxInputStream &m_input; + wxString m_separators; + char m_lastBytes[10]; // stores the bytes that were read for the last character + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxMBConv *m_conv; +#endif + + bool EatEOL(const wxChar &c); + void UngetLast(); // should be used instead of wxInputStream::Ungetch() because of Unicode issues + // returns EOT (\4) if there is a stream error, or end of file + wxChar NextChar(); // this should be used instead of GetC() because of Unicode issues + wxChar NextNonSeparators(); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextInputStream); +}; + +typedef enum +{ + wxEOL_NATIVE, + wxEOL_UNIX, + wxEOL_MAC, + wxEOL_DOS +} wxEOL; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextOutputStream +{ +public: +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxTextOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s, + wxEOL mode = wxEOL_NATIVE, + const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto()); +#else + wxTextOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s, wxEOL mode = wxEOL_NATIVE); +#endif + virtual ~wxTextOutputStream(); + + void SetMode( wxEOL mode = wxEOL_NATIVE ); + wxEOL GetMode() { return m_mode; } + + void Write32(wxUint32 i); + void Write16(wxUint16 i); + void Write8(wxUint8 i); + virtual void WriteDouble(double d); + virtual void WriteString(const wxString& string); + + wxTextOutputStream& PutChar(wxChar c); + + void Flush(); + + wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(const wxString& string); + wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(char c); +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE + wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wchar_t wc); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt16 c); + wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt32 c); + wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint16 c); + wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint32 c); + wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(double f); + wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(float f); + + wxTextOutputStream& operator<<( __wxTextOutputManip func) { return func(*this); } + +protected: + wxOutputStream &m_output; + wxEOL m_mode; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxMBConv *m_conv; +#endif + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextOutputStream); +}; + +#endif + // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif + // _WX_DATSTREAM_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/typeinfo.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/typeinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3eac14c2dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/typeinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/typeinfo.h +// Purpose: wxTypeId implementation +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Created: 2009-11-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: typeinfo.h 66734 2011-01-23 10:13:49Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TYPEINFO_H_ +#define _WX_TYPEINFO_H_ + +// +// This file defines wxTypeId macro that should be used internally in +// wxWidgets instead of typeid(), for compatibility with builds that do +// not implement C++ RTTI. Also, type defining macros in this file are +// intended for internal use only at this time and may change in future +// versions. +// +// The reason why we need this simple RTTI system in addition to the older +// wxObject-based one is that the latter does not work in template +// classes. +// + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#ifndef wxNO_RTTI + +// +// Let's trust that Visual C++ versions 9.0 and later implement C++ +// RTTI well enough, so we can use it and work around harmless memory +// leaks reported by the static run-time libraries. +// +#if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(9) + #define wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI 1 +#else + #define wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI 0 +#endif + +#include +#include + +#define _WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_CUSTOM(CLS, IDENTFUNC) +#define WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(CLS) +#define WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(CLS) +#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEINFO(CLS) +#define WX_DECLARE_ABSTRACT_TYPEINFO(CLS) + +#if wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI + +#define wxTypeId typeid + +#else /* !wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI */ + +// +// For improved type-safety, let's make the check using class name +// comparison. Most modern compilers already do this, but we cannot +// rely on all supported compilers to work this well. However, in +// cases where we'd know that typeid() would be flawless (as such), +// wxTypeId could of course simply be defined as typeid. +// + +class wxTypeIdentifier +{ +public: + wxTypeIdentifier(const char* className) + { + m_className = className; + } + + bool operator==(const wxTypeIdentifier& other) + { + return strcmp(m_className, other.m_className) == 0; + } + + bool operator!=(const wxTypeIdentifier& other) + { + return strcmp(m_className, other.m_className) != 0; + } +private: + const char* m_className; +}; + +#define wxTypeId(OBJ) wxTypeIdentifier(typeid(OBJ).name()) + +#endif /* wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI/!wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI */ + +#else // if !wxNO_RTTI + +#define wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI 0 + +// +// When C++ RTTI is not available, we will have to make the type comparison +// using pointer to a dummy static member function. This will fail if +// declared type is used across DLL boundaries, although using +// WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO() and WX_DEFINE_TYPEINFO() pair instead of +// WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE() should fix this. However, that approach is +// usually not possible when type info needs to be declared for a template +// class. +// + +typedef void (*wxTypeIdentifier)(); + +// Use this macro to declare type info with specified static function +// IDENTFUNC used as type identifier. Usually you should only use +// WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO() or WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE() however. +#define _WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_CUSTOM(CLS, IDENTFUNC) \ +public: \ + virtual wxTypeIdentifier GetWxTypeId() const \ + { \ + return reinterpret_cast \ + (&IDENTFUNC); \ + } + +// Use this macro to declare type info with externally specified +// type identifier, defined with WX_DEFINE_TYPEINFO(). +#define WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(CLS) \ +private: \ + static CLS sm_wxClassInfo(); \ +_WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_CUSTOM(CLS, sm_wxClassInfo) + +// Use this macro to implement type identifier function required by +// WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(). +// NOTE: CLS is required to have default ctor. If it doesn't +// already, you should provide a private dummy one. +#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEINFO(CLS) \ +CLS CLS::sm_wxClassInfo() { return CLS(); } + +// Use this macro to declare type info fully inline in class. +// NOTE: CLS is required to have default ctor. If it doesn't +// already, you should provide a private dummy one. +#define WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(CLS) \ +private: \ + static CLS sm_wxClassInfo() { return CLS(); } \ +_WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_CUSTOM(CLS, sm_wxClassInfo) + +#define wxTypeId(OBJ) (OBJ).GetWxTypeId() + +// Because abstract classes cannot be instantiated, we use +// this macro to define pure virtual type interface for them. +#define WX_DECLARE_ABSTRACT_TYPEINFO(CLS) \ +public: \ + virtual wxTypeIdentifier GetWxTypeId() const = 0; + +#endif // wxNO_RTTI/!wxNO_RTTI + +#endif // _WX_TYPEINFO_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/types.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5be184cfe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/types.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/types.h +// Purpose: Type identifiers, used by resource system +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: types.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_TYPESH__ +#define _WX_TYPESH__ + +// Types of objects +#define wxTYPE_ANY 0 +#define wxTYPE_OBJECT wxTYPE_ANY +#define wxTYPE_WINDOW 1 +#define wxTYPE_DIALOG_BOX 2 +#define wxTYPE_ITEM 3 +#define wxTYPE_PANEL 4 +#define wxTYPE_CANVAS 5 +#define wxTYPE_TEXT_WINDOW 6 +#define wxTYPE_FRAME 7 + +#define wxTYPE_BUTTON 8 +#define wxTYPE_TEXT 9 +#define wxTYPE_MESSAGE 10 +#define wxTYPE_CHOICE 11 +#define wxTYPE_LIST_BOX 12 +#define wxTYPE_SLIDER 13 +#define wxTYPE_CHECK_BOX 14 +#define wxTYPE_MENU 15 +#define wxTYPE_MENU_BAR 16 +#define wxTYPE_MULTI_TEXT 17 +#define wxTYPE_RADIO_BOX 18 +#define wxTYPE_GROUP_BOX 19 +#define wxTYPE_GAUGE 20 +#define wxTYPE_SCROLL_BAR 21 +#define wxTYPE_VIRT_LIST_BOX 22 +#define wxTYPE_COMBO_BOX 23 +#define wxTYPE_RADIO_BUTTON 24 + +#define wxTYPE_EVENT 25 +#define wxTYPE_DC 26 +#define wxTYPE_DC_CANVAS 27 +#define wxTYPE_DC_POSTSCRIPT 28 +#define wxTYPE_DC_PRINTER 29 +#define wxTYPE_DC_METAFILE 30 +#define wxTYPE_DC_MEMORY 31 +#define wxTYPE_MOUSE_EVENT 32 +#define wxTYPE_KEY_EVENT 33 +#define wxTYPE_COMMAND_EVENT 34 +#define wxTYPE_DC_PANEL 35 + +#define wxTYPE_PEN 40 +#define wxTYPE_BRUSH 41 +#define wxTYPE_FONT 42 +#define wxTYPE_ICON 42 +#define wxTYPE_BITMAP 43 +#define wxTYPE_METAFILE 44 +#define wxTYPE_TIMER 45 +#define wxTYPE_COLOUR 46 +#define wxTYPE_COLOURMAP 47 +#define wxTYPE_CURSOR 48 + +#define wxTYPE_DDE_CLIENT 60 +#define wxTYPE_DDE_SERVER 61 +#define wxTYPE_DDE_CONNECTION 62 + +#define wxTYPE_HELP_INSTANCE 63 + +#define wxTYPE_LIST 70 +#define wxTYPE_STRING_LIST 71 +#define wxTYPE_HASH_TABLE 72 +#define wxTYPE_NODE 73 +#define wxTYPE_APP 74 +#define wxTYPE_DATE 75 + +#define wxTYPE_ENHANCED_DIALOG 80 +#define wxTYPE_TOOLBAR 81 +#define wxTYPE_BUTTONBAR 82 + +#define wxTYPE_DATABASE 90 +#define wxTYPE_QUERY_FIELD 91 +#define wxTYPE_QUERY_COL 92 +#define wxTYPE_RECORDSET 93 + +#define wxTYPE_USER 500 + +#endif + // _WX_TYPESH__ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/uiaction.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/uiaction.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..738deca738 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/uiaction.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/uiaction.h +// Purpose: wxUIActionSimulator interface +// Author: Kevin Ollivier, Steven Lamerton, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2010-03-06 +// RCS-ID: $Id: uiaction.h 67232 2011-03-18 15:10:15Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Kevin Ollivier +// (c) 2010 Steven Lamerton +// (c) 2010 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UIACTIONSIMULATOR_H_ +#define _WX_UIACTIONSIMULATOR_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR + +#include "wx/mousestate.h" // for wxMOUSE_BTN_XXX constants + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxUIActionSimulator +{ +public: + wxUIActionSimulator() { } + + + // Default dtor, copy ctor and assignment operator are ok (even though the + // last two don't make much sense for this class). + + + // Mouse simulation + // ---------------- + + // Low level methods + bool MouseMove(long x, long y); + bool MouseMove(const wxPoint& point) { return MouseMove(point.x, point.y); } + + bool MouseDown(int button = wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT); + bool MouseUp(int button = wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT); + + // Higher level interface, use it if possible instead + bool MouseClick(int button = wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT); + bool MouseDblClick(int button = wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT); + bool MouseDragDrop(long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2, + int button = wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT); + + + // Keyboard simulation + // ------------------- + + // Low level methods for generating key presses and releases + bool KeyDown(int keycode, int modifiers = wxMOD_NONE) + { return Key(keycode, modifiers, true); } + + bool KeyUp(int keycode, int modifiers = wxMOD_NONE) + { return Key(keycode, modifiers, false); } + + // Higher level methods for generating both the key press and release for a + // single key or for all characters in the ASCII string "text" which can + // currently contain letters only (no digits, no punctuation). + bool Char(int keycode, int modifiers = wxMOD_NONE); + + bool Text(const char *text); + +private: + // This is the common part of Key{Down,Up}() methods: while we keep them + // separate at public API level for consistency with Mouse{Down,Up}(), at + // implementation level it makes more sense to have them in a single + // function. + // + // It calls DoModifiers() to simulate pressing the modifier keys if + // necessary and then DoKey() for the key itself. + bool Key(int keycode, int modifiers, bool isDown); + + // Call DoKey() for all modifier keys whose bits are set in the parameter. + void SimulateModifiers(int modifier, bool isDown); + + + // The low-level port-specific function which really generates the key + // presses. It should generate exactly one key event with the given + // parameters. + bool DoKey(int keycode, int modifiers, bool isDown); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR + +#endif // _WX_UIACTIONSIMULATOR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unichar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unichar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..730152f938 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unichar.h @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unichar.h +// Purpose: wxUniChar and wxUniCharRef classes +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2007-03-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: unichar.h 62738 2009-11-28 14:37:03Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 REA Elektronik GmbH +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNICHAR_H_ +#define _WX_UNICHAR_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/chartype.h" +#include "wx/stringimpl.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxUniCharRef; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; + +// This class represents single Unicode character. It can be converted to +// and from char or wchar_t and implements commonly used character operations. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUniChar +{ +public: + // NB: this is not wchar_t on purpose, it needs to represent the entire + // Unicode code points range and wchar_t may be too small for that + // (e.g. on Win32 where wchar_t* is encoded in UTF-16) + typedef wxUint32 value_type; + + wxUniChar() : m_value(0) {} + + // Create the character from 8bit character value encoded in the current + // locale's charset. + wxUniChar(char c) { m_value = From8bit(c); } + wxUniChar(unsigned char c) { m_value = From8bit((char)c); } + + // Create the character from a wchar_t character value. +#if wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE + wxUniChar(wchar_t c) { m_value = c; } +#endif + + wxUniChar(int c) { m_value = c; } + wxUniChar(unsigned int c) { m_value = c; } + wxUniChar(long int c) { m_value = c; } + wxUniChar(unsigned long int c) { m_value = c; } + wxUniChar(short int c) { m_value = c; } + wxUniChar(unsigned short int c) { m_value = c; } + + wxUniChar(const wxUniCharRef& c); + + // Returns Unicode code point value of the character + value_type GetValue() const { return m_value; } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // buffer for single UTF-8 character + struct Utf8CharBuffer + { + char data[5]; + operator const char*() const { return data; } + }; + + // returns the character encoded as UTF-8 + // (NB: implemented in stringops.cpp) + Utf8CharBuffer AsUTF8() const; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + + // Returns true if the character is an ASCII character: + bool IsAscii() const { return m_value < 0x80; } + + // Returns true if the character is representable as a single byte in the + // current locale encoding and return this byte in output argument c (which + // must be non-NULL) + bool GetAsChar(char *c) const + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + if ( !IsAscii() ) + { +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + if ( GetAsHi8bit(m_value, c) ) + return true; +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + + return false; + } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + *c = wx_truncate_cast(char, m_value); + return true; + } + + // Conversions to char and wchar_t types: all of those are needed to be + // able to pass wxUniChars to verious standard narrow and wide character + // functions + operator char() const { return To8bit(m_value); } + operator unsigned char() const { return (unsigned char)To8bit(m_value); } +#if wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE + operator wchar_t() const { return (wchar_t)m_value; } +#endif + operator int() const { return (int)m_value; } + operator unsigned int() const { return (unsigned int)m_value; } + operator long int() const { return (long int)m_value; } + operator unsigned long int() const { return (unsigned long)m_value; } + operator short int() const { return (short int)m_value; } + operator unsigned short int() const { return (unsigned short int)m_value; } + + // We need this operator for the "*p" part of expressions like "for ( + // const_iterator p = begin() + nStart; *p; ++p )". In this case, + // compilation would fail without it because the conversion to bool would + // be ambiguous (there are all these int types conversions...). (And adding + // operator unspecified_bool_type() would only makes the ambiguity worse.) + operator bool() const { return m_value != 0; } + bool operator!() const { return !((bool)*this); } + + // And this one is needed by some (not all, but not using ifdefs makes the + // code easier) compilers to parse "str[0] && *p" successfully + bool operator&&(bool v) const { return (bool)*this && v; } + + // Assignment operators: + wxUniChar& operator=(const wxUniChar& c) { if (&c != this) m_value = c.m_value; return *this; } + wxUniChar& operator=(const wxUniCharRef& c); + wxUniChar& operator=(char c) { m_value = From8bit(c); return *this; } + wxUniChar& operator=(unsigned char c) { m_value = From8bit((char)c); return *this; } +#if wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE + wxUniChar& operator=(wchar_t c) { m_value = c; return *this; } +#endif + wxUniChar& operator=(int c) { m_value = c; return *this; } + wxUniChar& operator=(unsigned int c) { m_value = c; return *this; } + wxUniChar& operator=(long int c) { m_value = c; return *this; } + wxUniChar& operator=(unsigned long int c) { m_value = c; return *this; } + wxUniChar& operator=(short int c) { m_value = c; return *this; } + wxUniChar& operator=(unsigned short int c) { m_value = c; return *this; } + + // Comparison operators: + + // define the given comparison operator for all the types +#define wxDEFINE_UNICHAR_OPERATOR(op) \ + bool operator op(const wxUniChar& c) const { return m_value op c.m_value; }\ + bool operator op(char c) const { return m_value op From8bit(c); } \ + bool operator op(unsigned char c) const { return m_value op From8bit((char)c); } \ + wxIF_WCHAR_T_TYPE( bool operator op(wchar_t c) const { return m_value op (value_type)c; } ) \ + bool operator op(int c) const { return m_value op (value_type)c; } \ + bool operator op(unsigned int c) const { return m_value op (value_type)c; } \ + bool operator op(short int c) const { return m_value op (value_type)c; } \ + bool operator op(unsigned short int c) const { return m_value op (value_type)c; } \ + bool operator op(long int c) const { return m_value op (value_type)c; } \ + bool operator op(unsigned long int c) const { return m_value op (value_type)c; } + + wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS(wxDEFINE_UNICHAR_OPERATOR) + +#undef wxDEFINE_UNICHAR_OPERATOR + + // this is needed for expressions like 'Z'-c + int operator-(const wxUniChar& c) const { return m_value - c.m_value; } + int operator-(char c) const { return m_value - From8bit(c); } + int operator-(unsigned char c) const { return m_value - From8bit((char)c); } + int operator-(wchar_t c) const { return m_value - (value_type)c; } + + +private: + // notice that we implement these functions inline for 7-bit ASCII + // characters purely for performance reasons + static value_type From8bit(char c) + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + if ( (unsigned char)c < 0x80 ) + return c; + + return FromHi8bit(c); +#else + return c; +#endif + } + + static char To8bit(value_type c) + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + if ( c < 0x80 ) + return wx_truncate_cast(char, c); + + return ToHi8bit(c); +#else + return c; +#endif + } + + // helpers of the functions above called to deal with non-ASCII chars + static value_type FromHi8bit(char c); + static char ToHi8bit(value_type v); + static bool GetAsHi8bit(value_type v, char *c); + +private: + value_type m_value; +}; + + +// Writeable reference to a character in wxString. +// +// This class can be used in the same way wxChar is used, except that changing +// its value updates the underlying string object. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUniCharRef +{ +private: + typedef wxStringImpl::iterator iterator; + + // create the reference +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + wxUniCharRef(wxString& str, iterator pos) : m_str(str), m_pos(pos) {} +#else + wxUniCharRef(iterator pos) : m_pos(pos) {} +#endif + +public: + // NB: we have to make this public, because we don't have wxString + // declaration available here and so can't declare wxString::iterator + // as friend; so at least don't use a ctor but a static function + // that must be used explicitly (this is more than using 'explicit' + // keyword on ctor!): +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + static wxUniCharRef CreateForString(wxString& str, iterator pos) + { return wxUniCharRef(str, pos); } +#else + static wxUniCharRef CreateForString(iterator pos) + { return wxUniCharRef(pos); } +#endif + + wxUniChar::value_type GetValue() const { return UniChar().GetValue(); } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + wxUniChar::Utf8CharBuffer AsUTF8() const { return UniChar().AsUTF8(); } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + + bool IsAscii() const { return UniChar().IsAscii(); } + bool GetAsChar(char *c) const { return UniChar().GetAsChar(c); } + + // Assignment operators: +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + wxUniCharRef& operator=(const wxUniChar& c); +#else + wxUniCharRef& operator=(const wxUniChar& c) { *m_pos = c; return *this; } +#endif + + wxUniCharRef& operator=(const wxUniCharRef& c) + { if (&c != this) *this = c.UniChar(); return *this; } + + wxUniCharRef& operator=(char c) { return *this = wxUniChar(c); } + wxUniCharRef& operator=(unsigned char c) { return *this = wxUniChar(c); } +#if wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE + wxUniCharRef& operator=(wchar_t c) { return *this = wxUniChar(c); } +#endif + wxUniCharRef& operator=(int c) { return *this = wxUniChar(c); } + wxUniCharRef& operator=(unsigned int c) { return *this = wxUniChar(c); } + wxUniCharRef& operator=(short int c) { return *this = wxUniChar(c); } + wxUniCharRef& operator=(unsigned short int c) { return *this = wxUniChar(c); } + wxUniCharRef& operator=(long int c) { return *this = wxUniChar(c); } + wxUniCharRef& operator=(unsigned long int c) { return *this = wxUniChar(c); } + + // Conversions to the same types as wxUniChar is convertible too: + operator char() const { return UniChar(); } + operator unsigned char() const { return UniChar(); } +#if wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE + operator wchar_t() const { return UniChar(); } +#endif + operator int() const { return UniChar(); } + operator unsigned int() const { return UniChar(); } + operator short int() const { return UniChar(); } + operator unsigned short int() const { return UniChar(); } + operator long int() const { return UniChar(); } + operator unsigned long int() const { return UniChar(); } + + // see wxUniChar::operator bool etc. for explanation + operator bool() const { return (bool)UniChar(); } + bool operator!() const { return !UniChar(); } + bool operator&&(bool v) const { return UniChar() && v; } + + // Comparison operators: +#define wxDEFINE_UNICHARREF_OPERATOR(op) \ + bool operator op(const wxUniCharRef& c) const { return UniChar() op c.UniChar(); }\ + bool operator op(const wxUniChar& c) const { return UniChar() op c; } \ + bool operator op(char c) const { return UniChar() op c; } \ + bool operator op(unsigned char c) const { return UniChar() op c; } \ + wxIF_WCHAR_T_TYPE( bool operator op(wchar_t c) const { return UniChar() op c; } ) \ + bool operator op(int c) const { return UniChar() op c; } \ + bool operator op(unsigned int c) const { return UniChar() op c; } \ + bool operator op(short int c) const { return UniChar() op c; } \ + bool operator op(unsigned short int c) const { return UniChar() op c; } \ + bool operator op(long int c) const { return UniChar() op c; } \ + bool operator op(unsigned long int c) const { return UniChar() op c; } + + wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS(wxDEFINE_UNICHARREF_OPERATOR) + +#undef wxDEFINE_UNICHARREF_OPERATOR + + // for expressions like c-'A': + int operator-(const wxUniCharRef& c) const { return UniChar() - c.UniChar(); } + int operator-(const wxUniChar& c) const { return UniChar() - c; } + int operator-(char c) const { return UniChar() - c; } + int operator-(unsigned char c) const { return UniChar() - c; } + int operator-(wchar_t c) const { return UniChar() - c; } + +private: +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + wxUniChar UniChar() const; +#else + wxUniChar UniChar() const { return *m_pos; } +#endif + + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxUniChar; + +private: + // reference to the string and pointer to the character in string +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + wxString& m_str; +#endif + iterator m_pos; +}; + +inline wxUniChar::wxUniChar(const wxUniCharRef& c) +{ + m_value = c.UniChar().m_value; +} + +inline wxUniChar& wxUniChar::operator=(const wxUniCharRef& c) +{ + m_value = c.UniChar().m_value; + return *this; +} + +// Comparison operators for the case when wxUniChar(Ref) is the second operand +// implemented in terms of member comparison functions + +#define wxCMP_REVERSE(c1, c2, op) c2 op c1 + +wxDEFINE_COMPARISONS(char, const wxUniChar&, wxCMP_REVERSE) +wxDEFINE_COMPARISONS(char, const wxUniCharRef&, wxCMP_REVERSE) + +wxDEFINE_COMPARISONS(wchar_t, const wxUniChar&, wxCMP_REVERSE) +wxDEFINE_COMPARISONS(wchar_t, const wxUniCharRef&, wxCMP_REVERSE) + +wxDEFINE_COMPARISONS(const wxUniChar&, const wxUniCharRef&, wxCMP_REVERSE) + +#undef wxCMP_REVERSE + +// for expressions like c-'A': +inline int operator-(char c1, const wxUniCharRef& c2) { return -(c2 - c1); } +inline int operator-(const wxUniChar& c1, const wxUniCharRef& c2) { return -(c2 - c1); } +inline int operator-(wchar_t c1, const wxUniCharRef& c2) { return -(c2 - c1); } + +#endif /* _WX_UNICHAR_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/app.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/app.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bcca5afb95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/app.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/app.h +// Purpose: wxAppConsole implementation for Unix +// Author: Lukasz Michalski +// Created: 28/01/2005 +// RCS-ID: $Id: app.h 56994 2008-11-28 12:47:07Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Lukasz Michalski +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +//Ensure that sigset_t is being defined +#include + +// wxApp subclass implementing event processing for console applications +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppConsole : public wxAppConsoleBase +{ +public: + // override base class initialization + virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar** argv); + + + // Unix-specific: Unix signal handling + // ----------------------------------- + + // type of the function which can be registered as signal handler: notice + // that it isn't really a signal handler, i.e. it's not subject to the + // usual signal handlers constraints, because it is called later from + // CheckSignal() and not when the signal really occurs + typedef void (*SignalHandler)(int); + + // Set signal handler for the given signal, SIG_DFL or SIG_IGN can be used + // instead of a function pointer + // + // Return true if handler was installed, false on error + bool SetSignalHandler(int signal, SignalHandler handler); + + // Check if any Unix signals arrived since the last call and execute + // handlers for them + void CheckSignal(); + +private: + // signal handler set up by SetSignalHandler() for all signals we handle, + // it just adds the signal to m_signalsCaught -- the real processing is + // done later, when CheckSignal() is called + static void HandleSignal(int signal); + + + // signals for which HandleSignal() had been called (reset from + // CheckSignal()) + sigset_t m_signalsCaught; + + // the signal handlers + WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(int, SignalHandler, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, SignalHandlerHash); + SignalHandlerHash m_signalHandlerHash; +}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/apptbase.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/apptbase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a6e6021dbc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/apptbase.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/apptbase.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxAppTraits for Unix systems +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 23.06.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: apptbase.h 61688 2009-08-17 23:02:46Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_APPTBASE_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_APPTBASE_H_ + +struct wxEndProcessData; +struct wxExecuteData; +class wxFDIOManager; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAppTraits: the Unix version adds extra hooks needed by Unix code +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppTraits : public wxAppTraitsBase +{ +public: + // wxExecute() support methods + // --------------------------- + + // wait for the process termination, return whatever wxExecute() must + // return + // + // base class implementation handles all cases except wxEXEC_SYNC without + // wxEXEC_NOEVENTS one which is implemented at the GUI level + virtual int WaitForChild(wxExecuteData& execData); + + // integrate the monitoring of the given fd with the port-specific event + // loop: when this fd, which corresponds to a dummy pipe opened between the + // parent and child processes, is closed by the child, the parent is + // notified about this via a call to wxHandleProcessTermination() function + // + // the default implementation uses wxFDIODispatcher and so is suitable for + // the console applications or ports which don't have any specific event + // loop + virtual int AddProcessCallback(wxEndProcessData *data, int fd); + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + // return a pointer to the object which should be used to integrate + // monitoring of the file descriptors to the event loop (currently this is + // used for the sockets only but should be used for arbitrary event loop + // sources in the future) + // + // this object may be different for the console and GUI applications + // + // the pointer is not deleted by the caller as normally it points to a + // static variable + virtual wxFDIOManager *GetFDIOManager(); +#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS + +protected: + // a helper for the implementation of WaitForChild() in wxGUIAppTraits: + // checks the streams used for redirected IO in execData and returns true + // if there is any activity in them + bool CheckForRedirectedIO(wxExecuteData& execData); +}; + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_APPTBASE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/apptrait.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/apptrait.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..533b771f6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/apptrait.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/apptrait.h +// Purpose: standard implementations of wxAppTraits for Unix +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 23.06.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: apptrait.h 61688 2009-08-17 23:02:46Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_APPTRAIT_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_APPTRAIT_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGUI/ConsoleAppTraits: must derive from wxAppTraits, not wxAppTraitsBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConsoleAppTraits : public wxConsoleAppTraitsBase +{ +public: +#if wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP + virtual wxEventLoopBase *CreateEventLoop(); +#endif // wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP +#if wxUSE_TIMER + virtual wxTimerImpl *CreateTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer); +#endif +}; + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +// GTK+ and Motif integrate sockets and child processes monitoring directly in +// their main loop, the other Unix ports do it at wxEventLoop level and so use +// the non-GUI traits and don't need anything here +// +// TODO: Should we use XtAddInput() for wxX11 too? Or, vice versa, if there is +// no advantage in doing this compared to the generic way currently used +// by wxX11, should we continue to use GTK/Motif-specific stuff? +#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #define wxHAS_GUI_FDIOMANAGER + #define wxHAS_GUI_PROCESS_CALLBACKS +#endif // ports using wxFDIOManager + +#if defined(__WXMAC__) + #define wxHAS_GUI_PROCESS_CALLBACKS + #define wxHAS_GUI_SOCKET_MANAGER +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIAppTraits : public wxGUIAppTraitsBase +{ +public: + virtual wxEventLoopBase *CreateEventLoop(); + virtual int WaitForChild(wxExecuteData& execData); +#ifdef wxHAS_GUI_PROCESS_CALLBACKS + virtual int AddProcessCallback(wxEndProcessData *data, int fd); +#endif +#if wxUSE_TIMER + virtual wxTimerImpl *CreateTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer); +#endif +#if wxUSE_THREADS && defined(__WXGTK20__) + virtual void MutexGuiEnter(); + virtual void MutexGuiLeave(); +#endif + +#if (defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)) && wxUSE_STDPATHS + virtual wxStandardPaths& GetStandardPaths(); +#endif + virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *majVer = NULL, int *minVer = NULL) const; + +#if defined(__WXGTK__) && wxUSE_INTL + virtual void SetLocale(); +#endif // __WXGTK__ + +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + virtual wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const; + virtual wxString GetStandardCmdLineOptions(wxArrayString& names, + wxArrayString& desc) const; +#endif // __WXGTK20____ + +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) + virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg); +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + +#ifdef wxHAS_GUI_SOCKET_MANAGER + virtual wxSocketManager *GetSocketManager(); +#endif + +#ifdef wxHAS_GUI_FDIOMANAGER + virtual wxFDIOManager *GetFDIOManager(); +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_APPTRAIT_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/chkconf.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/chkconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c6b9133701 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/chkconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/unix/chkconf.h + * Purpose: Unix-specific config settings consistency checks + * Author: Vadim Zeitlin + * Created: 2007-07-14 + * RCS-ID: $Id: chkconf.h 63306 2010-01-29 13:07:26Z VZ $ + * Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ + +#if wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP +# if !wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER && !wxUSE_EPOLL_DISPATCHER +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxSelect/EpollDispatcher needed for console event loop" +# else +# undef wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER +# define wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP */ + +#if wxUSE_FSWATCHER +# if !defined(wxHAS_INOTIFY) && !defined(wxHAS_KQUEUE) +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "wxFileSystemWatcher requires either inotify() or kqueue()" +# else +# undef wxUSE_FSWATCHER +# define wxUSE_FSWATCHER 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_FSWATCHER */ + +#if wxUSE_GSTREAMER +# if !wxUSE_THREADS +# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR +# error "GStreamer requires threads" +# else +# undef wxUSE_GSTREAMER +# define wxUSE_GSTREAMER 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif /* wxUSE_GSTREAMER */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/evtloop.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/evtloop.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..68921913d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/evtloop.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/evtloop.h +// Purpose: declares wxEventLoop class +// Author: Lukasz Michalski (lm@zork.pl) +// Created: 2007-05-07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloop.h 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Lukasz Michalski +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_EVTLOOP_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_EVTLOOP_H_ + +#if wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxConsoleEventLoop +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxFDIODispatcher; +class wxUnixEventLoopSource; + +namespace wxPrivate +{ + class PipeIOHandler; +} + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConsoleEventLoop +#ifdef __WXOSX__ +: public wxCFEventLoop +#else +: public wxEventLoopManual +#endif +{ +public: + // initialize the event loop, use IsOk() to check if we were successful + wxConsoleEventLoop(); + virtual ~wxConsoleEventLoop(); + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual bool Pending() const; + virtual bool Dispatch(); + virtual int DispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout); + virtual void WakeUp(); + virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_dispatcher != NULL; } + virtual bool YieldFor(long WXUNUSED(eventsToProcess)) { return true; } + +#if wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + virtual wxEventLoopSource * + AddSourceForFD(int fd, wxEventLoopSourceHandler *handler, int flags); +#endif // wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + +protected: + virtual void OnNextIteration(); + +private: + // pipe used for wake up messages: when a child thread wants to wake up + // the event loop in the main thread it writes to this pipe + wxPrivate::PipeIOHandler *m_wakeupPipe; + + // either wxSelectDispatcher or wxEpollDispatcher + wxFDIODispatcher *m_dispatcher; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxConsoleEventLoop); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_EVTLOOP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/evtloopsrc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/evtloopsrc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..47b58a7ffc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/evtloopsrc.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/evtloopsrc.h +// Purpose: wxUnixEventLoopSource class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-10-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloopsrc.h 64140 2010-04-25 21:33:16Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_ + +class wxFDIODispatcher; +class wxFDIOHandler; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxUnixEventLoopSource: wxEventLoopSource for Unix-like toolkits using fds +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxUnixEventLoopSource : public wxEventLoopSource +{ +public: + // dispatcher and fdioHandler are only used here to allow us to unregister + // from the event loop when we're destroyed + wxUnixEventLoopSource(wxFDIODispatcher *dispatcher, + wxFDIOHandler *fdioHandler, + int fd, + wxEventLoopSourceHandler *handler, + int flags) + : wxEventLoopSource(handler, flags), + m_dispatcher(dispatcher), + m_fdioHandler(fdioHandler), + m_fd(fd) + { + } + + virtual ~wxUnixEventLoopSource(); + +private: + wxFDIODispatcher * const m_dispatcher; + wxFDIOHandler * const m_fdioHandler; + const int m_fd; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxUnixEventLoopSource); +}; + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/execute.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/execute.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c27ec3ba76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/execute.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/execute.h +// Purpose: private details of wxExecute() implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Id: $Id: execute.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_EXECUTE_H +#define _WX_UNIX_EXECUTE_H + +#include "wx/unix/pipe.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxProcess; +class wxStreamTempInputBuffer; + +struct wxEndProcessData +{ + wxEndProcessData() + { + pid = + tag = + exitcode = -1; + process = NULL; + async = false; + } + + int pid; // pid of the process + int tag; // port dependent value + wxProcess *process; // if !NULL: notified on process termination + int exitcode; // the exit code + bool async; // if true, delete us on process termination +}; + +// struct in which information is passed from wxExecute() to wxAppTraits +// methods +struct wxExecuteData +{ + wxExecuteData() + { + flags = + pid = 0; + + process = NULL; + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + bufOut = + bufErr = NULL; + + fdOut = + fdErr = wxPipe::INVALID_FD; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + } + + // get the FD corresponding to the read end of the process end detection + // pipe and close the write one + int GetEndProcReadFD() + { + const int fd = pipeEndProcDetect.Detach(wxPipe::Read); + pipeEndProcDetect.Close(); + return fd; + } + + + // wxExecute() flags + int flags; + + // the pid of the child process + int pid; + + // the associated process object or NULL + wxProcess *process; + + // pipe used for end process detection + wxPipe pipeEndProcDetect; + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + // the input buffer bufOut is connected to stdout, this is why it is + // called bufOut and not bufIn + wxStreamTempInputBuffer *bufOut, + *bufErr; + + // the corresponding FDs, -1 if not redirected + int fdOut, + fdErr; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS +}; + +// this function is called when the process terminates from port specific +// callback function and is common to all ports (src/unix/utilsunx.cpp) +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxHandleProcessTermination(wxEndProcessData *proc_data); + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_EXECUTE_H diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/fontutil.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/fontutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..503502f50e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/fontutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/fontutil.h +// Purpose: font-related helper functions for Unix/X11 +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 05.11.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontutil.h 58227 2009-01-19 13:55:27Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_FONTUTIL_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_FONTUTIL_H_ + +#ifdef __X__ + typedef WXFontStructPtr wxNativeFont; +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + typedef GdkFont *wxNativeFont; +#else + #error "Unsupported toolkit" +#endif + +// returns the handle of the nearest available font or 0 +extern wxNativeFont +wxLoadQueryNearestFont(int pointSize, + int family, + int style, + int weight, + bool underlined, + const wxString &facename, + wxFontEncoding encoding, + wxString* xFontName = NULL); + +// returns the font specified by the given XLFD +extern wxNativeFont wxLoadFont(const wxString& fontSpec); + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_FONTUTIL_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/fswatcher_inotify.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/fswatcher_inotify.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49a6381b99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/fswatcher_inotify.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/fswatcher_inotify.h +// Purpose: wxInotifyFileSystemWatcher +// Author: Bartosz Bekier +// Created: 2009-05-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fswatcher_inotify.h 62474 2009-10-22 11:35:43Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FSWATCHER_UNIX_H_ +#define _WX_FSWATCHER_UNIX_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FSWATCHER + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInotifyFileSystemWatcher : + public wxFileSystemWatcherBase +{ +public: + wxInotifyFileSystemWatcher(); + + wxInotifyFileSystemWatcher(const wxFileName& path, + int events = wxFSW_EVENT_ALL); + + virtual ~wxInotifyFileSystemWatcher(); + +protected: + bool Init(); +}; + +#endif + +#endif /* _WX_FSWATCHER_UNIX_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/fswatcher_kqueue.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/fswatcher_kqueue.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..303922db94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/fswatcher_kqueue.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/fswatcher_kqueue.h +// Purpose: wxKqueueFileSystemWatcher +// Author: Bartosz Bekier +// Created: 2009-05-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fswatcher_kqueue.h 62474 2009-10-22 11:35:43Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_FSWATCHER_KQUEUE_H_ +#define _WX_FSWATCHER_KQUEUE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FSWATCHER + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxKqueueFileSystemWatcher : + public wxFileSystemWatcherBase +{ +public: + wxKqueueFileSystemWatcher(); + + wxKqueueFileSystemWatcher(const wxFileName& path, + int events = wxFSW_EVENT_ALL); + + virtual ~wxKqueueFileSystemWatcher(); + +protected: + bool Init(); +}; + +#endif + +#endif /* _WX_FSWATCHER_OSX_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/glx11.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/glx11.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..66e945fa3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/glx11.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/glx11.h +// Purpose: class common for all X11-based wxGLCanvas implementations +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-04-15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: glx11.h 54022 2008-06-08 00:12:12Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_GLX11_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_GLX11_H_ + +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGLContext +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLContext : public wxGLContextBase +{ +public: + wxGLContext(wxGLCanvas *win, const wxGLContext *other = NULL); + virtual ~wxGLContext(); + + virtual bool SetCurrent(const wxGLCanvas& win) const; + +private: + // attach context to the drawable or unset it (if NULL) + static bool MakeCurrent(GLXDrawable drawable, GLXContext context); + + GLXContext m_glContext; + + DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLContext) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGLCanvasX11 +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvasX11 : public wxGLCanvasBase +{ +public: + // initialization and dtor + // ----------------------- + + // default ctor doesn't do anything, InitVisual() must be called + wxGLCanvasX11(); + + // initializes the XVisualInfo corresponding to the given attributes + bool InitVisual(const int *attribList); + + // frees XVisualInfo info + virtual ~wxGLCanvasX11(); + + + // implement wxGLCanvasBase methods + // -------------------------------- + + virtual bool SwapBuffers(); + + + // X11-specific methods + // -------------------- + + // return GLX version: 13 means 1.3 &c + static int GetGLXVersion(); + + // return true if multisample extension is available + static bool IsGLXMultiSampleAvailable(); + + // get the X11 handle of this window + virtual Window GetXWindow() const = 0; + + + // override some wxWindow methods + // ------------------------------ + + // return true only if the window is realized: OpenGL context can't be + // created until we are + virtual bool IsShownOnScreen() const; + + + // implementation only from now on + // ------------------------------- + + // get the GLXFBConfig/XVisualInfo we use + GLXFBConfig *GetGLXFBConfig() const { return m_fbc; } + XVisualInfo *GetXVisualInfo() const { return m_vi; } + + // initialize the global default GL visual, return false if matching visual + // not found + static bool InitDefaultVisualInfo(const int *attribList); + + // get the default GL X11 visual (may be NULL, shouldn't be freed by caller) + static XVisualInfo *GetDefaultXVisualInfo() { return ms_glVisualInfo; } + + // free the global GL visual, called by wxGLApp + static void FreeDefaultVisualInfo(); + + // initializes XVisualInfo (in any case) and, if supported, GLXFBConfig + // + // returns false if XVisualInfo couldn't be initialized, otherwise caller + // is responsible for freeing the pointers + static bool InitXVisualInfo(const int *attribList, + GLXFBConfig **pFBC, XVisualInfo **pXVisual); + +private: + // fills in glattrs with attributes defined by wxattrs which must be + // 0-terminated if it is non-NULL + // + // n is the max size of glattrs, false is returned if we overflow it, it + // should be at least 16 to accommodate the default attributes + static bool ConvertWXAttrsToGL(const int *wxattrs, int *glattrs, size_t n); + + + // this is only used if it's supported i.e. if GL >= 1.3 + GLXFBConfig *m_fbc; + + // used for all GL versions, obtained from GLXFBConfig for GL >= 1.3 + XVisualInfo *m_vi; + + // the global/default versions of the above + static GLXFBConfig *ms_glFBCInfo; + static XVisualInfo *ms_glVisualInfo; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGLApp +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this is used in wx/glcanvas.h, prevent it from defining a generic wxGLApp +#define wxGL_APP_DEFINED + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLApp : public wxGLAppBase +{ +public: + wxGLApp() : wxGLAppBase() { } + + // implement wxGLAppBase method + virtual bool InitGLVisual(const int *attribList) + { + return wxGLCanvasX11::InitDefaultVisualInfo(attribList); + } + + // and implement this wxGTK::wxApp method too + virtual void *GetXVisualInfo() + { + return wxGLCanvasX11::GetDefaultXVisualInfo(); + } + + // and override this wxApp method to clean up + virtual int OnExit() + { + wxGLCanvasX11::FreeDefaultVisualInfo(); + + return wxGLAppBase::OnExit(); + } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGLApp) +}; + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_GLX11_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/joystick.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/joystick.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..498e36a4c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/joystick.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/joystick.h +// Purpose: wxJoystick class +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: joystick.h 50443 2007-12-03 02:55:14Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_JOYSTICK_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_JOYSTICK_H_ + +#include "wx/event.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxJoystickThread; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxJoystick: public wxObject +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystick) + public: + /* + * Public interface + */ + + wxJoystick(int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1); + virtual ~wxJoystick(); + + // Attributes + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + wxPoint GetPosition() const; + int GetPosition(unsigned axis) const; + bool GetButtonState(unsigned button) const; + int GetZPosition() const; + int GetButtonState() const; + int GetPOVPosition() const; + int GetPOVCTSPosition() const; + int GetRudderPosition() const; + int GetUPosition() const; + int GetVPosition() const; + int GetMovementThreshold() const; + void SetMovementThreshold(int threshold) ; + + // Capabilities + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + bool IsOk() const; // Checks that the joystick is functioning + static int GetNumberJoysticks() ; + int GetManufacturerId() const ; + int GetProductId() const ; + wxString GetProductName() const ; + int GetXMin() const; + int GetYMin() const; + int GetZMin() const; + int GetXMax() const; + int GetYMax() const; + int GetZMax() const; + int GetNumberButtons() const; + int GetNumberAxes() const; + int GetMaxButtons() const; + int GetMaxAxes() const; + int GetPollingMin() const; + int GetPollingMax() const; + int GetRudderMin() const; + int GetRudderMax() const; + int GetUMin() const; + int GetUMax() const; + int GetVMin() const; + int GetVMax() const; + + bool HasRudder() const; + bool HasZ() const; + bool HasU() const; + bool HasV() const; + bool HasPOV() const; + bool HasPOV4Dir() const; + bool HasPOVCTS() const; + + // Operations + //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // pollingFreq = 0 means that movement events are sent when above the threshold. + // If pollingFreq > 0, events are received every this many milliseconds. + bool SetCapture(wxWindow* win, int pollingFreq = 0); + bool ReleaseCapture(); + +protected: + int m_device; + int m_joystick; + wxJoystickThread* m_thread; +}; + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_JOYSTICK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/mimetype.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/mimetype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..18876579a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/mimetype.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/mimetype.h +// Purpose: classes and functions to manage MIME types +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 23.09.98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mimetype.h 62356 2009-10-09 17:39:19Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence (part of wxExtra library) +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H +#define _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H + +#include "wx/mimetype.h" + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE + +class wxMimeTypeCommands; + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(wxMimeTypeCommands *, wxMimeCommandsArray); + +// this is the real wxMimeTypesManager for Unix +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerImpl +{ +public: + // ctor and dtor + wxMimeTypesManagerImpl(); + virtual ~wxMimeTypesManagerImpl(); + + // load all data into memory - done when it is needed for the first time + void Initialize(int mailcapStyles = wxMAILCAP_ALL, + const wxString& extraDir = wxEmptyString); + + // and delete the data here + void ClearData(); + + // implement containing class functions + wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext); + wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType); + + size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes); + + void AddFallback(const wxFileTypeInfo& filetype); + + // add information about the given mimetype + void AddMimeTypeInfo(const wxString& mimetype, + const wxString& extensions, + const wxString& description); + void AddMailcapInfo(const wxString& strType, + const wxString& strOpenCmd, + const wxString& strPrintCmd, + const wxString& strTest, + const wxString& strDesc); + + // add a new record to the user .mailcap/.mime.types files + wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo); + // remove association + bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft); + + // accessors + // get the string containing space separated extensions for the given + // file type + wxString GetExtension(size_t index) { return m_aExtensions[index]; } + +protected: + void InitIfNeeded(); + + wxArrayString m_aTypes, // MIME types + m_aDescriptions, // descriptions (just some text) + m_aExtensions, // space separated list of extensions + m_aIcons; // Icon filenames + + // verb=command pairs for this file type + wxMimeCommandsArray m_aEntries; + + // are we initialized? + bool m_initialized; + + wxString GetCommand(const wxString &verb, size_t nIndex) const; + + // Read XDG *.desktop file + void LoadXDGApp(const wxString& filename); + // Scan XDG directory + void LoadXDGAppsFilesFromDir(const wxString& dirname); + + // Load XDG globs files + void LoadXDGGlobs(const wxString& filename); + + // functions used to do associations + virtual int AddToMimeData(const wxString& strType, + const wxString& strIcon, + wxMimeTypeCommands *entry, + const wxArrayString& strExtensions, + const wxString& strDesc, + bool replaceExisting = true); + virtual bool DoAssociation(const wxString& strType, + const wxString& strIcon, + wxMimeTypeCommands *entry, + const wxArrayString& strExtensions, + const wxString& strDesc); + + // give it access to m_aXXX variables + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileTypeImpl; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileTypeImpl +{ +public: + // initialization functions + // this is used to construct a list of mimetypes which match; + // if built with GetFileTypeFromMimetype index 0 has the exact match and + // index 1 the type / * match + // if built with GetFileTypeFromExtension, index 0 has the mimetype for + // the first extension found, index 1 for the second and so on + + void Init(wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *manager, size_t index) + { m_manager = manager; m_index.Add(index); } + + // accessors + bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions); + bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const + { *mimeType = m_manager->m_aTypes[m_index[0]]; return true; } + bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const; + bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconLoc) const; + + bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const + { *desc = m_manager->m_aDescriptions[m_index[0]]; return true; } + + bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const + { + *openCmd = GetExpandedCommand(wxT("open"), params); + return (! openCmd -> IsEmpty() ); + } + + bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const + { + *printCmd = GetExpandedCommand(wxT("print"), params); + return (! printCmd -> IsEmpty() ); + } + + // return the number of commands defined for this file type, 0 if none + size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString *verbs, wxArrayString *commands, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const; + + + // remove the record for this file type + // probably a mistake to come here, use wxMimeTypesManager.Unassociate (ft) instead + bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft) + { + return m_manager->Unassociate(ft); + } + + // set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and + // overwriteprompt is TRUE + bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, const wxString& verb, bool overwriteprompt = true); + bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& strIcon = wxEmptyString, int index = 0); + +private: + wxString + GetExpandedCommand(const wxString & verb, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const; + + wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *m_manager; + wxArrayInt m_index; // in the wxMimeTypesManagerImpl arrays +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE + +#endif // _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/pipe.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/pipe.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae698a8f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/pipe.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/pipe.h +// Purpose: wxPipe class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 24.06.2003 (extracted from src/unix/utilsunx.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: pipe.h 66152 2010-11-14 14:04:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_PIPE_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_PIPE_H_ + +#include + +#include "wx/log.h" +#include "wx/intl.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPipe: this class encapsulates pipe() system call +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxPipe +{ +public: + // the symbolic names for the pipe ends + enum Direction + { + Read, + Write + }; + + enum + { + INVALID_FD = -1 + }; + + // default ctor doesn't do anything + wxPipe() { m_fds[Read] = m_fds[Write] = INVALID_FD; } + + // create the pipe, return TRUE if ok, FALSE on error + bool Create() + { + if ( pipe(m_fds) == -1 ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Pipe creation failed")); + + return false; + } + + return true; + } + + // switch the given end of the pipe to non-blocking IO + bool MakeNonBlocking(Direction which) + { + const int flags = fcntl(m_fds[which], F_GETFL, 0); + if ( flags == -1 ) + return false; + + return fcntl(m_fds[which], F_SETFL, flags | O_NONBLOCK) == 0; + } + + // return TRUE if we were created successfully + bool IsOk() const { return m_fds[Read] != INVALID_FD; } + + // return the descriptor for one of the pipe ends + int operator[](Direction which) const { return m_fds[which]; } + + // detach a descriptor, meaning that the pipe dtor won't close it, and + // return it + int Detach(Direction which) + { + int fd = m_fds[which]; + m_fds[which] = INVALID_FD; + + return fd; + } + + // close the pipe descriptors + void Close() + { + for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(m_fds); n++ ) + { + if ( m_fds[n] != INVALID_FD ) + { + close(m_fds[n]); + m_fds[n] = INVALID_FD; + } + } + } + + // dtor closes the pipe descriptors + ~wxPipe() { Close(); } + +private: + int m_fds[2]; +}; + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_FILE + +#include "wx/wfstream.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPipeInputStream: stream for reading from a pipe +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxPipeInputStream : public wxFileInputStream +{ +public: + wxPipeInputStream(int fd) : wxFileInputStream(fd) { } + + // return TRUE if the pipe is still opened + bool IsOpened() const { return !Eof(); } + + // return TRUE if we have anything to read, don't block + virtual bool CanRead() const; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPipeOutputStream: stream for writing to a pipe +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxPipeOutputStream : public wxFileOutputStream +{ +public: + wxPipeOutputStream(int fd) : wxFileOutputStream(fd) { } + + // Override the base class version to ignore "pipe full" errors: this is + // not an error for this class. + size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_FILE + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_PIPE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..de839f01f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/private.h +// Purpose: miscellaneous private things for Unix wx ports +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2005-09-25 +// RCS-ID: $Id: private.h 56927 2008-11-23 01:52:20Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_H_ + +// this file is currently empty as its original contents was moved to +// include/wx/private/fd.h but let's keep it for now in case we need it for +// something again in the future +#include "wx/private/fd.h" + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/epolldispatcher.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/epolldispatcher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..79d0334559 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/epolldispatcher.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/private/epolldispatcher.h +// Purpose: wxEpollDispatcher class +// Authors: Lukasz Michalski +// Created: April 2007 +// Copyright: (c) Lukasz Michalski +// RCS-ID: $Id: epolldispatcher.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_EPOLLDISPATCHER_H_ +#define _WX_PRIVATE_EPOLLDISPATCHER_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#ifdef wxUSE_EPOLL_DISPATCHER + +#include "wx/private/fdiodispatcher.h" + +struct epoll_event; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEpollDispatcher : public wxFDIODispatcher +{ +public: + // create a new instance of this class, can return NULL if + // epoll() is not supported on this system + // + // the caller should delete the returned pointer + static wxEpollDispatcher *Create(); + + virtual ~wxEpollDispatcher(); + + // implement base class pure virtual methods + virtual bool RegisterFD(int fd, wxFDIOHandler* handler, int flags = wxFDIO_ALL); + virtual bool ModifyFD(int fd, wxFDIOHandler* handler, int flags = wxFDIO_ALL); + virtual bool UnregisterFD(int fd); + virtual bool HasPending() const; + virtual int Dispatch(int timeout = TIMEOUT_INFINITE); + +private: + // ctor is private, use Create() + wxEpollDispatcher(int epollDescriptor); + + // common part of HasPending() and Dispatch(): calls epoll_wait() with the + // given timeout + int DoPoll(epoll_event *events, int numEvents, int timeout) const; + + + int m_epollDescriptor; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_EPOLL_DISPATCHER + +#endif // _WX_PRIVATE_SOCKETEVTDISPATCH_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/fdiounix.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/fdiounix.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b4681b9ef1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/fdiounix.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/private/fdiounix.h +// Purpose: wxFDIOManagerUnix class used by console Unix applications +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-08-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fdiounix.h 64140 2010-04-25 21:33:16Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _UNIX_PRIVATE_FDIOUNIX_H_ +#define _UNIX_PRIVATE_FDIOUNIX_H_ + +#include "wx/private/fdiomanager.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFDIOManagerUnix: implement wxFDIOManager interface using wxFDIODispatcher +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxFDIOManagerUnix : public wxFDIOManager +{ +public: + virtual int AddInput(wxFDIOHandler *handler, int fd, Direction d); + virtual void RemoveInput(wxFDIOHandler *handler, int fd, Direction d); +}; + +#endif // _UNIX_PRIVATE_FDIOUNIX_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/fswatcher_inotify.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/fswatcher_inotify.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b850153e69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/fswatcher_inotify.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/private/fswatcher_inotify.h +// Purpose: File system watcher impl classes +// Author: Bartosz Bekier +// Created: 2009-05-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fswatcher_inotify.h 62475 2009-10-22 11:36:35Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_FSWATCHER_INOTIFY_H_ +#define WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_FSWATCHER_INOTIFY_H_ + +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/evtloopsrc.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxFSWatcherEntry implementation & helper declarations +// ============================================================================ + +class wxFSWatcherImplUNIX; + +class wxFSWatchEntry : public wxFSWatchInfo +{ +public: + wxFSWatchEntry(const wxFSWatchInfo& winfo) : + wxFSWatchInfo(winfo) + { + } + + int GetWatchDescriptor() const + { + return m_wd; + } + + void SetWatchDescriptor(int wd) + { + m_wd = wd; + } + +private: + int m_wd; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFSWatchEntry); +}; + + +// ============================================================================ +// wxFSWSourceHandler helper class +// ============================================================================ + +class wxFSWatcherImplUnix; + +/** + * Handler for handling i/o from inotify descriptor + */ +class wxFSWSourceHandler : public wxEventLoopSourceHandler +{ +public: + wxFSWSourceHandler(wxFSWatcherImplUnix* service) : + m_service(service) + { } + + virtual void OnReadWaiting(); + virtual void OnWriteWaiting(); + virtual void OnExceptionWaiting(); + +protected: + wxFSWatcherImplUnix* m_service; +}; + +#endif /* WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_FSWATCHER_INOTIFY_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/fswatcher_kqueue.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/fswatcher_kqueue.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..744277491c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/fswatcher_kqueue.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/private/fswatcher_kqueue.h +// Purpose: File system watcher impl classes +// Author: Bartosz Bekier +// Created: 2009-05-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fswatcher_kqueue.h 62475 2009-10-22 11:36:35Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_FSWATCHER_KQUEUE_H_ +#define WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_FSWATCHER_KQUEUE_H_ + +#include +#include +#include "wx/dir.h" +#include "wx/debug.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxFSWatcherEntry implementation & helper declarations +// ============================================================================ + +class wxFSWatcherImplKqueue; + +class wxFSWatchEntryKq : public wxFSWatchInfo +{ +public: + struct wxDirState + { + wxDirState(const wxFSWatchInfo& winfo) + { + if (!wxDir::Exists(winfo.GetPath())) + return; + + wxDir dir(winfo.GetPath()); + wxCHECK_RET( dir.IsOpened(), + wxString::Format("Unable to open dir '%s'", winfo.GetPath())); + + wxString filename; + bool ret = dir.GetFirst(&filename); + while (ret) + { + files.push_back(filename); + ret = dir.GetNext(&filename); + } + } + + wxSortedArrayString files; + }; + + wxFSWatchEntryKq(const wxFSWatchInfo& winfo) : + wxFSWatchInfo(winfo), m_lastState(winfo) + { + m_fd = wxOpen(m_path, O_RDONLY, 0); + if (m_fd == -1) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Unable to open path '%s'"), m_path); + } + } + + virtual ~wxFSWatchEntryKq() + { + (void) Close(); + } + + bool Close() + { + if (!IsOk()) + return false; + + int ret = close(m_fd); + if (ret == -1) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Unable to close path '%s'"), m_path); + } + m_fd = -1; + + return ret != -1; + } + + bool IsOk() const + { + return m_fd != -1; + } + + int GetFileDescriptor() const + { + return m_fd; + } + + void RefreshState() + { + m_lastState = wxDirState(*this); + } + + const wxDirState& GetLastState() const + { + return m_lastState; + } + +private: + int m_fd; + wxDirState m_lastState; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFSWatchEntryKq); +}; + +#endif /* WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_FSWATCHER_KQUEUE_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/sockunix.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/sockunix.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d17e06a9c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/sockunix.h @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/private/sockunix.h +// Purpose: wxSocketImpl implementation for Unix systems +// Authors: Guilhem Lavaux, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: April 1997 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sockunix.h 65581 2010-09-21 11:56:53Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Guilhem Lavaux +// (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_GSOCKUNX_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_GSOCKUNX_H_ + +#include +#include + +// Under older (Open)Solaris versions FIONBIO is declared in this header only. +// In the newer versions it's included by sys/ioctl.h but it's simpler to just +// include it always instead of testing for whether it is or not. +#ifdef __SOLARIS__ + #include +#endif + +#include "wx/private/fdiomanager.h" + +class wxSocketImplUnix : public wxSocketImpl, + public wxFDIOHandler +{ +public: + wxSocketImplUnix(wxSocketBase& wxsocket) + : wxSocketImpl(wxsocket) + { + m_fds[0] = + m_fds[1] = -1; + } + + virtual wxSocketError GetLastError() const; + + virtual void ReenableEvents(wxSocketEventFlags flags) + { + // enable the notifications about input/output being available again in + // case they were disabled by OnRead/WriteWaiting() + // + // notice that we'd like to enable the events here only if there is + // nothing more left on the socket right now as otherwise we're going + // to get a "ready for whatever" notification immediately (well, during + // the next event loop iteration) and disable the event back again + // which is rather inefficient but unfortunately doing it like this + // doesn't work because the existing code (e.g. src/common/sckipc.cpp) + // expects to keep getting notifications about the data available from + // the socket even if it didn't read all the data the last time, so we + // absolutely have to continue generating them + EnableEvents(flags); + } + + // wxFDIOHandler methods + virtual void OnReadWaiting(); + virtual void OnWriteWaiting(); + virtual void OnExceptionWaiting(); + virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_fd != INVALID_SOCKET; } + +private: + virtual void DoClose() + { + DisableEvents(); + + close(m_fd); + } + + virtual void UnblockAndRegisterWithEventLoop() + { + int trueArg = 1; + ioctl(m_fd, FIONBIO, &trueArg); + + EnableEvents(); + } + + // enable or disable notifications for socket input/output events + void EnableEvents(int flags = wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG | wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG) + { DoEnableEvents(flags, true); } + void DisableEvents(int flags = wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG | wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG) + { DoEnableEvents(flags, false); } + + // really enable or disable socket input/output events + void DoEnableEvents(int flags, bool enable); + +protected: + // descriptors for input and output event notification channels associated + // with the socket + int m_fds[2]; + +private: + // notify the associated wxSocket about a change in socket state and shut + // down the socket if the event is wxSOCKET_LOST + void OnStateChange(wxSocketNotify event); + + // check if there is any input available, return 1 if yes, 0 if no or -1 on + // error + int CheckForInput(); + + + // give it access to our m_fds + friend class wxSocketFDBasedManager; +}; + +// A version of wxSocketManager which uses FDs for socket IO: it is used by +// Unix console applications and some X11-like ports (wxGTK and wxMotif but not +// wxX11 currently) which implement their own port-specific wxFDIOManagers +class wxSocketFDBasedManager : public wxSocketManager +{ +public: + wxSocketFDBasedManager() + { + m_fdioManager = NULL; + } + + virtual bool OnInit(); + virtual void OnExit() { } + + virtual wxSocketImpl *CreateSocket(wxSocketBase& wxsocket) + { + return new wxSocketImplUnix(wxsocket); + } + + virtual void Install_Callback(wxSocketImpl *socket_, wxSocketNotify event); + virtual void Uninstall_Callback(wxSocketImpl *socket_, wxSocketNotify event); + +protected: + // get the FD index corresponding to the given wxSocketNotify + wxFDIOManager::Direction + GetDirForEvent(wxSocketImpl *socket, wxSocketNotify event); + + // access the FDs we store + int& FD(wxSocketImplUnix *socket, wxFDIOManager::Direction d) + { + return socket->m_fds[d]; + } + + wxFDIOManager *m_fdioManager; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketFDBasedManager); +}; + +#endif /* _WX_UNIX_GSOCKUNX_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/timer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/timer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eeff719c9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/private/timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/private/timer.h +// Purpose: wxTimer for wxBase (unix) +// Author: Lukasz Michalski +// Created: 15/01/2005 +// RCS-ID: $Id: timer.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Lukasz Michalski +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ + +#if wxUSE_TIMER + +#include "wx/private/timer.h" + +// the type used for milliseconds is large enough for microseconds too but +// introduce a synonym for it to avoid confusion +typedef wxMilliClock_t wxUsecClock_t; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimer implementation class for Unix platforms +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: we have to export at least this symbol from the shared library, because +// it's used by wxDFB's wxCore +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUnixTimerImpl : public wxTimerImpl +{ +public: + wxUnixTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer); + virtual ~wxUnixTimerImpl(); + + virtual bool IsRunning() const; + virtual bool Start(int milliseconds = -1, bool oneShot = false); + virtual void Stop(); + + // for wxTimerScheduler only: resets the internal flag indicating that the + // timer is running + void MarkStopped() + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_isRunning, wxT("stopping non-running timer?") ); + + m_isRunning = false; + } + +private: + bool m_isRunning; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimerSchedule: information about a single timer, used by wxTimerScheduler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct wxTimerSchedule +{ + wxTimerSchedule(wxUnixTimerImpl *timer, wxUsecClock_t expiration) + : m_timer(timer), + m_expiration(expiration) + { + } + + // the timer itself (we don't own this pointer) + wxUnixTimerImpl *m_timer; + + // the time of its next expiration, in usec + wxUsecClock_t m_expiration; +}; + +// the linked list of all active timers, we keep it sorted by expiration time +WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxTimerSchedule, wxTimerList); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimerScheduler: class responsible for updating all timers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxTimerScheduler +{ +public: + // get the unique timer scheduler instance + static wxTimerScheduler& Get() + { + if ( !ms_instance ) + ms_instance = new wxTimerScheduler; + + return *ms_instance; + } + + // must be called on shutdown to delete the global timer scheduler + static void Shutdown() + { + if ( ms_instance ) + { + delete ms_instance; + ms_instance = NULL; + } + } + + // adds timer which should expire at the given absolute time to the list + void AddTimer(wxUnixTimerImpl *timer, wxUsecClock_t expiration); + + // remove timer from the list, called automatically from timer dtor + void RemoveTimer(wxUnixTimerImpl *timer); + + + // the functions below are used by the event loop implementation to monitor + // and notify timers: + + // if this function returns true, the time remaining until the next time + // expiration is returned in the provided parameter (always positive or 0) + // + // it returns false if there are no timers + bool GetNext(wxUsecClock_t *remaining) const; + + // trigger the timer event for all timers which have expired, return true + // if any did + bool NotifyExpired(); + +private: + // ctor and dtor are private, this is a singleton class only created by + // Get() and destroyed by Shutdown() + wxTimerScheduler() { } + ~wxTimerScheduler(); + + // add the given timer schedule to the list in the right place + // + // we take ownership of the pointer "s" which must be heap-allocated + void DoAddTimer(wxTimerSchedule *s); + + + // the list of all currently active timers sorted by expiration + wxTimerList m_timers; + + static wxTimerScheduler *ms_instance; +}; + +// this helper function currently only exists for Unix platforms but could be +// moved to wx/stopwatch.h if it turns out to be useful elsewhere +// +// returns the number of microseconds since the Epoch +extern wxUsecClock_t wxGetLocalTimeUsec(); + +#endif // wxUSE_TIMER + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_PRIVATE_TIMER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/sound.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/sound.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..98916f699a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/sound.h @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/sound.h +// Purpose: wxSound class +// Author: Julian Smart, Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 25/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sound.h 47254 2007-07-09 10:09:52Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_SOUND_H_ +#define _WX_SOUND_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_SOUND + +#include "wx/object.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSound: simple audio playback class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxSoundBackend; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxSound; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDynamicLibrary; + +/// Sound data, as loaded from .wav file: +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSoundData +{ +public: + wxSoundData() : m_refCnt(1) {} + void IncRef(); + void DecRef(); + + // .wav header information: + unsigned m_channels; // num of channels (mono:1, stereo:2) + unsigned m_samplingRate; + unsigned m_bitsPerSample; // if 8, then m_data contains unsigned 8bit + // samples (wxUint8), if 16 then signed 16bit + // (wxInt16) + unsigned m_samples; // length in samples: + + // wave data: + size_t m_dataBytes; + wxUint8 *m_data; // m_dataBytes bytes of data + +private: + ~wxSoundData(); + unsigned m_refCnt; + wxUint8 *m_dataWithHeader; // ditto, but prefixed with .wav header + friend class wxSound; +}; + + +/// Simple sound class: +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSound : public wxSoundBase +{ +public: + wxSound(); + wxSound(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false); + wxSound(int size, const wxByte* data); + virtual ~wxSound(); + + // Create from resource or file + bool Create(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false); + // Create from data + bool Create(int size, const wxByte* data); + + bool IsOk() const { return m_data != NULL; } + + // Stop playing any sound + static void Stop(); + + // Returns true if a sound is being played + static bool IsPlaying(); + + // for internal use + static void UnloadBackend(); + +protected: + bool DoPlay(unsigned flags) const; + + static void EnsureBackend(); + void Free(); + bool LoadWAV(const wxUint8 *data, size_t length, bool copyData); + + static wxSoundBackend *ms_backend; +#if wxUSE_LIBSDL && wxUSE_PLUGINS + // FIXME - temporary, until we have plugins architecture + static wxDynamicLibrary *ms_backendSDL; +#endif + +private: + wxSoundData *m_data; +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSoundBackend: +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This is interface to sound playing implementation. There are multiple +// sound architectures in use on Unix platforms and wxWidgets can use several +// of them for playback, depending on their availability at runtime; hence +// the need for backends. This class is for use by wxWidgets and people writing +// additional backends only, it is _not_ for use by applications! + +// Structure that holds playback status information +struct wxSoundPlaybackStatus +{ + // playback is in progress + bool m_playing; + // main thread called wxSound::Stop() + bool m_stopRequested; +}; + +// Audio backend interface +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSoundBackend +{ +public: + virtual ~wxSoundBackend() {} + + // Returns the name of the backend (e.g. "Open Sound System") + virtual wxString GetName() const = 0; + + // Returns priority (higher priority backends are tried first) + virtual int GetPriority() const = 0; + + // Checks if the backend's audio system is available and the backend can + // be used for playback + virtual bool IsAvailable() const = 0; + + // Returns true if the backend is capable of playing sound asynchronously. + // If false, then wxWidgets creates a playback thread and handles async + // playback, otherwise it is left up to the backend (will usually be more + // effective). + virtual bool HasNativeAsyncPlayback() const = 0; + + // Plays the sound. flags are same flags as those passed to wxSound::Play. + // The function should periodically check the value of + // status->m_stopRequested and terminate if it is set to true (it may + // be modified by another thread) + virtual bool Play(wxSoundData *data, unsigned flags, + volatile wxSoundPlaybackStatus *status) = 0; + + // Stops playback (if something is played). + virtual void Stop() = 0; + + // Returns true if the backend is playing anything at the moment. + // (This method is never called for backends that don't support async + // playback.) + virtual bool IsPlaying() const = 0; +}; + + +#endif // wxUSE_SOUND + +#endif // _WX_SOUND_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/stackwalk.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/stackwalk.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..666bd377f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/stackwalk.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/stackwalk.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxStackWalker for Unix +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-01-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stackwalk.h 58093 2009-01-14 14:38:00Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_STACKWALK_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_STACKWALK_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStackFrame +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackFrame : public wxStackFrameBase +{ + friend class wxStackWalker; + +public: + // arguments are the stack depth of this frame, its address and the return + // value of backtrace_symbols() for it + // + // NB: we don't copy syminfo pointer so it should have lifetime at least as + // long as ours + wxStackFrame(size_t level = 0, void *address = NULL, const char *syminfo = NULL) + : wxStackFrameBase(level, address) + { + m_syminfo = syminfo; + } + +protected: + virtual void OnGetName(); + + // optimized for the 2 step initialization done by wxStackWalker + void Set(const wxString &name, const wxString &filename, const char* syminfo, + size_t level, size_t numLine, void *address) + { + m_level = level; + m_name = name; + m_filename = filename; + m_syminfo = syminfo; + + m_line = numLine; + m_address = address; + } + +private: + const char *m_syminfo; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStackWalker +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackWalker : public wxStackWalkerBase +{ +public: + // we need the full path to the program executable to be able to use + // addr2line, normally we can retrieve it from wxTheApp but if wxTheApp + // doesn't exist or doesn't have the correct value, the path may be given + // explicitly + wxStackWalker(const char *argv0 = NULL) + { + ms_exepath = wxString::FromAscii(argv0); + } + + ~wxStackWalker() + { + FreeStack(); + } + + virtual void Walk(size_t skip = 1, size_t maxDepth = wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH); +#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION + virtual void WalkFromException(size_t maxDepth = wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH) { Walk(2, maxDepth); } +#endif // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION + + static const wxString& GetExePath() { return ms_exepath; } + + + // these two may be used to save the stack at some point (fast operation) + // and then process it later (slow operation) + void SaveStack(size_t maxDepth); + void ProcessFrames(size_t skip); + void FreeStack(); + +private: + int InitFrames(wxStackFrame *arr, size_t n, void **addresses, char **syminfo); + + static wxString ms_exepath; + static void *ms_addresses[]; + static char **ms_symbols; + static int m_depth; +}; + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_STACKWALK_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/stdpaths.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/stdpaths.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..338866248d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/stdpaths.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/stdpaths.h +// Purpose: wxStandardPaths for Unix systems +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-10-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stdpaths.h 53094 2008-04-08 13:52:39Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_STDPATHS_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_STDPATHS_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStandardPaths +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPaths : public wxStandardPathsBase +{ +public: + // tries to determine the installation prefix automatically (Linux only right + // now) and returns /usr/local if it failed + void DetectPrefix(); + + // set the program installation directory which is /usr/local by default + // + // under some systems (currently only Linux) the program directory can be + // determined automatically but for portable programs you should always set + // it explicitly + void SetInstallPrefix(const wxString& prefix); + + // get the program installation prefix + // + // if the prefix had been previously by SetInstallPrefix, returns that + // value, otherwise calls DetectPrefix() + wxString GetInstallPrefix() const; + + + // implement base class pure virtuals + virtual wxString GetExecutablePath() const; + virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const; + virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const; + virtual wxString GetDataDir() const; + virtual wxString GetLocalDataDir() const; + virtual wxString GetUserDataDir() const; + virtual wxString GetPluginsDir() const; + virtual wxString GetLocalizedResourcesDir(const wxString& lang, + ResourceCat category) const; +#ifndef __VMS + virtual wxString GetDocumentsDir() const; +#endif + +private: + wxString m_prefix; +}; + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_STDPATHS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/taskbarx11.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/taskbarx11.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..df30f94183 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/taskbarx11.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// File: wx/unix/taskbarx11.h +// Purpose: Defines wxTaskBarIcon class for most common X11 desktops +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/04/2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: taskbarx11.h 62789 2009-12-05 19:57:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik, 2003 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_TASKBAR_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_TASKBAR_H_ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxTaskBarIconArea; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIcon: public wxTaskBarIconBase +{ +public: + wxTaskBarIcon(); + virtual ~wxTaskBarIcon(); + + // Accessors: + bool IsOk() const; + bool IsIconInstalled() const; + + // Operations: + bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip = wxEmptyString); + bool RemoveIcon(); + bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu); + +protected: + wxTaskBarIconArea *m_iconWnd; + +private: + void OnDestroy(wxWindowDestroyEvent&); + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTaskBarIcon) +}; + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_TASKBAR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/tls.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/tls.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8dcd51bceb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/tls.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/tls.h +// Purpose: Pthreads implementation of wxTlsValue<> +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-08-08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tls.h 63653 2010-03-08 12:21:58Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_TLS_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_TLS_H_ + +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTlsKey is a helper class encapsulating the TLS value index +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxTlsKey +{ +public: + // ctor allocates a new key and possibly registering a destructor function + // for it + wxTlsKey(wxTlsDestructorFunction destructor) + { + m_destructor = destructor; + if ( pthread_key_create(&m_key, destructor) != 0 ) + m_key = 0; + } + + // return true if the key was successfully allocated + bool IsOk() const { return m_key != 0; } + + // get the key value, there is no error return + void *Get() const + { + return pthread_getspecific(m_key); + } + + // change the key value, return true if ok + bool Set(void *value) + { + void *old = Get(); + if ( old ) + m_destructor(old); + + return pthread_setspecific(m_key, value) == 0; + } + + // free the key + ~wxTlsKey() + { + if ( IsOk() ) + pthread_key_delete(m_key); + } + +private: + wxTlsDestructorFunction m_destructor; + pthread_key_t m_key; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTlsKey); +}; + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_TLS_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/utilsx11.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/utilsx11.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..32f83827e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/unix/utilsx11.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/unix/utilsx11.h +// Purpose: Miscellaneous X11 functions +// Author: Mattia Barbon, Vaclav Slavik, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 25.03.02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: utilsx11.h 65397 2010-08-24 11:23:22Z JJ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// (c) 2010 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UNIX_UTILSX11_H_ +#define _WX_UNIX_UTILSX11_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" + +#include + +// NB: Content of this header is for wxWidgets' private use! It is not +// part of public API and may be modified or even disappear in the future! + +#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXX11__) + +#if defined(__WXGTK__) +typedef void WXDisplay; +typedef void* WXWindow; +#endif +typedef unsigned long WXKeySym; + +int wxCharCodeXToWX(WXKeySym keySym); +WXKeySym wxCharCodeWXToX(int id); + +class wxIconBundle; + +void wxSetIconsX11( WXDisplay* display, WXWindow window, + const wxIconBundle& ib ); + + +enum wxX11FullScreenMethod +{ + wxX11_FS_AUTODETECT = 0, + wxX11_FS_WMSPEC, + wxX11_FS_KDE, + wxX11_FS_GENERIC +}; + +wxX11FullScreenMethod wxGetFullScreenMethodX11(WXDisplay* display, + WXWindow rootWindow); + +void wxSetFullScreenStateX11(WXDisplay* display, WXWindow rootWindow, + WXWindow window, bool show, wxRect *origSize, + wxX11FullScreenMethod method); + + +// Class wrapping X11 Display: it opens it in ctor and closes it in dtor. +class wxX11Display +{ +public: + wxX11Display() { m_dpy = XOpenDisplay(NULL); } + ~wxX11Display() { if ( m_dpy ) XCloseDisplay(m_dpy); } + + operator Display *() const { return m_dpy; } + + // Using DefaultRootWindow() with an object of wxX11Display class doesn't + // compile because it is a macro which tries to cast wxX11Display so + // provide a convenient helper. + Window DefaultRoot() const { return DefaultRootWindow(m_dpy); } + +private: + Display *m_dpy; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxX11Display); +}; + +#endif // __WXMOTIF__, __WXGTK__, __WXX11__ + +#endif // _WX_UNIX_UTILSX11_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/uri.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/uri.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..27b941437a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/uri.h @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/uri.h +// Purpose: wxURI - Class for parsing URIs +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Vadim Zeitlin (UTF-8 URI support, many other changes) +// Created: 07/01/2004 +// RCS-ID: $Id: uri.h 54727 2008-07-20 12:57:47Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Ryan Norton +// 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_URI_H_ +#define _WX_URI_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +// Host Type that the server component can be +enum wxURIHostType +{ + wxURI_REGNAME, // Host is a normal register name (www.mysite.com etc.) + wxURI_IPV4ADDRESS, // Host is a version 4 ip address (192.168.1.100) + wxURI_IPV6ADDRESS, // Host is a version 6 ip address [aa:aa:aa:aa::aa:aa]:5050 + wxURI_IPVFUTURE // Host is a future ip address (wxURI is unsure what kind) +}; + +// Component Flags +enum wxURIFieldType +{ + wxURI_SCHEME = 1, + wxURI_USERINFO = 2, + wxURI_SERVER = 4, + wxURI_PORT = 8, + wxURI_PATH = 16, + wxURI_QUERY = 32, + wxURI_FRAGMENT = 64 +}; + +// Miscellaneous other flags +enum wxURIFlags +{ + wxURI_STRICT = 1 +}; + + +// Generic class for parsing URIs. +// +// See RFC 3986 +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxURI : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxURI(); + wxURI(const wxString& uri); + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + + bool Create(const wxString& uri); + + wxURI& operator=(const wxString& string) + { + Create(string); + return *this; + } + + bool operator==(const wxURI& uri) const; + + // various accessors + + bool HasScheme() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_SCHEME) != 0; } + bool HasUserInfo() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_USERINFO) != 0; } + bool HasServer() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_SERVER) != 0; } + bool HasPort() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_PORT) != 0; } + bool HasPath() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_PATH) != 0; } + bool HasQuery() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_QUERY) != 0; } + bool HasFragment() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_FRAGMENT) != 0; } + + const wxString& GetScheme() const { return m_scheme; } + const wxString& GetPath() const { return m_path; } + const wxString& GetQuery() const { return m_query; } + const wxString& GetFragment() const { return m_fragment; } + const wxString& GetPort() const { return m_port; } + const wxString& GetUserInfo() const { return m_userinfo; } + const wxString& GetServer() const { return m_server; } + wxURIHostType GetHostType() const { return m_hostType; } + + // these functions only work if the user information part of the URI is in + // the usual (but insecure and hence explicitly recommended against by the + // RFC) "user:password" form + wxString GetUser() const; + wxString GetPassword() const; + + + // combine all URI components into a single string + // + // BuildURI() returns the real URI suitable for use with network libraries, + // for example, while BuildUnescapedURI() returns a string suitable to be + // shown to the user. + wxString BuildURI() const { return DoBuildURI(&wxURI::Nothing); } + wxString BuildUnescapedURI() const { return DoBuildURI(&wxURI::Unescape); } + + // the escaped URI should contain only ASCII characters, including possible + // escape sequences + static wxString Unescape(const wxString& escapedURI); + + + void Resolve(const wxURI& base, int flags = wxURI_STRICT); + bool IsReference() const; + +protected: + void Clear(); + + // common part of BuildURI() and BuildUnescapedURI() + wxString DoBuildURI(wxString (*funcDecode)(const wxString&)) const; + + // function which returns its argument unmodified, this is used by + // BuildURI() to tell DoBuildURI() that nothing needs to be done with the + // URI components + static wxString Nothing(const wxString& value) { return value; } + + bool Parse(const char* uri); + + const char* ParseAuthority (const char* uri); + const char* ParseScheme (const char* uri); + const char* ParseUserInfo (const char* uri); + const char* ParseServer (const char* uri); + const char* ParsePort (const char* uri); + const char* ParsePath (const char* uri); + const char* ParseQuery (const char* uri); + const char* ParseFragment (const char* uri); + + + static bool ParseH16(const char*& uri); + static bool ParseIPv4address(const char*& uri); + static bool ParseIPv6address(const char*& uri); + static bool ParseIPvFuture(const char*& uri); + + // should be called with i pointing to '%', returns the encoded character + // following it or -1 if invalid and advances i past it (so that it points + // to the last character consumed on return) + static int DecodeEscape(wxString::const_iterator& i); + + // append next character pointer to by p to the string in an escaped form + // and advance p past it + // + // if the next character is '%' and it's followed by 2 hex digits, they are + // not escaped (again) by this function, this allows to keep (backwards- + // compatible) ambiguity about the input format to wxURI::Create(): it can + // be either already escaped or not + void AppendNextEscaped(wxString& s, const char *& p); + + // convert hexadecimal digit to its value; return -1 if c isn't valid + static int CharToHex(char c); + + // split an URI path string in its component segments (including empty and + // "." ones, no post-processing is done) + static wxArrayString SplitInSegments(const wxString& path); + + // various URI grammar helpers + static bool IsUnreserved(char c); + static bool IsReserved(char c); + static bool IsGenDelim(char c); + static bool IsSubDelim(char c); + static bool IsHex(char c); + static bool IsAlpha(char c); + static bool IsDigit(char c); + static bool IsEndPath(char c); + + wxString m_scheme; + wxString m_path; + wxString m_query; + wxString m_fragment; + + wxString m_userinfo; + wxString m_server; + wxString m_port; + + wxURIHostType m_hostType; + + size_t m_fields; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxURI) +}; + +#endif // _WX_URI_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/url.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/url.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..65bd493383 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/url.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/url.h +// Purpose: URL parser +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: Ryan Norton +// Created: 20/07/1997 +// RCS-ID: $Id: url.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_URL_H +#define _WX_URL_H + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_URL + +#include "wx/uri.h" +#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h" + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + #include "wx/protocol/http.h" +#endif + +typedef enum { + wxURL_NOERR = 0, + wxURL_SNTXERR, + wxURL_NOPROTO, + wxURL_NOHOST, + wxURL_NOPATH, + wxURL_CONNERR, + wxURL_PROTOERR +} wxURLError; + +#if wxUSE_URL_NATIVE +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET wxURL; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxURLNativeImp : public wxObject +{ +public: + virtual ~wxURLNativeImp() { } + virtual wxInputStream *GetInputStream(wxURL *owner) = 0; +}; +#endif // wxUSE_URL_NATIVE + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxURL : public wxURI +{ +public: + wxURL(const wxString& sUrl = wxEmptyString); + wxURL(const wxURI& uri); + wxURL(const wxURL& url); + virtual ~wxURL(); + + wxURL& operator = (const wxString& url); + wxURL& operator = (const wxURI& uri); + wxURL& operator = (const wxURL& url); + + wxProtocol& GetProtocol() { return *m_protocol; } + wxURLError GetError() const { return m_error; } + wxString GetURL() const { return m_url; } + + wxURLError SetURL(const wxString &url) + { *this = url; return m_error; } + + bool IsOk() const + { return m_error == wxURL_NOERR; } + + wxInputStream *GetInputStream(); + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + static void SetDefaultProxy(const wxString& url_proxy); + void SetProxy(const wxString& url_proxy); +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + +protected: + static wxProtoInfo *ms_protocols; + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + static wxHTTP *ms_proxyDefault; + static bool ms_useDefaultProxy; + wxHTTP *m_proxy; + bool m_useProxy; +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + +#if wxUSE_URL_NATIVE + friend class wxURLNativeImp; + // pointer to a native URL implementation object + wxURLNativeImp *m_nativeImp; + // Creates on the heap and returns a native + // implementation object for the current platform. + static wxURLNativeImp *CreateNativeImpObject(); +#endif // wxUSE_URL_NATIVE + + wxProtoInfo *m_protoinfo; + wxProtocol *m_protocol; + + wxURLError m_error; + wxString m_url; + + void Init(const wxString&); + bool ParseURL(); + void CleanData(); + void Free(); + bool FetchProtocol(); + + friend class wxProtoInfo; + friend class wxURLModule; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxURL) +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_URL + +#endif // _WX_URL_H + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ustring.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ustring.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d888d77d49 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/ustring.h @@ -0,0 +1,750 @@ + +// Name: wx/ustring.h +// Purpose: 32-bit string (UCS-4) +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: ustring.h 66654 2011-01-08 17:33:51Z PC $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_USTRING_H_ +#define _WX_USTRING_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/string.h" + +#include + +#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 +typedef wxWCharBuffer wxU16CharBuffer; +typedef wxScopedWCharBuffer wxScopedU16CharBuffer; +#else +typedef wxCharTypeBuffer wxU16CharBuffer; +typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer wxScopedU16CharBuffer; +#endif + +#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 4 +typedef wxWCharBuffer wxU32CharBuffer; +typedef wxScopedWCharBuffer wxScopedU32CharBuffer; +#else +typedef wxCharTypeBuffer wxU32CharBuffer; +typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer wxScopedU32CharBuffer; +#endif + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + // "non dll-interface class 'std::basic_string' used as base + // interface for dll-interface class 'wxString'" -- this is OK in our case + // (and warning is unavoidable anyhow) + #pragma warning(push) + #pragma warning(disable:4275) +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUString: public std::basic_string +{ +public: + wxUString() { } + + wxUString( const wxChar32 *str ) { assign(str); } + wxUString( const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &buf ) { assign(buf); } + + wxUString( const char *str ) { assign(str); } + wxUString( const wxScopedCharBuffer &buf ) { assign(buf); } + wxUString( const char *str, const wxMBConv &conv ) { assign(str,conv); } + wxUString( const wxScopedCharBuffer &buf, const wxMBConv &conv ) { assign(buf,conv); } + + wxUString( const wxChar16 *str ) { assign(str); } + wxUString( const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &buf ) { assign(buf); } + + wxUString( const wxCStrData *cstr ) { assign(cstr); } + wxUString( const wxString &str ) { assign(str); } + + wxUString( char ch ) { assign(ch); } + wxUString( wxChar16 ch ) { assign(ch); } + wxUString( wxChar32 ch ) { assign(ch); } + wxUString( wxUniChar ch ) { assign(ch); } + wxUString( wxUniCharRef ch ) { assign(ch); } + wxUString( size_type n, char ch ) { assign(n,ch); } + wxUString( size_type n, wxChar16 ch ) { assign(n,ch); } + wxUString( size_type n, wxChar32 ch ) { assign(n,ch); } + wxUString( size_type n, wxUniChar ch ) { assign(n,ch); } + wxUString( size_type n, wxUniCharRef ch ) { assign(n,ch); } + + // static construction + + static wxUString FromAscii( const char *str, size_type n ) + { + wxUString ret; + ret.assignFromAscii( str, n ); + return ret; + } + + static wxUString FromAscii( const char *str ) + { + wxUString ret; + ret.assignFromAscii( str ); + return ret; + } + + static wxUString FromUTF8( const char *str, size_type n ) + { + wxUString ret; + ret.assignFromUTF8( str, n ); + return ret; + } + + static wxUString FromUTF8( const char *str ) + { + wxUString ret; + ret.assignFromUTF8( str ); + return ret; + } + + static wxUString FromUTF16( const wxChar16 *str, size_type n ) + { + wxUString ret; + ret.assignFromUTF16( str, n ); + return ret; + } + + static wxUString FromUTF16( const wxChar16 *str ) + { + wxUString ret; + ret.assignFromUTF16( str ); + return ret; + } + + // assign from encoding + + wxUString &assignFromAscii( const char *str ); + wxUString &assignFromAscii( const char *str, size_type n ); + wxUString &assignFromUTF8( const char *str ); + wxUString &assignFromUTF8( const char *str, size_type n ); + wxUString &assignFromUTF16( const wxChar16* str ); + wxUString &assignFromUTF16( const wxChar16* str, size_type n ); + wxUString &assignFromCString( const char* str ); + wxUString &assignFromCString( const char* str, const wxMBConv &conv ); + + // conversions + + wxScopedCharBuffer utf8_str() const; + wxScopedU16CharBuffer utf16_str() const; + +#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 + wxScopedWCharBuffer wc_str() const + { + return utf16_str(); + } +#else + wchar_t *wc_str() const + { + return (wchar_t*) c_str(); + } +#endif + + operator wxString() const + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + return wxString::FromUTF8( utf8_str() ); +#else +#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 + return wxString( utf16_str() ); +#else + return wxString( c_str() ); +#endif +#endif + } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + wxScopedCharBuffer wx_str() + { + return utf8_str(); + } +#else +#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 + wxScopedWCharBuffer wx_str() + { + return utf16_str(); + } +#else + const wchar_t* wx_str() + { + return c_str(); + } +#endif +#endif + + // assign + + wxUString &assign( const wxChar32* str ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->assign( str ); + } + + wxUString &assign( const wxChar32* str, size_type n ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->assign( str, n ); + } + + wxUString &assign( const wxUString &str ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->assign( str ); + } + + wxUString &assign( const wxUString &str, size_type pos, size_type n ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->assign( str, pos, n ); + } + + // FIXME-VC6: VC 6.0 stl does not support all types of assign functions + #ifdef __VISUALC6__ + wxUString &assign( wxChar32 ch ) + { + wxChar32 chh[1]; + chh[0] = ch; + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &)base->assign(chh); + } + + wxUString &assign( size_type n, wxChar32 ch ) + { + wxU32CharBuffer buffer(n); + wxChar32 *p = buffer.data(); + size_type i; + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + *p = ch; + p++; + } + + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &)base->assign(buffer.data()); + } + #else + wxUString &assign( wxChar32 ch ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->assign( (size_type) 1, ch ); + } + + wxUString &assign( size_type n, wxChar32 ch ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->assign( n, ch ); + } + #endif // __VISUALC6__ + + wxUString &assign( const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &buf ) + { + return assign( buf.data() ); + } + + wxUString &assign( const char *str ) + { + return assignFromCString( str ); + } + + wxUString &assign( const wxScopedCharBuffer &buf ) + { + return assignFromCString( buf.data() ); + } + + wxUString &assign( const char *str, const wxMBConv &conv ) + { + return assignFromCString( str, conv ); + } + + wxUString &assign( const wxScopedCharBuffer &buf, const wxMBConv &conv ) + { + return assignFromCString( buf.data(), conv ); + } + + wxUString &assign( const wxChar16 *str ) + { + return assignFromUTF16( str ); + } + + wxUString &assign( const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &buf ) + { + return assignFromUTF16( buf.data() ); + } + + wxUString &assign( const wxCStrData *cstr ) + { +#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 + return assignFromUTF16( cstr->AsWChar() ); +#else + return assign( cstr->AsWChar() ); +#endif + } + + wxUString &assign( const wxString &str ) + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + return assignFromUTF8( str.wx_str() ); +#else + #if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 + return assignFromUTF16( str.wc_str() ); + #else + return assign( str.wc_str() ); + #endif +#endif + } + + wxUString &assign( char ch ) + { + char buf[2]; + buf[0] = ch; + buf[1] = 0; + return assignFromCString( buf ); + } + + wxUString &assign( size_type n, char ch ) + { + wxCharBuffer buffer(n); + char *p = buffer.data(); + size_type i; + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + *p = ch; + p++; + } + return assignFromCString( buffer.data() ); + } + + wxUString &assign( wxChar16 ch ) + { + wxChar16 buf[2]; + buf[0] = ch; + buf[1] = 0; + return assignFromUTF16( buf ); + } + + wxUString &assign( size_type n, wxChar16 ch ) + { + wxU16CharBuffer buffer(n); + wxChar16 *p = buffer.data(); + size_type i; + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + *p = ch; + p++; + } + return assignFromUTF16( buffer.data() ); + } + + wxUString &assign( wxUniChar ch ) + { + return assign( (wxChar32) ch.GetValue() ); + } + + wxUString &assign( size_type n, wxUniChar ch ) + { + return assign( n, (wxChar32) ch.GetValue() ); + } + + wxUString &assign( wxUniCharRef ch ) + { + return assign( (wxChar32) ch.GetValue() ); + } + + wxUString &assign( size_type n, wxUniCharRef ch ) + { + return assign( n, (wxChar32) ch.GetValue() ); + } + + // append [STL overload] + + wxUString &append( const wxUString &s ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->append( s ); + } + + wxUString &append( const wxUString &s, size_type pos, size_type n ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->append( s, pos, n ); + } + + wxUString &append( const wxChar32* s ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->append( s ); + } + + wxUString &append( const wxChar32* s, size_type n ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->append( s, n ); + } + + // FIXME-VC6: VC 6.0 stl does not support all types of append functions + #ifdef __VISUALC6__ + wxUString &append( size_type n, wxChar32 c ) + { + wxU32CharBuffer buffer(n); + wxChar32 *p = buffer.data(); + size_type i; + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + *p = c; + p++; + } + + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->append(buffer.data()); + } + #else + wxUString &append( size_type n, wxChar32 c ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->append( n, c ); + } + #endif // __VISUALC6__ + + wxUString &append( wxChar32 c ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->append( 1, c ); + } + + // append [wx overload] + + wxUString &append( const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &buf ) + { + return append( buf.data() ); + } + + wxUString &append( const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &buf ) + { + return append( buf.data() ); + } + + wxUString &append( const char *str ) + { + return append( wxUString( str ) ); + } + + wxUString &append( const wxScopedCharBuffer &buf ) + { + return append( wxUString( buf ) ); + } + + wxUString &append( const wxChar16 *str ) + { + return append( wxUString( str ) ); + } + + wxUString &append( const wxString &str ) + { + return append( wxUString( str ) ); + } + + wxUString &append( const wxCStrData *cstr ) + { + return append( wxUString( cstr ) ); + } + + wxUString &append( char ch ) + { + char buf[2]; + buf[0] = ch; + buf[1] = 0; + return append( buf ); + } + + wxUString &append( wxChar16 ch ) + { + wxChar16 buf[2]; + buf[0] = ch; + buf[1] = 0; + return append( buf ); + } + + wxUString &append( wxUniChar ch ) + { + return append( (size_type) 1, (wxChar32) ch.GetValue() ); + } + + wxUString &append( wxUniCharRef ch ) + { + return append( (size_type) 1, (wxChar32) ch.GetValue() ); + } + + + // insert [STL overloads] + + wxUString &insert( size_type pos, const wxUString &s ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->insert( pos, s ); + } + + wxUString &insert( size_type pos, const wxUString &s, size_type pos1, size_type n ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->insert( pos, s, pos1, n ); + } + + wxUString &insert( size_type pos, const wxChar32 *s ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->insert( pos, s ); + } + + wxUString &insert( size_type pos, const wxChar32 *s, size_type n ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->insert( pos, s, n ); + } + + wxUString &insert( size_type pos, size_type n, wxChar32 c ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return (wxUString &) base->insert( pos, n, c ); + } + + + // insert [STL overloads] + + wxUString &insert( size_type n, const char *s ) + { + return insert( n, wxUString( s ) ); + } + + wxUString &insert( size_type n, const wxChar16 *s ) + { + return insert( n, wxUString( s ) ); + } + + wxUString &insert( size_type n, const wxScopedCharBuffer &buf ) + { + return insert( n, wxUString( buf ) ); + } + + wxUString &insert( size_type n, const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &buf ) + { + return insert( n, wxUString( buf ) ); + } + + wxUString &insert( size_type n, const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &buf ) + { + return insert( n, buf.data() ); + } + + wxUString &insert( size_type n, const wxString &s ) + { + return insert( n, wxUString( s ) ); + } + + wxUString &insert( size_type n, const wxCStrData *cstr ) + { + return insert( n, wxUString( cstr ) ); + } + + wxUString &insert( size_type n, char ch ) + { + char buf[2]; + buf[0] = ch; + buf[1] = 0; + return insert( n, buf ); + } + + wxUString &insert( size_type n, wchar_t ch ) + { + wchar_t buf[2]; + buf[0] = ch; + buf[1] = 0; + return insert( n, buf ); + } + + // insert iterator + + iterator insert( iterator it, wxChar32 ch ) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + return base->insert( it, ch ); + } + + void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last) + { + std::basic_string *base = this; + base->insert( it, first, last ); + } + + + // operator = + wxUString& operator=(const wxString& s) + { return assign( s ); } + wxUString& operator=(const wxCStrData* s) + { return assign( s ); } + wxUString& operator=(const char *s) + { return assign( s ); } + wxUString& operator=(const wxChar16 *s) + { return assign( s ); } + wxUString& operator=(const wxChar32 *s) + { return assign( s ); } + wxUString& operator=(const wxScopedCharBuffer &s) + { return assign( s ); } + wxUString& operator=(const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &s) + { return assign( s ); } + wxUString& operator=(const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &s) + { return assign( s ); } + wxUString& operator=(const char ch) + { return assign( ch ); } + wxUString& operator=(const wxChar16 ch) + { return assign( ch ); } + wxUString& operator=(const wxChar32 ch) + { return assign( ch ); } + wxUString& operator=(const wxUniChar ch) + { return assign( ch ); } + wxUString& operator=(const wxUniCharRef ch) + { return assign( ch ); } + + // operator += + wxUString& operator+=(const wxUString& s) + { return append( s ); } + wxUString& operator+=(const wxString& s) + { return append( s ); } + wxUString& operator+=(const wxCStrData* s) + { return append( s ); } + wxUString& operator+=(const char *s) + { return append( s ); } + wxUString& operator+=(const wxChar16 *s) + { return append( s ); } + wxUString& operator+=(const wxChar32 *s) + { return append( s ); } + wxUString& operator+=(const wxScopedCharBuffer &s) + { return append( s ); } + wxUString& operator+=(const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &s) + { return append( s ); } + wxUString& operator+=(const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &s) + { return append( s ); } + wxUString& operator+=(const char ch) + { return append( ch ); } + wxUString& operator+=(const wxChar16 ch) + { return append( ch ); } + wxUString& operator+=(const wxChar32 ch) + { return append( ch ); } + wxUString& operator+=(const wxUniChar ch) + { return append( ch ); } + wxUString& operator+=(const wxUniCharRef ch) + { return append( ch ); } + +}; + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #pragma warning(pop) +#endif + +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxUString &s2) + { wxUString ret( s1 ); ret.append( s2 ); return ret; } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const char *s2) + { return s1 + wxUString(s2); } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxString &s2) + { return s1 + wxUString(s2); } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxCStrData *s2) + { return s1 + wxUString(s2); } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxChar16* s2) + { return s1 + wxUString(s2); } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxChar32 *s2) + { return s1 + wxUString(s2); } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxScopedCharBuffer &s2) + { return s1 + wxUString(s2); } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &s2) + { return s1 + wxUString(s2); } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &s2) + { return s1 + wxUString(s2); } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, char s2) + { return s1 + wxUString(s2); } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, wxChar32 s2) + { wxUString ret( s1 ); ret.append( s2 ); return ret; } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, wxChar16 s2) + { wxUString ret( s1 ); ret.append( (wxChar32) s2 ); return ret; } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, wxUniChar s2) + { wxUString ret( s1 ); ret.append( (wxChar32) s2.GetValue() ); return ret; } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, wxUniCharRef s2) + { wxUString ret( s1 ); ret.append( (wxChar32) s2.GetValue() ); return ret; } + +inline wxUString operator+(const char *s1, const wxUString &s2) + { return wxUString(s1) + s2; } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxString &s1, const wxUString &s2) + { return wxUString(s1) + s2; } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxCStrData *s1, const wxUString &s2) + { return wxUString(s1) + s2; } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxChar16* s1, const wxUString &s2) + { return wxUString(s1) + s2; } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxChar32 *s1, const wxUString &s2) + { return wxUString(s1) + s2; } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxScopedCharBuffer &s1, const wxUString &s2) + { return wxUString(s1) + s2; } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &s1, const wxUString &s2) + { return wxUString(s1) + s2; } +inline wxUString operator+(const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &s1, const wxUString &s2) + { return wxUString(s1) + s2; } +inline wxUString operator+(char s1, const wxUString &s2) + { return wxUString(s1) + s2; } +inline wxUString operator+(wxChar32 s1, const wxUString &s2 ) + { return wxUString(s1) + s2; } +inline wxUString operator+(wxChar16 s1, const wxUString &s2) + { return wxUString(s1) + s2; } +inline wxUString operator+(wxUniChar s1, const wxUString &s2) + { return wxUString(s1) + s2; } +inline wxUString operator+(wxUniCharRef s1, const wxUString &s2) + { return wxUString(s1) + s2; } + + +inline bool operator==(const wxUString& s1, const wxUString& s2) + { return s1.compare( s2 ) == 0; } +inline bool operator!=(const wxUString& s1, const wxUString& s2) + { return s1.compare( s2 ) != 0; } +inline bool operator< (const wxUString& s1, const wxUString& s2) + { return s1.compare( s2 ) < 0; } +inline bool operator> (const wxUString& s1, const wxUString& s2) + { return s1.compare( s2 ) > 0; } +inline bool operator<=(const wxUString& s1, const wxUString& s2) + { return s1.compare( s2 ) <= 0; } +inline bool operator>=(const wxUString& s1, const wxUString& s2) + { return s1.compare( s2 ) >= 0; } + +#define wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( T ) \ +inline bool operator==(const wxUString& s1, T s2) \ + { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) == 0; } \ +inline bool operator!=(const wxUString& s1, T s2) \ + { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) != 0; } \ +inline bool operator< (const wxUString& s1, T s2) \ + { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) < 0; } \ +inline bool operator> (const wxUString& s1, T s2) \ + { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) > 0; } \ +inline bool operator<=(const wxUString& s1, T s2) \ + { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) <= 0; } \ +inline bool operator>=(const wxUString& s1, T s2) \ + { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) >= 0; } \ +\ +inline bool operator==(T s2, const wxUString& s1) \ + { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) == 0; } \ +inline bool operator!=(T s2, const wxUString& s1) \ + { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) != 0; } \ +inline bool operator< (T s2, const wxUString& s1) \ + { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) > 0; } \ +inline bool operator> (T s2, const wxUString& s1) \ + { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) < 0; } \ +inline bool operator<=(T s2, const wxUString& s1) \ + { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) >= 0; } \ +inline bool operator>=(T s2, const wxUString& s1) \ + { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) <= 0; } + +wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxString & ) +wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const char * ) +wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxChar16 * ) +wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxChar32 * ) +wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxScopedCharBuffer & ) +wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxScopedU16CharBuffer & ) +wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxScopedU32CharBuffer & ) +wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxCStrData * ) + +#endif // _WX_USTRING_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/utils.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/utils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f085a7a59b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/utils.h @@ -0,0 +1,838 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/utils.h +// Purpose: Miscellaneous utilities +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: utils.h 67129 2011-03-05 12:21:20Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_UTILS_H_ +#define _WX_UTILS_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/filefn.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/versioninfo.h" +#include "wx/meta/implicitconversion.h" + +#if wxUSE_GUI + #include "wx/gdicmn.h" + #include "wx/mousestate.h" +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayInt; + +// need this for wxGetDiskSpace() as we can't, unfortunately, forward declare +// wxLongLong +#include "wx/longlong.h" + +// needed for wxOperatingSystemId, wxLinuxDistributionInfo +#include "wx/platinfo.h" + +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + #include +#elif defined(__X__) + #include + #include +#endif + +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Forward declaration +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxProcess; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowList; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxEventLoop; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Arithmetic functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +inline typename wxImplicitConversionType::value +wxMax(T1 a, T2 b) +{ + typedef typename wxImplicitConversionType::value ResultType; + + // Cast both operands to the same type before comparing them to avoid + // warnings about signed/unsigned comparisons from some compilers: + return static_cast(a) > static_cast(b) ? a : b; +} + +template +inline typename wxImplicitConversionType::value +wxMin(T1 a, T2 b) +{ + typedef typename wxImplicitConversionType::value ResultType; + + return static_cast(a) < static_cast(b) ? a : b; +} + +template +inline typename wxImplicitConversionType3::value +wxClip(T1 a, T2 b, T3 c) +{ + typedef typename wxImplicitConversionType3::value ResultType; + + if ( static_cast(a) < static_cast(b) ) + return b; + + if ( static_cast(a) > static_cast(c) ) + return c; + + return a; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMemorySize +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxGetFreeMemory can return huge amount of memory on 32-bit platforms as well +// so to always use long long for its result type on all platforms which +// support it +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + typedef wxLongLong wxMemorySize; +#else + typedef long wxMemorySize; +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// String functions (deprecated, use wxString) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +// A shorter way of using strcmp +wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(inline bool wxStringEq(const char *s1, const char *s2), + return wxCRT_StrcmpA(s1, s2) == 0; ) + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(inline bool wxStringEq(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2), + return wxCRT_StrcmpW(s1, s2) == 0; ) +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Miscellaneous functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Sound the bell +#if !defined __EMX__ && \ + (defined __WXMOTIF__ || defined __WXGTK__ || defined __WXX11__) +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxBell(); +#else +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxBell(); +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MSGDLG +// Show wxWidgets information +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxInfoMessageBox(wxWindow* parent); +#endif // wxUSE_MSGDLG + +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVersionInfo wxGetLibraryVersionInfo(); + +// Get OS description as a user-readable string +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetOsDescription(); + +// Get OS version +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOperatingSystemId wxGetOsVersion(int *majorVsn = NULL, + int *minorVsn = NULL); + +// Get platform endianness +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsPlatformLittleEndian(); + +// Get platform architecture +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsPlatform64Bit(); + +#ifdef __LINUX__ +// Get linux-distro informations +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLinuxDistributionInfo wxGetLinuxDistributionInfo(); +#endif + +// Return a string with the current date/time +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxNow(); + +// Return path where wxWidgets is installed (mostly useful in Unices) +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxChar *wxGetInstallPrefix(); +// Return path to wxWin data (/usr/share/wx/%{version}) (Unices) +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetDataDir(); + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +// Get the state of a key (true if pressed, false if not) +// This is generally most useful getting the state of +// the modifier or toggle keys. +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key); + +// Don't synthesize KeyUp events holding down a key and producing +// KeyDown events with autorepeat. On by default and always on +// in wxMSW. +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxSetDetectableAutoRepeat( bool flag ); + +// Returns the current state of the mouse position, buttons and modifers +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseState wxGetMouseState(); + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPlatform +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Class to make it easier to specify platform-dependent values + * + * Examples: + * long val = wxPlatform::If(wxMac, 1).ElseIf(wxGTK, 2).ElseIf(stPDA, 5).Else(3); + * wxString strVal = wxPlatform::If(wxMac, wxT("Mac")).ElseIf(wxMSW, wxT("MSW")).Else(wxT("Other")); + * + * A custom platform symbol: + * + * #define stPDA 100 + * #ifdef __WXWINCE__ + * wxPlatform::AddPlatform(stPDA); + * #endif + * + * long windowStyle = wxCAPTION | (long) wxPlatform::IfNot(stPDA, wxRESIZE_BORDER); + * + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPlatform +{ +public: + wxPlatform() { Init(); } + wxPlatform(const wxPlatform& platform) { Copy(platform); } + void operator = (const wxPlatform& platform) { if (&platform != this) Copy(platform); } + void Copy(const wxPlatform& platform); + + // Specify an optional default value + wxPlatform(int defValue) { Init(); m_longValue = (long)defValue; } + wxPlatform(long defValue) { Init(); m_longValue = defValue; } + wxPlatform(const wxString& defValue) { Init(); m_stringValue = defValue; } + wxPlatform(double defValue) { Init(); m_doubleValue = defValue; } + + static wxPlatform If(int platform, long value); + static wxPlatform IfNot(int platform, long value); + wxPlatform& ElseIf(int platform, long value); + wxPlatform& ElseIfNot(int platform, long value); + wxPlatform& Else(long value); + + static wxPlatform If(int platform, int value) { return If(platform, (long)value); } + static wxPlatform IfNot(int platform, int value) { return IfNot(platform, (long)value); } + wxPlatform& ElseIf(int platform, int value) { return ElseIf(platform, (long) value); } + wxPlatform& ElseIfNot(int platform, int value) { return ElseIfNot(platform, (long) value); } + wxPlatform& Else(int value) { return Else((long) value); } + + static wxPlatform If(int platform, double value); + static wxPlatform IfNot(int platform, double value); + wxPlatform& ElseIf(int platform, double value); + wxPlatform& ElseIfNot(int platform, double value); + wxPlatform& Else(double value); + + static wxPlatform If(int platform, const wxString& value); + static wxPlatform IfNot(int platform, const wxString& value); + wxPlatform& ElseIf(int platform, const wxString& value); + wxPlatform& ElseIfNot(int platform, const wxString& value); + wxPlatform& Else(const wxString& value); + + long GetInteger() const { return m_longValue; } + const wxString& GetString() const { return m_stringValue; } + double GetDouble() const { return m_doubleValue; } + + operator int() const { return (int) GetInteger(); } + operator long() const { return GetInteger(); } + operator double() const { return GetDouble(); } + operator const wxString&() const { return GetString(); } + + static void AddPlatform(int platform); + static bool Is(int platform); + static void ClearPlatforms(); + +private: + + void Init() { m_longValue = 0; m_doubleValue = 0.0; } + + long m_longValue; + double m_doubleValue; + wxString m_stringValue; + static wxArrayInt* sm_customPlatforms; +}; + +/// Function for testing current platform +inline bool wxPlatformIs(int platform) { return wxPlatform::Is(platform); } + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Window ID management +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Ensure subsequent IDs don't clash with this one +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxRegisterId(long id); + +// Return the current ID +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxGetCurrentId(); + +// Generate a unique ID +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxNewId(); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Various conversions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Convert 2-digit hex number to decimal +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxHexToDec(const wxString& buf); + +// Convert 2-digit hex number to decimal +inline int wxHexToDec(const char* buf) +{ + int firstDigit, secondDigit; + + if (buf[0] >= 'A') + firstDigit = buf[0] - 'A' + 10; + else + firstDigit = buf[0] - '0'; + + if (buf[1] >= 'A') + secondDigit = buf[1] - 'A' + 10; + else + secondDigit = buf[1] - '0'; + + return (firstDigit & 0xF) * 16 + (secondDigit & 0xF ); +} + + +// Convert decimal integer to 2-character hex string +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxDecToHex(int dec, wxChar *buf); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxDecToHex(int dec, char* ch1, char* ch2); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxDecToHex(int dec); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Process management +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: for backwards compatibility reasons the values of wxEXEC_[A]SYNC *must* +// be 0 and 1, don't change! + +enum +{ + // execute the process asynchronously + wxEXEC_ASYNC = 0, + + // execute it synchronously, i.e. wait until it finishes + wxEXEC_SYNC = 1, + + // under Windows, don't hide the child even if it's IO is redirected (this + // is done by default) + wxEXEC_NOHIDE = 2, + + // under Unix, if the process is the group leader then passing wxKILL_CHILDREN to wxKill + // kills all children as well as pid + wxEXEC_MAKE_GROUP_LEADER = 4, + + // by default synchronous execution disables all program windows to avoid + // that the user interacts with the program while the child process is + // running, you can use this flag to prevent this from happening + wxEXEC_NODISABLE = 8, + + // by default, the event loop is run while waiting for synchronous execution + // to complete and this flag can be used to simply block the main process + // until the child process finishes + wxEXEC_NOEVENTS = 16, + + // convenient synonym for flags given system()-like behaviour + wxEXEC_BLOCK = wxEXEC_SYNC | wxEXEC_NOEVENTS +}; + +// Map storing environment variables. +typedef wxStringToStringHashMap wxEnvVariableHashMap; + +// Used to pass additional parameters for child process to wxExecute(). Could +// be extended with other fields later. +struct wxExecuteEnv +{ + wxString cwd; // If empty, CWD is not changed. + wxEnvVariableHashMap env; // If empty, environment is unchanged. +}; + +// Execute another program. +// +// If flags contain wxEXEC_SYNC, return -1 on failure and the exit code of the +// process if everything was ok. Otherwise (i.e. if wxEXEC_ASYNC), return 0 on +// failure and the PID of the launched process if ok. +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(const wxString& command, + int flags = wxEXEC_ASYNC, + wxProcess *process = NULL, + const wxExecuteEnv *env = NULL); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(char **argv, + int flags = wxEXEC_ASYNC, + wxProcess *process = NULL, + const wxExecuteEnv *env = NULL); +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(wchar_t **argv, + int flags = wxEXEC_ASYNC, + wxProcess *process = NULL, + const wxExecuteEnv *env = NULL); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +// execute the command capturing its output into an array line by line, this is +// always synchronous +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(const wxString& command, + wxArrayString& output, + int flags = 0, + const wxExecuteEnv *env = NULL); + +// also capture stderr (also synchronous) +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(const wxString& command, + wxArrayString& output, + wxArrayString& error, + int flags = 0, + const wxExecuteEnv *env = NULL); + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_IPC +// ask a DDE server to execute the DDE request with given parameters +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxExecuteDDE(const wxString& ddeServer, + const wxString& ddeTopic, + const wxString& ddeCommand); +#endif // __WXMSW__ && wxUSE_IPC + +enum wxSignal +{ + wxSIGNONE = 0, // verify if the process exists under Unix + wxSIGHUP, + wxSIGINT, + wxSIGQUIT, + wxSIGILL, + wxSIGTRAP, + wxSIGABRT, + wxSIGIOT = wxSIGABRT, // another name + wxSIGEMT, + wxSIGFPE, + wxSIGKILL, + wxSIGBUS, + wxSIGSEGV, + wxSIGSYS, + wxSIGPIPE, + wxSIGALRM, + wxSIGTERM + + // further signals are different in meaning between different Unix systems +}; + +enum wxKillError +{ + wxKILL_OK, // no error + wxKILL_BAD_SIGNAL, // no such signal + wxKILL_ACCESS_DENIED, // permission denied + wxKILL_NO_PROCESS, // no such process + wxKILL_ERROR // another, unspecified error +}; + +enum wxKillFlags +{ + wxKILL_NOCHILDREN = 0, // don't kill children + wxKILL_CHILDREN = 1 // kill children +}; + +enum wxShutdownFlags +{ + wxSHUTDOWN_FORCE = 1,// can be combined with other flags (MSW-only) + wxSHUTDOWN_POWEROFF = 2,// power off the computer + wxSHUTDOWN_REBOOT = 4,// shutdown and reboot + wxSHUTDOWN_LOGOFF = 8 // close session (currently MSW-only) +}; + +// Shutdown or reboot the PC +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxShutdown(int flags = wxSHUTDOWN_POWEROFF); + +// send the given signal to the process (only NONE and KILL are supported under +// Windows, all others mean TERM), return 0 if ok and -1 on error +// +// return detailed error in rc if not NULL +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxKill(long pid, + wxSignal sig = wxSIGTERM, + wxKillError *rc = NULL, + int flags = wxKILL_NOCHILDREN); + +// Execute a command in an interactive shell window (always synchronously) +// If no command then just the shell +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxShell(const wxString& command = wxEmptyString); + +// As wxShell(), but must give a (non interactive) command and its output will +// be returned in output array +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxShell(const wxString& command, wxArrayString& output); + +// Sleep for nSecs seconds +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSleep(int nSecs); + +// Sleep for a given amount of milliseconds +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxMilliSleep(unsigned long milliseconds); + +// Sleep for a given amount of microseconds +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxMicroSleep(unsigned long microseconds); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +// Sleep for a given amount of milliseconds (old, bad name), use wxMilliSleep +wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxUsleep(unsigned long milliseconds) ); +#endif + +// Get the process id of the current process +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE unsigned long wxGetProcessId(); + +// Get free memory in bytes, or -1 if cannot determine amount (e.g. on UNIX) +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemorySize wxGetFreeMemory(); + +#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION + +// should wxApp::OnFatalException() be called? +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxHandleFatalExceptions(bool doit = true); + +#endif // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Environment variables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// returns true if variable exists (value may be NULL if you just want to check +// for this) +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetEnv(const wxString& var, wxString *value); + +// set the env var name to the given value, return true on success +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, const wxString& value); + +// remove the env var from environment +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxUnsetEnv(const wxString& var); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +inline bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, const char *value) + { return wxSetEnv(var, wxString(value)); } +inline bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, const wchar_t *value) + { return wxSetEnv(var, wxString(value)); } +template +inline bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& value) + { return wxSetEnv(var, wxString(value)); } +inline bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, const wxCStrData& value) + { return wxSetEnv(var, wxString(value)); } + +// this one is for passing NULL directly - don't use it, use wxUnsetEnv instead +wxDEPRECATED( inline bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, int value) ); +inline bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, int value) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( value == 0, "using non-NULL integer as string?" ); + + wxUnusedVar(value); // fix unused parameter warning in release build + + return wxUnsetEnv(var); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// Retrieve the complete environment by filling specified map. +// Returns true on success or false if an error occurred. +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetEnvMap(wxEnvVariableHashMap *map); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Network and username functions. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: "char *" functions are deprecated, use wxString ones! + +// Get eMail address +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetEmailAddress(wxChar *buf, int maxSize); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetEmailAddress(); + +// Get hostname. +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetHostName(wxChar *buf, int maxSize); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetHostName(); + +// Get FQDN +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetFullHostName(); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetFullHostName(wxChar *buf, int maxSize); + +// Get user ID e.g. jacs (this is known as login name under Unix) +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetUserId(wxChar *buf, int maxSize); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetUserId(); + +// Get user name e.g. Julian Smart +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetUserName(wxChar *buf, int maxSize); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetUserName(); + +// Get current Home dir and copy to dest (returns pstr->c_str()) +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetHomeDir(); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxChar* wxGetHomeDir(wxString *pstr); + +// Get the user's (by default use the current user name) home dir, +// return empty string on error +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetUserHome(const wxString& user = wxEmptyString); + + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + typedef wxLongLong wxDiskspaceSize_t; +#else + typedef long wxDiskspaceSize_t; +#endif + +// get number of total/free bytes on the disk where path belongs +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetDiskSpace(const wxString& path, + wxDiskspaceSize_t *pTotal = NULL, + wxDiskspaceSize_t *pFree = NULL); + + + +extern "C" +{ +typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNCDATA)(const void* pItem1, const void* pItem2, const void* user_data); +} + + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxQsort(void *const pbase, size_t total_elems, + size_t size, CMPFUNCDATA cmp, const void* user_data); + + +#if wxUSE_GUI // GUI only things from now on + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Launch default browser +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// flags for wxLaunchDefaultBrowser +enum +{ + wxBROWSER_NEW_WINDOW = 0x01, + wxBROWSER_NOBUSYCURSOR = 0x02 +}; + +// Launch url in the user's default internet browser +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxLaunchDefaultBrowser(const wxString& url, int flags = 0); + +// Launch document in the user's default application +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxLaunchDefaultApplication(const wxString& path, int flags = 0); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Menu accelerators related things +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// flags for wxStripMenuCodes +enum +{ + // strip '&' characters + wxStrip_Mnemonics = 1, + + // strip everything after '\t' + wxStrip_Accel = 2, + + // strip everything (this is the default) + wxStrip_All = wxStrip_Mnemonics | wxStrip_Accel +}; + +// strip mnemonics and/or accelerators from the label +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString +wxStripMenuCodes(const wxString& str, int flags = wxStrip_All); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +// obsolete and deprecated version, do not use, use the above overload instead +wxDEPRECATED( + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChar* wxStripMenuCodes(const wxChar *in, wxChar *out = NULL) +); + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAcceleratorEntry; + +// use wxAcceleratorEntry::Create() or FromString() methods instead +wxDEPRECATED( + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAcceleratorEntry *wxGetAccelFromString(const wxString& label) +); +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Window search +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Returns menu item id or wxNOT_FOUND if none. +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxFindMenuItemId(wxFrame *frame, const wxString& menuString, const wxString& itemString); + +// Find the wxWindow at the given point. wxGenericFindWindowAtPoint +// is always present but may be less reliable than a native version. +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxGenericFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt); +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt); + +// NB: this function is obsolete, use wxWindow::FindWindowByLabel() instead +// +// Find the window/widget with the given title or label. +// Pass a parent to begin the search from, or NULL to look through +// all windows. +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxFindWindowByLabel(const wxString& title, wxWindow *parent = NULL); + +// NB: this function is obsolete, use wxWindow::FindWindowByName() instead +// +// Find window by name, and if that fails, by label. +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxFindWindowByName(const wxString& name, wxWindow *parent = NULL); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Message/event queue helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Yield to other apps/messages and disable user input +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxSafeYield(wxWindow *win = NULL, bool onlyIfNeeded = false); + +// Enable or disable input to all top level windows +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxEnableTopLevelWindows(bool enable = true); + +// Check whether this window wants to process messages, e.g. Stop button +// in long calculations. +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxCheckForInterrupt(wxWindow *wnd); + +// Consume all events until no more left +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxFlushEvents(); + +// a class which disables all windows (except, may be, the given one) in its +// ctor and enables them back in its dtor +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDisabler +{ +public: + // this ctor conditionally disables all windows: if the argument is false, + // it doesn't do anything + wxWindowDisabler(bool disable = true); + + // ctor disables all windows except winToSkip + wxWindowDisabler(wxWindow *winToSkip); + + // dtor enables back all windows disabled by the ctor + ~wxWindowDisabler(); + +private: + // disable all windows except the given one (used by both ctors) + void DoDisable(wxWindow *winToSkip = NULL); + +#if defined(__WXOSX__) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA + wxEventLoop* m_modalEventLoop; +#endif + wxWindowList *m_winDisabled; + bool m_disabled; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowDisabler); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Cursors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Set the cursor to the busy cursor for all windows +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxBeginBusyCursor(const wxCursor *cursor = wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR); + +// Restore cursor to normal +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxEndBusyCursor(); + +// true if we're between the above two calls +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxIsBusy(); + +// Convenience class so we can just create a wxBusyCursor object on the stack +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBusyCursor +{ +public: + wxBusyCursor(const wxCursor* cursor = wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR) + { wxBeginBusyCursor(cursor); } + ~wxBusyCursor() + { wxEndBusyCursor(); } + + // FIXME: These two methods are currently only implemented (and needed?) + // in wxGTK. BusyCursor handling should probably be moved to + // common code since the wxGTK and wxMSW implementations are very + // similar except for wxMSW using HCURSOR directly instead of + // wxCursor.. -- RL. + static const wxCursor &GetStoredCursor(); + static const wxCursor GetBusyCursor(); +}; + +void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGetMousePosition( int* x, int* y ); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// X11 Display access +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__X__) || defined(__WXGTK__) + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void *wxGetDisplay(); +#endif + +#ifdef __X__ + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE WXDisplay *wxGetDisplay(); + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxSetDisplay(const wxString& display_name); + WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetDisplayName(); +#endif // X or GTK+ + +// use this function instead of the functions above in implementation code +inline struct _XDisplay *wxGetX11Display() +{ + return (_XDisplay *)wxGetDisplay(); +} + +#endif // X11 || wxGTK + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxYield(): these functions are obsolete, please use wxApp methods instead! +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// avoid redeclaring this function here if it had been already declated by +// wx/app.h, this results in warnings from g++ with -Wredundant-decls +#ifndef wx_YIELD_DECLARED +#define wx_YIELD_DECLARED + +// Yield to other apps/messages +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxYield(); + +#endif // wx_YIELD_DECLARED + +// Like wxYield, but fails silently if the yield is recursive. +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxYieldIfNeeded(); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Windows resources access +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// MSW only: get user-defined resource from the .res file. +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // default resource type for wxLoadUserResource() + extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxChar*) wxUserResourceStr; + + // Return the pointer to the resource data. This pointer is read-only, use + // the overload below if you need to modify the data. + // + // Returns true on success, false on failure. Doesn't log an error message + // if the resource is not found (because this could be expected) but does + // log one if any other error occurs. + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool + wxLoadUserResource(const void **outData, + size_t *outLen, + const wxString& resourceName, + const wxString& resourceType = wxUserResourceStr, + WXHINSTANCE module = 0); + + // This function allocates a new buffer and makes a copy of the resource + // data, remember to delete[] the buffer. And avoid using it entirely if + // the overload above can be used. + // + // Returns NULL on failure. + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char* + wxLoadUserResource(const wxString& resourceName, + const wxString& resourceType = wxUserResourceStr, + int* pLen = NULL, + WXHINSTANCE module = 0); +#endif // MSW + +#endif + // _WX_UTILSH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valgen.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valgen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0c81bf88f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valgen.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/valgen.h +// Purpose: wxGenericValidator class +// Author: Kevin Smith +// Created: Jan 22 1999 +// RCS-ID: $Id: valgen.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Julian Smart (assigned from Kevin) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_VALGENH__ +#define _WX_VALGENH__ + +#include "wx/validate.h" + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTime; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericValidator performs data transfer between many standard controls and +// variables of the type corresponding to their values. +// +// It doesn't do any validation so its name is a slight misnomer. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericValidator: public wxValidator +{ +public: + // Different constructors: each of them creates a validator which can only + // be used with some controls, the comments before each constructor + // indicate which ones: + // wxCheckBox, wxRadioButton, wx(Bitmap)ToggleButton + wxGenericValidator(bool* val); + // wxChoice, wxGauge, wxRadioBox, wxScrollBar, wxSlider, wxSpinButton + wxGenericValidator(int* val); + // wxComboBox, wxTextCtrl, wxButton, wxStaticText (read-only) + wxGenericValidator(wxString* val); + // wxListBox, wxCheckListBox + wxGenericValidator(wxArrayInt* val); +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + // wxDatePickerCtrl + wxGenericValidator(wxDateTime* val); +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + wxGenericValidator(const wxGenericValidator& copyFrom); + + virtual ~wxGenericValidator(){} + + // Make a clone of this validator (or return NULL) - currently necessary + // if you're passing a reference to a validator. + // Another possibility is to always pass a pointer to a new validator + // (so the calling code can use a copy constructor of the relevant class). + virtual wxObject *Clone() const { return new wxGenericValidator(*this); } + bool Copy(const wxGenericValidator& val); + + // Called when the value in the window must be validated: this is not used + // by this class + virtual bool Validate(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent)) { return true; } + + // Called to transfer data to the window + virtual bool TransferToWindow(); + + // Called to transfer data to the window + virtual bool TransferFromWindow(); + +protected: + void Initialize(); + + bool* m_pBool; + int* m_pInt; + wxString* m_pString; + wxArrayInt* m_pArrayInt; +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + wxDateTime* m_pDateTime; +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +private: + DECLARE_CLASS(wxGenericValidator) + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxGenericValidator); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +#endif // _WX_VALGENH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/validate.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/validate.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d94f89c09e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/validate.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/validate.h +// Purpose: wxValidator class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: validate.h 66966 2011-02-19 12:32:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_VALIDATE_H_ +#define _WX_VALIDATE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +#include "wx/event.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase; + +/* + A validator has up to three purposes: + + 1) To validate the data in the window that's associated + with the validator. + 2) To transfer data to and from the window. + 3) To filter input, using its role as a wxEvtHandler + to intercept e.g. OnChar. + + Note that wxValidator and derived classes use reference counting. +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxValidator : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxValidator(); + virtual ~wxValidator(); + + // Make a clone of this validator (or return NULL) - currently necessary + // if you're passing a reference to a validator. + // Another possibility is to always pass a pointer to a new validator + // (so the calling code can use a copy constructor of the relevant class). + virtual wxObject *Clone() const + { return NULL; } + bool Copy(const wxValidator& val) + { m_validatorWindow = val.m_validatorWindow; return true; } + + // Called when the value in the window must be validated. + // This function can pop up an error message. + virtual bool Validate(wxWindow *WXUNUSED(parent)) { return false; } + + // Called to transfer data to the window + virtual bool TransferToWindow() { return false; } + + // Called to transfer data from the window + virtual bool TransferFromWindow() { return false; } + + // accessors + wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)m_validatorWindow; } + void SetWindow(wxWindowBase *win) { m_validatorWindow = win; } + + // validators beep by default if invalid key is pressed, this function + // allows to change this + static void SuppressBellOnError(bool suppress = true) + { ms_isSilent = suppress; } + + // test if beep is currently disabled + static bool IsSilent() { return ms_isSilent; } + + // this function is deprecated because it handled its parameter + // unnaturally: it disabled the bell when it was true, not false as could + // be expected; use SuppressBellOnError() instead +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + static wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( + void SetBellOnError(bool doIt = true), + ms_isSilent = doIt; + ) +#endif + +protected: + wxWindowBase *m_validatorWindow; + +private: + static bool ms_isSilent; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxValidator) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxValidator); +}; + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxValidator) wxDefaultValidator; + +#define wxVALIDATOR_PARAM(val) val + +#else // !wxUSE_VALIDATORS + // wxWidgets is compiled without support for wxValidator, but we still + // want to be able to pass wxDefaultValidator to the functions which take + // a wxValidator parameter to avoid using "#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS" + // everywhere + class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxValidator; + #define wxDefaultValidator (*reinterpret_cast(NULL)) + + // this macro allows to avoid warnings about unused parameters when + // wxUSE_VALIDATORS == 0 + #define wxVALIDATOR_PARAM(val) +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS/!wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +#endif // _WX_VALIDATE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valnum.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valnum.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2fbfe607b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valnum.h @@ -0,0 +1,463 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/valnum.h +// Purpose: Numeric validator classes. +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin based on the submission of Fulvio Senore +// Created: 2010-11-06 +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_VALNUM_H_ +#define _WX_VALNUM_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +#include "wx/validate.h" + +#include + +// Bit masks used for numeric validator styles. +enum wxNumValidatorStyle +{ + wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT = 0x0, + wxNUM_VAL_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR = 0x1, + wxNUM_VAL_ZERO_AS_BLANK = 0x2, + wxNUM_VAL_NO_TRAILING_ZEROES = 0x4 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Base class for all numeric validators. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNumValidatorBase : public wxValidator +{ +public: + // Change the validator style. Usually it's specified during construction. + void SetStyle(int style) { m_style = style; } + + + // Override base class method to not do anything but always return success: + // we don't need this as we do our validation on the fly here. + virtual bool Validate(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent)) { return true; } + +protected: + wxNumValidatorBase(int style) + { + m_style = style; + } + + wxNumValidatorBase(const wxNumValidatorBase& other) : wxValidator() + { + m_style = other.m_style; + } + + bool HasFlag(wxNumValidatorStyle style) const + { + return (m_style & style) != 0; + } + + // Get the text entry of the associated control. Normally shouldn't ever + // return NULL (and will assert if it does return it) but the caller should + // still test the return value for safety. + wxTextEntry *GetTextEntry() const; + + // Convert wxNUM_VAL_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR and wxNUM_VAL_NO_TRAILING_ZEROES + // bits of our style to the corresponding wxNumberFormatter::Style values. + int GetFormatFlags() const; + + // Return true if pressing a '-' key is acceptable for the current control + // contents and insertion point. This is meant to be called from the + // derived class IsCharOk() implementation. + bool IsMinusOk(const wxString& val, int pos) const; + + // Return the string which would result from inserting the given character + // at the specified position. + wxString GetValueAfterInsertingChar(wxString val, int pos, wxChar ch) const + { + val.insert(pos, ch); + return val; + } + +private: + // Check whether the specified character can be inserted in the control at + // the given position in the string representing the current controls + // contents. + // + // Notice that the base class checks for '-' itself so it's never passed to + // this function. + virtual bool IsCharOk(const wxString& val, int pos, wxChar ch) const = 0; + + // NormalizeString the contents of the string if it's a valid number, return + // empty string otherwise. + virtual wxString NormalizeString(const wxString& s) const = 0; + + + // Event handlers. + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + + + // Determine the current insertion point and text in the associated control. + void GetCurrentValueAndInsertionPoint(wxString& val, int& pos) const; + + + // Combination of wxVAL_NUM_XXX values. + int m_style; + + + wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE(); + + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxNumValidatorBase); +}; + +namespace wxPrivate +{ + +// This is a helper class used by wxIntegerValidator and wxFloatingPointValidator +// below that implements Transfer{To,From}Window() adapted to the type of the +// variable. +// +// The template argument B is the name of the base class which must derive from +// wxNumValidatorBase and define LongestValueType type and {To,As}String() +// methods i.e. basically be one of wx{Integer,Number}ValidatorBase classes. +// +// The template argument T is just the type handled by the validator that will +// inherit from this one. +template +class wxNumValidator : public B +{ +public: + typedef B BaseValidator; + typedef T ValueType; + + typedef typename BaseValidator::LongestValueType LongestValueType; + + // FIXME-VC6: This compiler fails to compile the assert below with a + // nonsensical error C2248: "'LongestValueType' : cannot access protected + // typedef declared in class 'wxIntegerValidatorBase'" so just disable the + // check for it. +#ifndef __VISUALC6__ + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT + ( + sizeof(ValueType) <= sizeof(LongestValueType), + UnsupportedType + ); +#endif // __VISUALC6__ + + void SetMin(ValueType min) + { + this->DoSetMin(min); + } + + void SetMax(ValueType max) + { + this->DoSetMax(max); + } + + void SetRange(ValueType min, ValueType max) + { + SetMin(min); + SetMax(max); + } + + virtual bool TransferToWindow() + { + if ( m_value ) + { + wxTextEntry * const control = BaseValidator::GetTextEntry(); + if ( !control ) + return false; + + control->SetValue(NormalizeValue(*m_value)); + } + + return true; + } + + virtual bool TransferFromWindow() + { + if ( m_value ) + { + wxTextEntry * const control = BaseValidator::GetTextEntry(); + if ( !control ) + return false; + + const wxString s(control->GetValue()); + LongestValueType value; + if ( s.empty() && BaseValidator::HasFlag(wxNUM_VAL_ZERO_AS_BLANK) ) + value = 0; + else if ( !BaseValidator::FromString(s, &value) ) + return false; + + if ( !this->IsInRange(value) ) + return false; + + *m_value = static_cast(value); + } + + return true; + } + +protected: + wxNumValidator(ValueType *value, int style) + : BaseValidator(style), + m_value(value) + { + } + + // Implement wxNumValidatorBase virtual method which is the same for + // both integer and floating point numbers. + virtual wxString NormalizeString(const wxString& s) const + { + LongestValueType value; + return BaseValidator::FromString(s, &value) ? NormalizeValue(value) + : wxString(); + } + +private: + // Just a helper which is a common part of TransferToWindow() and + // NormalizeString(): returns string representation of a number honouring + // wxNUM_VAL_ZERO_AS_BLANK flag. + wxString NormalizeValue(LongestValueType value) const + { + wxString s; + if ( value != 0 || !BaseValidator::HasFlag(wxNUM_VAL_ZERO_AS_BLANK) ) + s = this->ToString(value); + + return s; + } + + + ValueType * const m_value; + + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxNumValidator); +}; + +} // namespace wxPrivate + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Validators for integer numbers. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Base class for integer numbers validator. This class contains all non +// type-dependent code of wxIntegerValidator<> and always works with values of +// type LongestValueType. It is not meant to be used directly, please use +// wxIntegerValidator<> only instead. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIntegerValidatorBase : public wxNumValidatorBase +{ +protected: + // Define the type we use here, it should be the maximal-sized integer type + // we support to make it possible to base wxIntegerValidator<> for any type + // on it. +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + typedef wxLongLong_t LongestValueType; +#else + typedef long LongestValueType; +#endif + + wxIntegerValidatorBase(int style) + : wxNumValidatorBase(style) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxNUM_VAL_NO_TRAILING_ZEROES), + "This style doesn't make sense for integers." ); + } + + wxIntegerValidatorBase(const wxIntegerValidatorBase& other) + : wxNumValidatorBase(other) + { + m_min = other.m_min; + m_max = other.m_max; + } + + // Provide methods for wxNumValidator use. + wxString ToString(LongestValueType value) const; + static bool FromString(const wxString& s, LongestValueType *value); + + void DoSetMin(LongestValueType min) { m_min = min; } + void DoSetMax(LongestValueType max) { m_max = max; } + + bool IsInRange(LongestValueType value) const + { + return m_min <= value && value <= m_max; + } + + // Implement wxNumValidatorBase pure virtual method. + virtual bool IsCharOk(const wxString& val, int pos, wxChar ch) const; + +private: + // Minimal and maximal values accepted (inclusive). + LongestValueType m_min, m_max; + + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxIntegerValidatorBase); +}; + +// Validator for integer numbers. It can actually work with any integer type +// (short, int or long and long long if supported) and their unsigned versions +// as well. +template +class wxIntegerValidator + : public wxPrivate::wxNumValidator +{ +public: + typedef T ValueType; + + typedef + wxPrivate::wxNumValidator Base; + + // Ctor for an integer validator. + // + // Sets the range appropriately for the type, including setting 0 as the + // minimal value for the unsigned types. + wxIntegerValidator(ValueType *value = NULL, int style = wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT) + : Base(value, style) + { + this->DoSetMin(std::numeric_limits::min()); + this->DoSetMax(std::numeric_limits::max()); + } + + virtual wxObject *Clone() const { return new wxIntegerValidator(*this); } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxIntegerValidator); +}; + +// Helper function for creating integer validators which allows to avoid +// explicitly specifying the type as it deduces it from its parameter. +template +inline wxIntegerValidator +wxMakeIntegerValidator(T *value, int style = wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT) +{ + return wxIntegerValidator(value, style); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Validators for floating point numbers. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Similar to wxIntegerValidatorBase, this class is not meant to be used +// directly, only wxFloatingPointValidator<> should be used in the user code. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFloatingPointValidatorBase : public wxNumValidatorBase +{ +public: + // Set precision i.e. the number of digits shown (and accepted on input) + // after the decimal point. By default this is set to the maximal precision + // supported by the type handled by the validator. + void SetPrecision(unsigned precision) { m_precision = precision; } + +protected: + // Notice that we can't use "long double" here because it's not supported + // by wxNumberFormatter yet, so restrict ourselves to just double (and + // float). + typedef double LongestValueType; + + wxFloatingPointValidatorBase(int style) + : wxNumValidatorBase(style) + { + } + + wxFloatingPointValidatorBase(const wxFloatingPointValidatorBase& other) + : wxNumValidatorBase(other) + { + m_precision = other.m_precision; + + m_min = other.m_min; + m_max = other.m_max; + } + + // Provide methods for wxNumValidator use. + wxString ToString(LongestValueType value) const; + static bool FromString(const wxString& s, LongestValueType *value); + + void DoSetMin(LongestValueType min) { m_min = min; } + void DoSetMax(LongestValueType max) { m_max = max; } + + bool IsInRange(LongestValueType value) const + { + return m_min <= value && value <= m_max; + } + + // Implement wxNumValidatorBase pure virtual method. + virtual bool IsCharOk(const wxString& val, int pos, wxChar ch) const; + +private: + // Maximum number of decimals digits after the decimal separator. + unsigned m_precision; + + // Minimal and maximal values accepted (inclusive). + LongestValueType m_min, m_max; + + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxFloatingPointValidatorBase); +}; + +// Validator for floating point numbers. It can be used with float, double or +// long double values. +template +class wxFloatingPointValidator + : public wxPrivate::wxNumValidator +{ +public: + typedef T ValueType; + typedef wxPrivate::wxNumValidator Base; + + // Ctor using implicit (maximal) precision for this type. + wxFloatingPointValidator(ValueType *value = NULL, + int style = wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT) + : Base(value, style) + { + DoSetMinMax(); + + this->SetPrecision(std::numeric_limits::digits10); + } + + // Ctor specifying an explicit precision. + wxFloatingPointValidator(int precision, + ValueType *value = NULL, + int style = wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT) + : Base(value, style) + { + DoSetMinMax(); + + this->SetPrecision(precision); + } + + virtual wxObject *Clone() const + { + return new wxFloatingPointValidator(*this); + } + +private: + void DoSetMinMax() + { + // NB: Do not use min(), it's not the smallest representable value for + // the floating point types but rather the smallest representable + // positive value. + this->DoSetMin(-std::numeric_limits::max()); + this->DoSetMax( std::numeric_limits::max()); + } +}; + +// Helper similar to wxMakeIntValidator(). +// +// NB: Unfortunately we can't just have a wxMakeNumericValidator() which would +// return either wxIntegerValidator<> or wxFloatingPointValidator<> so we +// do need two different functions. +template +inline wxFloatingPointValidator +wxMakeFloatingPointValidator(T *value, int style = wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT) +{ + return wxFloatingPointValidator(value, style); +} + +template +inline wxFloatingPointValidator +wxMakeFloatingPointValidator(int precision, T *value, int style = wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT) +{ + return wxFloatingPointValidator(precision, value, style); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +#endif // _WX_VALNUM_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valtext.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valtext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a012ef62ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/valtext.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/valtext.h +// Purpose: wxTextValidator class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: valtext.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_VALTEXT_H_ +#define _WX_VALTEXT_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS && (wxUSE_TEXTCTRL || wxUSE_COMBOBOX) + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextEntry; + +#include "wx/validate.h" + +enum wxTextValidatorStyle +{ + wxFILTER_NONE = 0x0, + wxFILTER_EMPTY = 0x1, + wxFILTER_ASCII = 0x2, + wxFILTER_ALPHA = 0x4, + wxFILTER_ALPHANUMERIC = 0x8, + wxFILTER_DIGITS = 0x10, + wxFILTER_NUMERIC = 0x20, + wxFILTER_INCLUDE_LIST = 0x40, + wxFILTER_INCLUDE_CHAR_LIST = 0x80, + wxFILTER_EXCLUDE_LIST = 0x100, + wxFILTER_EXCLUDE_CHAR_LIST = 0x200 +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextValidator: public wxValidator +{ +public: + wxTextValidator(long style = wxFILTER_NONE, wxString *val = NULL); + wxTextValidator(const wxTextValidator& val); + + virtual ~wxTextValidator(){} + + // Make a clone of this validator (or return NULL) - currently necessary + // if you're passing a reference to a validator. + // Another possibility is to always pass a pointer to a new validator + // (so the calling code can use a copy constructor of the relevant class). + virtual wxObject *Clone() const { return new wxTextValidator(*this); } + bool Copy(const wxTextValidator& val); + + // Called when the value in the window must be validated. + // This function can pop up an error message. + virtual bool Validate(wxWindow *parent); + + // Called to transfer data to the window + virtual bool TransferToWindow(); + + // Called to transfer data from the window + virtual bool TransferFromWindow(); + + // Filter keystrokes + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); + + // ACCESSORS + inline long GetStyle() const { return m_validatorStyle; } + void SetStyle(long style); + + wxTextEntry *GetTextEntry(); + + void SetCharIncludes(const wxString& chars); + void SetIncludes(const wxArrayString& includes) { m_includes = includes; } + inline wxArrayString& GetIncludes() { return m_includes; } + + void SetCharExcludes(const wxString& chars); + void SetExcludes(const wxArrayString& excludes) { m_excludes = excludes; } + inline wxArrayString& GetExcludes() { return m_excludes; } + + bool HasFlag(wxTextValidatorStyle style) const + { return (m_validatorStyle & style) != 0; } + +protected: + + // returns true if all characters of the given string are present in m_includes + bool ContainsOnlyIncludedCharacters(const wxString& val) const; + + // returns true if at least one character of the given string is present in m_excludes + bool ContainsExcludedCharacters(const wxString& val) const; + + // returns the error message if the contents of 'val' are invalid + virtual wxString IsValid(const wxString& val) const; + +protected: + long m_validatorStyle; + wxString* m_stringValue; + wxArrayString m_includes; + wxArrayString m_excludes; + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxTextValidator); + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextValidator) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +#endif + // wxUSE_VALIDATORS && (wxUSE_TEXTCTRL || wxUSE_COMBOBOX) + +#endif // _WX_VALTEXT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/variant.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/variant.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f82698856 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/variant.h @@ -0,0 +1,579 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/variant.h +// Purpose: wxVariant class, container for any type +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 10/09/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: variant.h 66608 2011-01-06 11:06:12Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_VARIANT_H_ +#define _WX_VARIANT_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/cpp.h" +#include "wx/longlong.h" + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + #include "wx/datetime.h" +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +#include "wx/iosfwrap.h" + +class wxAny; + +/* + * wxVariantData stores the actual data in a wxVariant object, + * to allow it to store any type of data. + * Derive from this to provide custom data handling. + * + * NB: When you construct a wxVariantData, it will have refcount + * of one. Refcount will not be further increased when + * it is passed to wxVariant. This simulates old common + * scenario where wxVariant took ownership of wxVariantData + * passed to it. + * If you create wxVariantData for other reasons than passing + * it to wxVariant, technically you are not required to call + * DecRef() before deleting it. + * + * TODO: in order to replace wxPropertyValue, we would need + * to consider adding constructors that take pointers to C++ variables, + * or removing that functionality from the wxProperty library. + * Essentially wxPropertyValue takes on some of the wxValidator functionality + * by storing pointers and not just actual values, allowing update of C++ data + * to be handled automatically. Perhaps there's another way of doing this without + * overloading wxVariant with unnecessary functionality. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariantData : public wxObjectRefData +{ + friend class wxVariant; +public: + wxVariantData() { } + + // Override these to provide common functionality + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const = 0; + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& WXUNUSED(str)) const { return false; } +#endif + virtual bool Write(wxString& WXUNUSED(str)) const { return false; } +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) { return false; } +#endif + virtual bool Read(wxString& WXUNUSED(str)) { return false; } + // What type is it? Return a string name. + virtual wxString GetType() const = 0; + // If it based on wxObject return the ClassInfo. + virtual wxClassInfo* GetValueClassInfo() { return NULL; } + + // Implement this to make wxVariant::UnShare work. Returns + // a copy of the data. + virtual wxVariantData* Clone() const { return NULL; } + +#if wxUSE_ANY + // Converts value to wxAny, if possible. Return true if successful. + virtual bool GetAsAny(wxAny* WXUNUSED(any)) const { return false; } +#endif + +protected: + // Protected dtor should make some incompatible code + // break more louder. That is, they should do data->DecRef() + // instead of delete data. + virtual ~wxVariantData() { } +}; + +/* + * wxVariant can store any kind of data, but has some basic types + * built in. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxVariant; + +WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxVariant, wxVariantList, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariant: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxVariant(); + + wxVariant(const wxVariant& variant); + wxVariant(wxVariantData* data, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); +#if wxUSE_ANY + wxVariant(const wxAny& any); +#endif + virtual ~wxVariant(); + + // generic assignment + void operator= (const wxVariant& variant); + + // Assignment using data, e.g. + // myVariant = new wxStringVariantData("hello"); + void operator= (wxVariantData* variantData); + + bool operator== (const wxVariant& variant) const; + bool operator!= (const wxVariant& variant) const; + + // Sets/gets name + inline void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } + inline const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } + + // Tests whether there is data + bool IsNull() const; + + // For compatibility with wxWidgets <= 2.6, this doesn't increase + // reference count. + wxVariantData* GetData() const + { + return (wxVariantData*) m_refData; + } + void SetData(wxVariantData* data) ; + + // make a 'clone' of the object + void Ref(const wxVariant& clone) { wxObject::Ref(clone); } + + // ensure that the data is exclusive to this variant, and not shared + bool Unshare(); + + // Make NULL (i.e. delete the data) + void MakeNull(); + + // Delete data and name + void Clear(); + + // Returns a string representing the type of the variant, + // e.g. "string", "bool", "stringlist", "list", "double", "long" + wxString GetType() const; + + bool IsType(const wxString& type) const; + bool IsValueKindOf(const wxClassInfo* type) const; + + // write contents to a string (e.g. for debugging) + wxString MakeString() const; + +#if wxUSE_ANY + wxAny GetAny() const; +#endif + + // double + wxVariant(double val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + bool operator== (double value) const; + bool operator!= (double value) const; + void operator= (double value) ; + inline operator double () const { return GetDouble(); } + inline double GetReal() const { return GetDouble(); } + double GetDouble() const; + + // long + wxVariant(long val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + wxVariant(int val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + wxVariant(short val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + bool operator== (long value) const; + bool operator!= (long value) const; + void operator= (long value) ; + inline operator long () const { return GetLong(); } + inline long GetInteger() const { return GetLong(); } + long GetLong() const; + + // bool + wxVariant(bool val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + bool operator== (bool value) const; + bool operator!= (bool value) const; + void operator= (bool value) ; + inline operator bool () const { return GetBool(); } + bool GetBool() const ; + + // wxDateTime +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + wxVariant(const wxDateTime& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + bool operator== (const wxDateTime& value) const; + bool operator!= (const wxDateTime& value) const; + void operator= (const wxDateTime& value) ; + inline operator wxDateTime () const { return GetDateTime(); } + wxDateTime GetDateTime() const; +#endif + + // wxString + wxVariant(const wxString& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + // these overloads are necessary to prevent the compiler from using bool + // version instead of wxString one: + wxVariant(const char* val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + wxVariant(const wchar_t* val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + wxVariant(const wxCStrData& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + wxVariant(const wxScopedCharBuffer& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + wxVariant(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + + bool operator== (const wxString& value) const; + bool operator!= (const wxString& value) const; + wxVariant& operator=(const wxString& value); + // these overloads are necessary to prevent the compiler from using bool + // version instead of wxString one: + wxVariant& operator=(const char* value) + { return *this = wxString(value); } + wxVariant& operator=(const wchar_t* value) + { return *this = wxString(value); } + wxVariant& operator=(const wxCStrData& value) + { return *this = value.AsString(); } + template + wxVariant& operator=(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& value) + { return *this = value.data(); } + + inline operator wxString () const { return MakeString(); } + wxString GetString() const; + +#if wxUSE_STD_STRING + wxVariant(const std::string& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + bool operator==(const std::string& value) const + { return operator==(wxString(value)); } + bool operator!=(const std::string& value) const + { return operator!=(wxString(value)); } + wxVariant& operator=(const std::string& value) + { return operator=(wxString(value)); } + operator std::string() const { return (operator wxString()).ToStdString(); } + + wxVariant(const wxStdWideString& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + bool operator==(const wxStdWideString& value) const + { return operator==(wxString(value)); } + bool operator!=(const wxStdWideString& value) const + { return operator!=(wxString(value)); } + wxVariant& operator=(const wxStdWideString& value) + { return operator=(wxString(value)); } + operator wxStdWideString() const { return (operator wxString()).ToStdWstring(); } +#endif // wxUSE_STD_STRING + + // wxUniChar + wxVariant(const wxUniChar& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + wxVariant(const wxUniCharRef& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + wxVariant(char val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + wxVariant(wchar_t val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + bool operator==(const wxUniChar& value) const; + bool operator==(const wxUniCharRef& value) const { return *this == wxUniChar(value); } + bool operator==(char value) const { return *this == wxUniChar(value); } + bool operator==(wchar_t value) const { return *this == wxUniChar(value); } + bool operator!=(const wxUniChar& value) const { return !(*this == value); } + bool operator!=(const wxUniCharRef& value) const { return !(*this == value); } + bool operator!=(char value) const { return !(*this == value); } + bool operator!=(wchar_t value) const { return !(*this == value); } + wxVariant& operator=(const wxUniChar& value); + wxVariant& operator=(const wxUniCharRef& value) { return *this = wxUniChar(value); } + wxVariant& operator=(char value) { return *this = wxUniChar(value); } + wxVariant& operator=(wchar_t value) { return *this = wxUniChar(value); } + operator wxUniChar() const { return GetChar(); } + operator char() const { return GetChar(); } + operator wchar_t() const { return GetChar(); } + wxUniChar GetChar() const; + + // wxArrayString + wxVariant(const wxArrayString& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + bool operator== (const wxArrayString& value) const; + bool operator!= (const wxArrayString& value) const; + void operator= (const wxArrayString& value); + operator wxArrayString () const { return GetArrayString(); } + wxArrayString GetArrayString() const; + + // void* + wxVariant(void* ptr, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + bool operator== (void* value) const; + bool operator!= (void* value) const; + void operator= (void* value); + operator void* () const { return GetVoidPtr(); } + void* GetVoidPtr() const; + + // wxObject* + wxVariant(wxObject* ptr, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + bool operator== (wxObject* value) const; + bool operator!= (wxObject* value) const; + void operator= (wxObject* value); + wxObject* GetWxObjectPtr() const; + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + // wxLongLong + wxVariant(wxLongLong, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + bool operator==(wxLongLong value) const; + bool operator!=(wxLongLong value) const; + void operator=(wxLongLong value); + operator wxLongLong() const { return GetLongLong(); } + wxLongLong GetLongLong() const; + + // wxULongLong + wxVariant(wxULongLong, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + bool operator==(wxULongLong value) const; + bool operator!=(wxULongLong value) const; + void operator=(wxULongLong value); + operator wxULongLong() const { return GetULongLong(); } + wxULongLong GetULongLong() const; +#endif + + // ------------------------------ + // list operations + // ------------------------------ + + wxVariant(const wxVariantList& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); // List of variants + bool operator== (const wxVariantList& value) const; + bool operator!= (const wxVariantList& value) const; + void operator= (const wxVariantList& value) ; + // Treat a list variant as an array + wxVariant operator[] (size_t idx) const; + wxVariant& operator[] (size_t idx) ; + wxVariantList& GetList() const ; + + // Return the number of elements in a list + size_t GetCount() const; + + // Make empty list + void NullList(); + + // Append to list + void Append(const wxVariant& value); + + // Insert at front of list + void Insert(const wxVariant& value); + + // Returns true if the variant is a member of the list + bool Member(const wxVariant& value) const; + + // Deletes the nth element of the list + bool Delete(size_t item); + + // Clear list + void ClearList(); + +public: + // Type conversion + bool Convert(long* value) const; + bool Convert(bool* value) const; + bool Convert(double* value) const; + bool Convert(wxString* value) const; + bool Convert(wxUniChar* value) const; + bool Convert(char* value) const; + bool Convert(wchar_t* value) const; +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + bool Convert(wxDateTime* value) const; +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + bool Convert(wxLongLong* value) const; + bool Convert(wxULongLong* value) const; + #ifdef wxLongLong_t + bool Convert(wxLongLong_t* value) const + { + wxLongLong temp; + if ( !Convert(&temp) ) + return false; + *value = temp.GetValue(); + return true; + } + bool Convert(wxULongLong_t* value) const + { + wxULongLong temp; + if ( !Convert(&temp) ) + return false; + *value = temp.GetValue(); + return true; + } + #endif // wxLongLong_t +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + +// Attributes +protected: + virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const; + virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const; + + wxString m_name; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxVariant) +}; + + +// +// wxVariant <-> wxAny conversion code +// +#if wxUSE_ANY + +#include "wx/any.h" + +// In order to convert wxAny to wxVariant, we need to be able to associate +// wxAnyValueType with a wxVariantData factory function. +typedef wxVariantData* (*wxVariantDataFactory)(const wxAny& any); + +// Actual Any-to-Variant registration must be postponed to a time when all +// global variables have been initialized. Hence this arrangement. +// wxAnyToVariantRegistration instances are kept in global scope and +// wxAnyValueTypeGlobals in any.cpp will use their data when the time is +// right. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyToVariantRegistration +{ +public: + wxAnyToVariantRegistration(wxVariantDataFactory factory); + virtual ~wxAnyToVariantRegistration(); + + virtual wxAnyValueType* GetAssociatedType() = 0; + wxVariantDataFactory GetFactory() const { return m_factory; } +private: + wxVariantDataFactory m_factory; +}; + +template +class wxAnyToVariantRegistrationImpl : public wxAnyToVariantRegistration +{ +public: + wxAnyToVariantRegistrationImpl(wxVariantDataFactory factory) + : wxAnyToVariantRegistration(factory) + { + } + + virtual wxAnyValueType* GetAssociatedType() + { + return wxAnyValueTypeImpl::GetInstance(); + } +private: +}; + +#define DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() \ +virtual bool GetAsAny(wxAny* any) const; \ +static wxVariantData* VariantDataFactory(const wxAny& any); + +#define _REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME, FUNC) \ +static wxAnyToVariantRegistrationImpl \ + gs_##CLASSNAME##AnyToVariantRegistration = \ + wxAnyToVariantRegistrationImpl(&FUNC); + +#define REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME) \ +_REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME, CLASSNAME::VariantDataFactory) + +#define IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME) \ +bool CLASSNAME::GetAsAny(wxAny* any) const \ +{ \ + *any = m_value; \ + return true; \ +} \ +wxVariantData* CLASSNAME::VariantDataFactory(const wxAny& any) \ +{ \ + return new CLASSNAME(wxANY_AS(any, T)); \ +} \ +REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME) + +#else // if !wxUSE_ANY + +#define DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() +#define REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME) +#define IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME) + +#endif // wxUSE_ANY/!wxUSE_ANY + + +#define DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT(classname) \ + DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(classname, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE) + +#define DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(classname,expdecl) \ +expdecl classname& operator << ( classname &object, const wxVariant &variant ); \ +expdecl wxVariant& operator << ( wxVariant &variant, const classname &object ); + +#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT(classname) \ + IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(classname, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE) + +#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_NO_EQ(classname,expdecl) \ +class classname##VariantData: public wxVariantData \ +{ \ +public:\ + classname##VariantData() {} \ + classname##VariantData( const classname &value ) { m_value = value; } \ +\ + classname &GetValue() { return m_value; } \ +\ + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; \ +\ + virtual wxString GetType() const; \ + virtual wxClassInfo* GetValueClassInfo(); \ +\ + virtual wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new classname##VariantData(m_value); } \ +\ + DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() \ +protected:\ + classname m_value; \ +};\ +\ +wxString classname##VariantData::GetType() const\ +{\ + return m_value.GetClassInfo()->GetClassName();\ +}\ +\ +wxClassInfo* classname##VariantData::GetValueClassInfo()\ +{\ + return m_value.GetClassInfo();\ +}\ +\ +expdecl classname& operator << ( classname &value, const wxVariant &variant )\ +{\ + wxASSERT( variant.GetType() == #classname );\ + \ + classname##VariantData *data = (classname##VariantData*) variant.GetData();\ + value = data->GetValue();\ + return value;\ +}\ +\ +expdecl wxVariant& operator << ( wxVariant &variant, const classname &value )\ +{\ + classname##VariantData *data = new classname##VariantData( value );\ + variant.SetData( data );\ + return variant;\ +} \ +IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(classname, classname##VariantData) + +// implements a wxVariantData-derived class using for the Eq() method the +// operator== which must have been provided by "classname" +#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(classname,expdecl) \ +IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_NO_EQ(classname,wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE expdecl) \ +\ +bool classname##VariantData::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const \ +{\ + wxASSERT( GetType() == data.GetType() );\ +\ + classname##VariantData & otherData = (classname##VariantData &) data;\ +\ + return otherData.m_value == m_value;\ +}\ + + +// implements a wxVariantData-derived class using for the Eq() method a shallow +// comparison (through wxObject::IsSameAs function) +#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_SHALLOWCMP(classname) \ + IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_SHALLOWCMP(classname, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE) +#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_SHALLOWCMP(classname,expdecl) \ +IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_NO_EQ(classname,wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE expdecl) \ +\ +bool classname##VariantData::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const \ +{\ + wxASSERT( GetType() == data.GetType() );\ +\ + classname##VariantData & otherData = (classname##VariantData &) data;\ +\ + return (otherData.m_value.IsSameAs(m_value));\ +}\ + + +// Since we want type safety wxVariant we need to fetch and dynamic_cast +// in a seemingly safe way so the compiler can check, so we define +// a dynamic_cast /wxDynamicCast analogue. + +#define wxGetVariantCast(var,classname) \ + ((classname*)(var.IsValueKindOf(&classname::ms_classInfo) ?\ + var.GetWxObjectPtr() : NULL)); + +// Replacement for using wxDynamicCast on a wxVariantData object +#define wxDynamicCastVariantData(data, classname) dynamic_cast(data) + +extern wxVariant WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxNullVariant; + +#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT + +#endif // _WX_VARIANT_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/variantbase.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/variantbase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f06c96e0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/variantbase.h @@ -0,0 +1,279 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/variantbase.h +// Purpose: wxVariantBase class, a minimal version of wxVariant used by XTI +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 10/09/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: variantbase.h 66584 2011-01-05 06:56:36Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_VARIANTBASE_H_ +#define _WX_VARIANTBASE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" +#include "wx/cpp.h" +#include + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + #include "wx/datetime.h" +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +#include "wx/iosfwrap.h" + +class wxTypeInfo; +class wxObject; +class wxClassInfo; + +/* + * wxVariantData stores the actual data in a wxVariant object, + * to allow it to store any type of data. + * Derive from this to provide custom data handling. + * + * NB: To prevent addition of extra vtbl pointer to wxVariantData, + * we don't multiple-inherit from wxObjectRefData. Instead, + * we simply replicate the wxObject ref-counting scheme. + * + * NB: When you construct a wxVariantData, it will have refcount + * of one. Refcount will not be further increased when + * it is passed to wxVariant. This simulates old common + * scenario where wxVariant took ownership of wxVariantData + * passed to it. + * If you create wxVariantData for other reasons than passing + * it to wxVariant, technically you are not required to call + * DecRef() before deleting it. + * + * TODO: in order to replace wxPropertyValue, we would need + * to consider adding constructors that take pointers to C++ variables, + * or removing that functionality from the wxProperty library. + * Essentially wxPropertyValue takes on some of the wxValidator functionality + * by storing pointers and not just actual values, allowing update of C++ data + * to be handled automatically. Perhaps there's another way of doing this without + * overloading wxVariant with unnecessary functionality. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariantData +{ + friend class wxVariantBase; + +public: + wxVariantData() + : m_count(1) + { } + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& WXUNUSED(str)) const { return false; } + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) { return false; } +#endif + virtual bool Write(wxString& WXUNUSED(str)) const { return false; } + virtual bool Read(wxString& WXUNUSED(str)) { return false; } + + // Override these to provide common functionality + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const = 0; + + // What type is it? Return a string name. + virtual wxString GetType() const = 0; + + // returns the type info of the content + virtual const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const = 0; + + // If it based on wxObject return the ClassInfo. + virtual wxClassInfo* GetValueClassInfo() { return NULL; } + + int GetRefCount() const + { return m_count; } + void IncRef() + { m_count++; } + void DecRef() + { + if ( --m_count == 0 ) + delete this; + } + +protected: + // Protected dtor should make some incompatible code + // break more louder. That is, they should do data->DecRef() + // instead of delete data. + virtual ~wxVariantData() {} + +private: + int m_count; +}; + +template class wxVariantDataT : public wxVariantData +{ +public: + wxVariantDataT(const T& d) : m_data(d) {} + virtual ~wxVariantDataT() {} + + // get a ref to the stored data + T & Get() { return m_data; } + + // get a const ref to the stored data + const T & Get() const { return m_data; } + + // set the data + void Set(const T& d) { m_data = d; } + + // Override these to provide common functionality + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& WXUNUSED(data)) const + { return false; /* FIXME!! */ } + + // What type is it? Return a string name. + virtual wxString GetType() const + { return GetTypeInfo()->GetTypeName(); } + + // return a heap allocated duplicate + //virtual wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new wxVariantDataT( Get() ); } + + // returns the type info of the contentc + virtual const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const { return wxGetTypeInfo( (T*) NULL ); } + +private: + T m_data; +}; + + +/* + * wxVariantBase can store any kind of data, but has some basic types + * built in. + */ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariantBase +{ +public: + wxVariantBase(); + wxVariantBase(const wxVariantBase& variant); + wxVariantBase(wxVariantData* data, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); + + template + wxVariantBase(const T& data, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) : + m_data(new wxVariantDataT(data)), m_name(name) {} + + virtual ~wxVariantBase(); + + // generic assignment + void operator= (const wxVariantBase& variant); + + // Assignment using data, e.g. + // myVariant = new wxStringVariantData("hello"); + void operator= (wxVariantData* variantData); + + bool operator== (const wxVariantBase& variant) const; + bool operator!= (const wxVariantBase& variant) const; + + // Sets/gets name + inline void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } + inline const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } + + // Tests whether there is data + bool IsNull() const; + + // FIXME: used by wxVariantBase code but is nice wording... + bool IsEmpty() const { return IsNull(); } + + // For compatibility with wxWidgets <= 2.6, this doesn't increase + // reference count. + wxVariantData* GetData() const { return m_data; } + void SetData(wxVariantData* data) ; + + // make a 'clone' of the object + void Ref(const wxVariantBase& clone); + + // destroy a reference + void UnRef(); + + // Make NULL (i.e. delete the data) + void MakeNull(); + + // write contents to a string (e.g. for debugging) + wxString MakeString() const; + + // Delete data and name + void Clear(); + + // Returns a string representing the type of the variant, + // e.g. "string", "bool", "stringlist", "list", "double", "long" + wxString GetType() const; + + bool IsType(const wxString& type) const; + bool IsValueKindOf(const wxClassInfo* type) const; + + // FIXME wxXTI methods: + + // get the typeinfo of the stored object + const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const + { + if (!m_data) + return NULL; + return m_data->GetTypeInfo(); + } + + // get a ref to the stored data + template T& Get(wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX(T)) + { + wxVariantDataT *dataptr = + wx_dynamic_cast(wxVariantDataT*, m_data); + wxASSERT_MSG( dataptr, + wxString::Format(wxT("Cast to %s not possible"), typeid(T).name()) ); + return dataptr->Get(); + } + + // get a const ref to the stored data + template const T& Get(wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX(T)) const + { + const wxVariantDataT *dataptr = + wx_dynamic_cast(const wxVariantDataT*, m_data); + wxASSERT_MSG( dataptr, + wxString::Format(wxT("Cast to %s not possible"), typeid(T).name()) ); + return dataptr->Get(); + } + + template bool HasData(wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX(T)) const + { + const wxVariantDataT *dataptr = + wx_dynamic_cast(const wxVariantDataT*, m_data); + return dataptr != NULL; + } + + // returns this value as string + wxString GetAsString() const; + + // gets the stored data casted to a wxObject*, + // returning NULL if cast is not possible + wxObject* GetAsObject(); + +protected: + wxVariantData* m_data; + wxString m_name; +}; + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxVariantBase, wxVariantBaseArray, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + + +// templated streaming, every type must have their specialization for these methods + +template +void wxStringReadValue( const wxString &s, T &data ); + +template +void wxStringWriteValue( wxString &s, const T &data); + +template +void wxToStringConverter( const wxVariantBase &v, wxString &s wxTEMPLATED_FUNCTION_FIX(T)) \ + { wxStringWriteValue( s, v.wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL(Get, T) ); } + +template +void wxFromStringConverter( const wxString &s, wxVariantBase &v wxTEMPLATED_FUNCTION_FIX(T)) \ + { T d; wxStringReadValue( s, d ); v = wxVariantBase(d); } + + +#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT +#endif // _WX_VARIANTBASE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vector.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vector.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d785e949d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vector.h @@ -0,0 +1,496 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/vector.h +// Purpose: STL vector clone +// Author: Lindsay Mathieson +// Modified by: Vaclav Slavik - make it a template +// Created: 30.07.2001 +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Lindsay Mathieson , +// 2007 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_VECTOR_H_ +#define _WX_VECTOR_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STL + +#include +#include + +#define wxVector std::vector +template +inline void wxVectorSort(wxVector& v) +{ + std::sort(v.begin(), v.end()); +} + +#else // !wxUSE_STL + +#include "wx/utils.h" +#include "wx/scopeguard.h" +#include "wx/meta/movable.h" +#include "wx/meta/if.h" + +#include "wx/beforestd.h" +#include // for placement new +#include "wx/afterstd.h" + +namespace wxPrivate +{ + +// These templates encapsulate memory operations for use by wxVector; there are +// two implementations, both in generic way for any C++ types and as an +// optimized version for "movable" types that uses realloc() and memmove(). + +// version for movable types: +template +struct wxVectorMemOpsMovable +{ + static void Free(T* array) + { free(array); } + + static T* Realloc(T* old, size_t newCapacity, size_t WXUNUSED(occupiedSize)) + { return (T*)realloc(old, newCapacity * sizeof(T)); } + + static void MemmoveBackward(T* dest, T* source, size_t count) + { memmove(dest, source, count * sizeof(T)); } + + static void MemmoveForward(T* dest, T* source, size_t count) + { memmove(dest, source, count * sizeof(T)); } +}; + +// generic version for non-movable types: +template +struct wxVectorMemOpsGeneric +{ + static void Free(T* array) + { ::operator delete(array); } + + static T* Realloc(T* old, size_t newCapacity, size_t occupiedSize) + { + T *mem = (T*)::operator new(newCapacity * sizeof(T)); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < occupiedSize; i++ ) + { + ::new(mem + i) T(old[i]); + old[i].~T(); + } + ::operator delete(old); + return mem; + } + + static void MemmoveBackward(T* dest, T* source, size_t count) + { + wxASSERT( dest < source ); + T* destptr = dest; + T* sourceptr = source; + for ( size_t i = count; i > 0; --i, ++destptr, ++sourceptr ) + { + ::new(destptr) T(*sourceptr); + sourceptr->~T(); + } + } + + static void MemmoveForward(T* dest, T* source, size_t count) + { + wxASSERT( dest > source ); + T* destptr = dest + count - 1; + T* sourceptr = source + count - 1; + for ( size_t i = count; i > 0; --i, --destptr, --sourceptr ) + { + ::new(destptr) T(*sourceptr); + sourceptr->~T(); + } + } +}; + + +} // namespace wxPrivate + +template +class wxVector +{ +private: + // This cryptic expression means "typedef Ops to wxVectorMemOpsMovable if + // type T is movable type, otherwise to wxVectorMemOpsGeneric". + // + // Note that we use typedef instead of privately deriving from this (which + // would allowed us to omit "Ops::" prefixes below) to keep VC6 happy, + // it can't compile code that derives from wxIf<...>::value. + // + // Note that bcc needs the extra parentheses for non-type template + // arguments to compile this expression. + typedef typename wxIf< (wxIsMovable::value), + wxPrivate::wxVectorMemOpsMovable, + wxPrivate::wxVectorMemOpsGeneric >::value + Ops; + +public: + typedef size_t size_type; + typedef size_t difference_type; + typedef T value_type; + typedef value_type* pointer; + typedef value_type* iterator; + typedef const value_type* const_iterator; + typedef value_type& reference; + + class reverse_iterator + { + public: + reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { } + wxEXPLICIT reverse_iterator(iterator it) : m_ptr(it) { } + reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { } + + reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; } + pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; } + + iterator base() const { return m_ptr; } + + reverse_iterator& operator++() + { --m_ptr; return *this; } + reverse_iterator operator++(int) + { reverse_iterator tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; } + reverse_iterator& operator--() + { ++m_ptr; return *this; } + reverse_iterator operator--(int) + { reverse_iterator tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; } + + reverse_iterator operator+(difference_type n) const + { return reverse_iterator(m_ptr - n); } + reverse_iterator& operator+=(difference_type n) + { m_ptr -= n; return *this; } + reverse_iterator operator-(difference_type n) const + { return reverse_iterator(m_ptr + n); } + reverse_iterator& operator-=(difference_type n) + { m_ptr += n; return *this; } + + reference operator[](difference_type n) const + { return *(*this + n); } + + bool operator ==(const reverse_iterator& it) const + { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; } + bool operator !=(const reverse_iterator& it) const + { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; } + + private: + value_type *m_ptr; + }; + + wxVector() : m_size(0), m_capacity(0), m_values(NULL) {} + + wxVector(size_type p_size) + : m_size(0), m_capacity(0), m_values(NULL) + { + reserve(p_size); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < p_size; n++ ) + push_back(value_type()); + } + + wxVector(size_type p_size, const value_type& v) + : m_size(0), m_capacity(0), m_values(NULL) + { + reserve(p_size); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < p_size; n++ ) + push_back(v); + } + + wxVector(const wxVector& c) : m_size(0), m_capacity(0), m_values(NULL) + { + Copy(c); + } + + ~wxVector() + { + clear(); + } + + void swap(wxVector& v) + { + wxSwap(m_size, v.m_size); + wxSwap(m_capacity, v.m_capacity); + wxSwap(m_values, v.m_values); + } + + void clear() + { + // call destructors of stored objects: + for ( size_type i = 0; i < m_size; i++ ) + { + m_values[i].~T(); + } + + Ops::Free(m_values); + m_values = NULL; + m_size = + m_capacity = 0; + } + + void reserve(size_type n) + { + if ( n <= m_capacity ) + return; + + // increase the size twice, unless we're already too big or unless + // more is requested + // + // NB: casts to size_type are needed to suppress mingw32 warnings about + // mixing enums and ints in the same expression + const size_type increment = m_size > 0 + ? wxMin(m_size, (size_type)ALLOC_MAX_SIZE) + : (size_type)ALLOC_INITIAL_SIZE; + if ( m_capacity + increment > n ) + n = m_capacity + increment; + + m_values = Ops::Realloc(m_values, n * sizeof(value_type), m_size); + m_capacity = n; + } + + void resize(size_type n) + { + if ( n < m_size ) + Shrink(n); + else if ( n > m_size ) + Extend(n, value_type()); + } + + void resize(size_type n, const value_type& v) + { + if ( n < m_size ) + Shrink(n); + else if ( n > m_size ) + Extend(n, v); + } + + size_type size() const + { + return m_size; + } + + size_type capacity() const + { + return m_capacity; + } + + bool empty() const + { + return size() == 0; + } + + wxVector& operator=(const wxVector& vb) + { + if (this != &vb) + { + clear(); + Copy(vb); + } + return *this; + } + + void push_back(const value_type& v) + { + reserve(size() + 1); + + // use placement new to initialize new object in preallocated place in + // m_values and store 'v' in it: + void* const place = m_values + m_size; + ::new(place) value_type(v); + + // only increase m_size if the ctor didn't throw an exception; notice + // that if it _did_ throw, everything is OK, because we only increased + // vector's capacity so far and possibly written some data to + // uninitialized memory at the end of m_values + m_size++; + } + + void pop_back() + { + erase(end() - 1); + } + + const value_type& at(size_type idx) const + { + wxASSERT(idx < m_size); + return m_values[idx]; + } + + value_type& at(size_type idx) + { + wxASSERT(idx < m_size); + return m_values[idx]; + } + + const value_type& operator[](size_type idx) const { return at(idx); } + value_type& operator[](size_type idx) { return at(idx); } + const value_type& front() const { return at(0); } + value_type& front() { return at(0); } + const value_type& back() const { return at(size() - 1); } + value_type& back() { return at(size() - 1); } + + const_iterator begin() const { return m_values; } + iterator begin() { return m_values; } + const_iterator end() const { return m_values + size(); } + iterator end() { return m_values + size(); } + + reverse_iterator rbegin() { return reverse_iterator(end() - 1); } + reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(begin() - 1); } + + iterator insert(iterator it, const value_type& v = value_type()) + { + // NB: this must be done before reserve(), because reserve() + // invalidates iterators! + const size_t idx = it - begin(); + const size_t after = end() - it; + + reserve(size() + 1); + + // the place where the new element is going to be inserted + value_type * const place = m_values + idx; + + // unless we're inserting at the end, move following elements out of + // the way: + if ( after > 0 ) + Ops::MemmoveForward(place + 1, place, after); + + // if the ctor called below throws an exception, we need to move all + // the elements back to their original positions in m_values + wxScopeGuard moveBack = wxMakeGuard( + Ops::MemmoveBackward, place, place + 1, after); + if ( !after ) + moveBack.Dismiss(); + + // use placement new to initialize new object in preallocated place in + // m_values and store 'v' in it: + ::new(place) value_type(v); + + // now that we did successfully add the new element, increment the size + // and disable moving the items back + moveBack.Dismiss(); + m_size++; + + return begin() + idx; + } + + iterator erase(iterator it) + { + return erase(it, it + 1); + } + + iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last) + { + if ( first == last ) + return first; + wxASSERT( first < end() && last <= end() ); + + const size_type idx = first - begin(); + const size_type count = last - first; + const size_type after = end() - last; + + // erase elements by calling their destructors: + for ( iterator i = first; i < last; ++i ) + i->~T(); + + // once that's done, move following elements over to the freed space: + if ( after > 0 ) + { + Ops::MemmoveBackward(m_values + idx, m_values + idx + count, after); + } + + m_size -= count; + + return begin() + idx; + } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxDEPRECATED( size_type erase(size_type n) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +private: + // VC6 can't compile static const int members + enum { ALLOC_INITIAL_SIZE = 16 }; + enum { ALLOC_MAX_SIZE = 4096 }; + + void Copy(const wxVector& vb) + { + reserve(vb.size()); + + for ( const_iterator i = vb.begin(); i != vb.end(); ++i ) + push_back(*i); + } + +private: + void Shrink(size_type n) + { + for ( size_type i = n; i < m_size; i++ ) + m_values[i].~T(); + m_size = n; + } + + void Extend(size_type n, const value_type& v) + { + reserve(n); + for ( size_type i = m_size; i < n; i++ ) + push_back(v); + } + + size_type m_size, + m_capacity; + value_type *m_values; +}; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +template +inline typename wxVector::size_type wxVector::erase(size_type n) +{ + erase(begin() + n); + return n; +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + + +namespace wxPrivate +{ + +// This is a helper for the wxVectorSort function, and should not be used +// directly in user's code. +template +struct wxVectorComparator +{ + static int wxCMPFUNC_CONV + Compare(const void* pitem1, const void* pitem2, const void* ) + { + const T& item1 = *reinterpret_cast(pitem1); + const T& item2 = *reinterpret_cast(pitem2); + + if (item1 < item2) + return -1; + else if (item2 < item1) + return 1; + else + return 0; + } +}; + +} // namespace wxPrivate + + + +template +void wxVectorSort(wxVector& v) +{ + wxQsort(v.begin(), v.size(), sizeof(T), + wxPrivate::wxVectorComparator::Compare, NULL); +} + + + +#endif // wxUSE_STL/!wxUSE_STL + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + #define WX_DECLARE_VECTORBASE(obj, cls) typedef wxVector cls + #define _WX_DECLARE_VECTOR(obj, cls, exp) WX_DECLARE_VECTORBASE(obj, cls) + #define WX_DECLARE_VECTOR(obj, cls) WX_DECLARE_VECTORBASE(obj, cls) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#endif // _WX_VECTOR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/version.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..67888da9d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/version.h + * Purpose: wxWidgets version numbers + * Author: Julian Smart + * Modified by: Ryan Norton (Converted to C) + * Created: 29/01/98 + * RCS-ID: $Id: version.h 65038 2010-07-22 12:09:04Z VZ $ + * Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ + +#ifndef _WX_VERSION_H_ +#define _WX_VERSION_H_ + +#include "wx/cpp.h" /* for wxSTRINGIZE */ + +/* the constants below must be changed with each new version */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* + Don't forget to update WX_CURRENT, WX_REVISION and WX_AGE in + build/bakefiles/version.bkl and regenerate the makefiles when you change + this! + */ + +/* NB: this file is parsed by automatic tools so don't change its format! */ +#define wxMAJOR_VERSION 2 +#define wxMINOR_VERSION 9 +#define wxRELEASE_NUMBER 2 +#define wxSUBRELEASE_NUMBER 0 +#define wxVERSION_STRING wxT("wxWidgets 2.9.2") + +/* nothing to update below this line when updating the version */ +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Users can pre-define wxABI_VERSION to a lower value in their + * makefile/project settings to compile code that will be binary compatible + * with earlier versions of the ABI within the same minor version (between + * minor versions binary compatibility breaks anyway). The default is the + * version of wxWidgets being used. A single number with two decimal digits + * for each component, e.g. 20601 for 2.6.1 */ +#ifndef wxABI_VERSION +#define wxABI_VERSION ( wxMAJOR_VERSION * 10000 + wxMINOR_VERSION * 100 + 99 ) +#endif + +/* helpers for wxVERSION_NUM_XXX */ +#define wxMAKE_VERSION_STRING(x, y, z) \ + wxSTRINGIZE(x) wxSTRINGIZE(y) wxSTRINGIZE(z) +#define wxMAKE_VERSION_DOT_STRING(x, y, z) \ + wxSTRINGIZE(x) "." wxSTRINGIZE(y) "." wxSTRINGIZE(z) + +#define wxMAKE_VERSION_STRING_T(x, y, z) \ + wxSTRINGIZE_T(x) wxSTRINGIZE_T(y) wxSTRINGIZE_T(z) +#define wxMAKE_VERSION_DOT_STRING_T(x, y, z) \ + wxSTRINGIZE_T(x) wxT(".") wxSTRINGIZE_T(y) wxT(".") wxSTRINGIZE_T(z) + +/* these are used by src/msw/version.rc and should always be ASCII, not Unicode */ +#define wxVERSION_NUM_STRING \ + wxMAKE_VERSION_STRING(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER) +#define wxVERSION_NUM_DOT_STRING \ + wxMAKE_VERSION_DOT_STRING(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER) + +/* those are Unicode-friendly */ +#define wxVERSION_NUM_STRING_T \ + wxMAKE_VERSION_STRING_T(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER) +#define wxVERSION_NUM_DOT_STRING_T \ + wxMAKE_VERSION_DOT_STRING_T(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER) + +/* some more defines, not really sure if they're [still] useful */ +#define wxVERSION_NUMBER ( (wxMAJOR_VERSION * 1000) + (wxMINOR_VERSION * 100) + wxRELEASE_NUMBER ) +#define wxBETA_NUMBER 0 +#define wxVERSION_FLOAT ( wxMAJOR_VERSION + (wxMINOR_VERSION/10.0) + (wxRELEASE_NUMBER/100.0) + (wxBETA_NUMBER/10000.0) ) + +/* check if the current version is at least major.minor.release */ +#define wxCHECK_VERSION(major,minor,release) \ + (wxMAJOR_VERSION > (major) || \ + (wxMAJOR_VERSION == (major) && wxMINOR_VERSION > (minor)) || \ + (wxMAJOR_VERSION == (major) && wxMINOR_VERSION == (minor) && wxRELEASE_NUMBER >= (release))) + +/* the same but check the subrelease also */ +#define wxCHECK_VERSION_FULL(major,minor,release,subrel) \ + (wxCHECK_VERSION(major, minor, release) && \ + ((major) != wxMAJOR_VERSION || \ + (minor) != wxMINOR_VERSION || \ + (release) != wxRELEASE_NUMBER || \ + (subrel) <= wxSUBRELEASE_NUMBER)) + +#endif /* _WX_VERSION_H_ */ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/versioninfo.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/versioninfo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8e7723f08d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/versioninfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/versioninfo.h +// Purpose: declaration of wxVersionInfo class +// Author: Troels K +// Created: 2010-11-22 +// RCS-ID: $Id: versioninfo.h 66474 2010-12-27 20:47:12Z RD $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_VERSIONINFO_H_ +#define _WX_VERSIONINFO_H_ + +#include "wx/string.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVersionInfo: represents version information +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxVersionInfo +{ +public: + wxVersionInfo(const wxString& name = wxString(), + int major = 0, + int minor = 0, + int micro = 0, + const wxString& description = wxString(), + const wxString& copyright = wxString()) + { + m_name = name; + m_major = major; + m_minor = minor; + m_micro = micro; + m_description = description; + m_copyright = copyright; + } + + // Default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok. + + + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } + + int GetMajor() const { return m_major; } + int GetMinor() const { return m_minor; } + int GetMicro() const { return m_micro; } + + wxString ToString() const + { + return HasDescription() ? GetDescription() : GetVersionString(); + } + + wxString GetVersionString() const + { + wxString str; + str << m_name << ' ' << GetMajor() << '.' << GetMinor(); + if ( GetMicro() ) + str << '.' << GetMicro(); + + return str; + } + + bool HasDescription() const { return !m_description.empty(); } + const wxString& GetDescription() const { return m_description; } + + bool HasCopyright() const { return !m_copyright.empty(); } + const wxString& GetCopyright() const { return m_copyright; } + +private: + wxString m_name, + m_description, + m_copyright; + + int m_major, + m_minor, + m_micro; +}; + +#endif // _WX_VERSIONINFO_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vidmode.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vidmode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9c462dd0b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vidmode.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/vidmode.h +// Purpose: declares wxVideoMode class used by both wxDisplay and wxApp +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 27.09.2003 (extracted from wx/display.h) +// RCS-ID: $Id: vidmode.h 53124 2008-04-11 09:52:04Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_VMODE_H_ +#define _WX_VMODE_H_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVideoMode: a simple struct containing video mode parameters for a display +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVideoMode +{ + wxVideoMode(int width = 0, int height = 0, int depth = 0, int freq = 0) + { + w = width; + h = height; + + bpp = depth; + + refresh = freq; + } + + // default copy ctor and assignment operator are ok + + bool operator==(const wxVideoMode& m) const + { + return w == m.w && h == m.h && bpp == m.bpp && refresh == m.refresh; + } + bool operator!=(const wxVideoMode& mode) const + { + return !operator==(mode); + } + + // returns true if this mode matches the other one in the sense that all + // non zero fields of the other mode have the same value in this one + // (except for refresh which is allowed to have a greater value) + bool Matches(const wxVideoMode& other) const + { + return (!other.w || w == other.w) && + (!other.h || h == other.h) && + (!other.bpp || bpp == other.bpp) && + (!other.refresh || refresh >= other.refresh); + } + + // trivial accessors + int GetWidth() const { return w; } + int GetHeight() const { return h; } + int GetDepth() const { return bpp; } + int GetRefresh() const { return refresh; } + + // returns true if the object has been initialized + bool IsOk() const { return w && h; } + + + // the screen size in pixels (e.g. 640*480), 0 means unspecified + int w, h; + + // bits per pixel (e.g. 32), 1 is monochrome and 0 means unspecified/known + int bpp; + + // refresh frequency in Hz, 0 means unspecified/unknown + int refresh; +}; + +#endif // _WX_VMODE_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vlbox.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vlbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62f0299b23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vlbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/vlbox.h +// Purpose: wxVListBox is a virtual listbox with lines of variable height +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 31.05.03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: vlbox.h 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_VLBOX_H_ +#define _WX_VLBOX_H_ + +#include "wx/vscroll.h" // base class +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSelectionStore; +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxVListBoxNameStr[]; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVListBox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + This class has two main differences from a regular listbox: it can have an + arbitrarily huge number of items because it doesn't store them itself but + uses OnDrawItem() callback to draw them and its items can have variable + height as determined by OnMeasureItem(). + + It emits the same events as wxListBox and the same event macros may be used + with it. + */ +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVListBox : public wxVScrolledWindow +{ +public: + // constructors and such + // --------------------- + + // default constructor, you must call Create() later + wxVListBox() { Init(); } + + // normal constructor which calls Create() internally + wxVListBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxVListBoxNameStr) + { + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // really creates the control and sets the initial number of items in it + // (which may be changed later with SetItemCount()) + // + // the only special style which may be specified here is wxLB_MULTIPLE + // + // returns true on success or false if the control couldn't be created + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxVListBoxNameStr); + + // dtor does some internal cleanup (deletes m_selStore if any) + virtual ~wxVListBox(); + + + // accessors + // --------- + + // get the number of items in the control + size_t GetItemCount() const { return GetRowCount(); } + + // does this control use multiple selection? + bool HasMultipleSelection() const { return m_selStore != NULL; } + + // get the currently selected item or wxNOT_FOUND if there is no selection + // + // this method is only valid for the single selection listboxes + int GetSelection() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !HasMultipleSelection(), + wxT("GetSelection() can't be used with wxLB_MULTIPLE") ); + + return m_current; + } + + // is this item the current one? + bool IsCurrent(size_t item) const { return item == (size_t)m_current; } + #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + bool IsCurrent() const { return wxVScrolledWindow::IsCurrent(); } + #endif + + // is this item selected? + bool IsSelected(size_t item) const; + + // get the number of the selected items (maybe 0) + // + // this method is valid for both single and multi selection listboxes + size_t GetSelectedCount() const; + + // get the first selected item, returns wxNOT_FOUND if none + // + // cookie is an opaque parameter which should be passed to + // GetNextSelected() later + // + // this method is only valid for the multi selection listboxes + int GetFirstSelected(unsigned long& cookie) const; + + // get next selection item, return wxNOT_FOUND if no more + // + // cookie must be the same parameter that was passed to GetFirstSelected() + // before + // + // this method is only valid for the multi selection listboxes + int GetNextSelected(unsigned long& cookie) const; + + // get the margins around each item + wxPoint GetMargins() const { return m_ptMargins; } + + // get the background colour of selected cells + const wxColour& GetSelectionBackground() const { return m_colBgSel; } + + // get the item rect, returns empty rect if the item is not visible + wxRect GetItemRect(size_t n) const; + + // operations + // ---------- + + // set the number of items to be shown in the control + // + // this is just a synonym for wxVScrolledWindow::SetRowCount() + virtual void SetItemCount(size_t count); + + // delete all items from the control + void Clear() { SetItemCount(0); } + + // set the selection to the specified item, if it is wxNOT_FOUND the + // selection is unset + // + // this function is only valid for the single selection listboxes + void SetSelection(int selection); + + // selects or deselects the specified item which must be valid (i.e. not + // equal to wxNOT_FOUND) + // + // return true if the items selection status has changed or false + // otherwise + // + // this function is only valid for the multiple selection listboxes + bool Select(size_t item, bool select = true); + + // selects the items in the specified range whose end points may be given + // in any order + // + // return true if any items selection status has changed, false otherwise + // + // this function is only valid for the single selection listboxes + bool SelectRange(size_t from, size_t to); + + // toggle the selection of the specified item (must be valid) + // + // this function is only valid for the multiple selection listboxes + void Toggle(size_t item) { Select(item, !IsSelected(item)); } + + // select all items in the listbox + // + // the return code indicates if any items were affected by this operation + // (true) or if nothing has changed (false) + bool SelectAll() { return DoSelectAll(true); } + + // unselect all items in the listbox + // + // the return code has the same meaning as for SelectAll() + bool DeselectAll() { return DoSelectAll(false); } + + // set the margins: horizontal margin is the distance between the window + // border and the item contents while vertical margin is half of the + // distance between items + // + // by default both margins are 0 + void SetMargins(const wxPoint& pt); + void SetMargins(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) { SetMargins(wxPoint(x, y)); } + + // change the background colour of the selected cells + void SetSelectionBackground(const wxColour& col); + + // refreshes only the selected items + void RefreshSelected(); + + + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + +protected: + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_THEME; } + + // the derived class must implement this function to actually draw the item + // with the given index on the provided DC + virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const = 0; + + // the derived class must implement this method to return the height of the + // specified item + virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem(size_t n) const = 0; + + // this method may be used to draw separators between the lines; note that + // the rectangle may be modified, typically to deflate it a bit before + // passing to OnDrawItem() + // + // the base class version doesn't do anything + virtual void OnDrawSeparator(wxDC& dc, wxRect& rect, size_t n) const; + + // this method is used to draw the items background and, maybe, a border + // around it + // + // the base class version implements a reasonable default behaviour which + // consists in drawing the selected item with the standard background + // colour and drawing a border around the item if it is either selected or + // current + virtual void OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const; + + // we implement OnGetRowHeight() in terms of OnMeasureItem() because this + // allows us to add borders to the items easily + // + // this function is not supposed to be overridden by the derived classes + virtual wxCoord OnGetRowHeight(size_t line) const; + + + // event handlers + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnSetOrKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + + // common part of all ctors + void Init(); + + // send the wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED event + void SendSelectedEvent(); + virtual void InitEvent(wxCommandEvent& event, int n); + + // common implementation of SelectAll() and DeselectAll() + bool DoSelectAll(bool select); + + // change the current item (in single selection listbox it also implicitly + // changes the selection); current may be wxNOT_FOUND in which case there + // will be no current item any more + // + // return true if the current item changed, false otherwise + bool DoSetCurrent(int current); + + // flags for DoHandleItemClick + enum + { + ItemClick_Shift = 1, // item shift-clicked + ItemClick_Ctrl = 2, // ctrl + ItemClick_Kbd = 4 // item selected from keyboard + }; + + // common part of keyboard and mouse handling processing code + void DoHandleItemClick(int item, int flags); + + // paint the background of the given item using the provided colour if it's + // valid, otherwise just return false and do nothing (this is used by + // OnDrawBackground()) + bool DoDrawSolidBackground(const wxColour& col, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + size_t n) const; + +private: + // the current item or wxNOT_FOUND + // + // if m_selStore == NULL this is also the selected item, otherwise the + // selections are managed by m_selStore + int m_current; + + // the anchor of the selection for the multiselection listboxes: + // shift-clicking an item extends the selection from m_anchor to the item + // clicked, for example + // + // always wxNOT_FOUND for single selection listboxes + int m_anchor; + + // the object managing our selected items if not NULL + wxSelectionStore *m_selStore; + + // margins + wxPoint m_ptMargins; + + // the selection bg colour + wxColour m_colBgSel; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxVListBox); + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxVListBox) +}; + +#endif // _WX_VLBOX_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vms_x_fix.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vms_x_fix.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d34abd7e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vms_x_fix.h @@ -0,0 +1,1213 @@ +/*************************************************************************** + * * + * Author : Jouk Jansen (joukj@hrem.stm.tudelft.nl) * + * * + * Last revision : 7 October 2005 * + * * + * Repair definitions of Runtime library functions when compiling with * + * /name=(as_is) on OpenVMS * + * * + ***************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VMS_X_FIX +#define VMS_X_FIX + +#define decw$_select DECW$_SELECT +#define DtSaverGetWindows DTSAVERGETWINDOWS +#define MrmFetchWidget MRMFETCHWIDGET +#define MrmInitialize MRMINITIALIZE +#define MrmOpenHierarchy MRMOPENHIERARCHY +#define MrmRegisterNames MRMREGISTERNAMES +#define XAddExtension XADDEXTENSION +#define XAddHosts XADDHOSTS +#define XAllocClassHint XALLOCCLASSHINT +#define XAllocColor XALLOCCOLOR +#define XAllocColorCells XALLOCCOLORCELLS +#define XAllocIconSize XALLOCICONSIZE +#define XAllocNamedColor XALLOCNAMEDCOLOR +#define XAllocSizeHints XALLOCSIZEHINTS +#define XAllocStandardColormap XALLOCSTANDARDCOLORMAP +#define XAllocWMHints XALLOCWMHINTS +#define XAllowEvents XALLOWEVENTS +#define XAutoRepeatOff XAUTOREPEATOFF +#define XAutoRepeatOn XAUTOREPEATON +#define XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet XBASEFONTNAMELISTOFFONTSET +#define XBell XBELL +#define XBitmapPad XBITMAPPAD +#define XBlackPixel XBLACKPIXEL +#define XBlackPixelOfScreen XBLACKPIXELOFSCREEN +#define XCellsOfScreen XCELLSOFSCREEN +#define XChangeActivePointerGrab XCHANGEACTIVEPOINTERGRAB +#define XChangeGC XCHANGEGC +#define XChangeKeyboardControl XCHANGEKEYBOARDCONTROL +#define XChangePointerControl XCHANGEPOINTERCONTROL +#define XChangeProperty XCHANGEPROPERTY +#define XChangeWindowAttributes XCHANGEWINDOWATTRIBUTES +#define XCheckIfEvent XCHECKIFEVENT +#define XCheckMaskEvent XCHECKMASKEVENT +#define XCheckTypedEvent XCHECKTYPEDEVENT +#define XCheckTypedWindowEvent XCHECKTYPEDWINDOWEVENT +#define XCheckWindowEvent XCHECKWINDOWEVENT +#define XClearArea XCLEARAREA +#define XClearWindow XCLEARWINDOW +#define XClipBox XCLIPBOX +#define XCloseDisplay XCLOSEDISPLAY +#define XCloseIM XCLOSEIM +#define XConfigureWindow XCONFIGUREWINDOW +#define XConvertSelection XCONVERTSELECTION +#define XCopyArea XCOPYAREA +#define XCopyColormapAndFree XCOPYCOLORMAPANDFREE +#define XCopyGC XCOPYGC +#define XCopyPlane XCOPYPLANE +#define XCreateBitmapFromData XCREATEBITMAPFROMDATA +#define XCreateColormap XCREATECOLORMAP +#define XCreateFontCursor XCREATEFONTCURSOR +#define XCreateFontSet XCREATEFONTSET +#define XCreateGC XCREATEGC +#define XCreateGlyphCursor XCREATEGLYPHCURSOR +#define XCreateIC XCREATEIC +#define XCreateImage XCREATEIMAGE +#define XCreatePixmap XCREATEPIXMAP +#define XCreatePixmapCursor XCREATEPIXMAPCURSOR +#define XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData XCREATEPIXMAPFROMBITMAPDATA +#define XCreateRegion XCREATEREGION +#define XCreateSimpleWindow XCREATESIMPLEWINDOW +#define XCreateWindow XCREATEWINDOW +#define XDefaultColormap XDEFAULTCOLORMAP +#define XDefaultColormapOfScreen XDEFAULTCOLORMAPOFSCREEN +#define XDefaultDepth XDEFAULTDEPTH +#define XDefaultDepthOfScreen XDEFAULTDEPTHOFSCREEN +#define XDefaultGC XDEFAULTGC +#define XDefaultRootWindow XDEFAULTROOTWINDOW +#define XDefaultScreen XDEFAULTSCREEN +#define XDefaultScreenOfDisplay XDEFAULTSCREENOFDISPLAY +#define XDefaultVisual XDEFAULTVISUAL +#define XDefaultVisualOfScreen XDEFAULTVISUALOFSCREEN +#define XDefineCursor XDEFINECURSOR +#define XDeleteContext XDELETECONTEXT +#define XDeleteProperty XDELETEPROPERTY +#define XDestroyIC XDESTROYIC +#define XDestroyRegion XDESTROYREGION +#define XDestroySubwindows XDESTROYSUBWINDOWS +#define XDestroyWindow XDESTROYWINDOW +#define XDisableAccessControl XDISABLEACCESSCONTROL +#define XDisplayCells XDISPLAYCELLS +#define XDisplayHeight XDISPLAYHEIGHT +#define XDisplayKeycodes XDISPLAYKEYCODES +#define XDisplayName XDISPLAYNAME +#define XDisplayOfIM XDISPLAYOFIM +#define XDisplayOfScreen XDISPLAYOFSCREEN +#define XDisplayString XDISPLAYSTRING +#define XDisplayWidth XDISPLAYWIDTH +#define XDoesBackingStore XDOESBACKINGSTORE +#define XDrawArc XDRAWARC +#define XDrawArcs XDRAWARCS +#define XDrawImageString XDRAWIMAGESTRING +#define XDrawImageString16 XDRAWIMAGESTRING16 +#define XDrawLine XDRAWLINE +#define XDrawLines XDRAWLINES +#define XDrawPoint XDRAWPOINT +#define XDrawPoints XDRAWPOINTS +#define XDrawRectangle XDRAWRECTANGLE +#define XDrawRectangles XDRAWRECTANGLES +#define XDrawSegments XDRAWSEGMENTS +#define XDrawString XDRAWSTRING +#define XDrawString16 XDRAWSTRING16 +#define XDrawText XDRAWTEXT +#define XDrawText16 XDRAWTEXT16 +#define XESetCloseDisplay XESETCLOSEDISPLAY +#define XEmptyRegion XEMPTYREGION +#define XEnableAccessControl XENABLEACCESSCONTROL +#define XEqualRegion XEQUALREGION +#define XEventsQueued XEVENTSQUEUED +#define XExtendedMaxRequestSize XEXTENDEDMAXREQUESTSIZE +#define XExtentsOfFontSet XEXTENTSOFFONTSET +#define XFetchBuffer XFETCHBUFFER +#define XFetchBytes XFETCHBYTES +#define XFetchName XFETCHNAME +#define XFillArc XFILLARC +#define XFillArcs XFILLARCS +#define XFillPolygon XFILLPOLYGON +#define XFillRectangle XFILLRECTANGLE +#define XFillRectangles XFILLRECTANGLES +#define XFilterEvent XFILTEREVENT +#define XFindContext XFINDCONTEXT +#define XFlush XFLUSH +#define XFontsOfFontSet XFONTSOFFONTSET +#define XForceScreenSaver XFORCESCREENSAVER +#define XFree XFREE +#define XFreeColormap XFREECOLORMAP +#define XFreeColors XFREECOLORS +#define XFreeCursor XFREECURSOR +#define XFreeDeviceList XFREEDEVICELIST +#define XFreeDeviceState XFREEDEVICESTATE +#define XFreeFont XFREEFONT +#define XFreeFontInfo XFREEFONTINFO +#define XFreeFontNames XFREEFONTNAMES +#define XFreeFontSet XFREEFONTSET +#define XFreeGC XFREEGC +#define XFreeModifiermap XFREEMODIFIERMAP +#define XFreePixmap XFREEPIXMAP +#define XFreeStringList XFREESTRINGLIST +#define XGContextFromGC XGCONTEXTFROMGC +#define XGeometry XGEOMETRY +#define XGetAtomName XGETATOMNAME +#define XGetCommand XGETCOMMAND +#define XGetDefault XGETDEFAULT +#define XGetErrorDatabaseText XGETERRORDATABASETEXT +#define XGetErrorText XGETERRORTEXT +#define XGetExtensionVersion XGETEXTENSIONVERSION +#define XGetFontProperty XGETFONTPROPERTY +#define XGetGCValues XGETGCVALUES +#define XGetGeometry XGETGEOMETRY +#define XGetICValues XGETICVALUES +#define XGetIMValues XGETIMVALUES +#define XGetIconName XGETICONNAME +#define XGetIconSizes XGETICONSIZES +#define XGetImage XGETIMAGE +#define XGetInputFocus XGETINPUTFOCUS +#define XGetKeyboardControl XGETKEYBOARDCONTROL +#define XGetKeyboardMapping XGETKEYBOARDMAPPING +#define XGetModifierMapping XGETMODIFIERMAPPING +#define XGetMotionEvents XGETMOTIONEVENTS +#define XGetNormalHints XGETNORMALHINTS +#define XGetPointerMapping XGETPOINTERMAPPING +#define XGetRGBColormaps XGETRGBCOLORMAPS +#define XGetScreenSaver XGETSCREENSAVER +#define XGetSelectionOwner XGETSELECTIONOWNER +#define XGetStandardColormap XGETSTANDARDCOLORMAP +#define XGetSubImage XGETSUBIMAGE +#define XGetTextProperty XGETTEXTPROPERTY +#define XGetVisualInfo XGETVISUALINFO +#define XGetWMColormapWindows XGETWMCOLORMAPWINDOWS +#define XGetWMHints XGETWMHINTS +#define XGetWMIconName XGETWMICONNAME +#define XGetWMName XGETWMNAME +#define XGetWMNormalHints XGETWMNORMALHINTS +#define XGetWindowAttributes XGETWINDOWATTRIBUTES +#define XGetWindowProperty XGETWINDOWPROPERTY +#define XGrabButton XGRABBUTTON +#define XGrabKeyboard XGRABKEYBOARD +#define XGrabPointer XGRABPOINTER +#define XGrabServer XGRABSERVER +#define XHeightMMOfScreen XHEIGHTMMOFSCREEN +#define XHeightOfScreen XHEIGHTOFSCREEN +#define XIconifyWindow XICONIFYWINDOW +#define XIfEvent XIFEVENT +#define XInitExtension XINITEXTENSION +#define XInitImage XINITIMAGE +#define XInstallColormap XINSTALLCOLORMAP +#define XInternAtom XINTERNATOM +#define XInternAtoms XINTERNATOMS +#define XIntersectRegion XINTERSECTREGION +#define XKeycodeToKeysym XKEYCODETOKEYSYM +#define XKeysymToKeycode XKEYSYMTOKEYCODE +#define XKeysymToString XKEYSYMTOSTRING +#define XKillClient XKILLCLIENT +#define XListDepths XLISTDEPTHS +#define XListFonts XLISTFONTS +#define XListFontsWithInfo XLISTFONTSWITHINFO +#define XListHosts XLISTHOSTS +#define XListInputDevices XLISTINPUTDEVICES +#define XListInstalledColormaps XLISTINSTALLEDCOLORMAPS +#define XListPixmapFormats XLISTPIXMAPFORMATS +#define XListProperties XLISTPROPERTIES +#define XLoadFont XLOADFONT +#define XLoadQueryFont XLOADQUERYFONT +#define XLookupColor XLOOKUPCOLOR +#define XLookupKeysym XLOOKUPKEYSYM +#define XLookupString XLOOKUPSTRING +#define XLowerWindow XLOWERWINDOW +#define XMapRaised XMAPRAISED +#define XMapSubwindows XMAPSUBWINDOWS +#define XMapWindow XMAPWINDOW +#define XMatchVisualInfo XMATCHVISUALINFO +#define XMaxRequestSize XMAXREQUESTSIZE +#define XMissingExtension XMISSINGEXTENSION +#define XMoveResizeWindow XMOVERESIZEWINDOW +#define XMoveWindow XMOVEWINDOW +#define XNextEvent XNEXTEVENT +#define XNextRequest XNEXTREQUEST +#define XNoOp XNOOP +#define XOffsetRegion XOFFSETREGION +#define XOpenDevice XOPENDEVICE +#define XOpenDisplay XOPENDISPLAY +#define XOpenIM XOPENIM +#define XParseColor XPARSECOLOR +#define XParseGeometry XPARSEGEOMETRY +#define XPeekEvent XPEEKEVENT +#define XPeekIfEvent XPEEKIFEVENT +#define XPending XPENDING +#define XPointInRegion XPOINTINREGION +#define XPolygonRegion XPOLYGONREGION +#define XPutBackEvent XPUTBACKEVENT +#define XPutImage XPUTIMAGE +#define XQLength XQLENGTH +#define XQueryBestCursor XQUERYBESTCURSOR +#define XQueryBestStipple XQUERYBESTSTIPPLE +#define XQueryColor XQUERYCOLOR +#define XQueryColors XQUERYCOLORS +#define XQueryDeviceState XQUERYDEVICESTATE +#define XQueryExtension XQUERYEXTENSION +#define XQueryFont XQUERYFONT +#define XQueryKeymap XQUERYKEYMAP +#define XQueryPointer XQUERYPOINTER +#define XQueryTree XQUERYTREE +#define XRaiseWindow XRAISEWINDOW +#define XReadBitmapFile XREADBITMAPFILE +#define XRecolorCursor XRECOLORCURSOR +#define XReconfigureWMWindow XRECONFIGUREWMWINDOW +#define XRectInRegion XRECTINREGION +#define XRefreshKeyboardMapping XREFRESHKEYBOARDMAPPING +#define XRemoveHosts XREMOVEHOSTS +#define XReparentWindow XREPARENTWINDOW +#define XResetScreenSaver XRESETSCREENSAVER +#define XResizeWindow XRESIZEWINDOW +#define XResourceManagerString XRESOURCEMANAGERSTRING +#define XRestackWindows XRESTACKWINDOWS +#define XRotateBuffers XROTATEBUFFERS +#define XRootWindow XROOTWINDOW +#define XRootWindowOfScreen XROOTWINDOWOFSCREEN +#define XSaveContext XSAVECONTEXT +#define XScreenNumberOfScreen XSCREENNUMBEROFSCREEN +#define XScreenOfDisplay XSCREENOFDISPLAY +#define XSelectAsyncEvent XSELECTASYNCEVENT +#define XSelectAsyncInput XSELECTASYNCINPUT +#define XSelectExtensionEvent XSELECTEXTENSIONEVENT +#define XSelectInput XSELECTINPUT +#define XSendEvent XSENDEVENT +#define XServerVendor XSERVERVENDOR +#define XSetArcMode XSETARCMODE +#define XSetBackground XSETBACKGROUND +#define XSetClassHint XSETCLASSHINT +#define XSetClipMask XSETCLIPMASK +#define XSetClipOrigin XSETCLIPORIGIN +#define XSetClipRectangles XSETCLIPRECTANGLES +#define XSetCloseDownMode XSETCLOSEDOWNMODE +#define XSetCommand XSETCOMMAND +#define XSetDashes XSETDASHES +#define XSetErrorHandler XSETERRORHANDLER +#define XSetFillRule XSETFILLRULE +#define XSetFillStyle XSETFILLSTYLE +#define XSetFont XSETFONT +#define XSetForeground XSETFOREGROUND +#define XSetFunction XSETFUNCTION +#define XSetGraphicsExposures XSETGRAPHICSEXPOSURES +#define XSetICFocus XSETICFOCUS +#define XSetICValues XSETICVALUES +#define XSetIOErrorHandler XSETIOERRORHANDLER +#define XSetIconName XSETICONNAME +#define XSetInputFocus XSETINPUTFOCUS +#define XSetLineAttributes XSETLINEATTRIBUTES +#define XSetLocaleModifiers XSETLOCALEMODIFIERS +#define XSetNormalHints XSETNORMALHINTS +#define XSetPlaneMask XSETPLANEMASK +#define XSetRegion XSETREGION +#define XSetRGBColormaps XSETRGBCOLORMAPS +#define XSetScreenSaver XSETSCREENSAVER +#define XSetSelectionOwner XSETSELECTIONOWNER +#define XSetStandardProperties XSETSTANDARDPROPERTIES +#define XSetState XSETSTATE +#define XSetStipple XSETSTIPPLE +#define XSetSubwindowMode XSETSUBWINDOWMODE +#define XSetTSOrigin XSETTSORIGIN +#define XSetTextProperty XSETTEXTPROPERTY +#define XSetTile XSETTILE +#define XSetTransientForHint XSETTRANSIENTFORHINT +#define XSetWMClientMachine XSETWMCLIENTMACHINE +#define XSetWMColormapWindows XSETWMCOLORMAPWINDOWS +#define XSetWMHints XSETWMHINTS +#define XSetWMIconName XSETWMICONNAME +#define XSetWMName XSETWMNAME +#define XSetWMNormalHints XSETWMNORMALHINTS +#define XSetWMProperties XSETWMPROPERTIES +#define XSetWMProtocols XSETWMPROTOCOLS +#define XSetWMSizeHints XSETWMSIZEHINTS +#define XSetWindowBackground XSETWINDOWBACKGROUND +#define XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap XSETWINDOWBACKGROUNDPIXMAP +#define XSetWindowBorder XSETWINDOWBORDER +#define XSetWindowBorderPixmap XSETWINDOWBORDERPIXMAP +#define XSetWindowBorderWidth XSETWINDOWBORDERWIDTH +#define XSetWindowColormap XSETWINDOWCOLORMAP +#define XShapeCombineMask XSHAPECOMBINEMASK +#define XShapeCombineRectangles XSHAPECOMBINERECTANGLES +#define XShapeGetRectangles XSHAPEGETRECTANGLES +#define XShapeQueryExtension XSHAPEQUERYEXTENSION +#define XShmAttach XSHMATTACH +#define XShmCreateImage XSHMCREATEIMAGE +#define XShmCreatePixmap XSHMCREATEPIXMAP +#define XShmDetach XSHMDETACH +#define XShmGetEventBase XSHMGETEVENTBASE +#define XShmPutImage XSHMPUTIMAGE +#define XShmQueryExtension XSHMQUERYEXTENSION +#define XShmQueryVersion XSHMQUERYVERSION +#define XShrinkRegion XSHRINKREGION +#define XStoreBuffer XSTOREBUFFER +#define XStoreBytes XSTOREBYTES +#define XStoreColor XSTORECOLOR +#define XStoreColors XSTORECOLORS +#define XStoreName XSTORENAME +#define XStringListToTextProperty XSTRINGLISTTOTEXTPROPERTY +#define XStringToKeysym XSTRINGTOKEYSYM +#define XSubtractRegion XSUBTRACTREGION +#define XSupportsLocale XSUPPORTSLOCALE +#define XSync XSYNC +#define XSynchronize XSYNCHRONIZE +#define XTextExtents XTEXTEXTENTS +#define XTextExtents16 XTEXTEXTENTS16 +#define XTextPropertyToStringList XTEXTPROPERTYTOSTRINGLIST +#define XTextWidth XTEXTWIDTH +#define XTextWidth16 XTEXTWIDTH16 +#define XTranslateCoordinates XTRANSLATECOORDINATES +#define XUndefineCursor XUNDEFINECURSOR +#define XUngrabButton XUNGRABBUTTON +#define XUngrabKeyboard XUNGRABKEYBOARD +#define XUngrabPointer XUNGRABPOINTER +#define XUngrabServer XUNGRABSERVER +#define XUninstallColormap XUNINSTALLCOLORMAP +#define XUnionRectWithRegion XUNIONRECTWITHREGION +#define XUnionRegion XUNIONREGION +#define XUniqueContext XUNIQUECONTEXT +#define XUnmapWindow XUNMAPWINDOW +#define XUnsetICFocus XUNSETICFOCUS +#define XVaCreateNestedList XVACREATENESTEDLIST +#define XVisualIDFromVisual XVISUALIDFROMVISUAL +#define XWMGeometry XWMGEOMETRY +#define XWarpPointer XWARPPOINTER +#define XWhitePixel XWHITEPIXEL +#define XWhitePixelOfScreen XWHITEPIXELOFSCREEN +#define XWidthMMOfScreen XWIDTHMMOFSCREEN +#define XWidthOfScreen XWIDTHOFSCREEN +#define XWindowEvent XWINDOWEVENT +#define XWithdrawWindow XWITHDRAWWINDOW +#define XXorRegion XXORREGION +#define XcmsQueryColor XCMSQUERYCOLOR +#define XdbeAllocateBackBufferName XDBEALLOCATEBACKBUFFERNAME +#define XdbeFreeVisualInfo XDBEFREEVISUALINFO +#define XdbeGetVisualInfo XDBEGETVISUALINFO +#define XdbeQueryExtension XDBEQUERYEXTENSION +#define XdbeSwapBuffers XDBESWAPBUFFERS +#define XextAddDisplay XEXTADDDISPLAY +#define XextFindDisplay XEXTFINDDISPLAY +#define XextRemoveDisplay XEXTREMOVEDISPLAY +#define XkbSetDetectableAutoRepeat XKBSETDETECTABLEAUTOREPEAT +#define XmActivateProtocol XMACTIVATEPROTOCOL +#define XmAddProtocolCallback XMADDPROTOCOLCALLBACK +#define XmAddProtocols XMADDPROTOCOLS +#define XmChangeColor XMCHANGECOLOR +#define XmClipboardCopy XMCLIPBOARDCOPY +#define XmClipboardCopyByName XMCLIPBOARDCOPYBYNAME +#define XmClipboardEndCopy XMCLIPBOARDENDCOPY +#define XmClipboardEndRetrieve XMCLIPBOARDENDRETRIEVE +#define XmClipboardInquireCount XMCLIPBOARDINQUIRECOUNT +#define XmClipboardInquireFormat XMCLIPBOARDINQUIREFORMAT +#define XmClipboardInquireLength XMCLIPBOARDINQUIRELENGTH +#define XmClipboardLock XMCLIPBOARDLOCK +#define XmClipboardRetrieve XMCLIPBOARDRETRIEVE +#define XmClipboardStartCopy XMCLIPBOARDSTARTCOPY +#define XmClipboardStartRetrieve XMCLIPBOARDSTARTRETRIEVE +#define XmClipboardUnlock XMCLIPBOARDUNLOCK +#define XmCommandError XMCOMMANDERROR +#define XmCommandGetChild XMCOMMANDGETCHILD +#define XmCommandSetValue XMCOMMANDSETVALUE +#define XmCreateArrowButton XMCREATEARROWBUTTON +#define XmCreateArrowButtonGadget XMCREATEARROWBUTTONGADGET +#define XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog XMCREATEBULLETINBOARDDIALOG +#define XmCreateCascadeButton XMCREATECASCADEBUTTON +#define XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget XMCREATECASCADEBUTTONGADGET +#define XmCreateDialogShell XMCREATEDIALOGSHELL +#define XmCreateDragIcon XMCREATEDRAGICON +#define XmCreateDrawingArea XMCREATEDRAWINGAREA +#define XmCreateDrawnButton XMCREATEDRAWNBUTTON +#define XmCreateErrorDialog XMCREATEERRORDIALOG +#define XmCreateFileSelectionBox XMCREATEFILESELECTIONBOX +#define XmCreateFileSelectionDialog XMCREATEFILESELECTIONDIALOG +#define XmCreateForm XMCREATEFORM +#define XmCreateFormDialog XMCREATEFORMDIALOG +#define XmCreateFrame XMCREATEFRAME +#define XmCreateInformationDialog XMCREATEINFORMATIONDIALOG +#define XmCreateLabel XMCREATELABEL +#define XmCreateLabelGadget XMCREATELABELGADGET +#define XmCreateList XMCREATELIST +#define XmCreateMainWindow XMCREATEMAINWINDOW +#define XmCreateMenuBar XMCREATEMENUBAR +#define XmCreateMessageBox XMCREATEMESSAGEBOX +#define XmCreateMessageDialog XMCREATEMESSAGEDIALOG +#define XmCreateOptionMenu XMCREATEOPTIONMENU +#define XmCreatePanedWindow XMCREATEPANEDWINDOW +#define XmCreatePopupMenu XMCREATEPOPUPMENU +#define XmCreatePromptDialog XMCREATEPROMPTDIALOG +#define XmCreatePulldownMenu XMCREATEPULLDOWNMENU +#define XmCreatePushButton XMCREATEPUSHBUTTON +#define XmCreatePushButtonGadget XMCREATEPUSHBUTTONGADGET +#define XmCreateQuestionDialog XMCREATEQUESTIONDIALOG +#define XmCreateRadioBox XMCREATERADIOBOX +#define XmCreateRowColumn XMCREATEROWCOLUMN +#define XmCreateScale XMCREATESCALE +#define XmCreateScrollBar XMCREATESCROLLBAR +#define XmCreateScrolledList XMCREATESCROLLEDLIST +#define XmCreateScrolledText XMCREATESCROLLEDTEXT +#define XmCreateScrolledWindow XMCREATESCROLLEDWINDOW +#define XmCreateSelectionDialog XMCREATESELECTIONDIALOG +#define XmCreateSeparator XMCREATESEPARATOR +#define XmCreateSeparatorGadget XMCREATESEPARATORGADGET +#define XmCreateTemplateDialog XMCREATETEMPLATEDIALOG +#define XmCreateText XMCREATETEXT +#define XmCreateTextField XMCREATETEXTFIELD +#define XmCreateToggleButton XMCREATETOGGLEBUTTON +#define XmCreateToggleButtonGadget XMCREATETOGGLEBUTTONGADGET +#define XmCreateWarningDialog XMCREATEWARNINGDIALOG +#define XmCvtCTToXmString XMCVTCTTOXMSTRING +#define XmDestroyPixmap XMDESTROYPIXMAP +#define XmDragStart XMDRAGSTART +#define XmDropSiteRegister XMDROPSITEREGISTER +#define XmDropSiteUnregister XMDROPSITEUNREGISTER +#define XmDropSiteUpdate XMDROPSITEUPDATE +#define XmDropTransferStart XMDROPTRANSFERSTART +#define XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild XMFILESELECTIONBOXGETCHILD +#define XmFileSelectionDoSearch XMFILESELECTIONDOSEARCH +#define XmFontListAppendEntry XMFONTLISTAPPENDENTRY +#define XmFontListCopy XMFONTLISTCOPY +#define XmFontListCreate XMFONTLISTCREATE +#define XmFontListEntryCreate XMFONTLISTENTRYCREATE +#define XmFontListEntryFree XMFONTLISTENTRYFREE +#define XmFontListEntryGetFont XMFONTLISTENTRYGETFONT +#define XmFontListEntryGetTag XMFONTLISTENTRYGETTAG +#define XmFontListEntryLoad XMFONTLISTENTRYLOAD +#define XmFontListFree XMFONTLISTFREE +#define XmFontListFreeFontContext XMFONTLISTFREEFONTCONTEXT +#define XmFontListGetNextFont XMFONTLISTGETNEXTFONT +#define XmFontListInitFontContext XMFONTLISTINITFONTCONTEXT +#define XmFontListNextEntry XMFONTLISTNEXTENTRY +#define XmGetColors XMGETCOLORS +#define XmGetColorCalculation XMGETCOLORCALCULATION +#define XmGetFocusWidget XMGETFOCUSWIDGET +#define XmGetMenuCursor XMGETMENUCURSOR +#define XmGetPixmap XMGETPIXMAP +#define XmGetPixmapByDepth XMGETPIXMAPBYDEPTH +#define XmGetTearOffControl XMGETTEAROFFCONTROL +#define XmGetXmDisplay XMGETXMDISPLAY +#define XmImMbLookupString XMIMMBLOOKUPSTRING +#define XmImRegister XMIMREGISTER +#define XmImSetFocusValues XMIMSETFOCUSVALUES +#define XmImSetValues XMIMSETVALUES +#define XmImUnregister XMIMUNREGISTER +#define XmImUnsetFocus XMIMUNSETFOCUS +#define XmInstallImage XMINSTALLIMAGE +#define XmInternAtom XMINTERNATOM +#define XmIsMotifWMRunning XMISMOTIFWMRUNNING +#define XmListAddItem XMLISTADDITEM +#define XmListAddItemUnselected XMLISTADDITEMUNSELECTED +#define XmListAddItems XMLISTADDITEMS +#define XmListAddItemsUnselected XMLISTADDITEMSUNSELECTED +#define XmListDeleteAllItems XMLISTDELETEALLITEMS +#define XmListDeleteItem XMLISTDELETEITEM +#define XmListDeleteItemsPos XMLISTDELETEITEMSPOS +#define XmListDeletePos XMLISTDELETEPOS +#define XmListDeselectAllItems XMLISTDESELECTALLITEMS +#define XmListDeselectPos XMLISTDESELECTPOS +#define XmListGetKbdItemPos XMLISTGETKBDITEMPOS +#define XmListGetMatchPos XMLISTGETMATCHPOS +#define XmListGetSelectedPos XMLISTGETSELECTEDPOS +#define XmListItemExists XMLISTITEMEXISTS +#define XmListItemPos XMLISTITEMPOS +#define XmListPosSelected XMLISTPOSSELECTED +#define XmListReplaceItems XMLISTREPLACEITEMS +#define XmListReplaceItemsPos XMLISTREPLACEITEMSPOS +#define XmListSelectItem XMLISTSELECTITEM +#define XmListSelectPos XMLISTSELECTPOS +#define XmListSetBottomPos XMLISTSETBOTTOMPOS +#define XmListSetItem XMLISTSETITEM +#define XmListSetKbdItemPos XMLISTSETKBDITEMPOS +#define XmListSetPos XMLISTSETPOS +#define XmMainWindowSetAreas XMMAINWINDOWSETAREAS +#define XmMenuPosition XMMENUPOSITION +#define XmMessageBoxGetChild XMMESSAGEBOXGETCHILD +#define XmOptionButtonGadget XMOPTIONBUTTONGADGET +#define XmOptionLabelGadget XMOPTIONLABELGADGET +#define XmProcessTraversal XMPROCESSTRAVERSAL +#define XmQmotif XMQMOTIF +#define XmRemoveProtocolCallback XMREMOVEPROTOCOLCALLBACK +#define XmRemoveProtocols XMREMOVEPROTOCOLS +#define XmRemoveTabGroup XMREMOVETABGROUP +#define XmRepTypeGetId XMREPTYPEGETID +#define XmRepTypeGetRecord XMREPTYPEGETRECORD +#define XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelCon XMREPTYPEINSTALLTEAROFFMODELCON +#define XmRepTypeRegister XMREPTYPEREGISTER +#define XmRepTypeValidValue XMREPTYPEVALIDVALUE +#define XmScrollBarGetValues XMSCROLLBARGETVALUES +#define XmScrollBarSetValues XMSCROLLBARSETVALUES +#define XmScrolledWindowSetAreas XMSCROLLEDWINDOWSETAREAS +#define XmSelectionBoxGetChild XMSELECTIONBOXGETCHILD +#define XmSetColorCalculation XMSETCOLORCALCULATION +#define XmStringByteCompare XMSTRINGBYTECOMPARE +#define XmStringCompare XMSTRINGCOMPARE +#define XmStringConcat XMSTRINGCONCAT +#define XmStringCopy XMSTRINGCOPY +#define XmStringCreate XMSTRINGCREATE +#define XmStringCreateLocalized XMSTRINGCREATELOCALIZED +#define XmStringCreateLtoR XMSTRINGCREATELTOR +#define XmStringCreateSimple XMSTRINGCREATESIMPLE +#define XmStringDraw XMSTRINGDRAW +#define XmStringDrawUnderline XMSTRINGDRAWUNDERLINE +#define XmStringExtent XMSTRINGEXTENT +#define XmStringFree XMSTRINGFREE +#define XmStringFreeContext XMSTRINGFREECONTEXT +#define XmStringGetLtoR XMSTRINGGETLTOR +#define XmStringGetNextComponent XMSTRINGGETNEXTCOMPONENT +#define XmStringGetNextSegment XMSTRINGGETNEXTSEGMENT +#define XmStringInitContext XMSTRINGINITCONTEXT +#define XmStringLength XMSTRINGLENGTH +#define XmStringLtoRCreate XMSTRINGLTORCREATE +#define XmStringNConcat XMSTRINGNCONCAT +#define XmStringSegmentCreate XMSTRINGSEGMENTCREATE +#define XmStringSeparatorCreate XMSTRINGSEPARATORCREATE +#define XmStringWidth XMSTRINGWIDTH +#define XmTextClearSelection XMTEXTCLEARSELECTION +#define XmTextCopy XMTEXTCOPY +#define XmTextCut XMTEXTCUT +#define XmTextFieldClearSelection XMTEXTFIELDCLEARSELECTION +#define XmTextFieldCopy XMTEXTFIELDCOPY +#define XmTextFieldCut XMTEXTFIELDCUT +#define XmTextFieldGetEditable XMTEXTFIELDGETEDITABLE +#define XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition XMTEXTFIELDGETINSERTIONPOSITION +#define XmTextFieldGetLastPosition XMTEXTFIELDGETLASTPOSITION +#define XmTextFieldGetMaxLength XMTEXTFIELDGETMAXLENGTH +#define XmTextFieldGetSelection XMTEXTFIELDGETSELECTION +#define XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition XMTEXTFIELDGETSELECTIONPOSITION +#define XmTextFieldGetString XMTEXTFIELDGETSTRING +#define XmTextFieldInsert XMTEXTFIELDINSERT +#define XmTextFieldPaste XMTEXTFIELDPASTE +#define XmTextFieldRemove XMTEXTFIELDREMOVE +#define XmTextFieldReplace XMTEXTFIELDREPLACE +#define XmTextFieldSetAddMode XMTEXTFIELDSETADDMODE +#define XmTextFieldSetHighlight XMTEXTFIELDSETHIGHLIGHT +#define XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition XMTEXTFIELDSETINSERTIONPOSITION +#define XmTextFieldSetMaxLength XMTEXTFIELDSETMAXLENGTH +#define XmTextFieldSetSelection XMTEXTFIELDSETSELECTION +#define XmTextFieldSetString XMTEXTFIELDSETSTRING +#define XmTextFieldShowPosition XMTEXTFIELDSHOWPOSITION +#define XmTextGetCursorPosition XMTEXTGETCURSORPOSITION +#define XmTextGetEditable XMTEXTGETEDITABLE +#define XmTextGetInsertionPosition XMTEXTGETINSERTIONPOSITION +#define XmTextGetLastPosition XMTEXTGETLASTPOSITION +#define XmTextGetMaxLength XMTEXTGETMAXLENGTH +#define XmTextGetSelection XMTEXTGETSELECTION +#define XmTextGetSelectionPosition XMTEXTGETSELECTIONPOSITION +#define XmTextGetString XMTEXTGETSTRING +#define XmTextInsert XMTEXTINSERT +#define XmTextPaste XMTEXTPASTE +#define XmTextPosToXY XMTEXTPOSTOXY +#define XmTextRemove XMTEXTREMOVE +#define XmTextReplace XMTEXTREPLACE +#define XmTextSetCursorPosition XMTEXTSETCURSORPOSITION +#define XmTextSetEditable XMTEXTSETEDITABLE +#define XmTextSetHighlight XMTEXTSETHIGHLIGHT +#define XmTextSetInsertionPosition XMTEXTSETINSERTIONPOSITION +#define XmTextSetSelection XMTEXTSETSELECTION +#define XmTextSetString XMTEXTSETSTRING +#define XmTextSetTopCharacter XMTEXTSETTOPCHARACTER +#define XmTextShowPosition XMTEXTSHOWPOSITION +#define XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState XMTOGGLEBUTTONGADGETGETSTATE +#define XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState XMTOGGLEBUTTONGADGETSETSTATE +#define XmToggleButtonGetState XMTOGGLEBUTTONGETSTATE +#define XmToggleButtonSetState XMTOGGLEBUTTONSETSTATE +#define XmUninstallImage XMUNINSTALLIMAGE +#define XmUpdateDisplay XMUPDATEDISPLAY +#define XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox XMVACREATESIMPLERADIOBOX +#define XmbDrawString XMBDRAWSTRING +#define XmbLookupString XMBLOOKUPSTRING +#define XmbResetIC XMBRESETIC +#define XmbSetWMProperties XMBSETWMPROPERTIES +#define XmbTextEscapement XMBTEXTESCAPEMENT +#define XmbTextExtents XMBTEXTEXTENTS +#define XmbTextListToTextProperty XMBTEXTLISTTOTEXTPROPERTY +#define XmbTextPropertyToTextList XMBTEXTPROPERTYTOTEXTLIST +#define XmbufCreateBuffers XMBUFCREATEBUFFERS +#define XmbufDestroyBuffers XMBUFDESTROYBUFFERS +#define XmbufDisplayBuffers XMBUFDISPLAYBUFFERS +#define XmbufQueryExtension XMBUFQUERYEXTENSION +#define Xmemory_free XMEMORY_FREE +#define Xmemory_malloc XMEMORY_MALLOC +#define XmuClientWindow XMUCLIENTWINDOW +#define XmuConvertStandardSelection XMUCONVERTSTANDARDSELECTION +#define XmuCvtStringToBitmap XMUCVTSTRINGTOBITMAP +#define XmuInternAtom XMUINTERNATOM +#define XmuInternStrings XMUINTERNSTRINGS +#define XmuLookupStandardColormap XMULOOKUPSTANDARDCOLORMAP +#define XmuPrintDefaultErrorMessage XMUPRINTDEFAULTERRORMESSAGE +#define XrmCombineDatabase XRMCOMBINEDATABASE +#define XrmCombineFileDatabase XRMCOMBINEFILEDATABASE +#define XrmDestroyDatabase XRMDESTROYDATABASE +#define XrmGetDatabase XRMGETDATABASE +#define XrmGetFileDatabase XRMGETFILEDATABASE +#define XrmGetResource XRMGETRESOURCE +#define XrmGetStringDatabase XRMGETSTRINGDATABASE +#define XrmInitialize XRMINITIALIZE +#define XrmMergeDatabases XRMMERGEDATABASES +#define XrmParseCommand XRMPARSECOMMAND +#define XrmPermStringToQuark XRMPERMSTRINGTOQUARK +#define XrmPutFileDatabase XRMPUTFILEDATABASE +#define XrmPutLineResource XRMPUTLINERESOURCE +#define XrmPutStringResource XRMPUTSTRINGRESOURCE +#define XrmQGetResource XRMQGETRESOURCE +#define XrmQPutStringResource XRMQPUTSTRINGRESOURCE +#define XrmQuarkToString XRMQUARKTOSTRING +#define XrmSetDatabase XRMSETDATABASE +#define XrmStringToBindingQuarkList XRMSTRINGTOBINDINGQUARKLIST +#define XrmStringToQuark XRMSTRINGTOQUARK +#define XtAddCallback XTADDCALLBACK +#define XtAddCallbacks XTADDCALLBACKS +#define XtAddConverter XTADDCONVERTER +#define XtAddEventHandler XTADDEVENTHANDLER +#define XtAddExposureToRegion XTADDEXPOSURETOREGION +#define XtAddGrab XTADDGRAB +#define XtAddRawEventHandler XTADDRAWEVENTHANDLER +#define XtAllocateGC XTALLOCATEGC +#define XtAppAddActions XTAPPADDACTIONS +#define XtAppAddInput XTAPPADDINPUT +#define XtAppAddTimeOut XTAPPADDTIMEOUT +#define XtAppAddWorkProc XTAPPADDWORKPROC +#define XtAppCreateShell XTAPPCREATESHELL +#define XtAppError XTAPPERROR +#define XtAppErrorMsg XTAPPERRORMSG +#define XtAppInitialize XTAPPINITIALIZE +#define XtAppMainLoop XTAPPMAINLOOP +#define XtAppNextEvent XTAPPNEXTEVENT +#define XtAppPeekEvent XTAPPPEEKEVENT +#define XtAppPending XTAPPPENDING +#define XtAppProcessEvent XTAPPPROCESSEVENT +#define XtAppSetErrorHandler XTAPPSETERRORHANDLER +#define XtAppSetFallbackResources XTAPPSETFALLBACKRESOURCES +#define XtAppSetTypeConverter XTAPPSETTYPECONVERTER +#define XtAppSetWarningHandler XTAPPSETWARNINGHANDLER +#define XtAppWarningMsg XTAPPWARNINGMSG +#define XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler XTAPPSETWARNINGMSGHANDLER +#define XtAppWarning XTAPPWARNING +#define XtAugmentTranslations XTAUGMENTTRANSLATIONS +#define XtCallActionProc XTCALLACTIONPROC +#define XtCallCallbackList XTCALLCALLBACKLIST +#define XtCallCallbacks XTCALLCALLBACKS +#define XtCallConverter XTCALLCONVERTER +#define XtCalloc XTCALLOC +#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY +#define XtClass XTCLASS +#endif +#define XtCloseDisplay XTCLOSEDISPLAY +#define XtConfigureWidget XTCONFIGUREWIDGET +#define XtConvert XTCONVERT +#define XtConvertAndStore XTCONVERTANDSTORE +#define XtCreateApplicationContext XTCREATEAPPLICATIONCONTEXT +#define XtCreateManagedWidget XTCREATEMANAGEDWIDGET +#define XtCreatePopupShell XTCREATEPOPUPSHELL +#define XtCreateWidget XTCREATEWIDGET +#define XtCreateWindow XTCREATEWINDOW +#define XtCvtStringToFont XTCVTSTRINGTOFONT +#define XtDatabase XTDATABASE +#define XtDestroyApplicationContext XTDESTROYAPPLICATIONCONTEXT +#define XtDestroyWidget XTDESTROYWIDGET +#define XtDisownSelection XTDISOWNSELECTION +#define XtDispatchEvent XTDISPATCHEVENT +#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY +#define XtDisplay XTDISPLAY +#endif +#define XtDisplayOfObject XTDISPLAYOFOBJECT +#define XtDisplayStringConvWarning XTDISPLAYSTRINGCONVWARNING +#define XtDisplayToApplicationContext XTDISPLAYTOAPPLICATIONCONTEXT +#define XtError XTERROR +#define XtErrorMsg XTERRORMSG +#define XtFree XTFREE +#define XtGetActionKeysym XTGETACTIONKEYSYM +#define XtGetActionList XTGETACTIONLIST +#define XtGetApplicationNameAndClass XTGETAPPLICATIONNAMEANDCLASS +#define XtGetApplicationResources XTGETAPPLICATIONRESOURCES +#define XtGetClassExtension XTGETCLASSEXTENSION +#define XtGetConstraintResourceList XTGETCONSTRAINTRESOURCELIST +#define XtGetGC XTGETGC +#define XtGetMultiClickTime XTGETMULTICLICKTIME +#define XtGetResourceList XTGETRESOURCELIST +#define XtGetSelectionValue XTGETSELECTIONVALUE +#define XtGetSelectionValues XTGETSELECTIONVALUES +#define XtGetSubresources XTGETSUBRESOURCES +#define XtGetValues XTGETVALUES +#define XtGrabButton XTGRABBUTTON +#define XtGrabKeyboard XTGRABKEYBOARD +#define XtGrabPointer XTGRABPOINTER +#define XtHasCallbacks XTHASCALLBACKS +#define XtInitialize XTINITIALIZE +#define XtInitializeWidgetClass XTINITIALIZEWIDGETCLASS +#define XtInsertEventHandler XTINSERTEVENTHANDLER +#define XtInsertRawEventHandler XTINSERTRAWEVENTHANDLER +#define XtInstallAccelerators XTINSTALLACCELERATORS +#define XtIsManaged XTISMANAGED +#define XtIsObject XTISOBJECT +#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY +#define XtIsRealized XTISREALIZED +#endif +#define XtIsSensitive XTISSENSITIVE +#define XtIsSubclass XTISSUBCLASS +#define XtLastTimestampProcessed XTLASTTIMESTAMPPROCESSED +#define XtMainLoop XTMAINLOOP +#define XtMakeGeometryRequest XTMAKEGEOMETRYREQUEST +#define XtMakeResizeRequest XTMAKERESIZEREQUEST +#define XtMalloc XTMALLOC +#define XtManageChild XTMANAGECHILD +#define XtManageChildren XTMANAGECHILDREN +#define XtMergeArgLists XTMERGEARGLISTS +#define XtMoveWidget XTMOVEWIDGET +#define XtName XTNAME +#define XtNameToWidget XTNAMETOWIDGET +#define XtOpenApplication XTOPENAPPLICATION +#define XtOpenDisplay XTOPENDISPLAY +#define XtOverrideTranslations XTOVERRIDETRANSLATIONS +#define XtOwnSelection XTOWNSELECTION +#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY +#define XtParent XTPARENT +#endif +#define XtParseAcceleratorTable XTPARSEACCELERATORTABLE +#define XtParseTranslationTable XTPARSETRANSLATIONTABLE +#define XtPopdown XTPOPDOWN +#define XtPopup XTPOPUP +#define XtPopupSpringLoaded XTPOPUPSPRINGLOADED +#define XtQueryGeometry XTQUERYGEOMETRY +#define XtRealizeWidget XTREALIZEWIDGET +#define XtRealloc XTREALLOC +#define XtRegisterDrawable _XTREGISTERWINDOW +#define XtRegisterGrabAction XTREGISTERGRABACTION +#define XtReleaseGC XTRELEASEGC +#define XtRemoveAllCallbacks XTREMOVEALLCALLBACKS +#define XtRemoveCallback XTREMOVECALLBACK +#define XtRemoveEventHandler XTREMOVEEVENTHANDLER +#define XtRemoveGrab XTREMOVEGRAB +#define XtRemoveInput XTREMOVEINPUT +#define XtRemoveTimeOut XTREMOVETIMEOUT +#define XtRemoveWorkProc XTREMOVEWORKPROC +#define XtResizeWidget XTRESIZEWIDGET +#define XtResolvePathname XTRESOLVEPATHNAME +#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY +#define XtScreen XTSCREEN +#endif +#define XtScreenDatabase XTSCREENDATABASE +#define XtScreenOfObject XTSCREENOFOBJECT +#define XtSessionReturnToken XTSESSIONRETURNTOKEN +#define XtSetErrorHandler XTSETERRORHANDLER +#define XtSetKeyboardFocus XTSETKEYBOARDFOCUS +#define XtSetLanguageProc XTSETLANGUAGEPROC +#define XtSetMappedWhenManaged XTSETMAPPEDWHENMANAGED +#define XtSetSensitive XTSETSENSITIVE +#define XtSetTypeConverter XTSETTYPECONVERTER +#define XtSetValues XTSETVALUES +#define XtShellStrings XTSHELLSTRINGS +#define XtStringConversionWarning XTSTRINGCONVERSIONWARNING +#define XtStrings XTSTRINGS +#define XtToolkitInitialize XTTOOLKITINITIALIZE +#define XtTranslateCoords XTTRANSLATECOORDS +#define XtTranslateKeycode XTTRANSLATEKEYCODE +#define XtUngrabButton XTUNGRABBUTTON +#define XtUngrabKeyboard XTUNGRABKEYBOARD +#define XtUngrabPointer XTUNGRABPOINTER +#define XtUnmanageChild XTUNMANAGECHILD +#define XtUnmanageChildren XTUNMANAGECHILDREN +#define XtUnrealizeWidget XTUNREALIZEWIDGET +#define XtUnregisterDrawable _XTUNREGISTERWINDOW +#define XtVaCreateManagedWidget XTVACREATEMANAGEDWIDGET +#define XtVaCreatePopupShell XTVACREATEPOPUPSHELL +#define XtVaCreateWidget XTVACREATEWIDGET +#define XtVaGetApplicationResources XTVAGETAPPLICATIONRESOURCES +#define XtVaGetValues XTVAGETVALUES +#define XtVaSetValues XTVASETVALUES +#define XtWarning XTWARNING +#define XtWarningMsg XTWARNINGMSG +#define XtWidgetToApplicationContext XTWIDGETTOAPPLICATIONCONTEXT +#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY +#define XtWindow XTWINDOW +#endif +#define XtWindowOfObject XTWINDOWOFOBJECT +#define XtWindowToWidget XTWINDOWTOWIDGET +#define XwcDrawImageString XWCDRAWIMAGESTRING +#define XwcDrawString XWCDRAWSTRING +#define XwcFreeStringList XWCFREESTRINGLIST +#define XwcTextEscapement XWCTEXTESCAPEMENT +#define XwcTextExtents XWCTEXTEXTENTS +#define XwcTextListToTextProperty XWCTEXTLISTTOTEXTPROPERTY +#define XwcLookupString XWCLOOKUPSTRING +#define XwcTextPropertyToTextList XWCTEXTPROPERTYTOTEXTLIST +#define _XAllocTemp _XALLOCTEMP +#define _XDeqAsyncHandler _XDEQASYNCHANDLER +#define _XEatData _XEATDATA +#define _XFlush _XFLUSH +#define _XFreeTemp _XFREETEMP +#define _XGetAsyncReply _XGETASYNCREPLY +#define _XInitImageFuncPtrs _XINITIMAGEFUNCPTRS +#define _XRead _XREAD +#define _XReadPad _XREADPAD +#define _XRegisterFilterByType _XREGISTERFILTERBYTYPE +#define _XReply _XREPLY +#define _XSend _XSEND +#define _XUnregisterFilter _XUNREGISTERFILTER +#define _XVIDtoVisual _XVIDTOVISUAL +#define _XmBottomShadowColorDefault _XMBOTTOMSHADOWCOLORDEFAULT +#define _XmClearBorder _XMCLEARBORDER +#define _XmConfigureObject _XMCONFIGUREOBJECT +#define _XmDestroyParentCallback _XMDESTROYPARENTCALLBACK +#define _XmDrawArrow _XMDRAWARROW +#define _XmDrawShadows _XMDRAWSHADOWS +#define _XmFontListGetDefaultFont _XMFONTLISTGETDEFAULTFONT +#define _XmFromHorizontalPixels _XMFROMHORIZONTALPIXELS +#define _XmFromVerticalPixels _XMFROMVERTICALPIXELS +#define _XmGetClassExtensionPtr _XMGETCLASSEXTENSIONPTR +#define _XmGetDefaultFontList _XMGETDEFAULTFONTLIST +#define _XmGetTextualDragIcon _XMGETTEXTUALDRAGICON +#define _XmGetWidgetExtData _XMGETWIDGETEXTDATA +#define _XmGrabKeyboard _XMGRABKEYBOARD +#define _XmGrabPointer _XMGRABPOINTER +#define _XmInheritClass _XMINHERITCLASS +#define _XmInputForGadget _XMINPUTFORGADGET +#define _XmInputInGadget _XMINPUTINGADGET +#define _XmMakeGeometryRequest _XMMAKEGEOMETRYREQUEST +#define _XmMenuPopDown _XMMENUPOPDOWN +#define _XmMoveObject _XMMOVEOBJECT +#define _XmNavigChangeManaged _XMNAVIGCHANGEMANAGED +#define _XmOSBuildFileList _XMOSBUILDFILELIST +#define _XmOSFileCompare _XMOSFILECOMPARE +#define _XmOSFindPatternPart _XMOSFINDPATTERNPART +#define _XmOSQualifyFileSpec _XMOSQUALIFYFILESPEC +#define _XmPostPopupMenu _XMPOSTPOPUPMENU +#define _XmPrimitiveEnter _XMPRIMITIVEENTER +#define _XmPrimitiveLeave _XMPRIMITIVELEAVE +#define _XmRedisplayGadgets _XMREDISPLAYGADGETS +#define _XmShellIsExclusive _XMSHELLISEXCLUSIVE +#define _XmStringDraw _XMSTRINGDRAW +#define _XmStringGetTextConcat _XMSTRINGGETTEXTCONCAT +#define _XmStrings _XMSTRINGS +#define _XmToHorizontalPixels _XMTOHORIZONTALPIXELS +#define _XmToVerticalPixels _XMTOVERTICALPIXELS +#define _XmTopShadowColorDefault _XMTOPSHADOWCOLORDEFAULT +#define _Xm_fastPtr _XM_FASTPTR +#define _XtCheckSubclassFlag _XTCHECKSUBCLASSFLAG +#define _XtCopyFromArg _XTCOPYFROMARG +#define _XtCountVaList _XTCOUNTVALIST +#define _XtInherit _XTINHERIT +#define _XtInheritTranslations _XTINHERITTRANSLATIONS +#define _XtIsSubclassOf _XTISSUBCLASSOF +#define _XtVaToArgList _XTVATOARGLIST +#define applicationShellWidgetClass APPLICATIONSHELLWIDGETCLASS +#define cli$dcl_parse CLI$DCL_PARSE +#define cli$get_value CLI$GET_VALUE +#define cli$present CLI$PRESENT +#define compositeClassRec COMPOSITECLASSREC +#define compositeWidgetClass COMPOSITEWIDGETCLASS +#define constraintClassRec CONSTRAINTCLASSREC +#define constraintWidgetClass CONSTRAINTWIDGETCLASS +#define coreWidgetClass COREWIDGETCLASS +#define exe$getspi EXE$GETSPI +#define lbr$close LBR$CLOSE +#define lbr$get_header LBR$GET_HEADER +#define lbr$get_index LBR$GET_INDEX +#define lbr$get_record LBR$GET_RECORD +#define lbr$ini_control LBR$INI_CONTROL +#define lbr$lookup_key LBR$LOOKUP_KEY +#define lbr$open LBR$OPEN +#define lbr$output_help LBR$OUTPUT_HELP +#define lib$add_times LIB$ADD_TIMES +#define lib$addx LIB$ADDX +#define lib$create_dir LIB$CREATE_DIR +#define lib$create_vm_zone LIB$CREATE_VM_ZONE +#define lib$cvt_from_internal_time LIB$CVT_FROM_INTERNAL_TIME +#define lib$cvt_htb LIB$CVT_HTB +#define lib$cvt_vectim LIB$CVT_VECTIM +#define lib$day LIB$DAY +#define lib$day_of_week LIB$DAY_OF_WEEK +#define lib$delete_symbol LIB$DELETE_SYMBOL +#define lib$delete_vm_zone LIB$DELETE_VM_ZONE +#define lib$disable_ctrl LIB$DISABLE_CTRL +#define lib$ediv LIB$EDIV +#define lib$emul LIB$EMUL +#define lib$enable_ctrl LIB$ENABLE_CTRL +#define lib$find_vm_zone LIB$FIND_VM_ZONE +#define lib$format_date_time LIB$FORMAT_DATE_TIME +#define lib$free_timer LIB$FREE_TIMER +#define lib$free_vm LIB$FREE_VM +#define lib$get_ef LIB$GET_EF +#define lib$get_foreign LIB$GET_FOREIGN +#define lib$get_input LIB$GET_INPUT +#define lib$get_users_language LIB$GET_USERS_LANGUAGE +#define lib$get_vm LIB$GET_VM +#define lib$get_symbol LIB$GET_SYMBOL +#define lib$getdvi LIB$GETDVI +#define lib$init_date_time_context LIB$INIT_DATE_TIME_CONTEXT +#define lib$init_timer LIB$INIT_TIMER +#define lib$find_file LIB$FIND_FILE +#define lib$find_file_end LIB$FIND_FILE_END +#define lib$find_image_symbol LIB$FIND_IMAGE_SYMBOL +#define lib$mult_delta_time LIB$MULT_DELTA_TIME +#define lib$put_output LIB$PUT_OUTPUT +#define lib$rename_file LIB$RENAME_FILE +#define lib$reset_vm_zone LIB$RESET_VM_ZONE +#define lib$set_symbol LIB$SET_SYMBOL +#define lib$sfree1_dd LIB$SFREE1_DD +#define lib$show_vm LIB$SHOW_VM +#define lib$show_vm_zone LIB$SHOW_VM_ZONE +#define lib$spawn LIB$SPAWN +#define lib$stat_timer LIB$STAT_TIMER +#define lib$subx LIB$SUBX +#define lib$sub_times LIB$SUB_TIMES +#define lib$wait LIB$WAIT +#define mail$send_add_address MAIL$SEND_ADD_ADDRESS +#define mail$send_add_attribute MAIL$SEND_ADD_ATTRIBUTE +#define mail$send_add_bodypart MAIL$SEND_ADD_BODYPART +#define mail$send_begin MAIL$SEND_BEGIN +#define mail$send_end MAIL$SEND_END +#define mail$send_message MAIL$SEND_MESSAGE +#define ncs$convert NCS$CONVERT +#define ncs$get_cf NCS$GET_CF +#define objectClass OBJECTCLASS +#define objectClassRec OBJECTCLASSREC +#define overrideShellClassRec OVERRIDESHELLCLASSREC +#define overrideShellWidgetClass OVERRIDESHELLWIDGETCLASS +#define pthread_attr_create PTHREAD_ATTR_CREATE +#define pthread_attr_delete PTHREAD_ATTR_DELETE +#define pthread_attr_destroy PTHREAD_ATTR_DESTROY +#define pthread_attr_getdetach_np PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACH_NP +#define pthread_attr_getguardsize_np PTHREAD_ATTR_GETGUARDSIZE_NP +#define pthread_attr_getinheritsched PTHREAD_ATTR_GETINHERITSCHED +#define pthread_attr_getprio PTHREAD_ATTR_GETPRIO +#define pthread_attr_getsched PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSCHED +#define pthread_attr_getschedparam PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSCHEDPARAM +#define pthread_attr_getschedpolicy PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSCHEDPOLICY +#define pthread_attr_getstacksize PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSTACKSIZE +#define pthread_attr_init PTHREAD_ATTR_INIT +#define pthread_attr_setdetach_np PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACH_NP +#define pthread_attr_setdetachstate PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE +#define pthread_attr_setguardsize_np PTHREAD_ATTR_SETGUARDSIZE_NP +#define pthread_attr_setinheritsched PTHREAD_ATTR_SETINHERITSCHED +#define pthread_attr_setprio PTHREAD_ATTR_SETPRIO +#define pthread_attr_setsched PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCHED +#define pthread_attr_setschedparam PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCHEDPARAM +#define pthread_attr_setschedpolicy PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCHEDPOLICY +#ifndef pthread_attr_setscope +# define pthread_attr_setscope PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE +#endif +#define pthread_attr_setstacksize PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE +#define pthread_cancel PTHREAD_CANCEL +#define pthread_cancel_e PTHREAD_CANCEL_E +#define pthread_cond_broadcast PTHREAD_COND_BROADCAST +#define pthread_cond_destroy PTHREAD_COND_DESTROY +#define pthread_cond_init PTHREAD_COND_INIT +#define pthread_cond_sig_preempt_int_np PTHREAD_COND_SIG_PREEMPT_INT_NP +#define pthread_cond_signal PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL +#define pthread_cond_signal_int_np PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL_INT_NP +#define pthread_cond_timedwait PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT +#define pthread_cond_wait PTHREAD_COND_WAIT +#define pthread_condattr_create PTHREAD_CONDATTR_CREATE +#define pthread_condattr_delete PTHREAD_CONDATTR_DELETE +#define pthread_condattr_init PTHREAD_CONDATTR_INIT +#define pthread_create PTHREAD_CREATE +#define pthread_delay_np PTHREAD_DELAY_NP +#define pthread_detach PTHREAD_DETACH +#define pthread_equal PTHREAD_EQUAL +#define pthread_exc_fetch_fp_np PTHREAD_EXC_FETCH_FP_NP +#define pthread_exc_handler_np PTHREAD_EXC_HANDLER_NP +#define pthread_exc_matches_np PTHREAD_EXC_MATCHES_NP +#define pthread_exc_pop_ctx_np PTHREAD_EXC_POP_CTX_NP +#define pthread_exc_push_ctx_np PTHREAD_EXC_PUSH_CTX_NP +#define pthread_exc_raise_np PTHREAD_EXC_RAISE_NP +#define pthread_exc_savecontext_np PTHREAD_EXC_SAVECONTEXT_NP +#define pthread_exit PTHREAD_EXIT +#define pthread_get_expiration_np PTHREAD_GET_EXPIRATION_NP +#define pthread_getprio PTHREAD_GETPRIO +#define pthread_getschedparam PTHREAD_GETSCHEDPARAM +#define pthread_getscheduler PTHREAD_GETSCHEDULER +#define pthread_getspecific PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC +#define pthread_getunique_np PTHREAD_GETUNIQUE_NP +#define pthread_join PTHREAD_JOIN +#define pthread_join32 PTHREAD_JOIN32 +#define pthread_key_create PTHREAD_KEY_CREATE +#define pthread_key_delete PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE +#define pthread_keycreate PTHREAD_KEYCREATE +#define pthread_kill PTHREAD_KILL +#define pthread_lock_global_np PTHREAD_LOCK_GLOBAL_NP +#define pthread_mutex_destroy PTHREAD_MUTEX_DESTROY +#define pthread_mutex_init PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT +#define pthread_mutex_lock PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK +#define pthread_mutex_trylock PTHREAD_MUTEX_TRYLOCK +#define pthread_mutex_unlock PTHREAD_MUTEX_UNLOCK +#define pthread_mutexattr_create PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_CREATE +#define pthread_mutexattr_delete PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DELETE +#define pthread_mutexattr_destroy PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY +#define pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETKIND_NP +#define pthread_mutexattr_init PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_INIT +#define pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETKIND_NP +#define pthread_mutexattr_settype_np PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE_NP +#define pthread_once PTHREAD_ONCE +#define pthread_resume_np PTHREAD_RESUME_NP +#define pthread_self PTHREAD_SELF +#define pthread_setasynccancel PTHREAD_SETASYNCCANCEL +#define pthread_setcancel PTHREAD_SETCANCEL +#define pthread_setcancelstate PTHREAD_SETCANCELSTATE +#define pthread_setcanceltype PTHREAD_SETCANCELTYPE +#define pthread_setprio PTHREAD_SETPRIO +#define pthread_setschedparam PTHREAD_SETSCHEDPARAM +#define pthread_setscheduler PTHREAD_SETSCHEDULER +#define pthread_setspecific PTHREAD_SETSPECIFIC +#define pthread_suspend_np PTHREAD_SUSPEND_NP +#define pthread_testcancel PTHREAD_TESTCANCEL +#define pthread_unlock_global_np PTHREAD_UNLOCK_GLOBAL_NP +#define pthread_yield PTHREAD_YIELD +#define pthread_yield_np PTHREAD_YIELD_NP +#define rectObjClass RECTOBJCLASS +#define rectObjClassRec RECTOBJCLASSREC +#define sessionShellWidgetClass SESSIONSHELLWIDGETCLASS +#define shellWidgetClass SHELLWIDGETCLASS +#define shmat SHMAT +#define shmctl SHMCTL +#define shmdt SHMDT +#define shmget SHMGET +#define smg$create_key_table SMG$CREATE_KEY_TABLE +#define smg$create_virtual_keyboard SMG$CREATE_VIRTUAL_KEYBOARD +#define smg$read_composed_line SMG$READ_COMPOSED_LINE +#define sys$add_ident SYS$ADD_IDENT +#define sys$asctoid SYS$ASCTOID +#define sys$assign SYS$ASSIGN +#define sys$bintim SYS$BINTIM +#define sys$cancel SYS$CANCEL +#define sys$cantim SYS$CANTIM +#define sys$check_access SYS$CHECK_ACCESS +#define sys$close SYS$CLOSE +#define sys$connect SYS$CONNECT +#define sys$create SYS$CREATE +#define sys$create_user_profile SYS$CREATE_USER_PROFILE +#define sys$crembx SYS$CREMBX +#define sys$creprc SYS$CREPRC +#define sys$crmpsc SYS$CRMPSC +#define sys$dassgn SYS$DASSGN +#define sys$dclast SYS$DCLAST +#define sys$dclexh SYS$DCLEXH +#define sys$delprc SYS$DELPRC +#define sys$deq SYS$DEQ +#define sys$dgblsc SYS$DGBLSC +#define sys$display SYS$DISPLAY +#define sys$enq SYS$ENQ +#define sys$enqw SYS$ENQW +#define sys$erase SYS$ERASE +#define sys$fao SYS$FAO +#define sys$faol SYS$FAOL +#define sys$find_held SYS$FIND_HELD +#define sys$finish_rdb SYS$FINISH_RDB +#define sys$flush SYS$FLUSH +#define sys$forcex SYS$FORCEX +#define sys$get SYS$GET +#define sys$get_security SYS$GET_SECURITY +#define sys$getdviw SYS$GETDVIW +#define sys$getjpi SYS$GETJPI +#define sys$getjpiw SYS$GETJPIW +#define sys$getlkiw SYS$GETLKIW +#define sys$getmsg SYS$GETMSG +#define sys$getsyi SYS$GETSYI +#define sys$getsyiw SYS$GETSYIW +#define sys$gettim SYS$GETTIM +#define sys$getuai SYS$GETUAI +#define sys$grantid SYS$GRANTID +#define sys$hash_password SYS$HASH_PASSWORD +#define sys$hiber SYS$HIBER +#define sys$mgblsc SYS$MGBLSC +#define sys$numtim SYS$NUMTIM +#define sys$open SYS$OPEN +#define sys$parse SYS$PARSE +#define sys$parse_acl SYS$PARSE_ACL +#define sys$parse_acl SYS$PARSE_ACL +#define sys$persona_assume SYS$PERSONA_ASSUME +#define sys$persona_create SYS$PERSONA_CREATE +#define sys$persona_delete SYS$PERSONA_DELETE +#define sys$process_scan SYS$PROCESS_SCAN +#define sys$put SYS$PUT +#define sys$qio SYS$QIO +#define sys$qiow SYS$QIOW +#define sys$read SYS$READ +#define sys$resched SYS$RESCHED +#define sys$rewind SYS$REWIND +#define sys$search SYS$SEARCH +#define sys$set_security SYS$SET_SECURITY +#define sys$setast SYS$SETAST +#define sys$setef SYS$SETEF +#define sys$setimr SYS$SETIMR +#define sys$setpri SYS$SETPRI +#define sys$setprn SYS$SETPRN +#define sys$setprv SYS$SETPRV +#define sys$setswm SYS$SETSWM +#define sys$setuai SYS$SETUAI +#define sys$sndopr SYS$SNDOPR +#define sys$synch SYS$SYNCH +#define sys$trnlnm SYS$TRNLNM +#define sys$update SYS$UPDATE +#define sys$wake SYS$WAKE +#define sys$write SYS$WRITE +#define topLevelShellClassRec TOPLEVELSHELLCLASSREC +#define topLevelShellWidgetClass TOPLEVELSHELLWIDGETCLASS +#define transientShellWidgetClass TRANSIENTSHELLWIDGETCLASS +#define vendorShellClassRec VENDORSHELLCLASSREC +#define vendorShellWidgetClass VENDORSHELLWIDGETCLASS +#define widgetClass WIDGETCLASS +#define widgetClassRec WIDGETCLASSREC +#define wmShellClassRec WMSHELLCLASSREC +#define wmShellWidgetClass WMSHELLWIDGETCLASS +#define x$soft_ast_lib_lock X$SOFT_AST_LIB_LOCK +#define x$soft_ast_lock_depth X$SOFT_AST_LOCK_DEPTH +#define x$soft_reenable_asts X$SOFT_REENABLE_ASTS +#define xmArrowButtonWidgetClass XMARROWBUTTONWIDGETCLASS +#define xmBulletinBoardWidgetClass XMBULLETINBOARDWIDGETCLASS +#define xmCascadeButtonClassRec XMCASCADEBUTTONCLASSREC +#define xmCascadeButtonGadgetClass XMCASCADEBUTTONGADGETCLASS +#define xmCascadeButtonWidgetClass XMCASCADEBUTTONWIDGETCLASS +#define xmCommandWidgetClass XMCOMMANDWIDGETCLASS +#define xmDialogShellWidgetClass XMDIALOGSHELLWIDGETCLASS +#define xmDrawingAreaWidgetClass XMDRAWINGAREAWIDGETCLASS +#define xmDrawnButtonWidgetClass XMDRAWNBUTTONWIDGETCLASS +#define xmFileSelectionBoxWidgetClass XMFILESELECTIONBOXWIDGETCLASS +#define xmFormWidgetClass XMFORMWIDGETCLASS +#define xmFrameWidgetClass XMFRAMEWIDGETCLASS +#define xmGadgetClass XMGADGETCLASS +#define xmLabelGadgetClass XMLABELGADGETCLASS +#define xmLabelWidgetClass XMLABELWIDGETCLASS +#define xmListWidgetClass XMLISTWIDGETCLASS +#define xmMainWindowWidgetClass XMMAINWINDOWWIDGETCLASS +#define xmManagerClassRec XMMANAGERCLASSREC +#define xmManagerWidgetClass XMMANAGERWIDGETCLASS +#define xmMenuShellWidgetClass XMMENUSHELLWIDGETCLASS +#define xmMessageBoxWidgetClass XMMESSAGEBOXWIDGETCLASS +#define xmPrimitiveClassRec XMPRIMITIVECLASSREC +#define xmPrimitiveWidgetClass XMPRIMITIVEWIDGETCLASS +#define xmPushButtonClassRec XMPUSHBUTTONCLASSREC +#define xmPushButtonGadgetClass XMPUSHBUTTONGADGETCLASS +#define xmPushButtonWidgetClass XMPUSHBUTTONWIDGETCLASS +#define xmRowColumnWidgetClass XMROWCOLUMNWIDGETCLASS +#define xmSashWidgetClass XMSASHWIDGETCLASS +#define xmScaleWidgetClass XMSCALEWIDGETCLASS +#define xmScrollBarWidgetClass XMSCROLLBARWIDGETCLASS +#define xmScrolledWindowClassRec XMSCROLLEDWINDOWCLASSREC +#define xmScrolledWindowWidgetClass XMSCROLLEDWINDOWWIDGETCLASS +#define xmSeparatorGadgetClass XMSEPARATORGADGETCLASS +#define xmSeparatorWidgetClass XMSEPARATORWIDGETCLASS +#define xmTextFieldWidgetClass XMTEXTFIELDWIDGETCLASS +#define xmTextWidgetClass XMTEXTWIDGETCLASS +#define xmToggleButtonGadgetClass XMTOGGLEBUTTONGADGETCLASS +#define xmToggleButtonWidgetClass XMTOGGLEBUTTONWIDGETCLASS + +#if (__VMS_VER < 80200000) +# define SetReqLen(req,n,badlen) \ + if ((req->length + n) > (unsigned)65535) { \ + n = badlen; \ + req->length += n; \ + } else \ + req->length += n +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +extern void XtFree(char*); +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/volume.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/volume.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..441e3e996f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/volume.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/volume.h +// Purpose: wxFSVolume - encapsulates system volume information +// Author: George Policello +// Modified by: +// Created: 28 Jan 02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: volume.h 56910 2008-11-22 15:54:33Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 George Policello +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFSVolume represents a volume/drive in a file system +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef _WX_FSVOLUME_H_ +#define _WX_FSVOLUME_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_FSVOLUME + +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +// the volume flags +enum wxFSVolumeFlags +{ + // is the volume mounted? + wxFS_VOL_MOUNTED = 0x0001, + + // is the volume removable (floppy, CD, ...)? + wxFS_VOL_REMOVABLE = 0x0002, + + // read only? (otherwise read write) + wxFS_VOL_READONLY = 0x0004, + + // network resources + wxFS_VOL_REMOTE = 0x0008 +}; + +// the volume types +enum wxFSVolumeKind +{ + wxFS_VOL_FLOPPY, + wxFS_VOL_DISK, + wxFS_VOL_CDROM, + wxFS_VOL_DVDROM, + wxFS_VOL_NETWORK, + wxFS_VOL_OTHER, + wxFS_VOL_MAX +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFSVolumeBase +{ +public: + // return the array containing the names of the volumes + // + // only the volumes with the flags such that + // (flags & flagsSet) == flagsSet && !(flags & flagsUnset) + // are returned (by default, all mounted ones) + static wxArrayString GetVolumes(int flagsSet = wxFS_VOL_MOUNTED, + int flagsUnset = 0); + + // stop execution of GetVolumes() called previously (should be called from + // another thread, of course) + static void CancelSearch(); + + // create the volume object with this name (should be one of those returned + // by GetVolumes()). + wxFSVolumeBase(); + wxFSVolumeBase(const wxString& name); + bool Create(const wxString& name); + + // accessors + // --------- + + // is this a valid volume? + bool IsOk() const; + + // kind of this volume? + wxFSVolumeKind GetKind() const; + + // flags of this volume? + int GetFlags() const; + + // can we write to this volume? + bool IsWritable() const { return !(GetFlags() & wxFS_VOL_READONLY); } + + // get the name of the volume and the name which should be displayed to the + // user + wxString GetName() const { return m_volName; } + wxString GetDisplayName() const { return m_dispName; } + + // TODO: operatios (Mount(), Unmount(), Eject(), ...)? + +protected: + // the internal volume name + wxString m_volName; + + // the volume name as it is displayed to the user + wxString m_dispName; + + // have we been initialized correctly? + bool m_isOk; +}; + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +#include "wx/icon.h" +#include "wx/iconbndl.h" // only for wxIconArray + +enum wxFSIconType +{ + wxFS_VOL_ICO_SMALL = 0, + wxFS_VOL_ICO_LARGE, + wxFS_VOL_ICO_SEL_SMALL, + wxFS_VOL_ICO_SEL_LARGE, + wxFS_VOL_ICO_MAX +}; + +// wxFSVolume adds GetIcon() to wxFSVolumeBase +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFSVolume : public wxFSVolumeBase +{ +public: + wxFSVolume() : wxFSVolumeBase() { InitIcons(); } + wxFSVolume(const wxString& name) : wxFSVolumeBase(name) { InitIcons(); } + + wxIcon GetIcon(wxFSIconType type) const; + +private: + void InitIcons(); + + // the different icons for this volume (created on demand) + wxIconArray m_icons; +}; + +#else // !wxUSE_GUI + +// wxFSVolume is the same thing as wxFSVolume in wxBase +typedef wxFSVolumeBase wxFSVolume; + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI/!wxUSE_GUI + +#endif // wxUSE_FSVOLUME + +#endif // _WX_FSVOLUME_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vscroll.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vscroll.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d13ecf26f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/vscroll.h @@ -0,0 +1,876 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/vscroll.h +// Purpose: Variable scrolled windows (wx[V/H/HV]ScrolledWindow) +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: Brad Anderson, Bryan Petty +// Created: 30.05.03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: vscroll.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_VSCROLL_H_ +#define _WX_VSCROLL_H_ + +#include "wx/panel.h" +#include "wx/position.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxVarScrollHelperEvtHandler; + + +// Using the same techniques as the wxScrolledWindow class | +// hierarchy, the wx[V/H/HV]ScrolledWindow classes are slightly | +// more complex (compare with the diagram outlined in | +// scrolwin.h) for the purpose of reducing code duplication | +// through the use of mix-in classes. | +// | +// wxVarScrollHelperBase | +// / \ | +// / \ | +// V V | +// wxVarHScrollHelper wxVarVScrollHelper | +// | \ / | | +// | \ / | | +// | V V | | +// | wxVarHVScrollHelper | | +// | | | | +// | | V | +// | wxPanel | wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor | +// | / \ \ | | | +// | / \ `-----|----------. | | +// | / \ | \ | | +// | / \ | \ | | +// V V \ | V V | +// wxHScrolledWindow \ | wxVScrolledWindow | +// V V | +// wxHVScrolledWindow | +// | +// | +// Border added to suppress GCC multi-line comment warnings ->| + + +// =========================================================================== +// wxVarScrollHelperBase +// =========================================================================== + +// Provides all base common scroll calculations needed for either orientation, +// automatic scrollbar functionality, saved scroll positions, functionality +// for changing the target window to be scrolled, as well as defining all +// required virtual functions that need to be implemented for any orientation +// specific work. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVarScrollHelperBase +{ +public: + // constructors and such + // --------------------- + + wxVarScrollHelperBase(wxWindow *winToScroll); + virtual ~wxVarScrollHelperBase(); + + // operations + // ---------- + + // with physical scrolling on, the device origin is changed properly when + // a wxPaintDC is prepared, children are actually moved and laid out + // properly, and the contents of the window (pixels) are actually moved + void EnablePhysicalScrolling(bool scrolling = true) + { m_physicalScrolling = scrolling; } + + // wxNOT_FOUND if none, i.e. if it is below the last item + int VirtualHitTest(wxCoord coord) const; + + // recalculate all our parameters and redisplay all units + virtual void RefreshAll(); + + // accessors + // --------- + + // get the first currently visible unit + size_t GetVisibleBegin() const { return m_unitFirst; } + + // get the last currently visible unit + size_t GetVisibleEnd() const + { return m_unitFirst + m_nUnitsVisible; } + + // is this unit currently visible? + bool IsVisible(size_t unit) const + { return unit >= m_unitFirst && unit < GetVisibleEnd(); } + + // translate between scrolled and unscrolled coordinates + int CalcScrolledPosition(int coord) const + { return DoCalcScrolledPosition(coord); } + int CalcUnscrolledPosition(int coord) const + { return DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(coord); } + + virtual int DoCalcScrolledPosition(int coord) const; + virtual int DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(int coord) const; + + // update the thumb size shown by the scrollbar + virtual void UpdateScrollbar(); + void RemoveScrollbar(); + + // Normally the wxScrolledWindow will scroll itself, but in some rare + // occasions you might want it to scroll [part of] another window (e.g. a + // child of it in order to scroll only a portion the area between the + // scrollbars (spreadsheet: only cell area will move). + virtual void SetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target); + virtual wxWindow *GetTargetWindow() const { return m_targetWindow; } + + // Override this function to draw the graphic (or just process EVT_PAINT) + //virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc)) { } + + // change the DC origin according to the scroll position. To properly + // forward calls to wxWindow::Layout use WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() + // derived class + virtual void DoPrepareDC(wxDC& dc); + + // the methods to be called from the window event handlers + void HandleOnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event); + void HandleOnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + void HandleOnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + + // these functions must be overidden in the derived class to return + // orientation specific data (e.g. the width for vertically scrolling + // derivatives in the case of GetOrientationTargetSize()) + virtual int GetOrientationTargetSize() const = 0; + virtual int GetNonOrientationTargetSize() const = 0; + virtual wxOrientation GetOrientation() const = 0; + +protected: + // all *Unit* functions are protected to be exposed by + // wxVarScrollHelperBase implementations (with appropriate names) + + // get the number of units this window contains (previously set by + // SetUnitCount()) + size_t GetUnitCount() const { return m_unitMax; } + + // set the number of units the helper contains: the derived class must + // provide the sizes for all units with indices up to the one given here + // in its OnGetUnitSize() + void SetUnitCount(size_t count); + + // redraw the specified unit + virtual void RefreshUnit(size_t unit); + + // redraw all units in the specified range (inclusive) + virtual void RefreshUnits(size_t from, size_t to); + + // scroll to the specified unit: it will become the first visible unit in + // the window + // + // return true if we scrolled the window, false if nothing was done + bool DoScrollToUnit(size_t unit); + + // scroll by the specified number of units/pages + virtual bool DoScrollUnits(int units); + virtual bool DoScrollPages(int pages); + + // this function must be overridden in the derived class and it should + // return the size of the given unit in pixels + virtual wxCoord OnGetUnitSize(size_t n) const = 0; + + // this function doesn't have to be overridden but it may be useful to do + // it if calculating the units' sizes is a relatively expensive operation + // as it gives the user code a possibility to calculate several of them at + // once + // + // OnGetUnitsSizeHint() is normally called just before OnGetUnitSize() but + // you shouldn't rely on the latter being called for all units in the + // interval specified here. It is also possible that OnGetUnitHeight() will + // be called for the units outside of this interval, so this is really just + // a hint, not a promise. + // + // finally note that unitMin is inclusive, while unitMax is exclusive, as + // usual + virtual void OnGetUnitsSizeHint(size_t WXUNUSED(unitMin), + size_t WXUNUSED(unitMax)) const + { } + + // when the number of units changes, we try to estimate the total size + // of all units which is a rather expensive operation in terms of unit + // access, so if the user code may estimate the average size + // better/faster than we do, it should override this function to implement + // its own logic + // + // this function should return the best guess for the total size it may + // make + virtual wxCoord EstimateTotalSize() const { return DoEstimateTotalSize(); } + + wxCoord DoEstimateTotalSize() const; + + // find the index of the unit we need to show to fit the specified unit on + // the opposite side either fully or partially (depending on fullyVisible) + size_t FindFirstVisibleFromLast(size_t last, + bool fullyVisible = false) const; + + // get the total size of the units between unitMin (inclusive) and + // unitMax (exclusive) + wxCoord GetUnitsSize(size_t unitMin, size_t unitMax) const; + + // get the offset of the first visible unit + wxCoord GetScrollOffset() const + { return GetUnitsSize(0, GetVisibleBegin()); } + + // get the size of the target window + wxSize GetTargetSize() const { return m_targetWindow->GetClientSize(); } + + void GetTargetSize(int *w, int *h) + { + wxSize size = GetTargetSize(); + if ( w ) + *w = size.x; + if ( h ) + *h = size.y; + } + + // calculate the new scroll position based on scroll event type + size_t GetNewScrollPosition(wxScrollWinEvent& event) const; + + // replacement implementation of wxWindow::Layout virtual method. To + // properly forward calls to wxWindow::Layout use + // WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() derived class + bool ScrollLayout(); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // queue mac window update after handling scroll event + virtual void UpdateMacScrollWindow() = 0; +#endif // __WXMAC__ + + // change the target window + void DoSetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target); + + // delete the event handler we installed + void DeleteEvtHandler(); + + // helper function abstracting the orientation test: with vertical + // orientation, it assigns the first value to x and the second one to y, + // with horizontal orientation it reverses them, i.e. the first value is + // assigned to y and the second one to x + void AssignOrient(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord first, wxCoord second); + + // similar to "oriented assignment" above but does "oriented increment": + // for vertical orientation, y is incremented by the given value and x if + // left unchanged, for horizontal orientation x is incremented + void IncOrient(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord inc); + +private: + + // the window that receives the scroll events and the window to actually + // scroll, respectively + wxWindow *m_win, + *m_targetWindow; + + // the total number of (logical) units + size_t m_unitMax; + + // the total (estimated) size + wxCoord m_sizeTotal; + + // the first currently visible unit + size_t m_unitFirst; + + // the number of currently visible units (including the last, possibly only + // partly, visible one) + size_t m_nUnitsVisible; + + // accumulated mouse wheel rotation +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + int m_sumWheelRotation; +#endif + + // do child scrolling (used in DoPrepareDC()) + bool m_physicalScrolling; + + // handler injected into target window to forward some useful events to us + wxVarScrollHelperEvtHandler *m_handler; +}; + + + +// =========================================================================== +// wxVarVScrollHelper +// =========================================================================== + +// Provides public API functions targeted for vertical-specific scrolling, +// wrapping the functionality of wxVarScrollHelperBase. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVarVScrollHelper : public wxVarScrollHelperBase +{ +public: + // constructors and such + // --------------------- + + // ctor must be given the associated window + wxVarVScrollHelper(wxWindow *winToScroll) + : wxVarScrollHelperBase(winToScroll) + { + } + + // operators + + void SetRowCount(size_t rowCount) { SetUnitCount(rowCount); } + bool ScrollToRow(size_t row) { return DoScrollToUnit(row); } + + virtual bool ScrollRows(int rows) + { return DoScrollUnits(rows); } + virtual bool ScrollRowPages(int pages) + { return DoScrollPages(pages); } + + virtual void RefreshRow(size_t row) + { RefreshUnit(row); } + virtual void RefreshRows(size_t from, size_t to) + { RefreshUnits(from, to); } + + // accessors + + size_t GetRowCount() const { return GetUnitCount(); } + size_t GetVisibleRowsBegin() const { return GetVisibleBegin(); } + size_t GetVisibleRowsEnd() const { return GetVisibleEnd(); } + bool IsRowVisible(size_t row) const { return IsVisible(row); } + + virtual int GetOrientationTargetSize() const + { return GetTargetWindow()->GetClientSize().y; } + virtual int GetNonOrientationTargetSize() const + { return GetTargetWindow()->GetClientSize().x; } + virtual wxOrientation GetOrientation() const { return wxVERTICAL; } + +protected: + // this function must be overridden in the derived class and it should + // return the size of the given row in pixels + virtual wxCoord OnGetRowHeight(size_t n) const = 0; + wxCoord OnGetUnitSize(size_t n) const { return OnGetRowHeight(n); } + + virtual void OnGetRowsHeightHint(size_t WXUNUSED(rowMin), + size_t WXUNUSED(rowMax)) const { } + + // forward calls to OnGetRowsHeightHint() + virtual void OnGetUnitsSizeHint(size_t unitMin, size_t unitMax) const + { OnGetRowsHeightHint(unitMin, unitMax); } + + // again, if not overridden, it will fall back on default method + virtual wxCoord EstimateTotalHeight() const + { return DoEstimateTotalSize(); } + + // forward calls to EstimateTotalHeight() + virtual wxCoord EstimateTotalSize() const { return EstimateTotalHeight(); } + + wxCoord GetRowsHeight(size_t rowMin, size_t rowMax) const + { return GetUnitsSize(rowMin, rowMax); } +}; + + + +// =========================================================================== +// wxVarHScrollHelper +// =========================================================================== + +// Provides public API functions targeted for horizontal-specific scrolling, +// wrapping the functionality of wxVarScrollHelperBase. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVarHScrollHelper : public wxVarScrollHelperBase +{ +public: + // constructors and such + // --------------------- + + // ctor must be given the associated window + wxVarHScrollHelper(wxWindow *winToScroll) + : wxVarScrollHelperBase(winToScroll) + { + } + + // operators + + void SetColumnCount(size_t columnCount) + { SetUnitCount(columnCount); } + + bool ScrollToColumn(size_t column) + { return DoScrollToUnit(column); } + virtual bool ScrollColumns(int columns) + { return DoScrollUnits(columns); } + virtual bool ScrollColumnPages(int pages) + { return DoScrollPages(pages); } + + virtual void RefreshColumn(size_t column) + { RefreshUnit(column); } + virtual void RefreshColumns(size_t from, size_t to) + { RefreshUnits(from, to); } + + // accessors + + size_t GetColumnCount() const + { return GetUnitCount(); } + size_t GetVisibleColumnsBegin() const + { return GetVisibleBegin(); } + size_t GetVisibleColumnsEnd() const + { return GetVisibleEnd(); } + bool IsColumnVisible(size_t column) const + { return IsVisible(column); } + + + virtual int GetOrientationTargetSize() const + { return GetTargetWindow()->GetClientSize().x; } + virtual int GetNonOrientationTargetSize() const + { return GetTargetWindow()->GetClientSize().y; } + virtual wxOrientation GetOrientation() const { return wxHORIZONTAL; } + +protected: + // this function must be overridden in the derived class and it should + // return the size of the given column in pixels + virtual wxCoord OnGetColumnWidth(size_t n) const = 0; + wxCoord OnGetUnitSize(size_t n) const { return OnGetColumnWidth(n); } + + virtual void OnGetColumnsWidthHint(size_t WXUNUSED(columnMin), + size_t WXUNUSED(columnMax)) const + { } + + // forward calls to OnGetColumnsWidthHint() + virtual void OnGetUnitsSizeHint(size_t unitMin, size_t unitMax) const + { OnGetColumnsWidthHint(unitMin, unitMax); } + + // again, if not overridden, it will fall back on default method + virtual wxCoord EstimateTotalWidth() const { return DoEstimateTotalSize(); } + + // forward calls to EstimateTotalWidth() + virtual wxCoord EstimateTotalSize() const { return EstimateTotalWidth(); } + + wxCoord GetColumnsWidth(size_t columnMin, size_t columnMax) const + { return GetUnitsSize(columnMin, columnMax); } +}; + + + +// =========================================================================== +// wxVarHVScrollHelper +// =========================================================================== + +// Provides public API functions targeted at functions with similar names in +// both wxVScrollHelper and wxHScrollHelper so class scope doesn't need to be +// specified (since we are using multiple inheritance). It also provides +// functions to make changing values for both orientations at the same time +// easier. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVarHVScrollHelper : public wxVarVScrollHelper, + public wxVarHScrollHelper +{ +public: + // constructors and such + // --------------------- + + // ctor must be given the associated window + wxVarHVScrollHelper(wxWindow *winToScroll) + : wxVarVScrollHelper(winToScroll), wxVarHScrollHelper(winToScroll) { } + + // operators + // --------- + + // set the number of units the window contains for each axis: the derived + // class must provide the widths and heights for all units with indices up + // to each of the one given here in its OnGetColumnWidth() and + // OnGetRowHeight() + void SetRowColumnCount(size_t rowCount, size_t columnCount); + + + // with physical scrolling on, the device origin is changed properly when + // a wxPaintDC is prepared, children are actually moved and laid out + // properly, and the contents of the window (pixels) are actually moved + void EnablePhysicalScrolling(bool vscrolling = true, bool hscrolling = true) + { + wxVarVScrollHelper::EnablePhysicalScrolling(vscrolling); + wxVarHScrollHelper::EnablePhysicalScrolling(hscrolling); + } + + // scroll to the specified row/column: it will become the first visible + // cell in the window + // + // return true if we scrolled the window, false if nothing was done + bool ScrollToRowColumn(size_t row, size_t column); + bool ScrollToRowColumn(const wxPosition &pos) + { return ScrollToRowColumn(pos.GetRow(), pos.GetColumn()); } + + // redraw the specified cell + virtual void RefreshRowColumn(size_t row, size_t column); + virtual void RefreshRowColumn(const wxPosition &pos) + { RefreshRowColumn(pos.GetRow(), pos.GetColumn()); } + + // redraw the specified regions (inclusive). If the target window for + // both orientations is the same the rectangle of cells is refreshed; if + // the target windows differ the entire client size opposite the + // orientation direction is refreshed between the specified limits + virtual void RefreshRowsColumns(size_t fromRow, size_t toRow, + size_t fromColumn, size_t toColumn); + virtual void RefreshRowsColumns(const wxPosition& from, + const wxPosition& to) + { + RefreshRowsColumns(from.GetRow(), to.GetRow(), + from.GetColumn(), to.GetColumn()); + } + + // locate the virtual position from the given device coordinates + wxPosition VirtualHitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + wxPosition VirtualHitTest(const wxPoint &pos) const + { return VirtualHitTest(pos.x, pos.y); } + + // change the DC origin according to the scroll position. To properly + // forward calls to wxWindow::Layout use WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() + // derived class. We use this version to call both base classes' + // DoPrepareDC() + virtual void DoPrepareDC(wxDC& dc); + + // replacement implementation of wxWindow::Layout virtual method. To + // properly forward calls to wxWindow::Layout use + // WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() derived class. We use this version to + // call both base classes' ScrollLayout() + bool ScrollLayout(); + + // accessors + // --------- + + // get the number of units this window contains (previously set by + // Set[Column/Row/RowColumn/Unit]Count()) + wxSize GetRowColumnCount() const; + + // get the first currently visible units + wxPosition GetVisibleBegin() const; + wxPosition GetVisibleEnd() const; + + // is this cell currently visible? + bool IsVisible(size_t row, size_t column) const; + bool IsVisible(const wxPosition &pos) const + { return IsVisible(pos.GetRow(), pos.GetColumn()); } +}; + + + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// =========================================================================== +// wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor +// =========================================================================== + +// Provides backwards compatible API for applications originally built using +// wxVScrolledWindow in 2.6 or 2.8. Originally, wxVScrolledWindow referred +// to scrolling "lines". We use "units" in wxVarScrollHelperBase to avoid +// implying any orientation (since the functions are used for both horizontal +// and vertical scrolling in derived classes). And in the new +// wxVScrolledWindow and wxHScrolledWindow classes, we refer to them as +// "rows" and "columns", respectively. This is to help clear some confusion +// in not only those classes, but also in wxHVScrolledWindow where functions +// are inherited from both. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor : public wxVarVScrollHelper +{ +public: + // constructors and such + // --------------------- + wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor(wxWindow *winToScroll) + : wxVarVScrollHelper(winToScroll) + { + } + + // accessors + // --------- + + // this is the same as GetVisibleRowsBegin(), exists to match + // GetLastVisibleLine() and for backwards compatibility only + wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetFirstVisibleLine() const ); + + // get the last currently visible line + // + // this function is unsafe as it returns (size_t)-1 (i.e. a huge positive + // number) if the control is empty, use GetVisibleRowsEnd() instead, this + // one is kept for backwards compatibility + wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetLastVisibleLine() const ); + + // "line" to "unit" compatibility functions + // ---------------------------------------- + + // get the number of lines this window contains (set by SetLineCount()) + wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetLineCount() const ); + + // set the number of lines the helper contains: the derived class must + // provide the sizes for all lines with indices up to the one given here + // in its OnGetLineHeight() + wxDEPRECATED( void SetLineCount(size_t count) ); + + // redraw the specified line + wxDEPRECATED( virtual void RefreshLine(size_t line) ); + + // redraw all lines in the specified range (inclusive) + wxDEPRECATED( virtual void RefreshLines(size_t from, size_t to) ); + + // scroll to the specified line: it will become the first visible line in + // the window + // + // return true if we scrolled the window, false if nothing was done + wxDEPRECATED( bool ScrollToLine(size_t line) ); + + // scroll by the specified number of lines/pages + wxDEPRECATED( virtual bool ScrollLines(int lines) ); + wxDEPRECATED( virtual bool ScrollPages(int pages) ); + +protected: + // unless the code has been updated to override OnGetRowHeight() instead, + // this function must be overridden in the derived class and it should + // return the height of the given row in pixels + wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( + virtual wxCoord OnGetLineHeight(size_t n) const ); + + // forwards the calls from base class pure virtual function to pure virtual + // OnGetLineHeight instead (backwards compatible name) + // note that we don't need to forward OnGetUnitSize() as it is already + // forwarded to OnGetRowHeight() in wxVarVScrollHelper + virtual wxCoord OnGetRowHeight(size_t n) const; + + // this function doesn't have to be overridden but it may be useful to do + // it if calculating the lines heights is a relatively expensive operation + // as it gives the user code a possibility to calculate several of them at + // once + // + // OnGetLinesHint() is normally called just before OnGetLineHeight() but you + // shouldn't rely on the latter being called for all lines in the interval + // specified here. It is also possible that OnGetLineHeight() will be + // called for the lines outside of this interval, so this is really just a + // hint, not a promise. + // + // finally note that lineMin is inclusive, while lineMax is exclusive, as + // usual + wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( virtual void OnGetLinesHint( + size_t lineMin, size_t lineMax) const ); + + // forwards the calls from base class pure virtual function to pure virtual + // OnGetLinesHint instead (backwards compatible name) + void OnGetRowsHeightHint(size_t rowMin, size_t rowMax) const; +}; + +#else // !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// shortcut to avoid checking compatibility modes later +// remove this and all references to wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor once +// wxWidgets 2.6 and 2.8 compatibility is removed +typedef wxVarVScrollHelper wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor; + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8/!WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + +// this macro must be used in declaration of wxVarScrollHelperBase-derived +// classes +#define WX_FORWARD_TO_VAR_SCROLL_HELPER() \ +public: \ + virtual void PrepareDC(wxDC& dc) { DoPrepareDC(dc); } \ + virtual bool Layout() { return ScrollLayout(); } + + + +// =========================================================================== +// wxVScrolledWindow +// =========================================================================== + +// In the name of this class, "V" may stand for "variable" because it can be +// used for scrolling rows of variable heights; "virtual", because it is not +// necessary to know the heights of all rows in advance -- only those which +// are shown on the screen need to be measured; or even "vertical", because +// this class only supports scrolling vertically. + +// In any case, this is a generalization of the wxScrolledWindow class which +// can be only used when all rows have the same heights. It lacks some other +// wxScrolledWindow features however, notably it can't scroll only a rectangle +// of the window and not its entire client area. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVScrolledWindow : public wxPanel, + public wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor +{ +public: + // constructors and such + // --------------------- + + // default ctor, you must call Create() later + wxVScrolledWindow() : wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor(this) { } + + // normal ctor, no need to call Create() after this one + // + // note that wxVSCROLL is always automatically added to our style, there is + // no need to specify it explicitly + wxVScrolledWindow(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + : wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor(this) + { + (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // same as the previous ctor but returns status code: true if ok + // + // just as with the ctor above, wxVSCROLL style is always used, there is no + // need to specify it + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + { + return wxPanel::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style | wxVSCROLL, name); + } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // Make sure we prefer our version of HitTest rather than wxWindow's + // These functions should no longer be masked in favor of VirtualHitTest() + int HitTest(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord y) const + { return wxVarVScrollHelper::VirtualHitTest(y); } + int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt) const + { return HitTest(pt.x, pt.y); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + WX_FORWARD_TO_VAR_SCROLL_HELPER() + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ +protected: + virtual void UpdateMacScrollWindow() { Update(); } +#endif // __WXMAC__ + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxVScrolledWindow); + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxVScrolledWindow) +}; + + + +// =========================================================================== +// wxHScrolledWindow +// =========================================================================== + +// In the name of this class, "H" stands for "horizontal" because it can be +// used for scrolling columns of variable widths. It is not necessary to know +// the widths of all columns in advance -- only those which are shown on the +// screen need to be measured. + +// This is a generalization of the wxScrolledWindow class which can be only +// used when all columns have the same width. It lacks some other +// wxScrolledWindow features however, notably it can't scroll only a rectangle +// of the window and not its entire client area. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHScrolledWindow : public wxPanel, + public wxVarHScrollHelper +{ +public: + // constructors and such + // --------------------- + + // default ctor, you must call Create() later + wxHScrolledWindow() : wxVarHScrollHelper(this) { } + + // normal ctor, no need to call Create() after this one + // + // note that wxHSCROLL is always automatically added to our style, there is + // no need to specify it explicitly + wxHScrolledWindow(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + : wxVarHScrollHelper(this) + { + (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // same as the previous ctor but returns status code: true if ok + // + // just as with the ctor above, wxHSCROLL style is always used, there is no + // need to specify it + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + { + return wxPanel::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style | wxHSCROLL, name); + } + + WX_FORWARD_TO_VAR_SCROLL_HELPER() + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ +protected: + virtual void UpdateMacScrollWindow() { Update(); } +#endif // __WXMAC__ + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHScrolledWindow); + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHScrolledWindow) +}; + + + +// =========================================================================== +// wxHVScrolledWindow +// =========================================================================== + +// This window inherits all functionality of both vertical and horizontal +// scrolled windows automatically handling everything needed to scroll both +// axis simultaneously. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHVScrolledWindow : public wxPanel, + public wxVarHVScrollHelper +{ +public: + // constructors and such + // --------------------- + + // default ctor, you must call Create() later + wxHVScrolledWindow() + : wxPanel(), + wxVarHVScrollHelper(this) { } + + // normal ctor, no need to call Create() after this one + // + // note that wxVSCROLL and wxHSCROLL are always automatically added to our + // style, there is no need to specify them explicitly + wxHVScrolledWindow(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + : wxPanel(), + wxVarHVScrollHelper(this) + { + (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + } + + // same as the previous ctor but returns status code: true if ok + // + // just as with the ctor above, wxVSCROLL and wxHSCROLL styles are always + // used, there is no need to specify them + bool Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) + { + return wxPanel::Create(parent, id, pos, size, + style | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, name); + } + + WX_FORWARD_TO_VAR_SCROLL_HELPER() + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ +protected: + virtual void UpdateMacScrollWindow() { Update(); } +#endif // __WXMAC__ + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHVScrolledWindow); + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHVScrolledWindow) +}; + +#endif // _WX_VSCROLL_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/weakref.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/weakref.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e9c435280 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/weakref.h @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/weakref.h +// Purpose: wxWeakRef - Generic weak references for wxWidgets +// Author: Arne Steinarson +// Created: 27 Dec 07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: weakref.h 66780 2011-01-27 11:00:26Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Arne Steinarson +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WEAKREF_H_ +#define _WX_WEAKREF_H_ + +#include "wx/tracker.h" + + +// Some compilers (VC6, Borland, g++ < 3.3) have problem with template specialization. +// However, this is only used for optimization purposes (a smaller wxWeakRef pointer) +// (and the corner case of wxWeakRef). So for those compilers, we can fall +// back to the non-optimal case, where we use a the same type of weak ref (static one) +// in all cases. See defs.h for various setting these defines depending on compiler. + +#if !defined(HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION) || \ + !defined(HAVE_TEMPLATE_OVERLOAD_RESOLUTION) || \ + (defined(__GNUC__) && !wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 3)) + #define USE_ONLY_STATIC_WEAKREF +#endif + + +#ifndef USE_ONLY_STATIC_WEAKREF + +// Avoid including this for simpler compilers +#include "wx/meta/convertible.h" +#include "wx/meta/int2type.h" + +template +struct wxIsStaticTrackable +{ + enum { value = wxConvertibleTo::value }; +}; + +#endif // !USE_ONLY_STATIC_WEAKREF + + +// Weak ref implementation when T has wxTrackable as a known base class +template +class wxWeakRefStatic : public wxTrackerNode +{ +public: + wxWeakRefStatic() : m_pobj(NULL) { } + + void Release() + { + // Release old object if any + if ( m_pobj ) + { + // Remove ourselves from object tracker list + wxTrackable *pt = static_cast(m_pobj); + pt->RemoveNode(this); + m_pobj = NULL; + } + } + + virtual void OnObjectDestroy() + { + // Tracked object itself removes us from list of trackers + wxASSERT(m_pobj != NULL); + m_pobj = NULL; + } + +protected: + void Assign(T* pobj) + { + if ( m_pobj == pobj ) + return; + + Release(); + + // Now set new trackable object + if ( pobj ) + { + // Add ourselves to object tracker list + wxTrackable *pt = static_cast(pobj); + pt->AddNode(this); + m_pobj = pobj; + } + } + + void AssignCopy(const wxWeakRefStatic& wr) + { + Assign( wr.m_pobj ); + } + + T *m_pobj; +}; + + + +#ifndef USE_ONLY_STATIC_WEAKREF + +template +struct wxWeakRefImpl; + +// Intermediate class, to select the static case above. +template +struct wxWeakRefImpl : public wxWeakRefStatic +{ + enum { value = 1 }; +}; + +// Weak ref implementation when T does not have wxTrackable as known base class +template +struct wxWeakRefImpl : public wxTrackerNode +{ + void Release() + { + // Release old object if any + if ( m_pobj ) + { + // Remove ourselves from object tracker list + m_ptbase->RemoveNode(this); + m_pobj = NULL; + m_ptbase = NULL; + } + } + + virtual void OnObjectDestroy() + { + // Tracked object itself removes us from list of trackers + wxASSERT(m_pobj != NULL); + m_pobj = NULL; + m_ptbase = NULL; + } + +protected: + wxWeakRefImpl() : m_pobj(NULL), m_ptbase(NULL) { } + + // Assign receives most derived class here and can use that + template + void Assign( TDerived* pobj ) + { + AssignHelper( pobj, wxInt2Type::value>() ); + } + + template + void AssignHelper(TDerived* pobj, wxInt2Type) + { + wxTrackable *ptbase = static_cast(pobj); + DoAssign( pobj, ptbase ); + } + +#ifndef wxNO_RTTI + void AssignHelper(T* pobj, wxInt2Type) + { + // A last way to get a trackable pointer + wxTrackable *ptbase = dynamic_cast(pobj); + if ( ptbase ) + { + DoAssign( pobj, ptbase ); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "Tracked class should inherit from wxTrackable" ); + + Release(); + } + } +#endif // RTTI enabled + + void AssignCopy(const wxWeakRefImpl& wr) + { + DoAssign(wr.m_pobj, wr.m_ptbase); + } + + void DoAssign( T* pobj, wxTrackable *ptbase ) { + if( m_pobj==pobj ) return; + Release(); + + // Now set new trackable object + if( pobj ) + { + // Add ourselves to object tracker list + wxASSERT( ptbase ); + ptbase->AddNode( this ); + m_pobj = pobj; + m_ptbase = ptbase; + } + } + + T *m_pobj; + wxTrackable *m_ptbase; +}; + +#endif // #ifndef USE_ONLY_STATIC_WEAKREF + + + +// A weak reference to an object of type T, where T has base wxTrackable +// (usually statically but if not dynamic_cast<> is tried). +template +class wxWeakRef : public +#ifdef USE_ONLY_STATIC_WEAKREF + wxWeakRefStatic +#else + wxWeakRefImpl::value != 0> +#endif +{ +public: + typedef T element_type; + + // Default ctor + wxWeakRef() { } + + // Enabling this ctor for VC6 results in mysterious compilation failures in + // wx/window.h when assigning wxWindow pointers (FIXME-VC6) +#ifndef __VISUALC6__ + // Ctor from the object of this type: this is needed as the template ctor + // below is not used by at least g++4 when a literal NULL is used + wxWeakRef(T *pobj) + { + this->Assign(pobj); + } +#endif // !__VISUALC6__ + + // When we have the full type here, static_cast<> will always work + // (or give a straight compiler error). + template + wxWeakRef(TDerived* pobj) + { + Assign(pobj); + } + + // We need this copy ctor, since otherwise a default compiler (binary) copy + // happens (if embedded as an object member). + wxWeakRef(const wxWeakRef& wr) + { + Assign(wr.get()); + } + + wxWeakRef& operator=(const wxWeakRef& wr) + { + this->AssignCopy(wr); + return *this; + } + + virtual ~wxWeakRef() { this->Release(); } + + // Smart pointer functions + T& operator*() const { return *this->m_pobj; } + T* operator->() const { return this->m_pobj; } + + T* get() const { return this->m_pobj; } + operator T*() const { return this->m_pobj; } +}; + + +#ifndef wxNO_RTTI + +// Weak ref implementation assign objects are queried for wxTrackable +// using dynamic_cast<> +template +class wxWeakRefDynamic : public wxTrackerNode +{ +public: + wxWeakRefDynamic() : m_pobj(NULL) { } + + wxWeakRefDynamic(T* pobj) : m_pobj(pobj) + { + Assign(pobj); + } + + wxWeakRefDynamic(const wxWeakRef& wr) + { + Assign(wr.get()); + } + + virtual ~wxWeakRefDynamic() { Release(); } + + // Smart pointer functions + T& operator*() const { wxASSERT(m_pobj); return *m_pobj; } + T* operator->() const { wxASSERT(m_pobj); return m_pobj; } + + T* get() const { return m_pobj; } + operator T* () const { return m_pobj; } + + T* operator = (T* pobj) { Assign(pobj); return m_pobj; } + + // Assign from another weak ref, point to same object + T* operator = (const wxWeakRef &wr) { Assign( wr.get() ); return m_pobj; } + + void Release() + { + // Release old object if any + if( m_pobj ) + { + // Remove ourselves from object tracker list + wxTrackable *pt = dynamic_cast(m_pobj); + wxASSERT(pt); + pt->RemoveNode(this); + m_pobj = NULL; + } + } + + virtual void OnObjectDestroy() + { + wxASSERT_MSG(m_pobj, "tracked object should have removed us itself"); + + m_pobj = NULL; + } + +protected: + void Assign(T *pobj) + { + if ( m_pobj == pobj ) + return; + + Release(); + + // Now set new trackable object + if ( pobj ) + { + // Add ourselves to object tracker list + wxTrackable *pt = dynamic_cast(pobj); + if ( pt ) + { + pt->AddNode(this); + m_pobj = pobj; + } + else + { + // If the object we want to track does not support wxTackable, then + // log a message and keep the NULL object pointer. + wxFAIL_MSG( "Tracked class should inherit from wxTrackable" ); + } + } + } + + T *m_pobj; +}; + +#endif // RTTI enabled + + +// Provide some basic types of weak references +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEvtHandler; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; + + +typedef wxWeakRef wxEvtHandlerRef; +typedef wxWeakRef wxWindowRef; + +#endif // _WX_WEAKREF_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wfstream.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wfstream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..753e8349d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wfstream.h @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wfstream.h +// Purpose: File stream classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 11/07/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wfstream.h 62995 2009-12-27 19:39:55Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WXFSTREAM_H__ +#define _WX_WXFSTREAM_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/stream.h" +#include "wx/file.h" +#include "wx/ffile.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileStream using wxFile +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileInputStream : public wxInputStream +{ +public: + wxFileInputStream(const wxString& ifileName); + wxFileInputStream(wxFile& file); + wxFileInputStream(int fd); + virtual ~wxFileInputStream(); + + wxFileOffset GetLength() const; + + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + virtual bool IsOk() const; + bool IsSeekable() const { return m_file->GetKind() == wxFILE_KIND_DISK; } + +protected: + wxFileInputStream(); + + size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size); + wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode); + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const; + +protected: + wxFile *m_file; + bool m_file_destroy; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileInputStream); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileOutputStream : public wxOutputStream +{ +public: + wxFileOutputStream(const wxString& fileName); + wxFileOutputStream(wxFile& file); + wxFileOutputStream(int fd); + virtual ~wxFileOutputStream(); + + void Sync(); + bool Close() { return m_file_destroy ? m_file->Close() : true; } + wxFileOffset GetLength() const; + + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + virtual bool IsOk() const; + bool IsSeekable() const { return m_file->GetKind() == wxFILE_KIND_DISK; } + +protected: + wxFileOutputStream(); + + size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size); + wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode); + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const; + +protected: + wxFile *m_file; + bool m_file_destroy; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileOutputStream); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTempFileOutputStream : public wxOutputStream +{ +public: + wxTempFileOutputStream(const wxString& fileName); + virtual ~wxTempFileOutputStream(); + + bool Close() { return Commit(); } + WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE virtual bool Commit() { return m_file->Commit(); } + WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE virtual void Discard() { m_file->Discard(); } + + wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_file->Length(); } + bool IsSeekable() const { return true; } + +protected: + size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size); + wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) + { return m_file->Seek(pos, mode); } + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_file->Tell(); } + +private: + wxTempFile *m_file; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTempFileOutputStream); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileStream : public wxFileInputStream, + public wxFileOutputStream +{ +public: + wxFileStream(const wxString& fileName); + virtual bool IsOk() const; + + // override (some) virtual functions inherited from both classes to resolve + // ambiguities (this wouldn't be necessary if wxStreamBase were a virtual + // base class but it isn't) + + virtual bool IsSeekable() const + { + return wxFileInputStream::IsSeekable(); + } + + virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const + { + return wxFileInputStream::GetLength(); + } + +protected: + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) + { + return wxFileInputStream::OnSysSeek(pos, mode); + } + + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const + { + return wxFileInputStream::OnSysTell(); + } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileStream); +}; + +#endif //wxUSE_FILE + +#if wxUSE_FFILE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFFileStream using wxFFile +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFFileInputStream : public wxInputStream +{ +public: + wxFFileInputStream(const wxString& fileName, const wxString& mode = "rb"); + wxFFileInputStream(wxFFile& file); + wxFFileInputStream(FILE *file); + virtual ~wxFFileInputStream(); + + wxFileOffset GetLength() const; + + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + virtual bool IsOk() const; + bool IsSeekable() const { return m_file->GetKind() == wxFILE_KIND_DISK; } + +protected: + wxFFileInputStream(); + + size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size); + wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode); + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const; + +protected: + wxFFile *m_file; + bool m_file_destroy; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFFileInputStream); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFFileOutputStream : public wxOutputStream +{ +public: + wxFFileOutputStream(const wxString& fileName, const wxString& mode = "wb"); + wxFFileOutputStream(wxFFile& file); + wxFFileOutputStream(FILE *file); + virtual ~wxFFileOutputStream(); + + void Sync(); + bool Close() { return m_file_destroy ? m_file->Close() : true; } + wxFileOffset GetLength() const; + + bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } + virtual bool IsOk() const; + bool IsSeekable() const { return m_file->GetKind() == wxFILE_KIND_DISK; } + +protected: + wxFFileOutputStream(); + + size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size); + wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode); + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const; + +protected: + wxFFile *m_file; + bool m_file_destroy; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFFileOutputStream); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFFileStream : public wxFFileInputStream, + public wxFFileOutputStream +{ +public: + wxFFileStream(const wxString& fileName, const wxString& mode = "w+b"); + + // override some virtual functions to resolve ambiguities, just as in + // wxFileStream + + virtual bool IsOk() const; + + virtual bool IsSeekable() const + { + return wxFFileInputStream::IsSeekable(); + } + + virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const + { + return wxFFileInputStream::GetLength(); + } + +protected: + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) + { + return wxFFileInputStream::OnSysSeek(pos, mode); + } + + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const + { + return wxFFileInputStream::OnSysTell(); + } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFFileStream); +}; + +#endif //wxUSE_FFILE + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif // _WX_WXFSTREAM_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/window.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/window.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d1d2b5155b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/window.h @@ -0,0 +1,2004 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/window.h +// Purpose: wxWindowBase class - the interface of wxWindow +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: Ron Lee +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: window.h 66862 2011-02-08 13:36:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WINDOW_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_WINDOW_H_BASE_ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers which we must include here +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/event.h" // the base class + +#include "wx/list.h" // defines wxWindowList + +#include "wx/cursor.h" // we have member variables of these classes +#include "wx/font.h" // so we can't do without them +#include "wx/colour.h" +#include "wx/region.h" +#include "wx/utils.h" +#include "wx/intl.h" + +#include "wx/validate.h" // for wxDefaultValidator (always include it) + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + #include "wx/palette.h" +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + #include "wx/accel.h" +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY +#include "wx/access.h" +#endif + +// when building wxUniv/Foo we don't want the code for native menu use to be +// compiled in - it should only be used when building real wxFoo +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #define wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE 0 +#else // !__WXUNIVERSAL__ + #define wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE wxUSE_MENUS +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/!__WXUNIVERSAL__ + + +// Define this macro if the corresponding operating system handles the state +// of children windows automatically when the parent is enabled/disabled. +// Otherwise wx itself must ensure that when the parent is disabled its +// children are disabled too, and their initial state is restored when the +// parent is enabled back. +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) + // must do everything ourselves + #undef wxHAS_NATIVE_ENABLED_MANAGEMENT +#else + #define wxHAS_NATIVE_ENABLED_MANAGEMENT +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCaret; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxControl; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCursor; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDropTarget; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxLayoutConstraints; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolTip; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollHelper; + +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAccessible; +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper stuff used by wxWindow +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// struct containing all the visual attributes of a control +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVisualAttributes +{ + // the font used for control label/text inside it + wxFont font; + + // the foreground colour + wxColour colFg; + + // the background colour, may be wxNullColour if the controls background + // colour is not solid + wxColour colBg; +}; + +// different window variants, on platforms like eg mac uses different +// rendering sizes +enum wxWindowVariant +{ + wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL, // Normal size + wxWINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL, // Smaller size (about 25 % smaller than normal) + wxWINDOW_VARIANT_MINI, // Mini size (about 33 % smaller than normal) + wxWINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE, // Large size (about 25 % larger than normal) + wxWINDOW_VARIANT_MAX +}; + +#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS + #define wxWINDOW_DEFAULT_VARIANT wxT("window-default-variant") +#endif + +// valid values for Show/HideWithEffect() +enum wxShowEffect +{ + wxSHOW_EFFECT_NONE, + wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_LEFT, + wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_RIGHT, + wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_TOP, + wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_BOTTOM, + wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_LEFT, + wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_RIGHT, + wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_TOP, + wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_BOTTOM, + wxSHOW_EFFECT_BLEND, + wxSHOW_EFFECT_EXPAND, + wxSHOW_EFFECT_MAX +}; + +// flags for SendSizeEvent() +enum +{ + wxSEND_EVENT_POST = 1 +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// (pseudo)template list classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(wxWindow, wxWindowBase, wxWindowList, wxWindowListNode, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global variables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxWindowList) wxTopLevelWindows; + +// declared here for compatibility only, main declaration is in wx/app.h +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxList) wxPendingDelete; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindowBase is the base class for all GUI controls/widgets, this is the public +// interface of this class. +// +// Event handler: windows have themselves as their event handlers by default, +// but their event handlers could be set to another object entirely. This +// separation can reduce the amount of derivation required, and allow +// alteration of a window's functionality (e.g. by a resource editor that +// temporarily switches event handlers). +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowBase : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + // creating the window + // ------------------- + + // default ctor, initializes everything which can be initialized before + // Create() + wxWindowBase() ; + + virtual ~wxWindowBase(); + + // deleting the window + // ------------------- + + // ask the window to close itself, return true if the event handler + // honoured our request + bool Close( bool force = false ); + + // the following functions delete the C++ objects (the window itself + // or its children) as well as the GUI windows and normally should + // never be used directly + + // delete window unconditionally (dangerous!), returns true if ok + virtual bool Destroy(); + // delete all children of this window, returns true if ok + bool DestroyChildren(); + + // is the window being deleted? + bool IsBeingDeleted() const; + + // window attributes + // ----------------- + + // label is just the same as the title (but for, e.g., buttons it + // makes more sense to speak about labels), title access + // is available from wxTLW classes only (frames, dialogs) + virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) = 0; + virtual wxString GetLabel() const = 0; + + // the window name is used for ressource setting in X, it is not the + // same as the window title/label + virtual void SetName( const wxString &name ) { m_windowName = name; } + virtual wxString GetName() const { return m_windowName; } + + // sets the window variant, calls internally DoSetVariant if variant + // has changed + void SetWindowVariant(wxWindowVariant variant); + wxWindowVariant GetWindowVariant() const { return m_windowVariant; } + + + // get or change the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window, + // wxLayout_Default is returned if layout direction is not supported + virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const + { return wxLayout_Default; } + virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection WXUNUSED(dir)) + { } + + // mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the + // mirroring is not done automatically like Win32 + virtual wxCoord AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x, + wxCoord width, + wxCoord widthTotal) const; + + + // window id uniquely identifies the window among its siblings unless + // it is wxID_ANY which means "don't care" + void SetId( wxWindowID winid ) { m_windowId = winid; } + wxWindowID GetId() const { return m_windowId; } + + // generate a unique id (or count of them consecutively), returns a + // valid id in the auto-id range or wxID_NONE if failed. If using + // autoid management, it will mark the id as reserved until it is + // used (by assigning it to a wxWindowIDRef) or unreserved. + static wxWindowID NewControlId(int count = 1) + { + return wxIdManager::ReserveId(count); + } + + // If an ID generated from NewControlId is not assigned to a wxWindowIDRef, + // it must be unreserved + static void UnreserveControlId(wxWindowID id, int count = 1) + { + wxIdManager::UnreserveId(id, count); + } + + + // moving/resizing + // --------------- + + // set the window size and/or position + void SetSize( int x, int y, int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO ) + { DoSetSize(x, y, width, height, sizeFlags); } + + void SetSize( int width, int height ) + { DoSetSize( wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, width, height, wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING ); } + + void SetSize( const wxSize& size ) + { SetSize( size.x, size.y); } + + void SetSize(const wxRect& rect, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO) + { DoSetSize(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height, sizeFlags); } + + void Move(int x, int y, int flags = wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING) + { DoSetSize(x, y, wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, flags); } + + void Move(const wxPoint& pt, int flags = wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING) + { Move(pt.x, pt.y, flags); } + + void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pt) { Move(pt); } + + // Z-order + virtual void Raise() = 0; + virtual void Lower() = 0; + + // client size is the size of area available for subwindows + void SetClientSize( int width, int height ) + { DoSetClientSize(width, height); } + + void SetClientSize( const wxSize& size ) + { DoSetClientSize(size.x, size.y); } + + void SetClientSize(const wxRect& rect) + { SetClientSize( rect.width, rect.height ); } + + // get the window position (pointers may be NULL): notice that it is in + // client coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the + // top level ones, use GetScreenPosition() if you need screen + // coordinates for all kinds of windows + void GetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const { DoGetPosition(x, y); } + wxPoint GetPosition() const + { + int x, y; + DoGetPosition(&x, &y); + + return wxPoint(x, y); + } + + // get the window position in screen coordinates + void GetScreenPosition(int *x, int *y) const { DoGetScreenPosition(x, y); } + wxPoint GetScreenPosition() const + { + int x, y; + DoGetScreenPosition(&x, &y); + + return wxPoint(x, y); + } + + // get the window size (pointers may be NULL) + void GetSize( int *w, int *h ) const { DoGetSize(w, h); } + wxSize GetSize() const + { + int w, h; + DoGetSize(& w, & h); + return wxSize(w, h); + } + + void GetClientSize( int *w, int *h ) const { DoGetClientSize(w, h); } + wxSize GetClientSize() const + { + int w, h; + DoGetClientSize(&w, &h); + + return wxSize(w, h); + } + + // get the position and size at once + wxRect GetRect() const + { + int x, y, w, h; + GetPosition(&x, &y); + GetSize(&w, &h); + + return wxRect(x, y, w, h); + } + + wxRect GetScreenRect() const + { + int x, y, w, h; + GetScreenPosition(&x, &y); + GetSize(&w, &h); + + return wxRect(x, y, w, h); + } + + // get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the + // window top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of + // the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...) + virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const; + + // get the client rectangle in window (i.e. client) coordinates + wxRect GetClientRect() const + { + return wxRect(GetClientAreaOrigin(), GetClientSize()); + } + + // client<->window size conversion + virtual wxSize ClientToWindowSize(const wxSize& size) const; + virtual wxSize WindowToClientSize(const wxSize& size) const; + + // get the size best suited for the window (in fact, minimal + // acceptable size using which it will still look "nice" in + // most situations) + wxSize GetBestSize() const; + + void GetBestSize(int *w, int *h) const + { + wxSize s = GetBestSize(); + if ( w ) + *w = s.x; + if ( h ) + *h = s.y; + } + + void SetScrollHelper( wxScrollHelper *sh ) { m_scrollHelper = sh; } + wxScrollHelper *GetScrollHelper() { return m_scrollHelper; } + + // reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the + // next time it is needed. + void InvalidateBestSize(); + void CacheBestSize(const wxSize& size) const + { wxConstCast(this, wxWindowBase)->m_bestSizeCache = size; } + + + // This function will merge the window's best size into the window's + // minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and + // returns the results. + virtual wxSize GetEffectiveMinSize() const; + wxDEPRECATED( wxSize GetBestFittingSize() const ); // replaced by GetEffectiveMinSize + wxDEPRECATED( wxSize GetAdjustedMinSize() const ); // replaced by GetEffectiveMinSize + + // A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size values with 'best' + // size. Sets the minsize to what was passed in. + void SetInitialSize(const wxSize& size=wxDefaultSize); + wxDEPRECATED( void SetBestFittingSize(const wxSize& size=wxDefaultSize) ); // replaced by SetInitialSize + + + // the generic centre function - centers the window on parent by` + // default or on screen if it doesn't have parent or + // wxCENTER_ON_SCREEN flag is given + void Centre(int dir = wxBOTH) { DoCentre(dir); } + void Center(int dir = wxBOTH) { DoCentre(dir); } + + // centre with respect to the the parent window + void CentreOnParent(int dir = wxBOTH) { DoCentre(dir); } + void CenterOnParent(int dir = wxBOTH) { CentreOnParent(dir); } + + // set window size to wrap around its children + virtual void Fit(); + + // set virtual size to satisfy children + virtual void FitInside(); + + + // SetSizeHints is actually for setting the size hints + // for the wxTLW for a Window Manager - hence the name - + // and it is therefore overridden in wxTLW to do that. + // In wxWindow(Base), it has (unfortunately) been abused + // to mean the same as SetMinSize() and SetMaxSize(). + + virtual void SetSizeHints( int minW, int minH, + int maxW = wxDefaultCoord, int maxH = wxDefaultCoord, + int incW = wxDefaultCoord, int incH = wxDefaultCoord ) + { DoSetSizeHints(minW, minH, maxW, maxH, incW, incH); } + + void SetSizeHints( const wxSize& minSize, + const wxSize& maxSize=wxDefaultSize, + const wxSize& incSize=wxDefaultSize) + { DoSetSizeHints(minSize.x, minSize.y, maxSize.x, maxSize.y, incSize.x, incSize.y); } + + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // these are useless and do nothing since wxWidgets 2.9 + wxDEPRECATED( virtual void SetVirtualSizeHints( int minW, int minH, + int maxW = wxDefaultCoord, int maxH = wxDefaultCoord ) ); + wxDEPRECATED( void SetVirtualSizeHints( const wxSize& minSize, + const wxSize& maxSize=wxDefaultSize) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + + // Call these to override what GetBestSize() returns. This + // method is only virtual because it is overriden in wxTLW + // as a different API for SetSizeHints(). + virtual void SetMinSize(const wxSize& minSize); + virtual void SetMaxSize(const wxSize& maxSize); + + // Like Set*Size, but for client, not window, size + virtual void SetMinClientSize(const wxSize& size) + { SetMinSize(ClientToWindowSize(size)); } + virtual void SetMaxClientSize(const wxSize& size) + { SetMaxSize(ClientToWindowSize(size)); } + + // Override these methods to impose restrictions on min/max size. + // The easier way is to call SetMinSize() and SetMaxSize() which + // will have the same effect. Doing both is non-sense. + virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const { return wxSize(m_minWidth, m_minHeight); } + virtual wxSize GetMaxSize() const { return wxSize(m_maxWidth, m_maxHeight); } + + // Like Get*Size, but for client, not window, size + virtual wxSize GetMinClientSize() const + { return WindowToClientSize(GetMinSize()); } + virtual wxSize GetMaxClientSize() const + { return WindowToClientSize(GetMaxSize()); } + + // Get the min and max values one by one + int GetMinWidth() const { return GetMinSize().x; } + int GetMinHeight() const { return GetMinSize().y; } + int GetMaxWidth() const { return GetMaxSize().x; } + int GetMaxHeight() const { return GetMaxSize().y; } + + + // Methods for accessing the virtual size of a window. For most + // windows this is just the client area of the window, but for + // some like scrolled windows it is more or less independent of + // the screen window size. You may override the DoXXXVirtual + // methods below for classes where that is is the case. + + void SetVirtualSize( const wxSize &size ) { DoSetVirtualSize( size.x, size.y ); } + void SetVirtualSize( int x, int y ) { DoSetVirtualSize( x, y ); } + + wxSize GetVirtualSize() const { return DoGetVirtualSize(); } + void GetVirtualSize( int *x, int *y ) const + { + wxSize s( DoGetVirtualSize() ); + + if( x ) + *x = s.GetWidth(); + if( y ) + *y = s.GetHeight(); + } + + // Override these methods for windows that have a virtual size + // independent of their client size. eg. the virtual area of a + // wxScrolledWindow. + + virtual void DoSetVirtualSize( int x, int y ); + virtual wxSize DoGetVirtualSize() const; + + // Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined + // by a sizer, interior children, or other means) + + virtual wxSize GetBestVirtualSize() const + { + wxSize client( GetClientSize() ); + wxSize best( GetBestSize() ); + + return wxSize( wxMax( client.x, best.x ), wxMax( client.y, best.y ) ); + } + + // return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders in x and y + // components of the result respectively + virtual wxSize GetWindowBorderSize() const; + + // wxSizer and friends use this to give a chance to a component to recalc + // its min size once one of the final size components is known. Override + // this function when that is useful (such as for wxStaticText which can + // stretch over several lines). Parameter availableOtherDir + // tells the item how much more space there is available in the opposite + // direction (-1 if unknown). + virtual bool + InformFirstDirection(int direction, int size, int availableOtherDir); + + // sends a size event to the window using its current size -- this has an + // effect of refreshing the window layout + // + // by default the event is sent, i.e. processed immediately, but if flags + // value includes wxSEND_EVENT_POST then it's posted, i.e. only schedule + // for later processing + virtual void SendSizeEvent(int flags = 0); + + // this is a safe wrapper for GetParent()->SendSizeEvent(): it checks that + // we have a parent window and it's not in process of being deleted + // + // this is used by controls such as tool/status bars changes to which must + // also result in parent re-layout + void SendSizeEventToParent(int flags = 0); + + // this is a more readable synonym for SendSizeEvent(wxSEND_EVENT_POST) + void PostSizeEvent() { SendSizeEvent(wxSEND_EVENT_POST); } + + // this is the same as SendSizeEventToParent() but using PostSizeEvent() + void PostSizeEventToParent() { SendSizeEventToParent(wxSEND_EVENT_POST); } + + + // window state + // ------------ + + // returns true if window was shown/hidden, false if the nothing was + // done (window was already shown/hidden) + virtual bool Show( bool show = true ); + bool Hide() { return Show(false); } + + // show or hide the window with a special effect, not implemented on + // most platforms (where it is the same as Show()/Hide() respectively) + // + // timeout specifies how long the animation should take, in ms, the + // default value of 0 means to use the default (system-dependent) value + virtual bool ShowWithEffect(wxShowEffect WXUNUSED(effect), + unsigned WXUNUSED(timeout) = 0) + { + return Show(); + } + + virtual bool HideWithEffect(wxShowEffect WXUNUSED(effect), + unsigned WXUNUSED(timeout) = 0) + { + return Hide(); + } + + // returns true if window was enabled/disabled, false if nothing done + virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true ); + bool Disable() { return Enable(false); } + + virtual bool IsShown() const { return m_isShown; } + // returns true if the window is really enabled and false otherwise, + // whether because it had been explicitly disabled itself or because + // its parent is currently disabled -- then this method returns false + // whatever is the intrinsic state of this window, use IsThisEnabled(0 + // to retrieve it. In other words, this relation always holds: + // + // IsEnabled() == IsThisEnabled() && parent.IsEnabled() + // + bool IsEnabled() const; + + // returns the internal window state independently of the parent(s) + // state, i.e. the state in which the window would be if all its + // parents were enabled (use IsEnabled() above to get the effective + // window state) + bool IsThisEnabled() const { return m_isEnabled; } + + // returns true if the window is visible, i.e. IsShown() returns true + // if called on it and all its parents up to the first TLW + virtual bool IsShownOnScreen() const; + + // get/set window style (setting style won't update the window and so + // is only useful for internal usage) + virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style ) { m_windowStyle = style; } + virtual long GetWindowStyleFlag() const { return m_windowStyle; } + + // just some (somewhat shorter) synonyms + void SetWindowStyle( long style ) { SetWindowStyleFlag(style); } + long GetWindowStyle() const { return GetWindowStyleFlag(); } + + // check if the flag is set + bool HasFlag(int flag) const { return (m_windowStyle & flag) != 0; } + virtual bool IsRetained() const { return HasFlag(wxRETAINED); } + + // turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa, + // return true if the flag is currently turned on + bool ToggleWindowStyle(int flag); + + // extra style: the less often used style bits which can't be set with + // SetWindowStyleFlag() + virtual void SetExtraStyle(long exStyle) { m_exStyle = exStyle; } + long GetExtraStyle() const { return m_exStyle; } + + bool HasExtraStyle(int exFlag) const { return (m_exStyle & exFlag) != 0; } + + // make the window modal (all other windows unresponsive) + virtual void MakeModal(bool modal = true); + + + // (primitive) theming support + // --------------------------- + + virtual void SetThemeEnabled(bool enableTheme) { m_themeEnabled = enableTheme; } + virtual bool GetThemeEnabled() const { return m_themeEnabled; } + + + // focus and keyboard handling + // --------------------------- + + // set focus to this window + virtual void SetFocus() = 0; + + // set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action + virtual void SetFocusFromKbd() { SetFocus(); } + + // return the window which currently has the focus or NULL + static wxWindow *FindFocus(); + + static wxWindow *DoFindFocus() /* = 0: implement in derived classes */; + + // return true if the window has focus (handles composite windows + // correctly - returns true if GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl() + // has focus) + virtual bool HasFocus() const; + + // can this window have focus in principle? + // + // the difference between AcceptsFocus[FromKeyboard]() and CanAcceptFocus + // [FromKeyboard]() is that the former functions are meant to be + // overridden in the derived classes to simply return false if the + // control can't have focus, while the latter are meant to be used by + // this class clients and take into account the current window state + virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; } + + // can this window or one of its children accept focus? + // + // usually it's the same as AcceptsFocus() but is overridden for + // container windows + virtual bool AcceptsFocusRecursively() const { return AcceptsFocus(); } + + // can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the + // only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to + // click it + virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const { return AcceptsFocus(); } + + + // this is mostly a helper for the various functions using it below + bool CanBeFocused() const { return IsShown() && IsEnabled(); } + + // can this window itself have focus? + bool IsFocusable() const { return AcceptsFocus() && CanBeFocused(); } + + // can this window have focus right now? + // + // if this method returns true, it means that calling SetFocus() will + // put focus either to this window or one of its children, if you need + // to know whether this window accepts focus itself, use IsFocusable() + bool CanAcceptFocus() const + { return AcceptsFocusRecursively() && CanBeFocused(); } + + // can this window be assigned focus from keyboard right now? + bool CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard() const + { return AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() && CanBeFocused(); } + + // call this when the return value of AcceptsFocus() changes + virtual void SetCanFocus(bool WXUNUSED(canFocus)) { } + + // navigates inside this window + bool NavigateIn(int flags = wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsForward) + { return DoNavigateIn(flags); } + + // navigates in the specified direction from this window, this is + // equivalent to GetParent()->NavigateIn() + bool Navigate(int flags = wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsForward) + { return m_parent && ((wxWindowBase *)m_parent)->DoNavigateIn(flags); } + + // this function will generate the appropriate call to Navigate() if the + // key event is one normally used for keyboard navigation and return true + // in this case + bool HandleAsNavigationKey(const wxKeyEvent& event); + + // move this window just before/after the specified one in tab order + // (the other window must be our sibling!) + void MoveBeforeInTabOrder(wxWindow *win) + { DoMoveInTabOrder(win, OrderBefore); } + void MoveAfterInTabOrder(wxWindow *win) + { DoMoveInTabOrder(win, OrderAfter); } + + + // parent/children relations + // ------------------------- + + // get the list of children + const wxWindowList& GetChildren() const { return m_children; } + wxWindowList& GetChildren() { return m_children; } + + // needed just for extended runtime + const wxWindowList& GetWindowChildren() const { return GetChildren() ; } + + // get the window before/after this one in the parents children list, + // returns NULL if this is the first/last window + wxWindow *GetPrevSibling() const { return DoGetSibling(OrderBefore); } + wxWindow *GetNextSibling() const { return DoGetSibling(OrderAfter); } + + // get the parent or the parent of the parent + wxWindow *GetParent() const { return m_parent; } + inline wxWindow *GetGrandParent() const; + + // is this window a top level one? + virtual bool IsTopLevel() const; + + // it doesn't really change parent, use Reparent() instead + void SetParent( wxWindowBase *parent ) { m_parent = (wxWindow *)parent; } + // change the real parent of this window, return true if the parent + // was changed, false otherwise (error or newParent == oldParent) + virtual bool Reparent( wxWindowBase *newParent ); + + // implementation mostly + virtual void AddChild( wxWindowBase *child ); + virtual void RemoveChild( wxWindowBase *child ); + + // returns true if the child is in the client area of the window, i.e. is + // not scrollbar, toolbar etc. + virtual bool IsClientAreaChild(const wxWindow *WXUNUSED(child)) const + { return true; } + + // looking for windows + // ------------------- + + // find window among the descendants of this one either by id or by + // name (return NULL if not found) + wxWindow *FindWindow(long winid) const; + wxWindow *FindWindow(const wxString& name) const; + + // Find a window among any window (all return NULL if not found) + static wxWindow *FindWindowById( long winid, const wxWindow *parent = NULL ); + static wxWindow *FindWindowByName( const wxString& name, + const wxWindow *parent = NULL ); + static wxWindow *FindWindowByLabel( const wxString& label, + const wxWindow *parent = NULL ); + + // event handler stuff + // ------------------- + + // get the current event handler + wxEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() const { return m_eventHandler; } + + // replace the event handler (allows to completely subclass the + // window) + void SetEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler ); + + // push/pop event handler: allows to chain a custom event handler to + // alreasy existing ones + void PushEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler ); + wxEvtHandler *PopEventHandler( bool deleteHandler = false ); + + // find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but + // not delete) it from the event handler chain, return true if it was + // found and false otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so + // this function should only be called when the handler is supposed to + // be there) + bool RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler); + + // Process an event by calling GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(): this + // is a straightforward replacement for ProcessEvent() itself which + // shouldn't be used directly with windows as it doesn't take into + // account any event handlers associated with the window + bool ProcessWindowEvent(wxEvent& event) + { return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); } + + // Call GetEventHandler()->ProcessEventLocally(): this should be used + // instead of calling ProcessEventLocally() directly on the window + // itself as this wouldn't take any pushed event handlers into account + // correctly + bool ProcessWindowEventLocally(wxEvent& event) + { return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEventLocally(event); } + + // Process an event by calling GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent() and + // handling any exceptions thrown by event handlers. It's mostly useful + // when processing wx events when called from C code (e.g. in GTK+ + // callback) when the exception wouldn't correctly propagate to + // wxEventLoop. + bool HandleWindowEvent(wxEvent& event) const; + + // disable wxEvtHandler double-linked list mechanism: + virtual void SetNextHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler); + virtual void SetPreviousHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler); + + + // Watcom doesn't allow reducing access with using access declaration, see + // #10749 +#ifndef __WATCOMC__ +protected: + + // NOTE: we change the access specifier of the following wxEvtHandler functions + // so that the user won't be able to call them directly. + // Calling wxWindow::ProcessEvent in fact only works when there are NO + // event handlers pushed on the window. + // To ensure correct operation, instead of wxWindow::ProcessEvent + // you must always call wxWindow::GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent() + // or HandleWindowEvent(). + // The same holds for all other wxEvtHandler functions. + + using wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent; + using wxEvtHandler::ProcessEventLocally; +#if wxUSE_THREADS + using wxEvtHandler::ProcessThreadEvent; +#endif + using wxEvtHandler::SafelyProcessEvent; + using wxEvtHandler::ProcessPendingEvents; + using wxEvtHandler::AddPendingEvent; + using wxEvtHandler::QueueEvent; +#endif // __WATCOMC__ + +public: + + // validators + // ---------- + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + // a window may have an associated validator which is used to control + // user input + virtual void SetValidator( const wxValidator &validator ); + virtual wxValidator *GetValidator() { return m_windowValidator; } +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + + + // dialog oriented functions + // ------------------------- + + // validate the correctness of input, return true if ok + virtual bool Validate(); + + // transfer data between internal and GUI representations + virtual bool TransferDataToWindow(); + virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow(); + + virtual void InitDialog(); + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + // accelerators + // ------------ + virtual void SetAcceleratorTable( const wxAcceleratorTable& accel ) + { m_acceleratorTable = accel; } + wxAcceleratorTable *GetAcceleratorTable() + { return &m_acceleratorTable; } + +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + +#if wxUSE_HOTKEY + // hot keys (system wide accelerators) + // ----------------------------------- + + virtual bool RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode); + virtual bool UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId); +#endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY + + + // dialog units translations + // ------------------------- + + wxPoint ConvertPixelsToDialog( const wxPoint& pt ) const; + wxPoint ConvertDialogToPixels( const wxPoint& pt ) const; + wxSize ConvertPixelsToDialog( const wxSize& sz ) const + { + wxPoint pt(ConvertPixelsToDialog(wxPoint(sz.x, sz.y))); + + return wxSize(pt.x, pt.y); + } + + wxSize ConvertDialogToPixels( const wxSize& sz ) const + { + wxPoint pt(ConvertDialogToPixels(wxPoint(sz.x, sz.y))); + + return wxSize(pt.x, pt.y); + } + + // mouse functions + // --------------- + + // move the mouse to the specified position + virtual void WarpPointer(int x, int y) = 0; + + // start or end mouse capture, these functions maintain the stack of + // windows having captured the mouse and after calling ReleaseMouse() + // the mouse is not released but returns to the window which had had + // captured it previously (if any) + void CaptureMouse(); + void ReleaseMouse(); + + // get the window which currently captures the mouse or NULL + static wxWindow *GetCapture(); + + // does this window have the capture? + virtual bool HasCapture() const + { return (wxWindow *)this == GetCapture(); } + + // painting the window + // ------------------- + + // mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it + // will be repainted + virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true, + const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL ) = 0; + + // a less awkward wrapper for Refresh + void RefreshRect(const wxRect& rect, bool eraseBackground = true) + { + Refresh(eraseBackground, &rect); + } + + // repaint all invalid areas of the window immediately + virtual void Update() { } + + // clear the window background + virtual void ClearBackground(); + + // freeze the window: don't redraw it until it is thawed + void Freeze(); + + // thaw the window: redraw it after it had been frozen + void Thaw(); + + // return true if window had been frozen and not unthawed yet + bool IsFrozen() const { return m_freezeCount != 0; } + + // adjust DC for drawing on this window + virtual void PrepareDC( wxDC & WXUNUSED(dc) ) { } + + // return true if the window contents is double buffered by the system + virtual bool IsDoubleBuffered() const { return false; } + + // the update region of the window contains the areas which must be + // repainted by the program + const wxRegion& GetUpdateRegion() const { return m_updateRegion; } + wxRegion& GetUpdateRegion() { return m_updateRegion; } + + // get the update rectangleregion bounding box in client coords + wxRect GetUpdateClientRect() const; + + // these functions verify whether the given point/rectangle belongs to + // (or at least intersects with) the update region + virtual bool DoIsExposed( int x, int y ) const; + virtual bool DoIsExposed( int x, int y, int w, int h ) const; + + bool IsExposed( int x, int y ) const + { return DoIsExposed(x, y); } + bool IsExposed( int x, int y, int w, int h ) const + { return DoIsExposed(x, y, w, h); } + bool IsExposed( const wxPoint& pt ) const + { return DoIsExposed(pt.x, pt.y); } + bool IsExposed( const wxRect& rect ) const + { return DoIsExposed(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); } + + // colours, fonts and cursors + // -------------------------- + + // get the default attributes for the controls of this class: we + // provide a virtual function which can be used to query the default + // attributes of an existing control and a static function which can + // be used even when no existing object of the given class is + // available, but which won't return any styles specific to this + // particular control, of course (e.g. "Ok" button might have + // different -- bold for example -- font) + virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const + { + return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); + } + + static wxVisualAttributes + GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + + // set/retrieve the window colours (system defaults are used by + // default): SetXXX() functions return true if colour was changed, + // SetDefaultXXX() reset the "m_inheritXXX" flag after setting the + // value to prevent it from being inherited by our children + virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour); + void SetOwnBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) + { + if ( SetBackgroundColour(colour) ) + m_inheritBgCol = false; + } + wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const; + bool InheritsBackgroundColour() const + { + return m_inheritBgCol; + } + bool UseBgCol() const + { + return m_hasBgCol; + } + + virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour); + void SetOwnForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour) + { + if ( SetForegroundColour(colour) ) + m_inheritFgCol = false; + } + wxColour GetForegroundColour() const; + + // Set/get the background style. + virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style) + { m_backgroundStyle = style; return true; } + wxBackgroundStyle GetBackgroundStyle() const + { return m_backgroundStyle; } + + // returns true if the control has "transparent" areas such as a + // wxStaticText and wxCheckBox and the background should be adapted + // from a parent window + virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return false; } + + // set/retrieve the font for the window (SetFont() returns true if the + // font really changed) + virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font) = 0; + void SetOwnFont(const wxFont& font) + { + if ( SetFont(font) ) + m_inheritFont = false; + } + wxFont GetFont() const; + + // set/retrieve the cursor for this window (SetCursor() returns true + // if the cursor was really changed) + virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor ); + const wxCursor& GetCursor() const { return m_cursor; } + +#if wxUSE_CARET + // associate a caret with the window + void SetCaret(wxCaret *caret); + // get the current caret (may be NULL) + wxCaret *GetCaret() const { return m_caret; } +#endif // wxUSE_CARET + + // get the (average) character size for the current font + virtual int GetCharHeight() const = 0; + virtual int GetCharWidth() const = 0; + + // get the width/height/... of the text using current or specified + // font + void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + int *x, int *y, + int *descent = NULL, + int *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *font = NULL) const + { + DoGetTextExtent(string, x, y, descent, externalLeading, font); + } + + wxSize GetTextExtent(const wxString& string) const + { + wxCoord w, h; + GetTextExtent(string, &w, &h); + return wxSize(w, h); + } + + // client <-> screen coords + // ------------------------ + + // translate to/from screen/client coordinates (pointers may be NULL) + void ClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const + { DoClientToScreen(x, y); } + void ScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const + { DoScreenToClient(x, y); } + + // wxPoint interface to do the same thing + wxPoint ClientToScreen(const wxPoint& pt) const + { + int x = pt.x, y = pt.y; + DoClientToScreen(&x, &y); + + return wxPoint(x, y); + } + + wxPoint ScreenToClient(const wxPoint& pt) const + { + int x = pt.x, y = pt.y; + DoScreenToClient(&x, &y); + + return wxPoint(x, y); + } + + // test where the given (in client coords) point lies + wxHitTest HitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const + { return DoHitTest(x, y); } + + wxHitTest HitTest(const wxPoint& pt) const + { return DoHitTest(pt.x, pt.y); } + + // misc + // ---- + + // get the window border style from the given flags: this is different from + // simply doing flags & wxBORDER_MASK because it uses GetDefaultBorder() to + // translate wxBORDER_DEFAULT to something reasonable + wxBorder GetBorder(long flags) const; + + // get border for the flags of this window + wxBorder GetBorder() const { return GetBorder(GetWindowStyleFlag()); } + + // send wxUpdateUIEvents to this window, and children if recurse is true + virtual void UpdateWindowUI(long flags = wxUPDATE_UI_NONE); + + // do the window-specific processing after processing the update event + virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) ; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // show popup menu at the given position, generate events for the items + // selected in it + bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition) + { return PopupMenu(menu, pos.x, pos.y); } + bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y); + + // simply return the id of the selected item or wxID_NONE without + // generating any events + int GetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser(wxMenu& menu, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition) + { return DoGetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser(menu, pos.x, pos.y); } + int GetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser(wxMenu& menu, int x, int y) + { return DoGetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser(menu, x, y); } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + // override this method to return true for controls having multiple pages + virtual bool HasMultiplePages() const { return false; } + + + // scrollbars + // ---------- + + // can the window have the scrollbar in this orientation? + bool CanScroll(int orient) const + { + return (m_windowStyle & + (orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? wxHSCROLL : wxVSCROLL)) != 0; + } + + // does the window have the scrollbar in this orientation? + bool HasScrollbar(int orient) const; + + // configure the window scrollbars + virtual void SetScrollbar( int orient, + int pos, + int thumbvisible, + int range, + bool refresh = true ) = 0; + virtual void SetScrollPos( int orient, int pos, bool refresh = true ) = 0; + virtual int GetScrollPos( int orient ) const = 0; + virtual int GetScrollThumb( int orient ) const = 0; + virtual int GetScrollRange( int orient ) const = 0; + + // scroll window to the specified position + virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, + const wxRect* rect = NULL ) = 0; + + // scrolls window by line/page: note that not all controls support this + // + // return true if the position changed, false otherwise + virtual bool ScrollLines(int WXUNUSED(lines)) { return false; } + virtual bool ScrollPages(int WXUNUSED(pages)) { return false; } + + // convenient wrappers for ScrollLines/Pages + bool LineUp() { return ScrollLines(-1); } + bool LineDown() { return ScrollLines(1); } + bool PageUp() { return ScrollPages(-1); } + bool PageDown() { return ScrollPages(1); } + + // call this to always show one or both scrollbars, even if the window + // is big enough to not require them + virtual void AlwaysShowScrollbars(bool WXUNUSED(horz) = true, + bool WXUNUSED(vert) = true) + { + } + + // return true if AlwaysShowScrollbars() had been called before for the + // corresponding orientation + virtual bool IsScrollbarAlwaysShown(int WXUNUSED(orient)) const + { + return false; + } + + // context-sensitive help + // ---------------------- + + // these are the convenience functions wrapping wxHelpProvider methods + +#if wxUSE_HELP + // associate this help text with this window + void SetHelpText(const wxString& text); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this one. + // Don't use this, do wxHelpProvider::Get()->AddHelp(id, text); + wxDEPRECATED( void SetHelpTextForId(const wxString& text) ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + // get the help string associated with the given position in this window + // + // notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown + // and this method should return the global window help text then + virtual wxString GetHelpTextAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt, + wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) const; + // returns the position-independent help text + wxString GetHelpText() const + { + return GetHelpTextAtPoint(wxDefaultPosition, wxHelpEvent::Origin_Unknown); + } + +#else // !wxUSE_HELP + // silently ignore SetHelpText() calls + void SetHelpText(const wxString& WXUNUSED(text)) { } + void SetHelpTextForId(const wxString& WXUNUSED(text)) { } +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + + // tooltips + // -------- + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + // the easiest way to set a tooltip for a window is to use this method + void SetToolTip( const wxString &tip ); + // attach a tooltip to the window, pointer can be NULL to remove + // existing tooltip + void SetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip ) { DoSetToolTip(tip); } + // more readable synonym for SetToolTip(NULL) + void UnsetToolTip() { SetToolTip(NULL); } + // get the associated tooltip or NULL if none + wxToolTip* GetToolTip() const { return m_tooltip; } + wxString GetToolTipText() const; +#else // !wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + // make it much easier to compile apps in an environment + // that doesn't support tooltips, such as PocketPC + void SetToolTip(const wxString & WXUNUSED(tip)) { } + void UnsetToolTip() { } +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS/!wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + + // drag and drop + // ------------- +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + // set/retrieve the drop target associated with this window (may be + // NULL; it's owned by the window and will be deleted by it) + virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget ) = 0; + virtual wxDropTarget *GetDropTarget() const { return m_dropTarget; } + + // Accept files for dragging + virtual void DragAcceptFiles(bool accept) +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // it does have common implementation but not for MSW which has its own + // native version of it + = 0 +#endif // __WXMSW__ + ; + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + + // constraints and sizers + // ---------------------- +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + // set the constraints for this window or retrieve them (may be NULL) + void SetConstraints( wxLayoutConstraints *constraints ); + wxLayoutConstraints *GetConstraints() const { return m_constraints; } + + // implementation only + void UnsetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c); + wxWindowList *GetConstraintsInvolvedIn() const + { return m_constraintsInvolvedIn; } + void AddConstraintReference(wxWindowBase *otherWin); + void RemoveConstraintReference(wxWindowBase *otherWin); + void DeleteRelatedConstraints(); + void ResetConstraints(); + + // these methods may be overridden for special layout algorithms + virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = true); + virtual bool LayoutPhase1(int *noChanges); + virtual bool LayoutPhase2(int *noChanges); + virtual bool DoPhase(int phase); + + // these methods are virtual but normally won't be overridden + virtual void SetSizeConstraint(int x, int y, int w, int h); + virtual void MoveConstraint(int x, int y); + virtual void GetSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const ; + virtual void GetClientSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const ; + virtual void GetPositionConstraint(int *x, int *y) const ; + +#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + + // when using constraints or sizers, it makes sense to update + // children positions automatically whenever the window is resized + // - this is done if autoLayout is on + void SetAutoLayout( bool autoLayout ) { m_autoLayout = autoLayout; } + bool GetAutoLayout() const { return m_autoLayout; } + + // lay out the window and its children + virtual bool Layout(); + + // sizers + void SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer, bool deleteOld = true ); + void SetSizerAndFit( wxSizer *sizer, bool deleteOld = true ); + + wxSizer *GetSizer() const { return m_windowSizer; } + + // Track if this window is a member of a sizer + void SetContainingSizer(wxSizer* sizer); + wxSizer *GetContainingSizer() const { return m_containingSizer; } + + // accessibility + // ---------------------- +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY + // Override to create a specific accessible object. + virtual wxAccessible* CreateAccessible(); + + // Sets the accessible object. + void SetAccessible(wxAccessible* accessible) ; + + // Returns the accessible object. + wxAccessible* GetAccessible() { return m_accessible; } + + // Returns the accessible object, creating if necessary. + wxAccessible* GetOrCreateAccessible() ; +#endif + + + // Set window transparency if the platform supports it + virtual bool SetTransparent(wxByte WXUNUSED(alpha)) { return false; } + virtual bool CanSetTransparent() { return false; } + + + // implementation + // -------------- + + // event handlers + void OnSysColourChanged( wxSysColourChangedEvent& event ); + void OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent &event ); + void OnMiddleClick( wxMouseEvent& event ); +#if wxUSE_HELP + void OnHelp(wxHelpEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + + // virtual function for implementing internal idle + // behaviour + virtual void OnInternalIdle(); + + // Send idle event to window and all subwindows + // Returns true if more idle time is requested. + virtual bool SendIdleEvents(wxIdleEvent& event); + + // get the handle of the window for the underlying window system: this + // is only used for wxWin itself or for user code which wants to call + // platform-specific APIs + virtual WXWidget GetHandle() const = 0; + // associate the window with a new native handle + virtual void AssociateHandle(WXWidget WXUNUSED(handle)) { } + // dissociate the current native handle from the window + virtual void DissociateHandle() { } + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + // Store the palette used by DCs in wxWindow so that the dcs can share + // a palette. And we can respond to palette messages. + wxPalette GetPalette() const { return m_palette; } + + // When palette is changed tell the DC to set the system palette to the + // new one. + void SetPalette(const wxPalette& pal); + + // return true if we have a specific palette + bool HasCustomPalette() const { return m_hasCustomPalette; } + + // return the first parent window with a custom palette or NULL + wxWindow *GetAncestorWithCustomPalette() const; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + // inherit the parents visual attributes if they had been explicitly set + // by the user (i.e. we don't inherit default attributes) and if we don't + // have our own explicitly set + virtual void InheritAttributes(); + + // returns false from here if this window doesn't want to inherit the + // parents colours even if InheritAttributes() would normally do it + // + // this just provides a simple way to customize InheritAttributes() + // behaviour in the most common case + virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; } + + // returns true if the window can be positioned outside of parent's client + // area (normal windows can't, but e.g. menubar or statusbar can): + virtual bool CanBeOutsideClientArea() const { return false; } + + // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border. Currently + // used only by Windows + virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return true; } + + // returns the main window of composite control; this is the window + // that FindFocus returns if the focus is in one of composite control's + // windows + virtual wxWindow *GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl() + { return (wxWindow*)this; } + +protected: + // helper for the derived class Create() methods: the first overload, with + // validator parameter, should be used for child windows while the second + // one is used for top level ones + bool CreateBase(wxWindowBase *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = 0, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr); + + bool CreateBase(wxWindowBase *parent, + wxWindowID winid, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name); + + // event handling specific to wxWindow + virtual bool TryBefore(wxEvent& event); + virtual bool TryAfter(wxEvent& event); + + enum WindowOrder + { + OrderBefore, // insert before the given window + OrderAfter // insert after the given window + }; + + // common part of GetPrev/NextSibling() + wxWindow *DoGetSibling(WindowOrder order) const; + + // common part of MoveBefore/AfterInTabOrder() + virtual void DoMoveInTabOrder(wxWindow *win, WindowOrder move); + + // implementation of Navigate() and NavigateIn() + virtual bool DoNavigateIn(int flags); + +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + // satisfy the constraints for the windows but don't set the window sizes + void SatisfyConstraints(); +#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + + // Send the wxWindowDestroyEvent if not done yet and sets m_isBeingDeleted + // to true + void SendDestroyEvent(); + + // this method should be implemented to use operating system specific code + // to really enable/disable the widget, it will only be called when we + // really need to enable/disable window and so no additional checks on the + // widgets state are necessary + virtual void DoEnable(bool WXUNUSED(enable)) { } + + // called when the on-screen widget state changes and provides an + // an opportunity for the widget to update its visual state (colours, + // fonts, anything else) as necessary + virtual void OnEnabled(bool WXUNUSED(enabled)) { } + + + // the window id - a number which uniquely identifies a window among + // its siblings unless it is wxID_ANY + wxWindowIDRef m_windowId; + + // the parent window of this window (or NULL) and the list of the children + // of this window + wxWindow *m_parent; + wxWindowList m_children; + + // the minimal allowed size for the window (no minimal size if variable(s) + // contain(s) wxDefaultCoord) + int m_minWidth, + m_minHeight, + m_maxWidth, + m_maxHeight; + + // event handler for this window: usually is just 'this' but may be + // changed with SetEventHandler() + wxEvtHandler *m_eventHandler; + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + // associated validator or NULL if none + wxValidator *m_windowValidator; +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + wxDropTarget *m_dropTarget; +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + + // visual window attributes + wxCursor m_cursor; + wxFont m_font; // see m_hasFont + wxColour m_backgroundColour, // m_hasBgCol + m_foregroundColour; // m_hasFgCol + +#if wxUSE_CARET + wxCaret *m_caret; +#endif // wxUSE_CARET + + // the region which should be repainted in response to paint event + wxRegion m_updateRegion; + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + // the accelerator table for the window which translates key strokes into + // command events + wxAcceleratorTable m_acceleratorTable; +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + + // the tooltip for this window (may be NULL) +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + wxToolTip *m_tooltip; +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + + // constraints and sizers +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + // the constraints for this window or NULL + wxLayoutConstraints *m_constraints; + + // constraints this window is involved in + wxWindowList *m_constraintsInvolvedIn; +#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + + // this window's sizer + wxSizer *m_windowSizer; + + // The sizer this window is a member of, if any + wxSizer *m_containingSizer; + + // Layout() window automatically when its size changes? + bool m_autoLayout:1; + + // window state + bool m_isShown:1; + bool m_isEnabled:1; + bool m_isBeingDeleted:1; + + // was the window colours/font explicitly changed by user? + bool m_hasBgCol:1; + bool m_hasFgCol:1; + bool m_hasFont:1; + + // and should it be inherited by children? + bool m_inheritBgCol:1; + bool m_inheritFgCol:1; + bool m_inheritFont:1; + + // window attributes + long m_windowStyle, + m_exStyle; + wxString m_windowName; + bool m_themeEnabled; + wxBackgroundStyle m_backgroundStyle; +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + wxPalette m_palette; + bool m_hasCustomPalette; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY + wxAccessible* m_accessible; +#endif + + // Virtual size (scrolling) + wxSize m_virtualSize; + + wxScrollHelper *m_scrollHelper; + + wxWindowVariant m_windowVariant ; + + // override this to change the default (i.e. used when no style is + // specified) border for the window class + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const; + + // this allows you to implement standard control borders without + // repeating the code in different classes that are not derived from + // wxControl + virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorderForControl() const { return wxBORDER_THEME; } + + // Get the default size for the new window if no explicit size given. TLWs + // have their own default size so this is just for non top-level windows. + static int WidthDefault(int w) { return w == wxDefaultCoord ? 20 : w; } + static int HeightDefault(int h) { return h == wxDefaultCoord ? 20 : h; } + + + // Used to save the results of DoGetBestSize so it doesn't need to be + // recalculated each time the value is needed. + wxSize m_bestSizeCache; + + wxDEPRECATED( void SetBestSize(const wxSize& size) ); // use SetInitialSize + wxDEPRECATED( virtual void SetInitialBestSize(const wxSize& size) ); // use SetInitialSize + + + + // more pure virtual functions + // --------------------------- + + // NB: we must have DoSomething() function when Something() is an overloaded + // method: indeed, we can't just have "virtual Something()" in case when + // the function is overloaded because then we'd have to make virtual all + // the variants (otherwise only the virtual function may be called on a + // pointer to derived class according to C++ rules) which is, in + // general, absolutely not needed. So instead we implement all + // overloaded Something()s in terms of DoSomething() which will be the + // only one to be virtual. + + // text extent + virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + int *x, int *y, + int *descent = NULL, + int *externalLeading = NULL, + const wxFont *font = NULL) const = 0; + + // coordinates translation + virtual void DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const = 0; + virtual void DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const = 0; + + virtual wxHitTest DoHitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const; + + // capture/release the mouse, used by Capture/ReleaseMouse() + virtual void DoCaptureMouse() = 0; + virtual void DoReleaseMouse() = 0; + + // retrieve the position/size of the window + virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const = 0; + virtual void DoGetScreenPosition(int *x, int *y) const; + virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const = 0; + virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const = 0; + + // get the size which best suits the window: for a control, it would be + // the minimal size which doesn't truncate the control, for a panel - the + // same size as it would have after a call to Fit() + virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const; + + // this method can be overridden instead of DoGetBestSize() if it computes + // the best size of the client area of the window only, excluding borders + // (GetBorderSize() will be used to add them) + virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const { return wxDefaultSize; } + + // this is the virtual function to be overriden in any derived class which + // wants to change how SetSize() or Move() works - it is called by all + // versions of these functions in the base class + virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO) = 0; + + // same as DoSetSize() for the client size + virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height) = 0; + + virtual void DoSetSizeHints( int minW, int minH, + int maxW, int maxH, + int incW, int incH ); + + // return the total size of the window borders, i.e. the sum of the widths + // of the left and the right border in the x component of the returned size + // and the sum of the heights of the top and bottom borders in the y one + // + // NB: this is currently only implemented properly for wxMSW, wxGTK and + // wxUniv and doesn't behave correctly in the presence of scrollbars in + // the other ports + virtual wxSize DoGetBorderSize() const; + + // move the window to the specified location and resize it: this is called + // from both DoSetSize() and DoSetClientSize() and would usually just + // reposition this window except for composite controls which will want to + // arrange themselves inside the given rectangle + // + // Important note: the coordinates passed to this method are in parent's + // *window* coordinates and not parent's client coordinates (as the values + // passed to DoSetSize and returned by DoGetPosition are)! + virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) = 0; + + // centre the window in the specified direction on parent, note that + // wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN shouldn't be specified here, it only makes sense for + // TLWs + virtual void DoCentre(int dir); + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip ); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + virtual bool DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y) = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + // Makes an adjustment to the window position to make it relative to the + // parents client area, e.g. if the parent is a frame with a toolbar, its + // (0, 0) is just below the toolbar + virtual void AdjustForParentClientOrigin(int& x, int& y, + int sizeFlags = 0) const; + + // implements the window variants + virtual void DoSetWindowVariant( wxWindowVariant variant ) ; + + + // really freeze/thaw the window (should have port-specific implementation) + virtual void DoFreeze() { } + virtual void DoThaw() { } + + + // Must be called when mouse capture is lost to send + // wxMouseCaptureLostEvent to windows on capture stack. + static void NotifyCaptureLost(); + +private: + // recursively call our own and our children OnEnabled() when the + // enabled/disabled status changed because a parent window had been + // enabled/disabled + void NotifyWindowOnEnableChange(bool enabled); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // temporary event handlers used by GetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser() + void InternalOnPopupMenu(wxCommandEvent& event); + void InternalOnPopupMenuUpdate(wxUpdateUIEvent& event); + + // implementation of the public GetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser() method + int DoGetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser(wxMenu& menu, int x, int y); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + // layout the window children when its size changes unless this was + // explicitly disabled with SetAutoLayout(false) + void InternalOnSize(wxSizeEvent& event); + + // base for dialog unit conversion, i.e. average character size + wxSize GetDlgUnitBase() const; + + // the stack of windows which have captured the mouse + static struct WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowNext *ms_winCaptureNext; + + // the window that currently has mouse capture + static wxWindow *ms_winCaptureCurrent; + + // indicates if execution is inside CaptureMouse/ReleaseMouse + static bool ms_winCaptureChanging; + + + // number of Freeze() calls minus the number of Thaw() calls: we're frozen + // (i.e. not being updated) if it is positive + unsigned int m_freezeCount; + + + DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowBase) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowBase); + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + + + +// Inlines for some deprecated methods +inline wxSize wxWindowBase::GetBestFittingSize() const +{ + return GetEffectiveMinSize(); +} + +inline void wxWindowBase::SetBestFittingSize(const wxSize& size) +{ + SetInitialSize(size); +} + +inline void wxWindowBase::SetBestSize(const wxSize& size) +{ + SetInitialSize(size); +} + +inline void wxWindowBase::SetInitialBestSize(const wxSize& size) +{ + SetInitialSize(size); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// now include the declaration of wxWindow class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// include the declaration of the platform-specific class +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #define wxWindowNative wxWindowPalm + #else // !wxUniv + #define wxWindowPalm wxWindow + #endif // wxUniv/!wxUniv + #include "wx/palmos/window.h" +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #define wxWindowNative wxWindowMSW + #else // !wxUniv + #define wxWindowMSW wxWindow + #endif // wxUniv/!wxUniv + #include "wx/msw/window.h" +#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "wx/motif/window.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #define wxWindowNative wxWindowGTK + #else // !wxUniv + #define wxWindowGTK wxWindow + #endif // wxUniv + #include "wx/gtk/window.h" +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #define wxWindowNative wxWindowGTK + #else // !wxUniv + #define wxWindowGTK wxWindow + #endif // wxUniv + #include "wx/gtk1/window.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #define wxWindowNative wxWindowX11 + #else // !wxUniv + #define wxWindowX11 wxWindow + #endif // wxUniv + #include "wx/x11/window.h" +#elif defined(__WXMGL__) + #define wxWindowNative wxWindowMGL + #include "wx/mgl/window.h" +#elif defined(__WXDFB__) + #define wxWindowNative wxWindowDFB + #include "wx/dfb/window.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #define wxWindowNative wxWindowMac + #else // !wxUniv + #define wxWindowMac wxWindow + #endif // wxUniv + #include "wx/osx/window.h" +#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__) + #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #define wxWindowNative wxWindowCocoa + #else // !wxUniv + #define wxWindowCocoa wxWindow + #endif // wxUniv + #include "wx/cocoa/window.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #define wxWindowNative wxWindowOS2 + #else // !wxUniv + #define wxWindowOS2 wxWindow + #endif // wxUniv/!wxUniv + #include "wx/os2/window.h" +#endif + +// for wxUniversal, we now derive the real wxWindow from wxWindow, +// for the native ports we already have defined it above +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #ifndef wxWindowNative + #error "wxWindowNative must be defined above!" + #endif + + #include "wx/univ/window.h" +#endif // wxUniv + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// inline functions which couldn't be declared in the class body because of +// forward dependencies +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetGrandParent() const +{ + return m_parent ? m_parent->GetParent() : NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, also returning the mouse +// position. +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt); + +// Get the current mouse position. +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPoint wxGetMousePosition(); + +// get the currently active window of this application or NULL +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow(); + +// get the (first) top level parent window +WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxGetTopLevelParent(wxWindow *win); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + // deprecated (doesn't start with 'wx' prefix), use wxWindow::NewControlId() + wxDEPRECATED( wxWindowID NewControlId() ); + inline wxWindowID NewControlId() { return wxWindowBase::NewControlId(); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// accessible object for windows +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowAccessible: public wxAccessible +{ +public: + wxWindowAccessible(wxWindow* win): wxAccessible(win) { if (win) win->SetAccessible(this); } + virtual ~wxWindowAccessible() {} + +// Overridables + + // Can return either a child object, or an integer + // representing the child element, starting from 1. + virtual wxAccStatus HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, int* childId, wxAccessible** childObject); + + // Returns the rectangle for this object (id = 0) or a child element (id > 0). + virtual wxAccStatus GetLocation(wxRect& rect, int elementId); + + // Navigates from fromId to toId/toObject. + virtual wxAccStatus Navigate(wxNavDir navDir, int fromId, + int* toId, wxAccessible** toObject); + + // Gets the name of the specified object. + virtual wxAccStatus GetName(int childId, wxString* name); + + // Gets the number of children. + virtual wxAccStatus GetChildCount(int* childCount); + + // Gets the specified child (starting from 1). + // If *child is NULL and return value is wxACC_OK, + // this means that the child is a simple element and + // not an accessible object. + virtual wxAccStatus GetChild(int childId, wxAccessible** child); + + // Gets the parent, or NULL. + virtual wxAccStatus GetParent(wxAccessible** parent); + + // Performs the default action. childId is 0 (the action for this object) + // or > 0 (the action for a child). + // Return wxACC_NOT_SUPPORTED if there is no default action for this + // window (e.g. an edit control). + virtual wxAccStatus DoDefaultAction(int childId); + + // Gets the default action for this object (0) or > 0 (the action for a child). + // Return wxACC_OK even if there is no action. actionName is the action, or the empty + // string if there is no action. + // The retrieved string describes the action that is performed on an object, + // not what the object does as a result. For example, a toolbar button that prints + // a document has a default action of "Press" rather than "Prints the current document." + virtual wxAccStatus GetDefaultAction(int childId, wxString* actionName); + + // Returns the description for this object or a child. + virtual wxAccStatus GetDescription(int childId, wxString* description); + + // Returns help text for this object or a child, similar to tooltip text. + virtual wxAccStatus GetHelpText(int childId, wxString* helpText); + + // Returns the keyboard shortcut for this object or child. + // Return e.g. ALT+K + virtual wxAccStatus GetKeyboardShortcut(int childId, wxString* shortcut); + + // Returns a role constant. + virtual wxAccStatus GetRole(int childId, wxAccRole* role); + + // Returns a state constant. + virtual wxAccStatus GetState(int childId, long* state); + + // Returns a localized string representing the value for the object + // or child. + virtual wxAccStatus GetValue(int childId, wxString* strValue); + + // Selects the object or child. + virtual wxAccStatus Select(int childId, wxAccSelectionFlags selectFlags); + + // Gets the window with the keyboard focus. + // If childId is 0 and child is NULL, no object in + // this subhierarchy has the focus. + // If this object has the focus, child should be 'this'. + virtual wxAccStatus GetFocus(int* childId, wxAccessible** child); + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT + // Gets a variant representing the selected children + // of this object. + // Acceptable values: + // - a null variant (IsNull() returns true) + // - a list variant (GetType() == wxT("list") + // - an integer representing the selected child element, + // or 0 if this object is selected (GetType() == wxT("long") + // - a "void*" pointer to a wxAccessible child object + virtual wxAccStatus GetSelections(wxVariant* selections); +#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY + + +#endif // _WX_WINDOW_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/windowid.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/windowid.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bca21fb42f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/windowid.h @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/windowid.h +// Purpose: wxWindowID class - a class for managing window ids +// Author: Brian Vanderburg II +// Created: 2007-09-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: windowid.h 51123 2008-01-09 04:08:33Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Brian Vanderburg II +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WINDOWID_H_ +#define _WX_WINDOWID_H_ + +// NB: do not include defs.h as we are included from it + +typedef int wxWindowID; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindowIDRef: reference counted id value +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// A wxWindowIDRef object wraps an id value and marks it as (un)used as +// necessary. All ids returned from wxWindow::NewControlId() should be assigned +// to an instance of this class to ensure that the id is marked as being in +// use. +// +// This class is always defined but it is trivial if wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT is +// off. +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowIDRef +{ +public: + // default ctor + wxWindowIDRef() + { + m_id = wxID_NONE; + } + + // ctor taking id values + wxWindowIDRef(int id) + { + Init(id); + } + + wxWindowIDRef(long id) + { + Init(id); + } + + wxWindowIDRef(const wxWindowIDRef& id) + { + Init(id.m_id); + } + + // dtor + ~wxWindowIDRef() + { + Assign(wxID_NONE); + } + + // assignment + wxWindowIDRef& operator=(int id) + { + Assign(id); + return *this; + } + + wxWindowIDRef& operator=(long id) + { + Assign(id); + return *this; + } + + wxWindowIDRef& operator=(const wxWindowIDRef& id) + { + if (&id != this) + Assign(id.m_id); + return *this; + } + + // access to the stored id value + wxWindowID GetValue() const + { + return m_id; + } + + operator wxWindowID() const + { + return m_id; + } + +private: +#if wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT + // common part of all ctors: call Assign() for our new id + void Init(wxWindowID id) + { + // m_id must be initialized before calling Assign() + m_id = wxID_NONE; + Assign(id); + } + + // increase reference count of id, decrease the one of m_id + void Assign(wxWindowID id); +#else // !wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT + // trivial stubs for the functions above + void Init(wxWindowID id) + { + m_id = id; + } + + void Assign(wxWindowID id) + { + m_id = id; + } +#endif // wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT/!wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT + + + wxWindowID m_id; +}; + +// comparison operators +inline bool operator==(const wxWindowIDRef& lhs, const wxWindowIDRef& rhs) +{ + return lhs.GetValue() == rhs.GetValue(); +} + +inline bool operator==(const wxWindowIDRef& lhs, int rhs) +{ + return lhs.GetValue() == rhs; +} + +inline bool operator==(const wxWindowIDRef& lhs, long rhs) +{ + return lhs.GetValue() == rhs; +} + +inline bool operator==(int lhs, const wxWindowIDRef& rhs) +{ + return rhs == lhs; +} + +inline bool operator==(long lhs, const wxWindowIDRef& rhs) +{ + return rhs == lhs; +} + +inline bool operator!=(const wxWindowIDRef& lhs, const wxWindowIDRef& rhs) +{ + return !(lhs == rhs); +} + +inline bool operator!=(const wxWindowIDRef& lhs, int rhs) +{ + return !(lhs == rhs); +} + +inline bool operator!=(const wxWindowIDRef& lhs, long rhs) +{ + return !(lhs == rhs); +} + +inline bool operator!=(int lhs, const wxWindowIDRef& rhs) +{ + return !(lhs == rhs); +} + +inline bool operator!=(long lhs, const wxWindowIDRef& rhs) +{ + return !(lhs == rhs); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIdManager +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIdManager +{ +public: + // This returns an id value and not an wxWindowIDRef. The returned value + // should be assigned a.s.a.p to a wxWindowIDRef. The IDs are marked as + // reserved so that another call to ReserveId before assigning the id to a + // wxWindowIDRef will not use the same ID + static wxWindowID ReserveId(int count = 1); + + // This will release an unused reserved ID. This should only be called + // if the ID returned by ReserveId was NOT assigned to a wxWindowIDRef + // for some purpose, maybe an early return from a function + static void UnreserveId(wxWindowID id, int count = 1); +}; + +#endif // _WX_WINDOWID_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wizard.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wizard.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..997631bfb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wizard.h @@ -0,0 +1,325 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wizard.h +// Purpose: wxWizard class: a GUI control presenting the user with a +// sequence of dialogs which allows to simply perform some task +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin (partly based on work by Ron Kuris and Kevin B. +// Smith) +// Modified by: Robert Cavanaugh +// Added capability to use .WXR resource files in Wizard pages +// Added wxWIZARD_HELP event +// Robert Vazan (sizers) +// Created: 15.08.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wizard.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WIZARD_H_ +#define _WX_WIZARD_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_WIZARDDLG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers and other simple declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/dialog.h" // the base class +#include "wx/panel.h" // ditto +#include "wx/event.h" // wxEVT_XXX constants +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +// Extended style to specify a help button +#define wxWIZARD_EX_HELPBUTTON 0x00000010 + +// Placement flags +#define wxWIZARD_VALIGN_TOP 0x01 +#define wxWIZARD_VALIGN_CENTRE 0x02 +#define wxWIZARD_VALIGN_BOTTOM 0x04 +#define wxWIZARD_HALIGN_LEFT 0x08 +#define wxWIZARD_HALIGN_CENTRE 0x10 +#define wxWIZARD_HALIGN_RIGHT 0x20 +#define wxWIZARD_TILE 0x40 + +// forward declarations +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxWizard; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWizardPage is one of the wizards screen: it must know what are the +// following and preceding pages (which may be NULL for the first/last page). +// +// Other than GetNext/Prev() functions, wxWizardPage is just a panel and may be +// used as such (i.e. controls may be placed directly on it &c). +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizardPage : public wxPanel +{ +public: + wxWizardPage() { Init(); } + + // ctor accepts an optional bitmap which will be used for this page instead + // of the default one for this wizard (should be of the same size). Notice + // that no other parameters are needed because the wizard will resize and + // reposition the page anyhow + wxWizardPage(wxWizard *parent, + const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap); + + bool Create(wxWizard *parent, + const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap); + + // these functions are used by the wizard to show another page when the + // user chooses "Back" or "Next" button + virtual wxWizardPage *GetPrev() const = 0; + virtual wxWizardPage *GetNext() const = 0; + + // default GetBitmap() will just return m_bitmap which is ok in 99% of + // cases - override this method if you want to create the bitmap to be used + // dynamically or to do something even more fancy. It's ok to return + // wxNullBitmap from here - the default one will be used then. + virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + // Override the base functions to allow a validator to be assigned to this page. + virtual bool TransferDataToWindow() + { + return GetValidator() ? GetValidator()->TransferToWindow() + : wxPanel::TransferDataToWindow(); + } + + virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow() + { + return GetValidator() ? GetValidator()->TransferFromWindow() + : wxPanel::TransferDataFromWindow(); + } + + virtual bool Validate() + { + return GetValidator() ? GetValidator()->Validate(this) + : wxPanel::Validate(); + } +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +protected: + // common part of ctors: + void Init(); + + wxBitmap m_bitmap; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWizardPage) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWizardPageSimple just returns the pointers given to the ctor and is useful +// to create a simple wizard where the order of pages never changes. +// +// OTOH, it is also possible to dynamicly decide which page to return (i.e. +// depending on the user's choices) as the wizard sample shows - in order to do +// this, you must derive from wxWizardPage directly. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizardPageSimple : public wxWizardPage +{ +public: + wxWizardPageSimple() { Init(); } + + // ctor takes the previous and next pages + wxWizardPageSimple(wxWizard *parent, + wxWizardPage *prev = NULL, + wxWizardPage *next = NULL, + const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap) + { + Create(parent, prev, next, bitmap); + } + + bool Create(wxWizard *parent = NULL, // let it be default ctor too + wxWizardPage *prev = NULL, + wxWizardPage *next = NULL, + const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap) + { + m_prev = prev; + m_next = next; + return wxWizardPage::Create(parent, bitmap); + } + + // the pointers may be also set later - but before starting the wizard + void SetPrev(wxWizardPage *prev) { m_prev = prev; } + void SetNext(wxWizardPage *next) { m_next = next; } + + // a convenience function to make the pages follow each other + static void Chain(wxWizardPageSimple *first, wxWizardPageSimple *second) + { + wxCHECK_RET( first && second, + wxT("NULL passed to wxWizardPageSimple::Chain") ); + + first->SetNext(second); + second->SetPrev(first); + } + + // base class pure virtuals + virtual wxWizardPage *GetPrev() const; + virtual wxWizardPage *GetNext() const; + +private: + // common part of ctors: + void Init() + { + m_prev = m_next = NULL; + } + + // pointers are private, the derived classes shouldn't mess with them - + // just derive from wxWizardPage directly to implement different behaviour + wxWizardPage *m_prev, + *m_next; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWizardPageSimple) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWizard +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizardBase : public wxDialog +{ +public: + /* + The derived class (i.e. the real wxWizard) has a ctor and Create() + function taking the following arguments: + + wxWizard(wxWindow *parent, + int id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, + const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE); + */ + wxWizardBase() { } + + // executes the wizard starting from the given page, returns true if it was + // successfully finished, false if user cancelled it + virtual bool RunWizard(wxWizardPage *firstPage) = 0; + + // get the current page (NULL if RunWizard() isn't running) + virtual wxWizardPage *GetCurrentPage() const = 0; + + // set the min size which should be available for the pages: a + // wizard will take into account the size of the bitmap (if any) + // itself and will never be less than some predefined fixed size + virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size) = 0; + + // get the size available for the page + virtual wxSize GetPageSize() const = 0; + + // set the best size for the wizard, i.e. make it big enough to contain all + // of the pages starting from the given one + // + // this function may be called several times and possible with different + // pages in which case it will only increase the page size if needed (this + // may be useful if not all pages are accessible from the first one by + // default) + virtual void FitToPage(const wxWizardPage *firstPage) = 0; + + // Adding pages to page area sizer enlarges wizard + virtual wxSizer *GetPageAreaSizer() const = 0; + + // Set border around page area. Default is 0 if you add at least one + // page to GetPageAreaSizer and 5 if you don't. + virtual void SetBorder(int border) = 0; + + // the methods below may be overridden by the derived classes to provide + // custom logic for determining the pages order + + virtual bool HasNextPage(wxWizardPage *page) + { return page->GetNext() != NULL; } + + virtual bool HasPrevPage(wxWizardPage *page) + { return page->GetPrev() != NULL; } + + /// Override these functions to stop InitDialog from calling TransferDataToWindow + /// for _all_ pages when the wizard starts. Instead 'ShowPage' will call + /// TransferDataToWindow for the first page only. + bool TransferDataToWindow() { return true; } + bool TransferDataFromWindow() { return true; } + bool Validate() { return true; } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWizardBase); +}; + +// include the real class declaration +#include "wx/generic/wizard.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWizardEvent class represents an event generated by the wizard: this event +// is first sent to the page itself and, if not processed there, goes up the +// window hierarchy as usual +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizardEvent : public wxNotifyEvent +{ +public: + wxWizardEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, + int id = wxID_ANY, + bool direction = true, + wxWizardPage* page = NULL); + + // for EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING, return true if we're going forward or + // false otherwise and for EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED return true if we came + // from the previous page and false if we returned from the next one + // (this function doesn't make sense for CANCEL events) + bool GetDirection() const { return m_direction; } + + wxWizardPage* GetPage() const { return m_page; } + + virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxWizardEvent(*this); } + +private: + bool m_direction; + wxWizardPage* m_page; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxWizardEvent) +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros for handling wxWizardEvents +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED, wxWizardEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING, wxWizardEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_CANCEL, wxWizardEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_HELP, wxWizardEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_FINISHED, wxWizardEvent ); +wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_SHOWN, wxWizardEvent ); + +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWizardEventFunction)(wxWizardEvent&); + +#define wxWizardEventHandler(func) \ + wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxWizardEventFunction, func) + +#define wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(evt, id, fn) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_WIZARD_ ## evt, id, wxWizardEventHandler(fn)) + +// notifies that the page has just been changed (can't be vetoed) +#define EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(PAGE_CHANGED, id, fn) + +// the user pressed "" button and the page is going to be +// changed - unless the event handler vetoes the event +#define EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(PAGE_CHANGING, id, fn) + +// the user pressed "Cancel" button and the wizard is going to be dismissed - +// unless the event handler vetoes the event +#define EVT_WIZARD_CANCEL(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(CANCEL, id, fn) + +// the user pressed "Finish" button and the wizard is going to be dismissed - +#define EVT_WIZARD_FINISHED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(FINISHED, id, fn) + +// the user pressed "Help" button +#define EVT_WIZARD_HELP(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(HELP, id, fn) + +// the page was just shown and laid out +#define EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_SHOWN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(PAGE_SHOWN, id, fn) + +#endif // wxUSE_WIZARDDLG + +#endif // _WX_WIZARD_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wrapsizer.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wrapsizer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..728acc1d63 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wrapsizer.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wrapsizer.h +// Purpose: provide wrapping sizer for layout (wxWrapSizer) +// Author: Arne Steinarson +// Created: 2008-05-08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wrapsizer.h 53541 2008-05-10 17:48:44Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Arne Steinarson +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WRAPSIZER_H_ +#define _WX_WRAPSIZER_H_ + +#include "wx/sizer.h" + +// flags for wxWrapSizer +enum +{ + wxEXTEND_LAST_ON_EACH_LINE = 1, + // don't leave spacers in the beginning of a new row + wxREMOVE_LEADING_SPACES = 2, + + wxWRAPSIZER_DEFAULT_FLAGS = wxEXTEND_LAST_ON_EACH_LINE | + wxREMOVE_LEADING_SPACES +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// A box sizer that can wrap items on several lines when sum of widths exceed +// available line width. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxWrapSizer : public wxBoxSizer +{ +public: + wxWrapSizer(int orient = wxHORIZONTAL, int flags = wxWRAPSIZER_DEFAULT_FLAGS); + virtual ~wxWrapSizer(); + + // override base class virtual methods + virtual wxSize CalcMin(); + virtual void RecalcSizes(); + + virtual bool InformFirstDirection(int direction, + int size, + int availableOtherDir); + +protected: + // This method is called to decide if an item represents empty space or + // not. We do this to avoid having space-only items first or last on a + // wrapped line (left alignment). + // + // By default only spacers are considered to be empty items but a derived + // class may override this item if some other kind of sizer elements should + // be also considered empty for some reason. + virtual bool IsSpaceItem(wxSizerItem *item) const + { + return item->IsSpacer(); + } + + // helpers of CalcMin() + void CalcMinFromMinor(int totMinor); + void CalcMinFromMajor(int totMajor); + void CalcMinUsingCurrentLayout(); + void CalcMinFittingSize(const wxSize& szBoundary); + void CalcMaxSingleItemSize(); + + // temporarily change the proportion of the last item of the N-th row to + // extend to the end of line if the appropriate flag is set + void AdjustLastRowItemProp(size_t n, wxSizerItem *itemLast); + + // remove all the items from m_rows + void ClearRows(); + + // return the N-th row sizer from m_rows creating it if necessary + wxSizer *GetRowSizer(size_t n); + + // should be called after completion of each row + void FinishRow(size_t n, int rowMajor, int rowMinor, wxSizerItem *itemLast); + + + const int m_flags; // Flags specified in the ctor + + int m_dirInform; // Direction for size information + int m_availSize; // Size available in m_dirInform direction + int m_availableOtherDir; // Size available in the other direction + bool m_lastUsed; // Indicates whether value from InformFirst... has + // been used yet + + // The sizes below are computed by RecalcSizes(), i.e. they don't have + // valid values during the initial call to CalcMin() and they are only + // valid for the current layout (i.e. the current number of rows) + int m_minSizeMinor; // Min size in minor direction + int m_maxSizeMajor; // Size of longest row + int m_minItemMajor; // Size of smallest item in major direction + + wxBoxSizer m_rows; // Sizer containing multiple rows of our items + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWrapSizer) +}; + +#endif // _WX_WRAPSIZER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wupdlock.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wupdlock.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb7614be06 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wupdlock.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wupdlock.h +// Purpose: wxWindowUpdateLocker prevents window redrawing +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2006-03-06 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wupdlock.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WUPDLOCK_H_ +#define _WX_WUPDLOCK_H_ + +#include "wx/window.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindowUpdateLocker prevents updates to the window during its lifetime +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxWindowUpdateLocker +{ +public: + // create an object preventing updates of the given window (which must have + // a lifetime at least as great as ours) + wxWindowUpdateLocker(wxWindow *win) : m_win(win) { win->Freeze(); } + + // dtor thaws the window to permit updates again + ~wxWindowUpdateLocker() { m_win->Thaw(); } + +private: + wxWindow *m_win; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowUpdateLocker); +}; + +#endif // _WX_WUPDLOCK_H_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0055778b01 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wx.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets central header including the most often used ones +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wx.h 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WX_H_ +#define _WX_WX_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" +#include "wx/object.h" +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/hash.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" +#include "wx/intl.h" +#include "wx/log.h" +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/app.h" +#include "wx/utils.h" +#include "wx/stream.h" +#include "wx/memory.h" +#include "wx/math.h" +#include "wx/stopwatch.h" +#include "wx/timer.h" +#include "wx/module.h" +#include "wx/wxcrt.h" +#include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h" + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +#include "wx/window.h" +#include "wx/containr.h" +#include "wx/panel.h" +#include "wx/toplevel.h" +#include "wx/frame.h" +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" +#include "wx/region.h" +#include "wx/bitmap.h" +#include "wx/image.h" +#include "wx/colour.h" +#include "wx/font.h" +#include "wx/dc.h" +#include "wx/dcclient.h" +#include "wx/dcmemory.h" +#include "wx/dcprint.h" +#include "wx/dcscreen.h" +#include "wx/button.h" +#include "wx/menuitem.h" +#include "wx/menu.h" +#include "wx/pen.h" +#include "wx/brush.h" +#include "wx/palette.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" +#include "wx/cursor.h" +#include "wx/dialog.h" +#include "wx/settings.h" +#include "wx/msgdlg.h" +#include "wx/dataobj.h" + +#include "wx/control.h" +#include "wx/ctrlsub.h" +#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h" +#include "wx/checkbox.h" +#include "wx/checklst.h" +#include "wx/choice.h" +#include "wx/scrolbar.h" +#include "wx/stattext.h" +#include "wx/statbmp.h" +#include "wx/statbox.h" +#include "wx/listbox.h" +#include "wx/radiobox.h" +#include "wx/radiobut.h" +#include "wx/textctrl.h" +#include "wx/slider.h" +#include "wx/gauge.h" +#include "wx/scrolwin.h" +#include "wx/dirdlg.h" +#include "wx/toolbar.h" +#include "wx/combobox.h" +#include "wx/layout.h" +#include "wx/sizer.h" +#include "wx/statusbr.h" +#include "wx/choicdlg.h" +#include "wx/textdlg.h" +#include "wx/filedlg.h" + +// this one is included by exactly one file (mdi.cpp) during wx build so even +// although we keep it here for the library users, don't include it to avoid +// bloating the PCH and (worse) rebuilding the entire library when it changes +// when building the library itself +#ifndef WXBUILDING + #include "wx/mdi.h" +#endif + +// always include, even if !wxUSE_VALIDATORS because we need wxDefaultValidator +#include "wx/validate.h" + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + #include "wx/valtext.h" +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#endif // _WX_WX_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a74cb1790 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wx_cw.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wx_cw.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW__ +#define _WX_CW__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if __POWERPC__ + #include + #elif __INTEL__ + #include + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include + #else + #include + #endif +#else + #if __POWERPC__ + #include + #elif __INTEL__ + #include + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include + #else + #include + #endif +#endif +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if __POWERPC__ + #include + #elif __INTEL__ + #include + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include + #else + #include + #endif +#else + #if __POWERPC__ + #include + #elif __INTEL__ + #include + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include + #else + #include + #endif +#endif +#endif +#endif + // _WX_CW__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw_cm.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw_cm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c6c64b9e07 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw_cm.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + Name: wx/wx_cw_cm.h + Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds + Author: Stefan Csomor + Modified by: + Created: + RCS-ID: $Id: wx_cw_cm.h 42655 2006-10-29 20:17:29Z VZ $ + Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor + Licence: wxWindows licence +*/ + +#define MSL_USE_PRECOMPILED_HEADERS 0 +#if __WXDEBUG__ + // mac os assert levels + #define DEBUG 1 + #define DEBUG_INTERNAL 1 +#endif +#if !defined( __MWERKS__ ) + #error "this file is only for builds with Metrowerks CodeWarrior" +#endif + +// defined if the compiler does not want the classname repeated for inlines +// within a class definition +#define WX_COMP_INLINE_NO_CLASS + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ < 0x3200 + #pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if (__MWERKS__ < 0x0900) || macintosh || __MACH__ + #define __MAC__ + #define __WXMAC__ +#elif (__MWERKS__ >= 0x0900) && __INTEL__ + #define WIN32 + #define _WINDOWS + #define __WXMSW__ + #define __WINDOWS__ + #define __WIN95__ + #define __WIN32__ + #define STRICT + #define NOMINMAX +#elif __BEOS__ + #include + #include +#else + #error unknown MW compiler +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include + #include + #ifdef __MWERKS__ + #if defined( __MSL__ ) && __MSL__ >= 0x5012 && __MSL__ < 0x7000 + #define fileno _fileno + #define fdopen _fdopen + #define tell _tell + #endif + #endif +#elif defined( __WXMAC__) + /* Set to 0 if you don't want to use precompiled MacHeaders */ + #define USE_PRECOMPILED_MAC_HEADERS 0 + #define ACCESSOR_CALLS_ARE_FUNCTIONS 1 + #define OPAQUE_TOOLBOX_STRUCTS 1 + + /* CW8.3+ has mbstate_t */ + #if defined(__MACH__) && __MWERKS__ < 0x3003 + typedef int mbstate_t; + #define _MBSTATE_T + #endif + + /* CW8.3+ has ssize_t */ + #if defined(__MACH__) && __MWERKS__ >= 0x3003 + #define HAVE_SSIZE_T + #endif + + #include + // for getting the correct expat includes + #define MACOS_CLASSIC + /* + #include + #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION < 0x0340 + #error "please update to Apple's lastest universal headers from http://developer.apple.com/sdk/" + #endif + */ +#endif + +#define USE_DEFINE + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw_d.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw_d.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..57817419d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cw_d.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wx_cw_d.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug) +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wx_cw_d.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW__ +#define _WX_CW__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ < 0x3200 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions" +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if __POWERPC__ + #include + #elif __INTEL__ + #include + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include + #else + #include + #endif +#else + #if __POWERPC__ + #include + #elif __INTEL__ + #include + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include + #else + #include + #endif +#endif +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_CW__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ba7103117f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwc.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wx_cwc.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wx_cwc.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW__ +#define _WX_CW__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ < 0x3200 + #pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#ifdef __cplusplus + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include "wx_Mach++_prof.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wx_Carbon++_prof.mch" + #endif +#else + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include "wx_Mach_prof.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wx_Carbon_prof.mch" + #endif +#endif +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include "wx_Mach++.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wx_Carbon++.mch" + #endif +#else + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include "wx_Mach.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wx_Carbon.mch" + #endif +#endif +#endif +#endif + // _WX_CW__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwc_d.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwc_d.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c4e169b9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwc_d.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wx_cwc_d.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug) +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wx_cwc_d.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW__ +#define _WX_CW__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ < 0x3200 + #pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions" +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include "wx_Mach++_d.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wx_Carbon++_d.mch" + #endif +#else + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include "wx_Mach_d.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wx_Carbon_d.mch" + #endif +#endif +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_CW__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d56aaf377 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wx_cwcocoa.h +// Purpose: Metrowerks Prefix Header File (wxCocoa Release) +// Author: Tommy Tian (tommy.tian@webex.com) +// Modified by: David Elliott +// Created: 10/22/2004 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wx_cwcocoa.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Tommy Tian +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW_COCOA__ +#define _WX_CW_COCOA__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ <= 0x3200 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#ifdef __cplusplus + #ifdef __OBJC__ + #if __mwlinker__ + #include "wx_cocoaMacOSXmm_prof.mch" + #else + #include "wx_cocoaMach-Omm_prof.mch" + #endif + #else + #if __mwlinker__ + #include "wx_cocoaMacOSX++_prof.mch" + #else + #include "wx_cocoaMach-O++_prof.mch" + #endif + #endif +#else + #if __mwlinker__ + #include "wx_cocoaMacOSX_prof.mch" + #else + #include "wx_cocoaMach-O_prof.mch" + #endif +#endif +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #ifdef __OBJC__ + #if __mwlinker__ + #include "wx_cocoaMacOSXmm.mch" + #else + #include "wx_cocoaMach-Omm.mch" + #endif + #else + #if __mwlinker__ + #include "wx_cocoaMacOSX++.mch" + #else + #include "wx_cocoaMach-O++.mch" + #endif + #endif +#else + #if __mwlinker__ + #include "wx_cocoaMacOSX.mch" + #else + #include "wx_cocoaMach-O.mch" + #endif +#endif +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_CW_COCOA__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_cm.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_cm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ead817a924 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_cm.h @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wx_cwcocoa_cm.h +// Purpose: Metrowerks wxCocoa PCH common definitions +// Author: Tommy Tian (tommy.tian@webex.com) +// Modified by: +// Created: 10/04/2004 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wx_cwcocoa_cm.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Tommy Tian +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#define MSL_USE_PRECOMPILED_HEADERS 0 +#if __WXDEBUG__ + // mac os assert levels + #define DEBUG 1 + #define DEBUG_INTERNAL 1 +#endif +#if !defined( __MWERKS__ ) + #error "this file is only for builds with Metrowerks CodeWarrior" +#endif + +#define WX_COMP_INLINE_NO_CLASS // defined if the compiler does not want the classname repeated for inlines within a class definition + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ <= 0x3200 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if (__MWERKS__ < 0x0900) || macintosh || __MACH__ + #define __MAC__ + #define __WXCOCOA__ +#elif (__MWERKS__ >= 0x0900) && __INTEL__ + #define WIN32 + #define _WINDOWS + #define __WXMSW__ + #define __WINDOWS__ + #define __WIN95__ + #define __WIN32__ + #define STRICT + #define NOMINMAX +#elif __BEOS__ + #include + #include +#else + #error unknown MW compiler +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include + #include + #ifdef __MWERKS__ + #if defined( __MSL__ ) && __MSL__ >= 0x5012 && __MSL__ < 0x7000 + #define fileno _fileno + #define fdopen _fdopen + #define tell _tell + #endif + #endif +#elif defined( __WXMAC__) + #define USE_PRECOMPILED_MAC_HEADERS 0 /*Set to 0 if you don't want to use precompiled MacHeaders*/ + #define ACCESSOR_CALLS_ARE_FUNCTIONS 1 + #define OPAQUE_TOOLBOX_STRUCTS 1 + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include + #include + #include + #undef WCHAR_MAX + #include + #else + #include + #endif + // for getting the correct expat includes + #define MACOS_CLASSIC + /* + #include + #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION < 0x0340 + #error "please update to Apple's lastest universal headers from http://developer.apple.com/sdk/" + #endif + */ +#elif defined( __WXCOCOA__) //tommy + #if defined(__OBJC__) + #include "CocoaHeaders.m" + #endif //defined(__OBJC__) +#endif + +#define USE_DEFINE + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_d.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_d.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a3c37138f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwcocoa_d.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wx_cwcocoa_d.h +// Purpose: Metrowerks Prefix Header File (wxCocoa Debug) +// Author: Tommy Tian (tommy.tian@webex.com) +// Modified by: David Elliott +// Created: 10/04/2004 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wx_cwcocoa_d.h 64943 2010-07-13 13:29:58Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Tommy Tian +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +#ifndef _WX_CW_COCOA__ +#define _WX_CW_COCOA__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 && __MWERKS__ <= 0x3200 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions" +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #ifdef __OBJC__ + #if __mwlinker__ + #include "wx_cocoaMacOSXmm_d.mch" + #else + #include "wx_cocoaMach-Omm_d.mch" + #endif + #else + #if __mwlinker__ + #include "wx_cocoaMacOSX++_d.mch" + #else + #include "wx_cocoaMach-O++_d.mch" + #endif + #endif +#else + #if __mwlinker__ + #include "wx_cocoaMacOSX_d.mch" + #else + #include "wx_cocoaMach-O_d.mch" + #endif +#endif +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_CW_COCOA__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwu_d.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwu_d.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ee658e5703 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wx_cwu_d.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wx_cwu_d.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug) +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wx_cwu_d.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW__ +#define _WX_CW__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions" +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if __POWERPC__ + #include + #elif __INTEL__ + #include + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include + #else + #include + #endif +#else + #if __POWERPC__ + #include + #elif __INTEL__ + #include + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include + #else + #include + #endif +#endif +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_CW__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxchar.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxchar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..052b237fcb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxchar.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxchar.h +// Purpose: Declarations common to wx char/wchar_t usage (wide chars) +// Author: Joel Farley, Ove KÃ¥ven +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling, Ron Lee +// Created: 1998/06/12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxchar.h 61961 2009-09-18 16:16:12Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998-2006 wxWidgets dev team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WXCHAR_H_ +#define _WX_WXCHAR_H_ + +// This header used to define CRT functions wrappers in wxWidgets 2.8. This is +// now done in (headers included by) wx/crt.h, so include it for compatibility: +#include "wx/crt.h" + +#endif /* _WX_WXCHAR_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrt.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19cb0d6258 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrt.h @@ -0,0 +1,987 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxcrt.h +// Purpose: Type-safe ANSI and Unicode builds compatible wrappers for +// CRT functions +// Author: Joel Farley, Ove Kaaven +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling, Ron Lee, Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 1998/06/12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxcrt.h 66798 2011-01-28 06:18:33Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998-2006 wxWidgets dev team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WXCRT_H_ +#define _WX_WXCRT_H_ + +#include "wx/wxcrtbase.h" +#include "wx/string.h" + +#ifndef __WX_SETUP_H__ +// For non-configure builds assume vsscanf is available, if not Visual C or DMC +#if !defined (__VISUALC__) && !defined (__DMC__) + #define HAVE_VSSCANF 1 +#endif +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// misc functions +// ============================================================================ + +/* checks whether the passed in pointer is NULL and if the string is empty */ +inline bool wxIsEmpty(const char *s) { return !s || !*s; } +inline bool wxIsEmpty(const wchar_t *s) { return !s || !*s; } +inline bool wxIsEmpty(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s) { return wxIsEmpty(s.data()); } +inline bool wxIsEmpty(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s) { return wxIsEmpty(s.data()); } +inline bool wxIsEmpty(const wxString& s) { return s.empty(); } +inline bool wxIsEmpty(const wxCStrData& s) { return s.AsString().empty(); } + + + +/* multibyte to wide char conversion functions and macros */ + +/* multibyte<->widechar conversion */ +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxMB2WC(wchar_t *buf, const char *psz, size_t n); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxWC2MB(char *buf, const wchar_t *psz, size_t n); + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxMB2WX wxMB2WC + #define wxWX2MB wxWC2MB + #define wxWC2WX wxStrncpy + #define wxWX2WC wxStrncpy +#else + #define wxMB2WX wxStrncpy + #define wxWX2MB wxStrncpy + #define wxWC2WX wxWC2MB + #define wxWX2WC wxMB2WC +#endif + + +// RN: We could do the usual tricky compiler detection here, +// and use their variant (such as wmemchr, etc.). The problem +// is that these functions are quite rare, even though they are +// part of the current POSIX standard. In addition, most compilers +// (including even MSC) inline them just like we do right in their +// headers. +// +#include + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + //implement our own wmem variants + inline wxChar* wxTmemchr(const wxChar* s, wxChar c, size_t l) + { + for(;l && *s != c;--l, ++s) {} + + if(l) + return const_cast(s); + return NULL; + } + + inline int wxTmemcmp(const wxChar* sz1, const wxChar* sz2, size_t len) + { + for(; *sz1 == *sz2 && len; --len, ++sz1, ++sz2) {} + + if(len) + return *sz1 < *sz2 ? -1 : *sz1 > *sz2; + else + return 0; + } + + inline wxChar* wxTmemcpy(wxChar* szOut, const wxChar* szIn, size_t len) + { + return (wxChar*) memcpy(szOut, szIn, len * sizeof(wxChar)); + } + + inline wxChar* wxTmemmove(wxChar* szOut, const wxChar* szIn, size_t len) + { + return (wxChar*) memmove(szOut, szIn, len * sizeof(wxChar)); + } + + inline wxChar* wxTmemset(wxChar* szOut, const wxChar cIn, size_t len) + { + wxChar* szRet = szOut; + + while (len--) + *szOut++ = cIn; + + return szRet; + } +#endif /* wxUSE_UNICODE */ + +// provide trivial wrappers for char* versions for both ANSI and Unicode builds +// (notice that these intentionally return "char *" and not "void *" unlike the +// standard memxxx() for symmetry with the wide char versions): +inline char* wxTmemchr(const char* s, char c, size_t len) + { return (char*)memchr(s, c, len); } +inline int wxTmemcmp(const char* sz1, const char* sz2, size_t len) + { return memcmp(sz1, sz2, len); } +inline char* wxTmemcpy(char* szOut, const char* szIn, size_t len) + { return (char*)memcpy(szOut, szIn, len); } +inline char* wxTmemmove(char* szOut, const char* szIn, size_t len) + { return (char*)memmove(szOut, szIn, len); } +inline char* wxTmemset(char* szOut, const char cIn, size_t len) + { return (char*)memset(szOut, cIn, len); } + + +// ============================================================================ +// wx wrappers for CRT functions in both char* and wchar_t* versions +// ============================================================================ + +// A few notes on implementation of these wrappers: +// +// We need both char* and wchar_t* versions of functions like wxStrlen() for +// compatibility with both ANSI and Unicode builds. +// +// This makes passing wxString or c_str()/mb_str()/wc_str() result to them +// ambiguous, so we need to provide overrides for that as well (in cases where +// it makes sense). +// +// We can do this without problems for some functions (wxStrlen()), but in some +// cases, we can't stay compatible with both ANSI and Unicode builds, e.g. for +// wxStrcpy(const wxString&), which can only return either char* or wchar_t*. +// In these cases, we preserve ANSI build compatibility by returning char*. + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// locale functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: we can't provide const wchar_t* (= wxChar*) overload, because calling +// wxSetlocale(category, NULL) -- which is a common thing to do -- would be +// ambiguous +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char* wxSetlocale(int category, const char *locale); +inline char* wxSetlocale(int category, const wxScopedCharBuffer& locale) + { return wxSetlocale(category, locale.data()); } +inline char* wxSetlocale(int category, const wxString& locale) + { return wxSetlocale(category, locale.mb_str()); } +inline char* wxSetlocale(int category, const wxCStrData& locale) + { return wxSetlocale(category, locale.AsCharBuf()); } + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// string functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* safe version of strlen() (returns 0 if passed NULL pointer) */ +// NB: these are defined in wxcrtbase.h, see the comment there +// inline size_t wxStrlen(const char *s) { return s ? strlen(s) : 0; } +// inline size_t wxStrlen(const wchar_t *s) { return s ? wxCRT_Strlen_(s) : 0; } +inline size_t wxStrlen(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s) { return wxStrlen(s.data()); } +inline size_t wxStrlen(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s) { return wxStrlen(s.data()); } +inline size_t wxStrlen(const wxString& s) { return s.length(); } +inline size_t wxStrlen(const wxCStrData& s) { return s.AsString().length(); } + +// this is a function new in 2.9 so we don't care about backwards compatibility and +// so don't need to support wxScopedCharBuffer/wxScopedWCharBuffer overloads +#if defined(wxCRT_StrnlenA) +inline size_t wxStrnlen(const char *str, size_t maxlen) { return wxCRT_StrnlenA(str, maxlen); } +#else +inline size_t wxStrnlen(const char *str, size_t maxlen) +{ + size_t n; + for ( n = 0; n < maxlen; n++ ) + if ( !str[n] ) + break; + + return n; +} +#endif + +#if defined(wxCRT_StrnlenW) +inline size_t wxStrnlen(const wchar_t *str, size_t maxlen) { return wxCRT_StrnlenW(str, maxlen); } +#else +inline size_t wxStrnlen(const wchar_t *str, size_t maxlen) +{ + size_t n; + for ( n = 0; n < maxlen; n++ ) + if ( !str[n] ) + break; + + return n; +} +#endif + +// NB: these are defined in wxcrtbase.h, see the comment there +// inline char* wxStrdup(const char *s) { return wxStrdupA(s); } +// inline wchar_t* wxStrdup(const wchar_t *s) { return wxStrdupW(s); } +inline char* wxStrdup(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s) { return wxStrdup(s.data()); } +inline wchar_t* wxStrdup(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s) { return wxStrdup(s.data()); } +inline char* wxStrdup(const wxString& s) { return wxStrdup(s.mb_str()); } +inline char* wxStrdup(const wxCStrData& s) { return wxStrdup(s.AsCharBuf()); } + +inline char *wxStrcpy(char *dest, const char *src) + { return wxCRT_StrcpyA(dest, src); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src) + { return wxCRT_StrcpyW(dest, src); } +inline char *wxStrcpy(char *dest, const wxString& src) + { return wxCRT_StrcpyA(dest, src.mb_str()); } +inline char *wxStrcpy(char *dest, const wxCStrData& src) + { return wxCRT_StrcpyA(dest, src.AsCharBuf()); } +inline char *wxStrcpy(char *dest, const wxScopedCharBuffer& src) + { return wxCRT_StrcpyA(dest, src.data()); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wxString& src) + { return wxCRT_StrcpyW(dest, src.wc_str()); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wxCStrData& src) + { return wxCRT_StrcpyW(dest, src.AsWCharBuf()); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& src) + { return wxCRT_StrcpyW(dest, src.data()); } +inline char *wxStrcpy(char *dest, const wchar_t *src) + { return wxCRT_StrcpyA(dest, wxConvLibc.cWC2MB(src)); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrcpy(wchar_t *dest, const char *src) + { return wxCRT_StrcpyW(dest, wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(src)); } + +inline char *wxStrncpy(char *dest, const char *src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncpyA(dest, src, n); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrncpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncpyW(dest, src, n); } +inline char *wxStrncpy(char *dest, const wxString& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncpyA(dest, src.mb_str(), n); } +inline char *wxStrncpy(char *dest, const wxCStrData& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncpyA(dest, src.AsCharBuf(), n); } +inline char *wxStrncpy(char *dest, const wxScopedCharBuffer& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncpyA(dest, src.data(), n); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrncpy(wchar_t *dest, const wxString& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncpyW(dest, src.wc_str(), n); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrncpy(wchar_t *dest, const wxCStrData& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncpyW(dest, src.AsWCharBuf(), n); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrncpy(wchar_t *dest, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncpyW(dest, src.data(), n); } +inline char *wxStrncpy(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncpyA(dest, wxConvLibc.cWC2MB(src), n); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrncpy(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncpyW(dest, wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(src), n); } + +// this is a function new in 2.9 so we don't care about backwards compatibility and +// so don't need to support wchar_t/char overloads +inline size_t wxStrlcpy(char *dest, const char *src, size_t n) +{ + const size_t len = wxCRT_StrlenA(src); + + if ( n ) + { + if ( n-- > len ) + n = len; + wxCRT_StrncpyA(dest, src, n); + dest[n] = '\0'; + } + + return len; +} +inline size_t wxStrlcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n) +{ + const size_t len = wxCRT_StrlenW(src); + if ( n ) + { + if ( n-- > len ) + n = len; + wxCRT_StrncpyW(dest, src, n); + dest[n] = L'\0'; + } + + return len; +} + +inline char *wxStrcat(char *dest, const char *src) + { return wxCRT_StrcatA(dest, src); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrcat(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src) + { return wxCRT_StrcatW(dest, src); } +inline char *wxStrcat(char *dest, const wxString& src) + { return wxCRT_StrcatA(dest, src.mb_str()); } +inline char *wxStrcat(char *dest, const wxCStrData& src) + { return wxCRT_StrcatA(dest, src.AsCharBuf()); } +inline char *wxStrcat(char *dest, const wxScopedCharBuffer& src) + { return wxCRT_StrcatA(dest, src.data()); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrcat(wchar_t *dest, const wxString& src) + { return wxCRT_StrcatW(dest, src.wc_str()); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrcat(wchar_t *dest, const wxCStrData& src) + { return wxCRT_StrcatW(dest, src.AsWCharBuf()); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrcat(wchar_t *dest, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& src) + { return wxCRT_StrcatW(dest, src.data()); } +inline char *wxStrcat(char *dest, const wchar_t *src) + { return wxCRT_StrcatA(dest, wxConvLibc.cWC2MB(src)); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrcat(wchar_t *dest, const char *src) + { return wxCRT_StrcatW(dest, wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(src)); } + +inline char *wxStrncat(char *dest, const char *src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncatA(dest, src, n); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrncat(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncatW(dest, src, n); } +inline char *wxStrncat(char *dest, const wxString& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncatA(dest, src.mb_str(), n); } +inline char *wxStrncat(char *dest, const wxCStrData& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncatA(dest, src.AsCharBuf(), n); } +inline char *wxStrncat(char *dest, const wxScopedCharBuffer& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncatA(dest, src.data(), n); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrncat(wchar_t *dest, const wxString& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncatW(dest, src.wc_str(), n); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrncat(wchar_t *dest, const wxCStrData& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncatW(dest, src.AsWCharBuf(), n); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrncat(wchar_t *dest, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncatW(dest, src.data(), n); } +inline char *wxStrncat(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncatA(dest, wxConvLibc.cWC2MB(src), n); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrncat(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrncatW(dest, wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(src), n); } + + +#define WX_STR_DECL(name, T1, T2) name(T1 s1, T2 s2) +#define WX_STR_CALL(func, a1, a2) func(a1, a2) + +// This macro defines string function for all possible variants of arguments, +// except for those taking wxString or wxCStrData as second argument. +// Parameters: +// rettype - return type +// name - name of the (overloaded) function to define +// crtA - function to call for char* versions (takes two arguments) +// crtW - ditto for wchar_t* function +// forString - function to call when the *first* argument is wxString; +// the second argument can be any string type, so this is +// typically a template +#define WX_STR_FUNC_NO_INVERT(rettype, name, crtA, crtW, forString) \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const char *) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1, s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wchar_t *) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), wxString(s2)); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wxScopedCharBuffer&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1, s2.data()); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), s2.data()); } \ + \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1, s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const char *) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), wxString(s2)); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1, s2.data()); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wxScopedCharBuffer&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), s2.data()); } \ + \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const char *) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1.data(), s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wchar_t *) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), wxString(s2)); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wxScopedCharBuffer&)\ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1.data(), s2.data()); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), wxString(s2)); } \ + \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wchar_t *) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1.data(), s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const char *) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), wxString(s2)); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1.data(), s2.data()); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wxScopedCharBuffer&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), wxString(s2)); } \ + \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxString&, const char*) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1, s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxString&, const wchar_t*) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1, s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxString&, const wxScopedCharBuffer&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1, s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxString&, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1, s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxString&, const wxString&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1, s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxString&, const wxCStrData&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1, s2); } \ + \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxCStrData&, const char*) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1.AsString(), s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxCStrData&, const wchar_t*) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1.AsString(), s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxCStrData&, const wxScopedCharBuffer&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1.AsString(), s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxCStrData&, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1.AsString(), s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxCStrData&, const wxString&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1.AsString(), s2); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxCStrData&, const wxCStrData&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1.AsString(), s2); } + +// This defines strcmp-like function, i.e. one returning the result of +// comparison; see WX_STR_FUNC_NO_INVERT for explanation of the arguments +#define WX_STRCMP_FUNC(name, crtA, crtW, forString) \ + WX_STR_FUNC_NO_INVERT(int, name, crtA, crtW, forString) \ + \ + inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wxCStrData&) \ + { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2.AsString(), s1); } \ + inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wxString&) \ + { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2, s1); } \ + \ + inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wxCStrData&) \ + { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2.AsString(), s1); } \ + inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wxString&) \ + { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2, s1); } \ + \ + inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wxCStrData&) \ + { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2.AsString(), s1.data()); } \ + inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wxString&) \ + { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2, s1.data()); } \ + \ + inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wxCStrData&) \ + { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2.AsString(), s1.data()); } \ + inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wxString&) \ + { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2, s1.data()); } + + +// This defines a string function that is *not* strcmp-like, i.e. doesn't +// return the result of comparison and so if the second argument is a string, +// it has to be converted to char* or wchar_t* +#define WX_STR_FUNC(rettype, name, crtA, crtW, forString) \ + WX_STR_FUNC_NO_INVERT(rettype, name, crtA, crtW, forString) \ + \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wxCStrData&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1, s2.AsCharBuf()); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wxString&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1, s2.mb_str()); } \ + \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wxCStrData&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1, s2.AsWCharBuf()); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wxString&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1, s2.wc_str()); } \ + \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wxCStrData&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1.data(), s2.AsCharBuf()); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wxString&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1.data(), s2.mb_str()); } \ + \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wxCStrData&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1.data(), s2.AsWCharBuf()); } \ + inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wxString&) \ + { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1.data(), s2.wc_str()); } + +template +inline int wxStrcmp_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2) + { return s1.compare(s2); } +WX_STRCMP_FUNC(wxStrcmp, wxCRT_StrcmpA, wxCRT_StrcmpW, wxStrcmp_String) + +template +inline int wxStricmp_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2) + { return s1.CmpNoCase(s2); } +WX_STRCMP_FUNC(wxStricmp, wxCRT_StricmpA, wxCRT_StricmpW, wxStricmp_String) + +#if defined(wxCRT_StrcollA) && defined(wxCRT_StrcollW) + +// GCC 3.4 and other compilers have a bug that causes it to fail compilation if +// the template's implementation uses overloaded function declared later (see +// the wxStrcoll() call in wxStrcoll_String()), so we have to +// forward-declare the template and implement it below WX_STRCMP_FUNC. OTOH, +// this fails to compile with VC6, so don't do it for VC. It also causes +// problems with GCC visibility in newer GCC versions. +#if !(defined(__VISUALC__) || wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3,5)) || defined(__clang__) + #define wxNEEDS_DECL_BEFORE_TEMPLATE +#endif + +#ifdef wxNEEDS_DECL_BEFORE_TEMPLATE +template +inline int wxStrcoll_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2); +WX_STRCMP_FUNC(wxStrcoll, wxCRT_StrcollA, wxCRT_StrcollW, wxStrcoll_String) +#endif // wxNEEDS_DECL_BEFORE_TEMPLATE + +template +inline int wxStrcoll_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2) +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // NB: strcoll() doesn't work correctly on UTF-8 strings, so we have to use + // wc_str() even if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8; the (const wchar_t*) cast is + // there just as optimization to avoid going through + // wxStrcoll: + return wxStrcoll((const wchar_t*)s1.wc_str(), s2); +#else + return wxStrcoll((const char*)s1.mb_str(), s2); +#endif +} + +#ifndef wxNEEDS_DECL_BEFORE_TEMPLATE +// this is exactly the same WX_STRCMP_FUNC line as above, insde the +// wxNEEDS_DECL_BEFORE_TEMPLATE case +WX_STRCMP_FUNC(wxStrcoll, wxCRT_StrcollA, wxCRT_StrcollW, wxStrcoll_String) +#endif + +#endif // defined(wxCRT_Strcoll[AW]) + +template +inline size_t wxStrspn_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2) +{ + size_t pos = s1.find_first_not_of(s2); + return pos == wxString::npos ? s1.length() : pos; +} +WX_STR_FUNC(size_t, wxStrspn, wxCRT_StrspnA, wxCRT_StrspnW, wxStrspn_String) + +template +inline size_t wxStrcspn_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2) +{ + size_t pos = s1.find_first_of(s2); + return pos == wxString::npos ? s1.length() : pos; +} +WX_STR_FUNC(size_t, wxStrcspn, wxCRT_StrcspnA, wxCRT_StrcspnW, wxStrcspn_String) + +#undef WX_STR_DECL +#undef WX_STR_CALL +#define WX_STR_DECL(name, T1, T2) name(T1 s1, T2 s2, size_t n) +#define WX_STR_CALL(func, a1, a2) func(a1, a2, n) + +template +inline int wxStrncmp_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2, size_t n) + { return s1.compare(0, n, s2, 0, n); } +WX_STRCMP_FUNC(wxStrncmp, wxCRT_StrncmpA, wxCRT_StrncmpW, wxStrncmp_String) + +template +inline int wxStrnicmp_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2, size_t n) + { return s1.substr(0, n).CmpNoCase(wxString(s2).substr(0, n)); } +WX_STRCMP_FUNC(wxStrnicmp, wxCRT_StrnicmpA, wxCRT_StrnicmpW, wxStrnicmp_String) + +#undef WX_STR_DECL +#undef WX_STR_CALL +#undef WX_STRCMP_FUNC +#undef WX_STR_FUNC +#undef WX_STR_FUNC_NO_INVERT + +#if defined(wxCRT_StrxfrmA) && defined(wxCRT_StrxfrmW) + +inline size_t wxStrxfrm(char *dest, const char *src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrxfrmA(dest, src, n); } +inline size_t wxStrxfrm(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrxfrmW(dest, src, n); } +template +inline size_t wxStrxfrm(T *dest, const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& src, size_t n) + { return wxStrxfrm(dest, src.data(), n); } +inline size_t wxStrxfrm(char *dest, const wxString& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrxfrmA(dest, src.mb_str(), n); } +inline size_t wxStrxfrm(wchar_t *dest, const wxString& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrxfrmW(dest, src.wc_str(), n); } +inline size_t wxStrxfrm(char *dest, const wxCStrData& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrxfrmA(dest, src.AsCharBuf(), n); } +inline size_t wxStrxfrm(wchar_t *dest, const wxCStrData& src, size_t n) + { return wxCRT_StrxfrmW(dest, src.AsWCharBuf(), n); } + +#endif // defined(wxCRT_Strxfrm[AW]) + +inline char *wxStrtok(char *str, const char *delim, char **saveptr) + { return wxCRT_StrtokA(str, delim, saveptr); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrtok(wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *delim, wchar_t **saveptr) + { return wxCRT_StrtokW(str, delim, saveptr); } +template +inline T *wxStrtok(T *str, const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& delim, T **saveptr) + { return wxStrtok(str, delim.data(), saveptr); } +inline char *wxStrtok(char *str, const wxCStrData& delim, char **saveptr) + { return wxCRT_StrtokA(str, delim.AsCharBuf(), saveptr); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrtok(wchar_t *str, const wxCStrData& delim, wchar_t **saveptr) + { return wxCRT_StrtokW(str, delim.AsWCharBuf(), saveptr); } +inline char *wxStrtok(char *str, const wxString& delim, char **saveptr) + { return wxCRT_StrtokA(str, delim.mb_str(), saveptr); } +inline wchar_t *wxStrtok(wchar_t *str, const wxString& delim, wchar_t **saveptr) + { return wxCRT_StrtokW(str, delim.wc_str(), saveptr); } + +inline const char *wxStrstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle) + { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack, needle); } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrstr(const wchar_t *haystack, const wchar_t *needle) + { return wxCRT_StrstrW(haystack, needle); } +inline const char *wxStrstr(const char *haystack, const wxString& needle) + { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack, needle.mb_str()); } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrstr(const wchar_t *haystack, const wxString& needle) + { return wxCRT_StrstrW(haystack, needle.wc_str()); } +// these functions return char* pointer into the non-temporary conversion buffer +// used by c_str()'s implicit conversion to char*, for ANSI build compatibility +inline const char *wxStrstr(const wxString& haystack, const wxString& needle) + { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack.c_str(), needle.mb_str()); } +inline const char *wxStrstr(const wxCStrData& haystack, const wxString& needle) + { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack, needle.mb_str()); } +inline const char *wxStrstr(const wxCStrData& haystack, const wxCStrData& needle) + { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack, needle.AsCharBuf()); } +// if 'needle' is char/wchar_t, then the same is probably wanted as return value +inline const char *wxStrstr(const wxString& haystack, const char *needle) + { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack.c_str(), needle); } +inline const char *wxStrstr(const wxCStrData& haystack, const char *needle) + { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack, needle); } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrstr(const wxString& haystack, const wchar_t *needle) + { return wxCRT_StrstrW(haystack.c_str(), needle); } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrstr(const wxCStrData& haystack, const wchar_t *needle) + { return wxCRT_StrstrW(haystack, needle); } + +inline const char *wxStrchr(const char *s, char c) + { return wxCRT_StrchrA(s, c); } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrchr(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c) + { return wxCRT_StrchrW(s, c); } +inline const char *wxStrrchr(const char *s, char c) + { return wxCRT_StrrchrA(s, c); } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrrchr(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c) + { return wxCRT_StrrchrW(s, c); } +inline const char *wxStrchr(const char *s, const wxUniChar& uc) + { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrchrA(s, c) : NULL; } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrchr(const wchar_t *s, const wxUniChar& c) + { return wxCRT_StrchrW(s, (wchar_t)c); } +inline const char *wxStrrchr(const char *s, const wxUniChar& uc) + { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrrchrA(s, c) : NULL; } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrrchr(const wchar_t *s, const wxUniChar& c) + { return wxCRT_StrrchrW(s, (wchar_t)c); } +inline const char *wxStrchr(const char *s, const wxUniCharRef& uc) + { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrchrA(s, c) : NULL; } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrchr(const wchar_t *s, const wxUniCharRef& c) + { return wxCRT_StrchrW(s, (wchar_t)c); } +inline const char *wxStrrchr(const char *s, const wxUniCharRef& uc) + { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrrchrA(s, c) : NULL; } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrrchr(const wchar_t *s, const wxUniCharRef& c) + { return wxCRT_StrrchrW(s, (wchar_t)c); } +template +inline const T* wxStrchr(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& s, T c) + { return wxStrchr(s.data(), c); } +template +inline const T* wxStrrchr(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& s, T c) + { return wxStrrchr(s.data(), c); } +template +inline const T* wxStrchr(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& s, const wxUniChar& c) + { return wxStrchr(s.data(), (T)c); } +template +inline const T* wxStrrchr(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& s, const wxUniChar& c) + { return wxStrrchr(s.data(), (T)c); } +template +inline const T* wxStrchr(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& s, const wxUniCharRef& c) + { return wxStrchr(s.data(), (T)c); } +template +inline const T* wxStrrchr(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& s, const wxUniCharRef& c) + { return wxStrrchr(s.data(), (T)c); } +// these functions return char* pointer into the non-temporary conversion buffer +// used by c_str()'s implicit conversion to char*, for ANSI build compatibility +inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxString& s, char c) + { return wxCRT_StrchrA((const char*)s.c_str(), c); } +inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxString& s, char c) + { return wxCRT_StrrchrA((const char*)s.c_str(), c); } +inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxString& s, int c) + { return wxCRT_StrchrA((const char*)s.c_str(), c); } +inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxString& s, int c) + { return wxCRT_StrrchrA((const char*)s.c_str(), c); } +inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxString& s, const wxUniChar& uc) + { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrchrA(s.c_str(), c) : NULL; } +inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxString& s, const wxUniChar& uc) + { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrrchrA(s.c_str(), c) : NULL; } +inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxString& s, const wxUniCharRef& uc) + { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrchrA(s.c_str(), c) : NULL; } +inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxString& s, const wxUniCharRef& uc) + { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrrchrA(s.c_str(), c) : NULL; } +inline const wchar_t* wxStrchr(const wxString& s, wchar_t c) + { return wxCRT_StrchrW((const wchar_t*)s.c_str(), c); } +inline const wchar_t* wxStrrchr(const wxString& s, wchar_t c) + { return wxCRT_StrrchrW((const wchar_t*)s.c_str(), c); } +inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxCStrData& s, char c) + { return wxCRT_StrchrA(s.AsChar(), c); } +inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxCStrData& s, char c) + { return wxCRT_StrrchrA(s.AsChar(), c); } +inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxCStrData& s, int c) + { return wxCRT_StrchrA(s.AsChar(), c); } +inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxCStrData& s, int c) + { return wxCRT_StrrchrA(s.AsChar(), c); } +inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxCStrData& s, const wxUniChar& uc) + { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrchrA(s, c) : NULL; } +inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxCStrData& s, const wxUniChar& uc) + { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrrchrA(s, c) : NULL; } +inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxCStrData& s, const wxUniCharRef& uc) + { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrchrA(s, c) : NULL; } +inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxCStrData& s, const wxUniCharRef& uc) + { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrrchrA(s, c) : NULL; } +inline const wchar_t* wxStrchr(const wxCStrData& s, wchar_t c) + { return wxCRT_StrchrW(s.AsWChar(), c); } +inline const wchar_t* wxStrrchr(const wxCStrData& s, wchar_t c) + { return wxCRT_StrrchrW(s.AsWChar(), c); } + +inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s, accept); } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrpbrk(const wchar_t *s, const wchar_t *accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkW(s, accept); } +inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const char *s, const wxString& accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s, accept.mb_str()); } +inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const char *s, const wxCStrData& accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s, accept.AsCharBuf()); } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrpbrk(const wchar_t *s, const wxString& accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkW(s, accept.wc_str()); } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrpbrk(const wchar_t *s, const wxCStrData& accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkW(s, accept.AsWCharBuf()); } +inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const wxString& s, const wxString& accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s.c_str(), accept.mb_str()); } +inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const wxString& s, const char *accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s.c_str(), accept); } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrpbrk(const wxString& s, const wchar_t *accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkW(s.wc_str(), accept); } +inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const wxString& s, const wxCStrData& accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s.c_str(), accept.AsCharBuf()); } +inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const wxCStrData& s, const wxString& accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s.AsChar(), accept.mb_str()); } +inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const wxCStrData& s, const char *accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s.AsChar(), accept); } +inline const wchar_t *wxStrpbrk(const wxCStrData& s, const wchar_t *accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkW(s.AsWChar(), accept); } +inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const wxCStrData& s, const wxCStrData& accept) + { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s.AsChar(), accept.AsCharBuf()); } +template +inline const T *wxStrpbrk(const S& s, const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& accept) + { return wxStrpbrk(s, accept.data()); } + + +/* inlined non-const versions */ +template +inline char *wxStrstr(char *haystack, T needle) + { return const_cast(wxStrstr(const_cast(haystack), needle)); } +template +inline wchar_t *wxStrstr(wchar_t *haystack, T needle) + { return const_cast(wxStrstr(const_cast(haystack), needle)); } + +template +inline char * wxStrchr(char *s, T c) + { return const_cast(wxStrchr(const_cast(s), c)); } +template +inline wchar_t * wxStrchr(wchar_t *s, T c) + { return (wchar_t *)wxStrchr((const wchar_t *)s, c); } +template +inline char * wxStrrchr(char *s, T c) + { return const_cast(wxStrrchr(const_cast(s), c)); } +template +inline wchar_t * wxStrrchr(wchar_t *s, T c) + { return const_cast(wxStrrchr(const_cast(s), c)); } + +template +inline char * wxStrpbrk(char *s, T accept) + { return const_cast(wxStrpbrk(const_cast(s), accept)); } +template +inline wchar_t * wxStrpbrk(wchar_t *s, T accept) + { return const_cast(wxStrpbrk(const_cast(s), accept)); } + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// stdio.h functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: using fn_str() for mode is a hack to get the same type (char*/wchar_t*) +// as needed, the conversion itself doesn't matter, it's ASCII +inline FILE *wxFopen(const wxString& path, const wxString& mode) + { return wxCRT_Fopen(path.fn_str(), mode.fn_str()); } +inline FILE *wxFreopen(const wxString& path, const wxString& mode, FILE *stream) + { return wxCRT_Freopen(path.fn_str(), mode.fn_str(), stream); } +inline int wxRemove(const wxString& path) + { return wxCRT_Remove(path.fn_str()); } +inline int wxRename(const wxString& oldpath, const wxString& newpath) + { return wxCRT_Rename(oldpath.fn_str(), newpath.fn_str()); } + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxPuts(const wxString& s); +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxFputs(const wxString& s, FILE *stream); +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxPerror(const wxString& s); + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxFputc(const wxUniChar& c, FILE *stream); + +#define wxPutc(c, stream) wxFputc(c, stream) +#define wxPutchar(c) wxFputc(c, stdout) +#define wxFputchar(c) wxPutchar(c) + +// NB: We only provide ANSI version of fgets() because fgetws() interprets the +// stream according to current locale, which is rarely what is desired. +inline char *wxFgets(char *s, int size, FILE *stream) + { return wxCRT_FgetsA(s, size, stream); } +// This version calls ANSI version and converts the string using wxConvLibc +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxFgets(wchar_t *s, int size, FILE *stream); + +#define wxGets(s) wxGets_is_insecure_and_dangerous_use_wxFgets_instead + +// NB: We only provide ANSI versions of this for the same reasons as in the +// case of wxFgets() above +inline int wxFgetc(FILE *stream) { return wxCRT_FgetcA(stream); } +inline int wxUngetc(int c, FILE *stream) { return wxCRT_UngetcA(c, stream); } + +#define wxGetc(stream) wxFgetc(stream) +#define wxGetchar() wxFgetc(stdin) +#define wxFgetchar() wxGetchar() + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// stdlib.h functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef wxCRT_AtoiW +inline int wxAtoi(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_AtoiW(str.wc_str()); } +#else +inline int wxAtoi(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_AtoiA(str.mb_str()); } +#endif + +#ifdef wxCRT_AtolW +inline long wxAtol(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_AtolW(str.wc_str()); } +#else +inline long wxAtol(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_AtolA(str.mb_str()); } +#endif + +#ifdef wxCRT_AtofW +inline double wxAtof(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_AtofW(str.wc_str()); } +#else +inline double wxAtof(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_AtofA(str.mb_str()); } +#endif + +inline double wxStrtod(const char *nptr, char **endptr) + { return wxCRT_StrtodA(nptr, endptr); } +inline double wxStrtod(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr) + { return wxCRT_StrtodW(nptr, endptr); } +template +inline double wxStrtod(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& nptr, T **endptr) + { return wxStrtod(nptr.data(), endptr); } + +// We implement wxStrto*() like this so that the code compiles when NULL is +// passed in - - if we had just char** and wchar_t** overloads for 'endptr', it +// would be ambiguous. The solution is to use a template so that endptr can be +// any type: when NULL constant is used, the type will be int and we can handle +// that case specially. Otherwise, we infer the type that 'nptr' should be +// converted to from the type of 'endptr'. We need wxStrtoxCharType template +// to make the code compile even for T=int (that's the case when it's not going +// to be ever used, but it still has to compile). +template struct wxStrtoxCharType {}; +template<> struct wxStrtoxCharType +{ + typedef const char* Type; + static char** AsPointer(char **p) { return p; } +}; +template<> struct wxStrtoxCharType +{ + typedef const wchar_t* Type; + static wchar_t** AsPointer(wchar_t **p) { return p; } +}; +template<> struct wxStrtoxCharType +{ + typedef const char* Type; /* this one is never used */ + static char** AsPointer(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(p)) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( p == 0, "passing non-NULL int is invalid" ); + return NULL; + } +}; + +template +inline double wxStrtod(const wxString& nptr, T endptr) +{ + if ( endptr == 0 ) + { + // when we don't care about endptr, use the string representation that + // doesn't require any conversion (it doesn't matter for this function + // even if its UTF-8): + return wxStrtod(nptr.wx_str(), (wxStringCharType**)NULL); + } + else + { + // note that it is important to use c_str() here and not mb_str() or + // wc_str(), because we store the pointer into (possibly converted) + // buffer in endptr and so it must be valid even when wxStrtod() returns + typedef typename wxStrtoxCharType::Type CharType; + return wxStrtod((CharType)nptr.c_str(), + wxStrtoxCharType::AsPointer(endptr)); + } +} +template +inline double wxStrtod(const wxCStrData& nptr, T endptr) + { return wxStrtod(nptr.AsString(), endptr); } + + +#define WX_STRTOX_FUNC(rettype, name, implA, implW) \ + /* see wxStrtod() above for explanation of this code: */ \ + inline rettype name(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base) \ + { return implA(nptr, endptr, base); } \ + inline rettype name(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int base) \ + { return implW(nptr, endptr, base); } \ + template \ + inline rettype name(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& nptr, T **endptr, int)\ + { return name(nptr.data(), endptr); } \ + template \ + inline rettype name(const wxString& nptr, T endptr, int base) \ + { \ + if ( endptr == 0 ) \ + return name(nptr.wx_str(), (wxStringCharType**)NULL, base); \ + else \ + { \ + typedef typename wxStrtoxCharType::Type CharType; \ + return name((CharType)nptr.c_str(), \ + wxStrtoxCharType::AsPointer(endptr), \ + base); \ + } \ + } \ + template \ + inline rettype name(const wxCStrData& nptr, T endptr, int base) \ + { return name(nptr.AsString(), endptr, base); } + +WX_STRTOX_FUNC(long, wxStrtol, wxCRT_StrtolA, wxCRT_StrtolW) +WX_STRTOX_FUNC(unsigned long, wxStrtoul, wxCRT_StrtoulA, wxCRT_StrtoulW) +#ifdef wxLongLong_t +WX_STRTOX_FUNC(wxLongLong_t, wxStrtoll, wxCRT_StrtollA, wxCRT_StrtollW) +WX_STRTOX_FUNC(wxULongLong_t, wxStrtoull, wxCRT_StrtoullA, wxCRT_StrtoullW) +#endif // wxLongLong_t + +#undef WX_STRTOX_FUNC + + +// there is no command interpreter under CE, hence no system() +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + +// mingw32 doesn't provide _tsystem() even though it provides other stdlib.h +// functions in their wide versions +#ifdef wxCRT_SystemW +inline int wxSystem(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_SystemW(str.wc_str()); } +#else +inline int wxSystem(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_SystemA(str.mb_str()); } +#endif + +#endif // !__WXWINCE__/__WXWINCE__ + +inline char* wxGetenv(const char *name) { return wxCRT_GetenvA(name); } +inline wchar_t* wxGetenv(const wchar_t *name) { return wxCRT_GetenvW(name); } +inline char* wxGetenv(const wxString& name) { return wxCRT_GetenvA(name.mb_str()); } +inline char* wxGetenv(const wxCStrData& name) { return wxCRT_GetenvA(name.AsCharBuf()); } +inline char* wxGetenv(const wxScopedCharBuffer& name) { return wxCRT_GetenvA(name.data()); } +inline wchar_t* wxGetenv(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& name) { return wxCRT_GetenvW(name.data()); } + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// time.h functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline size_t wxStrftime(char *s, size_t max, + const wxString& format, const struct tm *tm) + { return wxCRT_StrftimeA(s, max, format.mb_str(), tm); } + +inline size_t wxStrftime(wchar_t *s, size_t max, + const wxString& format, const struct tm *tm) + { return wxCRT_StrftimeW(s, max, format.wc_str(), tm); } + +// NB: we can't provide both char* and wchar_t* versions for obvious reasons +// and returning wxString wouldn't work either (it would be immediately +// destroyed and if assigned to char*/wchar_t*, the pointer would be +// invalid), so we only keep ASCII version, because the returned value +// is always ASCII anyway +#define wxAsctime asctime +#define wxCtime ctime + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ctype.h functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// FIXME-UTF8: we'd be better off implementing these ourselves, as the CRT +// version is locale-dependent +// FIXME-UTF8: these don't work when EOF is passed in because of wxUniChar, +// is this OK or not? + +inline bool wxIsalnum(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsalnumW(c) != 0; } +inline bool wxIsalpha(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsalphaW(c) != 0; } +inline bool wxIscntrl(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IscntrlW(c) != 0; } +inline bool wxIsdigit(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsdigitW(c) != 0; } +inline bool wxIsgraph(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsgraphW(c) != 0; } +inline bool wxIslower(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IslowerW(c) != 0; } +inline bool wxIsprint(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsprintW(c) != 0; } +inline bool wxIspunct(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IspunctW(c) != 0; } +inline bool wxIsspace(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsspaceW(c) != 0; } +inline bool wxIsupper(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsupperW(c) != 0; } +inline bool wxIsxdigit(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsxdigitW(c) != 0; } + +inline wxUniChar wxTolower(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_TolowerW(c); } +inline wxUniChar wxToupper(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_ToupperW(c); } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +// we had goofed and defined wxIsctrl() instead of (correct) wxIscntrl() in the +// initial versions of this header -- now it is too late to remove it so +// although we fixed the function/macro name above, still provide the +// backwards-compatible synonym. +wxDEPRECATED( inline int wxIsctrl(const wxUniChar& c) ); +inline int wxIsctrl(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxIscntrl(c); } +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +inline bool wxIsascii(const wxUniChar& c) { return c.IsAscii(); } + +#endif /* _WX_WXCRT_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrtbase.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrtbase.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..845a443c45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrtbase.h @@ -0,0 +1,762 @@ +/* + * Name: wx/wxcrtbase.h + * Purpose: Type-safe ANSI and Unicode builds compatible wrappers for + * CRT functions + * Author: Joel Farley, Ove Kaaven + * Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling, Ron Lee + * Created: 1998/06/12 + * RCS-ID: $Id: wxcrtbase.h 66446 2010-12-25 14:18:58Z VZ $ + * Copyright: (c) 1998-2006 wxWidgets dev team + * Licence: wxWindows licence + */ + +/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */ + +#ifndef _WX_WXCRTBASE_H_ +#define _WX_WXCRTBASE_H_ + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + headers and missing declarations + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#include "wx/chartype.h" + +/* + Standard headers we need here. + + NB: don't include any wxWidgets headers here because almost all of them + include this one! + + NB2: User code should include wx/crt.h instead of including this + header directly. + + */ + +#if !defined(__WXPALMOS5__) +#include +#include +#include +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include +#else + #include +#endif +#include +#endif + +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + #include +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_STRTOK_R) && defined(__DARWIN__) && defined(_MSL_USING_MW_C_HEADERS) && _MSL_USING_MW_C_HEADERS + char *strtok_r(char *, const char *, char **); +#endif + +/* + Using -std=c++{98,0x} option with mingw32 disables most of standard + library extensions, so we can't rely on the presence of common non-ANSI + functions, define a special symbol to test for this. Notice that this + doesn't need to be done for g++ under Linux where _GNU_SOURCE (which is + defined by default) still makes all common extensions available even in + ANSI mode. + */ +#if defined(__MINGW32__) && defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) + #define __WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__ +#endif + +/* + a few compilers don't have the (non standard but common) isascii function, + define it ourselves for them + */ +#ifndef isascii + #if defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__) + #define wxNEED_ISASCII + #elif defined(_WIN32_WCE) + #if _WIN32_WCE <= 211 + #define wxNEED_ISASCII + #endif + #endif +#endif /* isascii */ + +#ifdef wxNEED_ISASCII + inline int isascii(int c) { return (unsigned)c < 0x80; } +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32_WCE + #if _WIN32_WCE <= 211 + #define isspace(c) ((c) == wxT(' ') || (c) == wxT('\t')) + #endif +#endif /* _WIN32_WCE */ + +/* string.h functions */ +#ifndef strdup + #if defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__MACH__) && (__MSL__ < 0x00008000) + #define wxNEED_STRDUP + #elif defined(__WXWINCE__) + #if _WIN32_WCE <= 211 + #define wxNEED_STRDUP + #endif + #endif +#endif /* strdup */ + +#ifdef wxNEED_STRDUP + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char *strdup(const char* s); +#endif + +/* missing functions in some WinCE versions */ +#ifdef _WIN32_WCE +#if (_WIN32_WCE < 300) +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void *calloc( size_t num, size_t size ); +#endif +#endif /* _WIN32_WCE */ + + +#if defined(__MWERKS__) + /* Metrowerks only has wide char support for OS X >= 10.3 */ + #if !defined(__DARWIN__) || \ + (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_3) + #define wxHAVE_MWERKS_UNICODE + #endif + + #ifdef wxHAVE_MWERKS_UNICODE + #define HAVE_WPRINTF 1 + #define HAVE_WCSRTOMBS 1 + #define HAVE_VSWPRINTF 1 + #endif +#endif /* __MWERKS__ */ + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + UTF-8 locale handling + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + /* flag indicating whether the current locale uses UTF-8 or not; must be + updated every time the locale is changed! */ + #if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + #define wxLocaleIsUtf8 true + #else + extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxLocaleIsUtf8; + #endif + /* function used to update the flag: */ + extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxUpdateLocaleIsUtf8(); + #else /* !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 */ + inline void wxUpdateLocaleIsUtf8() {} + #endif /* wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/!wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + string.h + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#define wxCRT_StrcatA strcat +#define wxCRT_StrchrA strchr +#define wxCRT_StrcmpA strcmp +#define wxCRT_StrcpyA strcpy +#define wxCRT_StrcspnA strcspn +#define wxCRT_StrlenA strlen +#define wxCRT_StrncatA strncat +#define wxCRT_StrncmpA strncmp +#define wxCRT_StrncpyA strncpy +#define wxCRT_StrpbrkA strpbrk +#define wxCRT_StrrchrA strrchr +#define wxCRT_StrspnA strspn +#define wxCRT_StrstrA strstr + +#define wxCRT_StrcatW wcscat +#define wxCRT_StrchrW wcschr +#define wxCRT_StrcmpW wcscmp +#define wxCRT_StrcpyW wcscpy +#define wxCRT_StrcspnW wcscspn +#define wxCRT_StrncatW wcsncat +#define wxCRT_StrncmpW wcsncmp +#define wxCRT_StrncpyW wcsncpy +#define wxCRT_StrpbrkW wcspbrk +#define wxCRT_StrrchrW wcsrchr +#define wxCRT_StrspnW wcsspn +#define wxCRT_StrstrW wcsstr + +/* these functions are not defined under CE, at least in VC8 CRT */ +#if !defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #define wxCRT_StrcollA strcoll + #define wxCRT_StrxfrmA strxfrm + + #define wxCRT_StrcollW wcscoll + #define wxCRT_StrxfrmW wcsxfrm +#endif /* __WXWINCE__ */ + +/* Almost all compiler have strdup(), but not quite all: CodeWarrior under + Mac and VC++ for Windows CE don't provide it; additionally, gcc under + Mac and OpenVMS do not have wcsdup: */ +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ >= 1400 + #define wxCRT_StrdupA _strdup +#elif !((defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__WXMAC__)) || \ + defined(__WXWINCE__) || \ + defined(__WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__)) + #define wxCRT_StrdupA strdup +#endif + +// most Windows compilers provide _wcsdup() +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && \ + !(defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__)) + #define wxCRT_StrdupW _wcsdup +#elif defined(HAVE_WCSDUP) + #define wxCRT_StrdupW wcsdup +#endif + +#ifdef wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT + /* we surely have wchar_t if we have TCHAR have wcslen() */ + #ifndef HAVE_WCSLEN + #define HAVE_WCSLEN + #endif +#endif /* wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT */ + +#ifdef HAVE_WCSLEN + #define wxCRT_StrlenW wcslen +#endif + +#define wxCRT_StrtodA strtod +#define wxCRT_StrtolA strtol +#define wxCRT_StrtoulA strtoul +#define wxCRT_StrtodW wcstod +#define wxCRT_StrtolW wcstol +#define wxCRT_StrtoulW wcstoul + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #if __VISUALC__ >= 1300 && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + #define wxCRT_StrtollA _strtoi64 + #define wxCRT_StrtoullA _strtoui64 + #define wxCRT_StrtollW _wcstoi64 + #define wxCRT_StrtoullW _wcstoui64 + #endif /* VC++ 7+ */ +#else + #ifdef HAVE_STRTOULL + #define wxCRT_StrtollA strtoll + #define wxCRT_StrtoullA strtoull + #endif /* HAVE_STRTOULL */ + #ifdef HAVE_WCSTOULL + /* assume that we have wcstoull(), which is also C99, too */ + #define wxCRT_StrtollW wcstoll + #define wxCRT_StrtoullW wcstoull + #endif /* HAVE_WCSTOULL */ +#endif + +/* + Only VC8 and later provide strnlen() and wcsnlen() functions under Windows + and it's also only available starting from Windows CE 6.0 only in CE build. + */ +#if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8) && (!defined(_WIN32_WCE) || (_WIN32_WCE >= 0x600)) + #ifndef HAVE_STRNLEN + #define HAVE_STRNLEN + #endif + #ifndef HAVE_WCSNLEN + #define HAVE_WCSNLEN + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_STRNLEN + #define wxCRT_StrnlenA strnlen +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_WCSNLEN + #define wxCRT_StrnlenW wcsnlen +#endif + +/* define wxCRT_StricmpA/W and wxCRT_StrnicmpA/W for various compilers */ + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || \ + defined(__VISAGECPP__) || \ + defined(__EMX__) || defined(__DJGPP__) + #define wxCRT_StricmpA stricmp + #define wxCRT_StrnicmpA strnicmp +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + /* FIXME: There is no equivalent to strnicmp in the Palm OS API. This + * quick hack should do until one can be written. + */ + #define wxCRT_StricmpA StrCaselessCompare + #define wxCRT_StrnicmpA StrNCaselessCompare +#elif defined(__SYMANTEC__) || defined(__VISUALC__) || \ + (defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__INTEL__)) + #define wxCRT_StricmpA _stricmp + #define wxCRT_StrnicmpA _strnicmp +#elif defined(__UNIX__) || (defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !defined(__WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__)) + #define wxCRT_StricmpA strcasecmp + #define wxCRT_StrnicmpA strncasecmp +/* #else -- use wxWidgets implementation */ +#endif + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #define wxCRT_StricmpW _wcsicmp + #define wxCRT_StrnicmpW _wcsnicmp +#elif defined(__UNIX__) + #ifdef HAVE_WCSCASECMP + #define wxCRT_StricmpW wcscasecmp + #endif + #ifdef HAVE_WCSNCASECMP + #define wxCRT_StrnicmpW wcsncasecmp + #endif +/* #else -- use wxWidgets implementation */ +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_STRTOK_R + #define wxCRT_StrtokA(str, sep, last) strtok_r(str, sep, last) +#endif +/* FIXME-UTF8: detect and use wcstok() if available for wxCRT_StrtokW */ + +/* these are extern "C" because they are used by regex lib: */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrlenW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxCRT_StrlenW(const wchar_t *s); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrncmpW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StrncmpW(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n); +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/* FIXME-UTF8: remove this once we are Unicode only */ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxCRT_StrlenNative wxCRT_StrlenW + #define wxCRT_StrncmpNative wxCRT_StrncmpW + #define wxCRT_ToupperNative wxCRT_ToupperW + #define wxCRT_TolowerNative wxCRT_TolowerW +#else + #define wxCRT_StrlenNative wxCRT_StrlenA + #define wxCRT_StrncmpNative wxCRT_StrncmpA + #define wxCRT_ToupperNative toupper + #define wxCRT_TolowerNative tolower +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrcatW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxCRT_StrcatW(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrchrW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wchar_t *wxCRT_StrchrW(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrcmpW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StrcmpW(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrcollW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StrcollW(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrcpyW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxCRT_StrcpyW(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrcspnW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxCRT_StrcspnW(const wchar_t *s, const wchar_t *reject); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrncatW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxCRT_StrncatW(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrncpyW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxCRT_StrncpyW(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrpbrkW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wchar_t *wxCRT_StrpbrkW(const wchar_t *s, const wchar_t *accept); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrrchrW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wchar_t *wxCRT_StrrchrW(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrspnW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxCRT_StrspnW(const wchar_t *s, const wchar_t *accept); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrstrW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wchar_t *wxCRT_StrstrW(const wchar_t *haystack, const wchar_t *needle); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrtodW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE double wxCRT_StrtodW(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrtolW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long int wxCRT_StrtolW(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int base); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrtoulW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE unsigned long int wxCRT_StrtoulW(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int base); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrxfrmW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxCRT_StrxfrmW(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrdupA +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char *wxCRT_StrdupA(const char *psz); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrdupW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxCRT_StrdupW(const wchar_t *pwz); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StricmpA +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StricmpA(const char *psz1, const char *psz2); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StricmpW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StricmpW(const wchar_t *psz1, const wchar_t *psz2); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrnicmpA +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StrnicmpA(const char *psz1, const char *psz2, size_t len); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrnicmpW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StrnicmpW(const wchar_t *psz1, const wchar_t *psz2, size_t len); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrtokA +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char *wxCRT_StrtokA(char *psz, const char *delim, char **save_ptr); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrtokW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxCRT_StrtokW(wchar_t *psz, const wchar_t *delim, wchar_t **save_ptr); +#endif + +/* supply strtoll and strtoull, if needed */ +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + #ifndef wxCRT_StrtollA + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLongLong_t wxCRT_StrtollA(const char* nptr, + char** endptr, + int base); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxULongLong_t wxCRT_StrtoullA(const char* nptr, + char** endptr, + int base); + #endif + #ifndef wxCRT_StrtollW + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLongLong_t wxCRT_StrtollW(const wchar_t* nptr, + wchar_t** endptr, + int base); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxULongLong_t wxCRT_StrtoullW(const wchar_t* nptr, + wchar_t** endptr, + int base); + #endif +#endif // wxLongLong_t + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + stdio.h + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#if defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #define wxMBFILES 1 +#else + #define wxMBFILES 0 +#endif + + +/* these functions are only needed in the form used for filenames (i.e. char* + on Unix, wchar_t* on Windows), so we don't need to use A/W suffix: */ +#if wxMBFILES || !wxUSE_UNICODE /* ANSI filenames */ + + #define wxCRT_Fopen fopen + #define wxCRT_Freopen freopen + #define wxCRT_Remove remove + #define wxCRT_Rename rename + +#else /* Unicode filenames */ + /* special case: these functions are missing under Win9x with Unicows so we + have to implement them ourselves */ + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU || defined(__WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__) + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE FILE* wxMSLU__wfopen(const wchar_t *name, const wchar_t *mode); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE FILE* wxMSLU__wfreopen(const wchar_t *name, const wchar_t *mode, FILE *stream); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wrename(const wchar_t *oldname, const wchar_t *newname); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wremove(const wchar_t *name); + #define wxCRT_Fopen wxMSLU__wfopen + #define wxCRT_Freopen wxMSLU__wfreopen + #define wxCRT_Remove wxMSLU__wremove + #define wxCRT_Rename wxMSLU__wrename + #else + /* WinCE CRT doesn't provide these functions so use our own */ + #ifdef __WXWINCE__ + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_Rename(const wchar_t *src, + const wchar_t *dst); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_Remove(const wchar_t *path); + #else + #define wxCRT_Rename _wrename + #define wxCRT_Remove _wremove + #endif + #define wxCRT_Fopen _wfopen + #define wxCRT_Freopen _wfreopen + #endif + +#endif /* wxMBFILES/!wxMBFILES */ + +#define wxCRT_PutsA puts +#define wxCRT_FputsA fputs +#define wxCRT_FgetsA fgets +#define wxCRT_FputcA fputc +#define wxCRT_FgetcA fgetc +#define wxCRT_UngetcA ungetc + +#ifdef wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT + #define wxCRT_PutsW _putws + #define wxCRT_FputsW fputws + #define wxCRT_FputcW fputwc +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_FPUTWS + #define wxCRT_FputsW fputws +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_PUTWS + #define wxCRT_PutsW putws +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_FPUTWC + #define wxCRT_FputcW fputwc +#endif +#define wxCRT_FgetsW fgetws + +#ifndef wxCRT_PutsW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_PutsW(const wchar_t *ws); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_FputsW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_FputsW(const wchar_t *ch, FILE *stream); +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_FputcW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_FputcW(wchar_t wc, FILE *stream); +#endif + +/* + NB: tmpnam() is unsafe and thus is not wrapped! + Use other wxWidgets facilities instead: + wxFileName::CreateTempFileName, wxTempFile, or wxTempFileOutputStream +*/ +#define wxTmpnam(x) wxTmpnam_is_insecure_use_wxTempFile_instead + +/* FIXME-CE: provide our own perror() using ::GetLastError() */ +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + +#define wxCRT_PerrorA perror +#ifdef wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT + #define wxCRT_PerrorW _wperror +#endif + +#endif /* !__WXWINCE__ */ + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + stdlib.h + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* there are no env vars at all under CE, so no _tgetenv neither */ +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + /* can't define as inline function as this is a C file... */ + #define wxCRT_GetenvA(name) (name, NULL) + #define wxCRT_GetenvW(name) (name, NULL) +#else + #define wxCRT_GetenvA getenv + #ifdef _tgetenv + #define wxCRT_GetenvW _wgetenv + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_GetenvW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t * wxCRT_GetenvW(const wchar_t *name); +#endif + + +#define wxCRT_SystemA system +/* mingw32 doesn't provide _tsystem() or _wsystem(): */ +#if defined(_tsystem) + #define wxCRT_SystemW _wsystem +#endif + +#define wxCRT_AtofA atof +#define wxCRT_AtoiA atoi +#define wxCRT_AtolA atol + +#if defined(__MWERKS__) + #if defined(__MSL__) + #define wxCRT_AtofW watof + #define wxCRT_AtoiW watoi + #define wxCRT_AtolW watol + /* else: use ANSI versions */ + #endif +#elif defined(wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT) && !defined(__WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__) + #define wxCRT_AtoiW _wtoi + #define wxCRT_AtolW _wtol + /* _wtof doesn't exist */ +#else +#ifndef __VMS + #define wxCRT_AtofW(s) wcstod(s, NULL) +#endif + #define wxCRT_AtolW(s) wcstol(s, NULL, 10) + /* wcstoi doesn't exist */ +#endif + +/* + There are 2 unrelated problems with these functions under Mac: + a) Metrowerks MSL CRT implements them strictly in C99 sense and + doesn't support (very common) extension of allowing to call + mbstowcs(NULL, ...) which makes it pretty useless as you can't + know the size of the needed buffer + b) OS X <= 10.2 declares and even defined these functions but + doesn't really implement them -- they always return an error + + So use our own replacements in both cases. + */ +#if defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__MSL__) + #define wxNEED_WX_MBSTOWCS +#endif +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #define wxNEED_WX_MBSTOWCS +#endif + +#ifdef __DARWIN__ + #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_2 + #define wxNEED_WX_MBSTOWCS + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef wxNEED_WX_MBSTOWCS + /* even though they are defined and "implemented", they are bad and just + stubs so we need our own - we need these even in ANSI builds!! */ + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxMbstowcs(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t); + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxWcstombs(char *, const wchar_t *, size_t); +#else + #define wxMbstowcs mbstowcs + #define wxWcstombs wcstombs +#endif + + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + time.h + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#define wxCRT_StrftimeA strftime +#ifdef __SGI__ + /* + IRIX provides not one but two versions of wcsftime(): XPG4 one which + uses "const char*" for the third parameter and so can't be used and the + correct, XPG5, one. Unfortunately we can't just define _XOPEN_SOURCE + high enough to get XPG5 version as this undefines other symbols which + make other functions we use unavailable (see for gory + details). So just declare the XPG5 version ourselves, we're extremely + unlikely to ever be compiled on a system without it. But if we ever do, + a configure test would need to be added for it (and _MIPS_SYMBOL_PRESENT + should be used to check for its presence during run-time, i.e. it would + probably be simpler to just always use our own wxCRT_StrftimeW() below + if it does ever become a problem). + */ +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" +#endif + size_t + _xpg5_wcsftime(wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, const struct tm * ); + #define wxCRT_StrftimeW _xpg5_wcsftime +#else + // Assume it's always available under non-Unix systems with the exception + // of Palm OS, this does seem to be the case for now. And under Unix we + // trust configure to detect it (except for SGI special case above). + #if defined(HAVE_WCSFTIME) || \ + !(defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WXPALMOS__)) + #define wxCRT_StrftimeW wcsftime + #endif /* ! __WXPALMOS__ */ +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrftimeW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxCRT_StrftimeW(wchar_t *s, size_t max, + const wchar_t *fmt, + const struct tm *tm); +#endif + + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + ctype.h + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + #define WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c) (wint_t)(c) +#else + #define WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c) c +#endif + +#define wxCRT_IsalnumW(c) iswalnum(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c)) +#define wxCRT_IsalphaW(c) iswalpha(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c)) +#define wxCRT_IscntrlW(c) iswcntrl(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c)) +#define wxCRT_IsdigitW(c) iswdigit(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c)) +#define wxCRT_IsgraphW(c) iswgraph(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c)) +#define wxCRT_IslowerW(c) iswlower(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c)) +#define wxCRT_IsprintW(c) iswprint(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c)) +#define wxCRT_IspunctW(c) iswpunct(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c)) +#define wxCRT_IsspaceW(c) iswspace(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c)) +#define wxCRT_IsupperW(c) iswupper(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c)) +#define wxCRT_IsxdigitW(c) iswxdigit(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c)) + +#ifdef __GLIBC__ + #if defined(__GLIBC__) && (__GLIBC__ == 2) && (__GLIBC_MINOR__ == 0) + /* /usr/include/wctype.h incorrectly declares translations */ + /* tables which provokes tons of compile-time warnings -- try */ + /* to correct this */ + #define wxCRT_TolowerW(wc) towctrans((wc), (wctrans_t)__ctype_tolower) + #define wxCRT_ToupperW(wc) towctrans((wc), (wctrans_t)__ctype_toupper) + #else /* !glibc 2.0 */ + #define wxCRT_TolowerW towlower + #define wxCRT_ToupperW towupper + #endif +#else /* !__GLIBC__ */ + /* There is a bug in VC6 C RTL: toxxx() functions dosn't do anything + with signed chars < 0, so "fix" it here. */ + #define wxCRT_TolowerW(c) towlower((wxUChar)(wxChar)(c)) + #define wxCRT_ToupperW(c) towupper((wxUChar)(wxChar)(c)) +#endif /* __GLIBC__/!__GLIBC__ */ + + + + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + wx wrappers for CRT functions in both char* and wchar_t* versions + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus + +/* NB: this belongs to wxcrt.h and not this header, but it makes life easier + * for buffer.h and stringimpl.h (both of which must be included before + * string.h, which is required by wxcrt.h) to have them here: */ + +/* safe version of strlen() (returns 0 if passed NULL pointer) */ +inline size_t wxStrlen(const char *s) { return s ? wxCRT_StrlenA(s) : 0; } +inline size_t wxStrlen(const wchar_t *s) { return s ? wxCRT_StrlenW(s) : 0; } +#ifndef wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR16 + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxStrlen(const wxChar16 *s ); +#endif +#ifndef wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR32 + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxStrlen(const wxChar32 *s ); +#endif +#define wxWcslen wxCRT_StrlenW + +#define wxStrdupA wxCRT_StrdupA +#define wxStrdupW wxCRT_StrdupW +inline char* wxStrdup(const char *s) { return wxCRT_StrdupA(s); } +inline wchar_t* wxStrdup(const wchar_t *s) { return wxCRT_StrdupW(s); } +#ifndef wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR16 + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar16* wxStrdup(const wxChar16* s); +#endif +#ifndef wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR32 + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar32* wxStrdup(const wxChar32* s); +#endif + +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* _WX_WXCRTBASE_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrtvararg.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrtvararg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fbc8efdc75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxcrtvararg.h @@ -0,0 +1,491 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxcrtvararg.h +// Purpose: Type-safe ANSI and Unicode builds compatible wrappers for +// printf(), scanf() and related CRT functions +// Author: Joel Farley, Ove KÃ¥ven +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling, Ron Lee +// Created: 2007-02-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxcrtvararg.h 61961 2009-09-18 16:16:12Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 REA Elektronik GmbH +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WXCRTVARARG_H_ +#define _WX_WXCRTVARARG_H_ + +// NB: User code should include wx/crt.h instead of including this +// header directly. + +#include "wx/wxcrt.h" +#include "wx/strvararg.h" + +#include "wx/string.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// CRT functions aliases +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* Required for wxPrintf() etc */ +#include + +/* printf() family saga */ + +/* + For many old Unix systems [v]snprintf()/vsscanf() exists in the system + libraries but not in the headers, so we need to declare it ourselves to be + able to use it. + */ +#ifdef __UNIX__ + +#if defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) && !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF_DECL) +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" +#else + extern +#endif + int vsnprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list ap); +#endif /* !HAVE_VSNPRINTF_DECL */ + +#if defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF) && !defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF_DECL) +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" +#else + extern +#endif + int snprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...); +#endif /* !HAVE_SNPRINTF_DECL */ + +#if defined(HAVE_VSSCANF) && !defined(HAVE_VSSCANF_DECL) +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" +#else + extern +#endif + int vsscanf(const char *str, const char *format, va_list ap); +#endif /* !HAVE_VSSCANF_DECL */ + +/* Wrapper for vsnprintf if it's 3rd parameter is non-const. Note: the + * same isn't done for snprintf below, the builtin wxSnprintf_ is used + * instead since it's already a simple wrapper */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined HAVE_BROKEN_VSNPRINTF_DECL + inline int wx_fixed_vsnprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list ap) + { + return vsnprintf(str, size, (char*)format, ap); + } +#endif + +#endif /* __UNIX__ */ + +/* + mingw32 normally uses MSVCRT which has non-standard vswprintf() and so + normally _vsnwprintf() is used instead, the only exception is when mingw32 + is used with STLPort which does have a standard vswprintf() starting from + version 5.1 which we can use. + */ +#ifdef __MINGW32__ + #if defined(_STLPORT_VERSION) && _STLPORT_VERSION >= 0x510 + #ifndef HAVE_VSWPRINTF + #define HAVE_VSWPRINTF + #endif + #elif defined(HAVE_VSWPRINTF) + /* can't use non-standard vswprintf() */ + #undef HAVE_VSWPRINTF + #endif +#endif /* __MINGW32__ */ + +#if defined(__WATCOMC__) + #define HAVE_VSWPRINTF 1 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS + /* + The systems where vsnprintf() supports positional parameters should + define the HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF symbol. + + On systems which don't (e.g. Windows) we are forced to use + our wxVsnprintf() implementation. + */ + #if defined(HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF) + #ifdef HAVE_VSWPRINTF + #define wxCRT_VsnprintfW vswprintf + #endif + #ifdef HAVE_BROKEN_VSNPRINTF_DECL + #define wxCRT_VsnprintfA wx_fixed_vsnprintf + #else + #define wxCRT_VsnprintfA vsnprintf + #endif + #else /* !HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF */ + /* + The only compiler with positional parameters support under Windows + is VC++ 8.0 which provides a new xxprintf_p() functions family. + The 2003 PSDK includes a slightly earlier version of VC8 than the + main release and does not have the printf_p functions. + */ + #if defined _MSC_FULL_VER && _MSC_FULL_VER >= 140050727 && !defined __WXWINCE__ + #define wxCRT_VsnprintfA _vsprintf_p + #define wxCRT_VsnprintfW _vswprintf_p + #endif + #endif /* HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF/!HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF */ +#else /* !wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS */ + /* + We always want to define safe snprintf() function to be used instead of + sprintf(). Some compilers already have it (or rather vsnprintf() which + we really need...), otherwise we implement it using our own printf() + code. + + We define function with a trailing underscore here because the real one + is a wrapper around it as explained below + */ + + #if defined(__VISUALC__) || \ + (defined(__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ >= 0x540) + #define wxCRT_VsnprintfA _vsnprintf + #define wxCRT_VsnprintfW _vsnwprintf + #else + #if defined(HAVE__VSNWPRINTF) + #define wxCRT_VsnprintfW _vsnwprintf + #elif defined(HAVE_VSWPRINTF) + #define wxCRT_VsnprintfW vswprintf + #elif defined(__WATCOMC__) + #define wxCRT_VsnprintfW _vsnwprintf + #endif + + /* + All versions of CodeWarrior supported by wxWidgets apparently + have both snprintf() and vsnprintf() + */ + #if defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) \ + || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) + #ifdef HAVE_BROKEN_VSNPRINTF_DECL + #define wxCRT_VsnprintfA wx_fixed_vsnprintf + #else + #define wxCRT_VsnprintfA vsnprintf + #endif + #endif + #endif +#endif /* wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS/!wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS */ + +#ifndef wxCRT_VsnprintfW + /* no (suitable) vsnprintf(), cook our own */ + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int + wxCRT_VsnprintfW(wchar_t *buf, size_t len, const wchar_t *format, va_list argptr); + #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFW 1 +#else + #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFW 0 +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_VsnprintfA + /* no (suitable) vsnprintf(), cook our own */ + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int + wxCRT_VsnprintfA(char *buf, size_t len, const char *format, va_list argptr); + #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA 1 +#else + #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA 0 +#endif + +// for wxString code, define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF to indicate that wx +// implementation is used no matter what (in UTF-8 build, either *A or *W +// version may be called): +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFW +#elif wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA +#else // UTF-8 under any locale + #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF (wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA && wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFW) +#endif + +#define wxCRT_FprintfA fprintf +#define wxCRT_PrintfA printf +#define wxCRT_VfprintfA vfprintf +#define wxCRT_VprintfA vprintf +#define wxCRT_VsprintfA vsprintf + +/* + In Unicode mode we need to have all standard functions such as wprintf() and + so on but not all systems have them so use our own implementations in this + case. + */ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && !defined(wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT) && !defined(HAVE_WPRINTF) + #define wxNEED_WPRINTF +#endif +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && !defined(wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT) && !defined(HAVE_VSWSCANF) + #define wxNEED_VSWSCANF +#endif + + +#if defined(wxNEED_WPRINTF) + /* + we need to implement all wide character printf functions either because + we don't have them at all or because they don't have the semantics we + need + */ + int wxCRT_PrintfW( const wchar_t *format, ... ); + int wxCRT_FprintfW( FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ... ); + int wxCRT_VfprintfW( FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap ); + int wxCRT_VprintfW( const wchar_t *format, va_list ap ); + int wxCRT_VsprintfW( wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap ); +#else /* !wxNEED_WPRINTF */ + #define wxCRT_FprintfW fwprintf + #define wxCRT_PrintfW wprintf + #define wxCRT_VfprintfW vfwprintf + #define wxCRT_VprintfW vwprintf + + #if defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(HAVE_VSWPRINTF) + // only non-standard vswprintf() without buffer size argument can be used here + #define wxCRT_VsprintfW vswprintf + #endif +#endif /* wxNEED_WPRINTF */ + + +/* Required for wxScanf() etc. */ +#define wxCRT_ScanfA scanf +#define wxCRT_SscanfA sscanf +#define wxCRT_FscanfA fscanf +#define wxCRT_VsscanfA vsscanf + +#if defined(wxNEED_WPRINTF) + int wxCRT_ScanfW(const wchar_t *format, ...); + int wxCRT_SscanfW(const wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format, ...); + int wxCRT_FscanfW(FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...); +#else + #define wxCRT_ScanfW wxVMS_USE_STD wscanf + #define wxCRT_SscanfW wxVMS_USE_STD swscanf + #define wxCRT_FscanfW wxVMS_USE_STD fwscanf +#endif +#ifdef wxNEED_VSWSCANF + int wxCRT_VsscanfW(const wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap); +#else + #define wxCRT_VsscanfW wxVMS_USE_STD vswscanf +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// user-friendly wrappers to CRT functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351 + #define wxPrintf wxPrintf_Impl + #define wxFprintf wxFprintf_Impl + #define wxSprintf wxSprintf_Impl + #define wxSnprintf wxSnprintf_Impl +#endif + + // FIXME-UTF8: remove this +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxCRT_PrintfNative wxCRT_PrintfW + #define wxCRT_FprintfNative wxCRT_FprintfW +#else + #define wxCRT_PrintfNative wxCRT_PrintfA + #define wxCRT_FprintfNative wxCRT_FprintfA +#endif + + +WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_SANS_N0(int, wxPrintf, 1, (const wxFormatString&), + wxCRT_PrintfNative, wxCRT_PrintfA) +inline int wxPrintf(const wxFormatString& s) +{ + return wxPrintf("%s", s.InputAsString()); +} + +WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_SANS_N0(int, wxFprintf, 2, (FILE*, const wxFormatString&), + wxCRT_FprintfNative, wxCRT_FprintfA) +inline int wxFprintf(FILE *f, const wxFormatString& s) +{ + return wxFprintf(f, "%s", s.InputAsString()); +} + +// va_list versions of printf functions simply forward to the respective +// CRT function; note that they assume that va_list was created using +// wxArgNormalizer! +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + #if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + #define WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL(args, implW, implA) \ + return implA args + #else + #define WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL(args, implW, implA) \ + if ( wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) return implA args; \ + else return implW args + #endif +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + #define WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL(args, implW, implA) \ + return implW args +#else // ANSI + #define WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL(args, implW, implA) \ + return implA args +#endif + +inline int +wxVprintf(const wxString& format, va_list ap) +{ + WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL((wxFormatString(format), ap), + wxCRT_VprintfW, wxCRT_VprintfA); +} + +inline int +wxVfprintf(FILE *f, const wxString& format, va_list ap) +{ + WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL((f, wxFormatString(format), ap), + wxCRT_VfprintfW, wxCRT_VfprintfA); +} + +#undef WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL + + +// wxSprintf() and friends have to be implemented in two forms, one for +// writing to char* buffer and one for writing to wchar_t*: + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSprintfWchar(char *str, const wxChar *format, ...); +#endif +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSprintfUtf8(char *str, const char *format, ...); +#endif +WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, wxSprintf, 2, (char*, const wxFormatString&), + wxDoSprintfWchar, wxDoSprintfUtf8) + +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE +wxVsprintf(char *str, const wxString& format, va_list argptr); + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSnprintfWchar(char *str, size_t size, const wxChar *format, ...); +#endif +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSnprintfUtf8(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...); +#endif +WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, wxSnprintf, 3, (char*, size_t, const wxFormatString&), + wxDoSnprintfWchar, wxDoSnprintfUtf8) + +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE +wxVsnprintf(char *str, size_t size, const wxString& format, va_list argptr); + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSprintfWchar(wchar_t *str, const wxChar *format, ...); +#endif +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSprintfUtf8(wchar_t *str, const char *format, ...); +#endif +WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, wxSprintf, 2, (wchar_t*, const wxFormatString&), + wxDoSprintfWchar, wxDoSprintfUtf8) + +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE +wxVsprintf(wchar_t *str, const wxString& format, va_list argptr); + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSnprintfWchar(wchar_t *str, size_t size, const wxChar *format, ...); +#endif +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSnprintfUtf8(wchar_t *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...); +#endif +WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, wxSnprintf, 3, (wchar_t*, size_t, const wxFormatString&), + wxDoSnprintfWchar, wxDoSnprintfUtf8) + +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE +wxVsnprintf(wchar_t *str, size_t size, const wxString& format, va_list argptr); + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351 + // + // fortunately, OpenWatcom implements __VA_ARGS__, so we can provide macros + // that cast the format argument to wxString: + #undef wxPrintf + #undef wxFprintf + #undef wxSprintf + #undef wxSnprintf + + #define wxPrintf(fmt, ...) \ + wxPrintf_Impl(wxFormatString(fmt), __VA_ARGS__) + #define wxFprintf(f, fmt, ...) \ + wxFprintf_Impl(f, wxFormatString(fmt), __VA_ARGS__) + #define wxSprintf(s, fmt, ...) \ + wxSprintf_Impl(s, wxFormatString(fmt), __VA_ARGS__) + #define wxSnprintf(s, n, fmt, ...) \ + wxSnprintf_Impl(s, n, wxFormatString(fmt), __VA_ARGS__) +#endif // __WATCOMC__ + + +// We can't use wxArgNormalizer for variadic arguments to wxScanf() etc. +// because they are writable, so instead of providing friendly template +// vararg-like functions, we just provide both char* and wchar_t* variants +// of these functions. The type of output variadic arguments for %s must match +// the type of 'str' and 'format' arguments. +// +// For compatibility with earlier wx versions, we also provide wxSscanf() +// version with the first argument (input string) wxString; for this version, +// the type of output string values is determined by the type of format string +// only. + +#define _WX_SCANFUNC_EXTRACT_ARGS_1(x) x +#define _WX_SCANFUNC_EXTRACT_ARGS_2(x,y) x, y +#define _WX_SCANFUNC_EXTRACT_ARGS(N, args) _WX_SCANFUNC_EXTRACT_ARGS_##N args + +#define _WX_VARARG_PASS_WRITABLE(i) a##i + +#define _WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(N, dummy1, name, impl, passfixed, numfixed, fixed)\ + template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \ + int name(_WX_SCANFUNC_EXTRACT_ARGS(numfixed, fixed), \ + _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG)) \ + { \ + return impl(_WX_SCANFUNC_EXTRACT_ARGS(numfixed, passfixed), \ + _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_PASS_WRITABLE)); \ + } + +#define WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(name, numfixed, fixed, impl, passfixed) \ + _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \ + _WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC, \ + dummy1, name, impl, passfixed, numfixed, fixed) + +// this is needed to normalize the format string, see src/common/strvararg.cpp +// for more details +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + #define wxScanfConvertFormatW(fmt) fmt +#else + const wxScopedWCharBuffer + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxScanfConvertFormatW(const wchar_t *format); +#endif + +WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxScanf, 1, (const char *format), + wxCRT_ScanfA, (format)) +WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxScanf, 1, (const wchar_t *format), + wxCRT_ScanfW, (wxScanfConvertFormatW(format))) + +WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxFscanf, 2, (FILE *stream, const char *format), + wxCRT_FscanfA, (stream, format)) +WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxFscanf, 2, (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format), + wxCRT_FscanfW, (stream, wxScanfConvertFormatW(format))) + +WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const char *str, const char *format), + wxCRT_SscanfA, (str, format)) +WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format), + wxCRT_SscanfW, (str, wxScanfConvertFormatW(format))) +WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wxScopedCharBuffer& str, const char *format), + wxCRT_SscanfA, (str.data(), format)) +WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str, const wchar_t *format), + wxCRT_SscanfW, (str.data(), wxScanfConvertFormatW(format))) +WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wxString& str, const char *format), + wxCRT_SscanfA, (str.mb_str(), format)) +WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wxString& str, const wchar_t *format), + wxCRT_SscanfW, (str.wc_str(), wxScanfConvertFormatW(format))) +WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wxCStrData& str, const char *format), + wxCRT_SscanfA, (str.AsCharBuf(), format)) +WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wxCStrData& str, const wchar_t *format), + wxCRT_SscanfW, (str.AsWCharBuf(), wxScanfConvertFormatW(format))) + +// Visual C++ doesn't provide vsscanf() +#ifndef __VISUALC___ +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const char *str, const char *format, va_list ap); +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap); +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str, const char *format, va_list ap); +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap); +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wxString& str, const char *format, va_list ap); +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wxString& str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap); +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wxCStrData& str, const char *format, va_list ap); +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wxCStrData& str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap); +#endif // !__VISUALC__ + +#endif /* _WX_WXCRTVARARG_H_ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxhtml.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxhtml.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..795bb83212 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxhtml.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxhtml.h +// Purpose: wxHTML library for wxWidgets +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxhtml.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_HTML_H_ +#define _WX_HTML_H_ + +#include "wx/html/htmldefs.h" +#include "wx/html/htmltag.h" +#include "wx/html/htmlcell.h" +#include "wx/html/htmlpars.h" +#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h" +#include "wx/html/winpars.h" +#include "wx/filesys.h" +#include "wx/html/helpctrl.h" + +#endif // __WXHTML_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxprec.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxprec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48f0034877 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxprec.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxprec.h +// Purpose: Includes the appropriate files for precompiled headers +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxprec.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// compiler detection; includes setup.h +#include "wx/defs.h" + +// check if to use precompiled headers: do it for most Windows compilers unless +// explicitly disabled by defining NOPCH +#if defined(__VISUALC__) || \ + defined(__DMC__) || \ + defined(__VISAGECPP__) || \ + defined(__MWERKS__) || \ + defined(__WATCOMC__) || \ + defined(__BORLANDC__) + + + // If user did not request NOCPH and we're not building using configure + // then assume user wants precompiled headers. + #if !defined(NOPCH) && !defined(__WX_SETUP_H__) + #define WX_PRECOMP + #endif +#endif + +// For some reason, this must be defined for common dialogs to work. +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + #define INCLUDE_COMMDLG_H 1 +#endif + +#ifdef WX_PRECOMP + +// include "wx/chartype.h" first to ensure that UNICODE macro is correctly set +// _before_ including +#include "wx/chartype.h" + +// include standard Windows headers +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" + #include "wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h" + #include "wx/msw/private.h" + #include "wx/msw/missing.h" +#endif + +// include all PalmOS headers at once +#ifdef __WXPALMOS__ +# include +#endif + +// include +#ifdef __OS2__ +# include "wx/os2/private.h" +#endif + +// include mgl headers +#ifdef __WXMGL__ +# include "wx/mgl/private.h" +#endif + +// include the most common wx headers +#include "wx/wx.h" + +#endif // WX_PRECOMP diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cw.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cw.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4220ee4019 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cw.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxshlb_cw.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxshlb_cw.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW__ +#define _WX_CW__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlb_PPC++_prof.mch" + #elif __INTEL__ + #include "wxshlb_x86++_prof.mch" + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include "wxshlb_cfm++_prof.mch" + #else + #include "wxshlb_68k++_prof.mch" + #endif +#else + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlb_PPC_prof.mch" + #elif __INTEL__ + #include "wxshlb_x86_prof.mch" + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include "wxshlb_cfm_prof.mch" + #else + #include "wxshlb_68k_prof.mch" + #endif +#endif +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlb_PPC++.mch" + #elif __INTEL__ + #include "wxshlb_x86++.mch" + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include "wxshlb_cfm++.mch" + #else + #include "wxshlb_68k++.mch" + #endif +#else + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlb_PPC.mch" + #elif __INTEL__ + #include "wxshlb_x86.mch" + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include "wxshlb_cfm.mch" + #else + #include "wxshlb_68k.mch" + #endif +#endif +#endif +#endif + // _WX_CW__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cw_d.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cw_d.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a0d543521 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cw_d.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxshlb_cw_d.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug) +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxshlb_cw_d.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW__ +#define _WX_CW__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions" +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlb_PPC++_d.mch" + #elif __INTEL__ + #include "wxshlb_x86++_d.mch" + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include "wxshlb_cfm++_d.mch" + #else + #include "wxshlb_68k++_d.mch" + #endif +#else + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlb_PPC_d.mch" + #elif __INTEL__ + #include "wxshlb_x86_d.mch" + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include "wxshlb_cfm_d.mch" + #else + #include "wxshlb_68k_d.mch" + #endif +#endif +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_CW__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7743207f94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxshlb_cwc.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxshlb_cwc.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW__ +#define _WX_CW__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlb_Carbon++_prof.mch" + #endif +#else + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlb_Carbon_prof.mch" + #endif +#endif +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if __MACH__ + #include "wxshlb_Mach++.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlb_Carbon++.mch" + #endif +#else + #if __MACH__ + #include "wxshlb_Mach.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlb_Carbon.mch" + #endif +#endif +#endif +#endif + // _WX_CW__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc_d.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc_d.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..791cffe2d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlb_cwc_d.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxshlb_cwc_d.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug) +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxshlb_cwc_d.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW__ +#define _WX_CW__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions" +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include "wxshlb_Mach++_d.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlb_Carbon++_d.mch" + #endif +#else + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include "wxshlb_Mach_d.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlb_Carbon_d.mch" + #endif +#endif +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_CW__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cw.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cw.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f6f993600 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cw.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxshlba_cw.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxshlba_cw.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW__ +#define _WX_CW__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlba_PPC++_prof.mch" + #elif __INTEL__ + #include "wxshlba_x86++_prof.mch" + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include "wxshlba_cfm++_prof.mch" + #else + #include "wxshlba_68k++_prof.mch" + #endif +#else + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlba_PPC_prof.mch" + #elif __INTEL__ + #include "wxshlba_x86_prof.mch" + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include "wxshlba_cfm_prof.mch" + #else + #include "wxshlba_68k_prof.mch" + #endif +#endif +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlba_PPC++.mch" + #elif __INTEL__ + #include "wxshlba_x86++.mch" + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include "wxshlba_cfm++.mch" + #else + #include "wxshlba_68k++.mch" + #endif +#else + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlba_PPC.mch" + #elif __INTEL__ + #include "wxshlba_x86.mch" + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include "wxshlba_cfm.mch" + #else + #include "wxshlba_68k.mch" + #endif +#endif +#endif +#endif + // _WX_CW__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cw_d.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cw_d.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..85594b89a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cw_d.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxshlba_cw_d.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug) +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxshlba_cw_d.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW__ +#define _WX_CW__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions" +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlba_PPC++_d.mch" + #elif __INTEL__ + #include "wxshlba_x86++_d.mch" + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include "wxshlba_cfm++_d.mch" + #else + #include "wxshlba_68k++_d.mch" + #endif +#else + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlba_PPC_d.mch" + #elif __INTEL__ + #include "wxshlba_x86_d.mch" + #elif __CFM68K__ + #include "wxshlba_cfm_d.mch" + #else + #include "wxshlba_68k_d.mch" + #endif +#endif +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_CW__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..75f390f0d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxshlba_cwc.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxshlba_cwc.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW__ +#define _WX_CW__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#ifdef __cplusplus + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlba_Carbon++_prof.mch" + #endif +#else + #if __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlba_Carbon_prof.mch" + #endif +#endif +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include "wxshlba_Mach++.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlba_Carbon++.mch" + #endif +#else + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include "wxshlba_Mach.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlba_Carbon.mch" + #endif +#endif +#endif +#endif + // _WX_CW__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc_d.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc_d.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b86c1cc4d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/wxshlba_cwc_d.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxshlba_cwc_d.h +// Purpose: wxWidgets definitions for CodeWarrior builds (Debug) +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/10/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxshlba_cwc_d.h 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_CW__ +#define _WX_CW__ + +#if __MWERKS__ >= 0x2400 +#pragma old_argmatch on +#endif + +#if __option(profile) +#error "profiling is not supported in debug versions" +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include "wxshlba_Mach++_d.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlba_Carbon++_d.mch" + #endif +#else + #ifdef __MACH__ + #include "wxshlba_Mach_d.mch" + #elif __POWERPC__ + #include "wxshlba_Carbon_d.mch" + #endif +#endif +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_CW__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xlocale.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xlocale.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e8d02331a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xlocale.h @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/xlocale.h +// Purpose: Header to provide some xlocale wrappers +// Author: Brian Vanderburg II, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-01-07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: xlocale.h 64109 2010-04-22 14:16:12Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Brian Vanderburg II +// 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + This header defines portable wrappers around xlocale foo_l() functions or + their MSVC proprietary _foo_l() equivalents when they are available and + implements these functions for the "C" locale [only] if they are not. This + allows the program running under the default user locale to still use "C" + locale for operations such as reading data from files where they are stored + using decimal point &c. + + TODO: Currently only the character classification and transformation + functions and number <-> string functions, are implemented, + we also need at least + - formatted IO: scanf_l(), printf_l() &c + - time: strftime_l(), strptime_l() + */ + +#ifndef _WX_XLOCALE_H_ +#define _WX_XLOCALE_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" // wxUSE_XLOCALE + +#if wxUSE_XLOCALE + +#include "wx/crt.h" // Includes wx/chartype.h, wx/wxcrt.h(wx/string.h) +#include "wx/intl.h" // wxLanguage + +// The platform-specific locale type +// If wxXLocale_t is not defined, then only "C" locale support is provided +#ifdef wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT + #if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + typedef _locale_t wxXLocale_t; + #define wxXLOCALE_IDENT(name) _ ## name + #elif defined(HAVE_LOCALE_T) + #include + #include + #include + #include + + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + #include + #endif + + // Locale type and identifier name + typedef locale_t wxXLocale_t; + + #define wxXLOCALE_IDENT(name) name + #else + #error "Unknown xlocale support" + #endif +#endif // wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT + + +// wxXLocale is a wrapper around the native type representing a locale. +// +// It is not to be confused with wxLocale, which handles actually changing the +// locale, loading message catalogs, etc. This just stores a locale value. +// The similarity of names is unfortunate, but there doesn't seem to be any +// better alternative right now. Perhaps by wxWidgets 4.0 better naming could +// be used, or this class could become wxLocale (a wrapper for the value), and +// some other class could be used to load the language catalogs or something +// that would be clearer +#ifdef wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxXLocale +{ +public: + // Construct an uninitialized locale + wxXLocale() { m_locale = NULL; } + + // Construct from a symbolic language constant + wxXLocale(wxLanguage lang); + + // Construct from the given language string + wxXLocale(const char *loc) { Init(loc); } + + // Destroy the locale + ~wxXLocale() { Free(); } + + + // Get the global "C" locale object + static wxXLocale& GetCLocale(); + + // Check if the object represents a valid locale (notice that without + // wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT the only valid locale is the "C" one) + bool IsOk() const { return m_locale != NULL; } + + // Get the type + wxXLocale_t Get() const { return m_locale; } + + bool operator== (const wxXLocale& loc) const + { return m_locale == loc.m_locale; } + +private: + // Special ctor for the "C" locale, it's only used internally as the user + // code is supposed to use GetCLocale() + wxXLocale(struct wxXLocaleCTag * WXUNUSED(dummy)) { Init("C"); } + + // Create from the given language string (called from ctors) + void Init(const char *loc); + + // Free the locale if it's non-NULL + void Free(); + + + // The corresponding locale handle, NULL if invalid + wxXLocale_t m_locale; + + + // POSIX xlocale API provides a duplocale() function but MSVC locale API + // doesn't give us any means to copy a _locale_t object so we reduce the + // functionality to least common denominator here -- it shouldn't be a + // problem as copying the locale objects shouldn't be often needed + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxXLocale); +}; + +#else // !wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT + +// Skeleton version supporting only the "C" locale for the systems without +// xlocale support +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxXLocale +{ +public: + // Construct an uninitialized locale + wxXLocale() { m_isC = false; } + + // Construct from a symbolic language constant: unless the language is + // wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US (which we suppose to be the same as "C" locale) + // the object will be invalid + wxXLocale(wxLanguage lang) + { + m_isC = lang == wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US; + } + + // Construct from the given language string: unless the string is "C" or + // "POSIX" the object will be invalid + wxXLocale(const char *loc) + { + m_isC = loc && (strcmp(loc, "C") == 0 || strcmp(loc, "POSIX") == 0); + } + + // Default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok (or would be if + // we didn't use DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS() for consistency with the xlocale + // version) + + + // Get the global "C" locale object + static wxXLocale& GetCLocale(); + + // Check if the object represents a valid locale (notice that without + // wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT the only valid locale is the "C" one) + bool IsOk() const { return m_isC; } + +private: + // Special ctor for the "C" locale, it's only used internally as the user + // code is supposed to use GetCLocale() + wxXLocale(struct wxXLocaleCTag * WXUNUSED(dummy)) { m_isC = true; } + + // Without xlocale support this class can only represent "C" locale, if + // this is false the object is invalid + bool m_isC; + + + // although it's not a problem to copy the objects of this class, we use + // this macro in this implementation for consistency with the xlocale-based + // one which can't be copied when using MSVC locale API + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxXLocale); +}; + +#endif // wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT/!wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT + + +// A shorter synonym for the most commonly used locale object +#define wxCLocale (wxXLocale::GetCLocale()) +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxXLocale) wxNullXLocale; + +// Wrappers for various functions: +#ifdef wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT + + // ctype functions + #define wxCRT_Isalnum_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isalnum_l) + #define wxCRT_Isalpha_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isalpha_l) + #define wxCRT_Iscntrl_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iscntrl_l) + #define wxCRT_Isdigit_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isdigit_l) + #define wxCRT_Isgraph_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isgraph_l) + #define wxCRT_Islower_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(islower_l) + #define wxCRT_Isprint_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isprint_l) + #define wxCRT_Ispunct_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(ispunct_l) + #define wxCRT_Isspace_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isspace_l) + #define wxCRT_Isupper_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isupper_l) + #define wxCRT_Isxdigit_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isxdigit_l) + #define wxCRT_Tolower_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(tolower_l) + #define wxCRT_Toupper_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(toupper_l) + + inline int wxIsalnum_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isalnum_lA(static_cast(c), loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsalpha_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isalpha_lA(static_cast(c), loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIscntrl_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Iscntrl_lA(static_cast(c), loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsdigit_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isdigit_lA(static_cast(c), loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsgraph_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isgraph_lA(static_cast(c), loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIslower_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Islower_lA(static_cast(c), loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsprint_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isprint_lA(static_cast(c), loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIspunct_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Ispunct_lA(static_cast(c), loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsspace_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isspace_lA(static_cast(c), loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsupper_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isupper_lA(static_cast(c), loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsxdigit_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isxdigit_lA(static_cast(c), loc.Get()); } + inline int wxTolower_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Tolower_lA(static_cast(c), loc.Get()); } + inline int wxToupper_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Toupper_lA(static_cast(c), loc.Get()); } + + + // stdlib functions for numeric <-> string conversion + // NOTE: GNU libc does not have ato[fil]_l functions; + // MSVC++8 does not have _strto[u]ll_l functions; + // thus we take the minimal set of functions provided in both environments: + + #define wxCRT_Strtod_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(strtod_l) + #define wxCRT_Strtol_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(strtol_l) + #define wxCRT_Strtoul_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(strtoul_l) + + inline double wxStrtod_lA(const char *c, char **endptr, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Strtod_lA(c, endptr, loc.Get()); } + inline long wxStrtol_lA(const char *c, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Strtol_lA(c, endptr, base, loc.Get()); } + inline unsigned long wxStrtoul_lA(const char *c, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Strtoul_lA(c, endptr, base, loc.Get()); } + + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + + // ctype functions + #define wxCRT_Isalnum_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswalnum_l) + #define wxCRT_Isalpha_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswalpha_l) + #define wxCRT_Iscntrl_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswcntrl_l) + #define wxCRT_Isdigit_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswdigit_l) + #define wxCRT_Isgraph_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswgraph_l) + #define wxCRT_Islower_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswlower_l) + #define wxCRT_Isprint_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswprint_l) + #define wxCRT_Ispunct_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswpunct_l) + #define wxCRT_Isspace_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswspace_l) + #define wxCRT_Isupper_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswupper_l) + #define wxCRT_Isxdigit_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswxdigit_l) + #define wxCRT_Tolower_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(towlower_l) + #define wxCRT_Toupper_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(towupper_l) + + inline int wxIsalnum_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isalnum_lW(c, loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsalpha_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isalpha_lW(c, loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIscntrl_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Iscntrl_lW(c, loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsdigit_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isdigit_lW(c, loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsgraph_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isgraph_lW(c, loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIslower_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Islower_lW(c, loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsprint_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isprint_lW(c, loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIspunct_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Ispunct_lW(c, loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsspace_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isspace_lW(c, loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsupper_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isupper_lW(c, loc.Get()); } + inline int wxIsxdigit_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Isxdigit_lW(c, loc.Get()); } + inline wchar_t wxTolower_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Tolower_lW(c, loc.Get()); } + inline wchar_t wxToupper_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Toupper_lW(c, loc.Get()); } + + + // stdlib functions for numeric <-> string conversion + // (see notes above about missing functions) + #define wxCRT_Strtod_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(wcstod_l) + #define wxCRT_Strtol_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(wcstol_l) + #define wxCRT_Strtoul_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(wcstoul_l) + + inline double wxStrtod_l(const wchar_t *c, wchar_t **endptr, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Strtod_lW(c, endptr, loc.Get()); } + inline long wxStrtol_l(const wchar_t *c, wchar_t **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Strtol_lW(c, endptr, base, loc.Get()); } + inline unsigned long wxStrtoul_l(const wchar_t *c, wchar_t **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Strtoul_lW(c, endptr, base, loc.Get()); } + #else // !wxUSE_UNICODE + inline double wxStrtod_l(const char *c, char **endptr, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Strtod_lA(c, endptr, loc.Get()); } + inline long wxStrtol_l(const char *c, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Strtol_lA(c, endptr, base, loc.Get()); } + inline unsigned long wxStrtoul_l(const char *c, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc) + { return wxCRT_Strtoul_lA(c, endptr, base, loc.Get()); } + #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE +#else // !wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT + // ctype functions + int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsalnum_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc); + int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsalpha_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc); + int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIscntrl_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc); + int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsdigit_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc); + int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsgraph_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc); + int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIslower_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc); + int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsprint_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc); + int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIspunct_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc); + int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsspace_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc); + int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsupper_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc); + int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsxdigit_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc); + int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTolower_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc); + int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxToupper_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc); + + // stdlib functions + double WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStrtod_l(const wchar_t* str, wchar_t **endptr, const wxXLocale& loc); + double WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStrtod_l(const char* str, char **endptr, const wxXLocale& loc); + long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStrtol_l(const wchar_t* str, wchar_t **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc); + long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStrtol_l(const char* str, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc); + unsigned long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStrtoul_l(const wchar_t* str, wchar_t **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc); + unsigned long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStrtoul_l(const char* str, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc); + +#endif // wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT/!wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT + +#endif // wxUSE_XLOCALE + +#endif // _WX_XLOCALE_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xpmdecod.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xpmdecod.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be97599289 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xpmdecod.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/xpmdecod.h +// Purpose: wxXPMDecoder, XPM reader for wxImage and wxBitmap +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// CVS-ID: $Id: xpmdecod.h 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_XPMDECOD_H_ +#define _WX_XPMDECOD_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_XPM + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream; + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxXPMDecoder class +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxXPMDecoder +{ +public: + // constructor, destructor, etc. + wxXPMDecoder() {} + ~wxXPMDecoder() {} + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + // Is the stream XPM file? + // NOTE: this function modifies the current stream position + bool CanRead(wxInputStream& stream); + + // Read XPM file from the stream, parse it and create image from it + wxImage ReadFile(wxInputStream& stream); +#endif + + // Read directly from XPM data (as passed to wxBitmap ctor): + wxImage ReadData(const char* const* xpm_data); + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + // needed for Borland 5.5 + wxImage ReadData(char** xpm_data) + { return ReadData(const_cast(xpm_data)); } +#endif +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_XPM + +#endif // _WX_XPM_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xpmhand.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xpmhand.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4207f7da80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xpmhand.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/xpmhand.h +// Purpose: XPM handler base header +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: xpmhand.h 33948 2005-05-04 18:57:50Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_XPMHAND_H_BASE_ +#define _WX_XPMHAND_H_BASE_ + +// Only wxMSW and wxPM currently defines a separate XPM handler, since +// mostly Windows and Presentation Manager apps won't need XPMs. +#if defined(__WXMSW__) +#error xpmhand.h is no longer needed since wxImage now handles XPMs. +#endif +#if defined(__WXPM__) +#include "wx/os2/xpmhand.h" +#endif + +#endif + // _WX_XPMHAND_H_BASE_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xti.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xti.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34bcdeece5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xti.h @@ -0,0 +1,469 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/xti.h +// Purpose: runtime metadata information (extended class info) +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 27/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: xti.h 66646 2011-01-07 22:52:46Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart +// (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_XTIH__ +#define _WX_XTIH__ + +// We want to support properties, event sources and events sinks through +// explicit declarations, using templates and specialization to make the +// effort as painless as possible. +// +// This means we have the following domains : +// +// - Type Information for categorizing built in types as well as custom types +// this includes information about enums, their values and names +// - Type safe value storage : a kind of wxVariant, called right now wxAny +// which will be merged with wxVariant +// - Property Information and Property Accessors providing access to a class' +// values and exposed event delegates +// - Information about event handlers +// - extended Class Information for accessing all these + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAny; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAnyList; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxClassInfo; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPluginLibrary; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable_Node; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStringToAnyHashMap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPropertyInfoMap; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPropertyAccessor; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObjectAllocator; + + +#define wx_dynamic_cast(t, x) dynamic_cast(x) + +#include "wx/xtitypes.h" +#include "wx/xtihandler.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClassInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectFunctor +{ +public: + virtual ~wxObjectFunctor(); + + // Invoke the actual event handler: + virtual void operator()(const wxObject *) = 0; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPropertyInfo; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHandlerInfo; + +typedef wxObject *(*wxObjectConstructorFn)(void); +typedef wxPropertyInfo *(*wxPropertyInfoFn)(void); +typedef wxHandlerInfo *(*wxHandlerInfoFn)(void); +typedef void (*wxVariantToObjectConverter)( const wxAny &data, wxObjectFunctor* fn ); +typedef wxObject* (*wxVariantToObjectPtrConverter) ( const wxAny& data); +typedef wxAny (*wxObjectToVariantConverter)( wxObject* ); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxAnyGetAsString( const wxAny& data); +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxObject* wxAnyGetAsObjectPtr( const wxAny& data); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriter; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriterCallback; + +typedef bool (*wxObjectStreamingCallback) ( const wxObject *, wxObjectWriter *, \ + wxObjectWriterCallback *, const wxStringToAnyHashMap & ); + + + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo +{ + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyInfo; + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHandlerInfo; + friend wxObject *wxCreateDynamicObject(const wxString& name); + +public: + wxClassInfo(const wxClassInfo **_Parents, + const wxChar *_UnitName, + const wxChar *_ClassName, + int size, + wxObjectConstructorFn ctor, + wxPropertyInfoFn _Props, + wxHandlerInfoFn _Handlers, + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* _Constructor, + const wxChar ** _ConstructorProperties, + const int _ConstructorPropertiesCount, + wxVariantToObjectPtrConverter _PtrConverter1, + wxVariantToObjectConverter _Converter2, + wxObjectToVariantConverter _Converter3, + wxObjectStreamingCallback _streamingCallback = NULL) : + m_className(_ClassName), + m_objectSize(size), + m_objectConstructor(ctor), + m_next(sm_first), + m_firstPropertyFn(_Props), + m_firstHandlerFn(_Handlers), + m_firstProperty(NULL), + m_firstHandler(NULL), + m_firstInited(false), + m_parents(_Parents), + m_unitName(_UnitName), + m_constructor(_Constructor), + m_constructorProperties(_ConstructorProperties), + m_constructorPropertiesCount(_ConstructorPropertiesCount), + m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter(_PtrConverter1), + m_variantToObjectConverter(_Converter2), + m_objectToVariantConverter(_Converter3), + m_streamingCallback(_streamingCallback) + { + sm_first = this; + Register(); + } + + wxClassInfo(const wxChar *_UnitName, const wxChar *_ClassName, + const wxClassInfo **_Parents) : + m_className(_ClassName), + m_objectSize(0), + m_objectConstructor(NULL), + m_next(sm_first), + m_firstPropertyFn(NULL), + m_firstHandlerFn(NULL), + m_firstProperty(NULL), + m_firstHandler(NULL), + m_firstInited(true), + m_parents(_Parents), + m_unitName(_UnitName), + m_constructor(NULL), + m_constructorProperties(NULL), + m_constructorPropertiesCount(0), + m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter(NULL), + m_variantToObjectConverter(NULL), + m_objectToVariantConverter(NULL), + m_streamingCallback(NULL) + { + sm_first = this; + Register(); + } + + // ctor compatible with old RTTI system + wxClassInfo(const wxChar *_ClassName, + const wxClassInfo *_Parent1, + const wxClassInfo *_Parent2, + int size, + wxObjectConstructorFn ctor) : + m_className(_ClassName), + m_objectSize(size), + m_objectConstructor(ctor), + m_next(sm_first), + m_firstPropertyFn(NULL), + m_firstHandlerFn(NULL), + m_firstProperty(NULL), + m_firstHandler(NULL), + m_firstInited(true), + m_parents(NULL), + m_unitName(NULL), + m_constructor(NULL), + m_constructorProperties(NULL), + m_constructorPropertiesCount(0), + m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter(NULL), + m_variantToObjectConverter(NULL), + m_objectToVariantConverter(NULL), + m_streamingCallback(NULL) + { + sm_first = this; + m_parents[0] = _Parent1; + m_parents[1] = _Parent2; + m_parents[2] = NULL; + Register(); + } + + virtual ~wxClassInfo(); + + // allocates an instance of this class, this object does not have to be + // initialized or fully constructed as this call will be followed by a call to Create + virtual wxObject *AllocateObject() const + { return m_objectConstructor ? (*m_objectConstructor)() : 0; } + + // 'old naming' for AllocateObject staying here for backward compatibility + wxObject *CreateObject() const { return AllocateObject(); } + + // direct construction call for classes that cannot construct instances via alloc/create + wxObject *ConstructObject(int ParamCount, wxAny *Params) const; + + bool NeedsDirectConstruction() const; + + const wxChar *GetClassName() const + { return m_className; } + const wxChar *GetBaseClassName1() const + { return m_parents[0] ? m_parents[0]->GetClassName() : NULL; } + const wxChar *GetBaseClassName2() const + { return (m_parents[0] && m_parents[1]) ? m_parents[1]->GetClassName() : NULL; } + + const wxClassInfo *GetBaseClass1() const + { return m_parents[0]; } + const wxClassInfo *GetBaseClass2() const + { return m_parents[0] ? m_parents[1] : NULL; } + + const wxChar *GetIncludeName() const + { return m_unitName; } + const wxClassInfo **GetParents() const + { return m_parents; } + int GetSize() const + { return m_objectSize; } + bool IsDynamic() const + { return (NULL != m_objectConstructor); } + + wxObjectConstructorFn GetConstructor() const + { return m_objectConstructor; } + const wxClassInfo *GetNext() const + { return m_next; } + + // statics: + + static void CleanUp(); + static wxClassInfo *FindClass(const wxString& className); + static const wxClassInfo *GetFirst() + { return sm_first; } + + + // Climb upwards through inheritance hierarchy. + // Dual inheritance is catered for. + + bool IsKindOf(const wxClassInfo *info) const; + + wxDECLARE_CLASS_INFO_ITERATORS(); + + // if there is a callback registered with that class it will be called + // before this object will be written to disk, it can veto streaming out + // this object by returning false, if this class has not registered a + // callback, the search will go up the inheritance tree if no callback has + // been registered true will be returned by default + bool BeforeWriteObject( const wxObject *obj, wxObjectWriter *streamer, + wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata) const; + + // gets the streaming callback from this class or any superclass + wxObjectStreamingCallback GetStreamingCallback() const; + + // returns the first property + wxPropertyInfo* GetFirstProperty() const + { EnsureInfosInited(); return m_firstProperty; } + + // returns the first handler + wxHandlerInfo* GetFirstHandler() const + { EnsureInfosInited(); return m_firstHandler; } + + // Call the Create upon an instance of the class, in the end the object is fully + // initialized + virtual bool Create (wxObject *object, int ParamCount, wxAny *Params) const; + + // get number of parameters for constructor + virtual int GetCreateParamCount() const + { return m_constructorPropertiesCount; } + + // get n-th constructor parameter + virtual const wxChar* GetCreateParamName(int n) const + { return m_constructorProperties[n]; } + + // Runtime access to objects for simple properties (get/set) by property + // name and variant data + virtual void SetProperty (wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName, + const wxAny &value) const; + virtual wxAny GetProperty (wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName) const; + + // Runtime access to objects for collection properties by property name + virtual wxAnyList GetPropertyCollection(wxObject *object, + const wxChar *propertyName) const; + virtual void AddToPropertyCollection(wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName, + const wxAny& value) const; + + // we must be able to cast variants to wxObject pointers, templates seem + // not to be suitable + void CallOnAny( const wxAny &data, wxObjectFunctor* functor ) const; + + wxObject* AnyToObjectPtr( const wxAny &data) const; + + wxAny ObjectPtrToAny( wxObject *object ) const; + + // find property by name + virtual const wxPropertyInfo *FindPropertyInfo (const wxChar *PropertyName) const; + + // find handler by name + virtual const wxHandlerInfo *FindHandlerInfo (const wxChar *handlerName) const; + + // find property by name + virtual wxPropertyInfo *FindPropertyInfoInThisClass (const wxChar *PropertyName) const; + + // find handler by name + virtual wxHandlerInfo *FindHandlerInfoInThisClass (const wxChar *handlerName) const; + + // puts all the properties of this class and its superclasses in the map, + // as long as there is not yet an entry with the same name (overriding mechanism) + void GetProperties( wxPropertyInfoMap &map ) const; + +private: + const wxChar *m_className; + int m_objectSize; + wxObjectConstructorFn m_objectConstructor; + + // class info object live in a linked list: + // pointers to its head and the next element in it + + static wxClassInfo *sm_first; + wxClassInfo *m_next; + + static wxHashTable *sm_classTable; + + wxPropertyInfoFn m_firstPropertyFn; + wxHandlerInfoFn m_firstHandlerFn; + + mutable bool m_firstInited; + +protected: + void EnsureInfosInited() const + { + if ( !m_firstInited) + { + if ( m_firstPropertyFn != NULL) + m_firstProperty = (*m_firstPropertyFn)(); + if ( m_firstHandlerFn != NULL) + m_firstHandler = (*m_firstHandlerFn)(); + m_firstInited = true; + } + } + mutable wxPropertyInfo* m_firstProperty; + mutable wxHandlerInfo* m_firstHandler; + +private: + const wxClassInfo** m_parents; + const wxChar* m_unitName; + + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* m_constructor; + const wxChar ** m_constructorProperties; + const int m_constructorPropertiesCount; + wxVariantToObjectPtrConverter m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter; + wxVariantToObjectConverter m_variantToObjectConverter; + wxObjectToVariantConverter m_objectToVariantConverter; + wxObjectStreamingCallback m_streamingCallback; + + const wxPropertyAccessor *FindAccessor (const wxChar *propertyName) const; + +protected: + // registers the class + void Register(); + void Unregister(); + + DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClassInfo) +}; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject *wxCreateDynamicObject(const wxString& name); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDynamicClassInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this object leads to having a pure runtime-instantiation + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo : public wxClassInfo +{ + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicObject; + +public: + wxDynamicClassInfo( const wxChar *_UnitName, const wxChar *_ClassName, + const wxClassInfo* superClass ); + virtual ~wxDynamicClassInfo(); + + // constructs a wxDynamicObject with an instance + virtual wxObject *AllocateObject() const; + + // Call the Create method for a class + virtual bool Create (wxObject *object, int ParamCount, wxAny *Params) const; + + // get number of parameters for constructor + virtual int GetCreateParamCount() const; + + // get i-th constructor parameter + virtual const wxChar* GetCreateParamName(int i) const; + + // Runtime access to objects by property name, and variant data + virtual void SetProperty (wxObject *object, const wxChar *PropertyName, + const wxAny &Value) const; + virtual wxAny GetProperty (wxObject *object, const wxChar *PropertyName) const; + + // adds a property to this class at runtime + void AddProperty( const wxChar *propertyName, const wxTypeInfo* typeInfo ); + + // removes an existing runtime-property + void RemoveProperty( const wxChar *propertyName ); + + // renames an existing runtime-property + void RenameProperty( const wxChar *oldPropertyName, const wxChar *newPropertyName ); + + // as a handler to this class at runtime + void AddHandler( const wxChar *handlerName, wxObjectEventFunction address, + const wxClassInfo* eventClassInfo ); + + // removes an existing runtime-handler + void RemoveHandler( const wxChar *handlerName ); + + // renames an existing runtime-handler + void RenameHandler( const wxChar *oldHandlerName, const wxChar *newHandlerName ); + +private: + struct wxDynamicClassInfoInternal; + wxDynamicClassInfoInternal* m_data; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDECLARE class macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define _DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) \ + public: \ + static wxClassInfo ms_classInfo; \ + static const wxClassInfo* ms_classParents[]; \ + static wxPropertyInfo* GetPropertiesStatic(); \ + static wxHandlerInfo* GetHandlersStatic(); \ + static wxClassInfo *GetClassInfoStatic() \ + { return &name::ms_classInfo; } \ + virtual wxClassInfo *GetClassInfo() const \ + { return &name::ms_classInfo; } + +#define wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) \ + static wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* ms_constructor; \ + static const wxChar * ms_constructorProperties[]; \ + static const int ms_constructorPropertiesCount; \ + _DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) + +#define wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(name) \ + wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(name); \ + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) + +#define wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(name) \ + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(name); \ + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) + +#define wxDECLARE_CLASS(name) \ + wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) + +#define wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name) _DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) +#define wxCLASSINFO(name) (&name::ms_classInfo) + +#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +#endif // _WX_XTIH__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xti2.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xti2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..70d3c154d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xti2.h @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/wxt2.h +// Purpose: runtime metadata information (extended class info) +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 27/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: xti2.h 66651 2011-01-08 10:22:30Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart +// (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_XTI2H__ +#define _WX_XTI2H__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// second part of xti headers, is included from object.h +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDynamicObject class, its instances connect to a 'super class instance' +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicObject : public wxObject +{ + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo ; +public: + // instantiates this object with an instance of its superclass + wxDynamicObject(wxObject* superClassInstance, const wxDynamicClassInfo *info) ; + virtual ~wxDynamicObject(); + + void SetProperty (const wxChar *propertyName, const wxAny &value); + wxAny GetProperty (const wxChar *propertyName) const ; + + // get the runtime identity of this object + wxClassInfo *GetClassInfo() const + { +#ifdef _MSC_VER + return (wxClassInfo*) m_classInfo; +#else + wxDynamicClassInfo *nonconst = const_cast(m_classInfo); + return static_cast(nonconst); +#endif + } + + wxObject* GetSuperClassInstance() const + { + return m_superClassInstance ; + } +private : + // removes an existing runtime-property + void RemoveProperty( const wxChar *propertyName ) ; + + // renames an existing runtime-property + void RenameProperty( const wxChar *oldPropertyName , const wxChar *newPropertyName ) ; + + wxObject *m_superClassInstance ; + const wxDynamicClassInfo *m_classInfo; + struct wxDynamicObjectInternal; + wxDynamicObjectInternal *m_data; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// String conversion templates supporting older compilers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER +# define wxTO_STRING(type) wxToStringConverter +# define wxTO_STRING_IMP(type) +# define wxFROM_STRING(type) wxFromStringConverter +# define wxFROM_STRING_IMP(type) +#else +# define wxTO_STRING(type) ToString##type +# define wxTO_STRING_IMP(type) \ + inline void ToString##type( const wxAny& data, wxString &result ) \ +{ wxToStringConverter(data, result); } + +# define wxFROM_STRING(type) FromString##type +# define wxFROM_STRING_IMP(type) \ + inline void FromString##type( const wxString& data, wxAny &result ) \ +{ wxFromStringConverter(data, result); } +#endif + +#include "wx/xtiprop.h" +#include "wx/xtictor.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIMPLEMENT class macros for concrete classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Single inheritance with one base class + +#define _DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR(name) \ +wxObject* wxConstructorFor##name() \ +{ return new name; } + +#define _DEFAULT_CONVERTERS(name) \ +wxObject* wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name ( const wxAny &data ) \ +{ return data.As( (name**)NULL ); } \ + wxAny wxObjectToVariantConverter##name ( wxObject *data ) \ +{ return wxAny( wx_dynamic_cast(name*, data) ); } + +#define _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(n, toString, fromString ) \ + wxClassTypeInfo s_typeInfo##n(wxT_OBJECT, &n::ms_classInfo, \ + toString, fromString, typeid(n).name()); \ + wxClassTypeInfo s_typeInfoPtr##n(wxT_OBJECT_PTR, &n::ms_classInfo, \ + toString, fromString, typeid(n*).name()); + +#define _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name, basename, unit, callback) \ + _DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR(name) \ + _DEFAULT_CONVERTERS(name) \ + \ + const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = \ +{ &basename::ms_classInfo, NULL }; \ + wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents, wxT(unit), \ + wxT(#name), (int) sizeof(name), (wxObjectConstructorFn) wxConstructorFor##name, \ + name::GetPropertiesStatic, name::GetHandlersStatic, name::ms_constructor, \ + name::ms_constructorProperties, name::ms_constructorPropertiesCount, \ + wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name, NULL, wxObjectToVariantConverter##name, \ + callback); + +#define _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY(name, basename, unit, callback ) \ + _DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR(name) \ + _DEFAULT_CONVERTERS(name) \ + void wxVariantToObjectConverter##name ( const wxAny &data, wxObjectFunctor* fn ) \ +{ (*fn)( &wxANY_AS(data, name) ); } \ + \ + const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = { &basename::ms_classInfo,NULL }; \ + wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents, wxT(unit), \ + wxT(#name), (int) sizeof(name), (wxObjectConstructorFn) wxConstructorFor##name, \ + name::GetPropertiesStatic,name::GetHandlersStatic,name::ms_constructor, \ + name::ms_constructorProperties, name::ms_constructorPropertiesCount, \ + wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name, wxVariantToObjectConverter##name, \ + wxObjectToVariantConverter##name, callback); + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY( name, basename ) \ + _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY( name, basename, "", NULL ) \ + _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL) \ + const wxPropertyInfo *name::GetPropertiesStatic() \ +{ return (wxPropertyInfo*) NULL; } \ + const wxHandlerInfo *name::GetHandlersStatic() \ +{ return (wxHandlerInfo*) NULL; } \ + wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY( name ) + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename ) \ + _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename, "", NULL ) \ + _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL) \ + wxPropertyInfo *name::GetPropertiesStatic() \ +{ return (wxPropertyInfo*) NULL; } \ + wxHandlerInfo *name::GetHandlersStatic() \ +{ return (wxHandlerInfo*) NULL; } \ + wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY( name ) + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI( name, basename, unit ) \ + _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename, unit, NULL ) \ + _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL) + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK( name, basename, unit, callback )\ + _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename, unit, &callback ) \ + _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL) + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY_XTI( name, basename, unit ) \ + _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY( name, basename, unit, NULL ) \ + _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL) + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY_AND_STREAMERS_XTI( name, basename, \ + unit, toString, \ + fromString ) \ + _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY( name, basename, unit, NULL ) \ + _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, toString, fromString) + +// this is for classes that do not derive from wxObject, there are no creators for these + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_WXOBJECT_NO_BASE_XTI( name, unit ) \ + const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = { NULL }; \ + wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents, wxEmptyString, \ + wxT(#name), (int) sizeof(name), (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0, \ + name::GetPropertiesStatic,name::GetHandlersStatic, 0, 0, \ + 0, 0, 0 ); \ + _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL) + +// this is for subclasses that still do not derive from wxObject + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_WXOBJECT_XTI( name, basename, unit ) \ + const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = { &basename::ms_classInfo, NULL }; \ + wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents, wxEmptyString, \ + wxT(#name), (int) sizeof(name), (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0, \ + name::GetPropertiesStatic,name::GetHandlersStatic, 0, 0, \ + 0, 0, 0 ); \ + _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL) + + +// Multiple inheritance with two base classes + +#define _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2(name, basename, basename2, unit, callback) \ + _DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR(name) \ + _DEFAULT_CONVERTERS(name) \ + \ + const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = \ +{ &basename::ms_classInfo,&basename2::ms_classInfo, NULL }; \ + wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents, wxT(unit), \ + wxT(#name), (int) sizeof(name), (wxObjectConstructorFn) wxConstructorFor##name, \ + name::GetPropertiesStatic,name::GetHandlersStatic,name::ms_constructor, \ + name::ms_constructorProperties, name::ms_constructorPropertiesCount, \ + wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name, NULL, wxObjectToVariantConverter##name, \ + callback); + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2( name, basename, basename2) \ + _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2( name, basename, basename2, "", NULL) \ + _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL) \ + wxPropertyInfo *name::GetPropertiesStatic() { return (wxPropertyInfo*) NULL; } \ + wxHandlerInfo *name::GetHandlersStatic() { return (wxHandlerInfo*) NULL; } \ + wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY( name ) + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2_XTI( name, basename, basename2, unit) \ + _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2( name, basename, basename2, unit, NULL) \ + _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL) + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIMPLEMENT class macros for abstract classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Single inheritance with one base class + +#define _IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name, basename) \ + _DEFAULT_CONVERTERS(name) \ + \ + const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = \ +{ &basename::ms_classInfo,NULL }; \ + wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents, wxEmptyString, \ + wxT(#name), (int) sizeof(name), (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0, \ + name::GetPropertiesStatic,name::GetHandlersStatic, 0, 0, \ + 0, wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name,0, \ + wxObjectToVariantConverter##name); \ + _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL) + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( name, basename ) \ + _IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( name, basename ) \ + wxHandlerInfo *name::GetHandlersStatic() { return (wxHandlerInfo*) NULL; } \ + wxPropertyInfo *name::GetPropertiesStatic() { return (wxPropertyInfo*) NULL; } + +// Multiple inheritance with two base classes + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \ + wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(wxT(#name), wxT(#basename1), \ + wxT(#basename2), (int) sizeof(name), \ + (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0); + +// templated streaming, every type that can be converted to wxString +// must have their specialization for these methods + +template +void wxStringReadValue( const wxString &s, T &data ); + +template +void wxStringWriteValue( wxString &s, const T &data); + +template +void wxToStringConverter( const wxAny &v, wxString &s ) +{ wxStringWriteValue(s, wxANY_AS(v, T)); } + +template +void wxFromStringConverter( const wxString &s, wxAny &v) +{ T d; wxStringReadValue(s, d); v = wxAny(d); } + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Collection Support +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template void wxListCollectionToAnyList( + const collection_t& coll, wxAnyList &value ) +{ + for ( iter current = coll.GetFirst(); current; + current = current->GetNext() ) + { + value.Append( new wxAny(current->GetData()) ); + } +} + +template void wxArrayCollectionToVariantArray( + const collection_t& coll, wxAnyList &value ) +{ + for( size_t i = 0; i < coll.GetCount(); i++ ) + { + value.Append( new wxAny(coll[i]) ); + } +} + +#endif + +#endif // _WX_XTIH2__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtictor.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtictor.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bb380703a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtictor.h @@ -0,0 +1,510 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/xtictor.h +// Purpose: XTI constructors +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 27/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: xtictor.h 66626 2011-01-07 17:43:12Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart +// (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _XTICTOR_H_ +#define _XTICTOR_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +#include "wx/xti.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Constructor Bridges +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// A constructor bridge allows to call a ctor with an arbitrary number +// or parameters during runtime +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator +{ +public: + virtual ~wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator() { } + virtual bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) = 0; +}; + +// a direct constructor bridge calls the operator new for this class and +// passes all params to the constructor. Needed for classes that cannot be +// instantiated using alloc-create semantics +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectAllocator : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator +{ +public: + virtual bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) = 0; +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Constructor Bridges for all Numbers of Params +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// no params + +template +struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_0 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *) + { + Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o); + return obj->Create(); + } +}; + +struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_Dummy : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator +{ + bool Create(wxObject *&, wxAny *) + { + return true; + } +}; + +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_0(klass) \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_0 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { NULL }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 0; + +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(klass) \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_Dummy constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { NULL }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 0; + +// direct constructor version + +template +struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_0 : public wxObjectAllocator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + o = new Class( ); + return o != NULL; + } +}; + +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_0(klass) \ + wxDirectConstructorBridge_0 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { NULL }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 0; + + +// 1 param + +template +struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_1 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o); + return obj->Create( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + } +}; + +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_1(klass,t0,v0) \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_1 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 1; + +// direct constructor version + +template +struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_1 : public wxObjectAllocator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + o = new Class( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + return o != NULL; + } +}; + +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_1(klass,t0,v0) \ + wxDirectConstructorBridge_1 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 1; + + +// 2 params + +template +struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_2 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o); + return obj->Create( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + } +}; + +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_2(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1) \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_2 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 2; + +// direct constructor version + +template +struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_2 : public wxObjectAllocator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + o = new Class( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + return o != NULL; + } +}; + +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_2(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1) \ + wxDirectConstructorBridge_2 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 2; + + +// 3 params + +template +struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_3 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o); + return obj->Create( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[2]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + } +}; + +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_3(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2) \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_3 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 3; + +// direct constructor version + +template +struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_3 : public wxObjectAllocator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + o = new Class( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[2]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + return o != NULL; + } +}; + +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_3(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2) \ + wxDirectConstructorBridge_3 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 3; + + +// 4 params + +template +struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_4 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o); + return obj->Create( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[2]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[3]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + } +}; + +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_4(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3) \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_4 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \ + { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 4; + +// direct constructor version + +template +struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_4 : public wxObjectAllocator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + o = new Class( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[2]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[3]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + return o != NULL; + } +}; + +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_4(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3) \ + wxDirectConstructorBridge_4 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \ + { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 4; + + +// 5 params + +template +struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_5 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o); + return obj->Create( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[2]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[3]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[4]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + } +}; + +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_5(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4) \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_5 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \ + { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 5; + +// direct constructor version + +template +struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_5 : public wxObjectAllocator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + o = new Class( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[2]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[3]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[4]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + return o != NULL; + } +}; + +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_5(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4) \ + wxDirectConstructorBridge_5 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \ + { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 5; + + +// 6 params + +template +struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_6 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o); + return obj->Create( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[2]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[3]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[4]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[5]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + } +}; + +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_6(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5) \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_6 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \ + { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4), wxT(#v5) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 6; + +// direct constructor version + +template +struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_6 : public wxObjectAllocator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + o = new Class( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[2]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[3]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[4]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[5]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + return o != NULL; + } +}; + +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_6(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5) \ + wxDirectConstructorBridge_6 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), \ + wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4), wxT(#v5) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 6; + + +// 7 params + +template +struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_7 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o); + return obj->Create( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[2]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[3]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[4]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[5]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[6]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + } +}; + +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_7(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6) \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_7 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), \ + wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4), wxT(#v5), wxT(#v6) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 7; + +// direct constructor version + +template +struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_7 : public wxObjectAllocator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + o = new Class( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[2]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[3]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[4]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[5]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[6]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + return o != NULL; + } +}; + +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_7(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6) \ + wxDirectConstructorBridge_7 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \ + { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4), wxT(#v5), wxT(#v6) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 7; + + +// 8 params + +template +struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_8 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o); + return obj->Create( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[2]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[3]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[4]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[5]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[6]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[7]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + } +}; + +#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_8(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6,t7,v7) \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_8 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \ + { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4), wxT(#v5), wxT(#v6), wxT(#v7) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 8; + +// direct constructor version + +template +struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_8 : public wxObjectAllocator +{ + bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) + { + o = new Class( + (args[0]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[1]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[2]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[3]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[4]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[5]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[6]).As(static_cast(NULL)), + (args[7]).As(static_cast(NULL)) + ); + return o != NULL; + } +}; + +#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_8(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6,t7,v7) \ + wxDirectConstructorBridge_8 constructor##klass; \ + wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \ + const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \ + { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4), wxT(#v5), wxT(#v6), wxT(#v7) }; \ + const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 8; + +#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +#endif // _XTICTOR_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtihandler.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtihandler.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aafa2ad1ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtihandler.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/xtihandler.h +// Purpose: XTI handlers +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 27/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: xtihandler.h 66651 2011-01-08 10:22:30Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart +// (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _XTIHANDLER_H_ +#define _XTIHANDLER_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +#include "wx/xti.h" + +// copied from event.h which cannot be included at this place + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEvent; + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ +#define wxMSVC_FWD_MULTIPLE_BASES __multiple_inheritance +#else +#define wxMSVC_FWD_MULTIPLE_BASES +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMSVC_FWD_MULTIPLE_BASES wxEvtHandler; +typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxEventFunction)(wxEvent&); +typedef wxEventFunction wxObjectEventFunction; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Handler Info +// +// this describes an event sink +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHandlerInfo +{ + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo; + +public: + wxHandlerInfo(wxHandlerInfo* &iter, + wxClassInfo* itsClass, + const wxString& name, + wxObjectEventFunction address, + const wxClassInfo* eventClassInfo) : + m_eventFunction(address), + m_name(name), + m_eventClassInfo(eventClassInfo), + m_itsClass(itsClass) + { + Insert(iter); + } + + ~wxHandlerInfo() + { Remove(); } + + // return the name of this handler + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } + + // return the class info of the event + const wxClassInfo *GetEventClassInfo() const { return m_eventClassInfo; } + + // get the handler function pointer + wxObjectEventFunction GetEventFunction() const { return m_eventFunction; } + + // returns NULL if this is the last handler of this class + wxHandlerInfo* GetNext() const { return m_next; } + + // return the class this property is declared in + const wxClassInfo* GetDeclaringClass() const { return m_itsClass; } + +private: + + // inserts this handler at the end of the linked chain which begins + // with "iter" handler. + void Insert(wxHandlerInfo* &iter); + + // removes this handler from the linked chain of the m_itsClass handlers. + void Remove(); + + wxObjectEventFunction m_eventFunction; + wxString m_name; + const wxClassInfo* m_eventClassInfo; + wxHandlerInfo* m_next; + wxClassInfo* m_itsClass; +}; + +#define wxHANDLER(name,eventClassType) \ + static wxHandlerInfo _handlerInfo##name( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \ + wxT(#name), (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) &name, \ + CLASSINFO( eventClassType ) ); + +#define wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(theClass) \ + wxHandlerInfo *theClass::GetHandlersStatic() \ + { \ + typedef theClass class_t; \ + static wxHandlerInfo* first = NULL; + +#define wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() \ + return first; } + +#define wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(theClass) \ + wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(theClass) \ + wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() + +#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +#endif // _XTIHANDLER_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtiprop.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtiprop.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..464047004e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtiprop.h @@ -0,0 +1,551 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/xtiprop.h +// Purpose: XTI properties +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 27/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: xtiprop.h 66651 2011-01-08 10:22:30Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart +// (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _XTIPROP_H_ +#define _XTIPROP_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +#include "wx/xti.h" +#include "wx/any.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTable; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTable_Node; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEvent; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEvtHandler; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Property Accessors +// +// wxPropertySetter/Getter/CollectionGetter/CollectionAdder are all property +// accessors which are managed by wxPropertyAccessor class which in turn is +// handled by wxPropertyInfo. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertySetter +{ +public: + wxPropertySetter( const wxString name ) { m_name = name; } + virtual ~wxPropertySetter() {} + + virtual void Set( wxObject *object, const wxAny &variantValue ) const = 0; + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } + +private: + wxString m_name; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyGetter +{ +public: + wxPropertyGetter( const wxString name ) { m_name = name; } + virtual ~wxPropertyGetter() {} + + virtual void Get( const wxObject *object, wxAny& result) const = 0; + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } + +private: + wxString m_name; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyCollectionGetter +{ +public: + wxPropertyCollectionGetter( const wxString name ) { m_name = name; } + virtual ~wxPropertyCollectionGetter() {} + + virtual void Get( const wxObject *object, wxAnyList& result) const = 0; + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } + +private: + wxString m_name; +}; + +template void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE \ + wxCollectionToVariantArray( const coll_t& coll, wxAnyList& result ); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyCollectionAdder +{ +public: + wxPropertyCollectionAdder( const wxString name ) { m_name = name; } + virtual ~wxPropertyCollectionAdder() {} + + virtual void Add( wxObject *object, const wxAny &variantValue ) const= 0; + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } + +private: + wxString m_name; +}; + +#define wxPROPERTY_SETTER( property, Klass, valueType, setterMethod ) \ +class wxPropertySetter##property : public wxPropertySetter \ +{ \ +public: \ + wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX(Klass) \ + wxPropertySetter##property() : wxPropertySetter( wxT(#setterMethod) ) {} \ + virtual ~wxPropertySetter##property() {} \ + \ + void Set( wxObject *object, const wxAny &variantValue ) const \ + { \ + Klass *obj = dynamic_cast(object); \ + valueType tempobj; \ + if ( variantValue.GetAs(&tempobj) ) \ + obj->setterMethod(tempobj); \ + else \ + obj->setterMethod(*wxANY_AS(variantValue, valueType*)); \ + } \ +}; + +#define wxPROPERTY_GETTER( property, Klass, valueType, gettermethod ) \ +class wxPropertyGetter##property : public wxPropertyGetter \ +{ \ +public: \ + wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX(Klass) \ + wxPropertyGetter##property() : wxPropertyGetter( wxT(#gettermethod) ) {} \ + virtual ~wxPropertyGetter##property() {} \ + \ + void Get( const wxObject *object, wxAny &result) const \ + { \ + const Klass *obj = dynamic_cast(object); \ + result = wxAny( obj->gettermethod() ); \ + } \ +}; + +#define wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION_ADDER( property, Klass, valueType, addermethod ) \ +class wxPropertyCollectionAdder##property : public wxPropertyCollectionAdder \ +{ \ +public: \ + wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX(Klass) \ + wxPropertyCollectionAdder##property() : wxPropertyCollectionAdder( wxT(#addermethod) ) {} \ + virtual ~wxPropertyCollectionAdder##property() {} \ + \ + void Add( wxObject *object, const wxAny &variantValue ) const \ + { \ + Klass *obj = dynamic_cast(object); \ + valueType tempobj; \ + if ( variantValue.GetAs(&tempobj) ) \ + obj->addermethod(tempobj); \ + else \ + obj->addermethod(*wxANY_AS(variantValue, valueType*)); \ + } \ +}; + +#define wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION_GETTER( property, Klass, valueType, gettermethod ) \ +class wxPropertyCollectionGetter##property : public wxPropertyCollectionGetter \ +{ \ +public: \ + wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX(Klass) \ + wxPropertyCollectionGetter##property() : wxPropertyCollectionGetter( wxT(#gettermethod) ) {} \ + virtual ~wxPropertyCollectionGetter##property() {} \ + \ + void Get( const wxObject *object, wxAnyList &result) const \ + { \ + const Klass *obj = dynamic_cast(object); \ + wxCollectionToVariantArray( obj->gettermethod(), result ); \ + } \ +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyAccessor +{ +public: + wxPropertyAccessor( wxPropertySetter *setter, wxPropertyGetter *getter, + wxPropertyCollectionAdder *adder, wxPropertyCollectionGetter *collectionGetter ) + { m_setter = setter; m_getter = getter; m_adder = adder; + m_collectionGetter = collectionGetter; } + + virtual ~wxPropertyAccessor() {} + + // Setting a simple property (non-collection) + virtual void SetProperty(wxObject *object, const wxAny &value) const + { + if ( m_setter ) + m_setter->Set( object, value ); + else + wxLogError( _("SetProperty called w/o valid setter") ); + } + + // Getting a simple property (non-collection) + virtual void GetProperty(const wxObject *object, wxAny &result) const + { + if ( m_getter ) + m_getter->Get( object, result ); + else + wxLogError( _("GetProperty called w/o valid getter") ); + } + + // Adding an element to a collection property + virtual void AddToPropertyCollection(wxObject *object, const wxAny &value) const + { + if ( m_adder ) + m_adder->Add( object, value ); + else + wxLogError( _("AddToPropertyCollection called w/o valid adder") ); + } + + // Getting a collection property + virtual void GetPropertyCollection( const wxObject *obj, wxAnyList &result) const + { + if ( m_collectionGetter ) + m_collectionGetter->Get( obj, result); + else + wxLogError( _("GetPropertyCollection called w/o valid collection getter") ); + } + + virtual bool HasSetter() const { return m_setter != NULL; } + virtual bool HasCollectionGetter() const { return m_collectionGetter != NULL; } + virtual bool HasGetter() const { return m_getter != NULL; } + virtual bool HasAdder() const { return m_adder != NULL; } + + virtual const wxString& GetCollectionGetterName() const + { return m_collectionGetter->GetName(); } + virtual const wxString& GetGetterName() const + { return m_getter->GetName(); } + virtual const wxString& GetSetterName() const + { return m_setter->GetName(); } + virtual const wxString& GetAdderName() const + { return m_adder->GetName(); } + +protected: + wxPropertySetter *m_setter; + wxPropertyCollectionAdder *m_adder; + wxPropertyGetter *m_getter; + wxPropertyCollectionGetter* m_collectionGetter; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGenericPropertyAccessor : public wxPropertyAccessor +{ +public: + wxGenericPropertyAccessor( const wxString &propName ); + virtual ~wxGenericPropertyAccessor(); + + void RenameProperty( const wxString& WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(oldName), + const wxString& newName ) + { + wxASSERT( oldName == m_propertyName ); m_propertyName = newName; + } + + virtual bool HasSetter() const { return true; } + virtual bool HasGetter() const { return true; } + virtual bool HasAdder() const { return false; } + virtual bool HasCollectionGetter() const { return false; } + + virtual const wxString& GetGetterName() const + { return m_getterName; } + virtual const wxString& GetSetterName() const + { return m_setterName; } + + virtual void SetProperty(wxObject *object, const wxAny &value) const; + virtual void GetProperty(const wxObject *object, wxAny &value) const; + + // Adding an element to a collection property + virtual void AddToPropertyCollection(wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), + const wxAny &WXUNUSED(value)) const + { + wxLogError( _("AddToPropertyCollection called on a generic accessor") ); + } + + // Getting a collection property + virtual void GetPropertyCollection( const wxObject *WXUNUSED(obj), + wxAnyList &WXUNUSED(result)) const + { + wxLogError ( _("GetPropertyCollection called on a generic accessor") ); + } + +private: + struct wxGenericPropertyAccessorInternal; + wxGenericPropertyAccessorInternal* m_data; + wxString m_propertyName; + wxString m_setterName; + wxString m_getterName; +}; + +typedef long wxPropertyInfoFlags; +enum +{ + // will be removed in future releases + wxPROP_DEPRECATED = 0x00000001, + + // object graph property, will be streamed with priority (after constructor properties) + wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH = 0x00000002, + + // this will only be streamed out and in as enum/set, the internal representation + // is still a long + wxPROP_ENUM_STORE_LONG = 0x00000004, + + // don't stream out this property, needed eg to avoid streaming out children + // that are always created by their parents + wxPROP_DONT_STREAM = 0x00000008 +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Property Support +// +// wxPropertyInfo is used to inquire of the property by name. It doesn't +// provide access to the property, only information about it. If you +// want access, look at wxPropertyAccessor. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyInfo +{ + friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo; + +public: + wxPropertyInfo(wxPropertyInfo* &iter, + wxClassInfo* itsClass, + const wxString& name, + const wxString& typeName, + wxPropertyAccessor *accessor, + wxAny dv, + wxPropertyInfoFlags flags = 0, + const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& groupString = wxEmptyString) : + m_itsClass(itsClass), + m_name(name), + m_typeInfo(NULL), + m_typeName(typeName), + m_collectionElementTypeInfo(NULL), + m_accessor(accessor), + m_defaultValue(dv), + m_flags(flags), + m_helpString(helpString), + m_groupString(groupString) + { + Insert(iter); + } + + wxPropertyInfo(wxPropertyInfo* &iter, + wxClassInfo* itsClass, + const wxString& name, + wxEventSourceTypeInfo* type, + wxPropertyAccessor *accessor, + wxAny dv, + wxPropertyInfoFlags flags = 0, + const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& groupString = wxEmptyString) : + m_itsClass(itsClass), + m_name(name), + m_typeInfo(type), + m_collectionElementTypeInfo(NULL), + m_accessor(accessor), + m_defaultValue(dv), + m_flags(flags), + m_helpString(helpString), + m_groupString(groupString) + { + Insert(iter); + } + + wxPropertyInfo(wxPropertyInfo* &iter, + wxClassInfo* itsClass, const wxString& name, + const wxString& collectionTypeName, + const wxString& elementTypeName, + wxPropertyAccessor *accessor, + wxPropertyInfoFlags flags = 0, + const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString, + const wxString& groupString = wxEmptyString) : + m_itsClass(itsClass), + m_name(name), + m_typeInfo(NULL), + m_typeName(collectionTypeName), + m_collectionElementTypeInfo(NULL), + m_collectionElementTypeName(elementTypeName), + m_accessor(accessor), + m_flags(flags), + m_helpString(helpString), + m_groupString(groupString) + { + Insert(iter); + } + + ~wxPropertyInfo() + { Remove(); } + + // return the class this property is declared in + const wxClassInfo* GetDeclaringClass() const { return m_itsClass; } + + // return the name of this property + const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } + + // returns the flags of this property + wxPropertyInfoFlags GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } + + // returns the short help string of this property + const wxString& GetHelpString() const { return m_helpString; } + + // returns the group string of this property + const wxString& GetGroupString() const { return m_groupString; } + + // return the element type info of this property (for collections, otherwise NULL) + const wxTypeInfo * GetCollectionElementTypeInfo() const + { + if ( m_collectionElementTypeInfo == NULL ) + m_collectionElementTypeInfo = wxTypeInfo::FindType(m_collectionElementTypeName); + return m_collectionElementTypeInfo; + } + + // return the type info of this property + const wxTypeInfo * GetTypeInfo() const + { + if ( m_typeInfo == NULL ) + m_typeInfo = wxTypeInfo::FindType(m_typeName); + return m_typeInfo; + } + + // return the accessor for this property + wxPropertyAccessor* GetAccessor() const { return m_accessor; } + + // returns NULL if this is the last property of this class + wxPropertyInfo* GetNext() const { return m_next; } + + // returns the default value of this property, its kind may be wxT_VOID if it is not valid + wxAny GetDefaultValue() const { return m_defaultValue; } + +private: + + // inserts this property at the end of the linked chain which begins + // with "iter" property. + void Insert(wxPropertyInfo* &iter); + + // removes this property from the linked chain of the m_itsClass properties. + void Remove(); + + wxClassInfo* m_itsClass; + wxString m_name; + mutable wxTypeInfo* m_typeInfo; + wxString m_typeName; + mutable wxTypeInfo* m_collectionElementTypeInfo; + wxString m_collectionElementTypeName; + wxPropertyAccessor* m_accessor; + wxAny m_defaultValue; + wxPropertyInfoFlags m_flags; + wxString m_helpString; + wxString m_groupString; + wxPropertyInfo* m_next; + + // FIXME: what's this comment about?? + // string representation of the default value + // to be assigned by the designer to the property + // when the component is dropped on the container. +}; + +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( wxPropertyInfo*, wxPropertyInfoMap, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE ); + +#define wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(theClass) \ + wxPropertyInfo *theClass::GetPropertiesStatic() \ + { \ + typedef theClass class_t; \ + static wxPropertyInfo* first = NULL; + +#define wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() \ + return first; } + +#define wxHIDE_PROPERTY( pname ) \ + static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \ + wxT(#pname), typeid(void).name(), NULL, wxAny(), wxPROP_DONT_STREAM, \ + wxEmptyString, wxEmptyString ); + +#define wxPROPERTY( pname, type, setter, getter, defaultValue, flags, help, group) \ + wxPROPERTY_SETTER( pname, class_t, type, setter ) \ + static wxPropertySetter##pname _setter##pname; \ + wxPROPERTY_GETTER( pname, class_t, type, getter ) \ + static wxPropertyGetter##pname _getter##pname; \ + static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( &_setter##pname, \ + &_getter##pname, NULL, NULL ); \ + static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \ + wxT(#pname), typeid(type).name(), &_accessor##pname, \ + wxAny(defaultValue), flags, group, help ); + +#define wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( pname, flags, type, setter, getter,defaultValue, \ + pflags, help, group) \ + wxPROPERTY_SETTER( pname, class_t, type, setter ) \ + static wxPropertySetter##pname _setter##pname; \ + wxPROPERTY_GETTER( pname, class_t, type, getter ) \ + static wxPropertyGetter##pname _getter##pname; \ + static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( &_setter##pname, \ + &_getter##pname, NULL, NULL ); \ + static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \ + wxT(#pname), typeid(flags).name(), &_accessor##pname, \ + wxAny(defaultValue), wxPROP_ENUM_STORE_LONG | pflags, help, group ); + +#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( pname, type, getter,defaultValue, flags, help, group) \ + wxPROPERTY_GETTER( pname, class_t, type, getter ) \ + static wxPropertyGetter##pname _getter##pname; \ + static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( NULL, &_getter##pname, NULL, NULL ); \ + static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \ + wxT(#pname), typeid(type).name(),&_accessor##pname, \ + wxAny(defaultValue), flags, help, group ); + +#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_FLAGS( pname, flags, type, getter,defaultValue, \ + pflags, help, group) \ + wxPROPERTY_GETTER( pname, class_t, type, getter ) \ + static wxPropertyGetter##pname _getter##pname; \ + static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( NULL, &_getter##pname, NULL, NULL ); \ + static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \ + wxT(#pname), typeid(flags).name(),&_accessor##pname, \ + wxAny(defaultValue), wxPROP_ENUM_STORE_LONG | pflags, help, group ); + +#define wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION( pname, colltype, addelemtype, adder, getter, \ + flags, help, group ) \ + wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION_ADDER( pname, class_t, addelemtype, adder ) \ + static wxPropertyCollectionAdder##pname _adder##pname; \ + wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION_GETTER( pname, class_t, colltype, getter ) \ + static wxPropertyCollectionGetter##pname _collectionGetter##pname; \ + static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( NULL, NULL,&_adder##pname, \ + &_collectionGetter##pname ); \ + static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \ + wxT(#pname), typeid(colltype).name(),typeid(addelemtype).name(), \ + &_accessor##pname, flags, help, group ); + +#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( pname, colltype, addelemtype, getter, \ + flags, help, group) \ + wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION_GETTER( pname, class_t, colltype, getter ) \ + static wxPropertyCollectionGetter##pname _collectionGetter##pname; \ + static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( NULL, NULL, NULL, \ + &_collectionGetter##pname ); \ + static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first,class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \ + wxT(#pname), typeid(colltype).name(),typeid(addelemtype).name(), \ + &_accessor##pname, flags, help, group ); + +#define wxEVENT_PROPERTY( name, eventType, eventClass ) \ + static wxEventSourceTypeInfo _typeInfo##name( eventType, CLASSINFO( eventClass ) ); \ + static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##name( first,class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \ + wxT(#name), &_typeInfo##name, NULL, wxAny() ); + +#define wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( name, eventType, lastEventType, eventClass ) \ + static wxEventSourceTypeInfo _typeInfo##name( eventType, lastEventType, \ + CLASSINFO( eventClass ) ); \ + static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##name( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \ + wxT(#name), &_typeInfo##name, NULL, wxAny() ); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Implementation Helper for Simple Properties +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_PROPERTY(name, type) \ +private: \ + type m_##name; \ +public: \ + void Set##name( type const & p) { m_##name = p; } \ + type const & Get##name() const { return m_##name; } + +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( wxAny, wxStringToAnyHashMap, + class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE ); + +#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +#endif // _XTIPROP_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtistrm.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtistrm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a5369240a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtistrm.h @@ -0,0 +1,407 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/xtistrm.h +// Purpose: streaming runtime metadata information (extended class info) +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 27/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: xtistrm.h 66621 2011-01-07 17:22:59Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_XTISTRMH__ +#define _WX_XTISTRMH__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +#include "wx/object.h" + +const int wxInvalidObjectID = -2; +const int wxNullObjectID = -3; + +// Filer contains the interfaces for streaming objects in and out of XML, +// rendering them either to objects in memory, or to code. Note: We +// consider the process of generating code to be one of *depersisting* the +// object from xml, *not* of persisting the object to code from an object +// in memory. This distinction can be confusing, and should be kept +// in mind when looking at the property streamers and callback interfaces +// listed below. + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxObjectWriterCallback +// +// This class will be asked during the streaming-out process about every single +// property or object instance. It can veto streaming out by returning false +// or modify the value before it is streamed-out. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriter; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectReader; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyList; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyInfo; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAny; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriter; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHandlerInfo; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriterCallback +{ +public: + virtual ~wxObjectWriterCallback() {} + + // will be called before an object is written, may veto by returning false + virtual bool BeforeWriteObject( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer), + const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), + const wxClassInfo *WXUNUSED(classInfo), + const wxStringToAnyHashMap &WXUNUSED(metadata)) + { return true; } + + // will be called after this object has been written, may be + // needed for adjusting stacks + virtual void AfterWriteObject( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer), + const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), + const wxClassInfo *WXUNUSED(classInfo) ) + {} + + // will be called before a property gets written, may change the value, + // eg replace a concrete wxSize by wxSize( wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord ) + // or veto writing that property at all by returning false + virtual bool BeforeWriteProperty( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer), + const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), + const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo), + const wxAny &WXUNUSED(value) ) + { return true; } + + // will be called before a property gets written, may change the value, + // eg replace a concrete wxSize by wxSize( wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord ) + // or veto writing that property at all by returning false + virtual bool BeforeWriteProperty( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer), + const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), + const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo), + const wxAnyList &WXUNUSED(value) ) + { return true; } + + // will be called after a property has been written out, may be needed + // for adjusting stacks + virtual void AfterWriteProperty( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer), + const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo) ) + {} + + // will be called before this delegate gets written + virtual bool BeforeWriteDelegate( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer), + const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), + const wxClassInfo* WXUNUSED(classInfo), + const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo), + const wxObject *&WXUNUSED(eventSink), + const wxHandlerInfo* &WXUNUSED(handlerInfo) ) + { return true; } + + virtual void AfterWriteDelegate( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer), + const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), + const wxClassInfo* WXUNUSED(classInfo), + const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo), + const wxObject *&WXUNUSED(eventSink), + const wxHandlerInfo* &WXUNUSED(handlerInfo) ) + { } +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriterFunctor: public wxObjectFunctor +{ +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriter: public wxObject +{ + friend class wxObjectWriterFunctor; +public: + wxObjectWriter(); + virtual ~wxObjectWriter(); + + // with this call you start writing out a new top-level object + void WriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, const wxString &name, + const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata); + + // Managing the object identity table a.k.a context + // + // these methods make sure that no object gets written twice, + // because sometimes multiple calls to the WriteObject will be + // made without wanting to have duplicate objects written, the + // object identity table will be reset manually + virtual void ClearObjectContext(); + + // gets the object Id for a passed in object in the context + int GetObjectID(const wxObject *obj); + + // returns true if this object has already been written in this context + bool IsObjectKnown( const wxObject *obj ); + + // + // streaming callbacks + // + // these callbacks really write out the values in the stream format + + // begins writing out a new toplevel entry which has the indicated unique name + virtual void DoBeginWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &name ) = 0; + + // ends writing out a new toplevel entry which has the indicated unique name + virtual void DoEndWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &name ) = 0; + + // start of writing an object having the passed in ID + virtual void DoBeginWriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + int objectID, const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata ) = 0; + + // end of writing an toplevel object name param is used for unique + // identification within the container + virtual void DoEndWriteObject(const wxObject *object, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, int objectID ) = 0; + + // writes a simple property in the stream format + virtual void DoWriteSimpleType( const wxAny &value ) = 0; + + // start of writing a complex property into the stream ( + virtual void DoBeginWriteProperty( const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo ) = 0; + + // end of writing a complex property into the stream + virtual void DoEndWriteProperty( const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo ) = 0; + + virtual void DoBeginWriteElement() = 0; + virtual void DoEndWriteElement() = 0; + // insert an object reference to an already written object + virtual void DoWriteRepeatedObject( int objectID ) = 0; + + // insert a null reference + virtual void DoWriteNullObject() = 0; + + // writes a delegate in the stream format + virtual void DoWriteDelegate( const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo* classInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo, const wxObject *eventSink, + int sinkObjectID, const wxClassInfo* eventSinkClassInfo, + const wxHandlerInfo* handlerIndo ) = 0; + + void WriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, bool isEmbedded, const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata ); + +protected: + struct wxObjectWriterInternal; + wxObjectWriterInternal* m_data; + + struct wxObjectWriterInternalPropertiesData; + + void WriteAllProperties( const wxObject * obj, const wxClassInfo* ci, + wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, + wxObjectWriterInternalPropertiesData * data ); + + void WriteOneProperty( const wxObject *obj, const wxClassInfo* ci, + const wxPropertyInfo* pi, wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, + wxObjectWriterInternalPropertiesData *data ); + + + void FindConnectEntry(const wxEvtHandler * evSource, + const wxEventSourceTypeInfo* dti, const wxObject* &sink, + const wxHandlerInfo *&handler); +}; + + +/* +Streaming callbacks for depersisting XML to code, or running objects +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectReaderCallback; + +/* +wxObjectReader handles streaming in a class from a arbitrary format. +While walking through it issues calls out to interfaces to readercallback +the guts from the underlying storage format. +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectReader: public wxObject +{ +public: + wxObjectReader(); + virtual ~wxObjectReader(); + + // the only thing wxObjectReader knows about is the class info by object ID + wxClassInfo *GetObjectClassInfo(int objectID); + bool HasObjectClassInfo( int objectID ); + void SetObjectClassInfo(int objectID, wxClassInfo* classInfo); + + // Reads the component the reader is pointed at from the underlying format. + // The return value is the root object ID, which can + // then be used to ask the depersister about that object + // if there was a problem you will get back wxInvalidObjectID and the current + // error log will carry the problems encoutered + virtual int ReadObject( const wxString &name, wxObjectReaderCallback *readercallback ) = 0; + +private: + struct wxObjectReaderInternal; + wxObjectReaderInternal *m_data; +}; + +// This abstract class matches the allocate-init/create model of creation of objects. +// At runtime, these will create actual instances, and manipulate them. +// When generating code, these will just create statements of C++ +// code to create the objects. + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectReaderCallback +{ +public: + virtual ~wxObjectReaderCallback() {} + + // allocate the new object on the heap, that object will have the passed in ID + virtual void AllocateObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo, + wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata) = 0; + + // initialize the already allocated object having the ID objectID with the Create method + // creation parameters which are objects are having their Ids passed in objectIDValues + // having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID + + virtual void CreateObject(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + int paramCount, + wxAny *VariantValues, + int *objectIDValues, + const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos, + wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata) = 0; + + // construct the new object on the heap, that object will have the passed in ID + // (for objects that don't support allocate-create type of creation) + // creation parameters which are objects are having their Ids passed in + // objectIDValues having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID + + virtual void ConstructObject(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + int paramCount, + wxAny *VariantValues, + int *objectIDValues, + const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos, + wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata) = 0; + + // destroy the heap-allocated object having the ID objectID, this may be used + // if an object is embedded in another object and set via value semantics, + // so the intermediate object can be destroyed after safely + virtual void DestroyObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo) = 0; + + // set the corresponding property + virtual void SetProperty(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo, + const wxAny &VariantValue) = 0; + + // sets the corresponding property (value is an object) + virtual void SetPropertyAsObject(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo, + int valueObjectId) = 0; + + // adds an element to a property collection + virtual void AddToPropertyCollection( int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo, + const wxAny &VariantValue) = 0; + + // sets the corresponding property (value is an object) + virtual void AddToPropertyCollectionAsObject(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo, + int valueObjectId) = 0; + + // sets the corresponding event handler + virtual void SetConnect(int EventSourceObjectID, + const wxClassInfo *EventSourceClassInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo *delegateInfo, + const wxClassInfo *EventSinkClassInfo, + const wxHandlerInfo* handlerInfo, + int EventSinkObjectID ) = 0; +}; + +/* +wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback implements the callbacks that will bring back +an object into a life memory instance +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback: public wxObjectReaderCallback +{ + struct wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallbackInternal; + wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallbackInternal * m_data; + +public: + wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback(); + virtual ~wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback(); + + // returns the object having the corresponding ID fully constructed + wxObject *GetObject(int objectID); + + // allocate the new object on the heap, that object will have the passed in ID + virtual void AllocateObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo, + wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata); + + // initialize the already allocated object having the ID objectID with + // the Create method creation parameters which are objects are having + // their Ids passed in objectIDValues having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID + + virtual void CreateObject(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + int paramCount, + wxAny *VariantValues, + int *objectIDValues, + const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos, + wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata + ); + + // construct the new object on the heap, that object will have the + // passed in ID (for objects that don't support allocate-create type of + // creation) creation parameters which are objects are having their Ids + // passed in objectIDValues having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID + + virtual void ConstructObject(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + int paramCount, + wxAny *VariantValues, + int *objectIDValues, + const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos, + wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata); + + // destroy the heap-allocated object having the ID objectID, this may be + // used if an object is embedded in another object and set via value semantics, + // so the intermediate object can be destroyed after safely + virtual void DestroyObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo); + + // set the corresponding property + virtual void SetProperty(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo, + const wxAny &variantValue); + + // sets the corresponding property (value is an object) + virtual void SetPropertyAsObject(int objectId, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo, + int valueObjectId); + + // adds an element to a property collection + virtual void AddToPropertyCollection( int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo, + const wxAny &VariantValue); + + // sets the corresponding property (value is an object) + virtual void AddToPropertyCollectionAsObject(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo, + int valueObjectId); + + // sets the corresponding event handler + virtual void SetConnect(int eventSourceObjectID, + const wxClassInfo *eventSourceClassInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo *delegateInfo, + const wxClassInfo *eventSinkClassInfo, + const wxHandlerInfo* handlerInfo, + int eventSinkObjectID ); +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtitypes.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtitypes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2f689d3126 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtitypes.h @@ -0,0 +1,533 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/xtitypes.h +// Purpose: enum, set, basic types support +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 27/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: xtitypes.h 66651 2011-01-08 10:22:30Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart +// (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _XTITYPES_H_ +#define _XTITYPES_H_ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" +#include "wx/flags.h" +#include "wx/intl.h" +#include "wx/log.h" +#include + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Enum Support +// +// In the header files XTI requires no change from pure c++ code, however in the +// implementation, an enum needs to be enumerated eg: +// +// wxBEGIN_ENUM( wxFlavor ) +// wxENUM_MEMBER( Vanilla ) +// wxENUM_MEMBER( Chocolate ) +// wxENUM_MEMBER( Strawberry ) +// wxEND_ENUM( wxFlavor ) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEnumMemberData +{ + const wxChar* m_name; + int m_value; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEnumData +{ +public: + wxEnumData( wxEnumMemberData* data ); + + // returns true if the member has been found and sets the int value + // pointed to accordingly (if ptr != null ) + // if not found returns false, value left unchanged + bool HasEnumMemberValue( const wxChar *name, int *value = NULL ) const; + + // returns the value of the member, if not found in debug mode an + // assert is issued, in release 0 is returned + int GetEnumMemberValue(const wxChar *name ) const; + + // returns the name of the enum member having the passed in value + // returns an emtpy string if not found + const wxChar *GetEnumMemberName(int value) const; + + // returns the number of members in this enum + int GetEnumCount() const { return m_count; } + + // returns the value of the nth member + int GetEnumMemberValueByIndex( int n ) const; + + // returns the value of the nth member + const wxChar *GetEnumMemberNameByIndex( int n ) const; + +private: + wxEnumMemberData *m_members; + int m_count; +}; + +#define wxBEGIN_ENUM( e ) \ + wxEnumMemberData s_enumDataMembers##e[] = { + +#define wxENUM_MEMBER( v ) { wxT(#v), v }, + +#define wxEND_ENUM( e ) \ + { NULL, 0 } }; \ + wxEnumData s_enumData##e( s_enumDataMembers##e ); \ + wxEnumData *wxGetEnumData(e) { return &s_enumData##e; } \ + template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString& s, e &data ) \ + { data = (e) s_enumData##e.GetEnumMemberValue(s); } \ + template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const e &data ) \ + { s = s_enumData##e.GetEnumMemberName((int)data); } \ + void FromLong##e( long data, wxAny& result ) \ + { result = wxAny((e)data); } \ + void ToLong##e( const wxAny& data, long &result ) \ + { result = (long) (data).As(static_cast(NULL)); } \ + \ + wxTO_STRING_IMP( e ) \ + wxFROM_STRING_IMP( e ) \ + wxEnumTypeInfo s_typeInfo##e(wxT_ENUM, &s_enumData##e, \ + &wxTO_STRING( e ), &wxFROM_STRING( e ), &ToLong##e, \ + &FromLong##e, typeid(e).name() ); + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Set Support +// +// in the header : +// +// enum wxFlavor +// { +// Vanilla, +// Chocolate, +// Strawberry, +// }; +// +// typedef wxBitset wxCoupe; +// +// in the implementation file : +// +// wxBEGIN_ENUM( wxFlavor ) +// wxENUM_MEMBER( Vanilla ) +// wxENUM_MEMBER( Chocolate ) +// wxENUM_MEMBER( Strawberry ) +// wxEND_ENUM( wxFlavor ) +// +// wxIMPLEMENT_SET_STREAMING( wxCoupe, wxFlavor ) +// +// implementation note: no partial specialization for streaming, but a delegation +// to a different class +// +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSetStringToArray( const wxString &s, wxArrayString &array ); + +template +void wxSetFromString(const wxString &s, wxBitset &data ) +{ + wxEnumData* edata = wxGetEnumData((e) 0); + data.reset(); + + wxArrayString array; + wxSetStringToArray( s, array ); + wxString flag; + for ( int i = 0; i < array.Count(); ++i ) + { + flag = array[i]; + int ivalue; + if ( edata->HasEnumMemberValue( flag, &ivalue ) ) + { + data.set( (e) ivalue ); + } + } +} + +template +void wxSetToString( wxString &s, const wxBitset &data ) +{ + wxEnumData* edata = wxGetEnumData((e) 0); + int count = edata->GetEnumCount(); + int i; + s.Clear(); + for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + e value = (e) edata->GetEnumMemberValueByIndex(i); + if ( data.test( value ) ) + { + // this could also be done by the templated calls + if ( !s.empty() ) + s += wxT("|"); + s += edata->GetEnumMemberNameByIndex(i); + } + } +} + +#define wxIMPLEMENT_SET_STREAMING(SetName,e) \ + template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, wxBitset &data ) \ + { wxSetFromString( s, data ); } \ + template<> void wxStringWriteValue( wxString &s, const wxBitset &data ) \ + { wxSetToString( s, data ); } \ + void FromLong##SetName( long data, wxAny& result ) \ + { result = wxAny(SetName((unsigned long)data)); } \ + void ToLong##SetName( const wxAny& data, long &result ) \ + { result = (long) (data).As(static_cast(NULL)).to_ulong(); } \ + wxTO_STRING_IMP( SetName ) \ + wxFROM_STRING_IMP( SetName ) \ + wxEnumTypeInfo s_typeInfo##SetName(wxT_SET, &s_enumData##e, \ + &wxTO_STRING( SetName ), &wxFROM_STRING( SetName ), \ + &ToLong##SetName, &FromLong##SetName, typeid(SetName).name() ); + +template +void wxFlagsFromString(const wxString &s, e &data ) +{ + wxEnumData* edata = wxGetEnumData((e*) 0); + data.m_data = 0; + + wxArrayString array; + wxSetStringToArray( s, array ); + wxString flag; + for ( size_t i = 0; i < array.Count(); ++i ) + { + flag = array[i]; + int ivalue; + if ( edata->HasEnumMemberValue( flag, &ivalue ) ) + { + data.m_data |= ivalue; + } + } +} + +template +void wxFlagsToString( wxString &s, const e& data ) +{ + wxEnumData* edata = wxGetEnumData((e*) 0); + int count = edata->GetEnumCount(); + int i; + s.Clear(); + long dataValue = data.m_data; + for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + int value = edata->GetEnumMemberValueByIndex(i); + // make this to allow for multi-bit constants to work + if ( value && ( dataValue & value ) == value ) + { + // clear the flags we just set + dataValue &= ~value; + // this could also be done by the templated calls + if ( !s.empty() ) + s +=wxT("|"); + s += edata->GetEnumMemberNameByIndex(i); + } + } +} + +#define wxBEGIN_FLAGS( e ) \ + wxEnumMemberData s_enumDataMembers##e[] = { + +#define wxFLAGS_MEMBER( v ) { wxT(#v), v }, + +#define wxEND_FLAGS( e ) \ + { NULL, 0 } }; \ + wxEnumData s_enumData##e( s_enumDataMembers##e ); \ + wxEnumData *wxGetEnumData(e*) { return &s_enumData##e; } \ + template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, e &data ) \ + { wxFlagsFromString( s, data ); } \ + template<> void wxStringWriteValue( wxString &s, const e& data ) \ + { wxFlagsToString( s, data ); } \ + void FromLong##e( long data, wxAny& result ) \ + { result = wxAny(e(data)); } \ + void ToLong##e( const wxAny& data, long &result ) \ + { result = (long) (data).As(static_cast(NULL)).m_data; } \ + wxTO_STRING_IMP( e ) \ + wxFROM_STRING_IMP( e ) \ + wxEnumTypeInfo s_typeInfo##e(wxT_SET, &s_enumData##e, \ + &wxTO_STRING( e ), &wxFROM_STRING( e ), &ToLong##e, \ + &FromLong##e, typeid(e).name() ); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Type Information +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// All data exposed by the RTTI is characterized using the following classes. +// The first characterization is done by wxTypeKind. All enums up to and including +// wxT_CUSTOM represent so called simple types. These cannot be divided any further. +// They can be converted to and from wxStrings, that's all. +// Other wxTypeKinds can instead be splitted recursively into smaller parts until +// the simple types are reached. + +enum wxTypeKind +{ + wxT_VOID = 0, // unknown type + wxT_BOOL, + wxT_CHAR, + wxT_UCHAR, + wxT_INT, + wxT_UINT, + wxT_LONG, + wxT_ULONG, + wxT_LONGLONG, + wxT_ULONGLONG, + wxT_FLOAT, + wxT_DOUBLE, + wxT_STRING, // must be wxString + wxT_SET, // must be wxBitset<> template + wxT_ENUM, + wxT_CUSTOM, // user defined type (e.g. wxPoint) + + wxT_LAST_SIMPLE_TYPE_KIND = wxT_CUSTOM, + + wxT_OBJECT_PTR, // object reference + wxT_OBJECT, // embedded object + wxT_COLLECTION, // collection + + wxT_DELEGATE, // for connecting against an event source + + wxT_LAST_TYPE_KIND = wxT_DELEGATE // sentinel for bad data, asserts, debugging +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAny; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTypeInfo; + +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( wxTypeInfo*, wxTypeInfoMap, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE ); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTypeInfo +{ +public: + typedef void (*wxVariant2StringFnc)( const wxAny& data, wxString &result ); + typedef void (*wxString2VariantFnc)( const wxString& data, wxAny &result ); + + wxTypeInfo(wxTypeKind kind, + wxVariant2StringFnc to = NULL, wxString2VariantFnc from = NULL, + const wxString &name = wxEmptyString): + m_toString(to), m_fromString(from), m_kind(kind), m_name(name) + { + Register(); + } +#if 0 // wxUSE_UNICODE + wxTypeInfo(wxTypeKind kind, + wxVariant2StringFnc to, wxString2VariantFnc from, + const char *name): + m_toString(to), m_fromString(from), m_kind(kind), + m_name(wxString::FromAscii(name)) + { + Register(); + } +#endif + + virtual ~wxTypeInfo() + { + Unregister(); + } + + // return the kind of this type (wxT_... constants) + wxTypeKind GetKind() const { return m_kind; } + + // returns the unique name of this type + const wxString& GetTypeName() const { return m_name; } + + // is this type a delegate type + bool IsDelegateType() const { return m_kind == wxT_DELEGATE; } + + // is this type a custom type + bool IsCustomType() const { return m_kind == wxT_CUSTOM; } + + // is this type an object type + bool IsObjectType() const { return m_kind == wxT_OBJECT || m_kind == wxT_OBJECT_PTR; } + + // can the content of this type be converted to and from strings ? + bool HasStringConverters() const { return m_toString != NULL && m_fromString != NULL; } + + // convert a wxAny holding data of this type into a string + void ConvertToString( const wxAny& data, wxString &result ) const + { + if ( m_toString ) + (*m_toString)( data, result ); + else + wxLogError( wxGetTranslation(_T("String conversions not supported")) ); + } + + // convert a string into a wxAny holding the corresponding data in this type + void ConvertFromString( const wxString& data, wxAny &result ) const + { + if( m_fromString ) + (*m_fromString)( data, result ); + else + wxLogError( wxGetTranslation(_T("String conversions not supported")) ); + } + + // statics: + + // looks for the corresponding type, will return NULL if not found + static wxTypeInfo *FindType( const wxString& typeName ); +private: + void Register(); + void Unregister(); + + wxVariant2StringFnc m_toString; + wxString2VariantFnc m_fromString; + + wxTypeKind m_kind; + wxString m_name; + + // the static list of all types we know about + static wxTypeInfoMap* ms_typeTable; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBuiltInTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo +{ +public: + wxBuiltInTypeInfo( wxTypeKind kind, wxVariant2StringFnc to = NULL, + wxString2VariantFnc from = NULL, + const wxString &name = wxEmptyString ) : + wxTypeInfo( kind, to, from, name ) + { wxASSERT_MSG( GetKind() < wxT_SET, wxT("Illegal Kind for Base Type") ); } +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCustomTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo +{ +public: + wxCustomTypeInfo( const wxString &name, wxVariant2StringFnc to, + wxString2VariantFnc from ) : + wxTypeInfo( wxT_CUSTOM, to, from, name ) + {} +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEnumTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo +{ +public: + typedef void (*converterToLong_t)( const wxAny& data, long &result ); + typedef void (*converterFromLong_t)( long data, wxAny &result ); + + wxEnumTypeInfo( wxTypeKind kind, wxEnumData* enumInfo, wxVariant2StringFnc to, + wxString2VariantFnc from, converterToLong_t toLong, + converterFromLong_t fromLong, const wxString &name ) : + wxTypeInfo( kind, to, from, name ), m_toLong( toLong ), m_fromLong( fromLong ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( kind == wxT_ENUM || kind == wxT_SET, + wxT("Illegal Kind for Enum Type")); + m_enumInfo = enumInfo; + } + + const wxEnumData* GetEnumData() const { return m_enumInfo; } + + // convert a wxAny holding data of this type into a long + void ConvertToLong( const wxAny& data, long &result ) const + { + if( m_toLong ) + (*m_toLong)( data, result ); + else + wxLogError( wxGetTranslation(_T("Long Conversions not supported")) ); + } + + // convert a long into a wxAny holding the corresponding data in this type + void ConvertFromLong( long data, wxAny &result ) const + { + if( m_fromLong ) + (*m_fromLong)( data, result ); + else + wxLogError( wxGetTranslation(_T("Long Conversions not supported")) ); + } + +private: + converterToLong_t m_toLong; + converterFromLong_t m_fromLong; + + wxEnumData *m_enumInfo; // Kind == wxT_ENUM or Kind == wxT_SET +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo +{ +public: + wxClassTypeInfo( wxTypeKind kind, wxClassInfo* classInfo, + wxVariant2StringFnc to = NULL, wxString2VariantFnc from = NULL, + const wxString &name = wxEmptyString); + + const wxClassInfo *GetClassInfo() const { return m_classInfo; } + +private: + wxClassInfo *m_classInfo; // Kind == wxT_OBJECT - could be NULL +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCollectionTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo +{ +public: + wxCollectionTypeInfo( const wxString &elementName, wxVariant2StringFnc to, + wxString2VariantFnc from , const wxString &name) : + wxTypeInfo( wxT_COLLECTION, to, from, name ) + { m_elementTypeName = elementName; m_elementType = NULL; } + + const wxTypeInfo* GetElementType() const + { + if ( m_elementType == NULL ) + m_elementType = wxTypeInfo::FindType( m_elementTypeName ); + return m_elementType; + } + +private: + mutable wxTypeInfo * m_elementType; + wxString m_elementTypeName; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventSourceTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo +{ +public: + wxEventSourceTypeInfo( int eventType, wxClassInfo* eventClass, + wxVariant2StringFnc to = NULL, + wxString2VariantFnc from = NULL ); + wxEventSourceTypeInfo( int eventType, int lastEventType, wxClassInfo* eventClass, + wxVariant2StringFnc to = NULL, wxString2VariantFnc from = NULL ); + + int GetEventType() const { return m_eventType; } + int GetLastEventType() const { return m_lastEventType; } + const wxClassInfo* GetEventClass() const { return m_eventClass; } + +private: + const wxClassInfo *m_eventClass; // (extended will merge into classinfo) + int m_eventType; + int m_lastEventType; +}; + +template const wxTypeInfo* wxGetTypeInfo( T * ) + { return wxTypeInfo::FindType(typeid(T).name()); } + +// this macro is for usage with custom, non-object derived classes and structs, +// wxPoint is such a custom type + +#if wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER + #define wxCUSTOM_TYPE_INFO( e, toString, fromString ) \ + wxCustomTypeInfo s_typeInfo##e(typeid(e).name(), &toString, &fromString); +#else + #define wxCUSTOM_TYPE_INFO( e, toString, fromString ) \ + void ToString##e( const wxAny& data, wxString &result ) \ + { toString(data, result); } \ + void FromString##e( const wxString& data, wxAny &result ) \ + { fromString(data, result); } \ + wxCustomTypeInfo s_typeInfo##e(typeid(e).name(), \ + &ToString##e, &FromString##e); +#endif + +#define wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( element, collection ) \ + wxCollectionTypeInfo s_typeInfo##collection( typeid(element).name(), \ + NULL, NULL, typeid(collection).name() ); + +// sometimes a compiler invents specializations that are nowhere called, +// use this macro to satisfy the refs, currently we don't have to play +// tricks, but if we will have to according to the compiler, we will use +// that macro for that + +#define wxILLEGAL_TYPE_SPECIALIZATION( a ) + +#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +#endif // _XTITYPES_H_ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtixml.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtixml.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b68f02438a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/xtixml.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/xtixml.h +// Purpose: xml streaming runtime metadata information (extended class info) +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 27/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: xtixml.h 66621 2011-01-07 17:22:59Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_XTIXMLH__ +#define _WX_XTIXMLH__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/xtistrm.h" + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxXmlNode; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyInfo; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyList; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHandlerInfo; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriterCallback; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxObjectXmlWriter: public wxObjectWriter +{ +public: + + wxObjectXmlWriter( wxXmlNode * parent ); + virtual ~wxObjectXmlWriter(); + + // + // streaming callbacks + // + // these callbacks really write out the values in the stream format + // + + // + // streaming callbacks + // + // these callbacks really write out the values in the stream format + + // begins writing out a new toplevel entry which has the indicated unique name + virtual void DoBeginWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &name ); + + // ends writing out a new toplevel entry which has the indicated unique name + virtual void DoEndWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &name ); + + // start of writing an object having the passed in ID + virtual void DoBeginWriteObject(const wxObject *object, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, int objectID, const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata ); + + // end of writing an toplevel object name param is used for unique + // identification within the container + virtual void DoEndWriteObject(const wxObject *object, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, int objectID ); + + // writes a simple property in the stream format + virtual void DoWriteSimpleType( const wxAny &value ); + + // start of writing a complex property into the stream ( + virtual void DoBeginWriteProperty( const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo ); + + // end of writing a complex property into the stream + virtual void DoEndWriteProperty( const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo ); + + virtual void DoBeginWriteElement(); + virtual void DoEndWriteElement(); + + // insert an object reference to an already written object + virtual void DoWriteRepeatedObject( int objectID ); + + // insert a null reference + virtual void DoWriteNullObject(); + + // writes a delegate in the stream format + virtual void DoWriteDelegate( const wxObject *object, + const wxClassInfo* classInfo, const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo, + const wxObject *eventSink, int sinkObjectID, + const wxClassInfo* eventSinkClassInfo, const wxHandlerInfo* handlerIndo ); + +private: + struct wxObjectXmlWriterInternal; + wxObjectXmlWriterInternal* m_data; +}; + +/* +wxObjectXmlReader handles streaming in a class from XML +*/ + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxObjectXmlReader: public wxObjectReader +{ +public: + wxObjectXmlReader(wxXmlNode *parent) { m_parent = parent; } + virtual ~wxObjectXmlReader() {} + + // Reads a component from XML. The return value is the root object ID, which can + // then be used to ask the readercallback about that object + + virtual int ReadObject( const wxString &name, wxObjectReaderCallback *readercallback ); + +private: + int ReadComponent(wxXmlNode *parent, wxObjectReaderCallback *callbacks); + + // read the content of this node (simple type) and return the corresponding value + wxAny ReadValue(wxXmlNode *Node, const wxTypeInfo *type ); + + wxXmlNode * m_parent; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/zipstrm.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/zipstrm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d71075225 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/zipstrm.h @@ -0,0 +1,575 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/zipstrm.h +// Purpose: Streams for Zip files +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// RCS-ID: $Id: zipstrm.h 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WXZIPSTREAM_H__ +#define _WX_WXZIPSTREAM_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM + +#include "wx/archive.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" + +// some methods from wxZipInputStream and wxZipOutputStream stream do not get +// exported/imported when compiled with Mingw versions before 3.4.2. So they +// are imported/exported individually as a workaround +#if (defined(__GNUWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__)) \ + && (!defined __GNUC__ \ + || !defined __GNUC_MINOR__ \ + || !defined __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__ \ + || __GNUC__ * 10000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100 + __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__ < 30402) +#define WXZIPFIX WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE +#else +#define WXZIPFIX +#endif + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// constants + +// Compression Method, only 0 (store) and 8 (deflate) are supported here +// +enum wxZipMethod +{ + wxZIP_METHOD_STORE, + wxZIP_METHOD_SHRINK, + wxZIP_METHOD_REDUCE1, + wxZIP_METHOD_REDUCE2, + wxZIP_METHOD_REDUCE3, + wxZIP_METHOD_REDUCE4, + wxZIP_METHOD_IMPLODE, + wxZIP_METHOD_TOKENIZE, + wxZIP_METHOD_DEFLATE, + wxZIP_METHOD_DEFLATE64, + wxZIP_METHOD_BZIP2 = 12, + wxZIP_METHOD_DEFAULT = 0xffff +}; + +// Originating File-System. +// +// These are Pkware's values. Note that Info-zip disagree on some of them, +// most notably NTFS. +// +enum wxZipSystem +{ + wxZIP_SYSTEM_MSDOS, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_AMIGA, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_OPENVMS, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_UNIX, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_VM_CMS, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_ATARI_ST, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_OS2_HPFS, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_MACINTOSH, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_Z_SYSTEM, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_CPM, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_WINDOWS_NTFS, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_MVS, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_VSE, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_ACORN_RISC, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_VFAT, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_ALTERNATE_MVS, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_BEOS, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_TANDEM, + wxZIP_SYSTEM_OS_400 +}; + +// Dos/Win file attributes +// +enum wxZipAttributes +{ + wxZIP_A_RDONLY = 0x01, + wxZIP_A_HIDDEN = 0x02, + wxZIP_A_SYSTEM = 0x04, + wxZIP_A_SUBDIR = 0x10, + wxZIP_A_ARCH = 0x20, + + wxZIP_A_MASK = 0x37 +}; + +// Values for the flags field in the zip headers +// +enum wxZipFlags +{ + wxZIP_ENCRYPTED = 0x0001, + wxZIP_DEFLATE_NORMAL = 0x0000, // normal compression + wxZIP_DEFLATE_EXTRA = 0x0002, // extra compression + wxZIP_DEFLATE_FAST = 0x0004, // fast compression + wxZIP_DEFLATE_SUPERFAST = 0x0006, // superfast compression + wxZIP_DEFLATE_MASK = 0x0006, + wxZIP_SUMS_FOLLOW = 0x0008, // crc and sizes come after the data + wxZIP_ENHANCED = 0x0010, + wxZIP_PATCH = 0x0020, + wxZIP_STRONG_ENC = 0x0040, + wxZIP_UNUSED = 0x0F80, + wxZIP_RESERVED = 0xF000 +}; + +// Forward decls +// +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxZipEntry; +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxZipInputStream; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxZipNotifier + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipNotifier +{ +public: + virtual ~wxZipNotifier() { } + + virtual void OnEntryUpdated(wxZipEntry& entry) = 0; +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Zip Entry - holds the meta data for a file in the zip + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipEntry : public wxArchiveEntry +{ +public: + wxZipEntry(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString, + const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(), + wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset); + virtual ~wxZipEntry(); + + wxZipEntry(const wxZipEntry& entry); + wxZipEntry& operator=(const wxZipEntry& entry); + + // Get accessors + wxDateTime GetDateTime() const { return m_DateTime; } + wxFileOffset GetSize() const { return m_Size; } + wxFileOffset GetOffset() const { return m_Offset; } + wxString GetInternalName() const { return m_Name; } + int GetMethod() const { return m_Method; } + int GetFlags() const { return m_Flags; } + wxUint32 GetCrc() const { return m_Crc; } + wxFileOffset GetCompressedSize() const { return m_CompressedSize; } + int GetSystemMadeBy() const { return m_SystemMadeBy; } + wxString GetComment() const { return m_Comment; } + wxUint32 GetExternalAttributes() const { return m_ExternalAttributes; } + wxPathFormat GetInternalFormat() const { return wxPATH_UNIX; } + int GetMode() const; + const char *GetLocalExtra() const; + size_t GetLocalExtraLen() const; + const char *GetExtra() const; + size_t GetExtraLen() const; + wxString GetName(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const; + + // is accessors + inline bool IsDir() const; + inline bool IsText() const; + inline bool IsReadOnly() const; + inline bool IsMadeByUnix() const; + + // set accessors + void SetDateTime(const wxDateTime& dt) { m_DateTime = dt; } + void SetSize(wxFileOffset size) { m_Size = size; } + void SetMethod(int method) { m_Method = (wxUint16)method; } + void SetComment(const wxString& comment) { m_Comment = comment; } + void SetExternalAttributes(wxUint32 attr ) { m_ExternalAttributes = attr; } + void SetSystemMadeBy(int system); + void SetMode(int mode); + void SetExtra(const char *extra, size_t len); + void SetLocalExtra(const char *extra, size_t len); + + inline void SetName(const wxString& name, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE); + + static wxString GetInternalName(const wxString& name, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE, + bool *pIsDir = NULL); + + // set is accessors + void SetIsDir(bool isDir = true); + inline void SetIsReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true); + inline void SetIsText(bool isText = true); + + wxZipEntry *Clone() const { return ZipClone(); } + + void SetNotifier(wxZipNotifier& notifier); + void UnsetNotifier(); + +protected: + // Internal attributes + enum { TEXT_ATTR = 1 }; + + // protected Get accessors + int GetVersionNeeded() const { return m_VersionNeeded; } + wxFileOffset GetKey() const { return m_Key; } + int GetVersionMadeBy() const { return m_VersionMadeBy; } + int GetDiskStart() const { return m_DiskStart; } + int GetInternalAttributes() const { return m_InternalAttributes; } + + void SetVersionNeeded(int version) { m_VersionNeeded = (wxUint16)version; } + void SetOffset(wxFileOffset offset) { m_Offset = offset; } + void SetFlags(int flags) { m_Flags = (wxUint16)flags; } + void SetVersionMadeBy(int version) { m_VersionMadeBy = (wxUint8)version; } + void SetCrc(wxUint32 crc) { m_Crc = crc; } + void SetCompressedSize(wxFileOffset size) { m_CompressedSize = size; } + void SetKey(wxFileOffset offset) { m_Key = offset; } + void SetDiskStart(int start) { m_DiskStart = (wxUint16)start; } + void SetInternalAttributes(int attr) { m_InternalAttributes = (wxUint16)attr; } + + virtual wxZipEntry *ZipClone() const { return new wxZipEntry(*this); } + + void Notify(); + +private: + wxArchiveEntry* DoClone() const { return ZipClone(); } + + size_t ReadLocal(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv); + size_t WriteLocal(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv) const; + + size_t ReadCentral(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv); + size_t WriteCentral(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv) const; + + size_t ReadDescriptor(wxInputStream& stream); + size_t WriteDescriptor(wxOutputStream& stream, wxUint32 crc, + wxFileOffset compressedSize, wxFileOffset size); + + wxUint8 m_SystemMadeBy; // one of enum wxZipSystem + wxUint8 m_VersionMadeBy; // major * 10 + minor + + wxUint16 m_VersionNeeded; // ver needed to extract (20 i.e. v2.0) + wxUint16 m_Flags; + wxUint16 m_Method; // compression method (one of wxZipMethod) + wxDateTime m_DateTime; + wxUint32 m_Crc; + wxFileOffset m_CompressedSize; + wxFileOffset m_Size; + wxString m_Name; // in internal format + wxFileOffset m_Key; // the original offset for copied entries + wxFileOffset m_Offset; // file offset of the entry + + wxString m_Comment; + wxUint16 m_DiskStart; // for multidisk archives, not unsupported + wxUint16 m_InternalAttributes; // bit 0 set for text files + wxUint32 m_ExternalAttributes; // system specific depends on SystemMadeBy + + class wxZipMemory *m_Extra; + class wxZipMemory *m_LocalExtra; + + wxZipNotifier *m_zipnotifier; + class wxZipWeakLinks *m_backlink; + + friend class wxZipInputStream; + friend class wxZipOutputStream; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxZipEntry) +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxZipOutputStream + +WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxZipEntry, wxZipEntryList_, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipOutputStream : public wxArchiveOutputStream +{ +public: + wxZipOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, + int level = -1, + wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal); + wxZipOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream, + int level = -1, + wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal); + virtual WXZIPFIX ~wxZipOutputStream(); + + bool PutNextEntry(wxZipEntry *entry) { return DoCreate(entry); } + + bool WXZIPFIX PutNextEntry(const wxString& name, + const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(), + wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset); + + bool WXZIPFIX PutNextDirEntry(const wxString& name, + const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now()); + + bool WXZIPFIX CopyEntry(wxZipEntry *entry, wxZipInputStream& inputStream); + bool WXZIPFIX CopyArchiveMetaData(wxZipInputStream& inputStream); + + void WXZIPFIX Sync(); + bool WXZIPFIX CloseEntry(); + bool WXZIPFIX Close(); + + void SetComment(const wxString& comment) { m_Comment = comment; } + + int GetLevel() const { return m_level; } + void WXZIPFIX SetLevel(int level); + +protected: + virtual size_t WXZIPFIX OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size); + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_entrySize; } + + // this protected interface isn't yet finalised + struct Buffer { const char *m_data; size_t m_size; }; + virtual wxOutputStream* WXZIPFIX OpenCompressor(wxOutputStream& stream, + wxZipEntry& entry, + const Buffer bufs[]); + virtual bool WXZIPFIX CloseCompressor(wxOutputStream *comp); + + bool IsParentSeekable() const + { return m_offsetAdjustment != wxInvalidOffset; } + +private: + void Init(int level); + + bool WXZIPFIX PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry); + bool WXZIPFIX CopyEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry, wxArchiveInputStream& stream); + bool WXZIPFIX CopyArchiveMetaData(wxArchiveInputStream& stream); + + bool IsOpened() const { return m_comp || m_pending; } + + bool DoCreate(wxZipEntry *entry, bool raw = false); + void CreatePendingEntry(const void *buffer, size_t size); + void CreatePendingEntry(); + + class wxStoredOutputStream *m_store; + class wxZlibOutputStream2 *m_deflate; + class wxZipStreamLink *m_backlink; + wxZipEntryList_ m_entries; + char *m_initialData; + size_t m_initialSize; + wxZipEntry *m_pending; + bool m_raw; + wxFileOffset m_headerOffset; + size_t m_headerSize; + wxFileOffset m_entrySize; + wxUint32 m_crcAccumulator; + wxOutputStream *m_comp; + int m_level; + wxFileOffset m_offsetAdjustment; + wxString m_Comment; + bool m_endrecWritten; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxZipOutputStream); +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxZipInputStream + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipInputStream : public wxArchiveInputStream +{ +public: + typedef wxZipEntry entry_type; + + wxZipInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal); + wxZipInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 && wxUSE_FFILE + wxZipInputStream(const wxString& archive, const wxString& file) + : wxArchiveInputStream(OpenFile(archive), wxConvLocal) { Init(file); } +#endif + + virtual WXZIPFIX ~wxZipInputStream(); + + bool OpenEntry(wxZipEntry& entry) { return DoOpen(&entry); } + bool WXZIPFIX CloseEntry(); + + wxZipEntry *GetNextEntry(); + + wxString WXZIPFIX GetComment(); + int WXZIPFIX GetTotalEntries(); + + virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_entry.GetSize(); } + +protected: + size_t WXZIPFIX OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size); + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_decomp ? m_decomp->TellI() : 0; } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + wxFileOffset WXZIPFIX OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode); +#endif + + // this protected interface isn't yet finalised + virtual wxInputStream* WXZIPFIX OpenDecompressor(wxInputStream& stream); + virtual bool WXZIPFIX CloseDecompressor(wxInputStream *decomp); + +private: + void Init(); + void Init(const wxString& file); +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 && wxUSE_FFILE + static wxInputStream *OpenFile(const wxString& archive); +#endif + + wxArchiveEntry *DoGetNextEntry() { return GetNextEntry(); } + + bool WXZIPFIX OpenEntry(wxArchiveEntry& entry); + + wxStreamError ReadLocal(bool readEndRec = false); + wxStreamError ReadCentral(); + + wxUint32 ReadSignature(); + bool FindEndRecord(); + bool LoadEndRecord(); + + bool AtHeader() const { return m_headerSize == 0; } + bool AfterHeader() const { return m_headerSize > 0 && !m_decomp; } + bool IsOpened() const { return m_decomp != NULL; } + + wxZipStreamLink *MakeLink(wxZipOutputStream *out); + + bool DoOpen(wxZipEntry *entry = NULL, bool raw = false); + bool OpenDecompressor(bool raw = false); + + class wxStoredInputStream *m_store; + class wxZlibInputStream2 *m_inflate; + class wxRawInputStream *m_rawin; + wxZipEntry m_entry; + bool m_raw; + size_t m_headerSize; + wxUint32 m_crcAccumulator; + wxInputStream *m_decomp; + bool m_parentSeekable; + class wxZipWeakLinks *m_weaklinks; + class wxZipStreamLink *m_streamlink; + wxFileOffset m_offsetAdjustment; + wxFileOffset m_position; + wxUint32 m_signature; + size_t m_TotalEntries; + wxString m_Comment; + + friend bool wxZipOutputStream::CopyEntry( + wxZipEntry *entry, wxZipInputStream& inputStream); + friend bool wxZipOutputStream::CopyArchiveMetaData( + wxZipInputStream& inputStream); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + bool m_allowSeeking; + friend class wxArchiveFSHandler; +#endif + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxZipInputStream); +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Iterators + +#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR +typedef wxArchiveIterator wxZipIter; +typedef wxArchiveIterator > wxZipPairIter; +#endif + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxZipClassFactory + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipClassFactory : public wxArchiveClassFactory +{ +public: + typedef wxZipEntry entry_type; + typedef wxZipInputStream instream_type; + typedef wxZipOutputStream outstream_type; + typedef wxZipNotifier notifier_type; +#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR + typedef wxZipIter iter_type; + typedef wxZipPairIter pairiter_type; +#endif + + wxZipClassFactory(); + + wxZipEntry *NewEntry() const + { return new wxZipEntry; } + wxZipInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const + { return new wxZipInputStream(stream, GetConv()); } + wxZipOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const + { return new wxZipOutputStream(stream, -1, GetConv()); } + wxZipInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const + { return new wxZipInputStream(stream, GetConv()); } + wxZipOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const + { return new wxZipOutputStream(stream, -1, GetConv()); } + + wxString GetInternalName(const wxString& name, + wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const + { return wxZipEntry::GetInternalName(name, format); } + + const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type + = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const; + +protected: + wxArchiveEntry *DoNewEntry() const + { return NewEntry(); } + wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const + { return NewStream(stream); } + wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const + { return NewStream(stream); } + wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const + { return NewStream(stream); } + wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const + { return NewStream(stream); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxZipClassFactory) +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxZipEntry inlines + +inline bool wxZipEntry::IsText() const +{ + return (m_InternalAttributes & TEXT_ATTR) != 0; +} + +inline bool wxZipEntry::IsDir() const +{ + return (m_ExternalAttributes & wxZIP_A_SUBDIR) != 0; +} + +inline bool wxZipEntry::IsReadOnly() const +{ + return (m_ExternalAttributes & wxZIP_A_RDONLY) != 0; +} + +inline bool wxZipEntry::IsMadeByUnix() const +{ + const int pattern = + (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_OPENVMS) | + (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_UNIX) | + (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_ATARI_ST) | + (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_ACORN_RISC) | + (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_BEOS) | (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_TANDEM); + + // note: some unix zippers put madeby = dos + return (m_SystemMadeBy == wxZIP_SYSTEM_MSDOS + && (m_ExternalAttributes & ~0xFFFF)) + || ((pattern >> m_SystemMadeBy) & 1); +} + +inline void wxZipEntry::SetIsText(bool isText) +{ + if (isText) + m_InternalAttributes |= TEXT_ATTR; + else + m_InternalAttributes &= ~TEXT_ATTR; +} + +inline void wxZipEntry::SetIsReadOnly(bool isReadOnly) +{ + if (isReadOnly) + SetMode(GetMode() & ~0222); + else + SetMode(GetMode() | 0200); +} + +inline void wxZipEntry::SetName(const wxString& name, + wxPathFormat format /*=wxPATH_NATIVE*/) +{ + bool isDir; + m_Name = GetInternalName(name, format, &isDir); + SetIsDir(isDir); +} + + +#endif // wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM + +#endif // _WX_WXZIPSTREAM_H__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/zstream.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/zstream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..421116e45b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/include/wx/zstream.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: wx/zstream.h +// Purpose: Memory stream classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: Mike Wetherell +// Created: 11/07/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: zstream.h 66259 2010-11-25 00:53:44Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#ifndef _WX_WXZSTREAM_H__ +#define _WX_WXZSTREAM_H__ + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_ZLIB && wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/stream.h" +#include "wx/versioninfo.h" + +// Compression level +enum wxZlibCompressionLevels { + wxZ_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = -1, + wxZ_NO_COMPRESSION = 0, + wxZ_BEST_SPEED = 1, + wxZ_BEST_COMPRESSION = 9 +}; + +// Flags +enum wxZLibFlags { + wxZLIB_NO_HEADER = 0, // raw deflate stream, no header or checksum + wxZLIB_ZLIB = 1, // zlib header and checksum + wxZLIB_GZIP = 2, // gzip header and checksum, requires zlib 1.2.1+ + wxZLIB_AUTO = 3 // autodetect header zlib or gzip +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZlibInputStream: public wxFilterInputStream { + public: + wxZlibInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, int flags = wxZLIB_AUTO); + wxZlibInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, int flags = wxZLIB_AUTO); + virtual ~wxZlibInputStream(); + + char Peek() { return wxInputStream::Peek(); } + wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return wxInputStream::GetLength(); } + + static bool CanHandleGZip(); + + bool SetDictionary(const char *data, const size_t datalen); + bool SetDictionary(const wxMemoryBuffer &buf); + + protected: + size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size); + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; } + + private: + void Init(int flags); + + protected: + size_t m_z_size; + unsigned char *m_z_buffer; + struct z_stream_s *m_inflate; + wxFileOffset m_pos; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxZlibInputStream); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZlibOutputStream: public wxFilterOutputStream { + public: + wxZlibOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, int level = -1, int flags = wxZLIB_ZLIB); + wxZlibOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream, int level = -1, int flags = wxZLIB_ZLIB); + virtual ~wxZlibOutputStream() { Close(); } + + void Sync() { DoFlush(false); } + bool Close(); + wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_pos; } + + static bool CanHandleGZip(); + + bool SetDictionary(const char *data, const size_t datalen); + bool SetDictionary(const wxMemoryBuffer &buf); + + protected: + size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size); + wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; } + + virtual void DoFlush(bool final); + + private: + void Init(int level, int flags); + + protected: + size_t m_z_size; + unsigned char *m_z_buffer; + struct z_stream_s *m_deflate; + wxFileOffset m_pos; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxZlibOutputStream); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZlibClassFactory: public wxFilterClassFactory +{ +public: + wxZlibClassFactory(); + + wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const + { return new wxZlibInputStream(stream); } + wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const + { return new wxZlibOutputStream(stream, -1); } + wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const + { return new wxZlibInputStream(stream); } + wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const + { return new wxZlibOutputStream(stream, -1); } + + const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type + = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxZlibClassFactory) +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGzipClassFactory: public wxFilterClassFactory +{ +public: + wxGzipClassFactory(); + + wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const + { return new wxZlibInputStream(stream); } + wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const + { return new wxZlibOutputStream(stream, -1); } + wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const + { return new wxZlibInputStream(stream); } + wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const + { return new wxZlibOutputStream(stream, -1); } + + const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type + = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGzipClassFactory) +}; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVersionInfo wxGetZlibVersionInfo(); + +#endif + // wxUSE_ZLIB && wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif + // _WX_WXZSTREAM_H__ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/auibar.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/auibar.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6e9eb92037 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/auibar.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2921 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// Name: src/aui/auibar.cpp +// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager +// Author: Benjamin I. Williams +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-05-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: auibar.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005-2006, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved +// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_AUI + +#include "wx/statline.h" +#include "wx/dcbuffer.h" +#include "wx/sizer.h" +#include "wx/image.h" +#include "wx/settings.h" +#include "wx/menu.h" + +#include "wx/aui/auibar.h" +#include "wx/aui/framemanager.h" + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ +#include "wx/osx/private.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxAuiToolBarItemArray) + + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN, wxAuiToolBarEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK, wxAuiToolBarEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK, wxAuiToolBarEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK, wxAuiToolBarEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG, wxAuiToolBarEvent ); + + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxAuiToolBar, wxControl) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiToolBarEvent, wxEvent) + + +// missing wxITEM_* items +enum +{ + wxITEM_CONTROL = wxITEM_MAX, + wxITEM_LABEL, + wxITEM_SPACER +}; + +const int BUTTON_DROPDOWN_WIDTH = 10; + + +wxBitmap wxAuiBitmapFromBits(const unsigned char bits[], int w, int h, + const wxColour& color); + +static wxBitmap MakeDisabledBitmap(wxBitmap& bmp) +{ + wxImage image = bmp.ConvertToImage(); + + int mr, mg, mb; + mr = image.GetMaskRed(); + mg = image.GetMaskGreen(); + mb = image.GetMaskBlue(); + + unsigned char* data = image.GetData(); + int width = image.GetWidth(); + int height = image.GetHeight(); + bool has_mask = image.HasMask(); + + for (int y = height-1; y >= 0; --y) + { + for (int x = width-1; x >= 0; --x) + { + data = image.GetData() + (y*(width*3))+(x*3); + unsigned char* r = data; + unsigned char* g = data+1; + unsigned char* b = data+2; + + if (has_mask && *r == mr && *g == mg && *b == mb) + continue; + + *r = wxColour::AlphaBlend(*r, 255, 0.4); + *g = wxColour::AlphaBlend(*g, 255, 0.4); + *b = wxColour::AlphaBlend(*b, 255, 0.4); + } + } + + return wxBitmap(image); +} + +static wxColor GetBaseColor() +{ + +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + wxColor base_colour = wxColour( wxMacCreateCGColorFromHITheme(kThemeBrushToolbarBackground)); +#else + wxColor base_colour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE); +#endif + + // the base_colour is too pale to use as our base colour, + // so darken it a bit -- + if ((255-base_colour.Red()) + + (255-base_colour.Green()) + + (255-base_colour.Blue()) < 60) + { + base_colour = base_colour.ChangeLightness(92); + } + + return base_colour; +} + + + +class ToolbarCommandCapture : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + + ToolbarCommandCapture() { m_last_id = 0; } + int GetCommandId() const { return m_last_id; } + + bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& evt) + { + if (evt.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED) + { + m_last_id = evt.GetId(); + return true; + } + + if (GetNextHandler()) + return GetNextHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); + + return false; + } + +private: + int m_last_id; +}; + + + +static const unsigned char + DISABLED_TEXT_GREY_HUE = wxColour::AlphaBlend(0, 255, 0.4); +const wxColour DISABLED_TEXT_COLOR(DISABLED_TEXT_GREY_HUE, + DISABLED_TEXT_GREY_HUE, + DISABLED_TEXT_GREY_HUE); + +wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt() +{ + m_base_colour = GetBaseColor(); + + m_flags = 0; + m_text_orientation = wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_BOTTOM; + m_highlight_colour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); + + m_separator_size = 7; + m_gripper_size = 7; + m_overflow_size = 16; + + wxColor darker1_colour = m_base_colour.ChangeLightness(85); + wxColor darker2_colour = m_base_colour.ChangeLightness(75); + wxColor darker3_colour = m_base_colour.ChangeLightness(60); + wxColor darker4_colour = m_base_colour.ChangeLightness(50); + wxColor darker5_colour = m_base_colour.ChangeLightness(40); + + m_gripper_pen1 = wxPen(darker5_colour); + m_gripper_pen2 = wxPen(darker3_colour); + m_gripper_pen3 = *wxWHITE_PEN; + + static const unsigned char button_dropdown_bits[] = { 0xe0, 0xf1, 0xfb }; + static const unsigned char overflow_bits[] = { 0x80, 0xff, 0x80, 0xc1, 0xe3, 0xf7 }; + + m_button_dropdown_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(button_dropdown_bits, 5, 3, + *wxBLACK); + m_disabled_button_dropdown_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits( + button_dropdown_bits, 5, 3, + wxColor(128,128,128)); + m_overflow_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(overflow_bits, 7, 6, *wxBLACK); + m_disabled_overflow_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(overflow_bits, 7, 6, wxColor(128,128,128)); + + m_font = *wxNORMAL_FONT; +} + +wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::~wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt() +{ + m_font = *wxNORMAL_FONT; +} + + +wxAuiToolBarArt* wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::Clone() +{ + return static_cast(new wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt); +} + +void wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::SetFlags(unsigned int flags) +{ + m_flags = flags; +} + +void wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::SetFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + m_font = font; +} + +void wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::SetTextOrientation(int orientation) +{ + m_text_orientation = orientation; +} + +unsigned int wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::GetFlags() +{ + return m_flags; +} + +wxFont wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::GetFont() +{ + return m_font; +} + +int wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::GetTextOrientation() +{ + return m_text_orientation; +} + +void wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::DrawBackground( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxRect& _rect) +{ + wxRect rect = _rect; + rect.height++; + wxColour start_colour = m_base_colour.ChangeLightness(150); + wxColour end_colour = m_base_colour.ChangeLightness(90); + dc.GradientFillLinear(rect, start_colour, end_colour, wxSOUTH); +} + +void wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::DrawLabel( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, + const wxRect& rect) +{ + dc.SetFont(m_font); + dc.SetTextForeground(*wxBLACK); + + // we only care about the text height here since the text + // will get cropped based on the width of the item + int text_width = 0, text_height = 0; + dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("ABCDHgj"), &text_width, &text_height); + + // set the clipping region + wxRect clip_rect = rect; + clip_rect.width -= 1; + dc.SetClippingRegion(clip_rect); + + int text_x, text_y; + text_x = rect.x + 1; + text_y = rect.y + (rect.height-text_height)/2; + dc.DrawText(item.GetLabel(), text_x, text_y); + dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); +} + + +void wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::DrawButton( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, + const wxRect& rect) +{ + int text_width = 0, text_height = 0; + + if (m_flags & wxAUI_TB_TEXT) + { + dc.SetFont(m_font); + + int tx, ty; + + dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("ABCDHgj"), &tx, &text_height); + text_width = 0; + dc.GetTextExtent(item.GetLabel(), &text_width, &ty); + } + + int bmp_x = 0, bmp_y = 0; + int text_x = 0, text_y = 0; + + if (m_text_orientation == wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_BOTTOM) + { + bmp_x = rect.x + + (rect.width/2) - + (item.GetBitmap().GetWidth()/2); + + bmp_y = rect.y + + ((rect.height-text_height)/2) - + (item.GetBitmap().GetHeight()/2); + + text_x = rect.x + (rect.width/2) - (text_width/2) + 1; + text_y = rect.y + rect.height - text_height - 1; + } + else if (m_text_orientation == wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_RIGHT) + { + bmp_x = rect.x + 3; + + bmp_y = rect.y + + (rect.height/2) - + (item.GetBitmap().GetHeight()/2); + + text_x = bmp_x + 3 + item.GetBitmap().GetWidth(); + text_y = rect.y + + (rect.height/2) - + (text_height/2); + } + + + if (!(item.GetState() & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED)) + { + if (item.GetState() & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED) + { + dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_highlight_colour)); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_highlight_colour.ChangeLightness(150))); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + } + else if ((item.GetState() & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER) || item.IsSticky()) + { + dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_highlight_colour)); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_highlight_colour.ChangeLightness(170))); + + // draw an even lighter background for checked item hovers (since + // the hover background is the same color as the check background) + if (item.GetState() & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED) + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_highlight_colour.ChangeLightness(180))); + + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + } + else if (item.GetState() & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED) + { + // it's important to put this code in an else statment after the + // hover, otherwise hovers won't draw properly for checked items + dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_highlight_colour)); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_highlight_colour.ChangeLightness(170))); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + } + } + + wxBitmap bmp; + if (item.GetState() & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + bmp = item.GetDisabledBitmap(); + else + bmp = item.GetBitmap(); + + if (!bmp.IsOk()) + return; + + dc.DrawBitmap(bmp, bmp_x, bmp_y, true); + + // set the item's text color based on if it is disabled + dc.SetTextForeground(*wxBLACK); + if (item.GetState() & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + dc.SetTextForeground(DISABLED_TEXT_COLOR); + + if ( (m_flags & wxAUI_TB_TEXT) && !item.GetLabel().empty() ) + { + dc.DrawText(item.GetLabel(), text_x, text_y); + } +} + + +void wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::DrawDropDownButton( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, + const wxRect& rect) +{ + int text_width = 0, text_height = 0, text_x = 0, text_y = 0; + int bmp_x = 0, bmp_y = 0, dropbmp_x = 0, dropbmp_y = 0; + + wxRect button_rect = wxRect(rect.x, + rect.y, + rect.width-BUTTON_DROPDOWN_WIDTH, + rect.height); + wxRect dropdown_rect = wxRect(rect.x+rect.width-BUTTON_DROPDOWN_WIDTH-1, + rect.y, + BUTTON_DROPDOWN_WIDTH+1, + rect.height); + + if (m_flags & wxAUI_TB_TEXT) + { + dc.SetFont(m_font); + + int tx, ty; + if (m_flags & wxAUI_TB_TEXT) + { + dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("ABCDHgj"), &tx, &text_height); + text_width = 0; + } + + dc.GetTextExtent(item.GetLabel(), &text_width, &ty); + } + + + + dropbmp_x = dropdown_rect.x + + (dropdown_rect.width/2) - + (m_button_dropdown_bmp.GetWidth()/2); + dropbmp_y = dropdown_rect.y + + (dropdown_rect.height/2) - + (m_button_dropdown_bmp.GetHeight()/2); + + + if (m_text_orientation == wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_BOTTOM) + { + bmp_x = button_rect.x + + (button_rect.width/2) - + (item.GetBitmap().GetWidth()/2); + bmp_y = button_rect.y + + ((button_rect.height-text_height)/2) - + (item.GetBitmap().GetHeight()/2); + + text_x = rect.x + (rect.width/2) - (text_width/2) + 1; + text_y = rect.y + rect.height - text_height - 1; + } + else if (m_text_orientation == wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_RIGHT) + { + bmp_x = rect.x + 3; + + bmp_y = rect.y + + (rect.height/2) - + (item.GetBitmap().GetHeight()/2); + + text_x = bmp_x + 3 + item.GetBitmap().GetWidth(); + text_y = rect.y + + (rect.height/2) - + (text_height/2); + } + + + if (item.GetState() & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED) + { + dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_highlight_colour)); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_highlight_colour.ChangeLightness(140))); + dc.DrawRectangle(button_rect); + + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_highlight_colour.ChangeLightness(170))); + dc.DrawRectangle(dropdown_rect); + } + else if (item.GetState() & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER || + item.IsSticky()) + { + dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_highlight_colour)); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_highlight_colour.ChangeLightness(170))); + dc.DrawRectangle(button_rect); + dc.DrawRectangle(dropdown_rect); + } + + wxBitmap bmp; + wxBitmap dropbmp; + if (item.GetState() & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + { + bmp = item.GetDisabledBitmap(); + dropbmp = m_disabled_button_dropdown_bmp; + } + else + { + bmp = item.GetBitmap(); + dropbmp = m_button_dropdown_bmp; + } + + if (!bmp.IsOk()) + return; + + dc.DrawBitmap(bmp, bmp_x, bmp_y, true); + dc.DrawBitmap(dropbmp, dropbmp_x, dropbmp_y, true); + + // set the item's text color based on if it is disabled + dc.SetTextForeground(*wxBLACK); + if (item.GetState() & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + dc.SetTextForeground(DISABLED_TEXT_COLOR); + + if ( (m_flags & wxAUI_TB_TEXT) && !item.GetLabel().empty() ) + { + dc.DrawText(item.GetLabel(), text_x, text_y); + } +} + +void wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::DrawControlLabel( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item, + const wxRect& rect) +{ + if (!(m_flags & wxAUI_TB_TEXT)) + return; + + if (m_text_orientation != wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_BOTTOM) + return; + + int text_x = 0, text_y = 0; + int text_width = 0, text_height = 0; + + dc.SetFont(m_font); + + int tx, ty; + if (m_flags & wxAUI_TB_TEXT) + { + dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("ABCDHgj"), &tx, &text_height); + text_width = 0; + } + + dc.GetTextExtent(item.GetLabel(), &text_width, &ty); + + // don't draw the label if it is wider than the item width + if (text_width > rect.width) + return; + + // set the label's text color + dc.SetTextForeground(*wxBLACK); + + text_x = rect.x + (rect.width/2) - (text_width/2) + 1; + text_y = rect.y + rect.height - text_height - 1; + + if ( (m_flags & wxAUI_TB_TEXT) && !item.GetLabel().empty() ) + { + dc.DrawText(item.GetLabel(), text_x, text_y); + } +} + +wxSize wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::GetLabelSize( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item) +{ + dc.SetFont(m_font); + + // get label's height + int width = 0, height = 0; + dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("ABCDHgj"), &width, &height); + + // get item's width + width = item.GetMinSize().GetWidth(); + + if (width == -1) + { + // no width specified, measure the text ourselves + width = dc.GetTextExtent(item.GetLabel()).GetX(); + } + + return wxSize(width, height); +} + +wxSize wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::GetToolSize( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxAuiToolBarItem& item) +{ + if (!item.GetBitmap().IsOk() && !(m_flags & wxAUI_TB_TEXT)) + return wxSize(16,16); + + int width = item.GetBitmap().GetWidth(); + int height = item.GetBitmap().GetHeight(); + + if (m_flags & wxAUI_TB_TEXT) + { + dc.SetFont(m_font); + int tx, ty; + + if (m_text_orientation == wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_BOTTOM) + { + dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("ABCDHgj"), &tx, &ty); + height += ty; + + if ( !item.GetLabel().empty() ) + { + dc.GetTextExtent(item.GetLabel(), &tx, &ty); + width = wxMax(width, tx+6); + } + } + else if ( m_text_orientation == wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_RIGHT && + !item.GetLabel().empty() ) + { + width += 3; // space between left border and bitmap + width += 3; // space between bitmap and text + + if ( !item.GetLabel().empty() ) + { + dc.GetTextExtent(item.GetLabel(), &tx, &ty); + width += tx; + height = wxMax(height, ty); + } + } + } + + // if the tool has a dropdown button, add it to the width + if (item.HasDropDown()) + width += (BUTTON_DROPDOWN_WIDTH+4); + + return wxSize(width, height); +} + +void wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::DrawSeparator( + wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxRect& _rect) +{ + bool horizontal = true; + if (m_flags & wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL) + horizontal = false; + + wxRect rect = _rect; + + if (horizontal) + { + rect.x += (rect.width/2); + rect.width = 1; + int new_height = (rect.height*3)/4; + rect.y += (rect.height/2) - (new_height/2); + rect.height = new_height; + } + else + { + rect.y += (rect.height/2); + rect.height = 1; + int new_width = (rect.width*3)/4; + rect.x += (rect.width/2) - (new_width/2); + rect.width = new_width; + } + + wxColour start_colour = m_base_colour.ChangeLightness(80); + wxColour end_colour = m_base_colour.ChangeLightness(80); + dc.GradientFillLinear(rect, start_colour, end_colour, horizontal ? wxSOUTH : wxEAST); +} + +void wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::DrawGripper(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxRect& rect) +{ + int i = 0; + while (1) + { + int x, y; + + if (m_flags & wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL) + { + x = rect.x + (i*4) + 5; + y = rect.y + 3; + if (x > rect.GetWidth()-5) + break; + } + else + { + x = rect.x + 3; + y = rect.y + (i*4) + 5; + if (y > rect.GetHeight()-5) + break; + } + + dc.SetPen(m_gripper_pen1); + dc.DrawPoint(x, y); + dc.SetPen(m_gripper_pen2); + dc.DrawPoint(x, y+1); + dc.DrawPoint(x+1, y); + dc.SetPen(m_gripper_pen3); + dc.DrawPoint(x+2, y+1); + dc.DrawPoint(x+2, y+2); + dc.DrawPoint(x+1, y+2); + + i++; + } + +} + +void wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::DrawOverflowButton(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxRect& rect, + int state) +{ + if (state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER || + state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED) + { + wxRect cli_rect = wnd->GetClientRect(); + wxColor light_gray_bg = m_highlight_colour.ChangeLightness(170); + + if (m_flags & wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL) + { + dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_highlight_colour)); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y, rect.x+rect.width, rect.y); + dc.SetPen(wxPen(light_gray_bg)); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(light_gray_bg)); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y+1, rect.width, rect.height); + } + else + { + dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_highlight_colour)); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y, rect.x, rect.y+rect.height); + dc.SetPen(wxPen(light_gray_bg)); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(light_gray_bg)); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x+1, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); + } + } + + int x = rect.x+1+(rect.width-m_overflow_bmp.GetWidth())/2; + int y = rect.y+1+(rect.height-m_overflow_bmp.GetHeight())/2; + dc.DrawBitmap(m_overflow_bmp, x, y, true); +} + +int wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::GetElementSize(int element_id) +{ + switch (element_id) + { + case wxAUI_TBART_SEPARATOR_SIZE: return m_separator_size; + case wxAUI_TBART_GRIPPER_SIZE: return m_gripper_size; + case wxAUI_TBART_OVERFLOW_SIZE: return m_overflow_size; + default: return 0; + } +} + +void wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::SetElementSize(int element_id, int size) +{ + switch (element_id) + { + case wxAUI_TBART_SEPARATOR_SIZE: m_separator_size = size; break; + case wxAUI_TBART_GRIPPER_SIZE: m_gripper_size = size; break; + case wxAUI_TBART_OVERFLOW_SIZE: m_overflow_size = size; break; + } +} + +int wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt::ShowDropDown(wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& items) +{ + wxMenu menuPopup; + + size_t items_added = 0; + + size_t i, count = items.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = items.Item(i); + + if (item.GetKind() == wxITEM_NORMAL) + { + wxString text = item.GetShortHelp(); + if (text.empty()) + text = item.GetLabel(); + + if (text.empty()) + text = wxT(" "); + + wxMenuItem* m = new wxMenuItem(&menuPopup, item.GetId(), text, item.GetShortHelp()); + + m->SetBitmap(item.GetBitmap()); + menuPopup.Append(m); + items_added++; + } + else if (item.GetKind() == wxITEM_SEPARATOR) + { + if (items_added > 0) + menuPopup.AppendSeparator(); + } + } + + // find out where to put the popup menu of window items + wxPoint pt = ::wxGetMousePosition(); + pt = wnd->ScreenToClient(pt); + + // find out the screen coordinate at the bottom of the tab ctrl + wxRect cli_rect = wnd->GetClientRect(); + pt.y = cli_rect.y + cli_rect.height; + + ToolbarCommandCapture* cc = new ToolbarCommandCapture; + wnd->PushEventHandler(cc); + wnd->PopupMenu(&menuPopup, pt); + int command = cc->GetCommandId(); + wnd->PopEventHandler(true); + + return command; +} + + + + +static wxOrientation GetOrientation(long& style) +{ + switch (style & wxAUI_ORIENTATION_MASK) + { + case wxAUI_TB_HORIZONTAL: + return wxHORIZONTAL; + case wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL: + return wxVERTICAL; + default: + wxFAIL_MSG("toolbar cannot be locked in both horizontal and vertical orientations (maybe no lock was intended?)"); + // fall through + case 0: + return wxBOTH; + } +} + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxAuiToolBar, wxControl) + EVT_SIZE(wxAuiToolBar::OnSize) + EVT_IDLE(wxAuiToolBar::OnIdle) + EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxAuiToolBar::OnEraseBackground) + EVT_PAINT(wxAuiToolBar::OnPaint) + EVT_LEFT_DOWN(wxAuiToolBar::OnLeftDown) + EVT_LEFT_DCLICK(wxAuiToolBar::OnLeftDown) + EVT_LEFT_UP(wxAuiToolBar::OnLeftUp) + EVT_RIGHT_DOWN(wxAuiToolBar::OnRightDown) + EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK(wxAuiToolBar::OnRightDown) + EVT_RIGHT_UP(wxAuiToolBar::OnRightUp) + EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN(wxAuiToolBar::OnMiddleDown) + EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK(wxAuiToolBar::OnMiddleDown) + EVT_MIDDLE_UP(wxAuiToolBar::OnMiddleUp) + EVT_MOTION(wxAuiToolBar::OnMotion) + EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW(wxAuiToolBar::OnLeaveWindow) + EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxAuiToolBar::OnCaptureLost) + EVT_SET_CURSOR(wxAuiToolBar::OnSetCursor) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +wxAuiToolBar::wxAuiToolBar(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& position, + const wxSize& size, + long style) + : wxControl(parent, + id, + position, + size, + style | wxBORDER_NONE) +{ + m_sizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + m_button_width = -1; + m_button_height = -1; + m_sizer_element_count = 0; + m_action_pos = wxPoint(-1,-1); + m_action_item = NULL; + m_tip_item = NULL; + m_art = new wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt; + m_tool_packing = 2; + m_tool_border_padding = 3; + m_tool_text_orientation = wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_BOTTOM; + m_gripper_sizer_item = NULL; + m_overflow_sizer_item = NULL; + m_dragging = false; + m_orientation = GetOrientation(style); + if (m_orientation == wxBOTH) + { + m_orientation = wxHORIZONTAL; + } + m_style = style | wxBORDER_NONE; + m_gripper_visible = (m_style & wxAUI_TB_GRIPPER) ? true : false; + m_overflow_visible = (m_style & wxAUI_TB_OVERFLOW) ? true : false; + m_overflow_state = 0; + SetMargins(5, 5, 2, 2); + SetFont(*wxNORMAL_FONT); + SetArtFlags(); + SetExtraStyle(wxWS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE); + if (style & wxAUI_TB_HORZ_LAYOUT) + SetToolTextOrientation(wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_RIGHT); + SetBackgroundStyle(wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM); +} + + +wxAuiToolBar::~wxAuiToolBar() +{ + delete m_art; + delete m_sizer; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetWindowStyleFlag(long style) +{ + GetOrientation(style); // assert if style is invalid + wxCHECK_RET(IsPaneValid(style), + "window settings and pane settings are incompatible"); + + wxControl::SetWindowStyleFlag(style); + + m_style = style; + + if (m_art) + { + SetArtFlags(); + } + + if (m_style & wxAUI_TB_GRIPPER) + m_gripper_visible = true; + else + m_gripper_visible = false; + + + if (m_style & wxAUI_TB_OVERFLOW) + m_overflow_visible = true; + else + m_overflow_visible = false; + + if (style & wxAUI_TB_HORZ_LAYOUT) + SetToolTextOrientation(wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_RIGHT); + else + SetToolTextOrientation(wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_BOTTOM); +} + +long wxAuiToolBar::GetWindowStyleFlag() const +{ + return m_style; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetArtProvider(wxAuiToolBarArt* art) +{ + delete m_art; + + m_art = art; + + if (m_art) + { + SetArtFlags(); + m_art->SetTextOrientation(m_tool_text_orientation); + } +} + +wxAuiToolBarArt* wxAuiToolBar::GetArtProvider() const +{ + return m_art; +} + + + + +wxAuiToolBarItem* wxAuiToolBar::AddTool(int tool_id, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxString& short_help_string, + wxItemKind kind) +{ + return AddTool(tool_id, + label, + bitmap, + wxNullBitmap, + kind, + short_help_string, + wxEmptyString, + NULL); +} + + +wxAuiToolBarItem* wxAuiToolBar::AddTool(int tool_id, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxBitmap& disabled_bitmap, + wxItemKind kind, + const wxString& short_help_string, + const wxString& long_help_string, + wxObject* WXUNUSED(client_data)) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem item; + item.window = NULL; + item.label = label; + item.bitmap = bitmap; + item.disabled_bitmap = disabled_bitmap; + item.short_help = short_help_string; + item.long_help = long_help_string; + item.active = true; + item.dropdown = false; + item.spacer_pixels = 0; + item.toolid = tool_id; + item.state = 0; + item.proportion = 0; + item.kind = kind; + item.sizer_item = NULL; + item.min_size = wxDefaultSize; + item.user_data = 0; + item.sticky = false; + + if (item.toolid == wxID_ANY) + item.toolid = wxNewId(); + + if (!item.disabled_bitmap.IsOk()) + { + // no disabled bitmap specified, we need to make one + if (item.bitmap.IsOk()) + { + //wxImage img = item.bitmap.ConvertToImage(); + //wxImage grey_version = img.ConvertToGreyscale(); + //item.disabled_bitmap = wxBitmap(grey_version); + item.disabled_bitmap = MakeDisabledBitmap(item.bitmap); + } + } + m_items.Add(item); + return &m_items.Last(); +} + +wxAuiToolBarItem* wxAuiToolBar::AddControl(wxControl* control, + const wxString& label) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem item; + item.window = (wxWindow*)control; + item.label = label; + item.bitmap = wxNullBitmap; + item.disabled_bitmap = wxNullBitmap; + item.active = true; + item.dropdown = false; + item.spacer_pixels = 0; + item.toolid = control->GetId(); + item.state = 0; + item.proportion = 0; + item.kind = wxITEM_CONTROL; + item.sizer_item = NULL; + item.min_size = control->GetEffectiveMinSize(); + item.user_data = 0; + item.sticky = false; + + m_items.Add(item); + return &m_items.Last(); +} + +wxAuiToolBarItem* wxAuiToolBar::AddLabel(int tool_id, + const wxString& label, + const int width) +{ + wxSize min_size = wxDefaultSize; + if (width != -1) + min_size.x = width; + + wxAuiToolBarItem item; + item.window = NULL; + item.label = label; + item.bitmap = wxNullBitmap; + item.disabled_bitmap = wxNullBitmap; + item.active = true; + item.dropdown = false; + item.spacer_pixels = 0; + item.toolid = tool_id; + item.state = 0; + item.proportion = 0; + item.kind = wxITEM_LABEL; + item.sizer_item = NULL; + item.min_size = min_size; + item.user_data = 0; + item.sticky = false; + + if (item.toolid == wxID_ANY) + item.toolid = wxNewId(); + + m_items.Add(item); + return &m_items.Last(); +} + +wxAuiToolBarItem* wxAuiToolBar::AddSeparator() +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem item; + item.window = NULL; + item.label = wxEmptyString; + item.bitmap = wxNullBitmap; + item.disabled_bitmap = wxNullBitmap; + item.active = true; + item.dropdown = false; + item.toolid = -1; + item.state = 0; + item.proportion = 0; + item.kind = wxITEM_SEPARATOR; + item.sizer_item = NULL; + item.min_size = wxDefaultSize; + item.user_data = 0; + item.sticky = false; + + m_items.Add(item); + return &m_items.Last(); +} + +wxAuiToolBarItem* wxAuiToolBar::AddSpacer(int pixels) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem item; + item.window = NULL; + item.label = wxEmptyString; + item.bitmap = wxNullBitmap; + item.disabled_bitmap = wxNullBitmap; + item.active = true; + item.dropdown = false; + item.spacer_pixels = pixels; + item.toolid = -1; + item.state = 0; + item.proportion = 0; + item.kind = wxITEM_SPACER; + item.sizer_item = NULL; + item.min_size = wxDefaultSize; + item.user_data = 0; + item.sticky = false; + + m_items.Add(item); + return &m_items.Last(); +} + +wxAuiToolBarItem* wxAuiToolBar::AddStretchSpacer(int proportion) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem item; + item.window = NULL; + item.label = wxEmptyString; + item.bitmap = wxNullBitmap; + item.disabled_bitmap = wxNullBitmap; + item.active = true; + item.dropdown = false; + item.spacer_pixels = 0; + item.toolid = -1; + item.state = 0; + item.proportion = proportion; + item.kind = wxITEM_SPACER; + item.sizer_item = NULL; + item.min_size = wxDefaultSize; + item.user_data = 0; + item.sticky = false; + + m_items.Add(item); + return &m_items.Last(); +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::Clear() +{ + m_items.Clear(); + m_sizer_element_count = 0; +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::DeleteTool(int tool_id) +{ + int idx = GetToolIndex(tool_id); + if (idx >= 0 && idx < (int)m_items.GetCount()) + { + m_items.RemoveAt(idx); + Realize(); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::DeleteByIndex(int idx) +{ + if (idx >= 0 && idx < (int)m_items.GetCount()) + { + m_items.RemoveAt(idx); + Realize(); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + + +wxControl* wxAuiToolBar::FindControl(int id) +{ + wxWindow* wnd = FindWindow(id); + return (wxControl*)wnd; +} + +wxAuiToolBarItem* wxAuiToolBar::FindTool(int tool_id) const +{ + size_t i, count; + for (i = 0, count = m_items.GetCount(); i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = m_items.Item(i); + if (item.toolid == tool_id) + return &item; + } + + return NULL; +} + +wxAuiToolBarItem* wxAuiToolBar::FindToolByPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const +{ + size_t i, count; + for (i = 0, count = m_items.GetCount(); i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = m_items.Item(i); + + if (!item.sizer_item) + continue; + + wxRect rect = item.sizer_item->GetRect(); + if (rect.Contains(x,y)) + { + // if the item doesn't fit on the toolbar, return NULL + if (!GetToolFitsByIndex(i)) + return NULL; + + return &item; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +wxAuiToolBarItem* wxAuiToolBar::FindToolByPositionWithPacking(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const +{ + size_t i, count; + for (i = 0, count = m_items.GetCount(); i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = m_items.Item(i); + + if (!item.sizer_item) + continue; + + wxRect rect = item.sizer_item->GetRect(); + + // apply tool packing + if (i+1 < count) + rect.width += m_tool_packing; + + if (rect.Contains(x,y)) + { + // if the item doesn't fit on the toolbar, return NULL + if (!GetToolFitsByIndex(i)) + return NULL; + + return &item; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +wxAuiToolBarItem* wxAuiToolBar::FindToolByIndex(int idx) const +{ + if (idx < 0) + return NULL; + + if (idx >= (int)m_items.size()) + return NULL; + + return &(m_items[idx]); +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size)) +{ + // TODO: wxToolBar compatibility +} + +wxSize wxAuiToolBar::GetToolBitmapSize() const +{ + // TODO: wxToolBar compatibility + return wxSize(16,15); +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetToolProportion(int tool_id, int proportion) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* item = FindTool(tool_id); + if (!item) + return; + + item->proportion = proportion; +} + +int wxAuiToolBar::GetToolProportion(int tool_id) const +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* item = FindTool(tool_id); + if (!item) + return 0; + + return item->proportion; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetToolSeparation(int separation) +{ + if (m_art) + m_art->SetElementSize(wxAUI_TBART_SEPARATOR_SIZE, separation); +} + +int wxAuiToolBar::GetToolSeparation() const +{ + if (m_art) + return m_art->GetElementSize(wxAUI_TBART_SEPARATOR_SIZE); + else + return 5; +} + + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetToolDropDown(int tool_id, bool dropdown) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* item = FindTool(tool_id); + if (!item) + return; + + item->dropdown = dropdown; +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::GetToolDropDown(int tool_id) const +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* item = FindTool(tool_id); + if (!item) + return 0; + + return item->dropdown; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetToolSticky(int tool_id, bool sticky) +{ + // ignore separators + if (tool_id == -1) + return; + + wxAuiToolBarItem* item = FindTool(tool_id); + if (!item) + return; + + if (item->sticky == sticky) + return; + + item->sticky = sticky; + + Refresh(false); + Update(); +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::GetToolSticky(int tool_id) const +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* item = FindTool(tool_id); + if (!item) + return 0; + + return item->sticky; +} + + + + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetToolBorderPadding(int padding) +{ + m_tool_border_padding = padding; +} + +int wxAuiToolBar::GetToolBorderPadding() const +{ + return m_tool_border_padding; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetToolTextOrientation(int orientation) +{ + m_tool_text_orientation = orientation; + + if (m_art) + { + m_art->SetTextOrientation(orientation); + } +} + +int wxAuiToolBar::GetToolTextOrientation() const +{ + return m_tool_text_orientation; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetToolPacking(int packing) +{ + m_tool_packing = packing; +} + +int wxAuiToolBar::GetToolPacking() const +{ + return m_tool_packing; +} + + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetOrientation(int orientation) +{ + wxCHECK_RET(orientation == wxHORIZONTAL || + orientation == wxVERTICAL, + "invalid orientation value"); + if (orientation != m_orientation) + { + m_orientation = wxOrientation(orientation); + SetArtFlags(); + } +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetMargins(int left, int right, int top, int bottom) +{ + if (left != -1) + m_left_padding = left; + if (right != -1) + m_right_padding = right; + if (top != -1) + m_top_padding = top; + if (bottom != -1) + m_bottom_padding = bottom; +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::GetGripperVisible() const +{ + return m_gripper_visible; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetGripperVisible(bool visible) +{ + m_gripper_visible = visible; + if (visible) + m_style |= wxAUI_TB_GRIPPER; + else + m_style &= ~wxAUI_TB_GRIPPER; + Realize(); + Refresh(false); +} + + +bool wxAuiToolBar::GetOverflowVisible() const +{ + return m_overflow_visible; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetOverflowVisible(bool visible) +{ + m_overflow_visible = visible; + if (visible) + m_style |= wxAUI_TB_OVERFLOW; + else + m_style &= ~wxAUI_TB_OVERFLOW; + Refresh(false); +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::SetFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + bool res = wxWindow::SetFont(font); + + if (m_art) + { + m_art->SetFont(font); + } + + return res; +} + + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetHoverItem(wxAuiToolBarItem* pitem) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* former_hover = NULL; + + size_t i, count; + for (i = 0, count = m_items.GetCount(); i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = m_items.Item(i); + if (item.state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER) + former_hover = &item; + item.state &= ~wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER; + } + + if (pitem) + { + pitem->state |= wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER; + } + + if (former_hover != pitem) + { + Refresh(false); + Update(); + } +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetPressedItem(wxAuiToolBarItem* pitem) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* former_item = NULL; + + size_t i, count; + for (i = 0, count = m_items.GetCount(); i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = m_items.Item(i); + if (item.state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED) + former_item = &item; + item.state &= ~wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED; + } + + if (pitem) + { + pitem->state &= ~wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER; + pitem->state |= wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED; + } + + if (former_item != pitem) + { + Refresh(false); + Update(); + } +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::RefreshOverflowState() +{ + if (!m_overflow_sizer_item) + { + m_overflow_state = 0; + return; + } + + int overflow_state = 0; + + wxRect overflow_rect = GetOverflowRect(); + + + // find out the mouse's current position + wxPoint pt = ::wxGetMousePosition(); + pt = this->ScreenToClient(pt); + + // find out if the mouse cursor is inside the dropdown rectangle + if (overflow_rect.Contains(pt.x, pt.y)) + { + if (::wxGetMouseState().LeftIsDown()) + overflow_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED; + else + overflow_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER; + } + + if (overflow_state != m_overflow_state) + { + m_overflow_state = overflow_state; + Refresh(false); + Update(); + } + + m_overflow_state = overflow_state; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::ToggleTool(int tool_id, bool state) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* tool = FindTool(tool_id); + + if (tool && (tool->kind == wxITEM_CHECK || tool->kind == wxITEM_RADIO)) + { + if (tool->kind == wxITEM_RADIO) + { + int i, idx, count; + idx = GetToolIndex(tool_id); + count = (int)m_items.GetCount(); + + if (idx >= 0 && idx < count) + { + for (i = idx; i < count; ++i) + { + if (m_items[i].kind != wxITEM_RADIO) + break; + m_items[i].state &= ~wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED; + } + for (i = idx; i > 0; i--) + { + if (m_items[i].kind != wxITEM_RADIO) + break; + m_items[i].state &= ~wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED; + } + } + + tool->state |= wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED; + } + else if (tool->kind == wxITEM_CHECK) + { + if (state == true) + tool->state |= wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED; + else + tool->state &= ~wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED; + } + } +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::GetToolToggled(int tool_id) const +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* tool = FindTool(tool_id); + + if (tool) + { + if ( (tool->kind != wxITEM_CHECK) && (tool->kind != wxITEM_RADIO) ) + return false; + + return (tool->state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED) ? true : false; + } + + return false; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::EnableTool(int tool_id, bool state) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* tool = FindTool(tool_id); + + if (tool) + { + if (state == true) + tool->state &= ~wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED; + else + tool->state |= wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED; + } +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::GetToolEnabled(int tool_id) const +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* tool = FindTool(tool_id); + + if (tool) + return (tool->state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) ? false : true; + + return false; +} + +wxString wxAuiToolBar::GetToolLabel(int tool_id) const +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* tool = FindTool(tool_id); + wxASSERT_MSG(tool, wxT("can't find tool in toolbar item array")); + if (!tool) + return wxEmptyString; + + return tool->label; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetToolLabel(int tool_id, const wxString& label) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* tool = FindTool(tool_id); + if (tool) + { + tool->label = label; + } +} + +wxBitmap wxAuiToolBar::GetToolBitmap(int tool_id) const +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* tool = FindTool(tool_id); + wxASSERT_MSG(tool, wxT("can't find tool in toolbar item array")); + if (!tool) + return wxNullBitmap; + + return tool->bitmap; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetToolBitmap(int tool_id, const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* tool = FindTool(tool_id); + if (tool) + { + tool->bitmap = bitmap; + } +} + +wxString wxAuiToolBar::GetToolShortHelp(int tool_id) const +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* tool = FindTool(tool_id); + wxASSERT_MSG(tool, wxT("can't find tool in toolbar item array")); + if (!tool) + return wxEmptyString; + + return tool->short_help; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetToolShortHelp(int tool_id, const wxString& help_string) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* tool = FindTool(tool_id); + if (tool) + { + tool->short_help = help_string; + } +} + +wxString wxAuiToolBar::GetToolLongHelp(int tool_id) const +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* tool = FindTool(tool_id); + wxASSERT_MSG(tool, wxT("can't find tool in toolbar item array")); + if (!tool) + return wxEmptyString; + + return tool->long_help; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetToolLongHelp(int tool_id, const wxString& help_string) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* tool = FindTool(tool_id); + if (tool) + { + tool->long_help = help_string; + } +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetCustomOverflowItems(const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& prepend, + const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& append) +{ + m_custom_overflow_prepend = prepend; + m_custom_overflow_append = append; +} + +// get size of hint rectangle for a particular dock location +wxSize wxAuiToolBar::GetHintSize(int dock_direction) const +{ + switch (dock_direction) + { + case wxAUI_DOCK_TOP: + case wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM: + return m_horzHintSize; + case wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT: + case wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT: + return m_vertHintSize; + default: + wxCHECK_MSG(false, wxDefaultSize, "invalid dock location value"); + } +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::IsPaneValid(const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) const +{ + return IsPaneValid(m_style, pane); +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::IsPaneValid(long style, const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) +{ + if (style & wxAUI_TB_HORIZONTAL) + { + if (pane.IsLeftDockable() || pane.IsRightDockable()) + { + return false; + } + } + else if (style & wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL) + { + if (pane.IsTopDockable() || pane.IsBottomDockable()) + { + return false; + } + } + return true; +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::IsPaneValid(long style) const +{ + wxAuiManager* manager = wxAuiManager::GetManager(const_cast(this)); + if (manager) + { + return IsPaneValid(style, manager->GetPane(const_cast(this))); + } + return true; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::SetArtFlags() const +{ + unsigned int artflags = m_style & ~wxAUI_ORIENTATION_MASK; + if (m_orientation == wxVERTICAL) + { + artflags |= wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL; + } + m_art->SetFlags(artflags); +} + +size_t wxAuiToolBar::GetToolCount() const +{ + return m_items.size(); +} + +int wxAuiToolBar::GetToolIndex(int tool_id) const +{ + // this will prevent us from returning the index of the + // first separator in the toolbar since its id is equal to -1 + if (tool_id == -1) + return wxNOT_FOUND; + + size_t i, count = m_items.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = m_items.Item(i); + if (item.toolid == tool_id) + return i; + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::GetToolFitsByIndex(int tool_idx) const +{ + if (tool_idx < 0 || tool_idx >= (int)m_items.GetCount()) + return false; + + if (!m_items[tool_idx].sizer_item) + return false; + + int cli_w, cli_h; + GetClientSize(&cli_w, &cli_h); + + wxRect rect = m_items[tool_idx].sizer_item->GetRect(); + + if (m_orientation == wxVERTICAL) + { + // take the dropdown size into account + if (m_overflow_visible) + cli_h -= m_overflow_sizer_item->GetSize().y; + + if (rect.y+rect.height < cli_h) + return true; + } + else + { + // take the dropdown size into account + if (m_overflow_visible) + cli_w -= m_overflow_sizer_item->GetSize().x; + + if (rect.x+rect.width < cli_w) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + + +bool wxAuiToolBar::GetToolFits(int tool_id) const +{ + return GetToolFitsByIndex(GetToolIndex(tool_id)); +} + +wxRect wxAuiToolBar::GetToolRect(int tool_id) const +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* tool = FindTool(tool_id); + if (tool && tool->sizer_item) + { + return tool->sizer_item->GetRect(); + } + + return wxRect(); +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::GetToolBarFits() const +{ + if (m_items.GetCount() == 0) + { + // empty toolbar always 'fits' + return true; + } + + // entire toolbar content fits if the last tool fits + return GetToolFitsByIndex(m_items.GetCount() - 1); +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::Realize() +{ + wxClientDC dc(this); + if (!dc.IsOk()) + return false; + + // calculate hint sizes for both horizontal and vertical + // in the order that leaves toolbar in correct final state + bool retval = false; + if (m_orientation == wxHORIZONTAL) + { + if (RealizeHelper(dc, false)) + { + m_vertHintSize = GetSize(); + if (RealizeHelper(dc, true)) + { + m_horzHintSize = GetSize(); + retval = true; + } + } + } + else + { + if (RealizeHelper(dc, true)) + { + m_horzHintSize = GetSize(); + if (RealizeHelper(dc, false)) + { + m_vertHintSize = GetSize(); + retval = true; + } + } + } + + Refresh(false); + return retval; +} + +bool wxAuiToolBar::RealizeHelper(wxClientDC& dc, bool horizontal) +{ + // create the new sizer to add toolbar elements to + wxBoxSizer* sizer = new wxBoxSizer(horizontal ? wxHORIZONTAL : wxVERTICAL); + + // add gripper area + int separator_size = m_art->GetElementSize(wxAUI_TBART_SEPARATOR_SIZE); + int gripper_size = m_art->GetElementSize(wxAUI_TBART_GRIPPER_SIZE); + if (gripper_size > 0 && m_gripper_visible) + { + if (horizontal) + m_gripper_sizer_item = sizer->Add(gripper_size, 1, 0, wxEXPAND); + else + m_gripper_sizer_item = sizer->Add(1, gripper_size, 0, wxEXPAND); + } + else + { + m_gripper_sizer_item = NULL; + } + + // add "left" padding + if (m_left_padding > 0) + { + if (horizontal) + sizer->Add(m_left_padding, 1); + else + sizer->Add(1, m_left_padding); + } + + size_t i, count; + for (i = 0, count = m_items.GetCount(); i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = m_items.Item(i); + wxSizerItem* sizer_item = NULL; + + switch (item.kind) + { + case wxITEM_LABEL: + { + wxSize size = m_art->GetLabelSize(dc, this, item); + sizer_item = sizer->Add(size.x + (m_tool_border_padding*2), + size.y + (m_tool_border_padding*2), + item.proportion, + item.alignment); + if (i+1 < count) + { + sizer->AddSpacer(m_tool_packing); + } + + break; + } + + case wxITEM_CHECK: + case wxITEM_NORMAL: + case wxITEM_RADIO: + { + wxSize size = m_art->GetToolSize(dc, this, item); + sizer_item = sizer->Add(size.x + (m_tool_border_padding*2), + size.y + (m_tool_border_padding*2), + 0, + item.alignment); + // add tool packing + if (i+1 < count) + { + sizer->AddSpacer(m_tool_packing); + } + + break; + } + + case wxITEM_SEPARATOR: + { + if (horizontal) + sizer_item = sizer->Add(separator_size, 1, 0, wxEXPAND); + else + sizer_item = sizer->Add(1, separator_size, 0, wxEXPAND); + + // add tool packing + if (i+1 < count) + { + sizer->AddSpacer(m_tool_packing); + } + + break; + } + + case wxITEM_SPACER: + if (item.proportion > 0) + sizer_item = sizer->AddStretchSpacer(item.proportion); + else + sizer_item = sizer->Add(item.spacer_pixels, 1); + break; + + case wxITEM_CONTROL: + { + //sizer_item = sizer->Add(item.window, item.proportion, wxEXPAND); + wxSizerItem* ctrl_sizer_item; + + wxBoxSizer* vert_sizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + vert_sizer->AddStretchSpacer(1); + ctrl_sizer_item = vert_sizer->Add(item.window, 0, wxEXPAND); + vert_sizer->AddStretchSpacer(1); + if ( (m_style & wxAUI_TB_TEXT) && + m_tool_text_orientation == wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_BOTTOM && + !item.GetLabel().empty() ) + { + wxSize s = GetLabelSize(item.GetLabel()); + vert_sizer->Add(1, s.y); + } + + + sizer_item = sizer->Add(vert_sizer, item.proportion, wxEXPAND); + + wxSize min_size = item.min_size; + + + // proportional items will disappear from the toolbar if + // their min width is not set to something really small + if (item.proportion != 0) + { + min_size.x = 1; + } + + if (min_size.IsFullySpecified()) + { + sizer_item->SetMinSize(min_size); + ctrl_sizer_item->SetMinSize(min_size); + } + + // add tool packing + if (i+1 < count) + { + sizer->AddSpacer(m_tool_packing); + } + } + } + + item.sizer_item = sizer_item; + } + + // add "right" padding + if (m_right_padding > 0) + { + if (horizontal) + sizer->Add(m_right_padding, 1); + else + sizer->Add(1, m_right_padding); + } + + // add drop down area + m_overflow_sizer_item = NULL; + + if (m_style & wxAUI_TB_OVERFLOW) + { + int overflow_size = m_art->GetElementSize(wxAUI_TBART_OVERFLOW_SIZE); + if (overflow_size > 0 && m_overflow_visible) + { + if (horizontal) + m_overflow_sizer_item = sizer->Add(overflow_size, 1, 0, wxEXPAND); + else + m_overflow_sizer_item = sizer->Add(1, overflow_size, 0, wxEXPAND); + } + else + { + m_overflow_sizer_item = NULL; + } + } + + + // the outside sizer helps us apply the "top" and "bottom" padding + wxBoxSizer* outside_sizer = new wxBoxSizer(horizontal ? wxVERTICAL : wxHORIZONTAL); + + // add "top" padding + if (m_top_padding > 0) + { + if (horizontal) + outside_sizer->Add(1, m_top_padding); + else + outside_sizer->Add(m_top_padding, 1); + } + + // add the sizer that contains all of the toolbar elements + outside_sizer->Add(sizer, 1, wxEXPAND); + + // add "bottom" padding + if (m_bottom_padding > 0) + { + if (horizontal) + outside_sizer->Add(1, m_bottom_padding); + else + outside_sizer->Add(m_bottom_padding, 1); + } + + delete m_sizer; // remove old sizer + m_sizer = outside_sizer; + + // calculate the rock-bottom minimum size + for (i = 0, count = m_items.GetCount(); i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = m_items.Item(i); + if (item.sizer_item && item.proportion > 0 && item.min_size.IsFullySpecified()) + item.sizer_item->SetMinSize(0,0); + } + + m_absolute_min_size = m_sizer->GetMinSize(); + + // reset the min sizes to what they were + for (i = 0, count = m_items.GetCount(); i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = m_items.Item(i); + if (item.sizer_item && item.proportion > 0 && item.min_size.IsFullySpecified()) + item.sizer_item->SetMinSize(item.min_size); + } + + // set control size + wxSize size = m_sizer->GetMinSize(); + m_minWidth = size.x; + m_minHeight = size.y; + + if ((m_style & wxAUI_TB_NO_AUTORESIZE) == 0) + { + wxSize cur_size = GetClientSize(); + wxSize new_size = GetMinSize(); + if (new_size != cur_size) + { + SetClientSize(new_size); + } + else + { + m_sizer->SetDimension(0, 0, cur_size.x, cur_size.y); + } + } + else + { + wxSize cur_size = GetClientSize(); + m_sizer->SetDimension(0, 0, cur_size.x, cur_size.y); + } + + return true; +} + +int wxAuiToolBar::GetOverflowState() const +{ + return m_overflow_state; +} + +wxRect wxAuiToolBar::GetOverflowRect() const +{ + wxRect cli_rect(wxPoint(0,0), GetClientSize()); + wxRect overflow_rect = m_overflow_sizer_item->GetRect(); + int overflow_size = m_art->GetElementSize(wxAUI_TBART_OVERFLOW_SIZE); + + if (m_orientation == wxVERTICAL) + { + overflow_rect.y = cli_rect.height - overflow_size; + overflow_rect.x = 0; + overflow_rect.width = cli_rect.width; + overflow_rect.height = overflow_size; + } + else + { + overflow_rect.x = cli_rect.width - overflow_size; + overflow_rect.y = 0; + overflow_rect.width = overflow_size; + overflow_rect.height = cli_rect.height; + } + + return overflow_rect; +} + +wxSize wxAuiToolBar::GetLabelSize(const wxString& label) +{ + wxClientDC dc(this); + + int tx, ty; + int text_width = 0, text_height = 0; + + dc.SetFont(m_font); + + // get the text height + dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("ABCDHgj"), &tx, &text_height); + + // get the text width + dc.GetTextExtent(label, &text_width, &ty); + + return wxSize(text_width, text_height); +} + + +void wxAuiToolBar::DoIdleUpdate() +{ + wxEvtHandler* handler = GetEventHandler(); + + bool need_refresh = false; + + size_t i, count; + for (i = 0, count = m_items.GetCount(); i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = m_items.Item(i); + + if (item.toolid == -1) + continue; + + wxUpdateUIEvent evt(item.toolid); + evt.SetEventObject(this); + + if (handler->ProcessEvent(evt)) + { + if (evt.GetSetEnabled()) + { + bool is_enabled; + if (item.window) + is_enabled = item.window->IsEnabled(); + else + is_enabled = (item.state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) ? false : true; + + bool new_enabled = evt.GetEnabled(); + if (new_enabled != is_enabled) + { + if (item.window) + { + item.window->Enable(new_enabled); + } + else + { + if (new_enabled) + item.state &= ~wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED; + else + item.state |= wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED; + } + need_refresh = true; + } + } + + if (evt.GetSetChecked()) + { + // make sure we aren't checking an item that can't be + if (item.kind != wxITEM_CHECK && item.kind != wxITEM_RADIO) + continue; + + bool is_checked = (item.state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED) ? true : false; + bool new_checked = evt.GetChecked(); + + if (new_checked != is_checked) + { + if (new_checked) + item.state |= wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED; + else + item.state &= ~wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED; + + need_refresh = true; + } + } + + } + } + + + if (need_refresh) + { + Refresh(false); + } +} + + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(evt)) +{ + int x, y; + GetClientSize(&x, &y); + + if (((x >= y) && m_absolute_min_size.x > x) || + ((y > x) && m_absolute_min_size.y > y)) + { + // hide all flexible items + size_t i, count; + for (i = 0, count = m_items.GetCount(); i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = m_items.Item(i); + if (item.sizer_item && item.proportion > 0 && item.sizer_item->IsShown()) + { + item.sizer_item->Show(false); + item.sizer_item->SetProportion(0); + } + } + } + else + { + // show all flexible items + size_t i, count; + for (i = 0, count = m_items.GetCount(); i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = m_items.Item(i); + if (item.sizer_item && item.proportion > 0 && !item.sizer_item->IsShown()) + { + item.sizer_item->Show(true); + item.sizer_item->SetProportion(item.proportion); + } + } + } + + m_sizer->SetDimension(0, 0, x, y); + + Refresh(false); + Update(); + + // idle events aren't sent while user is resizing frame (why?), + // but resizing toolbar here causes havoc, + // so force idle handler to run after size handling complete + QueueEvent(new wxIdleEvent); +} + + + +void wxAuiToolBar::DoSetSize(int x, + int y, + int width, + int height, + int sizeFlags) +{ + wxSize parent_size = GetParent()->GetClientSize(); + if (x + width > parent_size.x) + width = wxMax(0, parent_size.x - x); + if (y + height > parent_size.y) + height = wxMax(0, parent_size.y - y); + + wxWindow::DoSetSize(x, y, width, height, sizeFlags); +} + + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& evt) +{ + // if orientation doesn't match dock, fix it + wxAuiManager* manager = wxAuiManager::GetManager(this); + if (manager) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = manager->GetPane(this); + // pane state member is public, so it might have been changed + // without going through wxPaneInfo::SetFlag() check + bool ok = pane.IsOk(); + wxCHECK2_MSG(!ok || IsPaneValid(m_style, pane), ok = false, + "window settings and pane settings are incompatible"); + if (ok) + { + wxOrientation newOrientation = m_orientation; + if (pane.IsDocked()) + { + switch (pane.dock_direction) + { + case wxAUI_DOCK_TOP: + case wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM: + newOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; + break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT: + case wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT: + newOrientation = wxVERTICAL; + break; + default: + wxFAIL_MSG("invalid dock location value"); + } + } + else if (pane.IsResizable() && + GetOrientation(m_style) == wxBOTH) + { + // changing orientation in OnSize causes havoc + int x, y; + GetClientSize(&x, &y); + + if (x > y) + { + newOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; + } + else + { + newOrientation = wxVERTICAL; + } + } + if (newOrientation != m_orientation) + { + SetOrientation(newOrientation); + Realize(); + if (newOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL) + { + pane.best_size = GetHintSize(wxAUI_DOCK_TOP); + } + else + { + pane.best_size = GetHintSize(wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT); + } + if (pane.IsDocked()) + { + pane.floating_size = wxDefaultSize; + } + else + { + SetSize(GetParent()->GetClientSize()); + } + manager->Update(); + } + } + } + + DoIdleUpdate(); + evt.Skip(); +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(evt)) +{ + wxAutoBufferedPaintDC dc(this); + wxRect cli_rect(wxPoint(0,0), GetClientSize()); + + + bool horizontal = m_orientation == wxHORIZONTAL; + + + m_art->DrawBackground(dc, this, cli_rect); + + int gripper_size = m_art->GetElementSize(wxAUI_TBART_GRIPPER_SIZE); + int dropdown_size = m_art->GetElementSize(wxAUI_TBART_OVERFLOW_SIZE); + + // paint the gripper + if (gripper_size > 0 && m_gripper_sizer_item) + { + wxRect gripper_rect = m_gripper_sizer_item->GetRect(); + if (horizontal) + gripper_rect.width = gripper_size; + else + gripper_rect.height = gripper_size; + m_art->DrawGripper(dc, this, gripper_rect); + } + + // calculated how far we can draw items + int last_extent; + if (horizontal) + last_extent = cli_rect.width; + else + last_extent = cli_rect.height; + if (m_overflow_visible) + last_extent -= dropdown_size; + + // paint each individual tool + size_t i, count = m_items.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiToolBarItem& item = m_items.Item(i); + + if (!item.sizer_item) + continue; + + wxRect item_rect = item.sizer_item->GetRect(); + + + if ((horizontal && item_rect.x + item_rect.width >= last_extent) || + (!horizontal && item_rect.y + item_rect.height >= last_extent)) + { + break; + } + + if (item.kind == wxITEM_SEPARATOR) + { + // draw a separator + m_art->DrawSeparator(dc, this, item_rect); + } + else if (item.kind == wxITEM_LABEL) + { + // draw a text label only + m_art->DrawLabel(dc, this, item, item_rect); + } + else if (item.kind == wxITEM_NORMAL) + { + // draw a regular button or dropdown button + if (!item.dropdown) + m_art->DrawButton(dc, this, item, item_rect); + else + m_art->DrawDropDownButton(dc, this, item, item_rect); + } + else if (item.kind == wxITEM_CHECK) + { + // draw a toggle button + m_art->DrawButton(dc, this, item, item_rect); + } + else if (item.kind == wxITEM_RADIO) + { + // draw a toggle button + m_art->DrawButton(dc, this, item, item_rect); + } + else if (item.kind == wxITEM_CONTROL) + { + // draw the control's label + m_art->DrawControlLabel(dc, this, item, item_rect); + } + + // fire a signal to see if the item wants to be custom-rendered + OnCustomRender(dc, item, item_rect); + } + + // paint the overflow button + if (dropdown_size > 0 && m_overflow_sizer_item) + { + wxRect dropdown_rect = GetOverflowRect(); + m_art->DrawOverflowButton(dc, this, dropdown_rect, m_overflow_state); + } +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(evt)) +{ + // empty +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + wxRect cli_rect(wxPoint(0,0), GetClientSize()); + + if (m_gripper_sizer_item) + { + wxRect gripper_rect = m_gripper_sizer_item->GetRect(); + if (gripper_rect.Contains(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY())) + { + // find aui manager + wxAuiManager* manager = wxAuiManager::GetManager(this); + if (!manager) + return; + + int x_drag_offset = evt.GetX() - gripper_rect.GetX(); + int y_drag_offset = evt.GetY() - gripper_rect.GetY(); + + // gripper was clicked + manager->StartPaneDrag(this, wxPoint(x_drag_offset, y_drag_offset)); + return; + } + } + + if (m_overflow_sizer_item) + { + wxRect overflow_rect = GetOverflowRect(); + + if (m_art && + m_overflow_visible && + overflow_rect.Contains(evt.m_x, evt.m_y)) + { + wxAuiToolBarEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK, -1); + e.SetEventObject(this); + e.SetToolId(-1); + e.SetClickPoint(wxPoint(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY())); + bool processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); + + if (processed) + { + DoIdleUpdate(); + } + else + { + size_t i, count; + wxAuiToolBarItemArray overflow_items; + + + // add custom overflow prepend items, if any + count = m_custom_overflow_prepend.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) + overflow_items.Add(m_custom_overflow_prepend[i]); + + // only show items that don't fit in the dropdown + count = m_items.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) + { + if (!GetToolFitsByIndex(i)) + overflow_items.Add(m_items[i]); + } + + // add custom overflow append items, if any + count = m_custom_overflow_append.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) + overflow_items.Add(m_custom_overflow_append[i]); + + int res = m_art->ShowDropDown(this, overflow_items); + m_overflow_state = 0; + Refresh(false); + if (res != -1) + { + wxCommandEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, res); + e.SetEventObject(this); + GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); + } + } + + return; + } + } + + m_dragging = false; + m_action_pos = wxPoint(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY()); + m_action_item = FindToolByPosition(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY()); + + if (m_action_item) + { + if (m_action_item->state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + { + m_action_pos = wxPoint(-1,-1); + m_action_item = NULL; + return; + } + + UnsetToolTip(); + + // fire the tool dropdown event + wxAuiToolBarEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN, m_action_item->toolid); + e.SetEventObject(this); + e.SetToolId(m_action_item->toolid); + + int mouse_x = evt.GetX(); + wxRect rect = m_action_item->sizer_item->GetRect(); + const bool dropDownHit = m_action_item->dropdown && + mouse_x >= (rect.x+rect.width-BUTTON_DROPDOWN_WIDTH-1) && + mouse_x < (rect.x+rect.width); + e.SetDropDownClicked(dropDownHit); + + e.SetClickPoint(evt.GetPosition()); + e.SetItemRect(rect); + + // we only set the 'pressed button' state if we hit the actual button + // and not just the drop-down + SetPressedItem(dropDownHit ? 0 : m_action_item); + + if(dropDownHit) + { + m_action_pos = wxPoint(-1,-1); + m_action_item = NULL; + } + + if(!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e) || e.GetSkipped()) + CaptureMouse(); + + DoIdleUpdate(); + } +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + if (!HasCapture()) + return; + + SetPressedItem(NULL); + + wxAuiToolBarItem* hit_item = FindToolByPosition(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY()); + if (hit_item && !(hit_item->state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED)) + { + SetHoverItem(hit_item); + } + + if (m_dragging) + { + // TODO: it would make sense to send out an 'END_DRAG' event here, + // otherwise a client would never know what to do with the 'BEGIN_DRAG' + // event + + // OnCaptureLost() will be called now and this will reset all our state + // tracking variables + ReleaseMouse(); + } + else + { + wxAuiToolBarItem* hit_item; + hit_item = FindToolByPosition(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY()); + + if (m_action_item && hit_item == m_action_item) + { + UnsetToolTip(); + + wxCommandEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, m_action_item->toolid); + e.SetEventObject(this); + + if (hit_item->kind == wxITEM_CHECK || hit_item->kind == wxITEM_RADIO) + { + const bool toggle = !(m_action_item->state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED); + + ToggleTool(m_action_item->toolid, toggle); + + // repaint immediately + Refresh(false); + Update(); + + e.SetInt(toggle); + } + + // we have to release the mouse *before* sending the event, because + // we don't know what a handler might do. It could open up a popup + // menu for example and that would make us lose our capture anyway. + + ReleaseMouse(); + + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); + DoIdleUpdate(); + } + else + ReleaseMouse(); + } +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + wxRect cli_rect(wxPoint(0,0), GetClientSize()); + + if (m_gripper_sizer_item) + { + wxRect gripper_rect = m_gripper_sizer_item->GetRect(); + if (gripper_rect.Contains(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY())) + return; + } + + if (m_overflow_sizer_item) + { + int dropdown_size = m_art->GetElementSize(wxAUI_TBART_OVERFLOW_SIZE); + if (dropdown_size > 0 && + evt.m_x > cli_rect.width - dropdown_size && + evt.m_y >= 0 && + evt.m_y < cli_rect.height && + m_art) + { + return; + } + } + + m_action_pos = wxPoint(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY()); + m_action_item = FindToolByPosition(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY()); + + if (m_action_item && m_action_item->state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + { + m_action_pos = wxPoint(-1,-1); + m_action_item = NULL; + return; + } + + UnsetToolTip(); +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnRightUp(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* hit_item; + hit_item = FindToolByPosition(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY()); + + if (m_action_item && hit_item == m_action_item) + { + if (hit_item->kind == wxITEM_NORMAL) + { + wxAuiToolBarEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK, m_action_item->toolid); + e.SetEventObject(this); + e.SetToolId(m_action_item->toolid); + e.SetClickPoint(m_action_pos); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); + DoIdleUpdate(); + } + } + else + { + // right-clicked on the invalid area of the toolbar + wxAuiToolBarEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK, -1); + e.SetEventObject(this); + e.SetToolId(-1); + e.SetClickPoint(m_action_pos); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); + DoIdleUpdate(); + } + + // reset member variables + m_action_pos = wxPoint(-1,-1); + m_action_item = NULL; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnMiddleDown(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + wxRect cli_rect(wxPoint(0,0), GetClientSize()); + + if (m_gripper_sizer_item) + { + wxRect gripper_rect = m_gripper_sizer_item->GetRect(); + if (gripper_rect.Contains(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY())) + return; + } + + if (m_overflow_sizer_item) + { + int dropdown_size = m_art->GetElementSize(wxAUI_TBART_OVERFLOW_SIZE); + if (dropdown_size > 0 && + evt.m_x > cli_rect.width - dropdown_size && + evt.m_y >= 0 && + evt.m_y < cli_rect.height && + m_art) + { + return; + } + } + + m_action_pos = wxPoint(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY()); + m_action_item = FindToolByPosition(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY()); + + if (m_action_item) + { + if (m_action_item->state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + { + m_action_pos = wxPoint(-1,-1); + m_action_item = NULL; + return; + } + } + + UnsetToolTip(); +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnMiddleUp(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + wxAuiToolBarItem* hit_item; + hit_item = FindToolByPosition(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY()); + + if (m_action_item && hit_item == m_action_item) + { + if (hit_item->kind == wxITEM_NORMAL) + { + wxAuiToolBarEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK, m_action_item->toolid); + e.SetEventObject(this); + e.SetToolId(m_action_item->toolid); + e.SetClickPoint(m_action_pos); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); + DoIdleUpdate(); + } + } + + // reset member variables + m_action_pos = wxPoint(-1,-1); + m_action_item = NULL; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + const bool button_pressed = HasCapture(); + + // start a drag event + if (!m_dragging && button_pressed && + abs(evt.GetX() - m_action_pos.x) + abs(evt.GetY() - m_action_pos.y) > 5) + { + // TODO: sending this event only makes sense if there is an 'END_DRAG' + // event sent sometime in the future (see OnLeftUp()) + wxAuiToolBarEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG, GetId()); + e.SetEventObject(this); + e.SetToolId(m_action_item->toolid); + m_dragging = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e) && !e.GetSkipped(); + + DoIdleUpdate(); + } + + if(m_dragging) + return; + + wxAuiToolBarItem* hit_item = FindToolByPosition(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY()); + if(button_pressed) + { + // if we have a button pressed we want it to be shown in 'depressed' + // state unless we move the mouse outside the button, then we want it + // to show as just 'highlighted' + if (hit_item == m_action_item) + SetPressedItem(m_action_item); + else + { + SetPressedItem(NULL); + SetHoverItem(m_action_item); + } + } + else + { + if (hit_item && (hit_item->state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED)) + SetHoverItem(NULL); + else + SetHoverItem(hit_item); + + // tooltips handling + wxAuiToolBarItem* packing_hit_item; + packing_hit_item = FindToolByPositionWithPacking(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY()); + if (packing_hit_item) + { + if (packing_hit_item != m_tip_item) + { + m_tip_item = packing_hit_item; + + if ( !packing_hit_item->short_help.empty() ) + SetToolTip(packing_hit_item->short_help); + else + UnsetToolTip(); + } + } + else + { + UnsetToolTip(); + m_tip_item = NULL; + } + + // figure out the dropdown button state (are we hovering or pressing it?) + RefreshOverflowState(); + } +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::DoResetMouseState() +{ + RefreshOverflowState(); + SetHoverItem(NULL); + SetPressedItem(NULL); + + m_tip_item = NULL; + + // we have to reset those here, because the mouse-up handlers which do + // it usually won't be called if we let go of a mouse button while we + // are outside of the window + m_action_pos = wxPoint(-1,-1); + m_action_item = NULL; +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + if(HasCapture()) + { + evt.Skip(); + return; + } + + DoResetMouseState(); +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(evt)) +{ + m_dragging = false; + + DoResetMouseState(); +} + +void wxAuiToolBar::OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& evt) +{ + wxCursor cursor = wxNullCursor; + + if (m_gripper_sizer_item) + { + wxRect gripper_rect = m_gripper_sizer_item->GetRect(); + if (gripper_rect.Contains(evt.GetX(), evt.GetY())) + { + cursor = wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZING); + } + } + + evt.SetCursor(cursor); +} + + +#endif // wxUSE_AUI + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/auibook.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/auibook.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bc109ddec5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/auibook.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,4510 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/aui/auibook.cpp +// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - notebook +// Author: Benjamin I. Williams +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-06-28 +// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2006, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved +// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_AUI + +#include "wx/aui/auibook.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/menu.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/aui/tabmdi.h" +#include "wx/dcbuffer.h" + +#include "wx/renderer.h" + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ +#include "wx/osx/private.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxAuiNotebookPageArray) +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxAuiTabContainerButtonArray) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP, wxAuiNotebookEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, wxAuiNotebookEvent); + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxAuiNotebook, wxControl) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxAuiTabCtrl, wxControl) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiNotebookEvent, wxEvent) + + + + + +// these functions live in dockart.cpp -- they'll eventually +// be moved to a new utility cpp file + +wxBitmap wxAuiBitmapFromBits(const unsigned char bits[], int w, int h, + const wxColour& color); + +wxString wxAuiChopText(wxDC& dc, const wxString& text, int max_size); + +static void DrawButtons(wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& _rect, + const wxBitmap& bmp, + const wxColour& bkcolour, + int button_state) +{ + wxRect rect = _rect; + + if (button_state == wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED) + { + rect.x++; + rect.y++; + } + + if (button_state == wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER || + button_state == wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED) + { + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(bkcolour.ChangeLightness(120))); + dc.SetPen(wxPen(bkcolour.ChangeLightness(75))); + + // draw the background behind the button + dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, 15, 15); + } + + // draw the button itself + dc.DrawBitmap(bmp, rect.x, rect.y, true); +} + +static void IndentPressedBitmap(wxRect* rect, int button_state) +{ + if (button_state == wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED) + { + rect->x++; + rect->y++; + } +} + + + +// -- GUI helper classes and functions -- + +class wxAuiCommandCapture : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + + wxAuiCommandCapture() { m_last_id = 0; } + int GetCommandId() const { return m_last_id; } + + bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& evt) + { + if (evt.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED) + { + m_last_id = evt.GetId(); + return true; + } + + if (GetNextHandler()) + return GetNextHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); + + return false; + } + +private: + int m_last_id; +}; + + +// -- bitmaps -- + +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) + static const unsigned char close_bits[]={ + 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x0F, 0xFE, 0x03, 0xF8, 0x01, 0xF0, 0x19, 0xF3, + 0xB8, 0xE3, 0xF0, 0xE1, 0xE0, 0xE0, 0xF0, 0xE1, 0xB8, 0xE3, 0x19, 0xF3, + 0x01, 0xF0, 0x03, 0xF8, 0x0F, 0xFE, 0xFF, 0xFF }; +#elif defined( __WXGTK__) + static const unsigned char close_bits[]={ + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0xf0, 0xfb, 0xef, 0xdb, 0xed, 0x8b, 0xe8, + 0x1b, 0xec, 0x3b, 0xee, 0x1b, 0xec, 0x8b, 0xe8, 0xdb, 0xed, 0xfb, 0xef, + 0x07, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff }; +#else + static const unsigned char close_bits[]={ + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xe7, 0xf3, 0xcf, 0xf9, + 0x9f, 0xfc, 0x3f, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0xfe, 0x9f, 0xfc, 0xcf, 0xf9, 0xe7, 0xf3, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff}; +#endif + +static const unsigned char left_bits[] = { + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0xfe, + 0x1f, 0xfe, 0x0f, 0xfe, 0x1f, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xfe, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff}; + +static const unsigned char right_bits[] = { + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xdf, 0xff, 0x9f, 0xff, 0x1f, 0xff, + 0x1f, 0xfe, 0x1f, 0xfc, 0x1f, 0xfe, 0x1f, 0xff, 0x9f, 0xff, 0xdf, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff}; + +static const unsigned char list_bits[] = { + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0x0f, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0xf8, 0x1f, 0xfc, 0x3f, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff}; + + + + + + +// -- wxAuiDefaultTabArt class implementation -- + +wxAuiDefaultTabArt::wxAuiDefaultTabArt() +{ + m_normal_font = *wxNORMAL_FONT; + m_selected_font = *wxNORMAL_FONT; + m_selected_font.SetWeight(wxBOLD); + m_measuring_font = m_selected_font; + + m_fixed_tab_width = 100; + m_tab_ctrl_height = 0; + +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + wxColor base_colour = wxColour( wxMacCreateCGColorFromHITheme(kThemeBrushToolbarBackground)); +#else + wxColor base_colour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE); +#endif + + // the base_colour is too pale to use as our base colour, + // so darken it a bit -- + if ((255-base_colour.Red()) + + (255-base_colour.Green()) + + (255-base_colour.Blue()) < 60) + { + base_colour = base_colour.ChangeLightness(92); + } + + m_base_colour = base_colour; + wxColor border_colour = base_colour.ChangeLightness(75); + + m_border_pen = wxPen(border_colour); + m_base_colour_pen = wxPen(m_base_colour); + m_base_colour_brush = wxBrush(m_base_colour); + + m_active_close_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(close_bits, 16, 16, *wxBLACK); + m_disabled_close_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(close_bits, 16, 16, wxColour(128,128,128)); + + m_active_left_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(left_bits, 16, 16, *wxBLACK); + m_disabled_left_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(left_bits, 16, 16, wxColour(128,128,128)); + + m_active_right_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(right_bits, 16, 16, *wxBLACK); + m_disabled_right_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(right_bits, 16, 16, wxColour(128,128,128)); + + m_active_windowlist_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(list_bits, 16, 16, *wxBLACK); + m_disabled_windowlist_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(list_bits, 16, 16, wxColour(128,128,128)); + + m_flags = 0; +} + +wxAuiDefaultTabArt::~wxAuiDefaultTabArt() +{ +} + +wxAuiTabArt* wxAuiDefaultTabArt::Clone() +{ + return new wxAuiDefaultTabArt(*this); +} + +void wxAuiDefaultTabArt::SetFlags(unsigned int flags) +{ + m_flags = flags; +} + +void wxAuiDefaultTabArt::SetSizingInfo(const wxSize& tab_ctrl_size, + size_t tab_count) +{ + m_fixed_tab_width = 100; + + int tot_width = (int)tab_ctrl_size.x - GetIndentSize() - 4; + + if (m_flags & wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_BUTTON) + tot_width -= m_active_close_bmp.GetWidth(); + if (m_flags & wxAUI_NB_WINDOWLIST_BUTTON) + tot_width -= m_active_windowlist_bmp.GetWidth(); + + if (tab_count > 0) + { + m_fixed_tab_width = tot_width/(int)tab_count; + } + + + if (m_fixed_tab_width < 100) + m_fixed_tab_width = 100; + + if (m_fixed_tab_width > tot_width/2) + m_fixed_tab_width = tot_width/2; + + if (m_fixed_tab_width > 220) + m_fixed_tab_width = 220; + + m_tab_ctrl_height = tab_ctrl_size.y; +} + + +void wxAuiDefaultTabArt::DrawBackground(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxRect& rect) +{ + // draw background + + wxColor top_color = m_base_colour.ChangeLightness(90); + wxColor bottom_color = m_base_colour.ChangeLightness(170); + wxRect r; + + if (m_flags &wxAUI_NB_BOTTOM) + r = wxRect(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width+2, rect.height); + // TODO: else if (m_flags &wxAUI_NB_LEFT) {} + // TODO: else if (m_flags &wxAUI_NB_RIGHT) {} + else //for wxAUI_NB_TOP + r = wxRect(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width+2, rect.height-3); + + dc.GradientFillLinear(r, top_color, bottom_color, wxSOUTH); + + + // draw base lines + + dc.SetPen(m_border_pen); + int y = rect.GetHeight(); + int w = rect.GetWidth(); + + if (m_flags &wxAUI_NB_BOTTOM) + { + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(bottom_color)); + dc.DrawRectangle(-1, 0, w+2, 4); + } + // TODO: else if (m_flags &wxAUI_NB_LEFT) {} + // TODO: else if (m_flags &wxAUI_NB_RIGHT) {} + else //for wxAUI_NB_TOP + { + dc.SetBrush(m_base_colour_brush); + dc.DrawRectangle(-1, y-4, w+2, 4); + } +} + + +// DrawTab() draws an individual tab. +// +// dc - output dc +// in_rect - rectangle the tab should be confined to +// caption - tab's caption +// active - whether or not the tab is active +// out_rect - actual output rectangle +// x_extent - the advance x; where the next tab should start + +void wxAuiDefaultTabArt::DrawTab(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPage& page, + const wxRect& in_rect, + int close_button_state, + wxRect* out_tab_rect, + wxRect* out_button_rect, + int* x_extent) +{ + wxCoord normal_textx, normal_texty; + wxCoord selected_textx, selected_texty; + wxCoord texty; + + // if the caption is empty, measure some temporary text + wxString caption = page.caption; + if (caption.empty()) + caption = wxT("Xj"); + + dc.SetFont(m_selected_font); + dc.GetTextExtent(caption, &selected_textx, &selected_texty); + + dc.SetFont(m_normal_font); + dc.GetTextExtent(caption, &normal_textx, &normal_texty); + + // figure out the size of the tab + wxSize tab_size = GetTabSize(dc, + wnd, + page.caption, + page.bitmap, + page.active, + close_button_state, + x_extent); + + wxCoord tab_height = m_tab_ctrl_height - 3; + wxCoord tab_width = tab_size.x; + wxCoord tab_x = in_rect.x; + wxCoord tab_y = in_rect.y + in_rect.height - tab_height; + + + caption = page.caption; + + + // select pen, brush and font for the tab to be drawn + + if (page.active) + { + dc.SetFont(m_selected_font); + texty = selected_texty; + } + else + { + dc.SetFont(m_normal_font); + texty = normal_texty; + } + + + // create points that will make the tab outline + + int clip_width = tab_width; + if (tab_x + clip_width > in_rect.x + in_rect.width) + clip_width = (in_rect.x + in_rect.width) - tab_x; + +/* + wxPoint clip_points[6]; + clip_points[0] = wxPoint(tab_x, tab_y+tab_height-3); + clip_points[1] = wxPoint(tab_x, tab_y+2); + clip_points[2] = wxPoint(tab_x+2, tab_y); + clip_points[3] = wxPoint(tab_x+clip_width-1, tab_y); + clip_points[4] = wxPoint(tab_x+clip_width+1, tab_y+2); + clip_points[5] = wxPoint(tab_x+clip_width+1, tab_y+tab_height-3); + + // FIXME: these ports don't provide wxRegion ctor from array of points +#if !defined(__WXDFB__) && !defined(__WXCOCOA__) + // set the clipping region for the tab -- + wxRegion clipping_region(WXSIZEOF(clip_points), clip_points); + dc.SetClippingRegion(clipping_region); +#endif // !wxDFB && !wxCocoa +*/ + // since the above code above doesn't play well with WXDFB or WXCOCOA, + // we'll just use a rectangle for the clipping region for now -- + dc.SetClippingRegion(tab_x, tab_y, clip_width+1, tab_height-3); + + + wxPoint border_points[6]; + if (m_flags &wxAUI_NB_BOTTOM) + { + border_points[0] = wxPoint(tab_x, tab_y); + border_points[1] = wxPoint(tab_x, tab_y+tab_height-6); + border_points[2] = wxPoint(tab_x+2, tab_y+tab_height-4); + border_points[3] = wxPoint(tab_x+tab_width-2, tab_y+tab_height-4); + border_points[4] = wxPoint(tab_x+tab_width, tab_y+tab_height-6); + border_points[5] = wxPoint(tab_x+tab_width, tab_y); + } + else //if (m_flags & wxAUI_NB_TOP) {} + { + border_points[0] = wxPoint(tab_x, tab_y+tab_height-4); + border_points[1] = wxPoint(tab_x, tab_y+2); + border_points[2] = wxPoint(tab_x+2, tab_y); + border_points[3] = wxPoint(tab_x+tab_width-2, tab_y); + border_points[4] = wxPoint(tab_x+tab_width, tab_y+2); + border_points[5] = wxPoint(tab_x+tab_width, tab_y+tab_height-4); + } + // TODO: else if (m_flags &wxAUI_NB_LEFT) {} + // TODO: else if (m_flags &wxAUI_NB_RIGHT) {} + + int drawn_tab_yoff = border_points[1].y; + int drawn_tab_height = border_points[0].y - border_points[1].y; + + + if (page.active) + { + // draw active tab + + // draw base background color + wxRect r(tab_x, tab_y, tab_width, tab_height); + dc.SetPen(m_base_colour_pen); + dc.SetBrush(m_base_colour_brush); + dc.DrawRectangle(r.x+1, r.y+1, r.width-1, r.height-4); + + // this white helps fill out the gradient at the top of the tab + dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); + dc.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH); + dc.DrawRectangle(r.x+2, r.y+1, r.width-3, r.height-4); + + // these two points help the rounded corners appear more antialiased + dc.SetPen(m_base_colour_pen); + dc.DrawPoint(r.x+2, r.y+1); + dc.DrawPoint(r.x+r.width-2, r.y+1); + + // set rectangle down a bit for gradient drawing + r.SetHeight(r.GetHeight()/2); + r.x += 2; + r.width -= 2; + r.y += r.height; + r.y -= 2; + + // draw gradient background + wxColor top_color = *wxWHITE; + wxColor bottom_color = m_base_colour; + dc.GradientFillLinear(r, bottom_color, top_color, wxNORTH); + } + else + { + // draw inactive tab + + wxRect r(tab_x, tab_y+1, tab_width, tab_height-3); + + // start the gradent up a bit and leave the inside border inset + // by a pixel for a 3D look. Only the top half of the inactive + // tab will have a slight gradient + r.x += 3; + r.y++; + r.width -= 4; + r.height /= 2; + r.height--; + + // -- draw top gradient fill for glossy look + wxColor top_color = m_base_colour; + wxColor bottom_color = top_color.ChangeLightness(160); + dc.GradientFillLinear(r, bottom_color, top_color, wxNORTH); + + r.y += r.height; + r.y--; + + // -- draw bottom fill for glossy look + top_color = m_base_colour; + bottom_color = m_base_colour; + dc.GradientFillLinear(r, top_color, bottom_color, wxSOUTH); + } + + // draw tab outline + dc.SetPen(m_border_pen); + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + dc.DrawPolygon(WXSIZEOF(border_points), border_points); + + // there are two horizontal grey lines at the bottom of the tab control, + // this gets rid of the top one of those lines in the tab control + if (page.active) + { + if (m_flags &wxAUI_NB_BOTTOM) + dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_base_colour.ChangeLightness(170))); + // TODO: else if (m_flags &wxAUI_NB_LEFT) {} + // TODO: else if (m_flags &wxAUI_NB_RIGHT) {} + else //for wxAUI_NB_TOP + dc.SetPen(m_base_colour_pen); + dc.DrawLine(border_points[0].x+1, + border_points[0].y, + border_points[5].x, + border_points[5].y); + } + + + int text_offset = tab_x + 8; + int close_button_width = 0; + if (close_button_state != wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN) + { + close_button_width = m_active_close_bmp.GetWidth(); + } + + int bitmap_offset = 0; + if (page.bitmap.IsOk()) + { + bitmap_offset = tab_x + 8; + + // draw bitmap + dc.DrawBitmap(page.bitmap, + bitmap_offset, + drawn_tab_yoff + (drawn_tab_height/2) - (page.bitmap.GetHeight()/2), + true); + + text_offset = bitmap_offset + page.bitmap.GetWidth(); + text_offset += 3; // bitmap padding + + } + else + { + text_offset = tab_x + 8; + } + + + wxString draw_text = wxAuiChopText(dc, + caption, + tab_width - (text_offset-tab_x) - close_button_width); + + // draw tab text + dc.DrawText(draw_text, + text_offset, + drawn_tab_yoff + (drawn_tab_height)/2 - (texty/2) - 1); + + // draw focus rectangle + if (page.active && (wnd->FindFocus() == wnd)) + { + wxRect focusRectText(text_offset, (drawn_tab_yoff + (drawn_tab_height)/2 - (texty/2) - 1), + selected_textx, selected_texty); + + wxRect focusRect; + wxRect focusRectBitmap; + + if (page.bitmap.IsOk()) + focusRectBitmap = wxRect(bitmap_offset, drawn_tab_yoff + (drawn_tab_height/2) - (page.bitmap.GetHeight()/2), + page.bitmap.GetWidth(), page.bitmap.GetHeight()); + + if (page.bitmap.IsOk() && draw_text.IsEmpty()) + focusRect = focusRectBitmap; + else if (!page.bitmap.IsOk() && !draw_text.IsEmpty()) + focusRect = focusRectText; + else if (page.bitmap.IsOk() && !draw_text.IsEmpty()) + focusRect = focusRectText.Union(focusRectBitmap); + + focusRect.Inflate(2, 2); + + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawFocusRect(wnd, dc, focusRect, 0); + } + + // draw close button if necessary + if (close_button_state != wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN) + { + wxBitmap bmp = m_disabled_close_bmp; + + if (close_button_state == wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER || + close_button_state == wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED) + { + bmp = m_active_close_bmp; + } + + int offsetY = tab_y-1; + if (m_flags & wxAUI_NB_BOTTOM) + offsetY = 1; + + wxRect rect(tab_x + tab_width - close_button_width - 1, + offsetY + (tab_height/2) - (bmp.GetHeight()/2), + close_button_width, + tab_height); + + IndentPressedBitmap(&rect, close_button_state); + dc.DrawBitmap(bmp, rect.x, rect.y, true); + + *out_button_rect = rect; + } + + *out_tab_rect = wxRect(tab_x, tab_y, tab_width, tab_height); + + dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); +} + +int wxAuiDefaultTabArt::GetIndentSize() +{ + return 5; +} + +wxSize wxAuiDefaultTabArt::GetTabSize(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxString& caption, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + bool WXUNUSED(active), + int close_button_state, + int* x_extent) +{ + wxCoord measured_textx, measured_texty, tmp; + + dc.SetFont(m_measuring_font); + dc.GetTextExtent(caption, &measured_textx, &measured_texty); + + dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("ABCDEFXj"), &tmp, &measured_texty); + + // add padding around the text + wxCoord tab_width = measured_textx; + wxCoord tab_height = measured_texty; + + // if the close button is showing, add space for it + if (close_button_state != wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN) + tab_width += m_active_close_bmp.GetWidth() + 3; + + // if there's a bitmap, add space for it + if (bitmap.IsOk()) + { + tab_width += bitmap.GetWidth(); + tab_width += 3; // right side bitmap padding + tab_height = wxMax(tab_height, bitmap.GetHeight()); + } + + // add padding + tab_width += 16; + tab_height += 10; + + if (m_flags & wxAUI_NB_TAB_FIXED_WIDTH) + { + tab_width = m_fixed_tab_width; + } + + *x_extent = tab_width; + + return wxSize(tab_width, tab_height); +} + + +void wxAuiDefaultTabArt::DrawButton(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxRect& in_rect, + int bitmap_id, + int button_state, + int orientation, + wxRect* out_rect) +{ + wxBitmap bmp; + wxRect rect; + + switch (bitmap_id) + { + case wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE: + if (button_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + bmp = m_disabled_close_bmp; + else + bmp = m_active_close_bmp; + break; + case wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT: + if (button_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + bmp = m_disabled_left_bmp; + else + bmp = m_active_left_bmp; + break; + case wxAUI_BUTTON_RIGHT: + if (button_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + bmp = m_disabled_right_bmp; + else + bmp = m_active_right_bmp; + break; + case wxAUI_BUTTON_WINDOWLIST: + if (button_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + bmp = m_disabled_windowlist_bmp; + else + bmp = m_active_windowlist_bmp; + break; + } + + + if (!bmp.IsOk()) + return; + + rect = in_rect; + + if (orientation == wxLEFT) + { + rect.SetX(in_rect.x); + rect.SetY(((in_rect.y + in_rect.height)/2) - (bmp.GetHeight()/2)); + rect.SetWidth(bmp.GetWidth()); + rect.SetHeight(bmp.GetHeight()); + } + else + { + rect = wxRect(in_rect.x + in_rect.width - bmp.GetWidth(), + ((in_rect.y + in_rect.height)/2) - (bmp.GetHeight()/2), + bmp.GetWidth(), bmp.GetHeight()); + } + + IndentPressedBitmap(&rect, button_state); + dc.DrawBitmap(bmp, rect.x, rect.y, true); + + *out_rect = rect; +} + +int wxAuiDefaultTabArt::ShowDropDown(wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages, + int /*active_idx*/) +{ + wxMenu menuPopup; + + size_t i, count = pages.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) + { + const wxAuiNotebookPage& page = pages.Item(i); + wxString caption = page.caption; + + // if there is no caption, make it a space. This will prevent + // an assert in the menu code. + if (caption.IsEmpty()) + caption = wxT(" "); + + wxMenuItem* item = new wxMenuItem(NULL, 1000+i, caption); + if (page.bitmap.IsOk()) + item->SetBitmap(page.bitmap); + menuPopup.Append(item); + } + + // find out where to put the popup menu of window items + wxPoint pt = ::wxGetMousePosition(); + pt = wnd->ScreenToClient(pt); + + // find out the screen coordinate at the bottom of the tab ctrl + wxRect cli_rect = wnd->GetClientRect(); + pt.y = cli_rect.y + cli_rect.height; + + wxAuiCommandCapture* cc = new wxAuiCommandCapture; + wnd->PushEventHandler(cc); + wnd->PopupMenu(&menuPopup, pt); + int command = cc->GetCommandId(); + wnd->PopEventHandler(true); + + if (command >= 1000) + return command-1000; + + return -1; +} + +int wxAuiDefaultTabArt::GetBestTabCtrlSize(wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages, + const wxSize& required_bmp_size) +{ + wxClientDC dc(wnd); + dc.SetFont(m_measuring_font); + + // sometimes a standard bitmap size needs to be enforced, especially + // if some tabs have bitmaps and others don't. This is important because + // it prevents the tab control from resizing when tabs are added. + wxBitmap measure_bmp; + if (required_bmp_size.IsFullySpecified()) + { + measure_bmp.Create(required_bmp_size.x, + required_bmp_size.y); + } + + + int max_y = 0; + size_t i, page_count = pages.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < page_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = pages.Item(i); + + wxBitmap bmp; + if (measure_bmp.IsOk()) + bmp = measure_bmp; + else + bmp = page.bitmap; + + // we don't use the caption text because we don't + // want tab heights to be different in the case + // of a very short piece of text on one tab and a very + // tall piece of text on another tab + int x_ext = 0; + wxSize s = GetTabSize(dc, + wnd, + wxT("ABCDEFGHIj"), + bmp, + true, + wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN, + &x_ext); + + max_y = wxMax(max_y, s.y); + } + + return max_y+2; +} + +void wxAuiDefaultTabArt::SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + m_normal_font = font; +} + +void wxAuiDefaultTabArt::SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + m_selected_font = font; +} + +void wxAuiDefaultTabArt::SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + m_measuring_font = font; +} + + +// -- wxAuiSimpleTabArt class implementation -- + +wxAuiSimpleTabArt::wxAuiSimpleTabArt() +{ + m_normal_font = *wxNORMAL_FONT; + m_selected_font = *wxNORMAL_FONT; + m_selected_font.SetWeight(wxBOLD); + m_measuring_font = m_selected_font; + + m_flags = 0; + m_fixed_tab_width = 100; + + wxColour base_colour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE); + + wxColour background_colour = base_colour; + wxColour normaltab_colour = base_colour; + wxColour selectedtab_colour = *wxWHITE; + + m_bkbrush = wxBrush(background_colour); + m_normal_bkbrush = wxBrush(normaltab_colour); + m_normal_bkpen = wxPen(normaltab_colour); + m_selected_bkbrush = wxBrush(selectedtab_colour); + m_selected_bkpen = wxPen(selectedtab_colour); + + m_active_close_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(close_bits, 16, 16, *wxBLACK); + m_disabled_close_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(close_bits, 16, 16, wxColour(128,128,128)); + + m_active_left_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(left_bits, 16, 16, *wxBLACK); + m_disabled_left_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(left_bits, 16, 16, wxColour(128,128,128)); + + m_active_right_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(right_bits, 16, 16, *wxBLACK); + m_disabled_right_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(right_bits, 16, 16, wxColour(128,128,128)); + + m_active_windowlist_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(list_bits, 16, 16, *wxBLACK); + m_disabled_windowlist_bmp = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(list_bits, 16, 16, wxColour(128,128,128)); + +} + +wxAuiSimpleTabArt::~wxAuiSimpleTabArt() +{ +} + +wxAuiTabArt* wxAuiSimpleTabArt::Clone() +{ + return static_cast(new wxAuiSimpleTabArt); +} + + +void wxAuiSimpleTabArt::SetFlags(unsigned int flags) +{ + m_flags = flags; +} + +void wxAuiSimpleTabArt::SetSizingInfo(const wxSize& tab_ctrl_size, + size_t tab_count) +{ + m_fixed_tab_width = 100; + + int tot_width = (int)tab_ctrl_size.x - GetIndentSize() - 4; + + if (m_flags & wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_BUTTON) + tot_width -= m_active_close_bmp.GetWidth(); + if (m_flags & wxAUI_NB_WINDOWLIST_BUTTON) + tot_width -= m_active_windowlist_bmp.GetWidth(); + + if (tab_count > 0) + { + m_fixed_tab_width = tot_width/(int)tab_count; + } + + + if (m_fixed_tab_width < 100) + m_fixed_tab_width = 100; + + if (m_fixed_tab_width > tot_width/2) + m_fixed_tab_width = tot_width/2; + + if (m_fixed_tab_width > 220) + m_fixed_tab_width = 220; +} + +void wxAuiSimpleTabArt::DrawBackground(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxRect& rect) +{ + // draw background + dc.SetBrush(m_bkbrush); + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + dc.DrawRectangle(-1, -1, rect.GetWidth()+2, rect.GetHeight()+2); + + // draw base line + dc.SetPen(*wxGREY_PEN); + dc.DrawLine(0, rect.GetHeight()-1, rect.GetWidth(), rect.GetHeight()-1); +} + + +// DrawTab() draws an individual tab. +// +// dc - output dc +// in_rect - rectangle the tab should be confined to +// caption - tab's caption +// active - whether or not the tab is active +// out_rect - actual output rectangle +// x_extent - the advance x; where the next tab should start + +void wxAuiSimpleTabArt::DrawTab(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPage& page, + const wxRect& in_rect, + int close_button_state, + wxRect* out_tab_rect, + wxRect* out_button_rect, + int* x_extent) +{ + wxCoord normal_textx, normal_texty; + wxCoord selected_textx, selected_texty; + wxCoord textx, texty; + + // if the caption is empty, measure some temporary text + wxString caption = page.caption; + if (caption.empty()) + caption = wxT("Xj"); + + dc.SetFont(m_selected_font); + dc.GetTextExtent(caption, &selected_textx, &selected_texty); + + dc.SetFont(m_normal_font); + dc.GetTextExtent(caption, &normal_textx, &normal_texty); + + // figure out the size of the tab + wxSize tab_size = GetTabSize(dc, + wnd, + page.caption, + page.bitmap, + page.active, + close_button_state, + x_extent); + + wxCoord tab_height = tab_size.y; + wxCoord tab_width = tab_size.x; + wxCoord tab_x = in_rect.x; + wxCoord tab_y = in_rect.y + in_rect.height - tab_height; + + caption = page.caption; + + // select pen, brush and font for the tab to be drawn + + if (page.active) + { + dc.SetPen(m_selected_bkpen); + dc.SetBrush(m_selected_bkbrush); + dc.SetFont(m_selected_font); + textx = selected_textx; + texty = selected_texty; + } + else + { + dc.SetPen(m_normal_bkpen); + dc.SetBrush(m_normal_bkbrush); + dc.SetFont(m_normal_font); + textx = normal_textx; + texty = normal_texty; + } + + + // -- draw line -- + + wxPoint points[7]; + points[0].x = tab_x; + points[0].y = tab_y + tab_height - 1; + points[1].x = tab_x + tab_height - 3; + points[1].y = tab_y + 2; + points[2].x = tab_x + tab_height + 3; + points[2].y = tab_y; + points[3].x = tab_x + tab_width - 2; + points[3].y = tab_y; + points[4].x = tab_x + tab_width; + points[4].y = tab_y + 2; + points[5].x = tab_x + tab_width; + points[5].y = tab_y + tab_height - 1; + points[6] = points[0]; + + dc.SetClippingRegion(in_rect); + + dc.DrawPolygon(WXSIZEOF(points) - 1, points); + + dc.SetPen(*wxGREY_PEN); + + //dc.DrawLines(active ? WXSIZEOF(points) - 1 : WXSIZEOF(points), points); + dc.DrawLines(WXSIZEOF(points), points); + + + int text_offset; + + int close_button_width = 0; + if (close_button_state != wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN) + { + close_button_width = m_active_close_bmp.GetWidth(); + text_offset = tab_x + (tab_height/2) + ((tab_width-close_button_width)/2) - (textx/2); + } + else + { + text_offset = tab_x + (tab_height/3) + (tab_width/2) - (textx/2); + } + + // set minimum text offset + if (text_offset < tab_x + tab_height) + text_offset = tab_x + tab_height; + + // chop text if necessary + wxString draw_text = wxAuiChopText(dc, + caption, + tab_width - (text_offset-tab_x) - close_button_width); + + // draw tab text + dc.DrawText(draw_text, + text_offset, + (tab_y + tab_height)/2 - (texty/2) + 1); + + + // draw focus rectangle + if (page.active && (wnd->FindFocus() == wnd)) + { + wxRect focusRect(text_offset, ((tab_y + tab_height)/2 - (texty/2) + 1), + selected_textx, selected_texty); + + focusRect.Inflate(2, 2); + + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawFocusRect(wnd, dc, focusRect, 0); + } + + // draw close button if necessary + if (close_button_state != wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN) + { + wxBitmap bmp; + if (page.active) + bmp = m_active_close_bmp; + else + bmp = m_disabled_close_bmp; + + wxRect rect(tab_x + tab_width - close_button_width - 1, + tab_y + (tab_height/2) - (bmp.GetHeight()/2) + 1, + close_button_width, + tab_height - 1); + DrawButtons(dc, rect, bmp, *wxWHITE, close_button_state); + + *out_button_rect = rect; + } + + + *out_tab_rect = wxRect(tab_x, tab_y, tab_width, tab_height); + + dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); +} + +int wxAuiSimpleTabArt::GetIndentSize() +{ + return 0; +} + +wxSize wxAuiSimpleTabArt::GetTabSize(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxString& caption, + const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap), + bool WXUNUSED(active), + int close_button_state, + int* x_extent) +{ + wxCoord measured_textx, measured_texty; + + dc.SetFont(m_measuring_font); + dc.GetTextExtent(caption, &measured_textx, &measured_texty); + + wxCoord tab_height = measured_texty + 4; + wxCoord tab_width = measured_textx + tab_height + 5; + + if (close_button_state != wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN) + tab_width += m_active_close_bmp.GetWidth(); + + if (m_flags & wxAUI_NB_TAB_FIXED_WIDTH) + { + tab_width = m_fixed_tab_width; + } + + *x_extent = tab_width - (tab_height/2) - 1; + + return wxSize(tab_width, tab_height); +} + + +void wxAuiSimpleTabArt::DrawButton(wxDC& dc, + wxWindow* WXUNUSED(wnd), + const wxRect& in_rect, + int bitmap_id, + int button_state, + int orientation, + wxRect* out_rect) +{ + wxBitmap bmp; + wxRect rect; + + switch (bitmap_id) + { + case wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE: + if (button_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + bmp = m_disabled_close_bmp; + else + bmp = m_active_close_bmp; + break; + case wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT: + if (button_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + bmp = m_disabled_left_bmp; + else + bmp = m_active_left_bmp; + break; + case wxAUI_BUTTON_RIGHT: + if (button_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + bmp = m_disabled_right_bmp; + else + bmp = m_active_right_bmp; + break; + case wxAUI_BUTTON_WINDOWLIST: + if (button_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + bmp = m_disabled_windowlist_bmp; + else + bmp = m_active_windowlist_bmp; + break; + } + + if (!bmp.IsOk()) + return; + + rect = in_rect; + + if (orientation == wxLEFT) + { + rect.SetX(in_rect.x); + rect.SetY(((in_rect.y + in_rect.height)/2) - (bmp.GetHeight()/2)); + rect.SetWidth(bmp.GetWidth()); + rect.SetHeight(bmp.GetHeight()); + } + else + { + rect = wxRect(in_rect.x + in_rect.width - bmp.GetWidth(), + ((in_rect.y + in_rect.height)/2) - (bmp.GetHeight()/2), + bmp.GetWidth(), bmp.GetHeight()); + } + + + DrawButtons(dc, rect, bmp, *wxWHITE, button_state); + + *out_rect = rect; +} + +int wxAuiSimpleTabArt::ShowDropDown(wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages, + int active_idx) +{ + wxMenu menuPopup; + + size_t i, count = pages.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) + { + const wxAuiNotebookPage& page = pages.Item(i); + menuPopup.AppendCheckItem(1000+i, page.caption); + } + + if (active_idx != -1) + { + menuPopup.Check(1000+active_idx, true); + } + + // find out where to put the popup menu of window + // items. Subtract 100 for now to center the menu + // a bit, until a better mechanism can be implemented + wxPoint pt = ::wxGetMousePosition(); + pt = wnd->ScreenToClient(pt); + if (pt.x < 100) + pt.x = 0; + else + pt.x -= 100; + + // find out the screen coordinate at the bottom of the tab ctrl + wxRect cli_rect = wnd->GetClientRect(); + pt.y = cli_rect.y + cli_rect.height; + + wxAuiCommandCapture* cc = new wxAuiCommandCapture; + wnd->PushEventHandler(cc); + wnd->PopupMenu(&menuPopup, pt); + int command = cc->GetCommandId(); + wnd->PopEventHandler(true); + + if (command >= 1000) + return command-1000; + + return -1; +} + +int wxAuiSimpleTabArt::GetBestTabCtrlSize(wxWindow* wnd, + const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& WXUNUSED(pages), + const wxSize& WXUNUSED(required_bmp_size)) +{ + wxClientDC dc(wnd); + dc.SetFont(m_measuring_font); + int x_ext = 0; + wxSize s = GetTabSize(dc, + wnd, + wxT("ABCDEFGHIj"), + wxNullBitmap, + true, + wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN, + &x_ext); + return s.y+3; +} + +void wxAuiSimpleTabArt::SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + m_normal_font = font; +} + +void wxAuiSimpleTabArt::SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + m_selected_font = font; +} + +void wxAuiSimpleTabArt::SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + m_measuring_font = font; +} + + + + +// -- wxAuiTabContainer class implementation -- + + +// wxAuiTabContainer is a class which contains information about each +// tab. It also can render an entire tab control to a specified DC. +// It's not a window class itself, because this code will be used by +// the wxFrameMananger, where it is disadvantageous to have separate +// windows for each tab control in the case of "docked tabs" + +// A derived class, wxAuiTabCtrl, is an actual wxWindow-derived window +// which can be used as a tab control in the normal sense. + + +wxAuiTabContainer::wxAuiTabContainer() +{ + m_tab_offset = 0; + m_flags = 0; + m_art = new wxAuiDefaultTabArt; + + AddButton(wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT, wxLEFT); + AddButton(wxAUI_BUTTON_RIGHT, wxRIGHT); + AddButton(wxAUI_BUTTON_WINDOWLIST, wxRIGHT); + AddButton(wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE, wxRIGHT); +} + +wxAuiTabContainer::~wxAuiTabContainer() +{ + delete m_art; +} + +void wxAuiTabContainer::SetArtProvider(wxAuiTabArt* art) +{ + delete m_art; + m_art = art; + + if (m_art) + { + m_art->SetFlags(m_flags); + } +} + +wxAuiTabArt* wxAuiTabContainer::GetArtProvider() const +{ + return m_art; +} + +void wxAuiTabContainer::SetFlags(unsigned int flags) +{ + m_flags = flags; + + // check for new close button settings + RemoveButton(wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT); + RemoveButton(wxAUI_BUTTON_RIGHT); + RemoveButton(wxAUI_BUTTON_WINDOWLIST); + RemoveButton(wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE); + + + if (flags & wxAUI_NB_SCROLL_BUTTONS) + { + AddButton(wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT, wxLEFT); + AddButton(wxAUI_BUTTON_RIGHT, wxRIGHT); + } + + if (flags & wxAUI_NB_WINDOWLIST_BUTTON) + { + AddButton(wxAUI_BUTTON_WINDOWLIST, wxRIGHT); + } + + if (flags & wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_BUTTON) + { + AddButton(wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE, wxRIGHT); + } + + if (m_art) + { + m_art->SetFlags(m_flags); + } +} + +unsigned int wxAuiTabContainer::GetFlags() const +{ + return m_flags; +} + + +void wxAuiTabContainer::SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + m_art->SetNormalFont(font); +} + +void wxAuiTabContainer::SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + m_art->SetSelectedFont(font); +} + +void wxAuiTabContainer::SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + m_art->SetMeasuringFont(font); +} + +void wxAuiTabContainer::SetRect(const wxRect& rect) +{ + m_rect = rect; + + if (m_art) + { + m_art->SetSizingInfo(rect.GetSize(), m_pages.GetCount()); + } +} + +bool wxAuiTabContainer::AddPage(wxWindow* page, + const wxAuiNotebookPage& info) +{ + wxAuiNotebookPage page_info; + page_info = info; + page_info.window = page; + + m_pages.Add(page_info); + + // let the art provider know how many pages we have + if (m_art) + { + m_art->SetSizingInfo(m_rect.GetSize(), m_pages.GetCount()); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxAuiTabContainer::InsertPage(wxWindow* page, + const wxAuiNotebookPage& info, + size_t idx) +{ + wxAuiNotebookPage page_info; + page_info = info; + page_info.window = page; + + if (idx >= m_pages.GetCount()) + m_pages.Add(page_info); + else + m_pages.Insert(page_info, idx); + + // let the art provider know how many pages we have + if (m_art) + { + m_art->SetSizingInfo(m_rect.GetSize(), m_pages.GetCount()); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxAuiTabContainer::MovePage(wxWindow* page, + size_t new_idx) +{ + int idx = GetIdxFromWindow(page); + if (idx == -1) + return false; + + // get page entry, make a copy of it + wxAuiNotebookPage p = GetPage(idx); + + // remove old page entry + RemovePage(page); + + // insert page where it should be + InsertPage(page, p, new_idx); + + return true; +} + +bool wxAuiTabContainer::RemovePage(wxWindow* wnd) +{ + size_t i, page_count = m_pages.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < page_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = m_pages.Item(i); + if (page.window == wnd) + { + m_pages.RemoveAt(i); + + // let the art provider know how many pages we have + if (m_art) + { + m_art->SetSizingInfo(m_rect.GetSize(), m_pages.GetCount()); + } + + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxAuiTabContainer::SetActivePage(wxWindow* wnd) +{ + bool found = false; + + size_t i, page_count = m_pages.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < page_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = m_pages.Item(i); + if (page.window == wnd) + { + page.active = true; + found = true; + } + else + { + page.active = false; + } + } + + return found; +} + +void wxAuiTabContainer::SetNoneActive() +{ + size_t i, page_count = m_pages.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < page_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = m_pages.Item(i); + page.active = false; + } +} + +bool wxAuiTabContainer::SetActivePage(size_t page) +{ + if (page >= m_pages.GetCount()) + return false; + + return SetActivePage(m_pages.Item(page).window); +} + +int wxAuiTabContainer::GetActivePage() const +{ + size_t i, page_count = m_pages.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < page_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = m_pages.Item(i); + if (page.active) + return i; + } + + return -1; +} + +wxWindow* wxAuiTabContainer::GetWindowFromIdx(size_t idx) const +{ + if (idx >= m_pages.GetCount()) + return NULL; + + return m_pages[idx].window; +} + +int wxAuiTabContainer::GetIdxFromWindow(wxWindow* wnd) const +{ + const size_t page_count = m_pages.GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < page_count; ++i ) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = m_pages.Item(i); + if (page.window == wnd) + return i; + } + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +wxAuiNotebookPage& wxAuiTabContainer::GetPage(size_t idx) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(idx < m_pages.GetCount(), wxT("Invalid Page index")); + + return m_pages[idx]; +} + +const wxAuiNotebookPage& wxAuiTabContainer::GetPage(size_t idx) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(idx < m_pages.GetCount(), wxT("Invalid Page index")); + + return m_pages[idx]; +} + +wxAuiNotebookPageArray& wxAuiTabContainer::GetPages() +{ + return m_pages; +} + +size_t wxAuiTabContainer::GetPageCount() const +{ + return m_pages.GetCount(); +} + +void wxAuiTabContainer::AddButton(int id, + int location, + const wxBitmap& normal_bitmap, + const wxBitmap& disabled_bitmap) +{ + wxAuiTabContainerButton button; + button.id = id; + button.bitmap = normal_bitmap; + button.dis_bitmap = disabled_bitmap; + button.location = location; + button.cur_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_NORMAL; + + m_buttons.Add(button); +} + +void wxAuiTabContainer::RemoveButton(int id) +{ + size_t i, button_count = m_buttons.GetCount(); + + for (i = 0; i < button_count; ++i) + { + if (m_buttons.Item(i).id == id) + { + m_buttons.RemoveAt(i); + return; + } + } +} + + + +size_t wxAuiTabContainer::GetTabOffset() const +{ + return m_tab_offset; +} + +void wxAuiTabContainer::SetTabOffset(size_t offset) +{ + m_tab_offset = offset; +} + + + + +// Render() renders the tab catalog to the specified DC +// It is a virtual function and can be overridden to +// provide custom drawing capabilities +void wxAuiTabContainer::Render(wxDC* raw_dc, wxWindow* wnd) +{ + if (!raw_dc || !raw_dc->IsOk()) + return; + + wxMemoryDC dc; + + // use the same layout direction as the window DC uses to ensure that the + // text is rendered correctly + dc.SetLayoutDirection(raw_dc->GetLayoutDirection()); + + wxBitmap bmp; + size_t i; + size_t page_count = m_pages.GetCount(); + size_t button_count = m_buttons.GetCount(); + + // create off-screen bitmap + bmp.Create(m_rect.GetWidth(), m_rect.GetHeight()); + dc.SelectObject(bmp); + + if (!dc.IsOk()) + return; + + // find out if size of tabs is larger than can be + // afforded on screen + int total_width = 0; + int visible_width = 0; + for (i = 0; i < page_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = m_pages.Item(i); + + // determine if a close button is on this tab + bool close_button = false; + if ((m_flags & wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_ON_ALL_TABS) != 0 || + ((m_flags & wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_ON_ACTIVE_TAB) != 0 && page.active)) + { + close_button = true; + } + + + int x_extent = 0; + wxSize size = m_art->GetTabSize(dc, + wnd, + page.caption, + page.bitmap, + page.active, + close_button ? + wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_NORMAL : + wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN, + &x_extent); + + if (i+1 < page_count) + total_width += x_extent; + else + total_width += size.x; + + if (i >= m_tab_offset) + { + if (i+1 < page_count) + visible_width += x_extent; + else + visible_width += size.x; + } + } + + if (total_width > m_rect.GetWidth() || m_tab_offset != 0) + { + // show left/right buttons + for (i = 0; i < button_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiTabContainerButton& button = m_buttons.Item(i); + if (button.id == wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT || + button.id == wxAUI_BUTTON_RIGHT) + { + button.cur_state &= ~wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN; + } + } + } + else + { + // hide left/right buttons + for (i = 0; i < button_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiTabContainerButton& button = m_buttons.Item(i); + if (button.id == wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT || + button.id == wxAUI_BUTTON_RIGHT) + { + button.cur_state |= wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN; + } + } + } + + // determine whether left button should be enabled + for (i = 0; i < button_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiTabContainerButton& button = m_buttons.Item(i); + if (button.id == wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT) + { + if (m_tab_offset == 0) + button.cur_state |= wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED; + else + button.cur_state &= ~wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED; + } + if (button.id == wxAUI_BUTTON_RIGHT) + { + if (visible_width < m_rect.GetWidth() - ((int)button_count*16)) + button.cur_state |= wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED; + else + button.cur_state &= ~wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED; + } + } + + + + // draw background + m_art->DrawBackground(dc, wnd, m_rect); + + // draw buttons + int left_buttons_width = 0; + int right_buttons_width = 0; + + int offset = 0; + + // draw the buttons on the right side + offset = m_rect.x + m_rect.width; + for (i = 0; i < button_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiTabContainerButton& button = m_buttons.Item(button_count - i - 1); + + if (button.location != wxRIGHT) + continue; + if (button.cur_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN) + continue; + + wxRect button_rect = m_rect; + button_rect.SetY(1); + button_rect.SetWidth(offset); + + m_art->DrawButton(dc, + wnd, + button_rect, + button.id, + button.cur_state, + wxRIGHT, + &button.rect); + + offset -= button.rect.GetWidth(); + right_buttons_width += button.rect.GetWidth(); + } + + + + offset = 0; + + // draw the buttons on the left side + + for (i = 0; i < button_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiTabContainerButton& button = m_buttons.Item(button_count - i - 1); + + if (button.location != wxLEFT) + continue; + if (button.cur_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN) + continue; + + wxRect button_rect(offset, 1, 1000, m_rect.height); + + m_art->DrawButton(dc, + wnd, + button_rect, + button.id, + button.cur_state, + wxLEFT, + &button.rect); + + offset += button.rect.GetWidth(); + left_buttons_width += button.rect.GetWidth(); + } + + offset = left_buttons_width; + + if (offset == 0) + offset += m_art->GetIndentSize(); + + + // prepare the tab-close-button array + // make sure tab button entries which aren't used are marked as hidden + for (i = page_count; i < m_tab_close_buttons.GetCount(); ++i) + m_tab_close_buttons.Item(i).cur_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN; + + // make sure there are enough tab button entries to accommodate all tabs + while (m_tab_close_buttons.GetCount() < page_count) + { + wxAuiTabContainerButton tempbtn; + tempbtn.id = wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE; + tempbtn.location = wxCENTER; + tempbtn.cur_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN; + m_tab_close_buttons.Add(tempbtn); + } + + + // buttons before the tab offset must be set to hidden + for (i = 0; i < m_tab_offset; ++i) + { + m_tab_close_buttons.Item(i).cur_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN; + } + + + // draw the tabs + + size_t active = 999; + int active_offset = 0; + wxRect active_rect; + + int x_extent = 0; + wxRect rect = m_rect; + rect.y = 0; + rect.height = m_rect.height; + + for (i = m_tab_offset; i < page_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = m_pages.Item(i); + wxAuiTabContainerButton& tab_button = m_tab_close_buttons.Item(i); + + // determine if a close button is on this tab + if ((m_flags & wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_ON_ALL_TABS) != 0 || + ((m_flags & wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_ON_ACTIVE_TAB) != 0 && page.active)) + { + if (tab_button.cur_state == wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN) + { + tab_button.id = wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE; + tab_button.cur_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_NORMAL; + tab_button.location = wxCENTER; + } + } + else + { + tab_button.cur_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN; + } + + rect.x = offset; + rect.width = m_rect.width - right_buttons_width - offset - 2; + + if (rect.width <= 0) + break; + + m_art->DrawTab(dc, + wnd, + page, + rect, + tab_button.cur_state, + &page.rect, + &tab_button.rect, + &x_extent); + + if (page.active) + { + active = i; + active_offset = offset; + active_rect = rect; + } + + offset += x_extent; + } + + + // make sure to deactivate buttons which are off the screen to the right + for (++i; i < m_tab_close_buttons.GetCount(); ++i) + { + m_tab_close_buttons.Item(i).cur_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN; + } + + + // draw the active tab again so it stands in the foreground + if (active >= m_tab_offset && active < m_pages.GetCount()) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = m_pages.Item(active); + + wxAuiTabContainerButton& tab_button = m_tab_close_buttons.Item(active); + + rect.x = active_offset; + m_art->DrawTab(dc, + wnd, + page, + active_rect, + tab_button.cur_state, + &page.rect, + &tab_button.rect, + &x_extent); + } + + + raw_dc->Blit(m_rect.x, m_rect.y, + m_rect.GetWidth(), m_rect.GetHeight(), + &dc, 0, 0); +} + +// Is the tab visible? +bool wxAuiTabContainer::IsTabVisible(int tabPage, int tabOffset, wxDC* dc, wxWindow* wnd) +{ + if (!dc || !dc->IsOk()) + return false; + + size_t i; + size_t page_count = m_pages.GetCount(); + size_t button_count = m_buttons.GetCount(); + + // Hasn't been rendered yet; assume it's visible + if (m_tab_close_buttons.GetCount() < page_count) + return true; + + // First check if both buttons are disabled - if so, there's no need to + // check further for visibility. + int arrowButtonVisibleCount = 0; + for (i = 0; i < button_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiTabContainerButton& button = m_buttons.Item(i); + if (button.id == wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT || + button.id == wxAUI_BUTTON_RIGHT) + { + if ((button.cur_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN) == 0) + arrowButtonVisibleCount ++; + } + } + + // Tab must be visible + if (arrowButtonVisibleCount == 0) + return true; + + // If tab is less than the given offset, it must be invisible by definition + if (tabPage < tabOffset) + return false; + + // draw buttons + int left_buttons_width = 0; + int right_buttons_width = 0; + + int offset = 0; + + // calculate size of the buttons on the right side + offset = m_rect.x + m_rect.width; + for (i = 0; i < button_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiTabContainerButton& button = m_buttons.Item(button_count - i - 1); + + if (button.location != wxRIGHT) + continue; + if (button.cur_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN) + continue; + + offset -= button.rect.GetWidth(); + right_buttons_width += button.rect.GetWidth(); + } + + offset = 0; + + // calculate size of the buttons on the left side + for (i = 0; i < button_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiTabContainerButton& button = m_buttons.Item(button_count - i - 1); + + if (button.location != wxLEFT) + continue; + if (button.cur_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN) + continue; + + offset += button.rect.GetWidth(); + left_buttons_width += button.rect.GetWidth(); + } + + offset = left_buttons_width; + + if (offset == 0) + offset += m_art->GetIndentSize(); + + wxRect active_rect; + + wxRect rect = m_rect; + rect.y = 0; + rect.height = m_rect.height; + + // See if the given page is visible at the given tab offset (effectively scroll position) + for (i = tabOffset; i < page_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = m_pages.Item(i); + wxAuiTabContainerButton& tab_button = m_tab_close_buttons.Item(i); + + rect.x = offset; + rect.width = m_rect.width - right_buttons_width - offset - 2; + + if (rect.width <= 0) + return false; // haven't found the tab, and we've run out of space, so return false + + int x_extent = 0; + wxSize size = m_art->GetTabSize(*dc, + wnd, + page.caption, + page.bitmap, + page.active, + tab_button.cur_state, + &x_extent); + + offset += x_extent; + + if (i == (size_t) tabPage) + { + // If not all of the tab is visible, and supposing there's space to display it all, + // we could do better so we return false. + if (((m_rect.width - right_buttons_width - offset - 2) <= 0) && ((m_rect.width - right_buttons_width - left_buttons_width) > x_extent)) + return false; + else + return true; + } + } + + // Shouldn't really get here, but if it does, assume the tab is visible to prevent + // further looping in calling code. + return true; +} + +// Make the tab visible if it wasn't already +void wxAuiTabContainer::MakeTabVisible(int tabPage, wxWindow* win) +{ + wxClientDC dc(win); + if (!IsTabVisible(tabPage, GetTabOffset(), & dc, win)) + { + int i; + for (i = 0; i < (int) m_pages.GetCount(); i++) + { + if (IsTabVisible(tabPage, i, & dc, win)) + { + SetTabOffset(i); + win->Refresh(); + return; + } + } + } +} + +// TabHitTest() tests if a tab was hit, passing the window pointer +// back if that condition was fulfilled. The function returns +// true if a tab was hit, otherwise false +bool wxAuiTabContainer::TabHitTest(int x, int y, wxWindow** hit) const +{ + if (!m_rect.Contains(x,y)) + return false; + + wxAuiTabContainerButton* btn = NULL; + if (ButtonHitTest(x, y, &btn) && !(btn->cur_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED)) + { + if (m_buttons.Index(*btn) != wxNOT_FOUND) + return false; + } + + size_t i, page_count = m_pages.GetCount(); + + for (i = m_tab_offset; i < page_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = m_pages.Item(i); + if (page.rect.Contains(x,y)) + { + if (hit) + *hit = page.window; + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +// ButtonHitTest() tests if a button was hit. The function returns +// true if a button was hit, otherwise false +bool wxAuiTabContainer::ButtonHitTest(int x, int y, + wxAuiTabContainerButton** hit) const +{ + if (!m_rect.Contains(x,y)) + return false; + + size_t i, button_count; + + + button_count = m_buttons.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < button_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiTabContainerButton& button = m_buttons.Item(i); + if (button.rect.Contains(x,y) && + !(button.cur_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN )) + { + if (hit) + *hit = &button; + return true; + } + } + + button_count = m_tab_close_buttons.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < button_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiTabContainerButton& button = m_tab_close_buttons.Item(i); + if (button.rect.Contains(x,y) && + !(button.cur_state & (wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN | + wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED))) + { + if (hit) + *hit = &button; + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + + + +// the utility function ShowWnd() is the same as show, +// except it handles wxAuiMDIChildFrame windows as well, +// as the Show() method on this class is "unplugged" +static void ShowWnd(wxWindow* wnd, bool show) +{ +#if wxUSE_MDI + if (wnd->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxAuiMDIChildFrame))) + { + wxAuiMDIChildFrame* cf = (wxAuiMDIChildFrame*)wnd; + cf->DoShow(show); + } + else +#endif + { + wnd->Show(show); + } +} + + +// DoShowHide() this function shows the active window, then +// hides all of the other windows (in that order) +void wxAuiTabContainer::DoShowHide() +{ + wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages = GetPages(); + size_t i, page_count = pages.GetCount(); + + // show new active page first + for (i = 0; i < page_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = pages.Item(i); + if (page.active) + { + ShowWnd(page.window, true); + break; + } + } + + // hide all other pages + for (i = 0; i < page_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = pages.Item(i); + if (!page.active) + ShowWnd(page.window, false); + } +} + + + + + + +// -- wxAuiTabCtrl class implementation -- + + + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxAuiTabCtrl, wxControl) + EVT_PAINT(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnPaint) + EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnEraseBackground) + EVT_SIZE(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnSize) + EVT_LEFT_DOWN(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnLeftDown) + EVT_LEFT_DCLICK(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnLeftDClick) + EVT_LEFT_UP(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnLeftUp) + EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnMiddleDown) + EVT_MIDDLE_UP(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnMiddleUp) + EVT_RIGHT_DOWN(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnRightDown) + EVT_RIGHT_UP(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnRightUp) + EVT_MOTION(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnMotion) + EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnLeaveWindow) + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON(wxID_ANY, wxAuiTabCtrl::OnButton) + EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnSetFocus) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnKillFocus) + EVT_CHAR(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnChar) + EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxAuiTabCtrl::OnCaptureLost) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +wxAuiTabCtrl::wxAuiTabCtrl(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style) : wxControl(parent, id, pos, size, style) +{ + SetName(wxT("wxAuiTabCtrl")); + m_click_pt = wxDefaultPosition; + m_is_dragging = false; + m_hover_button = NULL; + m_pressed_button = NULL; +} + +wxAuiTabCtrl::~wxAuiTabCtrl() +{ +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent&) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + + dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + + if (GetPageCount() > 0) + Render(&dc, this); +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(evt)) +{ +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt) +{ + wxSize s = evt.GetSize(); + wxRect r(0, 0, s.GetWidth(), s.GetHeight()); + SetRect(r); +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + CaptureMouse(); + m_click_pt = wxDefaultPosition; + m_is_dragging = false; + m_click_tab = NULL; + m_pressed_button = NULL; + + + wxWindow* wnd; + if (TabHitTest(evt.m_x, evt.m_y, &wnd)) + { + int new_selection = GetIdxFromWindow(wnd); + + // wxAuiNotebooks always want to receive this event + // even if the tab is already active, because they may + // have multiple tab controls + if (new_selection != GetActivePage() || + GetParent()->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxAuiNotebook))) + { + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, m_windowId); + e.SetSelection(new_selection); + e.SetOldSelection(GetActivePage()); + e.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); + } + + m_click_pt.x = evt.m_x; + m_click_pt.y = evt.m_y; + m_click_tab = wnd; + } + + if (m_hover_button) + { + m_pressed_button = m_hover_button; + m_pressed_button->cur_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED; + Refresh(); + Update(); + } +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + if (GetCapture() == this) + ReleaseMouse(); + + if (m_is_dragging) + { + m_is_dragging = false; + + wxAuiNotebookEvent evt(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG, m_windowId); + evt.SetSelection(GetIdxFromWindow(m_click_tab)); + evt.SetOldSelection(evt.GetSelection()); + evt.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); + + return; + } + + if (m_pressed_button) + { + // make sure we're still clicking the button + wxAuiTabContainerButton* button = NULL; + if (!ButtonHitTest(evt.m_x, evt.m_y, &button) || + button->cur_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED) + return; + + if (button != m_pressed_button) + { + m_pressed_button = NULL; + return; + } + + Refresh(); + Update(); + + if (!(m_pressed_button->cur_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED)) + { + wxAuiNotebookEvent evt(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON, m_windowId); + evt.SetSelection(GetIdxFromWindow(m_click_tab)); + evt.SetInt(m_pressed_button->id); + evt.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); + } + + m_pressed_button = NULL; + } + + m_click_pt = wxDefaultPosition; + m_is_dragging = false; + m_click_tab = NULL; +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnMiddleUp(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + wxWindow* wnd = NULL; + if (!TabHitTest(evt.m_x, evt.m_y, &wnd)) + return; + + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, m_windowId); + e.SetEventObject(this); + e.SetSelection(GetIdxFromWindow(wnd)); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnMiddleDown(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + wxWindow* wnd = NULL; + if (!TabHitTest(evt.m_x, evt.m_y, &wnd)) + return; + + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, m_windowId); + e.SetEventObject(this); + e.SetSelection(GetIdxFromWindow(wnd)); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnRightUp(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + wxWindow* wnd = NULL; + if (!TabHitTest(evt.m_x, evt.m_y, &wnd)) + return; + + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP, m_windowId); + e.SetEventObject(this); + e.SetSelection(GetIdxFromWindow(wnd)); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + wxWindow* wnd = NULL; + if (!TabHitTest(evt.m_x, evt.m_y, &wnd)) + return; + + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, m_windowId); + e.SetEventObject(this); + e.SetSelection(GetIdxFromWindow(wnd)); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + wxWindow* wnd; + wxAuiTabContainerButton* button; + if (!TabHitTest(evt.m_x, evt.m_y, &wnd) && !ButtonHitTest(evt.m_x, evt.m_y, &button)) + { + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK, m_windowId); + e.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); + } +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& evt) +{ + wxPoint pos = evt.GetPosition(); + + // check if the mouse is hovering above a button + wxAuiTabContainerButton* button; + if (ButtonHitTest(pos.x, pos.y, &button) && !(button->cur_state & wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED)) + { + if (m_hover_button && button != m_hover_button) + { + m_hover_button->cur_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_NORMAL; + m_hover_button = NULL; + Refresh(); + Update(); + } + + if (button->cur_state != wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER) + { + button->cur_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER; + Refresh(); + Update(); + m_hover_button = button; + return; + } + } + else + { + if (m_hover_button) + { + m_hover_button->cur_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_NORMAL; + m_hover_button = NULL; + Refresh(); + Update(); + } + } + + + if (!evt.LeftIsDown() || m_click_pt == wxDefaultPosition) + return; + + if (m_is_dragging) + { + wxAuiNotebookEvent evt(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION, m_windowId); + evt.SetSelection(GetIdxFromWindow(m_click_tab)); + evt.SetOldSelection(evt.GetSelection()); + evt.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); + return; + } + + + int drag_x_threshold = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_DRAG_X); + int drag_y_threshold = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_DRAG_Y); + + if (abs(pos.x - m_click_pt.x) > drag_x_threshold || + abs(pos.y - m_click_pt.y) > drag_y_threshold) + { + wxAuiNotebookEvent evt(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG, m_windowId); + evt.SetSelection(GetIdxFromWindow(m_click_tab)); + evt.SetOldSelection(evt.GetSelection()); + evt.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); + + m_is_dragging = true; + } +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if (m_hover_button) + { + m_hover_button->cur_state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_NORMAL; + m_hover_button = NULL; + Refresh(); + Update(); + } +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnButton(wxAuiNotebookEvent& event) +{ + int button = event.GetInt(); + + if (button == wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT || button == wxAUI_BUTTON_RIGHT) + { + if (button == wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT) + { + if (GetTabOffset() > 0) + { + SetTabOffset(GetTabOffset()-1); + Refresh(); + Update(); + } + } + else + { + SetTabOffset(GetTabOffset()+1); + Refresh(); + Update(); + } + } + else if (button == wxAUI_BUTTON_WINDOWLIST) + { + int idx = GetArtProvider()->ShowDropDown(this, m_pages, GetActivePage()); + + if (idx != -1) + { + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, m_windowId); + e.SetSelection(idx); + e.SetOldSelection(GetActivePage()); + e.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); + } + } + else + { + event.Skip(); + } +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + Refresh(); +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + Refresh(); +} + +void wxAuiTabCtrl::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + if (GetActivePage() == -1) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + // We can't leave tab processing to the system; on Windows, tabs and keys + // get eaten by the system and not processed properly if we specify both + // wxTAB_TRAVERSAL and wxWANTS_CHARS. And if we specify just wxTAB_TRAVERSAL, + // we don't key arrow key events. + + int key = event.GetKeyCode(); + + if (key == WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP) + key = WXK_PAGEUP; + if (key == WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN) + key = WXK_PAGEDOWN; + if (key == WXK_NUMPAD_HOME) + key = WXK_HOME; + if (key == WXK_NUMPAD_END) + key = WXK_END; + if (key == WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT) + key = WXK_LEFT; + if (key == WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT) + key = WXK_RIGHT; + + if (key == WXK_TAB || key == WXK_PAGEUP || key == WXK_PAGEDOWN) + { + bool bCtrlDown = event.ControlDown(); + bool bShiftDown = event.ShiftDown(); + + bool bForward = (key == WXK_TAB && !bShiftDown) || (key == WXK_PAGEDOWN); + bool bWindowChange = (key == WXK_PAGEUP) || (key == WXK_PAGEDOWN) || bCtrlDown; + bool bFromTab = (key == WXK_TAB); + + wxAuiNotebook* nb = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxAuiNotebook); + if (!nb) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + wxNavigationKeyEvent keyEvent; + keyEvent.SetDirection(bForward); + keyEvent.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange); + keyEvent.SetFromTab(bFromTab); + keyEvent.SetEventObject(nb); + + if (!nb->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(keyEvent)) + { + // Not processed? Do an explicit tab into the page. + wxWindow* win = GetWindowFromIdx(GetActivePage()); + if (win) + win->SetFocus(); + } + return; + } + + if (m_pages.GetCount() < 2) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + int newPage = -1; + + int forwardKey, backwardKey; + if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) + { + forwardKey = WXK_LEFT; + backwardKey = WXK_RIGHT; + } + else + { + forwardKey = WXK_RIGHT; + backwardKey = WXK_LEFT; + } + + if (key == forwardKey) + { + if (m_pages.GetCount() > 1) + { + if (GetActivePage() == -1) + newPage = 0; + else if (GetActivePage() < (int) (m_pages.GetCount() - 1)) + newPage = GetActivePage() + 1; + } + } + else if (key == backwardKey) + { + if (m_pages.GetCount() > 1) + { + if (GetActivePage() == -1) + newPage = (int) (m_pages.GetCount() - 1); + else if (GetActivePage() > 0) + newPage = GetActivePage() - 1; + } + } + else if (key == WXK_HOME) + { + newPage = 0; + } + else if (key == WXK_END) + { + newPage = (int) (m_pages.GetCount() - 1); + } + else + event.Skip(); + + if (newPage != -1) + { + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, m_windowId); + e.SetSelection(newPage); + e.SetOldSelection(newPage); + e.SetEventObject(this); + this->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); + } + else + event.Skip(); +} + +// wxTabFrame is an interesting case. It's important that all child pages +// of the multi-notebook control are all actually children of that control +// (and not grandchildren). wxTabFrame facilitates this. There is one +// instance of wxTabFrame for each tab control inside the multi-notebook. +// It's important to know that wxTabFrame is not a real window, but it merely +// used to capture the dimensions/positioning of the internal tab control and +// it's managed page windows + +class wxTabFrame : public wxWindow +{ +public: + + wxTabFrame() + { + m_tabs = NULL; + m_rect = wxRect(0,0,200,200); + m_tab_ctrl_height = 20; + } + + ~wxTabFrame() + { + wxDELETE(m_tabs); + } + + void SetTabCtrlHeight(int h) + { + m_tab_ctrl_height = h; + } + +protected: + void DoSetSize(int x, int y, + int width, int height, + int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO)) + { + m_rect = wxRect(x, y, width, height); + DoSizing(); + } + + void DoGetClientSize(int* x, int* y) const + { + *x = m_rect.width; + *y = m_rect.height; + } + +public: + bool Show( bool WXUNUSED(show = true) ) { return false; } + + void DoSizing() + { + if (!m_tabs) + return; + + if (m_tabs->IsFrozen() || m_tabs->GetParent()->IsFrozen()) + return; + + m_tab_rect = wxRect(m_rect.x, m_rect.y, m_rect.width, m_tab_ctrl_height); + if (m_tabs->GetFlags() & wxAUI_NB_BOTTOM) + { + m_tab_rect = wxRect (m_rect.x, m_rect.y + m_rect.height - m_tab_ctrl_height, m_rect.width, m_tab_ctrl_height); + m_tabs->SetSize (m_rect.x, m_rect.y + m_rect.height - m_tab_ctrl_height, m_rect.width, m_tab_ctrl_height); + m_tabs->SetRect (wxRect(0, 0, m_rect.width, m_tab_ctrl_height)); + } + else //TODO: if (GetFlags() & wxAUI_NB_TOP) + { + m_tab_rect = wxRect (m_rect.x, m_rect.y, m_rect.width, m_tab_ctrl_height); + m_tabs->SetSize (m_rect.x, m_rect.y, m_rect.width, m_tab_ctrl_height); + m_tabs->SetRect (wxRect(0, 0, m_rect.width, m_tab_ctrl_height)); + } + // TODO: else if (GetFlags() & wxAUI_NB_LEFT){} + // TODO: else if (GetFlags() & wxAUI_NB_RIGHT){} + + m_tabs->Refresh(); + m_tabs->Update(); + + wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages = m_tabs->GetPages(); + size_t i, page_count = pages.GetCount(); + + for (i = 0; i < page_count; ++i) + { + int height = m_rect.height - m_tab_ctrl_height; + if ( height < 0 ) + { + // avoid passing negative height to wxWindow::SetSize(), this + // results in assert failures/GTK+ warnings + height = 0; + } + + wxAuiNotebookPage& page = pages.Item(i); + if (m_tabs->GetFlags() & wxAUI_NB_BOTTOM) + { + page.window->SetSize(m_rect.x, m_rect.y, m_rect.width, height); + } + else //TODO: if (GetFlags() & wxAUI_NB_TOP) + { + page.window->SetSize(m_rect.x, m_rect.y + m_tab_ctrl_height, + m_rect.width, height); + } + // TODO: else if (GetFlags() & wxAUI_NB_LEFT){} + // TODO: else if (GetFlags() & wxAUI_NB_RIGHT){} + +#if wxUSE_MDI + if (page.window->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxAuiMDIChildFrame))) + { + wxAuiMDIChildFrame* wnd = (wxAuiMDIChildFrame*)page.window; + wnd->ApplyMDIChildFrameRect(); + } +#endif + } + } + +protected: + void DoGetSize(int* x, int* y) const + { + if (x) + *x = m_rect.GetWidth(); + if (y) + *y = m_rect.GetHeight(); + } + +public: + void Update() + { + // does nothing + } + + wxRect m_rect; + wxRect m_tab_rect; + wxAuiTabCtrl* m_tabs; + int m_tab_ctrl_height; +}; + + +const int wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId = 5380; + + +// -- wxAuiNotebook class implementation -- + +#define EVT_AUI_RANGE(id1, id2, event, func) \ + wx__DECLARE_EVT2(event, id1, id2, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(func)) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxAuiNotebook, wxControl) + EVT_SIZE(wxAuiNotebook::OnSize) + EVT_CHILD_FOCUS(wxAuiNotebook::OnChildFocusNotebook) + EVT_AUI_RANGE(wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId, wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId+500, + wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, + wxAuiNotebook::OnTabClicked) + EVT_AUI_RANGE(wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId, wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId+500, + wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG, + wxAuiNotebook::OnTabBeginDrag) + EVT_AUI_RANGE(wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId, wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId+500, + wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG, + wxAuiNotebook::OnTabEndDrag) + EVT_AUI_RANGE(wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId, wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId+500, + wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION, + wxAuiNotebook::OnTabDragMotion) + EVT_AUI_RANGE(wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId, wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId+500, + wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON, + wxAuiNotebook::OnTabButton) + EVT_AUI_RANGE(wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId, wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId+500, + wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, + wxAuiNotebook::OnTabMiddleDown) + EVT_AUI_RANGE(wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId, wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId+500, + wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, + wxAuiNotebook::OnTabMiddleUp) + EVT_AUI_RANGE(wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId, wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId+500, + wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, + wxAuiNotebook::OnTabRightDown) + EVT_AUI_RANGE(wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId, wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId+500, + wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP, + wxAuiNotebook::OnTabRightUp) + EVT_AUI_RANGE(wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId, wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId+500, + wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK, + wxAuiNotebook::OnTabBgDClick) + EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY(wxAuiNotebook::OnNavigationKeyNotebook) + +#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL + WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(wxAuiNotebook) +#else + // Avoid clash with container event handler functions + EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxAuiNotebook::OnFocus) +#endif +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(wxAuiNotebook, wxControl) + +wxAuiNotebook::wxAuiNotebook() +{ + m_curpage = -1; + m_tab_id_counter = wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId; + m_dummy_wnd = NULL; + m_tab_ctrl_height = 20; + m_requested_bmp_size = wxDefaultSize; + m_requested_tabctrl_height = -1; +} + +wxAuiNotebook::wxAuiNotebook(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style) : wxControl(parent, id, pos, size, style) +{ + m_dummy_wnd = NULL; + m_requested_bmp_size = wxDefaultSize; + m_requested_tabctrl_height = -1; + InitNotebook(style); +} + +bool wxAuiNotebook::Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style) +{ + if (!wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style)) + return false; + + InitNotebook(style); + + return true; +} + +// InitNotebook() contains common initialization +// code called by all constructors +void wxAuiNotebook::InitNotebook(long style) +{ + WX_INIT_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); + // SetCanFocus(false); + + SetName(wxT("wxAuiNotebook")); + m_curpage = -1; + m_tab_id_counter = wxAuiBaseTabCtrlId; + m_dummy_wnd = NULL; + m_flags = (unsigned int)style; + m_tab_ctrl_height = 20; + + m_normal_font = *wxNORMAL_FONT; + m_selected_font = *wxNORMAL_FONT; + m_selected_font.SetWeight(wxBOLD); + + SetArtProvider(new wxAuiDefaultTabArt); + + m_dummy_wnd = new wxWindow(this, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(0,0), wxSize(0,0)); + m_dummy_wnd->SetSize(200, 200); + m_dummy_wnd->Show(false); + + m_mgr.SetManagedWindow(this); + m_mgr.SetFlags(wxAUI_MGR_DEFAULT); + m_mgr.SetDockSizeConstraint(1.0, 1.0); // no dock size constraint + + m_mgr.AddPane(m_dummy_wnd, + wxAuiPaneInfo().Name(wxT("dummy")).Bottom().CaptionVisible(false).Show(false)); + + m_mgr.Update(); +} + +wxAuiNotebook::~wxAuiNotebook() +{ + // Indicate we're deleting pages + SendDestroyEvent(); + + while ( GetPageCount() > 0 ) + DeletePage(0); + + m_mgr.UnInit(); +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::SetArtProvider(wxAuiTabArt* art) +{ + m_tabs.SetArtProvider(art); + + // Update the height and do nothing else if it did something but otherwise + // (i.e. if the new art provider uses the same height as the old one) we + // need to manually set the art provider for all tabs ourselves. + if ( !UpdateTabCtrlHeight() ) + { + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& all_panes = m_mgr.GetAllPanes(); + const size_t pane_count = all_panes.GetCount(); + for (size_t i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = all_panes.Item(i); + if (pane.name == wxT("dummy")) + continue; + wxTabFrame* tab_frame = (wxTabFrame*)pane.window; + wxAuiTabCtrl* tabctrl = tab_frame->m_tabs; + tabctrl->SetArtProvider(art->Clone()); + } + } +} + +// SetTabCtrlHeight() is the highest-level override of the +// tab height. A call to this function effectively enforces a +// specified tab ctrl height, overriding all other considerations, +// such as text or bitmap height. It overrides any call to +// SetUniformBitmapSize(). Specifying a height of -1 reverts +// any previous call and returns to the default behavior + +void wxAuiNotebook::SetTabCtrlHeight(int height) +{ + m_requested_tabctrl_height = height; + + // if window is already initialized, recalculate the tab height + if (m_dummy_wnd) + { + UpdateTabCtrlHeight(); + } +} + + +// SetUniformBitmapSize() ensures that all tabs will have +// the same height, even if some tabs don't have bitmaps +// Passing wxDefaultSize to this function will instruct +// the control to use dynamic tab height-- so when a tab +// with a large bitmap is added, the tab ctrl's height will +// automatically increase to accommodate the bitmap + +void wxAuiNotebook::SetUniformBitmapSize(const wxSize& size) +{ + m_requested_bmp_size = size; + + // if window is already initialized, recalculate the tab height + if (m_dummy_wnd) + { + UpdateTabCtrlHeight(); + } +} + +// UpdateTabCtrlHeight() does the actual tab resizing. It's meant +// to be used internally +bool wxAuiNotebook::UpdateTabCtrlHeight() +{ + // get the tab ctrl height we will use + int height = CalculateTabCtrlHeight(); + + // if the tab control height needs to change, update + // all of our tab controls with the new height + if (m_tab_ctrl_height == height) + return false; + + wxAuiTabArt* art = m_tabs.GetArtProvider(); + + m_tab_ctrl_height = height; + + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& all_panes = m_mgr.GetAllPanes(); + size_t i, pane_count = all_panes.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = all_panes.Item(i); + if (pane.name == wxT("dummy")) + continue; + wxTabFrame* tab_frame = (wxTabFrame*)pane.window; + wxAuiTabCtrl* tabctrl = tab_frame->m_tabs; + tab_frame->SetTabCtrlHeight(m_tab_ctrl_height); + tabctrl->SetArtProvider(art->Clone()); + tab_frame->DoSizing(); + } + + return true; +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::UpdateHintWindowSize() +{ + wxSize size = CalculateNewSplitSize(); + + // the placeholder hint window should be set to this size + wxAuiPaneInfo& info = m_mgr.GetPane(wxT("dummy")); + if (info.IsOk()) + { + info.MinSize(size); + info.BestSize(size); + m_dummy_wnd->SetSize(size); + } +} + + +// calculates the size of the new split +wxSize wxAuiNotebook::CalculateNewSplitSize() +{ + // count number of tab controls + int tab_ctrl_count = 0; + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& all_panes = m_mgr.GetAllPanes(); + size_t i, pane_count = all_panes.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = all_panes.Item(i); + if (pane.name == wxT("dummy")) + continue; + tab_ctrl_count++; + } + + wxSize new_split_size; + + // if there is only one tab control, the first split + // should happen around the middle + if (tab_ctrl_count < 2) + { + new_split_size = GetClientSize(); + new_split_size.x /= 2; + new_split_size.y /= 2; + } + else + { + // this is in place of a more complicated calculation + // that needs to be implemented + new_split_size = wxSize(180,180); + } + + return new_split_size; +} + +int wxAuiNotebook::CalculateTabCtrlHeight() +{ + // if a fixed tab ctrl height is specified, + // just return that instead of calculating a + // tab height + if (m_requested_tabctrl_height != -1) + return m_requested_tabctrl_height; + + // find out new best tab height + wxAuiTabArt* art = m_tabs.GetArtProvider(); + + return art->GetBestTabCtrlSize(this, + m_tabs.GetPages(), + m_requested_bmp_size); +} + + +wxAuiTabArt* wxAuiNotebook::GetArtProvider() const +{ + return m_tabs.GetArtProvider(); +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::SetWindowStyleFlag(long style) +{ + wxControl::SetWindowStyleFlag(style); + + m_flags = (unsigned int)style; + + // if the control is already initialized + if (m_mgr.GetManagedWindow() == (wxWindow*)this) + { + // let all of the tab children know about the new style + + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& all_panes = m_mgr.GetAllPanes(); + size_t i, pane_count = all_panes.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = all_panes.Item(i); + if (pane.name == wxT("dummy")) + continue; + wxTabFrame* tabframe = (wxTabFrame*)pane.window; + wxAuiTabCtrl* tabctrl = tabframe->m_tabs; + tabctrl->SetFlags(m_flags); + tabframe->DoSizing(); + tabctrl->Refresh(); + tabctrl->Update(); + } + } +} + + +bool wxAuiNotebook::AddPage(wxWindow* page, + const wxString& caption, + bool select, + const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + return InsertPage(GetPageCount(), page, caption, select, bitmap); +} + +bool wxAuiNotebook::InsertPage(size_t page_idx, + wxWindow* page, + const wxString& caption, + bool select, + const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(page, wxT("page pointer must be non-NULL")); + if (!page) + return false; + + page->Reparent(this); + + wxAuiNotebookPage info; + info.window = page; + info.caption = caption; + info.bitmap = bitmap; + info.active = false; + + // if there are currently no tabs, the first added + // tab must be active + if (m_tabs.GetPageCount() == 0) + info.active = true; + + m_tabs.InsertPage(page, info, page_idx); + + // if that was the first page added, even if + // select is false, it must become the "current page" + // (though no select events will be fired) + if (!select && m_tabs.GetPageCount() == 1) + select = true; + //m_curpage = GetPageIndex(page); + + wxAuiTabCtrl* active_tabctrl = GetActiveTabCtrl(); + if (page_idx >= active_tabctrl->GetPageCount()) + active_tabctrl->AddPage(page, info); + else + active_tabctrl->InsertPage(page, info, page_idx); + + UpdateTabCtrlHeight(); + DoSizing(); + active_tabctrl->DoShowHide(); + + // adjust selected index + if(m_curpage >= (int) page_idx) + m_curpage++; + + if (select) + { + SetSelectionToWindow(page); + } + + return true; +} + + +// DeletePage() removes a tab from the multi-notebook, +// and destroys the window as well +bool wxAuiNotebook::DeletePage(size_t page_idx) +{ + if (page_idx >= m_tabs.GetPageCount()) + return false; + + wxWindow* wnd = m_tabs.GetWindowFromIdx(page_idx); + + // hide the window in advance, as this will + // prevent flicker + ShowWnd(wnd, false); + + if (!RemovePage(page_idx)) + return false; + +#if wxUSE_MDI + // actually destroy the window now + if (wnd->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxAuiMDIChildFrame))) + { + // delete the child frame with pending delete, as is + // customary with frame windows + if (!wxPendingDelete.Member(wnd)) + wxPendingDelete.Append(wnd); + } + else +#endif + { + wnd->Destroy(); + } + + return true; +} + + + +// RemovePage() removes a tab from the multi-notebook, +// but does not destroy the window +bool wxAuiNotebook::RemovePage(size_t page_idx) +{ + // save active window pointer + wxWindow* active_wnd = NULL; + if (m_curpage >= 0) + active_wnd = m_tabs.GetWindowFromIdx(m_curpage); + + // save pointer of window being deleted + wxWindow* wnd = m_tabs.GetWindowFromIdx(page_idx); + wxWindow* new_active = NULL; + + // make sure we found the page + if (!wnd) + return false; + + // find out which onscreen tab ctrl owns this tab + wxAuiTabCtrl* ctrl; + int ctrl_idx; + if (!FindTab(wnd, &ctrl, &ctrl_idx)) + return false; + + bool is_curpage = (m_curpage == (int)page_idx); + bool is_active_in_split = ctrl->GetPage(ctrl_idx).active; + + + // remove the tab from main catalog + if (!m_tabs.RemovePage(wnd)) + return false; + + // remove the tab from the onscreen tab ctrl + ctrl->RemovePage(wnd); + + if (is_active_in_split) + { + int ctrl_new_page_count = (int)ctrl->GetPageCount(); + + if (ctrl_idx >= ctrl_new_page_count) + ctrl_idx = ctrl_new_page_count-1; + + if (ctrl_idx >= 0 && ctrl_idx < (int)ctrl->GetPageCount()) + { + // set new page as active in the tab split + ctrl->SetActivePage(ctrl_idx); + + // if the page deleted was the current page for the + // entire tab control, then record the window + // pointer of the new active page for activation + if (is_curpage) + { + new_active = ctrl->GetWindowFromIdx(ctrl_idx); + } + } + } + else + { + // we are not deleting the active page, so keep it the same + new_active = active_wnd; + } + + + if (!new_active) + { + // we haven't yet found a new page to active, + // so select the next page from the main tab + // catalogue + + if (page_idx < m_tabs.GetPageCount()) + { + new_active = m_tabs.GetPage(page_idx).window; + } + + if (!new_active && m_tabs.GetPageCount() > 0) + { + new_active = m_tabs.GetPage(0).window; + } + } + + + RemoveEmptyTabFrames(); + + m_curpage = wxNOT_FOUND; + + // set new active pane unless we're being destroyed anyhow + if (new_active && !m_isBeingDeleted) + SetSelectionToWindow(new_active); + + return true; +} + +// GetPageIndex() returns the index of the page, or -1 if the +// page could not be located in the notebook +int wxAuiNotebook::GetPageIndex(wxWindow* page_wnd) const +{ + return m_tabs.GetIdxFromWindow(page_wnd); +} + + + +// SetPageText() changes the tab caption of the specified page +bool wxAuiNotebook::SetPageText(size_t page_idx, const wxString& text) +{ + if (page_idx >= m_tabs.GetPageCount()) + return false; + + // update our own tab catalog + wxAuiNotebookPage& page_info = m_tabs.GetPage(page_idx); + page_info.caption = text; + + // update what's on screen + wxAuiTabCtrl* ctrl; + int ctrl_idx; + if (FindTab(page_info.window, &ctrl, &ctrl_idx)) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& info = ctrl->GetPage(ctrl_idx); + info.caption = text; + ctrl->Refresh(); + ctrl->Update(); + } + + return true; +} + +// returns the page caption +wxString wxAuiNotebook::GetPageText(size_t page_idx) const +{ + if (page_idx >= m_tabs.GetPageCount()) + return wxEmptyString; + + // update our own tab catalog + const wxAuiNotebookPage& page_info = m_tabs.GetPage(page_idx); + return page_info.caption; +} + +bool wxAuiNotebook::SetPageBitmap(size_t page_idx, const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + if (page_idx >= m_tabs.GetPageCount()) + return false; + + // update our own tab catalog + wxAuiNotebookPage& page_info = m_tabs.GetPage(page_idx); + page_info.bitmap = bitmap; + + // tab height might have changed + UpdateTabCtrlHeight(); + + // update what's on screen + wxAuiTabCtrl* ctrl; + int ctrl_idx; + if (FindTab(page_info.window, &ctrl, &ctrl_idx)) + { + wxAuiNotebookPage& info = ctrl->GetPage(ctrl_idx); + info.bitmap = bitmap; + ctrl->Refresh(); + ctrl->Update(); + } + + return true; +} + +// returns the page bitmap +wxBitmap wxAuiNotebook::GetPageBitmap(size_t page_idx) const +{ + if (page_idx >= m_tabs.GetPageCount()) + return wxBitmap(); + + // update our own tab catalog + const wxAuiNotebookPage& page_info = m_tabs.GetPage(page_idx); + return page_info.bitmap; +} + +// GetSelection() returns the index of the currently active page +int wxAuiNotebook::GetSelection() const +{ + return m_curpage; +} + +// SetSelection() sets the currently active page +size_t wxAuiNotebook::SetSelection(size_t new_page) +{ + wxWindow* wnd = m_tabs.GetWindowFromIdx(new_page); + if (!wnd) + return m_curpage; + + // don't change the page unless necessary; + // however, clicking again on a tab should give it the focus. + if ((int)new_page == m_curpage) + { + wxAuiTabCtrl* ctrl; + int ctrl_idx; + if (FindTab(wnd, &ctrl, &ctrl_idx)) + { + if (FindFocus() != ctrl) + ctrl->SetFocus(); + } + return m_curpage; + } + + wxAuiNotebookEvent evt(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, m_windowId); + evt.SetSelection(new_page); + evt.SetOldSelection(m_curpage); + evt.SetEventObject(this); + if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt) || evt.IsAllowed()) + { + int old_curpage = m_curpage; + m_curpage = new_page; + + // program allows the page change + evt.SetEventType(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED); + (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); + + + wxAuiTabCtrl* ctrl; + int ctrl_idx; + if (FindTab(wnd, &ctrl, &ctrl_idx)) + { + m_tabs.SetActivePage(wnd); + + ctrl->SetActivePage(ctrl_idx); + DoSizing(); + ctrl->DoShowHide(); + + ctrl->MakeTabVisible(ctrl_idx, ctrl); + + // set fonts + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& all_panes = m_mgr.GetAllPanes(); + size_t i, pane_count = all_panes.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = all_panes.Item(i); + if (pane.name == wxT("dummy")) + continue; + wxAuiTabCtrl* tabctrl = ((wxTabFrame*)pane.window)->m_tabs; + if (tabctrl != ctrl) + tabctrl->SetSelectedFont(m_normal_font); + else + tabctrl->SetSelectedFont(m_selected_font); + tabctrl->Refresh(); + } + + // Set the focus to the page if we're not currently focused on the tab. + // This is Firefox-like behaviour. + if (wnd->IsShownOnScreen() && FindFocus() != ctrl) + wnd->SetFocus(); + + return old_curpage; + } + } + + return m_curpage; +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::SetSelectionToWindow(wxWindow *win) +{ + const int idx = m_tabs.GetIdxFromWindow(win); + wxCHECK_RET( idx != wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("invalid notebook page") ); + + + // since a tab was clicked, let the parent know that we received + // the focus, even if we will assign that focus immediately + // to the child tab in the SetSelection call below + // (the child focus event will also let wxAuiManager, if any, + // know that the notebook control has been activated) + + wxWindow* parent = GetParent(); + if (parent) + { + wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus(this); + parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventFocus); + } + + + SetSelection(idx); +} + +// GetPageCount() returns the total number of +// pages managed by the multi-notebook +size_t wxAuiNotebook::GetPageCount() const +{ + return m_tabs.GetPageCount(); +} + +// GetPage() returns the wxWindow pointer of the +// specified page +wxWindow* wxAuiNotebook::GetPage(size_t page_idx) const +{ + wxASSERT(page_idx < m_tabs.GetPageCount()); + + return m_tabs.GetWindowFromIdx(page_idx); +} + +// DoSizing() performs all sizing operations in each tab control +void wxAuiNotebook::DoSizing() +{ + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& all_panes = m_mgr.GetAllPanes(); + size_t i, pane_count = all_panes.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + if (all_panes.Item(i).name == wxT("dummy")) + continue; + + wxTabFrame* tabframe = (wxTabFrame*)all_panes.Item(i).window; + tabframe->DoSizing(); + } +} + +// GetActiveTabCtrl() returns the active tab control. It is +// called to determine which control gets new windows being added +wxAuiTabCtrl* wxAuiNotebook::GetActiveTabCtrl() +{ + if (m_curpage >= 0 && m_curpage < (int)m_tabs.GetPageCount()) + { + wxAuiTabCtrl* ctrl; + int idx; + + // find the tab ctrl with the current page + if (FindTab(m_tabs.GetPage(m_curpage).window, + &ctrl, &idx)) + { + return ctrl; + } + } + + // no current page, just find the first tab ctrl + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& all_panes = m_mgr.GetAllPanes(); + size_t i, pane_count = all_panes.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + if (all_panes.Item(i).name == wxT("dummy")) + continue; + + wxTabFrame* tabframe = (wxTabFrame*)all_panes.Item(i).window; + return tabframe->m_tabs; + } + + // If there is no tabframe at all, create one + wxTabFrame* tabframe = new wxTabFrame; + tabframe->SetTabCtrlHeight(m_tab_ctrl_height); + tabframe->m_tabs = new wxAuiTabCtrl(this, + m_tab_id_counter++, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + wxNO_BORDER|wxWANTS_CHARS); + tabframe->m_tabs->SetFlags(m_flags); + tabframe->m_tabs->SetArtProvider(m_tabs.GetArtProvider()->Clone()); + m_mgr.AddPane(tabframe, + wxAuiPaneInfo().Center().CaptionVisible(false)); + + m_mgr.Update(); + + return tabframe->m_tabs; +} + +// FindTab() finds the tab control that currently contains the window as well +// as the index of the window in the tab control. It returns true if the +// window was found, otherwise false. +bool wxAuiNotebook::FindTab(wxWindow* page, wxAuiTabCtrl** ctrl, int* idx) +{ + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& all_panes = m_mgr.GetAllPanes(); + size_t i, pane_count = all_panes.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + if (all_panes.Item(i).name == wxT("dummy")) + continue; + + wxTabFrame* tabframe = (wxTabFrame*)all_panes.Item(i).window; + + int page_idx = tabframe->m_tabs->GetIdxFromWindow(page); + if (page_idx != -1) + { + *ctrl = tabframe->m_tabs; + *idx = page_idx; + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::Split(size_t page, int direction) +{ + wxSize cli_size = GetClientSize(); + + // get the page's window pointer + wxWindow* wnd = GetPage(page); + if (!wnd) + return; + + // notebooks with 1 or less pages can't be split + if (GetPageCount() < 2) + return; + + // find out which tab control the page currently belongs to + wxAuiTabCtrl *src_tabs, *dest_tabs; + int src_idx = -1; + src_tabs = NULL; + if (!FindTab(wnd, &src_tabs, &src_idx)) + return; + if (!src_tabs || src_idx == -1) + return; + + // choose a split size + wxSize split_size; + if (GetPageCount() > 2) + { + split_size = CalculateNewSplitSize(); + } + else + { + // because there are two panes, always split them + // equally + split_size = GetClientSize(); + split_size.x /= 2; + split_size.y /= 2; + } + + + // create a new tab frame + wxTabFrame* new_tabs = new wxTabFrame; + new_tabs->m_rect = wxRect(wxPoint(0,0), split_size); + new_tabs->SetTabCtrlHeight(m_tab_ctrl_height); + new_tabs->m_tabs = new wxAuiTabCtrl(this, + m_tab_id_counter++, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + wxNO_BORDER|wxWANTS_CHARS); + new_tabs->m_tabs->SetArtProvider(m_tabs.GetArtProvider()->Clone()); + new_tabs->m_tabs->SetFlags(m_flags); + dest_tabs = new_tabs->m_tabs; + + // create a pane info structure with the information + // about where the pane should be added + wxAuiPaneInfo pane_info = wxAuiPaneInfo().Bottom().CaptionVisible(false); + wxPoint mouse_pt; + + if (direction == wxLEFT) + { + pane_info.Left(); + mouse_pt = wxPoint(0, cli_size.y/2); + } + else if (direction == wxRIGHT) + { + pane_info.Right(); + mouse_pt = wxPoint(cli_size.x, cli_size.y/2); + } + else if (direction == wxTOP) + { + pane_info.Top(); + mouse_pt = wxPoint(cli_size.x/2, 0); + } + else if (direction == wxBOTTOM) + { + pane_info.Bottom(); + mouse_pt = wxPoint(cli_size.x/2, cli_size.y); + } + + m_mgr.AddPane(new_tabs, pane_info, mouse_pt); + m_mgr.Update(); + + // remove the page from the source tabs + wxAuiNotebookPage page_info = src_tabs->GetPage(src_idx); + page_info.active = false; + src_tabs->RemovePage(page_info.window); + if (src_tabs->GetPageCount() > 0) + { + src_tabs->SetActivePage((size_t)0); + src_tabs->DoShowHide(); + src_tabs->Refresh(); + } + + + // add the page to the destination tabs + dest_tabs->InsertPage(page_info.window, page_info, 0); + + if (src_tabs->GetPageCount() == 0) + { + RemoveEmptyTabFrames(); + } + + DoSizing(); + dest_tabs->DoShowHide(); + dest_tabs->Refresh(); + + // force the set selection function reset the selection + m_curpage = -1; + + // set the active page to the one we just split off + SetSelectionToPage(page_info); + + UpdateHintWindowSize(); +} + + +void wxAuiNotebook::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt) +{ + UpdateHintWindowSize(); + + evt.Skip(); +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::OnTabClicked(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt) +{ + wxAuiTabCtrl* ctrl = (wxAuiTabCtrl*)evt.GetEventObject(); + wxASSERT(ctrl != NULL); + + wxWindow* wnd = ctrl->GetWindowFromIdx(evt.GetSelection()); + wxASSERT(wnd != NULL); + + SetSelectionToWindow(wnd); +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::OnTabBgDClick(wxAuiNotebookEvent& WXUNUSED(evt)) +{ + // notify owner that the tabbar background has been double-clicked + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK, m_windowId); + e.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::OnTabBeginDrag(wxAuiNotebookEvent&) +{ + m_last_drag_x = 0; +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::OnTabDragMotion(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt) +{ + wxPoint screen_pt = ::wxGetMousePosition(); + wxPoint client_pt = ScreenToClient(screen_pt); + wxPoint zero(0,0); + + wxAuiTabCtrl* src_tabs = (wxAuiTabCtrl*)evt.GetEventObject(); + wxAuiTabCtrl* dest_tabs = GetTabCtrlFromPoint(client_pt); + + if (dest_tabs == src_tabs) + { + if (src_tabs) + { + src_tabs->SetCursor(wxCursor(wxCURSOR_ARROW)); + } + + // always hide the hint for inner-tabctrl drag + m_mgr.HideHint(); + + // if tab moving is not allowed, leave + if (!(m_flags & wxAUI_NB_TAB_MOVE)) + { + return; + } + + wxPoint pt = dest_tabs->ScreenToClient(screen_pt); + wxWindow* dest_location_tab; + + // this is an inner-tab drag/reposition + if (dest_tabs->TabHitTest(pt.x, pt.y, &dest_location_tab)) + { + int src_idx = evt.GetSelection(); + int dest_idx = dest_tabs->GetIdxFromWindow(dest_location_tab); + + // prevent jumpy drag + if ((src_idx == dest_idx) || dest_idx == -1 || + (src_idx > dest_idx && m_last_drag_x <= pt.x) || + (src_idx < dest_idx && m_last_drag_x >= pt.x)) + { + m_last_drag_x = pt.x; + return; + } + + + wxWindow* src_tab = dest_tabs->GetWindowFromIdx(src_idx); + dest_tabs->MovePage(src_tab, dest_idx); + dest_tabs->SetActivePage((size_t)dest_idx); + dest_tabs->DoShowHide(); + dest_tabs->Refresh(); + m_last_drag_x = pt.x; + + } + + return; + } + + + // if external drag is allowed, check if the tab is being dragged + // over a different wxAuiNotebook control + if (m_flags & wxAUI_NB_TAB_EXTERNAL_MOVE) + { + wxWindow* tab_ctrl = ::wxFindWindowAtPoint(screen_pt); + + // if we aren't over any window, stop here + if (!tab_ctrl) + return; + + // make sure we are not over the hint window + if (!tab_ctrl->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame))) + { + while (tab_ctrl) + { + if (tab_ctrl->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxAuiTabCtrl))) + break; + tab_ctrl = tab_ctrl->GetParent(); + } + + if (tab_ctrl) + { + wxAuiNotebook* nb = (wxAuiNotebook*)tab_ctrl->GetParent(); + + if (nb != this) + { + wxRect hint_rect = tab_ctrl->GetClientRect(); + tab_ctrl->ClientToScreen(&hint_rect.x, &hint_rect.y); + m_mgr.ShowHint(hint_rect); + return; + } + } + } + else + { + if (!dest_tabs) + { + // we are either over a hint window, or not over a tab + // window, and there is no where to drag to, so exit + return; + } + } + } + + + // if there are less than two panes, split can't happen, so leave + if (m_tabs.GetPageCount() < 2) + return; + + // if tab moving is not allowed, leave + if (!(m_flags & wxAUI_NB_TAB_SPLIT)) + return; + + + if (src_tabs) + { + src_tabs->SetCursor(wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZING)); + } + + + if (dest_tabs) + { + wxRect hint_rect = dest_tabs->GetRect(); + ClientToScreen(&hint_rect.x, &hint_rect.y); + m_mgr.ShowHint(hint_rect); + } + else + { + m_mgr.DrawHintRect(m_dummy_wnd, client_pt, zero); + } +} + + + +void wxAuiNotebook::OnTabEndDrag(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt) +{ + m_mgr.HideHint(); + + + wxAuiTabCtrl* src_tabs = (wxAuiTabCtrl*)evt.GetEventObject(); + wxCHECK_RET( src_tabs, wxT("no source object?") ); + + src_tabs->SetCursor(wxCursor(wxCURSOR_ARROW)); + + // get the mouse position, which will be used to determine the drop point + wxPoint mouse_screen_pt = ::wxGetMousePosition(); + wxPoint mouse_client_pt = ScreenToClient(mouse_screen_pt); + + + + // check for an external move + if (m_flags & wxAUI_NB_TAB_EXTERNAL_MOVE) + { + wxWindow* tab_ctrl = ::wxFindWindowAtPoint(mouse_screen_pt); + + while (tab_ctrl) + { + if (tab_ctrl->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxAuiTabCtrl))) + break; + tab_ctrl = tab_ctrl->GetParent(); + } + + if (tab_ctrl) + { + wxAuiNotebook* nb = (wxAuiNotebook*)tab_ctrl->GetParent(); + + if (nb != this) + { + // find out from the destination control + // if it's ok to drop this tab here + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND, m_windowId); + e.SetSelection(evt.GetSelection()); + e.SetOldSelection(evt.GetSelection()); + e.SetEventObject(this); + e.SetDragSource(this); + e.Veto(); // dropping must be explicitly approved by control owner + + nb->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); + + if (!e.IsAllowed()) + { + // no answer or negative answer + m_mgr.HideHint(); + return; + } + + // drop was allowed + int src_idx = evt.GetSelection(); + wxWindow* src_page = src_tabs->GetWindowFromIdx(src_idx); + + // Check that it's not an impossible parent relationship + wxWindow* p = nb; + while (p && !p->IsTopLevel()) + { + if (p == src_page) + { + return; + } + p = p->GetParent(); + } + + // get main index of the page + int main_idx = m_tabs.GetIdxFromWindow(src_page); + wxCHECK_RET( main_idx != wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("no source page?") ); + + + // make a copy of the page info + wxAuiNotebookPage page_info = m_tabs.GetPage(main_idx); + + // remove the page from the source notebook + RemovePage(main_idx); + + // reparent the page + src_page->Reparent(nb); + + + // found out the insert idx + wxAuiTabCtrl* dest_tabs = (wxAuiTabCtrl*)tab_ctrl; + wxPoint pt = dest_tabs->ScreenToClient(mouse_screen_pt); + + wxWindow* target = NULL; + int insert_idx = -1; + dest_tabs->TabHitTest(pt.x, pt.y, &target); + if (target) + { + insert_idx = dest_tabs->GetIdxFromWindow(target); + } + + + // add the page to the new notebook + if (insert_idx == -1) + insert_idx = dest_tabs->GetPageCount(); + dest_tabs->InsertPage(page_info.window, page_info, insert_idx); + nb->m_tabs.AddPage(page_info.window, page_info); + + nb->DoSizing(); + dest_tabs->DoShowHide(); + dest_tabs->Refresh(); + + // set the selection in the destination tab control + nb->SetSelectionToPage(page_info); + + // notify owner that the tab has been dragged + wxAuiNotebookEvent e2(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE, m_windowId); + e2.SetSelection(evt.GetSelection()); + e2.SetOldSelection(evt.GetSelection()); + e2.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e2); + + return; + } + } + } + + + + + // only perform a tab split if it's allowed + wxAuiTabCtrl* dest_tabs = NULL; + + if ((m_flags & wxAUI_NB_TAB_SPLIT) && m_tabs.GetPageCount() >= 2) + { + // If the pointer is in an existing tab frame, do a tab insert + wxWindow* hit_wnd = ::wxFindWindowAtPoint(mouse_screen_pt); + wxTabFrame* tab_frame = (wxTabFrame*)GetTabFrameFromTabCtrl(hit_wnd); + int insert_idx = -1; + if (tab_frame) + { + dest_tabs = tab_frame->m_tabs; + + if (dest_tabs == src_tabs) + return; + + + wxPoint pt = dest_tabs->ScreenToClient(mouse_screen_pt); + wxWindow* target = NULL; + dest_tabs->TabHitTest(pt.x, pt.y, &target); + if (target) + { + insert_idx = dest_tabs->GetIdxFromWindow(target); + } + } + else + { + wxPoint zero(0,0); + wxRect rect = m_mgr.CalculateHintRect(m_dummy_wnd, + mouse_client_pt, + zero); + if (rect.IsEmpty()) + { + // there is no suitable drop location here, exit out + return; + } + + // If there is no tabframe at all, create one + wxTabFrame* new_tabs = new wxTabFrame; + new_tabs->m_rect = wxRect(wxPoint(0,0), CalculateNewSplitSize()); + new_tabs->SetTabCtrlHeight(m_tab_ctrl_height); + new_tabs->m_tabs = new wxAuiTabCtrl(this, + m_tab_id_counter++, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + wxNO_BORDER|wxWANTS_CHARS); + new_tabs->m_tabs->SetArtProvider(m_tabs.GetArtProvider()->Clone()); + new_tabs->m_tabs->SetFlags(m_flags); + + m_mgr.AddPane(new_tabs, + wxAuiPaneInfo().Bottom().CaptionVisible(false), + mouse_client_pt); + m_mgr.Update(); + dest_tabs = new_tabs->m_tabs; + } + + + + // remove the page from the source tabs + wxAuiNotebookPage page_info = src_tabs->GetPage(evt.GetSelection()); + page_info.active = false; + src_tabs->RemovePage(page_info.window); + if (src_tabs->GetPageCount() > 0) + { + src_tabs->SetActivePage((size_t)0); + src_tabs->DoShowHide(); + src_tabs->Refresh(); + } + + + + // add the page to the destination tabs + if (insert_idx == -1) + insert_idx = dest_tabs->GetPageCount(); + dest_tabs->InsertPage(page_info.window, page_info, insert_idx); + + if (src_tabs->GetPageCount() == 0) + { + RemoveEmptyTabFrames(); + } + + DoSizing(); + dest_tabs->DoShowHide(); + dest_tabs->Refresh(); + + // force the set selection function reset the selection + m_curpage = -1; + + // set the active page to the one we just split off + SetSelectionToPage(page_info); + + UpdateHintWindowSize(); + } + + // notify owner that the tab has been dragged + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE, m_windowId); + e.SetSelection(evt.GetSelection()); + e.SetOldSelection(evt.GetSelection()); + e.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); +} + + + +wxAuiTabCtrl* wxAuiNotebook::GetTabCtrlFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt) +{ + // if we've just removed the last tab from the source + // tab set, the remove the tab control completely + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& all_panes = m_mgr.GetAllPanes(); + size_t i, pane_count = all_panes.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + if (all_panes.Item(i).name == wxT("dummy")) + continue; + + wxTabFrame* tabframe = (wxTabFrame*)all_panes.Item(i).window; + if (tabframe->m_tab_rect.Contains(pt)) + return tabframe->m_tabs; + } + + return NULL; +} + +wxWindow* wxAuiNotebook::GetTabFrameFromTabCtrl(wxWindow* tab_ctrl) +{ + // if we've just removed the last tab from the source + // tab set, the remove the tab control completely + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& all_panes = m_mgr.GetAllPanes(); + size_t i, pane_count = all_panes.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + if (all_panes.Item(i).name == wxT("dummy")) + continue; + + wxTabFrame* tabframe = (wxTabFrame*)all_panes.Item(i).window; + if (tabframe->m_tabs == tab_ctrl) + { + return tabframe; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::RemoveEmptyTabFrames() +{ + // if we've just removed the last tab from the source + // tab set, the remove the tab control completely + wxAuiPaneInfoArray all_panes = m_mgr.GetAllPanes(); + size_t i, pane_count = all_panes.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + if (all_panes.Item(i).name == wxT("dummy")) + continue; + + wxTabFrame* tab_frame = (wxTabFrame*)all_panes.Item(i).window; + if (tab_frame->m_tabs->GetPageCount() == 0) + { + m_mgr.DetachPane(tab_frame); + + // use pending delete because sometimes during + // window closing, refreshs are pending + if (!wxPendingDelete.Member(tab_frame->m_tabs)) + wxPendingDelete.Append(tab_frame->m_tabs); + + tab_frame->m_tabs = NULL; + + delete tab_frame; + } + } + + + // check to see if there is still a center pane; + // if there isn't, make a frame the center pane + wxAuiPaneInfoArray panes = m_mgr.GetAllPanes(); + pane_count = panes.GetCount(); + wxWindow* first_good = NULL; + bool center_found = false; + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + if (panes.Item(i).name == wxT("dummy")) + continue; + if (panes.Item(i).dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_CENTRE) + center_found = true; + if (!first_good) + first_good = panes.Item(i).window; + } + + if (!center_found && first_good) + { + m_mgr.GetPane(first_good).Centre(); + } + + if (!m_isBeingDeleted) + m_mgr.Update(); +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::OnChildFocusNotebook(wxChildFocusEvent& evt) +{ + evt.Skip(); + + // if we're dragging a tab, don't change the current selection. + // This code prevents a bug that used to happen when the hint window + // was hidden. In the bug, the focus would return to the notebook + // child, which would then enter this handler and call + // SetSelection, which is not desired turn tab dragging. + + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& all_panes = m_mgr.GetAllPanes(); + size_t i, pane_count = all_panes.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = all_panes.Item(i); + if (pane.name == wxT("dummy")) + continue; + wxTabFrame* tabframe = (wxTabFrame*)pane.window; + if (tabframe->m_tabs->IsDragging()) + return; + } + + + // change the tab selection to the child + // which was focused + int idx = m_tabs.GetIdxFromWindow(evt.GetWindow()); + if (idx != -1 && idx != m_curpage) + { + SetSelection(idx); + } +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::OnNavigationKeyNotebook(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event) +{ + if ( event.IsWindowChange() ) { + // change pages + // FIXME: the problem with this is that if we have a split notebook, + // we selection may go all over the place. + AdvanceSelection(event.GetDirection()); + } + else { + // we get this event in 3 cases + // + // a) one of our pages might have generated it because the user TABbed + // out from it in which case we should propagate the event upwards and + // our parent will take care of setting the focus to prev/next sibling + // + // or + // + // b) the parent panel wants to give the focus to us so that we + // forward it to our selected page. We can't deal with this in + // OnSetFocus() because we don't know which direction the focus came + // from in this case and so can't choose between setting the focus to + // first or last panel child + // + // or + // + // c) we ourselves (see MSWTranslateMessage) generated the event + // + wxWindow * const parent = GetParent(); + + // the wxObject* casts are required to avoid MinGW GCC 2.95.3 ICE + const bool isFromParent = event.GetEventObject() == (wxObject*) parent; + const bool isFromSelf = event.GetEventObject() == (wxObject*) this; + + if ( isFromParent || isFromSelf ) + { + // no, it doesn't come from child, case (b) or (c): forward to a + // page but only if direction is backwards (TAB) or from ourselves, + if ( GetSelection() != wxNOT_FOUND && + (!event.GetDirection() || isFromSelf) ) + { + // so that the page knows that the event comes from it's parent + // and is being propagated downwards + event.SetEventObject(this); + + wxWindow *page = GetPage(GetSelection()); + if ( !page->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + page->SetFocus(); + } + //else: page manages focus inside it itself + } + else // otherwise set the focus to the notebook itself + { + SetFocus(); + } + } + else + { + // it comes from our child, case (a), pass to the parent, but only + // if the direction is forwards. Otherwise set the focus to the + // notebook itself. The notebook is always the 'first' control of a + // page. + if ( !event.GetDirection() ) + { + SetFocus(); + } + else if ( parent ) + { + event.SetCurrentFocus(this); + parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + } + } +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::OnTabButton(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt) +{ + wxAuiTabCtrl* tabs = (wxAuiTabCtrl*)evt.GetEventObject(); + + int button_id = evt.GetInt(); + + if (button_id == wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE) + { + int selection = evt.GetSelection(); + + if (selection == -1) + { + // if the close button is to the right, use the active + // page selection to determine which page to close + selection = tabs->GetActivePage(); + } + + if (selection != -1) + { + wxWindow* close_wnd = tabs->GetWindowFromIdx(selection); + + // ask owner if it's ok to close the tab + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE, m_windowId); + e.SetSelection(m_tabs.GetIdxFromWindow(close_wnd)); + const int idx = m_tabs.GetIdxFromWindow(close_wnd); + e.SetSelection(idx); + e.SetOldSelection(evt.GetSelection()); + e.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); + if (!e.IsAllowed()) + return; + + +#if wxUSE_MDI + if (close_wnd->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxAuiMDIChildFrame))) + { + close_wnd->Close(); + } + else +#endif + { + int main_idx = m_tabs.GetIdxFromWindow(close_wnd); + wxCHECK_RET( main_idx != wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("no page to delete?") ); + + DeletePage(main_idx); + } + + // notify owner that the tab has been closed + wxAuiNotebookEvent e2(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED, m_windowId); + e2.SetSelection(idx); + e2.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e2); + } + } +} + + +void wxAuiNotebook::OnTabMiddleDown(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt) +{ + // patch event through to owner + wxAuiTabCtrl* tabs = (wxAuiTabCtrl*)evt.GetEventObject(); + wxWindow* wnd = tabs->GetWindowFromIdx(evt.GetSelection()); + + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, m_windowId); + e.SetSelection(m_tabs.GetIdxFromWindow(wnd)); + e.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::OnTabMiddleUp(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt) +{ + // if the wxAUI_NB_MIDDLE_CLICK_CLOSE is specified, middle + // click should act like a tab close action. However, first + // give the owner an opportunity to handle the middle up event + // for custom action + + wxAuiTabCtrl* tabs = (wxAuiTabCtrl*)evt.GetEventObject(); + wxWindow* wnd = tabs->GetWindowFromIdx(evt.GetSelection()); + + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, m_windowId); + e.SetSelection(m_tabs.GetIdxFromWindow(wnd)); + e.SetEventObject(this); + if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e)) + return; + if (!e.IsAllowed()) + return; + + // check if we are supposed to close on middle-up + if ((m_flags & wxAUI_NB_MIDDLE_CLICK_CLOSE) == 0) + return; + + // simulate the user pressing the close button on the tab + evt.SetInt(wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE); + OnTabButton(evt); +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::OnTabRightDown(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt) +{ + // patch event through to owner + wxAuiTabCtrl* tabs = (wxAuiTabCtrl*)evt.GetEventObject(); + wxWindow* wnd = tabs->GetWindowFromIdx(evt.GetSelection()); + + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, m_windowId); + e.SetSelection(m_tabs.GetIdxFromWindow(wnd)); + e.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::OnTabRightUp(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt) +{ + // patch event through to owner + wxAuiTabCtrl* tabs = (wxAuiTabCtrl*)evt.GetEventObject(); + wxWindow* wnd = tabs->GetWindowFromIdx(evt.GetSelection()); + + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP, m_windowId); + e.SetSelection(m_tabs.GetIdxFromWindow(wnd)); + e.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); +} + +// Sets the normal font +void wxAuiNotebook::SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + m_normal_font = font; + GetArtProvider()->SetNormalFont(font); +} + +// Sets the selected tab font +void wxAuiNotebook::SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + m_selected_font = font; + GetArtProvider()->SetSelectedFont(font); +} + +// Sets the measuring font +void wxAuiNotebook::SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + GetArtProvider()->SetMeasuringFont(font); +} + +// Sets the tab font +bool wxAuiNotebook::SetFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + wxControl::SetFont(font); + + wxFont normalFont(font); + wxFont selectedFont(normalFont); + selectedFont.SetWeight(wxBOLD); + + SetNormalFont(normalFont); + SetSelectedFont(selectedFont); + SetMeasuringFont(selectedFont); + + return true; +} + +// Gets the tab control height +int wxAuiNotebook::GetTabCtrlHeight() const +{ + return m_tab_ctrl_height; +} + +// Gets the height of the notebook for a given page height +int wxAuiNotebook::GetHeightForPageHeight(int pageHeight) +{ + UpdateTabCtrlHeight(); + + int tabCtrlHeight = GetTabCtrlHeight(); + int decorHeight = 2; + return tabCtrlHeight + pageHeight + decorHeight; +} + +// Advances the selection, generation page selection events +void wxAuiNotebook::AdvanceSelection(bool forward) +{ + if (GetPageCount() <= 1) + return; + + int currentSelection = GetSelection(); + + if (forward) + { + if (currentSelection == (int) (GetPageCount() - 1)) + return; + else if (currentSelection == -1) + currentSelection = 0; + else + currentSelection ++; + } + else + { + if (currentSelection <= 0) + return; + else + currentSelection --; + } + + SetSelection(currentSelection); +} + +// Shows the window menu +bool wxAuiNotebook::ShowWindowMenu() +{ + wxAuiTabCtrl* tabCtrl = GetActiveTabCtrl(); + + int idx = tabCtrl->GetArtProvider()->ShowDropDown(tabCtrl, tabCtrl->GetPages(), tabCtrl->GetActivePage()); + + if (idx != -1) + { + wxAuiNotebookEvent e(wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, tabCtrl->GetId()); + e.SetSelection(idx); + e.SetOldSelection(tabCtrl->GetActivePage()); + e.SetEventObject(tabCtrl); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(e); + + return true; + } + else + return false; +} + +void wxAuiNotebook::Thaw() +{ + DoSizing(); + + wxControl::Thaw(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_AUI diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/descrip.mms b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/descrip.mms new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..d2b4d86895 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/descrip.mms @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +#***************************************************************************** +# * +# Make file for VMS * +# Author : J.Jansen (joukj@hrem.nano.tudelft.nl) * +# Date : 14 December 2010 * +# * +#***************************************************************************** +.first + define wx [--.include.wx] + +.ifdef __WXMOTIF__ +CXX_DEFINE = /nowarn/define=(__WXMOTIF__=1)/name=(as_is,short)\ + /assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new) +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXMOTIF__=1)/name=(as_is,short) +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK__ +CXX_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1)/float=ieee/name=(as_is,short)/ieee=denorm\ + /nowarn/assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new) +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1)/float=ieee/name=(as_is,short)/ieee=denorm +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK2__ +CXX_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1,VMS_GTK2)/float=ieee/name=(as_is,short)/ieee=denorm\ + /nowarn/assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new) +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1,VMS_GTK2)/float=ieee/name=(as_is,short)/ieee=denorm +.else +.ifdef __WXX11__ +CXX_DEFINE = /nowarn/define=(__WXX11__=1,__WXUNIVERSAL__==1)/float=ieee\ + /name=(as_is,short)/assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new) +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXX11__=1,__WXUNIVERSAL__==1)/float=ieee\ + /name=(as_is,short) +.else +CXX_DEFINE = +CC_DEFINE = +.endif +.endif +.endif +.endif + +.suffixes : .cpp + +.cpp.obj : + cxx $(CXXFLAGS)$(CXX_DEFINE) $(MMS$TARGET_NAME).cpp +.c.obj : + cc $(CFLAGS)$(CC_DEFINE) $(MMS$TARGET_NAME).c + +OBJECTS = dockart.obj,floatpane.obj,framemanager.obj,auibook.obj,tabmdi.obj,\ + auibar.obj + +SOURCES = dockart.cpp floatpane.cpp framemanager.cpp auibook.cpp tabmdi.cpp \ + auibar.cpp + +all : $(SOURCES) + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS) +.ifdef __WXMOTIF__ + library [--.lib]libwx_motif.olb $(OBJECTS) +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK__ + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk.olb $(OBJECTS) +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK2__ + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk2.olb $(OBJECTS) +.else +.ifdef __WXX11__ + library [--.lib]libwx_x11_univ.olb $(OBJECTS) +.endif +.endif +.endif +.endif + +$(OBJECTS) : [--.include.wx]setup.h + +dockart.obj : dockart.cpp +floatpane.obj : floatpane.cpp +framemanager.obj : framemanager.cpp +auibook.obj : auibook.cpp +tabmdi.obj : tabmdi.cpp +auibar.obj : auibar.cpp diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/dockart.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/dockart.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b84d2bb325 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/dockart.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,724 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/aui/dockart.cpp +// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager +// Author: Benjamin I. Williams +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-05-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dockart.cpp 66670 2011-01-12 13:39:36Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005-2006, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved +// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_AUI + +#include "wx/aui/framemanager.h" +#include "wx/aui/dockart.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ +#include "wx/osx/private.h" +#include "wx/graphics.h" +#include "wx/dcgraph.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ +#include +#include "wx/renderer.h" +#endif + + +// -- wxAuiDefaultDockArt class implementation -- + +// wxAuiDefaultDockArt is an art provider class which does all of the drawing for +// wxAuiManager. This allows the library caller to customize the dock art +// (probably by deriving from this class), or to completely replace all drawing +// with custom dock art (probably by writing a new stand-alone class derived +// from the wxAuiDockArt base class). The active dock art class can be set via +// wxAuiManager::SetDockArt() +wxColor wxAuiLightContrastColour(const wxColour& c) +{ + int amount = 120; + + // if the color is especially dark, then + // make the contrast even lighter + if (c.Red() < 128 && c.Green() < 128 && c.Blue() < 128) + amount = 160; + + return c.ChangeLightness(amount); +} + +// wxAuiBitmapFromBits() is a utility function that creates a +// masked bitmap from raw bits (XBM format) +wxBitmap wxAuiBitmapFromBits(const unsigned char bits[], int w, int h, + const wxColour& color) +{ + wxImage img = wxBitmap((const char*)bits, w, h).ConvertToImage(); + img.Replace(0,0,0,123,123,123); + img.Replace(255,255,255,color.Red(),color.Green(),color.Blue()); + img.SetMaskColour(123,123,123); + return wxBitmap(img); +} + + +static void DrawGradientRectangle(wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + const wxColour& start_color, + const wxColour& end_color, + int direction) +{ + int rd, gd, bd, high = 0; + rd = end_color.Red() - start_color.Red(); + gd = end_color.Green() - start_color.Green(); + bd = end_color.Blue() - start_color.Blue(); + + if (direction == wxAUI_GRADIENT_VERTICAL) + high = rect.GetHeight()-1; + else + high = rect.GetWidth()-1; + + for (int i = 0; i <= high; ++i) + { + int r,g,b; + + + r = start_color.Red() + (high <= 0 ? 0 : (((i*rd*100)/high)/100)); + g = start_color.Green() + (high <= 0 ? 0 : (((i*gd*100)/high)/100)); + b = start_color.Blue() + (high <= 0 ? 0 : (((i*bd*100)/high)/100)); + + wxPen p(wxColor((unsigned char)r, + (unsigned char)g, + (unsigned char)b)); + dc.SetPen(p); + + if (direction == wxAUI_GRADIENT_VERTICAL) + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y+i, rect.x+rect.width, rect.y+i); + else + dc.DrawLine(rect.x+i, rect.y, rect.x+i, rect.y+rect.height); + } +} + +wxString wxAuiChopText(wxDC& dc, const wxString& text, int max_size) +{ + wxCoord x,y; + + // first check if the text fits with no problems + dc.GetTextExtent(text, &x, &y); + if (x <= max_size) + return text; + + size_t i, len = text.Length(); + size_t last_good_length = 0; + for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) + { + wxString s = text.Left(i); + s += wxT("..."); + + dc.GetTextExtent(s, &x, &y); + if (x > max_size) + break; + + last_good_length = i; + } + + wxString ret = text.Left(last_good_length); + ret += wxT("..."); + return ret; +} + +wxAuiDefaultDockArt::wxAuiDefaultDockArt() +{ +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + wxColor base_colour = wxColour( wxMacCreateCGColorFromHITheme(kThemeBrushToolbarBackground)); +#else + wxColor base_colour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE); +#endif + + // the base_colour is too pale to use as our base colour, + // so darken it a bit -- + if ((255-base_colour.Red()) + + (255-base_colour.Green()) + + (255-base_colour.Blue()) < 60) + { + base_colour = base_colour.ChangeLightness(92); + } + + m_base_colour = base_colour; + wxColor darker1_colour = base_colour.ChangeLightness(85); + wxColor darker2_colour = base_colour.ChangeLightness(75); + wxColor darker3_colour = base_colour.ChangeLightness(60); + //wxColor darker4_colour = base_colour.ChangeLightness(50); + wxColor darker5_colour = base_colour.ChangeLightness(40); + + m_active_caption_colour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); + m_active_caption_gradient_colour = wxAuiLightContrastColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT)); + m_active_caption_text_colour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); + m_inactive_caption_colour = darker1_colour; + m_inactive_caption_gradient_colour = base_colour.ChangeLightness(97); + m_inactive_caption_text_colour = *wxBLACK; + + m_sash_brush = wxBrush(base_colour); + m_background_brush = wxBrush(base_colour); + m_gripper_brush = wxBrush(base_colour); + + m_border_pen = wxPen(darker2_colour); + m_gripper_pen1 = wxPen(darker5_colour); + m_gripper_pen2 = wxPen(darker3_colour); + m_gripper_pen3 = *wxWHITE_PEN; + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + m_caption_font = *wxSMALL_FONT; +#else + m_caption_font = wxFont(8, wxDEFAULT, wxNORMAL, wxNORMAL, FALSE); +#endif + + // default metric values +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + SInt32 height; + GetThemeMetric( kThemeMetricSmallPaneSplitterHeight , &height ); + m_sash_size = height; +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + m_sash_size = wxRendererNative::Get().GetSplitterParams(NULL).widthSash; +#else + m_sash_size = 4; +#endif + m_caption_size = 17; + m_border_size = 1; + m_button_size = 14; + m_gripper_size = 9; + m_gradient_type = wxAUI_GRADIENT_VERTICAL; + + InitBitmaps(); +} + +void +wxAuiDefaultDockArt::InitBitmaps () +{ + // some built in bitmaps +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) + static const unsigned char close_bits[]={ + 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x0F, 0xFE, 0x03, 0xF8, 0x01, 0xF0, 0x19, 0xF3, + 0xB8, 0xE3, 0xF0, 0xE1, 0xE0, 0xE0, 0xF0, 0xE1, 0xB8, 0xE3, 0x19, 0xF3, + 0x01, 0xF0, 0x03, 0xF8, 0x0F, 0xFE, 0xFF, 0xFF }; +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + static const unsigned char close_bits[]={ + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0xf0, 0xfb, 0xef, 0xdb, 0xed, 0x8b, 0xe8, + 0x1b, 0xec, 0x3b, 0xee, 0x1b, 0xec, 0x8b, 0xe8, 0xdb, 0xed, 0xfb, 0xef, + 0x07, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff }; +#else + static const unsigned char close_bits[]={ + // reduced height, symmetric + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xcf, 0xf3, 0x9f, 0xf9, + 0x3f, 0xfc, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0xfc, 0x9f, 0xf9, 0xcf, 0xf3, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff }; + /* + // same height as maximize/restore + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xe7, 0xe7, 0xcf, 0xf3, 0x9f, 0xf9, + 0x3f, 0xfc, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0xfc, 0x9f, 0xf9, 0xcf, 0xf3, 0xe7, 0xe7, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff }; + */ +#endif + + static const unsigned char maximize_bits[] = { + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0xf0, 0xf7, 0xf7, 0x07, 0xf0, + 0xf7, 0xf7, 0xf7, 0xf7, 0xf7, 0xf7, 0xf7, 0xf7, 0xf7, 0xf7, 0x07, 0xf0, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff}; + + static const unsigned char restore_bits[]={ + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0xf0, 0x1f, 0xf0, 0xdf, 0xf7, + 0x07, 0xf4, 0x07, 0xf4, 0xf7, 0xf5, 0xf7, 0xf1, 0xf7, 0xfd, 0xf7, 0xfd, + 0x07, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff}; + + static const unsigned char pin_bits[]={ + 0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0x1f,0xfc,0xdf,0xfc,0xdf,0xfc, + 0xdf,0xfc,0xdf,0xfc,0xdf,0xfc,0x0f,0xf8,0x7f,0xff,0x7f,0xff, + 0x7f,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff}; + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + m_inactive_close_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(close_bits, 16, 16, *wxWHITE); + m_active_close_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(close_bits, 16, 16, *wxWHITE ); +#else + m_inactive_close_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(close_bits, 16, 16, m_inactive_caption_text_colour); + m_active_close_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(close_bits, 16, 16, m_active_caption_text_colour); +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + m_inactive_maximize_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(maximize_bits, 16, 16, *wxWHITE); + m_active_maximize_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(maximize_bits, 16, 16, *wxWHITE ); +#else + m_inactive_maximize_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(maximize_bits, 16, 16, m_inactive_caption_text_colour); + m_active_maximize_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(maximize_bits, 16, 16, m_active_caption_text_colour); +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + m_inactive_restore_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(restore_bits, 16, 16, *wxWHITE); + m_active_restore_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(restore_bits, 16, 16, *wxWHITE ); +#else + m_inactive_restore_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(restore_bits, 16, 16, m_inactive_caption_text_colour); + m_active_restore_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(restore_bits, 16, 16, m_active_caption_text_colour); +#endif + + m_inactive_pin_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(pin_bits, 16, 16, m_inactive_caption_text_colour); + m_active_pin_bitmap = wxAuiBitmapFromBits(pin_bits, 16, 16, m_active_caption_text_colour); +} + +int wxAuiDefaultDockArt::GetMetric(int id) +{ + switch (id) + { + case wxAUI_DOCKART_SASH_SIZE: return m_sash_size; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_SIZE: return m_caption_size; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_SIZE: return m_gripper_size; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BORDER_SIZE: return m_border_size; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BUTTON_SIZE: return m_button_size; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_GRADIENT_TYPE: return m_gradient_type; + default: wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Invalid Metric Ordinal")); break; + } + + return 0; +} + +void wxAuiDefaultDockArt::SetMetric(int id, int new_val) +{ + switch (id) + { + case wxAUI_DOCKART_SASH_SIZE: m_sash_size = new_val; break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_SIZE: m_caption_size = new_val; break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_SIZE: m_gripper_size = new_val; break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BORDER_SIZE: m_border_size = new_val; break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BUTTON_SIZE: m_button_size = new_val; break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_GRADIENT_TYPE: m_gradient_type = new_val; break; + default: wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Invalid Metric Ordinal")); break; + } +} + +wxColour wxAuiDefaultDockArt::GetColour(int id) +{ + switch (id) + { + case wxAUI_DOCKART_BACKGROUND_COLOUR: return m_background_brush.GetColour(); + case wxAUI_DOCKART_SASH_COLOUR: return m_sash_brush.GetColour(); + case wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_COLOUR: return m_inactive_caption_colour; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_GRADIENT_COLOUR: return m_inactive_caption_gradient_colour; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_TEXT_COLOUR: return m_inactive_caption_text_colour; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_COLOUR: return m_active_caption_colour; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_GRADIENT_COLOUR: return m_active_caption_gradient_colour; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_TEXT_COLOUR: return m_active_caption_text_colour; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_BORDER_COLOUR: return m_border_pen.GetColour(); + case wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_COLOUR: return m_gripper_brush.GetColour(); + default: wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Invalid Metric Ordinal")); break; + } + + return wxColour(); +} + +void wxAuiDefaultDockArt::SetColour(int id, const wxColor& colour) +{ + switch (id) + { + case wxAUI_DOCKART_BACKGROUND_COLOUR: m_background_brush.SetColour(colour); break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_SASH_COLOUR: m_sash_brush.SetColour(colour); break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_COLOUR: m_inactive_caption_colour = colour; break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_GRADIENT_COLOUR: m_inactive_caption_gradient_colour = colour; break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_TEXT_COLOUR: m_inactive_caption_text_colour = colour; break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_COLOUR: m_active_caption_colour = colour; break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_GRADIENT_COLOUR: m_active_caption_gradient_colour = colour; break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_TEXT_COLOUR: m_active_caption_text_colour = colour; break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_BORDER_COLOUR: m_border_pen.SetColour(colour); break; + case wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_COLOUR: + m_gripper_brush.SetColour(colour); + m_gripper_pen1.SetColour(colour.ChangeLightness(40)); + m_gripper_pen2.SetColour(colour.ChangeLightness(60)); + break; + default: wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Invalid Metric Ordinal")); break; + } + + InitBitmaps(); +} + +void wxAuiDefaultDockArt::SetFont(int id, const wxFont& font) +{ + if (id == wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_FONT) + m_caption_font = font; +} + +wxFont wxAuiDefaultDockArt::GetFont(int id) +{ + if (id == wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_FONT) + return m_caption_font; + return wxNullFont; +} + +void wxAuiDefaultDockArt::DrawSash(wxDC& dc, wxWindow *window, int orientation, const wxRect& rect) +{ +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + wxUnusedVar(window); + wxUnusedVar(orientation); + + HIRect splitterRect = CGRectMake( rect.x , rect.y , rect.width , rect.height ); + CGContextRef cgContext ; + wxGCDCImpl *impl = (wxGCDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); + cgContext = (CGContextRef) impl->GetGraphicsContext()->GetNativeContext() ; + + HIThemeSplitterDrawInfo drawInfo ; + drawInfo.version = 0 ; + drawInfo.state = kThemeStateActive ; + drawInfo.adornment = kHIThemeSplitterAdornmentNone ; + HIThemeDrawPaneSplitter( &splitterRect , &drawInfo , cgContext , kHIThemeOrientationNormal ) ; + +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + // clear out the rectangle first + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + dc.SetBrush(m_sash_brush); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); + +#if 0 + GdkRectangle gdk_rect; + if (orientation == wxVERTICAL ) + { + gdk_rect.x = rect.x; + gdk_rect.y = rect.y; + gdk_rect.width = m_sash_size; + gdk_rect.height = rect.height; + } + else + { + gdk_rect.x = rect.x; + gdk_rect.y = rect.y; + gdk_rect.width = rect.width; + gdk_rect.height = m_sash_size; + } +#endif + + if (!window) return; + if (!window->m_wxwindow) return; + if (!GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE(window->m_wxwindow)) return; + + gtk_paint_handle + ( + window->m_wxwindow->style, + window->GTKGetDrawingWindow(), + // flags & wxCONTROL_CURRENT ? GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT : GTK_STATE_NORMAL, + GTK_STATE_NORMAL, + GTK_SHADOW_NONE, + NULL /* no clipping */, + window->m_wxwindow, + "paned", + rect.x, + rect.y, + rect.width, + rect.height, + (orientation == wxVERTICAL) ? GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL : GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL + ); + +#else + wxUnusedVar(window); + wxUnusedVar(orientation); + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + dc.SetBrush(m_sash_brush); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); +#endif +} + + +void wxAuiDefaultDockArt::DrawBackground(wxDC& dc, wxWindow *WXUNUSED(window), int, const wxRect& rect) +{ + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // we have to clear first, otherwise we are drawing a light striped pattern + // over an already darker striped background + dc.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH) ; + dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); +#endif + dc.SetBrush(m_background_brush); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); +} + +void wxAuiDefaultDockArt::DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, wxWindow *WXUNUSED(window), const wxRect& _rect, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) +{ + dc.SetPen(m_border_pen); + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + + wxRect rect = _rect; + int i, border_width = GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BORDER_SIZE); + + if (pane.IsToolbar()) + { + for (i = 0; i < border_width; ++i) + { + dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y, rect.x+rect.width, rect.y); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y, rect.x, rect.y+rect.height); + dc.SetPen(m_border_pen); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y+rect.height-1, + rect.x+rect.width, rect.y+rect.height-1); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x+rect.width-1, rect.y, + rect.x+rect.width-1, rect.y+rect.height); + rect.Deflate(1); + } + } + else + { + for (i = 0; i < border_width; ++i) + { + dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); + rect.Deflate(1); + } + } +} + + +void wxAuiDefaultDockArt::DrawCaptionBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, bool active) +{ + if (m_gradient_type == wxAUI_GRADIENT_NONE) + { + if (active) + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_active_caption_colour)); + else + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_inactive_caption_colour)); + + dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); + } + else + { + if (active) + { + // on mac the gradients are expected to become darker from the top +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + DrawGradientRectangle(dc, rect, + m_active_caption_colour, + m_active_caption_gradient_colour, + m_gradient_type); +#else + // on other platforms, active gradients become lighter at the top + DrawGradientRectangle(dc, rect, + m_active_caption_gradient_colour, + m_active_caption_colour, + m_gradient_type); +#endif + } + else + { +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // on mac the gradients are expected to become darker from the top + DrawGradientRectangle(dc, rect, + m_inactive_caption_gradient_colour, + m_inactive_caption_colour, + m_gradient_type); +#else + // on other platforms, inactive gradients become lighter at the bottom + DrawGradientRectangle(dc, rect, + m_inactive_caption_colour, + m_inactive_caption_gradient_colour, + m_gradient_type); +#endif + } + } +} + + +void wxAuiDefaultDockArt::DrawCaption(wxDC& dc, wxWindow *WXUNUSED(window), + const wxString& text, + const wxRect& rect, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) +{ + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + dc.SetFont(m_caption_font); + + DrawCaptionBackground(dc, rect, + (pane.state & wxAuiPaneInfo::optionActive)?true:false); + + int caption_offset = 0; + if ( pane.icon.IsOk() ) + { + DrawIcon(dc, rect, pane); + + caption_offset += pane.icon.GetWidth() + 3; + } + + if (pane.state & wxAuiPaneInfo::optionActive) + dc.SetTextForeground(m_active_caption_text_colour); + else + dc.SetTextForeground(m_inactive_caption_text_colour); + + + wxCoord w,h; + dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("ABCDEFHXfgkj"), &w, &h); + + wxRect clip_rect = rect; + clip_rect.width -= 3; // text offset + clip_rect.width -= 2; // button padding + if (pane.HasCloseButton()) + clip_rect.width -= m_button_size; + if (pane.HasPinButton()) + clip_rect.width -= m_button_size; + if (pane.HasMaximizeButton()) + clip_rect.width -= m_button_size; + + wxString draw_text = wxAuiChopText(dc, text, clip_rect.width); + + dc.SetClippingRegion(clip_rect); + dc.DrawText(draw_text, rect.x+3 + caption_offset, rect.y+(rect.height/2)-(h/2)-1); + dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); +} + +void +wxAuiDefaultDockArt::DrawIcon(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) +{ + // Draw the icon centered vertically + dc.DrawBitmap(pane.icon, + rect.x+2, rect.y+(rect.height-pane.icon.GetHeight())/2, + true); +} + +void wxAuiDefaultDockArt::DrawGripper(wxDC& dc, wxWindow *WXUNUSED(window), + const wxRect& rect, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) +{ + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + dc.SetBrush(m_gripper_brush); + + dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width,rect.height); + + if (!pane.HasGripperTop()) + { + int y = 5; + while (1) + { + dc.SetPen(m_gripper_pen1); + dc.DrawPoint(rect.x+3, rect.y+y); + dc.SetPen(m_gripper_pen2); + dc.DrawPoint(rect.x+3, rect.y+y+1); + dc.DrawPoint(rect.x+4, rect.y+y); + dc.SetPen(m_gripper_pen3); + dc.DrawPoint(rect.x+5, rect.y+y+1); + dc.DrawPoint(rect.x+5, rect.y+y+2); + dc.DrawPoint(rect.x+4, rect.y+y+2); + + y += 4; + if (y > rect.GetHeight()-5) + break; + } + } + else + { + int x = 5; + while (1) + { + dc.SetPen(m_gripper_pen1); + dc.DrawPoint(rect.x+x, rect.y+3); + dc.SetPen(m_gripper_pen2); + dc.DrawPoint(rect.x+x+1, rect.y+3); + dc.DrawPoint(rect.x+x, rect.y+4); + dc.SetPen(m_gripper_pen3); + dc.DrawPoint(rect.x+x+1, rect.y+5); + dc.DrawPoint(rect.x+x+2, rect.y+5); + dc.DrawPoint(rect.x+x+2, rect.y+4); + + x += 4; + if (x > rect.GetWidth()-5) + break; + } + } +} + +void wxAuiDefaultDockArt::DrawPaneButton(wxDC& dc, wxWindow *WXUNUSED(window), + int button, + int button_state, + const wxRect& _rect, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) +{ + wxBitmap bmp; + if (!(&pane)) + return; + switch (button) + { + default: + case wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE: + if (pane.state & wxAuiPaneInfo::optionActive) + bmp = m_active_close_bitmap; + else + bmp = m_inactive_close_bitmap; + break; + case wxAUI_BUTTON_PIN: + if (pane.state & wxAuiPaneInfo::optionActive) + bmp = m_active_pin_bitmap; + else + bmp = m_inactive_pin_bitmap; + break; + case wxAUI_BUTTON_MAXIMIZE_RESTORE: + if (pane.IsMaximized()) + { + if (pane.state & wxAuiPaneInfo::optionActive) + bmp = m_active_restore_bitmap; + else + bmp = m_inactive_restore_bitmap; + } + else + { + if (pane.state & wxAuiPaneInfo::optionActive) + bmp = m_active_maximize_bitmap; + else + bmp = m_inactive_maximize_bitmap; + } + break; + } + + + wxRect rect = _rect; + + int old_y = rect.y; + rect.y = rect.y + (rect.height/2) - (bmp.GetHeight()/2); + rect.height = old_y + rect.height - rect.y - 1; + + + if (button_state == wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED) + { + rect.x++; + rect.y++; + } + + if (button_state == wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER || + button_state == wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED) + { + if (pane.state & wxAuiPaneInfo::optionActive) + { + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_active_caption_colour.ChangeLightness(120))); + dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_active_caption_colour.ChangeLightness(70))); + } + else + { + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_inactive_caption_colour.ChangeLightness(120))); + dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_inactive_caption_colour.ChangeLightness(70))); + } + + // draw the background behind the button + dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, 15, 15); + } + + + // draw the button itself + dc.DrawBitmap(bmp, rect.x, rect.y, true); +} + + +#endif // wxUSE_AUI diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/floatpane.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/floatpane.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f55082d56a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/floatpane.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/aui/floatpane.cpp +// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager +// Author: Benjamin I. Williams +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-05-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: floatpane.cpp 64454 2010-05-31 14:59:18Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005-2006, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved +// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_AUI + +#include "wx/aui/framemanager.h" +#include "wx/aui/floatpane.h" +#include "wx/aui/dockart.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#include "wx/msw/private.h" +#endif + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxAuiFloatingFrame, wxAuiFloatingFrameBaseClass) + +wxAuiFloatingFrame::wxAuiFloatingFrame(wxWindow* parent, + wxAuiManager* owner_mgr, + const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane, + wxWindowID id /*= wxID_ANY*/, + long style /*=wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxSYSTEM_MENU | wxCAPTION | + wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR | wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT | + wxCLIP_CHILDREN + */) + : wxAuiFloatingFrameBaseClass(parent, id, wxEmptyString, + pane.floating_pos, pane.floating_size, + style | + (pane.HasCloseButton()?wxCLOSE_BOX:0) | + (pane.HasMaximizeButton()?wxMAXIMIZE_BOX:0) | + (pane.IsFixed()?0:wxRESIZE_BORDER) + ) +{ + m_owner_mgr = owner_mgr; + m_moving = false; + m_mgr.SetManagedWindow(this); + m_solid_drag = true; + + // find out if the system supports solid window drag. + // on non-msw systems, this is assumed to be the case +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + BOOL b = TRUE; + SystemParametersInfo(38 /*SPI_GETDRAGFULLWINDOWS*/, 0, &b, 0); + m_solid_drag = b ? true : false; +#endif + + SetExtraStyle(wxWS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE); +} + +wxAuiFloatingFrame::~wxAuiFloatingFrame() +{ + // if we do not do this, then we can crash... + if (m_owner_mgr && m_owner_mgr->m_action_window == this) + { + m_owner_mgr->m_action_window = NULL; + } + + m_mgr.UnInit(); +} + +void wxAuiFloatingFrame::SetPaneWindow(const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) +{ + m_pane_window = pane.window; + m_pane_window->Reparent(this); + + wxAuiPaneInfo contained_pane = pane; + contained_pane.Dock().Center().Show(). + CaptionVisible(false). + PaneBorder(false). + Layer(0).Row(0).Position(0); + + // Carry over the minimum size + wxSize pane_min_size = pane.window->GetMinSize(); + + // if the frame window's max size is greater than the min size + // then set the max size to the min size as well + wxSize cur_max_size = GetMaxSize(); + if (cur_max_size.IsFullySpecified() && + (cur_max_size.x < pane.min_size.x || + cur_max_size.y < pane.min_size.y) + ) + { + SetMaxSize(pane_min_size); + } + + SetMinSize(pane.window->GetMinSize()); + + m_mgr.AddPane(m_pane_window, contained_pane); + m_mgr.Update(); + + if (pane.min_size.IsFullySpecified()) + { + // because SetSizeHints() calls Fit() too (which sets the window + // size to its minimum allowed), we keep the size before calling + // SetSizeHints() and reset it afterwards... + wxSize tmp = GetSize(); + GetSizer()->SetSizeHints(this); + SetSize(tmp); + } + + SetTitle(pane.caption); + + if (pane.floating_size != wxDefaultSize) + { + SetSize(pane.floating_size); + } + else + { + wxSize size = pane.best_size; + if (size == wxDefaultSize) + size = pane.min_size; + if (size == wxDefaultSize) + size = m_pane_window->GetSize(); + if (m_owner_mgr && pane.HasGripper()) + { + if (pane.HasGripperTop()) + size.y += m_owner_mgr->m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_SIZE); + else + size.x += m_owner_mgr->m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_SIZE); + } + + SetClientSize(size); + } + + if (pane.IsFixed()) + { + SetWindowStyleFlag(GetWindowStyleFlag() & ~wxRESIZE_BORDER); + } +} + +wxAuiManager* wxAuiFloatingFrame::GetOwnerManager() const +{ + return m_owner_mgr; +} + + +void wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if (m_owner_mgr) + { + m_owner_mgr->OnFloatingPaneResized(m_pane_window, GetRect()); + } +} + +void wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnClose(wxCloseEvent& evt) +{ + if (m_owner_mgr) + { + m_owner_mgr->OnFloatingPaneClosed(m_pane_window, evt); + } + if (!evt.GetVeto()) + { + m_mgr.DetachPane(m_pane_window); + Destroy(); + } +} + +void wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnMoveEvent(wxMoveEvent& event) +{ + if (!m_solid_drag) + { + // systems without solid window dragging need to be + // handled slightly differently, due to the lack of + // the constant stream of EVT_MOVING events + if (!isMouseDown()) + return; + OnMoveStart(); + OnMoving(event.GetRect(), wxNORTH); + m_moving = true; + return; + } + + + wxRect win_rect = GetRect(); + + if (win_rect == m_last_rect) + return; + + // skip the first move event + if (m_last_rect.IsEmpty()) + { + m_last_rect = win_rect; + return; + } + + // skip if moving too fast to avoid massive redraws and + // jumping hint windows + if ((abs(win_rect.x - m_last_rect.x) > 3) || + (abs(win_rect.y - m_last_rect.y) > 3)) + { + m_last3_rect = m_last2_rect; + m_last2_rect = m_last_rect; + m_last_rect = win_rect; + return; + } + + // prevent frame redocking during resize + if (m_last_rect.GetSize() != win_rect.GetSize()) + { + m_last3_rect = m_last2_rect; + m_last2_rect = m_last_rect; + m_last_rect = win_rect; + return; + } + + wxDirection dir = wxALL; + + int horiz_dist = abs(win_rect.x - m_last3_rect.x); + int vert_dist = abs(win_rect.y - m_last3_rect.y); + + if (vert_dist >= horiz_dist) + { + if (win_rect.y < m_last3_rect.y) + dir = wxNORTH; + else + dir = wxSOUTH; + } + else + { + if (win_rect.x < m_last3_rect.x) + dir = wxWEST; + else + dir = wxEAST; + } + + m_last3_rect = m_last2_rect; + m_last2_rect = m_last_rect; + m_last_rect = win_rect; + + if (!isMouseDown()) + return; + + if (!m_moving) + { + OnMoveStart(); + m_moving = true; + } + + if (m_last3_rect.IsEmpty()) + return; + + OnMoving(event.GetRect(), dir); +} + +void wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event) +{ + if (m_moving) + { + if (!isMouseDown()) + { + m_moving = false; + OnMoveFinished(); + } + else + { + event.RequestMore(); + } + } +} + +void wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnMoveStart() +{ + // notify the owner manager that the pane has started to move + if (m_owner_mgr) + { + m_owner_mgr->OnFloatingPaneMoveStart(m_pane_window); + } +} + +void wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnMoving(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(window_rect), wxDirection dir) +{ + // notify the owner manager that the pane is moving + if (m_owner_mgr) + { + m_owner_mgr->OnFloatingPaneMoving(m_pane_window, dir); + } + m_lastDirection = dir; +} + +void wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnMoveFinished() +{ + // notify the owner manager that the pane has finished moving + if (m_owner_mgr) + { + m_owner_mgr->OnFloatingPaneMoved(m_pane_window, m_lastDirection); + } +} + +void wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event) +{ + if (m_owner_mgr && event.GetActive()) + { + m_owner_mgr->OnFloatingPaneActivated(m_pane_window); + } +} + +// utility function which determines the state of the mouse button +// (independant of having a wxMouseEvent handy) - utimately a better +// mechanism for this should be found (possibly by adding the +// functionality to wxWidgets itself) +bool wxAuiFloatingFrame::isMouseDown() +{ + return wxGetMouseState().LeftIsDown(); +} + + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxAuiFloatingFrame, wxAuiFloatingFrameBaseClass) + EVT_SIZE(wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnSize) + EVT_MOVE(wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnMoveEvent) + EVT_MOVING(wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnMoveEvent) + EVT_CLOSE(wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnClose) + EVT_IDLE(wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnIdle) + EVT_ACTIVATE(wxAuiFloatingFrame::OnActivate) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +#endif // wxUSE_AUI diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/framemanager.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/framemanager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6ad1ed8171 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/framemanager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,4785 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/aui/framemanager.cpp +// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager +// Author: Benjamin I. Williams +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-05-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: framemanager.cpp 66796 2011-01-28 02:21:42Z BP $ +// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005-2006, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved +// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1 +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_AUI + +#include "wx/aui/framemanager.h" +#include "wx/aui/dockart.h" +#include "wx/aui/floatpane.h" +#include "wx/aui/tabmdi.h" +#include "wx/aui/auibar.h" +#include "wx/mdi.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/panel.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/dcscreen.h" + #include "wx/toolbar.h" + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/statusbr.h" +#endif + +WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS("wxAUI") + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" +WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(wxRect, wxAuiRectArray); +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxAuiRectArray) +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxAuiDockUIPartArray) +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxAuiDockInfoArray) +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxAuiPaneButtonArray) +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxAuiPaneInfoArray) + +wxAuiPaneInfo wxAuiNullPaneInfo; +wxAuiDockInfo wxAuiNullDockInfo; +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON, wxAuiManagerEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE, wxAuiManagerEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE, wxAuiManagerEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE, wxAuiManagerEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_AUI_RENDER, wxAuiManagerEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER, wxAuiManagerEvent ); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // a few defines to avoid nameclashes + #define __MAC_OS_X_MEMORY_MANAGER_CLEAN__ 1 + #define __AIFF__ + #include "wx/osx/private.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + #include "wx/msw/private.h" + #include "wx/msw/dc.h" +#endif + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiManagerEvent, wxEvent) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxAuiManager, wxEvtHandler) + + + +const int auiToolBarLayer = 10; + +#ifndef __WXGTK20__ + + +class wxPseudoTransparentFrame : public wxFrame +{ +public: + wxPseudoTransparentFrame(wxWindow* parent = NULL, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString &name = wxT("frame")) + : wxFrame(parent, id, title, pos, size, style | wxFRAME_SHAPED, name) + { + SetBackgroundStyle(wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM); + m_Amount=0; + m_MaxWidth=0; + m_MaxHeight=0; + m_lastWidth=0; + m_lastHeight=0; +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + m_CanSetShape = false; // have to wait for window create event on GTK +#else + m_CanSetShape = true; +#endif + m_Region = wxRegion(0, 0, 0, 0); + SetTransparent(0); + } + + virtual bool SetTransparent(wxByte alpha) + { + if (m_CanSetShape) + { + int w=100; // some defaults + int h=100; + GetClientSize(&w, &h); + + m_MaxWidth = w; + m_MaxHeight = h; + m_Amount = alpha; + m_Region.Clear(); +// m_Region.Union(0, 0, 1, m_MaxWidth); + if (m_Amount) + { + for (int y=0; y + +static void +gtk_pseudo_window_realized_callback( GtkWidget *m_widget, void *WXUNUSED(win) ) +{ + wxSize disp = wxGetDisplaySize(); + int amount = 128; + wxRegion region; + for (int y=0; ywindow, region.GetRegion(), 0, 0); +} + + +class wxPseudoTransparentFrame: public wxFrame +{ +public: + wxPseudoTransparentFrame(wxWindow* parent = NULL, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, + const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, + const wxString &name = wxT("frame")) + { + if (!CreateBase( parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name )) + return; + + m_title = title; + + m_widget = gtk_window_new( GTK_WINDOW_POPUP ); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + + if (parent) parent->AddChild(this); + + g_signal_connect( m_widget, "realize", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_pseudo_window_realized_callback), this ); + + GdkColor col; + col.red = 128 * 256; + col.green = 192 * 256; + col.blue = 255 * 256; + gtk_widget_modify_bg( m_widget, GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &col ); + } + + bool SetTransparent(wxByte WXUNUSED(alpha)) + { + return true; + } + +protected: + virtual void DoSetSizeHints( int minW, int minH, + int maxW, int maxH, + int incW, int incH) + { + // the real wxFrame method doesn't work for us because we're not really + // a top level window so skip it + wxWindow::DoSetSizeHints(minW, minH, maxW, maxH, incW, incH); + } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPseudoTransparentFrame) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPseudoTransparentFrame, wxFrame) + +#endif + // __WXGTK20__ + + + +// -- static utility functions -- + +static wxBitmap wxPaneCreateStippleBitmap() +{ + unsigned char data[] = { 0,0,0,192,192,192, 192,192,192,0,0,0 }; + wxImage img(2,2,data,true); + return wxBitmap(img); +} + +static void DrawResizeHint(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect) +{ + wxBitmap stipple = wxPaneCreateStippleBitmap(); + wxBrush brush(stipple); + dc.SetBrush(brush); +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); + PatBlt(GetHdcOf(*impl), rect.GetX(), rect.GetY(), rect.GetWidth(), rect.GetHeight(), PATINVERT); +#else + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + + dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxXOR); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); +#endif +} + + + +// CopyDocksAndPanes() - this utility function creates copies of +// the dock and pane info. wxAuiDockInfo's usually contain pointers +// to wxAuiPaneInfo classes, thus this function is necessary to reliably +// reconstruct that relationship in the new dock info and pane info arrays + +static void CopyDocksAndPanes(wxAuiDockInfoArray& dest_docks, + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& dest_panes, + const wxAuiDockInfoArray& src_docks, + const wxAuiPaneInfoArray& src_panes) +{ + dest_docks = src_docks; + dest_panes = src_panes; + int i, j, k, dock_count, pc1, pc2; + for (i = 0, dock_count = dest_docks.GetCount(); i < dock_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockInfo& dock = dest_docks.Item(i); + for (j = 0, pc1 = dock.panes.GetCount(); j < pc1; ++j) + for (k = 0, pc2 = src_panes.GetCount(); k < pc2; ++k) + if (dock.panes.Item(j) == &src_panes.Item(k)) + dock.panes.Item(j) = &dest_panes.Item(k); + } +} + +// GetMaxLayer() is an internal function which returns +// the highest layer inside the specified dock +static int GetMaxLayer(const wxAuiDockInfoArray& docks, + int dock_direction) +{ + int i, dock_count, max_layer = 0; + for (i = 0, dock_count = docks.GetCount(); i < dock_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockInfo& dock = docks.Item(i); + if (dock.dock_direction == dock_direction && + dock.dock_layer > max_layer && !dock.fixed) + max_layer = dock.dock_layer; + } + return max_layer; +} + + +// GetMaxRow() is an internal function which returns +// the highest layer inside the specified dock +static int GetMaxRow(const wxAuiPaneInfoArray& panes, int direction, int layer) +{ + int i, pane_count, max_row = 0; + for (i = 0, pane_count = panes.GetCount(); i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = panes.Item(i); + if (pane.dock_direction == direction && + pane.dock_layer == layer && + pane.dock_row > max_row) + max_row = pane.dock_row; + } + return max_row; +} + + + +// DoInsertDockLayer() is an internal function that inserts a new dock +// layer by incrementing all existing dock layer values by one +static void DoInsertDockLayer(wxAuiPaneInfoArray& panes, + int dock_direction, + int dock_layer) +{ + int i, pane_count; + for (i = 0, pane_count = panes.GetCount(); i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = panes.Item(i); + if (!pane.IsFloating() && + pane.dock_direction == dock_direction && + pane.dock_layer >= dock_layer) + pane.dock_layer++; + } +} + +// DoInsertDockLayer() is an internal function that inserts a new dock +// row by incrementing all existing dock row values by one +static void DoInsertDockRow(wxAuiPaneInfoArray& panes, + int dock_direction, + int dock_layer, + int dock_row) +{ + int i, pane_count; + for (i = 0, pane_count = panes.GetCount(); i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = panes.Item(i); + if (!pane.IsFloating() && + pane.dock_direction == dock_direction && + pane.dock_layer == dock_layer && + pane.dock_row >= dock_row) + pane.dock_row++; + } +} + +// DoInsertDockLayer() is an internal function that inserts a space for +// another dock pane by incrementing all existing dock row values by one +static void DoInsertPane(wxAuiPaneInfoArray& panes, + int dock_direction, + int dock_layer, + int dock_row, + int dock_pos) +{ + int i, pane_count; + for (i = 0, pane_count = panes.GetCount(); i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = panes.Item(i); + if (!pane.IsFloating() && + pane.dock_direction == dock_direction && + pane.dock_layer == dock_layer && + pane.dock_row == dock_row && + pane.dock_pos >= dock_pos) + pane.dock_pos++; + } +} + +// FindDocks() is an internal function that returns a list of docks which meet +// the specified conditions in the parameters and returns a sorted array +// (sorted by layer and then row) +static void FindDocks(wxAuiDockInfoArray& docks, + int dock_direction, + int dock_layer, + int dock_row, + wxAuiDockInfoPtrArray& arr) +{ + int begin_layer = dock_layer; + int end_layer = dock_layer; + int begin_row = dock_row; + int end_row = dock_row; + int dock_count = docks.GetCount(); + int layer, row, i, max_row = 0, max_layer = 0; + + // discover the maximum dock layer and the max row + for (i = 0; i < dock_count; ++i) + { + max_row = wxMax(max_row, docks.Item(i).dock_row); + max_layer = wxMax(max_layer, docks.Item(i).dock_layer); + } + + // if no dock layer was specified, search all dock layers + if (dock_layer == -1) + { + begin_layer = 0; + end_layer = max_layer; + } + + // if no dock row was specified, search all dock row + if (dock_row == -1) + { + begin_row = 0; + end_row = max_row; + } + + arr.Clear(); + + for (layer = begin_layer; layer <= end_layer; ++layer) + for (row = begin_row; row <= end_row; ++row) + for (i = 0; i < dock_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockInfo& d = docks.Item(i); + if (dock_direction == -1 || dock_direction == d.dock_direction) + { + if (d.dock_layer == layer && d.dock_row == row) + arr.Add(&d); + } + } +} + +// FindPaneInDock() looks up a specified window pointer inside a dock. +// If found, the corresponding wxAuiPaneInfo pointer is returned, otherwise NULL. +static wxAuiPaneInfo* FindPaneInDock(const wxAuiDockInfo& dock, wxWindow* window) +{ + int i, count = dock.panes.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo* p = dock.panes.Item(i); + if (p->window == window) + return p; + } + return NULL; +} + +// RemovePaneFromDocks() removes a pane window from all docks +// with a possible exception specified by parameter "ex_cept" +static void RemovePaneFromDocks(wxAuiDockInfoArray& docks, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane, + wxAuiDockInfo* ex_cept = NULL ) +{ + int i, dock_count; + for (i = 0, dock_count = docks.GetCount(); i < dock_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockInfo& d = docks.Item(i); + if (&d == ex_cept) + continue; + wxAuiPaneInfo* pi = FindPaneInDock(d, pane.window); + if (pi) + d.panes.Remove(pi); + } +} + +/* +// This function works fine, and may be used in the future + +// RenumberDockRows() takes a dock and assigns sequential numbers +// to existing rows. Basically it takes out the gaps; so if a +// dock has rows with numbers 0,2,5, they will become 0,1,2 +static void RenumberDockRows(wxAuiDockInfoPtrArray& docks) +{ + int i, dock_count; + for (i = 0, dock_count = docks.GetCount(); i < dock_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockInfo& dock = *docks.Item(i); + dock.dock_row = i; + + int j, pane_count; + for (j = 0, pane_count = dock.panes.GetCount(); j < pane_count; ++j) + dock.panes.Item(j)->dock_row = i; + } +} +*/ + + +// SetActivePane() sets the active pane, as well as cycles through +// every other pane and makes sure that all others' active flags +// are turned off +static void SetActivePane(wxAuiPaneInfoArray& panes, wxWindow* active_pane) +{ + int i, pane_count; + for (i = 0, pane_count = panes.GetCount(); i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = panes.Item(i); + pane.state &= ~wxAuiPaneInfo::optionActive; + if (pane.window == active_pane) + pane.state |= wxAuiPaneInfo::optionActive; + } +} + + +// this function is used to sort panes by dock position +static int PaneSortFunc(wxAuiPaneInfo** p1, wxAuiPaneInfo** p2) +{ + return ((*p1)->dock_pos < (*p2)->dock_pos) ? -1 : 1; +} + + +bool wxAuiPaneInfo::IsValid() const +{ + // Should this RTTI and function call be rewritten as + // sending a new event type to allow other window types + // to check the pane settings? + wxAuiToolBar* toolbar = wxDynamicCast(window, wxAuiToolBar); + return !toolbar || toolbar->IsPaneValid(*this); +} + +// -- wxAuiManager class implementation -- + + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxAuiManager, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON(wxAuiManager::OnPaneButton) + EVT_AUI_RENDER(wxAuiManager::OnRender) + EVT_PAINT(wxAuiManager::OnPaint) + EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxAuiManager::OnEraseBackground) + EVT_SIZE(wxAuiManager::OnSize) + EVT_SET_CURSOR(wxAuiManager::OnSetCursor) + EVT_LEFT_DOWN(wxAuiManager::OnLeftDown) + EVT_LEFT_UP(wxAuiManager::OnLeftUp) + EVT_MOTION(wxAuiManager::OnMotion) + EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW(wxAuiManager::OnLeaveWindow) + EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxAuiManager::OnCaptureLost) + EVT_CHILD_FOCUS(wxAuiManager::OnChildFocus) + EVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER(wxAuiManager::OnFindManager) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +wxAuiManager::wxAuiManager(wxWindow* managed_wnd, unsigned int flags) +{ + m_action = actionNone; + m_action_window = NULL; + m_last_mouse_move = wxPoint(); + m_hover_button = NULL; + m_art = new wxAuiDefaultDockArt; + m_hint_wnd = NULL; + m_flags = flags; + m_skipping = false; + m_has_maximized = false; + m_frame = NULL; + m_dock_constraint_x = 0.3; + m_dock_constraint_y = 0.3; + m_reserved = NULL; + m_currentDragItem = -1; + + if (managed_wnd) + { + SetManagedWindow(managed_wnd); + } +} + +wxAuiManager::~wxAuiManager() +{ + // NOTE: It's possible that the windows have already been destroyed by the + // time this dtor is called, so this loop can result in memory access via + // invalid pointers, resulting in a crash. So it will be disabled while + // waiting for a better solution. +#if 0 + for ( size_t i = 0; i < m_panes.size(); i++ ) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pinfo = m_panes[i]; + if (pinfo.window && !pinfo.window->GetParent()) + delete pinfo.window; + } +#endif + + delete m_art; +} + +// creates a floating frame for the windows +wxAuiFloatingFrame* wxAuiManager::CreateFloatingFrame(wxWindow* parent, + const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info) +{ + return new wxAuiFloatingFrame(parent, this, pane_info); +} + +bool wxAuiManager::CanDockPanel(const wxAuiPaneInfo & WXUNUSED(p)) +{ + // if a key modifier is pressed while dragging the frame, + // don't dock the window + return !(wxGetKeyState(WXK_CONTROL) || wxGetKeyState(WXK_ALT)); +} + +// GetPane() looks up a wxAuiPaneInfo structure based +// on the supplied window pointer. Upon failure, GetPane() +// returns an empty wxAuiPaneInfo, a condition which can be checked +// by calling wxAuiPaneInfo::IsOk(). +// +// The pane info's structure may then be modified. Once a pane's +// info is modified, wxAuiManager::Update() must be called to +// realize the changes in the UI. + +wxAuiPaneInfo& wxAuiManager::GetPane(wxWindow* window) +{ + int i, pane_count; + for (i = 0, pane_count = m_panes.GetCount(); i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = m_panes.Item(i); + if (p.window == window) + return p; + } + return wxAuiNullPaneInfo; +} + +// this version of GetPane() looks up a pane based on a +// 'pane name', see above comment for more info +wxAuiPaneInfo& wxAuiManager::GetPane(const wxString& name) +{ + int i, pane_count; + for (i = 0, pane_count = m_panes.GetCount(); i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = m_panes.Item(i); + if (p.name == name) + return p; + } + return wxAuiNullPaneInfo; +} + +// GetAllPanes() returns a reference to all the pane info structures +wxAuiPaneInfoArray& wxAuiManager::GetAllPanes() +{ + return m_panes; +} + +// HitTest() is an internal function which determines +// which UI item the specified coordinates are over +// (x,y) specify a position in client coordinates +wxAuiDockUIPart* wxAuiManager::HitTest(int x, int y) +{ + wxAuiDockUIPart* result = NULL; + + int i, part_count; + for (i = 0, part_count = m_uiparts.GetCount(); i < part_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockUIPart* item = &m_uiparts.Item(i); + + // we are not interested in typeDock, because this space + // isn't used to draw anything, just for measurements; + // besides, the entire dock area is covered with other + // rectangles, which we are interested in. + if (item->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDock) + continue; + + // if we already have a hit on a more specific item, we are not + // interested in a pane hit. If, however, we don't already have + // a hit, returning a pane hit is necessary for some operations + if ((item->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePane || + item->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneBorder) && result) + continue; + + // if the point is inside the rectangle, we have a hit + if (item->rect.Contains(x,y)) + result = item; + } + + return result; +} + + +// SetFlags() and GetFlags() allow the owner to set various +// options which are global to wxAuiManager +void wxAuiManager::SetFlags(unsigned int flags) +{ + // find out if we have to call UpdateHintWindowConfig() + bool update_hint_wnd = false; + unsigned int hint_mask = wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_HINT | + wxAUI_MGR_VENETIAN_BLINDS_HINT | + wxAUI_MGR_RECTANGLE_HINT; + if ((flags & hint_mask) != (m_flags & hint_mask)) + update_hint_wnd = true; + + + // set the new flags + m_flags = flags; + + if (update_hint_wnd) + { + UpdateHintWindowConfig(); + } +} + +unsigned int wxAuiManager::GetFlags() const +{ + return m_flags; +} + +// Convenience function +bool wxAuiManager_HasLiveResize(wxAuiManager& manager) +{ + // With Core Graphics on Mac, it's not possible to show sash feedback, + // so we'll always use live update instead. +#if defined(__WXMAC__) + wxUnusedVar(manager); + return true; +#else + return (manager.GetFlags() & wxAUI_MGR_LIVE_RESIZE) == wxAUI_MGR_LIVE_RESIZE; +#endif +} + +// don't use these anymore as they are deprecated +// use Set/GetManagedFrame() instead +void wxAuiManager::SetFrame(wxFrame* frame) +{ + SetManagedWindow((wxWindow*)frame); +} + +wxFrame* wxAuiManager::GetFrame() const +{ + return (wxFrame*)m_frame; +} + + +// this function will return the aui manager for a given +// window. The |window| parameter should be any child window +// or grand-child window (and so on) of the frame/window +// managed by wxAuiManager. The |window| parameter does not +// need to be managed by the manager itself. +wxAuiManager* wxAuiManager::GetManager(wxWindow* window) +{ + wxAuiManagerEvent evt(wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER); + evt.SetManager(NULL); + evt.ResumePropagation(wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX); + if (!window->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt)) + return NULL; + + return evt.GetManager(); +} + + +void wxAuiManager::UpdateHintWindowConfig() +{ + // find out if the the system can do transparent frames + bool can_do_transparent = false; + + wxWindow* w = m_frame; + while (w) + { + if (w->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame))) + { + wxFrame* f = static_cast(w); + can_do_transparent = f->CanSetTransparent(); + + break; + } + + w = w->GetParent(); + } + + // if there is an existing hint window, delete it + if (m_hint_wnd) + { + m_hint_wnd->Destroy(); + m_hint_wnd = NULL; + } + + m_hint_fademax = 50; + m_hint_wnd = NULL; + + if ((m_flags & wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_HINT) && can_do_transparent) + { + // Make a window to use for a transparent hint + #if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK__) + m_hint_wnd = new wxFrame(m_frame, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(1,1), + wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW | + wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT | + wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR | + wxNO_BORDER); + + m_hint_wnd->SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVECAPTION)); + #elif defined(__WXMAC__) + // Using a miniframe with float and tool styles keeps the parent + // frame activated and highlighted as such... + m_hint_wnd = new wxMiniFrame(m_frame, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(1,1), + wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT + | wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW ); + m_hint_wnd->Connect(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, + wxActivateEventHandler(wxAuiManager::OnHintActivate), NULL, this); + + // Can't set the bg colour of a Frame in wxMac + wxPanel* p = new wxPanel(m_hint_wnd); + + // The default wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVECAPTION colour is a light silver + // color that is really hard to see, especially transparent. + // Until a better system color is decided upon we'll just use + // blue. + p->SetBackgroundColour(*wxBLUE); + #endif + + } + else + { + if ((m_flags & wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_HINT) != 0 || + (m_flags & wxAUI_MGR_VENETIAN_BLINDS_HINT) != 0) + { + // system can't support transparent fade, or the venetian + // blinds effect was explicitly requested + m_hint_wnd = new wxPseudoTransparentFrame(m_frame, + wxID_ANY, + wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxSize(1,1), + wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW | + wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT | + wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR | + wxNO_BORDER); + m_hint_fademax = 128; + } + } +} + + +// SetManagedWindow() is usually called once when the frame +// manager class is being initialized. "frame" specifies +// the frame which should be managed by the frame mananger +void wxAuiManager::SetManagedWindow(wxWindow* wnd) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(wnd, wxT("specified window must be non-NULL")); + + m_frame = wnd; + m_frame->PushEventHandler(this); + +#if wxUSE_MDI + // if the owner is going to manage an MDI parent frame, + // we need to add the MDI client window as the default + // center pane + + if (m_frame->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMDIParentFrame))) + { + wxMDIParentFrame* mdi_frame = (wxMDIParentFrame*)m_frame; + wxWindow* client_window = mdi_frame->GetClientWindow(); + + wxASSERT_MSG(client_window, wxT("Client window is NULL!")); + + AddPane(client_window, + wxAuiPaneInfo().Name(wxT("mdiclient")). + CenterPane().PaneBorder(false)); + } + else if (m_frame->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxAuiMDIParentFrame))) + { + wxAuiMDIParentFrame* mdi_frame = (wxAuiMDIParentFrame*)m_frame; + wxAuiMDIClientWindow* client_window = mdi_frame->GetClientWindow(); + wxASSERT_MSG(client_window, wxT("Client window is NULL!")); + + AddPane(client_window, + wxAuiPaneInfo().Name(wxT("mdiclient")). + CenterPane().PaneBorder(false)); + } + +#endif + + UpdateHintWindowConfig(); +} + + +// UnInit() must be called, usually in the destructor +// of the frame class. If it is not called, usually this +// will result in a crash upon program exit +void wxAuiManager::UnInit() +{ + if (m_frame) + { + m_frame->RemoveEventHandler(this); + } +} + +// GetManagedWindow() returns the window pointer being managed +wxWindow* wxAuiManager::GetManagedWindow() const +{ + return m_frame; +} + +wxAuiDockArt* wxAuiManager::GetArtProvider() const +{ + return m_art; +} + +void wxAuiManager::ProcessMgrEvent(wxAuiManagerEvent& event) +{ + // first, give the owner frame a chance to override + if (m_frame) + { + if (m_frame->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) + return; + } + + ProcessEvent(event); +} + +// SetArtProvider() instructs wxAuiManager to use the +// specified art provider for all drawing calls. This allows +// plugable look-and-feel features. The pointer that is +// passed to this method subsequently belongs to wxAuiManager, +// and is deleted in the frame manager destructor +void wxAuiManager::SetArtProvider(wxAuiDockArt* art_provider) +{ + // delete the last art provider, if any + delete m_art; + + // assign the new art provider + m_art = art_provider; +} + + +bool wxAuiManager::AddPane(wxWindow* window, const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(window, wxT("NULL window ptrs are not allowed")); + + // check if the pane has a valid window + if (!window) + return false; + + // check if the window is already managed by us + if (GetPane(pane_info.window).IsOk()) + return false; + + // check if the pane name already exists, this could reveal a + // bug in the library user's application + bool already_exists = false; + if (!pane_info.name.empty() && GetPane(pane_info.name).IsOk()) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("A pane with that name already exists in the manager!")); + already_exists = true; + } + + // if the new pane is docked then we should undo maximize + if (pane_info.IsDocked()) + RestoreMaximizedPane(); + + // special case: wxAuiToolBar style interacts with docking flags + wxAuiPaneInfo test(pane_info); + wxAuiToolBar* toolbar = wxDynamicCast(window, wxAuiToolBar); + if (toolbar) + { + // if pane has default docking flags + const unsigned int dockMask = wxAuiPaneInfo::optionLeftDockable | + wxAuiPaneInfo::optionRightDockable | + wxAuiPaneInfo::optionTopDockable | + wxAuiPaneInfo::optionBottomDockable; + const unsigned int defaultDock = wxAuiPaneInfo(). + DefaultPane().state & dockMask; + if ((test.state & dockMask) == defaultDock) + { + // set docking flags based on toolbar style + if (toolbar->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL) + { + test.TopDockable(false).BottomDockable(false); + } + else if (toolbar->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxAUI_TB_HORIZONTAL) + { + test.LeftDockable(false).RightDockable(false); + } + } + else + { + // see whether non-default docking flags are valid + test.window = window; + wxCHECK_MSG(test.IsValid(), false, + "toolbar style and pane docking flags are incompatible"); + } + } + + m_panes.Add(test); + + wxAuiPaneInfo& pinfo = m_panes.Last(); + + // set the pane window + pinfo.window = window; + + + // if the pane's name identifier is blank, create a random string + if (pinfo.name.empty() || already_exists) + { + pinfo.name.Printf(wxT("%08lx%08x%08x%08lx"), + (unsigned long)(wxPtrToUInt(pinfo.window) & 0xffffffff), + (unsigned int)time(NULL), +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + (unsigned int)GetTickCount(), +#else + (unsigned int)clock(), +#endif + (unsigned long)m_panes.GetCount()); + } + + // set initial proportion (if not already set) + if (pinfo.dock_proportion == 0) + pinfo.dock_proportion = 100000; + + if (pinfo.HasMaximizeButton()) + { + wxAuiPaneButton button; + button.button_id = wxAUI_BUTTON_MAXIMIZE_RESTORE; + pinfo.buttons.Add(button); + } + + if (pinfo.HasPinButton()) + { + wxAuiPaneButton button; + button.button_id = wxAUI_BUTTON_PIN; + pinfo.buttons.Add(button); + } + + if (pinfo.HasCloseButton()) + { + wxAuiPaneButton button; + button.button_id = wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE; + pinfo.buttons.Add(button); + } + + if (pinfo.HasGripper()) + { + if (pinfo.window->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxAuiToolBar))) + { + // prevent duplicate gripper -- both wxAuiManager and wxAuiToolBar + // have a gripper control. The toolbar's built-in gripper + // meshes better with the look and feel of the control than ours, + // so turn wxAuiManager's gripper off, and the toolbar's on. + + wxAuiToolBar* tb = static_cast(pinfo.window); + pinfo.SetFlag(wxAuiPaneInfo::optionGripper, false); + tb->SetGripperVisible(true); + } + } + + + if (pinfo.best_size == wxDefaultSize && + pinfo.window) + { + pinfo.best_size = pinfo.window->GetClientSize(); + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + if (pinfo.window->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxToolBar))) + { + // GetClientSize() doesn't get the best size for + // a toolbar under some newer versions of wxWidgets, + // so use GetBestSize() + pinfo.best_size = pinfo.window->GetBestSize(); + } +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + + if (pinfo.min_size != wxDefaultSize) + { + if (pinfo.best_size.x < pinfo.min_size.x) + pinfo.best_size.x = pinfo.min_size.x; + if (pinfo.best_size.y < pinfo.min_size.y) + pinfo.best_size.y = pinfo.min_size.y; + } + } + + + + return true; +} + +bool wxAuiManager::AddPane(wxWindow* window, + int direction, + const wxString& caption) +{ + wxAuiPaneInfo pinfo; + pinfo.Caption(caption); + switch (direction) + { + case wxTOP: pinfo.Top(); break; + case wxBOTTOM: pinfo.Bottom(); break; + case wxLEFT: pinfo.Left(); break; + case wxRIGHT: pinfo.Right(); break; + case wxCENTER: pinfo.CenterPane(); break; + } + return AddPane(window, pinfo); +} + +bool wxAuiManager::AddPane(wxWindow* window, + const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info, + const wxPoint& drop_pos) +{ + if (!AddPane(window, pane_info)) + return false; + + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = GetPane(window); + + DoDrop(m_docks, m_panes, pane, drop_pos, wxPoint(0,0)); + + return true; +} + +bool wxAuiManager::InsertPane(wxWindow* window, const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info, + int insert_level) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(window, wxT("NULL window ptrs are not allowed")); + + // shift the panes around, depending on the insert level + switch (insert_level) + { + case wxAUI_INSERT_PANE: + DoInsertPane(m_panes, + pane_info.dock_direction, + pane_info.dock_layer, + pane_info.dock_row, + pane_info.dock_pos); + break; + case wxAUI_INSERT_ROW: + DoInsertDockRow(m_panes, + pane_info.dock_direction, + pane_info.dock_layer, + pane_info.dock_row); + break; + case wxAUI_INSERT_DOCK: + DoInsertDockLayer(m_panes, + pane_info.dock_direction, + pane_info.dock_layer); + break; + } + + // if the window already exists, we are basically just moving/inserting the + // existing window. If it doesn't exist, we need to add it and insert it + wxAuiPaneInfo& existing_pane = GetPane(window); + if (!existing_pane.IsOk()) + { + return AddPane(window, pane_info); + } + else + { + if (pane_info.IsFloating()) + { + existing_pane.Float(); + if (pane_info.floating_pos != wxDefaultPosition) + existing_pane.FloatingPosition(pane_info.floating_pos); + if (pane_info.floating_size != wxDefaultSize) + existing_pane.FloatingSize(pane_info.floating_size); + } + else + { + // if the new pane is docked then we should undo maximize + RestoreMaximizedPane(); + + existing_pane.Direction(pane_info.dock_direction); + existing_pane.Layer(pane_info.dock_layer); + existing_pane.Row(pane_info.dock_row); + existing_pane.Position(pane_info.dock_pos); + } + } + + return true; +} + + +// DetachPane() removes a pane from the frame manager. This +// method will not destroy the window that is removed. +bool wxAuiManager::DetachPane(wxWindow* window) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(window, wxT("NULL window ptrs are not allowed")); + + int i, count; + for (i = 0, count = m_panes.GetCount(); i < count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = m_panes.Item(i); + if (p.window == window) + { + if (p.frame) + { + // we have a floating frame which is being detached. We need to + // reparent it to m_frame and destroy the floating frame + + // reduce flicker + p.window->SetSize(1,1); + + if (p.frame->IsShown()) + p.frame->Show(false); + + // reparent to m_frame and destroy the pane + if (m_action_window == p.frame) + { + m_action_window = NULL; + } + + p.window->Reparent(m_frame); + p.frame->SetSizer(NULL); + p.frame->Destroy(); + p.frame = NULL; + } + + // make sure there are no references to this pane in our uiparts, + // just in case the caller doesn't call Update() immediately after + // the DetachPane() call. This prevets obscure crashes which would + // happen at window repaint if the caller forgets to call Update() + int pi, part_count; + for (pi = 0, part_count = (int)m_uiparts.GetCount(); pi < part_count; ++pi) + { + wxAuiDockUIPart& part = m_uiparts.Item(pi); + if (part.pane == &p) + { + m_uiparts.RemoveAt(pi); + part_count--; + pi--; + continue; + } + } + + m_panes.RemoveAt(i); + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +// ClosePane() destroys or hides the pane depending on its flags +void wxAuiManager::ClosePane(wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info) +{ + // if we were maximized, restore + if (pane_info.IsMaximized()) + { + RestorePane(pane_info); + } + + // first, hide the window + if (pane_info.window && pane_info.window->IsShown()) + { + pane_info.window->Show(false); + } + + // make sure that we are the parent of this window + if (pane_info.window && pane_info.window->GetParent() != m_frame) + { + pane_info.window->Reparent(m_frame); + } + + // if we have a frame, destroy it + if (pane_info.frame) + { + pane_info.frame->Destroy(); + pane_info.frame = NULL; + } + + // now we need to either destroy or hide the pane + if (pane_info.IsDestroyOnClose()) + { + wxWindow * window = pane_info.window; + DetachPane(window); + if (window) + { + window->Destroy(); + } + } + else + { + pane_info.Hide(); + } +} + +void wxAuiManager::MaximizePane(wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info) +{ + int i, pane_count; + + // un-maximize and hide all other panes + for (i = 0, pane_count = m_panes.GetCount(); i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = m_panes.Item(i); + if (!p.IsToolbar() && !p.IsFloating()) + { + p.Restore(); + + // save hidden state + p.SetFlag(wxAuiPaneInfo::savedHiddenState, + p.HasFlag(wxAuiPaneInfo::optionHidden)); + + // hide the pane, because only the newly + // maximized pane should show + p.Hide(); + } + } + + // mark ourselves maximized + pane_info.Maximize(); + pane_info.Show(); + m_has_maximized = true; + + // last, show the window + if (pane_info.window && !pane_info.window->IsShown()) + { + pane_info.window->Show(true); + } +} + +void wxAuiManager::RestorePane(wxAuiPaneInfo& pane_info) +{ + int i, pane_count; + + // restore all the panes + for (i = 0, pane_count = m_panes.GetCount(); i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = m_panes.Item(i); + if (!p.IsToolbar() && !p.IsFloating()) + { + p.SetFlag(wxAuiPaneInfo::optionHidden, + p.HasFlag(wxAuiPaneInfo::savedHiddenState)); + } + } + + // mark ourselves non-maximized + pane_info.Restore(); + m_has_maximized = false; + + // last, show the window + if (pane_info.window && !pane_info.window->IsShown()) + { + pane_info.window->Show(true); + } +} + +void wxAuiManager::RestoreMaximizedPane() +{ + int i, pane_count; + + // restore all the panes + for (i = 0, pane_count = m_panes.GetCount(); i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = m_panes.Item(i); + if (p.IsMaximized()) + { + RestorePane(p); + break; + } + } +} + +// EscapeDelimiters() changes ";" into "\;" and "|" into "\|" +// in the input string. This is an internal functions which is +// used for saving perspectives +static wxString EscapeDelimiters(const wxString& s) +{ + wxString result; + result.Alloc(s.length()); + const wxChar* ch = s.c_str(); + while (*ch) + { + if (*ch == wxT(';') || *ch == wxT('|')) + result += wxT('\\'); + result += *ch; + ++ch; + } + return result; +} + +wxString wxAuiManager::SavePaneInfo(wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) +{ + wxString result = wxT("name="); + result += EscapeDelimiters(pane.name); + result += wxT(";"); + + result += wxT("caption="); + result += EscapeDelimiters(pane.caption); + result += wxT(";"); + + result += wxString::Format(wxT("state=%u;"), pane.state); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("dir=%d;"), pane.dock_direction); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("layer=%d;"), pane.dock_layer); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("row=%d;"), pane.dock_row); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("pos=%d;"), pane.dock_pos); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("prop=%d;"), pane.dock_proportion); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("bestw=%d;"), pane.best_size.x); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("besth=%d;"), pane.best_size.y); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("minw=%d;"), pane.min_size.x); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("minh=%d;"), pane.min_size.y); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("maxw=%d;"), pane.max_size.x); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("maxh=%d;"), pane.max_size.y); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("floatx=%d;"), pane.floating_pos.x); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("floaty=%d;"), pane.floating_pos.y); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("floatw=%d;"), pane.floating_size.x); + result += wxString::Format(wxT("floath=%d"), pane.floating_size.y); + + return result; +} + +// Load a "pane" with the pane infor settings in pane_part +void wxAuiManager::LoadPaneInfo(wxString pane_part, wxAuiPaneInfo &pane) +{ + // replace escaped characters so we can + // split up the string easily + pane_part.Replace(wxT("\\|"), wxT("\a")); + pane_part.Replace(wxT("\\;"), wxT("\b")); + + while(1) + { + wxString val_part = pane_part.BeforeFirst(wxT(';')); + pane_part = pane_part.AfterFirst(wxT(';')); + wxString val_name = val_part.BeforeFirst(wxT('=')); + wxString value = val_part.AfterFirst(wxT('=')); + val_name.MakeLower(); + val_name.Trim(true); + val_name.Trim(false); + value.Trim(true); + value.Trim(false); + + if (val_name.empty()) + break; + + if (val_name == wxT("name")) + pane.name = value; + else if (val_name == wxT("caption")) + pane.caption = value; + else if (val_name == wxT("state")) + pane.state = (unsigned int)wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("dir")) + pane.dock_direction = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("layer")) + pane.dock_layer = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("row")) + pane.dock_row = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("pos")) + pane.dock_pos = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("prop")) + pane.dock_proportion = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("bestw")) + pane.best_size.x = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("besth")) + pane.best_size.y = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("minw")) + pane.min_size.x = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("minh")) + pane.min_size.y = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("maxw")) + pane.max_size.x = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("maxh")) + pane.max_size.y = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("floatx")) + pane.floating_pos.x = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("floaty")) + pane.floating_pos.y = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("floatw")) + pane.floating_size.x = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else if (val_name == wxT("floath")) + pane.floating_size.y = wxAtoi(value.c_str()); + else { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Bad Perspective String")); + } + } + + // replace escaped characters so we can + // split up the string easily + pane.name.Replace(wxT("\a"), wxT("|")); + pane.name.Replace(wxT("\b"), wxT(";")); + pane.caption.Replace(wxT("\a"), wxT("|")); + pane.caption.Replace(wxT("\b"), wxT(";")); + pane_part.Replace(wxT("\a"), wxT("|")); + pane_part.Replace(wxT("\b"), wxT(";")); + + return; +} + + +// SavePerspective() saves all pane information as a single string. +// This string may later be fed into LoadPerspective() to restore +// all pane settings. This save and load mechanism allows an +// exact pane configuration to be saved and restored at a later time + +wxString wxAuiManager::SavePerspective() +{ + wxString result; + result.Alloc(500); + result = wxT("layout2|"); + + int pane_i, pane_count = m_panes.GetCount(); + for (pane_i = 0; pane_i < pane_count; ++pane_i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = m_panes.Item(pane_i); + result += SavePaneInfo(pane)+wxT("|"); + } + + int dock_i, dock_count = m_docks.GetCount(); + for (dock_i = 0; dock_i < dock_count; ++dock_i) + { + wxAuiDockInfo& dock = m_docks.Item(dock_i); + + result += wxString::Format(wxT("dock_size(%d,%d,%d)=%d|"), + dock.dock_direction, dock.dock_layer, + dock.dock_row, dock.size); + } + + return result; +} + +// LoadPerspective() loads a layout which was saved with SavePerspective() +// If the "update" flag parameter is true, the GUI will immediately be updated + +bool wxAuiManager::LoadPerspective(const wxString& layout, bool update) +{ + wxString input = layout; + wxString part; + + // check layout string version + // 'layout1' = wxAUI 0.9.0 - wxAUI 0.9.2 + // 'layout2' = wxAUI 0.9.2 (wxWidgets 2.8) + part = input.BeforeFirst(wxT('|')); + input = input.AfterFirst(wxT('|')); + part.Trim(true); + part.Trim(false); + if (part != wxT("layout2")) + return false; + + // Mark all panes currently managed as hidden. Also, dock all panes that are dockable. + int pane_i, pane_count = m_panes.GetCount(); + for (pane_i = 0; pane_i < pane_count; ++pane_i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = m_panes.Item(pane_i); + if(p.IsDockable()) + p.Dock(); + p.Hide(); + } + + // clear out the dock array; this will be reconstructed + m_docks.Clear(); + + // replace escaped characters so we can + // split up the string easily + input.Replace(wxT("\\|"), wxT("\a")); + input.Replace(wxT("\\;"), wxT("\b")); + + while (1) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo pane; + + wxString pane_part = input.BeforeFirst(wxT('|')); + input = input.AfterFirst(wxT('|')); + pane_part.Trim(true); + + // if the string is empty, we're done parsing + if (pane_part.empty()) + break; + + if (pane_part.Left(9) == wxT("dock_size")) + { + wxString val_name = pane_part.BeforeFirst(wxT('=')); + wxString value = pane_part.AfterFirst(wxT('=')); + + long dir, layer, row, size; + wxString piece = val_name.AfterFirst(wxT('(')); + piece = piece.BeforeLast(wxT(')')); + piece.BeforeFirst(wxT(',')).ToLong(&dir); + piece = piece.AfterFirst(wxT(',')); + piece.BeforeFirst(wxT(',')).ToLong(&layer); + piece.AfterFirst(wxT(',')).ToLong(&row); + value.ToLong(&size); + + wxAuiDockInfo dock; + dock.dock_direction = dir; + dock.dock_layer = layer; + dock.dock_row = row; + dock.size = size; + m_docks.Add(dock); + continue; + } + + // Undo our escaping as LoadPaneInfo needs to take an unescaped + // name so it can be called by external callers + pane_part.Replace(wxT("\a"), wxT("|")); + pane_part.Replace(wxT("\b"), wxT(";")); + + LoadPaneInfo(pane_part, pane); + + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = GetPane(pane.name); + if (!p.IsOk()) + { + // the pane window couldn't be found + // in the existing layout -- skip it + continue; + } + + p.SafeSet(pane); + } + + if (update) + Update(); + + return true; +} + +void wxAuiManager::GetPanePositionsAndSizes(wxAuiDockInfo& dock, + wxArrayInt& positions, + wxArrayInt& sizes) +{ + int caption_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_SIZE); + int pane_border_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BORDER_SIZE); + int gripper_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_SIZE); + + positions.Empty(); + sizes.Empty(); + + int offset, action_pane = -1; + int pane_i, pane_count = dock.panes.GetCount(); + + // find the pane marked as our action pane + for (pane_i = 0; pane_i < pane_count; ++pane_i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = *(dock.panes.Item(pane_i)); + + if (pane.HasFlag(wxAuiPaneInfo::actionPane)) + { + wxASSERT_MSG(action_pane==-1, wxT("Too many fixed action panes")); + action_pane = pane_i; + } + } + + // set up each panes default position, and + // determine the size (width or height, depending + // on the dock's orientation) of each pane + for (pane_i = 0; pane_i < pane_count; ++pane_i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = *(dock.panes.Item(pane_i)); + positions.Add(pane.dock_pos); + int size = 0; + + if (pane.HasBorder()) + size += (pane_border_size*2); + + if (dock.IsHorizontal()) + { + if (pane.HasGripper() && !pane.HasGripperTop()) + size += gripper_size; + size += pane.best_size.x; + } + else + { + if (pane.HasGripper() && pane.HasGripperTop()) + size += gripper_size; + + if (pane.HasCaption()) + size += caption_size; + size += pane.best_size.y; + } + + sizes.Add(size); + } + + // if there is no action pane, just return the default + // positions (as specified in pane.pane_pos) + if (action_pane == -1) + return; + + offset = 0; + for (pane_i = action_pane-1; pane_i >= 0; --pane_i) + { + int amount = positions[pane_i+1] - (positions[pane_i] + sizes[pane_i]); + + if (amount >= 0) + offset += amount; + else + positions[pane_i] -= -amount; + + offset += sizes[pane_i]; + } + + // if the dock mode is fixed, make sure none of the panes + // overlap; we will bump panes that overlap + offset = 0; + for (pane_i = action_pane; pane_i < pane_count; ++pane_i) + { + int amount = positions[pane_i] - offset; + if (amount >= 0) + offset += amount; + else + positions[pane_i] += -amount; + + offset += sizes[pane_i]; + } +} + + +void wxAuiManager::LayoutAddPane(wxSizer* cont, + wxAuiDockInfo& dock, + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane, + wxAuiDockUIPartArray& uiparts, + bool spacer_only) +{ + wxAuiDockUIPart part; + wxSizerItem* sizer_item; + + int caption_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_SIZE); + int gripper_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_SIZE); + int pane_border_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BORDER_SIZE); + int pane_button_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BUTTON_SIZE); + + // find out the orientation of the item (orientation for panes + // is the same as the dock's orientation) + int orientation; + if (dock.IsHorizontal()) + orientation = wxHORIZONTAL; + else + orientation = wxVERTICAL; + + // this variable will store the proportion + // value that the pane will receive + int pane_proportion = pane.dock_proportion; + + wxBoxSizer* horz_pane_sizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + wxBoxSizer* vert_pane_sizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + + if (pane.HasGripper()) + { + if (pane.HasGripperTop()) + sizer_item = vert_pane_sizer ->Add(1, gripper_size, 0, wxEXPAND); + else + sizer_item = horz_pane_sizer ->Add(gripper_size, 1, 0, wxEXPAND); + + part.type = wxAuiDockUIPart::typeGripper; + part.dock = &dock; + part.pane = &pane; + part.button = NULL; + part.orientation = orientation; + part.cont_sizer = horz_pane_sizer; + part.sizer_item = sizer_item; + uiparts.Add(part); + } + + if (pane.HasCaption()) + { + // create the caption sizer + wxBoxSizer* caption_sizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + + sizer_item = caption_sizer->Add(1, caption_size, 1, wxEXPAND); + + part.type = wxAuiDockUIPart::typeCaption; + part.dock = &dock; + part.pane = &pane; + part.button = NULL; + part.orientation = orientation; + part.cont_sizer = vert_pane_sizer; + part.sizer_item = sizer_item; + int caption_part_idx = uiparts.GetCount(); + uiparts.Add(part); + + // add pane buttons to the caption + int i, button_count; + for (i = 0, button_count = pane.buttons.GetCount(); + i < button_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneButton& button = pane.buttons.Item(i); + + sizer_item = caption_sizer->Add(pane_button_size, + caption_size, + 0, wxEXPAND); + + part.type = wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneButton; + part.dock = &dock; + part.pane = &pane; + part.button = &button; + part.orientation = orientation; + part.cont_sizer = caption_sizer; + part.sizer_item = sizer_item; + uiparts.Add(part); + } + + // if we have buttons, add a little space to the right + // of them to ease visual crowding + if (button_count >= 1) + { + caption_sizer->Add(3,1); + } + + // add the caption sizer + sizer_item = vert_pane_sizer->Add(caption_sizer, 0, wxEXPAND); + + uiparts.Item(caption_part_idx).sizer_item = sizer_item; + } + + // add the pane window itself + if (spacer_only) + { + sizer_item = vert_pane_sizer->Add(1, 1, 1, wxEXPAND); + } + else + { + sizer_item = vert_pane_sizer->Add(pane.window, 1, wxEXPAND); + // Don't do this because it breaks the pane size in floating windows + // BIW: Right now commenting this out is causing problems with + // an mdi client window as the center pane. + vert_pane_sizer->SetItemMinSize(pane.window, 1, 1); + } + + part.type = wxAuiDockUIPart::typePane; + part.dock = &dock; + part.pane = &pane; + part.button = NULL; + part.orientation = orientation; + part.cont_sizer = vert_pane_sizer; + part.sizer_item = sizer_item; + uiparts.Add(part); + + + // determine if the pane should have a minimum size; if the pane is + // non-resizable (fixed) then we must set a minimum size. Alternatively, + // if the pane.min_size is set, we must use that value as well + + wxSize min_size = pane.min_size; + if (pane.IsFixed()) + { + if (min_size == wxDefaultSize) + { + min_size = pane.best_size; + pane_proportion = 0; + } + } + + if (min_size != wxDefaultSize) + { + vert_pane_sizer->SetItemMinSize( + vert_pane_sizer->GetChildren().GetCount()-1, + min_size.x, min_size.y); + } + + + // add the verticle sizer (caption, pane window) to the + // horizontal sizer (gripper, verticle sizer) + horz_pane_sizer->Add(vert_pane_sizer, 1, wxEXPAND); + + // finally, add the pane sizer to the dock sizer + + if (pane.HasBorder()) + { + // allowing space for the pane's border + sizer_item = cont->Add(horz_pane_sizer, pane_proportion, + wxEXPAND | wxALL, pane_border_size); + + part.type = wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneBorder; + part.dock = &dock; + part.pane = &pane; + part.button = NULL; + part.orientation = orientation; + part.cont_sizer = cont; + part.sizer_item = sizer_item; + uiparts.Add(part); + } + else + { + sizer_item = cont->Add(horz_pane_sizer, pane_proportion, wxEXPAND); + } +} + +void wxAuiManager::LayoutAddDock(wxSizer* cont, + wxAuiDockInfo& dock, + wxAuiDockUIPartArray& uiparts, + bool spacer_only) +{ + wxSizerItem* sizer_item; + wxAuiDockUIPart part; + + int sash_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_SASH_SIZE); + int orientation = dock.IsHorizontal() ? wxHORIZONTAL : wxVERTICAL; + + // resizable bottom and right docks have a sash before them + if (!m_has_maximized && !dock.fixed && (dock.dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM || + dock.dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT)) + { + sizer_item = cont->Add(sash_size, sash_size, 0, wxEXPAND); + + part.type = wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDockSizer; + part.orientation = orientation; + part.dock = &dock; + part.pane = NULL; + part.button = NULL; + part.cont_sizer = cont; + part.sizer_item = sizer_item; + uiparts.Add(part); + } + + // create the sizer for the dock + wxSizer* dock_sizer = new wxBoxSizer(orientation); + + // add each pane to the dock + bool has_maximized_pane = false; + int pane_i, pane_count = dock.panes.GetCount(); + + if (dock.fixed) + { + wxArrayInt pane_positions, pane_sizes; + + // figure out the real pane positions we will + // use, without modifying the each pane's pane_pos member + GetPanePositionsAndSizes(dock, pane_positions, pane_sizes); + + int offset = 0; + for (pane_i = 0; pane_i < pane_count; ++pane_i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = *(dock.panes.Item(pane_i)); + int pane_pos = pane_positions.Item(pane_i); + + if (pane.IsMaximized()) + has_maximized_pane = true; + + + int amount = pane_pos - offset; + if (amount > 0) + { + if (dock.IsVertical()) + sizer_item = dock_sizer->Add(1, amount, 0, wxEXPAND); + else + sizer_item = dock_sizer->Add(amount, 1, 0, wxEXPAND); + + part.type = wxAuiDockUIPart::typeBackground; + part.dock = &dock; + part.pane = NULL; + part.button = NULL; + part.orientation = (orientation==wxHORIZONTAL) ? wxVERTICAL:wxHORIZONTAL; + part.cont_sizer = dock_sizer; + part.sizer_item = sizer_item; + uiparts.Add(part); + + offset += amount; + } + + LayoutAddPane(dock_sizer, dock, pane, uiparts, spacer_only); + + offset += pane_sizes.Item(pane_i); + } + + // at the end add a very small stretchable background area + sizer_item = dock_sizer->Add(0,0, 1, wxEXPAND); + + part.type = wxAuiDockUIPart::typeBackground; + part.dock = &dock; + part.pane = NULL; + part.button = NULL; + part.orientation = orientation; + part.cont_sizer = dock_sizer; + part.sizer_item = sizer_item; + uiparts.Add(part); + } + else + { + for (pane_i = 0; pane_i < pane_count; ++pane_i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = *(dock.panes.Item(pane_i)); + + if (pane.IsMaximized()) + has_maximized_pane = true; + + // if this is not the first pane being added, + // we need to add a pane sizer + if (!m_has_maximized && pane_i > 0) + { + sizer_item = dock_sizer->Add(sash_size, sash_size, 0, wxEXPAND); + + part.type = wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneSizer; + part.dock = &dock; + part.pane = dock.panes.Item(pane_i-1); + part.button = NULL; + part.orientation = (orientation==wxHORIZONTAL) ? wxVERTICAL:wxHORIZONTAL; + part.cont_sizer = dock_sizer; + part.sizer_item = sizer_item; + uiparts.Add(part); + } + + LayoutAddPane(dock_sizer, dock, pane, uiparts, spacer_only); + } + } + + if (dock.dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER || has_maximized_pane) + sizer_item = cont->Add(dock_sizer, 1, wxEXPAND); + else + sizer_item = cont->Add(dock_sizer, 0, wxEXPAND); + + part.type = wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDock; + part.dock = &dock; + part.pane = NULL; + part.button = NULL; + part.orientation = orientation; + part.cont_sizer = cont; + part.sizer_item = sizer_item; + uiparts.Add(part); + + if (dock.IsHorizontal()) + cont->SetItemMinSize(dock_sizer, 0, dock.size); + else + cont->SetItemMinSize(dock_sizer, dock.size, 0); + + // top and left docks have a sash after them + if (!m_has_maximized && + !dock.fixed && + (dock.dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_TOP || + dock.dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT)) + { + sizer_item = cont->Add(sash_size, sash_size, 0, wxEXPAND); + + part.type = wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDockSizer; + part.dock = &dock; + part.pane = NULL; + part.button = NULL; + part.orientation = orientation; + part.cont_sizer = cont; + part.sizer_item = sizer_item; + uiparts.Add(part); + } +} + +wxSizer* wxAuiManager::LayoutAll(wxAuiPaneInfoArray& panes, + wxAuiDockInfoArray& docks, + wxAuiDockUIPartArray& uiparts, + bool spacer_only) +{ + wxBoxSizer* container = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + + int pane_border_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BORDER_SIZE); + int caption_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_SIZE); + wxSize cli_size = m_frame->GetClientSize(); + int i, dock_count, pane_count; + + + // empty all docks out + for (i = 0, dock_count = docks.GetCount(); i < dock_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockInfo& dock = docks.Item(i); + + // empty out all panes, as they will be readded below + dock.panes.Empty(); + + if (dock.fixed) + { + // always reset fixed docks' sizes, because + // the contained windows may have been resized + dock.size = 0; + } + } + + + // iterate through all known panes, filing each + // of them into the appropriate dock. If the + // pane does not exist in the dock, add it + for (i = 0, pane_count = panes.GetCount(); i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = panes.Item(i); + + // find any docks with the same dock direction, dock layer, and + // dock row as the pane we are working on + wxAuiDockInfo* dock; + wxAuiDockInfoPtrArray arr; + FindDocks(docks, p.dock_direction, p.dock_layer, p.dock_row, arr); + + if (arr.GetCount() > 0) + { + // found the right dock + dock = arr.Item(0); + } + else + { + // dock was not found, so we need to create a new one + wxAuiDockInfo d; + d.dock_direction = p.dock_direction; + d.dock_layer = p.dock_layer; + d.dock_row = p.dock_row; + docks.Add(d); + dock = &docks.Last(); + } + + + if (p.IsDocked() && p.IsShown()) + { + // remove the pane from any existing docks except this one + RemovePaneFromDocks(docks, p, dock); + + // pane needs to be added to the dock, + // if it doesn't already exist + if (!FindPaneInDock(*dock, p.window)) + dock->panes.Add(&p); + } + else + { + // remove the pane from any existing docks + RemovePaneFromDocks(docks, p); + } + + } + + // remove any empty docks + for (i = docks.GetCount()-1; i >= 0; --i) + { + if (docks.Item(i).panes.GetCount() == 0) + docks.RemoveAt(i); + } + + // configure the docks further + for (i = 0, dock_count = docks.GetCount(); i < dock_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockInfo& dock = docks.Item(i); + int j, dock_pane_count = dock.panes.GetCount(); + + // sort the dock pane array by the pane's + // dock position (dock_pos), in ascending order + dock.panes.Sort(PaneSortFunc); + + // for newly created docks, set up their initial size + if (dock.size == 0) + { + int size = 0; + + for (j = 0; j < dock_pane_count; ++j) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = *dock.panes.Item(j); + wxSize pane_size = pane.best_size; + if (pane_size == wxDefaultSize) + pane_size = pane.min_size; + if (pane_size == wxDefaultSize) + pane_size = pane.window->GetSize(); + + if (dock.IsHorizontal()) + size = wxMax(pane_size.y, size); + else + size = wxMax(pane_size.x, size); + } + + // add space for the border (two times), but only + // if at least one pane inside the dock has a pane border + for (j = 0; j < dock_pane_count; ++j) + { + if (dock.panes.Item(j)->HasBorder()) + { + size += (pane_border_size*2); + break; + } + } + + // if pane is on the top or bottom, add the caption height, + // but only if at least one pane inside the dock has a caption + if (dock.IsHorizontal()) + { + for (j = 0; j < dock_pane_count; ++j) + { + if (dock.panes.Item(j)->HasCaption()) + { + size += caption_size; + break; + } + } + } + + + // new dock's size may not be more than the dock constraint + // parameter specifies. See SetDockSizeConstraint() + + int max_dock_x_size = (int)(m_dock_constraint_x * ((double)cli_size.x)); + int max_dock_y_size = (int)(m_dock_constraint_y * ((double)cli_size.y)); + + if (dock.IsHorizontal()) + size = wxMin(size, max_dock_y_size); + else + size = wxMin(size, max_dock_x_size); + + // absolute minimum size for a dock is 10 pixels + if (size < 10) + size = 10; + + dock.size = size; + } + + + // determine the dock's minimum size + bool plus_border = false; + bool plus_caption = false; + int dock_min_size = 0; + for (j = 0; j < dock_pane_count; ++j) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = *dock.panes.Item(j); + if (pane.min_size != wxDefaultSize) + { + if (pane.HasBorder()) + plus_border = true; + if (pane.HasCaption()) + plus_caption = true; + if (dock.IsHorizontal()) + { + if (pane.min_size.y > dock_min_size) + dock_min_size = pane.min_size.y; + } + else + { + if (pane.min_size.x > dock_min_size) + dock_min_size = pane.min_size.x; + } + } + } + + if (plus_border) + dock_min_size += (pane_border_size*2); + if (plus_caption && dock.IsHorizontal()) + dock_min_size += (caption_size); + + dock.min_size = dock_min_size; + + + // if the pane's current size is less than it's + // minimum, increase the dock's size to it's minimum + if (dock.size < dock.min_size) + dock.size = dock.min_size; + + + // determine the dock's mode (fixed or proportional); + // determine whether the dock has only toolbars + bool action_pane_marked = false; + dock.fixed = true; + dock.toolbar = true; + for (j = 0; j < dock_pane_count; ++j) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = *dock.panes.Item(j); + if (!pane.IsFixed()) + dock.fixed = false; + if (!pane.IsToolbar()) + dock.toolbar = false; + if (pane.HasFlag(wxAuiPaneInfo::optionDockFixed)) + dock.fixed = true; + if (pane.HasFlag(wxAuiPaneInfo::actionPane)) + action_pane_marked = true; + } + + + // if the dock mode is proportional and not fixed-pixel, + // reassign the dock_pos to the sequential 0, 1, 2, 3; + // e.g. remove gaps like 1, 2, 30, 500 + if (!dock.fixed) + { + for (j = 0; j < dock_pane_count; ++j) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = *dock.panes.Item(j); + pane.dock_pos = j; + } + } + + // if the dock mode is fixed, and none of the panes + // are being moved right now, make sure the panes + // do not overlap each other. If they do, we will + // adjust the positions of the panes + if (dock.fixed && !action_pane_marked) + { + wxArrayInt pane_positions, pane_sizes; + GetPanePositionsAndSizes(dock, pane_positions, pane_sizes); + + int offset = 0; + for (j = 0; j < dock_pane_count; ++j) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = *(dock.panes.Item(j)); + pane.dock_pos = pane_positions[j]; + + int amount = pane.dock_pos - offset; + if (amount >= 0) + offset += amount; + else + pane.dock_pos += -amount; + + offset += pane_sizes[j]; + } + } + } + + // discover the maximum dock layer + int max_layer = 0; + for (i = 0; i < dock_count; ++i) + max_layer = wxMax(max_layer, docks.Item(i).dock_layer); + + + // clear out uiparts + uiparts.Empty(); + + // create a bunch of box sizers, + // from the innermost level outwards. + wxSizer* cont = NULL; + wxSizer* middle = NULL; + int layer = 0; + int row, row_count; + + for (layer = 0; layer <= max_layer; ++layer) + { + wxAuiDockInfoPtrArray arr; + + // find any docks in this layer + FindDocks(docks, -1, layer, -1, arr); + + // if there aren't any, skip to the next layer + if (arr.IsEmpty()) + continue; + + wxSizer* old_cont = cont; + + // create a container which will hold this layer's + // docks (top, bottom, left, right) + cont = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + + + // find any top docks in this layer + FindDocks(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_TOP, layer, -1, arr); + if (!arr.IsEmpty()) + { + for (row = 0, row_count = arr.GetCount(); row < row_count; ++row) + LayoutAddDock(cont, *arr.Item(row), uiparts, spacer_only); + } + + + // fill out the middle layer (which consists + // of left docks, content area and right docks) + + middle = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + + // find any left docks in this layer + FindDocks(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT, layer, -1, arr); + if (!arr.IsEmpty()) + { + for (row = 0, row_count = arr.GetCount(); row < row_count; ++row) + LayoutAddDock(middle, *arr.Item(row), uiparts, spacer_only); + } + + // add content dock (or previous layer's sizer + // to the middle + if (!old_cont) + { + // find any center docks + FindDocks(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER, -1, -1, arr); + if (!arr.IsEmpty()) + { + for (row = 0,row_count = arr.GetCount(); rowAdd(1,1, 1, wxEXPAND); + wxAuiDockUIPart part; + part.type = wxAuiDockUIPart::typeBackground; + part.pane = NULL; + part.dock = NULL; + part.button = NULL; + part.cont_sizer = middle; + part.sizer_item = sizer_item; + uiparts.Add(part); + } + } + else + { + middle->Add(old_cont, 1, wxEXPAND); + } + + // find any right docks in this layer + FindDocks(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT, layer, -1, arr); + if (!arr.IsEmpty()) + { + for (row = arr.GetCount()-1; row >= 0; --row) + LayoutAddDock(middle, *arr.Item(row), uiparts, spacer_only); + } + + if (middle->GetChildren().GetCount() > 0) + cont->Add(middle, 1, wxEXPAND); + else + delete middle; + + + + // find any bottom docks in this layer + FindDocks(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM, layer, -1, arr); + if (!arr.IsEmpty()) + { + for (row = arr.GetCount()-1; row >= 0; --row) + LayoutAddDock(cont, *arr.Item(row), uiparts, spacer_only); + } + + } + + if (!cont) + { + // no sizer available, because there are no docks, + // therefore we will create a simple background area + cont = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + wxSizerItem* sizer_item = cont->Add(1,1, 1, wxEXPAND); + wxAuiDockUIPart part; + part.type = wxAuiDockUIPart::typeBackground; + part.pane = NULL; + part.dock = NULL; + part.button = NULL; + part.cont_sizer = middle; + part.sizer_item = sizer_item; + uiparts.Add(part); + } + + container->Add(cont, 1, wxEXPAND); + return container; +} + + +// SetDockSizeConstraint() allows the dock constraints to be set. For example, +// specifying values of 0.5, 0.5 will mean that upon dock creation, a dock may +// not be larger than half of the window's size + +void wxAuiManager::SetDockSizeConstraint(double width_pct, double height_pct) +{ + m_dock_constraint_x = wxMax(0.0, wxMin(1.0, width_pct)); + m_dock_constraint_y = wxMax(0.0, wxMin(1.0, height_pct)); +} + +void wxAuiManager::GetDockSizeConstraint(double* width_pct, double* height_pct) const +{ + if (width_pct) + *width_pct = m_dock_constraint_x; + + if (height_pct) + *height_pct = m_dock_constraint_y; +} + + + +// Update() updates the layout. Whenever changes are made to +// one or more panes, this function should be called. It is the +// external entry point for running the layout engine. + +void wxAuiManager::Update() +{ + m_hover_button = NULL; + m_action_part = NULL; + + wxSizer* sizer; + int i, pane_count = m_panes.GetCount(); + + + // destroy floating panes which have been + // redocked or are becoming non-floating + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = m_panes.Item(i); + + if (!p.IsFloating() && p.frame) + { + // because the pane is no longer in a floating, we need to + // reparent it to m_frame and destroy the floating frame + + // reduce flicker + p.window->SetSize(1,1); + + + // the following block is a workaround for bug #1531361 + // (see wxWidgets sourceforge page). On wxGTK (only), when + // a frame is shown/hidden, a move event unfortunately + // also gets fired. Because we may be dragging around + // a pane, we need to cancel that action here to prevent + // a spurious crash. + if (m_action_window == p.frame) + { + if (wxWindow::GetCapture() == m_frame) + m_frame->ReleaseMouse(); + m_action = actionNone; + m_action_window = NULL; + } + + // hide the frame + if (p.frame->IsShown()) + p.frame->Show(false); + + // reparent to m_frame and destroy the pane + if (m_action_window == p.frame) + { + m_action_window = NULL; + } + + p.window->Reparent(m_frame); + p.frame->SetSizer(NULL); + p.frame->Destroy(); + p.frame = NULL; + } + } + + + // delete old sizer first + m_frame->SetSizer(NULL); + + // create a layout for all of the panes + sizer = LayoutAll(m_panes, m_docks, m_uiparts, false); + + // hide or show panes as necessary, + // and float panes as necessary + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = m_panes.Item(i); + + if (p.IsFloating()) + { + if (p.frame == NULL) + { + // we need to create a frame for this + // pane, which has recently been floated + wxAuiFloatingFrame* frame = CreateFloatingFrame(m_frame, p); + + // on MSW and Mac, if the owner desires transparent dragging, and + // the dragging is happening right now, then the floating + // window should have this style by default + if (m_action == actionDragFloatingPane && + (m_flags & wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_DRAG)) + frame->SetTransparent(150); + + frame->SetPaneWindow(p); + p.frame = frame; + + if (p.IsShown() && !frame->IsShown()) + frame->Show(); + } + else + { + // frame already exists, make sure it's position + // and size reflect the information in wxAuiPaneInfo + if ((p.frame->GetPosition() != p.floating_pos) || (p.frame->GetSize() != p.floating_size)) + { + p.frame->SetSize(p.floating_pos.x, p.floating_pos.y, + p.floating_size.x, p.floating_size.y, + wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING); + /* + p.frame->SetSize(p.floating_pos.x, p.floating_pos.y, + wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, + wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING); + //p.frame->Move(p.floating_pos.x, p.floating_pos.y); + */ + } + + // update whether the pane is resizable or not + long style = p.frame->GetWindowStyleFlag(); + if (p.IsFixed()) + style &= ~wxRESIZE_BORDER; + else + style |= wxRESIZE_BORDER; + p.frame->SetWindowStyleFlag(style); + + if (p.frame->GetLabel() != p.caption) + p.frame->SetLabel(p.caption); + + if (p.frame->IsShown() != p.IsShown()) + p.frame->Show(p.IsShown()); + } + } + else + { + if (p.window->IsShown() != p.IsShown()) + p.window->Show(p.IsShown()); + } + + // if "active panes" are no longer allowed, clear + // any optionActive values from the pane states + if ((m_flags & wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_ACTIVE_PANE) == 0) + { + p.state &= ~wxAuiPaneInfo::optionActive; + } + } + + + // keep track of the old window rectangles so we can + // refresh those windows whose rect has changed + wxAuiRectArray old_pane_rects; + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxRect r; + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = m_panes.Item(i); + + if (p.window && p.IsShown() && p.IsDocked()) + r = p.rect; + + old_pane_rects.Add(r); + } + + + + + // apply the new sizer + m_frame->SetSizer(sizer); + m_frame->SetAutoLayout(false); + DoFrameLayout(); + + + + // now that the frame layout is done, we need to check + // the new pane rectangles against the old rectangles that + // we saved a few lines above here. If the rectangles have + // changed, the corresponding panes must also be updated + for (i = 0; i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = m_panes.Item(i); + if (p.window && p.window->IsShown() && p.IsDocked()) + { + if (p.rect != old_pane_rects[i]) + { + p.window->Refresh(); + p.window->Update(); + } + } + } + + + Repaint(); + + // set frame's minimum size + +/* + // N.B. More work needs to be done on frame minimum sizes; + // this is some intresting code that imposes the minimum size, + // but we may want to include a more flexible mechanism or + // options for multiple minimum-size modes, e.g. strict or lax + wxSize min_size = sizer->GetMinSize(); + wxSize frame_size = m_frame->GetSize(); + wxSize client_size = m_frame->GetClientSize(); + + wxSize minframe_size(min_size.x+frame_size.x-client_size.x, + min_size.y+frame_size.y-client_size.y ); + + m_frame->SetMinSize(minframe_size); + + if (frame_size.x < minframe_size.x || + frame_size.y < minframe_size.y) + sizer->Fit(m_frame); +*/ +} + + +// DoFrameLayout() is an internal function which invokes wxSizer::Layout +// on the frame's main sizer, then measures all the various UI items +// and updates their internal rectangles. This should always be called +// instead of calling m_frame->Layout() directly + +void wxAuiManager::DoFrameLayout() +{ + m_frame->Layout(); + + int i, part_count; + for (i = 0, part_count = m_uiparts.GetCount(); i < part_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockUIPart& part = m_uiparts.Item(i); + + // get the rectangle of the UI part + // originally, this code looked like this: + // part.rect = wxRect(part.sizer_item->GetPosition(), + // part.sizer_item->GetSize()); + // this worked quite well, with one exception: the mdi + // client window had a "deferred" size variable + // that returned the wrong size. It looks like + // a bug in wx, because the former size of the window + // was being returned. So, we will retrieve the part's + // rectangle via other means + + + part.rect = part.sizer_item->GetRect(); + int flag = part.sizer_item->GetFlag(); + int border = part.sizer_item->GetBorder(); + if (flag & wxTOP) + { + part.rect.y -= border; + part.rect.height += border; + } + if (flag & wxLEFT) + { + part.rect.x -= border; + part.rect.width += border; + } + if (flag & wxBOTTOM) + part.rect.height += border; + if (flag & wxRIGHT) + part.rect.width += border; + + + if (part.type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDock) + part.dock->rect = part.rect; + if (part.type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePane) + part.pane->rect = part.rect; + } +} + +// GetPanePart() looks up the pane the pane border UI part (or the regular +// pane part if there is no border). This allows the caller to get the exact +// rectangle of the pane in question, including decorations like +// caption and border (if any). + +wxAuiDockUIPart* wxAuiManager::GetPanePart(wxWindow* wnd) +{ + int i, part_count; + for (i = 0, part_count = m_uiparts.GetCount(); i < part_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockUIPart& part = m_uiparts.Item(i); + if (part.type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneBorder && + part.pane && part.pane->window == wnd) + return ∂ + } + for (i = 0, part_count = m_uiparts.GetCount(); i < part_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockUIPart& part = m_uiparts.Item(i); + if (part.type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePane && + part.pane && part.pane->window == wnd) + return ∂ + } + return NULL; +} + + + +// GetDockPixelOffset() is an internal function which returns +// a dock's offset in pixels from the left side of the window +// (for horizontal docks) or from the top of the window (for +// vertical docks). This value is necessary for calculating +// fixel-pane/toolbar offsets when they are dragged. + +int wxAuiManager::GetDockPixelOffset(wxAuiPaneInfo& test) +{ + // the only way to accurately calculate the dock's + // offset is to actually run a theoretical layout + + int i, part_count, dock_count; + wxAuiDockInfoArray docks; + wxAuiPaneInfoArray panes; + wxAuiDockUIPartArray uiparts; + CopyDocksAndPanes(docks, panes, m_docks, m_panes); + panes.Add(test); + + wxSizer* sizer = LayoutAll(panes, docks, uiparts, true); + wxSize client_size = m_frame->GetClientSize(); + sizer->SetDimension(0, 0, client_size.x, client_size.y); + sizer->Layout(); + + for (i = 0, part_count = uiparts.GetCount(); i < part_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockUIPart& part = uiparts.Item(i); + part.rect = wxRect(part.sizer_item->GetPosition(), + part.sizer_item->GetSize()); + if (part.type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDock) + part.dock->rect = part.rect; + } + + delete sizer; + + for (i = 0, dock_count = docks.GetCount(); i < dock_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockInfo& dock = docks.Item(i); + if (test.dock_direction == dock.dock_direction && + test.dock_layer==dock.dock_layer && test.dock_row==dock.dock_row) + { + if (dock.IsVertical()) + return dock.rect.y; + else + return dock.rect.x; + } + } + + return 0; +} + + + +// ProcessDockResult() is a utility function used by DoDrop() - it checks +// if a dock operation is allowed, the new dock position is copied into +// the target info. If the operation was allowed, the function returns true. + +bool wxAuiManager::ProcessDockResult(wxAuiPaneInfo& target, + const wxAuiPaneInfo& new_pos) +{ + bool allowed = false; + switch (new_pos.dock_direction) + { + case wxAUI_DOCK_TOP: allowed = target.IsTopDockable(); break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM: allowed = target.IsBottomDockable(); break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT: allowed = target.IsLeftDockable(); break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT: allowed = target.IsRightDockable(); break; + } + + if (allowed) + { + target = new_pos; + // Should this RTTI and function call be rewritten as + // sending a new event type to allow other window types + // to vary size based on dock location? + wxAuiToolBar* toolbar = wxDynamicCast(target.window, wxAuiToolBar); + if (toolbar) + { + wxSize hintSize = toolbar->GetHintSize(target.dock_direction); + if (target.best_size != hintSize) + { + target.best_size = hintSize; + target.floating_size = wxDefaultSize; + } + } + } + + return allowed; +} + + +// DoDrop() is an important function. It basically takes a mouse position, +// and determines where the pane's new position would be. If the pane is to be +// dropped, it performs the drop operation using the specified dock and pane +// arrays. By specifying copied dock and pane arrays when calling, a "what-if" +// scenario can be performed, giving precise coordinates for drop hints. +// If, however, wxAuiManager:m_docks and wxAuiManager::m_panes are specified +// as parameters, the changes will be made to the main state arrays + +const int auiInsertRowPixels = 10; +const int auiNewRowPixels = 40; +const int auiLayerInsertPixels = 40; +const int auiLayerInsertOffset = 5; + +bool wxAuiManager::DoDrop(wxAuiDockInfoArray& docks, + wxAuiPaneInfoArray& panes, + wxAuiPaneInfo& target, + const wxPoint& pt, + const wxPoint& offset) +{ + wxSize cli_size = m_frame->GetClientSize(); + + wxAuiPaneInfo drop = target; + + + // The result should always be shown + drop.Show(); + + + // Check to see if the pane has been dragged outside of the window + // (or near to the outside of the window), if so, dock it along the edge + + + int layer_insert_offset = auiLayerInsertOffset; + if (drop.IsToolbar()) + layer_insert_offset = 0; + + + if (pt.x < layer_insert_offset && + pt.x > layer_insert_offset-auiLayerInsertPixels) + { + int new_layer = wxMax(wxMax(GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM)), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_TOP)) + 1; + + if (drop.IsToolbar()) + new_layer = auiToolBarLayer; + + drop.Dock().Left(). + Layer(new_layer). + Row(0). + Position(pt.y - GetDockPixelOffset(drop) - offset.y); + return ProcessDockResult(target, drop); + } + else if (pt.y < layer_insert_offset && + pt.y > layer_insert_offset-auiLayerInsertPixels) + { + int new_layer = wxMax(wxMax(GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_TOP), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT)), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT)) + 1; + + if (drop.IsToolbar()) + new_layer = auiToolBarLayer; + + drop.Dock().Top(). + Layer(new_layer). + Row(0). + Position(pt.x - GetDockPixelOffset(drop) - offset.x); + return ProcessDockResult(target, drop); + } + else if (pt.x >= cli_size.x - layer_insert_offset && + pt.x < cli_size.x - layer_insert_offset + auiLayerInsertPixels) + { + int new_layer = wxMax(wxMax(GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_TOP)), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM)) + 1; + + if (drop.IsToolbar()) + new_layer = auiToolBarLayer; + + drop.Dock().Right(). + Layer(new_layer). + Row(0). + Position(pt.y - GetDockPixelOffset(drop) - offset.y); + return ProcessDockResult(target, drop); + } + else if (pt.y >= cli_size.y - layer_insert_offset && + pt.y < cli_size.y - layer_insert_offset + auiLayerInsertPixels) + { + int new_layer = wxMax( wxMax( GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT)), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT)) + 1; + + if (drop.IsToolbar()) + new_layer = auiToolBarLayer; + + drop.Dock().Bottom(). + Layer(new_layer). + Row(0). + Position(pt.x - GetDockPixelOffset(drop) - offset.x); + return ProcessDockResult(target, drop); + } + + + wxAuiDockUIPart* part = HitTest(pt.x, pt.y); + + + if (drop.IsToolbar()) + { + if (!part || !part->dock) + return false; + + // calculate the offset from where the dock begins + // to the point where the user dropped the pane + int dock_drop_offset = 0; + if (part->dock->IsHorizontal()) + dock_drop_offset = pt.x - part->dock->rect.x - offset.x; + else + dock_drop_offset = pt.y - part->dock->rect.y - offset.y; + + + // toolbars may only be moved in and to fixed-pane docks, + // otherwise we will try to float the pane. Also, the pane + // should float if being dragged over center pane windows + if (!part->dock->fixed || part->dock->dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER || + pt.x >= cli_size.x || pt.x <= 0 || pt.y >= cli_size.y || pt.y <= 0) + { + if (m_last_rect.IsEmpty() || m_last_rect.Contains(pt.x, pt.y )) + { + m_skipping = true; + } + else + { + if ((m_flags & wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_FLOATING) && drop.IsFloatable()) + { + drop.Float(); + } + + m_skipping = false; + + return ProcessDockResult(target, drop); + } + + drop.Position(pt.x - GetDockPixelOffset(drop) - offset.x); + + return ProcessDockResult(target, drop); + } + + m_skipping = false; + + m_last_rect = part->dock->rect; + m_last_rect.Inflate( 15, 15 ); + + drop.Dock(). + Direction(part->dock->dock_direction). + Layer(part->dock->dock_layer). + Row(part->dock->dock_row). + Position(dock_drop_offset); + + if (( + ((pt.y < part->dock->rect.y + 1) && part->dock->IsHorizontal()) || + ((pt.x < part->dock->rect.x + 1) && part->dock->IsVertical()) + ) && part->dock->panes.GetCount() > 1) + { + if ((part->dock->dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_TOP) || + (part->dock->dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT)) + { + int row = drop.dock_row; + DoInsertDockRow(panes, part->dock->dock_direction, + part->dock->dock_layer, + part->dock->dock_row); + drop.dock_row = row; + } + else + { + DoInsertDockRow(panes, part->dock->dock_direction, + part->dock->dock_layer, + part->dock->dock_row+1); + drop.dock_row = part->dock->dock_row+1; + } + } + + if (( + ((pt.y > part->dock->rect.y + part->dock->rect.height - 2 ) && part->dock->IsHorizontal()) || + ((pt.x > part->dock->rect.x + part->dock->rect.width - 2 ) && part->dock->IsVertical()) + ) && part->dock->panes.GetCount() > 1) + { + if ((part->dock->dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_TOP) || + (part->dock->dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT)) + { + DoInsertDockRow(panes, part->dock->dock_direction, + part->dock->dock_layer, + part->dock->dock_row+1); + drop.dock_row = part->dock->dock_row+1; + } + else + { + int row = drop.dock_row; + DoInsertDockRow(panes, part->dock->dock_direction, + part->dock->dock_layer, + part->dock->dock_row); + drop.dock_row = row; + } + } + + return ProcessDockResult(target, drop); + } + + + + + if (!part) + return false; + + if (part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneBorder || + part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeCaption || + part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeGripper || + part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneButton || + part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePane || + part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneSizer || + part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDockSizer || + part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeBackground) + { + if (part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDockSizer) + { + if (part->dock->panes.GetCount() != 1) + return false; + part = GetPanePart(part->dock->panes.Item(0)->window); + if (!part) + return false; + } + + + + // If a normal frame is being dragged over a toolbar, insert it + // along the edge under the toolbar, but over all other panes. + // (this could be done much better, but somehow factoring this + // calculation with the one at the beginning of this function) + if (part->dock && part->dock->toolbar) + { + int layer = 0; + + switch (part->dock->dock_direction) + { + case wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT: + layer = wxMax(wxMax(GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM)), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_TOP)); + break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_TOP: + layer = wxMax(wxMax(GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_TOP), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT)), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT)); + break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT: + layer = wxMax(wxMax(GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_TOP)), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM)); + break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM: + layer = wxMax(wxMax(GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT)), + GetMaxLayer(docks, wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT)); + break; + } + + DoInsertDockRow(panes, part->dock->dock_direction, + layer, 0); + drop.Dock(). + Direction(part->dock->dock_direction). + Layer(layer).Row(0).Position(0); + return ProcessDockResult(target, drop); + } + + + if (!part->pane) + return false; + + part = GetPanePart(part->pane->window); + if (!part) + return false; + + bool insert_dock_row = false; + int insert_row = part->pane->dock_row; + int insert_dir = part->pane->dock_direction; + int insert_layer = part->pane->dock_layer; + + switch (part->pane->dock_direction) + { + case wxAUI_DOCK_TOP: + if (pt.y >= part->rect.y && + pt.y < part->rect.y+auiInsertRowPixels) + insert_dock_row = true; + break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM: + if (pt.y > part->rect.y+part->rect.height-auiInsertRowPixels && + pt.y <= part->rect.y + part->rect.height) + insert_dock_row = true; + break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT: + if (pt.x >= part->rect.x && + pt.x < part->rect.x+auiInsertRowPixels) + insert_dock_row = true; + break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT: + if (pt.x > part->rect.x+part->rect.width-auiInsertRowPixels && + pt.x <= part->rect.x+part->rect.width) + insert_dock_row = true; + break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER: + { + // "new row pixels" will be set to the default, but + // must never exceed 20% of the window size + int new_row_pixels_x = auiNewRowPixels; + int new_row_pixels_y = auiNewRowPixels; + + if (new_row_pixels_x > (part->rect.width*20)/100) + new_row_pixels_x = (part->rect.width*20)/100; + + if (new_row_pixels_y > (part->rect.height*20)/100) + new_row_pixels_y = (part->rect.height*20)/100; + + + // determine if the mouse pointer is in a location that + // will cause a new row to be inserted. The hot spot positions + // are along the borders of the center pane + + insert_layer = 0; + insert_dock_row = true; + const wxRect& pr = part->rect; + if (pt.x >= pr.x && pt.x < pr.x + new_row_pixels_x) + insert_dir = wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT; + else if (pt.y >= pr.y && pt.y < pr.y + new_row_pixels_y) + insert_dir = wxAUI_DOCK_TOP; + else if (pt.x >= pr.x + pr.width - new_row_pixels_x && + pt.x < pr.x + pr.width) + insert_dir = wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT; + else if (pt.y >= pr.y+ pr.height - new_row_pixels_y && + pt.y < pr.y + pr.height) + insert_dir = wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM; + else + return false; + + insert_row = GetMaxRow(panes, insert_dir, insert_layer) + 1; + } + } + + if (insert_dock_row) + { + DoInsertDockRow(panes, insert_dir, insert_layer, insert_row); + drop.Dock().Direction(insert_dir). + Layer(insert_layer). + Row(insert_row). + Position(0); + return ProcessDockResult(target, drop); + } + + // determine the mouse offset and the pane size, both in the + // direction of the dock itself, and perpendicular to the dock + + int offset, size; + + if (part->orientation == wxVERTICAL) + { + offset = pt.y - part->rect.y; + size = part->rect.GetHeight(); + } + else + { + offset = pt.x - part->rect.x; + size = part->rect.GetWidth(); + } + + int drop_position = part->pane->dock_pos; + + // if we are in the top/left part of the pane, + // insert the pane before the pane being hovered over + if (offset <= size/2) + { + drop_position = part->pane->dock_pos; + DoInsertPane(panes, + part->pane->dock_direction, + part->pane->dock_layer, + part->pane->dock_row, + part->pane->dock_pos); + } + + // if we are in the bottom/right part of the pane, + // insert the pane before the pane being hovered over + if (offset > size/2) + { + drop_position = part->pane->dock_pos+1; + DoInsertPane(panes, + part->pane->dock_direction, + part->pane->dock_layer, + part->pane->dock_row, + part->pane->dock_pos+1); + } + + drop.Dock(). + Direction(part->dock->dock_direction). + Layer(part->dock->dock_layer). + Row(part->dock->dock_row). + Position(drop_position); + return ProcessDockResult(target, drop); + } + + return false; +} + + +void wxAuiManager::OnHintFadeTimer(wxTimerEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if (!m_hint_wnd || m_hint_fadeamt >= m_hint_fademax) + { + m_hint_fadetimer.Stop(); + Disconnect(m_hint_fadetimer.GetId(), wxEVT_TIMER, + wxTimerEventHandler(wxAuiManager::OnHintFadeTimer)); + return; + } + + m_hint_fadeamt += 4; + m_hint_wnd->SetTransparent(m_hint_fadeamt); +} + +void wxAuiManager::ShowHint(const wxRect& rect) +{ + if (m_hint_wnd) + { + // if the hint rect is the same as last time, don't do anything + if (m_last_hint == rect) + return; + m_last_hint = rect; + + m_hint_fadeamt = m_hint_fademax; + + if ((m_flags & wxAUI_MGR_HINT_FADE) + && !((m_hint_wnd->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPseudoTransparentFrame))) && + (m_flags & wxAUI_MGR_NO_VENETIAN_BLINDS_FADE)) + ) + m_hint_fadeamt = 0; + + m_hint_wnd->SetSize(rect); + m_hint_wnd->SetTransparent(m_hint_fadeamt); + + if (!m_hint_wnd->IsShown()) + m_hint_wnd->Show(); + + // if we are dragging a floating pane, set the focus + // back to that floating pane (otherwise it becomes unfocused) + if (m_action == actionDragFloatingPane && m_action_window) + m_action_window->SetFocus(); + + m_hint_wnd->Raise(); + + + if (m_hint_fadeamt != m_hint_fademax) // Only fade if we need to + { + // start fade in timer + m_hint_fadetimer.SetOwner(this); + m_hint_fadetimer.Start(5); + Connect(m_hint_fadetimer.GetId(), wxEVT_TIMER, + wxTimerEventHandler(wxAuiManager::OnHintFadeTimer)); + } + } + else // Not using a transparent hint window... + { + if (!(m_flags & wxAUI_MGR_RECTANGLE_HINT)) + return; + + if (m_last_hint != rect) + { + // remove the last hint rectangle + m_last_hint = rect; + m_frame->Refresh(); + m_frame->Update(); + } + + wxScreenDC screendc; + wxRegion clip(1, 1, 10000, 10000); + + // clip all floating windows, so we don't draw over them + int i, pane_count; + for (i = 0, pane_count = m_panes.GetCount(); i < pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = m_panes.Item(i); + + if (pane.IsFloating() && + pane.frame->IsShown()) + { + wxRect rect = pane.frame->GetRect(); +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + // wxGTK returns the client size, not the whole frame size + rect.width += 15; + rect.height += 35; + rect.Inflate(5); +#endif + + clip.Subtract(rect); + } + } + + // As we can only hide the hint by redrawing the managed window, we + // need to clip the region to the managed window too or we get + // nasty redrawn problems. + clip.Intersect(m_frame->GetRect()); + + screendc.SetDeviceClippingRegion(clip); + + wxBitmap stipple = wxPaneCreateStippleBitmap(); + wxBrush brush(stipple); + screendc.SetBrush(brush); + screendc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + + screendc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, 5, rect.height); + screendc.DrawRectangle(rect.x+5, rect.y, rect.width-10, 5); + screendc.DrawRectangle(rect.x+rect.width-5, rect.y, 5, rect.height); + screendc.DrawRectangle(rect.x+5, rect.y+rect.height-5, rect.width-10, 5); + } +} + +void wxAuiManager::HideHint() +{ + // hides a transparent window hint, if there is one + if (m_hint_wnd) + { + if (m_hint_wnd->IsShown()) + m_hint_wnd->Show(false); + m_hint_wnd->SetTransparent(0); + m_hint_fadetimer.Stop(); + // In case this is called while a hint fade is going, we need to + // disconnect the event handler. + Disconnect(m_hint_fadetimer.GetId(), wxEVT_TIMER, + wxTimerEventHandler(wxAuiManager::OnHintFadeTimer)); + m_last_hint = wxRect(); + return; + } + + // hides a painted hint by redrawing the frame window + if (!m_last_hint.IsEmpty()) + { + m_frame->Refresh(); + m_frame->Update(); + m_last_hint = wxRect(); + } +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnHintActivate(wxActivateEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // Do nothing so this event isn't handled in the base handlers. + + // Letting the hint window activate without this handler can lead to + // weird behavior on Mac where the menu is switched out to the top + // window's menu in MDI applications when it shouldn't be. So since + // we don't want user interaction with the hint window anyway, we just + // prevent it from activating here. +} + + + +void wxAuiManager::StartPaneDrag(wxWindow* pane_window, + const wxPoint& offset) +{ + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = GetPane(pane_window); + if (!pane.IsOk()) + return; + + if (pane.IsToolbar()) + { + m_action = actionDragToolbarPane; + } + else + { + m_action = actionDragFloatingPane; + } + + m_action_window = pane_window; + m_action_offset = offset; + m_frame->CaptureMouse(); +} + + +// CalculateHintRect() calculates the drop hint rectangle. The method +// first calls DoDrop() to determine the exact position the pane would +// be at were if dropped. If the pane would indeed become docked at the +// specified drop point, the the rectangle hint will be returned in +// screen coordinates. Otherwise, an empty rectangle is returned. +// |pane_window| is the window pointer of the pane being dragged, |pt| is +// the mouse position, in client coordinates. |offset| describes the offset +// that the mouse is from the upper-left corner of the item being dragged + +wxRect wxAuiManager::CalculateHintRect(wxWindow* pane_window, + const wxPoint& pt, + const wxPoint& offset) +{ + wxRect rect; + + // we need to paint a hint rectangle; to find out the exact hint rectangle, + // we will create a new temporary layout and then measure the resulting + // rectangle; we will create a copy of the docking structures (m_dock) + // so that we don't modify the real thing on screen + + int i, pane_count, part_count; + wxAuiDockInfoArray docks; + wxAuiPaneInfoArray panes; + wxAuiDockUIPartArray uiparts; + wxAuiPaneInfo hint = GetPane(pane_window); + hint.name = wxT("__HINT__"); + hint.PaneBorder(true); + hint.Show(); + + if (!hint.IsOk()) + return rect; + + CopyDocksAndPanes(docks, panes, m_docks, m_panes); + + // remove any pane already there which bears the same window; + // this happens when you are moving a pane around in a dock + for (i = 0, pane_count = panes.GetCount(); i < pane_count; ++i) + { + if (panes.Item(i).window == pane_window) + { + RemovePaneFromDocks(docks, panes.Item(i)); + panes.RemoveAt(i); + break; + } + } + + // find out where the new pane would be + if (!DoDrop(docks, panes, hint, pt, offset)) + { + return rect; + } + + panes.Add(hint); + + wxSizer* sizer = LayoutAll(panes, docks, uiparts, true); + wxSize client_size = m_frame->GetClientSize(); + sizer->SetDimension(0, 0, client_size.x, client_size.y); + sizer->Layout(); + + for (i = 0, part_count = uiparts.GetCount(); + i < part_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockUIPart& part = uiparts.Item(i); + + if (part.type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneBorder && + part.pane && part.pane->name == wxT("__HINT__")) + { + rect = wxRect(part.sizer_item->GetPosition(), + part.sizer_item->GetSize()); + break; + } + } + + delete sizer; + + if (rect.IsEmpty()) + { + return rect; + } + + // actually show the hint rectangle on the screen + m_frame->ClientToScreen(&rect.x, &rect.y); + + if ( m_frame->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft ) + { + // Mirror rectangle in RTL mode + rect.x -= rect.GetWidth(); + } + + return rect; +} + +// DrawHintRect() calculates the hint rectangle by calling +// CalculateHintRect(). If there is a rectangle, it shows it +// by calling ShowHint(), otherwise it hides any hint +// rectangle currently shown +void wxAuiManager::DrawHintRect(wxWindow* pane_window, + const wxPoint& pt, + const wxPoint& offset) +{ + wxRect rect = CalculateHintRect(pane_window, pt, offset); + + if (rect.IsEmpty()) + { + HideHint(); + } + else + { + ShowHint(rect); + } +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnFloatingPaneMoveStart(wxWindow* wnd) +{ + // try to find the pane + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = GetPane(wnd); + wxASSERT_MSG(pane.IsOk(), wxT("Pane window not found")); + + if(!pane.frame) + return; + + if (m_flags & wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_DRAG) + pane.frame->SetTransparent(150); +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnFloatingPaneMoving(wxWindow* wnd, wxDirection dir) +{ + // try to find the pane + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = GetPane(wnd); + wxASSERT_MSG(pane.IsOk(), wxT("Pane window not found")); + + if(!pane.frame) + return; + + wxPoint pt = ::wxGetMousePosition(); + +#if 0 + // Adapt pt to direction + if (dir == wxNORTH) + { + // move to pane's upper border + wxPoint pos( 0,0 ); + pos = wnd->ClientToScreen( pos ); + pt.y = pos.y; + // and some more pixels for the title bar + pt.y -= 5; + } + else if (dir == wxWEST) + { + // move to pane's left border + wxPoint pos( 0,0 ); + pos = wnd->ClientToScreen( pos ); + pt.x = pos.x; + } + else if (dir == wxEAST) + { + // move to pane's right border + wxPoint pos( wnd->GetSize().x, 0 ); + pos = wnd->ClientToScreen( pos ); + pt.x = pos.x; + } + else if (dir == wxSOUTH) + { + // move to pane's bottom border + wxPoint pos( 0, wnd->GetSize().y ); + pos = wnd->ClientToScreen( pos ); + pt.y = pos.y; + } +#else + wxUnusedVar(dir); +#endif + + wxPoint client_pt = m_frame->ScreenToClient(pt); + + // calculate the offset from the upper left-hand corner + // of the frame to the mouse pointer + wxPoint frame_pos = pane.frame->GetPosition(); + wxPoint action_offset(pt.x-frame_pos.x, pt.y-frame_pos.y); + + // no hint for toolbar floating windows + if (pane.IsToolbar() && m_action == actionDragFloatingPane) + { + wxAuiDockInfoArray docks; + wxAuiPaneInfoArray panes; + wxAuiDockUIPartArray uiparts; + wxAuiPaneInfo hint = pane; + + CopyDocksAndPanes(docks, panes, m_docks, m_panes); + + // find out where the new pane would be + if (!DoDrop(docks, panes, hint, client_pt)) + return; + if (hint.IsFloating()) + return; + + pane = hint; + m_action = actionDragToolbarPane; + m_action_window = pane.window; + + Update(); + + return; + } + + + // if a key modifier is pressed while dragging the frame, + // don't dock the window + if (!CanDockPanel(pane)) + { + HideHint(); + return; + } + + + DrawHintRect(wnd, client_pt, action_offset); + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + // this cleans up some screen artifacts that are caused on GTK because + // we aren't getting the exact size of the window (see comment + // in DrawHintRect) + //Refresh(); +#endif + + + // reduces flicker + m_frame->Update(); +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnFloatingPaneMoved(wxWindow* wnd, wxDirection dir) +{ + // try to find the pane + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = GetPane(wnd); + wxASSERT_MSG(pane.IsOk(), wxT("Pane window not found")); + + if(!pane.frame) + return; + + wxPoint pt = ::wxGetMousePosition(); + +#if 0 + // Adapt pt to direction + if (dir == wxNORTH) + { + // move to pane's upper border + wxPoint pos( 0,0 ); + pos = wnd->ClientToScreen( pos ); + pt.y = pos.y; + // and some more pixels for the title bar + pt.y -= 10; + } + else if (dir == wxWEST) + { + // move to pane's left border + wxPoint pos( 0,0 ); + pos = wnd->ClientToScreen( pos ); + pt.x = pos.x; + } + else if (dir == wxEAST) + { + // move to pane's right border + wxPoint pos( wnd->GetSize().x, 0 ); + pos = wnd->ClientToScreen( pos ); + pt.x = pos.x; + } + else if (dir == wxSOUTH) + { + // move to pane's bottom border + wxPoint pos( 0, wnd->GetSize().y ); + pos = wnd->ClientToScreen( pos ); + pt.y = pos.y; + } +#else + wxUnusedVar(dir); +#endif + + wxPoint client_pt = m_frame->ScreenToClient(pt); + + // calculate the offset from the upper left-hand corner + // of the frame to the mouse pointer + wxPoint frame_pos = pane.frame->GetPosition(); + wxPoint action_offset(pt.x-frame_pos.x, pt.y-frame_pos.y); + + // if a key modifier is pressed while dragging the frame, + // don't dock the window + if (CanDockPanel(pane)) + { + // do the drop calculation + DoDrop(m_docks, m_panes, pane, client_pt, action_offset); + } + + // if the pane is still floating, update it's floating + // position (that we store) + if (pane.IsFloating()) + { + pane.floating_pos = pane.frame->GetPosition(); + + if (m_flags & wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_DRAG) + pane.frame->SetTransparent(255); + } + else if (m_has_maximized) + { + RestoreMaximizedPane(); + } + + Update(); + + HideHint(); +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnFloatingPaneResized(wxWindow* wnd, const wxRect& rect) +{ + // try to find the pane + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = GetPane(wnd); + wxASSERT_MSG(pane.IsOk(), wxT("Pane window not found")); + + pane.FloatingSize(rect.GetWidth(), rect.GetHeight()); + + // the top-left position may change as well as the size + pane.FloatingPosition(rect.x, rect.y); +} + + +void wxAuiManager::OnFloatingPaneClosed(wxWindow* wnd, wxCloseEvent& evt) +{ + // try to find the pane + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = GetPane(wnd); + wxASSERT_MSG(pane.IsOk(), wxT("Pane window not found")); + + + // fire pane close event + wxAuiManagerEvent e(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE); + e.SetPane(&pane); + e.SetCanVeto(evt.CanVeto()); + ProcessMgrEvent(e); + + if (e.GetVeto()) + { + evt.Veto(); + return; + } + else + { + // close the pane, but check that it + // still exists in our pane array first + // (the event handler above might have removed it) + + wxAuiPaneInfo& check = GetPane(wnd); + if (check.IsOk()) + { + ClosePane(pane); + } + } +} + + + +void wxAuiManager::OnFloatingPaneActivated(wxWindow* wnd) +{ + if ((GetFlags() & wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_ACTIVE_PANE) && GetPane(wnd).IsOk()) + { + SetActivePane(m_panes, wnd); + Repaint(); + } +} + +// OnRender() draws all of the pane captions, sashes, +// backgrounds, captions, grippers, pane borders and buttons. +// It renders the entire user interface. + +void wxAuiManager::OnRender(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt) +{ + // if the frame is about to be deleted, don't bother + if (!m_frame || wxPendingDelete.Member(m_frame)) + return; + + wxDC* dc = evt.GetDC(); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + dc->Clear() ; +#endif + int i, part_count; + for (i = 0, part_count = m_uiparts.GetCount(); + i < part_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiDockUIPart& part = m_uiparts.Item(i); + + // don't draw hidden pane items or items that aren't windows + if (part.sizer_item && ((!part.sizer_item->IsWindow() && !part.sizer_item->IsSpacer() && !part.sizer_item->IsSizer()) || !part.sizer_item->IsShown())) + continue; + + switch (part.type) + { + case wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDockSizer: + case wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneSizer: + m_art->DrawSash(*dc, m_frame, part.orientation, part.rect); + break; + case wxAuiDockUIPart::typeBackground: + m_art->DrawBackground(*dc, m_frame, part.orientation, part.rect); + break; + case wxAuiDockUIPart::typeCaption: + m_art->DrawCaption(*dc, m_frame, part.pane->caption, part.rect, *part.pane); + break; + case wxAuiDockUIPart::typeGripper: + m_art->DrawGripper(*dc, m_frame, part.rect, *part.pane); + break; + case wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneBorder: + m_art->DrawBorder(*dc, m_frame, part.rect, *part.pane); + break; + case wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneButton: + m_art->DrawPaneButton(*dc, m_frame, part.button->button_id, + wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_NORMAL, part.rect, *part.pane); + break; + } + } +} + + +// Render() fire a render event, which is normally handled by +// wxAuiManager::OnRender(). This allows the render function to +// be overridden via the render event. This can be useful for paintin +// custom graphics in the main window. Default behavior can be +// invoked in the overridden function by calling OnRender() + +void wxAuiManager::Render(wxDC* dc) +{ + wxAuiManagerEvent e(wxEVT_AUI_RENDER); + e.SetManager(this); + e.SetDC(dc); + ProcessMgrEvent(e); +} + +void wxAuiManager::Repaint(wxDC* dc) +{ +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + if ( dc == NULL ) + { + m_frame->Refresh() ; + m_frame->Update() ; + return ; + } +#endif + int w, h; + m_frame->GetClientSize(&w, &h); + + // figure out which dc to use; if one + // has been specified, use it, otherwise + // make a client dc + wxClientDC* client_dc = NULL; + if (!dc) + { + client_dc = new wxClientDC(m_frame); + dc = client_dc; + } + + // if the frame has a toolbar, the client area + // origin will not be (0,0). + wxPoint pt = m_frame->GetClientAreaOrigin(); + if (pt.x != 0 || pt.y != 0) + dc->SetDeviceOrigin(pt.x, pt.y); + + // render all the items + Render(dc); + + // if we created a client_dc, delete it + if (client_dc) + delete client_dc; +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(m_frame); + Repaint(&dc); +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event) +{ +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + event.Skip() ; +#else + wxUnusedVar(event); +#endif +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) +{ + if (m_frame) + { + DoFrameLayout(); + Repaint(); + +#if wxUSE_MDI + if (m_frame->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMDIParentFrame))) + { + // for MDI parent frames, this event must not + // be "skipped". In other words, the parent frame + // must not be allowed to resize the client window + // after we are finished processing sizing changes + return; + } +#endif + } + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnFindManager(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt) +{ + // get the window we are managing, if none, return NULL + wxWindow* window = GetManagedWindow(); + if (!window) + { + evt.SetManager(NULL); + return; + } + + // if we are managing a child frame, get the 'real' manager + if (window->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxAuiFloatingFrame))) + { + wxAuiFloatingFrame* float_frame = static_cast(window); + evt.SetManager(float_frame->GetOwnerManager()); + return; + } + + // return pointer to ourself + evt.SetManager(this); +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& event) +{ + // determine cursor + wxAuiDockUIPart* part = HitTest(event.GetX(), event.GetY()); + wxCursor cursor = wxNullCursor; + + if (part) + { + if (part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDockSizer || + part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneSizer) + { + // a dock may not be resized if it has a single + // pane which is not resizable + if (part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDockSizer && part->dock && + part->dock->panes.GetCount() == 1 && + part->dock->panes.Item(0)->IsFixed()) + return; + + // panes that may not be resized do not get a sizing cursor + if (part->pane && part->pane->IsFixed()) + return; + + if (part->orientation == wxVERTICAL) + cursor = wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZEWE); + else + cursor = wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZENS); + } + else if (part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeGripper) + { + cursor = wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZING); + } + } + + event.SetCursor(cursor); +} + + + +void wxAuiManager::UpdateButtonOnScreen(wxAuiDockUIPart* button_ui_part, + const wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + wxAuiDockUIPart* hit_test = HitTest(event.GetX(), event.GetY()); + if (!hit_test || !button_ui_part) + return; + + int state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_NORMAL; + + if (hit_test == button_ui_part) + { + if (event.LeftDown()) + state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED; + else + state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER; + } + else + { + if (event.LeftDown()) + state = wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER; + } + + // now repaint the button with hover state + wxClientDC cdc(m_frame); + + // if the frame has a toolbar, the client area + // origin will not be (0,0). + wxPoint pt = m_frame->GetClientAreaOrigin(); + if (pt.x != 0 || pt.y != 0) + cdc.SetDeviceOrigin(pt.x, pt.y); + + if (hit_test->pane) + { + m_art->DrawPaneButton(cdc, m_frame, + button_ui_part->button->button_id, + state, + button_ui_part->rect, + *hit_test->pane); + } +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + m_currentDragItem = -1; + + wxAuiDockUIPart* part = HitTest(event.GetX(), event.GetY()); + if (part) + { + if (part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDockSizer || + part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneSizer) + { + // Removing this restriction so that a centre pane can be resized + //if (part->dock && part->dock->dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER) + // return; + + // a dock may not be resized if it has a single + // pane which is not resizable + if (part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDockSizer && part->dock && + part->dock->panes.GetCount() == 1 && + part->dock->panes.Item(0)->IsFixed()) + return; + + // panes that may not be resized should be ignored here + if (part->pane && part->pane->IsFixed()) + return; + + m_action = actionResize; + m_action_part = part; + m_action_hintrect = wxRect(); + m_action_start = wxPoint(event.m_x, event.m_y); + m_action_offset = wxPoint(event.m_x - part->rect.x, + event.m_y - part->rect.y); + m_frame->CaptureMouse(); + } + else if (part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneButton) + { + m_action = actionClickButton; + m_action_part = part; + m_action_start = wxPoint(event.m_x, event.m_y); + m_frame->CaptureMouse(); + + UpdateButtonOnScreen(part, event); + } + else if (part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeCaption || + part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typeGripper) + { + // if we are managing a wxAuiFloatingFrame window, then + // we are an embedded wxAuiManager inside the wxAuiFloatingFrame. + // We want to initiate a toolbar drag in our owner manager + wxWindow* managed_wnd = GetManagedWindow(); + + if (part->pane && + part->pane->window && + managed_wnd && + managed_wnd->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxAuiFloatingFrame))) + { + wxAuiFloatingFrame* floating_frame = (wxAuiFloatingFrame*)managed_wnd; + wxAuiManager* owner_mgr = floating_frame->GetOwnerManager(); + owner_mgr->StartPaneDrag(part->pane->window, + wxPoint(event.m_x - part->rect.x, + event.m_y - part->rect.y)); + return; + } + + + + if (GetFlags() & wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_ACTIVE_PANE) + { + // set the caption as active + SetActivePane(m_panes, part->pane->window); + Repaint(); + } + + if (part->dock && part->dock->dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER) + return; + + m_action = actionClickCaption; + m_action_part = part; + m_action_start = wxPoint(event.m_x, event.m_y); + m_action_offset = wxPoint(event.m_x - part->rect.x, + event.m_y - part->rect.y); + m_frame->CaptureMouse(); + } +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + else + { + event.Skip(); + } +#endif + } +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + else + { + event.Skip(); + } +#else + event.Skip(); +#endif +} + +/// Ends a resize action, or for live update, resizes the sash +bool wxAuiManager::DoEndResizeAction(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + // resize the dock or the pane + if (m_action_part && m_action_part->type==wxAuiDockUIPart::typeDockSizer) + { + // first, we must calculate the maximum size the dock may be + int sash_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_SASH_SIZE); + + int used_width = 0, used_height = 0; + + wxSize client_size = m_frame->GetClientSize(); + + size_t dock_i, dock_count = m_docks.GetCount(); + for (dock_i = 0; dock_i < dock_count; ++dock_i) + { + wxAuiDockInfo& dock = m_docks.Item(dock_i); + if (dock.dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_TOP || + dock.dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM) + { + used_height += dock.size; + } + if (dock.dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT || + dock.dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT) + { + used_width += dock.size; + } + if (dock.resizable) + used_width += sash_size; + } + + + int available_width = client_size.GetWidth() - used_width; + int available_height = client_size.GetHeight() - used_height; + + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + // if there's a status control, the available + // height decreases accordingly + if (m_frame && m_frame->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame))) + { + wxFrame* frame = static_cast(m_frame); + wxStatusBar* status = frame->GetStatusBar(); + if (status) + { + wxSize status_client_size = status->GetClientSize(); + available_height -= status_client_size.GetHeight(); + } + } +#endif + + wxRect& rect = m_action_part->dock->rect; + + wxPoint new_pos(event.m_x - m_action_offset.x, + event.m_y - m_action_offset.y); + int new_size, old_size = m_action_part->dock->size; + + switch (m_action_part->dock->dock_direction) + { + case wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT: + new_size = new_pos.x - rect.x; + if (new_size-old_size > available_width) + new_size = old_size+available_width; + m_action_part->dock->size = new_size; + break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_TOP: + new_size = new_pos.y - rect.y; + if (new_size-old_size > available_height) + new_size = old_size+available_height; + m_action_part->dock->size = new_size; + break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT: + new_size = rect.x + rect.width - new_pos.x - + m_action_part->rect.GetWidth(); + if (new_size-old_size > available_width) + new_size = old_size+available_width; + m_action_part->dock->size = new_size; + break; + case wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM: + new_size = rect.y + rect.height - + new_pos.y - m_action_part->rect.GetHeight(); + if (new_size-old_size > available_height) + new_size = old_size+available_height; + m_action_part->dock->size = new_size; + break; + } + + Update(); + Repaint(NULL); + } + else if (m_action_part && + m_action_part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneSizer) + { + wxAuiDockInfo& dock = *m_action_part->dock; + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = *m_action_part->pane; + + int total_proportion = 0; + int dock_pixels = 0; + int new_pixsize = 0; + + int caption_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_SIZE); + int pane_border_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BORDER_SIZE); + int sash_size = m_art->GetMetric(wxAUI_DOCKART_SASH_SIZE); + + wxPoint new_pos(event.m_x - m_action_offset.x, + event.m_y - m_action_offset.y); + + // determine the pane rectangle by getting the pane part + wxAuiDockUIPart* pane_part = GetPanePart(pane.window); + wxASSERT_MSG(pane_part, + wxT("Pane border part not found -- shouldn't happen")); + + // determine the new pixel size that the user wants; + // this will help us recalculate the pane's proportion + if (dock.IsHorizontal()) + new_pixsize = new_pos.x - pane_part->rect.x; + else + new_pixsize = new_pos.y - pane_part->rect.y; + + // determine the size of the dock, based on orientation + if (dock.IsHorizontal()) + dock_pixels = dock.rect.GetWidth(); + else + dock_pixels = dock.rect.GetHeight(); + + // determine the total proportion of all resizable panes, + // and the total size of the dock minus the size of all + // the fixed panes + int i, dock_pane_count = dock.panes.GetCount(); + int pane_position = -1; + for (i = 0; i < dock_pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = *dock.panes.Item(i); + if (p.window == pane.window) + pane_position = i; + + // while we're at it, subtract the pane sash + // width from the dock width, because this would + // skew our proportion calculations + if (i > 0) + dock_pixels -= sash_size; + + // also, the whole size (including decorations) of + // all fixed panes must also be subtracted, because they + // are not part of the proportion calculation + if (p.IsFixed()) + { + if (dock.IsHorizontal()) + dock_pixels -= p.best_size.x; + else + dock_pixels -= p.best_size.y; + } + else + { + total_proportion += p.dock_proportion; + } + } + + // new size can never be more than the number of dock pixels + if (new_pixsize > dock_pixels) + new_pixsize = dock_pixels; + + + // find a pane in our dock to 'steal' space from or to 'give' + // space to -- this is essentially what is done when a pane is + // resized; the pane should usually be the first non-fixed pane + // to the right of the action pane + int borrow_pane = -1; + for (i = pane_position+1; i < dock_pane_count; ++i) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& p = *dock.panes.Item(i); + if (!p.IsFixed()) + { + borrow_pane = i; + break; + } + } + + + // demand that the pane being resized is found in this dock + // (this assert really never should be raised) + wxASSERT_MSG(pane_position != -1, wxT("Pane not found in dock")); + + // prevent division by zero + if (dock_pixels == 0 || total_proportion == 0 || borrow_pane == -1) + { + m_action = actionNone; + return false; + } + + // calculate the new proportion of the pane + int new_proportion = (new_pixsize*total_proportion)/dock_pixels; + + // default minimum size + int min_size = 0; + + // check against the pane's minimum size, if specified. please note + // that this is not enough to ensure that the minimum size will + // not be violated, because the whole frame might later be shrunk, + // causing the size of the pane to violate it's minimum size + if (pane.min_size.IsFullySpecified()) + { + min_size = 0; + + if (pane.HasBorder()) + min_size += (pane_border_size*2); + + // calculate minimum size with decorations (border,caption) + if (pane_part->orientation == wxVERTICAL) + { + min_size += pane.min_size.y; + if (pane.HasCaption()) + min_size += caption_size; + } + else + { + min_size += pane.min_size.x; + } + } + + + // for some reason, an arithmatic error somewhere is causing + // the proportion calculations to always be off by 1 pixel; + // for now we will add the 1 pixel on, but we really should + // determine what's causing this. + min_size++; + + int min_proportion = (min_size*total_proportion)/dock_pixels; + + if (new_proportion < min_proportion) + new_proportion = min_proportion; + + + + int prop_diff = new_proportion - pane.dock_proportion; + + // borrow the space from our neighbor pane to the + // right or bottom (depending on orientation); + // also make sure we don't make the neighbor too small + int prop_borrow = dock.panes.Item(borrow_pane)->dock_proportion; + + if (prop_borrow - prop_diff < 0) + { + // borrowing from other pane would make it too small, + // so cancel the resize operation + prop_borrow = min_proportion; + } + else + { + prop_borrow -= prop_diff; + } + + + dock.panes.Item(borrow_pane)->dock_proportion = prop_borrow; + pane.dock_proportion = new_proportion; + + + // repaint + Update(); + Repaint(NULL); + } + + return true; +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + if (m_action == actionResize) + { + m_frame->ReleaseMouse(); + + if (!wxAuiManager_HasLiveResize(*this)) + { + // get rid of the hint rectangle + wxScreenDC dc; + DrawResizeHint(dc, m_action_hintrect); + } + if (m_currentDragItem != -1 && wxAuiManager_HasLiveResize(*this)) + m_action_part = & (m_uiparts.Item(m_currentDragItem)); + + DoEndResizeAction(event); + + m_currentDragItem = -1; + + } + else if (m_action == actionClickButton) + { + m_hover_button = NULL; + m_frame->ReleaseMouse(); + + if (m_action_part) + { + UpdateButtonOnScreen(m_action_part, event); + + // make sure we're still over the item that was originally clicked + if (m_action_part == HitTest(event.GetX(), event.GetY())) + { + // fire button-click event + wxAuiManagerEvent e(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON); + e.SetManager(this); + e.SetPane(m_action_part->pane); + e.SetButton(m_action_part->button->button_id); + ProcessMgrEvent(e); + } + } + } + else if (m_action == actionClickCaption) + { + m_frame->ReleaseMouse(); + } + else if (m_action == actionDragFloatingPane) + { + m_frame->ReleaseMouse(); + } + else if (m_action == actionDragToolbarPane) + { + m_frame->ReleaseMouse(); + + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = GetPane(m_action_window); + wxASSERT_MSG(pane.IsOk(), wxT("Pane window not found")); + + // save the new positions + wxAuiDockInfoPtrArray docks; + FindDocks(m_docks, pane.dock_direction, + pane.dock_layer, pane.dock_row, docks); + if (docks.GetCount() == 1) + { + wxAuiDockInfo& dock = *docks.Item(0); + + wxArrayInt pane_positions, pane_sizes; + GetPanePositionsAndSizes(dock, pane_positions, pane_sizes); + + int i, dock_pane_count = dock.panes.GetCount(); + for (i = 0; i < dock_pane_count; ++i) + dock.panes.Item(i)->dock_pos = pane_positions[i]; + } + + pane.state &= ~wxAuiPaneInfo::actionPane; + Update(); + } + else + { + event.Skip(); + } + + m_action = actionNone; + m_last_mouse_move = wxPoint(); // see comment in OnMotion() +} + + +void wxAuiManager::OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + // sometimes when Update() is called from inside this method, + // a spurious mouse move event is generated; this check will make + // sure that only real mouse moves will get anywhere in this method; + // this appears to be a bug somewhere, and I don't know where the + // mouse move event is being generated. only verified on MSW + + wxPoint mouse_pos = event.GetPosition(); + if (m_last_mouse_move == mouse_pos) + return; + m_last_mouse_move = mouse_pos; + + + if (m_action == actionResize) + { + // It's necessary to reset m_action_part since it destroyed + // by the Update within DoEndResizeAction. + if (m_currentDragItem != -1) + m_action_part = & (m_uiparts.Item(m_currentDragItem)); + else + m_currentDragItem = m_uiparts.Index(* m_action_part); + + if (m_action_part) + { + wxPoint pos = m_action_part->rect.GetPosition(); + if (m_action_part->orientation == wxHORIZONTAL) + pos.y = wxMax(0, event.m_y - m_action_offset.y); + else + pos.x = wxMax(0, event.m_x - m_action_offset.x); + + if (wxAuiManager_HasLiveResize(*this)) + { + m_frame->ReleaseMouse(); + DoEndResizeAction(event); + m_frame->CaptureMouse(); + } + else + { + wxRect rect(m_frame->ClientToScreen(pos), + m_action_part->rect.GetSize()); + wxScreenDC dc; + + if (!m_action_hintrect.IsEmpty()) + { + // remove old resize hint + DrawResizeHint(dc, m_action_hintrect); + m_action_hintrect = wxRect(); + } + + // draw new resize hint, if it's inside the managed frame + wxRect frame_screen_rect = m_frame->GetScreenRect(); + if (frame_screen_rect.Contains(rect)) + { + DrawResizeHint(dc, rect); + m_action_hintrect = rect; + } + } + } + } + else if (m_action == actionClickCaption) + { + int drag_x_threshold = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_DRAG_X); + int drag_y_threshold = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_DRAG_Y); + + // caption has been clicked. we need to check if the mouse + // is now being dragged. if it is, we need to change the + // mouse action to 'drag' + if (m_action_part && + (abs(event.m_x - m_action_start.x) > drag_x_threshold || + abs(event.m_y - m_action_start.y) > drag_y_threshold)) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo* pane_info = m_action_part->pane; + + if (!pane_info->IsToolbar()) + { + if ((m_flags & wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_FLOATING) && + pane_info->IsFloatable()) + { + m_action = actionDragFloatingPane; + + // set initial float position + wxPoint pt = m_frame->ClientToScreen(event.GetPosition()); + pane_info->floating_pos = wxPoint(pt.x - m_action_offset.x, + pt.y - m_action_offset.y); + + // float the window + if (pane_info->IsMaximized()) + RestorePane(*pane_info); + pane_info->Float(); + Update(); + + m_action_window = pane_info->frame; + + // action offset is used here to make it feel "natural" to the user + // to drag a docked pane and suddenly have it become a floating frame. + // Sometimes, however, the offset where the user clicked on the docked + // caption is bigger than the width of the floating frame itself, so + // in that case we need to set the action offset to a sensible value + wxSize frame_size = m_action_window->GetSize(); + if (frame_size.x <= m_action_offset.x) + m_action_offset.x = 30; + } + } + else + { + m_action = actionDragToolbarPane; + m_action_window = pane_info->window; + } + } + } + else if (m_action == actionDragFloatingPane) + { + if (m_action_window) + { + wxPoint pt = m_frame->ClientToScreen(event.GetPosition()); + m_action_window->Move(pt.x - m_action_offset.x, + pt.y - m_action_offset.y); + } + } + else if (m_action == actionDragToolbarPane) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = GetPane(m_action_window); + wxASSERT_MSG(pane.IsOk(), wxT("Pane window not found")); + + pane.SetFlag(wxAuiPaneInfo::actionPane, true); + + wxPoint pt = event.GetPosition(); + DoDrop(m_docks, m_panes, pane, pt, m_action_offset); + + // if DoDrop() decided to float the pane, set up + // the floating pane's initial position + if (pane.IsFloating()) + { + wxPoint pt = m_frame->ClientToScreen(event.GetPosition()); + pane.floating_pos = wxPoint(pt.x - m_action_offset.x, + pt.y - m_action_offset.y); + } + + // this will do the actiual move operation; + // in the case that the pane has been floated, + // this call will create the floating pane + // and do the reparenting + Update(); + + // if the pane has been floated, change the mouse + // action actionDragFloatingPane so that subsequent + // EVT_MOTION() events will move the floating pane + if (pane.IsFloating()) + { + pane.state &= ~wxAuiPaneInfo::actionPane; + m_action = actionDragFloatingPane; + m_action_window = pane.frame; + } + } + else + { + wxAuiDockUIPart* part = HitTest(event.GetX(), event.GetY()); + if (part && part->type == wxAuiDockUIPart::typePaneButton) + { + if (part != m_hover_button) + { + // make the old button normal + if (m_hover_button) + { + UpdateButtonOnScreen(m_hover_button, event); + Repaint(); + } + + // mouse is over a button, so repaint the + // button in hover mode + UpdateButtonOnScreen(part, event); + m_hover_button = part; + + } + } + else + { + if (m_hover_button) + { + m_hover_button = NULL; + Repaint(); + } + else + { + event.Skip(); + } + } + } +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if (m_hover_button) + { + m_hover_button = NULL; + Repaint(); + } +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // cancel the operation in progress, if any + if ( m_action != actionNone ) + { + m_action = actionNone; + HideHint(); + } +} + +void wxAuiManager::OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event) +{ + // when a child pane has it's focus set, we should change the + // pane's active state to reflect this. (this is only true if + // active panes are allowed by the owner) + if (GetFlags() & wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_ACTIVE_PANE) + { + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = GetPane(event.GetWindow()); + if (pane.IsOk() && (pane.state & wxAuiPaneInfo::optionActive) == 0) + { + SetActivePane(m_panes, event.GetWindow()); + m_frame->Refresh(); + } + } + + event.Skip(); +} + + +// OnPaneButton() is an event handler that is called +// when a pane button has been pressed. +void wxAuiManager::OnPaneButton(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(evt.pane, wxT("Pane Info passed to wxAuiManager::OnPaneButton must be non-null")); + + wxAuiPaneInfo& pane = *(evt.pane); + + if (evt.button == wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE) + { + // fire pane close event + wxAuiManagerEvent e(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE); + e.SetManager(this); + e.SetPane(evt.pane); + ProcessMgrEvent(e); + + if (!e.GetVeto()) + { + // close the pane, but check that it + // still exists in our pane array first + // (the event handler above might have removed it) + + wxAuiPaneInfo& check = GetPane(pane.window); + if (check.IsOk()) + { + ClosePane(pane); + } + + Update(); + } + } + else if (evt.button == wxAUI_BUTTON_MAXIMIZE_RESTORE && !pane.IsMaximized()) + { + // fire pane close event + wxAuiManagerEvent e(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE); + e.SetManager(this); + e.SetPane(evt.pane); + ProcessMgrEvent(e); + + if (!e.GetVeto()) + { + MaximizePane(pane); + Update(); + } + } + else if (evt.button == wxAUI_BUTTON_MAXIMIZE_RESTORE && pane.IsMaximized()) + { + // fire pane close event + wxAuiManagerEvent e(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE); + e.SetManager(this); + e.SetPane(evt.pane); + ProcessMgrEvent(e); + + if (!e.GetVeto()) + { + RestorePane(pane); + Update(); + } + } + else if (evt.button == wxAUI_BUTTON_PIN) + { + if ((m_flags & wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_FLOATING) && + pane.IsFloatable()) + pane.Float(); + Update(); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_AUI diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/tabmdi.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/tabmdi.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..152dba137a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/aui/tabmdi.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,838 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/aui/tabmdi.cpp +// Purpose: Generic MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes +// Author: Hans Van Leemputten +// Modified by: Benjamin I. Williams / Kirix Corporation +// Created: 29/07/2002 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tabmdi.cpp 58227 2009-01-19 13:55:27Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Hans Van Leemputten +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// =========================================================================== +// declarations +// =========================================================================== + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_AUI +#if wxUSE_MDI + +#include "wx/aui/tabmdi.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/panel.h" + #include "wx/menu.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/stockitem.h" + +enum MDI_MENU_ID +{ + wxWINDOWCLOSE = 4001, + wxWINDOWCLOSEALL, + wxWINDOWNEXT, + wxWINDOWPREV +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAuiMDIParentFrame +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiMDIParentFrame, wxFrame) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxAuiMDIParentFrame, wxFrame) +#if wxUSE_MENUS + EVT_MENU (wxID_ANY, wxAuiMDIParentFrame::DoHandleMenu) +#endif +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxAuiMDIParentFrame::wxAuiMDIParentFrame() +{ + Init(); +} + +wxAuiMDIParentFrame::wxAuiMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + Init(); + (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); +} + +wxAuiMDIParentFrame::~wxAuiMDIParentFrame() +{ + // Make sure the client window is destructed before the menu bars are! + wxDELETE(m_pClientWindow); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxDELETE(m_pMyMenuBar); + RemoveWindowMenu(GetMenuBar()); + wxDELETE(m_pWindowMenu); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +} + +bool wxAuiMDIParentFrame::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // this style can be used to prevent a window from having the standard MDI + // "Window" menu + if (!(style & wxFRAME_NO_WINDOW_MENU)) + { + m_pWindowMenu = new wxMenu; + m_pWindowMenu->Append(wxWINDOWCLOSE, _("Cl&ose")); + m_pWindowMenu->Append(wxWINDOWCLOSEALL, _("Close All")); + m_pWindowMenu->AppendSeparator(); + m_pWindowMenu->Append(wxWINDOWNEXT, _("&Next")); + m_pWindowMenu->Append(wxWINDOWPREV, _("&Previous")); + } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + if ( !wxFrame::Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name) ) + return false; + + m_pClientWindow = OnCreateClient(); + return m_pClientWindow != NULL; +} + + +void wxAuiMDIParentFrame::SetArtProvider(wxAuiTabArt* provider) +{ + if (m_pClientWindow) + { + m_pClientWindow->SetArtProvider(provider); + } +} + +wxAuiTabArt* wxAuiMDIParentFrame::GetArtProvider() +{ + if (!m_pClientWindow) + return NULL; + + return m_pClientWindow->GetArtProvider(); +} + +wxAuiNotebook* wxAuiMDIParentFrame::GetNotebook() const +{ + return static_cast(m_pClientWindow); +} + + + +#if wxUSE_MENUS +void wxAuiMDIParentFrame::SetWindowMenu(wxMenu* pMenu) +{ + // Replace the window menu from the currently loaded menu bar. + wxMenuBar *pMenuBar = GetMenuBar(); + + if (m_pWindowMenu) + { + RemoveWindowMenu(pMenuBar); + wxDELETE(m_pWindowMenu); + } + + if (pMenu) + { + m_pWindowMenu = pMenu; + AddWindowMenu(pMenuBar); + } +} + +void wxAuiMDIParentFrame::SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar* pMenuBar) +{ + // Remove the Window menu from the old menu bar + RemoveWindowMenu(GetMenuBar()); + + // Add the Window menu to the new menu bar. + AddWindowMenu(pMenuBar); + + wxFrame::SetMenuBar(pMenuBar); + //m_pMyMenuBar = GetMenuBar(); +} +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +void wxAuiMDIParentFrame::SetChildMenuBar(wxAuiMDIChildFrame* pChild) +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + if (!pChild) + { + // No Child, set Our menu bar back. + if (m_pMyMenuBar) + SetMenuBar(m_pMyMenuBar); + else + SetMenuBar(GetMenuBar()); + + // Make sure we know our menu bar is in use + m_pMyMenuBar = NULL; + } + else + { + if (pChild->GetMenuBar() == NULL) + return; + + // Do we need to save the current bar? + if (m_pMyMenuBar == NULL) + m_pMyMenuBar = GetMenuBar(); + + SetMenuBar(pChild->GetMenuBar()); + } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +} + +bool wxAuiMDIParentFrame::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event) +{ + // stops the same event being processed repeatedly + if (m_pLastEvt == &event) + return false; + m_pLastEvt = &event; + + // let the active child (if any) process the event first. + bool res = false; + if (m_pActiveChild && + event.IsCommandEvent() && + event.GetEventObject() != m_pClientWindow && + !(event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_ACTIVATE || + event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SET_FOCUS || + event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS || + event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS || + event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS || + event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS ) + ) + { + res = m_pActiveChild->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + + if (!res) + { + // if the event was not handled this frame will handle it, + // which is why we need the protection code at the beginning + // of this method + res = wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event); + } + + m_pLastEvt = NULL; + + return res; +} + +wxAuiMDIChildFrame *wxAuiMDIParentFrame::GetActiveChild() const +{ + return m_pActiveChild; +} + +void wxAuiMDIParentFrame::SetActiveChild(wxAuiMDIChildFrame* pChildFrame) +{ + m_pActiveChild = pChildFrame; +} + +wxAuiMDIClientWindow *wxAuiMDIParentFrame::GetClientWindow() const +{ + return m_pClientWindow; +} + +wxAuiMDIClientWindow *wxAuiMDIParentFrame::OnCreateClient() +{ + return new wxAuiMDIClientWindow( this ); +} + +void wxAuiMDIParentFrame::ActivateNext() +{ + if (m_pClientWindow && m_pClientWindow->GetSelection() != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + size_t active = m_pClientWindow->GetSelection() + 1; + if (active >= m_pClientWindow->GetPageCount()) + active = 0; + + m_pClientWindow->SetSelection(active); + } +} + +void wxAuiMDIParentFrame::ActivatePrevious() +{ + if (m_pClientWindow && m_pClientWindow->GetSelection() != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + int active = m_pClientWindow->GetSelection() - 1; + if (active < 0) + active = m_pClientWindow->GetPageCount() - 1; + + m_pClientWindow->SetSelection(active); + } +} + +void wxAuiMDIParentFrame::Init() +{ + m_pLastEvt = NULL; + m_pClientWindow = NULL; + m_pActiveChild = NULL; +#if wxUSE_MENUS + m_pWindowMenu = NULL; + m_pMyMenuBar = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +} + +#if wxUSE_MENUS +void wxAuiMDIParentFrame::RemoveWindowMenu(wxMenuBar* pMenuBar) +{ + if (pMenuBar && m_pWindowMenu) + { + // Remove old window menu + int pos = pMenuBar->FindMenu(_("&Window")); + if (pos != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + // DBG:: We're going to delete the wrong menu!!! + wxASSERT(m_pWindowMenu == pMenuBar->GetMenu(pos)); + pMenuBar->Remove(pos); + } + } +} + +void wxAuiMDIParentFrame::AddWindowMenu(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar) +{ + if (pMenuBar && m_pWindowMenu) + { + int pos = pMenuBar->FindMenu(wxGetStockLabel(wxID_HELP,wxSTOCK_NOFLAGS)); + if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) + pMenuBar->Append(m_pWindowMenu, _("&Window")); + else + pMenuBar->Insert(pos, m_pWindowMenu, _("&Window")); + } +} + +void wxAuiMDIParentFrame::DoHandleMenu(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + switch (event.GetId()) + { + case wxWINDOWCLOSE: + if (m_pActiveChild) + m_pActiveChild->Close(); + break; + case wxWINDOWCLOSEALL: + while (m_pActiveChild) + { + if (!m_pActiveChild->Close()) + { + return; // failure + } + } + break; + case wxWINDOWNEXT: + ActivateNext(); + break; + case wxWINDOWPREV: + ActivatePrevious(); + break; + default: + event.Skip(); + } +} +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +void wxAuiMDIParentFrame::DoGetClientSize(int* width, int* height) const +{ + wxFrame::DoGetClientSize(width, height); +} + +void wxAuiMDIParentFrame::Tile(wxOrientation orient) +{ + wxAuiMDIClientWindow* client_window = GetClientWindow(); + wxASSERT_MSG(client_window, wxT("Missing MDI Client Window")); + + int cur_idx = client_window->GetSelection(); + if (cur_idx == -1) + return; + + if (orient == wxVERTICAL) + { + client_window->Split(cur_idx, wxLEFT); + } + else if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) + { + client_window->Split(cur_idx, wxTOP); + } +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAuiMDIChildFrame +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiMDIChildFrame, wxPanel) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxAuiMDIChildFrame, wxPanel) + EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL(wxAuiMDIChildFrame::OnMenuHighlight) + EVT_ACTIVATE(wxAuiMDIChildFrame::OnActivate) + EVT_CLOSE(wxAuiMDIChildFrame::OnCloseWindow) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxAuiMDIChildFrame::wxAuiMDIChildFrame() +{ + Init(); +} + +wxAuiMDIChildFrame::wxAuiMDIChildFrame(wxAuiMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos), + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + Init(); + + // There are two ways to create an tabbed mdi child fram without + // making it the active document. Either Show(false) can be called + // before Create() (as is customary on some ports with wxFrame-type + // windows), or wxMINIMIZE can be passed in the style flags. Note that + // wxAuiMDIChildFrame is not really derived from wxFrame, as wxMDIChildFrame + // is, but those are the expected symantics. No style flag is passed + // onto the panel underneath. + if (style & wxMINIMIZE) + m_activate_on_create = false; + + Create(parent, id, title, wxDefaultPosition, size, 0, name); +} + +wxAuiMDIChildFrame::~wxAuiMDIChildFrame() +{ + wxAuiMDIParentFrame* pParentFrame = GetMDIParentFrame(); + if (pParentFrame) + { + if (pParentFrame->GetActiveChild() == this) + { + pParentFrame->SetActiveChild(NULL); + pParentFrame->SetChildMenuBar(NULL); + } + wxAuiMDIClientWindow* pClientWindow = pParentFrame->GetClientWindow(); + wxASSERT(pClientWindow); + int idx = pClientWindow->GetPageIndex(this); + if (idx != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + pClientWindow->RemovePage(idx); + } + } + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxDELETE(m_pMenuBar); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +} + +bool wxAuiMDIChildFrame::Create(wxAuiMDIParentFrame* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos), + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + wxAuiMDIClientWindow* pClientWindow = parent->GetClientWindow(); + wxASSERT_MSG((pClientWindow != NULL), wxT("Missing MDI client window.")); + + // see comment in constructor + if (style & wxMINIMIZE) + m_activate_on_create = false; + + wxSize cli_size = pClientWindow->GetClientSize(); + + // create the window off-screen to prevent flicker + wxPanel::Create(pClientWindow, + id, + wxPoint(cli_size.x+1, cli_size.y+1), + size, + wxNO_BORDER, name); + + DoShow(false); + + SetMDIParentFrame(parent); + + // this is the currently active child + parent->SetActiveChild(this); + + m_title = title; + + pClientWindow->AddPage(this, title, m_activate_on_create); + pClientWindow->Refresh(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxAuiMDIChildFrame::Destroy() +{ + wxAuiMDIParentFrame* pParentFrame = GetMDIParentFrame(); + wxASSERT_MSG(pParentFrame, wxT("Missing MDI Parent Frame")); + + wxAuiMDIClientWindow* pClientWindow = pParentFrame->GetClientWindow(); + wxASSERT_MSG(pClientWindow, wxT("Missing MDI Client Window")); + + if (pParentFrame->GetActiveChild() == this) + { + // deactivate ourself + wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, false, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + + pParentFrame->SetActiveChild(NULL); + pParentFrame->SetChildMenuBar(NULL); + } + + size_t page_count = pClientWindow->GetPageCount(); + for (size_t pos = 0; pos < page_count; pos++) + { + if (pClientWindow->GetPage(pos) == this) + return pClientWindow->DeletePage(pos); + } + + return false; +} + +#if wxUSE_MENUS +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar) +{ + wxMenuBar *pOldMenuBar = m_pMenuBar; + m_pMenuBar = menu_bar; + + if (m_pMenuBar) + { + wxAuiMDIParentFrame* pParentFrame = GetMDIParentFrame(); + wxASSERT_MSG(pParentFrame, wxT("Missing MDI Parent Frame")); + + m_pMenuBar->SetParent(pParentFrame); + if (pParentFrame->GetActiveChild() == this) + { + // replace current menu bars + if (pOldMenuBar) + pParentFrame->SetChildMenuBar(NULL); + pParentFrame->SetChildMenuBar(this); + } + } +} + +wxMenuBar *wxAuiMDIChildFrame::GetMenuBar() const +{ + return m_pMenuBar; +} +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::SetTitle(const wxString& title) +{ + m_title = title; + + wxAuiMDIParentFrame* pParentFrame = GetMDIParentFrame(); + wxASSERT_MSG(pParentFrame, wxT("Missing MDI Parent Frame")); + + wxAuiMDIClientWindow* pClientWindow = pParentFrame->GetClientWindow(); + if (pClientWindow != NULL) + { + size_t pos; + for (pos = 0; pos < pClientWindow->GetPageCount(); pos++) + { + if (pClientWindow->GetPage(pos) == this) + { + pClientWindow->SetPageText(pos, m_title); + break; + } + } + } +} + +wxString wxAuiMDIChildFrame::GetTitle() const +{ + return m_title; +} + +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons) +{ + // get icon with the system icon size + SetIcon(icons.GetIcon(-1)); + m_icon_bundle = icons; +} + +const wxIconBundle& wxAuiMDIChildFrame::GetIcons() const +{ + return m_icon_bundle; +} + +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) +{ + wxAuiMDIParentFrame* pParentFrame = GetMDIParentFrame(); + wxASSERT_MSG(pParentFrame, wxT("Missing MDI Parent Frame")); + + m_icon = icon; + + wxBitmap bmp; + bmp.CopyFromIcon(m_icon); + + wxAuiMDIClientWindow* pClientWindow = pParentFrame->GetClientWindow(); + if (pClientWindow != NULL) + { + int idx = pClientWindow->GetPageIndex(this); + + if (idx != -1) + { + pClientWindow->SetPageBitmap((size_t)idx, bmp); + } + } +} + +const wxIcon& wxAuiMDIChildFrame::GetIcon() const +{ + return m_icon; +} + + +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::Activate() +{ + wxAuiMDIParentFrame* pParentFrame = GetMDIParentFrame(); + wxASSERT_MSG(pParentFrame, wxT("Missing MDI Parent Frame")); + + wxAuiMDIClientWindow* pClientWindow = pParentFrame->GetClientWindow(); + + if (pClientWindow != NULL) + { + size_t pos; + for (pos = 0; pos < pClientWindow->GetPageCount(); pos++) + { + if (pClientWindow->GetPage(pos) == this) + { + pClientWindow->SetSelection(pos); + break; + } + } + } +} + +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event) +{ +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + if (m_pMDIParentFrame) + { + // we don't have any help text for this item, + // but may be the MDI frame does? + m_pMDIParentFrame->OnMenuHighlight(event); + } +#else + wxUnusedVar(event); +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR +} + +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // do nothing +} + +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + Destroy(); +} + +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::SetMDIParentFrame(wxAuiMDIParentFrame* parentFrame) +{ + m_pMDIParentFrame = parentFrame; +} + +wxAuiMDIParentFrame* wxAuiMDIChildFrame::GetMDIParentFrame() const +{ + return m_pMDIParentFrame; +} + +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::Init() +{ + m_activate_on_create = true; + m_pMDIParentFrame = NULL; +#if wxUSE_MENUS + m_pMenuBar = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +} + +bool wxAuiMDIChildFrame::Show(bool show) +{ + m_activate_on_create = show; + + // do nothing + return true; +} + +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::DoShow(bool show) +{ + wxWindow::Show(show); +} + +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags) +{ + m_mdi_newrect = wxRect(x, y, width, height); +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + wxPanel::DoSetSize(x,y,width, height, sizeFlags); +#else + wxUnusedVar(sizeFlags); +#endif +} + +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) +{ + m_mdi_newrect = wxRect(x, y, width, height); +} + +void wxAuiMDIChildFrame::ApplyMDIChildFrameRect() +{ + if (m_mdi_currect != m_mdi_newrect) + { + wxPanel::DoMoveWindow(m_mdi_newrect.x, m_mdi_newrect.y, + m_mdi_newrect.width, m_mdi_newrect.height); + m_mdi_currect = m_mdi_newrect; + } +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAuiMDIClientWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiMDIClientWindow, wxAuiNotebook) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxAuiMDIClientWindow, wxAuiNotebook) + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(wxID_ANY, wxAuiMDIClientWindow::OnPageChanged) + EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE(wxID_ANY, wxAuiMDIClientWindow::OnPageClose) + EVT_SIZE(wxAuiMDIClientWindow::OnSize) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxAuiMDIClientWindow::wxAuiMDIClientWindow() +{ +} + +wxAuiMDIClientWindow::wxAuiMDIClientWindow(wxAuiMDIParentFrame* parent, long style) +{ + CreateClient(parent, style); +} + +wxAuiMDIClientWindow::~wxAuiMDIClientWindow() +{ + DestroyChildren(); +} + +bool wxAuiMDIClientWindow::CreateClient(wxAuiMDIParentFrame* parent, long style) +{ + SetWindowStyleFlag(style); + + wxSize caption_icon_size = + wxSize(wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_SMALLICON_X), + wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_SMALLICON_Y)); + SetUniformBitmapSize(caption_icon_size); + + if (!wxAuiNotebook::Create(parent, + wxID_ANY, + wxPoint(0,0), + wxSize(100, 100), + wxAUI_NB_DEFAULT_STYLE | wxNO_BORDER)) + { + return false; + } + + wxColour bkcolour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE); + SetOwnBackgroundColour(bkcolour); + + m_mgr.GetArtProvider()->SetColour(wxAUI_DOCKART_BACKGROUND_COLOUR, bkcolour); + + return true; +} + +int wxAuiMDIClientWindow::SetSelection(size_t nPage) +{ + return wxAuiNotebook::SetSelection(nPage); +} + +void wxAuiMDIClientWindow::PageChanged(int old_selection, int new_selection) +{ + // don't do anything if the page doesn't actually change + if (old_selection == new_selection) + return; + + /* + // don't do anything if the new page is already active + if (new_selection != -1) + { + wxAuiMDIChildFrame* child = (wxAuiMDIChildFrame*)GetPage(new_selection); + if (child->GetMDIParentFrame()->GetActiveChild() == child) + return; + }*/ + + + // notify old active child that it has been deactivated + if ((old_selection != -1) && (old_selection < (int)GetPageCount())) + { + wxAuiMDIChildFrame* old_child = (wxAuiMDIChildFrame*)GetPage(old_selection); + wxASSERT_MSG(old_child, wxT("wxAuiMDIClientWindow::PageChanged - null page pointer")); + + wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, false, old_child->GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(old_child); + old_child->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + + // notify new active child that it has been activated + if (new_selection != -1) + { + wxAuiMDIChildFrame* active_child = (wxAuiMDIChildFrame*)GetPage(new_selection); + wxASSERT_MSG(active_child, wxT("wxAuiMDIClientWindow::PageChanged - null page pointer")); + + wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, true, active_child->GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(active_child); + active_child->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + + if (active_child->GetMDIParentFrame()) + { + active_child->GetMDIParentFrame()->SetActiveChild(active_child); + active_child->GetMDIParentFrame()->SetChildMenuBar(active_child); + } + } + + +} + +void wxAuiMDIClientWindow::OnPageClose(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt) +{ + wxAuiMDIChildFrame* wnd; + wnd = static_cast(GetPage(evt.GetSelection())); + + wnd->Close(); + + // regardless of the result of wnd->Close(), we've + // already taken care of the close operations, so + // suppress further processing + evt.Veto(); +} + +void wxAuiMDIClientWindow::OnPageChanged(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt) +{ + PageChanged(evt.GetOldSelection(), evt.GetSelection()); +} + +void wxAuiMDIClientWindow::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt) +{ + wxAuiNotebook::OnSize(evt); + + for (size_t pos = 0; pos < GetPageCount(); pos++) + ((wxAuiMDIChildFrame *)GetPage(pos))->ApplyMDIChildFrameRect(); +} + +#endif //wxUSE_AUI +#endif // wxUSE_MDI diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/accelcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/accelcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b241d2e3a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/accelcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,367 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/accelcmn.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of platform-independent wxAcceleratorEntry parts +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-05-05 +// RCS-ID: $Id: accelcmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/accel.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +wxAcceleratorTable wxNullAcceleratorTable; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxAcceleratorEntry implementation +// ============================================================================ + +static const struct wxKeyName +{ + wxKeyCode code; + const char *name; +} wxKeyNames[] = +{ + { WXK_DELETE, wxTRANSLATE("DEL") }, + { WXK_DELETE, wxTRANSLATE("DELETE") }, + { WXK_BACK, wxTRANSLATE("BACK") }, + { WXK_INSERT, wxTRANSLATE("INS") }, + { WXK_INSERT, wxTRANSLATE("INSERT") }, + { WXK_RETURN, wxTRANSLATE("ENTER") }, + { WXK_RETURN, wxTRANSLATE("RETURN") }, + { WXK_PAGEUP, wxTRANSLATE("PGUP") }, + { WXK_PAGEDOWN, wxTRANSLATE("PGDN") }, + { WXK_LEFT, wxTRANSLATE("LEFT") }, + { WXK_RIGHT, wxTRANSLATE("RIGHT") }, + { WXK_UP, wxTRANSLATE("UP") }, + { WXK_DOWN, wxTRANSLATE("DOWN") }, + { WXK_HOME, wxTRANSLATE("HOME") }, + { WXK_END, wxTRANSLATE("END") }, + { WXK_SPACE, wxTRANSLATE("SPACE") }, + { WXK_TAB, wxTRANSLATE("TAB") }, + { WXK_ESCAPE, wxTRANSLATE("ESC") }, + { WXK_ESCAPE, wxTRANSLATE("ESCAPE") }, + { WXK_CANCEL, wxTRANSLATE("CANCEL") }, + { WXK_CLEAR, wxTRANSLATE("CLEAR") }, + { WXK_MENU, wxTRANSLATE("MENU") }, + { WXK_PAUSE, wxTRANSLATE("PAUSE") }, + { WXK_CAPITAL, wxTRANSLATE("CAPITAL") }, + { WXK_SELECT, wxTRANSLATE("SELECT") }, + { WXK_PRINT, wxTRANSLATE("PRINT") }, + { WXK_EXECUTE, wxTRANSLATE("EXECUTE") }, + { WXK_SNAPSHOT, wxTRANSLATE("SNAPSHOT") }, + { WXK_HELP, wxTRANSLATE("HELP") }, + { WXK_ADD, wxTRANSLATE("ADD") }, + { WXK_SEPARATOR, wxTRANSLATE("SEPARATOR") }, + { WXK_SUBTRACT, wxTRANSLATE("SUBTRACT") }, + { WXK_DECIMAL, wxTRANSLATE("DECIMAL") }, + { WXK_DIVIDE, wxTRANSLATE("DIVIDE") }, + { WXK_NUMLOCK, wxTRANSLATE("NUM_LOCK") }, + { WXK_SCROLL, wxTRANSLATE("SCROLL_LOCK") }, + { WXK_PAGEUP, wxTRANSLATE("PAGEUP") }, + { WXK_PAGEDOWN, wxTRANSLATE("PAGEDOWN") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE, wxTRANSLATE("KP_SPACE") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_TAB, wxTRANSLATE("KP_TAB") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER, wxTRANSLATE("KP_ENTER") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, wxTRANSLATE("KP_HOME") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, wxTRANSLATE("KP_LEFT") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_UP, wxTRANSLATE("KP_UP") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, wxTRANSLATE("KP_RIGHT") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, wxTRANSLATE("KP_DOWN") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, wxTRANSLATE("KP_PRIOR") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, wxTRANSLATE("KP_PAGEUP") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, wxTRANSLATE("KP_NEXT") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, wxTRANSLATE("KP_PAGEDOWN") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_END, wxTRANSLATE("KP_END") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN, wxTRANSLATE("KP_BEGIN") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, wxTRANSLATE("KP_INSERT") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, wxTRANSLATE("KP_DELETE") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL, wxTRANSLATE("KP_EQUAL") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY, wxTRANSLATE("KP_MULTIPLY") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_ADD, wxTRANSLATE("KP_ADD") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR, wxTRANSLATE("KP_SEPARATOR") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT, wxTRANSLATE("KP_SUBTRACT") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL, wxTRANSLATE("KP_DECIMAL") }, + { WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE, wxTRANSLATE("KP_DIVIDE") }, + { WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT, wxTRANSLATE("WINDOWS_LEFT") }, + { WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT, wxTRANSLATE("WINDOWS_RIGHT") }, + { WXK_WINDOWS_MENU, wxTRANSLATE("WINDOWS_MENU") }, + { WXK_COMMAND, wxTRANSLATE("COMMAND") }, +}; + +// return true if the 2 strings refer to the same accel +// +// as accels can be either translated or not, check for both possibilities and +// also compare case-insensitively as the key names case doesn't count +static inline bool CompareAccelString(const wxString& str, const char *accel) +{ + return str.CmpNoCase(accel) == 0 +#if wxUSE_INTL + || str.CmpNoCase(wxGetTranslation(accel)) == 0 +#endif + ; +} + +// return prefixCode+number if the string is of the form "" and +// 0 if it isn't +// +// first and last parameter specify the valid domain for "number" part +static int IsNumberedAccelKey(const wxString& str, + const char *prefix, + wxKeyCode prefixCode, + unsigned first, + unsigned last) +{ + const size_t lenPrefix = wxStrlen(prefix); + if ( !CompareAccelString(str.Left(lenPrefix), prefix) ) + return 0; + + unsigned long num; + if ( !str.Mid(lenPrefix).ToULong(&num) ) + return 0; + + if ( num < first || num > last ) + { + // this must be a mistake, chances that this is a valid name of another + // key are vanishingly small + wxLogDebug(wxT("Invalid key string \"%s\""), str.c_str()); + return 0; + } + + return prefixCode + num - first; +} + +/* static */ +bool +wxAcceleratorEntry::ParseAccel(const wxString& text, int *flagsOut, int *keyOut) +{ + // the parser won't like trailing spaces + wxString label = text; + label.Trim(true); + + // For compatibility with the old wx versions which accepted (and actually + // even required) a TAB character in the string passed to this function we + // ignore anything up to the first TAB. Notice however that the correct + // input consists of just the accelerator itself and nothing else, this is + // done for compatibility and compatibility only. + int posTab = label.Find(wxT('\t')); + if ( posTab == wxNOT_FOUND ) + posTab = 0; + else + posTab++; + + // parse the accelerator string + int accelFlags = wxACCEL_NORMAL; + wxString current; + for ( size_t n = (size_t)posTab; n < label.length(); n++ ) + { + if ( (label[n] == '+') || (label[n] == '-') ) + { + if ( CompareAccelString(current, wxTRANSLATE("ctrl")) ) + accelFlags |= wxACCEL_CTRL; + else if ( CompareAccelString(current, wxTRANSLATE("alt")) ) + accelFlags |= wxACCEL_ALT; + else if ( CompareAccelString(current, wxTRANSLATE("shift")) ) + accelFlags |= wxACCEL_SHIFT; + else // not a recognized modifier name + { + // we may have "Ctrl-+", for example, but we still want to + // catch typos like "Crtl-A" so only give the warning if we + // have something before the current '+' or '-', else take + // it as a literal symbol + if ( current.empty() ) + { + current += label[n]; + + // skip clearing it below + continue; + } + else + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Unknown accel modifier: '%s'"), + current.c_str()); + } + } + + current.clear(); + } + else // not special character + { + current += (wxChar) wxTolower(label[n]); + } + } + + int keyCode; + const size_t len = current.length(); + switch ( len ) + { + case 0: + wxLogDebug(wxT("No accel key found, accel string ignored.")); + return false; + + case 1: + // it's just a letter + keyCode = current[0U]; + + // if the key is used with any modifiers, make it an uppercase one + // because Ctrl-A and Ctrl-a are the same; but keep it as is if it's + // used alone as 'a' and 'A' are different + if ( accelFlags != wxACCEL_NORMAL ) + keyCode = wxToupper(keyCode); + break; + + default: + keyCode = IsNumberedAccelKey(current, wxTRANSLATE("F"), + WXK_F1, 1, 12); + if ( !keyCode ) + { + for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(wxKeyNames); n++ ) + { + const wxKeyName& kn = wxKeyNames[n]; + if ( CompareAccelString(current, kn.name) ) + { + keyCode = kn.code; + break; + } + } + } + + if ( !keyCode ) + keyCode = IsNumberedAccelKey(current, wxTRANSLATE("KP_"), + WXK_NUMPAD0, 0, 9); + if ( !keyCode ) + keyCode = IsNumberedAccelKey(current, wxTRANSLATE("SPECIAL"), + WXK_SPECIAL1, 1, 20); + + if ( !keyCode ) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Unrecognized accel key '%s', accel string ignored."), + current.c_str()); + return false; + } + } + + + wxASSERT_MSG( keyCode, wxT("logic error: should have key code here") ); + + if ( flagsOut ) + *flagsOut = accelFlags; + if ( keyOut ) + *keyOut = keyCode; + + return true; +} + +/* static */ +wxAcceleratorEntry *wxAcceleratorEntry::Create(const wxString& str) +{ + const wxString accelStr = str.AfterFirst('\t'); + if ( accelStr.empty() ) + { + // It's ok to pass strings not containing any accelerators at all to + // this function, wxMenuItem code does it and we should just return + // NULL in this case. + return NULL; + } + + int flags, + keyCode; + if ( !ParseAccel(accelStr, &flags, &keyCode) ) + return NULL; + + return new wxAcceleratorEntry(flags, keyCode); +} + +bool wxAcceleratorEntry::FromString(const wxString& str) +{ + return ParseAccel(str, &m_flags, &m_keyCode); +} + +wxString wxAcceleratorEntry::ToString() const +{ + wxString text; + + int flags = GetFlags(); + if ( flags & wxACCEL_ALT ) + text += _("Alt+"); + if ( flags & wxACCEL_CTRL ) + text += _("Ctrl+"); + if ( flags & wxACCEL_SHIFT ) + text += _("Shift+"); + + const int code = GetKeyCode(); + + if ( code >= WXK_F1 && code <= WXK_F12 ) + text << _("F") << code - WXK_F1 + 1; + else if ( code >= WXK_NUMPAD0 && code <= WXK_NUMPAD9 ) + text << _("KP_") << code - WXK_NUMPAD0; + else if ( code >= WXK_SPECIAL1 && code <= WXK_SPECIAL20 ) + text << _("SPECIAL") << code - WXK_SPECIAL1 + 1; + else // check the named keys + { + size_t n; + for ( n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(wxKeyNames); n++ ) + { + const wxKeyName& kn = wxKeyNames[n]; + if ( code == kn.code ) + { + text << wxGetTranslation(kn.name); + break; + } + } + + if ( n == WXSIZEOF(wxKeyNames) ) + { + // must be a simple key + if ( +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + // we can't call wxIsalnum() for non-ASCII characters in ASCII + // build as they're only defined for the ASCII range (or EOF) + wxIsascii(code) && +#endif // ANSI + wxIsalnum(code) ) + { + text << (wxChar)code; + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown keyboard accelerator code") ); + } + } + } + + return text; +} + +wxAcceleratorEntry *wxGetAccelFromString(const wxString& label) +{ + return wxAcceleratorEntry::Create(label); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/accesscmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/accesscmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..385a33936a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/accesscmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/accesscmn.cpp +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 2003-02-12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: accesscmn.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY + +#include "wx/access.h" + +#endif + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/anidecod.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/anidecod.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..917a048b7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/anidecod.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,359 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/anidecod.cpp +// Purpose: wxANIDecoder, ANI reader for wxImage and wxAnimation +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// RCS-ID: $Id: anidecod.cpp 60852 2009-06-01 11:43:36Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_ICO_CUR + +#include "wx/anidecod.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/palette.h" +#endif + +#include +#include + +// static +wxCURHandler wxANIDecoder::sm_handler; + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxANIFrameInfo +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxANIFrameInfo +{ +public: + wxANIFrameInfo(unsigned int delay = 0, int idx = -1) + { m_delay=delay; m_imageIndex=idx; } + + unsigned int m_delay; + int m_imageIndex; +}; + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" // this is a magic incantation which must be done! +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxImageArray) + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" // this is a magic incantation which must be done! +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxANIFrameInfoArray) + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxANIDecoder +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxANIDecoder::wxANIDecoder() +{ +} + +wxANIDecoder::~wxANIDecoder() +{ +} + +bool wxANIDecoder::ConvertToImage(unsigned int frame, wxImage *image) const +{ + unsigned int idx = m_info[frame].m_imageIndex; + *image = m_images[idx]; // copy + return image->IsOk(); +} + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data accessors +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSize wxANIDecoder::GetFrameSize(unsigned int WXUNUSED(frame)) const +{ + // all frames are of the same size... + return m_szAnimation; +} + +wxPoint wxANIDecoder::GetFramePosition(unsigned int WXUNUSED(frame)) const +{ + // all frames are of the same size... + return wxPoint(0,0); +} + +wxAnimationDisposal wxANIDecoder::GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int WXUNUSED(frame)) const +{ + // this disposal is implicit for all frames inside an ANI file + return wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND; +} + +long wxANIDecoder::GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const +{ + return m_info[frame].m_delay; +} + +wxColour wxANIDecoder::GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const +{ + unsigned int idx = m_info[frame].m_imageIndex; + + if (!m_images[idx].HasMask()) + return wxNullColour; + + return wxColour(m_images[idx].GetMaskRed(), + m_images[idx].GetMaskGreen(), + m_images[idx].GetMaskBlue()); +} + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ANI reading and decoding +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxANIDecoder::DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream) const +{ + wxInt32 FCC1, FCC2; + wxUint32 datalen; + + wxInt32 riff32; + memcpy( &riff32, "RIFF", 4 ); + wxInt32 list32; + memcpy( &list32, "LIST", 4 ); + wxInt32 ico32; + memcpy( &ico32, "icon", 4 ); + wxInt32 anih32; + memcpy( &anih32, "anih", 4 ); + + if ( !stream.Read(&FCC1, 4) ) + return false; + + if ( FCC1 != riff32 ) + return false; + + // we have a riff file: + while ( stream.IsOk() ) + { + if ( FCC1 == anih32 ) + return true; // found the ANIH chunk - this should be an ANI file + + // we always have a data size: + stream.Read(&datalen, 4); + datalen = wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(datalen) ; + + // data should be padded to make even number of bytes + if (datalen % 2 == 1) datalen ++ ; + + // now either data or a FCC: + if ( (FCC1 == riff32) || (FCC1 == list32) ) + { + stream.Read(&FCC2, 4); + } + else + { + if ( stream.SeekI(stream.TellI() + datalen) == wxInvalidOffset ) + return false; + } + + // try to read next data chunk: + if ( !stream.Read(&FCC1, 4) ) + { + // reading failed -- either EOF or IO error, bail out anyhow + return false; + } + } + + return false; +} + +// the "anih" RIFF chunk +struct wxANIHeader +{ + wxInt32 cbSizeOf; // Num bytes in AniHeader (36 bytes) + wxInt32 cFrames; // Number of unique Icons in this cursor + wxInt32 cSteps; // Number of Blits before the animation cycles + wxInt32 cx; // width of the frames + wxInt32 cy; // height of the frames + wxInt32 cBitCount; // bit depth + wxInt32 cPlanes; // 1 + wxInt32 JifRate; // Default Jiffies (1/60th of a second) if rate chunk not present. + wxInt32 flags; // Animation Flag (see AF_ constants) + + // ANI files are always little endian so we need to swap bytes on big + // endian architectures +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + void AdjustEndianness() + { + // this works because all our fields are wxInt32 and they must be + // packed without holes between them (if they're not, they wouldn't map + // to the file header!) + wxInt32 * const start = (wxInt32 *)this; + wxInt32 * const end = start + sizeof(wxANIHeader)/sizeof(wxInt32); + for ( wxInt32 *p = start; p != end; p++ ) + { + *p = wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(*p); + } + } +#else + void AdjustEndianness() { } +#endif +}; + +bool wxANIDecoder::Load( wxInputStream& stream ) +{ + wxInt32 FCC1, FCC2; + wxUint32 datalen; + unsigned int globaldelay=0; + + wxInt32 riff32; + memcpy( &riff32, "RIFF", 4 ); + wxInt32 list32; + memcpy( &list32, "LIST", 4 ); + wxInt32 ico32; + memcpy( &ico32, "icon", 4 ); + wxInt32 anih32; + memcpy( &anih32, "anih", 4 ); + wxInt32 rate32; + memcpy( &rate32, "rate", 4 ); + wxInt32 seq32; + memcpy( &seq32, "seq ", 4 ); + + if ( !stream.Read(&FCC1, 4) ) + return false; + if ( FCC1 != riff32 ) + return false; + + m_nFrames = 0; + m_szAnimation = wxDefaultSize; + + m_images.Clear(); + m_info.Clear(); + + // we have a riff file: + while ( !stream.Eof() ) + { + // we always have a data size: + if (!stream.Read(&datalen, 4)) + return false; + + datalen = wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(datalen); + + //data should be padded to make even number of bytes + if (datalen % 2 == 1) datalen++; + + // now either data or a FCC: + if ( (FCC1 == riff32) || (FCC1 == list32) ) + { + if (!stream.Read(&FCC2, 4)) + return false; + } + else if ( FCC1 == anih32 ) + { + if ( datalen != sizeof(wxANIHeader) ) + return false; + + if (m_nFrames > 0) + return false; // already parsed an ani header? + + struct wxANIHeader header; + if (!stream.Read(&header, sizeof(wxANIHeader))) + return false; + header.AdjustEndianness(); + + // we should have a global frame size + m_szAnimation = wxSize(header.cx, header.cy); + + // save interesting info from the header + m_nFrames = header.cSteps; // NB: not cFrames!! + if ( m_nFrames == 0 ) + return false; + + globaldelay = header.JifRate * 1000 / 60; + + m_images.Alloc(header.cFrames); + m_info.Add(wxANIFrameInfo(), m_nFrames); + } + else if ( FCC1 == rate32 ) + { + // did we already process the anih32 chunk? + if (m_nFrames == 0) + return false; // rate chunks should always be placed after anih chunk + + wxASSERT(m_info.GetCount() == m_nFrames); + for (unsigned int i=0; i(type_); + + wxAnyTypeToVariantDataFactoryMap& anyToVariant = m_anyToVariant; + wxAnyTypeToVariantDataFactoryMap::const_iterator it; + it = anyToVariant.find(type); + if ( it != anyToVariant.end() ) + return it->second; + + // Not found, handle pre-registrations + size_t i = m_anyToVariantRegs.size(); + while ( i > 0 ) + { + i--; + wxAnyToVariantRegistration* reg = m_anyToVariantRegs[i]; + wxAnyValueType* assocType = reg->GetAssociatedType(); + if ( assocType ) + { + // Both variant data and wxAnyValueType have been + // now been properly initialized, so remove the + // pre-registration entry and move data to anyToVarian + // map. + anyToVariant[assocType] = reg->GetFactory(); + m_anyToVariantRegs.erase( m_anyToVariantRegs.begin() + i ); + } + } + + // Then try again + it = anyToVariant.find(type); + if ( it != anyToVariant.end() ) + return it->second; + + // Finally, attempt to find a compatible type + for ( it = anyToVariant.begin(); it != anyToVariant.end(); it++ ) + { + if ( type->IsSameType(it->first) ) + { + wxVariantDataFactory f = it->second; + anyToVariant[type] = f; + return f; + } + } + + // Nothing found + return NULL; + } + +private: + wxAnyTypeToVariantDataFactoryMap m_anyToVariant; + wxVector m_anyToVariantRegs; +}; + +static wxAnyValueTypeGlobals* g_wxAnyValueTypeGlobals = NULL; + + +WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplVariantData) + +void wxPreRegisterAnyToVariant(wxAnyToVariantRegistration* reg) +{ + if ( !g_wxAnyValueTypeGlobals ) + g_wxAnyValueTypeGlobals = new wxAnyValueTypeGlobals(); + g_wxAnyValueTypeGlobals->PreRegisterAnyToVariant(reg); +} + +bool wxConvertAnyToVariant(const wxAny& any, wxVariant* variant) +{ + if ( any.IsNull() ) + { + variant->MakeNull(); + return true; + } + + // (signed) integer is a special case, because there is only one type + // in wxAny, and two ("long" and "longlong") in wxVariant. For better + // backwards compatibility, convert all values that fit in "long", + // and others to "longlong". + if ( wxANY_CHECK_TYPE(any, signed int) ) + { +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + wxLongLong_t ll = 0; + if ( any.GetAs(&ll) ) + { + // NB: Do not use LONG_MAX here. Explicitly using 32-bit + // integer constraint yields more consistent behavior across + // builds. + if ( ll > wxINT32_MAX || ll < wxINT32_MIN ) + *variant = wxLongLong(ll); + else + *variant = (long) wxLongLong(ll).GetLo(); + } + else + { + return false; + } +#else + long l; + if ( any.GetAs(&l) ) + *variant = l; + else + return false; +#endif + return true; + } + + // Find matching factory function + wxVariantDataFactory f = + g_wxAnyValueTypeGlobals->FindVariantDataFactory(any.GetType()); + + wxVariantData* data = NULL; + + if ( f ) + { + data = f(any); + } + else + { + // Check if wxAny wrapped wxVariantData* + if ( !any.GetAs(&data) ) + { + // Ok, one last chance: while unlikely, it is possible that the + // wxAny actually contains wxVariant. + if ( wxANY_CHECK_TYPE(any, wxVariant) ) + *variant = wxANY_AS(any, wxVariant); + return false; + } + + // Wrapper's GetValue() does not increase reference + // count, se have to do it before the data gets passed + // to a new variant. + data->IncRef(); + } + + variant->SetData(data); + return true; +} + +// +// This class is to make sure that wxAnyValueType instances +// etc. get freed correctly. We must use a separate wxAnyValueTypeGlobals +// because wxModule itself is instantiated too late. +// +class wxAnyValueTypeGlobalsManager : public wxModule +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnyValueTypeGlobalsManager) +public: + wxAnyValueTypeGlobalsManager() : wxModule() { } + virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeGlobalsManager() { } + + virtual bool OnInit() + { + return true; + } + virtual void OnExit() + { + wxDELETE(g_wxAnyValueTypeGlobals); + } +private: +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnyValueTypeGlobalsManager, wxModule) + +#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Dynamic conversion member functions +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// +// Define integer minimum and maximum as helpers +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + #define UseIntMin (wxINT64_MIN) + #define UseIntMax (wxINT64_MAX) + #define UseUintMax (wxUINT64_MAX) +#else + #define UseIntMin (LONG_MIN) + #define UseIntMax (LONG_MAX) + #define UseUintMax (ULONG_MAX) +#endif + +namespace +{ + +const double UseIntMinF = static_cast(UseIntMin); +const double UseIntMaxF = static_cast(UseIntMax); +const double UseUintMaxF = static_cast(UseUintMax); + +} // anonymous namespace + +bool wxAnyValueTypeImplInt::ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const +{ + wxAnyBaseIntType value = GetValue(src); + if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, wxString) ) + { +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + wxLongLong ll(value); + wxString s = ll.ToString(); +#else + wxString s = wxString::Format(wxS("%ld"), (long)value); +#endif + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(s, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, wxAnyBaseUintType) ) + { + if ( value < 0 ) + return false; + wxAnyBaseUintType ul = (wxAnyBaseUintType) value; + wxAnyValueTypeImplUint::SetValue(ul, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, double) ) + { + double value2 = static_cast(value); + wxAnyValueTypeImplDouble::SetValue(value2, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, bool) ) + { + bool value2 = value ? true : false; + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(value2, dst); + } + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxAnyValueTypeImplUint::ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const +{ + wxAnyBaseUintType value = GetValue(src); + if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, wxString) ) + { +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + wxULongLong ull(value); + wxString s = ull.ToString(); +#else + wxString s = wxString::Format(wxS("%lu"), (long)value); +#endif + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(s, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, wxAnyBaseIntType) ) + { + if ( value > UseIntMax ) + return false; + wxAnyBaseIntType l = (wxAnyBaseIntType) value; + wxAnyValueTypeImplInt::SetValue(l, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, double) ) + { +#ifndef __VISUALC6__ + double value2 = static_cast(value); +#else + // VC6 doesn't implement conversion from unsigned __int64 to double + wxAnyBaseIntType value0 = static_cast(value); + double value2 = static_cast(value0); +#endif + wxAnyValueTypeImplDouble::SetValue(value2, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, bool) ) + { + bool value2 = value ? true : false; + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(value2, dst); + } + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +// Convert wxString to destination wxAny value type +bool wxAnyConvertString(const wxString& value, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) +{ + if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, wxString) ) + { + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(value, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, wxAnyBaseIntType) ) + { + wxAnyBaseIntType value2; +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + if ( !value.ToLongLong(&value2) ) +#else + if ( !value.ToLong(&value2) ) +#endif + return false; + wxAnyValueTypeImplInt::SetValue(value2, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, wxAnyBaseUintType) ) + { + wxAnyBaseUintType value2; +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + if ( !value.ToULongLong(&value2) ) +#else + if ( !value.ToULong(&value2) ) +#endif + return false; + wxAnyValueTypeImplUint::SetValue(value2, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, double) ) + { + double value2; + if ( !value.ToDouble(&value2) ) + return false; + wxAnyValueTypeImplDouble::SetValue(value2, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, bool) ) + { + bool value2; + wxString s(value); + s.MakeLower(); + if ( s == wxS("true") || + s == wxS("yes") || + s == wxS('1') ) + value2 = true; + else if ( s == wxS("false") || + s == wxS("no") || + s == wxS('0') ) + value2 = false; + else + return false; + + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(value2, dst); + } + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxAnyValueTypeImpl::ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const +{ + bool value = GetValue(src); + if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, wxAnyBaseIntType) ) + { + wxAnyBaseIntType value2 = static_cast(value); + wxAnyValueTypeImplInt::SetValue(value2, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, wxAnyBaseUintType) ) + { + wxAnyBaseIntType value2 = static_cast(value); + wxAnyValueTypeImplUint::SetValue(value2, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, wxString) ) + { + wxString s; + if ( value ) + s = wxS("true"); + else + s = wxS("false"); + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(s, dst); + } + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxAnyValueTypeImplDouble::ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const +{ + double value = GetValue(src); + if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, wxAnyBaseIntType) ) + { + if ( value < UseIntMinF || value > UseIntMaxF ) + return false; + wxAnyBaseUintType ul = static_cast(value); + wxAnyValueTypeImplUint::SetValue(ul, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, wxAnyBaseUintType) ) + { + if ( value < 0.0 || value > UseUintMaxF ) + return false; + wxAnyBaseUintType ul = static_cast(value); + wxAnyValueTypeImplUint::SetValue(ul, dst); + } + else if ( wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(dstType, wxString) ) + { + wxString s = wxString::Format(wxS("%.14g"), value); + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::SetValue(s, dst); + } + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplInt) +WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplUint) +WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) +WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplDouble) + +WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplwxString) +WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplConstCharPtr) +WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplConstWchar_tPtr) + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME +WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +//WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) +//WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnyNullValueType implementation +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxAnyNullValue +{ +private: + void* m_dummy; +}; + +template <> +class wxAnyValueTypeImpl : public wxAnyValueType +{ + WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) +public: + // Dummy implementations + virtual void DeleteValue(wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) const + { + wxUnusedVar(buf); + } + + virtual void CopyBuffer(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const + { + wxUnusedVar(src); + wxUnusedVar(dst); + } + + virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, + wxAnyValueType* dstType, + wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const + { + wxUnusedVar(src); + wxUnusedVar(dstType); + wxUnusedVar(dst); + return false; + } + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + virtual const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const + { + wxFAIL_MSG("Null Type Info not available"); + return NULL; + } +#endif + +private: +}; + +WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) + +wxAnyValueType* wxAnyNullValueType = + wxAnyValueTypeImpl::GetInstance(); + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxAnyList) + +#endif // wxUSE_ANY diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/appbase.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/appbase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a5c65bcd2f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/appbase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1263 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/appbase.cpp +// Purpose: implements wxAppConsoleBase class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.06.2003 (extracted from common/appcmn.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: appbase.cpp 66229 2010-11-22 01:22:56Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" // includes windows.h for MessageBox() + #endif + #include "wx/list.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/apptrait.h" +#include "wx/cmdline.h" +#include "wx/confbase.h" +#include "wx/evtloop.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/msgout.h" +#include "wx/scopedptr.h" +#include "wx/sysopt.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/thread.h" + +#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS && wxUSE_STL + #include + #include +#endif + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS5__ +#if !defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + #include // for SIGTRAP used by wxTrap() +#endif //Win/Unix + +#include +#endif // ! __WXPALMOS5__ + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + #include "wx/fontmap.h" +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + #if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + #include "wx/stackwalk.h" + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/debughlp.h" + #endif + #endif // wxUSE_STACKWALKER + + #include "wx/recguard.h" +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +// wxABI_VERSION can be defined when compiling applications but it should be +// left undefined when compiling the library itself, it is then set to its +// default value in version.h +#if wxABI_VERSION != wxMAJOR_VERSION * 10000 + wxMINOR_VERSION * 100 + 99 +#error "wxABI_VERSION should not be defined when compiling the library" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions prototypes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + // really just show the assert dialog + static bool DoShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg); + + // prepare for showing the assert dialog, use the given traits or + // DoShowAssertDialog() as last fallback to really show it + static + void ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& file, + int line, + const wxString& func, + const wxString& cond, + const wxString& msg, + wxAppTraits *traits = NULL); +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ + // turn on the trace masks specified in the env variable WXTRACE + static void LINKAGEMODE SetTraceMasks(); +#endif // __WXDEBUG__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global vars +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxAppConsole *wxAppConsoleBase::ms_appInstance = NULL; + +wxAppInitializerFunction wxAppConsoleBase::ms_appInitFn = NULL; + +wxSocketManager *wxAppTraitsBase::ms_manager = NULL; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxList) wxPendingDelete; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventLoopPtr +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this defines wxEventLoopPtr +wxDEFINE_TIED_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(wxEventLoopBase) + +// ============================================================================ +// wxAppConsoleBase implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ctor/dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxAppConsoleBase::wxAppConsoleBase() +{ + m_traits = NULL; + m_mainLoop = NULL; + m_bDoPendingEventProcessing = true; + + ms_appInstance = static_cast(this); + +#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ + SetTraceMasks(); +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // In unicode mode the SetTraceMasks call can cause an apptraits to be + // created, but since we are still in the constructor the wrong kind will + // be created for GUI apps. Destroy it so it can be created again later. + wxDELETE(m_traits); +#endif +#endif +} + +wxAppConsoleBase::~wxAppConsoleBase() +{ + // we're being destroyed and using this object from now on may not work or + // even crash so don't leave dangling pointers to it + ms_appInstance = NULL; + + delete m_traits; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// initialization/cleanup +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxAppConsoleBase::Initialize(int& WXUNUSED(argc), wxChar **WXUNUSED(argv)) +{ +#if wxUSE_INTL + GetTraits()->SetLocale(); +#endif // wxUSE_INTL + + return true; +} + +wxString wxAppConsoleBase::GetAppName() const +{ + wxString name = m_appName; +#ifndef __WXPALMOS__ + if ( name.empty() ) + { + if ( argv ) + { + // the application name is, by default, the name of its executable file + wxFileName::SplitPath(argv[0], NULL, &name, NULL); + } + } +#endif // !__WXPALMOS__ + return name; +} + +wxString wxAppConsoleBase::GetAppDisplayName() const +{ + // use the explicitly provided display name, if any + if ( !m_appDisplayName.empty() ) + return m_appDisplayName; + + // if the application name was explicitly set, use it as is as capitalizing + // it won't always produce good results + if ( !m_appName.empty() ) + return m_appName; + + // if neither is set, use the capitalized version of the program file as + // it's the most reasonable default + return GetAppName().Capitalize(); +} + +wxEventLoopBase *wxAppConsoleBase::CreateMainLoop() +{ + return GetTraits()->CreateEventLoop(); +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::CleanUp() +{ + wxDELETE(m_mainLoop); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// OnXXX() callbacks +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxAppConsoleBase::OnInit() +{ +#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + wxCmdLineParser parser(argc, argv); + + OnInitCmdLine(parser); + + bool cont; + switch ( parser.Parse(false /* don't show usage */) ) + { + case -1: + cont = OnCmdLineHelp(parser); + break; + + case 0: + cont = OnCmdLineParsed(parser); + break; + + default: + cont = OnCmdLineError(parser); + break; + } + + if ( !cont ) + return false; +#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + + return true; +} + +int wxAppConsoleBase::OnRun() +{ + return MainLoop(); +} + +int wxAppConsoleBase::OnExit() +{ +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + // delete the config object if any (don't use Get() here, but Set() + // because Get() could create a new config object) + delete wxConfigBase::Set(NULL); +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + + return 0; +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::Exit() +{ + if (m_mainLoop != NULL) + ExitMainLoop(); + else + exit(-1); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// traits stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxAppTraits *wxAppConsoleBase::CreateTraits() +{ + return new wxConsoleAppTraits; +} + +wxAppTraits *wxAppConsoleBase::GetTraits() +{ + // FIXME-MT: protect this with a CS? + if ( !m_traits ) + { + m_traits = CreateTraits(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( m_traits, wxT("wxApp::CreateTraits() failed?") ); + } + + return m_traits; +} + +/* static */ +wxAppTraits *wxAppConsoleBase::GetTraitsIfExists() +{ + wxAppConsole * const app = GetInstance(); + return app ? app->GetTraits() : NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventLoop redirection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int wxAppConsoleBase::MainLoop() +{ + wxEventLoopBaseTiedPtr mainLoop(&m_mainLoop, CreateMainLoop()); + + return m_mainLoop ? m_mainLoop->Run() : -1; +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::ExitMainLoop() +{ + // we should exit from the main event loop, not just any currently active + // (e.g. modal dialog) event loop + if ( m_mainLoop && m_mainLoop->IsRunning() ) + { + m_mainLoop->Exit(0); + } +} + +bool wxAppConsoleBase::Pending() +{ + // use the currently active message loop here, not m_mainLoop, because if + // we're showing a modal dialog (with its own event loop) currently the + // main event loop is not running anyhow + wxEventLoopBase * const loop = wxEventLoopBase::GetActive(); + + return loop && loop->Pending(); +} + +bool wxAppConsoleBase::Dispatch() +{ + // see comment in Pending() + wxEventLoopBase * const loop = wxEventLoopBase::GetActive(); + + return loop && loop->Dispatch(); +} + +bool wxAppConsoleBase::Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded) +{ + wxEventLoopBase * const loop = wxEventLoopBase::GetActive(); + + return loop && loop->Yield(onlyIfNeeded); +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::WakeUpIdle() +{ + wxEventLoopBase * const loop = wxEventLoopBase::GetActive(); + + if ( loop ) + loop->WakeUp(); +} + +bool wxAppConsoleBase::ProcessIdle() +{ + // synthesize an idle event and check if more of them are needed + wxIdleEvent event; + event.SetEventObject(this); + ProcessEvent(event); + +#if wxUSE_LOG + // flush the logged messages if any (do this after processing the events + // which could have logged new messages) + wxLog::FlushActive(); +#endif + + // Garbage collect all objects previously scheduled for destruction. + DeletePendingObjects(); + + return event.MoreRequested(); +} + +bool wxAppConsoleBase::UsesEventLoop() const +{ + // in console applications we don't know whether we're going to have an + // event loop so assume we won't -- unless we already have one running + return wxEventLoopBase::GetActive() != NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +bool wxAppConsoleBase::IsMainLoopRunning() +{ + const wxAppConsole * const app = GetInstance(); + + return app && app->m_mainLoop != NULL; +} + +int wxAppConsoleBase::FilterEvent(wxEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // process the events normally by default + return -1; +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::DelayPendingEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* toDelay) +{ + wxENTER_CRIT_SECT(m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); + + // move the handler from the list of handlers with processable pending events + // to the list of handlers with pending events which needs to be processed later + m_handlersWithPendingEvents.Remove(toDelay); + + if (m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents.Index(toDelay) == wxNOT_FOUND) + m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents.Add(toDelay); + + wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT(m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::RemovePendingEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* toRemove) +{ + wxENTER_CRIT_SECT(m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); + + if (m_handlersWithPendingEvents.Index(toRemove) != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + m_handlersWithPendingEvents.Remove(toRemove); + + // check that the handler was present only once in the list + wxASSERT_MSG( m_handlersWithPendingEvents.Index(toRemove) == wxNOT_FOUND, + "Handler occurs twice in the m_handlersWithPendingEvents list!" ); + } + //else: it wasn't in this list at all, it's ok + + if (m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents.Index(toRemove) != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents.Remove(toRemove); + + // check that the handler was present only once in the list + wxASSERT_MSG( m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents.Index(toRemove) == wxNOT_FOUND, + "Handler occurs twice in m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents list!" ); + } + //else: it wasn't in this list at all, it's ok + + wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT(m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::AppendPendingEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* toAppend) +{ + wxENTER_CRIT_SECT(m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); + + if ( m_handlersWithPendingEvents.Index(toAppend) == wxNOT_FOUND ) + m_handlersWithPendingEvents.Add(toAppend); + + wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT(m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); +} + +bool wxAppConsoleBase::HasPendingEvents() const +{ + wxENTER_CRIT_SECT(const_cast(this)->m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); + + bool has = !m_handlersWithPendingEvents.IsEmpty(); + + wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT(const_cast(this)->m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); + + return has; +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::SuspendProcessingOfPendingEvents() +{ + m_bDoPendingEventProcessing = false; +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::ResumeProcessingOfPendingEvents() +{ + m_bDoPendingEventProcessing = true; +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::ProcessPendingEvents() +{ + if ( m_bDoPendingEventProcessing ) + { + wxENTER_CRIT_SECT(m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); + + wxCHECK_RET( m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents.IsEmpty(), + "this helper list should be empty" ); + + // iterate until the list becomes empty: the handlers remove themselves + // from it when they don't have any more pending events + while (!m_handlersWithPendingEvents.IsEmpty()) + { + // In ProcessPendingEvents(), new handlers might be added + // and we can safely leave the critical section here. + wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT(m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); + + // NOTE: we always call ProcessPendingEvents() on the first event handler + // with pending events because handlers auto-remove themselves + // from this list (see RemovePendingEventHandler) if they have no + // more pending events. + m_handlersWithPendingEvents[0]->ProcessPendingEvents(); + + wxENTER_CRIT_SECT(m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); + } + + // now the wxHandlersWithPendingEvents is surely empty; however some event + // handlers may have moved themselves into wxHandlersWithPendingDelayedEvents + // because of a selective wxYield call in progress. + // Now we need to move them back to wxHandlersWithPendingEvents so the next + // call to this function has the chance of processing them: + if (!m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents.IsEmpty()) + { + WX_APPEND_ARRAY(m_handlersWithPendingEvents, m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents); + m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents.Clear(); + } + + wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT(m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); + } +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::DeletePendingEvents() +{ + wxENTER_CRIT_SECT(m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); + + wxCHECK_RET( m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents.IsEmpty(), + "this helper list should be empty" ); + + for (unsigned int i=0; iDeletePendingEvents(); + + m_handlersWithPendingEvents.Clear(); + + wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT(m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// delayed objects destruction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxAppConsoleBase::IsScheduledForDestruction(wxObject *object) const +{ + return wxPendingDelete.Member(object); +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::ScheduleForDestruction(wxObject *object) +{ + if ( !UsesEventLoop() ) + { + // we won't be able to delete it later so do it right now + delete object; + return; + } + //else: we either already have or will soon start an event loop + + if ( !wxPendingDelete.Member(object) ) + wxPendingDelete.Append(object); +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::DeletePendingObjects() +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = wxPendingDelete.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxObject *obj = node->GetData(); + + // remove it from the list first so that if we get back here somehow + // during the object deletion (e.g. wxYield called from its dtor) we + // wouldn't try to delete it the second time + if ( wxPendingDelete.Member(obj) ) + wxPendingDelete.Erase(node); + + delete obj; + + // Deleting one object may have deleted other pending + // objects, so start from beginning of list again. + node = wxPendingDelete.GetFirst(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// exception handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + +void +wxAppConsoleBase::HandleEvent(wxEvtHandler *handler, + wxEventFunction func, + wxEvent& event) const +{ + // by default, simply call the handler + (handler->*func)(event); +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::CallEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler, + wxEventFunctor& functor, + wxEvent& event) const +{ + // If the functor holds a method then, for backward compatibility, call + // HandleEvent(): + wxEventFunction eventFunction = functor.GetEvtMethod(); + + if ( eventFunction ) + HandleEvent(handler, eventFunction, event); + else + functor(handler, event); +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::OnUnhandledException() +{ +#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ + // we're called from an exception handler so we can re-throw the exception + // to recover its type + wxString what; + try + { + throw; + } +#if wxUSE_STL + catch ( std::exception& e ) + { + what.Printf("std::exception of type \"%s\", what() = \"%s\"", + typeid(e).name(), e.what()); + } +#endif // wxUSE_STL + catch ( ... ) + { + what = "unknown exception"; + } + + wxMessageOutputBest().Printf( + "*** Caught unhandled %s; terminating\n", what + ); +#endif // __WXDEBUG__ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// exceptions support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxAppConsoleBase::OnExceptionInMainLoop() +{ + throw; + + // some compilers are too stupid to know that we never return after throw +#if defined(__DMC__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1200) + return false; +#endif +} + +#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// cmd line parsing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + +#define OPTION_VERBOSE "verbose" + +void wxAppConsoleBase::OnInitCmdLine(wxCmdLineParser& parser) +{ + // the standard command line options + static const wxCmdLineEntryDesc cmdLineDesc[] = + { + { + wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH, + "h", + "help", + gettext_noop("show this help message"), + wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NONE, + wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_HELP + }, + +#if wxUSE_LOG + { + wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH, + NULL, + OPTION_VERBOSE, + gettext_noop("generate verbose log messages"), + wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NONE, + 0x0 + }, +#endif // wxUSE_LOG + + // terminator + wxCMD_LINE_DESC_END + }; + + parser.SetDesc(cmdLineDesc); +} + +bool wxAppConsoleBase::OnCmdLineParsed(wxCmdLineParser& parser) +{ +#if wxUSE_LOG + if ( parser.Found(OPTION_VERBOSE) ) + { + wxLog::SetVerbose(true); + } +#else + wxUnusedVar(parser); +#endif // wxUSE_LOG + + return true; +} + +bool wxAppConsoleBase::OnCmdLineHelp(wxCmdLineParser& parser) +{ + parser.Usage(); + + return false; +} + +bool wxAppConsoleBase::OnCmdLineError(wxCmdLineParser& parser) +{ + parser.Usage(); + + return false; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// debugging support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +bool wxAppConsoleBase::CheckBuildOptions(const char *optionsSignature, + const char *componentName) +{ +#if 0 // can't use wxLogTrace, not up and running yet + printf("checking build options object '%s' (ptr %p) in '%s'\n", + optionsSignature, optionsSignature, componentName); +#endif + + if ( strcmp(optionsSignature, WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE) != 0 ) + { + wxString lib = wxString::FromAscii(WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE); + wxString prog = wxString::FromAscii(optionsSignature); + wxString progName = wxString::FromAscii(componentName); + wxString msg; + + msg.Printf(wxT("Mismatch between the program and library build versions detected.\nThe library used %s,\nand %s used %s."), + lib.c_str(), progName.c_str(), prog.c_str()); + + wxLogFatalError(msg.c_str()); + + // normally wxLogFatalError doesn't return + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::OnAssertFailure(const wxChar *file, + int line, + const wxChar *func, + const wxChar *cond, + const wxChar *msg) +{ +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + ShowAssertDialog(file, line, func, cond, msg, GetTraits()); +#else + // this function is still present even in debug level 0 build for ABI + // compatibility reasons but is never called there and so can simply do + // nothing in it + wxUnusedVar(file); + wxUnusedVar(line); + wxUnusedVar(func); + wxUnusedVar(cond); + wxUnusedVar(msg); +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL/!wxDEBUG_LEVEL +} + +void wxAppConsoleBase::OnAssert(const wxChar *file, + int line, + const wxChar *cond, + const wxChar *msg) +{ + OnAssertFailure(file, line, NULL, cond, msg); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// other classes implementations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxConsoleAppTraitsBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LOG + +wxLog *wxConsoleAppTraitsBase::CreateLogTarget() +{ + return new wxLogStderr; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LOG + +wxMessageOutput *wxConsoleAppTraitsBase::CreateMessageOutput() +{ + return new wxMessageOutputStderr; +} + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + +wxFontMapper *wxConsoleAppTraitsBase::CreateFontMapper() +{ + return (wxFontMapper *)new wxFontMapperBase; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + +wxRendererNative *wxConsoleAppTraitsBase::CreateRenderer() +{ + // console applications don't use renderers + return NULL; +} + +bool wxConsoleAppTraitsBase::ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg) +{ + return wxAppTraitsBase::ShowAssertDialog(msg); +} + +bool wxConsoleAppTraitsBase::HasStderr() +{ + // console applications always have stderr, even under Mac/Windows + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAppTraits +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_INTL +void wxAppTraitsBase::SetLocale() +{ + wxSetlocale(LC_ALL, ""); + wxUpdateLocaleIsUtf8(); +} +#endif + +#if wxUSE_THREADS +void wxMutexGuiEnterImpl(); +void wxMutexGuiLeaveImpl(); + +void wxAppTraitsBase::MutexGuiEnter() +{ + wxMutexGuiEnterImpl(); +} + +void wxAppTraitsBase::MutexGuiLeave() +{ + wxMutexGuiLeaveImpl(); +} + +void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiEnter() +{ + wxAppTraits * const traits = wxAppConsoleBase::GetTraitsIfExists(); + if ( traits ) + traits->MutexGuiEnter(); +} + +void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiLeave() +{ + wxAppTraits * const traits = wxAppConsoleBase::GetTraitsIfExists(); + if ( traits ) + traits->MutexGuiLeave(); +} +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + +bool wxAppTraitsBase::ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msgOriginal) +{ +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + wxString msg; + +#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + const wxString stackTrace = GetAssertStackTrace(); + if ( !stackTrace.empty() ) + { + msg << wxT("\n\nCall stack:\n") << stackTrace; + + wxMessageOutputDebug().Output(msg); + } +#endif // wxUSE_STACKWALKER + + return DoShowAssertDialog(msgOriginal + msg); +#else // !wxDEBUG_LEVEL + wxUnusedVar(msgOriginal); + + return false; +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL/!wxDEBUG_LEVEL +} + +#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER +wxString wxAppTraitsBase::GetAssertStackTrace() +{ +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +#if !defined(__WXMSW__) + // on Unix stack frame generation may take some time, depending on the + // size of the executable mainly... warn the user that we are working + wxFprintf(stderr, "Collecting stack trace information, please wait..."); + fflush(stderr); +#endif // !__WXMSW__ + + + wxString stackTrace; + + class StackDump : public wxStackWalker + { + public: + StackDump() { } + + const wxString& GetStackTrace() const { return m_stackTrace; } + + protected: + virtual void OnStackFrame(const wxStackFrame& frame) + { + m_stackTrace << wxString::Format + ( + wxT("[%02d] "), + wx_truncate_cast(int, frame.GetLevel()) + ); + + wxString name = frame.GetName(); + if ( !name.empty() ) + { + m_stackTrace << wxString::Format(wxT("%-40s"), name.c_str()); + } + else + { + m_stackTrace << wxString::Format(wxT("%p"), frame.GetAddress()); + } + + if ( frame.HasSourceLocation() ) + { + m_stackTrace << wxT('\t') + << frame.GetFileName() + << wxT(':') + << frame.GetLine(); + } + + m_stackTrace << wxT('\n'); + } + + private: + wxString m_stackTrace; + }; + + // don't show more than maxLines or we could get a dialog too tall to be + // shown on screen: 20 should be ok everywhere as even with 15 pixel high + // characters it is still only 300 pixels... + static const int maxLines = 20; + + StackDump dump; + dump.Walk(2, maxLines); // don't show OnAssert() call itself + stackTrace = dump.GetStackTrace(); + + const int count = stackTrace.Freq(wxT('\n')); + for ( int i = 0; i < count - maxLines; i++ ) + stackTrace = stackTrace.BeforeLast(wxT('\n')); + + return stackTrace; +#else // !wxDEBUG_LEVEL + // this function is still present for ABI-compatibility even in debug level + // 0 build but is not used there and so can simply do nothing + return wxString(); +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL/!wxDEBUG_LEVEL +} +#endif // wxUSE_STACKWALKER + + +// ============================================================================ +// global functions implementation +// ============================================================================ + +void wxExit() +{ + if ( wxTheApp ) + { + wxTheApp->Exit(); + } + else + { + // what else can we do? + exit(-1); + } +} + +void wxWakeUpIdle() +{ + if ( wxTheApp ) + { + wxTheApp->WakeUpIdle(); + } + //else: do nothing, what can we do? +} + +// wxASSERT() helper +bool wxAssertIsEqual(int x, int y) +{ + return x == y; +} + +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +// break into the debugger +void wxTrap() +{ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + DebugBreak(); +#elif defined(_MSL_USING_MW_C_HEADERS) && _MSL_USING_MW_C_HEADERS + Debugger(); +#elif defined(__UNIX__) + raise(SIGTRAP); +#else + // TODO +#endif // Win/Unix +} + +// default assert handler +static void +wxDefaultAssertHandler(const wxString& file, + int line, + const wxString& func, + const wxString& cond, + const wxString& msg) +{ + // If this option is set, we should abort immediately when assert happens. + if ( wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt("exit-on-assert") ) + abort(); + + // FIXME MT-unsafe + static int s_bInAssert = 0; + + wxRecursionGuard guard(s_bInAssert); + if ( guard.IsInside() ) + { + // can't use assert here to avoid infinite loops, so just trap + wxTrap(); + + return; + } + + if ( !wxTheApp ) + { + // by default, show the assert dialog box -- we can't customize this + // behaviour + ShowAssertDialog(file, line, func, cond, msg); + } + else + { + // let the app process it as it wants + // FIXME-UTF8: use wc_str(), not c_str(), when ANSI build is removed + wxTheApp->OnAssertFailure(file.c_str(), line, func.c_str(), + cond.c_str(), msg.c_str()); + } +} + +wxAssertHandler_t wxTheAssertHandler = wxDefaultAssertHandler; + +void wxSetDefaultAssertHandler() +{ + wxTheAssertHandler = wxDefaultAssertHandler; +} + +void wxOnAssert(const wxString& file, + int line, + const wxString& func, + const wxString& cond, + const wxString& msg) +{ + wxTheAssertHandler(file, line, func, cond, msg); +} + +void wxOnAssert(const wxString& file, + int line, + const wxString& func, + const wxString& cond) +{ + wxTheAssertHandler(file, line, func, cond, wxString()); +} + +void wxOnAssert(const wxChar *file, + int line, + const char *func, + const wxChar *cond, + const wxChar *msg) +{ + // this is the backwards-compatible version (unless we don't use Unicode) + // so it could be called directly from the user code and this might happen + // even when wxTheAssertHandler is NULL +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + if ( wxTheAssertHandler ) +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + wxTheAssertHandler(file, line, func, cond, msg); +} + +void wxOnAssert(const char *file, + int line, + const char *func, + const char *cond, + const wxString& msg) +{ + wxTheAssertHandler(file, line, func, cond, msg); +} + +void wxOnAssert(const char *file, + int line, + const char *func, + const char *cond, + const wxCStrData& msg) +{ + wxTheAssertHandler(file, line, func, cond, msg); +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +void wxOnAssert(const char *file, + int line, + const char *func, + const char *cond) +{ + wxTheAssertHandler(file, line, func, cond, wxString()); +} + +void wxOnAssert(const char *file, + int line, + const char *func, + const char *cond, + const char *msg) +{ + wxTheAssertHandler(file, line, func, cond, msg); +} + +void wxOnAssert(const char *file, + int line, + const char *func, + const char *cond, + const wxChar *msg) +{ + wxTheAssertHandler(file, line, func, cond, msg); +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +// ============================================================================ +// private functions implementation +// ============================================================================ + +#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ + +static void LINKAGEMODE SetTraceMasks() +{ +#if wxUSE_LOG + wxString mask; + if ( wxGetEnv(wxT("WXTRACE"), &mask) ) + { + wxStringTokenizer tkn(mask, wxT(",;:")); + while ( tkn.HasMoreTokens() ) + wxLog::AddTraceMask(tkn.GetNextToken()); + } +#endif // wxUSE_LOG +} + +#endif // __WXDEBUG__ + +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +static +bool DoShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg) +{ + // under MSW we can show the dialog even in the console mode +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + wxString msgDlg(msg); + + // this message is intentionally not translated -- it is for developers + // only -- and the less code we use here, less is the danger of recursively + // asserting and dying + msgDlg += wxT("\nDo you want to stop the program?\n") + wxT("You can also choose [Cancel] to suppress ") + wxT("further warnings."); + + switch ( ::MessageBox(NULL, msgDlg.wx_str(), wxT("wxWidgets Debug Alert"), + MB_YESNOCANCEL | MB_ICONSTOP ) ) + { + case IDYES: + wxTrap(); + break; + + case IDCANCEL: + // stop the asserts + return true; + + //case IDNO: nothing to do + } +#else // !__WXMSW__ + wxUnusedVar(msg); +#endif // __WXMSW__/!__WXMSW__ + + // continue with the asserts by default + return false; +} + +// show the standard assert dialog +static +void ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& file, + int line, + const wxString& func, + const wxString& cond, + const wxString& msgUser, + wxAppTraits *traits) +{ + // this variable can be set to true to suppress "assert failure" messages + static bool s_bNoAsserts = false; + + wxString msg; + msg.reserve(2048); + + // make life easier for people using VC++ IDE by using this format: like + // this, clicking on the message will take us immediately to the place of + // the failed assert + msg.Printf(wxT("%s(%d): assert \"%s\" failed"), file, line, cond); + + // add the function name, if any + if ( !func.empty() ) + msg << wxT(" in ") << func << wxT("()"); + + // and the message itself + if ( !msgUser.empty() ) + { + msg << wxT(": ") << msgUser; + } + else // no message given + { + msg << wxT('.'); + } + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + // if we are not in the main thread, output the assert directly and trap + // since dialogs cannot be displayed + if ( !wxThread::IsMain() ) + { + msg += wxString::Format(" [in thread %lx]", wxThread::GetCurrentId()); + } +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + // log the assert in any case + wxMessageOutputDebug().Output(msg); + + if ( !s_bNoAsserts ) + { + if ( traits ) + { + // delegate showing assert dialog (if possible) to that class + s_bNoAsserts = traits->ShowAssertDialog(msg); + } + else // no traits object + { + // fall back to the function of last resort + s_bNoAsserts = DoShowAssertDialog(msg); + } + } +} + +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/appcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/appcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bad98c12b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/appcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,484 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/appcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxAppBase methods common to all platforms +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 18.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: appcmn.cpp 66648 2011-01-08 06:42:41Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/confbase.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/apptrait.h" +#include "wx/cmdline.h" +#include "wx/msgout.h" +#include "wx/thread.h" +#include "wx/vidmode.h" +#include "wx/evtloop.h" + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + #include "wx/fontmap.h" +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + +// DLL options compatibility check: +#include "wx/build.h" +WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS("wxCore") + +// ============================================================================ +// wxAppBase implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// initialization +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxAppBase::wxAppBase() +{ + m_topWindow = NULL; + + m_useBestVisual = false; + m_forceTrueColour = false; + + m_isActive = true; + + // We don't want to exit the app if the user code shows a dialog from its + // OnInit() -- but this is what would happen if we set m_exitOnFrameDelete + // to Yes initially as this dialog would be the last top level window. + // OTOH, if we set it to No initially we'll have to overwrite it with Yes + // when we enter our OnRun() because we do want the default behaviour from + // then on. But this would be a problem if the user code calls + // SetExitOnFrameDelete(false) from OnInit(). + // + // So we use the special "Later" value which is such that + // GetExitOnFrameDelete() returns false for it but which we know we can + // safely (i.e. without losing the effect of the users SetExitOnFrameDelete + // call) overwrite in OnRun() + m_exitOnFrameDelete = Later; +} + +bool wxAppBase::Initialize(int& argcOrig, wxChar **argvOrig) +{ + if ( !wxAppConsole::Initialize(argcOrig, argvOrig) ) + return false; + + wxInitializeStockLists(); + + wxBitmap::InitStandardHandlers(); + + // for compatibility call the old initialization function too + if ( !OnInitGui() ) + return false; + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// cleanup +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxAppBase::~wxAppBase() +{ + // this destructor is required for Darwin +} + +void wxAppBase::CleanUp() +{ + // clean up all the pending objects + DeletePendingObjects(); + + // and any remaining TLWs (they remove themselves from wxTopLevelWindows + // when destroyed, so iterate until none are left) + while ( !wxTopLevelWindows.empty() ) + { + // do not use Destroy() here as it only puts the TLW in pending list + // but we want to delete them now + delete wxTopLevelWindows.GetFirst()->GetData(); + } + + // undo everything we did in Initialize() above + wxBitmap::CleanUpHandlers(); + + wxStockGDI::DeleteAll(); + + wxDeleteStockLists(); + + wxDELETE(wxTheColourDatabase); + + wxAppConsole::CleanUp(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// various accessors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxWindow* wxAppBase::GetTopWindow() const +{ + wxWindow* window = m_topWindow; + if (window == NULL && wxTopLevelWindows.GetCount() > 0) + window = wxTopLevelWindows.GetFirst()->GetData(); + return window; +} + +wxVideoMode wxAppBase::GetDisplayMode() const +{ + return wxVideoMode(); +} + +wxLayoutDirection wxAppBase::GetLayoutDirection() const +{ +#if wxUSE_INTL + const wxLocale *const locale = wxGetLocale(); + if ( locale ) + { + const wxLanguageInfo *const + info = wxLocale::GetLanguageInfo(locale->GetLanguage()); + + if ( info ) + return info->LayoutDirection; + } +#endif // wxUSE_INTL + + // we don't know + return wxLayout_Default; +} + +#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// GUI-specific command line options handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define OPTION_THEME "theme" +#define OPTION_MODE "mode" + +void wxAppBase::OnInitCmdLine(wxCmdLineParser& parser) +{ + // first add the standard non GUI options + wxAppConsole::OnInitCmdLine(parser); + + // the standard command line options + static const wxCmdLineEntryDesc cmdLineGUIDesc[] = + { +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + { + wxCMD_LINE_OPTION, + NULL, + OPTION_THEME, + gettext_noop("specify the theme to use"), + wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING, + 0x0 + }, +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ + +#if defined(__WXMGL__) + // VS: this is not specific to wxMGL, all fullscreen (framebuffer) ports + // should provide this option. That's why it is in common/appcmn.cpp + // and not mgl/app.cpp + { + wxCMD_LINE_OPTION, + NULL, + OPTION_MODE, + gettext_noop("specify display mode to use (e.g. 640x480-16)"), + wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING, + 0x0 + }, +#endif // __WXMGL__ + + // terminator + wxCMD_LINE_DESC_END + }; + + parser.SetDesc(cmdLineGUIDesc); +} + +bool wxAppBase::OnCmdLineParsed(wxCmdLineParser& parser) +{ +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + wxString themeName; + if ( parser.Found(OPTION_THEME, &themeName) ) + { + wxTheme *theme = wxTheme::Create(themeName); + if ( !theme ) + { + wxLogError(_("Unsupported theme '%s'."), themeName.c_str()); + return false; + } + + // Delete the defaultly created theme and set the new theme. + delete wxTheme::Get(); + wxTheme::Set(theme); + } +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ + +#if defined(__WXMGL__) + wxString modeDesc; + if ( parser.Found(OPTION_MODE, &modeDesc) ) + { + unsigned w, h, bpp; + if ( wxSscanf(modeDesc.c_str(), wxT("%ux%u-%u"), &w, &h, &bpp) != 3 ) + { + wxLogError(_("Invalid display mode specification '%s'."), modeDesc.c_str()); + return false; + } + + if ( !SetDisplayMode(wxVideoMode(w, h, bpp)) ) + return false; + } +#endif // __WXMGL__ + + return wxAppConsole::OnCmdLineParsed(parser); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// OnXXX() hooks +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxAppBase::OnInitGui() +{ +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + if ( !wxTheme::Get() && !wxTheme::CreateDefault() ) + return false; +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ + + return true; +} + +int wxAppBase::OnRun() +{ + // see the comment in ctor: if the initial value hasn't been changed, use + // the default Yes from now on + if ( m_exitOnFrameDelete == Later ) + { + m_exitOnFrameDelete = Yes; + } + //else: it has been changed, assume the user knows what he is doing + + return wxAppConsole::OnRun(); +} + +int wxAppBase::OnExit() +{ +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + delete wxTheme::Set(NULL); +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ + + return wxAppConsole::OnExit(); +} + +wxAppTraits *wxAppBase::CreateTraits() +{ + return new wxGUIAppTraits; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// misc +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxAppBase::SetActive(bool active, wxWindow * WXUNUSED(lastFocus)) +{ + if ( active == m_isActive ) + return; + + m_isActive = active; + + wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP, active); + event.SetEventObject(this); + + (void)ProcessEvent(event); +} + +bool wxAppBase::SafeYield(wxWindow *win, bool onlyIfNeeded) +{ + wxWindowDisabler wd(win); + + wxEventLoopBase * const loop = wxEventLoopBase::GetActive(); + + return loop && loop->Yield(onlyIfNeeded); +} + +bool wxAppBase::SafeYieldFor(wxWindow *win, long eventsToProcess) +{ + wxWindowDisabler wd(win); + + wxEventLoopBase * const loop = wxEventLoopBase::GetActive(); + + return loop && loop->YieldFor(eventsToProcess); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// idle handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Returns true if more time is needed. +bool wxAppBase::ProcessIdle() +{ + // call the base class version first to send the idle event to wxTheApp + // itself + bool needMore = wxAppConsoleBase::ProcessIdle(); + wxIdleEvent event; + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = wxTopLevelWindows.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow* win = node->GetData(); + if (win->SendIdleEvents(event)) + needMore = true; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + wxUpdateUIEvent::ResetUpdateTime(); + + return needMore; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGUIAppTraitsBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LOG + +wxLog *wxGUIAppTraitsBase::CreateLogTarget() +{ +#if wxUSE_LOGGUI +#ifndef __WXOSX_IPHONE__ + return new wxLogGui; +#else + return new wxLogStderr; +#endif +#else + // we must have something! + return new wxLogStderr; +#endif +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LOG + +wxMessageOutput *wxGUIAppTraitsBase::CreateMessageOutput() +{ + // The standard way of printing help on command line arguments (app --help) + // is (according to common practice): + // - console apps: to stderr (on any platform) + // - GUI apps: stderr on Unix platforms (!) + // stderr if available and message box otherwise on others + // (currently stderr only Windows if app running from console) +#ifdef __UNIX__ + return new wxMessageOutputStderr; +#else // !__UNIX__ + // wxMessageOutputMessageBox doesn't work under Motif + #ifdef __WXMOTIF__ + return new wxMessageOutputLog; + #elif wxUSE_MSGDLG + return new wxMessageOutputBest(wxMSGOUT_PREFER_STDERR); + #else + return new wxMessageOutputStderr; + #endif +#endif // __UNIX__/!__UNIX__ +} + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + +wxFontMapper *wxGUIAppTraitsBase::CreateFontMapper() +{ + return new wxFontMapper; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + +wxRendererNative *wxGUIAppTraitsBase::CreateRenderer() +{ + // use the default native renderer by default + return NULL; +} + +bool wxGUIAppTraitsBase::ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg) +{ +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + // under MSW we prefer to use the base class version using ::MessageBox() + // even if wxMessageBox() is available because it has less chances to + // double fault our app than our wxMessageBox() + // + // under DFB the message dialog is not always functional right now + // + // and finally we can't use wxMessageBox() if it wasn't compiled in, of + // course +#if !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXDFB__) && wxUSE_MSGDLG + + // we can't (safely) show the GUI dialog from another thread, only do it + // for the asserts in the main thread + if ( wxIsMainThread() ) + { + wxString msgDlg = msg; + +#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + const wxString stackTrace = GetAssertStackTrace(); + if ( !stackTrace.empty() ) + msgDlg << wxT("\n\nCall stack:\n") << stackTrace; +#endif // wxUSE_STACKWALKER + + // this message is intentionally not translated -- it is for + // developpers only + msgDlg += wxT("\nDo you want to stop the program?\n") + wxT("You can also choose [Cancel] to suppress ") + wxT("further warnings."); + + switch ( wxMessageBox(msgDlg, wxT("wxWidgets Debug Alert"), + wxYES_NO | wxCANCEL | wxICON_STOP ) ) + { + case wxYES: + wxTrap(); + break; + + case wxCANCEL: + // no more asserts + return true; + + //case wxNO: nothing to do + } + + return false; + } +#endif // wxUSE_MSGDLG +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL + + return wxAppTraitsBase::ShowAssertDialog(msg); +} + +bool wxGUIAppTraitsBase::HasStderr() +{ + // we consider that under Unix stderr always goes somewhere, even if the + // user doesn't always see it under GUI desktops +#ifdef __UNIX__ + return true; +#else + return false; +#endif +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arcall.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arcall.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bedf19becd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arcall.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/arcall.cpp +// Purpose: wxArchive link all archive streams +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// RCS-ID: $Id: arcall.cpp 42508 2006-10-27 09:53:38Z MW $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS + +#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM +#include "wx/zipstrm.h" +#endif +#if wxUSE_TARSTREAM +#include "wx/tarstrm.h" +#endif + +// Reference archive classes to ensure they are linked into a statically +// linked program that uses Find or GetFirst to look for an archive handler. +// It is in its own file so that the user can override this behaviour by +// providing their own implementation. + +void wxUseArchiveClasses() +{ +#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM + wxZipClassFactory(); +#endif +#if wxUSE_TARSTREAM + wxTarClassFactory(); +#endif +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arcfind.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arcfind.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc9a0d179a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arcfind.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/arcfind.cpp +// Purpose: Streams for archive formats +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// RCS-ID: $Id: arcfind.cpp 46391 2007-06-10 17:42:41Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/archive.h" + +// These functions are in a separate file so that statically linked apps +// that do not call them to search for archive handlers will only link in +// the archive classes they use. + +const wxArchiveClassFactory * +wxArchiveClassFactory::Find(const wxString& protocol, wxStreamProtocolType type) +{ + for (const wxArchiveClassFactory *f = GetFirst(); f; f = f->GetNext()) + if (f->CanHandle(protocol, type)) + return f; + + return NULL; +} + +// static +const wxArchiveClassFactory *wxArchiveClassFactory::GetFirst() +{ + if (!sm_first) + wxUseArchiveClasses(); + return sm_first; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/archive.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/archive.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c2dfdb44c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/archive.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/archive.cpp +// Purpose: Streams for archive formats +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// RCS-ID: $Id: archive.cpp 42508 2006-10-27 09:53:38Z MW $ +// Copyright: (c) Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/archive.h" + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArchiveEntry, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArchiveClassFactory, wxFilterClassFactoryBase) + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxArchiveInputStream + +wxArchiveInputStream::wxArchiveInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, + wxMBConv& conv) + : wxFilterInputStream(stream), + m_conv(conv) +{ +} + +wxArchiveInputStream::wxArchiveInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, + wxMBConv& conv) + : wxFilterInputStream(stream), + m_conv(conv) +{ +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxArchiveOutputStream + +wxArchiveOutputStream::wxArchiveOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, + wxMBConv& conv) + : wxFilterOutputStream(stream), + m_conv(conv) +{ +} + +wxArchiveOutputStream::wxArchiveOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream, + wxMBConv& conv) + : wxFilterOutputStream(stream), + m_conv(conv) +{ +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxArchiveEntry + +void wxArchiveEntry::SetNotifier(wxArchiveNotifier& notifier) +{ + UnsetNotifier(); + m_notifier = ¬ifier; + m_notifier->OnEntryUpdated(*this); +} + +wxArchiveEntry& wxArchiveEntry::operator=(const wxArchiveEntry& WXUNUSED(e)) +{ + m_notifier = NULL; + return *this; +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxArchiveClassFactory + +wxArchiveClassFactory *wxArchiveClassFactory::sm_first = NULL; + +void wxArchiveClassFactory::Remove() +{ + if (m_next != this) + { + wxArchiveClassFactory **pp = &sm_first; + + while (*pp != this) + pp = &(*pp)->m_next; + + *pp = m_next; + + m_next = this; + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arrstr.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arrstr.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9e9da5f35e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arrstr.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,566 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/arrstr.cpp +// Purpose: wxArrayString class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: arrstr.cpp 61947 2009-09-16 23:18:48Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// =========================================================================== +// headers, declarations, constants +// =========================================================================== + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +#include "wx/beforestd.h" +#include +#include +#include "wx/afterstd.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// ArrayString +// ============================================================================ + +wxArrayString::wxArrayString(size_t sz, const char** a) +{ +#if !wxUSE_STL + Init(false); +#endif + for (size_t i=0; i < sz; i++) + Add(a[i]); +} + +wxArrayString::wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wchar_t** a) +{ +#if !wxUSE_STL + Init(false); +#endif + for (size_t i=0; i < sz; i++) + Add(a[i]); +} + +wxArrayString::wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wxString* a) +{ +#if !wxUSE_STL + Init(false); +#endif + for (size_t i=0; i < sz; i++) + Add(a[i]); +} + +#if !wxUSE_STL + +// size increment = min(50% of current size, ARRAY_MAXSIZE_INCREMENT) +#define ARRAY_MAXSIZE_INCREMENT 4096 + +#ifndef ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE // also defined in dynarray.h +#define ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE (16) +#endif + +// ctor +void wxArrayString::Init(bool autoSort) +{ + m_nSize = + m_nCount = 0; + m_pItems = NULL; + m_autoSort = autoSort; +} + +// copy ctor +wxArrayString::wxArrayString(const wxArrayString& src) +{ + Init(src.m_autoSort); + + *this = src; +} + +// assignment operator +wxArrayString& wxArrayString::operator=(const wxArrayString& src) +{ + if ( m_nSize > 0 ) + Clear(); + + Copy(src); + + m_autoSort = src.m_autoSort; + + return *this; +} + +void wxArrayString::Copy(const wxArrayString& src) +{ + if ( src.m_nCount > ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE ) + Alloc(src.m_nCount); + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < src.m_nCount; n++ ) + Add(src[n]); +} + +// grow the array +void wxArrayString::Grow(size_t nIncrement) +{ + // only do it if no more place + if ( (m_nSize - m_nCount) < nIncrement ) { + // if ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE were set to 0, the initially empty would + // be never resized! + #if ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE == 0 + #error "ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE must be > 0!" + #endif + + if ( m_nSize == 0 ) { + // was empty, alloc some memory + m_nSize = ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE; + if (m_nSize < nIncrement) + m_nSize = nIncrement; + m_pItems = new wxString[m_nSize]; + } + else { + // otherwise when it's called for the first time, nIncrement would be 0 + // and the array would never be expanded + // add 50% but not too much + size_t ndefIncrement = m_nSize < ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE + ? ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE : m_nSize >> 1; + if ( ndefIncrement > ARRAY_MAXSIZE_INCREMENT ) + ndefIncrement = ARRAY_MAXSIZE_INCREMENT; + if ( nIncrement < ndefIncrement ) + nIncrement = ndefIncrement; + m_nSize += nIncrement; + wxString *pNew = new wxString[m_nSize]; + + // copy data to new location + for ( size_t j = 0; j < m_nCount; j++ ) + pNew[j] = m_pItems[j]; + + // delete old memory (but do not release the strings!) + delete [] m_pItems; + + m_pItems = pNew; + } + } +} + +// deletes all the strings from the list +void wxArrayString::Empty() +{ + m_nCount = 0; +} + +// as Empty, but also frees memory +void wxArrayString::Clear() +{ + m_nSize = + m_nCount = 0; + + wxDELETEA(m_pItems); +} + +// dtor +wxArrayString::~wxArrayString() +{ + delete [] m_pItems; +} + +void wxArrayString::reserve(size_t nSize) +{ + Alloc(nSize); +} + +// pre-allocates memory (frees the previous data!) +void wxArrayString::Alloc(size_t nSize) +{ + // only if old buffer was not big enough + if ( nSize > m_nSize ) { + wxString *pNew = new wxString[nSize]; + if ( !pNew ) + return; + + for ( size_t j = 0; j < m_nCount; j++ ) + pNew[j] = m_pItems[j]; + delete [] m_pItems; + + m_pItems = pNew; + m_nSize = nSize; + } +} + +// minimizes the memory usage by freeing unused memory +void wxArrayString::Shrink() +{ + // only do it if we have some memory to free + if( m_nCount < m_nSize ) { + // allocates exactly as much memory as we need + wxString *pNew = new wxString[m_nCount]; + + // copy data to new location + for ( size_t j = 0; j < m_nCount; j++ ) + pNew[j] = m_pItems[j]; + delete [] m_pItems; + m_pItems = pNew; + m_nSize = m_nCount; + } +} + +// searches the array for an item (forward or backwards) +int wxArrayString::Index(const wxString& str, bool bCase, bool bFromEnd) const +{ + if ( m_autoSort ) { + // use binary search in the sorted array + wxASSERT_MSG( bCase && !bFromEnd, + wxT("search parameters ignored for auto sorted array") ); + + size_t i, + lo = 0, + hi = m_nCount; + int res; + while ( lo < hi ) { + i = (lo + hi)/2; + + res = str.compare(m_pItems[i]); + if ( res < 0 ) + hi = i; + else if ( res > 0 ) + lo = i + 1; + else + return i; + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; + } + else { + // use linear search in unsorted array + if ( bFromEnd ) { + if ( m_nCount > 0 ) { + size_t ui = m_nCount; + do { + if ( m_pItems[--ui].IsSameAs(str, bCase) ) + return ui; + } + while ( ui != 0 ); + } + } + else { + for( size_t ui = 0; ui < m_nCount; ui++ ) { + if( m_pItems[ui].IsSameAs(str, bCase) ) + return ui; + } + } + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +// add item at the end +size_t wxArrayString::Add(const wxString& str, size_t nInsert) +{ + if ( m_autoSort ) { + // insert the string at the correct position to keep the array sorted + size_t i, + lo = 0, + hi = m_nCount; + int res; + while ( lo < hi ) { + i = (lo + hi)/2; + + res = str.Cmp(m_pItems[i]); + if ( res < 0 ) + hi = i; + else if ( res > 0 ) + lo = i + 1; + else { + lo = hi = i; + break; + } + } + + wxASSERT_MSG( lo == hi, wxT("binary search broken") ); + + Insert(str, lo, nInsert); + + return (size_t)lo; + } + else { + Grow(nInsert); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < nInsert; i++) + { + // just append + m_pItems[m_nCount + i] = str; + } + size_t ret = m_nCount; + m_nCount += nInsert; + return ret; + } +} + +// add item at the given position +void wxArrayString::Insert(const wxString& str, size_t nIndex, size_t nInsert) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( nIndex <= m_nCount, wxT("bad index in wxArrayString::Insert") ); + wxCHECK_RET( m_nCount <= m_nCount + nInsert, + wxT("array size overflow in wxArrayString::Insert") ); + + Grow(nInsert); + + for (int j = m_nCount - nIndex - 1; j >= 0; j--) + m_pItems[nIndex + nInsert + j] = m_pItems[nIndex + j]; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < nInsert; i++) + { + m_pItems[nIndex + i] = str; + } + m_nCount += nInsert; +} + +// range insert (STL 23.2.4.3) +void +wxArrayString::insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last) +{ + const int idx = it - begin(); + + // grow it once + Grow(last - first); + + // reset "it" since it can change inside Grow() + it = begin() + idx; + + while ( first != last ) + { + it = insert(it, *first); + + // insert returns an iterator to the last element inserted but we need + // insert the next after this one, that is before the next one + ++it; + + ++first; + } +} + +void wxArrayString::resize(size_type n, value_type v) +{ + if ( n < m_nCount ) + m_nCount = n; + else if ( n > m_nCount ) + Add(v, n - m_nCount); +} + +// expand the array +void wxArrayString::SetCount(size_t count) +{ + Alloc(count); + + wxString s; + while ( m_nCount < count ) + m_pItems[m_nCount++] = s; +} + +// removes item from array (by index) +void wxArrayString::RemoveAt(size_t nIndex, size_t nRemove) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( nIndex < m_nCount, wxT("bad index in wxArrayString::Remove") ); + wxCHECK_RET( nIndex + nRemove <= m_nCount, + wxT("removing too many elements in wxArrayString::Remove") ); + + for ( size_t j = 0; j < m_nCount - nIndex -nRemove; j++) + m_pItems[nIndex + j] = m_pItems[nIndex + nRemove + j]; + + m_nCount -= nRemove; +} + +// removes item from array (by value) +void wxArrayString::Remove(const wxString& sz) +{ + int iIndex = Index(sz); + + wxCHECK_RET( iIndex != wxNOT_FOUND, + wxT("removing inexistent element in wxArrayString::Remove") ); + + RemoveAt(iIndex); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// sorting +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// we need an adaptor as our predicates use qsort() convention and so return +// negative, null or positive value depending on whether the first item is less +// than, equal to or greater than the other one while we need a real boolean +// predicate now that we use std::sort() +struct wxSortPredicateAdaptor +{ + wxSortPredicateAdaptor(wxArrayString::CompareFunction compareFunction) + : m_compareFunction(compareFunction) + { + } + + bool operator()(const wxString& first, const wxString& second) const + { + return (*m_compareFunction)(first, second) < 0; + } + + wxArrayString::CompareFunction m_compareFunction; +}; + +void wxArrayString::Sort(CompareFunction compareFunction) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( !m_autoSort, wxT("can't use this method with sorted arrays") ); + + std::sort(m_pItems, m_pItems + m_nCount, + wxSortPredicateAdaptor(compareFunction)); +} + +struct wxSortPredicateAdaptor2 +{ + wxSortPredicateAdaptor2(wxArrayString::CompareFunction2 compareFunction) + : m_compareFunction(compareFunction) + { + } + + bool operator()(const wxString& first, const wxString& second) const + { + return (*m_compareFunction)(const_cast(&first), + const_cast(&second)) < 0; + } + + wxArrayString::CompareFunction2 m_compareFunction; +}; + +void wxArrayString::Sort(CompareFunction2 compareFunction) +{ + std::sort(m_pItems, m_pItems + m_nCount, + wxSortPredicateAdaptor2(compareFunction)); +} + +void wxArrayString::Sort(bool reverseOrder) +{ + if ( reverseOrder ) + std::sort(m_pItems, m_pItems + m_nCount, std::greater()); + else // normal sort + std::sort(m_pItems, m_pItems + m_nCount); +} + +bool wxArrayString::operator==(const wxArrayString& a) const +{ + if ( m_nCount != a.m_nCount ) + return false; + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_nCount; n++ ) + { + if ( Item(n) != a[n] ) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +#endif // !wxUSE_STL + +// =========================================================================== +// wxJoin and wxSplit +// =========================================================================== + +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" + +wxString wxJoin(const wxArrayString& arr, const wxChar sep, const wxChar escape) +{ + size_t count = arr.size(); + if ( count == 0 ) + return wxEmptyString; + + wxString str; + + // pre-allocate memory using the estimation of the average length of the + // strings in the given array: this is very imprecise, of course, but + // better than nothing + str.reserve(count*(arr[0].length() + arr[count-1].length()) / 2); + + if ( escape == wxT('\0') ) + { + // escaping is disabled: + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if ( i ) + str += sep; + str += arr[i]; + } + } + else // use escape character + { + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( n ) + str += sep; + + for ( wxString::const_iterator i = arr[n].begin(), + end = arr[n].end(); + i != end; + ++i ) + { + const wxChar ch = *i; + if ( ch == sep ) + str += escape; // escape this separator + str += ch; + } + } + } + + str.Shrink(); // release extra memory if we allocated too much + return str; +} + +wxArrayString wxSplit(const wxString& str, const wxChar sep, const wxChar escape) +{ + if ( escape == wxT('\0') ) + { + // simple case: we don't need to honour the escape character + return wxStringTokenize(str, sep, wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY_ALL); + } + + wxArrayString ret; + wxString curr; + wxChar prev = wxT('\0'); + + for ( wxString::const_iterator i = str.begin(), + end = str.end(); + i != end; + ++i ) + { + const wxChar ch = *i; + + if ( ch == sep ) + { + if ( prev == escape ) + { + // remove the escape character and don't consider this + // occurrence of 'sep' as a real separator + *curr.rbegin() = sep; + } + else // real separator + { + ret.push_back(curr); + curr.clear(); + } + } + else // normal character + { + curr += ch; + } + + prev = ch; + } + + // add the last token + if ( !curr.empty() || prev == sep ) + ret.Add(curr); + + return ret; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/artprov.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/artprov.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c56761f3bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/artprov.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,460 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/artprov.cpp +// Purpose: wxArtProvider class +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 18/03/2002 +// RCS-ID: $Id: artprov.cpp 66506 2010-12-31 17:39:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/artprov.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/list.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/hashmap.h" + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +// =========================================================================== +// implementation +// =========================================================================== + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxArtProvider, wxArtProvidersList); +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxArtProvidersList) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Cache class - stores already requested bitmaps +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxBitmap, wxArtProviderBitmapsHash); +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxIconBundle, wxArtProviderIconBundlesHash); + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxArtProviderCache +{ +public: + bool GetBitmap(const wxString& full_id, wxBitmap* bmp); + void PutBitmap(const wxString& full_id, const wxBitmap& bmp) + { m_bitmapsHash[full_id] = bmp; } + + bool GetIconBundle(const wxString& full_id, wxIconBundle* bmp); + void PutIconBundle(const wxString& full_id, const wxIconBundle& iconbundle) + { m_iconBundlesHash[full_id] = iconbundle; } + + void Clear(); + + static wxString ConstructHashID(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client, + const wxSize& size); + + static wxString ConstructHashID(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client); + +private: + wxArtProviderBitmapsHash m_bitmapsHash; // cache of wxBitmaps + wxArtProviderIconBundlesHash m_iconBundlesHash; // cache of wxIconBundles +}; + +bool wxArtProviderCache::GetBitmap(const wxString& full_id, wxBitmap* bmp) +{ + wxArtProviderBitmapsHash::iterator entry = m_bitmapsHash.find(full_id); + if ( entry == m_bitmapsHash.end() ) + { + return false; + } + else + { + *bmp = entry->second; + return true; + } +} + +bool wxArtProviderCache::GetIconBundle(const wxString& full_id, wxIconBundle* bmp) +{ + wxArtProviderIconBundlesHash::iterator entry = m_iconBundlesHash.find(full_id); + if ( entry == m_iconBundlesHash.end() ) + { + return false; + } + else + { + *bmp = entry->second; + return true; + } +} + +void wxArtProviderCache::Clear() +{ + m_bitmapsHash.clear(); + m_iconBundlesHash.clear(); +} + +/* static */ wxString +wxArtProviderCache::ConstructHashID(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client) +{ + return id + wxT('-') + client; +} + + +/* static */ wxString +wxArtProviderCache::ConstructHashID(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client, + const wxSize& size) +{ + return ConstructHashID(id, client) + wxT('-') + + wxString::Format(wxT("%d-%d"), size.x, size.y); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxArtProvider class +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArtProvider, wxObject) + +wxArtProvidersList *wxArtProvider::sm_providers = NULL; +wxArtProviderCache *wxArtProvider::sm_cache = NULL; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArtProvider ctors/dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxArtProvider::~wxArtProvider() +{ + Remove(this); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArtProvider operations on provider stack +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/*static*/ void wxArtProvider::CommonAddingProvider() +{ + if ( !sm_providers ) + { + sm_providers = new wxArtProvidersList; + sm_cache = new wxArtProviderCache; + } + + sm_cache->Clear(); +} + +/*static*/ void wxArtProvider::Push(wxArtProvider *provider) +{ + CommonAddingProvider(); + sm_providers->Insert(provider); +} + +/*static*/ void wxArtProvider::PushBack(wxArtProvider *provider) +{ + CommonAddingProvider(); + sm_providers->Append(provider); +} + +/*static*/ bool wxArtProvider::Pop() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( sm_providers, false, wxT("no wxArtProvider exists") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( !sm_providers->empty(), false, wxT("wxArtProviders stack is empty") ); + + delete sm_providers->GetFirst()->GetData(); + sm_cache->Clear(); + return true; +} + +/*static*/ bool wxArtProvider::Remove(wxArtProvider *provider) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( sm_providers, false, wxT("no wxArtProvider exists") ); + + if ( sm_providers->DeleteObject(provider) ) + { + sm_cache->Clear(); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +/*static*/ bool wxArtProvider::Delete(wxArtProvider *provider) +{ + // provider will remove itself from the stack in its dtor + delete provider; + + return true; +} + +/*static*/ void wxArtProvider::CleanUpProviders() +{ + if ( sm_providers ) + { + while ( !sm_providers->empty() ) + delete *sm_providers->begin(); + + wxDELETE(sm_providers); + wxDELETE(sm_cache); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArtProvider: retrieving bitmaps/icons +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/*static*/ wxBitmap wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client, + const wxSize& size) +{ + // safety-check against writing client,id,size instead of id,client,size: + wxASSERT_MSG( client.Last() == wxT('C'), wxT("invalid 'client' parameter") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( sm_providers, wxNullBitmap, wxT("no wxArtProvider exists") ); + + wxString hashId = wxArtProviderCache::ConstructHashID(id, client, size); + + wxBitmap bmp; + if ( !sm_cache->GetBitmap(hashId, &bmp) ) + { + for (wxArtProvidersList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_providers->GetFirst(); + node; node = node->GetNext()) + { + bmp = node->GetData()->CreateBitmap(id, client, size); + if ( bmp.Ok() ) + break; + } + + wxSize sizeNeeded = size; + if ( !bmp.Ok() ) + { + // no bitmap created -- as a fallback, try if we can find desired + // icon in a bundle + wxIconBundle iconBundle = DoGetIconBundle(id, client); + if ( iconBundle.IsOk() ) + { + if ( sizeNeeded == wxDefaultSize ) + sizeNeeded = GetNativeSizeHint(client); + + wxIcon icon(iconBundle.GetIcon(sizeNeeded)); + if ( icon.IsOk() ) + { + // this icon may be not of the correct size, it will be + // rescaled below in such case + bmp.CopyFromIcon(icon); + } + } + } + + // if we didn't get the correct size, resize the bitmap +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && (!defined(__WXMSW__) || wxUSE_WXDIB) + if ( bmp.IsOk() && sizeNeeded != wxDefaultSize ) + { + if ( bmp.GetSize() != sizeNeeded ) + { + wxImage img = bmp.ConvertToImage(); + img.Rescale(sizeNeeded.x, sizeNeeded.y); + bmp = wxBitmap(img); + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + + sm_cache->PutBitmap(hashId, bmp); + } + + return bmp; +} + +/*static*/ +wxIconBundle wxArtProvider::GetIconBundle(const wxArtID& id, const wxArtClient& client) +{ + wxIconBundle iconbundle(DoGetIconBundle(id, client)); + + if ( iconbundle.IsOk() ) + { + return iconbundle; + } + else + { + // fall back to single-icon bundle + return wxIconBundle(GetIcon(id, client)); + } +} + +/*static*/ +wxIconBundle wxArtProvider::DoGetIconBundle(const wxArtID& id, const wxArtClient& client) +{ + // safety-check against writing client,id,size instead of id,client,size: + wxASSERT_MSG( client.Last() == wxT('C'), wxT("invalid 'client' parameter") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( sm_providers, wxNullIconBundle, wxT("no wxArtProvider exists") ); + + wxString hashId = wxArtProviderCache::ConstructHashID(id, client); + + wxIconBundle iconbundle; + if ( !sm_cache->GetIconBundle(hashId, &iconbundle) ) + { + for (wxArtProvidersList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_providers->GetFirst(); + node; node = node->GetNext()) + { + iconbundle = node->GetData()->CreateIconBundle(id, client); + if ( iconbundle.IsOk() ) + break; + } + + sm_cache->PutIconBundle(hashId, iconbundle); + } + + return iconbundle; +} + +/*static*/ wxIcon wxArtProvider::GetIcon(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client, + const wxSize& size) +{ + wxBitmap bmp = GetBitmap(id, client, size); + + if ( !bmp.IsOk() ) + return wxNullIcon; + + wxIcon icon; + icon.CopyFromBitmap(bmp); + return icon; +} + +/* static */ +wxArtID wxArtProvider::GetMessageBoxIconId(int flags) +{ + switch ( flags & wxICON_MASK ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("incorrect message box icon flags")); + // fall through + + case wxICON_ERROR: + return wxART_ERROR; + + case wxICON_INFORMATION: + return wxART_INFORMATION; + + case wxICON_WARNING: + return wxART_WARNING; + + case wxICON_QUESTION: + return wxART_QUESTION; + } +} + +/*static*/ wxSize wxArtProvider::GetSizeHint(const wxArtClient& client, + bool platform_dependent) +{ + if (!platform_dependent) + { + wxArtProvidersList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_providers->GetFirst(); + if (node) + return node->GetData()->DoGetSizeHint(client); + } + + return GetNativeSizeHint(client); +} + +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_ART_PROVIDER_IMPL +/*static*/ +wxSize wxArtProvider::GetNativeSizeHint(const wxArtClient& WXUNUSED(client)) +{ + // rather than returning some arbitrary value that doesn't make much + // sense (as 2.8 used to do), tell the caller that we don't have a clue: + return wxDefaultSize; +} + +/*static*/ +void wxArtProvider::InitNativeProvider() +{ +} +#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_ART_PROVIDER_IMPL + + +/* static */ +bool wxArtProvider::HasNativeProvider() +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + return true; +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// deprecated wxArtProvider methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +/* static */ void wxArtProvider::PushProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) +{ + Push(provider); +} + +/* static */ void wxArtProvider::InsertProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) +{ + Insert(provider); +} + +/* static */ bool wxArtProvider::PopProvider() +{ + return Pop(); +} + +/* static */ bool wxArtProvider::RemoveProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) +{ + // RemoveProvider() used to delete the provider being removed so this is + // not a typo, we must call Delete() and not Remove() here + return Delete(provider); +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +/* static */ void wxArtProvider::Insert(wxArtProvider *provider) +{ + PushBack(provider); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// ============================================================================ +// wxArtProviderModule +// ============================================================================ + +class wxArtProviderModule: public wxModule +{ +public: + bool OnInit() + { +#if wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD + wxArtProvider::InitStdProvider(); +#endif // wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD +#if wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO + wxArtProvider::InitTangoProvider(); +#endif // wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO + wxArtProvider::InitNativeProvider(); + return true; + } + void OnExit() + { + wxArtProvider::CleanUpProviders(); + } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxArtProviderModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxArtProviderModule, wxModule) diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/artstd.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/artstd.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a86d0523f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/artstd.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/artstd.cpp +// Purpose: stock wxArtProvider instance with default wxWin art +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 18/03/2002 +// RCS-ID: $Id: artstd.cpp 66506 2010-12-31 17:39:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/artprov.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDefaultArtProvider +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDefaultArtProvider : public wxArtProvider +{ +protected: + virtual wxBitmap CreateBitmap(const wxArtID& id, const wxArtClient& client, + const wxSize& size); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArtProvider::InitStdProvider +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/*static*/ void wxArtProvider::InitStdProvider() +{ + wxArtProvider::Push(new wxDefaultArtProvider); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Standard macro for getting a resource from XPM file: +#define ART(artId, xpmRc) \ + if ( id == artId ) return wxBitmap(xpmRc##_xpm); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XPMs with the art +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #if defined(__WXGTK__) + #include "../../art/gtk/info.xpm" + #include "../../art/gtk/error.xpm" + #include "../../art/gtk/warning.xpm" + #include "../../art/gtk/question.xpm" + #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #include "../../art/motif/info.xpm" + #include "../../art/motif/error.xpm" + #include "../../art/motif/warning.xpm" + #include "../../art/motif/question.xpm" + #endif +#endif // !__WXUNIVERSAL__ + +#if wxUSE_HTML + #include "../../art/htmsidep.xpm" + #include "../../art/htmoptns.xpm" + #include "../../art/htmbook.xpm" + #include "../../art/htmfoldr.xpm" + #include "../../art/htmpage.xpm" +#endif // wxUSE_HTML + +#include "../../art/missimg.xpm" +#include "../../art/addbookm.xpm" +#include "../../art/delbookm.xpm" +#include "../../art/back.xpm" +#include "../../art/forward.xpm" +#include "../../art/up.xpm" +#include "../../art/down.xpm" +#include "../../art/toparent.xpm" +#include "../../art/fileopen.xpm" +#include "../../art/print.xpm" +#include "../../art/helpicon.xpm" +#include "../../art/tipicon.xpm" +#include "../../art/home.xpm" +#include "../../art/first.xpm" +#include "../../art/last.xpm" +#include "../../art/repview.xpm" +#include "../../art/listview.xpm" +#include "../../art/new_dir.xpm" +#include "../../art/harddisk.xpm" +#include "../../art/cdrom.xpm" +#include "../../art/floppy.xpm" +#include "../../art/removable.xpm" +#include "../../art/folder.xpm" +#include "../../art/folder_open.xpm" +#include "../../art/dir_up.xpm" +#include "../../art/exefile.xpm" +#include "../../art/deffile.xpm" +#include "../../art/tick.xpm" +#include "../../art/cross.xpm" + +#include "../../art/filesave.xpm" +#include "../../art/filesaveas.xpm" +#include "../../art/copy.xpm" +#include "../../art/cut.xpm" +#include "../../art/paste.xpm" +#include "../../art/delete.xpm" +#include "../../art/new.xpm" +#include "../../art/undo.xpm" +#include "../../art/redo.xpm" +#include "../../art/plus.xpm" +#include "../../art/minus.xpm" +#include "../../art/close.xpm" +#include "../../art/quit.xpm" +#include "../../art/find.xpm" +#include "../../art/findrepl.xpm" + +wxBitmap wxDefaultArtProvider_CreateBitmap(const wxArtID& id) +{ +#if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && (defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)) + // wxMessageBox icons: + ART(wxART_ERROR, error) + ART(wxART_INFORMATION, info) + ART(wxART_WARNING, warning) + ART(wxART_QUESTION, question) +#endif + + // standard icons: +#if wxUSE_HTML + ART(wxART_HELP_SIDE_PANEL, htmsidep) + ART(wxART_HELP_SETTINGS, htmoptns) + ART(wxART_HELP_BOOK, htmbook) + ART(wxART_HELP_FOLDER, htmfoldr) + ART(wxART_HELP_PAGE, htmpage) +#endif // wxUSE_HTML + ART(wxART_MISSING_IMAGE, missimg) + ART(wxART_ADD_BOOKMARK, addbookm) + ART(wxART_DEL_BOOKMARK, delbookm) + ART(wxART_GO_BACK, back) + ART(wxART_GO_FORWARD, forward) + ART(wxART_GO_UP, up) + ART(wxART_GO_DOWN, down) + ART(wxART_GO_TO_PARENT, toparent) + ART(wxART_GO_HOME, home) + ART(wxART_GOTO_FIRST, first) + ART(wxART_GOTO_LAST, last) + ART(wxART_FILE_OPEN, fileopen) + ART(wxART_PRINT, print) + ART(wxART_HELP, helpicon) + ART(wxART_TIP, tipicon) + ART(wxART_REPORT_VIEW, repview) + ART(wxART_LIST_VIEW, listview) + ART(wxART_NEW_DIR, new_dir) + ART(wxART_HARDDISK, harddisk) + ART(wxART_FLOPPY, floppy) + ART(wxART_CDROM, cdrom) + ART(wxART_REMOVABLE, removable) + ART(wxART_FOLDER, folder) + ART(wxART_FOLDER_OPEN, folder_open) + ART(wxART_GO_DIR_UP, dir_up) + ART(wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE, exefile) + ART(wxART_NORMAL_FILE, deffile) + ART(wxART_TICK_MARK, tick) + ART(wxART_CROSS_MARK, cross) + + ART(wxART_FILE_SAVE, filesave) + ART(wxART_FILE_SAVE_AS, filesaveas) + ART(wxART_COPY, copy) + ART(wxART_CUT, cut) + ART(wxART_PASTE, paste) + ART(wxART_DELETE, delete) + ART(wxART_UNDO, undo) + ART(wxART_REDO, redo) + ART(wxART_PLUS, plus) + ART(wxART_MINUS, minus) + ART(wxART_CLOSE, close) + ART(wxART_QUIT, quit) + ART(wxART_FIND, find) + ART(wxART_FIND_AND_REPLACE, findrepl) + ART(wxART_NEW, new) + + + return wxNullBitmap; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// CreateBitmap routine +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxBitmap wxDefaultArtProvider::CreateBitmap(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client, + const wxSize& reqSize) +{ + wxBitmap bmp = wxDefaultArtProvider_CreateBitmap(id); + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && (!defined(__WXMSW__) || wxUSE_WXDIB) + if (bmp.Ok()) + { + // fit into transparent image with desired size hint from the client + if (reqSize == wxDefaultSize) + { + // find out if there is a desired size for this client + wxSize bestSize = GetSizeHint(client); + if (bestSize != wxDefaultSize) + { + int bmp_w = bmp.GetWidth(); + int bmp_h = bmp.GetHeight(); + + if ((bmp_h < bestSize.x) && (bmp_w < bestSize.y)) + { + // the caller wants default size, which is larger than + // the image we have; to avoid degrading it visually by + // scaling it up, paste it into transparent image instead: + wxPoint offset((bestSize.x - bmp_w)/2, (bestSize.y - bmp_h)/2); + wxImage img = bmp.ConvertToImage(); + img.Resize(bestSize, offset); + bmp = wxBitmap(img); + } + else // scale (down or mixed, but not up) + { + wxImage img = bmp.ConvertToImage(); + bmp = wxBitmap + ( + img.Scale(bestSize.x, bestSize.y, + wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH) + ); + } + } + } + } +#else + wxUnusedVar(client); + wxUnusedVar(reqSize); +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + + return bmp; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arttango.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arttango.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1bf02bd9ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/arttango.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,328 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/arttango.cpp +// Purpose: art provider using embedded PNG versions of Tango icons +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2010-12-27 +// RCS-ID: $Id: arttango.cpp 66510 2010-12-31 19:38:49Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/artprov.h" + +#include "wx/mstream.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// image data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// All files in art/tango in alphabetical order: +#include "../../art/tango/application_x_executable.h" +#include "../../art/tango/dialog_error.h" +#include "../../art/tango/dialog_information.h" +#include "../../art/tango/dialog_warning.h" +#include "../../art/tango/document_new.h" +#include "../../art/tango/document_open.h" +#include "../../art/tango/document_print.h" +#include "../../art/tango/document_save.h" +#include "../../art/tango/document_save_as.h" +#include "../../art/tango/drive_harddisk.h" +#include "../../art/tango/drive_optical.h" +#include "../../art/tango/drive_removable_media.h" +#include "../../art/tango/edit_copy.h" +#include "../../art/tango/edit_cut.h" +#include "../../art/tango/edit_delete.h" +#include "../../art/tango/edit_find.h" +#include "../../art/tango/edit_find_replace.h" +#include "../../art/tango/edit_paste.h" +#include "../../art/tango/edit_redo.h" +#include "../../art/tango/edit_undo.h" +#include "../../art/tango/folder.h" +#include "../../art/tango/folder_new.h" +#include "../../art/tango/folder_open.h" +#include "../../art/tango/go_down.h" +#include "../../art/tango/go_first.h" +#include "../../art/tango/go_home.h" +#include "../../art/tango/go_last.h" +#include "../../art/tango/go_next.h" +#include "../../art/tango/go_previous.h" +#include "../../art/tango/go_up.h" +#include "../../art/tango/image_missing.h" +#include "../../art/tango/text_x_generic.h" +#include "../../art/tango/list_add.h" +#include "../../art/tango/list_remove.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// art provider class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +class wxTangoArtProvider : public wxArtProvider +{ +public: + wxTangoArtProvider() + { + m_imageHandledAdded = false; + } + +protected: + virtual wxBitmap CreateBitmap(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client, + const wxSize& size); + +private: + bool m_imageHandledAdded; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTangoArtProvider); +}; + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxBitmap +wxTangoArtProvider::CreateBitmap(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client, + const wxSize& sizeHint) +{ + // Array indexed by the id names with pointers to image data in 16 and 32 + // pixel sizes as values. The order of the elements in this array is the + // same as the definition order in wx/artprov.h. While it's not very + // logical, this should make it simpler to add new icons later. Notice that + // most elements without Tango equivalents are simply omitted. + + // To avoid repetition use BITMAP_DATA to only specify the image name once + // (this is especially important if we decide to add more image sizes + // later). + #define BITMAP_ARRAY_NAME(name, size) \ + name ## _ ## size ## x ## size ## _png + #define BITMAP_DATA_FOR_SIZE(name, size) \ + BITMAP_ARRAY_NAME(name, size), sizeof(BITMAP_ARRAY_NAME(name, size)) + #define BITMAP_DATA(name) \ + BITMAP_DATA_FOR_SIZE(name, 16), BITMAP_DATA_FOR_SIZE(name, 24) + + static const struct BitmapEntry + { + const char *id; + const unsigned char *data16; + size_t len16; + const unsigned char *data24; + size_t len24; + } s_allBitmaps[] = + { + // Tango does have bookmark-new but no matching bookmark-delete and + // using mismatching icons would be ugly so we don't provide this one + // neither, we should add both of them if Tango ever adds the other one. + //{ wxART_ADD_BOOKMARK, BITMAP_DATA(bookmark_new)}, + //{ wxART_DEL_BOOKMARK, BITMAP_DATA() }, + + { wxART_GO_BACK, BITMAP_DATA(go_previous) }, + { wxART_GO_FORWARD, BITMAP_DATA(go_next) }, + { wxART_GO_UP, BITMAP_DATA(go_up) }, + { wxART_GO_DOWN, BITMAP_DATA(go_down) }, + // wxART_GO_TO_PARENT doesn't seem to exist in Tango + { wxART_GO_HOME, BITMAP_DATA(go_home) }, + { wxART_GOTO_FIRST, BITMAP_DATA(go_first) }, + { wxART_GOTO_LAST, BITMAP_DATA(go_last) }, + + { wxART_FILE_OPEN, BITMAP_DATA(document_open) }, + { wxART_FILE_SAVE, BITMAP_DATA(document_save) }, + { wxART_FILE_SAVE_AS, BITMAP_DATA(document_save_as) }, + { wxART_PRINT, BITMAP_DATA(document_print) }, + + // Should we use help-browser for wxART_HELP? + + { wxART_NEW_DIR, BITMAP_DATA(folder_new) }, + { wxART_HARDDISK, BITMAP_DATA(drive_harddisk) }, + // drive-removable-media seems to be better than media-floppy + { wxART_FLOPPY, BITMAP_DATA(drive_removable_media) }, + { wxART_CDROM, BITMAP_DATA(drive_optical) }, + { wxART_REMOVABLE, BITMAP_DATA(drive_removable_media) }, + + { wxART_FOLDER, BITMAP_DATA(folder) }, + { wxART_FOLDER_OPEN, BITMAP_DATA(folder_open) }, + // wxART_GO_DIR_UP doesn't seem to exist in Tango + + { wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE, BITMAP_DATA(application_x_executable) }, + { wxART_NORMAL_FILE, BITMAP_DATA(text_x_generic) }, + + // There is no dialog-question in Tango so use the information icon + // too, this is better for consistency and we do have a precedent for + // doing this as Windows Vista/7 does the same thing natively. + { wxART_ERROR, BITMAP_DATA(dialog_error) }, + { wxART_QUESTION, BITMAP_DATA(dialog_information) }, + { wxART_WARNING, BITMAP_DATA(dialog_warning) }, + { wxART_INFORMATION, BITMAP_DATA(dialog_information) }, + + { wxART_MISSING_IMAGE, BITMAP_DATA(image_missing) }, + + { wxART_COPY, BITMAP_DATA(edit_copy) }, + { wxART_CUT, BITMAP_DATA(edit_cut) }, + { wxART_PASTE, BITMAP_DATA(edit_paste) }, + { wxART_DELETE, BITMAP_DATA(edit_delete) }, + { wxART_NEW, BITMAP_DATA(document_new) }, + { wxART_UNDO, BITMAP_DATA(edit_undo) }, + { wxART_REDO, BITMAP_DATA(edit_redo) }, + + { wxART_PLUS, BITMAP_DATA(list_add) }, + { wxART_MINUS, BITMAP_DATA(list_remove) }, + + // Surprisingly Tango doesn't seem to have neither wxART_CLOSE nor + // wxART_QUIT. We could use system-log-out for the latter but it + // doesn't seem quite right. + + { wxART_FIND, BITMAP_DATA(edit_find) }, + { wxART_FIND_AND_REPLACE, BITMAP_DATA(edit_find_replace) }, + }; + + #undef BITMAP_ARRAY_NAME + #undef BITMAP_DATA_FOR_SIZE + #undef BITMAP_DATA + + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(s_allBitmaps); n++ ) + { + const BitmapEntry& entry = s_allBitmaps[n]; + if ( entry.id != id ) + continue; + + // This is one of the bitmaps that we have, determine in which size we + // should return it. + + wxSize size; + bool sizeIsAHint; + if ( sizeHint == wxDefaultSize ) + { + // Use the normal platform-specific icon size. + size = GetNativeSizeHint(client); + + if ( size == wxDefaultSize ) + { + // If we failed to get it, determine the best size more or less + // arbitrarily. This definitely won't look good but then it + // shouldn't normally happen, all platforms should implement + // GetNativeSizeHint() properly. + if ( client == wxART_MENU || client == wxART_BUTTON ) + size = wxSize(16, 16); + else + size = wxSize(24, 24); + } + + // We should return the icon of exactly this size so it's more than + // just a hint. + sizeIsAHint = false; + } + else // We have a size hint + { + // Use it for determining the version of the icon to return. + size = sizeHint; + + // But we don't need to return the image of exactly the same size + // as the hint, after all it's just that, a hint. + sizeIsAHint = true; + } + + enum + { + TangoSize_16, + TangoSize_24 + } tangoSize; + + // We prefer to downscale the image rather than upscale it if possible + // so use the smaller one if we can, otherwise the large one. + if ( size.x <= 16 && size.y <= 16 ) + tangoSize = TangoSize_16; + else + tangoSize = TangoSize_24; + + const unsigned char *data; + size_t len; + switch ( tangoSize ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "Unsupported Tango bitmap size" ); + // fall through + + case TangoSize_16: + data = entry.data16; + len = entry.len16; + break; + + case TangoSize_24: + data = entry.data24; + len = entry.len24; + break; + } + + wxMemoryInputStream is(data, len); + + // Before reading the image data from the stream for the first time, + // add the handler for PNG images: we do it here and not in, say, + // InitTangoProvider() to do it as lately as possible and so to avoid + // the asserts about adding an already added handler if the user code + // adds the handler itself. + if ( !m_imageHandledAdded ) + { + // Of course, if the user code did add it already, we have nothing + // to do. + if ( !wxImage::FindHandler(wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG) ) + wxImage::AddHandler(new wxPNGHandler); + + // In any case, no need to do it again. + m_imageHandledAdded = true; + } + + wxImage image(is, wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG); + if ( !image.IsOk() ) + { + // This should normally never happen as all the embedded images are + // well-formed. + wxLogDebug("Failed to load embedded PNG image for \"%s\"", id); + return wxNullBitmap; + } + + if ( !sizeIsAHint ) + { + // Notice that this won't do anything if the size is already right. + image.Rescale(size.x, size.y, wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH); + } + + return image; + } + + // Not one of the bitmaps that we support. + return wxNullBitmap; +} + +/* static */ +void wxArtProvider::InitTangoProvider() +{ + wxArtProvider::Push(new wxTangoArtProvider); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/base64.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/base64.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc0cb57755 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/base64.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/base64.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of BASE64 encoding/decoding functions +// Author: Charles Reimers, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-06-18 +// RCS-ID: $Id: base64.cpp 61753 2009-08-23 22:25:12Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_BASE64 + +#include "wx/base64.h" + +size_t +wxBase64Encode(char *dst, size_t dstLen, const void *src_, size_t srcLen) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( src_, wxCONV_FAILED, wxT("NULL input buffer") ); + + const unsigned char *src = static_cast(src_); + + static const char b64[] = + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/"; + + + size_t encLen = 0; + + // encode blocks of 3 bytes into 4 base64 characters + for ( ; srcLen >= 3; srcLen -= 3, src += 3 ) + { + encLen += 4; + if ( dst ) + { + if ( encLen > dstLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + *dst++ = b64[src[0] >> 2]; + *dst++ = b64[((src[0] & 0x03) << 4) | ((src[1] & 0xf0) >> 4)]; + *dst++ = b64[((src[1] & 0x0f) << 2) | ((src[2] & 0xc0) >> 6)]; + *dst++ = b64[src[2] & 0x3f]; + } + } + + // finish with the remaining characters + if ( srcLen ) + { + encLen += 4; + if ( dst ) + { + if ( encLen > dstLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + // we have definitely one and maybe two bytes remaining + unsigned char next = srcLen == 2 ? src[1] : 0; + *dst++ = b64[src[0] >> 2]; + *dst++ = b64[((src[0] & 0x03) << 4) | ((next & 0xf0) >> 4)]; + *dst++ = srcLen == 2 ? b64[((next & 0x0f) << 2)] : '='; + *dst = '='; + } + } + + return encLen; +} + +size_t +wxBase64Decode(void *dst_, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen, + wxBase64DecodeMode mode, + size_t *posErr) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( src, wxCONV_FAILED, wxT("NULL input buffer") ); + + unsigned char *dst = static_cast(dst_); + + size_t decLen = 0; + + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = strlen(src); + + // this table contains the values, in base 64, of all valid characters and + // special values WSP or INV for white space and invalid characters + // respectively as well as a special PAD value for '=' + enum + { + WSP = 200, + INV, + PAD + }; + + static const unsigned char decode[256] = + { + WSP,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,WSP,WSP,INV,WSP,WSP,INV,INV, + INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV, + WSP,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,076,INV,INV,INV,077, + 064,065,066,067,070,071,072,073,074,075,INV,INV,INV,PAD,INV,INV, + INV,000,001,002,003,004,005,006,007,010,011,012,013,014,015,016, + 017,020,021,022,023,024,025,026,027,030,031,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV, + INV,032,033,034,035,036,037,040,041,042,043,044,045,046,047,050, + 051,052,053,054,055,056,057,060,061,062,063,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV, + INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV, + INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV, + INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV, + INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV, + INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV, + INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV, + INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV, + INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV,INV, + }; + + // we decode input by groups of 4 characters but things are complicated by + // the fact that there can be whitespace and other junk in it too so keep + // record of where exactly we're inside the current quartet in this var + int n = 0; + unsigned char in[4]; // current quartet + bool end = false; // set when we find padding + size_t padLen = 0; // length lost to padding + const char *p; + for ( p = src; srcLen; p++, srcLen-- ) + { + const unsigned char c = decode[static_cast(*p)]; + switch ( c ) + { + case WSP: + if ( mode == wxBase64DecodeMode_SkipWS ) + continue; + // fall through + + case INV: + if ( mode == wxBase64DecodeMode_Relaxed ) + continue; + + // force the loop to stop and an error to be returned + n = -1; + srcLen = 1; + break; + + case PAD: + // set the flag telling us that we're past the end now + end = true; + + // there can be either a single '=' at the end of a quartet or + // "==" in positions 2 and 3 + if ( n == 3 ) + { + padLen = 1; + in[n++] = '\0'; + } + else if ( (n == 2) && (--srcLen && *++p == '=') ) + { + padLen = 2; + in[n++] = '\0'; + in[n++] = '\0'; + } + else // invalid padding + { + // force the loop terminate with an error + n = -1; + srcLen = 1; + } + break; + + default: + if ( end ) + { + // nothing is allowed after the end so provoke error return + n = -1; + srcLen = 1; + break; + } + + in[n++] = c; + } + + if ( n == 4 ) + { + // got entire block, decode + decLen += 3 - padLen; + if ( dst ) + { + if ( decLen > dstLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + // undo the bit shifting done during encoding + *dst++ = in[0] << 2 | in[1] >> 4; + + // be careful to not overwrite the output buffer with NUL pad + // bytes + if ( padLen != 2 ) + { + *dst++ = in[1] << 4 | in[2] >> 2; + if ( !padLen ) + *dst++ = in[2] << 6 | in[3]; + } + } + + n = 0; + } + } + + if ( n ) + { + if ( posErr ) + { + // notice that the error was on a previous position as we did one + // extra "p++" in the loop line after it + *posErr = p - src - 1; + } + + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + + return decLen; +} + +wxMemoryBuffer wxBase64Decode(const char *src, + size_t srcLen, + wxBase64DecodeMode mode, + size_t *posErr) +{ + wxMemoryBuffer buf; + wxCHECK_MSG( src, buf, wxT("NULL input buffer") ); + + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = strlen(src); + + size_t len = wxBase64DecodedSize(srcLen); + len = wxBase64Decode(buf.GetWriteBuf(len), len, src, srcLen, mode, posErr); + if ( len == wxCONV_FAILED ) + len = 0; + + buf.SetDataLen(len); + + return buf; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BASE64 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpbase.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpbase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..60e1ea50c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpbase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/bmpbase.cpp +// Purpose: wxBitmapBase +// Author: VaclavSlavik +// Created: 2001/04/11 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpbase.cpp 66630 2011-01-07 17:49:18Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001, Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/colour.h" + #include "wx/icon.h" + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariant support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT +IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_SHALLOWCMP(wxBitmap,WXDLLEXPORT) +IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_SHALLOWCMP(wxIcon,WXDLLEXPORT) +#endif + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +//WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) +//WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/palette.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapBase, wxGDIObject) +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapHandler, wxObject) + +wxList wxBitmapBase::sm_handlers; + +void wxBitmapBase::AddHandler(wxBitmapHandler *handler) +{ + sm_handlers.Append(handler); +} + +void wxBitmapBase::InsertHandler(wxBitmapHandler *handler) +{ + sm_handlers.Insert(handler); +} + +bool wxBitmapBase::RemoveHandler(const wxString& name) +{ + wxBitmapHandler *handler = FindHandler(name); + if ( handler ) + { + sm_handlers.DeleteObject(handler); + return true; + } + else + return false; +} + +wxBitmapHandler *wxBitmapBase::FindHandler(const wxString& name) +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst(); + while ( node ) + { + wxBitmapHandler *handler = (wxBitmapHandler *)node->GetData(); + if ( handler->GetName() == name ) + return handler; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + +wxBitmapHandler *wxBitmapBase::FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxBitmapType bitmapType) +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst(); + while ( node ) + { + wxBitmapHandler *handler = (wxBitmapHandler *)node->GetData(); + if ( handler->GetExtension() == extension && + (bitmapType == wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY || handler->GetType() == bitmapType) ) + return handler; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + +wxBitmapHandler *wxBitmapBase::FindHandler(wxBitmapType bitmapType) +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst(); + while ( node ) + { + wxBitmapHandler *handler = (wxBitmapHandler *)node->GetData(); + if (handler->GetType() == bitmapType) + return handler; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + +void wxBitmapBase::CleanUpHandlers() +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst(); + while ( node ) + { + wxBitmapHandler *handler = (wxBitmapHandler *)node->GetData(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext(); + delete handler; + sm_handlers.Erase(node); + node = next; + } +} + +class wxBitmapBaseModule: public wxModule +{ +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapBaseModule) +public: + wxBitmapBaseModule() {} + bool OnInit() { wxBitmap::InitStandardHandlers(); return true; } + void OnExit() { wxBitmap::CleanUpHandlers(); } +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapBaseModule, wxModule) + +#endif // wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmap common +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if !(defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)) + +wxBitmap::wxBitmap(const char* const* bits) +{ + wxCHECK2_MSG(bits != NULL, return, wxT("invalid bitmap data")); + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_XPM + wxImage image(bits); + wxCHECK2_MSG(image.Ok(), return, wxT("invalid bitmap data")); + + *this = wxBitmap(image); +#else + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("creating bitmaps from XPMs not supported")); +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_XPM +} +#endif // !(defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMaskBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxMaskBase::Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour) +{ + FreeData(); + + return InitFromColour(bitmap, colour); +} + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + +bool wxMaskBase::Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex) +{ + wxPalette *pal = bitmap.GetPalette(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( pal, false, + wxT("Cannot create mask from palette index of a bitmap without palette") ); + + unsigned char r,g,b; + pal->GetRGB(paletteIndex, &r, &g, &b); + + return Create(bitmap, wxColour(r, g, b)); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +bool wxMaskBase::Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + FreeData(); + + return InitFromMonoBitmap(bitmap); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpbtncmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpbtncmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8c2e3e0d1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpbtncmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/bmpbtncmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxBitmapButton common code +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpbtncmn.cpp 66584 2011-01-05 06:56:36Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON + +#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxBitmapButtonStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxBitmapButtonStyle ) + // new style border flags, we put them first to + // use them for streaming out + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + + // old style border flags + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + + // standard window styles + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_AUTODRAW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_LEFT) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_RIGHT) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_TOP) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_BOTTOM) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxBitmapButtonStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxBitmapButton, wxButton, "wx/bmpbuttn.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxBitmapButton) + wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxBitmapButtonStyle, long, \ + SetWindowStyleFlag, GetWindowStyleFlag, \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), \ + wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxBitmapButton) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxBitmapButton, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxBitmap, Bitmap, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size ) + +/* +TODO PROPERTIES : + +long "style" , wxBU_AUTODRAW +bool "default" , 0 +bitmap "selected" , +bitmap "focus" , +bitmap "disabled" , +*/ + +#endif // wxUSE_BMPBUTTON diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpcboxcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpcboxcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2606b8c57d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bmpcboxcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,244 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/bmpcboxcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxBitmapComboBox +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Created: 2008-04-09 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpcboxcmn.cpp 66728 2011-01-22 14:38:36Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/bmpcbox.h" + +#if wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/ctrlsub.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/settings.h" + +// For wxODCB_XXX flags +#include "wx/odcombo.h" + + +const char wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr[] = "bitmapComboBox"; + +#if defined(wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED) + +#define IMAGE_SPACING_RIGHT 4 // Space left of image + +#define IMAGE_SPACING_LEFT 4 // Space right of image, left of text + +#define EXTRA_FONT_HEIGHT 0 // Add to increase min. height of list items + +#define wxBCB_DEFAULT_ITEM_HEIGHT 13 + + +// This macros allows wxArrayPtrVoid to be used in more convenient manner +#define GetBitmapPtr(n) ((wxBitmap*)m_bitmaps[n]) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Initialization +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxBitmapComboBoxBase::Init() +{ + m_fontHeight = 0; + m_imgAreaWidth = 0; + m_indent = 0; + m_usedImgSize = wxSize(-1, -1); +} + +void wxBitmapComboBoxBase::UpdateInternals() +{ + m_fontHeight = GetControl()->GetCharHeight() + EXTRA_FONT_HEIGHT; + + while ( m_bitmaps.GetCount() < GetItemContainer()->GetCount() ) + m_bitmaps.Add( new wxBitmap() ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Item manipulation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxBitmapComboBoxBase::DoSetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( n < m_bitmaps.size(), "invalid item index" ); + *GetBitmapPtr(n) = bitmap; +} + +wxBitmap wxBitmapComboBoxBase::GetItemBitmap(unsigned int n) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( n < m_bitmaps.size(), wxNullBitmap, "invalid item index" ); + return *GetBitmapPtr(n); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxItemContainer methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxBitmapComboBoxBase::BCBDoClear() +{ + for ( unsigned i = 0; i < m_bitmaps.size(); i++ ) + delete GetBitmapPtr(i); + + m_bitmaps.Empty(); + + m_usedImgSize.x = -1; + m_usedImgSize.y = -1; + + DetermineIndent(); +} + +void wxBitmapComboBoxBase::BCBDoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n) +{ + delete GetBitmapPtr(n); + m_bitmaps.RemoveAt(n); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Preparation and Calculations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxBitmapComboBoxBase::OnAddBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + if ( bitmap.IsOk() ) + { + int width = bitmap.GetWidth(); + int height = bitmap.GetHeight(); + + if ( m_usedImgSize.x < 0 ) + { + // If size not yet determined, get it from this image. + m_usedImgSize.x = width; + m_usedImgSize.y = height; + + // Adjust control size to vertically fit the bitmap + wxWindow* ctrl = GetControl(); + ctrl->InvalidateBestSize(); + wxSize newSz = ctrl->GetBestSize(); + wxSize sz = ctrl->GetSize(); + if ( newSz.y > sz.y ) + ctrl->SetSize(sz.x, newSz.y); + else + DetermineIndent(); + } + + wxCHECK_MSG( width == m_usedImgSize.x && height == m_usedImgSize.y, + false, + "you can only add images of same size" ); + + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +int wxBitmapComboBoxBase::DetermineIndent() +{ + // Recalculate amount of empty space needed in front of + // text in control itself. + int indent = m_imgAreaWidth = 0; + + if ( m_usedImgSize.x > 0 ) + { + indent = m_usedImgSize.x + IMAGE_SPACING_LEFT + IMAGE_SPACING_RIGHT; + m_imgAreaWidth = indent; + + indent -= 3; + } + + return indent; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Item drawing and measuring +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxBitmapComboBoxBase::DrawBackground(wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int WXUNUSED(item), + int flags) const +{ + if ( flags & wxODCB_PAINTING_SELECTED ) + { + const int vSizeDec = 0; // Vertical size reduction of selection rectangle edges + + dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT)); + + wxColour selCol = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); + dc.SetPen(selCol); + dc.SetBrush(selCol); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, + rect.y+vSizeDec, + rect.width, + rect.height-(vSizeDec*2)); + } + else + { + dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); + + wxColour selCol = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW); + dc.SetPen(selCol); + dc.SetBrush(selCol); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + } +} + +void wxBitmapComboBoxBase::DrawItem(wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int item, + const wxString& text, + int WXUNUSED(flags)) const +{ + const wxBitmap& bmp = *GetBitmapPtr(item); + if ( bmp.IsOk() ) + { + wxCoord w = bmp.GetWidth(); + wxCoord h = bmp.GetHeight(); + + // Draw the image centered + dc.DrawBitmap(bmp, + rect.x + (m_usedImgSize.x-w)/2 + IMAGE_SPACING_LEFT, + rect.y + (rect.height-h)/2, + true); + } + + if ( !text.empty() ) + dc.DrawText(text, + rect.x + m_imgAreaWidth + 1, + rect.y + (rect.height-dc.GetCharHeight())/2); +} + +wxCoord wxBitmapComboBoxBase::MeasureItem(size_t WXUNUSED(item)) const +{ + if ( m_usedImgSize.y >= 0 ) + { + int imgHeightArea = m_usedImgSize.y + 2; + return imgHeightArea > m_fontHeight ? imgHeightArea : m_fontHeight; + } + + return wxBCB_DEFAULT_ITEM_HEIGHT; +} + +#endif // wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED + +#endif // wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bookctrl.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bookctrl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7cc2bceea5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/bookctrl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,536 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/bookctrl.cpp +// Purpose: wxBookCtrlBase implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.08.03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bookctrl.cpp 65967 2010-10-31 13:33:34Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_BOOKCTRL + +#include "wx/imaglist.h" + +#include "wx/bookctrl.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event table +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBookCtrlBase, wxControl) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxBookCtrlBase, wxControl) + EVT_SIZE(wxBookCtrlBase::OnSize) +#if wxUSE_HELP + EVT_HELP(wxID_ANY, wxBookCtrlBase::OnHelp) +#endif // wxUSE_HELP +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constructors and destructors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxBookCtrlBase::Init() +{ + m_selection = wxNOT_FOUND; + m_bookctrl = NULL; + m_imageList = NULL; + m_ownsImageList = false; + m_fitToCurrentPage = false; + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) + m_internalBorder = 1; +#else + m_internalBorder = 5; +#endif + + m_controlMargin = 0; + m_controlSizer = NULL; +} + +bool +wxBookCtrlBase::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + return wxControl::Create + ( + parent, + id, + pos, + size, + style, + wxDefaultValidator, + name + ); +} + +wxBookCtrlBase::~wxBookCtrlBase() +{ + if ( m_ownsImageList ) + { + // may be NULL, ok + delete m_imageList; + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// image list +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxBookCtrlBase::SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList) +{ + if ( m_ownsImageList ) + { + // may be NULL, ok + delete m_imageList; + + m_ownsImageList = false; + } + + m_imageList = imageList; +} + +void wxBookCtrlBase::AssignImageList(wxImageList* imageList) +{ + SetImageList(imageList); + + m_ownsImageList = true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// geometry +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxBookCtrlBase::DoInvalidateBestSize() +{ + // notice that it is not necessary to invalidate our own best size + // explicitly if we have m_bookctrl as it will already invalidate the best + // size of its parent when its own size is invalidated and its parent is + // this control + if ( m_bookctrl ) + m_bookctrl->InvalidateBestSize(); + else + wxControl::InvalidateBestSize(); +} + +wxSize wxBookCtrlBase::CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const +{ + // we need to add the size of the choice control and the border between + const wxSize sizeController = GetControllerSize(); + + wxSize size = sizePage; + if ( IsVertical() ) + { + if ( sizeController.x > sizePage.x ) + size.x = sizeController.x; + size.y += sizeController.y + GetInternalBorder(); + } + else // left/right aligned + { + size.x += sizeController.x + GetInternalBorder(); + if ( sizeController.y > sizePage.y ) + size.y = sizeController.y; + } + + return size; +} + +void wxBookCtrlBase::SetPageSize(const wxSize& size) +{ + SetClientSize(CalcSizeFromPage(size)); +} + +wxSize wxBookCtrlBase::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxSize bestSize; + + // iterate over all pages, get the largest width and height + const size_t nCount = m_pages.size(); + for ( size_t nPage = 0; nPage < nCount; nPage++ ) + { + const wxWindow * const pPage = m_pages[nPage]; + if( pPage ) + { + wxSize childBestSize(pPage->GetBestSize()); + + if ( childBestSize.x > bestSize.x ) + bestSize.x = childBestSize.x; + + if ( childBestSize.y > bestSize.y ) + bestSize.y = childBestSize.y; + } + } + + if (m_fitToCurrentPage && GetCurrentPage()) + bestSize = GetCurrentPage()->GetBestSize(); + + // convert display area to window area, adding the size necessary for the + // tabs + wxSize best = CalcSizeFromPage(bestSize); + CacheBestSize(best); + return best; +} + +wxRect wxBookCtrlBase::GetPageRect() const +{ + const wxSize size = GetControllerSize(); + + wxPoint pt; + wxRect rectPage(pt, GetClientSize()); + + switch ( GetWindowStyle() & wxBK_ALIGN_MASK ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected alignment") ); + // fall through + + case wxBK_TOP: + rectPage.y = size.y + GetInternalBorder(); + // fall through + + case wxBK_BOTTOM: + rectPage.height -= size.y + GetInternalBorder(); + if (rectPage.height < 0) + rectPage.height = 0; + break; + + case wxBK_LEFT: + rectPage.x = size.x + GetInternalBorder(); + // fall through + + case wxBK_RIGHT: + rectPage.width -= size.x + GetInternalBorder(); + if (rectPage.width < 0) + rectPage.width = 0; + break; + } + + return rectPage; +} + +// Lay out controls +void wxBookCtrlBase::DoSize() +{ + if ( !m_bookctrl ) + { + // we're not fully created yet or OnSize() should be hidden by derived class + return; + } + + if (GetSizer()) + Layout(); + else + { + // resize controller and the page area to fit inside our new size + const wxSize sizeClient( GetClientSize() ), + sizeBorder( m_bookctrl->GetSize() - m_bookctrl->GetClientSize() ), + sizeCtrl( GetControllerSize() ); + + m_bookctrl->SetClientSize( sizeCtrl.x - sizeBorder.x, sizeCtrl.y - sizeBorder.y ); + // if this changes the visibility of the scrollbars the best size changes, relayout in this case + wxSize sizeCtrl2 = GetControllerSize(); + if ( sizeCtrl != sizeCtrl2 ) + { + wxSize sizeBorder2 = m_bookctrl->GetSize() - m_bookctrl->GetClientSize(); + m_bookctrl->SetClientSize( sizeCtrl2.x - sizeBorder2.x, sizeCtrl2.y - sizeBorder2.y ); + } + + const wxSize sizeNew = m_bookctrl->GetSize(); + wxPoint posCtrl; + switch ( GetWindowStyle() & wxBK_ALIGN_MASK ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected alignment") ); + // fall through + + case wxBK_TOP: + case wxBK_LEFT: + // posCtrl is already ok + break; + + case wxBK_BOTTOM: + posCtrl.y = sizeClient.y - sizeNew.y; + break; + + case wxBK_RIGHT: + posCtrl.x = sizeClient.x - sizeNew.x; + break; + } + + if ( m_bookctrl->GetPosition() != posCtrl ) + m_bookctrl->Move(posCtrl); + } + + // resize all pages to fit the new control size + const wxRect pageRect = GetPageRect(); + const unsigned pagesCount = m_pages.GetCount(); + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < pagesCount; ++i ) + { + wxWindow * const page = m_pages[i]; + if ( !page ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( AllowNullPage(), + wxT("Null page in a control that does not allow null pages?") ); + continue; + } + + page->SetSize(pageRect); + } +} + +void wxBookCtrlBase::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) +{ + event.Skip(); + + DoSize(); +} + +wxSize wxBookCtrlBase::GetControllerSize() const +{ + // For at least some book controls (e.g. wxChoicebook) it may make sense to + // (temporarily?) hide the controller and we shouldn't leave extra space + // for the hidden control in this case. + if ( !m_bookctrl || !m_bookctrl->IsShown() ) + return wxSize(0, 0); + + const wxSize sizeClient = GetClientSize(), + sizeCtrl = m_bookctrl->GetBestSize(); + + wxSize size; + + if ( IsVertical() ) + { + size.x = sizeClient.x; + size.y = sizeCtrl.y; + } + else // left/right aligned + { + size.x = sizeCtrl.x; + size.y = sizeClient.y; + } + + return size; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// miscellaneous stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_HELP + +void wxBookCtrlBase::OnHelp(wxHelpEvent& event) +{ + // determine where does this even originate from to avoid redirecting it + // back to the page which generated it (resulting in an infinite loop) + + // notice that we have to check in the hard(er) way instead of just testing + // if the event object == this because the book control can have other + // subcontrols inside it (e.g. wxSpinButton in case of a notebook in wxUniv) + wxWindow *source = wxStaticCast(event.GetEventObject(), wxWindow); + while ( source && source != this && source->GetParent() != this ) + { + source = source->GetParent(); + } + + if ( source && m_pages.Index(source) == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + // this event is for the book control itself, redirect it to the + // corresponding page + wxWindow *page = NULL; + + if ( event.GetOrigin() == wxHelpEvent::Origin_HelpButton ) + { + // show help for the page under the mouse + const int pagePos = HitTest(ScreenToClient(event.GetPosition())); + + if ( pagePos != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + page = GetPage((size_t)pagePos); + } + } + else // event from keyboard or unknown source + { + // otherwise show the current page help + page = GetCurrentPage(); + } + + if ( page ) + { + // change event object to the page to avoid infinite recursion if + // we get this event ourselves if the page doesn't handle it + event.SetEventObject(page); + + if ( page->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + // don't call event.Skip() + return; + } + } + } + //else: event coming from one of our pages already + + event.Skip(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// pages management +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool +wxBookCtrlBase::InsertPage(size_t nPage, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& WXUNUSED(text), + bool WXUNUSED(bSelect), + int WXUNUSED(imageId)) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( page || AllowNullPage(), false, + wxT("NULL page in wxBookCtrlBase::InsertPage()") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( nPage <= m_pages.size(), false, + wxT("invalid page index in wxBookCtrlBase::InsertPage()") ); + + m_pages.Insert(page, nPage); + if ( page ) + page->SetSize(GetPageRect()); + + DoInvalidateBestSize(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxBookCtrlBase::DeletePage(size_t nPage) +{ + wxWindow *page = DoRemovePage(nPage); + if ( !(page || AllowNullPage()) ) + return false; + + // delete NULL is harmless + delete page; + + return true; +} + +wxWindow *wxBookCtrlBase::DoRemovePage(size_t nPage) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( nPage < m_pages.size(), NULL, + wxT("invalid page index in wxBookCtrlBase::DoRemovePage()") ); + + wxWindow *pageRemoved = m_pages[nPage]; + m_pages.RemoveAt(nPage); + DoInvalidateBestSize(); + + return pageRemoved; +} + +int wxBookCtrlBase::GetNextPage(bool forward) const +{ + int nPage; + + int nMax = GetPageCount(); + if ( nMax-- ) // decrement it to get the last valid index + { + int nSel = GetSelection(); + + // change selection wrapping if it becomes invalid + nPage = forward ? nSel == nMax ? 0 + : nSel + 1 + : nSel == 0 ? nMax + : nSel - 1; + } + else // notebook is empty, no next page + { + nPage = wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + return nPage; +} + +bool wxBookCtrlBase::DoSetSelectionAfterInsertion(size_t n, bool bSelect) +{ + if ( bSelect ) + SetSelection(n); + else if ( m_selection == wxNOT_FOUND ) + ChangeSelection(0); + else // We're not going to select this page. + return false; + + // Return true to indicate that we selected this page. + return true; +} + +int wxBookCtrlBase::DoSetSelection(size_t n, int flags) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( n < GetPageCount(), wxNOT_FOUND, + wxT("invalid page index in wxBookCtrlBase::DoSetSelection()") ); + + const int oldSel = GetSelection(); + + if ( n != (size_t)oldSel ) + { + wxBookCtrlEvent *event = CreatePageChangingEvent(); + bool allowed = false; + + if ( flags & SetSelection_SendEvent ) + { + event->SetSelection(n); + event->SetOldSelection(oldSel); + event->SetEventObject(this); + + allowed = !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(*event) || event->IsAllowed(); + } + + if ( !(flags & SetSelection_SendEvent) || allowed) + { + if ( oldSel != wxNOT_FOUND ) + m_pages[oldSel]->Hide(); + + wxWindow *page = m_pages[n]; + page->SetSize(GetPageRect()); + page->Show(); + + // change selection now to ignore the selection change event + UpdateSelectedPage(n); + + if ( flags & SetSelection_SendEvent ) + { + // program allows the page change + MakeChangedEvent(*event); + (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(*event); + } + } + + delete event; + } + + return oldSel; +} + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBookCtrlEvent, wxNotifyEvent) + +#endif // wxUSE_BOOKCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/btncmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/btncmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f8e14d750b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/btncmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/btncmn.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxButtonBase +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-04-08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: btncmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/toplevel.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxButtonNameStr[] = "button"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxButtonStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxButtonStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_LEFT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_RIGHT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_TOP) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_BOTTOM) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_EXACTFIT) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxButtonStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxButton, wxControl, "wx/button.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxButton) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Click, wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, wxCommandEvent ) + +wxPROPERTY( Font, wxFont, SetFont, GetFont, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("The font associated with the button label"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY( Label, wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxString(), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("The button label"), wxT("group") ) + +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxButtonStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("The button style"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxButton) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxButton, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, wxString, \ + Label, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxWindow *wxButtonBase::SetDefault() +{ + wxTopLevelWindow * const + tlw = wxDynamicCast(wxGetTopLevelParent(this), wxTopLevelWindow); + + wxCHECK_MSG( tlw, NULL, wxT("button without top level window?") ); + + return tlw->SetDefaultItem(this); +} + +void wxButtonBase::SetBitmapPosition(wxDirection dir) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !(dir & ~wxDIRECTION_MASK), "non-direction flag used" ); + wxASSERT_MSG( !!(dir & wxLEFT) + + !!(dir & wxRIGHT) + + !!(dir & wxTOP) + + !!(dir & wxBOTTOM) == 1, + "exactly one direction flag must be set" ); + + DoSetBitmapPosition(dir); + +} +#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cairo.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cairo.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..724c816bce --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cairo.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/cairo.cpp +// Purpose: Cairo library +// Author: Anthony Betaudeau +// Created: 2007-08-25 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cairo.cpp 65561 2010-09-17 11:17:55Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Anthony Bretaudeau +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/cairo.h" + +#if wxUSE_CAIRO + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/module.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + + +wxCairoLibrary *wxCairoLibrary::ms_lib = NULL; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCairoLibrary +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCairoLibrary::wxCairoLibrary() +{ + wxLogNull log; + + m_libCairo.Load("libcairo.so.2"); + m_ok = m_libCairo.IsLoaded(); + if ( !m_ok ) + return; + + m_libPangoCairo.Load("libpangocairo-1.0.so.0"); + m_ok = m_libPangoCairo.IsLoaded(); + if ( !m_ok ) + { + m_libCairo.Unload(); + return; + } + + m_ok = InitializeMethods(); +} + +wxCairoLibrary::~wxCairoLibrary() +{ +} + +/* static */ wxCairoLibrary* wxCairoLibrary::Get() +{ + if ( !ms_lib ) + { + ms_lib = new wxCairoLibrary(); + if ( !ms_lib->IsOk() ) + { + delete ms_lib; + ms_lib = NULL; + } + } + + return ms_lib; +} + +/* static */ void wxCairoLibrary::CleanUp() +{ + if (ms_lib) + { + delete ms_lib; + ms_lib = NULL; + } +} + +bool wxCairoLibrary::IsOk() +{ + return m_ok; +} + +bool wxCairoLibrary::InitializeMethods() +{ + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_arc); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_arc_negative); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_clip); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_close_path); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_create); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_curve_to); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_destroy); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_fill); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_fill_preserve); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_get_target); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_image_surface_create_for_data); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_line_to); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_move_to); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_new_path); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_paint); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_rgba); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_pattern_create_for_surface); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_pattern_create_linear); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_pattern_create_radial); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_pattern_destroy); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_pattern_set_extend); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_pattern_set_filter); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_rectangle); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_reset_clip); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_restore); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_rotate); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_save); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_scale); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_set_dash); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_set_fill_rule); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_set_line_cap); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_set_line_join); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_set_line_width); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_set_operator); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_set_source); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_set_source_rgba); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_stroke); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_stroke_preserve); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_surface_create_similar); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_surface_destroy); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libCairo, cairo_translate); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libPangoCairo, pango_cairo_update_layout); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(m_libPangoCairo, pango_cairo_show_layout); + + return true; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCairoModule +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxCairoModule : public wxModule +{ +public: + wxCairoModule() { } + virtual bool OnInit(); + virtual void OnExit(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCairotModule) +}; + +bool wxCairoModule::OnInit() +{ + return true; +} + +void wxCairoModule::OnExit() +{ + wxCairoLibrary::CleanUp(); +} + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCairoModule, wxModule) + +#endif // wxUSE_CAIRO diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/calctrlcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/calctrlcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4dde0060e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/calctrlcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/calctrlcmn.cpp +// Author: Marcin Wojdyr +// Created: 2008-03-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: calctrlcmn.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (C) Marcin Wojdyr +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#if wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL || wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL + +#include "wx/dateevt.h" +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDateEvent, wxCommandEvent) +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, wxDateEvent); + +#endif // wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL || wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL + + +#if wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL + +#include "wx/calctrl.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxCalendarCtrlStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxCalendarCtrlStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCAL_SUNDAY_FIRST) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCAL_SHOW_SURROUNDING_WEEKS) + +wxEND_FLAGS( wxCalendarCtrlStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxCalendarCtrl, wxControl, "wx/calctrl.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxCalendarCtrl) +wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( Updated, wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED, \ + wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED, wxCalendarEvent ) + +wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children ) + +wxPROPERTY( Date,wxDateTime, SetDate, GetDate, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxCalendarCtrlStyle, long, \ + SetWindowStyleFlag, GetWindowStyleFlag, \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), \ + wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxCalendarCtrl) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxCalendarCtrl, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxDateTime, Date, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCalendarEvent, wxDateEvent) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CALENDAR_PAGE_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CALENDAR_DOUBLECLICKED, wxCalendarEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED, wxCalendarEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEK_CLICKED, wxCalendarEvent ); + +// deprecated events +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CALENDAR_DAY_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CALENDAR_MONTH_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CALENDAR_YEAR_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent ); + + +wxCalendarDateAttr wxCalendarDateAttr::m_mark(wxCAL_BORDER_SQUARE); + +bool wxCalendarCtrlBase::EnableMonthChange(bool enable) +{ + const long styleOrig = GetWindowStyle(); + long style = enable ? styleOrig & ~wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE + : styleOrig | wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE; + if ( style == styleOrig ) + return false; + + SetWindowStyle(style); + + return true; +} + +bool wxCalendarCtrlBase::GenerateAllChangeEvents(const wxDateTime& dateOld) +{ + const wxDateTime::Tm tm1 = dateOld.GetTm(), + tm2 = GetDate().GetTm(); + + bool pageChanged = false; + + GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED); + if ( tm1.year != tm2.year || tm1.mon != tm2.mon ) + { + GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_PAGE_CHANGED); + + pageChanged = true; + } + + // send also one of the deprecated events + if ( tm1.year != tm2.year ) + GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_YEAR_CHANGED); + else if ( tm1.mon != tm2.mon ) + GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_MONTH_CHANGED); + else + GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DAY_CHANGED); + + return pageChanged; +} + +void wxCalendarCtrlBase::EnableHolidayDisplay(bool display) +{ + long style = GetWindowStyle(); + if ( display ) + style |= wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS; + else + style &= ~wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS; + + if ( style == GetWindowStyle() ) + return; + + SetWindowStyle(style); + + if ( display ) + SetHolidayAttrs(); + else + ResetHolidayAttrs(); + + RefreshHolidays(); +} + +bool wxCalendarCtrlBase::SetHolidayAttrs() +{ + if ( !HasFlag(wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS) ) + return false; + + ResetHolidayAttrs(); + + wxDateTime::Tm tm = GetDate().GetTm(); + wxDateTime dtStart(1, tm.mon, tm.year), + dtEnd = dtStart.GetLastMonthDay(); + + wxDateTimeArray hol; + wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::GetHolidaysInRange(dtStart, dtEnd, hol); + + const size_t count = hol.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + SetHoliday(hol[n].GetDay()); + } + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/checkboxcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/checkboxcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3f245cf96 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/checkboxcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/checkboxcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxCheckBox common code +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: checkboxcmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX + +#include "wx/checkbox.h" + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxCheckBoxNameStr[] = "check"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxCheckBoxStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxCheckBoxStyle ) + // new style border flags, we put them first to + // use them for streaming out + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + + // old style border flags + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxNO_BORDER) + + // standard window styles + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxNO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxEND_FLAGS( wxCheckBoxStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxCheckBox, wxControl, "wx/checkbox.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxCheckBox) + wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Click, wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, wxCommandEvent ) + + wxPROPERTY( Font, wxFont, SetFont, GetFont, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( Label,wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxString(), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( Value,bool, SetValue, GetValue, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + + wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxCheckBoxStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxCheckBox) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxCheckBox, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxString, Label, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + + +#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/checklstcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/checklstcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f9ace5d60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/checklstcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/checklstcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxCheckListBox common code +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 16.11.97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: checklstcmn.cpp 66584 2011-01-05 06:56:36Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + +#include "wx/checklst.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/object.h" + #include "wx/colour.h" + #include "wx/font.h" + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/listbox.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxCheckListBoxStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxCheckListBoxStyle ) + // new style border flags, we put them first to + // use them for streaming out + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + + // old style border flags + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + + // standard window styles + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_SINGLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_MULTIPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_EXTENDED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_HSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_ALWAYS_SB) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_NEEDED_SB) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_SORT) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_OWNERDRAW) + +wxEND_FLAGS( wxCheckListBoxStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxCheckListBox, wxListBox, "wx/checklst.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxCheckListBox) + wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Toggle, wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, wxCommandEvent ) + wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxCheckListBoxStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, wxLB_OWNERDRAW /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxCheckListBox) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_4( wxCheckListBox, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size ) + + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/choiccmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/choiccmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..075823d0ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/choiccmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/choiccmn.cpp +// Purpose: common (to all ports) wxChoice functions +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 26.07.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: choiccmn.cpp 66574 2011-01-04 14:13:29Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CHOICE + +#include "wx/choice.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif + +const char wxChoiceNameStr[] = "choice"; + + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxChoiceStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxChoiceStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxEND_FLAGS( wxChoiceStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxChoice, wxControl, "wx/choice.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxChoice) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Select, wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent ) + +wxPROPERTY( Font, wxFont, SetFont, GetFont , wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION( Choices, wxArrayString, wxString, AppendString, \ + GetStrings, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY( Selection,int, SetSelection, GetSelection, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + +/* + TODO PROPERTIES + selection (long) + content (list) + item + */ + +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxChoiceStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxChoice) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_4( wxChoice, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size ) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxChoiceBase::~wxChoiceBase() +{ + // this destructor is required for Darwin +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// misc +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxChoiceBase::Command(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + SetSelection(event.GetInt()); + (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CHOICE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clipcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clipcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4ee1d89a8c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clipcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/clipcmn.cpp +// Purpose: common (to all ports) wxClipboard functions +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: 28.06.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: clipcmn.cpp 61485 2009-07-20 23:54:08Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + +#include "wx/clipbrd.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dataobj.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClipboardEvent +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboardEvent,wxEvent) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CLIPBOARD_CHANGED, wxClipboardEvent ); + +bool wxClipboardEvent::SupportsFormat( const wxDataFormat &format ) const +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + for (wxVector::size_type n = 0; n < m_formats.size(); n++) + { + if (m_formats[n] == format) + return true; + } + + return false; +#else + // All other ports just query the clipboard directly + // from here + wxClipboard* clipboard = (wxClipboard*) GetEventObject(); + return clipboard->IsSupported( format ); +#endif +} + +void wxClipboardEvent::AddFormat(const wxDataFormat& format) +{ + m_formats.push_back( format ); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClipboardBase +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +static wxClipboard *gs_clipboard = NULL; + +/*static*/ wxClipboard *wxClipboardBase::Get() +{ + if ( !gs_clipboard ) + { + gs_clipboard = new wxClipboard; + } + return gs_clipboard; +} + +bool wxClipboardBase::IsSupportedAsync( wxEvtHandler *sink ) +{ + // We just imitate an asynchronous API on most platforms. + // This method is overridden uner GTK. + wxClipboardEvent *event = new wxClipboardEvent(wxEVT_CLIPBOARD_CHANGED); + event->SetEventObject( this ); + + sink->QueueEvent( event ); + + return true; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClipboardModule: module responsible for destroying the global clipboard +// object +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxClipboardModule : public wxModule +{ +public: + bool OnInit() { return true; } + void OnExit() { wxDELETE(gs_clipboard); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboardModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboardModule, wxModule) + +#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clntdata.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clntdata.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b702cff3b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clntdata.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/clntdata.cpp +// Purpose: A mixin class for holding a wxClientData or void pointer +// Author: Robin Dunn +// Modified by: +// Created: 9-Oct-2001 +// RCS-ID: $Id: clntdata.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/clntdata.h" + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +wxClientDataContainer::wxClientDataContainer() +{ + // no client data (yet) + m_clientData = NULL; + m_clientDataType = wxClientData_None; +} + +wxClientDataContainer::~wxClientDataContainer() +{ + // we only delete object data, not untyped + if ( m_clientDataType == wxClientData_Object ) + delete m_clientObject; +} + +void wxClientDataContainer::DoSetClientObject( wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_clientDataType != wxClientData_Void, + wxT("can't have both object and void client data") ); + + if ( m_clientObject ) + delete m_clientObject; + + m_clientObject = data; + m_clientDataType = wxClientData_Object; +} + +wxClientData *wxClientDataContainer::DoGetClientObject() const +{ + // it's not an error to call GetClientObject() on a window which doesn't + // have client data at all - NULL will be returned + wxASSERT_MSG( m_clientDataType != wxClientData_Void, + wxT("this window doesn't have object client data") ); + + return m_clientObject; +} + +void wxClientDataContainer::DoSetClientData( void *data ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_clientDataType != wxClientData_Object, + wxT("can't have both object and void client data") ); + + m_clientData = data; + m_clientDataType = wxClientData_Void; +} + +void *wxClientDataContainer::DoGetClientData() const +{ + // it's not an error to call GetClientData() on a window which doesn't have + // client data at all - NULL will be returned + wxASSERT_MSG( m_clientDataType != wxClientData_Object, + wxT("this window doesn't have void client data") ); + + return m_clientData; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clrpickercmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clrpickercmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8df9d4837 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/clrpickercmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/clrpickercmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxColourPickerCtrl class implementation +// Author: Francesco Montorsi (readapted code written by Vadim Zeitlin) +// Modified by: +// Created: 15/04/2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: clrpickercmn.cpp 58718 2009-02-07 18:59:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/clrpicker.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/textctrl.h" +#endif + +const char wxColourPickerCtrlNameStr[] = "colourpicker"; +const char wxColourPickerWidgetNameStr[] = "colourpickerwidget"; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED, wxColourPickerEvent); +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourPickerCtrl, wxPickerBase) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourPickerEvent, wxEvent) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColourPickerCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define M_PICKER ((wxColourPickerWidget*)m_picker) + +bool wxColourPickerCtrl::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxColour &col, + const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size, + long style, const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString &name ) +{ + if (!wxPickerBase::CreateBase(parent, id, col.GetAsString(), pos, size, + style, validator, name)) + return false; + + // we are not interested to the ID of our picker as we connect + // to its "changed" event dynamically... + m_picker = new wxColourPickerWidget(this, wxID_ANY, col, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + GetPickerStyle(style)); + + // complete sizer creation + wxPickerBase::PostCreation(); + + m_picker->Connect(wxEVT_COMMAND_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED, + wxColourPickerEventHandler(wxColourPickerCtrl::OnColourChange), + NULL, this); + + return true; +} + +void wxColourPickerCtrl::SetColour(const wxColour &col) +{ + M_PICKER->SetColour(col); + UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); +} + +bool wxColourPickerCtrl::SetColour(const wxString &text) +{ + wxColour col(text); // smart wxString->wxColour conversion + if ( !col.Ok() ) + return false; + M_PICKER->SetColour(col); + UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); + + return true; +} + +void wxColourPickerCtrl::UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl() +{ + wxASSERT(m_text); + + if (m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate) + { + // ignore this update + m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate = false; + return; + } + + // wxString -> wxColour conversion + wxColour col(m_text->GetValue()); + if ( !col.Ok() ) + return; // invalid user input + + if (M_PICKER->GetColour() != col) + { + M_PICKER->SetColour(col); + + // fire an event + wxColourPickerEvent event(this, GetId(), col); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } +} + +void wxColourPickerCtrl::UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker() +{ + if (!m_text) + return; // no textctrl to update + + // NOTE: this SetValue() will generate an unwanted wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED + // which will trigger a unneeded UpdateFromTextCtrl(); thus before using + // SetValue() we set the m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate flag... + m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate = true; + m_text->SetValue(M_PICKER->GetColour().GetAsString()); +} + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColourPickerCtrl - event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxColourPickerCtrl::OnColourChange(wxColourPickerEvent &ev) +{ + UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); + + // the wxColourPickerWidget sent us a colour-change notification. + // forward this event to our parent + wxColourPickerEvent event(this, GetId(), ev.GetColour()); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmdline.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmdline.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c02721ab6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmdline.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1446 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/cmdline.cpp +// Purpose: wxCmdLineParser implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 05.01.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cmdline.cpp 66253 2010-11-24 00:42:53Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/app.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/cmdline.h" + +#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + +#include +#include // for LC_ALL + +#include "wx/datetime.h" +#include "wx/msgout.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/apptrait.h" +#include "wx/scopeguard.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static wxString GetTypeName(wxCmdLineParamType type); + +static wxString GetOptionName(wxString::const_iterator p, + wxString::const_iterator end, + const wxChar *allowedChars); + +static wxString GetShortOptionName(wxString::const_iterator p, + wxString::const_iterator end); + +static wxString GetLongOptionName(wxString::const_iterator p, + wxString::const_iterator end); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private structs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// an internal representation of an option +struct wxCmdLineOption +{ + wxCmdLineOption(wxCmdLineEntryType k, + const wxString& shrt, + const wxString& lng, + const wxString& desc, + wxCmdLineParamType typ, + int fl) + { + // wxCMD_LINE_USAGE_TEXT uses only description, shortName and longName is empty + if ( k != wxCMD_LINE_USAGE_TEXT ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG + ( + !shrt.empty() || !lng.empty(), + wxT("option should have at least one name") + ); + + wxASSERT_MSG + ( + GetShortOptionName(shrt.begin(), shrt.end()).Len() == shrt.Len(), + wxT("Short option contains invalid characters") + ); + + wxASSERT_MSG + ( + GetLongOptionName(lng.begin(), lng.end()).Len() == lng.Len(), + wxT("Long option contains invalid characters") + ); + } + + kind = k; + + shortName = shrt; + longName = lng; + description = desc; + + type = typ; + flags = fl; + + m_hasVal = false; + m_isNegated = false; + } + + // can't use union easily here, so just store all possible data fields, we + // don't waste much (might still use union later if the number of supported + // types increases, so always use the accessor functions and don't access + // the fields directly!) + + void Check(wxCmdLineParamType WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(typ)) const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( type == typ, wxT("type mismatch in wxCmdLineOption") ); + } + + double GetDoubleVal() const + { Check(wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DOUBLE); return m_doubleVal; } + long GetLongVal() const + { Check(wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NUMBER); return m_longVal; } + const wxString& GetStrVal() const + { Check(wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING); return m_strVal; } +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + const wxDateTime& GetDateVal() const + { Check(wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DATE); return m_dateVal; } +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + + void SetDoubleVal(double val) + { Check(wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DOUBLE); m_doubleVal = val; m_hasVal = true; } + void SetLongVal(long val) + { Check(wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NUMBER); m_longVal = val; m_hasVal = true; } + void SetStrVal(const wxString& val) + { Check(wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING); m_strVal = val; m_hasVal = true; } +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + void SetDateVal(const wxDateTime& val) + { Check(wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DATE); m_dateVal = val; m_hasVal = true; } +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + + void SetHasValue(bool hasValue = true) { m_hasVal = hasValue; } + bool HasValue() const { return m_hasVal; } + + void SetNegated() { m_isNegated = true; } + bool IsNegated() const { return m_isNegated; } + +public: + wxCmdLineEntryType kind; + wxString shortName, + longName, + description; + wxCmdLineParamType type; + int flags; + +private: + bool m_hasVal; + bool m_isNegated; + + double m_doubleVal; + long m_longVal; + wxString m_strVal; +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + wxDateTime m_dateVal; +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME +}; + +struct wxCmdLineParam +{ + wxCmdLineParam(const wxString& desc, + wxCmdLineParamType typ, + int fl) + : description(desc) + { + type = typ; + flags = fl; + } + + wxString description; + wxCmdLineParamType type; + int flags; +}; + +WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(wxCmdLineOption, wxArrayOptions); +WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(wxCmdLineParam, wxArrayParams); + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" + +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxArrayOptions) +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxArrayParams) + +// the parser internal state +struct wxCmdLineParserData +{ + // options + wxString m_switchChars; // characters which may start an option + bool m_enableLongOptions; // true if long options are enabled + wxString m_logo; // some extra text to show in Usage() + + // cmd line data + wxArrayString m_arguments; // == argv, argc == m_arguments.GetCount() + wxArrayOptions m_options; // all possible options and switches + wxArrayParams m_paramDesc; // description of all possible params + wxArrayString m_parameters; // all params found + + // methods + wxCmdLineParserData(); + void SetArguments(int argc, char **argv); +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + void SetArguments(int argc, wxChar **argv); + void SetArguments(int argc, const wxCmdLineArgsArray& argv); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + void SetArguments(const wxString& cmdline); + + int FindOption(const wxString& name); + int FindOptionByLongName(const wxString& name); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCmdLineParserData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCmdLineParserData::wxCmdLineParserData() +{ + m_enableLongOptions = true; +#ifdef __UNIX_LIKE__ + m_switchChars = wxT("-"); +#else // !Unix + m_switchChars = wxT("/-"); +#endif +} + +namespace +{ + +// Small helper function setting locale for all categories. +// +// We define it because wxSetlocale() can't be easily used with wxScopeGuard as +// it has several overloads -- while this one can. +inline char *SetAllLocaleFacets(const char *loc) +{ + return wxSetlocale(LC_ALL, loc); +} + +} // private namespace + +void wxCmdLineParserData::SetArguments(int argc, char **argv) +{ + m_arguments.clear(); + + // Command-line arguments are supposed to be in the user locale encoding + // (what else?) but wxLocale probably wasn't initialized yet as we're + // called early during the program startup and so our locale might not have + // been set from the environment yet. To work around this problem we + // temporarily change the locale here. The only drawback is that changing + // the locale is thread-unsafe but precisely because we're called so early + // it's hopefully safe to assume that no other threads had been created yet. + char * const locOld = SetAllLocaleFacets(""); + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1( SetAllLocaleFacets, locOld ); + + for ( int n = 0; n < argc; n++ ) + { + // try to interpret the string as being in the current locale + wxString arg(argv[n]); + + // but just in case we guessed wrongly and the conversion failed, do + // try to salvage at least something + if ( arg.empty() && argv[n][0] != '\0' ) + arg = wxString(argv[n], wxConvISO8859_1); + + m_arguments.push_back(arg); + } +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +void wxCmdLineParserData::SetArguments(int argc, wxChar **argv) +{ + m_arguments.clear(); + + for ( int n = 0; n < argc; n++ ) + { + m_arguments.push_back(argv[n]); + } +} + +void wxCmdLineParserData::SetArguments(int WXUNUSED(argc), + const wxCmdLineArgsArray& argv) +{ + m_arguments = argv.GetArguments(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +void wxCmdLineParserData::SetArguments(const wxString& cmdLine) +{ + m_arguments.clear(); + + if(wxTheApp && wxTheApp->argc > 0) + m_arguments.push_back(wxTheApp->argv[0]); + else + m_arguments.push_back(wxEmptyString); + + wxArrayString args = wxCmdLineParser::ConvertStringToArgs(cmdLine); + + WX_APPEND_ARRAY(m_arguments, args); +} + +int wxCmdLineParserData::FindOption(const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !name.empty() ) + { + size_t count = m_options.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( m_options[n].shortName == name ) + { + // found + return n; + } + } + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +int wxCmdLineParserData::FindOptionByLongName(const wxString& name) +{ + size_t count = m_options.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( m_options[n].longName == name ) + { + // found + return n; + } + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// construction and destruction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxCmdLineParser::Init() +{ + m_data = new wxCmdLineParserData; +} + +void wxCmdLineParser::SetCmdLine(int argc, char **argv) +{ + m_data->SetArguments(argc, argv); +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +void wxCmdLineParser::SetCmdLine(int argc, wxChar **argv) +{ + m_data->SetArguments(argc, argv); +} + +void wxCmdLineParser::SetCmdLine(int argc, const wxCmdLineArgsArray& argv) +{ + m_data->SetArguments(argc, argv); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +void wxCmdLineParser::SetCmdLine(const wxString& cmdline) +{ + m_data->SetArguments(cmdline); +} + +wxCmdLineParser::~wxCmdLineParser() +{ + delete m_data; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// options +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxCmdLineParser::SetSwitchChars(const wxString& switchChars) +{ + m_data->m_switchChars = switchChars; +} + +void wxCmdLineParser::EnableLongOptions(bool enable) +{ + m_data->m_enableLongOptions = enable; +} + +bool wxCmdLineParser::AreLongOptionsEnabled() const +{ + return m_data->m_enableLongOptions; +} + +void wxCmdLineParser::SetLogo(const wxString& logo) +{ + m_data->m_logo = logo; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// command line construction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxCmdLineParser::SetDesc(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc) +{ + for ( ;; desc++ ) + { + switch ( desc->kind ) + { + case wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH: + AddSwitch(desc->shortName, desc->longName, + wxGetTranslation(desc->description), + desc->flags); + break; + + case wxCMD_LINE_OPTION: + AddOption(desc->shortName, desc->longName, + wxGetTranslation(desc->description), + desc->type, desc->flags); + break; + + case wxCMD_LINE_PARAM: + AddParam(wxGetTranslation(desc->description), + desc->type, desc->flags); + break; + + case wxCMD_LINE_USAGE_TEXT: + AddUsageText(wxGetTranslation(desc->description)); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown command line entry type") ); + // still fall through + + case wxCMD_LINE_NONE: + return; + } + } +} + +void wxCmdLineParser::AddSwitch(const wxString& shortName, + const wxString& longName, + const wxString& desc, + int flags) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_data->FindOption(shortName) == wxNOT_FOUND, + wxT("duplicate switch") ); + + wxCmdLineOption *option = new wxCmdLineOption(wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH, + shortName, longName, desc, + wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NONE, flags); + + m_data->m_options.Add(option); +} + +void wxCmdLineParser::AddOption(const wxString& shortName, + const wxString& longName, + const wxString& desc, + wxCmdLineParamType type, + int flags) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_data->FindOption(shortName) == wxNOT_FOUND, + wxT("duplicate option") ); + + wxCmdLineOption *option = new wxCmdLineOption(wxCMD_LINE_OPTION, + shortName, longName, desc, + type, flags); + + m_data->m_options.Add(option); +} + +void wxCmdLineParser::AddParam(const wxString& desc, + wxCmdLineParamType type, + int flags) +{ + // do some consistency checks: a required parameter can't follow an + // optional one and nothing should follow a parameter with MULTIPLE flag +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + if ( !m_data->m_paramDesc.IsEmpty() ) + { + wxCmdLineParam& param = m_data->m_paramDesc.Last(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !(param.flags & wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_MULTIPLE), + wxT("all parameters after the one with wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_MULTIPLE style will be ignored") ); + + if ( !(flags & wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_OPTIONAL) ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !(param.flags & wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_OPTIONAL), + wxT("a required parameter can't follow an optional one") ); + } + } +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL + + wxCmdLineParam *param = new wxCmdLineParam(desc, type, flags); + + m_data->m_paramDesc.Add(param); +} + +void wxCmdLineParser::AddUsageText(const wxString& text) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !text.empty(), wxT("text can't be empty") ); + + wxCmdLineOption *option = new wxCmdLineOption(wxCMD_LINE_USAGE_TEXT, + wxEmptyString, wxEmptyString, + text, wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NONE, 0); + + m_data->m_options.Add(option); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// access to parse command line +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxCmdLineParser::Found(const wxString& name) const +{ + return FoundSwitch(name) != wxCMD_SWITCH_NOT_FOUND; +} + +wxCmdLineSwitchState wxCmdLineParser::FoundSwitch(const wxString& name) const +{ + int i = m_data->FindOption(name); + if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) + i = m_data->FindOptionByLongName(name); + + wxCHECK_MSG( i != wxNOT_FOUND, wxCMD_SWITCH_NOT_FOUND, wxT("unknown switch") ); + + wxCmdLineOption& opt = m_data->m_options[(size_t)i]; + if ( !opt.HasValue() ) + return wxCMD_SWITCH_NOT_FOUND; + + return opt.IsNegated() ? wxCMD_SWITCH_OFF : wxCMD_SWITCH_ON; +} + +bool wxCmdLineParser::Found(const wxString& name, wxString *value) const +{ + int i = m_data->FindOption(name); + if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) + i = m_data->FindOptionByLongName(name); + + wxCHECK_MSG( i != wxNOT_FOUND, false, wxT("unknown option") ); + + wxCmdLineOption& opt = m_data->m_options[(size_t)i]; + if ( !opt.HasValue() ) + return false; + + wxCHECK_MSG( value, false, wxT("NULL pointer in wxCmdLineOption::Found") ); + + *value = opt.GetStrVal(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxCmdLineParser::Found(const wxString& name, long *value) const +{ + int i = m_data->FindOption(name); + if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) + i = m_data->FindOptionByLongName(name); + + wxCHECK_MSG( i != wxNOT_FOUND, false, wxT("unknown option") ); + + wxCmdLineOption& opt = m_data->m_options[(size_t)i]; + if ( !opt.HasValue() ) + return false; + + wxCHECK_MSG( value, false, wxT("NULL pointer in wxCmdLineOption::Found") ); + + *value = opt.GetLongVal(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxCmdLineParser::Found(const wxString& name, double *value) const +{ + int i = m_data->FindOption(name); + if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) + i = m_data->FindOptionByLongName(name); + + wxCHECK_MSG( i != wxNOT_FOUND, false, wxT("unknown option") ); + + wxCmdLineOption& opt = m_data->m_options[(size_t)i]; + if ( !opt.HasValue() ) + return false; + + wxCHECK_MSG( value, false, wxT("NULL pointer in wxCmdLineOption::Found") ); + + *value = opt.GetDoubleVal(); + + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME +bool wxCmdLineParser::Found(const wxString& name, wxDateTime *value) const +{ + int i = m_data->FindOption(name); + if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) + i = m_data->FindOptionByLongName(name); + + wxCHECK_MSG( i != wxNOT_FOUND, false, wxT("unknown option") ); + + wxCmdLineOption& opt = m_data->m_options[(size_t)i]; + if ( !opt.HasValue() ) + return false; + + wxCHECK_MSG( value, false, wxT("NULL pointer in wxCmdLineOption::Found") ); + + *value = opt.GetDateVal(); + + return true; +} +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +size_t wxCmdLineParser::GetParamCount() const +{ + return m_data->m_parameters.size(); +} + +wxString wxCmdLineParser::GetParam(size_t n) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( n < GetParamCount(), wxEmptyString, wxT("invalid param index") ); + + return m_data->m_parameters[n]; +} + +// Resets switches and options +void wxCmdLineParser::Reset() +{ + for ( size_t i = 0; i < m_data->m_options.GetCount(); i++ ) + { + wxCmdLineOption& opt = m_data->m_options[i]; + opt.SetHasValue(false); + } +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// the real work is done here +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int wxCmdLineParser::Parse(bool showUsage) +{ + bool maybeOption = true; // can the following arg be an option? + bool ok = true; // true until an error is detected + bool helpRequested = false; // true if "-h" was given + bool hadRepeatableParam = false; // true if found param with MULTIPLE flag + + size_t currentParam = 0; // the index in m_paramDesc + + size_t countParam = m_data->m_paramDesc.GetCount(); + wxString errorMsg; + + Reset(); + + // parse everything + wxString arg; + size_t count = m_data->m_arguments.size(); + for ( size_t n = 1; ok && (n < count); n++ ) // 0 is program name + { + arg = m_data->m_arguments[n]; + + // special case: "--" should be discarded and all following arguments + // should be considered as parameters, even if they start with '-' and + // not like options (this is POSIX-like) + if ( arg == wxT("--") ) + { + maybeOption = false; + + continue; + } + + // empty argument or just '-' is not an option but a parameter + if ( maybeOption && arg.length() > 1 && + // FIXME-UTF8: use wc_str() after removing ANSI build + wxStrchr(m_data->m_switchChars.c_str(), arg[0u]) ) + { + bool isLong; + wxString name; + int optInd = wxNOT_FOUND; // init to suppress warnings + + // an option or a switch: find whether it's a long or a short one + if ( arg.length() >= 3 && arg[0u] == wxT('-') && arg[1u] == wxT('-') ) + { + // a long one + isLong = true; + + // Skip leading "--" + wxString::const_iterator p = arg.begin() + 2; + + bool longOptionsEnabled = AreLongOptionsEnabled(); + + name = GetLongOptionName(p, arg.end()); + + if (longOptionsEnabled) + { + optInd = m_data->FindOptionByLongName(name); + if ( optInd == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + errorMsg << wxString::Format(_("Unknown long option '%s'"), name.c_str()) + << wxT('\n'); + } + } + else + { + optInd = wxNOT_FOUND; // Sanity check + + // Print the argument including leading "--" + name.Prepend( wxT("--") ); + errorMsg << wxString::Format(_("Unknown option '%s'"), name.c_str()) + << wxT('\n'); + } + + } + else // not a long option + { + isLong = false; + + // a short one: as they can be cumulated, we try to find the + // longest substring which is a valid option + wxString::const_iterator p = arg.begin() + 1; + + name = GetShortOptionName(p, arg.end()); + + size_t len = name.length(); + do + { + if ( len == 0 ) + { + // we couldn't find a valid option name in the + // beginning of this string + errorMsg << wxString::Format(_("Unknown option '%s'"), name.c_str()) + << wxT('\n'); + + break; + } + else + { + optInd = m_data->FindOption(name.Left(len)); + + // will try with one character less the next time + len--; + } + } + while ( optInd == wxNOT_FOUND ); + + len++; // compensates extra len-- above + if ( (optInd != wxNOT_FOUND) && (len != name.length()) ) + { + // first of all, the option name is only part of this + // string + name = name.Left(len); + + // our option is only part of this argument, there is + // something else in it - it is either the value of this + // option or other switches if it is a switch + if ( m_data->m_options[(size_t)optInd].kind + == wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH ) + { + // if the switch is negatable and it is just followed + // by '-' the '-' is considered to be part of this + // switch + if ( (m_data->m_options[(size_t)optInd].flags & + wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH_NEGATABLE) && + arg[len] == '-' ) + ++len; + + // pretend that all the rest of the argument is the + // next argument, in fact + wxString arg2 = arg[0u]; + arg2 += arg.Mid(len + 1); // +1 for leading '-' + + m_data->m_arguments.insert + (m_data->m_arguments.begin() + n + 1, arg2); + count++; + + // only leave the part which wasn't extracted into the + // next argument in this one + arg = arg.Left(len + 1); + } + //else: it's our value, we'll deal with it below + } + } + + if ( optInd == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + ok = false; + + continue; // will break, in fact + } + + // look at what follows: + + // +1 for leading '-' + wxString::const_iterator p = arg.begin() + 1 + name.length(); + wxString::const_iterator end = arg.end(); + + if ( isLong ) + ++p; // for another leading '-' + + wxCmdLineOption& opt = m_data->m_options[(size_t)optInd]; + if ( opt.kind == wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH ) + { + // we must check that there is no value following the switch + bool negated = (opt.flags & wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH_NEGATABLE) && + p != arg.end() && *p == '-'; + + if ( !negated && p != arg.end() ) + { + errorMsg << wxString::Format(_("Unexpected characters following option '%s'."), name.c_str()) + << wxT('\n'); + ok = false; + } + else // no value, as expected + { + // nothing more to do + opt.SetHasValue(); + if ( negated ) + opt.SetNegated(); + + if ( opt.flags & wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_HELP ) + { + helpRequested = true; + + // it's not an error, but we still stop here + ok = false; + } + } + } + else // it's an option. not a switch + { + switch ( p == end ? '\0' : (*p).GetValue() ) + { + case '=': + case ':': + // the value follows + ++p; + break; + + case '\0': + // the value is in the next argument + if ( ++n == count ) + { + // ... but there is none + errorMsg << wxString::Format(_("Option '%s' requires a value."), + name.c_str()) + << wxT('\n'); + + ok = false; + } + else + { + // ... take it from there + p = m_data->m_arguments[n].begin(); + end = m_data->m_arguments[n].end(); + } + break; + + default: + // the value is right here: this may be legal or + // not depending on the option style + if ( opt.flags & wxCMD_LINE_NEEDS_SEPARATOR ) + { + errorMsg << wxString::Format(_("Separator expected after the option '%s'."), + name.c_str()) + << wxT('\n'); + + ok = false; + } + } + + if ( ok ) + { + wxString value(p, end); + switch ( opt.type ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown option type") ); + // still fall through + + case wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING: + opt.SetStrVal(value); + break; + + case wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NUMBER: + { + long val; + if ( value.ToLong(&val) ) + { + opt.SetLongVal(val); + } + else + { + errorMsg << wxString::Format(_("'%s' is not a correct numeric value for option '%s'."), + value.c_str(), name.c_str()) + << wxT('\n'); + + ok = false; + } + } + break; + + case wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DOUBLE: + { + double val; + if ( value.ToDouble(&val) ) + { + opt.SetDoubleVal(val); + } + else + { + errorMsg << wxString::Format(_("'%s' is not a correct numeric value for option '%s'."), + value.c_str(), name.c_str()) + << wxT('\n'); + + ok = false; + } + } + break; + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + case wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DATE: + { + wxDateTime dt; + wxString::const_iterator end; + if ( !dt.ParseDate(value, &end) || end != value.end() ) + { + errorMsg << wxString::Format(_("Option '%s': '%s' cannot be converted to a date."), + name.c_str(), value.c_str()) + << wxT('\n'); + + ok = false; + } + else + { + opt.SetDateVal(dt); + } + } + break; +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + } + } + } + } + else // not an option, must be a parameter + { + if ( currentParam < countParam ) + { + wxCmdLineParam& param = m_data->m_paramDesc[currentParam]; + + // TODO check the param type + + m_data->m_parameters.push_back(arg); + + if ( !(param.flags & wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_MULTIPLE) ) + { + currentParam++; + } + else + { + wxASSERT_MSG( currentParam == countParam - 1, + wxT("all parameters after the one with wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_MULTIPLE style are ignored") ); + + // remember that we did have this last repeatable parameter + hadRepeatableParam = true; + } + } + else + { + errorMsg << wxString::Format(_("Unexpected parameter '%s'"), arg.c_str()) + << wxT('\n'); + + ok = false; + } + } + } + + // verify that all mandatory options were given + if ( ok ) + { + size_t countOpt = m_data->m_options.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; ok && (n < countOpt); n++ ) + { + wxCmdLineOption& opt = m_data->m_options[n]; + if ( (opt.flags & wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_MANDATORY) && !opt.HasValue() ) + { + wxString optName; + if ( !opt.longName ) + { + optName = opt.shortName; + } + else + { + if ( AreLongOptionsEnabled() ) + { + optName.Printf( _("%s (or %s)"), + opt.shortName.c_str(), + opt.longName.c_str() ); + } + else + { + optName.Printf( wxT("%s"), + opt.shortName.c_str() ); + } + } + + errorMsg << wxString::Format(_("The value for the option '%s' must be specified."), + optName.c_str()) + << wxT('\n'); + + ok = false; + } + } + + for ( ; ok && (currentParam < countParam); currentParam++ ) + { + wxCmdLineParam& param = m_data->m_paramDesc[currentParam]; + if ( (currentParam == countParam - 1) && + (param.flags & wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_MULTIPLE) && + hadRepeatableParam ) + { + // special case: currentParam wasn't incremented, but we did + // have it, so don't give error + continue; + } + + if ( !(param.flags & wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_OPTIONAL) ) + { + errorMsg << wxString::Format(_("The required parameter '%s' was not specified."), + param.description.c_str()) + << wxT('\n'); + + ok = false; + } + } + } + + // if there was an error during parsing the command line, show this error + // and also the usage message if it had been requested + if ( !ok && (!errorMsg.empty() || (helpRequested && showUsage)) ) + { + wxMessageOutput* msgOut = wxMessageOutput::Get(); + if ( msgOut ) + { + wxString usage; + if ( showUsage ) + usage = GetUsageString(); + + msgOut->Printf( wxT("%s%s"), usage.c_str(), errorMsg.c_str() ); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("no wxMessageOutput object?") ); + } + } + + return ok ? 0 : helpRequested ? -1 : 1; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// give the usage message +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxCmdLineParser::Usage() const +{ + wxMessageOutput* msgOut = wxMessageOutput::Get(); + if ( msgOut ) + { + msgOut->Printf( wxT("%s"), GetUsageString().c_str() ); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("no wxMessageOutput object?") ); + } +} + +wxString wxCmdLineParser::GetUsageString() const +{ + wxString appname; + if ( m_data->m_arguments.empty() ) + { + if ( wxTheApp ) + appname = wxTheApp->GetAppName(); + } + else // use argv[0] + { + appname = wxFileName(m_data->m_arguments[0]).GetName(); + } + + // we construct the brief cmd line desc on the fly, but not the detailed + // help message below because we want to align the options descriptions + // and for this we must first know the longest one of them + wxString usage; + wxArrayString namesOptions, descOptions; + + if ( !m_data->m_logo.empty() ) + { + usage << m_data->m_logo << wxT('\n'); + } + + usage << wxString::Format(_("Usage: %s"), appname.c_str()); + + // the switch char is usually '-' but this can be changed with + // SetSwitchChars() and then the first one of possible chars is used + wxChar chSwitch = !m_data->m_switchChars ? wxT('-') + : m_data->m_switchChars[0u]; + + bool areLongOptionsEnabled = AreLongOptionsEnabled(); + size_t n, count = m_data->m_options.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxCmdLineOption& opt = m_data->m_options[n]; + wxString option, negator; + + if ( opt.kind != wxCMD_LINE_USAGE_TEXT ) + { + usage << wxT(' '); + if ( !(opt.flags & wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_MANDATORY) ) + { + usage << wxT('['); + } + + if ( opt.flags & wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH_NEGATABLE ) + negator = wxT("[-]"); + + if ( !opt.shortName.empty() ) + { + usage << chSwitch << opt.shortName << negator; + } + else if ( areLongOptionsEnabled && !opt.longName.empty() ) + { + usage << wxT("--") << opt.longName << negator; + } + else + { + if (!opt.longName.empty()) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("option with only a long name while long ") + wxT("options are disabled") ); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("option without neither short nor long name") ); + } + } + + if ( !opt.shortName.empty() ) + { + option << wxT(" ") << chSwitch << opt.shortName; + } + + if ( areLongOptionsEnabled && !opt.longName.empty() ) + { + option << (option.empty() ? wxT(" ") : wxT(", ")) + << wxT("--") << opt.longName; + } + + if ( opt.kind != wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH ) + { + wxString val; + val << wxT('<') << GetTypeName(opt.type) << wxT('>'); + usage << wxT(' ') << val; + option << (!opt.longName ? wxT(':') : wxT('=')) << val; + } + + usage << negator; + if ( !(opt.flags & wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_MANDATORY) ) + { + usage << wxT(']'); + } + } + + namesOptions.push_back(option); + descOptions.push_back(opt.description); + } + + count = m_data->m_paramDesc.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxCmdLineParam& param = m_data->m_paramDesc[n]; + + usage << wxT(' '); + if ( param.flags & wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_OPTIONAL ) + { + usage << wxT('['); + } + + usage << param.description; + + if ( param.flags & wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_MULTIPLE ) + { + usage << wxT("..."); + } + + if ( param.flags & wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_OPTIONAL ) + { + usage << wxT(']'); + } + } + + usage << wxT('\n'); + + // set to number of our own options, not counting the standard ones + count = namesOptions.size(); + + // get option names & descriptions for standard options, if any: + wxAppTraits *traits = wxTheApp ? wxTheApp->GetTraits() : NULL; + wxString stdDesc; + if ( traits ) + stdDesc = traits->GetStandardCmdLineOptions(namesOptions, descOptions); + + // now construct the detailed help message + size_t len, lenMax = 0; + for ( n = 0; n < namesOptions.size(); n++ ) + { + len = namesOptions[n].length(); + if ( len > lenMax ) + lenMax = len; + } + + for ( n = 0; n < namesOptions.size(); n++ ) + { + if ( n == count ) + usage << wxT('\n') << stdDesc; + + len = namesOptions[n].length(); + // desc contains text if name is empty + if (len == 0) + { + usage << descOptions[n] << wxT('\n'); + } + else + { + usage << namesOptions[n] + << wxString(wxT(' '), lenMax - len) << wxT('\t') + << descOptions[n] + << wxT('\n'); + } + } + + return usage; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static wxString GetTypeName(wxCmdLineParamType type) +{ + wxString s; + switch ( type ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown option type") ); + // still fall through + + case wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING: + s = _("str"); + break; + + case wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NUMBER: + s = _("num"); + break; + + case wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DOUBLE: + s = _("double"); + break; + + case wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DATE: + s = _("date"); + break; + } + + return s; +} + +/* +Returns a string which is equal to the string pointed to by p, but up to the +point where p contains an character that's not allowed. +Allowable characters are letters and numbers, and characters pointed to by +the parameter allowedChars. + +For example, if p points to "abcde-@-_", and allowedChars is "-_", +this function returns "abcde-". +*/ +static wxString GetOptionName(wxString::const_iterator p, + wxString::const_iterator end, + const wxChar *allowedChars) +{ + wxString argName; + + while ( p != end && (wxIsalnum(*p) || wxStrchr(allowedChars, *p)) ) + { + argName += *p++; + } + + return argName; +} + +// Besides alphanumeric characters, short and long options can +// have other characters. + +// A short option additionally can have these +#define wxCMD_LINE_CHARS_ALLOWED_BY_SHORT_OPTION wxT("_?") + +// A long option can have the same characters as a short option and a '-'. +#define wxCMD_LINE_CHARS_ALLOWED_BY_LONG_OPTION \ + wxCMD_LINE_CHARS_ALLOWED_BY_SHORT_OPTION wxT("-") + +static wxString GetShortOptionName(wxString::const_iterator p, + wxString::const_iterator end) +{ + return GetOptionName(p, end, wxCMD_LINE_CHARS_ALLOWED_BY_SHORT_OPTION); +} + +static wxString GetLongOptionName(wxString::const_iterator p, + wxString::const_iterator end) +{ + return GetOptionName(p, end, wxCMD_LINE_CHARS_ALLOWED_BY_LONG_OPTION); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + This function is mainly used under Windows (as under Unix we always get the + command line arguments as argc/argv anyhow) and so it tries to follow + Windows conventions for the command line handling, not Unix ones. For + instance, backslash is not special except when it precedes double quote when + it does quote it. + */ + +/* static */ +wxArrayString +wxCmdLineParser::ConvertStringToArgs(const wxString& cmdline, + wxCmdLineSplitType type) +{ + wxArrayString args; + + wxString arg; + arg.reserve(1024); + + const wxString::const_iterator end = cmdline.end(); + wxString::const_iterator p = cmdline.begin(); + + for ( ;; ) + { + // skip white space + while ( p != end && (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') ) + ++p; + + // anything left? + if ( p == end ) + break; + + // parse this parameter + bool lastBS = false, + isInsideQuotes = false; + wxChar chDelim = '\0'; + for ( arg.clear(); p != end; ++p ) + { + const wxChar ch = *p; + + if ( type == wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_DOS ) + { + if ( ch == '"' ) + { + if ( !lastBS ) + { + isInsideQuotes = !isInsideQuotes; + + // don't put quote in arg + continue; + } + //else: quote has no special meaning but the backslash + // still remains -- makes no sense but this is what + // Windows does + } + // note that backslash does *not* quote the space, only quotes do + else if ( !isInsideQuotes && (ch == ' ' || ch == '\t') ) + { + ++p; // skip this space anyhow + break; + } + + lastBS = !lastBS && ch == '\\'; + } + else // type == wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_UNIX + { + if ( !lastBS ) + { + if ( isInsideQuotes ) + { + if ( ch == chDelim ) + { + isInsideQuotes = false; + + continue; // don't use the quote itself + } + } + else // not in quotes and not escaped + { + if ( ch == '\'' || ch == '"' ) + { + isInsideQuotes = true; + chDelim = ch; + + continue; // don't use the quote itself + } + + if ( ch == ' ' || ch == '\t' ) + { + ++p; // skip this space anyhow + break; + } + } + + lastBS = ch == '\\'; + if ( lastBS ) + continue; + } + else // escaped by backslash, just use as is + { + lastBS = false; + } + } + + arg += ch; + } + + args.push_back(arg); + } + + return args; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmdproc.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmdproc.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..772097b6c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmdproc.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/cmdproc.cpp +// Purpose: wxCommand and wxCommandProcessor classes +// Author: Julian Smart (extracted from docview.h by VZ) +// Modified by: +// Created: 05.11.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cmdproc.cpp 66287 2010-11-28 15:14:49Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/menu.h" + #include "wx/accel.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/cmdproc.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxCommand, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCommandProcessor, wxObject) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCommand +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCommand::wxCommand(bool canUndoIt, const wxString& name) +{ + m_canUndo = canUndoIt; + m_commandName = name; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Command processor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCommandProcessor::wxCommandProcessor(int maxCommands) +{ + m_maxNoCommands = maxCommands; +#if wxUSE_MENUS + m_commandEditMenu = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + m_undoAccelerator = '\t' + wxAcceleratorEntry(wxACCEL_CTRL, 'Z').ToString(); + m_redoAccelerator = '\t' + wxAcceleratorEntry(wxACCEL_CTRL, 'Y').ToString(); +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + + m_lastSavedCommand = + m_currentCommand = wxList::compatibility_iterator(); +} + +wxCommandProcessor::~wxCommandProcessor() +{ + ClearCommands(); +} + +bool wxCommandProcessor::DoCommand(wxCommand& cmd) +{ + return cmd.Do(); +} + +bool wxCommandProcessor::UndoCommand(wxCommand& cmd) +{ + return cmd.Undo(); +} + +// Pass a command to the processor. The processor calls Do(); +// if successful, is appended to the command history unless +// storeIt is false. +bool wxCommandProcessor::Submit(wxCommand *command, bool storeIt) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( command, false, wxT("no command in wxCommandProcessor::Submit") ); + + if ( !DoCommand(*command) ) + { + // the user code expects the command to be deleted anyhow + delete command; + + return false; + } + + if ( storeIt ) + Store(command); + else + delete command; + + return true; +} + +void wxCommandProcessor::Store(wxCommand *command) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( command, wxT("no command in wxCommandProcessor::Store") ); + + // Correct a bug: we must chop off the current 'branch' + // so that we're at the end of the command list. + if (!m_currentCommand) + ClearCommands(); + else + { + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_currentCommand->GetNext(); + while (node) + { + wxList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext(); + + // Make sure m_lastSavedCommand won't point to freed memory + if ( m_lastSavedCommand && m_lastSavedCommand == node ) + m_lastSavedCommand = wxList::compatibility_iterator(); + + delete (wxCommand *)node->GetData(); + m_commands.Erase(node); + + node = next; + } + } + + if ( (int)m_commands.GetCount() == m_maxNoCommands ) + { + wxList::compatibility_iterator firstNode = m_commands.GetFirst(); + + // Make sure m_lastSavedCommand won't point to freed memory + if ( m_lastSavedCommand && m_lastSavedCommand == firstNode ) + m_lastSavedCommand = wxList::compatibility_iterator(); + + wxCommand *firstCommand = (wxCommand *)firstNode->GetData(); + delete firstCommand; + m_commands.Erase(firstNode); + } + + m_commands.Append(command); + m_currentCommand = m_commands.GetLast(); + SetMenuStrings(); +} + +bool wxCommandProcessor::Undo() +{ + wxCommand *command = GetCurrentCommand(); + if ( command && command->CanUndo() ) + { + if ( UndoCommand(*command) ) + { + m_currentCommand = m_currentCommand->GetPrevious(); + SetMenuStrings(); + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxCommandProcessor::Redo() +{ + wxCommand *redoCommand = NULL; + wxList::compatibility_iterator redoNode +#if !wxUSE_STL + = NULL // just to avoid warnings +#endif // !wxUSE_STL + ; + + if ( m_currentCommand ) + { + // is there anything to redo? + if ( m_currentCommand->GetNext() ) + { + redoCommand = (wxCommand *)m_currentCommand->GetNext()->GetData(); + redoNode = m_currentCommand->GetNext(); + } + } + else // no current command, redo the first one + { + if (m_commands.GetCount() > 0) + { + redoCommand = (wxCommand *)m_commands.GetFirst()->GetData(); + redoNode = m_commands.GetFirst(); + } + } + + if (redoCommand) + { + bool success = DoCommand(*redoCommand); + if (success) + { + m_currentCommand = redoNode; + SetMenuStrings(); + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +bool wxCommandProcessor::CanUndo() const +{ + wxCommand *command = GetCurrentCommand(); + + return command && command->CanUndo(); +} + +bool wxCommandProcessor::CanRedo() const +{ + if (m_currentCommand && !m_currentCommand->GetNext()) + return false; + + if (m_currentCommand && m_currentCommand->GetNext()) + return true; + + if (!m_currentCommand && (m_commands.GetCount() > 0)) + return true; + + return false; +} + +void wxCommandProcessor::Initialize() +{ + m_currentCommand = m_commands.GetLast(); + SetMenuStrings(); +} + +void wxCommandProcessor::SetMenuStrings() +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + if (m_commandEditMenu) + { + wxString undoLabel = GetUndoMenuLabel(); + wxString redoLabel = GetRedoMenuLabel(); + + m_commandEditMenu->SetLabel(wxID_UNDO, undoLabel); + m_commandEditMenu->Enable(wxID_UNDO, CanUndo()); + + m_commandEditMenu->SetLabel(wxID_REDO, redoLabel); + m_commandEditMenu->Enable(wxID_REDO, CanRedo()); + } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +} + +// Gets the current Undo menu label. +wxString wxCommandProcessor::GetUndoMenuLabel() const +{ + wxString buf; + if (m_currentCommand) + { + wxCommand *command = (wxCommand *)m_currentCommand->GetData(); + wxString commandName(command->GetName()); + if (commandName.empty()) commandName = _("Unnamed command"); + bool canUndo = command->CanUndo(); + if (canUndo) + buf = wxString(_("&Undo ")) + commandName + m_undoAccelerator; + else + buf = wxString(_("Can't &Undo ")) + commandName + m_undoAccelerator; + } + else + { + buf = _("&Undo") + m_undoAccelerator; + } + + return buf; +} + +// Gets the current Undo menu label. +wxString wxCommandProcessor::GetRedoMenuLabel() const +{ + wxString buf; + if (m_currentCommand) + { + // We can redo, if we're not at the end of the history. + if (m_currentCommand->GetNext()) + { + wxCommand *redoCommand = (wxCommand *)m_currentCommand->GetNext()->GetData(); + wxString redoCommandName(redoCommand->GetName()); + if (redoCommandName.empty()) redoCommandName = _("Unnamed command"); + buf = wxString(_("&Redo ")) + redoCommandName + m_redoAccelerator; + } + else + { + buf = _("&Redo") + m_redoAccelerator; + } + } + else + { + if (m_commands.GetCount() == 0) + { + buf = _("&Redo") + m_redoAccelerator; + } + else + { + // currentCommand is NULL but there are commands: this means that + // we've undone to the start of the list, but can redo the first. + wxCommand *redoCommand = (wxCommand *)m_commands.GetFirst()->GetData(); + wxString redoCommandName(redoCommand->GetName()); + if (redoCommandName.empty()) redoCommandName = _("Unnamed command"); + buf = wxString(_("&Redo ")) + redoCommandName + m_redoAccelerator; + } + } + return buf; +} + +void wxCommandProcessor::ClearCommands() +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_commands.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxCommand *command = (wxCommand *)node->GetData(); + delete command; + m_commands.Erase(node); + node = m_commands.GetFirst(); + } + + m_currentCommand = wxList::compatibility_iterator(); + m_lastSavedCommand = wxList::compatibility_iterator(); +} + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmndata.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmndata.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8b26aea46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cmndata.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/cmndata.cpp +// Purpose: Common GDI data +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cmndata.cpp 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#include "wx/cmndata.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h" + #endif // MSW + #include + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/prntbase.h" +#include "wx/printdlg.h" +#include "wx/paper.h" + + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintData, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialogData, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogData, wxObject) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Print data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxPrintData::wxPrintData() +{ + m_bin = wxPRINTBIN_DEFAULT; + m_media = wxPRINTMEDIA_DEFAULT; + m_printMode = wxPRINT_MODE_PRINTER; + m_printOrientation = wxPORTRAIT; + m_printOrientationReversed = false; + m_printNoCopies = 1; + m_printCollate = false; + + // New, 24/3/99 + m_printerName = wxEmptyString; + m_colour = true; + m_duplexMode = wxDUPLEX_SIMPLEX; + m_printQuality = wxPRINT_QUALITY_HIGH; + + // we intentionally don't initialize paper id and size at all, like this + // the default system settings will be used for them + m_paperId = wxPAPER_NONE; + m_paperSize = wxDefaultSize; + + m_privData = NULL; + m_privDataLen = 0; + + m_nativeData = wxPrintFactory::GetFactory()->CreatePrintNativeData(); +} + +wxPrintData::wxPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData) + : wxObject() +{ + m_nativeData = NULL; + m_privData = NULL; + (*this) = printData; +} + +void wxPrintData::SetPrivData( char *privData, int len ) +{ + wxDELETEA(m_privData); + m_privDataLen = len; + if (m_privDataLen > 0) + { + m_privData = new char[m_privDataLen]; + memcpy( m_privData, privData, m_privDataLen ); + } +} + +wxPrintData::~wxPrintData() +{ + m_nativeData->m_ref--; + if (m_nativeData->m_ref == 0) + delete m_nativeData; + + if (m_privData) + delete [] m_privData; +} + +void wxPrintData::ConvertToNative() +{ + m_nativeData->TransferFrom( *this ) ; +} + +void wxPrintData::ConvertFromNative() +{ + m_nativeData->TransferTo( *this ) ; +} + +wxPrintData& wxPrintData::operator=(const wxPrintData& data) +{ + if ( &data == this ) + return *this; + + m_printNoCopies = data.m_printNoCopies; + m_printCollate = data.m_printCollate; + m_printOrientation = data.m_printOrientation; + m_printOrientationReversed = data.m_printOrientationReversed; + m_printerName = data.m_printerName; + m_colour = data.m_colour; + m_duplexMode = data.m_duplexMode; + m_printQuality = data.m_printQuality; + m_paperId = data.m_paperId; + m_paperSize = data.m_paperSize; + m_bin = data.m_bin; + m_media = data.m_media; + m_printMode = data.m_printMode; + m_filename = data.m_filename; + + // UnRef old m_nativeData + if (m_nativeData) + { + m_nativeData->m_ref--; + if (m_nativeData->m_ref == 0) + delete m_nativeData; + } + // Set Ref new one + m_nativeData = data.GetNativeData(); + m_nativeData->m_ref++; + + wxDELETEA(m_privData); + m_privDataLen = data.GetPrivDataLen(); + if (m_privDataLen > 0) + { + m_privData = new char[m_privDataLen]; + memcpy( m_privData, data.GetPrivData(), m_privDataLen ); + } + + return *this; +} + +// Is this data OK for showing the print dialog? +bool wxPrintData::IsOk() const +{ + m_nativeData->TransferFrom( *this ); + + return m_nativeData->Ok(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Print dialog data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxPrintDialogData::wxPrintDialogData() +{ + m_printFromPage = 0; + m_printToPage = 0; + m_printMinPage = 0; + m_printMaxPage = 0; + m_printNoCopies = 1; + m_printAllPages = false; + m_printCollate = false; + m_printToFile = false; + m_printSelection = false; + m_printEnableSelection = false; + m_printEnablePageNumbers = true; + + wxPrintFactory* factory = wxPrintFactory::GetFactory(); + m_printEnablePrintToFile = ! factory->HasOwnPrintToFile(); + + m_printEnableHelp = false; +} + +wxPrintDialogData::wxPrintDialogData(const wxPrintDialogData& dialogData) + : wxObject() +{ + (*this) = dialogData; +} + +wxPrintDialogData::wxPrintDialogData(const wxPrintData& printData) +{ + m_printFromPage = 1; + m_printToPage = 0; + m_printMinPage = 1; + m_printMaxPage = 9999; + m_printNoCopies = 1; + // On Mac the Print dialog always defaults to "All Pages" +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + m_printAllPages = true; +#else + m_printAllPages = false; +#endif + m_printCollate = false; + m_printToFile = false; + m_printSelection = false; + m_printEnableSelection = false; + m_printEnablePageNumbers = true; + m_printEnablePrintToFile = true; + m_printEnableHelp = false; + m_printData = printData; +} + +wxPrintDialogData::~wxPrintDialogData() +{ +} + +void wxPrintDialogData::operator=(const wxPrintDialogData& data) +{ + m_printFromPage = data.m_printFromPage; + m_printToPage = data.m_printToPage; + m_printMinPage = data.m_printMinPage; + m_printMaxPage = data.m_printMaxPage; + m_printNoCopies = data.m_printNoCopies; + m_printAllPages = data.m_printAllPages; + m_printCollate = data.m_printCollate; + m_printToFile = data.m_printToFile; + m_printSelection = data.m_printSelection; + m_printEnableSelection = data.m_printEnableSelection; + m_printEnablePageNumbers = data.m_printEnablePageNumbers; + m_printEnableHelp = data.m_printEnableHelp; + m_printEnablePrintToFile = data.m_printEnablePrintToFile; + m_printData = data.m_printData; +} + +void wxPrintDialogData::operator=(const wxPrintData& data) +{ + m_printData = data; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPageSetupDialogData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxPageSetupDialogData::wxPageSetupDialogData() +{ + m_paperSize = wxSize(0,0); + + CalculatePaperSizeFromId(); + + m_minMarginTopLeft = + m_minMarginBottomRight = + m_marginTopLeft = + m_marginBottomRight = wxPoint(0,0); + + // Flags + m_defaultMinMargins = false; + m_enableMargins = true; + m_enableOrientation = true; + m_enablePaper = true; + m_enablePrinter = true; + m_enableHelp = false; + m_getDefaultInfo = false; +} + +wxPageSetupDialogData::wxPageSetupDialogData(const wxPageSetupDialogData& dialogData) + : wxObject() +{ + (*this) = dialogData; +} + +wxPageSetupDialogData::wxPageSetupDialogData(const wxPrintData& printData) +{ + m_paperSize = wxSize(0,0); + m_minMarginTopLeft = + m_minMarginBottomRight = + m_marginTopLeft = + m_marginBottomRight = wxPoint(0,0); + + // Flags + m_defaultMinMargins = false; + m_enableMargins = true; + m_enableOrientation = true; + m_enablePaper = true; + m_enablePrinter = true; + m_enableHelp = false; + m_getDefaultInfo = false; + + m_printData = printData; + + // The wxPrintData paper size overrides these values, unless the size cannot + // be found. + CalculatePaperSizeFromId(); +} + +wxPageSetupDialogData::~wxPageSetupDialogData() +{ +} + +wxPageSetupDialogData& wxPageSetupDialogData::operator=(const wxPageSetupDialogData& data) +{ + m_paperSize = data.m_paperSize; + m_minMarginTopLeft = data.m_minMarginTopLeft; + m_minMarginBottomRight = data.m_minMarginBottomRight; + m_marginTopLeft = data.m_marginTopLeft; + m_marginBottomRight = data.m_marginBottomRight; + m_defaultMinMargins = data.m_defaultMinMargins; + m_enableMargins = data.m_enableMargins; + m_enableOrientation = data.m_enableOrientation; + m_enablePaper = data.m_enablePaper; + m_enablePrinter = data.m_enablePrinter; + m_getDefaultInfo = data.m_getDefaultInfo; + m_enableHelp = data.m_enableHelp; + + m_printData = data.m_printData; + + return *this; +} + +wxPageSetupDialogData& wxPageSetupDialogData::operator=(const wxPrintData& data) +{ + m_printData = data; + CalculatePaperSizeFromId(); + + return *this; +} + +// If a corresponding paper type is found in the paper database, will set the m_printData +// paper size id member as well. +void wxPageSetupDialogData::SetPaperSize(const wxSize& sz) +{ + m_paperSize = sz; + + CalculateIdFromPaperSize(); +} + +// Sets the wxPrintData id, plus the paper width/height if found in the paper database. +void wxPageSetupDialogData::SetPaperSize(wxPaperSize id) +{ + m_printData.SetPaperId(id); + + CalculatePaperSizeFromId(); +} + +void wxPageSetupDialogData::SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData) +{ + m_printData = printData; + CalculatePaperSizeFromId(); +} + +// Use paper size defined in this object to set the wxPrintData +// paper id +void wxPageSetupDialogData::CalculateIdFromPaperSize() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (wxThePrintPaperDatabase != NULL), + wxT("wxThePrintPaperDatabase should not be NULL. Do not create global print dialog data objects.") ); + + wxSize sz = GetPaperSize(); + + wxPaperSize id = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->GetSize(wxSize(sz.x* 10, sz.y * 10)); + if (id != wxPAPER_NONE) + { + m_printData.SetPaperId(id); + } +} + +// Use paper id in wxPrintData to set this object's paper size +void wxPageSetupDialogData::CalculatePaperSizeFromId() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (wxThePrintPaperDatabase != NULL), + wxT("wxThePrintPaperDatabase should not be NULL. Do not create global print dialog data objects.") ); + + wxSize sz = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->GetSize(m_printData.GetPaperId()); + + if (sz != wxSize(0, 0)) + { + // sz is in 10ths of a mm, while paper size is in mm + m_paperSize.x = sz.x / 10; + m_paperSize.y = sz.y / 10; + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/colourcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/colourcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ed9315ae5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/colourcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/colourcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxColourBase implementation +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 20/4/2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: colourcmn.cpp 66630 2011-01-07 17:49:18Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/colour.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/gdicmn.h" + #include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT +IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxColour,WXDLLEXPORT) +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +#include + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, wxColour &data ) +{ + if ( !data.Set(s) ) + { + wxLogError(_("String To Colour : Incorrect colour specification : %s"), + s.c_str() ); + data = wxNullColour; + } +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const wxColour &data ) +{ + s = data.GetAsString(wxC2S_HTML_SYNTAX); +} + +wxTO_STRING_IMP( wxColour ) +wxFROM_STRING_IMP( wxColour ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY_AND_STREAMERS_XTI( wxColour, wxObject, \ + "wx/colour.h", &wxTO_STRING( wxColour ), &wxFROM_STRING( wxColour )) +//WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxColour) +wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Red, unsigned char, Red, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Green, unsigned char, Green, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Blue, unsigned char, Blue, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_3( wxColour, unsigned char, Red, \ + unsigned char, Green, unsigned char, Blue ) + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxColour) +#else + +#if wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour, wxGDIObject) +#else +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour, wxObject) +#endif + +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// wxString <-> wxColour conversions +// ============================================================================ + +bool wxColourBase::FromString(const wxString& str) +{ + if ( str.empty() ) + return false; // invalid or empty string + + if ( wxStrnicmp(str, wxT("RGB"), 3) == 0 ) + { + // CSS-like RGB specification + // according to http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-color/#colorunits + // values outside 0-255 range are allowed but should be clipped + int red, green, blue, + alpha = wxALPHA_OPAQUE; + if ( str.length() > 3 && (str[3] == wxT('a') || str[3] == wxT('A')) ) + { + float a; + // TODO: use locale-independent function + if ( wxSscanf(str.wx_str() + 4, wxT("( %d , %d , %d , %f )"), + &red, &green, &blue, &a) != 4 ) + return false; + + alpha = wxRound(a * 255); + } + else // no 'a' following "rgb" + { + if ( wxSscanf(str.wx_str() + 3, wxT("( %d , %d , %d )"), + &red, &green, &blue) != 3 ) + return false; + } + + Set((unsigned char)wxClip(red, 0, 255), + (unsigned char)wxClip(green, 0, 255), + (unsigned char)wxClip(blue, 0, 255), + (unsigned char)wxClip(alpha, 0, 255)); + } + else if ( str[0] == wxT('#') && wxStrlen(str) == 7 ) + { + // hexadecimal prefixed with # (HTML syntax) + unsigned long tmp; + if (wxSscanf(str.wx_str() + 1, wxT("%lx"), &tmp) != 1) + return false; + + Set((unsigned char)(tmp >> 16), + (unsigned char)(tmp >> 8), + (unsigned char)tmp); + } + else if (wxTheColourDatabase) // a colour name ? + { + // we can't do + // *this = wxTheColourDatabase->Find(str) + // because this place can be called from constructor + // and 'this' could not be available yet + wxColour clr = wxTheColourDatabase->Find(str); + if (clr.Ok()) + Set((unsigned char)clr.Red(), + (unsigned char)clr.Green(), + (unsigned char)clr.Blue()); + } + + if (Ok()) + return true; + + wxLogDebug(wxT("wxColour::Set - couldn't set to colour string '%s'"), str); + return false; +} + +wxString wxColourBase::GetAsString(long flags) const +{ + wxString colName; + + const bool isOpaque = Alpha() == wxALPHA_OPAQUE; + + // we can't use the name format if the colour is not opaque as the alpha + // information would be lost + if ( (flags & wxC2S_NAME) && isOpaque ) + { + colName = wxTheColourDatabase->FindName( + static_cast(*this)).MakeLower(); + } + + if ( colName.empty() ) + { + const int red = Red(), + blue = Blue(), + green = Green(); + + if ( flags & wxC2S_CSS_SYNTAX ) + { + // no name for this colour; return it in CSS syntax + if ( isOpaque ) + { + colName.Printf(wxT("rgb(%d, %d, %d)"), red, green, blue); + } + else // use rgba() form + { + // TODO: use locale-independent function + colName.Printf(wxT("rgba(%d, %d, %d, %.3f)"), + red, green, blue, Alpha() / 255.); + } + } + else if ( flags & wxC2S_HTML_SYNTAX ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( isOpaque, "alpha is lost in HTML syntax" ); + + // no name for this colour; return it in HTML syntax + colName.Printf(wxT("#%02X%02X%02X"), red, green, blue); + } + } + + // this function should alway returns a non-empty string + wxASSERT_MSG(!colName.empty(), + wxT("Invalid wxColour -> wxString conversion flags")); + + return colName; +} + +// static +void wxColourBase::MakeMono(unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, + bool on) +{ + *r = *g = *b = on ? 255 : 0; +} + +// static +void wxColourBase::MakeGrey(unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b + /*, unsigned char brightness */ + ) +{ + *r = *g = *b = (wxByte)(((*b)*117UL + (*g)*601UL + (*r)*306UL) >> 10); +} + +// static +void wxColourBase::MakeGrey(unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, + double weight_r, double weight_g, double weight_b) +{ + double luma = (*r) * weight_r + (*g) * weight_g + (*b) * weight_b; + *r = *g = *b = (wxByte)wxRound(luma); +} + +// static +void wxColourBase::MakeDisabled(unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, + unsigned char brightness) +{ + //MakeGrey(r, g, b, brightness); // grey no-blend version + *r = AlphaBlend(*r, brightness, 0.4); + *g = AlphaBlend(*g, brightness, 0.4); + *b = AlphaBlend(*b, brightness, 0.4); +} + +// AlphaBlend is used by ChangeLightness and MakeDisabled + +// static +unsigned char wxColourBase::AlphaBlend(unsigned char fg, unsigned char bg, + double alpha) +{ + double result = bg + (alpha * (fg - bg)); + result = wxMax(result, 0.0); + result = wxMin(result, 255.0); + return (unsigned char)result; +} + +// ChangeLightness() is a utility function that simply darkens +// or lightens a color, based on the specified percentage +// ialpha of 0 would be completely black, 100 completely white +// an ialpha of 100 returns the same colour + +// static +void wxColourBase::ChangeLightness(unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, + int ialpha) +{ + if (ialpha == 100) return; + + // ialpha is 0..200 where 0 is completely black + // and 200 is completely white and 100 is the same + // convert that to normal alpha 0.0 - 1.0 + ialpha = wxMax(ialpha, 0); + ialpha = wxMin(ialpha, 200); + double alpha = ((double)(ialpha - 100.0))/100.0; + + unsigned char bg; + if (ialpha > 100) + { + // blend with white + bg = 255; + alpha = 1.0 - alpha; // 0 = transparent fg; 1 = opaque fg + } + else + { + // blend with black + bg = 0; + alpha = 1.0 + alpha; // 0 = transparent fg; 1 = opaque fg + } + + *r = AlphaBlend(*r, bg, alpha); + *g = AlphaBlend(*g, bg, alpha); + *b = AlphaBlend(*b, bg, alpha); +} + +wxColour wxColourBase::ChangeLightness(int ialpha) const +{ + wxByte r = Red(); + wxByte g = Green(); + wxByte b = Blue(); + ChangeLightness(&r, &g, &b, ialpha); + return wxColour(r,g,b); +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// static +wxColour wxColourBase::CreateByName(const wxString& name) +{ + return wxColour(name); +} + +void wxColourBase::InitFromName(const wxString& col) +{ + Set(col); +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// wxColour <-> wxString utilities, used by wxConfig +wxString wxToString(const wxColourBase& col) +{ + return col.IsOk() ? col.GetAsString(wxC2S_CSS_SYNTAX) + : wxString(); +} + +bool wxFromString(const wxString& str, wxColourBase *col) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( col, false, wxT("NULL output parameter") ); + + if ( str.empty() ) + { + *col = wxNullColour; + return true; + } + + return col->Set(str); +} + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/colourdata.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/colourdata.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49996df461 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/colourdata.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/colourdata.cpp +// Author: Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: colourdata.cpp 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COLOURDLG || wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/colourdata.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColourData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourData, wxObject) + +wxColourData::wxColourData() +{ + m_chooseFull = false; + m_dataColour.Set(0,0,0); + // m_custColours are wxNullColours initially +} + +wxColourData::wxColourData(const wxColourData& data) + : wxObject() +{ + (*this) = data; +} + +wxColourData::~wxColourData() +{ +} + +void wxColourData::SetCustomColour(int i, const wxColour& colour) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( i >= 0 && i < NUM_CUSTOM, wxT("custom colour index out of range") ); + + m_custColours[i] = colour; +} + +wxColour wxColourData::GetCustomColour(int i) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( i >= 0 && i < NUM_CUSTOM, wxColour(0,0,0), + wxT("custom colour index out of range") ); + + return m_custColours[i]; +} + +wxColourData& wxColourData::operator=(const wxColourData& data) +{ + for ( int i = 0; i < NUM_CUSTOM; i++) + m_custColours[i] = data.m_custColours[i]; + + m_dataColour = data.m_dataColour; + m_chooseFull = data.m_chooseFull; + + return *this; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [de]serialization +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// separator used between different fields +static const char wxCOL_DATA_SEP = ','; + +wxString wxColourData::ToString() const +{ + wxString str(m_chooseFull ? '1' : '0'); + + for ( int i = 0; i < NUM_CUSTOM; i++ ) + { + str += wxCOL_DATA_SEP; + + const wxColour& clr = m_custColours[i]; + if ( clr.IsOk() ) + str += clr.GetAsString(wxC2S_HTML_SYNTAX); + } + + return str; +} + +bool wxColourData::FromString(const wxString& str) +{ + wxStringTokenizer tokenizer(str, wxCOL_DATA_SEP); + wxString token = tokenizer.GetNextToken(); + m_chooseFull = token == '1'; + bool success = m_chooseFull || token == '0'; + for (int i = 0; success && i < NUM_CUSTOM; i++) + { + token = tokenizer.GetNextToken(); + if (token.empty()) + m_custColours[i] = wxColour(); + else + success = m_custColours[i].Set(token); + } + return success; +} +#endif // wxUSE_COLOURDLG || wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/combocmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/combocmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..67f9506c37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/combocmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2881 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/combocmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxComboCtrlBase +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Modified by: +// Created: Apr-30-2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: combocmn.cpp 67256 2011-03-20 11:15:17Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX +#include "wx/combobox.h" +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxComboBoxNameStr[] = "comboBox"; +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/timer.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/tooltip.h" + +#include "wx/combo.h" + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxComboBoxStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxComboBoxStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCB_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCB_SORT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCB_READONLY) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCB_DROPDOWN) + +wxEND_FLAGS( wxComboBoxStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxComboBox, wxControl, "wx/combobox.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxComboBox) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Select, wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent ) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( TextEnter, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER, wxCommandEvent ) + +// TODO DELEGATES +wxPROPERTY( Font, wxFont, SetFont, GetFont, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION( Choices, wxArrayString, wxString, AppendString, \ + GetStrings, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY( Value,wxString, SetValue, GetValue, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY( Selection,int, SetSelection, GetSelection, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxComboBoxStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxComboBox) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxComboBox, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxString, Value, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size ) + +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define DEFAULT_DROPBUTTON_WIDTH 19 + +#define BMP_BUTTON_MARGIN 4 + +#define DEFAULT_POPUP_HEIGHT 400 + +#define DEFAULT_TEXT_INDENT 3 + +#define COMBO_MARGIN 2 // spacing right of wxTextCtrl + + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + +// Let's use wxFrame as a fall-back solution until wxMSW gets wxNonOwnedWindow +#include "wx/frame.h" +#define wxCC_GENERIC_TLW_IS_FRAME +#define wxComboCtrlGenericTLW wxFrame + +#define USE_TRANSIENT_POPUP 1 // Use wxPopupWindowTransient (preferred, if it works properly on platform) +#define TRANSIENT_POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT 0 // wxPopupTransientWindow works, its child can have focus, and common + // native controls work on it like normal. +#define POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT 0 // Same, but for non-transient popup window. +#define TEXTCTRL_TEXT_CENTERED 0 // 1 if text in textctrl is vertically centered +#define FOCUS_RING 0 // No focus ring on wxMSW + +//#undef wxUSE_POPUPWIN +//#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 0 + +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + +// NB: It is not recommended to use wxDialog as popup on wxGTK, because of +// this bug: If wxDialog is hidden, its position becomes corrupt +// between hide and next show, but without internal coordinates being +// reflected (or something like that - atleast commenting out ->Hide() +// seemed to eliminate the position change). + +#include "wx/dialog.h" +#define wxCC_GENERIC_TLW_IS_DIALOG +#define wxComboCtrlGenericTLW wxDialog + +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) +# include "wx/gtk/private.h" +#else +# include "wx/gtk1/private.h" +#endif + +// NB: Let's not be afraid to use wxGTK's wxPopupTransientWindow as a +// 'perfect' popup, as it can succesfully host child controls even in +// popups that are shown in modal dialogs. + +#define USE_TRANSIENT_POPUP 1 // Use wxPopupWindowTransient (preferred, if it works properly on platform) +#define TRANSIENT_POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT 1 // wxPopupTransientWindow works, its child can have focus, and common + // native controls work on it like normal. +#define POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT 1 // Same, but for non-transient popup window. +#define TEXTCTRL_TEXT_CENTERED 1 // 1 if text in textctrl is vertically centered +#define FOCUS_RING 0 // No focus ring on wxGTK + +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + +#include "wx/nonownedwnd.h" +#define wxCC_GENERIC_TLW_IS_NONOWNEDWINDOW +#define wxComboCtrlGenericTLW wxNonOwnedWindow + +#define USE_TRANSIENT_POPUP 1 // Use wxPopupWindowTransient (preferred, if it works properly on platform) +#define TRANSIENT_POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT 1 // wxPopupTransientWindow works, its child can have focus, and common + // native controls work on it like normal. +#define POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT 1 // Same, but for non-transient popup window. +#define TEXTCTRL_TEXT_CENTERED 1 // 1 if text in textctrl is vertically centered +#define FOCUS_RING 3 // Reserve room for the textctrl's focus ring to display + +#undef DEFAULT_DROPBUTTON_WIDTH +#define DEFAULT_DROPBUTTON_WIDTH 22 +#undef COMBO_MARGIN +#define COMBO_MARGIN FOCUS_RING + +#else + +#include "wx/dialog.h" +#define wxCC_GENERIC_TLW_IS_DIALOG +#define wxComboCtrlGenericTLW wxDialog + +#define USE_TRANSIENT_POPUP 0 // Use wxPopupWindowTransient (preferred, if it works properly on platform) +#define TRANSIENT_POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT 0 // wxPopupTransientWindow works, its child can have focus, and common + // native controls work on it like normal. +#define POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT 0 // Same, but for non-transient popup window. +#define TEXTCTRL_TEXT_CENTERED 1 // 1 if text in textctrl is vertically centered +#define FOCUS_RING 0 + +#endif + + +// Popupwin is really only supported on wxMSW (not WINCE) and wxGTK, regardless +// what the wxUSE_POPUPWIN says. +// FIXME: Why isn't wxUSE_POPUPWIN reliable any longer? (it was in wxW2.6.2) +#if (!defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXMAC__)) || defined(__WXWINCE__) +#undef wxUSE_POPUPWIN +#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 0 +#endif + + +#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN + #include "wx/popupwin.h" +#else + #undef USE_TRANSIENT_POPUP + #define USE_TRANSIENT_POPUP 0 +#endif + + +// Define different types of popup windows +enum +{ + POPUPWIN_NONE = 0, + POPUPWIN_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW = 1, + POPUPWIN_WXPOPUPWINDOW = 2, + POPUPWIN_GENERICTLW = 3 +}; + + +#if USE_TRANSIENT_POPUP + // wxPopupTransientWindow is implemented + + #define wxComboPopupWindowBase wxPopupTransientWindow + #define PRIMARY_POPUP_TYPE POPUPWIN_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW + #define USES_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW 1 + + #if TRANSIENT_POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT + // + #elif POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT + #define wxComboPopupWindowBase2 wxPopupWindow + #define SECONDARY_POPUP_TYPE POPUPWIN_WXPOPUPWINDOW + #define USES_WXPOPUPWINDOW 1 + #else + #define wxComboPopupWindowBase2 wxComboCtrlGenericTLW + #define SECONDARY_POPUP_TYPE POPUPWIN_GENERICTLW + #define USES_GENERICTLW 1 + #endif + +#elif wxUSE_POPUPWIN + // wxPopupWindow (but not wxPopupTransientWindow) is properly implemented + + #define wxComboPopupWindowBase wxPopupWindow + #define PRIMARY_POPUP_TYPE POPUPWIN_WXPOPUPWINDOW + #define USES_WXPOPUPWINDOW 1 + + #if !POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT + #define wxComboPopupWindowBase2 wxComboCtrlGenericTLW + #define SECONDARY_POPUP_TYPE POPUPWIN_GENERICTLW + #define USES_GENERICTLW 1 + #endif + +#else + // wxPopupWindow is not implemented + + #define wxComboPopupWindowBase wxComboCtrlGenericTLW + #define PRIMARY_POPUP_TYPE POPUPWIN_GENERICTLW + #define USES_GENERICTLW 1 + +#endif + + +#ifndef USES_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW + #define USES_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW 0 +#endif + +#ifndef USES_WXPOPUPWINDOW + #define USES_WXPOPUPWINDOW 0 +#endif + +#ifndef USES_GENERICTLW + #define USES_GENERICTLW 0 +#endif + + +#if USES_WXPOPUPWINDOW + #define INSTALL_TOPLEV_HANDLER 1 +#else + #define INSTALL_TOPLEV_HANDLER 0 +#endif + + +// Returns true if given popup window type can be classified as perfect +// on this platform. +static inline bool IsPopupWinTypePerfect( wxByte popupWinType ) +{ +#if POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT && TRANSIENT_POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT + wxUnusedVar(popupWinType); + return true; +#else + return ( popupWinType == POPUPWIN_GENERICTLW + #if POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT + || popupWinType == POPUPWIN_WXPOPUPWINDOW + #endif + #if TRANSIENT_POPUPWIN_IS_PERFECT + || popupWinType == POPUPWIN_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW + #endif + ); +#endif +} + + +// +// ** TODO ** +// * wxComboPopupWindow for external use (ie. replace old wxUniv wxPopupComboWindow) +// + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxComboFrameEventHandler takes care of hiding the popup when events happen +// in its top level parent. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if INSTALL_TOPLEV_HANDLER + +// +// This will no longer be necessary after wxTransientPopupWindow +// works well on all platforms. +// + +class wxComboFrameEventHandler : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxComboFrameEventHandler( wxComboCtrlBase* pCb ); + virtual ~wxComboFrameEventHandler(); + + void OnPopup(); + + void OnIdle( wxIdleEvent& event ); + void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); + void OnActivate( wxActivateEvent& event ); + void OnResize( wxSizeEvent& event ); + void OnMove( wxMoveEvent& event ); + void OnMenuEvent( wxMenuEvent& event ); + void OnClose( wxCloseEvent& event ); + +protected: + wxWindow* m_focusStart; + wxComboCtrlBase* m_combo; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxComboFrameEventHandler, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_IDLE(wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnIdle) + EVT_LEFT_DOWN(wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnMouseEvent) + EVT_RIGHT_DOWN(wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnMouseEvent) + EVT_SIZE(wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnResize) + EVT_MOVE(wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnMove) + EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT(wxID_ANY,wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnMenuEvent) + EVT_MENU_OPEN(wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnMenuEvent) + EVT_ACTIVATE(wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnActivate) + EVT_CLOSE(wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnClose) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxComboFrameEventHandler::wxComboFrameEventHandler( wxComboCtrlBase* combo ) + : wxEvtHandler() +{ + m_combo = combo; +} + +wxComboFrameEventHandler::~wxComboFrameEventHandler() +{ +} + +void wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnPopup() +{ + m_focusStart = ::wxWindow::FindFocus(); +} + +void wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnIdle( wxIdleEvent& event ) +{ + wxWindow* winFocused = ::wxWindow::FindFocus(); + + wxWindow* popup = m_combo->GetPopupControl()->GetControl(); + wxWindow* winpopup = m_combo->GetPopupWindow(); + + if ( + winFocused != m_focusStart && + winFocused != popup && + winFocused->GetParent() != popup && + winFocused != winpopup && + winFocused->GetParent() != winpopup && + winFocused != m_combo && + winFocused != m_combo->GetButton() // GTK (atleast) requires this + ) + { + m_combo->HidePopup(true); + } + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnMenuEvent( wxMenuEvent& event ) +{ + m_combo->HidePopup(true); + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + m_combo->HidePopup(true); + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnClose( wxCloseEvent& event ) +{ + m_combo->HidePopup(true); + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnActivate( wxActivateEvent& event ) +{ + m_combo->HidePopup(true); + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnResize( wxSizeEvent& event ) +{ + m_combo->HidePopup(true); + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxComboFrameEventHandler::OnMove( wxMoveEvent& event ) +{ + m_combo->HidePopup(true); + event.Skip(); +} + +#endif // INSTALL_TOPLEV_HANDLER + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxComboPopupWindow is, in essence, wxPopupWindow customized for +// wxComboCtrl. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxComboPopupWindow : public wxComboPopupWindowBase +{ +public: + + wxComboPopupWindow( wxComboCtrlBase *parent, + int style ) + #if USES_WXPOPUPWINDOW || USES_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW + : wxComboPopupWindowBase(parent,style) + #else + : wxComboPopupWindowBase(parent, + wxID_ANY, + wxEmptyString, + wxPoint(-21,-21), + wxSize(20,20), + style) + #endif + { + m_inShow = 0; + } + +#if USES_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW + virtual bool Show( bool show ); + virtual bool ProcessLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event); +protected: + virtual void OnDismiss(); +#endif + +private: + wxByte m_inShow; +}; + + +#if USES_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW +bool wxComboPopupWindow::Show( bool show ) +{ + // Guard against recursion + if ( m_inShow ) + return wxComboPopupWindowBase::Show(show); + + m_inShow++; + + wxASSERT( IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPopupTransientWindow)) ); + + wxPopupTransientWindow* ptw = (wxPopupTransientWindow*) this; + + if ( show != ptw->IsShown() ) + { + if ( show ) + // We used to do wxPopupTransientWindow::Popup here, + // but this would hide normal Show, which we are + // also going to need. + ptw->Show(); + else + ptw->Dismiss(); + } + + m_inShow--; + + return true; +} + +bool wxComboPopupWindow::ProcessLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + return wxPopupTransientWindow::ProcessLeftDown(event); +} + +// First thing that happens when a transient popup closes is that this method gets called. +void wxComboPopupWindow::OnDismiss() +{ + wxComboCtrlBase* combo = (wxComboCtrlBase*) GetParent(); + wxASSERT_MSG( combo->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxComboCtrlBase)), + wxT("parent might not be wxComboCtrl, but check IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(2) macro for correctness") ); + + combo->OnPopupDismiss(true); +} +#endif // USES_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxComboPopupWindowEvtHandler does bulk of the custom event handling +// of a popup window. It is separate so we can have different types +// of popup windows. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxComboPopupWindowEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + + wxComboPopupWindowEvtHandler( wxComboCtrlBase *parent ) + { + m_combo = parent; + } + + void OnSizeEvent( wxSizeEvent& event ); + void OnKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event); +#if USES_GENERICTLW + void OnActivate( wxActivateEvent& event ); +#endif + +private: + wxComboCtrlBase* m_combo; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxComboPopupWindowEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_KEY_DOWN(wxComboPopupWindowEvtHandler::OnKeyEvent) + EVT_KEY_UP(wxComboPopupWindowEvtHandler::OnKeyEvent) + EVT_CHAR(wxComboPopupWindowEvtHandler::OnKeyEvent) +#if USES_GENERICTLW + EVT_ACTIVATE(wxComboPopupWindowEvtHandler::OnActivate) +#endif + EVT_SIZE(wxComboPopupWindowEvtHandler::OnSizeEvent) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +void wxComboPopupWindowEvtHandler::OnSizeEvent( wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + // Block the event so that the popup control does not get auto-resized. +} + +void wxComboPopupWindowEvtHandler::OnKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event ) +{ + // Relay keyboard event to the main child controls + wxWindowList children = m_combo->GetPopupWindow()->GetChildren(); + wxWindowList::iterator node = children.begin(); + wxWindow* child = (wxWindow*)*node; + child->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +#if USES_GENERICTLW +void wxComboPopupWindowEvtHandler::OnActivate( wxActivateEvent& event ) +{ + if ( !event.GetActive() ) + { + // Tell combo control that we are dismissed. + m_combo->HidePopup(true); + + event.Skip(); + } +} +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxComboPopup +// +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxComboPopup::~wxComboPopup() +{ +} + +void wxComboPopup::OnPopup() +{ +} + +void wxComboPopup::OnDismiss() +{ +} + +wxComboCtrl* wxComboPopup::GetComboCtrl() const +{ + return wxStaticCast(m_combo, wxComboCtrl); +} + +wxSize wxComboPopup::GetAdjustedSize( int minWidth, + int prefHeight, + int WXUNUSED(maxHeight) ) +{ + return wxSize(minWidth,prefHeight); +} + +void wxComboPopup::DefaultPaintComboControl( wxComboCtrlBase* combo, + wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect ) +{ + if ( combo->GetWindowStyle() & wxCB_READONLY ) // ie. no textctrl + { + combo->PrepareBackground(dc,rect,0); + + dc.DrawText( combo->GetValue(), + rect.x + combo->m_marginLeft, + (rect.height-dc.GetCharHeight())/2 + rect.y ); + } +} + +void wxComboPopup::PaintComboControl( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect ) +{ + DefaultPaintComboControl(m_combo,dc,rect); +} + +void wxComboPopup::OnComboKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event ) +{ + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxComboPopup::OnComboCharEvent( wxKeyEvent& event ) +{ + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxComboPopup::OnComboDoubleClick() +{ +} + +void wxComboPopup::SetStringValue( const wxString& WXUNUSED(value) ) +{ +} + +bool wxComboPopup::FindItem(const wxString& WXUNUSED(item), + wxString* WXUNUSED(trueItem)) +{ + return true; +} + +bool wxComboPopup::LazyCreate() +{ + return false; +} + +void wxComboPopup::Dismiss() +{ + m_combo->HidePopup(true); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// input handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// +// This is pushed to the event handler queue of the child textctrl. +// +class wxComboBoxExtraInputHandler : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + + wxComboBoxExtraInputHandler( wxComboCtrlBase* combo ) + : wxEvtHandler() + { + m_combo = combo; + } + virtual ~wxComboBoxExtraInputHandler() { } + void OnKey(wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + +protected: + wxComboCtrlBase* m_combo; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxComboBoxExtraInputHandler, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_KEY_DOWN(wxComboBoxExtraInputHandler::OnKey) + EVT_KEY_UP(wxComboBoxExtraInputHandler::OnKey) + EVT_CHAR(wxComboBoxExtraInputHandler::OnKey) + EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxComboBoxExtraInputHandler::OnFocus) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS(wxComboBoxExtraInputHandler::OnFocus) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +void wxComboBoxExtraInputHandler::OnKey(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + // Let the wxComboCtrl event handler have a go first. + wxComboCtrlBase* combo = m_combo; + + wxKeyEvent redirectedEvent(event); + redirectedEvent.SetId(combo->GetId()); + redirectedEvent.SetEventObject(combo); + + if ( !combo->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(redirectedEvent) ) + { + // Don't let TAB through to the text ctrl - looks ugly + if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_TAB ) + event.Skip(); + } +} + +void wxComboBoxExtraInputHandler::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) +{ + // FIXME: This code does run when control is clicked, + // yet on Windows it doesn't select all the text. + if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SET_FOCUS && + !(m_combo->GetInternalFlags() & wxCC_NO_TEXT_AUTO_SELECT) ) + { + if ( m_combo->GetTextCtrl() ) + m_combo->GetTextCtrl()->SelectAll(); + else + m_combo->SetSelection(-1,-1); + } + + // Send focus indication to parent. + // NB: This is needed for cases where the textctrl gets focus + // instead of its parent. While this may trigger multiple + // wxEVT_SET_FOCUSes (since m_text->SetFocus is called + // from combo's focus event handler), they should be quite + // harmless. + wxFocusEvent evt2(event); + evt2.SetId(m_combo->GetId()); + evt2.SetEventObject(m_combo); + m_combo->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt2); + + event.Skip(); +} + + +// +// This is pushed to the event handler queue of the control in popup. +// + +class wxComboPopupEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + + wxComboPopupEvtHandler( wxComboCtrlBase* combo ) + : wxEvtHandler() + { + m_combo = combo; + m_beenInside = false; + + // Let's make it so that the popup control will not receive mouse + // events until mouse left button has been up. + m_blockEventsToPopup = true; + } + virtual ~wxComboPopupEvtHandler() { } + + void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); + + // Called from wxComboCtrlBase::OnPopupDismiss + void OnPopupDismiss() + { + m_beenInside = false; + m_blockEventsToPopup = true; + } + +protected: + wxComboCtrlBase* m_combo; + + bool m_beenInside; + bool m_blockEventsToPopup; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxComboPopupEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxComboPopupEvtHandler::OnMouseEvent) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +void wxComboPopupEvtHandler::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + wxPoint pt = event.GetPosition(); + wxSize sz = m_combo->GetPopupControl()->GetControl()->GetClientSize(); + int evtType = event.GetEventType(); + bool isInside = pt.x >= 0 && pt.y >= 0 && pt.x < sz.x && pt.y < sz.y; + bool relayToButton = false; + + event.Skip(); + + if ( !isInside || !m_combo->IsPopupShown() ) + { + // Mouse is outside the popup or popup is not actually shown (yet) + + if ( evtType == wxEVT_MOTION || + evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || + evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_UP || + evtType == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN ) + { + // Block motion and click events outside the popup + event.Skip(false); + } + } + else + { + // Mouse is inside the popup, which is fully shown + + m_beenInside = true; + + // Do not let the popup control respond to mouse events until + // mouse press used to display the popup has been lifted. This + // is important for users with slower mouse fingers or mouse + // drivers. Note that we have some redundancy here, just in + // case the popup is some native control that does not emit all + // mouse event types. + if ( evtType == wxEVT_MOTION ) + { + if ( m_blockEventsToPopup ) + { + if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) + event.Skip(false); + else + m_blockEventsToPopup = false; + } + } + else if ( evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ) + { + if ( m_blockEventsToPopup ) + m_blockEventsToPopup = false; + } + else if ( evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_UP ) + { + if ( m_blockEventsToPopup ) + { + // On first left up, stop blocking mouse events (but still + // block this one) + m_blockEventsToPopup = false; + event.Skip(false); + + // Also, this button press was (probably) used to display + // the popup, so relay it back to the drop-down button + // (which supposedly originated it). This is necessary to + // refresh it properly. + relayToButton = true; + } + } + else if ( m_blockEventsToPopup ) + { + event.Skip(false); + } + } + + // + // Some mouse events to popup that happen outside it, before cursor + // has been inside the popup, need to be ignored by it but relayed to + // the dropbutton. + // + if ( evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_UP ) + { + if ( !m_combo->IsPopupShown() ) + { + event.Skip(false); + relayToButton = true; + } + else if ( !isInside && !m_beenInside ) + { + // Popup is shown but the cursor is not inside, nor it has been + relayToButton = true; + } + } + + if ( relayToButton ) + { + wxWindow* btn = m_combo->GetButton(); + if ( btn ) + btn->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + else + // Bypass the event handling mechanism. Using it would be + // confusing for the platform-specific wxComboCtrl + // implementations. + m_combo->HandleButtonMouseEvent(event, 0); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxComboCtrlTextCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxComboCtrlTextCtrl : public wxTextCtrl +{ +public: + wxComboCtrlTextCtrl() : wxTextCtrl() { } + virtual ~wxComboCtrlTextCtrl() { } + + virtual wxWindow *GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl() + { + wxComboCtrl* combo = (wxComboCtrl*) GetParent(); + + // Returning this instead of just 'parent' lets FindFocus work + // correctly even when parent control is a child of a composite + // generic control (as is case with wxGenericDatePickerCtrl). + return combo->GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl(); + } +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxComboCtrlBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxComboCtrlBase, wxControl) + EVT_TEXT(wxID_ANY,wxComboCtrlBase::OnTextCtrlEvent) + EVT_SIZE(wxComboCtrlBase::OnSizeEvent) + EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxComboCtrlBase::OnFocusEvent) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS(wxComboCtrlBase::OnFocusEvent) + EVT_IDLE(wxComboCtrlBase::OnIdleEvent) + //EVT_BUTTON(wxID_ANY,wxComboCtrlBase::OnButtonClickEvent) + EVT_KEY_DOWN(wxComboCtrlBase::OnKeyEvent) + EVT_CHAR(wxComboCtrlBase::OnCharEvent) + EVT_TEXT_ENTER(wxID_ANY,wxComboCtrlBase::OnTextCtrlEvent) + EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxComboCtrlBase::OnSysColourChanged) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxComboCtrlBase, wxControl) + +void wxComboCtrlBase::Init() +{ + m_winPopup = NULL; + m_popup = NULL; + m_popupWinState = Hidden; + m_btn = NULL; + m_text = NULL; + m_popupInterface = NULL; + + m_popupEvtHandler = NULL; + m_textEvtHandler = NULL; + +#if INSTALL_TOPLEV_HANDLER + m_toplevEvtHandler = NULL; +#endif + + m_mainCtrlWnd = this; + + m_heightPopup = -1; + m_widthMinPopup = -1; + m_anchorSide = 0; + m_widthCustomPaint = 0; + m_widthCustomBorder = 0; + + m_btnState = 0; + m_btnWidDefault = 0; + m_blankButtonBg = false; + m_ignoreEvtText = 0; + m_popupWinType = POPUPWIN_NONE; + m_btnWid = m_btnHei = -1; + m_btnSide = wxRIGHT; + m_btnSpacingX = 0; + + m_extLeft = 0; + m_extRight = 0; + m_marginLeft = -1; + m_iFlags = 0; + m_textCtrlStyle = 0; + m_timeCanAcceptClick = 0; + + m_resetFocus = false; + m_hasTcBgCol = false; +} + +bool wxComboCtrlBase::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !wxControl::Create(parent, + id, + pos, + size, + style | wxWANTS_CHARS, + validator, + name) ) + return false; + + m_valueString = value; + + // Get colours + OnThemeChange(); + m_marginLeft = GetNativeTextIndent(); + + m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_CREATED; + + // If x and y indicate valid size, wxSizeEvent won't be + // emitted automatically, so we need to add artifical one. + if ( size.x > 0 && size.y > 0 ) + { + wxSizeEvent evt(size,GetId()); + GetEventHandler()->AddPendingEvent(evt); + } + + return true; +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::InstallInputHandlers() +{ + if ( m_text ) + { + m_textEvtHandler = new wxComboBoxExtraInputHandler(this); + m_text->PushEventHandler(m_textEvtHandler); + } +} + +void +wxComboCtrlBase::CreateTextCtrl(int style) +{ + if ( !(m_windowStyle & wxCB_READONLY) ) + { + if ( m_text ) + m_text->Destroy(); + + // wxTE_PROCESS_TAB is needed because on Windows, wxTAB_TRAVERSAL is + // not used by the wxPropertyGrid and therefore the tab is processed by + // looking at ancestors to see if they have wxTAB_TRAVERSAL. The + // navigation event is then sent to the wrong window. + style |= wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | m_textCtrlStyle; + + if ( HasFlag(wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER) ) + style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER; + + // Ignore EVT_TEXT generated by the constructor (but only + // if the event redirector already exists) + // NB: This must be " = 1" instead of "++"; + if ( m_textEvtHandler ) + m_ignoreEvtText = 1; + else + m_ignoreEvtText = 0; + + m_text = new wxComboCtrlTextCtrl(); + m_text->Create(this, wxID_ANY, m_valueString, + wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(10,-1), + style); + m_text->SetHint(m_hintText); + } +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::OnThemeChange() +{ + // Because wxComboCtrl has transparent parts on most platforms, we + // don't want to touch the actual background colour. Instead, we just + // usually re-obtain m_tcBgCol here. + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK__) + wxVisualAttributes vattrs = wxComboBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); +#else + wxVisualAttributes vattrs; + vattrs.colFg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT); + vattrs.colBg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW); +#endif + + if ( !m_hasTcBgCol ) + m_tcBgCol = vattrs.colBg; + +#ifndef __WXMAC__ + // Only change the colours if application has not specified + // custom ones. + if ( !m_hasFgCol ) + { + SetOwnForegroundColour(vattrs.colFg); + } + if ( !HasTransparentBackground() ) + { + SetOwnBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour()); + } +#endif // !__WXMAC__ +} + +wxComboCtrlBase::~wxComboCtrlBase() +{ + if ( HasCapture() ) + ReleaseMouse(); + +#if INSTALL_TOPLEV_HANDLER + delete ((wxComboFrameEventHandler*)m_toplevEvtHandler); + m_toplevEvtHandler = NULL; +#endif + + DestroyPopup(); + + if ( m_text ) + m_text->RemoveEventHandler(m_textEvtHandler); + + delete m_textEvtHandler; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// geometry stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Recalculates button and textctrl areas +void wxComboCtrlBase::CalculateAreas( int btnWidth ) +{ + wxSize sz = GetClientSize(); + int customBorder = m_widthCustomBorder; + int btnBorder; // border for button only + + // check if button should really be outside the border: we'll do it it if + // its platform default or bitmap+pushbutton background is used, but not if + // there is vertical size adjustment or horizontal spacing. + if ( ( (m_iFlags & wxCC_BUTTON_OUTSIDE_BORDER) || + (m_bmpNormal.Ok() && m_blankButtonBg) ) && + m_btnSpacingX == 0 && + m_btnHei <= 0 ) + { + m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_BUTTON_OUTSIDE; + btnBorder = 0; + } + else if ( (m_iFlags & wxCC_BUTTON_COVERS_BORDER) && + m_btnSpacingX == 0 && !m_bmpNormal.Ok() ) + { + m_iFlags &= ~(wxCC_IFLAG_BUTTON_OUTSIDE); + btnBorder = 0; + } + else + { + m_iFlags &= ~(wxCC_IFLAG_BUTTON_OUTSIDE); + btnBorder = customBorder; + } + + // Defaul indentation + if ( m_marginLeft < 0 ) + m_marginLeft = GetNativeTextIndent(); + + int butWidth = btnWidth; + + if ( butWidth <= 0 ) + butWidth = m_btnWidDefault; + else + m_btnWidDefault = butWidth; + + if ( butWidth <= 0 ) + return; + + int butHeight = sz.y - btnBorder*2; + + // Adjust button width + if ( m_btnWid > 0 ) + butWidth = m_btnWid; + else + { + // Adjust button width to match aspect ratio + // (but only if control is smaller than best size). + int bestHeight = GetBestSize().y; + int height = GetSize().y; + + if ( height < bestHeight ) + { + // Make very small buttons square, as it makes + // them accommodate arrow image better and still + // looks decent. + if ( height > 18 ) + butWidth = (height*butWidth)/bestHeight; + else + butWidth = butHeight; + } + } + + // Adjust button height + if ( m_btnHei > 0 ) + butHeight = m_btnHei; + + // Use size of normal bitmap if... + // It is larger + // OR + // button width is set to default and blank button bg is not drawn + if ( m_bmpNormal.Ok() ) + { + int bmpReqWidth = m_bmpNormal.GetWidth(); + int bmpReqHeight = m_bmpNormal.GetHeight(); + + // If drawing blank button background, we need to add some margin. + if ( m_blankButtonBg ) + { + bmpReqWidth += BMP_BUTTON_MARGIN*2; + bmpReqHeight += BMP_BUTTON_MARGIN*2; + } + + if ( butWidth < bmpReqWidth || ( m_btnWid == 0 && !m_blankButtonBg ) ) + butWidth = bmpReqWidth; + if ( butHeight < bmpReqHeight || ( m_btnHei == 0 && !m_blankButtonBg ) ) + butHeight = bmpReqHeight; + + // Need to fix height? + if ( (sz.y-(customBorder*2)) < butHeight && btnWidth == 0 ) + { + int newY = butHeight+(customBorder*2); + SetClientSize(wxDefaultCoord,newY); + if ( m_bmpNormal.Ok() || m_btnArea.width != butWidth || m_btnArea.height != butHeight ) + m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_HAS_NONSTANDARD_BUTTON; + else + m_iFlags &= ~wxCC_IFLAG_HAS_NONSTANDARD_BUTTON; + + sz.y = newY; + } + } + + int butAreaWid = butWidth + (m_btnSpacingX*2); + + m_btnSize.x = butWidth; + m_btnSize.y = butHeight; + + m_btnArea.x = ( m_btnSide==wxRIGHT ? sz.x - butAreaWid - btnBorder : btnBorder ); + m_btnArea.y = btnBorder + FOCUS_RING; + m_btnArea.width = butAreaWid; + m_btnArea.height = sz.y - ((btnBorder+FOCUS_RING)*2); + + m_tcArea.x = ( m_btnSide==wxRIGHT ? 0 : butAreaWid ) + customBorder + FOCUS_RING; + m_tcArea.y = customBorder + FOCUS_RING; + m_tcArea.width = sz.x - butAreaWid - (customBorder*2) - (FOCUS_RING*2); + m_tcArea.height = sz.y - ((customBorder+FOCUS_RING)*2); + +/* + if ( m_text ) + { + ::wxMessageBox(wxString::Format(wxT("ButtonArea (%i,%i,%i,%i)\n"),m_btnArea.x,m_btnArea.y,m_btnArea.width,m_btnArea.height) + + wxString::Format(wxT("TextCtrlArea (%i,%i,%i,%i)"),m_tcArea.x,m_tcArea.y,m_tcArea.width,m_tcArea.height)); + } +*/ +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::PositionTextCtrl( int textCtrlXAdjust, int textCtrlYAdjust ) +{ + if ( !m_text ) + return; + + wxSize sz = GetClientSize(); + + int customBorder = m_widthCustomBorder; + if ( (m_text->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxBORDER_MASK) == wxNO_BORDER ) + { + int x; + + if ( !m_widthCustomPaint ) + { + // No special custom paint area - we can use 0 left margin + // with wxTextCtrl. + if ( m_text->SetMargins(0) ) + textCtrlXAdjust = 0; + x = m_tcArea.x + m_marginLeft + textCtrlXAdjust; + } + else + { + // There is special custom paint area - it is better to + // use some margin with the wxTextCtrl. + m_text->SetMargins(m_marginLeft); + x = m_tcArea.x + m_widthCustomPaint + + m_marginLeft + textCtrlXAdjust; + } + + // Centre textctrl vertically, if needed +#if !TEXTCTRL_TEXT_CENTERED + int tcSizeY = m_text->GetBestSize().y; + int diff0 = sz.y - tcSizeY; + int y = textCtrlYAdjust + (diff0/2); +#else + wxUnusedVar(textCtrlYAdjust); + int y = 0; +#endif + + if ( y < customBorder ) + y = customBorder; + + m_text->SetSize(x, + y, + m_tcArea.width - m_tcArea.x - x, + -1 ); + + // Make sure textctrl doesn't exceed the bottom custom border + wxSize tsz = m_text->GetSize(); + int diff1 = (y + tsz.y) - (sz.y - customBorder); + if ( diff1 >= 0 ) + { + tsz.y = tsz.y - diff1 - 1; + m_text->SetSize(tsz); + } + } + else + { + // If it has border, have textctrl fill the entire text field. + m_text->SetSize( m_tcArea.x + m_widthCustomPaint, + m_tcArea.y, + m_tcArea.width - m_widthCustomPaint, + m_tcArea.height ); + } +} + +wxSize wxComboCtrlBase::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxSize sizeText(150,0); + + if ( m_text ) + sizeText = m_text->GetBestSize(); + + // TODO: Better method to calculate close-to-native control height. + + int fhei; + if ( m_font.Ok() ) + fhei = (m_font.GetPointSize()*2) + 5; + else if ( wxNORMAL_FONT->Ok() ) + fhei = (wxNORMAL_FONT->GetPointSize()*2) + 5; + else + fhei = sizeText.y + 4; + + // Need to force height to accomodate bitmap? + int btnSizeY = m_btnSize.y; + if ( m_bmpNormal.Ok() && fhei < btnSizeY ) + fhei = btnSizeY; + + // Control height doesn't depend on border +/* + // Add border + int border = m_windowStyle & wxBORDER_MASK; + if ( border == wxSIMPLE_BORDER ) + fhei += 2; + else if ( border == wxNO_BORDER ) + fhei += (m_widthCustomBorder*2); + else + // Sunken etc. + fhei += 4; +*/ + + // Final adjustments +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + fhei += 1; +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // these are the numbers from the HIG: + switch ( m_windowVariant ) + { + case wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL: + default : + fhei = 22; + break; + case wxWINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL: + fhei = 19; + break; + case wxWINDOW_VARIANT_MINI: + fhei = 15; + break; + } +#endif + + fhei += 2 * FOCUS_RING; + int width = sizeText.x + FOCUS_RING + COMBO_MARGIN + DEFAULT_DROPBUTTON_WIDTH; + + wxSize ret(width, fhei); + CacheBestSize(ret); + return ret; +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::OnSizeEvent( wxSizeEvent& event ) +{ + if ( !IsCreated() ) + return; + + // defined by actual wxComboCtrls + OnResize(); + + event.Skip(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// standard operations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxComboCtrlBase::Enable(bool enable) +{ + if ( !wxControl::Enable(enable) ) + return false; + + if ( m_btn ) + m_btn->Enable(enable); + if ( m_text ) + m_text->Enable(enable); + + Refresh(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxComboCtrlBase::Show(bool show) +{ + if ( !wxControl::Show(show) ) + return false; + + if (m_btn) + m_btn->Show(show); + + if (m_text) + m_text->Show(show); + + return true; +} + +bool wxComboCtrlBase::SetFont ( const wxFont& font ) +{ + if ( !wxControl::SetFont(font) ) + return false; + + if ( m_text ) + { + // Without hiding the wxTextCtrl there would be some + // visible 'flicker' (at least on Windows XP). + m_text->Hide(); + m_text->SetFont(font); + OnResize(); + m_text->Show(); + } + + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS +void wxComboCtrlBase::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip) +{ + wxControl::DoSetToolTip(tooltip); + + // Set tool tip for button and text box + if ( tooltip ) + { + const wxString &tip = tooltip->GetTip(); + if ( m_text ) m_text->SetToolTip(tip); + if ( m_btn ) m_btn->SetToolTip(tip); + } + else + { + if ( m_text ) m_text->SetToolTip( NULL ); + if ( m_btn ) m_btn->SetToolTip( NULL ); + } +} +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +bool wxComboCtrlBase::SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour) +{ + if ( wxControl::SetForegroundColour(colour) ) + { + if ( m_text ) + m_text->SetForegroundColour(colour); + return true; + } + return false; +} + +bool wxComboCtrlBase::SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) +{ + if ( m_text ) + m_text->SetBackgroundColour(colour); + m_tcBgCol = colour; + m_hasTcBgCol = true; + return true; +} + +wxColour wxComboCtrlBase::GetBackgroundColour() const +{ + if ( m_text ) + return m_text->GetBackgroundColour(); + return m_tcBgCol; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// painting +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if (!defined(__WXMSW__)) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) +// prepare combo box background on area in a way typical on platform +void wxComboCtrlBase::PrepareBackground( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags ) const +{ + wxSize sz = GetClientSize(); + bool isEnabled; + bool doDrawFocusRect; // also selected + + // For smaller size control (and for disabled background) use less spacing + int focusSpacingX; + int focusSpacingY; + + if ( !(flags & wxCONTROL_ISSUBMENU) ) + { + // Drawing control + isEnabled = IsEnabled(); + doDrawFocusRect = ShouldDrawFocus() && !(m_iFlags & wxCC_FULL_BUTTON); + + // Windows-style: for smaller size control (and for disabled background) use less spacing + focusSpacingX = isEnabled ? 2 : 1; + focusSpacingY = sz.y > (GetCharHeight()+2) && isEnabled ? 2 : 1; + } + else + { + // Drawing a list item + isEnabled = true; // they are never disabled + doDrawFocusRect = (flags & wxCONTROL_SELECTED) != 0; + + focusSpacingX = 0; + focusSpacingY = 0; + } + + // Set the background sub-rectangle for selection, disabled etc + wxRect selRect(rect); + selRect.y += focusSpacingY; + selRect.height -= (focusSpacingY*2); + + int wcp = 0; + + if ( !(flags & wxCONTROL_ISSUBMENU) ) + wcp += m_widthCustomPaint; + + selRect.x += wcp + focusSpacingX; + selRect.width -= wcp + (focusSpacingX*2); + + wxColour bgCol; + wxColour fgCol; + + bool doDrawSelRect = true; + + // Determine foreground colour + if ( isEnabled ) + { + if ( doDrawFocusRect ) + { + fgCol = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); + } + else if ( m_hasFgCol ) + { + // Honour the custom foreground colour + fgCol = GetForegroundColour(); + } + else + { + fgCol = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT); + } + } + else + { + fgCol = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT); + } + + // Determine background colour + if ( isEnabled ) + { + if ( doDrawFocusRect ) + { + bgCol = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); + } + else if ( m_hasTcBgCol ) + { + // Honour the custom background colour + bgCol = m_tcBgCol; + } + else + { +#ifndef __WXMAC__ // see note in OnThemeChange + doDrawSelRect = false; + bgCol = GetBackgroundColour(); +#else + bgCol = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW); +#endif + } + } + else + { +#ifndef __WXMAC__ // see note in OnThemeChange + bgCol = GetBackgroundColour(); +#else + bgCol = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW); +#endif + } + + dc.SetTextForeground( fgCol ); + dc.SetBrush( bgCol ); + if ( doDrawSelRect ) + { + dc.SetPen( bgCol ); + dc.DrawRectangle( selRect ); + } + + // Don't clip exactly to the selection rectangle so we can draw + // to the non-selected area in front of it. + wxRect clipRect(rect.x,rect.y, + (selRect.x+selRect.width)-rect.x,rect.height); + dc.SetClippingRegion(clipRect); +} +#else +// Save the library size a bit for platforms that re-implement this. +void wxComboCtrlBase::PrepareBackground( wxDC&, const wxRect&, int ) const +{ +} +#endif + +void wxComboCtrlBase::DrawButton( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags ) +{ + int drawState = m_btnState; + + if ( (m_iFlags & wxCC_BUTTON_STAYS_DOWN) && + GetPopupWindowState() >= Animating ) + drawState |= wxCONTROL_PRESSED; + + wxRect drawRect(rect.x+m_btnSpacingX, + rect.y+((rect.height-m_btnSize.y)/2), + m_btnSize.x, + m_btnSize.y); + + // Make sure area is not larger than the control + if ( drawRect.y < rect.y ) + drawRect.y = rect.y; + if ( drawRect.height > rect.height ) + drawRect.height = rect.height; + + bool enabled = IsEnabled(); + + if ( !enabled ) + drawState |= wxCONTROL_DISABLED; + + if ( !m_bmpNormal.Ok() ) + { + if ( flags & Button_BitmapOnly ) + return; + + // Need to clear button background even if m_btn is present + if ( (flags & Button_PaintBackground) && + (!HasTransparentBackground() || + !(m_iFlags & wxCC_IFLAG_BUTTON_OUTSIDE)) ) + { + wxColour bgCol; + + if ( m_iFlags & wxCC_IFLAG_BUTTON_OUTSIDE ) + bgCol = GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour(); + else + bgCol = GetBackgroundColour(); + + dc.SetBrush(bgCol); + dc.SetPen(bgCol); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + } + + // Draw standard button + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawComboBoxDropButton(this, + dc, + drawRect, + drawState); + } + else + { + // Draw bitmap + + wxBitmap* pBmp; + + if ( !enabled ) + pBmp = &m_bmpDisabled; + else if ( m_btnState & wxCONTROL_PRESSED ) + pBmp = &m_bmpPressed; + else if ( m_btnState & wxCONTROL_CURRENT ) + pBmp = &m_bmpHover; + else + pBmp = &m_bmpNormal; + + if ( m_blankButtonBg ) + { + // If using blank button background, we need to clear its background + // with button face colour instead of colour for rest of the control. + if ( flags & Button_PaintBackground ) + { + wxColour bgCol = GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour(); //wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE); + //wxColour bgCol = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW); + dc.SetPen(bgCol); + dc.SetBrush(bgCol); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + } + + if ( !(flags & Button_BitmapOnly) ) + { + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawPushButton(this, + dc, + drawRect, + drawState); + } + } + else + + { + // Need to clear button background even if m_btn is present + // (assume non-button background was cleared just before this call so brushes are good) + if ( flags & Button_PaintBackground ) + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + } + + // Draw bitmap centered in drawRect + dc.DrawBitmap(*pBmp, + drawRect.x + (drawRect.width-pBmp->GetWidth())/2, + drawRect.y + (drawRect.height-pBmp->GetHeight())/2, + true); + } +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::RecalcAndRefresh() +{ + if ( IsCreated() ) + { + wxSizeEvent evt(GetSize(),GetId()); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); + Refresh(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// miscellaneous event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxComboCtrlBase::OnTextCtrlEvent(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED ) + { + if ( m_ignoreEvtText > 0 ) + { + m_ignoreEvtText--; + return; + } + } + + // Change event id, object and string before relaying it forward + event.SetId(GetId()); + wxString s = event.GetString(); + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetString(s); + event.Skip(); +} + +// call if cursor is on button area or mouse is captured for the button +bool wxComboCtrlBase::HandleButtonMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, + int flags ) +{ + int type = event.GetEventType(); + + if ( type == wxEVT_MOTION ) + { + if ( (flags & wxCC_MF_ON_BUTTON) && + IsPopupWindowState(Hidden) ) + { + if ( !(m_btnState & wxCONTROL_CURRENT) ) + { + // Mouse hover begins + m_btnState |= wxCONTROL_CURRENT; + if ( HasCapture() ) // Retain pressed state. + m_btnState |= wxCONTROL_PRESSED; + Refresh(); + } + } + else if ( (m_btnState & wxCONTROL_CURRENT) ) + { + // Mouse hover ends + m_btnState &= ~(wxCONTROL_CURRENT|wxCONTROL_PRESSED); + Refresh(); + } + } + else if ( type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || type == wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK ) + { + if ( flags & (wxCC_MF_ON_CLICK_AREA|wxCC_MF_ON_BUTTON) ) + { + m_btnState |= wxCONTROL_PRESSED; + Refresh(); + + if ( !(m_iFlags & wxCC_POPUP_ON_MOUSE_UP) ) + OnButtonClick(); + else + // If showing popup now, do not capture mouse or there will be interference + CaptureMouse(); + } + } + else if ( type == wxEVT_LEFT_UP ) + { + + // Only accept event if mouse was left-press was previously accepted + if ( HasCapture() ) + ReleaseMouse(); + + if ( m_btnState & wxCONTROL_PRESSED ) + { + // If mouse was inside, fire the click event. + if ( m_iFlags & wxCC_POPUP_ON_MOUSE_UP ) + { + if ( flags & (wxCC_MF_ON_CLICK_AREA|wxCC_MF_ON_BUTTON) ) + OnButtonClick(); + } + + m_btnState &= ~(wxCONTROL_PRESSED); + Refresh(); + } + } + else if ( type == wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW ) + { + if ( m_btnState & (wxCONTROL_CURRENT|wxCONTROL_PRESSED) ) + { + m_btnState &= ~(wxCONTROL_CURRENT); + + // Mouse hover ends + if ( IsPopupWindowState(Hidden) ) + { + m_btnState &= ~(wxCONTROL_PRESSED); + Refresh(); + } + } + } + else + return false; + + // Never have 'hot' state when popup is being shown + // (this is mostly needed because of the animation). + if ( !IsPopupWindowState(Hidden) ) + m_btnState &= ~wxCONTROL_CURRENT; + + return true; +} + +// returns true if event was consumed or filtered +bool wxComboCtrlBase::PreprocessMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, + int WXUNUSED(flags) ) +{ + wxLongLong t = ::wxGetLocalTimeMillis(); + int evtType = event.GetEventType(); + +#if USES_WXPOPUPWINDOW || USES_GENERICTLW + if ( m_popupWinType != POPUPWIN_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW ) + { + if ( IsPopupWindowState(Visible) && + ( evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || evtType == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN ) ) + { + HidePopup(true); + return true; + } + } +#endif + + // Filter out clicks on button immediately after popup dismiss + if ( evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN && t < m_timeCanAcceptClick ) + { + event.SetEventType(0); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::HandleNormalMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + int evtType = event.GetEventType(); + + if ( (evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK) && + (m_windowStyle & wxCB_READONLY) ) + { + if ( GetPopupWindowState() >= Animating ) + { + #if USES_WXPOPUPWINDOW + // Click here always hides the popup. + if ( m_popupWinType == POPUPWIN_WXPOPUPWINDOW ) + HidePopup(true); + #endif + } + else + { + if ( !(m_windowStyle & wxCC_SPECIAL_DCLICK) ) + { + // In read-only mode, clicking the text is the + // same as clicking the button. + OnButtonClick(); + } + else if ( /*evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_UP || */evtType == wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK ) + { + //if ( m_popupInterface->CycleValue() ) + // Refresh(); + if ( m_popupInterface ) + m_popupInterface->OnComboDoubleClick(); + } + } + } + else if ( evtType == wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL ) + { + if ( IsPopupShown() ) + { + // relay (some) mouse events to the popup + m_popup->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + else if ( event.GetWheelAxis() == 0 && + event.GetWheelRotation() != 0 && + event.GetModifiers() == 0 ) + { + // Translate mousewheel actions into key up/down. This is + // the simplest way of getting native behaviour: scrolling the + // wheel moves selection up/down by one item. + wxKeyEvent kevent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN); + kevent.m_keyCode = event.GetWheelRotation() > 0 + ? WXK_UP + : WXK_DOWN; + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(kevent); + } + else + { + event.Skip(); + } + } + else if ( evtType ) + { + event.Skip(); + } +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::OnKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + if ( IsPopupShown() ) + { + // pass it to the popped up control + GetPopupControl()->GetControl()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + else // no popup + { + wxWindow* mainCtrl = GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl(); + + if ( mainCtrl->GetParent()->HasFlag(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) ) + { + if ( mainCtrl->HandleAsNavigationKey(event) ) + return; + } + + if ( IsKeyPopupToggle(event) ) + { + OnButtonClick(); + return; + } + + int comboStyle = GetWindowStyle(); + wxComboPopup* popupInterface = GetPopupControl(); + + if ( !popupInterface ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); + + if ( (comboStyle & wxCB_READONLY) || + (keycode != WXK_RIGHT && keycode != WXK_LEFT) ) + { + popupInterface->OnComboKeyEvent(event); + } + else + event.Skip(); + } +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::OnCharEvent(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + if ( IsPopupShown() ) + { + // pass it to the popped up control + GetPopupControl()->GetControl()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + else // no popup + { + wxComboPopup* popupInterface = GetPopupControl(); + if ( popupInterface ) + { + popupInterface->OnComboCharEvent(event); + } + else + { + event.Skip(); + } + } +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::OnFocusEvent( wxFocusEvent& event ) +{ + if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SET_FOCUS ) + { + wxWindow* tc = GetTextCtrl(); + if ( tc && tc != DoFindFocus() ) + { + tc->SetFocus(); + } + } + + Refresh(); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::OnIdleEvent( wxIdleEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + if ( m_resetFocus ) + { + m_resetFocus = false; + wxWindow* tc = GetTextCtrl(); + if ( tc ) + tc->SetFocus(); + } +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + OnThemeChange(); + // left margin may also have changed + if ( !(m_iFlags & wxCC_IFLAG_LEFT_MARGIN_SET) ) + m_marginLeft = GetNativeTextIndent(); + RecalcAndRefresh(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// popup handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Create popup window and the child control +void wxComboCtrlBase::CreatePopup() +{ + wxComboPopup* popupInterface = m_popupInterface; + wxWindow* popup; + + if ( !m_winPopup ) + { +#ifdef wxComboPopupWindowBase2 + if ( m_iFlags & wxCC_IFLAG_USE_ALT_POPUP ) + { + #if !USES_GENERICTLW + m_winPopup = new wxComboPopupWindowBase2( this, wxNO_BORDER ); + #else + int tlwFlags = wxNO_BORDER; + #ifdef wxCC_GENERIC_TLW_IS_FRAME + tlwFlags |= wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR; + #endif + + #ifdef wxCC_GENERIC_TLW_IS_NONOWNEDWINDOW + m_winPopup = new wxComboPopupWindowBase2( this, wxID_ANY, + wxPoint(-21,-21), wxSize(20, 20), + tlwFlags ); + #else + m_winPopup = new wxComboPopupWindowBase2( this, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, + wxPoint(-21,-21), wxSize(20, 20), + tlwFlags ); + #endif + #endif + m_popupWinType = SECONDARY_POPUP_TYPE; + } + else +#endif // wxComboPopupWindowBase2 + { + m_winPopup = new wxComboPopupWindow( this, wxNO_BORDER ); + m_popupWinType = PRIMARY_POPUP_TYPE; + } + m_popupWinEvtHandler = new wxComboPopupWindowEvtHandler(this); + m_winPopup->PushEventHandler(m_popupWinEvtHandler); + } + + popupInterface->Create(m_winPopup); + m_popup = popup = popupInterface->GetControl(); + + m_popupEvtHandler = new wxComboPopupEvtHandler(this); + popup->PushEventHandler( m_popupEvtHandler ); + + // This may be helpful on some platforms + // (eg. it bypasses a wxGTK popupwindow bug where + // window is not initially hidden when it should be) + m_winPopup->Hide(); + + popupInterface->m_iFlags |= wxCP_IFLAG_CREATED; +} + +// Destroy popup window and the child control +void wxComboCtrlBase::DestroyPopup() +{ + HidePopup(true); + + if ( m_popup ) + m_popup->RemoveEventHandler(m_popupEvtHandler); + + wxDELETE(m_popupEvtHandler); + + wxDELETE(m_popupInterface); + + if ( m_winPopup ) + { + m_winPopup->RemoveEventHandler(m_popupWinEvtHandler); + wxDELETE(m_popupWinEvtHandler); + m_winPopup->Destroy(); + m_winPopup = NULL; + } + + m_popup = NULL; +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::DoSetPopupControl(wxComboPopup* iface) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( iface, wxT("no popup interface set for wxComboCtrl") ); + + DestroyPopup(); + + iface->InitBase(this); + iface->Init(); + + m_popupInterface = iface; + + if ( !iface->LazyCreate() ) + { + CreatePopup(); + } + else + { + m_popup = NULL; + } + + // This must be done after creation + if ( !m_valueString.empty() ) + { + iface->SetStringValue(m_valueString); + //Refresh(); + } +} + +// Ensures there is atleast the default popup +void wxComboCtrlBase::EnsurePopupControl() +{ + if ( !m_popupInterface ) + SetPopupControl(NULL); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::OnButtonClick() +{ + // Derived classes can override this method for totally custom + // popup action + switch ( GetPopupWindowState() ) + { + case Hidden: + { + Popup(); + break; + } + + case Animating: + case Visible: + { + HidePopup(true); + break; + } + } +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::Popup() +{ + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_DROPDOWN, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + HandleWindowEvent(event); + + ShowPopup(); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::ShowPopup() +{ + EnsurePopupControl(); + wxCHECK_RET( !IsPopupWindowState(Visible), wxT("popup window already shown") ); + + if ( IsPopupWindowState(Animating) ) + return; + + SetFocus(); + + // Space above and below + int screenHeight; + wxPoint scrPos; + int spaceAbove; + int spaceBelow; + int maxHeightPopup; + wxSize ctrlSz = GetSize(); + + screenHeight = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric( wxSYS_SCREEN_Y ); + scrPos = GetParent()->ClientToScreen(GetPosition()); + + spaceAbove = scrPos.y; + spaceBelow = screenHeight - spaceAbove - ctrlSz.y; + + maxHeightPopup = spaceBelow; + if ( spaceAbove > spaceBelow ) + maxHeightPopup = spaceAbove; + + // Width + int widthPopup = ctrlSz.x + m_extLeft + m_extRight; + + if ( widthPopup < m_widthMinPopup ) + widthPopup = m_widthMinPopup; + + wxWindow* winPopup = m_winPopup; + wxWindow* popup; + + // Need to disable tab traversal of parent + // + // NB: This is to fix a bug in wxMSW. In theory it could also be fixed + // by, for instance, adding check to window.cpp:wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage + // that if transient popup is open, then tab traversal is to be ignored. + // However, I think this code would still be needed for cases where + // transient popup doesn't work yet (wxWinCE?). + wxWindow* mainCtrl = GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl(); + wxWindow* parent = mainCtrl->GetParent(); + int parentFlags = parent->GetWindowStyle(); + if ( parentFlags & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL ) + { + parent->SetWindowStyle( parentFlags & ~(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) ); + m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_PARENT_TAB_TRAVERSAL; + } + + if ( !winPopup ) + { + CreatePopup(); + winPopup = m_winPopup; + popup = m_popup; + } + else + { + popup = m_popup; + } + + winPopup->Enable(); + + wxASSERT( !m_popup || m_popup == popup ); // Consistency check. + + wxSize adjustedSize = m_popupInterface->GetAdjustedSize(widthPopup, + m_heightPopup<=0?DEFAULT_POPUP_HEIGHT:m_heightPopup, + maxHeightPopup); + + popup->SetSize(adjustedSize); + popup->Move(0,0); + m_popupInterface->OnPopup(); + + // + // Reposition and resize popup window + // + + wxSize szp = popup->GetSize(); + + int popupX; + int popupY = scrPos.y + ctrlSz.y; + + // Default anchor is wxLEFT + int anchorSide = m_anchorSide; + if ( !anchorSide ) + anchorSide = wxLEFT; + + int rightX = scrPos.x + ctrlSz.x + m_extRight - szp.x; + int leftX = scrPos.x - m_extLeft; + + if ( wxTheApp->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft ) + leftX -= ctrlSz.x; + + int screenWidth = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric( wxSYS_SCREEN_X ); + + // If there is not enough horizontal space, anchor on the other side. + // If there is no space even then, place the popup at x 0. + if ( anchorSide == wxRIGHT ) + { + if ( rightX < 0 ) + { + if ( (leftX+szp.x) < screenWidth ) + anchorSide = wxLEFT; + else + anchorSide = 0; + } + } + else + { + if ( (leftX+szp.x) >= screenWidth ) + { + if ( rightX >= 0 ) + anchorSide = wxRIGHT; + else + anchorSide = 0; + } + } + + // Select x coordinate according to the anchor side + if ( anchorSide == wxRIGHT ) + popupX = rightX; + else if ( anchorSide == wxLEFT ) + popupX = leftX; + else + popupX = 0; + + int showFlags = CanDeferShow; + + if ( spaceBelow < szp.y ) + { + popupY = scrPos.y - szp.y; + showFlags |= ShowAbove; + } + +#if INSTALL_TOPLEV_HANDLER + // Put top level window event handler into place + if ( m_popupWinType == POPUPWIN_WXPOPUPWINDOW ) + { + if ( !m_toplevEvtHandler ) + m_toplevEvtHandler = new wxComboFrameEventHandler(this); + + wxWindow* toplev = ::wxGetTopLevelParent( this ); + wxASSERT( toplev ); + ((wxComboFrameEventHandler*)m_toplevEvtHandler)->OnPopup(); + toplev->PushEventHandler( m_toplevEvtHandler ); + } +#endif + + // Set string selection (must be this way instead of SetStringSelection) + if ( m_text ) + { + if ( !(m_iFlags & wxCC_NO_TEXT_AUTO_SELECT) ) + m_text->SelectAll(); + + m_popupInterface->SetStringValue( m_text->GetValue() ); + } + else + { + // This is neede since focus/selection indication may change when popup is shown + Refresh(); + } + + // This must be after SetStringValue + m_popupWinState = Animating; + + wxRect popupWinRect( popupX, popupY, szp.x, szp.y ); + + m_popup = popup; + if ( (m_iFlags & wxCC_IFLAG_DISABLE_POPUP_ANIM) || + AnimateShow( popupWinRect, showFlags ) ) + { + DoShowPopup( popupWinRect, showFlags ); + } +} + +bool wxComboCtrlBase::AnimateShow( const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect), int WXUNUSED(flags) ) +{ + return true; +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::DoShowPopup( const wxRect& rect, int WXUNUSED(flags) ) +{ + wxWindow* winPopup = m_winPopup; + + if ( IsPopupWindowState(Animating) ) + { + // Make sure the popup window is shown in the right position. + // Should not matter even if animation already did this. + + // Some platforms (GTK) may like SetSize and Move to be separate + // (though the bug was probably fixed). + winPopup->SetSize( rect ); + +#if USES_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW + if ( m_popupWinType == POPUPWIN_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW ) + ((wxPopupTransientWindow*)winPopup)->Popup(m_popup); + else +#endif + winPopup->Show(); + + m_popupWinState = Visible; + + // If popup window was a generic top-level window, or the + // wxPopupWindow implemenation on this platform is classified as + // perfect, then we should be able to safely set focus to the popup + // control. + if ( IsPopupWinTypePerfect(m_popupWinType) ) + m_popup->SetFocus(); + } + else if ( IsPopupWindowState(Hidden) ) + { + // Animation was aborted + + wxASSERT( !winPopup->IsShown() ); + + m_popupWinState = Hidden; + } + + Refresh(); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::OnPopupDismiss(bool generateEvent) +{ + // Just in case, avoid double dismiss + if ( IsPopupWindowState(Hidden) ) + return; + + // This must be set before focus - otherwise there will be recursive + // OnPopupDismisses. + m_popupWinState = Hidden; + + //SetFocus(); + m_winPopup->Disable(); + + // Inform popup control itself + m_popupInterface->OnDismiss(); + + if ( m_popupEvtHandler ) + ((wxComboPopupEvtHandler*)m_popupEvtHandler)->OnPopupDismiss(); + +#if INSTALL_TOPLEV_HANDLER + // Remove top level window event handler + if ( m_toplevEvtHandler ) + { + wxWindow* toplev = ::wxGetTopLevelParent( this ); + if ( toplev ) + toplev->RemoveEventHandler( m_toplevEvtHandler ); + } +#endif + + m_timeCanAcceptClick = ::wxGetLocalTimeMillis(); + + if ( m_popupWinType == POPUPWIN_WXPOPUPTRANSIENTWINDOW ) + m_timeCanAcceptClick += 150; + + // If cursor not on dropdown button, then clear its state + // (technically not required by all ports, but do it for all just in case) + if ( !m_btnArea.Contains(ScreenToClient(::wxGetMousePosition())) ) + m_btnState = 0; + + // Return parent's tab traversal flag. + // See ShowPopup for notes. + if ( m_iFlags & wxCC_IFLAG_PARENT_TAB_TRAVERSAL ) + { + wxWindow* parent = GetParent(); + parent->SetWindowStyle( parent->GetWindowStyle() | wxTAB_TRAVERSAL ); + m_iFlags &= ~(wxCC_IFLAG_PARENT_TAB_TRAVERSAL); + } + + // refresh control (necessary even if m_text) + Refresh(); + + SetFocus(); + + if ( generateEvent ) + { + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_CLOSEUP, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + HandleWindowEvent(event); + } +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::HidePopup(bool generateEvent) +{ + // Should be able to call this without popup interface + if ( IsPopupWindowState(Hidden) ) + return; + + // transfer value and show it in textctrl, if any + if ( !IsPopupWindowState(Animating) ) + SetValueByUser( m_popupInterface->GetStringValue() ); + + m_winPopup->Hide(); + + OnPopupDismiss(generateEvent); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// customization methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxComboCtrlBase::SetButtonPosition( int width, int height, + int side, int spacingX ) +{ + m_btnWid = width; + m_btnHei = height; + m_btnSide = side; + m_btnSpacingX = spacingX; + + if ( width > 0 || height > 0 || spacingX ) + m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_HAS_NONSTANDARD_BUTTON; + + RecalcAndRefresh(); +} + +wxSize wxComboCtrlBase::GetButtonSize() +{ + if ( m_btnSize.x > 0 ) + return m_btnSize; + + wxSize retSize(m_btnWid,m_btnHei); + + // Need to call CalculateAreas now if button size is + // is not explicitly specified. + if ( retSize.x <= 0 || retSize.y <= 0) + { + OnResize(); + + retSize = m_btnSize; + } + + return retSize; +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::SetButtonBitmaps( const wxBitmap& bmpNormal, + bool blankButtonBg, + const wxBitmap& bmpPressed, + const wxBitmap& bmpHover, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled ) +{ + m_bmpNormal = bmpNormal; + m_blankButtonBg = blankButtonBg; + + if ( bmpPressed.Ok() ) + m_bmpPressed = bmpPressed; + else + m_bmpPressed = bmpNormal; + + if ( bmpHover.Ok() ) + m_bmpHover = bmpHover; + else + m_bmpHover = bmpNormal; + + if ( bmpDisabled.Ok() ) + m_bmpDisabled = bmpDisabled; + else + m_bmpDisabled = bmpNormal; + + RecalcAndRefresh(); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::SetCustomPaintWidth( int width ) +{ + if ( m_text ) + { + // move textctrl accordingly + wxRect r = m_text->GetRect(); + int inc = width - m_widthCustomPaint; + r.x += inc; + r.width -= inc; + m_text->SetSize( r ); + } + + m_widthCustomPaint = width; + + RecalcAndRefresh(); +} + +bool wxComboCtrlBase::DoSetMargins(const wxPoint& margins) +{ + // For general sanity's sake, we ignore top margin. Instead + // we will always try to center the text vertically. + bool res = true; + + if ( margins.x != -1 ) + { + m_marginLeft = margins.x; + m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_LEFT_MARGIN_SET; + } + else + { + m_marginLeft = GetNativeTextIndent(); + m_iFlags &= ~(wxCC_IFLAG_LEFT_MARGIN_SET); + } + + if ( margins.y != -1 ) + { + res = false; + } + + RecalcAndRefresh(); + + return res; +} + +wxPoint wxComboCtrlBase::DoGetMargins() const +{ + return wxPoint(m_marginLeft, -1); +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +void wxComboCtrlBase::SetTextIndent( int indent ) +{ + if ( indent < 0 ) + { + m_marginLeft = GetNativeTextIndent(); + m_iFlags &= ~(wxCC_IFLAG_LEFT_MARGIN_SET); + } + else + { + m_marginLeft = indent; + m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_LEFT_MARGIN_SET; + } + + RecalcAndRefresh(); +} + +wxCoord wxComboCtrlBase::GetTextIndent() const +{ + return m_marginLeft; +} +#endif + +wxCoord wxComboCtrlBase::GetNativeTextIndent() const +{ + return DEFAULT_TEXT_INDENT; +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::SetTextCtrlStyle( int style ) +{ + m_textCtrlStyle = style; + + if ( m_text ) + m_text->SetWindowStyle(style); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextEntry interface +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxComboCtrlBase::DoGetValue() const +{ + if ( m_text ) + return m_text->GetValue(); + return m_valueString; +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::SetValueWithEvent(const wxString& value, + bool withEvent) +{ + DoSetValue(value, withEvent ? SetValue_SendEvent : 0); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::OnSetValue(const wxString& value) +{ + // Note: before wxComboCtrl inherited from wxTextEntry, + // this code used to be in SetValueWithEvent(). + + // Since wxComboPopup may want to paint the combo as well, we need + // to set the string value here (as well as sometimes in ShowPopup). + if ( m_valueString != value ) + { + bool found = true; + wxString trueValue = value; + + // Conform to wxComboBox behavior: read-only control can only accept + // valid list items and empty string + if ( m_popupInterface && HasFlag(wxCB_READONLY) && value.length() ) + { + found = m_popupInterface->FindItem(value, + &trueValue); + } + + if ( found ) + { + m_valueString = trueValue; + + EnsurePopupControl(); + + if ( m_popupInterface ) + m_popupInterface->SetStringValue(trueValue); + } + } + + Refresh(); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::SetValueByUser(const wxString& value) +{ + // NB: Order of function calls is important here. Otherwise + // the SelectAll() may not work. + + if ( m_text ) + { + m_text->SetValue(value); + + if ( !(m_iFlags & wxCC_NO_TEXT_AUTO_SELECT) ) + m_text->SelectAll(); + } + + OnSetValue(value); +} + +// In this SetValue variant wxComboPopup::SetStringValue is not called +void wxComboCtrlBase::SetText(const wxString& value) +{ + // Unlike in SetValue(), this must be called here or + // the behaviour will no be consistent in readonlys. + EnsurePopupControl(); + + m_valueString = value; + + if ( m_text ) + { + m_ignoreEvtText++; + m_text->SetValue( value ); + } + + Refresh(); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::Copy() +{ + if ( m_text ) + m_text->Copy(); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::Cut() +{ + if ( m_text ) + m_text->Cut(); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::Paste() +{ + if ( m_text ) + m_text->Paste(); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::SetInsertionPoint(long pos) +{ + if ( m_text ) + m_text->SetInsertionPoint(pos); +} + +long wxComboCtrlBase::GetInsertionPoint() const +{ + if ( m_text ) + return m_text->GetInsertionPoint(); + + return 0; +} + +long wxComboCtrlBase::GetLastPosition() const +{ + if ( m_text ) + return m_text->GetLastPosition(); + + return 0; +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::WriteText(const wxString& text) +{ + if ( m_text ) + { + m_text->WriteText(text); + OnSetValue(m_text->GetValue()); + } + else + { + OnSetValue(text); + } +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags) +{ + if ( m_text ) + { + if ( flags & SetValue_SendEvent ) + m_text->SetValue(value); + else + m_text->ChangeValue(value); + } + + OnSetValue(value); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value) +{ + if ( m_text ) + { + m_text->Replace(from, to, value); + OnSetValue(m_text->GetValue()); + } +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::Remove(long from, long to) +{ + if ( m_text ) + { + m_text->Remove(from, to); + OnSetValue(m_text->GetValue()); + } +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::SetSelection(long from, long to) +{ + if ( m_text ) + m_text->SetSelection(from, to); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const +{ + if ( m_text ) + { + m_text->GetSelection(from, to); + } + else + { + *from = 0; + *to = 0; + } +} + +bool wxComboCtrlBase::IsEditable() const +{ + if ( m_text ) + return m_text->IsEditable(); + return false; +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::SetEditable(bool editable) +{ + if ( m_text ) + m_text->SetEditable(editable); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::Undo() +{ + if ( m_text ) + m_text->Undo(); +} + +void wxComboCtrlBase::Redo() +{ + if ( m_text ) + m_text->Redo(); +} + +bool wxComboCtrlBase::CanUndo() const +{ + if ( m_text ) + return m_text->CanUndo(); + + return false; +} + +bool wxComboCtrlBase::CanRedo() const +{ + if ( m_text ) + return m_text->CanRedo(); + + return false; +} + +bool wxComboCtrlBase::SetHint(const wxString& hint) +{ + m_hintText = hint; + bool res = true; + if ( m_text ) + res = m_text->SetHint(hint); + Refresh(); + return res; +} + +wxString wxComboCtrlBase::GetHint() const +{ + return m_hintText; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/config.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/config.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b806464a0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/config.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,550 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/config.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxConfigBase class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 07.04.98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: config.cpp 66140 2010-11-13 15:03:10Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Karsten Ballueder Ballueder@usa.net +// Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif //__BORLANDC__ + +#ifndef wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE + #define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1 +#endif + +#include "wx/config.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/arrstr.h" + #include "wx/math.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && ((wxUSE_FILE && wxUSE_TEXTFILE) || wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE) + +#include "wx/apptrait.h" +#include "wx/file.h" + +#include +#include +#include // for INT_MAX +#include // for FLT_MAX + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global and class static variables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxConfigBase *wxConfigBase::ms_pConfig = NULL; +bool wxConfigBase::ms_bAutoCreate = true; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAppTraitsBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxConfigBase *wxAppTraitsBase::CreateConfig() +{ + return new + #if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE + wxRegConfig(wxTheApp->GetAppName(), wxTheApp->GetVendorName()); + #elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE + wxPrefConfig(wxTheApp->GetAppName()); + #else // either we're under Unix or wish to use files even under Windows + wxFileConfig(wxTheApp->GetAppName()); + #endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxConfigBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxConfigBase, wxObject) + +// Not all args will always be used by derived classes, but including them all +// in each class ensures compatibility. +wxConfigBase::wxConfigBase(const wxString& appName, + const wxString& vendorName, + const wxString& WXUNUSED(localFilename), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(globalFilename), + long style) + : m_appName(appName), m_vendorName(vendorName), m_style(style) +{ + m_bExpandEnvVars = true; + m_bRecordDefaults = false; +} + +wxConfigBase::~wxConfigBase() +{ + // required here for Darwin +} + +wxConfigBase *wxConfigBase::Set(wxConfigBase *pConfig) +{ + wxConfigBase *pOld = ms_pConfig; + ms_pConfig = pConfig; + return pOld; +} + +wxConfigBase *wxConfigBase::Create() +{ + if ( ms_bAutoCreate && ms_pConfig == NULL ) { + wxAppTraits * const traits = wxTheApp ? wxTheApp->GetTraits() : NULL; + wxCHECK_MSG( traits, NULL, wxT("create wxApp before calling this") ); + + ms_pConfig = traits->CreateConfig(); + } + + return ms_pConfig; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxConfigBase reading entries +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// implement both Read() overloads for the given type in terms of DoRead() +#define IMPLEMENT_READ_FOR_TYPE(name, type, deftype, extra) \ + bool wxConfigBase::Read(const wxString& key, type *val) const \ + { \ + wxCHECK_MSG( val, false, wxT("wxConfig::Read(): NULL parameter") ); \ + \ + if ( !DoRead##name(key, val) ) \ + return false; \ + \ + *val = extra(*val); \ + \ + return true; \ + } \ + \ + bool wxConfigBase::Read(const wxString& key, \ + type *val, \ + deftype defVal) const \ + { \ + wxCHECK_MSG( val, false, wxT("wxConfig::Read(): NULL parameter") ); \ + \ + bool read = DoRead##name(key, val); \ + if ( !read ) \ + { \ + if ( IsRecordingDefaults() ) \ + { \ + ((wxConfigBase *)this)->DoWrite##name(key, defVal); \ + } \ + \ + *val = defVal; \ + } \ + \ + *val = extra(*val); \ + \ + return read; \ + } + + +IMPLEMENT_READ_FOR_TYPE(String, wxString, const wxString&, ExpandEnvVars) +IMPLEMENT_READ_FOR_TYPE(Long, long, long, long) +IMPLEMENT_READ_FOR_TYPE(Double, double, double, double) +IMPLEMENT_READ_FOR_TYPE(Bool, bool, bool, bool) + +#undef IMPLEMENT_READ_FOR_TYPE + +// int is stored as long +bool wxConfigBase::Read(const wxString& key, int *pi) const +{ + long l = *pi; + bool r = Read(key, &l); + wxASSERT_MSG( l < INT_MAX, wxT("int overflow in wxConfig::Read") ); + *pi = (int)l; + return r; +} + +bool wxConfigBase::Read(const wxString& key, int *pi, int defVal) const +{ + long l = *pi; + bool r = Read(key, &l, defVal); + wxASSERT_MSG( l < INT_MAX, wxT("int overflow in wxConfig::Read") ); + *pi = (int)l; + return r; +} + +// Read floats as doubles then just type cast it down. +bool wxConfigBase::Read(const wxString& key, float* val) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( val, false, wxT("wxConfig::Read(): NULL parameter") ); + + double temp; + if ( !Read(key, &temp) ) + return false; + + wxCHECK_MSG( fabs(temp) <= FLT_MAX, false, + wxT("float overflow in wxConfig::Read") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( (temp == 0.0) || (fabs(temp) >= FLT_MIN), false, + wxT("float underflow in wxConfig::Read") ); + + *val = static_cast(temp); + + return true; +} + +bool wxConfigBase::Read(const wxString& key, float* val, float defVal) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( val, false, wxT("wxConfig::Read(): NULL parameter") ); + + if ( Read(key, val) ) + return true; + + *val = defVal; + return false; +} + +// the DoReadXXX() for the other types have implementation in the base class +// but can be overridden in the derived ones +bool wxConfigBase::DoReadBool(const wxString& key, bool* val) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( val, false, wxT("wxConfig::Read(): NULL parameter") ); + + long l; + if ( !DoReadLong(key, &l) ) + return false; + + if ( l != 0 && l != 1 ) + { + // Don't assert here as this could happen in the result of user editing + // the file directly and this not indicate a bug in the program but + // still complain that something is wrong. + wxLogWarning(_("Invalid value %ld for a boolean key \"%s\" in " + "config file."), + l, key); + } + + *val = l != 0; + + return true; +} + +bool wxConfigBase::DoReadDouble(const wxString& key, double* val) const +{ + wxString str; + if ( Read(key, &str) ) + { + if ( str.ToCDouble(val) ) + return true; + + // Previous versions of wxFileConfig wrote the numbers out using the + // current locale and not the C one as now, so attempt to parse the + // string as a number in the current locale too, for compatibility. + if ( str.ToDouble(val) ) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +// string reading helper +wxString wxConfigBase::ExpandEnvVars(const wxString& str) const +{ + wxString tmp; // Required for BC++ + if (IsExpandingEnvVars()) + tmp = wxExpandEnvVars(str); + else + tmp = str; + return tmp; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxConfigBase writing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxConfigBase::DoWriteDouble(const wxString& key, double val) +{ + // Notice that we always write out the numbers in C locale and not the + // current one. This makes the config files portable between machines using + // different locales. + return DoWriteString(key, wxString::FromCDouble(val)); +} + +bool wxConfigBase::DoWriteBool(const wxString& key, bool value) +{ + return DoWriteLong(key, value ? 1l : 0l); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxConfigPathChanger +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxConfigPathChanger::wxConfigPathChanger(const wxConfigBase *pContainer, + const wxString& strEntry) +{ + m_bChanged = false; + m_pContainer = const_cast(pContainer); + + // the path is everything which precedes the last slash and the name is + // everything after it -- and this works correctly if there is no slash too + wxString strPath = strEntry.BeforeLast(wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR, &m_strName); + + // except in the special case of "/keyname" when there is nothing before "/" + if ( strPath.empty() && + ((!strEntry.empty()) && strEntry[0] == wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR) ) + { + strPath = wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR; + } + + if ( !strPath.empty() ) + { + if ( m_pContainer->GetPath() != strPath ) + { + // we do change the path so restore it later + m_bChanged = true; + + /* JACS: work around a memory bug that causes an assert + when using wxRegConfig, related to reference-counting. + Can be reproduced by removing .wc_str() below and + adding the following code to the config sample OnInit under + Windows: + + pConfig->SetPath(wxT("MySettings")); + pConfig->SetPath(wxT("..")); + int value; + pConfig->Read(wxT("MainWindowX"), & value); + */ + m_strOldPath = m_pContainer->GetPath().wc_str(); + if ( *m_strOldPath.c_str() != wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR ) + m_strOldPath += wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR; + m_pContainer->SetPath(strPath); + } + } +} + +void wxConfigPathChanger::UpdateIfDeleted() +{ + // we don't have to do anything at all if we didn't change the path + if ( !m_bChanged ) + return; + + // find the deepest still existing parent path of the original path + while ( !m_pContainer->HasGroup(m_strOldPath) ) + { + m_strOldPath = m_strOldPath.BeforeLast(wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR); + if ( m_strOldPath.empty() ) + m_strOldPath = wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR; + } +} + +wxConfigPathChanger::~wxConfigPathChanger() +{ + // only restore path if it was changed + if ( m_bChanged ) { + m_pContainer->SetPath(m_strOldPath); + } +} + +// this is a wxConfig method but it's mainly used with wxConfigPathChanger +/* static */ +wxString wxConfigBase::RemoveTrailingSeparator(const wxString& key) +{ + wxString path(key); + + // don't remove the only separator from a root group path! + while ( path.length() > 1 ) + { + if ( *path.rbegin() != wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR ) + break; + + path.erase(path.end() - 1); + } + + return path; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// static & global functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// understands both Unix and Windows (but only under Windows) environment +// variables expansion: i.e. $var, $(var) and ${var} are always understood +// and in addition under Windows %var% is also. + +// don't change the values the enum elements: they must be equal +// to the matching [closing] delimiter. +enum Bracket +{ + Bracket_None, + Bracket_Normal = ')', + Bracket_Curly = '}', +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + Bracket_Windows = '%', // yeah, Windows people are a bit strange ;-) +#endif + Bracket_Max +}; + +wxString wxExpandEnvVars(const wxString& str) +{ + wxString strResult; + strResult.Alloc(str.length()); + + size_t m; + for ( size_t n = 0; n < str.length(); n++ ) { + switch ( str[n].GetValue() ) { +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + case wxT('%'): +#endif //WINDOWS + case wxT('$'): + { + Bracket bracket; + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + if ( str[n] == wxT('%') ) + bracket = Bracket_Windows; + else + #endif //WINDOWS + if ( n == str.length() - 1 ) { + bracket = Bracket_None; + } + else { + switch ( str[n + 1].GetValue() ) { + case wxT('('): + bracket = Bracket_Normal; + n++; // skip the bracket + break; + + case wxT('{'): + bracket = Bracket_Curly; + n++; // skip the bracket + break; + + default: + bracket = Bracket_None; + } + } + + m = n + 1; + + while ( m < str.length() && (wxIsalnum(str[m]) || str[m] == wxT('_')) ) + m++; + + wxString strVarName(str.c_str() + n + 1, m - n - 1); + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + const bool expanded = false; +#else + // NB: use wxGetEnv instead of wxGetenv as otherwise variables + // set through wxSetEnv may not be read correctly! + bool expanded = false; + wxString tmp; + if (wxGetEnv(strVarName, &tmp)) + { + strResult += tmp; + expanded = true; + } + else +#endif + { + // variable doesn't exist => don't change anything + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + if ( bracket != Bracket_Windows ) + #endif + if ( bracket != Bracket_None ) + strResult << str[n - 1]; + strResult << str[n] << strVarName; + } + + // check the closing bracket + if ( bracket != Bracket_None ) { + if ( m == str.length() || str[m] != (wxChar)bracket ) { + // under MSW it's common to have '%' characters in the registry + // and it's annoying to have warnings about them each time, so + // ignroe them silently if they are not used for env vars + // + // under Unix, OTOH, this warning could be useful for the user to + // understand why isn't the variable expanded as intended + #ifndef __WXMSW__ + wxLogWarning(_("Environment variables expansion failed: missing '%c' at position %u in '%s'."), + (char)bracket, (unsigned int) (m + 1), str.c_str()); + #endif // __WXMSW__ + } + else { + // skip closing bracket unless the variables wasn't expanded + if ( !expanded ) + strResult << (wxChar)bracket; + m++; + } + } + + n = m - 1; // skip variable name + } + break; + + case wxT('\\'): + // backslash can be used to suppress special meaning of % and $ + if ( n != str.length() - 1 && + (str[n + 1] == wxT('%') || str[n + 1] == wxT('$')) ) { + strResult += str[++n]; + + break; + } + //else: fall through + + default: + strResult += str[n]; + } + } + + return strResult; +} + +// this function is used to properly interpret '..' in path +void wxSplitPath(wxArrayString& aParts, const wxString& path) +{ + aParts.clear(); + + wxString strCurrent; + wxString::const_iterator pc = path.begin(); + for ( ;; ) { + if ( pc == path.end() || *pc == wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR ) { + if ( strCurrent == wxT(".") ) { + // ignore + } + else if ( strCurrent == wxT("..") ) { + // go up one level + if ( aParts.size() == 0 ) + { + wxLogWarning(_("'%s' has extra '..', ignored."), path); + } + else + { + aParts.erase(aParts.end() - 1); + } + + strCurrent.Empty(); + } + else if ( !strCurrent.empty() ) { + aParts.push_back(strCurrent); + strCurrent.Empty(); + } + //else: + // could log an error here, but we prefer to ignore extra '/' + + if ( pc == path.end() ) + break; + } + else + strCurrent += *pc; + + ++pc; + } +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/containr.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/containr.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8e595b273d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/containr.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,707 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/containr.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxControlContainer +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 06.08.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: containr.cpp 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/containr.h" +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/event.h" + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/scrolbar.h" + #include "wx/radiobut.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +// trace mask for focus messages +#define TRACE_FOCUS wxT("focus") + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxControlContainerBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxControlContainerBase::SetCanFocus(bool acceptsFocus) +{ + if ( acceptsFocus == m_acceptsFocus ) + return; + + m_acceptsFocus = acceptsFocus; + + m_winParent->SetCanFocus(m_acceptsFocus); +} + +bool wxControlContainerBase::HasAnyFocusableChildren() const +{ + const wxWindowList& children = m_winParent->GetChildren(); + for ( wxWindowList::const_iterator i = children.begin(), + end = children.end(); + i != end; + ++i ) + { + const wxWindow * const child = *i; + + if ( !m_winParent->IsClientAreaChild(child) ) + continue; + + if ( child->CanAcceptFocus() ) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxControlContainerBase::DoSetFocus() +{ + wxLogTrace(TRACE_FOCUS, wxT("SetFocus on wxPanel 0x%p."), + m_winParent->GetHandle()); + + if (m_inSetFocus) + return true; + + // when the panel gets the focus we move the focus to either the last + // window that had the focus or the first one that can get it unless the + // focus had been already set to some other child + + wxWindow *win = wxWindow::FindFocus(); + while ( win ) + { + if ( win == m_winParent ) + { + // our child already has focus, don't take it away from it + return true; + } + + if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) + { + // don't look beyond the first top level parent - useless and + // unnecessary + break; + } + + win = win->GetParent(); + } + + // protect against infinite recursion: + m_inSetFocus = true; + + bool ret = SetFocusToChild(); + + m_inSetFocus = false; + + return ret; +} + +bool wxControlContainerBase::SetFocusToChild() +{ + return wxSetFocusToChild(m_winParent, &m_winLastFocused); +} + +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// generic wxControlContainer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxControlContainer::wxControlContainer() +{ + m_winLastFocused = NULL; +} + +void wxControlContainer::SetLastFocus(wxWindow *win) +{ + // the panel itself should never get the focus at all but if it does happen + // temporarily (as it seems to do under wxGTK), at the very least don't + // forget our previous m_winLastFocused + if ( win != m_winParent ) + { + // if we're setting the focus + if ( win ) + { + // find the last _immediate_ child which got focus + wxWindow *winParent = win; + while ( winParent != m_winParent ) + { + win = winParent; + winParent = win->GetParent(); + + // Yes, this can happen, though in a totally pathological case. + // like when detaching a menubar from a frame with a child + // which has pushed itself as an event handler for the menubar. + // (under wxGTK) + + wxASSERT_MSG( winParent, + wxT("Setting last focus for a window that is not our child?") ); + } + } + + m_winLastFocused = win; + + if ( win ) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_FOCUS, wxT("Set last focus to %s(%s)"), + win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName(), + win->GetLabel().c_str()); + } + else + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_FOCUS, wxT("No more last focus")); + } + } + + // propagate the last focus upwards so that our parent can set focus back + // to us if it loses it now and regains later; do *not* do this if we are + // a toplevel window (e.g. wxDialog) that has another frame as its parent + if ( !m_winParent->IsTopLevel() ) + { + wxWindow *parent = m_winParent->GetParent(); + if ( parent ) + { + wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus(m_winParent); + parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventFocus); + } + } +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------- +// The following four functions are used to find other radio buttons +// within the same group. Used by wxSetFocusToChild on wxMSW +// -------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_RADIOBTN + +wxRadioButton* wxGetPreviousButtonInGroup(wxRadioButton *btn) +{ + if ( btn->HasFlag(wxRB_GROUP) || btn->HasFlag(wxRB_SINGLE) ) + return NULL; + + const wxWindowList& siblings = btn->GetParent()->GetChildren(); + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator nodeThis = siblings.Find(btn); + wxCHECK_MSG( nodeThis, NULL, wxT("radio button not a child of its parent?") ); + + // Iterate over all previous siblings until we find the next radio button + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator nodeBefore = nodeThis->GetPrevious(); + wxRadioButton *prevBtn = 0; + while (nodeBefore) + { + prevBtn = wxDynamicCast(nodeBefore->GetData(), wxRadioButton); + if (prevBtn) + break; + + nodeBefore = nodeBefore->GetPrevious(); + } + + if (!prevBtn || prevBtn->HasFlag(wxRB_SINGLE)) + { + // no more buttons in group + return NULL; + } + + return prevBtn; +} + +wxRadioButton* wxGetNextButtonInGroup(wxRadioButton *btn) +{ + if (btn->HasFlag(wxRB_SINGLE)) + return NULL; + + const wxWindowList& siblings = btn->GetParent()->GetChildren(); + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator nodeThis = siblings.Find(btn); + wxCHECK_MSG( nodeThis, NULL, wxT("radio button not a child of its parent?") ); + + // Iterate over all previous siblings until we find the next radio button + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator nodeNext = nodeThis->GetNext(); + wxRadioButton *nextBtn = 0; + while (nodeNext) + { + nextBtn = wxDynamicCast(nodeNext->GetData(), wxRadioButton); + if (nextBtn) + break; + + nodeNext = nodeNext->GetNext(); + } + + if ( !nextBtn || nextBtn->HasFlag(wxRB_GROUP) || nextBtn->HasFlag(wxRB_SINGLE) ) + { + // no more buttons or the first button of the next group + return NULL; + } + + return nextBtn; +} + +wxRadioButton* wxGetFirstButtonInGroup(wxRadioButton *btn) +{ + while (true) + { + wxRadioButton* prevBtn = wxGetPreviousButtonInGroup(btn); + if (!prevBtn) + return btn; + + btn = prevBtn; + } +} + +wxRadioButton* wxGetLastButtonInGroup(wxRadioButton *btn) +{ + while (true) + { + wxRadioButton* nextBtn = wxGetNextButtonInGroup(btn); + if (!nextBtn) + return btn; + + btn = nextBtn; + } +} + +wxRadioButton* wxGetSelectedButtonInGroup(wxRadioButton *btn) +{ + // Find currently selected button + if (btn->GetValue()) + return btn; + + if (btn->HasFlag(wxRB_SINGLE)) + return NULL; + + wxRadioButton *selBtn; + + // First check all previous buttons + for (selBtn = wxGetPreviousButtonInGroup(btn); selBtn; selBtn = wxGetPreviousButtonInGroup(selBtn)) + if (selBtn->GetValue()) + return selBtn; + + // Now all following buttons + for (selBtn = wxGetNextButtonInGroup(btn); selBtn; selBtn = wxGetNextButtonInGroup(selBtn)) + if (selBtn->GetValue()) + return selBtn; + + return NULL; +} + +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Keyboard handling - this is the place where the TAB traversal logic is +// implemented. As this code is common to all ports, this ensures consistent +// behaviour even if we don't specify how exactly the wxNavigationKeyEvent are +// generated and this is done in platform specific code which also ensures that +// we can follow the given platform standards. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxControlContainer::HandleOnNavigationKey( wxNavigationKeyEvent& event ) +{ + // for a TLW we shouldn't involve the parent window, it has nothing to do + // with keyboard navigation inside this TLW + wxWindow *parent = m_winParent->IsTopLevel() ? NULL + : m_winParent->GetParent(); + + // the event is propagated downwards if the event emitter was our parent + bool goingDown = event.GetEventObject() == parent; + + const wxWindowList& children = m_winParent->GetChildren(); + + // if we have exactly one notebook-like child window (actually it could be + // any window that returns true from its HasMultiplePages()), then + // [Shift-]Ctrl-Tab and Ctrl-PageUp/Down keys should iterate over its pages + // even if the focus is outside of the control because this is how the + // standard MSW properties dialogs behave and we do it under other platforms + // as well because it seems like a good idea -- but we can always put this + // block inside "#ifdef __WXMSW__" if it's not suitable there + if ( event.IsWindowChange() && !goingDown ) + { + // check if we have a unique notebook-like child + wxWindow *bookctrl = NULL; + for ( wxWindowList::const_iterator i = children.begin(), + end = children.end(); + i != end; + ++i ) + { + wxWindow * const window = *i; + if ( window->HasMultiplePages() ) + { + if ( bookctrl ) + { + // this is the second book-like control already so don't do + // anything as we don't know which one should have its page + // changed + bookctrl = NULL; + break; + } + + bookctrl = window; + } + } + + if ( bookctrl ) + { + // make sure that we don't bubble up the event again from the book + // control resulting in infinite recursion + wxNavigationKeyEvent eventCopy(event); + eventCopy.SetEventObject(m_winParent); + if ( bookctrl->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventCopy) ) + return; + } + } + + // there is not much to do if we don't have children and we're not + // interested in "notebook page change" events here + if ( !children.GetCount() || event.IsWindowChange() ) + { + // let the parent process it unless it already comes from our parent + // of we don't have any + if ( goingDown || + !parent || !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + event.Skip(); + } + + return; + } + + // where are we going? + const bool forward = event.GetDirection(); + + // the node of the children list from which we should start looking for the + // next acceptable child + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node, start_node; + + // we should start from the first/last control and not from the one which + // had focus the last time if we're propagating the event downwards because + // for our parent we look like a single control + if ( goingDown ) + { + // just to be sure it's not used (normally this is not necessary, but + // doesn't hurt neither) + m_winLastFocused = NULL; + + // start from first or last depending on where we're going + node = forward ? children.GetFirst() : children.GetLast(); + } + else // going up + { + // try to find the child which has the focus currently + + // the event emitter might have done this for us + wxWindow *winFocus = event.GetCurrentFocus(); + + // but if not, we might know where the focus was ourselves + if (!winFocus) + winFocus = m_winLastFocused; + + // if still no luck, do it the hard way + if (!winFocus) + winFocus = wxWindow::FindFocus(); + + if ( winFocus ) + { +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_RADIOBTN + // If we are in a radio button group, start from the first item in the + // group + if ( event.IsFromTab() && wxIsKindOf(winFocus, wxRadioButton ) ) + winFocus = wxGetFirstButtonInGroup((wxRadioButton*)winFocus); +#endif // __WXMSW__ + // ok, we found the focus - now is it our child? + start_node = children.Find( winFocus ); + } + + if ( !start_node && m_winLastFocused ) + { + // window which has focus isn't our child, fall back to the one + // which had the focus the last time + start_node = children.Find( m_winLastFocused ); + } + + // if we still didn't find anything, we should start with the first one + if ( !start_node ) + { + start_node = children.GetFirst(); + } + + // and the first child which we can try setting focus to is the next or + // the previous one + node = forward ? start_node->GetNext() : start_node->GetPrevious(); + } + + // we want to cycle over all elements passing by NULL + for ( ;; ) + { + // don't go into infinite loop + if ( start_node && node && node == start_node ) + break; + + // Have we come to the last or first item on the panel? + if ( !node ) + { + if ( !start_node ) + { + // exit now as otherwise we'd loop forever + break; + } + + if ( !goingDown ) + { + // Check if our (maybe grand) parent is another panel: if this + // is the case, they will know what to do with this navigation + // key and so give them the chance to process it instead of + // looping inside this panel (normally, the focus will go to + // the next/previous item after this panel in the parent + // panel). + wxWindow *focussed_child_of_parent = m_winParent; + while ( parent ) + { + // we don't want to tab into a different dialog or frame + if ( focussed_child_of_parent->IsTopLevel() ) + break; + + event.SetCurrentFocus( focussed_child_of_parent ); + if ( parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) + return; + + focussed_child_of_parent = parent; + + parent = parent->GetParent(); + } + } + //else: as the focus came from our parent, we definitely don't want + // to send it back to it! + + // no, we are not inside another panel so process this ourself + node = forward ? children.GetFirst() : children.GetLast(); + + continue; + } + + wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); + + // don't TAB to another TLW + if ( child->IsTopLevel() ) + { + node = forward ? node->GetNext() : node->GetPrevious(); + + continue; + } + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_RADIOBTN + if ( event.IsFromTab() ) + { + if ( wxIsKindOf(child, wxRadioButton) ) + { + // only radio buttons with either wxRB_GROUP or wxRB_SINGLE + // can be tabbed to + if ( child->HasFlag(wxRB_GROUP) ) + { + // need to tab into the active button within a group + wxRadioButton *rb = wxGetSelectedButtonInGroup((wxRadioButton*)child); + if ( rb ) + child = rb; + } + else if ( !child->HasFlag(wxRB_SINGLE) ) + { + node = forward ? node->GetNext() : node->GetPrevious(); + continue; + } + } + } + else if ( m_winLastFocused && + wxIsKindOf(m_winLastFocused, wxRadioButton) && + !m_winLastFocused->HasFlag(wxRB_SINGLE) ) + { + wxRadioButton * const + lastBtn = static_cast(m_winLastFocused); + + // cursor keys don't navigate out of a radio button group so + // find the correct radio button to focus + if ( forward ) + { + child = wxGetNextButtonInGroup(lastBtn); + if ( !child ) + { + // no next button in group, set it to the first button + child = wxGetFirstButtonInGroup(lastBtn); + } + } + else + { + child = wxGetPreviousButtonInGroup(lastBtn); + if ( !child ) + { + // no previous button in group, set it to the last button + child = wxGetLastButtonInGroup(lastBtn); + } + } + + if ( child == m_winLastFocused ) + { + // must be a group consisting of only one button therefore + // no need to send a navigation event + event.Skip(false); + return; + } + } +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + if ( child->CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard() ) + { + // if we're setting the focus to a child panel we should prevent it + // from giving it to the child which had the focus the last time + // and instead give it to the first/last child depending from which + // direction we're coming + event.SetEventObject(m_winParent); + + // disable propagation for this call as otherwise the event might + // bounce back to us. + wxPropagationDisabler disableProp(event); + if ( !child->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + // set it first in case SetFocusFromKbd() results in focus + // change too + m_winLastFocused = child; + + // everything is simple: just give focus to it + child->SetFocusFromKbd(); + } + //else: the child manages its focus itself + + event.Skip( false ); + + return; + } + + node = forward ? node->GetNext() : node->GetPrevious(); + } + + // we cycled through all of our children and none of them wanted to accept + // focus + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxControlContainer::HandleOnWindowDestroy(wxWindowBase *child) +{ + if ( child == m_winLastFocused ) + m_winLastFocused = NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// focus handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxControlContainer::HandleOnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) +{ + wxLogTrace(TRACE_FOCUS, wxT("OnFocus on wxPanel 0x%p, name: %s"), + m_winParent->GetHandle(), + m_winParent->GetName().c_str() ); + + DoSetFocus(); + + event.Skip(); +} + + +#else + // wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL + +bool wxControlContainer::SetFocusToChild() +{ + return wxSetFocusToChild(m_winParent, NULL); +} + + +#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// SetFocusToChild(): this function is used by wxPanel but also by wxFrame in +// wxMSW, this is why it is outside of wxControlContainer class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxSetFocusToChild(wxWindow *win, wxWindow **childLastFocused) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( win, false, wxT("wxSetFocusToChild(): invalid window") ); + // wxCHECK_MSG( childLastFocused, false, + // wxT("wxSetFocusToChild(): NULL child poonter") ); + + if ( childLastFocused && *childLastFocused ) + { + // It might happen that the window got reparented + if ( (*childLastFocused)->GetParent() == win ) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_FOCUS, + wxT("SetFocusToChild() => last child (0x%p)."), + (*childLastFocused)->GetHandle()); + + // not SetFocusFromKbd(): we're restoring focus back to the old + // window and not setting it as the result of a kbd action + (*childLastFocused)->SetFocus(); + return true; + } + else + { + // it doesn't count as such any more + *childLastFocused = NULL; + } + } + + // set the focus to the first child who wants it + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = win->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + while ( node ) + { + wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); + node = node->GetNext(); + + // skip special windows: + if ( !win->IsClientAreaChild(child) ) + continue; + + if ( child->CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard() && !child->IsTopLevel() ) + { +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_RADIOBTN + // If a radiobutton is the first focusable child, search for the + // selected radiobutton in the same group + wxRadioButton* btn = wxDynamicCast(child, wxRadioButton); + if (btn) + { + wxRadioButton* selected = wxGetSelectedButtonInGroup(btn); + if (selected) + child = selected; + } +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_FOCUS, + wxT("SetFocusToChild() => first child (0x%p)."), + child->GetHandle()); + + if (childLastFocused) + *childLastFocused = child; + child->SetFocusFromKbd(); + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/convauto.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/convauto.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62a470aa7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/convauto.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/convauto.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxConvAuto +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2006-04-04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: convauto.cpp 66657 2011-01-08 18:05:33Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/convauto.h" + +// we use latin1 by default as it seems the least bad choice: the files we need +// to detect input of don't always come from the user system (they are often +// received from other machines) and so using wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM doesn't +// seem to be a good idea and there is no other reasonable alternative +wxFontEncoding wxConvAuto::ms_defaultMBEncoding = wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +/* static */ +void wxConvAuto::SetFallbackEncoding(wxFontEncoding enc) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( enc != wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT, + wxT("wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT doesn't make sense here") ); + + ms_defaultMBEncoding = enc; +} + +/* static */ +wxConvAuto::BOMType wxConvAuto::DetectBOM(const char *src, size_t srcLen) +{ + // examine the buffer for BOM presence + // + // quoting from http://www.unicode.org/faq/utf_bom.html#BOM: + // + // Bytes Encoding Form + // + // 00 00 FE FF UTF-32, big-endian + // FF FE 00 00 UTF-32, little-endian + // FE FF UTF-16, big-endian + // FF FE UTF-16, little-endian + // EF BB BF UTF-8 + // + // as some BOMs are prefixes of other ones we may need to read more bytes + // to disambiguate them + + switch ( srcLen ) + { + case 0: + return BOM_Unknown; + + case 1: + if ( src[0] == '\x00' || src[0] == '\xFF' || + src[0] == '\xFE' || src[0] == '\xEF') + { + // this could be a BOM but we don't know yet + return BOM_Unknown; + } + break; + + case 2: + case 3: + if ( src[0] == '\xEF' && src[1] == '\xBB' ) + { + if ( srcLen == 3 ) + return src[2] == '\xBF' ? BOM_UTF8 : BOM_None; + + return BOM_Unknown; + } + + if ( src[0] == '\xFE' && src[1] == '\xFF' ) + return BOM_UTF16BE; + + if ( src[0] == '\xFF' && src[1] == '\xFE' ) + { + // if the next byte is 0, it could be an UTF-32LE BOM but if it + // isn't we can be sure it's UTF-16LE + if ( srcLen == 3 && src[2] != '\x00' ) + return BOM_UTF16LE; + + return BOM_Unknown; + } + + if ( src[0] == '\x00' && src[1] == '\x00' ) + { + // this could only be UTF-32BE, check that the data we have so + // far allows for it + if ( srcLen == 3 && src[2] != '\xFE' ) + return BOM_None; + + return BOM_Unknown; + } + break; + + default: + // we have at least 4 characters so we may finally decide whether + // we have a BOM or not + if ( src[0] == '\xEF' && src[1] == '\xBB' && src[2] == '\xBF' ) + return BOM_UTF8; + + if ( src[0] == '\x00' && src[1] == '\x00' && + src[2] == '\xFE' && src[3] == '\xFF' ) + return BOM_UTF32BE; + + if ( src[0] == '\xFF' && src[1] == '\xFE' && + src[2] == '\x00' && src[3] == '\x00' ) + return BOM_UTF32LE; + + if ( src[0] == '\xFE' && src[1] == '\xFF' ) + return BOM_UTF16BE; + + if ( src[0] == '\xFF' && src[1] == '\xFE' ) + return BOM_UTF16LE; + } + + return BOM_None; +} + +void wxConvAuto::InitFromBOM(BOMType bomType) +{ + m_consumedBOM = false; + + switch ( bomType ) + { + case BOM_Unknown: + wxFAIL_MSG( "shouldn't be called for this BOM type" ); + break; + + case BOM_None: + // use the default + break; + + case BOM_UTF32BE: + m_conv = new wxMBConvUTF32BE; + m_ownsConv = true; + break; + + case BOM_UTF32LE: + m_conv = new wxMBConvUTF32LE; + m_ownsConv = true; + break; + + case BOM_UTF16BE: + m_conv = new wxMBConvUTF16BE; + m_ownsConv = true; + break; + + case BOM_UTF16LE: + m_conv = new wxMBConvUTF16LE; + m_ownsConv = true; + break; + + case BOM_UTF8: + InitWithUTF8(); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown BOM type" ); + } + + if ( !m_conv ) + { + // we end up here if there is no BOM or we didn't recognize it somehow + // (this shouldn't happen but still don't crash if it does), so use the + // default encoding + InitWithUTF8(); + m_consumedBOM = true; // as there is nothing to consume + } +} + +void wxConvAuto::SkipBOM(const char **src, size_t *len) const +{ + int ofs; + switch ( m_bomType ) + { + case BOM_Unknown: + wxFAIL_MSG( "shouldn't be called for this BOM type" ); + return; + + case BOM_None: + ofs = 0; + break; + + case BOM_UTF32BE: + case BOM_UTF32LE: + ofs = 4; + break; + + case BOM_UTF16BE: + case BOM_UTF16LE: + ofs = 2; + break; + + case BOM_UTF8: + ofs = 3; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown BOM type" ); + return; + } + + *src += ofs; + if ( *len != (size_t)-1 ) + *len -= ofs; +} + +bool wxConvAuto::InitFromInput(const char *src, size_t len) +{ + m_bomType = DetectBOM(src, len == wxNO_LEN ? strlen(src) : len); + if ( m_bomType == BOM_Unknown ) + return false; + + InitFromBOM(m_bomType); + + return true; +} + +size_t +wxConvAuto::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + // we check BOM and create the appropriate conversion the first time we're + // called but we also need to ensure that the BOM is skipped not only + // during this initial call but also during the first call with non-NULL + // dst as typically we're first called with NULL dst to calculate the + // needed buffer size + wxConvAuto *self = const_cast(this); + + + if ( !m_conv ) + { + if ( !self->InitFromInput(src, srcLen) ) + { + // there is not enough data to determine whether we have a BOM or + // not, so fail for now -- the caller is supposed to call us again + // with more data + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + } + + if ( !m_consumedBOM ) + { + SkipBOM(&src, &srcLen); + if ( srcLen == 0 ) + { + // there is nothing left except the BOM so we'd return 0 below but + // this is unexpected: decoding a non-empty string must either fail + // or return something non-empty, in particular this would break + // the code in wxTextInputStream::NextChar() + // + // so still return an error as we need some more data to be able to + // decode it + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + } + + // try to convert using the auto-detected encoding + size_t rc = m_conv->ToWChar(dst, dstLen, src, srcLen); + if ( rc == wxCONV_FAILED && m_bomType == BOM_None ) + { + // if the conversion failed but we didn't really detect anything and + // simply tried UTF-8 by default, retry it using the fall-back + if ( m_encDefault != wxFONTENCODING_MAX ) + { + if ( m_ownsConv ) + delete m_conv; + + self->m_conv = new wxCSConv(m_encDefault == wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT + ? GetFallbackEncoding() + : m_encDefault); + self->m_ownsConv = true; + + rc = m_conv->ToWChar(dst, dstLen, src, srcLen); + } + } + + // don't skip the BOM again the next time if we really consumed it + if ( rc != wxCONV_FAILED && dst && !m_consumedBOM ) + self->m_consumedBOM = true; + + return rc; +} + +size_t +wxConvAuto::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if ( !m_conv ) + { + // default to UTF-8 for the multibyte output + const_cast(this)->InitWithUTF8(); + } + + return m_conv->FromWChar(dst, dstLen, src, srcLen); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cshelp.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cshelp.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..69c48d46fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/cshelp.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,512 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/cshelp.cpp +// Purpose: Context sensitive help class implementation +// Author: Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 08/09/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: cshelp.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_HELP + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/tipwin.h" +#include "wx/cshelp.h" + +#if wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP + #include "wx/msw/helpchm.h" // for ShowContextHelpPopup + #include "wx/utils.h" // for wxGetMousePosition() +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxContextHelpEvtHandler private class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This class exists in order to eat events until the left mouse button is +// pressed +class wxContextHelpEvtHandler: public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxContextHelpEvtHandler(wxContextHelp* contextHelp) + { + m_contextHelp = contextHelp; + } + + virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); + +//// Data + wxContextHelp* m_contextHelp; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxContextHelpEvtHandler); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxContextHelp +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Invokes context-sensitive help + */ + + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxContextHelp, wxObject) + +wxContextHelp::wxContextHelp(wxWindow* win, bool beginHelp) +{ + m_inHelp = false; + + if (beginHelp) + BeginContextHelp(win); +} + +wxContextHelp::~wxContextHelp() +{ + if (m_inHelp) + EndContextHelp(); +} + +// Not currently needed, but on some systems capture may not work as +// expected so we'll leave it here for now. +#ifdef __WXMOTIF__ +static void wxPushOrPopEventHandlers(wxContextHelp* help, wxWindow* win, bool push) +{ + if (push) + win->PushEventHandler(new wxContextHelpEvtHandler(help)); + else + win->PopEventHandler(true); + + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = win->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow* child = node->GetData(); + wxPushOrPopEventHandlers(help, child, push); + + node = node->GetNext(); + } +} +#endif + +// Begin 'context help mode' +bool wxContextHelp::BeginContextHelp(wxWindow* win) +{ + if (!win) + win = wxTheApp->GetTopWindow(); + if (!win) + return false; + + wxCursor cursor(wxCURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW); + wxCursor oldCursor = win->GetCursor(); + win->SetCursor(cursor); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + wxSetCursor(cursor); +#endif + + m_status = false; + +#ifdef __WXMOTIF__ + wxPushOrPopEventHandlers(this, win, true); +#else + win->PushEventHandler(new wxContextHelpEvtHandler(this)); +#endif + + win->CaptureMouse(); + + EventLoop(); + + win->ReleaseMouse(); + +#ifdef __WXMOTIF__ + wxPushOrPopEventHandlers(this, win, false); +#else + win->PopEventHandler(true); +#endif + + win->SetCursor(oldCursor); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + wxSetCursor(wxNullCursor); +#endif + + if (m_status) + { + wxPoint pt; + wxWindow* winAtPtr = wxFindWindowAtPointer(pt); + +#if 0 + if (winAtPtr) + { + printf("Picked %s (%d)\n", winAtPtr->GetName().c_str(), + winAtPtr->GetId()); + } +#endif + + if (winAtPtr) + DispatchEvent(winAtPtr, pt); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxContextHelp::EndContextHelp() +{ + m_inHelp = false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxContextHelp::EventLoop() +{ + m_inHelp = true; + + while ( m_inHelp ) + { + if (wxTheApp->Pending()) + { + wxTheApp->Dispatch(); + } + else + { + wxTheApp->ProcessIdle(); + } + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxContextHelpEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event) +{ + if (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN) + { + m_contextHelp->SetStatus(true); + m_contextHelp->EndContextHelp(); + return true; + } + + if ((event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_CHAR) || + (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_KEY_DOWN) || + (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_ACTIVATE) || + (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED)) + { + // May have already been set to true by a left-click + //m_contextHelp->SetStatus(false); + m_contextHelp->EndContextHelp(); + return true; + } + + if ((event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_PAINT) || + (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND)) + { + event.Skip(); + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +// Dispatch the help event to the relevant window +bool wxContextHelp::DispatchEvent(wxWindow* win, const wxPoint& pt) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( win, false, wxT("win parameter can't be NULL") ); + + wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, win->GetId(), pt, + wxHelpEvent::Origin_HelpButton); + helpEvent.SetEventObject(win); + + return win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxContextHelpButton +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * wxContextHelpButton + * You can add this to your dialogs (especially on non-Windows platforms) + * to put the application into context help mode. + */ + +#ifndef __WXPM__ + +static const char * csquery_xpm[] = { +"12 11 2 1", +" c None", +". c #000000", +" ", +" .... ", +" .. .. ", +" .. .. ", +" .. ", +" .. ", +" .. ", +" ", +" .. ", +" .. ", +" "}; + +#endif + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxContextHelpButton, wxBitmapButton) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxContextHelpButton, wxBitmapButton) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_CONTEXT_HELP, wxContextHelpButton::OnContextHelp) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxContextHelpButton::wxContextHelpButton(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style) +#if defined(__WXPM__) + : wxBitmapButton(parent, id, wxBitmap(wxCSQUERY_BITMAP + ,wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE + ), + pos, size, style) +#else + : wxBitmapButton(parent, id, wxBitmap(csquery_xpm), + pos, size, style) +#endif +{ +} + +void wxContextHelpButton::OnContextHelp(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxContextHelp contextHelp(GetParent()); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHelpProvider +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxHelpProvider *wxHelpProvider::ms_helpProvider = NULL; + +// trivial implementation of some methods which we don't want to make pure +// virtual for convenience + +void wxHelpProvider::AddHelp(wxWindowBase * WXUNUSED(window), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(text)) +{ +} + +void wxHelpProvider::AddHelp(wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(text)) +{ +} + +// removes the association +void wxHelpProvider::RemoveHelp(wxWindowBase* WXUNUSED(window)) +{ +} + +wxHelpProvider::~wxHelpProvider() +{ +} + +wxString wxHelpProvider::GetHelpTextMaybeAtPoint(wxWindowBase *window) +{ + if ( m_helptextAtPoint != wxDefaultPosition || + m_helptextOrigin != wxHelpEvent::Origin_Unknown ) + { + wxCHECK_MSG( window, wxEmptyString, wxT("window must not be NULL") ); + + wxPoint pt = m_helptextAtPoint; + wxHelpEvent::Origin origin = m_helptextOrigin; + + m_helptextAtPoint = wxDefaultPosition; + m_helptextOrigin = wxHelpEvent::Origin_Unknown; + + return window->GetHelpTextAtPoint(pt, origin); + } + + return GetHelp(window); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSimpleHelpProvider +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define WINHASH_KEY(w) wxPtrToUInt(w) + +wxString wxSimpleHelpProvider::GetHelp(const wxWindowBase *window) +{ + wxSimpleHelpProviderHashMap::iterator it = m_hashWindows.find(WINHASH_KEY(window)); + + if ( it == m_hashWindows.end() ) + { + it = m_hashIds.find(window->GetId()); + if ( it == m_hashIds.end() ) + return wxEmptyString; + } + + return it->second; +} + +void wxSimpleHelpProvider::AddHelp(wxWindowBase *window, const wxString& text) +{ + m_hashWindows.erase(WINHASH_KEY(window)); + m_hashWindows[WINHASH_KEY(window)] = text; +} + +void wxSimpleHelpProvider::AddHelp(wxWindowID id, const wxString& text) +{ + wxSimpleHelpProviderHashMap::key_type key = (wxSimpleHelpProviderHashMap::key_type)id; + m_hashIds.erase(key); + m_hashIds[key] = text; +} + +// removes the association +void wxSimpleHelpProvider::RemoveHelp(wxWindowBase* window) +{ + m_hashWindows.erase(WINHASH_KEY(window)); +} + +bool wxSimpleHelpProvider::ShowHelp(wxWindowBase *window) +{ +#if wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP || wxUSE_TIPWINDOW +#if wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP + // m_helptextAtPoint will be reset by GetHelpTextMaybeAtPoint(), stash it + const wxPoint posTooltip = m_helptextAtPoint; +#endif // wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP + + const wxString text = GetHelpTextMaybeAtPoint(window); + + if ( !text.empty() ) + { + // use the native help popup style if it's available +#if wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP + if ( !wxCHMHelpController::ShowContextHelpPopup + ( + text, + posTooltip, + (wxWindow *)window + ) ) +#endif // wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP + { +#if wxUSE_TIPWINDOW + static wxTipWindow* s_tipWindow = NULL; + + if ( s_tipWindow ) + { + // Prevent s_tipWindow being nulled in OnIdle, thereby removing + // the chance for the window to be closed by ShowHelp + s_tipWindow->SetTipWindowPtr(NULL); + s_tipWindow->Close(); + } + + s_tipWindow = new wxTipWindow((wxWindow *)window, text, + 100, &s_tipWindow); +#else // !wxUSE_TIPWINDOW + // we tried wxCHMHelpController but it failed and we don't have + // wxTipWindow to fall back on, so + return false; +#endif // wxUSE_TIPWINDOW + } + + return true; + } +#else // !wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP && !wxUSE_TIPWINDOW + wxUnusedVar(window); +#endif // wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP || wxUSE_TIPWINDOW + + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHelpControllerHelpProvider +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxHelpControllerHelpProvider::wxHelpControllerHelpProvider(wxHelpControllerBase* hc) +{ + m_helpController = hc; +} + +bool wxHelpControllerHelpProvider::ShowHelp(wxWindowBase *window) +{ + const wxString text = GetHelpTextMaybeAtPoint(window); + + if ( text.empty() ) + return false; + + if ( m_helpController ) + { + // if it's a numeric topic, show it + long topic; + if ( text.ToLong(&topic) ) + return m_helpController->DisplayContextPopup(topic); + + // otherwise show the text directly + if ( m_helpController->DisplayTextPopup(text, wxGetMousePosition()) ) + return true; + } + + // if there is no help controller or it's not capable of showing the help, + // fallback to the default method + return wxSimpleHelpProvider::ShowHelp(window); +} + +// Convenience function for turning context id into wxString +wxString wxContextId(int id) +{ + return wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), id); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHelpProviderModule: module responsible for cleaning up help provider. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxHelpProviderModule : public wxModule +{ +public: + bool OnInit(); + void OnExit(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHelpProviderModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHelpProviderModule, wxModule) + +bool wxHelpProviderModule::OnInit() +{ + // Probably we don't want to do anything by default, + // since it could pull in extra code + // wxHelpProvider::Set(new wxSimpleHelpProvider); + + return true; +} + +void wxHelpProviderModule::OnExit() +{ + if (wxHelpProvider::Get()) + { + delete wxHelpProvider::Get(); + wxHelpProvider::Set(NULL); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_HELP diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ctrlcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ctrlcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8798b1ad4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ctrlcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,602 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/ctrlcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxControl common interface +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 26.07.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ctrlcmn.cpp 67062 2011-02-27 12:48:07Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CONTROLS + +#include "wx/control.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/radiobut.h" + #include "wx/statbmp.h" + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" // for wxStripMenuCodes() + #include "wx/settings.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/private/markupparser.h" + +const char wxControlNameStr[] = "control"; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxControlBase::~wxControlBase() +{ + // this destructor is required for Darwin +} + +bool wxControlBase::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint &pos, + const wxSize &size, + long style, + const wxValidator& wxVALIDATOR_PARAM(validator), + const wxString &name) +{ + bool ret = wxWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + if ( ret ) + SetValidator(validator); +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + + return ret; +} + +bool wxControlBase::CreateControl(wxWindowBase *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + // even if it's possible to create controls without parents in some port, + // it should surely be discouraged because it doesn't work at all under + // Windows + wxCHECK_MSG( parent, false, wxT("all controls must have parents") ); + + if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name) ) + return false; + + parent->AddChild(this); + + return true; +} + +void wxControlBase::Command(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +void wxControlBase::InitCommandEvent(wxCommandEvent& event) const +{ + event.SetEventObject(const_cast(this)); + + // event.SetId(GetId()); -- this is usuall done in the event ctor + + switch ( m_clientDataType ) + { + case wxClientData_Void: + event.SetClientData(GetClientData()); + break; + + case wxClientData_Object: + event.SetClientObject(GetClientObject()); + break; + + case wxClientData_None: + // nothing to do + ; + } +} + +bool wxControlBase::SetFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + InvalidateBestSize(); + return wxWindow::SetFont(font); +} + +// wxControl-specific processing after processing the update event +void wxControlBase::DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + // call inherited + wxWindowBase::DoUpdateWindowUI(event); + + // update label + if ( event.GetSetText() ) + { + if ( event.GetText() != GetLabel() ) + SetLabel(event.GetText()); + } + + // Unfortunately we don't yet have common base class for + // wxRadioButton, so we handle updates of radiobuttons here. + // TODO: If once wxRadioButtonBase will exist, move this code there. +#if wxUSE_RADIOBTN + if ( event.GetSetChecked() ) + { + wxRadioButton *radiobtn = wxDynamicCastThis(wxRadioButton); + if ( radiobtn ) + radiobtn->SetValue(event.GetChecked()); + } +#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBTN +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxControlBase::GetLabelText(const wxString& label) +{ + // we don't want strip the TABs here, just the mnemonics + return wxStripMenuCodes(label, wxStrip_Mnemonics); +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxControlBase::RemoveMnemonics(const wxString& str) +{ + // we don't want strip the TABs here, just the mnemonics + return wxStripMenuCodes(str, wxStrip_Mnemonics); +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxControlBase::EscapeMnemonics(const wxString& text) +{ + wxString label(text); + label.Replace("&", "&&"); + return label; +} + +/* static */ +int wxControlBase::FindAccelIndex(const wxString& label, wxString *labelOnly) +{ + // the character following MNEMONIC_PREFIX is the accelerator for this + // control unless it is MNEMONIC_PREFIX too - this allows to insert + // literal MNEMONIC_PREFIX chars into the label + static const wxChar MNEMONIC_PREFIX = wxT('&'); + + if ( labelOnly ) + { + labelOnly->Empty(); + labelOnly->Alloc(label.length()); + } + + int indexAccel = -1; + for ( wxString::const_iterator pc = label.begin(); pc != label.end(); ++pc ) + { + if ( *pc == MNEMONIC_PREFIX ) + { + ++pc; // skip it + if ( pc == label.end() ) + break; + else if ( *pc != MNEMONIC_PREFIX ) + { + if ( indexAccel == -1 ) + { + // remember it (-1 is for MNEMONIC_PREFIX itself + indexAccel = pc - label.begin() - 1; + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("duplicate accel char in control label")); + } + } + } + + if ( labelOnly ) + { + *labelOnly += *pc; + } + } + + return indexAccel; +} + +wxBorder wxControlBase::GetDefaultBorder() const +{ + return wxBORDER_THEME; +} + +/* static */ wxVisualAttributes +wxControlBase::GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant WXUNUSED(variant)) +{ + wxVisualAttributes attrs; + attrs.font = wxSystemSettings::GetFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT); + attrs.colFg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT); + attrs.colBg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW); + + return attrs; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxControl markup support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + +/* static */ +wxString wxControlBase::RemoveMarkup(const wxString& markup) +{ + return wxMarkupParser::Strip(markup); +} + +bool wxControlBase::DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup) +{ + const wxString label = RemoveMarkup(markup); + if ( label.empty() && !markup.empty() ) + return false; + + SetLabel(label); + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxControlBase - ellipsization code +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxELLIPSE_REPLACEMENT wxS("...") + +namespace +{ + +struct EllipsizeCalculator +{ + EllipsizeCalculator(const wxString& s, const wxDC& dc, + int maxFinalWidthPx, int replacementWidthPx) + : + m_initialCharToRemove(0), + m_nCharsToRemove(0), + m_outputNeedsUpdate(true), + m_str(s), + m_dc(dc), + m_maxFinalWidthPx(maxFinalWidthPx), + m_replacementWidthPx(replacementWidthPx) + { + m_isOk = dc.GetPartialTextExtents(s, m_charOffsetsPx); + wxASSERT( m_charOffsetsPx.GetCount() == s.length() ); + } + + bool IsOk() const { return m_isOk; } + + bool EllipsizationNotNeeded() const + { + // NOTE: charOffsetsPx[n] is the width in pixels of the first n characters (with the last one INCLUDED) + // thus charOffsetsPx[len-1] is the total width of the string + return m_charOffsetsPx.Last() <= m_maxFinalWidthPx; + } + + void Init(size_t initialCharToRemove, size_t nCharsToRemove) + { + m_initialCharToRemove = initialCharToRemove; + m_nCharsToRemove = nCharsToRemove; + } + + void RemoveFromEnd() + { + m_nCharsToRemove++; + } + + void RemoveFromStart() + { + m_initialCharToRemove--; + m_nCharsToRemove++; + } + + size_t GetFirstRemoved() const { return m_initialCharToRemove; } + size_t GetLastRemoved() const { return m_initialCharToRemove + m_nCharsToRemove - 1; } + + const wxString& GetEllipsizedText() + { + if ( m_outputNeedsUpdate ) + { + wxASSERT(m_initialCharToRemove <= m_str.length() - 1); // see valid range for initialCharToRemove above + wxASSERT(m_nCharsToRemove >= 1 && m_nCharsToRemove <= m_str.length() - m_initialCharToRemove); // see valid range for nCharsToRemove above + + // erase m_nCharsToRemove characters after m_initialCharToRemove (included); + // e.g. if we have the string "foobar" (len = 6) + // ^ + // \--- m_initialCharToRemove = 2 + // and m_nCharsToRemove = 2, then we get "foar" + m_output = m_str; + m_output.replace(m_initialCharToRemove, m_nCharsToRemove, wxELLIPSE_REPLACEMENT); + } + + return m_output; + } + + bool IsShortEnough() + { + if ( m_nCharsToRemove == m_str.length() ) + return true; // that's the best we could do + + // Width calculation using partial extents is just an inaccurate + // estimate: partial extents have sub-pixel precision and are rounded + // by GetPartialTextExtents(); replacing part of the string with "..." + // may change them too thanks to changes in ligatures, kerning etc. + // + // The correct algorithm would be to call GetTextExtent() in every step + // of ellipsization, but that would be too expensive, especially when + // the difference is just a few pixels. So we use partial extents to + // estimate string width and only verify it with GetTextExtent() when + // it looks good. + + int estimatedWidth = m_replacementWidthPx; // length of "..." + + // length of text before the removed part: + if ( m_initialCharToRemove > 0 ) + estimatedWidth += m_charOffsetsPx[m_initialCharToRemove - 1]; + + // length of text after the removed part: + + if ( GetLastRemoved() < m_str.length() ) + estimatedWidth += m_charOffsetsPx.Last() - m_charOffsetsPx[GetLastRemoved()]; + + if ( estimatedWidth > m_maxFinalWidthPx ) + return false; + + return m_dc.GetTextExtent(GetEllipsizedText()).GetWidth() <= m_maxFinalWidthPx; + } + + // calculation state: + + // REMEMBER: indexes inside the string have a valid range of [0;len-1] if not otherwise constrained + // lengths/counts of characters (e.g. nCharsToRemove) have a + // valid range of [0;len] if not otherwise constrained + // NOTE: since this point we know we have for sure a non-empty string from which we need + // to remove _at least_ one character (thus nCharsToRemove below is constrained to be >= 1) + + // index of first character to erase, valid range is [0;len-1]: + size_t m_initialCharToRemove; + // how many chars do we need to erase? valid range is [0;len-m_initialCharToRemove] + size_t m_nCharsToRemove; + + wxString m_output; + bool m_outputNeedsUpdate; + + // inputs: + wxString m_str; + const wxDC& m_dc; + int m_maxFinalWidthPx; + int m_replacementWidthPx; + wxArrayInt m_charOffsetsPx; + + bool m_isOk; +}; + +} // anonymous namespace + +/* static and protected */ +wxString wxControlBase::DoEllipsizeSingleLine(const wxString& curLine, const wxDC& dc, + wxEllipsizeMode mode, int maxFinalWidthPx, + int replacementWidthPx) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(replacementWidthPx > 0, "Invalid parameters"); + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2_MSG(!curLine.Contains('\n'), + "Use Ellipsize() instead!"); + + wxASSERT_MSG( mode != wxELLIPSIZE_NONE, "shouldn't be called at all then" ); + + // NOTE: this function assumes that any mnemonic/tab character has already + // been handled if it was necessary to handle them (see Ellipsize()) + + if (maxFinalWidthPx <= 0) + return wxEmptyString; + + size_t len = curLine.length(); + if (len <= 1 ) + return curLine; + + EllipsizeCalculator calc(curLine, dc, maxFinalWidthPx, replacementWidthPx); + + if ( !calc.IsOk() ) + return curLine; + + if ( calc.EllipsizationNotNeeded() ) + return curLine; + + // let's compute the range of characters to remove depending on the ellipsization mode: + switch (mode) + { + case wxELLIPSIZE_START: + { + calc.Init(0, 1); + while ( !calc.IsShortEnough() ) + calc.RemoveFromEnd(); + + // always show at least one character of the string: + if ( calc.m_nCharsToRemove == len ) + return wxString(wxELLIPSE_REPLACEMENT) + curLine[len-1]; + + break; + } + + case wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE: + { + // NOTE: the following piece of code works also when len == 1 + + // start the removal process from the middle of the string + // i.e. separe the string in three parts: + // - the first one to preserve, valid range [0;initialCharToRemove-1] or the empty range if initialCharToRemove==0 + // - the second one to remove, valid range [initialCharToRemove;endCharToRemove] + // - the third one to preserve, valid range [endCharToRemove+1;len-1] or the empty range if endCharToRemove==len-1 + // NOTE: empty range != range [0;0] since the range [0;0] contains 1 character (the zero-th one)! + + calc.Init(len/2, 0); + + bool removeFromStart = true; + + while ( !calc.IsShortEnough() ) + { + const bool canRemoveFromStart = calc.GetFirstRemoved() > 0; + const bool canRemoveFromEnd = calc.GetLastRemoved() < len - 1; + + if ( !canRemoveFromStart && !canRemoveFromEnd ) + { + // we need to remove all the characters of the string! + break; + } + + // Remove from the beginning in even steps and from the end + // in odd steps, unless we exhausted one side already: + removeFromStart = !removeFromStart; + if ( removeFromStart && !canRemoveFromStart ) + removeFromStart = false; + else if ( !removeFromStart && !canRemoveFromEnd ) + removeFromStart = true; + + if ( removeFromStart ) + calc.RemoveFromStart(); + else + calc.RemoveFromEnd(); + } + + // Always show at least one character of the string. + // Additionally, if there's only one character left, prefer + // "a..." to "...a": + if ( calc.m_nCharsToRemove == len || + calc.m_nCharsToRemove == len - 1 ) + { + return curLine[0] + wxString(wxELLIPSE_REPLACEMENT); + } + } + break; + + case wxELLIPSIZE_END: + { + calc.Init(len - 1, 1); + while ( !calc.IsShortEnough() ) + calc.RemoveFromStart(); + + // always show at least one character of the string: + if ( calc.m_nCharsToRemove == len ) + return curLine[0] + wxString(wxELLIPSE_REPLACEMENT); + + break; + } + + case wxELLIPSIZE_NONE: + default: + wxFAIL_MSG("invalid ellipsize mode"); + return curLine; + } + + return calc.GetEllipsizedText(); +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxControlBase::Ellipsize(const wxString& label, const wxDC& dc, + wxEllipsizeMode mode, int maxFinalWidth, + int flags) +{ + wxString ret; + + // these cannot be cached between different Ellipsize() calls as they can + // change because of e.g. a font change; however we calculate them only once + // when ellipsizing multiline labels: + int replacementWidth = dc.GetTextExtent(wxELLIPSE_REPLACEMENT).GetWidth(); + + // NB: we must handle correctly labels with newlines: + wxString curLine; + for ( wxString::const_iterator pc = label.begin(); ; ++pc ) + { + if ( pc == label.end() || *pc == wxS('\n') ) + { + curLine = DoEllipsizeSingleLine(curLine, dc, mode, maxFinalWidth, + replacementWidth); + + // add this (ellipsized) row to the rest of the label + ret << curLine; + if ( pc == label.end() ) + { + // NOTE: this is the return which always exits the function + return ret; + } + else + { + ret << *pc; + curLine.clear(); + } + } + // we need to remove mnemonics from the label for correct calculations + else if ( *pc == wxS('&') && (flags & wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_PROCESS_MNEMONICS) ) + { + // pc+1 is safe: at worst we'll be at end() + wxString::const_iterator next = pc + 1; + if ( next != label.end() && *next == wxS('&') ) + curLine += wxS('&'); // && becomes & + //else: remove this ampersand + } + // we need also to expand tabs to properly calc their size + else if ( *pc == wxS('\t') && (flags & wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_EXPAND_TABS) ) + { + // Windows natively expands the TABs to 6 spaces. Do the same: + curLine += wxS(" "); + } + else + { + curLine += *pc; + } + } + + // this return would generate a + // warning C4702: unreachable code + // with MSVC since the function always exits from inside the loop + //return ret; +} + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticBitmap +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STATBMP + +wxStaticBitmapBase::~wxStaticBitmapBase() +{ + // this destructor is required for Darwin +} + +wxSize wxStaticBitmapBase::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxSize best; + wxBitmap bmp = GetBitmap(); + if ( bmp.Ok() ) + best = wxSize(bmp.GetWidth(), bmp.GetHeight()); + else + // this is completely arbitrary + best = wxSize(16, 16); + CacheBestSize(best); + return best; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STATBMP + +#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ctrlsub.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ctrlsub.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d1524dde1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ctrlsub.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,295 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/ctrlsub.cpp +// Purpose: wxItemContainer implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 22.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ctrlsub.cpp 66664 2011-01-10 12:00:54Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CONTROLS + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/ctrlsub.h" + #include "wx/arrstr.h" +#endif + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControlWithItems, wxControl) + +// ============================================================================ +// wxItemContainerImmutable implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxItemContainerImmutable::~wxItemContainerImmutable() +{ + // this destructor is required for Darwin +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// selection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxItemContainerImmutable::GetStringSelection() const +{ + wxString s; + + int sel = GetSelection(); + if ( sel != wxNOT_FOUND ) + s = GetString((unsigned int)sel); + + return s; +} + +bool wxItemContainerImmutable::SetStringSelection(const wxString& s) +{ + const int sel = FindString(s); + if ( sel == wxNOT_FOUND ) + return false; + + SetSelection(sel); + + return true; +} + +wxArrayString wxItemContainerImmutable::GetStrings() const +{ + wxArrayString result; + + const unsigned int count = GetCount(); + result.Alloc(count); + for ( unsigned int n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + result.Add(GetString(n)); + + return result; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxItemContainer implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxItemContainer::~wxItemContainer() +{ + // this destructor is required for Darwin +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// deleting items +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxItemContainer::Clear() +{ + if ( HasClientObjectData() ) + { + const unsigned count = GetCount(); + for ( unsigned i = 0; i < count; ++i ) + ResetItemClientObject(i); + } + + SetClientDataType(wxClientData_None); + + DoClear(); +} + +void wxItemContainer::Delete(unsigned int pos) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( pos < GetCount(), wxT("invalid index") ); + + if ( HasClientObjectData() ) + ResetItemClientObject(pos); + + DoDeleteOneItem(pos); + + if ( IsEmpty() ) + { + SetClientDataType(wxClientData_None); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int wxItemContainer::DoInsertItemsInLoop(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, + wxClientDataType type) +{ + int n = wxNOT_FOUND; + + const unsigned int count = items.GetCount(); + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i ) + { + n = DoInsertOneItem(items[i], pos++); + if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) + break; + + AssignNewItemClientData(n, clientData, i, type); + } + + return n; +} + +int +wxItemContainer::DoInsertOneItem(const wxString& WXUNUSED(item), + unsigned int WXUNUSED(pos)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Must be overridden if DoInsertItemsInLoop() is used") ); + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// client data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxItemContainer::SetClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData *data) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !HasClientUntypedData(), + wxT("can't have both object and void client data") ); + + wxCHECK_RET( IsValid(n), "Invalid index passed to SetClientObject()" ); + + if ( HasClientObjectData() ) + { + wxClientData * clientDataOld + = static_cast(DoGetItemClientData(n)); + if ( clientDataOld ) + delete clientDataOld; + } + else // didn't have any client data so far + { + // now we have object client data + DoInitItemClientData(); + + SetClientDataType(wxClientData_Object); + } + + DoSetItemClientData(n, data); +} + +wxClientData *wxItemContainer::GetClientObject(unsigned int n) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( HasClientObjectData(), NULL, + wxT("this window doesn't have object client data") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( IsValid(n), NULL, + "Invalid index passed to GetClientObject()" ); + + return static_cast(DoGetItemClientData(n)); +} + +wxClientData *wxItemContainer::DetachClientObject(unsigned int n) +{ + wxClientData * const data = GetClientObject(n); + if ( data ) + { + // reset the pointer as we don't own it any more + DoSetItemClientData(n, NULL); + } + + return data; +} + +void wxItemContainer::SetClientData(unsigned int n, void *data) +{ + if ( !HasClientData() ) + { + DoInitItemClientData(); + SetClientDataType(wxClientData_Void); + } + + wxASSERT_MSG( HasClientUntypedData(), + wxT("can't have both object and void client data") ); + + wxCHECK_RET( IsValid(n), "Invalid index passed to SetClientData()" ); + + DoSetItemClientData(n, data); +} + +void *wxItemContainer::GetClientData(unsigned int n) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( HasClientUntypedData(), NULL, + wxT("this window doesn't have void client data") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( IsValid(n), NULL, + "Invalid index passed to GetClientData()" ); + + return DoGetItemClientData(n); +} + +void wxItemContainer::AssignNewItemClientData(unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, + unsigned int n, + wxClientDataType type) +{ + switch ( type ) + { + case wxClientData_Object: + SetClientObject + ( + pos, + (reinterpret_cast(clientData))[n] + ); + break; + + case wxClientData_Void: + SetClientData(pos, clientData[n]); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown client data type") ); + // fall through + + case wxClientData_None: + // nothing to do + break; + } +} + +void wxItemContainer::ResetItemClientObject(unsigned int n) +{ + wxClientData * const data = GetClientObject(n); + if ( data ) + { + delete data; + DoSetItemClientData(n, NULL); + } +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxControlWithItems implementation +// ============================================================================ + +void +wxControlWithItemsBase::InitCommandEventWithItems(wxCommandEvent& event, int n) +{ + InitCommandEvent(event); + + if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + if ( HasClientObjectData() ) + event.SetClientObject(GetClientObject(n)); + else if ( HasClientUntypedData() ) + event.SetClientData(GetClientData(n)); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datavcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datavcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..69894acbe5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datavcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2448 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/datavcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl base classes and common parts +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: 2006/02/20 +// RCS-ID: $Id: datavcmn.cpp 66403 2010-12-19 15:02:56Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006, Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL + +#include "wx/dataview.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/spinctrl.h" +#include "wx/choice.h" +#include "wx/imaglist.h" + +const char wxDataViewCtrlNameStr[] = "dataviewCtrl"; + +namespace +{ + +// Custom handler pushed on top of the edit control used by wxDataViewCtrl to +// forward some events to the main control itself. +class wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler: public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler(wxControl *editor, wxDataViewRenderer *owner) + { + m_editorCtrl = editor; + m_owner = owner; + + m_finished = false; + } + + void AcceptChangesAndFinish(); + void SetFocusOnIdle( bool focus = true ) { m_focusOnIdle = focus; } + +protected: + void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ); + void OnTextEnter( wxCommandEvent &event ); + void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ); + void OnIdle( wxIdleEvent &event ); + +private: + wxDataViewRenderer *m_owner; + wxControl *m_editorCtrl; + bool m_finished; + bool m_focusOnIdle; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +} // anonymous namespace + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewItemAttr +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFont wxDataViewItemAttr::GetEffectiveFont(const wxFont& font) const +{ + if ( !HasFont() ) + return font; + + wxFont f(font); + if ( GetBold() ) + f.MakeBold(); + if ( GetItalic() ) + f.MakeItalic(); + return f; +} + + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewModelNotifier +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxDataViewModelNotifiers) + +bool wxDataViewModelNotifier::ItemsAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItemArray &items ) +{ + size_t count = items.GetCount(); + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) + if (!ItemAdded( parent, items[i] )) return false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewModelNotifier::ItemsDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItemArray &items ) +{ + size_t count = items.GetCount(); + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) + if (!ItemDeleted( parent, items[i] )) return false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewModelNotifier::ItemsChanged( const wxDataViewItemArray &items ) +{ + size_t count = items.GetCount(); + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) + if (!ItemChanged( items[i] )) return false; + + return true; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewModel +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDataViewModel::wxDataViewModel() +{ + m_notifiers.DeleteContents( true ); +} + +bool wxDataViewModel::ItemAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + bool ret = true; + + wxDataViewModelNotifiers::iterator iter; + for (iter = m_notifiers.begin(); iter != m_notifiers.end(); ++iter) + { + wxDataViewModelNotifier* notifier = *iter; + if (!notifier->ItemAdded( parent, item )) + ret = false; + } + + return ret; +} + +bool wxDataViewModel::ItemDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + bool ret = true; + + wxDataViewModelNotifiers::iterator iter; + for (iter = m_notifiers.begin(); iter != m_notifiers.end(); ++iter) + { + wxDataViewModelNotifier* notifier = *iter; + if (!notifier->ItemDeleted( parent, item )) + ret = false; + } + + return ret; +} + +bool wxDataViewModel::ItemChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + bool ret = true; + + wxDataViewModelNotifiers::iterator iter; + for (iter = m_notifiers.begin(); iter != m_notifiers.end(); ++iter) + { + wxDataViewModelNotifier* notifier = *iter; + if (!notifier->ItemChanged( item )) + ret = false; + } + + return ret; +} + +bool wxDataViewModel::ItemsAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItemArray &items ) +{ + bool ret = true; + + wxDataViewModelNotifiers::iterator iter; + for (iter = m_notifiers.begin(); iter != m_notifiers.end(); ++iter) + { + wxDataViewModelNotifier* notifier = *iter; + if (!notifier->ItemsAdded( parent, items )) + ret = false; + } + + return ret; +} + +bool wxDataViewModel::ItemsDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItemArray &items ) +{ + bool ret = true; + + wxDataViewModelNotifiers::iterator iter; + for (iter = m_notifiers.begin(); iter != m_notifiers.end(); ++iter) + { + wxDataViewModelNotifier* notifier = *iter; + if (!notifier->ItemsDeleted( parent, items )) + ret = false; + } + + return ret; +} + +bool wxDataViewModel::ItemsChanged( const wxDataViewItemArray &items ) +{ + bool ret = true; + + wxDataViewModelNotifiers::iterator iter; + for (iter = m_notifiers.begin(); iter != m_notifiers.end(); ++iter) + { + wxDataViewModelNotifier* notifier = *iter; + if (!notifier->ItemsChanged( items )) + ret = false; + } + + return ret; +} + +bool wxDataViewModel::ValueChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ) +{ + bool ret = true; + + wxDataViewModelNotifiers::iterator iter; + for (iter = m_notifiers.begin(); iter != m_notifiers.end(); ++iter) + { + wxDataViewModelNotifier* notifier = *iter; + if (!notifier->ValueChanged( item, col )) + ret = false; + } + + return ret; +} + +bool wxDataViewModel::Cleared() +{ + bool ret = true; + + wxDataViewModelNotifiers::iterator iter; + for (iter = m_notifiers.begin(); iter != m_notifiers.end(); ++iter) + { + wxDataViewModelNotifier* notifier = *iter; + if (!notifier->Cleared()) + ret = false; + } + + return ret; +} + +bool wxDataViewModel::BeforeReset() +{ + bool ret = true; + + wxDataViewModelNotifiers::iterator iter; + for (iter = m_notifiers.begin(); iter != m_notifiers.end(); ++iter) + { + wxDataViewModelNotifier* notifier = *iter; + if (!notifier->BeforeReset()) + ret = false; + } + + return ret; +} + +bool wxDataViewModel::AfterReset() +{ + bool ret = true; + + wxDataViewModelNotifiers::iterator iter; + for (iter = m_notifiers.begin(); iter != m_notifiers.end(); ++iter) + { + wxDataViewModelNotifier* notifier = *iter; + if (!notifier->AfterReset()) + ret = false; + } + + return ret; +} + +void wxDataViewModel::Resort() +{ + wxDataViewModelNotifiers::iterator iter; + for (iter = m_notifiers.begin(); iter != m_notifiers.end(); ++iter) + { + wxDataViewModelNotifier* notifier = *iter; + notifier->Resort(); + } +} + +void wxDataViewModel::AddNotifier( wxDataViewModelNotifier *notifier ) +{ + m_notifiers.push_back( notifier ); + notifier->SetOwner( this ); +} + +void wxDataViewModel::RemoveNotifier( wxDataViewModelNotifier *notifier ) +{ + m_notifiers.DeleteObject( notifier ); +} + +int wxDataViewModel::Compare( const wxDataViewItem &item1, const wxDataViewItem &item2, + unsigned int column, bool ascending ) const +{ + // sort branches before leaves + bool item1_is_container = IsContainer(item1); + bool item2_is_container = IsContainer(item2); + + if (item1_is_container && !item2_is_container) + return 1; + if (item2_is_container && !item1_is_container) + return -1; + + wxVariant value1,value2; + GetValue( value1, item1, column ); + GetValue( value2, item2, column ); + + if (!ascending) + { + wxVariant temp = value1; + value1 = value2; + value2 = temp; + } + + if (value1.GetType() == wxT("string")) + { + wxString str1 = value1.GetString(); + wxString str2 = value2.GetString(); + int res = str1.Cmp( str2 ); + if (res) + return res; + } + else if (value1.GetType() == wxT("long")) + { + long l1 = value1.GetLong(); + long l2 = value2.GetLong(); + long res = l1-l2; + if (res) + return res; + } + else if (value1.GetType() == wxT("double")) + { + double d1 = value1.GetDouble(); + double d2 = value2.GetDouble(); + if (d1 < d2) + return 1; + if (d1 > d2) + return -1; + } + else if (value1.GetType() == wxT("datetime")) + { + wxDateTime dt1 = value1.GetDateTime(); + wxDateTime dt2 = value2.GetDateTime(); + if (dt1.IsEarlierThan(dt2)) + return 1; + if (dt2.IsEarlierThan(dt1)) + return -1; + } + + // items must be different + wxUIntPtr id1 = wxPtrToUInt(item1.GetID()), + id2 = wxPtrToUInt(item2.GetID()); + + return ascending ? id1 - id2 : id2 - id1; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewIndexListModel +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +static int my_sort( int *v1, int *v2 ) +{ + return *v2-*v1; +} + + +wxDataViewIndexListModel::wxDataViewIndexListModel( unsigned int initial_size ) +{ + // IDs are ordered until an item gets deleted or inserted + m_ordered = true; + + // build initial index + unsigned int i; + for (i = 1; i < initial_size+1; i++) + m_hash.Add( wxUIntToPtr(i) ); + m_nextFreeID = initial_size + 1; +} + +void wxDataViewIndexListModel::Reset( unsigned int new_size ) +{ + /* wxDataViewModel:: */ BeforeReset(); + + m_hash.Clear(); + + // IDs are ordered until an item gets deleted or inserted + m_ordered = true; + + // build initial index + unsigned int i; + for (i = 1; i < new_size+1; i++) + m_hash.Add( wxUIntToPtr(i) ); + + m_nextFreeID = new_size + 1; + + /* wxDataViewModel:: */ AfterReset(); +} + +void wxDataViewIndexListModel::RowPrepended() +{ + m_ordered = false; + + unsigned int id = m_nextFreeID; + m_nextFreeID++; + + m_hash.Insert( wxUIntToPtr(id), 0 ); + wxDataViewItem item( wxUIntToPtr(id) ); + ItemAdded( wxDataViewItem(0), item ); + +} + +void wxDataViewIndexListModel::RowInserted( unsigned int before ) +{ + m_ordered = false; + + unsigned int id = m_nextFreeID; + m_nextFreeID++; + + m_hash.Insert( wxUIntToPtr(id), before ); + wxDataViewItem item( wxUIntToPtr(id) ); + ItemAdded( wxDataViewItem(0), item ); +} + +void wxDataViewIndexListModel::RowAppended() +{ + unsigned int id = m_nextFreeID; + m_nextFreeID++; + + m_hash.Add( wxUIntToPtr(id) ); + wxDataViewItem item( wxUIntToPtr(id) ); + ItemAdded( wxDataViewItem(0), item ); +} + +void wxDataViewIndexListModel::RowDeleted( unsigned int row ) +{ + m_ordered = false; + + wxDataViewItem item( m_hash[row] ); + /* wxDataViewModel:: */ ItemDeleted( wxDataViewItem(0), item ); + m_hash.RemoveAt( row ); +} + +void wxDataViewIndexListModel::RowsDeleted( const wxArrayInt &rows ) +{ + wxArrayInt sorted = rows; + sorted.Sort( my_sort ); + + m_ordered = false; + + wxDataViewItemArray array; + unsigned int i; + for (i = 0; i < rows.GetCount(); i++) + { + wxDataViewItem item( m_hash[rows[i]] ); + array.Add( item ); + } + /* wxDataViewModel:: */ ItemsDeleted( wxDataViewItem(0), array ); + + for (i = 0; i < sorted.GetCount(); i++) + m_hash.RemoveAt( sorted[i] ); +} + +void wxDataViewIndexListModel::RowChanged( unsigned int row ) +{ + /* wxDataViewModel:: */ ItemChanged( GetItem(row) ); +} + +void wxDataViewIndexListModel::RowValueChanged( unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) +{ + /* wxDataViewModel:: */ ValueChanged( GetItem(row), col ); +} + +unsigned int wxDataViewIndexListModel::GetRow( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const +{ + if (m_ordered) + return wxPtrToUInt(item.GetID())-1; + + // assert for not found + return (unsigned int) m_hash.Index( item.GetID() ); +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewIndexListModel::GetItem( unsigned int row ) const +{ + wxASSERT( row < m_hash.GetCount() ); + return wxDataViewItem( m_hash[row] ); +} + +bool wxDataViewIndexListModel::HasDefaultCompare() const +{ + return !m_ordered; +} + +int wxDataViewIndexListModel::Compare(const wxDataViewItem& item1, + const wxDataViewItem& item2, + unsigned int WXUNUSED(column), + bool ascending) const +{ + if (m_ordered) + { + unsigned int pos1 = wxPtrToUInt(item1.GetID()); // -1 not needed here + unsigned int pos2 = wxPtrToUInt(item2.GetID()); // -1 not needed here + + if (ascending) + return pos1 - pos2; + else + return pos2 - pos1; + } + + if (ascending) + return GetRow(item1) - GetRow(item2); + + return GetRow(item2) - GetRow(item1); +} + +unsigned int wxDataViewIndexListModel::GetChildren( const wxDataViewItem &item, wxDataViewItemArray &children ) const +{ + if (item.IsOk()) + return 0; + + children = m_hash; + + return m_hash.GetCount(); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewVirtualListModel +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef __WXMAC__ + +wxDataViewVirtualListModel::wxDataViewVirtualListModel( unsigned int initial_size ) +{ + m_size = initial_size; +} + +void wxDataViewVirtualListModel::Reset( unsigned int new_size ) +{ + /* wxDataViewModel:: */ BeforeReset(); + + m_size = new_size; + + /* wxDataViewModel:: */ AfterReset(); +} + +void wxDataViewVirtualListModel::RowPrepended() +{ + m_size++; + wxDataViewItem item( wxUIntToPtr(1) ); + ItemAdded( wxDataViewItem(0), item ); +} + +void wxDataViewVirtualListModel::RowInserted( unsigned int before ) +{ + m_size++; + wxDataViewItem item( wxUIntToPtr(before+1) ); + ItemAdded( wxDataViewItem(0), item ); +} + +void wxDataViewVirtualListModel::RowAppended() +{ + m_size++; + wxDataViewItem item( wxUIntToPtr(m_size) ); + ItemAdded( wxDataViewItem(0), item ); +} + +void wxDataViewVirtualListModel::RowDeleted( unsigned int row ) +{ + m_size--; + wxDataViewItem item( wxUIntToPtr(row+1) ); + /* wxDataViewModel:: */ ItemDeleted( wxDataViewItem(0), item ); +} + +void wxDataViewVirtualListModel::RowsDeleted( const wxArrayInt &rows ) +{ + m_size -= rows.GetCount(); + + wxArrayInt sorted = rows; + sorted.Sort( my_sort ); + + wxDataViewItemArray array; + unsigned int i; + for (i = 0; i < sorted.GetCount(); i++) + { + wxDataViewItem item( wxUIntToPtr(sorted[i]+1) ); + array.Add( item ); + } + /* wxDataViewModel:: */ ItemsDeleted( wxDataViewItem(0), array ); +} + +void wxDataViewVirtualListModel::RowChanged( unsigned int row ) +{ + /* wxDataViewModel:: */ ItemChanged( GetItem(row) ); +} + +void wxDataViewVirtualListModel::RowValueChanged( unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) +{ + /* wxDataViewModel:: */ ValueChanged( GetItem(row), col ); +} + +unsigned int wxDataViewVirtualListModel::GetRow( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const +{ + return wxPtrToUInt( item.GetID() ) -1; +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewVirtualListModel::GetItem( unsigned int row ) const +{ + return wxDataViewItem( wxUIntToPtr(row+1) ); +} + +bool wxDataViewVirtualListModel::HasDefaultCompare() const +{ + return true; +} + +int wxDataViewVirtualListModel::Compare(const wxDataViewItem& item1, + const wxDataViewItem& item2, + unsigned int WXUNUSED(column), + bool ascending) const +{ + unsigned int pos1 = wxPtrToUInt(item1.GetID()); // -1 not needed here + unsigned int pos2 = wxPtrToUInt(item2.GetID()); // -1 not needed here + + if (ascending) + return pos1 - pos2; + else + return pos2 - pos1; +} + +unsigned int wxDataViewVirtualListModel::GetChildren( const wxDataViewItem &WXUNUSED(item), wxDataViewItemArray &WXUNUSED(children) ) const +{ + return 0; // should we report an error ? +} + +#endif // __WXMAC__ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewIconText +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewIconText,wxObject) + +IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxDataViewIconText, WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV) + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewRendererBase +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDataViewRendererBase, wxObject) + +wxDataViewRendererBase::wxDataViewRendererBase( const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode WXUNUSED(mode), + int WXUNUSED(align) ) +{ + m_variantType = varianttype; + m_owner = NULL; +} + +wxDataViewRendererBase::~wxDataViewRendererBase() +{ +} + +const wxDataViewCtrl* wxDataViewRendererBase::GetView() const +{ + return const_cast(this)->GetOwner()->GetOwner(); +} + +bool wxDataViewRendererBase::StartEditing( const wxDataViewItem &item, wxRect labelRect ) +{ + wxDataViewCtrl* dv_ctrl = GetOwner()->GetOwner(); + + // Before doing anything we send an event asking if editing of this item is really wanted. + wxDataViewEvent start_event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_START_EDITING, dv_ctrl->GetId() ); + start_event.SetDataViewColumn( GetOwner() ); + start_event.SetModel( dv_ctrl->GetModel() ); + start_event.SetItem( item ); + start_event.SetEventObject( dv_ctrl ); + dv_ctrl->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( start_event ); + if( !start_event.IsAllowed() ) + return false; + + m_item = item; // remember for later + + unsigned int col = GetOwner()->GetModelColumn(); + wxVariant value; + dv_ctrl->GetModel()->GetValue( value, item, col ); + + m_editorCtrl = CreateEditorCtrl( dv_ctrl->GetMainWindow(), labelRect, value ); + + // there might be no editor control for the given item + if(!m_editorCtrl) + return false; + + wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler *handler = + new wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler( m_editorCtrl, (wxDataViewRenderer*) this ); + + m_editorCtrl->PushEventHandler( handler ); + +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(wxUSE_GENERICDATAVIEWCTRL) + handler->SetFocusOnIdle(); +#else + m_editorCtrl->SetFocus(); +#endif + + // Now we should send Editing Started event + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_STARTED, dv_ctrl->GetId() ); + event.SetDataViewColumn( GetOwner() ); + event.SetModel( dv_ctrl->GetModel() ); + event.SetItem( item ); + event.SetEventObject( dv_ctrl ); + dv_ctrl->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); + + return true; +} + +void wxDataViewRendererBase::DestroyEditControl() +{ + // Hide the control immediately but don't delete it yet as there could be + // some pending messages for it. + m_editorCtrl->Hide(); + + wxEvtHandler * const handler = m_editorCtrl->PopEventHandler(); + + wxPendingDelete.Append(handler); + wxPendingDelete.Append(m_editorCtrl); +} + +void wxDataViewRendererBase::CancelEditing() +{ + if (!m_editorCtrl) + return; + + GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GetMainWindow()->SetFocus(); + + DestroyEditControl(); +} + +bool wxDataViewRendererBase::FinishEditing() +{ + if (!m_editorCtrl) + return true; + + wxVariant value; + GetValueFromEditorCtrl( m_editorCtrl, value ); + + wxDataViewCtrl* dv_ctrl = GetOwner()->GetOwner(); + + dv_ctrl->GetMainWindow()->SetFocus(); + + DestroyEditControl(); + + if (!Validate(value)) + return false; + + unsigned int col = GetOwner()->GetModelColumn(); + dv_ctrl->GetModel()->ChangeValue(value, m_item, col); + + // Now we should send Editing Done event + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_DONE, dv_ctrl->GetId() ); + event.SetDataViewColumn( GetOwner() ); + event.SetModel( dv_ctrl->GetModel() ); + event.SetItem( m_item ); + event.SetEventObject( dv_ctrl ); + dv_ctrl->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); + + return true; +} + +void wxDataViewRendererBase::PrepareForItem(const wxDataViewModel *model, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned column) +{ + wxVariant value; + model->GetValue(value, item, column); + SetValue(value); + + wxDataViewItemAttr attr; + model->GetAttr(item, column, attr); + SetAttr(attr); + + SetEnabled(model->IsEnabled(item, column)); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCustomRendererBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void +wxDataViewCustomRendererBase::WXCallRender(wxRect rectCell, wxDC *dc, int state) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( dc, "no DC to draw on in custom renderer?" ); + + // adjust the rectangle ourselves to account for the alignment + wxRect rectItem = rectCell; + const int align = GetAlignment(); + if ( align != wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ) + { + const wxSize size = GetSize(); + + // take alignment into account only if there is enough space, otherwise + // show as much contents as possible + // + // notice that many existing renderers (e.g. wxDataViewSpinRenderer) + // return hard-coded size which can be more than they need and if we + // trusted their GetSize() we'd draw the text out of cell bounds + // entirely + + if ( size.x >= 0 && size.x < rectCell.width ) + { + if ( align & wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL ) + rectItem.x += (rectCell.width - size.x)/2; + else if ( align & wxALIGN_RIGHT ) + rectItem.x += rectCell.width - size.x; + // else: wxALIGN_LEFT is the default + + rectItem.width = size.x; + } + + if ( size.y >= 0 && size.y < rectCell.height ) + { + if ( align & wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL ) + rectItem.y += (rectCell.height - size.y)/2; + else if ( align & wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) + rectItem.y += rectCell.height - size.y; + // else: wxALIGN_TOP is the default + + rectItem.height = size.y; + } + } + + + // set up the DC attributes + + // override custom foreground with the standard one for the selected items + // because we currently don't allow changing the selection background and + // custom colours may be unreadable on it + wxColour col; + if ( state & wxDATAVIEW_CELL_SELECTED ) + col = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); + else if ( m_attr.HasColour() ) + col = m_attr.GetColour(); + else // use default foreground + col = GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GetForegroundColour(); + + wxDCTextColourChanger changeFg(*dc, col); + + wxDCFontChanger changeFont(*dc); + if ( m_attr.HasFont() ) + changeFont.Set(m_attr.GetEffectiveFont(dc->GetFont())); + + Render(rectItem, dc, state); +} + +wxSize wxDataViewCustomRendererBase::GetTextExtent(const wxString& str) const +{ + const wxDataViewCtrl *view = GetView(); + + if ( m_attr.HasFont() ) + { + wxFont font(m_attr.GetEffectiveFont(view->GetFont())); + wxSize size; + view->GetTextExtent(str, &size.x, &size.y, NULL, NULL, &font); + return size; + } + else + { + return view->GetTextExtent(str); + } +} + +void +wxDataViewCustomRendererBase::RenderText(const wxString& text, + int xoffset, + wxRect rect, + wxDC *dc, + int WXUNUSED(state)) +{ + wxRect rectText = rect; + rectText.x += xoffset; + rectText.width -= xoffset; + + // check if we want to ellipsize the text if it doesn't fit + wxString ellipsizedText; + if ( GetEllipsizeMode() != wxELLIPSIZE_NONE ) + { + ellipsizedText = wxControl::Ellipsize + ( + text, + *dc, + GetEllipsizeMode(), + rectText.width, + wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_NONE + ); + } + + // get the alignment to use + int align = GetAlignment(); + if ( align == wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ) + { + // if we don't have an explicit alignment ourselves, use that of the + // column in horizontal direction and default vertical alignment + align = GetOwner()->GetAlignment() | wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL; + } + + dc->DrawLabel(ellipsizedText.empty() ? text : ellipsizedText, + rectText, align); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_CHAR (wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler::OnChar) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS (wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler::OnKillFocus) + EVT_IDLE (wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler::OnIdle) + EVT_TEXT_ENTER (-1, wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler::OnTextEnter) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler::OnIdle( wxIdleEvent &event ) +{ + if (m_focusOnIdle) + { + m_focusOnIdle = false; + if (wxWindow::FindFocus() != m_editorCtrl) + m_editorCtrl->SetFocus(); + } + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler::OnTextEnter( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + m_finished = true; + m_owner->FinishEditing(); +} + +void wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler::OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ) +{ + switch ( event.m_keyCode ) + { + case WXK_RETURN: + m_finished = true; + m_owner->FinishEditing(); + break; + + case WXK_ESCAPE: + { + m_finished = true; + m_owner->CancelEditing(); + break; + } + default: + event.Skip(); + } +} + +void wxDataViewEditorCtrlEvtHandler::OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ) +{ + if (!m_finished) + { + m_finished = true; + m_owner->FinishEditing(); + } + + event.Skip(); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewColumnBase +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxDataViewColumnBase::Init(wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, + unsigned int model_column) +{ + m_renderer = renderer; + m_model_column = model_column; + m_owner = NULL; + m_renderer->SetOwner( (wxDataViewColumn*) this ); +} + +wxDataViewColumnBase::~wxDataViewColumnBase() +{ + delete m_renderer; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCtrlBase +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrlBase, wxControl) + +wxDataViewCtrlBase::wxDataViewCtrlBase() +{ + m_model = NULL; + m_expander_column = 0; + m_indent = 8; +} + +wxDataViewCtrlBase::~wxDataViewCtrlBase() +{ + if (m_model) + { + m_model->DecRef(); + m_model = NULL; + } +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrlBase::AssociateModel( wxDataViewModel *model ) +{ + if (m_model) + { + m_model->DecRef(); // discard old model, if any + } + + // add our own reference to the new model: + m_model = model; + if (m_model) + { + m_model->IncRef(); + } + + return true; +} + +wxDataViewModel* wxDataViewCtrlBase::GetModel() +{ + return m_model; +} + +const wxDataViewModel* wxDataViewCtrlBase::GetModel() const +{ + return m_model; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrlBase::ExpandAncestors( const wxDataViewItem & item ) +{ + if (!m_model) return; + + if (!item.IsOk()) return; + + wxVector parentChain; + + // at first we get all the parents of the selected item + wxDataViewItem parent = m_model->GetParent(item); + while (parent.IsOk()) + { + parentChain.push_back(parent); + parent = m_model->GetParent(parent); + } + + // then we expand the parents, starting at the root + while (!parentChain.empty()) + { + Expand(parentChain.back()); + parentChain.pop_back(); + } +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewCtrlBase::GetCurrentItem() const +{ + return HasFlag(wxDV_MULTIPLE) ? DoGetCurrentItem() + : GetSelection(); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrlBase::SetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), "Can't make current an invalid item." ); + + if ( HasFlag(wxDV_MULTIPLE) ) + DoSetCurrentItem(item); + else + Select(item); +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendTextColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewTextRenderer( wxT("string"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + AppendColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendIconTextColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewIconTextRenderer( wxT("wxDataViewIconText"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + AppendColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendToggleColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewToggleRenderer( wxT("bool"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + AppendColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendProgressColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewProgressRenderer( wxEmptyString, wxT("long"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + AppendColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendDateColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewDateRenderer( wxT("datetime"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + AppendColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendBitmapColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewBitmapRenderer( wxT("wxBitmap"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + AppendColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendTextColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewTextRenderer( wxT("string"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + AppendColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendIconTextColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewIconTextRenderer( wxT("wxDataViewIconText"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + AppendColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendToggleColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewToggleRenderer( wxT("bool"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + AppendColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendProgressColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewProgressRenderer( wxEmptyString, wxT("long"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + AppendColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendDateColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewDateRenderer( wxT("datetime"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + AppendColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendBitmapColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewBitmapRenderer( wxT("wxBitmap"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + AppendColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependTextColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewTextRenderer( wxT("string"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + PrependColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependIconTextColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewIconTextRenderer( wxT("wxDataViewIconText"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + PrependColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependToggleColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewToggleRenderer( wxT("bool"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + PrependColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependProgressColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewProgressRenderer( wxEmptyString, wxT("long"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + PrependColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependDateColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewDateRenderer( wxT("datetime"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + PrependColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependBitmapColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewBitmapRenderer( wxT("wxBitmap"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + PrependColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependTextColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewTextRenderer( wxT("string"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + PrependColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependIconTextColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewIconTextRenderer( wxT("wxDataViewIconText"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + PrependColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependToggleColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewToggleRenderer( wxT("bool"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + PrependColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependProgressColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewProgressRenderer( wxEmptyString, wxT("long"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + PrependColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependDateColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewDateRenderer( wxT("datetime"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + PrependColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn * +wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependBitmapColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewBitmapRenderer( wxT("wxBitmap"), mode ), + model_column, width, align, flags ); + PrependColumn( ret ); + return ret; +} + +bool +wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ) +{ + col->SetOwner( (wxDataViewCtrl*) this ); + return true; +} + +bool +wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ) +{ + col->SetOwner( (wxDataViewCtrl*) this ); + return true; +} + +bool +wxDataViewCtrlBase::InsertColumn( unsigned int WXUNUSED(pos), wxDataViewColumn *col ) +{ + col->SetOwner( (wxDataViewCtrl*) this ); + return true; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewEvent +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewEvent,wxNotifyEvent) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_SELECTION_CHANGED, wxDataViewEvent ); + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_ACTIVATED, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSING, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSED, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDING, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDED, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_STARTED, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_START_EDITING, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_DONE, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_VALUE_CHANGED, wxDataViewEvent ); + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU, wxDataViewEvent ); + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_SORTED, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_REORDERED, wxDataViewEvent ); + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_CACHE_HINT, wxDataViewEvent ); + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_BEGIN_DRAG, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP_POSSIBLE, wxDataViewEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP, wxDataViewEvent ); + + + +// ------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewSpinRenderer +// ------------------------------------- + +wxDataViewSpinRenderer::wxDataViewSpinRenderer( int min, int max, wxDataViewCellMode mode, int alignment ) : + wxDataViewCustomRenderer(wxT("long"), mode, alignment ) +{ + m_min = min; + m_max = max; +} + +wxControl* wxDataViewSpinRenderer::CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect, const wxVariant &value ) +{ + long l = value; + wxSize size = labelRect.GetSize(); +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + size = wxSize( wxMax(70,labelRect.width ), -1 ); +#endif + wxString str; + str.Printf( wxT("%d"), (int) l ); + wxSpinCtrl *sc = new wxSpinCtrl( parent, wxID_ANY, str, + labelRect.GetTopLeft(), size, wxSP_ARROW_KEYS|wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER, m_min, m_max, l ); +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + size = sc->GetSize(); + wxPoint pt = sc->GetPosition(); + sc->SetSize( pt.x - 4, pt.y - 4, size.x, size.y ); +#endif + + return sc; +} + +bool wxDataViewSpinRenderer::GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxControl* editor, wxVariant &value ) +{ + wxSpinCtrl *sc = (wxSpinCtrl*) editor; + long l = sc->GetValue(); + value = l; + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewSpinRenderer::Render( wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int state ) +{ + wxString str; + str.Printf(wxT("%d"), (int) m_data ); + RenderText( str, 0, rect, dc, state ); + return true; +} + +wxSize wxDataViewSpinRenderer::GetSize() const +{ + return wxSize(80,16); +} + +bool wxDataViewSpinRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + m_data = value.GetLong(); + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewSpinRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const +{ + value = m_data; + return true; +} + +// ------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewChoiceRenderer +// ------------------------------------- + +#if defined(wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL) || defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__) + +wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::wxDataViewChoiceRenderer( const wxArrayString& choices, wxDataViewCellMode mode, int alignment ) : + wxDataViewCustomRenderer(wxT("string"), mode, alignment ) +{ + m_choices = choices; +} + +wxControl* wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect, const wxVariant &value ) +{ + wxChoice* c = new wxChoice(parent, wxID_ANY, labelRect.GetTopLeft(), wxDefaultSize, m_choices ); + c->Move(labelRect.GetRight() - c->GetRect().width, wxDefaultCoord); + c->SetStringSelection( value.GetString() ); + return c; +} + +bool wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxControl* editor, wxVariant &value ) +{ + wxChoice *c = (wxChoice*) editor; + wxString s = c->GetStringSelection(); + value = s; + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::Render( wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int state ) +{ + RenderText( m_data, 0, rect, dc, state ); + return true; +} + +wxSize wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::GetSize() const +{ + return wxSize(80,16); +} + +bool wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + m_data = value.GetString(); + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const +{ + value = m_data; + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer::wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer( const wxArrayString &choices, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int alignment ) : + wxDataViewChoiceRenderer( choices, mode, alignment ) +{ +} + +wxControl* wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer::CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect, const wxVariant &value ) +{ + wxVariant string_value = GetChoice( value.GetLong() ); + + return wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::CreateEditorCtrl( parent, labelRect, string_value ); +} + +bool wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer::GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxControl* editor, wxVariant &value ) +{ + wxVariant string_value; + if (!wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::GetValueFromEditorCtrl( editor, string_value )) + return false; + + value = (long) GetChoices().Index( string_value.GetString() ); + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + wxVariant string_value = GetChoice( value.GetLong() ); + return wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::SetValue( string_value ); +} + +bool wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const +{ + wxVariant string_value; + if (!wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::GetValue( string_value )) + return false; + + value = (long) GetChoices().Index( string_value.GetString() ); + return true; +} + +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewListStore +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDataViewListStore::wxDataViewListStore() +{ +} + +wxDataViewListStore::~wxDataViewListStore() +{ + wxVector::iterator it; + for (it = m_data.begin(); it != m_data.end(); ++it) + { + wxDataViewListStoreLine* line = *it; + delete line; + } +} + +void wxDataViewListStore::PrependColumn( const wxString &varianttype ) +{ + m_cols.Insert( varianttype, 0 ); +} + +void wxDataViewListStore::InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, const wxString &varianttype ) +{ + m_cols.Insert( varianttype, pos ); +} + +void wxDataViewListStore::AppendColumn( const wxString &varianttype ) +{ + m_cols.Add( varianttype ); +} + +unsigned int wxDataViewListStore::GetColumnCount() const +{ + return m_cols.GetCount(); +} + +wxString wxDataViewListStore::GetColumnType( unsigned int pos ) const +{ + return m_cols[pos]; +} + +void wxDataViewListStore::AppendItem( const wxVector &values, wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxDataViewListStoreLine *line = new wxDataViewListStoreLine( data ); + line->m_values = values; + m_data.push_back( line ); + + RowAppended(); +} + +void wxDataViewListStore::PrependItem( const wxVector &values, wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxDataViewListStoreLine *line = new wxDataViewListStoreLine( data ); + line->m_values = values; + m_data.insert( m_data.begin(), line ); + + RowPrepended(); +} + +void wxDataViewListStore::InsertItem( unsigned int row, const wxVector &values, + wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxDataViewListStoreLine *line = new wxDataViewListStoreLine( data ); + line->m_values = values; + m_data.insert( m_data.begin()+row, line ); + + RowInserted( row ); +} + +void wxDataViewListStore::DeleteItem( unsigned int row ) +{ + wxVector::iterator it = m_data.begin() + row; + delete *it; + m_data.erase( it ); + + RowDeleted( row ); +} + +void wxDataViewListStore::DeleteAllItems() +{ + wxVector::iterator it; + for (it = m_data.begin(); it != m_data.end(); ++it) + { + wxDataViewListStoreLine* line = *it; + delete line; + } + + m_data.clear(); + + Reset( 0 ); +} + +void wxDataViewListStore::GetValueByRow( wxVariant &value, unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) const +{ + wxDataViewListStoreLine *line = m_data[row]; + value = line->m_values[col]; +} + +bool wxDataViewListStore::SetValueByRow( const wxVariant &value, unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) +{ + wxDataViewListStoreLine *line = m_data[row]; + line->m_values[col] = value; + + return true; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewListCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewListCtrl,wxDataViewCtrl) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDataViewListCtrl,wxDataViewCtrl) + EVT_SIZE( wxDataViewListCtrl::OnSize ) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxDataViewListCtrl::wxDataViewListCtrl() +{ +} + +wxDataViewListCtrl::wxDataViewListCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long style, + const wxValidator& validator ) +{ + Create( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator ); +} + +wxDataViewListCtrl::~wxDataViewListCtrl() +{ +} + + +bool wxDataViewListCtrl::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long style, + const wxValidator& validator ) +{ + if ( !wxDataViewCtrl::Create( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator ) ) + return false; + + wxDataViewListStore *store = new wxDataViewListStore; + AssociateModel( store ); + store->DecRef(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewListCtrl::AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column, const wxString &varianttype ) +{ + GetStore()->AppendColumn( varianttype ); + return wxDataViewCtrl::AppendColumn( column ); +} + +bool wxDataViewListCtrl::PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column, const wxString &varianttype ) +{ + GetStore()->PrependColumn( varianttype ); + return wxDataViewCtrl::PrependColumn( column ); +} + +bool wxDataViewListCtrl::InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *column, const wxString &varianttype ) +{ + GetStore()->InsertColumn( pos, varianttype ); + return wxDataViewCtrl::InsertColumn( pos, column ); +} + +bool wxDataViewListCtrl::PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ) +{ + return PrependColumn( col, "string" ); +} + +bool wxDataViewListCtrl::InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *col ) +{ + return InsertColumn( pos, col, "string" ); +} + +bool wxDataViewListCtrl::AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ) +{ + return AppendColumn( col, "string" ); +} + +wxDataViewColumn *wxDataViewListCtrl::AppendTextColumn( const wxString &label, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + GetStore()->AppendColumn( wxT("string") ); + + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewTextRenderer( wxT("string"), mode ), + GetStore()->GetColumnCount()-1, width, align, flags ); + + wxDataViewCtrl::AppendColumn( ret ); + + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn *wxDataViewListCtrl::AppendToggleColumn( const wxString &label, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + GetStore()->AppendColumn( wxT("bool") ); + + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewToggleRenderer( wxT("bool"), mode ), + GetStore()->GetColumnCount()-1, width, align, flags ); + + wxDataViewCtrl::AppendColumn( ret ); + + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn *wxDataViewListCtrl::AppendProgressColumn( const wxString &label, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + GetStore()->AppendColumn( wxT("long") ); + + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewProgressRenderer( wxEmptyString, wxT("long"), mode ), + GetStore()->GetColumnCount()-1, width, align, flags ); + + wxDataViewCtrl::AppendColumn( ret ); + + return ret; +} + +wxDataViewColumn *wxDataViewListCtrl::AppendIconTextColumn( const wxString &label, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int width, wxAlignment align, int flags ) +{ + GetStore()->AppendColumn( wxT("wxDataViewIconText") ); + + wxDataViewColumn *ret = new wxDataViewColumn( label, + new wxDataViewIconTextRenderer( wxT("wxDataViewIconText"), mode ), + GetStore()->GetColumnCount()-1, width, align, flags ); + + wxDataViewCtrl::AppendColumn( ret ); + + return ret; +} + +void wxDataViewListCtrl::OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event ) +{ + event.Skip( true ); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewTreeStore +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDataViewTreeStoreNode::wxDataViewTreeStoreNode( + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *parent, + const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon, wxClientData *data ) +{ + m_parent = parent; + m_text = text; + m_icon = icon; + m_data = data; +} + +wxDataViewTreeStoreNode::~wxDataViewTreeStoreNode() +{ + if (m_data) + delete m_data; +} + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxDataViewTreeStoreNodeList) + +wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode::wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode( + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *parent, const wxString &text, + const wxIcon &icon, const wxIcon &expanded, wxClientData *data ) : + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode( parent, text, icon, data ) +{ + m_iconExpanded = expanded; + m_isExpanded = false; + m_children.DeleteContents(true); +} + +wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode::~wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode() +{ +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDataViewTreeStore::wxDataViewTreeStore() +{ + m_root = new wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode( NULL, wxEmptyString ); +} + +wxDataViewTreeStore::~wxDataViewTreeStore() +{ + delete m_root; +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewTreeStore::AppendItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon, wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *parent_node = FindContainerNode( parent ); + if (!parent_node) return wxDataViewItem(0); + + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = + new wxDataViewTreeStoreNode( parent_node, text, icon, data ); + parent_node->GetChildren().Append( node ); + + return node->GetItem(); +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewTreeStore::PrependItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon, wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *parent_node = FindContainerNode( parent ); + if (!parent_node) return wxDataViewItem(0); + + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = + new wxDataViewTreeStoreNode( parent_node, text, icon, data ); + parent_node->GetChildren().Insert( node ); + + return node->GetItem(); +} + +wxDataViewItem +wxDataViewTreeStore::InsertItem(const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxDataViewItem& previous, + const wxString& text, + const wxIcon& icon, + wxClientData *data) +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *parent_node = FindContainerNode( parent ); + if (!parent_node) return wxDataViewItem(0); + + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *previous_node = FindNode( previous ); + int pos = parent_node->GetChildren().IndexOf( previous_node ); + if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) return wxDataViewItem(0); + + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = + new wxDataViewTreeStoreNode( parent_node, text, icon, data ); + parent_node->GetChildren().Insert( (size_t) pos, node ); + + return node->GetItem(); +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewTreeStore::PrependContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon, const wxIcon &expanded, + wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *parent_node = FindContainerNode( parent ); + if (!parent_node) return wxDataViewItem(0); + + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *node = + new wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode( parent_node, text, icon, expanded, data ); + parent_node->GetChildren().Insert( node ); + + return node->GetItem(); +} + +wxDataViewItem +wxDataViewTreeStore::AppendContainer(const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, + const wxIcon& icon, + const wxIcon& expanded, + wxClientData * data) +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *parent_node = FindContainerNode( parent ); + if (!parent_node) return wxDataViewItem(0); + + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *node = + new wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode( parent_node, text, icon, expanded, data ); + parent_node->GetChildren().Append( node ); + + return node->GetItem(); +} + +wxDataViewItem +wxDataViewTreeStore::InsertContainer(const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxDataViewItem& previous, + const wxString& text, + const wxIcon& icon, + const wxIcon& expanded, + wxClientData * data) +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *parent_node = FindContainerNode( parent ); + if (!parent_node) return wxDataViewItem(0); + + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *previous_node = FindNode( previous ); + int pos = parent_node->GetChildren().IndexOf( previous_node ); + if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) return wxDataViewItem(0); + + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *node = + new wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode( parent_node, text, icon, expanded, data ); + parent_node->GetChildren().Insert( (size_t) pos, node ); + + return node->GetItem(); +} + +bool wxDataViewTreeStore::IsContainer( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = FindNode( item ); + if (!node) return false; + + return node->IsContainer(); +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewTreeStore::GetNthChild( const wxDataViewItem& parent, unsigned int pos ) const +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *parent_node = FindContainerNode( parent ); + if (!parent_node) return wxDataViewItem(0); + + wxDataViewTreeStoreNodeList::compatibility_iterator node = parent_node->GetChildren().Item( pos ); + if (node) + return node->GetData(); + + return wxDataViewItem(0); +} + +int wxDataViewTreeStore::GetChildCount( const wxDataViewItem& parent ) const +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = FindNode( parent ); + if (!node) return -1; + + if (!node->IsContainer()) + return 0; + + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *container_node = (wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode*) node; + return (int) container_node->GetChildren().GetCount(); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeStore::SetItemText( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxString &text ) +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = FindNode( item ); + if (!node) return; + + node->SetText( text ); +} + +wxString wxDataViewTreeStore::GetItemText( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = FindNode( item ); + if (!node) return wxEmptyString; + + return node->GetText(); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeStore::SetItemIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxIcon &icon ) +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = FindNode( item ); + if (!node) return; + + node->SetIcon( icon ); +} + +const wxIcon &wxDataViewTreeStore::GetItemIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = FindNode( item ); + if (!node) return wxNullIcon; + + return node->GetIcon(); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeStore::SetItemExpandedIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxIcon &icon ) +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *node = FindContainerNode( item ); + if (!node) return; + + node->SetExpandedIcon( icon ); +} + +const wxIcon &wxDataViewTreeStore::GetItemExpandedIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *node = FindContainerNode( item ); + if (!node) return wxNullIcon; + + return node->GetExpandedIcon(); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeStore::SetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item, wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = FindNode( item ); + if (!node) return; + + node->SetData( data ); +} + +wxClientData *wxDataViewTreeStore::GetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = FindNode( item ); + if (!node) return NULL; + + return node->GetData(); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeStore::DeleteItem( const wxDataViewItem& item ) +{ + if (!item.IsOk()) return; + + wxDataViewItem parent_item = GetParent( item ); + + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *parent_node = FindContainerNode( parent_item ); + if (!parent_node) return; + + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *node = FindContainerNode( item ); + if (!node) return; + + parent_node->GetChildren().DeleteObject( node ); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeStore::DeleteChildren( const wxDataViewItem& item ) +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *node = FindContainerNode( item ); + if (!node) return; + + node->GetChildren().clear(); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeStore::DeleteAllItems() +{ + DeleteChildren(m_root); +} + +void +wxDataViewTreeStore::GetValue(wxVariant &variant, + const wxDataViewItem &item, + unsigned int WXUNUSED(col)) const +{ + // if (col != 0) return; + + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = FindNode( item ); + if (!node) return; + + wxIcon icon( node->GetIcon()); + if (node->IsContainer()) + { + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *container = (wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode*) node; + if (container->IsExpanded() && container->GetExpandedIcon().IsOk()) + icon = container->GetExpandedIcon(); + } + + wxDataViewIconText data( node->GetText(), icon ); + + variant << data; +} + +bool +wxDataViewTreeStore::SetValue(const wxVariant& variant, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned int WXUNUSED(col)) +{ + // if (col != 0) return false; + + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = FindNode( item ); + if (!node) return false; + + wxDataViewIconText data; + + data << variant; + + node->SetText( data.GetText() ); + node->SetIcon( data.GetIcon() ); + + return true; +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewTreeStore::GetParent( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node = FindNode( item ); + if (!node) return wxDataViewItem(0); + + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *parent = node->GetParent(); + if (!parent) return wxDataViewItem(0); + + if (parent == m_root) + return wxDataViewItem(0); + + return parent->GetItem(); +} + +unsigned int wxDataViewTreeStore::GetChildren( const wxDataViewItem &item, wxDataViewItemArray &children ) const +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *node = FindContainerNode( item ); + if (!node) return 0; + + wxDataViewTreeStoreNodeList::iterator iter; + for (iter = node->GetChildren().begin(); iter != node->GetChildren().end(); iter++) + { + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode* child = *iter; + children.Add( child->GetItem() ); + } + + return node->GetChildren().GetCount(); +} + +int wxDataViewTreeStore::Compare( const wxDataViewItem &item1, const wxDataViewItem &item2, + unsigned int WXUNUSED(column), bool WXUNUSED(ascending) ) const +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node1 = FindNode( item1 ); + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *node2 = FindNode( item2 ); + + if (!node1 || !node2) + return 0; + + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode* parent1 = + (wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode*) node1->GetParent(); + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode* parent2 = + (wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode*) node2->GetParent(); + + if (parent1 != parent2) + { + wxLogError( wxT("Comparing items with different parent.") ); + return 0; + } + + if (node1->IsContainer() && !node2->IsContainer()) + return -1; + + if (node2->IsContainer() && !node1->IsContainer()) + return 1; + + return parent1->GetChildren().IndexOf( node1 ) - parent2->GetChildren().IndexOf( node2 ); +} + +wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *wxDataViewTreeStore::FindNode( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const +{ + if (!item.IsOk()) + return m_root; + + return (wxDataViewTreeStoreNode*) item.GetID(); +} + +wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *wxDataViewTreeStore::FindContainerNode( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const +{ + if (!item.IsOk()) + return (wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode*) m_root; + + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode* node = (wxDataViewTreeStoreNode*) item.GetID(); + + if (!node->IsContainer()) + return NULL; + + return (wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode*) node; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewTreeCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewTreeCtrl,wxDataViewCtrl) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDataViewTreeCtrl,wxDataViewCtrl) + EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDED(-1, wxDataViewTreeCtrl::OnExpanded) + EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSED(-1, wxDataViewTreeCtrl::OnCollapsed) + EVT_SIZE( wxDataViewTreeCtrl::OnSize ) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxDataViewTreeCtrl::~wxDataViewTreeCtrl() +{ + delete m_imageList; +} + +bool wxDataViewTreeCtrl::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long style, const wxValidator& validator ) +{ + if ( !wxDataViewCtrl::Create( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator ) ) + return false; + + // create the standard model and a column in the tree + wxDataViewTreeStore *store = new wxDataViewTreeStore; + AssociateModel( store ); + store->DecRef(); + + AppendIconTextColumn + ( + wxString(), // no label (header is not shown anyhow) + 0, // the only model column + wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE, + -1, // default width + wxALIGN_NOT, // and alignment + 0 // not resizeable + ); + + return true; +} + +void wxDataViewTreeCtrl::SetImageList( wxImageList *imagelist ) +{ + delete m_imageList; + + m_imageList = imagelist; +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewTreeCtrl::AppendItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, int iconIndex, wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxIcon icon = wxNullIcon; + if (m_imageList && (iconIndex != -1)) + icon = m_imageList->GetIcon( iconIndex ); + + wxDataViewItem res = GetStore()->AppendItem( parent, text, icon, data ); + + GetStore()->ItemAdded( parent, res ); + + return res; +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewTreeCtrl::PrependItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, int iconIndex, wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxIcon icon = wxNullIcon; + if (m_imageList && (iconIndex != -1)) + icon = m_imageList->GetIcon( iconIndex ); + + wxDataViewItem res = GetStore()->PrependItem( parent, text, icon, data ); + + GetStore()->ItemAdded( parent, res ); + + return res; +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewTreeCtrl::InsertItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent, const wxDataViewItem& previous, + const wxString &text, int iconIndex, wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxIcon icon = wxNullIcon; + if (m_imageList && (iconIndex != -1)) + icon = m_imageList->GetIcon( iconIndex ); + + wxDataViewItem res = GetStore()->InsertItem( parent, previous, text, icon, data ); + + GetStore()->ItemAdded( parent, res ); + + return res; +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewTreeCtrl::PrependContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, int iconIndex, int expandedIndex, wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxIcon icon = wxNullIcon; + if (m_imageList && (iconIndex != -1)) + icon = m_imageList->GetIcon( iconIndex ); + + wxIcon expanded = wxNullIcon; + if (m_imageList && (expandedIndex != -1)) + expanded = m_imageList->GetIcon( expandedIndex ); + + wxDataViewItem res = GetStore()->PrependContainer( parent, text, icon, expanded, data ); + + GetStore()->ItemAdded( parent, res ); + + return res; +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewTreeCtrl::AppendContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxString &text, int iconIndex, int expandedIndex, wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxIcon icon = wxNullIcon; + if (m_imageList && (iconIndex != -1)) + icon = m_imageList->GetIcon( iconIndex ); + + wxIcon expanded = wxNullIcon; + if (m_imageList && (expandedIndex != -1)) + expanded = m_imageList->GetIcon( expandedIndex ); + + wxDataViewItem res = GetStore()->AppendContainer( parent, text, icon, expanded, data ); + + GetStore()->ItemAdded( parent, res ); + + return res; +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewTreeCtrl::InsertContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent, const wxDataViewItem& previous, + const wxString &text, int iconIndex, int expandedIndex, wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxIcon icon = wxNullIcon; + if (m_imageList && (iconIndex != -1)) + icon = m_imageList->GetIcon( iconIndex ); + + wxIcon expanded = wxNullIcon; + if (m_imageList && (expandedIndex != -1)) + expanded = m_imageList->GetIcon( expandedIndex ); + + wxDataViewItem res = GetStore()->InsertContainer( parent, previous, text, icon, expanded, data ); + + GetStore()->ItemAdded( parent, res ); + + return res; +} + +void wxDataViewTreeCtrl::SetItemText( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxString &text ) +{ + GetStore()->SetItemText(item,text); + + // notify control + GetStore()->ValueChanged( item, 0 ); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeCtrl::SetItemIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxIcon &icon ) +{ + GetStore()->SetItemIcon(item,icon); + + // notify control + GetStore()->ValueChanged( item, 0 ); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeCtrl::SetItemExpandedIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxIcon &icon ) +{ + GetStore()->SetItemExpandedIcon(item,icon); + + // notify control + GetStore()->ValueChanged( item, 0 ); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeCtrl::DeleteItem( const wxDataViewItem& item ) +{ + wxDataViewItem parent_item = GetStore()->GetParent( item ); + + GetStore()->DeleteItem(item); + + // notify control + GetStore()->ItemDeleted( parent_item, item ); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeCtrl::DeleteChildren( const wxDataViewItem& item ) +{ + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *node = GetStore()->FindContainerNode( item ); + if (!node) return; + + wxDataViewItemArray array; + wxDataViewTreeStoreNodeList::iterator iter; + for (iter = node->GetChildren().begin(); iter != node->GetChildren().end(); iter++) + { + wxDataViewTreeStoreNode* child = *iter; + array.Add( child->GetItem() ); + } + + GetStore()->DeleteChildren( item ); + + // notify control + GetStore()->ItemsDeleted( item, array ); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeCtrl::DeleteAllItems() +{ + GetStore()->DeleteAllItems(); + + GetStore()->Cleared(); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeCtrl::OnExpanded( wxDataViewEvent &event ) +{ + if (m_imageList) return; + + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode* container = GetStore()->FindContainerNode( event.GetItem() ); + if (!container) return; + + container->SetExpanded( true ); + + GetStore()->ItemChanged( event.GetItem() ); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeCtrl::OnCollapsed( wxDataViewEvent &event ) +{ + if (m_imageList) return; + + wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode* container = GetStore()->FindContainerNode( event.GetItem() ); + if (!container) return; + + container->SetExpanded( false ); + + GetStore()->ItemChanged( event.GetItem() ); +} + +void wxDataViewTreeCtrl::OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event ) +{ +#if defined(wxUSE_GENERICDATAVIEWCTRL) + // automatically resize our only column to take the entire control width + if ( GetColumnCount() ) + { + wxSize size = GetClientSize(); + GetColumn(0)->SetWidth(size.x); + } +#endif + event.Skip( true ); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datetime.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datetime.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19e3b3e291 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datetime.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2392 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/datetime.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of time/date related classes +// (for formatting&parsing see datetimefmt.cpp) +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 11.05.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: datetime.cpp 66245 2010-11-23 13:11:10Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin +// parts of code taken from sndcal library by Scott E. Lee: +// +// Copyright 1993-1995, Scott E. Lee, all rights reserved. +// Permission granted to use, copy, modify, distribute and sell +// so long as the above copyright and this permission statement +// are retained in all copies. +// +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + * Implementation notes: + * + * 1. the time is stored as a 64bit integer containing the signed number of + * milliseconds since Jan 1. 1970 (the Unix Epoch) - so it is always + * expressed in GMT. + * + * 2. the range is thus something about 580 million years, but due to current + * algorithms limitations, only dates from Nov 24, 4714BC are handled + * + * 3. standard ANSI C functions are used to do time calculations whenever + * possible, i.e. when the date is in the range Jan 1, 1970 to 2038 + * + * 4. otherwise, the calculations are done by converting the date to/from JDN + * first (the range limitation mentioned above comes from here: the + * algorithm used by Scott E. Lee's code only works for positive JDNs, more + * or less) + * + * 5. the object constructed for the given DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS corresponds to + * this moment in local time and may be converted to the object + * corresponding to the same date/time in another time zone by using + * ToTimezone() + * + * 6. the conversions to the current (or any other) timezone are done when the + * internal time representation is converted to the broken-down one in + * wxDateTime::Tm. + */ + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if !defined(wxUSE_DATETIME) || wxUSE_DATETIME + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + #endif + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/stopwatch.h" // for wxGetLocalTimeMillis() + #include "wx/module.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/thread.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" + +#include + +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + #include + #ifndef __WXWINCE__ + #include + #endif +#endif + +#include "wx/datetime.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxXTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s , wxDateTime &data ) +{ + data.ParseFormat(s,"%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", NULL); +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s , const wxDateTime &data ) +{ + s = data.Format("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S"); +} + +wxCUSTOM_TYPE_INFO(wxDateTime, wxToStringConverter , wxFromStringConverter) + +#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// conditional compilation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__MWERKS__) && wxUSE_UNICODE + #include +#endif + +#if defined(__DJGPP__) || defined(__WINE__) + #include + #include +#endif + +#ifndef WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM + // Define it for some systems which don't (always) use configure but are + // known to have tm_gmtoff field. + #if defined(__WXPALMOS__) || defined(__DARWIN__) + #define WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM + #endif +#endif + +// NB: VC8 safe time functions could/should be used for wxMSW as well probably +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && defined(__VISUALC8__) + +struct tm *wxLocaltime_r(const time_t *t, struct tm* tm) +{ + __time64_t t64 = *t; + return _localtime64_s(tm, &t64) == 0 ? tm : NULL; +} + +struct tm *wxGmtime_r(const time_t* t, struct tm* tm) +{ + __time64_t t64 = *t; + return _gmtime64_s(tm, &t64) == 0 ? tm : NULL; +} + +#else // !wxWinCE with VC8 + +#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !defined(HAVE_GMTIME_R)) && wxUSE_THREADS && !defined(__WINDOWS__) +static wxMutex timeLock; +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R +struct tm *wxLocaltime_r(const time_t* ticks, struct tm* temp) +{ +#if wxUSE_THREADS && !defined(__WINDOWS__) + // No need to waste time with a mutex on windows since it's using + // thread local storage for localtime anyway. + wxMutexLocker locker(timeLock); +#endif + + // Borland CRT crashes when passed 0 ticks for some reason, see SF bug 1704438 +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + if ( !*ticks ) + return NULL; +#endif + + const tm * const t = localtime(ticks); + if ( !t ) + return NULL; + + memcpy(temp, t, sizeof(struct tm)); + return temp; +} +#endif // !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R + +#ifndef HAVE_GMTIME_R +struct tm *wxGmtime_r(const time_t* ticks, struct tm* temp) +{ +#if wxUSE_THREADS && !defined(__WINDOWS__) + // No need to waste time with a mutex on windows since it's + // using thread local storage for gmtime anyway. + wxMutexLocker locker(timeLock); +#endif + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + if ( !*ticks ) + return NULL; +#endif + + const tm * const t = gmtime(ticks); + if ( !t ) + return NULL; + + memcpy(temp, gmtime(ticks), sizeof(struct tm)); + return temp; +} +#endif // !HAVE_GMTIME_R + +#endif // wxWinCE with VC8/other platforms + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// debugging helper: just a convenient replacement of wxCHECK() +#define wxDATETIME_CHECK(expr, msg) \ + wxCHECK2_MSG(expr, *this = wxInvalidDateTime; return *this, msg) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDateTimeHolidaysModule : public wxModule +{ +public: + virtual bool OnInit() + { + wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::AddAuthority(new wxDateTimeWorkDays); + + return true; + } + + virtual void OnExit() + { + wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::ClearAllAuthorities(); + wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::ms_authorities.clear(); + } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDateTimeHolidaysModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDateTimeHolidaysModule, wxModule) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// some trivial ones +static const int MONTHS_IN_YEAR = 12; + +static const int SEC_PER_MIN = 60; + +static const int MIN_PER_HOUR = 60; + +static const long SECONDS_PER_DAY = 86400l; + +static const int DAYS_PER_WEEK = 7; + +static const long MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY = 86400000l; + +// this is the integral part of JDN of the midnight of Jan 1, 1970 +// (i.e. JDN(Jan 1, 1970) = 2440587.5) +static const long EPOCH_JDN = 2440587l; + +// these values are only used in asserts so don't define them if asserts are +// disabled to avoid warnings about unused static variables +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL +// the date of JDN -0.5 (as we don't work with fractional parts, this is the +// reference date for us) is Nov 24, 4714BC +static const int JDN_0_YEAR = -4713; +static const int JDN_0_MONTH = wxDateTime::Nov; +static const int JDN_0_DAY = 24; +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +// the constants used for JDN calculations +static const long JDN_OFFSET = 32046l; +static const long DAYS_PER_5_MONTHS = 153l; +static const long DAYS_PER_4_YEARS = 1461l; +static const long DAYS_PER_400_YEARS = 146097l; + +// this array contains the cumulated number of days in all previous months for +// normal and leap years +static const wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t gs_cumulatedDays[2][MONTHS_IN_YEAR] = +{ + { 0, 31, 59, 90, 120, 151, 181, 212, 243, 273, 304, 334 }, + { 0, 31, 60, 91, 121, 152, 182, 213, 244, 274, 305, 335 } +}; + +const long wxDateTime::TIME_T_FACTOR = 1000l; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const char wxDefaultDateTimeFormat[] = "%c"; +const char wxDefaultTimeSpanFormat[] = "%H:%M:%S"; + +// in the fine tradition of ANSI C we use our equivalent of (time_t)-1 to +// indicate an invalid wxDateTime object +const wxDateTime wxDefaultDateTime; + +wxDateTime::Country wxDateTime::ms_country = wxDateTime::Country_Unknown; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// debugger helper: this function can be called from a debugger to show what +// the date really is +extern const char *wxDumpDate(const wxDateTime* dt) +{ + static char buf[128]; + + wxString fmt(dt->Format("%Y-%m-%d (%a) %H:%M:%S")); + wxStrlcpy(buf, + (fmt + " (" + dt->GetValue().ToString() + " ticks)").ToAscii(), + WXSIZEOF(buf)); + + return buf; +} + +// get the number of days in the given month of the given year +static inline +wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t GetNumOfDaysInMonth(int year, wxDateTime::Month month) +{ + // the number of days in month in Julian/Gregorian calendar: the first line + // is for normal years, the second one is for the leap ones + static const wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t daysInMonth[2][MONTHS_IN_YEAR] = + { + { 31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31 }, + { 31, 29, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31 } + }; + + return daysInMonth[wxDateTime::IsLeapYear(year)][month]; +} + +// returns the time zone in the C sense, i.e. the difference UTC - local +// (in seconds) +// NOTE: not static because used by datetimefmt.cpp +int GetTimeZone() +{ +#ifdef WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM + // set to true when the timezone is set + static bool s_timezoneSet = false; + static long gmtoffset = LONG_MAX; // invalid timezone + + // ensure that the timezone variable is set by calling wxLocaltime_r + if ( !s_timezoneSet ) + { + // just call wxLocaltime_r() instead of figuring out whether this + // system supports tzset(), _tzset() or something else + time_t t = 0; + struct tm tm; + + wxLocaltime_r(&t, &tm); + s_timezoneSet = true; + + // note that GMT offset is the opposite of time zone and so to return + // consistent results in both WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM and !WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM + // cases we have to negate it + gmtoffset = -tm.tm_gmtoff; + } + return (int)gmtoffset; +#elif defined(__DJGPP__) || defined(__WINE__) + struct timeb tb; + ftime(&tb); + return tb.timezone*60; +#elif defined(__VISUALC__) + // We must initialize the time zone information before using it (this will + // be done only once internally). + _tzset(); + + // Starting with VC++ 8 timezone variable is deprecated and is not even + // available in some standard library version so use the new function for + // accessing it instead. + #if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8) + long t; + _get_timezone(&t); + return t; + #else // VC++ < 8 + return timezone; + #endif +#elif defined(WX_TIMEZONE) // If WX_TIMEZONE was defined by configure, use it. + return WX_TIMEZONE; +#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__VISAGECPP__) + return _timezone; +#elif defined(__MWERKS__) + return 28800; +#else // unknown platform -- assume it has timezone + return timezone; +#endif // WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM/!WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM +} + +// return the integral part of the JDN for the midnight of the given date (to +// get the real JDN you need to add 0.5, this is, in fact, JDN of the +// noon of the previous day) +static long GetTruncatedJDN(wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t day, + wxDateTime::Month mon, + int year) +{ + // CREDIT: code below is by Scott E. Lee (but bugs are mine) + + // check the date validity + wxASSERT_MSG( + (year > JDN_0_YEAR) || + ((year == JDN_0_YEAR) && (mon > JDN_0_MONTH)) || + ((year == JDN_0_YEAR) && (mon == JDN_0_MONTH) && (day >= JDN_0_DAY)), + wxT("date out of range - can't convert to JDN") + ); + + // make the year positive to avoid problems with negative numbers division + year += 4800; + + // months are counted from March here + int month; + if ( mon >= wxDateTime::Mar ) + { + month = mon - 2; + } + else + { + month = mon + 10; + year--; + } + + // now we can simply add all the contributions together + return ((year / 100) * DAYS_PER_400_YEARS) / 4 + + ((year % 100) * DAYS_PER_4_YEARS) / 4 + + (month * DAYS_PER_5_MONTHS + 2) / 5 + + day + - JDN_OFFSET; +} + +#ifdef wxHAS_STRFTIME + +// this function is a wrapper around strftime(3) adding error checking +// NOTE: not static because used by datetimefmt.cpp +wxString CallStrftime(const wxString& format, const tm* tm) +{ + wxChar buf[4096]; + // Create temp wxString here to work around mingw/cygwin bug 1046059 + // http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?func=detail&atid=102435&aid=1046059&group_id=2435 + wxString s; + + if ( !wxStrftime(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf), format, tm) ) + { + // if the format is valid, buffer must be too small? + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("strftime() failed")); + + buf[0] = '\0'; + } + + s = buf; + return s; +} + +#endif // wxHAS_STRFTIME + +// if year and/or month have invalid values, replace them with the current ones +static void ReplaceDefaultYearMonthWithCurrent(int *year, + wxDateTime::Month *month) +{ + struct tm *tmNow = NULL; + struct tm tmstruct; + + if ( *year == wxDateTime::Inv_Year ) + { + tmNow = wxDateTime::GetTmNow(&tmstruct); + + *year = 1900 + tmNow->tm_year; + } + + if ( *month == wxDateTime::Inv_Month ) + { + if ( !tmNow ) + tmNow = wxDateTime::GetTmNow(&tmstruct); + + *month = (wxDateTime::Month)tmNow->tm_mon; + } +} + +// fill the struct tm with default values +// NOTE: not static because used by datetimefmt.cpp +void InitTm(struct tm& tm) +{ + // struct tm may have etxra fields (undocumented and with unportable + // names) which, nevertheless, must be set to 0 + memset(&tm, 0, sizeof(struct tm)); + + tm.tm_mday = 1; // mday 0 is invalid + tm.tm_year = 76; // any valid year + tm.tm_isdst = -1; // auto determine +} + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation of wxDateTime +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// struct Tm +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDateTime::Tm::Tm() +{ + year = (wxDateTime_t)wxDateTime::Inv_Year; + mon = wxDateTime::Inv_Month; + mday = + yday = 0; + hour = + min = + sec = + msec = 0; + wday = wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay; +} + +wxDateTime::Tm::Tm(const struct tm& tm, const TimeZone& tz) + : m_tz(tz) +{ + msec = 0; + sec = (wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t)tm.tm_sec; + min = (wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t)tm.tm_min; + hour = (wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t)tm.tm_hour; + mday = (wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t)tm.tm_mday; + mon = (wxDateTime::Month)tm.tm_mon; + year = 1900 + tm.tm_year; + wday = (wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t)tm.tm_wday; + yday = (wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t)tm.tm_yday; +} + +bool wxDateTime::Tm::IsValid() const +{ + if ( mon == wxDateTime::Inv_Month ) + return false; + + // We need to check this here to avoid crashing in GetNumOfDaysInMonth() if + // somebody passed us "(wxDateTime::Month)1000". + wxCHECK_MSG( mon >= wxDateTime::Jan && mon < wxDateTime::Inv_Month, false, + wxS("Invalid month value") ); + + // we allow for the leap seconds, although we don't use them (yet) + return (year != wxDateTime::Inv_Year) && (mon != wxDateTime::Inv_Month) && + (mday > 0 && mday <= GetNumOfDaysInMonth(year, mon)) && + (hour < 24) && (min < 60) && (sec < 62) && (msec < 1000); +} + +void wxDateTime::Tm::ComputeWeekDay() +{ + // compute the week day from day/month/year: we use the dumbest algorithm + // possible: just compute our JDN and then use the (simple to derive) + // formula: weekday = (JDN + 1.5) % 7 + wday = (wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t)((GetTruncatedJDN(mday, mon, year) + 2) % 7); +} + +void wxDateTime::Tm::AddMonths(int monDiff) +{ + // normalize the months field + while ( monDiff < -mon ) + { + year--; + + monDiff += MONTHS_IN_YEAR; + } + + while ( monDiff + mon >= MONTHS_IN_YEAR ) + { + year++; + + monDiff -= MONTHS_IN_YEAR; + } + + mon = (wxDateTime::Month)(mon + monDiff); + + wxASSERT_MSG( mon >= 0 && mon < MONTHS_IN_YEAR, wxT("logic error") ); + + // NB: we don't check here that the resulting date is valid, this function + // is private and the caller must check it if needed +} + +void wxDateTime::Tm::AddDays(int dayDiff) +{ + // normalize the days field + while ( dayDiff + mday < 1 ) + { + AddMonths(-1); + + dayDiff += GetNumOfDaysInMonth(year, mon); + } + + mday = (wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t)( mday + dayDiff ); + while ( mday > GetNumOfDaysInMonth(year, mon) ) + { + mday -= GetNumOfDaysInMonth(year, mon); + + AddMonths(1); + } + + wxASSERT_MSG( mday > 0 && mday <= GetNumOfDaysInMonth(year, mon), + wxT("logic error") ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// class TimeZone +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDateTime::TimeZone::TimeZone(wxDateTime::TZ tz) +{ + switch ( tz ) + { + case wxDateTime::Local: + // get the offset from C RTL: it returns the difference GMT-local + // while we want to have the offset _from_ GMT, hence the '-' + m_offset = -GetTimeZone(); + break; + + case wxDateTime::GMT_12: + case wxDateTime::GMT_11: + case wxDateTime::GMT_10: + case wxDateTime::GMT_9: + case wxDateTime::GMT_8: + case wxDateTime::GMT_7: + case wxDateTime::GMT_6: + case wxDateTime::GMT_5: + case wxDateTime::GMT_4: + case wxDateTime::GMT_3: + case wxDateTime::GMT_2: + case wxDateTime::GMT_1: + m_offset = -3600*(wxDateTime::GMT0 - tz); + break; + + case wxDateTime::GMT0: + case wxDateTime::GMT1: + case wxDateTime::GMT2: + case wxDateTime::GMT3: + case wxDateTime::GMT4: + case wxDateTime::GMT5: + case wxDateTime::GMT6: + case wxDateTime::GMT7: + case wxDateTime::GMT8: + case wxDateTime::GMT9: + case wxDateTime::GMT10: + case wxDateTime::GMT11: + case wxDateTime::GMT12: + case wxDateTime::GMT13: + m_offset = 3600*(tz - wxDateTime::GMT0); + break; + + case wxDateTime::A_CST: + // Central Standard Time in use in Australia = UTC + 9.5 + m_offset = 60l*(9*MIN_PER_HOUR + MIN_PER_HOUR/2); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown time zone") ); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// static functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +struct tm *wxDateTime::GetTmNow(struct tm *tmstruct) +{ + time_t t = GetTimeNow(); + return wxLocaltime_r(&t, tmstruct); +} + +/* static */ +bool wxDateTime::IsLeapYear(int year, wxDateTime::Calendar cal) +{ + if ( year == Inv_Year ) + year = GetCurrentYear(); + + if ( cal == Gregorian ) + { + // in Gregorian calendar leap years are those divisible by 4 except + // those divisible by 100 unless they're also divisible by 400 + // (in some countries, like Russia and Greece, additional corrections + // exist, but they won't manifest themselves until 2700) + return (year % 4 == 0) && ((year % 100 != 0) || (year % 400 == 0)); + } + else if ( cal == Julian ) + { + // in Julian calendar the rule is simpler + return year % 4 == 0; + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unknown calendar")); + + return false; + } +} + +/* static */ +int wxDateTime::GetCentury(int year) +{ + return year > 0 ? year / 100 : year / 100 - 1; +} + +/* static */ +int wxDateTime::ConvertYearToBC(int year) +{ + // year 0 is BC 1 + return year > 0 ? year : year - 1; +} + +/* static */ +int wxDateTime::GetCurrentYear(wxDateTime::Calendar cal) +{ + switch ( cal ) + { + case Gregorian: + return Now().GetYear(); + + case Julian: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("TODO")); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unsupported calendar")); + break; + } + + return Inv_Year; +} + +/* static */ +wxDateTime::Month wxDateTime::GetCurrentMonth(wxDateTime::Calendar cal) +{ + switch ( cal ) + { + case Gregorian: + return Now().GetMonth(); + + case Julian: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("TODO")); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unsupported calendar")); + break; + } + + return Inv_Month; +} + +/* static */ +wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t wxDateTime::GetNumberOfDays(int year, Calendar cal) +{ + if ( year == Inv_Year ) + { + // take the current year if none given + year = GetCurrentYear(); + } + + switch ( cal ) + { + case Gregorian: + case Julian: + return IsLeapYear(year) ? 366 : 365; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unsupported calendar")); + break; + } + + return 0; +} + +/* static */ +wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t wxDateTime::GetNumberOfDays(wxDateTime::Month month, + int year, + wxDateTime::Calendar cal) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( month < MONTHS_IN_YEAR, 0, wxT("invalid month") ); + + if ( cal == Gregorian || cal == Julian ) + { + if ( year == Inv_Year ) + { + // take the current year if none given + year = GetCurrentYear(); + } + + return GetNumOfDaysInMonth(year, month); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unsupported calendar")); + + return 0; + } +} + +namespace +{ + +// helper function used by GetEnglish/WeekDayName(): returns 0 if flags is +// Name_Full and 1 if it is Name_Abbr or -1 if the flags is incorrect (and +// asserts in this case) +// +// the return value of this function is used as an index into 2D array +// containing full names in its first row and abbreviated ones in the 2nd one +int NameArrayIndexFromFlag(wxDateTime::NameFlags flags) +{ + switch ( flags ) + { + case wxDateTime::Name_Full: + return 0; + + case wxDateTime::Name_Abbr: + return 1; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown wxDateTime::NameFlags value" ); + } + + return -1; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +/* static */ +wxString wxDateTime::GetEnglishMonthName(Month month, NameFlags flags) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( month != Inv_Month, wxEmptyString, "invalid month" ); + + static const char *const monthNames[2][MONTHS_IN_YEAR] = + { + { "January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June", + "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December" }, + { "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", + "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec" } + }; + + const int idx = NameArrayIndexFromFlag(flags); + if ( idx == -1 ) + return wxString(); + + return monthNames[idx][month]; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxDateTime::GetMonthName(wxDateTime::Month month, + wxDateTime::NameFlags flags) +{ +#ifdef wxHAS_STRFTIME + wxCHECK_MSG( month != Inv_Month, wxEmptyString, wxT("invalid month") ); + + // notice that we must set all the fields to avoid confusing libc (GNU one + // gets confused to a crash if we don't do this) + tm tm; + InitTm(tm); + tm.tm_mon = month; + + return CallStrftime(flags == Name_Abbr ? wxT("%b") : wxT("%B"), &tm); +#else // !wxHAS_STRFTIME + return GetEnglishMonthName(month, flags); +#endif // wxHAS_STRFTIME/!wxHAS_STRFTIME +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxDateTime::GetEnglishWeekDayName(WeekDay wday, NameFlags flags) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( wday != Inv_WeekDay, wxEmptyString, wxT("invalid weekday") ); + + static const char *const weekdayNames[2][DAYS_PER_WEEK] = + { + { "Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday", "Thursday", "Friday", + "Saturday" }, + { "Sun", "Mon", "Tue", "Wed", "Thu", "Fri", "Sat" }, + }; + + const int idx = NameArrayIndexFromFlag(flags); + if ( idx == -1 ) + return wxString(); + + return weekdayNames[idx][wday]; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxDateTime::GetWeekDayName(wxDateTime::WeekDay wday, + wxDateTime::NameFlags flags) +{ +#ifdef wxHAS_STRFTIME + wxCHECK_MSG( wday != Inv_WeekDay, wxEmptyString, wxT("invalid weekday") ); + + // take some arbitrary Sunday (but notice that the day should be such that + // after adding wday to it below we still have a valid date, e.g. don't + // take 28 here!) + tm tm; + InitTm(tm); + tm.tm_mday = 21; + tm.tm_mon = Nov; + tm.tm_year = 99; + + // and offset it by the number of days needed to get the correct wday + tm.tm_mday += wday; + + // call mktime() to normalize it... + (void)mktime(&tm); + + // ... and call strftime() + return CallStrftime(flags == Name_Abbr ? wxT("%a") : wxT("%A"), &tm); +#else // !wxHAS_STRFTIME + return GetEnglishWeekDayName(wday, flags); +#endif // wxHAS_STRFTIME/!wxHAS_STRFTIME +} + +/* static */ +void wxDateTime::GetAmPmStrings(wxString *am, wxString *pm) +{ + tm tm; + InitTm(tm); + wxChar buffer[64]; + // @Note: Do not call 'CallStrftime' here! CallStrftime checks the return code + // and causes an assertion failed if the buffer is to small (which is good) - OR - + // if strftime does not return anything because the format string is invalid - OR - + // if there are no 'am' / 'pm' tokens defined for the current locale (which is not good). + // wxDateTime::ParseTime will try several different formats to parse the time. + // As a result, GetAmPmStrings might get called, even if the current locale + // does not define any 'am' / 'pm' tokens. In this case, wxStrftime would + // assert, even though it is a perfectly legal use. + if ( am ) + { + if (wxStrftime(buffer, WXSIZEOF(buffer), wxT("%p"), &tm) > 0) + *am = wxString(buffer); + else + *am = wxString(); + } + if ( pm ) + { + tm.tm_hour = 13; + if (wxStrftime(buffer, WXSIZEOF(buffer), wxT("%p"), &tm) > 0) + *pm = wxString(buffer); + else + *pm = wxString(); + } +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Country stuff: date calculations depend on the country (DST, work days, +// ...), so we need to know which rules to follow. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +wxDateTime::Country wxDateTime::GetCountry() +{ + // TODO use LOCALE_ICOUNTRY setting under Win32 +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + if ( ms_country == Country_Unknown ) + { + // try to guess from the time zone name + time_t t = time(NULL); + struct tm tmstruct; + struct tm *tm = wxLocaltime_r(&t, &tmstruct); + + wxString tz = CallStrftime(wxT("%Z"), tm); + if ( tz == wxT("WET") || tz == wxT("WEST") ) + { + ms_country = UK; + } + else if ( tz == wxT("CET") || tz == wxT("CEST") ) + { + ms_country = Country_EEC; + } + else if ( tz == wxT("MSK") || tz == wxT("MSD") ) + { + ms_country = Russia; + } + else if ( tz == wxT("AST") || tz == wxT("ADT") || + tz == wxT("EST") || tz == wxT("EDT") || + tz == wxT("CST") || tz == wxT("CDT") || + tz == wxT("MST") || tz == wxT("MDT") || + tz == wxT("PST") || tz == wxT("PDT") ) + { + ms_country = USA; + } + else + { + // well, choose a default one + ms_country = USA; + } + } +#else // __WXWINCE__ + ms_country = USA; +#endif // !__WXWINCE__/__WXWINCE__ + + return ms_country; +} + +/* static */ +void wxDateTime::SetCountry(wxDateTime::Country country) +{ + ms_country = country; +} + +/* static */ +bool wxDateTime::IsWestEuropeanCountry(Country country) +{ + if ( country == Country_Default ) + { + country = GetCountry(); + } + + return (Country_WesternEurope_Start <= country) && + (country <= Country_WesternEurope_End); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// DST calculations: we use 3 different rules for the West European countries, +// USA and for the rest of the world. This is undoubtedly false for many +// countries, but I lack the necessary info (and the time to gather it), +// please add the other rules here! +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +bool wxDateTime::IsDSTApplicable(int year, Country country) +{ + if ( year == Inv_Year ) + { + // take the current year if none given + year = GetCurrentYear(); + } + + if ( country == Country_Default ) + { + country = GetCountry(); + } + + switch ( country ) + { + case USA: + case UK: + // DST was first observed in the US and UK during WWI, reused + // during WWII and used again since 1966 + return year >= 1966 || + (year >= 1942 && year <= 1945) || + (year == 1918 || year == 1919); + + default: + // assume that it started after WWII + return year > 1950; + } +} + +/* static */ +wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetBeginDST(int year, Country country) +{ + if ( year == Inv_Year ) + { + // take the current year if none given + year = GetCurrentYear(); + } + + if ( country == Country_Default ) + { + country = GetCountry(); + } + + if ( !IsDSTApplicable(year, country) ) + { + return wxInvalidDateTime; + } + + wxDateTime dt; + + if ( IsWestEuropeanCountry(country) || (country == Russia) ) + { + // DST begins at 1 a.m. GMT on the last Sunday of March + if ( !dt.SetToLastWeekDay(Sun, Mar, year) ) + { + // weird... + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("no last Sunday in March?") ); + } + + dt += wxTimeSpan::Hours(1); + } + else switch ( country ) + { + case USA: + switch ( year ) + { + case 1918: + case 1919: + // don't know for sure - assume it was in effect all year + + case 1943: + case 1944: + case 1945: + dt.Set(1, Jan, year); + break; + + case 1942: + // DST was installed Feb 2, 1942 by the Congress + dt.Set(2, Feb, year); + break; + + // Oil embargo changed the DST period in the US + case 1974: + dt.Set(6, Jan, 1974); + break; + + case 1975: + dt.Set(23, Feb, 1975); + break; + + default: + // before 1986, DST begun on the last Sunday of April, but + // in 1986 Reagan changed it to begin at 2 a.m. of the + // first Sunday in April + if ( year < 1986 ) + { + if ( !dt.SetToLastWeekDay(Sun, Apr, year) ) + { + // weird... + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("no first Sunday in April?") ); + } + } + else if ( year > 2006 ) + // Energy Policy Act of 2005, Pub. L. no. 109-58, 119 Stat 594 (2005). + // Starting in 2007, daylight time begins in the United States on the + // second Sunday in March and ends on the first Sunday in November + { + if ( !dt.SetToWeekDay(Sun, 2, Mar, year) ) + { + // weird... + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("no second Sunday in March?") ); + } + } + else + { + if ( !dt.SetToWeekDay(Sun, 1, Apr, year) ) + { + // weird... + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("no first Sunday in April?") ); + } + } + + dt += wxTimeSpan::Hours(2); + + // TODO what about timezone?? + } + + break; + + default: + // assume Mar 30 as the start of the DST for the rest of the world + // - totally bogus, of course + dt.Set(30, Mar, year); + } + + return dt; +} + +/* static */ +wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetEndDST(int year, Country country) +{ + if ( year == Inv_Year ) + { + // take the current year if none given + year = GetCurrentYear(); + } + + if ( country == Country_Default ) + { + country = GetCountry(); + } + + if ( !IsDSTApplicable(year, country) ) + { + return wxInvalidDateTime; + } + + wxDateTime dt; + + if ( IsWestEuropeanCountry(country) || (country == Russia) ) + { + // DST ends at 1 a.m. GMT on the last Sunday of October + if ( !dt.SetToLastWeekDay(Sun, Oct, year) ) + { + // weirder and weirder... + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("no last Sunday in October?") ); + } + + dt += wxTimeSpan::Hours(1); + } + else switch ( country ) + { + case USA: + switch ( year ) + { + case 1918: + case 1919: + // don't know for sure - assume it was in effect all year + + case 1943: + case 1944: + dt.Set(31, Dec, year); + break; + + case 1945: + // the time was reset after the end of the WWII + dt.Set(30, Sep, year); + break; + + default: // default for switch (year) + if ( year > 2006 ) + // Energy Policy Act of 2005, Pub. L. no. 109-58, 119 Stat 594 (2005). + // Starting in 2007, daylight time begins in the United States on the + // second Sunday in March and ends on the first Sunday in November + { + if ( !dt.SetToWeekDay(Sun, 1, Nov, year) ) + { + // weird... + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("no first Sunday in November?") ); + } + } + else + // pre-2007 + // DST ends at 2 a.m. on the last Sunday of October + { + if ( !dt.SetToLastWeekDay(Sun, Oct, year) ) + { + // weirder and weirder... + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("no last Sunday in October?") ); + } + } + + dt += wxTimeSpan::Hours(2); + + // TODO: what about timezone?? + } + break; + + default: // default for switch (country) + // assume October 26th as the end of the DST - totally bogus too + dt.Set(26, Oct, year); + } + + return dt; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constructors and assignment operators +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// return the current time with ms precision +/* static */ wxDateTime wxDateTime::UNow() +{ + return wxDateTime(wxGetLocalTimeMillis()); +} + +// the values in the tm structure contain the local time +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Set(const struct tm& tm) +{ + struct tm tm2(tm); + time_t timet = mktime(&tm2); + + if ( timet == (time_t)-1 ) + { + // mktime() rather unintuitively fails for Jan 1, 1970 if the hour is + // less than timezone - try to make it work for this case + if ( tm2.tm_year == 70 && tm2.tm_mon == 0 && tm2.tm_mday == 1 ) + { + return Set((time_t)( + GetTimeZone() + + tm2.tm_hour * MIN_PER_HOUR * SEC_PER_MIN + + tm2.tm_min * SEC_PER_MIN + + tm2.tm_sec)); + } + + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("mktime() failed") ); + + *this = wxInvalidDateTime; + + return *this; + } + else + { + return Set(timet); + } +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Set(wxDateTime_t hour, + wxDateTime_t minute, + wxDateTime_t second, + wxDateTime_t millisec) +{ + // we allow seconds to be 61 to account for the leap seconds, even if we + // don't use them really + wxDATETIME_CHECK( hour < 24 && + second < 62 && + minute < 60 && + millisec < 1000, + wxT("Invalid time in wxDateTime::Set()") ); + + // get the current date from system + struct tm tmstruct; + struct tm *tm = GetTmNow(&tmstruct); + + wxDATETIME_CHECK( tm, wxT("wxLocaltime_r() failed") ); + + // make a copy so it isn't clobbered by the call to mktime() below + struct tm tm1(*tm); + + // adjust the time + tm1.tm_hour = hour; + tm1.tm_min = minute; + tm1.tm_sec = second; + + // and the DST in case it changes on this date + struct tm tm2(tm1); + mktime(&tm2); + if ( tm2.tm_isdst != tm1.tm_isdst ) + tm1.tm_isdst = tm2.tm_isdst; + + (void)Set(tm1); + + // and finally adjust milliseconds + return SetMillisecond(millisec); +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Set(wxDateTime_t day, + Month month, + int year, + wxDateTime_t hour, + wxDateTime_t minute, + wxDateTime_t second, + wxDateTime_t millisec) +{ + wxDATETIME_CHECK( hour < 24 && + second < 62 && + minute < 60 && + millisec < 1000, + wxT("Invalid time in wxDateTime::Set()") ); + + ReplaceDefaultYearMonthWithCurrent(&year, &month); + + wxDATETIME_CHECK( (0 < day) && (day <= GetNumberOfDays(month, year)), + wxT("Invalid date in wxDateTime::Set()") ); + + // the range of time_t type (inclusive) + static const int yearMinInRange = 1970; + static const int yearMaxInRange = 2037; + + // test only the year instead of testing for the exact end of the Unix + // time_t range - it doesn't bring anything to do more precise checks + if ( year >= yearMinInRange && year <= yearMaxInRange ) + { + // use the standard library version if the date is in range - this is + // probably more efficient than our code + struct tm tm; + tm.tm_year = year - 1900; + tm.tm_mon = month; + tm.tm_mday = day; + tm.tm_hour = hour; + tm.tm_min = minute; + tm.tm_sec = second; + tm.tm_isdst = -1; // mktime() will guess it + + (void)Set(tm); + + // and finally adjust milliseconds + if (IsValid()) + SetMillisecond(millisec); + + return *this; + } + else + { + // do time calculations ourselves: we want to calculate the number of + // milliseconds between the given date and the epoch + + // get the JDN for the midnight of this day + m_time = GetTruncatedJDN(day, month, year); + m_time -= EPOCH_JDN; + m_time *= SECONDS_PER_DAY * TIME_T_FACTOR; + + // JDN corresponds to GMT, we take localtime + Add(wxTimeSpan(hour, minute, second + GetTimeZone(), millisec)); + } + + return *this; +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Set(double jdn) +{ + // so that m_time will be 0 for the midnight of Jan 1, 1970 which is jdn + // EPOCH_JDN + 0.5 + jdn -= EPOCH_JDN + 0.5; + + m_time.Assign(jdn*MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY); + + // JDNs always are in UTC, so we don't need any adjustments for time zone + + return *this; +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::ResetTime() +{ + Tm tm = GetTm(); + + if ( tm.hour || tm.min || tm.sec || tm.msec ) + { + tm.msec = + tm.sec = + tm.min = + tm.hour = 0; + + Set(tm); + } + + return *this; +} + +wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetDateOnly() const +{ + Tm tm = GetTm(); + tm.msec = + tm.sec = + tm.min = + tm.hour = 0; + return wxDateTime(tm); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// DOS Date and Time Format functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// the dos date and time value is an unsigned 32 bit value in the format: +// YYYYYYYMMMMDDDDDhhhhhmmmmmmsssss +// +// Y = year offset from 1980 (0-127) +// M = month (1-12) +// D = day of month (1-31) +// h = hour (0-23) +// m = minute (0-59) +// s = bisecond (0-29) each bisecond indicates two seconds +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetFromDOS(unsigned long ddt) +{ + struct tm tm; + InitTm(tm); + + long year = ddt & 0xFE000000; + year >>= 25; + year += 80; + tm.tm_year = year; + + long month = ddt & 0x1E00000; + month >>= 21; + month -= 1; + tm.tm_mon = month; + + long day = ddt & 0x1F0000; + day >>= 16; + tm.tm_mday = day; + + long hour = ddt & 0xF800; + hour >>= 11; + tm.tm_hour = hour; + + long minute = ddt & 0x7E0; + minute >>= 5; + tm.tm_min = minute; + + long second = ddt & 0x1F; + tm.tm_sec = second * 2; + + return Set(mktime(&tm)); +} + +unsigned long wxDateTime::GetAsDOS() const +{ + unsigned long ddt; + time_t ticks = GetTicks(); + struct tm tmstruct; + struct tm *tm = wxLocaltime_r(&ticks, &tmstruct); + wxCHECK_MSG( tm, ULONG_MAX, wxT("time can't be represented in DOS format") ); + + long year = tm->tm_year; + year -= 80; + year <<= 25; + + long month = tm->tm_mon; + month += 1; + month <<= 21; + + long day = tm->tm_mday; + day <<= 16; + + long hour = tm->tm_hour; + hour <<= 11; + + long minute = tm->tm_min; + minute <<= 5; + + long second = tm->tm_sec; + second /= 2; + + ddt = year | month | day | hour | minute | second; + return ddt; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// time_t <-> broken down time conversions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDateTime::Tm wxDateTime::GetTm(const TimeZone& tz) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + + time_t time = GetTicks(); + if ( time != (time_t)-1 ) + { + // use C RTL functions + struct tm tmstruct; + tm *tm; + if ( tz.GetOffset() == -GetTimeZone() ) + { + // we are working with local time + tm = wxLocaltime_r(&time, &tmstruct); + + // should never happen + wxCHECK_MSG( tm, Tm(), wxT("wxLocaltime_r() failed") ); + } + else + { + time += (time_t)tz.GetOffset(); +#if defined(__VMS__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) // time is unsigned so avoid warning + int time2 = (int) time; + if ( time2 >= 0 ) +#else + if ( time >= 0 ) +#endif + { + tm = wxGmtime_r(&time, &tmstruct); + + // should never happen + wxCHECK_MSG( tm, Tm(), wxT("wxGmtime_r() failed") ); + } + else + { + tm = (struct tm *)NULL; + } + } + + if ( tm ) + { + // adjust the milliseconds + Tm tm2(*tm, tz); + long timeOnly = (m_time % MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY).ToLong(); + tm2.msec = (wxDateTime_t)(timeOnly % 1000); + return tm2; + } + //else: use generic code below + } + + // remember the time and do the calculations with the date only - this + // eliminates rounding errors of the floating point arithmetics + + wxLongLong timeMidnight = m_time + tz.GetOffset() * 1000; + + long timeOnly = (timeMidnight % MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY).ToLong(); + + // we want to always have positive time and timeMidnight to be really + // the midnight before it + if ( timeOnly < 0 ) + { + timeOnly = MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY + timeOnly; + } + + timeMidnight -= timeOnly; + + // calculate the Gregorian date from JDN for the midnight of our date: + // this will yield day, month (in 1..12 range) and year + + // actually, this is the JDN for the noon of the previous day + long jdn = (timeMidnight / MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY).ToLong() + EPOCH_JDN; + + // CREDIT: code below is by Scott E. Lee (but bugs are mine) + + wxASSERT_MSG( jdn > -2, wxT("JDN out of range") ); + + // calculate the century + long temp = (jdn + JDN_OFFSET) * 4 - 1; + long century = temp / DAYS_PER_400_YEARS; + + // then the year and day of year (1 <= dayOfYear <= 366) + temp = ((temp % DAYS_PER_400_YEARS) / 4) * 4 + 3; + long year = (century * 100) + (temp / DAYS_PER_4_YEARS); + long dayOfYear = (temp % DAYS_PER_4_YEARS) / 4 + 1; + + // and finally the month and day of the month + temp = dayOfYear * 5 - 3; + long month = temp / DAYS_PER_5_MONTHS; + long day = (temp % DAYS_PER_5_MONTHS) / 5 + 1; + + // month is counted from March - convert to normal + if ( month < 10 ) + { + month += 3; + } + else + { + year += 1; + month -= 9; + } + + // year is offset by 4800 + year -= 4800; + + // check that the algorithm gave us something reasonable + wxASSERT_MSG( (0 < month) && (month <= 12), wxT("invalid month") ); + wxASSERT_MSG( (1 <= day) && (day < 32), wxT("invalid day") ); + + // construct Tm from these values + Tm tm; + tm.year = (int)year; + tm.yday = (wxDateTime_t)(dayOfYear - 1); // use C convention for day number + tm.mon = (Month)(month - 1); // algorithm yields 1 for January, not 0 + tm.mday = (wxDateTime_t)day; + tm.msec = (wxDateTime_t)(timeOnly % 1000); + timeOnly -= tm.msec; + timeOnly /= 1000; // now we have time in seconds + + tm.sec = (wxDateTime_t)(timeOnly % SEC_PER_MIN); + timeOnly -= tm.sec; + timeOnly /= SEC_PER_MIN; // now we have time in minutes + + tm.min = (wxDateTime_t)(timeOnly % MIN_PER_HOUR); + timeOnly -= tm.min; + + tm.hour = (wxDateTime_t)(timeOnly / MIN_PER_HOUR); + + return tm; +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetYear(int year) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + + Tm tm(GetTm()); + tm.year = year; + Set(tm); + + return *this; +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetMonth(Month month) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + + Tm tm(GetTm()); + tm.mon = month; + Set(tm); + + return *this; +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetDay(wxDateTime_t mday) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + + Tm tm(GetTm()); + tm.mday = mday; + Set(tm); + + return *this; +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetHour(wxDateTime_t hour) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + + Tm tm(GetTm()); + tm.hour = hour; + Set(tm); + + return *this; +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetMinute(wxDateTime_t min) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + + Tm tm(GetTm()); + tm.min = min; + Set(tm); + + return *this; +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetSecond(wxDateTime_t sec) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + + Tm tm(GetTm()); + tm.sec = sec; + Set(tm); + + return *this; +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetMillisecond(wxDateTime_t millisecond) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") ); + + // we don't need to use GetTm() for this one + m_time -= m_time % 1000l; + m_time += millisecond; + + return *this; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateTime arithmetics +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Add(const wxDateSpan& diff) +{ + Tm tm(GetTm()); + + tm.year += diff.GetYears(); + tm.AddMonths(diff.GetMonths()); + + // check that the resulting date is valid + if ( tm.mday > GetNumOfDaysInMonth(tm.year, tm.mon) ) + { + // We suppose that when adding one month to Jan 31 we want to get Feb + // 28 (or 29), i.e. adding a month to the last day of the month should + // give the last day of the next month which is quite logical. + // + // Unfortunately, there is no logic way to understand what should + // Jan 30 + 1 month be - Feb 28 too or Feb 27 (assuming non leap year)? + // We make it Feb 28 (last day too), but it is highly questionable. + tm.mday = GetNumOfDaysInMonth(tm.year, tm.mon); + } + + tm.AddDays(diff.GetTotalDays()); + + Set(tm); + + wxASSERT_MSG( IsSameTime(tm), + wxT("Add(wxDateSpan) shouldn't modify time") ); + + return *this; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Weekday and monthday stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// convert Sun, Mon, ..., Sat into 6, 0, ..., 5 +static inline int ConvertWeekDayToMondayBase(int wd) +{ + return wd == wxDateTime::Sun ? 6 : wd - 1; +} + +/* static */ +wxDateTime +wxDateTime::SetToWeekOfYear(int year, wxDateTime_t numWeek, WeekDay wd) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( numWeek > 0, + wxT("invalid week number: weeks are counted from 1") ); + + // Jan 4 always lies in the 1st week of the year + wxDateTime dt(4, Jan, year); + dt.SetToWeekDayInSameWeek(wd); + dt += wxDateSpan::Weeks(numWeek - 1); + + return dt; +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +// use a separate function to avoid warnings about using deprecated +// SetToTheWeek in GetWeek below +static wxDateTime +SetToTheWeek(int year, + wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t numWeek, + wxDateTime::WeekDay weekday, + wxDateTime::WeekFlags flags) +{ + // Jan 4 always lies in the 1st week of the year + wxDateTime dt(4, wxDateTime::Jan, year); + dt.SetToWeekDayInSameWeek(weekday, flags); + dt += wxDateSpan::Weeks(numWeek - 1); + + return dt; +} + +bool wxDateTime::SetToTheWeek(wxDateTime_t numWeek, + WeekDay weekday, + WeekFlags flags) +{ + int year = GetYear(); + *this = ::SetToTheWeek(year, numWeek, weekday, flags); + if ( GetYear() != year ) + { + // oops... numWeek was too big + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetWeek(wxDateTime_t numWeek, + WeekDay weekday, + WeekFlags flags) const +{ + return ::SetToTheWeek(GetYear(), numWeek, weekday, flags); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetToLastMonthDay(Month month, + int year) +{ + // take the current month/year if none specified + if ( year == Inv_Year ) + year = GetYear(); + if ( month == Inv_Month ) + month = GetMonth(); + + return Set(GetNumOfDaysInMonth(year, month), month, year); +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetToWeekDayInSameWeek(WeekDay weekday, WeekFlags flags) +{ + wxDATETIME_CHECK( weekday != Inv_WeekDay, wxT("invalid weekday") ); + + int wdayDst = weekday, + wdayThis = GetWeekDay(); + if ( wdayDst == wdayThis ) + { + // nothing to do + return *this; + } + + if ( flags == Default_First ) + { + flags = GetCountry() == USA ? Sunday_First : Monday_First; + } + + // the logic below based on comparing weekday and wdayThis works if Sun (0) + // is the first day in the week, but breaks down for Monday_First case so + // we adjust the week days in this case + if ( flags == Monday_First ) + { + if ( wdayThis == Sun ) + wdayThis += 7; + if ( wdayDst == Sun ) + wdayDst += 7; + } + //else: Sunday_First, nothing to do + + // go forward or back in time to the day we want + if ( wdayDst < wdayThis ) + { + return Subtract(wxDateSpan::Days(wdayThis - wdayDst)); + } + else // weekday > wdayThis + { + return Add(wxDateSpan::Days(wdayDst - wdayThis)); + } +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetToNextWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) +{ + wxDATETIME_CHECK( weekday != Inv_WeekDay, wxT("invalid weekday") ); + + int diff; + WeekDay wdayThis = GetWeekDay(); + if ( weekday == wdayThis ) + { + // nothing to do + return *this; + } + else if ( weekday < wdayThis ) + { + // need to advance a week + diff = 7 - (wdayThis - weekday); + } + else // weekday > wdayThis + { + diff = weekday - wdayThis; + } + + return Add(wxDateSpan::Days(diff)); +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetToPrevWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) +{ + wxDATETIME_CHECK( weekday != Inv_WeekDay, wxT("invalid weekday") ); + + int diff; + WeekDay wdayThis = GetWeekDay(); + if ( weekday == wdayThis ) + { + // nothing to do + return *this; + } + else if ( weekday > wdayThis ) + { + // need to go to previous week + diff = 7 - (weekday - wdayThis); + } + else // weekday < wdayThis + { + diff = wdayThis - weekday; + } + + return Subtract(wxDateSpan::Days(diff)); +} + +bool wxDateTime::SetToWeekDay(WeekDay weekday, + int n, + Month month, + int year) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( weekday != Inv_WeekDay, false, wxT("invalid weekday") ); + + // we don't check explicitly that -5 <= n <= 5 because we will return false + // anyhow in such case - but may be should still give an assert for it? + + // take the current month/year if none specified + ReplaceDefaultYearMonthWithCurrent(&year, &month); + + wxDateTime dt; + + // TODO this probably could be optimised somehow... + + if ( n > 0 ) + { + // get the first day of the month + dt.Set(1, month, year); + + // get its wday + WeekDay wdayFirst = dt.GetWeekDay(); + + // go to the first weekday of the month + int diff = weekday - wdayFirst; + if ( diff < 0 ) + diff += 7; + + // add advance n-1 weeks more + diff += 7*(n - 1); + + dt += wxDateSpan::Days(diff); + } + else // count from the end of the month + { + // get the last day of the month + dt.SetToLastMonthDay(month, year); + + // get its wday + WeekDay wdayLast = dt.GetWeekDay(); + + // go to the last weekday of the month + int diff = wdayLast - weekday; + if ( diff < 0 ) + diff += 7; + + // and rewind n-1 weeks from there + diff += 7*(-n - 1); + + dt -= wxDateSpan::Days(diff); + } + + // check that it is still in the same month + if ( dt.GetMonth() == month ) + { + *this = dt; + + return true; + } + else + { + // no such day in this month + return false; + } +} + +static inline +wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t GetDayOfYearFromTm(const wxDateTime::Tm& tm) +{ + return (wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t)(gs_cumulatedDays[wxDateTime::IsLeapYear(tm.year)][tm.mon] + tm.mday); +} + +wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t wxDateTime::GetDayOfYear(const TimeZone& tz) const +{ + return GetDayOfYearFromTm(GetTm(tz)); +} + +wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t +wxDateTime::GetWeekOfYear(wxDateTime::WeekFlags flags, const TimeZone& tz) const +{ + if ( flags == Default_First ) + { + flags = GetCountry() == USA ? Sunday_First : Monday_First; + } + + Tm tm(GetTm(tz)); + wxDateTime_t nDayInYear = GetDayOfYearFromTm(tm); + + int wdTarget = GetWeekDay(tz); + int wdYearStart = wxDateTime(1, Jan, GetYear()).GetWeekDay(); + int week; + if ( flags == Sunday_First ) + { + // FIXME: First week is not calculated correctly. + week = (nDayInYear - wdTarget + 7) / 7; + if ( wdYearStart == Wed || wdYearStart == Thu ) + week++; + } + else // week starts with monday + { + // adjust the weekdays to non-US style. + wdYearStart = ConvertWeekDayToMondayBase(wdYearStart); + wdTarget = ConvertWeekDayToMondayBase(wdTarget); + + // quoting from http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/iso-time.html: + // + // Week 01 of a year is per definition the first week that has the + // Thursday in this year, which is equivalent to the week that + // contains the fourth day of January. In other words, the first + // week of a new year is the week that has the majority of its + // days in the new year. Week 01 might also contain days from the + // previous year and the week before week 01 of a year is the last + // week (52 or 53) of the previous year even if it contains days + // from the new year. A week starts with Monday (day 1) and ends + // with Sunday (day 7). + // + + // if Jan 1 is Thursday or less, it is in the first week of this year + if ( wdYearStart < 4 ) + { + // count the number of entire weeks between Jan 1 and this date + week = (nDayInYear + wdYearStart + 6 - wdTarget)/7; + + // be careful to check for overflow in the next year + if ( week == 53 && tm.mday - wdTarget > 28 ) + week = 1; + } + else // Jan 1 is in the last week of the previous year + { + // check if we happen to be at the last week of previous year: + if ( tm.mon == Jan && tm.mday < 8 - wdYearStart ) + week = wxDateTime(31, Dec, GetYear()-1).GetWeekOfYear(); + else + week = (nDayInYear + wdYearStart - 1 - wdTarget)/7; + } + } + + return (wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t)week; +} + +wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t wxDateTime::GetWeekOfMonth(wxDateTime::WeekFlags flags, + const TimeZone& tz) const +{ + Tm tm = GetTm(tz); + const wxDateTime dateFirst = wxDateTime(1, tm.mon, tm.year); + const wxDateTime::WeekDay wdFirst = dateFirst.GetWeekDay(); + + if ( flags == Default_First ) + { + flags = GetCountry() == USA ? Sunday_First : Monday_First; + } + + // compute offset of dateFirst from the beginning of the week + int firstOffset; + if ( flags == Sunday_First ) + firstOffset = wdFirst - Sun; + else + firstOffset = wdFirst == Sun ? DAYS_PER_WEEK - 1 : wdFirst - Mon; + + return (wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t)((tm.mday - 1 + firstOffset)/7 + 1); +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetToYearDay(wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t yday) +{ + int year = GetYear(); + wxDATETIME_CHECK( (0 < yday) && (yday <= GetNumberOfDays(year)), + wxT("invalid year day") ); + + bool isLeap = IsLeapYear(year); + for ( Month mon = Jan; mon < Inv_Month; wxNextMonth(mon) ) + { + // for Dec, we can't compare with gs_cumulatedDays[mon + 1], but we + // don't need it neither - because of the CHECK above we know that + // yday lies in December then + if ( (mon == Dec) || (yday <= gs_cumulatedDays[isLeap][mon + 1]) ) + { + Set((wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t)(yday - gs_cumulatedDays[isLeap][mon]), mon, year); + + break; + } + } + + return *this; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Julian day number conversion and related stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +double wxDateTime::GetJulianDayNumber() const +{ + return m_time.ToDouble() / MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY + EPOCH_JDN + 0.5; +} + +double wxDateTime::GetRataDie() const +{ + // March 1 of the year 0 is Rata Die day -306 and JDN 1721119.5 + return GetJulianDayNumber() - 1721119.5 - 306; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// timezone and DST stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int wxDateTime::IsDST(wxDateTime::Country country) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( country == Country_Default, -1, + wxT("country support not implemented") ); + + // use the C RTL for the dates in the standard range + time_t timet = GetTicks(); + if ( timet != (time_t)-1 ) + { + struct tm tmstruct; + tm *tm = wxLocaltime_r(&timet, &tmstruct); + + wxCHECK_MSG( tm, -1, wxT("wxLocaltime_r() failed") ); + + return tm->tm_isdst; + } + else + { + int year = GetYear(); + + if ( !IsDSTApplicable(year, country) ) + { + // no DST time in this year in this country + return -1; + } + + return IsBetween(GetBeginDST(year, country), GetEndDST(year, country)); + } +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::MakeTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST) +{ + long secDiff = GetTimeZone() + tz.GetOffset(); + + // we need to know whether DST is or not in effect for this date unless + // the test disabled by the caller + if ( !noDST && (IsDST() == 1) ) + { + // FIXME we assume that the DST is always shifted by 1 hour + secDiff -= 3600; + } + + return Add(wxTimeSpan::Seconds(secDiff)); +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::MakeFromTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST) +{ + long secDiff = GetTimeZone() + tz.GetOffset(); + + // we need to know whether DST is or not in effect for this date unless + // the test disabled by the caller + if ( !noDST && (IsDST() == 1) ) + { + // FIXME we assume that the DST is always shifted by 1 hour + secDiff -= 3600; + } + + return Subtract(wxTimeSpan::Seconds(secDiff)); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority and related classes +// ============================================================================ + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" + +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxDateTimeArray) + +static int wxCMPFUNC_CONV +wxDateTimeCompareFunc(wxDateTime **first, wxDateTime **second) +{ + wxDateTime dt1 = **first, + dt2 = **second; + + return dt1 == dt2 ? 0 : dt1 < dt2 ? -1 : +1; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxHolidayAuthoritiesArray wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::ms_authorities; + +/* static */ +bool wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::IsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt) +{ + size_t count = ms_authorities.size(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( ms_authorities[n]->DoIsHoliday(dt) ) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +/* static */ +size_t +wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::GetHolidaysInRange(const wxDateTime& dtStart, + const wxDateTime& dtEnd, + wxDateTimeArray& holidays) +{ + wxDateTimeArray hol; + + holidays.Clear(); + + const size_t countAuth = ms_authorities.size(); + for ( size_t nAuth = 0; nAuth < countAuth; nAuth++ ) + { + ms_authorities[nAuth]->DoGetHolidaysInRange(dtStart, dtEnd, hol); + + WX_APPEND_ARRAY(holidays, hol); + } + + holidays.Sort(wxDateTimeCompareFunc); + + return holidays.size(); +} + +/* static */ +void wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::ClearAllAuthorities() +{ + WX_CLEAR_ARRAY(ms_authorities); +} + +/* static */ +void wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::AddAuthority(wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority *auth) +{ + ms_authorities.push_back(auth); +} + +wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::~wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority() +{ + // required here for Darwin +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateTimeWorkDays +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxDateTimeWorkDays::DoIsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt) const +{ + wxDateTime::WeekDay wd = dt.GetWeekDay(); + + return (wd == wxDateTime::Sun) || (wd == wxDateTime::Sat); +} + +size_t wxDateTimeWorkDays::DoGetHolidaysInRange(const wxDateTime& dtStart, + const wxDateTime& dtEnd, + wxDateTimeArray& holidays) const +{ + if ( dtStart > dtEnd ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid date range in GetHolidaysInRange") ); + + return 0u; + } + + holidays.Empty(); + + // instead of checking all days, start with the first Sat after dtStart and + // end with the last Sun before dtEnd + wxDateTime dtSatFirst = dtStart.GetNextWeekDay(wxDateTime::Sat), + dtSatLast = dtEnd.GetPrevWeekDay(wxDateTime::Sat), + dtSunFirst = dtStart.GetNextWeekDay(wxDateTime::Sun), + dtSunLast = dtEnd.GetPrevWeekDay(wxDateTime::Sun), + dt; + + for ( dt = dtSatFirst; dt <= dtSatLast; dt += wxDateSpan::Week() ) + { + holidays.Add(dt); + } + + for ( dt = dtSunFirst; dt <= dtSunLast; dt += wxDateSpan::Week() ) + { + holidays.Add(dt); + } + + return holidays.GetCount(); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// other helper functions +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// iteration helpers: can be used to write a for loop over enum variable like +// this: +// for ( m = wxDateTime::Jan; m < wxDateTime::Inv_Month; wxNextMonth(m) ) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxNextMonth(wxDateTime::Month& m) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m < wxDateTime::Inv_Month, wxT("invalid month") ); + + // no wrapping or the for loop above would never end! + m = (wxDateTime::Month)(m + 1); +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxPrevMonth(wxDateTime::Month& m) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m < wxDateTime::Inv_Month, wxT("invalid month") ); + + m = m == wxDateTime::Jan ? wxDateTime::Inv_Month + : (wxDateTime::Month)(m - 1); +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxNextWDay(wxDateTime::WeekDay& wd) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( wd < wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay, wxT("invalid week day") ); + + // no wrapping or the for loop above would never end! + wd = (wxDateTime::WeekDay)(wd + 1); +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxPrevWDay(wxDateTime::WeekDay& wd) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( wd < wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay, wxT("invalid week day") ); + + wd = wd == wxDateTime::Sun ? wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay + : (wxDateTime::WeekDay)(wd - 1); +} + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetFromMSWSysTime(const SYSTEMTIME& st) +{ + return Set(st.wDay, + static_cast(wxDateTime::Jan + st.wMonth - 1), + st.wYear, + st.wHour, st.wMinute, st.wSecond, st.wMilliseconds); +} + +wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetFromMSWSysDate(const SYSTEMTIME& st) +{ + return Set(st.wDay, + static_cast(wxDateTime::Jan + st.wMonth - 1), + st.wYear, + 0, 0, 0, 0); +} + +void wxDateTime::GetAsMSWSysTime(SYSTEMTIME* st) const +{ + const wxDateTime::Tm tm(GetTm()); + + st->wYear = (WXWORD)tm.year; + st->wMonth = (WXWORD)(tm.mon - wxDateTime::Jan + 1); + st->wDay = tm.mday; + + st->wDayOfWeek = 0; + st->wHour = tm.hour; + st->wMinute = tm.min; + st->wSecond = tm.sec; + st->wMilliseconds = tm.msec; +} + +void wxDateTime::GetAsMSWSysDate(SYSTEMTIME* st) const +{ + const wxDateTime::Tm tm(GetTm()); + + st->wYear = (WXWORD)tm.year; + st->wMonth = (WXWORD)(tm.mon - wxDateTime::Jan + 1); + st->wDay = tm.mday; + + st->wDayOfWeek = + st->wHour = + st->wMinute = + st->wSecond = + st->wMilliseconds = 0; +} + +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datetimefmt.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datetimefmt.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b9e61a5a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datetimefmt.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2166 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/datetimefmt.cpp +// Purpose: wxDateTime formatting & parsing code +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 11.05.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: datetimefmt.cpp 66166 2010-11-16 22:37:52Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin +// parts of code taken from sndcal library by Scott E. Lee: +// +// Copyright 1993-1995, Scott E. Lee, all rights reserved. +// Permission granted to use, copy, modify, distribute and sell +// so long as the above copyright and this permission statement +// are retained in all copies. +// +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if !defined(wxUSE_DATETIME) || wxUSE_DATETIME + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + #endif + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/stopwatch.h" // for wxGetLocalTimeMillis() + #include "wx/module.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/thread.h" + +#include + +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + #include + #ifndef __WXWINCE__ + #include + #endif +#endif + +#include "wx/datetime.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation of wxDateTime +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helpers shared between datetime.cpp and datetimefmt.cpp +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern void InitTm(struct tm& tm); + +extern int GetTimeZone(); + +extern wxString CallStrftime(const wxString& format, const tm* tm); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants (see also datetime.cpp) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const int DAYS_PER_WEEK = 7; + +static const int HOURS_PER_DAY = 24; + +static const int SEC_PER_MIN = 60; + +static const int MIN_PER_HOUR = 60; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// parsing helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +// all the functions below taking non-const wxString::const_iterator p advance +// it until the end of the match + +// scans all digits (but no more than len) and returns the resulting number +bool GetNumericToken(size_t len, + wxString::const_iterator& p, + const wxString::const_iterator& end, + unsigned long *number) +{ + size_t n = 1; + wxString s; + while ( p != end && wxIsdigit(*p) ) + { + s += *p++; + + if ( len && ++n > len ) + break; + } + + return !s.empty() && s.ToULong(number); +} + +// scans all alphabetic characters and returns the resulting string +wxString +GetAlphaToken(wxString::const_iterator& p, + const wxString::const_iterator& end) +{ + wxString s; + while ( p != end && wxIsalpha(*p) ) + { + s += *p++; + } + + return s; +} + +enum +{ + DateLang_English = 1, + DateLang_Local = 2 +}; + +// return the month if the string is a month name or Inv_Month otherwise +// +// flags can contain wxDateTime::Name_Abbr/Name_Full or both of them and lang +// can be either DateLang_Local (default) to interpret string as a localized +// month name or DateLang_English to parse it as a standard English name or +// their combination to interpret it in any way +wxDateTime::Month +GetMonthFromName(wxString::const_iterator& p, + const wxString::const_iterator& end, + int flags, + int lang) +{ + const wxString::const_iterator pOrig = p; + const wxString name = GetAlphaToken(p, end); + if ( name.empty() ) + return wxDateTime::Inv_Month; + + wxDateTime::Month mon; + for ( mon = wxDateTime::Jan; mon < wxDateTime::Inv_Month; wxNextMonth(mon) ) + { + // case-insensitive comparison either one of or with both abbreviated + // and not versions + if ( flags & wxDateTime::Name_Full ) + { + if ( lang & DateLang_English ) + { + if ( name.CmpNoCase(wxDateTime::GetEnglishMonthName(mon, + wxDateTime::Name_Full)) == 0 ) + break; + } + + if ( lang & DateLang_Local ) + { + if ( name.CmpNoCase(wxDateTime::GetMonthName(mon, + wxDateTime::Name_Full)) == 0 ) + break; + } + } + + if ( flags & wxDateTime::Name_Abbr ) + { + if ( lang & DateLang_English ) + { + if ( name.CmpNoCase(wxDateTime::GetEnglishMonthName(mon, + wxDateTime::Name_Abbr)) == 0 ) + break; + } + + if ( lang & DateLang_Local ) + { + // some locales (e.g. French one) use periods for the + // abbreviated month names but it's never part of name so + // compare it specially + wxString nameAbbr = wxDateTime::GetMonthName(mon, + wxDateTime::Name_Abbr); + const bool hasPeriod = *nameAbbr.rbegin() == '.'; + if ( hasPeriod ) + nameAbbr.erase(nameAbbr.end() - 1); + + if ( name.CmpNoCase(nameAbbr) == 0 ) + { + if ( hasPeriod ) + { + // skip trailing period if it was part of the match + if ( *p == '.' ) + ++p; + else // no match as no matching period + continue; + } + + break; + } + } + } + } + + if ( mon == wxDateTime::Inv_Month ) + p = pOrig; + + return mon; +} + +// return the weekday if the string is a weekday name or Inv_WeekDay otherwise +// +// flags and lang parameters have the same meaning as for GetMonthFromName() +// above +wxDateTime::WeekDay +GetWeekDayFromName(wxString::const_iterator& p, + const wxString::const_iterator& end, + int flags, int lang) +{ + const wxString::const_iterator pOrig = p; + const wxString name = GetAlphaToken(p, end); + if ( name.empty() ) + return wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay; + + wxDateTime::WeekDay wd; + for ( wd = wxDateTime::Sun; wd < wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay; wxNextWDay(wd) ) + { + if ( flags & wxDateTime::Name_Full ) + { + if ( lang & DateLang_English ) + { + if ( name.CmpNoCase(wxDateTime::GetEnglishWeekDayName(wd, + wxDateTime::Name_Full)) == 0 ) + break; + } + + if ( lang & DateLang_Local ) + { + if ( name.CmpNoCase(wxDateTime::GetWeekDayName(wd, + wxDateTime::Name_Full)) == 0 ) + break; + } + } + + if ( flags & wxDateTime::Name_Abbr ) + { + if ( lang & DateLang_English ) + { + if ( name.CmpNoCase(wxDateTime::GetEnglishWeekDayName(wd, + wxDateTime::Name_Abbr)) == 0 ) + break; + } + + if ( lang & DateLang_Local ) + { + if ( name.CmpNoCase(wxDateTime::GetWeekDayName(wd, + wxDateTime::Name_Abbr)) == 0 ) + break; + } + } + } + + if ( wd == wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay ) + p = pOrig; + + return wd; +} + +// parses string starting at given iterator using the specified format and, +// optionally, a fall back format (and optionally another one... but it stops +// there, really) +// +// if unsuccessful, returns invalid wxDateTime without changing p; otherwise +// advance p to the end of the match and returns wxDateTime containing the +// results of the parsing +wxDateTime +ParseFormatAt(wxString::const_iterator& p, + const wxString::const_iterator& end, + const wxString& fmt, + // FIXME-VC6: using wxString() instead of wxEmptyString in the + // line below results in error C2062: type 'class + // wxString (__cdecl *)(void)' unexpected + const wxString& fmtAlt = wxEmptyString) +{ + const wxString str(p, end); + wxString::const_iterator endParse; + wxDateTime dt; + if ( dt.ParseFormat(str, fmt, &endParse) || + (!fmtAlt.empty() && dt.ParseFormat(str, fmtAlt, &endParse)) ) + { + p += endParse - str.begin(); + } + //else: all formats failed + + return dt; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDateTime to/from text representations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxDateTime::Format(const wxString& formatp, const TimeZone& tz) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( !formatp.empty(), wxEmptyString, + wxT("NULL format in wxDateTime::Format") ); + + wxString format = formatp; +#ifdef __WXOSX__ + format.Replace("%c",wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DATE_TIME_FMT)); + format.Replace("%x",wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT)); + format.Replace("%X",wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_TIME_FMT)); +#endif + // we have to use our own implementation if the date is out of range of + // strftime() or if we use non standard specificators +#ifdef wxHAS_STRFTIME + time_t time = GetTicks(); + + if ( (time != (time_t)-1) && !wxStrstr(format, wxT("%l")) ) + { + // use strftime() + struct tm tmstruct; + struct tm *tm; + if ( tz.GetOffset() == -GetTimeZone() ) + { + // we are working with local time + tm = wxLocaltime_r(&time, &tmstruct); + + // should never happen + wxCHECK_MSG( tm, wxEmptyString, wxT("wxLocaltime_r() failed") ); + } + else + { + time += (int)tz.GetOffset(); + +#if defined(__VMS__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) // time is unsigned so avoid warning + int time2 = (int) time; + if ( time2 >= 0 ) +#else + if ( time >= 0 ) +#endif + { + tm = wxGmtime_r(&time, &tmstruct); + + // should never happen + wxCHECK_MSG( tm, wxEmptyString, wxT("wxGmtime_r() failed") ); + } + else + { + tm = (struct tm *)NULL; + } + } + + if ( tm ) + { + return CallStrftime(format, tm); + } + } + //else: use generic code below +#endif // wxHAS_STRFTIME + + // we only parse ANSI C format specifications here, no POSIX 2 + // complications, no GNU extensions but we do add support for a "%l" format + // specifier allowing to get the number of milliseconds + Tm tm = GetTm(tz); + + // used for calls to strftime() when we only deal with time + struct tm tmTimeOnly; + memset(&tmTimeOnly, 0, sizeof(tmTimeOnly)); + tmTimeOnly.tm_hour = tm.hour; + tmTimeOnly.tm_min = tm.min; + tmTimeOnly.tm_sec = tm.sec; + tmTimeOnly.tm_mday = 1; // any date will do, use 1976-01-01 + tmTimeOnly.tm_mon = 0; + tmTimeOnly.tm_year = 76; + tmTimeOnly.tm_isdst = 0; // no DST, we adjust for tz ourselves + + wxString tmp, res, fmt; + for ( wxString::const_iterator p = format.begin(); p != format.end(); ++p ) + { + if ( *p != wxT('%') ) + { + // copy as is + res += *p; + + continue; + } + + // set the default format + switch ( (*++p).GetValue() ) + { + case wxT('Y'): // year has 4 digits + fmt = wxT("%04d"); + break; + + case wxT('j'): // day of year has 3 digits + case wxT('l'): // milliseconds have 3 digits + fmt = wxT("%03d"); + break; + + case wxT('w'): // week day as number has only one + fmt = wxT("%d"); + break; + + default: + // it's either another valid format specifier in which case + // the format is "%02d" (for all the rest) or we have the + // field width preceding the format in which case it will + // override the default format anyhow + fmt = wxT("%02d"); + } + + bool restart = true; + while ( restart ) + { + restart = false; + + // start of the format specification + switch ( (*p).GetValue() ) + { + case wxT('a'): // a weekday name + case wxT('A'): + // second parameter should be true for abbreviated names + res += GetWeekDayName(tm.GetWeekDay(), + *p == wxT('a') ? Name_Abbr : Name_Full); + break; + + case wxT('b'): // a month name + case wxT('B'): + res += GetMonthName(tm.mon, + *p == wxT('b') ? Name_Abbr : Name_Full); + break; + + case wxT('c'): // locale default date and time representation + case wxT('x'): // locale default date representation +#ifdef wxHAS_STRFTIME + // + // the problem: there is no way to know what do these format + // specifications correspond to for the current locale. + // + // the solution: use a hack and still use strftime(): first + // find the YEAR which is a year in the strftime() range (1970 + // - 2038) whose Jan 1 falls on the same week day as the Jan 1 + // of the real year. Then make a copy of the format and + // replace all occurrences of YEAR in it with some unique + // string not appearing anywhere else in it, then use + // strftime() to format the date in year YEAR and then replace + // YEAR back by the real year and the unique replacement + // string back with YEAR. Notice that "all occurrences of YEAR" + // means all occurrences of 4 digit as well as 2 digit form! + // + // the bugs: we assume that neither of %c nor %x contains any + // fields which may change between the YEAR and real year. For + // example, the week number (%U, %W) and the day number (%j) + // will change if one of these years is leap and the other one + // is not! + { + // find the YEAR: normally, for any year X, Jan 1 of the + // year X + 28 is the same weekday as Jan 1 of X (because + // the weekday advances by 1 for each normal X and by 2 + // for each leap X, hence by 5 every 4 years or by 35 + // which is 0 mod 7 every 28 years) but this rule breaks + // down if there are years between X and Y which are + // divisible by 4 but not leap (i.e. divisible by 100 but + // not 400), hence the correction. + + int yearReal = GetYear(tz); + int mod28 = yearReal % 28; + + // be careful to not go too far - we risk to leave the + // supported range + int year; + if ( mod28 < 10 ) + { + year = 1988 + mod28; // 1988 == 0 (mod 28) + } + else + { + year = 1970 + mod28 - 10; // 1970 == 10 (mod 28) + } + + int nCentury = year / 100, + nCenturyReal = yearReal / 100; + + // need to adjust for the years divisble by 400 which are + // not leap but are counted like leap ones if we just take + // the number of centuries in between for nLostWeekDays + int nLostWeekDays = (nCentury - nCenturyReal) - + (nCentury / 4 - nCenturyReal / 4); + + // we have to gain back the "lost" weekdays: note that the + // effect of this loop is to not do anything to + // nLostWeekDays (which we won't use any more), but to + // (indirectly) set the year correctly + while ( (nLostWeekDays % 7) != 0 ) + { + nLostWeekDays += year++ % 4 ? 1 : 2; + } + + // finally move the year below 2000 so that the 2-digit + // year number can never match the month or day of the + // month when we do the replacements below + if ( year >= 2000 ) + year -= 28; + + wxASSERT_MSG( year >= 1970 && year < 2000, + wxT("logic error in wxDateTime::Format") ); + + + // use strftime() to format the same date but in supported + // year + // + // NB: we assume that strftime() doesn't check for the + // date validity and will happily format the date + // corresponding to Feb 29 of a non leap year (which + // may happen if yearReal was leap and year is not) + struct tm tmAdjusted; + InitTm(tmAdjusted); + tmAdjusted.tm_hour = tm.hour; + tmAdjusted.tm_min = tm.min; + tmAdjusted.tm_sec = tm.sec; + tmAdjusted.tm_wday = tm.GetWeekDay(); + tmAdjusted.tm_yday = GetDayOfYear(); + tmAdjusted.tm_mday = tm.mday; + tmAdjusted.tm_mon = tm.mon; + tmAdjusted.tm_year = year - 1900; + tmAdjusted.tm_isdst = 0; // no DST, already adjusted + wxString str = CallStrftime(*p == wxT('c') ? wxT("%c") + : wxT("%x"), + &tmAdjusted); + + // now replace the replacement year with the real year: + // notice that we have to replace the 4 digit year with + // a unique string not appearing in strftime() output + // first to prevent the 2 digit year from matching any + // substring of the 4 digit year (but any day, month, + // hours or minutes components should be safe because + // they are never in 70-99 range) + wxString replacement("|"); + while ( str.find(replacement) != wxString::npos ) + replacement += '|'; + + str.Replace(wxString::Format("%d", year), + replacement); + str.Replace(wxString::Format("%d", year % 100), + wxString::Format("%d", yearReal % 100)); + str.Replace(replacement, + wxString::Format("%d", yearReal)); + + res += str; + } +#else // !wxHAS_STRFTIME + // Use "%m/%d/%y %H:%M:%S" format instead + res += wxString::Format(wxT("%02d/%02d/%04d %02d:%02d:%02d"), + tm.mon+1,tm.mday, tm.year, tm.hour, tm.min, tm.sec); +#endif // wxHAS_STRFTIME/!wxHAS_STRFTIME + break; + + case wxT('d'): // day of a month (01-31) + res += wxString::Format(fmt, tm.mday); + break; + + case wxT('H'): // hour in 24h format (00-23) + res += wxString::Format(fmt, tm.hour); + break; + + case wxT('I'): // hour in 12h format (01-12) + { + // 24h -> 12h, 0h -> 12h too + int hour12 = tm.hour > 12 ? tm.hour - 12 + : tm.hour ? tm.hour : 12; + res += wxString::Format(fmt, hour12); + } + break; + + case wxT('j'): // day of the year + res += wxString::Format(fmt, GetDayOfYear(tz)); + break; + + case wxT('l'): // milliseconds (NOT STANDARD) + res += wxString::Format(fmt, GetMillisecond(tz)); + break; + + case wxT('m'): // month as a number (01-12) + res += wxString::Format(fmt, tm.mon + 1); + break; + + case wxT('M'): // minute as a decimal number (00-59) + res += wxString::Format(fmt, tm.min); + break; + + case wxT('p'): // AM or PM string +#ifdef wxHAS_STRFTIME + res += CallStrftime(wxT("%p"), &tmTimeOnly); +#else // !wxHAS_STRFTIME + res += (tmTimeOnly.tm_hour > 12) ? wxT("pm") : wxT("am"); +#endif // wxHAS_STRFTIME/!wxHAS_STRFTIME + break; + + case wxT('S'): // second as a decimal number (00-61) + res += wxString::Format(fmt, tm.sec); + break; + + case wxT('U'): // week number in the year (Sunday 1st week day) + res += wxString::Format(fmt, GetWeekOfYear(Sunday_First, tz)); + break; + + case wxT('W'): // week number in the year (Monday 1st week day) + res += wxString::Format(fmt, GetWeekOfYear(Monday_First, tz)); + break; + + case wxT('w'): // weekday as a number (0-6), Sunday = 0 + res += wxString::Format(fmt, tm.GetWeekDay()); + break; + + // case wxT('x'): -- handled with "%c" + + case wxT('X'): // locale default time representation + // just use strftime() to format the time for us +#ifdef wxHAS_STRFTIME + res += CallStrftime(wxT("%X"), &tmTimeOnly); +#else // !wxHAS_STRFTIME + res += wxString::Format(wxT("%02d:%02d:%02d"),tm.hour, tm.min, tm.sec); +#endif // wxHAS_STRFTIME/!wxHAS_STRFTIME + break; + + case wxT('y'): // year without century (00-99) + res += wxString::Format(fmt, tm.year % 100); + break; + + case wxT('Y'): // year with century + res += wxString::Format(fmt, tm.year); + break; + + case wxT('Z'): // timezone name +#ifdef wxHAS_STRFTIME + res += CallStrftime(wxT("%Z"), &tmTimeOnly); +#endif + break; + + default: + // is it the format width? + for ( fmt.clear(); + *p == wxT('-') || *p == wxT('+') || + *p == wxT(' ') || wxIsdigit(*p); + ++p ) + { + fmt += *p; + } + + if ( !fmt.empty() ) + { + // we've only got the flags and width so far in fmt + fmt.Prepend(wxT('%')); + fmt.Append(wxT('d')); + + restart = true; + + break; + } + + // no, it wasn't the width + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unknown format specificator")); + + // fall through and just copy it nevertheless + + case wxT('%'): // a percent sign + res += *p; + break; + + case 0: // the end of string + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("missing format at the end of string")); + + // just put the '%' which was the last char in format + res += wxT('%'); + break; + } + } + } + + return res; +} + +// this function parses a string in (strict) RFC 822 format: see the section 5 +// of the RFC for the detailed description, but briefly it's something of the +// form "Sat, 18 Dec 1999 00:48:30 +0100" +// +// this function is "strict" by design - it must reject anything except true +// RFC822 time specs. +bool +wxDateTime::ParseRfc822Date(const wxString& date, wxString::const_iterator *end) +{ + const wxString::const_iterator pEnd = date.end(); + wxString::const_iterator p = date.begin(); + + // 1. week day + const wxDateTime::WeekDay + wd = GetWeekDayFromName(p, pEnd, Name_Abbr, DateLang_English); + if ( wd == Inv_WeekDay ) + return false; + //else: ignore week day for now, we could also check that it really + // corresponds to the specified date + + // 2. separating comma + if ( *p++ != ',' || *p++ != ' ' ) + return false; + + // 3. day number + if ( !wxIsdigit(*p) ) + return false; + + wxDateTime_t day = (wxDateTime_t)(*p++ - '0'); + if ( wxIsdigit(*p) ) + { + day *= 10; + day = (wxDateTime_t)(day + (*p++ - '0')); + } + + if ( *p++ != ' ' ) + return false; + + // 4. month name + const Month mon = GetMonthFromName(p, pEnd, Name_Abbr, DateLang_English); + if ( mon == Inv_Month ) + return false; + + if ( *p++ != ' ' ) + return false; + + // 5. year + if ( !wxIsdigit(*p) ) + return false; + + int year = *p++ - '0'; + if ( !wxIsdigit(*p) ) // should have at least 2 digits in the year + return false; + + year *= 10; + year += *p++ - '0'; + + // is it a 2 digit year (as per original RFC 822) or a 4 digit one? + if ( wxIsdigit(*p) ) + { + year *= 10; + year += *p++ - '0'; + + if ( !wxIsdigit(*p) ) + { + // no 3 digit years please + return false; + } + + year *= 10; + year += *p++ - '0'; + } + + if ( *p++ != ' ' ) + return false; + + // 6. time in hh:mm:ss format with seconds being optional + if ( !wxIsdigit(*p) ) + return false; + + wxDateTime_t hour = (wxDateTime_t)(*p++ - '0'); + + if ( !wxIsdigit(*p) ) + return false; + + hour *= 10; + hour = (wxDateTime_t)(hour + (*p++ - '0')); + + if ( *p++ != ':' ) + return false; + + if ( !wxIsdigit(*p) ) + return false; + + wxDateTime_t min = (wxDateTime_t)(*p++ - '0'); + + if ( !wxIsdigit(*p) ) + return false; + + min *= 10; + min += (wxDateTime_t)(*p++ - '0'); + + wxDateTime_t sec = 0; + if ( *p == ':' ) + { + p++; + if ( !wxIsdigit(*p) ) + return false; + + sec = (wxDateTime_t)(*p++ - '0'); + + if ( !wxIsdigit(*p) ) + return false; + + sec *= 10; + sec += (wxDateTime_t)(*p++ - '0'); + } + + if ( *p++ != ' ' ) + return false; + + // 7. now the interesting part: the timezone + int offset = 0; // just to suppress warnings + if ( *p == '-' || *p == '+' ) + { + // the explicit offset given: it has the form of hhmm + bool plus = *p++ == '+'; + + if ( !wxIsdigit(*p) || !wxIsdigit(*(p + 1)) ) + return false; + + + // hours + offset = MIN_PER_HOUR*(10*(*p - '0') + (*(p + 1) - '0')); + + p += 2; + + if ( !wxIsdigit(*p) || !wxIsdigit(*(p + 1)) ) + return false; + + // minutes + offset += 10*(*p - '0') + (*(p + 1) - '0'); + + if ( !plus ) + offset = -offset; + + p += 2; + } + else // not numeric + { + // the symbolic timezone given: may be either military timezone or one + // of standard abbreviations + if ( !*(p + 1) ) + { + // military: Z = UTC, J unused, A = -1, ..., Y = +12 + static const int offsets[26] = + { + //A B C D E F G H I J K L M + -1, -2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -7, -8, -9, 0, -10, -11, -12, + //N O P R Q S T U V W Z Y Z + +1, +2, +3, +4, +5, +6, +7, +8, +9, +10, +11, +12, 0 + }; + + if ( *p < wxT('A') || *p > wxT('Z') || *p == wxT('J') ) + return false; + + offset = offsets[*p++ - 'A']; + } + else + { + // abbreviation + const wxString tz(p, date.end()); + if ( tz == wxT("UT") || tz == wxT("UTC") || tz == wxT("GMT") ) + offset = 0; + else if ( tz == wxT("AST") ) + offset = AST - GMT0; + else if ( tz == wxT("ADT") ) + offset = ADT - GMT0; + else if ( tz == wxT("EST") ) + offset = EST - GMT0; + else if ( tz == wxT("EDT") ) + offset = EDT - GMT0; + else if ( tz == wxT("CST") ) + offset = CST - GMT0; + else if ( tz == wxT("CDT") ) + offset = CDT - GMT0; + else if ( tz == wxT("MST") ) + offset = MST - GMT0; + else if ( tz == wxT("MDT") ) + offset = MDT - GMT0; + else if ( tz == wxT("PST") ) + offset = PST - GMT0; + else if ( tz == wxT("PDT") ) + offset = PDT - GMT0; + else + return false; + + p += tz.length(); + } + + // make it minutes + offset *= MIN_PER_HOUR; + } + + + // the spec was correct, construct the date from the values we found + Set(day, mon, year, hour, min, sec); + MakeFromTimezone(TimeZone::Make(offset*SEC_PER_MIN)); + + if ( end ) + *end = p; + + return true; +} + +bool +wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxString& date, + const wxString& format, + const wxDateTime& dateDef, + wxString::const_iterator *endParse) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( !format.empty(), false, "format can't be empty" ); + wxCHECK_MSG( endParse, false, "end iterator pointer must be specified" ); + + wxString str; + unsigned long num; + + // what fields have we found? + bool haveWDay = false, + haveYDay = false, + haveDay = false, + haveMon = false, + haveYear = false, + haveHour = false, + haveMin = false, + haveSec = false, + haveMsec = false; + + bool hourIsIn12hFormat = false, // or in 24h one? + isPM = false; // AM by default + + // and the value of the items we have (init them to get rid of warnings) + wxDateTime_t msec = 0, + sec = 0, + min = 0, + hour = 0; + WeekDay wday = Inv_WeekDay; + wxDateTime_t yday = 0, + mday = 0; + wxDateTime::Month mon = Inv_Month; + int year = 0; + + wxString::const_iterator input = date.begin(); + const wxString::const_iterator end = date.end(); + for ( wxString::const_iterator fmt = format.begin(); fmt != format.end(); ++fmt ) + { + if ( *fmt != wxT('%') ) + { + if ( wxIsspace(*fmt) ) + { + // a white space in the format string matches 0 or more white + // spaces in the input + while ( input != end && wxIsspace(*input) ) + { + input++; + } + } + else // !space + { + // any other character (not whitespace, not '%') must be + // matched by itself in the input + if ( input == end || *input++ != *fmt ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + } + + // done with this format char + continue; + } + + // start of a format specification + + // parse the optional width + size_t width = 0; + while ( wxIsdigit(*++fmt) ) + { + width *= 10; + width += *fmt - '0'; + } + + // the default widths for the various fields + if ( !width ) + { + switch ( (*fmt).GetValue() ) + { + case wxT('Y'): // year has 4 digits + width = 4; + break; + + case wxT('j'): // day of year has 3 digits + case wxT('l'): // milliseconds have 3 digits + width = 3; + break; + + case wxT('w'): // week day as number has only one + width = 1; + break; + + default: + // default for all other fields + width = 2; + } + } + + // then the format itself + switch ( (*fmt).GetValue() ) + { + case wxT('a'): // a weekday name + case wxT('A'): + { + wday = GetWeekDayFromName + ( + input, end, + *fmt == 'a' ? Name_Abbr : Name_Full, + DateLang_Local + ); + if ( wday == Inv_WeekDay ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + } + haveWDay = true; + break; + + case wxT('b'): // a month name + case wxT('B'): + { + mon = GetMonthFromName + ( + input, end, + *fmt == 'b' ? Name_Abbr : Name_Full, + DateLang_Local + ); + if ( mon == Inv_Month ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + } + haveMon = true; + break; + + case wxT('c'): // locale default date and time representation + { + wxDateTime dt; + +#if wxUSE_INTL + const wxString + fmtDateTime = wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DATE_TIME_FMT); + if ( !fmtDateTime.empty() ) + dt = ParseFormatAt(input, end, fmtDateTime); +#endif // wxUSE_INTL + if ( !dt.IsValid() ) + { + // also try the format which corresponds to ctime() + // output (i.e. the "C" locale default) + dt = ParseFormatAt(input, end, wxS("%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y")); + } + + if ( !dt.IsValid() ) + { + // and finally also the two generic date/time formats + dt = ParseFormatAt(input, end, wxS("%x %X"), wxS("%X %x")); + } + + if ( !dt.IsValid() ) + return false; + + const Tm tm = dt.GetTm(); + + hour = tm.hour; + min = tm.min; + sec = tm.sec; + + year = tm.year; + mon = tm.mon; + mday = tm.mday; + + haveDay = haveMon = haveYear = + haveHour = haveMin = haveSec = true; + } + break; + + case wxT('d'): // day of a month (01-31) + case 'e': // day of a month (1-31) (GNU extension) + if ( !GetNumericToken(width, input, end, &num) || + (num > 31) || (num < 1) ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + + // we can't check whether the day range is correct yet, will + // do it later - assume ok for now + haveDay = true; + mday = (wxDateTime_t)num; + break; + + case wxT('H'): // hour in 24h format (00-23) + if ( !GetNumericToken(width, input, end, &num) || (num > 23) ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + + haveHour = true; + hour = (wxDateTime_t)num; + break; + + case wxT('I'): // hour in 12h format (01-12) + if ( !GetNumericToken(width, input, end, &num) || + !num || (num > 12) ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + + haveHour = true; + hourIsIn12hFormat = true; + hour = (wxDateTime_t)(num % 12); // 12 should be 0 + break; + + case wxT('j'): // day of the year + if ( !GetNumericToken(width, input, end, &num) || + !num || (num > 366) ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + + haveYDay = true; + yday = (wxDateTime_t)num; + break; + + case wxT('l'): // milliseconds (0-999) + if ( !GetNumericToken(width, input, end, &num) ) + return false; + + haveMsec = true; + msec = (wxDateTime_t)num; + break; + + case wxT('m'): // month as a number (01-12) + if ( !GetNumericToken(width, input, end, &num) || + !num || (num > 12) ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + + haveMon = true; + mon = (Month)(num - 1); + break; + + case wxT('M'): // minute as a decimal number (00-59) + if ( !GetNumericToken(width, input, end, &num) || + (num > 59) ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + + haveMin = true; + min = (wxDateTime_t)num; + break; + + case wxT('p'): // AM or PM string + { + wxString am, pm; + GetAmPmStrings(&am, &pm); + + // we can never match %p in locales which don't use AM/PM + if ( am.empty() || pm.empty() ) + return false; + + const size_t pos = input - date.begin(); + if ( date.compare(pos, pm.length(), pm) == 0 ) + { + isPM = true; + input += pm.length(); + } + else if ( date.compare(pos, am.length(), am) == 0 ) + { + input += am.length(); + } + else // no match + { + return false; + } + } + break; + + case wxT('r'): // time as %I:%M:%S %p + { + wxDateTime dt; + if ( !dt.ParseFormat(wxString(input, end), + wxS("%I:%M:%S %p"), &input) ) + return false; + + haveHour = haveMin = haveSec = true; + + const Tm tm = dt.GetTm(); + hour = tm.hour; + min = tm.min; + sec = tm.sec; + } + break; + + case wxT('R'): // time as %H:%M + { + const wxDateTime + dt = ParseFormatAt(input, end, wxS("%H:%M")); + if ( !dt.IsValid() ) + return false; + + haveHour = + haveMin = true; + + const Tm tm = dt.GetTm(); + hour = tm.hour; + min = tm.min; + } + break; + + case wxT('S'): // second as a decimal number (00-61) + if ( !GetNumericToken(width, input, end, &num) || + (num > 61) ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + + haveSec = true; + sec = (wxDateTime_t)num; + break; + + case wxT('T'): // time as %H:%M:%S + { + const wxDateTime + dt = ParseFormatAt(input, end, wxS("%H:%M:%S")); + if ( !dt.IsValid() ) + return false; + + haveHour = + haveMin = + haveSec = true; + + const Tm tm = dt.GetTm(); + hour = tm.hour; + min = tm.min; + sec = tm.sec; + } + break; + + case wxT('w'): // weekday as a number (0-6), Sunday = 0 + if ( !GetNumericToken(width, input, end, &num) || + (wday > 6) ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + + haveWDay = true; + wday = (WeekDay)num; + break; + + case wxT('x'): // locale default date representation + { +#if wxUSE_INTL + wxString + fmtDate = wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT), + fmtDateAlt = wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_LONG_DATE_FMT); +#else // !wxUSE_INTL + wxString fmtDate, fmtDateAlt; +#endif // wxUSE_INTL/!wxUSE_INTL + if ( fmtDate.empty() ) + { + if ( IsWestEuropeanCountry(GetCountry()) || + GetCountry() == Russia ) + { + fmtDate = wxS("%d/%m/%Y"); + fmtDateAlt = wxS("%m/%d/%Y"); + } + else // assume USA + { + fmtDate = wxS("%m/%d/%Y"); + fmtDateAlt = wxS("%d/%m/%Y"); + } + } + + wxDateTime + dt = ParseFormatAt(input, end, fmtDate, fmtDateAlt); + + if ( !dt.IsValid() ) + { + // try with short years too + fmtDate.Replace("%Y","%y"); + fmtDateAlt.Replace("%Y","%y"); + dt = ParseFormatAt(input, end, fmtDate, fmtDateAlt); + + if ( !dt.IsValid() ) + return false; + } + + const Tm tm = dt.GetTm(); + + haveDay = + haveMon = + haveYear = true; + + year = tm.year; + mon = tm.mon; + mday = tm.mday; + } + + break; + + case wxT('X'): // locale default time representation + { +#if wxUSE_INTL + wxString fmtTime = wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_TIME_FMT), + fmtTimeAlt; +#else // !wxUSE_INTL + wxString fmtTime, fmtTimeAlt; +#endif // wxUSE_INTL/!wxUSE_INTL + if ( fmtTime.empty() ) + { + // try to parse what follows as "%H:%M:%S" and, if this + // fails, as "%I:%M:%S %p" - this should catch the most + // common cases + fmtTime = "%T"; + fmtTimeAlt = "%r"; + } + + const wxDateTime + dt = ParseFormatAt(input, end, fmtTime, fmtTimeAlt); + if ( !dt.IsValid() ) + return false; + + haveHour = + haveMin = + haveSec = true; + + const Tm tm = dt.GetTm(); + hour = tm.hour; + min = tm.min; + sec = tm.sec; + } + break; + + case wxT('y'): // year without century (00-99) + if ( !GetNumericToken(width, input, end, &num) || + (num > 99) ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + + haveYear = true; + + // TODO should have an option for roll over date instead of + // hard coding it here + year = (num > 30 ? 1900 : 2000) + (wxDateTime_t)num; + break; + + case wxT('Y'): // year with century + if ( !GetNumericToken(width, input, end, &num) ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + + haveYear = true; + year = (wxDateTime_t)num; + break; + + case wxT('Z'): // timezone name + // FIXME: currently we just ignore everything that looks like a + // time zone here + GetAlphaToken(input, end); + break; + + case wxT('%'): // a percent sign + if ( *input++ != wxT('%') ) + { + // no match + return false; + } + break; + + case 0: // the end of string + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unexpected format end")); + + // fall through + + default: // not a known format spec + return false; + } + } + + // format matched, try to construct a date from what we have now + Tm tmDef; + if ( dateDef.IsValid() ) + { + // take this date as default + tmDef = dateDef.GetTm(); + } + else if ( IsValid() ) + { + // if this date is valid, don't change it + tmDef = GetTm(); + } + else + { + // no default and this date is invalid - fall back to Today() + tmDef = Today().GetTm(); + } + + Tm tm = tmDef; + + // set the date + if ( haveMon ) + { + tm.mon = mon; + } + + if ( haveYear ) + { + tm.year = year; + } + + // TODO we don't check here that the values are consistent, if both year + // day and month/day were found, we just ignore the year day and we + // also always ignore the week day + if ( haveDay ) + { + if ( mday > GetNumberOfDays(tm.mon, tm.year) ) + return false; + + tm.mday = mday; + } + else if ( haveYDay ) + { + if ( yday > GetNumberOfDays(tm.year) ) + return false; + + Tm tm2 = wxDateTime(1, Jan, tm.year).SetToYearDay(yday).GetTm(); + + tm.mon = tm2.mon; + tm.mday = tm2.mday; + } + + // deal with AM/PM + if ( haveHour && hourIsIn12hFormat && isPM ) + { + // translate to 24hour format + hour += 12; + } + //else: either already in 24h format or no translation needed + + // set the time + if ( haveHour ) + { + tm.hour = hour; + } + + if ( haveMin ) + { + tm.min = min; + } + + if ( haveSec ) + { + tm.sec = sec; + } + + if ( haveMsec ) + tm.msec = msec; + + Set(tm); + + // finally check that the week day is consistent -- if we had it + if ( haveWDay && GetWeekDay() != wday ) + return false; + + *endParse = input; + + return true; +} + +bool +wxDateTime::ParseDateTime(const wxString& date, wxString::const_iterator *end) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( end, false, "end iterator pointer must be specified" ); + + wxDateTime + dtDate, + dtTime; + + wxString::const_iterator + endTime, + endDate, + endBoth; + + // If we got a date in the beginning, see if there is a time specified + // after the date + if ( dtDate.ParseDate(date, &endDate) ) + { + // Skip spaces, as the ParseTime() function fails on spaces + while ( endDate != date.end() && wxIsspace(*endDate) ) + ++endDate; + + const wxString timestr(endDate, date.end()); + if ( !dtTime.ParseTime(timestr, &endTime) ) + return false; + + endBoth = endDate + (endTime - timestr.begin()); + } + else // no date in the beginning + { + // check if we have a time followed by a date + if ( !dtTime.ParseTime(date, &endTime) ) + return false; + + while ( endTime != date.end() && wxIsspace(*endTime) ) + ++endTime; + + const wxString datestr(endTime, date.end()); + if ( !dtDate.ParseDate(datestr, &endDate) ) + return false; + + endBoth = endTime + (endDate - datestr.begin()); + } + + Set(dtDate.GetDay(), dtDate.GetMonth(), dtDate.GetYear(), + dtTime.GetHour(), dtTime.GetMinute(), dtTime.GetSecond(), + dtTime.GetMillisecond()); + + *end = endBoth; + + return true; +} + +bool +wxDateTime::ParseDate(const wxString& date, wxString::const_iterator *end) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( end, false, "end iterator pointer must be specified" ); + + // this is a simplified version of ParseDateTime() which understands only + // "today" (for wxDate compatibility) and digits only otherwise (and not + // all esoteric constructions ParseDateTime() knows about) + + const wxString::const_iterator pBegin = date.begin(); + const wxString::const_iterator pEnd = date.end(); + + wxString::const_iterator p = pBegin; + while ( p != pEnd && wxIsspace(*p) ) + p++; + + // some special cases + static struct + { + const char *str; + int dayDiffFromToday; + } literalDates[] = + { + { wxTRANSLATE("today"), 0 }, + { wxTRANSLATE("yesterday"), -1 }, + { wxTRANSLATE("tomorrow"), 1 }, + }; + + const size_t lenRest = pEnd - p; + for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(literalDates); n++ ) + { + const wxString dateStr = wxGetTranslation(literalDates[n].str); + size_t len = dateStr.length(); + + if ( len > lenRest ) + continue; + + const wxString::const_iterator pEnd = p + len; + if ( wxString(p, pEnd).CmpNoCase(dateStr) == 0 ) + { + // nothing can follow this, so stop here + + p = pEnd; + + int dayDiffFromToday = literalDates[n].dayDiffFromToday; + *this = Today(); + if ( dayDiffFromToday ) + { + *this += wxDateSpan::Days(dayDiffFromToday); + } + + *end = pEnd; + + return true; + } + } + + // We try to guess what we have here: for each new (numeric) token, we + // determine if it can be a month, day or a year. Of course, there is an + // ambiguity as some numbers may be days as well as months, so we also + // have the ability to back track. + + // what do we have? + bool haveDay = false, // the months day? + haveWDay = false, // the day of week? + haveMon = false, // the month? + haveYear = false; // the year? + + bool monWasNumeric = false; // was month specified as a number? + + // and the value of the items we have (init them to get rid of warnings) + WeekDay wday = Inv_WeekDay; + wxDateTime_t day = 0; + wxDateTime::Month mon = Inv_Month; + int year = 0; + + // tokenize the string + while ( p != pEnd ) + { + // skip white space and date delimiters + if ( wxStrchr(".,/-\t\r\n ", *p) ) + { + ++p; + continue; + } + + // modify copy of the iterator as we're not sure if the next token is + // still part of the date at all + wxString::const_iterator pCopy = p; + + // we can have either alphabetic or numeric token, start by testing if + // it's the latter + unsigned long val; + if ( GetNumericToken(10 /* max length */, pCopy, pEnd, &val) ) + { + // guess what this number is + + bool isDay = false, + isMonth = false, + isYear = false; + + if ( !haveMon && val > 0 && val <= 12 ) + { + // assume it is month + isMonth = true; + } + else // not the month + { + if ( haveDay ) + { + // this can only be the year + isYear = true; + } + else // may be either day or year + { + // use a leap year if we don't have the year yet to allow + // dates like 2/29/1976 which would be rejected otherwise + wxDateTime_t max_days = (wxDateTime_t)( + haveMon + ? GetNumberOfDays(mon, haveYear ? year : 1976) + : 31 + ); + + // can it be day? + if ( (val == 0) || (val > (unsigned long)max_days) ) + { + // no + isYear = true; + } + else // yes, suppose it's the day + { + isDay = true; + } + } + } + + if ( isYear ) + { + if ( haveYear ) + break; + + haveYear = true; + + year = (wxDateTime_t)val; + } + else if ( isDay ) + { + if ( haveDay ) + break; + + haveDay = true; + + day = (wxDateTime_t)val; + } + else if ( isMonth ) + { + haveMon = true; + monWasNumeric = true; + + mon = (Month)(val - 1); + } + } + else // not a number + { + // be careful not to overwrite the current mon value + Month mon2 = GetMonthFromName + ( + pCopy, pEnd, + Name_Full | Name_Abbr, + DateLang_Local | DateLang_English + ); + if ( mon2 != Inv_Month ) + { + // it's a month + if ( haveMon ) + { + // but we already have a month - maybe we guessed wrong + // when we had interpreted that numeric value as a month + // and it was the day number instead? + if ( haveDay || !monWasNumeric ) + break; + + // assume we did and change our mind: reinterpret the month + // value as a day (notice that there is no need to check + // that it is valid as month values are always < 12, but + // the days are counted from 1 unlike the months) + day = (wxDateTime_t)(mon + 1); + haveDay = true; + } + + mon = mon2; + + haveMon = true; + } + else // not a valid month name + { + WeekDay wday2 = GetWeekDayFromName + ( + pCopy, pEnd, + Name_Full | Name_Abbr, + DateLang_Local | DateLang_English + ); + if ( wday2 != Inv_WeekDay ) + { + // a week day + if ( haveWDay ) + break; + + wday = wday2; + + haveWDay = true; + } + else // not a valid weekday name + { + // try the ordinals + static const char *const ordinals[] = + { + wxTRANSLATE("first"), + wxTRANSLATE("second"), + wxTRANSLATE("third"), + wxTRANSLATE("fourth"), + wxTRANSLATE("fifth"), + wxTRANSLATE("sixth"), + wxTRANSLATE("seventh"), + wxTRANSLATE("eighth"), + wxTRANSLATE("ninth"), + wxTRANSLATE("tenth"), + wxTRANSLATE("eleventh"), + wxTRANSLATE("twelfth"), + wxTRANSLATE("thirteenth"), + wxTRANSLATE("fourteenth"), + wxTRANSLATE("fifteenth"), + wxTRANSLATE("sixteenth"), + wxTRANSLATE("seventeenth"), + wxTRANSLATE("eighteenth"), + wxTRANSLATE("nineteenth"), + wxTRANSLATE("twentieth"), + // that's enough - otherwise we'd have problems with + // composite (or not) ordinals + }; + + size_t n; + for ( n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(ordinals); n++ ) + { + const wxString ord = wxGetTranslation(ordinals[n]); + const size_t len = ord.length(); + if ( date.compare(p - pBegin, len, ord) == 0 ) + { + p += len; + break; + } + } + + if ( n == WXSIZEOF(ordinals) ) + { + // stop here - something unknown + break; + } + + // it's a day + if ( haveDay ) + { + // don't try anything here (as in case of numeric day + // above) - the symbolic day spec should always + // precede the month/year + break; + } + + haveDay = true; + + day = (wxDateTime_t)(n + 1); + } + } + } + + // advance iterator past a successfully parsed token + p = pCopy; + } + + // either no more tokens or the scan was stopped by something we couldn't + // parse - in any case, see if we can construct a date from what we have + if ( !haveDay && !haveWDay ) + return false; + + if ( haveWDay && (haveMon || haveYear || haveDay) && + !(haveDay && haveMon && haveYear) ) + { + // without adjectives (which we don't support here) the week day only + // makes sense completely separately or with the full date + // specification (what would "Wed 1999" mean?) + return false; + } + + if ( !haveWDay && haveYear && !(haveDay && haveMon) ) + { + // may be we have month and day instead of day and year? + if ( haveDay && !haveMon ) + { + if ( day <= 12 ) + { + // exchange day and month + mon = (wxDateTime::Month)(day - 1); + + // we're in the current year then + if ( (year > 0) && (year <= (int)GetNumberOfDays(mon, Inv_Year)) ) + { + day = (wxDateTime_t)year; + + haveMon = true; + haveYear = false; + } + //else: no, can't exchange, leave haveMon == false + } + } + + if ( !haveMon ) + return false; + } + + if ( !haveMon ) + { + mon = GetCurrentMonth(); + } + + if ( !haveYear ) + { + year = GetCurrentYear(); + } + + if ( haveDay ) + { + // normally we check the day above but the check is optimistic in case + // we find the day before its month/year so we have to redo it now + if ( day > GetNumberOfDays(mon, year) ) + return false; + + Set(day, mon, year); + + if ( haveWDay ) + { + // check that it is really the same + if ( GetWeekDay() != wday ) + return false; + } + } + else // haveWDay + { + *this = Today(); + + SetToWeekDayInSameWeek(wday); + } + + *end = p; + + return true; +} + +bool +wxDateTime::ParseTime(const wxString& time, wxString::const_iterator *end) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( end, false, "end iterator pointer must be specified" ); + + // first try some extra things + static const struct + { + const char *name; + wxDateTime_t hour; + } stdTimes[] = + { + { wxTRANSLATE("noon"), 12 }, + { wxTRANSLATE("midnight"), 00 }, + // anything else? + }; + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(stdTimes); n++ ) + { + const wxString timeString = wxGetTranslation(stdTimes[n].name); + if ( timeString.CmpNoCase(wxString(time, timeString.length())) == 0 ) + { + // casts required by DigitalMars + Set(stdTimes[n].hour, wxDateTime_t(0), wxDateTime_t(0)); + + if ( end ) + *end = time.begin() + timeString.length(); + + return true; + } + } + + // try all time formats we may think about in the order from longest to + // shortest + static const char *const timeFormats[] = + { + "%I:%M:%S %p", // 12hour with AM/PM + "%H:%M:%S", // could be the same or 24 hour one so try it too + "%I:%M %p", // 12hour with AM/PM but without seconds + "%H:%M", // and a possibly 24 hour version without seconds + "%X", // possibly something from above or maybe something + // completely different -- try it last + + // TODO: parse timezones + }; + + for ( size_t nFmt = 0; nFmt < WXSIZEOF(timeFormats); nFmt++ ) + { + if ( ParseFormat(time, timeFormats[nFmt], end) ) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Workdays and holidays support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxDateTime::IsWorkDay(Country WXUNUSED(country)) const +{ + return !wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::IsHoliday(*this); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDateSpan +// ============================================================================ + +wxDateSpan WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator*(int n, const wxDateSpan& ds) +{ + wxDateSpan ds1(ds); + return ds1.Multiply(n); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxTimeSpan +// ============================================================================ + +wxTimeSpan WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator*(int n, const wxTimeSpan& ts) +{ + return wxTimeSpan(ts).Multiply(n); +} + +// this enum is only used in wxTimeSpan::Format() below but we can't declare +// it locally to the method as it provokes an internal compiler error in egcs +// 2.91.60 when building with -O2 +enum TimeSpanPart +{ + Part_Week, + Part_Day, + Part_Hour, + Part_Min, + Part_Sec, + Part_MSec +}; + +// not all strftime(3) format specifiers make sense here because, for example, +// a time span doesn't have a year nor a timezone +// +// Here are the ones which are supported (all of them are supported by strftime +// as well): +// %H hour in 24 hour format +// %M minute (00 - 59) +// %S second (00 - 59) +// %% percent sign +// +// Also, for MFC CTimeSpan compatibility, we support +// %D number of days +// +// And, to be better than MFC :-), we also have +// %E number of wEeks +// %l milliseconds (000 - 999) +wxString wxTimeSpan::Format(const wxString& format) const +{ + // we deal with only positive time spans here and just add the sign in + // front for the negative ones + if ( IsNegative() ) + { + wxString str(Negate().Format(format)); + return "-" + str; + } + + wxCHECK_MSG( !format.empty(), wxEmptyString, + wxT("NULL format in wxTimeSpan::Format") ); + + wxString str; + str.Alloc(format.length()); + + // Suppose we have wxTimeSpan ts(1 /* hour */, 2 /* min */, 3 /* sec */) + // + // Then, of course, ts.Format("%H:%M:%S") must return "01:02:03", but the + // question is what should ts.Format("%S") do? The code here returns "3273" + // in this case (i.e. the total number of seconds, not just seconds % 60) + // because, for me, this call means "give me entire time interval in + // seconds" and not "give me the seconds part of the time interval" + // + // If we agree that it should behave like this, it is clear that the + // interpretation of each format specifier depends on the presence of the + // other format specs in the string: if there was "%H" before "%M", we + // should use GetMinutes() % 60, otherwise just GetMinutes() &c + + // we remember the most important unit found so far + TimeSpanPart partBiggest = Part_MSec; + + for ( wxString::const_iterator pch = format.begin(); pch != format.end(); ++pch ) + { + wxChar ch = *pch; + + if ( ch == wxT('%') ) + { + // the start of the format specification of the printf() below + wxString fmtPrefix(wxT('%')); + + // the number + long n; + + // the number of digits for the format string, 0 if unused + unsigned digits = 0; + + ch = *++pch; // get the format spec char + switch ( ch ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid format character") ); + // fall through + + case wxT('%'): + str += ch; + + // skip the part below switch + continue; + + case wxT('D'): + n = GetDays(); + if ( partBiggest < Part_Day ) + { + n %= DAYS_PER_WEEK; + } + else + { + partBiggest = Part_Day; + } + break; + + case wxT('E'): + partBiggest = Part_Week; + n = GetWeeks(); + break; + + case wxT('H'): + n = GetHours(); + if ( partBiggest < Part_Hour ) + { + n %= HOURS_PER_DAY; + } + else + { + partBiggest = Part_Hour; + } + + digits = 2; + break; + + case wxT('l'): + n = GetMilliseconds().ToLong(); + if ( partBiggest < Part_MSec ) + { + n %= 1000; + } + //else: no need to reset partBiggest to Part_MSec, it is + // the least significant one anyhow + + digits = 3; + break; + + case wxT('M'): + n = GetMinutes(); + if ( partBiggest < Part_Min ) + { + n %= MIN_PER_HOUR; + } + else + { + partBiggest = Part_Min; + } + + digits = 2; + break; + + case wxT('S'): + n = GetSeconds().ToLong(); + if ( partBiggest < Part_Sec ) + { + n %= SEC_PER_MIN; + } + else + { + partBiggest = Part_Sec; + } + + digits = 2; + break; + } + + if ( digits ) + { + fmtPrefix << wxT("0") << digits; + } + + str += wxString::Format(fmtPrefix + wxT("ld"), n); + } + else + { + // normal character, just copy + str += ch; + } + } + + return str; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datstrm.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datstrm.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9b271ce7ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/datstrm.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,759 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/datstrm.cpp +// Purpose: Data stream classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: Mickael Gilabert +// Created: 28/06/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: datstrm.cpp 61764 2009-08-26 20:44:01Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/datstrm.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/math.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataInputStream +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +wxDataInputStream::wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s, const wxMBConv& conv) + : m_input(&s), m_be_order(false), m_conv(conv.Clone()) +#else +wxDataInputStream::wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s) + : m_input(&s), m_be_order(false) +#endif +{ +} + +wxDataInputStream::~wxDataInputStream() +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + delete m_conv; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +void wxDataInputStream::SetConv( const wxMBConv &conv ) +{ + delete m_conv; + m_conv = conv.Clone(); +} +#endif + +#if wxHAS_INT64 +wxUint64 wxDataInputStream::Read64() +{ + wxUint64 tmp; + Read64(&tmp, 1); + return tmp; +} +#endif // wxHAS_INT64 + +wxUint32 wxDataInputStream::Read32() +{ + wxUint32 i32; + + m_input->Read(&i32, 4); + + if (m_be_order) + return wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(i32); + else + return wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(i32); +} + +wxUint16 wxDataInputStream::Read16() +{ + wxUint16 i16; + + m_input->Read(&i16, 2); + + if (m_be_order) + return wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(i16); + else + return wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(i16); +} + +wxUint8 wxDataInputStream::Read8() +{ + wxUint8 buf; + + m_input->Read(&buf, 1); + return (wxUint8)buf; +} + +double wxDataInputStream::ReadDouble() +{ +#if wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE + char buf[10]; + + m_input->Read(buf, 10); + return wxConvertFromIeeeExtended((const wxInt8 *)buf); +#else + return 0.0; +#endif +} + +wxString wxDataInputStream::ReadString() +{ + wxString ret; + + const size_t len = Read32(); + if ( len > 0 ) + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxCharBuffer tmp(len + 1); + if ( tmp ) + { + m_input->Read(tmp.data(), len); + tmp.data()[len] = '\0'; + ret = m_conv->cMB2WX(tmp.data()); + } +#else + wxStringBuffer buf(ret, len); + if ( buf ) + m_input->Read(buf, len); +#endif + } + + return ret; +} + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + +template +static +void DoReadLL(T *buffer, size_t size, wxInputStream *input, bool be_order) +{ + typedef T DataType; + unsigned char *pchBuffer = new unsigned char[size * 8]; + // TODO: Check for overflow when size is of type uint and is > than 512m + input->Read(pchBuffer, size * 8); + size_t idx_base = 0; + if ( be_order ) + { + for ( size_t uiIndex = 0; uiIndex != size; ++uiIndex ) + { + buffer[uiIndex] = 0l; + for ( unsigned ui = 0; ui != 8; ++ui ) + { + buffer[uiIndex] = buffer[uiIndex] * 256l + + DataType((unsigned long) pchBuffer[idx_base + ui]); + } + + idx_base += 8; + } + } + else // little endian + { + for ( size_t uiIndex=0; uiIndex!=size; ++uiIndex ) + { + buffer[uiIndex] = 0l; + for ( unsigned ui=0; ui!=8; ++ui ) + buffer[uiIndex] = buffer[uiIndex] * 256l + + DataType((unsigned long) pchBuffer[idx_base + 7 - ui]); + idx_base += 8; + } + } + delete[] pchBuffer; +} + +template +static void DoWriteLL(const T *buffer, size_t size, wxOutputStream *output, bool be_order) +{ + typedef T DataType; + unsigned char *pchBuffer = new unsigned char[size * 8]; + size_t idx_base = 0; + if ( be_order ) + { + for ( size_t uiIndex = 0; uiIndex != size; ++uiIndex ) + { + DataType i64 = buffer[uiIndex]; + for ( unsigned ui = 0; ui != 8; ++ui ) + { + pchBuffer[idx_base + 7 - ui] = + (unsigned char) (i64.GetLo() & 255l); + i64 >>= 8l; + } + + idx_base += 8; + } + } + else // little endian + { + for ( size_t uiIndex=0; uiIndex != size; ++uiIndex ) + { + DataType i64 = buffer[uiIndex]; + for (unsigned ui=0; ui!=8; ++ui) + { + pchBuffer[idx_base + ui] = + (unsigned char) (i64.GetLo() & 255l); + i64 >>= 8l; + } + + idx_base += 8; + } + } + + // TODO: Check for overflow when size is of type uint and is > than 512m + output->Write(pchBuffer, size * 8); + delete[] pchBuffer; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + +template +static +void DoReadI64(T *buffer, size_t size, wxInputStream *input, bool be_order) +{ + typedef T DataType; + unsigned char *pchBuffer = (unsigned char*) buffer; + // TODO: Check for overflow when size is of type uint and is > than 512m + input->Read(pchBuffer, size * 8); + if ( be_order ) + { + for ( wxUint32 i = 0; i < size; i++ ) + { + DataType v = wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_LE(*buffer); + *(buffer++) = v; + } + } + else // little endian + { + for ( wxUint32 i=0; i +static +void DoWriteI64(const T *buffer, size_t size, wxOutputStream *output, bool be_order) +{ + typedef T DataType; + if ( be_order ) + { + for ( size_t i = 0; i < size; i++ ) + { + DataType i64 = wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_LE(*buffer); + buffer++; + output->Write(&i64, 8); + } + } + else // little endian + { + for ( size_t i=0; i < size; i++ ) + { + DataType i64 = wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_BE(*buffer); + buffer++; + output->Write(&i64, 8); + } + } +} + +#endif // wxLongLong_t + + +#if wxHAS_INT64 +void wxDataInputStream::Read64(wxUint64 *buffer, size_t size) +{ +#ifndef wxLongLong_t + DoReadLL(buffer, size, m_input, m_be_order); +#else + DoReadI64(buffer, size, m_input, m_be_order); +#endif +} + +void wxDataInputStream::Read64(wxInt64 *buffer, size_t size) +{ +#ifndef wxLongLong_t + DoReadLL(buffer, size, m_input, m_be_order); +#else + DoReadI64(buffer, size, m_input, m_be_order); +#endif +} +#endif // wxHAS_INT64 + +#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG +void wxDataInputStream::Read64(wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size) +{ + DoReadLL(buffer, size, m_input, m_be_order); +} + +void wxDataInputStream::Read64(wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size) +{ + DoReadLL(buffer, size, m_input, m_be_order); +} +#endif // wxLongLong_t + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG +void wxDataInputStream::ReadLL(wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size) +{ + DoReadLL(buffer, size, m_input, m_be_order); +} + +void wxDataInputStream::ReadLL(wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size) +{ + DoReadLL(buffer, size, m_input, m_be_order); +} + +wxLongLong wxDataInputStream::ReadLL(void) +{ + wxLongLong ll; + DoReadLL(&ll, (size_t)1, m_input, m_be_order); + return ll; +} +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + +void wxDataInputStream::Read32(wxUint32 *buffer, size_t size) +{ + m_input->Read(buffer, size * 4); + + if (m_be_order) + { + for (wxUint32 i=0; iRead(buffer, size * 2); + + if (m_be_order) + { + for (wxUint32 i=0; iRead(buffer, size); +} + +void wxDataInputStream::ReadDouble(double *buffer, size_t size) +{ + for (wxUint32 i=0; i>(wxString& s) +{ + s = ReadString(); + return *this; +} + +wxDataInputStream& wxDataInputStream::operator>>(wxInt8& c) +{ + c = (wxInt8)Read8(); + return *this; +} + +wxDataInputStream& wxDataInputStream::operator>>(wxInt16& i) +{ + i = (wxInt16)Read16(); + return *this; +} + +wxDataInputStream& wxDataInputStream::operator>>(wxInt32& i) +{ + i = (wxInt32)Read32(); + return *this; +} + +wxDataInputStream& wxDataInputStream::operator>>(wxUint8& c) +{ + c = Read8(); + return *this; +} + +wxDataInputStream& wxDataInputStream::operator>>(wxUint16& i) +{ + i = Read16(); + return *this; +} + +wxDataInputStream& wxDataInputStream::operator>>(wxUint32& i) +{ + i = Read32(); + return *this; +} + +#if wxHAS_INT64 +wxDataInputStream& wxDataInputStream::operator>>(wxUint64& i) +{ + i = Read64(); + return *this; +} + +wxDataInputStream& wxDataInputStream::operator>>(wxInt64& i) +{ + i = Read64(); + return *this; +} +#endif // wxHAS_INT64 + +#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG +wxDataInputStream& wxDataInputStream::operator>>(wxULongLong& i) +{ + i = ReadLL(); + return *this; +} + +wxDataInputStream& wxDataInputStream::operator>>(wxLongLong& i) +{ + i = ReadLL(); + return *this; +} +#endif // wxLongLong_t + +wxDataInputStream& wxDataInputStream::operator>>(double& i) +{ + i = ReadDouble(); + return *this; +} + +wxDataInputStream& wxDataInputStream::operator>>(float& f) +{ + f = (float)ReadDouble(); + return *this; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataOutputStream +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +wxDataOutputStream::wxDataOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s, const wxMBConv& conv) + : m_output(&s), m_be_order(false), m_conv(conv.Clone()) +#else +wxDataOutputStream::wxDataOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s) + : m_output(&s), m_be_order(false) +#endif +{ +} + +wxDataOutputStream::~wxDataOutputStream() +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + delete m_conv; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +void wxDataOutputStream::SetConv( const wxMBConv &conv ) +{ + delete m_conv; + m_conv = conv.Clone(); +} +#endif + +#if wxHAS_INT64 +void wxDataOutputStream::Write64(wxUint64 i) +{ + Write64(&i, 1); +} + +void wxDataOutputStream::Write64(wxInt64 i) +{ + Write64(&i, 1); +} +#endif // wxHAS_INT64 + +void wxDataOutputStream::Write32(wxUint32 i) +{ + wxUint32 i32; + + if (m_be_order) + i32 = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(i); + else + i32 = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(i); + m_output->Write(&i32, 4); +} + +void wxDataOutputStream::Write16(wxUint16 i) +{ + wxUint16 i16; + + if (m_be_order) + i16 = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(i); + else + i16 = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(i); + + m_output->Write(&i16, 2); +} + +void wxDataOutputStream::Write8(wxUint8 i) +{ + m_output->Write(&i, 1); +} + +void wxDataOutputStream::WriteString(const wxString& string) +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + const wxWX2MBbuf buf = string.mb_str(*m_conv); +#else + const wxWX2MBbuf buf = string.mb_str(); +#endif + size_t len = strlen(buf); + Write32(len); + if (len > 0) + m_output->Write(buf, len); +} + +void wxDataOutputStream::WriteDouble(double d) +{ + char buf[10]; + +#if wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE + wxConvertToIeeeExtended(d, (wxInt8 *)buf); +#else + wxUnusedVar(d); +#if !defined(__VMS__) && !defined(__GNUG__) +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# pragma message("wxDataOutputStream::WriteDouble() not using IeeeExtended - will not work!") +#else +# pragma warning "wxDataOutputStream::WriteDouble() not using IeeeExtended - will not work!" +#endif +#endif + buf[0] = '\0'; +#endif + m_output->Write(buf, 10); +} + +#if wxHAS_INT64 +void wxDataOutputStream::Write64(const wxUint64 *buffer, size_t size) +{ +#ifndef wxLongLong_t + DoWriteLL(buffer, size, m_output, m_be_order); +#else + DoWriteI64(buffer, size, m_output, m_be_order); +#endif +} + +void wxDataOutputStream::Write64(const wxInt64 *buffer, size_t size) +{ +#ifndef wxLongLong_t + DoWriteLL(buffer, size, m_output, m_be_order); +#else + DoWriteI64(buffer, size, m_output, m_be_order); +#endif +} +#endif // wxHAS_INT64 + +#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG +void wxDataOutputStream::Write64(const wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size) +{ + DoWriteLL(buffer, size, m_output, m_be_order); +} + +void wxDataOutputStream::Write64(const wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size) +{ + DoWriteLL(buffer, size, m_output, m_be_order); +} +#endif // wxLongLong_t + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG +void wxDataOutputStream::WriteLL(const wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size) +{ + DoWriteLL(buffer, size, m_output, m_be_order); +} + +void wxDataOutputStream::WriteLL(const wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size) +{ + DoWriteLL(buffer, size, m_output, m_be_order); +} + +void wxDataOutputStream::WriteLL(const wxLongLong &ll) +{ + WriteLL(&ll, 1); +} + +void wxDataOutputStream::WriteLL(const wxULongLong &ll) +{ + WriteLL(&ll, 1); +} +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + +void wxDataOutputStream::Write32(const wxUint32 *buffer, size_t size) +{ + if (m_be_order) + { + for (wxUint32 i=0; iWrite(&i32, 4); + } + } + else + { + for (wxUint32 i=0; iWrite(&i32, 4); + } + } +} + +void wxDataOutputStream::Write16(const wxUint16 *buffer, size_t size) +{ + if (m_be_order) + { + for (wxUint32 i=0; iWrite(&i16, 2); + } + } + else + { + for (wxUint32 i=0; iWrite(&i16, 2); + } + } +} + +void wxDataOutputStream::Write8(const wxUint8 *buffer, size_t size) +{ + m_output->Write(buffer, size); +} + +void wxDataOutputStream::WriteDouble(const double *buffer, size_t size) +{ + for (wxUint32 i=0; iInheritAttributes(window); + return impl; +} + +wxDCImpl* wxNativeDCFactory::CreateClientDC( wxClientDC *owner, wxWindow *window ) +{ + wxDCImpl * const impl = new wxClientDCImpl( owner, window ); + impl->InheritAttributes(window); + return impl; +} + +wxDCImpl* wxNativeDCFactory::CreatePaintDC( wxPaintDC *owner, wxWindow *window ) +{ + wxDCImpl * const impl = new wxPaintDCImpl( owner, window ); + impl->InheritAttributes(window); + return impl; +} + +wxDCImpl* wxNativeDCFactory::CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner ) +{ + return new wxMemoryDCImpl( owner ); +} + +wxDCImpl* wxNativeDCFactory::CreateMemoryDC(wxMemoryDC *owner, wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + // the bitmap may be modified when it's selected into a memory DC so make + // sure changing this bitmap doesn't affect any other shallow copies of it + // (see wxMemoryDC::SelectObject()) + // + // notice that we don't provide any ctor equivalent to SelectObjectAsSource + // method because this should be rarely needed and easy to work around by + // using the default ctor and calling SelectObjectAsSource itself + if ( bitmap.IsOk() ) + bitmap.UnShare(); + + return new wxMemoryDCImpl(owner, bitmap); +} + +wxDCImpl* wxNativeDCFactory::CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxDC *dc ) +{ + return new wxMemoryDCImpl( owner, dc ); +} + +wxDCImpl* wxNativeDCFactory::CreateScreenDC( wxScreenDC *owner ) +{ + return new wxScreenDCImpl( owner ); +} + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +wxDCImpl *wxNativeDCFactory::CreatePrinterDC( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData &data ) +{ + wxPrintFactory *factory = wxPrintFactory::GetFactory(); + return factory->CreatePrinterDCImpl( owner, data ); +} +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindowDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowDC, wxDC) + +wxWindowDC::wxWindowDC(wxWindow *win) + : wxDC(wxDCFactory::Get()->CreateWindowDC(this, win)) +{ +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClientDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxClientDC, wxWindowDC) + +wxClientDC::wxClientDC(wxWindow *win) + : wxWindowDC(wxDCFactory::Get()->CreateClientDC(this, win)) +{ +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMemoryDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryDC, wxDC) + +wxMemoryDC::wxMemoryDC() + : wxDC(wxDCFactory::Get()->CreateMemoryDC(this)) +{ +} + +wxMemoryDC::wxMemoryDC(wxBitmap& bitmap) + : wxDC(wxDCFactory::Get()->CreateMemoryDC(this, bitmap)) +{ +} + +wxMemoryDC::wxMemoryDC(wxDC *dc) + : wxDC(wxDCFactory::Get()->CreateMemoryDC(this, dc)) +{ +} + +void wxMemoryDC::SelectObject(wxBitmap& bmp) +{ + if ( bmp.IsSameAs(GetSelectedBitmap()) ) + { + // Nothing to do, this bitmap is already selected. + return; + } + + // make sure that the given wxBitmap is not sharing its data with other + // wxBitmap instances as its contents will be modified by any drawing + // operation done on this DC + if (bmp.IsOk()) + bmp.UnShare(); + + GetImpl()->DoSelect(bmp); +} + +void wxMemoryDC::SelectObjectAsSource(const wxBitmap& bmp) +{ + GetImpl()->DoSelect(bmp); +} + +const wxBitmap& wxMemoryDC::GetSelectedBitmap() const +{ + return GetImpl()->GetSelectedBitmap(); +} + +wxBitmap& wxMemoryDC::GetSelectedBitmap() +{ + return GetImpl()->GetSelectedBitmap(); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPaintDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPaintDC, wxClientDC) + +wxPaintDC::wxPaintDC(wxWindow *win) + : wxClientDC(wxDCFactory::Get()->CreatePaintDC(this, win)) +{ +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScreenDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScreenDC, wxWindowDC) + +wxScreenDC::wxScreenDC() + : wxDC(wxDCFactory::Get()->CreateScreenDC(this)) +{ +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrinterDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrinterDC, wxDC) + +wxPrinterDC::wxPrinterDC() + : wxDC(wxDCFactory::Get()->CreatePrinterDC(this, wxPrintData())) +{ +} + +wxPrinterDC::wxPrinterDC(const wxPrintData& data) + : wxDC(wxDCFactory::Get()->CreatePrinterDC(this, data)) +{ +} + +wxRect wxPrinterDC::GetPaperRect() const +{ + return GetImpl()->GetPaperRect(); +} + +int wxPrinterDC::GetResolution() const +{ + return GetImpl()->GetResolution(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDCImpl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDCImpl, wxObject) + +wxDCImpl::wxDCImpl( wxDC *owner ) + : m_window(NULL) + , m_colour(wxColourDisplay()) + , m_ok(true) + , m_clipping(false) + , m_isInteractive(0) + , m_isBBoxValid(false) + , m_logicalOriginX(0), m_logicalOriginY(0) + , m_deviceOriginX(0), m_deviceOriginY(0) + , m_deviceLocalOriginX(0), m_deviceLocalOriginY(0) + , m_logicalScaleX(1.0), m_logicalScaleY(1.0) + , m_userScaleX(1.0), m_userScaleY(1.0) + , m_scaleX(1.0), m_scaleY(1.0) + , m_signX(1), m_signY(1) + , m_minX(0), m_minY(0), m_maxX(0), m_maxY(0) + , m_clipX1(0), m_clipY1(0), m_clipX2(0), m_clipY2(0) + , m_logicalFunction(wxCOPY) + , m_backgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT) + , m_mappingMode(wxMM_TEXT) + , m_pen() + , m_brush() + , m_backgroundBrush() + , m_textForegroundColour(*wxBLACK) + , m_textBackgroundColour(*wxWHITE) + , m_font() +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + , m_palette() + , m_hasCustomPalette(false) +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE +{ + m_owner = owner; + + m_mm_to_pix_x = (double)wxGetDisplaySize().GetWidth() / + (double)wxGetDisplaySizeMM().GetWidth(); + m_mm_to_pix_y = (double)wxGetDisplaySize().GetHeight() / + (double)wxGetDisplaySizeMM().GetHeight(); + + ResetBoundingBox(); + ResetClipping(); +} + +wxDCImpl::~wxDCImpl() +{ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// coordinate conversions and transforms +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCoord wxDCImpl::DeviceToLogicalX(wxCoord x) const +{ + return wxRound( (double)((x - m_deviceOriginX - m_deviceLocalOriginX) * m_signX) / m_scaleX ) + m_logicalOriginX ; +} + +wxCoord wxDCImpl::DeviceToLogicalY(wxCoord y) const +{ + return wxRound( (double)((y - m_deviceOriginY - m_deviceLocalOriginY) * m_signY) / m_scaleY ) + m_logicalOriginY ; +} + +wxCoord wxDCImpl::DeviceToLogicalXRel(wxCoord x) const +{ + return wxRound((double)(x) / m_scaleX); +} + +wxCoord wxDCImpl::DeviceToLogicalYRel(wxCoord y) const +{ + return wxRound((double)(y) / m_scaleY); +} + +wxCoord wxDCImpl::LogicalToDeviceX(wxCoord x) const +{ + return wxRound( (double)((x - m_logicalOriginX) * m_signX) * m_scaleX) + m_deviceOriginX + m_deviceLocalOriginX; +} + +wxCoord wxDCImpl::LogicalToDeviceY(wxCoord y) const +{ + return wxRound( (double)((y - m_logicalOriginY) * m_signY) * m_scaleY) + m_deviceOriginY + m_deviceLocalOriginY; +} + +wxCoord wxDCImpl::LogicalToDeviceXRel(wxCoord x) const +{ + return wxRound((double)(x) * m_scaleX); +} + +wxCoord wxDCImpl::LogicalToDeviceYRel(wxCoord y) const +{ + return wxRound((double)(y) * m_scaleY); +} + +void wxDCImpl::ComputeScaleAndOrigin() +{ + m_scaleX = m_logicalScaleX * m_userScaleX; + m_scaleY = m_logicalScaleY * m_userScaleY; +} + +void wxDCImpl::SetMapMode( wxMappingMode mode ) +{ + switch (mode) + { + case wxMM_TWIPS: + SetLogicalScale( twips2mm*m_mm_to_pix_x, twips2mm*m_mm_to_pix_y ); + break; + case wxMM_POINTS: + SetLogicalScale( pt2mm*m_mm_to_pix_x, pt2mm*m_mm_to_pix_y ); + break; + case wxMM_METRIC: + SetLogicalScale( m_mm_to_pix_x, m_mm_to_pix_y ); + break; + case wxMM_LOMETRIC: + SetLogicalScale( m_mm_to_pix_x/10.0, m_mm_to_pix_y/10.0 ); + break; + default: + case wxMM_TEXT: + SetLogicalScale( 1.0, 1.0 ); + break; + } + m_mappingMode = mode; +} + +void wxDCImpl::SetUserScale( double x, double y ) +{ + // allow negative ? -> no + m_userScaleX = x; + m_userScaleY = y; + ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); +} + +void wxDCImpl::SetLogicalScale( double x, double y ) +{ + // allow negative ? + m_logicalScaleX = x; + m_logicalScaleY = y; + ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); +} + +void wxDCImpl::SetLogicalOrigin( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) +{ + m_logicalOriginX = x * m_signX; + m_logicalOriginY = y * m_signY; + ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); +} + +void wxDCImpl::SetDeviceOrigin( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) +{ + m_deviceOriginX = x; + m_deviceOriginY = y; + ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); +} + +void wxDCImpl::SetDeviceLocalOrigin( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) +{ + m_deviceLocalOriginX = x; + m_deviceLocalOriginY = y; + ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); +} + +void wxDCImpl::SetAxisOrientation( bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp ) +{ + // only wxPostScripDC has m_signX = -1, we override SetAxisOrientation there + // wxWidgets 2.9: no longer override it + m_signX = (xLeftRight ? 1 : -1); + m_signY = (yBottomUp ? -1 : 1); + ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); +} + + +// Each element of the widths array will be the width of the string up to and +// including the corresponding character in text. This is the generic +// implementation, the port-specific classes should do this with native APIs +// if available and if faster. Note: pango_layout_index_to_pos is much slower +// than calling GetTextExtent!! + +#define FWC_SIZE 256 + +class FontWidthCache +{ +public: + FontWidthCache() : m_scaleX(1), m_widths(NULL) { } + ~FontWidthCache() { delete []m_widths; } + + void Reset() + { + if (!m_widths) + m_widths = new int[FWC_SIZE]; + + memset(m_widths, 0, sizeof(int)*FWC_SIZE); + } + + wxFont m_font; + double m_scaleX; + int *m_widths; +}; + +static FontWidthCache s_fontWidthCache; + +bool wxDCImpl::DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const +{ + int totalWidth = 0; + + const size_t len = text.length(); + widths.Empty(); + widths.Add(0, len); + + // reset the cache if font or horizontal scale have changed + if ( !s_fontWidthCache.m_widths || + !wxIsSameDouble(s_fontWidthCache.m_scaleX, m_scaleX) || + (s_fontWidthCache.m_font != GetFont()) ) + { + s_fontWidthCache.Reset(); + s_fontWidthCache.m_font = GetFont(); + s_fontWidthCache.m_scaleX = m_scaleX; + } + + // Calculate the position of each character based on the widths of + // the previous characters + int w, h; + for ( size_t i = 0; i < len; i++ ) + { + const wxChar c = text[i]; + unsigned int c_int = (unsigned int)c; + + if ((c_int < FWC_SIZE) && (s_fontWidthCache.m_widths[c_int] != 0)) + { + w = s_fontWidthCache.m_widths[c_int]; + } + else + { + DoGetTextExtent(c, &w, &h); + if (c_int < FWC_SIZE) + s_fontWidthCache.m_widths[c_int] = w; + } + + totalWidth += w; + widths[i] = totalWidth; + } + + return true; +} + +void wxDCImpl::GetMultiLineTextExtent(const wxString& text, + wxCoord *x, + wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *h, + const wxFont *font) const +{ + wxCoord widthTextMax = 0, widthLine, + heightTextTotal = 0, heightLineDefault = 0, heightLine = 0; + + wxString curLine; + for ( wxString::const_iterator pc = text.begin(); ; ++pc ) + { + if ( pc == text.end() || *pc == wxT('\n') ) + { + if ( curLine.empty() ) + { + // we can't use GetTextExtent - it will return 0 for both width + // and height and an empty line should count in height + // calculation + + // assume that this line has the same height as the previous + // one + if ( !heightLineDefault ) + heightLineDefault = heightLine; + + if ( !heightLineDefault ) + { + // but we don't know it yet - choose something reasonable + DoGetTextExtent(wxT("W"), NULL, &heightLineDefault, + NULL, NULL, font); + } + + heightTextTotal += heightLineDefault; + } + else + { + DoGetTextExtent(curLine, &widthLine, &heightLine, + NULL, NULL, font); + if ( widthLine > widthTextMax ) + widthTextMax = widthLine; + heightTextTotal += heightLine; + } + + if ( pc == text.end() ) + { + break; + } + else // '\n' + { + curLine.clear(); + } + } + else + { + curLine += *pc; + } + } + + if ( x ) + *x = widthTextMax; + if ( y ) + *y = heightTextTotal; + if ( h ) + *h = heightLine; +} + +void wxDCImpl::DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + wxCoord x2 = x1 + width, + y2 = y1 + height; + + // the pen width is calibrated to give 3 for width == height == 10 + wxDCPenChanger pen( *m_owner, wxPen(GetTextForeground(), (width + height + 1)/7)); + + // we're drawing a scaled version of wx/generic/tick.xpm here + wxCoord x3 = x1 + (4*width) / 10, // x of the tick bottom + y3 = y1 + height / 2; // y of the left tick branch + DoDrawLine(x1, y3, x3, y2); + DoDrawLine(x3, y2, x2, y1); + + CalcBoundingBox(x1, y1); + CalcBoundingBox(x2, y2); +} + +bool +wxDCImpl::DoStretchBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, + wxCoord dstWidth, wxCoord dstHeight, + wxDC *source, + wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxCoord srcWidth, wxCoord srcHeight, + wxRasterOperationMode rop, + bool useMask, + wxCoord xsrcMask, + wxCoord ysrcMask) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( srcWidth && srcHeight && dstWidth && dstHeight, false, + wxT("invalid blit size") ); + + // emulate the stretching by modifying the DC scale + double xscale = (double)srcWidth/dstWidth, + yscale = (double)srcHeight/dstHeight; + + double xscaleOld, yscaleOld; + GetUserScale(&xscaleOld, &yscaleOld); + SetUserScale(xscaleOld/xscale, yscaleOld/yscale); + + bool rc = DoBlit(wxCoord(xdest*xscale), wxCoord(ydest*yscale), + wxCoord(dstWidth*xscale), wxCoord(dstHeight*yscale), + source, + xsrc, ysrc, rop, useMask, xsrcMask, ysrcMask); + + SetUserScale(xscaleOld, yscaleOld); + + return rc; +} + +void wxDCImpl::DrawLines(const wxPointList *list, wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset) +{ + int n = list->GetCount(); + wxPoint *points = new wxPoint[n]; + + int i = 0; + for ( wxPointList::compatibility_iterator node = list->GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext(), i++ ) + { + wxPoint *point = node->GetData(); + points[i].x = point->x; + points[i].y = point->y; + } + + DoDrawLines(n, points, xoffset, yoffset); + + delete [] points; +} + +void wxDCImpl::DrawPolygon(const wxPointList *list, + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle) +{ + int n = list->GetCount(); + wxPoint *points = new wxPoint[n]; + + int i = 0; + for ( wxPointList::compatibility_iterator node = list->GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext(), i++ ) + { + wxPoint *point = node->GetData(); + points[i].x = point->x; + points[i].y = point->y; + } + + DoDrawPolygon(n, points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle); + + delete [] points; +} + +void +wxDCImpl::DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, + int count[], + wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle) +{ + if ( n == 1 ) + { + DoDrawPolygon(count[0], points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle); + return; + } + + int i, j, lastOfs; + wxPoint* pts; + + for (i = j = lastOfs = 0; i < n; i++) + { + lastOfs = j; + j += count[i]; + } + pts = new wxPoint[j+n-1]; + for (i = 0; i < j; i++) + pts[i] = points[i]; + for (i = 2; i <= n; i++) + { + lastOfs -= count[n-i]; + pts[j++] = pts[lastOfs]; + } + + { + wxDCPenChanger setTransp(*m_owner, *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + DoDrawPolygon(j, pts, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle); + } + + for (i = j = 0; i < n; i++) + { + DoDrawLines(count[i], pts+j, xoffset, yoffset); + j += count[i]; + } + delete[] pts; +} + +#if wxUSE_SPLINES + +void wxDCImpl::DrawSpline(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, + wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, + wxCoord x3, wxCoord y3) +{ + wxPoint points[] = { wxPoint(x1, y1), wxPoint(x2, y2), wxPoint(x3, y3) }; + DrawSpline(WXSIZEOF(points), points); +} + +void wxDCImpl::DrawSpline(int n, wxPoint points[]) +{ + wxPointList list; + for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) + list.Append(&points[i]); + + DrawSpline(&list); +} + +// ----------------------------------- spline code ---------------------------------------- + +void wx_quadratic_spline(double a1, double b1, double a2, double b2, + double a3, double b3, double a4, double b4); +void wx_clear_stack(); +int wx_spline_pop(double *x1, double *y1, double *x2, double *y2, double *x3, + double *y3, double *x4, double *y4); +void wx_spline_push(double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2, double x3, double y3, + double x4, double y4); +static bool wx_spline_add_point(double x, double y); +static void wx_spline_draw_point_array(wxDC *dc); + +static wxPointList wx_spline_point_list; + +#define half(z1, z2) ((z1+z2)/2.0) +#define THRESHOLD 5 + +/* iterative version */ + +void wx_quadratic_spline(double a1, double b1, double a2, double b2, double a3, double b3, double a4, + double b4) +{ + register double xmid, ymid; + double x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4; + + wx_clear_stack(); + wx_spline_push(a1, b1, a2, b2, a3, b3, a4, b4); + + while (wx_spline_pop(&x1, &y1, &x2, &y2, &x3, &y3, &x4, &y4)) { + xmid = (double)half(x2, x3); + ymid = (double)half(y2, y3); + if (fabs(x1 - xmid) < THRESHOLD && fabs(y1 - ymid) < THRESHOLD && + fabs(xmid - x4) < THRESHOLD && fabs(ymid - y4) < THRESHOLD) { + wx_spline_add_point( x1, y1 ); + wx_spline_add_point( xmid, ymid ); + } else { + wx_spline_push(xmid, ymid, (double)half(xmid, x3), (double)half(ymid, y3), + (double)half(x3, x4), (double)half(y3, y4), x4, y4); + wx_spline_push(x1, y1, (double)half(x1, x2), (double)half(y1, y2), + (double)half(x2, xmid), (double)half(y2, ymid), xmid, ymid); + } + } +} + +/* utilities used by spline drawing routines */ + +typedef struct wx_spline_stack_struct { + double x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4; +} Stack; + +#define SPLINE_STACK_DEPTH 20 +static Stack wx_spline_stack[SPLINE_STACK_DEPTH]; +static Stack *wx_stack_top; +static int wx_stack_count; + +void wx_clear_stack() +{ + wx_stack_top = wx_spline_stack; + wx_stack_count = 0; +} + +void wx_spline_push(double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2, double x3, double y3, double x4, double y4) +{ + wx_stack_top->x1 = x1; + wx_stack_top->y1 = y1; + wx_stack_top->x2 = x2; + wx_stack_top->y2 = y2; + wx_stack_top->x3 = x3; + wx_stack_top->y3 = y3; + wx_stack_top->x4 = x4; + wx_stack_top->y4 = y4; + wx_stack_top++; + wx_stack_count++; +} + +int wx_spline_pop(double *x1, double *y1, double *x2, double *y2, + double *x3, double *y3, double *x4, double *y4) +{ + if (wx_stack_count == 0) + return (0); + wx_stack_top--; + wx_stack_count--; + *x1 = wx_stack_top->x1; + *y1 = wx_stack_top->y1; + *x2 = wx_stack_top->x2; + *y2 = wx_stack_top->y2; + *x3 = wx_stack_top->x3; + *y3 = wx_stack_top->y3; + *x4 = wx_stack_top->x4; + *y4 = wx_stack_top->y4; + return (1); +} + +static bool wx_spline_add_point(double x, double y) +{ + wxPoint *point = new wxPoint( wxRound(x), wxRound(y) ); + wx_spline_point_list.Append(point ); + return true; +} + +static void wx_spline_draw_point_array(wxDC *dc) +{ + dc->DrawLines(&wx_spline_point_list, 0, 0 ); + wxPointList::compatibility_iterator node = wx_spline_point_list.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxPoint *point = node->GetData(); + delete point; + wx_spline_point_list.Erase(node); + node = wx_spline_point_list.GetFirst(); + } +} + +void wxDCImpl::DoDrawSpline( const wxPointList *points ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + wxPoint *p; + double cx1, cy1, cx2, cy2, cx3, cy3, cx4, cy4; + double x1, y1, x2, y2; + + wxPointList::compatibility_iterator node = points->GetFirst(); + if (!node) + // empty list + return; + + p = (wxPoint *)node->GetData(); + + x1 = p->x; + y1 = p->y; + + node = node->GetNext(); + p = node->GetData(); + + x2 = p->x; + y2 = p->y; + cx1 = (double)((x1 + x2) / 2); + cy1 = (double)((y1 + y2) / 2); + cx2 = (double)((cx1 + x2) / 2); + cy2 = (double)((cy1 + y2) / 2); + + wx_spline_add_point(x1, y1); + + while ((node = node->GetNext()) +#if !wxUSE_STL + != NULL +#endif // !wxUSE_STL + ) + { + p = node->GetData(); + x1 = x2; + y1 = y2; + x2 = p->x; + y2 = p->y; + cx4 = (double)(x1 + x2) / 2; + cy4 = (double)(y1 + y2) / 2; + cx3 = (double)(x1 + cx4) / 2; + cy3 = (double)(y1 + cy4) / 2; + + wx_quadratic_spline(cx1, cy1, cx2, cy2, cx3, cy3, cx4, cy4); + + cx1 = cx4; + cy1 = cy4; + cx2 = (double)(cx1 + x2) / 2; + cy2 = (double)(cy1 + y2) / 2; + } + + wx_spline_add_point( cx1, cy1 ); + wx_spline_add_point( x2, y2 ); + + wx_spline_draw_point_array( m_owner ); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_SPLINES + + + +void wxDCImpl::DoGradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect, + const wxColour& initialColour, + const wxColour& destColour, + wxDirection nDirection) +{ + // save old pen + wxPen oldPen = m_pen; + wxBrush oldBrush = m_brush; + + wxUint8 nR1 = initialColour.Red(); + wxUint8 nG1 = initialColour.Green(); + wxUint8 nB1 = initialColour.Blue(); + wxUint8 nR2 = destColour.Red(); + wxUint8 nG2 = destColour.Green(); + wxUint8 nB2 = destColour.Blue(); + wxUint8 nR, nG, nB; + + if ( nDirection == wxEAST || nDirection == wxWEST ) + { + wxInt32 x = rect.GetWidth(); + wxInt32 w = x; // width of area to shade + wxInt32 xDelta = w/256; // height of one shade bend + if (xDelta < 1) + xDelta = 1; + + while (x >= xDelta) + { + x -= xDelta; + if (nR1 > nR2) + nR = nR1 - (nR1-nR2)*(w-x)/w; + else + nR = nR1 + (nR2-nR1)*(w-x)/w; + + if (nG1 > nG2) + nG = nG1 - (nG1-nG2)*(w-x)/w; + else + nG = nG1 + (nG2-nG1)*(w-x)/w; + + if (nB1 > nB2) + nB = nB1 - (nB1-nB2)*(w-x)/w; + else + nB = nB1 + (nB2-nB1)*(w-x)/w; + + wxColour colour(nR,nG,nB); + SetPen(wxPen(colour, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID)); + SetBrush(wxBrush(colour)); + if(nDirection == wxEAST) + DoDrawRectangle(rect.GetRight()-x-xDelta+1, rect.GetTop(), + xDelta, rect.GetHeight()); + else //nDirection == wxWEST + DoDrawRectangle(rect.GetLeft()+x, rect.GetTop(), + xDelta, rect.GetHeight()); + } + } + else // nDirection == wxNORTH || nDirection == wxSOUTH + { + wxInt32 y = rect.GetHeight(); + wxInt32 w = y; // height of area to shade + wxInt32 yDelta = w/255; // height of one shade bend + if (yDelta < 1) + yDelta = 1; + + while (y > 0) + { + y -= yDelta; + if (nR1 > nR2) + nR = nR1 - (nR1-nR2)*(w-y)/w; + else + nR = nR1 + (nR2-nR1)*(w-y)/w; + + if (nG1 > nG2) + nG = nG1 - (nG1-nG2)*(w-y)/w; + else + nG = nG1 + (nG2-nG1)*(w-y)/w; + + if (nB1 > nB2) + nB = nB1 - (nB1-nB2)*(w-y)/w; + else + nB = nB1 + (nB2-nB1)*(w-y)/w; + + wxColour colour(nR,nG,nB); + SetPen(wxPen(colour, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID)); + SetBrush(wxBrush(colour)); + if(nDirection == wxNORTH) + DoDrawRectangle(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop()+y, + rect.GetWidth(), yDelta); + else //nDirection == wxSOUTH + DoDrawRectangle(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom()-y-yDelta+1, + rect.GetWidth(), yDelta); + } + } + + SetPen(oldPen); + SetBrush(oldBrush); +} + +void wxDCImpl::DoGradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect, + const wxColour& initialColour, + const wxColour& destColour, + const wxPoint& circleCenter) +{ + // save the old pen and ensure it is restored on exit + const wxPen penOrig = m_pen; + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_SET(m_pen, penOrig); + + wxUint8 nR1 = destColour.Red(); + wxUint8 nG1 = destColour.Green(); + wxUint8 nB1 = destColour.Blue(); + wxUint8 nR2 = initialColour.Red(); + wxUint8 nG2 = initialColour.Green(); + wxUint8 nB2 = initialColour.Blue(); + wxUint8 nR, nG, nB; + + + //Radius + double cx = rect.GetWidth() / 2; + double cy = rect.GetHeight() / 2; + double dRadius; + if (cx < cy) + dRadius = cx; + else + dRadius = cy; + + //Offset of circle + double ptX, ptY; + ptX = circleCenter.x; + ptY = circleCenter.y; + double nCircleOffX = ptX - cx; + double nCircleOffY = ptY - cy; + + double dGradient; + double dx, dy; + + for ( wxInt32 x = 0; x < rect.GetWidth(); x++ ) + { + for ( wxInt32 y = 0; y < rect.GetHeight(); y++ ) + { + //get color difference + dx = x; + dy = y; + + dGradient = ((dRadius - sqrt( (dx - cx - nCircleOffX) * (dx - cx - nCircleOffX) + +(dy - cy - nCircleOffY) * (dy - cy - nCircleOffY) + ) + ) * 100 + ) / dRadius; + + //normalize Gradient + if (dGradient < 0) + dGradient = 0.0; + + //get dest colors + nR = (wxUint8)(nR1 + ((nR2 - nR1) * dGradient / 100)); + nG = (wxUint8)(nG1 + ((nG2 - nG1) * dGradient / 100)); + nB = (wxUint8)(nB1 + ((nB2 - nB1) * dGradient / 100)); + + //set the pixel + SetPen(wxColour(nR,nG,nB)); + DoDrawPoint(x + rect.GetLeft(), y + rect.GetTop()); + } + } +} + +void wxDCImpl::InheritAttributes(wxWindow *win) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( win, "window can't be NULL" ); + + SetFont(win->GetFont()); + SetTextForeground(win->GetForegroundColour()); + SetTextBackground(win->GetBackgroundColour()); + SetBackground(win->GetBackgroundColour()); + SetLayoutDirection(win->GetLayoutDirection()); +} + +void wxDCImpl::DoGetFontMetrics(int *height, + int *ascent, + int *descent, + int *internalLeading, + int *externalLeading, + int *averageWidth) const +{ + // Average width is typically the same as width of 'x'. + wxCoord h, d; + DoGetTextExtent("x", averageWidth, &h, &d, externalLeading); + + if ( height ) + *height = h; + if ( ascent ) + *ascent = h - d; + if ( descent ) + *descent = d; + if ( internalLeading ) + *internalLeading = 0; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDC, wxObject) + +void wxDC::CopyAttributes(const wxDC& dc) +{ + SetFont(dc.GetFont()); + SetTextForeground(dc.GetTextForeground()); + SetTextBackground(dc.GetTextBackground()); + SetBackground(dc.GetBackground()); + SetLayoutDirection(dc.GetLayoutDirection()); +} + +void wxDC::DrawLabel(const wxString& text, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxRect& rect, + int alignment, + int indexAccel, + wxRect *rectBounding) +{ + // find the text position + wxCoord widthText, heightText, heightLine; + GetMultiLineTextExtent(text, &widthText, &heightText, &heightLine); + + wxCoord width, height; + if ( bitmap.Ok() ) + { + width = widthText + bitmap.GetWidth(); + height = bitmap.GetHeight(); + } + else // no bitmap + { + width = widthText; + height = heightText; + } + + wxCoord x, y; + if ( alignment & wxALIGN_RIGHT ) + { + x = rect.GetRight() - width; + } + else if ( alignment & wxALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL ) + { + x = (rect.GetLeft() + rect.GetRight() + 1 - width) / 2; + } + else // alignment & wxALIGN_LEFT + { + x = rect.GetLeft(); + } + + if ( alignment & wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) + { + y = rect.GetBottom() - height; + } + else if ( alignment & wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL ) + { + y = (rect.GetTop() + rect.GetBottom() + 1 - height) / 2; + } + else // alignment & wxALIGN_TOP + { + y = rect.GetTop(); + } + + // draw the bitmap first + wxCoord x0 = x, + y0 = y, + width0 = width; + if ( bitmap.Ok() ) + { + DrawBitmap(bitmap, x, y, true /* use mask */); + + wxCoord offset = bitmap.GetWidth() + 4; + x += offset; + width -= offset; + + y += (height - heightText) / 2; + } + + // we will draw the underscore under the accel char later + wxCoord startUnderscore = 0, + endUnderscore = 0, + yUnderscore = 0; + + // split the string into lines and draw each of them separately + // + // NB: while wxDC::DrawText() on some platforms supports drawing multi-line + // strings natively, this is not the case for all of them, notably not + // wxMSW which uses this function for multi-line texts, so we may only + // call DrawText() for single-line strings from here to avoid infinite + // recursion. + wxString curLine; + for ( wxString::const_iterator pc = text.begin(); ; ++pc ) + { + if ( pc == text.end() || *pc == '\n' ) + { + int xRealStart = x; // init it here to avoid compielr warnings + + if ( !curLine.empty() ) + { + // NB: can't test for !(alignment & wxALIGN_LEFT) because + // wxALIGN_LEFT is 0 + if ( alignment & (wxALIGN_RIGHT | wxALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL) ) + { + wxCoord widthLine; + GetTextExtent(curLine, &widthLine, NULL); + + if ( alignment & wxALIGN_RIGHT ) + { + xRealStart += width - widthLine; + } + else // if ( alignment & wxALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL ) + { + xRealStart += (width - widthLine) / 2; + } + } + //else: left aligned, nothing to do + + DrawText(curLine, xRealStart, y); + } + + y += heightLine; + + // do we have underscore in this line? we can check yUnderscore + // because it is set below to just y + heightLine if we do + if ( y == yUnderscore ) + { + // adjust the horz positions to account for the shift + startUnderscore += xRealStart; + endUnderscore += xRealStart; + } + + if ( pc == text.end() ) + break; + + curLine.clear(); + } + else // not end of line + { + if ( pc - text.begin() == indexAccel ) + { + // remeber to draw underscore here + GetTextExtent(curLine, &startUnderscore, NULL); + curLine += *pc; + GetTextExtent(curLine, &endUnderscore, NULL); + + yUnderscore = y + heightLine; + } + else + { + curLine += *pc; + } + } + } + + // draw the underscore if found + if ( startUnderscore != endUnderscore ) + { + // it should be of the same colour as text + SetPen(wxPen(GetTextForeground(), 0, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID)); + + // This adjustment is relatively arbitrary: we need to draw the + // underline slightly higher to avoid overflowing the character cell + // but whether we should do it 1, 2 or 3 pixels higher is not clear. + // + // The currently used value seems to be compatible with native MSW + // behaviour, i.e. it results in the same appearance of the owner-drawn + // and normal labels. + yUnderscore -= 2; + + DrawLine(startUnderscore, yUnderscore, endUnderscore, yUnderscore); + } + + // return bounding rect if requested + if ( rectBounding ) + { + *rectBounding = wxRect(x, y - heightText, widthText, heightText); + } + + CalcBoundingBox(x0, y0); + CalcBoundingBox(x0 + width0, y0 + height); +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // for compatibility with the old code when wxCoord was long everywhere +void wxDC::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + long *x, long *y, + long *descent, + long *externalLeading, + const wxFont *theFont) const + { + wxCoord x2, y2, descent2, externalLeading2; + m_pimpl->DoGetTextExtent(string, &x2, &y2, + &descent2, &externalLeading2, + theFont); + if ( x ) + *x = x2; + if ( y ) + *y = y2; + if ( descent ) + *descent = descent2; + if ( externalLeading ) + *externalLeading = externalLeading2; + } + +void wxDC::GetLogicalOrigin(long *x, long *y) const + { + wxCoord x2, y2; + m_pimpl->DoGetLogicalOrigin(&x2, &y2); + if ( x ) + *x = x2; + if ( y ) + *y = y2; + } + +void wxDC::GetDeviceOrigin(long *x, long *y) const + { + wxCoord x2, y2; + m_pimpl->DoGetDeviceOrigin(&x2, &y2); + if ( x ) + *x = x2; + if ( y ) + *y = y2; + } + +void wxDC::GetClippingBox(long *x, long *y, long *w, long *h) const + { + wxCoord xx,yy,ww,hh; + m_pimpl->DoGetClippingBox(&xx, &yy, &ww, &hh); + if (x) *x = xx; + if (y) *y = yy; + if (w) *w = ww; + if (h) *h = hh; + } + +void wxDC::DrawObject(wxDrawObject* drawobject) +{ + drawobject->Draw(*this); + CalcBoundingBox(drawobject->MinX(),drawobject->MinY()); + CalcBoundingBox(drawobject->MaxX(),drawobject->MaxY()); +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +/* +Notes for wxWidgets DrawEllipticArcRot(...) + +wxDCBase::DrawEllipticArcRot(...) draws a rotated elliptic arc or an ellipse. +It uses wxDCBase::CalculateEllipticPoints(...) and wxDCBase::Rotate(...), +which are also new. + +All methods are generic, so they can be implemented in wxDCBase. +DoDrawEllipticArcRot(...) is virtual, so it can be called from deeper +methods like (WinCE) wxDC::DoDrawArc(...). + +CalculateEllipticPoints(...) fills a given list of wxPoints with some points +of an elliptic arc. The algorithm is pixel-based: In every row (in flat +parts) or every column (in steep parts) only one pixel is calculated. +Trigonometric calculation (sin, cos, tan, atan) is only done if the +starting angle is not equal to the ending angle. The calculation of the +pixels is done using simple arithmetic only and should perform not too +bad even on devices without floating point processor. I didn't test this yet. + +Rotate(...) rotates a list of point pixel-based, you will see rounding errors. +For instance: an ellipse rotated 180 degrees is drawn +slightly different from the original. + +The points are then moved to an array and used to draw a polyline and/or polygon +(with center added, the pie). +The result looks quite similar to the native ellipse, only e few pixels differ. + +The performance on a desktop system (Athlon 1800, WinXP) is about 7 times +slower as DrawEllipse(...), which calls the native API. +An rotated ellipse outside the clipping region takes nearly the same time, +while an native ellipse outside takes nearly no time to draw. + +If you draw an arc with this new method, you will see the starting and ending angles +are calculated properly. +If you use DrawEllipticArc(...), you will see they are only correct for circles +and not properly calculated for ellipses. + +Peter Lenhard +p.lenhard@t-online.de +*/ + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ +void wxDCImpl::DoDrawEllipticArcRot( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double sa, double ea, double angle ) +{ + wxPointList list; + + CalculateEllipticPoints( &list, x, y, w, h, sa, ea ); + Rotate( &list, angle, wxPoint( x+w/2, y+h/2 ) ); + + // Add center (for polygon/pie) + list.Append( new wxPoint( x+w/2, y+h/2 ) ); + + // copy list into array and delete list elements + int n = list.GetCount(); + wxPoint *points = new wxPoint[n]; + int i = 0; + wxPointList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = list.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext(), i++ ) + { + wxPoint *point = node->GetData(); + points[i].x = point->x; + points[i].y = point->y; + delete point; + } + + // first draw the pie without pen, if necessary + if( GetBrush() != *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH ) + { + wxPen tempPen( GetPen() ); + SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); + DoDrawPolygon( n, points, 0, 0 ); + SetPen( tempPen ); + } + + // then draw the arc without brush, if necessary + if( GetPen() != *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ) + { + // without center + DoDrawLines( n-1, points, 0, 0 ); + } + + delete [] points; + +} // DrawEllipticArcRot + +void wxDCImpl::Rotate( wxPointList* points, double angle, wxPoint center ) +{ + if( angle != 0.0 ) + { + double pi(M_PI); + double dSinA = -sin(angle*2.0*pi/360.0); + double dCosA = cos(angle*2.0*pi/360.0); + wxPointList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = points->GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxPoint* point = node->GetData(); + + // transform coordinates, if necessary + if( center.x ) point->x -= center.x; + if( center.y ) point->y -= center.y; + + // calculate rotation, rounding simply by implicit cast to integer + int xTemp = point->x * dCosA - point->y * dSinA; + point->y = point->x * dSinA + point->y * dCosA; + point->x = xTemp; + + // back transform coordinates, if necessary + if( center.x ) point->x += center.x; + if( center.y ) point->y += center.y; + } + } +} + +void wxDCImpl::CalculateEllipticPoints( wxPointList* points, + wxCoord xStart, wxCoord yStart, + wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double sa, double ea ) +{ + double pi = M_PI; + double sar = 0; + double ear = 0; + int xsa = 0; + int ysa = 0; + int xea = 0; + int yea = 0; + int sq = 0; + int eq = 0; + bool bUseAngles = false; + if( w<0 ) w = -w; + if( h<0 ) h = -h; + // half-axes + wxCoord a = w/2; + wxCoord b = h/2; + // decrement 1 pixel if ellipse is smaller than 2*a, 2*b + int decrX = 0; + if( 2*a == w ) decrX = 1; + int decrY = 0; + if( 2*b == h ) decrY = 1; + // center + wxCoord xCenter = xStart + a; + wxCoord yCenter = yStart + b; + // calculate data for start and end, if necessary + if( sa != ea ) + { + bUseAngles = true; + // normalisation of angles + while( sa<0 ) sa += 360; + while( ea<0 ) ea += 360; + while( sa>=360 ) sa -= 360; + while( ea>=360 ) ea -= 360; + // calculate quadrant numbers + if( sa > 270 ) sq = 3; + else if( sa > 180 ) sq = 2; + else if( sa > 90 ) sq = 1; + if( ea > 270 ) eq = 3; + else if( ea > 180 ) eq = 2; + else if( ea > 90 ) eq = 1; + sar = sa * pi / 180.0; + ear = ea * pi / 180.0; + // correct angle circle -> ellipse + sar = atan( -a/(double)b * tan( sar ) ); + if ( sq == 1 || sq == 2 ) sar += pi; + ear = atan( -a/(double)b * tan( ear ) ); + if ( eq == 1 || eq == 2 ) ear += pi; + // coordinates of points + xsa = xCenter + a * cos( sar ); + if( sq == 0 || sq == 3 ) xsa -= decrX; + ysa = yCenter + b * sin( sar ); + if( sq == 2 || sq == 3 ) ysa -= decrY; + xea = xCenter + a * cos( ear ); + if( eq == 0 || eq == 3 ) xea -= decrX; + yea = yCenter + b * sin( ear ); + if( eq == 2 || eq == 3 ) yea -= decrY; + } // if iUseAngles + // calculate c1 = b^2, c2 = b^2/a^2 with a = w/2, b = h/2 + double c1 = b * b; + double c2 = 2.0 / w; + c2 *= c2; + c2 *= c1; + wxCoord x = 0; + wxCoord y = b; + long x2 = 1; + long y2 = y*y; + long y2_old = 0; + long y_old = 0; + // Lists for quadrant 1 to 4 + wxPointList pointsarray[4]; + // Calculate points for first quadrant and set in all quadrants + for( x = 0; x <= a; ++x ) + { + x2 = x2+x+x-1; + y2_old = y2; + y_old = y; + bool bNewPoint = false; + while( y2 > c1 - c2 * x2 && y > 0 ) + { + bNewPoint = true; + y2 = y2-y-y+1; + --y; + } + // old y now to big: set point with old y, old x + if( bNewPoint && x>1) + { + int x1 = x - 1; + // remove points on the same line + pointsarray[0].Insert( new wxPoint( xCenter + x1 - decrX, yCenter - y_old ) ); + pointsarray[1].Append( new wxPoint( xCenter - x1, yCenter - y_old ) ); + pointsarray[2].Insert( new wxPoint( xCenter - x1, yCenter + y_old - decrY ) ); + pointsarray[3].Append( new wxPoint( xCenter + x1 - decrX, yCenter + y_old - decrY ) ); + } // set point + } // calculate point + + // Starting and/or ending points for the quadrants, first quadrant gets both. + pointsarray[0].Insert( new wxPoint( xCenter + a - decrX, yCenter ) ); + pointsarray[0].Append( new wxPoint( xCenter, yCenter - b ) ); + pointsarray[1].Append( new wxPoint( xCenter - a, yCenter ) ); + pointsarray[2].Append( new wxPoint( xCenter, yCenter + b - decrY ) ); + pointsarray[3].Append( new wxPoint( xCenter + a - decrX, yCenter ) ); + + // copy quadrants in original list + if( bUseAngles ) + { + // Copy the right part of the points in the lists + // and delete the wxPoints, because they do not leave this method. + points->Append( new wxPoint( xsa, ysa ) ); + int q = sq; + bool bStarted = false; + bool bReady = false; + bool bForceTurn = ( sq == eq && sa > ea ); + while( !bReady ) + { + wxPointList::compatibility_iterator node; + for( node = pointsarray[q].GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + // once: go to starting point in start quadrant + if( !bStarted && + ( + node->GetData()->x < xsa+1 && q <= 1 + || + node->GetData()->x > xsa-1 && q >= 2 + ) + ) + { + bStarted = true; + } + + // copy point, if not at ending point + if( bStarted ) + { + if( q != eq || bForceTurn + || + ( (wxPoint*) node->GetData() )->x > xea+1 && q <= 1 + || + ( (wxPoint*) node->GetData() )->x < xea-1 && q >= 2 + ) + { + // copy point + wxPoint* pPoint = new wxPoint( *(node->GetData()) ); + points->Append( pPoint ); + } + else if( q == eq && !bForceTurn || node->GetData()->x == xea) + { + bReady = true; + } + } + } // for node + ++q; + if( q > 3 ) q = 0; + bForceTurn = false; + bStarted = true; + } // while not bReady + points->Append( new wxPoint( xea, yea ) ); + + // delete points + for( q = 0; q < 4; ++q ) + { + wxPointList::compatibility_iterator node; + for( node = pointsarray[q].GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxPoint *p = node->GetData(); + delete p; + } + } + } + else + { + wxPointList::compatibility_iterator node; + // copy whole ellipse, wxPoints will be deleted outside + for( node = pointsarray[0].GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxPoint *p = node->GetData(); + points->Append( p ); + } + for( node = pointsarray[1].GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxPoint *p = node->GetData(); + points->Append( p ); + } + for( node = pointsarray[2].GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxPoint *p = node->GetData(); + points->Append( p ); + } + for( node = pointsarray[3].GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxPoint *p = node->GetData(); + points->Append( p ); + } + } // not iUseAngles +} // CalculateEllipticPoints + +#endif // __WXWINCE__ + +float wxDCImpl::GetFontPointSizeAdjustment(float dpi) +{ + // wxMSW has long-standing bug where wxFont point size is interpreted as + // "pixel size corresponding to given point size *on screen*". In other + // words, on a typical 600dpi printer and a typical 96dpi screen, fonts + // are ~6 times smaller when printing. Unfortunately, this bug is so severe + // that *all* printing code has to account for it and consequently, other + // ports need to emulate this bug too: + const wxSize screenPPI = wxGetDisplayPPI(); + return float(screenPPI.y) / dpi; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcbufcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcbufcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..765a50b636 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcbufcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/dcbufcmn.cpp +// Purpose: Buffered DC implementation +// Author: Ron Lee, Jaakko Salli +// Modified by: +// Created: Sep-20-2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcbufcmn.cpp 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/dcbuffer.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBufferedDC,wxMemoryDC) +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBufferedPaintDC,wxBufferedDC) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSharedDCBufferManager: helper class maintaining backing store bitmap +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxSharedDCBufferManager : public wxModule +{ +public: + wxSharedDCBufferManager() { } + + virtual bool OnInit() { return true; } + virtual void OnExit() { wxDELETE(ms_buffer); } + + static wxBitmap* GetBuffer(int w, int h) + { + if ( ms_usingSharedBuffer ) + return new wxBitmap(w, h); + + if ( !ms_buffer || + w > ms_buffer->GetWidth() || + h > ms_buffer->GetHeight() ) + { + delete ms_buffer; + + // we must always return a valid bitmap but creating a bitmap of + // size 0 would fail, so create a 1*1 bitmap in this case + if ( !w ) + w = 1; + if ( !h ) + h = 1; + + ms_buffer = new wxBitmap(w, h); + } + + ms_usingSharedBuffer = true; + return ms_buffer; + } + + static void ReleaseBuffer(wxBitmap* buffer) + { + if ( buffer == ms_buffer ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( ms_usingSharedBuffer, wxT("shared buffer already released") ); + ms_usingSharedBuffer = false; + } + else + { + delete buffer; + } + } + +private: + static wxBitmap *ms_buffer; + static bool ms_usingSharedBuffer; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSharedDCBufferManager) +}; + +wxBitmap* wxSharedDCBufferManager::ms_buffer = NULL; +bool wxSharedDCBufferManager::ms_usingSharedBuffer = false; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSharedDCBufferManager, wxModule) + +// ============================================================================ +// wxBufferedDC +// ============================================================================ + +void wxBufferedDC::UseBuffer(wxCoord w, wxCoord h) +{ + if ( !m_buffer || !m_buffer->IsOk() ) + { + if ( w == -1 || h == -1 ) + m_dc->GetSize(&w, &h); + + m_buffer = wxSharedDCBufferManager::GetBuffer(w, h); + m_style |= wxBUFFER_USES_SHARED_BUFFER; + } + + SelectObject(*m_buffer); + + // now that the DC is valid we can inherit the attributes (fonts, colours, + // layout direction, ...) from the original DC + if ( m_dc && m_dc->IsOk() ) + CopyAttributes(*m_dc); +} + +void wxBufferedDC::UnMask() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_dc, wxT("no underlying wxDC?") ); + wxASSERT_MSG( m_buffer && m_buffer->IsOk(), wxT("invalid backing store") ); + + wxCoord x = 0, + y = 0; + + // Ensure the scale matches the device + SetUserScale(1.0, 1.0); + + if ( m_style & wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA ) + GetDeviceOrigin(&x, &y); + + // avoid blitting too much: if we were created for a bigger bitmap (and + // reused for a smaller one later) we should only blit the real bitmap area + // and not the full allocated back buffer + int widthDC, + heightDC; + + m_dc->GetSize(&widthDC, &heightDC); + + int widthBuf = m_buffer->GetWidth(), + heightBuf = m_buffer->GetHeight(); + + m_dc->Blit(0, 0, + wxMin(widthDC, widthBuf), wxMin(heightDC, heightBuf), + this, + -x, -y); + m_dc = NULL; + + if ( m_style & wxBUFFER_USES_SHARED_BUFFER ) + wxSharedDCBufferManager::ReleaseBuffer(m_buffer); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcgraph.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcgraph.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7ea53732e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcgraph.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1148 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/dcgraph.cpp +// Purpose: graphics context methods common to all platforms +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcgraph.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT + +#include "wx/graphics.h" +#include "wx/dcgraph.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/icon.h" + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/region.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/dcclient.h" + +#ifdef __WXOSX_OR_COCOA__ +#ifdef __WXOSX_IPHONE__ + #include +#else + #include +#endif +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const double RAD2DEG = 180.0 / M_PI; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Local functions +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static inline double DegToRad(double deg) +{ + return (deg * M_PI) / 180.0; +} + +static bool TranslateRasterOp(wxRasterOperationMode function, wxCompositionMode *op) +{ + switch ( function ) + { + case wxCOPY: // src + // since we are supporting alpha, _OVER is closer to the intention than _SOURCE + // since the latter would overwrite even when alpha is is not set to opaque + *op = wxCOMPOSITION_OVER; + break; + case wxOR: // src OR dst + *op = wxCOMPOSITION_ADD; + break; + case wxNO_OP: // dst + *op = wxCOMPOSITION_DEST; // ignore the source + break; + case wxCLEAR: // 0 + *op = wxCOMPOSITION_CLEAR;// clear dst + break; + case wxXOR: // src XOR dst + *op = wxCOMPOSITION_XOR; + break; + + case wxAND: // src AND dst + case wxAND_INVERT: // (NOT src) AND dst + case wxAND_REVERSE:// src AND (NOT dst) + case wxEQUIV: // (NOT src) XOR dst + case wxINVERT: // NOT dst + case wxNAND: // (NOT src) OR (NOT dst) + case wxNOR: // (NOT src) AND (NOT dst) + case wxOR_INVERT: // (NOT src) OR dst + case wxOR_REVERSE: // src OR (NOT dst) + case wxSET: // 1 + case wxSRC_INVERT: // NOT src + default: + return false; + } + return true; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDC bridge class +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGCDC, wxDC) + +wxGCDC::wxGCDC(const wxWindowDC& dc) : + wxDC( new wxGCDCImpl( this, dc ) ) +{ +} + +wxGCDC::wxGCDC( const wxMemoryDC& dc) : + wxDC( new wxGCDCImpl( this, dc ) ) +{ +} + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +wxGCDC::wxGCDC( const wxPrinterDC& dc) : + wxDC( new wxGCDCImpl( this, dc ) ) +{ +} +#endif + +wxGCDC::wxGCDC() : + wxDC( new wxGCDCImpl( this ) ) +{ +} + +wxGCDC::~wxGCDC() +{ +} + +wxGraphicsContext* wxGCDC::GetGraphicsContext() +{ + if (!m_pimpl) return NULL; + wxGCDCImpl *gc_impl = (wxGCDCImpl*) m_pimpl; + return gc_impl->GetGraphicsContext(); +} + +void wxGCDC::SetGraphicsContext( wxGraphicsContext* ctx ) +{ + if (!m_pimpl) return; + wxGCDCImpl *gc_impl = (wxGCDCImpl*) m_pimpl; + gc_impl->SetGraphicsContext( ctx ); +} + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGCDCImpl, wxDCImpl) + +wxGCDCImpl::wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner ) : + wxDCImpl( owner ) +{ + Init(); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::SetGraphicsContext( wxGraphicsContext* ctx ) +{ + delete m_graphicContext; + m_graphicContext = ctx; + if ( m_graphicContext ) + { + m_matrixOriginal = m_graphicContext->GetTransform(); + m_ok = true; + // apply the stored transformations to the passed in context + ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); + m_graphicContext->SetFont( m_font , m_textForegroundColour ); + m_graphicContext->SetPen( m_pen ); + m_graphicContext->SetBrush( m_brush); + } +} + +wxGCDCImpl::wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxWindowDC& dc ) : + wxDCImpl( owner ) +{ + Init(); + SetGraphicsContext( wxGraphicsContext::Create(dc) ); + m_window = dc.GetWindow(); +} + +wxGCDCImpl::wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxMemoryDC& dc ) : + wxDCImpl( owner ) +{ + Init(); + wxGraphicsContext* context; +#if wxUSE_CAIRO + wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer = wxGraphicsRenderer::GetCairoRenderer(); + context = renderer->CreateContext(dc); +#else + context = wxGraphicsContext::Create(dc); +#endif + + SetGraphicsContext( context ); +} + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +wxGCDCImpl::wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxPrinterDC& dc ) : + wxDCImpl( owner ) +{ + Init(); + SetGraphicsContext( wxGraphicsContext::Create(dc) ); +} +#endif + +void wxGCDCImpl::Init() +{ + m_ok = false; + m_colour = true; + m_mm_to_pix_x = mm2pt; + m_mm_to_pix_y = mm2pt; + + m_pen = *wxBLACK_PEN; + m_font = *wxNORMAL_FONT; + m_brush = *wxWHITE_BRUSH; + + m_graphicContext = wxGraphicsContext::Create(); + m_logicalFunctionSupported = true; +} + + +wxGCDCImpl::~wxGCDCImpl() +{ + delete m_graphicContext; +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawBitmap( const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + bool useMask ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawBitmap - invalid DC") ); + wxCHECK_RET( bmp.IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawBitmap - invalid bitmap") ); + + int w = bmp.GetWidth(); + int h = bmp.GetHeight(); + if ( bmp.GetDepth() == 1 ) + { + m_graphicContext->SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + m_graphicContext->SetBrush( wxBrush( m_textBackgroundColour , wxSOLID ) ); + m_graphicContext->DrawRectangle( x, y, w, h ); + m_graphicContext->SetBrush( wxBrush( m_textForegroundColour , wxSOLID ) ); + m_graphicContext->DrawBitmap( bmp, x, y, w, h ); + m_graphicContext->SetBrush( m_graphicContext->CreateBrush(m_brush)); + m_graphicContext->SetPen( m_graphicContext->CreatePen(m_pen)); + } + else // not a monochrome bitmap, handle it normally + { + // make a copy in case we need to remove its mask, if we don't modify + // it the copy is cheap as bitmaps are reference-counted + wxBitmap bmpCopy(bmp); + if ( !useMask && bmp.GetMask() ) + bmpCopy.SetMask(NULL); + + m_graphicContext->DrawBitmap( bmpCopy, x, y, w, h ); + } +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawIcon( const wxIcon &icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawIcon - invalid DC") ); + wxCHECK_RET( icon.IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawIcon - invalid icon") ); + + wxCoord w = icon.GetWidth(); + wxCoord h = icon.GetHeight(); + + m_graphicContext->DrawIcon( icon , x, y, w, h ); +} + +bool wxGCDCImpl::StartDoc( const wxString& WXUNUSED(message) ) +{ + return true; +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::EndDoc() +{ +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::StartPage() +{ +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::EndPage() +{ +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::Flush() +{ + m_graphicContext->Flush(); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoSetClippingRegion( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoSetClippingRegion - invalid DC") ); + + m_graphicContext->Clip( x, y, w, h ); + if ( m_clipping ) + { + m_clipX1 = wxMax( m_clipX1, x ); + m_clipY1 = wxMax( m_clipY1, y ); + m_clipX2 = wxMin( m_clipX2, (x + w) ); + m_clipY2 = wxMin( m_clipY2, (y + h) ); + } + else + { + m_clipping = true; + + m_clipX1 = x; + m_clipY1 = y; + m_clipX2 = x + w; + m_clipY2 = y + h; + } +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoSetDeviceClippingRegion( const wxRegion ®ion ) +{ + // region is in device coordinates + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoSetDeviceClippingRegion - invalid DC") ); + + if (region.Empty()) + { + //DestroyClippingRegion(); + return; + } + + wxRegion logRegion( region ); + wxCoord x, y, w, h; + + logRegion.Offset( DeviceToLogicalX(0), DeviceToLogicalY(0) ); + logRegion.GetBox( x, y, w, h ); + + m_graphicContext->Clip( logRegion ); + if ( m_clipping ) + { + m_clipX1 = wxMax( m_clipX1, x ); + m_clipY1 = wxMax( m_clipY1, y ); + m_clipX2 = wxMin( m_clipX2, (x + w) ); + m_clipY2 = wxMin( m_clipY2, (y + h) ); + } + else + { + m_clipping = true; + + m_clipX1 = x; + m_clipY1 = y; + m_clipX2 = x + w; + m_clipY2 = y + h; + } +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DestroyClippingRegion() +{ + m_graphicContext->ResetClip(); + // currently the clip eg of a window extends to the area between the scrollbars + // so we must explicitely make sure it only covers the area we want it to draw + int width, height ; + GetOwner()->GetSize( &width , &height ) ; + m_graphicContext->Clip( DeviceToLogicalX(0) , DeviceToLogicalY(0) , DeviceToLogicalXRel(width), DeviceToLogicalYRel(height) ); + + m_graphicContext->SetPen( m_pen ); + m_graphicContext->SetBrush( m_brush ); + + m_clipping = false; +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoGetSizeMM( int* width, int* height ) const +{ + int w = 0, h = 0; + + GetOwner()->GetSize( &w, &h ); + if (width) + *width = long( double(w) / (m_scaleX * m_mm_to_pix_x) ); + if (height) + *height = long( double(h) / (m_scaleY * m_mm_to_pix_y) ); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::SetTextForeground( const wxColour &col ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::SetTextForeground - invalid DC") ); + + if ( col != m_textForegroundColour ) + { + m_textForegroundColour = col; + m_graphicContext->SetFont( m_font, m_textForegroundColour ); + } +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::SetTextBackground( const wxColour &col ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::SetTextBackground - invalid DC") ); + + m_textBackgroundColour = col; +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::SetMapMode( wxMappingMode mode ) +{ + switch (mode) + { + case wxMM_TWIPS: + SetLogicalScale( twips2mm * m_mm_to_pix_x, twips2mm * m_mm_to_pix_y ); + break; + + case wxMM_POINTS: + SetLogicalScale( pt2mm * m_mm_to_pix_x, pt2mm * m_mm_to_pix_y ); + break; + + case wxMM_METRIC: + SetLogicalScale( m_mm_to_pix_x, m_mm_to_pix_y ); + break; + + case wxMM_LOMETRIC: + SetLogicalScale( m_mm_to_pix_x / 10.0, m_mm_to_pix_y / 10.0 ); + break; + + case wxMM_TEXT: + default: + SetLogicalScale( 1.0, 1.0 ); + break; + } + + ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); +} + +wxSize wxGCDCImpl::GetPPI() const +{ + return wxSize(72, 72); +} + +int wxGCDCImpl::GetDepth() const +{ + return 32; +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::ComputeScaleAndOrigin() +{ + wxDCImpl::ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); + + if ( m_graphicContext ) + { + m_matrixCurrent = m_graphicContext->CreateMatrix(); + + // the logical origin sets the origin to have new coordinates + m_matrixCurrent.Translate( m_deviceOriginX - m_logicalOriginX * m_signX * m_scaleX, + m_deviceOriginY-m_logicalOriginY * m_signY * m_scaleY); + + m_matrixCurrent.Scale( m_scaleX * m_signX, m_scaleY * m_signY ); + + m_graphicContext->SetTransform( m_matrixOriginal ); + m_graphicContext->ConcatTransform( m_matrixCurrent ); + } +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::SetPalette( const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette) ) +{ + +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::SetBackgroundMode( int mode ) +{ + m_backgroundMode = mode; +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::SetFont( const wxFont &font ) +{ + m_font = font; + if ( m_graphicContext ) + { + wxFont f = font; + if ( f.IsOk() ) + f.SetPointSize( /*LogicalToDeviceYRel*/(font.GetPointSize())); + m_graphicContext->SetFont( f, m_textForegroundColour ); + } +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::SetPen( const wxPen &pen ) +{ + if ( m_pen == pen ) + return; + + m_pen = pen; + if ( m_graphicContext ) + { + m_graphicContext->SetPen( m_pen ); + } +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::SetBrush( const wxBrush &brush ) +{ + if (m_brush == brush) + return; + + m_brush = brush; + if ( m_graphicContext ) + { + m_graphicContext->SetBrush( m_brush ); + } +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::SetBackground( const wxBrush &brush ) +{ + if (m_backgroundBrush == brush) + return; + + m_backgroundBrush = brush; + if (!m_backgroundBrush.IsOk()) + return; +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::SetLogicalFunction( wxRasterOperationMode function ) +{ + if (m_logicalFunction == function) + return; + + m_logicalFunction = function; + + wxCompositionMode mode; + m_logicalFunctionSupported = TranslateRasterOp( function, &mode); + if (m_logicalFunctionSupported) + m_logicalFunctionSupported = m_graphicContext->SetCompositionMode(mode); + + if ( function == wxXOR ) + m_graphicContext->SetAntialiasMode(wxANTIALIAS_NONE); + else + m_graphicContext->SetAntialiasMode(wxANTIALIAS_DEFAULT); +} + +bool wxGCDCImpl::DoFloodFill(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), + const wxColour& WXUNUSED(col), + wxFloodFillStyle WXUNUSED(style)) +{ + return false; +} + +bool wxGCDCImpl::DoGetPixel( wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), wxColour *WXUNUSED(col) ) const +{ + // wxCHECK_MSG( 0 , false, wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoGetPixel - not implemented") ); + return false; +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawLine( wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2 ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawLine - invalid DC") ); + + if ( !m_logicalFunctionSupported ) + return; + + m_graphicContext->StrokeLine(x1,y1,x2,y2); + + CalcBoundingBox(x1, y1); + CalcBoundingBox(x2, y2); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoCrossHair( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoCrossHair - invalid DC") ); + + if ( !m_logicalFunctionSupported ) + return; + + int w = 0, h = 0; + + GetOwner()->GetSize( &w, &h ); + + m_graphicContext->StrokeLine(0,y,w,y); + m_graphicContext->StrokeLine(x,0,x,h); + + CalcBoundingBox(0, 0); + CalcBoundingBox(0+w, 0+h); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawArc( wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, + wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, + wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawArc - invalid DC") ); + + if ( !m_logicalFunctionSupported ) + return; + + double dx = x1 - xc; + double dy = y1 - yc; + double radius = sqrt((double)(dx * dx + dy * dy)); + wxCoord rad = (wxCoord)radius; + double sa, ea; + if (x1 == x2 && y1 == y2) + { + sa = 0.0; + ea = 360.0; + } + else if (radius == 0.0) + { + sa = ea = 0.0; + } + else + { + sa = (x1 - xc == 0) ? + (y1 - yc < 0) ? 90.0 : -90.0 : + -atan2(double(y1 - yc), double(x1 - xc)) * RAD2DEG; + ea = (x2 - xc == 0) ? + (y2 - yc < 0) ? 90.0 : -90.0 : + -atan2(double(y2 - yc), double(x2 - xc)) * RAD2DEG; + } + + bool fill = m_brush.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT; + + wxGraphicsPath path = m_graphicContext->CreatePath(); + if ( fill && ((x1!=x2)||(y1!=y2)) ) + path.MoveToPoint( xc, yc ); + // since these angles (ea,sa) are measured counter-clockwise, we invert them to + // get clockwise angles + path.AddArc( xc, yc , rad , DegToRad(-sa) , DegToRad(-ea), false ); + if ( fill && ((x1!=x2)||(y1!=y2)) ) + path.AddLineToPoint( xc, yc ); + m_graphicContext->DrawPath(path); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawEllipticArc( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double sa, double ea ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawEllipticArc - invalid DC") ); + + if ( !m_logicalFunctionSupported ) + return; + + m_graphicContext->PushState(); + m_graphicContext->Translate(x+w/2.0,y+h/2.0); + wxDouble factor = ((wxDouble) w) / h; + m_graphicContext->Scale( factor , 1.0); + + // since these angles (ea,sa) are measured counter-clockwise, we invert them to + // get clockwise angles + if ( m_brush.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT ) + { + wxGraphicsPath path = m_graphicContext->CreatePath(); + path.MoveToPoint( 0, 0 ); + path.AddArc( 0, 0, h/2.0 , DegToRad(-sa) , DegToRad(-ea), sa > ea ); + path.AddLineToPoint( 0, 0 ); + m_graphicContext->FillPath( path ); + + path = m_graphicContext->CreatePath(); + path.AddArc( 0, 0, h/2.0 , DegToRad(-sa) , DegToRad(-ea), sa > ea ); + m_graphicContext->StrokePath( path ); + } + else + { + wxGraphicsPath path = m_graphicContext->CreatePath(); + path.AddArc( 0, 0, h/2.0 , DegToRad(-sa) , DegToRad(-ea), sa > ea ); + m_graphicContext->DrawPath( path ); + } + + m_graphicContext->PopState(); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawPoint( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawPoint - invalid DC") ); + + DoDrawLine( x , y , x + 1 , y + 1 ); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawLines - invalid DC") ); + + if ( !m_logicalFunctionSupported ) + return; + + wxPoint2DDouble* pointsD = new wxPoint2DDouble[n]; + for( int i = 0; i < n; ++i) + { + pointsD[i].m_x = points[i].x + xoffset; + pointsD[i].m_y = points[i].y + yoffset; + } + + m_graphicContext->StrokeLines( n , pointsD); + delete[] pointsD; +} + +#if wxUSE_SPLINES +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawSpline(const wxPointList *points) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawSpline - invalid DC") ); + + if ( !m_logicalFunctionSupported ) + return; + + wxGraphicsPath path = m_graphicContext->CreatePath(); + + wxPointList::compatibility_iterator node = points->GetFirst(); + if ( !node ) + // empty list + return; + + wxPoint *p = node->GetData(); + + wxCoord x1 = p->x; + wxCoord y1 = p->y; + + node = node->GetNext(); + p = node->GetData(); + + wxCoord x2 = p->x; + wxCoord y2 = p->y; + wxCoord cx1 = ( x1 + x2 ) / 2; + wxCoord cy1 = ( y1 + y2 ) / 2; + + path.MoveToPoint( x1 , y1 ); + path.AddLineToPoint( cx1 , cy1 ); +#if !wxUSE_STL + + while ((node = node->GetNext()) != NULL) +#else + + while ((node = node->GetNext())) +#endif // !wxUSE_STL + + { + p = node->GetData(); + x1 = x2; + y1 = y2; + x2 = p->x; + y2 = p->y; + wxCoord cx4 = (x1 + x2) / 2; + wxCoord cy4 = (y1 + y2) / 2; + + path.AddQuadCurveToPoint(x1 , y1 ,cx4 , cy4 ); + + cx1 = cx4; + cy1 = cy4; + } + + path.AddLineToPoint( x2 , y2 ); + + m_graphicContext->StrokePath( path ); +} +#endif // wxUSE_SPLINES + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawPolygon( int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawPolygon - invalid DC") ); + + if ( n <= 0 || (m_brush.GetStyle() == wxTRANSPARENT && m_pen.GetStyle() == wxTRANSPARENT ) ) + return; + if ( !m_logicalFunctionSupported ) + return; + + bool closeIt = false; + if (points[n-1] != points[0]) + closeIt = true; + + wxPoint2DDouble* pointsD = new wxPoint2DDouble[n+(closeIt?1:0)]; + for( int i = 0; i < n; ++i) + { + pointsD[i].m_x = points[i].x + xoffset; + pointsD[i].m_y = points[i].y + yoffset; + } + if ( closeIt ) + pointsD[n] = pointsD[0]; + + m_graphicContext->DrawLines( n+(closeIt?1:0) , pointsD, fillStyle); + delete[] pointsD; +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, + int count[], + wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, + wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle) +{ + wxASSERT(n > 1); + wxGraphicsPath path = m_graphicContext->CreatePath(); + + int i = 0; + for ( int j = 0; j < n; ++j) + { + wxPoint start = points[i]; + path.MoveToPoint( start.x+ xoffset, start.y+ yoffset); + ++i; + int l = count[j]; + for ( int k = 1; k < l; ++k) + { + path.AddLineToPoint( points[i].x+ xoffset, points[i].y+ yoffset); + ++i; + } + // close the polygon + if ( start != points[i-1]) + path.AddLineToPoint( start.x+ xoffset, start.y+ yoffset); + } + m_graphicContext->DrawPath( path , fillStyle); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawRectangle - invalid DC") ); + + if ( !m_logicalFunctionSupported ) + return; + + // CMB: draw nothing if transformed w or h is 0 + if (w == 0 || h == 0) + return; + + if ( m_graphicContext->ShouldOffset() ) + { + // if we are offsetting the entire rectangle is moved 0.5, so the + // border line gets off by 1 + w -= 1; + h -= 1; + } + m_graphicContext->DrawRectangle(x,y,w,h); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord w, wxCoord h, + double radius) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawRoundedRectangle - invalid DC") ); + + if ( !m_logicalFunctionSupported ) + return; + + if (radius < 0.0) + radius = - radius * ((w < h) ? w : h); + + // CMB: draw nothing if transformed w or h is 0 + if (w == 0 || h == 0) + return; + + if ( m_graphicContext->ShouldOffset() ) + { + // if we are offsetting the entire rectangle is moved 0.5, so the + // border line gets off by 1 + w -= 1; + h -= 1; + } + m_graphicContext->DrawRoundedRectangle( x,y,w,h,radius); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawEllipse - invalid DC") ); + + if ( !m_logicalFunctionSupported ) + return; + + if ( m_graphicContext->ShouldOffset() ) + { + // if we are offsetting the entire rectangle is moved 0.5, so the + // border line gets off by 1 + w -= 1; + h -= 1; + } + m_graphicContext->DrawEllipse(x,y,w,h); +} + +bool wxGCDCImpl::CanDrawBitmap() const +{ + return true; +} + +bool wxGCDCImpl::DoBlit( + wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode logical_func , bool useMask, + wxCoord xsrcMask, wxCoord ysrcMask ) +{ + return DoStretchBlit( xdest, ydest, width, height, + source, xsrc, ysrc, width, height, logical_func, useMask, + xsrcMask,ysrcMask ); +} + +bool wxGCDCImpl::DoStretchBlit( + wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord dstWidth, wxCoord dstHeight, + wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, wxCoord srcWidth, wxCoord srcHeight, + wxRasterOperationMode logical_func , bool useMask, + wxCoord xsrcMask, wxCoord ysrcMask ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), false, wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoStretchBlit - invalid DC") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( source->IsOk(), false, wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoStretchBlit - invalid source DC") ); + + if ( logical_func == wxNO_OP ) + return true; + + wxCompositionMode mode; + if ( !TranslateRasterOp(logical_func, &mode) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Blitting is not supported with this logical operation.") ); + return false; + } + + bool retval = true; + + wxCompositionMode formerMode = m_graphicContext->GetCompositionMode(); + if (m_graphicContext->SetCompositionMode(mode)) + { + wxAntialiasMode formerAa = m_graphicContext->GetAntialiasMode(); + if (mode == wxCOMPOSITION_XOR) + { + m_graphicContext->SetAntialiasMode(wxANTIALIAS_NONE); + } + + if (xsrcMask == -1 && ysrcMask == -1) + { + xsrcMask = xsrc; + ysrcMask = ysrc; + } + + wxRect subrect(source->LogicalToDeviceX(xsrc), + source->LogicalToDeviceY(ysrc), + source->LogicalToDeviceXRel(srcWidth), + source->LogicalToDeviceYRel(srcHeight)); + + // if needed clip the subrect down to the size of the source DC + wxCoord sw, sh; + source->GetSize(&sw, &sh); + sw = source->LogicalToDeviceXRel(sw); + sh = source->LogicalToDeviceYRel(sh); + if (subrect.x + subrect.width > sw) + subrect.width = sw - subrect.x; + if (subrect.y + subrect.height > sh) + subrect.height = sh - subrect.y; + + wxBitmap blit = source->GetAsBitmap( &subrect ); + + if ( blit.IsOk() ) + { + if ( !useMask && blit.GetMask() ) + blit.SetMask(NULL); + + m_graphicContext->DrawBitmap( blit, xdest, ydest, + dstWidth, dstHeight); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Cannot Blit. Unable to get contents of DC as bitmap.") ); + retval = false; + } + + if (mode == wxCOMPOSITION_XOR) + { + m_graphicContext->SetAntialiasMode(formerAa); + } + } + // reset composition + m_graphicContext->SetCompositionMode(formerMode); + + return retval; +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& str, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + double angle) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawRotatedText - invalid DC") ); + + if ( str.empty() ) + return; + if ( !m_logicalFunctionSupported ) + return; + + if ( m_backgroundMode == wxTRANSPARENT ) + m_graphicContext->DrawText( str, x ,y , DegToRad(angle )); + else + m_graphicContext->DrawText( str, x ,y , DegToRad(angle ), m_graphicContext->CreateBrush( wxBrush(m_textBackgroundColour,wxSOLID) ) ); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawText(const wxString& str, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoDrawText - invalid DC") ); + + if ( str.empty() ) + return; + + if ( !m_logicalFunctionSupported ) + return; + + if ( m_backgroundMode == wxTRANSPARENT ) + m_graphicContext->DrawText( str, x ,y); + else + m_graphicContext->DrawText( str, x ,y , m_graphicContext->CreateBrush( wxBrush(m_textBackgroundColour,wxSOLID) ) ); +} + +bool wxGCDCImpl::CanGetTextExtent() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), false, wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::CanGetTextExtent - invalid DC") ); + + return true; +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoGetTextExtent( const wxString &str, wxCoord *width, wxCoord *height, + wxCoord *descent, wxCoord *externalLeading , + const wxFont *theFont ) const +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_graphicContext, wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoGetTextExtent - invalid DC") ); + + if ( theFont ) + { + m_graphicContext->SetFont( *theFont, m_textForegroundColour ); + } + + wxDouble h , d , e , w; + + m_graphicContext->GetTextExtent( str, &w, &h, &d, &e ); + + if ( height ) + *height = (wxCoord)(h+0.5); + if ( descent ) + *descent = (wxCoord)(d+0.5); + if ( externalLeading ) + *externalLeading = (wxCoord)(e+0.5); + if ( width ) + *width = (wxCoord)(w+0.5); + + if ( theFont ) + { + m_graphicContext->SetFont( m_font, m_textForegroundColour ); + } +} + +bool wxGCDCImpl::DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_graphicContext, false, wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoGetPartialTextExtents - invalid DC") ); + widths.Clear(); + widths.Add(0,text.Length()); + if ( text.IsEmpty() ) + return true; + + wxArrayDouble widthsD; + + m_graphicContext->GetPartialTextExtents( text, widthsD ); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < widths.GetCount(); ++i ) + widths[i] = (wxCoord)(widthsD[i] + 0.5); + + return true; +} + +wxCoord wxGCDCImpl::GetCharWidth(void) const +{ + wxCoord width; + DoGetTextExtent( wxT("g") , &width , NULL , NULL , NULL , NULL ); + + return width; +} + +wxCoord wxGCDCImpl::GetCharHeight(void) const +{ + wxCoord height; + DoGetTextExtent( wxT("g") , NULL , &height , NULL , NULL , NULL ); + + return height; +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::Clear(void) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::Clear - invalid DC") ); + // TODO better implementation / incorporate size info into wxGCDC or context + m_graphicContext->SetBrush( m_backgroundBrush ); + wxPen p = *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN; + m_graphicContext->SetPen( p ); + wxCompositionMode formerMode = m_graphicContext->GetCompositionMode(); + m_graphicContext->SetCompositionMode(wxCOMPOSITION_SOURCE); + DoDrawRectangle( 0, 0, 32000 , 32000 ); + m_graphicContext->SetCompositionMode(formerMode); + m_graphicContext->SetPen( m_pen ); + m_graphicContext->SetBrush( m_brush ); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("wxGCDC(cg)::DoGetSize - invalid DC") ); + wxDouble w,h; + m_graphicContext->GetSize( &w, &h ); + if ( height ) + *height = (int) (h+0.5); + if ( width ) + *width = (int) (w+0.5); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoGradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect, + const wxColour& initialColour, + const wxColour& destColour, + wxDirection nDirection ) +{ + wxPoint start; + wxPoint end; + switch( nDirection) + { + case wxWEST : + start = rect.GetRightBottom(); + start.x++; + end = rect.GetLeftBottom(); + break; + case wxEAST : + start = rect.GetLeftBottom(); + end = rect.GetRightBottom(); + end.x++; + break; + case wxNORTH : + start = rect.GetLeftBottom(); + start.y++; + end = rect.GetLeftTop(); + break; + case wxSOUTH : + start = rect.GetLeftTop(); + end = rect.GetLeftBottom(); + end.y++; + break; + default : + break; + } + + if (rect.width == 0 || rect.height == 0) + return; + + m_graphicContext->SetBrush( m_graphicContext->CreateLinearGradientBrush( + start.x,start.y,end.x,end.y, initialColour, destColour)); + m_graphicContext->SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + m_graphicContext->DrawRectangle(rect.x,rect.y,rect.width,rect.height); + m_graphicContext->SetPen(m_pen); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoGradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect, + const wxColour& initialColour, + const wxColour& destColour, + const wxPoint& circleCenter) +{ + //Radius + wxInt32 cx = rect.GetWidth() / 2; + wxInt32 cy = rect.GetHeight() / 2; + wxInt32 nRadius; + if (cx < cy) + nRadius = cx; + else + nRadius = cy; + + // make sure the background is filled (todo move into specific platform implementation ?) + m_graphicContext->SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + m_graphicContext->SetBrush( wxBrush( destColour) ); + m_graphicContext->DrawRectangle(rect.x,rect.y,rect.width,rect.height); + + m_graphicContext->SetBrush( m_graphicContext->CreateRadialGradientBrush( + rect.x+circleCenter.x,rect.y+circleCenter.y, + rect.x+circleCenter.x,rect.y+circleCenter.y, + nRadius,initialColour,destColour)); + + m_graphicContext->DrawRectangle(rect.x,rect.y,rect.width,rect.height); + m_graphicContext->SetPen(m_pen); +} + +void wxGCDCImpl::DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height) +{ + wxDCImpl::DoDrawCheckMark(x,y,width,height); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcsvg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcsvg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c161b8964e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dcsvg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,683 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/svg.cpp +// Purpose: SVG sample +// Author: Chris Elliott +// Modified by: +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcsvg.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SVG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/dcscreen.h" + #include "wx/icon.h" + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/dcsvg.h" +#include "wx/wfstream.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" + +#define wxSVG_DEBUG false +// or true to see the calls being executed + +// ---------------------------------------------------------- +// Global utilities +// ---------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +inline double DegToRad(double deg) { return (deg * M_PI) / 180.0; } + +wxString wxBrushString ( wxColour c, int style ) +{ + wxString s = wxT("fill:") + c.GetAsString(wxC2S_HTML_SYNTAX) + wxT("; "); + switch ( style ) + { + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID : + s = s + wxT("fill-opacity:1.0; "); + break; + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT: + s = s + wxT("fill-opacity:0.0; "); + break; + + default : + wxASSERT_MSG(false, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::Requested Brush Style not available")); + + } + s = s + wxT("\n"); + return s; +} + +// This function returns a string representation of a floating point number in +// C locale (i.e. always using "." for the decimal separator) and with the +// fixed precision (which is 2 for some unknown reason but this is what it was +// in this code originally). +inline wxString NumStr(double f) +{ + return wxString::FromCDouble(f, 2); +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ---------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSVGFileDCImpl +// ---------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxSVGFileDCImpl, wxDC) + +wxSVGFileDCImpl::wxSVGFileDCImpl( wxSVGFileDC *owner, const wxString &filename, + int width, int height, double dpi ) : + wxDCImpl( owner ) + { + Init( filename, width, height, dpi ); + } + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::Init (const wxString &filename, int Width, int Height, double dpi) +{ + m_width = Width; + m_height = Height; + + m_dpi = dpi; + + m_OK = true; + + m_mm_to_pix_x = dpi/25.4; + m_mm_to_pix_y = dpi/25.4; + + m_backgroundBrush = *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH; + m_textForegroundColour = *wxBLACK; + m_textBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE; + m_colour = wxColourDisplay(); + + m_pen = *wxBLACK_PEN; + m_font = *wxNORMAL_FONT; + m_brush = *wxWHITE_BRUSH; + + m_graphics_changed = true; + + ////////////////////code here + + m_outfile = new wxFileOutputStream(filename); + m_OK = m_outfile->Ok (); + if (m_OK) + { + m_filename = filename; + m_sub_images = 0; + wxString s; + s = wxT("") + wxString(wxT("\n")); + write(s); + s = wxT(" ") + wxString(wxT("\n")); + write(s); + s = wxT(" \n"), NumStr(float(Width)/dpi*2.54), NumStr(float(Height)/dpi*2.54), Width, Height ); + write(s); + s = wxT("SVG Picture created as ") + wxFileName(filename).GetFullName() + wxT(" ") + wxT("\n"); + write(s); + s = wxString (wxT("Picture generated by wxSVG ")) + wxSVGVersion + wxT(" ")+ wxT("\n"); + write(s); + s = wxT("") + wxString(wxT("\n")); + write(s); + } +} + +wxSVGFileDCImpl::~wxSVGFileDCImpl() +{ + wxString s = wxT(" \n \n"); + write(s); + delete m_outfile; +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoGetSizeMM( int *width, int *height ) const +{ + if (width) + *width = wxRound( (double)m_width / m_mm_to_pix_x ); + + if (height) + *height = wxRound( (double)m_height / m_mm_to_pix_y ); +} + +wxSize wxSVGFileDCImpl::GetPPI() const +{ + return wxSize( wxRound(m_dpi), wxRound(m_dpi) ); +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawLine (wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2) +{ + if (m_graphics_changed) NewGraphics (); + wxString s; + s.Printf ( wxT(" \n"), x1,y1,x2,y2 ); + if (m_OK) + { + write(s); + } + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DrawLine Call executed")); + CalcBoundingBox(x1, y1); + CalcBoundingBox(x2, y2); + return; +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset , wxCoord yoffset ) +{ + for ( int i = 1; i < n; i++ ) + { + DoDrawLine ( points [i-1].x + xoffset, points [i-1].y + yoffset, + points [ i ].x + xoffset, points [ i ].y + yoffset ); + } +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawPoint (wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1) +{ + wxString s; + if (m_graphics_changed) NewGraphics (); + s = wxT(" ") + wxString(wxT("\n")); + write(s); + DoDrawLine ( x1,y1,x1,y1 ); + s = wxT(""); + write(s); +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) +{ + wxDCImpl::DoDrawCheckMark (x1,y1,width,height); +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1) +{ + DoDrawRotatedText(text, x1,y1,0.0); + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DrawText Call executed")); +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& sText, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle) +{ + //known bug; if the font is drawn in a scaled DC, it will not behave exactly as wxMSW + if (m_graphics_changed) NewGraphics (); + wxString s, sTmp; + + // calculate bounding box + wxCoord w, h, desc; + DoGetTextExtent(sText, &w, &h, &desc); + + double rad = DegToRad(angle); + + // wxT("upper left") and wxT("upper right") + CalcBoundingBox(x, y); + CalcBoundingBox((wxCoord)(x + w*cos(rad)), (wxCoord)(y - h*sin(rad))); + + // wxT("bottom left") and wxT("bottom right") + x += (wxCoord)(h*sin(rad)); + y += (wxCoord)(h*cos(rad)); + CalcBoundingBox(x, y); + CalcBoundingBox((wxCoord)(x + h*sin(rad)), (wxCoord)(y + h*cos(rad))); + + if (m_backgroundMode == wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) + { + // draw background first + // just like DoDrawRectangle except we pass the text color to it and set the border to a 1 pixel wide text background + + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::Draw Rotated Text Call plotting text background")); + sTmp.Printf ( wxT(" "), NumStr(-angle), x,y ); + s = s + sTmp + wxT("\n"); + write(s); + } + //now do the text itself + s.Printf (wxT(" 0) s = s + wxT("style=\"font-family:") + sTmp + wxT("; "); + else s = s + wxT("style=\" "); + + wxString fontweights [3] = { wxT("normal"), wxT("lighter"), wxT("bold") }; + s = s + wxT("font-weight:") + fontweights[m_font.GetWeight() - wxNORMAL] + wxT("; "); + + wxString fontstyles [5] = { wxT("normal"), wxT("style error"), wxT("style error"), wxT("italic"), wxT("oblique") }; + s = s + wxT("font-style:") + fontstyles[m_font.GetStyle() - wxNORMAL] + wxT("; "); + + sTmp.Printf (wxT("font-size:%dpt; fill:"), m_font.GetPointSize () ); + s = s + sTmp; + s = s + m_textForegroundColour.GetAsString(wxC2S_HTML_SYNTAX) + wxT("; stroke:") + m_textForegroundColour.GetAsString(wxC2S_HTML_SYNTAX) + wxT("; "); + sTmp.Printf ( wxT("stroke-width:0;\" transform=\"rotate( %s %d %d ) \" >"), NumStr(-angle), x,y ); + s = s + sTmp + sText + wxT(" ") + wxT("\n"); + if (m_OK) + { + write(s); + } + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DrawRotatedText Call executed")); +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) +{ + DoDrawRoundedRectangle(x, y, width, height, 0); +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, double radius ) + +{ + if (m_graphics_changed) NewGraphics (); + wxString s; + + s.Printf ( wxT(" ") + wxT("\n"); + write(s); + + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DoDrawRoundedRectangle Call executed")); + CalcBoundingBox(x, y); + CalcBoundingBox(x + width, y + height); +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle) +{ + if (m_graphics_changed) NewGraphics (); + wxString s, sTmp; + s = wxT(" "); + s = s + wxT("\n"); + write(s); + + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DoDrawPolygon Call executed")); +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawEllipse (wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) + +{ + if (m_graphics_changed) NewGraphics (); + + int rh = height /2; + int rw = width /2; + + wxString s; + s.Printf ( wxT(" ") + wxT("\n"); + + write(s); + + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DoDrawEllipse Call executed")); + CalcBoundingBox(x, y); + CalcBoundingBox(x + width, y + height); +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc) +{ + /* Draws an arc of a circle, centred on (xc, yc), with starting point + (x1, y1) and ending at (x2, y2). The current pen is used for the outline + and the current brush for filling the shape. + + The arc is drawn in an anticlockwise direction from the start point to + the end point. + + Might be better described as Pie drawing */ + + if (m_graphics_changed) NewGraphics (); + wxString s; + + // we need the radius of the circle which has two estimates + double r1 = sqrt ( double( (x1-xc)*(x1-xc) ) + double( (y1-yc)*(y1-yc) ) ); + double r2 = sqrt ( double( (x2-xc)*(x2-xc) ) + double( (y2-yc)*(y2-yc) ) ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( (fabs ( r2-r1 ) <= 3), wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DoDrawArc Error in getting radii of circle")); + if ( fabs ( r2-r1 ) > 3 ) //pixels + { + s = wxT(" \n"); + write(s); + } + + double theta1 = atan2((double)(yc-y1),(double)(x1-xc)); + if ( theta1 < 0 ) theta1 = theta1 + M_PI * 2; + double theta2 = atan2((double)(yc-y2), (double)(x2-xc)); + if ( theta2 < 0 ) theta2 = theta2 + M_PI * 2; + if ( theta2 < theta1 ) theta2 = theta2 + M_PI *2; + + int fArc; // flag for large or small arc 0 means less than 180 degrees + if ( fabs(theta2 - theta1) > M_PI ) fArc = 1; else fArc = 0; + + int fSweep = 0; // flag for sweep always 0 + + s.Printf ( wxT(" ") + wxT("\n"); + + + if (m_OK) + { + write(s); + } + + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DoDrawArc Call executed")); +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x,wxCoord y,wxCoord w,wxCoord h,double sa,double ea) +{ + /* + Draws an arc of an ellipse. The current pen is used for drawing the arc + and the current brush is used for drawing the pie. This function is + currently only available for X window and PostScript device contexts. + + x and y specify the x and y coordinates of the upper-left corner of the + rectangle that contains the ellipse. + + width and height specify the width and height of the rectangle that + contains the ellipse. + + start and end specify the start and end of the arc relative to the + three-o'clock position from the center of the rectangle. Angles are + specified in degrees (360 is a complete circle). Positive values mean + counter-clockwise motion. If start is equal to end, a complete ellipse + will be drawn. */ + + //known bug: SVG draws with the current pen along the radii, but this does not happen in wxMSW + + if (m_graphics_changed) NewGraphics (); + + wxString s; + //radius + double rx = w / 2; + double ry = h / 2; + // center + double xc = x + rx; + double yc = y + ry; + + double xs, ys, xe, ye; + xs = xc + rx * cos (DegToRad(sa)); + xe = xc + rx * cos (DegToRad(ea)); + ys = yc - ry * sin (DegToRad(sa)); + ye = yc - ry * sin (DegToRad(ea)); + + ///now same as circle arc... + + double theta1 = atan2(ys-yc, xs-xc); + double theta2 = atan2(ye-yc, xe-xc); + + int fArc; // flag for large or small arc 0 means less than 180 degrees + if ( (theta2 - theta1) > 0 ) fArc = 1; else fArc = 0; + + int fSweep; + if ( fabs(theta2 - theta1) > M_PI) fSweep = 1; else fSweep = 0; + + s.Printf ( wxT(" ") + wxT("\n"); + + if (m_OK) + { + write(s); + } + + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DoDrawEllipticArc Call executed")); +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h, wxCoord *descent , wxCoord *externalLeading , const wxFont *font) const + +{ + wxScreenDC sDC; + + sDC.SetFont (m_font); + if ( font != NULL ) sDC.SetFont ( *font ); + sDC.GetTextExtent(string, w, h, descent, externalLeading ); + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::GetTextExtent Call executed")); +} + +wxCoord wxSVGFileDCImpl::GetCharHeight() const + +{ + wxScreenDC sDC; + sDC.SetFont (m_font); + + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::GetCharHeight Call executing")); + return ( sDC.GetCharHeight() ); + +} + +wxCoord wxSVGFileDCImpl::GetCharWidth() const +{ + wxScreenDC sDC; + sDC.SetFont (m_font); + + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::GetCharWidth Call executing")); + return ( sDC.GetCharWidth() ); + +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSVGFileDCImpl - set functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::SetBackground( const wxBrush &brush ) +{ + + m_backgroundBrush = brush; + return; +} + + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::SetBackgroundMode( int mode ) +{ + m_backgroundMode = mode; + return; +} + + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush) + +{ + m_brush = brush; + + m_graphics_changed = true; + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::SetBrush Call executed")); +} + + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::SetPen(const wxPen& pen) +{ + // width, color, ends, joins : currently implemented + // dashes, stipple : not implemented + m_pen = pen; + + m_graphics_changed = true; + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::SetPen Call executed")); +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::NewGraphics () +{ + + int w = m_pen.GetWidth (); + wxColour c = m_pen.GetColour (); + + wxString s, sBrush, sPenCap, sPenJoin, sPenStyle, sLast, sWarn; + + sBrush = wxT("\n \n"); + } + + sLast.Printf( wxT("stroke-width:%d\" \n transform=\"translate(%s %s) scale(%s %s)\">"), + w, NumStr(m_logicalOriginX), NumStr(m_logicalOriginY), NumStr(m_scaleX), NumStr(m_scaleY) ); + + s = sBrush + sPenCap + sPenJoin + sPenStyle + sLast + wxT("\n") + sWarn; + write(s); + m_graphics_changed = false; + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::NewGraphics Call executed")); +} + + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::SetFont(const wxFont& font) + +{ + m_font = font; + + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::SetFont Call executed")); +} + +// export a bitmap as a raster image in png +bool wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC* source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode logicalFunc /*= wxCOPY*/, bool useMask /*= false*/, + wxCoord /*xsrcMask = -1*/, wxCoord /*ysrcMask = -1*/) +{ + if (logicalFunc != wxCOPY) + { + wxASSERT_MSG(false, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DoBlit Call requested nonCopy mode; this is not possible")); + return false; + } + if (useMask != false) + { + wxASSERT_MSG(false, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DoBlit Call requested false mask; this is not possible")); + return false; + } + wxBitmap myBitmap (width, height); + wxMemoryDC memDC; + memDC.SelectObject( myBitmap ); + memDC.Blit(0, 0, width, height, source, xsrc, ysrc); + memDC.SelectObject( wxNullBitmap ); + DoDrawBitmap(myBitmap, xdest, ydest); + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DoBlit Call executed")); + return false; +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawIcon(const class wxIcon & myIcon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) +{ + wxBitmap myBitmap (myIcon.GetWidth(), myIcon.GetHeight() ); + wxMemoryDC memDC; + memDC.SelectObject( myBitmap ); + memDC.DrawIcon(myIcon,0,0); + memDC.SelectObject( wxNullBitmap ); + DoDrawBitmap(myBitmap, x, y); + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DoDrawIcon Call executed")); + return; +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::DoDrawBitmap(const class wxBitmap & bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y , bool WXUNUSED(bTransparent) /*=0*/ ) +{ + if (m_graphics_changed) NewGraphics (); + + wxString sTmp, s, sPNG; + if ( wxImage::FindHandler(wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG) == NULL ) + wxImage::AddHandler(new wxPNGHandler); + +// create suitable file name + sTmp.Printf ( wxT("_image%d.png"), m_sub_images); + sPNG = m_filename.BeforeLast(wxT('.')) + sTmp; + while (wxFile::Exists(sPNG) ) + { + m_sub_images ++; + sTmp.Printf ( wxT("_image%d.png"), m_sub_images); + sPNG = m_filename.BeforeLast(wxT('.')) + sTmp; + } + +//create copy of bitmap (wxGTK doesn't like saving a constant bitmap) + wxBitmap myBitmap = bmp; +//save it + bool bPNG_OK = myBitmap.SaveFile(sPNG,wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG); + +// reference the bitmap from the SVG doc +// only use filename & ext + sPNG = sPNG.AfterLast(wxFileName::GetPathSeparator()); + +// reference the bitmap from the SVG doc + int w = myBitmap.GetWidth(); + int h = myBitmap.GetHeight(); + sTmp.Printf ( wxT(" \n"), sPNG.c_str() ); + s = s + sTmp + wxT("Image from wxSVG ") + wxT("\n"); + + if (m_OK && bPNG_OK) + { + write(s); + } + m_OK = m_outfile->Ok () && bPNG_OK; + wxASSERT_MSG(!wxSVG_DEBUG, wxT("wxSVGFileDC::DoDrawBitmap Call executed")); + + return; +} + +void wxSVGFileDCImpl::write(const wxString &s) +{ + const wxCharBuffer buf = s.utf8_str(); + m_outfile->Write(buf, strlen((const char *)buf)); + m_OK = m_outfile->Ok(); +} + + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma warn .rch +#pragma warn .ccc +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_SVG + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/debugrpt.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/debugrpt.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..230033a476 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/debugrpt.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,726 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/debugrpt.cpp +// Purpose: wxDebugReport and related classes implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-01-17 +// RCS-ID: $Id: debugrpt.cpp 65101 2010-07-25 11:26:04Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#if wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT && wxUSE_XML + +#include "wx/debugrpt.h" + +#include "wx/ffile.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/dir.h" +#include "wx/dynlib.h" + +#include "wx/xml/xml.h" + +#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + #include "wx/stackwalk.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CRASHREPORT + #include "wx/msw/crashrpt.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM + #include "wx/wfstream.h" + #include "wx/zipstrm.h" +#endif // wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM + +WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS("wxQA") + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XmlStackWalker: stack walker specialization which dumps stack in XML +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + +class XmlStackWalker : public wxStackWalker +{ +public: + XmlStackWalker(wxXmlNode *nodeStack) + { + m_isOk = false; + m_nodeStack = nodeStack; + } + + bool IsOk() const { return m_isOk; } + +protected: + virtual void OnStackFrame(const wxStackFrame& frame); + + wxXmlNode *m_nodeStack; + bool m_isOk; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// local functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static inline void +HexProperty(wxXmlNode *node, const wxChar *name, unsigned long value) +{ + node->AddAttribute(name, wxString::Format(wxT("%08lx"), value)); +} + +static inline void +NumProperty(wxXmlNode *node, const wxChar *name, unsigned long value) +{ + node->AddAttribute(name, wxString::Format(wxT("%lu"), value)); +} + +static inline void +TextElement(wxXmlNode *node, const wxChar *name, const wxString& value) +{ + wxXmlNode *nodeChild = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, name); + node->AddChild(nodeChild); + nodeChild->AddChild(new wxXmlNode(wxXML_TEXT_NODE, wxEmptyString, value)); +} + +#if wxUSE_CRASHREPORT && defined(__INTEL__) + +static inline void +HexElement(wxXmlNode *node, const wxChar *name, unsigned long value) +{ + TextElement(node, name, wxString::Format(wxT("%08lx"), value)); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CRASHREPORT + +// ============================================================================ +// XmlStackWalker implementation +// ============================================================================ + +void XmlStackWalker::OnStackFrame(const wxStackFrame& frame) +{ + m_isOk = true; + + wxXmlNode *nodeFrame = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("frame")); + m_nodeStack->AddChild(nodeFrame); + + NumProperty(nodeFrame, wxT("level"), frame.GetLevel()); + wxString func = frame.GetName(); + if ( !func.empty() ) + { + nodeFrame->AddAttribute(wxT("function"), func); + HexProperty(nodeFrame, wxT("offset"), frame.GetOffset()); + } + + if ( frame.HasSourceLocation() ) + { + nodeFrame->AddAttribute(wxT("file"), frame.GetFileName()); + NumProperty(nodeFrame, wxT("line"), frame.GetLine()); + } + + const size_t nParams = frame.GetParamCount(); + if ( nParams ) + { + wxXmlNode *nodeParams = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("parameters")); + nodeFrame->AddChild(nodeParams); + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < nParams; n++ ) + { + wxXmlNode * + nodeParam = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("parameter")); + nodeParams->AddChild(nodeParam); + + NumProperty(nodeParam, wxT("number"), n); + + wxString type, name, value; + if ( !frame.GetParam(n, &type, &name, &value) ) + continue; + + if ( !type.empty() ) + TextElement(nodeParam, wxT("type"), type); + + if ( !name.empty() ) + TextElement(nodeParam, wxT("name"), name); + + if ( !value.empty() ) + TextElement(nodeParam, wxT("value"), value); + } + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STACKWALKER + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDebugReport implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// initialization and cleanup +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDebugReport::wxDebugReport() +{ + // get a temporary directory name + wxString appname = GetReportName(); + + // we can't use CreateTempFileName() because it creates a file, not a + // directory, so do our best to create a unique name ourselves + // + // of course, this doesn't protect us against malicious users... + wxFileName fn; + fn.AssignTempFileName(appname); +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + m_dir.Printf(wxT("%s%c%s_dbgrpt-%lu-%s"), + fn.GetPath().c_str(), wxFILE_SEP_PATH, appname.c_str(), + wxGetProcessId(), + wxDateTime::Now().Format(wxT("%Y%m%dT%H%M%S")).c_str()); +#else + m_dir.Printf(wxT("%s%c%s_dbgrpt-%lu"), + fn.GetPath().c_str(), wxFILE_SEP_PATH, appname.c_str(), + wxGetProcessId()); +#endif + + // as we are going to save the process state there use restrictive + // permissions + if ( !wxMkdir(m_dir, 0700) ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to create directory \"%s\""), m_dir.c_str()); + wxLogError(_("Debug report couldn't be created.")); + + Reset(); + } +} + +wxDebugReport::~wxDebugReport() +{ + if ( !m_dir.empty() ) + { + // remove all files in this directory + wxDir dir(m_dir); + wxString file; + for ( bool cont = dir.GetFirst(&file); cont; cont = dir.GetNext(&file) ) + { + if ( wxRemove(wxFileName(m_dir, file).GetFullPath()) != 0 ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to remove debug report file \"%s\""), + file.c_str()); + m_dir.clear(); + break; + } + } + } + + if ( !m_dir.empty() ) + { + // Temp fix: what should this be? eVC++ doesn't like wxRmDir +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + if ( wxRmdir(m_dir.fn_str()) != 0 ) +#else + if ( wxRmDir(m_dir.fn_str()) != 0 ) +#endif + { + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to clean up debug report directory \"%s\""), + m_dir.c_str()); + } + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// various helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxDebugReport::GetReportName() const +{ + if ( wxTheApp ) + return wxTheApp->GetAppName(); + + return wxT("wx"); +} + +void +wxDebugReport::AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& description) +{ + wxString name; + wxFileName fn(filename); + if ( fn.IsAbsolute() ) + { + // we need to copy the file to the debug report directory: give it the + // same name there + name = fn.GetFullName(); + + if (!wxCopyFile(fn.GetFullPath(), + wxFileName(GetDirectory(), name).GetFullPath())) + return; + } + else // file relative to the report directory + { + name = filename; + + wxASSERT_MSG( wxFileName(GetDirectory(), name).FileExists(), + wxT("file should exist in debug report directory") ); + } + + m_files.Add(name); + m_descriptions.Add(description); +} + +bool +wxDebugReport::AddText(const wxString& filename, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& description) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !wxFileName(filename).IsAbsolute(), + wxT("filename should be relative to debug report directory") ); + + wxFileName fn(GetDirectory(), filename); + wxFFile file(fn.GetFullPath(), wxT("w")); + if ( !file.IsOpened() || !file.Write(text) ) + return false; + + AddFile(filename, description); + + return true; +} + +void wxDebugReport::RemoveFile(const wxString& name) +{ + const int n = m_files.Index(name); + wxCHECK_RET( n != wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("No such file in wxDebugReport") ); + + m_files.RemoveAt(n); + m_descriptions.RemoveAt(n); + + wxRemove(wxFileName(GetDirectory(), name).GetFullPath()); +} + +bool wxDebugReport::GetFile(size_t n, wxString *name, wxString *desc) const +{ + if ( n >= m_files.GetCount() ) + return false; + + if ( name ) + *name = m_files[n]; + if ( desc ) + *desc = m_descriptions[n]; + + return true; +} + +void wxDebugReport::AddAll(Context context) +{ +#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + AddContext(context); +#endif // wxUSE_STACKWALKER + +#if wxUSE_CRASHREPORT + AddDump(context); +#endif // wxUSE_CRASHREPORT + +#if !wxUSE_STACKWALKER && !wxUSE_CRASHREPORT + wxUnusedVar(context); +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// adding basic text information about current context +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + +bool wxDebugReport::DoAddSystemInfo(wxXmlNode *nodeSystemInfo) +{ + nodeSystemInfo->AddAttribute(wxT("description"), wxGetOsDescription()); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDebugReport::DoAddLoadedModules(wxXmlNode *nodeModules) +{ + wxDynamicLibraryDetailsArray modules(wxDynamicLibrary::ListLoaded()); + const size_t count = modules.GetCount(); + if ( !count ) + return false; + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + const wxDynamicLibraryDetails& info = modules[n]; + + wxXmlNode *nodeModule = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("module")); + nodeModules->AddChild(nodeModule); + + wxString path = info.GetPath(); + if ( path.empty() ) + path = info.GetName(); + if ( !path.empty() ) + nodeModule->AddAttribute(wxT("path"), path); + + void *addr = NULL; + size_t len = 0; + if ( info.GetAddress(&addr, &len) ) + { + HexProperty(nodeModule, wxT("address"), wxPtrToUInt(addr)); + HexProperty(nodeModule, wxT("size"), len); + } + + wxString ver = info.GetVersion(); + if ( !ver.empty() ) + { + nodeModule->AddAttribute(wxT("version"), ver); + } + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxDebugReport::DoAddExceptionInfo(wxXmlNode *nodeContext) +{ +#if wxUSE_CRASHREPORT + wxCrashContext c; + if ( !c.code ) + return false; + + wxXmlNode *nodeExc = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("exception")); + nodeContext->AddChild(nodeExc); + + HexProperty(nodeExc, wxT("code"), c.code); + nodeExc->AddAttribute(wxT("name"), c.GetExceptionString()); + HexProperty(nodeExc, wxT("address"), wxPtrToUInt(c.addr)); + +#ifdef __INTEL__ + wxXmlNode *nodeRegs = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("registers")); + nodeContext->AddChild(nodeRegs); + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("eax"), c.regs.eax); + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("ebx"), c.regs.ebx); + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("ecx"), c.regs.edx); + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("edx"), c.regs.edx); + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("esi"), c.regs.esi); + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("edi"), c.regs.edi); + + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("ebp"), c.regs.ebp); + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("esp"), c.regs.esp); + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("eip"), c.regs.eip); + + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("cs"), c.regs.cs); + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("ds"), c.regs.ds); + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("es"), c.regs.es); + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("fs"), c.regs.fs); + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("gs"), c.regs.gs); + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("ss"), c.regs.ss); + + HexElement(nodeRegs, wxT("flags"), c.regs.flags); +#endif // __INTEL__ + + return true; +#else // !wxUSE_CRASHREPORT + wxUnusedVar(nodeContext); + + return false; +#endif // wxUSE_CRASHREPORT/!wxUSE_CRASHREPORT +} + +bool wxDebugReport::AddContext(wxDebugReport::Context ctx) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), false, wxT("use IsOk() first") ); + + // create XML dump of current context + wxXmlDocument xmldoc; + wxXmlNode *nodeRoot = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("report")); + xmldoc.SetRoot(nodeRoot); + nodeRoot->AddAttribute(wxT("version"), wxT("1.0")); + nodeRoot->AddAttribute(wxT("kind"), ctx == Context_Current ? wxT("user") + : wxT("exception")); + + // add system information + wxXmlNode *nodeSystemInfo = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("system")); + if ( DoAddSystemInfo(nodeSystemInfo) ) + nodeRoot->AddChild(nodeSystemInfo); + else + delete nodeSystemInfo; + + // add information about the loaded modules + wxXmlNode *nodeModules = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("modules")); + if ( DoAddLoadedModules(nodeModules) ) + nodeRoot->AddChild(nodeModules); + else + delete nodeModules; + + // add CPU context information: this only makes sense for exceptions as our + // current context is not very interesting otherwise + if ( ctx == Context_Exception ) + { + wxXmlNode *nodeContext = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("context")); + if ( DoAddExceptionInfo(nodeContext) ) + nodeRoot->AddChild(nodeContext); + else + delete nodeContext; + } + + // add stack traceback +#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER + wxXmlNode *nodeStack = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("stack")); + XmlStackWalker sw(nodeStack); +#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION + if ( ctx == Context_Exception ) + { + sw.WalkFromException(); + } + else // Context_Current +#endif // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION + { + sw.Walk(); + } + + if ( sw.IsOk() ) + nodeRoot->AddChild(nodeStack); + else + delete nodeStack; +#endif // wxUSE_STACKWALKER + + // finally let the user add any extra information he needs + DoAddCustomContext(nodeRoot); + + + // save the entire context dump in a file + wxFileName fn(m_dir, GetReportName(), wxT("xml")); + + if ( !xmldoc.Save(fn.GetFullPath()) ) + return false; + + AddFile(fn.GetFullName(), _("process context description")); + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STACKWALKER + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// adding core dump +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_CRASHREPORT + +bool wxDebugReport::AddDump(Context ctx) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), false, wxT("use IsOk() first") ); + + wxFileName fn(m_dir, GetReportName(), wxT("dmp")); + wxCrashReport::SetFileName(fn.GetFullPath()); + + if ( !(ctx == Context_Exception ? wxCrashReport::Generate() + : wxCrashReport::GenerateNow()) ) + return false; + + AddFile(fn.GetFullName(), _("dump of the process state (binary)")); + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CRASHREPORT + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// report processing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxDebugReport::Process() +{ + if ( !GetFilesCount() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Debug report generation has failed.")); + + return false; + } + + if ( !DoProcess() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Processing debug report has failed, leaving the files in \"%s\" directory."), + GetDirectory().c_str()); + + Reset(); + + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxDebugReport::DoProcess() +{ + wxString msg(_("A debug report has been generated. It can be found in")); + msg << wxT("\n") + wxT("\t") << GetDirectory() << wxT("\n\n") + << _("And includes the following files:\n"); + + wxString name, desc; + const size_t count = GetFilesCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + GetFile(n, &name, &desc); + msg += wxString::Format("\t%s: %s\n", name, desc); + } + + msg += _("\nPlease send this report to the program maintainer, thank you!\n"); + + wxLogMessage(wxT("%s"), msg.c_str()); + + // we have to do this or the report would be deleted, and we don't even + // have any way to ask the user if he wants to keep it from here + Reset(); + + return true; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDebugReport-derived classes +// ============================================================================ + +#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDebugReportCompress +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxDebugReportCompress::SetCompressedFileDirectory(const wxString& dir) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_zipfile.empty(), "Too late: call this before Process()" ); + + m_zipDir = dir; +} + +void wxDebugReportCompress::SetCompressedFileBaseName(const wxString& name) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_zipfile.empty(), "Too late: call this before Process()" ); + + m_zipName = name; +} + +bool wxDebugReportCompress::DoProcess() +{ + const size_t count = GetFilesCount(); + if ( !count ) + return false; + + // create the compressed report file outside of the directory with the + // report files as it will be deleted by wxDebugReport dtor but we want to + // keep this one: for this we simply treat the directory name as the name + // of the file so that its last component becomes our base name + wxFileName fn(GetDirectory()); + if ( !m_zipDir.empty() ) + fn.SetPath(m_zipDir); + if ( !m_zipName.empty() ) + fn.SetName(m_zipName); + fn.SetExt("zip"); + + // create the streams + wxFFileOutputStream os(fn.GetFullPath(), wxT("wb")); + wxZipOutputStream zos(os, 9); + + // add all files to the ZIP one + wxString name, desc; + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + GetFile(n, &name, &desc); + + wxZipEntry *ze = new wxZipEntry(name); + ze->SetComment(desc); + + if ( !zos.PutNextEntry(ze) ) + return false; + + const wxFileName filename(GetDirectory(), name); + wxFFileInputStream is(filename.GetFullPath()); + if ( !is.IsOk() || !zos.Write(is).IsOk() ) + return false; + } + + if ( !zos.Close() ) + return false; + + m_zipfile = fn.GetFullPath(); + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDebugReportUpload +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDebugReportUpload::wxDebugReportUpload(const wxString& url, + const wxString& input, + const wxString& action, + const wxString& curl) + : m_uploadURL(url), + m_inputField(input), + m_curlCmd(curl) +{ + if ( m_uploadURL.Last() != wxT('/') ) + m_uploadURL += wxT('/'); + m_uploadURL += action; +} + +bool wxDebugReportUpload::DoProcess() +{ + if ( !wxDebugReportCompress::DoProcess() ) + return false; + + + wxArrayString output, errors; + int rc = wxExecute(wxString::Format + ( + wxT("%s -F %s=@\"%s\" %s"), + m_curlCmd.c_str(), + m_inputField.c_str(), + GetCompressedFileName().c_str(), + m_uploadURL.c_str() + ), + output, + errors); + if ( rc == -1 ) + { + wxLogError(_("Failed to execute curl, please install it in PATH.")); + } + else if ( rc != 0 ) + { + const size_t count = errors.GetCount(); + if ( count ) + { + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxLogWarning(wxT("%s"), errors[n].c_str()); + } + } + + wxLogError(_("Failed to upload the debug report (error code %d)."), rc); + } + else // rc == 0 + { + if ( OnServerReply(output) ) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM + +#endif // wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/descrip.mms b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/descrip.mms new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5ae55630d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/descrip.mms @@ -0,0 +1,701 @@ +#***************************************************************************** +# * +# Make file for VMS * +# Author : J.Jansen (joukj@hrem.nano.tudelft.nl) * +# Date : 28 January 2011 * +# * +#***************************************************************************** +.first + define wx [--.include.wx] + +.ifdef __WXMOTIF__ +CXX_DEFINE = /define=(__WXMOTIF__=1)/name=(as_is,short)\ + /assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new)/incl=[-.regex] +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXMOTIF__=1)/name=(as_is,short)/incl=[-.regex] +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK__ +CXX_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1)/float=ieee/name=(as_is,short)/ieee=denorm\ + /assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new)/incl=[-.regex] +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1)/float=ieee/name=(as_is,short)/ieee=denorm\ + /incl=[-.regex] +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK2__ +CXX_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1,VMS_GTK2=1)/float=ieee/name=(as_is,short)/ieee=denorm\ + /assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new)/incl=[-.regex] +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1,VMS_GTK2=1)/float=ieee/name=(as_is,short)\ + /ieee=denorm/incl=[-.regex] +.else +.ifdef __WXX11__ +CXX_DEFINE = /define=(__WXX11__=1,__WXUNIVERSAL__==1)/float=ieee\ + /name=(as_is,short)/assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new)/incl=[-.regex] +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXX11__=1,__WXUNIVERSAL__==1)/float=ieee\ + /name=(as_is,short)/incl=[-.regex] +.else +CXX_DEFINE = +CC_DEFINE = +.endif +.endif +.endif +.endif + +YACC=bison/yacc + +SED=gsed + +LEX=flex + +.suffixes : .cpp + +.cpp.obj : + cxx $(CXXFLAGS)$(CXX_DEFINE) $(MMS$TARGET_NAME).cpp +.c.obj : + cc $(CFLAGS)$(CC_DEFINE) $(MMS$TARGET_NAME).c + +OBJECTS = \ + accelcmn.obj,\ + anidecod.obj,\ + animatecmn.obj,\ + appbase.obj,\ + appcmn.obj,\ + arrstr.obj,\ + artprov.obj,\ + artstd.obj,\ + base64.obj,\ + bmpbase.obj,\ + btncmn.obj,\ + bmpcboxcmn.obj,\ + bookctrl.obj,\ + calctrlcmn.obj,\ + choiccmn.obj,\ + clipcmn.obj,\ + clntdata.obj,\ + cmdline.obj,\ + cmdproc.obj,\ + cmndata.obj,\ + config.obj,\ + containr.obj,\ + convauto.obj,\ + colourcmn.obj,\ + cshelp.obj,\ + ctrlcmn.obj,\ + ctrlsub.obj,\ + datetime.obj,\ + datstrm.obj,\ + dcbase.obj,\ + dcbufcmn.obj,\ + dircmn.obj,\ + dlgcmn.obj,\ + dobjcmn.obj,\ + docmdi.obj,\ + docview.obj,\ + dpycmn.obj,\ + dynarray.obj,\ + dynlib.obj,\ + encconv.obj,\ + event.obj,\ + evtloopcmn.obj,\ + extended.obj,\ + fddlgcmn.obj,\ + ffile.obj,\ + file.obj,\ + fileback.obj,\ + fileconf.obj,\ + filename.obj,\ + filefn.obj,\ + filesys.obj,\ + filectrlcmn.obj,\ + fldlgcmn.obj,\ + fmapbase.obj,\ + fontcmn.obj,\ + fontenumcmn.obj,\ + fontmap.obj,\ + framecmn.obj + +OBJECTS1=fs_inet.obj,\ + ftp.obj,\ + gaugecmn.obj,\ + gbsizer.obj,\ + gdicmn.obj,\ + gifdecod.obj,\ + hash.obj,\ + hashmap.obj,\ + helpbase.obj,\ + http.obj,\ + hyperlnkcmn.obj,\ + iconbndl.obj,\ + init.obj,\ + imagall.obj,\ + imagbmp.obj,\ + image.obj,\ + imagfill.obj,\ + imaggif.obj,\ + imagiff.obj,\ + imagjpeg.obj,\ + imagpcx.obj,\ + imagpng.obj,\ + imagpnm.obj,\ + imagtga.obj,\ + imagtiff.obj,\ + imagxpm.obj,\ + intl.obj,\ + ipcbase.obj,\ + layout.obj,\ + lboxcmn.obj,\ + list.obj,\ + log.obj,\ + longlong.obj,\ + memory.obj,\ + menucmn.obj,\ + mimecmn.obj,\ + module.obj,\ + msgout.obj,\ + mstream.obj,\ + nbkbase.obj,\ + object.obj,\ + paper.obj,\ + platinfo.obj,\ + popupcmn.obj,\ + prntbase.obj,\ + process.obj,\ + protocol.obj,\ + quantize.obj,\ + radiocmn.obj,\ + rendcmn.obj,\ + sckaddr.obj,\ + sckfile.obj,\ + sckipc.obj,\ + sckstrm.obj,\ + sizer.obj,\ + socket.obj,\ + settcmn.obj,\ + statbar.obj,\ + stattextcmn.obj,\ + stdpbase.obj,\ + stockitem.obj,\ + stopwatch.obj,\ + strconv.obj,\ + stream.obj,\ + string.obj,\ + stringimpl.obj,\ + strvararg.obj,\ + sysopt.obj + +OBJECTS2=tbarbase.obj,srchcmn.obj,\ + textbuf.obj,\ + textcmn.obj,\ + textfile.obj,\ + textentrycmn.obj,\ + timercmn.obj,\ + timerimpl.obj,\ + tokenzr.obj,\ + toplvcmn.obj,\ + treebase.obj,\ + txtstrm.obj,\ + url.obj,\ + utilscmn.obj,\ + rgncmn.obj,\ + unichar.obj,\ + uri.obj,\ + valgen.obj,\ + validate.obj,\ + valtext.obj,\ + variant.obj,\ + wfstream.obj,\ + wincmn.obj,\ + wxcrt.obj,\ + xpmdecod.obj,\ + zipstrm.obj,\ + zstream.obj,\ + clrpickercmn.obj,\ + filepickercmn.obj,\ + fontpickercmn.obj,\ + pickerbase.obj,\ + listctrlcmn.obj,socketiohandler.obj,fdiodispatcher.obj,\ + selectdispatcher.obj,overlaycmn.obj,windowid.obj,sstream.obj,\ + wrapsizer.obj,headerctrlcmn.obj,headercolcmn.obj,\ + rearrangectrl.obj,spinctrlcmn.obj,datetimefmt.obj,xlocale.obj,\ + regex.obj,any.obj,archive.obj,fs_arc.obj,arcall.obj,\ + arcfind.obj,tarstrm.obj,datavcmn.obj,debugrpt.obj,\ + translation.obj,languageinfo.obj,filehistorycmn.obj,\ + stdstream.obj,uiactioncmn.obj,arttango.obj,mediactrlcmn.obj,\ + panelcmn.obj,checkboxcmn.obj,statboxcmn.obj,slidercmn.obj,\ + statlinecmn.obj,radiobtncmn.obj,bmpbtncmn.obj,checklstcmn.obj,\ + statbmpcmn.obj,dirctrlcmn.obj,gridcmn.obj,odcombocmn.obj,\ + spinbtncmn.obj,scrolbarcmn.obj,colourdata.obj,fontdata.obj,\ + valnum.obj,numformatter.obj + +OBJECTS_MOTIF=radiocmn.obj,combocmn.obj + +OBJECTS_X11=accesscmn.obj,dndcmn.obj,dpycmn.obj,dseldlg.obj,\ + dynload.obj,effects.obj,fddlgcmn.obj,fs_mem.obj,\ + gbsizer.obj,geometry.obj,matrix.obj,radiocmn.obj,\ + taskbarcmn.obj,xti.obj,xtistrm.obj,xtixml.obj,\ + combocmn.obj + + +OBJECTS_GTK2=fontutilcmn.obj,cairo.obj + +SOURCES = \ + accelcmn.cpp,\ + anidecod.cpp,\ + animatecmn.cpp,\ + any.cpp,\ + appbase.cpp,\ + appcmn.cpp,\ + arrstr.cpp,\ + artprov.cpp,\ + artstd.cpp,\ + base64.cpp,\ + bmpbase.cpp,\ + btncmn.cpp,\ + bmpcboxcmn.cpp,\ + bookctrl.cpp,\ + calctrlcmn.cpp,\ + cairo.cpp,\ + choiccmn.cpp,\ + clipcmn.cpp,\ + clntdata.cpp,\ + cmdline.cpp,\ + cmdproc.cpp,\ + cmndata.cpp,\ + config.cpp,\ + containr.cpp,\ + convauto.cpp,\ + colourcmn.cpp,\ + cshelp.cpp,\ + ctrlcmn.cpp,\ + ctrlsub.cpp,\ + datetime.cpp,\ + datstrm.cpp,\ + dcbase.cpp,\ + dcbufcmn.cpp,\ + dircmn.cpp,\ + dlgcmn.cpp,\ + dobjcmn.cpp,\ + docmdi.cpp,\ + docview.cpp,\ + dpycmn.cpp,\ + dynarray.cpp,\ + dynlib.cpp,\ + encconv.cpp,\ + event.cpp,\ + evtloopcmn.cpp,\ + extended.c,\ + ffile.cpp,\ + fddlgcmn.cpp,\ + fdiodispatcher.cpp,\ + file.cpp,\ + fileback.cpp,\ + fileconf.cpp,\ + filename.cpp,\ + filefn.cpp,\ + filesys.cpp,\ + filectrlcmn.cpp,\ + fldlgcmn.cpp,\ + fmapbase.cpp,\ + fontcmn.cpp,\ + fontenumcmn.cpp,\ + fontmap.cpp,\ + fontutilcmn.cpp,\ + framecmn.cpp,\ + fs_inet.cpp,\ + ftp.cpp,\ + gaugecmn.cpp,\ + gbsizer.cpp,\ + gdicmn.cpp,\ + gifdecod.cpp,\ + socketiohandler.cpp,\ + hash.cpp,\ + hashmap.cpp,\ + helpbase.cpp,\ + http.cpp,\ + hyperlnkcmn.cpp,\ + iconbndl.cpp,\ + init.cpp,\ + imagall.cpp,\ + imagbmp.cpp,\ + image.cpp,\ + imagfill.cpp,\ + imaggif.cpp,\ + imagiff.cpp,\ + imagjpeg.cpp,\ + imagpcx.cpp,\ + imagpng.cpp,\ + imagpnm.cpp,\ + imagtga.cpp,\ + imagtiff.cpp,\ + imagxpm.cpp,\ + intl.cpp,\ + ipcbase.cpp,\ + layout.cpp,\ + lboxcmn.cpp,\ + list.cpp,\ + listctrlcmn.cpp,\ + log.cpp,\ + longlong.cpp,\ + memory.cpp,\ + menucmn.cpp,\ + mimecmn.cpp,\ + module.cpp,\ + msgout.cpp,\ + mstream.cpp,\ + nbkbase.cpp,\ + object.cpp,\ + overlaycmn.cpp,\ + paper.cpp,\ + platinfo.cpp,\ + popupcmn.cpp,\ + prntbase.cpp,\ + process.cpp,\ + protocol.cpp,\ + quantize.cpp,\ + radiocmn.cpp,\ + rendcmn.cpp,\ + rgncmn.cpp,\ + sckaddr.cpp,\ + sckfile.cpp,\ + sckipc.cpp,\ + sckstrm.cpp,\ + sizer.cpp,\ + socket.cpp,\ + selectdispatcher.cpp,\ + settcmn.cpp,\ + sstream.cpp,\ + statbar.cpp,\ + stattextcmn.cpp,\ + stdpbase.cpp,\ + stockitem.cpp,\ + stopwatch.cpp,\ + srchcmn.cpp,\ + strconv.cpp,\ + stream.cpp,\ + strvararg.cpp,\ + sysopt.cpp,\ + string.cpp,\ + stringimpl.cpp,\ + tbarbase.cpp,\ + textbuf.cpp,\ + textcmn.cpp,\ + textfile.cpp,\ + textentrycmn.cpp,\ + timercmn.cpp,\ + timerimpl.cpp,\ + tokenzr.cpp,\ + toplvcmn.cpp,\ + treebase.cpp,\ + txtstrm.cpp,\ + unichar.cpp,\ + url.cpp,\ + utilscmn.cpp,\ + valgen.cpp,\ + validate.cpp,\ + valtext.cpp,\ + variant.cpp,\ + wfstream.cpp,\ + wincmn.cpp,\ + wxcrt.cpp,\ + xpmdecod.cpp,\ + zipstrm.cpp,\ + zstream.cpp,\ + clrpickercmn.cpp,\ + filepickercmn.cpp,\ + fontpickercmn.cpp,\ + pickerbase.cpp,\ + accesscmn.cpp,\ + dndcmn.cpp,\ + dpycmn.cpp,\ + dseldlg.cpp,\ + dynload.cpp,\ + effects.cpp,\ + fddlgcmn.cpp,\ + fs_mem.cpp,\ + gbsizer.cpp,\ + geometry.cpp,\ + matrix.cpp,\ + radiocmn.cpp,\ + regex.cpp,\ + taskbarcmn.cpp,\ + uri.cpp,\ + xti.cpp,\ + xtistrm.cpp,\ + xtixml.cpp,\ + wrapsizer.cpp,archive.cpp,fs_arc.cpp,arcall.cpp,arcfind.cpp,\ + tarstrm.cpp,datavcmn.cpp,debugrpt.cpp,uiactioncmn.cpp,\ + arttango.cpp,mediactrlcmn.cpp,panelcmn.cpp,checkboxcmn.cpp,\ + statboxcmn.cpp,slidercmn.cpp,statlinecmn.cpp,radiobtncmn.cpp,\ + bmpbtncmn.cpp,checklstcmn.cpp,statbmpcmn.cpp,dirctrlcmn.cpp,\ + gridcmn.cpp,odcombocmn.cpp,spinbtncmn.cpp,scrolbarcmn.cpp,\ + colourdata.cpp,fontdata.cpp + +all : $(SOURCES) + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS) + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS1) + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS2) +.ifdef __WXMOTIF__ + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS_MOTIF) + library [--.lib]libwx_motif.olb $(OBJECTS) + library [--.lib]libwx_motif.olb $(OBJECTS1) + library [--.lib]libwx_motif.olb $(OBJECTS2) + library [--.lib]libwx_motif.olb $(OBJECTS_MOTIF) +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK__ + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS_X11) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk.olb $(OBJECTS) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk.olb $(OBJECTS1) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk.olb $(OBJECTS2) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk.olb $(OBJECTS_X11) +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK2__ + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS_X11) + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS_GTK2) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk2.olb $(OBJECTS) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk2.olb $(OBJECTS1) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk2.olb $(OBJECTS2) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk2.olb $(OBJECTS_X11) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk2.olb $(OBJECTS_GTK2) +.else +.ifdef __WXX11__ + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS_X11) + library [--.lib]libwx_x11_univ.olb $(OBJECTS) + library [--.lib]libwx_x11_univ.olb $(OBJECTS1) + library [--.lib]libwx_x11_univ.olb $(OBJECTS2) + library [--.lib]libwx_x11_univ.olb $(OBJECTS_X11) +.endif +.endif +.endif +.endif + +$(OBJECTS) : [--.include.wx]setup.h +$(OBJECTS1) : [--.include.wx]setup.h +$(OBJECTS2) : [--.include.wx]setup.h +$(OBJECTS_X11) : [--.include.wx]setup.h +$(OBJECTS_GTK2) : [--.include.wx]setup.h +$(OBJECTS_MOTIF) : [--.include.wx]setup.h + +accelcmn.obj : accelcmn.cpp +anidecod.obj : anidecod.cpp +animatecmn.obj : animatecmn.cpp +any.obj : any.cpp +appbase.obj : appbase.cpp +appcmn.obj : appcmn.cpp +arrstr.obj : arrstr.cpp +artprov.obj : artprov.cpp +artstd.obj : artstd.cpp +base64.obj : base64.cpp +bmpbase.obj : bmpbase.cpp +btncmn.obj : btncmn.cpp +bmpcboxcmn.obj : bmpcboxcmn.cpp +bookctrl.obj : bookctrl.cpp +choiccmn.obj : choiccmn.cpp +clipcmn.obj : clipcmn.cpp +clntdata.obj : clntdata.cpp +cmdline.obj : cmdline.cpp +cmdproc.obj : cmdproc.cpp +cmndata.obj : cmndata.cpp +config.obj : config.cpp +containr.obj : containr.cpp +convauto.obj : convauto.cpp +colourcmn.obj : colourcmn.cpp +cshelp.obj : cshelp.cpp +ctrlcmn.obj : ctrlcmn.cpp +ctrlsub.obj : ctrlsub.cpp +datetime.obj : datetime.cpp +datstrm.obj : datstrm.cpp +dcbase.obj : dcbase.cpp +dcbufcmn.obj : dcbufcmn.cpp +dircmn.obj : dircmn.cpp +dlgcmn.obj : dlgcmn.cpp +dobjcmn.obj : dobjcmn.cpp +docmdi.obj : docmdi.cpp +docview.obj : docview.cpp +dynarray.obj : dynarray.cpp +dynlib.obj : dynlib.cpp +encconv.obj : encconv.cpp +event.obj : event.cpp +evtloopcmn.obj : evtloopcmn.cpp +extended.obj : extended.c +ffile.obj : ffile.cpp +fddlgcmn.obj : fddlgcmn.cpp +fdiodispatcher.obj : fdiodispatcher.cpp +file.obj : file.cpp +fileback.obj : fileback.cpp +fileconf.obj : fileconf.cpp +filefn.obj : filefn.cpp +filename.obj : filename.cpp +filesys.obj : filesys.cpp +fldlgcmn.obj : fldlgcmn.cpp +fmapbase.obj : fmapbase.cpp +fontcmn.obj : fontcmn.cpp +fontenumcmn.obj : fontenumcmn.cpp +fontmap.obj : fontmap.cpp +fontutilcmn.obj : fontutilcmn.cpp +framecmn.obj : framecmn.cpp +fs_inet.obj : fs_inet.cpp +ftp.obj : ftp.cpp +gaugecmn.obj : gaugecmn.cpp +gbsizer.obj : gbsizer.cpp +gdicmn.obj : gdicmn.cpp +gifdecod.obj : gifdecod.cpp +socketiohandler.obj : socketiohandler.cpp +hash.obj : hash.cpp +hashmap.obj : hashmap.cpp +helpbase.obj : helpbase.cpp +http.obj : http.cpp + cxx$(CXXFLAGS)$(CXX_DEFINE)/warn=disable=(UNSCOMZER)/obj=http.obj \ + http.cpp +hyperlnkcmn.obj : hyperlnkcmn.cpp +iconbndl.obj : iconbndl.cpp +init.obj : init.cpp +imagall.obj : imagall.cpp +imagbmp.obj : imagbmp.cpp +image.obj : image.cpp +imagfill.obj : imagfill.cpp +imaggif.obj : imaggif.cpp +imagiff.obj : imagiff.cpp +imagjpeg.obj : imagjpeg.cpp +imagpcx.obj : imagpcx.cpp +imagpng.obj : imagpng.cpp +imagpnm.obj : imagpnm.cpp +imagtga.obj : imagtga.cpp +imagtiff.obj : imagtiff.cpp +imagxpm.obj : imagxpm.cpp +intl.obj : intl.cpp +ipcbase.obj : ipcbase.cpp +layout.obj : layout.cpp +lboxcmn.obj : lboxcmn.cpp +list.obj : list.cpp +log.obj : log.cpp +longlong.obj : longlong.cpp +memory.obj : memory.cpp +menucmn.obj : menucmn.cpp +mimecmn.obj : mimecmn.cpp +module.obj : module.cpp +msgout.obj : msgout.cpp +mstream.obj : mstream.cpp +nbkbase.obj : nbkbase.cpp +object.obj : object.cpp +paper.obj : paper.cpp +platinfo.obj : platinfo.cpp +popupcmn.obj : popupcmn.cpp +prntbase.obj : prntbase.cpp +process.obj : process.cpp +protocol.obj : protocol.cpp +quantize.obj : quantize.cpp +radiocmn.obj : radiocmn.cpp +rendcmn.obj : rendcmn.cpp +rgncmn.obj : rgncmn.cpp +sckaddr.obj : sckaddr.cpp +sckfile.obj : sckfile.cpp +sckipc.obj : sckipc.cpp +sckstrm.obj : sckstrm.cpp +selectdispatcher.obj : selectdispatcher.cpp +sizer.obj : sizer.cpp +socket.obj : socket.cpp +settcmn.obj : settcmn.cpp +statbar.obj : statbar.cpp +stattextcmn.obj : stattextcmn.cpp +stdpbase.obj : stdpbase.cpp +stockitem.obj : stockitem.cpp +stopwatch.obj : stopwatch.cpp +strconv.obj : strconv.cpp +stream.obj : stream.cpp +strvararg.obj : strvararg.cpp +sysopt.obj : sysopt.cpp +string.obj : string.cpp +stringimpl.obj : stringimpl.cpp +tbarbase.obj : tbarbase.cpp +textbuf.obj : textbuf.cpp +textcmn.obj : textcmn.cpp +textfile.obj : textfile.cpp +timercmn.obj : timercmn.cpp +timerimpl.obj : timerimpl.cpp +tokenzr.obj : tokenzr.cpp +toplvcmn.obj : toplvcmn.cpp +treebase.obj : treebase.cpp +txtstrm.obj : txtstrm.cpp +unichar.obj : unichar.cpp +url.obj : url.cpp +utilscmn.obj : utilscmn.cpp +valgen.obj : valgen.cpp +validate.obj : validate.cpp +valtext.obj : valtext.cpp +variant.obj : variant.cpp +wfstream.obj : wfstream.cpp +wincmn.obj : wincmn.cpp +wxcrt.obj : wxcrt.cpp +xpmdecod.obj : xpmdecod.cpp +zipstrm.obj : zipstrm.cpp +zstream.obj : zstream.cpp +accesscmn.obj : accesscmn.cpp +dndcmn.obj : dndcmn.cpp +dpycmn.obj : dpycmn.cpp +dseldlg.obj : dseldlg.cpp +dynload.obj : dynload.cpp +effects.obj : effects.cpp +fddlgcmn.obj : fddlgcmn.cpp +fs_mem.obj : fs_mem.cpp +gbsizer.obj : gbsizer.cpp +geometry.obj : geometry.cpp +matrix.obj : matrix.cpp +radiocmn.obj : radiocmn.cpp +regex.obj : regex.cpp +taskbarcmn.obj : taskbarcmn.cpp +xti.obj : xti.cpp +xtistrm.obj : xtistrm.cpp +xtixml.obj : xtixml.cpp +uri.obj : uri.cpp +dpycmn.obj : dpycmn.cpp +combocmn.obj : combocmn.cpp +clrpickercmn.obj : clrpickercmn.cpp +filepickercmn.obj : filepickercmn.cpp +fontpickercmn.obj : fontpickercmn.cpp +pickerbase.obj : pickerbase.cpp +listctrlcmn.obj : listctrlcmn.cpp +srchcmn.obj : srchcmn.cpp +textentrycmn.obj : textentrycmn.cpp +filectrlcmn.obj : filectrlcmn.cpp +cairo.obj : cairo.cpp + cxx$(CXXFLAGS)$(CXX_DEFINE)/obj=cairo.obj cairo.cpp +overlaycmn.obj : overlaycmn.cpp +windowid.obj : windowid.cpp +calctrlcmn.obj : calctrlcmn.cpp +sstream.obj : sstream.cpp +wrapsizer.obj : wrapsizer.cpp +headerctrlcmn.obj : headerctrlcmn.cpp +headercolcmn.obj : headercolcmn.cpp +rearrangectrl.obj : rearrangectrl.cpp +spinctrlcmn.obj : spinctrlcmn.cpp +datetimefmt.obj : datetimefmt.cpp +xlocale.obj : xlocale.cpp +archive.obj : archive.cpp +fs_arc.obj : fs_arc.cpp +arcall.obj : arcall.cpp +arcfind.obj : arcfind.cpp +tarstrm.obj : tarstrm.cpp +datavcmn.obj : datavcmn.cpp +debugrpt.obj : debugrpt.cpp +translation.obj : translation.cpp +languageinfo.obj : languageinfo.cpp +filehistorycmn.obj : filehistorycmn.cpp +stdstream.obj : stdstream.cpp +uiactioncmn.obj : uiactioncmn.cpp +arttango.obj : arttango.cpp +mediactrlcmn.obj : mediactrlcmn.cpp +panelcmn.obj : panelcmn.cpp +checkboxcmn.obj : checkboxcmn.cpp +statboxcmn.obj : statboxcmn.cpp +slidercmn.obj : slidercmn.cpp +statlinecmn.obj : statlinecmn.cpp +radiobtncmn.obj : radiobtncmn.cpp +bmpbtncmn.obj : bmpbtncmn.cpp +checklstcmn.obj : checklstcmn.cpp +statbmpcmn.obj : statbmpcmn.cpp +dirctrlcmn.obj : dirctrlcmn.cpp +gridcmn.obj : gridcmn.cpp +odcombocmn.obj : odcombocmn.cpp +spinbtncmn.obj : spinbtncmn.cpp +scrolbarcmn.obj : scrolbarcmn.cpp +colourdata.obj : colourdata.cpp +fontdata.obj : fontdata.cpp +valnum.obj : valnum.cpp +numformatter.obj : numformatter.cpp diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dircmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dircmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..96e44ab144 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dircmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,382 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/dircmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxDir methods common to all implementations +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.05.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dircmn.cpp 66089 2010-11-10 13:52:10Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/filefn.h" + #include "wx/arrstr.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/dir.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirTraverser +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDirTraverseResult +wxDirTraverser::OnOpenError(const wxString& WXUNUSED(dirname)) +{ + return wxDIR_IGNORE; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDir::HasFiles() and HasSubDirs() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// dumb generic implementation + +bool wxDir::HasFiles(const wxString& spec) const +{ + wxString s; + return GetFirst(&s, spec, wxDIR_FILES | wxDIR_HIDDEN); +} + +// we have a (much) faster version for Unix +#if (defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(__WINDOWS__)) || !defined(__UNIX_LIKE__) || defined(__EMX__) || defined(__WINE__) + +bool wxDir::HasSubDirs(const wxString& spec) const +{ + wxString s; + return GetFirst(&s, spec, wxDIR_DIRS | wxDIR_HIDDEN); +} + +#endif // !Unix + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDir::Traverse() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t wxDir::Traverse(wxDirTraverser& sink, + const wxString& filespec, + int flags) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOpened(), (size_t)-1, + wxT("dir must be opened before traversing it") ); + + // the total number of files found + size_t nFiles = 0; + + // the name of this dir with path delimiter at the end + wxString prefix = GetName(); + prefix += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + + // first, recurse into subdirs + if ( flags & wxDIR_DIRS ) + { + wxString dirname; + for ( bool cont = GetFirst(&dirname, wxEmptyString, wxDIR_DIRS | (flags & wxDIR_HIDDEN) ); + cont; + cont = cont && GetNext(&dirname) ) + { + const wxString fulldirname = prefix + dirname; + + switch ( sink.OnDir(fulldirname) ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unexpected OnDir() return value") ); + // fall through + + case wxDIR_STOP: + cont = false; + break; + + case wxDIR_CONTINUE: + { + wxDir subdir; + + // don't give the error messages for the directories + // which we can't open: there can be all sorts of good + // reason for this (e.g. insufficient privileges) and + // this shouldn't be treated as an error -- instead + // let the user code decide what to do + bool ok; + do + { + wxLogNull noLog; + ok = subdir.Open(fulldirname); + if ( !ok ) + { + // ask the user code what to do + bool tryagain; + switch ( sink.OnOpenError(fulldirname) ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unexpected OnOpenError() return value") ); + // fall through + + case wxDIR_STOP: + cont = false; + // fall through + + case wxDIR_IGNORE: + tryagain = false; + break; + + case wxDIR_CONTINUE: + tryagain = true; + } + + if ( !tryagain ) + break; + } + } + while ( !ok ); + + if ( ok ) + { + nFiles += subdir.Traverse(sink, filespec, flags); + } + } + break; + + case wxDIR_IGNORE: + // nothing to do + ; + } + } + } + + // now enum our own files + if ( flags & wxDIR_FILES ) + { + flags &= ~wxDIR_DIRS; + + wxString filename; + bool cont = GetFirst(&filename, filespec, flags); + while ( cont ) + { + wxDirTraverseResult res = sink.OnFile(prefix + filename); + if ( res == wxDIR_STOP ) + break; + + wxASSERT_MSG( res == wxDIR_CONTINUE, + wxT("unexpected OnFile() return value") ); + + nFiles++; + + cont = GetNext(&filename); + } + } + + return nFiles; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDir::GetAllFiles() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDirTraverserSimple : public wxDirTraverser +{ +public: + wxDirTraverserSimple(wxArrayString& files) : m_files(files) { } + + virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnFile(const wxString& filename) + { + m_files.push_back(filename); + return wxDIR_CONTINUE; + } + + virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnDir(const wxString& WXUNUSED(dirname)) + { + return wxDIR_CONTINUE; + } + +private: + wxArrayString& m_files; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDirTraverserSimple); +}; + +/* static */ +size_t wxDir::GetAllFiles(const wxString& dirname, + wxArrayString *files, + const wxString& filespec, + int flags) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( files, (size_t)-1, wxT("NULL pointer in wxDir::GetAllFiles") ); + + size_t nFiles = 0; + + wxDir dir(dirname); + if ( dir.IsOpened() ) + { + wxDirTraverserSimple traverser(*files); + + nFiles += dir.Traverse(traverser, filespec, flags); + } + + return nFiles; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDir::FindFirst() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDirTraverserFindFirst : public wxDirTraverser +{ +public: + wxDirTraverserFindFirst() { } + + virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnFile(const wxString& filename) + { + m_file = filename; + return wxDIR_STOP; + } + + virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnDir(const wxString& WXUNUSED(dirname)) + { + return wxDIR_CONTINUE; + } + + const wxString& GetFile() const + { + return m_file; + } + +private: + wxString m_file; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDirTraverserFindFirst); +}; + +/* static */ +wxString wxDir::FindFirst(const wxString& dirname, + const wxString& filespec, + int flags) +{ + wxDir dir(dirname); + if ( dir.IsOpened() ) + { + wxDirTraverserFindFirst traverser; + + dir.Traverse(traverser, filespec, flags | wxDIR_FILES); + return traverser.GetFile(); + } + + return wxEmptyString; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDir::GetTotalSize() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + +class wxDirTraverserSumSize : public wxDirTraverser +{ +public: + wxDirTraverserSumSize() { } + + virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnFile(const wxString& filename) + { + // wxFileName::GetSize won't use this class again as + // we're passing it a file and not a directory; + // thus we are sure to avoid an endless loop + wxULongLong sz = wxFileName::GetSize(filename); + + if (sz == wxInvalidSize) + { + // if the GetSize() failed (this can happen because e.g. a + // file is locked by another process), we can proceed but + // we need to at least warn the user that the resulting + // final size could be not reliable (if e.g. the locked + // file is very big). + m_skippedFiles.Add(filename); + return wxDIR_CONTINUE; + } + + m_sz += sz; + return wxDIR_CONTINUE; + } + + virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnDir(const wxString& WXUNUSED(dirname)) + { + return wxDIR_CONTINUE; + } + + wxULongLong GetTotalSize() const + { return m_sz; } + const wxArrayString& GetSkippedFiles() const + { return m_skippedFiles; } + +protected: + wxULongLong m_sz; + wxArrayString m_skippedFiles; +}; + +wxULongLong wxDir::GetTotalSize(const wxString &dirname, wxArrayString *filesSkipped) +{ + if (!wxDirExists(dirname)) + return wxInvalidSize; + + // to get the size of this directory and its contents we need + // to recursively walk it... + wxDir dir(dirname); + if ( !dir.IsOpened() ) + return wxInvalidSize; + + wxDirTraverserSumSize traverser; + if (dir.Traverse(traverser) == (size_t)-1 ) + return wxInvalidSize; + + if (filesSkipped) + *filesSkipped = traverser.GetSkippedFiles(); + + return traverser.GetTotalSize(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDir helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +bool wxDir::Exists(const wxString& dir) +{ + return wxFileName::DirExists(dir); +} + +/* static */ +bool wxDir::Make(const wxString &dir, int perm, int flags) +{ + return wxFileName::Mkdir(dir, perm, flags); +} + +/* static */ +bool wxDir::Remove(const wxString &dir, int flags) +{ + return wxFileName::Rmdir(dir, flags); +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dirctrlcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dirctrlcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..87e627b025 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dirctrlcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/dirctrlcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericDirCtrl common code +// Author: Harm van der Heijden, Robert Roebling, Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/12/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dirctrlcmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Harm van der Heijden, Robert Roebling and Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DIRDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG + +#include "wx/generic/dirctrlg.h" + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxDirDialogNameStr[] = "wxDirCtrl"; +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr[] = "/"; +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxDirSelectorPromptStr[] = "Select a directory"; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxGenericDirCtrlStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGenericDirCtrlStyle ) + // new style border flags, we put them first to + // use them for streaming out + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + + // old style border flags + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + + // standard window styles + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDIRCTRL_DIR_ONLY) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDIRCTRL_3D_INTERNAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDIRCTRL_SELECT_FIRST) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDIRCTRL_SHOW_FILTERS) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxGenericDirCtrlStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGenericDirCtrl, wxControl, "wx/dirctrl.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGenericDirCtrl) + wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children ) + + wxPROPERTY( DefaultPath, wxString, SetDefaultPath, GetDefaultPath, \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( Filter, wxString, SetFilter, GetFilter, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) + wxPROPERTY( DefaultFilter, int, SetFilterIndex, GetFilterIndex, \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) + + wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxGenericDirCtrlStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0, wxT("Helpstring"), \ + wxT("group") ) +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGenericDirCtrl) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_8( wxGenericDirCtrl, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxString, DefaultPath, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, \ + long, WindowStyle, wxString, Filter, int, DefaultFilter ) + +#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dlgcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dlgcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d42c05e87f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dlgcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1012 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/dlgcmn.cpp +// Purpose: common (to all ports) wxDialog functions +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 28.06.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dlgcmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/containr.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/statline.h" +#include "wx/sysopt.h" +#include "wx/module.h" +#include "wx/bookctrl.h" +#include "wx/scrolwin.h" +#include "wx/textwrapper.h" + +#if wxUSE_DISPLAY +#include "wx/display.h" +#endif + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxDialogNameStr[] = "dialog"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxDialogStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxDialogStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxNO_BORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + +// dialog styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTAY_ON_TOP) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCAPTION) +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTHICK_FRAME) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSYSTEM_MENU) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRESIZE_BORDER) +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRESIZE_BOX) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLOSE_BOX) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxMAXIMIZE_BOX) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxMINIMIZE_BOX) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxDialogStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxDialog, wxTopLevelWindow, "wx/dialog.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxDialog) +wxPROPERTY( Title, wxString, SetTitle, GetTitle, wxString(), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxDialogStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxDialog) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxDialog, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxString, Title, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDialogBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDialogBase, wxTopLevelWindow) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_ANY, wxDialogBase::OnButton) + + EVT_CLOSE(wxDialogBase::OnCloseWindow) + + EVT_CHAR_HOOK(wxDialogBase::OnCharHook) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxDialogLayoutAdapter* wxDialogBase::sm_layoutAdapter = NULL; +bool wxDialogBase::sm_layoutAdaptation = false; + +void wxDialogBase::Init() +{ + m_returnCode = 0; + m_affirmativeId = wxID_OK; + m_escapeId = wxID_ANY; + m_layoutAdaptationLevel = 3; + m_layoutAdaptationDone = FALSE; + m_layoutAdaptationMode = wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_MODE_DEFAULT; + + // the dialogs have this flag on by default to prevent the events from the + // dialog controls from reaching the parent frame which is usually + // undesirable and can lead to unexpected and hard to find bugs + SetExtraStyle(GetExtraStyle() | wxWS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS); +} + +wxWindow *wxDialogBase::CheckIfCanBeUsedAsParent(wxWindow *parent) const +{ + if ( !parent ) + return NULL; + + extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxList) wxPendingDelete; + if ( wxPendingDelete.Member(parent) || parent->IsBeingDeleted() ) + { + // this window is being deleted and we shouldn't create any children + // under it + return NULL; + } + + if ( parent->HasExtraStyle(wxWS_EX_TRANSIENT) ) + { + // this window is not being deleted yet but it's going to disappear + // soon so still don't parent this window under it + return NULL; + } + + if ( !parent->IsShownOnScreen() ) + { + // using hidden parent won't work correctly neither + return NULL; + } + + // FIXME-VC6: this compiler requires an explicit const cast or it fails + // with error C2446 + if ( const_cast(parent) == this ) + { + // not sure if this can really happen but it doesn't hurt to guard + // against this clearly invalid situation + return NULL; + } + + return parent; +} + +wxWindow * +wxDialogBase::GetParentForModalDialog(wxWindow *parent, long style) const +{ + // creating a parent-less modal dialog will result (under e.g. wxGTK2) + // in an unfocused dialog, so try to find a valid parent for it unless we + // were explicitly asked not to + if ( style & wxDIALOG_NO_PARENT ) + return NULL; + + // first try the given parent + if ( parent ) + parent = CheckIfCanBeUsedAsParent(wxGetTopLevelParent(parent)); + + // then the currently active window + if ( !parent ) + parent = CheckIfCanBeUsedAsParent( + wxGetTopLevelParent(wxGetActiveWindow())); + + // and finally the application main window + if ( !parent ) + parent = CheckIfCanBeUsedAsParent(wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()); + + return parent; +} + +#if wxUSE_STATTEXT + +wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateTextSizer(const wxString& message) +{ + wxTextSizerWrapper wrapper(this); + + return CreateTextSizer(message, wrapper); +} + +wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateTextSizer(const wxString& message, + wxTextSizerWrapper& wrapper) +{ + // I admit that this is complete bogus, but it makes + // message boxes work for pda screens temporarily.. + int widthMax = -1; + const bool is_pda = wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA; + if (is_pda) + { + widthMax = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric( wxSYS_SCREEN_X ) - 25; + } + + // '&' is used as accel mnemonic prefix in the wxWidgets controls but in + // the static messages created by CreateTextSizer() (used by wxMessageBox, + // for example), we don't want this special meaning, so we need to quote it + wxString text(message); + text.Replace(wxT("&"), wxT("&&")); + + return wrapper.CreateSizer(text, widthMax); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT + +wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateButtonSizer(long flags) +{ +#ifdef __SMARTPHONE__ + wxDialog* dialog = (wxDialog*) this; + if ( flags & wxOK ) + dialog->SetLeftMenu(wxID_OK); + + if ( flags & wxCANCEL ) + dialog->SetRightMenu(wxID_CANCEL); + + if ( flags & wxYES ) + dialog->SetLeftMenu(wxID_YES); + + if ( flags & wxNO ) + dialog->SetRightMenu(wxID_NO); + + return NULL; +#else // !__SMARTPHONE__ + +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + +#ifdef __POCKETPC__ + // PocketPC guidelines recommend for Ok/Cancel dialogs to use OK button + // located inside caption bar and implement Cancel functionality through + // Undo outside dialog. As native behaviour this will be default here but + // can be replaced with real wxButtons by setting the option below to 1 + if ( (flags & ~(wxCANCEL|wxNO_DEFAULT)) != wxOK || + wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("wince.dialog.real-ok-cancel")) ) +#endif // __POCKETPC__ + { + return CreateStdDialogButtonSizer(flags); + } +#ifdef __POCKETPC__ + return NULL; +#endif // __POCKETPC__ + +#else // !wxUSE_BUTTON + wxUnusedVar(flags); + + return NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON/!wxUSE_BUTTON + +#endif // __SMARTPHONE__/!__SMARTPHONE__ +} + +wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateSeparatedSizer(wxSizer *sizer) +{ + // Mac Human Interface Guidelines recommend not to use static lines as + // grouping elements +#if wxUSE_STATLINE && !defined(__WXMAC__) + wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + topsizer->Add(new wxStaticLine(this), + wxSizerFlags().Expand().DoubleBorder(wxBOTTOM)); + topsizer->Add(sizer, wxSizerFlags().Expand()); + sizer = topsizer; +#endif // wxUSE_STATLINE + + return sizer; +} + +wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateSeparatedButtonSizer(long flags) +{ + wxSizer *sizer = CreateButtonSizer(flags); + if ( !sizer ) + return NULL; + + return CreateSeparatedSizer(sizer); +} + +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + +wxStdDialogButtonSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateStdDialogButtonSizer( long flags ) +{ + wxStdDialogButtonSizer *sizer = new wxStdDialogButtonSizer(); + + wxButton *ok = NULL; + wxButton *yes = NULL; + wxButton *no = NULL; + + if (flags & wxOK) + { + ok = new wxButton(this, wxID_OK); + sizer->AddButton(ok); + } + + if (flags & wxCANCEL) + { + wxButton *cancel = new wxButton(this, wxID_CANCEL); + sizer->AddButton(cancel); + } + + if (flags & wxYES) + { + yes = new wxButton(this, wxID_YES); + sizer->AddButton(yes); + } + + if (flags & wxNO) + { + no = new wxButton(this, wxID_NO); + sizer->AddButton(no); + } + + if (flags & wxAPPLY) + { + wxButton *apply = new wxButton(this, wxID_APPLY); + sizer->AddButton(apply); + } + + if (flags & wxCLOSE) + { + wxButton *close = new wxButton(this, wxID_CLOSE); + sizer->AddButton(close); + } + + if (flags & wxHELP) + { + wxButton *help = new wxButton(this, wxID_HELP); + sizer->AddButton(help); + } + + if (flags & wxNO_DEFAULT) + { + if (no) + { + no->SetDefault(); + no->SetFocus(); + } + } + else + { + if (ok) + { + ok->SetDefault(); + ok->SetFocus(); + } + else if (yes) + { + yes->SetDefault(); + yes->SetFocus(); + } + } + + if (flags & wxOK) + SetAffirmativeId(wxID_OK); + else if (flags & wxYES) + SetAffirmativeId(wxID_YES); + + sizer->Realize(); + + return sizer; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// standard buttons handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxDialogBase::EndDialog(int rc) +{ + if ( IsModal() ) + EndModal(rc); + else + Hide(); +} + +void wxDialogBase::AcceptAndClose() +{ + if ( Validate() && TransferDataFromWindow() ) + { + EndDialog(m_affirmativeId); + } +} + +void wxDialogBase::SetAffirmativeId(int affirmativeId) +{ + m_affirmativeId = affirmativeId; +} + +void wxDialogBase::SetEscapeId(int escapeId) +{ + m_escapeId = escapeId; +} + +bool wxDialogBase::EmulateButtonClickIfPresent(int id) +{ +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + wxButton *btn = wxDynamicCast(FindWindow(id), wxButton); + + if ( !btn || !btn->IsEnabled() || !btn->IsShown() ) + return false; + + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, id); + event.SetEventObject(btn); + btn->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + + return true; +#else // !wxUSE_BUTTON + wxUnusedVar(id); + return false; +#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON/!wxUSE_BUTTON +} + +bool wxDialogBase::SendCloseButtonClickEvent() +{ + int idCancel = GetEscapeId(); + switch ( idCancel ) + { + case wxID_NONE: + // The user doesn't want this dialog to close "implicitly". + break; + + case wxID_ANY: + // this value is special: it means translate Esc to wxID_CANCEL + // but if there is no such button, then fall back to wxID_OK + if ( EmulateButtonClickIfPresent(wxID_CANCEL) ) + return true; + idCancel = GetAffirmativeId(); + // fall through + + default: + // translate Esc to button press for the button with given id + if ( EmulateButtonClickIfPresent(idCancel) ) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxDialogBase::IsEscapeKey(const wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + // for most platforms, Esc key is used to close the dialogs + return event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_ESCAPE && + event.GetModifiers() == wxMOD_NONE; +} + +void wxDialogBase::OnCharHook(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_ESCAPE ) + { + if ( SendCloseButtonClickEvent() ) + { + // Skip the call to event.Skip() below, we did handle this key. + return; + } + } + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxDialogBase::OnButton(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + const int id = event.GetId(); + if ( id == GetAffirmativeId() ) + { + AcceptAndClose(); + } + else if ( id == wxID_APPLY ) + { + if ( Validate() ) + TransferDataFromWindow(); + + // TODO: disable the Apply button until things change again + } + else if ( id == GetEscapeId() || + (id == wxID_CANCEL && GetEscapeId() == wxID_ANY) ) + { + EndDialog(wxID_CANCEL); + } + else // not a standard button + { + event.Skip(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// compatibility methods for supporting the modality API +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_WINDOW_MODAL_DIALOG_CLOSED , wxWindowModalDialogEvent ); + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowModalDialogEvent, wxCommandEvent) + +void wxDialogBase::ShowWindowModal () +{ + ShowModal(); + SendWindowModalDialogEvent ( wxEVT_WINDOW_MODAL_DIALOG_CLOSED ); +} + +void wxDialogBase::SendWindowModalDialogEvent ( wxEventType type ) +{ + wxWindowModalDialogEvent event ( type, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + + if ( !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + // the event is not propagated upwards to the parent automatically + // because the dialog is a top level window, so do it manually as + // in 9 cases of 10 the message must be processed by the dialog + // owner and not the dialog itself + (void)GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } +} + + +wxDialogModality wxDialogBase::GetModality() const +{ + return IsModal() ? wxDIALOG_MODALITY_APP_MODAL : wxDIALOG_MODALITY_NONE; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// other event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxDialogBase::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // We'll send a Cancel message by default, which may close the dialog. + + // Check for looping if the Cancel event handler calls Close(). + // + // VZ: this is horrible and MT-unsafe. Can't we reuse some of these global + // lists here? don't dare to change it now, but should be done later! + static wxList closing; + + if ( closing.Member(this) ) + return; + + closing.Append(this); + + if ( !SendCloseButtonClickEvent() ) + { + // If the handler didn't close the dialog (e.g. because there is no + // button with matching id) we still want to close it when the user + // clicks the "x" button in the title bar, otherwise we shouldn't even + // have put it there. + // + // Notice that using wxID_CLOSE might have been a better choice but we + // use wxID_CANCEL for compatibility reasons. + EndDialog(wxID_CANCEL); + } + + closing.DeleteObject(this); +} + +void wxDialogBase::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event) +{ +#ifndef __WXGTK__ + SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE)); + Refresh(); +#endif + + event.Skip(); +} + +/// Do the adaptation +bool wxDialogBase::DoLayoutAdaptation() +{ + if (GetLayoutAdapter()) + { + wxWindow* focusWindow = wxFindFocusDescendant(this); // from event.h + if (GetLayoutAdapter()->DoLayoutAdaptation((wxDialog*) this)) + { + if (focusWindow) + focusWindow->SetFocus(); + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + else + return false; +} + +/// Can we do the adaptation? +bool wxDialogBase::CanDoLayoutAdaptation() +{ + // Check if local setting overrides the global setting + bool layoutEnabled = (GetLayoutAdaptationMode() == wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_MODE_ENABLED) || (IsLayoutAdaptationEnabled() && (GetLayoutAdaptationMode() != wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_MODE_DISABLED)); + + return (layoutEnabled && !m_layoutAdaptationDone && GetLayoutAdaptationLevel() != 0 && GetLayoutAdapter() != NULL && GetLayoutAdapter()->CanDoLayoutAdaptation((wxDialog*) this)); +} + +/// Set scrolling adapter class, returning old adapter +wxDialogLayoutAdapter* wxDialogBase::SetLayoutAdapter(wxDialogLayoutAdapter* adapter) +{ + wxDialogLayoutAdapter* oldLayoutAdapter = sm_layoutAdapter; + sm_layoutAdapter = adapter; + return oldLayoutAdapter; +} + +/*! + * Standard adapter + */ + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDialogLayoutAdapter, wxObject) + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter, wxDialogLayoutAdapter) + +// Allow for caption size on wxWidgets < 2.9 +#if defined(__WXGTK__) && !wxCHECK_VERSION(2,9,0) +#define wxEXTRA_DIALOG_HEIGHT 30 +#else +#define wxEXTRA_DIALOG_HEIGHT 0 +#endif + +/// Indicate that adaptation should be done +bool wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::CanDoLayoutAdaptation(wxDialog* dialog) +{ + if (dialog->GetSizer()) + { + wxSize windowSize, displaySize; + return MustScroll(dialog, windowSize, displaySize) != 0; + } + else + return false; +} + +bool wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::DoLayoutAdaptation(wxDialog* dialog) +{ + if (dialog->GetSizer()) + { +#if wxUSE_BOOKCTRL + wxBookCtrlBase* bookContentWindow = wxDynamicCast(dialog->GetContentWindow(), wxBookCtrlBase); + + if (bookContentWindow) + { + // If we have a book control, make all the pages (that use sizers) scrollable + wxWindowList windows; + for (size_t i = 0; i < bookContentWindow->GetPageCount(); i++) + { + wxWindow* page = bookContentWindow->GetPage(i); + + wxScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow = wxDynamicCast(page, wxScrolledWindow); + if (scrolledWindow) + windows.Append(scrolledWindow); + else if (!scrolledWindow && page->GetSizer()) + { + // Create a scrolled window and reparent + scrolledWindow = CreateScrolledWindow(page); + wxSizer* oldSizer = page->GetSizer(); + + wxSizer* newSizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + newSizer->Add(scrolledWindow,1, wxEXPAND, 0); + + page->SetSizer(newSizer, false /* don't delete the old sizer */); + + scrolledWindow->SetSizer(oldSizer); + + ReparentControls(page, scrolledWindow); + + windows.Append(scrolledWindow); + } + } + + FitWithScrolling(dialog, windows); + } + else +#endif // wxUSE_BOOKCTRL + { +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + // If we have an arbitrary dialog, create a scrolling area for the main content, and a button sizer + // for the main buttons. + wxScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow = CreateScrolledWindow(dialog); + + int buttonSizerBorder = 0; + + // First try to find a wxStdDialogButtonSizer + wxSizer* buttonSizer = FindButtonSizer(true /* find std button sizer */, dialog, dialog->GetSizer(), buttonSizerBorder); + + // Next try to find a wxBoxSizer containing the controls + if (!buttonSizer && dialog->GetLayoutAdaptationLevel() > wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_STANDARD_SIZER) + buttonSizer = FindButtonSizer(false /* find ordinary sizer */, dialog, dialog->GetSizer(), buttonSizerBorder); + + // If we still don't have a button sizer, collect any 'loose' buttons in the layout + if (!buttonSizer && dialog->GetLayoutAdaptationLevel() > wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_ANY_SIZER) + { + int count = 0; + wxStdDialogButtonSizer* stdButtonSizer = new wxStdDialogButtonSizer; + buttonSizer = stdButtonSizer; + + FindLooseButtons(dialog, stdButtonSizer, dialog->GetSizer(), count); + if (count > 0) + stdButtonSizer->Realize(); + else + { + wxDELETE(buttonSizer); + } + } + + if (buttonSizerBorder == 0) + buttonSizerBorder = 5; + + ReparentControls(dialog, scrolledWindow, buttonSizer); + + wxBoxSizer* newTopSizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + wxSizer* oldSizer = dialog->GetSizer(); + + dialog->SetSizer(newTopSizer, false /* don't delete old sizer */); + + newTopSizer->Add(scrolledWindow, 1, wxEXPAND|wxALL, 0); + if (buttonSizer) + newTopSizer->Add(buttonSizer, 0, wxEXPAND|wxALL, buttonSizerBorder); + + scrolledWindow->SetSizer(oldSizer); + + FitWithScrolling(dialog, scrolledWindow); +#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON + } + } + + dialog->SetLayoutAdaptationDone(true); + return true; +} + +// Create the scrolled window +wxScrolledWindow* wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::CreateScrolledWindow(wxWindow* parent) +{ + wxScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow = new wxScrolledWindow(parent, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxTAB_TRAVERSAL|wxVSCROLL|wxHSCROLL|wxBORDER_NONE); + return scrolledWindow; +} + +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + +/// Find and remove the button sizer, if any +wxSizer* wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::FindButtonSizer(bool stdButtonSizer, wxDialog* dialog, wxSizer* sizer, int& retBorder, int accumlatedBorder) +{ + for ( wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = sizer->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + wxSizer *childSizer = item->GetSizer(); + + if ( childSizer ) + { + int newBorder = accumlatedBorder; + if (item->GetFlag() & wxALL) + newBorder += item->GetBorder(); + + if (stdButtonSizer) // find wxStdDialogButtonSizer + { + wxStdDialogButtonSizer* buttonSizer = wxDynamicCast(childSizer, wxStdDialogButtonSizer); + if (buttonSizer) + { + sizer->Detach(childSizer); + retBorder = newBorder; + return buttonSizer; + } + } + else // find a horizontal box sizer containing standard buttons + { + wxBoxSizer* buttonSizer = wxDynamicCast(childSizer, wxBoxSizer); + if (buttonSizer && IsOrdinaryButtonSizer(dialog, buttonSizer)) + { + sizer->Detach(childSizer); + retBorder = newBorder; + return buttonSizer; + } + } + + wxSizer* s = FindButtonSizer(stdButtonSizer, dialog, childSizer, retBorder, newBorder); + if (s) + return s; + } + } + return NULL; +} + +/// Check if this sizer contains standard buttons, and so can be repositioned in the dialog +bool wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::IsOrdinaryButtonSizer(wxDialog* dialog, wxBoxSizer* sizer) +{ + if (sizer->GetOrientation() != wxHORIZONTAL) + return false; + + for ( wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = sizer->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + wxButton *childButton = wxDynamicCast(item->GetWindow(), wxButton); + + if (childButton && IsStandardButton(dialog, childButton)) + return true; + } + return false; +} + +/// Check if this is a standard button +bool wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::IsStandardButton(wxDialog* dialog, wxButton* button) +{ + wxWindowID id = button->GetId(); + + return (id == wxID_OK || id == wxID_CANCEL || id == wxID_YES || id == wxID_NO || id == wxID_SAVE || + id == wxID_APPLY || id == wxID_HELP || id == wxID_CONTEXT_HELP || dialog->IsMainButtonId(id)); +} + +/// Find 'loose' main buttons in the existing layout and add them to the standard dialog sizer +bool wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::FindLooseButtons(wxDialog* dialog, wxStdDialogButtonSizer* buttonSizer, wxSizer* sizer, int& count) +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = sizer->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext(); + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + wxSizer *childSizer = item->GetSizer(); + wxButton *childButton = wxDynamicCast(item->GetWindow(), wxButton); + + if (childButton && IsStandardButton(dialog, childButton)) + { + sizer->Detach(childButton); + buttonSizer->AddButton(childButton); + count ++; + } + + if (childSizer) + FindLooseButtons(dialog, buttonSizer, childSizer, count); + + node = next; + } + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON + +/// Reparent the controls to the scrolled window +void wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::ReparentControls(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* reparentTo, wxSizer* buttonSizer) +{ + DoReparentControls(parent, reparentTo, buttonSizer); +} + +void wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::DoReparentControls(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* reparentTo, wxSizer* buttonSizer) +{ + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext(); + + wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); + + // Don't reparent the scrolled window or buttons in the button sizer + if (win != reparentTo && (!buttonSizer || !buttonSizer->GetItem(win))) + { + win->Reparent(reparentTo); +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // Restore correct tab order + ::SetWindowPos((HWND) win->GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, -1, -1, -1, -1, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE); +#endif + } + + node = next; + } +} + +/// Find whether scrolling will be necessary for the dialog, returning wxVERTICAL, wxHORIZONTAL or both +int wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::MustScroll(wxDialog* dialog, wxSize& windowSize, wxSize& displaySize) +{ + return DoMustScroll(dialog, windowSize, displaySize); +} + +/// Find whether scrolling will be necessary for the dialog, returning wxVERTICAL, wxHORIZONTAL or both +int wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::DoMustScroll(wxDialog* dialog, wxSize& windowSize, wxSize& displaySize) +{ + wxSize minWindowSize = dialog->GetSizer()->GetMinSize(); + windowSize = dialog->GetSize(); + windowSize = wxSize(wxMax(windowSize.x, minWindowSize.x), wxMax(windowSize.y, minWindowSize.y)); +#if wxUSE_DISPLAY + displaySize = wxDisplay(wxDisplay::GetFromWindow(dialog)).GetClientArea().GetSize(); +#else + displaySize = wxGetClientDisplayRect().GetSize(); +#endif + + int flags = 0; + + if (windowSize.y >= (displaySize.y - wxEXTRA_DIALOG_HEIGHT)) + flags |= wxVERTICAL; + if (windowSize.x >= displaySize.x) + flags |= wxHORIZONTAL; + + return flags; +} + +// A function to fit the dialog around its contents, and then adjust for screen size. +// If scrolled windows are passed, scrolling is enabled in the required orientation(s). +bool wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::FitWithScrolling(wxDialog* dialog, wxWindowList& windows) +{ + return DoFitWithScrolling(dialog, windows); +} + +// A function to fit the dialog around its contents, and then adjust for screen size. +// If a scrolled window is passed, scrolling is enabled in the required orientation(s). +bool wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::FitWithScrolling(wxDialog* dialog, wxScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow) +{ + return DoFitWithScrolling(dialog, scrolledWindow); +} + +// A function to fit the dialog around its contents, and then adjust for screen size. +// If a scrolled window is passed, scrolling is enabled in the required orientation(s). +bool wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::DoFitWithScrolling(wxDialog* dialog, wxScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow) +{ + wxWindowList windows; + windows.Append(scrolledWindow); + return DoFitWithScrolling(dialog, windows); +} + +bool wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::DoFitWithScrolling(wxDialog* dialog, wxWindowList& windows) +{ + wxSizer* sizer = dialog->GetSizer(); + if (!sizer) + return false; + + sizer->SetSizeHints(dialog); + + wxSize windowSize, displaySize; + int scrollFlags = DoMustScroll(dialog, windowSize, displaySize); + int scrollBarSize = 20; + + if (scrollFlags) + { + int scrollBarExtraX = 0, scrollBarExtraY = 0; + bool resizeHorizontally = (scrollFlags & wxHORIZONTAL) != 0; + bool resizeVertically = (scrollFlags & wxVERTICAL) != 0; + + if (windows.GetCount() != 0) + { + // Allow extra for a scrollbar, assuming we resizing in one direction only. + if ((resizeVertically && !resizeHorizontally) && (windowSize.x < (displaySize.x - scrollBarSize))) + scrollBarExtraX = scrollBarSize; + if ((resizeHorizontally && !resizeVertically) && (windowSize.y < (displaySize.y - scrollBarSize))) + scrollBarExtraY = scrollBarSize; + } + + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = windows.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); + wxScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow = wxDynamicCast(win, wxScrolledWindow); + if (scrolledWindow) + { + scrolledWindow->SetScrollRate(resizeHorizontally ? 10 : 0, resizeVertically ? 10 : 0); + + if (scrolledWindow->GetSizer()) + scrolledWindow->GetSizer()->Fit(scrolledWindow); + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + wxSize limitTo = windowSize + wxSize(scrollBarExtraX, scrollBarExtraY); + if (resizeVertically) + limitTo.y = displaySize.y - wxEXTRA_DIALOG_HEIGHT; + if (resizeHorizontally) + limitTo.x = displaySize.x; + + dialog->SetMinSize(limitTo); + dialog->SetSize(limitTo); + + dialog->SetSizeHints( limitTo.x, limitTo.y, dialog->GetMaxWidth(), dialog->GetMaxHeight() ); + } + + return true; +} + +/*! + * Module to initialise standard adapter + */ + +class wxDialogLayoutAdapterModule: public wxModule +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialogLayoutAdapterModule) +public: + wxDialogLayoutAdapterModule() {} + virtual void OnExit() { delete wxDialogBase::SetLayoutAdapter(NULL); } + virtual bool OnInit() { wxDialogBase::SetLayoutAdapter(new wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter); return true; } +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialogLayoutAdapterModule, wxModule) diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dndcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dndcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b9cb42593 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dndcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/dndcmn.cpp +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dndcmn.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/dnd.h" + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +bool wxIsDragResultOk(wxDragResult res) +{ + return res == wxDragCopy || res == wxDragMove || res == wxDragLink; +} + +#endif + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dobjcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dobjcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c160b7b79f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dobjcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,544 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/dobjcmn.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of data object methods common to all platforms +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dobjcmn.cpp 65510 2010-09-10 19:28:52Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ + +#include "wx/dataobj.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// lists +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" + +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxSimpleDataObjectList) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// globals +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static wxDataFormat dataFormatInvalid; +WXDLLEXPORT const wxDataFormat& wxFormatInvalid = dataFormatInvalid; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataObjectBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDataObjectBase::~wxDataObjectBase() +{ +} + +bool wxDataObjectBase::IsSupported(const wxDataFormat& format, + Direction dir) const +{ + size_t nFormatCount = GetFormatCount( dir ); + if ( nFormatCount == 1 ) + { + return format == GetPreferredFormat( dir ); + } + else + { + wxDataFormat *formats = new wxDataFormat[nFormatCount]; + GetAllFormats( formats, dir ); + + size_t n; + for ( n = 0; n < nFormatCount; n++ ) + { + if ( formats[n] == format ) + break; + } + + delete [] formats; + + // found? + return n < nFormatCount; + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataObjectComposite +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDataObjectComposite::wxDataObjectComposite() +{ + m_preferred = 0; + m_receivedFormat = wxFormatInvalid; +} + +wxDataObjectComposite::~wxDataObjectComposite() +{ + WX_CLEAR_LIST( wxSimpleDataObjectList, m_dataObjects ); +} + +wxDataObjectSimple * +wxDataObjectComposite::GetObject(const wxDataFormat& format, wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir) const +{ + wxSimpleDataObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_dataObjects.GetFirst(); + + while ( node ) + { + wxDataObjectSimple *dataObj = node->GetData(); + + if (dataObj->IsSupported(format,dir)) + return dataObj; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + +void wxDataObjectComposite::Add(wxDataObjectSimple *dataObject, bool preferred) +{ + if ( preferred ) + m_preferred = m_dataObjects.GetCount(); + + m_dataObjects.Append( dataObject ); +} + +wxDataFormat wxDataObjectComposite::GetReceivedFormat() const +{ + return m_receivedFormat; +} + +wxDataFormat +wxDataObjectComposite::GetPreferredFormat(Direction WXUNUSED(dir)) const +{ + wxSimpleDataObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_dataObjects.Item( m_preferred ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( node, wxFormatInvalid, wxT("no preferred format") ); + + wxDataObjectSimple* dataObj = node->GetData(); + + return dataObj->GetFormat(); +} + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + +size_t wxDataObjectComposite::GetBufferOffset( const wxDataFormat& format ) +{ + wxDataObjectSimple *dataObj = GetObject(format); + + wxCHECK_MSG( dataObj, 0, + wxT("unsupported format in wxDataObjectComposite")); + + return dataObj->GetBufferOffset( format ); +} + + +const void* wxDataObjectComposite::GetSizeFromBuffer( const void* buffer, + size_t* size, + const wxDataFormat& format ) +{ + wxDataObjectSimple *dataObj = GetObject(format); + + wxCHECK_MSG( dataObj, NULL, + wxT("unsupported format in wxDataObjectComposite")); + + return dataObj->GetSizeFromBuffer( buffer, size, format ); +} + + +void* wxDataObjectComposite::SetSizeInBuffer( void* buffer, size_t size, + const wxDataFormat& format ) +{ + wxDataObjectSimple *dataObj = GetObject( format ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( dataObj, NULL, + wxT("unsupported format in wxDataObjectComposite")); + + return dataObj->SetSizeInBuffer( buffer, size, format ); +} + +#endif + +size_t wxDataObjectComposite::GetFormatCount(Direction dir) const +{ + size_t n = 0; + + // NOTE: some wxDataObjectSimple objects may return a number greater than 1 + // from GetFormatCount(): this is the case of e.g. wxTextDataObject + // under wxMac and wxGTK + wxSimpleDataObjectList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = m_dataObjects.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + n += node->GetData()->GetFormatCount(dir); + + return n; +} + +void wxDataObjectComposite::GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, + Direction dir) const +{ + size_t index(0); + wxSimpleDataObjectList::compatibility_iterator node; + + for ( node = m_dataObjects.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + // NOTE: some wxDataObjectSimple objects may return more than 1 format + // from GetAllFormats(): this is the case of e.g. wxTextDataObject + // under wxMac and wxGTK + node->GetData()->GetAllFormats(formats+index, dir); + index += node->GetData()->GetFormatCount(dir); + } +} + +size_t wxDataObjectComposite::GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const +{ + wxDataObjectSimple *dataObj = GetObject(format); + + wxCHECK_MSG( dataObj, 0, + wxT("unsupported format in wxDataObjectComposite")); + + return dataObj->GetDataSize(); +} + +bool wxDataObjectComposite::GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, + void *buf) const +{ + wxDataObjectSimple *dataObj = GetObject( format ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( dataObj, false, + wxT("unsupported format in wxDataObjectComposite")); + + return dataObj->GetDataHere( buf ); +} + +bool wxDataObjectComposite::SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, + size_t len, + const void *buf) +{ + wxDataObjectSimple *dataObj = GetObject( format ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( dataObj, false, + wxT("unsupported format in wxDataObjectComposite")); + + m_receivedFormat = format; + return dataObj->SetData( len, buf ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextDataObject +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef wxNEEDS_UTF8_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ + +// FIXME-UTF8: we should be able to merge wchar_t and UTF-8 versions once we +// have a way to get UTF-8 string (and its length) in both builds +// without loss of efficiency (i.e. extra buffer copy/strlen call) + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + +static inline wxMBConv& GetConv(const wxDataFormat& format) +{ + // use UTF8 for wxDF_UNICODETEXT and UCS4 for wxDF_TEXT + return format == wxDF_UNICODETEXT ? wxConvUTF8 : wxConvLibc; +} + +size_t wxTextDataObject::GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const +{ + wxCharBuffer buffer = GetConv(format).cWX2MB( GetText().c_str() ); + + return buffer ? strlen( buffer ) : 0; +} + +bool wxTextDataObject::GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const +{ + if ( !buf ) + return false; + + wxCharBuffer buffer = GetConv(format).cWX2MB( GetText().c_str() ); + if ( !buffer ) + return false; + + memcpy( (char*) buf, buffer, GetDataSize(format) ); + // strcpy( (char*) buf, buffer ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxTextDataObject::SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, + size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void *buf) +{ + if ( buf == NULL ) + return false; + + wxWCharBuffer buffer = GetConv(format).cMB2WX( (const char*)buf ); + + SetText( buffer ); + + return true; +} + +#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +size_t wxTextDataObject::GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const +{ + if ( format == wxDF_UNICODETEXT || wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) + { + return m_text.utf8_length(); + } + else // wxDF_TEXT + { + const wxCharBuffer buf(wxConvLocal.cWC2MB(m_text.wc_str())); + return buf ? strlen(buf) : 0; + } +} + +bool wxTextDataObject::GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const +{ + if ( !buf ) + return false; + + if ( format == wxDF_UNICODETEXT || wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) + { + memcpy(buf, m_text.utf8_str(), m_text.utf8_length()); + } + else // wxDF_TEXT + { + const wxCharBuffer bufLocal(wxConvLocal.cWC2MB(m_text.wc_str())); + if ( !bufLocal ) + return false; + + memcpy(buf, bufLocal, strlen(bufLocal)); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxTextDataObject::SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, + size_t len, const void *buf_) +{ + const char * const buf = static_cast(buf_); + + if ( buf == NULL ) + return false; + + if ( format == wxDF_UNICODETEXT || wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) + { + // normally the data is in UTF-8 so we could use FromUTF8Unchecked() + // but it's not absolutely clear what GTK+ does if the clipboard data + // is not in UTF-8 so do an extra check for tranquility, it shouldn't + // matter much if we lose a bit of performance when pasting from + // clipboard + m_text = wxString::FromUTF8(buf, len); + } + else // wxDF_TEXT, convert from current (non-UTF8) locale + { + m_text = wxConvLocal.cMB2WC(buf, len, NULL); + } + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR/wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +#elif defined(wxNEEDS_UTF16_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ) + +namespace +{ + +inline wxMBConv& GetConv(const wxDataFormat& format) +{ + static wxMBConvUTF16 s_UTF16Converter; + + return format == wxDF_UNICODETEXT ? static_cast(s_UTF16Converter) + : static_cast(wxConvLocal); +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +size_t wxTextDataObject::GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const +{ + return GetConv(format).WC2MB(NULL, GetText().wc_str(), 0); +} + +bool wxTextDataObject::GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const +{ + if ( buf == NULL ) + return false; + + wxCharBuffer buffer(GetConv(format).cWX2MB(GetText().c_str())); + + memcpy(buf, buffer.data(), buffer.length()); + + return true; +} + +bool wxTextDataObject::SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, + size_t WXUNUSED(len), + const void *buf) +{ + if ( buf == NULL ) + return false; + + SetText(GetConv(format).cMB2WX(static_cast(buf))); + + return true; +} + +#else // !wxNEEDS_UTF{8,16}_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ + +size_t wxTextDataObject::GetDataSize() const +{ + return GetTextLength() * sizeof(wxChar); +} + +bool wxTextDataObject::GetDataHere(void *buf) const +{ + // NOTE: use wxTmemcpy() instead of wxStrncpy() to allow + // retrieval of strings with embedded NULLs + wxTmemcpy( (wxChar*)buf, GetText().c_str(), GetTextLength() ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxTextDataObject::SetData(size_t len, const void *buf) +{ + SetText( wxString((const wxChar*)buf, len/sizeof(wxChar)) ); + + return true; +} + +#endif // different wxTextDataObject implementations + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCustomDataObject +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCustomDataObject::wxCustomDataObject(const wxDataFormat& format) + : wxDataObjectSimple(format) +{ + m_data = NULL; + m_size = 0; +} + +wxCustomDataObject::~wxCustomDataObject() +{ + Free(); +} + +void wxCustomDataObject::TakeData(size_t size, void *data) +{ + Free(); + + m_size = size; + m_data = data; +} + +void *wxCustomDataObject::Alloc(size_t size) +{ + return (void *)new char[size]; +} + +void wxCustomDataObject::Free() +{ + delete [] (char*)m_data; + m_size = 0; + m_data = NULL; +} + +size_t wxCustomDataObject::GetDataSize() const +{ + return GetSize(); +} + +bool wxCustomDataObject::GetDataHere(void *buf) const +{ + if ( buf == NULL ) + return false; + + void *data = GetData(); + if ( data == NULL ) + return false; + + memcpy( buf, data, GetSize() ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxCustomDataObject::SetData(size_t size, const void *buf) +{ + Free(); + + m_data = Alloc(size); + if ( m_data == NULL ) + return false; + + m_size = size; + memcpy( m_data, buf, m_size ); + + return true; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// some common dnd related code +// ============================================================================ + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#include "wx/dnd.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextDropTarget +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: we can't use "new" in ctor initializer lists because this provokes an +// internal compiler error with VC++ 5.0 (hey, even gcc compiles this!), +// so use SetDataObject() instead + +wxTextDropTarget::wxTextDropTarget() +{ + SetDataObject(new wxTextDataObject); +} + +wxDragResult wxTextDropTarget::OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) +{ + if ( !GetData() ) + return wxDragNone; + + wxTextDataObject *dobj = (wxTextDataObject *)m_dataObject; + return OnDropText( x, y, dobj->GetText() ) ? def : wxDragNone; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDropTarget +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFileDropTarget::wxFileDropTarget() +{ + SetDataObject(new wxFileDataObject); +} + +wxDragResult wxFileDropTarget::OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) +{ + if ( !GetData() ) + return wxDragNone; + + wxFileDataObject *dobj = (wxFileDataObject *)m_dataObject; + return OnDropFiles( x, y, dobj->GetFilenames() ) ? def : wxDragNone; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#endif // wxUSE_DATAOBJ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/docmdi.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/docmdi.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a688566cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/docmdi.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/docmdi.cpp +// Purpose: Frame classes for MDI document/view applications +// Author: Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: docmdi.cpp 64295 2010-05-12 14:34:18Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart +// (c) 2010 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE + +#include "wx/docmdi.h" + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDocMDIParentFrame, wxMDIParentFrame) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDocMDIChildFrame, wxMDIChildFrame) + +#endif // wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/docview.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/docview.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..898e0fa5e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/docview.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2190 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/docview.cpp +// Purpose: Document/view classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: docview.cpp 66852 2011-02-06 01:01:09Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE + +#include "wx/docview.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/list.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/menu.h" + #include "wx/filedlg.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/mdi.h" + #include "wx/choicdlg.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + #include "wx/prntbase.h" + #include "wx/printdlg.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/confbase.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/file.h" +#include "wx/ffile.h" +#include "wx/cmdproc.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/stdpaths.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" +#include "wx/scopedarray.h" +#include "wx/scopedptr.h" +#include "wx/except.h" + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + #include "wx/ioswrap.h" + #include "wx/beforestd.h" + #if wxUSE_IOSTREAMH + #include + #else + #include + #endif + #include "wx/afterstd.h" +#else + #include "wx/wfstream.h" +#endif + +typedef wxVector wxDocTemplates; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWidgets macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDocument, wxEvtHandler) +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxView, wxEvtHandler) +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDocTemplate, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDocManager, wxEvtHandler) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDocChildFrame, wxFrame) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDocParentFrame, wxFrame) + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDocPrintout, wxPrintout) +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +wxString FindExtension(const wxString& path) +{ + wxString ext; + wxFileName::SplitPath(path, NULL, NULL, &ext); + + // VZ: extensions are considered not case sensitive - is this really a good + // idea? + return ext.MakeLower(); +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Definition of wxDocument +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDocument::wxDocument(wxDocument *parent) +{ + m_documentModified = false; + m_documentParent = parent; + m_documentTemplate = NULL; + m_commandProcessor = NULL; + m_savedYet = false; +} + +bool wxDocument::DeleteContents() +{ + return true; +} + +wxDocument::~wxDocument() +{ + delete m_commandProcessor; + + if (GetDocumentManager()) + GetDocumentManager()->RemoveDocument(this); + + // Not safe to do here, since it'll invoke virtual view functions + // expecting to see valid derived objects: and by the time we get here, + // we've called destructors higher up. + //DeleteAllViews(); +} + +bool wxDocument::Close() +{ + if ( !OnSaveModified() ) + return false; + + return OnCloseDocument(); +} + +bool wxDocument::OnCloseDocument() +{ + // Tell all views that we're about to close + NotifyClosing(); + DeleteContents(); + Modify(false); + return true; +} + +// Note that this implicitly deletes the document when the last view is +// deleted. +bool wxDocument::DeleteAllViews() +{ + wxDocManager* manager = GetDocumentManager(); + + // first check if all views agree to be closed + const wxList::iterator end = m_documentViews.end(); + for ( wxList::iterator i = m_documentViews.begin(); i != end; ++i ) + { + wxView *view = (wxView *)*i; + if ( !view->Close() ) + return false; + } + + // all views agreed to close, now do close them + if ( m_documentViews.empty() ) + { + // normally the document would be implicitly deleted when the last view + // is, but if don't have any views, do it here instead + if ( manager && manager->GetDocuments().Member(this) ) + delete this; + } + else // have views + { + // as we delete elements we iterate over, don't use the usual "from + // begin to end" loop + for ( ;; ) + { + wxView *view = (wxView *)*m_documentViews.begin(); + + bool isLastOne = m_documentViews.size() == 1; + + // this always deletes the node implicitly and if this is the last + // view also deletes this object itself (also implicitly, great), + // so we can't test for m_documentViews.empty() after calling this! + delete view; + + if ( isLastOne ) + break; + } + } + + return true; +} + +wxView *wxDocument::GetFirstView() const +{ + if ( m_documentViews.empty() ) + return NULL; + + return static_cast(m_documentViews.GetFirst()->GetData()); +} + +void wxDocument::Modify(bool mod) +{ + if (mod != m_documentModified) + { + m_documentModified = mod; + + // Allow views to append asterix to the title + wxView* view = GetFirstView(); + if (view) view->OnChangeFilename(); + } +} + +wxDocManager *wxDocument::GetDocumentManager() const +{ + return m_documentTemplate ? m_documentTemplate->GetDocumentManager() : NULL; +} + +bool wxDocument::OnNewDocument() +{ + // notice that there is no need to neither reset nor even check the + // modified flag here as the document itself is a new object (this is only + // called from CreateDocument()) and so it shouldn't be saved anyhow even + // if it is modified -- this could happen if the user code creates + // documents pre-filled with some user-entered (and which hence must not be + // lost) information + + SetDocumentSaved(false); + + const wxString name = GetDocumentManager()->MakeNewDocumentName(); + SetTitle(name); + SetFilename(name, true); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDocument::Save() +{ + if ( AlreadySaved() ) + return true; + + if ( m_documentFile.empty() || !m_savedYet ) + return SaveAs(); + + return OnSaveDocument(m_documentFile); +} + +bool wxDocument::SaveAs() +{ + wxDocTemplate *docTemplate = GetDocumentTemplate(); + if (!docTemplate) + return false; + +#ifdef wxHAS_MULTIPLE_FILEDLG_FILTERS + wxString filter = docTemplate->GetDescription() + wxT(" (") + + docTemplate->GetFileFilter() + wxT(")|") + + docTemplate->GetFileFilter(); + + // Now see if there are some other template with identical view and document + // classes, whose filters may also be used. + if (docTemplate->GetViewClassInfo() && docTemplate->GetDocClassInfo()) + { + wxList::compatibility_iterator + node = docTemplate->GetDocumentManager()->GetTemplates().GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxDocTemplate *t = (wxDocTemplate*) node->GetData(); + + if (t->IsVisible() && t != docTemplate && + t->GetViewClassInfo() == docTemplate->GetViewClassInfo() && + t->GetDocClassInfo() == docTemplate->GetDocClassInfo()) + { + // add a '|' to separate this filter from the previous one + if ( !filter.empty() ) + filter << wxT('|'); + + filter << t->GetDescription() + << wxT(" (") << t->GetFileFilter() << wxT(") |") + << t->GetFileFilter(); + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + } +#else + wxString filter = docTemplate->GetFileFilter() ; +#endif + + wxString defaultDir = docTemplate->GetDirectory(); + if ( defaultDir.empty() ) + { + defaultDir = wxPathOnly(GetFilename()); + if ( defaultDir.empty() ) + defaultDir = GetDocumentManager()->GetLastDirectory(); + } + + wxString fileName = wxFileSelector(_("Save As"), + defaultDir, + wxFileNameFromPath(GetFilename()), + docTemplate->GetDefaultExtension(), + filter, + wxFD_SAVE | wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT, + GetDocumentWindow()); + + if (fileName.empty()) + return false; // cancelled by user + + // Files that were not saved correctly are not added to the FileHistory. + if (!OnSaveDocument(fileName)) + return false; + + SetTitle(wxFileNameFromPath(fileName)); + SetFilename(fileName, true); // will call OnChangeFileName automatically + + // A file that doesn't use the default extension of its document template + // cannot be opened via the FileHistory, so we do not add it. + if (docTemplate->FileMatchesTemplate(fileName)) + { + GetDocumentManager()->AddFileToHistory(fileName); + } + //else: the user will probably not be able to open the file again, so we + // could warn about the wrong file-extension here + + return true; +} + +bool wxDocument::OnSaveDocument(const wxString& file) +{ + if ( !file ) + return false; + + if ( !DoSaveDocument(file) ) + return false; + + Modify(false); + SetFilename(file); + SetDocumentSaved(true); +#if defined( __WXOSX_MAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON + wxFileName fn(file) ; + fn.MacSetDefaultTypeAndCreator() ; +#endif + return true; +} + +bool wxDocument::OnOpenDocument(const wxString& file) +{ + // notice that there is no need to check the modified flag here for the + // reasons explained in OnNewDocument() + + if ( !DoOpenDocument(file) ) + return false; + + SetFilename(file, true); + + // stretching the logic a little this does make sense because the document + // had been saved into the file we just loaded it from, it just could have + // happened during a previous program execution, it's just that the name of + // this method is a bit unfortunate, it should probably have been called + // HasAssociatedFileName() + SetDocumentSaved(true); + + UpdateAllViews(); + + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +wxSTD istream& wxDocument::LoadObject(wxSTD istream& stream) +#else +wxInputStream& wxDocument::LoadObject(wxInputStream& stream) +#endif +{ + return stream; +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +wxSTD ostream& wxDocument::SaveObject(wxSTD ostream& stream) +#else +wxOutputStream& wxDocument::SaveObject(wxOutputStream& stream) +#endif +{ + return stream; +} + +bool wxDocument::Revert() +{ + if ( wxMessageBox + ( + _("Discard changes and reload the last saved version?"), + wxTheApp->GetAppDisplayName(), + wxYES_NO | wxCANCEL | wxICON_QUESTION, + GetDocumentWindow() + ) != wxYES ) + return false; + + if ( !DoOpenDocument(GetFilename()) ) + return false; + + Modify(false); + UpdateAllViews(); + + return true; +} + + +// Get title, or filename if no title, else unnamed +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +bool wxDocument::GetPrintableName(wxString& buf) const +{ + // this function can not only be overridden by the user code but also + // called by it so we need to ensure that we return the same thing as + // GetUserReadableName() but we can't call it because this would result in + // an infinite recursion, hence we use the helper DoGetUserReadableName() + buf = DoGetUserReadableName(); + + return true; +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +wxString wxDocument::GetUserReadableName() const +{ +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // we need to call the old virtual function to ensure that the overridden + // version of it is still called + wxString name; + if ( GetPrintableName(name) ) + return name; +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + return DoGetUserReadableName(); +} + +wxString wxDocument::DoGetUserReadableName() const +{ + if ( !m_documentTitle.empty() ) + return m_documentTitle; + + if ( !m_documentFile.empty() ) + return wxFileNameFromPath(m_documentFile); + + return _("unnamed"); +} + +wxWindow *wxDocument::GetDocumentWindow() const +{ + wxView * const view = GetFirstView(); + + return view ? view->GetFrame() : wxTheApp->GetTopWindow(); +} + +wxCommandProcessor *wxDocument::OnCreateCommandProcessor() +{ + return new wxCommandProcessor; +} + +// true if safe to close +bool wxDocument::OnSaveModified() +{ + if ( IsModified() ) + { + switch ( wxMessageBox + ( + wxString::Format + ( + _("Do you want to save changes to %s?"), + GetUserReadableName() + ), + wxTheApp->GetAppDisplayName(), + wxYES_NO | wxCANCEL | wxICON_QUESTION | wxCENTRE + ) ) + { + case wxNO: + Modify(false); + break; + + case wxYES: + return Save(); + + case wxCANCEL: + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxDocument::Draw(wxDC& WXUNUSED(context)) +{ + return true; +} + +bool wxDocument::AddView(wxView *view) +{ + if ( !m_documentViews.Member(view) ) + { + m_documentViews.Append(view); + OnChangedViewList(); + } + return true; +} + +bool wxDocument::RemoveView(wxView *view) +{ + (void)m_documentViews.DeleteObject(view); + OnChangedViewList(); + return true; +} + +bool wxDocument::OnCreate(const wxString& WXUNUSED(path), long flags) +{ + return GetDocumentTemplate()->CreateView(this, flags) != NULL; +} + +// Called after a view is added or removed. +// The default implementation deletes the document if +// there are no more views. +void wxDocument::OnChangedViewList() +{ + if ( m_documentViews.empty() && OnSaveModified() ) + delete this; +} + +void wxDocument::UpdateAllViews(wxView *sender, wxObject *hint) +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_documentViews.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxView *view = (wxView *)node->GetData(); + if (view != sender) + view->OnUpdate(sender, hint); + node = node->GetNext(); + } +} + +void wxDocument::NotifyClosing() +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_documentViews.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxView *view = (wxView *)node->GetData(); + view->OnClosingDocument(); + node = node->GetNext(); + } +} + +void wxDocument::SetFilename(const wxString& filename, bool notifyViews) +{ + m_documentFile = filename; + OnChangeFilename(notifyViews); +} + +void wxDocument::OnChangeFilename(bool notifyViews) +{ + if ( notifyViews ) + { + // Notify the views that the filename has changed + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_documentViews.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxView *view = (wxView *)node->GetData(); + view->OnChangeFilename(); + node = node->GetNext(); + } + } +} + +bool wxDocument::DoSaveDocument(const wxString& file) +{ +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + wxSTD ofstream store(file.mb_str(), wxSTD ios::binary); + if ( !store ) +#else + wxFileOutputStream store(file); + if ( store.GetLastError() != wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR ) +#endif + { + wxLogError(_("File \"%s\" could not be opened for writing."), file); + return false; + } + + if (!SaveObject(store)) + { + wxLogError(_("Failed to save document to the file \"%s\"."), file); + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxDocument::DoOpenDocument(const wxString& file) +{ +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + wxSTD ifstream store(file.mb_str(), wxSTD ios::binary); + if ( !store ) +#else + wxFileInputStream store(file); + if (store.GetLastError() != wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR || !store.IsOk()) +#endif + { + wxLogError(_("File \"%s\" could not be opened for reading."), file); + return false; + } + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + LoadObject(store); + if ( !store ) +#else + int res = LoadObject(store).GetLastError(); + if ( res != wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR && res != wxSTREAM_EOF ) +#endif + { + wxLogError(_("Failed to read document from the file \"%s\"."), file); + return false; + } + + return true; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Document view +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxView::wxView() +{ + m_viewDocument = NULL; + + m_viewFrame = NULL; + + m_docChildFrame = NULL; +} + +wxView::~wxView() +{ + if (m_viewDocument && GetDocumentManager()) + GetDocumentManager()->ActivateView(this, false); + + // reset our frame view first, before removing it from the document as + // SetView(NULL) is a simple call while RemoveView() may result in user + // code being executed and this user code can, for example, show a message + // box which would result in an activation event for m_docChildFrame and so + // could reactivate the view being destroyed -- unless we reset it first + if ( m_docChildFrame && m_docChildFrame->GetView() == this ) + { + // prevent it from doing anything with us + m_docChildFrame->SetView(NULL); + + // it doesn't make sense to leave the frame alive if its associated + // view doesn't exist any more so unconditionally close it as well + // + // notice that we only get here if m_docChildFrame is non-NULL in the + // first place and it will be always NULL if we're deleted because our + // frame was closed, so this only catches the case of directly deleting + // the view, as it happens if its creation fails in wxDocTemplate:: + // CreateView() for example + m_docChildFrame->GetWindow()->Destroy(); + } + + if ( m_viewDocument ) + m_viewDocument->RemoveView(this); +} + +void wxView::SetDocChildFrame(wxDocChildFrameAnyBase *docChildFrame) +{ + SetFrame(docChildFrame ? docChildFrame->GetWindow() : NULL); + m_docChildFrame = docChildFrame; +} + +bool wxView::TryBefore(wxEvent& event) +{ + wxDocument * const doc = GetDocument(); + return doc && doc->ProcessEventLocally(event); +} + +void wxView::OnActivateView(bool WXUNUSED(activate), + wxView *WXUNUSED(activeView), + wxView *WXUNUSED(deactiveView)) +{ +} + +void wxView::OnPrint(wxDC *dc, wxObject *WXUNUSED(info)) +{ + OnDraw(dc); +} + +void wxView::OnUpdate(wxView *WXUNUSED(sender), wxObject *WXUNUSED(hint)) +{ +} + +void wxView::OnChangeFilename() +{ + // GetFrame can return wxWindow rather than wxTopLevelWindow due to + // generic MDI implementation so use SetLabel rather than SetTitle. + // It should cause SetTitle() for top level windows. + wxWindow *win = GetFrame(); + if (!win) return; + + wxDocument *doc = GetDocument(); + if (!doc) return; + + wxString label = doc->GetUserReadableName(); + if (doc->IsModified()) + { + label += "*"; + } + win->SetLabel(label); +} + +void wxView::SetDocument(wxDocument *doc) +{ + m_viewDocument = doc; + if (doc) + doc->AddView(this); +} + +bool wxView::Close(bool deleteWindow) +{ + return OnClose(deleteWindow); +} + +void wxView::Activate(bool activate) +{ + if (GetDocument() && GetDocumentManager()) + { + OnActivateView(activate, this, GetDocumentManager()->GetCurrentView()); + GetDocumentManager()->ActivateView(this, activate); + } +} + +bool wxView::OnClose(bool WXUNUSED(deleteWindow)) +{ + return GetDocument() ? GetDocument()->Close() : true; +} + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +wxPrintout *wxView::OnCreatePrintout() +{ + return new wxDocPrintout(this); +} +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDocTemplate +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDocTemplate::wxDocTemplate(wxDocManager *manager, + const wxString& descr, + const wxString& filter, + const wxString& dir, + const wxString& ext, + const wxString& docTypeName, + const wxString& viewTypeName, + wxClassInfo *docClassInfo, + wxClassInfo *viewClassInfo, + long flags) +{ + m_documentManager = manager; + m_description = descr; + m_directory = dir; + m_defaultExt = ext; + m_fileFilter = filter; + m_flags = flags; + m_docTypeName = docTypeName; + m_viewTypeName = viewTypeName; + m_documentManager->AssociateTemplate(this); + + m_docClassInfo = docClassInfo; + m_viewClassInfo = viewClassInfo; +} + +wxDocTemplate::~wxDocTemplate() +{ + m_documentManager->DisassociateTemplate(this); +} + +// Tries to dynamically construct an object of the right class. +wxDocument *wxDocTemplate::CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags) +{ + // InitDocument() is supposed to delete the document object if its + // initialization fails so don't use wxScopedPtr<> here: this is fragile + // but unavoidable because the default implementation uses CreateView() + // which may -- or not -- create a wxView and if it does create it and its + // initialization fails then the view destructor will delete the document + // (via RemoveView()) and as we can't distinguish between the two cases we + // just have to assume that it always deletes it in case of failure + wxDocument * const doc = DoCreateDocument(); + + return doc && InitDocument(doc, path, flags) ? doc : NULL; +} + +bool +wxDocTemplate::InitDocument(wxDocument* doc, const wxString& path, long flags) +{ + doc->SetFilename(path); + doc->SetDocumentTemplate(this); + GetDocumentManager()->AddDocument(doc); + doc->SetCommandProcessor(doc->OnCreateCommandProcessor()); + + if (doc->OnCreate(path, flags)) + return true; + + if (GetDocumentManager()->GetDocuments().Member(doc)) + doc->DeleteAllViews(); + return false; +} + +wxView *wxDocTemplate::CreateView(wxDocument *doc, long flags) +{ + wxScopedPtr view(DoCreateView()); + if ( !view ) + return NULL; + + view->SetDocument(doc); + if ( !view->OnCreate(doc, flags) ) + return NULL; + + return view.release(); +} + +// The default (very primitive) format detection: check is the extension is +// that of the template +bool wxDocTemplate::FileMatchesTemplate(const wxString& path) +{ + wxStringTokenizer parser (GetFileFilter(), wxT(";")); + wxString anything = wxT ("*"); + while (parser.HasMoreTokens()) + { + wxString filter = parser.GetNextToken(); + wxString filterExt = FindExtension (filter); + if ( filter.IsSameAs (anything) || + filterExt.IsSameAs (anything) || + filterExt.IsSameAs (FindExtension (path)) ) + return true; + } + return GetDefaultExtension().IsSameAs(FindExtension(path)); +} + +wxDocument *wxDocTemplate::DoCreateDocument() +{ + if (!m_docClassInfo) + return NULL; + + return static_cast(m_docClassInfo->CreateObject()); +} + +wxView *wxDocTemplate::DoCreateView() +{ + if (!m_viewClassInfo) + return NULL; + + return static_cast(m_viewClassInfo->CreateObject()); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDocManager +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDocManager, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_MENU(wxID_OPEN, wxDocManager::OnFileOpen) + EVT_MENU(wxID_CLOSE, wxDocManager::OnFileClose) + EVT_MENU(wxID_CLOSE_ALL, wxDocManager::OnFileCloseAll) + EVT_MENU(wxID_REVERT, wxDocManager::OnFileRevert) + EVT_MENU(wxID_NEW, wxDocManager::OnFileNew) + EVT_MENU(wxID_SAVE, wxDocManager::OnFileSave) + EVT_MENU(wxID_SAVEAS, wxDocManager::OnFileSaveAs) + EVT_MENU(wxID_UNDO, wxDocManager::OnUndo) + EVT_MENU(wxID_REDO, wxDocManager::OnRedo) + + // We don't know in advance how many items can there be in the MRU files + // list so set up OnMRUFile() as a handler for all menu events and do the + // check for the id of the menu item clicked inside it. + EVT_MENU(wxID_ANY, wxDocManager::OnMRUFile) + + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_OPEN, wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileOpen) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_CLOSE, wxDocManager::OnUpdateDisableIfNoDoc) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_CLOSE_ALL, wxDocManager::OnUpdateDisableIfNoDoc) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_REVERT, wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileRevert) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_NEW, wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileNew) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_SAVE, wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileSave) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_SAVEAS, wxDocManager::OnUpdateDisableIfNoDoc) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_UNDO, wxDocManager::OnUpdateUndo) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_REDO, wxDocManager::OnUpdateRedo) + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + EVT_MENU(wxID_PRINT, wxDocManager::OnPrint) + EVT_MENU(wxID_PREVIEW, wxDocManager::OnPreview) + EVT_MENU(wxID_PRINT_SETUP, wxDocManager::OnPageSetup) + + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_PRINT, wxDocManager::OnUpdateDisableIfNoDoc) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_PREVIEW, wxDocManager::OnUpdateDisableIfNoDoc) + // NB: we keep "Print setup" menu item always enabled as it can be used + // even without an active document +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxDocManager* wxDocManager::sm_docManager = NULL; + +wxDocManager::wxDocManager(long WXUNUSED(flags), bool initialize) +{ + sm_docManager = this; + + m_defaultDocumentNameCounter = 1; + m_currentView = NULL; + m_maxDocsOpen = INT_MAX; + m_fileHistory = NULL; + if ( initialize ) + Initialize(); +} + +wxDocManager::~wxDocManager() +{ + Clear(); + delete m_fileHistory; + sm_docManager = NULL; +} + +// closes the specified document +bool wxDocManager::CloseDocument(wxDocument* doc, bool force) +{ + if ( !doc->Close() && !force ) + return false; + + // Implicitly deletes the document when + // the last view is deleted + doc->DeleteAllViews(); + + // Check we're really deleted + if (m_docs.Member(doc)) + delete doc; + + return true; +} + +bool wxDocManager::CloseDocuments(bool force) +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_docs.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxDocument *doc = (wxDocument *)node->GetData(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext(); + + if (!CloseDocument(doc, force)) + return false; + + // This assumes that documents are not connected in + // any way, i.e. deleting one document does NOT + // delete another. + node = next; + } + return true; +} + +bool wxDocManager::Clear(bool force) +{ + if (!CloseDocuments(force)) + return false; + + m_currentView = NULL; + + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_templates.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxDocTemplate *templ = (wxDocTemplate*) node->GetData(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext(); + delete templ; + node = next; + } + return true; +} + +bool wxDocManager::Initialize() +{ + m_fileHistory = OnCreateFileHistory(); + return true; +} + +wxString wxDocManager::GetLastDirectory() const +{ + // if we haven't determined the last used directory yet, do it now + if ( m_lastDirectory.empty() ) + { + // we're going to modify m_lastDirectory in this const method, so do it + // via non-const self pointer instead of const this one + wxDocManager * const self = const_cast(this); + + // first try to reuse the directory of the most recently opened file: + // this ensures that if the user opens a file, closes the program and + // runs it again the "Open file" dialog will open in the directory of + // the last file he used + if ( m_fileHistory && m_fileHistory->GetCount() ) + { + const wxString lastOpened = m_fileHistory->GetHistoryFile(0); + const wxFileName fn(lastOpened); + if ( fn.DirExists() ) + { + self->m_lastDirectory = fn.GetPath(); + } + //else: should we try the next one? + } + //else: no history yet + + // if we don't have any files in the history (yet?), use the + // system-dependent default location for the document files + if ( m_lastDirectory.empty() ) + { + self->m_lastDirectory = wxStandardPaths::Get().GetAppDocumentsDir(); + } + } + + return m_lastDirectory; +} + +wxFileHistory *wxDocManager::OnCreateFileHistory() +{ + return new wxFileHistory; +} + +void wxDocManager::OnFileClose(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxDocument *doc = GetCurrentDocument(); + if (doc) + CloseDocument(doc); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnFileCloseAll(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + CloseDocuments(false); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnFileNew(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + CreateNewDocument(); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnFileOpen(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if ( !CreateDocument("") ) + { + OnOpenFileFailure(); + } +} + +void wxDocManager::OnFileRevert(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxDocument *doc = GetCurrentDocument(); + if (!doc) + return; + doc->Revert(); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnFileSave(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxDocument *doc = GetCurrentDocument(); + if (!doc) + return; + doc->Save(); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnFileSaveAs(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxDocument *doc = GetCurrentDocument(); + if (!doc) + return; + doc->SaveAs(); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnMRUFile(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + // Check if the id is in the range assigned to MRU list entries. + const int id = event.GetId(); + if ( id >= wxID_FILE1 && + id < wxID_FILE1 + static_cast(m_fileHistory->GetCount()) ) + { + DoOpenMRUFile(id - wxID_FILE1); + } + else + { + event.Skip(); + } +} + +void wxDocManager::DoOpenMRUFile(unsigned n) +{ + wxString filename(GetHistoryFile(n)); + if ( filename.empty() ) + return; + + wxString errMsg; // must contain exactly one "%s" if non-empty + if ( wxFile::Exists(filename) ) + { + // try to open it + if ( CreateDocument(filename, wxDOC_SILENT) ) + return; + + errMsg = _("The file '%s' couldn't be opened."); + } + else // file doesn't exist + { + errMsg = _("The file '%s' doesn't exist and couldn't be opened."); + } + + + wxASSERT_MSG( !errMsg.empty(), "should have an error message" ); + + // remove the file which we can't open from the MRU list + RemoveFileFromHistory(n); + + // and tell the user about it + wxLogError(errMsg + '\n' + + _("It has been removed from the most recently used files list."), + filename); +} + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +void wxDocManager::OnPrint(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxView *view = GetActiveView(); + if (!view) + return; + + wxPrintout *printout = view->OnCreatePrintout(); + if (printout) + { + wxPrintDialogData printDialogData(m_pageSetupDialogData.GetPrintData()); + wxPrinter printer(&printDialogData); + printer.Print(view->GetFrame(), printout, true); + + delete printout; + } +} + +void wxDocManager::OnPageSetup(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPageSetupDialog dlg(wxTheApp->GetTopWindow(), &m_pageSetupDialogData); + if ( dlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + { + m_pageSetupDialogData = dlg.GetPageSetupData(); + } +} + +wxPreviewFrame* wxDocManager::CreatePreviewFrame(wxPrintPreviewBase* preview, + wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& title) +{ + return new wxPreviewFrame(preview, parent, title); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnPreview(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxBusyCursor busy; + wxView *view = GetActiveView(); + if (!view) + return; + + wxPrintout *printout = view->OnCreatePrintout(); + if (printout) + { + wxPrintDialogData printDialogData(m_pageSetupDialogData.GetPrintData()); + + // Pass two printout objects: for preview, and possible printing. + wxPrintPreviewBase * + preview = new wxPrintPreview(printout, + view->OnCreatePrintout(), + &printDialogData); + if ( !preview->Ok() ) + { + delete preview; + wxLogError(_("Print preview creation failed.")); + return; + } + + wxPreviewFrame* frame = CreatePreviewFrame(preview, + wxTheApp->GetTopWindow(), + _("Print Preview")); + wxCHECK_RET( frame, "should create a print preview frame" ); + + frame->Centre(wxBOTH); + frame->Initialize(); + frame->Show(true); + } +} +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +void wxDocManager::OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + wxCommandProcessor * const cmdproc = GetCurrentCommandProcessor(); + if ( !cmdproc ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + cmdproc->Undo(); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + wxCommandProcessor * const cmdproc = GetCurrentCommandProcessor(); + if ( !cmdproc ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + cmdproc->Redo(); +} + +// Handlers for UI update commands + +void wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileOpen(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + // CreateDocument() (which is called from OnFileOpen) may succeed + // only when there is at least a template: + event.Enable( GetTemplates().GetCount()>0 ); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnUpdateDisableIfNoDoc(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + event.Enable( GetCurrentDocument() != NULL ); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileRevert(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + wxDocument* doc = GetCurrentDocument(); + event.Enable(doc && doc->IsModified() && doc->GetDocumentSaved()); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileNew(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + // CreateDocument() (which is called from OnFileNew) may succeed + // only when there is at least a template: + event.Enable( GetTemplates().GetCount()>0 ); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileSave(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + wxDocument * const doc = GetCurrentDocument(); + event.Enable( doc && !doc->AlreadySaved() ); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + wxCommandProcessor * const cmdproc = GetCurrentCommandProcessor(); + if ( !cmdproc ) + { + event.Enable(false); + return; + } + + event.Enable(cmdproc->CanUndo()); + cmdproc->SetMenuStrings(); +} + +void wxDocManager::OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + wxCommandProcessor * const cmdproc = GetCurrentCommandProcessor(); + if ( !cmdproc ) + { + event.Enable(false); + return; + } + + event.Enable(cmdproc->CanRedo()); + cmdproc->SetMenuStrings(); +} + +wxView *wxDocManager::GetActiveView() const +{ + wxView *view = GetCurrentView(); + + if ( !view && !m_docs.empty() ) + { + // if we have exactly one document, consider its view to be the current + // one + // + // VZ: I'm not exactly sure why is this needed but this is how this + // code used to behave before the bug #9518 was fixed and it seems + // safer to preserve the old logic + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_docs.GetFirst(); + if ( !node->GetNext() ) + { + wxDocument *doc = static_cast(node->GetData()); + view = doc->GetFirstView(); + } + //else: we have more than one document + } + + return view; +} + +bool wxDocManager::TryBefore(wxEvent& event) +{ + wxView * const view = GetActiveView(); + return view && view->ProcessEventLocally(event); +} + +namespace +{ + +// helper function: return only the visible templates +wxDocTemplates GetVisibleTemplates(const wxList& allTemplates) +{ + // select only the visible templates + const size_t totalNumTemplates = allTemplates.GetCount(); + wxDocTemplates templates; + if ( totalNumTemplates ) + { + templates.reserve(totalNumTemplates); + + for ( wxList::const_iterator i = allTemplates.begin(), + end = allTemplates.end(); + i != end; + ++i ) + { + wxDocTemplate * const temp = (wxDocTemplate *)*i; + if ( temp->IsVisible() ) + templates.push_back(temp); + } + } + + return templates; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +void wxDocManager::ActivateDocument(wxDocument *doc) +{ + wxView * const view = doc->GetFirstView(); + if ( !view ) + return; + + view->Activate(true); + if ( wxWindow *win = view->GetFrame() ) + win->SetFocus(); +} + +wxDocument *wxDocManager::CreateDocument(const wxString& pathOrig, long flags) +{ + // this ought to be const but SelectDocumentType/Path() are not + // const-correct and can't be changed as, being virtual, this risks + // breaking user code overriding them + wxDocTemplates templates(GetVisibleTemplates(m_templates)); + const size_t numTemplates = templates.size(); + if ( !numTemplates ) + { + // no templates can be used, can't create document + return NULL; + } + + + // normally user should select the template to use but wxDOC_SILENT flag we + // choose one ourselves + wxString path = pathOrig; // may be modified below + wxDocTemplate *temp; + if ( flags & wxDOC_SILENT ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !path.empty(), + "using empty path with wxDOC_SILENT doesn't make sense" ); + + temp = FindTemplateForPath(path); + if ( !temp ) + { + wxLogWarning(_("The format of file '%s' couldn't be determined."), + path); + } + } + else // not silent, ask the user + { + // for the new file we need just the template, for an existing one we + // need the template and the path, unless it's already specified + if ( (flags & wxDOC_NEW) || !path.empty() ) + temp = SelectDocumentType(&templates[0], numTemplates); + else + temp = SelectDocumentPath(&templates[0], numTemplates, path, flags); + } + + if ( !temp ) + return NULL; + + // check whether the document with this path is already opened + if ( !path.empty() ) + { + const wxFileName fn(path); + for ( wxList::const_iterator i = m_docs.begin(); i != m_docs.end(); ++i ) + { + wxDocument * const doc = (wxDocument*)*i; + + if ( fn == doc->GetFilename() ) + { + // file already open, just activate it and return + ActivateDocument(doc); + return doc; + } + } + } + + + // no, we need to create a new document + + + // if we've reached the max number of docs, close the first one. + if ( (int)GetDocuments().GetCount() >= m_maxDocsOpen ) + { + if ( !CloseDocument((wxDocument *)GetDocuments().GetFirst()->GetData()) ) + { + // can't open the new document if closing the old one failed + return NULL; + } + } + + + // do create and initialize the new document finally + wxDocument * const docNew = temp->CreateDocument(path, flags); + if ( !docNew ) + return NULL; + + docNew->SetDocumentName(temp->GetDocumentName()); + docNew->SetDocumentTemplate(temp); + + wxTRY + { + // call the appropriate function depending on whether we're creating a + // new file or opening an existing one + if ( !(flags & wxDOC_NEW ? docNew->OnNewDocument() + : docNew->OnOpenDocument(path)) ) + { + docNew->DeleteAllViews(); + return NULL; + } + } + wxCATCH_ALL( docNew->DeleteAllViews(); throw; ) + + // add the successfully opened file to MRU, but only if we're going to be + // able to reopen it successfully later which requires the template for + // this document to be retrievable from the file extension + if ( !(flags & wxDOC_NEW) && temp->FileMatchesTemplate(path) ) + AddFileToHistory(path); + + // at least under Mac (where views are top level windows) it seems to be + // necessary to manually activate the new document to bring it to the + // forefront -- and it shouldn't hurt doing this under the other platforms + ActivateDocument(docNew); + + return docNew; +} + +wxView *wxDocManager::CreateView(wxDocument *doc, long flags) +{ + wxDocTemplates templates(GetVisibleTemplates(m_templates)); + const size_t numTemplates = templates.size(); + + if ( numTemplates == 0 ) + return NULL; + + wxDocTemplate * const + temp = numTemplates == 1 ? templates[0] + : SelectViewType(&templates[0], numTemplates); + + if ( !temp ) + return NULL; + + wxView *view = temp->CreateView(doc, flags); + if ( view ) + view->SetViewName(temp->GetViewName()); + return view; +} + +// Not yet implemented +void +wxDocManager::DeleteTemplate(wxDocTemplate *WXUNUSED(temp), long WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ +} + +// Not yet implemented +bool wxDocManager::FlushDoc(wxDocument *WXUNUSED(doc)) +{ + return false; +} + +wxDocument *wxDocManager::GetCurrentDocument() const +{ + wxView * const view = GetActiveView(); + return view ? view->GetDocument() : NULL; +} + +wxCommandProcessor *wxDocManager::GetCurrentCommandProcessor() const +{ + wxDocument * const doc = GetCurrentDocument(); + return doc ? doc->GetCommandProcessor() : NULL; +} + +// Make a default name for a new document +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +bool wxDocManager::MakeDefaultName(wxString& WXUNUSED(name)) +{ + // we consider that this function can only be overridden by the user code, + // not called by it as it only makes sense to call it internally, so we + // don't bother to return anything from here + return false; +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +wxString wxDocManager::MakeNewDocumentName() +{ + wxString name; + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + if ( !MakeDefaultName(name) ) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + { + name.Printf(_("unnamed%d"), m_defaultDocumentNameCounter); + m_defaultDocumentNameCounter++; + } + + return name; +} + +// Make a frame title (override this to do something different) +// If docName is empty, a document is not currently active. +wxString wxDocManager::MakeFrameTitle(wxDocument* doc) +{ + wxString appName = wxTheApp->GetAppDisplayName(); + wxString title; + if (!doc) + title = appName; + else + { + wxString docName = doc->GetUserReadableName(); + title = docName + wxString(_(" - ")) + appName; + } + return title; +} + + +// Not yet implemented +wxDocTemplate *wxDocManager::MatchTemplate(const wxString& WXUNUSED(path)) +{ + return NULL; +} + +// File history management +void wxDocManager::AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file) +{ + if (m_fileHistory) + m_fileHistory->AddFileToHistory(file); +} + +void wxDocManager::RemoveFileFromHistory(size_t i) +{ + if (m_fileHistory) + m_fileHistory->RemoveFileFromHistory(i); +} + +wxString wxDocManager::GetHistoryFile(size_t i) const +{ + wxString histFile; + + if (m_fileHistory) + histFile = m_fileHistory->GetHistoryFile(i); + + return histFile; +} + +void wxDocManager::FileHistoryUseMenu(wxMenu *menu) +{ + if (m_fileHistory) + m_fileHistory->UseMenu(menu); +} + +void wxDocManager::FileHistoryRemoveMenu(wxMenu *menu) +{ + if (m_fileHistory) + m_fileHistory->RemoveMenu(menu); +} + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG +void wxDocManager::FileHistoryLoad(const wxConfigBase& config) +{ + if (m_fileHistory) + m_fileHistory->Load(config); +} + +void wxDocManager::FileHistorySave(wxConfigBase& config) +{ + if (m_fileHistory) + m_fileHistory->Save(config); +} +#endif + +void wxDocManager::FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu) +{ + if (m_fileHistory) + m_fileHistory->AddFilesToMenu(menu); +} + +void wxDocManager::FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu() +{ + if (m_fileHistory) + m_fileHistory->AddFilesToMenu(); +} + +size_t wxDocManager::GetHistoryFilesCount() const +{ + return m_fileHistory ? m_fileHistory->GetCount() : 0; +} + + +// Find out the document template via matching in the document file format +// against that of the template +wxDocTemplate *wxDocManager::FindTemplateForPath(const wxString& path) +{ + wxDocTemplate *theTemplate = NULL; + + // Find the template which this extension corresponds to + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_templates.GetCount(); i++) + { + wxDocTemplate *temp = (wxDocTemplate *)m_templates.Item(i)->GetData(); + if ( temp->FileMatchesTemplate(path) ) + { + theTemplate = temp; + break; + } + } + return theTemplate; +} + +// Prompts user to open a file, using file specs in templates. +// Must extend the file selector dialog or implement own; OR +// match the extension to the template extension. + +wxDocTemplate *wxDocManager::SelectDocumentPath(wxDocTemplate **templates, + int noTemplates, + wxString& path, + long WXUNUSED(flags), + bool WXUNUSED(save)) +{ +#ifdef wxHAS_MULTIPLE_FILEDLG_FILTERS + wxString descrBuf; + + for (int i = 0; i < noTemplates; i++) + { + if (templates[i]->IsVisible()) + { + // add a '|' to separate this filter from the previous one + if ( !descrBuf.empty() ) + descrBuf << wxT('|'); + + descrBuf << templates[i]->GetDescription() + << wxT(" (") << templates[i]->GetFileFilter() << wxT(") |") + << templates[i]->GetFileFilter(); + } + } +#else + wxString descrBuf = wxT("*.*"); + wxUnusedVar(noTemplates); +#endif + + int FilterIndex = -1; + + wxString pathTmp = wxFileSelectorEx(_("Open File"), + GetLastDirectory(), + wxEmptyString, + &FilterIndex, + descrBuf, + wxFD_OPEN | wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST); + + wxDocTemplate *theTemplate = NULL; + if (!pathTmp.empty()) + { + if (!wxFileExists(pathTmp)) + { + wxString msgTitle; + if (!wxTheApp->GetAppDisplayName().empty()) + msgTitle = wxTheApp->GetAppDisplayName(); + else + msgTitle = wxString(_("File error")); + + wxMessageBox(_("Sorry, could not open this file."), + msgTitle, + wxOK | wxICON_EXCLAMATION | wxCENTRE); + + path = wxEmptyString; + return NULL; + } + + SetLastDirectory(wxPathOnly(pathTmp)); + + path = pathTmp; + + // first choose the template using the extension, if this fails (i.e. + // wxFileSelectorEx() didn't fill it), then use the path + if ( FilterIndex != -1 ) + theTemplate = templates[FilterIndex]; + if ( !theTemplate ) + theTemplate = FindTemplateForPath(path); + if ( !theTemplate ) + { + // Since we do not add files with non-default extensions to the + // file history this can only happen if the application changes the + // allowed templates in runtime. + wxMessageBox(_("Sorry, the format for this file is unknown."), + _("Open File"), + wxOK | wxICON_EXCLAMATION | wxCENTRE); + } + } + else + { + path.clear(); + } + + return theTemplate; +} + +wxDocTemplate *wxDocManager::SelectDocumentType(wxDocTemplate **templates, + int noTemplates, bool sort) +{ + wxArrayString strings; + wxScopedArray data(new wxDocTemplate *[noTemplates]); + int i; + int n = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < noTemplates; i++) + { + if (templates[i]->IsVisible()) + { + int j; + bool want = true; + for (j = 0; j < n; j++) + { + //filter out NOT unique documents + view combinations + if ( templates[i]->m_docTypeName == data[j]->m_docTypeName && + templates[i]->m_viewTypeName == data[j]->m_viewTypeName + ) + want = false; + } + + if ( want ) + { + strings.Add(templates[i]->m_description); + + data[n] = templates[i]; + n ++; + } + } + } // for + + if (sort) + { + strings.Sort(); // ascending sort + // Yes, this will be slow, but template lists + // are typically short. + int j; + n = strings.Count(); + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + for (j = 0; j < noTemplates; j++) + { + if (strings[i] == templates[j]->m_description) + data[i] = templates[j]; + } + } + } + + wxDocTemplate *theTemplate; + + switch ( n ) + { + case 0: + // no visible templates, hence nothing to choose from + theTemplate = NULL; + break; + + case 1: + // don't propose the user to choose if he has no choice + theTemplate = data[0]; + break; + + default: + // propose the user to choose one of several + theTemplate = (wxDocTemplate *)wxGetSingleChoiceData + ( + _("Select a document template"), + _("Templates"), + strings, + (void **)data.get() + ); + } + + return theTemplate; +} + +wxDocTemplate *wxDocManager::SelectViewType(wxDocTemplate **templates, + int noTemplates, bool sort) +{ + wxArrayString strings; + wxScopedArray data(new wxDocTemplate *[noTemplates]); + int i; + int n = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < noTemplates; i++) + { + wxDocTemplate *templ = templates[i]; + if ( templ->IsVisible() && !templ->GetViewName().empty() ) + { + int j; + bool want = true; + for (j = 0; j < n; j++) + { + //filter out NOT unique views + if ( templates[i]->m_viewTypeName == data[j]->m_viewTypeName ) + want = false; + } + + if ( want ) + { + strings.Add(templ->m_viewTypeName); + data[n] = templ; + n ++; + } + } + } + + if (sort) + { + strings.Sort(); // ascending sort + // Yes, this will be slow, but template lists + // are typically short. + int j; + n = strings.Count(); + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + for (j = 0; j < noTemplates; j++) + { + if (strings[i] == templates[j]->m_viewTypeName) + data[i] = templates[j]; + } + } + } + + wxDocTemplate *theTemplate; + + // the same logic as above + switch ( n ) + { + case 0: + theTemplate = NULL; + break; + + case 1: + theTemplate = data[0]; + break; + + default: + theTemplate = (wxDocTemplate *)wxGetSingleChoiceData + ( + _("Select a document view"), + _("Views"), + strings, + (void **)data.get() + ); + + } + + return theTemplate; +} + +void wxDocManager::AssociateTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp) +{ + if (!m_templates.Member(temp)) + m_templates.Append(temp); +} + +void wxDocManager::DisassociateTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp) +{ + m_templates.DeleteObject(temp); +} + +wxDocTemplate* wxDocManager::FindTemplate(const wxClassInfo* classinfo) +{ + for ( wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_templates.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxDocTemplate* t = wxStaticCast(node->GetData(), wxDocTemplate); + if ( t->GetDocClassInfo() == classinfo ) + return t; + } + + return NULL; +} + +// Add and remove a document from the manager's list +void wxDocManager::AddDocument(wxDocument *doc) +{ + if (!m_docs.Member(doc)) + m_docs.Append(doc); +} + +void wxDocManager::RemoveDocument(wxDocument *doc) +{ + m_docs.DeleteObject(doc); +} + +// Views or windows should inform the document manager +// when a view is going in or out of focus +void wxDocManager::ActivateView(wxView *view, bool activate) +{ + if ( activate ) + { + m_currentView = view; + } + else // deactivate + { + if ( m_currentView == view ) + { + // don't keep stale pointer + m_currentView = NULL; + } + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDocChildFrameAnyBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxDocChildFrameAnyBase::CloseView(wxCloseEvent& event) +{ + if ( m_childView ) + { + // notice that we must call wxView::Close() and OnClose() called from + // it in any case, even if we know that we are going to close anyhow + if ( !m_childView->Close(false) && event.CanVeto() ) + { + event.Veto(); + return false; + } + + m_childView->Activate(false); + + // it is important to reset m_childView frame pointer to NULL before + // deleting it because while normally it is the frame which deletes the + // view when it's closed, the view also closes the frame if it is + // deleted directly not by us as indicated by its doc child frame + // pointer still being set + m_childView->SetDocChildFrame(NULL); + wxDELETE(m_childView); + } + + m_childDocument = NULL; + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDocParentFrameAnyBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +namespace +{ + +wxString GetAppropriateTitle(const wxView *view, const wxString& titleGiven) +{ + wxString title(titleGiven); + if ( title.empty() ) + { + if ( view && view->GetDocument() ) + title = view->GetDocument()->GetUserReadableName(); + else + title = _("Printout"); + } + + return title; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +wxDocPrintout::wxDocPrintout(wxView *view, const wxString& title) + : wxPrintout(GetAppropriateTitle(view, title)) +{ + m_printoutView = view; +} + +bool wxDocPrintout::OnPrintPage(int WXUNUSED(page)) +{ + wxDC *dc = GetDC(); + + // Get the logical pixels per inch of screen and printer + int ppiScreenX, ppiScreenY; + GetPPIScreen(&ppiScreenX, &ppiScreenY); + wxUnusedVar(ppiScreenY); + int ppiPrinterX, ppiPrinterY; + GetPPIPrinter(&ppiPrinterX, &ppiPrinterY); + wxUnusedVar(ppiPrinterY); + + // This scales the DC so that the printout roughly represents the + // the screen scaling. The text point size _should_ be the right size + // but in fact is too small for some reason. This is a detail that will + // need to be addressed at some point but can be fudged for the + // moment. + float scale = (float)((float)ppiPrinterX/(float)ppiScreenX); + + // Now we have to check in case our real page size is reduced + // (e.g. because we're drawing to a print preview memory DC) + int pageWidth, pageHeight; + int w, h; + dc->GetSize(&w, &h); + GetPageSizePixels(&pageWidth, &pageHeight); + wxUnusedVar(pageHeight); + + // If printer pageWidth == current DC width, then this doesn't + // change. But w might be the preview bitmap width, so scale down. + float overallScale = scale * (float)(w/(float)pageWidth); + dc->SetUserScale(overallScale, overallScale); + + if (m_printoutView) + { + m_printoutView->OnDraw(dc); + } + return true; +} + +bool wxDocPrintout::HasPage(int pageNum) +{ + return (pageNum == 1); +} + +bool wxDocPrintout::OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage) +{ + if (!wxPrintout::OnBeginDocument(startPage, endPage)) + return false; + + return true; +} + +void wxDocPrintout::GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, + int *selPageFrom, int *selPageTo) +{ + *minPage = 1; + *maxPage = 1; + *selPageFrom = 1; + *selPageTo = 1; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Permits compatibility with existing file formats and functions that +// manipulate files directly +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +bool wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxSTD ostream& stream) +{ +#if wxUSE_FFILE + wxFFile file(filename, wxT("rb")); +#elif wxUSE_FILE + wxFile file(filename, wxFile::read); +#endif + if ( !file.IsOpened() ) + return false; + + char buf[4096]; + + size_t nRead; + do + { + nRead = file.Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)); + if ( file.Error() ) + return false; + + stream.write(buf, nRead); + if ( !stream ) + return false; + } + while ( !file.Eof() ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxTransferStreamToFile(wxSTD istream& stream, const wxString& filename) +{ +#if wxUSE_FFILE + wxFFile file(filename, wxT("wb")); +#elif wxUSE_FILE + wxFile file(filename, wxFile::write); +#endif + if ( !file.IsOpened() ) + return false; + + char buf[4096]; + do + { + stream.read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)); + if ( !stream.bad() ) // fail may be set on EOF, don't use operator!() + { + if ( !file.Write(buf, stream.gcount()) ) + return false; + } + } + while ( !stream.eof() ); + + return true; +} + +#else // !wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +bool wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxOutputStream& stream) +{ +#if wxUSE_FFILE + wxFFile file(filename, wxT("rb")); +#elif wxUSE_FILE + wxFile file(filename, wxFile::read); +#endif + if ( !file.IsOpened() ) + return false; + + char buf[4096]; + + size_t nRead; + do + { + nRead = file.Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)); + if ( file.Error() ) + return false; + + stream.Write(buf, nRead); + if ( !stream ) + return false; + } + while ( !file.Eof() ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxTransferStreamToFile(wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& filename) +{ +#if wxUSE_FFILE + wxFFile file(filename, wxT("wb")); +#elif wxUSE_FILE + wxFile file(filename, wxFile::write); +#endif + if ( !file.IsOpened() ) + return false; + + char buf[4096]; + for ( ;; ) + { + stream.Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)); + + const size_t nRead = stream.LastRead(); + if ( !nRead ) + { + if ( stream.Eof() ) + break; + + return false; + } + + if ( !file.Write(buf, nRead) ) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM/!wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +#endif // wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dpycmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dpycmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9d8ad62d0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dpycmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/dpycmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxDisplay and wxDisplayImplSingle implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 01.03.03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dpycmn.cpp 65231 2010-08-10 18:57:42Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003-2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/gdicmn.h" + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/display.h" +#include "wx/display_impl.h" + +#if wxUSE_DISPLAY + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxArrayVideoModes) + +const wxVideoMode wxDefaultVideoMode; + +#endif // wxUSE_DISPLAY + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// globals +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the factory object used by wxDisplay +// +// created on demand and destroyed by wxDisplayModule +static wxDisplayFactory *gs_factory = NULL; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDisplayImplSingle: trivial implementation working for main display only +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplayImplSingle : public wxDisplayImpl +{ +public: + wxDisplayImplSingle() : wxDisplayImpl(0) { } + + virtual wxRect GetGeometry() const + { + wxRect r; + wxDisplaySize(&r.width, &r.height); + return r; + } + + virtual wxRect GetClientArea() const { return wxGetClientDisplayRect(); } + + virtual wxString GetName() const { return wxString(); } + +#if wxUSE_DISPLAY + // no video modes support for us, provide just the stubs + + virtual wxArrayVideoModes GetModes(const wxVideoMode& WXUNUSED(mode)) const + { + return wxArrayVideoModes(); + } + + virtual wxVideoMode GetCurrentMode() const { return wxVideoMode(); } + + virtual bool ChangeMode(const wxVideoMode& WXUNUSED(mode)) { return false; } +#endif // wxUSE_DISPLAY + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDisplayImplSingle); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDisplayModule is used to cleanup gs_factory +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDisplayModule : public wxModule +{ +public: + virtual bool OnInit() { return true; } + virtual void OnExit() + { + wxDELETE(gs_factory); + } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDisplayModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDisplayModule, wxModule) + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDisplay implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ctor/dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDisplay::wxDisplay(unsigned n) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( n < GetCount(), + wxT("An invalid index was passed to wxDisplay") ); + + m_impl = Factory().CreateDisplay(n); +} + +wxDisplay::~wxDisplay() +{ + delete m_impl; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// static functions forwarded to wxDisplayFactory +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ unsigned wxDisplay::GetCount() +{ + return Factory().GetCount(); +} + +/* static */ int wxDisplay::GetFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt) +{ + return Factory().GetFromPoint(pt); +} + +/* static */ int wxDisplay::GetFromWindow(const wxWindow *window) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( window, wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("invalid window") ); + + return Factory().GetFromWindow(window); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// functions forwarded to wxDisplayImpl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxRect wxDisplay::GetGeometry() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxRect(), wxT("invalid wxDisplay object") ); + + return m_impl->GetGeometry(); +} + +wxRect wxDisplay::GetClientArea() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxRect(), wxT("invalid wxDisplay object") ); + + return m_impl->GetClientArea(); +} + +wxString wxDisplay::GetName() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxString(), wxT("invalid wxDisplay object") ); + + return m_impl->GetName(); +} + +bool wxDisplay::IsPrimary() const +{ + return m_impl && m_impl->GetIndex() == 0; +} + +#if wxUSE_DISPLAY + +wxArrayVideoModes wxDisplay::GetModes(const wxVideoMode& mode) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxArrayVideoModes(), wxT("invalid wxDisplay object") ); + + return m_impl->GetModes(mode); +} + +wxVideoMode wxDisplay::GetCurrentMode() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxVideoMode(), wxT("invalid wxDisplay object") ); + + return m_impl->GetCurrentMode(); +} + +bool wxDisplay::ChangeMode(const wxVideoMode& mode) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid wxDisplay object") ); + + return m_impl->ChangeMode(mode); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DISPLAY + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// static functions implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// if wxUSE_DISPLAY == 1 this is implemented in port-specific code +#if !wxUSE_DISPLAY + +/* static */ wxDisplayFactory *wxDisplay::CreateFactory() +{ + return new wxDisplayFactorySingle; +} + +#endif // !wxUSE_DISPLAY + +/* static */ wxDisplayFactory& wxDisplay::Factory() +{ + if ( !gs_factory ) + { + gs_factory = CreateFactory(); + } + + return *gs_factory; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDisplayFactory implementation +// ============================================================================ + +int wxDisplayFactory::GetFromWindow(const wxWindow *window) +{ + // consider that the window belongs to the display containing its centre + const wxRect r(window->GetScreenRect()); + return GetFromPoint(wxPoint(r.x + r.width/2, r.y + r.height/2)); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDisplayFactorySingle implementation +// ============================================================================ + +/* static */ +wxDisplayImpl *wxDisplayFactorySingle::CreateDisplay(unsigned n) +{ + // we recognize the main display only + return n != 0 ? NULL : new wxDisplayImplSingle; +} + +int wxDisplayFactorySingle::GetFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt) +{ + if ( pt.x >= 0 && pt.y >= 0 ) + { + int w, h; + wxDisplaySize(&w, &h); + + if ( pt.x < w && pt.y < h ) + return 0; + } + + // the point is outside of the screen + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dseldlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dseldlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f11e6c426c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dseldlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/dseldlg.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of ::wxDirSelector() +// Author: Paul Thiessen +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.02.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dseldlg.cpp 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DIRDLG + +#include "wx/dirdlg.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxString wxDirSelector(const wxString& message, + const wxString& defaultPath, + long style, + const wxPoint& pos, + wxWindow *parent) +{ + wxString path; + + wxDirDialog dirDialog(parent, message, defaultPath, style, pos); + if ( dirDialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + { + path = dirDialog.GetPath(); + } + + return path; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dummy.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dummy.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..db74ef7c68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dummy.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/* + * File: src/common/dummy.cpp + * Purpose: See below + * Author: Julian Smart + * Created: 1993 + * Updated: + * Copyright: (c) 1993, AIAI, University of Edinburgh + */ + +/* A dummy file to include wx.h. If precompiling wx.h, + * always start by compiling this and producing the PCH file. + * Then subsequent source files use the PCH file. + * + * If precompiling wx.h for wxWidgets and derived apps, + * link dummy.obj with your program. + * + * This will produce a big PCH file. + */ + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/msvcrt.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __VISAGECPP__ + char wxDummyChar = 0; +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynarray.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynarray.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b9b3e5c934 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynarray.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,494 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/dynarray.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxBaseArray class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 12.09.97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dynarray.cpp 61279 2009-07-02 09:08:50Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// headers +// ============================================================================ + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include +#include // for memmove + +#if !wxUSE_STL + +// we cast the value to long from which we cast it to void * in IndexForInsert: +// this can't work if the pointers are not big enough +wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(wxUIntPtr) <= sizeof(void *), + wxArraySizeOfPtrLessSizeOfLong ); // < 32 symbols + +// ============================================================================ +// constants +// ============================================================================ + +// size increment = max(50% of current size, ARRAY_MAXSIZE_INCREMENT) +#define ARRAY_MAXSIZE_INCREMENT 4096 + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBaseArray - dynamic array of 'T's +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define _WX_DEFINE_BASEARRAY(T, name) \ +/* searches the array for an item (forward or backwards) */ \ +int name::Index(T lItem, bool bFromEnd) const \ +{ \ + if ( bFromEnd ) { \ + if ( size() > 0 ) { \ + size_t n = size(); \ + do { \ + if ( (*this)[--n] == lItem ) \ + return n; \ + } \ + while ( n != 0 ); \ + } \ + } \ + else { \ + for( size_t n = 0; n < size(); n++ ) { \ + if( (*this)[n] == lItem ) \ + return n; \ + } \ + } \ + \ + return wxNOT_FOUND; \ +} \ + \ +/* add item assuming the array is sorted with fnCompare function */ \ +size_t name::Add(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) \ +{ \ + size_t idx = IndexForInsert(lItem, fnCompare); \ + Insert(lItem, idx); \ + return idx; \ +} \ + \ +/* ctor */ \ +name::name() \ +{ \ + m_nSize = \ + m_nCount = 0; \ + m_pItems = NULL; \ +} \ + \ +/* copy ctor */ \ +name::name(const name& src) \ +{ \ + m_nSize = /* not src.m_nSize to save memory */ \ + m_nCount = src.m_nCount; \ + \ + if ( m_nSize != 0 ) { \ + m_pItems = new T[m_nSize]; \ + /* only copy if allocation succeeded */ \ + if ( m_pItems ) { \ + memcpy(m_pItems, src.m_pItems, m_nCount*sizeof(T)); \ + } \ + else { \ + m_nSize = 0; \ + } \ + } \ + else \ + m_pItems = NULL; \ +} \ + \ +/* assignment operator */ \ +name& name::operator=(const name& src) \ +{ \ + wxDELETEA(m_pItems); \ + \ + m_nSize = /* not src.m_nSize to save memory */ \ + m_nCount = src.m_nCount; \ + \ + if ( m_nSize != 0 ){ \ + m_pItems = new T[m_nSize]; \ + /* only copy if allocation succeeded */ \ + if ( m_pItems ) { \ + memcpy(m_pItems, src.m_pItems, m_nCount*sizeof(T)); \ + } \ + else { \ + m_nSize = 0; \ + } \ + } \ + else \ + m_pItems = NULL; \ + \ + return *this; \ +} \ + \ +/* allocate new buffer of the given size and move our data to it */ \ +bool name::Realloc(size_t nSize) \ +{ \ + T *pNew = new T[nSize]; \ + /* only grow if allocation succeeded */ \ + if ( !pNew ) \ + return false; \ + \ + m_nSize = nSize; \ + /* copy data to new location */ \ + memcpy(pNew, m_pItems, m_nCount*sizeof(T)); \ + delete [] m_pItems; \ + m_pItems = pNew; \ + \ + return true; \ +} \ + \ +/* grow the array */ \ +void name::Grow(size_t nIncrement) \ +{ \ + /* only do it if no more place */ \ + if( (m_nCount == m_nSize) || ((m_nSize - m_nCount) < nIncrement) ) { \ + if( m_nSize == 0 ) { \ + /* was empty, determine initial size */ \ + size_t size = WX_ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE; \ + if (size < nIncrement) size = nIncrement; \ + /* allocate some memory */ \ + m_pItems = new T[size]; \ + /* only grow if allocation succeeded */ \ + if ( m_pItems ) { \ + m_nSize = size; \ + } \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + /* add at least 50% but not too much */ \ + size_t ndefIncrement = m_nSize < WX_ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE \ + ? WX_ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE : m_nSize >> 1; \ + if ( ndefIncrement > ARRAY_MAXSIZE_INCREMENT ) \ + ndefIncrement = ARRAY_MAXSIZE_INCREMENT; \ + if ( nIncrement < ndefIncrement ) \ + nIncrement = ndefIncrement; \ + Realloc(m_nSize + nIncrement); \ + } \ + } \ +} \ + \ +/* make sure that the array has at least count elements */ \ +void name::SetCount(size_t count, T defval) \ +{ \ + if ( m_nSize < count ) \ + { \ + /* need to realloc memory: don't overallocate it here as if */ \ + /* SetCount() is called, it probably means that the caller */ \ + /* knows in advance how many elements there will be in the */ \ + /* array and so it won't be necessary to realloc it later */ \ + if ( !Realloc(count) ) \ + { \ + /* out of memory -- what can we do? */ \ + return; \ + } \ + } \ + \ + /* add new elements if we extend the array */ \ + while ( m_nCount < count ) \ + { \ + m_pItems[m_nCount++] = defval; \ + } \ +} \ + \ +/* dtor */ \ +name::~name() \ +{ \ + wxDELETEA(m_pItems); \ +} \ + \ +/* clears the list */ \ +void name::Clear() \ +{ \ + m_nSize = \ + m_nCount = 0; \ + \ + wxDELETEA(m_pItems); \ +} \ + \ +/* minimizes the memory usage by freeing unused memory */ \ +void name::Shrink() \ +{ \ + /* only do it if we have some memory to free */ \ + if( m_nCount < m_nSize ) { \ + /* allocates exactly as much memory as we need */ \ + T *pNew = new T[m_nCount]; \ + /* only shrink if allocation succeeded */ \ + if ( pNew ) { \ + /* copy data to new location */ \ + memcpy(pNew, m_pItems, m_nCount*sizeof(T)); \ + delete [] m_pItems; \ + m_pItems = pNew; \ + \ + /* update the size of the new block */ \ + m_nSize = m_nCount; \ + } \ + /* else: don't do anything, better keep old memory block! */ \ + } \ +} \ + \ +/* add item at the end */ \ +void name::Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert) \ +{ \ + if (nInsert == 0) \ + return; \ + Grow(nInsert); \ + for (size_t i = 0; i < nInsert; i++) \ + m_pItems[m_nCount++] = lItem; \ +} \ + \ +/* add item at the given position */ \ +void name::Insert(T lItem, size_t nIndex, size_t nInsert) \ +{ \ + wxCHECK_RET( nIndex <= m_nCount, wxT("bad index in wxArray::Insert") ); \ + wxCHECK_RET( m_nCount <= m_nCount + nInsert, \ + wxT("array size overflow in wxArray::Insert") ); \ + \ + if (nInsert == 0) \ + return; \ + Grow(nInsert); \ + \ + memmove(&m_pItems[nIndex + nInsert], &m_pItems[nIndex], \ + (m_nCount - nIndex)*sizeof(T)); \ + for (size_t i = 0; i < nInsert; i++) \ + m_pItems[nIndex + i] = lItem; \ + m_nCount += nInsert; \ +} \ + \ +/* search for a place to insert item into sorted array (binary search) */ \ +size_t name::IndexForInsert(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const \ +{ \ + size_t i, \ + lo = 0, \ + hi = m_nCount; \ + int res; \ + \ + while ( lo < hi ) { \ + i = (lo + hi)/2; \ + \ + res = (*fnCompare)((const void *)(wxUIntPtr)lItem, \ + (const void *)(wxUIntPtr)(m_pItems[i])); \ + if ( res < 0 ) \ + hi = i; \ + else if ( res > 0 ) \ + lo = i + 1; \ + else { \ + lo = i; \ + break; \ + } \ + } \ + \ + return lo; \ +} \ + \ +/* search for an item in a sorted array (binary search) */ \ +int name::Index(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const \ +{ \ + size_t n = IndexForInsert(lItem, fnCompare); \ + \ + return (n >= m_nCount || \ + (*fnCompare)((const void *)(wxUIntPtr)lItem, \ + ((const void *)(wxUIntPtr)m_pItems[n]))) \ + ? wxNOT_FOUND \ + : (int)n; \ +} \ + \ +/* removes item from array (by index) */ \ +void name::RemoveAt(size_t nIndex, size_t nRemove) \ +{ \ + wxCHECK_RET( nIndex < m_nCount, wxT("bad index in wxArray::RemoveAt") ); \ + wxCHECK_RET( nIndex + nRemove <= m_nCount, \ + wxT("removing too many elements in wxArray::RemoveAt") ); \ + \ + memmove(&m_pItems[nIndex], &m_pItems[nIndex + nRemove], \ + (m_nCount - nIndex - nRemove)*sizeof(T)); \ + m_nCount -= nRemove; \ +} \ + \ +/* removes item from array (by value) */ \ +void name::Remove(T lItem) \ +{ \ + int iIndex = Index(lItem); \ + \ + wxCHECK_RET( iIndex != wxNOT_FOUND, \ + wxT("removing inexistent item in wxArray::Remove") ); \ + \ + RemoveAt((size_t)iIndex); \ +} \ + \ +/* sort array elements using passed comparaison function */ \ +void name::Sort(CMPFUNC fCmp) \ +{ \ + qsort(m_pItems, m_nCount, sizeof(T), fCmp); \ +} \ + \ +void name::assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) \ +{ \ + clear(); \ + reserve(last - first); \ + for(; first != last; ++first) \ + push_back(*first); \ +} \ + \ +void name::assign(size_type n, const_reference v) \ +{ \ + clear(); \ + reserve(n); \ + for( size_type i = 0; i < n; ++i ) \ + push_back(v); \ +} \ + \ +void name::insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last) \ +{ \ + size_t nInsert = last - first, nIndex = it - begin(); \ + if (nInsert == 0) \ + return; \ + Grow(nInsert); \ + \ + memmove(&m_pItems[nIndex + nInsert], &m_pItems[nIndex], \ + (m_nCount - nIndex)*sizeof(T)); \ + for (size_t i = 0; i < nInsert; ++i, ++it, ++first) \ + *it = *first; \ + m_nCount += nInsert; \ +} + +#ifdef __INTELC__ + #pragma warning(push) + #pragma warning(disable: 1684) + #pragma warning(disable: 1572) +#endif + +_WX_DEFINE_BASEARRAY(const void *, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid) +_WX_DEFINE_BASEARRAY(char, wxBaseArrayChar) +_WX_DEFINE_BASEARRAY(short, wxBaseArrayShort) +_WX_DEFINE_BASEARRAY(int, wxBaseArrayInt) +_WX_DEFINE_BASEARRAY(long, wxBaseArrayLong) +_WX_DEFINE_BASEARRAY(size_t, wxBaseArraySizeT) +_WX_DEFINE_BASEARRAY(double, wxBaseArrayDouble) + +#ifdef __INTELC__ + #pragma warning(pop) +#endif + +#else // wxUSE_STL + +#include "wx/arrstr.h" + +#include "wx/beforestd.h" +#include +#include "wx/afterstd.h" + +// some compilers (Sun CC being the only known example) distinguish between +// extern "C" functions and the functions with C++ linkage and ptr_fun and +// wxStringCompareLess can't take wxStrcmp/wxStricmp directly as arguments in +// this case, we need the wrappers below to make this work +struct wxStringCmp +{ + typedef wxString first_argument_type; + typedef wxString second_argument_type; + typedef int result_type; + + int operator()(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2) const + { + return s1.compare(s2); + } +}; + +struct wxStringCmpNoCase +{ + typedef wxString first_argument_type; + typedef wxString second_argument_type; + typedef int result_type; + + int operator()(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2) const + { + return s1.CmpNoCase(s2); + } +}; + +int wxArrayString::Index(const wxString& str, bool bCase, bool WXUNUSED(bFromEnd)) const +{ + wxArrayString::const_iterator it; + + if (bCase) + { + it = std::find_if(begin(), end(), + std::not1( + std::bind2nd( + wxStringCmp(), str))); + } + else // !bCase + { + it = std::find_if(begin(), end(), + std::not1( + std::bind2nd( + wxStringCmpNoCase(), str))); + } + + return it == end() ? wxNOT_FOUND : it - begin(); +} + +template +class wxStringCompareLess +{ +public: + wxStringCompareLess(F f) : m_f(f) { } + bool operator()(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2) + { return m_f(s1, s2) < 0; } +private: + F m_f; +}; + +template +wxStringCompareLess wxStringCompare(F f) +{ + return wxStringCompareLess(f); +} + +void wxArrayString::Sort(CompareFunction function) +{ + std::sort(begin(), end(), wxStringCompare(function)); +} + +void wxArrayString::Sort(bool reverseOrder) +{ + if (reverseOrder) + { + std::sort(begin(), end(), std::greater()); + } + else + { + std::sort(begin(), end()); + } +} + +int wxSortedArrayString::Index(const wxString& str, + bool WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(bCase), + bool WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(bFromEnd)) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( bCase && !bFromEnd, + "search parameters ignored for sorted array" ); + + wxSortedArrayString::const_iterator + it = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), str, wxStringCompare(wxStringCmp())); + + if ( it == end() || str.Cmp(*it) != 0 ) + return wxNOT_FOUND; + + return it - begin(); +} + +#endif // !wxUSE_STL/wxUSE_STL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynlib.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynlib.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ac87179c56 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynlib.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/dynlib.cpp +// Purpose: Dynamic library management +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 20/07/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dynlib.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// 2000-2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +//FIXME: This class isn't really common at all, it should be moved into +// platform dependent files (already done for Windows and Unix) + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS + +#include "wx/dynlib.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/filefn.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" // for SplitPath() +#include "wx/platinfo.h" + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" + +WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxDynamicLibraryDetailsArray) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDynamicLibrary +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__EMX__) + const wxString wxDynamicLibrary::ms_dllext(wxT(".dll")); +#endif + +// for MSW/Unix it is defined in platform-specific file +#if !(defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__UNIX__)) || defined(__EMX__) + +wxDllType wxDynamicLibrary::GetProgramHandle() +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("GetProgramHandle() is not implemented under this platform")); + return 0; +} + +#endif // __WXMSW__ || __UNIX__ + + +bool wxDynamicLibrary::Load(const wxString& libnameOrig, int flags) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_handle == 0, wxT("Library already loaded.")); + + // add the proper extension for the DLL ourselves unless told not to + wxString libname = libnameOrig; + if ( !(flags & wxDL_VERBATIM) ) + { + // and also check that the libname doesn't already have it + wxString ext; + wxFileName::SplitPath(libname, NULL, NULL, &ext); + if ( ext.empty() ) + { + libname += GetDllExt(); + } + } + + // different ways to load a shared library + // + // FIXME: should go to the platform-specific files! +#if defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__EMX__) + char err[256] = ""; + DosLoadModule(err, sizeof(err), libname.c_str(), &m_handle); +#else // this should be the only remaining branch eventually + m_handle = RawLoad(libname, flags); +#endif + + if ( m_handle == 0 && !(flags & wxDL_QUIET) ) + { +#ifdef wxHAVE_DYNLIB_ERROR + Error(); +#else + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to load shared library '%s'"), libname.c_str()); +#endif + } + + return IsLoaded(); +} + +// for MSW and Unix this is implemented in the platform-specific file +// +// TODO: move the rest to os2/dlpm.cpp and mac/dlmac.cpp! +#if (!defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__UNIX__)) || defined(__EMX__) + +/* static */ +void wxDynamicLibrary::Unload(wxDllType handle) +{ +#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__) + DosFreeModule( handle ); +#else + #error "runtime shared lib support not implemented" +#endif +} + +#endif // !(__WXMSW__ || __UNIX__) + +void *wxDynamicLibrary::DoGetSymbol(const wxString &name, bool *success) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsLoaded(), NULL, + wxT("Can't load symbol from unloaded library") ); + + void *symbol = 0; + + wxUnusedVar(symbol); +#if defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__EMX__) + DosQueryProcAddr( m_handle, 1L, name.c_str(), (PFN*)symbol ); +#else + symbol = RawGetSymbol(m_handle, name); +#endif + + if ( success ) + *success = symbol != NULL; + + return symbol; +} + +void *wxDynamicLibrary::GetSymbol(const wxString& name, bool *success) const +{ + void *symbol = DoGetSymbol(name, success); + if ( !symbol ) + { +#ifdef wxHAVE_DYNLIB_ERROR + Error(); +#else + wxLogSysError(_("Couldn't find symbol '%s' in a dynamic library"), + name.c_str()); +#endif + } + + return symbol; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// informational methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/*static*/ +wxString +wxDynamicLibrary::CanonicalizeName(const wxString& name, + wxDynamicLibraryCategory cat) +{ + wxString nameCanonic; + + // under Unix the library names usually start with "lib" prefix, add it +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__EMX__) + switch ( cat ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown wxDynamicLibraryCategory value") ); + // fall through + + case wxDL_MODULE: + // don't do anything for modules, their names are arbitrary + break; + + case wxDL_LIBRARY: + // library names should start with "lib" under Unix + nameCanonic = wxT("lib"); + break; + } +#else // !__UNIX__ + wxUnusedVar(cat); +#endif // __UNIX__/!__UNIX__ + + nameCanonic << name << GetDllExt(); + return nameCanonic; +} + +/*static*/ +wxString wxDynamicLibrary::CanonicalizePluginName(const wxString& name, + wxPluginCategory cat) +{ + wxString suffix; + if ( cat == wxDL_PLUGIN_GUI ) + { + suffix = wxPlatformInfo::Get().GetPortIdShortName(); + } +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + suffix << wxT('u'); +#endif +#ifdef __WXDEBUG__ + suffix << wxT('d'); +#endif + + if ( !suffix.empty() ) + suffix = wxString(wxT("_")) + suffix; + +#define WXSTRINGIZE(x) #x +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__EMX__) + #if (wxMINOR_VERSION % 2) == 0 + #define wxDLLVER(x,y,z) "-" WXSTRINGIZE(x) "." WXSTRINGIZE(y) + #else + #define wxDLLVER(x,y,z) "-" WXSTRINGIZE(x) "." WXSTRINGIZE(y) "." WXSTRINGIZE(z) + #endif +#else + #if (wxMINOR_VERSION % 2) == 0 + #define wxDLLVER(x,y,z) WXSTRINGIZE(x) WXSTRINGIZE(y) + #else + #define wxDLLVER(x,y,z) WXSTRINGIZE(x) WXSTRINGIZE(y) WXSTRINGIZE(z) + #endif +#endif + + suffix << wxString::FromAscii(wxDLLVER(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, + wxRELEASE_NUMBER)); +#undef wxDLLVER +#undef WXSTRINGIZE + +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + // Add compiler identification: + #if defined(__GNUG__) + suffix << wxT("_gcc"); + #elif defined(__VISUALC__) + suffix << wxT("_vc"); + #elif defined(__WATCOMC__) + suffix << wxT("_wat"); + #elif defined(__BORLANDC__) + suffix << wxT("_bcc"); + #endif +#endif + + return CanonicalizeName(name + suffix, wxDL_MODULE); +} + +/*static*/ +wxString wxDynamicLibrary::GetPluginsDirectory() +{ +#ifdef __UNIX__ + wxString format = wxGetInstallPrefix(); + wxString dir; + format << wxFILE_SEP_PATH + << wxT("lib") << wxFILE_SEP_PATH + << wxT("wx") << wxFILE_SEP_PATH +#if (wxMINOR_VERSION % 2) == 0 + << wxT("%i.%i"); + dir.Printf(format.c_str(), wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION); +#else + << wxT("%i.%i.%i"); + dir.Printf(format.c_str(), + wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER); +#endif + return dir; + +#else // ! __UNIX__ + return wxEmptyString; +#endif +} + + +#endif // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynload.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynload.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a2398ae425 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/dynload.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,361 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/dynload.cpp +// Purpose: Dynamic loading framework +// Author: Ron Lee, David Falkinder, Vadim Zeitlin and a cast of 1000's +// (derived in part from dynlib.cpp (c) 1998 Guilhem Lavaux) +// Modified by: +// Created: 03/12/01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dynload.cpp 64656 2010-06-20 18:18:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Ron Lee +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER + +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + #include "wx/msw/private.h" +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/strconv.h" + +#include "wx/dynload.h" + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPluginLibrary +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +wxDLImports* wxPluginLibrary::ms_classes = NULL; + +class wxPluginLibraryModule : public wxModule +{ +public: + wxPluginLibraryModule() { } + + // TODO: create ms_classes on demand, why always preallocate it? + virtual bool OnInit() + { + wxPluginLibrary::ms_classes = new wxDLImports; + wxPluginManager::CreateManifest(); + return true; + } + + virtual void OnExit() + { + wxDELETE(wxPluginLibrary::ms_classes); + wxPluginManager::ClearManifest(); + } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPluginLibraryModule ) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPluginLibraryModule, wxModule) + + +wxPluginLibrary::wxPluginLibrary(const wxString &libname, int flags) + : m_linkcount(1) + , m_objcount(0) +{ + m_before = wxClassInfo::GetFirst(); + Load( libname, flags ); + m_after = wxClassInfo::GetFirst(); + + if( m_handle != 0 ) + { + UpdateClasses(); + RegisterModules(); + } + else + { + // Flag us for deletion + --m_linkcount; + } +} + +wxPluginLibrary::~wxPluginLibrary() +{ + if( m_handle != 0 ) + { + UnregisterModules(); + RestoreClasses(); + } +} + +wxPluginLibrary *wxPluginLibrary::RefLib() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_linkcount > 0, NULL, + wxT("Library had been already deleted!") ); + + ++m_linkcount; + return this; +} + +bool wxPluginLibrary::UnrefLib() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_objcount == 0, + wxT("Library unloaded before all objects were destroyed") ); + + if ( m_linkcount == 0 || --m_linkcount == 0 ) + { + delete this; + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +// ------------------------ +// Private methods +// ------------------------ + +void wxPluginLibrary::UpdateClasses() +{ + for (const wxClassInfo *info = m_after; info != m_before; info = info->GetNext()) + { + if( info->GetClassName() ) + { + // Hash all the class names into a local table too so + // we can quickly find the entry they correspond to. + (*ms_classes)[info->GetClassName()] = this; + } + } +} + +void wxPluginLibrary::RestoreClasses() +{ + // Check if there is a need to restore classes. + if (!ms_classes) + return; + + for(const wxClassInfo *info = m_after; info != m_before; info = info->GetNext()) + { + ms_classes->erase(ms_classes->find(info->GetClassName())); + } +} + +void wxPluginLibrary::RegisterModules() +{ + // Plugin libraries might have wxModules, Register and initialise them if + // they do. + // + // Note that these classes are NOT included in the reference counting since + // it's implicit that they will be unloaded if and when the last handle to + // the library is. We do have to keep a copy of the module's pointer + // though, as there is currently no way to Unregister it without it. + + wxASSERT_MSG( m_linkcount == 1, + wxT("RegisterModules should only be called for the first load") ); + + for ( const wxClassInfo *info = m_after; info != m_before; info = info->GetNext()) + { + if( info->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxModule)) ) + { + wxModule *m = wxDynamicCast(info->CreateObject(), wxModule); + + wxASSERT_MSG( m, wxT("wxDynamicCast of wxModule failed") ); + + m_wxmodules.push_back(m); + wxModule::RegisterModule(m); + } + } + + // FIXME: Likewise this is (well was) very similar to InitializeModules() + + for ( wxModuleList::iterator it = m_wxmodules.begin(); + it != m_wxmodules.end(); + ++it) + { + if( !(*it)->Init() ) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("wxModule::Init() failed for wxPluginLibrary")); + + // XXX: Watch this, a different hash implementation might break it, + // a good hash implementation would let us fix it though. + + // The name of the game is to remove any uninitialised modules and + // let the dtor Exit the rest on shutdown, (which we'll initiate + // shortly). + + wxModuleList::iterator oldNode = m_wxmodules.end(); + do { + ++it; + if( oldNode != m_wxmodules.end() ) + m_wxmodules.erase(oldNode); + wxModule::UnregisterModule( *it ); + oldNode = it; + } while( it != m_wxmodules.end() ); + + --m_linkcount; // Flag us for deletion + break; + } + } +} + +void wxPluginLibrary::UnregisterModules() +{ + wxModuleList::iterator it; + + for ( it = m_wxmodules.begin(); it != m_wxmodules.end(); ++it ) + (*it)->Exit(); + + for ( it = m_wxmodules.begin(); it != m_wxmodules.end(); ++it ) + wxModule::UnregisterModule( *it ); + + // NB: content of the list was deleted by UnregisterModule calls above: + m_wxmodules.clear(); +} + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPluginManager +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDLManifest* wxPluginManager::ms_manifest = NULL; + +// ------------------------ +// Static accessors +// ------------------------ + +wxPluginLibrary * +wxPluginManager::LoadLibrary(const wxString &libname, int flags) +{ + wxString realname(libname); + + if( !(flags & wxDL_VERBATIM) ) + realname += wxDynamicLibrary::GetDllExt(); + + wxPluginLibrary *entry; + + if ( flags & wxDL_NOSHARE ) + { + entry = NULL; + } + else + { + entry = FindByName(realname); + } + + if ( entry ) + { + wxLogTrace(wxT("dll"), + wxT("LoadLibrary(%s): already loaded."), realname.c_str()); + + entry->RefLib(); + } + else + { + entry = new wxPluginLibrary( libname, flags ); + + if ( entry->IsLoaded() ) + { + (*ms_manifest)[realname] = entry; + + wxLogTrace(wxT("dll"), + wxT("LoadLibrary(%s): loaded ok."), realname.c_str()); + + } + else + { + wxLogTrace(wxT("dll"), + wxT("LoadLibrary(%s): failed to load."), realname.c_str()); + + // we have created entry just above + if ( !entry->UnrefLib() ) + { + // ... so UnrefLib() is supposed to delete it + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Currently linked library is not loaded?") ); + } + + entry = NULL; + } + } + + return entry; +} + +bool wxPluginManager::UnloadLibrary(const wxString& libname) +{ + wxString realname = libname; + + wxPluginLibrary *entry = FindByName(realname); + + if ( !entry ) + { + realname += wxDynamicLibrary::GetDllExt(); + + entry = FindByName(realname); + } + + if ( !entry ) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Attempt to unload library '%s' which is not loaded."), + libname.c_str()); + + return false; + } + + wxLogTrace(wxT("dll"), wxT("UnloadLibrary(%s)"), realname.c_str()); + + if ( !entry->UnrefLib() ) + { + // not really unloaded yet + return false; + } + + ms_manifest->erase(ms_manifest->find(realname)); + + return true; +} + +// ------------------------ +// Class implementation +// ------------------------ + +bool wxPluginManager::Load(const wxString &libname, int flags) +{ + m_entry = wxPluginManager::LoadLibrary(libname, flags); + + return IsLoaded(); +} + +void wxPluginManager::Unload() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_entry, wxT("unloading an invalid wxPluginManager?") ); + + for ( wxDLManifest::iterator i = ms_manifest->begin(); + i != ms_manifest->end(); + ++i ) + { + if ( i->second == m_entry ) + { + ms_manifest->erase(i); + break; + } + } + + m_entry->UnrefLib(); + + m_entry = NULL; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/effects.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/effects.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0aea9fb807 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/effects.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/effects.cpp +// Purpose: wxEffectsImpl implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 25/4/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: effects.cpp 54372 2008-06-26 11:16:40Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/effects.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/pen.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +/* + * wxEffectsImpl: various 3D effects + */ + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxEffectsImpl, wxObject) + +// Assume system colours +wxEffectsImpl::wxEffectsImpl() +{ + m_highlightColour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHILIGHT) ; + m_lightShadow = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DLIGHT) ; + m_faceColour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE) ; + m_mediumShadow = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW) ; + m_darkShadow = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW) ; +} + +// Going from lightest to darkest +wxEffectsImpl::wxEffectsImpl(const wxColour& highlightColour, const wxColour& lightShadow, + const wxColour& faceColour, const wxColour& mediumShadow, const wxColour& darkShadow) +{ + m_highlightColour = highlightColour; + m_lightShadow = lightShadow; + m_faceColour = faceColour; + m_mediumShadow = mediumShadow; + m_darkShadow = darkShadow; +} + +// Draw a sunken edge +void wxEffectsImpl::DrawSunkenEdge(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int WXUNUSED(borderSize)) +{ + wxPen highlightPen(m_highlightColour, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxPen lightShadowPen(m_lightShadow, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxPen facePen(m_faceColour, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxPen mediumShadowPen(m_mediumShadow, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxPen darkShadowPen(m_darkShadow, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + + //// LEFT AND TOP + // Draw a medium shadow pen on left and top, followed by dark shadow line to + // right and below of these lines + + dc.SetPen(mediumShadowPen); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y, rect.x+rect.width-1, rect.y); // Top + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y, rect.x, rect.y+rect.height-1); // Left + + dc.SetPen(darkShadowPen); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x+1, rect.y+1, rect.x+rect.width-2, rect.y+1); // Top + dc.DrawLine(rect.x+1, rect.y+1, rect.x+1, rect.y+rect.height-1); // Left + + //// RIGHT AND BOTTOM + + dc.SetPen(highlightPen); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x+rect.width-1, rect.y, rect.x+rect.width-1, rect.y+rect.height-1); // Right + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y+rect.height-1, rect.x+rect.width, rect.y+rect.height-1); // Bottom + + dc.SetPen(lightShadowPen); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x+rect.width-2, rect.y+1, rect.x+rect.width-2, rect.y+rect.height-2); // Right + dc.DrawLine(rect.x+1, rect.y+rect.height-2, rect.x+rect.width-1, rect.y+rect.height-2); // Bottom + + dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); +} + +bool wxEffectsImpl::TileBitmap(const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc, const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + int w = bitmap.GetWidth(); + int h = bitmap.GetHeight(); + + wxMemoryDC dcMem; + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + static bool hiColour = (wxDisplayDepth() >= 16) ; + if (bitmap.GetPalette() && !hiColour) + { + dc.SetPalette(* bitmap.GetPalette()); + dcMem.SetPalette(* bitmap.GetPalette()); + } +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + dcMem.SelectObjectAsSource(bitmap); + + int i, j; + for (i = rect.x; i < rect.x + rect.width; i += w) + { + for (j = rect.y; j < rect.y + rect.height; j+= h) + dc.Blit(i, j, bitmap.GetWidth(), bitmap.GetHeight(), & dcMem, 0, 0); + } + dcMem.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + if (bitmap.GetPalette() && !hiColour) + { + dc.SetPalette(wxNullPalette); + dcMem.SetPalette(wxNullPalette); + } +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + return true; +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/emptydmy.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/emptydmy.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c2b115372 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/emptydmy.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +// This file exists so that it can be compiled into an object so the linker +// will have something to chew on so that builds don't break when a platform +// lacks any objects in a particular multilib. diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/encconv.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/encconv.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fdfa64eb6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/encconv.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,508 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/encconv.cpp +// Purpose: wxEncodingConverter class for converting between different +// font encodings +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/encconv.h" + +#include + +// conversion tables, generated by scripts in $(WXWIN)/misc/unictabl: +#if defined( __BORLANDC__ ) || defined(__DARWIN__) + #include "../common/unictabl.inc" +#else + #include "unictabl.inc" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + #include "wx/osx/core/cfstring.h" + #include + + wxUint16 gMacEncodings[wxFONTENCODING_MACMAX-wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN+1][128] ; + bool gMacEncodingsInited[wxFONTENCODING_MACMAX-wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN+1] ; +#endif + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h" // for bsearch() +#endif + +static const wxUint16* GetEncTable(wxFontEncoding enc) +{ +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + if( enc >= wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN && enc <= wxFONTENCODING_MACMAX ) + { + int i = enc-wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN ; + if ( gMacEncodingsInited[i] == false ) + { + // create + CFStringEncoding cfencoding = wxMacGetSystemEncFromFontEnc( enc ) ; + if( !CFStringIsEncodingAvailable( cfencoding ) ) + return NULL; + + memset( gMacEncodings[i] , 0 , 128 * 2 ); + char s[2] = { 0 , 0 }; + CFRange firstchar = CFRangeMake( 0, 1 ); + for( unsigned char c = 255 ; c >= 128 ; --c ) + { + s[0] = c ; + wxCFStringRef cfref( CFStringCreateWithCStringNoCopy( NULL, s, cfencoding , kCFAllocatorNull ) ); + CFStringGetCharacters( cfref, firstchar, (UniChar*) &gMacEncodings[i][c-128] ); + } + gMacEncodingsInited[i]=true; + } + return gMacEncodings[i] ; + } +#endif + + for (int i = 0; encodings_list[i].table != NULL; i++) + { + if (encodings_list[i].encoding == enc) + return encodings_list[i].table; + } + return NULL; +} + +typedef struct { + wxUint16 u; + wxUint8 c; +} CharsetItem; + +extern "C" +{ +static int wxCMPFUNC_CONV +CompareCharsetItems(const void *i1, const void *i2) +{ + return ( ((CharsetItem*)i1) -> u - ((CharsetItem*)i2) -> u ); +} +} + +static CharsetItem* BuildReverseTable(const wxUint16 *tbl) +{ + CharsetItem *rev = new CharsetItem[128]; + + for (int i = 0; i < 128; i++) + rev[i].c = wxUint8(128 + i), rev[i].u = tbl[i]; + + qsort(rev, 128, sizeof(CharsetItem), CompareCharsetItems); + + return rev; +} + + + +wxEncodingConverter::wxEncodingConverter() +{ + m_Table = NULL; + m_UnicodeInput = m_UnicodeOutput = false; + m_JustCopy = false; +} + + + +bool wxEncodingConverter::Init(wxFontEncoding input_enc, wxFontEncoding output_enc, int method) +{ + unsigned i; + const wxUint16 *in_tbl; + const wxUint16 *out_tbl = NULL; + + wxDELETEA(m_Table); + + if (input_enc == output_enc) {m_JustCopy = true; return true;} + + m_UnicodeOutput = (output_enc == wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE); + m_JustCopy = false; + + if (input_enc == wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE) + { + if ((out_tbl = GetEncTable(output_enc)) == NULL) return false; + + m_Table = new wchar_t[65536]; + for (i = 0; i < 128; i++) m_Table[i] = (wchar_t)i; // 7bit ASCII + for (i = 128; i < 65536; i++) m_Table[i] = (wchar_t)0; + + if (method == wxCONVERT_SUBSTITUTE) + { + for (i = 0; i < encoding_unicode_fallback_count; i++) + m_Table[encoding_unicode_fallback[i].c] = (wchar_t) encoding_unicode_fallback[i].s; + } + + for (i = 0; i < 128; i++) + m_Table[out_tbl[i]] = (wchar_t)(128 + i); + + m_UnicodeInput = true; + } + else // input !Unicode + { + if ((in_tbl = GetEncTable(input_enc)) == NULL) return false; + if (output_enc != wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE) + if ((out_tbl = GetEncTable(output_enc)) == NULL) return false; + + m_UnicodeInput = false; + + m_Table = new wchar_t[256]; + for (i = 0; i < 128; i++) m_Table[i] = (wchar_t)i; // 7bit ASCII + + if (output_enc == wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE) + { + for (i = 0; i < 128; i++) m_Table[128 + i] = (wchar_t)in_tbl[i]; + return true; + } + else // output !Unicode + { + CharsetItem *rev = BuildReverseTable(out_tbl); + CharsetItem *item; + CharsetItem key; + + for (i = 0; i < 128; i++) + { + key.u = in_tbl[i]; + item = (CharsetItem*) bsearch(&key, rev, 128, sizeof(CharsetItem), CompareCharsetItems); + if (item == NULL && method == wxCONVERT_SUBSTITUTE) + item = (CharsetItem*) bsearch(&key, encoding_unicode_fallback, + encoding_unicode_fallback_count, sizeof(CharsetItem), CompareCharsetItems); + if (item) + m_Table[128 + i] = (wchar_t)item -> c; + else + m_Table[128 + i] = (wchar_t)(128 + i); + } + + delete[] rev; + } + } + + return true; +} + + +#define REPLACEMENT_CHAR (L'?') + +inline wchar_t GetTableValue(const wchar_t *table, wchar_t value, bool& repl) +{ + wchar_t r = table[value]; + if (r == 0 && value != 0) + { + r = REPLACEMENT_CHAR; + repl = true; + } + return r; +} + + +bool wxEncodingConverter::Convert(const char* input, char* output) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(!m_UnicodeOutput, wxT("You cannot convert to unicode if output is const char*!")); + wxASSERT_MSG(!m_UnicodeInput, wxT("You cannot convert from unicode if input is const char*!")); + + const char *i; + char *o; + + if (m_JustCopy) + { + strcpy(output, input); + return true; + } + + wxCHECK_MSG(m_Table != NULL, false, + wxT("You must call wxEncodingConverter::Init() before actually converting!")); + + bool replaced = false; + + for (i = input, o = output; *i != 0;) + *(o++) = (char)(GetTableValue(m_Table, (wxUint8)*(i++), replaced)); + *o = 0; + + return !replaced; +} + + +bool wxEncodingConverter::Convert(const char* input, wchar_t* output) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_UnicodeOutput, wxT("You cannot convert to 8-bit if output is const wchar_t*!")); + wxASSERT_MSG(!m_UnicodeInput, wxT("You cannot convert from unicode if input is const char*!")); + + const char *i; + wchar_t *o; + + if (m_JustCopy) + { + for (i = input, o = output; *i != 0;) + *(o++) = (wchar_t)(*(i++)); + *o = 0; + return true; + } + + wxCHECK_MSG(m_Table != NULL, false, + wxT("You must call wxEncodingConverter::Init() before actually converting!")); + + bool replaced = false; + + for (i = input, o = output; *i != 0;) + *(o++) = (wchar_t)(GetTableValue(m_Table, (wxUint8)*(i++), replaced)); + *o = 0; + + return !replaced; +} + + + +bool wxEncodingConverter::Convert(const wchar_t* input, char* output) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(!m_UnicodeOutput, wxT("You cannot convert to unicode if output is const char*!")); + wxASSERT_MSG(m_UnicodeInput, wxT("You cannot convert from 8-bit if input is const wchar_t*!")); + + const wchar_t *i; + char *o; + + if (m_JustCopy) + { + for (i = input, o = output; *i != 0;) + *(o++) = (char)(*(i++)); + *o = 0; + return true; + } + + wxCHECK_MSG(m_Table != NULL, false, + wxT("You must call wxEncodingConverter::Init() before actually converting!")); + + bool replaced = false; + + for (i = input, o = output; *i != 0;) + *(o++) = (char)(GetTableValue(m_Table, (wxUint16)*(i++), replaced)); + *o = 0; + + return !replaced; +} + + + +bool wxEncodingConverter::Convert(const wchar_t* input, wchar_t* output) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_UnicodeOutput, wxT("You cannot convert to 8-bit if output is const wchar_t*!")); + wxASSERT_MSG(m_UnicodeInput, wxT("You cannot convert from 8-bit if input is const wchar_t*!")); + + const wchar_t *i; + wchar_t *o; + + if (m_JustCopy) + { + // wcscpy() is not guaranteed to exist + for (i = input, o = output; *i != 0;) + *(o++) = (*(i++)); + *o = 0; + return true; + } + + wxCHECK_MSG(m_Table != NULL, false, + wxT("You must call wxEncodingConverter::Init() before actually converting!")); + + bool replaced = false; + + for (i = input, o = output; *i != 0;) + *(o++) = (wchar_t)(GetTableValue(m_Table, (wxUint8)*(i++), replaced)); + *o = 0; + + return !replaced; +} + + +wxString wxEncodingConverter::Convert(const wxString& input) const +{ + if (m_JustCopy) return input; + + wxString s; + const wxChar *i; + + wxCHECK_MSG(m_Table != NULL, s, + wxT("You must call wxEncodingConverter::Init() before actually converting!")); + + if (m_UnicodeInput) + { + for (i = input.c_str(); *i != 0; i++) + s << (wxChar)(m_Table[(wxUint16)*i]); + } + else + { + for (i = input.c_str(); *i != 0; i++) + s << (wxChar)(m_Table[(wxUint8)*i]); + } + + return s; +} + + + + + + + +// Following tables describe classes of encoding equivalence. +// + +#define STOP wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM + +#define NUM_OF_PLATFORMS 4 /*must conform to enum wxPLATFORM_XXXX !!!*/ +#define ENC_PER_PLATFORM 3 + // max no. of encodings for one language used on one platform. + // Using maximum of everything at the current moment to not make the + // library larger than necessary. Make larger only if necessary - MR + +static const wxFontEncoding + EquivalentEncodings[][NUM_OF_PLATFORMS][ENC_PER_PLATFORM+1] = { + + // *** Please put more common encodings as first! *** + + // Western European + { + /* unix */ {wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1, wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15, STOP}, + /* windows */ {wxFONTENCODING_CP1252, STOP}, + /* os2 */ {STOP}, + /* mac */ {wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN, STOP} + }, + + // Central European + { + /* unix */ {wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2, STOP}, + /* windows */ {wxFONTENCODING_CP1250, STOP}, + /* os2 */ {STOP}, + /* mac */ {wxFONTENCODING_MACCENTRALEUR, STOP} + }, + + // Baltic + { + /* unix */ {wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13, wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4, STOP}, + /* windows */ {wxFONTENCODING_CP1257, STOP}, + /* os2 */ {STOP}, + /* mac */ {STOP} + }, + + // Hebrew + { + /* unix */ {wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8, STOP}, + /* windows */ {wxFONTENCODING_CP1255, STOP}, + /* os2 */ {STOP}, + /* mac */ {wxFONTENCODING_MACHEBREW, STOP} + }, + + // Greek + { + /* unix */ {wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7, STOP}, + /* windows */ {wxFONTENCODING_CP1253, STOP}, + /* os2 */ {STOP}, + /* mac */ {wxFONTENCODING_MACGREEK, STOP} + }, + + // Arabic + { + /* unix */ {wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6, STOP}, + /* windows */ {wxFONTENCODING_CP1256, STOP}, + /* os2 */ {STOP}, + /* mac */ {wxFONTENCODING_MACARABIC, STOP} + }, + + // Turkish + { + /* unix */ {wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9, STOP}, + /* windows */ {wxFONTENCODING_CP1254, STOP}, + /* os2 */ {STOP}, + /* mac */ {wxFONTENCODING_MACTURKISH, STOP} + }, + + // Cyrillic + { + /* unix */ {wxFONTENCODING_KOI8, wxFONTENCODING_KOI8_U, wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5, STOP}, + /* windows */ {wxFONTENCODING_CP1251, STOP}, + /* os2 */ {STOP}, + /* mac */ {wxFONTENCODING_MACCYRILLIC, STOP} + }, + + {{STOP},{STOP},{STOP},{STOP}} /* Terminator */ + /* no, _not_ Arnold! */ +}; + + +static bool FindEncoding(const wxFontEncodingArray& arr, wxFontEncoding f) +{ + for (wxFontEncodingArray::const_iterator it = arr.begin(), en = arr.end(); + it != en; ++it) + if (*it == f) + return true; + return false; +} + +wxFontEncodingArray wxEncodingConverter::GetPlatformEquivalents(wxFontEncoding enc, int platform) +{ + if (platform == wxPLATFORM_CURRENT) + { +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + platform = wxPLATFORM_WINDOWS; +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) + platform = wxPLATFORM_UNIX; +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + platform = wxPLATFORM_OS2; +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + platform = wxPLATFORM_MAC; +#endif + } + + int i, clas, e ; + const wxFontEncoding *f; + wxFontEncodingArray arr; + + clas = 0; + while (EquivalentEncodings[clas][0][0] != STOP) + { + for (i = 0; i < NUM_OF_PLATFORMS; i++) + for (e = 0; EquivalentEncodings[clas][i][e] != STOP; e++) + if (EquivalentEncodings[clas][i][e] == enc) + { + for (f = EquivalentEncodings[clas][platform]; *f != STOP; f++) + if (*f == enc) arr.push_back(enc); + for (f = EquivalentEncodings[clas][platform]; *f != STOP; f++) + if (!FindEncoding(arr, *f)) arr.push_back(*f); + i = NUM_OF_PLATFORMS/*hack*/; break; + } + clas++; + } + + return arr; +} + + + +wxFontEncodingArray wxEncodingConverter::GetAllEquivalents(wxFontEncoding enc) +{ + int i, clas, e, j ; + const wxFontEncoding *f; + wxFontEncodingArray arr; + + arr = GetPlatformEquivalents(enc); // we want them to be first items in array + + clas = 0; + while (EquivalentEncodings[clas][0][0] != STOP) + { + for (i = 0; i < NUM_OF_PLATFORMS; i++) + for (e = 0; EquivalentEncodings[clas][i][e] != STOP; e++) + if (EquivalentEncodings[clas][i][e] == enc) + { + for (j = 0; j < NUM_OF_PLATFORMS; j++) + for (f = EquivalentEncodings[clas][j]; *f != STOP; f++) + if (!FindEncoding(arr, *f)) arr.push_back(*f); + i = NUM_OF_PLATFORMS/*hack*/; break; + } + clas++; + } + + return arr; +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/event.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/event.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a723dea60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/event.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1781 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/event.cpp +// Purpose: Event classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: event.cpp 65521 2010-09-11 10:18:41Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/event.h" +#include "wx/evtloop.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/list.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/stopwatch.h" + #include "wx/module.h" + + #if wxUSE_GUI + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/control.h" + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/spinbutt.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/validate.h" + #endif // wxUSE_GUI +#endif + +#include "wx/thread.h" + +#if wxUSE_BASE + #include "wx/scopedptr.h" + + wxDECLARE_SCOPED_PTR(wxEvent, wxEventPtr) + wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR(wxEvent, wxEventPtr) +#endif // wxUSE_BASE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWin macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_BASE + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEvtHandler, wxObject) + IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxEvent, wxObject) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleEvent, wxEvent) +#endif // wxUSE_BASE + +#if wxUSE_GUI + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCommandEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxThreadEvent, wxCommandEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotifyEvent, wxCommandEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollEvent, wxCommandEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollWinEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMouseEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxKeyEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSizeEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPaintEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNcPaintEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEraseEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMoveEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFocusEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChildFocusEvent, wxCommandEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCloseEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxShowEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMaximizeEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIconizeEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystickEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDropFilesEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxActivateEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxInitDialogEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSetCursorEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSysColourChangedEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDisplayChangedEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxUpdateUIEvent, wxCommandEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNavigationKeyEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPaletteChangedEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxQueryNewPaletteEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowCreateEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowDestroyEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHelpEvent, wxCommandEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxContextMenuEvent, wxCommandEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent, wxEvent) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboardTextEvent, wxCommandEvent) +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#if wxUSE_BASE + +const wxEventTable *wxEvtHandler::GetEventTable() const + { return &wxEvtHandler::sm_eventTable; } + +const wxEventTable wxEvtHandler::sm_eventTable = + { (const wxEventTable *)NULL, &wxEvtHandler::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; + +wxEventHashTable &wxEvtHandler::GetEventHashTable() const + { return wxEvtHandler::sm_eventHashTable; } + +wxEventHashTable wxEvtHandler::sm_eventHashTable(wxEvtHandler::sm_eventTable); + +const wxEventTableEntry wxEvtHandler::sm_eventTableEntries[] = + { wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_TERMINATOR() }; + + +// wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING considers memory freed from the static objects dtors +// leaked, so we need to manually clean up all event tables before checking for +// the memory leaks when using it, however this breaks re-initializing the +// library (i.e. repeated calls to wxInitialize/wxUninitialize) because the +// event tables won't be rebuilt the next time, so disable this by default +#if wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING + +class wxEventTableEntryModule: public wxModule +{ +public: + wxEventTableEntryModule() { } + virtual bool OnInit() { return true; } + virtual void OnExit() { wxEventHashTable::ClearAll(); } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEventTableEntryModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEventTableEntryModule, wxModule) + +#endif // wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global variables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// common event types are defined here, other event types are defined by the +// components which use them + +const wxEventType wxEVT_FIRST = 10000; +const wxEventType wxEVT_USER_FIRST = wxEVT_FIRST + 2000; +const wxEventType wxEVT_NULL = wxNewEventType(); + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_IDLE, wxIdleEvent ); + +#endif // wxUSE_BASE + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRLDOUBLE_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_DROPDOWN_CLICKED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_DROPDOWN, wxCommandEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_CLOSEUP, wxCommandEvent); + +// Mouse event types +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_LEFT_UP, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MOTION, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, wxFocusEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, wxFocusEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS, wxChildFocusEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_AUX1_UP, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_AUX1_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_AUX2_UP, wxMouseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_AUX2_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent ); + +// Character input event type +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CHAR, wxKeyEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK, wxKeyEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY, wxNavigationKeyEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, wxKeyEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_KEY_UP, wxKeyEvent ); +#if wxUSE_HOTKEY +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_HOTKEY, wxKeyEvent ); +#endif + +// Set cursor event +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR, wxSetCursorEvent ); + +// wxScrollbar and wxSlider event identifiers +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, wxScrollEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, wxScrollEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, wxScrollEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, wxScrollEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, wxScrollEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, wxScrollEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, wxScrollEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, wxScrollEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, wxScrollEvent ); + +// Due to a bug in older wx versions, wxSpinEvents were being sent with type of +// wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN and wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK. But +// with the type-safe events in place, these event types are associated with +// wxScrollEvent. To allow handling of spin events, new event types have been +// defined in spinbutt.h/spinnbuttcmn.cpp. To maintain backward compatibility +// the spin event types are being initialized with the scroll event types. + +#if wxUSE_SPINBTN + +wxDEFINE_EVENT_ALIAS( wxEVT_SPIN_UP, wxSpinEvent, wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT_ALIAS( wxEVT_SPIN_DOWN, wxSpinEvent, wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT_ALIAS( wxEVT_SPIN, wxSpinEvent, wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK ); + +#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN + +// Scroll events from wxWindow +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP, wxScrollWinEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM, wxScrollWinEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP, wxScrollWinEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN, wxScrollWinEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP, wxScrollWinEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN, wxScrollWinEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK, wxScrollWinEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE, wxScrollWinEvent ); + +// System events +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SIZE, wxSizeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SIZING, wxSizeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MOVE, wxMoveEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MOVING, wxMoveEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MOVE_START, wxMoveEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MOVE_END, wxMoveEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, wxCloseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxCloseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxCloseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_HIBERNATE, wxActivateEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP, wxActivateEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_ACTIVATE, wxActivateEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CREATE, wxWindowCreateEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_DESTROY, wxWindowDestroyEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SHOW, wxShowEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_ICONIZE, wxIconizeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE, wxMaximizeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED, wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST, wxMouseCaptureLostEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_PAINT, wxPaintEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND, wxEraseEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_NC_PAINT, wxNcPaintEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN, wxMenuEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE, wxMenuEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, wxMenuEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, wxContextMenuEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, wxSysColourChangedEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED, wxDisplayChangedEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE, wxQueryNewPaletteEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED, wxPaletteChangedEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN, wxJoystickEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP, wxJoystickEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_JOY_MOVE, wxJoystickEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE, wxJoystickEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_DROP_FILES, wxDropFilesEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG, wxInitDialogEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, wxUpdateUIEvent ); + +// Clipboard events +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY, wxClipboardTextEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT, wxClipboardTextEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE, wxClipboardTextEvent ); + +// Generic command events +// Note: a click is a higher-level event than button down/up +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, wxCommandEvent ); + +// Help events +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_HELP, wxHelpEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_DETAILED_HELP, wxHelpEvent ); + +// Thread event +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_THREAD, wxThreadEvent ); + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#if wxUSE_BASE + +wxIdleMode wxIdleEvent::sm_idleMode = wxIDLE_PROCESS_ALL; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event initialization +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int wxNewEventType() +{ + // MT-FIXME + static int s_lastUsedEventType = wxEVT_FIRST; + + return s_lastUsedEventType++; +} +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventFunctor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxEventFunctor::~wxEventFunctor() +{ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * General wxWidgets events, covering all interesting things that might happen + * (button clicking, resizing, setting text in widgets, etc.). + * + * For each completely new event type, derive a new event class. + * + */ + +wxEvent::wxEvent(int theId, wxEventType commandType) +{ + m_eventType = commandType; + m_eventObject = NULL; + m_timeStamp = 0; + m_id = theId; + m_skipped = false; + m_callbackUserData = NULL; + m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn = NULL; + m_isCommandEvent = false; + m_propagationLevel = wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE; + m_wasProcessed = false; +} + +wxEvent::wxEvent(const wxEvent& src) + : wxObject(src) + , m_eventObject(src.m_eventObject) + , m_eventType(src.m_eventType) + , m_timeStamp(src.m_timeStamp) + , m_id(src.m_id) + , m_callbackUserData(src.m_callbackUserData) + , m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn(NULL) + , m_propagationLevel(src.m_propagationLevel) + , m_skipped(src.m_skipped) + , m_isCommandEvent(src.m_isCommandEvent) + , m_wasProcessed(false) +{ +} + +wxEvent& wxEvent::operator=(const wxEvent& src) +{ + wxObject::operator=(src); + + m_eventObject = src.m_eventObject; + m_eventType = src.m_eventType; + m_timeStamp = src.m_timeStamp; + m_id = src.m_id; + m_callbackUserData = src.m_callbackUserData; + m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn = NULL; + m_propagationLevel = src.m_propagationLevel; + m_skipped = src.m_skipped; + m_isCommandEvent = src.m_isCommandEvent; + + // don't change m_wasProcessed + + return *this; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BASE + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCommandEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + // 'this' : used in base member initializer list (for m_commandString) + #pragma warning(disable:4355) +#endif + +wxCommandEvent::wxCommandEvent(wxEventType commandType, int theId) + : wxEvent(theId, commandType) +{ + m_clientData = NULL; + m_clientObject = NULL; + m_extraLong = 0; + m_commandInt = 0; + m_isCommandEvent = true; + + // the command events are propagated upwards by default + m_propagationLevel = wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX; +} + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #pragma warning(default:4355) +#endif + +wxString wxCommandEvent::GetString() const +{ + if (m_eventType != wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED || !m_eventObject) + { + return m_cmdString; + } + else + { +#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + wxTextCtrl *txt = wxDynamicCast(m_eventObject, wxTextCtrl); + if ( txt ) + return txt->GetValue(); + else +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + return m_cmdString; + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxUpdateUIEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG +wxLongLong wxUpdateUIEvent::sm_lastUpdate = 0; +#endif + +long wxUpdateUIEvent::sm_updateInterval = 0; + +wxUpdateUIMode wxUpdateUIEvent::sm_updateMode = wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL; + +// Can we update? +bool wxUpdateUIEvent::CanUpdate(wxWindowBase *win) +{ + // Don't update if we've switched global updating off + // and this window doesn't support updates. + if (win && + (GetMode() == wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED && + ((win->GetExtraStyle() & wxWS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES) == 0))) + return false; + + if (sm_updateInterval == -1) + return false; + + if (sm_updateInterval == 0) + return true; + +#if wxUSE_STOPWATCH && wxUSE_LONGLONG + wxLongLong now = wxGetLocalTimeMillis(); + if (now > (sm_lastUpdate + sm_updateInterval)) + { + return true; + } + + return false; +#else + // If we don't have wxStopWatch or wxLongLong, we + // should err on the safe side and update now anyway. + return true; +#endif +} + +// Reset the update time to provide a delay until the next +// time we should update +void wxUpdateUIEvent::ResetUpdateTime() +{ +#if wxUSE_STOPWATCH && wxUSE_LONGLONG + if (sm_updateInterval > 0) + { + wxLongLong now = wxGetLocalTimeMillis(); + if (now > (sm_lastUpdate + sm_updateInterval)) + { + sm_lastUpdate = now; + } + } +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScrollEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxScrollEvent::wxScrollEvent(wxEventType commandType, + int id, + int pos, + int orient) + : wxCommandEvent(commandType, id) +{ + m_extraLong = orient; + m_commandInt = pos; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScrollWinEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxScrollWinEvent::wxScrollWinEvent(wxEventType commandType, + int pos, + int orient) +{ + m_eventType = commandType; + m_extraLong = orient; + m_commandInt = pos; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMouseEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxMouseEvent::wxMouseEvent(wxEventType commandType) +{ + m_eventType = commandType; + + m_x = 0; + m_y = 0; + + m_leftDown = false; + m_middleDown = false; + m_rightDown = false; + m_aux1Down = false; + m_aux2Down = false; + + m_clickCount = -1; + + m_wheelRotation = 0; + m_wheelDelta = 0; + m_linesPerAction = 0; + m_wheelAxis = 0; +} + +void wxMouseEvent::Assign(const wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + wxEvent::operator=(event); + + // Borland C++ 5.82 doesn't compile an explicit call to an implicitly + // defined operator=() so need to do it this way: + *static_cast(this) = event; + + m_x = event.m_x; + m_y = event.m_y; + + m_leftDown = event.m_leftDown; + m_middleDown = event.m_middleDown; + m_rightDown = event.m_rightDown; + m_aux1Down = event.m_aux1Down; + m_aux2Down = event.m_aux2Down; + + m_wheelRotation = event.m_wheelRotation; + m_wheelDelta = event.m_wheelDelta; + m_linesPerAction = event.m_linesPerAction; + m_wheelAxis = event.m_wheelAxis; +} + +// return true if was a button dclick event +bool wxMouseEvent::ButtonDClick(int but) const +{ + switch (but) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("invalid parameter in wxMouseEvent::ButtonDClick")); + // fall through + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY: + return (LeftDClick() || MiddleDClick() || RightDClick() || + Aux1DClick() || Aux2DClick()); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT: + return LeftDClick(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE: + return MiddleDClick(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_RIGHT: + return RightDClick(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX1: + return Aux1DClick(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX2: + return Aux2DClick(); + } +} + +// return true if was a button down event +bool wxMouseEvent::ButtonDown(int but) const +{ + switch (but) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("invalid parameter in wxMouseEvent::ButtonDown")); + // fall through + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY: + return (LeftDown() || MiddleDown() || RightDown() || + Aux1Down() || Aux2Down()); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT: + return LeftDown(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE: + return MiddleDown(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_RIGHT: + return RightDown(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX1: + return Aux1Down(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX2: + return Aux2Down(); + } +} + +// return true if was a button up event +bool wxMouseEvent::ButtonUp(int but) const +{ + switch (but) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("invalid parameter in wxMouseEvent::ButtonUp")); + // fall through + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY: + return (LeftUp() || MiddleUp() || RightUp() || + Aux1Up() || Aux2Up()); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT: + return LeftUp(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE: + return MiddleUp(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_RIGHT: + return RightUp(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX1: + return Aux1Up(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX2: + return Aux2Up(); + } +} + +// return true if the given button is currently changing state +bool wxMouseEvent::Button(int but) const +{ + switch (but) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("invalid parameter in wxMouseEvent::Button")); + // fall through + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY: + return ButtonUp(wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY) || + ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY) || + ButtonDClick(wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT: + return LeftDown() || LeftUp() || LeftDClick(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE: + return MiddleDown() || MiddleUp() || MiddleDClick(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_RIGHT: + return RightDown() || RightUp() || RightDClick(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX1: + return Aux1Down() || Aux1Up() || Aux1DClick(); + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX2: + return Aux2Down() || Aux2Up() || Aux2DClick(); + } +} + +int wxMouseEvent::GetButton() const +{ + for ( int i = 1; i < wxMOUSE_BTN_MAX; i++ ) + { + if ( Button(i) ) + { + return i; + } + } + + return wxMOUSE_BTN_NONE; +} + +// Find the logical position of the event given the DC +wxPoint wxMouseEvent::GetLogicalPosition(const wxDC& dc) const +{ + wxPoint pt(dc.DeviceToLogicalX(m_x), dc.DeviceToLogicalY(m_y)); + return pt; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxKeyEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxKeyEvent::wxKeyEvent(wxEventType type) +{ + m_eventType = type; + m_keyCode = WXK_NONE; +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + m_uniChar = WXK_NONE; +#endif +} + +wxKeyEvent::wxKeyEvent(const wxKeyEvent& evt) + : wxEvent(evt), + wxKeyboardState(evt) +{ + m_x = evt.m_x; + m_y = evt.m_y; + + m_keyCode = evt.m_keyCode; + m_rawCode = evt.m_rawCode; + m_rawFlags = evt.m_rawFlags; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + m_uniChar = evt.m_uniChar; +#endif +} + +bool wxKeyEvent::IsKeyInCategory(int category) const +{ + switch ( GetKeyCode() ) + { + case WXK_LEFT: + case WXK_RIGHT: + case WXK_UP: + case WXK_DOWN: + case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT: + case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT: + case WXK_NUMPAD_UP: + case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN: + return (category & WXK_CATEGORY_ARROW) != 0; + + case WXK_PAGEDOWN: + case WXK_END: + case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP: + case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN: + return (category & WXK_CATEGORY_PAGING) != 0; + + case WXK_HOME: + case WXK_PAGEUP: + case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME: + case WXK_NUMPAD_END: + return (category & WXK_CATEGORY_JUMP) != 0; + + case WXK_TAB: + case WXK_NUMPAD_TAB: + return (category & WXK_CATEGORY_TAB) != 0; + + case WXK_BACK: + case WXK_DELETE: + case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE: + return (category & WXK_CATEGORY_CUT) != 0; + + default: + return false; + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindowCreateEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxWindowCreateEvent::wxWindowCreateEvent(wxWindow *win) +{ + SetEventType(wxEVT_CREATE); + SetEventObject(win); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindowDestroyEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxWindowDestroyEvent::wxWindowDestroyEvent(wxWindow *win) +{ + SetEventType(wxEVT_DESTROY); + SetEventObject(win); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxChildFocusEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxChildFocusEvent::wxChildFocusEvent(wxWindow *win) + : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS) +{ + SetEventObject(win); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHelpEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +wxHelpEvent::Origin wxHelpEvent::GuessOrigin(Origin origin) +{ + if ( origin == Origin_Unknown ) + { + // assume that the event comes from the help button if it's not from + // keyboard and that pressing F1 always results in the help event + origin = wxGetKeyState(WXK_F1) ? Origin_Keyboard : Origin_HelpButton; + } + + return origin; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + + +#if wxUSE_BASE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventHashTable +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const int EVENT_TYPE_TABLE_INIT_SIZE = 31; // Not too big not too small... + +wxEventHashTable* wxEventHashTable::sm_first = NULL; + +wxEventHashTable::wxEventHashTable(const wxEventTable &table) + : m_table(table), + m_rebuildHash(true) +{ + AllocEventTypeTable(EVENT_TYPE_TABLE_INIT_SIZE); + + m_next = sm_first; + if (m_next) + m_next->m_previous = this; + sm_first = this; +} + +wxEventHashTable::~wxEventHashTable() +{ + if (m_next) + m_next->m_previous = m_previous; + if (m_previous) + m_previous->m_next = m_next; + if (sm_first == this) + sm_first = m_next; + + Clear(); +} + +void wxEventHashTable::Clear() +{ + for ( size_t i = 0; i < m_size; i++ ) + { + EventTypeTablePointer eTTnode = m_eventTypeTable[i]; + delete eTTnode; + } + + wxDELETEA(m_eventTypeTable); + + m_size = 0; +} + +#if wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING + +// Clear all tables +void wxEventHashTable::ClearAll() +{ + wxEventHashTable* table = sm_first; + while (table) + { + table->Clear(); + table = table->m_next; + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING + +bool wxEventHashTable::HandleEvent(wxEvent &event, wxEvtHandler *self) +{ + if (m_rebuildHash) + { + InitHashTable(); + m_rebuildHash = false; + } + + if (!m_eventTypeTable) + return false; + + // Find all entries for the given event type. + wxEventType eventType = event.GetEventType(); + const EventTypeTablePointer eTTnode = m_eventTypeTable[eventType % m_size]; + if (eTTnode && eTTnode->eventType == eventType) + { + // Now start the search for an event handler + // that can handle an event with the given ID. + const wxEventTableEntryPointerArray& + eventEntryTable = eTTnode->eventEntryTable; + + const size_t count = eventEntryTable.GetCount(); + for (size_t n = 0; n < count; n++) + { + const wxEventTableEntry& entry = *eventEntryTable[n]; + if ( wxEvtHandler::ProcessEventIfMatchesId(entry, self, event) ) + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void wxEventHashTable::InitHashTable() +{ + // Loop over the event tables and all its base tables. + const wxEventTable *table = &m_table; + while (table) + { + // Retrieve all valid event handler entries + const wxEventTableEntry *entry = table->entries; + while (entry->m_fn != 0) + { + // Add the event entry in the Hash. + AddEntry(*entry); + + entry++; + } + + table = table->baseTable; + } + + // Lets free some memory. + size_t i; + for(i = 0; i < m_size; i++) + { + EventTypeTablePointer eTTnode = m_eventTypeTable[i]; + if (eTTnode) + { + eTTnode->eventEntryTable.Shrink(); + } + } +} + +void wxEventHashTable::AddEntry(const wxEventTableEntry &entry) +{ + // This might happen 'accidentally' as the app is exiting + if (!m_eventTypeTable) + return; + + EventTypeTablePointer *peTTnode = &m_eventTypeTable[entry.m_eventType % m_size]; + EventTypeTablePointer eTTnode = *peTTnode; + + if (eTTnode) + { + if (eTTnode->eventType != entry.m_eventType) + { + // Resize the table! + GrowEventTypeTable(); + // Try again to add it. + AddEntry(entry); + return; + } + } + else + { + eTTnode = new EventTypeTable; + eTTnode->eventType = entry.m_eventType; + *peTTnode = eTTnode; + } + + // Fill all hash entries between entry.m_id and entry.m_lastId... + eTTnode->eventEntryTable.Add(&entry); +} + +void wxEventHashTable::AllocEventTypeTable(size_t size) +{ + m_eventTypeTable = new EventTypeTablePointer[size]; + memset((void *)m_eventTypeTable, 0, sizeof(EventTypeTablePointer)*size); + m_size = size; +} + +void wxEventHashTable::GrowEventTypeTable() +{ + size_t oldSize = m_size; + EventTypeTablePointer *oldEventTypeTable = m_eventTypeTable; + + // TODO: Search the most optimal grow sequence + AllocEventTypeTable(/* GetNextPrime(oldSize) */oldSize*2+1); + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < oldSize; /* */ ) + { + EventTypeTablePointer eTToldNode = oldEventTypeTable[i]; + if (eTToldNode) + { + EventTypeTablePointer *peTTnode = &m_eventTypeTable[eTToldNode->eventType % m_size]; + EventTypeTablePointer eTTnode = *peTTnode; + + // Check for collision, we don't want any. + if (eTTnode) + { + GrowEventTypeTable(); + continue; // Don't increment the counter, + // as we still need to add this element. + } + else + { + // Get the old value and put it in the new table. + *peTTnode = oldEventTypeTable[i]; + } + } + + i++; + } + + delete[] oldEventTypeTable; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEvtHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxEvtHandler::wxEvtHandler() +{ + m_nextHandler = NULL; + m_previousHandler = NULL; + m_enabled = true; + m_dynamicEvents = NULL; + m_pendingEvents = NULL; + + // no client data (yet) + m_clientData = NULL; + m_clientDataType = wxClientData_None; +} + +wxEvtHandler::~wxEvtHandler() +{ + Unlink(); + + if (m_dynamicEvents) + { + for ( wxList::iterator it = m_dynamicEvents->begin(), + end = m_dynamicEvents->end(); + it != end; + ++it ) + { + wxDynamicEventTableEntry *entry = (wxDynamicEventTableEntry*)*it; + + // Remove ourselves from sink destructor notifications + // (this has usually been done, in wxTrackable destructor) + wxEvtHandler *eventSink = entry->m_fn->GetEvtHandler(); + if ( eventSink ) + { + wxEventConnectionRef * const + evtConnRef = FindRefInTrackerList(eventSink); + if ( evtConnRef ) + { + eventSink->RemoveNode(evtConnRef); + delete evtConnRef; + } + } + + delete entry->m_callbackUserData; + delete entry; + } + delete m_dynamicEvents; + } + + // Remove us from the list of the pending events if necessary. + if (wxTheApp) + wxTheApp->RemovePendingEventHandler(this); + + DeletePendingEvents(); + + // we only delete object data, not untyped + if ( m_clientDataType == wxClientData_Object ) + delete m_clientObject; +} + +void wxEvtHandler::Unlink() +{ + // this event handler must take itself out of the chain of handlers: + + if (m_previousHandler) + m_previousHandler->SetNextHandler(m_nextHandler); + + if (m_nextHandler) + m_nextHandler->SetPreviousHandler(m_previousHandler); + + m_nextHandler = NULL; + m_previousHandler = NULL; +} + +bool wxEvtHandler::IsUnlinked() const +{ + return m_previousHandler == NULL && + m_nextHandler == NULL; +} + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + +bool wxEvtHandler::ProcessThreadEvent(const wxEvent& event) +{ + // check that we are really in a child thread + wxASSERT_MSG( !wxThread::IsMain(), + wxT("use ProcessEvent() in main thread") ); + + AddPendingEvent(event); + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + +void wxEvtHandler::QueueEvent(wxEvent *event) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( event, "NULL event can't be posted" ); + + if (!wxTheApp) + { + // we need an event loop which manages the list of event handlers with + // pending events... cannot proceed without it! + wxLogDebug("No application object! Cannot queue this event!"); + + // anyway delete the given event to avoid memory leaks + delete event; + + return; + } + + // 1) Add this event to our list of pending events + wxENTER_CRIT_SECT( m_pendingEventsLock ); + + if ( !m_pendingEvents ) + m_pendingEvents = new wxList; + + m_pendingEvents->Append(event); + + // 2) Add this event handler to list of event handlers that + // have pending events. + + wxTheApp->AppendPendingEventHandler(this); + + // only release m_pendingEventsLock now because otherwise there is a race + // condition as described in the ticket #9093: we could process the event + // just added to m_pendingEvents in our ProcessPendingEvents() below before + // we had time to append this pointer to wxHandlersWithPendingEvents list; thus + // breaking the invariant that a handler should be in the list iff it has + // any pending events to process + wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT( m_pendingEventsLock ); + + // 3) Inform the system that new pending events are somewhere, + // and that these should be processed in idle time. + wxWakeUpIdle(); +} + +void wxEvtHandler::DeletePendingEvents() +{ + if (m_pendingEvents) + m_pendingEvents->DeleteContents(true); + wxDELETE(m_pendingEvents); +} + +void wxEvtHandler::ProcessPendingEvents() +{ + if (!wxTheApp) + { + // we need an event loop which manages the list of event handlers with + // pending events... cannot proceed without it! + wxLogDebug("No application object! Cannot process pending events!"); + return; + } + + // we need to process only a single pending event in this call because + // each call to ProcessEvent() could result in the destruction of this + // same event handler (see the comment at the end of this function) + + wxENTER_CRIT_SECT( m_pendingEventsLock ); + + // this method is only called by wxApp if this handler does have + // pending events + wxCHECK_RET( m_pendingEvents && !m_pendingEvents->IsEmpty(), + "should have pending events if called" ); + + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_pendingEvents->GetFirst(); + wxEvent* pEvent = static_cast(node->GetData()); + + // find the first event which can be processed now: + wxEventLoopBase* evtLoop = wxEventLoopBase::GetActive(); + if (evtLoop && evtLoop->IsYielding()) + { + while (node && pEvent && !evtLoop->IsEventAllowedInsideYield(pEvent->GetEventCategory())) + { + node = node->GetNext(); + pEvent = node ? static_cast(node->GetData()) : NULL; + } + + if (!node) + { + // all our events are NOT processable now... signal this: + wxTheApp->DelayPendingEventHandler(this); + + // see the comment at the beginning of evtloop.h header for the + // logic behind YieldFor() and behind DelayPendingEventHandler() + + wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT( m_pendingEventsLock ); + + return; + } + } + + wxEventPtr event(pEvent); + + // it's important we remove event from list before processing it, else a + // nested event loop, for example from a modal dialog, might process the + // same event again. + m_pendingEvents->Erase(node); + + if ( m_pendingEvents->IsEmpty() ) + { + // if there are no more pending events left, we don't need to + // stay in this list + wxTheApp->RemovePendingEventHandler(this); + } + + wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT( m_pendingEventsLock ); + + ProcessEvent(*event); + + // careful: this object could have been deleted by the event handler + // executed by the above ProcessEvent() call, so we can't access any fields + // of this object any more +} + +/* static */ +bool wxEvtHandler::ProcessEventIfMatchesId(const wxEventTableEntryBase& entry, + wxEvtHandler *handler, + wxEvent& event) +{ + int tableId1 = entry.m_id, + tableId2 = entry.m_lastId; + + // match only if the event type is the same and the id is either -1 in + // the event table (meaning "any") or the event id matches the id + // specified in the event table either exactly or by falling into + // range between first and last + if ((tableId1 == wxID_ANY) || + (tableId2 == wxID_ANY && tableId1 == event.GetId()) || + (tableId2 != wxID_ANY && + (event.GetId() >= tableId1 && event.GetId() <= tableId2))) + { + event.Skip(false); + event.m_callbackUserData = entry.m_callbackUserData; + +#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + if ( wxTheApp ) + { + // call the handler via wxApp method which allows the user to catch + // any exceptions which may be thrown by any handler in the program + // in one place + wxTheApp->CallEventHandler(handler, *entry.m_fn, event); + } + else +#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + { + (*entry.m_fn)(handler, event); + } + + if (!event.GetSkipped()) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxEvtHandler::DoTryApp(wxEvent& event) +{ + if ( wxTheApp && (this != wxTheApp) ) + { + // Special case: don't pass wxEVT_IDLE to wxApp, since it'll always + // swallow it. wxEVT_IDLE is sent explicitly to wxApp so it will be + // processed appropriately via SearchEventTable. + if ( event.GetEventType() != wxEVT_IDLE ) + { + if ( wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event) ) + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxEvtHandler::TryBefore(wxEvent& event) +{ +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // call the old virtual function to keep the code overriding it working + return TryValidator(event); +#else + wxUnusedVar(event); + return false; +#endif +} + +bool wxEvtHandler::TryAfter(wxEvent& event) +{ + // We only want to pass the window to the application object once even if + // there are several chained handlers. Ensure that this is what happens by + // only calling DoTryApp() if there is no next handler (which would do it). + // + // Notice that, unlike simply calling TryAfter() on the last handler in the + // chain only from ProcessEvent(), this also works with wxWindow object in + // the middle of the chain: its overridden TryAfter() will still be called + // and propagate the event upwards the window hierarchy even if it's not + // the last one in the chain (which, admittedly, shouldn't happen often). + if ( GetNextHandler() ) + return GetNextHandler()->TryAfter(event); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // as above, call the old virtual function for compatibility + return TryParent(event); +#else + return DoTryApp(event); +#endif +} + +bool wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event) +{ + // The very first thing we do is to allow the application to hook into + // event processing in order to globally pre-process all events. + // + // Note that we should only do it if we're the first event handler called + // to avoid calling FilterEvent() multiple times as the event goes through + // the event handler chain and possibly upwards the window hierarchy. + if ( !event.WasProcessed() ) + { + if ( wxTheApp ) + { + int rc = wxTheApp->FilterEvent(event); + if ( rc != -1 ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( rc == 1 || rc == 0, + "unexpected wxApp::FilterEvent return value" ); + + return rc != 0; + } + //else: proceed normally + } + } + + // Short circuit the event processing logic if we're requested to process + // this event in this handler only, see DoTryChain() for more details. + if ( event.ShouldProcessOnlyIn(this) ) + return TryBeforeAndHere(event); + + + // Try to process the event in this handler itself. + if ( ProcessEventLocally(event) ) + { + // It is possible that DoTryChain() called from ProcessEventLocally() + // returned true but the event was not really processed: this happens + // if a custom handler ignores the request to process the event in this + // handler only and in this case we should skip the post processing + // done in TryAfter() but still return the correct value ourselves to + // indicate whether we did or did not find a handler for this event. + return !event.GetSkipped(); + } + + // If we still didn't find a handler, propagate the event upwards the + // window chain and/or to the application object. + if ( TryAfter(event) ) + return true; + + + // No handler found anywhere, bail out. + return false; +} + +bool wxEvtHandler::ProcessEventLocally(wxEvent& event) +{ + // Try the hooks which should be called before our own handlers and this + // handler itself first. Notice that we should not call ProcessEvent() on + // this one as we're already called from it, which explains why we do it + // here and not in DoTryChain() + return TryBeforeAndHere(event) || DoTryChain(event); +} + +bool wxEvtHandler::DoTryChain(wxEvent& event) +{ + for ( wxEvtHandler *h = GetNextHandler(); h; h = h->GetNextHandler() ) + { + // We need to process this event at the level of this handler only + // right now, the pre-/post-processing was either already done by + // ProcessEvent() from which we were called or will be done by it when + // we return. + // + // However we must call ProcessEvent() and not TryHereOnly() because the + // existing code (including some in wxWidgets itself) expects the + // overridden ProcessEvent() in its custom event handlers pushed on a + // window to be called. + // + // So we must call ProcessEvent() but it must not do what it usually + // does. To resolve this paradox we set up a special flag inside the + // object itself to let ProcessEvent() know that it shouldn't do any + // pre/post-processing for this event if it gets it. Note that this + // only applies to this handler, if the event is passed to another one + // by explicitly calling its ProcessEvent(), pre/post-processing should + // be done as usual. + // + // Final complication is that if the implementation of ProcessEvent() + // called wxEvent::DidntHonourProcessOnlyIn() (as the gross hack that + // is wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent() does) and ignored our + // request to process event in this handler only, we have to compensate + // for it by not processing the event further because this was already + // done by that rogue event handler. + wxEventProcessInHandlerOnly processInHandlerOnly(event, h); + if ( h->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + // Make sure "skipped" flag is not set as the event was really + // processed in this case. Normally it shouldn't be set anyhow but + // make sure just in case the user code does something strange. + event.Skip(false); + + return true; + } + + if ( !event.ShouldProcessOnlyIn(h) ) + { + // Still return true to indicate that no further processing should + // be undertaken but ensure that "skipped" flag is set so that the + // caller knows that the event was not really processed. + event.Skip(); + + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxEvtHandler::TryHereOnly(wxEvent& event) +{ + // If the event handler is disabled it doesn't process any events + if ( !GetEvtHandlerEnabled() ) + return false; + + // Handle per-instance dynamic event tables first + if ( m_dynamicEvents && SearchDynamicEventTable(event) ) + return true; + + // Then static per-class event tables + if ( GetEventHashTable().HandleEvent(event, this) ) + return true; + + // We don't have a handler for this event. + return false; +} + +bool wxEvtHandler::SafelyProcessEvent(wxEvent& event) +{ +#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + try + { +#endif + return ProcessEvent(event); +#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + } + catch ( ... ) + { + // notice that we do it in 2 steps to avoid warnings about possibly + // uninitialized loop variable from some versions of g++ which are not + // smart enough to figure out that GetActive() doesn't throw and so + // that loop will always be initialized + wxEventLoopBase *loop = NULL; + try + { + loop = wxEventLoopBase::GetActive(); + + if ( !wxTheApp || !wxTheApp->OnExceptionInMainLoop() ) + { + if ( loop ) + loop->Exit(); + } + //else: continue running current event loop + + return false; + } + catch ( ... ) + { + // OnExceptionInMainLoop() threw, possibly rethrowing the same + // exception again: very good, but we still need Exit() to + // be called + if ( loop ) + loop->Exit(); + throw; + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS +} + +bool wxEvtHandler::SearchEventTable(wxEventTable& table, wxEvent& event) +{ + const wxEventType eventType = event.GetEventType(); + for ( int i = 0; table.entries[i].m_fn != 0; i++ ) + { + const wxEventTableEntry& entry = table.entries[i]; + if ( eventType == entry.m_eventType ) + { + if ( ProcessEventIfMatchesId(entry, this, event) ) + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void wxEvtHandler::DoBind(int id, + int lastId, + wxEventType eventType, + wxEventFunctor *func, + wxObject *userData) +{ + wxDynamicEventTableEntry *entry = + new wxDynamicEventTableEntry(eventType, id, lastId, func, userData); + + if (!m_dynamicEvents) + m_dynamicEvents = new wxList; + + // Insert at the front of the list so most recent additions are found first + m_dynamicEvents->Insert( (wxObject*) entry ); + + // Make sure we get to know when a sink is destroyed + wxEvtHandler *eventSink = func->GetEvtHandler(); + if ( eventSink && eventSink != this ) + { + wxEventConnectionRef *evtConnRef = FindRefInTrackerList(eventSink); + if ( evtConnRef ) + evtConnRef->IncRef( ); + else + new wxEventConnectionRef(this, eventSink); + } +} + +bool +wxEvtHandler::DoUnbind(int id, + int lastId, + wxEventType eventType, + const wxEventFunctor& func, + wxObject *userData) +{ + if (!m_dynamicEvents) + return false; + + // Remove connection from tracker node (wxEventConnectionRef) + wxEvtHandler *eventSink = func.GetEvtHandler(); + if ( eventSink && eventSink != this ) + { + wxEventConnectionRef *evtConnRef = FindRefInTrackerList(eventSink); + if ( evtConnRef ) + evtConnRef->DecRef(); + } + + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_dynamicEvents->GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxDynamicEventTableEntry *entry = (wxDynamicEventTableEntry*)node->GetData(); + + if ((entry->m_id == id) && + ((entry->m_lastId == lastId) || (lastId == wxID_ANY)) && + ((entry->m_eventType == eventType) || (eventType == wxEVT_NULL)) && + entry->m_fn->IsMatching(func) && + ((entry->m_callbackUserData == userData) || !userData)) + { + delete entry->m_callbackUserData; + m_dynamicEvents->Erase( node ); + delete entry; + return true; + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return false; +} + +bool wxEvtHandler::SearchDynamicEventTable( wxEvent& event ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_dynamicEvents, false, + wxT("caller should check that we have dynamic events") ); + + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_dynamicEvents->GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxDynamicEventTableEntry *entry = (wxDynamicEventTableEntry*)node->GetData(); + + // get next node before (maybe) calling the event handler as it could + // call Disconnect() invalidating the current node + node = node->GetNext(); + + if ( event.GetEventType() == entry->m_eventType ) + { + wxEvtHandler *handler = entry->m_fn->GetEvtHandler(); + if ( !handler ) + handler = this; + if ( ProcessEventIfMatchesId(*entry, handler, event) ) + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void wxEvtHandler::DoSetClientObject( wxClientData *data ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_clientDataType != wxClientData_Void, + wxT("can't have both object and void client data") ); + + if ( m_clientObject ) + delete m_clientObject; + + m_clientObject = data; + m_clientDataType = wxClientData_Object; +} + +wxClientData *wxEvtHandler::DoGetClientObject() const +{ + // it's not an error to call GetClientObject() on a window which doesn't + // have client data at all - NULL will be returned + wxASSERT_MSG( m_clientDataType != wxClientData_Void, + wxT("this window doesn't have object client data") ); + + return m_clientObject; +} + +void wxEvtHandler::DoSetClientData( void *data ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_clientDataType != wxClientData_Object, + wxT("can't have both object and void client data") ); + + m_clientData = data; + m_clientDataType = wxClientData_Void; +} + +void *wxEvtHandler::DoGetClientData() const +{ + // it's not an error to call GetClientData() on a window which doesn't have + // client data at all - NULL will be returned + wxASSERT_MSG( m_clientDataType != wxClientData_Object, + wxT("this window doesn't have void client data") ); + + return m_clientData; +} + +// A helper to find an wxEventConnectionRef object +wxEventConnectionRef * +wxEvtHandler::FindRefInTrackerList(wxEvtHandler *eventSink) +{ + for ( wxTrackerNode *node = eventSink->GetFirst(); node; node = node->m_nxt ) + { + // we only want wxEventConnectionRef nodes here + wxEventConnectionRef *evtConnRef = node->ToEventConnection(); + if ( evtConnRef && evtConnRef->m_src == this ) + { + wxASSERT( evtConnRef->m_sink==eventSink ); + return evtConnRef; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +void wxEvtHandler::OnSinkDestroyed( wxEvtHandler *sink ) +{ + wxASSERT(m_dynamicEvents); + + // remove all connections with this sink + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_dynamicEvents->GetFirst(), node_nxt; + while (node) + { + wxDynamicEventTableEntry *entry = (wxDynamicEventTableEntry*)node->GetData(); + node_nxt = node->GetNext(); + + if ( entry->m_fn->GetEvtHandler() == sink ) + { + delete entry->m_callbackUserData; + m_dynamicEvents->Erase( node ); + delete entry; + } + node = node_nxt; + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BASE + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +// Find a window with the focus, that is also a descendant of the given window. +// This is used to determine the window to initially send commands to. +wxWindow* wxFindFocusDescendant(wxWindow* ancestor) +{ + // Process events starting with the window with the focus, if any. + wxWindow* focusWin = wxWindow::FindFocus(); + wxWindow* win = focusWin; + + // Check if this is a descendant of this frame. + // If not, win will be set to NULL. + while (win) + { + if (win == ancestor) + break; + else + win = win->GetParent(); + } + if (win == NULL) + focusWin = NULL; + + return focusWin; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventBlocker +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxEventBlocker::wxEventBlocker(wxWindow *win, wxEventType type) +{ + wxCHECK_RET(win, wxT("Null window given to wxEventBlocker")); + + m_window = win; + + Block(type); + m_window->PushEventHandler(this); +} + +wxEventBlocker::~wxEventBlocker() +{ + wxEvtHandler *popped = m_window->PopEventHandler(false); + wxCHECK_RET(popped == this, + wxT("Don't push other event handlers into a window managed by wxEventBlocker!")); +} + +bool wxEventBlocker::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event) +{ + // should this event be blocked? + for ( size_t i = 0; i < m_eventsToBlock.size(); i++ ) + { + wxEventType t = (wxEventType)m_eventsToBlock[i]; + if ( t == wxEVT_ANY || t == event.GetEventType() ) + return true; // yes, it should: mark this event as processed + } + + return false; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/evtloopcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/evtloopcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f30b3e9998 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/evtloopcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/evtloopcmn.cpp +// Purpose: common wxEventLoop-related stuff +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-01-12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloopcmn.cpp 66229 2010-11-22 01:22:56Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/evtloop.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventLoopBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxEventLoopBase *wxEventLoopBase::ms_activeLoop = NULL; + +wxEventLoopBase::wxEventLoopBase() +{ + m_isInsideYield = false; + m_eventsToProcessInsideYield = wxEVT_CATEGORY_ALL; +} + +bool wxEventLoopBase::IsMain() const +{ + if (wxTheApp) + return wxTheApp->GetMainLoop() == this; + return false; +} + +/* static */ +void wxEventLoopBase::SetActive(wxEventLoopBase* loop) +{ + ms_activeLoop = loop; + + if (wxTheApp) + wxTheApp->OnEventLoopEnter(loop); +} + +void wxEventLoopBase::OnExit() +{ + if (wxTheApp) + wxTheApp->OnEventLoopExit(this); +} + +void wxEventLoopBase::WakeUpIdle() +{ + WakeUp(); +} + +bool wxEventLoopBase::ProcessIdle() +{ + return wxTheApp && wxTheApp->ProcessIdle(); +} + +bool wxEventLoopBase::Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded) +{ + if ( m_isInsideYield ) + { + if ( !onlyIfNeeded ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxYield called recursively" ) ); + } + + return false; + } + + return YieldFor(wxEVT_CATEGORY_ALL); +} + +// wxEventLoopManual is unused in the other ports +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXDFB__) || ( ( defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WXOSX__) ) && wxUSE_BASE) + +// ============================================================================ +// wxEventLoopManual implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxEventLoopManual::wxEventLoopManual() +{ + m_exitcode = 0; + m_shouldExit = false; +} + +bool wxEventLoopManual::ProcessEvents() +{ + // process pending wx events first as they correspond to low-level events + // which happened before, i.e. typically pending events were queued by a + // previous call to Dispatch() and if we didn't process them now the next + // call to it might enqueue them again (as happens with e.g. socket events + // which would be generated as long as there is input available on socket + // and this input is only removed from it when pending event handlers are + // executed) + if ( wxTheApp ) + wxTheApp->ProcessPendingEvents(); + + return Dispatch(); +} + +int wxEventLoopManual::Run() +{ + // event loops are not recursive, you need to create another loop! + wxCHECK_MSG( !IsRunning(), -1, wxT("can't reenter a message loop") ); + + // ProcessIdle() and ProcessEvents() below may throw so the code here should + // be exception-safe, hence we must use local objects for all actions we + // should undo + wxEventLoopActivator activate(this); + + // we must ensure that OnExit() is called even if an exception is thrown + // from inside ProcessEvents() but we must call it from Exit() in normal + // situations because it is supposed to be called synchronously, + // wxModalEventLoop depends on this (so we can't just use ON_BLOCK_EXIT or + // something similar here) +#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + for ( ;; ) + { + try + { +#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + + // this is the event loop itself + for ( ;; ) + { + // give them the possibility to do whatever they want + OnNextIteration(); + + // generate and process idle events for as long as we don't + // have anything else to do + while ( !Pending() && ProcessIdle() && !m_shouldExit ) + ; + + // if the "should exit" flag is set, the loop should terminate + // but not before processing any remaining messages so while + // Pending() returns true, do process them + if ( m_shouldExit ) + { + while ( Pending() ) + ProcessEvents(); + + break; + } + + // a message came or no more idle processing to do, dispatch + // all the pending events and call Dispatch() to wait for the + // next message + if ( !ProcessEvents() ) + { + // we got WM_QUIT + break; + } + } + +#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + // exit the outer loop as well + break; + } + catch ( ... ) + { + try + { + if ( !wxTheApp || !wxTheApp->OnExceptionInMainLoop() ) + { + OnExit(); + break; + } + //else: continue running the event loop + } + catch ( ... ) + { + // OnException() throwed, possibly rethrowing the same + // exception again: very good, but we still need OnExit() to + // be called + OnExit(); + throw; + } + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS + + return m_exitcode; +} + +void wxEventLoopManual::Exit(int rc) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsRunning(), wxT("can't call Exit() if not running") ); + + m_exitcode = rc; + m_shouldExit = true; + + OnExit(); + + // all we have to do to exit from the loop is to (maybe) wake it up so that + // it can notice that Exit() had been called + // + // in particular, do *not* use here calls such as PostQuitMessage() (under + // MSW) which terminate the current event loop here because we're not sure + // that it is going to be processed by the correct event loop: it would be + // possible that another one is started and terminated by mistake if we do + // this + WakeUp(); +} + +#endif // __WXMSW__ || __WXMAC__ || __WXDFB__ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/execcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/execcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6504e491e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/execcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/execcmn.cpp +// Purpose: defines wxStreamTempInputBuffer which is used by Unix and MSW +// implementations of wxExecute; this file is only used by the +// library and never by the user code +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.08.02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: execcmn.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef _WX_WXEXEC_CPP_ +#define _WX_WXEXEC_CPP_ + +// this file should never be compiled directly, just included by other code +#ifndef _WX_USED_BY_WXEXECUTE_ + #error "You should never directly build this file!" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStreamTempInputBuffer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + wxStreamTempInputBuffer is a hack which we need to solve the problem of + executing a child process synchronously with IO redirecting: when we do + this, the child writes to a pipe we open to it but when the pipe buffer + (which has finite capacity, e.g. commonly just 4Kb) becomes full we have to + read data from it because the child blocks in its write() until then and if + it blocks we are never going to return from wxExecute() so we dead lock. + + So here is the fix: we now read the output as soon as it appears into a temp + buffer (wxStreamTempInputBuffer object) and later just stuff it back into + the stream when the process terminates. See supporting code in wxExecute() + itself as well. + + Note that this is horribly inefficient for large amounts of output (count + the number of times we copy the data around) and so a better API is badly + needed! However it's not easy to devise a way to do this keeping backwards + compatibility with the existing wxExecute(wxEXEC_SYNC)... +*/ + +class wxStreamTempInputBuffer +{ +public: + wxStreamTempInputBuffer(); + + // call to associate a stream with this buffer, otherwise nothing happens + // at all + void Init(wxPipeInputStream *stream); + + // check for input on our stream and cache it in our buffer if any + // + // return true if anything was done + bool Update(); + + ~wxStreamTempInputBuffer(); + +private: + // the stream we're buffering, if NULL we don't do anything at all + wxPipeInputStream *m_stream; + + // the buffer of size m_size (NULL if m_size == 0) + void *m_buffer; + + // the size of the buffer + size_t m_size; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStreamTempInputBuffer); +}; + +inline wxStreamTempInputBuffer::wxStreamTempInputBuffer() +{ + m_stream = NULL; + m_buffer = NULL; + m_size = 0; +} + +inline void wxStreamTempInputBuffer::Init(wxPipeInputStream *stream) +{ + m_stream = stream; +} + +inline +bool wxStreamTempInputBuffer::Update() +{ + if ( !m_stream || !m_stream->CanRead() ) + return false; + + // realloc in blocks of 4Kb: this is the default (and minimal) buffer + // size of the Unix pipes so it should be the optimal step + // + // NB: don't use "static int" in this inline function, some compilers + // (e.g. IBM xlC) don't like it + enum { incSize = 4096 }; + + void *buf = realloc(m_buffer, m_size + incSize); + if ( !buf ) + { + // don't read any more, we don't have enough memory to do it + m_stream = NULL; + } + else // got memory for the buffer + { + m_buffer = buf; + m_stream->Read((char *)m_buffer + m_size, incSize); + m_size += m_stream->LastRead(); + } + + return true; +} + +inline +wxStreamTempInputBuffer::~wxStreamTempInputBuffer() +{ + if ( m_buffer ) + { + m_stream->Ungetch(m_buffer, m_size); + free(m_buffer); + } +} + +#endif // _WX_WXEXEC_CPP_ + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/extended.c b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/extended.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a89b6eca33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/extended.c @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +/***************************************************************************** +** Name: src/common/extended.c +** Purpose: IEEE Extended<->Double routines to save floats to file +** Maintainer: Ryan Norton +** Modified by: +** Created: 11/24/04 +** RCS-ID: $Id: extended.c 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +*****************************************************************************/ + + +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) + /* eVC cause warnings in its own headers: stdlib.h and winnt.h */ + #pragma warning (disable:4115) + #pragma warning (disable:4214) +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) + #pragma warning (default:4115) + #pragma warning (default:4214) +#endif + +#if wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE + +#include "wx/math.h" + +/* Copyright (C) 1989-1991 Ken Turkowski. + * + * All rights reserved. + * + * Warranty Information + * Even though I have reviewed this software, I make no warranty + * or representation, either express or implied, with respect to this + * software, its quality, accuracy, merchantability, or fitness for a + * particular purpose. As a result, this software is provided "as is," + * and you, its user, are assuming the entire risk as to its quality + * and accuracy. + * + * This code may be used and freely distributed as long as it includes + * this copyright notice and the above warranty information. + * + * Machine-independent I/O routines for IEEE floating-point numbers. + * + * NaN's and infinities are converted to HUGE_VAL or HUGE, which + * happens to be infinity on IEEE machines. Unfortunately, it is + * impossible to preserve NaN's in a machine-independent way. + * Infinities are, however, preserved on IEEE machines. + * + * These routines have been tested on the following machines: + * Apple Macintosh, MPW 3.1 C compiler + * Apple Macintosh, THINK C compiler + * Silicon Graphics IRIS, MIPS compiler + * Cray X/MP and Y/MP + * Digital Equipment VAX + * Sequent Balance (Multiprocesor 386) + * NeXT + * + * + * Implemented by Malcolm Slaney and Ken Turkowski. + * + * Malcolm Slaney contributions during 1988-1990 include big- and little- + * endian file I/O, conversion to and from Motorola's extended 80-bit + * floating-point format, and conversions to and from IEEE single- + * precision floating-point format. + * + * In 1991, Ken Turkowski implemented the conversions to and from + * IEEE double-precision format, added more precision to the extended + * conversions, and accommodated conversions involving +/- infinity, + * NaN's, and denormalized numbers. + */ + +#ifndef HUGE_VAL +# define HUGE_VAL HUGE +#endif /*HUGE_VAL*/ + + +/**************************************************************** + * The following two routines make up for deficiencies in many + * compilers to convert properly between unsigned integers and + * floating-point. Some compilers which have this bug are the + * THINK_C compiler for the Macintosh and the C compiler for the + * Silicon Graphics MIPS-based Iris. + ****************************************************************/ + +#ifdef applec /* The Apple C compiler works */ +# define FloatToUnsigned(f) ((wxUint32)(f)) +# define UnsignedToFloat(u) ((wxFloat64)(u)) +#else /*applec*/ +# define FloatToUnsigned(f) ((wxUint32)(((wxInt32)((f) - 2147483648.0)) + 2147483647L) + 1) +# define UnsignedToFloat(u) (((wxFloat64)((wxInt32)((u) - 2147483647L - 1))) + 2147483648.0) +#endif /*applec*/ + + + +/**************************************************************** + * Extended precision IEEE floating-point conversion routines. + * Extended is an 80-bit number as defined by Motorola, + * with a sign bit, 15 bits of exponent (offset 16383?), + * and a 64-bit mantissa, with no hidden bit. + ****************************************************************/ + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFloat64 wxConvertFromIeeeExtended(const wxInt8 *bytes) +{ + wxFloat64 f; + wxInt32 expon; + wxUint32 hiMant, loMant; + + expon = ((bytes[0] & 0x7F) << 8) | (bytes[1] & 0xFF); + hiMant = ((wxUint32)(bytes[2] & 0xFF) << 24) + | ((wxUint32)(bytes[3] & 0xFF) << 16) + | ((wxUint32)(bytes[4] & 0xFF) << 8) + | ((wxUint32)(bytes[5] & 0xFF)); + loMant = ((wxUint32)(bytes[6] & 0xFF) << 24) + | ((wxUint32)(bytes[7] & 0xFF) << 16) + | ((wxUint32)(bytes[8] & 0xFF) << 8) + | ((wxUint32)(bytes[9] & 0xFF)); + + if (expon == 0 && hiMant == 0 && loMant == 0) { + f = 0; + } + else { + if (expon == 0x7FFF) { /* Infinity or NaN */ + f = HUGE_VAL; + } + else { + expon -= 16383; + f = ldexp(UnsignedToFloat(hiMant), expon-=31); + f += ldexp(UnsignedToFloat(loMant), expon-=32); + } + } + + if (bytes[0] & 0x80) + return -f; + else + return f; +} + + +/****************************************************************/ + + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxConvertToIeeeExtended(wxFloat64 num, wxInt8 *bytes) +{ + wxInt32 sign; + wxInt32 expon; + wxFloat64 fMant, fsMant; + wxUint32 hiMant, loMant; + + if (num < 0) { + sign = 0x8000; + num *= -1; + } else { + sign = 0; + } + + if (num == 0) { + expon = 0; hiMant = 0; loMant = 0; + } + else { + fMant = frexp(num, &expon); + if ((expon > 16384) || !(fMant < 1)) { /* Infinity or NaN */ + expon = sign|0x7FFF; hiMant = 0; loMant = 0; /* infinity */ + } + else { /* Finite */ + expon += 16382; + if (expon < 0) { /* denormalized */ + fMant = ldexp(fMant, expon); + expon = 0; + } + expon |= sign; + fMant = ldexp(fMant, 32); fsMant = floor(fMant); hiMant = FloatToUnsigned(fsMant); + fMant = ldexp(fMant - fsMant, 32); fsMant = floor(fMant); loMant = FloatToUnsigned(fsMant); + } + } + + bytes[0] = expon >> 8; + bytes[1] = expon; + bytes[2] = hiMant >> 24; + bytes[3] = hiMant >> 16; + bytes[4] = hiMant >> 8; + bytes[5] = hiMant; + bytes[6] = loMant >> 24; + bytes[7] = loMant >> 16; + bytes[8] = loMant >> 8; + bytes[9] = loMant; +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFloat64 ConvertFromIeeeExtended(const wxInt8 *bytes) +{ + return wxConvertFromIeeeExtended(bytes); +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void ConvertToIeeeExtended(wxFloat64 num, wxInt8 *bytes) +{ + wxConvertToIeeeExtended(num, bytes); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#endif /* wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fddlgcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fddlgcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2f54581e26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fddlgcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fddlgcmn.cpp +// Purpose: common parts of wxFindReplaceDialog implementations +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 01.08.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fddlgcmn.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif + +#include "wx/fdrepdlg.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWin macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFindDialogEvent, wxCommandEvent) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND, wxFindDialogEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_NEXT, wxFindDialogEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE, wxFindDialogEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE_ALL, wxFindDialogEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE, wxFindDialogEvent ); + +// ============================================================================ +// implementations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFindReplaceData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFindReplaceData::Init() +{ + m_Flags = 0; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFindReplaceDialogBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFindReplaceDialogBase::~wxFindReplaceDialogBase() +{ +} + +void wxFindReplaceDialogBase::Send(wxFindDialogEvent& event) +{ + // we copy the data to dialog->GetData() as well + + m_FindReplaceData->m_Flags = event.GetFlags(); + m_FindReplaceData->m_FindWhat = event.GetFindString(); + if ( HasFlag(wxFR_REPLACEDIALOG) && + (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE || + event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE_ALL) ) + { + m_FindReplaceData->m_ReplaceWith = event.GetReplaceString(); + } + + // translate wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_NEXT to wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND if needed + if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_NEXT ) + { + if ( m_FindReplaceData->m_FindWhat != m_lastSearch ) + { + event.SetEventType(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND); + + m_lastSearch = m_FindReplaceData->m_FindWhat; + } + } + + if ( !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + // the event is not propagated upwards to the parent automatically + // because the dialog is a top level window, so do it manually as + // in 9 cases of 10 the message must be processed by the dialog + // owner and not the dialog itself + (void)GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fdiodispatcher.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fdiodispatcher.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b23232f14d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fdiodispatcher.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fdiodispatcher.cpp +// Purpose: Implementation of common wxFDIODispatcher methods +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-05-13 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fdiodispatcher.cpp 56354 2008-10-16 12:07:35Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/private/fdiodispatcher.h" + +#include "wx/private/selectdispatcher.h" +#ifdef __UNIX__ + #include "wx/unix/private/epolldispatcher.h" +#endif + +wxFDIODispatcher *gs_dispatcher = NULL; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFDIODispatcher +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +wxFDIODispatcher *wxFDIODispatcher::Get() +{ + if ( !gs_dispatcher ) + { +#if wxUSE_EPOLL_DISPATCHER + gs_dispatcher = wxEpollDispatcher::Create(); + if ( !gs_dispatcher ) +#endif // wxUSE_EPOLL_DISPATCHER +#if wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER + gs_dispatcher = new wxSelectDispatcher(); +#endif // wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER + } + + wxASSERT_MSG( gs_dispatcher, "failed to create any IO dispatchers" ); + + return gs_dispatcher; +} + +/* static */ +void wxFDIODispatcher::DispatchPending() +{ + if ( gs_dispatcher ) + gs_dispatcher->Dispatch(0); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMappedFDIODispatcher +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFDIOHandler *wxMappedFDIODispatcher::FindHandler(int fd) const +{ + const wxFDIOHandlerMap::const_iterator it = m_handlers.find(fd); + + return it == m_handlers.end() ? NULL : it->second.handler; +} + + +bool +wxMappedFDIODispatcher::RegisterFD(int fd, wxFDIOHandler *handler, int flags) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( handler, false, "handler can't be NULL" ); + + // notice that it's not an error to register a handler for the same fd + // twice as it can be done with different flags -- but it is an error to + // register different handlers + wxFDIOHandlerMap::iterator i = m_handlers.find(fd); + if ( i != m_handlers.end() ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( i->second.handler == handler, + "registering different handler for the same fd?" ); + wxASSERT_MSG( i->second.flags != flags, + "reregistering with the same flags?" ); + } + + m_handlers[fd] = wxFDIOHandlerEntry(handler, flags); + + return true; +} + +bool +wxMappedFDIODispatcher::ModifyFD(int fd, wxFDIOHandler *handler, int flags) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( handler, false, "handler can't be NULL" ); + + wxFDIOHandlerMap::iterator i = m_handlers.find(fd); + wxCHECK_MSG( i != m_handlers.end(), false, + "modifying unregistered handler?" ); + + i->second = wxFDIOHandlerEntry(handler, flags); + + return true; +} + +bool wxMappedFDIODispatcher::UnregisterFD(int fd) +{ + wxFDIOHandlerMap::iterator i = m_handlers.find(fd); + if ( i == m_handlers.end() ) + return false; + + m_handlers.erase(i); + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSelectDispatcherModule +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxFDIODispatcherModule : public wxModule +{ +public: + virtual bool OnInit() { return true; } + virtual void OnExit() { wxDELETE(gs_dispatcher); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFDIODispatcherModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFDIODispatcherModule, wxModule) diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ffile.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ffile.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..397448025c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ffile.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/ffile.cpp +// Purpose: wxFFile encapsulates "FILE *" IO stream +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 14.07.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ffile.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FFILE + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ +#include "wx/msw/mslu.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/ffile.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// opening the file +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFFile::wxFFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& mode) +{ + Detach(); + + (void)Open(filename, mode); +} + +bool wxFFile::Open(const wxString& filename, const wxString& mode) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_fp, wxT("should close or detach the old file first") ); + + m_fp = wxFopen(filename, mode); + + if ( !m_fp ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("can't open file '%s'"), filename); + + return false; + } + + m_name = filename; + + return true; +} + +bool wxFFile::Close() +{ + if ( IsOpened() ) + { + if ( fclose(m_fp) != 0 ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("can't close file '%s'"), m_name.c_str()); + + return false; + } + + Detach(); + } + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// read/write +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFFile::ReadAll(wxString *str, const wxMBConv& conv) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( str, false, wxT("invalid parameter") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOpened(), false, wxT("can't read from closed file") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( Length() >= 0, false, wxT("invalid length") ); + size_t length = wx_truncate_cast(size_t, Length()); + wxCHECK_MSG( (wxFileOffset)length == Length(), false, wxT("huge file not supported") ); + + clearerr(m_fp); + + wxCharBuffer buf(length + 1); + + // note that real length may be less than file length for text files with DOS EOLs + // ('\r's get dropped by CRT when reading which means that we have + // realLen = fileLen - numOfLinesInTheFile) + length = fread(buf.data(), sizeof(char), length, m_fp); + + if ( Error() ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Read error on file '%s'"), m_name.c_str()); + + return false; + } + + buf.data()[length] = 0; + *str = wxString(buf, conv); + + return true; +} + +size_t wxFFile::Read(void *pBuf, size_t nCount) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( pBuf, 0, wxT("invalid parameter") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOpened(), 0, wxT("can't read from closed file") ); + + size_t nRead = fread(pBuf, 1, nCount, m_fp); + if ( (nRead < nCount) && Error() ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Read error on file '%s'"), m_name.c_str()); + } + + return nRead; +} + +size_t wxFFile::Write(const void *pBuf, size_t nCount) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( pBuf, 0, wxT("invalid parameter") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOpened(), 0, wxT("can't write to closed file") ); + + size_t nWritten = fwrite(pBuf, 1, nCount, m_fp); + if ( nWritten < nCount ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Write error on file '%s'"), m_name.c_str()); + } + + return nWritten; +} + +bool wxFFile::Write(const wxString& s, const wxMBConv& conv) +{ + const wxWX2MBbuf buf = s.mb_str(conv); + if ( !buf ) + return false; + + const size_t size = strlen(buf); // FIXME: use buf.length() when available + return Write(buf, size) == size; +} + +bool wxFFile::Flush() +{ + if ( IsOpened() ) + { + if ( fflush(m_fp) != 0 ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("failed to flush the file '%s'"), m_name.c_str()); + + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// seeking +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFFile::Seek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOpened(), false, wxT("can't seek on closed file") ); + + int origin; + switch ( mode ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unknown seek mode")); + // still fall through + + case wxFromStart: + origin = SEEK_SET; + break; + + case wxFromCurrent: + origin = SEEK_CUR; + break; + + case wxFromEnd: + origin = SEEK_END; + break; + } + +#ifndef wxHAS_LARGE_FFILES + if ((long)ofs != ofs) + { + wxLogError(_("Seek error on file '%s' (large files not supported by stdio)"), m_name.c_str()); + + return false; + } + + if ( wxFseek(m_fp, (long)ofs, origin) != 0 ) +#else + if ( wxFseek(m_fp, ofs, origin) != 0 ) +#endif + { + wxLogSysError(_("Seek error on file '%s'"), m_name.c_str()); + + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +wxFileOffset wxFFile::Tell() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOpened(), wxInvalidOffset, + wxT("wxFFile::Tell(): file is closed!") ); + + wxFileOffset rc = wxFtell(m_fp); + if ( rc == wxInvalidOffset ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Can't find current position in file '%s'"), + m_name.c_str()); + } + + return rc; +} + +wxFileOffset wxFFile::Length() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOpened(), wxInvalidOffset, + wxT("wxFFile::Length(): file is closed!") ); + + wxFFile& self = *const_cast(this); + + wxFileOffset posOld = Tell(); + if ( posOld != wxInvalidOffset ) + { + if ( self.SeekEnd() ) + { + wxFileOffset len = Tell(); + + (void)self.Seek(posOld); + + return len; + } + } + + return wxInvalidOffset; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FFILE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/file.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/file.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ddfcad6ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/file.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,596 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/file.cpp +// Purpose: wxFile - encapsulates low-level "file descriptor" +// wxTempFile +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: file.cpp 66150 2010-11-14 12:09:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FILE + +// standard +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define NOSERVICE +#define NOIME +#define NOATOM +#define NOGDI +#define NOGDICAPMASKS +#define NOMETAFILE +#define NOMINMAX +#define NOMSG +#define NOOPENFILE +#define NORASTEROPS +#define NOSCROLL +#define NOSOUND +#define NOSYSMETRICS +#define NOTEXTMETRIC +#define NOWH +#define NOCOMM +#define NOKANJI +#define NOCRYPT +#define NOMCX + +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__WXWINCE__) + #include "wx/msw/missing.h" +#elif (defined(__OS2__)) + #include +#elif (defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__GNUWIN32__)) + #include + #include + #include + #ifdef __GNUWIN32__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + #endif +#elif defined(__DOS__) + #if defined(__WATCOMC__) + #include + #elif defined(__DJGPP__) + #include + #include + #include + #else + #error "Please specify the header with file functions declarations." + #endif +#elif (defined(__WXSTUBS__)) + // Have to ifdef this for different environments + #include +#elif (defined(__WXMAC__)) +#if __MSL__ < 0x6000 + int access( const char *path, int mode ) { return 0 ; } +#else + int _access( const char *path, int mode ) { return 0 ; } +#endif + char* mktemp( char * path ) { return path ;} + #include + #include +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + #include "wx/palmos/missing.h" +#else + #error "Please specify the header with file functions declarations." +#endif //Win/UNIX + +#include // SEEK_xxx constants + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + #include +#endif + +// Windows compilers don't have these constants +#ifndef W_OK + enum + { + F_OK = 0, // test for existence + X_OK = 1, // execute permission + W_OK = 2, // write + R_OK = 4 // read + }; +#endif // W_OK + +// wxWidgets +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif // !WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/file.h" +#include "wx/filefn.h" + +// there is no distinction between text and binary files under Unix, so define +// O_BINARY as 0 if the system headers don't do it already +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(O_BINARY) + #define O_BINARY (0) +#endif //__UNIX__ + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/mslu.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + #include "wx/msw/private.h" +#endif + +#ifndef MAX_PATH + #define MAX_PATH 512 +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation of wxFile +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// static functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFile::Exists(const wxString& name) +{ + return wxFileExists(name); +} + +bool wxFile::Access(const wxString& name, OpenMode mode) +{ + int how; + + switch ( mode ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("bad wxFile::Access mode parameter.")); + // fall through + + case read: + how = R_OK; + break; + + case write: + how = W_OK; + break; + + case read_write: + how = R_OK | W_OK; + break; + } + + return wxAccess(name, how) == 0; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// opening/closing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ctors +wxFile::wxFile(const wxString& fileName, OpenMode mode) +{ + m_fd = fd_invalid; + m_lasterror = 0; + + Open(fileName, mode); +} + +bool wxFile::CheckForError(wxFileOffset rc) const +{ + if ( rc != -1 ) + return false; + + const_cast(this)->m_lasterror = +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + errno +#else + ::GetLastError() +#endif + ; + + return true; +} + +// create the file, fail if it already exists and bOverwrite +bool wxFile::Create(const wxString& fileName, bool bOverwrite, int accessMode) +{ + // if bOverwrite we create a new file or truncate the existing one, + // otherwise we only create the new file and fail if it already exists + int fd = wxOpen( fileName, + O_BINARY | O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | + (bOverwrite ? O_TRUNC : O_EXCL), + accessMode ); + if ( CheckForError(fd) ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("can't create file '%s'"), fileName); + return false; + } + + Attach(fd); + return true; +} + +// open the file +bool wxFile::Open(const wxString& fileName, OpenMode mode, int accessMode) +{ + int flags = O_BINARY; + + switch ( mode ) + { + case read: + flags |= O_RDONLY; + break; + + case write_append: + if ( wxFile::Exists(fileName) ) + { + flags |= O_WRONLY | O_APPEND; + break; + } + //else: fall through as write_append is the same as write if the + // file doesn't exist + + case write: + flags |= O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC; + break; + + case write_excl: + flags |= O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_EXCL; + break; + + case read_write: + flags |= O_RDWR; + break; + } + +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + // only read/write bits for "all" are supported by this function under + // Windows, and VC++ 8 returns EINVAL if any other bits are used in + // accessMode, so clear them as they have at best no effect anyhow + accessMode &= wxS_IRUSR | wxS_IWUSR; +#endif // __WINDOWS__ + + int fd = wxOpen( fileName, flags, accessMode); + + if ( CheckForError(fd) ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("can't open file '%s'"), fileName); + return false; + } + + Attach(fd); + return true; +} + +// close +bool wxFile::Close() +{ + if ( IsOpened() ) { + if ( CheckForError(wxClose(m_fd)) ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("can't close file descriptor %d"), m_fd); + m_fd = fd_invalid; + return false; + } + else + m_fd = fd_invalid; + } + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// read/write +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// read +ssize_t wxFile::Read(void *pBuf, size_t nCount) +{ + wxCHECK( (pBuf != NULL) && IsOpened(), 0 ); + + ssize_t iRc = wxRead(m_fd, pBuf, nCount); + + if ( CheckForError(iRc) ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("can't read from file descriptor %d"), m_fd); + return wxInvalidOffset; + } + + return iRc; +} + +// write +size_t wxFile::Write(const void *pBuf, size_t nCount) +{ + wxCHECK( (pBuf != NULL) && IsOpened(), 0 ); + + ssize_t iRc = wxWrite(m_fd, pBuf, nCount); + + if ( CheckForError(iRc) ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("can't write to file descriptor %d"), m_fd); + iRc = 0; + } + + return iRc; +} + +bool wxFile::Write(const wxString& s, const wxMBConv& conv) +{ + const wxWX2MBbuf buf = s.mb_str(conv); + if ( !buf ) + return false; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + const size_t size = buf.length(); +#else + const size_t size = s.length(); +#endif + + return Write(buf, size) == size; +} + +// flush +bool wxFile::Flush() +{ +#ifdef HAVE_FSYNC + // fsync() only works on disk files and returns errors for pipes, don't + // call it then + if ( IsOpened() && GetKind() == wxFILE_KIND_DISK ) + { + if ( CheckForError(wxFsync(m_fd)) ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("can't flush file descriptor %d"), m_fd); + return false; + } + } +#endif // HAVE_FSYNC + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// seek +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// seek +wxFileOffset wxFile::Seek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsOpened(), wxT("can't seek on closed file") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( ofs != wxInvalidOffset || mode != wxFromStart, + wxInvalidOffset, + wxT("invalid absolute file offset") ); + + int origin; + switch ( mode ) { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unknown seek origin")); + + case wxFromStart: + origin = SEEK_SET; + break; + + case wxFromCurrent: + origin = SEEK_CUR; + break; + + case wxFromEnd: + origin = SEEK_END; + break; + } + + wxFileOffset iRc = wxSeek(m_fd, ofs, origin); + if ( CheckForError(iRc) ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("can't seek on file descriptor %d"), m_fd); + } + + return iRc; +} + +// get current file offset +wxFileOffset wxFile::Tell() const +{ + wxASSERT( IsOpened() ); + + wxFileOffset iRc = wxTell(m_fd); + if ( CheckForError(iRc) ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("can't get seek position on file descriptor %d"), m_fd); + } + + return iRc; +} + +// get current file length +wxFileOffset wxFile::Length() const +{ + wxASSERT( IsOpened() ); + + // we use a special method for Linux systems where files in sysfs (i.e. + // those under /sys typically) return length of 4096 bytes even when + // they're much smaller -- this is a problem as it results in errors later + // when we try reading 4KB from them +#ifdef __LINUX__ + struct stat st; + if ( fstat(m_fd, &st) == 0 ) + { + // returning 0 for the special files indicates to the caller that they + // are not seekable + return st.st_blocks ? st.st_size : 0; + } + //else: failed to stat, try the normal method +#endif // __LINUX__ + + wxFileOffset iRc = Tell(); + if ( iRc != wxInvalidOffset ) { + wxFileOffset iLen = const_cast(this)->SeekEnd(); + if ( iLen != wxInvalidOffset ) { + // restore old position + if ( ((wxFile *)this)->Seek(iRc) == wxInvalidOffset ) { + // error + iLen = wxInvalidOffset; + } + } + + iRc = iLen; + } + + if ( iRc == wxInvalidOffset ) + { + // last error was already set by Tell() + wxLogSysError(_("can't find length of file on file descriptor %d"), m_fd); + } + + return iRc; +} + +// is end of file reached? +bool wxFile::Eof() const +{ + wxASSERT( IsOpened() ); + + wxFileOffset iRc; + +#if defined(__DOS__) || defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__GNUWIN32__) || defined( __MWERKS__ ) + // @@ this doesn't work, of course, on unseekable file descriptors + wxFileOffset ofsCur = Tell(), + ofsMax = Length(); + if ( ofsCur == wxInvalidOffset || ofsMax == wxInvalidOffset ) + iRc = wxInvalidOffset; + else + iRc = ofsCur == ofsMax; +#else // Windows and "native" compiler + iRc = wxEof(m_fd); +#endif // Windows/Unix + + if ( iRc == 0 ) + return false; + + if ( iRc == wxInvalidOffset ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("can't determine if the end of file is reached on descriptor %d"), m_fd); + } + else if ( iRc != 1 ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("invalid eof() return value.")); + } + + return true; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation of wxTempFile +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// construction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTempFile::wxTempFile(const wxString& strName) +{ + Open(strName); +} + +bool wxTempFile::Open(const wxString& strName) +{ + // we must have an absolute filename because otherwise CreateTempFileName() + // would create the temp file in $TMP (i.e. the system standard location + // for the temp files) which might be on another volume/drive/mount and + // wxRename()ing it later to m_strName from Commit() would then fail + // + // with the absolute filename, the temp file is created in the same + // directory as this one which ensures that wxRename() may work later + wxFileName fn(strName); + if ( !fn.IsAbsolute() ) + { + fn.Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE); + } + + m_strName = fn.GetFullPath(); + + m_strTemp = wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(m_strName, &m_file); + + if ( m_strTemp.empty() ) + { + // CreateTempFileName() failed + return false; + } + +#ifdef __UNIX__ + // the temp file should have the same permissions as the original one + mode_t mode; + + wxStructStat st; + if ( stat( (const char*) m_strName.fn_str(), &st) == 0 ) + { + mode = st.st_mode; + } + else + { + // file probably didn't exist, just give it the default mode _using_ + // user's umask (new files creation should respect umask) + mode_t mask = umask(0777); + mode = 0666 & ~mask; + umask(mask); + } + + if ( chmod( (const char*) m_strTemp.fn_str(), mode) == -1 ) + { +#ifndef __OS2__ + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to set temporary file permissions")); +#endif + } +#endif // Unix + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// destruction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTempFile::~wxTempFile() +{ + if ( IsOpened() ) + Discard(); +} + +bool wxTempFile::Commit() +{ + m_file.Close(); + + if ( wxFile::Exists(m_strName) && wxRemove(m_strName) != 0 ) { + wxLogSysError(_("can't remove file '%s'"), m_strName.c_str()); + return false; + } + + if ( !wxRenameFile(m_strTemp, m_strName) ) { + wxLogSysError(_("can't commit changes to file '%s'"), m_strName.c_str()); + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +void wxTempFile::Discard() +{ + m_file.Close(); + if ( wxRemove(m_strTemp) != 0 ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("can't remove temporary file '%s'"), m_strTemp.c_str()); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILE + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fileback.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fileback.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4709a37981 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fileback.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,334 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fileback.cpp +// Purpose: Back an input stream with memory or a file +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// RCS-ID: $Id: fileback.cpp 64656 2010-06-20 18:18:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + +#include "wx/private/fileback.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/private/filename.h" + +// Prefer wxFFile unless wxFile has large file support but wxFFile does not. +// +#if wxUSE_FFILE && (defined wxHAS_LARGE_FFILES || !defined wxHAS_LARGE_FILES) +typedef wxFFile wxBFFile; +static const bool wxBadSeek = false; +#else +typedef wxFile wxBFFile; +static const wxFileOffset wxBadSeek = wxInvalidOffset; +#endif + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Backing file implementation + +class wxBackingFileImpl +{ +public: + wxBackingFileImpl(wxInputStream *stream, + size_t bufsize, + const wxString& prefix); + ~wxBackingFileImpl(); + + void Release() { if (--m_refcount == 0) delete this; } + wxBackingFileImpl *AddRef() { m_refcount++; return this; } + + wxStreamError ReadAt(wxFileOffset pos, void *buffer, size_t *size); + wxFileOffset GetLength() const; + +private: + int m_refcount; + + wxInputStream *m_stream; + wxStreamError m_parenterror; + + char *m_buf; + size_t m_bufsize; + size_t m_buflen; + + wxString m_prefix; + wxString m_filename; + wxBFFile m_file; + wxFileOffset m_filelen; +}; + +wxBackingFileImpl::wxBackingFileImpl(wxInputStream *stream, + size_t bufsize, + const wxString& prefix) + : m_refcount(1), + m_stream(stream), + m_parenterror(wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR), + m_buf(NULL), + m_bufsize(bufsize), + m_buflen(0), + m_prefix(prefix), + m_filelen(0) +{ + wxFileOffset len = m_stream->GetLength(); + + if (len >= 0 && len + size_t(1) < m_bufsize) + m_bufsize = size_t(len + 1); + + if (m_bufsize) + m_buf = new char[m_bufsize]; +} + +wxBackingFileImpl::~wxBackingFileImpl() +{ + delete m_stream; + delete [] m_buf; + + if (!m_filename.empty()) + wxRemoveFile(m_filename); +} + +wxStreamError wxBackingFileImpl::ReadAt(wxFileOffset pos, + void *buffer, + size_t *size) +{ + size_t reqestedSize = *size; + *size = 0; + + // size1 is the number of bytes it will read directly from the backing + // file. size2 is any remaining bytes not yet backed, these are returned + // from the buffer or read from the parent stream. + size_t size1, size2; + + if (pos + reqestedSize <= m_filelen + size_t(0)) { + size1 = reqestedSize; + size2 = 0; + } else if (pos < m_filelen) { + size1 = size_t(m_filelen - pos); + size2 = reqestedSize - size1; + } else { + size1 = 0; + size2 = reqestedSize; + } + + if (pos < 0) + return wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + + // read the backing file + if (size1) { + if (m_file.Seek(pos) == wxBadSeek) + return wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + + ssize_t n = m_file.Read(buffer, size1); + if (n > 0) { + *size = n; + pos += n; + } + + if (*size < size1) + return wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + } + + // read from the buffer or parent stream + if (size2) + { + while (*size < reqestedSize) + { + // if pos is further ahead than the parent has been read so far, + // then read forward in the parent stream + while (pos - m_filelen + size_t(0) >= m_buflen) + { + // if the parent is small enough, don't use a backing file + // just the buffer memory + if (!m_stream && m_filelen == 0) + return m_parenterror; + + // before refilling the buffer write out the current buffer + // to the backing file if there is anything in it + if (m_buflen) + { + if (!m_file.IsOpened()) + if (!wxCreateTempFile(m_prefix, &m_file, &m_filename)) + return wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + + if (m_file.Seek(m_filelen) == wxBadSeek) + return wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + + size_t count = m_file.Write(m_buf, m_buflen); + m_filelen += count; + + if (count < m_buflen) { + wxDELETE(m_stream); + if (count > 0) { + wxDELETEA(m_buf); + m_buflen = 0; + } + m_parenterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + return m_parenterror; + } + + m_buflen = 0; + + if (!m_stream) { + wxDELETEA(m_buf); + } + } + + if (!m_stream) + return m_parenterror; + + // refill buffer + m_buflen = m_stream->Read(m_buf, m_bufsize).LastRead(); + + if (m_buflen < m_bufsize) { + m_parenterror = m_stream->GetLastError(); + if (m_parenterror == wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR) + m_parenterror = wxSTREAM_EOF; + wxDELETE(m_stream); + } + } + + // copy to the user's buffer + size_t start = size_t(pos - m_filelen); + size_t len = wxMin(m_buflen - start, reqestedSize - *size); + + memcpy((char*)buffer + *size, m_buf + start, len); + *size += len; + pos += len; + } + } + + return wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; +} + +wxFileOffset wxBackingFileImpl::GetLength() const +{ + if (m_parenterror != wxSTREAM_EOF) { + wxLogNull nolog; + return m_stream->GetLength(); + } + return m_filelen + m_buflen; +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Backing File, the handle part + +wxBackingFile::wxBackingFile(wxInputStream *stream, + size_t bufsize, + const wxString& prefix) + : m_impl(new wxBackingFileImpl(stream, bufsize, prefix)) +{ +} + +wxBackingFile::wxBackingFile(const wxBackingFile& backer) + : m_impl(backer.m_impl ? backer.m_impl->AddRef() : NULL) +{ +} + +wxBackingFile& wxBackingFile::operator=(const wxBackingFile& backer) +{ + if (backer.m_impl != m_impl) { + if (m_impl) + m_impl->Release(); + + m_impl = backer.m_impl; + + if (m_impl) + m_impl->AddRef(); + } + + return *this; +} + +wxBackingFile::~wxBackingFile() +{ + if (m_impl) + m_impl->Release(); +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Input stream + +wxBackedInputStream::wxBackedInputStream(const wxBackingFile& backer) + : m_backer(backer), + m_pos(0) +{ +} + +wxFileOffset wxBackedInputStream::GetLength() const +{ + return m_backer.m_impl->GetLength(); +} + +wxFileOffset wxBackedInputStream::FindLength() const +{ + wxFileOffset len = GetLength(); + + if (len == wxInvalidOffset && IsOk()) { + // read a byte at 7ff...ffe + wxFileOffset pos = 1; + pos <<= sizeof(pos) * 8 - 1; + pos = ~pos - 1; + char ch; + size_t size = 1; + m_backer.m_impl->ReadAt(pos, &ch, &size); + len = GetLength(); + } + + return len; +} + +size_t wxBackedInputStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + if (!IsOk()) + return 0; + + m_lasterror = m_backer.m_impl->ReadAt(m_pos, buffer, &size); + m_pos += size; + return size; +} + +wxFileOffset wxBackedInputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + switch (mode) { + case wxFromCurrent: + { + m_pos += pos; + break; + } + case wxFromEnd: + { + wxFileOffset len = GetLength(); + if (len == wxInvalidOffset) + return wxInvalidOffset; + m_pos = len + pos; + break; + } + default: + { + m_pos = pos; + break; + } + } + + return m_pos; +} + +wxFileOffset wxBackedInputStream::OnSysTell() const +{ + return m_pos; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fileconf.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fileconf.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f663b3601d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fileconf.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2135 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fileconf.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxFileConfig derivation of wxConfig +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 07.04.98 (adapted from appconf.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: fileconf.cpp 65209 2010-08-08 11:35:49Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Karsten Ballueder & Vadim Zeitlin +// Ballueder@usa.net +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif //__BORLANDC__ + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" // for wxGetHomeDir + #if wxUSE_STREAMS + #include "wx/stream.h" + #endif // wxUSE_STREAMS +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/file.h" +#include "wx/textfile.h" +#include "wx/memtext.h" +#include "wx/config.h" +#include "wx/fileconf.h" +#include "wx/filefn.h" + +#include "wx/base64.h" + +#include "wx/stdpaths.h" + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/private.h" +#endif //windows.h +#if defined(__WXPM__) + #define INCL_DOS + #include +#endif + +#include +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef MAX_PATH + #define MAX_PATH 512 +#endif + +#define FILECONF_TRACE_MASK wxT("fileconf") + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions declarations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// compare functions for sorting the arrays +static int LINKAGEMODE CompareEntries(wxFileConfigEntry *p1, wxFileConfigEntry *p2); +static int LINKAGEMODE CompareGroups(wxFileConfigGroup *p1, wxFileConfigGroup *p2); + +// filter strings +static wxString FilterInValue(const wxString& str); +static wxString FilterOutValue(const wxString& str); + +static wxString FilterInEntryName(const wxString& str); +static wxString FilterOutEntryName(const wxString& str); + +// get the name to use in wxFileConfig ctor +static wxString GetAppName(const wxString& appname); + +// ============================================================================ +// private classes +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "template" array types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_BASE + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxFileConfigEntry *, ArrayEntries, + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxFileConfigGroup *, ArrayGroups, + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE); +#else + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY(wxFileConfigEntry *, ArrayEntries); + WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY(wxFileConfigGroup *, ArrayGroups); +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileConfigLineList +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// we store all lines of the local config file as a linked list in memory +class wxFileConfigLineList +{ +public: + void SetNext(wxFileConfigLineList *pNext) { m_pNext = pNext; } + void SetPrev(wxFileConfigLineList *pPrev) { m_pPrev = pPrev; } + + // ctor + wxFileConfigLineList(const wxString& str, + wxFileConfigLineList *pNext = NULL) : m_strLine(str) + { SetNext(pNext); SetPrev(NULL); } + + // next/prev nodes in the linked list + wxFileConfigLineList *Next() const { return m_pNext; } + wxFileConfigLineList *Prev() const { return m_pPrev; } + + // get/change lines text + void SetText(const wxString& str) { m_strLine = str; } + const wxString& Text() const { return m_strLine; } + +private: + wxString m_strLine; // line contents + wxFileConfigLineList *m_pNext, // next node + *m_pPrev; // previous one + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileConfigLineList); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileConfigEntry: a name/value pair +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxFileConfigEntry +{ +private: + wxFileConfigGroup *m_pParent; // group that contains us + + wxString m_strName, // entry name + m_strValue; // value + bool m_bImmutable:1, // can be overriden locally? + m_bHasValue:1; // set after first call to SetValue() + + int m_nLine; // used if m_pLine == NULL only + + // pointer to our line in the linked list or NULL if it was found in global + // file (which we don't modify) + wxFileConfigLineList *m_pLine; + +public: + wxFileConfigEntry(wxFileConfigGroup *pParent, + const wxString& strName, int nLine); + + // simple accessors + const wxString& Name() const { return m_strName; } + const wxString& Value() const { return m_strValue; } + wxFileConfigGroup *Group() const { return m_pParent; } + bool IsImmutable() const { return m_bImmutable; } + bool IsLocal() const { return m_pLine != 0; } + int Line() const { return m_nLine; } + wxFileConfigLineList * + GetLine() const { return m_pLine; } + + // modify entry attributes + void SetValue(const wxString& strValue, bool bUser = true); + void SetLine(wxFileConfigLineList *pLine); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileConfigEntry); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileConfigGroup: container of entries and other groups +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxFileConfigGroup +{ +private: + wxFileConfig *m_pConfig; // config object we belong to + wxFileConfigGroup *m_pParent; // parent group (NULL for root group) + ArrayEntries m_aEntries; // entries in this group + ArrayGroups m_aSubgroups; // subgroups + wxString m_strName; // group's name + wxFileConfigLineList *m_pLine; // pointer to our line in the linked list + wxFileConfigEntry *m_pLastEntry; // last entry/subgroup of this group in the + wxFileConfigGroup *m_pLastGroup; // local file (we insert new ones after it) + + // DeleteSubgroupByName helper + bool DeleteSubgroup(wxFileConfigGroup *pGroup); + + // used by Rename() + void UpdateGroupAndSubgroupsLines(); + +public: + // ctor + wxFileConfigGroup(wxFileConfigGroup *pParent, const wxString& strName, wxFileConfig *); + + // dtor deletes all entries and subgroups also + ~wxFileConfigGroup(); + + // simple accessors + const wxString& Name() const { return m_strName; } + wxFileConfigGroup *Parent() const { return m_pParent; } + wxFileConfig *Config() const { return m_pConfig; } + + const ArrayEntries& Entries() const { return m_aEntries; } + const ArrayGroups& Groups() const { return m_aSubgroups; } + bool IsEmpty() const { return Entries().IsEmpty() && Groups().IsEmpty(); } + + // find entry/subgroup (NULL if not found) + wxFileConfigGroup *FindSubgroup(const wxString& name) const; + wxFileConfigEntry *FindEntry (const wxString& name) const; + + // delete entry/subgroup, return false if doesn't exist + bool DeleteSubgroupByName(const wxString& name); + bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& name); + + // create new entry/subgroup returning pointer to newly created element + wxFileConfigGroup *AddSubgroup(const wxString& strName); + wxFileConfigEntry *AddEntry (const wxString& strName, int nLine = wxNOT_FOUND); + + void SetLine(wxFileConfigLineList *pLine); + + // rename: no checks are done to ensure that the name is unique! + void Rename(const wxString& newName); + + // + wxString GetFullName() const; + + // get the last line belonging to an entry/subgroup of this group + wxFileConfigLineList *GetGroupLine(); // line which contains [group] + // may be NULL for "/" only + wxFileConfigLineList *GetLastEntryLine(); // after which our subgroups start + wxFileConfigLineList *GetLastGroupLine(); // after which the next group starts + + // called by entries/subgroups when they're created/deleted + void SetLastEntry(wxFileConfigEntry *pEntry); + void SetLastGroup(wxFileConfigGroup *pGroup) + { m_pLastGroup = pGroup; } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileConfigGroup); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// static functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this function modifies in place the given wxFileName object if it doesn't +// already have an extension +// +// note that it's slightly misnamed under Mac as there it doesn't add an +// extension but modifies the file name instead, so you shouldn't suppose that +// fn.HasExt() is true after it returns +static void AddConfFileExtIfNeeded(wxFileName& fn) +{ + if ( !fn.HasExt() ) + { +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) + fn.SetName(fn.GetName() + wxT(" Preferences")); +#elif defined( __UNIX__ ) + fn.SetExt(wxT("conf")); +#else // Windows + fn.SetExt(wxT("ini")); +#endif // UNIX/Win + } +} + +wxString wxFileConfig::GetGlobalDir() +{ + return wxStandardPaths::Get().GetConfigDir(); +} + +wxString wxFileConfig::GetLocalDir(int style) +{ + wxUnusedVar(style); + + wxStandardPathsBase& stdp = wxStandardPaths::Get(); + + // it so happens that user data directory is a subdirectory of user config + // directory on all supported platforms, which explains why we use it here + return style & wxCONFIG_USE_SUBDIR ? stdp.GetUserDataDir() + : stdp.GetUserConfigDir(); +} + +wxFileName wxFileConfig::GetGlobalFile(const wxString& szFile) +{ + wxFileName fn(GetGlobalDir(), szFile); + + AddConfFileExtIfNeeded(fn); + + return fn; +} + +wxFileName wxFileConfig::GetLocalFile(const wxString& szFile, int style) +{ + wxFileName fn(GetLocalDir(style), szFile); + +#if defined( __UNIX__ ) && !defined( __WXMAC__ ) + if ( !(style & wxCONFIG_USE_SUBDIR) ) + { + // dot-files under Unix start with, well, a dot (but OTOH they usually + // don't have any specific extension) + fn.SetName(wxT('.') + fn.GetName()); + } + else // we do append ".conf" extension to config files in subdirectories +#endif // defined( __UNIX__ ) && !defined( __WXMAC__ ) + { + AddConfFileExtIfNeeded(fn); + } + + return fn; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ctor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFileConfig, wxConfigBase) + +void wxFileConfig::Init() +{ + m_pCurrentGroup = + m_pRootGroup = new wxFileConfigGroup(NULL, wxEmptyString, this); + + m_linesHead = + m_linesTail = NULL; + + // It's not an error if (one of the) file(s) doesn't exist. + + // parse the global file + if ( m_fnGlobalFile.IsOk() && m_fnGlobalFile.FileExists() ) + { + wxTextFile fileGlobal(m_fnGlobalFile.GetFullPath()); + + if ( fileGlobal.Open(*m_conv/*ignored in ANSI build*/) ) + { + Parse(fileGlobal, false /* global */); + SetRootPath(); + } + else + { + wxLogWarning(_("can't open global configuration file '%s'."), m_fnGlobalFile.GetFullPath().c_str()); + } + } + + // parse the local file + if ( m_fnLocalFile.IsOk() && m_fnLocalFile.FileExists() ) + { + wxTextFile fileLocal(m_fnLocalFile.GetFullPath()); + if ( fileLocal.Open(*m_conv/*ignored in ANSI build*/) ) + { + Parse(fileLocal, true /* local */); + SetRootPath(); + } + else + { + const wxString path = m_fnLocalFile.GetFullPath(); + wxLogWarning(_("can't open user configuration file '%s'."), + path.c_str()); + + if ( m_fnLocalFile.FileExists() ) + { + wxLogWarning(_("Changes won't be saved to avoid overwriting the existing file \"%s\""), + path.c_str()); + m_fnLocalFile.Clear(); + } + } + } + + m_isDirty = false; +} + +// constructor supports creation of wxFileConfig objects of any type +wxFileConfig::wxFileConfig(const wxString& appName, const wxString& vendorName, + const wxString& strLocal, const wxString& strGlobal, + long style, + const wxMBConv& conv) + : wxConfigBase(::GetAppName(appName), vendorName, + strLocal, strGlobal, + style), + m_fnLocalFile(strLocal), + m_fnGlobalFile(strGlobal), + m_conv(conv.Clone()) +{ + // Make up names for files if empty + if ( !m_fnLocalFile.IsOk() && (style & wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE) ) + m_fnLocalFile = GetLocalFile(GetAppName(), style); + + if ( !m_fnGlobalFile.IsOk() && (style & wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE) ) + m_fnGlobalFile = GetGlobalFile(GetAppName()); + + // Check if styles are not supplied, but filenames are, in which case + // add the correct styles. + if ( m_fnLocalFile.IsOk() ) + SetStyle(GetStyle() | wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE); + + if ( m_fnGlobalFile.IsOk() ) + SetStyle(GetStyle() | wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE); + + // if the path is not absolute, prepend the standard directory to it + // unless explicitly asked not to + if ( !(style & wxCONFIG_USE_RELATIVE_PATH) ) + { + if ( m_fnLocalFile.IsOk() ) + m_fnLocalFile.MakeAbsolute(GetLocalDir(style)); + + if ( m_fnGlobalFile.IsOk() ) + m_fnGlobalFile.MakeAbsolute(GetGlobalDir()); + } + + SetUmask(-1); + + Init(); +} + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +wxFileConfig::wxFileConfig(wxInputStream &inStream, const wxMBConv& conv) + : m_conv(conv.Clone()) +{ + // always local_file when this constructor is called (?) + SetStyle(GetStyle() | wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE); + + m_pCurrentGroup = + m_pRootGroup = new wxFileConfigGroup(NULL, wxEmptyString, this); + + m_linesHead = + m_linesTail = NULL; + + // read the entire stream contents in memory + wxWxCharBuffer cbuf; + static const size_t chunkLen = 1024; + + wxMemoryBuffer buf(chunkLen); + do + { + inStream.Read(buf.GetAppendBuf(chunkLen), chunkLen); + buf.UngetAppendBuf(inStream.LastRead()); + + const wxStreamError err = inStream.GetLastError(); + + if ( err != wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR && err != wxSTREAM_EOF ) + { + wxLogError(_("Error reading config options.")); + break; + } + } + while ( !inStream.Eof() ); + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + size_t len; + cbuf = conv.cMB2WC((char *)buf.GetData(), buf.GetDataLen() + 1, &len); + if ( !len && buf.GetDataLen() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Failed to read config options.")); + } +#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE + // no need for conversion + cbuf = wxCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned((char *)buf.GetData(), buf.GetDataLen()); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE + + // parse the input contents if there is anything to parse + if ( cbuf ) + { + // now break it into lines + wxMemoryText memText; + for ( const wxChar *s = cbuf; ; ++s ) + { + const wxChar *e = s; + while ( *e != '\0' && *e != '\n' && *e != '\r' ) + ++e; + + // notice that we throw away the original EOL kind here, maybe we + // should preserve it? + if ( e != s ) + memText.AddLine(wxString(s, e)); + + if ( *e == '\0' ) + break; + + // skip the second EOL byte if it's a DOS one + if ( *e == '\r' && e[1] == '\n' ) + ++e; + + s = e; + } + + // Finally we can parse it all. + Parse(memText, true /* local */); + } + + SetRootPath(); + ResetDirty(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +void wxFileConfig::CleanUp() +{ + delete m_pRootGroup; + + wxFileConfigLineList *pCur = m_linesHead; + while ( pCur != NULL ) { + wxFileConfigLineList *pNext = pCur->Next(); + delete pCur; + pCur = pNext; + } +} + +wxFileConfig::~wxFileConfig() +{ + Flush(); + + CleanUp(); + + delete m_conv; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// parse a config file +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFileConfig::Parse(const wxTextBuffer& buffer, bool bLocal) +{ + + size_t nLineCount = buffer.GetLineCount(); + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < nLineCount; n++ ) + { + wxString strLine = buffer[n]; + // FIXME-UTF8: rewrite using iterators, without this buffer + wxWxCharBuffer buf(strLine.c_str()); + const wxChar *pStart; + const wxChar *pEnd; + + // add the line to linked list + if ( bLocal ) + LineListAppend(strLine); + + + // skip leading spaces + for ( pStart = buf; wxIsspace(*pStart); pStart++ ) + ; + + // skip blank/comment lines + if ( *pStart == wxT('\0')|| *pStart == wxT(';') || *pStart == wxT('#') ) + continue; + + if ( *pStart == wxT('[') ) { // a new group + pEnd = pStart; + + while ( *++pEnd != wxT(']') ) { + if ( *pEnd == wxT('\\') ) { + // the next char is escaped, so skip it even if it is ']' + pEnd++; + } + + if ( *pEnd == wxT('\n') || *pEnd == wxT('\0') ) { + // we reached the end of line, break out of the loop + break; + } + } + + if ( *pEnd != wxT(']') ) { + wxLogError(_("file '%s': unexpected character %c at line %d."), + buffer.GetName(), *pEnd, n + 1); + continue; // skip this line + } + + // group name here is always considered as abs path + wxString strGroup; + pStart++; + strGroup << wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR + << FilterInEntryName(wxString(pStart, pEnd - pStart)); + + // will create it if doesn't yet exist + SetPath(strGroup); + + if ( bLocal ) + { + if ( m_pCurrentGroup->Parent() ) + m_pCurrentGroup->Parent()->SetLastGroup(m_pCurrentGroup); + m_pCurrentGroup->SetLine(m_linesTail); + } + + // check that there is nothing except comments left on this line + bool bCont = true; + while ( *++pEnd != wxT('\0') && bCont ) { + switch ( *pEnd ) { + case wxT('#'): + case wxT(';'): + bCont = false; + break; + + case wxT(' '): + case wxT('\t'): + // ignore whitespace ('\n' impossible here) + break; + + default: + wxLogWarning(_("file '%s', line %d: '%s' ignored after group header."), + buffer.GetName(), n + 1, pEnd); + bCont = false; + } + } + } + else { // a key + pEnd = pStart; + while ( *pEnd && *pEnd != wxT('=') /* && !wxIsspace(*pEnd)*/ ) { + if ( *pEnd == wxT('\\') ) { + // next character may be space or not - still take it because it's + // quoted (unless there is nothing) + pEnd++; + if ( !*pEnd ) { + // the error message will be given below anyhow + break; + } + } + + pEnd++; + } + + wxString strKey(FilterInEntryName(wxString(pStart, pEnd).Trim())); + + // skip whitespace + while ( wxIsspace(*pEnd) ) + pEnd++; + + if ( *pEnd++ != wxT('=') ) { + wxLogError(_("file '%s', line %d: '=' expected."), + buffer.GetName(), n + 1); + } + else { + wxFileConfigEntry *pEntry = m_pCurrentGroup->FindEntry(strKey); + + if ( pEntry == NULL ) { + // new entry + pEntry = m_pCurrentGroup->AddEntry(strKey, n); + } + else { + if ( bLocal && pEntry->IsImmutable() ) { + // immutable keys can't be changed by user + wxLogWarning(_("file '%s', line %d: value for immutable key '%s' ignored."), + buffer.GetName(), n + 1, strKey.c_str()); + continue; + } + // the condition below catches the cases (a) and (b) but not (c): + // (a) global key found second time in global file + // (b) key found second (or more) time in local file + // (c) key from global file now found in local one + // which is exactly what we want. + else if ( !bLocal || pEntry->IsLocal() ) { + wxLogWarning(_("file '%s', line %d: key '%s' was first found at line %d."), + buffer.GetName(), (int)n + 1, strKey.c_str(), pEntry->Line()); + + } + } + + if ( bLocal ) + pEntry->SetLine(m_linesTail); + + // skip whitespace + while ( wxIsspace(*pEnd) ) + pEnd++; + + wxString value = pEnd; + if ( !(GetStyle() & wxCONFIG_USE_NO_ESCAPE_CHARACTERS) ) + value = FilterInValue(value); + + pEntry->SetValue(value, false); + } + } + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// set/retrieve path +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFileConfig::SetRootPath() +{ + m_strPath.Empty(); + m_pCurrentGroup = m_pRootGroup; +} + +bool +wxFileConfig::DoSetPath(const wxString& strPath, bool createMissingComponents) +{ + wxArrayString aParts; + + if ( strPath.empty() ) { + SetRootPath(); + return true; + } + + if ( strPath[0] == wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR ) { + // absolute path + wxSplitPath(aParts, strPath); + } + else { + // relative path, combine with current one + wxString strFullPath = m_strPath; + strFullPath << wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR << strPath; + wxSplitPath(aParts, strFullPath); + } + + // change current group + size_t n; + m_pCurrentGroup = m_pRootGroup; + for ( n = 0; n < aParts.GetCount(); n++ ) { + wxFileConfigGroup *pNextGroup = m_pCurrentGroup->FindSubgroup(aParts[n]); + if ( pNextGroup == NULL ) + { + if ( !createMissingComponents ) + return false; + + pNextGroup = m_pCurrentGroup->AddSubgroup(aParts[n]); + } + + m_pCurrentGroup = pNextGroup; + } + + // recombine path parts in one variable + m_strPath.Empty(); + for ( n = 0; n < aParts.GetCount(); n++ ) { + m_strPath << wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR << aParts[n]; + } + + return true; +} + +void wxFileConfig::SetPath(const wxString& strPath) +{ + DoSetPath(strPath, true /* create missing path components */); +} + +const wxString& wxFileConfig::GetPath() const +{ + return m_strPath; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// enumeration +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFileConfig::GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const +{ + lIndex = 0; + return GetNextGroup(str, lIndex); +} + +bool wxFileConfig::GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const +{ + if ( size_t(lIndex) < m_pCurrentGroup->Groups().GetCount() ) { + str = m_pCurrentGroup->Groups()[(size_t)lIndex++]->Name(); + return true; + } + else + return false; +} + +bool wxFileConfig::GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const +{ + lIndex = 0; + return GetNextEntry(str, lIndex); +} + +bool wxFileConfig::GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const +{ + if ( size_t(lIndex) < m_pCurrentGroup->Entries().GetCount() ) { + str = m_pCurrentGroup->Entries()[(size_t)lIndex++]->Name(); + return true; + } + else + return false; +} + +size_t wxFileConfig::GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive) const +{ + size_t n = m_pCurrentGroup->Entries().GetCount(); + if ( bRecursive ) { + wxFileConfig * const self = const_cast(this); + + wxFileConfigGroup *pOldCurrentGroup = m_pCurrentGroup; + size_t nSubgroups = m_pCurrentGroup->Groups().GetCount(); + for ( size_t nGroup = 0; nGroup < nSubgroups; nGroup++ ) { + self->m_pCurrentGroup = m_pCurrentGroup->Groups()[nGroup]; + n += GetNumberOfEntries(true); + self->m_pCurrentGroup = pOldCurrentGroup; + } + } + + return n; +} + +size_t wxFileConfig::GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive) const +{ + size_t n = m_pCurrentGroup->Groups().GetCount(); + if ( bRecursive ) { + wxFileConfig * const self = const_cast(this); + + wxFileConfigGroup *pOldCurrentGroup = m_pCurrentGroup; + size_t nSubgroups = m_pCurrentGroup->Groups().GetCount(); + for ( size_t nGroup = 0; nGroup < nSubgroups; nGroup++ ) { + self->m_pCurrentGroup = m_pCurrentGroup->Groups()[nGroup]; + n += GetNumberOfGroups(true); + self->m_pCurrentGroup = pOldCurrentGroup; + } + } + + return n; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// tests for existence +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFileConfig::HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const +{ + // special case: DoSetPath("") does work as it's equivalent to DoSetPath("/") + // but there is no group with empty name so treat this separately + if ( strName.empty() ) + return false; + + const wxString pathOld = GetPath(); + + wxFileConfig *self = const_cast(this); + const bool + rc = self->DoSetPath(strName, false /* don't create missing components */); + + self->SetPath(pathOld); + + return rc; +} + +bool wxFileConfig::HasEntry(const wxString& entry) const +{ + // path is the part before the last "/" + wxString path = entry.BeforeLast(wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR); + + // except in the special case of "/keyname" when there is nothing before "/" + if ( path.empty() && *entry.c_str() == wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR ) + { + path = wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR; + } + + // change to the path of the entry if necessary and remember the old path + // to restore it later + wxString pathOld; + wxFileConfig * const self = const_cast(this); + if ( !path.empty() ) + { + pathOld = GetPath(); + if ( pathOld.empty() ) + pathOld = wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR; + + if ( !self->DoSetPath(path, false /* don't create if doesn't exist */) ) + { + return false; + } + } + + // check if the entry exists in this group + const bool exists = m_pCurrentGroup->FindEntry( + entry.AfterLast(wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR)) != NULL; + + // restore the old path if we changed it above + if ( !pathOld.empty() ) + { + self->SetPath(pathOld); + } + + return exists; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// read/write values +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFileConfig::DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString* pStr) const +{ + wxConfigPathChanger path(this, key); + + wxFileConfigEntry *pEntry = m_pCurrentGroup->FindEntry(path.Name()); + if (pEntry == NULL) { + return false; + } + + *pStr = pEntry->Value(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxFileConfig::DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *pl) const +{ + wxString str; + if ( !Read(key, &str) ) + return false; + + // extra spaces shouldn't prevent us from reading numeric values + str.Trim(); + + return str.ToLong(pl); +} + +#if wxUSE_BASE64 + +bool wxFileConfig::DoReadBinary(const wxString& key, wxMemoryBuffer* buf) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( buf, false, wxT("NULL buffer") ); + + wxString str; + if ( !Read(key, &str) ) + return false; + + *buf = wxBase64Decode(str); + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BASE64 + +bool wxFileConfig::DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& szValue) +{ + wxConfigPathChanger path(this, key); + wxString strName = path.Name(); + + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" Writing String '%s' = '%s' to Group '%s'"), + strName.c_str(), + szValue.c_str(), + GetPath().c_str() ); + + if ( strName.empty() ) + { + // setting the value of a group is an error + + wxASSERT_MSG( szValue.empty(), wxT("can't set value of a group!") ); + + // ... except if it's empty in which case it's a way to force it's creation + + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" Creating group %s"), + m_pCurrentGroup->Name().c_str() ); + + SetDirty(); + + // this will add a line for this group if it didn't have it before (or + // do nothing for the root but it's ok as it always exists anyhow) + (void)m_pCurrentGroup->GetGroupLine(); + } + else + { + // writing an entry check that the name is reasonable + if ( strName[0u] == wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX ) + { + wxLogError( _("Config entry name cannot start with '%c'."), + wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX); + return false; + } + + wxFileConfigEntry *pEntry = m_pCurrentGroup->FindEntry(strName); + + if ( pEntry == 0 ) + { + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" Adding Entry %s"), + strName.c_str() ); + pEntry = m_pCurrentGroup->AddEntry(strName); + } + + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" Setting value %s"), + szValue.c_str() ); + pEntry->SetValue(szValue); + + SetDirty(); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxFileConfig::DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long lValue) +{ + return Write(key, wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), lValue)); +} + +#if wxUSE_BASE64 + +bool wxFileConfig::DoWriteBinary(const wxString& key, const wxMemoryBuffer& buf) +{ + return Write(key, wxBase64Encode(buf)); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BASE64 + +bool wxFileConfig::Flush(bool /* bCurrentOnly */) +{ + if ( !IsDirty() || !m_fnLocalFile.GetFullPath() ) + return true; + + // set the umask if needed + wxCHANGE_UMASK(m_umask); + + wxTempFile file(m_fnLocalFile.GetFullPath()); + + if ( !file.IsOpened() ) + { + wxLogError(_("can't open user configuration file.")); + return false; + } + + // write all strings to file + wxString filetext; + filetext.reserve(4096); + for ( wxFileConfigLineList *p = m_linesHead; p != NULL; p = p->Next() ) + { + filetext << p->Text() << wxTextFile::GetEOL(); + } + + if ( !file.Write(filetext, *m_conv) ) + { + wxLogError(_("can't write user configuration file.")); + return false; + } + + if ( !file.Commit() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Failed to update user configuration file.")); + + return false; + } + + ResetDirty(); + +#if defined( __WXOSX_MAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON + m_fnLocalFile.MacSetTypeAndCreator('TEXT', 'ttxt'); +#endif // __WXMAC__ + + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxFileConfig::Save(wxOutputStream& os, const wxMBConv& conv) +{ + // save unconditionally, even if not dirty + for ( wxFileConfigLineList *p = m_linesHead; p != NULL; p = p->Next() ) + { + wxString line = p->Text(); + line += wxTextFile::GetEOL(); + + wxCharBuffer buf(line.mb_str(conv)); + if ( !os.Write(buf, strlen(buf)) ) + { + wxLogError(_("Error saving user configuration data.")); + + return false; + } + } + + ResetDirty(); + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// renaming groups/entries +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFileConfig::RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName, + const wxString& newName) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( oldName.find(wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR) == wxString::npos, + wxT("RenameEntry(): paths are not supported") ); + + // check that the entry exists + wxFileConfigEntry *oldEntry = m_pCurrentGroup->FindEntry(oldName); + if ( !oldEntry ) + return false; + + // check that the new entry doesn't already exist + if ( m_pCurrentGroup->FindEntry(newName) ) + return false; + + // delete the old entry, create the new one + wxString value = oldEntry->Value(); + if ( !m_pCurrentGroup->DeleteEntry(oldName) ) + return false; + + SetDirty(); + + wxFileConfigEntry *newEntry = m_pCurrentGroup->AddEntry(newName); + newEntry->SetValue(value); + + return true; +} + +bool wxFileConfig::RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName, + const wxString& newName) +{ + // check that the group exists + wxFileConfigGroup *group = m_pCurrentGroup->FindSubgroup(oldName); + if ( !group ) + return false; + + // check that the new group doesn't already exist + if ( m_pCurrentGroup->FindSubgroup(newName) ) + return false; + + group->Rename(newName); + + SetDirty(); + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// delete groups/entries +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFileConfig::DeleteEntry(const wxString& key, bool bGroupIfEmptyAlso) +{ + wxConfigPathChanger path(this, key); + + if ( !m_pCurrentGroup->DeleteEntry(path.Name()) ) + return false; + + SetDirty(); + + if ( bGroupIfEmptyAlso && m_pCurrentGroup->IsEmpty() ) { + if ( m_pCurrentGroup != m_pRootGroup ) { + wxFileConfigGroup *pGroup = m_pCurrentGroup; + SetPath(wxT("..")); // changes m_pCurrentGroup! + m_pCurrentGroup->DeleteSubgroupByName(pGroup->Name()); + } + //else: never delete the root group + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxFileConfig::DeleteGroup(const wxString& key) +{ + wxConfigPathChanger path(this, RemoveTrailingSeparator(key)); + + if ( !m_pCurrentGroup->DeleteSubgroupByName(path.Name()) ) + return false; + + path.UpdateIfDeleted(); + + SetDirty(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxFileConfig::DeleteAll() +{ + CleanUp(); + + if ( m_fnLocalFile.IsOk() ) + { + if ( m_fnLocalFile.FileExists() && + !wxRemoveFile(m_fnLocalFile.GetFullPath()) ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("can't delete user configuration file '%s'"), + m_fnLocalFile.GetFullPath().c_str()); + return false; + } + } + + Init(); + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// linked list functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // append a new line to the end of the list + +wxFileConfigLineList *wxFileConfig::LineListAppend(const wxString& str) +{ + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" ** Adding Line '%s'"), + str.c_str() ); + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" head: %s"), + ((m_linesHead) ? (const wxChar*)m_linesHead->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" tail: %s"), + ((m_linesTail) ? (const wxChar*)m_linesTail->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + + wxFileConfigLineList *pLine = new wxFileConfigLineList(str); + + if ( m_linesTail == NULL ) + { + // list is empty + m_linesHead = pLine; + } + else + { + // adjust pointers + m_linesTail->SetNext(pLine); + pLine->SetPrev(m_linesTail); + } + + m_linesTail = pLine; + + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" head: %s"), + ((m_linesHead) ? (const wxChar*)m_linesHead->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" tail: %s"), + ((m_linesTail) ? (const wxChar*)m_linesTail->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + + return m_linesTail; +} + +// insert a new line after the given one or in the very beginning if !pLine +wxFileConfigLineList *wxFileConfig::LineListInsert(const wxString& str, + wxFileConfigLineList *pLine) +{ + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" ** Inserting Line '%s' after '%s'"), + str.c_str(), + ((pLine) ? (const wxChar*)pLine->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" head: %s"), + ((m_linesHead) ? (const wxChar*)m_linesHead->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" tail: %s"), + ((m_linesTail) ? (const wxChar*)m_linesTail->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + + if ( pLine == m_linesTail ) + return LineListAppend(str); + + wxFileConfigLineList *pNewLine = new wxFileConfigLineList(str); + if ( pLine == NULL ) + { + // prepend to the list + pNewLine->SetNext(m_linesHead); + m_linesHead->SetPrev(pNewLine); + m_linesHead = pNewLine; + } + else + { + // insert before pLine + wxFileConfigLineList *pNext = pLine->Next(); + pNewLine->SetNext(pNext); + pNewLine->SetPrev(pLine); + pNext->SetPrev(pNewLine); + pLine->SetNext(pNewLine); + } + + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" head: %s"), + ((m_linesHead) ? (const wxChar*)m_linesHead->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" tail: %s"), + ((m_linesTail) ? (const wxChar*)m_linesTail->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + + return pNewLine; +} + +void wxFileConfig::LineListRemove(wxFileConfigLineList *pLine) +{ + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" ** Removing Line '%s'"), + pLine->Text().c_str() ); + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" head: %s"), + ((m_linesHead) ? (const wxChar*)m_linesHead->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" tail: %s"), + ((m_linesTail) ? (const wxChar*)m_linesTail->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + + wxFileConfigLineList *pPrev = pLine->Prev(), + *pNext = pLine->Next(); + + // first entry? + + if ( pPrev == NULL ) + m_linesHead = pNext; + else + pPrev->SetNext(pNext); + + // last entry? + + if ( pNext == NULL ) + m_linesTail = pPrev; + else + pNext->SetPrev(pPrev); + + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" head: %s"), + ((m_linesHead) ? (const wxChar*)m_linesHead->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" tail: %s"), + ((m_linesTail) ? (const wxChar*)m_linesTail->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + + delete pLine; +} + +bool wxFileConfig::LineListIsEmpty() +{ + return m_linesHead == NULL; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxFileConfig::wxFileConfigGroup +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ctor/dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ctor +wxFileConfigGroup::wxFileConfigGroup(wxFileConfigGroup *pParent, + const wxString& strName, + wxFileConfig *pConfig) + : m_aEntries(CompareEntries), + m_aSubgroups(CompareGroups), + m_strName(strName) +{ + m_pConfig = pConfig; + m_pParent = pParent; + m_pLine = NULL; + + m_pLastEntry = NULL; + m_pLastGroup = NULL; +} + +// dtor deletes all children +wxFileConfigGroup::~wxFileConfigGroup() +{ + // entries + size_t n, nCount = m_aEntries.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < nCount; n++ ) + delete m_aEntries[n]; + + // subgroups + nCount = m_aSubgroups.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < nCount; n++ ) + delete m_aSubgroups[n]; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// line +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFileConfigGroup::SetLine(wxFileConfigLineList *pLine) +{ + // for a normal (i.e. not root) group this method shouldn't be called twice + // unless we are resetting the line + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_pParent || !m_pLine || !pLine, + wxT("changing line for a non-root group?") ); + + m_pLine = pLine; +} + +/* + This is a bit complicated, so let me explain it in details. All lines that + were read from the local file (the only one we will ever modify) are stored + in a (doubly) linked list. Our problem is to know at which position in this + list should we insert the new entries/subgroups. To solve it we keep three + variables for each group: m_pLine, m_pLastEntry and m_pLastGroup. + + m_pLine points to the line containing "[group_name]" + m_pLastEntry points to the last entry of this group in the local file. + m_pLastGroup subgroup + + Initially, they're NULL all three. When the group (an entry/subgroup) is read + from the local file, the corresponding variable is set. However, if the group + was read from the global file and then modified or created by the application + these variables are still NULL and we need to create the corresponding lines. + See the following functions (and comments preceding them) for the details of + how we do it. + + Also, when our last entry/group are deleted we need to find the new last + element - the code in DeleteEntry/Subgroup does this by backtracking the list + of lines until it either founds an entry/subgroup (and this is the new last + element) or the m_pLine of the group, in which case there are no more entries + (or subgroups) left and m_pLast becomes NULL. + + NB: This last problem could be avoided for entries if we added new entries + immediately after m_pLine, but in this case the entries would appear + backwards in the config file (OTOH, it's not that important) and as we + would still need to do it for the subgroups the code wouldn't have been + significantly less complicated. +*/ + +// Return the line which contains "[our name]". If we're still not in the list, +// add our line to it immediately after the last line of our parent group if we +// have it or in the very beginning if we're the root group. +wxFileConfigLineList *wxFileConfigGroup::GetGroupLine() +{ + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" GetGroupLine() for Group '%s'"), + Name().c_str() ); + + if ( !m_pLine ) + { + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" Getting Line item pointer") ); + + wxFileConfigGroup *pParent = Parent(); + + // this group wasn't present in local config file, add it now + if ( pParent ) + { + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" checking parent '%s'"), + pParent->Name().c_str() ); + + wxString strFullName; + + // add 1 to the name because we don't want to start with '/' + strFullName << wxT("[") + << FilterOutEntryName(GetFullName().c_str() + 1) + << wxT("]"); + m_pLine = m_pConfig->LineListInsert(strFullName, + pParent->GetLastGroupLine()); + pParent->SetLastGroup(this); // we're surely after all the others + } + //else: this is the root group and so we return NULL because we don't + // have any group line + } + + return m_pLine; +} + +// Return the last line belonging to the subgroups of this group (after which +// we can add a new subgroup), if we don't have any subgroups or entries our +// last line is the group line (m_pLine) itself. +wxFileConfigLineList *wxFileConfigGroup::GetLastGroupLine() +{ + // if we have any subgroups, our last line is the last line of the last + // subgroup + if ( m_pLastGroup ) + { + wxFileConfigLineList *pLine = m_pLastGroup->GetLastGroupLine(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( pLine, wxT("last group must have !NULL associated line") ); + + return pLine; + } + + // no subgroups, so the last line is the line of thelast entry (if any) + return GetLastEntryLine(); +} + +// return the last line belonging to the entries of this group (after which +// we can add a new entry), if we don't have any entries we will add the new +// one immediately after the group line itself. +wxFileConfigLineList *wxFileConfigGroup::GetLastEntryLine() +{ + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" GetLastEntryLine() for Group '%s'"), + Name().c_str() ); + + if ( m_pLastEntry ) + { + wxFileConfigLineList *pLine = m_pLastEntry->GetLine(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( pLine, wxT("last entry must have !NULL associated line") ); + + return pLine; + } + + // no entries: insert after the group header, if any + return GetGroupLine(); +} + +void wxFileConfigGroup::SetLastEntry(wxFileConfigEntry *pEntry) +{ + m_pLastEntry = pEntry; + + if ( !m_pLine ) + { + // the only situation in which a group without its own line can have + // an entry is when the first entry is added to the initially empty + // root pseudo-group + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_pParent, wxT("unexpected for non root group") ); + + // let the group know that it does have a line in the file now + m_pLine = pEntry->GetLine(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// group name +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFileConfigGroup::UpdateGroupAndSubgroupsLines() +{ + // update the line of this group + wxFileConfigLineList *line = GetGroupLine(); + wxCHECK_RET( line, wxT("a non root group must have a corresponding line!") ); + + // +1: skip the leading '/' + line->SetText(wxString::Format(wxT("[%s]"), GetFullName().c_str() + 1)); + + + // also update all subgroups as they have this groups name in their lines + const size_t nCount = m_aSubgroups.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < nCount; n++ ) + { + m_aSubgroups[n]->UpdateGroupAndSubgroupsLines(); + } +} + +void wxFileConfigGroup::Rename(const wxString& newName) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_pParent, wxT("the root group can't be renamed") ); + + if ( newName == m_strName ) + return; + + // we need to remove the group from the parent and it back under the new + // name to keep the parents array of subgroups alphabetically sorted + m_pParent->m_aSubgroups.Remove(this); + + m_strName = newName; + + m_pParent->m_aSubgroups.Add(this); + + // update the group lines recursively + UpdateGroupAndSubgroupsLines(); +} + +wxString wxFileConfigGroup::GetFullName() const +{ + wxString fullname; + if ( Parent() ) + fullname = Parent()->GetFullName() + wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR + Name(); + + return fullname; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// find an item +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// use binary search because the array is sorted +wxFileConfigEntry * +wxFileConfigGroup::FindEntry(const wxString& name) const +{ + size_t i, + lo = 0, + hi = m_aEntries.GetCount(); + int res; + wxFileConfigEntry *pEntry; + + while ( lo < hi ) { + i = (lo + hi)/2; + pEntry = m_aEntries[i]; + + #if wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE + res = pEntry->Name().compare(name); + #else + res = pEntry->Name().CmpNoCase(name); + #endif + + if ( res > 0 ) + hi = i; + else if ( res < 0 ) + lo = i + 1; + else + return pEntry; + } + + return NULL; +} + +wxFileConfigGroup * +wxFileConfigGroup::FindSubgroup(const wxString& name) const +{ + size_t i, + lo = 0, + hi = m_aSubgroups.GetCount(); + int res; + wxFileConfigGroup *pGroup; + + while ( lo < hi ) { + i = (lo + hi)/2; + pGroup = m_aSubgroups[i]; + + #if wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE + res = pGroup->Name().compare(name); + #else + res = pGroup->Name().CmpNoCase(name); + #endif + + if ( res > 0 ) + hi = i; + else if ( res < 0 ) + lo = i + 1; + else + return pGroup; + } + + return NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// create a new item +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// create a new entry and add it to the current group +wxFileConfigEntry *wxFileConfigGroup::AddEntry(const wxString& strName, int nLine) +{ + wxASSERT( FindEntry(strName) == 0 ); + + wxFileConfigEntry *pEntry = new wxFileConfigEntry(this, strName, nLine); + + m_aEntries.Add(pEntry); + return pEntry; +} + +// create a new group and add it to the current group +wxFileConfigGroup *wxFileConfigGroup::AddSubgroup(const wxString& strName) +{ + wxASSERT( FindSubgroup(strName) == 0 ); + + wxFileConfigGroup *pGroup = new wxFileConfigGroup(this, strName, m_pConfig); + + m_aSubgroups.Add(pGroup); + return pGroup; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// delete an item +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + The delete operations are _very_ slow if we delete the last item of this + group (see comments before GetXXXLineXXX functions for more details), + so it's much better to start with the first entry/group if we want to + delete several of them. + */ + +bool wxFileConfigGroup::DeleteSubgroupByName(const wxString& name) +{ + wxFileConfigGroup * const pGroup = FindSubgroup(name); + + return pGroup ? DeleteSubgroup(pGroup) : false; +} + +// Delete the subgroup and remove all references to it from +// other data structures. +bool wxFileConfigGroup::DeleteSubgroup(wxFileConfigGroup *pGroup) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( pGroup, false, wxT("deleting non existing group?") ); + + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT("Deleting group '%s' from '%s'"), + pGroup->Name().c_str(), + Name().c_str() ); + + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" (m_pLine) = prev: %p, this %p, next %p"), + m_pLine ? static_cast(m_pLine->Prev()) : 0, + static_cast(m_pLine), + m_pLine ? static_cast(m_pLine->Next()) : 0 ); + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" text: '%s'"), + m_pLine ? (const wxChar*)m_pLine->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString ); + + // delete all entries... + size_t nCount = pGroup->m_aEntries.GetCount(); + + wxLogTrace(FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT("Removing %lu entries"), (unsigned long)nCount ); + + for ( size_t nEntry = 0; nEntry < nCount; nEntry++ ) + { + wxFileConfigLineList *pLine = pGroup->m_aEntries[nEntry]->GetLine(); + + if ( pLine ) + { + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" '%s'"), + pLine->Text().c_str() ); + m_pConfig->LineListRemove(pLine); + } + } + + // ...and subgroups of this subgroup + nCount = pGroup->m_aSubgroups.GetCount(); + + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT("Removing %lu subgroups"), (unsigned long)nCount ); + + for ( size_t nGroup = 0; nGroup < nCount; nGroup++ ) + { + pGroup->DeleteSubgroup(pGroup->m_aSubgroups[0]); + } + + // and then finally the group itself + wxFileConfigLineList *pLine = pGroup->m_pLine; + if ( pLine ) + { + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" Removing line for group '%s' : '%s'"), + pGroup->Name().c_str(), + pLine->Text().c_str() ); + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" Removing from group '%s' : '%s'"), + Name().c_str(), + ((m_pLine) ? (const wxChar*)m_pLine->Text().c_str() + : wxEmptyString) ); + + // notice that we may do this test inside the previous "if" + // because the last entry's line is surely !NULL + if ( pGroup == m_pLastGroup ) + { + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" Removing last group") ); + + // our last entry is being deleted, so find the last one which + // stays by going back until we find a subgroup or reach the + // group line + const size_t nSubgroups = m_aSubgroups.GetCount(); + + m_pLastGroup = NULL; + for ( wxFileConfigLineList *pl = pLine->Prev(); + pl && !m_pLastGroup; + pl = pl->Prev() ) + { + // does this line belong to our subgroup? + for ( size_t n = 0; n < nSubgroups; n++ ) + { + // do _not_ call GetGroupLine! we don't want to add it to + // the local file if it's not already there + if ( m_aSubgroups[n]->m_pLine == pl ) + { + m_pLastGroup = m_aSubgroups[n]; + break; + } + } + + if ( pl == m_pLine ) + break; + } + } + + m_pConfig->LineListRemove(pLine); + } + else + { + wxLogTrace( FILECONF_TRACE_MASK, + wxT(" No line entry for Group '%s'?"), + pGroup->Name().c_str() ); + } + + m_aSubgroups.Remove(pGroup); + delete pGroup; + + return true; +} + +bool wxFileConfigGroup::DeleteEntry(const wxString& name) +{ + wxFileConfigEntry *pEntry = FindEntry(name); + if ( !pEntry ) + { + // entry doesn't exist, nothing to do + return false; + } + + wxFileConfigLineList *pLine = pEntry->GetLine(); + if ( pLine != NULL ) { + // notice that we may do this test inside the previous "if" because the + // last entry's line is surely !NULL + if ( pEntry == m_pLastEntry ) { + // our last entry is being deleted - find the last one which stays + wxASSERT( m_pLine != NULL ); // if we have an entry with !NULL pLine... + + // find the previous entry (if any) + wxFileConfigEntry *pNewLast = NULL; + const wxFileConfigLineList * const + pNewLastLine = m_pLastEntry->GetLine()->Prev(); + const size_t nEntries = m_aEntries.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < nEntries; n++ ) { + if ( m_aEntries[n]->GetLine() == pNewLastLine ) { + pNewLast = m_aEntries[n]; + break; + } + } + + // pNewLast can be NULL here -- it's ok and can happen if we have no + // entries left + m_pLastEntry = pNewLast; + } + + m_pConfig->LineListRemove(pLine); + } + + m_aEntries.Remove(pEntry); + delete pEntry; + + return true; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxFileConfig::wxFileConfigEntry +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ctor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +wxFileConfigEntry::wxFileConfigEntry(wxFileConfigGroup *pParent, + const wxString& strName, + int nLine) + : m_strName(strName) +{ + wxASSERT( !strName.empty() ); + + m_pParent = pParent; + m_nLine = nLine; + m_pLine = NULL; + + m_bHasValue = false; + + m_bImmutable = strName[0] == wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX; + if ( m_bImmutable ) + m_strName.erase(0, 1); // remove first character +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// set value +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFileConfigEntry::SetLine(wxFileConfigLineList *pLine) +{ + if ( m_pLine != NULL ) { + wxLogWarning(_("entry '%s' appears more than once in group '%s'"), + Name().c_str(), m_pParent->GetFullName().c_str()); + } + + m_pLine = pLine; + Group()->SetLastEntry(this); +} + +// second parameter is false if we read the value from file and prevents the +// entry from being marked as 'dirty' +void wxFileConfigEntry::SetValue(const wxString& strValue, bool bUser) +{ + if ( bUser && IsImmutable() ) + { + wxLogWarning( _("attempt to change immutable key '%s' ignored."), + Name().c_str()); + return; + } + + // do nothing if it's the same value: but don't test for it if m_bHasValue + // hadn't been set yet or we'd never write empty values to the file + if ( m_bHasValue && strValue == m_strValue ) + return; + + m_bHasValue = true; + m_strValue = strValue; + + if ( bUser ) + { + wxString strValFiltered; + + if ( Group()->Config()->GetStyle() & wxCONFIG_USE_NO_ESCAPE_CHARACTERS ) + { + strValFiltered = strValue; + } + else { + strValFiltered = FilterOutValue(strValue); + } + + wxString strLine; + strLine << FilterOutEntryName(m_strName) << wxT('=') << strValFiltered; + + if ( m_pLine ) + { + // entry was read from the local config file, just modify the line + m_pLine->SetText(strLine); + } + else // this entry didn't exist in the local file + { + // add a new line to the file: note that line returned by + // GetLastEntryLine() may be NULL if we're in the root group and it + // doesn't have any entries yet, but this is ok as passing NULL + // line to LineListInsert() means to prepend new line to the list + wxFileConfigLineList *line = Group()->GetLastEntryLine(); + m_pLine = Group()->Config()->LineListInsert(strLine, line); + + Group()->SetLastEntry(this); + } + } +} + +// ============================================================================ +// global functions +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// compare functions for array sorting +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int CompareEntries(wxFileConfigEntry *p1, wxFileConfigEntry *p2) +{ +#if wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE + return p1->Name().compare(p2->Name()); +#else + return p1->Name().CmpNoCase(p2->Name()); +#endif +} + +int CompareGroups(wxFileConfigGroup *p1, wxFileConfigGroup *p2) +{ +#if wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE + return p1->Name().compare(p2->Name()); +#else + return p1->Name().CmpNoCase(p2->Name()); +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// filter functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// undo FilterOutValue +static wxString FilterInValue(const wxString& str) +{ + wxString strResult; + if ( str.empty() ) + return strResult; + + strResult.reserve(str.length()); + + wxString::const_iterator i = str.begin(); + const bool bQuoted = *i == '"'; + if ( bQuoted ) + ++i; + + for ( const wxString::const_iterator end = str.end(); i != end; ++i ) + { + if ( *i == wxT('\\') ) + { + if ( ++i == end ) + { + wxLogWarning(_("trailing backslash ignored in '%s'"), str.c_str()); + break; + } + + switch ( (*i).GetValue() ) + { + case wxT('n'): + strResult += wxT('\n'); + break; + + case wxT('r'): + strResult += wxT('\r'); + break; + + case wxT('t'): + strResult += wxT('\t'); + break; + + case wxT('\\'): + strResult += wxT('\\'); + break; + + case wxT('"'): + strResult += wxT('"'); + break; + } + } + else // not a backslash + { + if ( *i != wxT('"') || !bQuoted ) + { + strResult += *i; + } + else if ( i != end - 1 ) + { + wxLogWarning(_("unexpected \" at position %d in '%s'."), + i - str.begin(), str.c_str()); + } + //else: it's the last quote of a quoted string, ok + } + } + + return strResult; +} + +// quote the string before writing it to file +static wxString FilterOutValue(const wxString& str) +{ + if ( !str ) + return str; + + wxString strResult; + strResult.Alloc(str.Len()); + + // quoting is necessary to preserve spaces in the beginning of the string + bool bQuote = wxIsspace(str[0]) || str[0] == wxT('"'); + + if ( bQuote ) + strResult += wxT('"'); + + wxChar c; + for ( size_t n = 0; n < str.Len(); n++ ) { + switch ( str[n].GetValue() ) { + case wxT('\n'): + c = wxT('n'); + break; + + case wxT('\r'): + c = wxT('r'); + break; + + case wxT('\t'): + c = wxT('t'); + break; + + case wxT('\\'): + c = wxT('\\'); + break; + + case wxT('"'): + if ( bQuote ) { + c = wxT('"'); + break; + } + //else: fall through + + default: + strResult += str[n]; + continue; // nothing special to do + } + + // we get here only for special characters + strResult << wxT('\\') << c; + } + + if ( bQuote ) + strResult += wxT('"'); + + return strResult; +} + +// undo FilterOutEntryName +static wxString FilterInEntryName(const wxString& str) +{ + wxString strResult; + strResult.Alloc(str.Len()); + + for ( const wxChar *pc = str.c_str(); *pc != '\0'; pc++ ) { + if ( *pc == wxT('\\') ) { + // we need to test it here or we'd skip past the NUL in the loop line + if ( *++pc == wxT('\0') ) + break; + } + + strResult += *pc; + } + + return strResult; +} + +// sanitize entry or group name: insert '\\' before any special characters +static wxString FilterOutEntryName(const wxString& str) +{ + wxString strResult; + strResult.Alloc(str.Len()); + + for ( const wxChar *pc = str.c_str(); *pc != wxT('\0'); pc++ ) { + const wxChar c = *pc; + + // we explicitly allow some of "safe" chars and 8bit ASCII characters + // which will probably never have special meaning and with which we can't + // use isalnum() anyhow (in ASCII built, in Unicode it's just fine) + // + // NB: note that wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX and wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR + // should *not* be quoted + if ( +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + ((unsigned char)c < 127) && +#endif // ANSI + !wxIsalnum(c) && !wxStrchr(wxT("@_/-!.*%"), c) ) + { + strResult += wxT('\\'); + } + + strResult += c; + } + + return strResult; +} + +// we can't put ?: in the ctor initializer list because it confuses some +// broken compilers (Borland C++) +static wxString GetAppName(const wxString& appName) +{ + if ( !appName && wxTheApp ) + return wxTheApp->GetAppName(); + else + return appName; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filectrlcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filectrlcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aa682cd665 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filectrlcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/filectrlcmn.cpp +// Purpose: Implementation for wxFileCtrlBase and other common functions used by +// platform-specific wxFileCtrl's +// Author: Diaa M. Sami +// Created: 2007-07-07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filectrlcmn.cpp 64429 2010-05-29 10:35:47Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Diaa M. Sami +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FILECTRL + +#include "wx/filectrl.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +# include "wx/debug.h" +#endif + +const char wxFileCtrlNameStr[] = "wxfilectrl"; + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_FILECTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED, wxFileCtrlEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILEACTIVATED, wxFileCtrlEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED, wxFileCtrlEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILTERCHANGED, wxFileCtrlEvent ); + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxFileCtrlEvent, wxCommandEvent ) + +// some helper functions + +void GenerateFilterChangedEvent( wxFileCtrlBase *fileCtrl, wxWindow *wnd ) +{ + wxFileCtrlEvent event( wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILTERCHANGED, wnd, wnd->GetId() ); + + event.SetFilterIndex( fileCtrl->GetFilterIndex() ); + + wnd->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); +} + +void GenerateFolderChangedEvent( wxFileCtrlBase *fileCtrl, wxWindow *wnd ) +{ + wxFileCtrlEvent event( wxEVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED, wnd, wnd->GetId() ); + + event.SetDirectory( fileCtrl->GetDirectory() ); + + wnd->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); +} + +void GenerateSelectionChangedEvent( wxFileCtrlBase *fileCtrl, wxWindow *wnd) +{ + wxFileCtrlEvent event( wxEVT_FILECTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED, wnd, wnd->GetId() ); + event.SetDirectory( fileCtrl->GetDirectory() ); + + wxArrayString filenames; + fileCtrl->GetFilenames( filenames ); + event.SetFiles( filenames ); + + wnd->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); +} + +void GenerateFileActivatedEvent( wxFileCtrlBase *fileCtrl, wxWindow *wnd, const wxString filename ) +{ + wxFileCtrlEvent event( wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILEACTIVATED, wnd, wnd->GetId() ); + event.SetDirectory( fileCtrl->GetDirectory() ); + + wxArrayString filenames; + + if ( filename.empty() ) + { + fileCtrl->GetFilenames( filenames ); + } + else + { + filenames.Add( filename ); + } + + event.SetFiles( filenames ); + + wnd->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); +} + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxFileCtrlEvent implementation +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +wxString wxFileCtrlEvent::GetFile() const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !wxDynamicCast( GetEventObject(), wxFileCtrl )->HasMultipleFileSelection(), + wxT( "Please use GetFiles() to get all files instead of this function" ) ); + + wxString string; + if (m_files.Count() != 0) + string = m_files[0]; + return string; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILECTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filefn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filefn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93bf902c0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filefn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2071 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/filefn.cpp +// Purpose: File- and directory-related functions +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filefn.cpp 66996 2011-02-22 13:26:06Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/filefn.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/dynarray.h" +#include "wx/file.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/dir.h" + +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" + +// there are just too many of those... +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #pragma warning(disable:4706) // assignment within conditional expression +#endif // VC++ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#if !wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1,4) + #if !(defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER > 800)) + #include + #endif +#endif + +#if defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/private.h" // includes mac headers +#endif + +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + #include "wx/msw/private.h" + #include "wx/msw/mslu.h" + + // sys/cygwin.h is needed for cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path() + // and for cygwin_conv_path() + // + // note that it must be included after + #ifdef __GNUWIN32__ + #ifdef __CYGWIN__ + #include + #include + #endif + #endif // __GNUWIN32__ + + // io.h is needed for _get_osfhandle() + // Already included by filefn.h for many Windows compilers + #if defined __MWERKS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ + #include + #endif +#endif // __WINDOWS__ + +#if defined(__VMS__) + #include +#endif + +// TODO: Borland probably has _wgetcwd as well? +#ifdef _MSC_VER + #define HAVE_WGETCWD +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef _MAXPATHLEN + #define _MAXPATHLEN 1024 +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private globals +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +static wxChar wxFileFunctionsBuffer[4*_MAXPATHLEN]; +#endif + +#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400 +// +// VisualAge C++ V4.0 cannot have any external linkage const decs +// in headers included by more than one primary source +// +const int wxInvalidOffset = -1; +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wrappers around standard POSIX functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && defined __BORLANDC__ \ + && __BORLANDC__ >= 0x550 && __BORLANDC__ <= 0x551 + +// BCC 5.5 and 5.5.1 have a bug in _wopen where files are created read only +// regardless of the mode parameter. This hack works around the problem by +// setting the mode with _wchmod. +// +int wxCRT_OpenW(const wchar_t *pathname, int flags, mode_t mode) +{ + int moreflags = 0; + + // we only want to fix the mode when the file is actually created, so + // when creating first try doing it O_EXCL so we can tell if the file + // was already there. + if ((flags & O_CREAT) && !(flags & O_EXCL) && (mode & wxS_IWUSR) != 0) + moreflags = O_EXCL; + + int fd = _wopen(pathname, flags | moreflags, mode); + + // the file was actually created and needs fixing + if (fd != -1 && (flags & O_CREAT) != 0 && (mode & wxS_IWUSR) != 0) + { + close(fd); + _wchmod(pathname, mode); + fd = _wopen(pathname, flags & ~(O_EXCL | O_CREAT)); + } + // the open failed, but it may have been because the added O_EXCL stopped + // the opening of an existing file, so try again without. + else if (fd == -1 && moreflags != 0) + { + fd = _wopen(pathname, flags & ~O_CREAT); + } + + return fd; +} + +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPathList +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxPathList::Add(const wxString& path) +{ + // add a path separator to force wxFileName to interpret it always as a directory + // (i.e. if we are called with '/home/user' we want to consider it a folder and + // not, as wxFileName would consider, a filename). + wxFileName fn(path + wxFileName::GetPathSeparator()); + + // add only normalized relative/absolute paths + // NB: we won't do wxPATH_NORM_DOTS in order to avoid problems when trying to + // normalize paths which starts with ".." (which can be normalized only if + // we use also wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE - which we don't want to use). + if (!fn.Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_TILDE|wxPATH_NORM_LONG|wxPATH_NORM_ENV_VARS)) + return false; + + wxString toadd = fn.GetPath(); + if (Index(toadd) == wxNOT_FOUND) + wxArrayString::Add(toadd); // do not add duplicates + + return true; +} + +void wxPathList::Add(const wxArrayString &arr) +{ + for (size_t j=0; j < arr.GetCount(); j++) + Add(arr[j]); +} + +// Add paths e.g. from the PATH environment variable +void wxPathList::AddEnvList (const wxString& WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(envVariable)) +{ + // No environment variables on WinCE +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + + // The space has been removed from the tokenizers, otherwise a + // path such as "C:\Program Files" would be split into 2 paths: + // "C:\Program" and "Files"; this is true for both Windows and Unix. + + static const wxChar PATH_TOKS[] = +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__) + wxT(";"); // Don't separate with colon in DOS (used for drive) +#else + wxT(":;"); +#endif + + wxString val; + if ( wxGetEnv(envVariable, &val) ) + { + // split into an array of string the value of the env var + wxArrayString arr = wxStringTokenize(val, PATH_TOKS); + WX_APPEND_ARRAY(*this, arr); + } +#endif // !__WXWINCE__ +} + +// Given a full filename (with path), ensure that that file can +// be accessed again USING FILENAME ONLY by adding the path +// to the list if not already there. +bool wxPathList::EnsureFileAccessible (const wxString& path) +{ + return Add(wxPathOnly(path)); +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +bool wxPathList::Member (const wxString& path) const +{ + return Index(path) != wxNOT_FOUND; +} +#endif + +wxString wxPathList::FindValidPath (const wxString& file) const +{ + // normalize the given string as it could be a path + a filename + // and not only a filename + wxFileName fn(file); + wxString strend; + + // NB: normalize without making absolute otherwise calling this function with + // e.g. "b/c.txt" would result in removing the directory 'b' and the for loop + // below would only add to the paths of this list the 'c.txt' part when doing + // the existence checks... + // NB: we don't use wxPATH_NORM_DOTS here, too (see wxPathList::Add for more info) + if (!fn.Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_TILDE|wxPATH_NORM_LONG|wxPATH_NORM_ENV_VARS)) + return wxEmptyString; + + wxASSERT_MSG(!fn.IsDir(), wxT("Cannot search for directories; only for files")); + if (fn.IsAbsolute()) + strend = fn.GetFullName(); // search for the file name and ignore the path part + else + strend = fn.GetFullPath(); + + for (size_t i=0; i +static inline CharType* MYcopystring(const CharType* s) +{ + CharType* copy = new CharType[wxStrlen(s) + 1]; + return wxStrcpy(copy, s); +} +#endif + + +bool +wxFileExists (const wxString& filename) +{ + return wxFileName::FileExists(filename); +} + +bool +wxIsAbsolutePath (const wxString& filename) +{ + if (!filename.empty()) + { + // Unix like or Windows + if (filename[0] == wxT('/')) + return true; +#ifdef __VMS__ + if ((filename[0] == wxT('[') && filename[1] != wxT('.'))) + return true; +#endif +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__) + // MSDOS like + if (filename[0] == wxT('\\') || (wxIsalpha (filename[0]) && filename[1] == wxT(':'))) + return true; +#endif + } + return false ; +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +/* + * Strip off any extension (dot something) from end of file, + * IF one exists. Inserts zero into buffer. + * + */ + +template +static void wxDoStripExtension(T *buffer) +{ + int len = wxStrlen(buffer); + int i = len-1; + while (i > 0) + { + if (buffer[i] == wxT('.')) + { + buffer[i] = 0; + break; + } + i --; + } +} + +void wxStripExtension(char *buffer) { wxDoStripExtension(buffer); } +void wxStripExtension(wchar_t *buffer) { wxDoStripExtension(buffer); } + +void wxStripExtension(wxString& buffer) +{ + buffer = wxFileName::StripExtension(buffer); +} + +// Destructive removal of /./ and /../ stuff +template +static CharType *wxDoRealPath (CharType *path) +{ + static const CharType SEP = wxFILE_SEP_PATH; +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + wxUnix2DosFilename(path); +#endif + if (path[0] && path[1]) { + /* MATTHEW: special case "/./x" */ + CharType *p; + if (path[2] == SEP && path[1] == wxT('.')) + p = &path[0]; + else + p = &path[2]; + for (; *p; p++) + { + if (*p == SEP) + { + if (p[1] == wxT('.') && p[2] == wxT('.') && (p[3] == SEP || p[3] == wxT('\0'))) + { + CharType *q; + for (q = p - 1; q >= path && *q != SEP; q--) + { + // Empty + } + + if (q[0] == SEP && (q[1] != wxT('.') || q[2] != wxT('.') || q[3] != SEP) + && (q - 1 <= path || q[-1] != SEP)) + { + wxStrcpy (q, p + 3); + if (path[0] == wxT('\0')) + { + path[0] = SEP; + path[1] = wxT('\0'); + } +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__) + /* Check that path[2] is NULL! */ + else if (path[1] == wxT(':') && !path[2]) + { + path[2] = SEP; + path[3] = wxT('\0'); + } +#endif + p = q - 1; + } + } + else if (p[1] == wxT('.') && (p[2] == SEP || p[2] == wxT('\0'))) + wxStrcpy (p, p + 2); + } + } + } + return path; +} + +char *wxRealPath(char *path) +{ + return wxDoRealPath(path); +} + +wchar_t *wxRealPath(wchar_t *path) +{ + return wxDoRealPath(path); +} + +wxString wxRealPath(const wxString& path) +{ + wxChar *buf1=MYcopystring(path); + wxChar *buf2=wxRealPath(buf1); + wxString buf(buf2); + delete [] buf1; + return buf; +} + + +// Must be destroyed +wxChar *wxCopyAbsolutePath(const wxString& filename) +{ + if (filename.empty()) + return NULL; + + if (! wxIsAbsolutePath(wxExpandPath(wxFileFunctionsBuffer, filename))) + { + wxString buf = ::wxGetCwd(); + wxChar ch = buf.Last(); +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + if (ch != wxT('\\') && ch != wxT('/')) + buf << wxT("\\"); +#else + if (ch != wxT('/')) + buf << wxT("/"); +#endif + buf << wxFileFunctionsBuffer; + buf = wxRealPath( buf ); + return MYcopystring( buf ); + } + return MYcopystring( wxFileFunctionsBuffer ); +} + +/*- + Handles: + ~/ => home dir + ~user/ => user's home dir + If the environment variable a = "foo" and b = "bar" then: + Unix: + $a => foo + $a$b => foobar + $a.c => foo.c + xxx$a => xxxfoo + ${a}! => foo! + $(b)! => bar! + \$a => \$a + MSDOS: + $a ==> $a + $(a) ==> foo + $(a)$b ==> foo$b + $(a)$(b)==> foobar + test.$$ ==> test.$$ + */ + +/* input name in name, pathname output to buf. */ + +template +static CharType *wxDoExpandPath(CharType *buf, const wxString& name) +{ + register CharType *d, *s, *nm; + CharType lnm[_MAXPATHLEN]; + int q; + + // Some compilers don't like this line. +// const CharType trimchars[] = wxT("\n \t"); + + CharType trimchars[4]; + trimchars[0] = wxT('\n'); + trimchars[1] = wxT(' '); + trimchars[2] = wxT('\t'); + trimchars[3] = 0; + + static const CharType SEP = wxFILE_SEP_PATH; +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + //wxUnix2DosFilename(path); +#endif + + buf[0] = wxT('\0'); + if (name.empty()) + return buf; + nm = ::MYcopystring(static_cast(name.c_str())); // Make a scratch copy + CharType *nm_tmp = nm; + + /* Skip leading whitespace and cr */ + while (wxStrchr(trimchars, *nm) != NULL) + nm++; + /* And strip off trailing whitespace and cr */ + s = nm + (q = wxStrlen(nm)) - 1; + while (q-- && wxStrchr(trimchars, *s) != NULL) + *s = wxT('\0'); + + s = nm; + d = lnm; +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + q = FALSE; +#else + q = nm[0] == wxT('\\') && nm[1] == wxT('~'); +#endif + + /* Expand inline environment variables */ +#ifdef __VISAGECPP__ + while (*d) + { + *d++ = *s; + if(*s == wxT('\\')) + { + *(d - 1) = *++s; + if (*d) + { + s++; + continue; + } + else + break; + } + else +#else + while ((*d++ = *s) != 0) { +# ifndef __WXMSW__ + if (*s == wxT('\\')) { + if ((*(d - 1) = *++s)!=0) { + s++; + continue; + } else + break; + } else +# endif +#endif + // No env variables on WinCE +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + if (*s++ == wxT('$') && (*s == wxT('{') || *s == wxT(')'))) +#else + if (*s++ == wxT('$')) +#endif + { + register CharType *start = d; + register int braces = (*s == wxT('{') || *s == wxT('(')); + register CharType *value; + while ((*d++ = *s) != 0) + if (braces ? (*s == wxT('}') || *s == wxT(')')) : !(wxIsalnum(*s) || *s == wxT('_')) ) + break; + else + s++; + *--d = 0; + value = wxGetenv(braces ? start + 1 : start); + if (value) { + for ((d = start - 1); (*d++ = *value++) != 0;) + { + // Empty + } + + d--; + if (braces && *s) + s++; + } + } +#endif + // __WXWINCE__ + } + + /* Expand ~ and ~user */ + wxString homepath; + nm = lnm; + if (nm[0] == wxT('~') && !q) + { + /* prefix ~ */ + if (nm[1] == SEP || nm[1] == 0) + { /* ~/filename */ + homepath = wxGetUserHome(wxEmptyString); + if (!homepath.empty()) { + s = (CharType*)(const CharType*)homepath.c_str(); + if (*++nm) + nm++; + } + } else + { /* ~user/filename */ + register CharType *nnm; + for (s = nm; *s && *s != SEP; s++) + { + // Empty + } + int was_sep; /* MATTHEW: Was there a separator, or NULL? */ + was_sep = (*s == SEP); + nnm = *s ? s + 1 : s; + *s = 0; + homepath = wxGetUserHome(wxString(nm + 1)); + if (homepath.empty()) + { + if (was_sep) /* replace only if it was there: */ + *s = SEP; + s = NULL; + } + else + { + nm = nnm; + s = (CharType*)(const CharType*)homepath.c_str(); + } + } + } + + d = buf; + if (s && *s) { /* MATTHEW: s could be NULL if user '~' didn't exist */ + /* Copy home dir */ + while (wxT('\0') != (*d++ = *s++)) + /* loop */; + // Handle root home + if (d - 1 > buf && *(d - 2) != SEP) + *(d - 1) = SEP; + } + s = nm; + while ((*d++ = *s++) != 0) + { + // Empty + } + delete[] nm_tmp; // clean up alloc + /* Now clean up the buffer */ + return wxRealPath(buf); +} + +char *wxExpandPath(char *buf, const wxString& name) +{ + return wxDoExpandPath(buf, name); +} + +wchar_t *wxExpandPath(wchar_t *buf, const wxString& name) +{ + return wxDoExpandPath(buf, name); +} + + +/* Contract Paths to be build upon an environment variable + component: + + example: "/usr/openwin/lib", OPENWINHOME --> ${OPENWINHOME}/lib + + The call wxExpandPath can convert these back! + */ +wxChar * +wxContractPath (const wxString& filename, + const wxString& WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(envname), + const wxString& user) +{ + static wxChar dest[_MAXPATHLEN]; + + if (filename.empty()) + return NULL; + + wxStrcpy (dest, filename); +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + wxUnix2DosFilename(dest); +#endif + + // Handle environment + wxString val; +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + wxChar *tcp; + if (!envname.empty() && !(val = wxGetenv (envname)).empty() && + (tcp = wxStrstr (dest, val)) != NULL) + { + wxStrcpy (wxFileFunctionsBuffer, tcp + val.length()); + *tcp++ = wxT('$'); + *tcp++ = wxT('{'); + wxStrcpy (tcp, envname); + wxStrcat (tcp, wxT("}")); + wxStrcat (tcp, wxFileFunctionsBuffer); + } +#endif + + // Handle User's home (ignore root homes!) + val = wxGetUserHome (user); + if (val.empty()) + return dest; + + const size_t len = val.length(); + if (len <= 2) + return dest; + + if (wxStrncmp(dest, val, len) == 0) + { + wxStrcpy(wxFileFunctionsBuffer, wxT("~")); + if (!user.empty()) + wxStrcat(wxFileFunctionsBuffer, user); + wxStrcat(wxFileFunctionsBuffer, dest + len); + wxStrcpy (dest, wxFileFunctionsBuffer); + } + + return dest; +} + +#endif // #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// Return just the filename, not the path (basename) +wxChar *wxFileNameFromPath (wxChar *path) +{ + wxString p = path; + wxString n = wxFileNameFromPath(p); + + return path + p.length() - n.length(); +} + +wxString wxFileNameFromPath (const wxString& path) +{ + return wxFileName(path).GetFullName(); +} + +// Return just the directory, or NULL if no directory +wxChar * +wxPathOnly (wxChar *path) +{ + if (path && *path) + { + static wxChar buf[_MAXPATHLEN]; + + // Local copy + wxStrcpy (buf, path); + + int l = wxStrlen(path); + int i = l - 1; + + // Search backward for a backward or forward slash + while (i > -1) + { + // Unix like or Windows + if (path[i] == wxT('/') || path[i] == wxT('\\')) + { + buf[i] = 0; + return buf; + } +#ifdef __VMS__ + if (path[i] == wxT(']')) + { + buf[i+1] = 0; + return buf; + } +#endif + i --; + } + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__) + // Try Drive specifier + if (wxIsalpha (buf[0]) && buf[1] == wxT(':')) + { + // A:junk --> A:. (since A:.\junk Not A:\junk) + buf[2] = wxT('.'); + buf[3] = wxT('\0'); + return buf; + } +#endif + } + return NULL; +} + +// Return just the directory, or NULL if no directory +wxString wxPathOnly (const wxString& path) +{ + if (!path.empty()) + { + wxChar buf[_MAXPATHLEN]; + + // Local copy + wxStrcpy(buf, path); + + int l = path.length(); + int i = l - 1; + + // Search backward for a backward or forward slash + while (i > -1) + { + // Unix like or Windows + if (path[i] == wxT('/') || path[i] == wxT('\\')) + { + // Don't return an empty string + if (i == 0) + i ++; + buf[i] = 0; + return wxString(buf); + } +#ifdef __VMS__ + if (path[i] == wxT(']')) + { + buf[i+1] = 0; + return wxString(buf); + } +#endif + i --; + } + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__) + // Try Drive specifier + if (wxIsalpha (buf[0]) && buf[1] == wxT(':')) + { + // A:junk --> A:. (since A:.\junk Not A:\junk) + buf[2] = wxT('.'); + buf[3] = wxT('\0'); + return wxString(buf); + } +#endif + } + return wxEmptyString; +} + +// Utility for converting delimiters in DOS filenames to UNIX style +// and back again - or we get nasty problems with delimiters. +// Also, convert to lower case, since case is significant in UNIX. + +#if defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXOSX_IPHONE__) + +#define kDefaultPathStyle kCFURLPOSIXPathStyle + +wxString wxMacFSRefToPath( const FSRef *fsRef , CFStringRef additionalPathComponent ) +{ + CFURLRef fullURLRef; + fullURLRef = CFURLCreateFromFSRef(NULL, fsRef); + if ( additionalPathComponent ) + { + CFURLRef parentURLRef = fullURLRef ; + fullURLRef = CFURLCreateCopyAppendingPathComponent(NULL, parentURLRef, + additionalPathComponent,false); + CFRelease( parentURLRef ) ; + } + CFStringRef cfString = CFURLCopyFileSystemPath(fullURLRef, kDefaultPathStyle); + CFRelease( fullURLRef ) ; + CFMutableStringRef cfMutableString = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, cfString); + CFRelease( cfString ); + CFStringNormalize(cfMutableString,kCFStringNormalizationFormC); + return wxCFStringRef(cfMutableString).AsString(); +} + +OSStatus wxMacPathToFSRef( const wxString&path , FSRef *fsRef ) +{ + OSStatus err = noErr ; + CFMutableStringRef cfMutableString = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, wxCFStringRef(path)); + CFStringNormalize(cfMutableString,kCFStringNormalizationFormD); + CFURLRef url = CFURLCreateWithFileSystemPath(kCFAllocatorDefault, cfMutableString , kDefaultPathStyle, false); + CFRelease( cfMutableString ); + if ( NULL != url ) + { + if ( CFURLGetFSRef(url, fsRef) == false ) + err = fnfErr ; + CFRelease( url ) ; + } + else + { + err = fnfErr ; + } + return err ; +} + +wxString wxMacHFSUniStrToString( ConstHFSUniStr255Param uniname ) +{ + CFStringRef cfname = CFStringCreateWithCharacters( kCFAllocatorDefault, + uniname->unicode, + uniname->length ); + CFMutableStringRef cfMutableString = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, cfname); + CFRelease( cfname ); + CFStringNormalize(cfMutableString,kCFStringNormalizationFormC); + return wxCFStringRef(cfMutableString).AsString() ; +} + +#ifndef __LP64__ + +wxString wxMacFSSpec2MacFilename( const FSSpec *spec ) +{ + FSRef fsRef ; + if ( FSpMakeFSRef( spec , &fsRef) == noErr ) + { + return wxMacFSRefToPath( &fsRef ) ; + } + return wxEmptyString ; +} + +void wxMacFilename2FSSpec( const wxString& path , FSSpec *spec ) +{ + OSStatus err = noErr; + FSRef fsRef; + wxMacPathToFSRef( path , &fsRef ); + err = FSGetCatalogInfo(&fsRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, spec, NULL); + verify_noerr( err ); +} +#endif + +#endif // __WXMAC__ + + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +template +static void wxDoDos2UnixFilename(T *s) +{ + if (s) + while (*s) + { + if (*s == wxT('\\')) + *s = wxT('/'); +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + else + *s = wxTolower(*s); // Case INDEPENDENT +#endif + s++; + } +} + +void wxDos2UnixFilename(char *s) { wxDoDos2UnixFilename(s); } +void wxDos2UnixFilename(wchar_t *s) { wxDoDos2UnixFilename(s); } + +template +static void +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__) +wxDoUnix2DosFilename(T *s) +#else +wxDoUnix2DosFilename(T *WXUNUSED(s) ) +#endif +{ +// Yes, I really mean this to happen under DOS only! JACS +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__) + if (s) + while (*s) + { + if (*s == wxT('/')) + *s = wxT('\\'); + s++; + } +#endif +} + +void wxUnix2DosFilename(char *s) { wxDoUnix2DosFilename(s); } +void wxUnix2DosFilename(wchar_t *s) { wxDoUnix2DosFilename(s); } + +#endif // #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// Concatenate two files to form third +bool +wxConcatFiles (const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2, const wxString& file3) +{ +#if wxUSE_FILE + + wxFile in1(file1), in2(file2); + wxTempFile out(file3); + + if ( !in1.IsOpened() || !in2.IsOpened() || !out.IsOpened() ) + return false; + + ssize_t ofs; + unsigned char buf[1024]; + + for( int i=0; i<2; i++) + { + wxFile *in = i==0 ? &in1 : &in2; + do{ + if ( (ofs = in->Read(buf,WXSIZEOF(buf))) == wxInvalidOffset ) return false; + if ( ofs > 0 ) + if ( !out.Write(buf,ofs) ) + return false; + } while ( ofs == (ssize_t)WXSIZEOF(buf) ); + } + + return out.Commit(); + +#else + + wxUnusedVar(file1); + wxUnusedVar(file2); + wxUnusedVar(file3); + return false; + +#endif +} + +// helper of generic implementation of wxCopyFile() +#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__OS2__) || defined(__PALMOS__)) && \ + wxUSE_FILE + +static bool +wxDoCopyFile(wxFile& fileIn, + const wxStructStat& fbuf, + const wxString& filenameDst, + bool overwrite) +{ + // reset the umask as we want to create the file with exactly the same + // permissions as the original one + wxCHANGE_UMASK(0); + + // create file2 with the same permissions than file1 and open it for + // writing + + wxFile fileOut; + if ( !fileOut.Create(filenameDst, overwrite, fbuf.st_mode & 0777) ) + return false; + + // copy contents of file1 to file2 + char buf[4096]; + for ( ;; ) + { + ssize_t count = fileIn.Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)); + if ( count == wxInvalidOffset ) + return false; + + // end of file? + if ( !count ) + break; + + if ( fileOut.Write(buf, count) < (size_t)count ) + return false; + } + + // we can expect fileIn to be closed successfully, but we should ensure + // that fileOut was closed as some write errors (disk full) might not be + // detected before doing this + return fileIn.Close() && fileOut.Close(); +} + +#endif // generic implementation of wxCopyFile + +// Copy files +bool +wxCopyFile (const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2, bool overwrite) +{ +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + // CopyFile() copies file attributes and modification time too, so use it + // instead of our code if available + // + // NB: 3rd parameter is bFailIfExists i.e. the inverse of overwrite + if ( !::CopyFile(file1.t_str(), file2.t_str(), !overwrite) ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to copy the file '%s' to '%s'"), + file1.c_str(), file2.c_str()); + + return false; + } +#elif defined(__OS2__) + if ( ::DosCopy(file1.c_str(), file2.c_str(), overwrite ? DCPY_EXISTING : 0) != 0 ) + return false; +#elif defined(__PALMOS__) + // TODO with http://www.palmos.com/dev/support/docs/protein_books/Memory_Databases_Files/ + return false; +#elif wxUSE_FILE // !Win32 + + wxStructStat fbuf; + // get permissions of file1 + if ( wxStat( file1, &fbuf) != 0 ) + { + // the file probably doesn't exist or we haven't the rights to read + // from it anyhow + wxLogSysError(_("Impossible to get permissions for file '%s'"), + file1.c_str()); + return false; + } + + // open file1 for reading + wxFile fileIn(file1, wxFile::read); + if ( !fileIn.IsOpened() ) + return false; + + // remove file2, if it exists. This is needed for creating + // file2 with the correct permissions in the next step + if ( wxFileExists(file2) && (!overwrite || !wxRemoveFile(file2))) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Impossible to overwrite the file '%s'"), + file2.c_str()); + return false; + } + + wxDoCopyFile(fileIn, fbuf, file2, overwrite); + +#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) + // copy the resource fork of the file too if it's present + wxString pathRsrcOut; + wxFile fileRsrcIn; + + { + // suppress error messages from this block as resource forks don't have + // to exist + wxLogNull noLog; + + // it's not enough to check for file existence: it always does on HFS + // but is empty for files without resources + if ( fileRsrcIn.Open(file1 + wxT("/..namedfork/rsrc")) && + fileRsrcIn.Length() > 0 ) + { + // we must be using HFS or another filesystem with resource fork + // support, suppose that destination file system also is HFS[-like] + pathRsrcOut = file2 + wxT("/..namedfork/rsrc"); + } + else // check if we have resource fork in separate file (non-HFS case) + { + wxFileName fnRsrc(file1); + fnRsrc.SetName(wxT("._") + fnRsrc.GetName()); + + fileRsrcIn.Close(); + if ( fileRsrcIn.Open( fnRsrc.GetFullPath() ) ) + { + fnRsrc = file2; + fnRsrc.SetName(wxT("._") + fnRsrc.GetName()); + + pathRsrcOut = fnRsrc.GetFullPath(); + } + } + } + + if ( !pathRsrcOut.empty() ) + { + if ( !wxDoCopyFile(fileRsrcIn, fbuf, pathRsrcOut, overwrite) ) + return false; + } +#endif // wxMac || wxCocoa + +#if !defined(__VISAGECPP__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__UNIX__) + // no chmod in VA. Should be some permission API for HPFS386 partitions + // however + if ( chmod(file2.fn_str(), fbuf.st_mode) != 0 ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Impossible to set permissions for the file '%s'"), + file2.c_str()); + return false; + } +#endif // OS/2 || Mac + +#else // !Win32 && ! wxUSE_FILE + + // impossible to simulate with wxWidgets API + wxUnusedVar(file1); + wxUnusedVar(file2); + wxUnusedVar(overwrite); + return false; + +#endif // __WXMSW__ && __WIN32__ + + return true; +} + +bool +wxRenameFile(const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2, bool overwrite) +{ + if ( !overwrite && wxFileExists(file2) ) + { + wxLogSysError + ( + _("Failed to rename the file '%s' to '%s' because the destination file already exists."), + file1.c_str(), file2.c_str() + ); + + return false; + } + +#if !defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__WXPALMOS__) + // Normal system call + if ( wxRename (file1, file2) == 0 ) + return true; +#endif + + // Try to copy + if (wxCopyFile(file1, file2, overwrite)) { + wxRemoveFile(file1); + return true; + } + // Give up + return false; +} + +bool wxRemoveFile(const wxString& file) +{ +#if defined(__VISUALC__) \ + || defined(__BORLANDC__) \ + || defined(__WATCOMC__) \ + || defined(__DMC__) \ + || defined(__GNUWIN32__) \ + || (defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__MSL__)) + int res = wxRemove(file); +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + int res = unlink(file.fn_str()); +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + int res = 1; + // TODO with VFSFileDelete() +#else + int res = unlink(file.fn_str()); +#endif + + return res == 0; +} + +bool wxMkdir(const wxString& dir, int perm) +{ +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + return false; +#else +#if defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__UNIX__) + if ( mkdir(dir.fn_str(), 0) != 0 ) + + // assume mkdir() has 2 args on non Windows-OS/2 platforms and on Windows too + // for the GNU compiler +#elif (!(defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__) || defined(__DOS__))) || \ + (defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !defined(__MINGW32__)) || \ + defined(__WINE__) || defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + const wxChar *dirname = dir.c_str(); + #if defined(MSVCRT) + wxUnusedVar(perm); + if ( mkdir(wxFNCONV(dirname)) != 0 ) + #else + if ( mkdir(wxFNCONV(dirname), perm) != 0 ) + #endif +#elif defined(__OS2__) + wxUnusedVar(perm); + if (::DosCreateDir(dir.c_str(), NULL) != 0) // enhance for EAB's?? +#elif defined(__DOS__) + const wxChar *dirname = dir.c_str(); + #if defined(__WATCOMC__) + (void)perm; + if ( wxMkDir(wxFNSTRINGCAST wxFNCONV(dirname)) != 0 ) + #elif defined(__DJGPP__) + if ( mkdir(wxFNCONV(dirname), perm) != 0 ) + #else + #error "Unsupported DOS compiler!" + #endif +#else // !MSW, !DOS and !OS/2 VAC++ + wxUnusedVar(perm); + #ifdef __WXWINCE__ + if ( CreateDirectory(dir.fn_str(), NULL) == 0 ) + #else + if ( wxMkDir(dir.fn_str()) != 0 ) + #endif +#endif // !MSW/MSW + { + wxLogSysError(_("Directory '%s' couldn't be created"), dir); + return false; + } + + return true; +#endif // PALMOS/!PALMOS +} + +bool wxRmdir(const wxString& dir, int WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ +#if defined(__VMS__) + return false; //to be changed since rmdir exists in VMS7.x +#elif defined(__WXPALMOS__) + // TODO with VFSFileRename() + return false; +#else + #if defined(__OS2__) + if ( ::DosDeleteDir(dir.c_str()) != 0 ) + #elif defined(__WXWINCE__) + if ( RemoveDirectory(dir.fn_str()) == 0 ) + #else + if ( wxRmDir(dir.fn_str()) != 0 ) + #endif + { + wxLogSysError(_("Directory '%s' couldn't be deleted"), dir); + return false; + } + + return true; +#endif // PALMOS/!PALMOS +} + +// does the path exists? (may have or not '/' or '\\' at the end) +bool wxDirExists(const wxString& pathName) +{ + return wxFileName::DirExists(pathName); +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// Get a temporary filename, opening and closing the file. +wxChar *wxGetTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxChar *buf) +{ + wxString filename; + if ( !wxGetTempFileName(prefix, filename) ) + return NULL; + + if ( buf ) +#ifdef _PACC_VER + // work around the PalmOS pacc compiler bug + wxStrcpy(buf, filename.data()); +#else + wxStrcpy(buf, filename); +#endif + else + buf = MYcopystring(filename); + + return buf; +} + +bool wxGetTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxString& buf) +{ +#if wxUSE_FILE + buf = wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(prefix); + + return !buf.empty(); +#else // !wxUSE_FILE + wxUnusedVar(prefix); + wxUnusedVar(buf); + + return false; +#endif // wxUSE_FILE/!wxUSE_FILE +} + +#endif // #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// Get first file name matching given wild card. + +static wxDir *gs_dir = NULL; +static wxString gs_dirPath; + +wxString wxFindFirstFile(const wxString& spec, int flags) +{ + wxFileName::SplitPath(spec, &gs_dirPath, NULL, NULL); + if ( gs_dirPath.empty() ) + gs_dirPath = wxT("."); + if ( !wxEndsWithPathSeparator(gs_dirPath ) ) + gs_dirPath << wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + + delete gs_dir; // can be NULL, this is ok + gs_dir = new wxDir(gs_dirPath); + + if ( !gs_dir->IsOpened() ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Can not enumerate files '%s'"), spec); + return wxEmptyString; + } + + int dirFlags; + switch (flags) + { + case wxDIR: dirFlags = wxDIR_DIRS; break; + case wxFILE: dirFlags = wxDIR_FILES; break; + default: dirFlags = wxDIR_DIRS | wxDIR_FILES; break; + } + + wxString result; + gs_dir->GetFirst(&result, wxFileNameFromPath(spec), dirFlags); + if ( result.empty() ) + { + wxDELETE(gs_dir); + return result; + } + + return gs_dirPath + result; +} + +wxString wxFindNextFile() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( gs_dir, "", "You must call wxFindFirstFile before!" ); + + wxString result; + gs_dir->GetNext(&result); + + if ( result.empty() ) + { + wxDELETE(gs_dir); + return result; + } + + return gs_dirPath + result; +} + + +// Get current working directory. +// If buf is NULL, allocates space using new, else copies into buf. +// wxGetWorkingDirectory() is obsolete, use wxGetCwd() +// wxDoGetCwd() is their common core to be moved +// to wxGetCwd() once wxGetWorkingDirectory() will be removed. +// Do not expose wxDoGetCwd in headers! + +wxChar *wxDoGetCwd(wxChar *buf, int sz) +{ +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + // TODO + if(buf && sz>0) buf[0] = wxT('\0'); + return buf; +#elif defined(__WXWINCE__) + // TODO + if(buf && sz>0) buf[0] = wxT('\0'); + return buf; +#else + if ( !buf ) + { + buf = new wxChar[sz + 1]; + } + + bool ok wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(false); + + // for the compilers which have Unicode version of _getcwd(), call it + // directly, for the others call the ANSI version and do the translation +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + #define cbuf buf +#else // wxUSE_UNICODE + bool needsANSI = true; + + #if !defined(HAVE_WGETCWD) || wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU + char cbuf[_MAXPATHLEN]; + #endif + + #ifdef HAVE_WGETCWD + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU + if ( wxGetOsVersion() != wxOS_WINDOWS_9X ) + #else + char *cbuf = NULL; // never really used because needsANSI will always be false + #endif + { + ok = _wgetcwd(buf, sz) != NULL; + needsANSI = false; + } + #endif + + if ( needsANSI ) +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + { + #if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MINGW32__) + ok = _getcwd(cbuf, sz) != NULL; + #elif defined(__OS2__) + APIRET rc; + ULONG ulDriveNum = 0; + ULONG ulDriveMap = 0; + rc = ::DosQueryCurrentDisk(&ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap); + ok = rc == 0; + if (ok) + { + sz -= 3; + rc = ::DosQueryCurrentDir( 0 // current drive + ,(PBYTE)cbuf + 3 + ,(PULONG)&sz + ); + cbuf[0] = char('A' + (ulDriveNum - 1)); + cbuf[1] = ':'; + cbuf[2] = '\\'; + ok = rc == 0; + } + #else // !Win32/VC++ !Mac !OS2 + ok = getcwd(cbuf, sz) != NULL; + #endif // platform + + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + // finally convert the result to Unicode if needed + wxConvFile.MB2WC(buf, cbuf, sz); + #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + } + + if ( !ok ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to get the working directory")); + + // VZ: the old code used to return "." on error which didn't make any + // sense at all to me - empty string is a better error indicator + // (NULL might be even better but I'm afraid this could lead to + // problems with the old code assuming the return is never NULL) + buf[0] = wxT('\0'); + } + else // ok, but we might need to massage the path into the right format + { +#ifdef __DJGPP__ + // VS: DJGPP is a strange mix of DOS and UNIX API and returns paths + // with / deliminers. We don't like that. + for (wxChar *ch = buf; *ch; ch++) + { + if (*ch == wxT('/')) + *ch = wxT('\\'); + } +#endif // __DJGPP__ + +// MBN: we hope that in the case the user is compiling a GTK+/Motif app, +// he needs Unix as opposed to Win32 pathnames +#if defined( __CYGWIN__ ) && defined( __WINDOWS__ ) + // another example of DOS/Unix mix (Cygwin) + wxString pathUnix = buf; +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + #if CYGWIN_VERSION_DLL_MAJOR >= 1007 + cygwin_conv_path(CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W, pathUnix.mb_str(wxConvFile), buf, sz); + #else + char bufA[_MAXPATHLEN]; + cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(pathUnix.mb_str(wxConvFile), bufA); + wxConvFile.MB2WC(buf, bufA, sz); + #endif +#else + #if CYGWIN_VERSION_DLL_MAJOR >= 1007 + cygwin_conv_path(CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A, pathUnix, buf, sz); + #else + cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(pathUnix, buf); + #endif +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE +#endif // __CYGWIN__ + } + + return buf; + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + #undef cbuf +#endif + +#endif + // __WXWINCE__ +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxChar *wxGetWorkingDirectory(wxChar *buf, int sz) +{ + return wxDoGetCwd(buf,sz); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +wxString wxGetCwd() +{ + wxString str; + wxDoGetCwd(wxStringBuffer(str, _MAXPATHLEN), _MAXPATHLEN); + return str; +} + +bool wxSetWorkingDirectory(const wxString& d) +{ +#if defined(__OS2__) + if (d[1] == ':') + { + ::DosSetDefaultDisk(wxToupper(d[0]) - wxT('A') + 1); + // do not call DosSetCurrentDir when just changing drive, + // since it requires e.g. "d:." instead of "d:"! + if (d.length() == 2) + return true; + } + return (::DosSetCurrentDir(d.c_str()) == 0); +#elif defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__DOS__) + return (chdir(wxFNSTRINGCAST d.fn_str()) == 0); +#elif defined(__WINDOWS__) + +#ifdef __WIN32__ +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + // No equivalent in WinCE + wxUnusedVar(d); + return false; +#else + return (bool)(SetCurrentDirectory(d.fn_str()) != 0); +#endif +#else + // Must change drive, too. + bool isDriveSpec = ((strlen(d) > 1) && (d[1] == ':')); + if (isDriveSpec) + { + wxChar firstChar = d[0]; + + // To upper case + if (firstChar > 90) + firstChar = firstChar - 32; + + // To a drive number + unsigned int driveNo = firstChar - 64; + if (driveNo > 0) + { + unsigned int noDrives; + _dos_setdrive(driveNo, &noDrives); + } + } + bool success = (chdir(WXSTRINGCAST d) == 0); + + return success; +#endif + +#endif +} + +// Get the OS directory if appropriate (such as the Windows directory). +// On non-Windows platform, probably just return the empty string. +wxString wxGetOSDirectory() +{ +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + return wxString(wxT("\\Windows")); +#elif defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + wxChar buf[256]; + GetWindowsDirectory(buf, 256); + return wxString(buf); +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON + return wxMacFindFolderNoSeparator(kOnSystemDisk, 'macs', false); +#else + return wxEmptyString; +#endif +} + +bool wxEndsWithPathSeparator(const wxString& filename) +{ + return !filename.empty() && wxIsPathSeparator(filename.Last()); +} + +// find a file in a list of directories, returns false if not found +bool wxFindFileInPath(wxString *pStr, const wxString& szPath, const wxString& szFile) +{ + // we assume that it's not empty + wxCHECK_MSG( !szFile.empty(), false, + wxT("empty file name in wxFindFileInPath")); + + // skip path separator in the beginning of the file name if present + wxString szFile2; + if ( wxIsPathSeparator(szFile[0u]) ) + szFile2 = szFile.Mid(1); + else + szFile2 = szFile; + + wxStringTokenizer tkn(szPath, wxPATH_SEP); + + while ( tkn.HasMoreTokens() ) + { + wxString strFile = tkn.GetNextToken(); + if ( !wxEndsWithPathSeparator(strFile) ) + strFile += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + strFile += szFile2; + + if ( wxFileExists(strFile) ) + { + *pStr = strFile; + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSplitPath(const wxString& fileName, + wxString *pstrPath, + wxString *pstrName, + wxString *pstrExt) +{ + wxFileName::SplitPath(fileName, pstrPath, pstrName, pstrExt); +} +#endif // #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + +time_t WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileModificationTime(const wxString& filename) +{ + wxDateTime mtime; + if ( !wxFileName(filename).GetTimes(NULL, &mtime, NULL) ) + return (time_t)-1; + + return mtime.GetTicks(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + + +// Parses the filterStr, returning the number of filters. +// Returns 0 if none or if there's a problem. +// filterStr is in the form: "All files (*.*)|*.*|JPEG Files (*.jpeg)|*.jpeg" + +int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxParseCommonDialogsFilter(const wxString& filterStr, + wxArrayString& descriptions, + wxArrayString& filters) +{ + descriptions.Clear(); + filters.Clear(); + + wxString str(filterStr); + + wxString description, filter; + int pos = 0; + while( pos != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + pos = str.Find(wxT('|')); + if ( pos == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + // if there are no '|'s at all in the string just take the entire + // string as filter and make description empty for later autocompletion + if ( filters.IsEmpty() ) + { + descriptions.Add(wxEmptyString); + filters.Add(filterStr); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("missing '|' in the wildcard string!") ); + } + + break; + } + + description = str.Left(pos); + str = str.Mid(pos + 1); + pos = str.Find(wxT('|')); + if ( pos == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + filter = str; + } + else + { + filter = str.Left(pos); + str = str.Mid(pos + 1); + } + + descriptions.Add(description); + filters.Add(filter); + } + +#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) + // split it so there is one wildcard per entry + for( size_t i = 0 ; i < descriptions.GetCount() ; i++ ) + { + pos = filters[i].Find(wxT(';')); + if (pos != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + // first split only filters + descriptions.Insert(descriptions[i],i+1); + filters.Insert(filters[i].Mid(pos+1),i+1); + filters[i]=filters[i].Left(pos); + + // autoreplace new filter in description with pattern: + // C/C++ Files(*.cpp;*.c;*.h)|*.cpp;*.c;*.h + // cause split into: + // C/C++ Files(*.cpp)|*.cpp + // C/C++ Files(*.c;*.h)|*.c;*.h + // and next iteration cause another split into: + // C/C++ Files(*.cpp)|*.cpp + // C/C++ Files(*.c)|*.c + // C/C++ Files(*.h)|*.h + for ( size_t k=i;kbefore.Find(wxT(')'),true)) + { + before = before.Left(pos+1); + before << filters[k]; + pos = after.Find(wxT(')')); + int pos1 = after.Find(wxT('(')); + if (pos != wxNOT_FOUND && (pos +* +* The match procedure is public domain code (from ircII's reg.c) +* but modified to suit our tastes (RN: No "%" syntax I guess) +*/ + +bool wxMatchWild( const wxString& pat, const wxString& text, bool dot_special ) +{ + if (text.empty()) + { + /* Match if both are empty. */ + return pat.empty(); + } + + const wxChar *m = pat.c_str(), + *n = text.c_str(), + *ma = NULL, + *na = NULL; + int just = 0, + acount = 0, + count = 0; + + if (dot_special && (*n == wxT('.'))) + { + /* Never match so that hidden Unix files + * are never found. */ + return false; + } + + for (;;) + { + if (*m == wxT('*')) + { + ma = ++m; + na = n; + just = 1; + acount = count; + } + else if (*m == wxT('?')) + { + m++; + if (!*n++) + return false; + } + else + { + if (*m == wxT('\\')) + { + m++; + /* Quoting "nothing" is a bad thing */ + if (!*m) + return false; + } + if (!*m) + { + /* + * If we are out of both strings or we just + * saw a wildcard, then we can say we have a + * match + */ + if (!*n) + return true; + if (just) + return true; + just = 0; + goto not_matched; + } + /* + * We could check for *n == NULL at this point, but + * since it's more common to have a character there, + * check to see if they match first (m and n) and + * then if they don't match, THEN we can check for + * the NULL of n + */ + just = 0; + if (*m == *n) + { + m++; + count++; + n++; + } + else + { + + not_matched: + + /* + * If there are no more characters in the + * string, but we still need to find another + * character (*m != NULL), then it will be + * impossible to match it + */ + if (!*n) + return false; + + if (ma) + { + m = ma; + n = ++na; + count = acount; + } + else + return false; + } + } + } +} + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #pragma warning(default:4706) // assignment within conditional expression +#endif // VC++ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filehistorycmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filehistorycmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0cc23ac338 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filehistorycmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/filehistorycmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxFileHistory class +// Author: Julian Smart, Vaclav Slavik, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2010-05-03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filehistorycmn.cpp 64240 2010-05-07 06:45:48Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/filehistory.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY + +#include "wx/menu.h" +#include "wx/confbase.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +// return the string used for the MRU list items in the menu +// +// NB: the index n is 0-based, as usual, but the strings start from 1 +wxString GetMRUEntryLabel(int n, const wxString& path) +{ + // we need to quote '&' characters which are used for mnemonics + wxString pathInMenu(path); + pathInMenu.Replace("&", "&&"); + + return wxString::Format("&%d %s", n + 1, pathInMenu); +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// File history (a.k.a. MRU, most recently used, files list) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileHistory, wxObject) + +wxFileHistoryBase::wxFileHistoryBase(size_t maxFiles, wxWindowID idBase) +{ + m_fileMaxFiles = maxFiles; + m_idBase = idBase; +} + +void wxFileHistoryBase::AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file) +{ + // check if we don't already have this file + const wxFileName fnNew(file); + size_t i, + numFiles = m_fileHistory.size(); + for ( i = 0; i < numFiles; i++ ) + { + if ( fnNew == m_fileHistory[i] ) + { + // we do have it, move it to the top of the history + RemoveFileFromHistory(i); + numFiles--; + break; + } + } + + // if we already have a full history, delete the one at the end + if ( numFiles == m_fileMaxFiles ) + { + RemoveFileFromHistory(--numFiles); + } + + // add a new menu item to all file menus (they will be updated below) + for ( wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_fileMenus.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxMenu * const menu = (wxMenu *)node->GetData(); + + if ( !numFiles && menu->GetMenuItemCount() ) + menu->AppendSeparator(); + + // label doesn't matter, it will be set below anyhow, but it can't + // be empty (this is supposed to indicate a stock item) + menu->Append(m_idBase + numFiles, " "); + } + + // insert the new file in the beginning of the file history + m_fileHistory.insert(m_fileHistory.begin(), file); + numFiles++; + + // update the labels in all menus + for ( i = 0; i < numFiles; i++ ) + { + // if in same directory just show the filename; otherwise the full path + const wxFileName fnOld(m_fileHistory[i]); + + wxString pathInMenu; + if ( fnOld.GetPath() == fnNew.GetPath() ) + { + pathInMenu = fnOld.GetFullName(); + } + else // file in different directory + { + // absolute path; could also set relative path + pathInMenu = m_fileHistory[i]; + } + + for ( wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_fileMenus.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxMenu * const menu = (wxMenu *)node->GetData(); + + menu->SetLabel(m_idBase + i, GetMRUEntryLabel(i, pathInMenu)); + } + } +} + +void wxFileHistoryBase::RemoveFileFromHistory(size_t i) +{ + size_t numFiles = m_fileHistory.size(); + wxCHECK_RET( i < numFiles, + wxT("invalid index in wxFileHistoryBase::RemoveFileFromHistory") ); + + // delete the element from the array + m_fileHistory.RemoveAt(i); + numFiles--; + + for ( wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_fileMenus.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxMenu * const menu = (wxMenu *) node->GetData(); + + // shift filenames up + for ( size_t j = i; j < numFiles; j++ ) + { + menu->SetLabel(m_idBase + j, GetMRUEntryLabel(j, m_fileHistory[j])); + } + + // delete the last menu item which is unused now + const wxWindowID lastItemId = m_idBase + numFiles; + if ( menu->FindItem(lastItemId) ) + menu->Delete(lastItemId); + + // delete the last separator too if no more files are left + if ( m_fileHistory.empty() ) + { + const wxMenuItemList::compatibility_iterator + nodeLast = menu->GetMenuItems().GetLast(); + if ( nodeLast ) + { + wxMenuItem * const lastMenuItem = nodeLast->GetData(); + if ( lastMenuItem->IsSeparator() ) + menu->Delete(lastMenuItem); + } + //else: menu is empty somehow + } + } +} + +void wxFileHistoryBase::UseMenu(wxMenu *menu) +{ + if ( !m_fileMenus.Member(menu) ) + m_fileMenus.Append(menu); +} + +void wxFileHistoryBase::RemoveMenu(wxMenu *menu) +{ + m_fileMenus.DeleteObject(menu); +} + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG +void wxFileHistoryBase::Load(const wxConfigBase& config) +{ + m_fileHistory.Clear(); + + wxString buf; + buf.Printf(wxT("file%d"), 1); + + wxString historyFile; + while ((m_fileHistory.GetCount() < m_fileMaxFiles) && + config.Read(buf, &historyFile) && !historyFile.empty()) + { + m_fileHistory.Add(historyFile); + + buf.Printf(wxT("file%d"), (int)m_fileHistory.GetCount()+1); + historyFile = wxEmptyString; + } + + AddFilesToMenu(); +} + +void wxFileHistoryBase::Save(wxConfigBase& config) +{ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < m_fileMaxFiles; i++) + { + wxString buf; + buf.Printf(wxT("file%d"), (int)i+1); + if (i < m_fileHistory.GetCount()) + config.Write(buf, wxString(m_fileHistory[i])); + else + config.Write(buf, wxEmptyString); + } +} +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + +void wxFileHistoryBase::AddFilesToMenu() +{ + if ( m_fileHistory.empty() ) + return; + + for ( wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_fileMenus.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + AddFilesToMenu((wxMenu *) node->GetData()); + } +} + +void wxFileHistoryBase::AddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu) +{ + if ( m_fileHistory.empty() ) + return; + + if ( menu->GetMenuItemCount() ) + menu->AppendSeparator(); + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < m_fileHistory.GetCount(); i++ ) + { + menu->Append(m_idBase + i, GetMRUEntryLabel(i, m_fileHistory[i])); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filename.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filename.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..539a8f68d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filename.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2873 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/filename.cpp +// Purpose: wxFileName - encapsulates a file path +// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 28.12.2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filename.cpp 66996 2011-02-22 13:26:06Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + Here are brief descriptions of the filename formats supported by this class: + + wxPATH_UNIX: standard Unix format, used under Darwin as well, absolute file + names have the form: + /dir1/dir2/.../dirN/filename, "." and ".." stand for the + current and parent directory respectively, "~" is parsed as the + user HOME and "~username" as the HOME of that user + + wxPATH_DOS: DOS/Windows format, absolute file names have the form: + drive:\dir1\dir2\...\dirN\filename.ext where drive is a single + letter. "." and ".." as for Unix but no "~". + + There are also UNC names of the form \\share\fullpath and + MSW unique volume names of the form \\?\Volume{GUID}\fullpath. + + The latter provide a uniform way to access a volume regardless of + its current mount point, i.e. you can change a volume's mount + point from D: to E:, or even remove it, and still be able to + access it through its unique volume name. More on the subject can + be found in MSDN's article "Naming a Volume" that is currently at + http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa365248(VS.85).aspx. + + + wxPATH_MAC: Mac OS 8/9 and Mac OS X under CodeWarrior 7 format, absolute file + names have the form + volume:dir1:...:dirN:filename + and the relative file names are either + :dir1:...:dirN:filename + or just + filename + (although :filename works as well). + Since the volume is just part of the file path, it is not + treated like a separate entity as it is done under DOS and + VMS, it is just treated as another dir. + + wxPATH_VMS: VMS native format, absolute file names have the form + :[dir1.dir2.dir3]file.txt + or + :[000000.dir1.dir2.dir3]file.txt + + the is the physical device (i.e. disk). 000000 is the + root directory on the device which can be omitted. + + Note that VMS uses different separators unlike Unix: + : always after the device. If the path does not contain : than + the default (the device of the current directory) is assumed. + [ start of directory specification + . separator between directory and subdirectory + ] between directory and file + */ + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" // For GetShort/LongPathName + #endif + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/private/filename.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/config.h" // for wxExpandEnvVars +#include "wx/dynlib.h" +#include "wx/dir.h" + +#if defined(__WIN32__) && defined(__MINGW32__) + #include "wx/msw/gccpriv.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#include "wx/msw/private.h" +#endif + +#if defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/private.h" // includes mac headers +#endif + +// utime() is POSIX so should normally be available on all Unices +#ifdef __UNIX_LIKE__ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __DJGPP__ +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __MWERKS__ +#ifdef __MACH__ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ +#include +#include +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __VISAGECPP__ +#ifndef MAX_PATH +#define MAX_PATH 256 +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __EMX__ +#include +#define MAX_PATH _MAX_PATH +#endif + + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG +extern const wxULongLong wxInvalidSize = (unsigned)-1; +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + +namespace +{ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// small helper class which opens and closes the file - we use it just to get +// a file handle for the given file name to pass it to some Win32 API function +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + +class wxFileHandle +{ +public: + enum OpenMode + { + ReadAttr, + WriteAttr + }; + + wxFileHandle(const wxString& filename, OpenMode mode, int flags = 0) + { + // be careful and use FILE_{READ,WRITE}_ATTRIBUTES here instead of the + // usual GENERIC_{READ,WRITE} as we don't want the file access time to + // be changed when we open it because this class is used for setting + // access time (see #10567) + m_hFile = ::CreateFile + ( + filename.t_str(), // name + mode == ReadAttr ? FILE_READ_ATTRIBUTES // access mask + : FILE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES, + FILE_SHARE_READ | // sharing mode + FILE_SHARE_WRITE, // (allow everything) + NULL, // no secutity attr + OPEN_EXISTING, // creation disposition + flags, // flags + NULL // no template file + ); + + if ( m_hFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ) + { + if ( mode == ReadAttr ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to open '%s' for reading"), + filename.c_str()); + } + else + { + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to open '%s' for writing"), + filename.c_str()); + } + } + } + + ~wxFileHandle() + { + if ( m_hFile != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ) + { + if ( !::CloseHandle(m_hFile) ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to close file handle")); + } + } + } + + // return true only if the file could be opened successfully + bool IsOk() const { return m_hFile != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; } + + // get the handle + operator HANDLE() const { return m_hFile; } + +private: + HANDLE m_hFile; +}; + +#endif // __WIN32__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME && defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + +// convert between wxDateTime and FILETIME which is a 64-bit value representing +// the number of 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601. + +static void ConvertFileTimeToWx(wxDateTime *dt, const FILETIME &ft) +{ + FILETIME ftcopy = ft; + FILETIME ftLocal; + if ( !::FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&ftcopy, &ftLocal) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("FileTimeToLocalFileTime")); + } + + SYSTEMTIME st; + if ( !::FileTimeToSystemTime(&ftLocal, &st) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("FileTimeToSystemTime")); + } + + dt->Set(st.wDay, wxDateTime::Month(st.wMonth - 1), st.wYear, + st.wHour, st.wMinute, st.wSecond, st.wMilliseconds); +} + +static void ConvertWxToFileTime(FILETIME *ft, const wxDateTime& dt) +{ + SYSTEMTIME st; + st.wDay = dt.GetDay(); + st.wMonth = (WORD)(dt.GetMonth() + 1); + st.wYear = (WORD)dt.GetYear(); + st.wHour = dt.GetHour(); + st.wMinute = dt.GetMinute(); + st.wSecond = dt.GetSecond(); + st.wMilliseconds = dt.GetMillisecond(); + + FILETIME ftLocal; + if ( !::SystemTimeToFileTime(&st, &ftLocal) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("SystemTimeToFileTime")); + } + + if ( !::LocalFileTimeToFileTime(&ftLocal, ft) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("LocalFileTimeToFileTime")); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME && __WIN32__ + +// return a string with the volume par +static wxString wxGetVolumeString(const wxString& volume, wxPathFormat format) +{ + wxString path; + + if ( !volume.empty() ) + { + format = wxFileName::GetFormat(format); + + // Special Windows UNC paths hack, part 2: undo what we did in + // SplitPath() and make an UNC path if we have a drive which is not a + // single letter (hopefully the network shares can't be one letter only + // although I didn't find any authoritative docs on this) + if ( format == wxPATH_DOS && volume.length() > 1 ) + { + // We also have to check for Windows unique volume names here and + // return it with '\\?\' prepended to it + if ( wxFileName::IsMSWUniqueVolumeNamePath("\\\\?\\" + volume + "\\", + format) ) + { + path << "\\\\?\\" << volume; + } + else + { + // it must be a UNC path + path << wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS << wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS << volume; + } + } + else if ( format == wxPATH_DOS || format == wxPATH_VMS ) + { + path << volume << wxFileName::GetVolumeSeparator(format); + } + // else ignore + } + + return path; +} + +// return true if the character is a DOS path separator i.e. either a slash or +// a backslash +inline bool IsDOSPathSep(wxUniChar ch) +{ + return ch == wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS || ch == wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX; +} + +// return true if the format used is the DOS/Windows one and the string looks +// like a UNC path +static bool IsUNCPath(const wxString& path, wxPathFormat format) +{ + return format == wxPATH_DOS && + path.length() >= 4 && // "\\a" can't be a UNC path + IsDOSPathSep(path[0u]) && + IsDOSPathSep(path[1u]) && + !IsDOSPathSep(path[2u]); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// length of \\?\Volume{xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx}\ string +static const size_t wxMSWUniqueVolumePrefixLength = 49; + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileName construction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFileName::Assign( const wxFileName &filepath ) +{ + m_volume = filepath.GetVolume(); + m_dirs = filepath.GetDirs(); + m_name = filepath.GetName(); + m_ext = filepath.GetExt(); + m_relative = filepath.m_relative; + m_hasExt = filepath.m_hasExt; +} + +void wxFileName::Assign(const wxString& volume, + const wxString& path, + const wxString& name, + const wxString& ext, + bool hasExt, + wxPathFormat format) +{ + // we should ignore paths which look like UNC shares because we already + // have the volume here and the UNC notation (\\server\path) is only valid + // for paths which don't start with a volume, so prevent SetPath() from + // recognizing "\\foo\bar" in "c:\\foo\bar" as an UNC path + // + // note also that this is a rather ugly way to do what we want (passing + // some kind of flag telling to ignore UNC paths to SetPath() would be + // better) but this is the safest thing to do to avoid breaking backwards + // compatibility in 2.8 + if ( IsUNCPath(path, format) ) + { + // remove one of the 2 leading backslashes to ensure that it's not + // recognized as an UNC path by SetPath() + wxString pathNonUNC(path, 1, wxString::npos); + SetPath(pathNonUNC, format); + } + else // no UNC complications + { + SetPath(path, format); + } + + m_volume = volume; + m_ext = ext; + m_name = name; + + m_hasExt = hasExt; +} + +void wxFileName::SetPath( const wxString& pathOrig, wxPathFormat format ) +{ + m_dirs.Clear(); + + if ( pathOrig.empty() ) + { + // no path at all + m_relative = true; + + return; + } + + format = GetFormat( format ); + + // 0) deal with possible volume part first + wxString volume, + path; + SplitVolume(pathOrig, &volume, &path, format); + if ( !volume.empty() ) + { + m_relative = false; + + SetVolume(volume); + } + + // 1) Determine if the path is relative or absolute. + + if ( path.empty() ) + { + // we had only the volume + return; + } + + wxChar leadingChar = path[0u]; + + switch (format) + { + case wxPATH_MAC: + m_relative = leadingChar == wxT(':'); + + // We then remove a leading ":". The reason is in our + // storage form for relative paths: + // ":dir:file.txt" actually means "./dir/file.txt" in + // DOS notation and should get stored as + // (relative) (dir) (file.txt) + // "::dir:file.txt" actually means "../dir/file.txt" + // stored as (relative) (..) (dir) (file.txt) + // This is important only for the Mac as an empty dir + // actually means , whereas under DOS, double + // slashes can be ignored: "\\\\" is the same as "\\". + if (m_relative) + path.erase( 0, 1 ); + break; + + case wxPATH_VMS: + // TODO: what is the relative path format here? + m_relative = false; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unknown path format") ); + // !! Fall through !! + + case wxPATH_UNIX: + m_relative = leadingChar != wxT('/'); + break; + + case wxPATH_DOS: + m_relative = !IsPathSeparator(leadingChar, format); + break; + + } + + // 2) Break up the path into its members. If the original path + // was just "/" or "\\", m_dirs will be empty. We know from + // the m_relative field, if this means "nothing" or "root dir". + + wxStringTokenizer tn( path, GetPathSeparators(format) ); + + while ( tn.HasMoreTokens() ) + { + wxString token = tn.GetNextToken(); + + // Remove empty token under DOS and Unix, interpret them + // as .. under Mac. + if (token.empty()) + { + if (format == wxPATH_MAC) + m_dirs.Add( wxT("..") ); + // else ignore + } + else + { + m_dirs.Add( token ); + } + } +} + +void wxFileName::Assign(const wxString& fullpath, + wxPathFormat format) +{ + wxString volume, path, name, ext; + bool hasExt; + SplitPath(fullpath, &volume, &path, &name, &ext, &hasExt, format); + + Assign(volume, path, name, ext, hasExt, format); +} + +void wxFileName::Assign(const wxString& fullpathOrig, + const wxString& fullname, + wxPathFormat format) +{ + // always recognize fullpath as directory, even if it doesn't end with a + // slash + wxString fullpath = fullpathOrig; + if ( !fullpath.empty() && !wxEndsWithPathSeparator(fullpath) ) + { + fullpath += GetPathSeparator(format); + } + + wxString volume, path, name, ext; + bool hasExt; + + // do some consistency checks: the name should be really just the filename + // and the path should be really just a path + wxString volDummy, pathDummy, nameDummy, extDummy; + + SplitPath(fullname, &volDummy, &pathDummy, &name, &ext, &hasExt, format); + + wxASSERT_MSG( volDummy.empty() && pathDummy.empty(), + wxT("the file name shouldn't contain the path") ); + + SplitPath(fullpath, &volume, &path, &nameDummy, &extDummy, format); + +#ifndef __VMS + // This test makes no sense on an OpenVMS system. + wxASSERT_MSG( nameDummy.empty() && extDummy.empty(), + wxT("the path shouldn't contain file name nor extension") ); +#endif + Assign(volume, path, name, ext, hasExt, format); +} + +void wxFileName::Assign(const wxString& pathOrig, + const wxString& name, + const wxString& ext, + wxPathFormat format) +{ + wxString volume, + path; + SplitVolume(pathOrig, &volume, &path, format); + + Assign(volume, path, name, ext, format); +} + +void wxFileName::AssignDir(const wxString& dir, wxPathFormat format) +{ + Assign(dir, wxEmptyString, format); +} + +void wxFileName::Clear() +{ + m_dirs.Clear(); + + m_volume = + m_name = + m_ext = wxEmptyString; + + // we don't have any absolute path for now + m_relative = true; + + // nor any extension + m_hasExt = false; +} + +/* static */ +wxFileName wxFileName::FileName(const wxString& file, wxPathFormat format) +{ + return wxFileName(file, format); +} + +/* static */ +wxFileName wxFileName::DirName(const wxString& dir, wxPathFormat format) +{ + wxFileName fn; + fn.AssignDir(dir, format); + return fn; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// existence tests +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFileName::FileExists() const +{ + return wxFileName::FileExists( GetFullPath() ); +} + +/* static */ +bool wxFileName::FileExists( const wxString &filePath ) +{ +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + return false; +#elif defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + // we must use GetFileAttributes() instead of the ANSI C functions because + // it can cope with network (UNC) paths unlike them + DWORD ret = ::GetFileAttributes(filePath.t_str()); + + return (ret != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && !(ret & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY); +#else // !__WIN32__ + #ifndef S_ISREG + #define S_ISREG(mode) ((mode) & S_IFREG) + #endif + wxStructStat st; + + return (wxStat( filePath, &st) == 0 && S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) +#ifdef __OS2__ + || (errno == EACCES) // if access is denied something with that name + // exists and is opened in exclusive mode. +#endif + ; +#endif // __WIN32__/!__WIN32__ +} + +bool wxFileName::DirExists() const +{ + return wxFileName::DirExists( GetPath() ); +} + +/* static */ +bool wxFileName::DirExists( const wxString &dirPath ) +{ + wxString strPath(dirPath); + +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__) + // Windows fails to find directory named "c:\dir\" even if "c:\dir" exists, + // so remove all trailing backslashes from the path - but don't do this for + // the paths "d:\" (which are different from "d:"), for just "\" or for + // windows unique volume names ("\\?\Volume{GUID}\") + while ( wxEndsWithPathSeparator(strPath) ) + { + size_t len = strPath.length(); + if ( len == 1 || (len == 3 && strPath[len - 2] == wxT(':')) || + (len == wxMSWUniqueVolumePrefixLength && + wxFileName::IsMSWUniqueVolumeNamePath(strPath))) + { + break; + } + + strPath.Truncate(len - 1); + } +#endif // __WINDOWS__ + +#ifdef __OS2__ + // OS/2 can't handle "d:", it wants either "d:\" or "d:." + if (strPath.length() == 2 && strPath[1u] == wxT(':')) + strPath << wxT('.'); +#endif + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + return false; +#elif defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + // stat() can't cope with network paths + DWORD ret = ::GetFileAttributes(strPath.t_str()); + + return (ret != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (ret & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY); +#elif defined(__OS2__) + FILESTATUS3 Info = {{0}}; + APIRET rc = ::DosQueryPathInfo((PSZ)(WXSTRINGCAST strPath), FIL_STANDARD, + (void*) &Info, sizeof(FILESTATUS3)); + + return ((rc == NO_ERROR) && (Info.attrFile & FILE_DIRECTORY)) || + (rc == ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION); + // If we got a sharing violation, there must be something with this name. +#else // !__WIN32__ + + wxStructStat st; +#ifndef __VISAGECPP__ + return wxStat(strPath, &st) == 0 && ((st.st_mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR); +#else + // S_IFMT not supported in VA compilers.. st_mode is a 2byte value only + return wxStat(strPath, &st) == 0 && (st.st_mode == S_IFDIR); +#endif + +#endif // __WIN32__/!__WIN32__ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// CWD and HOME stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFileName::AssignCwd(const wxString& volume) +{ + AssignDir(wxFileName::GetCwd(volume)); +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileName::GetCwd(const wxString& volume) +{ + // if we have the volume, we must get the current directory on this drive + // and to do this we have to chdir to this volume - at least under Windows, + // I don't know how to get the current drive on another volume elsewhere + // (TODO) + wxString cwdOld; + if ( !volume.empty() ) + { + cwdOld = wxGetCwd(); + SetCwd(volume + GetVolumeSeparator()); + } + + wxString cwd = ::wxGetCwd(); + + if ( !volume.empty() ) + { + SetCwd(cwdOld); + } + + return cwd; +} + +bool wxFileName::SetCwd() const +{ + return wxFileName::SetCwd( GetPath() ); +} + +bool wxFileName::SetCwd( const wxString &cwd ) +{ + return ::wxSetWorkingDirectory( cwd ); +} + +void wxFileName::AssignHomeDir() +{ + AssignDir(wxFileName::GetHomeDir()); +} + +wxString wxFileName::GetHomeDir() +{ + return ::wxGetHomeDir(); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// CreateTempFileName +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_FILE || wxUSE_FFILE + + +#if !defined wx_fdopen && defined HAVE_FDOPEN + #define wx_fdopen fdopen +#endif + +// NB: GetTempFileName() under Windows creates the file, so using +// O_EXCL there would fail +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + #define wxOPEN_EXCL 0 +#else + #define wxOPEN_EXCL O_EXCL +#endif + + +#ifdef wxOpenOSFHandle +#define WX_HAVE_DELETE_ON_CLOSE +// On Windows create a file with the FILE_FLAGS_DELETE_ON_CLOSE flags. +// +static int wxOpenWithDeleteOnClose(const wxString& filename) +{ + DWORD access = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; + + DWORD disposition = OPEN_ALWAYS; + + DWORD attributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY | + FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE; + + HANDLE h = ::CreateFile(filename.fn_str(), access, 0, NULL, + disposition, attributes, NULL); + + return wxOpenOSFHandle(h, wxO_BINARY); +} +#endif // wxOpenOSFHandle + + +// Helper to open the file +// +static int wxTempOpen(const wxString& path, bool *deleteOnClose) +{ +#ifdef WX_HAVE_DELETE_ON_CLOSE + if (*deleteOnClose) + return wxOpenWithDeleteOnClose(path); +#endif + + *deleteOnClose = false; + + return wxOpen(path, wxO_BINARY | O_RDWR | O_CREAT | wxOPEN_EXCL, 0600); +} + + +#if wxUSE_FFILE +// Helper to open the file and attach it to the wxFFile +// +static bool wxTempOpen(wxFFile *file, const wxString& path, bool *deleteOnClose) +{ +#ifndef wx_fdopen + *deleteOnClose = false; + return file->Open(path, wxT("w+b")); +#else // wx_fdopen + int fd = wxTempOpen(path, deleteOnClose); + if (fd == -1) + return false; + file->Attach(wx_fdopen(fd, "w+b")); + return file->IsOpened(); +#endif // wx_fdopen +} +#endif // wxUSE_FFILE + + +#if !wxUSE_FILE + #define WXFILEARGS(x, y) y +#elif !wxUSE_FFILE + #define WXFILEARGS(x, y) x +#else + #define WXFILEARGS(x, y) x, y +#endif + + +// Implementation of wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(). +// +static wxString wxCreateTempImpl( + const wxString& prefix, + WXFILEARGS(wxFile *fileTemp, wxFFile *ffileTemp), + bool *deleteOnClose = NULL) +{ +#if wxUSE_FILE && wxUSE_FFILE + wxASSERT(fileTemp == NULL || ffileTemp == NULL); +#endif + wxString path, dir, name; + bool wantDeleteOnClose = false; + + if (deleteOnClose) + { + // set the result to false initially + wantDeleteOnClose = *deleteOnClose; + *deleteOnClose = false; + } + else + { + // easier if it alwasys points to something + deleteOnClose = &wantDeleteOnClose; + } + + // use the directory specified by the prefix + wxFileName::SplitPath(prefix, &dir, &name, NULL /* extension */); + + if (dir.empty()) + { + dir = wxFileName::GetTempDir(); + } + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) + path = dir + wxT("\\") + name; + int i = 1; + while (wxFileName::FileExists(path)) + { + path = dir + wxT("\\") + name ; + path << i; + i ++; + } + +#elif defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + if (!::GetTempFileName(dir.t_str(), name.t_str(), 0, + wxStringBuffer(path, MAX_PATH + 1))) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("GetTempFileName")); + + path.clear(); + } + +#else // !Windows + path = dir; + + if ( !wxEndsWithPathSeparator(dir) && + (name.empty() || !wxIsPathSeparator(name[0u])) ) + { + path += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + } + + path += name; + +#if defined(HAVE_MKSTEMP) + // scratch space for mkstemp() + path += wxT("XXXXXX"); + + // we need to copy the path to the buffer in which mkstemp() can modify it + wxCharBuffer buf(path.fn_str()); + + // cast is safe because the string length doesn't change + int fdTemp = mkstemp( (char*)(const char*) buf ); + if ( fdTemp == -1 ) + { + // this might be not necessary as mkstemp() on most systems should have + // already done it but it doesn't hurt neither... + path.clear(); + } + else // mkstemp() succeeded + { + path = wxConvFile.cMB2WX( (const char*) buf ); + + #if wxUSE_FILE + // avoid leaking the fd + if ( fileTemp ) + { + fileTemp->Attach(fdTemp); + } + else + #endif + + #if wxUSE_FFILE + if ( ffileTemp ) + { + #ifdef wx_fdopen + ffileTemp->Attach(wx_fdopen(fdTemp, "r+b")); + #else + ffileTemp->Open(path, wxT("r+b")); + close(fdTemp); + #endif + } + else + #endif + + { + close(fdTemp); + } + } +#else // !HAVE_MKSTEMP + +#ifdef HAVE_MKTEMP + // same as above + path += wxT("XXXXXX"); + + wxCharBuffer buf = wxConvFile.cWX2MB( path ); + if ( !mktemp( (char*)(const char*) buf ) ) + { + path.clear(); + } + else + { + path = wxConvFile.cMB2WX( (const char*) buf ); + } +#else // !HAVE_MKTEMP (includes __DOS__) + // generate the unique file name ourselves + #if !defined(__DOS__) && !defined(__PALMOS__) && (!defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__DARWIN__) ) + path << (unsigned int)getpid(); + #endif + + wxString pathTry; + + static const size_t numTries = 1000; + for ( size_t n = 0; n < numTries; n++ ) + { + // 3 hex digits is enough for numTries == 1000 < 4096 + pathTry = path + wxString::Format(wxT("%.03x"), (unsigned int) n); + if ( !wxFileName::FileExists(pathTry) ) + { + break; + } + + pathTry.clear(); + } + + path = pathTry; +#endif // HAVE_MKTEMP/!HAVE_MKTEMP + +#endif // HAVE_MKSTEMP/!HAVE_MKSTEMP + +#endif // Windows/!Windows + + if ( path.empty() ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to create a temporary file name")); + } + else + { + bool ok = true; + + // open the file - of course, there is a race condition here, this is + // why we always prefer using mkstemp()... + #if wxUSE_FILE + if ( fileTemp && !fileTemp->IsOpened() ) + { + *deleteOnClose = wantDeleteOnClose; + int fd = wxTempOpen(path, deleteOnClose); + if (fd != -1) + fileTemp->Attach(fd); + else + ok = false; + } + #endif + + #if wxUSE_FFILE + if ( ffileTemp && !ffileTemp->IsOpened() ) + { + *deleteOnClose = wantDeleteOnClose; + ok = wxTempOpen(ffileTemp, path, deleteOnClose); + } + #endif + + if ( !ok ) + { + // FIXME: If !ok here should we loop and try again with another + // file name? That is the standard recourse if open(O_EXCL) + // fails, though of course it should be protected against + // possible infinite looping too. + + wxLogError(_("Failed to open temporary file.")); + + path.clear(); + } + } + + return path; +} + + +static bool wxCreateTempImpl( + const wxString& prefix, + WXFILEARGS(wxFile *fileTemp, wxFFile *ffileTemp), + wxString *name) +{ + bool deleteOnClose = true; + + *name = wxCreateTempImpl(prefix, + WXFILEARGS(fileTemp, ffileTemp), + &deleteOnClose); + + bool ok = !name->empty(); + + if (deleteOnClose) + name->clear(); +#ifdef __UNIX__ + else if (ok && wxRemoveFile(*name)) + name->clear(); +#endif + + return ok; +} + + +static void wxAssignTempImpl( + wxFileName *fn, + const wxString& prefix, + WXFILEARGS(wxFile *fileTemp, wxFFile *ffileTemp)) +{ + wxString tempname; + tempname = wxCreateTempImpl(prefix, WXFILEARGS(fileTemp, ffileTemp)); + + if ( tempname.empty() ) + { + // error, failed to get temp file name + fn->Clear(); + } + else // ok + { + fn->Assign(tempname); + } +} + + +void wxFileName::AssignTempFileName(const wxString& prefix) +{ + wxAssignTempImpl(this, prefix, WXFILEARGS(NULL, NULL)); +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix) +{ + return wxCreateTempImpl(prefix, WXFILEARGS(NULL, NULL)); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILE || wxUSE_FFILE + + +#if wxUSE_FILE + +wxString wxCreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, + wxFile *fileTemp, + bool *deleteOnClose) +{ + return wxCreateTempImpl(prefix, WXFILEARGS(fileTemp, NULL), deleteOnClose); +} + +bool wxCreateTempFile(const wxString& prefix, + wxFile *fileTemp, + wxString *name) +{ + return wxCreateTempImpl(prefix, WXFILEARGS(fileTemp, NULL), name); +} + +void wxFileName::AssignTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxFile *fileTemp) +{ + wxAssignTempImpl(this, prefix, WXFILEARGS(fileTemp, NULL)); +} + +/* static */ +wxString +wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxFile *fileTemp) +{ + return wxCreateTempFileName(prefix, fileTemp); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILE + + +#if wxUSE_FFILE + +wxString wxCreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, + wxFFile *fileTemp, + bool *deleteOnClose) +{ + return wxCreateTempImpl(prefix, WXFILEARGS(NULL, fileTemp), deleteOnClose); +} + +bool wxCreateTempFile(const wxString& prefix, + wxFFile *fileTemp, + wxString *name) +{ + return wxCreateTempImpl(prefix, WXFILEARGS(NULL, fileTemp), name); + +} + +void wxFileName::AssignTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxFFile *fileTemp) +{ + wxAssignTempImpl(this, prefix, WXFILEARGS(NULL, fileTemp)); +} + +/* static */ +wxString +wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxFFile *fileTemp) +{ + return wxCreateTempFileName(prefix, fileTemp); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FFILE + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// directory operations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// helper of GetTempDir(): check if the given directory exists and return it if +// it does or an empty string otherwise +namespace +{ + +wxString CheckIfDirExists(const wxString& dir) +{ + return wxFileName::DirExists(dir) ? dir : wxString(); +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +wxString wxFileName::GetTempDir() +{ + // first try getting it from environment: this allows overriding the values + // used by default if the user wants to create temporary files in another + // directory + wxString dir = CheckIfDirExists(wxGetenv("TMPDIR")); + if ( dir.empty() ) + { + dir = CheckIfDirExists(wxGetenv("TMP")); + if ( dir.empty() ) + dir = CheckIfDirExists(wxGetenv("TEMP")); + } + + // if no environment variables are set, use the system default + if ( dir.empty() ) + { +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) + dir = CheckIfDirExists(wxT("\\temp")); +#elif defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + if ( !::GetTempPath(MAX_PATH, wxStringBuffer(dir, MAX_PATH + 1)) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("GetTempPath")); + } +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON + dir = wxMacFindFolderNoSeparator(short(kOnSystemDisk), kTemporaryFolderType, kCreateFolder); +#endif // systems with native way + } + else // we got directory from an environment variable + { + // remove any trailing path separators, we don't want to ever return + // them from this function for consistency + const size_t lastNonSep = dir.find_last_not_of(GetPathSeparators()); + if ( lastNonSep == wxString::npos ) + { + // the string consists entirely of separators, leave only one + dir = GetPathSeparator(); + } + else + { + dir.erase(lastNonSep + 1); + } + } + + // fall back to hard coded value + if ( dir.empty() ) + { +#ifdef __UNIX_LIKE__ + dir = CheckIfDirExists("/tmp"); + if ( dir.empty() ) +#endif // __UNIX_LIKE__ + dir = "."; + } + + return dir; +} + +bool wxFileName::Mkdir( int perm, int flags ) const +{ + return wxFileName::Mkdir(GetPath(), perm, flags); +} + +bool wxFileName::Mkdir( const wxString& dir, int perm, int flags ) +{ + if ( flags & wxPATH_MKDIR_FULL ) + { + // split the path in components + wxFileName filename; + filename.AssignDir(dir); + + wxString currPath; + if ( filename.HasVolume()) + { + currPath << wxGetVolumeString(filename.GetVolume(), wxPATH_NATIVE); + } + + wxArrayString dirs = filename.GetDirs(); + size_t count = dirs.GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if ( i > 0 || filename.IsAbsolute() ) + currPath += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + currPath += dirs[i]; + + if (!DirExists(currPath)) + { + if (!wxMkdir(currPath, perm)) + { + // no need to try creating further directories + return false; + } + } + } + + return true; + + } + + return ::wxMkdir( dir, perm ); +} + +bool wxFileName::Rmdir(int flags) const +{ + return wxFileName::Rmdir( GetPath(), flags ); +} + +bool wxFileName::Rmdir(const wxString& dir, int flags) +{ +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + if ( flags & wxPATH_RMDIR_RECURSIVE ) + { + // SHFileOperation needs double null termination string + // but without separator at the end of the path + wxString path(dir); + if ( path.Last() == wxFILE_SEP_PATH ) + path.RemoveLast(); + path += wxT('\0'); + + SHFILEOPSTRUCT fileop; + wxZeroMemory(fileop); + fileop.wFunc = FO_DELETE; + #if defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(wxUSE_UNICODE) + fileop.pFrom = path.wc_str(); + #else + fileop.pFrom = path.fn_str(); + #endif + fileop.fFlags = FOF_SILENT | FOF_NOCONFIRMATION; + #ifndef __WXWINCE__ + // FOF_NOERRORUI is not defined in WinCE + fileop.fFlags |= FOF_NOERRORUI; + #endif + + int ret = SHFileOperation(&fileop); + if ( ret != 0 ) + { + // SHFileOperation may return non-Win32 error codes, so the error + // message can be incorrect + wxLogApiError(wxT("SHFileOperation"), ret); + return false; + } + + return true; + } + else if ( flags & wxPATH_RMDIR_FULL ) +#else // !__WXMSW__ + if ( flags != 0 ) // wxPATH_RMDIR_FULL or wxPATH_RMDIR_RECURSIVE +#endif // !__WXMSW__ + { + wxString path(dir); + if ( path.Last() != wxFILE_SEP_PATH ) + path += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + + wxDir d(path); + + if ( !d.IsOpened() ) + return false; + + wxString filename; + + // first delete all subdirectories + bool cont = d.GetFirst(&filename, "", wxDIR_DIRS | wxDIR_HIDDEN); + while ( cont ) + { + wxFileName::Rmdir(path + filename, flags); + cont = d.GetNext(&filename); + } + +#ifndef __WXMSW__ + if ( flags & wxPATH_RMDIR_RECURSIVE ) + { + // delete all files too + cont = d.GetFirst(&filename, "", wxDIR_FILES | wxDIR_HIDDEN); + while ( cont ) + { + ::wxRemoveFile(path + filename); + cont = d.GetNext(&filename); + } + } +#endif // !__WXMSW__ + } + + return ::wxRmdir(dir); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// path normalization +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFileName::Normalize(int flags, + const wxString& cwd, + wxPathFormat format) +{ + // deal with env vars renaming first as this may seriously change the path + if ( flags & wxPATH_NORM_ENV_VARS ) + { + wxString pathOrig = GetFullPath(format); + wxString path = wxExpandEnvVars(pathOrig); + if ( path != pathOrig ) + { + Assign(path); + } + } + + // the existing path components + wxArrayString dirs = GetDirs(); + + // the path to prepend in front to make the path absolute + wxFileName curDir; + + format = GetFormat(format); + + // set up the directory to use for making the path absolute later + if ( (flags & wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE) && !IsAbsolute(format) ) + { + if ( cwd.empty() ) + { + curDir.AssignCwd(GetVolume()); + } + else // cwd provided + { + curDir.AssignDir(cwd); + } + } + + // handle ~ stuff under Unix only + if ( (format == wxPATH_UNIX) && (flags & wxPATH_NORM_TILDE) && m_relative ) + { + if ( !dirs.IsEmpty() ) + { + wxString dir = dirs[0u]; + if ( !dir.empty() && dir[0u] == wxT('~') ) + { + // to make the path absolute use the home directory + curDir.AssignDir(wxGetUserHome(dir.c_str() + 1)); + dirs.RemoveAt(0u); + } + } + } + + // transform relative path into abs one + if ( curDir.IsOk() ) + { + // this path may be relative because it doesn't have the volume name + // and still have m_relative=true; in this case we shouldn't modify + // our directory components but just set the current volume + if ( !HasVolume() && curDir.HasVolume() ) + { + SetVolume(curDir.GetVolume()); + + if ( !m_relative ) + { + // yes, it was the case - we don't need curDir then + curDir.Clear(); + } + } + + // finally, prepend curDir to the dirs array + wxArrayString dirsNew = curDir.GetDirs(); + WX_PREPEND_ARRAY(dirs, dirsNew); + + // if we used e.g. tilde expansion previously and wxGetUserHome didn't + // return for some reason an absolute path, then curDir maybe not be absolute! + if ( !curDir.m_relative ) + { + // we have prepended an absolute path and thus we are now an absolute + // file name too + m_relative = false; + } + // else if (flags & wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE): + // should we warn the user that we didn't manage to make the path absolute? + } + + // now deal with ".", ".." and the rest + m_dirs.Empty(); + size_t count = dirs.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxString dir = dirs[n]; + + if ( flags & wxPATH_NORM_DOTS ) + { + if ( dir == wxT(".") ) + { + // just ignore + continue; + } + + if ( dir == wxT("..") ) + { + if ( m_dirs.empty() ) + { + // We have more ".." than directory components so far. + // Don't treat this as an error as the path could have been + // entered by user so try to handle it reasonably: if the + // path is absolute, just ignore the extra ".." because + // "/.." is the same as "/". Otherwise, i.e. for relative + // paths, keep ".." unchanged because removing it would + // modify the file a relative path refers to. + if ( !m_relative ) + continue; + + } + else // Normal case, go one step up. + { + m_dirs.pop_back(); + continue; + } + } + } + + m_dirs.Add(dir); + } + +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_OLE + if ( (flags & wxPATH_NORM_SHORTCUT) ) + { + wxString filename; + if (GetShortcutTarget(GetFullPath(format), filename)) + { + m_relative = false; + Assign(filename); + } + } +#endif + +#if defined(__WIN32__) + if ( (flags & wxPATH_NORM_LONG) && (format == wxPATH_DOS) ) + { + Assign(GetLongPath()); + } +#endif // Win32 + + // Change case (this should be kept at the end of the function, to ensure + // that the path doesn't change any more after we normalize its case) + if ( (flags & wxPATH_NORM_CASE) && !IsCaseSensitive(format) ) + { + m_volume.MakeLower(); + m_name.MakeLower(); + m_ext.MakeLower(); + + // directory entries must be made lower case as well + count = m_dirs.GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + m_dirs[i].MakeLower(); + } + } + + return true; +} + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ +bool wxFileName::ReplaceEnvVariable(const wxString& envname, + const wxString& replacementFmtString, + wxPathFormat format) +{ + // look into stringForm for the contents of the given environment variable + wxString val; + if (envname.empty() || + !wxGetEnv(envname, &val)) + return false; + if (val.empty()) + return false; + + wxString stringForm = GetPath(wxPATH_GET_VOLUME, format); + // do not touch the file name and the extension + + wxString replacement = wxString::Format(replacementFmtString, envname); + stringForm.Replace(val, replacement); + + // Now assign ourselves the modified path: + Assign(stringForm, GetFullName(), format); + + return true; +} +#endif + +bool wxFileName::ReplaceHomeDir(wxPathFormat format) +{ + wxString homedir = wxGetHomeDir(); + if (homedir.empty()) + return false; + + wxString stringForm = GetPath(wxPATH_GET_VOLUME, format); + // do not touch the file name and the extension + + stringForm.Replace(homedir, "~"); + + // Now assign ourselves the modified path: + Assign(stringForm, GetFullName(), format); + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// get the shortcut target +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// WinCE (3) doesn't have CLSID_ShellLink, IID_IShellLink definitions. +// The .lnk file is a plain text file so it should be easy to +// make it work. Hint from Google Groups: +// "If you open up a lnk file, you'll see a +// number, followed by a pound sign (#), followed by more text. The +// number is the number of characters that follows the pound sign. The +// characters after the pound sign are the command line (which _can_ +// include arguments) to be executed. Any path (e.g. \windows\program +// files\myapp.exe) that includes spaces needs to be enclosed in +// quotation marks." + +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_OLE +// The following lines are necessary under WinCE +// #include "wx/msw/private.h" +// #include +#include +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) +#include +#endif + +bool wxFileName::GetShortcutTarget(const wxString& shortcutPath, + wxString& targetFilename, + wxString* arguments) const +{ + wxString path, file, ext; + wxFileName::SplitPath(shortcutPath, & path, & file, & ext); + + HRESULT hres; + IShellLink* psl; + bool success = false; + + // Assume it's not a shortcut if it doesn't end with lnk + if (ext.CmpNoCase(wxT("lnk"))!=0) + return false; + + // create a ShellLink object + hres = CoCreateInstance(CLSID_ShellLink, NULL, CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, + IID_IShellLink, (LPVOID*) &psl); + + if (SUCCEEDED(hres)) + { + IPersistFile* ppf; + hres = psl->QueryInterface( IID_IPersistFile, (LPVOID *) &ppf); + if (SUCCEEDED(hres)) + { + WCHAR wsz[MAX_PATH]; + + MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, MB_PRECOMPOSED, shortcutPath.mb_str(), -1, wsz, + MAX_PATH); + + hres = ppf->Load(wsz, 0); + ppf->Release(); + + if (SUCCEEDED(hres)) + { + wxChar buf[2048]; + // Wrong prototype in early versions +#if defined(__MINGW32__) && !wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION(2, 2) + psl->GetPath((CHAR*) buf, 2048, NULL, SLGP_UNCPRIORITY); +#else + psl->GetPath(buf, 2048, NULL, SLGP_UNCPRIORITY); +#endif + targetFilename = wxString(buf); + success = (shortcutPath != targetFilename); + + psl->GetArguments(buf, 2048); + wxString args(buf); + if (!args.empty() && arguments) + { + *arguments = args; + } + } + } + + psl->Release(); + } + return success; +} + +#endif // __WIN32__ && !__WXWINCE__ + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// absolute/relative paths +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFileName::IsAbsolute(wxPathFormat format) const +{ + // unix paths beginning with ~ are reported as being absolute + if ( format == wxPATH_UNIX ) + { + if ( !m_dirs.IsEmpty() ) + { + wxString dir = m_dirs[0u]; + + if (!dir.empty() && dir[0u] == wxT('~')) + return true; + } + } + + // if our path doesn't start with a path separator, it's not an absolute + // path + if ( m_relative ) + return false; + + if ( !GetVolumeSeparator(format).empty() ) + { + // this format has volumes and an absolute path must have one, it's not + // enough to have the full path to be an absolute file under Windows + if ( GetVolume().empty() ) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxFileName::MakeRelativeTo(const wxString& pathBase, wxPathFormat format) +{ + wxFileName fnBase = wxFileName::DirName(pathBase, format); + + // get cwd only once - small time saving + wxString cwd = wxGetCwd(); + Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_ALL & ~wxPATH_NORM_CASE, cwd, format); + fnBase.Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_ALL & ~wxPATH_NORM_CASE, cwd, format); + + bool withCase = IsCaseSensitive(format); + + // we can't do anything if the files live on different volumes + if ( !GetVolume().IsSameAs(fnBase.GetVolume(), withCase) ) + { + // nothing done + return false; + } + + // same drive, so we don't need our volume + m_volume.clear(); + + // remove common directories starting at the top + while ( !m_dirs.IsEmpty() && !fnBase.m_dirs.IsEmpty() && + m_dirs[0u].IsSameAs(fnBase.m_dirs[0u], withCase) ) + { + m_dirs.RemoveAt(0); + fnBase.m_dirs.RemoveAt(0); + } + + // add as many ".." as needed + size_t count = fnBase.m_dirs.GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + m_dirs.Insert(wxT(".."), 0u); + } + + if ( format == wxPATH_UNIX || format == wxPATH_DOS ) + { + // a directory made relative with respect to itself is '.' under Unix + // and DOS, by definition (but we don't have to insert "./" for the + // files) + if ( m_dirs.IsEmpty() && IsDir() ) + { + m_dirs.Add(wxT('.')); + } + } + + m_relative = true; + + // we were modified + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// filename kind tests +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFileName::SameAs(const wxFileName& filepath, wxPathFormat format) const +{ + wxFileName fn1 = *this, + fn2 = filepath; + + // get cwd only once - small time saving + wxString cwd = wxGetCwd(); + fn1.Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_ALL | wxPATH_NORM_CASE, cwd, format); + fn2.Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_ALL | wxPATH_NORM_CASE, cwd, format); + + if ( fn1.GetFullPath() == fn2.GetFullPath() ) + return true; + + // TODO: compare inodes for Unix, this works even when filenames are + // different but files are the same (symlinks) (VZ) + + return false; +} + +/* static */ +bool wxFileName::IsCaseSensitive( wxPathFormat format ) +{ + // only Unix filenames are truely case-sensitive + return GetFormat(format) == wxPATH_UNIX; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileName::GetForbiddenChars(wxPathFormat format) +{ + // Inits to forbidden characters that are common to (almost) all platforms. + wxString strForbiddenChars = wxT("*?"); + + // If asserts, wxPathFormat has been changed. In case of a new path format + // addition, the following code might have to be updated. + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(wxPATH_MAX == 5, wxPathFormatChanged); + switch ( GetFormat(format) ) + { + default : + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unknown path format") ); + // !! Fall through !! + + case wxPATH_UNIX: + break; + + case wxPATH_MAC: + // On a Mac even names with * and ? are allowed (Tested with OS + // 9.2.1 and OS X 10.2.5) + strForbiddenChars = wxEmptyString; + break; + + case wxPATH_DOS: + strForbiddenChars += wxT("\\/:\"<>|"); + break; + + case wxPATH_VMS: + break; + } + + return strForbiddenChars; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileName::GetVolumeSeparator(wxPathFormat WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(format)) +{ +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + return wxEmptyString; +#else + wxString sepVol; + + if ( (GetFormat(format) == wxPATH_DOS) || + (GetFormat(format) == wxPATH_VMS) ) + { + sepVol = wxFILE_SEP_DSK; + } + //else: leave empty + + return sepVol; +#endif +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileName::GetPathSeparators(wxPathFormat format) +{ + wxString seps; + switch ( GetFormat(format) ) + { + case wxPATH_DOS: + // accept both as native APIs do but put the native one first as + // this is the one we use in GetFullPath() + seps << wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS << wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unknown wxPATH_XXX style") ); + // fall through + + case wxPATH_UNIX: + seps = wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX; + break; + + case wxPATH_MAC: + seps = wxFILE_SEP_PATH_MAC; + break; + + case wxPATH_VMS: + seps = wxFILE_SEP_PATH_VMS; + break; + } + + return seps; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileName::GetPathTerminators(wxPathFormat format) +{ + format = GetFormat(format); + + // under VMS the end of the path is ']', not the path separator used to + // separate the components + return format == wxPATH_VMS ? wxString(wxT(']')) : GetPathSeparators(format); +} + +/* static */ +bool wxFileName::IsPathSeparator(wxChar ch, wxPathFormat format) +{ + // wxString::Find() doesn't work as expected with NUL - it will always find + // it, so test for it separately + return ch != wxT('\0') && GetPathSeparators(format).Find(ch) != wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +/* static */ +bool +wxFileName::IsMSWUniqueVolumeNamePath(const wxString& path, wxPathFormat format) +{ + // return true if the format used is the DOS/Windows one and the string begins + // with a Windows unique volume name ("\\?\Volume{guid}\") + return format == wxPATH_DOS && + path.length() >= wxMSWUniqueVolumePrefixLength && + path.StartsWith(wxS("\\\\?\\Volume{")) && + path[wxMSWUniqueVolumePrefixLength - 1] == wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// path components manipulation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ bool wxFileName::IsValidDirComponent(const wxString& dir) +{ + if ( dir.empty() ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("empty directory passed to wxFileName::InsertDir()") ); + + return false; + } + + const size_t len = dir.length(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < len; n++ ) + { + if ( dir[n] == GetVolumeSeparator() || IsPathSeparator(dir[n]) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid directory component in wxFileName") ); + + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +void wxFileName::AppendDir( const wxString& dir ) +{ + if ( IsValidDirComponent(dir) ) + m_dirs.Add( dir ); +} + +void wxFileName::PrependDir( const wxString& dir ) +{ + InsertDir(0, dir); +} + +void wxFileName::InsertDir(size_t before, const wxString& dir) +{ + if ( IsValidDirComponent(dir) ) + m_dirs.Insert(dir, before); +} + +void wxFileName::RemoveDir(size_t pos) +{ + m_dirs.RemoveAt(pos); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// accessors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFileName::SetFullName(const wxString& fullname) +{ + SplitPath(fullname, NULL /* no volume */, NULL /* no path */, + &m_name, &m_ext, &m_hasExt); +} + +wxString wxFileName::GetFullName() const +{ + wxString fullname = m_name; + if ( m_hasExt ) + { + fullname << wxFILE_SEP_EXT << m_ext; + } + + return fullname; +} + +wxString wxFileName::GetPath( int flags, wxPathFormat format ) const +{ + format = GetFormat( format ); + + wxString fullpath; + + // return the volume with the path as well if requested + if ( flags & wxPATH_GET_VOLUME ) + { + fullpath += wxGetVolumeString(GetVolume(), format); + } + + // the leading character + switch ( format ) + { + case wxPATH_MAC: + if ( m_relative ) + fullpath += wxFILE_SEP_PATH_MAC; + break; + + case wxPATH_DOS: + if ( !m_relative ) + fullpath += wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unknown path format") ); + // fall through + + case wxPATH_UNIX: + if ( !m_relative ) + { + fullpath += wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX; + } + break; + + case wxPATH_VMS: + // no leading character here but use this place to unset + // wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR flag: under VMS it doesn't make sense + // as, if I understand correctly, there should never be a dot + // before the closing bracket + flags &= ~wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR; + } + + if ( m_dirs.empty() ) + { + // there is nothing more + return fullpath; + } + + // then concatenate all the path components using the path separator + if ( format == wxPATH_VMS ) + { + fullpath += wxT('['); + } + + const size_t dirCount = m_dirs.GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < dirCount; i++ ) + { + switch (format) + { + case wxPATH_MAC: + if ( m_dirs[i] == wxT(".") ) + { + // skip appending ':', this shouldn't be done in this + // case as "::" is interpreted as ".." under Unix + continue; + } + + // convert back from ".." to nothing + if ( !m_dirs[i].IsSameAs(wxT("..")) ) + fullpath += m_dirs[i]; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unexpected path format") ); + // still fall through + + case wxPATH_DOS: + case wxPATH_UNIX: + fullpath += m_dirs[i]; + break; + + case wxPATH_VMS: + // TODO: What to do with ".." under VMS + + // convert back from ".." to nothing + if ( !m_dirs[i].IsSameAs(wxT("..")) ) + fullpath += m_dirs[i]; + break; + } + + if ( (flags & wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR) || (i != dirCount - 1) ) + fullpath += GetPathSeparator(format); + } + + if ( format == wxPATH_VMS ) + { + fullpath += wxT(']'); + } + + return fullpath; +} + +wxString wxFileName::GetFullPath( wxPathFormat format ) const +{ + // we already have a function to get the path + wxString fullpath = GetPath(wxPATH_GET_VOLUME | wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR, + format); + + // now just add the file name and extension to it + fullpath += GetFullName(); + + return fullpath; +} + +// Return the short form of the path (returns identity on non-Windows platforms) +wxString wxFileName::GetShortPath() const +{ + wxString path(GetFullPath()); + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + DWORD sz = ::GetShortPathName(path.t_str(), NULL, 0); + if ( sz != 0 ) + { + wxString pathOut; + if ( ::GetShortPathName + ( + path.t_str(), + wxStringBuffer(pathOut, sz), + sz + ) != 0 ) + { + return pathOut; + } + } +#endif // Windows + + return path; +} + +// Return the long form of the path (returns identity on non-Windows platforms) +wxString wxFileName::GetLongPath() const +{ + wxString pathOut, + path = GetFullPath(); + +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + +#if wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS + typedef DWORD (WINAPI *GET_LONG_PATH_NAME)(const wxChar *, wxChar *, DWORD); + + // this is MT-safe as in the worst case we're going to resolve the function + // twice -- but as the result is the same in both threads, it's ok + static GET_LONG_PATH_NAME s_pfnGetLongPathName = NULL; + if ( !s_pfnGetLongPathName ) + { + static bool s_triedToLoad = false; + + if ( !s_triedToLoad ) + { + s_triedToLoad = true; + + wxDynamicLibrary dllKernel(wxT("kernel32")); + + const wxChar* GetLongPathName = wxT("GetLongPathName") +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxT("W"); +#else // ANSI + wxT("A"); +#endif // Unicode/ANSI + + if ( dllKernel.HasSymbol(GetLongPathName) ) + { + s_pfnGetLongPathName = (GET_LONG_PATH_NAME) + dllKernel.GetSymbol(GetLongPathName); + } + + // note that kernel32.dll can be unloaded, it stays in memory + // anyhow as all Win32 programs link to it and so it's safe to call + // GetLongPathName() even after unloading it + } + } + + if ( s_pfnGetLongPathName ) + { + DWORD dwSize = (*s_pfnGetLongPathName)(path.t_str(), NULL, 0); + if ( dwSize > 0 ) + { + if ( (*s_pfnGetLongPathName) + ( + path.t_str(), + wxStringBuffer(pathOut, dwSize), + dwSize + ) != 0 ) + { + return pathOut; + } + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS + + // The OS didn't support GetLongPathName, or some other error. + // We need to call FindFirstFile on each component in turn. + + WIN32_FIND_DATA findFileData; + HANDLE hFind; + + if ( HasVolume() ) + pathOut = GetVolume() + + GetVolumeSeparator(wxPATH_DOS) + + GetPathSeparator(wxPATH_DOS); + else + pathOut = wxEmptyString; + + wxArrayString dirs = GetDirs(); + dirs.Add(GetFullName()); + + wxString tmpPath; + + size_t count = dirs.GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + const wxString& dir = dirs[i]; + + // We're using pathOut to collect the long-name path, but using a + // temporary for appending the last path component which may be + // short-name + tmpPath = pathOut + dir; + + // We must not process "." or ".." here as they would be (unexpectedly) + // replaced by the corresponding directory names so just leave them + // alone + // + // And we can't pass a drive and root dir to FindFirstFile (VZ: why?) + if ( tmpPath.empty() || dir == '.' || dir == ".." || + tmpPath.Last() == GetVolumeSeparator(wxPATH_DOS) ) + { + tmpPath += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + pathOut = tmpPath; + continue; + } + + hFind = ::FindFirstFile(tmpPath.t_str(), &findFileData); + if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + // Error: most likely reason is that path doesn't exist, so + // append any unprocessed parts and return + for ( i += 1; i < count; i++ ) + tmpPath += wxFILE_SEP_PATH + dirs[i]; + + return tmpPath; + } + + pathOut += findFileData.cFileName; + if ( (i < (count-1)) ) + pathOut += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + + ::FindClose(hFind); + } +#else // !Win32 + pathOut = path; +#endif // Win32/!Win32 + + return pathOut; +} + +wxPathFormat wxFileName::GetFormat( wxPathFormat format ) +{ + if (format == wxPATH_NATIVE) + { +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__) || defined(__DOS__) + format = wxPATH_DOS; +#elif defined(__VMS) + format = wxPATH_VMS; +#else + format = wxPATH_UNIX; +#endif + } + return format; +} + +#ifdef wxHAS_FILESYSTEM_VOLUMES + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileName::GetVolumeString(char drive, int flags) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !(flags & ~wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR), "invalid flag specified" ); + + wxString vol(drive); + vol += wxFILE_SEP_DSK; + if ( flags & wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR ) + vol += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + + return vol; +} + +#endif // wxHAS_FILESYSTEM_VOLUMES + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// path splitting function +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +void +wxFileName::SplitVolume(const wxString& fullpathWithVolume, + wxString *pstrVolume, + wxString *pstrPath, + wxPathFormat format) +{ + format = GetFormat(format); + + wxString fullpath = fullpathWithVolume; + + if ( IsMSWUniqueVolumeNamePath(fullpath, format) ) + { + // special Windows unique volume names hack: transform + // \\?\Volume{guid}\path into Volume{guid}:path + // note: this check must be done before the check for UNC path + + // we know the last backslash from the unique volume name is located + // there from IsMSWUniqueVolumeNamePath + fullpath[wxMSWUniqueVolumePrefixLength - 1] = wxFILE_SEP_DSK; + + // paths starting with a unique volume name should always be absolute + fullpath.insert(wxMSWUniqueVolumePrefixLength, 1, wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS); + + // remove the leading "\\?\" part + fullpath.erase(0, 4); + } + else if ( IsUNCPath(fullpath, format) ) + { + // special Windows UNC paths hack: transform \\share\path into share:path + + fullpath.erase(0, 2); + + size_t posFirstSlash = + fullpath.find_first_of(GetPathTerminators(format)); + if ( posFirstSlash != wxString::npos ) + { + fullpath[posFirstSlash] = wxFILE_SEP_DSK; + + // UNC paths are always absolute, right? (FIXME) + fullpath.insert(posFirstSlash + 1, 1, wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS); + } + } + + // We separate the volume here + if ( format == wxPATH_DOS || format == wxPATH_VMS ) + { + wxString sepVol = GetVolumeSeparator(format); + + // we have to exclude the case of a colon in the very beginning of the + // string as it can't be a volume separator (nor can this be a valid + // DOS file name at all but we'll leave dealing with this to our caller) + size_t posFirstColon = fullpath.find_first_of(sepVol); + if ( posFirstColon && posFirstColon != wxString::npos ) + { + if ( pstrVolume ) + { + *pstrVolume = fullpath.Left(posFirstColon); + } + + // remove the volume name and the separator from the full path + fullpath.erase(0, posFirstColon + sepVol.length()); + } + } + + if ( pstrPath ) + *pstrPath = fullpath; +} + +/* static */ +void wxFileName::SplitPath(const wxString& fullpathWithVolume, + wxString *pstrVolume, + wxString *pstrPath, + wxString *pstrName, + wxString *pstrExt, + bool *hasExt, + wxPathFormat format) +{ + format = GetFormat(format); + + wxString fullpath; + SplitVolume(fullpathWithVolume, pstrVolume, &fullpath, format); + + // find the positions of the last dot and last path separator in the path + size_t posLastDot = fullpath.find_last_of(wxFILE_SEP_EXT); + size_t posLastSlash = fullpath.find_last_of(GetPathTerminators(format)); + + // check whether this dot occurs at the very beginning of a path component + if ( (posLastDot != wxString::npos) && + (posLastDot == 0 || + IsPathSeparator(fullpath[posLastDot - 1]) || + (format == wxPATH_VMS && fullpath[posLastDot - 1] == wxT(']'))) ) + { + // dot may be (and commonly -- at least under Unix -- is) the first + // character of the filename, don't treat the entire filename as + // extension in this case + posLastDot = wxString::npos; + } + + // if we do have a dot and a slash, check that the dot is in the name part + if ( (posLastDot != wxString::npos) && + (posLastSlash != wxString::npos) && + (posLastDot < posLastSlash) ) + { + // the dot is part of the path, not the start of the extension + posLastDot = wxString::npos; + } + + // now fill in the variables provided by user + if ( pstrPath ) + { + if ( posLastSlash == wxString::npos ) + { + // no path at all + pstrPath->Empty(); + } + else + { + // take everything up to the path separator but take care to make + // the path equal to something like '/', not empty, for the files + // immediately under root directory + size_t len = posLastSlash; + + // this rule does not apply to mac since we do not start with colons (sep) + // except for relative paths + if ( !len && format != wxPATH_MAC) + len++; + + *pstrPath = fullpath.Left(len); + + // special VMS hack: remove the initial bracket + if ( format == wxPATH_VMS ) + { + if ( (*pstrPath)[0u] == wxT('[') ) + pstrPath->erase(0, 1); + } + } + } + + if ( pstrName ) + { + // take all characters starting from the one after the last slash and + // up to, but excluding, the last dot + size_t nStart = posLastSlash == wxString::npos ? 0 : posLastSlash + 1; + size_t count; + if ( posLastDot == wxString::npos ) + { + // take all until the end + count = wxString::npos; + } + else if ( posLastSlash == wxString::npos ) + { + count = posLastDot; + } + else // have both dot and slash + { + count = posLastDot - posLastSlash - 1; + } + + *pstrName = fullpath.Mid(nStart, count); + } + + // finally deal with the extension here: we have an added complication that + // extension may be empty (but present) as in "foo." where trailing dot + // indicates the empty extension at the end -- and hence we must remember + // that we have it independently of pstrExt + if ( posLastDot == wxString::npos ) + { + // no extension + if ( pstrExt ) + pstrExt->clear(); + if ( hasExt ) + *hasExt = false; + } + else + { + // take everything after the dot + if ( pstrExt ) + *pstrExt = fullpath.Mid(posLastDot + 1); + if ( hasExt ) + *hasExt = true; + } +} + +/* static */ +void wxFileName::SplitPath(const wxString& fullpath, + wxString *path, + wxString *name, + wxString *ext, + wxPathFormat format) +{ + wxString volume; + SplitPath(fullpath, &volume, path, name, ext, format); + + if ( path ) + { + path->Prepend(wxGetVolumeString(volume, format)); + } +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileName::StripExtension(const wxString& fullpath) +{ + wxFileName fn(fullpath); + fn.SetExt(""); + return fn.GetFullPath(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// time functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + +bool wxFileName::SetTimes(const wxDateTime *dtAccess, + const wxDateTime *dtMod, + const wxDateTime *dtCreate) const +{ +#if defined(__WIN32__) + FILETIME ftAccess, ftCreate, ftWrite; + + if ( dtCreate ) + ConvertWxToFileTime(&ftCreate, *dtCreate); + if ( dtAccess ) + ConvertWxToFileTime(&ftAccess, *dtAccess); + if ( dtMod ) + ConvertWxToFileTime(&ftWrite, *dtMod); + + wxString path; + int flags; + if ( IsDir() ) + { + if ( wxGetOsVersion() == wxOS_WINDOWS_9X ) + { + wxLogError(_("Setting directory access times is not supported " + "under this OS version")); + return false; + } + + path = GetPath(); + flags = FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS; + } + else // file + { + path = GetFullPath(); + flags = 0; + } + + wxFileHandle fh(path, wxFileHandle::WriteAttr, flags); + if ( fh.IsOk() ) + { + if ( ::SetFileTime(fh, + dtCreate ? &ftCreate : NULL, + dtAccess ? &ftAccess : NULL, + dtMod ? &ftWrite : NULL) ) + { + return true; + } + } +#elif defined(__UNIX_LIKE__) || (defined(__DOS__) && defined(__WATCOMC__)) + wxUnusedVar(dtCreate); + + if ( !dtAccess && !dtMod ) + { + // can't modify the creation time anyhow, don't try + return true; + } + + // if dtAccess or dtMod is not specified, use the other one (which must be + // non NULL because of the test above) for both times + utimbuf utm; + utm.actime = dtAccess ? dtAccess->GetTicks() : dtMod->GetTicks(); + utm.modtime = dtMod ? dtMod->GetTicks() : dtAccess->GetTicks(); + if ( utime(GetFullPath().fn_str(), &utm) == 0 ) + { + return true; + } +#else // other platform + wxUnusedVar(dtAccess); + wxUnusedVar(dtMod); + wxUnusedVar(dtCreate); +#endif // platforms + + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to modify file times for '%s'"), + GetFullPath().c_str()); + + return false; +} + +bool wxFileName::Touch() const +{ +#if defined(__UNIX_LIKE__) + // under Unix touching file is simple: just pass NULL to utime() + if ( utime(GetFullPath().fn_str(), NULL) == 0 ) + { + return true; + } + + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to touch the file '%s'"), GetFullPath().c_str()); + + return false; +#else // other platform + wxDateTime dtNow = wxDateTime::Now(); + + return SetTimes(&dtNow, &dtNow, NULL /* don't change create time */); +#endif // platforms +} + +bool wxFileName::GetTimes(wxDateTime *dtAccess, + wxDateTime *dtMod, + wxDateTime *dtCreate) const +{ +#if defined(__WIN32__) + // we must use different methods for the files and directories under + // Windows as CreateFile(GENERIC_READ) doesn't work for the directories and + // CreateFile(FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS) works -- but only under NT and + // not 9x + bool ok; + FILETIME ftAccess, ftCreate, ftWrite; + if ( IsDir() ) + { + // implemented in msw/dir.cpp + extern bool wxGetDirectoryTimes(const wxString& dirname, + FILETIME *, FILETIME *, FILETIME *); + + // we should pass the path without the trailing separator to + // wxGetDirectoryTimes() + ok = wxGetDirectoryTimes(GetPath(wxPATH_GET_VOLUME), + &ftAccess, &ftCreate, &ftWrite); + } + else // file + { + wxFileHandle fh(GetFullPath(), wxFileHandle::ReadAttr); + if ( fh.IsOk() ) + { + ok = ::GetFileTime(fh, + dtCreate ? &ftCreate : NULL, + dtAccess ? &ftAccess : NULL, + dtMod ? &ftWrite : NULL) != 0; + } + else + { + ok = false; + } + } + + if ( ok ) + { + if ( dtCreate ) + ConvertFileTimeToWx(dtCreate, ftCreate); + if ( dtAccess ) + ConvertFileTimeToWx(dtAccess, ftAccess); + if ( dtMod ) + ConvertFileTimeToWx(dtMod, ftWrite); + + return true; + } +#elif defined(__UNIX_LIKE__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__OS2__) || (defined(__DOS__) && defined(__WATCOMC__)) + // no need to test for IsDir() here + wxStructStat stBuf; + if ( wxStat( GetFullPath(), &stBuf) == 0 ) + { + if ( dtAccess ) + dtAccess->Set(stBuf.st_atime); + if ( dtMod ) + dtMod->Set(stBuf.st_mtime); + if ( dtCreate ) + dtCreate->Set(stBuf.st_ctime); + + return true; + } +#else // other platform + wxUnusedVar(dtAccess); + wxUnusedVar(dtMod); + wxUnusedVar(dtCreate); +#endif // platforms + + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to retrieve file times for '%s'"), + GetFullPath().c_str()); + + return false; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// file size functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + +/* static */ +wxULongLong wxFileName::GetSize(const wxString &filename) +{ + if (!wxFileExists(filename)) + return wxInvalidSize; + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + // TODO + return wxInvalidSize; +#elif defined(__WIN32__) + wxFileHandle f(filename, wxFileHandle::ReadAttr); + if (!f.IsOk()) + return wxInvalidSize; + + DWORD lpFileSizeHigh; + DWORD ret = GetFileSize(f, &lpFileSizeHigh); + if ( ret == INVALID_FILE_SIZE && ::GetLastError() != NO_ERROR ) + return wxInvalidSize; + + return wxULongLong(lpFileSizeHigh, ret); +#else // ! __WIN32__ + wxStructStat st; + if (wxStat( filename, &st) != 0) + return wxInvalidSize; + return wxULongLong(st.st_size); +#endif +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileName::GetHumanReadableSize(const wxULongLong &bs, + const wxString &nullsize, + int precision, + wxSizeConvention conv) +{ + // deal with trivial case first + if ( bs == 0 || bs == wxInvalidSize ) + return nullsize; + + // depending on the convention used the multiplier may be either 1000 or + // 1024 and the binary infix may be empty (for "KB") or "i" (for "KiB") + double multiplier = 1024.; + wxString biInfix; + + switch ( conv ) + { + case wxSIZE_CONV_TRADITIONAL: + // nothing to do, this corresponds to the default values of both + // the multiplier and infix string + break; + + case wxSIZE_CONV_IEC: + biInfix = "i"; + break; + + case wxSIZE_CONV_SI: + multiplier = 1000; + break; + } + + const double kiloByteSize = multiplier; + const double megaByteSize = multiplier * kiloByteSize; + const double gigaByteSize = multiplier * megaByteSize; + const double teraByteSize = multiplier * gigaByteSize; + + const double bytesize = bs.ToDouble(); + + wxString result; + if ( bytesize < kiloByteSize ) + result.Printf("%s B", bs.ToString()); + else if ( bytesize < megaByteSize ) + result.Printf("%.*f K%sB", precision, bytesize/kiloByteSize, biInfix); + else if (bytesize < gigaByteSize) + result.Printf("%.*f M%sB", precision, bytesize/megaByteSize, biInfix); + else if (bytesize < teraByteSize) + result.Printf("%.*f G%sB", precision, bytesize/gigaByteSize, biInfix); + else + result.Printf("%.*f T%sB", precision, bytesize/teraByteSize, biInfix); + + return result; +} + +wxULongLong wxFileName::GetSize() const +{ + return GetSize(GetFullPath()); +} + +wxString wxFileName::GetHumanReadableSize(const wxString& failmsg, + int precision, + wxSizeConvention conv) const +{ + return GetHumanReadableSize(GetSize(), failmsg, precision, conv); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Mac-specific functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined( __WXOSX_MAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON + +namespace +{ + +class MacDefaultExtensionRecord +{ +public: + MacDefaultExtensionRecord() + { + m_type = + m_creator = 0 ; + } + + // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok + + MacDefaultExtensionRecord(const wxString& ext, OSType type, OSType creator) + : m_ext(ext) + { + m_type = type; + m_creator = creator; + } + + wxString m_ext; + OSType m_type; + OSType m_creator; +}; + +WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(MacDefaultExtensionRecord, MacDefaultExtensionArray); + +bool gMacDefaultExtensionsInited = false; + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" + +WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(MacDefaultExtensionArray); + +MacDefaultExtensionArray gMacDefaultExtensions; + +// load the default extensions +const MacDefaultExtensionRecord gDefaults[] = +{ + MacDefaultExtensionRecord( "txt", 'TEXT', 'ttxt' ), + MacDefaultExtensionRecord( "tif", 'TIFF', '****' ), + MacDefaultExtensionRecord( "jpg", 'JPEG', '****' ), +}; + +void MacEnsureDefaultExtensionsLoaded() +{ + if ( !gMacDefaultExtensionsInited ) + { + // we could load the pc exchange prefs here too + for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < WXSIZEOF( gDefaults ) ; ++i ) + { + gMacDefaultExtensions.Add( gDefaults[i] ) ; + } + gMacDefaultExtensionsInited = true; + } +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +bool wxFileName::MacSetTypeAndCreator( wxUint32 type , wxUint32 creator ) +{ + FSRef fsRef ; + FSCatalogInfo catInfo; + FileInfo *finfo ; + + if ( wxMacPathToFSRef( GetFullPath() , &fsRef ) == noErr ) + { + if ( FSGetCatalogInfo (&fsRef, kFSCatInfoFinderInfo, &catInfo, NULL, NULL, NULL) == noErr ) + { + finfo = (FileInfo*)&catInfo.finderInfo; + finfo->fileType = type ; + finfo->fileCreator = creator ; + FSSetCatalogInfo( &fsRef, kFSCatInfoFinderInfo, &catInfo ) ; + return true ; + } + } + return false ; +} + +bool wxFileName::MacGetTypeAndCreator( wxUint32 *type , wxUint32 *creator ) const +{ + FSRef fsRef ; + FSCatalogInfo catInfo; + FileInfo *finfo ; + + if ( wxMacPathToFSRef( GetFullPath() , &fsRef ) == noErr ) + { + if ( FSGetCatalogInfo (&fsRef, kFSCatInfoFinderInfo, &catInfo, NULL, NULL, NULL) == noErr ) + { + finfo = (FileInfo*)&catInfo.finderInfo; + *type = finfo->fileType ; + *creator = finfo->fileCreator ; + return true ; + } + } + return false ; +} + +bool wxFileName::MacSetDefaultTypeAndCreator() +{ + wxUint32 type , creator ; + if ( wxFileName::MacFindDefaultTypeAndCreator(GetExt() , &type , + &creator ) ) + { + return MacSetTypeAndCreator( type , creator ) ; + } + return false; +} + +bool wxFileName::MacFindDefaultTypeAndCreator( const wxString& ext , wxUint32 *type , wxUint32 *creator ) +{ + MacEnsureDefaultExtensionsLoaded() ; + wxString extl = ext.Lower() ; + for( int i = gMacDefaultExtensions.Count() - 1 ; i >= 0 ; --i ) + { + if ( gMacDefaultExtensions.Item(i).m_ext == extl ) + { + *type = gMacDefaultExtensions.Item(i).m_type ; + *creator = gMacDefaultExtensions.Item(i).m_creator ; + return true ; + } + } + return false ; +} + +void wxFileName::MacRegisterDefaultTypeAndCreator( const wxString& ext , wxUint32 type , wxUint32 creator ) +{ + MacEnsureDefaultExtensionsLoaded(); + MacDefaultExtensionRecord rec(ext.Lower(), type, creator); + gMacDefaultExtensions.Add( rec ); +} + +#endif // defined( __WXOSX_MAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filepickercmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filepickercmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b57466283b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filepickercmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/filepickercmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxFilePickerCtrl class implementation +// Author: Francesco Montorsi (readapted code written by Vadim Zeitlin) +// Modified by: +// Created: 15/04/2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filepickercmn.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL || wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/filepicker.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/textctrl.h" +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +const char wxFilePickerCtrlNameStr[] = "filepicker"; +const char wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr[] = "filepickerwidget"; +const char wxDirPickerCtrlNameStr[] = "dirpicker"; +const char wxDirPickerWidgetNameStr[] = "dirpickerwidget"; +const char wxFilePickerWidgetLabel[] = wxTRANSLATE("Browse"); +const char wxDirPickerWidgetLabel[] = wxTRANSLATE("Browse"); + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED, wxFileDirPickerEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED, wxFileDirPickerEvent ); +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDirPickerEvent, wxCommandEvent) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::CreateBase(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &path, + const wxString &message, + const wxString &wildcard, + const wxPoint &pos, + const wxSize &size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString &name ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(path.empty() || CheckPath(path), wxT("Invalid initial path!")); + + if (!wxPickerBase::CreateBase(parent, id, path, pos, size, + style, validator, name)) + return false; + + if (!HasFlag(wxFLP_OPEN) && !HasFlag(wxFLP_SAVE)) + m_windowStyle |= wxFLP_OPEN; // wxFD_OPEN is the default + + // check that the styles are not contradictory + wxASSERT_MSG( !(HasFlag(wxFLP_SAVE) && HasFlag(wxFLP_OPEN)), + wxT("can't specify both wxFLP_SAVE and wxFLP_OPEN at once") ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !HasFlag(wxFLP_SAVE) || !HasFlag(wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST), + wxT("wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST can't be used with wxFLP_SAVE" ) ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !HasFlag(wxFLP_OPEN) || !HasFlag(wxFLP_OVERWRITE_PROMPT), + wxT("wxFLP_OVERWRITE_PROMPT can't be used with wxFLP_OPEN") ); + + // create a wxFilePickerWidget or a wxDirPickerWidget... + m_pickerIface = CreatePicker(this, path, message, wildcard); + if ( !m_pickerIface ) + return false; + m_picker = m_pickerIface->AsControl(); + + // complete sizer creation + wxPickerBase::PostCreation(); + + DoConnect( m_picker, this ); + + // default's wxPickerBase textctrl limit is too small for this control: + // make it bigger + if (m_text) m_text->SetMaxLength(512); + + return true; +} + +wxString wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::GetPath() const +{ + return m_pickerIface->GetPath(); +} + +void wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::SetPath(const wxString &path) +{ + m_pickerIface->SetPath(path); + UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); +} + +void wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl() +{ + wxASSERT(m_text); + + if (m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate) + { + // ignore this update + m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate = false; + return; + } + + // remove the eventually present path-separator from the end of the textctrl + // string otherwise we would generate a wxFileDirPickerEvent when changing + // from e.g. /home/user to /home/user/ and we want to avoid it ! + wxString newpath(GetTextCtrlValue()); + if (!CheckPath(newpath)) + return; // invalid user input + + if (m_pickerIface->GetPath() != newpath) + { + m_pickerIface->SetPath(newpath); + + // update current working directory, if necessary + // NOTE: the path separator is required because if newpath is "C:" + // then no change would happen + if (IsCwdToUpdate()) + wxSetWorkingDirectory(newpath); + + // fire an event + wxFileDirPickerEvent event(GetEventType(), this, GetId(), newpath); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } +} + +void wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker() +{ + if (!m_text) + return; // no textctrl to update + + // NOTE: this SetValue() will generate an unwanted wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED + // which will trigger a unneeded UpdateFromTextCtrl(); thus before using + // SetValue() we set the m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate flag... + m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate = true; + m_text->SetValue(m_pickerIface->GetPath()); +} + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase - event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::OnFileDirChange(wxFileDirPickerEvent &ev) +{ + UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); + + // the wxFilePickerWidget sent us a colour-change notification. + // forward this event to our parent + wxFileDirPickerEvent event(GetEventType(), this, GetId(), ev.GetPath()); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL || wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDirPickerCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFilePickerCtrl, wxPickerBase) + +bool wxFilePickerCtrl::CheckPath(const wxString& path) const +{ + // if wxFLP_SAVE was given or wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST has NOT been given we + // must accept any path + return HasFlag(wxFLP_SAVE) || + !HasFlag(wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST) || + wxFileName::FileExists(path); +} + +wxString wxFilePickerCtrl::GetTextCtrlValue() const +{ + // filter it through wxFileName to remove any spurious path separator + return wxFileName(m_text->GetValue()).GetFullPath(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirPickerCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirPickerCtrl, wxPickerBase) + +bool wxDirPickerCtrl::CheckPath(const wxString& path) const +{ + // if wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST has NOT been given we must accept any path + return !HasFlag(wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST) || wxFileName::DirExists(path); +} + +wxString wxDirPickerCtrl::GetTextCtrlValue() const +{ + // filter it through wxFileName to remove any spurious path separator + return wxFileName::DirName(m_text->GetValue()).GetPath(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filesys.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filesys.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1460be8b87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filesys.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,760 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/filesys.cpp +// Purpose: wxFileSystem class - interface for opening files +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik +// CVS-ID: $Id: filesys.cpp 66728 2011-01-22 14:38:36Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + +#include "wx/filesys.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/sysopt.h" +#include "wx/wfstream.h" +#include "wx/mimetype.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/uri.h" +#include "wx/private/fileback.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFSFile +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const wxString& wxFSFile::GetMimeType() const +{ + if ( m_MimeType.empty() && !m_Location.empty() ) + { + wxConstCast(this, wxFSFile)->m_MimeType = + wxFileSystemHandler::GetMimeTypeFromExt(m_Location); + } + + return m_MimeType; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileSystemHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFileSystemHandler, wxObject) + + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileSystemHandler::GetMimeTypeFromExt(const wxString& location) +{ + wxString ext, mime; + wxString loc = GetRightLocation(location); + wxChar c; + int l = loc.length(), l2; + + l2 = l; + for (int i = l-1; i >= 0; i--) + { + c = loc[(unsigned int) i]; + if ( c == wxT('#') ) + l2 = i + 1; + if ( c == wxT('.') ) + { + ext = loc.Right(l2-i-1); + break; + } + if ( (c == wxT('/')) || (c == wxT('\\')) || (c == wxT(':')) ) + return wxEmptyString; + } + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE + static bool s_MinimalMimeEnsured = false; + + // Don't use mime types manager if the application doesn't need it and it would be + // cause an unacceptable delay, especially on startup. +#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS + if ( !wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("filesys.no-mimetypesmanager")) ) +#endif + { + if (!s_MinimalMimeEnsured) + { + static const wxFileTypeInfo fallbacks[] = + { + wxFileTypeInfo(wxT("image/jpeg"), + wxEmptyString, + wxEmptyString, + wxT("JPEG image (from fallback)"), + wxT("jpg"), wxT("jpeg"), wxT("JPG"), wxT("JPEG"), wxNullPtr), + wxFileTypeInfo(wxT("image/gif"), + wxEmptyString, + wxEmptyString, + wxT("GIF image (from fallback)"), + wxT("gif"), wxT("GIF"), wxNullPtr), + wxFileTypeInfo(wxT("image/png"), + wxEmptyString, + wxEmptyString, + wxT("PNG image (from fallback)"), + wxT("png"), wxT("PNG"), wxNullPtr), + wxFileTypeInfo(wxT("image/bmp"), + wxEmptyString, + wxEmptyString, + wxT("windows bitmap image (from fallback)"), + wxT("bmp"), wxT("BMP"), wxNullPtr), + wxFileTypeInfo(wxT("text/html"), + wxEmptyString, + wxEmptyString, + wxT("HTML document (from fallback)"), + wxT("htm"), wxT("html"), wxT("HTM"), wxT("HTML"), wxNullPtr), + // must terminate the table with this! + wxFileTypeInfo() + }; + wxTheMimeTypesManager->AddFallbacks(fallbacks); + s_MinimalMimeEnsured = true; + } + + wxFileType *ft = wxTheMimeTypesManager->GetFileTypeFromExtension(ext); + if ( !ft || !ft -> GetMimeType(&mime) ) + { + mime = wxEmptyString; + } + + delete ft; + + return mime; + } + else +#endif + { + if ( ext.IsSameAs(wxT("htm"), false) || ext.IsSameAs(wxT("html"), false) ) + return wxT("text/html"); + if ( ext.IsSameAs(wxT("jpg"), false) || ext.IsSameAs(wxT("jpeg"), false) ) + return wxT("image/jpeg"); + if ( ext.IsSameAs(wxT("gif"), false) ) + return wxT("image/gif"); + if ( ext.IsSameAs(wxT("png"), false) ) + return wxT("image/png"); + if ( ext.IsSameAs(wxT("bmp"), false) ) + return wxT("image/bmp"); + return wxEmptyString; + } +} + + + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileSystemHandler::GetProtocol(const wxString& location) +{ + wxString s = wxEmptyString; + int i, l = location.length(); + bool fnd = false; + + for (i = l-1; (i >= 0) && ((location[i] != wxT('#')) || (!fnd)); i--) { + if ((location[i] == wxT(':')) && (i != 1 /*win: C:\path*/)) fnd = true; + } + if (!fnd) return wxT("file"); + for (++i; (i < l) && (location[i] != wxT(':')); i++) s << location[i]; + return s; +} + + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileSystemHandler::GetLeftLocation(const wxString& location) +{ + int i; + bool fnd = false; + + for (i = location.length()-1; i >= 0; i--) { + if ((location[i] == wxT(':')) && (i != 1 /*win: C:\path*/)) fnd = true; + else if (fnd && (location[i] == wxT('#'))) return location.Left(i); + } + return wxEmptyString; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileSystemHandler::GetRightLocation(const wxString& location) +{ + int i, l = location.length(); + int l2 = l + 1; + + for (i = l-1; + (i >= 0) && + ((location[i] != wxT(':')) || (i == 1) || (location[i-2] == wxT(':'))); + i--) + { + if (location[i] == wxT('#')) l2 = i + 1; + } + if (i == 0) return wxEmptyString; + else return location.Mid(i + 1, l2 - i - 2); +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileSystemHandler::GetAnchor(const wxString& location) +{ + wxChar c; + int l = location.length(); + + for (int i = l-1; i >= 0; i--) { + c = location[i]; + if (c == wxT('#')) + return location.Right(l-i-1); + else if ((c == wxT('/')) || (c == wxT('\\')) || (c == wxT(':'))) + return wxEmptyString; + } + return wxEmptyString; +} + + +wxString wxFileSystemHandler::FindFirst(const wxString& WXUNUSED(spec), + int WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ + return wxEmptyString; +} + +wxString wxFileSystemHandler::FindNext() +{ + return wxEmptyString; +} + +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLocalFSHandler +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +wxString wxLocalFSHandler::ms_root; + +bool wxLocalFSHandler::CanOpen(const wxString& location) +{ + return GetProtocol(location) == wxT("file"); +} + +wxFSFile* wxLocalFSHandler::OpenFile(wxFileSystem& WXUNUSED(fs), const wxString& location) +{ + // location has Unix path separators + wxString right = GetRightLocation(location); + wxFileName fn = wxFileSystem::URLToFileName(right); + wxString fullpath = ms_root + fn.GetFullPath(); + + if (!wxFileExists(fullpath)) + return NULL; + + // we need to check whether we can really read from this file, otherwise + // wxFSFile is not going to work +#if wxUSE_FFILE + wxFFileInputStream *is = new wxFFileInputStream(fullpath); +#elif wxUSE_FILE + wxFileInputStream *is = new wxFileInputStream(fullpath); +#else +#error One of wxUSE_FILE or wxUSE_FFILE must be set to 1 for wxFSHandler to work +#endif + if ( !is->Ok() ) + { + delete is; + return NULL; + } + + return new wxFSFile(is, + right, + wxEmptyString, + GetAnchor(location) +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + ,wxDateTime(wxFileModificationTime(fullpath)) +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + ); +} + +wxString wxLocalFSHandler::FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags) +{ + wxFileName fn = wxFileSystem::URLToFileName(GetRightLocation(spec)); + const wxString found = wxFindFirstFile(ms_root + fn.GetFullPath(), flags); + if ( found.empty() ) + return found; + return wxFileSystem::FileNameToURL(found); +} + +wxString wxLocalFSHandler::FindNext() +{ + const wxString found = wxFindNextFile(); + if ( found.empty() ) + return found; + return wxFileSystem::FileNameToURL(found); +} + + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileSystem +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileSystem, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFSFile, wxObject) + + +wxList wxFileSystem::m_Handlers; + + +wxFileSystem::~wxFileSystem() +{ + WX_CLEAR_HASH_MAP(wxFSHandlerHash, m_LocalHandlers) +} + + +static wxString MakeCorrectPath(const wxString& path) +{ + wxString p(path); + wxString r; + int i, j, cnt; + + cnt = p.length(); + for (i = 0; i < cnt; i++) + if (p.GetChar(i) == wxT('\\')) p.GetWritableChar(i) = wxT('/'); // Want to be windows-safe + + if (p.Left(2) == wxT("./")) { p = p.Mid(2); cnt -= 2; } + + if (cnt < 3) return p; + + r << p.GetChar(0) << p.GetChar(1); + + // skip trailing ../.., if any + for (i = 2; i < cnt && (p.GetChar(i) == wxT('/') || p.GetChar(i) == wxT('.')); i++) r << p.GetChar(i); + + // remove back references: translate dir1/../dir2 to dir2 + for (; i < cnt; i++) + { + r << p.GetChar(i); + if (p.GetChar(i) == wxT('/') && p.GetChar(i-1) == wxT('.') && p.GetChar(i-2) == wxT('.')) + { + for (j = r.length() - 2; j >= 0 && r.GetChar(j) != wxT('/') && r.GetChar(j) != wxT(':'); j--) {} + if (j >= 0 && r.GetChar(j) != wxT(':')) + { + for (j = j - 1; j >= 0 && r.GetChar(j) != wxT('/') && r.GetChar(j) != wxT(':'); j--) {} + r.Remove(j + 1); + } + } + } + + for (; i < cnt; i++) r << p.GetChar(i); + + return r; +} + + +void wxFileSystem::ChangePathTo(const wxString& location, bool is_dir) +{ + int i, pathpos = -1; + + m_Path = MakeCorrectPath(location); + + if (is_dir) + { + if (!m_Path.empty() && m_Path.Last() != wxT('/') && m_Path.Last() != wxT(':')) + m_Path << wxT('/'); + } + + else + { + for (i = m_Path.length()-1; i >= 0; i--) + { + if (m_Path[(unsigned int) i] == wxT('/')) + { + if ((i > 1) && (m_Path[(unsigned int) (i-1)] == wxT('/')) && (m_Path[(unsigned int) (i-2)] == wxT(':'))) + { + i -= 2; + continue; + } + else + { + pathpos = i; + break; + } + } + else if (m_Path[(unsigned int) i] == wxT(':')) { + pathpos = i; + break; + } + } + if (pathpos == -1) + { + for (i = 0; i < (int) m_Path.length(); i++) + { + if (m_Path[(unsigned int) i] == wxT(':')) + { + m_Path.Remove(i+1); + break; + } + } + if (i == (int) m_Path.length()) + m_Path = wxEmptyString; + } + else + { + m_Path.Remove(pathpos+1); + } + } +} + + + +wxFileSystemHandler *wxFileSystem::MakeLocal(wxFileSystemHandler *h) +{ + wxClassInfo *classinfo = h->GetClassInfo(); + + if (classinfo->IsDynamic()) + { + wxFileSystemHandler*& local = m_LocalHandlers[classinfo]; + if (!local) + local = (wxFileSystemHandler*)classinfo->CreateObject(); + return local; + } + else + { + return h; + } +} + + + +wxFSFile* wxFileSystem::OpenFile(const wxString& location, int flags) +{ + if ((flags & wxFS_READ) == 0) + return NULL; + + wxString loc = MakeCorrectPath(location); + unsigned i, ln; + wxChar meta; + wxFSFile *s = NULL; + wxList::compatibility_iterator node; + + ln = loc.length(); + meta = 0; + for (i = 0; i < ln; i++) + { + switch ( loc[i].GetValue() ) + { + case wxT('/') : case wxT(':') : case wxT('#') : + meta = loc[i]; + break; + } + if (meta != 0) break; + } + m_LastName = wxEmptyString; + + // try relative paths first : + if (meta != wxT(':')) + { + node = m_Handlers.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxFileSystemHandler *h = (wxFileSystemHandler*) node -> GetData(); + if (h->CanOpen(m_Path + loc)) + { + s = MakeLocal(h)->OpenFile(*this, m_Path + loc); + if (s) { m_LastName = m_Path + loc; break; } + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + } + + // if failed, try absolute paths : + if (s == NULL) + { + node = m_Handlers.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxFileSystemHandler *h = (wxFileSystemHandler*) node->GetData(); + if (h->CanOpen(loc)) + { + s = MakeLocal(h)->OpenFile(*this, loc); + if (s) { m_LastName = loc; break; } + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + } + + if (s && (flags & wxFS_SEEKABLE) != 0 && !s->GetStream()->IsSeekable()) + { + wxBackedInputStream *stream; + stream = new wxBackedInputStream(s->DetachStream()); + stream->FindLength(); + s->SetStream(stream); + } + + return (s); +} + + + +wxString wxFileSystem::FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags) +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node; + wxString spec2(spec); + + m_FindFileHandler = NULL; + + for (int i = spec2.length()-1; i >= 0; i--) + if (spec2[(unsigned int) i] == wxT('\\')) spec2.GetWritableChar(i) = wxT('/'); // Want to be windows-safe + + node = m_Handlers.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxFileSystemHandler *h = (wxFileSystemHandler*) node -> GetData(); + if (h -> CanOpen(m_Path + spec2)) + { + m_FindFileHandler = MakeLocal(h); + return m_FindFileHandler -> FindFirst(m_Path + spec2, flags); + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + node = m_Handlers.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxFileSystemHandler *h = (wxFileSystemHandler*) node -> GetData(); + if (h -> CanOpen(spec2)) + { + m_FindFileHandler = MakeLocal(h); + return m_FindFileHandler -> FindFirst(spec2, flags); + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return wxEmptyString; +} + + + +wxString wxFileSystem::FindNext() +{ + if (m_FindFileHandler == NULL) return wxEmptyString; + else return m_FindFileHandler -> FindNext(); +} + +bool wxFileSystem::FindFileInPath(wxString *pStr, + const wxString& path, + const wxString& basename) +{ + // we assume that it's not empty + wxCHECK_MSG( !basename.empty(), false, + wxT("empty file name in wxFileSystem::FindFileInPath")); + + wxString name; + // skip path separator in the beginning of the file name if present + if ( wxIsPathSeparator(basename[0u]) ) + name = basename.substr(1); + else + name = basename; + + wxStringTokenizer tokenizer(path, wxPATH_SEP); + while ( tokenizer.HasMoreTokens() ) + { + wxString strFile = tokenizer.GetNextToken(); + if ( !wxEndsWithPathSeparator(strFile) ) + strFile += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + strFile += name; + + wxFSFile *file = OpenFile(strFile); + if ( file ) + { + delete file; + *pStr = strFile; + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void wxFileSystem::AddHandler(wxFileSystemHandler *handler) +{ + // prepend the handler to the beginning of the list because handlers added + // last should have the highest priority to allow overriding them + m_Handlers.Insert((size_t)0, handler); +} + +wxFileSystemHandler* wxFileSystem::RemoveHandler(wxFileSystemHandler *handler) +{ + // if handler has already been removed (or deleted) + // we return NULL. This is by design in case + // CleanUpHandlers() is called before RemoveHandler + // is called, as we cannot control the order + // which modules are unloaded + if (!m_Handlers.DeleteObject(handler)) + return NULL; + + return handler; +} + + +bool wxFileSystem::HasHandlerForPath(const wxString &location) +{ + for ( wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_Handlers.GetFirst(); + node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxFileSystemHandler *h = (wxFileSystemHandler*) node->GetData(); + if (h->CanOpen(location)) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +void wxFileSystem::CleanUpHandlers() +{ + WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxList, m_Handlers); +} + +static const wxString g_unixPathString(wxT("/")); +static const wxString g_nativePathString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH); + +// Returns the native path for a file URL +wxFileName wxFileSystem::URLToFileName(const wxString& url) +{ + wxString path = url; + + if ( path.Find(wxT("file://")) == 0 ) + { + path = path.Mid(7); + } + else if ( path.Find(wxT("file:")) == 0 ) + { + path = path.Mid(5); + } + // Remove preceding double slash on Mac Classic +#if defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__UNIX__) + else if ( path.Find(wxT("//")) == 0 ) + path = path.Mid(2); +#endif + + path = wxURI::Unescape(path); + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // file urls either start with a forward slash (local harddisk), + // otherwise they have a servername/sharename notation, + // which only exists on msw and corresponds to a unc + if ( path[0u] == wxT('/') && path [1u] != wxT('/')) + { + path = path.Mid(1); + } + else if ( (url.Find(wxT("file://")) == 0) && + (path.Find(wxT('/')) != wxNOT_FOUND) && + (path.length() > 1) && (path[1u] != wxT(':')) ) + { + path = wxT("//") + path; + } +#endif + + path.Replace(g_unixPathString, g_nativePathString); + + return wxFileName(path, wxPATH_NATIVE); +} + +// Escapes non-ASCII and others characters in file: URL to be valid URLs +static wxString EscapeFileNameCharsInURL(const char *in) +{ + wxString s; + + for ( const unsigned char *p = (const unsigned char*)in; *p; ++p ) + { + const unsigned char c = *p; + + // notice that all colons *must* be encoded in the paths used by + // wxFileSystem even though this makes URLs produced by this method + // unusable with IE under Windows as it requires "file:///c:/foo.bar" + // and doesn't accept "file:///c%3a/foo.bar" -- but then we never made + // any guarantees about general suitability of the strings returned by + // this method, they must work with wxFileSystem only and not encoding + // the colon breaks handling of + // "http://wherever/whatever.zip#zip:filename.ext" URLs so we really + // can't do this without heavy changes to the parsing code here, in + // particular in GetRightLocation() + + if ( c == '/' || c == '-' || c == '.' || c == '_' || c == '~' || + (c >= '0' && c <= '9') || + (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || + (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') ) + { + s << c; + } + else + { + s << wxString::Format("%%%02x", c); + } + } + + return s; +} + +// Returns the file URL for a native path +wxString wxFileSystem::FileNameToURL(const wxFileName& filename) +{ + wxFileName fn = filename; + fn.Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_DOTS | wxPATH_NORM_TILDE | wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE); + wxString url = fn.GetFullPath(wxPATH_NATIVE); + +#ifndef __UNIX__ + // unc notation, wxMSW + if ( url.Find(wxT("\\\\")) == 0 ) + { + url = wxT("//") + url.Mid(2); + } + else + { + url = wxT("/") + url; +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + url = wxT("/") + url; +#endif + + } +#endif + + url.Replace(g_nativePathString, g_unixPathString); + + // Do wxURI- and common practice-compatible escaping: encode the string + // into UTF-8, then escape anything non-ASCII: + return wxT("file:") + EscapeFileNameCharsInURL(url.utf8_str()); +} + + +///// Module: + +class wxFileSystemModule : public wxModule +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileSystemModule) + + public: + wxFileSystemModule() : + wxModule(), + m_handler(NULL) + { + } + + virtual bool OnInit() + { + m_handler = new wxLocalFSHandler; + wxFileSystem::AddHandler(m_handler); + return true; + } + virtual void OnExit() + { + delete wxFileSystem::RemoveHandler(m_handler); + + wxFileSystem::CleanUpHandlers(); + } + + private: + wxFileSystemHandler* m_handler; + +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileSystemModule, wxModule) + +#endif + // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filtall.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filtall.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..952730f82b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filtall.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/filtall.cpp +// Purpose: Link all filter streams +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// RCS-ID: $Id: filtall.cpp 42412 2006-10-25 20:41:12Z MW $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#if wxUSE_ZLIB +#include "wx/zstream.h" +#endif + +// Reference filter classes to ensure they are linked into a statically +// linked program that uses Find or GetFirst to look for an filter handler. +// It is in its own file so that the user can override this behaviour by +// providing their own implementation. + +void wxUseFilterClasses() +{ +#if wxUSE_ZLIB + wxZlibClassFactory(); + wxGzipClassFactory(); +#endif +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filtfind.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filtfind.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0873ad712d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/filtfind.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/filtfind.cpp +// Purpose: Streams for filter formats +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// RCS-ID: $Id: filtfind.cpp 46391 2007-06-10 17:42:41Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/stream.h" + +// These functions are in a separate file so that statically linked apps +// that do not call them to search for filter handlers will only link in +// the filter classes they use. + +const wxFilterClassFactory * +wxFilterClassFactory::Find(const wxString& protocol, wxStreamProtocolType type) +{ + for (const wxFilterClassFactory *f = GetFirst(); f; f = f->GetNext()) + if (f->CanHandle(protocol, type)) + return f; + + return NULL; +} + +// static +const wxFilterClassFactory *wxFilterClassFactory::GetFirst() +{ + if (!sm_first) + wxUseFilterClasses(); + return sm_first; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fldlgcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fldlgcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e8780d782 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fldlgcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,394 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fldlgcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxFileDialog common functions +// Author: John Labenski +// Modified by: +// Created: 14.06.03 (extracted from src/*/filedlg.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: fldlgcmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FILEDLG + +#include "wx/filedlg.h" +#include "wx/dirdlg.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/window.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxFileDialogNameStr[] = "filedlg"; +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxFileSelectorPromptStr[] = "Select a file"; +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr[] = +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__) + "*.*" +#else // Unix/Mac + "*" +#endif + ; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDialogBase +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialogBase, wxDialog) + +void wxFileDialogBase::Init() +{ + m_filterIndex = 0; + m_windowStyle = 0; + m_extraControl = NULL; + m_extraControlCreator = NULL; +} + +bool wxFileDialogBase::Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& defaultDir, + const wxString& defaultFile, + const wxString& wildCard, + long style, + const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos), + const wxSize& WXUNUSED(sz), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)) +{ + m_message = message; + m_dir = defaultDir; + m_fileName = defaultFile; + m_wildCard = wildCard; + + m_parent = parent; + m_windowStyle = style; + m_filterIndex = 0; + + if (!HasFdFlag(wxFD_OPEN) && !HasFdFlag(wxFD_SAVE)) + m_windowStyle |= wxFD_OPEN; // wxFD_OPEN is the default + + // check that the styles are not contradictory + wxASSERT_MSG( !(HasFdFlag(wxFD_SAVE) && HasFdFlag(wxFD_OPEN)), + wxT("can't specify both wxFD_SAVE and wxFD_OPEN at once") ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !HasFdFlag(wxFD_SAVE) || + (!HasFdFlag(wxFD_MULTIPLE) && !HasFdFlag(wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST)), + wxT("wxFD_MULTIPLE or wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST can't be used with wxFD_SAVE" ) ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !HasFdFlag(wxFD_OPEN) || !HasFdFlag(wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT), + wxT("wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT can't be used with wxFD_OPEN") ); + + if ( wildCard.empty() || wildCard == wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr ) + { + m_wildCard = wxString::Format(_("All files (%s)|%s"), + wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr); + } + else // have wild card + { + // convert m_wildCard from "*.bar" to "bar files (*.bar)|*.bar" + if ( m_wildCard.Find(wxT('|')) == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + wxString::size_type nDot = m_wildCard.find(wxT("*.")); + if ( nDot != wxString::npos ) + nDot++; + else + nDot = 0; + + m_wildCard = wxString::Format + ( + _("%s files (%s)|%s"), + wildCard.c_str() + nDot, + wildCard.c_str(), + wildCard.c_str() + ); + } + } + + return true; +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +long wxFileDialogBase::GetStyle() const +{ + return GetWindowStyle(); +} + +void wxFileDialogBase::SetStyle(long style) +{ + SetWindowStyle(style); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + +wxString wxFileDialogBase::AppendExtension(const wxString &filePath, + const wxString &extensionList) +{ + // strip off path, to avoid problems with "path.bar/foo" + wxString fileName = filePath.AfterLast(wxFILE_SEP_PATH); + + // if fileName is of form "foo.bar" it's ok, return it + int idx_dot = fileName.Find(wxT('.'), true); + if ((idx_dot != wxNOT_FOUND) && (idx_dot < (int)fileName.length() - 1)) + return filePath; + + // get the first extension from extensionList, or all of it + wxString ext = extensionList.BeforeFirst(wxT(';')); + + // if ext == "foo" or "foo." there's no extension + int idx_ext_dot = ext.Find(wxT('.'), true); + if ((idx_ext_dot == wxNOT_FOUND) || (idx_ext_dot == (int)ext.length() - 1)) + return filePath; + else + ext = ext.AfterLast(wxT('.')); + + // if ext == "*" or "bar*" or "b?r" or " " then its not valid + if ((ext.Find(wxT('*')) != wxNOT_FOUND) || + (ext.Find(wxT('?')) != wxNOT_FOUND) || + (ext.Strip(wxString::both).empty())) + return filePath; + + // if fileName doesn't have a '.' then add one + if (filePath.Last() != wxT('.')) + ext = wxT(".") + ext; + + return filePath + ext; +} + +bool wxFileDialogBase::SetExtraControlCreator(ExtraControlCreatorFunction creator) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( !m_extraControlCreator, false, + "wxFileDialog::SetExtraControl() called second time" ); + + m_extraControlCreator = creator; + return SupportsExtraControl(); +} + +bool wxFileDialogBase::CreateExtraControl() +{ + if (!m_extraControlCreator || m_extraControl) + return false; + m_extraControl = (*m_extraControlCreator)(this); + return true; +} + +wxSize wxFileDialogBase::GetExtraControlSize() +{ + if ( !m_extraControlCreator ) + return wxDefaultSize; + + // create the extra control in an empty dialog just to find its size: this + // is not terribly efficient but we do need to know the size before + // creating the native dialog and this seems to be the only way + wxDialog dlg(NULL, wxID_ANY, ""); + return (*m_extraControlCreator)(&dlg)->GetSize(); +} + +void wxFileDialogBase::SetPath(const wxString& path) +{ + wxString ext; + wxFileName::SplitPath(path, &m_dir, &m_fileName, &ext); + if ( !ext.empty() ) + m_fileName << wxT('.') << ext; + m_path = path; +} + +void wxFileDialogBase::SetDirectory(const wxString& dir) +{ + m_dir = dir; + m_path = wxFileName(m_dir, m_fileName).GetFullPath(); +} + +void wxFileDialogBase::SetFilename(const wxString& name) +{ + m_fileName = name; + m_path = wxFileName(m_dir, m_fileName).GetFullPath(); +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDialog convenience functions +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxFileSelector(const wxString& title, + const wxString& defaultDir, + const wxString& defaultFileName, + const wxString& defaultExtension, + const wxString& filter, + int flags, + wxWindow *parent, + int x, int y) +{ + // The defaultExtension, if non-empty, is + // appended to the filename if the user fails to type an extension. The new + // implementation (taken from wxFileSelectorEx) appends the extension + // automatically, by looking at the filter specification. In fact this + // should be better than the native Microsoft implementation because + // Windows only allows *one* default extension, whereas here we do the + // right thing depending on the filter the user has chosen. + + // If there's a default extension specified but no filter, we create a + // suitable filter. + + wxString filter2; + if ( !defaultExtension.empty() && filter.empty() ) + filter2 = wxString(wxT("*.")) + defaultExtension; + else if ( !filter.empty() ) + filter2 = filter; + + wxFileDialog fileDialog(parent, title, defaultDir, + defaultFileName, filter2, + flags, wxPoint(x, y)); + + // if filter is of form "All files (*)|*|..." set correct filter index + if ( !defaultExtension.empty() && filter2.find(wxT('|')) != wxString::npos ) + { + int filterIndex = 0; + + wxArrayString descriptions, filters; + // don't care about errors, handled already by wxFileDialog + (void)wxParseCommonDialogsFilter(filter2, descriptions, filters); + for (size_t n=0; n 0) + fileDialog.SetFilterIndex(filterIndex); + } + + wxString filename; + if ( fileDialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + { + filename = fileDialog.GetPath(); + } + + return filename; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileSelectorEx +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxFileSelectorEx(const wxString& title, + const wxString& defaultDir, + const wxString& defaultFileName, + int* defaultFilterIndex, + const wxString& filter, + int flags, + wxWindow* parent, + int x, + int y) + +{ + wxFileDialog fileDialog(parent, + title, + defaultDir, + defaultFileName, + filter, + flags, wxPoint(x, y)); + + wxString filename; + if ( fileDialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + { + if ( defaultFilterIndex ) + *defaultFilterIndex = fileDialog.GetFilterIndex(); + + filename = fileDialog.GetPath(); + } + + return filename; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDefaultFileSelector - Generic load/save dialog (for internal use only) +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static wxString wxDefaultFileSelector(bool load, + const wxString& what, + const wxString& extension, + const wxString& default_name, + wxWindow *parent) +{ + wxString prompt; + wxString str; + if (load) + str = _("Load %s file"); + else + str = _("Save %s file"); + prompt.Printf(str, what); + + wxString wild; + wxString ext; + if ( !extension.empty() ) + { + if ( extension[0u] == wxT('.') ) + ext = extension.substr(1); + else + ext = extension; + + wild.Printf(wxT("*.%s"), ext); + } + else // no extension specified + { + wild = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr; + } + + return wxFileSelector(prompt, wxEmptyString, default_name, ext, wild, + load ? (wxFD_OPEN | wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST) : wxFD_SAVE, + parent); +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLoadFileSelector +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxLoadFileSelector(const wxString& what, + const wxString& extension, + const wxString& default_name, + wxWindow *parent) +{ + return wxDefaultFileSelector(true, what, extension, default_name, parent); +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSaveFileSelector +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxSaveFileSelector(const wxString& what, + const wxString& extension, + const wxString& default_name, + wxWindow *parent) +{ + return wxDefaultFileSelector(false, what, extension, default_name, parent); +} + + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirDialogBase +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +long wxDirDialogBase::GetStyle() const +{ + return GetWindowStyle(); +} + +void wxDirDialogBase::SetStyle(long style) +{ + SetWindowStyle(style); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + +#endif // wxUSE_FILEDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fmapbase.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fmapbase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d75e991a17 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fmapbase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,868 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fmapbase.cpp +// Purpose: wxFontMapperBase class implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 21.06.2003 (extracted from common/fontmap.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: fmapbase.cpp 65062 2010-07-23 23:33:16Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999-2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/module.h" + #include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/private.h" // includes windows.h for LOGFONT + #include "wx/msw/winundef.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/fontmap.h" +#include "wx/fmappriv.h" + +#include "wx/apptrait.h" + +// wxMemoryConfig uses wxFileConfig +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + #include "wx/config.h" + #include "wx/memconf.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// encodings supported by GetEncodingDescription +static const wxFontEncoding gs_encodings[] = +{ + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_11, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_12, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15, + wxFONTENCODING_KOI8, + wxFONTENCODING_KOI8_U, + wxFONTENCODING_CP866, + wxFONTENCODING_CP874, + wxFONTENCODING_CP932, + wxFONTENCODING_CP936, + wxFONTENCODING_CP949, + wxFONTENCODING_CP950, + wxFONTENCODING_CP1250, + wxFONTENCODING_CP1251, + wxFONTENCODING_CP1252, + wxFONTENCODING_CP1253, + wxFONTENCODING_CP1254, + wxFONTENCODING_CP1255, + wxFONTENCODING_CP1256, + wxFONTENCODING_CP1257, + wxFONTENCODING_CP437, + wxFONTENCODING_UTF7, + wxFONTENCODING_UTF8, + wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE, + wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE, + wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE, + wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE, + wxFONTENCODING_EUC_JP, + wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT, + wxFONTENCODING_BIG5, + wxFONTENCODING_SHIFT_JIS, + wxFONTENCODING_GB2312, + wxFONTENCODING_ISO2022_JP, + + wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACJAPANESE, + wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESETRAD, + wxFONTENCODING_MACKOREAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACARABIC, + wxFONTENCODING_MACHEBREW, + wxFONTENCODING_MACGREEK, + wxFONTENCODING_MACCYRILLIC, + wxFONTENCODING_MACDEVANAGARI, + wxFONTENCODING_MACGURMUKHI, + wxFONTENCODING_MACGUJARATI, + wxFONTENCODING_MACORIYA, + wxFONTENCODING_MACBENGALI, + wxFONTENCODING_MACTAMIL, + wxFONTENCODING_MACTELUGU, + wxFONTENCODING_MACKANNADA, + wxFONTENCODING_MACMALAJALAM, + wxFONTENCODING_MACSINHALESE, + wxFONTENCODING_MACBURMESE, + wxFONTENCODING_MACKHMER, + wxFONTENCODING_MACTHAI, + wxFONTENCODING_MACLAOTIAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACGEORGIAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACARMENIAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESESIMP, + wxFONTENCODING_MACTIBETAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACMONGOLIAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACETHIOPIC, + wxFONTENCODING_MACCENTRALEUR, + wxFONTENCODING_MACVIATNAMESE, + wxFONTENCODING_MACARABICEXT, + wxFONTENCODING_MACSYMBOL, + wxFONTENCODING_MACDINGBATS, + wxFONTENCODING_MACTURKISH, + wxFONTENCODING_MACCROATIAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACICELANDIC, + wxFONTENCODING_MACROMANIAN, + wxFONTENCODING_MACCELTIC, + wxFONTENCODING_MACGAELIC, + wxFONTENCODING_MACKEYBOARD +}; + +// the descriptions for them +static const char* const gs_encodingDescs[] = +{ + wxTRANSLATE( "Western European (ISO-8859-1)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Central European (ISO-8859-2)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Esperanto (ISO-8859-3)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Baltic (old) (ISO-8859-4)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Cyrillic (ISO-8859-5)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Arabic (ISO-8859-6)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Greek (ISO-8859-7)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Hebrew (ISO-8859-8)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Turkish (ISO-8859-9)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Nordic (ISO-8859-10)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Thai (ISO-8859-11)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Indian (ISO-8859-12)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Baltic (ISO-8859-13)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Celtic (ISO-8859-14)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Western European with Euro (ISO-8859-15)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "KOI8-R" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "KOI8-U" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows/DOS OEM Cyrillic (CP 866)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows Thai (CP 874)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows Japanese (CP 932)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows Chinese Simplified (CP 936)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows Korean (CP 949)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows Chinese Traditional (CP 950)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows Central European (CP 1250)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows Cyrillic (CP 1251)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows Western European (CP 1252)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows Greek (CP 1253)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows Turkish (CP 1254)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows Hebrew (CP 1255)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows Arabic (CP 1256)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows Baltic (CP 1257)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Windows/DOS OEM (CP 437)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Unicode 7 bit (UTF-7)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Unicode 8 bit (UTF-8)" ), +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + wxTRANSLATE( "Unicode 16 bit (UTF-16)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Unicode 16 bit Little Endian (UTF-16LE)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Unicode 32 bit (UTF-32)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Unicode 32 bit Little Endian (UTF-32LE)" ), +#else // WORDS_BIGENDIAN + wxTRANSLATE( "Unicode 16 bit Big Endian (UTF-16BE)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Unicode 16 bit (UTF-16)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Unicode 32 bit Big Endian (UTF-32BE)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "Unicode 32 bit (UTF-32)" ), +#endif // WORDS_BIGENDIAN + wxTRANSLATE( "Extended Unix Codepage for Japanese (EUC-JP)" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "US-ASCII" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "BIG5" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "SHIFT-JIS" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "GB-2312" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "ISO-2022-JP" ), + + wxTRANSLATE( "MacRoman" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacJapanese" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacChineseTrad" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacKorean" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacArabic" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacHebrew" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacGreek" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacCyrillic" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacDevanagari" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacGurmukhi" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacGujarati" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacOriya" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacBengali" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacTamil" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacTelugu" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacKannada" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacMalayalam" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacSinhalese" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacBurmese" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacKhmer" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacThai" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacLaotian" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacGeorgian" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacArmenian" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacChineseSimp" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacTibetan" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacMongolian" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacEthiopic" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacCentralEurRoman" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacVietnamese" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacExtArabic" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacSymbol" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacDingbats" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacTurkish" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacCroatian" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacIcelandic" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacRomanian" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacCeltic" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacGaelic" ), + wxTRANSLATE( "MacKeyboardGlyphs" ) +}; + +// and the internal names (these are not translated on purpose!) +static const wxChar* const gs_encodingNames[WXSIZEOF(gs_encodingDescs)][9] = +{ + // names from the columns correspond to these OS: + // Linux Solaris and IRIX HP-UX AIX + { wxT("ISO-8859-1"), wxT("ISO8859-1"), wxT("iso88591"), wxT("8859-1"), wxT("iso_8859_1"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-2"), wxT("ISO8859-2"), wxT("iso88592"), wxT("8859-2"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-3"), wxT("ISO8859-3"), wxT("iso88593"), wxT("8859-3"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-4"), wxT("ISO8859-4"), wxT("iso88594"), wxT("8859-4"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-5"), wxT("ISO8859-5"), wxT("iso88595"), wxT("8859-5"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-6"), wxT("ISO8859-6"), wxT("iso88596"), wxT("8859-6"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-7"), wxT("ISO8859-7"), wxT("iso88597"), wxT("8859-7"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-8"), wxT("ISO8859-8"), wxT("iso88598"), wxT("8859-8"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-9"), wxT("ISO8859-9"), wxT("iso88599"), wxT("8859-9"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-10"), wxT("ISO8859-10"), wxT("iso885910"), wxT("8859-10"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-11"), wxT("ISO8859-11"), wxT("iso885911"), wxT("8859-11"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-12"), wxT("ISO8859-12"), wxT("iso885912"), wxT("8859-12"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-13"), wxT("ISO8859-13"), wxT("iso885913"), wxT("8859-13"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-14"), wxT("ISO8859-14"), wxT("iso885914"), wxT("8859-14"), NULL }, + { wxT("ISO-8859-15"), wxT("ISO8859-15"), wxT("iso885915"), wxT("8859-15"), NULL }, + + // although koi8-ru is not strictly speaking the same as koi8-r, + // they are similar enough to make mapping it to koi8 better than + // not recognizing it at all + { wxT( "KOI8-R" ), wxT( "KOI8-RU" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "KOI8-U" ), NULL }, + + { wxT( "WINDOWS-866" ), wxT( "CP866" ), NULL }, + + { wxT( "WINDOWS-874" ), wxT( "CP874" ), wxT( "MS874" ), wxT( "IBM-874" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "WINDOWS-932" ), wxT( "CP932" ), wxT( "MS932" ), wxT( "IBM-932" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "WINDOWS-936" ), wxT( "CP936" ), wxT( "MS936" ), wxT( "IBM-936" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "WINDOWS-949" ), wxT( "CP949" ), wxT( "MS949" ), wxT( "IBM-949" ), wxT( "EUC-KR" ), wxT( "eucKR" ), wxT( "euc_kr" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "WINDOWS-950" ), wxT( "CP950" ), wxT( "MS950" ), wxT( "IBM-950" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "WINDOWS-1250" ),wxT( "CP1250" ),wxT( "MS1250" ),wxT( "IBM-1250" ),NULL }, + { wxT( "WINDOWS-1251" ),wxT( "CP1251" ),wxT( "MS1251" ),wxT( "IBM-1251" ),NULL }, + { wxT( "WINDOWS-1252" ),wxT( "CP1252" ),wxT( "MS1252" ),wxT( "IBM-1252" ),NULL }, + { wxT( "WINDOWS-1253" ),wxT( "CP1253" ),wxT( "MS1253" ),wxT( "IBM-1253" ),NULL }, + { wxT( "WINDOWS-1254" ),wxT( "CP1254" ),wxT( "MS1254" ),wxT( "IBM-1254" ),NULL }, + { wxT( "WINDOWS-1255" ),wxT( "CP1255" ),wxT( "MS1255" ),wxT( "IBM-1255" ),NULL }, + { wxT( "WINDOWS-1256" ),wxT( "CP1256" ),wxT( "MS1256" ),wxT( "IBM-1256" ),NULL }, + { wxT( "WINDOWS-1257" ),wxT( "CP1257" ),wxT( "MS1257" ),wxT( "IBM-1257" ),NULL }, + { wxT( "WINDOWS-437" ), wxT( "CP437" ), wxT( "MS437" ), wxT( "IBM-437" ), NULL }, + + { wxT( "UTF-7" ), wxT("UTF7"), NULL }, + { wxT( "UTF-8" ), wxT("UTF8"), NULL }, +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + { wxT( "UTF-16BE" ), wxT("UTF16BE"), wxT("UCS-2BE"), wxT("UCS2BE"), wxT("UTF-16"), wxT("UTF16"), wxT("UCS-2"), wxT("UCS2"), NULL }, + { wxT( "UTF-16LE" ), wxT("UTF16LE"), wxT("UCS-2LE"), wxT("UCS2LE"), NULL }, + { wxT( "UTF-32BE" ), wxT("UTF32BE"), wxT("UCS-4BE" ), wxT("UTF-32"), wxT("UTF32"), wxT("UCS-4"), wxT("UCS4"), NULL }, + { wxT( "UTF-32LE" ), wxT("UTF32LE"), wxT("UCS-4LE"), wxT("UCS4LE"), NULL }, +#else // WORDS_BIGENDIAN + { wxT("UTF-16BE"), wxT("UTF16BE"), wxT("UCS-2BE"), wxT("UCS2BE"), NULL }, + { wxT("UTF-16LE"), wxT("UTF16LE"), wxT("UCS-2LE"), wxT("UTF-16"), wxT("UTF16"), wxT("UCS-2"), wxT("UCS2"), NULL }, + { wxT("UTF-32BE"), wxT("UTF32BE"), wxT("UCS-4BE"), wxT("UCS4BE"), NULL }, + { wxT("UTF-32LE"), wxT("UTF32LE"), wxT("UCS-4LE"), wxT("UCS4LE"), wxT("UTF-32"), wxT("UTF32"), wxT("UCS-4"), wxT("UCS4"), NULL }, +#endif // WORDS_BIGENDIAN + + { wxT( "EUC-JP" ), wxT( "eucJP" ), wxT( "euc_jp" ), wxT( "IBM-eucJP" ), NULL }, + + // 646 is for Solaris, roman8 -- for HP-UX + { wxT( "US-ASCII" ), wxT( "ASCII" ), wxT("C"), wxT("POSIX"), wxT("ANSI_X3.4-1968"), + wxT("646"), wxT("roman8"), wxT( "" ), NULL }, + + { wxT( "BIG5" ), wxT("big5"), NULL }, + { wxT( "SJIS" ), wxT( "SHIFT-JIS" ), wxT( "SHIFT_JIS" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "GB2312" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "ISO-2022-JP" ), NULL }, + + + { wxT( "MacRoman" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacJapanese" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacChineseTrad" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacKorean" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacArabic" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacHebrew" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacGreek" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacCyrillic" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacDevanagari" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacGurmukhi" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacGujarati" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacOriya" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacBengali" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacTamil" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacTelugu" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacKannada" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacMalayalam" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacSinhalese" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacBurmese" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacKhmer" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacThai" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacLaotian" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacGeorgian" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacArmenian" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacChineseSimp" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacTibetan" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacMongolian" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacEthiopic" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacCentralEurRoman" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacVietnamese" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacExtArabic" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacSymbol" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacDingbats" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacTurkish" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacCroatian" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacIcelandic" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacRomanian" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacCeltic" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacGaelic" ), NULL }, + { wxT( "MacKeyboardGlyphs" ), NULL } +}; + +wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( WXSIZEOF(gs_encodingDescs) == WXSIZEOF(gs_encodings), EncodingsArraysNotInSync ); +wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( WXSIZEOF(gs_encodingNames) == WXSIZEOF(gs_encodings), EncodingsArraysNotInSync ); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// clean up the font mapper object +class wxFontMapperModule : public wxModule +{ +public: + wxFontMapperModule() : wxModule() { } + + virtual bool OnInit() + { + // a dummy wxFontMapperBase object could have been created during the + // program startup before wxApp was created, we have to delete it to + // allow creating the real font mapper next time it is needed now that + // we can create it (when the modules are initialized, wxApp object + // already exists) + wxFontMapperBase *fm = wxFontMapperBase::Get(); + if ( fm && fm->IsDummy() ) + wxFontMapperBase::Reset(); + + return true; + } + + virtual void OnExit() + { + wxFontMapperBase::Reset(); + } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontMapperModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontMapperModule, wxModule) + + +// ============================================================================ +// wxFontMapperBase implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxFontMapper *wxFontMapperBase::sm_instance = NULL; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ctor and dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFontMapperBase::wxFontMapperBase() +{ +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + m_configDummy = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG +} + +wxFontMapperBase::~wxFontMapperBase() +{ +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + if ( m_configDummy ) + delete m_configDummy; +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG +} + +/* static */ +wxFontMapperBase *wxFontMapperBase::Get() +{ + if ( !sm_instance ) + { + wxAppTraits *traits = wxTheApp ? wxTheApp->GetTraits() : NULL; + if ( traits ) + { + sm_instance = traits->CreateFontMapper(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( sm_instance, + wxT("wxAppTraits::CreateFontMapper() failed") ); + } + + if ( !sm_instance ) + { + // last resort: we must create something because the existing code + // relies on always having a valid font mapper object + sm_instance = (wxFontMapper *)new wxFontMapperBase; + } + } + + return (wxFontMapperBase*)sm_instance; +} + +/* static */ +wxFontMapper *wxFontMapperBase::Set(wxFontMapper *mapper) +{ + wxFontMapper *old = sm_instance; + sm_instance = mapper; + return old; +} + +/* static */ +void wxFontMapperBase::Reset() +{ + if ( sm_instance ) + { + // we need a cast as wxFontMapper is not fully declared here and so the + // compiler can't know that it derives from wxFontMapperBase (but + // run-time behaviour will be correct because the dtor is virtual) + delete (wxFontMapperBase *)sm_instance; + sm_instance = NULL; + } +} + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// config usage customisation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +static wxString gs_defaultConfigPath(FONTMAPPER_ROOT_PATH); + +/* static */ +const wxString& wxFontMapperBase::GetDefaultConfigPath() +{ + // NB: we return const wxString& and not wxString for compatibility + // with 2.8 that returned const wxChar* + return gs_defaultConfigPath; +} + +void wxFontMapperBase::SetConfigPath(const wxString& prefix) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( !prefix.empty() && prefix[0] == wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR, + wxT("an absolute path should be given to wxFontMapper::SetConfigPath()") ); + + m_configRootPath = prefix; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// get config object and path for it +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxConfigBase *wxFontMapperBase::GetConfig() +{ + wxConfigBase *config = wxConfig::Get(false); + + // If there is no global configuration, use an internal memory configuration + if ( !config ) + { + if ( !m_configDummy ) + m_configDummy = new wxMemoryConfig; + config = m_configDummy; + + // FIXME: ideally, we should add keys from dummy config to a real one later, + // but it is a low-priority task because typical wxWin application + // either doesn't use wxConfig at all or creates wxConfig object in + // wxApp::OnInit(), before any real interaction with the user takes + // place... + } + + return config; +} + +const wxString& wxFontMapperBase::GetConfigPath() +{ + if ( !m_configRootPath ) + { + // use the default + m_configRootPath = GetDefaultConfigPath(); + } + + return m_configRootPath; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// config helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFontMapperBase::ChangePath(const wxString& pathNew, wxString *pathOld) +{ + wxConfigBase *config = GetConfig(); + if ( !config ) + return false; + + *pathOld = config->GetPath(); + + wxString path = GetConfigPath(); + if ( path.empty() || path.Last() != wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR ) + { + path += wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR; + } + + wxASSERT_MSG( !pathNew || (pathNew[0] != wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR), + wxT("should be a relative path") ); + + path += pathNew; + + config->SetPath(path); + + return true; +} + +void wxFontMapperBase::RestorePath(const wxString& pathOld) +{ + GetConfig()->SetPath(pathOld); +} + +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// charset/encoding correspondence +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFontEncoding +wxFontMapperBase::CharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset, + bool WXUNUSED(interactive)) +{ + int enc = NonInteractiveCharsetToEncoding(charset); + if ( enc == wxFONTENCODING_UNKNOWN ) + { + // we should return wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM from here for unknown + // encodings + enc = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM; + } + + return (wxFontEncoding)enc; +} + +int +wxFontMapperBase::NonInteractiveCharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset) +{ + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM; + + // we're going to modify it, make a copy + wxString cs = charset; + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + // first try the user-defined settings + wxFontMapperPathChanger path(this, FONTMAPPER_CHARSET_PATH); + if ( path.IsOk() ) + { + wxConfigBase *config = GetConfig(); + + // do we have an encoding for this charset? + long value = config->Read(charset, -1l); + if ( value != -1 ) + { + if ( value == wxFONTENCODING_UNKNOWN ) + { + // don't try to find it, in particular don't ask the user + return value; + } + + if ( value >= 0 && value <= wxFONTENCODING_MAX ) + { + encoding = (wxFontEncoding)value; + } + else + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("corrupted config data: invalid encoding %ld for charset '%s' ignored"), + value, charset.c_str()); + } + } + + if ( encoding == wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM ) + { + // may be we have an alias? + config->SetPath(FONTMAPPER_CHARSET_ALIAS_PATH); + + wxString alias = config->Read(charset); + if ( !alias.empty() ) + { + // yes, we do - use it instead + cs = alias; + } + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + + // if didn't find it there, try to recognize it ourselves + if ( encoding == wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM ) + { + // trim any spaces + cs.Trim(true); + cs.Trim(false); + + // discard the optional quotes + if ( !cs.empty() ) + { + if ( cs[0u] == wxT('"') && cs.Last() == wxT('"') ) + { + cs = wxString(cs.c_str(), cs.length() - 1); + } + } + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(gs_encodingNames); ++i ) + { + for ( const wxChar* const* encName = gs_encodingNames[i]; *encName; ++encName ) + { + if ( cs.CmpNoCase(*encName) == 0 ) + return gs_encodings[i]; + } + } + + cs.MakeUpper(); + + if ( cs.Left(3) == wxT("ISO") ) + { + // the dash is optional (or, to be exact, it is not, but + // several broken programs "forget" it) + const wxChar *p = cs.c_str() + 3; + if ( *p == wxT('-') ) + p++; + + unsigned int value; + if ( wxSscanf(p, wxT("8859-%u"), &value) == 1 ) + { + // make it 0 based and check that it is strictly positive in + // the process (no such thing as iso8859-0 encoding) + if ( (value-- > 0) && + (value < wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_MAX - + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1) ) + { + // it's a valid ISO8859 encoding + value += wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1; + encoding = (wxFontEncoding)value; + } + } + } + else if ( cs.Left(4) == wxT("8859") ) + { + const wxChar *p = cs.c_str(); + + unsigned int value; + if ( wxSscanf(p, wxT("8859-%u"), &value) == 1 ) + { + // make it 0 based and check that it is strictly positive in + // the process (no such thing as iso8859-0 encoding) + if ( (value-- > 0) && + (value < wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_MAX - + wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1) ) + { + // it's a valid ISO8859 encoding + value += wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1; + encoding = (wxFontEncoding)value; + } + } + } + else // check for Windows charsets + { + size_t len; + if ( cs.Left(7) == wxT("WINDOWS") ) + { + len = 7; + } + else if ( cs.Left(2) == wxT("CP") ) + { + len = 2; + } + else // not a Windows encoding + { + len = 0; + } + + if ( len ) + { + const wxChar *p = cs.c_str() + len; + if ( *p == wxT('-') ) + p++; + + unsigned int value; + if ( wxSscanf(p, wxT("%u"), &value) == 1 ) + { + if ( value >= 1250 ) + { + value -= 1250; + if ( value < wxFONTENCODING_CP12_MAX - + wxFONTENCODING_CP1250 ) + { + // a valid Windows code page + value += wxFONTENCODING_CP1250; + encoding = (wxFontEncoding)value; + } + } + + switch ( value ) + { + case 866: + encoding = wxFONTENCODING_CP866; + break; + + case 874: + encoding = wxFONTENCODING_CP874; + break; + + case 932: + encoding = wxFONTENCODING_CP932; + break; + + case 936: + encoding = wxFONTENCODING_CP936; + break; + + case 949: + encoding = wxFONTENCODING_CP949; + break; + + case 950: + encoding = wxFONTENCODING_CP950; + break; + } + } + } + } + //else: unknown + } + + return encoding; +} + +/* static */ +size_t wxFontMapperBase::GetSupportedEncodingsCount() +{ + return WXSIZEOF(gs_encodings); +} + +/* static */ +wxFontEncoding wxFontMapperBase::GetEncoding(size_t n) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( n < WXSIZEOF(gs_encodings), wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM, + wxT("wxFontMapper::GetEncoding(): invalid index") ); + + return gs_encodings[n]; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxFontMapperBase::GetEncodingDescription(wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + if ( encoding == wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT ) + { + return _("Default encoding"); + } + + const size_t count = WXSIZEOF(gs_encodingDescs); + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if ( gs_encodings[i] == encoding ) + { + return wxGetTranslation(gs_encodingDescs[i]); + } + } + + wxString str; + str.Printf(_("Unknown encoding (%d)"), encoding); + + return str; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxFontMapperBase::GetEncodingName(wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + if ( encoding == wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT ) + { + return _("default"); + } + + const size_t count = WXSIZEOF(gs_encodingNames); + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if ( gs_encodings[i] == encoding ) + { + return gs_encodingNames[i][0]; + } + } + + wxString str; + str.Printf(_("unknown-%d"), encoding); + + return str; +} + +/* static */ +const wxChar** wxFontMapperBase::GetAllEncodingNames(wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + static const wxChar* const dummy[] = { NULL }; + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(gs_encodingNames); i++ ) + { + if ( gs_encodings[i] == encoding ) + { + return const_cast(gs_encodingNames[i]); + } + } + + return const_cast(dummy); +} + +/* static */ +wxFontEncoding wxFontMapperBase::GetEncodingFromName(const wxString& name) +{ + const size_t count = WXSIZEOF(gs_encodingNames); + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + for ( const wxChar* const* encName = gs_encodingNames[i]; *encName; ++encName ) + { + if ( name.CmpNoCase(*encName) == 0 ) + return gs_encodings[i]; + } + } + + return wxFONTENCODING_MAX; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7791069dbc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1094 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fontcmn.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxFontBase methods +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.09.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontcmn.cpp 67052 2011-02-27 12:47:05Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/font.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/dcscreen.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/private.h" // includes windows.h for LOGFONT + #include "wx/msw/winundef.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/fontutil.h" // for wxNativeFontInfo +#include "wx/fontmap.h" +#include "wx/fontenum.h" + +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" + +// debugger helper: this function can be called from a debugger to show what +// the date really is +extern const char *wxDumpFont(const wxFont *font) +{ + static char buf[256]; + + const wxFontWeight weight = font->GetWeight(); + + wxString s; + s.Printf(wxS("%s-%s-%s-%d-%d"), + font->GetFaceName(), + weight == wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL + ? wxT("normal") + : weight == wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD + ? wxT("bold") + : wxT("light"), + font->GetStyle() == wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL + ? wxT("regular") + : wxT("italic"), + font->GetPointSize(), + font->GetEncoding()); + + wxStrlcpy(buf, s.mb_str(), WXSIZEOF(buf)); + return buf; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxBEGIN_ENUM( wxFontFamily ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE ) +wxEND_ENUM( wxFontFamily ) + +wxBEGIN_ENUM( wxFontStyle ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT ) +wxEND_ENUM( wxFontStyle ) + +wxBEGIN_ENUM( wxFontWeight ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD ) +wxEND_ENUM( wxFontWeight ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY_XTI(wxFont, wxGDIObject, "wx/font.h") + +//WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxFont) +wxPROPERTY( Size,int, SetPointSize, GetPointSize, 12, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY( Family, wxFontFamily , SetFamily, GetFamily, (wxFontFamily)wxDEFAULT, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // wxFontFamily +wxPROPERTY( Style, wxFontStyle, SetStyle, GetStyle, (wxFontStyle)wxNORMAL, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // wxFontStyle +wxPROPERTY( Weight, wxFontWeight, SetWeight, GetWeight, (wxFontWeight)wxNORMAL, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // wxFontWeight +wxPROPERTY( Underlined, bool, SetUnderlined, GetUnderlined, false, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY( Face, wxString, SetFaceName, GetFaceName, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY( Encoding, wxFontEncoding, SetEncoding, GetEncoding, \ + wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxFont, int, Size, wxFontFamily, Family, wxFontStyle, Style, wxFontWeight, Weight, \ + bool, Underlined, wxString, Face ) + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxFont) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static inline int flags2Style(int flags) +{ + return flags & wxFONTFLAG_ITALIC + ? wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC + : flags & wxFONTFLAG_SLANT + ? wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT + : wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL; +} + +static inline int flags2Weight(int flags) +{ + return flags & wxFONTFLAG_LIGHT + ? wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT + : flags & wxFONTFLAG_BOLD + ? wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD + : wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL; +} + +static inline bool flags2Underlined(int flags) +{ + return (flags & wxFONTFLAG_UNDERLINED) != 0; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFontEncoding wxFontBase::ms_encodingDefault = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM; + +/* static */ +void wxFontBase::SetDefaultEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + // GetDefaultEncoding() should return something != wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT + // and, besides, using this value here doesn't make any sense + wxCHECK_RET( encoding != wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT, + wxT("can't set default encoding to wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT") ); + + ms_encodingDefault = encoding; +} + +wxFontBase::~wxFontBase() +{ + // this destructor is required for Darwin +} + +/* static */ +wxFont *wxFontBase::New(int size, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined, + const wxString& face, + wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + return new wxFont(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding); +} + +/* static */ +wxFont *wxFontBase::New(const wxSize& pixelSize, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined, + const wxString& face, + wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + return new wxFont(pixelSize, family, style, weight, underlined, + face, encoding); +} + +/* static */ +wxFont *wxFontBase::New(int pointSize, + wxFontFamily family, + int flags, + const wxString& face, + wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + return New(pointSize, family, flags2Style(flags), flags2Weight(flags), + flags2Underlined(flags), face, encoding); +} + +/* static */ +wxFont *wxFontBase::New(const wxSize& pixelSize, + wxFontFamily family, + int flags, + const wxString& face, + wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + return New(pixelSize, family, flags2Style(flags), flags2Weight(flags), + flags2Underlined(flags), face, encoding); +} + +/* static */ +wxFont *wxFontBase::New(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) +{ + return new wxFont(info); +} + +/* static */ +wxFont *wxFontBase::New(const wxString& strNativeFontDesc) +{ + wxNativeFontInfo fontInfo; + if ( !fontInfo.FromString(strNativeFontDesc) ) + return new wxFont(*wxNORMAL_FONT); + + return New(fontInfo); +} + +bool wxFontBase::IsFixedWidth() const +{ + return GetFamily() == wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE; +} + +wxSize wxFontBase::GetPixelSize() const +{ + wxScreenDC dc; + dc.SetFont(*(wxFont *)this); + return wxSize(dc.GetCharWidth(), dc.GetCharHeight()); +} + +bool wxFontBase::IsUsingSizeInPixels() const +{ + return false; +} + +void wxFontBase::SetPixelSize( const wxSize& pixelSize ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( pixelSize.GetWidth() >= 0 && pixelSize.GetHeight() > 0, + "Negative values for the pixel size or zero pixel height are not allowed" ); + + wxScreenDC dc; + + // NOTE: this algorithm for adjusting the font size is used by all + // implementations of wxFont except under wxMSW and wxGTK where + // native support to font creation using pixel-size is provided. + + int largestGood = 0; + int smallestBad = 0; + + bool initialGoodFound = false; + bool initialBadFound = false; + + // NB: this assignment was separated from the variable definition + // in order to fix a gcc v3.3.3 compiler crash + int currentSize = GetPointSize(); + while (currentSize > 0) + { + dc.SetFont(*static_cast(this)); + + // if currentSize (in points) results in a font that is smaller + // than required by pixelSize it is considered a good size + // NOTE: the pixel size width may be zero + if (dc.GetCharHeight() <= pixelSize.GetHeight() && + (pixelSize.GetWidth() == 0 || + dc.GetCharWidth() <= pixelSize.GetWidth())) + { + largestGood = currentSize; + initialGoodFound = true; + } + else + { + smallestBad = currentSize; + initialBadFound = true; + } + if (!initialGoodFound) + { + currentSize /= 2; + } + else if (!initialBadFound) + { + currentSize *= 2; + } + else + { + int distance = smallestBad - largestGood; + if (distance == 1) + break; + + currentSize = largestGood + distance / 2; + } + + SetPointSize(currentSize); + } + + if (currentSize != largestGood) + SetPointSize(largestGood); +} + +void wxFontBase::DoSetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) +{ +#ifdef wxNO_NATIVE_FONTINFO + SetPointSize(info.pointSize); + SetFamily(info.family); + SetStyle(info.style); + SetWeight(info.weight); + SetUnderlined(info.underlined); + SetFaceName(info.faceName); + SetEncoding(info.encoding); +#else + (void)info; +#endif +} + +wxString wxFontBase::GetNativeFontInfoDesc() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxEmptyString, wxT("invalid font") ); + + wxString fontDesc; + const wxNativeFontInfo *fontInfo = GetNativeFontInfo(); + if ( fontInfo ) + { + fontDesc = fontInfo->ToString(); + wxASSERT_MSG(!fontDesc.empty(), wxT("This should be a non-empty string!")); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Derived class should have created the wxNativeFontInfo!")); + } + + return fontDesc; +} + +wxString wxFontBase::GetNativeFontInfoUserDesc() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxEmptyString, wxT("invalid font") ); + + wxString fontDesc; + const wxNativeFontInfo *fontInfo = GetNativeFontInfo(); + if ( fontInfo ) + { + fontDesc = fontInfo->ToUserString(); + wxASSERT_MSG(!fontDesc.empty(), wxT("This should be a non-empty string!")); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Derived class should have created the wxNativeFontInfo!")); + } + + return fontDesc; +} + +bool wxFontBase::SetNativeFontInfo(const wxString& info) +{ + wxNativeFontInfo fontInfo; + if ( !info.empty() && fontInfo.FromString(info) ) + { + SetNativeFontInfo(fontInfo); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxFontBase::SetNativeFontInfoUserDesc(const wxString& info) +{ + wxNativeFontInfo fontInfo; + if ( !info.empty() && fontInfo.FromUserString(info) ) + { + SetNativeFontInfo(fontInfo); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxFontBase::operator==(const wxFont& font) const +{ + // either it is the same font, i.e. they share the same common data or they + // have different ref datas but still describe the same font + return IsSameAs(font) || + ( + IsOk() == font.IsOk() && + GetPointSize() == font.GetPointSize() && + // in wxGTK1 GetPixelSize() calls GetInternalFont() which uses + // operator==() resulting in infinite recursion so we can't use it + // in that port +#if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) + GetPixelSize() == font.GetPixelSize() && +#endif + GetFamily() == font.GetFamily() && + GetStyle() == font.GetStyle() && + GetWeight() == font.GetWeight() && + GetUnderlined() == font.GetUnderlined() && + GetFaceName().IsSameAs(font.GetFaceName(), false) && + GetEncoding() == font.GetEncoding() + ); +} + +wxFontFamily wxFontBase::GetFamily() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN, wxS("invalid font") ); + + // Don't return wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN from here because it prevents the code + // like wxFont(size, wxNORMAL_FONT->GetFamily(), ...) from working (see + // #12330). This is really just a hack but it allows to keep compatibility + // and doesn't really have any bad drawbacks so do this until someone comes + // up with a better idea. + const wxFontFamily family = DoGetFamily(); + + return family == wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN ? wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT : family; +} + +wxString wxFontBase::GetFamilyString() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), "wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT", "invalid font" ); + + switch ( GetFamily() ) + { + case wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE: return "wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE"; + case wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN: return "wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN"; + case wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT: return "wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT"; + case wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS: return "wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS"; + case wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN: return "wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN"; + case wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE: return "wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE"; + case wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN: return "wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN"; + default: return "wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT"; + } +} + +wxString wxFontBase::GetStyleString() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), "wxFONTSTYLE_DEFAULT", "invalid font" ); + + switch ( GetStyle() ) + { + case wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL: return "wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL"; + case wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT: return "wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT"; + case wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC: return "wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC"; + default: return "wxFONTSTYLE_DEFAULT"; + } +} + +wxString wxFontBase::GetWeightString() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), "wxFONTWEIGHT_DEFAULT", "invalid font" ); + + switch ( GetWeight() ) + { + case wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL: return "wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL"; + case wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD: return "wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD"; + case wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT: return "wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT"; + default: return "wxFONTWEIGHT_DEFAULT"; + } +} + +bool wxFontBase::SetFaceName(const wxString& facename) +{ +#if wxUSE_FONTENUM + if (!wxFontEnumerator::IsValidFacename(facename)) + { + UnRef(); // make IsOk() return false + return false; + } +#else // !wxUSE_FONTENUM + wxUnusedVar(facename); +#endif // wxUSE_FONTENUM/!wxUSE_FONTENUM + + return true; +} + +void wxFontBase::SetSymbolicSize(wxFontSymbolicSize size) +{ + SetSymbolicSizeRelativeTo(size, wxNORMAL_FONT->GetPointSize()); +} + +/* static */ +int wxFontBase::AdjustToSymbolicSize(wxFontSymbolicSize size, int base) +{ + // Using a fixed factor (1.2, from CSS2) is a bad idea as explained at + // http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-size-props so use the values + // from http://style.cleverchimp.com/font_size_intervals/altintervals.html + // instead. + static const float factors[] = { 0.60f, 0.75f, 0.89f, 1.f, 1.2f, 1.5f, 2.f }; + + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT + ( + WXSIZEOF(factors) == wxFONTSIZE_XX_LARGE - wxFONTSIZE_XX_SMALL + 1, + WrongFontSizeFactorsSize + ); + + return factors[size - wxFONTSIZE_XX_SMALL]*base; +} + +wxFont& wxFont::MakeBold() +{ + SetWeight(wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD); + return *this; +} + +wxFont wxFont::Bold() const +{ + wxFont font(*this); + font.MakeBold(); + return font; +} + +wxFont& wxFont::MakeItalic() +{ + SetStyle(wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC); + return *this; +} + +wxFont wxFont::Italic() const +{ + wxFont font(*this); + font.MakeItalic(); + return font; +} + +wxFont& wxFont::MakeUnderlined() +{ + SetUnderlined(true); + return *this; +} + +wxFont wxFont::Underlined() const +{ + wxFont font(*this); + font.MakeUnderlined(); + return font; +} + +wxFont& wxFont::Scale(float x) +{ + SetPointSize(int(x*GetPointSize() + 0.5)); + return *this; +} + +wxFont wxFont::Scaled(float x) const +{ + wxFont font(*this); + font.Scale(x); + return font; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNativeFontInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Up to now, there are no native implementations of this function: +void wxNativeFontInfo::SetFaceName(const wxArrayString& facenames) +{ +#if wxUSE_FONTENUM + for (size_t i=0; i < facenames.GetCount(); i++) + { + if (wxFontEnumerator::IsValidFacename(facenames[i])) + { + SetFaceName(facenames[i]); + return; + } + } + + // set the first valid facename we can find on this system + wxString validfacename = wxFontEnumerator::GetFacenames().Item(0); + wxLogTrace(wxT("font"), wxT("Falling back to '%s'"), validfacename.c_str()); + SetFaceName(validfacename); +#else // !wxUSE_FONTENUM + SetFaceName(facenames[0]); +#endif // wxUSE_FONTENUM/!wxUSE_FONTENUM +} + + +#ifdef wxNO_NATIVE_FONTINFO + +// These are the generic forms of FromString()/ToString. +// +// convert to/from the string representation: format is +// version;pointsize;family;style;weight;underlined;facename;encoding + +bool wxNativeFontInfo::FromString(const wxString& s) +{ + long l; + + wxStringTokenizer tokenizer(s, wxT(";")); + + wxString token = tokenizer.GetNextToken(); + // + // Ignore the version for now + // + + token = tokenizer.GetNextToken(); + if ( !token.ToLong(&l) ) + return false; + pointSize = (int)l; + + token = tokenizer.GetNextToken(); + if ( !token.ToLong(&l) ) + return false; + family = (wxFontFamily)l; + + token = tokenizer.GetNextToken(); + if ( !token.ToLong(&l) ) + return false; + style = (wxFontStyle)l; + + token = tokenizer.GetNextToken(); + if ( !token.ToLong(&l) ) + return false; + weight = (wxFontWeight)l; + + token = tokenizer.GetNextToken(); + if ( !token.ToLong(&l) ) + return false; + underlined = l != 0; + + faceName = tokenizer.GetNextToken(); + +#ifndef __WXMAC__ + if( !faceName ) + return false; +#endif + + token = tokenizer.GetNextToken(); + if ( !token.ToLong(&l) ) + return false; + encoding = (wxFontEncoding)l; + + return true; +} + +wxString wxNativeFontInfo::ToString() const +{ + wxString s; + + s.Printf(wxT("%d;%d;%d;%d;%d;%d;%s;%d"), + 0, // version + pointSize, + family, + (int)style, + (int)weight, + underlined, + faceName.GetData(), + (int)encoding); + + return s; +} + +void wxNativeFontInfo::Init() +{ + pointSize = 0; + family = wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT; + style = wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL; + weight = wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL; + underlined = false; + faceName.clear(); + encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT; +} + +int wxNativeFontInfo::GetPointSize() const +{ + return pointSize; +} + +wxFontStyle wxNativeFontInfo::GetStyle() const +{ + return style; +} + +wxFontWeight wxNativeFontInfo::GetWeight() const +{ + return weight; +} + +bool wxNativeFontInfo::GetUnderlined() const +{ + return underlined; +} + +wxString wxNativeFontInfo::GetFaceName() const +{ + return faceName; +} + +wxFontFamily wxNativeFontInfo::GetFamily() const +{ + return family; +} + +wxFontEncoding wxNativeFontInfo::GetEncoding() const +{ + return encoding; +} + +void wxNativeFontInfo::SetPointSize(int pointsize) +{ + pointSize = pointsize; +} + +void wxNativeFontInfo::SetStyle(wxFontStyle style_) +{ + style = style_; +} + +void wxNativeFontInfo::SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight_) +{ + weight = weight_; +} + +void wxNativeFontInfo::SetUnderlined(bool underlined_) +{ + underlined = underlined_; +} + +bool wxNativeFontInfo::SetFaceName(const wxString& facename_) +{ + faceName = facename_; + return true; +} + +void wxNativeFontInfo::SetFamily(wxFontFamily family_) +{ + family = family_; +} + +void wxNativeFontInfo::SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding_) +{ + encoding = encoding_; +} + +#endif // generic wxNativeFontInfo implementation + +// conversion to/from user-readable string: this is used in the generic +// versions and under MSW as well because there is no standard font description +// format there anyhow (but there is a well-defined standard for X11 fonts used +// by wxGTK and wxMotif) + +#if defined(wxNO_NATIVE_FONTINFO) || defined(__WXMSW__) || defined (__WXPM__) || defined(__WXOSX__) + +wxString wxNativeFontInfo::ToUserString() const +{ + wxString desc; + + // first put the adjectives, if any - this is English-centric, of course, + // but what else can we do? + if ( GetUnderlined() ) + { + desc << _("underlined"); + } + + switch ( GetWeight() ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown font weight") ); + // fall through + + case wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL: + break; + + case wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT: + desc << _(" light"); + break; + + case wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD: + desc << _(" bold"); + break; + } + + switch ( GetStyle() ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown font style") ); + // fall through + + case wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL: + break; + + // we don't distinguish between the two for now anyhow... + case wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC: + case wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT: + desc << _(" italic"); + break; + } + + wxString face = GetFaceName(); + if ( !face.empty() ) + { + if (face.Contains(' ') || face.Contains(';') || face.Contains(',')) + { + face.Replace("'", ""); + // eventually remove quote characters: most systems do not + // allow them in a facename anyway so this usually does nothing + + // make it possible for FromUserString() function to understand + // that the different words which compose this facename are + // not different adjectives or other data but rather all parts + // of the facename + desc << wxT(" '") << face << _("'"); + } + else + desc << wxT(' ') << face; + } + else // no face name specified + { + // use the family + wxString familyStr; + switch ( GetFamily() ) + { + case wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE: + familyStr = "decorative"; + break; + + case wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN: + familyStr = "roman"; + break; + + case wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT: + familyStr = "script"; + break; + + case wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS: + familyStr = "swiss"; + break; + + case wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN: + familyStr = "modern"; + break; + + case wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE: + familyStr = "teletype"; + break; + + case wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT: + case wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN: + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown font family" ); + } + + if ( !familyStr.empty() ) + desc << " '" << familyStr << " family'"; + } + + int size = GetPointSize(); + if ( size != wxNORMAL_FONT->GetPointSize() ) + { + desc << wxT(' ') << size; + } + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + wxFontEncoding enc = GetEncoding(); + if ( enc != wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT && enc != wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM ) + { + desc << wxT(' ') << wxFontMapper::GetEncodingName(enc); + } +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + + return desc.Strip(wxString::both).MakeLower(); +} + +bool wxNativeFontInfo::FromUserString(const wxString& s) +{ + // reset to the default state + Init(); + + // ToUserString() will quote the facename if it contains spaces, commas + // or semicolons: we must be able to understand that quoted text is + // a single token: + wxString toparse(s); + + // parse a more or less free form string + wxStringTokenizer tokenizer(toparse, wxT(";, "), wxTOKEN_STRTOK); + + wxString face; + unsigned long size; + bool weightfound = false, pointsizefound = false; +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + bool encodingfound = false; +#endif + bool insideQuotes = false; + + while ( tokenizer.HasMoreTokens() ) + { + wxString token = tokenizer.GetNextToken(); + + // normalize it + token.Trim(true).Trim(false).MakeLower(); + if (insideQuotes) + { + if (token.StartsWith("'") || + token.EndsWith("'")) + { + insideQuotes = false; + + // add this last token to the facename: + face += " " + token; + + // normalize facename: + face = face.Trim(true).Trim(false); + face.Replace("'", ""); + + continue; + } + } + else + { + if (token.StartsWith("'")) + insideQuotes = true; + } + + // look for the known tokens + if ( insideQuotes ) + { + // only the facename may be quoted: + face += " " + token; + continue; + } + if ( token == wxT("underlined") || token == _("underlined") ) + { + SetUnderlined(true); + } + else if ( token == wxT("light") || token == _("light") ) + { + SetWeight(wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT); + weightfound = true; + } + else if ( token == wxT("bold") || token == _("bold") ) + { + SetWeight(wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD); + weightfound = true; + } + else if ( token == wxT("italic") || token == _("italic") ) + { + SetStyle(wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC); + } + else if ( token.ToULong(&size) ) + { + SetPointSize(size); + pointsizefound = true; + } + else + { +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + // try to interpret this as an encoding + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFontMapper::Get()->CharsetToEncoding(token, false); + if ( encoding != wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT && + encoding != wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM ) // returned when the recognition failed + { + SetEncoding(encoding); + encodingfound = true; + } + else + { +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + + // assume it is the face name + if ( !face.empty() ) + { + face += wxT(' '); + } + + face += token; + + // skip the code which resets face below + continue; + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + } +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + } + + // if we had had the facename, we shouldn't continue appending tokens + // to it (i.e. "foo bold bar" shouldn't result in the facename "foo + // bar") + if ( !face.empty() ) + { + wxString familyStr; + if ( face.EndsWith(" family", &familyStr) ) + { + // it's not a facename but rather a font family + wxFontFamily family; + if ( familyStr == "decorative" ) + family = wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE; + else if ( familyStr == "roman" ) + family = wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN; + else if ( familyStr == "script" ) + family = wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT; + else if ( familyStr == "swiss" ) + family = wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS; + else if ( familyStr == "modern" ) + family = wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN; + else if ( familyStr == "teletype" ) + family = wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE; + else + return false; + + SetFamily(family); + } + // NB: the check on the facename is implemented in wxFontBase::SetFaceName + // and not in wxNativeFontInfo::SetFaceName thus we need to explicitely + // call here wxFontEnumerator::IsValidFacename + else if ( +#if wxUSE_FONTENUM + !wxFontEnumerator::IsValidFacename(face) || +#endif // wxUSE_FONTENUM + !SetFaceName(face) ) + { + SetFaceName(wxNORMAL_FONT->GetFaceName()); + } + + face.clear(); + } + } + + // we might not have flushed it inside the loop + if ( !face.empty() ) + { + // NB: the check on the facename is implemented in wxFontBase::SetFaceName + // and not in wxNativeFontInfo::SetFaceName thus we need to explicitely + // call here wxFontEnumerator::IsValidFacename + if ( +#if wxUSE_FONTENUM + !wxFontEnumerator::IsValidFacename(face) || +#endif // wxUSE_FONTENUM + !SetFaceName(face) ) + { + SetFaceName(wxNORMAL_FONT->GetFaceName()); + } + } + + // set point size to default value if size was not given + if ( !pointsizefound ) + SetPointSize(wxNORMAL_FONT->GetPointSize()); + + // set font weight to default value if weight was not given + if ( !weightfound ) + SetWeight(wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL); + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + // set font encoding to default value if encoding was not given + if ( !encodingfound ) + SetEncoding(wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM); +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + + return true; +} + +#endif // generic or wxMSW or wxOS2 + + +// wxFont <-> wxString utilities, used by wxConfig +wxString wxToString(const wxFontBase& font) +{ + return font.IsOk() ? font.GetNativeFontInfoDesc() + : wxString(); +} + +bool wxFromString(const wxString& str, wxFontBase *font) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( font, false, wxT("NULL output parameter") ); + + if ( str.empty() ) + { + *font = wxNullFont; + return true; + } + + return font->SetNativeFontInfo(str); +} + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontdata.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontdata.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8fc9cbbaa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontdata.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fontdata.cpp +// Author: Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontdata.cpp 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FONTDLG || wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/fontdata.h" + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontData, wxObject) + +wxFontData::wxFontData() +{ + m_showHelp = false; + m_allowSymbols = true; + m_enableEffects = true; + m_minSize = 0; + m_maxSize = 0; + + m_encoding = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM; +} + +wxFontData::~wxFontData() +{ +} + +wxFontData::wxFontData(const wxFontData& data) + : wxObject(), + m_fontColour(data.m_fontColour), + m_showHelp(data.m_showHelp), + m_allowSymbols(data.m_allowSymbols), + m_enableEffects(data.m_enableEffects), + m_initialFont(data.m_initialFont), + m_chosenFont(data.m_chosenFont), + m_minSize(data.m_minSize), + m_maxSize(data.m_maxSize), + m_encoding(data.m_encoding), + m_encodingInfo(data.m_encodingInfo) +{ +} + +wxFontData& wxFontData::operator=(const wxFontData& data) +{ + if (&data != this) + { + wxObject::operator=(data); + m_fontColour = data.m_fontColour; + m_showHelp = data.m_showHelp; + m_allowSymbols = data.m_allowSymbols; + m_enableEffects = data.m_enableEffects; + m_initialFont = data.m_initialFont; + m_chosenFont = data.m_chosenFont; + m_minSize = data.m_minSize; + m_maxSize = data.m_maxSize; + m_encoding = data.m_encoding; + m_encodingInfo = data.m_encodingInfo; + } + return *this; +} +#endif // wxUSE_FONTDLG || wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontenumcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontenumcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23fd492db6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontenumcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fontenumcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxFontEnumerator class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 7/5/2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontenumcmn.cpp 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999-2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FONTENUM + +#include "wx/fontenum.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// A simple wxFontEnumerator which doesn't perform any filtering and +// just returns all facenames and encodings found in the system +class WXDLLEXPORT wxSimpleFontEnumerator : public wxFontEnumerator +{ +public: + wxSimpleFontEnumerator() { } + + // called by EnumerateFacenames + virtual bool OnFacename(const wxString& facename) + { + m_arrFacenames.Add(facename); + return true; + } + + // called by EnumerateEncodings + virtual bool OnFontEncoding(const wxString& WXUNUSED(facename), + const wxString& encoding) + { + m_arrEncodings.Add(encoding); + return true; + } + +public: + wxArrayString m_arrFacenames, m_arrEncodings; +}; + + +/* static */ +wxArrayString wxFontEnumerator::GetFacenames(wxFontEncoding encoding, bool fixedWidthOnly) +{ + wxSimpleFontEnumerator temp; + temp.EnumerateFacenames(encoding, fixedWidthOnly); + return temp.m_arrFacenames; +} + +/* static */ +wxArrayString wxFontEnumerator::GetEncodings(const wxString& facename) +{ + wxSimpleFontEnumerator temp; + temp.EnumerateEncodings(facename); + return temp.m_arrEncodings; +} + +/* static */ +bool wxFontEnumerator::IsValidFacename(const wxString &facename) +{ + // we cache the result of wxFontEnumerator::GetFacenames supposing that + // the array of face names won't change in the session of this program + static wxArrayString s_arr = wxFontEnumerator::GetFacenames(); + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // Quoting the MSDN: + // "MS Shell Dlg is a mapping mechanism that enables + // U.S. English Microsoft Windows NT, and Microsoft Windows 2000 to + // support locales that have characters that are not contained in code + // page 1252. It is not a font but a face name for a nonexistent font." + // Thus we need to consider "Ms Shell Dlg" and "Ms Shell Dlg 2" as valid + // font face names even if they are not enumerated by wxFontEnumerator + if (facename.IsSameAs(wxT("Ms Shell Dlg"), false) || + facename.IsSameAs(wxT("Ms Shell Dlg 2"), false)) + return true; +#endif + + // is given font face name a valid one ? + if (s_arr.Index(facename, false) == wxNOT_FOUND) + return false; + + return true; +} + +#ifdef wxHAS_UTF8_FONTS +bool wxFontEnumerator::EnumerateEncodingsUTF8(const wxString& facename) +{ + // name of UTF-8 encoding: no need to use wxFontMapper for it as it's + // unlikely to change + const wxString utf8(wxT("UTF-8")); + + // all fonts are in UTF-8 only if this code is used + if ( !facename.empty() ) + { + OnFontEncoding(facename, utf8); + return true; + } + + // so enumerating all facenames supporting this encoding is the same as + // enumerating all facenames + const wxArrayString facenames(GetFacenames(wxFONTENCODING_UTF8)); + const size_t count = facenames.size(); + if ( !count ) + return false; + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + OnFontEncoding(facenames[n], utf8); + } + + return true; +} +#endif // wxHAS_UTF8_FONTS + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTENUM diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontmap.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontmap.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..595b6b3eec --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontmap.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,527 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fontmap.cpp +// Purpose: wxFontMapper class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 04.11.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontmap.cpp 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999-2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + +#include "wx/fontmap.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/choicdlg.h" +#endif // PCH + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + #include "wx/config.h" +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/private.h" // includes windows.h for LOGFONT + #include "wx/msw/winundef.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/fmappriv.h" +#include "wx/fontutil.h" +#include "wx/fontdlg.h" +#include "wx/encinfo.h" + +#include "wx/encconv.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxBEGIN_ENUM( wxFontEncoding ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT ) + +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_11 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_12 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_MAX ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_KOI8 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_KOI8_U ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_ALTERNATIVE ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_BULGARIAN ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP437 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP850 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP852 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP855 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP866 ) + +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP874 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP932 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP936 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP949 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP950 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP1250 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP1251 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP1252 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP1253 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP1254 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP1255 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP1256 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP1257 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_CP12_MAX ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_UTF7 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_UTF8 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_GB2312 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_BIG5 ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_SHIFT_JIS ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_EUC_JP ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE ) +wxEND_ENUM( wxFontEncoding ) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the config paths we use +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + +static const wxChar* FONTMAPPER_FONT_FROM_ENCODING_PATH = wxT("Encodings"); +static const wxChar* FONTMAPPER_FONT_DONT_ASK = wxT("none"); + +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// it may happen that while we're showing a dialog asking the user about +// something, another request for an encoding mapping arrives: in this case it +// is best to not do anything because otherwise we risk to enter an infinite +// loop so we create an object of this class on stack to test for this in all +// interactive functions +class ReentrancyBlocker +{ +public: + ReentrancyBlocker(bool& flag) : m_flagOld(flag), m_flag(flag) + { m_flag = true; } + ~ReentrancyBlocker() { m_flag = m_flagOld; } + +private: + bool m_flagOld; + bool& m_flag; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(ReentrancyBlocker); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ctor and dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFontMapper::wxFontMapper() +{ + m_windowParent = NULL; +} + +wxFontMapper::~wxFontMapper() +{ +} + +/* static */ +wxFontMapper *wxFontMapper::Get() +{ + wxFontMapperBase *fontmapper = wxFontMapperBase::Get(); + wxASSERT_MSG( !fontmapper->IsDummy(), + wxT("GUI code requested a wxFontMapper but we only have a wxFontMapperBase.") ); + + // Now return it anyway because there's a chance the GUI code might just + // only want to call wxFontMapperBase functions and it's better than + // crashing by returning NULL + return (wxFontMapper *)fontmapper; +} + +wxFontEncoding +wxFontMapper::CharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset, bool interactive) +{ + // try the ways not needing the users intervention first + int encoding = wxFontMapperBase::NonInteractiveCharsetToEncoding(charset); + + // if we failed to find the encoding, ask the user -- unless disabled + if ( encoding == wxFONTENCODING_UNKNOWN ) + { + // this is the special value which disables asking the user (he had + // chosen to suppress this the last time) + encoding = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM; + } +#if wxUSE_CHOICEDLG + else if ( (encoding == wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM) && interactive ) + { + // prepare the dialog data + + // the dialog title + wxString title(m_titleDialog); + if ( !title ) + title << wxTheApp->GetAppDisplayName() << _(": unknown charset"); + + // the message + wxString msg; + msg.Printf(_("The charset '%s' is unknown. You may select\nanother charset to replace it with or choose\n[Cancel] if it cannot be replaced"), charset); + + // the list of choices + const size_t count = GetSupportedEncodingsCount(); + + wxString *encodingNamesTranslated = new wxString[count]; + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + encodingNamesTranslated[i] = GetEncodingDescription(GetEncoding(i)); + } + + // the parent window + wxWindow *parent = m_windowParent; + if ( !parent ) + parent = wxTheApp->GetTopWindow(); + + // do ask the user and get back the index in encodings table + int n = wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(msg, title, + count, + encodingNamesTranslated, + parent); + + delete [] encodingNamesTranslated; + + if ( n != -1 ) + { + encoding = GetEncoding(n); + } + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + // save the result in the config now + wxFontMapperPathChanger path(this, FONTMAPPER_CHARSET_PATH); + if ( path.IsOk() ) + { + wxConfigBase *config = GetConfig(); + + // remember the alt encoding for this charset -- or remember that + // we don't know it + long value = n == -1 ? (long)wxFONTENCODING_UNKNOWN : (long)encoding; + if ( !config->Write(charset, value) ) + { + wxLogError(_("Failed to remember the encoding for the charset '%s'."), charset); + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + } +#else + wxUnusedVar(interactive); +#endif // wxUSE_CHOICEDLG + + return (wxFontEncoding)encoding; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// support for unknown encodings: we maintain a map between the +// (platform-specific) strings identifying them and our wxFontEncodings they +// correspond to which is used by GetFontForEncoding() function +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFontMapper::TestAltEncoding(const wxString& configEntry, + wxFontEncoding encReplacement, + wxNativeEncodingInfo *info) +{ + if ( wxGetNativeFontEncoding(encReplacement, info) && + wxTestFontEncoding(*info) ) + { +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + // remember the mapping in the config + wxFontMapperPathChanger path(this, FONTMAPPER_FONT_FROM_ENCODING_PATH); + + if ( path.IsOk() ) + { + GetConfig()->Write(configEntry, info->ToString()); + } +#else + wxUnusedVar(configEntry); +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxFontMapper::GetAltForEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding, + wxNativeEncodingInfo *info, + const wxString& facename, + bool interactive) +{ +#if wxUSE_GUI + // we need a flag to prevent infinite recursion which happens, for + // example, when GetAltForEncoding() is called from an OnPaint() handler: + // in this case, wxYield() which is called from wxMessageBox() we use here + // will lead to another call of OnPaint() and hence to another call of + // GetAltForEncoding() -- and it is impossible to catch this from the user + // code because we are called from wxFont ctor implicitly. + + // assume we're always called from the main thread, so that it is safe to + // use a static var + static bool s_inGetAltForEncoding = false; + + if ( interactive && s_inGetAltForEncoding ) + return false; + + ReentrancyBlocker blocker(s_inGetAltForEncoding); +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + + wxCHECK_MSG( info, false, wxT("bad pointer in GetAltForEncoding") ); + + info->facename = facename; + + if ( encoding == wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT ) + { + encoding = wxFont::GetDefaultEncoding(); + } + + // if we failed to load the system default encoding, something is really + // wrong and we'd better stop now -- otherwise we will go into endless + // recursion trying to create the font in the msg box with the error + // message + if ( encoding == wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM ) + { + wxLogFatalError(_("can't load any font, aborting")); + + // wxLogFatalError doesn't return + } + + wxString configEntry, + encName = GetEncodingName(encoding); + if ( !facename.empty() ) + { + configEntry = facename + wxT("_"); + } + configEntry += encName; + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + // do we have a font spec for this encoding? + wxString fontinfo; + wxFontMapperPathChanger path(this, FONTMAPPER_FONT_FROM_ENCODING_PATH); + if ( path.IsOk() ) + { + fontinfo = GetConfig()->Read(configEntry); + } + + // this special value means that we don't know of fonts for this + // encoding but, moreover, have already asked the user as well and he + // didn't specify any font neither + if ( fontinfo == FONTMAPPER_FONT_DONT_ASK ) + { + interactive = false; + } + else // use the info entered the last time + { + if ( !fontinfo.empty() && !facename.empty() ) + { + // we tried to find a match with facename -- now try without it + fontinfo = GetConfig()->Read(encName); + } + + if ( !fontinfo.empty() ) + { + if ( info->FromString(fontinfo) ) + { + if ( wxTestFontEncoding(*info) ) + { + // ok, got something + return true; + } + //else: no such fonts, look for something else + // (should we erase the outdated value?) + } + else + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("corrupted config data: string '%s' is not a valid font encoding info"), + fontinfo); + } + } + //else: there is no information in config about this encoding + } +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + + // now try to map this encoding to a compatible one which we have on this + // system + wxFontEncodingArray equiv = wxEncodingConverter::GetAllEquivalents(encoding); + size_t count = equiv.GetCount(); + bool foundEquivEncoding = false; + wxFontEncoding equivEncoding = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM; + if ( count ) + { + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count && !foundEquivEncoding; i++ ) + { + // don't test for encoding itself, we already know we don't have it + if ( equiv[i] == encoding ) + continue; + + if ( TestAltEncoding(configEntry, equiv[i], info) ) + { + equivEncoding = equiv[i]; + + foundEquivEncoding = true; + } + } + } + + // ask the user +#if wxUSE_FONTDLG + if ( interactive ) + { + wxString title(m_titleDialog); + if ( !title ) + title << wxTheApp->GetAppDisplayName() << _(": unknown encoding"); + + // built the message + wxString encDesc = GetEncodingDescription(encoding), + msg; + if ( foundEquivEncoding ) + { + // ask the user if he wants to override found alternative encoding + msg.Printf(_("No font for displaying text in encoding '%s' found,\nbut an alternative encoding '%s' is available.\nDo you want to use this encoding (otherwise you will have to choose another one)?"), + encDesc, GetEncodingDescription(equivEncoding)); + } + else + { + msg.Printf(_("No font for displaying text in encoding '%s' found.\nWould you like to select a font to be used for this encoding\n(otherwise the text in this encoding will not be shown correctly)?"), + encDesc); + } + + // the question is different in 2 cases so the answer has to be + // interpreted differently as well + int answer = foundEquivEncoding ? wxNO : wxYES; + + if ( wxMessageBox(msg, title, + wxICON_QUESTION | wxYES_NO, + m_windowParent) == answer ) + { + wxFontData data; + data.SetEncoding(encoding); + data.EncodingInfo() = *info; + wxFontDialog dialog(m_windowParent, data); + if ( dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + { + wxFontData retData = dialog.GetFontData(); + + *info = retData.EncodingInfo(); + info->encoding = retData.GetEncoding(); + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + // remember this in the config + wxFontMapperPathChanger path2(this, + FONTMAPPER_FONT_FROM_ENCODING_PATH); + if ( path2.IsOk() ) + { + GetConfig()->Write(configEntry, info->ToString()); + } +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + + return true; + } + //else: the user canceled the font selection dialog + } + else + { + // the user doesn't want to select a font for this encoding + // or selected to use equivalent encoding + // + // remember it to avoid asking the same question again later +#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG + wxFontMapperPathChanger path2(this, + FONTMAPPER_FONT_FROM_ENCODING_PATH); + if ( path2.IsOk() ) + { + GetConfig()->Write + ( + configEntry, + foundEquivEncoding + ? (const wxChar*)info->ToString().c_str() + : FONTMAPPER_FONT_DONT_ASK + ); + } +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG + } + } + //else: we're in non-interactive mode +#else + wxUnusedVar(equivEncoding); +#endif // wxUSE_FONTDLG + + return foundEquivEncoding; +} + +bool wxFontMapper::GetAltForEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding, + wxFontEncoding *encodingAlt, + const wxString& facename, + bool interactive) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( encodingAlt, false, + wxT("wxFontEncoding::GetAltForEncoding(): NULL pointer") ); + + wxNativeEncodingInfo info; + if ( !GetAltForEncoding(encoding, &info, facename, interactive) ) + return false; + + *encodingAlt = info.encoding; + + return true; +} + +bool wxFontMapper::IsEncodingAvailable(wxFontEncoding encoding, + const wxString& facename) +{ + wxNativeEncodingInfo info; + + if ( !wxGetNativeFontEncoding(encoding, &info) ) + return false; + + info.facename = facename; + return wxTestFontEncoding(info); +} + +#if wxUSE_FONTDLG +wxFontDialogBase::~wxFontDialogBase() +{ +} +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontmgrcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontmgrcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e89dde607 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontmgrcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,338 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fontmgrcmn.cpp +// Purpose: font management for ports that don't have their own +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2006-11-18 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontmgrcmn.cpp 62349 2009-10-09 13:04:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001-2002 SciTech Software, Inc. (www.scitechsoft.com) +// (c) 2006 REA Elektronik GmbH +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/private/fontmgr.h" + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +#include "wx/hashmap.h" + +WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxFontInstance, wxFontInstanceList); +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxFontInstanceList) +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxFontBundleList) + +WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(wxString, wxFontBundle*, + wxStringHash, wxStringEqual, + wxFontBundleHashBase); +// in STL build, hash class is typedef to a template, so it can't be forward +// declared, as we do; solve it by having a dummy class: +class wxFontBundleHash : public wxFontBundleHashBase +{ +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontFaceBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFontFaceBase::wxFontFaceBase() + : m_refCnt(0) +{ + m_instances = new wxFontInstanceList; + m_instances->DeleteContents(true); +} + +wxFontFaceBase::~wxFontFaceBase() +{ + delete m_instances; +} + +void wxFontFaceBase::Acquire() +{ + m_refCnt++; +} + +void wxFontFaceBase::Release() +{ + if ( --m_refCnt == 0 ) + { + m_instances->Clear(); + } +} + +wxFontInstance *wxFontFaceBase::GetFontInstance(float ptSize, bool aa) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_refCnt > 0, wxT("font library not loaded!") ); + + for ( wxFontInstanceList::const_iterator i = m_instances->begin(); + i != m_instances->end(); ++i ) + { + if ( (*i)->GetPointSize() == ptSize && (*i)->IsAntiAliased() == aa ) + return *i; + } + + wxFontInstance *i = CreateFontInstance(ptSize, aa); + m_instances->Append(i); + return i; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontBundleBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFontBundleBase::wxFontBundleBase() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < FaceType_Max; i++) + m_faces[i] = NULL; +} + +wxFontBundleBase::~wxFontBundleBase() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < FaceType_Max; i++) + delete m_faces[i]; +} + +wxFontFace *wxFontBundleBase::GetFace(FaceType type) const +{ + wxFontFace *f = m_faces[type]; + + wxCHECK_MSG( f, NULL, wxT("no such face in font bundle") ); + + f->Acquire(); + + return f; +} + +wxFontFace * +wxFontBundleBase::GetFaceForFont(const wxFontMgrFontRefData& font) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( font.GetFaceName().empty() || + GetName().CmpNoCase(font.GetFaceName()) == 0, + wxT("calling GetFaceForFont for incompatible font") ); + + int type = FaceType_Regular; + + if ( font.GetWeight() == wxBOLD ) + type |= FaceType_Bold; + + // FIXME -- this should read "if ( font->GetStyle() == wxITALIC )", + // but since MGL neither DFB supports slant, we try to display it with + // italic face (better than nothing...) + if ( font.GetStyle() == wxITALIC || font.GetStyle() == wxSLANT ) + { + if ( HasFace((FaceType)(type | FaceType_Italic)) ) + type |= FaceType_Italic; + } + + if ( !HasFace((FaceType)type) ) + { + // if we can't get the exact font requested, substitute it with + // some other variant: + for (int i = 0; i < FaceType_Max; i++) + { + if ( HasFace((FaceType)i) ) + return GetFace((FaceType)i); + } + + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("no face") ); + return NULL; + } + + return GetFace((FaceType)type); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontsManagerBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFontsManager *wxFontsManagerBase::ms_instance = NULL; + +wxFontsManagerBase::wxFontsManagerBase() +{ + m_hash = new wxFontBundleHash(); + m_list = new wxFontBundleList; + m_list->DeleteContents(true); +} + +wxFontsManagerBase::~wxFontsManagerBase() +{ + delete m_hash; + delete m_list; +} + +/* static */ +wxFontsManager *wxFontsManagerBase::Get() +{ + if ( !ms_instance ) + ms_instance = new wxFontsManager(); + return ms_instance; +} + +/* static */ +void wxFontsManagerBase::CleanUp() +{ + wxDELETE(ms_instance); +} + +wxFontBundle *wxFontsManagerBase::GetBundle(const wxString& name) const +{ + return (*m_hash)[name.Lower()]; +} + +wxFontBundle * +wxFontsManagerBase::GetBundleForFont(const wxFontMgrFontRefData& font) const +{ + wxFontBundle *bundle = NULL; + + wxString facename = font.GetFaceName(); + if ( !facename.empty() ) + bundle = GetBundle(facename); + + if ( !bundle ) + { + facename = GetDefaultFacename((wxFontFamily)font.GetFamily()); + if ( !facename.empty() ) + bundle = GetBundle(facename); + } + + if ( !bundle ) + { + if ( m_list->GetFirst() ) + bundle = m_list->GetFirst()->GetData(); + else + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Fatal error, no fonts available!")); + } + + return bundle; +} + +void wxFontsManagerBase::AddBundle(wxFontBundle *bundle) +{ + (*m_hash)[bundle->GetName().Lower()] = bundle; + m_list->Append(bundle); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontMgrFontRefData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFontMgrFontRefData::wxFontMgrFontRefData(int size, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined, + const wxString& faceName, + wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + if ( family == wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT ) + family = wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS; + if ( size == wxDEFAULT ) + size = 12; + + m_info.family = (wxFontFamily)family; + m_info.faceName = faceName; + m_info.style = (wxFontStyle)style; + m_info.weight = (wxFontWeight)weight; + m_info.pointSize = size; + m_info.underlined = underlined; + m_info.encoding = encoding; + + m_fontFace = NULL; + m_fontBundle = NULL; + m_fontValid = false; +} + +wxFontMgrFontRefData::wxFontMgrFontRefData(const wxFontMgrFontRefData& data) +{ + m_info = data.m_info; + + m_fontFace = data.m_fontFace; + m_fontBundle = data.m_fontBundle; + m_fontValid = data.m_fontValid; + if ( m_fontFace ) + m_fontFace->Acquire(); +} + +wxFontMgrFontRefData::~wxFontMgrFontRefData() +{ + if ( m_fontFace ) + m_fontFace->Release(); +} + +wxFontBundle *wxFontMgrFontRefData::GetFontBundle() const +{ + wxConstCast(this, wxFontMgrFontRefData)->EnsureValidFont(); + return m_fontBundle; +} + +wxFontInstance * +wxFontMgrFontRefData::GetFontInstance(float scale, bool antialiased) const +{ + wxConstCast(this, wxFontMgrFontRefData)->EnsureValidFont(); + return m_fontFace->GetFontInstance(m_info.pointSize * scale, + antialiased); +} + +void wxFontMgrFontRefData::SetPointSize(int pointSize) +{ + m_info.pointSize = pointSize; + m_fontValid = false; +} + +void wxFontMgrFontRefData::SetFamily(wxFontFamily family) +{ + m_info.family = family; + m_fontValid = false; +} + +void wxFontMgrFontRefData::SetStyle(wxFontStyle style) +{ + m_info.style = style; + m_fontValid = false; +} + +void wxFontMgrFontRefData::SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight) +{ + m_info.weight = weight; + m_fontValid = false; +} + +void wxFontMgrFontRefData::SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName) +{ + m_info.faceName = faceName; + m_fontValid = false; +} + +void wxFontMgrFontRefData::SetUnderlined(bool underlined) +{ + m_info.underlined = underlined; + m_fontValid = false; +} + +void wxFontMgrFontRefData::SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + m_info.encoding = encoding; + m_fontValid = false; +} + +void wxFontMgrFontRefData::EnsureValidFont() +{ + if ( !m_fontValid ) + { + wxFontFace *old = m_fontFace; + + m_fontBundle = wxFontsManager::Get()->GetBundleForFont(*this); + m_fontFace = m_fontBundle->GetFaceForFont(*this); + + if ( old ) + old->Release(); + } +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontpickercmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontpickercmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..673a6e6417 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontpickercmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fontpickercmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxFontPickerCtrl class implementation +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 15/04/2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontpickercmn.cpp 58718 2009-02-07 18:59:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/fontpicker.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/textctrl.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/fontenum.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +const char wxFontPickerCtrlNameStr[] = "fontpicker"; +const char wxFontPickerWidgetNameStr[] = "fontpickerwidget"; + +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_FONTPICKER_CHANGED, wxFontPickerEvent); +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontPickerCtrl, wxPickerBase) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontPickerEvent, wxCommandEvent) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontPickerCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define M_PICKER ((wxFontPickerWidget*)m_picker) + +bool wxFontPickerCtrl::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxFont &initial, + const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size, + long style, const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString &name ) +{ + if (!wxPickerBase::CreateBase(parent, id, + Font2String(initial.IsOk() ? initial + : *wxNORMAL_FONT), + pos, size, style, validator, name)) + return false; + + // the picker of a wxFontPickerCtrl is a wxFontPickerWidget + m_picker = new wxFontPickerWidget(this, wxID_ANY, initial, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + GetPickerStyle(style)); + // complete sizer creation + wxPickerBase::PostCreation(); + + m_picker->Connect(wxEVT_COMMAND_FONTPICKER_CHANGED, + wxFontPickerEventHandler(wxFontPickerCtrl::OnFontChange), + NULL, this); + + return true; +} + +wxString wxFontPickerCtrl::Font2String(const wxFont &f) +{ + wxString ret = f.GetNativeFontInfoUserDesc(); +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // on wxMSW the encoding of the font is appended at the end of the string; + // since encoding is not very user-friendly we remove it. + wxFontEncoding enc = f.GetEncoding(); + if ( enc != wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT && enc != wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM ) + ret = ret.BeforeLast(wxT(' ')); +#endif + return ret; +} + +wxFont wxFontPickerCtrl::String2Font(const wxString &s) +{ + wxString str(s); + wxFont ret; + double n; + + // put a limit on the maximum point size which the user can enter + // NOTE: we suppose the last word of given string is the pointsize + wxString size = str.AfterLast(wxT(' ')); + if (size.ToDouble(&n)) + { + if (n < 1) + str = str.Left(str.length() - size.length()) + wxT("1"); + else if (n >= m_nMaxPointSize) + str = str.Left(str.length() - size.length()) + + wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), m_nMaxPointSize); + } + + if (!ret.SetNativeFontInfoUserDesc(str)) + return wxNullFont; + + return ret; +} + +void wxFontPickerCtrl::SetSelectedFont(const wxFont &f) +{ + M_PICKER->SetSelectedFont(f); + UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); +} + +void wxFontPickerCtrl::UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl() +{ + wxASSERT(m_text); + + if (m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate) + { + // ignore this update + m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate = false; + return; + } + + // NB: we don't use the wxFont::wxFont(const wxString &) constructor + // since that constructor expects the native font description + // string returned by wxFont::GetNativeFontInfoDesc() and not + // the user-friendly one returned by wxFont::GetNativeFontInfoUserDesc() + wxFont f = String2Font(m_text->GetValue()); + if (!f.Ok()) + return; // invalid user input + + if (M_PICKER->GetSelectedFont() != f) + { + M_PICKER->SetSelectedFont(f); + + // fire an event + wxFontPickerEvent event(this, GetId(), f); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } +} + +void wxFontPickerCtrl::UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker() +{ + if (!m_text) + return; // no textctrl to update + + // NOTE: this SetValue() will generate an unwanted wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED + // which will trigger a unneeded UpdateFromTextCtrl(); thus before using + // SetValue() we set the m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate flag... + m_bIgnoreNextTextCtrlUpdate = true; + m_text->SetValue(Font2String(M_PICKER->GetSelectedFont())); +} + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontPickerCtrl - event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFontPickerCtrl::OnFontChange(wxFontPickerEvent &ev) +{ + UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); + + // the wxFontPickerWidget sent us a colour-change notification. + // forward this event to our parent + wxFontPickerEvent event(this, GetId(), ev.GetFont()); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontutilcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontutilcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..823dd53402 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fontutilcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fontutilcmn.cpp +// Purpose: Font helper functions common for all ports +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-12-20 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontutilcmn.cpp 44288 2007-01-22 14:05:07Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/fontutil.h" +#include "wx/encinfo.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +#ifdef wxHAS_UTF8_FONTS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNativeEncodingInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxNativeEncodingInfo::FromString(const wxString& WXUNUSED(s)) +{ + return false; +} + +wxString wxNativeEncodingInfo::ToString() const +{ + return wxEmptyString; +} + +bool wxTestFontEncoding(const wxNativeEncodingInfo& WXUNUSED(info)) +{ + return true; +} + +bool wxGetNativeFontEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding, + wxNativeEncodingInfo *info) +{ + // all encodings are available because we translate text in any encoding to + // UTF-8 internally anyhow + info->facename.clear(); + info->encoding = encoding; + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxHAS_UTF8_FONTS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/framecmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/framecmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..db2120b7fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/framecmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,667 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/framecmn.cpp +// Purpose: common (for all platforms) wxFrame functions +// Author: Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 01/02/97 +// Id: $Id: framecmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/frame.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/menu.h" + #include "wx/menuitem.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/toolbar.h" + #include "wx/statusbr.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxFrameNameStr[] = "frame"; +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxStatusLineNameStr[] = "status_line"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event table +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxFrameBase, wxTopLevelWindow) + EVT_MENU_OPEN(wxFrameBase::OnMenuOpen) + EVT_MENU_CLOSE(wxFrameBase::OnMenuClose) + + EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL(wxFrameBase::OnMenuHighlight) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxFrameStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxFrameStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +// frame styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTAY_ON_TOP) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCAPTION) +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTHICK_FRAME) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSYSTEM_MENU) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRESIZE_BORDER) +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRESIZE_BOX) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLOSE_BOX) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxMAXIMIZE_BOX) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxMINIMIZE_BOX) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFRAME_SHAPED) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxFrameStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxFrame, wxTopLevelWindow, "wx/frame.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxFrame) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Menu, wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent) + +wxPROPERTY( Title,wxString, SetTitle, GetTitle, wxString(), 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxFrameStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxPROPERTY( MenuBar, wxMenuBar *, SetMenuBar, GetMenuBar, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxFrame) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxFrame, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, wxString, Title, \ + wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// construction/destruction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFrameBase::wxFrameBase() +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + m_frameMenuBar = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + m_frameToolBar = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + m_frameStatusBar = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + + m_statusBarPane = 0; +} + +wxFrameBase::~wxFrameBase() +{ + // this destructor is required for Darwin +} + +wxFrame *wxFrameBase::New(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + return new wxFrame(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); +} + +void wxFrameBase::DeleteAllBars() +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxDELETE(m_frameMenuBar); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + wxDELETE(m_frameStatusBar); +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + wxDELETE(m_frameToolBar); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR +} + +bool wxFrameBase::IsOneOfBars(const wxWindow *win) const +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + if ( win == GetMenuBar() ) + return true; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + if ( win == GetStatusBar() ) + return true; +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + if ( win == GetToolBar() ) + return true; +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + + wxUnusedVar(win); + + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFrame size management: we exclude the areas taken by menu/status/toolbars +// from the client area, so the client area is what's really available for the +// frame contents +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// get the origin of the client area in the client coordinates +wxPoint wxFrameBase::GetClientAreaOrigin() const +{ + wxPoint pt = wxTopLevelWindow::GetClientAreaOrigin(); + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + wxToolBar *toolbar = GetToolBar(); + if ( toolbar && toolbar->IsShown() ) + { + int w, h; + toolbar->GetSize(&w, &h); + + if ( toolbar->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTB_VERTICAL ) + { + pt.x += w; + } + else + { + pt.y += h; + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + + return pt; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// misc +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + +bool wxFrameBase::ProcessCommand(int id) +{ + wxMenuBar *bar = GetMenuBar(); + if ( !bar ) + return false; + + wxMenuItem *item = bar->FindItem(id); + if ( !item ) + return false; + + return ProcessCommand(item); +} + +bool wxFrameBase::ProcessCommand(wxMenuItem *item) +{ + wxCommandEvent commandEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, item->GetId()); + commandEvent.SetEventObject(this); + + if (!item->IsEnabled()) + return true; + + if ((item->GetKind() == wxITEM_RADIO) && item->IsChecked() ) + return true; + + if (item->IsCheckable()) + { + item->Toggle(); + + // use the new value + commandEvent.SetInt(item->IsChecked()); + } + + return HandleWindowEvent(commandEvent); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +// Do the UI update processing for this window. This is +// provided for the application to call if it wants to +// force a UI update, particularly for the menus and toolbar. +void wxFrameBase::UpdateWindowUI(long flags) +{ + wxWindowBase::UpdateWindowUI(flags); + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + if (GetToolBar()) + GetToolBar()->UpdateWindowUI(flags); +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + if (GetMenuBar()) + { + // If coming from an idle event, we only want to update the menus if + // we're in the wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES configuration, otherwise they + // will be update when the menu is opened later +#if !wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES + if ( !(flags & wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE) ) +#endif // wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES + DoMenuUpdates(); + } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event handlers for status bar updates from menus +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +void wxFrameBase::OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event) +{ +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + (void)ShowMenuHelp(event.GetMenuId()); +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR +} + +void wxFrameBase::OnMenuOpen(wxMenuEvent& event) +{ +#if wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES + wxUnusedVar(event); +#else // !wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES + // as we didn't update the menus from idle time, do it now + DoMenuUpdates(event.GetMenu()); +#endif // wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES/!wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES +} + +void wxFrameBase::OnMenuClose(wxMenuEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + DoGiveHelp(wxEmptyString, false); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +// Implement internal behaviour (menu updating on some platforms) +void wxFrameBase::OnInternalIdle() +{ + wxTopLevelWindow::OnInternalIdle(); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES + if (wxUpdateUIEvent::CanUpdate(this)) + DoMenuUpdates(); +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// status bar stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +wxStatusBar* wxFrameBase::CreateStatusBar(int number, + long style, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& name) +{ + // the main status bar can only be created once (or else it should be + // deleted before calling CreateStatusBar() again) + wxCHECK_MSG( !m_frameStatusBar, NULL, + wxT("recreating status bar in wxFrame") ); + + SetStatusBar(OnCreateStatusBar(number, style, id, name)); + + return m_frameStatusBar; +} + +wxStatusBar *wxFrameBase::OnCreateStatusBar(int number, + long style, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& name) +{ + wxStatusBar *statusBar = new wxStatusBar(this, id, style, name); + + statusBar->SetFieldsCount(number); + + return statusBar; +} + +void wxFrameBase::SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_frameStatusBar != NULL, wxT("no statusbar to set text for") ); + + m_frameStatusBar->SetStatusText(text, number); +} + +void wxFrameBase::SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[] ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_frameStatusBar != NULL, wxT("no statusbar to set widths for") ); + + m_frameStatusBar->SetStatusWidths(n, widths_field); + + PositionStatusBar(); +} + +void wxFrameBase::PushStatusText(const wxString& text, int number) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_frameStatusBar != NULL, wxT("no statusbar to set text for") ); + + m_frameStatusBar->PushStatusText(text, number); +} + +void wxFrameBase::PopStatusText(int number) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_frameStatusBar != NULL, wxT("no statusbar to set text for") ); + + m_frameStatusBar->PopStatusText(number); +} + +bool wxFrameBase::ShowMenuHelp(int menuId) +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // if no help string found, we will clear the status bar text + // + // NB: wxID_NONE is used for (sub)menus themselves by wxMSW + wxString helpString; + if ( menuId != wxID_SEPARATOR && menuId != wxID_NONE ) + { + const wxMenuItem * const item = FindItemInMenuBar(menuId); + if ( item && !item->IsSeparator() ) + helpString = item->GetHelp(); + + // notice that it's ok if we don't find the item because it might + // belong to the popup menu, so don't assert here + } + + DoGiveHelp(helpString, true); + + return !helpString.empty(); +#else // !wxUSE_MENUS + return false; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS/!wxUSE_MENUS +} + +void wxFrameBase::SetStatusBar(wxStatusBar *statBar) +{ + bool hadBar = m_frameStatusBar != NULL; + m_frameStatusBar = statBar; + + if ( (m_frameStatusBar != NULL) != hadBar ) + { + PositionStatusBar(); + + DoLayout(); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +#if wxUSE_MENUS || wxUSE_TOOLBAR +void wxFrameBase::DoGiveHelp(const wxString& help, bool show) +{ +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + if ( m_statusBarPane < 0 ) + { + // status bar messages disabled + return; + } + + wxStatusBar *statbar = GetStatusBar(); + if ( !statbar ) + return; + + wxString text; + if ( show ) + { + // remember the old status bar text if this is the first time we're + // called since the menu has been opened as we're going to overwrite it + // in our DoGiveHelp() and we want to restore it when the menu is + // closed + // + // note that it would be logical to do this in OnMenuOpen() but under + // MSW we get an EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT before EVT_MENU_OPEN, strangely + // enough, and so this doesn't work and instead we use the ugly trick + // with using special m_oldStatusText value as "menu opened" (but it is + // arguably better than adding yet another member variable to wxFrame + // on all platforms) + if ( m_oldStatusText.empty() ) + { + m_oldStatusText = statbar->GetStatusText(m_statusBarPane); + if ( m_oldStatusText.empty() ) + { + // use special value to prevent us from doing this the next time + m_oldStatusText += wxT('\0'); + } + } + + m_lastHelpShown = + text = help; + } + else // hide help, restore the original text + { + // clear the last shown help string but remember its value + wxString lastHelpShown; + lastHelpShown.swap(m_lastHelpShown); + + // also clear the old status text but remember it too to restore it + // below + text.swap(m_oldStatusText); + + if ( statbar->GetStatusText(m_statusBarPane) != lastHelpShown ) + { + // if the text was changed with an explicit SetStatusText() call + // from the user code in the meanwhile, do not overwrite it with + // the old status bar contents -- this is almost certainly not what + // the user expects and would be very hard to avoid from user code + return; + } + } + + statbar->SetStatusText(text, m_statusBarPane); +#else + wxUnusedVar(help); + wxUnusedVar(show); +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR +} +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS || wxUSE_TOOLBAR + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// toolbar stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +wxToolBar* wxFrameBase::CreateToolBar(long style, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& name) +{ + // the main toolbar can't be recreated (unless it was explicitly deleted + // before) + wxCHECK_MSG( !m_frameToolBar, NULL, + wxT("recreating toolbar in wxFrame") ); + + if ( style == -1 ) + { + // use default style + // + // NB: we don't specify the default value in the method declaration + // because + // a) this allows us to have different defaults for different + // platforms (even if we don't have them right now) + // b) we don't need to include wx/toolbar.h in the header then + style = wxBORDER_NONE | wxTB_HORIZONTAL | wxTB_FLAT; + } + + SetToolBar(OnCreateToolBar(style, id, name)); + + return m_frameToolBar; +} + +wxToolBar* wxFrameBase::OnCreateToolBar(long style, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& name) +{ +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && defined(__POCKETPC__) + return new wxToolMenuBar(this, id, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + style, name); +#else + return new wxToolBar(this, id, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + style, name); +#endif +} + +void wxFrameBase::SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar) +{ + if ( (toolbar != NULL) != (m_frameToolBar != NULL) ) + { + // the toolbar visibility must have changed so we need to both position + // the toolbar itself (if it appeared) and to relayout the frame + // contents in any case + + if ( toolbar ) + { + // we need to assign it to m_frameToolBar for PositionToolBar() to + // do anything + m_frameToolBar = toolbar; + PositionToolBar(); + } + //else: tricky: do not reset m_frameToolBar yet as otherwise DoLayout() + // wouldn't recognize the (still existing) toolbar as one of our + // bars and wouldn't layout the single child of the frame correctly + + + // and this is even more tricky: we want DoLayout() to recognize the + // old toolbar for the purpose of not counting it among our non-bar + // children but we don't want to reserve any more space for it so we + // temporarily hide it + if ( m_frameToolBar ) + m_frameToolBar->Hide(); + + DoLayout(); + + if ( m_frameToolBar ) + m_frameToolBar->Show(); + } + + // this might have been already done above but it's simpler to just always + // do it unconditionally instead of testing for whether we already did it + m_frameToolBar = toolbar; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// menus +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + +// update all menus +void wxFrameBase::DoMenuUpdates(wxMenu* menu) +{ + if (menu) + { + wxEvtHandler* source = GetEventHandler(); + menu->UpdateUI(source); + } + else + { + wxMenuBar* bar = GetMenuBar(); + if (bar != NULL) + bar->UpdateMenus(); + } +} + +void wxFrameBase::DetachMenuBar() +{ + if ( m_frameMenuBar ) + { + m_frameMenuBar->Detach(); + m_frameMenuBar = NULL; + } +} + +void wxFrameBase::AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar) +{ + if ( menubar ) + { + menubar->Attach((wxFrame *)this); + m_frameMenuBar = menubar; + } +} + +void wxFrameBase::SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar) +{ + if ( menubar == GetMenuBar() ) + { + // nothing to do + return; + } + + DetachMenuBar(); + + this->AttachMenuBar(menubar); +} + +wxMenuItem *wxFrameBase::FindItemInMenuBar(int menuId) const +{ + const wxMenuBar * const menuBar = GetMenuBar(); + + return menuBar ? menuBar->FindItem(menuId) : NULL; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_arc.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_arc.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ffaf14a46d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_arc.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,534 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fs_arc.cpp +// Purpose: wxArchive file system +// Author: Vaclav Slavik, Mike Wetherell +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik, (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell +// CVS-ID: $Id: fs_arc.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE + +#include "wx/fs_arc.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 && wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM + #include "wx/zipstrm.h" +#else + #include "wx/archive.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/private/fileback.h" + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl +// +// Holds the catalog of an archive file, and if it is being read from a +// non-seekable stream, a copy of its backing file. +// +// This class is actually the reference counted implementation for the +// wxArchiveFSCacheData class below. It was done that way to allow sharing +// between instances of wxFileSystem, though that's a feature not used in this +// version. +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxArchiveEntry*, wxArchiveFSEntryHash); + +struct wxArchiveFSEntry +{ + wxArchiveEntry *entry; + wxArchiveFSEntry *next; +}; + +class wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl +{ +public: + wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl(const wxArchiveClassFactory& factory, + const wxBackingFile& backer); + wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl(const wxArchiveClassFactory& factory, + wxInputStream *stream); + + ~wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl(); + + void Release() { if (--m_refcount == 0) delete this; } + wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl *AddRef() { m_refcount++; return this; } + + wxArchiveEntry *Get(const wxString& name); + wxInputStream *NewStream() const; + + wxArchiveFSEntry *GetNext(wxArchiveFSEntry *fse); + +private: + wxArchiveFSEntry *AddToCache(wxArchiveEntry *entry); + void CloseStreams(); + + int m_refcount; + + wxArchiveFSEntryHash m_hash; + wxArchiveFSEntry *m_begin; + wxArchiveFSEntry **m_endptr; + + wxBackingFile m_backer; + wxInputStream *m_stream; + wxArchiveInputStream *m_archive; +}; + +wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl::wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl( + const wxArchiveClassFactory& factory, + const wxBackingFile& backer) + : m_refcount(1), + m_begin(NULL), + m_endptr(&m_begin), + m_backer(backer), + m_stream(new wxBackedInputStream(backer)), + m_archive(factory.NewStream(*m_stream)) +{ +} + +wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl::wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl( + const wxArchiveClassFactory& factory, + wxInputStream *stream) + : m_refcount(1), + m_begin(NULL), + m_endptr(&m_begin), + m_stream(stream), + m_archive(factory.NewStream(*m_stream)) +{ +} + +wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl::~wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl() +{ + WX_CLEAR_HASH_MAP(wxArchiveFSEntryHash, m_hash); + + wxArchiveFSEntry *entry = m_begin; + + while (entry) + { + wxArchiveFSEntry *next = entry->next; + delete entry; + entry = next; + } + + CloseStreams(); +} + +wxArchiveFSEntry *wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl::AddToCache(wxArchiveEntry *entry) +{ + m_hash[entry->GetName(wxPATH_UNIX)] = entry; + wxArchiveFSEntry *fse = new wxArchiveFSEntry; + *m_endptr = fse; + (*m_endptr)->entry = entry; + (*m_endptr)->next = NULL; + m_endptr = &(*m_endptr)->next; + return fse; +} + +void wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl::CloseStreams() +{ + wxDELETE(m_archive); + wxDELETE(m_stream); +} + +wxArchiveEntry *wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl::Get(const wxString& name) +{ + wxArchiveFSEntryHash::iterator it = m_hash.find(name); + + if (it != m_hash.end()) + return it->second; + + if (!m_archive) + return NULL; + + wxArchiveEntry *entry; + + while ((entry = m_archive->GetNextEntry()) != NULL) + { + AddToCache(entry); + + if (entry->GetName(wxPATH_UNIX) == name) + return entry; + } + + CloseStreams(); + + return NULL; +} + +wxInputStream* wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl::NewStream() const +{ + if (m_backer) + return new wxBackedInputStream(m_backer); + else + return NULL; +} + +wxArchiveFSEntry *wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl::GetNext(wxArchiveFSEntry *fse) +{ + wxArchiveFSEntry *next = fse ? fse->next : m_begin; + + if (!next && m_archive) + { + wxArchiveEntry *entry = m_archive->GetNextEntry(); + + if (entry) + next = AddToCache(entry); + else + CloseStreams(); + } + + return next; +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArchiveFSCacheData +// +// This is the inteface for wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl above. Holds the catalog +// of an archive file, and if it is being read from a non-seekable stream, a +// copy of its backing file. +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxArchiveFSCacheData +{ +public: + wxArchiveFSCacheData() : m_impl(NULL) { } + wxArchiveFSCacheData(const wxArchiveClassFactory& factory, + const wxBackingFile& backer); + wxArchiveFSCacheData(const wxArchiveClassFactory& factory, + wxInputStream *stream); + + wxArchiveFSCacheData(const wxArchiveFSCacheData& data); + wxArchiveFSCacheData& operator=(const wxArchiveFSCacheData& data); + + ~wxArchiveFSCacheData() { if (m_impl) m_impl->Release(); } + + wxArchiveEntry *Get(const wxString& name) { return m_impl->Get(name); } + wxInputStream *NewStream() const { return m_impl->NewStream(); } + wxArchiveFSEntry *GetNext(wxArchiveFSEntry *fse) + { return m_impl->GetNext(fse); } + +private: + wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl *m_impl; +}; + +wxArchiveFSCacheData::wxArchiveFSCacheData( + const wxArchiveClassFactory& factory, + const wxBackingFile& backer) + : m_impl(new wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl(factory, backer)) +{ +} + +wxArchiveFSCacheData::wxArchiveFSCacheData( + const wxArchiveClassFactory& factory, + wxInputStream *stream) + : m_impl(new wxArchiveFSCacheDataImpl(factory, stream)) +{ +} + +wxArchiveFSCacheData::wxArchiveFSCacheData(const wxArchiveFSCacheData& data) + : m_impl(data.m_impl ? data.m_impl->AddRef() : NULL) +{ +} + +wxArchiveFSCacheData& wxArchiveFSCacheData::operator=( + const wxArchiveFSCacheData& data) +{ + if (data.m_impl != m_impl) + { + if (m_impl) + m_impl->Release(); + + m_impl = data.m_impl; + + if (m_impl) + m_impl->AddRef(); + } + + return *this; +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArchiveFSCache +// +// wxArchiveFSCacheData caches a single archive, and this class holds a +// collection of them to cache all the archives accessed by this instance +// of wxFileSystem. +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxArchiveFSCacheData, wxArchiveFSCacheDataHash); + +class wxArchiveFSCache +{ +public: + wxArchiveFSCache() { } + ~wxArchiveFSCache() { } + + wxArchiveFSCacheData* Add(const wxString& name, + const wxArchiveClassFactory& factory, + wxInputStream *stream); + + wxArchiveFSCacheData *Get(const wxString& name); + +private: + wxArchiveFSCacheDataHash m_hash; +}; + +wxArchiveFSCacheData* wxArchiveFSCache::Add( + const wxString& name, + const wxArchiveClassFactory& factory, + wxInputStream *stream) +{ + wxArchiveFSCacheData& data = m_hash[name]; + + if (stream->IsSeekable()) + data = wxArchiveFSCacheData(factory, stream); + else + data = wxArchiveFSCacheData(factory, wxBackingFile(stream)); + + return &data; +} + +wxArchiveFSCacheData *wxArchiveFSCache::Get(const wxString& name) +{ + wxArchiveFSCacheDataHash::iterator it; + + if ((it = m_hash.find(name)) != m_hash.end()) + return &it->second; + + return NULL; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArchiveFSHandler +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxArchiveFSHandler, wxFileSystemHandler) + +wxArchiveFSHandler::wxArchiveFSHandler() + : wxFileSystemHandler() +{ + m_Archive = NULL; + m_FindEntry = NULL; + m_ZipFile = m_Pattern = m_BaseDir = wxEmptyString; + m_AllowDirs = m_AllowFiles = true; + m_DirsFound = NULL; + m_cache = NULL; +} + +wxArchiveFSHandler::~wxArchiveFSHandler() +{ + Cleanup(); + delete m_cache; +} + +void wxArchiveFSHandler::Cleanup() +{ + wxDELETE(m_DirsFound); +} + +bool wxArchiveFSHandler::CanOpen(const wxString& location) +{ + wxString p = GetProtocol(location); + return wxArchiveClassFactory::Find(p) != NULL; +} + +wxFSFile* wxArchiveFSHandler::OpenFile( + wxFileSystem& WXUNUSED(fs), + const wxString& location) +{ + wxString right = GetRightLocation(location); + wxString left = GetLeftLocation(location); + wxString protocol = GetProtocol(location); + wxString key = left + wxT("#") + protocol + wxT(":"); + + if (right.Contains(wxT("./"))) + { + if (right.GetChar(0) != wxT('/')) right = wxT('/') + right; + wxFileName rightPart(right, wxPATH_UNIX); + rightPart.Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_DOTS, wxT("/"), wxPATH_UNIX); + right = rightPart.GetFullPath(wxPATH_UNIX); + } + + if (!right.empty() && right.GetChar(0) == wxT('/')) right = right.Mid(1); + + if (!m_cache) + m_cache = new wxArchiveFSCache; + + const wxArchiveClassFactory *factory; + factory = wxArchiveClassFactory::Find(protocol); + if (!factory) + return NULL; + + wxArchiveFSCacheData *cached = m_cache->Get(key); + if (!cached) + { + wxFSFile *leftFile = m_fs.OpenFile(left); + if (!leftFile) + return NULL; + cached = m_cache->Add(key, *factory, leftFile->DetachStream()); + delete leftFile; + } + + wxArchiveEntry *entry = cached->Get(right); + if (!entry) + return NULL; + + wxInputStream *leftStream = cached->NewStream(); + if (!leftStream) + { + wxFSFile *leftFile = m_fs.OpenFile(left); + if (!leftFile) + return NULL; + leftStream = leftFile->DetachStream(); + delete leftFile; + } + + wxArchiveInputStream *s = factory->NewStream(leftStream); + if ( !s ) + return NULL; + + s->OpenEntry(*entry); + + if (!s->IsOk()) + { + delete s; + return NULL; + } + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 && wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM + if (factory->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxZipClassFactory))) + ((wxZipInputStream*)s)->m_allowSeeking = true; +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + return new wxFSFile(s, + key + right, + wxEmptyString, + GetAnchor(location) +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + , entry->GetDateTime() +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + ); +} + +wxString wxArchiveFSHandler::FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags) +{ + wxString right = GetRightLocation(spec); + wxString left = GetLeftLocation(spec); + wxString protocol = GetProtocol(spec); + wxString key = left + wxT("#") + protocol + wxT(":"); + + if (!right.empty() && right.Last() == wxT('/')) right.RemoveLast(); + + if (!m_cache) + m_cache = new wxArchiveFSCache; + + const wxArchiveClassFactory *factory; + factory = wxArchiveClassFactory::Find(protocol); + if (!factory) + return wxEmptyString; + + m_Archive = m_cache->Get(key); + if (!m_Archive) + { + wxFSFile *leftFile = m_fs.OpenFile(left); + if (!leftFile) + return wxEmptyString; + m_Archive = m_cache->Add(key, *factory, leftFile->DetachStream()); + delete leftFile; + } + + m_FindEntry = NULL; + + switch (flags) + { + case wxFILE: + m_AllowDirs = false, m_AllowFiles = true; break; + case wxDIR: + m_AllowDirs = true, m_AllowFiles = false; break; + default: + m_AllowDirs = m_AllowFiles = true; break; + } + + m_ZipFile = key; + + m_Pattern = right.AfterLast(wxT('/')); + m_BaseDir = right.BeforeLast(wxT('/')); + if (m_BaseDir.StartsWith(wxT("/"))) + m_BaseDir = m_BaseDir.Mid(1); + + if (m_Archive) + { + if (m_AllowDirs) + { + delete m_DirsFound; + m_DirsFound = new wxArchiveFilenameHashMap(); + if (right.empty()) // allow "/" to match the archive root + return spec; + } + return DoFind(); + } + return wxEmptyString; +} + +wxString wxArchiveFSHandler::FindNext() +{ + if (!m_Archive) return wxEmptyString; + return DoFind(); +} + +wxString wxArchiveFSHandler::DoFind() +{ + wxString namestr, dir, filename; + wxString match = wxEmptyString; + + while (match == wxEmptyString) + { + m_FindEntry = m_Archive->GetNext(m_FindEntry); + + if (!m_FindEntry) + { + m_Archive = NULL; + m_FindEntry = NULL; + break; + } + namestr = m_FindEntry->entry->GetName(wxPATH_UNIX); + + if (m_AllowDirs) + { + dir = namestr.BeforeLast(wxT('/')); + while (!dir.empty()) + { + if( m_DirsFound->find(dir) == m_DirsFound->end() ) + { + (*m_DirsFound)[dir] = 1; + filename = dir.AfterLast(wxT('/')); + dir = dir.BeforeLast(wxT('/')); + if (!filename.empty() && m_BaseDir == dir && + wxMatchWild(m_Pattern, filename, false)) + match = m_ZipFile + dir + wxT("/") + filename; + } + else + break; // already tranversed + } + } + + filename = namestr.AfterLast(wxT('/')); + dir = namestr.BeforeLast(wxT('/')); + if (m_AllowFiles && !filename.empty() && m_BaseDir == dir && + wxMatchWild(m_Pattern, filename, false)) + match = m_ZipFile + namestr; + } + + return match; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_filter.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_filter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..818be8204c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_filter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fs_filter.cpp +// Purpose: wxFilter file system handler +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell +// CVS-ID: $Id: fs_filter.cpp 58634 2009-02-03 12:01:46Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + +#include "wx/fs_filter.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif + +#include "wx/scopedptr.h" + +wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(wxFSFile) +wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(wxInputStream) + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFilterFSHandler +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFilterFSHandler::CanOpen(const wxString& location) +{ + return wxFilterClassFactory::Find(GetProtocol(location)) != NULL; +} + +wxFSFile* wxFilterFSHandler::OpenFile( + wxFileSystem& fs, + const wxString& location) +{ + wxString right = GetRightLocation(location); + if (!right.empty()) + return NULL; + + wxString protocol = GetProtocol(location); + const wxFilterClassFactory *factory = wxFilterClassFactory::Find(protocol); + if (!factory) + return NULL; + + wxString left = GetLeftLocation(location); + wxFSFilePtr leftFile(fs.OpenFile(left)); + if (!leftFile.get()) + return NULL; + + wxInputStreamPtr leftStream(leftFile->DetachStream()); + if (!leftStream.get() || !leftStream->IsOk()) + return NULL; + + wxInputStreamPtr stream(factory->NewStream(leftStream.release())); + + // The way compressed streams are supposed to be served is e.g.: + // Content-type: application/postscript + // Content-encoding: gzip + // So the mime type should be just the mime type of the lhs. However check + // whether the mime type is that of this compression format (e.g. + // application/gzip). If so pop any extension and try GetMimeTypeFromExt, + // e.g. if it were '.ps.gz' pop the '.gz' and try looking up '.ps' + wxString mime = leftFile->GetMimeType(); + if (factory->CanHandle(mime, wxSTREAM_MIMETYPE)) + mime = GetMimeTypeFromExt(factory->PopExtension(left)); + + return new wxFSFile(stream.release(), + left + wxT("#") + protocol + wxT(":") + right, + mime, + GetAnchor(location) +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + , leftFile->GetModificationTime() +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + ); +} + +wxString wxFilterFSHandler::FindFirst(const wxString& WXUNUSED(spec), int WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ + return wxEmptyString; +} + +wxString wxFilterFSHandler::FindNext() +{ + return wxEmptyString; +} + +#endif //wxUSE_FILESYSTEM diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_inet.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_inet.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..53fbc7cbb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_inet.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fs_inet.cpp +// Purpose: HTTP and FTP file system +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: fs_inet.cpp 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if !wxUSE_SOCKETS + #undef wxUSE_FS_INET + #define wxUSE_FS_INET 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_FS_INET + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/wfstream.h" +#include "wx/url.h" +#include "wx/filesys.h" +#include "wx/fs_inet.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Helper classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This stream deletes the file when destroyed +class wxTemporaryFileInputStream : public wxFileInputStream +{ +public: + wxTemporaryFileInputStream(const wxString& filename) : + wxFileInputStream(filename), m_filename(filename) {} + + virtual ~wxTemporaryFileInputStream() + { + // NB: copied from wxFileInputStream dtor, we need to do it before + // wxRemoveFile + if (m_file_destroy) + { + delete m_file; + m_file_destroy = false; + } + wxRemoveFile(m_filename); + } + +protected: + wxString m_filename; +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxInternetFSHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static wxString StripProtocolAnchor(const wxString& location) +{ + wxString myloc(location.BeforeLast(wxT('#'))); + if (myloc.empty()) myloc = location.AfterFirst(wxT(':')); + else myloc = myloc.AfterFirst(wxT(':')); + + // fix malformed url: + if (!myloc.Left(2).IsSameAs(wxT("//"))) + { + if (myloc.GetChar(0) != wxT('/')) myloc = wxT("//") + myloc; + else myloc = wxT("/") + myloc; + } + if (myloc.Mid(2).Find(wxT('/')) == wxNOT_FOUND) myloc << wxT('/'); + + return myloc; +} + + +bool wxInternetFSHandler::CanOpen(const wxString& location) +{ +#if wxUSE_URL + wxString p = GetProtocol(location); + if ((p == wxT("http")) || (p == wxT("ftp"))) + { + wxURL url(p + wxT(":") + StripProtocolAnchor(location)); + return (url.GetError() == wxURL_NOERR); + } +#endif + return false; +} + + +wxFSFile* wxInternetFSHandler::OpenFile(wxFileSystem& WXUNUSED(fs), + const wxString& location) +{ +#if !wxUSE_URL + return NULL; +#else + wxString right = + GetProtocol(location) + wxT(":") + StripProtocolAnchor(location); + + wxURL url(right); + if (url.GetError() == wxURL_NOERR) + { + wxInputStream *s = url.GetInputStream(); + wxString content = url.GetProtocol().GetContentType(); + if (s) + { + wxString tmpfile = + wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(wxT("wxhtml")); + + { // now copy streams content to temporary file: + wxFileOutputStream sout(tmpfile); + s->Read(sout); + } + delete s; + + return new wxFSFile(new wxTemporaryFileInputStream(tmpfile), + right, + content, + GetAnchor(location) +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + , wxDateTime::Now() +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + ); + } + } + + return NULL; // incorrect URL +#endif +} + + +class wxFileSystemInternetModule : public wxModule +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileSystemInternetModule) + + public: + wxFileSystemInternetModule() : + wxModule(), + m_handler(NULL) + { + } + + virtual bool OnInit() + { + m_handler = new wxInternetFSHandler; + wxFileSystem::AddHandler(m_handler); + return true; + } + + virtual void OnExit() + { + delete wxFileSystem::RemoveHandler(m_handler); + } + + private: + wxFileSystemHandler* m_handler; +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileSystemInternetModule, wxModule) + +#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_FS_INET diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_mem.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_mem.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e826765b79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fs_mem.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fs_mem.cpp +// Purpose: in-memory file system +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: fs_mem.cpp 60774 2009-05-28 09:59:32Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/fs_mem.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h" + #if wxUSE_GUI + #include "wx/image.h" + #endif // wxUSE_GUI +#endif + +#include "wx/mstream.h" + +// represents a file entry in wxMemoryFS +class wxMemoryFSFile +{ +public: + wxMemoryFSFile(const void *data, size_t len, const wxString& mime) + { + m_Data = new char[len]; + memcpy(m_Data, data, len); + m_Len = len; + m_MimeType = mime; + InitTime(); + } + + wxMemoryFSFile(const wxMemoryOutputStream& stream, const wxString& mime) + { + m_Len = stream.GetSize(); + m_Data = new char[m_Len]; + stream.CopyTo(m_Data, m_Len); + m_MimeType = mime; + InitTime(); + } + + virtual ~wxMemoryFSFile() + { + delete[] m_Data; + } + + char *m_Data; + size_t m_Len; + wxString m_MimeType; +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + wxDateTime m_Time; +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +private: + void InitTime() + { +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + m_Time = wxDateTime::Now(); +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryFSFile); +}; + +#if wxUSE_BASE + + +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMemoryFSHandler +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +wxMemoryFSHash wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::m_Hash; + + +wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::wxMemoryFSHandlerBase() : wxFileSystemHandler() +{ +} + +wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::~wxMemoryFSHandlerBase() +{ + // as only one copy of FS handler is supposed to exist, we may silently + // delete static data here. (There is no way how to remove FS handler from + // wxFileSystem other than releasing _all_ handlers.) + WX_CLEAR_HASH_MAP(wxMemoryFSHash, m_Hash); +} + +bool wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::CanOpen(const wxString& location) +{ + return GetProtocol(location) == "memory"; +} + +wxFSFile * wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::OpenFile(wxFileSystem& WXUNUSED(fs), + const wxString& location) +{ + wxMemoryFSHash::const_iterator i = m_Hash.find(GetRightLocation(location)); + if ( i == m_Hash.end() ) + return NULL; + + const wxMemoryFSFile * const obj = i->second; + + return new wxFSFile + ( + new wxMemoryInputStream(obj->m_Data, obj->m_Len), + location, + obj->m_MimeType, + GetAnchor(location) +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + , obj->m_Time +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + ); +} + +wxString wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::FindFirst(const wxString& url, int flags) +{ + if ( (flags & wxDIR) && !(flags & wxFILE) ) + { + // we only store files, not directories, so we don't risk finding + // anything + return wxString(); + } + + const wxString spec = GetRightLocation(url); + if ( spec.find_first_of("?*") == wxString::npos ) + { + // simple case: there are no wildcard characters so we can return + // either 0 or 1 results and we can find the potential match quickly + return m_Hash.count(spec) ? url : wxString(); + } + //else: deal with wildcards in FindNext() + + m_findArgument = spec; + m_findIter = m_Hash.begin(); + + return FindNext(); +} + +wxString wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::FindNext() +{ + // m_findArgument is used to indicate that search is in progress, we reset + // it to empty string after iterating over all elements + while ( !m_findArgument.empty() ) + { + // test for the match before (possibly) clearing m_findArgument below + const bool found = m_findIter->first.Matches(m_findArgument); + + // advance m_findIter first as we need to do it anyhow, whether it + // matches or not + const wxMemoryFSHash::const_iterator current = m_findIter; + + if ( ++m_findIter == m_Hash.end() ) + m_findArgument.clear(); + + if ( found ) + return "memory:" + current->first; + } + + return wxString(); +} + +bool wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::CheckDoesntExist(const wxString& filename) +{ + if ( m_Hash.count(filename) ) + { + wxLogError(_("Memory VFS already contains file '%s'!"), filename); + return false; + } + + return true; +} + + +/*static*/ +void wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename, + const wxString& textdata, + const wxString& mimetype) +{ + AddFileWithMimeType + ( + filename, + static_cast(textdata.To8BitData()), + wxStrlen(static_cast(textdata.To8BitData())), + mimetype + ); +} + + +/*static*/ +void wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename, + const void *binarydata, size_t size, + const wxString& mimetype) +{ + if ( !CheckDoesntExist(filename) ) + return; + + m_Hash[filename] = new wxMemoryFSFile(binarydata, size, mimetype); +} + +/*static*/ +void wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFile(const wxString& filename, + const wxString& textdata) +{ + AddFileWithMimeType(filename, textdata, wxEmptyString); +} + + +/*static*/ +void wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFile(const wxString& filename, + const void *binarydata, size_t size) +{ + AddFileWithMimeType(filename, binarydata, size, wxEmptyString); +} + + + +/*static*/ void wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::RemoveFile(const wxString& filename) +{ + wxMemoryFSHash::iterator i = m_Hash.find(filename); + if ( i == m_Hash.end() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Trying to remove file '%s' from memory VFS, " + "but it is not loaded!"), + filename); + return; + } + + delete i->second; + m_Hash.erase(i); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BASE + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE +/*static*/ void +wxMemoryFSHandler::AddFile(const wxString& filename, + const wxImage& image, + wxBitmapType type) +{ + if ( !CheckDoesntExist(filename) ) + return; + + wxMemoryOutputStream mems; + if ( image.Ok() && image.SaveFile(mems, type) ) + { + m_Hash[filename] = new wxMemoryFSFile + ( + mems, + wxImage::FindHandler(type)->GetMimeType() + ); + } + else + { + wxLogError(_("Failed to store image '%s' to memory VFS!"), filename); + } +} + +/*static*/ void +wxMemoryFSHandler::AddFile(const wxString& filename, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + wxBitmapType type) +{ + wxImage img = bitmap.ConvertToImage(); + AddFile(filename, img, type); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + + +#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_FS_ZIP diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fswatchercmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fswatchercmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a239790b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/fswatchercmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/fswatchercmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxMswFileSystemWatcher +// Author: Bartosz Bekier +// Created: 2009-05-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fswatchercmn.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FSWATCHER + +#include "wx/fswatcher.h" +#include "wx/private/fswatcher.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// helpers +// ============================================================================ + +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_FSWATCHER, wxFileSystemWatcherEvent); + +static wxString GetFSWEventChangeTypeName(int type) +{ + switch (type) + { + case wxFSW_EVENT_CREATE: + return "CREATE"; + case wxFSW_EVENT_DELETE: + return "DELETE"; + case wxFSW_EVENT_RENAME: + return "RENAME"; + case wxFSW_EVENT_MODIFY: + return "MODIFY"; + case wxFSW_EVENT_ACCESS: + return "ACCESS"; + } + + // should never be reached! + wxFAIL_MSG("Unknown change type"); + return "INVALID_TYPE"; +} + + +// ============================================================================ +// wxFileSystemWatcherEvent implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxString wxFileSystemWatcherEvent::ToString() const +{ + return wxString::Format("FSW_EVT type=%d (%s) path='%s'", m_changeType, + GetFSWEventChangeTypeName(m_changeType), GetPath().GetFullPath()); +} + + +// ============================================================================ +// wxFileSystemWatcherEvent implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxFileSystemWatcherBase::wxFileSystemWatcherBase() : + m_service(0), m_owner(this) +{ +} + +wxFileSystemWatcherBase::~wxFileSystemWatcherBase() +{ + RemoveAll(); + if (m_service) + { + delete m_service; + } +} + +bool wxFileSystemWatcherBase::Add(const wxFileName& path, int events) +{ + // args validation & consistency checks + if (!path.FileExists() && !path.DirExists()) + return false; + + wxString canonical = GetCanonicalPath(path); + if (canonical.IsEmpty()) + return false; + + wxCHECK_MSG(m_watches.find(canonical) == m_watches.end(), false, + wxString::Format("Path '%s' is already watched", canonical)); + + // adding a path in a platform specific way + wxFSWatchInfo watch(canonical, events); + if ( !m_service->Add(watch) ) + return false; + + // on success, add path to our 'watch-list' + wxFSWatchInfoMap::value_type val(canonical, watch); + return m_watches.insert(val).second; +} + +bool wxFileSystemWatcherBase::Remove(const wxFileName& path) +{ + // args validation & consistency checks + wxString canonical = GetCanonicalPath(path); + if (canonical.IsEmpty()) + return false; + + wxFSWatchInfoMap::iterator it = m_watches.find(canonical); + wxCHECK_MSG(it != m_watches.end(), false, + wxString::Format("Path '%s' is not watched", canonical)); + + // remove from watch-list + wxFSWatchInfo watch = it->second; + m_watches.erase(it); + + // remove in a platform specific way + return m_service->Remove(watch); +} + +bool wxFileSystemWatcherBase::AddTree(const wxFileName& path, int events, + const wxString& filter) +{ + if (!path.DirExists()) + return false; + + // OPT could be optimised if we stored information about relationships + // between paths + class AddTraverser : public wxDirTraverser + { + public: + AddTraverser(wxFileSystemWatcherBase* watcher, int events) : + m_watcher(watcher), m_events(events) + { + } + + // CHECK we choose which files to delegate to Add(), maybe we should pass + // all of them to Add() and let it choose? this is useful when adding a + // file to a dir that is already watched, then not only should we know + // about that, but Add() should also behave well then + virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnFile(const wxString& WXUNUSED(filename)) + { + return wxDIR_CONTINUE; + } + + virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnDir(const wxString& dirname) + { + wxLogTrace(wxTRACE_FSWATCHER, "--- AddTree adding '%s' ---", + dirname); + // we add as much as possible and ignore errors + m_watcher->Add(wxFileName(dirname), m_events); + return wxDIR_CONTINUE; + } + + private: + wxFileSystemWatcherBase* m_watcher; + int m_events; + wxString m_filter; + }; + + wxDir dir(path.GetFullPath()); + AddTraverser traverser(this, events); + dir.Traverse(traverser, filter); + + return true; +} + +bool wxFileSystemWatcherBase::RemoveTree(const wxFileName& path) +{ + if (!path.DirExists()) + return false; + + // OPT could be optimised if we stored information about relationships + // between paths + class RemoveTraverser : public wxDirTraverser + { + public: + RemoveTraverser(wxFileSystemWatcherBase* watcher) : + m_watcher(watcher) + { + } + + virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnFile(const wxString& filename) + { + m_watcher->Remove(wxFileName(filename)); + return wxDIR_CONTINUE; + } + + virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnDir(const wxString& dirname) + { + m_watcher->RemoveTree(wxFileName(dirname)); + return wxDIR_CONTINUE; + } + + private: + wxFileSystemWatcherBase* m_watcher; + }; + + wxDir dir(path.GetFullPath()); + RemoveTraverser traverser(this); + dir.Traverse(traverser); + + return true; +} + +bool wxFileSystemWatcherBase::RemoveAll() +{ + m_service->RemoveAll(); + m_watches.clear(); + return true; +} + +int wxFileSystemWatcherBase::GetWatchedPathsCount() const +{ + return m_watches.size(); +} + +int wxFileSystemWatcherBase::GetWatchedPaths(wxArrayString* paths) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( paths != NULL, -1, "Null array passed to retrieve paths"); + + wxFSWatchInfoMap::const_iterator it = m_watches.begin(); + for ( ; it != m_watches.end(); ++it) + { + paths->push_back(it->first); + } + + return m_watches.size(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FSWATCHER diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ftp.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ftp.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad434ce884 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ftp.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1022 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/ftp.cpp +// Purpose: FTP protocol +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: Mark Johnson, wxWindows@mj10777.de +// 20000917 : RmDir, GetLastResult, GetList +// Vadim Zeitlin (numerous fixes and rewrites to all part of the +// code, support ASCII/Binary modes, better error reporting, more +// robust Abort(), support for arbitrary FTP commands, ...) +// Randall Fox (support for active mode) +// Created: 07/07/1997 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ftp.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// (c) 1998-2004 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/sckaddr.h" +#include "wx/socket.h" +#include "wx/url.h" +#include "wx/sckstrm.h" +#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h" +#include "wx/protocol/ftp.h" + +#ifndef __MWERKS__ + #include +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the length of FTP status code (3 digits) +static const size_t LEN_CODE = 3; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFTP, wxProtocol) +IMPLEMENT_PROTOCOL(wxFTP, wxT("ftp"), wxT("ftp"), true) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFTP constructor and destructor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFTP::wxFTP() +{ + m_streaming = false; + m_currentTransfermode = NONE; + + m_username = wxT("anonymous"); + m_password << wxGetUserId() << wxT('@') << wxGetFullHostName(); + + SetNotify(0); + SetFlags(wxSOCKET_NOWAIT); + m_bPassive = true; + m_bEncounteredError = false; +} + +wxFTP::~wxFTP() +{ + if ( m_streaming ) + { + // if we are streaming, this will issue + // an FTP ABORT command, to tell the server we are aborting + (void)Abort(); + } + + // now this issues a "QUIT" command to tell the server we are + Close(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFTP connect and login methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFTP::Connect(const wxSockAddress& addr, bool WXUNUSED(wait)) +{ + if ( !wxProtocol::Connect(addr) ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NETERR; + return false; + } + + if ( !m_username ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_CONNERR; + return false; + } + + // we should have 220 welcome message + if ( !CheckResult('2') ) + { + Close(); + return false; + } + + wxString command; + command.Printf(wxT("USER %s"), m_username.c_str()); + char rc = SendCommand(command); + if ( rc == '2' ) + { + // 230 return: user accepted without password + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + return true; + } + + if ( rc != '3' ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_CONNERR; + Close(); + return false; + } + + command.Printf(wxT("PASS %s"), m_password.c_str()); + if ( !CheckCommand(command, '2') ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_CONNERR; + Close(); + return false; + } + + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + return true; +} + +bool wxFTP::Connect(const wxString& host, unsigned short port) +{ + wxIPV4address addr; + addr.Hostname(host); + + if ( port ) + addr.Service(port); + else if (!addr.Service(wxT("ftp"))) + addr.Service(21); + + return Connect(addr); +} + +bool wxFTP::Close() +{ + if ( m_streaming ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_STREAMING; + return false; + } + + if ( IsConnected() ) + { + if ( !CheckCommand(wxT("QUIT"), '2') ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_CONNERR; + wxLogDebug(wxT("Failed to close connection gracefully.")); + } + } + + return wxSocketClient::Close(); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// low level methods +// ============================================================================ + +wxSocketBase *wxFTP::AcceptIfActive(wxSocketBase *sock) +{ + if ( m_bPassive ) + return sock; + + // now wait for a connection from server + wxSocketServer *sockSrv = (wxSocketServer *)sock; + if ( !sockSrv->WaitForAccept() ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_CONNERR; + wxLogError(_("Timeout while waiting for FTP server to connect, try passive mode.")); + wxDELETE(sock); + } + else + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + sock = sockSrv->Accept(true); + delete sockSrv; + } + + return sock; +} + +bool wxFTP::Abort() +{ + if ( !m_streaming ) + return true; + + m_streaming = false; + if ( !CheckCommand(wxT("ABOR"), '4') ) + return false; + + return CheckResult('2'); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Send command to FTP server +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +char wxFTP::SendCommand(const wxString& command) +{ + if ( m_streaming ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_STREAMING; + return 0; + } + + wxString tmp_str = command + wxT("\r\n"); + const wxWX2MBbuf tmp_buf = tmp_str.mb_str(); + if ( Write(wxMBSTRINGCAST tmp_buf, strlen(tmp_buf)).Error()) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NETERR; + return 0; + } + + // don't show the passwords in the logs (even in debug ones) + wxString cmd, password; + if ( command.Upper().StartsWith(wxT("PASS "), &password) ) + { + cmd << wxT("PASS ") << wxString(wxT('*'), password.length()); + } + else + { + cmd = command; + } + + LogRequest(cmd); + + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + return GetResult(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Receive servers reply +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +char wxFTP::GetResult() +{ + // if we've already had a read or write timeout error, the connection is + // probably toast, so don't bother, it just wastes the users time + if ( m_bEncounteredError ) + return 0; + + wxString code; + + // m_lastResult will contain the entire server response, possibly on + // multiple lines + m_lastResult.clear(); + + // we handle multiline replies here according to RFC 959: it says that a + // reply may either be on 1 line of the form "xyz ..." or on several lines + // in whuch case it looks like + // xyz-... + // ... + // xyz ... + // and the intermeidate lines may start with xyz or not + bool badReply = false; + bool firstLine = true; + bool endOfReply = false; + while ( !endOfReply && !badReply ) + { + wxString line; + m_lastError = ReadLine(this,line); + if ( m_lastError ) + { + m_bEncounteredError = true; + return 0; + } + + LogResponse(line); + + if ( !m_lastResult.empty() ) + { + // separate from last line + m_lastResult += wxT('\n'); + } + + m_lastResult += line; + + // unless this is an intermediate line of a multiline reply, it must + // contain the code in the beginning and '-' or ' ' following it + if ( line.Len() < LEN_CODE + 1 ) + { + if ( firstLine ) + { + badReply = true; + } + } + else // line has at least 4 chars + { + // this is the char which tells us what we're dealing with + wxChar chMarker = line.GetChar(LEN_CODE); + + if ( firstLine ) + { + code = wxString(line, LEN_CODE); + + switch ( chMarker ) + { + case wxT(' '): + endOfReply = true; + break; + + case wxT('-'): + firstLine = false; + break; + + default: + // unexpected + badReply = true; + } + } + else // subsequent line of multiline reply + { + if ( line.compare(0, LEN_CODE, code) == 0 ) + { + if ( chMarker == wxT(' ') ) + { + endOfReply = true; + } + } + } + } + } + + if ( badReply ) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Broken FTP server: '%s' is not a valid reply."), + m_lastResult.c_str()); + + m_lastError = wxPROTO_PROTERR; + + return 0; + } + else + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + + // if we got here we must have a non empty code string + return (char)code[0u]; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFTP simple commands +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFTP::SetTransferMode(TransferMode transferMode) +{ + if ( transferMode == m_currentTransfermode ) + { + // nothing to do + return true; + } + + wxString mode; + switch ( transferMode ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unknown FTP transfer mode")); + // fall through + + case BINARY: + mode = wxT('I'); + break; + + case ASCII: + mode = wxT('A'); + break; + } + + if ( !DoSimpleCommand(wxT("TYPE"), mode) ) + { + wxLogError(_("Failed to set FTP transfer mode to %s."), + (transferMode == ASCII ? _("ASCII") : _("binary"))); + + return false; + } + + // If we get here the operation has been successfully completed + // Set the status-member + m_currentTransfermode = transferMode; + + return true; +} + +bool wxFTP::DoSimpleCommand(const wxChar *command, const wxString& arg) +{ + wxString fullcmd = command; + if ( !arg.empty() ) + { + fullcmd << wxT(' ') << arg; + } + + if ( !CheckCommand(fullcmd, '2') ) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("FTP command '%s' failed."), fullcmd.c_str()); + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NETERR; + + return false; + } + + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + return true; +} + +bool wxFTP::ChDir(const wxString& dir) +{ + // some servers might not understand ".." if they use different directory + // tree conventions, but they always understand CDUP - should we use it if + // dir == ".."? OTOH, do such servers (still) exist? + + return DoSimpleCommand(wxT("CWD"), dir); +} + +bool wxFTP::MkDir(const wxString& dir) +{ + return DoSimpleCommand(wxT("MKD"), dir); +} + +bool wxFTP::RmDir(const wxString& dir) +{ + return DoSimpleCommand(wxT("RMD"), dir); +} + +wxString wxFTP::Pwd() +{ + wxString path; + + if ( CheckCommand(wxT("PWD"), '2') ) + { + // the result is at least that long if CheckCommand() succeeded + wxString::const_iterator p = m_lastResult.begin() + LEN_CODE + 1; + if ( *p != wxT('"') ) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Missing starting quote in reply for PWD: %s"), + wxString(p, m_lastResult.end())); + } + else + { + for ( ++p; (bool)*p; ++p ) // FIXME-DMARS + { + if ( *p == wxT('"') ) + { + // check if the quote is doubled + ++p; + if ( !*p || *p != wxT('"') ) + { + // no, this is the end + break; + } + //else: yes, it is: this is an embedded quote in the + // filename, treat as normal char + } + + path += *p; + } + + if ( !*p ) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Missing ending quote in reply for PWD: %s"), + m_lastResult.c_str() + LEN_CODE + 1); + } + } + } + else + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_PROTERR; + wxLogDebug(wxT("FTP PWD command failed.")); + } + + return path; +} + +bool wxFTP::Rename(const wxString& src, const wxString& dst) +{ + wxString str; + + str = wxT("RNFR ") + src; + if ( !CheckCommand(str, '3') ) + return false; + + str = wxT("RNTO ") + dst; + + return CheckCommand(str, '2'); +} + +bool wxFTP::RmFile(const wxString& path) +{ + wxString str; + str = wxT("DELE ") + path; + + return CheckCommand(str, '2'); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFTP port methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSocketBase *wxFTP::GetPort() +{ + /* + PASSIVE: Client sends a "PASV" to the server. The server responds with + an address and port number which it will be listening on. Then + the client connects to the server at the specified address and + port. + + ACTIVE: Client sends the server a PORT command which includes an + address and port number which the client will be listening on. + The server then connects to the client at that address and + port. + */ + + wxSocketBase *socket = m_bPassive ? GetPassivePort() : GetActivePort(); + if ( !socket ) + { + m_bEncounteredError = true; + return NULL; + } + + // Now set the time for the new socket to the default or user selected + // timeout period + socket->SetTimeout(m_uiDefaultTimeout); + + return socket; +} + +wxString wxFTP::GetPortCmdArgument(const wxIPV4address& addrLocal, + const wxIPV4address& addrNew) +{ + // Just fills in the return value with the local IP + // address of the current socket. Also it fill in the + // PORT which the client will be listening on + + wxString addrIP = addrLocal.IPAddress(); + int portNew = addrNew.Service(); + + // We need to break the PORT number in bytes + addrIP.Replace(wxT("."), wxT(",")); + addrIP << wxT(',') + << wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), portNew >> 8) << wxT(',') + << wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), portNew & 0xff); + + // Now we have a value like "10,0,0,1,5,23" + return addrIP; +} + +wxSocketBase *wxFTP::GetActivePort() +{ + // we need an address to listen on + wxIPV4address addrNew, addrLocal; + GetLocal(addrLocal); + addrNew.AnyAddress(); + addrNew.Service(0); // pick an open port number. + + wxSocketServer *sockSrv = new wxSocketServer(addrNew); + if (!sockSrv->Ok()) + { + // We use Ok() here to see if everything is ok + m_lastError = wxPROTO_PROTERR; + delete sockSrv; + return NULL; + } + + //gets the new address, actually it is just the port number + sockSrv->GetLocal(addrNew); + + // Now we create the argument of the PORT command, we send in both + // addresses because the addrNew has an IP of "0.0.0.0", so we need the + // value in addrLocal + wxString port = GetPortCmdArgument(addrLocal, addrNew); + if ( !DoSimpleCommand(wxT("PORT"), port) ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_PROTERR; + delete sockSrv; + wxLogError(_("The FTP server doesn't support the PORT command.")); + return NULL; + } + + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + sockSrv->Notify(false); // Don't send any events + return sockSrv; +} + +wxSocketBase *wxFTP::GetPassivePort() +{ + if ( !DoSimpleCommand(wxT("PASV")) ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_PROTERR; + wxLogError(_("The FTP server doesn't support passive mode.")); + return NULL; + } + + size_t addrStart = m_lastResult.find(wxT('(')); + size_t addrEnd = (addrStart == wxString::npos) + ? wxString::npos + : m_lastResult.find(wxT(')'), addrStart); + + if ( addrEnd == wxString::npos ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_PROTERR; + return NULL; + } + + // get the port number and address + int a[6]; + wxString straddr(m_lastResult, addrStart + 1, addrEnd - (addrStart + 1)); + wxSscanf(straddr, wxT("%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d"), + &a[2],&a[3],&a[4],&a[5],&a[0],&a[1]); + + wxUint32 hostaddr = (wxUint16)a[2] << 24 | + (wxUint16)a[3] << 16 | + (wxUint16)a[4] << 8 | + a[5]; + wxUint16 port = (wxUint16)(a[0] << 8 | a[1]); + + wxIPV4address addr; + addr.Hostname(hostaddr); + addr.Service(port); + + wxSocketClient *client = new wxSocketClient(); + if ( !client->Connect(addr) ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_CONNERR; + delete client; + return NULL; + } + + client->Notify(false); + + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + return client; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFTP download and upload +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxInputFTPStream : public wxSocketInputStream +{ +public: + wxInputFTPStream(wxFTP *ftp, wxSocketBase *sock) + : wxSocketInputStream(*sock) + { + m_ftp = ftp; + // socket timeout automatically set in GetPort function + } + + virtual ~wxInputFTPStream() + { + delete m_i_socket; // keep at top + + // when checking the result, the stream will + // almost always show an error, even if the file was + // properly transfered, thus, lets just grab the result + + // we are looking for "226 transfer completed" + char code = m_ftp->GetResult(); + if ('2' == code) + { + // it was a good transfer. + // we're done! + m_ftp->m_streaming = false; + return; + } + // did we timeout? + if (0 == code) + { + // the connection is probably toast. issue an abort, and + // then a close. there won't be any more waiting + // for this connection + m_ftp->Abort(); + m_ftp->Close(); + return; + } + // There was a problem with the transfer and the server + // has acknowledged it. If we issue an "ABORT" now, the user + // would get the "226" for the abort and think the xfer was + // complete, thus, don't do anything here, just return + } + + wxFTP *m_ftp; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxInputFTPStream); +}; + +class wxOutputFTPStream : public wxSocketOutputStream +{ +public: + wxOutputFTPStream(wxFTP *ftp_clt, wxSocketBase *sock) + : wxSocketOutputStream(*sock), m_ftp(ftp_clt) + { + } + + virtual ~wxOutputFTPStream(void) + { + if ( IsOk() ) + { + // close data connection first, this will generate "transfer + // completed" reply + delete m_o_socket; + + // read this reply + m_ftp->GetResult(); // save result so user can get to it + + m_ftp->m_streaming = false; + } + else + { + // abort data connection first + m_ftp->Abort(); + + // and close it after + delete m_o_socket; + } + } + + wxFTP *m_ftp; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxOutputFTPStream); +}; + +wxInputStream *wxFTP::GetInputStream(const wxString& path) +{ + if ( ( m_currentTransfermode == NONE ) && !SetTransferMode(BINARY) ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_CONNERR; + return NULL; + } + + wxSocketBase *sock = GetPort(); + + if ( !sock ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NETERR; + return NULL; + } + + wxString tmp_str = wxT("RETR ") + wxURI::Unescape(path); + if ( !CheckCommand(tmp_str, '1') ) + return NULL; + + sock = AcceptIfActive(sock); + if ( !sock ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_CONNERR; + return NULL; + } + + sock->SetFlags(wxSOCKET_WAITALL); + + m_streaming = true; + + wxInputFTPStream *in_stream = new wxInputFTPStream(this, sock); + + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + return in_stream; +} + +wxOutputStream *wxFTP::GetOutputStream(const wxString& path) +{ + if ( ( m_currentTransfermode == NONE ) && !SetTransferMode(BINARY) ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_CONNERR; + return NULL; + } + + wxSocketBase *sock = GetPort(); + + wxString tmp_str = wxT("STOR ") + path; + if ( !CheckCommand(tmp_str, '1') ) + return NULL; + + sock = AcceptIfActive(sock); + + m_streaming = true; + + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + return new wxOutputFTPStream(this, sock); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FTP directory listing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFTP::GetList(wxArrayString& files, + const wxString& wildcard, + bool details) +{ + wxSocketBase *sock = GetPort(); + if (!sock) { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NETERR; + return false; + } + + // NLST : List of Filenames (including Directory's !) + // LIST : depending on BS of FTP-Server + // - Unix : result like "ls" command + // - Windows : like "dir" command + // - others : ? + wxString line(details ? wxT("LIST") : wxT("NLST")); + if ( !wildcard.empty() ) + { + line << wxT(' ') << wildcard; + } + + if ( !CheckCommand(line, '1') ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_PROTERR; + wxLogDebug(wxT("FTP 'LIST' command returned unexpected result from server")); + delete sock; + return false; + } + + sock = AcceptIfActive(sock); + if ( !sock ) { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_CONNERR; + return false; + } + + files.Empty(); + while (ReadLine(sock, line) == wxPROTO_NOERR ) + { + files.Add(line); + } + + delete sock; + + // the file list should be terminated by "226 Transfer complete"" + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + return CheckResult('2'); +} + +bool wxFTP::FileExists(const wxString& fileName) +{ + // This function checks if the file specified in fileName exists in the + // current dir. It does so by simply doing an NLST (via GetList). + // If this succeeds (and the list is not empty) the file exists. + + bool retval = false; + wxArrayString fileList; + + if ( GetList(fileList, fileName, false) ) + { + // Some ftp-servers (Ipswitch WS_FTP Server 1.0.5 does this) + // displays this behaviour when queried on a nonexistent file: + // NLST this_file_does_not_exist + // 150 Opening ASCII data connection for directory listing + // (no data transferred) + // 226 Transfer complete + // Here wxFTP::GetList(...) will succeed but it will return an empty + // list. + retval = !fileList.IsEmpty(); + } + + return retval; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FTP GetSize +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int wxFTP::GetFileSize(const wxString& fileName) +{ + // return the filesize of the given file if possible + // return -1 otherwise (predominantly if file doesn't exist + // in current dir) + + int filesize = -1; + + // Check for existance of file via wxFTP::FileExists(...) + if ( FileExists(fileName) ) + { + wxString command; + + // First try "SIZE" command using BINARY(IMAGE) transfermode + // Especially UNIX ftp-servers distinguish between the different + // transfermodes and reports different filesizes accordingly. + // The BINARY size is the interesting one: How much memory + // will we need to hold this file? + TransferMode oldTransfermode = m_currentTransfermode; + SetTransferMode(BINARY); + command << wxT("SIZE ") << fileName; + + bool ok = CheckCommand(command, '2'); + + if ( ok ) + { + // The answer should be one line: "213 \n" + // 213 is File Status (STD9) + // "SIZE" is not described anywhere..? It works on most servers + int statuscode; + if ( wxSscanf(GetLastResult().c_str(), wxT("%i %i"), + &statuscode, &filesize) == 2 ) + { + // We've gotten a good reply. + ok = true; + } + else + { + // Something bad happened.. A "2yz" reply with no size + // Fallback + ok = false; + } + } + + // Set transfermode back to the original. Only the "SIZE"-command + // is dependant on transfermode + if ( oldTransfermode != NONE ) + { + SetTransferMode(oldTransfermode); + } + + // this is not a direct else clause.. The size command might return an + // invalid "2yz" reply + if ( !ok ) + { + // The server didn't understand the "SIZE"-command or it + // returned an invalid reply. + // We now try to get details for the file with a "LIST"-command + // and then parse the output from there.. + wxArrayString fileList; + if ( GetList(fileList, fileName, true) ) + { + if ( !fileList.IsEmpty() ) + { + // We _should_ only get one line in return, but just to be + // safe we run through the line(s) returned and look for a + // substring containing the name we are looking for. We + // stop the iteration at the first occurrence of the + // filename. The search is not case-sensitive. + const size_t numFiles = fileList.size(); + size_t i; + for ( i = 0; i < fileList.GetCount(); i++ ) + { + if ( fileList[i].Upper().Contains(fileName.Upper()) ) + break; + } + + if ( i != numFiles ) + { + // The index i points to the first occurrence of + // fileName in the array Now we have to find out what + // format the LIST has returned. There are two + // "schools": Unix-like + // + // '-rw-rw-rw- owner group size month day time filename' + // + // or Windows-like + // + // 'date size filename' + + // check if the first character is '-'. This would + // indicate Unix-style (this also limits this function + // to searching for files, not directories) + if ( fileList[i].Mid(0, 1) == wxT("-") ) + { + + if ( wxSscanf(fileList[i].c_str(), + wxT("%*s %*s %*s %*s %i %*s %*s %*s %*s"), + &filesize) != 9 ) + { + // Hmm... Invalid response + wxLogDebug(wxT("Invalid LIST response")); + } + } + else // Windows-style response (?) + { + if ( wxSscanf(fileList[i].c_str(), + wxT("%*s %*s %i %*s"), + &filesize) != 4 ) + { + // something bad happened..? + wxLogDebug(wxT("Invalid or unknown LIST response")); + } + } + } + } + } + } + } + + // filesize might still be -1 when exiting + return filesize; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gaugecmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gaugecmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..128551f1e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gaugecmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/gaugecmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxGaugeBase: common to all ports methods of wxGauge +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.02.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gaugecmn.cpp 66555 2011-01-04 08:31:53Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#if wxUSE_GAUGE + +#include "wx/gauge.h" + +const char wxGaugeNameStr[] = "gauge"; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxGaugeBase::~wxGaugeBase() +{ + // this destructor is required for Darwin +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxGaugeStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGaugeStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxGA_HORIZONTAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxGA_VERTICAL) +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxGA_PROGRESSBAR) +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxGA_SMOOTH) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxGaugeStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGauge, wxControl, "wx/gauge.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGauge) +wxPROPERTY( Value, int, SetValue, GetValue, 0, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY( Range, int, SetRange, GetRange, 0, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY( ShadowWidth, int, SetShadowWidth, GetShadowWidth, \ + 0, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY( BezelFace, int, SetBezelFace, GetBezelFace, \ + 0, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxGaugeStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGauge) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxGauge, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, int, Range, \ + wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGauge creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGaugeBase::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + int range, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name) ) + return false; + + SetName(name); + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + SetValidator(validator); +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + + SetRange(range); + SetValue(0); +#if wxGAUGE_EMULATE_INDETERMINATE_MODE + m_nDirection = wxRIGHT; +#endif + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGauge determinate mode range/position +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGaugeBase::SetRange(int range) +{ + m_rangeMax = range; +} + +int wxGaugeBase::GetRange() const +{ + return m_rangeMax; +} + +void wxGaugeBase::SetValue(int pos) +{ + m_gaugePos = pos; +} + +int wxGaugeBase::GetValue() const +{ + return m_gaugePos; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGauge indeterminate mode +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGaugeBase::Pulse() +{ +#if wxGAUGE_EMULATE_INDETERMINATE_MODE + // simulate indeterminate mode + int curr = GetValue(), max = GetRange(); + + if (m_nDirection == wxRIGHT) + { + if (curr < max) + SetValue(curr + 1); + else + { + SetValue(max - 1); + m_nDirection = wxLEFT; + } + } + else + { + if (curr > 0) + SetValue(curr - 1); + else + { + SetValue(1); + m_nDirection = wxRIGHT; + } + } +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGauge appearance params +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGaugeBase::SetShadowWidth(int WXUNUSED(w)) +{ +} + +int wxGaugeBase::GetShadowWidth() const +{ + return 0; +} + + +void wxGaugeBase::SetBezelFace(int WXUNUSED(w)) +{ +} + +int wxGaugeBase::GetBezelFace() const +{ + return 0; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gbsizer.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gbsizer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..218ce143d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gbsizer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,797 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/gbsizer.cpp +// Purpose: wxGridBagSizer: A sizer that can lay out items in a grid, +// with items at specified cells, and with the option of row +// and/or column spanning +// +// Author: Robin Dunn +// Created: 03-Nov-2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gbsizer.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robin Dunn +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/gbsizer.h" + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGBSizerItem, wxSizerItem) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGridBagSizer, wxFlexGridSizer) + +const wxGBSpan wxDefaultSpan; + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGBSizerItem +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGBSizerItem::wxGBSizerItem( int width, + int height, + const wxGBPosition& pos, + const wxGBSpan& span, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData) + : wxSizerItem(width, height, 0, flag, border, userData), + m_pos(pos), + m_span(span), + m_gbsizer(NULL) +{ +} + + +wxGBSizerItem::wxGBSizerItem( wxWindow *window, + const wxGBPosition& pos, + const wxGBSpan& span, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData ) + : wxSizerItem(window, 0, flag, border, userData), + m_pos(pos), + m_span(span), + m_gbsizer(NULL) +{ +} + + +wxGBSizerItem::wxGBSizerItem( wxSizer *sizer, + const wxGBPosition& pos, + const wxGBSpan& span, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData ) + : wxSizerItem(sizer, 0, flag, border, userData), + m_pos(pos), + m_span(span), + m_gbsizer(NULL) +{ +} + +wxGBSizerItem::wxGBSizerItem() + : wxSizerItem(), + m_pos(-1,-1), + m_gbsizer(NULL) +{ +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +void wxGBSizerItem::GetPos(int& row, int& col) const +{ + row = m_pos.GetRow(); + col = m_pos.GetCol(); +} + +void wxGBSizerItem::GetSpan(int& rowspan, int& colspan) const +{ + rowspan = m_span.GetRowspan(); + colspan = m_span.GetColspan(); +} + + +bool wxGBSizerItem::SetPos( const wxGBPosition& pos ) +{ + if (m_gbsizer) + { + wxCHECK_MSG( !m_gbsizer->CheckForIntersection(pos, m_span, this), false, + wxT("An item is already at that position") ); + } + m_pos = pos; + return true; +} + +bool wxGBSizerItem::SetSpan( const wxGBSpan& span ) +{ + if (m_gbsizer) + { + wxCHECK_MSG( !m_gbsizer->CheckForIntersection(m_pos, span, this), false, + wxT("An item is already at that position") ); + } + m_span = span; + return true; +} + + +inline bool InRange(int val, int min, int max) +{ + return (val >= min && val <= max); +} + +bool wxGBSizerItem::Intersects(const wxGBSizerItem& other) +{ + return Intersects(other.GetPos(), other.GetSpan()); +} + +bool wxGBSizerItem::Intersects(const wxGBPosition& pos, const wxGBSpan& span) +{ + + int row, col, endrow, endcol; + int otherrow, othercol, otherendrow, otherendcol; + + GetPos(row, col); + GetEndPos(endrow, endcol); + + otherrow = pos.GetRow(); + othercol = pos.GetCol(); + otherendrow = otherrow + span.GetRowspan() - 1; + otherendcol = othercol + span.GetColspan() - 1; + + // is the other item's start or end in the range of this one? + if (( InRange(otherrow, row, endrow) && InRange(othercol, col, endcol) ) || + ( InRange(otherendrow, row, endrow) && InRange(otherendcol, col, endcol) )) + return true; + + // is this item's start or end in the range of the other one? + if (( InRange(row, otherrow, otherendrow) && InRange(col, othercol, otherendcol) ) || + ( InRange(endrow, otherrow, otherendrow) && InRange(endcol, othercol, otherendcol) )) + return true; + + return false; +} + + +void wxGBSizerItem::GetEndPos(int& row, int& col) +{ + row = m_pos.GetRow() + m_span.GetRowspan() - 1; + col = m_pos.GetCol() + m_span.GetColspan() - 1; +} + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridBagSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGridBagSizer::wxGridBagSizer(int vgap, int hgap ) + : wxFlexGridSizer(1, vgap, hgap), + m_emptyCellSize(10,20) + +{ +} + + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Add( wxWindow *window, + const wxGBPosition& pos, const wxGBSpan& span, + int flag, int border, wxObject* userData ) +{ + wxGBSizerItem* item = new wxGBSizerItem(window, pos, span, flag, border, userData); + if ( Add(item) ) + return item; + else + { + delete item; + return NULL; + } +} + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Add( wxSizer *sizer, + const wxGBPosition& pos, const wxGBSpan& span, + int flag, int border, wxObject* userData ) +{ + wxGBSizerItem* item = new wxGBSizerItem(sizer, pos, span, flag, border, userData); + if ( Add(item) ) + return item; + else + { + delete item; + return NULL; + } +} + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Add( int width, int height, + const wxGBPosition& pos, const wxGBSpan& span, + int flag, int border, wxObject* userData ) +{ + wxGBSizerItem* item = new wxGBSizerItem(width, height, pos, span, flag, border, userData); + if ( Add(item) ) + return item; + else + { + delete item; + return NULL; + } +} + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Add( wxGBSizerItem *item ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( !CheckForIntersection(item), NULL, + wxT("An item is already at that position") ); + m_children.Append(item); + item->SetGBSizer(this); + if ( item->GetWindow() ) + item->GetWindow()->SetContainingSizer( this ); + + // extend the number of rows/columns of the underlying wxFlexGridSizer if + // necessary + int row, col; + item->GetEndPos(row, col); + row++; + col++; + + if ( row > GetRows() ) + SetRows(row); + if ( col > GetCols() ) + SetCols(col); + + return item; +} + + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSize wxGridBagSizer::GetCellSize(int row, int col) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( (row < m_rows) && (col < m_cols), + wxDefaultSize, + wxT("Invalid cell.")); + return wxSize( m_colWidths[col], m_rowHeights[row] ); +} + + +wxGBPosition wxGridBagSizer::GetItemPosition(wxWindow *window) +{ + wxGBPosition badpos(-1,-1); + wxGBSizerItem* item = FindItem(window); + wxCHECK_MSG(item, badpos, wxT("Failed to find item.")); + return item->GetPos(); +} + + +wxGBPosition wxGridBagSizer::GetItemPosition(wxSizer *sizer) +{ + wxGBPosition badpos(-1,-1); + wxGBSizerItem* item = FindItem(sizer); + wxCHECK_MSG(item, badpos, wxT("Failed to find item.")); + return item->GetPos(); +} + + +wxGBPosition wxGridBagSizer::GetItemPosition(size_t index) +{ + wxGBPosition badpos(-1,-1); + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Item( index ); + wxCHECK_MSG( node, badpos, wxT("Failed to find item.") ); + wxGBSizerItem* item = (wxGBSizerItem*)node->GetData(); + return item->GetPos(); +} + + + +bool wxGridBagSizer::SetItemPosition(wxWindow *window, const wxGBPosition& pos) +{ + wxGBSizerItem* item = FindItem(window); + wxCHECK_MSG(item, false, wxT("Failed to find item.")); + return item->SetPos(pos); +} + + +bool wxGridBagSizer::SetItemPosition(wxSizer *sizer, const wxGBPosition& pos) +{ + wxGBSizerItem* item = FindItem(sizer); + wxCHECK_MSG(item, false, wxT("Failed to find item.")); + return item->SetPos(pos); +} + + +bool wxGridBagSizer::SetItemPosition(size_t index, const wxGBPosition& pos) +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Item( index ); + wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("Failed to find item.") ); + wxGBSizerItem* item = (wxGBSizerItem*)node->GetData(); + return item->SetPos(pos); +} + + + +wxGBSpan wxGridBagSizer::GetItemSpan(wxWindow *window) +{ + wxGBSpan badspan(-1,-1); + wxGBSizerItem* item = FindItem(window); + wxCHECK_MSG( item, badspan, wxT("Failed to find item.") ); + return item->GetSpan(); +} + + +wxGBSpan wxGridBagSizer::GetItemSpan(wxSizer *sizer) +{ + wxGBSpan badspan(-1,-1); + wxGBSizerItem* item = FindItem(sizer); + wxCHECK_MSG( item, badspan, wxT("Failed to find item.") ); + return item->GetSpan(); +} + + +wxGBSpan wxGridBagSizer::GetItemSpan(size_t index) +{ + wxGBSpan badspan(-1,-1); + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Item( index ); + wxCHECK_MSG( node, badspan, wxT("Failed to find item.") ); + wxGBSizerItem* item = (wxGBSizerItem*)node->GetData(); + return item->GetSpan(); +} + + + +bool wxGridBagSizer::SetItemSpan(wxWindow *window, const wxGBSpan& span) +{ + wxGBSizerItem* item = FindItem(window); + wxCHECK_MSG(item, false, wxT("Failed to find item.")); + return item->SetSpan(span); +} + + +bool wxGridBagSizer::SetItemSpan(wxSizer *sizer, const wxGBSpan& span) +{ + wxGBSizerItem* item = FindItem(sizer); + wxCHECK_MSG(item, false, wxT("Failed to find item.")); + return item->SetSpan(span); +} + + +bool wxGridBagSizer::SetItemSpan(size_t index, const wxGBSpan& span) +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Item( index ); + wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("Failed to find item.") ); + wxGBSizerItem* item = (wxGBSizerItem*)node->GetData(); + return item->SetSpan(span); +} + + + + +wxGBSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::FindItem(wxWindow* window) +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxGBSizerItem* item = (wxGBSizerItem*)node->GetData(); + if ( item->GetWindow() == window ) + return item; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + + +wxGBSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::FindItem(wxSizer* sizer) +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxGBSizerItem* item = (wxGBSizerItem*)node->GetData(); + if ( item->GetSizer() == sizer ) + return item; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + + + + +wxGBSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::FindItemAtPosition(const wxGBPosition& pos) +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxGBSizerItem* item = (wxGBSizerItem*)node->GetData(); + if ( item->Intersects(pos, wxDefaultSpan) ) + return item; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + + + + +wxGBSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::FindItemAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt) +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxGBSizerItem* item = (wxGBSizerItem*)node->GetData(); + wxRect rect(item->GetPosition(), item->GetSize()); + rect.Inflate(m_hgap, m_vgap); + if ( rect.Contains(pt) ) + return item; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + + + + +wxGBSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::FindItemWithData(const wxObject* userData) +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxGBSizerItem* item = (wxGBSizerItem*)node->GetData(); + if ( item->GetUserData() == userData ) + return item; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + + + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Figure out what all the min row heights and col widths are, and calculate +// min size from that. +wxSize wxGridBagSizer::CalcMin() +{ + int idx; + + if (m_children.GetCount() == 0) + return m_emptyCellSize; + + m_rowHeights.Empty(); + m_colWidths.Empty(); + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxGBSizerItem* item = (wxGBSizerItem*)node->GetData(); + if ( item->IsShown() ) + { + int row, col, endrow, endcol; + + item->GetPos(row, col); + item->GetEndPos(endrow, endcol); + + // fill heights and widths upto this item if needed + while ( (int)m_rowHeights.GetCount() <= endrow ) + m_rowHeights.Add(m_emptyCellSize.GetHeight()); + while ( (int)m_colWidths.GetCount() <= endcol ) + m_colWidths.Add(m_emptyCellSize.GetWidth()); + + // See if this item increases the size of its row(s) or col(s) + wxSize size(item->CalcMin()); + for (idx=row; idx <= endrow; idx++) + m_rowHeights[idx] = wxMax(m_rowHeights[idx], size.GetHeight() / (endrow-row+1)); + for (idx=col; idx <= endcol; idx++) + m_colWidths[idx] = wxMax(m_colWidths[idx], size.GetWidth() / (endcol-col+1)); + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + AdjustForOverflow(); + AdjustForFlexDirection(); + + // Now traverse the heights and widths arrays calcing the totals, including gaps + int width = 0; + m_cols = m_colWidths.GetCount(); + for (idx=0; idx < m_cols; idx++) + width += m_colWidths[idx] + ( idx == m_cols-1 ? 0 : m_hgap ); + + int height = 0; + m_rows = m_rowHeights.GetCount(); + for (idx=0; idx < m_rows; idx++) + height += m_rowHeights[idx] + ( idx == m_rows-1 ? 0 : m_vgap ); + + m_calculatedMinSize = wxSize(width, height); + return m_calculatedMinSize; +} + + + +void wxGridBagSizer::RecalcSizes() +{ + if (m_children.GetCount() == 0) + return; + + wxPoint pt( GetPosition() ); + wxSize sz( GetSize() ); + + m_rows = m_rowHeights.GetCount(); + m_cols = m_colWidths.GetCount(); + int idx, width, height; + + AdjustForGrowables(sz); + + // Find the start positions on the window of the rows and columns + wxArrayInt rowpos; + rowpos.Add(0, m_rows); + int y = pt.y; + for (idx=0; idx < m_rows; idx++) + { + height = m_rowHeights[idx] + m_vgap; + rowpos[idx] = y; + y += height; + } + + wxArrayInt colpos; + colpos.Add(0, m_cols); + int x = pt.x; + for (idx=0; idx < m_cols; idx++) + { + width = m_colWidths[idx] + m_hgap; + colpos[idx] = x; + x += width; + } + + + // Now iterate the children, setting each child's dimensions + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + int row, col, endrow, endcol; + wxGBSizerItem* item = (wxGBSizerItem*)node->GetData(); + + if ( item->IsShown() ) + { + item->GetPos(row, col); + item->GetEndPos(endrow, endcol); + + height = 0; + for(idx=row; idx <= endrow; idx++) + height += m_rowHeights[idx]; + height += (endrow - row) * m_vgap; // add a vgap for every row spanned + + width = 0; + for (idx=col; idx <= endcol; idx++) + width += m_colWidths[idx]; + width += (endcol - col) * m_hgap; // add a hgap for every col spanned + + SetItemBounds(item, colpos[col], rowpos[row], width, height); + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } +} + + +// Sometimes CalcMin can result in some rows or cols having too much space in +// them because as it traverses the items it makes some assumptions when +// items span to other cells. But those assumptions can become invalid later +// on when other items are fitted into the same rows or columns that the +// spanning item occupies. This method tries to find those situations and +// fixes them. +void wxGridBagSizer::AdjustForOverflow() +{ + int row, col; + + for (row=0; row<(int)m_rowHeights.GetCount(); row++) + { + int rowExtra=INT_MAX; + int rowHeight = m_rowHeights[row]; + for (col=0; col<(int)m_colWidths.GetCount(); col++) + { + wxGBPosition pos(row,col); + wxGBSizerItem* item = FindItemAtPosition(pos); + if ( !item || !item->IsShown() ) + continue; + + int endrow, endcol; + item->GetEndPos(endrow, endcol); + + // If the item starts in this position and doesn't span rows, then + // just look at the whole item height + if ( item->GetPos() == pos && endrow == row ) + { + int itemHeight = item->CalcMin().GetHeight(); + rowExtra = wxMin(rowExtra, rowHeight - itemHeight); + continue; + } + + // Otherwise, only look at spanning items if they end on this row + if ( endrow == row ) + { + // first deduct the portions of the item that are on prior rows + int itemHeight = item->CalcMin().GetHeight(); + for (int r=item->GetPos().GetRow(); rIsShown() ) + continue; + + int endrow, endcol; + item->GetEndPos(endrow, endcol); + + if ( item->GetPos() == pos && endcol == col ) + { + int itemWidth = item->CalcMin().GetWidth(); + colExtra = wxMin(colExtra, colWidth - itemWidth); + continue; + } + + if ( endcol == col ) + { + int itemWidth = item->CalcMin().GetWidth(); + for (int c=item->GetPos().GetCol(); cGetPos(), item->GetSpan(), excludeItem); +} + +bool wxGridBagSizer::CheckForIntersection(const wxGBPosition& pos, const wxGBSpan& span, wxGBSizerItem* excludeItem) +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxGBSizerItem* item = (wxGBSizerItem*)node->GetData(); + node = node->GetNext(); + + if ( excludeItem && item == excludeItem ) + continue; + + if ( item->Intersects(pos, span) ) + return true; + + } + return false; +} + + +// Assumes a 10x10 grid, and returns the first empty cell found. This is +// really stupid but it is only used by the Add methods that match the base +// class virtuals, which should normally not be used anyway... +wxGBPosition wxGridBagSizer::FindEmptyCell() +{ + int row, col; + + for (row=0; row<10; row++) + for (col=0; col<10; col++) + { + wxGBPosition pos(row, col); + if ( !CheckForIntersection(pos, wxDefaultSpan) ) + return pos; + } + return wxGBPosition(-1, -1); +} + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// The Add base class virtuals should not be used with this class, but +// we'll try to make them automatically select a location for the item +// anyway. + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Add( wxWindow *window, int, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData ) +{ + return Add(window, FindEmptyCell(), wxDefaultSpan, flag, border, userData); +} + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Add( wxSizer *sizer, int, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData ) +{ + return Add(sizer, FindEmptyCell(), wxDefaultSpan, flag, border, userData); +} + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Add( int width, int height, int, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData ) +{ + return Add(width, height, FindEmptyCell(), wxDefaultSpan, flag, border, userData); +} + + + +// The Insert nad Prepend base class virtuals that are not appropriate for +// this class and should not be used. Their implementation in this class +// simply fails. + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Add( wxSizerItem * ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Invalid Add form called.")); + return NULL; +} + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Prepend( wxWindow *, int, int, int, wxObject* ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Prepend should not be used with wxGridBagSizer.")); + return NULL; +} + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Prepend( wxSizer *, int, int, int, wxObject* ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Prepend should not be used with wxGridBagSizer.")); + return NULL; +} + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Prepend( int, int, int, int, int, wxObject* ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Prepend should not be used with wxGridBagSizer.")); + return NULL; +} + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Prepend( wxSizerItem * ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Prepend should not be used with wxGridBagSizer.")); + return NULL; +} + + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Insert( size_t, wxWindow *, int, int, int, wxObject* ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Insert should not be used with wxGridBagSizer.")); + return NULL; +} + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Insert( size_t, wxSizer *, int, int, int, wxObject* ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Insert should not be used with wxGridBagSizer.")); + return NULL; +} + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Insert( size_t, int, int, int, int, int, wxObject* ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Insert should not be used with wxGridBagSizer.")); + return NULL; +} + +wxSizerItem* wxGridBagSizer::Insert( size_t, wxSizerItem * ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Insert should not be used with wxGridBagSizer.")); + return NULL; +} + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gdicmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gdicmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cc022e57c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gdicmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,920 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/gdicmn.cpp +// Purpose: Common GDI classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gdicmn.cpp 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#include "wx/gdiobj.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/pen.h" + #include "wx/brush.h" + #include "wx/palette.h" + #include "wx/icon.h" + #include "wx/iconbndl.h" + #include "wx/cursor.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/colour.h" + #include "wx/font.h" + #include "wx/math.h" +#endif + + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGDIObject, wxObject) + + +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxBrushList*) wxTheBrushList; +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxFontList*) wxTheFontList; +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxPenList*) wxThePenList; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxColourDatabase*) wxTheColourDatabase; + +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxBitmap) wxNullBitmap; +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxBrush) wxNullBrush; +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxColour) wxNullColour; +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxCursor) wxNullCursor; +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxFont) wxNullFont; +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxIcon) wxNullIcon; +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxPen) wxNullPen; +#if wxUSE_PALETTE +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxPalette) wxNullPalette; +#endif +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxIconBundle) wxNullIconBundle; + +const wxSize wxDefaultSize(wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord); +const wxPoint wxDefaultPosition(wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord); + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxPointList) + + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +// wxPoint + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s , wxPoint &data ) +{ + wxSscanf(s, wxT("%d,%d"), &data.x , &data.y ) ; +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s , const wxPoint &data ) +{ + s = wxString::Format(wxT("%d,%d"), data.x , data.y ) ; +} + +wxCUSTOM_TYPE_INFO(wxPoint, wxToStringConverter , wxFromStringConverter) + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s , wxSize &data ) +{ + wxSscanf(s, wxT("%d,%d"), &data.x , &data.y ) ; +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s , const wxSize &data ) +{ + s = wxString::Format(wxT("%d,%d"), data.x , data.y ) ; +} + +wxCUSTOM_TYPE_INFO(wxSize, wxToStringConverter , wxFromStringConverter) + +#endif + +wxRect::wxRect(const wxPoint& point1, const wxPoint& point2) +{ + x = point1.x; + y = point1.y; + width = point2.x - point1.x; + height = point2.y - point1.y; + + if (width < 0) + { + width = -width; + x = point2.x; + } + width++; + + if (height < 0) + { + height = -height; + y = point2.y; + } + height++; +} + +wxRect& wxRect::Union(const wxRect& rect) +{ + // ignore empty rectangles: union with an empty rectangle shouldn't extend + // this one to (0, 0) + if ( !width || !height ) + { + *this = rect; + } + else if ( rect.width && rect.height ) + { + int x1 = wxMin(x, rect.x); + int y1 = wxMin(y, rect.y); + int y2 = wxMax(y + height, rect.height + rect.y); + int x2 = wxMax(x + width, rect.width + rect.x); + + x = x1; + y = y1; + width = x2 - x1; + height = y2 - y1; + } + //else: we're not empty and rect is empty + + return *this; +} + +wxRect& wxRect::Inflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) +{ + if (-2*dx>width) + { + // Don't allow deflate to eat more width than we have, + // a well-defined rectangle cannot have negative width. + x+=width/2; + width=0; + } + else + { + // The inflate is valid. + x-=dx; + width+=2*dx; + } + + if (-2*dy>height) + { + // Don't allow deflate to eat more height than we have, + // a well-defined rectangle cannot have negative height. + y+=height/2; + height=0; + } + else + { + // The inflate is valid. + y-=dy; + height+=2*dy; + } + + return *this; +} + +bool wxRect::Contains(int cx, int cy) const +{ + return ( (cx >= x) && (cy >= y) + && ((cy - y) < height) + && ((cx - x) < width) + ); +} + +bool wxRect::Contains(const wxRect& rect) const +{ + return Contains(rect.GetTopLeft()) && Contains(rect.GetBottomRight()); +} + +wxRect& wxRect::Intersect(const wxRect& rect) +{ + int x2 = GetRight(), + y2 = GetBottom(); + + if ( x < rect.x ) + x = rect.x; + if ( y < rect.y ) + y = rect.y; + if ( x2 > rect.GetRight() ) + x2 = rect.GetRight(); + if ( y2 > rect.GetBottom() ) + y2 = rect.GetBottom(); + + width = x2 - x + 1; + height = y2 - y + 1; + + if ( width <= 0 || height <= 0 ) + { + width = + height = 0; + } + + return *this; +} + +bool wxRect::Intersects(const wxRect& rect) const +{ + wxRect r = Intersect(rect); + + // if there is no intersection, both width and height are 0 + return r.width != 0; +} + +wxRect& wxRect::operator+=(const wxRect& rect) +{ + *this = *this + rect; + return *this; +} + + +wxRect& wxRect::operator*=(const wxRect& rect) +{ + *this = *this * rect; + return *this; +} + + +wxRect operator+(const wxRect& r1, const wxRect& r2) +{ + int x1 = wxMin(r1.x, r2.x); + int y1 = wxMin(r1.y, r2.y); + int y2 = wxMax(r1.y+r1.height, r2.height+r2.y); + int x2 = wxMax(r1.x+r1.width, r2.width+r2.x); + return wxRect(x1, y1, x2-x1, y2-y1); +} + +wxRect operator*(const wxRect& r1, const wxRect& r2) +{ + int x1 = wxMax(r1.x, r2.x); + int y1 = wxMax(r1.y, r2.y); + int y2 = wxMin(r1.y+r1.height, r2.height+r2.y); + int x2 = wxMin(r1.x+r1.width, r2.width+r2.x); + return wxRect(x1, y1, x2-x1, y2-y1); +} + +wxRealPoint::wxRealPoint(const wxPoint& pt) + : x(pt.x), y(pt.y) +{ +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxColourDatabase +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColourDatabase ctor/dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxColourDatabase::wxColourDatabase () +{ + // will be created on demand in Initialize() + m_map = NULL; +} + +wxColourDatabase::~wxColourDatabase () +{ + if ( m_map ) + { + WX_CLEAR_HASH_MAP(wxStringToColourHashMap, *m_map); + + delete m_map; + } + +#ifdef __WXPM__ + delete [] m_palTable; +#endif +} + +// Colour database stuff +void wxColourDatabase::Initialize() +{ + if ( m_map ) + { + // already initialized + return; + } + + m_map = new wxStringToColourHashMap; + + static const struct wxColourDesc + { + const wxChar *name; + unsigned char r,g,b; + } + wxColourTable[] = + { + {wxT("AQUAMARINE"),112, 219, 147}, + {wxT("BLACK"),0, 0, 0}, + {wxT("BLUE"), 0, 0, 255}, + {wxT("BLUE VIOLET"), 159, 95, 159}, + {wxT("BROWN"), 165, 42, 42}, + {wxT("CADET BLUE"), 95, 159, 159}, + {wxT("CORAL"), 255, 127, 0}, + {wxT("CORNFLOWER BLUE"), 66, 66, 111}, + {wxT("CYAN"), 0, 255, 255}, + {wxT("DARK GREY"), 47, 47, 47}, // ? + + {wxT("DARK GREEN"), 47, 79, 47}, + {wxT("DARK OLIVE GREEN"), 79, 79, 47}, + {wxT("DARK ORCHID"), 153, 50, 204}, + {wxT("DARK SLATE BLUE"), 107, 35, 142}, + {wxT("DARK SLATE GREY"), 47, 79, 79}, + {wxT("DARK TURQUOISE"), 112, 147, 219}, + {wxT("DIM GREY"), 84, 84, 84}, + {wxT("FIREBRICK"), 142, 35, 35}, + {wxT("FOREST GREEN"), 35, 142, 35}, + {wxT("GOLD"), 204, 127, 50}, + {wxT("GOLDENROD"), 219, 219, 112}, + {wxT("GREY"), 128, 128, 128}, + {wxT("GREEN"), 0, 255, 0}, + {wxT("GREEN YELLOW"), 147, 219, 112}, + {wxT("INDIAN RED"), 79, 47, 47}, + {wxT("KHAKI"), 159, 159, 95}, + {wxT("LIGHT BLUE"), 191, 216, 216}, + {wxT("LIGHT GREY"), 192, 192, 192}, + {wxT("LIGHT STEEL BLUE"), 143, 143, 188}, + {wxT("LIME GREEN"), 50, 204, 50}, + {wxT("LIGHT MAGENTA"), 255, 0, 255}, + {wxT("MAGENTA"), 255, 0, 255}, + {wxT("MAROON"), 142, 35, 107}, + {wxT("MEDIUM AQUAMARINE"), 50, 204, 153}, + {wxT("MEDIUM GREY"), 100, 100, 100}, + {wxT("MEDIUM BLUE"), 50, 50, 204}, + {wxT("MEDIUM FOREST GREEN"), 107, 142, 35}, + {wxT("MEDIUM GOLDENROD"), 234, 234, 173}, + {wxT("MEDIUM ORCHID"), 147, 112, 219}, + {wxT("MEDIUM SEA GREEN"), 66, 111, 66}, + {wxT("MEDIUM SLATE BLUE"), 127, 0, 255}, + {wxT("MEDIUM SPRING GREEN"), 127, 255, 0}, + {wxT("MEDIUM TURQUOISE"), 112, 219, 219}, + {wxT("MEDIUM VIOLET RED"), 219, 112, 147}, + {wxT("MIDNIGHT BLUE"), 47, 47, 79}, + {wxT("NAVY"), 35, 35, 142}, + {wxT("ORANGE"), 204, 50, 50}, + {wxT("ORANGE RED"), 255, 0, 127}, + {wxT("ORCHID"), 219, 112, 219}, + {wxT("PALE GREEN"), 143, 188, 143}, + {wxT("PINK"), 255, 192, 203}, + {wxT("PLUM"), 234, 173, 234}, + {wxT("PURPLE"), 176, 0, 255}, + {wxT("RED"), 255, 0, 0}, + {wxT("SALMON"), 111, 66, 66}, + {wxT("SEA GREEN"), 35, 142, 107}, + {wxT("SIENNA"), 142, 107, 35}, + {wxT("SKY BLUE"), 50, 153, 204}, + {wxT("SLATE BLUE"), 0, 127, 255}, + {wxT("SPRING GREEN"), 0, 255, 127}, + {wxT("STEEL BLUE"), 35, 107, 142}, + {wxT("TAN"), 219, 147, 112}, + {wxT("THISTLE"), 216, 191, 216}, + {wxT("TURQUOISE"), 173, 234, 234}, + {wxT("VIOLET"), 79, 47, 79}, + {wxT("VIOLET RED"), 204, 50, 153}, + {wxT("WHEAT"), 216, 216, 191}, + {wxT("WHITE"), 255, 255, 255}, + {wxT("YELLOW"), 255, 255, 0}, + {wxT("YELLOW GREEN"), 153, 204, 50} + }; + + size_t n; + + for ( n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(wxColourTable); n++ ) + { + const wxColourDesc& cc = wxColourTable[n]; + (*m_map)[cc.name] = new wxColour(cc.r, cc.g, cc.b); + } + +#ifdef __WXPM__ + m_palTable = new long[n]; + for ( n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(wxColourTable); n++ ) + { + const wxColourDesc& cc = wxColourTable[n]; + m_palTable[n] = OS2RGB(cc.r,cc.g,cc.b); + } + m_nSize = n; +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColourDatabase operations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxColourDatabase::AddColour(const wxString& name, const wxColour& colour) +{ + Initialize(); + + // canonicalize the colour names before using them as keys: they should be + // in upper case + wxString colName = name; + colName.MakeUpper(); + + // ... and we also allow both grey/gray + wxString colNameAlt = colName; + if ( !colNameAlt.Replace(wxT("GRAY"), wxT("GREY")) ) + { + // but in this case it is not necessary so avoid extra search below + colNameAlt.clear(); + } + + wxStringToColourHashMap::iterator it = m_map->find(colName); + if ( it == m_map->end() && !colNameAlt.empty() ) + it = m_map->find(colNameAlt); + if ( it != m_map->end() ) + { + *(it->second) = colour; + } + else // new colour + { + (*m_map)[colName] = new wxColour(colour); + } +} + +wxColour wxColourDatabase::Find(const wxString& colour) const +{ + wxColourDatabase * const self = wxConstCast(this, wxColourDatabase); + self->Initialize(); + + // make the comparaison case insensitive and also match both grey and gray + wxString colName = colour; + colName.MakeUpper(); + wxString colNameAlt = colName; + if ( !colNameAlt.Replace(wxT("GRAY"), wxT("GREY")) ) + colNameAlt.clear(); + + wxStringToColourHashMap::iterator it = m_map->find(colName); + if ( it == m_map->end() && !colNameAlt.empty() ) + it = m_map->find(colNameAlt); + if ( it != m_map->end() ) + return *(it->second); + + // we did not find any result in existing colours: + // we won't use wxString -> wxColour conversion because the + // wxColour::Set(const wxString &) function which does that conversion + // internally uses this function (wxColourDatabase::Find) and we want + // to avoid infinite recursion ! + return wxNullColour; +} + +wxString wxColourDatabase::FindName(const wxColour& colour) const +{ + wxColourDatabase * const self = wxConstCast(this, wxColourDatabase); + self->Initialize(); + + typedef wxStringToColourHashMap::iterator iterator; + + for ( iterator it = m_map->begin(), en = m_map->end(); it != en; ++it ) + { + if ( *(it->second) == colour ) + return it->first; + } + + return wxEmptyString; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// deprecated wxColourDatabase methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxColour *wxColourDatabase::FindColour(const wxString& name) +{ + // This function is deprecated, use Find() instead. + // Formerly this function sometimes would return a deletable pointer and + // sometimes a non-deletable one (when returning a colour from the database). + // Trying to delete the latter anyway results in problems, so probably + // nobody ever freed the pointers. Currently it always returns a new + // instance, which means there will be memory leaks. + wxLogDebug(wxT("wxColourDataBase::FindColour():") + wxT(" Please use wxColourDataBase::Find() instead")); + + // using a static variable here is not the most elegant solution but unless + // we want to make wxStringToColourHashMap public (i.e. move it to the + // header) so that we could have a member function returning + // wxStringToColourHashMap::iterator, there is really no good way to do it + // otherwise + // + // and knowing that this function is going to disappear in the next release + // anyhow I don't want to waste time on this + + static wxColour s_col; + + s_col = Find(name); + if ( !s_col.Ok() ) + return NULL; + + return new wxColour(s_col); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// ============================================================================ +// stock objects +// ============================================================================ + +static wxStockGDI gs_wxStockGDI_instance; +wxStockGDI* wxStockGDI::ms_instance = &gs_wxStockGDI_instance; +wxObject* wxStockGDI::ms_stockObject[ITEMCOUNT]; + +wxStockGDI::wxStockGDI() +{ +} + +wxStockGDI::~wxStockGDI() +{ +} + +void wxStockGDI::DeleteAll() +{ + for (unsigned i = 0; i < ITEMCOUNT; i++) + { + wxDELETE(ms_stockObject[i]); + } +} + +const wxBrush* wxStockGDI::GetBrush(Item item) +{ + wxBrush* brush = static_cast(ms_stockObject[item]); + if (brush == NULL) + { + switch (item) + { + case BRUSH_BLACK: + brush = new wxBrush(*GetColour(COLOUR_BLACK), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case BRUSH_BLUE: + brush = new wxBrush(*GetColour(COLOUR_BLUE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case BRUSH_CYAN: + brush = new wxBrush(*GetColour(COLOUR_CYAN), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case BRUSH_GREEN: + brush = new wxBrush(*GetColour(COLOUR_GREEN), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case BRUSH_YELLOW: + brush = new wxBrush(*GetColour(COLOUR_YELLOW), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case BRUSH_GREY: + brush = new wxBrush(wxColour(wxT("GREY")), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case BRUSH_LIGHTGREY: + brush = new wxBrush(*GetColour(COLOUR_LIGHTGREY), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case BRUSH_MEDIUMGREY: + brush = new wxBrush(wxColour(wxT("MEDIUM GREY")), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case BRUSH_RED: + brush = new wxBrush(*GetColour(COLOUR_RED), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case BRUSH_TRANSPARENT: + brush = new wxBrush(*GetColour(COLOUR_BLACK), wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT); + break; + case BRUSH_WHITE: + brush = new wxBrush(*GetColour(COLOUR_WHITE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + default: + wxFAIL; + } + ms_stockObject[item] = brush; + } + return brush; +} + +const wxColour* wxStockGDI::GetColour(Item item) +{ + wxColour* colour = static_cast(ms_stockObject[item]); + if (colour == NULL) + { + switch (item) + { + case COLOUR_BLACK: + colour = new wxColour(0, 0, 0); + break; + case COLOUR_BLUE: + colour = new wxColour(0, 0, 255); + break; + case COLOUR_CYAN: + colour = new wxColour(wxT("CYAN")); + break; + case COLOUR_GREEN: + colour = new wxColour(0, 255, 0); + break; + case COLOUR_YELLOW: + colour = new wxColour(255, 255, 0); + break; + case COLOUR_LIGHTGREY: + colour = new wxColour(wxT("LIGHT GREY")); + break; + case COLOUR_RED: + colour = new wxColour(255, 0, 0); + break; + case COLOUR_WHITE: + colour = new wxColour(255, 255, 255); + break; + default: + wxFAIL; + } + ms_stockObject[item] = colour; + } + return colour; +} + +const wxCursor* wxStockGDI::GetCursor(Item item) +{ + wxCursor* cursor = static_cast(ms_stockObject[item]); + if (cursor == NULL) + { + switch (item) + { + case CURSOR_CROSS: + cursor = new wxCursor(wxCURSOR_CROSS); + break; + case CURSOR_HOURGLASS: + cursor = new wxCursor(wxCURSOR_WAIT); + break; + case CURSOR_STANDARD: + cursor = new wxCursor(wxCURSOR_ARROW); + break; + default: + wxFAIL; + } + ms_stockObject[item] = cursor; + } + return cursor; +} + +const wxFont* wxStockGDI::GetFont(Item item) +{ + wxFont* font = static_cast(ms_stockObject[item]); + if (font == NULL) + { + switch (item) + { + case FONT_ITALIC: + font = new wxFont(GetFont(FONT_NORMAL)->GetPointSize(), wxROMAN, wxITALIC, wxNORMAL); + break; + case FONT_NORMAL: + font = new wxFont(wxSystemSettings::GetFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT)); + break; + case FONT_SMALL: + font = new wxFont(GetFont(FONT_NORMAL)->GetPointSize() - 2, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxNORMAL); + break; + case FONT_SWISS: + font = new wxFont(GetFont(FONT_NORMAL)->GetPointSize(), wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxNORMAL); + break; + default: + wxFAIL; + } + ms_stockObject[item] = font; + } + return font; +} + +const wxPen* wxStockGDI::GetPen(Item item) +{ + wxPen* pen = static_cast(ms_stockObject[item]); + if (pen == NULL) + { + switch (item) + { + case PEN_BLACK: + pen = new wxPen(*GetColour(COLOUR_BLACK), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case PEN_BLACKDASHED: + pen = new wxPen(*GetColour(COLOUR_BLACK), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SHORT_DASH); + break; + case PEN_BLUE: + pen = new wxPen(*GetColour(COLOUR_BLUE), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case PEN_CYAN: + pen = new wxPen(*GetColour(COLOUR_CYAN), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case PEN_GREEN: + pen = new wxPen(*GetColour(COLOUR_GREEN), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case PEN_YELLOW: + pen = new wxPen(*GetColour(COLOUR_YELLOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case PEN_GREY: + pen = new wxPen(wxColour(wxT("GREY")), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case PEN_LIGHTGREY: + pen = new wxPen(*GetColour(COLOUR_LIGHTGREY), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case PEN_MEDIUMGREY: + pen = new wxPen(wxColour(wxT("MEDIUM GREY")), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case PEN_RED: + pen = new wxPen(*GetColour(COLOUR_RED), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + case PEN_TRANSPARENT: + pen = new wxPen(*GetColour(COLOUR_BLACK), 1, wxPENSTYLE_TRANSPARENT); + break; + case PEN_WHITE: + pen = new wxPen(*GetColour(COLOUR_WHITE), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + break; + default: + wxFAIL; + } + ms_stockObject[item] = pen; + } + return pen; +} + +void wxInitializeStockLists() +{ + wxTheColourDatabase = new wxColourDatabase; + + wxTheBrushList = new wxBrushList; + wxThePenList = new wxPenList; + wxTheFontList = new wxFontList; +} + +void wxDeleteStockLists() +{ + wxDELETE(wxTheBrushList); + wxDELETE(wxThePenList); + wxDELETE(wxTheFontList); + + // wxTheColourDatabase is cleaned up by wxAppBase::CleanUp() +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxTheXXXList stuff (semi-obsolete) +// ============================================================================ + +wxGDIObjListBase::wxGDIObjListBase() +{ +} + +wxGDIObjListBase::~wxGDIObjListBase() +{ + for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node = list.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext()) + { + delete static_cast(node->GetData()); + } +} + +wxPen *wxPenList::FindOrCreatePen (const wxColour& colour, int width, wxPenStyle style) +{ + for ( wxList::compatibility_iterator node = list.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxPen * const pen = (wxPen *) node->GetData(); + if ( pen->GetWidth () == width && + pen->GetStyle () == style && + pen->GetColour() == colour ) + return pen; + } + + wxPen* pen = NULL; + wxPen penTmp(colour, width, style); + if (penTmp.Ok()) + { + pen = new wxPen(penTmp); + list.Append(pen); + } + + return pen; +} + +wxBrush *wxBrushList::FindOrCreateBrush (const wxColour& colour, wxBrushStyle style) +{ + for ( wxList::compatibility_iterator node = list.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxBrush * const brush = (wxBrush *) node->GetData (); + if ( brush->GetStyle() == style && brush->GetColour() == colour ) + return brush; + } + + wxBrush* brush = NULL; + wxBrush brushTmp(colour, style); + if (brushTmp.Ok()) + { + brush = new wxBrush(brushTmp); + list.Append(brush); + } + + return brush; +} + +wxFont *wxFontList::FindOrCreateFont(int pointSize, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underline, + const wxString& facename, + wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + wxFont *font; + wxList::compatibility_iterator node; + for (node = list.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext()) + { + font = (wxFont *)node->GetData(); + if ( + font->GetPointSize () == pointSize && + font->GetStyle () == style && + font->GetWeight () == weight && + font->GetUnderlined () == underline ) + { + wxFontFamily fontFamily = (wxFontFamily)font->GetFamily(); + +#if defined(__WXGTK__) + // under GTK the default family is wxSWISS, so looking for a font + // with wxDEFAULT family should return a wxSWISS one instead of + // creating a new one + bool same = (fontFamily == family) || + (fontFamily == wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS && family == wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT); +#else // !GTK + // VZ: but why elsewhere do we require an exact match? mystery... + bool same = fontFamily == family; +#endif // GTK/!GTK + + // empty facename matches anything at all: this is bad because + // depending on which fonts are already created, we might get back + // a different font if we create it with empty facename, but it is + // still better than never matching anything in the cache at all + // in this case + if ( same && !facename.empty() ) + { + const wxString& fontFace = font->GetFaceName(); + + // empty facename matches everything + same = !fontFace || fontFace == facename; + } + + if ( same && (encoding != wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) ) + { + // have to match the encoding too + same = font->GetEncoding() == encoding; + } + + if ( same ) + { + return font; + } + } + } + + // font not found, create the new one + font = NULL; + wxFont fontTmp(pointSize, family, style, weight, underline, facename, encoding); + if (fontTmp.Ok()) + { + font = new wxFont(fontTmp); + list.Append(font); + } + + return font; +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +void wxBrushList::AddBrush(wxBrush*) { } +void wxBrushList::RemoveBrush(wxBrush*) { } +void wxFontList::AddFont(wxFont*) { } +void wxFontList::RemoveFont(wxFont*) { } +void wxPenList::AddPen(wxPen*) { } +void wxPenList::RemovePen(wxPen*) { } +#endif + +wxSize wxGetDisplaySize() +{ + int x, y; + wxDisplaySize(& x, & y); + return wxSize(x, y); +} + +wxRect wxGetClientDisplayRect() +{ + int x, y, width, height; + wxClientDisplayRect(&x, &y, &width, &height); // call plat-specific version + return wxRect(x, y, width, height); +} + +wxSize wxGetDisplaySizeMM() +{ + int x, y; + wxDisplaySizeMM(& x, & y); + return wxSize(x, y); +} + +wxSize wxGetDisplayPPI() +{ + const wxSize pixels = wxGetDisplaySize(); + const wxSize mm = wxGetDisplaySizeMM(); + + return wxSize((int)((pixels.x * inches2mm) / mm.x), + (int)((pixels.y * inches2mm) / mm.y)); +} + +wxResourceCache::~wxResourceCache () +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = GetFirst (); + while (node) { + wxObject *item = (wxObject *)node->GetData(); + delete item; + + node = node->GetNext (); + } +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/geometry.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/geometry.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca97ce0771 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/geometry.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,364 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/geometry.cpp +// Purpose: Common Geometry Classes +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 08/05/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: geometry.cpp 58022 2009-01-11 12:00:51Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GEOMETRY + +#include "wx/geometry.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include + +#include "wx/datstrm.h" + +// +// wxPoint2D +// + +// +// wxRect2D +// + +// wxDouble version + +// for the following calculations always remember +// that the right and bottom edges are not part of a rect + +bool wxRect2DDouble::Intersects( const wxRect2DDouble &rect ) const +{ + wxDouble left,right,bottom,top; + left = wxMax ( m_x , rect.m_x ); + right = wxMin ( m_x+m_width, rect.m_x + rect.m_width ); + top = wxMax ( m_y , rect.m_y ); + bottom = wxMin ( m_y+m_height, rect.m_y + rect.m_height ); + + if ( left < right && top < bottom ) + { + return true; + } + return false; +} + +void wxRect2DDouble::Intersect( const wxRect2DDouble &src1 , const wxRect2DDouble &src2 , wxRect2DDouble *dest ) +{ + wxDouble left,right,bottom,top; + left = wxMax ( src1.m_x , src2.m_x ); + right = wxMin ( src1.m_x+src1.m_width, src2.m_x + src2.m_width ); + top = wxMax ( src1.m_y , src2.m_y ); + bottom = wxMin ( src1.m_y+src1.m_height, src2.m_y + src2.m_height ); + + if ( left < right && top < bottom ) + { + dest->m_x = left; + dest->m_y = top; + dest->m_width = right - left; + dest->m_height = bottom - top; + } + else + { + dest->m_width = dest->m_height = 0; + } +} + +void wxRect2DDouble::Union( const wxRect2DDouble &src1 , const wxRect2DDouble &src2 , wxRect2DDouble *dest ) +{ + wxDouble left,right,bottom,top; + + left = wxMin ( src1.m_x , src2.m_x ); + right = wxMax ( src1.m_x+src1.m_width, src2.m_x + src2.m_width ); + top = wxMin ( src1.m_y , src2.m_y ); + bottom = wxMax ( src1.m_y+src1.m_height, src2.m_y + src2.m_height ); + + dest->m_x = left; + dest->m_y = top; + dest->m_width = right - left; + dest->m_height = bottom - top; +} + +void wxRect2DDouble::Union( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) +{ + wxDouble x = pt.m_x; + wxDouble y = pt.m_y; + + if ( x < m_x ) + { + SetLeft( x ); + } + else if ( x < m_x + m_width ) + { + // contained + } + else + { + SetRight( x ); + } + + if ( y < m_y ) + { + SetTop( y ); + } + else if ( y < m_y + m_height ) + { + // contained + } + else + { + SetBottom( y ); + } +} + +void wxRect2DDouble::ConstrainTo( const wxRect2DDouble &rect ) +{ + if ( GetLeft() < rect.GetLeft() ) + SetLeft( rect.GetLeft() ); + + if ( GetRight() > rect.GetRight() ) + SetRight( rect.GetRight() ); + + if ( GetBottom() > rect.GetBottom() ) + SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() ); + + if ( GetTop() < rect.GetTop() ) + SetTop( rect.GetTop() ); +} + +wxRect2DDouble& wxRect2DDouble::operator=( const wxRect2DDouble &r ) +{ + m_x = r.m_x; + m_y = r.m_y; + m_width = r.m_width; + m_height = r.m_height; + return *this; +} + +// integer version + +// for the following calculations always remember +// that the right and bottom edges are not part of a rect + +// wxPoint2D + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +void wxPoint2DInt::WriteTo( wxDataOutputStream &stream ) const +{ + stream.Write32( m_x ); + stream.Write32( m_y ); +} + +void wxPoint2DInt::ReadFrom( wxDataInputStream &stream ) +{ + m_x = stream.Read32(); + m_y = stream.Read32(); +} +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +wxDouble wxPoint2DInt::GetVectorAngle() const +{ + if ( m_x == 0 ) + { + if ( m_y >= 0 ) + return 90; + else + return 270; + } + if ( m_y == 0 ) + { + if ( m_x >= 0 ) + return 0; + else + return 180; + } + + // casts needed for MIPSpro compiler under SGI + wxDouble deg = atan2( (double)m_y , (double)m_x ) * 180 / M_PI; + if ( deg < 0 ) + { + deg += 360; + } + return deg; +} + + +void wxPoint2DInt::SetVectorAngle( wxDouble degrees ) +{ + wxDouble length = GetVectorLength(); + m_x = (int)(length * cos( degrees / 180 * M_PI )); + m_y = (int)(length * sin( degrees / 180 * M_PI )); +} + +wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetVectorAngle() const +{ + if ( wxIsNullDouble(m_x) ) + { + if ( m_y >= 0 ) + return 90; + else + return 270; + } + if ( wxIsNullDouble(m_y) ) + { + if ( m_x >= 0 ) + return 0; + else + return 180; + } + wxDouble deg = atan2( m_y , m_x ) * 180 / M_PI; + if ( deg < 0 ) + { + deg += 360; + } + return deg; +} + +void wxPoint2DDouble::SetVectorAngle( wxDouble degrees ) +{ + wxDouble length = GetVectorLength(); + m_x = length * cos( degrees / 180 * M_PI ); + m_y = length * sin( degrees / 180 * M_PI ); +} + +// wxRect2D + +bool wxRect2DInt::Intersects( const wxRect2DInt &rect ) const +{ + wxInt32 left,right,bottom,top; + left = wxMax ( m_x , rect.m_x ); + right = wxMin ( m_x+m_width, rect.m_x + rect.m_width ); + top = wxMax ( m_y , rect.m_y ); + bottom = wxMin ( m_y+m_height, rect.m_y + rect.m_height ); + + if ( left < right && top < bottom ) + { + return true; + } + return false; +} + +void wxRect2DInt::Intersect( const wxRect2DInt &src1 , const wxRect2DInt &src2 , wxRect2DInt *dest ) +{ + wxInt32 left,right,bottom,top; + left = wxMax ( src1.m_x , src2.m_x ); + right = wxMin ( src1.m_x+src1.m_width, src2.m_x + src2.m_width ); + top = wxMax ( src1.m_y , src2.m_y ); + bottom = wxMin ( src1.m_y+src1.m_height, src2.m_y + src2.m_height ); + + if ( left < right && top < bottom ) + { + dest->m_x = left; + dest->m_y = top; + dest->m_width = right - left; + dest->m_height = bottom - top; + } + else + { + dest->m_width = dest->m_height = 0; + } +} + +void wxRect2DInt::Union( const wxRect2DInt &src1 , const wxRect2DInt &src2 , wxRect2DInt *dest ) +{ + wxInt32 left,right,bottom,top; + + left = wxMin ( src1.m_x , src2.m_x ); + right = wxMax ( src1.m_x+src1.m_width, src2.m_x + src2.m_width ); + top = wxMin ( src1.m_y , src2.m_y ); + bottom = wxMax ( src1.m_y+src1.m_height, src2.m_y + src2.m_height ); + + dest->m_x = left; + dest->m_y = top; + dest->m_width = right - left; + dest->m_height = bottom - top; +} + +void wxRect2DInt::Union( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) +{ + wxInt32 x = pt.m_x; + wxInt32 y = pt.m_y; + + if ( x < m_x ) + { + SetLeft( x ); + } + else if ( x < m_x + m_width ) + { + // contained + } + else + { + SetRight( x ); + } + + if ( y < m_y ) + { + SetTop( y ); + } + else if ( y < m_y + m_height ) + { + // contained + } + else + { + SetBottom( y ); + } +} + +void wxRect2DInt::ConstrainTo( const wxRect2DInt &rect ) +{ + if ( GetLeft() < rect.GetLeft() ) + SetLeft( rect.GetLeft() ); + + if ( GetRight() > rect.GetRight() ) + SetRight( rect.GetRight() ); + + if ( GetBottom() > rect.GetBottom() ) + SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() ); + + if ( GetTop() < rect.GetTop() ) + SetTop( rect.GetTop() ); +} + +wxRect2DInt& wxRect2DInt::operator=( const wxRect2DInt &r ) +{ + m_x = r.m_x; + m_y = r.m_y; + m_width = r.m_width; + m_height = r.m_height; + return *this; +} + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +void wxRect2DInt::WriteTo( wxDataOutputStream &stream ) const +{ + stream.Write32( m_x ); + stream.Write32( m_y ); + stream.Write32( m_width ); + stream.Write32( m_height ); +} + +void wxRect2DInt::ReadFrom( wxDataInputStream &stream ) +{ + m_x = stream.Read32(); + m_y = stream.Read32(); + m_width = stream.Read32(); + m_height = stream.Read32(); +} +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif // wxUSE_GEOMETRY diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gifdecod.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gifdecod.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..343dba3d2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gifdecod.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,968 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/gifdecod.cpp +// Purpose: wxGIFDecoder, GIF reader for wxImage and wxAnimation +// Author: Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Version: 3.04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gifdecod.cpp 66828 2011-02-02 11:19:30Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_GIF + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/palette.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include "wx/gifdecod.h" +#include "wx/scopedptr.h" +#include "wx/scopeguard.h" + +enum +{ + GIF_MARKER_EXT = '!', // 0x21 + GIF_MARKER_SEP = ',', // 0x2C + GIF_MARKER_ENDOFDATA = ';', // 0x3B + + GIF_MARKER_EXT_GRAPHICS_CONTROL = 0xF9, + GIF_MARKER_EXT_COMMENT = 0xFE, + GIF_MARKER_EXT_APP = 0xFF +}; + +#define GetFrame(n) ((GIFImage*)m_frames[n]) + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// GIFImage +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// internal class for storing GIF image data +class GIFImage +{ +public: + // def ctor + GIFImage(); + + unsigned int w; // width + unsigned int h; // height + unsigned int left; // x coord (in logical screen) + unsigned int top; // y coord (in logical screen) + int transparent; // transparent color index (-1 = none) + wxAnimationDisposal disposal; // disposal method + long delay; // delay in ms (-1 = unused) + unsigned char *p; // bitmap + unsigned char *pal; // palette + unsigned int ncolours; // number of colours + wxString comment; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(GIFImage); +}; + +wxDECLARE_SCOPED_PTR(GIFImage, GIFImagePtr) +wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR(GIFImage, GIFImagePtr) + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// GIFImage constructor +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +GIFImage::GIFImage() +{ + w = 0; + h = 0; + left = 0; + top = 0; + transparent = 0; + disposal = wxANIM_DONOTREMOVE; + delay = -1; + p = (unsigned char *) NULL; + pal = (unsigned char *) NULL; + ncolours = 0; +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGIFDecoder constructor and destructor +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGIFDecoder::wxGIFDecoder() +{ +} + +wxGIFDecoder::~wxGIFDecoder() +{ + Destroy(); +} + +void wxGIFDecoder::Destroy() +{ + wxASSERT(m_nFrames==m_frames.GetCount()); + for (unsigned int i=0; ip); + free(f->pal); + delete f; + } + + m_frames.Clear(); + m_nFrames = 0; +} + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Convert this image to a wxImage object +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This function was designed by Vaclav Slavik + +bool wxGIFDecoder::ConvertToImage(unsigned int frame, wxImage *image) const +{ + unsigned char *src, *dst, *pal; + unsigned long i; + int transparent; + + // just in case... + image->Destroy(); + + // create the image + wxSize sz = GetFrameSize(frame); + image->Create(sz.GetWidth(), sz.GetHeight()); + image->SetType(wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF); + + if (!image->Ok()) + return false; + + pal = GetPalette(frame); + src = GetData(frame); + dst = image->GetData(); + transparent = GetTransparentColourIndex(frame); + + // set transparent colour mask + if (transparent != -1) + { + for (i = 0; i < GetNcolours(frame); i++) + { + if ((pal[3 * i + 0] == 255) && + (pal[3 * i + 1] == 0) && + (pal[3 * i + 2] == 255)) + { + pal[3 * i + 2] = 254; + } + } + + pal[3 * transparent + 0] = 255, + pal[3 * transparent + 1] = 0, + pal[3 * transparent + 2] = 255; + + image->SetMaskColour(255, 0, 255); + } + else + image->SetMask(false); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + unsigned char r[256]; + unsigned char g[256]; + unsigned char b[256]; + + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + { + r[i] = pal[3*i + 0]; + g[i] = pal[3*i + 1]; + b[i] = pal[3*i + 2]; + } + + image->SetPalette(wxPalette(GetNcolours(frame), r, g, b)); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + // copy image data + unsigned long npixel = sz.GetWidth() * sz.GetHeight(); + for (i = 0; i < npixel; i++, src++) + { + *(dst++) = pal[3 * (*src) + 0]; + *(dst++) = pal[3 * (*src) + 1]; + *(dst++) = pal[3 * (*src) + 2]; + } + + wxString comment = GetFrame(frame)->comment; + if ( !comment.empty() ) + { + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_GIF_COMMENT, comment); + } + + return true; +} + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data accessors +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Get data for current frame + +wxSize wxGIFDecoder::GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const +{ + return wxSize(GetFrame(frame)->w, GetFrame(frame)->h); +} + +wxPoint wxGIFDecoder::GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const +{ + return wxPoint(GetFrame(frame)->left, GetFrame(frame)->top); +} + +wxAnimationDisposal wxGIFDecoder::GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const +{ + return GetFrame(frame)->disposal; +} + +long wxGIFDecoder::GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const +{ + return GetFrame(frame)->delay; +} + +wxColour wxGIFDecoder::GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const +{ + unsigned char *pal = GetFrame(frame)->pal; + int n = GetFrame(frame)->transparent; + if (n == -1) + return wxNullColour; + + return wxColour(pal[n*3 + 0], + pal[n*3 + 1], + pal[n*3 + 2]); +} + +unsigned char* wxGIFDecoder::GetData(unsigned int frame) const { return (GetFrame(frame)->p); } +unsigned char* wxGIFDecoder::GetPalette(unsigned int frame) const { return (GetFrame(frame)->pal); } +unsigned int wxGIFDecoder::GetNcolours(unsigned int frame) const { return (GetFrame(frame)->ncolours); } +int wxGIFDecoder::GetTransparentColourIndex(unsigned int frame) const { return (GetFrame(frame)->transparent); } + + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// GIF reading and decoding +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// getcode: +// Reads the next code from the file stream, with size 'bits' +// +int wxGIFDecoder::getcode(wxInputStream& stream, int bits, int ab_fin) +{ + unsigned int mask; // bit mask + unsigned int code; // code (result) + + // get remaining bits from last byte read + mask = (1 << bits) - 1; + code = (m_lastbyte >> (8 - m_restbits)) & mask; + + // keep reading new bytes while needed + while (bits > m_restbits) + { + // if no bytes left in this block, read the next block + if (m_restbyte == 0) + { + m_restbyte = stream.GetC(); + + /* Some encoders are a bit broken: instead of issuing + * an end-of-image symbol (ab_fin) they come up with + * a zero-length subblock!! We catch this here so + * that the decoder sees an ab_fin code. + */ + if (m_restbyte == 0) + { + code = ab_fin; + break; + } + + // prefetch data + stream.Read((void *) m_buffer, m_restbyte); + if (stream.LastRead() != m_restbyte) + { + code = ab_fin; + return code; + } + m_bufp = m_buffer; + } + + // read next byte and isolate the bits we need + m_lastbyte = (unsigned char) (*m_bufp++); + mask = (1 << (bits - m_restbits)) - 1; + code = code + ((m_lastbyte & mask) << m_restbits); + m_restbyte--; + + // adjust total number of bits extracted from the buffer + m_restbits = m_restbits + 8; + } + + // find number of bits remaining for next code + m_restbits = (m_restbits - bits); + + return code; +} + + +// dgif: +// GIF decoding function. The initial code size (aka root size) +// is 'bits'. Supports interlaced images (interl == 1). +// Returns wxGIF_OK (== 0) on success, or an error code if something +// fails (see header file for details) +wxGIFErrorCode +wxGIFDecoder::dgif(wxInputStream& stream, GIFImage *img, int interl, int bits) +{ + static const int allocSize = 4096 + 1; + int *ab_prefix = new int[allocSize]; // alphabet (prefixes) + if (ab_prefix == NULL) + { + return wxGIF_MEMERR; + } + + int *ab_tail = new int[allocSize]; // alphabet (tails) + if (ab_tail == NULL) + { + delete[] ab_prefix; + return wxGIF_MEMERR; + } + + int *stack = new int[allocSize]; // decompression stack + if (stack == NULL) + { + delete[] ab_prefix; + delete[] ab_tail; + return wxGIF_MEMERR; + } + + int ab_clr; // clear code + int ab_fin; // end of info code + int ab_bits; // actual symbol width, in bits + int ab_free; // first free position in alphabet + int ab_max; // last possible character in alphabet + int pass; // pass number in interlaced images + int pos; // index into decompresion stack + unsigned int x, y; // position in image buffer + + int code, readcode, lastcode, abcabca; + + // these won't change + ab_clr = (1 << bits); + ab_fin = (1 << bits) + 1; + + // these will change through the decompression proccess + ab_bits = bits + 1; + ab_free = (1 << bits) + 2; + ab_max = (1 << ab_bits) - 1; + lastcode = -1; + abcabca = -1; + pass = 1; + pos = x = y = 0; + + // reset decoder vars + m_restbits = 0; + m_restbyte = 0; + m_lastbyte = 0; + + do + { + // get next code + readcode = code = getcode(stream, ab_bits, ab_fin); + + // end of image? + if (code == ab_fin) break; + + // reset alphabet? + if (code == ab_clr) + { + // reset main variables + ab_bits = bits + 1; + ab_free = (1 << bits) + 2; + ab_max = (1 << ab_bits) - 1; + lastcode = -1; + abcabca = -1; + + // skip to next code + continue; + } + + // unknown code: special case (like in ABCABCA) + if (code >= ab_free) + { + code = lastcode; // take last string + stack[pos++] = abcabca; // add first character + } + + // build the string for this code in the stack + while (code > ab_clr) + { + stack[pos++] = ab_tail[code]; + code = ab_prefix[code]; + + // Don't overflow. This shouldn't happen with normal + // GIF files, the allocSize of 4096+1 is enough. This + // will only happen with badly formed GIFs. + if (pos >= allocSize) + { + delete[] ab_prefix; + delete[] ab_tail; + delete[] stack; + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + } + + if (pos >= allocSize) + { + delete[] ab_prefix; + delete[] ab_tail; + delete[] stack; + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + + stack[pos] = code; // push last code into the stack + abcabca = code; // save for special case + + // make new entry in alphabet (only if NOT just cleared) + if (lastcode != -1) + { + // Normally, after the alphabet is full and can't grow any + // further (ab_free == 4096), encoder should (must?) emit CLEAR + // to reset it. This checks whether we really got it, otherwise + // the GIF is damaged. + if (ab_free > ab_max) + { + delete[] ab_prefix; + delete[] ab_tail; + delete[] stack; + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + + // This assert seems unnecessary since the condition above + // eliminates the only case in which it went false. But I really + // don't like being forced to ask "Who in .text could have + // written there?!" And I wouldn't have been forced to ask if + // this line had already been here. + wxASSERT(ab_free < allocSize); + + ab_prefix[ab_free] = lastcode; + ab_tail[ab_free] = code; + ab_free++; + + if ((ab_free > ab_max) && (ab_bits < 12)) + { + ab_bits++; + ab_max = (1 << ab_bits) - 1; + } + } + + // dump stack data to the image buffer + while (pos >= 0) + { + (img->p)[x + (y * (img->w))] = (char) stack[pos]; + pos--; + + if (++x >= (img->w)) + { + x = 0; + + if (interl) + { + // support for interlaced images + switch (pass) + { + case 1: y += 8; break; + case 2: y += 8; break; + case 3: y += 4; break; + case 4: y += 2; break; + } + + /* loop until a valid y coordinate has been + found, Or if the maximum number of passes has + been reached, exit the loop, and stop image + decoding (At this point the image is successfully + decoded). + If we don't loop, but merely set y to some other + value, that new value might still be invalid depending + on the height of the image. This would cause out of + bounds writing. + */ + while (y >= (img->h)) + { + switch (++pass) + { + case 2: y = 4; break; + case 3: y = 2; break; + case 4: y = 1; break; + + default: + /* + It's possible we arrive here. For example this + happens when the image is interlaced, and the + height is 1. Looking at the above cases, the + lowest possible y is 1. While the only valid + one would be 0 for an image of height 1. So + 'eventually' the loop will arrive here. + This case makes sure this while loop is + exited, as well as the 2 other ones. + */ + + // Set y to a valid coordinate so the local + // while loop will be exited. (y = 0 always + // is >= img->h since if img->h == 0 the + // image is never decoded) + y = 0; + + // This will exit the other outer while loop + pos = -1; + + // This will halt image decoding. + code = ab_fin; + + break; + } + } + } + else + { + // non-interlaced + y++; +/* +Normally image decoding is finished when an End of Information code is +encountered (code == ab_fin) however some broken encoders write wrong +"block byte counts" (The first byte value after the "code size" byte), +being one value too high. It might very well be possible other variants +of this problem occur as well. The only sensible solution seems to +be to check for clipping. +Example of wrong encoding: +(1 * 1 B/W image, raster data stream follows in hex bytes) + +02 << B/W images have a code size of 2 +02 << Block byte count +44 << LZW packed +00 << Zero byte count (terminates data stream) + +Because the block byte count is 2, the zero byte count is used in the +decoding process, and decoding is continued after this byte. (While it +should signal an end of image) + +It should be: +02 +02 +44 +01 << When decoded this correctly includes the End of Information code +00 + +Or (Worse solution): +02 +01 +44 +00 +(The 44 doesn't include an End of Information code, but at least the +decoder correctly skips to 00 now after decoding, and signals this +as an End of Information itself) +*/ + if (y >= img->h) + { + code = ab_fin; + break; + } + } + } + } + + pos = 0; + lastcode = readcode; + } + while (code != ab_fin); + + delete [] ab_prefix ; + delete [] ab_tail ; + delete [] stack ; + + return wxGIF_OK; +} + + +// CanRead: +// Returns true if the file looks like a valid GIF, false otherwise. +// +bool wxGIFDecoder::DoCanRead(wxInputStream &stream) const +{ + unsigned char buf[3]; + + if ( !stream.Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)) ) + return false; + + return memcmp(buf, "GIF", WXSIZEOF(buf)) == 0; +} + + +// LoadGIF: +// Reads and decodes one or more GIF images, depending on whether +// animated GIF support is enabled. Can read GIFs with any bit +// size (color depth), but the output images are always expanded +// to 8 bits per pixel. Also, the image palettes always contain +// 256 colors, although some of them may be unused. Returns wxGIF_OK +// (== 0) on success, or an error code if something fails (see +// header file for details) +// +wxGIFErrorCode wxGIFDecoder::LoadGIF(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + unsigned int global_ncolors = 0; + int bits, interl, i; + wxAnimationDisposal disposal; + long size; + long delay; + unsigned char type = 0; + unsigned char pal[768]; + unsigned char buf[16]; + bool anim = true; + + // check GIF signature + if (!CanRead(stream)) + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + + // check for animated GIF support (ver. >= 89a) + + static const unsigned int headerSize = (3 + 3); + stream.Read(buf, headerSize); + if (stream.LastRead() != headerSize) + { + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + + if (memcmp(buf + 3, "89a", 3) < 0) + { + anim = false; + } + + // read logical screen descriptor block (LSDB) + static const unsigned int lsdbSize = (2 + 2 + 1 + 1 + 1); + stream.Read(buf, lsdbSize); + if (stream.LastRead() != lsdbSize) + { + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + + m_szAnimation.SetWidth( buf[0] + 256 * buf[1] ); + m_szAnimation.SetHeight( buf[2] + 256 * buf[3] ); + + if (anim && ((m_szAnimation.GetWidth() == 0) || (m_szAnimation.GetHeight() == 0))) + { + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + + // load global color map if available + if ((buf[4] & 0x80) == 0x80) + { + int backgroundColIndex = buf[5]; + + global_ncolors = 2 << (buf[4] & 0x07); + unsigned int numBytes = 3 * global_ncolors; + stream.Read(pal, numBytes); + if (stream.LastRead() != numBytes) + { + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + + m_background.Set(pal[backgroundColIndex*3 + 0], + pal[backgroundColIndex*3 + 1], + pal[backgroundColIndex*3 + 2]); + } + + // transparent colour, disposal method and delay default to unused + int transparent = -1; + disposal = wxANIM_UNSPECIFIED; + delay = -1; + wxString comment; + + bool done = false; + while (!done) + { + type = stream.GetC(); + + /* + If the end of file has been reached (or an error) and a ";" + (GIF_MARKER_ENDOFDATA) hasn't been encountered yet, exit the loop. (Without this + check the while loop would loop endlessly.) Later on, in the next while + loop, the file will be treated as being truncated (But still + be decoded as far as possible). returning wxGIF_TRUNCATED is not + possible here since some init code is done after this loop. + */ + if (stream.Eof())// || !stream.IsOk()) + { + /* + type is set to some bogus value, so there's no + need to continue evaluating it. + */ + break; // Alternative : "return wxGIF_INVFORMAT;" + } + + switch (type) + { + case GIF_MARKER_ENDOFDATA: + done = true; + break; + case GIF_MARKER_EXT: + switch (stream.GetC()) + { + case GIF_MARKER_EXT_GRAPHICS_CONTROL: + { + // graphics control extension, parse it + + static const unsigned int gceSize = 6; + stream.Read(buf, gceSize); + if (stream.LastRead() != gceSize) + { + Destroy(); + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + + // read delay and convert from 1/100 of a second to ms + delay = 10 * (buf[2] + 256 * buf[3]); + + // read transparent colour index, if used + transparent = buf[1] & 0x01 ? buf[4] : -1; + + // read disposal method + disposal = (wxAnimationDisposal)(((buf[1] & 0x1C) >> 2) - 1); + break; + } + case GIF_MARKER_EXT_COMMENT: + { + int len = stream.GetC(); + while (len) + { + if ( stream.Eof() ) + { + done = true; + break; + } + + wxCharBuffer charbuf(len); + stream.Read(charbuf.data(), len); + if ( (int) stream.LastRead() != len ) + { + done = true; + break; + } + + comment += wxConvertMB2WX(charbuf.data()); + + len = stream.GetC(); + } + + break; + } + default: + // other extension, skip + while ((i = stream.GetC()) != 0) + { + if (stream.Eof() || (stream.LastRead() == 0) || + stream.SeekI(i, wxFromCurrent) == wxInvalidOffset) + { + done = true; + break; + } + } + break; + } + break; + case GIF_MARKER_SEP: + { + // allocate memory for IMAGEN struct + GIFImagePtr pimg(new GIFImage()); + + wxScopeGuard guardDestroy = wxMakeObjGuard(*this, &wxGIFDecoder::Destroy); + + if ( !pimg.get() ) + return wxGIF_MEMERR; + + // fill in the data + static const unsigned int idbSize = (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 1); + stream.Read(buf, idbSize); + if (stream.LastRead() != idbSize) + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + + pimg->comment = comment; + comment.clear(); + pimg->left = buf[0] + 256 * buf[1]; + pimg->top = buf[2] + 256 * buf[3]; + /* + pimg->left = buf[4] + 256 * buf[5]; + pimg->top = buf[4] + 256 * buf[5]; + */ + pimg->w = buf[4] + 256 * buf[5]; + pimg->h = buf[6] + 256 * buf[7]; + + if ( anim ) + { + // some GIF images specify incorrect animation size but we can + // still open them if we fix up the animation size, see #9465 + if ( m_nFrames == 0 ) + { + if ( pimg->w > (unsigned)m_szAnimation.x ) + m_szAnimation.x = pimg->w; + if ( pimg->h > (unsigned)m_szAnimation.y ) + m_szAnimation.y = pimg->h; + } + else // subsequent frames + { + // check that we have valid size + if ( (!pimg->w || pimg->w > (unsigned)m_szAnimation.x) || + (!pimg->h || pimg->h > (unsigned)m_szAnimation.y) ) + { + wxLogError(_("Incorrect GIF frame size (%u, %d) for " + "the frame #%u"), + pimg->w, pimg->h, m_nFrames); + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + } + } + + interl = ((buf[8] & 0x40)? 1 : 0); + size = pimg->w * pimg->h; + + pimg->transparent = transparent; + pimg->disposal = disposal; + pimg->delay = delay; + + // allocate memory for image and palette + pimg->p = (unsigned char *) malloc((unsigned int)size); + pimg->pal = (unsigned char *) malloc(768); + + if ((!pimg->p) || (!pimg->pal)) + return wxGIF_MEMERR; + + // load local color map if available, else use global map + if ((buf[8] & 0x80) == 0x80) + { + unsigned int local_ncolors = 2 << (buf[8] & 0x07); + unsigned int numBytes = 3 * local_ncolors; + stream.Read(pimg->pal, numBytes); + pimg->ncolours = local_ncolors; + if (stream.LastRead() != numBytes) + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + else + { + memcpy(pimg->pal, pal, 768); + pimg->ncolours = global_ncolors; + } + + // get initial code size from first byte in raster data + bits = stream.GetC(); + if (bits == 0) + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + + // decode image + wxGIFErrorCode result = dgif(stream, pimg.get(), interl, bits); + if (result != wxGIF_OK) + return result; + + guardDestroy.Dismiss(); + + // add the image to our frame array + m_frames.Add(pimg.release()); + m_nFrames++; + + // if this is not an animated GIF, exit after first image + if (!anim) + done = true; + break; + } + } + } + + if (m_nFrames <= 0) + { + Destroy(); + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + + // try to read to the end of the stream + while (type != GIF_MARKER_ENDOFDATA) + { + if (!stream.IsOk()) + return wxGIF_TRUNCATED; + + type = stream.GetC(); + + switch (type) + { + case GIF_MARKER_EXT: + // extension type + (void) stream.GetC(); + + // skip all data + while ((i = stream.GetC()) != 0) + { + if (stream.Eof() || (stream.LastRead() == 0) || + stream.SeekI(i, wxFromCurrent) == wxInvalidOffset) + { + Destroy(); + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + } + break; + case GIF_MARKER_SEP: + { + // image descriptor block + static const unsigned int idbSize = (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 1); + stream.Read(buf, idbSize); + if (stream.LastRead() != idbSize) + { + Destroy(); + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + + // local color map + if ((buf[8] & 0x80) == 0x80) + { + unsigned int local_ncolors = 2 << (buf[8] & 0x07); + wxFileOffset numBytes = 3 * local_ncolors; + if (stream.SeekI(numBytes, wxFromCurrent) == wxInvalidOffset) + { + Destroy(); + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + } + + // initial code size + (void) stream.GetC(); + if (stream.Eof() || (stream.LastRead() == 0)) + { + Destroy(); + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + + // skip all data + while ((i = stream.GetC()) != 0) + { + if (stream.Eof() || (stream.LastRead() == 0) || + stream.SeekI(i, wxFromCurrent) == wxInvalidOffset) + { + Destroy(); + return wxGIF_INVFORMAT; + } + } + break; + } + default: + if ((type != GIF_MARKER_ENDOFDATA) && (type != 00)) // testing + { + // images are OK, but couldn't read to the end of the stream + return wxGIF_TRUNCATED; + } + break; + } + } + + return wxGIF_OK; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_GIF diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/glcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/glcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa0457ad6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/glcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,379 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/glcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxGLCanvasBase implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-04-09 +// RCS-ID: $Id: glcmn.cpp 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GLCANVAS + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/glcanvas.h" + +// DLL options compatibility check: +#include "wx/build.h" +WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS("wxGL") + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGLApp, wxApp) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxGLCanvasBase::wxGLCanvasBase() +{ +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + m_glContext = NULL; +#endif + + // we always paint background entirely ourselves so prevent wx from erasing + // it to avoid flicker + SetBackgroundStyle(wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM); +} + +bool wxGLCanvasBase::SetCurrent(const wxGLContext& context) const +{ + // although on MSW it works even if the window is still hidden, it doesn't + // work in other ports (notably X11-based ones) and documentation mentions + // that SetCurrent() can only be called for a shown window, so check for it + wxASSERT_MSG( IsShownOnScreen(), wxT("can't make hidden GL canvas current") ); + + + return context.SetCurrent(*static_cast(this)); +} + +bool wxGLCanvasBase::SetColour(const wxString& colour) +{ + wxColour col = wxTheColourDatabase->Find(colour); + if ( !col.Ok() ) + return false; + +#ifdef wxHAS_OPENGL_ES + wxGLAPI::glColor3f((GLfloat) (col.Red() / 256.), (GLfloat) (col.Green() / 256.), + (GLfloat) (col.Blue() / 256.)); +#else + GLboolean isRGBA; + glGetBooleanv(GL_RGBA_MODE, &isRGBA); + if ( isRGBA ) + { + glColor3f((GLfloat) (col.Red() / 256.), (GLfloat) (col.Green() / 256.), + (GLfloat) (col.Blue() / 256.)); + } + else // indexed colour + { + GLint pix = GetColourIndex(col); + if ( pix == -1 ) + { + wxLogError(_("Failed to allocate colour for OpenGL")); + return false; + } + + glIndexi(pix); + } +#endif + return true; +} + +wxGLCanvasBase::~wxGLCanvasBase() +{ +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + delete m_glContext; +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +wxGLContext *wxGLCanvasBase::GetContext() const +{ + return m_glContext; +} + +void wxGLCanvasBase::SetCurrent() +{ + if ( m_glContext ) + SetCurrent(*m_glContext); +} + +void wxGLCanvasBase::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +/* static */ +bool wxGLCanvasBase::IsExtensionInList(const char *list, const char *extension) +{ + if ( !list ) + return false; + + for ( const char *p = list; *p; p++ ) + { + // advance up to the next possible match + p = wxStrstr(p, extension); + if ( !p ) + break; + + // check that the extension appears at the beginning/ending of the list + // or is preceded/followed by a space to avoid mistakenly finding + // "glExtension" in a list containing some "glFunkyglExtension" + if ( (p == list || p[-1] == ' ') ) + { + char c = p[strlen(extension)]; + if ( c == '\0' || c == ' ' ) + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// compatibility layer for OpenGL 3 and OpenGL ES +// ============================================================================ + +static wxGLAPI s_glAPI; + +#if wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION + +#include "wx/vector.h" + +static GLenum s_mode; + +static GLfloat s_currentTexCoord[2]; +static GLfloat s_currentColor[4]; +static GLfloat s_currentNormal[3]; + +// TODO move this into a different construct with locality for all attributes +// of a vertex + +static wxVector s_texCoords; +static wxVector s_vertices; +static wxVector s_normals; +static wxVector s_colors; + +static bool s_texCoordsUsed; +static bool s_colorsUsed; +static bool s_normalsUsed; + +bool SetState( int flag, bool desired ) +{ + bool former = glIsEnabled( flag ); + if ( former != desired ) + { + if ( desired ) + glEnableClientState(flag); + else + glDisableClientState(flag); + } + return former; +} + +void RestoreState( int flag, bool desired ) +{ + if ( desired ) + glEnableClientState(flag); + else + glDisableClientState(flag); +} +#endif + +wxGLAPI::wxGLAPI() +{ +#if wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION + s_mode = 0xFF; +#endif +} + +wxGLAPI::~wxGLAPI() +{ +} + +void wxGLAPI::glFrustum(GLfloat left, GLfloat right, GLfloat bottom, + GLfloat top, GLfloat zNear, GLfloat zFar) +{ +#if wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION + ::glFrustumf(left, right, bottom, top, zNear, zFar); +#else + ::glFrustum(left, right, bottom, top, zNear, zFar); +#endif +} + +void wxGLAPI::glBegin(GLenum mode) +{ +#if wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION + if ( s_mode != 0xFF ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG("nested glBegin"); + } + + s_mode = mode; + s_texCoordsUsed = false; + s_colorsUsed = false; + s_normalsUsed = false; + + s_texCoords.clear(); + s_normals.clear(); + s_colors.clear(); + s_vertices.clear(); +#else + ::glBegin(mode); +#endif +} + +void wxGLAPI::glTexCoord2f(GLfloat s, GLfloat t) +{ +#if wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION + if ( s_mode == 0xFF ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG("glTexCoord2f called outside glBegin/glEnd"); + } + + else + { + s_texCoordsUsed = true; + s_currentTexCoord[0] = s; + s_currentTexCoord[1] = t; + } +#else + ::glTexCoord2f(s,t); +#endif +} + +void wxGLAPI::glVertex3f(GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z) +{ +#if wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION + if ( s_mode == 0xFF ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG("glVertex3f called outside glBegin/glEnd"); + } + else + { + s_texCoords.push_back(s_currentTexCoord[0]); + s_texCoords.push_back(s_currentTexCoord[1]); + + s_normals.push_back(s_currentNormal[0]); + s_normals.push_back(s_currentNormal[1]); + s_normals.push_back(s_currentNormal[2]); + + s_colors.push_back(s_currentColor[0]); + s_colors.push_back(s_currentColor[1]); + s_colors.push_back(s_currentColor[2]); + s_colors.push_back(s_currentColor[3]); + + s_vertices.push_back(x); + s_vertices.push_back(y); + s_vertices.push_back(z); + } +#else + ::glVertex3f(x,y,z); +#endif +} + +void wxGLAPI::glNormal3f(GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz) +{ +#if wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION + if ( s_mode == 0xFF ) + ::glNormal3f(nx,ny,nz); + else + { + s_normalsUsed = true; + s_currentNormal[0] = nx; + s_currentNormal[1] = ny; + s_currentNormal[2] = nz; + } +#else + ::glNormal3f(nx,ny,nz); +#endif +} + +void wxGLAPI::glColor4f(GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat a) +{ +#if wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION + if ( s_mode == 0xFF ) + ::glColor4f(r,g,b,a); + else + { + s_colorsUsed = true; + s_currentColor[0] = r; + s_currentColor[1] = g; + s_currentColor[2] = b; + s_currentColor[3] = a; + } +#else + ::glColor4f(r,g,b,a); +#endif +} + +void wxGLAPI::glColor3f(GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b) +{ +#if wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION + glColor4f(r,g,b,1.0); +#else + ::glColor3f(r,g,b); +#endif +} + +void wxGLAPI::glEnd() +{ +#if wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION + bool formerColors = SetState( GL_COLOR_ARRAY, s_colorsUsed ); + bool formerNormals = SetState( GL_NORMAL_ARRAY, s_normalsUsed ); + bool formerTexCoords = SetState( GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY, s_texCoordsUsed ); + bool formerVertex = glIsEnabled(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY); + + if( !formerVertex ) + glEnableClientState(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY); + + if ( s_colorsUsed ) + glColorPointer( 4, GL_FLOAT, 0, &s_colors[0] ); + + if ( s_normalsUsed ) + glNormalPointer( GL_FLOAT, 0, &s_normals[0] ); + + if ( s_texCoordsUsed ) + glTexCoordPointer( 2, GL_FLOAT, 0, &s_texCoords[0] ); + + glVertexPointer(3, GL_FLOAT, 0, &s_vertices[0]); + glDrawArrays( s_mode, 0, s_vertices.size() / 3 ); + + if ( s_colorsUsed != formerColors ) + RestoreState( GL_COLOR_ARRAY, formerColors ); + + if ( s_normalsUsed != formerNormals ) + RestoreState( GL_NORMAL_ARRAY, formerColors ); + + if ( s_texCoordsUsed != formerTexCoords ) + RestoreState( GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY, formerColors ); + + if( !formerVertex ) + glDisableClientState(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY); + + s_mode = 0xFF; +#else + ::glEnd(); +#endif +} + +#endif // wxUSE_GLCANVAS + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/graphcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/graphcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1cb561e3c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/graphcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,910 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/graphcmn.cpp +// Purpose: graphics context methods common to all platforms +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: graphcmn.cpp 66514 2011-01-01 11:10:35Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT + +#include "wx/graphics.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/icon.h" + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/region.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/private/graphics.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Local functions +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static inline double DegToRad(double deg) +{ + return (deg * M_PI) / 180.0; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGraphicsObject +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsObject, wxObject) + +wxGraphicsObjectRefData::wxGraphicsObjectRefData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer ) +{ + m_renderer = renderer; +} +wxGraphicsObjectRefData::wxGraphicsObjectRefData( const wxGraphicsObjectRefData* data ) +{ + m_renderer = data->m_renderer; +} +wxGraphicsRenderer* wxGraphicsObjectRefData::GetRenderer() const +{ + return m_renderer ; +} + +wxGraphicsObjectRefData* wxGraphicsObjectRefData::Clone() const +{ + return new wxGraphicsObjectRefData(this); +} + +wxGraphicsObject::wxGraphicsObject() +{ +} + +wxGraphicsObject::wxGraphicsObject( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer ) +{ + SetRefData( new wxGraphicsObjectRefData(renderer)); +} + +wxGraphicsObject::~wxGraphicsObject() +{ +} + +bool wxGraphicsObject::IsNull() const +{ + return m_refData == NULL; +} + +wxGraphicsRenderer* wxGraphicsObject::GetRenderer() const +{ + return ( IsNull() ? NULL : GetGraphicsData()->GetRenderer() ); +} + +wxGraphicsObjectRefData* wxGraphicsObject::GetGraphicsData() const +{ + return (wxGraphicsObjectRefData*) m_refData; +} + +wxObjectRefData* wxGraphicsObject::CreateRefData() const +{ + wxLogDebug(wxT("A Null Object cannot be changed")); + return NULL; +} + +wxObjectRefData* wxGraphicsObject::CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData* data) const +{ + const wxGraphicsObjectRefData* ptr = (const wxGraphicsObjectRefData*) data; + return ptr->Clone(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// pens etc. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsPen, wxGraphicsObject) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsBrush, wxGraphicsObject) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsFont, wxGraphicsObject) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsBitmap, wxGraphicsObject) + +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsPen) wxNullGraphicsPen; +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsBrush) wxNullGraphicsBrush; +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsFont) wxNullGraphicsFont; +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsBitmap) wxNullGraphicsBitmap; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// matrix +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsMatrix, wxGraphicsObject) +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsMatrix) wxNullGraphicsMatrix; + +// concatenates the matrix +void wxGraphicsMatrix::Concat( const wxGraphicsMatrix *t ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetMatrixData()->Concat(t->GetMatrixData()); +} + +// sets the matrix to the respective values +void wxGraphicsMatrix::Set(wxDouble a, wxDouble b, wxDouble c, wxDouble d, + wxDouble tx, wxDouble ty) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetMatrixData()->Set(a,b,c,d,tx,ty); +} + +// gets the component valuess of the matrix +void wxGraphicsMatrix::Get(wxDouble* a, wxDouble* b, wxDouble* c, + wxDouble* d, wxDouble* tx, wxDouble* ty) const +{ + GetMatrixData()->Get(a, b, c, d, tx, ty); +} + +// makes this the inverse matrix +void wxGraphicsMatrix::Invert() +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetMatrixData()->Invert(); +} + +// returns true if the elements of the transformation matrix are equal ? +bool wxGraphicsMatrix::IsEqual( const wxGraphicsMatrix* t) const +{ + return GetMatrixData()->IsEqual(t->GetMatrixData()); +} + +// return true if this is the identity matrix +bool wxGraphicsMatrix::IsIdentity() const +{ + return GetMatrixData()->IsIdentity(); +} + +// add the translation to this matrix +void wxGraphicsMatrix::Translate( wxDouble dx , wxDouble dy ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetMatrixData()->Translate(dx,dy); +} + +// add the scale to this matrix +void wxGraphicsMatrix::Scale( wxDouble xScale , wxDouble yScale ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetMatrixData()->Scale(xScale,yScale); +} + +// add the rotation to this matrix (radians) +void wxGraphicsMatrix::Rotate( wxDouble angle ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetMatrixData()->Rotate(angle); +} + +// +// apply the transforms +// + +// applies that matrix to the point +void wxGraphicsMatrix::TransformPoint( wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y ) const +{ + GetMatrixData()->TransformPoint(x,y); +} + +// applies the matrix except for translations +void wxGraphicsMatrix::TransformDistance( wxDouble *dx, wxDouble *dy ) const +{ + GetMatrixData()->TransformDistance(dx,dy); +} + +// returns the native representation +void * wxGraphicsMatrix::GetNativeMatrix() const +{ + return GetMatrixData()->GetNativeMatrix(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// path +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsPath, wxGraphicsObject) +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsPath) wxNullGraphicsPath; + +// convenience functions, for using wxPoint2DDouble etc + +wxPoint2DDouble wxGraphicsPath::GetCurrentPoint() const +{ + wxDouble x,y; + GetCurrentPoint(&x,&y); + return wxPoint2DDouble(x,y); +} + +void wxGraphicsPath::MoveToPoint( const wxPoint2DDouble& p) +{ + MoveToPoint( p.m_x , p.m_y); +} + +void wxGraphicsPath::AddLineToPoint( const wxPoint2DDouble& p) +{ + AddLineToPoint( p.m_x , p.m_y); +} + +void wxGraphicsPath::AddCurveToPoint( const wxPoint2DDouble& c1, const wxPoint2DDouble& c2, const wxPoint2DDouble& e) +{ + AddCurveToPoint(c1.m_x, c1.m_y, c2.m_x, c2.m_y, e.m_x, e.m_y); +} + +void wxGraphicsPath::AddArc( const wxPoint2DDouble& c, wxDouble r, wxDouble startAngle, wxDouble endAngle, bool clockwise) +{ + AddArc(c.m_x, c.m_y, r, startAngle, endAngle, clockwise); +} + +wxRect2DDouble wxGraphicsPath::GetBox() const +{ + wxDouble x,y,w,h; + GetBox(&x,&y,&w,&h); + return wxRect2DDouble( x,y,w,h ); +} + +bool wxGraphicsPath::Contains( const wxPoint2DDouble& c, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle ) const +{ + return Contains( c.m_x, c.m_y, fillStyle); +} + +// true redirections + +// begins a new subpath at (x,y) +void wxGraphicsPath::MoveToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetPathData()->MoveToPoint(x,y); +} + +// adds a straight line from the current point to (x,y) +void wxGraphicsPath::AddLineToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetPathData()->AddLineToPoint(x,y); +} + +// adds a cubic Bezier curve from the current point, using two control points and an end point +void wxGraphicsPath::AddCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx1, wxDouble cy1, wxDouble cx2, wxDouble cy2, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetPathData()->AddCurveToPoint(cx1,cy1,cx2,cy2,x,y); +} + +// adds another path +void wxGraphicsPath::AddPath( const wxGraphicsPath& path ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetPathData()->AddPath(path.GetPathData()); +} + +// closes the current sub-path +void wxGraphicsPath::CloseSubpath() +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetPathData()->CloseSubpath(); +} + +// gets the last point of the current path, (0,0) if not yet set +void wxGraphicsPath::GetCurrentPoint( wxDouble* x, wxDouble* y) const +{ + GetPathData()->GetCurrentPoint(x,y); +} + +// adds an arc of a circle centering at (x,y) with radius (r) from startAngle to endAngle +void wxGraphicsPath::AddArc( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r, wxDouble startAngle, wxDouble endAngle, bool clockwise ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetPathData()->AddArc(x,y,r,startAngle,endAngle,clockwise); +} + +// +// These are convenience functions which - if not available natively will be assembled +// using the primitives from above +// + +// adds a quadratic Bezier curve from the current point, using a control point and an end point +void wxGraphicsPath::AddQuadCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx, wxDouble cy, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetPathData()->AddQuadCurveToPoint(cx,cy,x,y); +} + +// appends a rectangle as a new closed subpath +void wxGraphicsPath::AddRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetPathData()->AddRectangle(x,y,w,h); +} + +// appends an ellipsis as a new closed subpath fitting the passed rectangle +void wxGraphicsPath::AddCircle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetPathData()->AddCircle(x,y,r); +} + +// appends a an arc to two tangents connecting (current) to (x1,y1) and (x1,y1) to (x2,y2), also a straight line from (current) to (x1,y1) +void wxGraphicsPath::AddArcToPoint( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1 , wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, wxDouble r ) +{ + GetPathData()->AddArcToPoint(x1,y1,x2,y2,r); +} + +// appends an ellipse +void wxGraphicsPath::AddEllipse( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetPathData()->AddEllipse(x,y,w,h); +} + +// appends a rounded rectangle +void wxGraphicsPath::AddRoundedRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h, wxDouble radius) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetPathData()->AddRoundedRectangle(x,y,w,h,radius); +} + +// returns the native path +void * wxGraphicsPath::GetNativePath() const +{ + return GetPathData()->GetNativePath(); +} + +// give the native path returned by GetNativePath() back (there might be some deallocations necessary) +void wxGraphicsPath::UnGetNativePath(void *p)const +{ + GetPathData()->UnGetNativePath(p); +} + +// transforms each point of this path by the matrix +void wxGraphicsPath::Transform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + GetPathData()->Transform(matrix.GetMatrixData()); +} + +// gets the bounding box enclosing all points (possibly including control points) +void wxGraphicsPath::GetBox(wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y, wxDouble *w, wxDouble *h) const +{ + GetPathData()->GetBox(x,y,w,h); +} + +bool wxGraphicsPath::Contains( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle ) const +{ + return GetPathData()->Contains(x,y,fillStyle); +} + +// +// Emulations, these mus be implemented in the ...Data classes in order to allow for proper overrides +// + +void wxGraphicsPathData::AddQuadCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx, wxDouble cy, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) +{ + // calculate using degree elevation to a cubic bezier + wxPoint2DDouble c1; + wxPoint2DDouble c2; + + wxPoint2DDouble start; + GetCurrentPoint(&start.m_x,&start.m_y); + wxPoint2DDouble end(x,y); + wxPoint2DDouble c(cx,cy); + c1 = wxDouble(1/3.0) * start + wxDouble(2/3.0) * c; + c2 = wxDouble(2/3.0) * c + wxDouble(1/3.0) * end; + AddCurveToPoint(c1.m_x,c1.m_y,c2.m_x,c2.m_y,x,y); +} + +void wxGraphicsPathData::AddRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) +{ + MoveToPoint(x,y); + AddLineToPoint(x,y+h); + AddLineToPoint(x+w,y+h); + AddLineToPoint(x+w,y); + CloseSubpath(); +} + +void wxGraphicsPathData::AddCircle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r ) +{ + MoveToPoint(x+r,y); + AddArc( x,y,r,0,2*M_PI,false); + CloseSubpath(); +} + +void wxGraphicsPathData::AddEllipse( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h) +{ + if (w <= 0. || h <= 0.) + return; + + wxDouble rw = w/2; + wxDouble rh = h/2; + wxDouble xc = x + rw; + wxDouble yc = y + rh; + wxGraphicsMatrix m = GetRenderer()->CreateMatrix(); + m.Translate(xc,yc); + m.Scale(rw/rh,1.0); + wxGraphicsPath p = GetRenderer()->CreatePath(); + p.AddCircle(0,0,rh); + p.Transform(m); + AddPath(p.GetPathData()); +} + +void wxGraphicsPathData::AddRoundedRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h, wxDouble radius) +{ + if ( radius == 0 ) + AddRectangle(x,y,w,h); + else + { + MoveToPoint( x + w, y + h / 2); + AddArcToPoint(x + w, y + h, x + w / 2, y + h, radius); + AddArcToPoint(x, y + h, x, y + h / 2, radius); + AddArcToPoint(x, y , x + w / 2, y, radius); + AddArcToPoint(x + w, y, x + w, y + h / 2, radius); + CloseSubpath(); + } +} + +// draws a an arc to two tangents connecting (current) to (x1,y1) and (x1,y1) to (x2,y2), also a straight line from (current) to (x1,y1) +void wxGraphicsPathData::AddArcToPoint( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1 , wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, wxDouble r ) +{ + wxPoint2DDouble current; + GetCurrentPoint(¤t.m_x,¤t.m_y); + wxPoint2DDouble p1(x1,y1); + wxPoint2DDouble p2(x2,y2); + + wxPoint2DDouble v1 = current - p1; + v1.Normalize(); + wxPoint2DDouble v2 = p2 - p1; + v2.Normalize(); + + wxDouble alpha = v1.GetVectorAngle() - v2.GetVectorAngle(); + + if ( alpha < 0 ) + alpha = 360 + alpha; + // TODO obtuse angles + + alpha = DegToRad(alpha); + + wxDouble dist = r / sin(alpha/2) * cos(alpha/2); + // calculate tangential points + wxPoint2DDouble t1 = dist*v1 + p1; + + wxPoint2DDouble nv1 = v1; + nv1.SetVectorAngle(v1.GetVectorAngle()-90); + wxPoint2DDouble c = t1 + r*nv1; + + wxDouble a1 = v1.GetVectorAngle()+90; + wxDouble a2 = v2.GetVectorAngle()-90; + + AddLineToPoint(t1.m_x,t1.m_y); + AddArc(c.m_x,c.m_y,r,DegToRad(a1),DegToRad(a2),true); + AddLineToPoint(p2.m_x,p2.m_y); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGraphicsGradientStops +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGraphicsGradientStops::Add(const wxGraphicsGradientStop& stop) +{ + for ( wxVector::iterator it = m_stops.begin(); + it != m_stops.end(); + ++it ) + { + if ( stop.GetPosition() < it->GetPosition() ) + { + if ( it != m_stops.begin() ) + { + m_stops.insert(it, stop); + } + else // we shouldn't be inserting it at the beginning + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "invalid gradient stop position < 0" ); + } + + return; + } + } + + if ( stop.GetPosition() == 1. ) + { + m_stops.insert(m_stops.end() - 1, stop); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "invalid gradient stop position > 1" ); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGraphicsContext Convenience Methods +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGraphicsContext, wxObject) + + +wxGraphicsContext::wxGraphicsContext(wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer) : + wxGraphicsObject(renderer), + m_antialias(wxANTIALIAS_DEFAULT), + m_composition(wxCOMPOSITION_OVER) +{ +} + +wxGraphicsContext::~wxGraphicsContext() +{ +} + +bool wxGraphicsContext::StartDoc(const wxString& WXUNUSED(message)) +{ + return true; +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::EndDoc() +{ +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::StartPage(wxDouble WXUNUSED(width), + wxDouble WXUNUSED(height)) +{ +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::EndPage() +{ +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::Flush() +{ +} + +#if 0 +void wxGraphicsContext::SetAlpha( wxDouble WXUNUSED(alpha) ) +{ +} + +wxDouble wxGraphicsContext::GetAlpha() const +{ + return 1.0; +} +#endif + +void wxGraphicsContext::GetSize( wxDouble* width, wxDouble* height) +{ + *width = 10000.0; + *height = 10000.0; +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::GetDPI( wxDouble* dpiX, wxDouble* dpiY) +{ + *dpiX = 72.0; + *dpiY = 72.0; +} + +// sets the pen +void wxGraphicsContext::SetPen( const wxGraphicsPen& pen ) +{ + m_pen = pen; +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::SetPen( const wxPen& pen ) +{ + if ( !pen.Ok() || pen.GetStyle() == wxPENSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ) + SetPen( wxNullGraphicsPen ); + else + SetPen( CreatePen( pen ) ); +} + +// sets the brush for filling +void wxGraphicsContext::SetBrush( const wxGraphicsBrush& brush ) +{ + m_brush = brush; +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush ) +{ + if ( !brush.Ok() || brush.GetStyle() == wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ) + SetBrush( wxNullGraphicsBrush ); + else + SetBrush( CreateBrush( brush ) ); +} + +// sets the brush for filling +void wxGraphicsContext::SetFont( const wxGraphicsFont& font ) +{ + m_font = font; +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::SetFont( const wxFont& font, const wxColour& colour ) +{ + if ( font.Ok() ) + SetFont( CreateFont( font, colour ) ); + else + SetFont( wxNullGraphicsFont ); +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::DrawPath( const wxGraphicsPath& path, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle ) +{ + FillPath( path , fillStyle ); + StrokePath( path ); +} + +void +wxGraphicsContext::DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString &str, + wxDouble x, + wxDouble y, + wxDouble angle) +{ + Translate(x,y); + Rotate( -angle ); + DrawText( str , 0, 0 ); + Rotate( angle ); + Translate(-x,-y); +} + +void +wxGraphicsContext::DoDrawFilledText(const wxString &str, + wxDouble x, + wxDouble y, + const wxGraphicsBrush& backgroundBrush) +{ + wxGraphicsBrush formerBrush = m_brush; + wxGraphicsPen formerPen = m_pen; + wxDouble width; + wxDouble height; + wxDouble descent; + wxDouble externalLeading; + GetTextExtent( str , &width, &height, &descent, &externalLeading ); + SetBrush( backgroundBrush ); + // to make sure our 'OffsetToPixelBoundaries' doesn't move the fill shape + SetPen( wxNullGraphicsPen ); + + wxGraphicsPath path = CreatePath(); + path.AddRectangle( x , y, width, height ); + FillPath( path ); + + DrawText( str, x ,y); + SetBrush( formerBrush ); + SetPen( formerPen ); +} + +void +wxGraphicsContext::DoDrawRotatedFilledText(const wxString &str, + wxDouble x, wxDouble y, + wxDouble angle, + const wxGraphicsBrush& backgroundBrush) +{ + wxGraphicsBrush formerBrush = m_brush; + wxGraphicsPen formerPen = m_pen; + + wxDouble width; + wxDouble height; + wxDouble descent; + wxDouble externalLeading; + GetTextExtent( str , &width, &height, &descent, &externalLeading ); + SetBrush( backgroundBrush ); + // to make sure our 'OffsetToPixelBoundaries' doesn't move the fill shape + SetPen( wxNullGraphicsPen ); + + wxGraphicsPath path = CreatePath(); + path.MoveToPoint( x , y ); + path.AddLineToPoint( (int) (x + sin(angle) * height) , (int) (y + cos(angle) * height) ); + path.AddLineToPoint( + (int) (x + sin(angle) * height + cos(angle) * width) , + (int) (y + cos(angle) * height - sin(angle) * width)); + path.AddLineToPoint((int) (x + cos(angle) * width) , (int) (y - sin(angle) * width) ); + FillPath( path ); + DrawText( str, x ,y, angle); + SetBrush( formerBrush ); + SetPen( formerPen ); +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::StrokeLine( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2) +{ + wxGraphicsPath path = CreatePath(); + path.MoveToPoint(x1, y1); + path.AddLineToPoint( x2, y2 ); + StrokePath( path ); +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::DrawRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h) +{ + wxGraphicsPath path = CreatePath(); + path.AddRectangle( x , y , w , h ); + DrawPath( path ); +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::DrawEllipse( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h) +{ + wxGraphicsPath path = CreatePath(); + path.AddEllipse(x,y,w,h); + DrawPath(path); +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::DrawRoundedRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h, wxDouble radius) +{ + wxGraphicsPath path = CreatePath(); + path.AddRoundedRectangle(x,y,w,h,radius); + DrawPath(path); +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::StrokeLines( size_t n, const wxPoint2DDouble *points) +{ + wxASSERT(n > 1); + wxGraphicsPath path = CreatePath(); + path.MoveToPoint(points[0].m_x, points[0].m_y); + for ( size_t i = 1; i < n; ++i) + path.AddLineToPoint( points[i].m_x, points[i].m_y ); + StrokePath( path ); +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::DrawLines( size_t n, const wxPoint2DDouble *points, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle) +{ + wxASSERT(n > 1); + wxGraphicsPath path = CreatePath(); + path.MoveToPoint(points[0].m_x, points[0].m_y); + for ( size_t i = 1; i < n; ++i) + path.AddLineToPoint( points[i].m_x, points[i].m_y ); + DrawPath( path , fillStyle); +} + +void wxGraphicsContext::StrokeLines( size_t n, const wxPoint2DDouble *beginPoints, const wxPoint2DDouble *endPoints) +{ + wxASSERT(n > 0); + wxGraphicsPath path = CreatePath(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < n; ++i) + { + path.MoveToPoint(beginPoints[i].m_x, beginPoints[i].m_y); + path.AddLineToPoint( endPoints[i].m_x, endPoints[i].m_y ); + } + StrokePath( path ); +} + +// create a 'native' matrix corresponding to these values +wxGraphicsMatrix wxGraphicsContext::CreateMatrix( wxDouble a, wxDouble b, wxDouble c, wxDouble d, + wxDouble tx, wxDouble ty) const +{ + return GetRenderer()->CreateMatrix(a,b,c,d,tx,ty); +} + +wxGraphicsPath wxGraphicsContext::CreatePath() const +{ + return GetRenderer()->CreatePath(); +} + +wxGraphicsPen wxGraphicsContext::CreatePen(const wxPen& pen) const +{ + return GetRenderer()->CreatePen(pen); +} + +wxGraphicsBrush wxGraphicsContext::CreateBrush(const wxBrush& brush ) const +{ + return GetRenderer()->CreateBrush(brush); +} + +wxGraphicsBrush +wxGraphicsContext::CreateLinearGradientBrush( + wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, + wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, + const wxColour& c1, const wxColour& c2) const +{ + return GetRenderer()->CreateLinearGradientBrush + ( + x1, y1, + x2, y2, + wxGraphicsGradientStops(c1,c2) + ); +} + +wxGraphicsBrush +wxGraphicsContext::CreateLinearGradientBrush( + wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, + wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& gradientStops) const +{ + return GetRenderer()->CreateLinearGradientBrush(x1,y1,x2,y2, gradientStops); +} + +wxGraphicsBrush +wxGraphicsContext::CreateRadialGradientBrush( + wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo, + wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc, wxDouble radius, + const wxColour &oColor, const wxColour &cColor) const +{ + return GetRenderer()->CreateRadialGradientBrush + ( + xo, yo, + xc, yc, radius, + wxGraphicsGradientStops(oColor, cColor) + ); +} + +wxGraphicsBrush +wxGraphicsContext::CreateRadialGradientBrush( + wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo, + wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc, wxDouble radius, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& gradientStops) const +{ + return GetRenderer()->CreateRadialGradientBrush + ( + xo, yo, + xc, yc, radius, + gradientStops + ); +} + +// sets the font +wxGraphicsFont wxGraphicsContext::CreateFont( const wxFont &font , const wxColour &col ) const +{ + return GetRenderer()->CreateFont(font,col); +} + +wxGraphicsBitmap wxGraphicsContext::CreateBitmap( const wxBitmap& bmp ) const +{ + return GetRenderer()->CreateBitmap(bmp); +} + +wxGraphicsBitmap wxGraphicsContext::CreateSubBitmap( const wxGraphicsBitmap &bmp, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) const +{ + return GetRenderer()->CreateSubBitmap(bmp,x,y,w,h); +} + +/* static */ wxGraphicsContext* wxGraphicsContext::Create( const wxWindowDC& dc) +{ + return wxGraphicsRenderer::GetDefaultRenderer()->CreateContext(dc); +} + +/* static */ wxGraphicsContext* wxGraphicsContext::Create( const wxMemoryDC& dc) +{ + return wxGraphicsRenderer::GetDefaultRenderer()->CreateContext(dc); +} + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE +/* static */ wxGraphicsContext* wxGraphicsContext::Create( const wxPrinterDC& dc) +{ + return wxGraphicsRenderer::GetDefaultRenderer()->CreateContext(dc); +} +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#if wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE +/* static */ wxGraphicsContext* wxGraphicsContext::Create( const wxEnhMetaFileDC& dc) +{ + return wxGraphicsRenderer::GetDefaultRenderer()->CreateContext(dc); +} +#endif +#endif + +wxGraphicsContext* wxGraphicsContext::CreateFromNative( void * context ) +{ + return wxGraphicsRenderer::GetDefaultRenderer()->CreateContextFromNativeContext(context); +} + +wxGraphicsContext* wxGraphicsContext::CreateFromNativeWindow( void * window ) +{ + return wxGraphicsRenderer::GetDefaultRenderer()->CreateContextFromNativeWindow(window); +} + +wxGraphicsContext* wxGraphicsContext::Create( wxWindow* window ) +{ + return wxGraphicsRenderer::GetDefaultRenderer()->CreateContext(window); +} + +wxGraphicsContext* wxGraphicsContext::Create() +{ + return wxGraphicsRenderer::GetDefaultRenderer()->CreateMeasuringContext(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGraphicsRenderer +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGraphicsRenderer, wxObject) + +#endif // wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gridcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gridcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..44267f0446 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/gridcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/gridcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxGrid common code +// Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) +// Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios +// Created: 1/08/1999 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gridcmn.cpp 66584 2011-01-05 06:56:36Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GRID + +#include "wx/grid.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/checkbox.h" + #include "wx/combobox.h" + #include "wx/valtext.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/math.h" + #include "wx/listbox.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) + // new style border flags, we put them first to + // use them for streaming out + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + + // old style border flags + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + + // standard window styles + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow, "wx/grid.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid) + wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children ) + wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxGridStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, wxPoint, Position, \ + wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + +/* + TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo) +*/ + +#endif // wxUSE_GRID diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hash.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hash.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4903949060 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hash.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/hash.cpp +// Purpose: wxHashTable implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: VZ at 25.02.00: type safe hashes with WX_DECLARE_HASH() +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: hash.cpp 64656 2010-06-20 18:18:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/object.h" +#endif + +wxHashTableBase_Node::wxHashTableBase_Node( long key, void* value, + wxHashTableBase* table ) + : m_value( value ), m_hashPtr( table ) +{ + m_key.integer = key; +} + +wxHashTableBase_Node::wxHashTableBase_Node( const wxString& key, void* value, + wxHashTableBase* table ) + : m_value( value ), m_hashPtr( table ) +{ + m_key.string = new wxString(key); +} + +wxHashTableBase_Node::~wxHashTableBase_Node() +{ + if( m_hashPtr ) m_hashPtr->DoRemoveNode( this ); +} + +// + +wxHashTableBase::wxHashTableBase() + : m_size( 0 ), m_count( 0 ), m_table( NULL ), m_keyType( wxKEY_NONE ), + m_deleteContents( false ) +{ +} + +void wxHashTableBase::Create( wxKeyType keyType, size_t size ) +{ + m_keyType = keyType; + m_size = size; + m_table = new wxHashTableBase_Node*[ m_size ]; + + for( size_t i = 0; i < m_size; ++i ) + m_table[i] = NULL; +} + +void wxHashTableBase::Clear() +{ + for( size_t i = 0; i < m_size; ++i ) + { + Node* end = m_table[i]; + + if( end == NULL ) + continue; + + Node *curr, *next = end->GetNext(); + + do + { + curr = next; + next = curr->GetNext(); + + DoDestroyNode( curr ); + + delete curr; + } + while( curr != end ); + + m_table[i] = NULL; + } + + m_count = 0; +} + +void wxHashTableBase::DoRemoveNode( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ) +{ + size_t bucket = ( m_keyType == wxKEY_INTEGER ? + node->m_key.integer : + MakeKey( *node->m_key.string ) ) % m_size; + + if( node->GetNext() == node ) + { + // single-node chain (common case) + m_table[bucket] = NULL; + } + else + { + Node *start = m_table[bucket], *curr; + Node* prev = start; + + for( curr = prev->GetNext(); curr != node; + prev = curr, curr = curr->GetNext() ) ; + + DoUnlinkNode( bucket, node, prev ); + } + + DoDestroyNode( node ); +} + +void wxHashTableBase::DoDestroyNode( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ) +{ + // if it is called from DoRemoveNode, node has already been + // removed, from other places it does not matter + node->m_hashPtr = NULL; + + if( m_keyType == wxKEY_STRING ) + delete node->m_key.string; + if( m_deleteContents ) + DoDeleteContents( node ); +} + +void wxHashTableBase::Destroy() +{ + Clear(); + + wxDELETEA(m_table); + m_size = 0; +} + +void wxHashTableBase::DoInsertNode( size_t bucket, wxHashTableBase_Node* node ) +{ + if( m_table[bucket] == NULL ) + { + m_table[bucket] = node->m_next = node; + } + else + { + Node *prev = m_table[bucket]; + Node *next = prev->m_next; + + prev->m_next = node; + node->m_next = next; + m_table[bucket] = node; + } + + ++m_count; +} + +void wxHashTableBase::DoPut( long key, long hash, void* data ) +{ + wxASSERT( m_keyType == wxKEY_INTEGER ); + + size_t bucket = size_t(hash) % m_size; + Node* node = new wxHashTableBase_Node( key, data, this ); + + DoInsertNode( bucket, node ); +} + +void wxHashTableBase::DoPut( const wxString& key, long hash, void* data ) +{ + wxASSERT( m_keyType == wxKEY_STRING ); + + size_t bucket = size_t(hash) % m_size; + Node* node = new wxHashTableBase_Node( key, data, this ); + + DoInsertNode( bucket, node ); +} + +void* wxHashTableBase::DoGet( long key, long hash ) const +{ + wxASSERT( m_keyType == wxKEY_INTEGER ); + + size_t bucket = size_t(hash) % m_size; + + if( m_table[bucket] == NULL ) + return NULL; + + Node *first = m_table[bucket]->GetNext(), + *curr = first; + + do + { + if( curr->m_key.integer == key ) + return curr->m_value; + + curr = curr->GetNext(); + } + while( curr != first ); + + return NULL; +} + +void* wxHashTableBase::DoGet( const wxString& key, long hash ) const +{ + wxASSERT( m_keyType == wxKEY_STRING ); + + size_t bucket = size_t(hash) % m_size; + + if( m_table[bucket] == NULL ) + return NULL; + + Node *first = m_table[bucket]->GetNext(), + *curr = first; + + do + { + if( *curr->m_key.string == key ) + return curr->m_value; + + curr = curr->GetNext(); + } + while( curr != first ); + + return NULL; +} + +void wxHashTableBase::DoUnlinkNode( size_t bucket, wxHashTableBase_Node* node, + wxHashTableBase_Node* prev ) +{ + if( node == m_table[bucket] ) + m_table[bucket] = prev; + + if( prev == node && prev == node->GetNext() ) + m_table[bucket] = NULL; + else + prev->m_next = node->m_next; + + DoDestroyNode( node ); + --m_count; +} + +void* wxHashTableBase::DoDelete( long key, long hash ) +{ + wxASSERT( m_keyType == wxKEY_INTEGER ); + + size_t bucket = size_t(hash) % m_size; + + if( m_table[bucket] == NULL ) + return NULL; + + Node *first = m_table[bucket]->GetNext(), + *curr = first, + *prev = m_table[bucket]; + + do + { + if( curr->m_key.integer == key ) + { + void* retval = curr->m_value; + curr->m_value = NULL; + + DoUnlinkNode( bucket, curr, prev ); + delete curr; + + return retval; + } + + prev = curr; + curr = curr->GetNext(); + } + while( curr != first ); + + return NULL; +} + +void* wxHashTableBase::DoDelete( const wxString& key, long hash ) +{ + wxASSERT( m_keyType == wxKEY_STRING ); + + size_t bucket = size_t(hash) % m_size; + + if( m_table[bucket] == NULL ) + return NULL; + + Node *first = m_table[bucket]->GetNext(), + *curr = first, + *prev = m_table[bucket]; + + do + { + if( *curr->m_key.string == key ) + { + void* retval = curr->m_value; + curr->m_value = NULL; + + DoUnlinkNode( bucket, curr, prev ); + delete curr; + + return retval; + } + + prev = curr; + curr = curr->GetNext(); + } + while( curr != first ); + + return NULL; +} + +long wxHashTableBase::MakeKey( const wxString& str ) +{ + long int_key = 0; + + const wxStringCharType *p = str.wx_str(); + while( *p ) + int_key += *p++; + + return int_key; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHashTable +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxHashTable::wxHashTable( const wxHashTable& table ) + : wxHashTableBase() +{ + DoCopy( table ); +} + +const wxHashTable& wxHashTable::operator=( const wxHashTable& table ) +{ + Destroy(); + DoCopy( table ); + + return *this; +} + +void wxHashTable::DoCopy( const wxHashTable& WXUNUSED(table) ) +{ + Create( m_keyType, m_size ); + + wxFAIL; +} + +void wxHashTable::DoDeleteContents( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ) +{ + delete ((wxHashTable_Node*)node)->GetData(); +} + +void wxHashTable::GetNextNode( size_t bucketStart ) +{ + for( size_t i = bucketStart; i < m_size; ++i ) + { + if( m_table[i] != NULL ) + { + m_curr = ((Node*)m_table[i])->GetNext(); + m_currBucket = i; + return; + } + } + + m_curr = NULL; + m_currBucket = 0; +} + +wxHashTable::Node* wxHashTable::Next() +{ + if( m_curr == NULL ) + GetNextNode( 0 ); + else + { + m_curr = m_curr->GetNext(); + + if( m_curr == ( (Node*)m_table[m_currBucket] )->GetNext() ) + GetNextNode( m_currBucket + 1 ); + } + + return m_curr; +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hashmap.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hashmap.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd46b80e5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hashmap.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/hashmap.cpp +// Purpose: wxHashMap implementation +// Author: Mattia Barbon +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/2002 +// RCS-ID: $Id: hashmap.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Mattia Barbon +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" + +/* FYI: This is the "One-at-a-Time" algorithm by Bob Jenkins */ +/* from requirements by Colin Plumb. */ +/* (http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/doobs.html) */ +/* adapted from Perl sources ( hv.h ) */ +template +static unsigned long DoStringHash(T *k) +{ + unsigned long hash = 0; + + while( *k ) + { + hash += *k++; + hash += (hash << 10); + hash ^= (hash >> 6); + } + hash += (hash << 3); + hash ^= (hash >> 11); + + return hash + (hash << 15); +} + +unsigned long wxStringHash::stringHash( const char* k ) + { return DoStringHash(k); } + +unsigned long wxStringHash::stringHash( const wchar_t* k ) + { return DoStringHash(k); } + + +#ifdef wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP + +/* from SGI STL */ +const unsigned long _wxHashTableBase2::ms_primes[prime_count] = +{ + 7ul, 13ul, 29ul, + 53ul, 97ul, 193ul, 389ul, 769ul, + 1543ul, 3079ul, 6151ul, 12289ul, 24593ul, + 49157ul, 98317ul, 196613ul, 393241ul, 786433ul, + 1572869ul, 3145739ul, 6291469ul, 12582917ul, 25165843ul, + 50331653ul, 100663319ul, 201326611ul, 402653189ul, 805306457ul, + 1610612741ul, 3221225473ul, 4294967291ul +}; + +unsigned long _wxHashTableBase2::GetNextPrime( unsigned long n ) +{ + const unsigned long* ptr = &ms_primes[0]; + for( size_t i = 0; i < prime_count; ++i, ++ptr ) + { + if( n < *ptr ) + return *ptr; + } + + /* someone might try to alloc a 2^32-element hash table */ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("hash table too big?") ); + + /* quiet warning */ + return 0; +} + +unsigned long _wxHashTableBase2::GetPreviousPrime( unsigned long n ) +{ + const unsigned long* ptr = &ms_primes[prime_count - 1]; + + for( size_t i = 0; i < prime_count; ++i, --ptr ) + { + if( n > *ptr ) + return *ptr; + } + + /* quiet warning */ + return 1; +} + +void _wxHashTableBase2::DeleteNodes( size_t buckets, + _wxHashTable_NodeBase** table, + NodeDtor dtor ) +{ + size_t i; + + for( i = 0; i < buckets; ++i ) + { + _wxHashTable_NodeBase* node = table[i]; + _wxHashTable_NodeBase* tmp; + + while( node ) + { + tmp = node->m_next; + dtor( node ); + node = tmp; + } + } + + memset( table, 0, buckets * sizeof(void*) ); +} + +void _wxHashTableBase2::CopyHashTable( _wxHashTable_NodeBase** srcTable, + size_t srcBuckets, + _wxHashTableBase2* dst, + _wxHashTable_NodeBase** dstTable, + BucketFromNode func, ProcessNode proc ) +{ + for( size_t i = 0; i < srcBuckets; ++i ) + { + _wxHashTable_NodeBase* nextnode; + + for( _wxHashTable_NodeBase* node = srcTable[i]; node; node = nextnode ) + { + size_t bucket = func( dst, node ); + + nextnode = node->m_next; + _wxHashTable_NodeBase* newnode = proc( node ); + newnode->m_next = dstTable[bucket]; + dstTable[bucket] = newnode; + } + } +} + +_wxHashTable_NodeBase* _wxHashTableBase2::DummyProcessNode(_wxHashTable_NodeBase* node) +{ + return node; +} + +#endif // wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/headercolcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/headercolcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..afead8dd1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/headercolcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/headercolcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxHeaderColumn implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-12-02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: headercolcmn.cpp 58009 2009-01-11 00:57:08Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_HEADERCTRL + +#include "wx/headercol.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxHeaderColumn implementation +// ============================================================================ + +int wxHeaderColumn::GetFromIndividualFlags() const +{ + int flags = 0; + + if ( IsResizeable() ) + flags |= wxCOL_RESIZABLE; + if ( IsSortable() ) + flags |= wxCOL_SORTABLE; + if ( IsReorderable() ) + flags |= wxCOL_REORDERABLE; + if ( IsHidden() ) + flags |= wxCOL_HIDDEN; + + return flags; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxSettableHeaderColumn implementation +// ============================================================================ + +void wxSettableHeaderColumn::SetIndividualFlags(int flags) +{ + SetResizeable((flags & wxCOL_RESIZABLE) != 0); + SetSortable((flags & wxCOL_SORTABLE) != 0); + SetReorderable((flags & wxCOL_REORDERABLE) != 0); + SetHidden((flags & wxCOL_HIDDEN) != 0); +} + +void wxSettableHeaderColumn::ChangeFlag(int flag, bool set) +{ + if ( HasFlag(flag) != set ) + ToggleFlag(flag); +} + +void wxSettableHeaderColumn::SetFlag(int flag) +{ + int flags = GetFlags(); + if ( !(flags & flag) ) + SetFlags(flags | flag); +} + +void wxSettableHeaderColumn::ClearFlag(int flag) +{ + int flags = GetFlags(); + if ( flags & flag ) + SetFlags(flags & ~flag); +} + +void wxSettableHeaderColumn::ToggleFlag(int flag) +{ + int flags = GetFlags(); + if ( flags & flag ) + flags &= ~flag; + else + flags |= flag; + + SetFlags(flags); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_HEADERCTRL + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/headerctrlcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/headerctrlcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8fd4afa408 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/headerctrlcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,502 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/headerctrlcmn.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxHeaderCtrlBase +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-12-02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: headerctrlcmn.cpp 66740 2011-01-24 14:35:33Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_HEADERCTRL + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/menu.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/headerctrl.h" +#include "wx/rearrangectrl.h" + +namespace +{ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const unsigned int wxNO_COLUMN = static_cast(-1); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderColumnsRearrangeDialog: dialog for customizing our columns +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL + +class wxHeaderColumnsRearrangeDialog : public wxRearrangeDialog +{ +public: + wxHeaderColumnsRearrangeDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxArrayInt& order, + const wxArrayString& items) + : wxRearrangeDialog + ( + parent, + _("Please select the columns to show and define their order:"), + _("Customize Columns"), + order, + items + ) + { + } +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ============================================================================ +// wxHeaderCtrlBase implementation +// ============================================================================ + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxHeaderCtrlNameStr[] = "wxHeaderCtrl"; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxHeaderCtrlBase, wxControl) + EVT_HEADER_SEPARATOR_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, wxHeaderCtrlBase::OnSeparatorDClick) +#if wxUSE_MENUS + EVT_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxHeaderCtrlBase::OnRClick) +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxHeaderCtrlBase::ScrollWindow(int dx, + int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(dy), + const wxRect * WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(rect)) + +{ + // this doesn't make sense at all + wxASSERT_MSG( !dy, "header window can't be scrolled vertically" ); + + // this would actually be nice to support for "frozen" headers but it isn't + // supported currently + wxASSERT_MSG( !rect, "header window can't be scrolled partially" ); + + DoScrollHorz(dx); +} + +void wxHeaderCtrlBase::SetColumnCount(unsigned int count) +{ + if ( count != GetColumnCount() ) + OnColumnCountChanging(count); + + // still call DoSetCount() even if the count didn't really change in order + // to update all the columns + DoSetCount(count); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrlBase event handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxHeaderCtrlBase::OnSeparatorDClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) +{ + const unsigned col = event.GetColumn(); + const wxHeaderColumn& column = GetColumn(col); + + if ( !column.IsResizeable() ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + int w = wxWindowBase::GetTextExtent(column.GetTitle()).x; + w += 4*GetCharWidth(); // add some arbitrary margins around text + + if ( !UpdateColumnWidthToFit(col, w) ) + event.Skip(); + else + UpdateColumn(col); +} + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + +void wxHeaderCtrlBase::OnRClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) +{ + if ( !HasFlag(wxHD_ALLOW_HIDE) ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + ShowColumnsMenu(ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition())); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrlBase column reordering +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxHeaderCtrlBase::SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order) +{ + const unsigned count = GetColumnCount(); + wxCHECK_RET( order.size() == count, "wrong number of columns" ); + + // check the array validity + wxArrayInt seen(count, 0); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + const unsigned idx = order[n]; + wxCHECK_RET( idx < count, "invalid column index" ); + wxCHECK_RET( !seen[idx], "duplicate column index" ); + + seen[idx] = 1; + } + + DoSetColumnsOrder(order); + + // TODO-RTL: do we need to reverse the array? +} + +void wxHeaderCtrlBase::ResetColumnsOrder() +{ + const unsigned count = GetColumnCount(); + wxArrayInt order(count); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + order[n] = n; + + DoSetColumnsOrder(order); +} + +wxArrayInt wxHeaderCtrlBase::GetColumnsOrder() const +{ + const wxArrayInt order = DoGetColumnsOrder(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( order.size() == GetColumnCount(), "invalid order array" ); + + return order; +} + +unsigned int wxHeaderCtrlBase::GetColumnAt(unsigned int pos) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( pos < GetColumnCount(), wxNO_COLUMN, "invalid position" ); + + return GetColumnsOrder()[pos]; +} + +unsigned int wxHeaderCtrlBase::GetColumnPos(unsigned int idx) const +{ + const unsigned count = GetColumnCount(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( idx < count, wxNO_COLUMN, "invalid index" ); + + const wxArrayInt order = GetColumnsOrder(); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( (unsigned)order[n] == idx ) + return n; + } + + wxFAIL_MSG( "column unexpectedly not displayed at all" ); + + return wxNO_COLUMN; +} + +/* static */ +void wxHeaderCtrlBase::MoveColumnInOrderArray(wxArrayInt& order, + unsigned int idx, + unsigned int pos) +{ + const unsigned count = order.size(); + + wxArrayInt orderNew; + orderNew.reserve(count); + for ( unsigned n = 0; ; n++ ) + { + // NB: order of checks is important for this to work when the new + // column position is the same as the old one + + // insert the column at its new position + if ( orderNew.size() == pos ) + orderNew.push_back(idx); + + if ( n == count ) + break; + + // delete the column from its old position + const unsigned idxOld = order[n]; + if ( idxOld == idx ) + continue; + + orderNew.push_back(idxOld); + } + + order.swap(orderNew); +} + +void +wxHeaderCtrlBase::DoResizeColumnIndices(wxArrayInt& colIndices, unsigned int count) +{ + // update the column indices array if necessary + const unsigned countOld = colIndices.size(); + if ( count > countOld ) + { + // all new columns have default positions equal to their indices + for ( unsigned n = countOld; n < count; n++ ) + colIndices.push_back(n); + } + else if ( count < countOld ) + { + // filter out all the positions which are invalid now while keeping the + // order of the remaining ones + wxArrayInt colIndicesNew; + colIndicesNew.reserve(count); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < countOld; n++ ) + { + const unsigned idx = colIndices[n]; + if ( idx < count ) + colIndicesNew.push_back(idx); + } + + colIndices.swap(colIndicesNew); + } + //else: count didn't really change, nothing to do + + wxASSERT_MSG( colIndices.size() == count, "logic error" ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrl extra UI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + +void wxHeaderCtrlBase::AddColumnsItems(wxMenu& menu, int idColumnsBase) +{ + const unsigned count = GetColumnCount(); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + const wxHeaderColumn& col = GetColumn(n); + menu.AppendCheckItem(idColumnsBase + n, col.GetTitle()); + if ( col.IsShown() ) + menu.Check(n, true); + } +} + +bool wxHeaderCtrlBase::ShowColumnsMenu(const wxPoint& pt, const wxString& title) +{ + // construct the menu with the entries for all columns + wxMenu menu; + if ( !title.empty() ) + menu.SetTitle(title); + + AddColumnsItems(menu); + + // ... and an extra one to show the customization dialog if the user is + // allowed to reorder the columns too + const unsigned count = GetColumnCount(); + if ( HasFlag(wxHD_ALLOW_REORDER) ) + { + menu.AppendSeparator(); + menu.Append(count, _("&Customize...")); + } + + // do show the menu and get the user selection + const int rc = GetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser(menu, pt); + if ( rc == wxID_NONE ) + return false; + + if ( static_cast(rc) == count ) + { + return ShowCustomizeDialog(); + } + else // a column selected from the menu + { + UpdateColumnVisibility(rc, !GetColumn(rc).IsShown()); + } + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +bool wxHeaderCtrlBase::ShowCustomizeDialog() +{ +#if wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL + // prepare the data for showing the dialog + wxArrayInt order = GetColumnsOrder(); + + const unsigned count = GetColumnCount(); + + // notice that titles are always in the index order, they will be shown + // rearranged according to the display order in the dialog + wxArrayString titles; + titles.reserve(count); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + titles.push_back(GetColumn(n).GetTitle()); + + // this loop is however over positions and not indices + unsigned pos; + for ( pos = 0; pos < count; pos++ ) + { + int& idx = order[pos]; + if ( GetColumn(idx).IsHidden() ) + { + // indicate that this one is hidden + idx = ~idx; + } + } + + // do show it + wxHeaderColumnsRearrangeDialog dlg(this, order, titles); + if ( dlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + { + // and apply the changes + order = dlg.GetOrder(); + for ( pos = 0; pos < count; pos++ ) + { + int& idx = order[pos]; + const bool show = idx >= 0; + if ( !show ) + { + // make all indices positive for passing them to SetColumnsOrder() + idx = ~idx; + } + + if ( show != GetColumn(idx).IsShown() ) + UpdateColumnVisibility(idx, show); + } + + UpdateColumnsOrder(order); + SetColumnsOrder(order); + + return true; + } +#endif // wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL + + return false; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxHeaderCtrlSimple implementation +// ============================================================================ + +void wxHeaderCtrlSimple::Init() +{ + m_sortKey = wxNO_COLUMN; +} + +const wxHeaderColumn& wxHeaderCtrlSimple::GetColumn(unsigned int idx) const +{ + return m_cols[idx]; +} + +void wxHeaderCtrlSimple::DoInsert(const wxHeaderColumnSimple& col, unsigned int idx) +{ + m_cols.insert(m_cols.begin() + idx, col); + + UpdateColumnCount(); +} + +void wxHeaderCtrlSimple::DoDelete(unsigned int idx) +{ + m_cols.erase(m_cols.begin() + idx); + if ( idx == m_sortKey ) + m_sortKey = wxNO_COLUMN; + + UpdateColumnCount(); +} + +void wxHeaderCtrlSimple::DeleteAllColumns() +{ + m_cols.clear(); + m_sortKey = wxNO_COLUMN; + + UpdateColumnCount(); +} + + +void wxHeaderCtrlSimple::DoShowColumn(unsigned int idx, bool show) +{ + if ( show != m_cols[idx].IsShown() ) + { + m_cols[idx].SetHidden(!show); + + UpdateColumn(idx); + } +} + +void wxHeaderCtrlSimple::DoShowSortIndicator(unsigned int idx, bool ascending) +{ + RemoveSortIndicator(); + + m_cols[idx].SetAsSortKey(ascending); + m_sortKey = idx; + + UpdateColumn(idx); +} + +void wxHeaderCtrlSimple::RemoveSortIndicator() +{ + if ( m_sortKey != wxNO_COLUMN ) + { + const unsigned sortOld = m_sortKey; + m_sortKey = wxNO_COLUMN; + + m_cols[sortOld].UnsetAsSortKey(); + + UpdateColumn(sortOld); + } +} + +bool +wxHeaderCtrlSimple::UpdateColumnWidthToFit(unsigned int idx, int widthTitle) +{ + const int widthContents = GetBestFittingWidth(idx); + if ( widthContents == -1 ) + return false; + + m_cols[idx].SetWidth(wxMax(widthContents, widthTitle)); + + return true; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxHeaderCtrlEvent implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHeaderCtrlEvent, wxNotifyEvent) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_CLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_MIDDLE_CLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent); + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_DCLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_MIDDLE_DCLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent); + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_SEPARATOR_DCLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent); + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE, wxHeaderCtrlEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_RESIZING, wxHeaderCtrlEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_END_RESIZE, wxHeaderCtrlEvent); + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER, wxHeaderCtrlEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_END_REORDER, wxHeaderCtrlEvent); + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_DRAGGING_CANCELLED, wxHeaderCtrlEvent); + +#endif // wxUSE_HEADERCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/helpbase.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/helpbase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..83ede72d74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/helpbase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/helpbase.cpp +// Purpose: Help system base classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: helpbase.cpp 38787 2006-04-18 07:24:35Z ABX $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_HELP + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif + +#include "wx/helpbase.h" + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxHelpControllerBase, wxObject) + +#endif // wxUSE_HELP diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/http.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/http.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fdb2cf67ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/http.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,506 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/http.cpp +// Purpose: HTTP protocol +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: Simo Virokannas (authentication, Dec 2005) +// Created: August 1997 +// RCS-ID: $Id: http.cpp 66728 2011-01-22 14:38:36Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + +#include +#include + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/app.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/socket.h" +#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h" +#include "wx/url.h" +#include "wx/protocol/http.h" +#include "wx/sckstrm.h" +#include "wx/thread.h" + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHTTP +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHTTP, wxProtocol) +IMPLEMENT_PROTOCOL(wxHTTP, wxT("http"), wxT("80"), true) + +wxHTTP::wxHTTP() + : wxProtocol() +{ + m_addr = NULL; + m_read = false; + m_proxy_mode = false; + m_post_buf = wxEmptyString; + m_http_response = 0; + + SetNotify(wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG); +} + +wxHTTP::~wxHTTP() +{ + ClearHeaders(); + + delete m_addr; +} + +void wxHTTP::ClearHeaders() +{ + m_headers.clear(); +} + +void wxHTTP::ClearCookies() +{ + m_cookies.clear(); +} + +wxString wxHTTP::GetContentType() const +{ + return GetHeader(wxT("Content-Type")); +} + +void wxHTTP::SetProxyMode(bool on) +{ + m_proxy_mode = on; +} + +wxHTTP::wxHeaderIterator wxHTTP::FindHeader(const wxString& header) +{ + wxHeaderIterator it = m_headers.begin(); + for ( wxHeaderIterator en = m_headers.end(); it != en; ++it ) + { + if ( header.CmpNoCase(it->first) == 0 ) + break; + } + + return it; +} + +wxHTTP::wxHeaderConstIterator wxHTTP::FindHeader(const wxString& header) const +{ + wxHeaderConstIterator it = m_headers.begin(); + for ( wxHeaderConstIterator en = m_headers.end(); it != en; ++it ) + { + if ( header.CmpNoCase(it->first) == 0 ) + break; + } + + return it; +} + +wxHTTP::wxCookieIterator wxHTTP::FindCookie(const wxString& cookie) +{ + wxCookieIterator it = m_cookies.begin(); + for ( wxCookieIterator en = m_cookies.end(); it != en; ++it ) + { + if ( cookie.CmpNoCase(it->first) == 0 ) + break; + } + + return it; +} + +wxHTTP::wxCookieConstIterator wxHTTP::FindCookie(const wxString& cookie) const +{ + wxCookieConstIterator it = m_cookies.begin(); + for ( wxCookieConstIterator en = m_cookies.end(); it != en; ++it ) + { + if ( cookie.CmpNoCase(it->first) == 0 ) + break; + } + + return it; +} + +void wxHTTP::SetHeader(const wxString& header, const wxString& h_data) +{ + if (m_read) { + ClearHeaders(); + m_read = false; + } + + wxHeaderIterator it = FindHeader(header); + if (it != m_headers.end()) + it->second = h_data; + else + m_headers[header] = h_data; +} + +wxString wxHTTP::GetHeader(const wxString& header) const +{ + wxHeaderConstIterator it = FindHeader(header); + + return it == m_headers.end() ? wxGetEmptyString() : it->second; +} + +wxString wxHTTP::GetCookie(const wxString& cookie) const +{ + wxCookieConstIterator it = FindCookie(cookie); + + return it == m_cookies.end() ? wxGetEmptyString() : it->second; +} + +wxString wxHTTP::GenerateAuthString(const wxString& user, const wxString& pass) const +{ + // TODO: Use wxBase64Encode() now that we have it instead of reproducing it + + static const char *base64 = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/"; + + wxString buf; + wxString toencode; + + buf.Printf(wxT("Basic ")); + + toencode.Printf(wxT("%s:%s"),user.c_str(),pass.c_str()); + + size_t len = toencode.length(); + const wxChar *from = toencode.c_str(); + while (len >= 3) { // encode full blocks first + buf << wxString::Format(wxT("%c%c"), base64[(from[0] >> 2) & 0x3f], base64[((from[0] << 4) & 0x30) | ((from[1] >> 4) & 0xf)]); + buf << wxString::Format(wxT("%c%c"), base64[((from[1] << 2) & 0x3c) | ((from[2] >> 6) & 0x3)], base64[from[2] & 0x3f]); + from += 3; + len -= 3; + } + if (len > 0) { // pad the remaining characters + buf << wxString::Format(wxT("%c"), base64[(from[0] >> 2) & 0x3f]); + if (len == 1) { + buf << wxString::Format(wxT("%c="), base64[(from[0] << 4) & 0x30]); + } else { + buf << wxString::Format(wxT("%c%c"), base64[((from[0] << 4) & 0x30) | ((from[1] >> 4) & 0xf)], base64[(from[1] << 2) & 0x3c]); + } + buf << wxT("="); + } + + return buf; +} + +void wxHTTP::SetPostBuffer(const wxString& post_buf) +{ + m_post_buf = post_buf; +} + +void wxHTTP::SendHeaders() +{ + typedef wxStringToStringHashMap::iterator iterator; + wxString buf; + + for (iterator it = m_headers.begin(), en = m_headers.end(); it != en; ++it ) + { + buf.Printf(wxT("%s: %s\r\n"), it->first.c_str(), it->second.c_str()); + + const wxWX2MBbuf cbuf = buf.mb_str(); + Write(cbuf, strlen(cbuf)); + } +} + +bool wxHTTP::ParseHeaders() +{ + wxString line; + wxStringTokenizer tokenzr; + + ClearHeaders(); + ClearCookies(); + m_read = true; + + for ( ;; ) + { + m_lastError = ReadLine(this, line); + if (m_lastError != wxPROTO_NOERR) + return false; + + if ( line.empty() ) + break; + + wxString left_str = line.BeforeFirst(':'); + if(!left_str.CmpNoCase("Set-Cookie")) + { + wxString cookieName = line.AfterFirst(':').Strip(wxString::both).BeforeFirst('='); + wxString cookieValue = line.AfterFirst(':').Strip(wxString::both).AfterFirst('=').BeforeFirst(';'); + m_cookies[cookieName] = cookieValue; + + // For compatibility + m_headers[left_str] = line.AfterFirst(':').Strip(wxString::both); + } + else + { + m_headers[left_str] = line.AfterFirst(':').Strip(wxString::both); + } + } + return true; +} + +bool wxHTTP::Connect(const wxString& host, unsigned short port) +{ + wxIPV4address *addr; + + if (m_addr) { + wxDELETE(m_addr); + Close(); + } + + m_addr = addr = new wxIPV4address(); + + if (!addr->Hostname(host)) { + wxDELETE(m_addr); + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NETERR; + return false; + } + + if ( port ) + addr->Service(port); + else if (!addr->Service(wxT("http"))) + addr->Service(80); + + wxString hostHdr = host; + if ( port && port != 80 ) + hostHdr << wxT(":") << port; + SetHeader(wxT("Host"), hostHdr); + + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + return true; +} + +bool wxHTTP::Connect(const wxSockAddress& addr, bool WXUNUSED(wait)) +{ + if (m_addr) { + delete m_addr; + Close(); + } + + m_addr = addr.Clone(); + + wxIPV4address *ipv4addr = wxDynamicCast(&addr, wxIPV4address); + if ( ipv4addr ) + { + wxString hostHdr = ipv4addr->OrigHostname(); + unsigned short port = ipv4addr->Service(); + if ( port && port != 80 ) + hostHdr << wxT(":") << port; + SetHeader(wxT("Host"), hostHdr); + } + + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + return true; +} + +bool wxHTTP::BuildRequest(const wxString& path, wxHTTP_Req req) +{ + const wxChar *request; + + switch (req) + { + case wxHTTP_GET: + request = wxT("GET"); + break; + + case wxHTTP_POST: + request = wxT("POST"); + if ( GetHeader( wxT("Content-Length") ).empty() ) + SetHeader( wxT("Content-Length"), wxString::Format( wxT("%lu"), (unsigned long)m_post_buf.Len() ) ); + break; + + default: + return false; + } + + m_http_response = 0; + + // If there is no User-Agent defined, define it. + if ( GetHeader(wxT("User-Agent")).empty() ) + SetHeader(wxT("User-Agent"), wxT("wxWidgets 2.x")); + + // Send authentication information + if (!m_username.empty() || !m_password.empty()) { + SetHeader(wxT("Authorization"), GenerateAuthString(m_username, m_password)); + } + + SaveState(); + + // we may use non blocking sockets only if we can dispatch events from them + SetFlags( wxIsMainThread() && wxApp::IsMainLoopRunning() ? wxSOCKET_NONE + : wxSOCKET_BLOCK ); + Notify(false); + + wxString buf; + buf.Printf(wxT("%s %s HTTP/1.0\r\n"), request, path.c_str()); + const wxWX2MBbuf pathbuf = buf.mb_str(); + Write(pathbuf, strlen(pathbuf)); + SendHeaders(); + Write("\r\n", 2); + + if ( req == wxHTTP_POST ) { + // Post data can be arbitrary binary data when the "binary" content + // transfer encoding is used so don't assume it's ASCII only or + // NUL-terminated. + { + const wxScopedCharBuffer buf(m_post_buf.To8BitData()); + Write(buf, buf.length()); + } // delete the buffer before modifying the string it points to, it + // wouldn't really be a problem here even if we didn't do this + // because we won't use this buffer again but this will avoid any + // nasty surprises in the future if this code changes + + m_post_buf = wxEmptyString; + } + + wxString tmp_str; + m_lastError = ReadLine(this, tmp_str); + if (m_lastError != wxPROTO_NOERR) { + RestoreState(); + return false; + } + + if (!tmp_str.Contains(wxT("HTTP/"))) { + // TODO: support HTTP v0.9 which can have no header. + // FIXME: tmp_str is not put back in the in-queue of the socket. + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + SetHeader(wxT("Content-Length"), wxT("-1")); + SetHeader(wxT("Content-Type"), wxT("none/none")); + RestoreState(); + return true; + } + + wxStringTokenizer token(tmp_str,wxT(' ')); + wxString tmp_str2; + bool ret_value; + + token.NextToken(); + tmp_str2 = token.NextToken(); + + m_http_response = wxAtoi(tmp_str2); + + switch ( tmp_str2[0u].GetValue() ) + { + case wxT('1'): + /* INFORMATION / SUCCESS */ + break; + + case wxT('2'): + /* SUCCESS */ + break; + + case wxT('3'): + /* REDIRECTION */ + break; + + default: + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOFILE; + RestoreState(); + return false; + } + + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + ret_value = ParseHeaders(); + RestoreState(); + return ret_value; +} + +bool wxHTTP::Abort(void) +{ + return wxSocketClient::Close(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHTTPStream and wxHTTP::GetInputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxHTTPStream : public wxSocketInputStream +{ +public: + wxHTTP *m_http; + size_t m_httpsize; + unsigned long m_read_bytes; + + wxHTTPStream(wxHTTP *http) : wxSocketInputStream(*http), m_http(http) {} + size_t GetSize() const { return m_httpsize; } + virtual ~wxHTTPStream(void) { m_http->Abort(); } + +protected: + size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t bufsize); + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHTTPStream); +}; + +size_t wxHTTPStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t bufsize) +{ + if (m_read_bytes >= m_httpsize) + { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_EOF; + return 0; + } + + size_t ret = wxSocketInputStream::OnSysRead(buffer, bufsize); + m_read_bytes += ret; + + if (m_httpsize==(size_t)-1 && m_lasterror == wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR ) + { + // if m_httpsize is (size_t) -1 this means read until connection closed + // which is equivalent to getting a READ_ERROR, for clients however this + // must be translated into EOF, as it is the expected way of signalling + // end end of the content + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_EOF; + } + + return ret; +} + +wxInputStream *wxHTTP::GetInputStream(const wxString& path) +{ + wxHTTPStream *inp_stream; + + wxString new_path; + + m_lastError = wxPROTO_CONNERR; // all following returns share this type of error + if (!m_addr) + return NULL; + + // We set m_connected back to false so wxSocketBase will know what to do. +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + wxSocketClient::Connect(*m_addr , false ); + wxSocketClient::WaitOnConnect(10); + + if (!wxSocketClient::IsConnected()) + return NULL; +#else + if (!wxProtocol::Connect(*m_addr)) + return NULL; +#endif + + if (!BuildRequest(path, m_post_buf.empty() ? wxHTTP_GET : wxHTTP_POST)) + return NULL; + + inp_stream = new wxHTTPStream(this); + + if (!GetHeader(wxT("Content-Length")).empty()) + inp_stream->m_httpsize = wxAtoi(GetHeader(wxT("Content-Length"))); + else + inp_stream->m_httpsize = (size_t)-1; + + inp_stream->m_read_bytes = 0; + + Notify(false); + SetFlags(wxSOCKET_BLOCK | wxSOCKET_WAITALL); + + // no error; reset m_lastError + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + return inp_stream; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hyperlnkcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hyperlnkcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7519a9f7ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/hyperlnkcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/hyperlnkcmn.cpp +// Purpose: Hyperlink control +// Author: David Norris , Otto Wyss +// Modified by: Ryan Norton, Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 04/02/2005 +// RCS-ID: $Id: hyperlnkcmn.cpp 66644 2011-01-07 22:37:43Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 David Norris +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Pre-compiled header stuff +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Includes +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/hyperlink.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/menu.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/dataobj.h" +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxHyperlinkStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxHyperlinkStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHL_CONTEXTMENU) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHL_ALIGN_LEFT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHL_ALIGN_RIGHT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHL_ALIGN_CENTRE) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxHyperlinkStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI( wxHyperlinkCtrl, wxControl, "wx/hyperlink.h") + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHyperlinkEvent, wxCommandEvent) +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_HYPERLINK, wxHyperlinkEvent ); + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxHyperlinkCtrl) +wxPROPERTY( Label, wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxString(), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("The link label"), wxT("group") ) + +wxPROPERTY( URL, wxString, SetURL, GetURL, wxString(), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("The link URL"), wxT("group") ) +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxHyperlinkStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("The link style"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxHyperlinkCtrl) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_7( wxHyperlinkCtrl, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, wxString, \ + Label, wxString, URL, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + + +const char wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr[] = "hyperlink"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHyperlinkCtrlBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void +wxHyperlinkCtrlBase::CheckParams(const wxString& label, + const wxString& url, + long style) +{ +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + wxASSERT_MSG(!url.empty() || !label.empty(), + wxT("Both URL and label are empty ?")); + + int alignment = (int)((style & wxHL_ALIGN_LEFT) != 0) + + (int)((style & wxHL_ALIGN_CENTRE) != 0) + + (int)((style & wxHL_ALIGN_RIGHT) != 0); + wxASSERT_MSG(alignment == 1, + wxT("Specify exactly one align flag!")); +#else // !wxDEBUG_LEVEL + wxUnusedVar(label); + wxUnusedVar(url); + wxUnusedVar(style); +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL/!wxDEBUG_LEVEL +} + +void wxHyperlinkCtrlBase::SendEvent() +{ + wxString url = GetURL(); + wxHyperlinkEvent linkEvent(this, GetId(), url); + if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(linkEvent)) // was the event skipped ? + { + if (!wxLaunchDefaultBrowser(url)) + { + wxLogWarning(wxT("Could not launch the default browser with url '%s' !"), url.c_str()); + } + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/iconbndl.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/iconbndl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3bf18a7af --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/iconbndl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/iconbndl.cpp +// Purpose: wxIconBundle +// Author: Mattia Barbon, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 23.03.2002 +// RCS-ID: $Id: iconbndl.cpp 66374 2010-12-14 18:43:49Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Mattia barbon +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/iconbndl.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/stream.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/wfstream.h" + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxIconArray) + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIconBundle, wxGDIObject) + +#define M_ICONBUNDLEDATA static_cast(m_refData) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIconBundleRefData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxIconBundleRefData : public wxGDIRefData +{ +public: + wxIconBundleRefData() { } + + // We need the copy ctor for CloneGDIRefData() but notice that we use the + // base class default ctor in it and not the copy one which it doesn't have. + wxIconBundleRefData(const wxIconBundleRefData& other) + : wxGDIRefData(), + m_icons(other.m_icons) + { + } + + // default assignment operator and dtor are ok + + virtual bool IsOk() const { return !m_icons.empty(); } + + wxIconArray m_icons; +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxIconBundle implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxIconBundle::wxIconBundle() +{ +} + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE + +#if wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE +wxIconBundle::wxIconBundle(const wxString& file, wxBitmapType type) + : wxGDIObject() +{ + AddIcon(file, type); +} +#endif // wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE + +wxIconBundle::wxIconBundle(wxInputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type) + : wxGDIObject() +{ + AddIcon(stream, type); +} +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE + +wxIconBundle::wxIconBundle(const wxIcon& icon) + : wxGDIObject() +{ + AddIcon(icon); +} + +wxGDIRefData *wxIconBundle::CreateGDIRefData() const +{ + return new wxIconBundleRefData; +} + +wxGDIRefData *wxIconBundle::CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const +{ + return new wxIconBundleRefData(*static_cast(data)); +} + +void wxIconBundle::DeleteIcons() +{ + UnRef(); +} + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE + +namespace +{ + +// Adds icon from 'input' to the bundle. Shows 'errorMessage' on failure +// (it must contain "%d", because it is used to report # of image in the file +// that failed to load): +void DoAddIcon(wxIconBundle& bundle, + wxInputStream& input, + wxBitmapType type, + const wxString& errorMessage) +{ + wxImage image; + + const wxFileOffset posOrig = input.TellI(); + + const size_t count = wxImage::GetImageCount(input, type); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; ++i ) + { + if ( i ) + { + // the call to LoadFile() for the first sub-image updated the + // stream position but we need to start reading the subsequent + // sub-image at the image beginning too + input.SeekI(posOrig); + } + + if ( !image.LoadFile(input, type, i) ) + { + wxLogError(errorMessage, i); + continue; + } + + if ( type == wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY ) + { + // store the type so that we don't need to try all handlers again + // for the subsequent images, they should all be of the same type + type = image.GetType(); + } + + wxIcon tmp; + tmp.CopyFromBitmap(wxBitmap(image)); + bundle.AddIcon(tmp); + } +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +#if wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE + +void wxIconBundle::AddIcon(const wxString& file, wxBitmapType type) +{ +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // Deal with standard icons + if ( type == wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE ) + { + wxIcon tmp(file, type); + if (tmp.Ok()) + { + AddIcon(tmp); + return; + } + } +#endif // __WXMAC__ + +#if wxUSE_FFILE + wxFFileInputStream stream(file); +#elif wxUSE_FILE + wxFileInputStream stream(file); +#endif + DoAddIcon + ( + *this, + stream, type, + wxString::Format(_("Failed to load image %%d from file '%s'."), file) + ); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE + +void wxIconBundle::AddIcon(wxInputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type) +{ + DoAddIcon(*this, stream, type, _("Failed to load image %d from stream.")); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE + +wxIcon wxIconBundle::GetIcon(const wxSize& size) const +{ + const size_t count = GetIconCount(); + + // optimize for the common case of icon bundles containing one icon only + wxIcon iconBest; + switch ( count ) + { + case 0: + // nothing to do, iconBest is already invalid + break; + + case 1: + iconBest = M_ICONBUNDLEDATA->m_icons[0]; + break; + + default: + // there is more than one icon, find the best match: + wxCoord sysX = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric( wxSYS_ICON_X ), + sysY = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric( wxSYS_ICON_Y ); + + const wxIconArray& iconArray = M_ICONBUNDLEDATA->m_icons; + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + const wxIcon& icon = iconArray[i]; + wxCoord sx = icon.GetWidth(), + sy = icon.GetHeight(); + + // if we got an icon of exactly the requested size, we're done + if ( sx == size.x && sy == size.y ) + { + iconBest = icon; + break; + } + + // the best icon is by default (arbitrarily) the first one but + // if we find a system-sized icon, take it instead + if ((sx == sysX && sy == sysY) || !iconBest.IsOk()) + iconBest = icon; + } + } + +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON + return wxIcon(iconBest.GetHICON(), size); +#else + return iconBest; +#endif +} + +wxIcon wxIconBundle::GetIconOfExactSize(const wxSize& size) const +{ + wxIcon icon = GetIcon(size); + if ( icon.Ok() && + (icon.GetWidth() != size.x || icon.GetHeight() != size.y) ) + { + icon = wxNullIcon; + } + + return icon; +} + +void wxIconBundle::AddIcon(const wxIcon& icon) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( icon.IsOk(), wxT("invalid icon") ); + + AllocExclusive(); + + wxIconArray& iconArray = M_ICONBUNDLEDATA->m_icons; + + // replace existing icon with the same size if we already have it + const size_t count = iconArray.size(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; ++i ) + { + wxIcon& tmp = iconArray[i]; + if ( tmp.Ok() && + tmp.GetWidth() == icon.GetWidth() && + tmp.GetHeight() == icon.GetHeight() ) + { + tmp = icon; + return; + } + } + + // if we don't, add an icon with new size + iconArray.Add(icon); +} + +size_t wxIconBundle::GetIconCount() const +{ + return IsOk() ? M_ICONBUNDLEDATA->m_icons.size() : 0; +} + +wxIcon wxIconBundle::GetIconByIndex(size_t n) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( n < GetIconCount(), wxNullIcon, wxT("invalid index") ); + + return M_ICONBUNDLEDATA->m_icons[n]; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagall.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagall.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90e66ac95f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagall.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/imagall.cpp +// Purpose: wxImage access all handler +// Author: Sylvain Bougnoux +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagall.cpp 42644 2006-10-29 18:58:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Sylvain Bougnoux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// This function allows dynamic access to all image handlers compile within +// the library. This function should be in a separate file as some compilers +// link against the whole object file as long as just one of is function is called! + +void wxInitAllImageHandlers() +{ +#if wxUSE_LIBPNG + wxImage::AddHandler( new wxPNGHandler ); +#endif +#if wxUSE_LIBJPEG + wxImage::AddHandler( new wxJPEGHandler ); +#endif +#if wxUSE_LIBTIFF + wxImage::AddHandler( new wxTIFFHandler ); +#endif +#if wxUSE_GIF + wxImage::AddHandler( new wxGIFHandler ); +#endif +#if wxUSE_PNM + wxImage::AddHandler( new wxPNMHandler ); +#endif +#if wxUSE_PCX + wxImage::AddHandler( new wxPCXHandler ); +#endif +#if wxUSE_IFF + wxImage::AddHandler( new wxIFFHandler ); +#endif +#if wxUSE_ICO_CUR + wxImage::AddHandler( new wxICOHandler ); + wxImage::AddHandler( new wxCURHandler ); + wxImage::AddHandler( new wxANIHandler ); +#endif +#if wxUSE_TGA + wxImage::AddHandler( new wxTGAHandler ); +#endif +#if wxUSE_XPM + wxImage::AddHandler( new wxXPMHandler ); +#endif +} + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagbmp.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagbmp.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..70ecc97fed --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagbmp.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1510 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/imagbmp.cpp +// Purpose: wxImage BMP,ICO and CUR handlers +// Author: Robert Roebling, Chris Elliott +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagbmp.cpp 66491 2010-12-29 12:31:37Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling, Chris Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + +#include "wx/imagbmp.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + #endif + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/palette.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/math.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/filefn.h" +#include "wx/wfstream.h" +#include "wx/quantize.h" +#include "wx/scopeguard.h" +#include "wx/anidecod.h" + +// For memcpy +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_ICO_CUR + +static bool CanReadICOOrCUR(wxInputStream *stream, wxUint16 resourceType); + +#endif // wxUSE_ICO_CUR + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBMPHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBMPHandler,wxImageHandler) + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#ifndef BI_RGB + #define BI_RGB 0 +#endif + +#ifndef BI_RLE8 +#define BI_RLE8 1 +#endif + +#ifndef BI_RLE4 +#define BI_RLE4 2 +#endif + +#ifndef BI_BITFIELDS +#define BI_BITFIELDS 3 +#endif + +#define poffset (line * width * 3 + column * 3) + +bool wxBMPHandler::SaveFile(wxImage *image, + wxOutputStream& stream, + bool verbose) +{ + return SaveDib(image, stream, verbose, true/*IsBmp*/, false/*IsMask*/); +} + +bool wxBMPHandler::SaveDib(wxImage *image, + wxOutputStream& stream, + bool verbose, + bool IsBmp, + bool IsMask) + +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( image, false, wxT("invalid pointer in wxBMPHandler::SaveFile") ); + + if ( !image->Ok() ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError(_("BMP: Couldn't save invalid image.")); + } + return false; + } + + // get the format of the BMP file to save, else use 24bpp + unsigned format = wxBMP_24BPP; + if ( image->HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT) ) + format = image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT); + + wxUint16 bpp; // # of bits per pixel + int palette_size; // # of color map entries, ie. 2^bpp colors + + // set the bpp and appropriate palette_size, and do additional checks + if ( (format == wxBMP_1BPP) || (format == wxBMP_1BPP_BW) ) + { + bpp = 1; + palette_size = 2; + } + else if ( format == wxBMP_4BPP ) + { + bpp = 4; + palette_size = 16; + } + else if ( (format == wxBMP_8BPP) || (format == wxBMP_8BPP_GREY) || + (format == wxBMP_8BPP_RED) || (format == wxBMP_8BPP_PALETTE) ) + { + // need to set a wxPalette to use this, HOW TO CHECK IF VALID, SIZE? + if ((format == wxBMP_8BPP_PALETTE) +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + && !image->HasPalette() +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError(_("BMP: wxImage doesn't have own wxPalette.")); + } + return false; + } + bpp = 8; + palette_size = 256; + } + else // you get 24bpp + { + format = wxBMP_24BPP; + bpp = 24; + palette_size = 0; + } + + unsigned width = image->GetWidth(); + unsigned row_padding = (4 - int(width*bpp/8.0) % 4) % 4; // # bytes to pad to dword + unsigned row_width = int(width * bpp/8.0) + row_padding; // # of bytes per row + + struct + { + // BitmapHeader: + wxUint16 magic; // format magic, always 'BM' + wxUint32 filesize; // total file size, inc. headers + wxUint32 reserved; // for future use + wxUint32 data_offset; // image data offset in the file + + // BitmapInfoHeader: + wxUint32 bih_size; // 2nd part's size + wxUint32 width, height; // bitmap's dimensions + wxUint16 planes; // num of planes + wxUint16 bpp; // bits per pixel + wxUint32 compression; // compression method + wxUint32 size_of_bmp; // size of the bitmap + wxUint32 h_res, v_res; // image resolution in pixels-per-meter + wxUint32 num_clrs; // number of colors used + wxUint32 num_signif_clrs;// number of significant colors + } hdr; + + wxUint32 hdr_size = 14/*BitmapHeader*/ + 40/*BitmapInfoHeader*/; + + hdr.magic = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(0x4D42/*'BM'*/); + hdr.filesize = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE( hdr_size + palette_size*4 + + row_width * image->GetHeight() ); + hdr.reserved = 0; + hdr.data_offset = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(hdr_size + palette_size*4); + + hdr.bih_size = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(hdr_size - 14); + hdr.width = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(image->GetWidth()); + if ( IsBmp ) + { + hdr.height = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(image->GetHeight()); + } + else + { + hdr.height = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(2 * image->GetHeight()); + } + hdr.planes = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(1); // always 1 plane + hdr.bpp = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(bpp); + hdr.compression = 0; // RGB uncompressed + hdr.size_of_bmp = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(row_width * image->GetHeight()); + + // get the resolution from the image options or fall back to 72dpi standard + // for the BMP format if not specified + int hres, vres; + switch ( GetResolutionFromOptions(*image, &hres, &vres) ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected image resolution units") ); + // fall through + + case wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE: + hres = + vres = 72; + // fall through to convert it to correct units + + case wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES: + // convert resolution in inches to resolution in centimeters + hres = (int)(10*mm2inches*hres); + vres = (int)(10*mm2inches*vres); + // fall through to convert it to resolution in meters + + case wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM: + // convert resolution in centimeters to resolution in meters + hres *= 100; + vres *= 100; + break; + } + + hdr.h_res = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(hres); + hdr.v_res = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(vres); + hdr.num_clrs = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(palette_size); // # colors in colormap + hdr.num_signif_clrs = 0; // all colors are significant + + if ( IsBmp ) + { + if (// VS: looks ugly but compilers tend to do ugly things with structs, + // like aligning hdr.filesize's ofset to dword :( + // VZ: we should add padding then... + !stream.Write(&hdr.magic, 2) || + !stream.Write(&hdr.filesize, 4) || + !stream.Write(&hdr.reserved, 4) || + !stream.Write(&hdr.data_offset, 4) + ) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("BMP: Couldn't write the file (Bitmap) header.")); + } + return false; + } + } + if ( !IsMask ) + { + if ( + !stream.Write(&hdr.bih_size, 4) || + !stream.Write(&hdr.width, 4) || + !stream.Write(&hdr.height, 4) || + !stream.Write(&hdr.planes, 2) || + !stream.Write(&hdr.bpp, 2) || + !stream.Write(&hdr.compression, 4) || + !stream.Write(&hdr.size_of_bmp, 4) || + !stream.Write(&hdr.h_res, 4) || + !stream.Write(&hdr.v_res, 4) || + !stream.Write(&hdr.num_clrs, 4) || + !stream.Write(&hdr.num_signif_clrs, 4) + ) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("BMP: Couldn't write the file (BitmapInfo) header.")); + } + return false; + } + } + + wxPalette *palette = NULL; // entries for quantized images + wxUint8 *rgbquad = NULL; // for the RGBQUAD bytes for the colormap + wxImage *q_image = NULL; // destination for quantized image + + // if <24bpp use quantization to reduce colors for *some* of the formats + if ( (format == wxBMP_1BPP) || (format == wxBMP_4BPP) || + (format == wxBMP_8BPP) || (format == wxBMP_8BPP_PALETTE) ) + { + // make a new palette and quantize the image + if (format != wxBMP_8BPP_PALETTE) + { + q_image = new wxImage(); + + // I get a delete error using Quantize when desired colors > 236 + int quantize = ((palette_size > 236) ? 236 : palette_size); + // fill the destination too, it gives much nicer 4bpp images + wxQuantize::Quantize( *image, *q_image, &palette, quantize, 0, + wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE ); + } + else + { +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + palette = new wxPalette(image->GetPalette()); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + } + + int i; + unsigned char r, g, b; + rgbquad = new wxUint8 [palette_size*4]; + + for (i = 0; i < palette_size; i++) + { +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + if ( !palette->GetRGB(i, &r, &g, &b) ) +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + r = g = b = 0; + + rgbquad[i*4] = b; + rgbquad[i*4+1] = g; + rgbquad[i*4+2] = r; + rgbquad[i*4+3] = 0; + } + } + // make a 256 entry greyscale colormap or 2 entry black & white + else if ( (format == wxBMP_8BPP_GREY) || (format == wxBMP_8BPP_RED) || + (format == wxBMP_1BPP_BW) ) + { + rgbquad = new wxUint8 [palette_size*4]; + + for ( int i = 0; i < palette_size; i++ ) + { + // if 1BPP_BW then the value should be either 0 or 255 + wxUint8 c = (wxUint8)((i > 0) && (format == wxBMP_1BPP_BW) ? 255 : i); + + rgbquad[i*4] = + rgbquad[i*4+1] = + rgbquad[i*4+2] = c; + rgbquad[i*4+3] = 0; + } + } + + // if the colormap was made, then it needs to be written + if (rgbquad) + { + if ( !IsMask ) + { + if ( !stream.Write(rgbquad, palette_size*4) ) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("BMP: Couldn't write RGB color map.")); + } + delete[] rgbquad; +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + delete palette; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + delete q_image; + return false; + } + } + delete []rgbquad; + } + + // pointer to the image data, use quantized if available + wxUint8 *data = (wxUint8*) image->GetData(); + if (q_image) if (q_image->Ok()) data = (wxUint8*) q_image->GetData(); + + wxUint8 *buffer = new wxUint8[row_width]; + memset(buffer, 0, row_width); + int y; unsigned x; + long int pixel; + + for (y = image->GetHeight() -1; y >= 0; y--) + { + if ( format == wxBMP_24BPP ) // 3 bytes per pixel red,green,blue + { + for ( x = 0; x < width; x++ ) + { + pixel = 3*(y*width + x); + + buffer[3*x ] = data[pixel+2]; + buffer[3*x + 1] = data[pixel+1]; + buffer[3*x + 2] = data[pixel]; + } + } + else if ((format == wxBMP_8BPP) || // 1 byte per pixel in color + (format == wxBMP_8BPP_PALETTE)) + { + for (x = 0; x < width; x++) + { + pixel = 3*(y*width + x); +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + buffer[x] = (wxUint8)palette->GetPixel( data[pixel], + data[pixel+1], + data[pixel+2] ); +#else + // FIXME: what should this be? use some std palette maybe? + buffer[x] = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + } + } + else if ( format == wxBMP_8BPP_GREY ) // 1 byte per pix, rgb ave to grey + { + for (x = 0; x < width; x++) + { + pixel = 3*(y*width + x); + buffer[x] = (wxUint8)(.299*data[pixel] + + .587*data[pixel+1] + + .114*data[pixel+2]); + } + } + else if ( format == wxBMP_8BPP_RED ) // 1 byte per pixel, red as greys + { + for (x = 0; x < width; x++) + { + buffer[x] = (wxUint8)data[3*(y*width + x)]; + } + } + else if ( format == wxBMP_4BPP ) // 4 bpp in color + { + for (x = 0; x < width; x+=2) + { + pixel = 3*(y*width + x); + + // fill buffer, ignore if > width +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + buffer[x/2] = (wxUint8)( + ((wxUint8)palette->GetPixel(data[pixel], + data[pixel+1], + data[pixel+2]) << 4) | + (((x+1) > width) + ? 0 + : ((wxUint8)palette->GetPixel(data[pixel+3], + data[pixel+4], + data[pixel+5]) )) ); +#else + // FIXME: what should this be? use some std palette maybe? + buffer[x/2] = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + } + } + else if ( format == wxBMP_1BPP ) // 1 bpp in "color" + { + for (x = 0; x < width; x+=8) + { + pixel = 3*(y*width + x); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + buffer[x/8] = (wxUint8)( + ((wxUint8)palette->GetPixel(data[pixel], data[pixel+1], data[pixel+2]) << 7) | + (((x+1) > width) ? 0 : ((wxUint8)palette->GetPixel(data[pixel+3], data[pixel+4], data[pixel+5]) << 6)) | + (((x+2) > width) ? 0 : ((wxUint8)palette->GetPixel(data[pixel+6], data[pixel+7], data[pixel+8]) << 5)) | + (((x+3) > width) ? 0 : ((wxUint8)palette->GetPixel(data[pixel+9], data[pixel+10], data[pixel+11]) << 4)) | + (((x+4) > width) ? 0 : ((wxUint8)palette->GetPixel(data[pixel+12], data[pixel+13], data[pixel+14]) << 3)) | + (((x+5) > width) ? 0 : ((wxUint8)palette->GetPixel(data[pixel+15], data[pixel+16], data[pixel+17]) << 2)) | + (((x+6) > width) ? 0 : ((wxUint8)palette->GetPixel(data[pixel+18], data[pixel+19], data[pixel+20]) << 1)) | + (((x+7) > width) ? 0 : ((wxUint8)palette->GetPixel(data[pixel+21], data[pixel+22], data[pixel+23]) )) ); +#else + // FIXME: what should this be? use some std palette maybe? + buffer[x/8] = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + } + } + else if ( format == wxBMP_1BPP_BW ) // 1 bpp B&W colormap from red color ONLY + { + for (x = 0; x < width; x+=8) + { + pixel = 3*(y*width + x); + + buffer[x/8] = (wxUint8)( + (((wxUint8)(data[pixel] /128.)) << 7) | + (((x+1) > width) ? 0 : (((wxUint8)(data[pixel+3] /128.)) << 6)) | + (((x+2) > width) ? 0 : (((wxUint8)(data[pixel+6] /128.)) << 5)) | + (((x+3) > width) ? 0 : (((wxUint8)(data[pixel+9] /128.)) << 4)) | + (((x+4) > width) ? 0 : (((wxUint8)(data[pixel+12]/128.)) << 3)) | + (((x+5) > width) ? 0 : (((wxUint8)(data[pixel+15]/128.)) << 2)) | + (((x+6) > width) ? 0 : (((wxUint8)(data[pixel+18]/128.)) << 1)) | + (((x+7) > width) ? 0 : (((wxUint8)(data[pixel+21]/128.)) )) ); + } + } + + if ( !stream.Write(buffer, row_width) ) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("BMP: Couldn't write data.")); + } + delete[] buffer; +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + delete palette; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + delete q_image; + return false; + } + } + delete[] buffer; +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + delete palette; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + delete q_image; + + return true; +} + + +struct BMPPalette +{ + static void Free(BMPPalette* pal) { delete [] pal; } + + unsigned char r, g, b; +}; + +bool wxBMPHandler::DoLoadDib(wxImage * image, int width, int height, + int bpp, int ncolors, int comp, + wxFileOffset bmpOffset, wxInputStream& stream, + bool verbose, bool IsBmp, bool hasPalette) +{ + wxInt32 aDword, rmask = 0, gmask = 0, bmask = 0, amask = 0; + int rshift = 0, gshift = 0, bshift = 0, ashift = 0; + int rbits = 0, gbits = 0, bbits = 0; + wxInt32 dbuf[4]; + wxInt8 bbuf[4]; + wxUint8 aByte; + wxUint16 aWord; + + // allocate space for palette if needed: + BMPPalette *cmap; + + if ( bpp < 16 ) + { + cmap = new BMPPalette[ncolors]; + if ( !cmap ) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("BMP: Couldn't allocate memory.")); + } + return false; + } + } + else // no palette + { + cmap = NULL; + } + + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1(&BMPPalette::Free, cmap); + + // destroy existing here instead of: + image->Destroy(); + image->Create(width, height); + + unsigned char *ptr = image->GetData(); + + if ( !ptr ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError( _("BMP: Couldn't allocate memory.") ); + } + return false; + } + + unsigned char *alpha; + if ( bpp == 32 ) + { + // tell the image to allocate an alpha buffer + image->SetAlpha(); + alpha = image->GetAlpha(); + if ( !alpha ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError(_("BMP: Couldn't allocate memory.")); + } + return false; + } + } + else // no alpha + { + alpha = NULL; + } + + // Reading the palette, if it exists: + if ( bpp < 16 && ncolors != 0 ) + { + unsigned char* r = new unsigned char[ncolors]; + unsigned char* g = new unsigned char[ncolors]; + unsigned char* b = new unsigned char[ncolors]; + for (int j = 0; j < ncolors; j++) + { + if (hasPalette) + { + stream.Read(bbuf, 4); + cmap[j].b = bbuf[0]; + cmap[j].g = bbuf[1]; + cmap[j].r = bbuf[2]; + + r[j] = cmap[j].r; + g[j] = cmap[j].g; + b[j] = cmap[j].b; + } + else + { + //used in reading .ico file mask + r[j] = cmap[j].r = + g[j] = cmap[j].g = + b[j] = cmap[j].b = ( j ? 255 : 0 ); + } + } + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + // Set the palette for the wxImage + image->SetPalette(wxPalette(ncolors, r, g, b)); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + delete[] r; + delete[] g; + delete[] b; + } + else if ( bpp == 16 || bpp == 32 ) + { + if ( comp == BI_BITFIELDS ) + { + int bit; + stream.Read(dbuf, 4 * 3); + rmask = wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(dbuf[0]); + gmask = wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(dbuf[1]); + bmask = wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(dbuf[2]); + // find shift amount (Least significant bit of mask) + for (bit = bpp-1; bit>=0; bit--) + { + if (bmask & (1 << bit)) + bshift = bit; + if (gmask & (1 << bit)) + gshift = bit; + if (rmask & (1 << bit)) + rshift = bit; + } + // Find number of bits in mask (MSB-LSB+1) + for (bit = 0; bit < bpp; bit++) + { + if (bmask & (1 << bit)) + bbits = bit-bshift+1; + if (gmask & (1 << bit)) + gbits = bit-gshift+1; + if (rmask & (1 << bit)) + rbits = bit-rshift+1; + } + } + else if ( bpp == 16 ) + { + rmask = 0x7C00; + gmask = 0x03E0; + bmask = 0x001F; + rshift = 10; + gshift = 5; + bshift = 0; + rbits = 5; + gbits = 5; + bbits = 5; + } + else if ( bpp == 32 ) + { + rmask = 0x00FF0000; + gmask = 0x0000FF00; + bmask = 0x000000FF; + amask = 0xFF000000; + + ashift = 24; + rshift = 16; + gshift = 8; + bshift = 0; + rbits = 8; + gbits = 8; + bbits = 8; + } + } + + /* + * Reading the image data + */ + if ( IsBmp ) + { + // NOTE: seeking a positive amount in wxFromCurrent mode allows us to + // load even non-seekable streams (see wxInputStream::SeekI docs)! + const wxFileOffset pos = stream.TellI(); + if (pos != wxInvalidOffset && bmpOffset > pos) + if (stream.SeekI(bmpOffset - pos, wxFromCurrent) == wxInvalidOffset) + return false; + //else: icon, just carry on + } + + unsigned char *data = ptr; + + /* set the whole image to the background color */ + if ( bpp < 16 && (comp == BI_RLE4 || comp == BI_RLE8) ) + { + for (int i = 0; i < width * height; i++) + { + *ptr++ = cmap[0].r; + *ptr++ = cmap[0].g; + *ptr++ = cmap[0].b; + } + ptr = data; + } + + int linesize = ((width * bpp + 31) / 32) * 4; + + // flag indicating if we have any not fully transparent alpha values: this + // is used to account for the bitmaps which use 32bpp format (normally + // meaning that they have alpha channel) but have only zeroes in it so that + // without this hack they appear fully transparent -- and as this is + // unlikely intentional, we consider that they don't have alpha at all in + // this case (see #10915) + bool hasValidAlpha = false; + + /* BMPs are stored upside down */ + for ( int line = (height - 1); line >= 0; line-- ) + { + int linepos = 0; + for ( int column = 0; column < width ; ) + { + if ( bpp < 16 ) + { + linepos++; + aByte = stream.GetC(); + if ( bpp == 1 ) + { + for (int bit = 0; bit < 8 && column < width; bit++) + { + int index = ((aByte & (0x80 >> bit)) ? 1 : 0); + ptr[poffset] = cmap[index].r; + ptr[poffset + 1] = cmap[index].g; + ptr[poffset + 2] = cmap[index].b; + column++; + } + } + else if ( bpp == 4 ) + { + if ( comp == BI_RLE4 ) + { + wxUint8 first; + first = aByte; + aByte = stream.GetC(); + if ( first == 0 ) + { + if ( aByte == 0 ) + { + if ( column > 0 ) + column = width; + } + else if ( aByte == 1 ) + { + column = width; + line = -1; + } + else if ( aByte == 2 ) + { + aByte = stream.GetC(); + column += aByte; + linepos = column * bpp / 4; + aByte = stream.GetC(); + line -= aByte; // upside down + } + else + { + int absolute = aByte; + wxUint8 nibble[2] ; + int readBytes = 0 ; + for (int k = 0; k < absolute; k++) + { + if ( !(k % 2 ) ) + { + ++readBytes ; + aByte = stream.GetC(); + nibble[0] = (wxUint8)( (aByte & 0xF0) >> 4 ) ; + nibble[1] = (wxUint8)( aByte & 0x0F ) ; + } + ptr[poffset ] = cmap[nibble[k%2]].r; + ptr[poffset + 1] = cmap[nibble[k%2]].g; + ptr[poffset + 2] = cmap[nibble[k%2]].b; + column++; + if ( k % 2 ) + linepos++; + } + if ( readBytes & 0x01 ) + aByte = stream.GetC(); + } + } + else + { + wxUint8 nibble[2] ; + nibble[0] = (wxUint8)( (aByte & 0xF0) >> 4 ) ; + nibble[1] = (wxUint8)( aByte & 0x0F ) ; + + for ( int l = 0; l < first && column < width; l++ ) + { + ptr[poffset ] = cmap[nibble[l%2]].r; + ptr[poffset + 1] = cmap[nibble[l%2]].g; + ptr[poffset + 2] = cmap[nibble[l%2]].b; + column++; + if ( l % 2 ) + linepos++; + } + } + } + else + { + for (int nibble = 0; nibble < 2 && column < width; nibble++) + { + int index = ((aByte & (0xF0 >> (nibble * 4))) >> (!nibble * 4)); + if ( index >= 16 ) + index = 15; + ptr[poffset] = cmap[index].r; + ptr[poffset + 1] = cmap[index].g; + ptr[poffset + 2] = cmap[index].b; + column++; + } + } + } + else if ( bpp == 8 ) + { + if ( comp == BI_RLE8 ) + { + unsigned char first; + first = aByte; + aByte = stream.GetC(); + if ( first == 0 ) + { + if ( aByte == 0 ) + { + /* column = width; */ + } + else if ( aByte == 1 ) + { + column = width; + line = -1; + } + else if ( aByte == 2 ) + { + aByte = stream.GetC(); + column += aByte; + linepos = column * bpp / 8; + aByte = stream.GetC(); + line += aByte; + } + else + { + int absolute = aByte; + for (int k = 0; k < absolute; k++) + { + linepos++; + aByte = stream.GetC(); + ptr[poffset ] = cmap[aByte].r; + ptr[poffset + 1] = cmap[aByte].g; + ptr[poffset + 2] = cmap[aByte].b; + column++; + } + if ( absolute & 0x01 ) + aByte = stream.GetC(); + } + } + else + { + for ( int l = 0; l < first && column < width; l++ ) + { + ptr[poffset ] = cmap[aByte].r; + ptr[poffset + 1] = cmap[aByte].g; + ptr[poffset + 2] = cmap[aByte].b; + column++; + linepos++; + } + } + } + else + { + ptr[poffset ] = cmap[aByte].r; + ptr[poffset + 1] = cmap[aByte].g; + ptr[poffset + 2] = cmap[aByte].b; + column++; + // linepos += size; seems to be wrong, RR + } + } + } + else if ( bpp == 24 ) + { + stream.Read(bbuf, 3); + linepos += 3; + ptr[poffset ] = (unsigned char)bbuf[2]; + ptr[poffset + 1] = (unsigned char)bbuf[1]; + ptr[poffset + 2] = (unsigned char)bbuf[0]; + column++; + } + else if ( bpp == 16 ) + { + unsigned char temp; + stream.Read(&aWord, 2); + aWord = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(aWord); + linepos += 2; + /* Use the masks and calculated amount of shift + to retrieve the color data out of the word. Then + shift it left by (8 - number of bits) such that + the image has the proper dynamic range */ + temp = (unsigned char)(((aWord & rmask) >> rshift) << (8-rbits)); + ptr[poffset] = temp; + temp = (unsigned char)(((aWord & gmask) >> gshift) << (8-gbits)); + ptr[poffset + 1] = temp; + temp = (unsigned char)(((aWord & bmask) >> bshift) << (8-bbits)); + ptr[poffset + 2] = temp; + column++; + } + else + { + unsigned char temp; + stream.Read(&aDword, 4); + aDword = wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(aDword); + linepos += 4; + temp = (unsigned char)((aDword & rmask) >> rshift); + ptr[poffset] = temp; + temp = (unsigned char)((aDword & gmask) >> gshift); + ptr[poffset + 1] = temp; + temp = (unsigned char)((aDword & bmask) >> bshift); + ptr[poffset + 2] = temp; + if ( alpha ) + { + temp = (unsigned char)((aDword & amask) >> ashift); + alpha[line * width + column] = temp; + + if ( temp != wxALPHA_TRANSPARENT ) + hasValidAlpha = true; + } + column++; + } + } + while ( (linepos < linesize) && (comp != 1) && (comp != 2) ) + { + stream.Read(&aByte, 1); + linepos += 1; + if ( !stream ) + break; + } + } + + image->SetMask(false); + + // check if we had any valid alpha values in this bitmap + if ( alpha && !hasValidAlpha ) + { + // we didn't, so finally discard the alpha channel completely + image->ClearAlpha(); + } + + const wxStreamError err = stream.GetLastError(); + return err == wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR || err == wxSTREAM_EOF; +} + +bool wxBMPHandler::LoadDib(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, + bool verbose, bool IsBmp) +{ + wxUint16 aWord; + wxInt32 dbuf[4]; + wxInt8 bbuf[4]; + + if ( IsBmp ) + { + // read the header off the .BMP format file + stream.Read(bbuf, 2); + stream.Read(dbuf, 16); + } + else + { + stream.Read(dbuf, 4); + } + #if 0 // unused + wxInt32 size = wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(dbuf[0]); + #endif + wxFileOffset offset = wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(dbuf[2]); + + stream.Read(dbuf, 4 * 2); + int width = wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE((int)dbuf[0]); + int height = wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE((int)dbuf[1]); + if ( !IsBmp)height = height / 2; // for icons divide by 2 + + if ( width > 32767 ) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("DIB Header: Image width > 32767 pixels for file.") ); + } + return false; + } + if ( height > 32767 ) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("DIB Header: Image height > 32767 pixels for file.") ); + } + return false; + } + + stream.Read(&aWord, 2); + /* + TODO + int planes = (int)wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE( aWord ); + */ + stream.Read(&aWord, 2); + int bpp = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE((int)aWord); + if ( bpp != 1 && bpp != 4 && bpp != 8 && bpp != 16 && bpp != 24 && bpp != 32 ) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("DIB Header: Unknown bitdepth in file.") ); + } + return false; + } + + stream.Read(dbuf, 4 * 4); + int comp = wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE((int)dbuf[0]); + if ( comp != BI_RGB && comp != BI_RLE4 && comp != BI_RLE8 && + comp != BI_BITFIELDS ) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("DIB Header: Unknown encoding in file.") ); + } + return false; + } + + stream.Read(dbuf, 4 * 2); + + int ncolors = wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE( (int)dbuf[0] ); + if (ncolors == 0) + ncolors = 1 << bpp; + /* some more sanity checks */ + if (((comp == BI_RLE4) && (bpp != 4)) || + ((comp == BI_RLE8) && (bpp != 8)) || + ((comp == BI_BITFIELDS) && (bpp != 16 && bpp != 32))) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("DIB Header: Encoding doesn't match bitdepth.") ); + } + return false; + } + + //read DIB; this is the BMP image or the XOR part of an icon image + if ( !DoLoadDib(image, width, height, bpp, ncolors, comp, offset, stream, + verbose, IsBmp, true) ) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("Error in reading image DIB.") ); + } + return false; + } + + if ( !IsBmp ) + { + //read Icon mask which is monochrome + //there is no palette, so we will create one + wxImage mask; + if ( !DoLoadDib(&mask, width, height, 1, 2, BI_RGB, offset, stream, + verbose, IsBmp, false) ) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("ICO: Error in reading mask DIB.") ); + } + return false; + } + image->SetMaskFromImage(mask, 255, 255, 255); + + } + + // the resolution in the bitmap header is in meters, convert to centimeters + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT, wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM); + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX, dbuf[2]/100); + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY, dbuf[3]/100); + + return true; +} + +bool wxBMPHandler::LoadFile(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, + bool verbose, int WXUNUSED(index)) +{ + // Read a single DIB fom the file: + return LoadDib(image, stream, verbose, true/*isBmp*/); +} + +bool wxBMPHandler::DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + unsigned char hdr[2]; + + if ( !stream.Read(hdr, WXSIZEOF(hdr)) ) // it's ok to modify the stream position here + return false; + + // do we have the BMP file signature? + return hdr[0] == 'B' && hdr[1] == 'M'; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + +#if wxUSE_ICO_CUR +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxICOHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICOHandler, wxBMPHandler) + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +struct ICONDIRENTRY +{ + wxUint8 bWidth; // Width of the image + wxUint8 bHeight; // Height of the image (times 2) + wxUint8 bColorCount; // Number of colors in image (0 if >=8bpp) + wxUint8 bReserved; // Reserved + + // these two are different in icons and cursors: + // icon or cursor + wxUint16 wPlanes; // Color Planes or XHotSpot + wxUint16 wBitCount; // Bits per pixel or YHotSpot + + wxUint32 dwBytesInRes; // how many bytes in this resource? + wxUint32 dwImageOffset; // where in the file is this image +}; + +struct ICONDIR +{ + wxUint16 idReserved; // Reserved + wxUint16 idType; // resource type (1 for icons, 2 for cursors) + wxUint16 idCount; // how many images? +}; + + +bool wxICOHandler::SaveFile(wxImage *image, + wxOutputStream& stream, + bool verbose) + +{ + //sanity check; icon must be less than 127 pixels high and 255 wide + if ( image->GetHeight () > 127 ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError(_("ICO: Image too tall for an icon.")); + } + return false; + } + if ( image->GetWidth () > 255 ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError(_("ICO: Image too wide for an icon.")); + } + return false; + } + + const int images = 1; // only generate one image + + // VS: This is a hack of sort - since ICO and CUR files are almost + // identical, we have all the meat in wxICOHandler and check for + // the actual (handler) type when the code has to distinguish between + // the two formats + int type = (this->GetType() == wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR) ? 2 : 1; + + // write a header, (ICONDIR) + // Calculate the header size + wxUint32 offset = 3 * sizeof(wxUint16); + + ICONDIR IconDir; + IconDir.idReserved = 0; + IconDir.idType = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE((wxUint16)type); + IconDir.idCount = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE((wxUint16)images); + stream.Write(&IconDir.idReserved, sizeof(IconDir.idReserved)); + stream.Write(&IconDir.idType, sizeof(IconDir.idType)); + stream.Write(&IconDir.idCount, sizeof(IconDir.idCount)); + if ( !stream.IsOk() ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError(_("ICO: Error writing the image file!")); + } + return false; + } + + // for each iamage write a description ICONDIRENTRY: + ICONDIRENTRY icondirentry; + for (int img = 0; img < images; img++) + { + wxImage mask; + + if ( image->HasMask() ) + { + // make another image with black/white: + mask = image->ConvertToMono (image->GetMaskRed(), image->GetMaskGreen(), image->GetMaskBlue() ); + + // now we need to change the masked regions to black: + unsigned char r = image->GetMaskRed(); + unsigned char g = image->GetMaskGreen(); + unsigned char b = image->GetMaskBlue(); + if ( (r != 0) || (g != 0) || (b != 0) ) + { + // Go round and apply black to the masked bits: + int i, j; + for (i = 0; i < mask.GetWidth(); i++) + { + for (j = 0; j < mask.GetHeight(); j++) + { + if ((r == mask.GetRed(i, j)) && + (g == mask.GetGreen(i, j))&& + (b == mask.GetBlue(i, j)) ) + image->SetRGB(i, j, 0, 0, 0 ); + } + } + } + } + else + { + // just make a black mask all over: + mask = image->Copy(); + int i, j; + for (i = 0; i < mask.GetWidth(); i++) + for (j = 0; j < mask.GetHeight(); j++) + mask.SetRGB(i, j, 0, 0, 0 ); + } + // Set the formats for image and mask + // (Windows never saves with more than 8 colors): + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT, wxBMP_8BPP); + + // monochome bitmap: + mask.SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT, wxBMP_1BPP_BW); + bool IsBmp = false; + bool IsMask = false; + + //calculate size and offset of image and mask + wxCountingOutputStream cStream; + bool bResult = SaveDib(image, cStream, verbose, IsBmp, IsMask); + if ( !bResult ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError(_("ICO: Error writing the image file!")); + } + return false; + } + IsMask = true; + + bResult = SaveDib(&mask, cStream, verbose, IsBmp, IsMask); + if ( !bResult ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError(_("ICO: Error writing the image file!")); + } + return false; + } + wxUint32 Size = cStream.GetSize(); + + // wxCountingOutputStream::IsOk() always returns true for now and this + // "if" provokes VC++ warnings in optimized build +#if 0 + if ( !cStream.Ok() ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError(_("ICO: Error writing the image file!")); + } + return false; + } +#endif // 0 + + offset = offset + sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY); + + icondirentry.bWidth = (wxUint8)image->GetWidth(); + icondirentry.bHeight = (wxUint8)(2 * image->GetHeight()); + icondirentry.bColorCount = 0; + icondirentry.bReserved = 0; + icondirentry.wPlanes = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(1); + icondirentry.wBitCount = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(wxBMP_8BPP); + if ( type == 2 /*CUR*/) + { + int hx = image->HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X) ? + image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X) : + image->GetWidth() / 2; + int hy = image->HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y) ? + image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y) : + image->GetHeight() / 2; + + // actually write the values of the hot spot here: + icondirentry.wPlanes = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE((wxUint16)hx); + icondirentry.wBitCount = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE((wxUint16)hy); + } + icondirentry.dwBytesInRes = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(Size); + icondirentry.dwImageOffset = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(offset); + + // increase size to allow for the data written: + offset += Size; + + // write to stream: + stream.Write(&icondirentry.bWidth, sizeof(icondirentry.bWidth)); + stream.Write(&icondirentry.bHeight, sizeof(icondirentry.bHeight)); + stream.Write(&icondirentry.bColorCount, sizeof(icondirentry.bColorCount)); + stream.Write(&icondirentry.bReserved, sizeof(icondirentry.bReserved)); + stream.Write(&icondirentry.wPlanes, sizeof(icondirentry.wPlanes)); + stream.Write(&icondirentry.wBitCount, sizeof(icondirentry.wBitCount)); + stream.Write(&icondirentry.dwBytesInRes, sizeof(icondirentry.dwBytesInRes)); + stream.Write(&icondirentry.dwImageOffset, sizeof(icondirentry.dwImageOffset)); + if ( !stream.IsOk() ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError(_("ICO: Error writing the image file!")); + } + return false; + } + + // actually save it: + IsMask = false; + bResult = SaveDib(image, stream, verbose, IsBmp, IsMask); + if ( !bResult ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError(_("ICO: Error writing the image file!")); + } + return false; + } + IsMask = true; + + bResult = SaveDib(&mask, stream, verbose, IsBmp, IsMask); + if ( !bResult ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError(_("ICO: Error writing the image file!")); + } + return false; + } + + } // end of for loop + + return true; +} + +bool wxICOHandler::LoadFile(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, + bool verbose, int index) +{ + return DoLoadFile(image, stream, verbose, index); +} + +bool wxICOHandler::DoLoadFile(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, + bool WXUNUSED(verbose), int index) +{ + bool bResult wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(false); + bool IsBmp = false; + + ICONDIR IconDir; + + stream.Read(&IconDir, sizeof(IconDir)); + wxUint16 nIcons = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(IconDir.idCount); + + // nType is 1 for Icons, 2 for Cursors: + wxUint16 nType = wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(IconDir.idType); + + // loop round the icons and choose the best one: + ICONDIRENTRY *pIconDirEntry = new ICONDIRENTRY[nIcons]; + ICONDIRENTRY *pCurrentEntry = pIconDirEntry; + int wMax = 0; + int colmax = 0; + int iSel = wxNOT_FOUND; + + // remember how many bytes we read from the stream: + wxFileOffset alreadySeeked = sizeof(IconDir); + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < nIcons; i++ ) + { + alreadySeeked += stream.Read(pCurrentEntry, sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY)).LastRead(); + + // bHeight and bColorCount are wxUint8 + if ( pCurrentEntry->bWidth >= wMax ) + { + // see if we have more colors, ==0 indicates > 8bpp: + if ( pCurrentEntry->bColorCount == 0 ) + pCurrentEntry->bColorCount = 255; + if ( pCurrentEntry->bColorCount >= colmax ) + { + iSel = i; + wMax = pCurrentEntry->bWidth; + colmax = pCurrentEntry->bColorCount; + } + } + + pCurrentEntry++; + } + + if ( index != -1 ) + { + // VS: Note that we *have* to run the loop above even if index != -1, because + // it reads ICONDIRENTRies. + iSel = index; + } + + if ( iSel == wxNOT_FOUND || iSel < 0 || iSel >= nIcons ) + { + wxLogError(_("ICO: Invalid icon index.")); + bResult = false; + } + else + { + // seek to selected icon: + pCurrentEntry = pIconDirEntry + iSel; + + // NOTE: seeking a positive amount in wxFromCurrent mode allows us to + // load even non-seekable streams (see wxInputStream::SeekI docs)! + wxFileOffset offset = wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(pCurrentEntry->dwImageOffset) - alreadySeeked; + if (offset != 0 && stream.SeekI(offset, wxFromCurrent) == wxInvalidOffset) + return false; + + bResult = LoadDib(image, stream, true, IsBmp); + bool bIsCursorType = (this->GetType() == wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR) || (this->GetType() == wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANI); + if ( bResult && bIsCursorType && nType == 2 ) + { + // it is a cursor, so let's set the hotspot: + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X, wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(pCurrentEntry->wPlanes)); + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y, wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(pCurrentEntry->wBitCount)); + } + } + + delete [] pIconDirEntry; + + return bResult; +} + +int wxICOHandler::DoGetImageCount(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + ICONDIR IconDir; + + if (stream.Read(&IconDir, sizeof(IconDir)).LastRead() != sizeof(IconDir)) + // it's ok to modify the stream position here + return 0; + + return (int)wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(IconDir.idCount); +} + +bool wxICOHandler::DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + return CanReadICOOrCUR(&stream, 1 /*for identifying an icon*/); + +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCURHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCURHandler, wxICOHandler) + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxCURHandler::DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + return CanReadICOOrCUR(&stream, 2 /*for identifying a cursor*/); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxANIHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxANIHandler, wxCURHandler) + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxANIHandler::LoadFile(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, + bool WXUNUSED(verbose), int index) +{ + wxANIDecoder decoder; + if (!decoder.Load(stream)) + return false; + + return decoder.ConvertToImage(index != -1 ? (size_t)index : 0, image); +} + +bool wxANIHandler::DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + wxANIDecoder decod; + return decod.CanRead(stream); + // it's ok to modify the stream position here +} + +int wxANIHandler::DoGetImageCount(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + wxANIDecoder decoder; + if (!decoder.Load(stream)) // it's ok to modify the stream position here + return wxNOT_FOUND; + + return decoder.GetFrameCount(); +} + +static bool CanReadICOOrCUR(wxInputStream *stream, wxUint16 resourceType) +{ + ICONDIR iconDir; + if ( !stream->Read(&iconDir, sizeof(iconDir)) ) // it's ok to modify the stream position here + { + return false; + } + + return !iconDir.idReserved // reserved, must be 0 + && wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(iconDir.idType) == resourceType // either 1 or 2 + && iconDir.idCount; // must contain at least one image +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif // wxUSE_ICO_CUR + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/image.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/image.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8eb6ac2c9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/image.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,3440 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/image.cpp +// Purpose: wxImage +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: image.cpp 67203 2011-03-15 16:42:34Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + +#include "wx/image.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/math.h" + #include "wx/module.h" + #include "wx/palette.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/colour.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/wfstream.h" +#include "wx/xpmdecod.h" + +// For memcpy +#include + +// make the code compile with either wxFile*Stream or wxFFile*Stream: +#define HAS_FILE_STREAMS (wxUSE_STREAMS && (wxUSE_FILE || wxUSE_FFILE)) + +#if HAS_FILE_STREAMS + #if wxUSE_FFILE + typedef wxFFileInputStream wxImageFileInputStream; + typedef wxFFileOutputStream wxImageFileOutputStream; + #elif wxUSE_FILE + typedef wxFileInputStream wxImageFileInputStream; + typedef wxFileOutputStream wxImageFileOutputStream; + #endif // wxUSE_FILE/wxUSE_FFILE +#endif // HAS_FILE_STREAMS + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT +IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_SHALLOWCMP(wxImage,WXDLLEXPORT) +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global data +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxList wxImage::sm_handlers; +wxImage wxNullImage; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxImageRefData +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxImageRefData: public wxObjectRefData +{ +public: + wxImageRefData(); + virtual ~wxImageRefData(); + + int m_width; + int m_height; + wxBitmapType m_type; + unsigned char *m_data; + + bool m_hasMask; + unsigned char m_maskRed,m_maskGreen,m_maskBlue; + + // alpha channel data, may be NULL for the formats without alpha support + unsigned char *m_alpha; + + bool m_ok; + + // if true, m_data is pointer to static data and shouldn't be freed + bool m_static; + + // same as m_static but for m_alpha + bool m_staticAlpha; + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + wxPalette m_palette; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + wxArrayString m_optionNames; + wxArrayString m_optionValues; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxImageRefData); +}; + +wxImageRefData::wxImageRefData() +{ + m_width = 0; + m_height = 0; + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID; + m_data = + m_alpha = (unsigned char *) NULL; + + m_maskRed = 0; + m_maskGreen = 0; + m_maskBlue = 0; + m_hasMask = false; + + m_ok = false; + m_static = + m_staticAlpha = false; +} + +wxImageRefData::~wxImageRefData() +{ + if ( !m_static ) + free( m_data ); + if ( !m_staticAlpha ) + free( m_alpha ); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxImage +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define M_IMGDATA static_cast(m_refData) + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImage, wxObject) + +bool wxImage::Create(const char* const* xpmData) +{ +#if wxUSE_XPM + UnRef(); + + wxXPMDecoder decoder; + (*this) = decoder.ReadData(xpmData); + return Ok(); +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +bool wxImage::Create( int width, int height, bool clear ) +{ + UnRef(); + + m_refData = new wxImageRefData(); + + M_IMGDATA->m_data = (unsigned char *) malloc( width*height*3 ); + if (!M_IMGDATA->m_data) + { + UnRef(); + return false; + } + + M_IMGDATA->m_width = width; + M_IMGDATA->m_height = height; + M_IMGDATA->m_ok = true; + + if (clear) + { + Clear(); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxImage::Create( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, bool static_data ) +{ + UnRef(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( data, false, wxT("NULL data in wxImage::Create") ); + + m_refData = new wxImageRefData(); + + M_IMGDATA->m_data = data; + M_IMGDATA->m_width = width; + M_IMGDATA->m_height = height; + M_IMGDATA->m_ok = true; + M_IMGDATA->m_static = static_data; + + return true; +} + +bool wxImage::Create( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, unsigned char* alpha, bool static_data ) +{ + UnRef(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( data, false, wxT("NULL data in wxImage::Create") ); + + m_refData = new wxImageRefData(); + + M_IMGDATA->m_data = data; + M_IMGDATA->m_alpha = alpha; + M_IMGDATA->m_width = width; + M_IMGDATA->m_height = height; + M_IMGDATA->m_ok = true; + M_IMGDATA->m_static = static_data; + M_IMGDATA->m_staticAlpha = static_data; + + return true; +} + +void wxImage::Destroy() +{ + UnRef(); +} + +void wxImage::Clear(unsigned char value) +{ + memset(M_IMGDATA->m_data, value, M_IMGDATA->m_width*M_IMGDATA->m_height*3); +} + +wxObjectRefData* wxImage::CreateRefData() const +{ + return new wxImageRefData; +} + +wxObjectRefData* wxImage::CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData* that) const +{ + const wxImageRefData* refData = static_cast(that); + wxCHECK_MSG(refData->m_ok, NULL, wxT("invalid image") ); + + wxImageRefData* refData_new = new wxImageRefData; + refData_new->m_width = refData->m_width; + refData_new->m_height = refData->m_height; + refData_new->m_maskRed = refData->m_maskRed; + refData_new->m_maskGreen = refData->m_maskGreen; + refData_new->m_maskBlue = refData->m_maskBlue; + refData_new->m_hasMask = refData->m_hasMask; + refData_new->m_ok = true; + unsigned size = unsigned(refData->m_width) * unsigned(refData->m_height); + if (refData->m_alpha != NULL) + { + refData_new->m_alpha = (unsigned char*)malloc(size); + memcpy(refData_new->m_alpha, refData->m_alpha, size); + } + size *= 3; + refData_new->m_data = (unsigned char*)malloc(size); + memcpy(refData_new->m_data, refData->m_data, size); +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + refData_new->m_palette = refData->m_palette; +#endif + refData_new->m_optionNames = refData->m_optionNames; + refData_new->m_optionValues = refData->m_optionValues; + return refData_new; +} + +// returns a new image with the same dimensions, alpha, and mask as *this +// if on_its_side is true, width and height are swapped +wxImage wxImage::MakeEmptyClone(int flags) const +{ + wxImage image; + + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), image, wxS("invalid image") ); + + long height = M_IMGDATA->m_height; + long width = M_IMGDATA->m_width; + + if ( flags & Clone_SwapOrientation ) + wxSwap( width, height ); + + if ( !image.Create( width, height, false ) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxS("unable to create image") ); + return image; + } + + if ( M_IMGDATA->m_alpha ) + { + image.SetAlpha(); + wxCHECK2_MSG( image.GetAlpha(), return wxImage(), + wxS("unable to create alpha channel") ); + } + + if ( M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask ) + { + image.SetMaskColour( M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed, + M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen, + M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue ); + } + + return image; +} + +wxImage wxImage::Copy() const +{ + wxImage image; + + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), image, wxT("invalid image") ); + + image.m_refData = CloneRefData(m_refData); + + return image; +} + +wxImage wxImage::ShrinkBy( int xFactor , int yFactor ) const +{ + if( xFactor == 1 && yFactor == 1 ) + return *this; + + wxImage image; + + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), image, wxT("invalid image") ); + + // can't scale to/from 0 size + wxCHECK_MSG( (xFactor > 0) && (yFactor > 0), image, + wxT("invalid new image size") ); + + long old_height = M_IMGDATA->m_height, + old_width = M_IMGDATA->m_width; + + wxCHECK_MSG( (old_height > 0) && (old_width > 0), image, + wxT("invalid old image size") ); + + long width = old_width / xFactor ; + long height = old_height / yFactor ; + + image.Create( width, height, false ); + + char unsigned *data = image.GetData(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( data, image, wxT("unable to create image") ); + + bool hasMask = false ; + unsigned char maskRed = 0; + unsigned char maskGreen = 0; + unsigned char maskBlue = 0 ; + + const unsigned char *source_data = M_IMGDATA->m_data; + unsigned char *target_data = data; + const unsigned char *source_alpha = 0 ; + unsigned char *target_alpha = 0 ; + if (M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask) + { + hasMask = true ; + maskRed = M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed; + maskGreen = M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen; + maskBlue =M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue ; + + image.SetMaskColour( M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed, + M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen, + M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue ); + } + else + { + source_alpha = M_IMGDATA->m_alpha ; + if ( source_alpha ) + { + image.SetAlpha() ; + target_alpha = image.GetAlpha() ; + } + } + + for (long y = 0; y < height; y++) + { + for (long x = 0; x < width; x++) + { + unsigned long avgRed = 0 ; + unsigned long avgGreen = 0; + unsigned long avgBlue = 0; + unsigned long avgAlpha = 0 ; + unsigned long counter = 0 ; + // determine average + for ( int y1 = 0 ; y1 < yFactor ; ++y1 ) + { + long y_offset = (y * yFactor + y1) * old_width; + for ( int x1 = 0 ; x1 < xFactor ; ++x1 ) + { + const unsigned char *pixel = source_data + 3 * ( y_offset + x * xFactor + x1 ) ; + unsigned char red = pixel[0] ; + unsigned char green = pixel[1] ; + unsigned char blue = pixel[2] ; + unsigned char alpha = 255 ; + if ( source_alpha ) + alpha = *(source_alpha + y_offset + x * xFactor + x1) ; + if ( !hasMask || red != maskRed || green != maskGreen || blue != maskBlue ) + { + if ( alpha > 0 ) + { + avgRed += red ; + avgGreen += green ; + avgBlue += blue ; + } + avgAlpha += alpha ; + counter++ ; + } + } + } + if ( counter == 0 ) + { + *(target_data++) = M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed ; + *(target_data++) = M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen ; + *(target_data++) = M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue ; + } + else + { + if ( source_alpha ) + *(target_alpha++) = (unsigned char)(avgAlpha / counter ) ; + *(target_data++) = (unsigned char)(avgRed / counter); + *(target_data++) = (unsigned char)(avgGreen / counter); + *(target_data++) = (unsigned char)(avgBlue / counter); + } + } + } + + // In case this is a cursor, make sure the hotspot is scaled accordingly: + if ( HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X) ) + image.SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X, + (GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X))/xFactor); + if ( HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y) ) + image.SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y, + (GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y))/yFactor); + + return image; +} + +wxImage +wxImage::Scale( int width, int height, wxImageResizeQuality quality ) const +{ + wxImage image; + + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), image, wxT("invalid image") ); + + // can't scale to/from 0 size + wxCHECK_MSG( (width > 0) && (height > 0), image, + wxT("invalid new image size") ); + + long old_height = M_IMGDATA->m_height, + old_width = M_IMGDATA->m_width; + wxCHECK_MSG( (old_height > 0) && (old_width > 0), image, + wxT("invalid old image size") ); + + // If the image's new width and height are the same as the original, no + // need to waste time or CPU cycles + if ( old_width == width && old_height == height ) + return *this; + + if (quality == wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH) + { + quality = (width < old_width && height < old_height) + ? wxIMAGE_QUALITY_BOX_AVERAGE + : wxIMAGE_QUALITY_BICUBIC; + } + + // Resample the image using the method as specified. + switch ( quality ) + { + case wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NEAREST: + if ( old_width % width == 0 && old_width >= width && + old_height % height == 0 && old_height >= height ) + { + return ShrinkBy( old_width / width , old_height / height ); + } + + image = ResampleNearest(width, height); + break; + + case wxIMAGE_QUALITY_BILINEAR: + image = ResampleBilinear(width, height); + break; + + case wxIMAGE_QUALITY_BICUBIC: + image = ResampleBicubic(width, height); + break; + + case wxIMAGE_QUALITY_BOX_AVERAGE: + image = ResampleBox(width, height); + break; + } + + // If the original image has a mask, apply the mask to the new image + if (M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask) + { + image.SetMaskColour( M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed, + M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen, + M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue ); + } + + // In case this is a cursor, make sure the hotspot is scaled accordingly: + if ( HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X) ) + image.SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X, + (GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X)*width)/old_width); + if ( HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y) ) + image.SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y, + (GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y)*height)/old_height); + + return image; +} + +wxImage wxImage::ResampleNearest(int width, int height) const +{ + wxImage image; + image.Create( width, height, false ); + + unsigned char *data = image.GetData(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( data, image, wxT("unable to create image") ); + + const unsigned char *source_data = M_IMGDATA->m_data; + unsigned char *target_data = data; + const unsigned char *source_alpha = 0 ; + unsigned char *target_alpha = 0 ; + + if ( !M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask ) + { + source_alpha = M_IMGDATA->m_alpha ; + if ( source_alpha ) + { + image.SetAlpha() ; + target_alpha = image.GetAlpha() ; + } + } + + long old_height = M_IMGDATA->m_height, + old_width = M_IMGDATA->m_width; + long x_delta = (old_width<<16) / width; + long y_delta = (old_height<<16) / height; + + unsigned char* dest_pixel = target_data; + + long y = 0; + for ( long j = 0; j < height; j++ ) + { + const unsigned char* src_line = &source_data[(y>>16)*old_width*3]; + const unsigned char* src_alpha_line = source_alpha ? &source_alpha[(y>>16)*old_width] : 0 ; + + long x = 0; + for ( long i = 0; i < width; i++ ) + { + const unsigned char* src_pixel = &src_line[(x>>16)*3]; + const unsigned char* src_alpha_pixel = source_alpha ? &src_alpha_line[(x>>16)] : 0 ; + dest_pixel[0] = src_pixel[0]; + dest_pixel[1] = src_pixel[1]; + dest_pixel[2] = src_pixel[2]; + dest_pixel += 3; + if ( source_alpha ) + *(target_alpha++) = *src_alpha_pixel ; + x += x_delta; + } + + y += y_delta; + } + + return image; +} + +wxImage wxImage::ResampleBox(int width, int height) const +{ + // This function implements a simple pre-blur/box averaging method for + // downsampling that gives reasonably smooth results To scale the image + // down we will need to gather a grid of pixels of the size of the scale + // factor in each direction and then do an averaging of the pixels. + + wxImage ret_image(width, height, false); + + const double scale_factor_x = double(M_IMGDATA->m_width) / width; + const double scale_factor_y = double(M_IMGDATA->m_height) / height; + + const int scale_factor_x_2 = (int)(scale_factor_x / 2); + const int scale_factor_y_2 = (int)(scale_factor_y / 2); + + const unsigned char* src_data = M_IMGDATA->m_data; + const unsigned char* src_alpha = M_IMGDATA->m_alpha; + unsigned char* dst_data = ret_image.GetData(); + unsigned char* dst_alpha = NULL; + + if ( src_alpha ) + { + ret_image.SetAlpha(); + dst_alpha = ret_image.GetAlpha(); + } + + int averaged_pixels, src_pixel_index; + double sum_r, sum_g, sum_b, sum_a; + + for ( int y = 0; y < height; y++ ) // Destination image - Y direction + { + // Source pixel in the Y direction + int src_y = (int)(y * scale_factor_y); + + for ( int x = 0; x < width; x++ ) // Destination image - X direction + { + // Source pixel in the X direction + int src_x = (int)(x * scale_factor_x); + + // Box of pixels to average + averaged_pixels = 0; + sum_r = sum_g = sum_b = sum_a = 0.0; + + for ( int j = int(src_y - scale_factor_y/2.0 + 1), k = j; + j <= int(src_y + scale_factor_y_2) || j < k + 2; + j++ ) + { + // We don't care to average pixels that don't exist (edges) + if ( j < 0 || j > M_IMGDATA->m_height - 1 ) + continue; + + for ( int i = int(src_x - scale_factor_x/2.0 + 1), e = i; + i <= src_x + scale_factor_x_2 || i < e + 2; + i++ ) + { + // Don't average edge pixels + if ( i < 0 || i > M_IMGDATA->m_width - 1 ) + continue; + + // Calculate the actual index in our source pixels + src_pixel_index = j * M_IMGDATA->m_width + i; + + sum_r += src_data[src_pixel_index * 3 + 0]; + sum_g += src_data[src_pixel_index * 3 + 1]; + sum_b += src_data[src_pixel_index * 3 + 2]; + if ( src_alpha ) + sum_a += src_alpha[src_pixel_index]; + + averaged_pixels++; + } + } + + // Calculate the average from the sum and number of averaged pixels + dst_data[0] = (unsigned char)(sum_r / averaged_pixels); + dst_data[1] = (unsigned char)(sum_g / averaged_pixels); + dst_data[2] = (unsigned char)(sum_b / averaged_pixels); + dst_data += 3; + if ( src_alpha ) + *dst_alpha++ = (unsigned char)(sum_a / averaged_pixels); + } + } + + return ret_image; +} + +wxImage wxImage::ResampleBilinear(int width, int height) const +{ + // This function implements a Bilinear algorithm for resampling. + wxImage ret_image(width, height, false); + const unsigned char* src_data = M_IMGDATA->m_data; + const unsigned char* src_alpha = M_IMGDATA->m_alpha; + unsigned char* dst_data = ret_image.GetData(); + unsigned char* dst_alpha = NULL; + + if ( src_alpha ) + { + ret_image.SetAlpha(); + dst_alpha = ret_image.GetAlpha(); + } + double HFactor = double(M_IMGDATA->m_height) / height; + double WFactor = double(M_IMGDATA->m_width) / width; + + int srcpixymax = M_IMGDATA->m_height - 1; + int srcpixxmax = M_IMGDATA->m_width - 1; + + double srcpixy, srcpixy1, srcpixy2, dy, dy1; + double srcpixx, srcpixx1, srcpixx2, dx, dx1; + + // initialize alpha values to avoid g++ warnings about possibly + // uninitialized variables + double r1, g1, b1, a1 = 0; + double r2, g2, b2, a2 = 0; + + for ( int dsty = 0; dsty < height; dsty++ ) + { + // We need to calculate the source pixel to interpolate from - Y-axis + srcpixy = double(dsty) * HFactor; + srcpixy1 = int(srcpixy); + srcpixy2 = ( srcpixy1 == srcpixymax ) ? srcpixy1 : srcpixy1 + 1.0; + dy = srcpixy - (int)srcpixy; + dy1 = 1.0 - dy; + + + for ( int dstx = 0; dstx < width; dstx++ ) + { + // X-axis of pixel to interpolate from + srcpixx = double(dstx) * WFactor; + srcpixx1 = int(srcpixx); + srcpixx2 = ( srcpixx1 == srcpixxmax ) ? srcpixx1 : srcpixx1 + 1.0; + dx = srcpixx - (int)srcpixx; + dx1 = 1.0 - dx; + + int x_offset1 = srcpixx1 < 0.0 ? 0 : srcpixx1 > srcpixxmax ? srcpixxmax : (int)srcpixx1; + int x_offset2 = srcpixx2 < 0.0 ? 0 : srcpixx2 > srcpixxmax ? srcpixxmax : (int)srcpixx2; + int y_offset1 = srcpixy1 < 0.0 ? 0 : srcpixy1 > srcpixymax ? srcpixymax : (int)srcpixy1; + int y_offset2 = srcpixy2 < 0.0 ? 0 : srcpixy2 > srcpixymax ? srcpixymax : (int)srcpixy2; + + int src_pixel_index00 = y_offset1 * M_IMGDATA->m_width + x_offset1; + int src_pixel_index01 = y_offset1 * M_IMGDATA->m_width + x_offset2; + int src_pixel_index10 = y_offset2 * M_IMGDATA->m_width + x_offset1; + int src_pixel_index11 = y_offset2 * M_IMGDATA->m_width + x_offset2; + + // first line + r1 = src_data[src_pixel_index00 * 3 + 0] * dx1 + src_data[src_pixel_index01 * 3 + 0] * dx; + g1 = src_data[src_pixel_index00 * 3 + 1] * dx1 + src_data[src_pixel_index01 * 3 + 1] * dx; + b1 = src_data[src_pixel_index00 * 3 + 2] * dx1 + src_data[src_pixel_index01 * 3 + 2] * dx; + if ( src_alpha ) + a1 = src_alpha[src_pixel_index00] * dx1 + src_alpha[src_pixel_index01] * dx; + + // second line + r2 = src_data[src_pixel_index10 * 3 + 0] * dx1 + src_data[src_pixel_index11 * 3 + 0] * dx; + g2 = src_data[src_pixel_index10 * 3 + 1] * dx1 + src_data[src_pixel_index11 * 3 + 1] * dx; + b2 = src_data[src_pixel_index10 * 3 + 2] * dx1 + src_data[src_pixel_index11 * 3 + 2] * dx; + if ( src_alpha ) + a2 = src_alpha[src_pixel_index10] * dx1 + src_alpha[src_pixel_index11] * dx; + + // result lines + + dst_data[0] = static_cast(r1 * dy1 + r2 * dy); + dst_data[1] = static_cast(g1 * dy1 + g2 * dy); + dst_data[2] = static_cast(b1 * dy1 + b2 * dy); + dst_data += 3; + + if ( src_alpha ) + *dst_alpha++ = static_cast(a1 * dy1 + a2 * dy); + } + } + + return ret_image; +} + +// The following two local functions are for the B-spline weighting of the +// bicubic sampling algorithm +static inline double spline_cube(double value) +{ + return value <= 0.0 ? 0.0 : value * value * value; +} + +static inline double spline_weight(double value) +{ + return (spline_cube(value + 2) - + 4 * spline_cube(value + 1) + + 6 * spline_cube(value) - + 4 * spline_cube(value - 1)) / 6; +} + +// This is the bicubic resampling algorithm +wxImage wxImage::ResampleBicubic(int width, int height) const +{ + // This function implements a Bicubic B-Spline algorithm for resampling. + // This method is certainly a little slower than wxImage's default pixel + // replication method, however for most reasonably sized images not being + // upsampled too much on a fairly average CPU this difference is hardly + // noticeable and the results are far more pleasing to look at. + // + // This particular bicubic algorithm does pixel weighting according to a + // B-Spline that basically implements a Gaussian bell-like weighting + // kernel. Because of this method the results may appear a bit blurry when + // upsampling by large factors. This is basically because a slight + // gaussian blur is being performed to get the smooth look of the upsampled + // image. + + // Edge pixels: 3-4 possible solutions + // - (Wrap/tile) Wrap the image, take the color value from the opposite + // side of the image. + // - (Mirror) Duplicate edge pixels, so that pixel at coordinate (2, n), + // where n is nonpositive, will have the value of (2, 1). + // - (Ignore) Simply ignore the edge pixels and apply the kernel only to + // pixels which do have all neighbours. + // - (Clamp) Choose the nearest pixel along the border. This takes the + // border pixels and extends them out to infinity. + // + // NOTE: below the y_offset and x_offset variables are being set for edge + // pixels using the "Mirror" method mentioned above + + wxImage ret_image; + + ret_image.Create(width, height, false); + + const unsigned char* src_data = M_IMGDATA->m_data; + const unsigned char* src_alpha = M_IMGDATA->m_alpha; + unsigned char* dst_data = ret_image.GetData(); + unsigned char* dst_alpha = NULL; + + if ( src_alpha ) + { + ret_image.SetAlpha(); + dst_alpha = ret_image.GetAlpha(); + } + + for ( int dsty = 0; dsty < height; dsty++ ) + { + // We need to calculate the source pixel to interpolate from - Y-axis + double srcpixy = double(dsty * M_IMGDATA->m_height) / height; + double dy = srcpixy - (int)srcpixy; + + for ( int dstx = 0; dstx < width; dstx++ ) + { + // X-axis of pixel to interpolate from + double srcpixx = double(dstx * M_IMGDATA->m_width) / width; + double dx = srcpixx - (int)srcpixx; + + // Sums for each color channel + double sum_r = 0, sum_g = 0, sum_b = 0, sum_a = 0; + + // Here we actually determine the RGBA values for the destination pixel + for ( int k = -1; k <= 2; k++ ) + { + // Y offset + int y_offset = srcpixy + k < 0.0 + ? 0 + : srcpixy + k >= M_IMGDATA->m_height + ? M_IMGDATA->m_height - 1 + : (int)(srcpixy + k); + + // Loop across the X axis + for ( int i = -1; i <= 2; i++ ) + { + // X offset + int x_offset = srcpixx + i < 0.0 + ? 0 + : srcpixx + i >= M_IMGDATA->m_width + ? M_IMGDATA->m_width - 1 + : (int)(srcpixx + i); + + // Calculate the exact position where the source data + // should be pulled from based on the x_offset and y_offset + int src_pixel_index = y_offset*M_IMGDATA->m_width + x_offset; + + // Calculate the weight for the specified pixel according + // to the bicubic b-spline kernel we're using for + // interpolation + double + pixel_weight = spline_weight(i - dx)*spline_weight(k - dy); + + // Create a sum of all velues for each color channel + // adjusted for the pixel's calculated weight + sum_r += src_data[src_pixel_index * 3 + 0] * pixel_weight; + sum_g += src_data[src_pixel_index * 3 + 1] * pixel_weight; + sum_b += src_data[src_pixel_index * 3 + 2] * pixel_weight; + if ( src_alpha ) + sum_a += src_alpha[src_pixel_index] * pixel_weight; + } + } + + // Put the data into the destination image. The summed values are + // of double data type and are rounded here for accuracy + dst_data[0] = (unsigned char)(sum_r + 0.5); + dst_data[1] = (unsigned char)(sum_g + 0.5); + dst_data[2] = (unsigned char)(sum_b + 0.5); + dst_data += 3; + + if ( src_alpha ) + *dst_alpha++ = (unsigned char)sum_a; + } + } + + return ret_image; +} + +// Blur in the horizontal direction +wxImage wxImage::BlurHorizontal(int blurRadius) const +{ + wxImage ret_image(MakeEmptyClone()); + + wxCHECK( ret_image.Ok(), ret_image ); + + const unsigned char* src_data = M_IMGDATA->m_data; + unsigned char* dst_data = ret_image.GetData(); + const unsigned char* src_alpha = M_IMGDATA->m_alpha; + unsigned char* dst_alpha = ret_image.GetAlpha(); + + // number of pixels we average over + const int blurArea = blurRadius*2 + 1; + + // Horizontal blurring algorithm - average all pixels in the specified blur + // radius in the X or horizontal direction + for ( int y = 0; y < M_IMGDATA->m_height; y++ ) + { + // Variables used in the blurring algorithm + long sum_r = 0, + sum_g = 0, + sum_b = 0, + sum_a = 0; + + long pixel_idx; + const unsigned char *src; + unsigned char *dst; + + // Calculate the average of all pixels in the blur radius for the first + // pixel of the row + for ( int kernel_x = -blurRadius; kernel_x <= blurRadius; kernel_x++ ) + { + // To deal with the pixels at the start of a row so it's not + // grabbing GOK values from memory at negative indices of the + // image's data or grabbing from the previous row + if ( kernel_x < 0 ) + pixel_idx = y * M_IMGDATA->m_width; + else + pixel_idx = kernel_x + y * M_IMGDATA->m_width; + + src = src_data + pixel_idx*3; + sum_r += src[0]; + sum_g += src[1]; + sum_b += src[2]; + if ( src_alpha ) + sum_a += src_alpha[pixel_idx]; + } + + dst = dst_data + y * M_IMGDATA->m_width*3; + dst[0] = (unsigned char)(sum_r / blurArea); + dst[1] = (unsigned char)(sum_g / blurArea); + dst[2] = (unsigned char)(sum_b / blurArea); + if ( src_alpha ) + dst_alpha[y * M_IMGDATA->m_width] = (unsigned char)(sum_a / blurArea); + + // Now average the values of the rest of the pixels by just moving the + // blur radius box along the row + for ( int x = 1; x < M_IMGDATA->m_width; x++ ) + { + // Take care of edge pixels on the left edge by essentially + // duplicating the edge pixel + if ( x - blurRadius - 1 < 0 ) + pixel_idx = y * M_IMGDATA->m_width; + else + pixel_idx = (x - blurRadius - 1) + y * M_IMGDATA->m_width; + + // Subtract the value of the pixel at the left side of the blur + // radius box + src = src_data + pixel_idx*3; + sum_r -= src[0]; + sum_g -= src[1]; + sum_b -= src[2]; + if ( src_alpha ) + sum_a -= src_alpha[pixel_idx]; + + // Take care of edge pixels on the right edge + if ( x + blurRadius > M_IMGDATA->m_width - 1 ) + pixel_idx = M_IMGDATA->m_width - 1 + y * M_IMGDATA->m_width; + else + pixel_idx = x + blurRadius + y * M_IMGDATA->m_width; + + // Add the value of the pixel being added to the end of our box + src = src_data + pixel_idx*3; + sum_r += src[0]; + sum_g += src[1]; + sum_b += src[2]; + if ( src_alpha ) + sum_a += src_alpha[pixel_idx]; + + // Save off the averaged data + dst = dst_data + x*3 + y*M_IMGDATA->m_width*3; + dst[0] = (unsigned char)(sum_r / blurArea); + dst[1] = (unsigned char)(sum_g / blurArea); + dst[2] = (unsigned char)(sum_b / blurArea); + if ( src_alpha ) + dst_alpha[x + y * M_IMGDATA->m_width] = (unsigned char)(sum_a / blurArea); + } + } + + return ret_image; +} + +// Blur in the vertical direction +wxImage wxImage::BlurVertical(int blurRadius) const +{ + wxImage ret_image(MakeEmptyClone()); + + wxCHECK( ret_image.Ok(), ret_image ); + + const unsigned char* src_data = M_IMGDATA->m_data; + unsigned char* dst_data = ret_image.GetData(); + const unsigned char* src_alpha = M_IMGDATA->m_alpha; + unsigned char* dst_alpha = ret_image.GetAlpha(); + + // number of pixels we average over + const int blurArea = blurRadius*2 + 1; + + // Vertical blurring algorithm - same as horizontal but switched the + // opposite direction + for ( int x = 0; x < M_IMGDATA->m_width; x++ ) + { + // Variables used in the blurring algorithm + long sum_r = 0, + sum_g = 0, + sum_b = 0, + sum_a = 0; + + long pixel_idx; + const unsigned char *src; + unsigned char *dst; + + // Calculate the average of all pixels in our blur radius box for the + // first pixel of the column + for ( int kernel_y = -blurRadius; kernel_y <= blurRadius; kernel_y++ ) + { + // To deal with the pixels at the start of a column so it's not + // grabbing GOK values from memory at negative indices of the + // image's data or grabbing from the previous column + if ( kernel_y < 0 ) + pixel_idx = x; + else + pixel_idx = x + kernel_y * M_IMGDATA->m_width; + + src = src_data + pixel_idx*3; + sum_r += src[0]; + sum_g += src[1]; + sum_b += src[2]; + if ( src_alpha ) + sum_a += src_alpha[pixel_idx]; + } + + dst = dst_data + x*3; + dst[0] = (unsigned char)(sum_r / blurArea); + dst[1] = (unsigned char)(sum_g / blurArea); + dst[2] = (unsigned char)(sum_b / blurArea); + if ( src_alpha ) + dst_alpha[x] = (unsigned char)(sum_a / blurArea); + + // Now average the values of the rest of the pixels by just moving the + // box along the column from top to bottom + for ( int y = 1; y < M_IMGDATA->m_height; y++ ) + { + // Take care of pixels that would be beyond the top edge by + // duplicating the top edge pixel for the column + if ( y - blurRadius - 1 < 0 ) + pixel_idx = x; + else + pixel_idx = x + (y - blurRadius - 1) * M_IMGDATA->m_width; + + // Subtract the value of the pixel at the top of our blur radius box + src = src_data + pixel_idx*3; + sum_r -= src[0]; + sum_g -= src[1]; + sum_b -= src[2]; + if ( src_alpha ) + sum_a -= src_alpha[pixel_idx]; + + // Take care of the pixels that would be beyond the bottom edge of + // the image similar to the top edge + if ( y + blurRadius > M_IMGDATA->m_height - 1 ) + pixel_idx = x + (M_IMGDATA->m_height - 1) * M_IMGDATA->m_width; + else + pixel_idx = x + (blurRadius + y) * M_IMGDATA->m_width; + + // Add the value of the pixel being added to the end of our box + src = src_data + pixel_idx*3; + sum_r += src[0]; + sum_g += src[1]; + sum_b += src[2]; + if ( src_alpha ) + sum_a += src_alpha[pixel_idx]; + + // Save off the averaged data + dst = dst_data + (x + y * M_IMGDATA->m_width) * 3; + dst[0] = (unsigned char)(sum_r / blurArea); + dst[1] = (unsigned char)(sum_g / blurArea); + dst[2] = (unsigned char)(sum_b / blurArea); + if ( src_alpha ) + dst_alpha[x + y * M_IMGDATA->m_width] = (unsigned char)(sum_a / blurArea); + } + } + + return ret_image; +} + +// The new blur function +wxImage wxImage::Blur(int blurRadius) const +{ + wxImage ret_image; + ret_image.Create(M_IMGDATA->m_width, M_IMGDATA->m_height, false); + + // Blur the image in each direction + ret_image = BlurHorizontal(blurRadius); + ret_image = ret_image.BlurVertical(blurRadius); + + return ret_image; +} + +wxImage wxImage::Rotate90( bool clockwise ) const +{ + wxImage image(MakeEmptyClone(Clone_SwapOrientation)); + + wxCHECK( image.Ok(), image ); + + long height = M_IMGDATA->m_height; + long width = M_IMGDATA->m_width; + + if ( HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X) ) + { + int hot_x = GetOptionInt( wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X ); + image.SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y, + clockwise ? hot_x : width - 1 - hot_x); + } + + if ( HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y) ) + { + int hot_y = GetOptionInt( wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y ); + image.SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X, + clockwise ? height - 1 - hot_y : hot_y); + } + + unsigned char *data = image.GetData(); + unsigned char *target_data; + + // we rotate the image in 21-pixel (63-byte) wide strips + // to make better use of cpu cache - memory transfers + // (note: while much better than single-pixel "strips", + // our vertical strips will still generally straddle cachelines) + for (long ii = 0; ii < width; ) + { + long next_ii = wxMin(ii + 21, width); + + for (long j = 0; j < height; j++) + { + const unsigned char *source_data + = M_IMGDATA->m_data + (j*width + ii)*3; + + for (long i = ii; i < next_ii; i++) + { + if ( clockwise ) + { + target_data = data + (((i+1)*height) - j - 1)*3; + } + else + { + target_data = data + ((height*(width - 1 - i)) + j)*3; + } + memcpy( target_data, source_data, 3 ); + source_data += 3; + } + } + + ii = next_ii; + } + + const unsigned char *source_alpha = M_IMGDATA->m_alpha; + + if ( source_alpha ) + { + unsigned char *alpha_data = image.GetAlpha(); + unsigned char *target_alpha = 0 ; + + for (long j = 0; j < height; j++) + { + for (long i = 0; i < width; i++) + { + if ( clockwise ) + { + target_alpha = alpha_data + (((i+1)*height) - j - 1); + } + else + { + target_alpha = alpha_data + ((height*(width-1)) + j - (i*height)); + } + + *target_alpha = *source_alpha++; + } + } + } + + return image; +} + +wxImage wxImage::Rotate180() const +{ + wxImage image(MakeEmptyClone()); + + wxCHECK( image.Ok(), image ); + + long height = M_IMGDATA->m_height; + long width = M_IMGDATA->m_width; + + if ( HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X) ) + { + image.SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X, + width - 1 - GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X)); + } + + if ( HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y) ) + { + image.SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y, + height - 1 - GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y)); + } + + unsigned char *data = image.GetData(); + unsigned char *alpha = image.GetAlpha(); + const unsigned char *source_data = M_IMGDATA->m_data; + unsigned char *target_data = data + width * height * 3; + + for (long j = 0; j < height; j++) + { + for (long i = 0; i < width; i++) + { + target_data -= 3; + memcpy( target_data, source_data, 3 ); + source_data += 3; + } + } + + if ( alpha ) + { + const unsigned char *src_alpha = M_IMGDATA->m_alpha; + unsigned char *dest_alpha = alpha + width * height; + + for (long j = 0; j < height; ++j) + { + for (long i = 0; i < width; ++i) + { + *(--dest_alpha) = *(src_alpha++); + } + } + } + + return image; +} + +wxImage wxImage::Mirror( bool horizontally ) const +{ + wxImage image(MakeEmptyClone()); + + wxCHECK( image.Ok(), image ); + + long height = M_IMGDATA->m_height; + long width = M_IMGDATA->m_width; + + unsigned char *data = image.GetData(); + unsigned char *alpha = image.GetAlpha(); + const unsigned char *source_data = M_IMGDATA->m_data; + unsigned char *target_data; + + if (horizontally) + { + for (long j = 0; j < height; j++) + { + data += width*3; + target_data = data-3; + for (long i = 0; i < width; i++) + { + memcpy( target_data, source_data, 3 ); + source_data += 3; + target_data -= 3; + } + } + + if (alpha != NULL) + { + // src_alpha starts at the first pixel and increases by 1 after each step + // (a step here is the copy of the alpha value of one pixel) + const unsigned char *src_alpha = M_IMGDATA->m_alpha; + // dest_alpha starts just beyond the first line, decreases before each step, + // and after each line is finished, increases by 2 widths (skipping the line + // just copied and the line that will be copied next) + unsigned char *dest_alpha = alpha + width; + + for (long jj = 0; jj < height; ++jj) + { + for (long i = 0; i < width; ++i) { + *(--dest_alpha) = *(src_alpha++); // copy one pixel + } + dest_alpha += 2 * width; // advance beyond the end of the next line + } + } + } + else + { + for (long i = 0; i < height; i++) + { + target_data = data + 3*width*(height-1-i); + memcpy( target_data, source_data, (size_t)3*width ); + source_data += 3*width; + } + + if ( alpha ) + { + // src_alpha starts at the first pixel and increases by 1 width after each step + // (a step here is the copy of the alpha channel of an entire line) + const unsigned char *src_alpha = M_IMGDATA->m_alpha; + // dest_alpha starts just beyond the last line (beyond the whole image) + // and decreases by 1 width before each step + unsigned char *dest_alpha = alpha + width * height; + + for (long jj = 0; jj < height; ++jj) + { + dest_alpha -= width; + memcpy( dest_alpha, src_alpha, (size_t)width ); + src_alpha += width; + } + } + } + + return image; +} + +wxImage wxImage::GetSubImage( const wxRect &rect ) const +{ + wxImage image; + + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), image, wxT("invalid image") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( (rect.GetLeft()>=0) && (rect.GetTop()>=0) && + (rect.GetRight()<=GetWidth()) && (rect.GetBottom()<=GetHeight()), + image, wxT("invalid subimage size") ); + + const int subwidth = rect.GetWidth(); + const int subheight = rect.GetHeight(); + + image.Create( subwidth, subheight, false ); + + const unsigned char *src_data = GetData(); + const unsigned char *src_alpha = M_IMGDATA->m_alpha; + unsigned char *subdata = image.GetData(); + unsigned char *subalpha = NULL; + + wxCHECK_MSG( subdata, image, wxT("unable to create image") ); + + if ( src_alpha ) { + image.SetAlpha(); + subalpha = image.GetAlpha(); + wxCHECK_MSG( subalpha, image, wxT("unable to create alpha channel")); + } + + if (M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask) + image.SetMaskColour( M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed, M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen, M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue ); + + const int width = GetWidth(); + const int pixsoff = rect.GetLeft() + width * rect.GetTop(); + + src_data += 3 * pixsoff; + src_alpha += pixsoff; // won't be used if was NULL, so this is ok + + for (long j = 0; j < subheight; ++j) + { + memcpy( subdata, src_data, 3 * subwidth ); + subdata += 3 * subwidth; + src_data += 3 * width; + if (subalpha != NULL) { + memcpy( subalpha, src_alpha, subwidth ); + subalpha += subwidth; + src_alpha += width; + } + } + + return image; +} + +wxImage wxImage::Size( const wxSize& size, const wxPoint& pos, + int r_, int g_, int b_ ) const +{ + wxImage image; + + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), image, wxT("invalid image") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( (size.GetWidth() > 0) && (size.GetHeight() > 0), image, wxT("invalid size") ); + + int width = GetWidth(), height = GetHeight(); + image.Create(size.GetWidth(), size.GetHeight(), false); + + unsigned char r = (unsigned char)r_; + unsigned char g = (unsigned char)g_; + unsigned char b = (unsigned char)b_; + if ((r_ == -1) && (g_ == -1) && (b_ == -1)) + { + GetOrFindMaskColour( &r, &g, &b ); + image.SetMaskColour(r, g, b); + } + + image.SetRGB(wxRect(), r, g, b); + + // we have two coordinate systems: + // source: starting at 0,0 of source image + // destination starting at 0,0 of destination image + // Documentation says: + // "The image is pasted into a new image [...] at the position pos relative + // to the upper left of the new image." this means the transition rule is: + // "dest coord" = "source coord" + pos; + + // calculate the intersection using source coordinates: + wxRect srcRect(0, 0, width, height); + wxRect dstRect(-pos, size); + + srcRect.Intersect(dstRect); + + if (!srcRect.IsEmpty()) + { + // insertion point is needed in destination coordinates. + // NB: it is not always "pos"! + wxPoint ptInsert = srcRect.GetTopLeft() + pos; + + if ((srcRect.GetWidth() == width) && (srcRect.GetHeight() == height)) + image.Paste(*this, ptInsert.x, ptInsert.y); + else + image.Paste(GetSubImage(srcRect), ptInsert.x, ptInsert.y); + } + + return image; +} + +void wxImage::Paste( const wxImage &image, int x, int y ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( Ok(), wxT("invalid image") ); + wxCHECK_RET( image.Ok(), wxT("invalid image") ); + + AllocExclusive(); + + int xx = 0; + int yy = 0; + int width = image.GetWidth(); + int height = image.GetHeight(); + + if (x < 0) + { + xx = -x; + width += x; + } + if (y < 0) + { + yy = -y; + height += y; + } + + if ((x+xx)+width > M_IMGDATA->m_width) + width = M_IMGDATA->m_width - (x+xx); + if ((y+yy)+height > M_IMGDATA->m_height) + height = M_IMGDATA->m_height - (y+yy); + + if (width < 1) return; + if (height < 1) return; + + if ((!HasMask() && !image.HasMask()) || + (HasMask() && !image.HasMask()) || + ((HasMask() && image.HasMask() && + (GetMaskRed()==image.GetMaskRed()) && + (GetMaskGreen()==image.GetMaskGreen()) && + (GetMaskBlue()==image.GetMaskBlue())))) + { + const unsigned char* source_data = image.GetData() + 3*(xx + yy*image.GetWidth()); + int source_step = image.GetWidth()*3; + + unsigned char* target_data = GetData() + 3*((x+xx) + (y+yy)*M_IMGDATA->m_width); + int target_step = M_IMGDATA->m_width*3; + for (int j = 0; j < height; j++) + { + memcpy( target_data, source_data, width*3 ); + source_data += source_step; + target_data += target_step; + } + } + + // Copy over the alpha channel from the original image + if ( image.HasAlpha() ) + { + if ( !HasAlpha() ) + InitAlpha(); + + const unsigned char* source_data = image.GetAlpha() + xx + yy*image.GetWidth(); + int source_step = image.GetWidth(); + + unsigned char* target_data = GetAlpha() + (x+xx) + (y+yy)*M_IMGDATA->m_width; + int target_step = M_IMGDATA->m_width; + + for (int j = 0; j < height; j++, + source_data += source_step, + target_data += target_step) + { + memcpy( target_data, source_data, width ); + } + } + + if (!HasMask() && image.HasMask()) + { + unsigned char r = image.GetMaskRed(); + unsigned char g = image.GetMaskGreen(); + unsigned char b = image.GetMaskBlue(); + + const unsigned char* source_data = image.GetData() + 3*(xx + yy*image.GetWidth()); + int source_step = image.GetWidth()*3; + + unsigned char* target_data = GetData() + 3*((x+xx) + (y+yy)*M_IMGDATA->m_width); + int target_step = M_IMGDATA->m_width*3; + + for (int j = 0; j < height; j++) + { + for (int i = 0; i < width*3; i+=3) + { + if ((source_data[i] != r) || + (source_data[i+1] != g) || + (source_data[i+2] != b)) + { + memcpy( target_data+i, source_data+i, 3 ); + } + } + source_data += source_step; + target_data += target_step; + } + } +} + +void wxImage::Replace( unsigned char r1, unsigned char g1, unsigned char b1, + unsigned char r2, unsigned char g2, unsigned char b2 ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( Ok(), wxT("invalid image") ); + + AllocExclusive(); + + unsigned char *data = GetData(); + + const int w = GetWidth(); + const int h = GetHeight(); + + for (int j = 0; j < h; j++) + for (int i = 0; i < w; i++) + { + if ((data[0] == r1) && (data[1] == g1) && (data[2] == b1)) + { + data[0] = r2; + data[1] = g2; + data[2] = b2; + } + data += 3; + } +} + +wxImage wxImage::ConvertToGreyscale(void) const +{ + return ConvertToGreyscale(0.299, 0.587, 0.114); +} + +wxImage wxImage::ConvertToGreyscale(double weight_r, double weight_g, double weight_b) const +{ + wxImage image(MakeEmptyClone()); + + wxCHECK( image.Ok(), image ); + + const unsigned char *src = M_IMGDATA->m_data; + unsigned char *dest = image.GetData(); + + const bool hasMask = M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask; + const unsigned char maskRed = M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed; + const unsigned char maskGreen = M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen; + const unsigned char maskBlue = M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue; + + const long size = M_IMGDATA->m_width * M_IMGDATA->m_height; + for ( long i = 0; i < size; i++, src += 3, dest += 3 ) + { + memcpy(dest, src, 3); + // only modify non-masked pixels + if ( !hasMask || src[0] != maskRed || src[1] != maskGreen || src[2] != maskBlue ) + { + wxColour::MakeGrey(dest + 0, dest + 1, dest + 2, weight_r, weight_g, weight_b); + } + } + + // copy the alpha channel, if any + if ( image.HasAlpha() ) + { + memcpy( image.GetAlpha(), GetAlpha(), GetWidth() * GetHeight() ); + } + + return image; +} + +wxImage wxImage::ConvertToMono( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b ) const +{ + wxImage image; + + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), image, wxT("invalid image") ); + + image.Create( M_IMGDATA->m_width, M_IMGDATA->m_height, false ); + + unsigned char *data = image.GetData(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( data, image, wxT("unable to create image") ); + + if (M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask) + { + if (M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed == r && M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen == g && + M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue == b) + image.SetMaskColour( 255, 255, 255 ); + else + image.SetMaskColour( 0, 0, 0 ); + } + + long size = M_IMGDATA->m_height * M_IMGDATA->m_width; + + unsigned char *srcd = M_IMGDATA->m_data; + unsigned char *tard = image.GetData(); + + for ( long i = 0; i < size; i++, srcd += 3, tard += 3 ) + { + bool on = (srcd[0] == r) && (srcd[1] == g) && (srcd[2] == b); + wxColourBase::MakeMono(tard + 0, tard + 1, tard + 2, on); + } + + return image; +} + +wxImage wxImage::ConvertToDisabled(unsigned char brightness) const +{ + wxImage image = *this; + + unsigned char mr = image.GetMaskRed(); + unsigned char mg = image.GetMaskGreen(); + unsigned char mb = image.GetMaskBlue(); + + int width = image.GetWidth(); + int height = image.GetHeight(); + bool has_mask = image.HasMask(); + + for (int y = height-1; y >= 0; --y) + { + for (int x = width-1; x >= 0; --x) + { + unsigned char* data = image.GetData() + (y*(width*3))+(x*3); + unsigned char* r = data; + unsigned char* g = data+1; + unsigned char* b = data+2; + + if (has_mask && (*r == mr) && (*g == mg) && (*b == mb)) + continue; + + wxColour::MakeDisabled(r, g, b, brightness); + } + } + return image; +} + +int wxImage::GetWidth() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), 0, wxT("invalid image") ); + + return M_IMGDATA->m_width; +} + +int wxImage::GetHeight() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), 0, wxT("invalid image") ); + + return M_IMGDATA->m_height; +} + +wxBitmapType wxImage::GetType() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID, wxT("invalid image") ); + + return M_IMGDATA->m_type; +} + +void wxImage::SetType(wxBitmapType type) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), "must create the image before setting its type"); + + // type can be wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID to reset the image type to default + wxASSERT_MSG( type != wxBITMAP_TYPE_MAX, "invalid bitmap type" ); + + M_IMGDATA->m_type = type; +} + +long wxImage::XYToIndex(int x, int y) const +{ + if ( Ok() && + x >= 0 && y >= 0 && + x < M_IMGDATA->m_width && y < M_IMGDATA->m_height ) + { + return y*M_IMGDATA->m_width + x; + } + + return -1; +} + +void wxImage::SetRGB( int x, int y, unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b ) +{ + long pos = XYToIndex(x, y); + wxCHECK_RET( pos != -1, wxT("invalid image coordinates") ); + + AllocExclusive(); + + pos *= 3; + + M_IMGDATA->m_data[ pos ] = r; + M_IMGDATA->m_data[ pos+1 ] = g; + M_IMGDATA->m_data[ pos+2 ] = b; +} + +void wxImage::SetRGB( const wxRect& rect_, unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( Ok(), wxT("invalid image") ); + + AllocExclusive(); + + wxRect rect(rect_); + wxRect imageRect(0, 0, GetWidth(), GetHeight()); + if ( rect == wxRect() ) + { + rect = imageRect; + } + else + { + wxCHECK_RET( imageRect.Contains(rect.GetTopLeft()) && + imageRect.Contains(rect.GetBottomRight()), + wxT("invalid bounding rectangle") ); + } + + int x1 = rect.GetLeft(), + y1 = rect.GetTop(), + x2 = rect.GetRight() + 1, + y2 = rect.GetBottom() + 1; + + unsigned char *data wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL); + int x, y, width = GetWidth(); + for (y = y1; y < y2; y++) + { + data = M_IMGDATA->m_data + (y*width + x1)*3; + for (x = x1; x < x2; x++) + { + *data++ = r; + *data++ = g; + *data++ = b; + } + } +} + +unsigned char wxImage::GetRed( int x, int y ) const +{ + long pos = XYToIndex(x, y); + wxCHECK_MSG( pos != -1, 0, wxT("invalid image coordinates") ); + + pos *= 3; + + return M_IMGDATA->m_data[pos]; +} + +unsigned char wxImage::GetGreen( int x, int y ) const +{ + long pos = XYToIndex(x, y); + wxCHECK_MSG( pos != -1, 0, wxT("invalid image coordinates") ); + + pos *= 3; + + return M_IMGDATA->m_data[pos+1]; +} + +unsigned char wxImage::GetBlue( int x, int y ) const +{ + long pos = XYToIndex(x, y); + wxCHECK_MSG( pos != -1, 0, wxT("invalid image coordinates") ); + + pos *= 3; + + return M_IMGDATA->m_data[pos+2]; +} + +bool wxImage::IsOk() const +{ + // image of 0 width or height can't be considered ok - at least because it + // causes crashes in ConvertToBitmap() if we don't catch it in time + wxImageRefData *data = M_IMGDATA; + return data && data->m_ok && data->m_width && data->m_height; +} + +unsigned char *wxImage::GetData() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), (unsigned char *)NULL, wxT("invalid image") ); + + return M_IMGDATA->m_data; +} + +void wxImage::SetData( unsigned char *data, bool static_data ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( Ok(), wxT("invalid image") ); + + wxImageRefData *newRefData = new wxImageRefData(); + + newRefData->m_width = M_IMGDATA->m_width; + newRefData->m_height = M_IMGDATA->m_height; + newRefData->m_data = data; + newRefData->m_ok = true; + newRefData->m_maskRed = M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed; + newRefData->m_maskGreen = M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen; + newRefData->m_maskBlue = M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue; + newRefData->m_hasMask = M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask; + newRefData->m_static = static_data; + + UnRef(); + + m_refData = newRefData; +} + +void wxImage::SetData( unsigned char *data, int new_width, int new_height, bool static_data ) +{ + wxImageRefData *newRefData = new wxImageRefData(); + + if (m_refData) + { + newRefData->m_width = new_width; + newRefData->m_height = new_height; + newRefData->m_data = data; + newRefData->m_ok = true; + newRefData->m_maskRed = M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed; + newRefData->m_maskGreen = M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen; + newRefData->m_maskBlue = M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue; + newRefData->m_hasMask = M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask; + } + else + { + newRefData->m_width = new_width; + newRefData->m_height = new_height; + newRefData->m_data = data; + newRefData->m_ok = true; + } + newRefData->m_static = static_data; + + UnRef(); + + m_refData = newRefData; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// alpha channel support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxImage::SetAlpha(int x, int y, unsigned char alpha) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( HasAlpha(), wxT("no alpha channel") ); + + long pos = XYToIndex(x, y); + wxCHECK_RET( pos != -1, wxT("invalid image coordinates") ); + + AllocExclusive(); + + M_IMGDATA->m_alpha[pos] = alpha; +} + +unsigned char wxImage::GetAlpha(int x, int y) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( HasAlpha(), 0, wxT("no alpha channel") ); + + long pos = XYToIndex(x, y); + wxCHECK_MSG( pos != -1, 0, wxT("invalid image coordinates") ); + + return M_IMGDATA->m_alpha[pos]; +} + +bool +wxImage::ConvertColourToAlpha(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) +{ + SetAlpha(NULL); + + const int w = M_IMGDATA->m_width; + const int h = M_IMGDATA->m_height; + + unsigned char *alpha = GetAlpha(); + unsigned char *data = GetData(); + + for ( int y = 0; y < h; y++ ) + { + for ( int x = 0; x < w; x++ ) + { + *alpha++ = *data; + *data++ = r; + *data++ = g; + *data++ = b; + } + } + + return true; +} + +void wxImage::SetAlpha( unsigned char *alpha, bool static_data ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( Ok(), wxT("invalid image") ); + + AllocExclusive(); + + if ( !alpha ) + { + alpha = (unsigned char *)malloc(M_IMGDATA->m_width*M_IMGDATA->m_height); + } + + if( !M_IMGDATA->m_staticAlpha ) + free(M_IMGDATA->m_alpha); + + M_IMGDATA->m_alpha = alpha; + M_IMGDATA->m_staticAlpha = static_data; +} + +unsigned char *wxImage::GetAlpha() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), (unsigned char *)NULL, wxT("invalid image") ); + + return M_IMGDATA->m_alpha; +} + +void wxImage::InitAlpha() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( !HasAlpha(), wxT("image already has an alpha channel") ); + + // initialize memory for alpha channel + SetAlpha(); + + unsigned char *alpha = M_IMGDATA->m_alpha; + const size_t lenAlpha = M_IMGDATA->m_width * M_IMGDATA->m_height; + + if ( HasMask() ) + { + // use the mask to initialize the alpha channel. + const unsigned char * const alphaEnd = alpha + lenAlpha; + + const unsigned char mr = M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed; + const unsigned char mg = M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen; + const unsigned char mb = M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue; + for ( unsigned char *src = M_IMGDATA->m_data; + alpha < alphaEnd; + src += 3, alpha++ ) + { + *alpha = (src[0] == mr && src[1] == mg && src[2] == mb) + ? wxIMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT + : wxIMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE; + } + + M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask = false; + } + else // no mask + { + // make the image fully opaque + memset(alpha, wxIMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE, lenAlpha); + } +} + +void wxImage::ClearAlpha() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( HasAlpha(), wxT("image already doesn't have an alpha channel") ); + + if ( !M_IMGDATA->m_staticAlpha ) + free( M_IMGDATA->m_alpha ); + + M_IMGDATA->m_alpha = NULL; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// mask support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxImage::SetMaskColour( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( Ok(), wxT("invalid image") ); + + AllocExclusive(); + + M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed = r; + M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen = g; + M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue = b; + M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask = true; +} + +bool wxImage::GetOrFindMaskColour( unsigned char *r, unsigned char *g, unsigned char *b ) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), false, wxT("invalid image") ); + + if (M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask) + { + if (r) *r = M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed; + if (g) *g = M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen; + if (b) *b = M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue; + return true; + } + else + { + FindFirstUnusedColour(r, g, b); + return false; + } +} + +unsigned char wxImage::GetMaskRed() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), 0, wxT("invalid image") ); + + return M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed; +} + +unsigned char wxImage::GetMaskGreen() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), 0, wxT("invalid image") ); + + return M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen; +} + +unsigned char wxImage::GetMaskBlue() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), 0, wxT("invalid image") ); + + return M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue; +} + +void wxImage::SetMask( bool mask ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( Ok(), wxT("invalid image") ); + + AllocExclusive(); + + M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask = mask; +} + +bool wxImage::HasMask() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), false, wxT("invalid image") ); + + return M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask; +} + +bool wxImage::IsTransparent(int x, int y, unsigned char threshold) const +{ + long pos = XYToIndex(x, y); + wxCHECK_MSG( pos != -1, false, wxT("invalid image coordinates") ); + + // check mask + if ( M_IMGDATA->m_hasMask ) + { + const unsigned char *p = M_IMGDATA->m_data + 3*pos; + if ( p[0] == M_IMGDATA->m_maskRed && + p[1] == M_IMGDATA->m_maskGreen && + p[2] == M_IMGDATA->m_maskBlue ) + { + return true; + } + } + + // then check alpha + if ( M_IMGDATA->m_alpha ) + { + if ( M_IMGDATA->m_alpha[pos] < threshold ) + { + // transparent enough + return true; + } + } + + // not transparent + return false; +} + +bool wxImage::SetMaskFromImage(const wxImage& mask, + unsigned char mr, unsigned char mg, unsigned char mb) +{ + // check that the images are the same size + if ( (M_IMGDATA->m_height != mask.GetHeight() ) || (M_IMGDATA->m_width != mask.GetWidth () ) ) + { + wxLogError( _("Image and mask have different sizes.") ); + return false; + } + + // find unused colour + unsigned char r,g,b ; + if (!FindFirstUnusedColour(&r, &g, &b)) + { + wxLogError( _("No unused colour in image being masked.") ); + return false ; + } + + AllocExclusive(); + + unsigned char *imgdata = GetData(); + unsigned char *maskdata = mask.GetData(); + + const int w = GetWidth(); + const int h = GetHeight(); + + for (int j = 0; j < h; j++) + { + for (int i = 0; i < w; i++) + { + if ((maskdata[0] == mr) && (maskdata[1] == mg) && (maskdata[2] == mb)) + { + imgdata[0] = r; + imgdata[1] = g; + imgdata[2] = b; + } + imgdata += 3; + maskdata += 3; + } + } + + SetMaskColour(r, g, b); + SetMask(true); + + return true; +} + +bool wxImage::ConvertAlphaToMask(unsigned char threshold) +{ + if ( !HasAlpha() ) + return false; + + unsigned char mr, mg, mb; + if ( !FindFirstUnusedColour(&mr, &mg, &mb) ) + { + wxLogError( _("No unused colour in image being masked.") ); + return false; + } + + return ConvertAlphaToMask(mr, mg, mb, threshold); +} + +bool wxImage::ConvertAlphaToMask(unsigned char mr, + unsigned char mg, + unsigned char mb, + unsigned char threshold) +{ + if ( !HasAlpha() ) + return false; + + AllocExclusive(); + + SetMask(true); + SetMaskColour(mr, mg, mb); + + unsigned char *imgdata = GetData(); + unsigned char *alphadata = GetAlpha(); + + int w = GetWidth(); + int h = GetHeight(); + + for (int y = 0; y < h; y++) + { + for (int x = 0; x < w; x++, imgdata += 3, alphadata++) + { + if (*alphadata < threshold) + { + imgdata[0] = mr; + imgdata[1] = mg; + imgdata[2] = mb; + } + } + } + + if ( !M_IMGDATA->m_staticAlpha ) + free(M_IMGDATA->m_alpha); + + M_IMGDATA->m_alpha = NULL; + M_IMGDATA->m_staticAlpha = false; + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Palette functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + +bool wxImage::HasPalette() const +{ + if (!Ok()) + return false; + + return M_IMGDATA->m_palette.Ok(); +} + +const wxPalette& wxImage::GetPalette() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), wxNullPalette, wxT("invalid image") ); + + return M_IMGDATA->m_palette; +} + +void wxImage::SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( Ok(), wxT("invalid image") ); + + AllocExclusive(); + + M_IMGDATA->m_palette = palette; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Option functions (arbitrary name/value mapping) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxImage::SetOption(const wxString& name, const wxString& value) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + int idx = M_IMGDATA->m_optionNames.Index(name, false); + if ( idx == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + M_IMGDATA->m_optionNames.Add(name); + M_IMGDATA->m_optionValues.Add(value); + } + else + { + M_IMGDATA->m_optionNames[idx] = name; + M_IMGDATA->m_optionValues[idx] = value; + } +} + +void wxImage::SetOption(const wxString& name, int value) +{ + wxString valStr; + valStr.Printf(wxT("%d"), value); + SetOption(name, valStr); +} + +wxString wxImage::GetOption(const wxString& name) const +{ + if ( !M_IMGDATA ) + return wxEmptyString; + + int idx = M_IMGDATA->m_optionNames.Index(name, false); + if ( idx == wxNOT_FOUND ) + return wxEmptyString; + else + return M_IMGDATA->m_optionValues[idx]; +} + +int wxImage::GetOptionInt(const wxString& name) const +{ + return wxAtoi(GetOption(name)); +} + +bool wxImage::HasOption(const wxString& name) const +{ + return M_IMGDATA ? M_IMGDATA->m_optionNames.Index(name, false) != wxNOT_FOUND + : false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// image I/O +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxImage::LoadFile( const wxString& WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(filename), + wxBitmapType WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(type), + int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(index) ) +{ +#if HAS_FILE_STREAMS + wxImageFileInputStream stream(filename); + if ( stream.IsOk() ) + { + wxBufferedInputStream bstream( stream ); + if ( LoadFile(bstream, type, index) ) + return true; + } + + wxLogError(_("Failed to load image from file \"%s\"."), filename); +#endif // HAS_FILE_STREAMS + + return false; +} + +bool wxImage::LoadFile( const wxString& WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(filename), + const wxString& WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(mimetype), + int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(index) ) +{ +#if HAS_FILE_STREAMS + wxImageFileInputStream stream(filename); + if ( stream.IsOk() ) + { + wxBufferedInputStream bstream( stream ); + if ( LoadFile(bstream, mimetype, index) ) + return true; + } + + wxLogError(_("Failed to load image from file \"%s\"."), filename); +#endif // HAS_FILE_STREAMS + + return false; +} + + +bool wxImage::SaveFile( const wxString& filename ) const +{ + wxString ext = filename.AfterLast('.').Lower(); + + wxImageHandler *handler = FindHandler(ext, wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY); + if ( !handler) + { + wxLogError(_("Can't save image to file '%s': unknown extension."), + filename); + return false; + } + + return SaveFile(filename, handler->GetType()); +} + +bool wxImage::SaveFile( const wxString& WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(filename), + wxBitmapType WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(type) ) const +{ +#if HAS_FILE_STREAMS + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), false, wxT("invalid image") ); + + ((wxImage*)this)->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME, filename); + + wxImageFileOutputStream stream(filename); + + if ( stream.IsOk() ) + { + wxBufferedOutputStream bstream( stream ); + return SaveFile(bstream, type); + } +#endif // HAS_FILE_STREAMS + + return false; +} + +bool wxImage::SaveFile( const wxString& WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(filename), + const wxString& WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(mimetype) ) const +{ +#if HAS_FILE_STREAMS + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), false, wxT("invalid image") ); + + ((wxImage*)this)->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME, filename); + + wxImageFileOutputStream stream(filename); + + if ( stream.IsOk() ) + { + wxBufferedOutputStream bstream( stream ); + return SaveFile(bstream, mimetype); + } +#endif // HAS_FILE_STREAMS + + return false; +} + +bool wxImage::CanRead( const wxString& WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(name) ) +{ +#if HAS_FILE_STREAMS + wxImageFileInputStream stream(name); + return CanRead(stream); +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +int wxImage::GetImageCount( const wxString& WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(name), + wxBitmapType WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(type) ) +{ +#if HAS_FILE_STREAMS + wxImageFileInputStream stream(name); + if (stream.Ok()) + return GetImageCount(stream, type); +#endif + + return 0; +} + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxImage::CanRead( wxInputStream &stream ) +{ + const wxList& list = GetHandlers(); + + for ( wxList::compatibility_iterator node = list.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxImageHandler *handler=(wxImageHandler*)node->GetData(); + if (handler->CanRead( stream )) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +int wxImage::GetImageCount( wxInputStream &stream, wxBitmapType type ) +{ + wxImageHandler *handler; + + if ( type == wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY ) + { + const wxList& list = GetHandlers(); + + for ( wxList::compatibility_iterator node = list.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + handler = (wxImageHandler*)node->GetData(); + if ( handler->CanRead(stream) ) + { + const int count = handler->GetImageCount(stream); + if ( count >= 0 ) + return count; + } + + } + + wxLogWarning(_("No handler found for image type.")); + return 0; + } + + handler = FindHandler(type); + + if ( !handler ) + { + wxLogWarning(_("No image handler for type %d defined."), type); + return false; + } + + if ( handler->CanRead(stream) ) + { + return handler->GetImageCount(stream); + } + else + { + wxLogError(_("Image file is not of type %d."), type); + return 0; + } +} + +bool wxImage::DoLoad(wxImageHandler& handler, wxInputStream& stream, int index) +{ + // save the options values which can be clobbered by the handler (e.g. many + // of them call Destroy() before trying to load the file) + const unsigned maxWidth = GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_MAX_WIDTH), + maxHeight = GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_MAX_HEIGHT); + + // Preserve the original stream position if possible to rewind back to it + // if we failed to load the file -- maybe the next handler that we try can + // succeed after us then. + wxFileOffset posOld = wxInvalidOffset; + if ( stream.IsSeekable() ) + posOld = stream.TellI(); + + if ( !handler.LoadFile(this, stream, true/*verbose*/, index) ) + { + if ( posOld != wxInvalidOffset ) + stream.SeekI(posOld); + + return false; + } + + // rescale the image to the specified size if needed + if ( maxWidth || maxHeight ) + { + const unsigned widthOrig = GetWidth(), + heightOrig = GetHeight(); + + // this uses the same (trivial) algorithm as the JPEG handler + unsigned width = widthOrig, + height = heightOrig; + while ( (maxWidth && width > maxWidth) || + (maxHeight && height > maxHeight) ) + { + width /= 2; + height /= 2; + } + + if ( width != widthOrig || height != heightOrig ) + Rescale(width, height, wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH); + } + + // Set this after Rescale, which currently does not preserve it + M_IMGDATA->m_type = handler.GetType(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxImage::LoadFile( wxInputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type, int index ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + wxImageHandler *handler; + + if ( type == wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY ) + { + if ( !stream.IsSeekable() ) + { + // The error message about image data format being unknown below + // would be misleading in this case as we are not even going to try + // any handlers because CanRead() never does anything for not + // seekable stream, so try to be more precise here. + wxLogError(_("Can't automatically determine the image format " + "for non-seekable input.")); + return false; + } + + const wxList& list = GetHandlers(); + for ( wxList::compatibility_iterator node = list.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + handler = (wxImageHandler*)node->GetData(); + if ( handler->CanRead(stream) && DoLoad(*handler, stream, index) ) + return true; + } + + wxLogWarning( _("Unknown image data format.") ); + + return false; + } + //else: have specific type + + handler = FindHandler(type); + if ( !handler ) + { + wxLogWarning( _("No image handler for type %d defined."), type ); + return false; + } + + if ( stream.IsSeekable() && !handler->CanRead(stream) ) + { + wxLogError(_("This is not a %s."), handler->GetName()); + return false; + } + + return DoLoad(*handler, stream, index); +} + +bool wxImage::LoadFile( wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& mimetype, int index ) +{ + UnRef(); + + m_refData = new wxImageRefData; + + wxImageHandler *handler = FindHandlerMime(mimetype); + + if ( !handler ) + { + wxLogWarning( _("No image handler for type %s defined."), mimetype.GetData() ); + return false; + } + + if ( stream.IsSeekable() && !handler->CanRead(stream) ) + { + wxLogError(_("Image is not of type %s."), mimetype); + return false; + } + + return DoLoad(*handler, stream, index); +} + +bool wxImage::DoSave(wxImageHandler& handler, wxOutputStream& stream) const +{ + wxImage * const self = const_cast(this); + if ( !handler.SaveFile(self, stream) ) + return false; + + M_IMGDATA->m_type = handler.GetType(); + return true; +} + +bool wxImage::SaveFile( wxOutputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type ) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), false, wxT("invalid image") ); + + wxImageHandler *handler = FindHandler(type); + if ( !handler ) + { + wxLogWarning( _("No image handler for type %d defined."), type ); + return false; + } + + return DoSave(*handler, stream); +} + +bool wxImage::SaveFile( wxOutputStream& stream, const wxString& mimetype ) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), false, wxT("invalid image") ); + + wxImageHandler *handler = FindHandlerMime(mimetype); + if ( !handler ) + { + wxLogWarning( _("No image handler for type %s defined."), mimetype.GetData() ); + } + + return DoSave(*handler, stream); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// image I/O handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxImage::AddHandler( wxImageHandler *handler ) +{ + // Check for an existing handler of the type being added. + if (FindHandler( handler->GetType() ) == 0) + { + sm_handlers.Append( handler ); + } + else + { + // This is not documented behaviour, merely the simplest 'fix' + // for preventing duplicate additions. If someone ever has + // a good reason to add and remove duplicate handlers (and they + // may) we should probably refcount the duplicates. + // also an issue in InsertHandler below. + + wxLogDebug( wxT("Adding duplicate image handler for '%s'"), + handler->GetName().c_str() ); + delete handler; + } +} + +void wxImage::InsertHandler( wxImageHandler *handler ) +{ + // Check for an existing handler of the type being added. + if (FindHandler( handler->GetType() ) == 0) + { + sm_handlers.Insert( handler ); + } + else + { + // see AddHandler for additional comments. + wxLogDebug( wxT("Inserting duplicate image handler for '%s'"), + handler->GetName().c_str() ); + delete handler; + } +} + +bool wxImage::RemoveHandler( const wxString& name ) +{ + wxImageHandler *handler = FindHandler(name); + if (handler) + { + sm_handlers.DeleteObject(handler); + delete handler; + return true; + } + else + return false; +} + +wxImageHandler *wxImage::FindHandler( const wxString& name ) +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxImageHandler *handler = (wxImageHandler*)node->GetData(); + if (handler->GetName().Cmp(name) == 0) return handler; + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + +wxImageHandler *wxImage::FindHandler( const wxString& extension, wxBitmapType bitmapType ) +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxImageHandler *handler = (wxImageHandler*)node->GetData(); + if ((bitmapType == wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY) || (handler->GetType() == bitmapType)) + { + if (handler->GetExtension() == extension) + return handler; + if (handler->GetAltExtensions().Index(extension, false) != wxNOT_FOUND) + return handler; + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + +wxImageHandler *wxImage::FindHandler(wxBitmapType bitmapType ) +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxImageHandler *handler = (wxImageHandler *)node->GetData(); + if (handler->GetType() == bitmapType) return handler; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + +wxImageHandler *wxImage::FindHandlerMime( const wxString& mimetype ) +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxImageHandler *handler = (wxImageHandler *)node->GetData(); + if (handler->GetMimeType().IsSameAs(mimetype, false)) return handler; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + +void wxImage::InitStandardHandlers() +{ +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + AddHandler(new wxBMPHandler); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS +} + +void wxImage::CleanUpHandlers() +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxImageHandler *handler = (wxImageHandler *)node->GetData(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext(); + delete handler; + node = next; + } + + sm_handlers.Clear(); +} + +wxString wxImage::GetImageExtWildcard() +{ + wxString fmts; + + wxList& Handlers = wxImage::GetHandlers(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator Node = Handlers.GetFirst(); + while ( Node ) + { + wxImageHandler* Handler = (wxImageHandler*)Node->GetData(); + fmts += wxT("*.") + Handler->GetExtension(); + for (size_t i = 0; i < Handler->GetAltExtensions().size(); i++) + fmts += wxT(";*.") + Handler->GetAltExtensions()[i]; + Node = Node->GetNext(); + if ( Node ) fmts += wxT(";"); + } + + return wxT("(") + fmts + wxT(")|") + fmts; +} + +wxImage::HSVValue wxImage::RGBtoHSV(const RGBValue& rgb) +{ + const double red = rgb.red / 255.0, + green = rgb.green / 255.0, + blue = rgb.blue / 255.0; + + // find the min and max intensity (and remember which one was it for the + // latter) + double minimumRGB = red; + if ( green < minimumRGB ) + minimumRGB = green; + if ( blue < minimumRGB ) + minimumRGB = blue; + + enum { RED, GREEN, BLUE } chMax = RED; + double maximumRGB = red; + if ( green > maximumRGB ) + { + chMax = GREEN; + maximumRGB = green; + } + if ( blue > maximumRGB ) + { + chMax = BLUE; + maximumRGB = blue; + } + + const double value = maximumRGB; + + double hue = 0.0, saturation; + const double deltaRGB = maximumRGB - minimumRGB; + if ( wxIsNullDouble(deltaRGB) ) + { + // Gray has no color + hue = 0.0; + saturation = 0.0; + } + else + { + switch ( chMax ) + { + case RED: + hue = (green - blue) / deltaRGB; + break; + + case GREEN: + hue = 2.0 + (blue - red) / deltaRGB; + break; + + case BLUE: + hue = 4.0 + (red - green) / deltaRGB; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("hue not specified")); + break; + } + + hue /= 6.0; + + if ( hue < 0.0 ) + hue += 1.0; + + saturation = deltaRGB / maximumRGB; + } + + return HSVValue(hue, saturation, value); +} + +wxImage::RGBValue wxImage::HSVtoRGB(const HSVValue& hsv) +{ + double red, green, blue; + + if ( wxIsNullDouble(hsv.saturation) ) + { + // Grey + red = hsv.value; + green = hsv.value; + blue = hsv.value; + } + else // not grey + { + double hue = hsv.hue * 6.0; // sector 0 to 5 + int i = (int)floor(hue); + double f = hue - i; // fractional part of h + double p = hsv.value * (1.0 - hsv.saturation); + + switch (i) + { + case 0: + red = hsv.value; + green = hsv.value * (1.0 - hsv.saturation * (1.0 - f)); + blue = p; + break; + + case 1: + red = hsv.value * (1.0 - hsv.saturation * f); + green = hsv.value; + blue = p; + break; + + case 2: + red = p; + green = hsv.value; + blue = hsv.value * (1.0 - hsv.saturation * (1.0 - f)); + break; + + case 3: + red = p; + green = hsv.value * (1.0 - hsv.saturation * f); + blue = hsv.value; + break; + + case 4: + red = hsv.value * (1.0 - hsv.saturation * (1.0 - f)); + green = p; + blue = hsv.value; + break; + + default: // case 5: + red = hsv.value; + green = p; + blue = hsv.value * (1.0 - hsv.saturation * f); + break; + } + } + + return RGBValue((unsigned char)(red * 255.0), + (unsigned char)(green * 255.0), + (unsigned char)(blue * 255.0)); +} + +/* + * Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. angle is a double in the range + * -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees + */ +void wxImage::RotateHue(double angle) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + unsigned char *srcBytePtr; + unsigned char *dstBytePtr; + unsigned long count; + wxImage::HSVValue hsv; + wxImage::RGBValue rgb; + + wxASSERT (angle >= -1.0 && angle <= 1.0); + count = M_IMGDATA->m_width * M_IMGDATA->m_height; + if ( count > 0 && !wxIsNullDouble(angle) ) + { + srcBytePtr = M_IMGDATA->m_data; + dstBytePtr = srcBytePtr; + do + { + rgb.red = *srcBytePtr++; + rgb.green = *srcBytePtr++; + rgb.blue = *srcBytePtr++; + hsv = RGBtoHSV(rgb); + + hsv.hue = hsv.hue + angle; + if (hsv.hue > 1.0) + hsv.hue = hsv.hue - 1.0; + else if (hsv.hue < 0.0) + hsv.hue = hsv.hue + 1.0; + + rgb = HSVtoRGB(hsv); + *dstBytePtr++ = rgb.red; + *dstBytePtr++ = rgb.green; + *dstBytePtr++ = rgb.blue; + } while (--count != 0); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxImageHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxImageHandler,wxObject) + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +int wxImageHandler::GetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream ) +{ + // NOTE: this code is the same of wxAnimationDecoder::CanRead and + // wxImageHandler::CallDoCanRead + + if ( !stream.IsSeekable() ) + return false; // can't test unseekable stream + + wxFileOffset posOld = stream.TellI(); + int n = DoGetImageCount(stream); + + // restore the old position to be able to test other formats and so on + if ( stream.SeekI(posOld) == wxInvalidOffset ) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Failed to rewind the stream in wxImageHandler!")); + + // reading would fail anyhow as we're not at the right position + return false; + } + + return n; +} + +bool wxImageHandler::CanRead( const wxString& name ) +{ + wxImageFileInputStream stream(name); + if ( !stream.IsOk() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Failed to check format of image file \"%s\"."), name); + + return false; + } + + return CanRead(stream); +} + +bool wxImageHandler::CallDoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + // NOTE: this code is the same of wxAnimationDecoder::CanRead and + // wxImageHandler::GetImageCount + + if ( !stream.IsSeekable() ) + return false; // can't test unseekable stream + + wxFileOffset posOld = stream.TellI(); + bool ok = DoCanRead(stream); + + // restore the old position to be able to test other formats and so on + if ( stream.SeekI(posOld) == wxInvalidOffset ) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Failed to rewind the stream in wxImageHandler!")); + + // reading would fail anyhow as we're not at the right position + return false; + } + + return ok; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +/* static */ +wxImageResolution +wxImageHandler::GetResolutionFromOptions(const wxImage& image, int *x, int *y) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE, wxT("NULL pointer") ); + + if ( image.HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX) && + image.HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY) ) + { + *x = image.GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX); + *y = image.GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY); + } + else if ( image.HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION) ) + { + *x = + *y = image.GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION); + } + else // no resolution options specified + { + *x = + *y = 0; + + return wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE; + } + + // get the resolution unit too + int resUnit = image.GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT); + if ( !resUnit ) + { + // this is the default + resUnit = wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES; + } + + return (wxImageResolution)resUnit; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// image histogram stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool +wxImageHistogram::FindFirstUnusedColour(unsigned char *r, + unsigned char *g, + unsigned char *b, + unsigned char r2, + unsigned char b2, + unsigned char g2) const +{ + unsigned long key = MakeKey(r2, g2, b2); + + while ( find(key) != end() ) + { + // color already used + r2++; + if ( r2 >= 255 ) + { + r2 = 0; + g2++; + if ( g2 >= 255 ) + { + g2 = 0; + b2++; + if ( b2 >= 255 ) + { + wxLogError(_("No unused colour in image.") ); + return false; + } + } + } + + key = MakeKey(r2, g2, b2); + } + + if ( r ) + *r = r2; + if ( g ) + *g = g2; + if ( b ) + *b = b2; + + return true; +} + +bool +wxImage::FindFirstUnusedColour(unsigned char *r, + unsigned char *g, + unsigned char *b, + unsigned char r2, + unsigned char b2, + unsigned char g2) const +{ + wxImageHistogram histogram; + + ComputeHistogram(histogram); + + return histogram.FindFirstUnusedColour(r, g, b, r2, g2, b2); +} + + + +// GRG, Dic/99 +// Counts and returns the number of different colours. Optionally stops +// when it exceeds 'stopafter' different colours. This is useful, for +// example, to see if the image can be saved as 8-bit (256 colour or +// less, in this case it would be invoked as CountColours(256)). Default +// value for stopafter is -1 (don't care). +// +unsigned long wxImage::CountColours( unsigned long stopafter ) const +{ + wxHashTable h; + wxObject dummy; + unsigned char r, g, b; + unsigned char *p; + unsigned long size, nentries, key; + + p = GetData(); + size = GetWidth() * GetHeight(); + nentries = 0; + + for (unsigned long j = 0; (j < size) && (nentries <= stopafter) ; j++) + { + r = *(p++); + g = *(p++); + b = *(p++); + key = wxImageHistogram::MakeKey(r, g, b); + + if (h.Get(key) == NULL) + { + h.Put(key, &dummy); + nentries++; + } + } + + return nentries; +} + + +unsigned long wxImage::ComputeHistogram( wxImageHistogram &h ) const +{ + unsigned char *p = GetData(); + unsigned long nentries = 0; + + h.clear(); + + const unsigned long size = GetWidth() * GetHeight(); + + unsigned char r, g, b; + for ( unsigned long n = 0; n < size; n++ ) + { + r = *p++; + g = *p++; + b = *p++; + + wxImageHistogramEntry& entry = h[wxImageHistogram::MakeKey(r, g, b)]; + + if ( entry.value++ == 0 ) + entry.index = nentries++; + } + + return nentries; +} + +/* + * Rotation code by Carlos Moreno + */ + +static const double wxROTATE_EPSILON = 1e-10; + +// Auxiliary function to rotate a point (x,y) with respect to point p0 +// make it inline and use a straight return to facilitate optimization +// also, the function receives the sine and cosine of the angle to avoid +// repeating the time-consuming calls to these functions -- sin/cos can +// be computed and stored in the calling function. + +static inline wxRealPoint +wxRotatePoint(const wxRealPoint& p, double cos_angle, double sin_angle, + const wxRealPoint& p0) +{ + return wxRealPoint(p0.x + (p.x - p0.x) * cos_angle - (p.y - p0.y) * sin_angle, + p0.y + (p.y - p0.y) * cos_angle + (p.x - p0.x) * sin_angle); +} + +static inline wxRealPoint +wxRotatePoint(double x, double y, double cos_angle, double sin_angle, + const wxRealPoint & p0) +{ + return wxRotatePoint (wxRealPoint(x,y), cos_angle, sin_angle, p0); +} + +wxImage wxImage::Rotate(double angle, + const wxPoint& centre_of_rotation, + bool interpolating, + wxPoint *offset_after_rotation) const +{ + // screen coordinates are a mirror image of "real" coordinates + angle = -angle; + + const bool has_alpha = HasAlpha(); + + const int w = GetWidth(); + const int h = GetHeight(); + + int i; + + // Create pointer-based array to accelerate access to wxImage's data + unsigned char ** data = new unsigned char * [h]; + data[0] = GetData(); + for (i = 1; i < h; i++) + data[i] = data[i - 1] + (3 * w); + + // Same for alpha channel + unsigned char ** alpha = NULL; + if (has_alpha) + { + alpha = new unsigned char * [h]; + alpha[0] = GetAlpha(); + for (i = 1; i < h; i++) + alpha[i] = alpha[i - 1] + w; + } + + // precompute coefficients for rotation formula + const double cos_angle = cos(angle); + const double sin_angle = sin(angle); + + // Create new Image to store the result + // First, find rectangle that covers the rotated image; to do that, + // rotate the four corners + + const wxRealPoint p0(centre_of_rotation.x, centre_of_rotation.y); + + wxRealPoint p1 = wxRotatePoint (0, 0, cos_angle, sin_angle, p0); + wxRealPoint p2 = wxRotatePoint (0, h, cos_angle, sin_angle, p0); + wxRealPoint p3 = wxRotatePoint (w, 0, cos_angle, sin_angle, p0); + wxRealPoint p4 = wxRotatePoint (w, h, cos_angle, sin_angle, p0); + + int x1a = (int) floor (wxMin (wxMin(p1.x, p2.x), wxMin(p3.x, p4.x))); + int y1a = (int) floor (wxMin (wxMin(p1.y, p2.y), wxMin(p3.y, p4.y))); + int x2a = (int) ceil (wxMax (wxMax(p1.x, p2.x), wxMax(p3.x, p4.x))); + int y2a = (int) ceil (wxMax (wxMax(p1.y, p2.y), wxMax(p3.y, p4.y))); + + // Create rotated image + wxImage rotated (x2a - x1a + 1, y2a - y1a + 1, false); + // With alpha channel + if (has_alpha) + rotated.SetAlpha(); + + if (offset_after_rotation != NULL) + { + *offset_after_rotation = wxPoint (x1a, y1a); + } + + // the rotated (destination) image is always accessed sequentially via this + // pointer, there is no need for pointer-based arrays here + unsigned char *dst = rotated.GetData(); + + unsigned char *alpha_dst = has_alpha ? rotated.GetAlpha() : NULL; + + // if the original image has a mask, use its RGB values as the blank pixel, + // else, fall back to default (black). + unsigned char blank_r = 0; + unsigned char blank_g = 0; + unsigned char blank_b = 0; + + if (HasMask()) + { + blank_r = GetMaskRed(); + blank_g = GetMaskGreen(); + blank_b = GetMaskBlue(); + rotated.SetMaskColour( blank_r, blank_g, blank_b ); + } + + // Now, for each point of the rotated image, find where it came from, by + // performing an inverse rotation (a rotation of -angle) and getting the + // pixel at those coordinates + + const int rH = rotated.GetHeight(); + const int rW = rotated.GetWidth(); + + // do the (interpolating) test outside of the loops, so that it is done + // only once, instead of repeating it for each pixel. + if (interpolating) + { + for (int y = 0; y < rH; y++) + { + for (int x = 0; x < rW; x++) + { + wxRealPoint src = wxRotatePoint (x + x1a, y + y1a, cos_angle, -sin_angle, p0); + + if (-0.25 < src.x && src.x < w - 0.75 && + -0.25 < src.y && src.y < h - 0.75) + { + // interpolate using the 4 enclosing grid-points. Those + // points can be obtained using floor and ceiling of the + // exact coordinates of the point + int x1, y1, x2, y2; + + if (0 < src.x && src.x < w - 1) + { + x1 = wxRound(floor(src.x)); + x2 = wxRound(ceil(src.x)); + } + else // else means that x is near one of the borders (0 or width-1) + { + x1 = x2 = wxRound (src.x); + } + + if (0 < src.y && src.y < h - 1) + { + y1 = wxRound(floor(src.y)); + y2 = wxRound(ceil(src.y)); + } + else + { + y1 = y2 = wxRound (src.y); + } + + // get four points and the distances (square of the distance, + // for efficiency reasons) for the interpolation formula + + // GRG: Do not calculate the points until they are + // really needed -- this way we can calculate + // just one, instead of four, if d1, d2, d3 + // or d4 are < wxROTATE_EPSILON + + const double d1 = (src.x - x1) * (src.x - x1) + (src.y - y1) * (src.y - y1); + const double d2 = (src.x - x2) * (src.x - x2) + (src.y - y1) * (src.y - y1); + const double d3 = (src.x - x2) * (src.x - x2) + (src.y - y2) * (src.y - y2); + const double d4 = (src.x - x1) * (src.x - x1) + (src.y - y2) * (src.y - y2); + + // Now interpolate as a weighted average of the four surrounding + // points, where the weights are the distances to each of those points + + // If the point is exactly at one point of the grid of the source + // image, then don't interpolate -- just assign the pixel + + // d1,d2,d3,d4 are positive -- no need for abs() + if (d1 < wxROTATE_EPSILON) + { + unsigned char *p = data[y1] + (3 * x1); + *(dst++) = *(p++); + *(dst++) = *(p++); + *(dst++) = *p; + + if (has_alpha) + *(alpha_dst++) = *(alpha[y1] + x1); + } + else if (d2 < wxROTATE_EPSILON) + { + unsigned char *p = data[y1] + (3 * x2); + *(dst++) = *(p++); + *(dst++) = *(p++); + *(dst++) = *p; + + if (has_alpha) + *(alpha_dst++) = *(alpha[y1] + x2); + } + else if (d3 < wxROTATE_EPSILON) + { + unsigned char *p = data[y2] + (3 * x2); + *(dst++) = *(p++); + *(dst++) = *(p++); + *(dst++) = *p; + + if (has_alpha) + *(alpha_dst++) = *(alpha[y2] + x2); + } + else if (d4 < wxROTATE_EPSILON) + { + unsigned char *p = data[y2] + (3 * x1); + *(dst++) = *(p++); + *(dst++) = *(p++); + *(dst++) = *p; + + if (has_alpha) + *(alpha_dst++) = *(alpha[y2] + x1); + } + else + { + // weights for the weighted average are proportional to the inverse of the distance + unsigned char *v1 = data[y1] + (3 * x1); + unsigned char *v2 = data[y1] + (3 * x2); + unsigned char *v3 = data[y2] + (3 * x2); + unsigned char *v4 = data[y2] + (3 * x1); + + const double w1 = 1/d1, w2 = 1/d2, w3 = 1/d3, w4 = 1/d4; + + // GRG: Unrolled. + + *(dst++) = (unsigned char) + ( (w1 * *(v1++) + w2 * *(v2++) + + w3 * *(v3++) + w4 * *(v4++)) / + (w1 + w2 + w3 + w4) ); + *(dst++) = (unsigned char) + ( (w1 * *(v1++) + w2 * *(v2++) + + w3 * *(v3++) + w4 * *(v4++)) / + (w1 + w2 + w3 + w4) ); + *(dst++) = (unsigned char) + ( (w1 * *v1 + w2 * *v2 + + w3 * *v3 + w4 * *v4) / + (w1 + w2 + w3 + w4) ); + + if (has_alpha) + { + v1 = alpha[y1] + (x1); + v2 = alpha[y1] + (x2); + v3 = alpha[y2] + (x2); + v4 = alpha[y2] + (x1); + + *(alpha_dst++) = (unsigned char) + ( (w1 * *v1 + w2 * *v2 + + w3 * *v3 + w4 * *v4) / + (w1 + w2 + w3 + w4) ); + } + } + } + else + { + *(dst++) = blank_r; + *(dst++) = blank_g; + *(dst++) = blank_b; + + if (has_alpha) + *(alpha_dst++) = 0; + } + } + } + } + else // not interpolating + { + for (int y = 0; y < rH; y++) + { + for (int x = 0; x < rW; x++) + { + wxRealPoint src = wxRotatePoint (x + x1a, y + y1a, cos_angle, -sin_angle, p0); + + const int xs = wxRound (src.x); // wxRound rounds to the + const int ys = wxRound (src.y); // closest integer + + if (0 <= xs && xs < w && 0 <= ys && ys < h) + { + unsigned char *p = data[ys] + (3 * xs); + *(dst++) = *(p++); + *(dst++) = *(p++); + *(dst++) = *p; + + if (has_alpha) + *(alpha_dst++) = *(alpha[ys] + (xs)); + } + else + { + *(dst++) = blank_r; + *(dst++) = blank_g; + *(dst++) = blank_b; + + if (has_alpha) + *(alpha_dst++) = 255; + } + } + } + } + + delete [] data; + delete [] alpha; + + return rotated; +} + + + + + +// A module to allow wxImage initialization/cleanup +// without calling these functions from app.cpp or from +// the user's application. + +class wxImageModule: public wxModule +{ +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageModule) +public: + wxImageModule() {} + bool OnInit() { wxImage::InitStandardHandlers(); return true; } + void OnExit() { wxImage::CleanUpHandlers(); } +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageModule, wxModule) + + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagfill.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagfill.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c105bf2f26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagfill.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,325 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/imagfill.cpp +// Purpose: FloodFill for wxImage +// Author: Julian Smart +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagfill.cpp 65820 2010-10-15 23:46:46Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && !defined(__WXMSW__) +// we have no use for this code in wxMSW... + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/brush.h" + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif + +// DoFloodFill +// Fills with the colour extracted from fillBrush, starting at x,y until either +// a color different from the start pixel is reached (wxFLOOD_SURFACE) +// or fill color is reached (wxFLOOD_BORDER) + +static bool LINKAGEMODE MatchPixel(wxImage *img, int x, int y, int w, int h, const wxColour& c) +{ + if ((x<0)||(x>=w)||(y<0)||(y>=h)) return false; + + unsigned char r = img->GetRed(x,y); + unsigned char g = img->GetGreen(x,y); + unsigned char b = img->GetBlue(x,y); + return c.Red() == r && c.Green() == g && c.Blue() == b ; +} + +static bool LINKAGEMODE MatchBoundaryPixel(wxImage *img, int x, int y, int w, int h, const wxColour & fill, const wxColour& bound) +{ + if ((x<0)||(x>=w)||(y<0)||(y>=h)) return true; + + unsigned char r = img->GetRed(x,y); + unsigned char g = img->GetGreen(x,y); + unsigned char b = img->GetBlue(x,y); + if ( fill.Red() == r && fill.Green() == g && fill.Blue() == b ) + return true; + if ( bound.Red() == r && bound.Green() == g && bound.Blue() == b ) + return true; + return false; +} + + +static void LINKAGEMODE +wxImageFloodFill(wxImage *image, + wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxBrush & fillBrush, + const wxColour& testColour, int style, + int WXUNUSED(LogicalFunction)) +{ + /* A diamond flood-fill using a circular queue system. + Each pixel surrounding the current pixel is added to + the queue if it meets the criteria, then is retrieved in + its turn. Code originally based on http://www.drawit.co.nz/Developers.htm, + with explicit permission to use this for wxWidgets granted by Andrew Empson + (no copyright claimed) + */ + + int width = image->GetWidth(); + int height = image->GetHeight(); + + //Draw using a pen made from the current brush colour + //Potentially allows us to use patterned flood fills in future code + wxColour fillColour = fillBrush.GetColour(); + unsigned char r = fillColour.Red(); + unsigned char g = fillColour.Green(); + unsigned char b = fillColour.Blue(); + + //initial test : + if (style == wxFLOOD_SURFACE) + { + //if wxFLOOD_SURFACE, if fill colour is same as required, we don't do anything + if ( image->GetRed(x,y) != r + || image->GetGreen(x,y) != g + || image->GetBlue (x,y) != b ) + { + //prepare memory for queue + //queue save, start, read + size_t *qs, *qst, *qr; + + //queue size (physical) + long qSz= height * width * 2; + qst = new size_t [qSz]; + + //temporary x and y locations + int xt, yt; + + for (int i=0; i < qSz; i++) + qst[i] = 0; + + // start queue + qs=qr=qst; + *qs=xt=x; + qs++; + *qs=yt=y; + qs++; + + image->SetRGB(xt,yt,r,g,b); + + //Main queue loop + while(qr!=qs) + { + //Add new members to queue + //Above current pixel + if(MatchPixel(image,xt,yt-1,width,height,testColour)) + { + *qs=xt; + qs++; + *qs=yt-1; + qs++; + image->SetRGB(xt,yt-1,r,g,b); + + //Loop back to beginning of queue + if(qs>=(qst+qSz)) qs=qst; + } + + //Below current pixel + if(MatchPixel(image,xt,yt+1,width,height,testColour)) + { + *qs=xt; + qs++; + *qs=yt+1; + qs++; + image->SetRGB(xt,yt+1,r,g,b); + if(qs>=(qst+qSz)) qs=qst; + } + + //Left of current pixel + if(MatchPixel(image,xt-1,yt,width,height,testColour)) + { + *qs=xt-1; + qs++; + *qs=yt; + qs++; + image->SetRGB(xt-1,yt,r,g,b); + if(qs>=(qst+qSz)) qs=qst; + } + + //Right of current pixel + if(MatchPixel(image,xt+1,yt,width,height,testColour)) + { + *qs=xt+1; + qs++; + *qs=yt; + qs++; + image->SetRGB(xt+1,yt,r,g,b); + if(qs>=(qst+qSz)) qs=qst; + } + + //Retrieve current queue member + qr+=2; + + //Loop back to the beginning + if(qr>=(qst+qSz)) qr=qst; + xt=*qr; + yt=*(qr+1); + + //Go Back to beginning of loop + } + + delete[] qst; + } + } + else + { + //style is wxFLOOD_BORDER + // fill up to testColor border - if already testColour don't do anything + if ( image->GetRed(x,y) != testColour.Red() + || image->GetGreen(x,y) != testColour.Green() + || image->GetBlue(x,y) != testColour.Blue() ) + { + //prepare memory for queue + //queue save, start, read + size_t *qs, *qst, *qr; + + //queue size (physical) + long qSz= height * width * 2; + qst = new size_t [qSz]; + + //temporary x and y locations + int xt, yt; + + for (int i=0; i < qSz; i++) + qst[i] = 0; + + // start queue + qs=qr=qst; + *qs=xt=x; + qs++; + *qs=yt=y; + qs++; + + image->SetRGB(xt,yt,r,g,b); + + //Main queue loop + while (qr!=qs) + { + //Add new members to queue + //Above current pixel + if(!MatchBoundaryPixel(image,xt,yt-1,width,height,fillColour,testColour)) + { + *qs=xt; + qs++; + *qs=yt-1; + qs++; + image->SetRGB(xt,yt-1,r,g,b); + + //Loop back to beginning of queue + if(qs>=(qst+qSz)) qs=qst; + } + + //Below current pixel + if(!MatchBoundaryPixel(image,xt,yt+1,width,height,fillColour,testColour)) + { + *qs=xt; + qs++; + *qs=yt+1; + qs++; + image->SetRGB(xt,yt+1,r,g,b); + if(qs>=(qst+qSz)) qs=qst; + } + + //Left of current pixel + if(!MatchBoundaryPixel(image,xt-1,yt,width,height,fillColour,testColour)) + { + *qs=xt-1; + qs++; + *qs=yt; + qs++; + image->SetRGB(xt-1,yt,r,g,b); + if(qs>=(qst+qSz)) qs=qst; + } + + //Right of current pixel + if(!MatchBoundaryPixel(image,xt+1,yt,width,height,fillColour,testColour)) + { + *qs=xt+1; + qs++; + *qs=yt; + qs++; + image->SetRGB(xt+1,yt,r,g,b); + if(qs>=(qst+qSz)) qs=qst; + } + + //Retrieve current queue member + qr+=2; + + //Loop back to the beginning + if(qr>=(qst+qSz)) qr=qst; + xt=*qr; + yt=*(qr+1); + + //Go Back to beginning of loop + } + + delete[] qst; + } + } + //all done, +} + + +bool wxDoFloodFill(wxDC *dc, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + const wxColour& col, wxFloodFillStyle style) +{ + if (dc->GetBrush().IsTransparent()) + return true; + + int height = 0; + int width = 0; + dc->GetSize(&width, &height); + + //it would be nice to fail if we don't get a sensible size... + wxCHECK_MSG(width >= 1 && height >= 1, false, + wxT("In FloodFill, dc.GetSize routine failed, method not supported by this DC")); + + const int x_dev = dc->LogicalToDeviceX(x); + const int y_dev = dc->LogicalToDeviceY(y); + + // if start point is outside dc, can't do anything + if (!wxRect(0, 0, width, height).Contains(x_dev, y_dev)) + return false; + + wxBitmap bitmap(width, height); + wxMemoryDC memdc(bitmap); + // match dc scales + double sx, sy; + dc->GetUserScale(&sx, &sy); + memdc.SetUserScale(sx, sy); + dc->GetLogicalScale(&sx, &sy); + memdc.SetLogicalScale(sx, sy); + + // get logical size and origin + const int w_log = dc->DeviceToLogicalXRel(width); + const int h_log = dc->DeviceToLogicalYRel(height); + const int x0_log = dc->DeviceToLogicalX(0); + const int y0_log = dc->DeviceToLogicalY(0); + + memdc.Blit(0, 0, w_log, h_log, dc, x0_log, y0_log); + memdc.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + + wxImage image = bitmap.ConvertToImage(); + wxImageFloodFill(&image, x_dev, y_dev, dc->GetBrush(), col, style, + dc->GetLogicalFunction()); + bitmap = wxBitmap(image); + memdc.SelectObject(bitmap); + dc->Blit(x0_log, y0_log, w_log, h_log, &memdc, 0, 0); + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imaggif.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imaggif.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d61fb53a5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imaggif.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,829 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/imaggif.cpp +// Purpose: wxGIFHandler +// Author: Vaclav Slavik, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia, Gershon Elber, Troels K +// RCS-ID: $Id: imaggif.cpp 66803 2011-01-28 08:36:34Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999-2011 Vaclav Slavik, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia, Gershon Elber, Troels K +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_GIF + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/palette.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/imaggif.h" +#include "wx/gifdecod.h" +#include "wx/stream.h" +#include "wx/anidecod.h" // wxImageArray + +#define GIF89_HDR "GIF89a" +#define NETSCAPE_LOOP "NETSCAPE2.0" + +// see members.aol.com/royalef/gifabout.htm +// members.aol.com/royalef/gif89a.txt + +enum +{ + GIF_MARKER_EXT = '!', // 0x21 + GIF_MARKER_SEP = ',', // 0x2C + GIF_MARKER_ENDOFDATA = ';', // 0x3B + + GIF_MARKER_EXT_GRAPHICS_CONTROL = 0xF9, + GIF_MARKER_EXT_COMMENT = 0xFE, + GIF_MARKER_EXT_APP = 0xFF +}; + +#define LZ_MAX_CODE 4095 // Biggest code possible in 12 bits. +#define FLUSH_OUTPUT 4096 // Impossible code, to signal flush. +#define FIRST_CODE 4097 // Impossible code, to signal first. + +#define HT_SIZE 8192 // 12bits = 4096 or twice as big! +#define HT_KEY_MASK 0x1FFF // 13bits keys + +#define HT_GET_KEY(l) (l >> 12) +#define HT_GET_CODE(l) (l & 0x0FFF) +#define HT_PUT_KEY(l) (l << 12) +#define HT_PUT_CODE(l) (l & 0x0FFF) + +struct wxRGB +{ + wxUint8 red; + wxUint8 green; + wxUint8 blue; +}; + +struct GifHashTableType +{ + wxUint32 HTable[HT_SIZE]; +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGIFHandler,wxImageHandler) + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Forward declarations +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static int wxGIFHandler_KeyItem(unsigned long item); + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +static int wxGIFHandler_BitSize(int n); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE +static bool wxGIFHandler_GetPalette(const wxImage& image, + wxRGB *pal, int *palCount, int *mask_index); +#endif +static +int wxGIFHandler_PaletteFind(const wxRGB& clr, const wxRGB *array, int count); + +static bool wxGIFHandler_Write(wxOutputStream *, const void *buf, size_t len); +static bool wxGIFHandler_WriteByte(wxOutputStream *, wxUint8); +static bool wxGIFHandler_WriteWord(wxOutputStream *, wxUint16); +static bool wxGIFHandler_WriteHeader(wxOutputStream *, int width, int height, + bool loop, const wxRGB *pal, int palCount); +static bool wxGIFHandler_WriteRect(wxOutputStream *, int width, int height); +#if wxUSE_PALETTE +static bool wxGIFHandler_WriteTerm(wxOutputStream *); +#endif +static bool wxGIFHandler_WriteZero(wxOutputStream *); +static bool wxGIFHandler_WritePalette(wxOutputStream *, + const wxRGB *pal, size_t palCount, int bpp); +static bool wxGIFHandler_WriteControl(wxOutputStream *, + int maskIndex, int delayMilliSecs); +static bool wxGIFHandler_WriteComment(wxOutputStream *, const wxString&); +static bool wxGIFHandler_WriteLoop(wxOutputStream *); + +static bool wxGIFHandler_BufferedOutput(wxOutputStream *, wxUint8 *buf, int c); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGIFHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxGIFHandler::LoadFile(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, + bool verbose, int index) +{ + wxGIFDecoder *decod; + wxGIFErrorCode error; + bool ok = true; + +// image->Destroy(); + decod = new wxGIFDecoder(); + error = decod->LoadGIF(stream); + + if ((error != wxGIF_OK) && (error != wxGIF_TRUNCATED)) + { + if (verbose) + { + switch (error) + { + case wxGIF_INVFORMAT: + wxLogError(_("GIF: error in GIF image format.")); + break; + case wxGIF_MEMERR: + wxLogError(_("GIF: not enough memory.")); + break; + default: + wxLogError(_("GIF: unknown error!!!")); + break; + } + } + delete decod; + return false; + } + + if ((error == wxGIF_TRUNCATED) && verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("GIF: data stream seems to be truncated.")); + // go on; image data is OK + } + + if (ok) + { + ok = decod->ConvertToImage(index != -1 ? (size_t)index : 0, image); + } + else + { + wxLogError(_("GIF: Invalid gif index.")); + } + + delete decod; + + return ok; +} + +bool wxGIFHandler::SaveFile(wxImage *image, + wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose) +{ +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + wxRGB pal[256]; + int palCount; + int maskIndex; + + return wxGIFHandler_GetPalette(*image, pal, &palCount, &maskIndex) + && DoSaveFile(*image, &stream, verbose, true /*first?*/, 0, + false /*loop?*/, pal, palCount, maskIndex) + && wxGIFHandler_WriteTerm(&stream); +#else + wxUnusedVar(image); + wxUnusedVar(stream); + wxUnusedVar(verbose); + return false; +#endif +} + +bool wxGIFHandler::DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) +{ + wxGIFDecoder decod; + return decod.CanRead(stream); + // it's ok to modify the stream position here +} + +int wxGIFHandler::DoGetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream ) +{ + wxGIFDecoder decod; + wxGIFErrorCode error = decod.LoadGIF(stream); + if ( (error != wxGIF_OK) && (error != wxGIF_TRUNCATED) ) + return -1; + + // NOTE: this function modifies the current stream position but it's ok + // (see wxImageHandler::GetImageCount) + + return decod.GetFrameCount(); +} + +bool wxGIFHandler::DoSaveFile(const wxImage& image, wxOutputStream *stream, + bool WXUNUSED(verbose), bool first, int delayMilliSecs, bool loop, + const wxRGB *pal, int palCount, int maskIndex) +{ + const unsigned long colorcount = image.CountColours(256+1); + bool ok = colorcount && (colorcount <= 256); + if (!ok) + { + return false; + } + + int width = image.GetWidth(); + int height = image.GetHeight(); + int width_even = width + ((width % 2) ? 1 : 0); + + if (first) + { + ok = wxGIFHandler_WriteHeader(stream, width, height, loop, + pal, palCount); + } + + ok = ok + && wxGIFHandler_WriteComment(stream, + image.GetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_GIF_COMMENT)) + && wxGIFHandler_WriteControl(stream, maskIndex, delayMilliSecs) + && wxGIFHandler_WriteByte(stream, GIF_MARKER_SEP) + && wxGIFHandler_WriteRect(stream, width, height); + + // local palette + if (first) + { + // we already saved the (global) palette + ok = ok && wxGIFHandler_WriteZero(stream); + } + else + { + const int bpp = wxGIFHandler_BitSize(palCount); + wxUint8 b; + + b = 0x80; + b |=(bpp - 1) << 5; + b |=(bpp - 1); + b &=~0x40; // clear interlaced + + ok = ok && wxGIFHandler_WriteByte(stream, b) + && wxGIFHandler_WritePalette(stream, pal, palCount, bpp); + } + + if (!ok) + { + return false; + } + + if (!InitHashTable()) + { + wxLogError(_("Couldn't initialize GIF hash table.")); + return false; + } + + const wxUint8 *src = image.GetData(); + wxUint8 *eightBitData = new wxUint8[width]; + + SetupCompress(stream, 8); + + m_pixelCount = height * width_even; + for (int y = 0; y < height; y++) + { + m_pixelCount -= width_even; + for (int x = 0; x < width; x++) + { + wxRGB rgb; + rgb.red = src[0]; + rgb.green = src[1]; + rgb.blue = src[2]; + int index = wxGIFHandler_PaletteFind(rgb, pal, palCount); + wxASSERT(index != wxNOT_FOUND); + eightBitData[x] = (wxUint8)index; + src+=3; + } + + ok = CompressLine(stream, eightBitData, width); + if (!ok) + { + break; + } + } + + delete [] eightBitData; + + wxDELETE(m_hashTable); + + return ok; +} + +bool wxGIFHandler::SaveAnimation(const wxImageArray& images, + wxOutputStream *stream, bool verbose, int delayMilliSecs) +{ +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + bool ok = true; + size_t i; + + wxSize size(0,0); + for (i = 0; (i < images.GetCount()) && ok; i++) + { + const wxImage& image = images.Item(i); + wxSize temp(image.GetWidth(), image.GetHeight()); + ok = ok && image.HasPalette(); + if (i) + { + ok = ok && (size == temp); + } + else + { + size = temp; + } + } + + for (i = 0; (i < images.GetCount()) && ok; i++) + { + const wxImage& image = images.Item(i); + + wxRGB pal[256]; + int palCount; + int maskIndex; + + ok = wxGIFHandler_GetPalette(image, pal, &palCount, &maskIndex) + && DoSaveFile(image, stream, verbose, i == 0 /*first?*/, delayMilliSecs, + true /*loop?*/, pal, palCount, maskIndex); + } + + return ok && wxGIFHandler_WriteTerm(stream); +#else + wxUnusedVar(images); + wxUnusedVar(stream); + wxUnusedVar(verbose); + wxUnusedVar(delayMilliSecs); + + return false; +#endif +} + +bool wxGIFHandler::CompressOutput(wxOutputStream *stream, int code) +{ + if (code == FLUSH_OUTPUT) + { + while (m_crntShiftState > 0) + { + // Get rid of what is left in DWord, and flush it. + if (!wxGIFHandler_BufferedOutput(stream, m_LZBuf, + m_crntShiftDWord & 0xff)) + { + return false; + } + m_crntShiftDWord >>= 8; + m_crntShiftState -= 8; + } + m_crntShiftState = 0; // For next time. + if (!wxGIFHandler_BufferedOutput(stream, m_LZBuf, FLUSH_OUTPUT)) + { + return false; + } + } + else + { + m_crntShiftDWord |= ((long) code) << m_crntShiftState; + m_crntShiftState += m_runningBits; + while (m_crntShiftState >= 8) + { + // Dump out full bytes: + if (!wxGIFHandler_BufferedOutput(stream, m_LZBuf, + m_crntShiftDWord & 0xff)) + { + return false; + } + m_crntShiftDWord >>= 8; + m_crntShiftState -= 8; + } + } + + // If code can't fit into RunningBits bits, must raise its size. Note + // however that codes above LZ_MAX_CODE are used for special signaling. + if ( (m_runningCode >= m_maxCode1) && (code <= LZ_MAX_CODE)) + { + m_maxCode1 = 1 << ++m_runningBits; + } + return true; +} + +bool wxGIFHandler::SetupCompress(wxOutputStream *stream, int bpp) +{ + m_LZBuf[0] = 0; // Nothing was output yet. + m_clearCode = (1 << bpp); + m_EOFCode = m_clearCode + 1; + m_runningCode = m_EOFCode + 1; + m_runningBits = bpp + 1; // Number of bits per code. + m_maxCode1 = 1 << m_runningBits; // Max. code + 1. + m_crntCode = FIRST_CODE; // Signal that this is first one! + m_crntShiftState = 0; // No information in CrntShiftDWord. + m_crntShiftDWord = 0; + + // Clear hash table and send Clear to make sure the decoder does the same. + ClearHashTable(); + + return wxGIFHandler_WriteByte(stream, (wxUint8)bpp) + && CompressOutput(stream, m_clearCode); +} + +bool wxGIFHandler::CompressLine(wxOutputStream *stream, + const wxUint8 *line, int lineLen) +{ + int i = 0, crntCode, newCode; + unsigned long newKey; + wxUint8 pixel; + if (m_crntCode == FIRST_CODE) // It's first time! + crntCode = line[i++]; + else + crntCode = m_crntCode; // Get last code in compression. + + while (i < lineLen) + { + // Decode lineLen items. + pixel = line[i++]; // Get next pixel from stream. + // Form a new unique key to search hash table for the code combines + // crntCode as Prefix string with Pixel as postfix char. + newKey = (((unsigned long) crntCode) << 8) + pixel; + if ((newCode = ExistsHashTable(newKey)) >= 0) + { + // This Key is already there, or the string is old one, so + // simply take new code as our crntCode: + crntCode = newCode; + } + else + { + // Put it in hash table, output the prefix code, and make our + // crntCode equal to Pixel. + if (!CompressOutput(stream, crntCode)) + { + return false; + } + + crntCode = pixel; + + // If however the HashTable is full, we send a clear first and + // Clear the hash table. + if (m_runningCode >= LZ_MAX_CODE) + { + // Time to do some clearance: + if (!CompressOutput(stream, m_clearCode)) + { + return false; + } + + m_runningCode = m_EOFCode + 1; + m_runningBits = 8 + 1; + m_maxCode1 = 1 << m_runningBits; + ClearHashTable(); + } + else + { + // Put this unique key with its relative Code in hash table: + InsertHashTable(newKey, m_runningCode++); + } + } + } + // Preserve the current state of the compression algorithm: + m_crntCode = crntCode; + if (m_pixelCount == 0) + { + // We are done - output last Code and flush output buffers: + if (!CompressOutput(stream, crntCode) + || !CompressOutput(stream, m_EOFCode) + || !CompressOutput(stream, FLUSH_OUTPUT)) + { + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxGIFHandler::InitHashTable() +{ + if (!m_hashTable) + { + m_hashTable = new GifHashTableType(); + } + + if (!m_hashTable) + { + return false; + } + + ClearHashTable(); + + return true; +} + +void wxGIFHandler::ClearHashTable() +{ + int index = HT_SIZE; + wxUint32 *HTable = m_hashTable->HTable; + + while (--index>=0) + { + HTable[index] = 0xfffffffful; + } +} + +void wxGIFHandler::InsertHashTable(unsigned long key, int code) +{ + int hKey = wxGIFHandler_KeyItem(key); + wxUint32 *HTable = m_hashTable->HTable; + + while (HT_GET_KEY(HTable[hKey]) != 0xFFFFFL) + { + hKey = (hKey + 1) & HT_KEY_MASK; + } + HTable[hKey] = HT_PUT_KEY(key) | HT_PUT_CODE(code); +} + + +int wxGIFHandler::ExistsHashTable(unsigned long key) +{ + int hKey = wxGIFHandler_KeyItem(key); + wxUint32 *HTable = m_hashTable->HTable, HTKey; + + while ((HTKey = HT_GET_KEY(HTable[hKey])) != 0xFFFFFL) + { + if (key == HTKey) + { + return HT_GET_CODE(HTable[hKey]); + } + hKey = (hKey + 1) & HT_KEY_MASK; + } + return -1; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implementation of global private functions +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int wxGIFHandler_KeyItem(unsigned long item) +{ + return ((item >> 12) ^ item) & HT_KEY_MASK; +} + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +int wxGIFHandler_BitSize(int n) +{ + int i; + for (i = 1; i <= 8; i++) + { + if ((1 << i) >= n) + { + break; + } + } + return i; +} + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE +bool wxGIFHandler_GetPalette(const wxImage& image, + wxRGB *pal, int *pPalCount, int *pMaskIndex) +{ + if (!image.HasPalette()) + { + return false; + } + + const wxPalette& palette = image.GetPalette(); + int palCount = palette.GetColoursCount(); + + for (int i = 0; i < palCount; ++i) + { + if (!palette.GetRGB(i, &pal[i].red, &pal[i].green, &pal[i].blue)) + { + break; + } + } + if (image.HasMask()) + { + wxRGB mask; + + mask.red = image.GetMaskRed(); + mask.green = image.GetMaskGreen(); + mask.blue = image.GetMaskBlue(); + *pMaskIndex = wxGIFHandler_PaletteFind(mask, pal, palCount); + if ( (*pMaskIndex == wxNOT_FOUND) && (palCount < 256)) + { + *pMaskIndex = palCount; + pal[palCount++] = mask; + } + } + else + { + *pMaskIndex = wxNOT_FOUND; + } + *pPalCount = palCount; + + return true; +} +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +int wxGIFHandler_PaletteFind(const wxRGB& clr, const wxRGB *array, int count) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) + { + if ( (clr.red == array[i].red) + && (clr.green == array[i].green) + && (clr.blue == array[i].blue)) + { + return i; + } + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +bool wxGIFHandler_Write(wxOutputStream *stream, const void *buf, size_t len) +{ + return (len == stream->Write(buf, len).LastWrite()); +} + +bool wxGIFHandler_WriteByte(wxOutputStream *stream, wxUint8 byte) +{ + return wxGIFHandler_Write(stream, &byte, sizeof(byte)); +} + +bool wxGIFHandler_WriteWord(wxOutputStream *stream, wxUint16 word) +{ + wxUint8 buf[2]; + + buf[0] = word & 0xff; + buf[1] = (word >> 8) & 0xff; + return wxGIFHandler_Write(stream, &word, sizeof(word)); +} + +bool wxGIFHandler_WriteHeader(wxOutputStream *stream, int width, int height, + bool loop, const wxRGB *pal, int palCount) +{ + const int bpp = wxGIFHandler_BitSize(palCount); + wxUint8 buf[3]; + + bool ok = wxGIFHandler_Write(stream, GIF89_HDR, sizeof(GIF89_HDR)-1) + && wxGIFHandler_WriteWord(stream, (wxUint16) width) + && wxGIFHandler_WriteWord(stream, (wxUint16) height); + + buf[0] = 0x80; + buf[0] |=(bpp - 1) << 5; + buf[0] |=(bpp - 1); + buf[1] = 0; // background color == entry 0 + buf[2] = 0; // aspect ratio 1:1 + ok = ok && wxGIFHandler_Write(stream, buf, sizeof(buf)) + && wxGIFHandler_WritePalette(stream, pal, palCount, bpp); + + if (loop) + { + ok = ok && wxGIFHandler_WriteLoop(stream); + } + + return ok; +} + +bool wxGIFHandler_WriteRect(wxOutputStream *stream, int width, int height) +{ + return wxGIFHandler_WriteWord(stream, 0) // left + && wxGIFHandler_WriteWord(stream, 0) // top + && wxGIFHandler_WriteWord(stream, (wxUint16) width) + && wxGIFHandler_WriteWord(stream, (wxUint16) height); +} + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE +bool wxGIFHandler_WriteTerm(wxOutputStream *stream) +{ + return wxGIFHandler_WriteByte(stream, GIF_MARKER_ENDOFDATA); +} +#endif + +bool wxGIFHandler_WriteZero(wxOutputStream *stream) +{ + return wxGIFHandler_WriteByte(stream, 0); +} + +bool wxGIFHandler_WritePalette(wxOutputStream *stream, + const wxRGB *array, size_t count, int bpp) +{ + wxUint8 buf[3]; + for (int i = 0; (i < (1 << bpp)); i++) + { + if (i < (int)count) + { + buf[0] = array[i].red; + buf[1] = array[i].green; + buf[2] = array[i].blue; + } + else + { + buf[0] = buf[1] = buf[2] = 0; + } + + if ( !wxGIFHandler_Write(stream, buf, sizeof(buf)) ) + { + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxGIFHandler_WriteControl(wxOutputStream *stream, + int maskIndex, int delayMilliSecs) +{ + wxUint8 buf[8]; + + buf[0] = GIF_MARKER_EXT; // extension marker + buf[1] = GIF_MARKER_EXT_GRAPHICS_CONTROL; + buf[2] = 4; // length of block + buf[3] = (maskIndex != wxNOT_FOUND) ? 1 : 0; // has transparency + buf[4] = delayMilliSecs / 10; // delay time + buf[5] = 0; + buf[6] = (maskIndex != wxNOT_FOUND) ? (wxUint8) maskIndex : 0; + buf[7] = 0; + return wxGIFHandler_Write(stream, buf, sizeof(buf)); +} + +bool wxGIFHandler_WriteComment(wxOutputStream *stream, const wxString& comment) +{ + if ( comment.empty() ) + { + return true; + } + + // Write comment header. + wxUint8 buf[2]; + buf[0] = GIF_MARKER_EXT; + buf[1] = GIF_MARKER_EXT_COMMENT; + if ( !wxGIFHandler_Write(stream, buf, sizeof(buf)) ) + { + return false; + } + + /* + If comment is longer than 255 bytes write it in blocks of maximum 255 + bytes each. + */ + wxCharBuffer text( comment.mb_str() ); + + size_t pos = 0, fullLength = text.length(); + + do + { + size_t blockLength = wxMin(fullLength - pos, 255); + + if ( !wxGIFHandler_WriteByte(stream, (wxUint8) blockLength) + || !wxGIFHandler_Write(stream, &text.data()[pos], blockLength) ) + { + return false; + } + + pos += blockLength; + }while (pos < fullLength); + + + // Write comment footer. + return wxGIFHandler_WriteZero(stream); +} + +bool wxGIFHandler_WriteLoop(wxOutputStream *stream) +{ + wxUint8 buf[4]; + const int loopcount = 0; // infinite + + buf[0] = GIF_MARKER_EXT; + buf[1] = GIF_MARKER_EXT_APP; + buf[2] = 0x0B; + bool ok = wxGIFHandler_Write(stream, buf, 3) + && wxGIFHandler_Write(stream, NETSCAPE_LOOP, sizeof(NETSCAPE_LOOP)-1); + + buf[0] = 3; + buf[1] = 1; + buf[2] = loopcount & 0xFF; + buf[3] = loopcount >> 8; + + return ok && wxGIFHandler_Write(stream, buf, 4) + && wxGIFHandler_WriteZero(stream); +} + +bool wxGIFHandler_BufferedOutput(wxOutputStream *stream, wxUint8 *buf, int c) +{ + bool ok = true; + + if (c == FLUSH_OUTPUT) + { + // Flush everything out. + if (buf[0]) + { + ok = wxGIFHandler_Write(stream, buf, buf[0]+1); + } + // Mark end of compressed data, by an empty block (see GIF doc): + wxGIFHandler_WriteZero(stream); + } + else + { + if (buf[0] == 255) + { + // Dump out this buffer - it is full: + ok = wxGIFHandler_Write(stream, buf, buf[0] + 1); + buf[0] = 0; + } + buf[++buf[0]] = c; + } + + return ok; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_GIF diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagiff.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagiff.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f7fe0360f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagiff.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,792 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/imagiff.cpp +// Purpose: wxImage handler for Amiga IFF images +// Author: Steffen Gutmann, Thomas Meyer +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagiff.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Steffen Gutmann, 2002 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// Parts of this source are based on the iff loading algorithm found +// in xviff.c. Permission by the original author, Thomas Meyer, and +// by the author of xv, John Bradley for using the iff loading part +// in wxWidgets has been gratefully given. + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_IFF + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/imagiff.h" +#include "wx/wfstream.h" + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + #include "wx/palette.h" +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +#include +#include + + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Constants +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Error codes: +// Note that the error code wxIFF_TRUNCATED means that the image itself +// is most probably OK, but the decoder didn't reach the end of the data +// stream; this means that if it was not reading directly from file, +// the stream will not be correctly positioned. +// + +enum +{ + wxIFF_OK = 0, /* everything was OK */ + wxIFF_INVFORMAT, /* error in iff header */ + wxIFF_MEMERR, /* error allocating memory */ + wxIFF_TRUNCATED /* file appears to be truncated */ +}; + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIFFDecoder class +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// internal class for storing IFF image data +class IFFImage +{ +public: + unsigned int w; /* width */ + unsigned int h; /* height */ + int transparent; /* transparent color (-1 = none) */ + int colors; /* number of colors */ + unsigned char *p; /* bitmap */ + unsigned char *pal; /* palette */ + + IFFImage() : w(0), h(0), colors(0), p(0), pal(0) {} + ~IFFImage() { delete [] p; delete [] pal; } +}; + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxIFFDecoder +{ +private: + IFFImage *m_image; // image data + wxInputStream *m_f; // input stream + unsigned char *databuf; + unsigned char *picptr; + unsigned char *decomp_mem; + + void Destroy(); + +public: + // get data of current frame + unsigned char* GetData() const; + unsigned char* GetPalette() const; + int GetNumColors() const; + unsigned int GetWidth() const; + unsigned int GetHeight() const; + int GetTransparentColour() const; + + // constructor, destructor, etc. + wxIFFDecoder(wxInputStream *s); + ~wxIFFDecoder() { Destroy(); } + + // NOTE: this function modifies the current stream position + bool CanRead(); + + int ReadIFF(); + bool ConvertToImage(wxImage *image) const; +}; + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIFFDecoder constructor and destructor +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxIFFDecoder::wxIFFDecoder(wxInputStream *s) +{ + m_f = s; + m_image = 0; + databuf = 0; + decomp_mem = 0; +} + +void wxIFFDecoder::Destroy() +{ + wxDELETE(m_image); + wxDELETEA(databuf); + wxDELETEA(decomp_mem); +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Convert this image to a wxImage object +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This function was designed by Vaclav Slavik + +bool wxIFFDecoder::ConvertToImage(wxImage *image) const +{ + // just in case... + image->Destroy(); + + // create the image + image->Create(GetWidth(), GetHeight()); + + if (!image->Ok()) + return false; + + unsigned char *pal = GetPalette(); + unsigned char *src = GetData(); + unsigned char *dst = image->GetData(); + int colors = GetNumColors(); + int transparent = GetTransparentColour(); + long i; + + // set transparent colour mask + if (transparent != -1) + { + for (i = 0; i < colors; i++) + { + if ((pal[3 * i + 0] == 255) && + (pal[3 * i + 1] == 0) && + (pal[3 * i + 2] == 255)) + { + pal[3 * i + 2] = 254; + } + } + + pal[3 * transparent + 0] = 255, + pal[3 * transparent + 1] = 0, + pal[3 * transparent + 2] = 255; + + image->SetMaskColour(255, 0, 255); + } + else + image->SetMask(false); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + if (pal && colors > 0) + { + unsigned char* r = new unsigned char[colors]; + unsigned char* g = new unsigned char[colors]; + unsigned char* b = new unsigned char[colors]; + + for (i = 0; i < colors; i++) + { + r[i] = pal[3*i + 0]; + g[i] = pal[3*i + 1]; + b[i] = pal[3*i + 2]; + } + + image->SetPalette(wxPalette(colors, r, g, b)); + + delete [] r; + delete [] g; + delete [] b; + } +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + // copy image data + for (i = 0; i < (long)(GetWidth() * GetHeight()); i++, src += 3, dst += 3) + { + dst[0] = src[0]; + dst[1] = src[1]; + dst[2] = src[2]; + } + + return true; +} + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data accessors +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Get data for current frame + +unsigned char* wxIFFDecoder::GetData() const { return (m_image->p); } +unsigned char* wxIFFDecoder::GetPalette() const { return (m_image->pal); } +int wxIFFDecoder::GetNumColors() const { return m_image->colors; } +unsigned int wxIFFDecoder::GetWidth() const { return (m_image->w); } +unsigned int wxIFFDecoder::GetHeight() const { return (m_image->h); } +int wxIFFDecoder::GetTransparentColour() const { return m_image->transparent; } + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// IFF reading and decoding +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// +// CanRead: +// Returns true if the file looks like a valid IFF, false otherwise. +// +bool wxIFFDecoder::CanRead() +{ + unsigned char buf[12]; + + if ( !m_f->Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)) ) + return false; + + return (memcmp(buf, "FORM", 4) == 0) && (memcmp(buf+8, "ILBM", 4) == 0); +} + + +// ReadIFF: +// Based on xv source code by Thomas Meyer +// Permission for use in wxWidgets has been gratefully given. + +typedef unsigned char byte; +#define IFFDEBUG 0 + +/************************************************************************* +void decomprle(source, destination, source length, buffer size) + +Decompress run-length encoded data from source to destination. Terminates +when source is decoded completely or destination buffer is full. + +The decruncher is as optimized as I could make it, without risking +safety in case of corrupt BODY chunks. +**************************************************************************/ + +static void decomprle(const byte *sptr, byte *dptr, long slen, long dlen) +{ + byte codeByte, dataByte; + + while ((slen > 0) && (dlen > 0)) { + // read control byte + codeByte = *sptr++; + + if (codeByte < 0x80) { + codeByte++; + if ((slen > (long) codeByte) && (dlen >= (long) codeByte)) { + slen -= codeByte + 1; + dlen -= codeByte; + while (codeByte > 0) { + *dptr++ = *sptr++; + codeByte--; + } + } + else slen = 0; + } + + else if (codeByte > 0x80) { + codeByte = 0x81 - (codeByte & 0x7f); + if ((slen > (long) 0) && (dlen >= (long) codeByte)) { + dataByte = *sptr++; + slen -= 2; + dlen -= codeByte; + while (codeByte > 0) { + *dptr++ = dataByte; + codeByte--; + } + } + else slen = 0; + } + } +} + +/******************************************/ +static unsigned int iff_getword(const byte *ptr) +{ + unsigned int v; + + v = *ptr++; + v = (v << 8) + *ptr; + return v; +} + +/******************************************/ +static unsigned long iff_getlong(const byte *ptr) +{ + unsigned long l; + + l = *ptr++; + l = (l << 8) + *ptr++; + l = (l << 8) + *ptr++; + l = (l << 8) + *ptr; + return l; +} + +// Define internal ILBM types +#define ILBM_NORMAL 0 +#define ILBM_EHB 1 +#define ILBM_HAM 2 +#define ILBM_HAM8 3 +#define ILBM_24BIT 4 + +int wxIFFDecoder::ReadIFF() +{ + Destroy(); + + m_image = new IFFImage(); + if (m_image == 0) { + Destroy(); + return wxIFF_MEMERR; + } + + // compute file length + wxFileOffset currentPos = m_f->TellI(); + if (m_f->SeekI(0, wxFromEnd) == wxInvalidOffset) { + Destroy(); + return wxIFF_MEMERR; + } + + long filesize = m_f->TellI(); + if (m_f->SeekI(currentPos, wxFromStart) == wxInvalidOffset) { + Destroy(); + return wxIFF_MEMERR; + } + + // allocate memory for complete file + if ((databuf = new byte[filesize]) == 0) { + Destroy(); + return wxIFF_MEMERR; + } + + m_f->Read(databuf, filesize); + const byte *dataend = databuf + filesize; + + // initialize work pointer. used to trace the buffer for IFF chunks + const byte *dataptr = databuf; + + // check for minmal size + if (dataptr + 12 > dataend) { + Destroy(); + return wxIFF_INVFORMAT; + } + + // check if we really got an IFF file + if (strncmp((char *)dataptr, "FORM", 4) != 0) { + Destroy(); + return wxIFF_INVFORMAT; + } + + dataptr = dataptr + 8; // skip ID and length of FORM + + // check if the IFF file is an ILBM (picture) file + if (strncmp((char *) dataptr, "ILBM", 4) != 0) { + Destroy(); + return wxIFF_INVFORMAT; + } + + wxLogTrace(wxT("iff"), wxT("IFF ILBM file recognized")); + + dataptr = dataptr + 4; // skip ID + + // + // main decoding loop. searches IFF chunks and handles them. + // terminates when BODY chunk was found or dataptr ran over end of file + // + bool BMHDok = false, CAMGok = false; + int bmhd_width = 0, bmhd_height = 0, bmhd_bitplanes = 0, bmhd_transcol = -1; + byte bmhd_compression = 0; + long camg_viewmode = 0; + int colors = 0; + while (dataptr + 8 <= dataend) { + // get chunk length and make even + long chunkLen = (iff_getlong(dataptr + 4) + 1) & 0xfffffffe; + if (chunkLen < 0) { // format error? + break; + } + bool truncated = (dataptr + 8 + chunkLen > dataend); + + if (strncmp((char *)dataptr, "BMHD", 4) == 0) { // BMHD chunk? + if (chunkLen < 12 + 2 || truncated) { + break; + } + bmhd_width = iff_getword(dataptr + 8); // width of picture + bmhd_height= iff_getword(dataptr + 8 + 2); // height of picture + bmhd_bitplanes = *(dataptr + 8 + 8); // # of bitplanes + // bmhd_masking = *(dataptr + 8 + 9); -- unused currently + bmhd_compression = *(dataptr + 8 + 10); // get compression + bmhd_transcol = iff_getword(dataptr + 8 + 12); + BMHDok = true; // got BMHD + dataptr += 8 + chunkLen; // to next chunk + } + else if (strncmp((char *)dataptr, "CMAP", 4) == 0) { // CMAP ? + if (truncated) { + break; + } + const byte *cmapptr = dataptr + 8; + colors = chunkLen / 3; // calc no of colors + + wxDELETE(m_image->pal); + m_image->colors = colors; + if (colors > 0) { + m_image->pal = new byte[3*colors]; + if (!m_image->pal) { + Destroy(); + return wxIFF_MEMERR; + } + + // copy colors to color map + for (int i=0; i < colors; i++) { + m_image->pal[3*i + 0] = *cmapptr++; + m_image->pal[3*i + 1] = *cmapptr++; + m_image->pal[3*i + 2] = *cmapptr++; + } + } + + wxLogTrace(wxT("iff"), wxT("Read %d colors from IFF file."), + colors); + + dataptr += 8 + chunkLen; // to next chunk + } else if (strncmp((char *)dataptr, "CAMG", 4) == 0) { // CAMG ? + if (chunkLen < 4 || truncated) { + break; + } + camg_viewmode = iff_getlong(dataptr + 8); // get viewmodes + CAMGok = true; // got CAMG + dataptr += 8 + chunkLen; // to next chunk + } + else if (strncmp((char *)dataptr, "BODY", 4) == 0) { // BODY ? + if (!BMHDok) { // BMHD found? + break; + } + const byte *bodyptr = dataptr + 8; // -> BODY data + + if (truncated) { + chunkLen = dataend - dataptr; + } + + // + // if BODY is compressed, allocate buffer for decrunched BODY + // and decompress it (run length encoding) + // + if (bmhd_compression == 1) { + // calc size of decrunch buffer - (size of the actual pic. + // decompressed in interleaved Amiga bitplane format) + + size_t decomp_bufsize = (((bmhd_width + 15) >> 4) << 1) + * bmhd_height * bmhd_bitplanes; + + if ((decomp_mem = new byte[decomp_bufsize]) == 0) { + Destroy(); + return wxIFF_MEMERR; + } + + decomprle(bodyptr, decomp_mem, chunkLen, decomp_bufsize); + bodyptr = decomp_mem; // -> uncompressed BODY + chunkLen = decomp_bufsize; + wxDELETEA(databuf); + } + + // the following determines the type of the ILBM file. + // it's either NORMAL, EHB, HAM, HAM8 or 24BIT + + int fmt = ILBM_NORMAL; // assume normal ILBM + if (bmhd_bitplanes == 24) { + fmt = ILBM_24BIT; + } else if (bmhd_bitplanes == 8) { + if (CAMGok && (camg_viewmode & 0x800)) { + fmt = ILBM_HAM8; + } + } else if ((bmhd_bitplanes > 5) && CAMGok) { + if (camg_viewmode & 0x80) { + fmt = ILBM_EHB; + } else if (camg_viewmode & 0x800) { + fmt = ILBM_HAM; + } + } + + wxLogTrace(wxT("iff"), + wxT("LoadIFF: %s %dx%d, planes=%d (%d cols), comp=%d"), + (fmt==ILBM_NORMAL) ? "Normal ILBM" : + (fmt==ILBM_HAM) ? "HAM ILBM" : + (fmt==ILBM_HAM8) ? "HAM8 ILBM" : + (fmt==ILBM_EHB) ? "EHB ILBM" : + (fmt==ILBM_24BIT) ? "24BIT ILBM" : "unknown ILBM", + bmhd_width, bmhd_height, bmhd_bitplanes, + 1< m_image->colors) { + byte *pal = new byte[colors*3]; + if (!pal) { + Destroy(); + return wxIFF_MEMERR; + } + int i; + for (i = 0; i < m_image->colors; i++) { + pal[3*i + 0] = m_image->pal[3*i + 0]; + pal[3*i + 1] = m_image->pal[3*i + 1]; + pal[3*i + 2] = m_image->pal[3*i + 2]; + } + for (; i < colors; i++) { + pal[3*i + 0] = 0; + pal[3*i + 1] = 0; + pal[3*i + 2] = 0; + } + delete m_image->pal; + m_image->pal = pal; + m_image->colors = colors; + } + + for (int i=0; i < colors; i++) { + m_image->pal[3*i + 0] = (m_image->pal[3*i + 0] >> 4) * 17; + m_image->pal[3*i + 1] = (m_image->pal[3*i + 1] >> 4) * 17; + m_image->pal[3*i + 2] = (m_image->pal[3*i + 2] >> 4) * 17; + } + } + + m_image->p = new byte[bmhd_width * bmhd_height * 3]; + byte *picptr = m_image->p; + if (!picptr) { + Destroy(); + return wxIFF_MEMERR; + } + + byte *pal = m_image->pal; + int lineskip = ((bmhd_width + 15) >> 4) << 1; + int height = chunkLen / (lineskip * bmhd_bitplanes); + + if (bmhd_height < height) { + height = bmhd_height; + } + + if (fmt == ILBM_HAM || fmt == ILBM_HAM8 || fmt == ILBM_24BIT) { + byte *pic = picptr; + const byte *workptr = bodyptr; + + for (int i=0; i < height; i++) { + byte bitmsk = 0x80; + const byte *workptr2 = workptr; + + // at start of each line, init RGB values to background + byte rval = pal[0]; + byte gval = pal[1]; + byte bval = pal[2]; + + for (int j=0; j < bmhd_width; j++) { + long col = 0; + long colbit = 1; + const byte *workptr3 = workptr2; + for (int k=0; k < bmhd_bitplanes; k++) { + if (*workptr3 & bitmsk) { + col += colbit; + } + workptr3 += lineskip; + colbit <<= 1; + } + + if (fmt==ILBM_HAM) { + int c = (col & 0x0f); + switch (col & 0x30) { + case 0x00: if (c >= 0 && c < colors) { + rval = pal[3*c + 0]; + gval = pal[3*c + 1]; + bval = pal[3*c + 2]; + } + break; + + case 0x10: bval = c * 17; + break; + + case 0x20: rval = c * 17; + break; + + case 0x30: gval = c * 17; + break; + } + } else if (fmt == ILBM_HAM8) { + int c = (col & 0x3f); + switch(col & 0xc0) { + case 0x00: if (c >= 0 && c < colors) { + rval = pal[3*c + 0]; + gval = pal[3*c + 1]; + bval = pal[3*c + 2]; + } + break; + + case 0x40: bval = (bval & 3) | (c << 2); + break; + + case 0x80: rval = (rval & 3) | (c << 2); + break; + + case 0xc0: gval = (rval & 3) | (c << 2); + } + } else { + rval = col & 0xff; + gval = (col >> 8) & 0xff; + bval = (col >> 16) & 0xff; + } + + *pic++ = rval; + *pic++ = gval; + *pic++ = bval; + + bitmsk = bitmsk >> 1; + if (bitmsk == 0) { + bitmsk = 0x80; + workptr2++; + } + } + workptr += lineskip * bmhd_bitplanes; + } + } else if ((fmt == ILBM_NORMAL) || (fmt == ILBM_EHB)) { + if (fmt == ILBM_EHB) { + wxLogTrace(wxT("iff"), wxT("Doubling CMAP for EHB mode")); + + for (int i=0; i<32; i++) { + pal[3*(i + 32) + 0] = pal[3*i + 0] >> 1; + pal[3*(i + 32) + 1] = pal[3*i + 1] >> 1; + pal[3*(i + 32) + 2] = pal[3*i + 2] >> 1; + } + } + + byte *pic = picptr; // ptr to buffer + const byte *workptr = bodyptr; // ptr to pic, planar format + + if (bmhd_height < height) { + height = bmhd_height; + } + + for (int i=0; i < height; i++) { + byte bitmsk = 0x80; // left most bit (mask) + const byte *workptr2 = workptr; // work ptr to source + for (int j=0; j < bmhd_width; j++) { + long col = 0; + long colbit = 1; + const byte *workptr3 = workptr2; // 1st byte in 1st pln + + for (int k=0; k < bmhd_bitplanes; k++) { + if (*workptr3 & bitmsk) { // if bit set in this pln + col = col + colbit; // add bit to chunky byte + } + workptr3 += lineskip; // go to next line + colbit <<= 1; // shift color bit + } + + if (col >= 0 && col < colors) { + pic[0] = pal[3*col + 0]; + pic[1] = pal[3*col + 1]; + pic[2] = pal[3*col + 2]; + } else { + pic[0] = pic[1] = pic[2] = 0; + } + pic += 3; + bitmsk = bitmsk >> 1; // shift mask to next bit + if (bitmsk == 0) { // if mask is zero + bitmsk = 0x80; // reset mask + workptr2++; // mv ptr to next byte + } + } + + workptr += lineskip * bmhd_bitplanes; // to next line + } + } else { + break; // unknown format + } + + m_image->w = bmhd_width; + m_image->h = height; + m_image->transparent = bmhd_transcol; + + wxLogTrace(wxT("iff"), wxT("Loaded IFF picture %s"), + truncated? "truncated" : "completely"); + + return (truncated? wxIFF_TRUNCATED : wxIFF_OK); + } else { + wxLogTrace(wxT("iff"), wxT("Skipping unknown chunk '%c%c%c%c'"), + *dataptr, *(dataptr+1), *(dataptr+2), *(dataptr+3)); + + dataptr = dataptr + 8 + chunkLen; // skip unknown chunk + } + } + + Destroy(); + return wxIFF_INVFORMAT; +} + + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIFFHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIFFHandler, wxImageHandler) + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxIFFHandler::LoadFile(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, + bool verbose, int WXUNUSED(index)) +{ + wxIFFDecoder *decod; + int error; + bool ok; + + decod = new wxIFFDecoder(&stream); + error = decod->ReadIFF(); + + if ((error != wxIFF_OK) && (error != wxIFF_TRUNCATED)) + { + if (verbose) + { + switch (error) + { + case wxIFF_INVFORMAT: + wxLogError(_("IFF: error in IFF image format.")); + break; + case wxIFF_MEMERR: + wxLogError(_("IFF: not enough memory.")); + break; + default: + wxLogError(_("IFF: unknown error!!!")); + break; + } + } + delete decod; + return false; + } + + if ((error == wxIFF_TRUNCATED) && verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("IFF: data stream seems to be truncated.")); + /* go on; image data is OK */ + } + + ok = decod->ConvertToImage(image); + delete decod; + + return ok; +} + +bool wxIFFHandler::SaveFile(wxImage * WXUNUSED(image), + wxOutputStream& WXUNUSED(stream), bool verbose) +{ + if (verbose) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("IFF: the handler is read-only!!")); + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxIFFHandler::DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + wxIFFDecoder decod(&stream); + + return decod.CanRead(); + // it's ok to modify the stream position here +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif // wxUSE_IFF diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagjpeg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagjpeg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e048ac59f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagjpeg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,500 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/imagjpeg.cpp +// Purpose: wxImage JPEG handler +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagjpeg.cpp 66259 2010-11-25 00:53:44Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_LIBJPEG + +#include "wx/imagjpeg.h" +#include "wx/versioninfo.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +// A hack based on one from tif_jpeg.c to overcome the problem on Windows +// of rpcndr.h defining boolean with a different type to the jpeg headers. +// +// This hack is only necessary for an external jpeg library, the builtin one +// usually used on Windows doesn't use the type boolean, so always works. +// +#ifdef wxHACK_BOOLEAN + #define HAVE_BOOLEAN + #define boolean wxHACK_BOOLEAN +#endif + +extern "C" +{ + #if defined(__WXMSW__) + #define XMD_H + #endif + #include "jpeglib.h" +} + +#ifndef HAVE_WXJPEG_BOOLEAN +typedef boolean wxjpeg_boolean; +#endif + +#include "wx/filefn.h" +#include "wx/wfstream.h" + +// For memcpy +#include +// For JPEG library error handling +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the standard definition of METHODDEF(type) from jmorecfg.h is "static type" +// which means that we can't declare the method functions as extern "C" - the +// compiler (rightfully) complains about the multiple storage classes in +// declaration +// +// so we only add extern "C" when using our own, modified, jmorecfg.h - and use +// whatever we have in the system headers if this is what we use hoping that it +// should be ok (can't do anything else) +#ifdef JPEG_METHOD_LINKAGE + #define CPP_METHODDEF(type) extern "C" METHODDEF(type) +#else // not using our jmorecfg.h header + #define CPP_METHODDEF(type) METHODDEF(type) +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxJPEGHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJPEGHandler,wxImageHandler) + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +//------------- JPEG Data Source Manager + +#define JPEG_IO_BUFFER_SIZE 2048 + +typedef struct { + struct jpeg_source_mgr pub; /* public fields */ + + JOCTET* buffer; /* start of buffer */ + wxInputStream *stream; +} wx_source_mgr; + +typedef wx_source_mgr * wx_src_ptr; + +extern "C" +{ + +CPP_METHODDEF(void) wx_init_source ( j_decompress_ptr WXUNUSED(cinfo) ) +{ +} + +CPP_METHODDEF(wxjpeg_boolean) wx_fill_input_buffer ( j_decompress_ptr cinfo ) +{ + wx_src_ptr src = (wx_src_ptr) cinfo->src; + + src->pub.next_input_byte = src->buffer; + src->pub.bytes_in_buffer = src->stream->Read(src->buffer, JPEG_IO_BUFFER_SIZE).LastRead(); + + if (src->pub.bytes_in_buffer == 0) // check for end-of-stream + { + // Insert a fake EOI marker + src->buffer[0] = 0xFF; + src->buffer[1] = JPEG_EOI; + src->pub.bytes_in_buffer = 2; + } + return TRUE; +} + +CPP_METHODDEF(void) wx_skip_input_data ( j_decompress_ptr cinfo, long num_bytes ) +{ + if (num_bytes > 0) + { + wx_src_ptr src = (wx_src_ptr) cinfo->src; + + while (num_bytes > (long)src->pub.bytes_in_buffer) + { + num_bytes -= (long) src->pub.bytes_in_buffer; + src->pub.fill_input_buffer(cinfo); + } + src->pub.next_input_byte += (size_t) num_bytes; + src->pub.bytes_in_buffer -= (size_t) num_bytes; + } +} + +CPP_METHODDEF(void) wx_term_source ( j_decompress_ptr cinfo ) +{ + wx_src_ptr src = (wx_src_ptr) cinfo->src; + + if (src->pub.bytes_in_buffer > 0) + src->stream->SeekI(-(long)src->pub.bytes_in_buffer, wxFromCurrent); + delete[] src->buffer; +} + + +// JPEG error manager: + +struct wx_error_mgr : public jpeg_error_mgr +{ + jmp_buf setjmp_buffer; /* for return to caller */ +}; + +/* + * Here's the routine that will replace the standard error_exit method: + */ + +CPP_METHODDEF(void) wx_error_exit (j_common_ptr cinfo) +{ + /* cinfo->err really points to a wx_error_mgr struct, so coerce pointer */ + wx_error_mgr * const jerr = (wx_error_mgr *) cinfo->err; + + /* Always display the message. */ + /* We could postpone this until after returning, if we chose. */ + (*cinfo->err->output_message) (cinfo); + + /* Return control to the setjmp point */ + longjmp(jerr->setjmp_buffer, 1); +} + +/* + * This will replace the standard output_message method when the user + * wants us to be silent (verbose==false). We must have such method instead of + * simply using NULL for cinfo->err->output_message because it's called + * unconditionally from within libjpeg when there's "garbage input". + */ +CPP_METHODDEF(void) wx_ignore_message (j_common_ptr WXUNUSED(cinfo)) +{ +} + +void wx_jpeg_io_src( j_decompress_ptr cinfo, wxInputStream& infile ) +{ + wx_src_ptr src; + + if (cinfo->src == NULL) { /* first time for this JPEG object? */ + cinfo->src = (struct jpeg_source_mgr *) + (*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT, + sizeof(wx_source_mgr)); + } + src = (wx_src_ptr) cinfo->src; + src->pub.bytes_in_buffer = 0; /* forces fill_input_buffer on first read */ + src->buffer = new JOCTET[JPEG_IO_BUFFER_SIZE]; + src->pub.next_input_byte = NULL; /* until buffer loaded */ + src->stream = &infile; + + src->pub.init_source = wx_init_source; + src->pub.fill_input_buffer = wx_fill_input_buffer; + src->pub.skip_input_data = wx_skip_input_data; + src->pub.resync_to_restart = jpeg_resync_to_restart; /* use default method */ + src->pub.term_source = wx_term_source; +} + +} // extern "C" + +static inline void wx_cmyk_to_rgb(unsigned char* rgb, const unsigned char* cmyk) +{ + register int k = 255 - cmyk[3]; + register int k2 = cmyk[3]; + register int c; + + c = k + k2 * (255 - cmyk[0]) / 255; + rgb[0] = (unsigned char)((c > 255) ? 0 : (255 - c)); + + c = k + k2 * (255 - cmyk[1]) / 255; + rgb[1] = (unsigned char)((c > 255) ? 0 : (255 - c)); + + c = k + k2 * (255 - cmyk[2]) / 255; + rgb[2] = (unsigned char)((c > 255) ? 0 : (255 - c)); +} + +// temporarily disable the warning C4611 (interaction between '_setjmp' and +// C++ object destruction is non-portable) - I don't see any dtors here +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #pragma warning(disable:4611) +#endif /* VC++ */ + +bool wxJPEGHandler::LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose, int WXUNUSED(index) ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( image, false, "NULL image pointer" ); + + struct jpeg_decompress_struct cinfo; + wx_error_mgr jerr; + unsigned char *ptr; + + // save this before calling Destroy() + const unsigned maxWidth = image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_MAX_WIDTH), + maxHeight = image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_MAX_HEIGHT); + image->Destroy(); + + cinfo.err = jpeg_std_error( &jerr ); + jerr.error_exit = wx_error_exit; + + if (!verbose) + cinfo.err->output_message = wx_ignore_message; + + /* Establish the setjmp return context for wx_error_exit to use. */ + if (setjmp(jerr.setjmp_buffer)) { + /* If we get here, the JPEG code has signaled an error. + * We need to clean up the JPEG object, close the input file, and return. + */ + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("JPEG: Couldn't load - file is probably corrupted.")); + } + (cinfo.src->term_source)(&cinfo); + jpeg_destroy_decompress(&cinfo); + if (image->Ok()) image->Destroy(); + return false; + } + + jpeg_create_decompress( &cinfo ); + wx_jpeg_io_src( &cinfo, stream ); + jpeg_read_header( &cinfo, TRUE ); + + int bytesPerPixel; + if ((cinfo.out_color_space == JCS_CMYK) || (cinfo.out_color_space == JCS_YCCK)) + { + cinfo.out_color_space = JCS_CMYK; + bytesPerPixel = 4; + } + else // all the rest is treated as RGB + { + cinfo.out_color_space = JCS_RGB; + bytesPerPixel = 3; + } + + // scale the picture to fit in the specified max size if necessary + if ( maxWidth > 0 || maxHeight > 0 ) + { + unsigned& scale = cinfo.scale_denom; + while ( (maxWidth && (cinfo.image_width / scale > maxWidth)) || + (maxHeight && (cinfo.image_height / scale > maxHeight)) ) + { + scale *= 2; + } + } + + jpeg_start_decompress( &cinfo ); + + image->Create( cinfo.output_width, cinfo.output_height ); + if (!image->Ok()) { + jpeg_finish_decompress( &cinfo ); + jpeg_destroy_decompress( &cinfo ); + return false; + } + image->SetMask( false ); + ptr = image->GetData(); + + unsigned stride = cinfo.output_width * bytesPerPixel; + JSAMPARRAY tempbuf = (*cinfo.mem->alloc_sarray) + ((j_common_ptr) &cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, stride, 1 ); + + while ( cinfo.output_scanline < cinfo.output_height ) + { + jpeg_read_scanlines( &cinfo, tempbuf, 1 ); + if (cinfo.out_color_space == JCS_RGB) + { + memcpy( ptr, tempbuf[0], stride ); + ptr += stride; + } + else // CMYK + { + const unsigned char* inptr = (const unsigned char*) tempbuf[0]; + for (size_t i = 0; i < cinfo.output_width; i++) + { + wx_cmyk_to_rgb(ptr, inptr); + ptr += 3; + inptr += 4; + } + } + } + + // set up resolution if available: it's part of optional JFIF APP0 chunk + if ( cinfo.saw_JFIF_marker ) + { + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX, cinfo.X_density); + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY, cinfo.Y_density); + + // we use the same values for this option as libjpeg so we don't need + // any conversion here + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT, cinfo.density_unit); + } + + jpeg_finish_decompress( &cinfo ); + jpeg_destroy_decompress( &cinfo ); + return true; +} + +typedef struct { + struct jpeg_destination_mgr pub; + + wxOutputStream *stream; + JOCTET * buffer; +} wx_destination_mgr; + +typedef wx_destination_mgr * wx_dest_ptr; + +#define OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE 4096 /* choose an efficiently fwrite'able size */ + +extern "C" +{ + +CPP_METHODDEF(void) wx_init_destination (j_compress_ptr cinfo) +{ + wx_dest_ptr dest = (wx_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest; + + /* Allocate the output buffer --- it will be released when done with image */ + dest->buffer = (JOCTET *) + (*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, + OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE * sizeof(JOCTET)); + dest->pub.next_output_byte = dest->buffer; + dest->pub.free_in_buffer = OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE; +} + +CPP_METHODDEF(wxjpeg_boolean) wx_empty_output_buffer (j_compress_ptr cinfo) +{ + wx_dest_ptr dest = (wx_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest; + + dest->stream->Write(dest->buffer, OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE); + dest->pub.next_output_byte = dest->buffer; + dest->pub.free_in_buffer = OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE; + return TRUE; +} + +CPP_METHODDEF(void) wx_term_destination (j_compress_ptr cinfo) +{ + wx_dest_ptr dest = (wx_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest; + size_t datacount = OUTPUT_BUF_SIZE - dest->pub.free_in_buffer; + /* Write any data remaining in the buffer */ + if (datacount > 0) + dest->stream->Write(dest->buffer, datacount); +} + +GLOBAL(void) wx_jpeg_io_dest (j_compress_ptr cinfo, wxOutputStream& outfile) +{ + wx_dest_ptr dest; + + if (cinfo->dest == NULL) { /* first time for this JPEG object? */ + cinfo->dest = (struct jpeg_destination_mgr *) + (*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT, + sizeof(wx_destination_mgr)); + } + + dest = (wx_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest; + dest->pub.init_destination = wx_init_destination; + dest->pub.empty_output_buffer = wx_empty_output_buffer; + dest->pub.term_destination = wx_term_destination; + dest->stream = &outfile; +} + +} // extern "C" + +bool wxJPEGHandler::SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose ) +{ + struct jpeg_compress_struct cinfo; + wx_error_mgr jerr; + JSAMPROW row_pointer[1]; /* pointer to JSAMPLE row[s] */ + JSAMPLE *image_buffer; + int stride; /* physical row width in image buffer */ + + cinfo.err = jpeg_std_error(&jerr); + jerr.error_exit = wx_error_exit; + + if (!verbose) + cinfo.err->output_message = wx_ignore_message; + + /* Establish the setjmp return context for wx_error_exit to use. */ + if (setjmp(jerr.setjmp_buffer)) + { + /* If we get here, the JPEG code has signaled an error. + * We need to clean up the JPEG object, close the input file, and return. + */ + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("JPEG: Couldn't save image.")); + } + jpeg_destroy_compress(&cinfo); + return false; + } + + jpeg_create_compress(&cinfo); + wx_jpeg_io_dest(&cinfo, stream); + + cinfo.image_width = image->GetWidth(); + cinfo.image_height = image->GetHeight(); + cinfo.input_components = 3; + cinfo.in_color_space = JCS_RGB; + jpeg_set_defaults(&cinfo); + + // TODO: 3rd parameter is force_baseline, what value should this be? + // Code says: "If force_baseline is TRUE, the computed quantization table entries + // are limited to 1..255 for JPEG baseline compatibility." + // 'Quality' is a number between 0 (terrible) and 100 (very good). + // The default (in jcparam.c, jpeg_set_defaults) is 75, + // and force_baseline is TRUE. + if (image->HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY)) + jpeg_set_quality(&cinfo, image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY), TRUE); + + // set the resolution fields in the output file + int resX, resY; + wxImageResolution res = GetResolutionFromOptions(*image, &resX, &resY); + if ( res != wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE ) + { + cinfo.X_density = resX; + cinfo.Y_density = resY; + + // it so happens that wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES/CM values are the same + // ones as used by libjpeg, so we can assign them directly + cinfo.density_unit = res; + } + + jpeg_start_compress(&cinfo, TRUE); + + stride = cinfo.image_width * 3; /* JSAMPLEs per row in image_buffer */ + image_buffer = image->GetData(); + while (cinfo.next_scanline < cinfo.image_height) { + row_pointer[0] = &image_buffer[cinfo.next_scanline * stride]; + jpeg_write_scanlines( &cinfo, row_pointer, 1 ); + } + jpeg_finish_compress(&cinfo); + jpeg_destroy_compress(&cinfo); + + return true; +} + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #pragma warning(default:4611) +#endif /* VC++ */ + +bool wxJPEGHandler::DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) +{ + unsigned char hdr[2]; + + if ( !stream.Read(hdr, WXSIZEOF(hdr)) ) // it's ok to modify the stream position here + return false; + + return hdr[0] == 0xFF && hdr[1] == 0xD8; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +/*static*/ wxVersionInfo wxJPEGHandler::GetLibraryVersionInfo() +{ + return wxVersionInfo("libjpeg", JPEG_LIB_VERSION/10, JPEG_LIB_VERSION%10); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LIBJPEG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpcx.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpcx.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d18c1b412a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpcx.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,502 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/imagpcx.cpp +// Purpose: wxImage PCX handler +// Author: Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Version: 1.1 +// CVS-ID: $Id: imagpcx.cpp 61363 2009-07-09 20:26:34Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_PCX + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/object.h" + #include "wx/list.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/palette.h" + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/imagpcx.h" +#include "wx/wfstream.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPCXHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPCXHandler,wxImageHandler) + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// RLE encoding and decoding +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void RLEencode(unsigned char *p, unsigned int size, wxOutputStream& s) +{ + unsigned int data, last, cont; + + // Write 'size' bytes. The PCX official specs say there will be + // a decoding break at the end of each scanline, so in order to + // force this decoding break use this function to write, at most, + // _one_ complete scanline at a time. + + last = (unsigned char) *(p++); + cont = 1; + size--; + + while (size-- > 0) + { + data = (unsigned char) *(p++); + + // Up to 63 bytes with the same value can be stored using + // a single { cont, value } pair. + // + if ((data == last) && (cont < 63)) + { + cont++; + } + else + { + // need to write a 'counter' byte? + if ((cont > 1) || ((last & 0xC0) == 0xC0)) + s.PutC((char) (cont | 0xC0)); + + s.PutC((char) last); + last = data; + cont = 1; + } + } + + // write the last one and return; + if ((cont > 1) || ((last & 0xC0) == 0xC0)) + s.PutC((char) (cont | 0xC0)); + + s.PutC((char) last); +} + +void RLEdecode(unsigned char *p, unsigned int size, wxInputStream& s) +{ + // Read 'size' bytes. The PCX official specs say there will be + // a decoding break at the end of each scanline (but not at the + // end of each plane inside a scanline). Only use this function + // to read one or more _complete_ scanlines. Else, more than + // 'size' bytes might be read and the buffer might overflow. + + while (size != 0) + { + unsigned int data = (unsigned char)s.GetC(); + + // If ((data & 0xC0) != 0xC0), then the value read is a data + // byte. Else, it is a counter (cont = val & 0x3F) and the + // next byte is the data byte. + + if ((data & 0xC0) != 0xC0) + { + *(p++) = (unsigned char)data; + size--; + } + else + { + unsigned int cont = data & 0x3F; + if (cont > size) // can happen only if the file is malformed + break; + data = (unsigned char)s.GetC(); + for (unsigned int i = 1; i <= cont; i++) + *(p++) = (unsigned char)data; + size -= cont; + } + } +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// PCX reading and saving +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// PCX header +#define HDR_MANUFACTURER 0 +#define HDR_VERSION 1 +#define HDR_ENCODING 2 +#define HDR_BITSPERPIXEL 3 +#define HDR_XMIN 4 +#define HDR_YMIN 6 +#define HDR_XMAX 8 +#define HDR_YMAX 10 +#define HDR_NPLANES 65 +#define HDR_BYTESPERLINE 66 +#define HDR_PALETTEINFO 68 + +// image formats +enum { + wxPCX_8BIT, // 8 bpp, 1 plane (8 bit) + wxPCX_24BIT // 8 bpp, 3 planes (24 bit) +}; + +// error codes +enum { + wxPCX_OK = 0, // everything was OK + wxPCX_INVFORMAT = 1, // error in pcx file format + wxPCX_MEMERR = 2, // error allocating memory + wxPCX_VERERR = 3 // error in pcx version number +}; + + +// ReadPCX: +// Loads a PCX file into the wxImage object pointed by image. +// Returns wxPCX_OK on success, or an error code otherwise +// (see above for error codes) +// +int ReadPCX(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream) +{ + unsigned char hdr[128]; // PCX header + unsigned char pal[768]; // palette for 8 bit images + unsigned char *p; // space to store one scanline + unsigned char *dst; // pointer into wxImage data + unsigned int width, height; // size of the image + unsigned int bytesperline; // bytes per line (each plane) + int bitsperpixel; // bits per pixel (each plane) + int nplanes; // number of planes + int encoding; // is the image RLE encoded? + int format; // image format (8 bit, 24 bit) + unsigned int i, j; + + // Read PCX header and check the version number (it must + // be at least 5 or higher for 8 bit and 24 bit images). + + stream.Read(hdr, 128); + + if (hdr[HDR_VERSION] < 5) return wxPCX_VERERR; + + // Extract all image info from the PCX header. + + encoding = hdr[HDR_ENCODING]; + nplanes = hdr[HDR_NPLANES]; + bitsperpixel = hdr[HDR_BITSPERPIXEL]; + bytesperline = hdr[HDR_BYTESPERLINE] + 256 * hdr[HDR_BYTESPERLINE + 1]; + width = (hdr[HDR_XMAX] + 256 * hdr[HDR_XMAX + 1]) - + (hdr[HDR_XMIN] + 256 * hdr[HDR_XMIN + 1]) + 1; + height = (hdr[HDR_YMAX] + 256 * hdr[HDR_YMAX + 1]) - + (hdr[HDR_YMIN] + 256 * hdr[HDR_YMIN + 1]) + 1; + + // Check image format. Currently supported formats are + // 8 bits (8 bpp, 1 plane) and 24 bits (8 bpp, 3 planes). + + if ((nplanes == 3) && (bitsperpixel == 8)) + format = wxPCX_24BIT; + else if ((nplanes == 1) && (bitsperpixel == 8)) + format = wxPCX_8BIT; + else + return wxPCX_INVFORMAT; + + // If the image is of type wxPCX_8BIT, then there is + // a palette at the end of the image data. If we were + // working with a file, we could seek at the end to the + // end (SeekI(-769, wxFromEnd) and read the palette + // before proceeding. Unfortunately, this would prevent + // loading several PCXs in a single stream, so we can't + // do it. Thus, 8-bit images will have to be decoded in + // two passes: one to read and decode the image data, + // and another to replace 'colour indexes' with RGB + // values. + + // Resize the image and allocate memory for a scanline. + + image->Create(width, height); + + if (!image->Ok()) + return wxPCX_MEMERR; + + if ((p = (unsigned char *) malloc(bytesperline * nplanes)) == NULL) + return wxPCX_MEMERR; + + // Now start reading the file, line by line, and store + // the data in the format required by wxImage. + + dst = image->GetData(); + + for (j = height; j; j--) + { + if (encoding) + RLEdecode(p, bytesperline * nplanes, stream); + else + stream.Read(p, bytesperline * nplanes); + + switch (format) + { + case wxPCX_8BIT: + { + for (i = 0; i < width; i++) + { + // first pass, just store the colour index + *dst = p[i]; + dst += 3; + } + break; + } + case wxPCX_24BIT: + { + for (i = 0; i < width; i++) + { + *(dst++) = p[i]; + *(dst++) = p[i + bytesperline]; + *(dst++) = p[i + 2 * bytesperline]; + } + break; + } + } + } + + free(p); + + // For 8 bit images, we read the palette, and then do a second + // pass replacing indexes with their RGB values; + + if (format == wxPCX_8BIT) + { + unsigned char index; + + if (stream.GetC() != 12) + return wxPCX_INVFORMAT; + + stream.Read(pal, 768); + + p = image->GetData(); + for (unsigned long k = height * width; k; k--) + { + index = *p; + *(p++) = pal[3 * index]; + *(p++) = pal[3 * index + 1]; + *(p++) = pal[3 * index + 2]; + } + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + unsigned char r[256]; + unsigned char g[256]; + unsigned char b[256]; + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + { + r[i] = pal[3*i + 0]; + g[i] = pal[3*i + 1]; + b[i] = pal[3*i + 2]; + } + image->SetPalette(wxPalette(256, r, g, b)); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + } + + return wxPCX_OK; +} + +// SavePCX: +// Saves a PCX file into the wxImage object pointed by image. +// Returns wxPCX_OK on success, or an error code otherwise +// (see above for error codes). Will try to save as 8-bit +// PCX if possible, and then fall back to 24-bit if there +// are more than 256 different colours. +// +int SavePCX(wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream) +{ + unsigned char hdr[128]; // PCX header + unsigned char pal[768]; // palette for 8 bit images + unsigned char *p; // space to store one scanline + unsigned char *src; // pointer into wxImage data + unsigned int width, height; // size of the image + unsigned int bytesperline; // bytes per line (each plane) + unsigned char nplanes = 3; // number of planes + int format = wxPCX_24BIT; // image format (8 bit, 24 bit) + wxImageHistogram histogram; // image histogram + unsigned long key; // key in the hashtable + unsigned int i; + + // See if we can save as 8 bit. + + if (image->CountColours(256) <= 256) + { + image->ComputeHistogram(histogram); + format = wxPCX_8BIT; + nplanes = 1; + } + + // Get image dimensions, calculate bytesperline (must be even, + // according to PCX specs) and allocate space for one complete + // scanline. + + if (!image->Ok()) + return wxPCX_INVFORMAT; + + width = image->GetWidth(); + height = image->GetHeight(); + bytesperline = width; + if (bytesperline % 2) + bytesperline++; + + if ((p = (unsigned char *) malloc(bytesperline * nplanes)) == NULL) + return wxPCX_MEMERR; + + // Build header data and write it to the stream. Initially, + // set all bytes to zero (most values default to zero). + + memset(hdr, 0, sizeof(hdr)); + + hdr[HDR_MANUFACTURER] = 10; + hdr[HDR_VERSION] = 5; + hdr[HDR_ENCODING] = 1; + hdr[HDR_NPLANES] = nplanes; + hdr[HDR_BITSPERPIXEL] = 8; + hdr[HDR_BYTESPERLINE] = (unsigned char)(bytesperline % 256); + hdr[HDR_BYTESPERLINE + 1] = (unsigned char)(bytesperline / 256); + hdr[HDR_XMAX] = (unsigned char)((width - 1) % 256); + hdr[HDR_XMAX + 1] = (unsigned char)((width - 1) / 256); + hdr[HDR_YMAX] = (unsigned char)((height - 1) % 256); + hdr[HDR_YMAX + 1] = (unsigned char)((height - 1) / 256); + hdr[HDR_PALETTEINFO] = 1; + + stream.Write(hdr, 128); + + // Encode image data line by line and write it to the stream + + src = image->GetData(); + + for (; height; height--) + { + switch (format) + { + case wxPCX_8BIT: + { + unsigned char r, g, b; + + for (i = 0; i < width; i++) + { + r = *(src++); + g = *(src++); + b = *(src++); + key = (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b; + + p[i] = (unsigned char)histogram[key].index; + } + break; + } + case wxPCX_24BIT: + { + for (i = 0; i < width; i++) + { + p[i] = *(src++); + p[i + bytesperline] = *(src++); + p[i + 2 * bytesperline] = *(src++); + } + break; + } + } + + RLEencode(p, bytesperline * nplanes, stream); + } + + free(p); + + // For 8 bit images, build the palette and write it to the stream: + if (format == wxPCX_8BIT) + { + // zero unused colours + memset(pal, 0, sizeof(pal)); + + unsigned long index; + + for (wxImageHistogram::iterator entry = histogram.begin(); + entry != histogram.end(); ++entry ) + { + key = entry->first; + index = entry->second.index; + pal[3 * index] = (unsigned char)(key >> 16); + pal[3 * index + 1] = (unsigned char)(key >> 8); + pal[3 * index + 2] = (unsigned char)(key); + } + + stream.PutC(12); + stream.Write(pal, 768); + } + + return wxPCX_OK; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPCXHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxPCXHandler::LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose, int WXUNUSED(index) ) +{ + int error; + + if (!CanRead(stream)) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("PCX: this is not a PCX file.")); + } + + return false; + } + + image->Destroy(); + + if ((error = ReadPCX(image, stream)) != wxPCX_OK) + { + if (verbose) + { + switch (error) + { + case wxPCX_INVFORMAT: wxLogError(_("PCX: image format unsupported")); break; + case wxPCX_MEMERR: wxLogError(_("PCX: couldn't allocate memory")); break; + case wxPCX_VERERR: wxLogError(_("PCX: version number too low")); break; + default: wxLogError(_("PCX: unknown error !!!")); + } + } + image->Destroy(); + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxPCXHandler::SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose ) +{ + int error; + + if ((error = SavePCX(image, stream)) != wxPCX_OK) + { + if (verbose) + { + switch (error) + { + case wxPCX_INVFORMAT: wxLogError(_("PCX: invalid image")); break; + case wxPCX_MEMERR: wxLogError(_("PCX: couldn't allocate memory")); break; + default: wxLogError(_("PCX: unknown error !!!")); + } + } + } + + return (error == wxPCX_OK); +} + +bool wxPCXHandler::DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) +{ + unsigned char c = stream.GetC(); // it's ok to modify the stream position here + if ( !stream ) + return false; + + // not very safe, but this is all we can get from PCX header :-( + return c == 10; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_PCX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpng.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpng.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2dc8a51067 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpng.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1103 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/imagpng.cpp +// Purpose: wxImage PNG handler +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagpng.cpp 67219 2011-03-16 12:46:03Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_LIBPNG + +#include "wx/imagpng.h" +#include "wx/versioninfo.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/palette.h" + #include "wx/stream.h" +#endif + +#include "png.h" + +// For memcpy +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// image can not have any transparent pixels at all, have only 100% opaque +// and/or 100% transparent pixels in which case a simple mask is enough to +// store this information in wxImage or have a real alpha channel in which case +// we need to have it in wxImage as well +enum Transparency +{ + Transparency_None, + Transparency_Mask, + Transparency_Alpha +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// local functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// return the kind of transparency needed for this image assuming that it does +// have transparent pixels, i.e. either Transparency_Alpha or Transparency_Mask +static Transparency +CheckTransparency(unsigned char **lines, + png_uint_32 x, png_uint_32 y, png_uint_32 w, png_uint_32 h, + size_t numColBytes); + +// init the alpha channel for the image and fill it with 1s up to (x, y) +static unsigned char *InitAlpha(wxImage *image, png_uint_32 x, png_uint_32 y); + +// find a free colour for the mask in the PNG data array +static void +FindMaskColour(unsigned char **lines, png_uint_32 width, png_uint_32 height, + unsigned char& rMask, unsigned char& gMask, unsigned char& bMask); + +// is the pixel with this value of alpha a fully opaque one? +static inline +bool IsOpaque(unsigned char a) +{ + return a == 0xff; +} + +// is the pixel with this value of alpha a fully transparent one? +static inline +bool IsTransparent(unsigned char a) +{ + return !a; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxPNGHandler implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPNGHandler,wxImageHandler) + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#ifndef PNGLINKAGEMODE + #ifdef PNGAPI + #define PNGLINKAGEMODE PNGAPI + #elif defined(__WATCOMC__) + // we need an explicit cdecl for Watcom, at least according to + // + // http://sf.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=651492&group_id=9863&atid=109863 + // + // more testing is needed for this however, please remove this comment + // if you can confirm that my fix works with Watcom 11 + #define PNGLINKAGEMODE cdecl + #else + #define PNGLINKAGEMODE LINKAGEMODE + #endif +#endif + + +// VS: wxPNGInfoStruct declared below is a hack that needs some explanation. +// First, let me describe what's the problem: libpng uses jmp_buf in +// its png_struct structure. Unfortunately, this structure is +// compiler-specific and may vary in size, so if you use libpng compiled +// as DLL with another compiler than the main executable, it may not work +// (this is for example the case with wxMGL port and SciTech MGL library +// that provides custom runtime-loadable libpng implementation with jmpbuf +// disabled altogether). Luckily, it is still possible to use setjmp() & +// longjmp() as long as the structure is not part of png_struct. +// +// Sadly, there's no clean way to attach user-defined data to png_struct. +// There is only one customizable place, png_struct.io_ptr, which is meant +// only for I/O routines and is set with png_set_read_fn or +// png_set_write_fn. The hacky part is that we use io_ptr to store +// a pointer to wxPNGInfoStruct that holds I/O structures _and_ jmp_buf. + +struct wxPNGInfoStruct +{ + jmp_buf jmpbuf; + bool verbose; + + union + { + wxInputStream *in; + wxOutputStream *out; + } stream; +}; + +#define WX_PNG_INFO(png_ptr) ((wxPNGInfoStruct*)png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr)) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" +{ + +static void PNGLINKAGEMODE wx_PNG_stream_reader( png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep data, + png_size_t length ) +{ + WX_PNG_INFO(png_ptr)->stream.in->Read(data, length); +} + +static void PNGLINKAGEMODE wx_PNG_stream_writer( png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep data, + png_size_t length ) +{ + WX_PNG_INFO(png_ptr)->stream.out->Write(data, length); +} + +static void +PNGLINKAGEMODE wx_png_warning(png_structp png_ptr, png_const_charp message) +{ + wxPNGInfoStruct *info = png_ptr ? WX_PNG_INFO(png_ptr) : NULL; + if ( !info || info->verbose ) + { + wxLogWarning( wxString::FromAscii(message) ); + } +} + +// from pngerror.c +// so that the libpng doesn't send anything on stderr +static void +PNGLINKAGEMODE wx_png_error(png_structp png_ptr, png_const_charp message) +{ + wx_png_warning(NULL, message); + + // we're not using libpng built-in jump buffer (see comment before + // wxPNGInfoStruct above) so we have to return ourselves, otherwise libpng + // would just abort + longjmp(WX_PNG_INFO(png_ptr)->jmpbuf, 1); +} + +} // extern "C" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// LoadFile() helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// determine the kind of transparency we need for this image: if the only alpha +// values it has are 0 (transparent) and 0xff (opaque) then we can simply +// create a mask for it, we should be ok with a simple mask but otherwise we +// need a full blown alpha channel in wxImage +// +// parameters: +// lines raw PNG data +// x, y starting position +// w, h size of the image +// numColBytes number of colour bytes (1 for grey scale, 3 for RGB) +// (NB: alpha always follows the colour bytes) +Transparency +CheckTransparency(unsigned char **lines, + png_uint_32 x, png_uint_32 y, png_uint_32 w, png_uint_32 h, + size_t numColBytes) +{ + // suppose that a mask will suffice and check all the remaining alpha + // values to see if it does + for ( ; y < h; y++ ) + { + // each pixel is numColBytes+1 bytes, offset into the current line by + // the current x position + unsigned const char *ptr = lines[y] + (x * (numColBytes + 1)); + + for ( png_uint_32 x2 = x; x2 < w; x2++ ) + { + // skip the grey or colour byte(s) + ptr += numColBytes; + + unsigned char a2 = *ptr++; + + if ( !IsTransparent(a2) && !IsOpaque(a2) ) + { + // not fully opaque nor fully transparent, hence need alpha + return Transparency_Alpha; + } + } + + // during the next loop iteration check all the pixels in the row + x = 0; + } + + // mask will be enough + return Transparency_Mask; +} + +unsigned char *InitAlpha(wxImage *image, png_uint_32 x, png_uint_32 y) +{ + // create alpha channel + image->SetAlpha(); + + unsigned char *alpha = image->GetAlpha(); + + // set alpha for the pixels we had so far + png_uint_32 end = y * image->GetWidth() + x; + for ( png_uint_32 i = 0; i < end; i++ ) + { + // all the previous pixels were opaque + *alpha++ = 0xff; + } + + return alpha; +} + +void +FindMaskColour(unsigned char **lines, png_uint_32 width, png_uint_32 height, + unsigned char& rMask, unsigned char& gMask, unsigned char& bMask) +{ + // choosing the colour for the mask is more + // difficult: we need to iterate over the entire + // image for this in order to choose an unused + // colour (this is not very efficient but what else + // can we do?) + wxImageHistogram h; + unsigned nentries = 0; + unsigned char r2, g2, b2; + for ( png_uint_32 y2 = 0; y2 < height; y2++ ) + { + const unsigned char *p = lines[y2]; + for ( png_uint_32 x2 = 0; x2 < width; x2++ ) + { + r2 = *p++; + g2 = *p++; + b2 = *p++; + ++p; // jump over alpha + + wxImageHistogramEntry& + entry = h[wxImageHistogram:: MakeKey(r2, g2, b2)]; + + if ( entry.value++ == 0 ) + entry.index = nentries++; + } + } + + if ( !h.FindFirstUnusedColour(&rMask, &gMask, &bMask) ) + { + wxLogWarning(_("Too many colours in PNG, the image may be slightly blurred.")); + + // use a fixed mask colour and we'll fudge + // the real pixels with this colour (see + // below) + rMask = 0xfe; + gMask = 0; + bMask = 0xff; + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// reading PNGs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxPNGHandler::DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) +{ + unsigned char hdr[4]; + + if ( !stream.Read(hdr, WXSIZEOF(hdr)) ) // it's ok to modify the stream position here + return false; + + return memcmp(hdr, "\211PNG", WXSIZEOF(hdr)) == 0; +} + +// convert data from RGB to wxImage format +static +void CopyDataFromPNG(wxImage *image, + unsigned char **lines, + png_uint_32 width, + png_uint_32 height, + int color_type) +{ + Transparency transparency = Transparency_None; + + // only non NULL if transparency == Transparency_Alpha + unsigned char *alpha = NULL; + + // RGB of the mask colour if transparency == Transparency_Mask + // (but init them anyhow to avoid compiler warnings) + unsigned char rMask = 0, + gMask = 0, + bMask = 0; + + unsigned char *ptrDst = image->GetData(); + if ( !(color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) ) + { + // grey image: GAGAGA... where G == grey component and A == alpha + for ( png_uint_32 y = 0; y < height; y++ ) + { + const unsigned char *ptrSrc = lines[y]; + for ( png_uint_32 x = 0; x < width; x++ ) + { + unsigned char g = *ptrSrc++; + unsigned char a = *ptrSrc++; + + // the first time we encounter a transparent pixel we must + // decide about what to do about them + if ( !IsOpaque(a) && transparency == Transparency_None ) + { + // we'll need at least the mask for this image and + // maybe even full alpha channel info: the former is + // only enough if we have alpha values of 0 and 0xff + // only, otherwisewe need the latter + transparency = CheckTransparency + ( + lines, + x, y, + width, height, + 1 + ); + + if ( transparency == Transparency_Mask ) + { + // let's choose this colour for the mask: this is + // not a problem here as all the other pixels are + // grey, i.e. R == G == B which is not the case for + // this one so no confusion is possible + rMask = 0xff; + gMask = 0; + bMask = 0xff; + } + else // transparency == Transparency_Alpha + { + alpha = InitAlpha(image, x, y); + } + } + + switch ( transparency ) + { + case Transparency_Mask: + if ( IsTransparent(a) ) + { + *ptrDst++ = rMask; + *ptrDst++ = gMask; + *ptrDst++ = bMask; + break; + } + // else: !transparent + + // must be opaque then as otherwise we shouldn't be + // using the mask at all + wxASSERT_MSG( IsOpaque(a), wxT("logic error") ); + + // fall through + + case Transparency_Alpha: + if ( alpha ) + *alpha++ = a; + // fall through + + case Transparency_None: + *ptrDst++ = g; + *ptrDst++ = g; + *ptrDst++ = g; + break; + } + } + } + } + else // colour image: RGBRGB... + { + for ( png_uint_32 y = 0; y < height; y++ ) + { + const unsigned char *ptrSrc = lines[y]; + for ( png_uint_32 x = 0; x < width; x++ ) + { + unsigned char r = *ptrSrc++; + unsigned char g = *ptrSrc++; + unsigned char b = *ptrSrc++; + unsigned char a = *ptrSrc++; + + // the logic here is the same as for the grey case except + // where noted + if ( !IsOpaque(a) && transparency == Transparency_None ) + { + transparency = CheckTransparency + ( + lines, + x, y, + width, height, + 3 + ); + + if ( transparency == Transparency_Mask ) + { + FindMaskColour(lines, width, height, + rMask, gMask, bMask); + } + else // transparency == Transparency_Alpha + { + alpha = InitAlpha(image, x, y); + } + + } + + switch ( transparency ) + { + case Transparency_Mask: + if ( IsTransparent(a) ) + { + *ptrDst++ = rMask; + *ptrDst++ = gMask; + *ptrDst++ = bMask; + break; + } + else // !transparent + { + // must be opaque then as otherwise we shouldn't be + // using the mask at all + wxASSERT_MSG( IsOpaque(a), wxT("logic error") ); + + // if we couldn't find a unique colour for the + // mask, we can have real pixels with the same + // value as the mask and it's better to slightly + // change their colour than to make them + // transparent + if ( r == rMask && g == gMask && b == bMask ) + { + r++; + } + } + + // fall through + + case Transparency_Alpha: + if ( alpha ) + *alpha++ = a; + // fall through + + case Transparency_None: + *ptrDst++ = r; + *ptrDst++ = g; + *ptrDst++ = b; + break; + } + } + } + } + + if ( transparency == Transparency_Mask ) + { + image->SetMaskColour(rMask, gMask, bMask); + } +} + +// temporarily disable the warning C4611 (interaction between '_setjmp' and +// C++ object destruction is non-portable) - I don't see any dtors here +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #pragma warning(disable:4611) +#endif /* VC++ */ + +bool +wxPNGHandler::LoadFile(wxImage *image, + wxInputStream& stream, + bool verbose, + int WXUNUSED(index)) +{ + // VZ: as this function uses setjmp() the only fool-proof error handling + // method is to use goto (setjmp is not really C++ dtors friendly...) + + unsigned char **lines = NULL; + png_infop info_ptr = (png_infop) NULL; + wxPNGInfoStruct wxinfo; + + png_uint_32 i, width, height = 0; + int bit_depth, color_type, interlace_type; + + wxinfo.verbose = verbose; + wxinfo.stream.in = &stream; + + image->Destroy(); + + png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct + ( + PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, + NULL, + wx_png_error, + wx_png_warning + ); + if (!png_ptr) + goto error; + + // NB: please see the comment near wxPNGInfoStruct declaration for + // explanation why this line is mandatory + png_set_read_fn( png_ptr, &wxinfo, wx_PNG_stream_reader); + + info_ptr = png_create_info_struct( png_ptr ); + if (!info_ptr) + goto error; + + if (setjmp(wxinfo.jmpbuf)) + goto error; + + png_read_info( png_ptr, info_ptr ); + png_get_IHDR( png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height, &bit_depth, &color_type, &interlace_type, NULL, NULL ); + + if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) + png_set_expand( png_ptr ); + + // Fix for Bug [ 439207 ] Monochrome PNG images come up black + if (bit_depth < 8) + png_set_expand( png_ptr ); + + png_set_strip_16( png_ptr ); + png_set_packing( png_ptr ); + if (png_get_valid( png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS)) + png_set_expand( png_ptr ); + png_set_filler( png_ptr, 0xff, PNG_FILLER_AFTER ); + + image->Create((int)width, (int)height, (bool) false /* no need to init pixels */); + + if (!image->Ok()) + goto error; + + // initialize all line pointers to NULL to ensure that they can be safely + // free()d if an error occurs before all of them could be allocated + lines = (unsigned char **)calloc(height, sizeof(unsigned char *)); + if ( !lines ) + goto error; + + for (i = 0; i < height; i++) + { + if ((lines[i] = (unsigned char *)malloc( (size_t)(width * (sizeof(unsigned char) * 4)))) == NULL) + goto error; + } + + png_read_image( png_ptr, lines ); + png_read_end( png_ptr, info_ptr ); + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) + { + png_colorp palette = NULL; + int numPalette = 0; + + (void) png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette, &numPalette); + + unsigned char* r = new unsigned char[numPalette]; + unsigned char* g = new unsigned char[numPalette]; + unsigned char* b = new unsigned char[numPalette]; + + for (int j = 0; j < numPalette; j++) + { + r[j] = palette[j].red; + g[j] = palette[j].green; + b[j] = palette[j].blue; + } + + image->SetPalette(wxPalette(numPalette, r, g, b)); + delete[] r; + delete[] g; + delete[] b; + } +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + + // set the image resolution if it's available + png_uint_32 resX, resY; + int unitType; + if (png_get_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &resX, &resY, &unitType) + == PNG_INFO_pHYs) + { + wxImageResolution res = wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM; + + switch (unitType) + { + default: + wxLogWarning(_("Unknown PNG resolution unit %d"), unitType); + // fall through + + case PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN: + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX, resX); + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY, resY); + + res = wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE; + break; + + case PNG_RESOLUTION_METER: + /* + Convert meters to centimeters. + Use a string to not lose precision (converting to cm and then + to inch would result in integer rounding error). + If an app wants an int, GetOptionInt will convert and round + down for them. + */ + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX, + wxString::FromCDouble((double) resX / 100.0, 2)); + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY, + wxString::FromCDouble((double) resY / 100.0, 2)); + break; + } + + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT, res); + } + + + png_destroy_read_struct( &png_ptr, &info_ptr, (png_infopp) NULL ); + + // loaded successfully, now init wxImage with this data + CopyDataFromPNG(image, lines, width, height, color_type); + + for ( i = 0; i < height; i++ ) + free( lines[i] ); + free( lines ); + + return true; + +error: + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("Couldn't load a PNG image - file is corrupted or not enough memory.")); + } + + if ( image->Ok() ) + { + image->Destroy(); + } + + if ( lines ) + { + for ( unsigned int n = 0; n < height; n++ ) + free( lines[n] ); + + free( lines ); + } + + if ( png_ptr ) + { + if ( info_ptr ) + { + png_destroy_read_struct( &png_ptr, &info_ptr, (png_infopp) NULL ); + free(info_ptr); + } + else + png_destroy_read_struct( &png_ptr, (png_infopp) NULL, (png_infopp) NULL ); + } + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// SaveFile() palette helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef wxLongToLongHashMap PaletteMap; + +static unsigned long PaletteMakeKey(const png_color_8& clr) +{ + return (wxImageHistogram::MakeKey(clr.red, clr.green, clr.blue) << 8) | clr.alpha; +} + +static long PaletteFind(const PaletteMap& palette, const png_color_8& clr) +{ + unsigned long value = PaletteMakeKey(clr); + PaletteMap::const_iterator it = palette.find(value); + + return (it != palette.end()) ? it->second : wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +static long PaletteAdd(PaletteMap *palette, const png_color_8& clr) +{ + unsigned long value = PaletteMakeKey(clr); + PaletteMap::const_iterator it = palette->find(value); + size_t index; + + if (it == palette->end()) + { + index = palette->size(); + (*palette)[value] = index; + } + else + { + index = it->second; + } + + return index; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// writing PNGs +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxPNGHandler::SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose ) +{ + wxPNGInfoStruct wxinfo; + + wxinfo.verbose = verbose; + wxinfo.stream.out = &stream; + + png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct + ( + PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, + NULL, + wx_png_error, + wx_png_warning + ); + if (!png_ptr) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("Couldn't save PNG image.")); + } + return false; + } + + png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); + if (info_ptr == NULL) + { + png_destroy_write_struct( &png_ptr, (png_infopp)NULL ); + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("Couldn't save PNG image.")); + } + return false; + } + + if (setjmp(wxinfo.jmpbuf)) + { + png_destroy_write_struct( &png_ptr, (png_infopp)NULL ); + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("Couldn't save PNG image.")); + } + return false; + } + + // NB: please see the comment near wxPNGInfoStruct declaration for + // explanation why this line is mandatory + png_set_write_fn( png_ptr, &wxinfo, wx_PNG_stream_writer, NULL); + + const int iHeight = image->GetHeight(); + const int iWidth = image->GetWidth(); + + const bool bHasPngFormatOption + = image->HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT); + + int iColorType = bHasPngFormatOption + ? image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT) + : wxPNG_TYPE_COLOUR; + + bool bHasAlpha = image->HasAlpha(); + bool bHasMask = image->HasMask(); + + bool bUsePalette = iColorType == wxPNG_TYPE_PALETTE +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + || (!bHasPngFormatOption && image->HasPalette() ) +#endif + ; + + png_color_8 mask; + + if (bHasMask) + { + mask.red = image->GetMaskRed(); + mask.green = image->GetMaskGreen(); + mask.blue = image->GetMaskBlue(); + mask.alpha = 0; + mask.gray = 0; + } + + PaletteMap palette; + + if (bUsePalette) + { + png_color png_rgb [PNG_MAX_PALETTE_LENGTH]; + png_byte png_trans[PNG_MAX_PALETTE_LENGTH]; + + const unsigned char *pColors = image->GetData(); + const unsigned char* pAlpha = image->GetAlpha(); + + if (bHasMask && !pAlpha) + { + // Mask must be first + PaletteAdd(&palette, mask); + } + + for (int y = 0; y < iHeight; y++) + { + for (int x = 0; x < iWidth; x++) + { + png_color_8 rgba; + + rgba.red = *pColors++; + rgba.green = *pColors++; + rgba.blue = *pColors++; + rgba.gray = 0; + rgba.alpha = (pAlpha && !bHasMask) ? *pAlpha++ : 0; + + // save in our palette + long index = PaletteAdd(&palette, rgba); + + if (index < PNG_MAX_PALETTE_LENGTH) + { + // save in libpng's palette + png_rgb[index].red = rgba.red; + png_rgb[index].green = rgba.green; + png_rgb[index].blue = rgba.blue; + png_trans[index] = rgba.alpha; + } + else + { + bUsePalette = false; + break; + } + } + } + + if (bUsePalette) + { + png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_rgb, palette.size()); + + if (bHasMask && !pAlpha) + { + wxASSERT(PaletteFind(palette, mask) == 0); + png_trans[0] = 0; + png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_trans, 1, NULL); + } + else if (pAlpha && !bHasMask) + { + png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_trans, palette.size(), NULL); + } + } + } + + /* + If saving palettised was requested but it was decided we can't use a + palette then reset the colour type to RGB. + */ + if (!bUsePalette && iColorType == wxPNG_TYPE_PALETTE) + { + iColorType = wxPNG_TYPE_COLOUR; + } + + bool bUseAlpha = !bUsePalette && (bHasAlpha || bHasMask); + + int iPngColorType; + + if (bUsePalette) + { + iPngColorType = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE; + iColorType = wxPNG_TYPE_PALETTE; + } + else if ( iColorType==wxPNG_TYPE_COLOUR ) + { + iPngColorType = bUseAlpha ? PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA + : PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB; + } + else + { + iPngColorType = bUseAlpha ? PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA + : PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY; + } + + if (image->HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FILTER)) + png_set_filter( png_ptr, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE, image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FILTER) ); + + if (image->HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_LEVEL)) + png_set_compression_level( png_ptr, image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_LEVEL) ); + + if (image->HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_MEM_LEVEL)) + png_set_compression_mem_level( png_ptr, image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_MEM_LEVEL) ); + + if (image->HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_STRATEGY)) + png_set_compression_strategy( png_ptr, image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_STRATEGY) ); + + if (image->HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_BUFFER_SIZE)) + png_set_compression_buffer_size( png_ptr, image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_BUFFER_SIZE) ); + + int iBitDepth = !bUsePalette && image->HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH) + ? image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH) + : 8; + + png_set_IHDR( png_ptr, info_ptr, image->GetWidth(), image->GetHeight(), + iBitDepth, iPngColorType, + PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE, + PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE); + + int iElements; + png_color_8 sig_bit; + + if ( iPngColorType & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR ) + { + sig_bit.red = + sig_bit.green = + sig_bit.blue = (png_byte)iBitDepth; + iElements = 3; + } + else // grey + { + sig_bit.gray = (png_byte)iBitDepth; + iElements = 1; + } + + if ( bUseAlpha ) + { + sig_bit.alpha = (png_byte)iBitDepth; + iElements++; + } + + if ( iBitDepth == 16 ) + iElements *= 2; + + // save the image resolution if we have it + int resX, resY; + switch ( GetResolutionFromOptions(*image, &resX, &resY) ) + { + case wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES: + { + const double INCHES_IN_METER = 10000.0 / 254; + resX = int(resX * INCHES_IN_METER); + resY = int(resY * INCHES_IN_METER); + } + break; + + case wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM: + resX *= 100; + resY *= 100; + break; + + case wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE: + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unsupported image resolution units") ); + } + + if ( resX && resY ) + png_set_pHYs( png_ptr, info_ptr, resX, resY, PNG_RESOLUTION_METER ); + + png_set_sBIT( png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit ); + png_write_info( png_ptr, info_ptr ); + png_set_shift( png_ptr, &sig_bit ); + png_set_packing( png_ptr ); + + unsigned char * + data = (unsigned char *)malloc( image->GetWidth() * iElements ); + if ( !data ) + { + png_destroy_write_struct( &png_ptr, (png_infopp)NULL ); + return false; + } + + const unsigned char * + pAlpha = (const unsigned char *)(bHasAlpha ? image->GetAlpha() : NULL); + + const unsigned char *pColors = image->GetData(); + + for (int y = 0; y != iHeight; ++y) + { + unsigned char *pData = data; + for (int x = 0; x != iWidth; x++) + { + png_color_8 clr; + clr.red = *pColors++; + clr.green = *pColors++; + clr.blue = *pColors++; + clr.gray = 0; + clr.alpha = (bUsePalette && pAlpha) ? *pAlpha++ : 0; // use with wxPNG_TYPE_PALETTE only + + switch ( iColorType ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown wxPNG_TYPE_XXX") ); + // fall through + + case wxPNG_TYPE_COLOUR: + *pData++ = clr.red; + if ( iBitDepth == 16 ) + *pData++ = 0; + *pData++ = clr.green; + if ( iBitDepth == 16 ) + *pData++ = 0; + *pData++ = clr.blue; + if ( iBitDepth == 16 ) + *pData++ = 0; + break; + + case wxPNG_TYPE_GREY: + { + // where do these coefficients come from? maybe we + // should have image options for them as well? + unsigned uiColor = + (unsigned) (76.544*(unsigned)clr.red + + 150.272*(unsigned)clr.green + + 36.864*(unsigned)clr.blue); + + *pData++ = (unsigned char)((uiColor >> 8) & 0xFF); + if ( iBitDepth == 16 ) + *pData++ = (unsigned char)(uiColor & 0xFF); + } + break; + + case wxPNG_TYPE_GREY_RED: + *pData++ = clr.red; + if ( iBitDepth == 16 ) + *pData++ = 0; + break; + + case wxPNG_TYPE_PALETTE: + *pData++ = (unsigned char) PaletteFind(palette, clr); + break; + } + + if ( bUseAlpha ) + { + unsigned char uchAlpha = 255; + if ( bHasAlpha ) + uchAlpha = *pAlpha++; + + if ( bHasMask ) + { + if ( (clr.red == mask.red) + && (clr.green == mask.green) + && (clr.blue == mask.blue) ) + uchAlpha = 0; + } + + *pData++ = uchAlpha; + if ( iBitDepth == 16 ) + *pData++ = 0; + } + } + + png_bytep row_ptr = data; + png_write_rows( png_ptr, &row_ptr, 1 ); + } + + free(data); + png_write_end( png_ptr, info_ptr ); + png_destroy_write_struct( &png_ptr, (png_infopp)&info_ptr ); + + return true; +} + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #pragma warning(default:4611) +#endif /* VC++ */ + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +/*static*/ wxVersionInfo wxPNGHandler::GetLibraryVersionInfo() +{ + // The version string seems to always have a leading space and a trailing + // new line, get rid of them both. + wxString str = png_get_header_version(NULL) + 1; + str.Replace("\n", ""); + + return wxVersionInfo("libpng", + PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MAJOR, + PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MINOR, + PNG_LIBPNG_VER_RELEASE, + str); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LIBPNG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpnm.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpnm.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c102017af0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagpnm.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/imagpnm.cpp +// Purpose: wxImage PNM handler +// Author: Sylvain Bougnoux +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagpnm.cpp 61363 2009-07-09 20:26:34Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Sylvain Bougnoux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_PNM + +#include "wx/imagpnm.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/txtstrm.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBMPHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPNMHandler,wxImageHandler) + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +void Skip_Comment(wxInputStream &stream) +{ + wxTextInputStream text_stream(stream); + + if (stream.Peek()==wxT('#')) + { + text_stream.ReadLine(); + Skip_Comment(stream); + } +} + +bool wxPNMHandler::LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose, int WXUNUSED(index) ) +{ + wxUint32 width, height; + wxUint16 maxval; + char c(0); + + image->Destroy(); + + /* + * Read the PNM header + */ + + wxBufferedInputStream buf_stream(stream); + wxTextInputStream text_stream(buf_stream); + + Skip_Comment(buf_stream); + if (buf_stream.GetC()==wxT('P')) c=buf_stream.GetC(); + + switch (c) + { + case wxT('2'): // ASCII Grey + case wxT('3'): // ASCII RGB + case wxT('5'): // RAW Grey + case wxT('6'): break; + default: + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError(_("PNM: File format is not recognized.")); + } + return false; + } + + text_stream.ReadLine(); // for the \n + Skip_Comment(buf_stream); + text_stream >> width >> height ; + Skip_Comment(buf_stream); + text_stream >> maxval; + + //cout << line << " " << width << " " << height << " " << maxval << endl; + image->Create( width, height ); + unsigned char *ptr = image->GetData(); + if (!ptr) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("PNM: Couldn't allocate memory.") ); + } + return false; + } + + + if (c=='2') // Ascii GREY + { + wxUint32 value, size=width*height; + for (wxUint32 i=0; iSetMask( false ); + + const wxStreamError err = buf_stream.GetLastError(); + return err == wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR || err == wxSTREAM_EOF; +} + +bool wxPNMHandler::SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool WXUNUSED(verbose) ) +{ + wxTextOutputStream text_stream(stream); + + //text_stream << "P6" << endl + //<< image->GetWidth() << " " << image->GetHeight() << endl + //<< "255" << endl; + text_stream << wxT("P6\n") << image->GetWidth() << wxT(" ") << image->GetHeight() << wxT("\n255\n"); + stream.Write(image->GetData(),3*image->GetWidth()*image->GetHeight()); + + return stream.IsOk(); +} + +bool wxPNMHandler::DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) +{ + Skip_Comment(stream); + + // it's ok to modify the stream position here + if ( stream.GetC() == 'P' ) + { + switch ( stream.GetC() ) + { + case '2': // ASCII Grey + case '3': // ASCII RGB + case '5': // RAW Grey + case '6': // RAW RGB + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_PNM diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagtga.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagtga.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..909eb5a4c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagtga.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,874 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/imagtga.cpp +// Purpose: wxImage TGA handler +// Author: Seth Jackson +// CVS-ID: $Id: imagtga.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Seth Jackson +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_TGA + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/palette.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/imagtga.h" +#include "wx/log.h" +#include "wx/scopeguard.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// TGA error codes. +enum +{ + wxTGA_OK, + wxTGA_INVFORMAT, + wxTGA_MEMERR, + wxTGA_IOERR +}; + +// TGA header bytes. +enum +{ + HDR_OFFSET = 0, + HDR_COLORTYPE = 1, + HDR_IMAGETYPE = 2, + HDR_PALETTESTART = 3, + HDR_PALETTELENGTH = 5, + HDR_PALETTEBITS = 7, + HDR_XORIGIN = 8, + HDR_YORIGIN = 10, + HDR_WIDTH = 12, + HDR_HEIGHT = 14, + HDR_BPP = 16, + HDR_ORIENTATION = 17, + HDR_SIZE +}; + +// TGA color types. +enum +{ + wxTGA_UNMAPPED = 0, + wxTGA_MAPPED = 1 +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTGAHandler, wxImageHandler) + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// worker functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static +void FlipTGA(unsigned char* imageData, int width, int height, short pixelSize) +{ + int lineLength = width * pixelSize; + unsigned char *line1 = imageData; + unsigned char *line2 = &imageData[lineLength * (height - 1)]; + + unsigned char temp; + for ( ; line1 < line2; line2 -= (lineLength * 2)) + { + for (int index = 0; index < lineLength; line1++, line2++, index++) + { + temp = *line1; + *line1 = *line2; + *line2 = temp; + } + } +} + +// return wxTGA_OK or wxTGA_IOERR +static +int DecodeRLE(unsigned char* imageData, unsigned long imageSize, + short pixelSize, wxInputStream& stream) +{ + unsigned long index = 0; + unsigned char current; + unsigned int length; + unsigned char buf[4]; + + while (index < imageSize) + { + int ch = stream.GetC(); + if ( ch == wxEOF ) + return wxTGA_IOERR; + + current = ch; + + // RLE packet. + if ( current & 0x80 ) + { + // Get the run length of the packet. + current &= 0x7f; + + current++; + + length = current; + + index += current * pixelSize; + + if (index >= imageSize) + { + return wxTGA_IOERR; + } + + // Repeat the pixel length times. + if ( !stream.Read(buf, pixelSize) ) + return wxTGA_IOERR; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < length; i++) + { + memcpy(imageData, buf, pixelSize); + + imageData += pixelSize; + } + } + else // Raw packet. + { + // Get the run length of the packet. + current++; + + length = current * pixelSize; + + index += length; + + if (index >= imageSize) + { + return wxTGA_IOERR; + } + + // Write the next length pixels directly to the image data. + if ( !stream.Read(imageData, length) ) + return wxTGA_IOERR; + + imageData += length; + } + } + + return wxTGA_OK; +} + +/* +Mimic the behaviour of wxPalette.GetRGB and the way the TGA image handler +used it. That is: don't check the return value of GetRGB and continue decoding +using previous RGB values. + +It might be better to check for palette index bounds and stop decoding if +it's out of range (and add something like wxTGA_DATAERR to indicate unexpected +pixel data). +*/ +static +void Palette_GetRGB(const unsigned char *palette, unsigned int paletteCount, + unsigned int index, + unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue) +{ + if (index >= paletteCount) + { + return; + } + + *red = palette[index]; + *green = palette[(paletteCount * 1) + index]; + *blue = palette[(paletteCount * 2) + index]; +} + +static +void Palette_SetRGB(unsigned char *palette, unsigned int paletteCount, + unsigned int index, + unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue) +{ + palette[index] = red; + palette[(paletteCount * 1) + index] = green; + palette[(paletteCount * 2) + index] = blue; +} + +static +int ReadTGA(wxImage* image, wxInputStream& stream) +{ + // Read in the TGA header + unsigned char hdr[HDR_SIZE]; + stream.Read(hdr, HDR_SIZE); + + short offset = hdr[HDR_OFFSET] + HDR_SIZE; + short colorType = hdr[HDR_COLORTYPE]; + short imageType = hdr[HDR_IMAGETYPE]; + unsigned int paletteLength = hdr[HDR_PALETTELENGTH] + + 256 * hdr[HDR_PALETTELENGTH + 1]; + int width = (hdr[HDR_WIDTH] + 256 * hdr[HDR_WIDTH + 1]) - + (hdr[HDR_XORIGIN] + 256 * hdr[HDR_XORIGIN + 1]); + int height = (hdr[HDR_HEIGHT] + 256 * hdr[HDR_HEIGHT + 1]) - + (hdr[HDR_YORIGIN] + 256 * hdr[HDR_YORIGIN + 1]); + short bpp = hdr[HDR_BPP]; + short orientation = hdr[HDR_ORIENTATION] & 0x20; + + image->Create(width, height); + + if (!image->Ok()) + { + return wxTGA_MEMERR; + } + + const short pixelSize = bpp / 8; + + const unsigned long imageSize = width * height * pixelSize; + + unsigned char *imageData = (unsigned char* )malloc(imageSize); + + if (!imageData) + { + return wxTGA_MEMERR; + } + + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1(free, imageData); + + unsigned char *dst = image->GetData(); + + unsigned char* alpha = NULL; + if (bpp == 16 || bpp == 32) + { + image->SetAlpha(); + + alpha = image->GetAlpha(); + } + + // Seek from the offset we got from the TGA header. + if (stream.SeekI(offset, wxFromStart) == wxInvalidOffset) + return wxTGA_INVFORMAT; + + unsigned char *palette = NULL; + // Load a palette if we have one. + if (colorType == wxTGA_MAPPED) + { + unsigned char buf[3]; + + palette = (unsigned char *) malloc(paletteLength * 3); + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < paletteLength; i++) + { + stream.Read(buf, 3); + + Palette_SetRGB(palette, paletteLength, i, buf[2], buf[1], buf[0]); + } + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + // Set the palette of the image. + image->SetPalette(wxPalette((int) paletteLength, &palette[0], + &palette[paletteLength * 1], &palette[paletteLength * 2])); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + } + + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1(free, palette); + + // Handle the various TGA formats we support. + + switch (imageType) + { + // Raw indexed. + + case 1: + { + unsigned char r; + unsigned char g; + unsigned char b; + + // No compression read the data directly to imageData. + + stream.Read(imageData, imageSize); + + // If orientation == 0, then the image is stored upside down. + // We need to store it right side up. + + if (orientation == 0) + { + FlipTGA(imageData, width, height, pixelSize); + } + + // Handle the different pixel depths. + + switch (bpp) + { + // 8 bpp. + + case 8: + { + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + Palette_GetRGB(palette, paletteLength, + imageData[index], &r, &g, &b); + + *(dst++) = r; + *(dst++) = g; + *(dst++) = b; + } + } + break; + + // 16 bpp. + + case 16: + { + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + Palette_GetRGB(palette, paletteLength, + imageData[index], &r, &g, &b); + + *(dst++) = r; + *(dst++) = g; + *(dst++) = b; + *(alpha++) = (imageData[index + 1] & 0x80) ? 0 : 255; + } + } + break; + + default: + return wxTGA_INVFORMAT; + } + } + break; + + // Raw RGB. + + case 2: + { + // No compression read the data directly to imageData. + + stream.Read(imageData, imageSize); + + // If orientation == 0, then the image is stored upside down. + // We need to store it right side up. + + if (orientation == 0) + { + FlipTGA(imageData, width, height, pixelSize); + } + + // Handle the different pixel depths. + + switch (bpp) + { + //16 bpp. + + case 16: + { + unsigned char temp; + + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + temp = (imageData[index + 1] & 0x7c) << 1; + temp |= temp >> 5; + *(dst++) = temp; + + temp = ((imageData[index + 1] & 0x03) << 6) | ((imageData[index] & 0xe0) >> 2); + temp |= temp >> 5; + *(dst++) = temp; + + temp = (imageData[index] & 0x1f) << 3; + temp |= temp >> 5; + *(dst++) = temp; + + *(alpha++) = (imageData[index + 1] & 0x80) ? 0 : 255; + } + } + break; + + // 24 bpp. + + case 24: + { + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + *(dst++) = imageData[index + 2]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index + 1]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + } + } + break; + + // 32 bpp. + + case 32: + { + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + *(dst++) = imageData[index + 2]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index + 1]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + *(alpha++) = imageData[index + 3]; + } + } + break; + + default: + return wxTGA_INVFORMAT; + } + } + break; + + // Raw grayscale. + + case 3: + { + // No compression read the data directly to imageData. + + stream.Read(imageData, imageSize); + + // If orientation == 0, then the image is stored upside down. + // We need to store it right side up. + + if (orientation == 0) + { + FlipTGA(imageData, width, height, pixelSize); + } + + // Handle the different pixel depths. + + switch (bpp) + { + // 8 bpp. + + case 8: + { + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + } + } + break; + + // 16 bpp. + + case 16: + { + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + *(alpha++) = imageData[index + 1]; + } + } + break; + + default: + return wxTGA_INVFORMAT; + } + } + break; + + // RLE indexed. + + case 9: + { + unsigned char r; + unsigned char g; + unsigned char b; + + // Decode the RLE data. + + int rc = DecodeRLE(imageData, imageSize, pixelSize, stream); + if ( rc != wxTGA_OK ) + return rc; + + // If orientation == 0, then the image is stored upside down. + // We need to store it right side up. + + if (orientation == 0) + { + FlipTGA(imageData, width, height, pixelSize); + } + + // Handle the different pixel depths. + + switch (bpp) + { + // 8 bpp. + + case 8: + { + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + Palette_GetRGB(palette, paletteLength, + imageData[index], &r, &g, &b); + + *(dst++) = r; + *(dst++) = g; + *(dst++) = b; + } + } + break; + + // 16 bpp. + + case 16: + { + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + Palette_GetRGB(palette, paletteLength, + imageData[index], &r, &g, &b); + + *(dst++) = r; + *(dst++) = g; + *(dst++) = b; + *(alpha++) = (imageData[index + 1] & 0x80) ? 0 : 255; + } + } + break; + + default: + return wxTGA_INVFORMAT; + } + } + break; + + // RLE RGB. + + case 10: + { + // Decode the RLE data. + + int rc = DecodeRLE(imageData, imageSize, pixelSize, stream); + if ( rc != wxTGA_OK ) + return rc; + + // If orientation == 0, then the image is stored upside down. + // We need to store it right side up. + + if (orientation == 0) + { + FlipTGA(imageData, width, height, pixelSize); + } + + // Handle the different pixel depths. + + switch (bpp) + { + //16 bpp. + + case 16: + { + unsigned char temp; + + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + temp = (imageData[index + 1] & 0x7c) << 1; + temp |= temp >> 5; + *(dst++) = temp; + + temp = ((imageData[index + 1] & 0x03) << 6) | ((imageData[index] & 0xe0) >> 2); + temp |= temp >> 5; + *(dst++) = temp; + + temp = (imageData[index] & 0x1f) << 3; + temp |= temp >> 5; + *(dst++) = temp; + + *(alpha++) = (imageData[index + 1] & 0x80) ? 0 : 255; + } + } + break; + + // 24 bpp. + + case 24: + { + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + *(dst++) = imageData[index + 2]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index + 1]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + } + } + break; + + // 32 bpp. + + case 32: + { + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + *(dst++) = imageData[index + 2]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index + 1]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + *(alpha++) = imageData[index + 3]; + } + } + break; + + default: + return wxTGA_INVFORMAT; + } + } + break; + + // RLE grayscale. + + case 11: + { + // Decode the RLE data. + + int rc = DecodeRLE(imageData, imageSize, pixelSize, stream); + if ( rc != wxTGA_OK ) + return rc; + + // If orientation == 0, then the image is stored upside down. + // We need to store it right side up. + + if (orientation == 0) + { + FlipTGA(imageData, width, height, pixelSize); + } + + // Handle the different pixel depths. + + switch (bpp) + { + // 8 bpp. + + case 8: + { + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + } + } + break; + + // 16 bpp. + + case 16: + { + for (unsigned long index = 0; index < imageSize; index += pixelSize) + { + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + *(dst++) = imageData[index]; + *(alpha++) = imageData[index + 1]; + } + } + break; + + default: + return wxTGA_INVFORMAT; + } + } + break; + + default: + return wxTGA_INVFORMAT; + } + + return wxTGA_OK; +} + +static +int SaveTGA(const wxImage& image, wxOutputStream *stream) +{ + bool hasAlpha = image.HasAlpha(); + unsigned bytesPerPixel = 3 + (hasAlpha ? 1 : 0); + wxSize size = image.GetSize(); + size_t scanlineSize = size.x * bytesPerPixel; + unsigned char *scanlineData = (unsigned char *) malloc(scanlineSize); + if (!scanlineData) + { + return wxTGA_MEMERR; + } + + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1(free, scanlineData); + + // Compose and write the TGA header + unsigned char hdr[HDR_SIZE]; + (void) memset(&hdr, 0, HDR_SIZE); + + hdr[HDR_COLORTYPE] = wxTGA_UNMAPPED; + hdr[HDR_IMAGETYPE] = 2 /* Uncompressed truecolour */; + + hdr[HDR_WIDTH] = size.x & 0xFF; + hdr[HDR_WIDTH + 1] = (size.x >> 8) & 0xFF; + + hdr[HDR_HEIGHT] = size.y & 0xFF; + hdr[HDR_HEIGHT + 1] = (size.y >> 8) & 0xFF; + + hdr[HDR_BPP] = hasAlpha ? 32 : 24; + hdr[HDR_ORIENTATION] = 1 << 5; // set bit to indicate top-down order + if (hasAlpha) + { + hdr[HDR_ORIENTATION] |= 8; // number of alpha bits + } + + if ( !stream->Write(hdr, HDR_SIZE) ) + { + return wxTGA_IOERR; + } + + + // Write image data, converting RGB to BGR and adding alpha if applicable + + unsigned char *src = image.GetData(); + unsigned char *alpha = image.GetAlpha(); + for (int y = 0; y < size.y; ++y) + { + unsigned char *dst = scanlineData; + for (int x = 0; x < size.x; ++x) + { + dst[0] = src[2]; + dst[1] = src[1]; + dst[2] = src[0]; + if (alpha) + { + dst[3] = *(alpha++); + } + src += 3; + dst += bytesPerPixel; + } + if ( !stream->Write(scanlineData, scanlineSize) ) + { + return wxTGA_IOERR; + } + } + + return wxTGA_OK; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTGAHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxTGAHandler::LoadFile(wxImage* image, + wxInputStream& stream, + bool verbose, + int WXUNUSED(index)) +{ + if ( !CanRead(stream) ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError(wxT("TGA: this is not a TGA file.")); + } + + return false; + } + + image->Destroy(); + + int error = ReadTGA(image, stream); + if ( error != wxTGA_OK ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + switch ( error ) + { + case wxTGA_INVFORMAT: + wxLogError(wxT("TGA: image format unsupported.")); + break; + + case wxTGA_MEMERR: + wxLogError(wxT("TGA: couldn't allocate memory.")); + break; + + case wxTGA_IOERR: + wxLogError(wxT("TGA: couldn't read image data.")); + break; + + default: + wxLogError(wxT("TGA: unknown error!")); + } + } + + image->Destroy(); + + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxTGAHandler::SaveFile(wxImage* image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose) +{ + int error = SaveTGA(*image, &stream); + + if ( error != wxTGA_OK ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + switch ( error ) + { + case wxTGA_MEMERR: + wxLogError(wxT("TGA: couldn't allocate memory.")); + break; + + case wxTGA_IOERR: + wxLogError(wxT("TGA: couldn't write image data.")); + break; + + default: + wxLogError(wxT("TGA: unknown error!")); + } + } + + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxTGAHandler::DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + // read the fixed-size TGA headers + unsigned char hdr[HDR_SIZE]; + stream.Read(hdr, HDR_SIZE); // it's ok to modify the stream position here + + // Check wether we can read the file or not. + + short colorType = hdr[HDR_COLORTYPE]; + if ( colorType != wxTGA_UNMAPPED && colorType != wxTGA_MAPPED ) + { + return false; + } + + short imageType = hdr[HDR_IMAGETYPE]; + if ( imageType == 0 || imageType == 32 || imageType == 33 ) + { + return false; + } + + short bpp = hdr[HDR_BPP]; + if ( bpp != 8 && bpp != 16 && bpp != 24 && bpp != 32 ) + { + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_TGA diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagtiff.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagtiff.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..70122ad7db --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagtiff.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,664 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/imagtiff.cpp +// Purpose: wxImage TIFF handler +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagtiff.cpp 66717 2011-01-19 13:47:18Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_LIBTIFF + +#include "wx/imagtiff.h" +#include "wx/versioninfo.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/module.h" + #include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h" +#endif + +extern "C" +{ +#ifdef __DMC__ + #include "tif_config.h" +#endif + #include "tiff.h" + #include "tiffio.h" +} +#include "wx/filefn.h" +#include "wx/wfstream.h" + +#ifndef TIFFLINKAGEMODE + #if defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__WXMGL__) + #define TIFFLINKAGEMODE cdecl + #else + #define TIFFLINKAGEMODE LINKAGEMODE + #endif +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// TIFF library error/warning handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static wxString +FormatTiffMessage(const char *module, const char *fmt, va_list ap) +{ + char buf[512]; + if ( wxCRT_VsnprintfA(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf), fmt, ap) <= 0 ) + { + // this isn't supposed to happen, but if it does, it's better + // than nothing + strcpy(buf, "Incorrectly formatted TIFF message"); + } + buf[WXSIZEOF(buf)-1] = 0; // make sure it is always NULL-terminated + + wxString msg(buf); + if ( module ) + msg += wxString::Format(_(" (in module \"%s\")"), module); + + return msg; +} + +extern "C" +{ + +static void +TIFFwxWarningHandler(const char* module, const char *fmt, va_list ap) +{ + wxLogWarning("%s", FormatTiffMessage(module, fmt, ap)); +} + +static void +TIFFwxErrorHandler(const char* module, const char *fmt, va_list ap) +{ + wxLogError("%s", FormatTiffMessage(module, fmt, ap)); +} + +} // extern "C" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTIFFHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTIFFHandler,wxImageHandler) + +wxTIFFHandler::wxTIFFHandler() +{ + m_name = wxT("TIFF file"); + m_extension = wxT("tif"); + m_altExtensions.Add(wxT("tiff")); + m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF; + m_mime = wxT("image/tiff"); + TIFFSetWarningHandler((TIFFErrorHandler) TIFFwxWarningHandler); + TIFFSetErrorHandler((TIFFErrorHandler) TIFFwxErrorHandler); +} + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +// helper to translate our, possibly 64 bit, wxFileOffset to TIFF, always 32 +// bit, toff_t +static toff_t wxFileOffsetToTIFF(wxFileOffset ofs) +{ + if ( ofs == wxInvalidOffset ) + return (toff_t)-1; + + toff_t tofs = wx_truncate_cast(toff_t, ofs); + wxCHECK_MSG( (wxFileOffset)tofs == ofs, (toff_t)-1, + wxT("TIFF library doesn't support large files") ); + + return tofs; +} + +// another helper to convert standard seek mode to our +static wxSeekMode wxSeekModeFromTIFF(int whence) +{ + switch ( whence ) + { + case SEEK_SET: + return wxFromStart; + + case SEEK_CUR: + return wxFromCurrent; + + case SEEK_END: + return wxFromEnd; + + default: + return wxFromCurrent; + } +} + +extern "C" +{ + +tsize_t TIFFLINKAGEMODE +wxTIFFNullProc(thandle_t WXUNUSED(handle), + tdata_t WXUNUSED(buf), + tsize_t WXUNUSED(size)) +{ + return (tsize_t) -1; +} + +tsize_t TIFFLINKAGEMODE +wxTIFFReadProc(thandle_t handle, tdata_t buf, tsize_t size) +{ + wxInputStream *stream = (wxInputStream*) handle; + stream->Read( (void*) buf, (size_t) size ); + return wx_truncate_cast(tsize_t, stream->LastRead()); +} + +tsize_t TIFFLINKAGEMODE +wxTIFFWriteProc(thandle_t handle, tdata_t buf, tsize_t size) +{ + wxOutputStream *stream = (wxOutputStream*) handle; + stream->Write( (void*) buf, (size_t) size ); + return wx_truncate_cast(tsize_t, stream->LastWrite()); +} + +toff_t TIFFLINKAGEMODE +wxTIFFSeekIProc(thandle_t handle, toff_t off, int whence) +{ + wxInputStream *stream = (wxInputStream*) handle; + + return wxFileOffsetToTIFF(stream->SeekI((wxFileOffset)off, + wxSeekModeFromTIFF(whence))); +} + +toff_t TIFFLINKAGEMODE +wxTIFFSeekOProc(thandle_t handle, toff_t off, int whence) +{ + wxOutputStream *stream = (wxOutputStream*) handle; + + return wxFileOffsetToTIFF(stream->SeekO((wxFileOffset)off, + wxSeekModeFromTIFF(whence))); +} + +int TIFFLINKAGEMODE +wxTIFFCloseIProc(thandle_t WXUNUSED(handle)) +{ + // there is no need to close the input stream + return 0; +} + +int TIFFLINKAGEMODE +wxTIFFCloseOProc(thandle_t handle) +{ + wxOutputStream *stream = (wxOutputStream*) handle; + + return stream->Close() ? 0 : -1; +} + +toff_t TIFFLINKAGEMODE +wxTIFFSizeProc(thandle_t handle) +{ + wxStreamBase *stream = (wxStreamBase*) handle; + return (toff_t) stream->GetSize(); +} + +int TIFFLINKAGEMODE +wxTIFFMapProc(thandle_t WXUNUSED(handle), + tdata_t* WXUNUSED(pbase), + toff_t* WXUNUSED(psize)) +{ + return 0; +} + +void TIFFLINKAGEMODE +wxTIFFUnmapProc(thandle_t WXUNUSED(handle), + tdata_t WXUNUSED(base), + toff_t WXUNUSED(size)) +{ +} + +} // extern "C" + +TIFF* +TIFFwxOpen(wxInputStream &stream, const char* name, const char* mode) +{ + TIFF* tif = TIFFClientOpen(name, mode, + (thandle_t) &stream, + wxTIFFReadProc, wxTIFFNullProc, + wxTIFFSeekIProc, wxTIFFCloseIProc, wxTIFFSizeProc, + wxTIFFMapProc, wxTIFFUnmapProc); + + return tif; +} + +TIFF* +TIFFwxOpen(wxOutputStream &stream, const char* name, const char* mode) +{ + TIFF* tif = TIFFClientOpen(name, mode, + (thandle_t) &stream, + wxTIFFNullProc, wxTIFFWriteProc, + wxTIFFSeekOProc, wxTIFFCloseOProc, wxTIFFSizeProc, + wxTIFFMapProc, wxTIFFUnmapProc); + + return tif; +} + +bool wxTIFFHandler::LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose, int index ) +{ + if (index == -1) + index = 0; + + image->Destroy(); + + TIFF *tif = TIFFwxOpen( stream, "image", "r" ); + + if (!tif) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("TIFF: Error loading image.") ); + } + + return false; + } + + if (!TIFFSetDirectory( tif, (tdir_t)index )) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("Invalid TIFF image index.") ); + } + + TIFFClose( tif ); + + return false; + } + + uint32 w, h; + uint32 *raster; + + TIFFGetField( tif, TIFFTAG_IMAGEWIDTH, &w ); + TIFFGetField( tif, TIFFTAG_IMAGELENGTH, &h ); + + uint16 photometric; + uint16 samplesPerPixel; + uint16 extraSamples; + uint16* samplesInfo; + TIFFGetFieldDefaulted(tif, TIFFTAG_SAMPLESPERPIXEL, &samplesPerPixel); + TIFFGetFieldDefaulted(tif, TIFFTAG_EXTRASAMPLES, + &extraSamples, &samplesInfo); + if (!TIFFGetField(tif, TIFFTAG_PHOTOMETRIC, &photometric)) + { + photometric = PHOTOMETRIC_MINISWHITE; + } + const bool hasAlpha = (extraSamples >= 1 + && ((samplesInfo[0] == EXTRASAMPLE_UNSPECIFIED && samplesPerPixel > 3) + || samplesInfo[0] == EXTRASAMPLE_ASSOCALPHA + || samplesInfo[0] == EXTRASAMPLE_UNASSALPHA)) + || (extraSamples == 0 && samplesPerPixel == 4 + && photometric == PHOTOMETRIC_RGB); + + // guard against integer overflow during multiplication which could result + // in allocating a too small buffer and then overflowing it + const double bytesNeeded = (double)w * (double)h * sizeof(uint32); + if ( bytesNeeded >= wxUINT32_MAX ) + { + if ( verbose ) + { + wxLogError( _("TIFF: Image size is abnormally big.") ); + } + + TIFFClose(tif); + + return false; + } + + raster = (uint32*) _TIFFmalloc( (uint32)bytesNeeded ); + + if (!raster) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("TIFF: Couldn't allocate memory.") ); + } + + TIFFClose( tif ); + + return false; + } + + image->Create( (int)w, (int)h ); + if (!image->Ok()) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("TIFF: Couldn't allocate memory.") ); + } + + _TIFFfree( raster ); + TIFFClose( tif ); + + return false; + } + + if ( hasAlpha ) + image->SetAlpha(); + + if (!TIFFReadRGBAImage( tif, w, h, raster, 0 )) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("TIFF: Error reading image.") ); + } + + _TIFFfree( raster ); + image->Destroy(); + TIFFClose( tif ); + + return false; + } + + unsigned char *ptr = image->GetData(); + ptr += w*3*(h-1); + + unsigned char *alpha = hasAlpha ? image->GetAlpha() : NULL; + if ( hasAlpha ) + alpha += w*(h-1); + + uint32 pos = 0; + + for (uint32 i = 0; i < h; i++) + { + for (uint32 j = 0; j < w; j++) + { + *(ptr++) = (unsigned char)TIFFGetR(raster[pos]); + *(ptr++) = (unsigned char)TIFFGetG(raster[pos]); + *(ptr++) = (unsigned char)TIFFGetB(raster[pos]); + if ( hasAlpha ) + *(alpha++) = (unsigned char)TIFFGetA(raster[pos]); + + pos++; + } + + // subtract line we just added plus one line: + ptr -= 2*w*3; + if ( hasAlpha ) + alpha -= 2*w; + } + + // set the image resolution if it's available + uint16 tiffRes; + if ( TIFFGetField(tif, TIFFTAG_RESOLUTIONUNIT, &tiffRes) ) + { + wxImageResolution res; + switch ( tiffRes ) + { + default: + wxLogWarning(_("Unknown TIFF resolution unit %d ignored"), + tiffRes); + // fall through + + case RESUNIT_NONE: + res = wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE; + break; + + case RESUNIT_INCH: + res = wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES; + break; + + case RESUNIT_CENTIMETER: + res = wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM; + break; + } + + if ( res != wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE ) + { + float xres, yres; + if ( TIFFGetField(tif, TIFFTAG_XRESOLUTION, &xres) ) + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX, wxRound(xres)); + + if ( TIFFGetField(tif, TIFFTAG_YRESOLUTION, &yres) ) + image->SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY, wxRound(yres)); + } + } + + + _TIFFfree( raster ); + + TIFFClose( tif ); + + return true; +} + +int wxTIFFHandler::DoGetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream ) +{ + TIFF *tif = TIFFwxOpen( stream, "image", "r" ); + + if (!tif) + return 0; + + int dircount = 0; // according to the libtiff docs, dircount should be set to 1 here??? + do { + dircount++; + } while (TIFFReadDirectory(tif)); + + TIFFClose( tif ); + + // NOTE: this function modifies the current stream position but it's ok + // (see wxImageHandler::GetImageCount) + + return dircount; +} + +bool wxTIFFHandler::SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose ) +{ + TIFF *tif = TIFFwxOpen( stream, "image", "w" ); + + if (!tif) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("TIFF: Error saving image.") ); + } + + return false; + } + + TIFFSetField(tif, TIFFTAG_ORIENTATION, ORIENTATION_TOPLEFT); + TIFFSetField(tif, TIFFTAG_IMAGEWIDTH, (uint32)image->GetWidth()); + TIFFSetField(tif, TIFFTAG_IMAGELENGTH, (uint32)image->GetHeight()); + TIFFSetField(tif, TIFFTAG_ORIENTATION, ORIENTATION_TOPLEFT); + TIFFSetField(tif, TIFFTAG_PLANARCONFIG, PLANARCONFIG_CONTIG); + + // save the image resolution if we have it + int xres, yres; + const wxImageResolution res = GetResolutionFromOptions(*image, &xres, &yres); + uint16 tiffRes; + switch ( res ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown image resolution units") ); + // fall through + + case wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE: + tiffRes = RESUNIT_NONE; + break; + + case wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES: + tiffRes = RESUNIT_INCH; + break; + + case wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM: + tiffRes = RESUNIT_CENTIMETER; + break; + } + + if ( tiffRes != RESUNIT_NONE ) + { + TIFFSetField(tif, TIFFTAG_RESOLUTIONUNIT, tiffRes); + TIFFSetField(tif, TIFFTAG_XRESOLUTION, (float)xres); + TIFFSetField(tif, TIFFTAG_YRESOLUTION, (float)yres); + } + + + int spp = image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL); + if ( !spp ) + spp = 3; + + int bpp = image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE); + if ( !bpp ) + bpp = 8; + + int compression = image->GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION); + if ( !compression ) + { + // we can't use COMPRESSION_LZW because current version of libtiff + // doesn't implement it ("no longer implemented due to Unisys patent + // enforcement") and other compression methods are lossy so we + // shouldn't use them by default -- and the only remaining one is none + compression = COMPRESSION_NONE; + } + + TIFFSetField(tif, TIFFTAG_SAMPLESPERPIXEL, spp); + TIFFSetField(tif, TIFFTAG_BITSPERSAMPLE, bpp); + TIFFSetField(tif, TIFFTAG_PHOTOMETRIC, spp*bpp == 1 ? PHOTOMETRIC_MINISBLACK + : PHOTOMETRIC_RGB); + TIFFSetField(tif, TIFFTAG_COMPRESSION, compression); + + // scanlinesize if determined by spp and bpp + tsize_t linebytes = (tsize_t)image->GetWidth() * spp * bpp / 8; + + if ( (image->GetWidth() % 8 > 0) && (spp * bpp < 8) ) + linebytes+=1; + + unsigned char *buf; + + if (TIFFScanlineSize(tif) > linebytes || (spp * bpp < 24)) + { + buf = (unsigned char *)_TIFFmalloc(TIFFScanlineSize(tif)); + if (!buf) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("TIFF: Couldn't allocate memory.") ); + } + + TIFFClose( tif ); + + return false; + } + } + else + { + buf = NULL; + } + + TIFFSetField(tif, TIFFTAG_ROWSPERSTRIP,TIFFDefaultStripSize(tif, (uint32) -1)); + + unsigned char *ptr = image->GetData(); + for ( int row = 0; row < image->GetHeight(); row++ ) + { + if ( buf ) + { + if ( spp * bpp > 1 ) + { + // color image + memcpy(buf, ptr, image->GetWidth()); + } + else // black and white image + { + for ( int column = 0; column < linebytes; column++ ) + { + uint8 reverse = 0; + for ( int bp = 0; bp < 8; bp++ ) + { + if ( ptr[column*24 + bp*3] > 0 ) + { + // check only red as this is sufficient + reverse = (uint8)(reverse | 128 >> bp); + } + } + + buf[column] = reverse; + } + } + } + + if ( TIFFWriteScanline(tif, buf ? buf : ptr, (uint32)row, 0) < 0 ) + { + if (verbose) + { + wxLogError( _("TIFF: Error writing image.") ); + } + + TIFFClose( tif ); + if (buf) + _TIFFfree(buf); + + return false; + } + + ptr += image->GetWidth()*3; + } + + (void) TIFFClose(tif); + + if (buf) + _TIFFfree(buf); + + return true; +} + +bool wxTIFFHandler::DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) +{ + unsigned char hdr[2]; + + if ( !stream.Read(&hdr[0], WXSIZEOF(hdr)) ) // it's ok to modify the stream position here + return false; + + return (hdr[0] == 'I' && hdr[1] == 'I') || + (hdr[0] == 'M' && hdr[1] == 'M'); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +/*static*/ wxVersionInfo wxTIFFHandler::GetLibraryVersionInfo() +{ + int major, + minor, + micro; + + const wxString ver(::TIFFGetVersion()); + if ( wxSscanf(ver, "LIBTIFF, Version %d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, µ) != 3 ) + { + wxLogDebug("Unrecognized libtiff version string \"%s\"", ver); + + major = + minor = + micro = 0; + } + + wxString copyright; + const wxString desc = ver.BeforeFirst('\n', ©right); + copyright.Replace("\n", ""); + + return wxVersionInfo("libtiff", major, minor, micro, desc, copyright); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LIBTIFF diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagxpm.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagxpm.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b1fea5924 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/imagxpm.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/imagxpm.cpp +// Purpose: wxXPMHandler +// Author: Vaclav Slavik, Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: imagxpm.cpp 60852 2009-06-01 11:43:36Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + +This file is partially based on source code of ImageMagick by John Cristy. Its +license is as follows: + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% % +% % +% % +% X X PPPP M M % +% X X P P MM MM % +% X PPPP M M M % +% X X P M M % +% X X P M M % +% % +% % +% Read/Write ImageMagick Image Format. % +% % +% % +% Software Design % +% John Cristy % +% July 1992 % +% % +% % +% Copyright (C) 2001 ImageMagick Studio, a non-profit organization dedicated % +% to making software imaging solutions freely available. % +% % +% Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a % +% copy of this software and associated documentation files ("ImageMagick"), % +% to deal in ImageMagick without restriction, including without limitation % +% the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, % +% and/or sell copies of ImageMagick, and to permit persons to whom the % +% ImageMagick is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: % +% % +% The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in % +% all copies or substantial portions of ImageMagick. % +% % +% The software is provided "as is", without warranty of any kind, express or % +% implied, including but not limited to the warranties of merchantability, % +% fitness for a particular purpose and noninfringement. In no event shall % +% ImageMagick Studio be liable for any claim, damages or other liability, % +% whether in an action of contract, tort or otherwise, arising from, out of % +% or in connection with ImageMagick or the use or other dealings in % +% ImageMagick. % +% % +% Except as contained in this notice, the name of the ImageMagick Studio % +% shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or % +% other dealings in ImageMagick without prior written authorization from the % +% ImageMagick Studio. % +% % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +% +*/ + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_XPM + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/imagxpm.h" +#include "wx/wfstream.h" +#include "wx/xpmdecod.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxXPMHandler,wxImageHandler) + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxXPMHandler +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxXPMHandler::LoadFile(wxImage *image, + wxInputStream& stream, + bool WXUNUSED(verbose), int WXUNUSED(index)) +{ + wxXPMDecoder decoder; + + wxImage img = decoder.ReadFile(stream); + if ( !img.Ok() ) + return false; + *image = img; + return true; +} + +bool wxXPMHandler::SaveFile(wxImage * image, + wxOutputStream& stream, bool WXUNUSED(verbose)) +{ + // 1. count colours: + #define MaxCixels 92 + static const char Cixel[MaxCixels+1] = + " .XoO+@#$%&*=-;:>,<1234567890qwertyuipasdfghjk" + "lzxcvbnmMNBVCZASDFGHJKLPIUYTREWQ!~^/()_`'][{}|"; + int i, j, k; + + wxImageHistogram histogram; + int cols = int(image->ComputeHistogram(histogram)); + + int chars_per_pixel = 1; + for ( k = MaxCixels; cols > k; k *= MaxCixels) + chars_per_pixel++; + + // 2. write the header: + wxString sName; + if ( image->HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME) ) + { + wxFileName::SplitPath(image->GetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME), + NULL, &sName, NULL); + sName << wxT("_xpm"); + } + + if ( !sName.empty() ) + sName = wxString(wxT("/* XPM */\nstatic const char *")) + sName; + else + sName = wxT("/* XPM */\nstatic const char *xpm_data"); + stream.Write( (const char*) sName.ToAscii(), sName.Len() ); + + char tmpbuf[200]; + // VS: 200b is safe upper bound for anything produced by sprintf below + // (<101 bytes the string, neither %i can expand into more than 10 chars) + sprintf(tmpbuf, + "[] = {\n" + "/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */\n" + "\"%i %i %i %i\",\n", + image->GetWidth(), image->GetHeight(), cols, chars_per_pixel); + stream.Write(tmpbuf, strlen(tmpbuf)); + + // 3. create color symbols table: + char *symbols_data = new char[cols * (chars_per_pixel+1)]; + char **symbols = new char*[cols]; + + // 2a. find mask colour: + unsigned long mask_key = 0x1000000 /*invalid RGB value*/; + if (image->HasMask()) + mask_key = (image->GetMaskRed() << 16) | + (image->GetMaskGreen() << 8) | image->GetMaskBlue(); + + // 2b. generate colour table: + for (wxImageHistogram::iterator entry = histogram.begin(); + entry != histogram.end(); ++entry ) + { + unsigned long index = entry->second.index; + symbols[index] = symbols_data + index * (chars_per_pixel+1); + char *sym = symbols[index]; + + for (j = 0; j < chars_per_pixel; j++) + { + sym[j] = Cixel[index % MaxCixels]; + index /= MaxCixels; + } + sym[j] = '\0'; + + unsigned long key = entry->first; + + if (key == 0) + sprintf( tmpbuf, "\"%s c Black\",\n", sym); + else if (key == mask_key) + sprintf( tmpbuf, "\"%s c None\",\n", sym); + else + { + wxByte r = wxByte(key >> 16); + wxByte g = wxByte(key >> 8); + wxByte b = wxByte(key); + sprintf(tmpbuf, "\"%s c #%02X%02X%02X\",\n", sym, r, g, b); + } + stream.Write( tmpbuf, strlen(tmpbuf) ); + } + + stream.Write("/* pixels */\n", 13); + + unsigned char *data = image->GetData(); + for (j = 0; j < image->GetHeight(); j++) + { + char tmp_c; + tmp_c = '\"'; stream.Write(&tmp_c, 1); + for (i = 0; i < image->GetWidth(); i++, data += 3) + { + unsigned long key = (data[0] << 16) | (data[1] << 8) | (data[2]); + stream.Write(symbols[histogram[key].index], chars_per_pixel); + } + tmp_c = '\"'; stream.Write(&tmp_c, 1); + if ( j + 1 < image->GetHeight() ) + { + tmp_c = ','; stream.Write(&tmp_c, 1); + } + tmp_c = '\n'; stream.Write(&tmp_c, 1); + } + stream.Write("};\n", 3 ); + + // Clean up: + delete[] symbols; + delete[] symbols_data; + + return true; +} + +bool wxXPMHandler::DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + wxXPMDecoder decoder; + return decoder.CanRead(stream); + // it's ok to modify the stream position here +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif // wxUSE_XPM diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/init.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/init.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..654cb99976 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/init.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,534 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/init.cpp +// Purpose: initialisation for the library +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 04.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: init.cpp 64656 2010-06-20 18:18:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif //__BORLANDC__ + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/filefn.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/init.h" +#include "wx/thread.h" + +#include "wx/scopedptr.h" +#include "wx/except.h" + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/private.h" + #include "wx/msw/msvcrt.h" + + #ifdef wxCrtSetDbgFlag + static struct EnableMemLeakChecking + { + EnableMemLeakChecking() + { + // check for memory leaks on program exit (another useful flag + // is _CRTDBG_DELAY_FREE_MEM_DF which doesn't free deallocated + // memory which may be used to simulate low-memory condition) + wxCrtSetDbgFlag(_CRTDBG_LEAK_CHECK_DF); + } + } gs_enableLeakChecks; + #endif // wxCrtSetDbgFlag +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// we need a dummy app object if the user doesn't want to create a real one +class wxDummyConsoleApp : public wxAppConsole +{ +public: + wxDummyConsoleApp() { } + + virtual int OnRun() { wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unreachable code") ); return 0; } + virtual bool DoYield(bool, long) { return true; } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDummyConsoleApp); +}; + +// we need a special kind of auto pointer to wxApp which not only deletes the +// pointer it holds in its dtor but also resets the global application pointer +wxDECLARE_SCOPED_PTR(wxAppConsole, wxAppPtrBase) +wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR(wxAppConsole, wxAppPtrBase) + +class wxAppPtr : public wxAppPtrBase +{ +public: + wxEXPLICIT wxAppPtr(wxAppConsole *ptr = NULL) : wxAppPtrBase(ptr) { } + ~wxAppPtr() + { + if ( get() ) + { + // the pointer is going to be deleted in the base class dtor, don't + // leave the dangling pointer! + wxApp::SetInstance(NULL); + } + } + + void Set(wxAppConsole *ptr) + { + reset(ptr); + + wxApp::SetInstance(ptr); + } + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAppPtr); +}; + +// class to ensure that wxAppBase::CleanUp() is called if our Initialize() +// fails +class wxCallAppCleanup +{ +public: + wxCallAppCleanup(wxAppConsole *app) : m_app(app) { } + ~wxCallAppCleanup() { if ( m_app ) m_app->CleanUp(); } + + void Dismiss() { m_app = NULL; } + +private: + wxAppConsole *m_app; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// suppress warnings about unused variables +static inline void Use(void *) { } + +#define WX_SUPPRESS_UNUSED_WARN(x) Use(&x) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// initialization data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static struct InitData +{ + InitData() + { + nInitCount = 0; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + argc = 0; + // argv = NULL; -- not even really needed +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + } + + // critical section protecting this struct + wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE_MEMBER(csInit); + + // number of times wxInitialize() was called minus the number of times + // wxUninitialize() was + size_t nInitCount; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + int argc; + + // if we receive the command line arguments as ASCII and have to convert + // them to Unicode ourselves (this is the case under Unix but not Windows, + // for example), we remember the converted argv here because we'll have to + // free it when doing cleanup to avoid memory leaks + wchar_t **argv; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(InitData); +} gs_initData; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// command line arguments ANSI -> Unicode conversion +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +static void ConvertArgsToUnicode(int argc, char **argv) +{ + gs_initData.argv = new wchar_t *[argc + 1]; + int wargc = 0; + for ( int i = 0; i < argc; i++ ) + { +#ifdef __DARWIN__ + wxWCharBuffer buf(wxConvFileName->cMB2WX(argv[i])); +#else + wxWCharBuffer buf(wxConvLocal.cMB2WX(argv[i])); +#endif + if ( !buf ) + { + wxLogWarning(_("Command line argument %d couldn't be converted to Unicode and will be ignored."), + i); + } + else // converted ok + { + gs_initData.argv[wargc++] = wxStrdup(buf); + } + } + + gs_initData.argc = wargc; + gs_initData.argv[wargc] = NULL; +} + +static void FreeConvertedArgs() +{ + if ( gs_initData.argv ) + { + for ( int i = 0; i < gs_initData.argc; i++ ) + { + free(gs_initData.argv[i]); + } + + wxDELETEA(gs_initData.argv); + gs_initData.argc = 0; + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// start up +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// initialization which is always done (not customizable) before wxApp creation +static bool DoCommonPreInit() +{ +#if wxUSE_LOG + // Reset logging in case we were cleaned up and are being reinitialized. + wxLog::DoCreateOnDemand(); + + // force wxLog to create a log target now: we do it because wxTheApp + // doesn't exist yet so wxLog will create a special log target which is + // safe to use even when the GUI is not available while without this call + // we could create wxApp in wxEntryStart() below, then log an error about + // e.g. failure to establish connection to the X server and wxLog would + // send it to wxLogGui (because wxTheApp does exist already) which, of + // course, can't be used in this case + // + // notice also that this does nothing if the user had set up a custom log + // target before -- which is fine as we want to give him this possibility + // (as it's impossible to override logging by overriding wxAppTraits:: + // CreateLogTarget() before wxApp is created) and we just assume he knows + // what he is doing + wxLog::GetActiveTarget(); +#endif // wxUSE_LOG + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // GUI applications obtain HINSTANCE in their WinMain() but we also need to + // initialize the global wxhInstance variable for the console programs as + // they may need it too, so set it here if it wasn't done yet + if ( !wxGetInstance() ) + { + wxSetInstance(::GetModuleHandle(NULL)); + } +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + return true; +} + +// non customizable initialization done after wxApp creation and initialization +static bool DoCommonPostInit() +{ + wxModule::RegisterModules(); + + if ( !wxModule::InitializeModules() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Initialization failed in post init, aborting.")); + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxEntryStart(int& argc, wxChar **argv) +{ + // do minimal, always necessary, initialization + // -------------------------------------------- + + // initialize wxRTTI + if ( !DoCommonPreInit() ) + return false; + + + // first of all, we need an application object + // ------------------------------------------- + + // the user might have already created it himself somehow + wxAppPtr app(wxTheApp); + if ( !app.get() ) + { + // if not, he might have used IMPLEMENT_APP() to give us a function to + // create it + wxAppInitializerFunction fnCreate = wxApp::GetInitializerFunction(); + + if ( fnCreate ) + { + // he did, try to create the custom wxApp object + app.Set((*fnCreate)()); + } + } + + if ( !app.get() ) + { + // either IMPLEMENT_APP() was not used at all or it failed -- in any + // case we still need something + app.Set(new wxDummyConsoleApp); + } + + + // wxApp initialization: this can be customized + // -------------------------------------------- + + if ( !app->Initialize(argc, argv) ) + return false; + + // remember, possibly modified (e.g. due to removal of toolkit-specific + // parameters), command line arguments in member variables + app->argc = argc; + app->argv = argv; + + wxCallAppCleanup callAppCleanup(app.get()); + + + // common initialization after wxTheApp creation + // --------------------------------------------- + + if ( !DoCommonPostInit() ) + return false; + + + // prevent the smart pointer from destroying its contents + app.release(); + + // and the cleanup object from doing cleanup + callAppCleanup.Dismiss(); + +#if wxUSE_LOG + // now that we have a valid wxApp (wxLogGui would have crashed if we used + // it before now), we can delete the temporary sink we had created for the + // initialization messages -- the next time logging function is called, the + // sink will be recreated but this time wxAppTraits will be used + delete wxLog::SetActiveTarget(NULL); +#endif // wxUSE_LOG + + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +// we provide a wxEntryStart() wrapper taking "char *" pointer too +bool wxEntryStart(int& argc, char **argv) +{ + ConvertArgsToUnicode(argc, argv); + + if ( !wxEntryStart(gs_initData.argc, gs_initData.argv) ) + { + FreeConvertedArgs(); + + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// clean up +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// cleanup done before destroying wxTheApp +static void DoCommonPreCleanup() +{ +#if wxUSE_LOG + // flush the logged messages if any and don't use the current probably + // unsafe log target any more: the default one (wxLogGui) can't be used + // after the resources are freed which happens when we return and the user + // supplied one might be even more unsafe (using any wxWidgets GUI function + // is unsafe starting from now) + // + // notice that wxLog will still recreate a default log target if any + // messages are logged but that one will be safe to use until the very end + delete wxLog::SetActiveTarget(NULL); +#endif // wxUSE_LOG +} + +// cleanup done after destroying wxTheApp +static void DoCommonPostCleanup() +{ + wxModule::CleanUpModules(); + + // we can't do this in wxApp itself because it doesn't know if argv had + // been allocated +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + FreeConvertedArgs(); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + // use Set(NULL) and not Get() to avoid creating a message output object on + // demand when we just want to delete it + delete wxMessageOutput::Set(NULL); + +#if wxUSE_LOG + // and now delete the last logger as well + // + // we still don't disable log target auto-vivification even if any log + // objects created now will result in memory leaks because it seems better + // to leak memory which doesn't matter much considering the application is + // exiting anyhow than to not show messages which could still be logged + // from the user code (e.g. static dtors and such) + delete wxLog::SetActiveTarget(NULL); +#endif // wxUSE_LOG +} + +void wxEntryCleanup() +{ + DoCommonPreCleanup(); + + + // delete the application object + if ( wxTheApp ) + { + wxTheApp->CleanUp(); + + // reset the global pointer to it to NULL before destroying it as in + // some circumstances this can result in executing the code using + // wxTheApp and using half-destroyed object is no good + wxAppConsole * const app = wxApp::GetInstance(); + wxApp::SetInstance(NULL); + delete app; + } + + + DoCommonPostCleanup(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEntry +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for MSW the real wxEntry is defined in msw/main.cpp +#ifndef __WXMSW__ + #define wxEntryReal wxEntry +#endif // !__WXMSW__ + +int wxEntryReal(int& argc, wxChar **argv) +{ + // library initialization + wxInitializer initializer(argc, argv); + + if ( !initializer.IsOk() ) + { +#if wxUSE_LOG + // flush any log messages explaining why we failed + delete wxLog::SetActiveTarget(NULL); +#endif + return -1; + } + + wxTRY + { + // app initialization + if ( !wxTheApp->CallOnInit() ) + { + // don't call OnExit() if OnInit() failed + return -1; + } + + // ensure that OnExit() is called if OnInit() had succeeded + class CallOnExit + { + public: + ~CallOnExit() { wxTheApp->OnExit(); } + } callOnExit; + + WX_SUPPRESS_UNUSED_WARN(callOnExit); + + // app execution + return wxTheApp->OnRun(); + } + wxCATCH_ALL( wxTheApp->OnUnhandledException(); return -1; ) +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +// as with wxEntryStart, we provide an ANSI wrapper +int wxEntry(int& argc, char **argv) +{ + ConvertArgsToUnicode(argc, argv); + + return wxEntry(gs_initData.argc, gs_initData.argv); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxInitialize/wxUninitialize +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxInitialize() +{ + return wxInitialize(0, (wxChar**)NULL); +} + +bool wxInitialize(int argc, wxChar **argv) +{ + wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(lockInit, gs_initData.csInit); + + if ( gs_initData.nInitCount++ ) + { + // already initialized + return true; + } + + return wxEntryStart(argc, argv); +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +bool wxInitialize(int argc, char **argv) +{ + wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(lockInit, gs_initData.csInit); + + if ( gs_initData.nInitCount++ ) + { + // already initialized + return true; + } + + return wxEntryStart(argc, argv); +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +void wxUninitialize() +{ + wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(lockInit, gs_initData.csInit); + + if ( --gs_initData.nInitCount == 0 ) + { + wxEntryCleanup(); + } +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/intl.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/intl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..58eae5ab79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/intl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1739 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/intl.cpp +// Purpose: Internationalization and localisation for wxWidgets +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: Michael N. Filippov +// (2003/09/30 - PluralForms support) +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: intl.cpp 66002 2010-11-03 16:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declaration +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifdef __EMX__ +// The following define is needed by Innotek's libc to +// make the definition of struct localeconv available. +#define __INTERNAL_DEFS +#endif + +#if wxUSE_INTL + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/hashmap.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + #include +#endif + +// standard headers +#include +#include +#ifdef HAVE_LANGINFO_H + #include +#endif + +#ifdef __WIN32__ + #include "wx/msw/private.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/file.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/fontmap.h" +#include "wx/scopedptr.h" +#include "wx/apptrait.h" +#include "wx/stdpaths.h" +#include "wx/hashset.h" + +#if defined(__WXOSX__) + #include "wx/osx/core/cfref.h" + #include + #include + #include "wx/osx/core/cfstring.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define TRACE_I18N wxS("i18n") + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static wxLocale *wxSetLocale(wxLocale *pLocale); + +namespace +{ + +// get just the language part ("en" in "en_GB") +inline wxString ExtractLang(const wxString& langFull) +{ + return langFull.BeforeFirst('_'); +} + +// helper functions of GetSystemLanguage() +#ifdef __UNIX__ + +// get everything else (including the leading '_') +inline wxString ExtractNotLang(const wxString& langFull) +{ + size_t pos = langFull.find('_'); + if ( pos != wxString::npos ) + return langFull.substr(pos); + else + return wxString(); +} + +#endif // __UNIX__ + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLanguageInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + +// helper used by wxLanguageInfo::GetLocaleName() and elsewhere to determine +// whether the locale is Unicode-only (it is if this function returns empty +// string) +static wxString wxGetANSICodePageForLocale(LCID lcid) +{ + wxString cp; + + wxChar buffer[16]; + if ( ::GetLocaleInfo(lcid, LOCALE_IDEFAULTANSICODEPAGE, + buffer, WXSIZEOF(buffer)) > 0 ) + { + if ( buffer[0] != wxT('0') || buffer[1] != wxT('\0') ) + cp = buffer; + //else: this locale doesn't use ANSI code page + } + + return cp; +} + +wxUint32 wxLanguageInfo::GetLCID() const +{ + return MAKELCID(MAKELANGID(WinLang, WinSublang), SORT_DEFAULT); +} + +wxString wxLanguageInfo::GetLocaleName() const +{ + wxString locale; + + const LCID lcid = GetLCID(); + + wxChar buffer[256]; + buffer[0] = wxT('\0'); + if ( !::GetLocaleInfo(lcid, LOCALE_SENGLANGUAGE, buffer, WXSIZEOF(buffer)) ) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("GetLocaleInfo(LOCALE_SENGLANGUAGE)")); + return locale; + } + + locale << buffer; + if ( ::GetLocaleInfo(lcid, LOCALE_SENGCOUNTRY, + buffer, WXSIZEOF(buffer)) > 0 ) + { + locale << wxT('_') << buffer; + } + + const wxString cp = wxGetANSICodePageForLocale(lcid); + if ( !cp.empty() ) + { + locale << wxT('.') << cp; + } + + return locale; +} + +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLocale +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" +WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxLanguageInfo, wxLanguageInfoArray); +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxLanguageInfoArray) + +wxLanguageInfoArray *wxLocale::ms_languagesDB = NULL; + +/*static*/ void wxLocale::CreateLanguagesDB() +{ + if (ms_languagesDB == NULL) + { + ms_languagesDB = new wxLanguageInfoArray; + InitLanguagesDB(); + } +} + +/*static*/ void wxLocale::DestroyLanguagesDB() +{ + wxDELETE(ms_languagesDB); +} + + +void wxLocale::DoCommonInit() +{ + m_pszOldLocale = NULL; + + m_pOldLocale = wxSetLocale(this); + + // Set translations object, but only if the user didn't do so yet. + // This is to preserve compatibility with wx-2.8 where wxLocale was + // the only API for translations. wxLocale works as a stack, with + // latest-created one being the active one: + // wxLocale loc_fr(wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH); + // // _() returns French + // { + // wxLocale loc_cs(wxLANGUAGE_CZECH); + // // _() returns Czech + // } + // // _() returns French again + wxTranslations *oldTrans = wxTranslations::Get(); + if ( !oldTrans || + (m_pOldLocale && oldTrans == &m_pOldLocale->m_translations) ) + { + wxTranslations::SetNonOwned(&m_translations); + } + + m_language = wxLANGUAGE_UNKNOWN; + m_initialized = false; +} + +// NB: this function has (desired) side effect of changing current locale +bool wxLocale::Init(const wxString& name, + const wxString& shortName, + const wxString& locale, + bool bLoadDefault +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + ,bool WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(bConvertEncoding) +#endif + ) +{ +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxASSERT_MSG( bConvertEncoding, + wxS("wxLocale::Init with bConvertEncoding=false is no longer supported, add charset to your catalogs") ); +#endif + + bool ret = DoInit(name, shortName, locale); + + // NB: don't use 'lang' here, 'language' may be wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT + wxTranslations *t = wxTranslations::Get(); + if ( t ) + { + t->SetLanguage(shortName); + + if ( bLoadDefault ) + t->AddStdCatalog(); + } + + return ret; +} + +bool wxLocale::DoInit(const wxString& name, + const wxString& shortName, + const wxString& locale) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_initialized, + wxS("you can't call wxLocale::Init more than once") ); + + m_initialized = true; + m_strLocale = name; + m_strShort = shortName; + m_language = wxLANGUAGE_UNKNOWN; + + // change current locale (default: same as long name) + wxString szLocale(locale); + if ( szLocale.empty() ) + { + // the argument to setlocale() + szLocale = shortName; + + wxCHECK_MSG( !szLocale.empty(), false, + wxS("no locale to set in wxLocale::Init()") ); + } + + const char *oldLocale = wxSetlocale(LC_ALL, szLocale); + if ( oldLocale ) + m_pszOldLocale = wxStrdup(oldLocale); + else + m_pszOldLocale = NULL; + + if ( m_pszOldLocale == NULL ) + { + wxLogError(_("locale '%s' can not be set."), szLocale); + } + + // the short name will be used to look for catalog files as well, + // so we need something here + if ( m_strShort.empty() ) { + // FIXME I don't know how these 2 letter abbreviations are formed, + // this wild guess is surely wrong + if ( !szLocale.empty() ) + { + m_strShort += (wxChar)wxTolower(szLocale[0]); + if ( szLocale.length() > 1 ) + m_strShort += (wxChar)wxTolower(szLocale[1]); + } + } + + return true; +} + + +#if defined(__UNIX__) && wxUSE_UNICODE && !defined(__WXMAC__) +static const char *wxSetlocaleTryUTF8(int c, const wxString& lc) +{ + const char *l = NULL; + + // NB: We prefer to set UTF-8 locale if it's possible and only fall back to + // non-UTF-8 locale if it fails + + if ( !lc.empty() ) + { + wxString buf(lc); + wxString buf2; + buf2 = buf + wxS(".UTF-8"); + l = wxSetlocale(c, buf2); + if ( !l ) + { + buf2 = buf + wxS(".utf-8"); + l = wxSetlocale(c, buf2); + } + if ( !l ) + { + buf2 = buf + wxS(".UTF8"); + l = wxSetlocale(c, buf2); + } + if ( !l ) + { + buf2 = buf + wxS(".utf8"); + l = wxSetlocale(c, buf2); + } + } + + // if we can't set UTF-8 locale, try non-UTF-8 one: + if ( !l ) + l = wxSetlocale(c, lc); + + return l; +} +#else +#define wxSetlocaleTryUTF8(c, lc) wxSetlocale(c, lc) +#endif + +bool wxLocale::Init(int language, int flags) +{ +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxASSERT_MSG( !(flags & wxLOCALE_CONV_ENCODING), + wxS("wxLOCALE_CONV_ENCODING is no longer supported, add charset to your catalogs") ); +#endif + + bool ret = true; + + int lang = language; + if (lang == wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT) + { + // auto detect the language + lang = GetSystemLanguage(); + } + + // We failed to detect system language, so we will use English: + if (lang == wxLANGUAGE_UNKNOWN) + { + return false; + } + + const wxLanguageInfo *info = GetLanguageInfo(lang); + + // Unknown language: + if (info == NULL) + { + wxLogError(wxS("Unknown language %i."), lang); + return false; + } + + wxString name = info->Description; + wxString canonical = info->CanonicalName; + wxString locale; + + // Set the locale: +#if defined(__OS2__) + const char *retloc = wxSetlocale(LC_ALL , wxEmptyString); +#elif defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) + if (language != wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT) + locale = info->CanonicalName; + + const char *retloc = wxSetlocaleTryUTF8(LC_ALL, locale); + + const wxString langOnly = ExtractLang(locale); + if ( !retloc ) + { + // Some C libraries don't like xx_YY form and require xx only + retloc = wxSetlocaleTryUTF8(LC_ALL, langOnly); + } + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + // some systems (e.g. FreeBSD and HP-UX) don't have xx_YY aliases but + // require the full xx_YY.encoding form, so try using UTF-8 because this is + // the only thing we can do generically + // + // TODO: add encodings applicable to each language to the lang DB and try + // them all in turn here + if ( !retloc ) + { + const wxChar **names = + wxFontMapperBase::GetAllEncodingNames(wxFONTENCODING_UTF8); + while ( *names ) + { + retloc = wxSetlocale(LC_ALL, locale + wxS('.') + *names++); + if ( retloc ) + break; + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + + if ( !retloc ) + { + // Some C libraries (namely glibc) still use old ISO 639, + // so will translate the abbrev for them + wxString localeAlt; + if ( langOnly == wxS("he") ) + localeAlt = wxS("iw") + ExtractNotLang(locale); + else if ( langOnly == wxS("id") ) + localeAlt = wxS("in") + ExtractNotLang(locale); + else if ( langOnly == wxS("yi") ) + localeAlt = wxS("ji") + ExtractNotLang(locale); + else if ( langOnly == wxS("nb") ) + localeAlt = wxS("no_NO"); + else if ( langOnly == wxS("nn") ) + localeAlt = wxS("no_NY"); + + if ( !localeAlt.empty() ) + { + retloc = wxSetlocaleTryUTF8(LC_ALL, localeAlt); + if ( !retloc ) + retloc = wxSetlocaleTryUTF8(LC_ALL, ExtractLang(localeAlt)); + } + } + + if ( !retloc ) + ret = false; + +#ifdef __AIX__ + // at least in AIX 5.2 libc is buggy and the string returned from + // setlocale(LC_ALL) can't be passed back to it because it returns 6 + // strings (one for each locale category), i.e. for C locale we get back + // "C C C C C C" + // + // this contradicts IBM own docs but this is not of much help, so just work + // around it in the crudest possible manner + char* p = const_cast(wxStrchr(retloc, ' ')); + if ( p ) + *p = '\0'; +#endif // __AIX__ + +#elif defined(__WIN32__) + const char *retloc = "C"; + if ( language != wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT ) + { + if ( info->WinLang == 0 ) + { + wxLogWarning(wxS("Locale '%s' not supported by OS."), name.c_str()); + // retloc already set to "C" + } + else // language supported by Windows + { + // Windows CE doesn't have SetThreadLocale() and there doesn't seem + // to be any equivalent +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + const wxUint32 lcid = info->GetLCID(); + + // change locale used by Windows functions + ::SetThreadLocale(lcid); +#endif + + // and also call setlocale() to change locale used by the CRT + locale = info->GetLocaleName(); + if ( locale.empty() ) + { + ret = false; + } + else // have a valid locale + { + retloc = wxSetlocale(LC_ALL, locale); + } + } + } + else // language == wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT + { + retloc = wxSetlocale(LC_ALL, wxEmptyString); + } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && (defined(__VISUALC__) || defined(__MINGW32__)) + // VC++ setlocale() (also used by Mingw) can't set locale to languages that + // can only be written using Unicode, therefore wxSetlocale() call fails + // for such languages but we don't want to report it as an error -- so that + // at least message catalogs can be used. + if ( !retloc ) + { + if ( wxGetANSICodePageForLocale(LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT).empty() ) + { + // we set the locale to a Unicode-only language, don't treat the + // inability of CRT to use it as an error + retloc = "C"; + } + } +#endif // CRT not handling Unicode-only languages + + if ( !retloc ) + ret = false; +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + if (lang == wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT) + locale = wxEmptyString; + else + locale = info->CanonicalName; + + const char *retloc = wxSetlocale(LC_ALL, locale); + + if ( !retloc ) + { + // Some C libraries don't like xx_YY form and require xx only + retloc = wxSetlocale(LC_ALL, ExtractLang(locale)); + } +#else + wxUnusedVar(flags); + return false; + #define WX_NO_LOCALE_SUPPORT +#endif + +#ifndef WX_NO_LOCALE_SUPPORT + if ( !ret ) + { + wxLogWarning(_("Cannot set locale to language \"%s\"."), name.c_str()); + + // continue nevertheless and try to load at least the translations for + // this language + } + + if ( !DoInit(name, canonical, retloc) ) + { + ret = false; + } + + if (IsOk()) // setlocale() succeeded + m_language = lang; + + // NB: don't use 'lang' here, 'language' + wxTranslations *t = wxTranslations::Get(); + if ( t ) + { + t->SetLanguage(static_cast(language)); + + if ( flags & wxLOCALE_LOAD_DEFAULT ) + t->AddStdCatalog(); + } + + return ret; +#endif // !WX_NO_LOCALE_SUPPORT +} + +/*static*/ int wxLocale::GetSystemLanguage() +{ + CreateLanguagesDB(); + + // init i to avoid compiler warning + size_t i = 0, + count = ms_languagesDB->GetCount(); + +#if defined(__UNIX__) + // first get the string identifying the language from the environment + wxString langFull; +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + wxCFRef userLocaleRef(CFLocaleCopyCurrent()); + + // because the locale identifier (kCFLocaleIdentifier) is formatted a little bit differently, eg + // az_Cyrl_AZ@calendar=buddhist;currency=JPY we just recreate the base info as expected by wx here + + wxCFStringRef str(wxCFRetain((CFStringRef)CFLocaleGetValue(userLocaleRef, kCFLocaleLanguageCode))); + langFull = str.AsString()+"_"; + str.reset(wxCFRetain((CFStringRef)CFLocaleGetValue(userLocaleRef, kCFLocaleCountryCode))); + langFull += str.AsString(); +#else + if (!wxGetEnv(wxS("LC_ALL"), &langFull) && + !wxGetEnv(wxS("LC_MESSAGES"), &langFull) && + !wxGetEnv(wxS("LANG"), &langFull)) + { + // no language specified, treat it as English + return wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US; + } + + if ( langFull == wxS("C") || langFull == wxS("POSIX") ) + { + // default C locale is English too + return wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US; + } +#endif + + // the language string has the following form + // + // lang[_LANG][.encoding][@modifier] + // + // (see environ(5) in the Open Unix specification) + // + // where lang is the primary language, LANG is a sublang/territory, + // encoding is the charset to use and modifier "allows the user to select + // a specific instance of localization data within a single category" + // + // for example, the following strings are valid: + // fr + // fr_FR + // de_DE.iso88591 + // de_DE@euro + // de_DE.iso88591@euro + + // for now we don't use the encoding, although we probably should (doing + // translations of the msg catalogs on the fly as required) (TODO) + // + // we need the modified for languages like Valencian: ca_ES@valencia + // though, remember it + wxString modifier; + size_t posModifier = langFull.find_first_of(wxS("@")); + if ( posModifier != wxString::npos ) + modifier = langFull.Mid(posModifier); + + size_t posEndLang = langFull.find_first_of(wxS("@.")); + if ( posEndLang != wxString::npos ) + { + langFull.Truncate(posEndLang); + } + + // do we have just the language (or sublang too)? + const bool justLang = langFull.find('_') == wxString::npos; + + // 0. Make sure the lang is according to latest ISO 639 + // (this is necessary because glibc uses iw and in instead + // of he and id respectively). + + // the language itself (second part is the dialect/sublang) + wxString langOrig = ExtractLang(langFull); + + wxString lang; + if ( langOrig == wxS("iw")) + lang = wxS("he"); + else if (langOrig == wxS("in")) + lang = wxS("id"); + else if (langOrig == wxS("ji")) + lang = wxS("yi"); + else if (langOrig == wxS("no_NO")) + lang = wxS("nb_NO"); + else if (langOrig == wxS("no_NY")) + lang = wxS("nn_NO"); + else if (langOrig == wxS("no")) + lang = wxS("nb_NO"); + else + lang = langOrig; + + // did we change it? + if ( lang != langOrig ) + { + langFull = lang + ExtractNotLang(langFull); + } + + // 1. Try to find the language either as is: + // a) With modifier if set + if ( !modifier.empty() ) + { + wxString langFullWithModifier = langFull + modifier; + for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if ( ms_languagesDB->Item(i).CanonicalName == langFullWithModifier ) + break; + } + } + + // b) Without modifier + if ( modifier.empty() || i == count ) + { + for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if ( ms_languagesDB->Item(i).CanonicalName == langFull ) + break; + } + } + + // 2. If langFull is of the form xx_YY, try to find xx: + if ( i == count && !justLang ) + { + for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if ( ms_languagesDB->Item(i).CanonicalName == lang ) + { + break; + } + } + } + + // 3. If langFull is of the form xx, try to find any xx_YY record: + if ( i == count && justLang ) + { + for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if ( ExtractLang(ms_languagesDB->Item(i).CanonicalName) + == langFull ) + { + break; + } + } + } + + + if ( i == count ) + { + // In addition to the format above, we also can have full language + // names in LANG env var - for example, SuSE is known to use + // LANG="german" - so check for use of non-standard format and try to + // find the name in verbose description. + for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if (ms_languagesDB->Item(i).Description.CmpNoCase(langFull) == 0) + { + break; + } + } + } +#elif defined(__WIN32__) + LCID lcid = GetUserDefaultLCID(); + if ( lcid != 0 ) + { + wxUint32 lang = PRIMARYLANGID(LANGIDFROMLCID(lcid)); + wxUint32 sublang = SUBLANGID(LANGIDFROMLCID(lcid)); + + for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if (ms_languagesDB->Item(i).WinLang == lang && + ms_languagesDB->Item(i).WinSublang == sublang) + { + break; + } + } + } + //else: leave wxlang == wxLANGUAGE_UNKNOWN +#endif // Unix/Win32 + + if ( i < count ) + { + // we did find a matching entry, use it + return ms_languagesDB->Item(i).Language; + } + + // no info about this language in the database + return wxLANGUAGE_UNKNOWN; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// encoding stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this is a bit strange as under Windows we get the encoding name using its +// numeric value and under Unix we do it the other way round, but this just +// reflects the way different systems provide the encoding info + +/* static */ +wxString wxLocale::GetSystemEncodingName() +{ + wxString encname; + +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + // FIXME: what is the error return value for GetACP()? + UINT codepage = ::GetACP(); + encname.Printf(wxS("windows-%u"), codepage); +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + // default is just empty string, this resolves to the default system + // encoding later +#elif defined(__UNIX_LIKE__) + +#if defined(HAVE_LANGINFO_H) && defined(CODESET) + // GNU libc provides current character set this way (this conforms + // to Unix98) + char *oldLocale = strdup(setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL)); + setlocale(LC_CTYPE, ""); + const char *alang = nl_langinfo(CODESET); + setlocale(LC_CTYPE, oldLocale); + free(oldLocale); + + if ( alang ) + { + encname = wxString::FromAscii( alang ); + } + else // nl_langinfo() failed +#endif // HAVE_LANGINFO_H + { + // if we can't get at the character set directly, try to see if it's in + // the environment variables (in most cases this won't work, but I was + // out of ideas) + char *lang = getenv( "LC_ALL"); + char *dot = lang ? strchr(lang, '.') : NULL; + if (!dot) + { + lang = getenv( "LC_CTYPE" ); + if ( lang ) + dot = strchr(lang, '.' ); + } + if (!dot) + { + lang = getenv( "LANG"); + if ( lang ) + dot = strchr(lang, '.'); + } + + if ( dot ) + { + encname = wxString::FromAscii( dot+1 ); + } + } +#endif // Win32/Unix + + return encname; +} + +/* static */ +wxFontEncoding wxLocale::GetSystemEncoding() +{ +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + UINT codepage = ::GetACP(); + + // wxWidgets only knows about CP1250-1257, 874, 932, 936, 949, 950 + if ( codepage >= 1250 && codepage <= 1257 ) + { + return (wxFontEncoding)(wxFONTENCODING_CP1250 + codepage - 1250); + } + + if ( codepage == 874 ) + { + return wxFONTENCODING_CP874; + } + + if ( codepage == 932 ) + { + return wxFONTENCODING_CP932; + } + + if ( codepage == 936 ) + { + return wxFONTENCODING_CP936; + } + + if ( codepage == 949 ) + { + return wxFONTENCODING_CP949; + } + + if ( codepage == 950 ) + { + return wxFONTENCODING_CP950; + } +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + CFStringEncoding encoding = 0 ; + encoding = CFStringGetSystemEncoding() ; + return wxMacGetFontEncFromSystemEnc( encoding ) ; +#elif defined(__UNIX_LIKE__) && wxUSE_FONTMAP + const wxString encname = GetSystemEncodingName(); + if ( !encname.empty() ) + { + wxFontEncoding enc = wxFontMapperBase::GetEncodingFromName(encname); + + // on some modern Linux systems (RedHat 8) the default system locale + // is UTF8 -- but it isn't supported by wxGTK1 in ANSI build at all so + // don't even try to use it in this case +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE && \ + ((defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXGTK20__)) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)) + if ( enc == wxFONTENCODING_UTF8 ) + { + // the most similar supported encoding... + enc = wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1; + } +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE + + // GetEncodingFromName() returns wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT for C locale + // (a.k.a. US-ASCII) which is arguably a bug but keep it like this for + // backwards compatibility and just take care to not return + // wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT from here as this surely doesn't make sense + if ( enc == wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT ) + { + // we don't have wxFONTENCODING_ASCII, so use the closest one + return wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1; + } + + if ( enc != wxFONTENCODING_MAX ) + { + return enc; + } + //else: return wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM below + } +#endif // Win32/Unix + + return wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM; +} + +/* static */ +void wxLocale::AddLanguage(const wxLanguageInfo& info) +{ + CreateLanguagesDB(); + ms_languagesDB->Add(info); +} + +/* static */ +const wxLanguageInfo *wxLocale::GetLanguageInfo(int lang) +{ + CreateLanguagesDB(); + + // calling GetLanguageInfo(wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT) is a natural thing to do, so + // make it work + if ( lang == wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT ) + lang = GetSystemLanguage(); + + const size_t count = ms_languagesDB->GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if ( ms_languagesDB->Item(i).Language == lang ) + { + // We need to create a temporary here in order to make this work with BCC in final build mode + wxLanguageInfo *ptr = &ms_languagesDB->Item(i); + return ptr; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxLocale::GetLanguageName(int lang) +{ + if ( lang == wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT || lang == wxLANGUAGE_UNKNOWN ) + return wxEmptyString; + + const wxLanguageInfo *info = GetLanguageInfo(lang); + if ( !info ) + return wxEmptyString; + else + return info->Description; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxLocale::GetLanguageCanonicalName(int lang) +{ + if ( lang == wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT || lang == wxLANGUAGE_UNKNOWN ) + return wxEmptyString; + + const wxLanguageInfo *info = GetLanguageInfo(lang); + if ( !info ) + return wxEmptyString; + else + return info->CanonicalName; +} + +/* static */ +const wxLanguageInfo *wxLocale::FindLanguageInfo(const wxString& locale) +{ + CreateLanguagesDB(); + + const wxLanguageInfo *infoRet = NULL; + + const size_t count = ms_languagesDB->GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + const wxLanguageInfo *info = &ms_languagesDB->Item(i); + + if ( wxStricmp(locale, info->CanonicalName) == 0 || + wxStricmp(locale, info->Description) == 0 ) + { + // exact match, stop searching + infoRet = info; + break; + } + + if ( wxStricmp(locale, info->CanonicalName.BeforeFirst(wxS('_'))) == 0 ) + { + // a match -- but maybe we'll find an exact one later, so continue + // looking + // + // OTOH, maybe we had already found a language match and in this + // case don't overwrite it because the entry for the default + // country always appears first in ms_languagesDB + if ( !infoRet ) + infoRet = info; + } + } + + return infoRet; +} + +wxString wxLocale::GetSysName() const +{ + return wxSetlocale(LC_ALL, NULL); +} + +// clean up +wxLocale::~wxLocale() +{ + // Restore old translations object. + // See DoCommonInit() for explanation of why this is needed for backward + // compatibility. + if ( wxTranslations::Get() == &m_translations ) + { + if ( m_pOldLocale ) + wxTranslations::SetNonOwned(&m_pOldLocale->m_translations); + else + wxTranslations::Set(NULL); + } + + // restore old locale pointer + wxSetLocale(m_pOldLocale); + + wxSetlocale(LC_ALL, m_pszOldLocale); + free(const_cast(m_pszOldLocale)); +} + + +// check if the given locale is provided by OS and C run time +/* static */ +bool wxLocale::IsAvailable(int lang) +{ + const wxLanguageInfo *info = wxLocale::GetLanguageInfo(lang); + wxCHECK_MSG( info, false, wxS("invalid language") ); + +#if defined(__WIN32__) + if ( !info->WinLang ) + return false; + + if ( !::IsValidLocale(info->GetLCID(), LCID_INSTALLED) ) + return false; + +#elif defined(__UNIX__) + + // Test if setting the locale works, then set it back. + const char *oldLocale = wxSetlocaleTryUTF8(LC_ALL, info->CanonicalName); + if ( !oldLocale ) + { + // Some C libraries don't like xx_YY form and require xx only + oldLocale = wxSetlocaleTryUTF8(LC_ALL, ExtractLang(info->CanonicalName)); + if ( !oldLocale ) + return false; + } + // restore the original locale + wxSetlocale(LC_ALL, oldLocale); +#endif + + return true; +} + + +bool wxLocale::AddCatalog(const wxString& domain) +{ + wxTranslations *t = wxTranslations::Get(); + if ( !t ) + return false; + return t->AddCatalog(domain); +} + +bool wxLocale::AddCatalog(const wxString& domain, wxLanguage msgIdLanguage) +{ + wxTranslations *t = wxTranslations::Get(); + if ( !t ) + return false; + return t->AddCatalog(domain, msgIdLanguage); +} + +// add a catalog to our linked list +bool wxLocale::AddCatalog(const wxString& szDomain, + wxLanguage msgIdLanguage, + const wxString& msgIdCharset) +{ + wxTranslations *t = wxTranslations::Get(); + if ( !t ) + return false; +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxUnusedVar(msgIdCharset); + return t->AddCatalog(szDomain, msgIdLanguage); +#else + return t->AddCatalog(szDomain, msgIdLanguage, msgIdCharset); +#endif +} + +bool wxLocale::IsLoaded(const wxString& domain) const +{ + wxTranslations *t = wxTranslations::Get(); + if ( !t ) + return false; + return t->IsLoaded(domain); +} + +wxString wxLocale::GetHeaderValue(const wxString& header, + const wxString& domain) const +{ + wxTranslations *t = wxTranslations::Get(); + if ( !t ) + return wxEmptyString; + return t->GetHeaderValue(header, domain); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// accessors for locale-dependent data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXOSX__) + +namespace +{ + +// This function translates from Unicode date formats described at +// +// http://unicode.org/reports/tr35/tr35-6.html#Date_Format_Patterns +// +// to strftime()-like syntax. This translation is not lossless but we try to do +// our best. + +static wxString TranslateFromUnicodeFormat(const wxString& fmt) +{ + wxString fmtWX; + fmtWX.reserve(fmt.length()); + + char chLast = '\0'; + size_t lastCount = 0; + + const char* formatchars = + "dghHmMsSy" +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + "t" +#else + "EawD" +#endif + ; + for ( wxString::const_iterator p = fmt.begin(); /* end handled inside */; ++p ) + { + if ( p != fmt.end() ) + { + if ( *p == chLast ) + { + lastCount++; + continue; + } + + const wxUniChar ch = (*p).GetValue(); + if ( ch.IsAscii() && strchr(formatchars, ch) ) + { + // these characters come in groups, start counting them + chLast = ch; + lastCount = 1; + continue; + } + } + + // interpret any special characters we collected so far + if ( lastCount ) + { + switch ( chLast ) + { + case 'd': + switch ( lastCount ) + { + case 1: // d + case 2: // dd + // these two are the same as we don't distinguish + // between 1 and 2 digits for days + fmtWX += "%d"; + break; +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + case 3: // ddd + fmtWX += "%a"; + break; + + case 4: // dddd + fmtWX += "%A"; + break; +#endif + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "too many 'd's" ); + } + break; +#ifndef __WXMSW__ + case 'D': + switch ( lastCount ) + { + case 1: // D + case 2: // DD + case 3: // DDD + fmtWX += "%j"; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "wrong number of 'D's" ); + } + break; + case 'w': + switch ( lastCount ) + { + case 1: // w + case 2: // ww + fmtWX += "%W"; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "wrong number of 'w's" ); + } + break; + case 'E': + switch ( lastCount ) + { + case 1: // E + case 2: // EE + case 3: // EEE + fmtWX += "%a"; + break; + case 4: // EEEE + fmtWX += "%A"; + break; + case 5: // EEEEE + fmtWX += "%a"; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "wrong number of 'E's" ); + } + break; +#endif + case 'M': + switch ( lastCount ) + { + case 1: // M + case 2: // MM + // as for 'd' and 'dd' above + fmtWX += "%m"; + break; + + case 3: + fmtWX += "%b"; + break; + + case 4: + fmtWX += "%B"; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "too many 'M's" ); + } + break; + + case 'y': + switch ( lastCount ) + { + case 1: // y + case 2: // yy + fmtWX += "%y"; + break; + + case 4: // yyyy + fmtWX += "%Y"; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "wrong number of 'y's" ); + } + break; + + case 'H': + switch ( lastCount ) + { + case 1: // H + case 2: // HH + fmtWX += "%H"; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "wrong number of 'H's" ); + } + break; + + case 'h': + switch ( lastCount ) + { + case 1: // h + case 2: // hh + fmtWX += "%I"; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "wrong number of 'h's" ); + } + break; + + case 'm': + switch ( lastCount ) + { + case 1: // m + case 2: // mm + fmtWX += "%M"; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "wrong number of 'm's" ); + } + break; + + case 's': + switch ( lastCount ) + { + case 1: // s + case 2: // ss + fmtWX += "%S"; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "wrong number of 's's" ); + } + break; + + case 'g': + // strftime() doesn't have era string, + // ignore this format + wxASSERT_MSG( lastCount <= 2, "too many 'g's" ); + + break; +#ifndef __WXMSW__ + case 'a': + fmtWX += "%p"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + case 't': + switch ( lastCount ) + { + case 1: // t + case 2: // tt + fmtWX += "%p"; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "too many 't's" ); + } + break; +#endif + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unreachable" ); + } + + chLast = '\0'; + lastCount = 0; + } + + if ( p == fmt.end() ) + break; + + // not a special character so must be just a separator, treat as is + if ( *p == wxT('%') ) + { + // this one needs to be escaped + fmtWX += wxT('%'); + } + + fmtWX += *p; + } + + return fmtWX; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +#endif // __WXMSW__ || __WXOSX__ + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + +namespace +{ + +LCTYPE GetLCTYPEFormatFromLocalInfo(wxLocaleInfo index) +{ + switch ( index ) + { + case wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT: + return LOCALE_SSHORTDATE; + + case wxLOCALE_LONG_DATE_FMT: + return LOCALE_SLONGDATE; + + case wxLOCALE_TIME_FMT: + return LOCALE_STIMEFORMAT; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "no matching LCTYPE" ); + } + + return 0; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +/* static */ +wxString wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLocaleInfo index, wxLocaleCategory cat) +{ + wxUint32 lcid = LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT; + if ( wxGetLocale() ) + { + const wxLanguageInfo * const + info = GetLanguageInfo(wxGetLocale()->GetLanguage()); + if ( info ) + lcid = info->GetLCID(); + } + + wxString str; + + wxChar buf[256]; + buf[0] = wxT('\0'); + + switch ( index ) + { + case wxLOCALE_THOUSANDS_SEP: + if ( ::GetLocaleInfo(lcid, LOCALE_STHOUSAND, buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)) ) + str = buf; + break; + + case wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT: + if ( ::GetLocaleInfo(lcid, + cat == wxLOCALE_CAT_MONEY + ? LOCALE_SMONDECIMALSEP + : LOCALE_SDECIMAL, + buf, + WXSIZEOF(buf)) ) + str = buf; + break; + + case wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT: + case wxLOCALE_LONG_DATE_FMT: + case wxLOCALE_TIME_FMT: + if ( ::GetLocaleInfo(lcid, GetLCTYPEFormatFromLocalInfo(index), + buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)) ) + { + return TranslateFromUnicodeFormat(buf); + } + break; + + case wxLOCALE_DATE_TIME_FMT: + // there doesn't seem to be any specific setting for this, so just + // combine date and time ones + // + // we use the short date because this is what "%c" uses by default + // ("%#c" uses long date but we have no way to specify the + // alternate representation here) + { + const wxString datefmt = GetInfo(wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT); + if ( datefmt.empty() ) + break; + + const wxString timefmt = GetInfo(wxLOCALE_TIME_FMT); + if ( timefmt.empty() ) + break; + + str << datefmt << ' ' << timefmt; + } + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown wxLocaleInfo" ); + } + + return str; +} + +#elif defined(__WXOSX__) + +/* static */ +wxString wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLocaleInfo index, wxLocaleCategory WXUNUSED(cat)) +{ + CFLocaleRef userLocaleRefRaw; + if ( wxGetLocale() ) + { + userLocaleRefRaw = CFLocaleCreate + ( + kCFAllocatorDefault, + wxCFStringRef(wxGetLocale()->GetCanonicalName()) + ); + } + else // no current locale, use the default one + { + userLocaleRefRaw = CFLocaleCopyCurrent(); + } + + wxCFRef userLocaleRef(userLocaleRefRaw); + + CFStringRef cfstr = 0; + switch ( index ) + { + case wxLOCALE_THOUSANDS_SEP: + cfstr = (CFStringRef) CFLocaleGetValue(userLocaleRef, kCFLocaleGroupingSeparator); + break; + + case wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT: + cfstr = (CFStringRef) CFLocaleGetValue(userLocaleRef, kCFLocaleDecimalSeparator); + break; + + case wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT: + case wxLOCALE_LONG_DATE_FMT: + case wxLOCALE_DATE_TIME_FMT: + case wxLOCALE_TIME_FMT: + { + CFDateFormatterStyle dateStyle = kCFDateFormatterNoStyle; + CFDateFormatterStyle timeStyle = kCFDateFormatterNoStyle; + switch (index ) + { + case wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT: + dateStyle = kCFDateFormatterShortStyle; + break; + case wxLOCALE_LONG_DATE_FMT: + dateStyle = kCFDateFormatterFullStyle; + break; + case wxLOCALE_DATE_TIME_FMT: + dateStyle = kCFDateFormatterFullStyle; + timeStyle = kCFDateFormatterMediumStyle; + break; + case wxLOCALE_TIME_FMT: + timeStyle = kCFDateFormatterMediumStyle; + break; + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unexpected time locale" ); + return wxString(); + } + wxCFRef dateFormatter( CFDateFormatterCreate + (NULL, userLocaleRef, dateStyle, timeStyle)); + wxCFStringRef cfs = wxCFRetain( CFDateFormatterGetFormat(dateFormatter )); + wxString format = TranslateFromUnicodeFormat(cfs.AsString()); + // we always want full years + format.Replace("%y","%Y"); + return format; + } + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "Unknown locale info" ); + return wxString(); + } + + wxCFStringRef str(wxCFRetain(cfstr)); + return str.AsString(); +} + +#else // !__WXMSW__ && !__WXOSX__, assume generic POSIX + +namespace +{ + +wxString GetDateFormatFromLangInfo(wxLocaleInfo index) +{ +#ifdef HAVE_LANGINFO_H + // array containing parameters for nl_langinfo() indexes by offset of index + // from wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT + static const nl_item items[] = + { + D_FMT, D_T_FMT, D_T_FMT, T_FMT, + }; + + const int nlidx = index - wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT; + if ( nlidx < 0 || nlidx >= (int)WXSIZEOF(items) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "logic error in GetInfo() code" ); + return wxString(); + } + + const wxString fmt(nl_langinfo(items[nlidx])); + + // just return the format returned by nl_langinfo() except for long date + // format which we need to recover from date/time format ourselves (but not + // if we failed completely) + if ( fmt.empty() || index != wxLOCALE_LONG_DATE_FMT ) + return fmt; + + // this is not 100% precise but the idea is that a typical date/time format + // under POSIX systems is a combination of a long date format with time one + // so we should be able to get just the long date format by removing all + // time-specific format specifiers + static const char *timeFmtSpecs = "HIklMpPrRsSTXzZ"; + static const char *timeSep = " :./-"; + + wxString fmtDateOnly; + const wxString::const_iterator end = fmt.end(); + wxString::const_iterator lastSep = end; + for ( wxString::const_iterator p = fmt.begin(); p != end; ++p ) + { + if ( strchr(timeSep, *p) ) + { + if ( lastSep == end ) + lastSep = p; + + // skip it for now, we'll discard it if it's followed by a time + // specifier later or add it to fmtDateOnly if it is not + continue; + } + + if ( *p == '%' && + (p + 1 != end) && strchr(timeFmtSpecs, p[1]) ) + { + // time specified found: skip it and any preceding separators + ++p; + lastSep = end; + continue; + } + + if ( lastSep != end ) + { + fmtDateOnly += wxString(lastSep, p); + lastSep = end; + } + + fmtDateOnly += *p; + } + + return fmtDateOnly; +#else // !HAVE_LANGINFO_H + wxUnusedVar(index); + + // no fallback, let the application deal with unavailability of + // nl_langinfo() itself as there is no good way for us to do it (well, we + // could try to reverse engineer the format from strftime() output but this + // looks like too much trouble considering the relatively small number of + // systems without nl_langinfo() still in use) + return wxString(); +#endif // HAVE_LANGINFO_H/!HAVE_LANGINFO_H +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +/* static */ +wxString wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLocaleInfo index, wxLocaleCategory cat) +{ + lconv * const lc = localeconv(); + if ( !lc ) + return wxString(); + + switch ( index ) + { + case wxLOCALE_THOUSANDS_SEP: + if ( cat == wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER ) + return lc->thousands_sep; + else if ( cat == wxLOCALE_CAT_MONEY ) + return lc->mon_thousands_sep; + + wxFAIL_MSG( "invalid wxLocaleCategory" ); + break; + + + case wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT: + if ( cat == wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER ) + return lc->decimal_point; + else if ( cat == wxLOCALE_CAT_MONEY ) + return lc->mon_decimal_point; + + wxFAIL_MSG( "invalid wxLocaleCategory" ); + break; + + case wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT: + case wxLOCALE_LONG_DATE_FMT: + case wxLOCALE_DATE_TIME_FMT: + case wxLOCALE_TIME_FMT: + if ( cat != wxLOCALE_CAT_DATE && cat != wxLOCALE_CAT_DEFAULT ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "invalid wxLocaleCategory" ); + break; + } + + return GetDateFormatFromLangInfo(index); + + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown wxLocaleInfo value" ); + } + + return wxString(); +} + +#endif // platform + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions and variables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// retrieve/change current locale +// ------------------------------ + +// the current locale object +static wxLocale *g_pLocale = NULL; + +wxLocale *wxGetLocale() +{ + return g_pLocale; +} + +wxLocale *wxSetLocale(wxLocale *pLocale) +{ + wxLocale *pOld = g_pLocale; + g_pLocale = pLocale; + return pOld; +} + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLocale module (for lazy destruction of languagesDB) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxLocaleModule: public wxModule +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLocaleModule) + public: + wxLocaleModule() {} + + bool OnInit() + { + return true; + } + + void OnExit() + { + wxLocale::DestroyLanguagesDB(); + } +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLocaleModule, wxModule) + +#endif // wxUSE_INTL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ipcbase.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ipcbase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f490df437e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ipcbase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/ipcbase.cpp +// Purpose: IPC base classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ipcbase.cpp 66630 2011-01-07 17:49:18Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif + +#include "wx/ipcbase.h" + +wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxServerBase, wxObject) +wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxClientBase, wxObject) +wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxConnectionBase, wxObject) + +wxConnectionBase::wxConnectionBase(void *buffer, size_t bytes) + : m_buffer((char *)buffer), + m_buffersize(bytes), + m_deletebufferwhendone(false), + m_connected(true) +{ + if ( buffer == NULL ) + { // behave like next constructor + m_buffersize = 0; + m_deletebufferwhendone = true; + } +} + +wxConnectionBase::wxConnectionBase() + : m_buffer(NULL), + m_buffersize(0), + m_deletebufferwhendone(true), + m_connected(true) +{ +} + +wxConnectionBase::wxConnectionBase(const wxConnectionBase& copy) + : wxObject(), + m_buffer(copy.m_buffer), + m_buffersize(copy.m_buffersize), + m_deletebufferwhendone(false), + m_connected(copy.m_connected) + +{ + // copy constructor would require ref-counted pointer to buffer + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Copy constructor of wxConnectionBase not implemented") ); +} + + +wxConnectionBase::~wxConnectionBase() +{ + if ( m_deletebufferwhendone ) + delete [] m_buffer; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxConnectionBase::GetTextFromData(const void* data, + size_t size, + wxIPCFormat fmt) +{ + wxString s; + switch ( fmt ) + { + case wxIPC_TEXT: + // normally the string should be NUL-terminated and size should + // include the total size of the buffer, including NUL -- but don't + // crash (by trying to access (size_t)-1 bytes) if it doesn't + if ( size ) + size--; + + s = wxString(static_cast(data), size); + break; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // TODO: we should handle both wxIPC_UTF16TEXT and wxIPC_UTF32TEXT here + // for inter-platform IPC + case wxIPC_UNICODETEXT: + wxASSERT_MSG( !(size % sizeof(wchar_t)), "invalid buffer size" ); + if ( size ) + { + size /= sizeof(wchar_t); + size--; + } + + s = wxString(static_cast(data), size); + break; + + case wxIPC_UTF8TEXT: + if ( size ) + size--; + + s = wxString::FromUTF8(static_cast(data), size); + break; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "non-string IPC format in GetTextFromData()" ); + } + + return s; +} + +void *wxConnectionBase::GetBufferAtLeast( size_t bytes ) +{ + if ( m_buffersize >= bytes ) + return m_buffer; + else + { // need to resize buffer + if ( m_deletebufferwhendone ) + { // we're in charge of buffer, increase it + delete [] m_buffer; + m_buffer = new char[bytes]; + m_buffersize = bytes; + return m_buffer; + } // user-supplied buffer, fail + else + return NULL; + } +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/languageinfo.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/languageinfo.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c476d3147e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/languageinfo.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,795 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/languageinfo.cpp +// Purpose: wxLocale::InitLanguagesDB() +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2010-04-23 +// RCS-ID: $Id: languageinfo.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declaration +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/intl.h" + +#if wxUSE_INTL + +#ifdef __WIN32__ + #include "wx/msw/private.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// default languages table & initialization +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +// --- --- --- generated code begins here --- --- --- + +// This table is generated by misc/languages/genlang.py +// When making changes, please put them into misc/languages/langtabl.txt + +#if !defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + +#define SETWINLANG(info,lang,sublang) + +#else + +#define SETWINLANG(info,lang,sublang) \ + info.WinLang = lang, info.WinSublang = sublang; + +#ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS +#define LANG_AFRIKAANS (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN +#define LANG_ALBANIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_ARABIC +#define LANG_ARABIC (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN +#define LANG_ARMENIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE +#define LANG_ASSAMESE (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_AZERI +#define LANG_AZERI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_BASQUE +#define LANG_BASQUE (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN +#define LANG_BELARUSIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_BENGALI +#define LANG_BENGALI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_BOSNIAN +#define LANG_BOSNIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_BULGARIAN +#define LANG_BULGARIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_CATALAN +#define LANG_CATALAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_CHINESE +#define LANG_CHINESE (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_CROATIAN +#define LANG_CROATIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_CZECH +#define LANG_CZECH (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_DANISH +#define LANG_DANISH (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_DUTCH +#define LANG_DUTCH (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_ENGLISH +#define LANG_ENGLISH (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN +#define LANG_ESTONIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_FAEROESE +#define LANG_FAEROESE (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_FARSI +#define LANG_FARSI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_FINNISH +#define LANG_FINNISH (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_FRENCH +#define LANG_FRENCH (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN +#define LANG_GEORGIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_GERMAN +#define LANG_GERMAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_GREEK +#define LANG_GREEK (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_GUJARATI +#define LANG_GUJARATI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_HEBREW +#define LANG_HEBREW (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_HINDI +#define LANG_HINDI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_HUNGARIAN +#define LANG_HUNGARIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_ICELANDIC +#define LANG_ICELANDIC (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN +#define LANG_INDONESIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_ITALIAN +#define LANG_ITALIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_JAPANESE +#define LANG_JAPANESE (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_KANNADA +#define LANG_KANNADA (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI +#define LANG_KASHMIRI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_KAZAK +#define LANG_KAZAK (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_KONKANI +#define LANG_KONKANI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_KOREAN +#define LANG_KOREAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_LATVIAN +#define LANG_LATVIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN +#define LANG_LITHUANIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN +#define LANG_MACEDONIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_MALAY +#define LANG_MALAY (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM +#define LANG_MALAYALAM (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_MANIPURI +#define LANG_MANIPURI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_MARATHI +#define LANG_MARATHI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_NEPALI +#define LANG_NEPALI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_NORWEGIAN +#define LANG_NORWEGIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_ORIYA +#define LANG_ORIYA (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_POLISH +#define LANG_POLISH (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_PORTUGUESE +#define LANG_PORTUGUESE (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_PUNJABI +#define LANG_PUNJABI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_ROMANIAN +#define LANG_ROMANIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_RUSSIAN +#define LANG_RUSSIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_SAMI +#define LANG_SAMI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT +#define LANG_SANSKRIT (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_SERBIAN +#define LANG_SERBIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_SINDHI +#define LANG_SINDHI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_SLOVAK +#define LANG_SLOVAK (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_SLOVENIAN +#define LANG_SLOVENIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_SPANISH +#define LANG_SPANISH (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_SWAHILI +#define LANG_SWAHILI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_SWEDISH +#define LANG_SWEDISH (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_TAMIL +#define LANG_TAMIL (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_TATAR +#define LANG_TATAR (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_TELUGU +#define LANG_TELUGU (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_THAI +#define LANG_THAI (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_TURKISH +#define LANG_TURKISH (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN +#define LANG_UKRAINIAN (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_URDU +#define LANG_URDU (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_UZBEK +#define LANG_UZBEK (0) +#endif +#ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE +#define LANG_VIETNAMESE (0) +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN +#define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC +#define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN +#define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA_LATIN +#define SUBLANG_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA_LATIN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED +#define SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL +#define SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG +#define SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU +#define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE +#define SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_DUTCH +#define SUBLANG_DUTCH SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN +#define SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK +#define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US +#define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS +#define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE +#define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN +#define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN +#define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE +#define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA +#define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ +#define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES +#define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA +#define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD +#define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE +#define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH +#define SUBLANG_FRENCH SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN +#define SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN +#define SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG +#define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO +#define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS +#define SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN +#define SUBLANG_GERMAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN +#define SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN +#define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG +#define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS +#define SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ITALIAN +#define SUBLANG_ITALIAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS +#define SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA +#define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_KOREAN +#define SUBLANG_KOREAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_LITHUANIAN +#define SUBLANG_LITHUANIAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM +#define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA +#define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA +#define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL +#define SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK +#define SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE +#define SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN +#define SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC +#define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN +#define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA +#define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH +#define SUBLANG_SWEDISH SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND +#define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA +#define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN +#define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC +#define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif +#ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN +#define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN SUBLANG_DEFAULT +#endif + + +#endif // __WIN32__ + +#define LNG(wxlang, canonical, winlang, winsublang, layout, desc) \ + info.Language = wxlang; \ + info.CanonicalName = wxT(canonical); \ + info.LayoutDirection = layout; \ + info.Description = wxT(desc); \ + SETWINLANG(info, winlang, winsublang) \ + AddLanguage(info); + +void wxLocale::InitLanguagesDB() +{ + wxLanguageInfo info; + + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ABKHAZIAN, "ab" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Abkhazian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_AFAR, "aa" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Afar") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_AFRIKAANS, "af_ZA", LANG_AFRIKAANS , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Afrikaans") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ALBANIAN, "sq_AL", LANG_ALBANIAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Albanian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_AMHARIC, "am" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Amharic") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC, "ar" , LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_ALGERIA, "ar_DZ", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Algeria)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_BAHRAIN, "ar_BH", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Bahrain)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_EGYPT, "ar_EG", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Egypt)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_IRAQ, "ar_IQ", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Iraq)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_JORDAN, "ar_JO", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Jordan)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_KUWAIT, "ar_KW", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Kuwait)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_LEBANON, "ar_LB", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Lebanon)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_LIBYA, "ar_LY", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Libya)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_MOROCCO, "ar_MA", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Morocco)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_OMAN, "ar_OM", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Oman)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_QATAR, "ar_QA", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Qatar)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA, "ar_SA", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Saudi Arabia)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_SUDAN, "ar_SD", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Sudan)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_SYRIA, "ar_SY", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Syria)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_TUNISIA, "ar_TN", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Tunisia)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_UAE, "ar_AE", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Uae)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_YEMEN, "ar_YE", LANG_ARABIC , SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Arabic (Yemen)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ARMENIAN, "hy" , LANG_ARMENIAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Armenian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ASSAMESE, "as" , LANG_ASSAMESE , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Assamese") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ASTURIAN, "ast" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Asturian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_AYMARA, "ay" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Aymara") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_AZERI, "az" , LANG_AZERI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Azeri") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_AZERI_CYRILLIC, "az" , LANG_AZERI , SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Azeri (Cyrillic)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_AZERI_LATIN, "az" , LANG_AZERI , SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Azeri (Latin)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_BASHKIR, "ba" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Bashkir") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_BASQUE, "eu_ES", LANG_BASQUE , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Basque") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_BELARUSIAN, "be_BY", LANG_BELARUSIAN, SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Belarusian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_BENGALI, "bn" , LANG_BENGALI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Bengali") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_BHUTANI, "dz" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Bhutani") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_BIHARI, "bh" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Bihari") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_BISLAMA, "bi" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Bislama") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_BOSNIAN, "bs" , LANG_BOSNIAN , SUBLANG_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA_LATIN, wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Bosnian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_BRETON, "br" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Breton") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_BULGARIAN, "bg_BG", LANG_BULGARIAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Bulgarian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_BURMESE, "my" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Burmese") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_CAMBODIAN, "km" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Cambodian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_CATALAN, "ca_ES", LANG_CATALAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Catalan") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE, "zh_TW", LANG_CHINESE , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Chinese") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED, "zh_CN", LANG_CHINESE , SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Chinese (Simplified)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL, "zh_TW", LANG_CHINESE , SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Chinese (Traditional)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_HONGKONG, "zh_HK", LANG_CHINESE , SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Chinese (Hongkong)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_MACAU, "zh_MO", LANG_CHINESE , SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Chinese (Macau)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_SINGAPORE, "zh_SG", LANG_CHINESE , SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Chinese (Singapore)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_TAIWAN, "zh_TW", LANG_CHINESE , SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Chinese (Taiwan)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_CORSICAN, "co" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Corsican") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_CROATIAN, "hr_HR", LANG_CROATIAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Croatian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_CZECH, "cs_CZ", LANG_CZECH , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Czech") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_DANISH, "da_DK", LANG_DANISH , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Danish") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_DUTCH, "nl_NL", LANG_DUTCH , SUBLANG_DUTCH , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Dutch") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_DUTCH_BELGIAN, "nl_BE", LANG_DUTCH , SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Dutch (Belgian)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH, "en_GB", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_UK, "en_GB", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (U.K.)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US, "en_US", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (U.S.)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA, "en_AU", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (Australia)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_BELIZE, "en_BZ", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (Belize)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_BOTSWANA, "en_BW", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (Botswana)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_CANADA, "en_CA", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (Canada)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN, "en_CB", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (Caribbean)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_DENMARK, "en_DK", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (Denmark)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_EIRE, "en_IE", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (Eire)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_JAMAICA, "en_JM", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (Jamaica)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND, "en_NZ", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (New Zealand)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES, "en_PH", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (Philippines)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA, "en_ZA", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (South Africa)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD, "en_TT", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (Trinidad)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE, "en_ZW", LANG_ENGLISH , SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "English (Zimbabwe)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ESPERANTO, "eo" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Esperanto") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ESTONIAN, "et_EE", LANG_ESTONIAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Estonian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_FAEROESE, "fo_FO", LANG_FAEROESE , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Faeroese") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_FARSI, "fa_IR", LANG_FARSI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Farsi") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_FIJI, "fj" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Fiji") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_FINNISH, "fi_FI", LANG_FINNISH , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Finnish") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH, "fr_FR", LANG_FRENCH , SUBLANG_FRENCH , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "French") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_BELGIAN, "fr_BE", LANG_FRENCH , SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "French (Belgian)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_CANADIAN, "fr_CA", LANG_FRENCH , SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "French (Canadian)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG, "fr_LU", LANG_FRENCH , SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "French (Luxembourg)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_MONACO, "fr_MC", LANG_FRENCH , SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "French (Monaco)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_SWISS, "fr_CH", LANG_FRENCH , SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "French (Swiss)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_FRISIAN, "fy" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Frisian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_GALICIAN, "gl_ES", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Galician") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_GEORGIAN, "ka_GE", LANG_GEORGIAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Georgian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN, "de_DE", LANG_GERMAN , SUBLANG_GERMAN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "German") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN, "de_AT", LANG_GERMAN , SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "German (Austrian)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_BELGIUM, "de_BE", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "German (Belgium)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN, "de_LI", LANG_GERMAN , SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "German (Liechtenstein)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG, "de_LU", LANG_GERMAN , SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "German (Luxembourg)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_SWISS, "de_CH", LANG_GERMAN , SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "German (Swiss)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_GREEK, "el_GR", LANG_GREEK , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Greek") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_GREENLANDIC, "kl_GL", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Greenlandic") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_GUARANI, "gn" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Guarani") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_GUJARATI, "gu" , LANG_GUJARATI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Gujarati") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_HAUSA, "ha" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Hausa") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_HEBREW, "he_IL", LANG_HEBREW , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_RightToLeft, "Hebrew") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_HINDI, "hi_IN", LANG_HINDI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Hindi") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_HUNGARIAN, "hu_HU", LANG_HUNGARIAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Hungarian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ICELANDIC, "is_IS", LANG_ICELANDIC , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Icelandic") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_INDONESIAN, "id_ID", LANG_INDONESIAN, SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Indonesian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_INTERLINGUA, "ia" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Interlingua") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_INTERLINGUE, "ie" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Interlingue") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_INUKTITUT, "iu" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Inuktitut") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_INUPIAK, "ik" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Inupiak") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_IRISH, "ga_IE", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Irish") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ITALIAN, "it_IT", LANG_ITALIAN , SUBLANG_ITALIAN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Italian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ITALIAN_SWISS, "it_CH", LANG_ITALIAN , SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Italian (Swiss)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_JAPANESE, "ja_JP", LANG_JAPANESE , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Japanese") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_JAVANESE, "jw" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Javanese") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_KANNADA, "kn" , LANG_KANNADA , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Kannada") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_KASHMIRI, "ks" , LANG_KASHMIRI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Kashmiri") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_KASHMIRI_INDIA, "ks_IN", LANG_KASHMIRI , SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Kashmiri (India)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_KAZAKH, "kk" , LANG_KAZAK , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Kazakh") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_KERNEWEK, "kw_GB", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Kernewek") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_KINYARWANDA, "rw" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Kinyarwanda") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_KIRGHIZ, "ky" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Kirghiz") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_KIRUNDI, "rn" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Kirundi") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_KONKANI, "" , LANG_KONKANI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Konkani") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_KOREAN, "ko_KR", LANG_KOREAN , SUBLANG_KOREAN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Korean") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_KURDISH, "ku_TR", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Kurdish") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_LAOTHIAN, "lo" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Laothian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_LATIN, "la" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Latin") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_LATVIAN, "lv_LV", LANG_LATVIAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Latvian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_LINGALA, "ln" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Lingala") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_LITHUANIAN, "lt_LT", LANG_LITHUANIAN, SUBLANG_LITHUANIAN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Lithuanian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_MACEDONIAN, "mk_MK", LANG_MACEDONIAN, SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Macedonian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_MALAGASY, "mg" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Malagasy") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_MALAY, "ms_MY", LANG_MALAY , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Malay") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_MALAYALAM, "ml" , LANG_MALAYALAM , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Malayalam") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM, "ms_BN", LANG_MALAY , SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Malay (Brunei Darussalam)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_MALAY_MALAYSIA, "ms_MY", LANG_MALAY , SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Malay (Malaysia)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_MALTESE, "mt_MT", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Maltese") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_MANIPURI, "" , LANG_MANIPURI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Manipuri") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_MAORI, "mi" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Maori") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_MARATHI, "mr_IN", LANG_MARATHI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Marathi") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_MOLDAVIAN, "mo" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Moldavian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_MONGOLIAN, "mn" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Mongolian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_NAURU, "na" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Nauru") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_NEPALI, "ne_NP", LANG_NEPALI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Nepali") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_NEPALI_INDIA, "ne_IN", LANG_NEPALI , SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Nepali (India)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL, "nb_NO", LANG_NORWEGIAN , SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Norwegian (Bokmal)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK, "nn_NO", LANG_NORWEGIAN , SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Norwegian (Nynorsk)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_OCCITAN, "oc" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Occitan") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ORIYA, "or" , LANG_ORIYA , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Oriya") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_OROMO, "om" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "(Afan) Oromo") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_PASHTO, "ps" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Pashto, Pushto") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_POLISH, "pl_PL", LANG_POLISH , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Polish") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_PORTUGUESE, "pt_PT", LANG_PORTUGUESE, SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Portuguese") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN, "pt_BR", LANG_PORTUGUESE, SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Portuguese (Brazilian)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_PUNJABI, "pa" , LANG_PUNJABI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Punjabi") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_QUECHUA, "qu" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Quechua") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_RHAETO_ROMANCE, "rm" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Rhaeto-Romance") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ROMANIAN, "ro_RO", LANG_ROMANIAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Romanian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_RUSSIAN, "ru_RU", LANG_RUSSIAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Russian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_RUSSIAN_UKRAINE, "ru_UA", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Russian (Ukraine)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SAMI, "se_NO", LANG_SAMI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Northern Sami") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SAMOAN, "sm" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Samoan") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SANGHO, "sg" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Sangho") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SANSKRIT, "sa" , LANG_SANSKRIT , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Sanskrit") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SCOTS_GAELIC, "gd" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Scots Gaelic") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN, "sr_RS", LANG_SERBIAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Serbian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC, "sr_RS", LANG_SERBIAN , SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Serbian (Cyrillic)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN_LATIN, "sr_RS@latin", LANG_SERBIAN , SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Serbian (Latin)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC, "sr_YU", LANG_SERBIAN , SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Serbian (Cyrillic)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN_LATIN, "sr_YU@latin", LANG_SERBIAN , SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Serbian (Latin)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SERBO_CROATIAN, "sh" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Serbo-Croatian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SESOTHO, "st" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Sesotho") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SETSWANA, "tn" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Setswana") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SHONA, "sn" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Shona") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SINDHI, "sd" , LANG_SINDHI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Sindhi") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SINHALESE, "si" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Sinhalese") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SISWATI, "ss" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Siswati") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SLOVAK, "sk_SK", LANG_SLOVAK , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Slovak") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SLOVENIAN, "sl_SI", LANG_SLOVENIAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Slovenian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SOMALI, "so" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Somali") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH, "es_ES", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_ARGENTINA, "es_AR", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Argentina)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_BOLIVIA, "es_BO", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Bolivia)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_CHILE, "es_CL", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Chile)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_COLOMBIA, "es_CO", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Colombia)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA, "es_CR", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Costa Rica)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC, "es_DO", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC, wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Dominican republic)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_ECUADOR, "es_EC", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Ecuador)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR, "es_SV", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (El Salvador)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_GUATEMALA, "es_GT", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Guatemala)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_HONDURAS, "es_HN", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Honduras)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_MEXICAN, "es_MX", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Mexican)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_MODERN, "es_ES", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Modern)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_NICARAGUA, "es_NI", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Nicaragua)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PANAMA, "es_PA", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Panama)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PARAGUAY, "es_PY", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Paraguay)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PERU, "es_PE", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Peru)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO, "es_PR", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Puerto Rico)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_URUGUAY, "es_UY", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Uruguay)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_US, "es_US", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (U.S.)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_VENEZUELA, "es_VE", LANG_SPANISH , SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Spanish (Venezuela)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SUNDANESE, "su" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Sundanese") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SWAHILI, "sw_KE", LANG_SWAHILI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Swahili") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SWEDISH, "sv_SE", LANG_SWEDISH , SUBLANG_SWEDISH , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Swedish") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_SWEDISH_FINLAND, "sv_FI", LANG_SWEDISH , SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Swedish (Finland)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_TAGALOG, "tl_PH", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Tagalog") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_TAJIK, "tg" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Tajik") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_TAMIL, "ta" , LANG_TAMIL , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Tamil") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_TATAR, "tt" , LANG_TATAR , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Tatar") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_TELUGU, "te" , LANG_TELUGU , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Telugu") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_THAI, "th_TH", LANG_THAI , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Thai") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_TIBETAN, "bo" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Tibetan") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_TIGRINYA, "ti" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Tigrinya") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_TONGA, "to" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Tonga") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_TSONGA, "ts" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Tsonga") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_TURKISH, "tr_TR", LANG_TURKISH , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Turkish") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_TURKMEN, "tk" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Turkmen") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_TWI, "tw" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Twi") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_UIGHUR, "ug" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Uighur") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_UKRAINIAN, "uk_UA", LANG_UKRAINIAN , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Ukrainian") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_URDU, "ur" , LANG_URDU , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Urdu") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_URDU_INDIA, "ur_IN", LANG_URDU , SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Urdu (India)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_URDU_PAKISTAN, "ur_PK", LANG_URDU , SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Urdu (Pakistan)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_UZBEK, "uz" , LANG_UZBEK , SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Uzbek") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_UZBEK_CYRILLIC, "uz" , LANG_UZBEK , SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Uzbek (Cyrillic)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_UZBEK_LATIN, "uz" , LANG_UZBEK , SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Uzbek (Latin)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_VALENCIAN, "ca_ES@valencia", 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Valencian (Southern Catalan)") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_VIETNAMESE, "vi_VN", LANG_VIETNAMESE, SUBLANG_DEFAULT , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Vietnamese") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_VOLAPUK, "vo" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Volapuk") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_WELSH, "cy" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Welsh") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_WOLOF, "wo" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Wolof") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_XHOSA, "xh" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Xhosa") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_YIDDISH, "yi" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Yiddish") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_YORUBA, "yo" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Yoruba") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ZHUANG, "za" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Zhuang") + LNG(wxLANGUAGE_ZULU, "zu" , 0 , 0 , wxLayout_LeftToRight, "Zulu") + +} +#undef LNG + +// --- --- --- generated code ends here --- --- --- + +#endif // wxUSE_INTL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/layout.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/layout.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8363e2975d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/layout.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1026 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/layout.cpp +// Purpose: Constraint layout system classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: layout.cpp 58227 2009-01-19 13:55:27Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================= +// declarations +// ============================================================================= + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + +#include "wx/layout.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" +#endif + + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIndividualLayoutConstraint, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLayoutConstraints, wxObject) + + +inline void wxGetAsIs(wxWindowBase* win, int* w, int* h) +{ +#if 1 + // The old way. Works for me. + win->GetSize(w, h); +#endif + +#if 0 + // Vadim's change. Breaks wxPython's LayoutAnchors + win->GetBestSize(w, h); +#endif + +#if 0 + // Proposed compromise. Doesn't work. + int sw, sh, bw, bh; + win->GetSize(&sw, &sh); + win->GetBestSize(&bw, &bh); + if (w) + *w = wxMax(sw, bw); + if (h) + *h = wxMax(sh, bh); +#endif +} + + +wxIndividualLayoutConstraint::wxIndividualLayoutConstraint() +{ + myEdge = wxTop; + relationship = wxUnconstrained; + margin = 0; + value = 0; + percent = 0; + otherEdge = wxTop; + done = false; + otherWin = NULL; +} + +void wxIndividualLayoutConstraint::Set(wxRelationship rel, wxWindowBase *otherW, wxEdge otherE, int val, int marg) +{ + if (rel == wxSameAs) + { + // If Set is called by the user with wxSameAs then call SameAs to do + // it since it will actually use wxPercent instead. + SameAs(otherW, otherE, marg); + return; + } + + relationship = rel; + otherWin = otherW; + otherEdge = otherE; + + if ( rel == wxPercentOf ) + { + percent = val; + } + else + { + value = val; + } + + margin = marg; +} + +void wxIndividualLayoutConstraint::LeftOf(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg) +{ + Set(wxLeftOf, sibling, wxLeft, 0, marg); +} + +void wxIndividualLayoutConstraint::RightOf(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg) +{ + Set(wxRightOf, sibling, wxRight, 0, marg); +} + +void wxIndividualLayoutConstraint::Above(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg) +{ + Set(wxAbove, sibling, wxTop, 0, marg); +} + +void wxIndividualLayoutConstraint::Below(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg) +{ + Set(wxBelow, sibling, wxBottom, 0, marg); +} + +// +// 'Same edge' alignment +// +void wxIndividualLayoutConstraint::SameAs(wxWindowBase *otherW, wxEdge edge, int marg) +{ + Set(wxPercentOf, otherW, edge, 100, marg); +} + +// The edge is a percentage of the other window's edge +void wxIndividualLayoutConstraint::PercentOf(wxWindowBase *otherW, wxEdge wh, int per) +{ + Set(wxPercentOf, otherW, wh, per); +} + +// +// Edge has absolute value +// +void wxIndividualLayoutConstraint::Absolute(int val) +{ + value = val; + relationship = wxAbsolute; +} + +// Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin +bool wxIndividualLayoutConstraint::ResetIfWin(wxWindowBase *otherW) +{ + if (otherW == otherWin) + { + myEdge = wxTop; + relationship = wxAsIs; + margin = 0; + value = 0; + percent = 0; + otherEdge = wxTop; + otherWin = NULL; + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +// Try to satisfy constraint +bool wxIndividualLayoutConstraint::SatisfyConstraint(wxLayoutConstraints *constraints, wxWindowBase *win) +{ + if (relationship == wxAbsolute) + { + done = true; + return true; + } + + switch (myEdge) + { + case wxLeft: + { + switch (relationship) + { + case wxLeftOf: + { + // We can know this edge if: otherWin is win's + // parent, or otherWin has a satisfied constraint, + // or otherWin has no constraint. + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = edgePos - margin; + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxRightOf: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = edgePos + margin; + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxPercentOf: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = (int)(edgePos*(((float)percent)*0.01) + margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxUnconstrained: + { + // We know the left-hand edge position if we know + // the right-hand edge and we know the width; OR if + // we know the centre and the width. + if (constraints->right.GetDone() && constraints->width.GetDone()) + { + value = (constraints->right.GetValue() - constraints->width.GetValue() + margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else if (constraints->centreX.GetDone() && constraints->width.GetDone()) + { + value = (int)(constraints->centreX.GetValue() - (constraints->width.GetValue()/2) + margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxAsIs: + { + int y; + win->GetPosition(&value, &y); + done = true; + return true; + } + default: + break; + } + break; + } + case wxRight: + { + switch (relationship) + { + case wxLeftOf: + { + // We can know this edge if: otherWin is win's + // parent, or otherWin has a satisfied constraint, + // or otherWin has no constraint. + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = edgePos - margin; + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxRightOf: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = edgePos + margin; + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxPercentOf: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = (int)(edgePos*(((float)percent)*0.01) - margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxUnconstrained: + { + // We know the right-hand edge position if we know the + // left-hand edge and we know the width, OR if we know the + // centre edge and the width. + if (constraints->left.GetDone() && constraints->width.GetDone()) + { + value = (constraints->left.GetValue() + constraints->width.GetValue() - margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else if (constraints->centreX.GetDone() && constraints->width.GetDone()) + { + value = (int)(constraints->centreX.GetValue() + (constraints->width.GetValue()/2) - margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxAsIs: + { + int x, y; + int w, h; + wxGetAsIs(win, &w, &h); + win->GetPosition(&x, &y); + value = x + w; + done = true; + return true; + } + default: + break; + } + break; + } + case wxTop: + { + switch (relationship) + { + case wxAbove: + { + // We can know this edge if: otherWin is win's + // parent, or otherWin has a satisfied constraint, + // or otherWin has no constraint. + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = edgePos - margin; + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxBelow: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = edgePos + margin; + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxPercentOf: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = (int)(edgePos*(((float)percent)*0.01) + margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxUnconstrained: + { + // We know the top edge position if we know the bottom edge + // and we know the height; OR if we know the centre edge and + // the height. + if (constraints->bottom.GetDone() && constraints->height.GetDone()) + { + value = (constraints->bottom.GetValue() - constraints->height.GetValue() + margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else if (constraints->centreY.GetDone() && constraints->height.GetDone()) + { + value = (constraints->centreY.GetValue() - (constraints->height.GetValue()/2) + margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxAsIs: + { + int x; + win->GetPosition(&x, &value); + done = true; + return true; + } + default: + break; + } + break; + } + case wxBottom: + { + switch (relationship) + { + case wxAbove: + { + // We can know this edge if: otherWin is win's parent, + // or otherWin has a satisfied constraint, or + // otherWin has no constraint. + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = edgePos + margin; + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxBelow: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = edgePos - margin; + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxPercentOf: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = (int)(edgePos*(((float)percent)*0.01) - margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxUnconstrained: + { + // We know the bottom edge position if we know the top edge + // and we know the height; OR if we know the centre edge and + // the height. + if (constraints->top.GetDone() && constraints->height.GetDone()) + { + value = (constraints->top.GetValue() + constraints->height.GetValue() - margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else if (constraints->centreY.GetDone() && constraints->height.GetDone()) + { + value = (constraints->centreY.GetValue() + (constraints->height.GetValue()/2) - margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxAsIs: + { + int x, y; + int w, h; + wxGetAsIs(win, &w, &h); + win->GetPosition(&x, &y); + value = h + y; + done = true; + return true; + } + default: + break; + } + break; + } + case wxCentreX: + { + switch (relationship) + { + case wxLeftOf: + { + // We can know this edge if: otherWin is win's parent, or + // otherWin has a satisfied constraint, or otherWin has no + // constraint. + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = edgePos - margin; + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxRightOf: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = edgePos + margin; + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxPercentOf: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = (int)(edgePos*(((float)percent)*0.01) + margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxUnconstrained: + { + // We know the centre position if we know + // the left-hand edge and we know the width, OR + // the right-hand edge and the width + if (constraints->left.GetDone() && constraints->width.GetDone()) + { + value = (int)(constraints->left.GetValue() + (constraints->width.GetValue()/2) + margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else if (constraints->right.GetDone() && constraints->width.GetDone()) + { + value = (int)(constraints->left.GetValue() - (constraints->width.GetValue()/2) + margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + default: + break; + } + break; + } + case wxCentreY: + { + switch (relationship) + { + case wxAbove: + { + // We can know this edge if: otherWin is win's parent, + // or otherWin has a satisfied constraint, or otherWin + // has no constraint. + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = edgePos - margin; + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxBelow: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = edgePos + margin; + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxPercentOf: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = (int)(edgePos*(((float)percent)*0.01) + margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxUnconstrained: + { + // We know the centre position if we know + // the top edge and we know the height, OR + // the bottom edge and the height. + if (constraints->bottom.GetDone() && constraints->height.GetDone()) + { + value = (int)(constraints->bottom.GetValue() - (constraints->height.GetValue()/2) + margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else if (constraints->top.GetDone() && constraints->height.GetDone()) + { + value = (int)(constraints->top.GetValue() + (constraints->height.GetValue()/2) + margin); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + default: + break; + } + break; + } + case wxWidth: + { + switch (relationship) + { + case wxPercentOf: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = (int)(edgePos*(((float)percent)*0.01)); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxAsIs: + { + if (win) + { + int h; + wxGetAsIs(win, &value, &h); + done = true; + return true; + } + else return false; + } + case wxUnconstrained: + { + // We know the width if we know the left edge and the right edge, OR + // if we know the left edge and the centre, OR + // if we know the right edge and the centre + if (constraints->left.GetDone() && constraints->right.GetDone()) + { + value = constraints->right.GetValue() - constraints->left.GetValue(); + done = true; + return true; + } + else if (constraints->centreX.GetDone() && constraints->left.GetDone()) + { + value = (int)(2*(constraints->centreX.GetValue() - constraints->left.GetValue())); + done = true; + return true; + } + else if (constraints->centreX.GetDone() && constraints->right.GetDone()) + { + value = (int)(2*(constraints->right.GetValue() - constraints->centreX.GetValue())); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + default: + break; + } + break; + } + case wxHeight: + { + switch (relationship) + { + case wxPercentOf: + { + int edgePos = GetEdge(otherEdge, win, otherWin); + if (edgePos != -1) + { + value = (int)(edgePos*(((float)percent)*0.01)); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + case wxAsIs: + { + if (win) + { + int w; + wxGetAsIs(win, &w, &value); + done = true; + return true; + } + else return false; + } + case wxUnconstrained: + { + // We know the height if we know the top edge and the bottom edge, OR + // if we know the top edge and the centre, OR + // if we know the bottom edge and the centre + if (constraints->top.GetDone() && constraints->bottom.GetDone()) + { + value = constraints->bottom.GetValue() - constraints->top.GetValue(); + done = true; + return true; + } + else if (constraints->top.GetDone() && constraints->centreY.GetDone()) + { + value = (int)(2*(constraints->centreY.GetValue() - constraints->top.GetValue())); + done = true; + return true; + } + else if (constraints->bottom.GetDone() && constraints->centreY.GetDone()) + { + value = (int)(2*(constraints->bottom.GetValue() - constraints->centreY.GetValue())); + done = true; + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + default: + break; + } + break; + } + default: + break; + } + return false; +} + +// Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this is not determinable, -1. +int wxIndividualLayoutConstraint::GetEdge(wxEdge which, + wxWindowBase *thisWin, + wxWindowBase *other) const +{ + // If the edge or dimension belongs to the parent, then we know the + // dimension is obtainable immediately. E.g. a wxExpandSizer may contain a + // button (but the button's true parent is a panel, not the sizer) + if (other->GetChildren().Find((wxWindow*)thisWin)) + { + switch (which) + { + case wxLeft: + { + return 0; + } + case wxTop: + { + return 0; + } + case wxRight: + { + int w, h; + other->GetClientSizeConstraint(&w, &h); + return w; + } + case wxBottom: + { + int w, h; + other->GetClientSizeConstraint(&w, &h); + return h; + } + case wxWidth: + { + int w, h; + other->GetClientSizeConstraint(&w, &h); + return w; + } + case wxHeight: + { + int w, h; + other->GetClientSizeConstraint(&w, &h); + return h; + } + case wxCentreX: + case wxCentreY: + { + int w, h; + other->GetClientSizeConstraint(&w, &h); + if (which == wxCentreX) + return (int)(w/2); + else + return (int)(h/2); + } + default: + return -1; + } + } + switch (which) + { + case wxLeft: + { + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = other->GetConstraints(); + // If no constraints, it means the window is not dependent + // on anything, and therefore we know its value immediately + if (constr) + { + if (constr->left.GetDone()) + return constr->left.GetValue(); + else + return -1; + } + else + { + int x, y; + other->GetPosition(&x, &y); + return x; + } + } + case wxTop: + { + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = other->GetConstraints(); + // If no constraints, it means the window is not dependent + // on anything, and therefore we know its value immediately + if (constr) + { + if (constr->top.GetDone()) + return constr->top.GetValue(); + else + return -1; + } + else + { + int x, y; + other->GetPosition(&x, &y); + return y; + } + } + case wxRight: + { + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = other->GetConstraints(); + // If no constraints, it means the window is not dependent + // on anything, and therefore we know its value immediately + if (constr) + { + if (constr->right.GetDone()) + return constr->right.GetValue(); + else + return -1; + } + else + { + int x, y, w, h; + other->GetPosition(&x, &y); + other->GetSize(&w, &h); + return (int)(x + w); + } + } + case wxBottom: + { + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = other->GetConstraints(); + // If no constraints, it means the window is not dependent + // on anything, and therefore we know its value immediately + if (constr) + { + if (constr->bottom.GetDone()) + return constr->bottom.GetValue(); + else + return -1; + } + else + { + int x, y, w, h; + other->GetPosition(&x, &y); + other->GetSize(&w, &h); + return (int)(y + h); + } + } + case wxWidth: + { + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = other->GetConstraints(); + // If no constraints, it means the window is not dependent + // on anything, and therefore we know its value immediately + if (constr) + { + if (constr->width.GetDone()) + return constr->width.GetValue(); + else + return -1; + } + else + { + int w, h; + other->GetSize(&w, &h); + return w; + } + } + case wxHeight: + { + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = other->GetConstraints(); + // If no constraints, it means the window is not dependent + // on anything, and therefore we know its value immediately + if (constr) + { + if (constr->height.GetDone()) + return constr->height.GetValue(); + else + return -1; + } + else + { + int w, h; + other->GetSize(&w, &h); + return h; + } + } + case wxCentreX: + { + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = other->GetConstraints(); + // If no constraints, it means the window is not dependent + // on anything, and therefore we know its value immediately + if (constr) + { + if (constr->centreX.GetDone()) + return constr->centreX.GetValue(); + else + return -1; + } + else + { + int x, y, w, h; + other->GetPosition(&x, &y); + other->GetSize(&w, &h); + return (int)(x + (w/2)); + } + } + case wxCentreY: + { + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = other->GetConstraints(); + // If no constraints, it means the window is not dependent + // on anything, and therefore we know its value immediately + if (constr) + { + if (constr->centreY.GetDone()) + return constr->centreY.GetValue(); + else + return -1; + } + else + { + int x, y, w, h; + other->GetPosition(&x, &y); + other->GetSize(&w, &h); + return (int)(y + (h/2)); + } + } + default: + break; + } + return -1; +} + +wxLayoutConstraints::wxLayoutConstraints() +{ + left.SetEdge(wxLeft); + top.SetEdge(wxTop); + right.SetEdge(wxRight); + bottom.SetEdge(wxBottom); + centreX.SetEdge(wxCentreX); + centreY.SetEdge(wxCentreY); + width.SetEdge(wxWidth); + height.SetEdge(wxHeight); +} + +bool wxLayoutConstraints::SatisfyConstraints(wxWindowBase *win, int *nChanges) +{ + int noChanges = 0; + + bool done = width.GetDone(); + bool newDone = (done ? true : width.SatisfyConstraint(this, win)); + if (newDone != done) + noChanges ++; + + done = height.GetDone(); + newDone = (done ? true : height.SatisfyConstraint(this, win)); + if (newDone != done) + noChanges ++; + + done = left.GetDone(); + newDone = (done ? true : left.SatisfyConstraint(this, win)); + if (newDone != done) + noChanges ++; + + done = top.GetDone(); + newDone = (done ? true : top.SatisfyConstraint(this, win)); + if (newDone != done) + noChanges ++; + + done = right.GetDone(); + newDone = (done ? true : right.SatisfyConstraint(this, win)); + if (newDone != done) + noChanges ++; + + done = bottom.GetDone(); + newDone = (done ? true : bottom.SatisfyConstraint(this, win)); + if (newDone != done) + noChanges ++; + + done = centreX.GetDone(); + newDone = (done ? true : centreX.SatisfyConstraint(this, win)); + if (newDone != done) + noChanges ++; + + done = centreY.GetDone(); + newDone = (done ? true : centreY.SatisfyConstraint(this, win)); + if (newDone != done) + noChanges ++; + + *nChanges = noChanges; + + return AreSatisfied(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/lboxcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/lboxcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d6227db60b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/lboxcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,336 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/lboxcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxListBox class methods common to all platforms +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 22.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: lboxcmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LISTBOX + +#include "wx/listbox.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + #include "wx/arrstr.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxListBoxNameStr[] = "listBox"; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxListBoxBase::~wxListBoxBase() +{ + // this destructor is required for Darwin +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxListBoxStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxListBoxStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_SINGLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_MULTIPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_EXTENDED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_HSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_ALWAYS_SB) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_NEEDED_SB) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLB_SORT) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxListBoxStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxListBox, wxControl, "wx/listbox.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxListBox) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Select, wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent ) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( DoubleClick, wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, wxCommandEvent ) + +wxPROPERTY( Font, wxFont, SetFont, GetFont , wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION( Choices, wxArrayString, wxString, AppendString, \ + GetStrings, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) +wxPROPERTY( Selection, int, SetSelection, GetSelection, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) + +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxListBoxStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxListBox) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_4( wxListBox, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size ) + +/* + TODO PROPERTIES + selection + content + item + */ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// selection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxListBoxBase::SetStringSelection(const wxString& s, bool select) +{ + const int sel = FindString(s); + if ( sel == wxNOT_FOUND ) + return false; + + SetSelection(sel, select); + + return true; +} + +void wxListBoxBase::SetSelection(int n) +{ + if ( !HasMultipleSelection() ) + DoChangeSingleSelection(n); + + DoSetSelection(n, true); +} + +void wxListBoxBase::DeselectAll(int itemToLeaveSelected) +{ + if ( HasMultipleSelection() ) + { + wxArrayInt selections; + GetSelections(selections); + + size_t count = selections.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + int item = selections[n]; + if ( item != itemToLeaveSelected ) + Deselect(item); + } + } + else // single selection + { + int sel = GetSelection(); + if ( sel != wxNOT_FOUND && sel != itemToLeaveSelected ) + { + Deselect(sel); + } + } +} + +void wxListBoxBase::UpdateOldSelections() +{ + // We need to remember the selection even in single-selection case on + // Windows, so that we don't send an event when the user clicks on an + // already selected item. +#ifndef __WXMSW__ + if (HasFlag(wxLB_MULTIPLE) || HasFlag(wxLB_EXTENDED)) +#endif + { + GetSelections( m_oldSelections ); + } +} + +bool wxListBoxBase::SendEvent(wxEventType evtType, int item, bool selected) +{ + wxCommandEvent event(evtType, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + + event.SetInt(item); + event.SetString(GetString(item)); + event.SetExtraLong(selected); + + if ( HasClientObjectData() ) + event.SetClientObject(GetClientObject(item)); + else if ( HasClientUntypedData() ) + event.SetClientData(GetClientData(item)); + + return HandleWindowEvent(event); +} + +bool wxListBoxBase::DoChangeSingleSelection(int item) +{ + // As we don't use m_oldSelections in single selection mode, we store the + // last item that we notified the user about in it in this case because we + // need to remember it to be able to filter out the dummy selection changes + // that we get when the user clicks on an already selected item. + if ( !m_oldSelections.empty() && *m_oldSelections.begin() == item ) + { + // Same item as the last time. + return false; + } + + m_oldSelections.clear(); + m_oldSelections.push_back(item); + + return true; +} + +bool wxListBoxBase::CalcAndSendEvent() +{ + wxArrayInt selections; + GetSelections(selections); + bool selected = true; + + if ( selections.empty() && m_oldSelections.empty() ) + { + // nothing changed, just leave + return false; + } + + const size_t countSel = selections.size(), + countSelOld = m_oldSelections.size(); + if ( countSel == countSelOld ) + { + bool changed = false; + for ( size_t idx = 0; idx < countSel; idx++ ) + { + if (selections[idx] != m_oldSelections[idx]) + { + changed = true; + break; + } + } + + // nothing changed, just leave + if ( !changed ) + return false; + } + + int item = wxNOT_FOUND; + if ( selections.empty() ) + { + selected = false; + item = m_oldSelections[0]; + } + else // we [still] have some selections + { + // Now test if any new item is selected + bool any_new_selected = false; + for ( size_t idx = 0; idx < countSel; idx++ ) + { + item = selections[idx]; + if ( m_oldSelections.Index(item) == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + any_new_selected = true; + break; + } + } + + if ( !any_new_selected ) + { + // No new items selected, now test if any new item is deselected + bool any_new_deselected = false; + for ( size_t idx = 0; idx < countSelOld; idx++ ) + { + item = m_oldSelections[idx]; + if ( selections.Index(item) == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + any_new_deselected = true; + break; + } + } + + if ( any_new_deselected ) + { + // indicate that this is a selection + selected = false; + } + else + { + item = wxNOT_FOUND; // this should be impossible + } + } + } + + wxASSERT_MSG( item != wxNOT_FOUND, + "Logic error in wxListBox selection event generation code" ); + + m_oldSelections = selections; + + return SendEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, item, selected); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// misc +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListBoxBase::Command(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + SetSelection(event.GetInt(), event.GetExtraLong() != 0); + (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// SetFirstItem() and such +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListBoxBase::SetFirstItem(const wxString& s) +{ + int n = FindString(s); + + wxCHECK_RET( n != wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("invalid string in wxListBox::SetFirstItem") ); + + DoSetFirstItem(n); +} + +void wxListBoxBase::AppendAndEnsureVisible(const wxString& s) +{ + Append(s); + EnsureVisible(GetCount() - 1); +} + +void wxListBoxBase::EnsureVisible(int WXUNUSED(n)) +{ + // the base class version does nothing (the only alternative would be to + // call SetFirstItem() but this is probably even more stupid) +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/list.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/list.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a397d04a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/list.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,771 @@ +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/list.cpp +// Purpose: wxList implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: VZ at 16/11/98: WX_DECLARE_LIST() and typesafe lists added +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: list.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================= +// declarations +// ============================================================================= + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/list.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif + +#if !wxUSE_STL + +// ============================================================================= +// implementation +// ============================================================================= + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListKey +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +wxListKey wxDefaultListKey; + +bool wxListKey::operator==(wxListKeyValue value) const +{ + switch ( m_keyType ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("bad key type.")); + // let compiler optimize the line above away in release build + // by not putting return here... + + case wxKEY_STRING: + return *m_key.string == *value.string; + + case wxKEY_INTEGER: + return m_key.integer == value.integer; + } +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNodeBase +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxNodeBase::wxNodeBase(wxListBase *list, + wxNodeBase *previous, wxNodeBase *next, + void *data, const wxListKey& key) +{ + m_list = list; + m_data = data; + m_previous = previous; + m_next = next; + + switch ( key.GetKeyType() ) + { + case wxKEY_NONE: + break; + + case wxKEY_INTEGER: + m_key.integer = key.GetNumber(); + break; + + case wxKEY_STRING: + // to be free()d later + m_key.string = new wxString(key.GetString()); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("invalid key type")); + } + + if ( previous ) + previous->m_next = this; + + if ( next ) + next->m_previous = this; +} + +wxNodeBase::~wxNodeBase() +{ + // handle the case when we're being deleted from the list by the user (i.e. + // not by the list itself from DeleteNode) - we must do it for + // compatibility with old code + if ( m_list != NULL ) + { + if ( m_list->m_keyType == wxKEY_STRING ) + { + delete m_key.string; + } + + m_list->DetachNode(this); + } +} + +int wxNodeBase::IndexOf() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_list, wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("node doesn't belong to a list in IndexOf")); + + // It would be more efficient to implement IndexOf() completely inside + // wxListBase (only traverse the list once), but this is probably a more + // reusable way of doing it. Can always be optimized at a later date (since + // IndexOf() resides in wxListBase as well) if efficiency is a problem. + int i; + wxNodeBase *prev = m_previous; + + for( i = 0; prev; i++ ) + { + prev = prev->m_previous; + } + + return i; +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListBase +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListBase::Init(wxKeyType keyType) +{ + m_nodeFirst = + m_nodeLast = NULL; + m_count = 0; + m_destroy = false; + m_keyType = keyType; +} + +wxListBase::wxListBase(size_t count, void *elements[]) +{ + Init(); + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + Append(elements[n]); + } +} + +void wxListBase::DoCopy(const wxListBase& list) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !list.m_destroy, + wxT("copying list which owns it's elements is a bad idea") ); + + m_destroy = list.m_destroy; + m_keyType = list.m_keyType; + m_nodeFirst = + m_nodeLast = NULL; + + switch (m_keyType) + { + case wxKEY_INTEGER: + { + long key; + for ( wxNodeBase *node = list.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + key = node->GetKeyInteger(); + Append(key, node->GetData()); + } + break; + } + + case wxKEY_STRING: + { + const wxChar *key; + for ( wxNodeBase *node = list.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + key = node->GetKeyString(); + Append(key, node->GetData()); + } + break; + } + + default: + { + for ( wxNodeBase *node = list.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + Append(node->GetData()); + } + break; + } + } + + wxASSERT_MSG( m_count == list.m_count, wxT("logic error in wxList::DoCopy") ); +} + +wxListBase::~wxListBase() +{ + wxNodeBase *each = m_nodeFirst; + while ( each != NULL ) + { + wxNodeBase *next = each->GetNext(); + DoDeleteNode(each); + each = next; + } +} + +wxNodeBase *wxListBase::AppendCommon(wxNodeBase *node) +{ + if ( !m_nodeFirst ) + { + m_nodeFirst = node; + m_nodeLast = m_nodeFirst; + } + else + { + m_nodeLast->m_next = node; + m_nodeLast = node; + } + + m_count++; + + return node; +} + +wxNodeBase *wxListBase::Append(void *object) +{ + // all objects in a keyed list should have a key + wxCHECK_MSG( m_keyType == wxKEY_NONE, NULL, + wxT("need a key for the object to append") ); + + // we use wxDefaultListKey even though it is the default parameter value + // because gcc under Mac OS X seems to miscompile this call otherwise + wxNodeBase *node = CreateNode(m_nodeLast, NULL, object, + wxDefaultListKey); + + return AppendCommon(node); +} + +wxNodeBase *wxListBase::Append(long key, void *object) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( (m_keyType == wxKEY_INTEGER) || + (m_keyType == wxKEY_NONE && m_count == 0), + NULL, + wxT("can't append object with numeric key to this list") ); + + wxNodeBase *node = CreateNode(m_nodeLast, NULL, object, key); + return AppendCommon(node); +} + +wxNodeBase *wxListBase::Append (const wxString& key, void *object) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( (m_keyType == wxKEY_STRING) || + (m_keyType == wxKEY_NONE && m_count == 0), + NULL, + wxT("can't append object with string key to this list") ); + + wxNodeBase *node = CreateNode(m_nodeLast, NULL, object, key); + return AppendCommon(node); +} + +wxNodeBase *wxListBase::Insert(wxNodeBase *position, void *object) +{ + // all objects in a keyed list should have a key + wxCHECK_MSG( m_keyType == wxKEY_NONE, NULL, + wxT("need a key for the object to insert") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( !position || position->m_list == this, NULL, + wxT("can't insert before a node from another list") ); + + // previous and next node for the node being inserted + wxNodeBase *prev, *next; + if ( position ) + { + prev = position->GetPrevious(); + next = position; + } + else + { + // inserting in the beginning of the list + prev = NULL; + next = m_nodeFirst; + } + + // wxDefaultListKey: see comment in Append() above + wxNodeBase *node = CreateNode(prev, next, object, wxDefaultListKey); + if ( !m_nodeFirst ) + { + m_nodeLast = node; + } + + if ( prev == NULL ) + { + m_nodeFirst = node; + } + + m_count++; + + return node; +} + +wxNodeBase *wxListBase::Item(size_t n) const +{ + for ( wxNodeBase *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() ) + { + if ( n-- == 0 ) + { + return current; + } + } + + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid index in wxListBase::Item") ); + + return NULL; +} + +wxNodeBase *wxListBase::Find(const wxListKey& key) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_keyType == key.GetKeyType(), + wxT("this list is not keyed on the type of this key") ); + + for ( wxNodeBase *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() ) + { + if ( key == current->m_key ) + { + return current; + } + } + + // not found + return NULL; +} + +wxNodeBase *wxListBase::Find(const void *object) const +{ + for ( wxNodeBase *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() ) + { + if ( current->GetData() == object ) + return current; + } + + // not found + return NULL; +} + +int wxListBase::IndexOf(void *object) const +{ + wxNodeBase *node = Find( object ); + + return node ? node->IndexOf() : wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +void wxListBase::DoDeleteNode(wxNodeBase *node) +{ + // free node's data + if ( m_keyType == wxKEY_STRING ) + { + free(node->m_key.string); + } + + if ( m_destroy ) + { + node->DeleteData(); + } + + // so that the node knows that it's being deleted by the list + node->m_list = NULL; + delete node; +} + +wxNodeBase *wxListBase::DetachNode(wxNodeBase *node) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( node, NULL, wxT("detaching NULL wxNodeBase") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( node->m_list == this, NULL, + wxT("detaching node which is not from this list") ); + + // update the list + wxNodeBase **prevNext = node->GetPrevious() ? &node->GetPrevious()->m_next + : &m_nodeFirst; + wxNodeBase **nextPrev = node->GetNext() ? &node->GetNext()->m_previous + : &m_nodeLast; + + *prevNext = node->GetNext(); + *nextPrev = node->GetPrevious(); + + m_count--; + + // mark the node as not belonging to this list any more + node->m_list = NULL; + + return node; +} + +bool wxListBase::DeleteNode(wxNodeBase *node) +{ + if ( !DetachNode(node) ) + return false; + + DoDeleteNode(node); + + return true; +} + +bool wxListBase::DeleteObject(void *object) +{ + for ( wxNodeBase *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() ) + { + if ( current->GetData() == object ) + { + DeleteNode(current); + return true; + } + } + + // not found + return false; +} + +void wxListBase::Clear() +{ + wxNodeBase *current = m_nodeFirst; + while ( current ) + { + wxNodeBase *next = current->GetNext(); + DoDeleteNode(current); + current = next; + } + + m_nodeFirst = + m_nodeLast = NULL; + + m_count = 0; +} + +void wxListBase::ForEach(wxListIterateFunction F) +{ + for ( wxNodeBase *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() ) + { + (*F)(current->GetData()); + } +} + +void *wxListBase::FirstThat(wxListIterateFunction F) +{ + for ( wxNodeBase *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() ) + { + if ( (*F)(current->GetData()) ) + return current->GetData(); + } + + return NULL; +} + +void *wxListBase::LastThat(wxListIterateFunction F) +{ + for ( wxNodeBase *current = GetLast(); current; current = current->GetPrevious() ) + { + if ( (*F)(current->GetData()) ) + return current->GetData(); + } + + return NULL; +} + +// (stefan.hammes@urz.uni-heidelberg.de) +// +// function for sorting lists. the concept is borrowed from 'qsort'. +// by giving a sort function, arbitrary lists can be sorted. +// method: +// - put wxObject pointers into an array +// - sort the array with qsort +// - put back the sorted wxObject pointers into the list +// +// CAVE: the sort function receives pointers to wxObject pointers (wxObject **), +// so dereference right! +// EXAMPLE: +// int listcompare(const void *arg1, const void *arg2) +// { +// return(compare(**(wxString **)arg1, +// **(wxString **)arg2)); +// } +// +// void main() +// { +// wxListBase list; +// +// list.Append(new wxString("DEF")); +// list.Append(new wxString("GHI")); +// list.Append(new wxString("ABC")); +// list.Sort(listcompare); +// } + +void wxListBase::Sort(const wxSortCompareFunction compfunc) +{ + // allocate an array for the wxObject pointers of the list + const size_t num = GetCount(); + void **objArray = new void *[num]; + void **objPtr = objArray; + + // go through the list and put the pointers into the array + wxNodeBase *node; + for ( node = GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + *objPtr++ = node->GetData(); + } + + // sort the array + qsort((void *)objArray,num,sizeof(wxObject *), +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + (int (__cdecl *)(const void *,const void *)) +#endif + compfunc); + + // put the sorted pointers back into the list + objPtr = objArray; + for ( node = GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + node->SetData(*objPtr++); + } + + // free the array + delete[] objArray; +} + +void wxListBase::Reverse() +{ + wxNodeBase* node = m_nodeFirst; + wxNodeBase* tmp; + + while (node) + { + // swap prev and next pointers + tmp = node->m_next; + node->m_next = node->m_previous; + node->m_previous = tmp; + + // this is the node that was next before swapping + node = tmp; + } + + // swap first and last node + tmp = m_nodeFirst; m_nodeFirst = m_nodeLast; m_nodeLast = tmp; +} + +void wxListBase::DeleteNodes(wxNodeBase* first, wxNodeBase* last) +{ + wxNodeBase* node = first; + + while (node != last) + { + wxNodeBase* next = node->GetNext(); + DeleteNode(node); + node = next; + } +} + +// ============================================================================ +// compatibility section from now on +// ============================================================================ + +#ifdef wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxList (a.k.a. wxObjectList) +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxList::wxList( int key_type ) + : wxObjectList( (wxKeyType)key_type ) +{ +} + +void wxObjectListNode::DeleteData() +{ + delete (wxObject *)GetData(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStringList +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static inline wxChar* MYcopystring(const wxChar* s) +{ + wxChar* copy = new wxChar[wxStrlen(s) + 1]; + return wxStrcpy(copy, s); +} + +// instead of WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxStringListBase) we define this function +// ourselves +void wxStringListNode::DeleteData() +{ + delete [] (char *)GetData(); +} + +bool wxStringList::Delete(const wxChar *s) +{ + wxStringListNode *current; + + for ( current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() ) + { + if ( wxStrcmp(current->GetData(), s) == 0 ) + { + DeleteNode(current); + return true; + } + } + + // not found + return false; +} + +void wxStringList::DoCopy(const wxStringList& other) +{ + wxASSERT( GetCount() == 0 ); // this list must be empty before copying! + + size_t count = other.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + Add(other.Item(n)->GetData()); + } +} + +wxStringList::wxStringList() +{ + DeleteContents(true); +} + +// Variable argument list, terminated by a zero +// Makes new storage for the strings +wxStringList::wxStringList (const wxChar *first, ...) +{ + DeleteContents(true); + if ( !first ) + return; + + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, first); + + const wxChar *s = first; + for (;;) + { + Add(s); + + // icc gives this warning in its own va_arg() macro, argh +#ifdef __INTELC__ + #pragma warning(push) + #pragma warning(disable: 1684) +#endif + + s = va_arg(ap, const wxChar *); + +#ifdef __INTELC__ + #pragma warning(pop) +#endif + + if ( !s ) + break; + } + + va_end(ap); +} + +// Only makes new strings if arg is true +wxChar **wxStringList::ListToArray(bool new_copies) const +{ + wxChar **string_array = new wxChar *[GetCount()]; + wxStringListNode *node = GetFirst(); + for (size_t i = 0; i < GetCount(); i++) + { + wxChar *s = node->GetData(); + if ( new_copies ) + string_array[i] = MYcopystring(s); + else + string_array[i] = s; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return string_array; +} + +// Checks whether s is a member of the list +bool wxStringList::Member(const wxChar *s) const +{ + for ( wxStringListNode *node = GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + const wxChar *s1 = node->GetData(); + if (s == s1 || wxStrcmp (s, s1) == 0) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ +extern "C" +{ +static int __cdecl +#else +extern "C" +{ +static int LINKAGEMODE +#endif + +wx_comparestrings(const void *arg1, const void *arg2) +{ + wxChar **s1 = (wxChar **) arg1; + wxChar **s2 = (wxChar **) arg2; + + return wxStrcmp (*s1, *s2); +} + +} // end of extern "C" (required because of GCC Bug c++/33078 + +// Sort a list of strings - deallocates old nodes, allocates new +void wxStringList::Sort() +{ + size_t N = GetCount(); + wxChar **array = new wxChar *[N]; + wxStringListNode *node; + + size_t i = 0; + for ( node = GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + array[i++] = node->GetData(); + } + + qsort (array, N, sizeof (wxChar *), wx_comparestrings); + + i = 0; + for ( node = GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + node->SetData( array[i++] ); + + delete [] array; +} + +wxNode *wxStringList::Add(const wxChar *s) +{ + return (wxNode *)(wxStringListBase::Node *) + wxStringListBase::Append(MYcopystring(s)); +} + +wxNode *wxStringList::Prepend(const wxChar *s) +{ + return (wxNode *)(wxStringListBase::Node *) + wxStringListBase::Insert(MYcopystring(s)); +} + +#endif // wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY + +#else // wxUSE_STL = 1 + + #include "wx/listimpl.cpp" + WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxObjectList) + +// with wxUSE_STL wxStringList contains wxString objects, not pointers +void _WX_LIST_HELPER_wxStringListBase::DeleteFunction( wxString WXUNUSED(X) ) +{ +} + +wxStringListBase::BaseListType wxStringListBase::EmptyList; + +#endif // !wxUSE_STL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/listctrlcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/listctrlcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..220eaa3f0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/listctrlcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/listctrlcmn.cpp +// Purpose: Common defines for wxListCtrl and wxListCtrl-based classes. +// Author: Kevin Ollivier +// Created: 09/15/06 +// RCS-ID: $Id: listctrlcmn.cpp 66555 2011-01-04 08:31:53Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Kevin Ollivier +// Licence: wxWindows licence +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================= +// declarations +// ============================================================================= + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL + +#include "wx/listctrl.h" + +const char wxListCtrlNameStr[] = "listCtrl"; + +// ListCtrl events +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ITEM, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_KEY_DOWN, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_INSERT_ITEM, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_CLICK, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_DRAGGING, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_END_DRAG, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_FOCUSED, wxListEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_CACHE_HINT, wxListEvent ); + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxListCtrlStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxListCtrlStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_LIST) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_REPORT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_ICON) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_SMALL_ICON) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_ALIGN_TOP) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_AUTOARRANGE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_USER_TEXT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_EDIT_LABELS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_NO_HEADER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_SINGLE_SEL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_SORT_ASCENDING) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_SORT_DESCENDING) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLC_VIRTUAL) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxListCtrlStyle ) + +#if ((!defined(__WXMSW__) && !(defined(__WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON)) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)) +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxListCtrl, wxGenericListCtrl, "wx/listctrl.h") +#else +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxListCtrl, wxControl, "wx/listctrl.h") +#endif + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxListCtrl) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( TextUpdated, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent ) + +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxListCtrlStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxListCtrl) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxListCtrl, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + +/* + TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout etc. via appropriate objects + (see NotebookPageInfo) + */ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListView, wxListCtrl) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListItem, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListEvent, wxNotifyEvent) + +#endif // wxUSE_LISTCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/log.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/log.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..039cbeaedc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/log.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1069 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/log.cpp +// Purpose: Assorted wxLogXXX functions, and wxLog (sink for logs) +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: log.cpp 65956 2010-10-30 23:50:28Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LOG + +// wxWidgets +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/arrstr.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/apptrait.h" +#include "wx/datetime.h" +#include "wx/file.h" +#include "wx/msgout.h" +#include "wx/textfile.h" +#include "wx/thread.h" +#include "wx/private/threadinfo.h" +#include "wx/crt.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" + +// other standard headers +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ +#include +#endif + +#include + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS5__ +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ +#include +#else +#include "wx/msw/wince/time.h" +#endif +#endif /* ! __WXPALMOS5__ */ + +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) + #include "wx/msw/private.h" // includes windows.h +#endif + +#undef wxLOG_COMPONENT +const char *wxLOG_COMPONENT = ""; + +// this macro allows to define an object which will be initialized before any +// other function in this file is called: this is necessary to allow log +// functions to be used during static initialization (this is not advisable +// anyhow but we should at least try to not crash) and to also ensure that they +// are initialized by the time static initialization is done, i.e. before any +// threads are created hopefully +// +// the net effect of all this is that you can use Get##name() function to +// access the object without worrying about it being not initialized +// +// see also WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_CONV2() in src/common/strconv.cpp +#define WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_VAR(type, name) \ + inline type& Get##name() \ + { \ + static type s_##name; \ + return s_##name; \ + } \ + \ + type *gs_##name##Ptr = &Get##name() + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + +wxTLS_TYPE(wxThreadSpecificInfo) wxThreadInfoVar; + +namespace +{ + +// contains messages logged by the other threads and waiting to be shown until +// Flush() is called in the main one +typedef wxVector wxLogRecords; +wxLogRecords gs_bufferedLogRecords; + +#define WX_DEFINE_LOG_CS(name) WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_VAR(wxCriticalSection, name##CS) + +// this critical section is used for buffering the messages from threads other +// than main, i.e. it protects all accesses to gs_bufferedLogRecords above +WX_DEFINE_LOG_CS(BackgroundLog); + +// this one is used for protecting TraceMasks() from concurrent access +WX_DEFINE_LOG_CS(TraceMask); + +// and this one is used for GetComponentLevels() +WX_DEFINE_LOG_CS(Levels); + +} // anonymous namespace + +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// non member functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// define this to enable wrapping of log messages +//#define LOG_PRETTY_WRAP + +#ifdef LOG_PRETTY_WRAP + static void wxLogWrap(FILE *f, const char *pszPrefix, const char *psz); +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// module globals +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +// this struct is used to store information about the previous log message used +// by OnLog() to (optionally) avoid logging multiple copies of the same message +struct PreviousLogInfo +{ + PreviousLogInfo() + { + numRepeated = 0; + } + + + // previous message itself + wxString msg; + + // its level + wxLogLevel level; + + // other information about it + wxLogRecordInfo info; + + // the number of times it was already repeated + unsigned numRepeated; +}; + +PreviousLogInfo gs_prevLog; + + +// map containing all components for which log level was explicitly set +// +// NB: all accesses to it must be protected by GetLevelsCS() critical section +WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_VAR(wxStringToNumHashMap, ComponentLevels); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLogOutputBest: wxLog wrapper around wxMessageOutputBest +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxLogOutputBest : public wxLog +{ +public: + wxLogOutputBest() { } + +protected: + virtual void DoLogText(const wxString& msg) + { + wxMessageOutputBest().Output(msg); + } + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogOutputBest); +}; + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper global functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSafeShowMessage(const wxString& title, const wxString& text) +{ +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + ::MessageBox(NULL, text.t_str(), title.t_str(), MB_OK | MB_ICONSTOP); +#else + wxFprintf(stderr, wxS("%s: %s\n"), title.c_str(), text.c_str()); + fflush(stderr); +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLog class implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +unsigned wxLog::LogLastRepeatIfNeeded() +{ + const unsigned count = gs_prevLog.numRepeated; + + if ( gs_prevLog.numRepeated ) + { + wxString msg; +#if wxUSE_INTL + msg.Printf(wxPLURAL("The previous message repeated once.", + "The previous message repeated %lu times.", + gs_prevLog.numRepeated), + gs_prevLog.numRepeated); +#else + msg.Printf(wxS("The previous message was repeated %lu times."), + gs_prevLog.numRepeated); +#endif + gs_prevLog.numRepeated = 0; + gs_prevLog.msg.clear(); + DoLogRecord(gs_prevLog.level, msg, gs_prevLog.info); + } + + return count; +} + +wxLog::~wxLog() +{ + // Flush() must be called before destroying the object as otherwise some + // messages could be lost + if ( gs_prevLog.numRepeated ) + { + wxMessageOutputDebug().Printf + ( + wxS("Last repeated message (\"%s\", %lu times) wasn't output"), + gs_prevLog.msg, + gs_prevLog.numRepeated + ); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLog logging functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +void +wxLog::OnLog(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg, time_t t) +{ + wxLogRecordInfo info; + info.timestamp = t; +#if wxUSE_THREADS + info.threadId = wxThread::GetCurrentId(); +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + OnLog(level, msg, info); +} + +/* static */ +void +wxLog::OnLog(wxLogLevel level, + const wxString& msg, + const wxLogRecordInfo& info) +{ + // fatal errors can't be suppressed nor handled by the custom log target + // and always terminate the program + if ( level == wxLOG_FatalError ) + { + wxSafeShowMessage(wxS("Fatal Error"), msg); + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + ExitThread(3); +#else + abort(); +#endif + } + + wxLog *logger; + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + if ( !wxThread::IsMain() ) + { + logger = wxThreadInfo.logger; + if ( !logger ) + { + if ( ms_pLogger ) + { + // buffer the messages until they can be shown from the main + // thread + wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(GetBackgroundLogCS()); + + gs_bufferedLogRecords.push_back(wxLogRecord(level, msg, info)); + + // ensure that our Flush() will be called soon + wxWakeUpIdle(); + } + //else: we don't have any logger at all, there is no need to log + // anything + + return; + } + //else: we have a thread-specific logger, we can send messages to it + // directly + } + else +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + { + logger = GetMainThreadActiveTarget(); + if ( !logger ) + return; + } + + logger->CallDoLogNow(level, msg, info); +} + +void +wxLog::CallDoLogNow(wxLogLevel level, + const wxString& msg, + const wxLogRecordInfo& info) +{ + if ( GetRepetitionCounting() ) + { + if ( msg == gs_prevLog.msg ) + { + gs_prevLog.numRepeated++; + + // nothing else to do, in particular, don't log the + // repeated message + return; + } + + LogLastRepeatIfNeeded(); + + // reset repetition counter for a new message + gs_prevLog.msg = msg; + gs_prevLog.level = level; + gs_prevLog.info = info; + } + + // handle extra data which may be passed to us by wxLogXXX() + wxString prefix, suffix; + wxUIntPtr num = 0; + if ( info.GetNumValue(wxLOG_KEY_SYS_ERROR_CODE, &num) ) + { + const long err = static_cast(num); + + suffix.Printf(_(" (error %ld: %s)"), err, wxSysErrorMsg(err)); + } + +#if wxUSE_LOG_TRACE + wxString str; + if ( level == wxLOG_Trace && info.GetStrValue(wxLOG_KEY_TRACE_MASK, &str) ) + { + prefix = "(" + str + ") "; + } +#endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE + + DoLogRecord(level, prefix + msg + suffix, info); +} + +void wxLog::DoLogRecord(wxLogLevel level, + const wxString& msg, + const wxLogRecordInfo& info) +{ +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // call the old DoLog() to ensure that existing custom log classes still + // work + // + // as the user code could have defined it as either taking "const char *" + // (in ANSI build) or "const wxChar *" (in ANSI/Unicode), we have no choice + // but to call both of them + DoLog(level, (const char*)msg.mb_str(), info.timestamp); + DoLog(level, (const wchar_t*)msg.wc_str(), info.timestamp); +#else // !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxUnusedVar(info); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8/!WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + + // TODO: it would be better to extract message formatting in a separate + // wxLogFormatter class but for now we hard code formatting here + + wxString prefix; + + // don't time stamp debug messages under MSW as debug viewers usually + // already have an option to do it +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + if ( level != wxLOG_Debug && level != wxLOG_Trace ) +#endif // __WXMSW__ + TimeStamp(&prefix); + + // TODO: use the other wxLogRecordInfo fields + + switch ( level ) + { + case wxLOG_Error: + prefix += _("Error: "); + break; + + case wxLOG_Warning: + prefix += _("Warning: "); + break; + + // don't prepend "debug/trace" prefix under MSW as it goes to the debug + // window anyhow and so can't be confused with something else +#ifndef __WXMSW__ + case wxLOG_Debug: + // this prefix (as well as the one below) is intentionally not + // translated as nobody translates debug messages anyhow + prefix += "Debug: "; + break; + + case wxLOG_Trace: + prefix += "Trace: "; + break; +#endif // !__WXMSW__ + } + + DoLogTextAtLevel(level, prefix + msg); +} + +void wxLog::DoLogTextAtLevel(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg) +{ + // we know about debug messages (because using wxMessageOutputDebug is the + // right thing to do in 99% of all cases and also for compatibility) but + // anything else needs to be handled in the derived class + if ( level == wxLOG_Debug || level == wxLOG_Trace ) + { + wxMessageOutputDebug().Output(msg + wxS('\n')); + } + else + { + DoLogText(msg); + } +} + +void wxLog::DoLogText(const wxString& WXUNUSED(msg)) +{ + // in 2.8-compatible build the derived class might override DoLog() or + // DoLogString() instead so we can't have this assert there +#if !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + wxFAIL_MSG( "must be overridden if it is called" ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +void wxLog::DoLog(wxLogLevel WXUNUSED(level), const char *szString, time_t t) +{ + DoLogString(szString, t); +} + +void wxLog::DoLog(wxLogLevel WXUNUSED(level), const wchar_t *wzString, time_t t) +{ + DoLogString(wzString, t); +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLog active target management +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxLog *wxLog::GetActiveTarget() +{ +#if wxUSE_THREADS + if ( !wxThread::IsMain() ) + { + // check if we have a thread-specific log target + wxLog * const logger = wxThreadInfo.logger; + + // the code below should be only executed for the main thread as + // CreateLogTarget() is not meant for auto-creating log targets for + // worker threads so skip it in any case + return logger ? logger : ms_pLogger; + } +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + return GetMainThreadActiveTarget(); +} + +/* static */ +wxLog *wxLog::GetMainThreadActiveTarget() +{ + if ( ms_bAutoCreate && ms_pLogger == NULL ) { + // prevent infinite recursion if someone calls wxLogXXX() from + // wxApp::CreateLogTarget() + static bool s_bInGetActiveTarget = false; + if ( !s_bInGetActiveTarget ) { + s_bInGetActiveTarget = true; + + // ask the application to create a log target for us + if ( wxTheApp != NULL ) + ms_pLogger = wxTheApp->GetTraits()->CreateLogTarget(); + else + ms_pLogger = new wxLogOutputBest; + + s_bInGetActiveTarget = false; + + // do nothing if it fails - what can we do? + } + } + + return ms_pLogger; +} + +wxLog *wxLog::SetActiveTarget(wxLog *pLogger) +{ + if ( ms_pLogger != NULL ) { + // flush the old messages before changing because otherwise they might + // get lost later if this target is not restored + ms_pLogger->Flush(); + } + + wxLog *pOldLogger = ms_pLogger; + ms_pLogger = pLogger; + + return pOldLogger; +} + +#if wxUSE_THREADS +/* static */ +wxLog *wxLog::SetThreadActiveTarget(wxLog *logger) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !wxThread::IsMain(), "use SetActiveTarget() for main thread" ); + + wxLog * const oldLogger = wxThreadInfo.logger; + if ( oldLogger ) + oldLogger->Flush(); + + wxThreadInfo.logger = logger; + + return oldLogger; +} +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + +void wxLog::DontCreateOnDemand() +{ + ms_bAutoCreate = false; + + // this is usually called at the end of the program and we assume that it + // is *always* called at the end - so we free memory here to avoid false + // memory leak reports from wxWin memory tracking code + ClearTraceMasks(); +} + +void wxLog::DoCreateOnDemand() +{ + ms_bAutoCreate = true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLog components levels +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +void wxLog::SetComponentLevel(const wxString& component, wxLogLevel level) +{ + if ( component.empty() ) + { + SetLogLevel(level); + } + else + { + wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(lock, GetLevelsCS()); + + GetComponentLevels()[component] = level; + } +} + +/* static */ +wxLogLevel wxLog::GetComponentLevel(wxString component) +{ + wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(lock, GetLevelsCS()); + + const wxStringToNumHashMap& componentLevels = GetComponentLevels(); + while ( !component.empty() ) + { + wxStringToNumHashMap::const_iterator + it = componentLevels.find(component); + if ( it != componentLevels.end() ) + return static_cast(it->second); + + component = component.BeforeLast('/'); + } + + return GetLogLevel(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLog trace masks +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +// because IsAllowedTraceMask() may be called during static initialization +// (this is not recommended but it may still happen, see #11592) we can't use a +// simple static variable which might be not initialized itself just yet to +// store the trace masks, but need this accessor function which will ensure +// that the variable is always correctly initialized before being accessed +// +// notice that this doesn't make accessing it MT-safe, of course, you need to +// serialize accesses to it using GetTraceMaskCS() for this +wxArrayString& TraceMasks() +{ + static wxArrayString s_traceMasks; + + return s_traceMasks; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +/* static */ const wxArrayString& wxLog::GetTraceMasks() +{ + // because of this function signature (it returns a reference, not the + // object), it is inherently MT-unsafe so there is no need to acquire the + // lock here anyhow + + return TraceMasks(); +} + +void wxLog::AddTraceMask(const wxString& str) +{ + wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(lock, GetTraceMaskCS()); + + TraceMasks().push_back(str); +} + +void wxLog::RemoveTraceMask(const wxString& str) +{ + wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(lock, GetTraceMaskCS()); + + int index = TraceMasks().Index(str); + if ( index != wxNOT_FOUND ) + TraceMasks().RemoveAt((size_t)index); +} + +void wxLog::ClearTraceMasks() +{ + wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(lock, GetTraceMaskCS()); + + TraceMasks().Clear(); +} + +/*static*/ bool wxLog::IsAllowedTraceMask(const wxString& mask) +{ + wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(lock, GetTraceMaskCS()); + + const wxArrayString& masks = GetTraceMasks(); + for ( wxArrayString::const_iterator it = masks.begin(), + en = masks.end(); + it != en; + ++it ) + { + if ( *it == mask) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLog miscellaneous other methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxLog::TimeStamp(wxString *str) +{ +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + if ( !ms_timestamp.empty() ) + { + wxChar buf[256]; + time_t timeNow; + (void)time(&timeNow); + + struct tm tm; + wxStrftime(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf), + ms_timestamp, wxLocaltime_r(&timeNow, &tm)); + + str->Empty(); + *str << buf << wxS(": "); + } +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME +} + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + +void wxLog::FlushThreadMessages() +{ + // check if we have queued messages from other threads + wxLogRecords bufferedLogRecords; + + { + wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(GetBackgroundLogCS()); + bufferedLogRecords.swap(gs_bufferedLogRecords); + + // release the lock now to not keep it while we are logging the + // messages below, allowing background threads to run + } + + if ( !bufferedLogRecords.empty() ) + { + for ( wxLogRecords::const_iterator it = bufferedLogRecords.begin(); + it != bufferedLogRecords.end(); + ++it ) + { + CallDoLogNow(it->level, it->msg, it->info); + } + } +} + +/* static */ +bool wxLog::IsThreadLoggingEnabled() +{ + return !wxThreadInfo.loggingDisabled; +} + +/* static */ +bool wxLog::EnableThreadLogging(bool enable) +{ + const bool wasEnabled = !wxThreadInfo.loggingDisabled; + wxThreadInfo.loggingDisabled = !enable; + return wasEnabled; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + +void wxLog::Flush() +{ + LogLastRepeatIfNeeded(); +} + +/* static */ +void wxLog::FlushActive() +{ + if ( ms_suspendCount ) + return; + + wxLog * const log = GetActiveTarget(); + if ( log ) + { +#if wxUSE_THREADS + if ( wxThread::IsMain() ) + log->FlushThreadMessages(); +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + log->Flush(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLogBuffer implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxLogBuffer::Flush() +{ + wxLog::Flush(); + + if ( !m_str.empty() ) + { + wxMessageOutputBest out; + out.Printf(wxS("%s"), m_str.c_str()); + m_str.clear(); + } +} + +void wxLogBuffer::DoLogTextAtLevel(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg) +{ + // don't put debug messages in the buffer, we don't want to show + // them to the user in a msg box, log them immediately + switch ( level ) + { + case wxLOG_Debug: + case wxLOG_Trace: + wxLog::DoLogTextAtLevel(level, msg); + break; + + default: + m_str << msg << wxS("\n"); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLogStderr class implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxLogStderr::wxLogStderr(FILE *fp) +{ + if ( fp == NULL ) + m_fp = stderr; + else + m_fp = fp; +} + +void wxLogStderr::DoLogText(const wxString& msg) +{ + wxFputs(msg + '\n', m_fp); + fflush(m_fp); + + // under GUI systems such as Windows or Mac, programs usually don't have + // stderr at all, so show the messages also somewhere else, typically in + // the debugger window so that they go at least somewhere instead of being + // simply lost + if ( m_fp == stderr ) + { + wxAppTraits *traits = wxTheApp ? wxTheApp->GetTraits() : NULL; + if ( traits && !traits->HasStderr() ) + { + wxMessageOutputDebug().Output(msg + wxS('\n')); + } + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLogStream implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +#include "wx/ioswrap.h" +wxLogStream::wxLogStream(wxSTD ostream *ostr) +{ + if ( ostr == NULL ) + m_ostr = &wxSTD cerr; + else + m_ostr = ostr; +} + +void wxLogStream::DoLogText(const wxString& msg) +{ + (*m_ostr) << msg << wxSTD endl; +} +#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLogChain +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxLogChain::wxLogChain(wxLog *logger) +{ + m_bPassMessages = true; + + m_logNew = logger; + m_logOld = wxLog::SetActiveTarget(this); +} + +wxLogChain::~wxLogChain() +{ + wxLog::SetActiveTarget(m_logOld); + + if ( m_logNew != this ) + delete m_logNew; +} + +void wxLogChain::SetLog(wxLog *logger) +{ + if ( m_logNew != this ) + delete m_logNew; + + m_logNew = logger; +} + +void wxLogChain::Flush() +{ + if ( m_logOld ) + m_logOld->Flush(); + + // be careful to avoid infinite recursion + if ( m_logNew && m_logNew != this ) + m_logNew->Flush(); +} + +void wxLogChain::DoLogRecord(wxLogLevel level, + const wxString& msg, + const wxLogRecordInfo& info) +{ + // let the previous logger show it + if ( m_logOld && IsPassingMessages() ) + m_logOld->LogRecord(level, msg, info); + + // and also send it to the new one + if ( m_logNew ) + { + // don't call m_logNew->LogRecord() to avoid infinite recursion when + // m_logNew is this object itself + if ( m_logNew != this ) + m_logNew->LogRecord(level, msg, info); + else + wxLog::DoLogRecord(level, msg, info); + } +} + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + // "'this' : used in base member initializer list" - so what? + #pragma warning(disable:4355) +#endif // VC++ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLogInterposer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxLogInterposer::wxLogInterposer() + : wxLogChain(this) +{ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLogInterposerTemp +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxLogInterposerTemp::wxLogInterposerTemp() + : wxLogChain(this) +{ + DetachOldLog(); +} + +#ifdef __VISUALC__ + #pragma warning(default:4355) +#endif // VC++ + +// ============================================================================ +// Global functions/variables +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// static variables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxLog::ms_bRepetCounting = false; + +wxLog *wxLog::ms_pLogger = NULL; +bool wxLog::ms_doLog = true; +bool wxLog::ms_bAutoCreate = true; +bool wxLog::ms_bVerbose = false; + +wxLogLevel wxLog::ms_logLevel = wxLOG_Max; // log everything by default + +size_t wxLog::ms_suspendCount = 0; + +wxString wxLog::ms_timestamp(wxS("%X")); // time only, no date + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +wxTraceMask wxLog::ms_ulTraceMask = (wxTraceMask)0; +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// stdout error logging helper +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// helper function: wraps the message and justifies it under given position +// (looks more pretty on the terminal). Also adds newline at the end. +// +// TODO this is now disabled until I find a portable way of determining the +// terminal window size (ok, I found it but does anybody really cares?) +#ifdef LOG_PRETTY_WRAP +static void wxLogWrap(FILE *f, const char *pszPrefix, const char *psz) +{ + size_t nMax = 80; // FIXME + size_t nStart = strlen(pszPrefix); + fputs(pszPrefix, f); + + size_t n; + while ( *psz != '\0' ) { + for ( n = nStart; (n < nMax) && (*psz != '\0'); n++ ) + putc(*psz++, f); + + // wrapped? + if ( *psz != '\0' ) { + /*putc('\n', f);*/ + for ( n = 0; n < nStart; n++ ) + putc(' ', f); + + // as we wrapped, squeeze all white space + while ( isspace(*psz) ) + psz++; + } + } + + putc('\n', f); +} +#endif //LOG_PRETTY_WRAP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// error code/error message retrieval functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// get error code from syste +unsigned long wxSysErrorCode() +{ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + return ::GetLastError(); +#else //Unix + return errno; +#endif //Win/Unix +} + +// get error message from system +const wxChar *wxSysErrorMsg(unsigned long nErrCode) +{ + if ( nErrCode == 0 ) + nErrCode = wxSysErrorCode(); + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + static wxChar s_szBuf[1024]; + + // get error message from system + LPVOID lpMsgBuf; + if ( ::FormatMessage + ( + FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM, + NULL, + nErrCode, + MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), + (LPTSTR)&lpMsgBuf, + 0, + NULL + ) == 0 ) + { + // if this happens, something is seriously wrong, so don't use _() here + // for safety + wxSprintf(s_szBuf, wxS("unknown error %lx"), nErrCode); + return s_szBuf; + } + + + // copy it to our buffer and free memory + // Crashes on SmartPhone (FIXME) +#if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) /* of WinCE */ + if( lpMsgBuf != 0 ) + { + wxStrlcpy(s_szBuf, (const wxChar *)lpMsgBuf, WXSIZEOF(s_szBuf)); + + LocalFree(lpMsgBuf); + + // returned string is capitalized and ended with '\r\n' - bad + s_szBuf[0] = (wxChar)wxTolower(s_szBuf[0]); + size_t len = wxStrlen(s_szBuf); + if ( len > 0 ) { + // truncate string + if ( s_szBuf[len - 2] == wxS('\r') ) + s_szBuf[len - 2] = wxS('\0'); + } + } + else +#endif // !__SMARTPHONE__ + { + s_szBuf[0] = wxS('\0'); + } + + return s_szBuf; +#else // !__WXMSW__ + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + static wchar_t s_wzBuf[1024]; + wxConvCurrent->MB2WC(s_wzBuf, strerror((int)nErrCode), + WXSIZEOF(s_wzBuf) - 1); + return s_wzBuf; + #else + return strerror((int)nErrCode); + #endif +#endif // __WXMSW__/!__WXMSW__ +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LOG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/longlong.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/longlong.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4358a51220 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/longlong.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1363 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/longlong.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxLongLongNative +// Author: Jeffrey C. Ollie , Vadim Zeitlin +// Remarks: this class is not public in wxWidgets 2.0! It is intentionally +// not documented and is for private use only. +// Modified by: +// Created: 10.02.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: longlong.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// headers +// ============================================================================ + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + +#include "wx/longlong.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/math.h" // for fabs() +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + #include "wx/txtstrm.h" +#endif + +#include // for memset() + +#include "wx/ioswrap.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// misc +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void *wxLongLongNative::asArray() const +{ + static unsigned char temp[8]; + + temp[0] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 56) & 0xFF)); + temp[1] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 48) & 0xFF)); + temp[2] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 40) & 0xFF)); + temp[3] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 32) & 0xFF)); + temp[4] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 24) & 0xFF)); + temp[5] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 16) & 0xFF)); + temp[6] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 8) & 0xFF)); + temp[7] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 0) & 0xFF)); + + return temp; +} + +void *wxULongLongNative::asArray() const +{ + static unsigned char temp[8]; + + temp[0] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 56) & 0xFF)); + temp[1] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 48) & 0xFF)); + temp[2] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 40) & 0xFF)); + temp[3] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 32) & 0xFF)); + temp[4] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 24) & 0xFF)); + temp[5] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 16) & 0xFF)); + temp[6] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 8) & 0xFF)); + temp[7] = wx_truncate_cast(unsigned char, ((m_ll >> 0) & 0xFF)); + + return temp; +} + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX +wxLongLongNative::wxLongLongNative(wxLongLongWx ll) +{ + // assign first to avoid precision loss! + m_ll = ll.GetHi(); + m_ll <<= 32; + m_ll |= ll.GetLo(); +} + +wxLongLongNative& wxLongLongNative::operator=(wxLongLongWx ll) +{ + // assign first to avoid precision loss! + m_ll = ll.GetHi(); + m_ll <<= 32; + m_ll |= ll.GetLo(); + return *this; +} + +wxLongLongNative& wxLongLongNative::operator=(const class wxULongLongWx &ll) +{ + // assign first to avoid precision loss! + m_ll = ll.GetHi(); + m_ll <<= 32; + m_ll |= ll.GetLo(); + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongNative::wxULongLongNative(const class wxULongLongWx &ll) +{ + // assign first to avoid precision loss! + m_ll = ll.GetHi(); + m_ll <<= 32; + m_ll |= ((unsigned long) ll.GetLo()); +} + +wxULongLongNative& wxULongLongNative::operator=(wxLongLongWx ll) +{ + // assign first to avoid precision loss! + m_ll = ll.GetHi(); + m_ll <<= 32; + m_ll |= ((unsigned long) ll.GetLo()); + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongNative& wxULongLongNative::operator=(const class wxULongLongWx &ll) +{ + // assign first to avoid precision loss! + m_ll = ll.GetHi(); + m_ll <<= 32; + m_ll |= ((unsigned long) ll.GetLo()); + return *this; +} +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE + +// ============================================================================ +// wxLongLongWx: emulation of 'long long' using 2 longs +// ============================================================================ + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX + +// Set value from unsigned wxULongLongWx +wxLongLongWx &wxLongLongWx::operator=(const class wxULongLongWx &ll) +{ + m_hi = (unsigned long) ll.GetHi(); + m_lo = ll.GetLo(); + return *this; +} + +// assignment +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::Assign(double d) +{ + bool positive = d >= 0; + d = fabs(d); + if ( d <= ULONG_MAX ) + { + m_hi = 0; + m_lo = (long)d; + } + else + { + m_hi = (unsigned long)(d / (1.0 + (double)ULONG_MAX)); + m_lo = (unsigned long)(d - ((double)m_hi * (1.0 + (double)ULONG_MAX))); + } + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll = (wxLongLong_t)d; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + if ( !positive ) + Negate(); + + return *this; +} + +double wxLongLongWx::ToDouble() const +{ + double d = m_hi; + d *= 1.0 + (double)ULONG_MAX; + d += m_lo; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + wxASSERT( d == m_ll ); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return d; +} + +double wxULongLongWx::ToDouble() const +{ + unsigned double d = m_hi; + d *= 1.0 + (double)ULONG_MAX; + d += m_lo; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + wxASSERT( d == m_ll ); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return d; +} + +wxLongLongWx wxLongLongWx::operator<<(int shift) const +{ + wxLongLongWx ll(*this); + ll <<= shift; + + return ll; +} + +wxULongLongWx wxULongLongWx::operator<<(int shift) const +{ + wxULongLongWx ll(*this); + ll <<= shift; + + return ll; +} + +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::operator<<=(int shift) +{ + if (shift != 0) + { + if (shift < 32) + { + m_hi <<= shift; + m_hi |= m_lo >> (32 - shift); + m_lo <<= shift; + } + else + { + m_hi = m_lo << (shift - 32); + m_lo = 0; + } + } + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll <<= shift; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongWx& wxULongLongWx::operator<<=(int shift) +{ + if (shift != 0) + { + if (shift < 32) + { + m_hi <<= shift; + m_hi |= m_lo >> (32 - shift); + m_lo <<= shift; + } + else + { + m_hi = m_lo << (shift - 32); + m_lo = 0; + } + } + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll <<= shift; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxLongLongWx wxLongLongWx::operator>>(int shift) const +{ + wxLongLongWx ll(*this); + ll >>= shift; + + return ll; +} + +wxULongLongWx wxULongLongWx::operator>>(int shift) const +{ + wxULongLongWx ll(*this); + ll >>= shift; + + return ll; +} + +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::operator>>=(int shift) +{ + if (shift != 0) + { + if (shift < 32) + { + m_lo >>= shift; + m_lo |= m_hi << (32 - shift); + m_hi >>= shift; + } + else + { + m_lo = m_hi >> (shift - 32); + m_hi = (m_hi < 0 ? -1L : 0); + } + } + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll >>= shift; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongWx& wxULongLongWx::operator>>=(int shift) +{ + if (shift != 0) + { + if (shift < 32) + { + m_lo >>= shift; + m_lo |= m_hi << (32 - shift); + m_hi >>= shift; + } + else + { + m_lo = m_hi >> (shift - 32); + m_hi = 0; + } + } + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll >>= shift; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxLongLongWx wxLongLongWx::operator+(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const +{ + wxLongLongWx res(*this); + res += ll; + + return res; +} + +wxULongLongWx wxULongLongWx::operator+(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const +{ + wxULongLongWx res(*this); + res += ll; + + return res; +} + +wxLongLongWx wxLongLongWx::operator+(long l) const +{ + wxLongLongWx res(*this); + res += l; + + return res; +} + +wxULongLongWx wxULongLongWx::operator+(unsigned long l) const +{ + wxULongLongWx res(*this); + res += l; + + return res; +} + +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::operator+=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) +{ + unsigned long previous = m_lo; + + m_lo += ll.m_lo; + m_hi += ll.m_hi; + + if ((m_lo < previous) || (m_lo < ll.m_lo)) + m_hi++; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll += ll.m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongWx& wxULongLongWx::operator+=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) +{ + unsigned long previous = m_lo; + + m_lo += ll.m_lo; + m_hi += ll.m_hi; + + if ((m_lo < previous) || (m_lo < ll.m_lo)) + m_hi++; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll += ll.m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::operator+=(long l) +{ + unsigned long previous = m_lo; + + m_lo += l; + if (l < 0) + m_hi += -1l; + + if ((m_lo < previous) || (m_lo < (unsigned long)l)) + m_hi++; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll += l; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongWx& wxULongLongWx::operator+=(unsigned long l) +{ + unsigned long previous = m_lo; + + m_lo += l; + + if ((m_lo < previous) || (m_lo < l)) + m_hi++; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll += l; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +// pre increment +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::operator++() +{ + m_lo++; + if (m_lo == 0) + m_hi++; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll++; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongWx& wxULongLongWx::operator++() +{ + m_lo++; + if (m_lo == 0) + m_hi++; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll++; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +// negation +wxLongLongWx wxLongLongWx::operator-() const +{ + wxLongLongWx res(*this); + res.Negate(); + + return res; +} + +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::Negate() +{ + m_hi = ~m_hi; + m_lo = ~m_lo; + + m_lo++; + if ( m_lo == 0 ) + m_hi++; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll = -m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +// subtraction + +wxLongLongWx wxLongLongWx::operator-(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const +{ + wxLongLongWx res(*this); + res -= ll; + + return res; +} + +wxLongLongWx wxULongLongWx::operator-(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const +{ + wxASSERT(m_hi <= LONG_MAX ); + wxASSERT(ll.m_hi <= LONG_MAX ); + + wxLongLongWx res( (long)m_hi , m_lo ); + wxLongLongWx op( (long)ll.m_hi , ll.m_lo ); + res -= op; + + return res; +} + +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::operator-=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) +{ + unsigned long previous = m_lo; + + m_lo -= ll.m_lo; + m_hi -= ll.m_hi; + + if (previous < ll.m_lo) + m_hi--; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll -= ll.m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongWx& wxULongLongWx::operator-=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) +{ + unsigned long previous = m_lo; + + m_lo -= ll.m_lo; + m_hi -= ll.m_hi; + + if (previous < ll.m_lo) + m_hi--; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll -= ll.m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +// pre decrement +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::operator--() +{ + m_lo--; + if (m_lo == 0xFFFFFFFF) + m_hi--; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll--; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongWx& wxULongLongWx::operator--() +{ + m_lo--; + if (m_lo == 0xFFFFFFFF) + m_hi--; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll--; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +// comparison operators + +bool wxLongLongWx::operator<(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const +{ + if ( m_hi < ll.m_hi ) + return true; + else if ( m_hi == ll.m_hi ) + return m_lo < ll.m_lo; + else + return false; +} + +bool wxULongLongWx::operator<(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const +{ + if ( m_hi < ll.m_hi ) + return true; + else if ( m_hi == ll.m_hi ) + return m_lo < ll.m_lo; + else + return false; +} + +bool wxLongLongWx::operator>(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const +{ + if ( m_hi > ll.m_hi ) + return true; + else if ( m_hi == ll.m_hi ) + return m_lo > ll.m_lo; + else + return false; +} + +bool wxULongLongWx::operator>(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const +{ + if ( m_hi > ll.m_hi ) + return true; + else if ( m_hi == ll.m_hi ) + return m_lo > ll.m_lo; + else + return false; +} + +// bitwise operators + +wxLongLongWx wxLongLongWx::operator&(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const +{ + return wxLongLongWx(m_hi & ll.m_hi, m_lo & ll.m_lo); +} + +wxULongLongWx wxULongLongWx::operator&(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const +{ + return wxULongLongWx(m_hi & ll.m_hi, m_lo & ll.m_lo); +} + +wxLongLongWx wxLongLongWx::operator|(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const +{ + return wxLongLongWx(m_hi | ll.m_hi, m_lo | ll.m_lo); +} + +wxULongLongWx wxULongLongWx::operator|(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const +{ + return wxULongLongWx(m_hi | ll.m_hi, m_lo | ll.m_lo); +} + +wxLongLongWx wxLongLongWx::operator^(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const +{ + return wxLongLongWx(m_hi ^ ll.m_hi, m_lo ^ ll.m_lo); +} + +wxULongLongWx wxULongLongWx::operator^(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const +{ + return wxULongLongWx(m_hi ^ ll.m_hi, m_lo ^ ll.m_lo); +} + +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::operator&=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) +{ + m_lo &= ll.m_lo; + m_hi &= ll.m_hi; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll &= ll.m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongWx& wxULongLongWx::operator&=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) +{ + m_lo &= ll.m_lo; + m_hi &= ll.m_hi; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll &= ll.m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::operator|=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) +{ + m_lo |= ll.m_lo; + m_hi |= ll.m_hi; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll |= ll.m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongWx& wxULongLongWx::operator|=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) +{ + m_lo |= ll.m_lo; + m_hi |= ll.m_hi; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll |= ll.m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::operator^=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) +{ + m_lo ^= ll.m_lo; + m_hi ^= ll.m_hi; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll ^= ll.m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongWx& wxULongLongWx::operator^=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) +{ + m_lo ^= ll.m_lo; + m_hi ^= ll.m_hi; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll ^= ll.m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxLongLongWx wxLongLongWx::operator~() const +{ + return wxLongLongWx(~m_hi, ~m_lo); +} + +wxULongLongWx wxULongLongWx::operator~() const +{ + return wxULongLongWx(~m_hi, ~m_lo); +} + +// multiplication + +wxLongLongWx wxLongLongWx::operator*(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const +{ + wxLongLongWx res(*this); + res *= ll; + + return res; +} + +wxULongLongWx wxULongLongWx::operator*(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const +{ + wxULongLongWx res(*this); + res *= ll; + + return res; +} + +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::operator*=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) +{ + wxLongLongWx t(m_hi, m_lo); + wxLongLongWx q(ll.m_hi, ll.m_lo); + + m_hi = m_lo = 0; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + wxLongLong_t llOld = m_ll; + m_ll = 0; +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + int counter = 0; + do + { + if ((q.m_lo & 1) != 0) + *this += t; + q >>= 1; + t <<= 1; + counter++; + } + while ((counter < 64) && ((q.m_hi != 0) || (q.m_lo != 0))); + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll = llOld * ll.m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongWx& wxULongLongWx::operator*=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) +{ + wxULongLongWx t(m_hi, m_lo); + wxULongLongWx q(ll.m_hi, ll.m_lo); + + m_hi = m_lo = 0; + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + wxULongLong_t llOld = m_ll; + m_ll = 0; +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + int counter = 0; + do + { + if ((q.m_lo & 1) != 0) + *this += t; + q >>= 1; + t <<= 1; + counter++; + } + while ((counter < 64) && ((q.m_hi != 0) || (q.m_lo != 0))); + +#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + m_ll = llOld * ll.m_ll; + + Check(); +#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE + + return *this; +} + +// division + +#define IS_MSB_SET(ll) ((ll.GetHi()) & (1 << (8*sizeof(long) - 1))) + +void wxLongLongWx::Divide(const wxLongLongWx& divisorIn, + wxLongLongWx& quotient, + wxLongLongWx& remainderIO) const +{ + if ((divisorIn.m_lo == 0) && (divisorIn.m_hi == 0)) + { + // provoke division by zero error and silence the compilers warnings + // about an expression without effect and unused variable + long dummy = divisorIn.m_lo/divisorIn.m_hi; + dummy += 0; + } + + // VZ: I'm writing this in a hurry and it's surely not the fastest way to + // do this - any improvements are more than welcome + // + // code inspired by the snippet at + // http://www.bearcave.com/software/divide.htm + // + // Copyright notice: + // + // Use of this program, for any purpose, is granted the author, Ian + // Kaplan, as long as this copyright notice is included in the source + // code or any source code derived from this program. The user assumes + // all responsibility for using this code. + + // init everything + wxULongLongWx dividend, divisor, remainder; + + quotient = 0l; + remainder = 0l; + + // always do unsigned division and adjust the signs later: in C integer + // division, the sign of the remainder is the same as the sign of the + // dividend, while the sign of the quotient is the product of the signs of + // the dividend and divisor. Of course, we also always have + // + // dividend = quotient*divisor + remainder + // + // with 0 <= abs(remainder) < abs(divisor) + bool negRemainder = GetHi() < 0; + bool negQuotient = false; // assume positive + if ( GetHi() < 0 ) + { + negQuotient = !negQuotient; + dividend = -*this; + } else { + dividend = *this; + } + if ( divisorIn.GetHi() < 0 ) + { + negQuotient = !negQuotient; + divisor = -divisorIn; + } else { + divisor = divisorIn; + } + + // check for some particular cases + if ( divisor > dividend ) + { + remainder = dividend; + } + else if ( divisor == dividend ) + { + quotient = 1l; + } + else + { + // here: dividend > divisor and both are positive: do unsigned division + size_t nBits = 64u; + wxLongLongWx d; + + while ( remainder < divisor ) + { + remainder <<= 1; + if ( IS_MSB_SET(dividend) ) + { + remainder |= 1; + } + + d = dividend; + dividend <<= 1; + + nBits--; + } + + // undo the last loop iteration + dividend = d; + remainder >>= 1; + nBits++; + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < nBits; i++ ) + { + remainder <<= 1; + if ( IS_MSB_SET(dividend) ) + { + remainder |= 1; + } + + wxLongLongWx t = remainder - divisor; + dividend <<= 1; + quotient <<= 1; + if ( !IS_MSB_SET(t) ) + { + quotient |= 1; + + remainder = t; + } + } + } + + remainderIO = remainder; + + // adjust signs + if ( negRemainder ) + { + remainderIO = -remainderIO; + } + + if ( negQuotient ) + { + quotient = -quotient; + } +} + +void wxULongLongWx::Divide(const wxULongLongWx& divisorIn, + wxULongLongWx& quotient, + wxULongLongWx& remainder) const +{ + if ((divisorIn.m_lo == 0) && (divisorIn.m_hi == 0)) + { + // provoke division by zero error and silence the compilers warnings + // about an expression without effect and unused variable + unsigned long dummy = divisorIn.m_lo/divisorIn.m_hi; + dummy += 0; + } + + // VZ: I'm writing this in a hurry and it's surely not the fastest way to + // do this - any improvements are more than welcome + // + // code inspired by the snippet at + // http://www.bearcave.com/software/divide.htm + // + // Copyright notice: + // + // Use of this program, for any purpose, is granted the author, Ian + // Kaplan, as long as this copyright notice is included in the source + // code or any source code derived from this program. The user assumes + // all responsibility for using this code. + + // init everything + wxULongLongWx dividend = *this, + divisor = divisorIn; + + quotient = 0l; + remainder = 0l; + + // check for some particular cases + if ( divisor > dividend ) + { + remainder = dividend; + } + else if ( divisor == dividend ) + { + quotient = 1l; + } + else + { + // here: dividend > divisor + size_t nBits = 64u; + wxULongLongWx d; + + while ( remainder < divisor ) + { + remainder <<= 1; + if ( IS_MSB_SET(dividend) ) + { + remainder |= 1; + } + + d = dividend; + dividend <<= 1; + + nBits--; + } + + // undo the last loop iteration + dividend = d; + remainder >>= 1; + nBits++; + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < nBits; i++ ) + { + remainder <<= 1; + if ( IS_MSB_SET(dividend) ) + { + remainder |= 1; + } + + wxULongLongWx t = remainder - divisor; + dividend <<= 1; + quotient <<= 1; + if ( !IS_MSB_SET(t) ) + { + quotient |= 1; + + remainder = t; + } + } + } +} + +wxLongLongWx wxLongLongWx::operator/(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const +{ + wxLongLongWx quotient, remainder; + + Divide(ll, quotient, remainder); + + return quotient; +} + +wxULongLongWx wxULongLongWx::operator/(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const +{ + wxULongLongWx quotient, remainder; + + Divide(ll, quotient, remainder); + + return quotient; +} + +wxLongLongWx& wxLongLongWx::operator/=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) +{ + wxLongLongWx quotient, remainder; + + Divide(ll, quotient, remainder); + + *this = quotient; + + return *this; +} + +wxULongLongWx& wxULongLongWx::operator/=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) +{ + wxULongLongWx quotient, remainder; + + Divide(ll, quotient, remainder); + + *this = quotient; + + return *this; +} + +wxLongLongWx wxLongLongWx::operator%(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const +{ + wxLongLongWx quotient, remainder; + + Divide(ll, quotient, remainder); + + return remainder; +} + +wxULongLongWx wxULongLongWx::operator%(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const +{ + wxULongLongWx quotient, remainder; + + Divide(ll, quotient, remainder); + + return remainder; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// misc +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// temporary - just for testing +void *wxLongLongWx::asArray(void) const +{ + static unsigned char temp[8]; + + temp[0] = (char)((m_hi >> 24) & 0xFF); + temp[1] = (char)((m_hi >> 16) & 0xFF); + temp[2] = (char)((m_hi >> 8) & 0xFF); + temp[3] = (char)((m_hi >> 0) & 0xFF); + temp[4] = (char)((m_lo >> 24) & 0xFF); + temp[5] = (char)((m_lo >> 16) & 0xFF); + temp[6] = (char)((m_lo >> 8) & 0xFF); + temp[7] = (char)((m_lo >> 0) & 0xFF); + + return temp; +} + +void *wxULongLongWx::asArray(void) const +{ + static unsigned char temp[8]; + + temp[0] = (char)((m_hi >> 24) & 0xFF); + temp[1] = (char)((m_hi >> 16) & 0xFF); + temp[2] = (char)((m_hi >> 8) & 0xFF); + temp[3] = (char)((m_hi >> 0) & 0xFF); + temp[4] = (char)((m_lo >> 24) & 0xFF); + temp[5] = (char)((m_lo >> 16) & 0xFF); + temp[6] = (char)((m_lo >> 8) & 0xFF); + temp[7] = (char)((m_lo >> 0) & 0xFF); + + return temp; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX + +#define LL_TO_STRING(name) \ + wxString name::ToString() const \ + { \ + /* TODO: this is awfully inefficient, anything better? */ \ + wxString result; \ + \ + name ll = *this; \ + \ + bool neg = ll < 0; \ + if ( neg ) \ + { \ + while ( ll != 0 ) \ + { \ + long digit = (ll % 10).ToLong(); \ + result.Prepend((wxChar)(wxT('0') - digit)); \ + ll /= 10; \ + } \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + while ( ll != 0 ) \ + { \ + long digit = (ll % 10).ToLong(); \ + result.Prepend((wxChar)(wxT('0') + digit)); \ + ll /= 10; \ + } \ + } \ + \ + if ( result.empty() ) \ + result = wxT('0'); \ + else if ( neg ) \ + result.Prepend(wxT('-')); \ + \ + return result; \ + } + +#define ULL_TO_STRING(name) \ + wxString name::ToString() const \ + { \ + /* TODO: this is awfully inefficient, anything better? */ \ + wxString result; \ + \ + name ll = *this; \ + \ + while ( ll != 0 ) \ + { \ + result.Prepend((wxChar)(wxT('0') + (ll % 10).ToULong())); \ + ll /= 10; \ + } \ + \ + if ( result.empty() ) \ + result = wxT('0'); \ + \ + return result; \ + } + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE + LL_TO_STRING(wxLongLongNative) + ULL_TO_STRING(wxULongLongNative) +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX + LL_TO_STRING(wxLongLongWx) + ULL_TO_STRING(wxULongLongWx) +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +// input/output +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE +wxSTD ostream& operator<< (wxSTD ostream& o, const wxLongLong& ll) +{ + return o << ll.ToString(); +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE +wxSTD ostream& operator<< (wxSTD ostream& o, const wxULongLong& ll) +{ + return o << ll.ToString(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString& operator<< (wxString& s, const wxLongLong& ll) +{ + return s << ll.ToString(); +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString& operator<< (wxString& s, const wxULongLong& ll) +{ + return s << ll.ToString(); +} + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextOutputStream& operator<< (wxTextOutputStream& o, const wxULongLong& ll) +{ + return o << ll.ToString(); +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextOutputStream& operator<< (wxTextOutputStream& o, const wxLongLong& ll) +{ + return o << ll.ToString(); +} + +#define READ_STRING_CHAR(s, idx, len) ((idx!=len) ? (wxChar)s[idx++] : wxT('\0')) + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextInputStream &operator>>(class wxTextInputStream &o, wxULongLong &ll) +{ + wxString s = o.ReadWord(); + + ll = wxULongLong(0l, 0l); + size_t length = s.length(); + size_t idx = 0; + + wxChar ch = READ_STRING_CHAR(s, idx, length); + + // Skip WS + while (ch==wxT(' ') || ch==wxT('\t')) + ch = READ_STRING_CHAR(s, idx, length); + + // Read number + wxULongLong multiplier(0l, 10l); + while (ch>=wxT('0') && ch<=wxT('9')) { + long lValue = (unsigned) (ch - wxT('0')); + ll = ll * multiplier + wxULongLong(0l, lValue); + ch = READ_STRING_CHAR(s, idx, length); + } + + return o; +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextInputStream &operator>>(class wxTextInputStream &o, wxLongLong &ll) +{ + wxString s = o.ReadWord(); + + ll = wxLongLong(0l, 0l); + size_t length = s.length(); + size_t idx = 0; + + wxChar ch = READ_STRING_CHAR(s, idx, length); + + // Skip WS + while (ch==wxT(' ') || ch==wxT('\t')) + ch = READ_STRING_CHAR(s, idx, length); + + // Ask for sign + int iSign = 1; + if (ch==wxT('-') || ch==wxT('+')) { + iSign = ((ch==wxT('-')) ? -1 : 1); + ch = READ_STRING_CHAR(s, idx, length); + } + + // Read number + wxLongLong multiplier(0l, 10l); + while (ch>=wxT('0') && ch<=wxT('9')) { + long lValue = (unsigned) (ch - wxT('0')); + ll = ll * multiplier + wxLongLong(0l, lValue); + ch = READ_STRING_CHAR(s, idx, length); + } + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE + ll = ll * wxLongLong((wxLongLong_t) iSign); +#else + ll = ll * wxLongLong((long) iSign); +#endif + + return o; +} + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextOutputStream &operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream &o, wxULongLong_t value) +{ + return o << wxULongLong(value).ToString(); +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextOutputStream &operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream &o, wxLongLong_t value) +{ + return o << wxLongLong(value).ToString(); +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextInputStream &operator>>(class wxTextInputStream &o, wxULongLong_t &value) +{ + wxULongLong ll; + o >> ll; + value = ll.GetValue(); + return o; +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextInputStream &operator>>(class wxTextInputStream &o, wxLongLong_t &value) +{ + wxLongLong ll; + o >> ll; + value = ll.GetValue(); + return o; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/markupparser.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/markupparser.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c42fb5c01 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/markupparser.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,480 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/markupparser.cpp +// Purpose: Implementation of wxMarkupParser. +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2011-02-16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: markupparser.cpp 67072 2011-02-27 13:17:41Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/private/markupparser.h" + +#include "wx/stack.h" + +namespace +{ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Array containing the predefined XML 1.0 entities. +const struct XMLEntity +{ + const char *name; + int len; // == strlen(name) + char value; +} xmlEntities[] = +{ + { "lt", 2, '<' }, + { "gt", 2, '>' }, + { "amp", 3, '&' }, + { "apos", 4, '\''}, + { "quot", 4, '"' }, +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString +ExtractUntil(char ch, wxString::const_iterator& it, wxString::const_iterator end) +{ + wxString str; + for ( ; it != end; ++it ) + { + if ( *it == ch ) + return str; + + str += *it; + } + + // Return empty string to indicate that we didn't find ch at all. + return wxString(); +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ============================================================================ +// wxMarkupParser implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxString +wxMarkupParser::ParseAttrs(wxString attrs, TagAndAttrs& tagAndAttrs) +{ + if ( tagAndAttrs.name.CmpNoCase("span") != 0 && !attrs.empty() ) + { + return wxString::Format("tag \"%s\" can't have attributes", + tagAndAttrs.name); + } + + // TODO: Parse more attributes described at + // http://library.gnome.org/devel/pango/stable/PangoMarkupFormat.html + // and at least ignore them gracefully instead of giving errors (but + // quite a few of them could be supported as well, notable font_desc). + + wxMarkupSpanAttributes& spanAttrs = tagAndAttrs.attrs; + + while ( !attrs.empty() ) + { + wxString rest; + const wxString attr = attrs.BeforeFirst(' ', &rest); + attrs = rest; + + // The "original" versions are used for error messages only. + wxString valueOrig; + const wxString nameOrig = attr.BeforeFirst('=', &valueOrig); + + const wxString name = nameOrig.Lower(); + wxString value = valueOrig.Lower(); + + // All attributes values must be quoted. + if ( value.length() < 2 || + (value[0] != value.Last()) || + (value[0] != '"' && value[0] != '\'') ) + { + return wxString::Format("bad quoting for value of \"%s\"", + nameOrig); + } + + value.assign(value, 1, value.length() - 2); + + if ( name == "foreground" || name == "fgcolor" || name == "color" ) + { + spanAttrs.m_fgCol = value; + } + else if ( name == "background" || name == "bgcolor" ) + { + spanAttrs.m_bgCol = value; + } + else if ( name == "font_family" || name == "face" ) + { + spanAttrs.m_fontFace = value; + } + else if ( name == "font_weight" || name == "weight" ) + { + unsigned long weight; + + if ( value == "ultralight" || value == "light" || value == "normal" ) + spanAttrs.m_isBold = wxMarkupSpanAttributes::No; + else if ( value == "bold" || value == "ultrabold" || value == "heavy" ) + spanAttrs.m_isBold = wxMarkupSpanAttributes::Yes; + else if ( value.ToULong(&weight) ) + spanAttrs.m_isBold = weight >= 600 ? wxMarkupSpanAttributes::Yes + : wxMarkupSpanAttributes::No; + else + return wxString::Format("invalid font weight \"%s\"", valueOrig); + } + else if ( name == "font_style" || name == "style" ) + { + if ( value == "normal" ) + spanAttrs.m_isItalic = wxMarkupSpanAttributes::No; + else if ( value == "oblique" || value == "italic" ) + spanAttrs.m_isItalic = wxMarkupSpanAttributes::Yes; + else + return wxString::Format("invalid font style \"%s\"", valueOrig); + } + else if ( name == "size" ) + { + unsigned long size; + if ( value.ToULong(&size) ) + { + spanAttrs.m_sizeKind = wxMarkupSpanAttributes::Size_PointParts; + spanAttrs.m_fontSize = size; + } + else if ( value == "smaller" || value == "larger" ) + { + spanAttrs.m_sizeKind = wxMarkupSpanAttributes::Size_Relative; + spanAttrs.m_fontSize = value == "smaller" ? -1 : +1; + } + else // Must be a CSS-like size specification + { + int cssSize = 1; + wxString rest; + if ( value.StartsWith("xx-", &rest) ) + cssSize = 3; + else if ( value.StartsWith("x-", &rest) ) + cssSize = 2; + else if ( value == "medium" ) + cssSize = 0; + else + rest = value; + + if ( cssSize != 0 ) + { + if ( rest == "small" ) + cssSize = -cssSize; + else if ( rest != "large" ) + return wxString::Format("invalid font size \"%s\"", + valueOrig); + } + + spanAttrs.m_sizeKind = wxMarkupSpanAttributes::Size_Symbolic; + spanAttrs.m_fontSize = cssSize; + } + } + } + + return wxString(); +} + +bool wxMarkupParser::OutputTag(const TagAndAttrs& tagAndAttrs, bool start) +{ + if ( tagAndAttrs.name.CmpNoCase("span") == 0 ) + { + if ( start ) + m_output.OnSpanStart(tagAndAttrs.attrs); + else + m_output.OnSpanEnd(tagAndAttrs.attrs); + + return true; + } + else // non-span tag + { + static const struct TagHandler + { + const char *name; + void (wxMarkupParserOutput::*startFunc)(); + void (wxMarkupParserOutput::*endFunc)(); + } tagHandlers[] = + { + { "b", &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnBoldStart, + &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnBoldEnd }, + { "i", &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnItalicStart, + &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnItalicEnd }, + { "u", &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnUnderlinedStart, + &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnUnderlinedEnd }, + { "s", &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnStrikethroughStart, + &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnStrikethroughEnd }, + { "big", &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnBigStart, + &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnBigEnd }, + { "small", &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnSmallStart, + &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnSmallEnd }, + { "tt", &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnTeletypeStart, + &wxMarkupParserOutput::OnTeletypeEnd }, + }; + + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(tagHandlers); n++ ) + { + const TagHandler& h = tagHandlers[n]; + + if ( tagAndAttrs.name.CmpNoCase(h.name) == 0 ) + { + if ( start ) + (m_output.*(h.startFunc))(); + else + (m_output.*(h.endFunc))(); + + return true; + } + } + } + + // Unknown tag name. + return false; +} + +bool wxMarkupParser::Parse(const wxString& text) +{ + // The stack containing the names and corresponding attributes (which are + // actually only used for tags) of all of the currently opened tag + // or none if we're not inside any tag. + wxStack tags; + + // Current run of text. + wxString current; + + const wxString::const_iterator end = text.end(); + for ( wxString::const_iterator it = text.begin(); it != end; ++it ) + { + switch ( (*it).GetValue() ) + { + case '<': + { + // Flush the text preceding the tag, if any. + if ( !current.empty() ) + { + m_output.OnText(current); + current.clear(); + } + + // Remember the tag starting position for the error + // messages. + const size_t pos = it - text.begin(); + + bool start = true; + if ( ++it != end && *it == '/' ) + { + start = false; + ++it; + } + + const wxString tag = ExtractUntil('>', it, end); + if ( tag.empty() ) + { + wxLogDebug("%s at %lu.", + it == end ? "Unclosed tag starting" + : "Empty tag", + pos); + return false; + } + + if ( start ) + { + wxString attrs; + const wxString name = tag.BeforeFirst(' ', &attrs); + + TagAndAttrs tagAndAttrs(name); + const wxString err = ParseAttrs(attrs, tagAndAttrs); + if ( !err.empty() ) + { + wxLogDebug("Bad attributes for \"%s\" " + "at %lu: %s.", + name, pos, err); + return false; + } + + tags.push(tagAndAttrs); + } + else // end tag + { + if ( tags.empty() || tags.top().name != tag ) + { + wxLogDebug("Unmatched closing tag \"%s\" at %lu.", + tag, pos); + return false; + } + } + + if ( !OutputTag(tags.top(), start) ) + { + wxLogDebug("Unknown tag at %lu.", pos); + return false; + } + + if ( !start ) + tags.pop(); + } + break; + + case '>': + wxLogDebug("'>' should be escaped as \">\"; at %lu.", + it - text.begin()); + break; + + case '&': + // Processing is somewhat complicated: we need to recognize at + // least the "<" entity to allow escaping left square + // brackets in the markup and, in fact, we recognize all of the + // standard XML entities for consistency with Pango markup + // parsing. + // + // However we also allow '&' to appear unescaped, i.e. directly + // and not as "&" when it is used to introduce the mnemonic + // for the label. In this case we simply leave it alone. + // + // Notice that this logic makes it impossible to have a label + // with "lt;" inside it and using "l" as mnemonic but hopefully + // this shouldn't be a problem in practice. + { + const size_t pos = it - text.begin() + 1; + + unsigned n; + for ( n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(xmlEntities); n++ ) + { + const XMLEntity& xmlEnt = xmlEntities[n]; + if ( text.compare(pos, xmlEnt.len, xmlEnt.name) == 0 + && text[pos + xmlEnt.len] == ';' ) + { + // Escape the ampersands if needed to protect them + // from being interpreted as mnemonics indicators. + if ( xmlEnt.value == '&' ) + current += "&&"; + else + current += xmlEnt.value; + + it += xmlEnt.len + 1; // +1 for '&' itself + + break; + } + } + + if ( n < WXSIZEOF(xmlEntities) ) + break; + //else: fall through, '&' is not special + } + + default: + current += *it; + } + } + + if ( !tags.empty() ) + { + wxLogDebug("Missing closing tag for \"%s\"", tags.top().name); + return false; + } + + if ( !current.empty() ) + m_output.OnText(current); + + return true; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxMarkupParser::Quote(const wxString& text) +{ + wxString quoted; + quoted.reserve(text.length()); + + for ( wxString::const_iterator it = text.begin(); it != text.end(); ++it ) + { + unsigned n; + for ( n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(xmlEntities); n++ ) + { + const XMLEntity& xmlEnt = xmlEntities[n]; + if ( *it == xmlEnt.value ) + { + quoted << '&' << xmlEnt.name << ';'; + break; + } + } + + if ( n == WXSIZEOF(xmlEntities) ) + quoted += *it; + } + + return quoted; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxMarkupParser::Strip(const wxString& text) +{ + class StripOutput : public wxMarkupParserOutput + { + public: + StripOutput() { } + + const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; } + + virtual void OnText(const wxString& text) { m_text += text; } + + virtual void OnBoldStart() { } + virtual void OnBoldEnd() { } + + virtual void OnItalicStart() { } + virtual void OnItalicEnd() { } + + virtual void OnUnderlinedStart() { } + virtual void OnUnderlinedEnd() { } + + virtual void OnStrikethroughStart() { } + virtual void OnStrikethroughEnd() { } + + virtual void OnBigStart() { } + virtual void OnBigEnd() { } + + virtual void OnSmallStart() { } + virtual void OnSmallEnd() { } + + virtual void OnTeletypeStart() { } + virtual void OnTeletypeEnd() { } + + virtual void OnSpanStart(const wxMarkupSpanAttributes& WXUNUSED(a)) { } + virtual void OnSpanEnd(const wxMarkupSpanAttributes& WXUNUSED(a)) { } + + private: + wxString m_text; + }; + + StripOutput output; + wxMarkupParser parser(output); + if ( !parser.Parse(text) ) + return wxString(); + + return output.GetText(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/matrix.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/matrix.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4903aca392 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/matrix.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,601 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/matrix.cpp +// Purpose: wxTransformMatrix class +// Author: Chris Breeze, Julian Smart +// Modified by: Klaas Holwerda +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: matrix.cpp 39745 2006-06-15 17:58:49Z ABX $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// Note: this is intended to be used in wxDC at some point to replace +// the current system of scaling/translation. It is not yet used. + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/matrix.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/math.h" +#endif + +static const double pi = M_PI; + +wxTransformMatrix::wxTransformMatrix(void) +{ + m_isIdentity = false; + + Identity(); +} + +wxTransformMatrix::wxTransformMatrix(const wxTransformMatrix& mat) + : wxObject() +{ + (*this) = mat; +} + +double wxTransformMatrix::GetValue(int col, int row) const +{ + if (row < 0 || row > 2 || col < 0 || col > 2) + return 0.0; + + return m_matrix[col][row]; +} + +void wxTransformMatrix::SetValue(int col, int row, double value) +{ + if (row < 0 || row > 2 || col < 0 || col > 2) + return; + + m_matrix[col][row] = value; + m_isIdentity = IsIdentity1(); +} + +void wxTransformMatrix::operator = (const wxTransformMatrix& mat) +{ + int i, j; + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) + { + m_matrix[i][j] = mat.m_matrix[i][j]; + } + } + m_isIdentity = mat.m_isIdentity; +} + +bool wxTransformMatrix::operator == (const wxTransformMatrix& mat) const +{ + if (m_isIdentity && mat.m_isIdentity) + return true; + + int i, j; + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) + { + if ( !wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[i][j], mat.m_matrix[i][j]) ) + return false; + } + } + return true; +} + +bool wxTransformMatrix::operator != (const wxTransformMatrix& mat) const +{ + return (! ((*this) == mat)); +} + +double& wxTransformMatrix::operator()(int col, int row) +{ + if (row < 0 || row > 2 || col < 0 || col > 2) + return m_matrix[0][0]; + + return m_matrix[col][row]; +} + +double wxTransformMatrix::operator()(int col, int row) const +{ + if (row < 0 || row > 2 || col < 0 || col > 2) + return 0.0; + + return m_matrix[col][row]; +} + +// Invert matrix +bool wxTransformMatrix::Invert(void) +{ + double inverseMatrix[3][3]; + + // calculate the adjoint + inverseMatrix[0][0] = wxCalculateDet(m_matrix[1][1],m_matrix[2][1],m_matrix[1][2],m_matrix[2][2]); + inverseMatrix[0][1] = -wxCalculateDet(m_matrix[0][1],m_matrix[2][1],m_matrix[0][2],m_matrix[2][2]); + inverseMatrix[0][2] = wxCalculateDet(m_matrix[0][1],m_matrix[1][1],m_matrix[0][2],m_matrix[1][2]); + + inverseMatrix[1][0] = -wxCalculateDet(m_matrix[1][0],m_matrix[2][0],m_matrix[1][2],m_matrix[2][2]); + inverseMatrix[1][1] = wxCalculateDet(m_matrix[0][0],m_matrix[2][0],m_matrix[0][2],m_matrix[2][2]); + inverseMatrix[1][2] = -wxCalculateDet(m_matrix[0][0],m_matrix[1][0],m_matrix[0][2],m_matrix[1][2]); + + inverseMatrix[2][0] = wxCalculateDet(m_matrix[1][0],m_matrix[2][0],m_matrix[1][1],m_matrix[2][1]); + inverseMatrix[2][1] = -wxCalculateDet(m_matrix[0][0],m_matrix[2][0],m_matrix[0][1],m_matrix[2][1]); + inverseMatrix[2][2] = wxCalculateDet(m_matrix[0][0],m_matrix[1][0],m_matrix[0][1],m_matrix[1][1]); + + // now divide by the determinant + double det = m_matrix[0][0] * inverseMatrix[0][0] + m_matrix[0][1] * inverseMatrix[1][0] + m_matrix[0][2] * inverseMatrix[2][0]; + if ( wxIsNullDouble(det) ) + return false; + + inverseMatrix[0][0] /= det; inverseMatrix[1][0] /= det; inverseMatrix[2][0] /= det; + inverseMatrix[0][1] /= det; inverseMatrix[1][1] /= det; inverseMatrix[2][1] /= det; + inverseMatrix[0][2] /= det; inverseMatrix[1][2] /= det; inverseMatrix[2][2] /= det; + + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + for (int j = 0; j < 3; j++) + { + m_matrix[i][j] = inverseMatrix[i][j]; + } + } + m_isIdentity = IsIdentity1(); + return true; +} + +// Make into identity matrix +bool wxTransformMatrix::Identity(void) +{ + m_matrix[0][0] = m_matrix[1][1] = m_matrix[2][2] = 1.0; + m_matrix[1][0] = m_matrix[2][0] = m_matrix[0][1] = m_matrix[2][1] = m_matrix[0][2] = m_matrix[1][2] = 0.0; + m_isIdentity = true; + + return true; +} + +// Scale by scale (isotropic scaling i.e. the same in x and y): +// | scale 0 0 | +// matrix' = | 0 scale 0 | x matrix +// | 0 0 scale | +// +bool wxTransformMatrix::Scale(double scale) +{ + int i, j; + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) + { + m_matrix[i][j] *= scale; + } + } + m_isIdentity = IsIdentity1(); + + return true; +} + + +// scale a matrix in 2D +// +// xs 0 xc(1-xs) +// 0 ys yc(1-ys) +// 0 0 1 +// +wxTransformMatrix& wxTransformMatrix::Scale(const double &xs, const double &ys,const double &xc, const double &yc) +{ + double r00,r10,r20,r01,r11,r21; + + if (m_isIdentity) + { + double tx = xc*(1-xs); + double ty = yc*(1-ys); + r00 = xs; + r10 = 0; + r20 = tx; + r01 = 0; + r11 = ys; + r21 = ty; + } + else if ( !wxIsNullDouble(xc) || !wxIsNullDouble(yc) ) + { + double tx = xc*(1-xs); + double ty = yc*(1-ys); + r00 = xs * m_matrix[0][0]; + r10 = xs * m_matrix[1][0]; + r20 = xs * m_matrix[2][0] + tx; + r01 = ys * m_matrix[0][1]; + r11 = ys * m_matrix[1][1]; + r21 = ys * m_matrix[2][1] + ty; + } + else + { + r00 = xs * m_matrix[0][0]; + r10 = xs * m_matrix[1][0]; + r20 = xs * m_matrix[2][0]; + r01 = ys * m_matrix[0][1]; + r11 = ys * m_matrix[1][1]; + r21 = ys * m_matrix[2][1]; + } + + m_matrix[0][0] = r00; + m_matrix[1][0] = r10; + m_matrix[2][0] = r20; + m_matrix[0][1] = r01; + m_matrix[1][1] = r11; + m_matrix[2][1] = r21; + +/* or like this + // first translate to origin O + (*this).Translate(-x_cen, -y_cen); + + // now do the scaling + wxTransformMatrix scale; + scale.m_matrix[0][0] = x_fac; + scale.m_matrix[1][1] = y_fac; + scale.m_isIdentity = IsIdentity1(); + + *this = scale * (*this); + + // translate back from origin to x_cen, y_cen + (*this).Translate(x_cen, y_cen); +*/ + + m_isIdentity = IsIdentity1(); + + return *this; +} + + +// mirror a matrix in x, y +// +// -1 0 0 Y-mirror +// 0 -1 0 X-mirror +// 0 0 -1 Z-mirror +wxTransformMatrix& wxTransformMatrix::Mirror(bool x, bool y) +{ + wxTransformMatrix temp; + if (x) + { + temp.m_matrix[1][1] = -1; + temp.m_isIdentity=false; + } + if (y) + { + temp.m_matrix[0][0] = -1; + temp.m_isIdentity=false; + } + + *this = temp * (*this); + m_isIdentity = IsIdentity1(); + return *this; +} + +// Translate by dx, dy: +// | 1 0 dx | +// matrix' = | 0 1 dy | x matrix +// | 0 0 1 | +// +bool wxTransformMatrix::Translate(double dx, double dy) +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + m_matrix[i][0] += dx * m_matrix[i][2]; + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) + m_matrix[i][1] += dy * m_matrix[i][2]; + + m_isIdentity = IsIdentity1(); + + return true; +} + +// Rotate clockwise by the given number of degrees: +// | cos sin 0 | +// matrix' = | -sin cos 0 | x matrix +// | 0 0 1 | +bool wxTransformMatrix::Rotate(double degrees) +{ + Rotate(-degrees,0,0); + return true; +} + +// counter clockwise rotate around a point +// +// cos(r) -sin(r) x(1-cos(r))+y(sin(r) +// sin(r) cos(r) y(1-cos(r))-x(sin(r) +// 0 0 1 +wxTransformMatrix& wxTransformMatrix::Rotate(const double °rees, const double &x, const double &y) +{ + double angle = degrees * pi / 180.0; + double c = cos(angle); + double s = sin(angle); + double r00,r10,r20,r01,r11,r21; + + if (m_isIdentity) + { + double tx = x*(1-c)+y*s; + double ty = y*(1-c)-x*s; + r00 = c ; + r10 = -s; + r20 = tx; + r01 = s; + r11 = c; + r21 = ty; + } + else if ( !wxIsNullDouble(x) || !wxIsNullDouble(y) ) + { + double tx = x*(1-c)+y*s; + double ty = y*(1-c)-x*s; + r00 = c * m_matrix[0][0] - s * m_matrix[0][1] + tx * m_matrix[0][2]; + r10 = c * m_matrix[1][0] - s * m_matrix[1][1] + tx * m_matrix[1][2]; + r20 = c * m_matrix[2][0] - s * m_matrix[2][1] + tx;// * m_matrix[2][2]; + r01 = c * m_matrix[0][1] + s * m_matrix[0][0] + ty * m_matrix[0][2]; + r11 = c * m_matrix[1][1] + s * m_matrix[1][0] + ty * m_matrix[1][2]; + r21 = c * m_matrix[2][1] + s * m_matrix[2][0] + ty;// * m_matrix[2][2]; + } + else + { + r00 = c * m_matrix[0][0] - s * m_matrix[0][1]; + r10 = c * m_matrix[1][0] - s * m_matrix[1][1]; + r20 = c * m_matrix[2][0] - s * m_matrix[2][1]; + r01 = c * m_matrix[0][1] + s * m_matrix[0][0]; + r11 = c * m_matrix[1][1] + s * m_matrix[1][0]; + r21 = c * m_matrix[2][1] + s * m_matrix[2][0]; + } + + m_matrix[0][0] = r00; + m_matrix[1][0] = r10; + m_matrix[2][0] = r20; + m_matrix[0][1] = r01; + m_matrix[1][1] = r11; + m_matrix[2][1] = r21; + +/* or like this + wxTransformMatrix rotate; + rotate.m_matrix[2][0] = tx; + rotate.m_matrix[2][1] = ty; + + rotate.m_matrix[0][0] = c; + rotate.m_matrix[0][1] = s; + + rotate.m_matrix[1][0] = -s; + rotate.m_matrix[1][1] = c; + + rotate.m_isIdentity=false; + *this = rotate * (*this); +*/ + m_isIdentity = IsIdentity1(); + + return *this; +} + +// Transform a point from logical to device coordinates +bool wxTransformMatrix::TransformPoint(double x, double y, double& tx, double& ty) const +{ + if (IsIdentity()) + { + tx = x; ty = y; return true; + } + + tx = x * m_matrix[0][0] + y * m_matrix[1][0] + m_matrix[2][0]; + ty = x * m_matrix[0][1] + y * m_matrix[1][1] + m_matrix[2][1]; + + return true; +} + +// Transform a point from device to logical coordinates. + +// Example of use: +// wxTransformMatrix mat = dc.GetTransformation(); +// mat.Invert(); +// mat.InverseTransformPoint(x, y, x1, y1); +// OR (shorthand:) +// dc.LogicalToDevice(x, y, x1, y1); +// The latter is slightly less efficient if we're doing several +// conversions, since the matrix is inverted several times. +bool wxTransformMatrix::InverseTransformPoint(double x, double y, double& tx, double& ty) const +{ + if (IsIdentity()) + { + tx = x; + ty = y; + return true; + } + + const double z = (1.0 - m_matrix[0][2] * x - m_matrix[1][2] * y) / m_matrix[2][2]; + if ( wxIsNullDouble(z) ) + return false; + + tx = x * m_matrix[0][0] + y * m_matrix[1][0] + z * m_matrix[2][0]; + ty = x * m_matrix[0][1] + y * m_matrix[1][1] + z * m_matrix[2][1]; + return true; +} + +wxTransformMatrix& wxTransformMatrix::operator*=(const double& t) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + for (int j = 0; j < 3; j++) + m_matrix[i][j]*= t; + m_isIdentity = IsIdentity1(); + return *this; +} + +wxTransformMatrix& wxTransformMatrix::operator/=(const double& t) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + for (int j = 0; j < 3; j++) + m_matrix[i][j]/= t; + m_isIdentity = IsIdentity1(); + return *this; +} + +wxTransformMatrix& wxTransformMatrix::operator+=(const wxTransformMatrix& mat) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + for (int j = 0; j < 3; j++) + m_matrix[i][j] += mat.m_matrix[i][j]; + m_isIdentity = IsIdentity1(); + return *this; +} + +wxTransformMatrix& wxTransformMatrix::operator-=(const wxTransformMatrix& mat) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + for (int j = 0; j < 3; j++) + m_matrix[i][j] -= mat.m_matrix[i][j]; + m_isIdentity = IsIdentity1(); + return *this; +} + +wxTransformMatrix& wxTransformMatrix::operator*=(const wxTransformMatrix& mat) +{ + + if (mat.m_isIdentity) + return *this; + if (m_isIdentity) + { + *this = mat; + return *this; + } + else + { + wxTransformMatrix result; + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + for (int j = 0; j < 3; j++) + { + double sum = 0; + for (int k = 0; k < 3; k++) + sum += m_matrix[k][i] * mat.m_matrix[j][k]; + result.m_matrix[j][i] = sum; + } + } + *this = result; + } + + m_isIdentity = IsIdentity1(); + return *this; +} + + +// constant operators +wxTransformMatrix wxTransformMatrix::operator*(const double& t) const +{ + wxTransformMatrix result = *this; + result *= t; + result.m_isIdentity = result.IsIdentity1(); + return result; +} + +wxTransformMatrix wxTransformMatrix::operator/(const double& t) const +{ + wxTransformMatrix result = *this; +// wxASSERT(t!=0); + result /= t; + result.m_isIdentity = result.IsIdentity1(); + return result; +} + +wxTransformMatrix wxTransformMatrix::operator+(const wxTransformMatrix& m) const +{ + wxTransformMatrix result = *this; + result += m; + result.m_isIdentity = result.IsIdentity1(); + return result; +} + +wxTransformMatrix wxTransformMatrix::operator-(const wxTransformMatrix& m) const +{ + wxTransformMatrix result = *this; + result -= m; + result.m_isIdentity = result.IsIdentity1(); + return result; +} + + +wxTransformMatrix wxTransformMatrix::operator*(const wxTransformMatrix& m) const +{ + wxTransformMatrix result = *this; + result *= m; + result.m_isIdentity = result.IsIdentity1(); + return result; +} + + +wxTransformMatrix wxTransformMatrix::operator-() const +{ + wxTransformMatrix result = *this; + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + for (int j = 0; j < 3; j++) + result.m_matrix[i][j] = -(this->m_matrix[i][j]); + result.m_isIdentity = result.IsIdentity1(); + return result; +} + +static double CheckInt(double getal) +{ + // check if the number is very close to an integer + if ( (ceil(getal) - getal) < 0.0001) + return ceil(getal); + + else if ( (getal - floor(getal)) < 0.0001) + return floor(getal); + + return getal; + +} + +double wxTransformMatrix::Get_scaleX() +{ + double scale_factor; + double rot_angle = CheckInt(atan2(m_matrix[1][0],m_matrix[0][0])*180/pi); + if ( !wxIsSameDouble(rot_angle, 90) && !wxIsSameDouble(rot_angle, -90) ) + scale_factor = m_matrix[0][0]/cos((rot_angle/180)*pi); + else + scale_factor = m_matrix[0][0]/sin((rot_angle/180)*pi); // er kan nl. niet door 0 gedeeld worden ! + + scale_factor = CheckInt(scale_factor); + if (scale_factor < 0) + scale_factor = -scale_factor; + + return scale_factor; +} + +double wxTransformMatrix::Get_scaleY() +{ + double scale_factor; + double rot_angle = CheckInt(atan2(m_matrix[1][0],m_matrix[0][0])*180/pi); + if ( !wxIsSameDouble(rot_angle, 90) && !wxIsSameDouble(rot_angle, -90) ) + scale_factor = m_matrix[1][1]/cos((rot_angle/180)*pi); + else + scale_factor = m_matrix[1][1]/sin((rot_angle/180)*pi); // er kan nl. niet door 0 gedeeld worden ! + + scale_factor = CheckInt(scale_factor); + if (scale_factor < 0) + + scale_factor = -scale_factor; + + return scale_factor; + +} + +double wxTransformMatrix::GetRotation() +{ + double temp1 = GetValue(0,0); // for angle calculation + double temp2 = GetValue(0,1); // + + // Rotation + double rot_angle = atan2(temp2,temp1)*180/pi; + + rot_angle = CheckInt(rot_angle); + return rot_angle; +} + +void wxTransformMatrix::SetRotation(double rotation) +{ + double x=GetValue(2,0); + double y=GetValue(2,1); + Rotate(-GetRotation(), x, y); + Rotate(rotation, x, y); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mediactrlcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mediactrlcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d1659f57b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mediactrlcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,554 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/mediactrlcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxMediaCtrl common code +// Author: Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 11/07/04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mediactrlcmn.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// TODO: Platform specific backend defaults? + +//=========================================================================== +// Declarations +//=========================================================================== + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Includes +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MEDIACTRL + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/mediactrl.h" + +//=========================================================================== +// +// Implementation +// +//=========================================================================== + +//+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +// RTTI and Event implementations +//+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxMediaCtrl, wxControl) +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED, wxMediaEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MEDIA_PLAY, wxMediaEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MEDIA_PAUSE, wxMediaEvent ); +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxMediaBackend, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMediaEvent, wxEvent) +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MEDIA_FINISHED, wxMediaEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MEDIA_LOADED, wxMediaEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_MEDIA_STOP, wxMediaEvent ); + +//+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +// +// wxMediaCtrl +// +//+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMediaBackend Destructor +// +// This is here because the DARWIN gcc compiler badly screwed up and +// needs the destructor implementation in the source +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +wxMediaBackend::~wxMediaBackend() +{ +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMediaCtrl::Create (file version) +// wxMediaCtrl::Create (URL version) +// +// Searches for a backend that is installed on the system (backends +// starting with lower characters in the alphabet are given priority), +// and creates the control from it +// +// This searches by searching the global RTTI hashtable, class by class, +// attempting to call CreateControl on each one found that is a derivative +// of wxMediaBackend - if it succeeded Create returns true, otherwise +// it keeps iterating through the hashmap. +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool wxMediaCtrl::Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& fileName, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& szBackend, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + if(!szBackend.empty()) + { + wxClassInfo* pClassInfo = wxClassInfo::FindClass(szBackend); + + if(!pClassInfo || !DoCreate(pClassInfo, parent, id, + pos, size, style, validator, name)) + { + m_imp = NULL; + return false; + } + + if (!fileName.empty()) + { + if (!Load(fileName)) + { + wxDELETE(m_imp); + return false; + } + } + + SetInitialSize(size); + return true; + } + else + { + wxClassInfo::const_iterator it = wxClassInfo::begin_classinfo(); + + const wxClassInfo* classInfo; + + while((classInfo = NextBackend(&it)) != NULL) + { + if(!DoCreate(classInfo, parent, id, + pos, size, style, validator, name)) + continue; + + if (!fileName.empty()) + { + if (Load(fileName)) + { + SetInitialSize(size); + return true; + } + else + delete m_imp; + } + else + { + SetInitialSize(size); + return true; + } + } + + m_imp = NULL; + return false; + } +} + +bool wxMediaCtrl::Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxURI& location, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& szBackend, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + if(!szBackend.empty()) + { + wxClassInfo* pClassInfo = wxClassInfo::FindClass(szBackend); + if(!pClassInfo || !DoCreate(pClassInfo, parent, id, + pos, size, style, validator, name)) + { + m_imp = NULL; + return false; + } + + if (!Load(location)) + { + wxDELETE(m_imp); + return false; + } + + SetInitialSize(size); + return true; + } + else + { + wxClassInfo::const_iterator it = wxClassInfo::begin_classinfo(); + + const wxClassInfo* classInfo; + + while((classInfo = NextBackend(&it)) != NULL) + { + if(!DoCreate(classInfo, parent, id, + pos, size, style, validator, name)) + continue; + + if (Load(location)) + { + SetInitialSize(size); + return true; + } + else + delete m_imp; + } + + m_imp = NULL; + return false; + } +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMediaCtrl::DoCreate +// +// Attempts to create the control from a backend +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool wxMediaCtrl::DoCreate(const wxClassInfo* classInfo, + wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + m_imp = (wxMediaBackend*)classInfo->CreateObject(); + + if( m_imp->CreateControl(this, parent, id, pos, size, + style, validator, name) ) + { + return true; + } + + delete m_imp; + return false; +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMediaCtrl::NextBackend (static) +// +// +// Search through the RTTI hashmap one at a +// time, attempting to create each derivative +// of wxMediaBackend +// +// +// STL isn't compatible with and will have a compilation error +// on a wxNode, however, wxHashTable::compatibility_iterator is +// incompatible with the old 2.4 stable version - but since +// we're in 2.5+ only we don't need to worry about the new version +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +const wxClassInfo* wxMediaCtrl::NextBackend(wxClassInfo::const_iterator* it) +{ + for ( wxClassInfo::const_iterator end = wxClassInfo::end_classinfo(); + *it != end; ++(*it) ) + { + const wxClassInfo* classInfo = **it; + if ( classInfo->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMediaBackend)) && + classInfo != CLASSINFO(wxMediaBackend) ) + { + ++(*it); + return classInfo; + } + } + + // + // Nope - couldn't successfully find one... fail + // + return NULL; +} + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMediaCtrl Destructor +// +// Free up the backend if it exists +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +wxMediaCtrl::~wxMediaCtrl() +{ + if (m_imp) + delete m_imp; +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMediaCtrl::Load (file version) +// wxMediaCtrl::Load (URL version) +// wxMediaCtrl::Load (URL & Proxy version) +// wxMediaCtrl::Load (wxInputStream version) +// +// Here we call load of the backend - keeping +// track of whether it was successful or not - which +// will determine which later method calls work +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool wxMediaCtrl::Load(const wxString& fileName) +{ + if(m_imp) + return (m_bLoaded = m_imp->Load(fileName)); + return false; +} + +bool wxMediaCtrl::Load(const wxURI& location) +{ + if(m_imp) + return (m_bLoaded = m_imp->Load(location)); + return false; +} + +bool wxMediaCtrl::Load(const wxURI& location, const wxURI& proxy) +{ + if(m_imp) + return (m_bLoaded = m_imp->Load(location, proxy)); + return false; +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMediaCtrl::Play +// wxMediaCtrl::Pause +// wxMediaCtrl::Stop +// wxMediaCtrl::GetPlaybackRate +// wxMediaCtrl::SetPlaybackRate +// wxMediaCtrl::Seek --> SetPosition +// wxMediaCtrl::Tell --> GetPosition +// wxMediaCtrl::Length --> GetDuration +// wxMediaCtrl::GetState +// wxMediaCtrl::DoGetBestSize +// wxMediaCtrl::SetVolume +// wxMediaCtrl::GetVolume +// wxMediaCtrl::ShowInterface +// wxMediaCtrl::GetDownloadProgress +// wxMediaCtrl::GetDownloadTotal +// +// 1) Check to see whether the backend exists and is loading +// 2) Call the backend's version of the method, returning success +// if the backend's version succeeds +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool wxMediaCtrl::Play() +{ + if(m_imp && m_bLoaded) + return m_imp->Play(); + return 0; +} + +bool wxMediaCtrl::Pause() +{ + if(m_imp && m_bLoaded) + return m_imp->Pause(); + return 0; +} + +bool wxMediaCtrl::Stop() +{ + if(m_imp && m_bLoaded) + return m_imp->Stop(); + return 0; +} + +double wxMediaCtrl::GetPlaybackRate() +{ + if(m_imp && m_bLoaded) + return m_imp->GetPlaybackRate(); + return 0; +} + +bool wxMediaCtrl::SetPlaybackRate(double dRate) +{ + if(m_imp && m_bLoaded) + return m_imp->SetPlaybackRate(dRate); + return false; +} + +wxFileOffset wxMediaCtrl::Seek(wxFileOffset where, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + wxFileOffset offset; + + switch (mode) + { + case wxFromStart: + offset = where; + break; + case wxFromEnd: + offset = Length() - where; + break; +// case wxFromCurrent: + default: + offset = Tell() + where; + break; + } + + if(m_imp && m_bLoaded && m_imp->SetPosition(offset)) + return offset; + return wxInvalidOffset; +} + +wxFileOffset wxMediaCtrl::Tell() +{ + if(m_imp && m_bLoaded) + return (wxFileOffset) m_imp->GetPosition().ToLong(); + return wxInvalidOffset; +} + +wxFileOffset wxMediaCtrl::Length() +{ + if(m_imp && m_bLoaded) + return (wxFileOffset) m_imp->GetDuration().ToLong(); + return wxInvalidOffset; +} + +wxMediaState wxMediaCtrl::GetState() +{ + if(m_imp && m_bLoaded) + return m_imp->GetState(); + return wxMEDIASTATE_STOPPED; +} + +wxSize wxMediaCtrl::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + if(m_imp) + return m_imp->GetVideoSize(); + return wxSize(0,0); +} + +double wxMediaCtrl::GetVolume() +{ + if(m_imp && m_bLoaded) + return m_imp->GetVolume(); + return 0.0; +} + +bool wxMediaCtrl::SetVolume(double dVolume) +{ + if(m_imp && m_bLoaded) + return m_imp->SetVolume(dVolume); + return false; +} + +bool wxMediaCtrl::ShowPlayerControls(wxMediaCtrlPlayerControls flags) +{ + if(m_imp) + return m_imp->ShowPlayerControls(flags); + return false; +} + +wxFileOffset wxMediaCtrl::GetDownloadProgress() +{ + if(m_imp && m_bLoaded) + return (wxFileOffset) m_imp->GetDownloadProgress().ToLong(); + return wxInvalidOffset; +} + +wxFileOffset wxMediaCtrl::GetDownloadTotal() +{ + if(m_imp && m_bLoaded) + return (wxFileOffset) m_imp->GetDownloadTotal().ToLong(); + return wxInvalidOffset; +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMediaCtrl::DoMoveWindow +// +// 1) Call parent's version so that our control's window moves where +// it's supposed to +// 2) If the backend exists and is loaded, move the video +// of the media to where our control's window is now located +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void wxMediaCtrl::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int w, int h) +{ + wxControl::DoMoveWindow(x,y,w,h); + + if(m_imp) + m_imp->Move(x, y, w, h); +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMediaCtrl::MacVisibilityChanged +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#ifdef __WXOSX_CARBON__ +void wxMediaCtrl::MacVisibilityChanged() +{ + wxControl::MacVisibilityChanged(); + + if(m_imp) + m_imp->MacVisibilityChanged(); +} +#endif + +//+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +// +// wxMediaBackendCommonBase +// +//+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + +void wxMediaBackendCommonBase::NotifyMovieSizeChanged() +{ + // our best size changed after opening a new file + m_ctrl->InvalidateBestSize(); + m_ctrl->SetSize(m_ctrl->GetSize()); + + // if the parent of the control has a sizer ask it to refresh our size + wxWindow * const parent = m_ctrl->GetParent(); + if ( parent->GetSizer() ) + { + m_ctrl->GetParent()->Layout(); + m_ctrl->GetParent()->Refresh(); + m_ctrl->GetParent()->Update(); + } +} + +void wxMediaBackendCommonBase::NotifyMovieLoaded() +{ + NotifyMovieSizeChanged(); + + // notify about movie being fully loaded + QueueEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_LOADED); +} + +bool wxMediaBackendCommonBase::SendStopEvent() +{ + wxMediaEvent theEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_STOP, m_ctrl->GetId()); + + return !m_ctrl->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(theEvent) || theEvent.IsAllowed(); +} + +void wxMediaBackendCommonBase::QueueEvent(wxEventType evtType) +{ + wxMediaEvent theEvent(evtType, m_ctrl->GetId()); + m_ctrl->GetEventHandler()->AddPendingEvent(theEvent); +} + +void wxMediaBackendCommonBase::QueuePlayEvent() +{ + QueueEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED); + QueueEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_PLAY); +} + +void wxMediaBackendCommonBase::QueuePauseEvent() +{ + QueueEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED); + QueueEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_PAUSE); +} + +void wxMediaBackendCommonBase::QueueStopEvent() +{ + QueueEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED); + QueueEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_STOP); +} + + +// +// Force link default backends in - +// see http://wiki.wxwidgets.org/wiki.pl?RTTI +// +#include "wx/html/forcelnk.h" + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ // MSW has huge backends so we do it seperately +FORCE_LINK(wxmediabackend_am) +FORCE_LINK(wxmediabackend_wmp10) +#elif !defined(__WXOSX_COCOA__) +FORCE_LINK(basewxmediabackends) +#endif + +#endif //wxUSE_MEDIACTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/memory.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/memory.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b0001b1898 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/memory.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1153 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/memory.cpp +// Purpose: Memory checking implementation +// Author: Arthur Seaton, Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: memory.cpp 66898 2011-02-16 05:13:00Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING || wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT + +#include "wx/memory.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + #endif + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + #include "wx/thread.h" +#endif + +#include + +#include "wx/ioswrap.h" + +#if !defined(__WATCOMC__) && !(defined(__VMS__) && ( __VMS_VER < 70000000 ) )\ + && !defined( __MWERKS__ ) +#include +#endif + +#include +#include + +#if wxUSE_THREADS +#define USE_THREADSAFE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION 1 +#else +#define USE_THREADSAFE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION 0 +#endif + + +#ifdef new +#undef new +#endif + +// wxDebugContext wxTheDebugContext; +/* + Redefine new and delete so that we can pick up situations where: + - we overwrite or underwrite areas of malloc'd memory. + - we use uninitialise variables + Only do this in debug mode. + + We change new to get enough memory to allocate a struct, followed + by the caller's requested memory, followed by a tag. The struct + is used to create a doubly linked list of these areas and also + contains another tag. The tags are used to determine when the area + has been over/under written. +*/ + + +/* + Values which are used to set the markers which will be tested for + under/over write. There are 3 of these, one in the struct, one + immediately after the struct but before the caller requested memory and + one immediately after the requested memory. +*/ +#define MemStartCheck 0x23A8 +#define MemMidCheck 0xA328 +#define MemEndCheck 0x8A32 +#define MemFillChar 0xAF +#define MemStructId 0x666D + +/* + External interface for the wxMemStruct class. Others are + defined inline within the class def. Here we only need to be able + to add and delete nodes from the list and handle errors in some way. +*/ + +/* + Used for internal "this shouldn't happen" type of errors. +*/ +void wxMemStruct::ErrorMsg (const char * mesg) +{ + wxLogMessage(wxT("wxWidgets memory checking error: %s"), mesg); + PrintNode (); +} + +/* + Used when we find an overwrite or an underwrite error. +*/ +void wxMemStruct::ErrorMsg () +{ + wxLogMessage(wxT("wxWidgets over/underwrite memory error:")); + PrintNode (); +} + + +/* + We want to find out if pointers have been overwritten as soon as is + possible, so test everything before we dereference it. Of course it's still + quite possible that, if things have been overwritten, this function will + fall over, but the only way of dealing with that would cost too much in terms + of time. +*/ +int wxMemStruct::AssertList () +{ + if ((wxDebugContext::GetHead() && !wxDebugContext::GetHead()->AssertIt()) || + (wxDebugContext::GetTail() && !wxDebugContext::GetTail()->AssertIt())) + { + ErrorMsg ("Head or tail pointers trashed"); + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + + +/* + Check that the thing we're pointing to has the correct id for a wxMemStruct + object and also that it's previous and next pointers are pointing at objects + which have valid ids. + This is definitely not perfect since we could fall over just trying to access + any of the slots which we use here, but I think it's about the best that I + can do without doing something like taking all new wxMemStruct pointers and + comparing them against all known pointer within the list and then only + doing this sort of check _after_ you've found the pointer in the list. That + would be safer, but also much more time consuming. +*/ +int wxMemStruct::AssertIt () +{ + return (m_id == MemStructId && + (m_prev == 0 || m_prev->m_id == MemStructId) && + (m_next == 0 || m_next->m_id == MemStructId)); +} + + +/* + Additions are always at the tail of the list. + Returns 0 on error, non-zero on success. +*/ +int wxMemStruct::Append () +{ + if (! AssertList ()) + return 0; + + if (wxDebugContext::GetHead () == 0) { + if (wxDebugContext::GetTail () != 0) { + ErrorMsg ("Null list should have a null tail pointer"); + return 0; + } + (void) wxDebugContext::SetHead (this); + (void) wxDebugContext::SetTail (this); + } else { + wxDebugContext::GetTail ()->m_next = this; + this->m_prev = wxDebugContext::GetTail (); + (void) wxDebugContext::SetTail (this); + } + return 1; +} + + +/* + Don't actually free up anything here as the space which is used + by the node will be free'd up when the whole block is free'd. + Returns 0 on error, non-zero on success. +*/ +int wxMemStruct::Unlink () +{ + if (! AssertList ()) + return 0; + + if (wxDebugContext::GetHead () == 0 || wxDebugContext::GetTail () == 0) { + ErrorMsg ("Trying to remove node from empty list"); + return 0; + } + + // Handle the part of the list before this node. + if (m_prev == 0) { + if (this != wxDebugContext::GetHead ()) { + ErrorMsg ("No previous node for non-head node"); + return 0; + } + (void) wxDebugContext::SetHead (m_next); + } else { + if (! m_prev->AssertIt ()) { + ErrorMsg ("Trashed previous pointer"); + return 0; + } + + if (m_prev->m_next != this) { + ErrorMsg ("List is inconsistent"); + return 0; + } + m_prev->m_next = m_next; + } + + // Handle the part of the list after this node. + if (m_next == 0) { + if (this != wxDebugContext::GetTail ()) { + ErrorMsg ("No next node for non-tail node"); + return 0; + } + (void) wxDebugContext::SetTail (m_prev); + } else { + if (! m_next->AssertIt ()) { + ErrorMsg ("Trashed next pointer"); + return 0; + } + + if (m_next->m_prev != this) { + ErrorMsg ("List is inconsistent"); + return 0; + } + m_next->m_prev = m_prev; + } + + return 1; +} + + + +/* + Checks a node and block of memory to see that the markers are still + intact. +*/ +int wxMemStruct::CheckBlock () +{ + int nFailures = 0; + + if (m_firstMarker != MemStartCheck) { + nFailures++; + ErrorMsg (); + } + + char * pointer = wxDebugContext::MidMarkerPos ((char *) this); + if (* (wxMarkerType *) pointer != MemMidCheck) { + nFailures++; + ErrorMsg (); + } + + pointer = wxDebugContext::EndMarkerPos ((char *) this, RequestSize ()); + if (* (wxMarkerType *) pointer != MemEndCheck) { + nFailures++; + ErrorMsg (); + } + + return nFailures; +} + + +/* + Check the list of nodes to see if they are all ok. +*/ +int wxMemStruct::CheckAllPrevious () +{ + int nFailures = 0; + + for (wxMemStruct * st = this->m_prev; st != 0; st = st->m_prev) { + if (st->AssertIt ()) + nFailures += st->CheckBlock (); + else + return -1; + } + + return nFailures; +} + + +/* + When we delete a node we set the id slot to a specific value and then test + against this to see if a nodes have been deleted previously. I don't + just set the entire memory to the fillChar because then I'd be overwriting + useful stuff like the vtbl which may be needed to output the error message + including the file name and line numbers. Without this info the whole point + of this class is lost! +*/ +void wxMemStruct::SetDeleted () +{ + m_id = MemFillChar; +} + +int wxMemStruct::IsDeleted () +{ + return (m_id == MemFillChar); +} + + +/* + Print out a single node. There are many far better ways of doing this + but this will suffice for now. +*/ +void wxMemStruct::PrintNode () +{ + if (m_isObject) + { + wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)m_actualData; + wxClassInfo *info = obj->GetClassInfo(); + + // Let's put this in standard form so IDEs can load the file at the appropriate + // line + wxString msg; + + if (m_fileName) + msg.Printf(wxT("%s(%d): "), m_fileName, (int)m_lineNum); + + if (info && info->GetClassName()) + msg += info->GetClassName(); + else + msg += wxT("object"); + + wxString msg2; + msg2.Printf(wxT(" at 0x%lX, size %d"), (long)GetActualData(), (int)RequestSize()); + msg += msg2; + + wxLogMessage(msg); + } + else + { + wxString msg; + + if (m_fileName) + msg.Printf(wxT("%s(%d): "), m_fileName, (int)m_lineNum); + msg += wxT("non-object data"); + wxString msg2; + msg2.Printf(wxT(" at 0x%lX, size %d\n"), (long)GetActualData(), (int)RequestSize()); + msg += msg2; + + wxLogMessage(msg); + } +} + +void wxMemStruct::Dump () +{ + if (!ValidateNode()) return; + + if (m_isObject) + { + wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)m_actualData; + + wxString msg; + if (m_fileName) + msg.Printf(wxT("%s(%d): "), m_fileName, (int)m_lineNum); + + + /* TODO: We no longer have a stream (using wxLogDebug) so we can't dump it. + * Instead, do what wxObject::Dump does. + * What should we do long-term, eliminate Dumping? Or specify + * that MyClass::Dump should use wxLogDebug? Ugh. + obj->Dump(wxDebugContext::GetStream()); + */ + + if (obj->GetClassInfo() && obj->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()) + msg += obj->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName(); + else + msg += wxT("unknown object class"); + + wxString msg2; + msg2.Printf(wxT(" at 0x%lX, size %d"), (long)GetActualData(), (int)RequestSize()); + msg += msg2; + + wxDebugContext::OutputDumpLine(msg.c_str()); + } + else + { + wxString msg; + if (m_fileName) + msg.Printf(wxT("%s(%d): "), m_fileName, (int)m_lineNum); + + wxString msg2; + msg2.Printf(wxT("non-object data at 0x%lX, size %d"), (long)GetActualData(), (int)RequestSize() ); + msg += msg2; + wxDebugContext::OutputDumpLine(msg.c_str()); + } +} + + +/* + Validate a node. Check to see that the node is "clean" in the sense + that nothing has over/underwritten it etc. +*/ +int wxMemStruct::ValidateNode () +{ + char * startPointer = (char *) this; + if (!AssertIt ()) { + if (IsDeleted ()) + ErrorMsg ("Object already deleted"); + else { + // Can't use the error routines as we have no recognisable object. +#ifndef __WXGTK__ + wxLogMessage(wxT("Can't verify memory struct - all bets are off!")); +#endif + } + return 0; + } + +/* + int i; + for (i = 0; i < wxDebugContext::TotSize (requestSize ()); i++) + cout << startPointer [i]; + cout << endl; +*/ + if (Marker () != MemStartCheck) + ErrorMsg (); + if (* (wxMarkerType *) wxDebugContext::MidMarkerPos (startPointer) != MemMidCheck) + ErrorMsg (); + if (* (wxMarkerType *) wxDebugContext::EndMarkerPos (startPointer, + RequestSize ()) != + MemEndCheck) + ErrorMsg (); + + // Back to before the extra buffer and check that + // we can still read what we originally wrote. + if (Marker () != MemStartCheck || + * (wxMarkerType *) wxDebugContext::MidMarkerPos (startPointer) + != MemMidCheck || + * (wxMarkerType *) wxDebugContext::EndMarkerPos (startPointer, + RequestSize ()) != MemEndCheck) + { + ErrorMsg (); + return 0; + } + + return 1; +} + +/* + The wxDebugContext class. +*/ + +wxMemStruct *wxDebugContext::m_head = NULL; +wxMemStruct *wxDebugContext::m_tail = NULL; + +bool wxDebugContext::m_checkPrevious = false; +int wxDebugContext::debugLevel = 1; +bool wxDebugContext::debugOn = true; +wxMemStruct *wxDebugContext::checkPoint = NULL; + +// For faster alignment calculation +static wxMarkerType markerCalc[2]; +int wxDebugContext::m_balign = (int)((char *)&markerCalc[1] - (char*)&markerCalc[0]); +int wxDebugContext::m_balignmask = (int)((char *)&markerCalc[1] - (char*)&markerCalc[0]) - 1; + +// Pointer to global function to call at shutdown +wxShutdownNotifyFunction wxDebugContext::sm_shutdownFn; + +wxDebugContext::wxDebugContext(void) +{ +} + +wxDebugContext::~wxDebugContext(void) +{ +} + +/* + Work out the positions of the markers by creating an array of 2 markers + and comparing the addresses of the 2 elements. Use this number as the + alignment for markers. +*/ +size_t wxDebugContext::CalcAlignment () +{ + wxMarkerType ar[2]; + return (char *) &ar[1] - (char *) &ar[0]; +} + + +char * wxDebugContext::StructPos (const char * buf) +{ + return (char *) buf; +} + +char * wxDebugContext::MidMarkerPos (const char * buf) +{ + return StructPos (buf) + PaddedSize (sizeof (wxMemStruct)); +} + +char * wxDebugContext::CallerMemPos (const char * buf) +{ + return MidMarkerPos (buf) + PaddedSize (sizeof(wxMarkerType)); +} + + +char * wxDebugContext::EndMarkerPos (const char * buf, const size_t size) +{ + return CallerMemPos (buf) + PaddedSize (size); +} + + +/* + Slightly different as this takes a pointer to the start of the caller + requested region and returns a pointer to the start of the buffer. + */ +char * wxDebugContext::StartPos (const char * caller) +{ + return ((char *) (caller - wxDebugContext::PaddedSize (sizeof(wxMarkerType)) - + wxDebugContext::PaddedSize (sizeof (wxMemStruct)))); +} + +/* + We may need padding between various parts of the allocated memory. + Given a size of memory, this returns the amount of memory which should + be allocated in order to allow for alignment of the following object. + + I don't know how portable this stuff is, but it seems to work for me at + the moment. It would be real nice if I knew more about this! + + // Note: this function is now obsolete (along with CalcAlignment) + // because the calculations are done statically, for greater speed. +*/ +size_t wxDebugContext::GetPadding (const size_t size) +{ + size_t pad = size % CalcAlignment (); + return (pad) ? sizeof(wxMarkerType) - pad : 0; +} + +size_t wxDebugContext::PaddedSize (const size_t size) +{ + // Added by Terry Farnham to replace + // slow GetPadding call. + int padb; + + padb = size & m_balignmask; + if(padb) + return(size + m_balign - padb); + else + return(size); +} + +/* + Returns the total amount of memory which we need to get from the system + in order to satisfy a caller request. This includes space for the struct + plus markers and the caller's memory as well. +*/ +size_t wxDebugContext::TotSize (const size_t reqSize) +{ + return (PaddedSize (sizeof (wxMemStruct)) + PaddedSize (reqSize) + + 2 * sizeof(wxMarkerType)); +} + + +/* + Traverse the list of nodes executing the given function on each node. +*/ +void wxDebugContext::TraverseList (PmSFV func, wxMemStruct *from) +{ + if (!from) + from = wxDebugContext::GetHead (); + + wxMemStruct * st = NULL; + for (st = from; st != 0; st = st->m_next) + { + void* data = st->GetActualData(); +// if ((data != (void*)m_debugStream) && (data != (void*) m_streamBuf)) + if (data != (void*) wxLog::GetActiveTarget()) + { + (st->*func) (); + } + } +} + + +/* + Print out the list. + */ +bool wxDebugContext::PrintList (void) +{ + TraverseList ((PmSFV)&wxMemStruct::PrintNode, (checkPoint ? checkPoint->m_next : NULL)); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDebugContext::Dump(void) +{ + { + const wxChar* appName = wxT("application"); + wxString appNameStr; + if (wxTheApp) + { + appNameStr = wxTheApp->GetAppName(); + appName = appNameStr.c_str(); + OutputDumpLine(wxT("----- Memory dump of %s at %s -----"), appName, static_cast(wxNow().c_str())); + } + else + { + OutputDumpLine( wxT("----- Memory dump -----") ); + } + } + + TraverseList ((PmSFV)&wxMemStruct::Dump, (checkPoint ? checkPoint->m_next : NULL)); + + OutputDumpLine(wxEmptyString); + OutputDumpLine(wxEmptyString); + + return true; +} + +struct wxDebugStatsStruct +{ + long instanceCount; + long totalSize; + wxChar *instanceClass; + wxDebugStatsStruct *next; +}; + +static wxDebugStatsStruct *FindStatsStruct(wxDebugStatsStruct *st, wxChar *name) +{ + while (st) + { + if (wxStrcmp(st->instanceClass, name) == 0) + return st; + st = st->next; + } + return NULL; +} + +static wxDebugStatsStruct *InsertStatsStruct(wxDebugStatsStruct *head, wxDebugStatsStruct *st) +{ + st->next = head; + return st; +} + +bool wxDebugContext::PrintStatistics(bool detailed) +{ + { + const wxChar* appName = wxT("application"); + wxString appNameStr; + if (wxTheApp) + { + appNameStr = wxTheApp->GetAppName(); + appName = appNameStr.c_str(); + OutputDumpLine(wxT("----- Memory statistics of %s at %s -----"), appName, static_cast(wxNow().c_str())); + } + else + { + OutputDumpLine( wxT("----- Memory statistics -----") ); + } + } + + bool currentMode = GetDebugMode(); + SetDebugMode(false); + + long noNonObjectNodes = 0; + long noObjectNodes = 0; + long totalSize = 0; + + wxDebugStatsStruct *list = NULL; + + wxMemStruct *from = (checkPoint ? checkPoint->m_next : NULL ); + if (!from) + from = wxDebugContext::GetHead (); + + wxMemStruct *st; + for (st = from; st != 0; st = st->m_next) + { + void* data = st->GetActualData(); + if (detailed && (data != (void*) wxLog::GetActiveTarget())) + { + wxChar *className = (wxChar*) wxT("nonobject"); + if (st->m_isObject && st->GetActualData()) + { + wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)st->GetActualData(); + if (obj->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()) + className = (wxChar*)obj->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName(); + } + wxDebugStatsStruct *stats = FindStatsStruct(list, className); + if (!stats) + { + stats = (wxDebugStatsStruct *)malloc(sizeof(wxDebugStatsStruct)); + stats->instanceClass = className; + stats->instanceCount = 0; + stats->totalSize = 0; + list = InsertStatsStruct(list, stats); + } + stats->instanceCount ++; + stats->totalSize += st->RequestSize(); + } + + if (data != (void*) wxLog::GetActiveTarget()) + { + totalSize += st->RequestSize(); + if (st->m_isObject) + noObjectNodes ++; + else + noNonObjectNodes ++; + } + } + + if (detailed) + { + while (list) + { + OutputDumpLine(wxT("%ld objects of class %s, total size %ld"), + list->instanceCount, list->instanceClass, list->totalSize); + wxDebugStatsStruct *old = list; + list = old->next; + free((char *)old); + } + OutputDumpLine(wxEmptyString); + } + + SetDebugMode(currentMode); + + OutputDumpLine(wxT("Number of object items: %ld"), noObjectNodes); + OutputDumpLine(wxT("Number of non-object items: %ld"), noNonObjectNodes); + OutputDumpLine(wxT("Total allocated size: %ld"), totalSize); + OutputDumpLine(wxEmptyString); + OutputDumpLine(wxEmptyString); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDebugContext::PrintClasses(void) +{ + { + const wxChar* appName = wxT("application"); + wxString appNameStr; + if (wxTheApp) + { + appNameStr = wxTheApp->GetAppName(); + appName = appNameStr.c_str(); + wxLogMessage(wxT("----- Classes in %s -----"), appName); + } + } + + int n = 0; + const wxClassInfo *info; + + for (wxClassInfo::const_iterator node = wxClassInfo::begin_classinfo(), + end = wxClassInfo::end_classinfo(); + node != end; ++node) + { + info = *node; + if (info->GetClassName()) + { + wxString msg(info->GetClassName()); + msg += wxT(" "); + + if (info->GetBaseClassName1() && !info->GetBaseClassName2()) + { + msg += wxT("is a "); + msg += info->GetBaseClassName1(); + } + else if (info->GetBaseClassName1() && info->GetBaseClassName2()) + { + msg += wxT("is a "); + msg += info->GetBaseClassName1() ; + msg += wxT(", "); + msg += info->GetBaseClassName2() ; + } + if (info->GetConstructor()) + msg += wxT(": dynamic"); + + wxLogMessage(msg); + } + n ++; + } + wxLogMessage(wxEmptyString); + wxLogMessage(wxT("There are %d classes derived from wxObject."), n); + wxLogMessage(wxEmptyString); + wxLogMessage(wxEmptyString); + return true; +} + +void wxDebugContext::SetCheckpoint(bool all) +{ + if (all) + checkPoint = NULL; + else + checkPoint = m_tail; +} + +// Checks all nodes since checkpoint, or since start. +int wxDebugContext::Check(bool checkAll) +{ + int nFailures = 0; + + wxMemStruct *from = (checkPoint ? checkPoint->m_next : NULL ); + if (!from || checkAll) + from = wxDebugContext::GetHead (); + + for (wxMemStruct * st = from; st != 0; st = st->m_next) + { + if (st->AssertIt ()) + nFailures += st->CheckBlock (); + else + return -1; + } + + return nFailures; +} + +// Count the number of non-wxDebugContext-related objects +// that are outstanding +int wxDebugContext::CountObjectsLeft(bool sinceCheckpoint) +{ + int n = 0; + + wxMemStruct *from = NULL; + if (sinceCheckpoint && checkPoint) + from = checkPoint->m_next; + else + from = wxDebugContext::GetHead () ; + + for (wxMemStruct * st = from; st != 0; st = st->m_next) + { + void* data = st->GetActualData(); + if (data != (void*) wxLog::GetActiveTarget()) + n ++; + } + + return n ; +} + +// This function is used to output the dump +void wxDebugContext::OutputDumpLine(const wxChar *szFormat, ...) +{ + // a buffer of 2048 bytes should be long enough for a file name + // and a class name + wxChar buf[2048]; + int count; + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, szFormat); + buf[WXSIZEOF(buf)-1] = wxT('\0'); + + // keep 3 bytes for a \r\n\0 + count = wxVsnprintf(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)-3, szFormat, argptr); + + if ( count < 0 ) + count = WXSIZEOF(buf)-3; + buf[count]=wxT('\r'); + buf[count+1]=wxT('\n'); + buf[count+2]=wxT('\0'); + + wxMessageOutputDebug dbgout; + dbgout.Printf(buf); +} + +void wxDebugContext::SetShutdownNotifyFunction(wxShutdownNotifyFunction shutdownFn) +{ + sm_shutdownFn = shutdownFn; +} + + +#if USE_THREADSAFE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION +static bool memSectionOk = false; + +class MemoryCriticalSection : public wxCriticalSection +{ +public: + MemoryCriticalSection() { + memSectionOk = true; + } + ~MemoryCriticalSection() { + memSectionOk = false; + } +}; + +class MemoryCriticalSectionLocker +{ +public: + inline MemoryCriticalSectionLocker(wxCriticalSection& critsect) + : m_critsect(critsect), m_locked(memSectionOk) { if(m_locked) m_critsect.Enter(); } + inline ~MemoryCriticalSectionLocker() { if(m_locked) m_critsect.Leave(); } + +private: + // no assignment operator nor copy ctor + MemoryCriticalSectionLocker(const MemoryCriticalSectionLocker&); + MemoryCriticalSectionLocker& operator=(const MemoryCriticalSectionLocker&); + + wxCriticalSection& m_critsect; + bool m_locked; +}; + +static MemoryCriticalSection memLocker; + +#endif // USE_THREADSAFE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION + + +#if !(defined(__WXMSW__) && (defined(WXUSINGDLL) || defined(WXMAKINGDLL_BASE))) +#if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS +void * operator new (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum) +{ + return wxDebugAlloc(size, fileName, lineNum, false, false); +} + +void * operator new (size_t size) +{ + return wxDebugAlloc(size, NULL, 0, false); +} + +void operator delete (void * buf) +{ + wxDebugFree(buf, false); +} + +#if wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS +void * operator new[] (size_t size) +{ + return wxDebugAlloc(size, NULL, 0, false, true); +} + +void * operator new[] (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum) +{ + return wxDebugAlloc(size, fileName, lineNum, false, true); +} + +void operator delete[] (void * buf) +{ + wxDebugFree(buf, true); +} +#endif // wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS +#endif // wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS +#endif // !(defined(__WXMSW__) && (defined(WXUSINGDLL) || defined(WXMAKINGDLL_BASE))) + +// TODO: store whether this is a vector or not. +void * wxDebugAlloc(size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum, bool isObject, bool WXUNUSED(isVect) ) +{ +#if USE_THREADSAFE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION + MemoryCriticalSectionLocker lock(memLocker); +#endif + + // If not in debugging allocation mode, do the normal thing + // so we don't leave any trace of ourselves in the node list. + +#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ < 400 || __IBMC__ < 400 ) +// VA 3.0 still has trouble in here + return (void *)malloc(size); +#endif + if (!wxDebugContext::GetDebugMode()) + { + return (void *)malloc(size); + } + + int totSize = wxDebugContext::TotSize (size); + char * buf = (char *) malloc(totSize); + if (!buf) { + wxLogMessage(wxT("Call to malloc (%ld) failed."), (long)size); + return 0; + } + wxMemStruct * st = (wxMemStruct *)buf; + st->m_firstMarker = MemStartCheck; + st->m_reqSize = size; + st->m_fileName = fileName; + st->m_lineNum = lineNum; + st->m_id = MemStructId; + st->m_prev = 0; + st->m_next = 0; + st->m_isObject = isObject; + + // Errors from Append() shouldn't really happen - but just in case! + if (st->Append () == 0) { + st->ErrorMsg ("Trying to append new node"); + } + + if (wxDebugContext::GetCheckPrevious ()) { + if (st->CheckAllPrevious () < 0) { + st->ErrorMsg ("Checking previous nodes"); + } + } + + // Set up the extra markers at the middle and end. + char * ptr = wxDebugContext::MidMarkerPos (buf); + * (wxMarkerType *) ptr = MemMidCheck; + ptr = wxDebugContext::EndMarkerPos (buf, size); + * (wxMarkerType *) ptr = MemEndCheck; + + // pointer returned points to the start of the caller's + // usable area. + void *m_actualData = (void *) wxDebugContext::CallerMemPos (buf); + st->m_actualData = m_actualData; + + return m_actualData; +} + +// TODO: check whether was allocated as a vector +void wxDebugFree(void * buf, bool WXUNUSED(isVect) ) +{ +#if USE_THREADSAFE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION + MemoryCriticalSectionLocker lock(memLocker); +#endif + + if (!buf) + return; + +#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ < 400 || __IBMC__ < 400 ) +// VA 3.0 still has trouble in here + free((char *)buf); +#endif + // If not in debugging allocation mode, do the normal thing + // so we don't leave any trace of ourselves in the node list. + if (!wxDebugContext::GetDebugMode()) + { + free((char *)buf); + return; + } + + // Points to the start of the entire allocated area. + char * startPointer = wxDebugContext::StartPos ((char *) buf); + // Find the struct and make sure that it's identifiable. + wxMemStruct * st = (wxMemStruct *) wxDebugContext::StructPos (startPointer); + + if (! st->ValidateNode ()) + return; + + // If this is the current checkpoint, we need to + // move the checkpoint back so it points to a valid + // node. + if (st == wxDebugContext::checkPoint) + wxDebugContext::checkPoint = wxDebugContext::checkPoint->m_prev; + + if (! st->Unlink ()) + { + st->ErrorMsg ("Unlinking deleted node"); + } + + // Now put in the fill char into the id slot and the caller requested + // memory locations. + st->SetDeleted (); + (void) memset (wxDebugContext::CallerMemPos (startPointer), MemFillChar, + st->RequestSize ()); + + free((char *)st); +} + +// Trace: send output to the current debugging stream +void wxTrace(const wxChar * ...) +{ +#if 1 + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxTrace is now obsolete. Please use wxDebugXXX instead.")); +#else + va_list ap; + static wxChar buffer[512]; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + wvsprintf(buffer,fmt,ap) ; +#else + vsprintf(buffer,fmt,ap) ; +#endif + + va_end(ap); + + if (wxDebugContext::HasStream()) + { + wxDebugContext::GetStream() << buffer; + wxDebugContext::GetStream().flush(); + } + else +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#ifdef __WIN32__ + OutputDebugString((LPCTSTR)buffer) ; +#else + OutputDebugString((const char*) buffer) ; +#endif +#else + fprintf(stderr, buffer); +#endif +#endif +} + +// Trace with level +void wxTraceLevel(int, const wxChar * ...) +{ +#if 1 + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxTrace is now obsolete. Please use wxDebugXXX instead.")); +#else + if (wxDebugContext::GetLevel() < level) + return; + + va_list ap; + static wxChar buffer[512]; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + wxWvsprintf(buffer,fmt,ap) ; +#else + vsprintf(buffer,fmt,ap) ; +#endif + + va_end(ap); + + if (wxDebugContext::HasStream()) + { + wxDebugContext::GetStream() << buffer; + wxDebugContext::GetStream().flush(); + } + else +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#ifdef __WIN32__ + OutputDebugString((LPCTSTR)buffer) ; +#else + OutputDebugString((const char*) buffer) ; +#endif +#else + fprintf(stderr, buffer); +#endif +#endif +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Final cleanup after all global objects in all files have been destroyed +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Don't set it to 0 by dynamic initialization +// Some compilers will really do the assignment later +// All global variables are initialized to 0 at the very beginning, and this is just fine. +int wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter::sm_count; + +wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter::wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter() +{ + sm_count++; +} + +wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter::~wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter() +{ + if ( !--sm_count ) + { + // Notify app if we've been asked to do that + if( wxDebugContext::sm_shutdownFn ) + wxDebugContext::sm_shutdownFn(); + DoDump(); + } +} + +void wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter::DoDump() +{ + if (wxDebugContext::CountObjectsLeft(true) > 0) + { + wxDebugContext::OutputDumpLine(wxT("There were memory leaks.\n")); + wxDebugContext::Dump(); + wxDebugContext::PrintStatistics(); + } +} + +// Even if there is nothing else, make sure that there is at +// least one cleanup counter object +static wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter_One; + +#endif // wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING || wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/menucmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/menucmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f7cd52ca7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/menucmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1076 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/menucmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxMenu and wxMenuBar methods common to all ports +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 26.10.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: menucmn.cpp 67210 2011-03-16 07:00:59Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/menu.h" + #include "wx/frame.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/stockitem.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// template lists +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" + +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxMenuList) +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxMenuItemList) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI for wxMenu(Bar) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxMenuStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxMenuStyle ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxMENU_TEAROFF) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxMenuStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxMenu, wxEvtHandler, "wx/menu.h") +wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxMenuItem *, wxMenuItemList ) ; + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxMenuItemList const &theList, + wxAnyList &value) +{ + wxListCollectionToAnyList( theList, value ) ; +} +#endif + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxMenu) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Select, wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent) + +wxPROPERTY( Title, wxString, SetTitle, GetTitle, wxString(), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) + +wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_FLAGS( MenuStyle, wxMenuStyle, long, GetStyle, \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), \ + wxT("group")) // style + +wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION( MenuItems, wxMenuItemList, wxMenuItem*, Append, \ + GetMenuItems, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxMenu) + +wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_2( wxMenu, wxString, Title, long, MenuStyle ) + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxMenuBarStyle ) + +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxMenuBarStyle ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxMB_DOCKABLE) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxMenuBarStyle ) + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +// the negative id would lead the window (its superclass !) to +// vetoe streaming out otherwise +bool wxMenuBarStreamingCallback( const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), wxObjectWriter *, + wxObjectWriterCallback *, const wxStringToAnyHashMap & ) +{ + return true; +} +#endif + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK(wxMenuBar, wxWindow, "wx/menu.h", \ + wxMenuBarStreamingCallback) + + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +WX_DEFINE_LIST( wxMenuInfoHelperList ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxMenuInfoHelper, wxObject, "wx/menu.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxMenuInfoHelper) +wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Menu, wxMenu*, GetMenu, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + +wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Title, wxString, GetTitle, wxString(), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxMenuInfoHelper) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_2( wxMenuInfoHelper, wxMenu*, Menu, wxString, Title ) + +wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxMenuInfoHelper *, wxMenuInfoHelperList ) ; + +template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxMenuInfoHelperList const &theList, + wxAnyList &value) +{ + wxListCollectionToAnyList( theList, value ) ; +} + +#endif + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxMenuBar) +wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION( MenuInfos, wxMenuInfoHelperList, wxMenuInfoHelper*, AppendMenuInfo, \ + GetMenuInfos, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxMenuBar) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY( wxMenuBar ) + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +const wxMenuInfoHelperList& wxMenuBarBase::GetMenuInfos() const +{ + wxMenuInfoHelperList* list = const_cast< wxMenuInfoHelperList* > (& m_menuInfos); + WX_CLEAR_LIST( wxMenuInfoHelperList, *list); + for (size_t i = 0 ; i < GetMenuCount(); ++i) + { + wxMenuInfoHelper* info = new wxMenuInfoHelper(); + info->Create( GetMenu(i), GetMenuLabel(i)); + list->Append(info); + } + return m_menuInfos; +} + +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI for wxMenuItem +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +bool wxMenuItemStreamingCallback( const wxObject *object, wxObjectWriter *, + wxObjectWriterCallback *, const wxStringToAnyHashMap & ) +{ + const wxMenuItem * mitem = wx_dynamic_cast(const wxMenuItem*, object); + if ( mitem->GetMenu() && !mitem->GetMenu()->GetTitle().empty() ) + { + // we don't stream out the first two items for menus with a title, + // they will be reconstructed + if ( mitem->GetMenu()->FindItemByPosition(0) == mitem || + mitem->GetMenu()->FindItemByPosition(1) == mitem ) + return false; + } + return true; +} + +#endif + +wxBEGIN_ENUM( wxItemKind ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxITEM_SEPARATOR ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxITEM_NORMAL ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxITEM_CHECK ) +wxENUM_MEMBER( wxITEM_RADIO ) +wxEND_ENUM( wxItemKind ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK(wxMenuItem, wxObject, "wx/menuitem.h", \ + wxMenuItemStreamingCallback) + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxMenuItem) +wxPROPERTY( Parent, wxMenu*, SetMenu, GetMenu, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) +wxPROPERTY( Id, int, SetId, GetId, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) +wxPROPERTY( ItemLabel, wxString, SetItemLabel, GetItemLabel, wxString(), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) +wxPROPERTY( Help, wxString, SetHelp, GetHelp, wxString(), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) +wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Kind, wxItemKind, GetKind, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) +wxPROPERTY( SubMenu, wxMenu*, SetSubMenu, GetSubMenu, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) +wxPROPERTY( Enabled, bool, Enable, IsEnabled, wxAny((bool)true), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) +wxPROPERTY( Checked, bool, Check, IsChecked, wxAny((bool)false), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) +wxPROPERTY( Checkable, bool, SetCheckable, IsCheckable, wxAny((bool)false), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxMenuItem) + +wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_6( wxMenuItem, wxMenu*, Parent, int, Id, wxString, \ + Text, wxString, Help, wxItemKind, Kind, wxMenu*, SubMenu ) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenuItemBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxMenuItemBase::wxMenuItemBase(wxMenu *parentMenu, + int itemid, + const wxString& text, + const wxString& help, + wxItemKind kind, + wxMenu *subMenu) +{ + switch ( itemid ) + { + case wxID_ANY: + m_id = wxWindow::NewControlId(); + break; + + case wxID_SEPARATOR: + m_id = wxID_SEPARATOR; + + // there is a lot of existing code just doing Append(wxID_SEPARATOR) + // and it makes sense to omit the following optional parameters, + // including the kind one which doesn't default to wxITEM_SEPARATOR, + // of course, so override it here + kind = wxITEM_SEPARATOR; + break; + + case wxID_NONE: + // (popup) menu titles in wxMSW use this ID to indicate that + // it's not a real menu item, so we don't want the check below to + // apply to it + m_id = itemid; + break; + + default: + // ids are limited to 16 bits under MSW so portable code shouldn't + // use ids outside of this range (negative ids generated by wx are + // fine though) + wxASSERT_MSG( (itemid >= 0 && itemid < SHRT_MAX) || + (itemid >= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST && itemid <= wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST), + wxS("invalid itemid value") ); + m_id = itemid; + } + + // notice that parentMenu can be NULL: the item can be attached to the menu + // later with SetMenu() + + m_parentMenu = parentMenu; + m_subMenu = subMenu; + m_isEnabled = true; + m_isChecked = false; + m_kind = kind; + + SetItemLabel(text); + SetHelp(help); +} + +wxMenuItemBase::~wxMenuItemBase() +{ + delete m_subMenu; +} + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + +wxAcceleratorEntry *wxMenuItemBase::GetAccel() const +{ + return wxAcceleratorEntry::Create(GetItemLabel()); +} + +void wxMenuItemBase::SetAccel(wxAcceleratorEntry *accel) +{ + wxString text = m_text.BeforeFirst(wxT('\t')); + if ( accel ) + { + text += wxT('\t'); + text += accel->ToString(); + } + + SetItemLabel(text); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + +void wxMenuItemBase::SetItemLabel(const wxString& str) +{ + m_text = str; + + if ( m_text.empty() && !IsSeparator() ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( wxIsStockID(GetId()), + wxT("A non-stock menu item with an empty label?") ); + m_text = wxGetStockLabel(GetId(), wxSTOCK_WITH_ACCELERATOR | + wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC); + } +} + +void wxMenuItemBase::SetHelp(const wxString& str) +{ + m_help = str; + + if ( m_help.empty() && !IsSeparator() && wxIsStockID(GetId()) ) + { + // get a stock help string + m_help = wxGetStockHelpString(GetId()); + } +} + +#ifndef __WXPM__ +wxString wxMenuItemBase::GetLabelText(const wxString& text) +{ + return wxStripMenuCodes(text); +} +#endif + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +wxString wxMenuItemBase::GetLabelFromText(const wxString& text) +{ + return GetLabelText(text); +} +#endif + +bool wxMenuBase::ms_locked = true; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenu ctor and dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxMenuBase::Init(long style) +{ + m_menuBar = NULL; + m_menuParent = NULL; + + m_invokingWindow = NULL; + m_style = style; + m_clientData = NULL; + m_eventHandler = this; +} + +wxMenuBase::~wxMenuBase() +{ + WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxMenuItemList, m_items); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenu item adding/removing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxMenuBase::AddSubMenu(wxMenu *submenu) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( submenu, wxT("can't add a NULL submenu") ); + + submenu->SetParent((wxMenu *)this); +} + +wxMenuItem* wxMenuBase::DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item, NULL, wxT("invalid item in wxMenu::Append()") ); + + m_items.Append(item); + item->SetMenu((wxMenu*)this); + if ( item->IsSubMenu() ) + { + AddSubMenu(item->GetSubMenu()); + } + + return item; +} + +wxMenuItem* wxMenuBase::Insert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item, NULL, wxT("invalid item in wxMenu::Insert") ); + + if ( pos == GetMenuItemCount() ) + { + return DoAppend(item); + } + else + { + wxCHECK_MSG( pos < GetMenuItemCount(), NULL, + wxT("invalid index in wxMenu::Insert") ); + + return DoInsert(pos, item); + } +} + +wxMenuItem* wxMenuBase::DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item, NULL, wxT("invalid item in wxMenu::Insert()") ); + + wxMenuItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.Item(pos); + wxCHECK_MSG( node, NULL, wxT("invalid index in wxMenu::Insert()") ); + + m_items.Insert(node, item); + item->SetMenu((wxMenu*)this); + if ( item->IsSubMenu() ) + { + AddSubMenu(item->GetSubMenu()); + } + + return item; +} + +wxMenuItem *wxMenuBase::Remove(wxMenuItem *item) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item, NULL, wxT("invalid item in wxMenu::Remove") ); + + return DoRemove(item); +} + +wxMenuItem *wxMenuBase::DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item) +{ + wxMenuItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.Find(item); + + // if we get here, the item is valid or one of Remove() functions is broken + wxCHECK_MSG( node, NULL, wxT("bug in wxMenu::Remove logic") ); + + // we detach the item, but we do delete the list node (i.e. don't call + // DetachNode() here!) + m_items.Erase(node); + + // item isn't attached to anything any more + item->SetMenu(NULL); + wxMenu *submenu = item->GetSubMenu(); + if ( submenu ) + { + submenu->SetParent(NULL); + if ( submenu->IsAttached() ) + submenu->Detach(); + } + + return item; +} + +bool wxMenuBase::Delete(wxMenuItem *item) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item, false, wxT("invalid item in wxMenu::Delete") ); + + return DoDelete(item); +} + +bool wxMenuBase::DoDelete(wxMenuItem *item) +{ + wxMenuItem *item2 = DoRemove(item); + wxCHECK_MSG( item2, false, wxT("failed to delete menu item") ); + + // don't delete the submenu + item2->SetSubMenu(NULL); + + delete item2; + + return true; +} + +bool wxMenuBase::Destroy(wxMenuItem *item) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item, false, wxT("invalid item in wxMenu::Destroy") ); + + return DoDestroy(item); +} + +bool wxMenuBase::DoDestroy(wxMenuItem *item) +{ + wxMenuItem *item2 = DoRemove(item); + wxCHECK_MSG( item2, false, wxT("failed to delete menu item") ); + + delete item2; + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenu searching for items +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Finds the item id matching the given string, wxNOT_FOUND if not found. +int wxMenuBase::FindItem(const wxString& text) const +{ + wxString label = wxMenuItem::GetLabelText(text); + for ( wxMenuItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxMenuItem *item = node->GetData(); + if ( item->IsSubMenu() ) + { + int rc = item->GetSubMenu()->FindItem(label); + if ( rc != wxNOT_FOUND ) + return rc; + } + + // we execute this code for submenus as well to alllow finding them by + // name just like the ordinary items + if ( !item->IsSeparator() ) + { + if ( item->GetItemLabelText() == label ) + return item->GetId(); + } + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +// recursive search for item by id +wxMenuItem *wxMenuBase::FindItem(int itemId, wxMenu **itemMenu) const +{ + if ( itemMenu ) + *itemMenu = NULL; + + wxMenuItem *item = NULL; + for ( wxMenuItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.GetFirst(); + node && !item; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + item = node->GetData(); + + if ( item->GetId() == itemId ) + { + if ( itemMenu ) + *itemMenu = (wxMenu *)this; + } + else if ( item->IsSubMenu() ) + { + item = item->GetSubMenu()->FindItem(itemId, itemMenu); + } + else + { + // don't exit the loop + item = NULL; + } + } + + return item; +} + +// non recursive search +wxMenuItem *wxMenuBase::FindChildItem(int itemid, size_t *ppos) const +{ + wxMenuItem *item = NULL; + wxMenuItemList::compatibility_iterator node = GetMenuItems().GetFirst(); + + size_t pos; + for ( pos = 0; node; pos++ ) + { + if ( node->GetData()->GetId() == itemid ) + { + item = node->GetData(); + + break; + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + if ( ppos ) + { + *ppos = item ? pos : (size_t)wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + return item; +} + +// find by position +wxMenuItem* wxMenuBase::FindItemByPosition(size_t position) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( position < m_items.GetCount(), NULL, + wxT("wxMenu::FindItemByPosition(): invalid menu index") ); + + return m_items.Item( position )->GetData(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenu helpers used by derived classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Update a menu and all submenus recursively. source is the object that has +// the update event handlers defined for it. If NULL, the menu or associated +// window will be used. +void wxMenuBase::UpdateUI(wxEvtHandler* source) +{ + if (GetInvokingWindow()) + { + // Don't update menus if the parent + // frame is about to get deleted + wxWindow *tlw = wxGetTopLevelParent( GetInvokingWindow() ); + if (tlw && wxPendingDelete.Member(tlw)) + return; + } + + if ( !source && GetInvokingWindow() ) + source = GetInvokingWindow()->GetEventHandler(); + if ( !source ) + source = GetEventHandler(); + if ( !source ) + source = this; + + wxMenuItemList::compatibility_iterator node = GetMenuItems().GetFirst(); + while ( node ) + { + wxMenuItem* item = node->GetData(); + if ( !item->IsSeparator() ) + { + wxWindowID itemid = item->GetId(); + wxUpdateUIEvent event(itemid); + event.SetEventObject( source ); + + if ( source->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + // if anything changed, update the changed attribute + if (event.GetSetText()) + SetLabel(itemid, event.GetText()); + if (event.GetSetChecked()) + Check(itemid, event.GetChecked()); + if (event.GetSetEnabled()) + Enable(itemid, event.GetEnabled()); + } + + // recurse to the submenus + if ( item->GetSubMenu() ) + item->GetSubMenu()->UpdateUI(source); + } + //else: item is a separator (which doesn't process update UI events) + + node = node->GetNext(); + } +} + +bool wxMenuBase::SendEvent(int itemid, int checked) +{ + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, itemid); + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetInt(checked); + + bool processed = false; + + // Try the menu's event handler first + wxEvtHandler *handler = GetEventHandler(); + if ( handler ) + processed = handler->SafelyProcessEvent(event); + + // Try the window the menu was popped up from or its menu bar belongs to + if ( !processed ) + { + wxWindow * const win = GetWindow(); + if ( win ) + processed = win->HandleWindowEvent(event); + } + + return processed; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenu attaching/detaching to/from menu bar +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxMenuBar* wxMenuBase::GetMenuBar() const +{ + if(GetParent()) + return GetParent()->GetMenuBar(); + return m_menuBar; +} + +void wxMenuBase::Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar) +{ + // use Detach() instead! + wxASSERT_MSG( menubar, wxT("menu can't be attached to NULL menubar") ); + + // use IsAttached() to prevent this from happening + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_menuBar, wxT("attaching menu twice?") ); + + m_menuBar = (wxMenuBar *)menubar; +} + +void wxMenuBase::Detach() +{ + // use IsAttached() to prevent this from happening + wxASSERT_MSG( m_menuBar, wxT("detaching unattached menu?") ); + + m_menuBar = NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenu invoking window handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxMenuBase::SetInvokingWindow(wxWindow *win) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !GetParent(), + "should only be called for top level popup menus" ); + wxASSERT_MSG( !IsAttached(), + "menus attached to menu bar can't have invoking window" ); + + m_invokingWindow = win; +} + +wxWindow *wxMenuBase::GetWindow() const +{ + // only the top level menus have non-NULL invoking window or a pointer to + // the menu bar so recurse upwards until we find it + const wxMenuBase *menu = this; + while ( menu->GetParent() ) + { + menu = menu->GetParent(); + } + + return menu->GetMenuBar() ? menu->GetMenuBar()->GetFrame() + : menu->GetInvokingWindow(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenu functions forwarded to wxMenuItem +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxMenuBase::Enable( int itemid, bool enable ) +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("wxMenu::Enable: no such item") ); + + item->Enable(enable); +} + +bool wxMenuBase::IsEnabled( int itemid ) const +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_MSG( item, false, wxT("wxMenu::IsEnabled: no such item") ); + + return item->IsEnabled(); +} + +void wxMenuBase::Check( int itemid, bool enable ) +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("wxMenu::Check: no such item") ); + + item->Check(enable); +} + +bool wxMenuBase::IsChecked( int itemid ) const +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_MSG( item, false, wxT("wxMenu::IsChecked: no such item") ); + + return item->IsChecked(); +} + +void wxMenuBase::SetLabel( int itemid, const wxString &label ) +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("wxMenu::SetLabel: no such item") ); + + item->SetItemLabel(label); +} + +wxString wxMenuBase::GetLabel( int itemid ) const +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_MSG( item, wxEmptyString, wxT("wxMenu::GetLabel: no such item") ); + + return item->GetItemLabel(); +} + +void wxMenuBase::SetHelpString( int itemid, const wxString& helpString ) +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("wxMenu::SetHelpString: no such item") ); + + item->SetHelp( helpString ); +} + +wxString wxMenuBase::GetHelpString( int itemid ) const +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_MSG( item, wxEmptyString, wxT("wxMenu::GetHelpString: no such item") ); + + return item->GetHelp(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenuBarBase ctor and dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxMenuBarBase::wxMenuBarBase() +{ + // not attached yet + m_menuBarFrame = NULL; +} + +wxMenuBarBase::~wxMenuBarBase() +{ + WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxMenuList, m_menus); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenuBar item access: the base class versions manage m_menus list, the +// derived class should reflect the changes in the real menubar +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxMenu *wxMenuBarBase::GetMenu(size_t pos) const +{ + wxMenuList::compatibility_iterator node = m_menus.Item(pos); + wxCHECK_MSG( node, NULL, wxT("bad index in wxMenuBar::GetMenu()") ); + + return node->GetData(); +} + +bool wxMenuBarBase::Append(wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( menu, false, wxT("can't append NULL menu") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( !title.empty(), false, wxT("can't append menu with empty title") ); + + m_menus.Append(menu); + menu->Attach(this); + + return true; +} + +bool wxMenuBarBase::Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, + const wxString& title) +{ + if ( pos == m_menus.GetCount() ) + { + return wxMenuBarBase::Append(menu, title); + } + else // not at the end + { + wxCHECK_MSG( menu, false, wxT("can't insert NULL menu") ); + + wxMenuList::compatibility_iterator node = m_menus.Item(pos); + wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("bad index in wxMenuBar::Insert()") ); + + m_menus.Insert(node, menu); + menu->Attach(this); + + return true; + } +} + +wxMenu *wxMenuBarBase::Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, + const wxString& WXUNUSED(title)) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( menu, NULL, wxT("can't insert NULL menu") ); + + wxMenuList::compatibility_iterator node = m_menus.Item(pos); + wxCHECK_MSG( node, NULL, wxT("bad index in wxMenuBar::Replace()") ); + + wxMenu *menuOld = node->GetData(); + node->SetData(menu); + + menu->Attach(this); + menuOld->Detach(); + + return menuOld; +} + +wxMenu *wxMenuBarBase::Remove(size_t pos) +{ + wxMenuList::compatibility_iterator node = m_menus.Item(pos); + wxCHECK_MSG( node, NULL, wxT("bad index in wxMenuBar::Remove()") ); + + wxMenu *menu = node->GetData(); + m_menus.Erase(node); + menu->Detach(); + + return menu; +} + +int wxMenuBarBase::FindMenu(const wxString& title) const +{ + wxString label = wxMenuItem::GetLabelText(title); + + size_t count = GetMenuCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + wxString title2 = GetMenuLabel(i); + if ( (title2 == title) || + (wxMenuItem::GetLabelText(title2) == label) ) + { + // found + return (int)i; + } + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; + +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenuBar attaching/detaching to/from the frame +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxMenuBarBase::Attach(wxFrame *frame) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !IsAttached(), wxT("menubar already attached!") ); + + m_menuBarFrame = frame; +} + +void wxMenuBarBase::Detach() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsAttached(), wxT("detaching unattached menubar") ); + + m_menuBarFrame = NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenuBar searching for items +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxMenuItem *wxMenuBarBase::FindItem(int itemid, wxMenu **menu) const +{ + if ( menu ) + *menu = NULL; + + wxMenuItem *item = NULL; + size_t count = GetMenuCount(), i; + wxMenuList::const_iterator it; + for ( i = 0, it = m_menus.begin(); !item && (i < count); i++, it++ ) + { + item = (*it)->FindItem(itemid, menu); + } + + return item; +} + +int wxMenuBarBase::FindMenuItem(const wxString& menu, const wxString& item) const +{ + wxString label = wxMenuItem::GetLabelText(menu); + + int i = 0; + wxMenuList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = m_menus.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext(), i++ ) + { + if ( label == wxMenuItem::GetLabelText(GetMenuLabel(i)) ) + return node->GetData()->FindItem(item); + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMenuBar functions forwarded to wxMenuItem +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxMenuBarBase::Enable(int itemid, bool enable) +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("attempt to enable an item which doesn't exist") ); + + item->Enable(enable); +} + +void wxMenuBarBase::Check(int itemid, bool check) +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("attempt to check an item which doesn't exist") ); + wxCHECK_RET( item->IsCheckable(), wxT("attempt to check an uncheckable item") ); + + item->Check(check); +} + +bool wxMenuBarBase::IsChecked(int itemid) const +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_MSG( item, false, wxT("wxMenuBar::IsChecked(): no such item") ); + + return item->IsChecked(); +} + +bool wxMenuBarBase::IsEnabled(int itemid) const +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_MSG( item, false, wxT("wxMenuBar::IsEnabled(): no such item") ); + + return item->IsEnabled(); +} + +void wxMenuBarBase::SetLabel(int itemid, const wxString& label) +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("wxMenuBar::SetLabel(): no such item") ); + + item->SetItemLabel(label); +} + +wxString wxMenuBarBase::GetLabel(int itemid) const +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_MSG( item, wxEmptyString, + wxT("wxMenuBar::GetLabel(): no such item") ); + + return item->GetItemLabel(); +} + +void wxMenuBarBase::SetHelpString(int itemid, const wxString& helpString) +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("wxMenuBar::SetHelpString(): no such item") ); + + item->SetHelp(helpString); +} + +wxString wxMenuBarBase::GetHelpString(int itemid) const +{ + wxMenuItem *item = FindItem(itemid); + + wxCHECK_MSG( item, wxEmptyString, + wxT("wxMenuBar::GetHelpString(): no such item") ); + + return item->GetHelp(); +} + +void wxMenuBarBase::UpdateMenus() +{ + wxEvtHandler* source; + wxMenu* menu; + int nCount = GetMenuCount(); + for (int n = 0; n < nCount; n++) + { + menu = GetMenu( n ); + if (menu != NULL) + { + source = menu->GetEventHandler(); + if (source != NULL) + menu->UpdateUI( source ); + } + } +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +// get or change the label of the menu at given position +void wxMenuBarBase::SetLabelTop(size_t pos, const wxString& label) +{ + SetMenuLabel(pos, label); +} + +wxString wxMenuBarBase::GetLabelTop(size_t pos) const +{ + return GetMenuLabelText(pos); +} +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mimecmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mimecmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..52cfcf6afe --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mimecmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,762 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/mimecmn.cpp +// Purpose: classes and functions to manage MIME types +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Chris Elliott (biol75@york.ac.uk) 5 Dec 00: write support for Win32 +// Created: 23.09.98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mimecmn.cpp 64671 2010-06-21 16:36:45Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence (part of wxExtra library) +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE + +#include "wx/mimetype.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/module.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/file.h" +#include "wx/iconloc.h" +#include "wx/confbase.h" + +// other standard headers +#include + +// implementation classes: +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/mimetype.h" +#elif ( defined(__WXMAC__) ) + #include "wx/osx/mimetype.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) || defined (__EMX__) + #include "wx/os2/mimetype.h" + #undef __UNIX__ +#elif defined(__DOS__) + #include "wx/msdos/mimetype.h" +#else // Unix + #include "wx/unix/mimetype.h" +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// common classes +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMimeTypeCommands +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void +wxMimeTypeCommands::AddOrReplaceVerb(const wxString& verb, const wxString& cmd) +{ + int n = m_verbs.Index(verb, false /* ignore case */); + if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + m_verbs.Add(verb); + m_commands.Add(cmd); + } + else + { + m_commands[n] = cmd; + } +} + +wxString +wxMimeTypeCommands::GetCommandForVerb(const wxString& verb, size_t *idx) const +{ + wxString s; + + int n = m_verbs.Index(verb); + if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + s = m_commands[(size_t)n]; + if ( idx ) + *idx = n; + } + else if ( idx ) + { + // different from any valid index + *idx = (size_t)-1; + } + + return s; +} + +wxString wxMimeTypeCommands::GetVerbCmd(size_t n) const +{ + return m_verbs[n] + wxT('=') + m_commands[n]; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileTypeInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFileTypeInfo::DoVarArgInit(const wxString& mimeType, + const wxString& openCmd, + const wxString& printCmd, + const wxString& desc, + va_list argptr) +{ + m_mimeType = mimeType; + m_openCmd = openCmd; + m_printCmd = printCmd; + m_desc = desc; + + for ( ;; ) + { + // icc gives this warning in its own va_arg() macro, argh +#ifdef __INTELC__ + #pragma warning(push) + #pragma warning(disable: 1684) +#endif + + wxArgNormalizedString ext(WX_VA_ARG_STRING(argptr)); + +#ifdef __INTELC__ + #pragma warning(pop) +#endif + if ( !ext ) + { + // NULL terminates the list + break; + } + + m_exts.Add(ext.GetString()); + } +} + +void wxFileTypeInfo::VarArgInit(const wxString *mimeType, + const wxString *openCmd, + const wxString *printCmd, + const wxString *desc, + ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, desc); + + DoVarArgInit(*mimeType, *openCmd, *printCmd, *desc, argptr); + + va_end(argptr); +} + + +wxFileTypeInfo::wxFileTypeInfo(const wxArrayString& sArray) +{ + m_mimeType = sArray [0u]; + m_openCmd = sArray [1u]; + m_printCmd = sArray [2u]; + m_desc = sArray [3u]; + + size_t count = sArray.GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 4; i < count; i++ ) + { + m_exts.Add(sArray[i]); + } +} + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxArrayFileTypeInfo) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation of the wrapper classes +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileType +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +wxString wxFileType::ExpandCommand(const wxString& command, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) +{ + bool hasFilename = false; + + // We consider that only the file names with spaces in them need to be + // handled specially. This is not perfect, but this can be done easily + // under all platforms while handling the file names with quotes in them, + // for example, needs to be done differently. + const bool needToQuoteFilename = params.GetFileName().find_first_of(" \t") + != wxString::npos; + + wxString str; + for ( const wxChar *pc = command.c_str(); *pc != wxT('\0'); pc++ ) { + if ( *pc == wxT('%') ) { + switch ( *++pc ) { + case wxT('s'): + // don't quote the file name if it's already quoted: notice + // that we check for a quote following it and not preceding + // it as at least under Windows we can have commands + // containing "file://%s" (with quotes) in them so the + // argument may be quoted even if there is no quote + // directly before "%s" itself + if ( needToQuoteFilename && pc[1] != '"' ) + str << wxT('"') << params.GetFileName() << wxT('"'); + else + str << params.GetFileName(); + hasFilename = true; + break; + + case wxT('t'): + // '%t' expands into MIME type (quote it too just to be + // consistent) + str << wxT('\'') << params.GetMimeType() << wxT('\''); + break; + + case wxT('{'): + { + const wxChar *pEnd = wxStrchr(pc, wxT('}')); + if ( pEnd == NULL ) { + wxString mimetype; + wxLogWarning(_("Unmatched '{' in an entry for mime type %s."), + params.GetMimeType().c_str()); + str << wxT("%{"); + } + else { + wxString param(pc + 1, pEnd - pc - 1); + str << wxT('\'') << params.GetParamValue(param) << wxT('\''); + pc = pEnd; + } + } + break; + + case wxT('n'): + case wxT('F'): + // TODO %n is the number of parts, %F is an array containing + // the names of temp files these parts were written to + // and their mime types. + break; + + default: + wxLogDebug(wxT("Unknown field %%%c in command '%s'."), + *pc, command.c_str()); + str << *pc; + } + } + else { + str << *pc; + } + } + + // metamail(1) man page states that if the mailcap entry doesn't have '%s' + // the program will accept the data on stdin so normally we should append + // "< %s" to the end of the command in such case, but not all commands + // behave like this, in particular a common test is 'test -n "$DISPLAY"' + // and appending "< %s" to this command makes the test fail... I don't + // know of the correct solution, try to guess what we have to do. + + // test now carried out on reading file so test should never get here + if ( !hasFilename && !str.empty() +#ifdef __UNIX__ + && !str.StartsWith(wxT("test ")) +#endif // Unix + ) + { + str << wxT(" < "); + if ( needToQuoteFilename ) + str << '"'; + str << params.GetFileName(); + if ( needToQuoteFilename ) + str << '"'; + } + + return str; +} + +wxFileType::wxFileType(const wxFileTypeInfo& info) +{ + m_info = &info; + m_impl = NULL; +} + +wxFileType::wxFileType() +{ + m_info = NULL; + m_impl = new wxFileTypeImpl; +} + +wxFileType::~wxFileType() +{ + if ( m_impl ) + delete m_impl; +} + +bool wxFileType::GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions) +{ + if ( m_info ) + { + extensions = m_info->GetExtensions(); + return true; + } + + return m_impl->GetExtensions(extensions); +} + +bool wxFileType::GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( mimeType, false, wxT("invalid parameter in GetMimeType") ); + + if ( m_info ) + { + *mimeType = m_info->GetMimeType(); + + return true; + } + + return m_impl->GetMimeType(mimeType); +} + +bool wxFileType::GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const +{ + if ( m_info ) + { + mimeTypes.Clear(); + mimeTypes.Add(m_info->GetMimeType()); + + return true; + } + + return m_impl->GetMimeTypes(mimeTypes); +} + +bool wxFileType::GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconLoc) const +{ + if ( m_info ) + { + if ( iconLoc ) + { + iconLoc->SetFileName(m_info->GetIconFile()); +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + iconLoc->SetIndex(m_info->GetIconIndex()); +#endif // __WXMSW__ + } + + return true; + } + + return m_impl->GetIcon(iconLoc); +} + +bool +wxFileType::GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconloc, + const MessageParameters& params) const +{ + if ( !GetIcon(iconloc) ) + { + return false; + } + + // we may have "%s" in the icon location string, at least under Windows, so + // expand this + if ( iconloc ) + { + iconloc->SetFileName(ExpandCommand(iconloc->GetFileName(), params)); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxFileType::GetDescription(wxString *desc) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( desc, false, wxT("invalid parameter in GetDescription") ); + + if ( m_info ) + { + *desc = m_info->GetDescription(); + + return true; + } + + return m_impl->GetDescription(desc); +} + +bool +wxFileType::GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( openCmd, false, wxT("invalid parameter in GetOpenCommand") ); + + if ( m_info ) + { + *openCmd = ExpandCommand(m_info->GetOpenCommand(), params); + + return true; + } + + return m_impl->GetOpenCommand(openCmd, params); +} + +wxString wxFileType::GetOpenCommand(const wxString& filename) const +{ + wxString cmd; + if ( !GetOpenCommand(&cmd, filename) ) + { + // return empty string to indicate an error + cmd.clear(); + } + + return cmd; +} + +bool +wxFileType::GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( printCmd, false, wxT("invalid parameter in GetPrintCommand") ); + + if ( m_info ) + { + *printCmd = ExpandCommand(m_info->GetPrintCommand(), params); + + return true; + } + + return m_impl->GetPrintCommand(printCmd, params); +} + + +size_t wxFileType::GetAllCommands(wxArrayString *verbs, + wxArrayString *commands, + const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const +{ + if ( verbs ) + verbs->Clear(); + if ( commands ) + commands->Clear(); + +#if defined (__WXMSW__) || defined(__UNIX__) + return m_impl->GetAllCommands(verbs, commands, params); +#else // !__WXMSW__ || Unix + // we don't know how to retrieve all commands, so just try the 2 we know + // about + size_t count = 0; + wxString cmd; + if ( GetOpenCommand(&cmd, params) ) + { + if ( verbs ) + verbs->Add(wxT("Open")); + if ( commands ) + commands->Add(cmd); + count++; + } + + if ( GetPrintCommand(&cmd, params) ) + { + if ( verbs ) + verbs->Add(wxT("Print")); + if ( commands ) + commands->Add(cmd); + + count++; + } + + return count; +#endif // __WXMSW__/| __UNIX__ +} + +bool wxFileType::Unassociate() +{ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + return m_impl->Unassociate(); +#elif defined(__UNIX__) + return m_impl->Unassociate(this); +#else + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("not implemented") ); // TODO + return false; +#endif +} + +bool wxFileType::SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, + const wxString& verb, + bool overwriteprompt) +{ +#if defined (__WXMSW__) || defined(__UNIX__) + return m_impl->SetCommand(cmd, verb, overwriteprompt); +#else + wxUnusedVar(cmd); + wxUnusedVar(verb); + wxUnusedVar(overwriteprompt); + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("not implemented")); + return false; +#endif +} + +bool wxFileType::SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& cmd, int index) +{ + wxString sTmp = cmd; +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // VZ: should we do this? + // chris elliott : only makes sense in MS windows + if ( sTmp.empty() ) + GetOpenCommand(&sTmp, wxFileType::MessageParameters(wxEmptyString, wxEmptyString)); +#endif + wxCHECK_MSG( !sTmp.empty(), false, wxT("need the icon file") ); + +#if defined (__WXMSW__) || defined(__UNIX__) + return m_impl->SetDefaultIcon (cmd, index); +#else + wxUnusedVar(index); + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("not implemented")); + return false; +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMimeTypesManagerFactory +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxMimeTypesManagerFactory *wxMimeTypesManagerFactory::m_factory = NULL; + +/* static */ +void wxMimeTypesManagerFactory::Set(wxMimeTypesManagerFactory *factory) +{ + delete m_factory; + + m_factory = factory; +} + +/* static */ +wxMimeTypesManagerFactory *wxMimeTypesManagerFactory::Get() +{ + if ( !m_factory ) + m_factory = new wxMimeTypesManagerFactory; + + return m_factory; +} + +wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *wxMimeTypesManagerFactory::CreateMimeTypesManagerImpl() +{ + return new wxMimeTypesManagerImpl; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMimeTypesManager +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxMimeTypesManager::EnsureImpl() +{ + if ( !m_impl ) + m_impl = wxMimeTypesManagerFactory::Get()->CreateMimeTypesManagerImpl(); +} + +bool wxMimeTypesManager::IsOfType(const wxString& mimeType, + const wxString& wildcard) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( mimeType.Find(wxT('*')) == wxNOT_FOUND, + wxT("first MIME type can't contain wildcards") ); + + // all comparaisons are case insensitive (2nd arg of IsSameAs() is false) + if ( wildcard.BeforeFirst(wxT('/')). + IsSameAs(mimeType.BeforeFirst(wxT('/')), false) ) + { + wxString strSubtype = wildcard.AfterFirst(wxT('/')); + + if ( strSubtype == wxT("*") || + strSubtype.IsSameAs(mimeType.AfterFirst(wxT('/')), false) ) + { + // matches (either exactly or it's a wildcard) + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +wxMimeTypesManager::wxMimeTypesManager() +{ + m_impl = NULL; +} + +wxMimeTypesManager::~wxMimeTypesManager() +{ + if ( m_impl ) + delete m_impl; +} + +bool wxMimeTypesManager::Unassociate(wxFileType *ft) +{ + EnsureImpl(); + +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__WINE__) + return m_impl->Unassociate(ft); +#else + return ft->Unassociate(); +#endif +} + + +wxFileType * +wxMimeTypesManager::Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo) +{ + EnsureImpl(); + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__UNIX__) + return m_impl->Associate(ftInfo); +#else // other platforms + wxUnusedVar(ftInfo); + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("not implemented") ); // TODO + return NULL; +#endif // platforms +} + +wxFileType * +wxMimeTypesManager::GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext) +{ + EnsureImpl(); + + wxString::const_iterator i = ext.begin(); + const wxString::const_iterator end = ext.end(); + wxString extWithoutDot; + if ( i != end && *i == '.' ) + extWithoutDot.assign(++i, ext.end()); + else + extWithoutDot = ext; + + wxCHECK_MSG( !ext.empty(), NULL, wxT("extension can't be empty") ); + + wxFileType *ft = m_impl->GetFileTypeFromExtension(extWithoutDot); + + if ( !ft ) { + // check the fallbacks + // + // TODO linear search is potentially slow, perhaps we should use a + // sorted array? + size_t count = m_fallbacks.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) { + if ( m_fallbacks[n].GetExtensions().Index(ext) != wxNOT_FOUND ) { + ft = new wxFileType(m_fallbacks[n]); + + break; + } + } + } + + return ft; +} + +wxFileType * +wxMimeTypesManager::GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType) +{ + EnsureImpl(); + wxFileType *ft = m_impl->GetFileTypeFromMimeType(mimeType); + + if ( !ft ) { + // check the fallbacks + // + // TODO linear search is potentially slow, perhaps we should use a + // sorted array? + size_t count = m_fallbacks.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) { + if ( wxMimeTypesManager::IsOfType(mimeType, + m_fallbacks[n].GetMimeType()) ) { + ft = new wxFileType(m_fallbacks[n]); + + break; + } + } + } + + return ft; +} + +void wxMimeTypesManager::AddFallbacks(const wxFileTypeInfo *filetypes) +{ + EnsureImpl(); + for ( const wxFileTypeInfo *ft = filetypes; ft && ft->IsValid(); ft++ ) { + AddFallback(*ft); + } +} + +size_t wxMimeTypesManager::EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes) +{ + EnsureImpl(); + size_t countAll = m_impl->EnumAllFileTypes(mimetypes); + + // add the fallback filetypes + size_t count = m_fallbacks.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) { + if ( mimetypes.Index(m_fallbacks[n].GetMimeType()) == wxNOT_FOUND ) { + mimetypes.Add(m_fallbacks[n].GetMimeType()); + countAll++; + } + } + + return countAll; +} + +void wxMimeTypesManager::Initialize(int mcapStyle, + const wxString& sExtraDir) +{ +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__WINE__) + EnsureImpl(); + + m_impl->Initialize(mcapStyle, sExtraDir); +#else + (void)mcapStyle; + (void)sExtraDir; +#endif // Unix +} + +// and this function clears all the data from the manager +void wxMimeTypesManager::ClearData() +{ +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__WINE__) + EnsureImpl(); + + m_impl->ClearData(); +#endif // Unix +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global data and wxMimeTypeCmnModule +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// private object +static wxMimeTypesManager gs_mimeTypesManager; + +// and public pointer +wxMimeTypesManager *wxTheMimeTypesManager = &gs_mimeTypesManager; + +class wxMimeTypeCmnModule: public wxModule +{ +public: + wxMimeTypeCmnModule() : wxModule() { } + + virtual bool OnInit() { return true; } + virtual void OnExit() + { + wxMimeTypesManagerFactory::Set(NULL); + + if ( gs_mimeTypesManager.m_impl != NULL ) + { + wxDELETE(gs_mimeTypesManager.m_impl); + gs_mimeTypesManager.m_fallbacks.Clear(); + } + } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMimeTypeCmnModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMimeTypeCmnModule, wxModule) + +#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/module.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/module.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..57ea3c3f39 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/module.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/module.cpp +// Purpose: Modules initialization/destruction +// Author: Wolfram Gloger/adapted by Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/11/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: module.cpp 66630 2011-01-07 17:49:18Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Wolfram Gloger and Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/module.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" + +#define TRACE_MODULE wxT("module") + +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxModuleList) + +wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxModule, wxObject) + +wxModuleList wxModule::m_modules; + +void wxModule::RegisterModule(wxModule* module) +{ + module->m_state = State_Registered; + m_modules.Append(module); +} + +void wxModule::UnregisterModule(wxModule* module) +{ + m_modules.DeleteObject(module); + delete module; +} + +// Collect up all module-derived classes, create an instance of each, +// and register them. +void wxModule::RegisterModules() +{ + for (wxClassInfo::const_iterator it = wxClassInfo::begin_classinfo(), + end = wxClassInfo::end_classinfo(); + it != end; ++it) + { + const wxClassInfo* classInfo = *it; + + if ( classInfo->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxModule)) && + (classInfo != (& (wxModule::ms_classInfo))) ) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_MODULE, wxT("Registering module %s"), + classInfo->GetClassName()); + wxModule* module = (wxModule *)classInfo->CreateObject(); + wxModule::RegisterModule(module); + } + } +} + +bool wxModule::DoInitializeModule(wxModule *module, + wxModuleList &initializedModules) +{ + if ( module->m_state == State_Initializing ) + { + wxLogError(_("Circular dependency involving module \"%s\" detected."), + module->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()); + return false; + } + + module->m_state = State_Initializing; + + // translate named dependencies to the normal ones first + if ( !module->ResolveNamedDependencies() ) + return false; + + const wxArrayClassInfo& dependencies = module->m_dependencies; + + // satisfy module dependencies by loading them before the current module + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < dependencies.size(); ++i ) + { + wxClassInfo * cinfo = dependencies[i]; + + // Check if the module is already initialized + wxModuleList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = initializedModules.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + if ( node->GetData()->GetClassInfo() == cinfo ) + break; + } + + if ( node ) + { + // this dependency is already initialized, nothing to do + continue; + } + + // find the module in the registered modules list + for ( node = m_modules.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxModule *moduleDep = node->GetData(); + if ( moduleDep->GetClassInfo() == cinfo ) + { + if ( !DoInitializeModule(moduleDep, initializedModules ) ) + { + // failed to initialize a dependency, so fail this one too + return false; + } + + break; + } + } + + if ( !node ) + { + wxLogError(_("Dependency \"%s\" of module \"%s\" doesn't exist."), + cinfo->GetClassName(), + module->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()); + return false; + } + } + + if ( !module->Init() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Module \"%s\" initialization failed"), + module->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()); + return false; + } + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_MODULE, wxT("Module \"%s\" initialized"), + module->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()); + + module->m_state = State_Initialized; + initializedModules.Append(module); + + return true; +} + +// Initialize user-defined modules +bool wxModule::InitializeModules() +{ + wxModuleList initializedModules; + + for ( wxModuleList::compatibility_iterator node = m_modules.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxModule *module = node->GetData(); + + // the module could have been already initialized as dependency of + // another one + if ( module->m_state == State_Registered ) + { + if ( !DoInitializeModule( module, initializedModules ) ) + { + // failed to initialize all modules, so clean up the already + // initialized ones + DoCleanUpModules(initializedModules); + + return false; + } + } + } + + // remember the real initialisation order + m_modules = initializedModules; + + return true; +} + +// Clean up all currently initialized modules +void wxModule::DoCleanUpModules(const wxModuleList& modules) +{ + // cleanup user-defined modules in the reverse order compared to their + // initialization -- this ensures that dependencies are respected + for ( wxModuleList::compatibility_iterator node = modules.GetLast(); + node; + node = node->GetPrevious() ) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_MODULE, wxT("Cleanup module %s"), + node->GetData()->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()); + + wxModule * module = node->GetData(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( module->m_state == State_Initialized, + wxT("not initialized module being cleaned up") ); + + module->Exit(); + module->m_state = State_Registered; + } + + // clear all modules, even the non-initialized ones + WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxModuleList, m_modules); +} + +bool wxModule::ResolveNamedDependencies() +{ + // first resolve required dependencies + for ( size_t i = 0; i < m_namedDependencies.size(); ++i ) + { + wxClassInfo *info = wxClassInfo::FindClass(m_namedDependencies[i]); + + if ( !info ) + { + // required dependency not found + return false; + } + + // add it even if it is not derived from wxModule because + // DoInitializeModule() will make sure a module with the same class + // info exists and fail if it doesn't + m_dependencies.Add(info); + } + + return true; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mousemanager.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mousemanager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f83fa8b9f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mousemanager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/mousemanager.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxMouseEventsManager class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-04-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mousemanager.cpp 60845 2009-05-31 19:20:20Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/window.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/mousemanager.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event tables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxMouseEventsManager, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxMouseEventsManager::OnCaptureLost) + EVT_LEFT_DOWN(wxMouseEventsManager::OnLeftDown) + EVT_LEFT_UP(wxMouseEventsManager::OnLeftUp) + EVT_MOTION(wxMouseEventsManager::OnMove) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// wxMouseEventsManager implementation +// ============================================================================ + +void wxMouseEventsManager::Init() +{ + m_win = NULL; + m_state = State_Normal; + m_item = wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +bool wxMouseEventsManager::Create(wxWindow *win) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_win, "Create() must not be called twice" ); + + m_win = win; + win->PushEventHandler(this); + + return true; +} + +wxMouseEventsManager::~wxMouseEventsManager() +{ + if ( m_win ) + m_win->RemoveEventHandler(this); +} + +void wxMouseEventsManager::OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + switch ( m_state ) + { + case State_Normal: + wxFAIL_MSG( "mouse shouldn't be captured in normal state" ); + break; + + case State_Pressed: + MouseClickCancelled(m_item); + break; + + case State_Dragging: + MouseDragCancelled(m_item); + break; + } + + m_state = State_Normal; + m_item = wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +void wxMouseEventsManager::OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_state == State_Normal, + "state hasn't been reset to normal somehow" ); + + m_posLast = event.GetPosition(); + m_item = MouseHitTest(m_posLast); + if ( m_item == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + m_state = State_Pressed; + m_win->SetFocus(); + m_win->CaptureMouse(); + MouseClickBegin(m_item); +} + +void wxMouseEventsManager::OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + switch ( m_state ) + { + case State_Normal: + // ignore it, the mouse hasn't been pressed over any item initially + // so releasing it shouldn't do anything + event.Skip(); + + // skip releasing the capture below + return; + + case State_Pressed: + if ( MouseHitTest(event.GetPosition()) == m_item ) + { + // mouse released over the same item, so it was a click + MouseClicked(m_item); + } + break; + + case State_Dragging: + MouseDragEnd(m_item, event.GetPosition()); + break; + } + + m_state = State_Normal; + m_item = wxNOT_FOUND; + m_win->ReleaseMouse(); +} + +void wxMouseEventsManager::OnMove(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + switch ( m_state ) + { + case State_Normal: + event.Skip(); + break; + + case State_Pressed: + wxASSERT_MSG( event.LeftIsDown(), + "should have detected mouse being released" ); + + { + // it's probably a bad idea to query the system for these + // values every time the mouse is moved so cache them on the + // assumption that they don't change -- which is wrong, of + // course, the user can change them but it doesn't happen often + static const int + dragMinX = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_DRAG_X); + static const int + dragMinY = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_DRAG_Y); + + const wxPoint& pos = event.GetPosition(); + const wxPoint ofs = pos - m_posLast; + if ( abs(ofs.x) > dragMinX || abs(ofs.y) > dragMinY ) + { + // the mouse left the rectangle inside which its movements + // are considered to be too small to constitute a start of + // drag operation, do [attempt to] start it now + if ( MouseDragBegin(m_item, pos) ) + { + m_state = State_Dragging; + } + } + else // still didn't move far enough away + { + event.Skip(); + } + } + break; + + case State_Dragging: + m_posLast = event.GetPosition(); + MouseDragging(m_item, m_posLast); + break; + } +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/msgout.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/msgout.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae08c17a94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/msgout.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/msgout.cpp +// Purpose: wxMessageOutput implementation +// Author: Mattia Barbon +// Modified by: +// Created: 17.07.02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: msgout.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) the wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/ffile.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #if wxUSE_GUI + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #endif // wxUSE_GUI +#endif + +#include "wx/msgout.h" +#include "wx/apptrait.h" +#include +#include + +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) + #include "wx/msw/private.h" +#endif + +// =========================================================================== +// implementation +// =========================================================================== + +#if wxUSE_BASE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMessageOutput +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxMessageOutput* wxMessageOutput::ms_msgOut = 0; + +wxMessageOutput* wxMessageOutput::Get() +{ + if ( !ms_msgOut && wxTheApp ) + { + ms_msgOut = wxTheApp->GetTraits()->CreateMessageOutput(); + } + + return ms_msgOut; +} + +wxMessageOutput* wxMessageOutput::Set(wxMessageOutput* msgout) +{ + wxMessageOutput* old = ms_msgOut; + ms_msgOut = msgout; + return old; +} + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +void wxMessageOutput::DoPrintfWchar(const wxChar *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, format); + wxString out; + + out.PrintfV(format, args); + va_end(args); + + Output(out); +} +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +void wxMessageOutput::DoPrintfUtf8(const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, format); + wxString out; + + out.PrintfV(format, args); + va_end(args); + + Output(out); +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMessageOutputBest +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxMessageOutputBest::Output(const wxString& str) +{ +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + // decide whether to use console output or not + wxAppTraits * const traits = wxTheApp ? wxTheApp->GetTraits() : NULL; + const bool hasStderr = traits ? traits->CanUseStderr() : false; + + if ( !(m_flags & wxMSGOUT_PREFER_MSGBOX) ) + { + if ( hasStderr && traits->WriteToStderr(AppendLineFeedIfNeeded(str)) ) + return; + } + + wxString title; + if ( wxTheApp ) + title = wxTheApp->GetAppDisplayName(); + else // Use some title to avoid default "Error" + title = _("Message"); + + ::MessageBox(NULL, str.t_str(), title.t_str(), MB_ICONINFORMATION | MB_OK); +#else // !__WINDOWS__ + // TODO: use the native message box for the other ports too + wxMessageOutputStderr::Output(str); +#endif // __WINDOWS__/!__WINDOWS__ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMessageOutputStderr +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxMessageOutputStderr::AppendLineFeedIfNeeded(const wxString& str) +{ + wxString strLF(str); + if ( strLF.empty() || *strLF.rbegin() != '\n' ) + strLF += '\n'; + + return strLF; +} + +void wxMessageOutputStderr::Output(const wxString& str) +{ + const wxString strWithLF = AppendLineFeedIfNeeded(str); + const wxWX2MBbuf buf = strWithLF.mb_str(); + + if ( buf ) + fprintf(m_fp, "%s", (const char*) buf); + else // print at least something + fprintf(m_fp, "%s", (const char*) strWithLF.ToAscii()); + + fflush(m_fp); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMessageOutputDebug +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxMessageOutputDebug::Output(const wxString& str) +{ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + wxString out(AppendLineFeedIfNeeded(str)); + out.Replace(wxT("\t"), wxT(" ")); + out.Replace(wxT("\n"), wxT("\r\n")); + ::OutputDebugString(out.t_str()); +#else + // TODO: use native debug output function for the other ports too + wxMessageOutputStderr::Output(str); +#endif // platform +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMessageOutputLog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxMessageOutputLog::Output(const wxString& str) +{ + wxString out(str); + + out.Replace(wxT("\t"), wxT(" ")); + + wxLogMessage(wxT("%s"), out.c_str()); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BASE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMessageOutputMessageBox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_GUI && wxUSE_MSGDLG + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxMessageBoxCaptionStr[] = "Message"; + +void wxMessageOutputMessageBox::Output(const wxString& str) +{ + wxString out(str); + + // the native MSW msg box understands the TABs, others don't +#ifndef __WXMSW__ + out.Replace(wxT("\t"), wxT(" ")); +#endif + + wxString title = wxT("wxWidgets") ; + if (wxTheApp) title = wxTheApp->GetAppDisplayName(); + + ::wxMessageBox(out, title); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mstream.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mstream.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c4a56c911f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/mstream.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/mstream.cpp +// Purpose: "Memory stream" classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: VZ (23.11.00): general code review +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mstream.cpp 65861 2010-10-22 14:17:30Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/mstream.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/stream.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMemoryInputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxMemoryInputStream, wxInputStream) + +wxMemoryInputStream::wxMemoryInputStream(const void *data, size_t len) +{ + m_i_streambuf = new wxStreamBuffer(wxStreamBuffer::read); + m_i_streambuf->SetBufferIO(const_cast(data), len); + m_i_streambuf->SetIntPosition(0); // seek to start pos + m_i_streambuf->Fixed(true); + + m_length = len; +} + +wxMemoryInputStream::wxMemoryInputStream(const wxMemoryOutputStream& stream) +{ + const wxFileOffset lenFile = stream.GetLength(); + if ( lenFile == wxInvalidOffset ) + { + m_i_streambuf = NULL; + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_EOF; + return; + } + + const size_t len = wx_truncate_cast(size_t, lenFile); + wxASSERT_MSG( len == lenFile + size_t(0), wxT("huge files not supported") ); + + m_i_streambuf = new wxStreamBuffer(wxStreamBuffer::read); + m_i_streambuf->SetBufferIO(len); // create buffer + stream.CopyTo(m_i_streambuf->GetBufferStart(), len); + m_i_streambuf->SetIntPosition(0); // seek to start pos + m_i_streambuf->Fixed(true); + m_length = len; +} + +void +wxMemoryInputStream::InitFromStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxFileOffset lenFile) +{ + if ( lenFile == wxInvalidOffset ) + lenFile = stream.GetLength(); + + if ( lenFile == wxInvalidOffset ) + { + m_i_streambuf = NULL; + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_EOF; + return; + } + + const size_t len = wx_truncate_cast(size_t, lenFile); + wxASSERT_MSG( (wxFileOffset)len == lenFile, wxT("huge files not supported") ); + + m_i_streambuf = new wxStreamBuffer(wxStreamBuffer::read); + m_i_streambuf->SetBufferIO(len); // create buffer + stream.Read(m_i_streambuf->GetBufferStart(), len); + m_i_streambuf->SetIntPosition(0); // seek to start pos + m_i_streambuf->Fixed(true); + m_length = stream.LastRead(); +} + +bool wxMemoryInputStream::CanRead() const +{ + return m_i_streambuf->GetIntPosition() != m_length; +} + +wxMemoryInputStream::~wxMemoryInputStream() +{ + delete m_i_streambuf; +} + +char wxMemoryInputStream::Peek() +{ + char *buf = (char *)m_i_streambuf->GetBufferStart(); + size_t pos = m_i_streambuf->GetIntPosition(); + if ( pos == m_length ) + { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + + return 0; + } + + return buf[pos]; +} + +size_t wxMemoryInputStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t nbytes) +{ + size_t pos = m_i_streambuf->GetIntPosition(); + if ( pos == m_length ) + { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_EOF; + + return 0; + } + + m_i_streambuf->Read(buffer, nbytes); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + + return m_i_streambuf->GetIntPosition() - pos; +} + +wxFileOffset wxMemoryInputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + return m_i_streambuf->Seek(pos, mode); +} + +wxFileOffset wxMemoryInputStream::OnSysTell() const +{ + return m_i_streambuf->Tell(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMemoryOutputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryOutputStream, wxOutputStream) + +wxMemoryOutputStream::wxMemoryOutputStream(void *data, size_t len) +{ + m_o_streambuf = new wxStreamBuffer(wxStreamBuffer::write); + if ( data ) + m_o_streambuf->SetBufferIO(data, len); + m_o_streambuf->Fixed(false); + m_o_streambuf->Flushable(false); +} + +wxMemoryOutputStream::~wxMemoryOutputStream() +{ + delete m_o_streambuf; +} + +size_t wxMemoryOutputStream::OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t nbytes) +{ + size_t oldpos = m_o_streambuf->GetIntPosition(); + m_o_streambuf->Write(buffer, nbytes); + size_t newpos = m_o_streambuf->GetIntPosition(); + + // FIXME can someone please explain what this does? (VZ) + if ( !newpos ) + newpos = m_o_streambuf->GetBufferSize(); + + return newpos - oldpos; +} + +wxFileOffset wxMemoryOutputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + return m_o_streambuf->Seek(pos, mode); +} + +wxFileOffset wxMemoryOutputStream::OnSysTell() const +{ + return m_o_streambuf->Tell(); +} + +size_t wxMemoryOutputStream::CopyTo(void *buffer, size_t len) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( buffer, 0, wxT("must have buffer to CopyTo") ); + + if ( len > GetSize() ) + len = GetSize(); + + memcpy(buffer, m_o_streambuf->GetBufferStart(), len); + + return len; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/nbkbase.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/nbkbase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f491ec76e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/nbkbase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/nbkbase.cpp +// Purpose: common wxNotebook methods +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 02.07.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: nbkbase.cpp 66643 2011-01-07 22:31:26Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/notebook.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxNotebookNameStr[] = "notebook"; + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent ); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxNotebookStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxNotebookStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBK_DEFAULT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBK_TOP) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBK_LEFT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBK_RIGHT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBK_BOTTOM) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxNB_NOPAGETHEME) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxNB_FLAT) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxNotebookStyle ) + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +WX_DEFINE_LIST( wxNotebookPageInfoList ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxNotebookPageInfo, wxObject, "wx/notebook.h" ) + +wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxNotebookPageInfo *, wxNotebookPageInfoList ); + +template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxNotebookPageInfoList const &theList, + wxAnyList &value) +{ + wxListCollectionToAnyList( theList, value ); +} + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxNotebookPageInfo) +wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Page, wxNotebookPage*, GetPage, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Text, wxString, GetText, wxString(), 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Selected, bool, GetSelected, false, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) +wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( ImageId, int, GetImageId, -1, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxNotebookPageInfo) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_4( wxNotebookPageInfo, wxNotebookPage*, Page, \ + wxString, Text, bool, Selected, int, ImageId ) + +// WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl) +// XTI accessors: + +void wxNotebookBase::AddPageInfo( wxNotebookPageInfo* info ) +{ + AddPage( info->GetPage(), info->GetText(), info->GetSelected(), info->GetImageId() ); +} + +const wxNotebookPageInfoList& wxNotebookBase::GetPageInfos() const +{ + wxNotebookPageInfoList* list = const_cast< wxNotebookPageInfoList* >( &m_pageInfos ); + WX_CLEAR_LIST( wxNotebookPageInfoList, *list ); + for( size_t i = 0; i < GetPageCount(); ++i ) + { + wxNotebookPageInfo *info = new wxNotebookPageInfo(); + info->Create( const_cast(this)->GetPage(i), GetPageText(i), + GetSelection() == int(i), GetPageImage(i) ); + list->Append( info ); + } + return m_pageInfos; +} + +#endif + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxNotebook, wxControl, "wx/notebook.h") +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxNotebook) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( PageChanging, wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxNotebookEvent ) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( PageChanged, wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxNotebookEvent ) + +wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION( PageInfos, wxNotebookPageInfoList, wxNotebookPageInfo*, \ + AddPageInfo, GetPageInfos, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), \ + wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxNotebookStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxNotebook) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxNotebook, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// geometry +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSize wxNotebookBase::CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const +{ + // this is, of course, totally bogus -- but we must do something by + // default because not all ports implement this + wxSize sizeTotal = sizePage; + + if ( HasFlag(wxBK_LEFT) || HasFlag(wxBK_RIGHT) ) + { + sizeTotal.x += 90; + sizeTotal.y += 10; + } + else // tabs on top/bottom side + { + sizeTotal.x += 10; + sizeTotal.y += 40; + } + + return sizeTotal; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxNotebookBase::SendPageChangingEvent(int nPage) +{ + wxBookCtrlEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, GetId()); + event.SetSelection(nPage); + event.SetOldSelection(GetSelection()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + return !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) || event.IsAllowed(); +} + +void wxNotebookBase::SendPageChangedEvent(int nPageOld, int nPageNew) +{ + wxBookCtrlEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, GetId()); + event.SetSelection(nPageNew == -1 ? GetSelection() : nPageNew); + event.SetOldSelection(nPageOld); + event.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/numformatter.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/numformatter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab990d4d59 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/numformatter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/numformatter.cpp +// Purpose: wxNumberFormatter +// Author: Fulvio Senore, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2010-11-06 +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/numformatter.h" +#include "wx/intl.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// local helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +// Contains information about the locale which was used to initialize our +// cached values of the decimal and thousands separators. Notice that it isn't +// enough to store just wxLocale because the user code may call setlocale() +// directly and storing just C locale string is not enough because we can use +// the OS API directly instead of the CRT ones on some platforms. So just store +// both. +class LocaleId +{ +public: + LocaleId() + { + m_wxloc = NULL; + m_cloc = NULL; + } + + ~LocaleId() + { + Free(); + } + + // Return true if this is the first time this function is called for this + // object or if the program locale has changed since the last time it was + // called. Otherwise just return false indicating that updating locale- + // dependent information is not necessary. + bool NotInitializedOrHasChanged() + { + wxLocale * const wxloc = wxGetLocale(); + const char * const cloc = setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL); + if ( m_wxloc || m_cloc ) + { + if ( m_wxloc == wxloc && strcmp(m_cloc, cloc) == 0 ) + return false; + + Free(); + } + //else: Not initialized yet. + + m_wxloc = wxloc; + m_cloc = wxCRT_StrdupA(cloc); + + return true; + } + +private: + void Free() + { + free(m_cloc); + } + + // Non-owned pointer to wxLocale which was used. + wxLocale *m_wxloc; + + // Owned pointer to the C locale string. + char *m_cloc; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(LocaleId); +}; + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ============================================================================ +// wxNumberFormatter implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Locale information accessors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxChar wxNumberFormatter::GetDecimalSeparator() +{ + // Notice that while using static variable here is not MT-safe, the worst + // that can happen is that we redo the initialization if we're called + // concurrently from more than one thread so it's not a real problem. + static wxChar s_decimalSeparator = 0; + + // Remember the locale which was current when we initialized, we must redo + // the initialization if the locale changed. + static LocaleId s_localeUsedForInit; + + if ( s_localeUsedForInit.NotInitializedOrHasChanged() ) + { + const wxString + s = wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER); + if ( s.empty() ) + { + // We really must have something for decimal separator, so fall + // back to the C locale default. + s_decimalSeparator = '.'; + } + else + { + // To the best of my knowledge there are no locales like this. + wxASSERT_MSG( s.length() == 1, + "Multi-character decimal separator?" ); + + s_decimalSeparator = s[0]; + } + } + + return s_decimalSeparator; +} + +bool wxNumberFormatter::GetThousandsSeparatorIfUsed(wxChar *sep) +{ + static wxChar s_thousandsSeparator = 0; + static LocaleId s_localeUsedForInit; + + if ( s_localeUsedForInit.NotInitializedOrHasChanged() ) + { + const wxString + s = wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_THOUSANDS_SEP, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER); + if ( !s.empty() ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( s.length() == 1, + "Multi-character thousands separator?" ); + + s_thousandsSeparator = s[0]; + } + //else: Unlike above it's perfectly fine for the thousands separator to + // be empty if grouping is not used, so just leave it as 0. + } + + if ( !s_thousandsSeparator ) + return false; + + if ( sep ) + *sep = s_thousandsSeparator; + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Conversion to string and helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxNumberFormatter::PostProcessIntString(wxString s, int style) +{ + if ( style & Style_WithThousandsSep ) + AddThousandsSeparators(s); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & Style_NoTrailingZeroes), + "Style_NoTrailingZeroes can't be used with integer values" ); + + return s; +} + +wxString wxNumberFormatter::ToString(long val, int style) +{ + return PostProcessIntString(wxString::Format("%ld", val), style); +} + +#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + +wxString wxNumberFormatter::ToString(wxLongLong_t val, int style) +{ + return PostProcessIntString(wxString::Format("%" wxLongLongFmtSpec "d", val), + style); +} + +#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + +wxString wxNumberFormatter::ToString(double val, int precision, int style) +{ + const wxString fmt = wxString::Format("%%.%df", precision); + wxString s = wxString::Format(fmt, val); + + if ( style & Style_WithThousandsSep ) + AddThousandsSeparators(s); + + if ( style & Style_NoTrailingZeroes ) + RemoveTrailingZeroes(s); + + return s; +} + +void wxNumberFormatter::AddThousandsSeparators(wxString& s) +{ + wxChar thousandsSep; + if ( !GetThousandsSeparatorIfUsed(&thousandsSep) ) + return; + + size_t pos = s.find(GetDecimalSeparator()); + if ( pos == wxString::npos ) + { + // Start grouping at the end of an integer number. + pos = s.length(); + } + + // We currently group digits by 3 independently of the locale. This is not + // the right thing to do and we should use lconv::grouping (under POSIX) + // and GetLocaleInfo(LOCALE_SGROUPING) (under MSW) to get information about + // the correct grouping to use. This is something that needs to be done at + // wxLocale level first and then used here in the future (TODO). + const size_t GROUP_LEN = 3; + + while ( pos > GROUP_LEN ) + { + pos -= GROUP_LEN; + s.insert(pos, thousandsSep); + } +} + +void wxNumberFormatter::RemoveTrailingZeroes(wxString& s) +{ + const size_t posDecSep = s.find(GetDecimalSeparator()); + wxCHECK_RET( posDecSep != wxString::npos, + wxString::Format("No decimal separator in \"%s\"", s) ); + wxCHECK_RET( posDecSep, "Can't start with decimal separator" ); + + // Find the last character to keep. + size_t posLastNonZero = s.find_last_not_of("0"); + + // If it's the decimal separator itself, don't keep it neither. + if ( posLastNonZero == posDecSep ) + posLastNonZero--; + + s.erase(posLastNonZero + 1); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Conversion from strings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxNumberFormatter::RemoveThousandsSeparators(wxString& s) +{ + wxChar thousandsSep; + if ( !GetThousandsSeparatorIfUsed(&thousandsSep) ) + return; + + s.Replace(wxString(thousandsSep), wxString()); +} + +bool wxNumberFormatter::FromString(wxString s, long *val) +{ + RemoveThousandsSeparators(s); + return s.ToLong(val); +} + +#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + +bool wxNumberFormatter::FromString(wxString s, wxLongLong_t *val) +{ + RemoveThousandsSeparators(s); + return s.ToLongLong(val); +} + +#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG + +bool wxNumberFormatter::FromString(wxString s, double *val) +{ + RemoveThousandsSeparators(s); + return s.ToDouble(val); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/object.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/object.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a74649398 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/object.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,430 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/object.cpp +// Purpose: wxObject implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Ron Lee +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: object.cpp 66630 2011-01-07 17:49:18Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart +// (c) 2001 Ron Lee +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/object.h" + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/memory.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif + +#include + +#if wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT + #if defined(__VISAGECPP__) + #define DEBUG_PRINTF(NAME) { static int raz=0; \ + printf( #NAME " %i\n",raz); fflush(stdout); raz++; } + #else + #define DEBUG_PRINTF(NAME) + #endif +#endif // wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT + +// we must disable optimizations for VC.NET because otherwise its too eager +// linker discards wxClassInfo objects in release build thus breaking many, +// many things +#if defined __VISUALC__ && __VISUALC__ >= 1300 + #pragma optimize("", off) +#endif + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +const wxClassInfo* wxObject::ms_classParents[] = { NULL } ; +wxObject* wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverterwxObject ( const wxAny &data ) +{ return wxANY_AS(data, wxObject*); } + wxAny wxObjectToVariantConverterwxObject ( wxObject *data ) + { return wxAny( dynamic_cast (data) ) ; } + + wxClassInfo wxObject::ms_classInfo(ms_classParents , wxEmptyString , wxT("wxObject"), + (int) sizeof(wxObject), \ + (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0 , + NULL,NULL,0 , 0 , + 0 , wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverterwxObject , 0 , wxObjectToVariantConverterwxObject); + + template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString & , wxObject* const & ){ wxFAIL_MSG("unreachable"); } + template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString & , wxObject const & ){ wxFAIL_MSG("unreachable"); } + + wxClassTypeInfo s_typeInfo(wxT_OBJECT_PTR , &wxObject::ms_classInfo , NULL , NULL , typeid(wxObject*).name() ) ; + wxClassTypeInfo s_typeInfowxObject(wxT_OBJECT , &wxObject::ms_classInfo , NULL , NULL , typeid(wxObject).name() ) ; +#else +wxClassInfo wxObject::ms_classInfo( wxT("wxObject"), 0, 0, + (int) sizeof(wxObject), + (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0 ); +#endif + +// restore optimizations +#if defined __VISUALC__ && __VISUALC__ >= 1300 + #pragma optimize("", on) +#endif + +wxClassInfo* wxClassInfo::sm_first = NULL; +wxHashTable* wxClassInfo::sm_classTable = NULL; + +// when using XTI, this method is already implemented inline inside +// DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS but otherwise we intentionally make this function +// non-inline because this allows us to have a non-inline virtual function in +// all wx classes and this solves linking problems for HP-UX native toolchain +// and possibly others (we could make dtor non-inline as well but it's more +// useful to keep it inline than this function) +#if !wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +wxClassInfo *wxObject::GetClassInfo() const +{ + return &wxObject::ms_classInfo; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +// this variable exists only so that we can avoid 'always true/false' warnings +const bool wxFalse = false; + +// Is this object a kind of (a subclass of) 'info'? +// E.g. is wxWindow a kind of wxObject? +// Go from this class to superclass, taking into account +// two possible base classes. +bool wxObject::IsKindOf(const wxClassInfo *info) const +{ + const wxClassInfo *thisInfo = GetClassInfo(); + return (thisInfo) ? thisInfo->IsKindOf(info) : false ; +} + +#if wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING && defined( new ) + #undef new +#endif + + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT +void *wxObject::operator new ( size_t size, const wxChar *fileName, int lineNum ) +{ + return wxDebugAlloc(size, (wxChar*) fileName, lineNum, true); +} +#endif + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID +void wxObject::operator delete ( void *buf ) +{ + wxDebugFree(buf); +} +#endif + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_CONSTCHAR_SIZET +void wxObject::operator delete ( void *buf, const char *_fname, size_t _line ) +{ + wxDebugFree(buf); +} +#endif + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT +void wxObject::operator delete ( void *buf, const wxChar *WXUNUSED(fileName), int WXUNUSED(lineNum) ) +{ + wxDebugFree(buf); +} +#endif + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_ARRAY_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT +void *wxObject::operator new[] ( size_t size, const wxChar* fileName, int lineNum ) +{ + return wxDebugAlloc(size, (wxChar*) fileName, lineNum, true, true); +} +#endif + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID +void wxObject::operator delete[] ( void *buf ) +{ + wxDebugFree(buf, true); +} +#endif + +#ifdef _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT +void wxObject::operator delete[] (void * buf, const wxChar* WXUNUSED(fileName), int WXUNUSED(lineNum) ) +{ + wxDebugFree(buf, true); +} +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClassInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxClassInfo::~wxClassInfo() +{ + // remove this object from the linked list of all class infos: if we don't + // do it, loading/unloading a DLL containing static wxClassInfo objects is + // not going to work + if ( this == sm_first ) + { + sm_first = m_next; + } + else + { + wxClassInfo *info = sm_first; + while (info) + { + if ( info->m_next == this ) + { + info->m_next = m_next; + break; + } + + info = info->m_next; + } + } + Unregister(); +} + +wxClassInfo *wxClassInfo::FindClass(const wxString& className) +{ + if ( sm_classTable ) + { + return (wxClassInfo *)wxClassInfo::sm_classTable->Get(className); + } + else + { + for ( wxClassInfo *info = sm_first; info ; info = info->m_next ) + { + if ( className == info->GetClassName() ) + return info; + } + + return NULL; + } +} + +// Reentrance can occur on some platforms (Solaris for one), as the use of hash +// and string objects can cause other modules to load and register classes +// before the original call returns. This is handled by keeping the hash table +// local when it is first created and only assigning it to the global variable +// when the function is ready to return. +// +// That does make the assumption that after the function has completed the +// first time the problem will no longer happen; all the modules it depends on +// will have been loaded. The assumption is checked using the 'entry' variable +// as a reentrance guard, it checks that once the hash table is global it is +// not accessed multiple times simulateously. + +void wxClassInfo::Register() +{ +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + // reentrance guard - see note above + static int entry = 0; +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL + + wxHashTable *classTable; + + if ( !sm_classTable ) + { + // keep the hash local initially, reentrance is possible + classTable = new wxHashTable(wxKEY_STRING); + } + else + { + // guard againt reentrance once the global has been created + wxASSERT_MSG(++entry == 1, wxT("wxClassInfo::Register() reentrance")); + classTable = sm_classTable; + } + + // Using IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS() macro twice (which may happen if you + // link any object module twice mistakenly, or link twice against wx shared + // library) will break this function because it will enter an infinite loop + // and eventually die with "out of memory" - as this is quite hard to + // detect if you're unaware of this, try to do some checks here. + wxASSERT_MSG( classTable->Get(m_className) == NULL, + wxString::Format + ( + wxT("Class \"%s\" already in RTTI table - have you used IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS() multiple times or linked some object file twice)?"), + m_className + ) + ); + + classTable->Put(m_className, (wxObject *)this); + + // if we're using a local hash we need to try to make it global + if ( sm_classTable != classTable ) + { + if ( !sm_classTable ) + { + // make the hash global + sm_classTable = classTable; + } + else + { + // the gobal hash has already been created by a reentrant call, + // so delete the local hash and try again + delete classTable; + Register(); + } + } + +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + entry = 0; +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL +} + +void wxClassInfo::Unregister() +{ + if ( sm_classTable ) + { + sm_classTable->Delete(m_className); + if ( sm_classTable->GetCount() == 0 ) + { + wxDELETE(sm_classTable); + } + } +} + +wxObject *wxCreateDynamicObject(const wxString& name) +{ +#if wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT + DEBUG_PRINTF(wxObject *wxCreateDynamicObject) +#endif + + if ( wxClassInfo::sm_classTable ) + { + wxClassInfo *info = (wxClassInfo *)wxClassInfo::sm_classTable->Get(name); + return info ? info->CreateObject() : NULL; + } + else // no sm_classTable yet + { + for ( wxClassInfo *info = wxClassInfo::sm_first; + info; + info = info->m_next ) + { + if (info->m_className && wxStrcmp(info->m_className, name) == 0) + return info->CreateObject(); + } + + return NULL; + } +} + +// iterator interface +wxClassInfo::const_iterator::value_type +wxClassInfo::const_iterator::operator*() const +{ + return (wxClassInfo*)m_node->GetData(); +} + +wxClassInfo::const_iterator& wxClassInfo::const_iterator::operator++() +{ + m_node = m_table->Next(); + return *this; +} + +const wxClassInfo::const_iterator wxClassInfo::const_iterator::operator++(int) +{ + wxClassInfo::const_iterator tmp = *this; + m_node = m_table->Next(); + return tmp; +} + +wxClassInfo::const_iterator wxClassInfo::begin_classinfo() +{ + sm_classTable->BeginFind(); + + return const_iterator(sm_classTable->Next(), sm_classTable); +} + +wxClassInfo::const_iterator wxClassInfo::end_classinfo() +{ + return const_iterator(NULL, NULL); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxObjectRefData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxRefCounter::DecRef() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_count > 0, "invalid ref data count" ); + + if ( --m_count == 0 ) + delete this; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxObject +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxObject::Ref(const wxObject& clone) +{ +#if wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT + DEBUG_PRINTF(wxObject::Ref) +#endif + + // nothing to be done + if (m_refData == clone.m_refData) + return; + + // delete reference to old data + UnRef(); + + // reference new data + if ( clone.m_refData ) + { + m_refData = clone.m_refData; + m_refData->IncRef(); + } +} + +void wxObject::UnRef() +{ + if ( m_refData ) + { + m_refData->DecRef(); + m_refData = NULL; + } +} + +void wxObject::AllocExclusive() +{ + if ( !m_refData ) + { + m_refData = CreateRefData(); + } + else if ( m_refData->GetRefCount() > 1 ) + { + // note that ref is not going to be destroyed in this case + const wxObjectRefData* ref = m_refData; + UnRef(); + + // ... so we can still access it + m_refData = CloneRefData(ref); + } + //else: ref count is 1, we are exclusive owners of m_refData anyhow + + wxASSERT_MSG( m_refData && m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1, + wxT("wxObject::AllocExclusive() failed.") ); +} + +wxObjectRefData *wxObject::CreateRefData() const +{ + // if you use AllocExclusive() you must override this method + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("CreateRefData() must be overridden if called!") ); + + return NULL; +} + +wxObjectRefData * +wxObject::CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData * WXUNUSED(data)) const +{ + // if you use AllocExclusive() you must override this method + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("CloneRefData() must be overridden if called!") ); + + return NULL; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/odcombocmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/odcombocmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab64f5a868 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/odcombocmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/odcombocmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxOwnerDrawnComboBox common code +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Modified by: +// Created: Apr-30-2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: odcombocmn.cpp 66584 2011-01-05 06:56:36Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX + +#include "wx/odcombo.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/combobox.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/dialog.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/combo.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2_XTI(wxOwnerDrawnComboBox, wxComboCtrl, \ + wxControlWithItems, "wx/odcombo.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxOwnerDrawnComboBox) +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxOwnerDrawnComboBox) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxOwnerDrawnComboBox , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , \ + Id , wxString , Value , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size ) + +#endif // wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/overlaycmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/overlaycmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0bf7fd57b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/overlaycmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/overlaycmn.cpp +// Purpose: common wxOverlay code +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-10-20 +// RCS-ID: $Id: overlaycmn.cpp 59033 2009-02-19 17:45:09Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/overlay.h" +#include "wx/private/overlay.h" +#include "wx/dcclient.h" +#include "wx/dcmemory.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxOverlay +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxOverlay::wxOverlay() +{ + m_impl = new wxOverlayImpl(); + m_inDrawing = false; +} + +wxOverlay::~wxOverlay() +{ + delete m_impl; +} + +bool wxOverlay::IsOk() +{ + return m_impl->IsOk(); +} + +void wxOverlay::Init( wxDC* dc, int x , int y , int width , int height ) +{ + m_impl->Init(dc, x, y, width, height); +} + +void wxOverlay::BeginDrawing( wxDC* dc) +{ + m_impl->BeginDrawing(dc); + m_inDrawing = true ; +} + +void wxOverlay::EndDrawing( wxDC* dc) +{ + m_impl->EndDrawing(dc); + m_inDrawing = false ; +} + +void wxOverlay::Clear( wxDC* dc) +{ + m_impl->Clear(dc); +} + +void wxOverlay::Reset() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_inDrawing==false,wxT("cannot reset overlay during drawing")); + m_impl->Reset(); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDCOverlay +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDCOverlay::wxDCOverlay(wxOverlay &overlay, wxDC *dc, int x , int y , int width , int height) : + m_overlay(overlay) +{ + Init(dc, x, y, width, height); +} + +wxDCOverlay::wxDCOverlay(wxOverlay &overlay, wxDC *dc) : + m_overlay(overlay) +{ + int width; + int height; + dc->GetSize(&width,&height); + Init(dc, 0, 0, width, height); +} + +wxDCOverlay::~wxDCOverlay() +{ + m_overlay.EndDrawing(m_dc); +} + +void wxDCOverlay::Init(wxDC *dc, int x , int y , int width , int height ) +{ + m_dc = dc ; + if ( !m_overlay.IsOk() ) + { + m_overlay.Init(dc,x,y,width,height); + } + m_overlay.BeginDrawing(dc); +} + +void wxDCOverlay::Clear() +{ + m_overlay.Clear(m_dc); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// generic implementation of wxOverlayImpl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + +wxOverlayImpl::wxOverlayImpl() +{ + m_window = NULL ; + m_x = m_y = m_width = m_height = 0 ; +} + +wxOverlayImpl::~wxOverlayImpl() +{ +} + +bool wxOverlayImpl::IsOk() +{ + return m_bmpSaved.Ok() ; +} + +void wxOverlayImpl::Init( wxDC* dc, int x , int y , int width , int height ) +{ + m_window = dc->GetWindow(); + wxMemoryDC dcMem ; + m_bmpSaved.Create( width, height ); + dcMem.SelectObject( m_bmpSaved ); + m_x = x ; + m_y = y ; + m_width = width ; + m_height = height ; + dcMem.Blit(0, 0, m_width, m_height, + dc, x, y); + dcMem.SelectObject( wxNullBitmap ); +} + +void wxOverlayImpl::Clear(wxDC* dc) +{ + wxMemoryDC dcMem ; + dcMem.SelectObject( m_bmpSaved ); + dc->Blit( m_x, m_y, m_width, m_height , &dcMem , 0 , 0 ); + dcMem.SelectObject( wxNullBitmap ); +} + +void wxOverlayImpl::Reset() +{ + m_bmpSaved = wxBitmap(); +} + +void wxOverlayImpl::BeginDrawing(wxDC* WXUNUSED(dc)) +{ +} + +void wxOverlayImpl::EndDrawing(wxDC* WXUNUSED(dc)) +{ +} + +#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ownerdrwcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ownerdrwcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8cf566686d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ownerdrwcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/ownerdrwcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxOwnerDrawn class methods common to all platforms +// Author: Marcin Malich +// Modified by: +// Created: 2009-09-22 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ownerdrwcmn.cpp 63223 2010-01-23 13:21:36Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Marcin Malich +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN + +#include "wx/ownerdrw.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/font.h" + #include "wx/colour.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +bool wxOwnerDrawnBase::OnMeasureItem(size_t *width, size_t *height) +{ + if ( IsOwnerDrawn() ) + { + wxMemoryDC dc; + wxFont font; + GetFontToUse(font); + dc.SetFont(font); + + // item name/text without mnemonics + wxString name = wxStripMenuCodes(GetName(), wxStrip_Mnemonics); + + wxCoord w, h; + dc.GetTextExtent(name, &w, &h); + + *width = w + m_margin; + *height = h; + } + else + { + *width = 0; + *height = 0; + } + + return true; +} + +void wxOwnerDrawnBase::GetFontToUse(wxFont& font) const +{ + font = m_font.IsOk() ? m_font : *wxNORMAL_FONT; +} + +void wxOwnerDrawnBase::GetColourToUse(wxODStatus stat, wxColour& colText, wxColour& colBack) const +{ + if ( stat & wxODSelected ) + { + colText = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( + !(stat & wxODDisabled) ? wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT + : wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT); + + colBack = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); + } + else + { + // fall back to default colors if none explicitly specified + + if ( stat & wxODDisabled ) + { + colText = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT); + } + else + { + colText = m_colText.Ok() ? m_colText + : wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUTEXT); + } + + colBack = m_colBack.Ok() ? m_colBack + : wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_MENU); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/panelcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/panelcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a4659cbde0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/panelcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/panelcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxPanel common code +// Author: Julian Smart, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: panelcmn.cpp 67251 2011-03-20 00:00:38Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/object.h" + #include "wx/font.h" + #include "wx/colour.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/panel.h" + #include "wx/containr.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxPanelStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxPanelStyle ) + // new style border flags, we put them first to + // use them for streaming out + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + + // old style border flags + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + + // standard window styles + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxPanelStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxPanel, wxWindow, "wx/panel.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxPanel) + wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxPanelStyle, long, \ + SetWindowStyleFlag, GetWindowStyleFlag, \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style + // style wxTAB_TRAVERSAL +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxPanel) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxPanel, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle, \ + wxString, Name) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWin macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPanelBase, wxWindow) + WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(wxPanelBase) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(wxPanelBase, wxWindow) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPanelBase creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxPanelBase::wxPanelBase() +{ + WX_INIT_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); +} + +bool wxPanelBase::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !wxWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name) ) + return false; + + // so that non-solid background renders correctly under GTK+: + SetThemeEnabled(true); + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && (defined(__POCKETPC__) || defined(__SMARTPHONE__)) + // Required to get solid control backgrounds under WinCE + SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); +#endif + + return true; +} + +void wxPanelBase::InitDialog() +{ + wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/paper.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/paper.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..000ec48e6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/paper.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/paper.cpp +// Purpose: Paper size classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: paper.cpp 64656 2010-06-20 18:18:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h" + #endif // MSW + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/paper.h" + +#include +#include + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #ifndef __WIN32__ + #include + #endif +#endif + // End __WXMSW__ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintPaperType, wxObject) +// IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintPaperDatabase, wxList) + +/* + * Paper size database for all platforms + */ + +wxPrintPaperType::wxPrintPaperType() +{ + m_paperId = wxPAPER_NONE; + m_platformId = 0; + m_paperName = wxEmptyString; + m_width = 0; + m_height = 0; +} + +wxPrintPaperType::wxPrintPaperType(wxPaperSize paperId, int platformId, const wxString& name, int w, int h) +{ + m_paperId = paperId; + m_platformId = platformId; + m_paperName = name; + m_width = w; + m_height = h; +} + +// Get width and height in points (1/72th of an inch) +wxSize wxPrintPaperType::GetSizeDeviceUnits() const +{ + return wxSize( (int) ((m_width / 10.0) / (25.4 / 72.0)), (int) ((m_height / 10.0) / (25.4 / 72.0)) ); +} + +/* + * Print paper database for PostScript + */ + +WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxPrintPaperType, wxPrintPaperTypeList); +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxPrintPaperTypeList) + +wxPrintPaperDatabase* wxThePrintPaperDatabase = NULL; + +wxPrintPaperDatabase::wxPrintPaperDatabase() +{ + m_map = new wxStringToPrintPaperTypeHashMap; + m_list = new wxPrintPaperTypeList; +} + +wxPrintPaperDatabase::~wxPrintPaperDatabase() +{ + ClearDatabase(); +} + +void wxPrintPaperDatabase::CreateDatabase() +{ + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_LETTER, DMPAPER_LETTER, wxTRANSLATE("Letter, 8 1/2 x 11 in"), 2159, 2794); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_LEGAL, DMPAPER_LEGAL, wxTRANSLATE("Legal, 8 1/2 x 14 in"), 2159, 3556); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A4, DMPAPER_A4, wxTRANSLATE("A4 sheet, 210 x 297 mm"), 2100, 2970); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_CSHEET, DMPAPER_CSHEET, wxTRANSLATE("C sheet, 17 x 22 in"), 4318, 5588); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_DSHEET, DMPAPER_DSHEET, wxTRANSLATE("D sheet, 22 x 34 in"), 5588, 8636); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ESHEET, DMPAPER_ESHEET, wxTRANSLATE("E sheet, 34 x 44 in"), 8636, 11176); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_LETTERSMALL, DMPAPER_LETTERSMALL, wxTRANSLATE("Letter Small, 8 1/2 x 11 in"), 2159, 2794); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_TABLOID, DMPAPER_TABLOID, wxTRANSLATE("Tabloid, 11 x 17 in"), 2794, 4318); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_LEDGER, DMPAPER_LEDGER, wxTRANSLATE("Ledger, 17 x 11 in"), 4318, 2794); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_STATEMENT, DMPAPER_STATEMENT, wxTRANSLATE("Statement, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2 in"), 1397, 2159); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_EXECUTIVE, DMPAPER_EXECUTIVE, wxTRANSLATE("Executive, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2 in"), 1842, 2667); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A3, DMPAPER_A3, wxTRANSLATE("A3 sheet, 297 x 420 mm"), 2970, 4200); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A4SMALL, DMPAPER_A4SMALL, wxTRANSLATE("A4 small sheet, 210 x 297 mm"), 2100, 2970); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A5, DMPAPER_A5, wxTRANSLATE("A5 sheet, 148 x 210 mm"), 1480, 2100); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_B4, DMPAPER_B4, wxTRANSLATE("B4 sheet, 250 x 354 mm"), 2500, 3540); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_B5, DMPAPER_B5, wxTRANSLATE("B5 sheet, 182 x 257 millimeter"), 1820, 2570); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_FOLIO, DMPAPER_FOLIO, wxTRANSLATE("Folio, 8 1/2 x 13 in"), 2159, 3302); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_QUARTO, DMPAPER_QUARTO, wxTRANSLATE("Quarto, 215 x 275 mm"), 2150, 2750); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_10X14, DMPAPER_10X14, wxTRANSLATE("10 x 14 in"), 2540, 3556); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_11X17, DMPAPER_11X17, wxTRANSLATE("11 x 17 in"), 2794, 4318); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_NOTE, DMPAPER_NOTE, wxTRANSLATE("Note, 8 1/2 x 11 in"), 2159, 2794); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_9, DMPAPER_ENV_9, wxTRANSLATE("#9 Envelope, 3 7/8 x 8 7/8 in"), 984, 2254); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_10, DMPAPER_ENV_10, wxTRANSLATE("#10 Envelope, 4 1/8 x 9 1/2 in"), 1048, 2413); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_11, DMPAPER_ENV_11, wxTRANSLATE("#11 Envelope, 4 1/2 x 10 3/8 in"), 1143, 2635); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_12, DMPAPER_ENV_12, wxTRANSLATE("#12 Envelope, 4 3/4 x 11 in"), 1206, 2794); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_14, DMPAPER_ENV_14, wxTRANSLATE("#14 Envelope, 5 x 11 1/2 in"), 1270, 2921); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_DL, DMPAPER_ENV_DL, wxTRANSLATE("DL Envelope, 110 x 220 mm"), 1100, 2200); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_C5, DMPAPER_ENV_C5, wxTRANSLATE("C5 Envelope, 162 x 229 mm"), 1620, 2290); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_C3, DMPAPER_ENV_C3, wxTRANSLATE("C3 Envelope, 324 x 458 mm"), 3240, 4580); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_C4, DMPAPER_ENV_C4, wxTRANSLATE("C4 Envelope, 229 x 324 mm"), 2290, 3240); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_C6, DMPAPER_ENV_C6, wxTRANSLATE("C6 Envelope, 114 x 162 mm"), 1140, 1620); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_C65, DMPAPER_ENV_C65, wxTRANSLATE("C65 Envelope, 114 x 229 mm"), 1140, 2290); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_B4, DMPAPER_ENV_B4, wxTRANSLATE("B4 Envelope, 250 x 353 mm"), 2500, 3530); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_B5, DMPAPER_ENV_B5, wxTRANSLATE("B5 Envelope, 176 x 250 mm"), 1760, 2500); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_B6, DMPAPER_ENV_B6, wxTRANSLATE("B6 Envelope, 176 x 125 mm"), 1760, 1250); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_ITALY, DMPAPER_ENV_ITALY, wxTRANSLATE("Italy Envelope, 110 x 230 mm"), 1100, 2300); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_MONARCH, DMPAPER_ENV_MONARCH, wxTRANSLATE("Monarch Envelope, 3 7/8 x 7 1/2 in"), 984, 1905); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_PERSONAL, DMPAPER_ENV_PERSONAL, wxTRANSLATE("6 3/4 Envelope, 3 5/8 x 6 1/2 in"), 921, 1651); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_FANFOLD_US, DMPAPER_FANFOLD_US, wxTRANSLATE("US Std Fanfold, 14 7/8 x 11 in"), 3778, 2794); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN, DMPAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN, wxTRANSLATE("German Std Fanfold, 8 1/2 x 12 in"), 2159, 3048); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN, DMPAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN, wxTRANSLATE("German Legal Fanfold, 8 1/2 x 13 in"), 2159, 3302); + + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ISO_B4, DMPAPER_ISO_B4, wxTRANSLATE("B4 (ISO) 250 x 353 mm"), 2500, 2530); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD, DMPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD, wxTRANSLATE("Japanese Postcard 100 x 148 mm"), 1000, 1480); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_9X11, DMPAPER_9X11, wxTRANSLATE("9 x 11 in"), 2286, 2794); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_10X11, DMPAPER_10X11, wxTRANSLATE("10 x 11 in"), 2540, 2794); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_15X11, DMPAPER_15X11, wxTRANSLATE("15 x 11 in"), 3810, 2794); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_ENV_INVITE, DMPAPER_ENV_INVITE, wxTRANSLATE("Envelope Invite 220 x 220 mm"), 2200, 2200); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA, DMPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA, wxTRANSLATE("Letter Extra 9 1/2 x 12 in"), 2413, 3048); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA, DMPAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA, wxTRANSLATE("Legal Extra 9 1/2 x 15 in"), 2413, 3810); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA, DMPAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA, wxTRANSLATE("Tabloid Extra 11.69 x 18 in"), 2969, 4572); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A4_EXTRA, DMPAPER_A4_EXTRA, wxTRANSLATE("A4 Extra 9.27 x 12.69 in"), 2355, 3223); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE, DMPAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE, wxTRANSLATE("Letter Transverse 8 1/2 x 11 in"), 2159, 2794); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE, DMPAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE, wxTRANSLATE("A4 Transverse 210 x 297 mm"), 2100, 2970); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE, DMPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE, wxTRANSLATE("Letter Extra Transverse 9.275 x 12 in"), 2355, 3048); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A_PLUS, DMPAPER_A_PLUS, wxTRANSLATE("SuperA/SuperA/A4 227 x 356 mm"), 2270, 3560); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_B_PLUS, DMPAPER_B_PLUS, wxTRANSLATE("SuperB/SuperB/A3 305 x 487 mm"), 3050, 4870); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_LETTER_PLUS, DMPAPER_LETTER_PLUS, wxTRANSLATE("Letter Plus 8 1/2 x 12.69 in"), 2159, 3223); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A4_PLUS, DMPAPER_A4_PLUS, wxTRANSLATE("A4 Plus 210 x 330 mm"), 2100, 3300); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE, DMPAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE, wxTRANSLATE("A5 Transverse 148 x 210 mm"), 1480, 2100); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE, DMPAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE, wxTRANSLATE("B5 (JIS) Transverse 182 x 257 mm"), 1820, 2570); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA, DMPAPER_A3_EXTRA, wxTRANSLATE("A3 Extra 322 x 445 mm"), 3220, 4450); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A5_EXTRA, DMPAPER_A5_EXTRA, wxTRANSLATE("A5 Extra 174 x 235 mm"), 1740, 2350); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_B5_EXTRA, DMPAPER_B5_EXTRA, wxTRANSLATE("B5 (ISO) Extra 201 x 276 mm"), 2010, 2760); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A2, DMPAPER_A2, wxTRANSLATE("A2 420 x 594 mm"), 4200, 5940); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE, DMPAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE, wxTRANSLATE("A3 Transverse 297 x 420 mm"), 2970, 4200); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE,DMPAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE,wxTRANSLATE("A3 Extra Transverse 322 x 445 mm"), 3220, 4450); + + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD, 69, wxTRANSLATE("Japanese Double Postcard 200 x 148 mm"), 2000, 1480); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A6, 70, wxTRANSLATE("A6 105 x 148 mm"), 1050, 1480); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2, 71, wxTRANSLATE("Japanese Envelope Kaku #2"), 2400, 3320); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3, 72, wxTRANSLATE("Japanese Envelope Kaku #3"), 2160, 2770); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3, 73, wxTRANSLATE("Japanese Envelope Chou #3"), 1200, 2350); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4, 74, wxTRANSLATE("Japanese Envelope Chou #4"), 900, 2050); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_LETTER_ROTATED, 75, wxTRANSLATE("Letter Rotated 11 x 8 1/2 in"), 2794, 2159); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A3_ROTATED, 76, wxTRANSLATE("A3 Rotated 420 x 297 mm"), 4200, 2970); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A4_ROTATED, 77, wxTRANSLATE("A4 Rotated 297 x 210 mm"), 2970, 2100); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A5_ROTATED, 78, wxTRANSLATE("A5 Rotated 210 x 148 mm"), 2100, 1480); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED, 79, wxTRANSLATE("B4 (JIS) Rotated 364 x 257 mm"), 3640, 2570); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED, 80, wxTRANSLATE("B5 (JIS) Rotated 257 x 182 mm"), 2570, 1820); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED, 81, wxTRANSLATE("Japanese Postcard Rotated 148 x 100 mm"), 1480, 1000); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED, 82, wxTRANSLATE("Double Japanese Postcard Rotated 148 x 200 mm"), 1480, 2000); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A6_ROTATED, 83, wxTRANSLATE("A6 Rotated 148 x 105 mm"), 1480, 1050); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED, 84, wxTRANSLATE("Japanese Envelope Kaku #2 Rotated"), 3320, 2400); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED, 85, wxTRANSLATE("Japanese Envelope Kaku #3 Rotated"), 2770, 2160); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED, 86, wxTRANSLATE("Japanese Envelope Chou #3 Rotated"), 2350, 1200); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED, 87, wxTRANSLATE("Japanese Envelope Chou #4 Rotated"), 2050, 900); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_B6_JIS, 88, wxTRANSLATE("B6 (JIS) 128 x 182 mm"), 1280, 1820); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED, 89, wxTRANSLATE("B6 (JIS) Rotated 182 x 128 mm"), 1920, 1280); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_12X11, 90, wxTRANSLATE("12 x 11 in"), 3048, 2794); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4, 91, wxTRANSLATE("Japanese Envelope You #4"), 2350, 1050); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED, 92, wxTRANSLATE("Japanese Envelope You #4 Rotated"), 1050, 2350); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_P16K, 93, wxTRANSLATE("PRC 16K 146 x 215 mm"), 1460, 2150); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_P32K, 94, wxTRANSLATE("PRC 32K 97 x 151 mm"), 970, 1510); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_P32KBIG, 95, wxTRANSLATE("PRC 32K(Big) 97 x 151 mm"), 970, 1510); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_1, 96, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #1 102 x 165 mm"), 1020, 1650); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_2, 97, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #2 102 x 176 mm"), 1020, 1760); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_3, 98, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #3 125 x 176 mm"), 1250, 1760); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_4, 99, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #4 110 x 208 mm"), 1100, 2080); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_5, 100, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #5 110 x 220 mm"), 1100, 2200); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_6, 101, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #6 120 x 230 mm"), 1200, 2300); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_7, 102, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #7 160 x 230 mm"), 1600, 2300); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_8, 103, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #8 120 x 309 mm"), 1200, 3090); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_9, 104, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #9 229 x 324 mm"), 2290, 3240); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_10, 105, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #10 324 x 458 mm"), 3240, 4580); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_P16K_ROTATED, 106, wxTRANSLATE("PRC 16K Rotated"), 2150, 1460); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_P32K_ROTATED, 107, wxTRANSLATE("PRC 32K Rotated"), 1510, 970); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED, 108, wxTRANSLATE("PRC 32K(Big) Rotated"), 1510, 970); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED, 109, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #1 Rotated 165 x 102 mm"), 1650, 1020); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED, 110, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #2 Rotated 176 x 102 mm"), 1760, 1020); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED, 111, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #3 Rotated 176 x 125 mm"), 1760, 1250); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED, 112, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #4 Rotated 208 x 110 mm"), 2080, 1100); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED, 113, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #5 Rotated 220 x 110 mm"), 2200, 1100); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED, 114, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #6 Rotated 230 x 120 mm"), 2300, 1200); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED, 115, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #7 Rotated 230 x 160 mm"), 2300, 1600); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED, 116, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #8 Rotated 309 x 120 mm"), 3090, 1200); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED, 117, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #9 Rotated 324 x 229 mm"), 3240, 2290); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED, 118, wxTRANSLATE("PRC Envelope #10 Rotated 458 x 324 mm"), 4580, 3240); + + // notice that the values 135 and 136 for Windows paper size ids of A0 and + // A1 formats are not documented anywhere but seem to work for at least + // some printers so we use them until we find a better way (see #11083) + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A0, 136, wxTRANSLATE("A0 sheet, 841 x 1189 mm"), 8410, 11888); + WXADDPAPER(wxPAPER_A1, 135, wxTRANSLATE("A1 sheet, 594 x 841 mm"), 5940, 8410); +} + +void wxPrintPaperDatabase::ClearDatabase() +{ + delete m_list; + WX_CLEAR_HASH_MAP(wxStringToPrintPaperTypeHashMap, *m_map); + delete m_map; +} + +void wxPrintPaperDatabase::AddPaperType(wxPaperSize paperId, const wxString& name, int w, int h) +{ + wxPrintPaperType* tmp = new wxPrintPaperType(paperId, 0, name, w, h); + (*m_map)[name] = tmp; + m_list->push_back(tmp); +} + +void wxPrintPaperDatabase::AddPaperType(wxPaperSize paperId, int platformId, const wxString& name, int w, int h) +{ + wxPrintPaperType* tmp = new wxPrintPaperType(paperId, platformId, name, w, h); + (*m_map)[name] = tmp; + m_list->push_back(tmp); +} + +wxPrintPaperType *wxPrintPaperDatabase::FindPaperType(const wxString& name) +{ + wxStringToPrintPaperTypeHashMap::iterator it = m_map->find(name); + if (it != m_map->end()) + return it->second; + else + return NULL; +} + +wxPrintPaperType *wxPrintPaperDatabase::FindPaperType(wxPaperSize id) +{ + typedef wxStringToPrintPaperTypeHashMap::iterator iterator; + + for (iterator it = m_map->begin(), en = m_map->end(); it != en; ++it) + { + wxPrintPaperType* paperType = it->second; + if (paperType->GetId() == id) + return paperType; + } + + return NULL; +} + +wxPrintPaperType *wxPrintPaperDatabase::FindPaperTypeByPlatformId(int id) +{ + typedef wxStringToPrintPaperTypeHashMap::iterator iterator; + + for (iterator it = m_map->begin(), en = m_map->end(); it != en; ++it) + { + wxPrintPaperType* paperType = it->second; + if (paperType->GetPlatformId() == id) + return paperType; + } + + return NULL; +} + +wxPrintPaperType *wxPrintPaperDatabase::FindPaperType(const wxSize& sz) +{ + // Take the item ordering into account so that the more common types + // are likely to be taken into account first. This fixes problems with, + // for example, Letter reverting to A4 in the page setup dialog because + // it was wrongly translated to Note. + for ( size_t i = 0; i < GetCount(); i++ ) + { + wxPrintPaperType* const paperType = Item(i); + const wxSize paperSize = paperType->GetSize() ; + if ( abs(paperSize.x - sz.x) < 10 && abs(paperSize.y - sz.y) < 10 ) + return paperType; + } + + return NULL; +} + +// Convert name to size id +wxPaperSize wxPrintPaperDatabase::ConvertNameToId(const wxString& name) +{ + wxPrintPaperType* type = FindPaperType(name); + if (type) + return type->GetId(); + else + return wxPAPER_NONE; +} + +// Convert size id to name +wxString wxPrintPaperDatabase::ConvertIdToName(wxPaperSize paperId) +{ + wxPrintPaperType* type = FindPaperType(paperId); + if (type) + return type->GetName(); + else + return wxEmptyString; +} + +// Get the paper size +wxSize wxPrintPaperDatabase::GetSize(wxPaperSize paperId) +{ + wxPrintPaperType* type = FindPaperType(paperId); + if (type) + return type->GetSize(); + else + return wxSize(0,0); +} + +// Get the paper size +wxPaperSize wxPrintPaperDatabase::GetSize(const wxSize& size) +{ + wxPrintPaperType* type = FindPaperType(size); + if (type) + return type->GetId(); + else + return wxPAPER_NONE; +} + +// QUICK and DIRTY +size_t wxPrintPaperDatabase::GetCount() const +{ + return m_list->GetCount(); +} + +wxPrintPaperType* wxPrintPaperDatabase::Item(size_t index) const +{ + return m_list->Item(index)->GetData(); +} + +// A module to allow initialization/cleanup of print paper +// things without calling these functions from app.cpp. + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintPaperModule: public wxModule +{ +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintPaperModule) +public: + wxPrintPaperModule() {} + bool OnInit(); + void OnExit(); +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintPaperModule, wxModule) + +/* + * Initialization/cleanup module + */ + +bool wxPrintPaperModule::OnInit() +{ + wxThePrintPaperDatabase = new wxPrintPaperDatabase; + wxThePrintPaperDatabase->CreateDatabase(); + + return true; +} + +void wxPrintPaperModule::OnExit() +{ + wxDELETE(wxThePrintPaperDatabase); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/persist.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/persist.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d2648cf653 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/persist.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/persist.cpp +// Purpose: common persistence support classes +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-01-20 +// RCS-ID: $Id: persist.cpp 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/persist.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxPersistenceManager implementation +// ============================================================================ + +/* static */ +wxPersistenceManager& wxPersistenceManager::Get() +{ + static wxPersistenceManager s_manager; + + return s_manager; +} + +wxPersistenceManager::~wxPersistenceManager() +{ +} + +wxString +wxPersistenceManager::GetKey(const wxPersistentObject& who, + const wxString& name) const +{ + wxString key("Persistent_Options"); // TODO: make this configurable + key << wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR << who.GetKind() + << wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR << who.GetName() + << wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR << name; + + return key; +} + +wxPersistentObject *wxPersistenceManager::Find(void *obj) const +{ + const wxPersistentObjectsMap::const_iterator + it = m_persistentObjects.find(obj); + return it == m_persistentObjects.end() ? NULL : it->second; +} + +wxPersistentObject * +wxPersistenceManager::Register(void *obj, wxPersistentObject *po) +{ + if ( wxPersistentObject *old = Find(obj) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "object is already registered" ); + + delete po; // still avoid the memory leaks + return old; + } + + m_persistentObjects[obj] = po; + + return po; +} + +void wxPersistenceManager::Unregister(void *obj) +{ + wxPersistentObjectsMap::iterator it = m_persistentObjects.find(obj); + wxCHECK_RET( it != m_persistentObjects.end(), "not registered" ); + + wxPersistentObject * const po = it->second; + m_persistentObjects.erase(it); + delete po; +} + +void wxPersistenceManager::Save(void *obj) +{ + if ( !m_doSave ) + return; + + wxPersistentObjectsMap::iterator it = m_persistentObjects.find(obj); + wxCHECK_RET( it != m_persistentObjects.end(), "not registered" ); + + it->second->Save(); +} + +bool wxPersistenceManager::Restore(void *obj) +{ + if ( !m_doRestore ) + return false; + + wxPersistentObjectsMap::iterator it = m_persistentObjects.find(obj); + wxCHECK_MSG( it != m_persistentObjects.end(), false, "not registered" ); + + return it->second->Restore(); +} + +namespace +{ + +template +inline bool +DoSaveValue(wxConfigBase *conf, const wxString& key, T value) +{ + return conf && conf->Write(key, value); +} + +template +bool +DoRestoreValue(wxConfigBase *conf, const wxString& key, T *value) +{ + return conf && conf->Read(key, value); +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +#define wxPERSIST_DEFINE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(Type) \ + bool wxPersistenceManager::SaveValue(const wxPersistentObject& who, \ + const wxString& name, \ + Type value) \ + { \ + return DoSaveValue(GetConfig(), GetKey(who, name), value); \ + } \ + \ + bool wxPersistenceManager::RestoreValue(const wxPersistentObject& who, \ + const wxString& name, \ + Type *value) \ + { \ + return DoRestoreValue(GetConfig(), GetKey(who, name), value); \ + } + +wxPERSIST_DEFINE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(bool) +wxPERSIST_DEFINE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(int) +wxPERSIST_DEFINE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(long) +wxPERSIST_DEFINE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(wxString) + +#undef wxPERSIST_DEFINE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR + +#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/pickerbase.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/pickerbase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4dbd470d8f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/pickerbase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/pickerbase.cpp +// Purpose: wxPickerBase class implementation +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 15/04/2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: pickerbase.cpp 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL || \ + wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL || \ + wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL || \ + wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/pickerbase.h" +#include "wx/tooltip.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/textctrl.h" +#endif + + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPickerBase, wxControl) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPickerBase, wxControl) + EVT_SIZE(wxPickerBase::OnSize) + WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(wxPickerBase) +END_EVENT_TABLE() +WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(wxPickerBase, wxControl) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPickerBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxPickerBase::CreateBase(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &text, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + // remove any border style from our style as wxPickerBase's window must be + // invisible (user styles must be set on the textctrl or the platform-dependent picker) + style &= ~wxBORDER_MASK; + + if (!wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style | wxNO_BORDER | wxTAB_TRAVERSAL, + validator, name)) + return false; + + SetMinSize( size ); + + m_sizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + + if (HasFlag(wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL)) + { + // NOTE: the style of this class (wxPickerBase) and the style of the + // attached text control are different: GetTextCtrlStyle() extracts + // the styles related to the textctrl from the styles passed here + m_text = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + GetTextCtrlStyle(style)); + if (!m_text) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxPickerBase's textctrl creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + // set the maximum lenght allowed for this textctrl. + // This is very important since any change to it will trigger an update in + // the m_picker; for very long strings, this real-time synchronization could + // become a CPU-blocker and thus should be avoided. + // 32 characters will be more than enough for all common uses. + m_text->SetMaxLength(32); + + // set the initial contents of the textctrl + m_text->SetValue(text); + + m_text->Connect(m_text->GetId(), wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, + wxCommandEventHandler(wxPickerBase::OnTextCtrlUpdate), + NULL, this); + m_text->Connect(m_text->GetId(), wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, + wxFocusEventHandler(wxPickerBase::OnTextCtrlKillFocus), + NULL, this); + + m_text->Connect(m_text->GetId(), wxEVT_DESTROY, + wxWindowDestroyEventHandler(wxPickerBase::OnTextCtrlDelete), + NULL, this); + + // the text control's proportion values defaults to 2 + m_sizer->Add(m_text, 2, GetDefaultTextCtrlFlag(), 5); + } + + return true; +} + +void wxPickerBase::PostCreation() +{ + // the picker's proportion value defaults to 1 when there's no text control + // associated with it - in that case it defaults to 0 + m_sizer->Add(m_picker, HasTextCtrl() ? 0 : 1, GetDefaultPickerCtrlFlag(), 5); + + SetSizer(m_sizer); + + SetInitialSize( GetMinSize() ); +} + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +void wxPickerBase::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tip) +{ + // don't set the tooltip on us but rather on our two child windows + // as otherwise it would appear only when the cursor is placed on the + // small area around the child windows which belong to wxPickerBase + m_picker->SetToolTip(tip); + + // do a copy as wxWindow will own the pointer we pass + if ( m_text ) + m_text->SetToolTip(tip ? new wxToolTip(tip->GetTip()) : NULL); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPickerBase - event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxPickerBase::OnTextCtrlKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) +{ + event.Skip(); + + // don't leave the textctrl empty + if (m_text && m_text->GetValue().empty()) + UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker(); +} + +void wxPickerBase::OnTextCtrlDelete(wxWindowDestroyEvent &) +{ + // the textctrl has been deleted; our pointer is invalid! + m_text = NULL; +} + +void wxPickerBase::OnTextCtrlUpdate(wxCommandEvent &) +{ + // for each text-change, update the picker + UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl(); +} + +void wxPickerBase::OnSize(wxSizeEvent &event) +{ + if (GetAutoLayout()) + Layout(); + event.Skip(); +} + +#endif // Any picker in use diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/platinfo.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/platinfo.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..895d068b21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/platinfo.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,355 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/platinfo.cpp +// Purpose: implements wxPlatformInfo class +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 07.07.2006 (based on wxToolkitInfo) +// RCS-ID: $Id: platinfo.cpp 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/platinfo.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/apptrait.h" + +// global object +// VERY IMPORTANT: do not use the default constructor since it would +// try to init the wxPlatformInfo instance using +// gs_platInfo itself! +static wxPlatformInfo gs_platInfo(wxPORT_UNKNOWN); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const wxChar* const wxOperatingSystemIdNames[] = +{ + wxT("Apple Mac OS"), + wxT("Apple Mac OS X"), + + wxT("Microsoft Windows 9X"), + wxT("Microsoft Windows NT"), + wxT("Microsoft Windows Micro"), + wxT("Microsoft Windows CE"), + + wxT("Linux"), + wxT("FreeBSD"), + wxT("OpenBSD"), + wxT("NetBSD"), + + wxT("SunOS"), + wxT("AIX"), + wxT("HPUX"), + + wxT("Other Unix"), + wxT("Other Unix"), + + wxT("DOS"), + wxT("OS/2"), + + wxT("PalmOS"), + wxT("PalmOS(Over Linux)"), +}; + +static const wxChar* const wxPortIdNames[] = +{ + wxT("wxBase"), + wxT("wxMSW"), + wxT("wxMotif"), + wxT("wxGTK"), + wxT("wxMGL"), + wxT("wxX11"), + wxT("wxOS2"), + wxT("wxMac"), + wxT("wxCocoa"), + wxT("wxWinCE"), + wxT("wxPalmOS"), + wxT("wxDFB") +}; + +static const wxChar* const wxArchitectureNames[] = +{ + wxT("32 bit"), + wxT("64 bit") +}; + +static const wxChar* const wxEndiannessNames[] = +{ + wxT("Big endian"), + wxT("Little endian"), + wxT("PDP endian") +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// local functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// returns the logarithm in base 2 of 'value'; this maps the enum values to the +// corresponding indexes of the string arrays above +static unsigned wxGetIndexFromEnumValue(int value) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( value, (unsigned)-1, wxT("invalid enum value") ); + + int n = 0; + while ( !(value & 1) ) + { + value >>= 1; + n++; + } + + wxASSERT_MSG( value == 1, wxT("more than one bit set in enum value") ); + + return n; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPlatformInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxPlatformInfo::wxPlatformInfo() +{ + // just copy platform info for currently running platform + *this = Get(); +} + +wxPlatformInfo::wxPlatformInfo(wxPortId pid, int tkMajor, int tkMinor, + wxOperatingSystemId id, int osMajor, int osMinor, + wxArchitecture arch, + wxEndianness endian, + bool usingUniversal) +{ + m_tkVersionMajor = tkMajor; + m_tkVersionMinor = tkMinor; + m_port = pid; + m_usingUniversal = usingUniversal; + + m_os = id; + m_osVersionMajor = osMajor; + m_osVersionMinor = osMinor; + + m_endian = endian; + m_arch = arch; +} + +bool wxPlatformInfo::operator==(const wxPlatformInfo &t) const +{ + return m_tkVersionMajor == t.m_tkVersionMajor && + m_tkVersionMinor == t.m_tkVersionMinor && + m_osVersionMajor == t.m_osVersionMajor && + m_osVersionMinor == t.m_osVersionMinor && + m_os == t.m_os && + m_osDesc == t.m_osDesc && + m_ldi == t.m_ldi && + m_desktopEnv == t.m_desktopEnv && + m_port == t.m_port && + m_usingUniversal == t.m_usingUniversal && + m_arch == t.m_arch && + m_endian == t.m_endian; +} + +void wxPlatformInfo::InitForCurrentPlatform() +{ + // autodetect all informations + const wxAppTraits * const traits = wxTheApp ? wxTheApp->GetTraits() : NULL; + if ( !traits ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("failed to initialize wxPlatformInfo") ); + + m_port = wxPORT_UNKNOWN; + m_usingUniversal = false; + m_tkVersionMajor = + m_tkVersionMinor = 0; + } + else + { + m_port = traits->GetToolkitVersion(&m_tkVersionMajor, &m_tkVersionMinor); + m_usingUniversal = traits->IsUsingUniversalWidgets(); + m_desktopEnv = traits->GetDesktopEnvironment(); + } + + m_os = wxGetOsVersion(&m_osVersionMajor, &m_osVersionMinor); + m_osDesc = wxGetOsDescription(); + m_endian = wxIsPlatformLittleEndian() ? wxENDIAN_LITTLE : wxENDIAN_BIG; + m_arch = wxIsPlatform64Bit() ? wxARCH_64 : wxARCH_32; + +#ifdef __LINUX__ + m_ldi = wxGetLinuxDistributionInfo(); +#endif + // else: leave m_ldi empty +} + +/* static */ +const wxPlatformInfo& wxPlatformInfo::Get() +{ + static bool initialized = false; + if ( !initialized ) + { + gs_platInfo.InitForCurrentPlatform(); + initialized = true; + } + + return gs_platInfo; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxPlatformInfo::GetOperatingSystemDirectory() +{ + return wxGetOSDirectory(); +} + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPlatformInfo - enum -> string conversions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxPlatformInfo::GetOperatingSystemFamilyName(wxOperatingSystemId os) +{ + const wxChar* string = wxT("Unknown"); + if ( os & wxOS_MAC ) + string = wxT("Macintosh"); + else if ( os & wxOS_WINDOWS ) + string = wxT("Windows"); + else if ( os & wxOS_UNIX ) + string = wxT("Unix"); + else if ( os == wxOS_DOS ) + string = wxT("DOS"); + else if ( os == wxOS_OS2 ) + string = wxT("OS/2"); + + return string; +} + +wxString wxPlatformInfo::GetOperatingSystemIdName(wxOperatingSystemId os) +{ + const unsigned idx = wxGetIndexFromEnumValue(os); + + wxCHECK_MSG( idx < WXSIZEOF(wxOperatingSystemIdNames), wxEmptyString, + wxT("invalid OS id") ); + + return wxOperatingSystemIdNames[idx]; +} + +wxString wxPlatformInfo::GetPortIdName(wxPortId port, bool usingUniversal) +{ + const unsigned idx = wxGetIndexFromEnumValue(port); + + wxCHECK_MSG( idx < WXSIZEOF(wxPortIdNames), wxEmptyString, + wxT("invalid port id") ); + + wxString ret = wxPortIdNames[idx]; + + if ( usingUniversal ) + ret += wxT("/wxUniversal"); + + return ret; +} + +wxString wxPlatformInfo::GetPortIdShortName(wxPortId port, bool usingUniversal) +{ + const unsigned idx = wxGetIndexFromEnumValue(port); + + wxCHECK_MSG( idx < WXSIZEOF(wxPortIdNames), wxEmptyString, + wxT("invalid port id") ); + + wxString ret = wxPortIdNames[idx]; + ret = ret.Mid(2).Lower(); // remove 'wx' prefix + + if ( usingUniversal ) + ret += wxT("univ"); + + return ret; +} + +wxString wxPlatformInfo::GetArchName(wxArchitecture arch) +{ + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( WXSIZEOF(wxArchitectureNames) == wxARCH_MAX, + wxArchitectureNamesMismatch ); + + return wxArchitectureNames[arch]; +} + +wxString wxPlatformInfo::GetEndiannessName(wxEndianness end) +{ + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( WXSIZEOF(wxEndiannessNames) == wxENDIAN_MAX, + wxEndiannessNamesMismatch ); + + return wxEndiannessNames[end]; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPlatformInfo - string -> enum conversions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxOperatingSystemId wxPlatformInfo::GetOperatingSystemId(const wxString &str) +{ + for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(wxOperatingSystemIdNames); i++ ) + { + if ( wxString(wxOperatingSystemIdNames[i]).CmpNoCase(str) == 0 ) + return (wxOperatingSystemId)(1 << i); + } + + return wxOS_UNKNOWN; +} + +wxPortId wxPlatformInfo::GetPortId(const wxString &str) +{ + // recognize both short and long port names + for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(wxPortIdNames); i++ ) + { + wxPortId current = (wxPortId)(1 << i); + + if ( wxString(wxPortIdNames[i]).CmpNoCase(str) == 0 || + GetPortIdShortName(current, true).CmpNoCase(str) == 0 || + GetPortIdShortName(current, false).CmpNoCase(str) == 0 ) + return current; + } + + return wxPORT_UNKNOWN; +} + +wxArchitecture wxPlatformInfo::GetArch(const wxString &arch) +{ + if ( arch.Contains(wxT("32")) ) + return wxARCH_32; + + if ( arch.Contains(wxT("64")) ) + return wxARCH_64; + + return wxARCH_INVALID; +} + +wxEndianness wxPlatformInfo::GetEndianness(const wxString& end) +{ + const wxString endl(end.Lower()); + if ( endl.StartsWith(wxT("little")) ) + return wxENDIAN_LITTLE; + + if ( endl.StartsWith(wxT("big")) ) + return wxENDIAN_BIG; + + return wxENDIAN_INVALID; +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/popupcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/popupcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2466863992 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/popupcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,623 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/popupcmn.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxPopupTransientWindow +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 06.01.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: popupcmn.cpp 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN + +#include "wx/popupwin.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/combobox.h" // wxComboCtrl + #include "wx/app.h" // wxPostEvent + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/display.h" +#include "wx/recguard.h" + +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + #include "wx/univ/renderer.h" + #include "wx/scrolbar.h" +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + #include +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/private.h" +#elif defined(__WXX11__) + #include "wx/x11/private.h" +#endif + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPopupWindow, wxWindow) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPopupTransientWindow, wxPopupWindow) + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX && defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPopupComboWindow, wxPopupTransientWindow) +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// event handlers which we use to intercept events which cause the popup to +// disappear +class wxPopupWindowHandler : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxPopupWindowHandler(wxPopupTransientWindow *popup) : m_popup(popup) {} + +protected: + // event handlers + void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event); + +private: + wxPopupTransientWindow *m_popup; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPopupWindowHandler); +}; + +class wxPopupFocusHandler : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxPopupFocusHandler(wxPopupTransientWindow *popup) : m_popup(popup) {} + +protected: + void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); + void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); + +private: + wxPopupTransientWindow *m_popup; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPopupFocusHandler); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event tables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPopupWindowHandler, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_LEFT_DOWN(wxPopupWindowHandler::OnLeftDown) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPopupFocusHandler, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS(wxPopupFocusHandler::OnKillFocus) + EVT_CHAR(wxPopupFocusHandler::OnChar) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPopupTransientWindow, wxPopupWindow) +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || ( defined( __WXMAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON ) + EVT_IDLE(wxPopupTransientWindow::OnIdle) +#endif +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPopupWindowBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxPopupWindowBase::~wxPopupWindowBase() +{ + // this destructor is required for Darwin +} + +bool wxPopupWindowBase::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), int WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ + return true; +} + +void wxPopupWindowBase::Position(const wxPoint& ptOrigin, + const wxSize& size) +{ + // determine the position and size of the screen we clamp the popup to + wxPoint posScreen; + wxSize sizeScreen; + + const int displayNum = wxDisplay::GetFromPoint(ptOrigin); + if ( displayNum != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + const wxRect rectScreen = wxDisplay(displayNum).GetGeometry(); + posScreen = rectScreen.GetPosition(); + sizeScreen = rectScreen.GetSize(); + } + else // outside of any display? + { + // just use the primary one then + posScreen = wxPoint(0, 0); + sizeScreen = wxGetDisplaySize(); + } + + + const wxSize sizeSelf = GetSize(); + + // is there enough space to put the popup below the window (where we put it + // by default)? + wxCoord y = ptOrigin.y + size.y; + if ( y + sizeSelf.y > posScreen.y + sizeScreen.y ) + { + // check if there is enough space above + if ( ptOrigin.y > sizeSelf.y ) + { + // do position the control above the window + y -= size.y + sizeSelf.y; + } + //else: not enough space below nor above, leave below + } + + // now check left/right too + wxCoord x = ptOrigin.x; + + if ( wxTheApp->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft ) + { + // shift the window to the left instead of the right. + x -= size.x; + x -= sizeSelf.x; // also shift it by window width. + } + else + x += size.x; + + + if ( x + sizeSelf.x > posScreen.x + sizeScreen.x ) + { + // check if there is enough space to the left + if ( ptOrigin.x > sizeSelf.x ) + { + // do position the control to the left + x -= size.x + sizeSelf.x; + } + //else: not enough space there neither, leave in default position + } + + Move(x, y, wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPopupTransientWindow +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxPopupTransientWindow::Init() +{ + m_child = + m_focus = NULL; + + m_handlerFocus = NULL; + m_handlerPopup = NULL; +} + +wxPopupTransientWindow::wxPopupTransientWindow(wxWindow *parent, int style) +{ + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, style); +} + +wxPopupTransientWindow::~wxPopupTransientWindow() +{ + if (m_handlerPopup && m_handlerPopup->GetNextHandler()) + PopHandlers(); + + wxASSERT(!m_handlerFocus || !m_handlerFocus->GetNextHandler()); + wxASSERT(!m_handlerPopup || !m_handlerPopup->GetNextHandler()); + + delete m_handlerFocus; + delete m_handlerPopup; +} + +void wxPopupTransientWindow::PopHandlers() +{ + if ( m_child ) + { + if ( !m_child->RemoveEventHandler(m_handlerPopup) ) + { + // something is very wrong and someone else probably deleted our + // handler - so don't risk deleting it second time + m_handlerPopup = NULL; + } + if (m_child->HasCapture()) + { + m_child->ReleaseMouse(); + } + m_child = NULL; + } + + if ( m_focus ) + { + if ( !m_focus->RemoveEventHandler(m_handlerFocus) ) + { + // see above + m_handlerFocus = NULL; + } + } + m_focus = NULL; +} + +void wxPopupTransientWindow::Popup(wxWindow *winFocus) +{ + const wxWindowList& children = GetChildren(); + if ( children.GetCount() ) + { + m_child = children.GetFirst()->GetData(); + } + else + { + m_child = this; + } + + Show(); + + // There is a problem if these are still in use + wxASSERT(!m_handlerFocus || !m_handlerFocus->GetNextHandler()); + wxASSERT(!m_handlerPopup || !m_handlerPopup->GetNextHandler()); + + if (!m_handlerPopup) + m_handlerPopup = new wxPopupWindowHandler(this); + + m_child->PushEventHandler(m_handlerPopup); + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + // Focusing on child of popup window does not work on MSW unless WS_POPUP + // style is set. We do not even want to try to set the focus, as it may + // provoke errors on some Windows versions (Vista and later). + if ( ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE) & WS_POPUP ) +#endif + { + m_focus = winFocus ? winFocus : this; + m_focus->SetFocus(); + } + +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || (defined( __WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON) + // MSW doesn't allow to set focus to the popup window, but we need to + // subclass the window which has the focus, and not winFocus passed in or + // otherwise everything else breaks down + m_focus = FindFocus(); +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + // GTK+ catches the activate events from the popup + // window, not the focus events from the child window + m_focus = this; +#endif + + if ( m_focus ) + { + if (!m_handlerFocus) + m_handlerFocus = new wxPopupFocusHandler(this); + + m_focus->PushEventHandler(m_handlerFocus); + } +} + +bool wxPopupTransientWindow::Show( bool show ) +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + if (!show) + { + gdk_pointer_ungrab( (guint32)GDK_CURRENT_TIME ); + + gtk_grab_remove( m_widget ); + } +#endif + +#ifdef __WXX11__ + if (!show) + { + XUngrabPointer( wxGlobalDisplay(), CurrentTime ); + } +#endif + +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined( __WXMAC__) + if (!show && m_child && m_child->HasCapture()) + { + m_child->ReleaseMouse(); + } +#endif + + bool ret = wxPopupWindow::Show( show ); + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + if (show) + { + gtk_grab_add( m_widget ); + + gdk_pointer_grab( m_widget->window, TRUE, + (GdkEventMask) + (GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | + GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | + GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK | + GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK), + NULL, + NULL, + (guint32)GDK_CURRENT_TIME ); + } +#endif + +#ifdef __WXX11__ + if (show) + { + Window xwindow = (Window) m_clientWindow; + + /* int res =*/ XGrabPointer(wxGlobalDisplay(), xwindow, + True, + ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | ButtonMotionMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | PointerMotionMask, + GrabModeAsync, + GrabModeAsync, + None, + None, + CurrentTime ); + } +#endif + +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined( __WXMAC__) + if (show && m_child) + { + // Assume that the mouse is outside the popup to begin with + m_child->CaptureMouse(); + } +#endif + + return ret; +} + +void wxPopupTransientWindow::Dismiss() +{ + Hide(); + PopHandlers(); +} + +void wxPopupTransientWindow::DismissAndNotify() +{ + Dismiss(); + OnDismiss(); +} + +void wxPopupTransientWindow::OnDismiss() +{ + // nothing to do here - but it may be interesting for derived class +} + +bool wxPopupTransientWindow::ProcessLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // no special processing here + return false; +} + +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || ( defined( __WXMAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON ) +void wxPopupTransientWindow::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event) +{ + event.Skip(); + + if (IsShown() && m_child) + { + wxPoint pos = ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition()); + wxRect rect(GetSize()); + + if ( rect.Contains(pos) ) + { + if ( m_child->HasCapture() ) + { + m_child->ReleaseMouse(); + } + } + else + { + if ( !m_child->HasCapture() ) + { + m_child->CaptureMouse(); + } + } + } +} +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX && defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPopupComboWindow +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPopupComboWindow, wxPopupTransientWindow) + EVT_KEY_DOWN(wxPopupComboWindow::OnKeyDown) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxPopupComboWindow::wxPopupComboWindow(wxComboCtrl *parent) + : wxPopupTransientWindow(parent) +{ + m_combo = parent; +} + +bool wxPopupComboWindow::Create(wxComboCtrl *parent) +{ + m_combo = parent; + + return wxPopupWindow::Create(parent); +} + +void wxPopupComboWindow::PositionNearCombo() +{ + // the origin point must be in screen coords + wxPoint ptOrigin = m_combo->ClientToScreen(wxPoint(0,0)); + +#if 0 //def __WXUNIVERSAL__ + // account for the fact that (0, 0) is not the top left corner of the + // window: there is also the border + wxRect rectBorders = m_combo->GetRenderer()-> + GetBorderDimensions(m_combo->GetBorder()); + ptOrigin.x -= rectBorders.x; + ptOrigin.y -= rectBorders.y; +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ + + // position below or above the combobox: the width is 0 to put it exactly + // below us, not to the left or to the right + Position(ptOrigin, wxSize(0, m_combo->GetSize().y)); +} + +void wxPopupComboWindow::OnDismiss() +{ + m_combo->OnPopupDismiss(true); +} + +void wxPopupComboWindow::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + m_combo->ProcessWindowEvent(event); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX && defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPopupWindowHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxPopupWindowHandler::OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + // let the window have it first (we're the first event handler in the chain + // of handlers for this window) + if ( m_popup->ProcessLeftDown(event) ) + { + return; + } + + wxPoint pos = event.GetPosition(); + + // in non-Univ ports the system manages scrollbars for us +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && wxUSE_SCROLLBAR + // scrollbar on which the click occurred + wxWindow *sbar = NULL; +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ && wxUSE_SCROLLBAR + + wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)event.GetEventObject(); + + switch ( win->HitTest(pos.x, pos.y) ) + { + case wxHT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE: + { + // do the coords translation now as after DismissAndNotify() + // m_popup may be destroyed + wxMouseEvent event2(event); + + m_popup->ClientToScreen(&event2.m_x, &event2.m_y); + + // clicking outside a popup dismisses it + m_popup->DismissAndNotify(); + + // dismissing a tooltip shouldn't waste a click, i.e. you + // should be able to dismiss it and press the button with the + // same click, so repost this event to the window beneath us + wxWindow *winUnder = wxFindWindowAtPoint(event2.GetPosition()); + if ( winUnder ) + { + // translate the event coords to the ones of the window + // which is going to get the event + winUnder->ScreenToClient(&event2.m_x, &event2.m_y); + + event2.SetEventObject(winUnder); + wxPostEvent(winUnder->GetEventHandler(), event2); + } + } + break; + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && wxUSE_SCROLLBAR + case wxHT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR: + sbar = win->GetScrollbar(wxHORIZONTAL); + break; + + case wxHT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR: + sbar = win->GetScrollbar(wxVERTICAL); + break; +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ && wxUSE_SCROLLBAR + + default: + // forgot to update the switch after adding a new hit test code? + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected HitTest() return value") ); + // fall through + + case wxHT_WINDOW_CORNER: + // don't actually know if this one is good for anything, but let it + // pass just in case + + case wxHT_WINDOW_INSIDE: + // let the normal processing take place + event.Skip(); + break; + } + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && wxUSE_SCROLLBAR + if ( sbar ) + { + // translate the event coordinates to the scrollbar ones + pos = sbar->ScreenToClient(win->ClientToScreen(pos)); + + // and give the event to it + wxMouseEvent event2 = event; + event2.m_x = pos.x; + event2.m_y = pos.y; + + (void)sbar->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2); + } +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ && wxUSE_SCROLLBAR +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPopupFocusHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxPopupFocusHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) +{ + // when we lose focus we always disappear - unless it goes to the popup (in + // which case we don't really lose it) + wxWindow *win = event.GetWindow(); + while ( win ) + { + if ( win == m_popup ) + return; + win = win->GetParent(); + } + + m_popup->DismissAndNotify(); +} + +void wxPopupFocusHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + // we can be associated with the popup itself in which case we should avoid + // infinite recursion + static int s_inside; + wxRecursionGuard guard(s_inside); + if ( guard.IsInside() ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + // let the window have it first, it might process the keys + if ( !m_popup->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + // by default, dismiss the popup + m_popup->DismissAndNotify(); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_POPUPWIN diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/powercmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/powercmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ffd7cde09d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/powercmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/powercmn.cpp +// Purpose: power event types and stubs for power functions +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-05-27 +// RCS-ID: $Id: powercmn.cpp 58718 2009-02-07 18:59:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/power.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +#ifdef wxHAS_POWER_EVENTS + wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING, wxPowerEvent ); + wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED, wxPowerEvent ); + wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL, wxPowerEvent ); + wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_POWER_RESUME, wxPowerEvent ); + + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPowerEvent, wxEvent) +#endif + +// provide stubs for the systems not implementing these functions +#if !defined(__WXPALMOS__) && !defined(__WXMSW__) + +wxPowerType wxGetPowerType() +{ + return wxPOWER_UNKNOWN; +} + +wxBatteryState wxGetBatteryState() +{ + return wxBATTERY_UNKNOWN_STATE; +} + +#endif // systems without power management functions + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/prntbase.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/prntbase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..068741712b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/prntbase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2123 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/prntbase.cpp +// Purpose: Printing framework base class implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: prntbase.cpp 67186 2011-03-14 11:54:35Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE + +#include "wx/dcprint.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h" + #endif // MSW + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/math.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/layout.h" + #include "wx/choice.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/bmpbuttn.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/textdlg.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif // !WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/prntbase.h" +#include "wx/printdlg.h" +#include "wx/print.h" +#include "wx/dcprint.h" +#include "wx/artprov.h" + +#include +#include + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) +#include "wx/msw/printdlg.h" +#include "wx/msw/dcprint.h" +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) +#include "wx/osx/printdlg.h" +#include "wx/osx/private/print.h" +#include "wx/osx/dcprint.h" +#elif defined(__WXPM__) +#include "wx/os2/dcprint.h" +#include "wx/generic/prntdlgg.h" +#else +#include "wx/generic/prntdlgg.h" +#include "wx/dcps.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #ifndef __WIN32__ + #include + #endif +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintFactory +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxPrintFactory *wxPrintFactory::m_factory = NULL; + +void wxPrintFactory::SetPrintFactory( wxPrintFactory *factory ) +{ + if (wxPrintFactory::m_factory) + delete wxPrintFactory::m_factory; + + wxPrintFactory::m_factory = factory; +} + +wxPrintFactory *wxPrintFactory::GetFactory() +{ + if (!wxPrintFactory::m_factory) + wxPrintFactory::m_factory = new wxNativePrintFactory; + + return wxPrintFactory::m_factory; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNativePrintFactory +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxPrinterBase *wxNativePrintFactory::CreatePrinter( wxPrintDialogData *data ) +{ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + return new wxWindowsPrinter( data ); +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + return new wxMacPrinter( data ); +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + return new wxOS2Printer( data ); +#else + return new wxPostScriptPrinter( data ); +#endif +} + +wxPrintPreviewBase *wxNativePrintFactory::CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview, + wxPrintout *printout, wxPrintDialogData *data ) +{ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + return new wxWindowsPrintPreview( preview, printout, data ); +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + return new wxMacPrintPreview( preview, printout, data ); +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + return new wxOS2PrintPreview( preview, printout, data ); +#else + return new wxPostScriptPrintPreview( preview, printout, data ); +#endif +} + +wxPrintPreviewBase *wxNativePrintFactory::CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview, + wxPrintout *printout, wxPrintData *data ) +{ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + return new wxWindowsPrintPreview( preview, printout, data ); +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + return new wxMacPrintPreview( preview, printout, data ); +#elif defined(__WXPM__) + return new wxOS2PrintPreview( preview, printout, data ); +#else + return new wxPostScriptPrintPreview( preview, printout, data ); +#endif +} + +wxPrintDialogBase *wxNativePrintFactory::CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintDialogData *data ) +{ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + return new wxWindowsPrintDialog( parent, data ); +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + return new wxMacPrintDialog( parent, data ); +#else + return new wxGenericPrintDialog( parent, data ); +#endif +} + +wxPrintDialogBase *wxNativePrintFactory::CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintData *data ) +{ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + return new wxWindowsPrintDialog( parent, data ); +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + return new wxMacPrintDialog( parent, data ); +#else + return new wxGenericPrintDialog( parent, data ); +#endif +} + +wxPageSetupDialogBase *wxNativePrintFactory::CreatePageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPageSetupDialogData *data ) +{ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + return new wxWindowsPageSetupDialog( parent, data ); +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + return new wxMacPageSetupDialog( parent, data ); +#else + return new wxGenericPageSetupDialog( parent, data ); +#endif +} + +bool wxNativePrintFactory::HasPrintSetupDialog() +{ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + return false; +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + return false; +#else + // Only here do we need to provide the print setup + // dialog ourselves, the other platforms either have + // none, don't make it accessible or let you configure + // the printer from the wxPrintDialog anyway. + return true; +#endif + +} + +wxDialog *wxNativePrintFactory::CreatePrintSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintData *data ) +{ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + wxUnusedVar(parent); + wxUnusedVar(data); + return NULL; +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + wxUnusedVar(parent); + wxUnusedVar(data); + return NULL; +#else + // Only here do we need to provide the print setup + // dialog ourselves, the other platforms either have + // none, don't make it accessible or let you configure + // the printer from the wxPrintDialog anyway. + return new wxGenericPrintSetupDialog( parent, data ); +#endif +} + +wxDCImpl* wxNativePrintFactory::CreatePrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ) +{ +#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || ( defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) ) + return new wxPostScriptDCImpl( owner, data ); +#else + return new wxPrinterDCImpl( owner, data ); +#endif +} + +bool wxNativePrintFactory::HasOwnPrintToFile() +{ + // Only relevant for PostScript and here the + // setup dialog provides no "print to file" + // option. In the GNOME setup dialog, the + // setup dialog has its own print to file. + return false; +} + +bool wxNativePrintFactory::HasPrinterLine() +{ + // Only relevant for PostScript for now + return true; +} + +wxString wxNativePrintFactory::CreatePrinterLine() +{ + // Only relevant for PostScript for now + + // We should query "lpstat -d" here + return _("Generic PostScript"); +} + +bool wxNativePrintFactory::HasStatusLine() +{ + // Only relevant for PostScript for now + return true; +} + +wxString wxNativePrintFactory::CreateStatusLine() +{ + // Only relevant for PostScript for now + + // We should query "lpstat -r" or "lpstat -p" here + return _("Ready"); +} + +wxPrintNativeDataBase *wxNativePrintFactory::CreatePrintNativeData() +{ +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + return new wxWindowsPrintNativeData; +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + return wxOSXCreatePrintData(); +#else + return new wxPostScriptPrintNativeData; +#endif +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintNativeDataBase +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPrintNativeDataBase, wxObject) + +wxPrintNativeDataBase::wxPrintNativeDataBase() +{ + m_ref = 1; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintFactoryModule +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxPrintFactoryModule: public wxModule +{ +public: + wxPrintFactoryModule() {} + bool OnInit() { return true; } + void OnExit() { wxPrintFactory::SetPrintFactory( NULL ); } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintFactoryModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintFactoryModule, wxModule) + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrinterBase +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPrinterBase, wxObject) + +wxPrinterBase::wxPrinterBase(wxPrintDialogData *data) +{ + m_currentPrintout = NULL; + sm_abortWindow = NULL; + sm_abortIt = false; + if (data) + m_printDialogData = (*data); + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_NO_ERROR; +} + +wxWindow *wxPrinterBase::sm_abortWindow = NULL; +bool wxPrinterBase::sm_abortIt = false; +wxPrinterError wxPrinterBase::sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_NO_ERROR; + +wxPrinterBase::~wxPrinterBase() +{ +} + +wxWindow *wxPrinterBase::CreateAbortWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout * printout) +{ + wxPrintAbortDialog *dialog = new wxPrintAbortDialog(parent, _("Printing ") , wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE); + + wxBoxSizer *button_sizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + button_sizer->Add( new wxStaticText(dialog, wxID_ANY, _("Please wait while printing\n") + printout->GetTitle() ), 0, wxALL, 10 ); + button_sizer->Add( new wxButton( dialog, wxID_CANCEL, wxT("Cancel") ), 0, wxALL | wxALIGN_CENTER, 10 ); + + dialog->SetAutoLayout( true ); + dialog->SetSizer( button_sizer ); + + button_sizer->Fit(dialog); + button_sizer->SetSizeHints (dialog) ; + + return dialog; +} + +void wxPrinterBase::ReportError(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *WXUNUSED(printout), const wxString& message) +{ + wxMessageBox(message, _("Printing Error"), wxOK, parent); +} + +wxPrintDialogData& wxPrinterBase::GetPrintDialogData() const +{ + return (wxPrintDialogData&) m_printDialogData; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrinter +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPrinter, wxPrinterBase) + +wxPrinter::wxPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data) +{ + m_pimpl = wxPrintFactory::GetFactory()->CreatePrinter( data ); +} + +wxPrinter::~wxPrinter() +{ + delete m_pimpl; +} + +wxWindow *wxPrinter::CreateAbortWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout) +{ + return m_pimpl->CreateAbortWindow( parent, printout ); +} + +void wxPrinter::ReportError(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, const wxString& message) +{ + m_pimpl->ReportError( parent, printout, message ); +} + +bool wxPrinter::Setup(wxWindow *parent) +{ + return m_pimpl->Setup( parent ); +} + +bool wxPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt) +{ + if ( !prompt && m_printDialogData.GetToPage() == 0 ) + { + // If the dialog is not shown, set the pages range to print everything + // by default (as otherwise we wouldn't print anything at all which is + // certainly not a reasonable default behaviour). + int minPage, maxPage, selFrom, selTo; + printout->GetPageInfo(&minPage, &maxPage, &selFrom, &selTo); + + wxPrintDialogData& pdd = m_pimpl->GetPrintDialogData(); + pdd.SetFromPage(minPage); + pdd.SetToPage(maxPage); + } + + return m_pimpl->Print( parent, printout, prompt ); +} + +wxDC* wxPrinter::PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent) +{ + return m_pimpl->PrintDialog( parent ); +} + +wxPrintDialogData& wxPrinter::GetPrintDialogData() const +{ + return m_pimpl->GetPrintDialogData(); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintDialogBase: the dialog for printing. +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPrintDialogBase, wxDialog) + +wxPrintDialogBase::wxPrintDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &title, + const wxPoint &pos, + const wxSize &size, + long style) + : wxDialog( parent, id, title.empty() ? wxString(_("Print")) : title, + pos, size, style ) +{ +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintDialog: the dialog for printing +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPrintDialog, wxObject) + +wxPrintDialog::wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data) +{ + m_pimpl = wxPrintFactory::GetFactory()->CreatePrintDialog( parent, data ); +} + +wxPrintDialog::wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data) +{ + m_pimpl = wxPrintFactory::GetFactory()->CreatePrintDialog( parent, data ); +} + +wxPrintDialog::~wxPrintDialog() +{ + delete m_pimpl; +} + +int wxPrintDialog::ShowModal() +{ + return m_pimpl->ShowModal(); +} + +wxPrintDialogData& wxPrintDialog::GetPrintDialogData() +{ + return m_pimpl->GetPrintDialogData(); +} + +wxPrintData& wxPrintDialog::GetPrintData() +{ + return m_pimpl->GetPrintData(); +} + +wxDC *wxPrintDialog::GetPrintDC() +{ + return m_pimpl->GetPrintDC(); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPageSetupDialogBase: the page setup dialog +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogBase, wxDialog) + +wxPageSetupDialogBase::wxPageSetupDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &title, + const wxPoint &pos, + const wxSize &size, + long style) + : wxDialog( parent, id, title.empty() ? wxString(_("Page setup")) : title, + pos, size, style ) +{ +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPageSetupDialog: the page setup dialog +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialog, wxObject) + +wxPageSetupDialog::wxPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupDialogData *data ) +{ + m_pimpl = wxPrintFactory::GetFactory()->CreatePageSetupDialog( parent, data ); +} + +wxPageSetupDialog::~wxPageSetupDialog() +{ + delete m_pimpl; +} + +int wxPageSetupDialog::ShowModal() +{ + return m_pimpl->ShowModal(); +} + +wxPageSetupDialogData& wxPageSetupDialog::GetPageSetupDialogData() +{ + return m_pimpl->GetPageSetupDialogData(); +} + +// old name +wxPageSetupDialogData& wxPageSetupDialog::GetPageSetupData() +{ + return m_pimpl->GetPageSetupDialogData(); +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintAbortDialog +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPrintAbortDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_CANCEL, wxPrintAbortDialog::OnCancel) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxPrintAbortDialog::OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPrinterBase::sm_abortIt = true; + wxPrinterBase::sm_abortWindow->Show(false); + wxPrinterBase::sm_abortWindow->Close(true); + wxPrinterBase::sm_abortWindow->Destroy(); + wxPrinterBase::sm_abortWindow = NULL; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintout +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPrintout, wxObject) + +wxPrintout::wxPrintout(const wxString& title) +{ + m_printoutTitle = title ; + m_printoutDC = NULL; + m_pageWidthMM = 0; + m_pageHeightMM = 0; + m_pageWidthPixels = 0; + m_pageHeightPixels = 0; + m_PPIScreenX = 0; + m_PPIScreenY = 0; + m_PPIPrinterX = 0; + m_PPIPrinterY = 0; + m_preview = NULL; +} + +wxPrintout::~wxPrintout() +{ +} + +bool wxPrintout::OnBeginDocument(int WXUNUSED(startPage), int WXUNUSED(endPage)) +{ + return GetDC()->StartDoc(_("Printing ") + m_printoutTitle); +} + +void wxPrintout::OnEndDocument() +{ + GetDC()->EndDoc(); +} + +void wxPrintout::OnBeginPrinting() +{ +} + +void wxPrintout::OnEndPrinting() +{ +} + +bool wxPrintout::HasPage(int page) +{ + return (page == 1); +} + +void wxPrintout::GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, int *fromPage, int *toPage) +{ + *minPage = 1; + *maxPage = 32000; + *fromPage = 1; + *toPage = 1; +} + +void wxPrintout::FitThisSizeToPaper(const wxSize& imageSize) +{ + // Set the DC scale and origin so that the given image size fits within the + // entire page and the origin is at the top left corner of the page. Note + // that with most printers, portions of the page will be non-printable. Use + // this if you're managing your own page margins. + if (!m_printoutDC) return; + wxRect paperRect = GetPaperRectPixels(); + wxCoord pw, ph; + GetPageSizePixels(&pw, &ph); + wxCoord w, h; + m_printoutDC->GetSize(&w, &h); + float scaleX = ((float(paperRect.width) * w) / (float(pw) * imageSize.x)); + float scaleY = ((float(paperRect.height) * h) / (float(ph) * imageSize.y)); + float actualScale = wxMin(scaleX, scaleY); + m_printoutDC->SetUserScale(actualScale, actualScale); + m_printoutDC->SetDeviceOrigin(0, 0); + wxRect logicalPaperRect = GetLogicalPaperRect(); + SetLogicalOrigin(logicalPaperRect.x, logicalPaperRect.y); +} + +void wxPrintout::FitThisSizeToPage(const wxSize& imageSize) +{ + // Set the DC scale and origin so that the given image size fits within the + // printable area of the page and the origin is at the top left corner of + // the printable area. + if (!m_printoutDC) return; + int w, h; + m_printoutDC->GetSize(&w, &h); + float scaleX = float(w) / imageSize.x; + float scaleY = float(h) / imageSize.y; + float actualScale = wxMin(scaleX, scaleY); + m_printoutDC->SetUserScale(actualScale, actualScale); + m_printoutDC->SetDeviceOrigin(0, 0); +} + +void wxPrintout::FitThisSizeToPageMargins(const wxSize& imageSize, const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData) +{ + // Set the DC scale and origin so that the given image size fits within the + // page margins defined in the given wxPageSetupDialogData object and the + // origin is at the top left corner of the page margins. + if (!m_printoutDC) return; + wxRect paperRect = GetPaperRectPixels(); + wxCoord pw, ph; + GetPageSizePixels(&pw, &ph); + wxPoint topLeft = pageSetupData.GetMarginTopLeft(); + wxPoint bottomRight = pageSetupData.GetMarginBottomRight(); + wxCoord mw, mh; + GetPageSizeMM(&mw, &mh); + float mmToDeviceX = float(pw) / mw; + float mmToDeviceY = float(ph) / mh; + wxRect pageMarginsRect(paperRect.x + wxRound(mmToDeviceX * topLeft.x), + paperRect.y + wxRound(mmToDeviceY * topLeft.y), + paperRect.width - wxRound(mmToDeviceX * (topLeft.x + bottomRight.x)), + paperRect.height - wxRound(mmToDeviceY * (topLeft.y + bottomRight.y))); + wxCoord w, h; + m_printoutDC->GetSize(&w, &h); + float scaleX = (float(pageMarginsRect.width) * w) / (float(pw) * imageSize.x); + float scaleY = (float(pageMarginsRect.height) * h) / (float(ph) * imageSize.y); + float actualScale = wxMin(scaleX, scaleY); + m_printoutDC->SetUserScale(actualScale, actualScale); + m_printoutDC->SetDeviceOrigin(0, 0); + wxRect logicalPageMarginsRect = GetLogicalPageMarginsRect(pageSetupData); + SetLogicalOrigin(logicalPageMarginsRect.x, logicalPageMarginsRect.y); +} + +void wxPrintout::MapScreenSizeToPaper() +{ + // Set the DC scale so that an image on the screen is the same size on the + // paper and the origin is at the top left of the paper. Note that with most + // printers, portions of the page will be cut off. Use this if you're + // managing your own page margins. + if (!m_printoutDC) return; + MapScreenSizeToPage(); + wxRect logicalPaperRect = GetLogicalPaperRect(); + SetLogicalOrigin(logicalPaperRect.x, logicalPaperRect.y); +} + +void wxPrintout::MapScreenSizeToPage() +{ + // Set the DC scale and origin so that an image on the screen is the same + // size on the paper and the origin is at the top left of the printable area. + if (!m_printoutDC) return; + int ppiScreenX, ppiScreenY; + GetPPIScreen(&ppiScreenX, &ppiScreenY); + int ppiPrinterX, ppiPrinterY; + GetPPIPrinter(&ppiPrinterX, &ppiPrinterY); + int w, h; + m_printoutDC->GetSize(&w, &h); + int pageSizePixelsX, pageSizePixelsY; + GetPageSizePixels(&pageSizePixelsX, &pageSizePixelsY); + float userScaleX = (float(ppiPrinterX) * w) / (float(ppiScreenX) * pageSizePixelsX); + float userScaleY = (float(ppiPrinterY) * h) / (float(ppiScreenY) * pageSizePixelsY); + m_printoutDC->SetUserScale(userScaleX, userScaleY); + m_printoutDC->SetDeviceOrigin(0, 0); +} + +void wxPrintout::MapScreenSizeToPageMargins(const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData) +{ + // Set the DC scale so that an image on the screen is the same size on the + // paper and the origin is at the top left of the page margins defined by + // the given wxPageSetupDialogData object. + if (!m_printoutDC) return; + MapScreenSizeToPage(); + wxRect logicalPageMarginsRect = GetLogicalPageMarginsRect(pageSetupData); + SetLogicalOrigin(logicalPageMarginsRect.x, logicalPageMarginsRect.y); +} + +void wxPrintout::MapScreenSizeToDevice() +{ + // Set the DC scale so that a screen pixel is the same size as a device + // pixel and the origin is at the top left of the printable area. + if (!m_printoutDC) return; + int w, h; + m_printoutDC->GetSize(&w, &h); + int pageSizePixelsX, pageSizePixelsY; + GetPageSizePixels(&pageSizePixelsX, &pageSizePixelsY); + float userScaleX = float(w) / pageSizePixelsX; + float userScaleY = float(h) / pageSizePixelsY; + m_printoutDC->SetUserScale(userScaleX, userScaleY); + m_printoutDC->SetDeviceOrigin(0, 0); +} + +wxRect wxPrintout::GetLogicalPaperRect() const +{ + // Return the rectangle in logical units that corresponds to the paper + // rectangle. + wxRect paperRect = GetPaperRectPixels(); + wxCoord pw, ph; + GetPageSizePixels(&pw, &ph); + wxCoord w, h; + m_printoutDC->GetSize(&w, &h); + if (w == pw && h == ph) { + // this DC matches the printed page, so no scaling + return wxRect(m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalX(paperRect.x), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalY(paperRect.y), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalXRel(paperRect.width), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalYRel(paperRect.height)); + } + // This DC doesn't match the printed page, so we have to scale. + float scaleX = float(w) / pw; + float scaleY = float(h) / ph; + return wxRect(m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalX(wxRound(paperRect.x * scaleX)), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalY(wxRound(paperRect.y * scaleY)), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalXRel(wxRound(paperRect.width * scaleX)), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalYRel(wxRound(paperRect.height * scaleY))); +} + +wxRect wxPrintout::GetLogicalPageRect() const +{ + // Return the rectangle in logical units that corresponds to the printable + // area. + int w, h; + m_printoutDC->GetSize(&w, &h); + return wxRect(m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalX(0), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalY(0), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalXRel(w), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalYRel(h)); +} + +wxRect wxPrintout::GetLogicalPageMarginsRect(const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData) const +{ + // Return the rectangle in logical units that corresponds to the region + // within the page margins as specified by the given wxPageSetupDialogData + // object. + + // We get the paper size in device units and the margins in mm, + // so we need to calculate the conversion with this trick + wxCoord pw, ph; + GetPageSizePixels(&pw, &ph); + wxCoord mw, mh; + GetPageSizeMM(&mw, &mh); + float mmToDeviceX = float(pw) / mw; + float mmToDeviceY = float(ph) / mh; + + // paper size in device units + wxRect paperRect = GetPaperRectPixels(); + + // margins in mm + wxPoint topLeft = pageSetupData.GetMarginTopLeft(); + wxPoint bottomRight = pageSetupData.GetMarginBottomRight(); + + // calculate margins in device units + wxRect pageMarginsRect( + paperRect.x + wxRound(mmToDeviceX * topLeft.x), + paperRect.y + wxRound(mmToDeviceY * topLeft.y), + paperRect.width - wxRound(mmToDeviceX * (topLeft.x + bottomRight.x)), + paperRect.height - wxRound(mmToDeviceY * (topLeft.y + bottomRight.y))); + + wxCoord w, h; + m_printoutDC->GetSize(&w, &h); + if (w == pw && h == ph) + { + // this DC matches the printed page, so no scaling + return wxRect( + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalX(pageMarginsRect.x), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalY(pageMarginsRect.y), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalXRel(pageMarginsRect.width), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalYRel(pageMarginsRect.height)); + } + + // This DC doesn't match the printed page, so we have to scale. + float scaleX = float(w) / pw; + float scaleY = float(h) / ph; + return wxRect(m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalX(wxRound(pageMarginsRect.x * scaleX)), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalY(wxRound(pageMarginsRect.y * scaleY)), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalXRel(wxRound(pageMarginsRect.width * scaleX)), + m_printoutDC->DeviceToLogicalYRel(wxRound(pageMarginsRect.height * scaleY))); +} + +void wxPrintout::SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) +{ + // Set the device origin by specifying a point in logical coordinates. + m_printoutDC->SetDeviceOrigin( + m_printoutDC->LogicalToDeviceX(x), + m_printoutDC->LogicalToDeviceY(y) ); +} + +void wxPrintout::OffsetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord xoff, wxCoord yoff) +{ + // Offset the device origin by a specified distance in device coordinates. + wxPoint dev_org = m_printoutDC->GetDeviceOrigin(); + m_printoutDC->SetDeviceOrigin( + dev_org.x + m_printoutDC->LogicalToDeviceXRel(xoff), + dev_org.y + m_printoutDC->LogicalToDeviceYRel(yoff) ); +} + + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPreviewCanvas +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPreviewCanvas, wxWindow) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPreviewCanvas, wxScrolledWindow) + EVT_PAINT(wxPreviewCanvas::OnPaint) + EVT_CHAR(wxPreviewCanvas::OnChar) + EVT_IDLE(wxPreviewCanvas::OnIdle) + EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxPreviewCanvas::OnSysColourChanged) +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + EVT_MOUSEWHEEL(wxPreviewCanvas::OnMouseWheel) +#endif +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// VZ: the current code doesn't refresh properly without +// wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE, this must be fixed as otherwise we have +// really horrible flicker when resizing the preview frame, but without +// this style it simply doesn't work correctly at all... +wxPreviewCanvas::wxPreviewCanvas(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview, wxWindow *parent, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long style, const wxString& name): +wxScrolledWindow(parent, wxID_ANY, pos, size, style | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE, name) +{ + m_printPreview = preview; +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // The app workspace colour is always white, but we should have + // a contrast with the page. + wxSystemColour colourIndex = wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW; +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + wxSystemColour colourIndex = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE; +#else + wxSystemColour colourIndex = wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE; +#endif + SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(colourIndex)); + + SetScrollbars(10, 10, 100, 100); +} + +wxPreviewCanvas::~wxPreviewCanvas() +{ +} + +void wxPreviewCanvas::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + PrepareDC( dc ); + +/* +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + if (!GetUpdateRegion().IsEmpty()) + dc.SetClippingRegion( GetUpdateRegion() ); +#endif +*/ + + if (m_printPreview) + { + m_printPreview->PaintPage(this, dc); + } +} + +void wxPreviewCanvas::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event) +{ + event.Skip(); + + // prevent UpdatePageRendering() from being called recursively: + static bool s_inIdle = false; + if ( s_inIdle ) + return; + s_inIdle = true; + + if ( m_printPreview ) + { + if ( m_printPreview->UpdatePageRendering() ) + Refresh(); + } + + s_inIdle = false; +} + +// Responds to colour changes, and passes event on to children. +void wxPreviewCanvas::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event) +{ +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // The app workspace colour is always white, but we should have + // a contrast with the page. + wxSystemColour colourIndex = wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW; +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + wxSystemColour colourIndex = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE; +#else + wxSystemColour colourIndex = wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE; +#endif + SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(colourIndex)); + Refresh(); + + // Propagate the event to the non-top-level children + wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged(event); +} + +void wxPreviewCanvas::OnChar(wxKeyEvent &event) +{ + wxPreviewControlBar* controlBar = ((wxPreviewFrame*) GetParent())->GetControlBar(); + switch (event.GetKeyCode()) + { + case WXK_RETURN: + controlBar->OnPrint(); + return; + case (int)'+': + case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: + case WXK_ADD: + controlBar->DoZoomIn(); + return; + case (int)'-': + case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: + case WXK_SUBTRACT: + controlBar->DoZoomOut(); + return; + } + + if (!event.ControlDown()) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + switch(event.GetKeyCode()) + { + case WXK_PAGEDOWN: + controlBar->OnNext(); break; + case WXK_PAGEUP: + controlBar->OnPrevious(); break; + case WXK_HOME: + controlBar->OnFirst(); break; + case WXK_END: + controlBar->OnLast(); break; + default: + event.Skip(); + } +} + +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + +void wxPreviewCanvas::OnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + wxPreviewControlBar * + controlBar = wxStaticCast(GetParent(), wxPreviewFrame)->GetControlBar(); + + if ( controlBar ) + { + if ( event.ControlDown() && event.GetWheelRotation() != 0 ) + { + int currentZoom = controlBar->GetZoomControl(); + + int delta; + if ( currentZoom < 100 ) + delta = 5; + else if ( currentZoom <= 120 ) + delta = 10; + else + delta = 50; + + if ( event.GetWheelRotation() > 0 ) + delta = -delta; + + int newZoom = currentZoom + delta; + if ( newZoom < 10 ) + newZoom = 10; + if ( newZoom > 200 ) + newZoom = 200; + if ( newZoom != currentZoom ) + { + controlBar->SetZoomControl(newZoom); + m_printPreview->SetZoom(newZoom); + Refresh(); + } + return; + } + } + + event.Skip(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintPageTextCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This text control contains the page number in the interval specified during +// its construction. Invalid pages are not accepted and the control contents is +// validated when it loses focus. Conversely, if the user changes the page to +// another valid one or presses Enter, OnGotoPage() method of the preview object +// will be called. +class wxPrintPageTextCtrl : public wxTextCtrl +{ +public: + wxPrintPageTextCtrl(wxPreviewControlBar *preview, int minPage, int maxPage) + : wxTextCtrl(preview, + wxID_PREVIEW_GOTO, + PageAsString(minPage), + wxDefaultPosition, + // We use hardcoded 99999 for the width instead of fitting + // it to the values we can show because the control looks + // uncomfortably narrow if the real page number is just + // one or two digits. + wxSize(preview->GetTextExtent("99999").x, wxDefaultCoord), + wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + , wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_DIGITS) +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + ), + m_preview(preview), + m_minPage(minPage), + m_maxPage(maxPage) + { + m_page = minPage; + + Connect(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, + wxFocusEventHandler(wxPrintPageTextCtrl::OnKillFocus)); + Connect(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER, + wxCommandEventHandler(wxPrintPageTextCtrl::OnTextEnter)); + } + + // Helpers to conveniently set or get the current page number. Return value + // is 0 if the current controls contents is invalid. + void SetPageNumber(int page) + { + wxASSERT( IsValidPage(page) ); + + SetValue(PageAsString(page)); + } + + int GetPageNumber() const + { + long value; + if ( !GetValue().ToLong(&value) || !IsValidPage(value) ) + return 0; + + // Cast is safe because the value is less than (int) m_maxPage. + return static_cast(value); + } + +private: + static wxString PageAsString(int page) + { + return wxString::Format("%d", page); + } + + bool IsValidPage(int page) const + { + return page >= m_minPage && page <= m_maxPage; + } + + bool DoChangePage() + { + const int page = GetPageNumber(); + + if ( !page ) + return false; + + if ( page != m_page ) + { + // We have a valid page, remember it. + m_page = page; + + // And notify the owner about the change. + m_preview->OnGotoPage(); + } + //else: Nothing really changed. + + return true; + } + + void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) + { + if ( !DoChangePage() ) + { + // The current contents is invalid so reset it back to the last + // known good page index. + SetPageNumber(m_page); + } + + event.Skip(); + } + + void OnTextEnter(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) + { + DoChangePage(); + } + + + wxPreviewControlBar * const m_preview; + + const int m_minPage, + m_maxPage; + + // This is the last valid page value that we had, we revert to it if an + // invalid page is entered. + int m_page; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintPageTextCtrl); +}; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPreviewControlBar +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPreviewControlBar, wxWindow) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPreviewControlBar, wxPanel) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_PREVIEW_CLOSE, wxPreviewControlBar::OnWindowClose) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_PREVIEW_PRINT, wxPreviewControlBar::OnPrintButton) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_PREVIEW_PREVIOUS, wxPreviewControlBar::OnPreviousButton) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_PREVIEW_NEXT, wxPreviewControlBar::OnNextButton) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_PREVIEW_FIRST, wxPreviewControlBar::OnFirstButton) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_PREVIEW_LAST, wxPreviewControlBar::OnLastButton) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM_IN, wxPreviewControlBar::OnZoomInButton) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM_OUT, wxPreviewControlBar::OnZoomOutButton) + + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_PREVIEW_PREVIOUS, wxPreviewControlBar::OnUpdatePreviousButton) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_PREVIEW_NEXT, wxPreviewControlBar::OnUpdateNextButton) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_PREVIEW_FIRST, wxPreviewControlBar::OnUpdateFirstButton) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_PREVIEW_LAST, wxPreviewControlBar::OnUpdateLastButton) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM_IN, wxPreviewControlBar::OnUpdateZoomInButton) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM_OUT, wxPreviewControlBar::OnUpdateZoomOutButton) + + EVT_CHOICE(wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM, wxPreviewControlBar::OnZoomChoice) + EVT_PAINT(wxPreviewControlBar::OnPaint) + +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxPreviewControlBar::wxPreviewControlBar(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview, long buttons, + wxWindow *parent, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + long style, const wxString& name): +wxPanel(parent, wxID_ANY, pos, size, style, name) +{ + m_printPreview = preview; + m_closeButton = NULL; + m_zoomControl = NULL; + m_currentPageText = NULL; + m_buttonFlags = buttons; +} + +wxPreviewControlBar::~wxPreviewControlBar() +{ +} + +void wxPreviewControlBar::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + + int w, h; + GetSize(&w, &h); + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + dc.DrawLine( 0, h-1, w, h-1 ); +} + +void wxPreviewControlBar::OnWindowClose(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPreviewFrame *frame = (wxPreviewFrame *)GetParent(); + frame->Close(true); +} + +void wxPreviewControlBar::OnPrint(void) +{ + wxPrintPreviewBase *preview = GetPrintPreview(); + preview->Print(true); +} + +void wxPreviewControlBar::OnNext() +{ + if ( IsNextEnabled() ) + DoGotoPage(GetPrintPreview()->GetCurrentPage() + 1); +} + +void wxPreviewControlBar::OnPrevious() +{ + if ( IsPreviousEnabled() ) + DoGotoPage(GetPrintPreview()->GetCurrentPage() - 1); +} + +void wxPreviewControlBar::OnFirst() +{ + if ( IsFirstEnabled() ) + DoGotoPage(GetPrintPreview()->GetMinPage()); +} + +void wxPreviewControlBar::OnLast() +{ + if ( IsLastEnabled() ) + DoGotoPage(GetPrintPreview()->GetMaxPage()); +} + +bool wxPreviewControlBar::IsNextEnabled() const +{ + wxPrintPreviewBase *preview = GetPrintPreview(); + if ( !preview ) + return false; + + const int currentPage = preview->GetCurrentPage(); + return currentPage < preview->GetMaxPage() && + preview->GetPrintout()->HasPage(currentPage + 1); +} + +bool wxPreviewControlBar::IsPreviousEnabled() const +{ + wxPrintPreviewBase *preview = GetPrintPreview(); + if ( !preview ) + return false; + + const int currentPage = preview->GetCurrentPage(); + return currentPage > preview->GetMinPage() && + preview->GetPrintout()->HasPage(currentPage - 1); +} + +bool wxPreviewControlBar::IsFirstEnabled() const +{ + wxPrintPreviewBase *preview = GetPrintPreview(); + if (!preview) + return false; + + return preview->GetPrintout()->HasPage(preview->GetMinPage()); +} + +bool wxPreviewControlBar::IsLastEnabled() const +{ + wxPrintPreviewBase *preview = GetPrintPreview(); + if (!preview) + return false; + + return preview->GetPrintout()->HasPage(preview->GetMaxPage()); +} + +void wxPreviewControlBar::DoGotoPage(int page) +{ + wxPrintPreviewBase *preview = GetPrintPreview(); + wxCHECK_RET( preview, "Shouldn't be called if there is no preview." ); + + preview->SetCurrentPage(page); + + if ( m_currentPageText ) + m_currentPageText->SetPageNumber(page); +} + +void wxPreviewControlBar::OnGotoPage() +{ + wxPrintPreviewBase *preview = GetPrintPreview(); + if (preview) + { + if (preview->GetMinPage() > 0) + { + long currentPage = m_currentPageText->GetPageNumber(); + if ( currentPage ) + { + if (preview->GetPrintout()->HasPage(currentPage)) + { + preview->SetCurrentPage(currentPage); + } + } + } + } +} + +void wxPreviewControlBar::DoZoom() +{ + int zoom = GetZoomControl(); + if (GetPrintPreview()) + GetPrintPreview()->SetZoom(zoom); +} + +bool wxPreviewControlBar::IsZoomInEnabled() const +{ + if ( !m_zoomControl ) + return false; + + const unsigned sel = m_zoomControl->GetSelection(); + return sel < m_zoomControl->GetCount() - 1; +} + +bool wxPreviewControlBar::IsZoomOutEnabled() const +{ + return m_zoomControl && m_zoomControl->GetSelection() > 0; +} + +void wxPreviewControlBar::DoZoomIn() +{ + if (IsZoomInEnabled()) + { + m_zoomControl->SetSelection(m_zoomControl->GetSelection() + 1); + DoZoom(); + } +} + +void wxPreviewControlBar::DoZoomOut() +{ + if (IsZoomOutEnabled()) + { + m_zoomControl->SetSelection(m_zoomControl->GetSelection() - 1); + DoZoom(); + } +} + +namespace +{ + +// Helper class used by wxPreviewControlBar::CreateButtons() to add buttons +// sequentially to it in the simplest way possible. +class SizerWithButtons +{ +public: + // Constructor creates the sizer that will hold the buttons and stores the + // parent that will be used for their creation. + SizerWithButtons(wxWindow *parent) + : m_sizer(new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL)), + m_parent(parent) + { + m_hasContents = + m_needsSeparator = false; + } + + // Destructor associates the sizer with the parent window. + ~SizerWithButtons() + { + m_parent->SetSizer(m_sizer); + m_sizer->Fit(m_parent); + } + + + // Add an arbitrary window to the sizer. + void Add(wxWindow *win) + { + if ( m_needsSeparator ) + { + m_needsSeparator = false; + + m_sizer->AddSpacer(2*wxSizerFlags::GetDefaultBorder()); + } + + m_hasContents = true; + + m_sizer->Add(win, + wxSizerFlags().Border(wxLEFT | wxTOP | wxBOTTOM).Center()); + } + + // Add a button with the specified id, bitmap and tooltip. + void AddButton(wxWindowID btnId, + const wxArtID& artId, + const wxString& tooltip) + { + // We don't use (smaller) images inside a button with a text label but + // rather toolbar-like bitmap buttons hence use wxART_TOOLBAR and not + // wxART_BUTTON here. + wxBitmap bmp = wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(artId, wxART_TOOLBAR); + wxBitmapButton * const btn = new wxBitmapButton(m_parent, btnId, bmp); + btn->SetToolTip(tooltip); + + Add(btn); + } + + // Add a control at the right end of the window. This should be called last + // as everything else added after it will be added on the right side too. + void AddAtEnd(wxWindow *win) + { + m_sizer->AddStretchSpacer(); + m_sizer->Add(win, + wxSizerFlags().Border(wxTOP | wxBOTTOM | wxRIGHT).Center()); + } + + // Indicates the end of a group of buttons, a separator will be added after + // it. + void EndOfGroup() + { + if ( m_hasContents ) + { + m_needsSeparator = true; + m_hasContents = false; + } + } + +private: + wxSizer * const m_sizer; + wxWindow * const m_parent; + + // If true, we have some controls since the last group beginning. This is + // used to avoid inserting two consecutive separators if EndOfGroup() is + // called twice. + bool m_hasContents; + + // If true, a separator should be inserted before adding the next button. + bool m_needsSeparator; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(SizerWithButtons); +}; + +} // anonymous namespace + +void wxPreviewControlBar::CreateButtons() +{ + SizerWithButtons sizer(this); + + // Print button group (a single button). + if (m_buttonFlags & wxPREVIEW_PRINT) + { + sizer.AddButton(wxID_PREVIEW_PRINT, wxART_PRINT, _("Print")); + sizer.EndOfGroup(); + } + + // Page selection buttons group. + if (m_buttonFlags & wxPREVIEW_FIRST) + { + sizer.AddButton(wxID_PREVIEW_FIRST, wxART_GOTO_FIRST, _("First page")); + } + + if (m_buttonFlags & wxPREVIEW_PREVIOUS) + { + sizer.AddButton(wxID_PREVIEW_PREVIOUS, wxART_GO_BACK, _("Previous page")); + } + + if (m_buttonFlags & wxPREVIEW_GOTO) + { + int minPage, maxPage, pageFrom, pageTo; + m_printPreview->GetPrintout()->GetPageInfo(&minPage, &maxPage, + &pageFrom, &pageTo); + + m_currentPageText = new wxPrintPageTextCtrl(this, minPage, maxPage); + sizer.Add(m_currentPageText); + + wxStaticText * + maxPageText = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, + wxString::Format("/ %d", maxPage)); + + sizer.Add(maxPageText); + } + + if (m_buttonFlags & wxPREVIEW_NEXT) + { + sizer.AddButton(wxID_PREVIEW_NEXT, wxART_GO_FORWARD, _("Next page")); + } + + if (m_buttonFlags & wxPREVIEW_LAST) + { + sizer.AddButton(wxID_PREVIEW_LAST, wxART_GOTO_LAST, _("Last page")); + } + + sizer.EndOfGroup(); + + // Zoom controls group. + if (m_buttonFlags & wxPREVIEW_ZOOM) + { + sizer.AddButton(wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM_OUT, wxART_MINUS, _("Zoom Out")); + + wxString choices[] = + { + wxT("10%"), wxT("15%"), wxT("20%"), wxT("25%"), wxT("30%"), wxT("35%"), wxT("40%"), wxT("45%"), wxT("50%"), wxT("55%"), + wxT("60%"), wxT("65%"), wxT("70%"), wxT("75%"), wxT("80%"), wxT("85%"), wxT("90%"), wxT("95%"), wxT("100%"), wxT("110%"), + wxT("120%"), wxT("150%"), wxT("200%") + }; + int n = WXSIZEOF(choices); + + m_zoomControl = new wxChoice( this, wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(70,wxDefaultCoord), n, choices, 0 ); + sizer.Add(m_zoomControl); + SetZoomControl(m_printPreview->GetZoom()); + + sizer.AddButton(wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM_IN, wxART_PLUS, _("Zoom In")); + + sizer.EndOfGroup(); + } + + // Close button group (single button again). + m_closeButton = new wxButton(this, wxID_PREVIEW_CLOSE, _("&Close")); + sizer.AddAtEnd(m_closeButton); +} + +void wxPreviewControlBar::SetZoomControl(int zoom) +{ + if (m_zoomControl) + { + int n, count = m_zoomControl->GetCount(); + long val; + for (n=0; nGetString(n).BeforeFirst(wxT('%')).ToLong(&val) && + (val >= long(zoom))) + { + m_zoomControl->SetSelection(n); + return; + } + } + + m_zoomControl->SetSelection(count-1); + } +} + +int wxPreviewControlBar::GetZoomControl() +{ + if (m_zoomControl && (m_zoomControl->GetStringSelection() != wxEmptyString)) + { + long val; + if (m_zoomControl->GetStringSelection().BeforeFirst(wxT('%')).ToLong(&val)) + return int(val); + } + + return 0; +} + + +/* +* Preview frame +*/ + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPreviewFrame, wxFrame) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPreviewFrame, wxFrame) + EVT_CHAR_HOOK(wxPreviewFrame::OnChar) + EVT_CLOSE(wxPreviewFrame::OnCloseWindow) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxPreviewFrame::OnChar(wxKeyEvent &event) +{ + if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_ESCAPE ) + { + Close(true); + } + else + { + event.Skip(); + } +} + +wxPreviewFrame::wxPreviewFrame(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview, wxWindow *parent, const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long style, const wxString& name): +wxFrame(parent, wxID_ANY, title, pos, size, style, name) +{ + m_printPreview = preview; + m_controlBar = NULL; + m_previewCanvas = NULL; + m_windowDisabler = NULL; + + // Give the application icon +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + wxFrame* topFrame = wxDynamicCast(wxTheApp->GetTopWindow(), wxFrame); + if (topFrame) + SetIcons(topFrame->GetIcons()); +#endif +} + +wxPreviewFrame::~wxPreviewFrame() +{ +} + +void wxPreviewFrame::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if (m_windowDisabler) + delete m_windowDisabler; + + // Need to delete the printout and the print preview + wxPrintout *printout = m_printPreview->GetPrintout(); + if (printout) + { + delete printout; + m_printPreview->SetPrintout(NULL); + m_printPreview->SetCanvas(NULL); + m_printPreview->SetFrame(NULL); + } + + m_previewCanvas->SetPreview(NULL); + wxDELETE(m_printPreview); + + Destroy(); +} + +void wxPreviewFrame::Initialize() +{ +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + CreateStatusBar(); +#endif + CreateCanvas(); + CreateControlBar(); + + m_printPreview->SetCanvas(m_previewCanvas); + m_printPreview->SetFrame(this); + + wxBoxSizer *item0 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + item0->Add( m_controlBar, 0, wxGROW|wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL, 5 ); + item0->Add( m_previewCanvas, 1, wxGROW|wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL, 5 ); + + SetAutoLayout( true ); + SetSizer( item0 ); + + m_windowDisabler = new wxWindowDisabler(this); + + Layout(); + + m_printPreview->AdjustScrollbars(m_previewCanvas); + m_previewCanvas->SetFocus(); + m_controlBar->SetFocus(); +} + +void wxPreviewFrame::CreateCanvas() +{ + m_previewCanvas = new wxPreviewCanvas(m_printPreview, this); +} + +void wxPreviewFrame::CreateControlBar() +{ + long buttons = wxPREVIEW_DEFAULT; + if (m_printPreview->GetPrintoutForPrinting()) + buttons |= wxPREVIEW_PRINT; + + m_controlBar = new wxPreviewControlBar(m_printPreview, buttons, this); + m_controlBar->CreateButtons(); +} + +/* +* Print preview +*/ + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPrintPreviewBase, wxObject) + +wxPrintPreviewBase::wxPrintPreviewBase(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintData *data) +{ + if (data) + m_printDialogData = (*data); + + Init(printout, printoutForPrinting); +} + +wxPrintPreviewBase::wxPrintPreviewBase(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintDialogData *data) +{ + if (data) + m_printDialogData = (*data); + + Init(printout, printoutForPrinting); +} + +void wxPrintPreviewBase::Init(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting) +{ + m_isOk = true; + m_previewPrintout = printout; + if (m_previewPrintout) + m_previewPrintout->SetPreview(static_cast(this)); + + m_printPrintout = printoutForPrinting; + + m_previewCanvas = NULL; + m_previewFrame = NULL; + m_previewBitmap = NULL; + m_previewFailed = false; + m_currentPage = 1; + m_currentZoom = 70; + m_topMargin = + m_leftMargin = 2*wxSizerFlags::GetDefaultBorder(); + m_pageWidth = 0; + m_pageHeight = 0; + m_printingPrepared = false; + m_minPage = 1; + m_maxPage = 1; +} + +wxPrintPreviewBase::~wxPrintPreviewBase() +{ + if (m_previewPrintout) + delete m_previewPrintout; + if (m_previewBitmap) + delete m_previewBitmap; + if (m_printPrintout) + delete m_printPrintout; +} + +bool wxPrintPreviewBase::SetCurrentPage(int pageNum) +{ + if (m_currentPage == pageNum) + return true; + + m_currentPage = pageNum; + + InvalidatePreviewBitmap(); + + if (m_previewCanvas) + { + AdjustScrollbars(m_previewCanvas); + + m_previewCanvas->Refresh(); + m_previewCanvas->SetFocus(); + } + return true; +} + +int wxPrintPreviewBase::GetCurrentPage() const + { return m_currentPage; } +void wxPrintPreviewBase::SetPrintout(wxPrintout *printout) + { m_previewPrintout = printout; } +wxPrintout *wxPrintPreviewBase::GetPrintout() const + { return m_previewPrintout; } +wxPrintout *wxPrintPreviewBase::GetPrintoutForPrinting() const + { return m_printPrintout; } +void wxPrintPreviewBase::SetFrame(wxFrame *frame) + { m_previewFrame = frame; } +void wxPrintPreviewBase::SetCanvas(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas) + { m_previewCanvas = canvas; } +wxFrame *wxPrintPreviewBase::GetFrame() const + { return m_previewFrame; } +wxPreviewCanvas *wxPrintPreviewBase::GetCanvas() const + { return m_previewCanvas; } + +void wxPrintPreviewBase::CalcRects(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxRect& pageRect, wxRect& paperRect) +{ + // Calculate the rectangles for the printable area of the page and the + // entire paper as they appear on the canvas on-screen. + int canvasWidth, canvasHeight; + canvas->GetSize(&canvasWidth, &canvasHeight); + + float zoomScale = float(m_currentZoom) / 100; + float screenPrintableWidth = zoomScale * m_pageWidth * m_previewScaleX; + float screenPrintableHeight = zoomScale * m_pageHeight * m_previewScaleY; + + wxRect devicePaperRect = m_previewPrintout->GetPaperRectPixels(); + wxCoord devicePrintableWidth, devicePrintableHeight; + m_previewPrintout->GetPageSizePixels(&devicePrintableWidth, &devicePrintableHeight); + float scaleX = screenPrintableWidth / devicePrintableWidth; + float scaleY = screenPrintableHeight / devicePrintableHeight; + paperRect.width = wxCoord(scaleX * devicePaperRect.width); + paperRect.height = wxCoord(scaleY * devicePaperRect.height); + + paperRect.x = wxCoord((canvasWidth - paperRect.width)/ 2.0); + if (paperRect.x < m_leftMargin) + paperRect.x = m_leftMargin; + paperRect.y = wxCoord((canvasHeight - paperRect.height)/ 2.0); + if (paperRect.y < m_topMargin) + paperRect.y = m_topMargin; + + pageRect.x = paperRect.x - wxCoord(scaleX * devicePaperRect.x); + pageRect.y = paperRect.y - wxCoord(scaleY * devicePaperRect.y); + pageRect.width = wxCoord(screenPrintableWidth); + pageRect.height = wxCoord(screenPrintableHeight); +} + + +void wxPrintPreviewBase::InvalidatePreviewBitmap() +{ + wxDELETE(m_previewBitmap); + // if there was a problem with rendering the preview, try again now + // that it changed in some way (less memory may be needed, for example): + m_previewFailed = false; +} + +bool wxPrintPreviewBase::UpdatePageRendering() +{ + if ( m_previewBitmap ) + return false; + + if ( m_previewFailed ) + return false; + + if ( !RenderPage(m_currentPage) ) + { + m_previewFailed = true; // don't waste time failing again + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxPrintPreviewBase::PaintPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc) +{ + DrawBlankPage(canvas, dc); + + if (!m_previewBitmap) + return false; + if (!canvas) + return false; + + wxRect pageRect, paperRect; + CalcRects(canvas, pageRect, paperRect); + wxMemoryDC temp_dc; + temp_dc.SelectObject(*m_previewBitmap); + + dc.Blit(pageRect.x, pageRect.y, + m_previewBitmap->GetWidth(), m_previewBitmap->GetHeight(), &temp_dc, 0, 0); + + temp_dc.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + return true; +} + +// Adjusts the scrollbars for the current scale +void wxPrintPreviewBase::AdjustScrollbars(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas) +{ + if (!canvas) + return ; + + wxRect pageRect, paperRect; + CalcRects(canvas, pageRect, paperRect); + int totalWidth = paperRect.width + 2 * m_leftMargin; + int totalHeight = paperRect.height + 2 * m_topMargin; + int scrollUnitsX = totalWidth / 10; + int scrollUnitsY = totalHeight / 10; + wxSize virtualSize = canvas->GetVirtualSize(); + if (virtualSize.GetWidth() != totalWidth || virtualSize.GetHeight() != totalHeight) + canvas->SetScrollbars(10, 10, scrollUnitsX, scrollUnitsY, 0, 0, true); +} + +bool wxPrintPreviewBase::RenderPageIntoDC(wxDC& dc, int pageNum) +{ + m_previewPrintout->SetDC(&dc); + m_previewPrintout->SetPageSizePixels(m_pageWidth, m_pageHeight); + + // Need to delay OnPreparePrinting() until here, so we have enough + // information. + if (!m_printingPrepared) + { + m_previewPrintout->OnPreparePrinting(); + int selFrom, selTo; + m_previewPrintout->GetPageInfo(&m_minPage, &m_maxPage, &selFrom, &selTo); + m_printingPrepared = true; + } + + m_previewPrintout->OnBeginPrinting(); + + if (!m_previewPrintout->OnBeginDocument(m_printDialogData.GetFromPage(), m_printDialogData.GetToPage())) + { + wxMessageBox(_("Could not start document preview."), _("Print Preview Failure"), wxOK); + return false; + } + + m_previewPrintout->OnPrintPage(pageNum); + m_previewPrintout->OnEndDocument(); + m_previewPrintout->OnEndPrinting(); + + m_previewPrintout->SetDC(NULL); + + return true; +} + +bool wxPrintPreviewBase::RenderPageIntoBitmap(wxBitmap& bmp, int pageNum) +{ + wxMemoryDC memoryDC; + memoryDC.SelectObject(bmp); + memoryDC.Clear(); + + return RenderPageIntoDC(memoryDC, pageNum); +} + +bool wxPrintPreviewBase::RenderPage(int pageNum) +{ + wxBusyCursor busy; + + if (!m_previewCanvas) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxPrintPreviewBase::RenderPage: must use wxPrintPreviewBase::SetCanvas to let me know about the canvas!")); + return false; + } + + wxRect pageRect, paperRect; + CalcRects(m_previewCanvas, pageRect, paperRect); + + if (!m_previewBitmap) + { + m_previewBitmap = new wxBitmap(pageRect.width, pageRect.height); + + if (!m_previewBitmap || !m_previewBitmap->Ok()) + { + InvalidatePreviewBitmap(); + wxMessageBox(_("Sorry, not enough memory to create a preview."), _("Print Preview Failure"), wxOK); + return false; + } + } + + if ( !RenderPageIntoBitmap(*m_previewBitmap, pageNum) ) + { + InvalidatePreviewBitmap(); + wxMessageBox(_("Sorry, not enough memory to create a preview."), _("Print Preview Failure"), wxOK); + return false; + } + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + wxString status; + if (m_maxPage != 0) + status = wxString::Format(_("Page %d of %d"), pageNum, m_maxPage); + else + status = wxString::Format(_("Page %d"), pageNum); + + if (m_previewFrame) + m_previewFrame->SetStatusText(status); +#endif + + return true; +} + +bool wxPrintPreviewBase::DrawBlankPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc) +{ + wxRect pageRect, paperRect; + + CalcRects(canvas, pageRect, paperRect); + + // Draw shadow, allowing for 1-pixel border AROUND the actual paper + wxCoord shadowOffset = 4; + + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.SetBrush(*wxBLACK_BRUSH); + dc.DrawRectangle(paperRect.x + shadowOffset, paperRect.y + paperRect.height + 1, + paperRect.width, shadowOffset); + + dc.DrawRectangle(paperRect.x + paperRect.width, paperRect.y + shadowOffset, + shadowOffset, paperRect.height); + + // Draw blank page allowing for 1-pixel border AROUND the actual paper + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH); + dc.DrawRectangle(paperRect.x - 2, paperRect.y - 1, + paperRect.width + 3, paperRect.height + 2); + + return true; +} + +void wxPrintPreviewBase::SetZoom(int percent) +{ + if (m_currentZoom == percent) + return; + + m_currentZoom = percent; + + InvalidatePreviewBitmap(); + + if (m_previewCanvas) + { + AdjustScrollbars(m_previewCanvas); + ((wxScrolledWindow *) m_previewCanvas)->Scroll(0, 0); + m_previewCanvas->ClearBackground(); + m_previewCanvas->Refresh(); + m_previewCanvas->SetFocus(); + } +} + +wxPrintDialogData& wxPrintPreviewBase::GetPrintDialogData() +{ + return m_printDialogData; +} + +int wxPrintPreviewBase::GetZoom() const +{ return m_currentZoom; } +int wxPrintPreviewBase::GetMaxPage() const +{ return m_maxPage; } +int wxPrintPreviewBase::GetMinPage() const +{ return m_minPage; } +bool wxPrintPreviewBase::IsOk() const +{ return m_isOk; } +void wxPrintPreviewBase::SetOk(bool ok) +{ m_isOk = ok; } + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintPreview +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPrintPreview, wxPrintPreviewBase) + +wxPrintPreview::wxPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintDialogData *data) : + wxPrintPreviewBase( printout, printoutForPrinting, data ) +{ + m_pimpl = wxPrintFactory::GetFactory()-> + CreatePrintPreview( printout, printoutForPrinting, data ); +} + +wxPrintPreview::wxPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintData *data ) : + wxPrintPreviewBase( printout, printoutForPrinting, data ) +{ + m_pimpl = wxPrintFactory::GetFactory()-> + CreatePrintPreview( printout, printoutForPrinting, data ); +} + +wxPrintPreview::~wxPrintPreview() +{ + delete m_pimpl; + + // don't delete twice + m_printPrintout = NULL; + m_previewPrintout = NULL; + m_previewBitmap = NULL; +} + +bool wxPrintPreview::SetCurrentPage(int pageNum) +{ + return m_pimpl->SetCurrentPage( pageNum ); +} + +int wxPrintPreview::GetCurrentPage() const +{ + return m_pimpl->GetCurrentPage(); +} + +void wxPrintPreview::SetPrintout(wxPrintout *printout) +{ + m_pimpl->SetPrintout( printout ); +} + +wxPrintout *wxPrintPreview::GetPrintout() const +{ + return m_pimpl->GetPrintout(); +} + +wxPrintout *wxPrintPreview::GetPrintoutForPrinting() const +{ + return m_pimpl->GetPrintoutForPrinting(); +} + +void wxPrintPreview::SetFrame(wxFrame *frame) +{ + m_pimpl->SetFrame( frame ); +} + +void wxPrintPreview::SetCanvas(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas) +{ + m_pimpl->SetCanvas( canvas ); +} + +wxFrame *wxPrintPreview::GetFrame() const +{ + return m_pimpl->GetFrame(); +} + +wxPreviewCanvas *wxPrintPreview::GetCanvas() const +{ + return m_pimpl->GetCanvas(); +} + +bool wxPrintPreview::PaintPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc) +{ + return m_pimpl->PaintPage( canvas, dc ); +} + +bool wxPrintPreview::UpdatePageRendering() +{ + return m_pimpl->UpdatePageRendering(); +} + +bool wxPrintPreview::DrawBlankPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc) +{ + return m_pimpl->DrawBlankPage( canvas, dc ); +} + +void wxPrintPreview::AdjustScrollbars(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas) +{ + m_pimpl->AdjustScrollbars( canvas ); +} + +bool wxPrintPreview::RenderPage(int pageNum) +{ + return m_pimpl->RenderPage( pageNum ); +} + +void wxPrintPreview::SetZoom(int percent) +{ + m_pimpl->SetZoom( percent ); +} + +int wxPrintPreview::GetZoom() const +{ + return m_pimpl->GetZoom(); +} + +wxPrintDialogData& wxPrintPreview::GetPrintDialogData() +{ + return m_pimpl->GetPrintDialogData(); +} + +int wxPrintPreview::GetMaxPage() const +{ + return m_pimpl->GetMaxPage(); +} + +int wxPrintPreview::GetMinPage() const +{ + return m_pimpl->GetMinPage(); +} + +bool wxPrintPreview::IsOk() const +{ + return m_pimpl->Ok(); +} + +void wxPrintPreview::SetOk(bool ok) +{ + m_pimpl->SetOk( ok ); +} + +bool wxPrintPreview::Print(bool interactive) +{ + return m_pimpl->Print( interactive ); +} + +void wxPrintPreview::DetermineScaling() +{ + m_pimpl->DetermineScaling(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/process.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/process.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..53b717f475 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/process.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/process.cpp +// Purpose: Process termination classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin to check error codes, added Detach() method +// Created: 24/06/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: process.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/process.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event tables and such +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_END_PROCESS, wxProcessEvent ); + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxProcess, wxEvtHandler) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxProcessEvent, wxEvent) + +// ============================================================================ +// wxProcess implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxProcess creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxProcess::Init(wxEvtHandler *parent, int id, int flags) +{ + if ( parent ) + SetNextHandler(parent); + + m_id = id; + m_pid = 0; + m_redirect = (flags & wxPROCESS_REDIRECT) != 0; + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + m_inputStream = NULL; + m_errorStream = NULL; + m_outputStream = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS +} + +/* static */ +wxProcess *wxProcess::Open(const wxString& cmd, int flags) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !(flags & wxEXEC_SYNC), wxT("wxEXEC_SYNC should not be used." )); + wxProcess *process = new wxProcess(wxPROCESS_REDIRECT); + long pid = wxExecute(cmd, flags, process); + if( !pid ) + { + // couldn't launch the process + delete process; + return NULL; + } + + process->SetPid(pid); + + return process; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxProcess termination +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxProcess::~wxProcess() +{ +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + delete m_inputStream; + delete m_errorStream; + delete m_outputStream; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS +} + +void wxProcess::OnTerminate(int pid, int status) +{ + wxProcessEvent event(m_id, pid, status); + + if ( !ProcessEvent(event) ) + delete this; + //else: the object which processed the event is responsible for deleting + // us! +} + +void wxProcess::Detach() +{ + // we just detach from the next handler of the chain (i.e. our "parent" -- see ctor) + // not also from the previous handler like wxEvtHandler::Unlink() would do: + + if (m_nextHandler) + m_nextHandler->SetPreviousHandler(m_previousHandler); + + m_nextHandler = NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// process IO redirection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +void wxProcess::SetPipeStreams(wxInputStream *inputSstream, + wxOutputStream *outputStream, + wxInputStream *errorStream) +{ + m_inputStream = inputSstream; + m_errorStream = errorStream; + m_outputStream = outputStream; +} + +bool wxProcess::IsInputOpened() const +{ + return m_inputStream && m_inputStream->GetLastError() != wxSTREAM_EOF; +} + +bool wxProcess::IsInputAvailable() const +{ + return m_inputStream && m_inputStream->CanRead(); +} + +bool wxProcess::IsErrorAvailable() const +{ + return m_errorStream && m_errorStream->CanRead(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// process killing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +wxKillError wxProcess::Kill(int pid, wxSignal sig, int flags) +{ + wxKillError rc; + (void)wxKill(pid, sig, &rc, flags); + + return rc; +} + +/* static */ +bool wxProcess::Exists(int pid) +{ + switch ( Kill(pid, wxSIGNONE) ) + { + case wxKILL_OK: + case wxKILL_ACCESS_DENIED: + return true; + + default: + case wxKILL_ERROR: + case wxKILL_BAD_SIGNAL: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected wxProcess::Kill() return code") ); + // fall through + + case wxKILL_NO_PROCESS: + return false; + } +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/protocol.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/protocol.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15bef775b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/protocol.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/protocol.cpp +// Purpose: Implement protocol base class +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 07/07/1997 +// RCS-ID: $Id: protocol.cpp 61774 2009-08-28 10:44:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL + +#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h" +#include "wx/protocol/log.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/url.h" +#include "wx/log.h" + +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxProtoInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxProtoInfo, wxObject) + +wxProtoInfo::wxProtoInfo(const wxChar *name, const wxChar *serv, + const bool need_host1, wxClassInfo *info) + : m_protoname(name), + m_servname(serv) +{ + m_cinfo = info; + m_needhost = need_host1; +#if wxUSE_URL + next = wxURL::ms_protocols; + wxURL::ms_protocols = this; +#else + next = NULL; +#endif +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxProtocol +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxProtocol, wxSocketClient) +#else +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxProtocol, wxObject) +#endif + +wxProtocol::wxProtocol() +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + : wxSocketClient() +#endif +{ + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + m_log = NULL; + SetDefaultTimeout(60); // default timeout is 60 seconds +} + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS +bool wxProtocol::Reconnect() +{ + wxIPV4address addr; + + if (!GetPeer(addr)) + { + Close(); + return false; + } + + if (!Close()) + return false; + + if (!Connect(addr)) + return false; + + return true; +} + +void wxProtocol::SetDefaultTimeout(wxUint32 Value) +{ + m_uiDefaultTimeout = Value; +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + wxSocketBase::SetTimeout(Value); // sets it for this socket +#endif +} + +wxProtocol::~wxProtocol() +{ + delete m_log; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Read a line from socket +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +wxProtocolError wxProtocol::ReadLine(wxSocketBase *sock, wxString& result) +{ + static const int LINE_BUF = 4095; + + result.clear(); + + wxCharBuffer buf(LINE_BUF); + char *pBuf = buf.data(); + while ( sock->WaitForRead() ) + { + // peek at the socket to see if there is a CRLF + sock->Peek(pBuf, LINE_BUF); + + size_t nRead = sock->LastCount(); + if ( !nRead && sock->Error() ) + return wxPROTO_NETERR; + + // look for "\r\n" paying attention to a special case: "\r\n" could + // have been split by buffer boundary, so check also for \r at the end + // of the last chunk and \n at the beginning of this one + pBuf[nRead] = '\0'; + const char *eol = strchr(pBuf, '\n'); + + // if we found '\n', is there a '\r' as well? + if ( eol ) + { + if ( eol == pBuf ) + { + // check for case of "\r\n" being split + if ( result.empty() || result.Last() != wxT('\r') ) + { + // ignore the stray '\n' + eol = NULL; + } + //else: ok, got real EOL + + // read just this '\n' and restart + nRead = 1; + } + else // '\n' in the middle of the buffer + { + // in any case, read everything up to and including '\n' + nRead = eol - pBuf + 1; + + if ( eol[-1] != '\r' ) + { + // as above, simply ignore stray '\n' + eol = NULL; + } + } + } + + sock->Read(pBuf, nRead); + if ( sock->LastCount() != nRead ) + return wxPROTO_NETERR; + + pBuf[nRead] = '\0'; + result += wxString::FromAscii(pBuf); + + if ( eol ) + { + // remove trailing "\r\n" + result.RemoveLast(2); + + return wxPROTO_NOERR; + } + } + + return wxPROTO_NETERR; +} + +wxProtocolError wxProtocol::ReadLine(wxString& result) +{ + return ReadLine(this, result); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// logging +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxProtocol::SetLog(wxProtocolLog *log) +{ + delete m_log; + m_log = log; +} + +void wxProtocol::LogRequest(const wxString& str) +{ + if ( m_log ) + m_log->LogRequest(str); +} + +void wxProtocol::LogResponse(const wxString& str) +{ + if ( m_log ) + m_log->LogResponse(str); +} + +void wxProtocolLog::DoLogString(const wxString& str) +{ + wxUnusedVar(str); // unused if wxLogTrace() is disabled + wxLogTrace(m_traceMask, "%s", str); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/quantize.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/quantize.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b740ec0f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/quantize.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1656 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/quantize.cpp +// Purpose: wxQuantize implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 22/6/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: quantize.cpp 50694 2007-12-14 22:35:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Thomas G. Lane, Vaclav Slavik, Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence + JPEG library licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + * jquant2.c + * + * Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane. + * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file. + * + * This file contains 2-pass color quantization (color mapping) routines. + * These routines provide selection of a custom color map for an image, + * followed by mapping of the image to that color map, with optional + * Floyd-Steinberg dithering. + * It is also possible to use just the second pass to map to an arbitrary + * externally-given color map. + * + * Note: ordered dithering is not supported, since there isn't any fast + * way to compute intercolor distances; it's unclear that ordered dither's + * fundamental assumptions even hold with an irregularly spaced color map. + */ + +/* modified by Vaclav Slavik for use as jpeglib-independent module */ + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + +#include "wx/quantize.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/palette.h" + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/private.h" +#endif + +#include +#include + +#if defined(__OS2__) +#define RGB_RED_OS2 0 +#define RGB_GREEN_OS2 1 +#define RGB_BLUE_OS2 2 +#else +#define RGB_RED 0 +#define RGB_GREEN 1 +#define RGB_BLUE 2 +#endif +#define RGB_PIXELSIZE 3 + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 255 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 128 +#define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE 8 +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#define RIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) ((x) >> (shft)) + +typedef unsigned short UINT16; +typedef signed short INT16; +#if !(defined(__WATCOMC__) && (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__))) +typedef signed int INT32; +#endif + +typedef unsigned char JSAMPLE; +typedef JSAMPLE *JSAMPROW; +typedef JSAMPROW *JSAMPARRAY; +typedef unsigned int JDIMENSION; + +typedef struct { + void *cquantize; + JDIMENSION output_width; + JSAMPARRAY colormap; + int actual_number_of_colors; + int desired_number_of_colors; + JSAMPLE *sample_range_limit, *srl_orig; +} j_decompress; + +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + #define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (__cdecl methodname) arglist +#else + #define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (methodname) arglist +#endif + +typedef j_decompress *j_decompress_ptr; +struct jpeg_color_quantizer { + JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, bool is_pre_scan)); + JMETHOD(void, color_quantize, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, + int num_rows)); + JMETHOD(void, finish_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(void, new_color_map, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +}; + + + + +/* + * This module implements the well-known Heckbert paradigm for color + * quantization. Most of the ideas used here can be traced back to + * Heckbert's seminal paper + * Heckbert, Paul. "Color Image Quantization for Frame Buffer Display", + * Proc. SIGGRAPH '82, Computer Graphics v.16 #3 (July 1982), pp 297-304. + * + * In the first pass over the image, we accumulate a histogram showing the + * usage count of each possible color. To keep the histogram to a reasonable + * size, we reduce the precision of the input; typical practice is to retain + * 5 or 6 bits per color, so that 8 or 4 different input values are counted + * in the same histogram cell. + * + * Next, the color-selection step begins with a box representing the whole + * color space, and repeatedly splits the "largest" remaining box until we + * have as many boxes as desired colors. Then the mean color in each + * remaining box becomes one of the possible output colors. + * + * The second pass over the image maps each input pixel to the closest output + * color (optionally after applying a Floyd-Steinberg dithering correction). + * This mapping is logically trivial, but making it go fast enough requires + * considerable care. + * + * Heckbert-style quantizers vary a good deal in their policies for choosing + * the "largest" box and deciding where to cut it. The particular policies + * used here have proved out well in experimental comparisons, but better ones + * may yet be found. + * + * In earlier versions of the IJG code, this module quantized in YCbCr color + * space, processing the raw upsampled data without a color conversion step. + * This allowed the color conversion math to be done only once per colormap + * entry, not once per pixel. However, that optimization precluded other + * useful optimizations (such as merging color conversion with upsampling) + * and it also interfered with desired capabilities such as quantizing to an + * externally-supplied colormap. We have therefore abandoned that approach. + * The present code works in the post-conversion color space, typically RGB. + * + * To improve the visual quality of the results, we actually work in scaled + * RGB space, giving G distances more weight than R, and R in turn more than + * B. To do everything in integer math, we must use integer scale factors. + * The 2/3/1 scale factors used here correspond loosely to the relative + * weights of the colors in the NTSC grayscale equation. + * If you want to use this code to quantize a non-RGB color space, you'll + * probably need to change these scale factors. + */ + +#define R_SCALE 2 /* scale R distances by this much */ +#define G_SCALE 3 /* scale G distances by this much */ +#define B_SCALE 1 /* and B by this much */ + +/* Relabel R/G/B as components 0/1/2, respecting the RGB ordering defined + * in jmorecfg.h. As the code stands, it will do the right thing for R,G,B + * and B,G,R orders. If you define some other weird order in jmorecfg.h, + * you'll get compile errors until you extend this logic. In that case + * you'll probably want to tweak the histogram sizes too. + */ + +#if defined(__OS2__) + +#if RGB_RED_OS2 == 0 +#define C0_SCALE R_SCALE +#endif +#if RGB_BLUE_OS2 == 0 +#define C0_SCALE B_SCALE +#endif +#if RGB_GREEN_OS2 == 1 +#define C1_SCALE G_SCALE +#endif +#if RGB_RED_OS2 == 2 +#define C2_SCALE R_SCALE +#endif +#if RGB_BLUE_OS2 == 2 +#define C2_SCALE B_SCALE +#endif + +#else + +#if RGB_RED == 0 +#define C0_SCALE R_SCALE +#endif +#if RGB_BLUE == 0 +#define C0_SCALE B_SCALE +#endif +#if RGB_GREEN == 1 +#define C1_SCALE G_SCALE +#endif +#if RGB_RED == 2 +#define C2_SCALE R_SCALE +#endif +#if RGB_BLUE == 2 +#define C2_SCALE B_SCALE +#endif + +#endif + +/* + * First we have the histogram data structure and routines for creating it. + * + * The number of bits of precision can be adjusted by changing these symbols. + * We recommend keeping 6 bits for G and 5 each for R and B. + * If you have plenty of memory and cycles, 6 bits all around gives marginally + * better results; if you are short of memory, 5 bits all around will save + * some space but degrade the results. + * To maintain a fully accurate histogram, we'd need to allocate a "long" + * (preferably unsigned long) for each cell. In practice this is overkill; + * we can get by with 16 bits per cell. Few of the cell counts will overflow, + * and clamping those that do overflow to the maximum value will give close- + * enough results. This reduces the recommended histogram size from 256Kb + * to 128Kb, which is a useful savings on PC-class machines. + * (In the second pass the histogram space is re-used for pixel mapping data; + * in that capacity, each cell must be able to store zero to the number of + * desired colors. 16 bits/cell is plenty for that too.) + * Since the JPEG code is intended to run in small memory model on 80x86 + * machines, we can't just allocate the histogram in one chunk. Instead + * of a true 3-D array, we use a row of pointers to 2-D arrays. Each + * pointer corresponds to a C0 value (typically 2^5 = 32 pointers) and + * each 2-D array has 2^6*2^5 = 2048 or 2^6*2^6 = 4096 entries. Note that + * on 80x86 machines, the pointer row is in near memory but the actual + * arrays are in far memory (same arrangement as we use for image arrays). + */ + +#define MAXNUMCOLORS (MAXJSAMPLE+1) /* maximum size of colormap */ + +/* These will do the right thing for either R,G,B or B,G,R color order, + * but you may not like the results for other color orders. + */ +#define HIST_C0_BITS 5 /* bits of precision in R/B histogram */ +#define HIST_C1_BITS 6 /* bits of precision in G histogram */ +#define HIST_C2_BITS 5 /* bits of precision in B/R histogram */ + +/* Number of elements along histogram axes. */ +#define HIST_C0_ELEMS (1<cquantize; + register JSAMPROW ptr; + register histptr histp; + register hist3d histogram = cquantize->histogram; + int row; + JDIMENSION col; + JDIMENSION width = cinfo->output_width; + + for (row = 0; row < num_rows; row++) { + ptr = input_buf[row]; + for (col = width; col > 0; col--) { + + { + + /* get pixel value and index into the histogram */ + histp = & histogram[GETJSAMPLE(ptr[0]) >> C0_SHIFT] + [GETJSAMPLE(ptr[1]) >> C1_SHIFT] + [GETJSAMPLE(ptr[2]) >> C2_SHIFT]; + /* increment, check for overflow and undo increment if so. */ + if (++(*histp) <= 0) + (*histp)--; + } + ptr += 3; + } + } +} + + +/* + * Next we have the really interesting routines: selection of a colormap + * given the completed histogram. + * These routines work with a list of "boxes", each representing a rectangular + * subset of the input color space (to histogram precision). + */ + +typedef struct { + /* The bounds of the box (inclusive); expressed as histogram indexes */ + int c0min, c0max; + int c1min, c1max; + int c2min, c2max; + /* The volume (actually 2-norm) of the box */ + INT32 volume; + /* The number of nonzero histogram cells within this box */ + long colorcount; +} box; + +typedef box * boxptr; + + +boxptr +find_biggest_color_pop (boxptr boxlist, int numboxes) +/* Find the splittable box with the largest color population */ +/* Returns NULL if no splittable boxes remain */ +{ + register boxptr boxp; + register int i; + register long maxc = 0; + boxptr which = NULL; + + for (i = 0, boxp = boxlist; i < numboxes; i++, boxp++) { + if (boxp->colorcount > maxc && boxp->volume > 0) { + which = boxp; + maxc = boxp->colorcount; + } + } + return which; +} + + +boxptr +find_biggest_volume (boxptr boxlist, int numboxes) +/* Find the splittable box with the largest (scaled) volume */ +/* Returns NULL if no splittable boxes remain */ +{ + register boxptr boxp; + register int i; + register INT32 maxv = 0; + boxptr which = NULL; + + for (i = 0, boxp = boxlist; i < numboxes; i++, boxp++) { + if (boxp->volume > maxv) { + which = boxp; + maxv = boxp->volume; + } + } + return which; +} + + +void +update_box (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boxptr boxp) +/* Shrink the min/max bounds of a box to enclose only nonzero elements, */ +/* and recompute its volume and population */ +{ + my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize; + hist3d histogram = cquantize->histogram; + histptr histp; + int c0,c1,c2; + int c0min,c0max,c1min,c1max,c2min,c2max; + INT32 dist0,dist1,dist2; + long ccount; + + c0min = boxp->c0min; c0max = boxp->c0max; + c1min = boxp->c1min; c1max = boxp->c1max; + c2min = boxp->c2min; c2max = boxp->c2max; + + if (c0max > c0min) + for (c0 = c0min; c0 <= c0max; c0++) + for (c1 = c1min; c1 <= c1max; c1++) { + histp = & histogram[c0][c1][c2min]; + for (c2 = c2min; c2 <= c2max; c2++) + if (*histp++ != 0) { + boxp->c0min = c0min = c0; + goto have_c0min; + } + } + have_c0min: + if (c0max > c0min) + for (c0 = c0max; c0 >= c0min; c0--) + for (c1 = c1min; c1 <= c1max; c1++) { + histp = & histogram[c0][c1][c2min]; + for (c2 = c2min; c2 <= c2max; c2++) + if (*histp++ != 0) { + boxp->c0max = c0max = c0; + goto have_c0max; + } + } + have_c0max: + if (c1max > c1min) + for (c1 = c1min; c1 <= c1max; c1++) + for (c0 = c0min; c0 <= c0max; c0++) { + histp = & histogram[c0][c1][c2min]; + for (c2 = c2min; c2 <= c2max; c2++) + if (*histp++ != 0) { + boxp->c1min = c1min = c1; + goto have_c1min; + } + } + have_c1min: + if (c1max > c1min) + for (c1 = c1max; c1 >= c1min; c1--) + for (c0 = c0min; c0 <= c0max; c0++) { + histp = & histogram[c0][c1][c2min]; + for (c2 = c2min; c2 <= c2max; c2++) + if (*histp++ != 0) { + boxp->c1max = c1max = c1; + goto have_c1max; + } + } + have_c1max: + if (c2max > c2min) + for (c2 = c2min; c2 <= c2max; c2++) + for (c0 = c0min; c0 <= c0max; c0++) { + histp = & histogram[c0][c1min][c2]; + for (c1 = c1min; c1 <= c1max; c1++, histp += HIST_C2_ELEMS) + if (*histp != 0) { + boxp->c2min = c2min = c2; + goto have_c2min; + } + } + have_c2min: + if (c2max > c2min) + for (c2 = c2max; c2 >= c2min; c2--) + for (c0 = c0min; c0 <= c0max; c0++) { + histp = & histogram[c0][c1min][c2]; + for (c1 = c1min; c1 <= c1max; c1++, histp += HIST_C2_ELEMS) + if (*histp != 0) { + boxp->c2max = c2max = c2; + goto have_c2max; + } + } + have_c2max: + + /* Update box volume. + * We use 2-norm rather than real volume here; this biases the method + * against making long narrow boxes, and it has the side benefit that + * a box is splittable iff norm > 0. + * Since the differences are expressed in histogram-cell units, + * we have to shift back to JSAMPLE units to get consistent distances; + * after which, we scale according to the selected distance scale factors. + */ + dist0 = ((c0max - c0min) << C0_SHIFT) * C0_SCALE; + dist1 = ((c1max - c1min) << C1_SHIFT) * C1_SCALE; + dist2 = ((c2max - c2min) << C2_SHIFT) * C2_SCALE; + boxp->volume = dist0*dist0 + dist1*dist1 + dist2*dist2; + + /* Now scan remaining volume of box and compute population */ + ccount = 0; + for (c0 = c0min; c0 <= c0max; c0++) + for (c1 = c1min; c1 <= c1max; c1++) { + histp = & histogram[c0][c1][c2min]; + for (c2 = c2min; c2 <= c2max; c2++, histp++) + if (*histp != 0) { + ccount++; + } + } + boxp->colorcount = ccount; +} + + +int +median_cut (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boxptr boxlist, int numboxes, + int desired_colors) +/* Repeatedly select and split the largest box until we have enough boxes */ +{ + int n,lb; + int c0,c1,c2,cmax; + register boxptr b1,b2; + + while (numboxes < desired_colors) { + /* Select box to split. + * Current algorithm: by population for first half, then by volume. + */ + if ((numboxes*2) <= desired_colors) { + b1 = find_biggest_color_pop(boxlist, numboxes); + } else { + b1 = find_biggest_volume(boxlist, numboxes); + } + if (b1 == NULL) /* no splittable boxes left! */ + break; + b2 = &boxlist[numboxes]; /* where new box will go */ + /* Copy the color bounds to the new box. */ + b2->c0max = b1->c0max; b2->c1max = b1->c1max; b2->c2max = b1->c2max; + b2->c0min = b1->c0min; b2->c1min = b1->c1min; b2->c2min = b1->c2min; + /* Choose which axis to split the box on. + * Current algorithm: longest scaled axis. + * See notes in update_box about scaling distances. + */ + c0 = ((b1->c0max - b1->c0min) << C0_SHIFT) * C0_SCALE; + c1 = ((b1->c1max - b1->c1min) << C1_SHIFT) * C1_SCALE; + c2 = ((b1->c2max - b1->c2min) << C2_SHIFT) * C2_SCALE; + /* We want to break any ties in favor of green, then red, blue last. + * This code does the right thing for R,G,B or B,G,R color orders only. + */ +#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) + +#if RGB_RED_OS2 == 0 + cmax = c1; n = 1; + if (c0 > cmax) { cmax = c0; n = 0; } + if (c2 > cmax) { n = 2; } +#else + cmax = c1; n = 1; + if (c2 > cmax) { cmax = c2; n = 2; } + if (c0 > cmax) { n = 0; } +#endif + +#else + +#if RGB_RED == 0 + cmax = c1; n = 1; + if (c0 > cmax) { cmax = c0; n = 0; } + if (c2 > cmax) { n = 2; } +#else + cmax = c1; n = 1; + if (c2 > cmax) { cmax = c2; n = 2; } + if (c0 > cmax) { n = 0; } +#endif + +#endif + /* Choose split point along selected axis, and update box bounds. + * Current algorithm: split at halfway point. + * (Since the box has been shrunk to minimum volume, + * any split will produce two nonempty subboxes.) + * Note that lb value is max for lower box, so must be < old max. + */ + switch (n) { + case 0: + lb = (b1->c0max + b1->c0min) / 2; + b1->c0max = lb; + b2->c0min = lb+1; + break; + case 1: + lb = (b1->c1max + b1->c1min) / 2; + b1->c1max = lb; + b2->c1min = lb+1; + break; + case 2: + lb = (b1->c2max + b1->c2min) / 2; + b1->c2max = lb; + b2->c2min = lb+1; + break; + } + /* Update stats for boxes */ + update_box(cinfo, b1); + update_box(cinfo, b2); + numboxes++; + } + return numboxes; +} + + +void +compute_color (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boxptr boxp, int icolor) +/* Compute representative color for a box, put it in colormap[icolor] */ +{ + /* Current algorithm: mean weighted by pixels (not colors) */ + /* Note it is important to get the rounding correct! */ + my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize; + hist3d histogram = cquantize->histogram; + histptr histp; + int c0,c1,c2; + int c0min,c0max,c1min,c1max,c2min,c2max; + long count; + long total = 0; + long c0total = 0; + long c1total = 0; + long c2total = 0; + + c0min = boxp->c0min; c0max = boxp->c0max; + c1min = boxp->c1min; c1max = boxp->c1max; + c2min = boxp->c2min; c2max = boxp->c2max; + + for (c0 = c0min; c0 <= c0max; c0++) + for (c1 = c1min; c1 <= c1max; c1++) { + histp = & histogram[c0][c1][c2min]; + for (c2 = c2min; c2 <= c2max; c2++) { + if ((count = *histp++) != 0) { + total += count; + c0total += ((c0 << C0_SHIFT) + ((1<>1)) * count; + c1total += ((c1 << C1_SHIFT) + ((1<>1)) * count; + c2total += ((c2 << C2_SHIFT) + ((1<>1)) * count; + } + } + } + + cinfo->colormap[0][icolor] = (JSAMPLE) ((c0total + (total>>1)) / total); + cinfo->colormap[1][icolor] = (JSAMPLE) ((c1total + (total>>1)) / total); + cinfo->colormap[2][icolor] = (JSAMPLE) ((c2total + (total>>1)) / total); +} + + +static void +select_colors (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int desired_colors) +/* Master routine for color selection */ +{ + boxptr boxlist; + int numboxes; + int i; + + /* Allocate workspace for box list */ + boxlist = (boxptr) malloc(desired_colors * sizeof(box)); + /* Initialize one box containing whole space */ + numboxes = 1; + boxlist[0].c0min = 0; + boxlist[0].c0max = MAXJSAMPLE >> C0_SHIFT; + boxlist[0].c1min = 0; + boxlist[0].c1max = MAXJSAMPLE >> C1_SHIFT; + boxlist[0].c2min = 0; + boxlist[0].c2max = MAXJSAMPLE >> C2_SHIFT; + /* Shrink it to actually-used volume and set its statistics */ + update_box(cinfo, & boxlist[0]); + /* Perform median-cut to produce final box list */ + numboxes = median_cut(cinfo, boxlist, numboxes, desired_colors); + /* Compute the representative color for each box, fill colormap */ + for (i = 0; i < numboxes; i++) + compute_color(cinfo, & boxlist[i], i); + cinfo->actual_number_of_colors = numboxes; + + free(boxlist); //FIXME?? I don't know if this is correct - VS +} + + +/* + * These routines are concerned with the time-critical task of mapping input + * colors to the nearest color in the selected colormap. + * + * We re-use the histogram space as an "inverse color map", essentially a + * cache for the results of nearest-color searches. All colors within a + * histogram cell will be mapped to the same colormap entry, namely the one + * closest to the cell's center. This may not be quite the closest entry to + * the actual input color, but it's almost as good. A zero in the cache + * indicates we haven't found the nearest color for that cell yet; the array + * is cleared to zeroes before starting the mapping pass. When we find the + * nearest color for a cell, its colormap index plus one is recorded in the + * cache for future use. The pass2 scanning routines call fill_inverse_cmap + * when they need to use an unfilled entry in the cache. + * + * Our method of efficiently finding nearest colors is based on the "locally + * sorted search" idea described by Heckbert and on the incremental distance + * calculation described by Spencer W. Thomas in chapter III.1 of Graphics + * Gems II (James Arvo, ed. Academic Press, 1991). Thomas points out that + * the distances from a given colormap entry to each cell of the histogram can + * be computed quickly using an incremental method: the differences between + * distances to adjacent cells themselves differ by a constant. This allows a + * fairly fast implementation of the "brute force" approach of computing the + * distance from every colormap entry to every histogram cell. Unfortunately, + * it needs a work array to hold the best-distance-so-far for each histogram + * cell (because the inner loop has to be over cells, not colormap entries). + * The work array elements have to be INT32s, so the work array would need + * 256Kb at our recommended precision. This is not feasible in DOS machines. + * + * To get around these problems, we apply Thomas' method to compute the + * nearest colors for only the cells within a small subbox of the histogram. + * The work array need be only as big as the subbox, so the memory usage + * problem is solved. Furthermore, we need not fill subboxes that are never + * referenced in pass2; many images use only part of the color gamut, so a + * fair amount of work is saved. An additional advantage of this + * approach is that we can apply Heckbert's locality criterion to quickly + * eliminate colormap entries that are far away from the subbox; typically + * three-fourths of the colormap entries are rejected by Heckbert's criterion, + * and we need not compute their distances to individual cells in the subbox. + * The speed of this approach is heavily influenced by the subbox size: too + * small means too much overhead, too big loses because Heckbert's criterion + * can't eliminate as many colormap entries. Empirically the best subbox + * size seems to be about 1/512th of the histogram (1/8th in each direction). + * + * Thomas' article also describes a refined method which is asymptotically + * faster than the brute-force method, but it is also far more complex and + * cannot efficiently be applied to small subboxes. It is therefore not + * useful for programs intended to be portable to DOS machines. On machines + * with plenty of memory, filling the whole histogram in one shot with Thomas' + * refined method might be faster than the present code --- but then again, + * it might not be any faster, and it's certainly more complicated. + */ + + +/* log2(histogram cells in update box) for each axis; this can be adjusted */ +#define BOX_C0_LOG (HIST_C0_BITS-3) +#define BOX_C1_LOG (HIST_C1_BITS-3) +#define BOX_C2_LOG (HIST_C2_BITS-3) + +#define BOX_C0_ELEMS (1<actual_number_of_colors; + int maxc0, maxc1, maxc2; + int centerc0, centerc1, centerc2; + int i, x, ncolors; + INT32 minmaxdist, min_dist, max_dist, tdist; + INT32 mindist[MAXNUMCOLORS]; /* min distance to colormap entry i */ + + /* Compute true coordinates of update box's upper corner and center. + * Actually we compute the coordinates of the center of the upper-corner + * histogram cell, which are the upper bounds of the volume we care about. + * Note that since ">>" rounds down, the "center" values may be closer to + * min than to max; hence comparisons to them must be "<=", not "<". + */ + maxc0 = minc0 + ((1 << BOX_C0_SHIFT) - (1 << C0_SHIFT)); + centerc0 = (minc0 + maxc0) >> 1; + maxc1 = minc1 + ((1 << BOX_C1_SHIFT) - (1 << C1_SHIFT)); + centerc1 = (minc1 + maxc1) >> 1; + maxc2 = minc2 + ((1 << BOX_C2_SHIFT) - (1 << C2_SHIFT)); + centerc2 = (minc2 + maxc2) >> 1; + + /* For each color in colormap, find: + * 1. its minimum squared-distance to any point in the update box + * (zero if color is within update box); + * 2. its maximum squared-distance to any point in the update box. + * Both of these can be found by considering only the corners of the box. + * We save the minimum distance for each color in mindist[]; + * only the smallest maximum distance is of interest. + */ + minmaxdist = 0x7FFFFFFFL; + + for (i = 0; i < numcolors; i++) { + /* We compute the squared-c0-distance term, then add in the other two. */ + x = GETJSAMPLE(cinfo->colormap[0][i]); + if (x < minc0) { + tdist = (x - minc0) * C0_SCALE; + min_dist = tdist*tdist; + tdist = (x - maxc0) * C0_SCALE; + max_dist = tdist*tdist; + } else if (x > maxc0) { + tdist = (x - maxc0) * C0_SCALE; + min_dist = tdist*tdist; + tdist = (x - minc0) * C0_SCALE; + max_dist = tdist*tdist; + } else { + /* within cell range so no contribution to min_dist */ + min_dist = 0; + if (x <= centerc0) { + tdist = (x - maxc0) * C0_SCALE; + max_dist = tdist*tdist; + } else { + tdist = (x - minc0) * C0_SCALE; + max_dist = tdist*tdist; + } + } + + x = GETJSAMPLE(cinfo->colormap[1][i]); + if (x < minc1) { + tdist = (x - minc1) * C1_SCALE; + min_dist += tdist*tdist; + tdist = (x - maxc1) * C1_SCALE; + max_dist += tdist*tdist; + } else if (x > maxc1) { + tdist = (x - maxc1) * C1_SCALE; + min_dist += tdist*tdist; + tdist = (x - minc1) * C1_SCALE; + max_dist += tdist*tdist; + } else { + /* within cell range so no contribution to min_dist */ + if (x <= centerc1) { + tdist = (x - maxc1) * C1_SCALE; + max_dist += tdist*tdist; + } else { + tdist = (x - minc1) * C1_SCALE; + max_dist += tdist*tdist; + } + } + + x = GETJSAMPLE(cinfo->colormap[2][i]); + if (x < minc2) { + tdist = (x - minc2) * C2_SCALE; + min_dist += tdist*tdist; + tdist = (x - maxc2) * C2_SCALE; + max_dist += tdist*tdist; + } else if (x > maxc2) { + tdist = (x - maxc2) * C2_SCALE; + min_dist += tdist*tdist; + tdist = (x - minc2) * C2_SCALE; + max_dist += tdist*tdist; + } else { + /* within cell range so no contribution to min_dist */ + if (x <= centerc2) { + tdist = (x - maxc2) * C2_SCALE; + max_dist += tdist*tdist; + } else { + tdist = (x - minc2) * C2_SCALE; + max_dist += tdist*tdist; + } + } + + mindist[i] = min_dist; /* save away the results */ + if (max_dist < minmaxdist) + minmaxdist = max_dist; + } + + /* Now we know that no cell in the update box is more than minmaxdist + * away from some colormap entry. Therefore, only colors that are + * within minmaxdist of some part of the box need be considered. + */ + ncolors = 0; + for (i = 0; i < numcolors; i++) { + if (mindist[i] <= minmaxdist) + colorlist[ncolors++] = (JSAMPLE) i; + } + return ncolors; +} + + +static void +find_best_colors (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int minc0, int minc1, int minc2, + int numcolors, JSAMPLE colorlist[], JSAMPLE bestcolor[]) +/* Find the closest colormap entry for each cell in the update box, + * given the list of candidate colors prepared by find_nearby_colors. + * Return the indexes of the closest entries in the bestcolor[] array. + * This routine uses Thomas' incremental distance calculation method to + * find the distance from a colormap entry to successive cells in the box. + */ +{ + int ic0, ic1, ic2; + int i, icolor; + register INT32 * bptr; /* pointer into bestdist[] array */ + JSAMPLE * cptr; /* pointer into bestcolor[] array */ + INT32 dist0, dist1; /* initial distance values */ + register INT32 dist2; /* current distance in inner loop */ + INT32 xx0, xx1; /* distance increments */ + register INT32 xx2; + INT32 inc0, inc1, inc2; /* initial values for increments */ + /* This array holds the distance to the nearest-so-far color for each cell */ + INT32 bestdist[BOX_C0_ELEMS * BOX_C1_ELEMS * BOX_C2_ELEMS]; + + /* Initialize best-distance for each cell of the update box */ + bptr = bestdist; + for (i = BOX_C0_ELEMS*BOX_C1_ELEMS*BOX_C2_ELEMS-1; i >= 0; i--) + *bptr++ = 0x7FFFFFFFL; + + /* For each color selected by find_nearby_colors, + * compute its distance to the center of each cell in the box. + * If that's less than best-so-far, update best distance and color number. + */ + + /* Nominal steps between cell centers ("x" in Thomas article) */ +#define STEP_C0 ((1 << C0_SHIFT) * C0_SCALE) +#define STEP_C1 ((1 << C1_SHIFT) * C1_SCALE) +#define STEP_C2 ((1 << C2_SHIFT) * C2_SCALE) + + for (i = 0; i < numcolors; i++) { + icolor = GETJSAMPLE(colorlist[i]); + /* Compute (square of) distance from minc0/c1/c2 to this color */ + inc0 = (minc0 - GETJSAMPLE(cinfo->colormap[0][icolor])) * C0_SCALE; + dist0 = inc0*inc0; + inc1 = (minc1 - GETJSAMPLE(cinfo->colormap[1][icolor])) * C1_SCALE; + dist0 += inc1*inc1; + inc2 = (minc2 - GETJSAMPLE(cinfo->colormap[2][icolor])) * C2_SCALE; + dist0 += inc2*inc2; + /* Form the initial difference increments */ + inc0 = inc0 * (2 * STEP_C0) + STEP_C0 * STEP_C0; + inc1 = inc1 * (2 * STEP_C1) + STEP_C1 * STEP_C1; + inc2 = inc2 * (2 * STEP_C2) + STEP_C2 * STEP_C2; + /* Now loop over all cells in box, updating distance per Thomas method */ + bptr = bestdist; + cptr = bestcolor; + xx0 = inc0; + for (ic0 = BOX_C0_ELEMS-1; ic0 >= 0; ic0--) { + dist1 = dist0; + xx1 = inc1; + for (ic1 = BOX_C1_ELEMS-1; ic1 >= 0; ic1--) { + dist2 = dist1; + xx2 = inc2; + for (ic2 = BOX_C2_ELEMS-1; ic2 >= 0; ic2--) { + if (dist2 < *bptr) { + *bptr = dist2; + *cptr = (JSAMPLE) icolor; + } + dist2 += xx2; + xx2 += 2 * STEP_C2 * STEP_C2; + bptr++; + cptr++; + } + dist1 += xx1; + xx1 += 2 * STEP_C1 * STEP_C1; + } + dist0 += xx0; + xx0 += 2 * STEP_C0 * STEP_C0; + } + } +} + + +static void +fill_inverse_cmap (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int c0, int c1, int c2) +/* Fill the inverse-colormap entries in the update box that contains */ +/* histogram cell c0/c1/c2. (Only that one cell MUST be filled, but */ +/* we can fill as many others as we wish.) */ +{ + my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize; + hist3d histogram = cquantize->histogram; + int minc0, minc1, minc2; /* lower left corner of update box */ + int ic0, ic1, ic2; + register JSAMPLE * cptr; /* pointer into bestcolor[] array */ + register histptr cachep; /* pointer into main cache array */ + /* This array lists the candidate colormap indexes. */ + JSAMPLE colorlist[MAXNUMCOLORS]; + int numcolors; /* number of candidate colors */ + /* This array holds the actually closest colormap index for each cell. */ + JSAMPLE bestcolor[BOX_C0_ELEMS * BOX_C1_ELEMS * BOX_C2_ELEMS]; + + /* Convert cell coordinates to update box ID */ + c0 >>= BOX_C0_LOG; + c1 >>= BOX_C1_LOG; + c2 >>= BOX_C2_LOG; + + /* Compute true coordinates of update box's origin corner. + * Actually we compute the coordinates of the center of the corner + * histogram cell, which are the lower bounds of the volume we care about. + */ + minc0 = (c0 << BOX_C0_SHIFT) + ((1 << C0_SHIFT) >> 1); + minc1 = (c1 << BOX_C1_SHIFT) + ((1 << C1_SHIFT) >> 1); + minc2 = (c2 << BOX_C2_SHIFT) + ((1 << C2_SHIFT) >> 1); + + /* Determine which colormap entries are close enough to be candidates + * for the nearest entry to some cell in the update box. + */ + numcolors = find_nearby_colors(cinfo, minc0, minc1, minc2, colorlist); + + /* Determine the actually nearest colors. */ + find_best_colors(cinfo, minc0, minc1, minc2, numcolors, colorlist, + bestcolor); + + /* Save the best color numbers (plus 1) in the main cache array */ + c0 <<= BOX_C0_LOG; /* convert ID back to base cell indexes */ + c1 <<= BOX_C1_LOG; + c2 <<= BOX_C2_LOG; + cptr = bestcolor; + for (ic0 = 0; ic0 < BOX_C0_ELEMS; ic0++) { + for (ic1 = 0; ic1 < BOX_C1_ELEMS; ic1++) { + cachep = & histogram[c0+ic0][c1+ic1][c2]; + for (ic2 = 0; ic2 < BOX_C2_ELEMS; ic2++) { + *cachep++ = (histcell) (GETJSAMPLE(*cptr++) + 1); + } + } + } +} + + +/* + * Map some rows of pixels to the output colormapped representation. + */ + +void +pass2_no_dither (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows) +/* This version performs no dithering */ +{ + my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize; + hist3d histogram = cquantize->histogram; + register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr; + register histptr cachep; + register int c0, c1, c2; + int row; + JDIMENSION col; + JDIMENSION width = cinfo->output_width; + + for (row = 0; row < num_rows; row++) { + inptr = input_buf[row]; + outptr = output_buf[row]; + for (col = width; col > 0; col--) { + /* get pixel value and index into the cache */ + c0 = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++) >> C0_SHIFT; + c1 = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++) >> C1_SHIFT; + c2 = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++) >> C2_SHIFT; + cachep = & histogram[c0][c1][c2]; + /* If we have not seen this color before, find nearest colormap entry */ + /* and update the cache */ + if (*cachep == 0) + fill_inverse_cmap(cinfo, c0,c1,c2); + /* Now emit the colormap index for this cell */ + *outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) (*cachep - 1); + } + } +} + + +void +pass2_fs_dither (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows) +/* This version performs Floyd-Steinberg dithering */ +{ + my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize; + hist3d histogram = cquantize->histogram; + register LOCFSERROR cur0, cur1, cur2; /* current error or pixel value */ + LOCFSERROR belowerr0, belowerr1, belowerr2; /* error for pixel below cur */ + LOCFSERROR bpreverr0, bpreverr1, bpreverr2; /* error for below/prev col */ + register FSERRPTR errorptr; /* => fserrors[] at column before current */ + JSAMPROW inptr; /* => current input pixel */ + JSAMPROW outptr; /* => current output pixel */ + histptr cachep; + int dir; /* +1 or -1 depending on direction */ + int dir3; /* 3*dir, for advancing inptr & errorptr */ + int row; + JDIMENSION col; + JDIMENSION width = cinfo->output_width; + JSAMPLE *range_limit = cinfo->sample_range_limit; + int *error_limit = cquantize->error_limiter; + JSAMPROW colormap0 = cinfo->colormap[0]; + JSAMPROW colormap1 = cinfo->colormap[1]; + JSAMPROW colormap2 = cinfo->colormap[2]; + + + for (row = 0; row < num_rows; row++) { + inptr = input_buf[row]; + outptr = output_buf[row]; + if (cquantize->on_odd_row) { + /* work right to left in this row */ + inptr += (width-1) * 3; /* so point to rightmost pixel */ + outptr += width-1; + dir = -1; + dir3 = -3; + errorptr = cquantize->fserrors + (width+1)*3; /* => entry after last column */ + cquantize->on_odd_row = false; /* flip for next time */ + } else { + /* work left to right in this row */ + dir = 1; + dir3 = 3; + errorptr = cquantize->fserrors; /* => entry before first real column */ + cquantize->on_odd_row = true; /* flip for next time */ + } + /* Preset error values: no error propagated to first pixel from left */ + cur0 = cur1 = cur2 = 0; + /* and no error propagated to row below yet */ + belowerr0 = belowerr1 = belowerr2 = 0; + bpreverr0 = bpreverr1 = bpreverr2 = 0; + + for (col = width; col > 0; col--) { + /* curN holds the error propagated from the previous pixel on the + * current line. Add the error propagated from the previous line + * to form the complete error correction term for this pixel, and + * round the error term (which is expressed * 16) to an integer. + * RIGHT_SHIFT rounds towards minus infinity, so adding 8 is correct + * for either sign of the error value. + * Note: errorptr points to *previous* column's array entry. + */ + cur0 = RIGHT_SHIFT(cur0 + errorptr[dir3+0] + 8, 4); + cur1 = RIGHT_SHIFT(cur1 + errorptr[dir3+1] + 8, 4); + cur2 = RIGHT_SHIFT(cur2 + errorptr[dir3+2] + 8, 4); + /* Limit the error using transfer function set by init_error_limit. + * See comments with init_error_limit for rationale. + */ + cur0 = error_limit[cur0]; + cur1 = error_limit[cur1]; + cur2 = error_limit[cur2]; + /* Form pixel value + error, and range-limit to 0..MAXJSAMPLE. + * The maximum error is +- MAXJSAMPLE (or less with error limiting); + * this sets the required size of the range_limit array. + */ + cur0 += GETJSAMPLE(inptr[0]); + cur1 += GETJSAMPLE(inptr[1]); + cur2 += GETJSAMPLE(inptr[2]); + cur0 = GETJSAMPLE(range_limit[cur0]); + cur1 = GETJSAMPLE(range_limit[cur1]); + cur2 = GETJSAMPLE(range_limit[cur2]); + /* Index into the cache with adjusted pixel value */ + cachep = & histogram[cur0>>C0_SHIFT][cur1>>C1_SHIFT][cur2>>C2_SHIFT]; + /* If we have not seen this color before, find nearest colormap */ + /* entry and update the cache */ + if (*cachep == 0) + fill_inverse_cmap(cinfo, cur0>>C0_SHIFT,cur1>>C1_SHIFT,cur2>>C2_SHIFT); + /* Now emit the colormap index for this cell */ + { register int pixcode = *cachep - 1; + *outptr = (JSAMPLE) pixcode; + /* Compute representation error for this pixel */ + cur0 -= GETJSAMPLE(colormap0[pixcode]); + cur1 -= GETJSAMPLE(colormap1[pixcode]); + cur2 -= GETJSAMPLE(colormap2[pixcode]); + } + /* Compute error fractions to be propagated to adjacent pixels. + * Add these into the running sums, and simultaneously shift the + * next-line error sums left by 1 column. + */ + { register LOCFSERROR bnexterr, delta; + + bnexterr = cur0; /* Process component 0 */ + delta = cur0 * 2; + cur0 += delta; /* form error * 3 */ + errorptr[0] = (FSERROR) (bpreverr0 + cur0); + cur0 += delta; /* form error * 5 */ + bpreverr0 = belowerr0 + cur0; + belowerr0 = bnexterr; + cur0 += delta; /* form error * 7 */ + bnexterr = cur1; /* Process component 1 */ + delta = cur1 * 2; + cur1 += delta; /* form error * 3 */ + errorptr[1] = (FSERROR) (bpreverr1 + cur1); + cur1 += delta; /* form error * 5 */ + bpreverr1 = belowerr1 + cur1; + belowerr1 = bnexterr; + cur1 += delta; /* form error * 7 */ + bnexterr = cur2; /* Process component 2 */ + delta = cur2 * 2; + cur2 += delta; /* form error * 3 */ + errorptr[2] = (FSERROR) (bpreverr2 + cur2); + cur2 += delta; /* form error * 5 */ + bpreverr2 = belowerr2 + cur2; + belowerr2 = bnexterr; + cur2 += delta; /* form error * 7 */ + } + /* At this point curN contains the 7/16 error value to be propagated + * to the next pixel on the current line, and all the errors for the + * next line have been shifted over. We are therefore ready to move on. + */ + inptr += dir3; /* Advance pixel pointers to next column */ + outptr += dir; + errorptr += dir3; /* advance errorptr to current column */ + } + /* Post-loop cleanup: we must unload the final error values into the + * final fserrors[] entry. Note we need not unload belowerrN because + * it is for the dummy column before or after the actual array. + */ + errorptr[0] = (FSERROR) bpreverr0; /* unload prev errs into array */ + errorptr[1] = (FSERROR) bpreverr1; + errorptr[2] = (FSERROR) bpreverr2; + } +} + + +/* + * Initialize the error-limiting transfer function (lookup table). + * The raw F-S error computation can potentially compute error values of up to + * +- MAXJSAMPLE. But we want the maximum correction applied to a pixel to be + * much less, otherwise obviously wrong pixels will be created. (Typical + * effects include weird fringes at color-area boundaries, isolated bright + * pixels in a dark area, etc.) The standard advice for avoiding this problem + * is to ensure that the "corners" of the color cube are allocated as output + * colors; then repeated errors in the same direction cannot cause cascading + * error buildup. However, that only prevents the error from getting + * completely out of hand; Aaron Giles reports that error limiting improves + * the results even with corner colors allocated. + * A simple clamping of the error values to about +- MAXJSAMPLE/8 works pretty + * well, but the smoother transfer function used below is even better. Thanks + * to Aaron Giles for this idea. + */ + +static void +init_error_limit (j_decompress_ptr cinfo) +/* Allocate and fill in the error_limiter table */ +{ + my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize; + int * table; + int in, out; + + table = (int *) malloc((MAXJSAMPLE*2+1) * sizeof(int)); + table += MAXJSAMPLE; /* so can index -MAXJSAMPLE .. +MAXJSAMPLE */ + cquantize->error_limiter = table; + +#define STEPSIZE ((MAXJSAMPLE+1)/16) + /* Map errors 1:1 up to +- MAXJSAMPLE/16 */ + out = 0; + for (in = 0; in < STEPSIZE; in++, out++) { + table[in] = out; table[-in] = -out; + } + /* Map errors 1:2 up to +- 3*MAXJSAMPLE/16 */ + for (; in < STEPSIZE*3; in++, out += (in&1) ? 0 : 1) { + table[in] = out; table[-in] = -out; + } + /* Clamp the rest to final out value (which is (MAXJSAMPLE+1)/8) */ + for (; in <= MAXJSAMPLE; in++) { + table[in] = out; table[-in] = -out; + } +#undef STEPSIZE +} + + +/* + * Finish up at the end of each pass. + */ + +void +finish_pass1 (j_decompress_ptr cinfo) +{ + my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize; + + /* Select the representative colors and fill in cinfo->colormap */ + cinfo->colormap = cquantize->sv_colormap; + select_colors(cinfo, cquantize->desired); + /* Force next pass to zero the color index table */ + cquantize->needs_zeroed = true; +} + + +void +finish_pass2 (j_decompress_ptr WXUNUSED(cinfo)) +{ + /* no work */ +} + + +/* + * Initialize for each processing pass. + */ + +void +start_pass_2_quant (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, bool is_pre_scan) +{ + my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize; + hist3d histogram = cquantize->histogram; + + if (is_pre_scan) { + /* Set up method pointers */ + cquantize->pub.color_quantize = prescan_quantize; + cquantize->pub.finish_pass = finish_pass1; + cquantize->needs_zeroed = true; /* Always zero histogram */ + } else { + /* Set up method pointers */ + cquantize->pub.color_quantize = pass2_fs_dither; + cquantize->pub.finish_pass = finish_pass2; + + { + size_t arraysize = (size_t) ((cinfo->output_width + 2) * + (3 * sizeof(FSERROR))); + /* Allocate Floyd-Steinberg workspace if we didn't already. */ + if (cquantize->fserrors == NULL) + cquantize->fserrors = (INT16*) malloc(arraysize); + /* Initialize the propagated errors to zero. */ + memset((void *) cquantize->fserrors, 0, arraysize); + /* Make the error-limit table if we didn't already. */ + if (cquantize->error_limiter == NULL) + init_error_limit(cinfo); + cquantize->on_odd_row = false; + } + + } + /* Zero the histogram or inverse color map, if necessary */ + if (cquantize->needs_zeroed) { + for (int i = 0; i < HIST_C0_ELEMS; i++) { + memset((void *) histogram[i], 0, + HIST_C1_ELEMS*HIST_C2_ELEMS * sizeof(histcell)); + } + cquantize->needs_zeroed = false; + } +} + + +/* + * Switch to a new external colormap between output passes. + */ + +void +new_color_map_2_quant (j_decompress_ptr cinfo) +{ + my_cquantize_ptr cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) cinfo->cquantize; + + /* Reset the inverse color map */ + cquantize->needs_zeroed = true; +} + + +/* + * Module initialization routine for 2-pass color quantization. + */ + +void +jinit_2pass_quantizer (j_decompress_ptr cinfo) +{ + my_cquantize_ptr cquantize; + int i; + + cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) malloc(sizeof(my_cquantizer)); + cinfo->cquantize = (jpeg_color_quantizer *) cquantize; + cquantize->pub.start_pass = start_pass_2_quant; + cquantize->pub.new_color_map = new_color_map_2_quant; + cquantize->fserrors = NULL; /* flag optional arrays not allocated */ + cquantize->error_limiter = NULL; + + + /* Allocate the histogram/inverse colormap storage */ + cquantize->histogram = (hist3d) malloc(HIST_C0_ELEMS * sizeof(hist2d)); + for (i = 0; i < HIST_C0_ELEMS; i++) { + cquantize->histogram[i] = (hist2d) malloc(HIST_C1_ELEMS*HIST_C2_ELEMS * sizeof(histcell)); + } + cquantize->needs_zeroed = true; /* histogram is garbage now */ + + /* Allocate storage for the completed colormap, if required. + * We do this now since it is storage and may affect + * the memory manager's space calculations. + */ + { + /* Make sure color count is acceptable */ + int desired = cinfo->desired_number_of_colors; + + cquantize->sv_colormap = (JSAMPARRAY) malloc(sizeof(JSAMPROW) * 3); + cquantize->sv_colormap[0] = (JSAMPROW) malloc(sizeof(JSAMPLE) * desired); + cquantize->sv_colormap[1] = (JSAMPROW) malloc(sizeof(JSAMPLE) * desired); + cquantize->sv_colormap[2] = (JSAMPROW) malloc(sizeof(JSAMPLE) * desired); + + cquantize->desired = desired; + } + + /* Allocate Floyd-Steinberg workspace if necessary. + * This isn't really needed until pass 2, but again it is storage. + * Although we will cope with a later change in dither_mode, + * we do not promise to honor max_memory_to_use if dither_mode changes. + */ + { + cquantize->fserrors = (FSERRPTR) malloc( + (size_t) ((cinfo->output_width + 2) * (3 * sizeof(FSERROR)))); + /* Might as well create the error-limiting table too. */ + init_error_limit(cinfo); + } +} + + + + + + + + + + +void +prepare_range_limit_table (j_decompress_ptr cinfo) +/* Allocate and fill in the sample_range_limit table */ +{ + JSAMPLE * table; + int i; + + table = (JSAMPLE *) malloc((5 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1) + CENTERJSAMPLE) * sizeof(JSAMPLE)); + cinfo->srl_orig = table; + table += (MAXJSAMPLE+1); /* allow negative subscripts of simple table */ + cinfo->sample_range_limit = table; + /* First segment of "simple" table: limit[x] = 0 for x < 0 */ + memset(table - (MAXJSAMPLE+1), 0, (MAXJSAMPLE+1) * sizeof(JSAMPLE)); + /* Main part of "simple" table: limit[x] = x */ + for (i = 0; i <= MAXJSAMPLE; i++) + table[i] = (JSAMPLE) i; + table += CENTERJSAMPLE; /* Point to where post-IDCT table starts */ + /* End of simple table, rest of first half of post-IDCT table */ + for (i = CENTERJSAMPLE; i < 2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1); i++) + table[i] = MAXJSAMPLE; + /* Second half of post-IDCT table */ + memset(table + (2 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1)), 0, + (2 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1) - CENTERJSAMPLE) * sizeof(JSAMPLE)); + memcpy(table + (4 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1) - CENTERJSAMPLE), + cinfo->sample_range_limit, CENTERJSAMPLE * sizeof(JSAMPLE)); +} + + + + +/* + * wxQuantize + */ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxQuantize, wxObject) + +void wxQuantize::DoQuantize(unsigned w, unsigned h, unsigned char **in_rows, unsigned char **out_rows, + unsigned char *palette, int desiredNoColours) +{ + j_decompress dec; + my_cquantize_ptr cquantize; + + dec.output_width = w; + dec.desired_number_of_colors = desiredNoColours; + prepare_range_limit_table(&dec); + jinit_2pass_quantizer(&dec); + cquantize = (my_cquantize_ptr) dec.cquantize; + + + cquantize->pub.start_pass(&dec, true); + cquantize->pub.color_quantize(&dec, in_rows, out_rows, h); + cquantize->pub.finish_pass(&dec); + + cquantize->pub.start_pass(&dec, false); + cquantize->pub.color_quantize(&dec, in_rows, out_rows, h); + cquantize->pub.finish_pass(&dec); + + + for (int i = 0; i < dec.desired_number_of_colors; i++) { + palette[3 * i + 0] = dec.colormap[0][i]; + palette[3 * i + 1] = dec.colormap[1][i]; + palette[3 * i + 2] = dec.colormap[2][i]; + } + + for (int ii = 0; ii < HIST_C0_ELEMS; ii++) free(cquantize->histogram[ii]); + free(cquantize->histogram); + free(dec.colormap[0]); + free(dec.colormap[1]); + free(dec.colormap[2]); + free(dec.colormap); + free(dec.srl_orig); + + //free(cquantize->error_limiter); + free((void*)(cquantize->error_limiter - MAXJSAMPLE)); // To reverse what was done to it + + free(cquantize->fserrors); + free(cquantize); +} + +// TODO: somehow make use of the Windows system colours, rather than ignoring them for the +// purposes of quantization. + +bool wxQuantize::Quantize(const wxImage& src, wxImage& dest, + wxPalette** pPalette, + int desiredNoColours, + unsigned char** eightBitData, + int flags) + +{ + int i; + + int windowsSystemColourCount = 20; + + int paletteShift = 0; + + // Shift the palette up by the number of Windows system colours, + // if necessary + if (flags & wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS) + paletteShift = windowsSystemColourCount; + + // Make room for the Windows system colours +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + if ((flags & wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS) && (desiredNoColours > (256 - windowsSystemColourCount))) + desiredNoColours = 256 - windowsSystemColourCount; +#endif + + // create rows info: + int h = src.GetHeight(); + int w = src.GetWidth(); + unsigned char **rows = new unsigned char *[h]; + unsigned char *imgdt = src.GetData(); + for (i = 0; i < h; i++) + rows[i] = imgdt + 3/*RGB*/ * w * i; + + unsigned char palette[3*256]; + + // This is the image as represented by palette indexes. + unsigned char *data8bit = new unsigned char[w * h]; + unsigned char **outrows = new unsigned char *[h]; + for (i = 0; i < h; i++) + outrows[i] = data8bit + w * i; + + //RGB->palette + DoQuantize(w, h, rows, outrows, palette, desiredNoColours); + + delete[] rows; + delete[] outrows; + + // palette->RGB(max.256) + + if (flags & wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) + { + if (!dest.Ok()) + dest.Create(w, h); + + imgdt = dest.GetData(); + for (i = 0; i < w * h; i++) + { + unsigned char c = data8bit[i]; + imgdt[3 * i + 0/*R*/] = palette[3 * c + 0]; + imgdt[3 * i + 1/*G*/] = palette[3 * c + 1]; + imgdt[3 * i + 2/*B*/] = palette[3 * c + 2]; + } + } + + if (eightBitData && (flags & wxQUANTIZE_RETURN_8BIT_DATA)) + { +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + if (flags & wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS) + { + // We need to shift the palette entries up + // to make room for the Windows system colours. + for (i = 0; i < w * h; i++) + data8bit[i] = (unsigned char)(data8bit[i] + paletteShift); + } +#endif + *eightBitData = data8bit; + } + else + delete[] data8bit; + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + // Make a wxWidgets palette + if (pPalette) + { + unsigned char* r = new unsigned char[256]; + unsigned char* g = new unsigned char[256]; + unsigned char* b = new unsigned char[256]; + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // Fill the first 20 entries with Windows system colours + if (flags & wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS) + { + HDC hDC = ::GetDC(NULL); + PALETTEENTRY* entries = new PALETTEENTRY[windowsSystemColourCount]; + ::GetSystemPaletteEntries(hDC, 0, windowsSystemColourCount, entries); + ::ReleaseDC(NULL, hDC); + + for (i = 0; i < windowsSystemColourCount; i++) + { + r[i] = entries[i].peRed; + g[i] = entries[i].peGreen; + b[i] = entries[i].peBlue; + } + delete[] entries; + } +#endif + + for (i = 0; i < desiredNoColours; i++) + { + r[i+paletteShift] = palette[i*3 + 0]; + g[i+paletteShift] = palette[i*3 + 1]; + b[i+paletteShift] = palette[i*3 + 2]; + } + + // Blank out any remaining palette entries + for (i = desiredNoColours+paletteShift; i < 256; i++) + { + r[i] = 0; + g[i] = 0; + b[i] = 0; + } + *pPalette = new wxPalette(256, r, g, b); + delete[] r; + delete[] g; + delete[] b; + } +#else // !wxUSE_PALETTE + wxUnusedVar(pPalette); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE/!wxUSE_PALETTE + + return true; +} + +// This version sets a palette in the destination image so you don't +// have to manage it yourself. + +bool wxQuantize::Quantize(const wxImage& src, + wxImage& dest, + int desiredNoColours, + unsigned char** eightBitData, + int flags) +{ + wxPalette* palette = NULL; + if ( !Quantize(src, dest, & palette, desiredNoColours, eightBitData, flags) ) + return false; + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + if (palette) + { + dest.SetPalette(* palette); + delete palette; + } +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + + return true; +} + +#endif + // wxUSE_IMAGE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/radiobtncmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/radiobtncmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f9c50befd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/radiobtncmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/radiobtncmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxRadioButton common code +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: radiobtncmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_RADIOBTN + +#include "wx/radiobut.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/dcscreen.h" +#endif + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxRadioButtonNameStr[] = "radioButton"; +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr[] = "radioButton"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxRadioButtonStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxRadioButtonStyle ) + // new style border flags, we put them first to + // use them for streaming out + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + + // old style border flags + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + + // standard window styles + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRB_GROUP) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxRadioButtonStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxRadioButton, wxControl, "wx/radiobut.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxRadioButton) + wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Click, wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, wxCommandEvent ) + wxPROPERTY( Font, wxFont, SetFont, GetFont , wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( Label,wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxString(), 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) + wxPROPERTY( Value,bool, SetValue, GetValue, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) + wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxRadioButtonStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxRadioButton) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxRadioButton, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxString, Label, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + + +#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBTN diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/radiocmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/radiocmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ff9c7bac95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/radiocmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/radiocmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxRadioBox methods common to all ports +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 03.06.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: radiocmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/radiobox.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + #include "wx/tooltip.h" +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +#if wxUSE_HELP + #include "wx/cshelp.h" +#endif + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxRadioBoxNameStr[] = "radioBox"; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// TODO: wxCONSTRUCTOR +#if 0 // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxRadioBoxStyle ) + +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxRadioBoxStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRA_HORIZONTAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRA_SPECIFY_ROWS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRA_VERTICAL) + +wxEND_FLAGS( wxRadioBoxStyle ) + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxRadioBox, wxControl,"wx/radiobox.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxRadioBox) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Select , wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED , wxCommandEvent ) +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxRadioBoxStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +/* + selection + content + label + dimension + item + */ + +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRadioBoxBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxRadioBoxBase::SetMajorDim(unsigned int majorDim, long style) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( majorDim != 0, wxT("major radiobox dimension can't be 0") ); + + m_majorDim = majorDim; + + int minorDim = (GetCount() + m_majorDim - 1) / m_majorDim; + + if ( style & wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS ) + { + m_numCols = majorDim; + m_numRows = minorDim; + } + else // wxRA_SPECIFY_ROWS + { + m_numCols = minorDim; + m_numRows = majorDim; + } +} + +int wxRadioBoxBase::GetNextItem(int item, wxDirection dir, long style) const +{ + const int itemStart = item; + + int count = GetCount(), + numCols = GetColumnCount(), + numRows = GetRowCount(); + + bool horz = (style & wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS) != 0; + + do + { + switch ( dir ) + { + case wxUP: + if ( horz ) + { + item -= numCols; + } + else // vertical layout + { + if ( !item-- ) + item = count - 1; + } + break; + + case wxLEFT: + if ( horz ) + { + if ( !item-- ) + item = count - 1; + } + else // vertical layout + { + item -= numRows; + } + break; + + case wxDOWN: + if ( horz ) + { + item += numCols; + } + else // vertical layout + { + if ( ++item == count ) + item = 0; + } + break; + + case wxRIGHT: + if ( horz ) + { + if ( ++item == count ) + item = 0; + } + else // vertical layout + { + item += numRows; + } + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected wxDirection value") ); + return wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + // ensure that the item is in range [0..count) + if ( item < 0 ) + { + // first map the item to the one in the same column but in the last + // row + item += count; + + // now there are 2 cases: either it is the first item of the last + // row in which case we need to wrap again and get to the last item + // or we can just go to the previous item + if ( item % (horz ? numCols : numRows) ) + item--; + else + item = count - 1; + } + else if ( item >= count ) + { + // same logic as above + item -= count; + + // ... except that we need to check if this is not the last item, + // not the first one + if ( (item + 1) % (horz ? numCols : numRows) ) + item++; + else + item = 0; + } + + wxASSERT_MSG( item < count && item >= 0, + wxT("logic error in wxRadioBox::GetNextItem()") ); + } + // we shouldn't select the non-active items, continue looking for a + // visible and shown one unless we came back to the item we started from in + // which case bail out to avoid infinite loop + while ( !(IsItemShown(item) && IsItemEnabled(item)) && item != itemStart ); + + return item; +} + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +void wxRadioBoxBase::SetItemToolTip(unsigned int item, const wxString& text) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( item < GetCount(), wxT("Invalid item index") ); + + // extend the array to have entries for all our items on first use + if ( !m_itemsTooltips ) + { + m_itemsTooltips = new wxToolTipArray; + m_itemsTooltips->resize(GetCount()); + } + + wxToolTip *tooltip = (*m_itemsTooltips)[item]; + + bool changed = true; + if ( text.empty() ) + { + if ( tooltip ) + { + // delete the tooltip + wxDELETE(tooltip); + } + else // nothing to do + { + changed = false; + } + } + else // non empty tooltip text + { + if ( tooltip ) + { + // just change the existing tooltip text, don't change the tooltip + tooltip->SetTip(text); + changed = false; + } + else // no tooltip yet + { + // create the new one + tooltip = new wxToolTip(text); + } + } + + if ( changed ) + { + (*m_itemsTooltips)[item] = tooltip; + DoSetItemToolTip(item, tooltip); + } +} + +void +wxRadioBoxBase::DoSetItemToolTip(unsigned int WXUNUSED(item), + wxToolTip * WXUNUSED(tooltip)) +{ + // per-item tooltips not implemented by default +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +wxRadioBoxBase::~wxRadioBoxBase() +{ +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + if ( m_itemsTooltips ) + { + const size_t n = m_itemsTooltips->size(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < n; i++ ) + delete (*m_itemsTooltips)[i]; + + delete m_itemsTooltips; + } +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS +} + +#if wxUSE_HELP + +// set helptext for a particular item +void wxRadioBoxBase::SetItemHelpText(unsigned int n, const wxString& helpText) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( n < GetCount(), wxT("Invalid item index") ); + + if ( m_itemsHelpTexts.empty() ) + { + // once-only initialization of the array: reserve space for all items + m_itemsHelpTexts.Add(wxEmptyString, GetCount()); + } + + m_itemsHelpTexts[n] = helpText; +} + +// retrieve helptext for a particular item +wxString wxRadioBoxBase::GetItemHelpText( unsigned int n ) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( n < GetCount(), wxEmptyString, wxT("Invalid item index") ); + + return m_itemsHelpTexts.empty() ? wxString() : m_itemsHelpTexts[n]; +} + +// return help text for the item for which wxEVT_HELP was generated. +wxString wxRadioBoxBase::DoGetHelpTextAtPoint(const wxWindow *derived, + const wxPoint& pt, + wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) const +{ + int item; + switch ( origin ) + { + case wxHelpEvent::Origin_HelpButton: + item = GetItemFromPoint(pt); + break; + + case wxHelpEvent::Origin_Keyboard: + item = GetSelection(); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown help even origin" ); + // fall through + + case wxHelpEvent::Origin_Unknown: + // this value is used when we're called from GetHelpText() for the + // radio box itself, so don't return item-specific text in this case + item = wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + if ( item != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + wxString text = GetItemHelpText(static_cast(item)); + if( !text.empty() ) + return text; + } + + return derived->wxWindowBase::GetHelpTextAtPoint(pt, origin); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + +#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rearrangectrl.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rearrangectrl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd828ebda2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rearrangectrl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/rearrangectrl.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of classes in wx/rearrangectrl.h +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-12-15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: rearrangectrl.cpp 65844 2010-10-18 23:43:09Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/rearrangectrl.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxRearrangeList implementation +// ============================================================================ + +extern +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxRearrangeListNameStr[] = "wxRearrangeList"; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxRearrangeList, wxCheckListBox) + EVT_CHECKLISTBOX(wxID_ANY, wxRearrangeList::OnCheck) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +bool wxRearrangeList::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayInt& order, + const wxArrayString& items, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + // construct the array of items in the order in which they should appear in + // the control + const size_t count = items.size(); + wxCHECK_MSG( order.size() == count, false, "arrays not in sync" ); + + wxArrayString itemsInOrder; + itemsInOrder.reserve(count); + size_t n; + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + int idx = order[n]; + if ( idx < 0 ) + idx = -idx - 1; + itemsInOrder.push_back(items[idx]); + } + + // do create the real control + if ( !wxCheckListBox::Create(parent, id, pos, size, itemsInOrder, + style, validator, name) ) + return false; + + // and now check all the items which should be initially checked + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( order[n] >= 0 ) + Check(n); + } + + m_order = order; + + return true; +} + +bool wxRearrangeList::CanMoveCurrentUp() const +{ + const int sel = GetSelection(); + return sel != wxNOT_FOUND && sel != 0; +} + +bool wxRearrangeList::CanMoveCurrentDown() const +{ + const int sel = GetSelection(); + return sel != wxNOT_FOUND && static_cast(sel) != GetCount() - 1; +} + +bool wxRearrangeList::MoveCurrentUp() +{ + const int sel = GetSelection(); + if ( sel == wxNOT_FOUND || sel == 0 ) + return false; + + Swap(sel, sel - 1); + SetSelection(sel - 1); + + return true; +} + +bool wxRearrangeList::MoveCurrentDown() +{ + const int sel = GetSelection(); + if ( sel == wxNOT_FOUND || static_cast(sel) == GetCount() - 1 ) + return false; + + Swap(sel, sel + 1); + SetSelection(sel + 1); + + return true; +} + +void wxRearrangeList::Swap(int pos1, int pos2) +{ + // update the internally stored order + wxSwap(m_order[pos1], m_order[pos2]); + + + // and now also swap all the attributes of the items + + // first the label + const wxString stringTmp = GetString(pos1); + SetString(pos1, GetString(pos2)); + SetString(pos2, stringTmp); + + // then the checked state + const bool checkedTmp = IsChecked(pos1); + Check(pos1, IsChecked(pos2)); + Check(pos2, checkedTmp); + + // and finally the client data, if necessary + switch ( GetClientDataType() ) + { + case wxClientData_None: + // nothing to do + break; + + case wxClientData_Object: + { + wxClientData * const dataTmp = DetachClientObject(pos1); + SetClientObject(pos1, DetachClientObject(pos2)); + SetClientObject(pos2, dataTmp); + } + break; + + case wxClientData_Void: + { + void * const dataTmp = GetClientData(pos1); + SetClientData(pos1, GetClientData(pos2)); + SetClientData(pos2, dataTmp); + } + break; + } +} + +void wxRearrangeList::OnCheck(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + // update the internal state to match the new item state + const int n = event.GetInt(); + + m_order[n] = ~m_order[n]; + + wxASSERT_MSG( (m_order[n] >= 0) == IsChecked(n), + "discrepancy between internal state and GUI" ); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxRearrangeCtrl implementation +// ============================================================================ + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxRearrangeCtrl, wxPanel) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_UP, wxRearrangeCtrl::OnUpdateButtonUI) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_DOWN, wxRearrangeCtrl::OnUpdateButtonUI) + + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_UP, wxRearrangeCtrl::OnButton) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_DOWN, wxRearrangeCtrl::OnButton) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxRearrangeCtrl::Init() +{ + m_list = NULL; +} + +bool +wxRearrangeCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayInt& order, + const wxArrayString& items, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + // create all the windows + if ( !wxPanel::Create(parent, id, pos, size, wxTAB_TRAVERSAL, name) ) + return false; + + m_list = new wxRearrangeList(this, wxID_ANY, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + order, items, + style, validator); + wxButton * const btnUp = new wxButton(this, wxID_UP); + wxButton * const btnDown = new wxButton(this, wxID_DOWN); + + // arrange them in a sizer + wxSizer * const sizerBtns = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + sizerBtns->Add(btnUp, wxSizerFlags().Centre().Border(wxBOTTOM)); + sizerBtns->Add(btnDown, wxSizerFlags().Centre().Border(wxTOP)); + + wxSizer * const sizerTop = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + sizerTop->Add(m_list, wxSizerFlags(1).Expand().Border(wxRIGHT)); + sizerTop->Add(sizerBtns, wxSizerFlags(0).Centre().Border(wxLEFT)); + SetSizer(sizerTop); + + m_list->SetFocus(); + + return true; +} + +void wxRearrangeCtrl::OnUpdateButtonUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + event.Enable( event.GetId() == wxID_UP ? m_list->CanMoveCurrentUp() + : m_list->CanMoveCurrentDown() ); +} + +void wxRearrangeCtrl::OnButton(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + if ( event.GetId() == wxID_UP ) + m_list->MoveCurrentUp(); + else + m_list->MoveCurrentDown(); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxRearrangeDialog implementation +// ============================================================================ + +extern +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxRearrangeDialogNameStr[] = "wxRearrangeDlg"; + +namespace +{ + +enum wxRearrangeDialogSizerPositions +{ + Pos_Label, + Pos_Ctrl, + Pos_Buttons, + Pos_Max +}; + +} // anonymous namespace + +bool wxRearrangeDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& title, + const wxArrayInt& order, + const wxArrayString& items, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, title, + pos, wxDefaultSize, + wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER, + name) ) + return false; + + m_ctrl = new wxRearrangeCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + order, items); + + // notice that the items in this sizer should be inserted accordingly to + // wxRearrangeDialogSizerPositions order + wxSizer * const sizerTop = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + + if ( !message.empty() ) + { + sizerTop->Add(new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, message), + wxSizerFlags().Border()); + } + else + { + // for convenience of other wxRearrangeDialog code that depends on + // positions of sizer items, insert a dummy zero-sized item + sizerTop->AddSpacer(0); + } + + sizerTop->Add(m_ctrl, + wxSizerFlags(1).Expand().Border()); + sizerTop->Add(CreateSeparatedButtonSizer(wxOK | wxCANCEL), + wxSizerFlags().Expand().Border()); + SetSizerAndFit(sizerTop); + + return true; +} + +void wxRearrangeDialog::AddExtraControls(wxWindow *win) +{ + wxSizer * const sizer = GetSizer(); + wxCHECK_RET( sizer, "the dialog must be created first" ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( sizer->GetChildren().GetCount() == Pos_Max, + "calling AddExtraControls() twice?" ); + + sizer->Insert(Pos_Buttons, win, wxSizerFlags().Expand().Border()); + + win->MoveAfterInTabOrder(m_ctrl); + + // we need to update the initial/minimal window size + sizer->SetSizeHints(this); +} + +wxRearrangeList *wxRearrangeDialog::GetList() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_ctrl, NULL, "the dialog must be created first" ); + + return m_ctrl->GetList(); +} + +wxArrayInt wxRearrangeDialog::GetOrder() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_ctrl, wxArrayInt(), "the dialog must be created first" ); + + return m_ctrl->GetList()->GetCurrentOrder(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/regex.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/regex.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e6bcc2c8ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/regex.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,697 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/regex.cpp +// Purpose: regular expression matching +// Author: Karsten Ballueder and Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 13.07.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: regex.cpp 64656 2010-06-20 18:18:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Karsten Ballueder +// 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_REGEX + +#include "wx/regex.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/object.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +// FreeBSD, Watcom and DMars require this, CW doesn't have nor need it. +// Others also don't seem to need it. If you have an error related to +// (not) including please report details to +// wx-dev@lists.wxwindows.org +#if defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__DIGITALMARS__) +# include +#endif + +#include + +// WXREGEX_USING_BUILTIN defined when using the built-in regex lib +// WXREGEX_USING_RE_SEARCH defined when using re_search in the GNU regex lib +// WXREGEX_IF_NEED_LEN() wrap the len parameter only used with the built-in +// or GNU regex +// WXREGEX_CONVERT_TO_MB defined when the regex lib is using chars and +// wxChar is wide, so conversion must be done +// WXREGEX_CHAR(x) Convert wxChar to wxRegChar +// +#ifdef __REG_NOFRONT +# define WXREGEX_USING_BUILTIN +# define WXREGEX_IF_NEED_LEN(x) ,x +# if wxUSE_UNICODE +# define WXREGEX_CHAR(x) (x).wc_str() +# else +# define WXREGEX_CHAR(x) (x).mb_str() +# endif +#else +# ifdef HAVE_RE_SEARCH +# define WXREGEX_IF_NEED_LEN(x) ,x +# define WXREGEX_USING_RE_SEARCH +# else +# define WXREGEX_IF_NEED_LEN(x) +# endif +# if wxUSE_UNICODE +# define WXREGEX_CONVERT_TO_MB +# endif +# define WXREGEX_CHAR(x) (x).mb_str() +# define wx_regfree regfree +# define wx_regerror regerror +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef WXREGEX_USING_RE_SEARCH + +// the array of offsets for the matches, the usual POSIX regmatch_t array. +class wxRegExMatches +{ +public: + typedef regmatch_t *match_type; + + wxRegExMatches(size_t n) { m_matches = new regmatch_t[n]; } + ~wxRegExMatches() { delete [] m_matches; } + + // we just use casts here because the fields of regmatch_t struct may be 64 + // bit but we're limited to size_t in our public API and are not going to + // change it because operating on strings longer than 4GB using it is + // absolutely impractical anyhow + size_t Start(size_t n) const + { + return wx_truncate_cast(size_t, m_matches[n].rm_so); + } + + size_t End(size_t n) const + { + return wx_truncate_cast(size_t, m_matches[n].rm_eo); + } + + regmatch_t *get() const { return m_matches; } + +private: + regmatch_t *m_matches; +}; + +#else // WXREGEX_USING_RE_SEARCH + +// the array of offsets for the matches, the struct used by the GNU lib +class wxRegExMatches +{ +public: + typedef re_registers *match_type; + + wxRegExMatches(size_t n) + { + m_matches.num_regs = n; + m_matches.start = new regoff_t[n]; + m_matches.end = new regoff_t[n]; + } + + ~wxRegExMatches() + { + delete [] m_matches.start; + delete [] m_matches.end; + } + + size_t Start(size_t n) const { return m_matches.start[n]; } + size_t End(size_t n) const { return m_matches.end[n]; } + + re_registers *get() { return &m_matches; } + +private: + re_registers m_matches; +}; + +#endif // WXREGEX_USING_RE_SEARCH + +// the character type used by the regular expression engine +#ifndef WXREGEX_CONVERT_TO_MB +typedef wxChar wxRegChar; +#else +typedef char wxRegChar; +#endif + +// the real implementation of wxRegEx +class wxRegExImpl +{ +public: + // ctor and dtor + wxRegExImpl(); + ~wxRegExImpl(); + + // return true if Compile() had been called successfully + bool IsValid() const { return m_isCompiled; } + + // RE operations + bool Compile(const wxString& expr, int flags = 0); + bool Matches(const wxRegChar *str, int flags + WXREGEX_IF_NEED_LEN(size_t len)) const; + bool GetMatch(size_t *start, size_t *len, size_t index = 0) const; + size_t GetMatchCount() const; + int Replace(wxString *pattern, const wxString& replacement, + size_t maxMatches = 0) const; + +private: + // return the string containing the error message for the given err code + wxString GetErrorMsg(int errorcode, bool badconv) const; + + // init the members + void Init() + { + m_isCompiled = false; + m_Matches = NULL; + m_nMatches = 0; + } + + // free the RE if compiled + void Free() + { + if ( IsValid() ) + { + wx_regfree(&m_RegEx); + } + + delete m_Matches; + } + + // free the RE if any and reinit the members + void Reinit() + { + Free(); + Init(); + } + + // compiled RE + regex_t m_RegEx; + + // the subexpressions data + wxRegExMatches *m_Matches; + size_t m_nMatches; + + // true if m_RegEx is valid + bool m_isCompiled; +}; + + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRegExImpl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxRegExImpl::wxRegExImpl() +{ + Init(); +} + +wxRegExImpl::~wxRegExImpl() +{ + Free(); +} + +wxString wxRegExImpl::GetErrorMsg(int errorcode, bool badconv) const +{ +#ifdef WXREGEX_CONVERT_TO_MB + // currently only needed when using system library in Unicode mode + if ( badconv ) + { + return _("conversion to 8-bit encoding failed"); + } +#else + // 'use' badconv to avoid a compiler warning + (void)badconv; +#endif + + wxString szError; + + // first get the string length needed + int len = wx_regerror(errorcode, &m_RegEx, NULL, 0); + if ( len > 0 ) + { + char* szcmbError = new char[++len]; + + (void)wx_regerror(errorcode, &m_RegEx, szcmbError, len); + + szError = wxConvLibc.cMB2WX(szcmbError); + delete [] szcmbError; + } + else // regerror() returned 0 + { + szError = _("unknown error"); + } + + return szError; +} + +bool wxRegExImpl::Compile(const wxString& expr, int flags) +{ + Reinit(); + +#ifdef WX_NO_REGEX_ADVANCED +# define FLAVORS wxRE_BASIC +#else +# define FLAVORS (wxRE_ADVANCED | wxRE_BASIC) + wxASSERT_MSG( (flags & FLAVORS) != FLAVORS, + wxT("incompatible flags in wxRegEx::Compile") ); +#endif + wxASSERT_MSG( !(flags & ~(FLAVORS | wxRE_ICASE | wxRE_NOSUB | wxRE_NEWLINE)), + wxT("unrecognized flags in wxRegEx::Compile") ); + + // translate our flags to regcomp() ones + int flagsRE = 0; + if ( !(flags & wxRE_BASIC) ) + { +#ifndef WX_NO_REGEX_ADVANCED + if (flags & wxRE_ADVANCED) + flagsRE |= REG_ADVANCED; + else +#endif + flagsRE |= REG_EXTENDED; + } + if ( flags & wxRE_ICASE ) + flagsRE |= REG_ICASE; + if ( flags & wxRE_NOSUB ) + flagsRE |= REG_NOSUB; + if ( flags & wxRE_NEWLINE ) + flagsRE |= REG_NEWLINE; + + // compile it +#ifdef WXREGEX_USING_BUILTIN + bool conv = true; + // FIXME-UTF8: use wc_str() after removing ANSI build + int errorcode = wx_re_comp(&m_RegEx, expr.c_str(), expr.length(), flagsRE); +#else + // FIXME-UTF8: this is potentially broken, we shouldn't even try it + // and should always use builtin regex library (or PCRE?) + const wxWX2MBbuf conv = expr.mbc_str(); + int errorcode = conv ? regcomp(&m_RegEx, conv, flagsRE) : REG_BADPAT; +#endif + + if ( errorcode ) + { + wxLogError(_("Invalid regular expression '%s': %s"), + expr.c_str(), GetErrorMsg(errorcode, !conv).c_str()); + + m_isCompiled = false; + } + else // ok + { + // don't allocate the matches array now, but do it later if necessary + if ( flags & wxRE_NOSUB ) + { + // we don't need it at all + m_nMatches = 0; + } + else + { + // we will alloc the array later (only if really needed) but count + // the number of sub-expressions in the regex right now + + // there is always one for the whole expression + m_nMatches = 1; + + // and some more for bracketed subexperessions + for ( const wxChar *cptr = expr.c_str(); *cptr; cptr++ ) + { + if ( *cptr == wxT('\\') ) + { + // in basic RE syntax groups are inside \(...\) + if ( *++cptr == wxT('(') && (flags & wxRE_BASIC) ) + { + m_nMatches++; + } + } + else if ( *cptr == wxT('(') && !(flags & wxRE_BASIC) ) + { + // we know that the previous character is not an unquoted + // backslash because it would have been eaten above, so we + // have a bare '(' and this indicates a group start for the + // extended syntax. '(?' is used for extensions by perl- + // like REs (e.g. advanced), and is not valid for POSIX + // extended, so ignore them always. + if ( cptr[1] != wxT('?') ) + m_nMatches++; + } + } + } + + m_isCompiled = true; + } + + return IsValid(); +} + +#ifdef WXREGEX_USING_RE_SEARCH + +// On GNU, regexec is implemented as a wrapper around re_search. re_search +// requires a length parameter which the POSIX regexec does not have, +// therefore regexec must do a strlen on the search text each time it is +// called. This can drastically affect performance when matching is done in +// a loop along a string, such as during a search and replace. Therefore if +// re_search is detected by configure, it is used directly. +// +static int ReSearch(const regex_t *preg, + const char *text, + size_t len, + re_registers *matches, + int eflags) +{ + regex_t *pattern = const_cast(preg); + + pattern->not_bol = (eflags & REG_NOTBOL) != 0; + pattern->not_eol = (eflags & REG_NOTEOL) != 0; + pattern->regs_allocated = REGS_FIXED; + + int ret = re_search(pattern, text, len, 0, len, matches); + return ret >= 0 ? 0 : REG_NOMATCH; +} + +#endif // WXREGEX_USING_RE_SEARCH + +bool wxRegExImpl::Matches(const wxRegChar *str, + int flags + WXREGEX_IF_NEED_LEN(size_t len)) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsValid(), false, wxT("must successfully Compile() first") ); + + // translate our flags to regexec() ones + wxASSERT_MSG( !(flags & ~(wxRE_NOTBOL | wxRE_NOTEOL)), + wxT("unrecognized flags in wxRegEx::Matches") ); + + int flagsRE = 0; + if ( flags & wxRE_NOTBOL ) + flagsRE |= REG_NOTBOL; + if ( flags & wxRE_NOTEOL ) + flagsRE |= REG_NOTEOL; + + // allocate matches array if needed + wxRegExImpl *self = wxConstCast(this, wxRegExImpl); + if ( !m_Matches && m_nMatches ) + { + self->m_Matches = new wxRegExMatches(m_nMatches); + } + + wxRegExMatches::match_type matches = m_Matches ? m_Matches->get() : NULL; + + // do match it +#if defined WXREGEX_USING_BUILTIN + int rc = wx_re_exec(&self->m_RegEx, str, len, NULL, m_nMatches, matches, flagsRE); +#elif defined WXREGEX_USING_RE_SEARCH + int rc = str ? ReSearch(&self->m_RegEx, str, len, matches, flagsRE) : REG_BADPAT; +#else + int rc = str ? regexec(&self->m_RegEx, str, m_nMatches, matches, flagsRE) : REG_BADPAT; +#endif + + switch ( rc ) + { + case 0: + // matched successfully + return true; + + default: + // an error occurred + wxLogError(_("Failed to find match for regular expression: %s"), + GetErrorMsg(rc, !str).c_str()); + // fall through + + case REG_NOMATCH: + // no match + return false; + } +} + +bool wxRegExImpl::GetMatch(size_t *start, size_t *len, size_t index) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsValid(), false, wxT("must successfully Compile() first") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( m_nMatches, false, wxT("can't use with wxRE_NOSUB") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( m_Matches, false, wxT("must call Matches() first") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( index < m_nMatches, false, wxT("invalid match index") ); + + if ( start ) + *start = m_Matches->Start(index); + if ( len ) + *len = m_Matches->End(index) - m_Matches->Start(index); + + return true; +} + +size_t wxRegExImpl::GetMatchCount() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsValid(), 0, wxT("must successfully Compile() first") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( m_nMatches, 0, wxT("can't use with wxRE_NOSUB") ); + + return m_nMatches; +} + +int wxRegExImpl::Replace(wxString *text, + const wxString& replacement, + size_t maxMatches) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( text, wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("NULL text in wxRegEx::Replace") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( IsValid(), wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("must successfully Compile() first") ); + + // the input string +#ifndef WXREGEX_CONVERT_TO_MB + const wxChar *textstr = text->c_str(); + size_t textlen = text->length(); +#else + const wxWX2MBbuf textstr = WXREGEX_CHAR(*text); + if (!textstr) + { + wxLogError(_("Failed to find match for regular expression: %s"), + GetErrorMsg(0, true).c_str()); + return 0; + } + size_t textlen = strlen(textstr); + text->clear(); +#endif + + // the replacement text + wxString textNew; + + // the result, allow 25% extra + wxString result; + result.reserve(5 * textlen / 4); + + // attempt at optimization: don't iterate over the string if it doesn't + // contain back references at all + bool mayHaveBackrefs = + replacement.find_first_of(wxT("\\&")) != wxString::npos; + + if ( !mayHaveBackrefs ) + { + textNew = replacement; + } + + // the position where we start looking for the match + size_t matchStart = 0; + + // number of replacement made: we won't make more than maxMatches of them + // (unless maxMatches is 0 which doesn't limit the number of replacements) + size_t countRepl = 0; + + // note that "^" shouldn't match after the first call to Matches() so we + // use wxRE_NOTBOL to prevent it from happening + while ( (!maxMatches || countRepl < maxMatches) && + Matches( +#ifndef WXREGEX_CONVERT_TO_MB + textstr + matchStart, +#else + textstr.data() + matchStart, +#endif + countRepl ? wxRE_NOTBOL : 0 + WXREGEX_IF_NEED_LEN(textlen - matchStart)) ) + { + // the string possibly contains back references: we need to calculate + // the replacement text anew after each match + if ( mayHaveBackrefs ) + { + mayHaveBackrefs = false; + textNew.clear(); + textNew.reserve(replacement.length()); + + for ( const wxChar *p = replacement.c_str(); *p; p++ ) + { + size_t index = (size_t)-1; + + if ( *p == wxT('\\') ) + { + if ( wxIsdigit(*++p) ) + { + // back reference + wxChar *end; + index = (size_t)wxStrtoul(p, &end, 10); + p = end - 1; // -1 to compensate for p++ in the loop + } + //else: backslash used as escape character + } + else if ( *p == wxT('&') ) + { + // treat this as "\0" for compatbility with ed and such + index = 0; + } + + // do we have a back reference? + if ( index != (size_t)-1 ) + { + // yes, get its text + size_t start, len; + if ( !GetMatch(&start, &len, index) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid back reference") ); + + // just eat it... + } + else + { + textNew += wxString( +#ifndef WXREGEX_CONVERT_TO_MB + textstr +#else + textstr.data() +#endif + + matchStart + start, + *wxConvCurrent, len); + + mayHaveBackrefs = true; + } + } + else // ordinary character + { + textNew += *p; + } + } + } + + size_t start, len; + if ( !GetMatch(&start, &len) ) + { + // we did have match as Matches() returned true above! + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("internal logic error in wxRegEx::Replace") ); + + return wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + // an insurance against implementations that don't grow exponentially + // to ensure building the result takes linear time + if (result.capacity() < result.length() + start + textNew.length()) + result.reserve(2 * result.length()); + +#ifndef WXREGEX_CONVERT_TO_MB + result.append(*text, matchStart, start); +#else + result.append(wxString(textstr.data() + matchStart, *wxConvCurrent, start)); +#endif + matchStart += start; + result.append(textNew); + + countRepl++; + + matchStart += len; + } + +#ifndef WXREGEX_CONVERT_TO_MB + result.append(*text, matchStart, wxString::npos); +#else + result.append(wxString(textstr.data() + matchStart, *wxConvCurrent)); +#endif + *text = result; + + return countRepl; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRegEx: all methods are mostly forwarded to wxRegExImpl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxRegEx::Init() +{ + m_impl = NULL; +} + +wxRegEx::~wxRegEx() +{ + delete m_impl; +} + +bool wxRegEx::Compile(const wxString& expr, int flags) +{ + if ( !m_impl ) + { + m_impl = new wxRegExImpl; + } + + if ( !m_impl->Compile(expr, flags) ) + { + // error message already given in wxRegExImpl::Compile + wxDELETE(m_impl); + + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxRegEx::Matches(const wxString& str, int flags) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsValid(), false, wxT("must successfully Compile() first") ); + + return m_impl->Matches(WXREGEX_CHAR(str), flags + WXREGEX_IF_NEED_LEN(str.length())); +} + +bool wxRegEx::GetMatch(size_t *start, size_t *len, size_t index) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsValid(), false, wxT("must successfully Compile() first") ); + + return m_impl->GetMatch(start, len, index); +} + +wxString wxRegEx::GetMatch(const wxString& text, size_t index) const +{ + size_t start, len; + if ( !GetMatch(&start, &len, index) ) + return wxEmptyString; + + return text.Mid(start, len); +} + +size_t wxRegEx::GetMatchCount() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsValid(), 0, wxT("must successfully Compile() first") ); + + return m_impl->GetMatchCount(); +} + +int wxRegEx::Replace(wxString *pattern, + const wxString& replacement, + size_t maxMatches) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsValid(), wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("must successfully Compile() first") ); + + return m_impl->Replace(pattern, replacement, maxMatches); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_REGEX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rendcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rendcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9632a2f1e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rendcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/rendcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxRendererNative common functions +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 28.07.03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: rendcmn.cpp 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/apptrait.h" +#include "wx/renderer.h" + +#include "wx/scopedptr.h" + +#if wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS + #include "wx/dynlib.h" +#endif // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRendererPtr: auto pointer holding the global renderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef wxScopedPtr wxRendererPtrBase; + +class wxRendererPtr : public wxRendererPtrBase +{ +public: + // return true if we have a renderer, false otherwise + bool IsOk() + { + if ( !m_initialized ) + { + // only try to create the renderer once + m_initialized = true; + + DoInit(); + } + + return get() != NULL; + } + + // return the global and unique wxRendererPtr + static wxRendererPtr& Get(); + +private: + wxRendererPtr() : wxRendererPtrBase(NULL) { m_initialized = false; } + + void DoInit() + { + wxAppTraits *traits = wxTheApp ? wxTheApp->GetTraits() : NULL; + if ( traits ) + { + // ask the traits object to create a renderer for us + reset(traits->CreateRenderer()); + } + } + + bool m_initialized; + + // just to suppress a gcc warning + friend class wxRendererPtrDummyFriend; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRendererPtr); +}; + +// return the global and unique wxRendererPtr +/*static*/ wxRendererPtr& wxRendererPtr::Get() +{ + static wxRendererPtr s_renderer; + + return s_renderer; +} + +#if wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRendererFromDynLib: represents a renderer dynamically loaded from a DLL +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxRendererFromDynLib : public wxDelegateRendererNative +{ +public: + // create the object wrapping the given renderer created from this DLL + // + // we take ownership of the pointer and will delete it (and also unload the + // DLL) when we're deleted + wxRendererFromDynLib(wxDynamicLibrary& dll, wxRendererNative *renderer) + : wxDelegateRendererNative(*renderer), + m_renderer(renderer), + m_dllHandle(dll.Detach()) + { + } + + virtual ~wxRendererFromDynLib() + { + delete m_renderer; + wxDynamicLibrary::Unload(m_dllHandle); + } + +private: + wxRendererNative *m_renderer; + wxDllType m_dllHandle; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS + +// ============================================================================ +// wxRendererNative implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxRendererNative::~wxRendererNative() +{ + // empty but necessary +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Managing the global renderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +wxRendererNative& wxRendererNative::Get() +{ + wxRendererPtr& renderer = wxRendererPtr::Get(); + + return renderer.IsOk() ? *renderer.get() : GetDefault(); +} + +/* static */ +wxRendererNative *wxRendererNative::Set(wxRendererNative *rendererNew) +{ + wxRendererPtr& renderer = wxRendererPtr::Get(); + + wxRendererNative *rendererOld = renderer.release(); + + renderer.reset(rendererNew); + + return rendererOld; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Dynamic renderers loading +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS + +/* static */ +wxRendererNative *wxRendererNative::Load(const wxString& name) +{ + wxString fullname = wxDynamicLibrary::CanonicalizePluginName(name); + + wxDynamicLibrary dll(fullname); + if ( !dll.IsLoaded() ) + return NULL; + + // each theme DLL must export a wxCreateRenderer() function with this + // signature + typedef wxRendererNative *(*wxCreateRenderer_t)(); + + wxDYNLIB_FUNCTION(wxCreateRenderer_t, wxCreateRenderer, dll); + if ( !pfnwxCreateRenderer ) + return NULL; + + // create a renderer object + wxRendererNative *renderer = (*pfnwxCreateRenderer)(); + if ( !renderer ) + return NULL; + + // check that its version is compatible with ours + wxRendererVersion ver = renderer->GetVersion(); + if ( !wxRendererVersion::IsCompatible(ver) ) + { + wxLogError(_("Renderer \"%s\" has incompatible version %d.%d and couldn't be loaded."), + name.c_str(), ver.version, ver.age); + delete renderer; + + return NULL; + } + + // finally wrap the renderer in an object which will delete it and unload + // the library when it is deleted and return it to the caller + return new wxRendererFromDynLib(dll, renderer); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rgncmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rgncmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e13c27161b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/rgncmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/rgncmn.cpp +// Purpose: Methods of wxRegion that have a generic implementation +// Author: Robin Dunn +// Modified by: +// Created: 27-Mar-2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: rgncmn.cpp 65854 2010-10-20 23:11:04Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Robin Dunn +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/region.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +// ============================================================================ +// wxRegionBase implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// region comparision +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxRegionBase::IsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const +{ + if ( m_refData == region.GetRefData() ) + { + // regions are identical, hence equal + return true; + } + + if ( !m_refData || !region.GetRefData() ) + { + // one, but not both, of the regions is invalid + return false; + } + + return DoIsEqual(region); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// region to/from bitmap conversions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxBitmap wxRegionBase::ConvertToBitmap() const +{ + wxRect box = GetBox(); + wxBitmap bmp(box.GetRight() + 1, box.GetBottom() + 1); + wxMemoryDC dc; + dc.SelectObject(bmp); + dc.SetBackground(*wxBLACK_BRUSH); + dc.Clear(); + dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion(*static_cast(this)); + dc.SetBackground(*wxWHITE_BRUSH); + dc.Clear(); + dc.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + return bmp; +} + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + +static bool DoRegionUnion(wxRegionBase& region, + const wxImage& image, + unsigned char loR, + unsigned char loG, + unsigned char loB, + int tolerance) +{ + unsigned char hiR, hiG, hiB; + + hiR = (unsigned char)wxMin(0xFF, loR + tolerance); + hiG = (unsigned char)wxMin(0xFF, loG + tolerance); + hiB = (unsigned char)wxMin(0xFF, loB + tolerance); + + // Loop through the image row by row, pixel by pixel, building up + // rectangles to add to the region. + int width = image.GetWidth(); + int height = image.GetHeight(); + for (int y=0; y < height; y++) + { + wxRect rect; + rect.y = y; + rect.height = 1; + + for (int x=0; x < width; x++) + { + // search for a continuous range of non-transparent pixels + int x0 = x; + while ( x < width) + { + unsigned char R = image.GetRed(x,y); + unsigned char G = image.GetGreen(x,y); + unsigned char B = image.GetBlue(x,y); + if (( R >= loR && R <= hiR) && + ( G >= loG && G <= hiG) && + ( B >= loB && B <= hiB)) // It's transparent + break; + x++; + } + + // Add the run of non-transparent pixels (if any) to the region + if (x > x0) { + rect.x = x0; + rect.width = x - x0; + region.Union(rect); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + + +bool wxRegionBase::Union(const wxBitmap& bmp) +{ + if (bmp.GetMask()) + { + wxImage image = bmp.ConvertToImage(); + wxASSERT_MSG( image.HasMask(), wxT("wxBitmap::ConvertToImage doesn't preserve mask?") ); + return DoRegionUnion(*this, image, + image.GetMaskRed(), + image.GetMaskGreen(), + image.GetMaskBlue(), + 0); + } + else + { + return Union(0, 0, bmp.GetWidth(), bmp.GetHeight()); + } +} + +bool wxRegionBase::Union(const wxBitmap& bmp, + const wxColour& transColour, + int tolerance) +{ + wxImage image = bmp.ConvertToImage(); + return DoRegionUnion(*this, image, + transColour.Red(), + transColour.Green(), + transColour.Blue(), + tolerance); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + +#ifdef wxHAS_REGION_COMBINE +// ============================================================================ +// wxRegionWithCombine +// ============================================================================ + +// implement some wxRegionBase pure virtuals in terms of Combine() +bool wxRegionWithCombine::DoUnionWithRect(const wxRect& rect) +{ + return Combine(rect, wxRGN_OR); +} + +bool wxRegionWithCombine::DoUnionWithRegion(const wxRegion& region) +{ + return DoCombine(region, wxRGN_OR); +} + +bool wxRegionWithCombine::DoIntersect(const wxRegion& region) +{ + return DoCombine(region, wxRGN_AND); +} + +bool wxRegionWithCombine::DoSubtract(const wxRegion& region) +{ + return DoCombine(region, wxRGN_DIFF); +} + +bool wxRegionWithCombine::DoXor(const wxRegion& region) +{ + return DoCombine(region, wxRGN_XOR); +} + +#endif // wxHAS_REGION_COMBINE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckaddr.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckaddr.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9dd6d3afb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckaddr.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1012 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/sckaddr.cpp +// Purpose: Network address manager +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Created: 26/04/97 +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin to use wxSockAddressImpl on 2008-12-28 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sckaddr.cpp 65124 2010-07-28 11:26:14Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/object.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/thread.h" + + #include + #include + #include + + #if !defined(__MWERKS__) + #include + #endif +#endif // !WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/socket.h" +#include "wx/sckaddr.h" +#include "wx/private/socket.h" +#include "wx/private/sckaddr.h" + +#include + +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) + #include + #include +#endif // __UNIX__ + +#ifndef INADDR_NONE + #define INADDR_NONE INADDR_ANY +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRTTI macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxSockAddress, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxIPaddress, wxSockAddress) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIPV4address, wxIPaddress) +#if wxUSE_IPV6 +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIPV6address, wxIPaddress) +#endif +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WINE__) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxUNIXaddress, wxSockAddress) +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation of thread-safe/reentrant functions if they're missing +// ============================================================================ + +// TODO: use POSIX getaddrinfo() (also available in Winsock 2) for simplicity +// and to use the same code for IPv4 and IPv6 support + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #define HAVE_INET_ADDR + + #ifndef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME + #define HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME + #endif + #ifndef HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME + #define HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME + #endif + + // under MSW getxxxbyname() functions are MT-safe (but not reentrant) so + // we don't need to serialize calls to them + #define wxHAS_MT_SAFE_GETBY_FUNCS + + #if wxUSE_IPV6 + // this header does dynamic dispatching of getaddrinfo/freeaddrinfo() + // by implementing them in its own code if the system versions are not + // available (as is the case for anything < XP) + // + // NB: if this is not available for the other compilers (so far tested + // with MSVC only) we should just use wxDynamicLibrary "manually" + #ifdef __VISUALC__ + // disable a warning occurring in Microsoft own version of this file + #pragma warning(disable:4706) + #endif + #include + #ifdef __VISUALC__ + #pragma warning(default:4706) + #endif + #endif +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +// we assume that we have gethostbyaddr_r() if and only if we have +// gethostbyname_r() and that it uses the similar conventions to it (see +// comment in configure) +#define HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME +#ifdef HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_3 + #define HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_3 +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_5 + #define HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_5 +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_6 + #define HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_6 +#endif + +// the _r functions need the extra buffer parameter but unfortunately its type +// differs between different systems and for the systems which use opaque +// structs for it (at least AIX and OpenBSD) it must be zero-filled before +// being passed to the system functions +#ifdef HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_3 + struct wxGethostBuf : hostent_data + { + wxGethostBuf() + { + memset(this, 0, sizeof(hostent_data)); + } + }; +#else + typedef char wxGethostBuf[1024]; +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_FUNC_GETSERVBYNAME_R_4 + struct wxGetservBuf : servent_data + { + wxGethostBuf() + { + memset(this, 0, sizeof(servent_data)); + } + }; +#else + typedef char wxGetservBuf[1024]; +#endif + +#if defined(wxHAS_MT_SAFE_GETBY_FUNCS) || !wxUSE_THREADS + #define wxLOCK_GETBY_MUTEX(name) +#else // may need mutexes to protect getxxxbyxxx() calls + #if defined(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME) || \ + defined(HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR) || \ + defined(HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME) + #include "wx/thread.h" + + namespace + { + // these mutexes are used to serialize + wxMutex nameLock, // gethostbyname() + addrLock, // gethostbyaddr() + servLock; // getservbyname() + } + + #define wxLOCK_GETBY_MUTEX(name) wxMutexLocker locker(name ## Lock) + #endif // we don't have _r functions +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + +namespace +{ + +#if defined(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME) +hostent *deepCopyHostent(hostent *h, + const hostent *he, + char *buffer, + int size, + int *err) +{ + /* copy old structure */ + memcpy(h, he, sizeof(hostent)); + + /* copy name */ + int len = strlen(h->h_name); + if (len > size) + { + *err = ENOMEM; + return NULL; + } + memcpy(buffer, h->h_name, len); + buffer[len] = '\0'; + h->h_name = buffer; + + /* track position in the buffer */ + int pos = len + 1; + + /* reuse len to store address length */ + len = h->h_length; + + /* ensure pointer alignment */ + unsigned int misalign = sizeof(char *) - pos%sizeof(char *); + if(misalign < sizeof(char *)) + pos += misalign; + + /* leave space for pointer list */ + char **p = h->h_addr_list, **q; + char **h_addr_list = (char **)(buffer + pos); + while(*(p++) != 0) + pos += sizeof(char *); + + /* copy addresses and fill new pointer list */ + for (p = h->h_addr_list, q = h_addr_list; *p != 0; p++, q++) + { + if (size < pos + len) + { + *err = ENOMEM; + return NULL; + } + memcpy(buffer + pos, *p, len); /* copy content */ + *q = buffer + pos; /* set copied pointer to copied content */ + pos += len; + } + *++q = 0; /* null terminate the pointer list */ + h->h_addr_list = h_addr_list; /* copy pointer to pointers */ + + /* ensure word alignment of pointers */ + misalign = sizeof(char *) - pos%sizeof(char *); + if(misalign < sizeof(char *)) + pos += misalign; + + /* leave space for pointer list */ + p = h->h_aliases; + char **h_aliases = (char **)(buffer + pos); + while(*(p++) != 0) + pos += sizeof(char *); + + /* copy aliases and fill new pointer list */ + for (p = h->h_aliases, q = h_aliases; *p != 0; p++, q++) + { + len = strlen(*p); + if (size <= pos + len) + { + *err = ENOMEM; + return NULL; + } + memcpy(buffer + pos, *p, len); /* copy content */ + buffer[pos + len] = '\0'; + *q = buffer + pos; /* set copied pointer to copied content */ + pos += len + 1; + } + *++q = 0; /* null terminate the pointer list */ + h->h_aliases = h_aliases; /* copy pointer to pointers */ + + return h; +} +#endif // HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME + +hostent *wxGethostbyname_r(const char *hostname, + hostent *h, + wxGethostBuf buffer, + int size, + int *err) +{ + hostent *he; +#if defined(HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_6) + gethostbyname_r(hostname, h, buffer, size, &he, err); +#elif defined(HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_5) + he = gethostbyname_r(hostname, h, buffer, size, err); +#elif defined(HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_3) + he = gethostbyname_r(hostname, h, &buffer); + *err = h_errno; +#elif defined(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME) + wxLOCK_GETBY_MUTEX(name); + + he = gethostbyname(hostname); + *err = h_errno; + + if ( he ) + he = deepCopyHostent(h, he, buffer, size, err); +#else + #error "No gethostbyname[_r]()" +#endif + + return he; +} + +hostent *wxGethostbyaddr_r(const char *addr_buf, + int buf_size, + int proto, + hostent *h, + wxGethostBuf buffer, + int size, + int *err) +{ + hostent *he; +#if defined(HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_6) + gethostbyaddr_r(addr_buf, buf_size, proto, h, buffer, size, &he, err); +#elif defined(HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_5) + he = gethostbyaddr_r(addr_buf, buf_size, proto, h, buffer, size, err); +#elif defined(HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_3) + he = gethostbyaddr_r(addr_buf, buf_size, proto, h, buffer); + *err = h_errno; +#elif defined(HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR) + wxLOCK_GETBY_MUTEX(addr); + + he = gethostbyaddr(addr_buf, buf_size, proto); + *err = h_errno; + + if ( he ) + he = deepCopyHostent(h, he, buffer, size, err); +#else + #error "No gethostbyaddr[_r]()" +#endif + + return he; +} + +#if defined(HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME) +servent *deepCopyServent(servent *s, + servent *se, + char *buffer, + int size) +{ + /* copy plain old structure */ + memcpy(s, se, sizeof(servent)); + + /* copy name */ + int len = strlen(s->s_name); + if (len >= size) + { + return NULL; + } + memcpy(buffer, s->s_name, len); + buffer[len] = '\0'; + s->s_name = buffer; + + /* track position in the buffer */ + int pos = len + 1; + + /* copy protocol */ + len = strlen(s->s_proto); + if (pos + len >= size) + { + return NULL; + } + memcpy(buffer + pos, s->s_proto, len); + buffer[pos + len] = '\0'; + s->s_proto = buffer + pos; + + /* track position in the buffer */ + pos += len + 1; + + /* ensure pointer alignment */ + unsigned int misalign = sizeof(char *) - pos%sizeof(char *); + if(misalign < sizeof(char *)) + pos += misalign; + + /* leave space for pointer list */ + char **p = s->s_aliases, **q; + char **s_aliases = (char **)(buffer + pos); + while(*(p++) != 0) + pos += sizeof(char *); + + /* copy addresses and fill new pointer list */ + for (p = s->s_aliases, q = s_aliases; *p != 0; p++, q++){ + len = strlen(*p); + if (size <= pos + len) + { + return NULL; + } + memcpy(buffer + pos, *p, len); /* copy content */ + buffer[pos + len] = '\0'; + *q = buffer + pos; /* set copied pointer to copied content */ + pos += len + 1; + } + *++q = 0; /* null terminate the pointer list */ + s->s_aliases = s_aliases; /* copy pointer to pointers */ + return s; +} +#endif // HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME + +servent *wxGetservbyname_r(const char *port, + const char *protocol, + servent *serv, + wxGetservBuf& buffer, + int size) +{ + servent *se; +#if defined(HAVE_FUNC_GETSERVBYNAME_R_6) + getservbyname_r(port, protocol, serv, buffer, size, &se); +#elif defined(HAVE_FUNC_GETSERVBYNAME_R_5) + se = getservbyname_r(port, protocol, serv, buffer, size); +#elif defined(HAVE_FUNC_GETSERVBYNAME_R_4) + if ( getservbyname_r(port, protocol, serv, &buffer) != 0 ) + return NULL; +#elif defined(HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME) + wxLOCK_GETBY_MUTEX(serv); + + se = getservbyname(port, protocol); + if ( se ) + se = deepCopyServent(serv, se, buffer, size); +#else + #error "No getservbyname[_r]()" +#endif + return se; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ============================================================================ +// wxSockAddressImpl implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// FIXME-VC6: helper macros to call Alloc/Get() hiding the ugly dummy argument +#define ALLOC(T) Alloc(static_cast(NULL)) +#define GET(T) Get(static_cast(NULL)) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// INET or INET6 address family +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxSockAddressImpl::GetHostName() const +{ + const void *addrbuf; + int addrbuflen; + +#if wxUSE_IPV6 + if ( m_family == FAMILY_INET6 ) + { + sockaddr_in6 * const addr6 = GET(sockaddr_in6); + addrbuf = &addr6->sin6_addr; + addrbuflen = sizeof(addr6->sin6_addr); + } + else +#endif // wxUSE_IPV6 + { + sockaddr_in * const addr = GET(sockaddr_in); + if ( !addr ) + return wxString(); + + addrbuf = &addr->sin_addr; + addrbuflen = sizeof(addr->sin_addr); + } + + hostent he; + wxGethostBuf buffer; + int err; + if ( !wxGethostbyaddr_r + ( + static_cast(addrbuf), + addrbuflen, + m_family, + &he, + buffer, + sizeof(buffer), + &err + ) ) + { + return wxString(); + } + + return wxString::FromUTF8(he.h_name); +} + +bool wxSockAddressImpl::SetPortName(const wxString& name, const char *protocol) +{ + // test whether it's a number first + unsigned long port; + if ( name.ToULong(&port) ) + { + if ( port > 65535 ) + return false; + } + else // it's a service name + { + wxGetservBuf buffer; + servent se; + if ( !wxGetservbyname_r(name.utf8_str(), protocol, &se, + buffer, sizeof(buffer)) ) + return false; + + // s_port is in network byte order and SetPort() uses the host byte + // order and we prefer to reuse it from here instead of assigning to + // sin_port directly + port = ntohs(se.s_port); + } + + return SetPort(port); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// INET address family +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSockAddressImpl::CreateINET() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( Is(FAMILY_UNSPEC), "recreating address as different type?" ); + + m_family = FAMILY_INET; + sockaddr_in * const addr = ALLOC(sockaddr_in); + addr->sin_family = FAMILY_INET; +} + +bool wxSockAddressImpl::SetHostName4(const wxString& name) +{ + sockaddr_in * const addr = GET(sockaddr_in); + if ( !addr ) + return false; + + const wxScopedCharBuffer namebuf(name.utf8_str()); + + // first check if this is an address in quad dotted notation +#if defined(HAVE_INET_ATON) + if ( inet_aton(namebuf, &addr->sin_addr) ) + return true; +#elif defined(HAVE_INET_ADDR) + addr->sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr(namebuf); + if ( addr->sin_addr.s_addr != INADDR_NONE ) + return true; +#else + #error "Neither inet_aton() nor inet_addr() is available?" +#endif + + // it's a host name, resolve it + hostent he; + wxGethostBuf buffer; + int err; + if ( !wxGethostbyname_r(namebuf, &he, buffer, sizeof(buffer), &err) ) + return false; + + addr->sin_addr.s_addr = ((in_addr *)he.h_addr)->s_addr; + return true; +} + +bool wxSockAddressImpl::GetHostAddress(wxUint32 *address) const +{ + sockaddr_in * const addr = GET(sockaddr_in); + if ( !addr ) + return false; + + *address = ntohl(addr->sin_addr.s_addr); + + return true; +} + +bool wxSockAddressImpl::SetHostAddress(wxUint32 address) +{ + sockaddr_in * const addr = GET(sockaddr_in); + if ( !addr ) + return false; + + addr->sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(address); + + return true; +} + +wxUint16 wxSockAddressImpl::GetPort4() const +{ + sockaddr_in * const addr = GET(sockaddr_in); + if ( !addr ) + return 0; + + return ntohs(addr->sin_port); +} + +bool wxSockAddressImpl::SetPort4(wxUint16 port) +{ + sockaddr_in * const addr = GET(sockaddr_in); + if ( !addr ) + return false; + + addr->sin_port = htons(port); + + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_IPV6 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// INET6 address family +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSockAddressImpl::CreateINET6() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( Is(FAMILY_UNSPEC), "recreating address as different type?" ); + + m_family = FAMILY_INET6; + sockaddr_in6 * const addr = ALLOC(sockaddr_in6); + addr->sin6_family = FAMILY_INET6; +} + +bool wxSockAddressImpl::SetHostName6(const wxString& hostname) +{ + sockaddr_in6 * const addr = GET(sockaddr_in6); + if ( !addr ) + return false; + + addrinfo hints; + memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints)); + hints.ai_family = AF_INET6; + + addrinfo *info = NULL; + int rc = getaddrinfo(hostname.utf8_str(), NULL, &hints, &info); + if ( rc ) + { + // use gai_strerror()? + return false; + } + + wxCHECK_MSG( info, false, "should have info on success" ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( int(info->ai_addrlen) == m_len, "unexpected address length" ); + + memcpy(addr, info->ai_addr, info->ai_addrlen); + freeaddrinfo(info); + + return true; +} + +bool wxSockAddressImpl::GetHostAddress(in6_addr *address) const +{ + sockaddr_in6 * const addr = GET(sockaddr_in6); + if ( !addr ) + return false; + + *address = addr->sin6_addr; + + return true; +} + +bool wxSockAddressImpl::SetHostAddress(const in6_addr& address) +{ + sockaddr_in6 * const addr = GET(sockaddr_in6); + if ( !addr ) + return false; + + addr->sin6_addr = address; + + return true; +} + +wxUint16 wxSockAddressImpl::GetPort6() const +{ + sockaddr_in6 * const addr = GET(sockaddr_in6); + if ( !addr ) + return 0; + + return ntohs(addr->sin6_port); +} + +bool wxSockAddressImpl::SetPort6(wxUint16 port) +{ + sockaddr_in6 * const addr = GET(sockaddr_in6); + if ( !addr ) + return false; + + addr->sin6_port = htons(port); + + return true; +} + +bool wxSockAddressImpl::SetToAnyAddress6() +{ + static const in6_addr any = IN6ADDR_ANY_INIT; + + return SetHostAddress(any); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_IPV6 + +#ifdef wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Unix address family +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef UNIX_PATH_MAX + #define UNIX_PATH_MAX (WXSIZEOF(((sockaddr_un *)NULL)->sun_path)) +#endif + +void wxSockAddressImpl::CreateUnix() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( Is(FAMILY_UNSPEC), "recreating address as different type?" ); + + m_family = FAMILY_UNIX; + sockaddr_un * const addr = ALLOC(sockaddr_un); + addr->sun_family = FAMILY_UNIX; + addr->sun_path[0] = '\0'; +} + +bool wxSockAddressImpl::SetPath(const wxString& path) +{ + sockaddr_un * const addr = GET(sockaddr_un); + if ( !addr ) + return false; + + const wxScopedCharBuffer buf(path.utf8_str()); + if ( strlen(buf) >= UNIX_PATH_MAX ) + return false; + + wxStrlcpy(addr->sun_path, buf, UNIX_PATH_MAX); + + return true; +} + +wxString wxSockAddressImpl::GetPath() const +{ + sockaddr_un * const addr = GET(sockaddr_un); + if ( !addr ) + return wxString(); + + return wxString::FromUTF8(addr->sun_path); +} + +#endif // wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + +#undef GET +#undef ALLOC + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSockAddress +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const sockaddr *wxSockAddress::GetAddressData() const +{ + return GetAddress().GetAddr(); +} + +int wxSockAddress::GetAddressDataLen() const +{ + return GetAddress().GetLen(); +} + +void wxSockAddress::Init() +{ + if ( wxIsMainThread() && !wxSocketBase::IsInitialized() ) + { + // we must do it before using any socket functions + (void)wxSocketBase::Initialize(); + } +} + +wxSockAddress::wxSockAddress() +{ + Init(); + + m_impl = new wxSockAddressImpl(); +} + +wxSockAddress::wxSockAddress(const wxSockAddress& other) + : wxObject() +{ + Init(); + + m_impl = new wxSockAddressImpl(*other.m_impl); +} + +wxSockAddress::~wxSockAddress() +{ + delete m_impl; +} + +void wxSockAddress::SetAddress(const wxSockAddressImpl& address) +{ + if ( &address != m_impl ) + { + delete m_impl; + m_impl = new wxSockAddressImpl(address); + } +} + +wxSockAddress& wxSockAddress::operator=(const wxSockAddress& addr) +{ + SetAddress(addr.GetAddress()); + + return *this; +} + +void wxSockAddress::Clear() +{ + m_impl->Clear(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIPaddress +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSockAddressImpl& wxIPaddress::GetImpl() +{ + if ( m_impl->GetFamily() == wxSockAddressImpl::FAMILY_UNSPEC ) + m_impl->CreateINET(); + + return *m_impl; +} + +bool wxIPaddress::Hostname(const wxString& name) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( !name.empty(), false, "empty host name is invalid" ); + + m_origHostname = name; + + return GetImpl().SetHostName(name); +} + +bool wxIPaddress::Service(const wxString& name) +{ + return GetImpl().SetPortName(name, "tcp"); +} + +bool wxIPaddress::Service(unsigned short port) +{ + return GetImpl().SetPort(port); +} + +bool wxIPaddress::LocalHost() +{ + return Hostname("localhost"); +} + +wxString wxIPaddress::Hostname() const +{ + return GetImpl().GetHostName(); +} + +unsigned short wxIPaddress::Service() const +{ + return GetImpl().GetPort(); +} + +bool wxIPaddress::operator==(const wxIPaddress& addr) const +{ + return Hostname().Cmp(addr.Hostname()) == 0 && + Service() == addr.Service(); +} + +bool wxIPaddress::AnyAddress() +{ + return GetImpl().SetToAnyAddress(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIPV4address +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxIPV4address::DoInitImpl() +{ + m_impl->CreateINET(); +} + +bool wxIPV4address::Hostname(unsigned long addr) +{ + if ( !GetImpl().SetHostAddress(addr) ) + { + m_origHostname.clear(); + return false; + } + + m_origHostname = Hostname(); + return true; +} + +bool wxIPV4address::IsLocalHost() const +{ + return Hostname() == "localhost" || IPAddress() == "127.0.0.1"; +} + +wxString wxIPV4address::IPAddress() const +{ + wxUint32 addr; + if ( !GetImpl().GetHostAddress(&addr) ) + return wxString(); + + return wxString::Format + ( + "%u.%u.%u.%u", + (addr >> 24) & 0xff, + (addr >> 16) & 0xff, + (addr >> 8) & 0xff, + addr & 0xff + ); +} + +bool wxIPV4address::BroadcastAddress() +{ + return GetImpl().SetToBroadcastAddress(); +} + +#if wxUSE_IPV6 + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIPV6address +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxIPV6address::DoInitImpl() +{ + m_impl->CreateINET6(); +} + +bool wxIPV6address::Hostname(unsigned char addr[16]) +{ + unsigned short wk[8]; + for ( int i = 0; i < 8; ++i ) + { + wk[i] = addr[2*i]; + wk[i] <<= 8; + wk[i] |= addr[2*i+1]; + } + + return Hostname + ( + wxString::Format + ( + "%x:%x:%x:%x:%x:%x:%x:%x", + wk[0], wk[1], wk[2], wk[3], wk[4], wk[5], wk[6], wk[7] + ) + ); +} + +bool wxIPV6address::IsLocalHost() const +{ + if ( Hostname() == "localhost" ) + return true; + + wxString addr = IPAddress(); + return addr == wxT("::1") || + addr == wxT("0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1") || + addr == wxT("::ffff:127.0.0.1"); +} + +wxString wxIPV6address::IPAddress() const +{ + union + { + in6_addr addr6; + wxUint8 bytes[16]; + } u; + + if ( !GetImpl().GetHostAddress(&u.addr6) ) + return wxString(); + + const wxUint8 * const addr = u.bytes; + + wxUint16 words[8]; + int i, + prefix_zero_count = 0; + for ( i = 0; i < 8; ++i ) + { + words[i] = addr[i*2]; + words[i] <<= 8; + words[i] |= addr[i*2+1]; + if ( i == prefix_zero_count && words[i] == 0 ) + ++prefix_zero_count; + } + + wxString result; + if ( prefix_zero_count == 8 ) + { + result = wxT( "::" ); + } + else if ( prefix_zero_count == 6 && words[5] == 0xFFFF ) + { + // IPv4 mapped + result.Printf("::ffff:%d.%d.%d.%d", + addr[12], addr[13], addr[14], addr[15]); + } + else // general case + { + result = ":"; + for ( i = prefix_zero_count; i < 8; ++i ) + { + result += wxString::Format(":%x", words[i]); + } + } + + return result; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_IPV6 + +#ifdef wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxUNIXaddress +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSockAddressImpl& wxUNIXaddress::GetUNIX() +{ + if ( m_impl->GetFamily() == wxSockAddressImpl::FAMILY_UNSPEC ) + m_impl->CreateUnix(); + + return *m_impl; +} + +void wxUNIXaddress::Filename(const wxString& fname) +{ + GetUNIX().SetPath(fname); +} + +wxString wxUNIXaddress::Filename() const +{ + return GetUNIX().GetPath(); +} + +#endif // wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS + +#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckfile.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckfile.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..467c1500a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckfile.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/sckfile.cpp +// Purpose: File protocol +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 20/07/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sckfile.cpp 58137 2009-01-16 15:08:13Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif + +#include "wx/uri.h" +#include "wx/wfstream.h" +#include "wx/protocol/file.h" + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileProto +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileProto, wxProtocol) +IMPLEMENT_PROTOCOL(wxFileProto, wxT("file"), NULL, false) + +wxFileProto::wxFileProto() + : wxProtocol() +{ +} + +wxFileProto::~wxFileProto() +{ +} + +wxInputStream *wxFileProto::GetInputStream(const wxString& path) +{ + wxFileInputStream *retval = new wxFileInputStream(wxURI::Unescape(path)); + if ( retval->Ok() ) + { + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOERR; + return retval; + } + + m_lastError = wxPROTO_NOFILE; + delete retval; + + return NULL; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckipc.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckipc.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1088c93dbd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckipc.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,932 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/sckipc.cpp +// Purpose: Interprocess communication implementation (wxSocket version) +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Guilhem Lavaux (big rewrite) May 1997, 1998 +// Guillermo Rodriguez (updated for wxSocket v2) Jan 2000 +// (callbacks deprecated) Mar 2000 +// Vadim Zeitlin (added support for Unix sockets) Apr 2002 +// (use buffering, many fixes/cleanup) Oct 2008 +// Created: 1993 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sckipc.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart 1993 +// (c) Guilhem Lavaux 1997, 1998 +// (c) 2000 Guillermo Rodriguez +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ========================================================================== +// declarations +// ========================================================================== + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_IPC && wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/sckipc.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/event.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "wx/socket.h" + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros and constants +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +// Message codes (don't change them to avoid breaking the existing code using +// wxIPC protocol!) +enum IPCCode +{ + IPC_EXECUTE = 1, + IPC_REQUEST = 2, + IPC_POKE = 3, + IPC_ADVISE_START = 4, + IPC_ADVISE_REQUEST = 5, + IPC_ADVISE = 6, + IPC_ADVISE_STOP = 7, + IPC_REQUEST_REPLY = 8, + IPC_FAIL = 9, + IPC_CONNECT = 10, + IPC_DISCONNECT = 11, + IPC_MAX +}; + +} // anonymous namespace + +// headers needed for umask() +#ifdef __UNIX_LIKE__ + #include + #include +#endif // __UNIX_LIKE__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// get the address object for the given server name, the caller must delete it +static wxSockAddress * +GetAddressFromName(const wxString& serverName, + const wxString& host = wxEmptyString) +{ + // we always use INET sockets under non-Unix systems +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WINE__) + // under Unix, if the server name looks like a path, create a AF_UNIX + // socket instead of AF_INET one + if ( serverName.Find(wxT('/')) != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + wxUNIXaddress *addr = new wxUNIXaddress; + addr->Filename(serverName); + + return addr; + } +#endif // Unix/!Unix + { + wxIPV4address *addr = new wxIPV4address; + addr->Service(serverName); + if ( !host.empty() ) + { + addr->Hostname(host); + } + + return addr; + } +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTCPEventHandler stuff (private class) +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxTCPEventHandler : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxTCPEventHandler() : wxEvtHandler() { } + + void Client_OnRequest(wxSocketEvent& event); + void Server_OnRequest(wxSocketEvent& event); + +private: + void HandleDisconnect(wxTCPConnection *connection); + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTCPEventHandler); +}; + +enum +{ + _CLIENT_ONREQUEST_ID = 1000, + _SERVER_ONREQUEST_ID +}; + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTCPEventHandlerModule (private class) +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxTCPEventHandlerModule : public wxModule +{ +public: + wxTCPEventHandlerModule() : wxModule() { } + + // get the global wxTCPEventHandler creating it if necessary + static wxTCPEventHandler& GetHandler() + { + if ( !ms_handler ) + ms_handler = new wxTCPEventHandler; + + return *ms_handler; + } + + // as ms_handler is initialized on demand, don't do anything in OnInit() + virtual bool OnInit() { return true; } + virtual void OnExit() { wxDELETE(ms_handler); } + +private: + static wxTCPEventHandler *ms_handler; + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTCPEventHandlerModule) + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTCPEventHandlerModule); +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTCPEventHandlerModule, wxModule) + +wxTCPEventHandler *wxTCPEventHandlerModule::ms_handler = NULL; + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIPCSocketStreams +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define USE_BUFFER + +// this class contains the various (related) streams used by wxTCPConnection +// and also provides a way to read from the socket stream directly +// +// for writing to the stream use the IPCOutput class below +class wxIPCSocketStreams +{ +public: + // ctor initializes all the streams on top of the given socket + // + // note that we use a bigger than default buffer size which matches the + // typical Ethernet MTU (minus TCP header overhead) + wxIPCSocketStreams(wxSocketBase& sock) + : m_socketStream(sock), +#ifdef USE_BUFFER + m_bufferedOut(m_socketStream, 1448), +#else + m_bufferedOut(m_socketStream), +#endif + m_dataIn(m_socketStream), + m_dataOut(m_bufferedOut) + { + } + + // expose the IO methods needed by IPC code (notice that writing is only + // done via IPCOutput) + + // flush output + void Flush() + { +#ifdef USE_BUFFER + m_bufferedOut.Sync(); +#endif + } + + // simple wrappers around the functions with the same name in + // wxDataInputStream + wxUint8 Read8() + { + Flush(); + return m_dataIn.Read8(); + } + + wxUint32 Read32() + { + Flush(); + return m_dataIn.Read32(); + } + + wxString ReadString() + { + Flush(); + return m_dataIn.ReadString(); + } + + // read arbitrary (size-prepended) data + // + // connection parameter is needed to call its GetBufferAtLeast() method + void *ReadData(wxConnectionBase *conn, size_t *size) + { + Flush(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( conn, NULL, "NULL connection parameter" ); + wxCHECK_MSG( size, NULL, "NULL size parameter" ); + + *size = Read32(); + + void * const data = conn->GetBufferAtLeast(*size); + wxCHECK_MSG( data, NULL, "IPC buffer allocation failed" ); + + m_socketStream.Read(data, *size); + + return data; + } + + // same as above but for data preceded by the format + void * + ReadFormatData(wxConnectionBase *conn, wxIPCFormat *format, size_t *size) + { + wxCHECK_MSG( format, NULL, "NULL format parameter" ); + + *format = static_cast(Read8()); + + return ReadData(conn, size); + } + + + // these methods are only used by IPCOutput and not directly + wxDataOutputStream& GetDataOut() { return m_dataOut; } + wxOutputStream& GetUnformattedOut() { return m_bufferedOut; } + +private: + // this is the low-level underlying stream using the connection socket + wxSocketStream m_socketStream; + + // the buffered stream is used to avoid writing all pieces of an IPC + // request to the socket one by one but to instead do it all at once when + // we're done with it +#ifdef USE_BUFFER + wxBufferedOutputStream m_bufferedOut; +#else + wxOutputStream& m_bufferedOut; +#endif + + // finally the data streams are used to be able to write typed data into + // the above streams easily + wxDataInputStream m_dataIn; + wxDataOutputStream m_dataOut; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxIPCSocketStreams); +}; + +namespace +{ + +// an object of this class should be instantiated on the stack to write to the +// underlying socket stream +// +// this class is intentionally separated from wxIPCSocketStreams to ensure that +// Flush() is always called +class IPCOutput +{ +public: + // construct an object associated with the given streams (which must have + // life time greater than ours as we keep a reference to it) + IPCOutput(wxIPCSocketStreams *streams) + : m_streams(*streams) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( streams, "NULL streams pointer" ); + } + + // dtor calls Flush() really sending the IPC data to the network + ~IPCOutput() { m_streams.Flush(); } + + + // write a byte + void Write8(wxUint8 i) + { + m_streams.GetDataOut().Write8(i); + } + + // write the reply code and a string + void Write(IPCCode code, const wxString& str) + { + Write8(code); + m_streams.GetDataOut().WriteString(str); + } + + // write the reply code, a string and a format in this order + void Write(IPCCode code, const wxString& str, wxIPCFormat format) + { + Write(code, str); + Write8(format); + } + + // write arbitrary data + void WriteData(const void *data, size_t size) + { + m_streams.GetDataOut().Write32(size); + m_streams.GetUnformattedOut().Write(data, size); + } + + +private: + wxIPCSocketStreams& m_streams; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(IPCOutput); +}; + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ========================================================================== +// implementation +// ========================================================================== + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTCPServer, wxServerBase) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTCPClient, wxClientBase) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxTCPConnection, wxConnectionBase) + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTCPClient +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTCPClient::wxTCPClient() + : wxClientBase() +{ +} + +bool wxTCPClient::ValidHost(const wxString& host) +{ + wxIPV4address addr; + + return addr.Hostname(host); +} + +wxConnectionBase *wxTCPClient::MakeConnection(const wxString& host, + const wxString& serverName, + const wxString& topic) +{ + wxSockAddress *addr = GetAddressFromName(serverName, host); + if ( !addr ) + return NULL; + + wxSocketClient * const client = new wxSocketClient(wxSOCKET_WAITALL); + wxIPCSocketStreams * const streams = new wxIPCSocketStreams(*client); + + bool ok = client->Connect(*addr); + delete addr; + + if ( ok ) + { + // Send topic name, and enquire whether this has succeeded + IPCOutput(streams).Write(IPC_CONNECT, topic); + + unsigned char msg = streams->Read8(); + + // OK! Confirmation. + if (msg == IPC_CONNECT) + { + wxTCPConnection * + connection = (wxTCPConnection *)OnMakeConnection (); + + if (connection) + { + if (connection->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxTCPConnection))) + { + connection->m_topic = topic; + connection->m_sock = client; + connection->m_streams = streams; + client->SetEventHandler(wxTCPEventHandlerModule::GetHandler(), + _CLIENT_ONREQUEST_ID); + client->SetClientData(connection); + client->SetNotify(wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG | wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG); + client->Notify(true); + return connection; + } + else + { + delete connection; + // and fall through to delete everything else + } + } + } + } + + // Something went wrong, delete everything + delete streams; + client->Destroy(); + + return NULL; +} + +wxConnectionBase *wxTCPClient::OnMakeConnection() +{ + return new wxTCPConnection(); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTCPServer +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTCPServer::wxTCPServer() + : wxServerBase() +{ + m_server = NULL; +} + +bool wxTCPServer::Create(const wxString& serverName) +{ + // Destroy previous server, if any + if (m_server) + { + m_server->SetClientData(NULL); + m_server->Destroy(); + m_server = NULL; + } + + wxSockAddress *addr = GetAddressFromName(serverName); + if ( !addr ) + return false; + +#ifdef __UNIX_LIKE__ + mode_t umaskOld; + if ( addr->Type() == wxSockAddress::UNIX ) + { + // ensure that the file doesn't exist as otherwise calling socket() + // would fail + int rc = remove(serverName.fn_str()); + if ( rc < 0 && errno != ENOENT ) + { + delete addr; + + return false; + } + + // also set the umask to prevent the others from reading our file + umaskOld = umask(077); + } + else + { + // unused anyhow but shut down the compiler warnings + umaskOld = 0; + } +#endif // __UNIX_LIKE__ + + // Create a socket listening on the specified port (reusing it to allow + // restarting the server listening on the same port as was used by the + // previous instance of this server) + m_server = new wxSocketServer(*addr, wxSOCKET_WAITALL | wxSOCKET_REUSEADDR); + +#ifdef __UNIX_LIKE__ + if ( addr->Type() == wxSockAddress::UNIX ) + { + // restore the umask + umask(umaskOld); + + // save the file name to remove it later + m_filename = serverName; + } +#endif // __UNIX_LIKE__ + + delete addr; + + if (!m_server->Ok()) + { + m_server->Destroy(); + m_server = NULL; + + return false; + } + + m_server->SetEventHandler(wxTCPEventHandlerModule::GetHandler(), + _SERVER_ONREQUEST_ID); + m_server->SetClientData(this); + m_server->SetNotify(wxSOCKET_CONNECTION_FLAG); + m_server->Notify(true); + + return true; +} + +wxTCPServer::~wxTCPServer() +{ + if ( m_server ) + { + m_server->SetClientData(NULL); + m_server->Destroy(); + } + +#ifdef __UNIX_LIKE__ + if ( !m_filename.empty() ) + { + if ( remove(m_filename.fn_str()) != 0 ) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Stale AF_UNIX file '%s' left."), m_filename.c_str()); + } + } +#endif // __UNIX_LIKE__ +} + +wxConnectionBase * +wxTCPServer::OnAcceptConnection(const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic)) +{ + return new wxTCPConnection(); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTCPConnection +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxTCPConnection::Init() +{ + m_sock = NULL; + m_streams = NULL; +} + +wxTCPConnection::~wxTCPConnection() +{ + Disconnect(); + + if ( m_sock ) + { + m_sock->SetClientData(NULL); + m_sock->Destroy(); + } + + delete m_streams; +} + +void wxTCPConnection::Compress(bool WXUNUSED(on)) +{ + // TODO +} + +// Calls that CLIENT can make. +bool wxTCPConnection::Disconnect() +{ + if ( !GetConnected() ) + return true; + + // Send the disconnect message to the peer. + IPCOutput(m_streams).Write8(IPC_DISCONNECT); + + if ( m_sock ) + { + m_sock->Notify(false); + m_sock->Close(); + } + + SetConnected(false); + + return true; +} + +bool wxTCPConnection::DoExecute(const void *data, + size_t size, + wxIPCFormat format) +{ + if ( !m_sock->IsConnected() ) + return false; + + // Prepare EXECUTE message + IPCOutput out(m_streams); + out.Write8(IPC_EXECUTE); + out.Write8(format); + + out.WriteData(data, size); + + return true; +} + +const void *wxTCPConnection::Request(const wxString& item, + size_t *size, + wxIPCFormat format) +{ + if ( !m_sock->IsConnected() ) + return NULL; + + IPCOutput(m_streams).Write(IPC_REQUEST, item, format); + + const int ret = m_streams->Read8(); + if ( ret != IPC_REQUEST_REPLY ) + return NULL; + + // ReadData() needs a non-NULL size pointer but the client code can call us + // with NULL pointer (this makes sense if it knows that it always works + // with NUL-terminated strings) + size_t sizeFallback; + return m_streams->ReadData(this, size ? size : &sizeFallback); +} + +bool wxTCPConnection::DoPoke(const wxString& item, + const void *data, + size_t size, + wxIPCFormat format) +{ + if ( !m_sock->IsConnected() ) + return false; + + IPCOutput out(m_streams); + out.Write(IPC_POKE, item, format); + out.WriteData(data, size); + + return true; +} + +bool wxTCPConnection::StartAdvise(const wxString& item) +{ + if ( !m_sock->IsConnected() ) + return false; + + IPCOutput(m_streams).Write(IPC_ADVISE_START, item); + + const int ret = m_streams->Read8(); + + return ret == IPC_ADVISE_START; +} + +bool wxTCPConnection::StopAdvise (const wxString& item) +{ + if ( !m_sock->IsConnected() ) + return false; + + IPCOutput(m_streams).Write(IPC_ADVISE_STOP, item); + + const int ret = m_streams->Read8(); + + return ret == IPC_ADVISE_STOP; +} + +// Calls that SERVER can make +bool wxTCPConnection::DoAdvise(const wxString& item, + const void *data, + size_t size, + wxIPCFormat format) +{ + if ( !m_sock->IsConnected() ) + return false; + + IPCOutput out(m_streams); + out.Write(IPC_ADVISE, item, format); + out.WriteData(data, size); + + return true; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTCPEventHandler (private class) +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTCPEventHandler, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_SOCKET(_CLIENT_ONREQUEST_ID, wxTCPEventHandler::Client_OnRequest) + EVT_SOCKET(_SERVER_ONREQUEST_ID, wxTCPEventHandler::Server_OnRequest) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxTCPEventHandler::HandleDisconnect(wxTCPConnection *connection) +{ + // connection was closed (either gracefully or not): destroy everything + connection->m_sock->Notify(false); + connection->m_sock->Close(); + + // don't leave references to this soon-to-be-dangling connection in the + // socket as it won't be destroyed immediately as its destruction will be + // delayed in case there are more events pending for it + connection->m_sock->SetClientData(NULL); + + connection->SetConnected(false); + connection->OnDisconnect(); +} + +void wxTCPEventHandler::Client_OnRequest(wxSocketEvent &event) +{ + wxSocketBase *sock = event.GetSocket(); + if (!sock) + return; + + wxSocketNotify evt = event.GetSocketEvent(); + wxTCPConnection * const + connection = static_cast(sock->GetClientData()); + + // This socket is being deleted; skip this event + if (!connection) + return; + + if ( evt == wxSOCKET_LOST ) + { + HandleDisconnect(connection); + return; + } + + // Receive message number. + wxIPCSocketStreams * const streams = connection->m_streams; + + const wxString topic = connection->m_topic; + wxString item; + + bool error = false; + + const int msg = streams->Read8(); + switch ( msg ) + { + case IPC_EXECUTE: + { + wxIPCFormat format; + size_t size wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(0); + void * const + data = streams->ReadFormatData(connection, &format, &size); + if ( data ) + connection->OnExecute(topic, data, size, format); + else + error = true; + } + break; + + case IPC_ADVISE: + { + item = streams->ReadString(); + + wxIPCFormat format; + size_t size wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(0); + void * const + data = streams->ReadFormatData(connection, &format, &size); + + if ( data ) + connection->OnAdvise(topic, item, data, size, format); + else + error = true; + } + break; + + case IPC_ADVISE_START: + { + item = streams->ReadString(); + + IPCOutput(streams).Write8(connection->OnStartAdvise(topic, item) + ? IPC_ADVISE_START + : IPC_FAIL); + } + break; + + case IPC_ADVISE_STOP: + { + item = streams->ReadString(); + + IPCOutput(streams).Write8(connection->OnStopAdvise(topic, item) + ? IPC_ADVISE_STOP + : IPC_FAIL); + } + break; + + case IPC_POKE: + { + item = streams->ReadString(); + wxIPCFormat format = (wxIPCFormat)streams->Read8(); + + size_t size wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(0); + void * const data = streams->ReadData(connection, &size); + + if ( data ) + connection->OnPoke(topic, item, data, size, format); + else + error = true; + } + break; + + case IPC_REQUEST: + { + item = streams->ReadString(); + + wxIPCFormat format = (wxIPCFormat)streams->Read8(); + + size_t user_size = wxNO_LEN; + const void *user_data = connection->OnRequest(topic, + item, + &user_size, + format); + + if ( !user_data ) + { + IPCOutput(streams).Write8(IPC_FAIL); + break; + } + + IPCOutput out(streams); + out.Write8(IPC_REQUEST_REPLY); + + if ( user_size == wxNO_LEN ) + { + switch ( format ) + { + case wxIPC_TEXT: + case wxIPC_UTF8TEXT: + user_size = strlen((const char *)user_data) + 1; // includes final NUL + break; + case wxIPC_UNICODETEXT: + user_size = (wcslen((const wchar_t *)user_data) + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t); // includes final NUL + break; + default: + user_size = 0; + } + } + + out.WriteData(user_data, user_size); + } + break; + + case IPC_DISCONNECT: + HandleDisconnect(connection); + break; + + case IPC_FAIL: + wxLogDebug("Unexpected IPC_FAIL received"); + error = true; + break; + + default: + wxLogDebug("Unknown message code %d received.", msg); + error = true; + break; + } + + if ( error ) + IPCOutput(streams).Write8(IPC_FAIL); +} + +void wxTCPEventHandler::Server_OnRequest(wxSocketEvent &event) +{ + wxSocketServer *server = (wxSocketServer *) event.GetSocket(); + if (!server) + return; + wxTCPServer *ipcserv = (wxTCPServer *) server->GetClientData(); + + // This socket is being deleted; skip this event + if (!ipcserv) + return; + + if (event.GetSocketEvent() != wxSOCKET_CONNECTION) + return; + + // Accept the connection, getting a new socket + wxSocketBase *sock = server->Accept(); + if (!sock) + return; + if (!sock->Ok()) + { + sock->Destroy(); + return; + } + + wxIPCSocketStreams *streams = new wxIPCSocketStreams(*sock); + + { + IPCOutput out(streams); + + const int msg = streams->Read8(); + if ( msg == IPC_CONNECT ) + { + const wxString topic = streams->ReadString(); + + wxTCPConnection *new_connection = + (wxTCPConnection *)ipcserv->OnAcceptConnection (topic); + + if (new_connection) + { + if (new_connection->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxTCPConnection))) + { + // Acknowledge success + out.Write8(IPC_CONNECT); + + new_connection->m_sock = sock; + new_connection->m_streams = streams; + new_connection->m_topic = topic; + sock->SetEventHandler(wxTCPEventHandlerModule::GetHandler(), + _CLIENT_ONREQUEST_ID); + sock->SetClientData(new_connection); + sock->SetNotify(wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG | wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG); + sock->Notify(true); + return; + } + else + { + delete new_connection; + // and fall through to delete everything else + } + } + } + + // Something went wrong, send failure message and delete everything + out.Write8(IPC_FAIL); + } // IPCOutput object is destroyed here, before destroying stream + + delete streams; + sock->Destroy(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_IPC && wxUSE_STREAMS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckstrm.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckstrm.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a03d324937 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sckstrm.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/sckstrm.cpp +// Purpose: wxSocket*Stream +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 17/07/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sckstrm.cpp 54590 2008-07-12 02:28:12Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/sckstrm.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/stream.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/socket.h" + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSocketOutputStream +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSocketOutputStream::wxSocketOutputStream(wxSocketBase& s) + : m_o_socket(&s) +{ +} + +wxSocketOutputStream::~wxSocketOutputStream() +{ +} + +size_t wxSocketOutputStream::OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + const size_t ret = m_o_socket->Write(buffer, size).LastCount(); + m_lasterror = m_o_socket->Error() + ? m_o_socket->IsClosed() ? wxSTREAM_EOF + : wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR + : wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + return ret; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSocketInputStream +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSocketInputStream::wxSocketInputStream(wxSocketBase& s) + : m_i_socket(&s) +{ +} + +wxSocketInputStream::~wxSocketInputStream() +{ +} + +size_t wxSocketInputStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + const size_t ret = m_i_socket->Read(buffer, size).LastCount(); + m_lasterror = m_i_socket->Error() + ? m_i_socket->IsClosed() ? wxSTREAM_EOF + : wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR + : wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + return ret; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSocketStream +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSocketStream::wxSocketStream(wxSocketBase& s) + : wxSocketInputStream(s), wxSocketOutputStream(s) +{ +} + +wxSocketStream::~wxSocketStream() +{ +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_SOCKETS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/scrolbarcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/scrolbarcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c039da6a3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/scrolbarcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/scrolbarcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxScrollBar common code +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: scrolbarcmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SCROLLBAR + +#include "wx/scrolbar.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" +#endif + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxScrollBarNameStr[] = "scrollBar"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxScrollBarStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxScrollBarStyle ) + // new style border flags, we put them first to + // use them for streaming out + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + + // old style border flags + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + + // standard window styles + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSB_HORIZONTAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSB_VERTICAL) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxScrollBarStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxScrollBar, wxControl, "wx/scrolbar.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxScrollBar) + wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( Scroll, wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, \ + wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, wxScrollEvent ) + + wxPROPERTY( ThumbPosition, int, SetThumbPosition, GetThumbPosition, 0, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( Range, int, SetRange, GetRange, 0, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( ThumbSize, int, SetThumbSize, GetThumbSize, 0, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( PageSize, int, SetPageSize, GetPageSize, 0, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + + wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxScrollBarStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxScrollBar) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxScrollBar, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + +#endif // wxUSE_SCROLLBAR diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/selectdispatcher.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/selectdispatcher.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..99d65df027 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/selectdispatcher.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/selectdispatcher.cpp +// Purpose: implements dispatcher for select() call +// Author: Lukasz Michalski and Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: December 2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: selectdispatcher.cpp 66076 2010-11-09 23:53:33Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Lukasz Michalski +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER + +#include "wx/private/selectdispatcher.h" +#include "wx/unix/private.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" +#endif + +#include + +#define wxSelectDispatcher_Trace wxT("selectdispatcher") + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSelectSets +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int wxSelectSets::ms_flags[wxSelectSets::Max] = +{ + wxFDIO_INPUT, + wxFDIO_OUTPUT, + wxFDIO_EXCEPTION, +}; + +const char *wxSelectSets::ms_names[wxSelectSets::Max] = +{ + "input", + "output", + "exceptional", +}; + +wxSelectSets::Callback wxSelectSets::ms_handlers[wxSelectSets::Max] = +{ + &wxFDIOHandler::OnReadWaiting, + &wxFDIOHandler::OnWriteWaiting, + &wxFDIOHandler::OnExceptionWaiting, +}; + +wxSelectSets::wxSelectSets() +{ + for ( int n = 0; n < Max; n++ ) + { + wxFD_ZERO(&m_fds[n]); + } +} + +bool wxSelectSets::HasFD(int fd) const +{ + for ( int n = 0; n < Max; n++ ) + { + if ( wxFD_ISSET(fd, (fd_set*) &m_fds[n]) ) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxSelectSets::SetFD(int fd, int flags) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( fd >= 0, false, wxT("invalid descriptor") ); + + for ( int n = 0; n < Max; n++ ) + { + if ( flags & ms_flags[n] ) + { + wxFD_SET(fd, &m_fds[n]); + } + else if ( wxFD_ISSET(fd, (fd_set*) &m_fds[n]) ) + { + wxFD_CLR(fd, &m_fds[n]); + } + } + + return true; +} + +int wxSelectSets::Select(int nfds, struct timeval *tv) +{ + return select(nfds, &m_fds[Read], &m_fds[Write], &m_fds[Except], tv); +} + +bool wxSelectSets::Handle(int fd, wxFDIOHandler& handler) const +{ + for ( int n = 0; n < Max; n++ ) + { + if ( wxFD_ISSET(fd, (fd_set*) &m_fds[n]) ) + { + wxLogTrace(wxSelectDispatcher_Trace, + wxT("Got %s event on fd %d"), ms_names[n], fd); + (handler.*ms_handlers[n])(); + // callback can modify sets and destroy handler + // this forces that one event can be processed at one time + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSelectDispatcher +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxSelectDispatcher::RegisterFD(int fd, wxFDIOHandler *handler, int flags) +{ + if ( !wxMappedFDIODispatcher::RegisterFD(fd, handler, flags) ) + return false; + + if ( !m_sets.SetFD(fd, flags) ) + return false; + + if ( fd > m_maxFD ) + m_maxFD = fd; + + wxLogTrace(wxSelectDispatcher_Trace, + wxT("Registered fd %d: input:%d, output:%d, exceptional:%d"), fd, (flags & wxFDIO_INPUT) == wxFDIO_INPUT, (flags & wxFDIO_OUTPUT), (flags & wxFDIO_EXCEPTION) == wxFDIO_EXCEPTION); + return true; +} + +bool wxSelectDispatcher::ModifyFD(int fd, wxFDIOHandler *handler, int flags) +{ + if ( !wxMappedFDIODispatcher::ModifyFD(fd, handler, flags) ) + return false; + + wxASSERT_MSG( fd <= m_maxFD, wxT("logic error: registered fd > m_maxFD?") ); + + wxLogTrace(wxSelectDispatcher_Trace, + wxT("Modified fd %d: input:%d, output:%d, exceptional:%d"), fd, (flags & wxFDIO_INPUT) == wxFDIO_INPUT, (flags & wxFDIO_OUTPUT) == wxFDIO_OUTPUT, (flags & wxFDIO_EXCEPTION) == wxFDIO_EXCEPTION); + return m_sets.SetFD(fd, flags); +} + +bool wxSelectDispatcher::UnregisterFD(int fd) +{ + m_sets.ClearFD(fd); + + if ( !wxMappedFDIODispatcher::UnregisterFD(fd) ) + return false; + + // remove the handler if we don't need it any more + if ( !m_sets.HasFD(fd) ) + { + if ( fd == m_maxFD ) + { + // need to find new max fd + m_maxFD = -1; + for ( wxFDIOHandlerMap::const_iterator it = m_handlers.begin(); + it != m_handlers.end(); + ++it ) + { + if ( it->first > m_maxFD ) + { + m_maxFD = it->first; + } + } + } + } + + wxLogTrace(wxSelectDispatcher_Trace, + wxT("Removed fd %d, current max: %d"), fd, m_maxFD); + return true; +} + +int wxSelectDispatcher::ProcessSets(const wxSelectSets& sets) +{ + int numEvents = 0; + for ( int fd = 0; fd <= m_maxFD; fd++ ) + { + if ( !sets.HasFD(fd) ) + continue; + + wxFDIOHandler * const handler = FindHandler(fd); + if ( !handler ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("NULL handler in wxSelectDispatcher?") ); + continue; + } + + if ( sets.Handle(fd, *handler) ) + numEvents++; + } + + return numEvents; +} + +int wxSelectDispatcher::DoSelect(wxSelectSets& sets, int timeout) const +{ + struct timeval tv, + *ptv; + if ( timeout != TIMEOUT_INFINITE ) + { + ptv = &tv; + tv.tv_sec = timeout / 1000; + tv.tv_usec = (timeout % 1000)*1000; + } + else // no timeout + { + ptv = NULL; + } + + int ret = sets.Select(m_maxFD + 1, ptv); + + // TODO: we need to restart select() in this case but for now just return + // as if timeout expired + if ( ret == -1 && errno == EINTR ) + ret = 0; + + return ret; +} + +bool wxSelectDispatcher::HasPending() const +{ + wxSelectSets sets(m_sets); + return DoSelect(sets, 0) > 0; +} + +int wxSelectDispatcher::Dispatch(int timeout) +{ + wxSelectSets sets(m_sets); + switch ( DoSelect(sets, timeout) ) + { + case -1: + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to monitor I/O channels")); + return -1; + + case 0: + // timeout expired without anything happening + return 0; + + default: + return ProcessSets(sets); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/settcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/settcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dea0dd63e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/settcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/settcmn.cpp +// Purpose: common (to all ports) wxWindow functions +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: settcmn.cpp 44625 2007-03-07 11:35:04Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/settings.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// static data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSystemScreenType wxSystemSettings::ms_screen = wxSYS_SCREEN_NONE; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSystemScreenType wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() +{ + if (ms_screen == wxSYS_SCREEN_NONE) + { + // wxUniv will be used on small devices, too. + int x = GetMetric( wxSYS_SCREEN_X ); + + ms_screen = wxSYS_SCREEN_DESKTOP; + + if (x < 800) + ms_screen = wxSYS_SCREEN_SMALL; + + if (x < 640) + ms_screen = wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA; + + if (x < 200) + ms_screen = wxSYS_SCREEN_TINY; + + // This is probably a bug, but VNC seems to report 0 + if (x < 10) + ms_screen = wxSYS_SCREEN_DESKTOP; + } + + return ms_screen; +} + +void wxSystemSettings::SetScreenType( wxSystemScreenType screen ) +{ + ms_screen = screen; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sizer.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sizer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a40e199d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sizer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2665 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/sizer.cpp +// Purpose: provide new wxSizer class for layout +// Author: Robert Roebling and Robin Dunn, contributions by +// Dirk Holtwick, Ron Lee +// Modified by: Ron Lee +// Created: +// RCS-ID: $Id: sizer.cpp 67029 2011-02-26 15:44:14Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Robin Dunn, Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/sizer.h" +#include "wx/private/flagscheck.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/math.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/statbox.h" + #include "wx/toplevel.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/display.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxSizerItem, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxSizer, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGridSizer, wxSizer) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxFlexGridSizer, wxGridSizer) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxBoxSizer, wxSizer) +#if wxUSE_STATBOX +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxStaticBoxSizer, wxBoxSizer) +#endif +#if wxUSE_BUTTON +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxStdDialogButtonSizer, wxBoxSizer) +#endif + +WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_LIST( wxSizerItemList ) + +/* + TODO PROPERTIES + sizeritem + object + object_ref + minsize + option + flag + border + spacer + option + flag + borfder + boxsizer + orient + staticboxsizer + orient + label + gridsizer + rows + cols + vgap + hgap + flexgridsizer + rows + cols + vgap + hgap + growablerows + growablecols + minsize +*/ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSizerItem +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// check for flags conflicts +static const int SIZER_FLAGS_MASK = + wxADD_FLAG(wxCENTRE, + wxADD_FLAG(wxHORIZONTAL, + wxADD_FLAG(wxVERTICAL, + wxADD_FLAG(wxLEFT, + wxADD_FLAG(wxRIGHT, + wxADD_FLAG(wxUP, + wxADD_FLAG(wxDOWN, + wxADD_FLAG(wxALIGN_NOT, + wxADD_FLAG(wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL, + wxADD_FLAG(wxALIGN_RIGHT, + wxADD_FLAG(wxALIGN_BOTTOM, + wxADD_FLAG(wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL, + wxADD_FLAG(wxFIXED_MINSIZE, + wxADD_FLAG(wxRESERVE_SPACE_EVEN_IF_HIDDEN, + wxADD_FLAG(wxSTRETCH_NOT, + wxADD_FLAG(wxSHRINK, + wxADD_FLAG(wxGROW, + wxADD_FLAG(wxSHAPED, + 0)))))))))))))))))); + +#define ASSERT_VALID_SIZER_FLAGS(f) wxASSERT_VALID_FLAGS(f, SIZER_FLAGS_MASK) + + +void wxSizerItem::Init(const wxSizerFlags& flags) +{ + Init(); + + m_proportion = flags.GetProportion(); + m_flag = flags.GetFlags(); + m_border = flags.GetBorderInPixels(); + + ASSERT_VALID_SIZER_FLAGS( m_flag ); +} + +wxSizerItem::wxSizerItem() +{ + Init(); + + m_proportion = 0; + m_border = 0; + m_flag = 0; + m_id = wxID_NONE; +} + +// window item +void wxSizerItem::DoSetWindow(wxWindow *window) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( window, wxT("NULL window in wxSizerItem::SetWindow()") ); + + m_kind = Item_Window; + m_window = window; + + // window doesn't become smaller than its initial size, whatever happens + m_minSize = window->GetSize(); + + if ( m_flag & wxFIXED_MINSIZE ) + window->SetMinSize(m_minSize); + + // aspect ratio calculated from initial size + SetRatio(m_minSize); +} + +wxSizerItem::wxSizerItem(wxWindow *window, + int proportion, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData) + : m_kind(Item_None), + m_proportion(proportion), + m_border(border), + m_flag(flag), + m_id(wxID_NONE), + m_userData(userData) +{ + ASSERT_VALID_SIZER_FLAGS( m_flag ); + + DoSetWindow(window); +} + +// sizer item +void wxSizerItem::DoSetSizer(wxSizer *sizer) +{ + m_kind = Item_Sizer; + m_sizer = sizer; +} + +wxSizerItem::wxSizerItem(wxSizer *sizer, + int proportion, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData) + : m_kind(Item_None), + m_sizer(NULL), + m_proportion(proportion), + m_border(border), + m_flag(flag), + m_id(wxID_NONE), + m_ratio(0.0), + m_userData(userData) +{ + ASSERT_VALID_SIZER_FLAGS( m_flag ); + + DoSetSizer(sizer); + + // m_minSize is set later +} + +// spacer item +void wxSizerItem::DoSetSpacer(const wxSize& size) +{ + m_kind = Item_Spacer; + m_spacer = new wxSizerSpacer(size); + m_minSize = size; + SetRatio(size); +} + +wxSizerItem::wxSizerItem(int width, + int height, + int proportion, + int flag, + int border, + wxObject* userData) + : m_kind(Item_None), + m_sizer(NULL), + m_minSize(width, height), // minimal size is the initial size + m_proportion(proportion), + m_border(border), + m_flag(flag), + m_id(wxID_NONE), + m_userData(userData) +{ + ASSERT_VALID_SIZER_FLAGS( m_flag ); + + DoSetSpacer(wxSize(width, height)); +} + +wxSizerItem::~wxSizerItem() +{ + delete m_userData; + Free(); +} + +void wxSizerItem::Free() +{ + switch ( m_kind ) + { + case Item_None: + break; + + case Item_Window: + m_window->SetContainingSizer(NULL); + break; + + case Item_Sizer: + delete m_sizer; + break; + + case Item_Spacer: + delete m_spacer; + break; + + case Item_Max: + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected wxSizerItem::m_kind") ); + } + + m_kind = Item_None; +} + +wxSize wxSizerItem::GetSpacer() const +{ + wxSize size; + if ( m_kind == Item_Spacer ) + size = m_spacer->GetSize(); + + return size; +} + + +wxSize wxSizerItem::GetSize() const +{ + wxSize ret; + switch ( m_kind ) + { + case Item_None: + break; + + case Item_Window: + ret = m_window->GetSize(); + break; + + case Item_Sizer: + ret = m_sizer->GetSize(); + break; + + case Item_Spacer: + ret = m_spacer->GetSize(); + break; + + case Item_Max: + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected wxSizerItem::m_kind") ); + } + + if (m_flag & wxWEST) + ret.x += m_border; + if (m_flag & wxEAST) + ret.x += m_border; + if (m_flag & wxNORTH) + ret.y += m_border; + if (m_flag & wxSOUTH) + ret.y += m_border; + + return ret; +} + +bool wxSizerItem::InformFirstDirection(int direction, int size, int availableOtherDir) +{ + // The size that come here will be including borders. Child items should get it + // without borders. + if( size>0 ) + { + if( direction==wxHORIZONTAL ) + { + if (m_flag & wxWEST) + size -= m_border; + if (m_flag & wxEAST) + size -= m_border; + } + else if( direction==wxVERTICAL ) + { + if (m_flag & wxNORTH) + size -= m_border; + if (m_flag & wxSOUTH) + size -= m_border; + } + } + + bool didUse = false; + // Pass the information along to the held object + if (IsSizer()) + { + didUse = GetSizer()->InformFirstDirection(direction,size,availableOtherDir); + if (didUse) + m_minSize = GetSizer()->CalcMin(); + } + else if (IsWindow()) + { + didUse = GetWindow()->InformFirstDirection(direction,size,availableOtherDir); + if (didUse) + m_minSize = m_window->GetEffectiveMinSize(); + + // This information is useful for items with wxSHAPED flag, since + // we can request an optimal min size for such an item. Even if + // we overwrite the m_minSize member here, we can read it back from + // the owned window (happens automatically). + if( (m_flag & wxSHAPED) && (m_flag & wxEXPAND) && direction ) + { + if( !wxIsNullDouble(m_ratio) ) + { + wxCHECK_MSG( (m_proportion==0), false, wxT("Shaped item, non-zero proportion in wxSizerItem::InformFirstDirection()") ); + if( direction==wxHORIZONTAL && !wxIsNullDouble(m_ratio) ) + { + // Clip size so that we don't take too much + if( availableOtherDir>=0 && int(size/m_ratio)-m_minSize.y>availableOtherDir ) + size = int((availableOtherDir+m_minSize.y)*m_ratio); + m_minSize = wxSize(size,int(size/m_ratio)); + } + else if( direction==wxVERTICAL ) + { + // Clip size so that we don't take too much + if( availableOtherDir>=0 && int(size*m_ratio)-m_minSize.x>availableOtherDir ) + size = int((availableOtherDir+m_minSize.x)/m_ratio); + m_minSize = wxSize(int(size*m_ratio),size); + } + didUse = true; + } + } + } + + return didUse; +} + +wxSize wxSizerItem::CalcMin() +{ + if (IsSizer()) + { + m_minSize = m_sizer->GetMinSize(); + + // if we have to preserve aspect ratio _AND_ this is + // the first-time calculation, consider ret to be initial size + if ( (m_flag & wxSHAPED) && wxIsNullDouble(m_ratio) ) + SetRatio(m_minSize); + } + else if ( IsWindow() ) + { + // Since the size of the window may change during runtime, we + // should use the current minimal/best size. + m_minSize = m_window->GetEffectiveMinSize(); + } + + return GetMinSizeWithBorder(); +} + +wxSize wxSizerItem::GetMinSizeWithBorder() const +{ + wxSize ret = m_minSize; + + if (m_flag & wxWEST) + ret.x += m_border; + if (m_flag & wxEAST) + ret.x += m_border; + if (m_flag & wxNORTH) + ret.y += m_border; + if (m_flag & wxSOUTH) + ret.y += m_border; + + return ret; +} + + +void wxSizerItem::SetDimension( const wxPoint& pos_, const wxSize& size_ ) +{ + wxPoint pos = pos_; + wxSize size = size_; + if (m_flag & wxSHAPED) + { + // adjust aspect ratio + int rwidth = (int) (size.y * m_ratio); + if (rwidth > size.x) + { + // fit horizontally + int rheight = (int) (size.x / m_ratio); + // add vertical space + if (m_flag & wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL) + pos.y += (size.y - rheight) / 2; + else if (m_flag & wxALIGN_BOTTOM) + pos.y += (size.y - rheight); + // use reduced dimensions + size.y =rheight; + } + else if (rwidth < size.x) + { + // add horizontal space + if (m_flag & wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL) + pos.x += (size.x - rwidth) / 2; + else if (m_flag & wxALIGN_RIGHT) + pos.x += (size.x - rwidth); + size.x = rwidth; + } + } + + // This is what GetPosition() returns. Since we calculate + // borders afterwards, GetPosition() will be the left/top + // corner of the surrounding border. + m_pos = pos; + + if (m_flag & wxWEST) + { + pos.x += m_border; + size.x -= m_border; + } + if (m_flag & wxEAST) + { + size.x -= m_border; + } + if (m_flag & wxNORTH) + { + pos.y += m_border; + size.y -= m_border; + } + if (m_flag & wxSOUTH) + { + size.y -= m_border; + } + + if (size.x < 0) + size.x = 0; + if (size.y < 0) + size.y = 0; + + m_rect = wxRect(pos, size); + + switch ( m_kind ) + { + case Item_None: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("can't set size of uninitialized sizer item") ); + break; + + case Item_Window: + { + // Use wxSIZE_FORCE_EVENT here since a sizer item might + // have changed alignment or some other property which would + // not change the size of the window. In such a case, no + // wxSizeEvent would normally be generated and thus the + // control wouldn't get layed out correctly here. +#if 1 + m_window->SetSize(pos.x, pos.y, size.x, size.y, + wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE|wxSIZE_FORCE_EVENT ); +#else + m_window->SetSize(pos.x, pos.y, size.x, size.y, + wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE ); +#endif + break; + } + case Item_Sizer: + m_sizer->SetDimension(pos, size); + break; + + case Item_Spacer: + m_spacer->SetSize(size); + break; + + case Item_Max: + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected wxSizerItem::m_kind") ); + } +} + +void wxSizerItem::DeleteWindows() +{ + switch ( m_kind ) + { + case Item_None: + case Item_Spacer: + break; + + case Item_Window: + //We are deleting the window from this sizer - normally + //the window destroys the sizer associated with it, + //which might destroy this, which we don't want + m_window->SetContainingSizer(NULL); + m_window->Destroy(); + //Putting this after the switch will result in a spacer + //not being deleted properly on destruction + m_kind = Item_None; + break; + + case Item_Sizer: + m_sizer->DeleteWindows(); + break; + + case Item_Max: + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected wxSizerItem::m_kind") ); + } + +} + +void wxSizerItem::Show( bool show ) +{ + switch ( m_kind ) + { + case Item_None: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("can't show uninitialized sizer item") ); + break; + + case Item_Window: + m_window->Show(show); + break; + + case Item_Sizer: + m_sizer->Show(show); + break; + + case Item_Spacer: + m_spacer->Show(show); + break; + + case Item_Max: + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected wxSizerItem::m_kind") ); + } +} + +bool wxSizerItem::IsShown() const +{ + if ( m_flag & wxRESERVE_SPACE_EVEN_IF_HIDDEN ) + return true; + + switch ( m_kind ) + { + case Item_None: + // we may be called from CalcMin(), just return false so that we're + // not used + break; + + case Item_Window: + return m_window->IsShown(); + + case Item_Sizer: + { + // arbitrarily decide that if at least one of our elements is + // shown, so are we (this arbitrariness is the reason for + // deprecating this function) + for ( wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator + node = m_sizer->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + if ( node->GetData()->IsShown() ) + return true; + } + return false; + } + + case Item_Spacer: + return m_spacer->IsShown(); + + case Item_Max: + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected wxSizerItem::m_kind") ); + } + + return false; +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +void wxSizerItem::SetOption( int option ) +{ + SetProportion( option ); +} + +int wxSizerItem::GetOption() const +{ + return GetProportion(); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSizer::~wxSizer() +{ + WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxSizerItemList, m_children); +} + +wxSizerItem* wxSizer::DoInsert( size_t index, wxSizerItem *item ) +{ + m_children.Insert( index, item ); + + if ( item->GetWindow() ) + item->GetWindow()->SetContainingSizer( this ); + + if ( item->GetSizer() ) + item->GetSizer()->SetContainingWindow( m_containingWindow ); + + return item; +} + +void wxSizer::SetContainingWindow(wxWindow *win) +{ + if ( win == m_containingWindow ) + return; + + m_containingWindow = win; + + // set the same window for all nested sizers as well, they also are in the + // same window + for ( wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxSizerItem *const item = node->GetData(); + wxSizer *const sizer = item->GetSizer(); + + if ( sizer ) + { + sizer->SetContainingWindow(win); + } + } +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +bool wxSizer::Remove( wxWindow *window ) +{ + return Detach( window ); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +bool wxSizer::Remove( wxSizer *sizer ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( sizer, wxT("Removing NULL sizer") ); + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->GetSizer() == sizer) + { + delete item; + m_children.Erase( node ); + return true; + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxSizer::Remove( int index ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( index >= 0 && (size_t)index < m_children.GetCount(), + false, + wxT("Remove index is out of range") ); + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Item( index ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("Failed to find child node") ); + + delete node->GetData(); + m_children.Erase( node ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxSizer::Detach( wxSizer *sizer ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( sizer, wxT("Detaching NULL sizer") ); + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->GetSizer() == sizer) + { + item->DetachSizer(); + delete item; + m_children.Erase( node ); + return true; + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxSizer::Detach( wxWindow *window ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( window, wxT("Detaching NULL window") ); + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->GetWindow() == window) + { + delete item; + m_children.Erase( node ); + return true; + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxSizer::Detach( int index ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( index >= 0 && (size_t)index < m_children.GetCount(), + false, + wxT("Detach index is out of range") ); + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Item( index ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("Failed to find child node") ); + + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if ( item->IsSizer() ) + item->DetachSizer(); + + delete item; + m_children.Erase( node ); + return true; +} + +bool wxSizer::Replace( wxWindow *oldwin, wxWindow *newwin, bool recursive ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( oldwin, wxT("Replacing NULL window") ); + wxASSERT_MSG( newwin, wxT("Replacing with NULL window") ); + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->GetWindow() == oldwin) + { + item->AssignWindow(newwin); + newwin->SetContainingSizer( this ); + return true; + } + else if (recursive && item->IsSizer()) + { + if (item->GetSizer()->Replace( oldwin, newwin, true )) + return true; + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxSizer::Replace( wxSizer *oldsz, wxSizer *newsz, bool recursive ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( oldsz, wxT("Replacing NULL sizer") ); + wxASSERT_MSG( newsz, wxT("Replacing with NULL sizer") ); + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->GetSizer() == oldsz) + { + item->AssignSizer(newsz); + return true; + } + else if (recursive && item->IsSizer()) + { + if (item->GetSizer()->Replace( oldsz, newsz, true )) + return true; + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxSizer::Replace( size_t old, wxSizerItem *newitem ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( old < m_children.GetCount(), false, wxT("Replace index is out of range") ); + wxASSERT_MSG( newitem, wxT("Replacing with NULL item") ); + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Item( old ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("Failed to find child node") ); + + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + node->SetData(newitem); + + if (item->IsWindow() && item->GetWindow()) + item->GetWindow()->SetContainingSizer(NULL); + + delete item; + + return true; +} + +void wxSizer::Clear( bool delete_windows ) +{ + // First clear the ContainingSizer pointers + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->IsWindow()) + item->GetWindow()->SetContainingSizer( NULL ); + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + // Destroy the windows if needed + if (delete_windows) + DeleteWindows(); + + // Now empty the list + WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxSizerItemList, m_children); +} + +void wxSizer::DeleteWindows() +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + item->DeleteWindows(); + node = node->GetNext(); + } +} + +wxSize wxSizer::ComputeFittingClientSize(wxWindow *window) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( window, wxDefaultSize, "window can't be NULL" ); + + // take the min size by default and limit it by max size + wxSize size = GetMinClientSize(window); + wxSize sizeMax; + + wxTopLevelWindow *tlw = wxDynamicCast(window, wxTopLevelWindow); + if ( tlw ) + { + // hack for small screen devices where TLWs are always full screen + if ( tlw->IsAlwaysMaximized() ) + { + return tlw->GetClientSize(); + } + + // limit the window to the size of the display it is on + int disp = wxDisplay::GetFromWindow(window); + if ( disp == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + // or, if we don't know which one it is, of the main one + disp = 0; + } + + sizeMax = wxDisplay(disp).GetClientArea().GetSize(); + + // space for decorations and toolbars etc. + sizeMax = tlw->WindowToClientSize(sizeMax); + } + else + { + sizeMax = GetMaxClientSize(window); + } + + if ( sizeMax.x != wxDefaultCoord && size.x > sizeMax.x ) + size.x = sizeMax.x; + if ( sizeMax.y != wxDefaultCoord && size.y > sizeMax.y ) + size.y = sizeMax.y; + + return size; +} + +wxSize wxSizer::ComputeFittingWindowSize(wxWindow *window) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( window, wxDefaultSize, "window can't be NULL" ); + + return window->ClientToWindowSize(ComputeFittingClientSize(window)); +} + +wxSize wxSizer::Fit( wxWindow *window ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( window, wxDefaultSize, "window can't be NULL" ); + + // set client size + window->SetClientSize(ComputeFittingClientSize(window)); + + // return entire size + return window->GetSize(); +} + +void wxSizer::FitInside( wxWindow *window ) +{ + wxSize size; + if (window->IsTopLevel()) + size = VirtualFitSize( window ); + else + size = GetMinClientSize( window ); + + window->SetVirtualSize( size ); +} + +void wxSizer::Layout() +{ + // (re)calculates minimums needed for each item and other preparations + // for layout + CalcMin(); + + // Applies the layout and repositions/resizes the items + RecalcSizes(); +} + +void wxSizer::SetSizeHints( wxWindow *window ) +{ + // Preserve the window's max size hints, but set the + // lower bound according to the sizer calculations. + + // This is equivalent to calling Fit(), except that we need to set + // the size hints _in between_ the two steps performed by Fit + // (1. ComputeFittingClientSize, 2. SetClientSize). That's because + // otherwise SetClientSize() could have no effect if there already are + // size hints in effect that forbid requested client size. + + const wxSize clientSize = ComputeFittingClientSize(window); + + window->SetMinClientSize(clientSize); + window->SetClientSize(clientSize); +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +void wxSizer::SetVirtualSizeHints( wxWindow *window ) +{ + FitInside( window ); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// TODO on mac we need a function that determines how much free space this +// min size contains, in order to make sure that we have 20 pixels of free +// space around the controls +wxSize wxSizer::GetMaxClientSize( wxWindow *window ) const +{ + return window->WindowToClientSize(window->GetMaxSize()); +} + +wxSize wxSizer::GetMinClientSize( wxWindow *WXUNUSED(window) ) +{ + return GetMinSize(); // Already returns client size. +} + +wxSize wxSizer::VirtualFitSize( wxWindow *window ) +{ + wxSize size = GetMinClientSize( window ); + wxSize sizeMax = GetMaxClientSize( window ); + + // Limit the size if sizeMax != wxDefaultSize + + if ( size.x > sizeMax.x && sizeMax.x != wxDefaultCoord ) + size.x = sizeMax.x; + if ( size.y > sizeMax.y && sizeMax.y != wxDefaultCoord ) + size.y = sizeMax.y; + + return size; +} + +wxSize wxSizer::GetMinSize() +{ + wxSize ret( CalcMin() ); + if (ret.x < m_minSize.x) ret.x = m_minSize.x; + if (ret.y < m_minSize.y) ret.y = m_minSize.y; + return ret; +} + +void wxSizer::DoSetMinSize( int width, int height ) +{ + m_minSize.x = width; + m_minSize.y = height; +} + +bool wxSizer::DoSetItemMinSize( wxWindow *window, int width, int height ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( window, wxT("SetMinSize for NULL window") ); + + // Is it our immediate child? + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->GetWindow() == window) + { + item->SetMinSize( width, height ); + return true; + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + // No? Search any subsizers we own then + + node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if ( item->GetSizer() && + item->GetSizer()->DoSetItemMinSize( window, width, height ) ) + { + // A child sizer found the requested windw, exit. + return true; + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxSizer::DoSetItemMinSize( wxSizer *sizer, int width, int height ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( sizer, wxT("SetMinSize for NULL sizer") ); + + // Is it our immediate child? + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->GetSizer() == sizer) + { + item->GetSizer()->DoSetMinSize( width, height ); + return true; + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + // No? Search any subsizers we own then + + node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if ( item->GetSizer() && + item->GetSizer()->DoSetItemMinSize( sizer, width, height ) ) + { + // A child found the requested sizer, exit. + return true; + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxSizer::DoSetItemMinSize( size_t index, int width, int height ) +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Item( index ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("Failed to find child node") ); + + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->GetSizer()) + { + // Sizers contains the minimal size in them, if not calculated ... + item->GetSizer()->DoSetMinSize( width, height ); + } + else + { + // ... but the minimal size of spacers and windows is stored via the item + item->SetMinSize( width, height ); + } + + return true; +} + +wxSizerItem* wxSizer::GetItem( wxWindow *window, bool recursive ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( window, wxT("GetItem for NULL window") ); + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->GetWindow() == window) + { + return item; + } + else if (recursive && item->IsSizer()) + { + wxSizerItem *subitem = item->GetSizer()->GetItem( window, true ); + if (subitem) + return subitem; + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return NULL; +} + +wxSizerItem* wxSizer::GetItem( wxSizer *sizer, bool recursive ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( sizer, wxT("GetItem for NULL sizer") ); + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->GetSizer() == sizer) + { + return item; + } + else if (recursive && item->IsSizer()) + { + wxSizerItem *subitem = item->GetSizer()->GetItem( sizer, true ); + if (subitem) + return subitem; + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return NULL; +} + +wxSizerItem* wxSizer::GetItem( size_t index ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( index < m_children.GetCount(), + NULL, + wxT("GetItem index is out of range") ); + + return m_children.Item( index )->GetData(); +} + +wxSizerItem* wxSizer::GetItemById( int id, bool recursive ) +{ + // This gets a sizer item by the id of the sizer item + // and NOT the id of a window if the item is a window. + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->GetId() == id) + { + return item; + } + else if (recursive && item->IsSizer()) + { + wxSizerItem *subitem = item->GetSizer()->GetItemById( id, true ); + if (subitem) + return subitem; + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return NULL; +} + +bool wxSizer::Show( wxWindow *window, bool show, bool recursive ) +{ + wxSizerItem *item = GetItem( window, recursive ); + + if ( item ) + { + item->Show( show ); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxSizer::Show( wxSizer *sizer, bool show, bool recursive ) +{ + wxSizerItem *item = GetItem( sizer, recursive ); + + if ( item ) + { + item->Show( show ); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxSizer::Show( size_t index, bool show) +{ + wxSizerItem *item = GetItem( index ); + + if ( item ) + { + item->Show( show ); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +void wxSizer::ShowItems( bool show ) +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + node->GetData()->Show( show ); + node = node->GetNext(); + } +} + +bool wxSizer::IsShown( wxWindow *window ) const +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->GetWindow() == window) + { + return item->IsShown(); + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("IsShown failed to find sizer item") ); + + return false; +} + +bool wxSizer::IsShown( wxSizer *sizer ) const +{ + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + + if (item->GetSizer() == sizer) + { + return item->IsShown(); + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("IsShown failed to find sizer item") ); + + return false; +} + +bool wxSizer::IsShown( size_t index ) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( index < m_children.GetCount(), + false, + wxT("IsShown index is out of range") ); + + return m_children.Item( index )->GetData()->IsShown(); +} + + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGridSizer::wxGridSizer( int cols, int vgap, int hgap ) + : m_rows( cols == 0 ? 1 : 0 ), + m_cols( cols ), + m_vgap( vgap ), + m_hgap( hgap ) +{ + wxASSERT(cols >= 0); +} + +wxGridSizer::wxGridSizer( int cols, const wxSize& gap ) + : m_rows( cols == 0 ? 1 : 0 ), + m_cols( cols ), + m_vgap( gap.GetHeight() ), + m_hgap( gap.GetWidth() ) +{ + wxASSERT(cols >= 0); +} + +wxGridSizer::wxGridSizer( int rows, int cols, int vgap, int hgap ) + : m_rows( rows || cols ? rows : 1 ), + m_cols( cols ), + m_vgap( vgap ), + m_hgap( hgap ) +{ + wxASSERT(rows >= 0 && cols >= 0); +} + +wxGridSizer::wxGridSizer( int rows, int cols, const wxSize& gap ) + : m_rows( rows || cols ? rows : 1 ), + m_cols( cols ), + m_vgap( gap.GetHeight() ), + m_hgap( gap.GetWidth() ) +{ + wxASSERT(rows >= 0 && cols >= 0); +} + +wxSizerItem *wxGridSizer::DoInsert(size_t index, wxSizerItem *item) +{ + // if only the number of columns or the number of rows is specified for a + // sizer, arbitrarily many items can be added to it but if both of them are + // fixed, then the sizer can't have more than that many items -- check for + // this here to ensure that we detect errors as soon as possible + if ( m_cols && m_rows ) + { + const int nitems = m_children.GetCount(); + if ( nitems == m_cols*m_rows ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( + wxString::Format( + "too many items (%d > %d*%d) in grid sizer (maybe you " + "should omit the number of either rows or columns?)", + nitems + 1, m_cols, m_rows) + ); + + // additionally, continuing to use the specified number of columns + // and rows is not a good idea as callers of CalcRowsCols() expect + // that all sizer items can fit into m_cols-/m_rows-sized arrays + // which is not the case if there are too many items and results in + // crashes, so let it compute the number of rows automatically by + // forgetting the (wrong) number of rows specified (this also has a + // nice side effect of giving only one assert even if there are + // many more items than allowed in this sizer) + m_rows = 0; + } + } + + return wxSizer::DoInsert(index, item); +} + +int wxGridSizer::CalcRowsCols(int& nrows, int& ncols) const +{ + const int nitems = m_children.GetCount(); + + ncols = GetEffectiveColsCount(); + nrows = GetEffectiveRowsCount(); + + // Since Insert() checks for overpopulation, the following + // should only assert if the grid was shrunk via SetRows() / SetCols() + wxASSERT_MSG( nitems <= ncols*nrows, "logic error in wxGridSizer" ); + + return nitems; +} + +void wxGridSizer::RecalcSizes() +{ + int nitems, nrows, ncols; + if ( (nitems = CalcRowsCols(nrows, ncols)) == 0 ) + return; + + wxSize sz( GetSize() ); + wxPoint pt( GetPosition() ); + + int w = (sz.x - (ncols - 1) * m_hgap) / ncols; + int h = (sz.y - (nrows - 1) * m_vgap) / nrows; + + int x = pt.x; + for (int c = 0; c < ncols; c++) + { + int y = pt.y; + for (int r = 0; r < nrows; r++) + { + int i = r * ncols + c; + if (i < nitems) + { + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Item( i ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( node, wxT("Failed to find SizerItemList node") ); + + SetItemBounds( node->GetData(), x, y, w, h); + } + y = y + h + m_vgap; + } + x = x + w + m_hgap; + } +} + +wxSize wxGridSizer::CalcMin() +{ + int nrows, ncols; + if ( CalcRowsCols(nrows, ncols) == 0 ) + return wxSize(); + + // Find the max width and height for any component + int w = 0; + int h = 0; + + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + wxSize sz( item->CalcMin() ); + + w = wxMax( w, sz.x ); + h = wxMax( h, sz.y ); + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + // In case we have a nested sizer with a two step algo , give it + // a chance to adjust to that (we give it width component) + node = m_children.GetFirst(); + bool didChangeMinSize = false; + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + didChangeMinSize |= item->InformFirstDirection( wxHORIZONTAL, w, -1 ); + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + // And redo iteration in case min size changed + if( didChangeMinSize ) + { + node = m_children.GetFirst(); + w = h = 0; + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + wxSize sz( item->GetMinSizeWithBorder() ); + + w = wxMax( w, sz.x ); + h = wxMax( h, sz.y ); + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + } + + return wxSize( ncols * w + (ncols-1) * m_hgap, + nrows * h + (nrows-1) * m_vgap ); +} + +void wxGridSizer::SetItemBounds( wxSizerItem *item, int x, int y, int w, int h ) +{ + wxPoint pt( x,y ); + wxSize sz( item->GetMinSizeWithBorder() ); + int flag = item->GetFlag(); + + if ((flag & wxEXPAND) || (flag & wxSHAPED)) + { + sz = wxSize(w, h); + } + else + { + if (flag & wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL) + { + pt.x = x + (w - sz.x) / 2; + } + else if (flag & wxALIGN_RIGHT) + { + pt.x = x + (w - sz.x); + } + + if (flag & wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL) + { + pt.y = y + (h - sz.y) / 2; + } + else if (flag & wxALIGN_BOTTOM) + { + pt.y = y + (h - sz.y); + } + } + + item->SetDimension(pt, sz); +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFlexGridSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFlexGridSizer::wxFlexGridSizer( int cols, int vgap, int hgap ) + : wxGridSizer( cols, vgap, hgap ), + m_flexDirection(wxBOTH), + m_growMode(wxFLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED) +{ +} + +wxFlexGridSizer::wxFlexGridSizer( int cols, const wxSize& gap ) + : wxGridSizer( cols, gap ), + m_flexDirection(wxBOTH), + m_growMode(wxFLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED) +{ +} + +wxFlexGridSizer::wxFlexGridSizer( int rows, int cols, int vgap, int hgap ) + : wxGridSizer( rows, cols, vgap, hgap ), + m_flexDirection(wxBOTH), + m_growMode(wxFLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED) +{ +} + +wxFlexGridSizer::wxFlexGridSizer( int rows, int cols, const wxSize& gap ) + : wxGridSizer( rows, cols, gap ), + m_flexDirection(wxBOTH), + m_growMode(wxFLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED) +{ +} + +wxFlexGridSizer::~wxFlexGridSizer() +{ +} + +void wxFlexGridSizer::RecalcSizes() +{ + int nrows, ncols; + if ( !CalcRowsCols(nrows, ncols) ) + return; + + const wxPoint pt(GetPosition()); + const wxSize sz(GetSize()); + + AdjustForGrowables(sz); + + wxSizerItemList::const_iterator i = m_children.begin(); + const wxSizerItemList::const_iterator end = m_children.end(); + + int y = 0; + for ( int r = 0; r < nrows; r++ ) + { + if ( m_rowHeights[r] == -1 ) + { + // this row is entirely hidden, skip it + for ( int c = 0; c < ncols; c++ ) + { + if ( i == end ) + return; + + ++i; + } + + continue; + } + + const int hrow = m_rowHeights[r]; + int h = sz.y - y; // max remaining height, don't overflow it + if ( hrow < h ) + h = hrow; + + int x = 0; + for ( int c = 0; c < ncols && i != end; c++, ++i ) + { + const int wcol = m_colWidths[c]; + + if ( wcol == -1 ) + continue; + + int w = sz.x - x; // max possible value, ensure we don't overflow + if ( wcol < w ) + w = wcol; + + SetItemBounds(*i, pt.x + x, pt.y + y, w, h); + + x += wcol + m_hgap; + } + + if ( i == end ) + return; + + y += hrow + m_vgap; + } +} + +// helper function used in CalcMin() to sum up the sizes of non-hidden items +static int SumArraySizes(const wxArrayInt& sizes, int gap) +{ + // Sum total minimum size, including gaps between rows/columns. + // -1 is used as a magic number meaning empty row/column. + int total = 0; + + const size_t count = sizes.size(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( sizes[n] != -1 ) + { + if ( total ) + total += gap; // separate from the previous column + + total += sizes[n]; + } + } + + return total; +} + +void wxFlexGridSizer::FindWidthsAndHeights(int nrows, int ncols) +{ + // We have to recalculate the sizes in case the item minimum size has + // changed since the previous layout, or the item has been hidden using + // wxSizer::Show(). If all the items in a row/column are hidden, the final + // dimension of the row/column will be -1, indicating that the column + // itself is hidden. + m_rowHeights.assign(nrows, -1); + m_colWidths.assign(ncols, -1); + + // n is the index of the item in left-to-right top-to-bottom order + size_t n = 0; + for ( wxSizerItemList::iterator i = m_children.begin(); + i != m_children.end(); + ++i, ++n ) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = *i; + if ( item->IsShown() ) + { + // NOTE: Not doing the calculation here, this is just + // for finding max values. + const wxSize sz(item->GetMinSizeWithBorder()); + + const int row = n / ncols; + const int col = n % ncols; + + if ( sz.y > m_rowHeights[row] ) + m_rowHeights[row] = sz.y; + if ( sz.x > m_colWidths[col] ) + m_colWidths[col] = sz.x; + } + } + + AdjustForFlexDirection(); + + m_calculatedMinSize = wxSize(SumArraySizes(m_colWidths, m_hgap), + SumArraySizes(m_rowHeights, m_vgap)); +} + +wxSize wxFlexGridSizer::CalcMin() +{ + int nrows, + ncols; + + // Number of rows/columns can change as items are added or removed. + if ( !CalcRowsCols(nrows, ncols) ) + return wxSize(); + + + // We have to recalculate the sizes in case the item minimum size has + // changed since the previous layout, or the item has been hidden using + // wxSizer::Show(). If all the items in a row/column are hidden, the final + // dimension of the row/column will be -1, indicating that the column + // itself is hidden. + m_rowHeights.assign(nrows, -1); + m_colWidths.assign(ncols, -1); + + for ( wxSizerItemList::iterator i = m_children.begin(); + i != m_children.end(); + ++i) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = *i; + if ( item->IsShown() ) + { + item->CalcMin(); + } + } + + // The stage of looking for max values in each row/column has been + // made a separate function, since it's reused in AdjustForGrowables. + FindWidthsAndHeights(nrows,ncols); + + return m_calculatedMinSize; +} + +void wxFlexGridSizer::AdjustForFlexDirection() +{ + // the logic in CalcMin works when we resize flexibly in both directions + // but maybe this is not the case + if ( m_flexDirection != wxBOTH ) + { + // select the array corresponding to the direction in which we do *not* + // resize flexibly + wxArrayInt& array = m_flexDirection == wxVERTICAL ? m_colWidths + : m_rowHeights; + + const size_t count = array.GetCount(); + + // find the largest value in this array + size_t n; + int largest = 0; + + for ( n = 0; n < count; ++n ) + { + if ( array[n] > largest ) + largest = array[n]; + } + + // and now fill it with the largest value + for ( n = 0; n < count; ++n ) + { + // don't touch hidden rows + if ( array[n] != -1 ) + array[n] = largest; + } + } +} + +// helper of AdjustForGrowables() which is called for rows/columns separately +// +// parameters: +// delta: the extra space, we do nothing unless it's positive +// growable: indices or growable rows/cols in sizes array +// sizes: the height/widths of rows/cols to adjust +// proportions: proportions of the growable rows/cols or NULL if they all +// should be assumed to have proportion of 1 +static void +DoAdjustForGrowables(int delta, + const wxArrayInt& growable, + wxArrayInt& sizes, + const wxArrayInt *proportions) +{ + if ( delta <= 0 ) + return; + + // total sum of proportions of all non-hidden rows + int sum_proportions = 0; + + // number of currently shown growable rows + int num = 0; + + const int max_idx = sizes.size(); + + const size_t count = growable.size(); + size_t idx; + for ( idx = 0; idx < count; idx++ ) + { + // Since the number of rows/columns can change as items are + // inserted/deleted, we need to verify at runtime that the + // requested growable rows/columns are still valid. + if ( growable[idx] >= max_idx ) + continue; + + // If all items in a row/column are hidden, that row/column will + // have a dimension of -1. This causes the row/column to be + // hidden completely. + if ( sizes[growable[idx]] == -1 ) + continue; + + if ( proportions ) + sum_proportions += (*proportions)[idx]; + + num++; + } + + if ( !num ) + return; + + // the remaining extra free space, adjusted during each iteration + for ( idx = 0; idx < count; idx++ ) + { + if ( growable[idx] >= max_idx ) + continue; + + if ( sizes[ growable[idx] ] == -1 ) + continue; + + int cur_delta; + if ( sum_proportions == 0 ) + { + // no growable rows -- divide extra space evenly among all + cur_delta = delta/num; + num--; + } + else // allocate extra space proportionally + { + const int cur_prop = (*proportions)[idx]; + cur_delta = (delta*cur_prop)/sum_proportions; + sum_proportions -= cur_prop; + } + + sizes[growable[idx]] += cur_delta; + delta -= cur_delta; + } +} + +void wxFlexGridSizer::AdjustForGrowables(const wxSize& sz) +{ +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + // by the time this function is called, the sizer should be already fully + // initialized and hence the number of its columns and rows is known and we + // can check that all indices in m_growableCols/Rows are valid (see also + // comments in AddGrowableCol/Row()) + if ( !m_rows || !m_cols ) + { + if ( !m_rows ) + { + int nrows = CalcRows(); + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_growableRows.size(); n++ ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_growableRows[n] < nrows, + "invalid growable row index" ); + } + } + + if ( !m_cols ) + { + int ncols = CalcCols(); + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_growableCols.size(); n++ ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_growableCols[n] < ncols, + "invalid growable column index" ); + } + } + } +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL + + + if ( (m_flexDirection & wxHORIZONTAL) || (m_growMode != wxFLEX_GROWMODE_NONE) ) + { + DoAdjustForGrowables + ( + sz.x - m_calculatedMinSize.x, + m_growableCols, + m_colWidths, + m_growMode == wxFLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED ? &m_growableColsProportions + : NULL + ); + + // This gives nested objects that benefit from knowing one size + // component in advance the chance to use that. + bool didAdjustMinSize = false; + + // Iterate over all items and inform about column width + const int ncols = GetEffectiveColsCount(); + int col = 0; + for ( wxSizerItemList::iterator i = m_children.begin(); + i != m_children.end(); + ++i ) + { + didAdjustMinSize |= (*i)->InformFirstDirection(wxHORIZONTAL, m_colWidths[col], sz.y - m_calculatedMinSize.y); + if ( ++col == ncols ) + col = 0; + } + + // Only redo if info was actually used + if( didAdjustMinSize ) + { + DoAdjustForGrowables + ( + sz.x - m_calculatedMinSize.x, + m_growableCols, + m_colWidths, + m_growMode == wxFLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED ? &m_growableColsProportions + : NULL + ); + } + } + + if ( (m_flexDirection & wxVERTICAL) || (m_growMode != wxFLEX_GROWMODE_NONE) ) + { + // pass NULL instead of proportions if the grow mode is ALL as we + // should treat all rows as having proportion of 1 then + DoAdjustForGrowables + ( + sz.y - m_calculatedMinSize.y, + m_growableRows, + m_rowHeights, + m_growMode == wxFLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED ? &m_growableRowsProportions + : NULL + ); + } +} + +bool wxFlexGridSizer::IsRowGrowable( size_t idx ) +{ + return m_growableRows.Index( idx ) != wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +bool wxFlexGridSizer::IsColGrowable( size_t idx ) +{ + return m_growableCols.Index( idx ) != wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +void wxFlexGridSizer::AddGrowableRow( size_t idx, int proportion ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !IsRowGrowable( idx ), + "AddGrowableRow() called for growable row" ); + + // notice that we intentionally don't check the index validity here in (the + // common) case when the number of rows was not specified in the ctor -- in + // this case it will be computed only later, when all items are added to + // the sizer, and the check will be done in AdjustForGrowables() + wxCHECK_RET( !m_rows || idx < (size_t)m_rows, "invalid row index" ); + + m_growableRows.Add( idx ); + m_growableRowsProportions.Add( proportion ); +} + +void wxFlexGridSizer::AddGrowableCol( size_t idx, int proportion ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !IsColGrowable( idx ), + "AddGrowableCol() called for growable column" ); + + // see comment in AddGrowableRow(): although it's less common to omit the + // specification of the number of columns, it still can also happen + wxCHECK_RET( !m_cols || idx < (size_t)m_cols, "invalid column index" ); + + m_growableCols.Add( idx ); + m_growableColsProportions.Add( proportion ); +} + +// helper function for RemoveGrowableCol/Row() +static void +DoRemoveFromArrays(size_t idx, wxArrayInt& items, wxArrayInt& proportions) +{ + const size_t count = items.size(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( (size_t)items[n] == idx ) + { + items.RemoveAt(n); + proportions.RemoveAt(n); + return; + } + } + + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("column/row is already not growable") ); +} + +void wxFlexGridSizer::RemoveGrowableCol( size_t idx ) +{ + DoRemoveFromArrays(idx, m_growableCols, m_growableColsProportions); +} + +void wxFlexGridSizer::RemoveGrowableRow( size_t idx ) +{ + DoRemoveFromArrays(idx, m_growableRows, m_growableRowsProportions); +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBoxSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSizerItem *wxBoxSizer::AddSpacer(int size) +{ + return IsVertical() ? Add(0, size) : Add(size, 0); +} + +namespace +{ + +/* + Helper of RecalcSizes(): checks if there is enough remaining space for the + min size of the given item and returns its min size or the entire remaining + space depending on which one is greater. + + This function updates the remaining space parameter to account for the size + effectively allocated to the item. + */ +int +GetMinOrRemainingSize(int orient, const wxSizerItem *item, int *remainingSpace_) +{ + int& remainingSpace = *remainingSpace_; + + wxCoord size; + if ( remainingSpace > 0 ) + { + const wxSize sizeMin = item->GetMinSizeWithBorder(); + size = orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? sizeMin.x : sizeMin.y; + + if ( size >= remainingSpace ) + { + // truncate the item to fit in the remaining space, this is better + // than showing it only partially in general, even if both choices + // are bad -- but there is nothing else we can do + size = remainingSpace; + } + + remainingSpace -= size; + } + else // no remaining space + { + // no space at all left, no need to even query the item for its min + // size as we can't give it to it anyhow + size = 0; + } + + return size; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +void wxBoxSizer::RecalcSizes() +{ + if ( m_children.empty() ) + return; + + const wxCoord totalMinorSize = GetSizeInMinorDir(m_size); + const wxCoord totalMajorSize = GetSizeInMajorDir(m_size); + + // the amount of free space which we should redistribute among the + // stretchable items (i.e. those with non zero proportion) + int delta = totalMajorSize - GetSizeInMajorDir(m_minSize); + + // declare loop variables used below: + wxSizerItemList::const_iterator i; // iterator in m_children list + unsigned n = 0; // item index in majorSizes array + + + // First, inform item about the available size in minor direction as this + // can change their size in the major direction. Also compute the number of + // visible items and sum of their min sizes in major direction. + + int minMajorSize = 0; + for ( i = m_children.begin(); i != m_children.end(); ++i ) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = *i; + + if ( !item->IsShown() ) + continue; + + wxSize szMinPrev = item->GetMinSizeWithBorder(); + item->InformFirstDirection(m_orient^wxBOTH,totalMinorSize,delta); + wxSize szMin = item->GetMinSizeWithBorder(); + int deltaChange = GetSizeInMajorDir(szMin-szMinPrev); + if( deltaChange ) + { + // Since we passed available space along to the item, it should not + // take too much, so delta should not become negative. + delta -= deltaChange; + } + minMajorSize += GetSizeInMajorDir(item->GetMinSizeWithBorder()); + } + + // update our min size and delta which may have changed + SizeInMajorDir(m_minSize) = minMajorSize; + delta = totalMajorSize - minMajorSize; + + + // space and sum of proportions for the remaining items, both may change + // below + wxCoord remaining = totalMajorSize; + int totalProportion = m_totalProportion; + + // size of the (visible) items in major direction, -1 means "not fixed yet" + wxVector majorSizes(GetItemCount(), wxDefaultCoord); + + + // Check for the degenerated case when we don't have enough space for even + // the min sizes of all the items: in this case we really can't do much + // more than to to allocate the min size to as many of fixed size items as + // possible (on the assumption that variable size items such as text zones + // or list boxes may use scrollbars to show their content even if their + // size is less than min size but that fixed size items such as buttons + // will suffer even more if we don't give them their min size) + if ( totalMajorSize < minMajorSize ) + { + // Second degenerated case pass: allocate min size to all fixed size + // items. + for ( i = m_children.begin(), n = 0; i != m_children.end(); ++i, ++n ) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = *i; + + if ( !item->IsShown() ) + continue; + + // deal with fixed size items only during this pass + if ( item->GetProportion() ) + continue; + + majorSizes[n] = GetMinOrRemainingSize(m_orient, item, &remaining); + } + + + // Third degenerated case pass: allocate min size to all the remaining, + // i.e. non-fixed size, items. + for ( i = m_children.begin(), n = 0; i != m_children.end(); ++i, ++n ) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = *i; + + if ( !item->IsShown() ) + continue; + + // we've already dealt with fixed size items above + if ( !item->GetProportion() ) + continue; + + majorSizes[n] = GetMinOrRemainingSize(m_orient, item, &remaining); + } + } + else // we do have enough space to give at least min sizes to all items + { + // Second and maybe more passes in the non-degenerated case: deal with + // fixed size items and items whose min size is greater than what we + // would allocate to them taking their proportion into account. For + // both of them, we will just use their min size, but for the latter we + // also need to reexamine all the items as the items which fitted + // before we adjusted their size upwards might not fit any more. This + // does make for a quadratic algorithm but it's not obvious how to + // avoid it and hopefully it's not a huge problem in practice as the + // sizers don't have many items usually (and, of course, the algorithm + // still reduces into a linear one if there is enough space for all the + // min sizes). + bool nonFixedSpaceChanged = false; + for ( i = m_children.begin(), n = 0; ; ++i, ++n ) + { + if ( nonFixedSpaceChanged ) + { + i = m_children.begin(); + n = 0; + nonFixedSpaceChanged = false; + } + + // check for the end of the loop only after the check above as + // otherwise we wouldn't do another pass if the last child resulted + // in non fixed space reduction + if ( i == m_children.end() ) + break; + + wxSizerItem * const item = *i; + + if ( !item->IsShown() ) + continue; + + // don't check the item which we had already dealt with during a + // previous pass (this is more than an optimization, the code + // wouldn't work correctly if we kept adjusting for the same item + // over and over again) + if ( majorSizes[n] != wxDefaultCoord ) + continue; + + wxCoord minMajor = GetSizeInMajorDir(item->GetMinSizeWithBorder()); + + // it doesn't make sense for min size to be negative but right now + // it's possible to create e.g. a spacer with (-1, 10) as size and + // people do it in their code apparently (see #11842) so ensure + // that we don't use this -1 as real min size as it conflicts with + // the meaning we use for it here and negative min sizes just don't + // make sense anyhow (which is why it might be a better idea to + // deal with them at wxSizerItem level in the future but for now + // this is the minimal fix for the bug) + if ( minMajor < 0 ) + minMajor = 0; + + const int propItem = item->GetProportion(); + if ( propItem ) + { + // is the desired size of this item big enough? + if ( (remaining*propItem)/totalProportion >= minMajor ) + { + // yes, it is, we'll determine the real size of this + // item later, for now just leave it as wxDefaultCoord + continue; + } + + // the proportion of this item won't count, it has + // effectively become fixed + totalProportion -= propItem; + } + + // we can already allocate space for this item + majorSizes[n] = minMajor; + + // change the amount of the space remaining to the other items, + // as this can result in not being able to satisfy their + // proportions any more we will need to redo another loop + // iteration + remaining -= minMajor; + + nonFixedSpaceChanged = true; + } + + + // Last by one pass: distribute the remaining space among the non-fixed + // items whose size weren't fixed yet according to their proportions. + for ( i = m_children.begin(), n = 0; i != m_children.end(); ++i, ++n ) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = *i; + + if ( !item->IsShown() ) + continue; + + if ( majorSizes[n] == wxDefaultCoord ) + { + const int propItem = item->GetProportion(); + majorSizes[n] = (remaining*propItem)/totalProportion; + + remaining -= majorSizes[n]; + totalProportion -= propItem; + } + } + } + + + // the position at which we put the next child + wxPoint pt(m_position); + + + // Final pass: finally do position the items correctly using their sizes as + // determined above. + for ( i = m_children.begin(), n = 0; i != m_children.end(); ++i, ++n ) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = *i; + + if ( !item->IsShown() ) + continue; + + const int majorSize = majorSizes[n]; + + const wxSize sizeThis(item->GetMinSizeWithBorder()); + + // apply the alignment in the minor direction + wxPoint posChild(pt); + + wxCoord minorSize = GetSizeInMinorDir(sizeThis); + const int flag = item->GetFlag(); + if ( (flag & (wxEXPAND | wxSHAPED)) || (minorSize > totalMinorSize) ) + { + // occupy all the available space if wxEXPAND was given and also if + // the item is too big to fit -- in this case we truncate it below + // its minimal size which is bad but better than not showing parts + // of the window at all + minorSize = totalMinorSize; + } + else if ( flag & (IsVertical() ? wxALIGN_RIGHT : wxALIGN_BOTTOM) ) + { + PosInMinorDir(posChild) += totalMinorSize - minorSize; + } + // NB: wxCENTRE is used here only for backwards compatibility, + // wxALIGN_CENTRE should be used in new code + else if ( flag & (wxCENTER | (IsVertical() ? wxALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL + : wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL)) ) + { + PosInMinorDir(posChild) += (totalMinorSize - minorSize) / 2; + } + + + // apply RTL adjustment for horizontal sizers: + if ( !IsVertical() && m_containingWindow ) + { + posChild.x = m_containingWindow->AdjustForLayoutDirection + ( + posChild.x, + majorSize, + m_size.x + ); + } + + // finally set size of this child and advance to the next one + item->SetDimension(posChild, SizeFromMajorMinor(majorSize, minorSize)); + + PosInMajorDir(pt) += majorSize; + } +} + +wxSize wxBoxSizer::CalcMin() +{ + m_totalProportion = 0; + m_minSize = wxSize(0, 0); + + // The minimal size for the sizer should be big enough to allocate its + // element at least its minimal size but also, and this is the non trivial + // part, to respect the children proportion. To satisfy the latter + // condition we must find the greatest min-size-to-proportion ratio for all + // elements with non-zero proportion. + float maxMinSizeToProp = 0.; + for ( wxSizerItemList::const_iterator i = m_children.begin(); + i != m_children.end(); + ++i ) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = *i; + + if ( !item->IsShown() ) + continue; + + const wxSize sizeMinThis = item->CalcMin(); + if ( const int propThis = item->GetProportion() ) + { + float minSizeToProp = GetSizeInMajorDir(sizeMinThis); + minSizeToProp /= propThis; + + if ( minSizeToProp > maxMinSizeToProp ) + maxMinSizeToProp = minSizeToProp; + + m_totalProportion += item->GetProportion(); + } + else // fixed size item + { + // Just account for its size directly + SizeInMajorDir(m_minSize) += GetSizeInMajorDir(sizeMinThis); + } + + // In the transversal direction we just need to find the maximum. + if ( GetSizeInMinorDir(sizeMinThis) > GetSizeInMinorDir(m_minSize) ) + SizeInMinorDir(m_minSize) = GetSizeInMinorDir(sizeMinThis); + } + + // Using the max ratio ensures that the min size is big enough for all + // items to have their min size and satisfy the proportions among them. + SizeInMajorDir(m_minSize) += (int)(maxMinSizeToProp*m_totalProportion); + + return m_minSize; +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticBoxSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STATBOX + +wxStaticBoxSizer::wxStaticBoxSizer( wxStaticBox *box, int orient ) + : wxBoxSizer( orient ), + m_staticBox( box ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( box, wxT("wxStaticBoxSizer needs a static box") ); + + // do this so that our Detach() is called if the static box is destroyed + // before we are + m_staticBox->SetContainingSizer(this); +} + +wxStaticBoxSizer::wxStaticBoxSizer(int orient, wxWindow *win, const wxString& s) + : wxBoxSizer(orient), + m_staticBox(new wxStaticBox(win, wxID_ANY, s)) +{ + // same as above + m_staticBox->SetContainingSizer(this); +} + +wxStaticBoxSizer::~wxStaticBoxSizer() +{ + delete m_staticBox; +} + +void wxStaticBoxSizer::RecalcSizes() +{ + int top_border, other_border; + m_staticBox->GetBordersForSizer(&top_border, &other_border); + + m_staticBox->SetSize( m_position.x, m_position.y, m_size.x, m_size.y ); + + wxSize old_size( m_size ); + m_size.x -= 2*other_border; + m_size.y -= top_border + other_border; + + wxPoint old_pos( m_position ); + if (m_staticBox->GetChildren().GetCount() > 0) + { +#if defined( __WXGTK20__ ) + // if the wxStaticBox has created a wxPizza to contain its children + // (see wxStaticBox::AddChild) then we need to place the items it contains + // in the wxBoxSizer::RecalcSizes() call below using coordinates relative + // to the top-left corner of the staticbox: + m_position.x = m_position.y = 0; +#elif defined(__WXOSX__) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA + // the distance from the 'inner' content view to the embedded controls + m_position.x = m_position.y = 10; +#else + // if the wxStaticBox has childrens, then these windows must be placed + // by the wxBoxSizer::RecalcSizes() call below using coordinates relative + // to the top-left corner of the staticbox (but unlike wxGTK, we need + // to keep in count the static borders here!): + m_position.x = other_border; + m_position.y = top_border; +#endif + } + else + { + // the windows contained in the staticbox have been created as siblings of the + // staticbox (this is the "old" way of staticbox contents creation); in this + // case we need to position them with coordinates relative to our common parent + m_position.x += other_border; + m_position.y += top_border; + } + + wxBoxSizer::RecalcSizes(); + + m_position = old_pos; + m_size = old_size; +} + +wxSize wxStaticBoxSizer::CalcMin() +{ + int top_border, other_border; + m_staticBox->GetBordersForSizer(&top_border, &other_border); + + wxSize ret( wxBoxSizer::CalcMin() ); + ret.x += 2*other_border; + + // ensure that we're wide enough to show the static box label (there is no + // need to check for the static box best size in vertical direction though) + const int boxWidth = m_staticBox->GetBestSize().x; + if ( ret.x < boxWidth ) + ret.x = boxWidth; + + ret.y += other_border + top_border; + + return ret; +} + +void wxStaticBoxSizer::ShowItems( bool show ) +{ + m_staticBox->Show( show ); + wxBoxSizer::ShowItems( show ); +} + +bool wxStaticBoxSizer::Detach( wxWindow *window ) +{ + // avoid deleting m_staticBox in our dtor if it's being detached from the + // sizer (which can happen because it's being already destroyed for + // example) + if ( window == m_staticBox ) + { + m_staticBox = NULL; + return true; + } + + return wxSizer::Detach( window ); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStdDialogButtonSizer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + +wxStdDialogButtonSizer::wxStdDialogButtonSizer() + : wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL) +{ + // Vertical buttons with lots of space on either side + // looks rubbish on WinCE, so let's not do this for now. + // If we are going to use vertical buttons, we should + // put the sizer to the right of other controls in the dialog, + // and that's beyond the scope of this sizer. +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + bool is_pda = (wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA); + // If we have a PDA screen, put yes/no button over + // all other buttons, otherwise on the left side. + if (is_pda) + m_orient = wxVERTICAL; +#endif + + m_buttonAffirmative = NULL; + m_buttonApply = NULL; + m_buttonNegative = NULL; + m_buttonCancel = NULL; + m_buttonHelp = NULL; +} + +void wxStdDialogButtonSizer::AddButton(wxButton *mybutton) +{ + switch (mybutton->GetId()) + { + case wxID_OK: + case wxID_YES: + case wxID_SAVE: + m_buttonAffirmative = mybutton; + break; + case wxID_APPLY: + m_buttonApply = mybutton; + break; + case wxID_NO: + m_buttonNegative = mybutton; + break; + case wxID_CANCEL: + case wxID_CLOSE: + m_buttonCancel = mybutton; + break; + case wxID_HELP: + case wxID_CONTEXT_HELP: + m_buttonHelp = mybutton; + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +void wxStdDialogButtonSizer::SetAffirmativeButton( wxButton *button ) +{ + m_buttonAffirmative = button; +} + +void wxStdDialogButtonSizer::SetNegativeButton( wxButton *button ) +{ + m_buttonNegative = button; +} + +void wxStdDialogButtonSizer::SetCancelButton( wxButton *button ) +{ + m_buttonCancel = button; +} + +void wxStdDialogButtonSizer::Realize() +{ +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + Add(0, 0, 0, wxLEFT, 6); + if (m_buttonHelp) + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonHelp, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, 6); + + if (m_buttonNegative){ + // HIG POLICE BULLETIN - destructive buttons need extra padding + // 24 pixels on either side + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonNegative, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, 12); + } + + // extra whitespace between help/negative and cancel/ok buttons + Add(0, 0, 1, wxEXPAND, 0); + + if (m_buttonCancel){ + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonCancel, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, 6); + // Cancel or help should be default + // m_buttonCancel->SetDefaultButton(); + } + + // Ugh, Mac doesn't really have apply dialogs, so I'll just + // figure the best place is between Cancel and OK + if (m_buttonApply) + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonApply, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, 6); + + if (m_buttonAffirmative){ + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonAffirmative, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT, 6); + + if (m_buttonAffirmative->GetId() == wxID_SAVE){ + // these buttons have set labels under Mac so we should use them + m_buttonAffirmative->SetLabel(_("Save")); + if (m_buttonNegative) + m_buttonNegative->SetLabel(_("Don't Save")); + } + } + + // Extra space around and at the right + Add(12, 40); +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + // http://library.gnome.org/devel/hig-book/stable/windows-alert.html.en + // says that the correct button order is + // + // [Help] [Alternative] [Cancel] [Affirmative] + + // Flags ensuring that margins between the buttons are 6 pixels. + const wxSizerFlags + flagsBtn = wxSizerFlags().Centre().Border(wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, 3); + + // Margin around the entire sizer button should be 12. + AddSpacer(9); + + if (m_buttonHelp) + Add(m_buttonHelp, flagsBtn); + + // Align the rest of the buttons to the right. + AddStretchSpacer(); + + if (m_buttonNegative) + Add(m_buttonNegative, flagsBtn); + + if (m_buttonApply) + Add(m_buttonApply, flagsBtn); + + if (m_buttonCancel) + Add(m_buttonCancel, flagsBtn); + + if (m_buttonAffirmative) + Add(m_buttonAffirmative, flagsBtn); + + // Ensure that the right margin is 12 as well. + AddSpacer(9); +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + // Windows + + // right-justify buttons + Add(0, 0, 1, wxEXPAND, 0); + + if (m_buttonAffirmative){ + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonAffirmative, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, m_buttonAffirmative->ConvertDialogToPixels(wxSize(2, 0)).x); + } + + if (m_buttonNegative){ + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonNegative, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, m_buttonNegative->ConvertDialogToPixels(wxSize(2, 0)).x); + } + + if (m_buttonCancel){ + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonCancel, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, m_buttonCancel->ConvertDialogToPixels(wxSize(2, 0)).x); + } + if (m_buttonApply) + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonApply, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, m_buttonApply->ConvertDialogToPixels(wxSize(2, 0)).x); + + if (m_buttonHelp) + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonHelp, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, m_buttonHelp->ConvertDialogToPixels(wxSize(2, 0)).x); +#else + // GTK+1 and any other platform + + // Add(0, 0, 0, wxLEFT, 5); // Not sure what this was for but it unbalances the dialog + if (m_buttonHelp) + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonHelp, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, m_buttonHelp->ConvertDialogToPixels(wxSize(4, 0)).x); + + // extra whitespace between help and cancel/ok buttons + Add(0, 0, 1, wxEXPAND, 0); + + if (m_buttonApply) + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonApply, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, m_buttonApply->ConvertDialogToPixels(wxSize(4, 0)).x); + + if (m_buttonAffirmative){ + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonAffirmative, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, m_buttonAffirmative->ConvertDialogToPixels(wxSize(4, 0)).x); + } + + if (m_buttonNegative){ + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonNegative, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, m_buttonNegative->ConvertDialogToPixels(wxSize(4, 0)).x); + } + + if (m_buttonCancel){ + Add((wxWindow*)m_buttonCancel, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, m_buttonCancel->ConvertDialogToPixels(wxSize(4, 0)).x); + // Cancel or help should be default + // m_buttonCancel->SetDefaultButton(); + } + +#endif +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/slidercmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/slidercmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1fc38736b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/slidercmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/slidercmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxSlider common code +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: slidercmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart 1998 +// Vadim Zeitlin 2004 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SLIDER + +#include "wx/slider.h" + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxSliderNameStr[] = "slider"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxSliderStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxSliderStyle ) + // new style border flags, we put them first to + // use them for streaming out + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + + // old style border flags + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + + // standard window styles + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_HORIZONTAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_VERTICAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_AUTOTICKS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_LABELS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_LEFT) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_TOP) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_RIGHT) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_BOTTOM) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_BOTH) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_SELRANGE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSL_INVERSE) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxSliderStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxSlider, wxControl, "wx/slider.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxSlider) + wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( Scroll, wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, wxScrollEvent ) + wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Updated, wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent ) + + wxPROPERTY( Value, int, SetValue, GetValue, 0, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( Minimum, int, SetMin, GetMin, 0, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( Maximum, int, SetMax, GetMax, 0, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( PageSize, int, SetPageSize, GetLineSize, 1, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( LineSize, int, SetLineSize, GetLineSize, 1, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( ThumbLength, int, SetThumbLength, GetThumbLength, 1, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + + wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxSliderStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxSlider) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_8( wxSlider, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, int, Value, \ + int, Minimum, int, Maximum, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, \ + long, WindowStyle ) + +#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/socket.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/socket.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f99a0333bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/socket.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2109 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/socket.cpp +// Purpose: Socket handler classes +// Authors: Guilhem Lavaux, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Created: April 1997 +// Copyright: (C) 1999-1997, Guilhem Lavaux +// (C) 1999-2000, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// (C) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// RCS_ID: $Id: socket.cpp 65378 2010-08-21 23:33:40Z VZ $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ========================================================================== +// Declarations +// ========================================================================== + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + +#include "wx/socket.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/object.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/event.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/timer.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/apptrait.h" +#include "wx/sckaddr.h" +#include "wx/stopwatch.h" +#include "wx/thread.h" +#include "wx/evtloop.h" +#include "wx/link.h" + +#include "wx/private/fd.h" +#include "wx/private/socket.h" + +#ifdef __UNIX__ + #include +#endif + +// we use MSG_NOSIGNAL to avoid getting SIGPIPE when sending data to a remote +// host which closed the connection if it is available, otherwise we rely on +// SO_NOSIGPIPE existency +// +// this should cover all the current Unix systems (Windows never sends any +// signals anyhow) but if we find one that has neither we should explicitly +// ignore SIGPIPE for it +// OpenVMS has neither MSG_NOSIGNAL nor SO_NOSIGPIPE. However the socket sample +// seems to work. Not sure if problems will show up on OpenVMS using sockets. +#ifdef MSG_NOSIGNAL + #define wxSOCKET_MSG_NOSIGNAL MSG_NOSIGNAL +#else // MSG_NOSIGNAL not available (BSD including OS X) + // next best possibility is to use SO_NOSIGPIPE socket option, this covers + // BSD systems (including OS X) -- but if we don't have it neither (AIX and + // old HP-UX do not), we have to fall back to the old way of simply + // disabling SIGPIPE temporarily, so define a class to do it in a safe way + #if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(SO_NOSIGPIPE) + extern "C" { typedef void (*wxSigHandler_t)(int); } + namespace + { + class IgnoreSignal + { + public: + // ctor disables the given signal + IgnoreSignal(int sig) + : m_handler(signal(sig, SIG_IGN)), + m_sig(sig) + { + } + + // dtor restores the old handler + ~IgnoreSignal() + { + signal(m_sig, m_handler); + } + + private: + const wxSigHandler_t m_handler; + const int m_sig; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(IgnoreSignal); + }; + } // anonymous namespace + + #define wxNEEDS_IGNORE_SIGPIPE + #endif // Unix without SO_NOSIGPIPE + + #define wxSOCKET_MSG_NOSIGNAL 0 +#endif + +// DLL options compatibility check: +#include "wx/build.h" +WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS("wxNet") + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros and constants +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// event +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_SOCKET, wxSocketEvent); + +// discard buffer +#define MAX_DISCARD_SIZE (10 * 1024) + +#define wxTRACE_Socket wxT("wxSocket") + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWin macros +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxSocketBase, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxSocketServer, wxSocketBase) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxSocketClient, wxSocketBase) +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDatagramSocket, wxSocketBase) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSocketEvent, wxEvent) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +void SetTimeValFromMS(timeval& tv, unsigned long ms) +{ + tv.tv_sec = (ms / 1000); + tv.tv_usec = (ms % 1000) * 1000; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private classes +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxSocketState : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxSocketFlags m_flags; + wxSocketEventFlags m_eventmask; + bool m_notify; + void *m_clientData; + +public: + wxSocketState() : wxObject() {} + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketState); +}; + +// wxSocketWaitModeChanger: temporarily change the socket flags affecting its +// wait mode +class wxSocketWaitModeChanger +{ +public: + // temporarily set the flags to include the flag value which may be either + // wxSOCKET_NOWAIT or wxSOCKET_WAITALL + wxSocketWaitModeChanger(wxSocketBase *socket, int flag) + : m_socket(socket), + m_oldflags(socket->GetFlags()) + + { + wxASSERT_MSG( flag == wxSOCKET_WAITALL || flag == wxSOCKET_NOWAIT, + "not a wait flag" ); + + // preserve wxSOCKET_BLOCK value when switching to wxSOCKET_WAITALL + // mode but not when switching to wxSOCKET_NOWAIT as the latter is + // incompatible with wxSOCKET_BLOCK + if ( flag != wxSOCKET_NOWAIT ) + flag |= m_oldflags & wxSOCKET_BLOCK; + + socket->SetFlags(flag); + } + + ~wxSocketWaitModeChanger() + { + m_socket->SetFlags(m_oldflags); + } + +private: + wxSocketBase * const m_socket; + const int m_oldflags; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketWaitModeChanger); +}; + +// wxSocketRead/WriteGuard are instantiated before starting reading +// from/writing to the socket +class wxSocketReadGuard +{ +public: + wxSocketReadGuard(wxSocketBase *socket) + : m_socket(socket) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_socket->m_reading, "read reentrancy?" ); + + m_socket->m_reading = true; + } + + ~wxSocketReadGuard() + { + m_socket->m_reading = false; + + // connection could have been lost while reading, in this case calling + // ReenableEvents() would assert and is not necessary anyhow + wxSocketImpl * const impl = m_socket->m_impl; + if ( impl && impl->m_fd != INVALID_SOCKET ) + impl->ReenableEvents(wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG); + } + +private: + wxSocketBase * const m_socket; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketReadGuard); +}; + +class wxSocketWriteGuard +{ +public: + wxSocketWriteGuard(wxSocketBase *socket) + : m_socket(socket) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_socket->m_writing, "write reentrancy?" ); + + m_socket->m_writing = true; + } + + ~wxSocketWriteGuard() + { + m_socket->m_writing = false; + + wxSocketImpl * const impl = m_socket->m_impl; + if ( impl && impl->m_fd != INVALID_SOCKET ) + impl->ReenableEvents(wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG); + } + +private: + wxSocketBase * const m_socket; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketWriteGuard); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxSocketManager +// ============================================================================ + +wxSocketManager *wxSocketManager::ms_manager = NULL; + +/* static */ +void wxSocketManager::Set(wxSocketManager *manager) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !ms_manager, "too late to set manager now" ); + + ms_manager = manager; +} + +/* static */ +void wxSocketManager::Init() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !ms_manager, "shouldn't be initialized twice" ); + + /* + Details: Initialize() creates a hidden window as a sink for socket + events, such as 'read completed'. wxMSW has only one message loop + for the main thread. If Initialize is called in a secondary thread, + the socket window will be created for the secondary thread, but + since there is no message loop on this thread, it will never + receive events and all socket operations will time out. + BTW, the main thread must not be stopped using sleep or block + on a semaphore (a bad idea in any case) or socket operations + will time out. + + On the Mac side, Initialize() stores a pointer to the CFRunLoop for + the main thread. Because secondary threads do not have run loops, + adding event notifications to the "Current" loop would have no + effect at all, events would never fire. + */ + wxASSERT_MSG( wxIsMainThread(), + "sockets must be initialized from the main thread" ); + + wxAppConsole * const app = wxAppConsole::GetInstance(); + wxCHECK_RET( app, "sockets can't be initialized without wxApp" ); + + ms_manager = app->GetTraits()->GetSocketManager(); +} + +// ========================================================================== +// wxSocketImpl +// ========================================================================== + +wxSocketImpl::wxSocketImpl(wxSocketBase& wxsocket) + : m_wxsocket(&wxsocket) +{ + m_fd = INVALID_SOCKET; + m_error = wxSOCKET_NOERROR; + m_server = false; + m_stream = true; + + SetTimeout(wxsocket.GetTimeout() * 1000); + + m_establishing = false; + m_reusable = false; + m_broadcast = false; + m_dobind = true; + m_initialRecvBufferSize = -1; + m_initialSendBufferSize = -1; +} + +wxSocketImpl::~wxSocketImpl() +{ + if ( m_fd != INVALID_SOCKET ) + Shutdown(); +} + +bool wxSocketImpl::PreCreateCheck(const wxSockAddressImpl& addr) +{ + if ( m_fd != INVALID_SOCKET ) + { + m_error = wxSOCKET_INVSOCK; + return false; + } + + if ( !addr.IsOk() ) + { + m_error = wxSOCKET_INVADDR; + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +void wxSocketImpl::PostCreation() +{ + // FreeBSD variants can't use MSG_NOSIGNAL, and instead use a socket option +#ifdef SO_NOSIGPIPE + EnableSocketOption(SO_NOSIGPIPE); +#endif + + if ( m_reusable ) + EnableSocketOption(SO_REUSEADDR); + + if ( m_broadcast ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_stream, "broadcasting is for datagram sockets only" ); + + EnableSocketOption(SO_BROADCAST); + } + + if ( m_initialRecvBufferSize >= 0 ) + SetSocketOption(SO_RCVBUF, m_initialRecvBufferSize); + if ( m_initialSendBufferSize >= 0 ) + SetSocketOption(SO_SNDBUF, m_initialSendBufferSize); + + // we always put our sockets in unblocked mode and handle blocking + // ourselves in DoRead/Write() if wxSOCKET_WAITALL is specified + UnblockAndRegisterWithEventLoop(); +} + +wxSocketError wxSocketImpl::UpdateLocalAddress() +{ + if ( !m_local.IsOk() ) + { + // ensure that we have a valid object using the correct family: correct + // being the same one as our peer uses as we have no other way to + // determine it + m_local.Create(m_peer.GetFamily()); + } + + WX_SOCKLEN_T lenAddr = m_local.GetLen(); + if ( getsockname(m_fd, m_local.GetWritableAddr(), &lenAddr) != 0 ) + { + Close(); + m_error = wxSOCKET_IOERR; + return m_error; + } + + return wxSOCKET_NOERROR; +} + +wxSocketError wxSocketImpl::CreateServer() +{ + if ( !PreCreateCheck(m_local) ) + return m_error; + + m_server = true; + m_stream = true; + + // do create the socket + m_fd = socket(m_local.GetFamily(), SOCK_STREAM, 0); + + if ( m_fd == INVALID_SOCKET ) + { + m_error = wxSOCKET_IOERR; + return wxSOCKET_IOERR; + } + + PostCreation(); + + // and then bind to and listen on it + // + // FIXME: should we test for m_dobind here? + if ( bind(m_fd, m_local.GetAddr(), m_local.GetLen()) != 0 ) + m_error = wxSOCKET_IOERR; + + if ( IsOk() ) + { + if ( listen(m_fd, 5) != 0 ) + m_error = wxSOCKET_IOERR; + } + + if ( !IsOk() ) + { + Close(); + return m_error; + } + + // finally retrieve the address we effectively bound to + return UpdateLocalAddress(); +} + +wxSocketError wxSocketImpl::CreateClient(bool wait) +{ + if ( !PreCreateCheck(m_peer) ) + return m_error; + + m_fd = socket(m_peer.GetFamily(), SOCK_STREAM, 0); + + if ( m_fd == INVALID_SOCKET ) + { + m_error = wxSOCKET_IOERR; + return wxSOCKET_IOERR; + } + + PostCreation(); + + // If a local address has been set, then bind to it before calling connect + if ( m_local.IsOk() ) + { + if ( bind(m_fd, m_local.GetAddr(), m_local.GetLen()) != 0 ) + { + Close(); + m_error = wxSOCKET_IOERR; + return m_error; + } + } + + // Do connect now + int rc = connect(m_fd, m_peer.GetAddr(), m_peer.GetLen()); + if ( rc == SOCKET_ERROR ) + { + wxSocketError err = GetLastError(); + if ( err == wxSOCKET_WOULDBLOCK ) + { + m_establishing = true; + + // block waiting for connection if we should (otherwise just return + // wxSOCKET_WOULDBLOCK to the caller) + if ( wait ) + { + err = SelectWithTimeout(wxSOCKET_CONNECTION_FLAG) + ? wxSOCKET_NOERROR + : wxSOCKET_TIMEDOUT; + m_establishing = false; + } + } + + m_error = err; + } + else // connected + { + m_error = wxSOCKET_NOERROR; + } + + return m_error; +} + + +wxSocketError wxSocketImpl::CreateUDP() +{ + if ( !PreCreateCheck(m_local) ) + return m_error; + + m_stream = false; + m_server = false; + + m_fd = socket(m_local.GetFamily(), SOCK_DGRAM, 0); + + if ( m_fd == INVALID_SOCKET ) + { + m_error = wxSOCKET_IOERR; + return wxSOCKET_IOERR; + } + + PostCreation(); + + if ( m_dobind ) + { + if ( bind(m_fd, m_local.GetAddr(), m_local.GetLen()) != 0 ) + { + Close(); + m_error = wxSOCKET_IOERR; + return m_error; + } + + return UpdateLocalAddress(); + } + + return wxSOCKET_NOERROR; +} + +wxSocketImpl *wxSocketImpl::Accept(wxSocketBase& wxsocket) +{ + wxSockAddressStorage from; + WX_SOCKLEN_T fromlen = sizeof(from); + const SOCKET fd = accept(m_fd, &from.addr, &fromlen); + + // accepting is similar to reading in the sense that it resets "ready for + // read" flag on the socket + ReenableEvents(wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG); + + if ( fd == INVALID_SOCKET ) + return NULL; + + wxSocketManager * const manager = wxSocketManager::Get(); + if ( !manager ) + return NULL; + + wxSocketImpl * const sock = manager->CreateSocket(wxsocket); + if ( !sock ) + return NULL; + + sock->m_fd = fd; + sock->m_peer = wxSockAddressImpl(from.addr, fromlen); + + sock->UnblockAndRegisterWithEventLoop(); + + return sock; +} + + +void wxSocketImpl::Close() +{ + if ( m_fd != INVALID_SOCKET ) + { + DoClose(); + m_fd = INVALID_SOCKET; + } +} + +void wxSocketImpl::Shutdown() +{ + if ( m_fd != INVALID_SOCKET ) + { + shutdown(m_fd, 1 /* SD_SEND */); + Close(); + } +} + +/* + * Sets the timeout for blocking calls. Time is expressed in + * milliseconds. + */ +void wxSocketImpl::SetTimeout(unsigned long millis) +{ + SetTimeValFromMS(m_timeout, millis); +} + +void wxSocketImpl::NotifyOnStateChange(wxSocketNotify event) +{ + m_wxsocket->OnRequest(event); +} + +/* Address handling */ +wxSocketError wxSocketImpl::SetLocal(const wxSockAddressImpl& local) +{ + /* the socket must be initialized, or it must be a server */ + if (m_fd != INVALID_SOCKET && !m_server) + { + m_error = wxSOCKET_INVSOCK; + return wxSOCKET_INVSOCK; + } + + if ( !local.IsOk() ) + { + m_error = wxSOCKET_INVADDR; + return wxSOCKET_INVADDR; + } + + m_local = local; + + return wxSOCKET_NOERROR; +} + +wxSocketError wxSocketImpl::SetPeer(const wxSockAddressImpl& peer) +{ + if ( !peer.IsOk() ) + { + m_error = wxSOCKET_INVADDR; + return wxSOCKET_INVADDR; + } + + m_peer = peer; + + return wxSOCKET_NOERROR; +} + +const wxSockAddressImpl& wxSocketImpl::GetLocal() +{ + if ( !m_local.IsOk() ) + UpdateLocalAddress(); + + return m_local; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSocketImpl IO +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this macro wraps the given expression (normally a syscall) in a loop which +// ignores any interruptions, i.e. reevaluates it again if it failed and errno +// is EINTR +#ifdef __UNIX__ + #define DO_WHILE_EINTR( rc, syscall ) \ + do { \ + rc = (syscall); \ + } \ + while ( rc == -1 && errno == EINTR ) +#else + #define DO_WHILE_EINTR( rc, syscall ) rc = (syscall) +#endif + +int wxSocketImpl::RecvStream(void *buffer, int size) +{ + int ret; + DO_WHILE_EINTR( ret, recv(m_fd, static_cast(buffer), size, 0) ); + + if ( !ret ) + { + // receiving 0 bytes for a TCP socket indicates that the connection was + // closed by peer so shut down our end as well (for UDP sockets empty + // datagrams are also possible) + m_establishing = false; + NotifyOnStateChange(wxSOCKET_LOST); + + Shutdown(); + + // do not return an error in this case however + } + + return ret; +} + +int wxSocketImpl::SendStream(const void *buffer, int size) +{ +#ifdef wxNEEDS_IGNORE_SIGPIPE + IgnoreSignal ignore(SIGPIPE); +#endif + + int ret; + DO_WHILE_EINTR( ret, send(m_fd, static_cast(buffer), size, + wxSOCKET_MSG_NOSIGNAL) ); + + return ret; +} + +int wxSocketImpl::RecvDgram(void *buffer, int size) +{ + wxSockAddressStorage from; + WX_SOCKLEN_T fromlen = sizeof(from); + + int ret; + DO_WHILE_EINTR( ret, recvfrom(m_fd, static_cast(buffer), size, + 0, &from.addr, &fromlen) ); + + if ( ret == SOCKET_ERROR ) + return SOCKET_ERROR; + + m_peer = wxSockAddressImpl(from.addr, fromlen); + if ( !m_peer.IsOk() ) + return -1; + + return ret; +} + +int wxSocketImpl::SendDgram(const void *buffer, int size) +{ + if ( !m_peer.IsOk() ) + { + m_error = wxSOCKET_INVADDR; + return -1; + } + + int ret; + DO_WHILE_EINTR( ret, sendto(m_fd, static_cast(buffer), size, + 0, m_peer.GetAddr(), m_peer.GetLen()) ); + + return ret; +} + +int wxSocketImpl::Read(void *buffer, int size) +{ + // server sockets can't be used for IO, only to accept new connections + if ( m_fd == INVALID_SOCKET || m_server ) + { + m_error = wxSOCKET_INVSOCK; + return -1; + } + + int ret = m_stream ? RecvStream(buffer, size) + : RecvDgram(buffer, size); + + m_error = ret == SOCKET_ERROR ? GetLastError() : wxSOCKET_NOERROR; + + return ret; +} + +int wxSocketImpl::Write(const void *buffer, int size) +{ + if ( m_fd == INVALID_SOCKET || m_server ) + { + m_error = wxSOCKET_INVSOCK; + return -1; + } + + int ret = m_stream ? SendStream(buffer, size) + : SendDgram(buffer, size); + + m_error = ret == SOCKET_ERROR ? GetLastError() : wxSOCKET_NOERROR; + + return ret; +} + +// ========================================================================== +// wxSocketBase +// ========================================================================== + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Initialization and shutdown +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +// counts the number of calls to Initialize() minus the number of calls to +// Shutdown(): we don't really need it any more but it was documented that +// Shutdown() must be called the same number of times as Initialize() and using +// a counter helps us to check it +int gs_socketInitCount = 0; + +} // anonymous namespace + +bool wxSocketBase::IsInitialized() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( wxIsMainThread(), "unsafe to call from other threads" ); + + return gs_socketInitCount != 0; +} + +bool wxSocketBase::Initialize() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( wxIsMainThread(), false, + "must be called from the main thread" ); + + if ( !gs_socketInitCount ) + { + wxSocketManager * const manager = wxSocketManager::Get(); + if ( !manager || !manager->OnInit() ) + return false; + } + + gs_socketInitCount++; + + return true; +} + +void wxSocketBase::Shutdown() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( wxIsMainThread(), "must be called from the main thread" ); + + wxCHECK_RET( gs_socketInitCount > 0, "too many calls to Shutdown()" ); + + if ( !--gs_socketInitCount ) + { + wxSocketManager * const manager = wxSocketManager::Get(); + wxCHECK_RET( manager, "should have a socket manager" ); + + manager->OnExit(); + } +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Ctor and dtor +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSocketBase::Init() +{ + m_impl = NULL; + m_type = wxSOCKET_UNINIT; + + // state + m_flags = 0; + m_connected = + m_establishing = + m_reading = + m_writing = + m_closed = false; + m_lcount = 0; + m_timeout = 600; + m_beingDeleted = false; + + // pushback buffer + m_unread = NULL; + m_unrd_size = 0; + m_unrd_cur = 0; + + // events + m_id = wxID_ANY; + m_handler = NULL; + m_clientData = NULL; + m_notify = false; + m_eventmask = + m_eventsgot = 0; + + // when we create the first socket in the main thread we initialize the + // OS-dependent socket stuff: notice that this means that the user code + // needs to call wxSocket::Initialize() itself if the first socket it + // creates is not created in the main thread + if ( wxIsMainThread() ) + { + if ( !Initialize() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Cannot initialize sockets")); + } + } +} + +wxSocketBase::wxSocketBase() +{ + Init(); +} + +wxSocketBase::wxSocketBase(wxSocketFlags flags, wxSocketType type) +{ + Init(); + + SetFlags(flags); + + m_type = type; +} + +wxSocketBase::~wxSocketBase() +{ + // Shutdown and close the socket + if (!m_beingDeleted) + Close(); + + // Destroy the implementation object + delete m_impl; + + // Free the pushback buffer + free(m_unread); +} + +bool wxSocketBase::Destroy() +{ + // Delayed destruction: the socket will be deleted during the next idle + // loop iteration. This ensures that all pending events have been + // processed. + m_beingDeleted = true; + + // Shutdown and close the socket + Close(); + + // Suppress events from now on + Notify(false); + + // Schedule this object for deletion instead of destroying it right now if + // possible as we may have other events pending for it + if ( wxTheApp ) + { + wxTheApp->ScheduleForDestruction(this); + } + else // no app + { + // in wxBase we might have no app object at all, don't leak memory + delete this; + } + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// simple accessors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSocketBase::SetError(wxSocketError error) +{ + m_impl->m_error = error; +} + +wxSocketError wxSocketBase::LastError() const +{ + return m_impl->GetError(); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Basic IO calls +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// The following IO operations update m_lcount: +// {Read, Write, ReadMsg, WriteMsg, Peek, Unread, Discard} +bool wxSocketBase::Close() +{ + // Interrupt pending waits + InterruptWait(); + + ShutdownOutput(); + + m_connected = false; + m_establishing = false; + return true; +} + +void wxSocketBase::ShutdownOutput() +{ + if ( m_impl ) + m_impl->Shutdown(); +} + +wxSocketBase& wxSocketBase::Read(void* buffer, wxUint32 nbytes) +{ + wxSocketReadGuard read(this); + + m_lcount = DoRead(buffer, nbytes); + + return *this; +} + +wxUint32 wxSocketBase::DoRead(void* buffer_, wxUint32 nbytes) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_impl, 0, "socket must be valid" ); + + // We use pointer arithmetic here which doesn't work with void pointers. + char *buffer = static_cast(buffer_); + wxCHECK_MSG( buffer, 0, "NULL buffer" ); + + // Try the push back buffer first, even before checking whether the socket + // is valid to allow reading previously pushed back data from an already + // closed socket. + wxUint32 total = GetPushback(buffer, nbytes, false); + nbytes -= total; + buffer += total; + + while ( nbytes ) + { + // our socket is non-blocking so Read() will return immediately if + // there is nothing to read yet and it's more efficient to try it first + // before entering DoWait() which is going to start dispatching GUI + // events and, even more importantly, we must do this under Windows + // where we're not going to get notifications about socket being ready + // for reading before we read all the existing data from it + const int ret = !m_impl->m_stream || m_connected + ? m_impl->Read(buffer, nbytes) + : 0; + if ( ret == -1 ) + { + if ( m_impl->GetLastError() == wxSOCKET_WOULDBLOCK ) + { + // if we don't want to wait, just return immediately + if ( m_flags & wxSOCKET_NOWAIT ) + { + // this shouldn't be counted as an error in this case + SetError(wxSOCKET_NOERROR); + break; + } + + // otherwise wait until the socket becomes ready for reading or + // an error occurs on it + if ( !DoWaitWithTimeout(wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG) ) + { + // and exit if the timeout elapsed before it did + SetError(wxSOCKET_TIMEDOUT); + break; + } + + // retry reading + continue; + } + else // "real" error + { + SetError(wxSOCKET_IOERR); + break; + } + } + else if ( ret == 0 ) + { + // for connection-oriented (e.g. TCP) sockets we can only read + // 0 bytes if the other end has been closed, and for connectionless + // ones (UDP) this flag doesn't make sense anyhow so we can set it + // to true too without doing any harm + m_closed = true; + + // we're not going to read anything else and so if we haven't read + // anything (or not everything in wxSOCKET_WAITALL case) already, + // signal an error + if ( (m_flags & wxSOCKET_WAITALL) || !total ) + SetError(wxSOCKET_IOERR); + break; + } + + total += ret; + + // if we are happy to read something and not the entire nbytes bytes, + // then we're done + if ( !(m_flags & wxSOCKET_WAITALL) ) + break; + + nbytes -= ret; + buffer += ret; + } + + return total; +} + +wxSocketBase& wxSocketBase::ReadMsg(void* buffer, wxUint32 nbytes) +{ + struct + { + unsigned char sig[4]; + unsigned char len[4]; + } msg; + + wxSocketReadGuard read(this); + + wxSocketWaitModeChanger changeFlags(this, wxSOCKET_WAITALL); + + bool ok = false; + if ( DoRead(&msg, sizeof(msg)) == sizeof(msg) ) + { + wxUint32 sig = (wxUint32)msg.sig[0]; + sig |= (wxUint32)(msg.sig[1] << 8); + sig |= (wxUint32)(msg.sig[2] << 16); + sig |= (wxUint32)(msg.sig[3] << 24); + + if ( sig == 0xfeeddead ) + { + wxUint32 len = (wxUint32)msg.len[0]; + len |= (wxUint32)(msg.len[1] << 8); + len |= (wxUint32)(msg.len[2] << 16); + len |= (wxUint32)(msg.len[3] << 24); + + wxUint32 len2; + if (len > nbytes) + { + len2 = len - nbytes; + len = nbytes; + } + else + len2 = 0; + + // Don't attempt to read if the msg was zero bytes long. + m_lcount = len ? DoRead(buffer, len) : 0; + + if ( len2 ) + { + char discard_buffer[MAX_DISCARD_SIZE]; + long discard_len; + + // NOTE: discarded bytes don't add to m_lcount. + do + { + discard_len = len2 > MAX_DISCARD_SIZE + ? MAX_DISCARD_SIZE + : len2; + discard_len = DoRead(discard_buffer, (wxUint32)discard_len); + len2 -= (wxUint32)discard_len; + } + while ((discard_len > 0) && len2); + } + + if ( !len2 && DoRead(&msg, sizeof(msg)) == sizeof(msg) ) + { + sig = (wxUint32)msg.sig[0]; + sig |= (wxUint32)(msg.sig[1] << 8); + sig |= (wxUint32)(msg.sig[2] << 16); + sig |= (wxUint32)(msg.sig[3] << 24); + + if ( sig == 0xdeadfeed ) + ok = true; + } + } + } + + if ( !ok ) + SetError(wxSOCKET_IOERR); + + return *this; +} + +wxSocketBase& wxSocketBase::Peek(void* buffer, wxUint32 nbytes) +{ + wxSocketReadGuard read(this); + + // Peek() should never block + wxSocketWaitModeChanger changeFlags(this, wxSOCKET_NOWAIT); + + m_lcount = DoRead(buffer, nbytes); + + Pushback(buffer, m_lcount); + + return *this; +} + +wxSocketBase& wxSocketBase::Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes) +{ + wxSocketWriteGuard write(this); + + m_lcount = DoWrite(buffer, nbytes); + + return *this; +} + +// This function is a mirror image of DoRead() except that it doesn't use the +// push back buffer and doesn't treat 0 return value specially (normally this +// shouldn't happen at all here), so please see comments there for explanations +wxUint32 wxSocketBase::DoWrite(const void *buffer_, wxUint32 nbytes) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_impl, 0, "socket must be valid" ); + + const char *buffer = static_cast(buffer_); + wxCHECK_MSG( buffer, 0, "NULL buffer" ); + + wxUint32 total = 0; + while ( nbytes ) + { + if ( m_impl->m_stream && !m_connected ) + { + if ( (m_flags & wxSOCKET_WAITALL) || !total ) + SetError(wxSOCKET_IOERR); + break; + } + + const int ret = m_impl->Write(buffer, nbytes); + if ( ret == -1 ) + { + if ( m_impl->GetLastError() == wxSOCKET_WOULDBLOCK ) + { + if ( m_flags & wxSOCKET_NOWAIT ) + break; + + if ( !DoWaitWithTimeout(wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG) ) + { + SetError(wxSOCKET_TIMEDOUT); + break; + } + + continue; + } + else // "real" error + { + SetError(wxSOCKET_IOERR); + break; + } + } + + total += ret; + + if ( !(m_flags & wxSOCKET_WAITALL) ) + break; + + nbytes -= ret; + buffer += ret; + } + + return total; +} + +wxSocketBase& wxSocketBase::WriteMsg(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes) +{ + struct + { + unsigned char sig[4]; + unsigned char len[4]; + } msg; + + wxSocketWriteGuard write(this); + + wxSocketWaitModeChanger changeFlags(this, wxSOCKET_WAITALL); + + msg.sig[0] = (unsigned char) 0xad; + msg.sig[1] = (unsigned char) 0xde; + msg.sig[2] = (unsigned char) 0xed; + msg.sig[3] = (unsigned char) 0xfe; + + msg.len[0] = (unsigned char) (nbytes & 0xff); + msg.len[1] = (unsigned char) ((nbytes >> 8) & 0xff); + msg.len[2] = (unsigned char) ((nbytes >> 16) & 0xff); + msg.len[3] = (unsigned char) ((nbytes >> 24) & 0xff); + + bool ok = false; + if ( DoWrite(&msg, sizeof(msg)) == sizeof(msg) ) + { + m_lcount = DoWrite(buffer, nbytes); + if ( m_lcount == nbytes ) + { + msg.sig[0] = (unsigned char) 0xed; + msg.sig[1] = (unsigned char) 0xfe; + msg.sig[2] = (unsigned char) 0xad; + msg.sig[3] = (unsigned char) 0xde; + msg.len[0] = + msg.len[1] = + msg.len[2] = + msg.len[3] = (char) 0; + + if ( DoWrite(&msg, sizeof(msg)) == sizeof(msg)) + ok = true; + } + } + + if ( !ok ) + SetError(wxSOCKET_IOERR); + + return *this; +} + +wxSocketBase& wxSocketBase::Unread(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes) +{ + if (nbytes != 0) + Pushback(buffer, nbytes); + + SetError(wxSOCKET_NOERROR); + m_lcount = nbytes; + + return *this; +} + +wxSocketBase& wxSocketBase::Discard() +{ + char *buffer = new char[MAX_DISCARD_SIZE]; + wxUint32 ret; + wxUint32 total = 0; + + wxSocketReadGuard read(this); + + wxSocketWaitModeChanger changeFlags(this, wxSOCKET_NOWAIT); + + do + { + ret = DoRead(buffer, MAX_DISCARD_SIZE); + total += ret; + } + while (ret == MAX_DISCARD_SIZE); + + delete[] buffer; + m_lcount = total; + SetError(wxSOCKET_NOERROR); + + return *this; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Wait functions +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + This function will check for the events specified in the flags parameter, + and it will return a mask indicating which operations can be performed. + */ +wxSocketEventFlags wxSocketImpl::Select(wxSocketEventFlags flags, + const timeval *timeout) +{ + if ( m_fd == INVALID_SOCKET ) + return (wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG & flags); + + struct timeval tv; + if ( timeout ) + tv = *timeout; + else + tv.tv_sec = tv.tv_usec = 0; + + // prepare the FD sets, passing NULL for the one(s) we don't use + fd_set + readfds, *preadfds = NULL, + writefds, *pwritefds = NULL, + exceptfds; // always want to know about errors + + if ( flags & wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG ) + { + preadfds = &readfds; + wxFD_ZERO(preadfds); + wxFD_SET(m_fd, preadfds); + } + + // when using non-blocking connect() the socket becomes connected + // (successfully or not) when it becomes writable + if ( flags & (wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG | wxSOCKET_CONNECTION_FLAG) ) + { + pwritefds = &writefds; + wxFD_ZERO(pwritefds); + wxFD_SET(m_fd, pwritefds); + } + + wxFD_ZERO(&exceptfds); + wxFD_SET(m_fd, &exceptfds); + + const int rc = select(m_fd + 1, preadfds, pwritefds, &exceptfds, &tv); + + // check for errors first + if ( rc == -1 || wxFD_ISSET(m_fd, &exceptfds) ) + { + m_establishing = false; + + return wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG & flags; + } + + if ( rc == 0 ) + return 0; + + wxASSERT_MSG( rc == 1, "unexpected select() return value" ); + + wxSocketEventFlags detected = 0; + if ( preadfds && wxFD_ISSET(m_fd, preadfds) ) + detected |= wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG; + + if ( pwritefds && wxFD_ISSET(m_fd, pwritefds) ) + { + // check for the case of non-blocking connect() + if ( m_establishing && !m_server ) + { + int error; + SOCKOPTLEN_T len = sizeof(error); + m_establishing = false; + getsockopt(m_fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, (char*)&error, &len); + + if ( error ) + detected = wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG; + else + detected |= wxSOCKET_CONNECTION_FLAG; + } + else // not called to get non-blocking connect() status + { + detected |= wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG; + } + } + + return detected & flags; +} + +int +wxSocketBase::DoWait(long seconds, long milliseconds, wxSocketEventFlags flags) +{ + // Use either the provided timeout or the default timeout value associated + // with this socket. + // + // TODO: allow waiting forever, see #9443 + const long timeout = seconds == -1 ? m_timeout * 1000 + : seconds * 1000 + milliseconds; + + return DoWait(timeout, flags); +} + +int +wxSocketBase::DoWait(long timeout, wxSocketEventFlags flags) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_impl, -1, "can't wait on invalid socket" ); + + // we're never going to become ready in a TCP client if we're not connected + // any more (OTOH a server can call this to precisely wait for a connection + // so do wait for it in this case and UDP client is never "connected") + if ( !m_impl->IsServer() && + m_impl->m_stream && !m_connected && !m_establishing ) + return -1; + + // This can be set to true from Interrupt() to exit this function a.s.a.p. + m_interrupt = false; + + + const wxMilliClock_t timeEnd = wxGetLocalTimeMillis() + timeout; + + // Get the active event loop which we'll use for the message dispatching + // when running in the main thread unless this was explicitly disabled by + // setting wxSOCKET_BLOCK flag + wxEventLoopBase *eventLoop; + if ( !(m_flags & wxSOCKET_BLOCK) && wxIsMainThread() ) + { + eventLoop = wxEventLoop::GetActive(); + } + else // in worker thread + { + // We never dispatch messages from threads other than the main one. + eventLoop = NULL; + } + + // Make sure the events we're interested in are enabled before waiting for + // them: this is really necessary here as otherwise this could happen: + // 1. DoRead(wxSOCKET_WAITALL) is called + // 2. There is nothing to read so DoWait(wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG) is called + // 3. Some, but not all data appears, wxSocketImplUnix::OnReadWaiting() + // is called and wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG events are disabled in it + // 4. Because of wxSOCKET_WAITALL we call DoWait() again but the events + // are still disabled and we block forever + // + // More elegant solution would be nice but for now simply re-enabling the + // events here will do + m_impl->ReenableEvents(flags & (wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG | wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG)); + + + // Wait until we receive the event we're waiting for or the timeout expires + // (but note that we always execute the loop at least once, even if timeout + // is 0 as this is used for polling) + int rc = 0; + for ( bool firstTime = true; !m_interrupt; firstTime = false ) + { + long timeLeft = wxMilliClockToLong(timeEnd - wxGetLocalTimeMillis()); + if ( timeLeft < 0 ) + { + if ( !firstTime ) + break; // timed out + + timeLeft = 0; + } + + wxSocketEventFlags events; + if ( eventLoop ) + { + // reset them before starting to wait + m_eventsgot = 0; + + eventLoop->DispatchTimeout(timeLeft); + + events = m_eventsgot; + } + else // no event loop or waiting in another thread + { + // as explained below, we should always check for wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG + timeval tv; + SetTimeValFromMS(tv, timeLeft); + events = m_impl->Select(flags | wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG, &tv); + } + + // always check for wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG, even if flags doesn't include + // it, as continuing to wait for anything else after getting it is + // pointless + if ( events & wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG ) + { + m_connected = false; + m_establishing = false; + rc = -1; + break; + } + + // otherwise mask out the bits we're not interested in + events &= flags; + + // Incoming connection (server) or connection established (client)? + if ( events & wxSOCKET_CONNECTION_FLAG ) + { + m_connected = true; + m_establishing = false; + rc = true; + break; + } + + // Data available or output buffer ready? + if ( (events & wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG) || (events & wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG) ) + { + rc = true; + break; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +bool wxSocketBase::Wait(long seconds, long milliseconds) +{ + return DoWait(seconds, milliseconds, + wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG | + wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG | + wxSOCKET_CONNECTION_FLAG) != 0; +} + +bool wxSocketBase::WaitForRead(long seconds, long milliseconds) +{ + // Check pushback buffer before entering DoWait + if ( m_unread ) + return true; + + // Check if the socket is not already ready for input, if it is, there is + // no need to start waiting for it (worse, we'll actually never get a + // notification about the socket becoming ready if it is already under + // Windows) + if ( m_impl->Select(wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG) ) + return true; + + return DoWait(seconds, milliseconds, wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG) != 0; +} + + +bool wxSocketBase::WaitForWrite(long seconds, long milliseconds) +{ + if ( m_impl->Select(wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG) ) + return true; + + return DoWait(seconds, milliseconds, wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG) != 0; +} + +bool wxSocketBase::WaitForLost(long seconds, long milliseconds) +{ + return DoWait(seconds, milliseconds, wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG) == -1; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Miscellaneous +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// +// Get local or peer address +// + +bool wxSocketBase::GetPeer(wxSockAddress& addr) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_impl, false, "invalid socket" ); + + const wxSockAddressImpl& peer = m_impl->GetPeer(); + if ( !peer.IsOk() ) + return false; + + addr.SetAddress(peer); + + return true; +} + +bool wxSocketBase::GetLocal(wxSockAddress& addr) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_impl, false, "invalid socket" ); + + const wxSockAddressImpl& local = m_impl->GetLocal(); + if ( !local.IsOk() ) + return false; + + addr.SetAddress(local); + + return true; +} + +// +// Save and restore socket state +// + +void wxSocketBase::SaveState() +{ + wxSocketState *state; + + state = new wxSocketState(); + + state->m_flags = m_flags; + state->m_notify = m_notify; + state->m_eventmask = m_eventmask; + state->m_clientData = m_clientData; + + m_states.Append(state); +} + +void wxSocketBase::RestoreState() +{ + wxList::compatibility_iterator node; + wxSocketState *state; + + node = m_states.GetLast(); + if (!node) + return; + + state = (wxSocketState *)node->GetData(); + + m_flags = state->m_flags; + m_notify = state->m_notify; + m_eventmask = state->m_eventmask; + m_clientData = state->m_clientData; + + m_states.Erase(node); + delete state; +} + +// +// Timeout and flags +// + +void wxSocketBase::SetTimeout(long seconds) +{ + m_timeout = seconds; + + if (m_impl) + m_impl->SetTimeout(m_timeout * 1000); +} + +void wxSocketBase::SetFlags(wxSocketFlags flags) +{ + // Do some sanity checking on the flags used: not all values can be used + // together. + wxASSERT_MSG( !(flags & wxSOCKET_NOWAIT) || + !(flags & (wxSOCKET_WAITALL | wxSOCKET_BLOCK)), + "Using wxSOCKET_WAITALL or wxSOCKET_BLOCK with " + "wxSOCKET_NOWAIT doesn't make sense" ); + + m_flags = flags; +} + + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Event handling +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSocketBase::OnRequest(wxSocketNotify notification) +{ + wxSocketEventFlags flag = 0; + switch ( notification ) + { + case wxSOCKET_INPUT: + flag = wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG; + break; + + case wxSOCKET_OUTPUT: + flag = wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG; + break; + + case wxSOCKET_CONNECTION: + flag = wxSOCKET_CONNECTION_FLAG; + + // we're now successfully connected + m_connected = true; + m_establishing = false; + + // error was previously set to wxSOCKET_WOULDBLOCK, but this is not + // the case any longer + SetError(wxSOCKET_NOERROR); + break; + + case wxSOCKET_LOST: + flag = wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG; + + // if we lost the connection the socket is now closed and not + // connected any more + m_connected = false; + m_closed = true; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown wxSocket notification" ); + } + + // remember the events which were generated for this socket, we're going to + // use this in DoWait() + m_eventsgot |= flag; + + // send the wx event if enabled and we're interested in it + if ( m_notify && (m_eventmask & flag) && m_handler ) + { + // don't generate the events when we're inside DoWait() called from our + // own code as we are going to consume the data that has just become + // available ourselves and the user code won't see it at all + if ( (notification == wxSOCKET_INPUT && m_reading) || + (notification == wxSOCKET_OUTPUT && m_writing) ) + { + return; + } + + wxSocketEvent event(m_id); + event.m_event = notification; + event.m_clientData = m_clientData; + event.SetEventObject(this); + + m_handler->AddPendingEvent(event); + } +} + +void wxSocketBase::Notify(bool notify) +{ + m_notify = notify; +} + +void wxSocketBase::SetNotify(wxSocketEventFlags flags) +{ + m_eventmask = flags; +} + +void wxSocketBase::SetEventHandler(wxEvtHandler& handler, int id) +{ + m_handler = &handler; + m_id = id; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Pushback buffer +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSocketBase::Pushback(const void *buffer, wxUint32 size) +{ + if (!size) return; + + if (m_unread == NULL) + m_unread = malloc(size); + else + { + void *tmp; + + tmp = malloc(m_unrd_size + size); + memcpy((char *)tmp + size, m_unread, m_unrd_size); + free(m_unread); + + m_unread = tmp; + } + + m_unrd_size += size; + + memcpy(m_unread, buffer, size); +} + +wxUint32 wxSocketBase::GetPushback(void *buffer, wxUint32 size, bool peek) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( buffer, 0, "NULL buffer" ); + + if (!m_unrd_size) + return 0; + + if (size > (m_unrd_size-m_unrd_cur)) + size = m_unrd_size-m_unrd_cur; + + memcpy(buffer, (char *)m_unread + m_unrd_cur, size); + + if (!peek) + { + m_unrd_cur += size; + if (m_unrd_size == m_unrd_cur) + { + free(m_unread); + m_unread = NULL; + m_unrd_size = 0; + m_unrd_cur = 0; + } + } + + return size; +} + + +// ========================================================================== +// wxSocketServer +// ========================================================================== + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Ctor +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSocketServer::wxSocketServer(const wxSockAddress& addr, + wxSocketFlags flags) + : wxSocketBase(flags, wxSOCKET_SERVER) +{ + wxLogTrace( wxTRACE_Socket, wxT("Opening wxSocketServer") ); + + wxSocketManager * const manager = wxSocketManager::Get(); + m_impl = manager ? manager->CreateSocket(*this) : NULL; + + if (!m_impl) + { + wxLogTrace( wxTRACE_Socket, wxT("*** Failed to create m_impl") ); + return; + } + + // Setup the socket as server + m_impl->SetLocal(addr.GetAddress()); + + if (GetFlags() & wxSOCKET_REUSEADDR) { + m_impl->SetReusable(); + } + if (GetFlags() & wxSOCKET_BROADCAST) { + m_impl->SetBroadcast(); + } + if (GetFlags() & wxSOCKET_NOBIND) { + m_impl->DontDoBind(); + } + + if (m_impl->CreateServer() != wxSOCKET_NOERROR) + { + wxDELETE(m_impl); + + wxLogTrace( wxTRACE_Socket, wxT("*** CreateServer() failed") ); + return; + } + + wxLogTrace( wxTRACE_Socket, wxT("wxSocketServer on fd %d"), m_impl->m_fd ); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Accept +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxSocketServer::AcceptWith(wxSocketBase& sock, bool wait) +{ + if ( !m_impl || (m_impl->m_fd == INVALID_SOCKET) || !m_impl->IsServer() ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "can only be called for a valid server socket" ); + + SetError(wxSOCKET_INVSOCK); + + return false; + } + + if ( wait ) + { + // wait until we get a connection + if ( !m_impl->SelectWithTimeout(wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG) ) + { + SetError(wxSOCKET_TIMEDOUT); + + return false; + } + } + + sock.m_impl = m_impl->Accept(sock); + + if ( !sock.m_impl ) + { + SetError(m_impl->GetLastError()); + + return false; + } + + sock.m_type = wxSOCKET_BASE; + sock.m_connected = true; + + return true; +} + +wxSocketBase *wxSocketServer::Accept(bool wait) +{ + wxSocketBase* sock = new wxSocketBase(); + + sock->SetFlags(m_flags); + + if (!AcceptWith(*sock, wait)) + { + sock->Destroy(); + sock = NULL; + } + + return sock; +} + +bool wxSocketServer::WaitForAccept(long seconds, long milliseconds) +{ + return DoWait(seconds, milliseconds, wxSOCKET_CONNECTION_FLAG) == 1; +} + +bool wxSocketBase::GetOption(int level, int optname, void *optval, int *optlen) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_impl, wxT("Socket not initialised") ); + + SOCKOPTLEN_T lenreal = *optlen; + if ( getsockopt(m_impl->m_fd, level, optname, + static_cast(optval), &lenreal) != 0 ) + return false; + + *optlen = lenreal; + + return true; +} + +bool +wxSocketBase::SetOption(int level, int optname, const void *optval, int optlen) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_impl, wxT("Socket not initialised") ); + + return setsockopt(m_impl->m_fd, level, optname, + static_cast(optval), optlen) == 0; +} + +bool wxSocketBase::SetLocal(const wxIPV4address& local) +{ + m_localAddress = local; + + return true; +} + +// ========================================================================== +// wxSocketClient +// ========================================================================== + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Ctor and dtor +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSocketClient::wxSocketClient(wxSocketFlags flags) + : wxSocketBase(flags, wxSOCKET_CLIENT) +{ + m_initialRecvBufferSize = + m_initialSendBufferSize = -1; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Connect +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxSocketClient::DoConnect(const wxSockAddress& remote, + const wxSockAddress* local, + bool wait) +{ + if ( m_impl ) + { + // Shutdown and destroy the old socket + Close(); + delete m_impl; + } + + m_connected = false; + m_establishing = false; + + // Create and set up the new one + wxSocketManager * const manager = wxSocketManager::Get(); + m_impl = manager ? manager->CreateSocket(*this) : NULL; + if ( !m_impl ) + return false; + + // Reuse makes sense for clients too, if we are trying to rebind to the same port + if (GetFlags() & wxSOCKET_REUSEADDR) + m_impl->SetReusable(); + if (GetFlags() & wxSOCKET_BROADCAST) + m_impl->SetBroadcast(); + if (GetFlags() & wxSOCKET_NOBIND) + m_impl->DontDoBind(); + + // Bind to the local IP address and port, when provided or if one had been + // set before + if ( !local && m_localAddress.GetAddress().IsOk() ) + local = &m_localAddress; + + if ( local ) + m_impl->SetLocal(local->GetAddress()); + + m_impl->SetInitialSocketBuffers(m_initialRecvBufferSize, m_initialSendBufferSize); + + m_impl->SetPeer(remote.GetAddress()); + + // Finally do create the socket and connect to the peer + const wxSocketError err = m_impl->CreateClient(wait); + + if ( err != wxSOCKET_NOERROR ) + { + if ( err == wxSOCKET_WOULDBLOCK ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !wait, "shouldn't get this for blocking connect" ); + + m_establishing = true; + } + + return false; + } + + m_connected = true; + return true; +} + +bool wxSocketClient::Connect(const wxSockAddress& remote, bool wait) +{ + return DoConnect(remote, NULL, wait); +} + +bool wxSocketClient::Connect(const wxSockAddress& remote, + const wxSockAddress& local, + bool wait) +{ + return DoConnect(remote, &local, wait); +} + +bool wxSocketClient::WaitOnConnect(long seconds, long milliseconds) +{ + if ( m_connected ) + { + // this happens if the initial attempt to connect succeeded without + // blocking + return true; + } + + wxCHECK_MSG( m_establishing && m_impl, false, + "No connection establishment attempt in progress" ); + + // notice that we return true even if DoWait() returned -1, i.e. if an + // error occurred and connection was lost: this is intentional as we should + // return false only if timeout expired without anything happening + return DoWait(seconds, milliseconds, wxSOCKET_CONNECTION_FLAG) != 0; +} + +// ========================================================================== +// wxDatagramSocket +// ========================================================================== + +wxDatagramSocket::wxDatagramSocket( const wxSockAddress& addr, + wxSocketFlags flags ) + : wxSocketBase( flags, wxSOCKET_DATAGRAM ) +{ + // Create the socket + wxSocketManager * const manager = wxSocketManager::Get(); + m_impl = manager ? manager->CreateSocket(*this) : NULL; + + if (!m_impl) + return; + + // Setup the socket as non connection oriented + m_impl->SetLocal(addr.GetAddress()); + if (flags & wxSOCKET_REUSEADDR) + { + m_impl->SetReusable(); + } + if (GetFlags() & wxSOCKET_BROADCAST) + { + m_impl->SetBroadcast(); + } + if (GetFlags() & wxSOCKET_NOBIND) + { + m_impl->DontDoBind(); + } + + if ( m_impl->CreateUDP() != wxSOCKET_NOERROR ) + { + wxDELETE(m_impl); + return; + } + + // Initialize all stuff + m_connected = false; + m_establishing = false; +} + +wxDatagramSocket& wxDatagramSocket::RecvFrom( wxSockAddress& addr, + void* buf, + wxUint32 nBytes ) +{ + Read(buf, nBytes); + GetPeer(addr); + return (*this); +} + +wxDatagramSocket& wxDatagramSocket::SendTo( const wxSockAddress& addr, + const void* buf, + wxUint32 nBytes ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_impl, wxT("Socket not initialised") ); + + m_impl->SetPeer(addr.GetAddress()); + Write(buf, nBytes); + return (*this); +} + +// ========================================================================== +// wxSocketModule +// ========================================================================== + +class wxSocketModule : public wxModule +{ +public: + virtual bool OnInit() + { + // wxSocketBase will call Initialize() itself only if sockets are + // really used, don't do it from here + return true; + } + + virtual void OnExit() + { + if ( wxSocketBase::IsInitialized() ) + wxSocketBase::Shutdown(); + } + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSocketModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSocketModule, wxModule) + +#if defined(wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER) && wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER +// NOTE: we need to force linking against socketiohandler.cpp otherwise in +// static builds of wxWidgets the ManagerSetter::ManagerSetter ctor +// contained there wouldn't be ever called +wxFORCE_LINK_MODULE( socketiohandler ) +#endif + +// same for ManagerSetter in the MSW file +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + wxFORCE_LINK_MODULE( mswsocket ) +#endif + +// and for OSXManagerSetter in the OS X one +#ifdef __WXOSX__ + wxFORCE_LINK_MODULE( osxsocket ) +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/socketiohandler.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/socketiohandler.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..59513b322c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/socketiohandler.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/socketiohandler.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxFDIOHandler for wxSocket +// Author: Angel Vidal, Lukasz Michalski +// Created: 08.24.06 +// RCS-ID: $Id: socketiohandler.cpp 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Angel vidal +// (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + +#include "wx/app.h" +#include "wx/apptrait.h" +#include "wx/private/socket.h" +#include "wx/link.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxSocketFDBasedManager implementation +// ============================================================================ + +bool wxSocketFDBasedManager::OnInit() +{ + wxAppTraits * const traits = wxApp::GetTraitsIfExists(); + if ( !traits ) + return false; + + m_fdioManager = traits->GetFDIOManager(); + return m_fdioManager != NULL; +} + +void wxSocketFDBasedManager::Install_Callback(wxSocketImpl *socket_, + wxSocketNotify event) +{ + wxSocketImplUnix * const + socket = static_cast(socket_); + + wxCHECK_RET( socket->m_fd != -1, + "shouldn't be called on invalid socket" ); + + const wxFDIOManager::Direction d = GetDirForEvent(socket, event); + + int& fd = FD(socket, d); + if ( fd != -1 ) + m_fdioManager->RemoveInput(socket, fd, d); + + fd = m_fdioManager->AddInput(socket, socket->m_fd, d); +} + +void wxSocketFDBasedManager::Uninstall_Callback(wxSocketImpl *socket_, + wxSocketNotify event) +{ + wxSocketImplUnix * const + socket = static_cast(socket_); + + const wxFDIOManager::Direction d = GetDirForEvent(socket, event); + + int& fd = FD(socket, d); + if ( fd != -1 ) + { + m_fdioManager->RemoveInput(socket, fd, d); + fd = -1; + } +} + +wxFDIOManager::Direction +wxSocketFDBasedManager::GetDirForEvent(wxSocketImpl *socket, + wxSocketNotify event) +{ + switch ( event ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown socket event" ); + return wxFDIOManager::INPUT; // we must return something + + case wxSOCKET_LOST: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unexpected socket event" ); + return wxFDIOManager::INPUT; // as above + + case wxSOCKET_INPUT: + return wxFDIOManager::INPUT; + + case wxSOCKET_OUTPUT: + return wxFDIOManager::OUTPUT; + + case wxSOCKET_CONNECTION: + // for server sockets we're interested in events indicating + // that a new connection is pending, i.e. that accept() will + // succeed and this is indicated by socket becoming ready for + // reading, while for the other ones we're interested in the + // completion of non-blocking connect() which is indicated by + // the socket becoming ready for writing + return socket->IsServer() ? wxFDIOManager::INPUT + : wxFDIOManager::OUTPUT; + } +} + +// set the wxBase variable to point to our wxSocketManager implementation +// +// see comments in wx/apptrait.h for the explanation of why do we do it +// like this +static struct ManagerSetter +{ + ManagerSetter() + { + static wxSocketFDBasedManager s_manager; + wxAppTraits::SetDefaultSocketManager(&s_manager); + } +} gs_managerSetter; + + +// see the relative linker macro in socket.cpp +wxFORCE_LINK_THIS_MODULE( socketiohandler ); + +#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/spinbtncmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/spinbtncmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8b26b89a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/spinbtncmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/spinbtncmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxSpinButton common code +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: spinbtncmn.cpp 66631 2011-01-07 17:50:25Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SPINBTN + +#include "wx/spinbutt.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxSpinButtonStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxSpinButtonStyle ) + // new style border flags, we put them first to + // use them for streaming out + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + + // old style border flags + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + + // standard window styles + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSP_HORIZONTAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSP_VERTICAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSP_ARROW_KEYS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSP_WRAP) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxSpinButtonStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxSpinButton, wxControl, "wx/spinbutt.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxSpinButton) + wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( Spin, wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, wxSpinEvent ) + + wxPROPERTY( Value, int, SetValue, GetValue, 0, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( Min, int, SetMin, GetMin, 0, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY( Max, int, SetMax, GetMax, 0, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + + wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxSpinButtonStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxSpinButton) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxSpinButton, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinEvent, wxNotifyEvent) + + +#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/spinctrlcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/spinctrlcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3d8bd50814 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/spinctrlcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/spinctrlcmn.cpp +// Purpose: define wxSpinCtrl event types +// Author: Peter Most +// Created: 01.11.08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: spinctrlcmn.cpp 66630 2011-01-07 17:49:18Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008-2009 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/spinbutt.h" +#include "wx/spinctrl.h" + +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED, wxSpinEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRLDOUBLE_UPDATED, wxSpinDoubleEvent); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxSpinCtrlStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxSpinCtrlStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSP_HORIZONTAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSP_VERTICAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSP_ARROW_KEYS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSP_WRAP) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxSpinCtrlStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxSpinCtrl, wxControl, "wx/spinctrl.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxSpinCtrl) +wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( Spin, wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, wxSpinEvent ) + +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Updated, wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent ) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( TextUpdated, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent ) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( TextEnter, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER, wxCommandEvent ) + +wxPROPERTY( ValueString, wxString, SetValue, GetValue, \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) ; +wxPROPERTY( Value, int, SetValue, GetValue, 0, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +#if 0 + wxPROPERTY( Min, int, SetMin, GetMin, 0, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) + wxPROPERTY( Max, int, SetMax, GetMax, 0, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +#endif +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxSpinCtrlStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +/* + TODO PROPERTIES + style wxSP_ARROW_KEYS + */ +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxSpinCtrl) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxSpinCtrl, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxString, ValueString, wxPoint, Position, \ + wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + + +#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/srchcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/srchcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ebf70c242 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/srchcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/srchcmn.cpp +// Purpose: common (to all ports) bits of wxSearchCtrl +// Author: Robin Dunn +// Modified by: +// Created: 19-Dec-2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: srchcmn.cpp 58039 2009-01-12 14:26:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL + +#include "wx/srchctrl.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const char wxSearchCtrlNameStr[] = "searchCtrl"; + +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_CANCEL_BTN, wxCommandEvent); +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN, wxCommandEvent); + + +#endif // wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sstream.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sstream.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..edc38fd5ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sstream.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/sstream.cpp +// Purpose: string-based streams implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: Ryan Norton (UTF8 UNICODE) +// Created: 2004-09-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sstream.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/sstream.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxStringInputStream implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// construction/destruction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// TODO: Do we want to include the null char in the stream? If so then +// just add +1 to m_len in the ctor +wxStringInputStream::wxStringInputStream(const wxString& s) +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // FIXME-UTF8: use wxCharBufferWithLength if we have it + : m_str(s), m_buf(s.utf8_str()), m_len(strlen(m_buf)) +#else + : m_str(s), m_buf(s.mb_str()), m_len(s.length()) +#endif +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxASSERT_MSG(m_buf.data() != NULL, wxT("Could not convert string to UTF8!")); +#endif + m_pos = 0; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// getlength +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFileOffset wxStringInputStream::GetLength() const +{ + return m_len; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// seek/tell +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFileOffset wxStringInputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + switch ( mode ) + { + case wxFromStart: + // nothing to do, ofs already ok + break; + + case wxFromEnd: + ofs += m_len; + break; + + case wxFromCurrent: + ofs += m_pos; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid seek mode") ); + return wxInvalidOffset; + } + + if ( ofs < 0 || ofs > static_cast(m_len) ) + return wxInvalidOffset; + + // FIXME: this can't be right + m_pos = wx_truncate_cast(size_t, ofs); + + return ofs; +} + +wxFileOffset wxStringInputStream::OnSysTell() const +{ + return static_cast(m_pos); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// actual IO +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t wxStringInputStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + const size_t sizeMax = m_len - m_pos; + + if ( size >= sizeMax ) + { + if ( sizeMax == 0 ) + { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_EOF; + return 0; + } + + size = sizeMax; + } + + memcpy(buffer, m_buf.data() + m_pos, size); + m_pos += size; + + return size; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxStringOutputStream implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// seek/tell +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFileOffset wxStringOutputStream::OnSysTell() const +{ + return static_cast(m_pos); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// actual IO +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t wxStringOutputStream::OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + const char *p = static_cast(buffer); + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + // the part of the string we have here may be incomplete, i.e. it can stop + // in the middle of an UTF-8 character and so converting it would fail; if + // this is the case, accumulate the part which we failed to convert until + // we get the rest (and also take into account the part which we might have + // left unconverted before) + const char *src; + size_t srcLen; + if ( m_unconv.GetDataLen() ) + { + // append the new data to the data remaining since the last time + m_unconv.AppendData(p, size); + src = m_unconv; + srcLen = m_unconv.GetDataLen(); + } + else // no unconverted data left, avoid extra copy + { + src = p; + srcLen = size; + } + + size_t wlen; + wxWCharBuffer wbuf(m_conv.cMB2WC(src, srcLen, &wlen)); + if ( wbuf ) + { + // conversion succeeded, clear the unconverted buffer + m_unconv = wxMemoryBuffer(0); + + m_str->append(wbuf, wlen); + } + else // conversion failed + { + // remember unconverted data if there had been none before (otherwise + // we've already got it in the buffer) + if ( src == p ) + m_unconv.AppendData(src, srcLen); + + // pretend that we wrote the data anyhow, otherwise the caller would + // believe there was an error and this might not be the case, but do + // not update m_pos as m_str hasn't changed + return size; + } +#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + // no recoding necessary, the data is supposed to already be in UTF-8 (if + // supported) or ASCII otherwise + m_str->append(p, size); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR/!wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + + // update position + m_pos += size; + + // return number of bytes actually written + return size; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statbar.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statbar.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f5b3d07b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statbar.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,307 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/statbar.cpp +// Purpose: wxStatusBarBase implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 14.10.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statbar.cpp 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +#include "wx/statusbr.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/frame.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +const char wxStatusBarNameStr[] = "statusBar"; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxStatusBarPane implementation +// ============================================================================ + +bool wxStatusBarPane::SetText(const wxString& text) +{ + if ( text == m_text ) + return false; + + /* + If we have a message to restore on the stack, we update it to + correspond to the current one so that a sequence of calls such as + + 1. SetStatusText("foo") + 2. PushStatusText("bar") + 3. SetStatusText("new foo") + 4. PopStatusText() + + doesn't overwrite the "new foo" which should be shown at the end with + the old value "foo". This would be unexpected and hard to avoid, + especially when PushStatusText() is used internally by wxWidgets + without knowledge of the user program, as it is for showing the menu + and toolbar help strings. + + By updating the top of the stack we ensure that the next call to + PopStatusText() basically becomes a NOP without breaking the balance + between the calls to push and pop as we would have done if we really + called PopStatusText() here. + */ + if ( !m_arrStack.empty() ) + { + m_arrStack.back() = text; + } + + m_text = text; + + return true; +} + +bool wxStatusBarPane::PushText(const wxString& text) +{ + // save the currently shown text + m_arrStack.push_back(m_text); + + // and update the new one if necessary + if ( text == m_text ) + return false; + + m_text = text; + + return true; +} + +bool wxStatusBarPane::PopText() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( !m_arrStack.empty(), false, "no status message to pop" ); + + const wxString text = m_arrStack.back(); + + m_arrStack.pop_back(); + + if ( text == m_text ) + return false; + + m_text = text; + + return true; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxStatusBarBase implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStatusBar, wxWindow) + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" // This is a magic incantation which must be done! +WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxStatusBarPaneArray) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ctor/dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxStatusBarBase::wxStatusBarBase() +{ + m_bSameWidthForAllPanes = true; +} + +wxStatusBarBase::~wxStatusBarBase() +{ + // notify the frame that it doesn't have a status bar any longer to avoid + // dangling pointers + wxFrame *frame = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxFrame); + if ( frame && frame->GetStatusBar() == this ) + frame->SetStatusBar(NULL); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// field widths +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxStatusBarBase::SetFieldsCount(int number, const int *widths) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( number > 0, wxT("invalid field number in SetFieldsCount") ); + + if ( (size_t)number > m_panes.GetCount() ) + { + wxStatusBarPane newPane; + + // add more entries with the default style and zero width + // (this will be set later) + for (size_t i = m_panes.GetCount(); i < (size_t)number; ++i) + m_panes.Add(newPane); + } + else if ( (size_t)number < m_panes.GetCount() ) + { + // remove entries in excess + m_panes.RemoveAt(number, m_panes.GetCount()-number); + } + + // SetStatusWidths will automatically refresh + SetStatusWidths(number, widths); +} + +void wxStatusBarBase::SetStatusWidths(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(n), + const int widths[]) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (size_t)n == m_panes.GetCount(), wxT("field number mismatch") ); + + if (widths == NULL) + { + // special value meaning: override explicit pane widths and make them all + // of the same size + m_bSameWidthForAllPanes = true; + } + else + { + for ( size_t i = 0; i < m_panes.GetCount(); i++ ) + m_panes[i].SetWidth(widths[i]); + + m_bSameWidthForAllPanes = false; + } + + // update the display after the widths changed + Refresh(); +} + +void wxStatusBarBase::SetStatusStyles(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(n), + const int styles[]) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( styles, wxT("NULL pointer in SetStatusStyles") ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( (size_t)n == m_panes.GetCount(), wxT("field number mismatch") ); + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < m_panes.GetCount(); i++ ) + m_panes[i].SetStyle(styles[i]); + + // update the display after the widths changed + Refresh(); +} + +wxArrayInt wxStatusBarBase::CalculateAbsWidths(wxCoord widthTotal) const +{ + wxArrayInt widths; + + if ( m_bSameWidthForAllPanes ) + { + // Default: all fields have the same width. This is not always + // possible to do exactly (if widthTotal is not divisible by + // m_panes.GetCount()) - if that happens, we distribute the extra + // pixels among all fields: + int widthToUse = widthTotal; + + for ( size_t i = m_panes.GetCount(); i > 0; i-- ) + { + // divide the unassigned width evently between the + // not yet processed fields: + int w = widthToUse / i; + widths.Add(w); + widthToUse -= w; + } + } + else // do not override explicit pane widths + { + // calculate the total width of all the fixed width fields and the + // total number of var field widths counting with multiplicity + size_t nTotalWidth = 0, + nVarCount = 0, + i; + + for ( i = 0; i < m_panes.GetCount(); i++ ) + { + if ( m_panes[i].GetWidth() >= 0 ) + nTotalWidth += m_panes[i].GetWidth(); + else + nVarCount += -m_panes[i].GetWidth(); + } + + // the amount of extra width we have per each var width field + int widthExtra = widthTotal - nTotalWidth; + + // do fill the array + for ( i = 0; i < m_panes.GetCount(); i++ ) + { + if ( m_panes[i].GetWidth() >= 0 ) + widths.Add(m_panes[i].GetWidth()); + else + { + int nVarWidth = widthExtra > 0 ? (widthExtra * (-m_panes[i].GetWidth())) / nVarCount : 0; + nVarCount += m_panes[i].GetWidth(); + widthExtra -= nVarWidth; + widths.Add(nVarWidth); + } + } + } + + return widths; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// setting/getting status text +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxStatusBarBase::SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( (unsigned)number < m_panes.size(), + "invalid status bar field index" ); + + if ( m_panes[number].SetText(text) ) + DoUpdateStatusText(number); +} + +wxString wxStatusBarBase::GetStatusText(int number) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( (unsigned)number < m_panes.size(), wxString(), + "invalid status bar field index" ); + + return m_panes[number].GetText(); +} + +void wxStatusBarBase::SetEllipsizedFlag(int number, bool isEllipsized) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( (unsigned)number < m_panes.size(), + "invalid status bar field index" ); + + m_panes[number].SetIsEllipsized(isEllipsized); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// pushing/popping status text +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxStatusBarBase::PushStatusText(const wxString& text, int number) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( (unsigned)number < m_panes.size(), + "invalid status bar field index" ); + + if ( m_panes[number].PushText(text) ) + DoUpdateStatusText(number); +} + +void wxStatusBarBase::PopStatusText(int number) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( (unsigned)number < m_panes.size(), + "invalid status bar field index" ); + + if ( m_panes[number].PopText() ) + DoUpdateStatusText(number); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statbmpcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statbmpcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ed2a6b053c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statbmpcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/statbmpcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxStaticBitmap common code +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statbmpcmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// =========================================================================== +// declarations +// =========================================================================== + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STATBMP + +#include "wx/statbmp.h" + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxStaticBitmapNameStr[] = "staticBitmap"; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxStaticBitmapStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxStaticBitmapStyle ) + // new style border flags, we put them first to + // use them for streaming out + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + + // old style border flags + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + + // standard window styles + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxEND_FLAGS( wxStaticBitmapStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxStaticBitmap, wxControl, "wx/statbmp.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxStaticBitmap) + wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxStaticBitmapStyle, long, \ + SetWindowStyleFlag, GetWindowStyleFlag, \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), \ + wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxStaticBitmap) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxStaticBitmap, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxBitmap, Bitmap, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size ) + +/* + TODO PROPERTIES : + bitmap +*/ + +#endif // wxUSE_STATBMP diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statboxcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statboxcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ba584692e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statboxcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/statboxcmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxStaticBox common code +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statboxcmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STATBOX + +#include "wx/statbox.h" + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxStaticBoxNameStr[] = "groupBox"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxStaticBoxStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxStaticBoxStyle ) + // new style border flags, we put them first to + // use them for streaming out + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + + // old style border flags + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + + // standard window styles + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxStaticBoxStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxStaticBox, wxControl, "wx/statbox.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxStaticBox) + wxPROPERTY( Label, wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxString(), 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxStaticBoxStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxStaticBox) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxStaticBox, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxString, Label, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, \ + long, WindowStyle ) + +#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statlinecmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statlinecmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9efc2c7cd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/statlinecmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/statlinecmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxStaticLine common code +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 28.06.99 +// Version: $Id: statlinecmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/statline.h" + +#if wxUSE_STATLINE + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxStaticLineNameStr[] = "staticLine"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxStaticLineStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxStaticLineStyle ) + // new style border flags, we put them first to + // use them for streaming out + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + + // old style border flags + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + + // standard window styles + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLI_HORIZONTAL) + wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxLI_VERTICAL) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxStaticLineStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxStaticLine, wxControl, "wx/statline.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxStaticLine) + wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxStaticLineStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxStaticLine) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxStaticLine, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle) + +#endif // wxUSE_STATLINE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stattextcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stattextcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8ffe481b05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stattextcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/stattextcmn.cpp +// Purpose: common (to all ports) wxStaticText functions +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 2007-01-07 (extracted from dlgcmn.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: stattextcmn.cpp 67055 2011-02-27 12:47:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999-2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// (c) 2007 Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STATTEXT + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/containr.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/textwrapper.h" + +#include "wx/private/markupparser.h" + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxStaticTextNameStr[] = "staticText"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxStaticTextStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxStaticTextStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxST_NO_AUTORESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALIGN_LEFT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALIGN_RIGHT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALIGN_CENTRE) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxStaticTextStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxStaticText, wxControl, "wx/stattext.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxStaticText) +wxPROPERTY( Label,wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxString(), 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxStaticTextStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxStaticText) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxStaticText, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxString, Label, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextWrapper +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxTextWrapper::Wrap(wxWindow *win, const wxString& text, int widthMax) +{ + wxString line; + + wxString::const_iterator lastSpace = text.end(); + wxString::const_iterator lineStart = text.begin(); + for ( wxString::const_iterator p = lineStart; ; ++p ) + { + if ( IsStartOfNewLine() ) + { + OnNewLine(); + + lastSpace = text.end(); + line.clear(); + lineStart = p; + } + + if ( p == text.end() || *p == wxT('\n') ) + { + DoOutputLine(line); + + if ( p == text.end() ) + break; + } + else // not EOL + { + if ( *p == wxT(' ') ) + lastSpace = p; + + line += *p; + + if ( widthMax >= 0 && lastSpace != text.end() ) + { + int width; + win->GetTextExtent(line, &width, NULL); + + if ( width > widthMax ) + { + // remove the last word from this line + line.erase(lastSpace - lineStart, p + 1 - lineStart); + DoOutputLine(line); + + // go back to the last word of this line which we didn't + // output yet + p = lastSpace; + } + } + //else: no wrapping at all or impossible to wrap + } + } +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLabelWrapper: helper class for wxStaticTextBase::Wrap() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxLabelWrapper : public wxTextWrapper +{ +public: + void WrapLabel(wxWindow *text, int widthMax) + { + m_text.clear(); + Wrap(text, text->GetLabel(), widthMax); + text->SetLabel(m_text); + } + +protected: + virtual void OnOutputLine(const wxString& line) + { + m_text += line; + } + + virtual void OnNewLine() + { + m_text += wxT('\n'); + } + +private: + wxString m_text; +}; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticTextBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxStaticTextBase::Wrap(int width) +{ + wxLabelWrapper wrapper; + wrapper.WrapLabel(this, width); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticTextBase - generic implementation for wxST_ELLIPSIZE_* support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxStaticTextBase::UpdateLabel() +{ + if (!IsEllipsized()) + return; + + wxString newlabel = GetEllipsizedLabel(); + + // we need to touch the "real" label (i.e. the text set inside the control, + // using port-specific functions) instead of the string returned by GetLabel(). + // + // In fact, we must be careful not to touch the original label passed to + // SetLabel() otherwise GetLabel() will behave in a strange way to the user + // (e.g. returning a "Ver...ing" instead of "Very long string") ! + if (newlabel == DoGetLabel()) + return; + DoSetLabel(newlabel); +} + +wxString wxStaticTextBase::GetEllipsizedLabel() const +{ + // this function should be used only by ports which do not support + // ellipsis in static texts: we first remove markup (which cannot + // be handled safely by Ellipsize()) and then ellipsize the result. + + wxString ret(m_labelOrig); + + if (IsEllipsized()) + ret = Ellipsize(ret); + + return ret; +} + +wxString wxStaticTextBase::Ellipsize(const wxString& label) const +{ + wxSize sz(GetSize()); + if (sz.GetWidth() < 2 || sz.GetHeight() < 2) + { + // the size of this window is not valid (yet) + return label; + } + + wxClientDC dc(const_cast(this)); + dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + + wxEllipsizeMode mode; + if ( HasFlag(wxST_ELLIPSIZE_START) ) + mode = wxELLIPSIZE_START; + else if ( HasFlag(wxST_ELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE) ) + mode = wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE; + else if ( HasFlag(wxST_ELLIPSIZE_END) ) + mode = wxELLIPSIZE_END; + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "should only be called if have one of wxST_ELLIPSIZE_XXX" ); + + return label; + } + + return wxControl::Ellipsize(label, dc, mode, sz.GetWidth()); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stdpbase.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stdpbase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a123d356a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stdpbase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/stdpbase.cpp +// Purpose: wxStandardPathsBase methods common to all ports +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-10-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stdpbase.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP +#include "wx/apptrait.h" + +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/stdpaths.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// module globals +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static wxStandardPaths gs_stdPaths; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +/* static */ +wxStandardPaths& wxStandardPathsBase::Get() +{ + wxAppTraits * const traits = wxTheApp ? wxTheApp->GetTraits() : NULL; + wxCHECK_MSG( traits, gs_stdPaths, wxT("create wxApp before calling this") ); + + return traits->GetStandardPaths(); +} + +wxString wxStandardPathsBase::GetExecutablePath() const +{ + if ( !wxTheApp || !wxTheApp->argv ) + return wxEmptyString; + + wxString argv0 = wxTheApp->argv[0]; + if (wxIsAbsolutePath(argv0)) + return argv0; + + // Search PATH.environment variable... + wxPathList pathlist; + pathlist.AddEnvList(wxT("PATH")); + wxString path = pathlist.FindAbsoluteValidPath(argv0); + if ( path.empty() ) + return argv0; // better than nothing + + wxFileName filename(path); + filename.Normalize(); + return filename.GetFullPath(); +} + +wxStandardPaths& wxAppTraitsBase::GetStandardPaths() +{ + return gs_stdPaths; +} + +wxStandardPathsBase::wxStandardPathsBase() +{ + // Set the default information that is used when + // forming some paths (by AppendAppInfo). + // Derived classes can call this in their constructors + // to set the platform-specific settings + UseAppInfo(AppInfo_AppName); +} + +wxStandardPathsBase::~wxStandardPathsBase() +{ + // nothing to do here +} + +wxString wxStandardPathsBase::GetLocalDataDir() const +{ + return GetDataDir(); +} + +wxString wxStandardPathsBase::GetUserLocalDataDir() const +{ + return GetUserDataDir(); +} + +wxString wxStandardPathsBase::GetDocumentsDir() const +{ + return wxFileName::GetHomeDir(); +} + +wxString wxStandardPathsBase::GetAppDocumentsDir() const +{ + const wxString docsDir = GetDocumentsDir(); + wxString appDocsDir = AppendAppInfo(docsDir); + + return wxDirExists(appDocsDir) ? appDocsDir : docsDir; +} + +// return the temporary directory for the current user +wxString wxStandardPathsBase::GetTempDir() const +{ + return wxFileName::GetTempDir(); +} + +/* static */ +wxString +wxStandardPathsBase::AppendPathComponent(const wxString& dir, + const wxString& component) +{ + wxString subdir(dir); + + // empty string indicates that an error has occurred, don't touch it then + if ( !subdir.empty() ) + { + if ( !component.empty() ) + { + const wxChar ch = *(subdir.end() - 1); + if ( !wxFileName::IsPathSeparator(ch) && ch != wxT('.') ) + subdir += wxFileName::GetPathSeparator(); + + subdir += component; + } + } + + return subdir; +} + + +wxString wxStandardPathsBase::AppendAppInfo(const wxString& dir) const +{ + wxString subdir(dir); + + if ( UsesAppInfo(AppInfo_VendorName) ) + { + subdir = AppendPathComponent(subdir, wxTheApp->GetVendorName()); + } + + if ( UsesAppInfo(AppInfo_AppName) ) + { + subdir = AppendPathComponent(subdir, wxTheApp->GetAppName()); + } + + return subdir; +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stdstream.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stdstream.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad0e88b3f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stdstream.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/stdstream.cpp +// Purpose: Implementation of std::istream and std::ostream derived +// wrappers for wxInputStream and wxOutputStream +// Author: Jonathan Liu +// Created: 2009-05-02 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stdstream.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Jonathan Liu +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ========================================================================== +// Declarations +// ========================================================================== + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif + +#include "wx/stdstream.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +// ========================================================================== +// Helpers +// ========================================================================== + +namespace +{ + +bool +IosSeekDirToWxSeekMode(std::ios_base::seekdir way, + wxSeekMode& seekMode) +{ + switch ( way ) + { + case std::ios_base::beg: + seekMode = wxFromStart; + break; + case std::ios_base::cur: + seekMode = wxFromCurrent; + break; + case std::ios_base::end: + seekMode = wxFromEnd; + break; + default: + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ========================================================================== +// wxStdInputStreamBuffer +// ========================================================================== + +wxStdInputStreamBuffer::wxStdInputStreamBuffer(wxInputStream& stream) : + m_stream(stream), m_lastChar(EOF) +{ +} + +std::streambuf * +wxStdInputStreamBuffer::setbuf(char *WXUNUSED(s), + std::streamsize WXUNUSED(n)) +{ + return NULL; +} + +std::streampos +wxStdInputStreamBuffer::seekoff(std::streamoff off, + std::ios_base::seekdir way, + std::ios_base::openmode which) +{ + wxSeekMode seekMode; + + if ( !IosSeekDirToWxSeekMode(way, seekMode) ) + return -1; + if ( !(which & std::ios_base::in) ) + return -1; + + off_t newPos = m_stream.SeekI((off_t) off, seekMode); + + if ( newPos != wxInvalidOffset ) + return (std::streampos) newPos; + else + return -1; +} + +std::streampos +wxStdInputStreamBuffer::seekpos(std::streampos sp, + std::ios_base::openmode which) +{ + if ( !(which & std::ios_base::in) ) + return -1; + + off_t newPos = m_stream.SeekI((off_t) sp); + + if ( newPos != wxInvalidOffset ) + return (std::streampos) newPos; + else + return -1; +} + +std::streamsize +wxStdInputStreamBuffer::showmanyc() +{ + if ( m_stream.CanRead() && (off_t) m_stream.GetSize() > m_stream.TellI() ) + return m_stream.GetSize() - m_stream.TellI(); + else + return 0; +} + +std::streamsize +wxStdInputStreamBuffer::xsgetn(char *s, std::streamsize n) +{ + m_stream.Read((void *) s, (size_t) n); + + std::streamsize read = m_stream.LastRead(); + + if ( read > 0 ) + m_lastChar = (unsigned char) s[read - 1]; + + return read; +} + +int +wxStdInputStreamBuffer::underflow() +{ + int ch = m_stream.GetC(); + + if ( m_stream.LastRead() == 1 ) + { + m_stream.Ungetch((char) ch); + return ch; + } + else + { + return EOF; + } +} + +int +wxStdInputStreamBuffer::uflow() +{ + int ch = m_stream.GetC(); + + if ( m_stream.LastRead() == 1 ) + { + m_lastChar = ch; + return ch; + } + else + { + return EOF; + } +} + +int +wxStdInputStreamBuffer::pbackfail(int c) +{ + if ( c == EOF ) + { + if ( m_lastChar == EOF ) + return EOF; + + c = m_lastChar; + m_lastChar = EOF; + } + + return m_stream.Ungetch((char) c) ? c : EOF; +} + +// ========================================================================== +// wxStdOutputStreamBuffer +// ========================================================================== + +wxStdOutputStreamBuffer::wxStdOutputStreamBuffer(wxOutputStream& stream) : + m_stream(stream) +{ +} + +std::streambuf * +wxStdOutputStreamBuffer::setbuf(char *WXUNUSED(s), + std::streamsize WXUNUSED(n)) +{ + return NULL; +} + +std::streampos +wxStdOutputStreamBuffer::seekoff(std::streamoff off, + std::ios_base::seekdir way, + std::ios_base::openmode which) +{ + wxSeekMode seekMode; + + if ( !IosSeekDirToWxSeekMode(way, seekMode) ) + return -1; + if ( !(which & std::ios_base::out) ) + return -1; + + off_t newPos = m_stream.SeekO((off_t) off, seekMode); + + if ( newPos != wxInvalidOffset ) + return (std::streampos) newPos; + else + return -1; +} + +std::streampos +wxStdOutputStreamBuffer::seekpos(std::streampos sp, + std::ios_base::openmode which) +{ + if ( !(which & std::ios_base::out) ) + return -1; + + off_t newPos = m_stream.SeekO((off_t) sp); + + if ( newPos != wxInvalidOffset ) + return (std::streampos) newPos; + else + return -1; +} + +std::streamsize +wxStdOutputStreamBuffer::xsputn(const char *s, + std::streamsize n) +{ + m_stream.Write((const void *) s, (size_t) n); + return (std::streamsize) m_stream.LastWrite(); +} + +int +wxStdOutputStreamBuffer::overflow(int c) +{ + m_stream.PutC(c); + return m_stream.IsOk() ? c : EOF; +} + +// ========================================================================== +// wxStdInputStream and wxStdOutputStream +// ========================================================================== + +// FIXME-VC6: it is impossible to call basic_ios::init() with this +// compiler, it complains about invalid call to non-static member +// function so use a suspicious (as it uses a pointer to not yet +// constructed streambuf) but working workaround +// +// It also doesn't like using istream in the ctor initializer list +// and we must spell it out as basic_istream. +#ifdef __VISUALC6__ + +wxStdInputStream::wxStdInputStream(wxInputStream& stream) + : std::basic_istream >(&m_streamBuffer), + m_streamBuffer(stream) +{ +} + +wxStdOutputStream::wxStdOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream) + : std::basic_ostream >(&m_streamBuffer), + m_streamBuffer(stream) +{ +} + +#else // !VC6 + +wxStdInputStream::wxStdInputStream(wxInputStream& stream) : + std::istream(NULL), m_streamBuffer(stream) +{ + std::ios::init(&m_streamBuffer); +} + +wxStdOutputStream::wxStdOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream) : + std::ostream(NULL), m_streamBuffer(stream) +{ + std::ios::init(&m_streamBuffer); +} + +#endif // VC6/!VC6 + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stockitem.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stockitem.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19aab1aa28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stockitem.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/stockitem.cpp +// Purpose: Stock buttons, menu and toolbar items labels +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-08-15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stockitem.cpp 63383 2010-02-04 01:33:32Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik, 2004 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/stockitem.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" // for wxStripMenuCodes() +#endif + +bool wxIsStockID(wxWindowID id) +{ + switch (id) + { + case wxID_ABOUT: + case wxID_ADD: + case wxID_APPLY: + case wxID_BACKWARD: + case wxID_BOLD: + case wxID_BOTTOM: + case wxID_CANCEL: + case wxID_CDROM: + case wxID_CLEAR: + case wxID_CLOSE: + case wxID_CONVERT: + case wxID_COPY: + case wxID_CUT: + case wxID_DELETE: + case wxID_DOWN: + case wxID_EDIT: + case wxID_EXECUTE: + case wxID_EXIT: + case wxID_FILE: + case wxID_FIND: + case wxID_FIRST: + case wxID_FLOPPY: + case wxID_FORWARD: + case wxID_HARDDISK: + case wxID_HELP: + case wxID_HOME: + case wxID_INDENT: + case wxID_INDEX: + case wxID_INFO: + case wxID_ITALIC: + case wxID_JUMP_TO: + case wxID_JUSTIFY_CENTER: + case wxID_JUSTIFY_FILL: + case wxID_JUSTIFY_LEFT: + case wxID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT: + case wxID_LAST: + case wxID_NETWORK: + case wxID_NEW: + case wxID_NO: + case wxID_OK: + case wxID_OPEN: + case wxID_PASTE: + case wxID_PREFERENCES: + case wxID_PREVIEW: + case wxID_PRINT: + case wxID_PROPERTIES: + case wxID_REDO: + case wxID_REFRESH: + case wxID_REMOVE: + case wxID_REPLACE: + case wxID_REVERT_TO_SAVED: + case wxID_SAVE: + case wxID_SAVEAS: + case wxID_SELECTALL: + case wxID_SELECT_COLOR: + case wxID_SELECT_FONT: + case wxID_SORT_ASCENDING: + case wxID_SORT_DESCENDING: + case wxID_SPELL_CHECK: + case wxID_STOP: + case wxID_STRIKETHROUGH: + case wxID_TOP: + case wxID_UNDELETE: + case wxID_UNDERLINE: + case wxID_UNDO: + case wxID_UNINDENT: + case wxID_UP: + case wxID_YES: + case wxID_ZOOM_100: + case wxID_ZOOM_FIT: + case wxID_ZOOM_IN: + case wxID_ZOOM_OUT: + return true; + + default: + return false; + } +} + +wxString wxGetStockLabel(wxWindowID id, long flags) +{ + wxString stockLabel; + + #define STOCKITEM(stockid, label) \ + case stockid: \ + stockLabel = label; \ + break; + + switch (id) + { + STOCKITEM(wxID_ABOUT, _("&About...")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_ADD, _("Add")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_APPLY, _("&Apply")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_BACKWARD, _("&Back")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_BOLD, _("&Bold")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_BOTTOM, _("&Bottom")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_CANCEL, _("&Cancel")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_CDROM, _("&CD-Rom")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_CLEAR, _("&Clear")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_CLOSE, _("&Close")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_CONVERT, _("&Convert")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_COPY, _("&Copy")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_CUT, _("Cu&t")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_DELETE, _("&Delete")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_DOWN, _("&Down")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_EDIT, _("&Edit")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_EXECUTE, _("&Execute")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_EXIT, _("&Quit")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_FILE, _("&File")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_FIND, _("&Find")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_FIRST, _("&First")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_FLOPPY, _("&Floppy")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_FORWARD, _("&Forward")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_HARDDISK, _("&Harddisk")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_HELP, _("&Help")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_HOME, _("&Home")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_INDENT, _("Indent")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_INDEX, _("&Index")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_INFO, _("&Info")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_ITALIC, _("&Italic")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_JUMP_TO, _("&Jump to")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_JUSTIFY_CENTER, _("Centered")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_JUSTIFY_FILL, _("Justified")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_JUSTIFY_LEFT, _("Align Left")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT, _("Align Right")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_LAST, _("&Last")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_NETWORK, _("&Network")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_NEW, _("&New")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_NO, _("&No")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_OK, _("&OK")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_OPEN, _("&Open...")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_PASTE, _("&Paste")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_PREFERENCES, _("&Preferences")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_PREVIEW, _("Print previe&w")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_PRINT, _("&Print...")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_PROPERTIES, _("&Properties")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_REDO, _("&Redo")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_REFRESH, _("Refresh")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_REMOVE, _("Remove")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_REPLACE, _("Rep&lace")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_REVERT_TO_SAVED, _("Revert to Saved")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_SAVE, _("&Save")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_SAVEAS, _("Save &As...")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_SELECTALL, _("Select &All")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_SELECT_COLOR, _("&Color")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_SELECT_FONT, _("&Font")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_SORT_ASCENDING, _("&Ascending")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_SORT_DESCENDING, _("&Descending")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_SPELL_CHECK, _("&Spell Check")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_STOP, _("&Stop")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_STRIKETHROUGH, _("&Strikethrough")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_TOP, _("&Top")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_UNDELETE, _("Undelete")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_UNDERLINE, _("&Underline")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_UNDO, _("&Undo")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_UNINDENT, _("&Unindent")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_UP, _("&Up")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_YES, _("&Yes")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_ZOOM_100, _("&Actual Size")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_ZOOM_FIT, _("Zoom to &Fit")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_ZOOM_IN, _("Zoom &In")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_ZOOM_OUT, _("Zoom &Out")) + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid stock item ID") ); + break; + }; + + #undef STOCKITEM + + if ( flags & wxSTOCK_WITHOUT_ELLIPSIS ) + { + wxString baseLabel; + if ( stockLabel.EndsWith("...", &baseLabel) ) + stockLabel = baseLabel; + + // accelerators only make sense for the menu items which should have + // ellipsis too while wxSTOCK_WITHOUT_ELLIPSIS is mostly useful for + // buttons which shouldn't have accelerators in their labels + wxASSERT_MSG( !(flags & wxSTOCK_WITH_ACCELERATOR), + "labels without ellipsis shouldn't use accelerators" ); + } + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // special case: the "Cancel" button shouldn't have a mnemonic under MSW + // for consistency with the native dialogs (which don't use any mnemonic + // for it because it is already bound to Esc implicitly) + if ( id == wxID_CANCEL ) + flags &= ~wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC; +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + if ( !(flags & wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC) ) + { + stockLabel = wxStripMenuCodes(stockLabel); + } + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + if ( !stockLabel.empty() && (flags & wxSTOCK_WITH_ACCELERATOR) ) + { + wxAcceleratorEntry accel = wxGetStockAccelerator(id); + if (accel.IsOk()) + stockLabel << wxT('\t') << accel.ToString(); + } +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + + return stockLabel; +} + +wxString wxGetStockHelpString(wxWindowID id, wxStockHelpStringClient client) +{ + wxString stockHelp; + + #define STOCKITEM(stockid, ctx, helpstr) \ + case stockid: \ + if (client==ctx) stockHelp = helpstr; \ + break; + + switch (id) + { + // NB: these help string should be not too specific as they could be used + // in completely different programs! + STOCKITEM(wxID_ABOUT, wxSTOCK_MENU, _("Show about dialog")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_COPY, wxSTOCK_MENU, _("Copy selection")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_CUT, wxSTOCK_MENU, _("Cut selection")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_DELETE, wxSTOCK_MENU, _("Delete selection")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_REPLACE, wxSTOCK_MENU, _("Replace selection")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_PASTE, wxSTOCK_MENU, _("Paste selection")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_EXIT, wxSTOCK_MENU, _("Quit this program")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_REDO, wxSTOCK_MENU, _("Redo last action")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_UNDO, wxSTOCK_MENU, _("Undo last action")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_CLOSE, wxSTOCK_MENU, _("Close current document")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_SAVE, wxSTOCK_MENU, _("Save current document")) + STOCKITEM(wxID_SAVEAS, wxSTOCK_MENU, _("Save current document with a different filename")) + + default: + // there's no stock help string for this ID / client + return wxEmptyString; + } + + #undef STOCKITEM + + return stockHelp; +} + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + +wxAcceleratorEntry wxGetStockAccelerator(wxWindowID id) +{ + wxAcceleratorEntry ret; + + #define STOCKITEM(stockid, flags, keycode) \ + case stockid: \ + ret.Set(flags, keycode, stockid); \ + break; + + switch (id) + { + STOCKITEM(wxID_COPY, wxACCEL_CMD,'C') + STOCKITEM(wxID_CUT, wxACCEL_CMD,'X') + STOCKITEM(wxID_FIND, wxACCEL_CMD,'F') + STOCKITEM(wxID_HELP, wxACCEL_CMD,'H') + STOCKITEM(wxID_NEW, wxACCEL_CMD,'N') + STOCKITEM(wxID_OPEN, wxACCEL_CMD,'O') + STOCKITEM(wxID_PASTE, wxACCEL_CMD,'V') + STOCKITEM(wxID_REDO, wxACCEL_CMD | wxACCEL_SHIFT,'Z') + STOCKITEM(wxID_REPLACE, wxACCEL_CMD,'R') + STOCKITEM(wxID_SAVE, wxACCEL_CMD,'S') + STOCKITEM(wxID_UNDO, wxACCEL_CMD,'Z') + + default: + // set the wxAcceleratorEntry to return into an invalid state: + // there's no stock accelerator for that. + ret.Set(0, 0, id); + break; + }; + + #undef STOCKITEM + + // always use wxAcceleratorEntry::IsOk on returned value ! + return ret; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + +bool wxIsStockLabel(wxWindowID id, const wxString& label) +{ + if (label.empty()) + return true; + + wxString stock = wxGetStockLabel(id); + + if (label == stock) + return true; + + stock.Replace(wxT("&"), wxEmptyString); + if (label == stock) + return true; + + return false; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stopwatch.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stopwatch.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..246e778921 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stopwatch.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/stopwatch.cpp +// Purpose: wxStopWatch and other non-GUI stuff from wx/timer.h +// Author: +// Original version by Julian Smart +// Vadim Zeitlin got rid of all ifdefs (11.12.99) +// Sylvain Bougnoux added wxStopWatch class +// Guillermo Rodriguez rewrote from scratch (Dic/99) +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.06.2003 (extracted from common/timercmn.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: stopwatch.cpp 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998-2003 wxWidgets Team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/stopwatch.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + #endif + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// System headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(HAVE_FTIME) && !defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + #define HAVE_FTIME +#endif + +#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && !defined(HAVE_FTIME) + #define HAVE_FTIME +# if __IBMCPP__ >= 400 + # define ftime(x) _ftime(x) +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__WXMSW__) +# undef HAVE_FTIME +# undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY +#endif + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS5__ +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ +#include +#else +#include "wx/msw/private.h" +#include "wx/msw/wince/time.h" +#endif +#endif // __WXPALMOS5__ + + +#if !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + #include // for time_t +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY) + #include + #include +#elif defined(HAVE_FTIME) + #include +#endif + +#ifdef __WXPALMOS__ + #include + #include + #include +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStopWatch +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STOPWATCH + +void wxStopWatch::Start(long t) +{ +#if 0 +// __WXMSW__ + LARGE_INTEGER frequency_li; + ::QueryPerformanceFrequency( &frequency_li ); + m_frequency = frequency_li.QuadPart; + if (m_frequency == 0) + { + m_t0 = wxGetLocalTimeMillis() - t; + } + else + { + LARGE_INTEGER counter_li; + ::QueryPerformanceCounter( &counter_li ); + wxLongLong counter = counter_li.QuadPart; + m_t0 = (counter * 10000 / m_frequency) - t*10; + } +#else + m_t0 = wxGetLocalTimeMillis() - t; +#endif + m_pause = 0; + m_pauseCount = 0; +} + +long wxStopWatch::GetElapsedTime() const +{ +#if 0 +//__WXMSW__ + if (m_frequency == 0) + { + return (wxGetLocalTimeMillis() - m_t0).GetLo(); + } + else + { + LARGE_INTEGER counter_li; + ::QueryPerformanceCounter( &counter_li ); + wxLongLong counter = counter_li.QuadPart; + wxLongLong res = (counter * 10000 / m_frequency) - m_t0; + return res.GetLo() / 10; + } +#else + return (wxGetLocalTimeMillis() - m_t0).GetLo(); +#endif +} + +long wxStopWatch::Time() const +{ + return m_pauseCount ? m_pause : GetElapsedTime(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STOPWATCH + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// old timer functions superceded by wxStopWatch +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + +static wxLongLong wxStartTime = 0l; + +// starts the global timer +void wxStartTimer() +{ + wxStartTime = wxGetLocalTimeMillis(); +} + +// Returns elapsed time in milliseconds +long wxGetElapsedTime(bool resetTimer) +{ + wxLongLong oldTime = wxStartTime; + wxLongLong newTime = wxGetLocalTimeMillis(); + + if ( resetTimer ) + wxStartTime = newTime; + + return (newTime - oldTime).GetLo(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// the functions to get the current time and timezone info +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Get local time as seconds since 00:00:00, Jan 1st 1970 +long wxGetLocalTime() +{ + struct tm tm; + time_t t0, t1; + + // This cannot be made static because mktime can overwrite it. + // + memset(&tm, 0, sizeof(tm)); + tm.tm_year = 70; + tm.tm_mon = 0; + tm.tm_mday = 5; // not Jan 1st 1970 due to mktime 'feature' + tm.tm_hour = 0; + tm.tm_min = 0; + tm.tm_sec = 0; + tm.tm_isdst = -1; // let mktime guess + + // Note that mktime assumes that the struct tm contains local time. + // + t1 = time(&t1); // now + t0 = mktime(&tm); // origin + + // Return the difference in seconds. + // + if (( t0 != (time_t)-1 ) && ( t1 != (time_t)-1 )) + return (long)difftime(t1, t0) + (60 * 60 * 24 * 4); + + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to get the local system time")); + return -1; +} + +// Get UTC time as seconds since 00:00:00, Jan 1st 1970 +long wxGetUTCTime() +{ + return (long)time(NULL); +} + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + +// Get local time as milliseconds since 00:00:00, Jan 1st 1970 +wxLongLong wxGetLocalTimeMillis() +{ + wxLongLong val = 1000l; + + // If possible, use a function which avoids conversions from + // broken-up time structures to milliseconds + +#if defined(__WXPALMOS__) + DateTimeType thenst; + thenst.second = 0; + thenst.minute = 0; + thenst.hour = 0; + thenst.day = 1; + thenst.month = 1; + thenst.year = 1970; + thenst.weekDay = 5; + uint32_t now = TimGetSeconds(); + uint32_t then = TimDateTimeToSeconds (&thenst); + return SysTimeToMilliSecs(SysTimeInSecs(now - then)); +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && (defined(__WINE__) || defined(__MWERKS__)) + // This should probably be the way all WXMSW compilers should do it + // Go direct to the OS for time + + SYSTEMTIME thenst = { 1970, 1, 4, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; // 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970 + FILETIME thenft; + SystemTimeToFileTime( &thenst, &thenft ); + wxLongLong then( thenft.dwHighDateTime, thenft.dwLowDateTime ); // time in 100 nanoseconds + + SYSTEMTIME nowst; + GetLocalTime( &nowst ); + FILETIME nowft; + SystemTimeToFileTime( &nowst, &nowft ); + wxLongLong now( nowft.dwHighDateTime, nowft.dwLowDateTime ); // time in 100 nanoseconds + + return ( now - then ) / 10000.0; // time from 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970 to now in milliseconds + +#elif defined(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY) + struct timeval tp; + if ( wxGetTimeOfDay(&tp) != -1 ) + { + val *= tp.tv_sec; + return (val + (tp.tv_usec / 1000)); + } + else + { + wxLogError(_("wxGetTimeOfDay failed.")); + return 0; + } +#elif defined(HAVE_FTIME) + struct timeb tp; + + // ftime() is void and not int in some mingw32 headers, so don't + // test the return code (well, it shouldn't fail anyhow...) + (void)::ftime(&tp); + val *= tp.time; + return (val + tp.millitm); +#else // no gettimeofday() nor ftime() + // We use wxGetLocalTime() to get the seconds since + // 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970 and then whatever is available + // to get millisecond resolution. + // + // NOTE that this might lead to a problem if the clocks + // use different sources, so this approach should be + // avoided where possible. + + val *= wxGetLocalTime(); + +// GRG: This will go soon as all WIN32 seem to have ftime +// JACS: unfortunately not. WinCE doesn't have it. +#if defined (__WIN32__) + // If your platform/compiler needs to use two different functions + // to get ms resolution, please do NOT just shut off these warnings, + // drop me a line instead at + + // FIXME +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + #warning "Possible clock skew bug in wxGetLocalTimeMillis()!" +#endif + + SYSTEMTIME st; + ::GetLocalTime(&st); + val += st.wMilliseconds; +#else // !Win32 + // If your platform/compiler does not support ms resolution please + // do NOT just shut off these warnings, drop me a line instead at + // + + #if defined(__VISUALC__) || defined (__WATCOMC__) + #pragma message("wxStopWatch will be up to second resolution!") + #elif defined(__BORLANDC__) + #pragma message "wxStopWatch will be up to second resolution!" + #else + #warning "wxStopWatch will be up to second resolution!" + #endif // compiler +#endif + + return val; + +#endif // time functions +} + +#else // !wxUSE_LONGLONG + +double wxGetLocalTimeMillis(void) +{ + return (double(clock()) / double(CLOCKS_PER_SEC)) * 1000.0; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG/!wxUSE_LONGLONG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/strconv.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/strconv.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..25c6051b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/strconv.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,3448 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/strconv.cpp +// Purpose: Unicode conversion classes +// Author: Ove Kaaven, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik, +// Ryan Norton, Fredrik Roubert (UTF7) +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: strconv.cpp 66523 2011-01-02 16:59:15Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Ove Kaaven, Robert Roebling, Vaclav Slavik +// (c) 2000-2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// (c) 2004 Ryan Norton, Fredrik Roubert +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif //__BORLANDC__ + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/hashmap.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/strconv.h" + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ +#include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) + #include "wx/msw/private.h" + #include "wx/msw/missing.h" + #define wxHAVE_WIN32_MB2WC +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_ICONV + #include + #include "wx/thread.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/encconv.h" +#include "wx/fontmap.h" + +#ifdef __DARWIN__ +#include "wx/osx/core/private/strconv_cf.h" +#endif //def __DARWIN__ + + +#define TRACE_STRCONV wxT("strconv") + +// WC_UTF16 is defined only if sizeof(wchar_t) == 2, otherwise it's supposed to +// be 4 bytes +#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 + #define WC_UTF16 +#endif + + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// helper function of cMB2WC(): check if n bytes at this location are all NUL +static bool NotAllNULs(const char *p, size_t n) +{ + while ( n && *p++ == '\0' ) + n--; + + return n != 0; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// UTF-16 en/decoding to/from UCS-4 with surrogates handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static size_t encode_utf16(wxUint32 input, wxUint16 *output) +{ + if (input <= 0xffff) + { + if (output) + *output = (wxUint16) input; + + return 1; + } + else if (input >= 0x110000) + { + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + else + { + if (output) + { + *output++ = (wxUint16) ((input >> 10) + 0xd7c0); + *output = (wxUint16) ((input & 0x3ff) + 0xdc00); + } + + return 2; + } +} + +static size_t decode_utf16(const wxUint16* input, wxUint32& output) +{ + if ((*input < 0xd800) || (*input > 0xdfff)) + { + output = *input; + return 1; + } + else if ((input[1] < 0xdc00) || (input[1] > 0xdfff)) + { + output = *input; + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + else + { + output = ((input[0] - 0xd7c0) << 10) + (input[1] - 0xdc00); + return 2; + } +} + +#ifdef WC_UTF16 + typedef wchar_t wxDecodeSurrogate_t; +#else // !WC_UTF16 + typedef wxUint16 wxDecodeSurrogate_t; +#endif // WC_UTF16/!WC_UTF16 + +// returns the next UTF-32 character from the wchar_t buffer and advances the +// pointer to the character after this one +// +// if an invalid character is found, *pSrc is set to NULL, the caller must +// check for this +static wxUint32 wxDecodeSurrogate(const wxDecodeSurrogate_t **pSrc) +{ + wxUint32 out; + const size_t + n = decode_utf16(reinterpret_cast(*pSrc), out); + if ( n == wxCONV_FAILED ) + *pSrc = NULL; + else + *pSrc += n; + + return out; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMBConv +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t +wxMBConv::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + // although new conversion classes are supposed to implement this function + // directly, the existing ones only implement the old MB2WC() and so, to + // avoid to have to rewrite all conversion classes at once, we provide a + // default (but not efficient) implementation of this one in terms of the + // old function by copying the input to ensure that it's NUL-terminated and + // then using MB2WC() to convert it + // + // moreover, some conversion classes simply can't implement ToWChar() + // directly, the primary example is wxConvLibc: mbstowcs() only handles + // NUL-terminated strings + + // the number of chars [which would be] written to dst [if it were not NULL] + size_t dstWritten = 0; + + // the number of NULs terminating this string + size_t nulLen = 0; // not really needed, but just to avoid warnings + + // if we were not given the input size we just have to assume that the + // string is properly terminated as we have no way of knowing how long it + // is anyhow, but if we do have the size check whether there are enough + // NULs at the end + wxCharBuffer bufTmp; + const char *srcEnd; + if ( srcLen != wxNO_LEN ) + { + // we need to know how to find the end of this string + nulLen = GetMBNulLen(); + if ( nulLen == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + // if there are enough NULs we can avoid the copy + if ( srcLen < nulLen || NotAllNULs(src + srcLen - nulLen, nulLen) ) + { + // make a copy in order to properly NUL-terminate the string + bufTmp = wxCharBuffer(srcLen + nulLen - 1 /* 1 will be added */); + char * const p = bufTmp.data(); + memcpy(p, src, srcLen); + for ( char *s = p + srcLen; s < p + srcLen + nulLen; s++ ) + *s = '\0'; + + src = bufTmp; + } + + srcEnd = src + srcLen; + } + else // quit after the first loop iteration + { + srcEnd = NULL; + } + + // the idea of this code is straightforward: it converts a NUL-terminated + // chunk of the string during each iteration and updates the output buffer + // with the result + // + // all the complication come from the fact that this function, for + // historical reasons, must behave in 2 subtly different ways when it's + // called with a fixed number of characters and when it's called for the + // entire NUL-terminated string: in the former case (srcEnd != NULL) we + // must count all characters we convert, NUL or not; but in the latter we + // do not count the trailing NUL -- but still count all the NULs inside the + // string + // + // so for the (simple) former case we just always count the trailing NUL, + // but for the latter we need to wait until we see if there is going to be + // another loop iteration and only count it then + for ( ;; ) + { + // try to convert the current chunk + size_t lenChunk = MB2WC(NULL, src, 0); + if ( lenChunk == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + dstWritten += lenChunk; + if ( !srcEnd ) + dstWritten++; + + if ( !lenChunk ) + { + // nothing left in the input string, conversion succeeded + break; + } + + if ( dst ) + { + if ( dstWritten > dstLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + // +1 is for trailing NUL + if ( MB2WC(dst, src, lenChunk + 1) == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + dst += lenChunk; + if ( !srcEnd ) + dst++; + } + + if ( !srcEnd ) + { + // we convert just one chunk in this case as this is the entire + // string anyhow (and we don't count the trailing NUL in this case) + break; + } + + // advance the input pointer past the end of this chunk: notice that we + // will always stop before srcEnd because we know that the chunk is + // always properly NUL-terminated + while ( NotAllNULs(src, nulLen) ) + { + // notice that we must skip over multiple bytes here as we suppose + // that if NUL takes 2 or 4 bytes, then all the other characters do + // too and so if advanced by a single byte we might erroneously + // detect sequences of NUL bytes in the middle of the input + src += nulLen; + } + + // if the buffer ends before this NUL, we shouldn't count it in our + // output so skip the code below + if ( src == srcEnd ) + break; + + // do count this terminator as it's inside the buffer we convert + dstWritten++; + if ( dst ) + dst++; + + src += nulLen; // skip the terminator itself + + if ( src >= srcEnd ) + break; + } + + return dstWritten; +} + +size_t +wxMBConv::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + // the number of chars [which would be] written to dst [if it were not NULL] + size_t dstWritten = 0; + + // if we don't know its length we have no choice but to assume that it is + // NUL-terminated (notice that it can still be NUL-terminated even if + // explicit length is given but it doesn't change our return value) + const bool isNulTerminated = srcLen == wxNO_LEN; + + // make a copy of the input string unless it is already properly + // NUL-terminated + wxWCharBuffer bufTmp; + if ( isNulTerminated ) + { + srcLen = wxWcslen(src) + 1; + } + else if ( srcLen != 0 && src[srcLen - 1] != L'\0' ) + { + // make a copy in order to properly NUL-terminate the string + bufTmp = wxWCharBuffer(srcLen); + memcpy(bufTmp.data(), src, srcLen * sizeof(wchar_t)); + src = bufTmp; + } + + const size_t lenNul = GetMBNulLen(); + for ( const wchar_t * const srcEnd = src + srcLen; + src < srcEnd; + src++ /* skip L'\0' too */ ) + { + // try to convert the current chunk + size_t lenChunk = WC2MB(NULL, src, 0); + if ( lenChunk == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + dstWritten += lenChunk; + + const wchar_t * const + chunkEnd = isNulTerminated ? srcEnd - 1 : src + wxWcslen(src); + + // our return value accounts for the trailing NUL(s), unlike that of + // WC2MB(), however don't do it for the last NUL we artificially added + // ourselves above + if ( chunkEnd < srcEnd ) + dstWritten += lenNul; + + if ( dst ) + { + if ( dstWritten > dstLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + // if we know that there is enough space in the destination buffer + // (because we accounted for lenNul in dstWritten above), we can + // convert directly in place -- but otherwise we need another + // temporary buffer to ensure that we don't overwrite the output + wxCharBuffer dstBuf; + char *dstTmp; + if ( chunkEnd == srcEnd ) + { + dstBuf = wxCharBuffer(lenChunk + lenNul - 1); + dstTmp = dstBuf.data(); + } + else + { + dstTmp = dst; + } + + if ( WC2MB(dstTmp, src, lenChunk + lenNul) == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + if ( dstTmp != dst ) + { + // copy everything up to but excluding the terminating NUL(s) + // into the real output buffer + memcpy(dst, dstTmp, lenChunk); + + // micro-optimization: if dstTmp != dst it means that chunkEnd + // == srcEnd and so we're done, no need to update anything below + break; + } + + dst += lenChunk; + if ( chunkEnd < srcEnd ) + dst += lenNul; + } + + src = chunkEnd; + } + + return dstWritten; +} + +size_t wxMBConv::MB2WC(wchar_t *outBuff, const char *inBuff, size_t outLen) const +{ + size_t rc = ToWChar(outBuff, outLen, inBuff); + if ( rc != wxCONV_FAILED ) + { + // ToWChar() returns the buffer length, i.e. including the trailing + // NUL, while this method doesn't take it into account + rc--; + } + + return rc; +} + +size_t wxMBConv::WC2MB(char *outBuff, const wchar_t *inBuff, size_t outLen) const +{ + size_t rc = FromWChar(outBuff, outLen, inBuff); + if ( rc != wxCONV_FAILED ) + { + rc -= GetMBNulLen(); + } + + return rc; +} + +wxMBConv::~wxMBConv() +{ + // nothing to do here (necessary for Darwin linking probably) +} + +const wxWCharBuffer wxMBConv::cMB2WC(const char *psz) const +{ + if ( psz ) + { + // calculate the length of the buffer needed first + const size_t nLen = ToWChar(NULL, 0, psz); + if ( nLen != wxCONV_FAILED ) + { + // now do the actual conversion + wxWCharBuffer buf(nLen - 1 /* +1 added implicitly */); + + // +1 for the trailing NULL + if ( ToWChar(buf.data(), nLen, psz) != wxCONV_FAILED ) + return buf; + } + } + + return wxWCharBuffer(); +} + +const wxCharBuffer wxMBConv::cWC2MB(const wchar_t *pwz) const +{ + if ( pwz ) + { + const size_t nLen = FromWChar(NULL, 0, pwz); + if ( nLen != wxCONV_FAILED ) + { + wxCharBuffer buf(nLen - 1); + if ( FromWChar(buf.data(), nLen, pwz) != wxCONV_FAILED ) + return buf; + } + } + + return wxCharBuffer(); +} + +const wxWCharBuffer +wxMBConv::cMB2WC(const char *inBuff, size_t inLen, size_t *outLen) const +{ + const size_t dstLen = ToWChar(NULL, 0, inBuff, inLen); + if ( dstLen != wxCONV_FAILED ) + { + // notice that we allocate space for dstLen+1 wide characters here + // because we want the buffer to always be NUL-terminated, even if the + // input isn't (as otherwise the caller has no way to know its length) + wxWCharBuffer wbuf(dstLen); + wbuf.data()[dstLen] = L'\0'; + if ( ToWChar(wbuf.data(), dstLen, inBuff, inLen) != wxCONV_FAILED ) + { + if ( outLen ) + { + *outLen = dstLen; + + // we also need to handle NUL-terminated input strings + // specially: for them the output is the length of the string + // excluding the trailing NUL, however if we're asked to + // convert a specific number of characters we return the length + // of the resulting output even if it's NUL-terminated + if ( inLen == wxNO_LEN ) + (*outLen)--; + } + + return wbuf; + } + } + + if ( outLen ) + *outLen = 0; + + return wxWCharBuffer(); +} + +const wxCharBuffer +wxMBConv::cWC2MB(const wchar_t *inBuff, size_t inLen, size_t *outLen) const +{ + size_t dstLen = FromWChar(NULL, 0, inBuff, inLen); + if ( dstLen != wxCONV_FAILED ) + { + const size_t nulLen = GetMBNulLen(); + + // as above, ensure that the buffer is always NUL-terminated, even if + // the input is not + wxCharBuffer buf(dstLen + nulLen - 1); + memset(buf.data() + dstLen, 0, nulLen); + if ( FromWChar(buf.data(), dstLen, inBuff, inLen) != wxCONV_FAILED ) + { + if ( outLen ) + { + *outLen = dstLen; + + if ( inLen == wxNO_LEN ) + { + // in this case both input and output are NUL-terminated + // and we're not supposed to count NUL + *outLen -= nulLen; + } + } + + return buf; + } + } + + if ( outLen ) + *outLen = 0; + + return wxCharBuffer(); +} + +const wxWCharBuffer wxMBConv::cMB2WC(const wxScopedCharBuffer& buf) const +{ + const size_t srcLen = buf.length(); + if ( srcLen ) + { + const size_t dstLen = ToWChar(NULL, 0, buf, srcLen); + if ( dstLen != wxCONV_FAILED ) + { + wxWCharBuffer wbuf(dstLen); + wbuf.data()[dstLen] = L'\0'; + if ( ToWChar(wbuf.data(), dstLen, buf, srcLen) != wxCONV_FAILED ) + return wbuf; + } + } + + return wxScopedWCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(L"", 0); +} + +const wxCharBuffer wxMBConv::cWC2MB(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& wbuf) const +{ + const size_t srcLen = wbuf.length(); + if ( srcLen ) + { + const size_t dstLen = FromWChar(NULL, 0, wbuf, srcLen); + if ( dstLen != wxCONV_FAILED ) + { + wxCharBuffer buf(dstLen); + buf.data()[dstLen] = '\0'; + if ( FromWChar(buf.data(), dstLen, wbuf, srcLen) != wxCONV_FAILED ) + return buf; + } + } + + return wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned("", 0); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMBConvLibc +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t wxMBConvLibc::MB2WC(wchar_t *buf, const char *psz, size_t n) const +{ + return wxMB2WC(buf, psz, n); +} + +size_t wxMBConvLibc::WC2MB(char *buf, const wchar_t *psz, size_t n) const +{ + return wxWC2MB(buf, psz, n); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxConvBrokenFileNames +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __UNIX__ + +wxConvBrokenFileNames::wxConvBrokenFileNames(const wxString& charset) +{ + if ( wxStricmp(charset, wxT("UTF-8")) == 0 || + wxStricmp(charset, wxT("UTF8")) == 0 ) + m_conv = new wxMBConvUTF8(wxMBConvUTF8::MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_PUA); + else + m_conv = new wxCSConv(charset); +} + +#endif // __UNIX__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// UTF-7 +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Implementation (C) 2004 Fredrik Roubert +// +// Changes to work in streaming mode (C) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin + +// +// BASE64 decoding table +// +static const unsigned char utf7unb64[] = +{ + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3e, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, + 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x3a, 0x3b, + 0x3c, 0x3d, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, + 0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, + 0x0f, 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, + 0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, 0x20, + 0x21, 0x22, 0x23, 0x24, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27, 0x28, + 0x29, 0x2a, 0x2b, 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x2f, 0x30, + 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff +}; + +size_t wxMBConvUTF7::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + DecoderState stateOrig, + *statePtr; + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + { + // convert the entire string, up to and including the trailing NUL + srcLen = strlen(src) + 1; + + // when working on the entire strings we don't update nor use the shift + // state from the previous call + statePtr = &stateOrig; + } + else // when working with partial strings we do use the shift state + { + statePtr = const_cast(&m_stateDecoder); + + // also save the old state to be able to rollback to it on error + stateOrig = m_stateDecoder; + } + + // but to simplify the code below we use this variable in both cases + DecoderState& state = *statePtr; + + + // number of characters [which would have been] written to dst [if it were + // not NULL] + size_t len = 0; + + const char * const srcEnd = src + srcLen; + + while ( (src < srcEnd) && (!dst || (len < dstLen)) ) + { + const unsigned char cc = *src++; + + if ( state.IsShifted() ) + { + const unsigned char dc = utf7unb64[cc]; + if ( dc == 0xff ) + { + // end of encoded part, check that nothing was left: there can + // be up to 4 bits of 0 padding but nothing else (we also need + // to check isLSB as we count bits modulo 8 while a valid UTF-7 + // encoded sequence must contain an integral number of UTF-16 + // characters) + if ( state.isLSB || state.bit > 4 || + (state.accum & ((1 << state.bit) - 1)) ) + { + if ( !len ) + state = stateOrig; + + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + + state.ToDirect(); + + // re-parse this character normally below unless it's '-' which + // is consumed by the decoder + if ( cc == '-' ) + continue; + } + else // valid encoded character + { + // mini base64 decoder: each character is 6 bits + state.bit += 6; + state.accum <<= 6; + state.accum += dc; + + if ( state.bit >= 8 ) + { + // got the full byte, consume it + state.bit -= 8; + unsigned char b = (state.accum >> state.bit) & 0x00ff; + + if ( state.isLSB ) + { + // we've got the full word, output it + if ( dst ) + *dst++ = (state.msb << 8) | b; + len++; + state.isLSB = false; + } + else // MSB + { + // just store it while we wait for LSB + state.msb = b; + state.isLSB = true; + } + } + } + } + + if ( state.IsDirect() ) + { + // start of an encoded segment? + if ( cc == '+' ) + { + if ( *src == '-' ) + { + // just the encoded plus sign, don't switch to shifted mode + if ( dst ) + *dst++ = '+'; + len++; + src++; + } + else if ( utf7unb64[(unsigned)*src] == 0xff ) + { + // empty encoded chunks are not allowed + if ( !len ) + state = stateOrig; + + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + else // base-64 encoded chunk follows + { + state.ToShifted(); + } + } + else // not '+' + { + // only printable 7 bit ASCII characters (with the exception of + // NUL, TAB, CR and LF) can be used directly + if ( cc >= 0x7f || (cc < ' ' && + !(cc == '\0' || cc == '\t' || cc == '\r' || cc == '\n')) ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + if ( dst ) + *dst++ = cc; + len++; + } + } + } + + if ( !len ) + { + // as we didn't read any characters we should be called with the same + // data (followed by some more new data) again later so don't save our + // state + state = stateOrig; + + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + + return len; +} + +// +// BASE64 encoding table +// +static const unsigned char utf7enb64[] = +{ + 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', + 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', + 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', + 'Y', 'Z', 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', + 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', 'n', + 'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', + 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', '0', '1', '2', '3', + '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', '+', '/' +}; + +// +// UTF-7 encoding table +// +// 0 - Set D (directly encoded characters) +// 1 - Set O (optional direct characters) +// 2 - whitespace characters (optional) +// 3 - special characters +// +static const unsigned char utf7encode[128] = +{ + 0, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 2, 3, 3, 2, 3, 3, + 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, + 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 3, 0, 0, 0, 3, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, + 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, + 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 3, 3 +}; + +static inline bool wxIsUTF7Direct(wchar_t wc) +{ + return wc < 0x80 && utf7encode[wc] < 1; +} + +size_t wxMBConvUTF7::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + EncoderState stateOrig, + *statePtr; + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + { + // we don't apply the stored state when operating on entire strings at + // once + statePtr = &stateOrig; + + srcLen = wxWcslen(src) + 1; + } + else // do use the mode we left the output in previously + { + stateOrig = m_stateEncoder; + statePtr = const_cast(&m_stateEncoder); + } + + EncoderState& state = *statePtr; + + + size_t len = 0; + + const wchar_t * const srcEnd = src + srcLen; + while ( src < srcEnd && (!dst || len < dstLen) ) + { + wchar_t cc = *src++; + if ( wxIsUTF7Direct(cc) ) + { + if ( state.IsShifted() ) + { + // pad with zeros the last encoded block if necessary + if ( state.bit ) + { + if ( dst ) + *dst++ = utf7enb64[((state.accum % 16) << (6 - state.bit)) % 64]; + len++; + } + + state.ToDirect(); + + if ( dst ) + *dst++ = '-'; + len++; + } + + if ( dst ) + *dst++ = (char)cc; + len++; + } + else if ( cc == '+' && state.IsDirect() ) + { + if ( dst ) + { + *dst++ = '+'; + *dst++ = '-'; + } + + len += 2; + } +#ifndef WC_UTF16 + else if (((wxUint32)cc) > 0xffff) + { + // no surrogate pair generation (yet?) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } +#endif + else + { + if ( state.IsDirect() ) + { + state.ToShifted(); + + if ( dst ) + *dst++ = '+'; + len++; + } + + // BASE64 encode string + for ( ;; ) + { + for ( unsigned lsb = 0; lsb < 2; lsb++ ) + { + state.accum <<= 8; + state.accum += lsb ? cc & 0xff : (cc & 0xff00) >> 8; + + for (state.bit += 8; state.bit >= 6; ) + { + state.bit -= 6; + if ( dst ) + *dst++ = utf7enb64[(state.accum >> state.bit) % 64]; + len++; + } + } + + if ( src == srcEnd || wxIsUTF7Direct(cc = *src) ) + break; + + src++; + } + } + } + + // we need to restore the original encoder state if we were called just to + // calculate the amount of space needed as we will presumably be called + // again to really convert the data now + if ( !dst ) + state = stateOrig; + + return len; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// UTF-8 +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const wxUint32 utf8_max[]= + { 0x7f, 0x7ff, 0xffff, 0x1fffff, 0x3ffffff, 0x7fffffff, 0xffffffff }; + +// boundaries of the private use area we use to (temporarily) remap invalid +// characters invalid in a UTF-8 encoded string +const wxUint32 wxUnicodePUA = 0x100000; +const wxUint32 wxUnicodePUAEnd = wxUnicodePUA + 256; + +// this table gives the length of the UTF-8 encoding from its first character: +const unsigned char tableUtf8Lengths[256] = { + // single-byte sequences (ASCII): + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 00..0F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 10..1F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 20..2F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 30..3F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 40..4F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 50..5F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 60..6F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 70..7F + + // these are invalid: + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 80..8F + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 90..9F + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // A0..AF + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // B0..BF + 0, 0, // C0,C1 + + // two-byte sequences: + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, // C2..CF + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, // D0..DF + + // three-byte sequences: + 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, // E0..EF + + // four-byte sequences: + 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, // F0..F4 + + // these are invalid again (5- or 6-byte + // sequences and sequences for code points + // above U+10FFFF, as restricted by RFC 3629): + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 // F5..FF +}; + +size_t +wxMBConvStrictUTF8::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + wchar_t *out = dstLen ? dst : NULL; + size_t written = 0; + + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = strlen(src) + 1; + + for ( const char *p = src; ; p++ ) + { + if ( !(srcLen == wxNO_LEN ? *p : srcLen) ) + { + // all done successfully, just add the trailing NULL if we are not + // using explicit length + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + { + if ( out ) + { + if ( !dstLen ) + break; + + *out = L'\0'; + } + + written++; + } + + return written; + } + + if ( out && !dstLen-- ) + break; + + wxUint32 code; + unsigned char c = *p; + + if ( c < 0x80 ) + { + if ( srcLen == 0 ) // the test works for wxNO_LEN too + break; + + if ( srcLen != wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen--; + + code = c; + } + else + { + unsigned len = tableUtf8Lengths[c]; + if ( !len ) + break; + + if ( srcLen < len ) // the test works for wxNO_LEN too + break; + + if ( srcLen != wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen -= len; + + // Char. number range | UTF-8 octet sequence + // (hexadecimal) | (binary) + // ----------------------+---------------------------------------- + // 0000 0000 - 0000 007F | 0xxxxxxx + // 0000 0080 - 0000 07FF | 110xxxxx 10xxxxxx + // 0000 0800 - 0000 FFFF | 1110xxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx + // 0001 0000 - 0010 FFFF | 11110xxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx + // + // Code point value is stored in bits marked with 'x', + // lowest-order bit of the value on the right side in the diagram + // above. (from RFC 3629) + + // mask to extract lead byte's value ('x' bits above), by sequence + // length: + static const unsigned char leadValueMask[] = { 0x7F, 0x1F, 0x0F, 0x07 }; + + // mask and value of lead byte's most significant bits, by length: + static const unsigned char leadMarkerMask[] = { 0x80, 0xE0, 0xF0, 0xF8 }; + static const unsigned char leadMarkerVal[] = { 0x00, 0xC0, 0xE0, 0xF0 }; + + len--; // it's more convenient to work with 0-based length here + + // extract the lead byte's value bits: + if ( (c & leadMarkerMask[len]) != leadMarkerVal[len] ) + break; + + code = c & leadValueMask[len]; + + // all remaining bytes, if any, are handled in the same way + // regardless of sequence's length: + for ( ; len; --len ) + { + c = *++p; + if ( (c & 0xC0) != 0x80 ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + code <<= 6; + code |= c & 0x3F; + } + } + +#ifdef WC_UTF16 + // cast is ok because wchar_t == wxUint16 if WC_UTF16 + if ( encode_utf16(code, (wxUint16 *)out) == 2 ) + { + if ( out ) + out++; + written++; + } +#else // !WC_UTF16 + if ( out ) + *out = code; +#endif // WC_UTF16/!WC_UTF16 + + if ( out ) + out++; + + written++; + } + + return wxCONV_FAILED; +} + +size_t +wxMBConvStrictUTF8::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + char *out = dstLen ? dst : NULL; + size_t written = 0; + + for ( const wchar_t *wp = src; ; wp++ ) + { + if ( !(srcLen == wxNO_LEN ? *wp : srcLen) ) + { + // all done successfully, just add the trailing NULL if we are not + // using explicit length + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + { + if ( out ) + { + if ( !dstLen ) + break; + + *out = '\0'; + } + + written++; + } + + return written; + } + + if ( srcLen != wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen--; + + wxUint32 code; +#ifdef WC_UTF16 + // cast is ok for WC_UTF16 + if ( decode_utf16((const wxUint16 *)wp, code) == 2 ) + { + // skip the next char too as we decoded a surrogate + wp++; + } +#else // wchar_t is UTF-32 + code = *wp & 0x7fffffff; +#endif + + unsigned len; + if ( code <= 0x7F ) + { + len = 1; + if ( out ) + { + if ( dstLen < len ) + break; + + out[0] = (char)code; + } + } + else if ( code <= 0x07FF ) + { + len = 2; + if ( out ) + { + if ( dstLen < len ) + break; + + // NB: this line takes 6 least significant bits, encodes them as + // 10xxxxxx and discards them so that the next byte can be encoded: + out[1] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[0] = 0xC0 | code; + } + } + else if ( code < 0xFFFF ) + { + len = 3; + if ( out ) + { + if ( dstLen < len ) + break; + + out[2] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[1] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[0] = 0xE0 | code; + } + } + else if ( code <= 0x10FFFF ) + { + len = 4; + if ( out ) + { + if ( dstLen < len ) + break; + + out[3] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[2] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[1] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[0] = 0xF0 | code; + } + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("trying to encode undefined Unicode character") ); + break; + } + + if ( out ) + { + out += len; + dstLen -= len; + } + + written += len; + } + + // we only get here if an error occurs during decoding + return wxCONV_FAILED; +} + +size_t wxMBConvUTF8::ToWChar(wchar_t *buf, size_t n, + const char *psz, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if ( m_options == MAP_INVALID_UTF8_NOT ) + return wxMBConvStrictUTF8::ToWChar(buf, n, psz, srcLen); + + size_t len = 0; + + while ((srcLen == wxNO_LEN ? *psz : srcLen--) && ((!buf) || (len < n))) + { + const char *opsz = psz; + bool invalid = false; + unsigned char cc = *psz++, fc = cc; + unsigned cnt; + for (cnt = 0; fc & 0x80; cnt++) + fc <<= 1; + + if (!cnt) + { + // plain ASCII char + if (buf) + *buf++ = cc; + len++; + + // escape the escape character for octal escapes + if ((m_options & MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_OCTAL) + && cc == '\\' && (!buf || len < n)) + { + if (buf) + *buf++ = cc; + len++; + } + } + else + { + cnt--; + if (!cnt) + { + // invalid UTF-8 sequence + invalid = true; + } + else + { + unsigned ocnt = cnt - 1; + wxUint32 res = cc & (0x3f >> cnt); + while (cnt--) + { + cc = *psz; + if ((cc & 0xC0) != 0x80) + { + // invalid UTF-8 sequence + invalid = true; + break; + } + + psz++; + res = (res << 6) | (cc & 0x3f); + } + + if (invalid || res <= utf8_max[ocnt]) + { + // illegal UTF-8 encoding + invalid = true; + } + else if ((m_options & MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_PUA) && + res >= wxUnicodePUA && res < wxUnicodePUAEnd) + { + // if one of our PUA characters turns up externally + // it must also be treated as an illegal sequence + // (a bit like you have to escape an escape character) + invalid = true; + } + else + { +#ifdef WC_UTF16 + // cast is ok because wchar_t == wxUint16 if WC_UTF16 + size_t pa = encode_utf16(res, (wxUint16 *)buf); + if (pa == wxCONV_FAILED) + { + invalid = true; + } + else + { + if (buf) + buf += pa; + len += pa; + } +#else // !WC_UTF16 + if (buf) + *buf++ = (wchar_t)res; + len++; +#endif // WC_UTF16/!WC_UTF16 + } + } + + if (invalid) + { + if (m_options & MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_PUA) + { + while (opsz < psz && (!buf || len < n)) + { +#ifdef WC_UTF16 + // cast is ok because wchar_t == wxUuint16 if WC_UTF16 + size_t pa = encode_utf16((unsigned char)*opsz + wxUnicodePUA, (wxUint16 *)buf); + wxASSERT(pa != wxCONV_FAILED); + if (buf) + buf += pa; + opsz++; + len += pa; +#else + if (buf) + *buf++ = (wchar_t)(wxUnicodePUA + (unsigned char)*opsz); + opsz++; + len++; +#endif + } + } + else if (m_options & MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_OCTAL) + { + while (opsz < psz && (!buf || len < n)) + { + if ( buf && len + 3 < n ) + { + unsigned char on = *opsz; + *buf++ = L'\\'; + *buf++ = (wchar_t)( L'0' + on / 0100 ); + *buf++ = (wchar_t)( L'0' + (on % 0100) / 010 ); + *buf++ = (wchar_t)( L'0' + on % 010 ); + } + + opsz++; + len += 4; + } + } + else // MAP_INVALID_UTF8_NOT + { + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + } + } + } + + if (srcLen == wxNO_LEN && buf && (len < n)) + *buf = 0; + + return len + 1; +} + +static inline bool isoctal(wchar_t wch) +{ + return L'0' <= wch && wch <= L'7'; +} + +size_t wxMBConvUTF8::FromWChar(char *buf, size_t n, + const wchar_t *psz, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if ( m_options == MAP_INVALID_UTF8_NOT ) + return wxMBConvStrictUTF8::FromWChar(buf, n, psz, srcLen); + + size_t len = 0; + + while ((srcLen == wxNO_LEN ? *psz : srcLen--) && ((!buf) || (len < n))) + { + wxUint32 cc; + +#ifdef WC_UTF16 + // cast is ok for WC_UTF16 + size_t pa = decode_utf16((const wxUint16 *)psz, cc); + psz += (pa == wxCONV_FAILED) ? 1 : pa; +#else + cc = (*psz++) & 0x7fffffff; +#endif + + if ( (m_options & MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_PUA) + && cc >= wxUnicodePUA && cc < wxUnicodePUAEnd ) + { + if (buf) + *buf++ = (char)(cc - wxUnicodePUA); + len++; + } + else if ( (m_options & MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_OCTAL) + && cc == L'\\' && psz[0] == L'\\' ) + { + if (buf) + *buf++ = (char)cc; + psz++; + len++; + } + else if ( (m_options & MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_OCTAL) && + cc == L'\\' && + isoctal(psz[0]) && isoctal(psz[1]) && isoctal(psz[2]) ) + { + if (buf) + { + *buf++ = (char) ((psz[0] - L'0') * 0100 + + (psz[1] - L'0') * 010 + + (psz[2] - L'0')); + } + + psz += 3; + len++; + } + else + { + unsigned cnt; + for (cnt = 0; cc > utf8_max[cnt]; cnt++) + { + } + + if (!cnt) + { + // plain ASCII char + if (buf) + *buf++ = (char) cc; + len++; + } + else + { + len += cnt + 1; + if (buf) + { + *buf++ = (char) ((-128 >> cnt) | ((cc >> (cnt * 6)) & (0x3f >> cnt))); + while (cnt--) + *buf++ = (char) (0x80 | ((cc >> (cnt * 6)) & 0x3f)); + } + } + } + } + + if (srcLen == wxNO_LEN && buf && (len < n)) + *buf = 0; + + return len + 1; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// UTF-16 +// ============================================================================ + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + #define wxMBConvUTF16straight wxMBConvUTF16BE + #define wxMBConvUTF16swap wxMBConvUTF16LE +#else + #define wxMBConvUTF16swap wxMBConvUTF16BE + #define wxMBConvUTF16straight wxMBConvUTF16LE +#endif + +/* static */ +size_t wxMBConvUTF16Base::GetLength(const char *src, size_t srcLen) +{ + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + { + // count the number of bytes in input, including the trailing NULs + const wxUint16 *inBuff = reinterpret_cast(src); + for ( srcLen = 1; *inBuff++; srcLen++ ) + ; + + srcLen *= BYTES_PER_CHAR; + } + else // we already have the length + { + // we can only convert an entire number of UTF-16 characters + if ( srcLen % BYTES_PER_CHAR ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + + return srcLen; +} + +// case when in-memory representation is UTF-16 too +#ifdef WC_UTF16 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// conversions without endianness change +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF16straight::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + // set up the scene for using memcpy() (which is presumably more efficient + // than copying the bytes one by one) + srcLen = GetLength(src, srcLen); + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + const size_t inLen = srcLen / BYTES_PER_CHAR; + if ( dst ) + { + if ( dstLen < inLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + memcpy(dst, src, srcLen); + } + + return inLen; +} + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF16straight::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = wxWcslen(src) + 1; + + srcLen *= BYTES_PER_CHAR; + + if ( dst ) + { + if ( dstLen < srcLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + memcpy(dst, src, srcLen); + } + + return srcLen; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// endian-reversing conversions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF16swap::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + srcLen = GetLength(src, srcLen); + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + srcLen /= BYTES_PER_CHAR; + + if ( dst ) + { + if ( dstLen < srcLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + const wxUint16 *inBuff = reinterpret_cast(src); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < srcLen; n++, inBuff++ ) + { + *dst++ = wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(*inBuff); + } + } + + return srcLen; +} + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF16swap::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = wxWcslen(src) + 1; + + srcLen *= BYTES_PER_CHAR; + + if ( dst ) + { + if ( dstLen < srcLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + wxUint16 *outBuff = reinterpret_cast(dst); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < srcLen; n += BYTES_PER_CHAR, src++ ) + { + *outBuff++ = wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(*src); + } + } + + return srcLen; +} + +#else // !WC_UTF16: wchar_t is UTF-32 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// conversions without endianness change +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF16straight::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + srcLen = GetLength(src, srcLen); + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + const size_t inLen = srcLen / BYTES_PER_CHAR; + if ( !dst ) + { + // optimization: return maximal space which could be needed for this + // string even if the real size could be smaller if the buffer contains + // any surrogates + return inLen; + } + + size_t outLen = 0; + const wxUint16 *inBuff = reinterpret_cast(src); + for ( const wxUint16 * const inEnd = inBuff + inLen; inBuff < inEnd; ) + { + const wxUint32 ch = wxDecodeSurrogate(&inBuff); + if ( !inBuff ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + if ( ++outLen > dstLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + *dst++ = ch; + } + + + return outLen; +} + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF16straight::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = wxWcslen(src) + 1; + + size_t outLen = 0; + wxUint16 *outBuff = reinterpret_cast(dst); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < srcLen; n++ ) + { + wxUint16 cc[2]; + const size_t numChars = encode_utf16(*src++, cc); + if ( numChars == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + outLen += numChars * BYTES_PER_CHAR; + if ( outBuff ) + { + if ( outLen > dstLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + *outBuff++ = cc[0]; + if ( numChars == 2 ) + { + // second character of a surrogate + *outBuff++ = cc[1]; + } + } + } + + return outLen; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// endian-reversing conversions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF16swap::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + srcLen = GetLength(src, srcLen); + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + const size_t inLen = srcLen / BYTES_PER_CHAR; + if ( !dst ) + { + // optimization: return maximal space which could be needed for this + // string even if the real size could be smaller if the buffer contains + // any surrogates + return inLen; + } + + size_t outLen = 0; + const wxUint16 *inBuff = reinterpret_cast(src); + for ( const wxUint16 * const inEnd = inBuff + inLen; inBuff < inEnd; ) + { + wxUint32 ch; + wxUint16 tmp[2]; + + tmp[0] = wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(*inBuff); + inBuff++; + tmp[1] = wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(*inBuff); + + const size_t numChars = decode_utf16(tmp, ch); + if ( numChars == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + if ( numChars == 2 ) + inBuff++; + + if ( ++outLen > dstLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + *dst++ = ch; + } + + + return outLen; +} + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF16swap::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = wxWcslen(src) + 1; + + size_t outLen = 0; + wxUint16 *outBuff = reinterpret_cast(dst); + for ( const wchar_t *srcEnd = src + srcLen; src < srcEnd; src++ ) + { + wxUint16 cc[2]; + const size_t numChars = encode_utf16(*src, cc); + if ( numChars == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + outLen += numChars * BYTES_PER_CHAR; + if ( outBuff ) + { + if ( outLen > dstLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + *outBuff++ = wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(cc[0]); + if ( numChars == 2 ) + { + // second character of a surrogate + *outBuff++ = wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(cc[1]); + } + } + } + + return outLen; +} + +#endif // WC_UTF16/!WC_UTF16 + + +// ============================================================================ +// UTF-32 +// ============================================================================ + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + #define wxMBConvUTF32straight wxMBConvUTF32BE + #define wxMBConvUTF32swap wxMBConvUTF32LE +#else + #define wxMBConvUTF32swap wxMBConvUTF32BE + #define wxMBConvUTF32straight wxMBConvUTF32LE +#endif + + +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConvUTF32LE) wxConvUTF32LE; +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConvUTF32BE) wxConvUTF32BE; + +/* static */ +size_t wxMBConvUTF32Base::GetLength(const char *src, size_t srcLen) +{ + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + { + // count the number of bytes in input, including the trailing NULs + const wxUint32 *inBuff = reinterpret_cast(src); + for ( srcLen = 1; *inBuff++; srcLen++ ) + ; + + srcLen *= BYTES_PER_CHAR; + } + else // we already have the length + { + // we can only convert an entire number of UTF-32 characters + if ( srcLen % BYTES_PER_CHAR ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + + return srcLen; +} + +// case when in-memory representation is UTF-16 +#ifdef WC_UTF16 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// conversions without endianness change +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF32straight::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + srcLen = GetLength(src, srcLen); + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + const wxUint32 *inBuff = reinterpret_cast(src); + const size_t inLen = srcLen / BYTES_PER_CHAR; + size_t outLen = 0; + for ( size_t n = 0; n < inLen; n++ ) + { + wxUint16 cc[2]; + const size_t numChars = encode_utf16(*inBuff++, cc); + if ( numChars == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + outLen += numChars; + if ( dst ) + { + if ( outLen > dstLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + *dst++ = cc[0]; + if ( numChars == 2 ) + { + // second character of a surrogate + *dst++ = cc[1]; + } + } + } + + return outLen; +} + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF32straight::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = wxWcslen(src) + 1; + + if ( !dst ) + { + // optimization: return maximal space which could be needed for this + // string instead of the exact amount which could be less if there are + // any surrogates in the input + // + // we consider that surrogates are rare enough to make it worthwhile to + // avoid running the loop below at the cost of slightly extra memory + // consumption + return srcLen * BYTES_PER_CHAR; + } + + wxUint32 *outBuff = reinterpret_cast(dst); + size_t outLen = 0; + for ( const wchar_t * const srcEnd = src + srcLen; src < srcEnd; ) + { + const wxUint32 ch = wxDecodeSurrogate(&src); + if ( !src ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + outLen += BYTES_PER_CHAR; + + if ( outLen > dstLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + *outBuff++ = ch; + } + + return outLen; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// endian-reversing conversions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF32swap::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + srcLen = GetLength(src, srcLen); + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + const wxUint32 *inBuff = reinterpret_cast(src); + const size_t inLen = srcLen / BYTES_PER_CHAR; + size_t outLen = 0; + for ( size_t n = 0; n < inLen; n++, inBuff++ ) + { + wxUint16 cc[2]; + const size_t numChars = encode_utf16(wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(*inBuff), cc); + if ( numChars == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + outLen += numChars; + if ( dst ) + { + if ( outLen > dstLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + *dst++ = cc[0]; + if ( numChars == 2 ) + { + // second character of a surrogate + *dst++ = cc[1]; + } + } + } + + return outLen; +} + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF32swap::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = wxWcslen(src) + 1; + + if ( !dst ) + { + // optimization: return maximal space which could be needed for this + // string instead of the exact amount which could be less if there are + // any surrogates in the input + // + // we consider that surrogates are rare enough to make it worthwhile to + // avoid running the loop below at the cost of slightly extra memory + // consumption + return srcLen*BYTES_PER_CHAR; + } + + wxUint32 *outBuff = reinterpret_cast(dst); + size_t outLen = 0; + for ( const wchar_t * const srcEnd = src + srcLen; src < srcEnd; ) + { + const wxUint32 ch = wxDecodeSurrogate(&src); + if ( !src ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + outLen += BYTES_PER_CHAR; + + if ( outLen > dstLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + *outBuff++ = wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(ch); + } + + return outLen; +} + +#else // !WC_UTF16: wchar_t is UTF-32 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// conversions without endianness change +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF32straight::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + // use memcpy() as it should be much faster than hand-written loop + srcLen = GetLength(src, srcLen); + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + const size_t inLen = srcLen/BYTES_PER_CHAR; + if ( dst ) + { + if ( dstLen < inLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + memcpy(dst, src, srcLen); + } + + return inLen; +} + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF32straight::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = wxWcslen(src) + 1; + + srcLen *= BYTES_PER_CHAR; + + if ( dst ) + { + if ( dstLen < srcLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + memcpy(dst, src, srcLen); + } + + return srcLen; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// endian-reversing conversions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF32swap::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + srcLen = GetLength(src, srcLen); + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + srcLen /= BYTES_PER_CHAR; + + if ( dst ) + { + if ( dstLen < srcLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + const wxUint32 *inBuff = reinterpret_cast(src); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < srcLen; n++, inBuff++ ) + { + *dst++ = wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(*inBuff); + } + } + + return srcLen; +} + +size_t +wxMBConvUTF32swap::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = wxWcslen(src) + 1; + + srcLen *= BYTES_PER_CHAR; + + if ( dst ) + { + if ( dstLen < srcLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + wxUint32 *outBuff = reinterpret_cast(dst); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < srcLen; n += BYTES_PER_CHAR, src++ ) + { + *outBuff++ = wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(*src); + } + } + + return srcLen; +} + +#endif // WC_UTF16/!WC_UTF16 + + +// ============================================================================ +// The classes doing conversion using the iconv_xxx() functions +// ============================================================================ + +#ifdef HAVE_ICONV + +// VS: glibc 2.1.3 is broken in that iconv() conversion to/from UCS4 fails with +// E2BIG if output buffer is _exactly_ as big as needed. Such case is +// (unless there's yet another bug in glibc) the only case when iconv() +// returns with (size_t)-1 (which means error) and says there are 0 bytes +// left in the input buffer -- when _real_ error occurs, +// bytes-left-in-input buffer is non-zero. Hence, this alternative test for +// iconv() failure. +// [This bug does not appear in glibc 2.2.] +#if defined(__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ <= 1 +#define ICONV_FAILED(cres, bufLeft) ((cres == (size_t)-1) && \ + (errno != E2BIG || bufLeft != 0)) +#else +#define ICONV_FAILED(cres, bufLeft) (cres == (size_t)-1) +#endif + +#define ICONV_CHAR_CAST(x) ((ICONV_CONST char **)(x)) + +#define ICONV_T_INVALID ((iconv_t)-1) + +#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 4 + #define WC_BSWAP wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS + #define WC_ENC wxFONTENCODING_UTF32 +#elif SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 + #define WC_BSWAP wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS + #define WC_ENC wxFONTENCODING_UTF16 +#else // sizeof(wchar_t) != 2 nor 4 + // does this ever happen? + #error "Unknown sizeof(wchar_t): please report this to wx-dev@lists.wxwindows.org" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMBConv_iconv: encapsulates an iconv character set +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxMBConv_iconv : public wxMBConv +{ +public: + wxMBConv_iconv(const char *name); + virtual ~wxMBConv_iconv(); + + // implement base class virtual methods + virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const; + virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + virtual bool IsUTF8() const; +#endif + + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const + { + wxMBConv_iconv *p = new wxMBConv_iconv(m_name); + p->m_minMBCharWidth = m_minMBCharWidth; + return p; + } + + bool IsOk() const + { return (m2w != ICONV_T_INVALID) && (w2m != ICONV_T_INVALID); } + +protected: + // the iconv handlers used to translate from multibyte + // to wide char and in the other direction + iconv_t m2w, + w2m; + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + // guards access to m2w and w2m objects + wxMutex m_iconvMutex; +#endif + +private: + // the name (for iconv_open()) of a wide char charset -- if none is + // available on this machine, it will remain NULL + static wxString ms_wcCharsetName; + + // true if the wide char encoding we use (i.e. ms_wcCharsetName) has + // different endian-ness than the native one + static bool ms_wcNeedsSwap; + + + // name of the encoding handled by this conversion + const char *m_name; + + // cached result of GetMBNulLen(); set to 0 meaning "unknown" + // initially + size_t m_minMBCharWidth; +}; + +// make the constructor available for unit testing +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConv* new_wxMBConv_iconv( const char* name ) +{ + wxMBConv_iconv* result = new wxMBConv_iconv( name ); + if ( !result->IsOk() ) + { + delete result; + return 0; + } + + return result; +} + +wxString wxMBConv_iconv::ms_wcCharsetName; +bool wxMBConv_iconv::ms_wcNeedsSwap = false; + +wxMBConv_iconv::wxMBConv_iconv(const char *name) + : m_name(wxStrdup(name)) +{ + m_minMBCharWidth = 0; + + // check for charset that represents wchar_t: + if ( ms_wcCharsetName.empty() ) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_STRCONV, wxT("Looking for wide char codeset:")); + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + const wxChar *const *names = wxFontMapperBase::GetAllEncodingNames(WC_ENC); +#else // !wxUSE_FONTMAP + static const wxChar *const names_static[] = + { +#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 4 + wxT("UCS-4"), +#elif SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2 + wxT("UCS-2"), +#endif + NULL + }; + const wxChar *const *names = names_static; +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP/!wxUSE_FONTMAP + + for ( ; *names && ms_wcCharsetName.empty(); ++names ) + { + const wxString nameCS(*names); + + // first try charset with explicit bytesex info (e.g. "UCS-4LE"): + wxString nameXE(nameCS); + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + nameXE += wxT("BE"); +#else // little endian + nameXE += wxT("LE"); +#endif + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_STRCONV, wxT(" trying charset \"%s\""), + nameXE.c_str()); + + m2w = iconv_open(nameXE.ToAscii(), name); + if ( m2w == ICONV_T_INVALID ) + { + // try charset w/o bytesex info (e.g. "UCS4") + wxLogTrace(TRACE_STRCONV, wxT(" trying charset \"%s\""), + nameCS.c_str()); + m2w = iconv_open(nameCS.ToAscii(), name); + + // and check for bytesex ourselves: + if ( m2w != ICONV_T_INVALID ) + { + char buf[2], *bufPtr; + wchar_t wbuf[2]; + size_t insz, outsz; + size_t res; + + buf[0] = 'A'; + buf[1] = 0; + wbuf[0] = 0; + insz = 2; + outsz = SIZEOF_WCHAR_T * 2; + char* wbufPtr = (char*)wbuf; + bufPtr = buf; + + res = iconv( + m2w, ICONV_CHAR_CAST(&bufPtr), &insz, + &wbufPtr, &outsz); + + if (ICONV_FAILED(res, insz)) + { + wxLogLastError(wxT("iconv")); + wxLogError(_("Conversion to charset '%s' doesn't work."), + nameCS.c_str()); + } + else // ok, can convert to this encoding, remember it + { + ms_wcCharsetName = nameCS; + ms_wcNeedsSwap = wbuf[0] != (wchar_t)buf[0]; + } + } + } + else // use charset not requiring byte swapping + { + ms_wcCharsetName = nameXE; + } + } + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_STRCONV, + wxT("iconv wchar_t charset is \"%s\"%s"), + ms_wcCharsetName.empty() ? wxString("") + : ms_wcCharsetName, + ms_wcNeedsSwap ? wxT(" (needs swap)") + : wxT("")); + } + else // we already have ms_wcCharsetName + { + m2w = iconv_open(ms_wcCharsetName.ToAscii(), name); + } + + if ( ms_wcCharsetName.empty() ) + { + w2m = ICONV_T_INVALID; + } + else + { + w2m = iconv_open(name, ms_wcCharsetName.ToAscii()); + if ( w2m == ICONV_T_INVALID ) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_STRCONV, + wxT("\"%s\" -> \"%s\" works but not the converse!?"), + ms_wcCharsetName.c_str(), name); + } + } +} + +wxMBConv_iconv::~wxMBConv_iconv() +{ + free(const_cast(m_name)); + + if ( m2w != ICONV_T_INVALID ) + iconv_close(m2w); + if ( w2m != ICONV_T_INVALID ) + iconv_close(w2m); +} + +size_t +wxMBConv_iconv::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + { + // find the string length: notice that must be done differently for + // NUL-terminated strings and UTF-16/32 which are terminated with 2/4 + // consecutive NULs + const size_t nulLen = GetMBNulLen(); + switch ( nulLen ) + { + default: + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + case 1: + srcLen = strlen(src); // arguably more optimized than our version + break; + + case 2: + case 4: + // for UTF-16/32 not only we need to have 2/4 consecutive NULs + // but they also have to start at character boundary and not + // span two adjacent characters + const char *p; + for ( p = src; NotAllNULs(p, nulLen); p += nulLen ) + ; + srcLen = p - src; + break; + } + + // when we're determining the length of the string ourselves we count + // the terminating NUL(s) as part of it and always NUL-terminate the + // output + srcLen += nulLen; + } + + // we express length in the number of (wide) characters but iconv always + // counts buffer sizes it in bytes + dstLen *= SIZEOF_WCHAR_T; + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + // NB: iconv() is MT-safe, but each thread must use its own iconv_t handle. + // Unfortunately there are a couple of global wxCSConv objects such as + // wxConvLocal that are used all over wx code, so we have to make sure + // the handle is used by at most one thread at the time. Otherwise + // only a few wx classes would be safe to use from non-main threads + // as MB<->WC conversion would fail "randomly". + wxMutexLocker lock(wxConstCast(this, wxMBConv_iconv)->m_iconvMutex); +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + size_t res, cres; + const char *pszPtr = src; + + if ( dst ) + { + char* bufPtr = (char*)dst; + + // have destination buffer, convert there + size_t dstLenOrig = dstLen; + cres = iconv(m2w, + ICONV_CHAR_CAST(&pszPtr), &srcLen, + &bufPtr, &dstLen); + + // convert the number of bytes converted as returned by iconv to the + // number of (wide) characters converted that we need + res = (dstLenOrig - dstLen) / SIZEOF_WCHAR_T; + + if (ms_wcNeedsSwap) + { + // convert to native endianness + for ( unsigned i = 0; i < res; i++ ) + dst[i] = WC_BSWAP(dst[i]); + } + } + else // no destination buffer + { + // convert using temp buffer to calculate the size of the buffer needed + wchar_t tbuf[256]; + res = 0; + + do + { + char* bufPtr = (char*)tbuf; + dstLen = 8 * SIZEOF_WCHAR_T; + + cres = iconv(m2w, + ICONV_CHAR_CAST(&pszPtr), &srcLen, + &bufPtr, &dstLen ); + + res += 8 - (dstLen / SIZEOF_WCHAR_T); + } + while ((cres == (size_t)-1) && (errno == E2BIG)); + } + + if (ICONV_FAILED(cres, srcLen)) + { + //VS: it is ok if iconv fails, hence trace only + wxLogTrace(TRACE_STRCONV, wxT("iconv failed: %s"), wxSysErrorMsg(wxSysErrorCode())); + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + + return res; +} + +size_t wxMBConv_iconv::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ +#if wxUSE_THREADS + // NB: explained in MB2WC + wxMutexLocker lock(wxConstCast(this, wxMBConv_iconv)->m_iconvMutex); +#endif + + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = wxWcslen(src) + 1; + + size_t inbuflen = srcLen * SIZEOF_WCHAR_T; + size_t outbuflen = dstLen; + size_t res, cres; + + wchar_t *tmpbuf = 0; + + if (ms_wcNeedsSwap) + { + // need to copy to temp buffer to switch endianness + // (doing WC_BSWAP twice on the original buffer won't work, as it + // could be in read-only memory, or be accessed in some other thread) + tmpbuf = (wchar_t *)malloc(inbuflen); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < srcLen; i++ ) + tmpbuf[i] = WC_BSWAP(src[i]); + + src = tmpbuf; + } + + char* inbuf = (char*)src; + if ( dst ) + { + // have destination buffer, convert there + cres = iconv(w2m, ICONV_CHAR_CAST(&inbuf), &inbuflen, &dst, &outbuflen); + + res = dstLen - outbuflen; + } + else // no destination buffer + { + // convert using temp buffer to calculate the size of the buffer needed + char tbuf[256]; + res = 0; + do + { + dst = tbuf; + outbuflen = WXSIZEOF(tbuf); + + cres = iconv(w2m, ICONV_CHAR_CAST(&inbuf), &inbuflen, &dst, &outbuflen); + + res += WXSIZEOF(tbuf) - outbuflen; + } + while ((cres == (size_t)-1) && (errno == E2BIG)); + } + + if (ms_wcNeedsSwap) + { + free(tmpbuf); + } + + if (ICONV_FAILED(cres, inbuflen)) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_STRCONV, wxT("iconv failed: %s"), wxSysErrorMsg(wxSysErrorCode())); + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + + return res; +} + +size_t wxMBConv_iconv::GetMBNulLen() const +{ + if ( m_minMBCharWidth == 0 ) + { + wxMBConv_iconv * const self = wxConstCast(this, wxMBConv_iconv); + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + // NB: explained in MB2WC + wxMutexLocker lock(self->m_iconvMutex); +#endif + + const wchar_t *wnul = L""; + char buf[8]; // should be enough for NUL in any encoding + size_t inLen = sizeof(wchar_t), + outLen = WXSIZEOF(buf); + char *inBuff = (char *)wnul; + char *outBuff = buf; + if ( iconv(w2m, ICONV_CHAR_CAST(&inBuff), &inLen, &outBuff, &outLen) == (size_t)-1 ) + { + self->m_minMBCharWidth = (size_t)-1; + } + else // ok + { + self->m_minMBCharWidth = outBuff - buf; + } + } + + return m_minMBCharWidth; +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +bool wxMBConv_iconv::IsUTF8() const +{ + return wxStricmp(m_name, "UTF-8") == 0 || + wxStricmp(m_name, "UTF8") == 0; +} +#endif + +#endif // HAVE_ICONV + + +// ============================================================================ +// Win32 conversion classes +// ============================================================================ + +#ifdef wxHAVE_WIN32_MB2WC + +// from utils.cpp +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxCharsetToCodepage(const char *charset); +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxEncodingToCodepage(wxFontEncoding encoding); +#endif + +class wxMBConv_win32 : public wxMBConv +{ +public: + wxMBConv_win32() + { + m_CodePage = CP_ACP; + m_minMBCharWidth = 0; + } + + wxMBConv_win32(const wxMBConv_win32& conv) + : wxMBConv() + { + m_CodePage = conv.m_CodePage; + m_minMBCharWidth = conv.m_minMBCharWidth; + } + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + wxMBConv_win32(const char* name) + { + m_CodePage = wxCharsetToCodepage(name); + m_minMBCharWidth = 0; + } + + wxMBConv_win32(wxFontEncoding encoding) + { + m_CodePage = wxEncodingToCodepage(encoding); + m_minMBCharWidth = 0; + } +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + + virtual size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *buf, const char *psz, size_t n) const + { + // note that we have to use MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS flag as it without it + // the behaviour is not compatible with the Unix version (using iconv) + // and break the library itself, e.g. wxTextInputStream::NextChar() + // wouldn't work if reading an incomplete MB char didn't result in an + // error + // + // Moreover, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS is only supported on Win 2K SP4 or + // Win XP or newer and it is not supported for UTF-[78] so we always + // use our own conversions in this case. See + // http://blogs.msdn.com/michkap/archive/2005/04/19/409566.aspx + // http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/intl/unicode_17si.asp + if ( m_CodePage == CP_UTF8 ) + { + return wxMBConvUTF8().MB2WC(buf, psz, n); + } + + if ( m_CodePage == CP_UTF7 ) + { + return wxMBConvUTF7().MB2WC(buf, psz, n); + } + + int flags = 0; + if ( (m_CodePage < 50000 && m_CodePage != CP_SYMBOL) && + IsAtLeastWin2kSP4() ) + { + flags = MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS; + } + + const size_t len = ::MultiByteToWideChar + ( + m_CodePage, // code page + flags, // flags: fall on error + psz, // input string + -1, // its length (NUL-terminated) + buf, // output string + buf ? n : 0 // size of output buffer + ); + if ( !len ) + { + // function totally failed + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + + // if we were really converting and didn't use MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS, + // check if we succeeded, by doing a double trip: + if ( !flags && buf ) + { + const size_t mbLen = strlen(psz); + wxCharBuffer mbBuf(mbLen); + if ( ::WideCharToMultiByte + ( + m_CodePage, + 0, + buf, + -1, + mbBuf.data(), + mbLen + 1, // size in bytes, not length + NULL, + NULL + ) == 0 || + strcmp(mbBuf, psz) != 0 ) + { + // we didn't obtain the same thing we started from, hence + // the conversion was lossy and we consider that it failed + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + } + + // note that it returns count of written chars for buf != NULL and size + // of the needed buffer for buf == NULL so in either case the length of + // the string (which never includes the terminating NUL) is one less + return len - 1; + } + + virtual size_t WC2MB(char *buf, const wchar_t *pwz, size_t n) const + { + /* + we have a problem here: by default, WideCharToMultiByte() may + replace characters unrepresentable in the target code page with bad + quality approximations such as turning "1/2" symbol (U+00BD) into + "1" for the code pages which don't have it and we, obviously, want + to avoid this at any price + + the trouble is that this function does it _silently_, i.e. it won't + even tell us whether it did or not... Win98/2000 and higher provide + WC_NO_BEST_FIT_CHARS but it doesn't work for the older systems and + we have to resort to a round trip, i.e. check that converting back + results in the same string -- this is, of course, expensive but + otherwise we simply can't be sure to not garble the data. + */ + + // determine if we can rely on WC_NO_BEST_FIT_CHARS: according to MSDN + // it doesn't work with CJK encodings (which we test for rather roughly + // here...) nor with UTF-7/8 nor, of course, with Windows versions not + // supporting it + BOOL usedDef wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(false); + BOOL *pUsedDef; + int flags; + if ( CanUseNoBestFit() && m_CodePage < 50000 ) + { + // it's our lucky day + flags = WC_NO_BEST_FIT_CHARS; + pUsedDef = &usedDef; + } + else // old system or unsupported encoding + { + flags = 0; + pUsedDef = NULL; + } + + const size_t len = ::WideCharToMultiByte + ( + m_CodePage, // code page + flags, // either none or no best fit + pwz, // input string + -1, // it is (wide) NUL-terminated + buf, // output buffer + buf ? n : 0, // and its size + NULL, // default "replacement" char + pUsedDef // [out] was it used? + ); + + if ( !len ) + { + // function totally failed + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + + // we did something, check if we really succeeded + if ( flags ) + { + // check if the conversion failed, i.e. if any replacements + // were done + if ( usedDef ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + else // we must resort to double tripping... + { + // first we need to ensure that we really have the MB data: this is + // not the case if we're called with NULL buffer, in which case we + // need to do the conversion yet again + wxCharBuffer bufDef; + if ( !buf ) + { + bufDef = wxCharBuffer(len); + buf = bufDef.data(); + if ( !::WideCharToMultiByte(m_CodePage, flags, pwz, -1, + buf, len, NULL, NULL) ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + + if ( !n ) + n = wcslen(pwz); + wxWCharBuffer wcBuf(n); + if ( MB2WC(wcBuf.data(), buf, n + 1) == wxCONV_FAILED || + wcscmp(wcBuf, pwz) != 0 ) + { + // we didn't obtain the same thing we started from, hence + // the conversion was lossy and we consider that it failed + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + } + + // see the comment above for the reason of "len - 1" + return len - 1; + } + + virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const + { + if ( m_minMBCharWidth == 0 ) + { + int len = ::WideCharToMultiByte + ( + m_CodePage, // code page + 0, // no flags + L"", // input string + 1, // translate just the NUL + NULL, // output buffer + 0, // and its size + NULL, // no replacement char + NULL // [out] don't care if it was used + ); + + wxMBConv_win32 * const self = wxConstCast(this, wxMBConv_win32); + switch ( len ) + { + default: + wxLogDebug(wxT("Unexpected NUL length %d"), len); + self->m_minMBCharWidth = (size_t)-1; + break; + + case 0: + self->m_minMBCharWidth = (size_t)-1; + break; + + case 1: + case 2: + case 4: + self->m_minMBCharWidth = len; + break; + } + } + + return m_minMBCharWidth; + } + + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConv_win32(*this); } + + bool IsOk() const { return m_CodePage != -1; } + +private: + static bool CanUseNoBestFit() + { + static int s_isWin98Or2k = -1; + + if ( s_isWin98Or2k == -1 ) + { + int verMaj, verMin; + switch ( wxGetOsVersion(&verMaj, &verMin) ) + { + case wxOS_WINDOWS_9X: + s_isWin98Or2k = verMaj >= 4 && verMin >= 10; + break; + + case wxOS_WINDOWS_NT: + s_isWin98Or2k = verMaj >= 5; + break; + + default: + // unknown: be conservative by default + s_isWin98Or2k = 0; + break; + } + + wxASSERT_MSG( s_isWin98Or2k != -1, wxT("should be set above") ); + } + + return s_isWin98Or2k == 1; + } + + static bool IsAtLeastWin2kSP4() + { +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + return false; +#else + static int s_isAtLeastWin2kSP4 = -1; + + if ( s_isAtLeastWin2kSP4 == -1 ) + { + OSVERSIONINFOEX ver; + + memset(&ver, 0, sizeof(ver)); + ver.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(ver); + GetVersionEx((OSVERSIONINFO*)&ver); + + s_isAtLeastWin2kSP4 = + ((ver.dwMajorVersion > 5) || // Vista+ + (ver.dwMajorVersion == 5 && ver.dwMinorVersion > 0) || // XP/2003 + (ver.dwMajorVersion == 5 && ver.dwMinorVersion == 0 && + ver.wServicePackMajor >= 4)) // 2000 SP4+ + ? 1 : 0; + } + + return s_isAtLeastWin2kSP4 == 1; +#endif + } + + + // the code page we're working with + long m_CodePage; + + // cached result of GetMBNulLen(), set to 0 initially meaning + // "unknown" + size_t m_minMBCharWidth; +}; + +#endif // wxHAVE_WIN32_MB2WC + + +// ============================================================================ +// wxEncodingConverter based conversion classes +// ============================================================================ + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + +class wxMBConv_wxwin : public wxMBConv +{ +private: + void Init() + { + // Refuse to use broken wxEncodingConverter code for Mac-specific encodings. + // The wxMBConv_cf class does a better job. + m_ok = (m_enc < wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN || m_enc > wxFONTENCODING_MACMAX) && + m2w.Init(m_enc, wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE) && + w2m.Init(wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE, m_enc); + } + +public: + // temporarily just use wxEncodingConverter stuff, + // so that it works while a better implementation is built + wxMBConv_wxwin(const char* name) + { + if (name) + m_enc = wxFontMapperBase::Get()->CharsetToEncoding(name, false); + else + m_enc = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM; + + Init(); + } + + wxMBConv_wxwin(wxFontEncoding enc) + { + m_enc = enc; + + Init(); + } + + size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *buf, const char *psz, size_t WXUNUSED(n)) const + { + size_t inbuf = strlen(psz); + if (buf) + { + if (!m2w.Convert(psz, buf)) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + return inbuf; + } + + size_t WC2MB(char *buf, const wchar_t *psz, size_t WXUNUSED(n)) const + { + const size_t inbuf = wxWcslen(psz); + if (buf) + { + if (!w2m.Convert(psz, buf)) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + + return inbuf; + } + + virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const + { + switch ( m_enc ) + { + case wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE: + case wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE: + return 2; + + case wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE: + case wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE: + return 4; + + default: + return 1; + } + } + + virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConv_wxwin(m_enc); } + + bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; } + +public: + wxFontEncoding m_enc; + wxEncodingConverter m2w, w2m; + +private: + // were we initialized successfully? + bool m_ok; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMBConv_wxwin); +}; + +// make the constructors available for unit testing +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConv* new_wxMBConv_wxwin( const char* name ) +{ + wxMBConv_wxwin* result = new wxMBConv_wxwin( name ); + if ( !result->IsOk() ) + { + delete result; + return 0; + } + + return result; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + +// ============================================================================ +// wxCSConv implementation +// ============================================================================ + +void wxCSConv::Init() +{ + m_name = NULL; + m_convReal = NULL; +} + +void wxCSConv::SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + switch ( encoding ) + { + case wxFONTENCODING_MAX: + case wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM: + if ( m_name ) + { + // It's ok to not have encoding value if we have a name for it. + m_encoding = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM; + } + else // No name neither. + { + // Fall back to the system default encoding in this case (not + // sure how much sense does this make but this is how the old + // code used to behave). +#if wxUSE_INTL + m_encoding = wxLocale::GetSystemEncoding(); + if ( m_encoding == wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM ) +#endif // wxUSE_INTL + m_encoding = wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1; + } + break; + + case wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT: + // wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT is same as US-ASCII in this context + m_encoding = wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1; + break; + + default: + // Just use the provided encoding. + m_encoding = encoding; + } +} + +wxCSConv::wxCSConv(const wxString& charset) +{ + Init(); + + if ( !charset.empty() ) + { + SetName(charset.ToAscii()); + } + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + SetEncoding(wxFontMapperBase::GetEncodingFromName(charset)); +#else + SetEncoding(wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM); +#endif + + m_convReal = DoCreate(); +} + +wxCSConv::wxCSConv(wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + if ( encoding == wxFONTENCODING_MAX || encoding == wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid encoding value in wxCSConv ctor") ); + + encoding = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM; + } + + Init(); + + SetEncoding(encoding); + + m_convReal = DoCreate(); +} + +wxCSConv::~wxCSConv() +{ + Clear(); +} + +wxCSConv::wxCSConv(const wxCSConv& conv) + : wxMBConv() +{ + Init(); + + SetName(conv.m_name); + SetEncoding(conv.m_encoding); + + m_convReal = DoCreate(); +} + +wxCSConv& wxCSConv::operator=(const wxCSConv& conv) +{ + Clear(); + + SetName(conv.m_name); + SetEncoding(conv.m_encoding); + + m_convReal = DoCreate(); + + return *this; +} + +void wxCSConv::Clear() +{ + free(m_name); + m_name = NULL; + + wxDELETE(m_convReal); +} + +void wxCSConv::SetName(const char *charset) +{ + if ( charset ) + m_name = wxStrdup(charset); +} + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + +WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( wxFontEncoding, wxString, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, + wxEncodingNameCache ); + +static wxEncodingNameCache gs_nameCache; +#endif + +wxMBConv *wxCSConv::DoCreate() const +{ +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + wxLogTrace(TRACE_STRCONV, + wxT("creating conversion for %s"), + (m_name ? m_name + : (const char*)wxFontMapperBase::GetEncodingName(m_encoding).mb_str())); +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + + // check for the special case of ASCII or ISO8859-1 charset: as we have + // special knowledge of it anyhow, we don't need to create a special + // conversion object + if ( m_encoding == wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1 ) + { + // don't convert at all + return NULL; + } + + // we trust OS to do conversion better than we can so try external + // conversion methods first + // + // the full order is: + // 1. OS conversion (iconv() under Unix or Win32 API) + // 2. hard coded conversions for UTF + // 3. wxEncodingConverter as fall back + + // step (1) +#ifdef HAVE_ICONV +#if !wxUSE_FONTMAP + if ( m_name ) +#endif // !wxUSE_FONTMAP + { +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + wxFontEncoding encoding(m_encoding); +#endif + + if ( m_name ) + { + wxMBConv_iconv *conv = new wxMBConv_iconv(m_name); + if ( conv->IsOk() ) + return conv; + + delete conv; + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + encoding = + wxFontMapperBase::Get()->CharsetToEncoding(m_name, false); +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + } +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + { + const wxEncodingNameCache::iterator it = gs_nameCache.find(encoding); + if ( it != gs_nameCache.end() ) + { + if ( it->second.empty() ) + return NULL; + + wxMBConv_iconv *conv = new wxMBConv_iconv(it->second.ToAscii()); + if ( conv->IsOk() ) + return conv; + + delete conv; + } + + const wxChar* const* names = wxFontMapperBase::GetAllEncodingNames(encoding); + // CS : in case this does not return valid names (eg for MacRoman) + // encoding got a 'failure' entry in the cache all the same, + // although it just has to be created using a different method, so + // only store failed iconv creation attempts (or perhaps we + // shoulnd't do this at all ?) + if ( names[0] != NULL ) + { + for ( ; *names; ++names ) + { + // FIXME-UTF8: wxFontMapperBase::GetAllEncodingNames() + // will need changes that will obsolete this + wxString name(*names); + wxMBConv_iconv *conv = new wxMBConv_iconv(name.ToAscii()); + if ( conv->IsOk() ) + { + gs_nameCache[encoding] = *names; + return conv; + } + + delete conv; + } + + gs_nameCache[encoding] = wxT(""); // cache the failure + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + } +#endif // HAVE_ICONV + +#ifdef wxHAVE_WIN32_MB2WC + { +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + wxMBConv_win32 *conv = m_name ? new wxMBConv_win32(m_name) + : new wxMBConv_win32(m_encoding); + if ( conv->IsOk() ) + return conv; + + delete conv; +#else + return NULL; +#endif + } +#endif // wxHAVE_WIN32_MB2WC + +#ifdef __DARWIN__ + { + // leave UTF16 and UTF32 to the built-ins of wx + if ( m_name || ( m_encoding < wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE || + ( m_encoding >= wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN && m_encoding <= wxFONTENCODING_MACMAX ) ) ) + { +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + wxMBConv_cf *conv = m_name ? new wxMBConv_cf(m_name) + : new wxMBConv_cf(m_encoding); +#else + wxMBConv_cf *conv = new wxMBConv_cf(m_encoding); +#endif + + if ( conv->IsOk() ) + return conv; + + delete conv; + } + } +#endif // __DARWIN__ + + // step (2) + wxFontEncoding enc = m_encoding; +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + if ( enc == wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM && m_name ) + { + // use "false" to suppress interactive dialogs -- we can be called from + // anywhere and popping up a dialog from here is the last thing we want to + // do + enc = wxFontMapperBase::Get()->CharsetToEncoding(m_name, false); + } +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + + switch ( enc ) + { + case wxFONTENCODING_UTF7: + return new wxMBConvUTF7; + + case wxFONTENCODING_UTF8: + return new wxMBConvUTF8; + + case wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE: + return new wxMBConvUTF16BE; + + case wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE: + return new wxMBConvUTF16LE; + + case wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE: + return new wxMBConvUTF32BE; + + case wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE: + return new wxMBConvUTF32LE; + + default: + // nothing to do but put here to suppress gcc warnings + break; + } + + // step (3) +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + { + wxMBConv_wxwin *conv = m_name ? new wxMBConv_wxwin(m_name) + : new wxMBConv_wxwin(m_encoding); + if ( conv->IsOk() ) + return conv; + + delete conv; + } + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_STRCONV, + wxT("encoding \"%s\" is not supported by this system"), + (m_name ? wxString(m_name) + : wxFontMapperBase::GetEncodingName(m_encoding))); +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + + return NULL; +} + +bool wxCSConv::IsOk() const +{ + // special case: no convReal created for wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1 + if ( m_encoding == wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1 ) + return true; // always ok as we do it ourselves + + // m_convReal->IsOk() is called at its own creation, so we know it must + // be ok if m_convReal is non-NULL + return m_convReal != NULL; +} + +size_t wxCSConv::ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen, + const char *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if (m_convReal) + return m_convReal->ToWChar(dst, dstLen, src, srcLen); + + // latin-1 (direct) + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = strlen(src) + 1; // take trailing NUL too + + if ( dst ) + { + if ( dstLen < srcLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < srcLen; n++ ) + dst[n] = (unsigned char)(src[n]); + } + + return srcLen; +} + +size_t wxCSConv::FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen, + const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen) const +{ + if (m_convReal) + return m_convReal->FromWChar(dst, dstLen, src, srcLen); + + // latin-1 (direct) + if ( srcLen == wxNO_LEN ) + srcLen = wxWcslen(src) + 1; + + if ( dst ) + { + if ( dstLen < srcLen ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < srcLen; n++ ) + { + if ( src[n] > 0xFF ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + + dst[n] = (char)src[n]; + } + + } + else // still need to check the input validity + { + for ( size_t n = 0; n < srcLen; n++ ) + { + if ( src[n] > 0xFF ) + return wxCONV_FAILED; + } + } + + return srcLen; +} + +size_t wxCSConv::GetMBNulLen() const +{ + if ( m_convReal ) + return m_convReal->GetMBNulLen(); + + // otherwise, we are ISO-8859-1 + return 1; +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +bool wxCSConv::IsUTF8() const +{ + if ( m_convReal ) + return m_convReal->IsUTF8(); + + // otherwise, we are ISO-8859-1 + return false; +} +#endif + + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +wxWCharBuffer wxSafeConvertMB2WX(const char *s) +{ + if ( !s ) + return wxWCharBuffer(); + + wxWCharBuffer wbuf(wxConvLibc.cMB2WX(s)); + if ( !wbuf ) + wbuf = wxMBConvUTF8().cMB2WX(s); + if ( !wbuf ) + wbuf = wxConvISO8859_1.cMB2WX(s); + + return wbuf; +} + +wxCharBuffer wxSafeConvertWX2MB(const wchar_t *ws) +{ + if ( !ws ) + return wxCharBuffer(); + + wxCharBuffer buf(wxConvLibc.cWX2MB(ws)); + if ( !buf ) + buf = wxMBConvUTF8(wxMBConvUTF8::MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_OCTAL).cWX2MB(ws); + + return buf; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// globals +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// NB: The reason why we create converted objects in this convoluted way, +// using a factory function instead of global variable, is that they +// may be used at static initialization time (some of them are used by +// wxString ctors and there may be a global wxString object). In other +// words, possibly _before_ the converter global object would be +// initialized. + +#undef wxConvLibc +#undef wxConvUTF8 +#undef wxConvUTF7 +#undef wxConvLocal +#undef wxConvISO8859_1 + +#define WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_CONV2(klass, impl_klass, name, ctor_args) \ + WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(klass*) name##Ptr = NULL; \ + WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE klass* wxGet_##name##Ptr() \ + { \ + static impl_klass name##Obj ctor_args; \ + return &name##Obj; \ + } \ + /* this ensures that all global converter objects are created */ \ + /* by the time static initialization is done, i.e. before any */ \ + /* thread is launched: */ \ + static klass* gs_##name##instance = wxGet_##name##Ptr() + +#define WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_CONV(klass, name, ctor_args) \ + WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_CONV2(klass, klass, name, ctor_args) + +#ifdef __INTELC__ + // disable warning "variable 'xxx' was declared but never referenced" + #pragma warning(disable: 177) +#endif // Intel C++ + +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_CONV2(wxMBConv, wxMBConv_win32, wxConvLibc, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE); +#elif 0 // defined(__WXOSX__) + WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_CONV2(wxMBConv, wxMBConv_cf, wxConvLibc, (wxFONTENCODING_UTF8)); +#else + WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_CONV2(wxMBConv, wxMBConvLibc, wxConvLibc, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE); +#endif + +// NB: we can't use wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE as final argument here because it's +// passed to WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_CONV2 after a macro expansion and so still +// provokes an error message about "not enough macro parameters"; and we +// can't use "()" here as the name##Obj declaration would be parsed as a +// function declaration then, so use a semicolon and live with an extra +// empty statement (and hope that no compilers warns about this) +WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxMBConvStrictUTF8, wxConvUTF8, ;); +WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxMBConvUTF7, wxConvUTF7, ;); + +WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxCSConv, wxConvLocal, (wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM)); +WX_DEFINE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxCSConv, wxConvISO8859_1, (wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1)); + +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv *) wxConvCurrent = wxGet_wxConvLibcPtr(); +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv *) wxConvUI = wxGet_wxConvLocalPtr(); + +#ifdef __DARWIN__ +// It is important to use this conversion object under Darwin as it ensures +// that Unicode strings are (re)composed correctly even though xnu kernel uses +// decomposed form internally (at least for the file names). +static wxMBConv_cf wxConvMacUTF8DObj(wxFONTENCODING_UTF8); +#endif + +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv *) wxConvFileName = +#ifdef __DARWIN__ + &wxConvMacUTF8DObj; +#else // !__DARWIN__ + wxGet_wxConvLibcPtr(); +#endif // __DARWIN__/!__DARWIN__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stream.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stream.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3b8ed12382 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stream.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1460 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/stream.cpp +// Purpose: wxStream base classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: VZ (23.11.00) to fix realloc()ing new[]ed memory, +// general code review +// Created: 11/07/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stream.cpp 61958 2009-09-18 14:03:55Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/stream.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include +#include "wx/datstrm.h" +#include "wx/textfile.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the temporary buffer size used when copying from stream to stream +#define BUF_TEMP_SIZE 4096 + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStreamBuffer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxStreamBuffer::SetError(wxStreamError err) +{ + if ( m_stream && m_stream->m_lasterror == wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR ) + m_stream->m_lasterror = err; +} + +void wxStreamBuffer::InitBuffer() +{ + m_buffer_start = + m_buffer_end = + m_buffer_pos = NULL; + + // if we are going to allocate the buffer, we should free it later as well + m_destroybuf = true; +} + +void wxStreamBuffer::Init() +{ + InitBuffer(); + + m_fixed = true; +} + +void wxStreamBuffer::InitWithStream(wxStreamBase& stream, BufMode mode) +{ + Init(); + + m_stream = &stream; + m_mode = mode; + + m_flushable = true; +} + +wxStreamBuffer::wxStreamBuffer(BufMode mode) +{ + Init(); + + m_stream = NULL; + m_mode = mode; + + m_flushable = false; +} + +wxStreamBuffer::wxStreamBuffer(const wxStreamBuffer& buffer) +{ + // doing this has big chances to lead to a crash when the source buffer is + // destroyed (otherwise assume the caller knows what he does) + wxASSERT_MSG( !buffer.m_destroybuf, + wxT("it's a bad idea to copy this buffer") ); + + m_buffer_start = buffer.m_buffer_start; + m_buffer_end = buffer.m_buffer_end; + m_buffer_pos = buffer.m_buffer_pos; + m_fixed = buffer.m_fixed; + m_flushable = buffer.m_flushable; + m_stream = buffer.m_stream; + m_mode = buffer.m_mode; + m_destroybuf = false; +} + +void wxStreamBuffer::FreeBuffer() +{ + if ( m_destroybuf ) + { + free(m_buffer_start); + m_buffer_start = NULL; + } +} + +wxStreamBuffer::~wxStreamBuffer() +{ + FreeBuffer(); +} + +wxInputStream *wxStreamBuffer::GetInputStream() const +{ + return m_mode == write ? NULL : (wxInputStream *)m_stream; +} + +wxOutputStream *wxStreamBuffer::GetOutputStream() const +{ + return m_mode == read ? NULL : (wxOutputStream *)m_stream; +} + +void wxStreamBuffer::SetBufferIO(void *buffer_start, + void *buffer_end, + bool takeOwnership) +{ + SetBufferIO(buffer_start, (char *)buffer_end - (char *)buffer_start, + takeOwnership); +} + +void wxStreamBuffer::SetBufferIO(void *start, + size_t len, + bool takeOwnership) +{ + // start by freeing the old buffer + FreeBuffer(); + + m_buffer_start = (char *)start; + m_buffer_end = m_buffer_start + len; + + // if we own it, we free it + m_destroybuf = takeOwnership; + + ResetBuffer(); +} + +void wxStreamBuffer::SetBufferIO(size_t bufsize) +{ + if ( bufsize ) + { + // this will free the old buffer and allocate the new one + SetBufferIO(malloc(bufsize), bufsize, true /* take ownership */); + } + else // no buffer size => no buffer + { + // still free the old one + FreeBuffer(); + InitBuffer(); + } +} + +void wxStreamBuffer::ResetBuffer() +{ + if ( m_stream ) + { + m_stream->Reset(); + m_stream->m_lastcount = 0; + } + + m_buffer_pos = m_mode == read && m_flushable + ? m_buffer_end + : m_buffer_start; +} + +void wxStreamBuffer::Truncate() +{ + size_t new_size = m_buffer_pos - m_buffer_start; + if ( m_buffer_pos == m_buffer_end ) + return; + + if ( !new_size ) + { + FreeBuffer(); + InitBuffer(); + return; + } + + char *new_start = (char *)realloc(m_buffer_start, new_size); + wxCHECK_RET( new_size, wxT("shrinking buffer shouldn't fail") ); + + m_buffer_start = new_start; + m_buffer_end = m_buffer_start + new_size; + m_buffer_pos = m_buffer_end; +} + +// fill the buffer with as much data as possible (only for read buffers) +bool wxStreamBuffer::FillBuffer() +{ + wxInputStream *inStream = GetInputStream(); + + // It's legal to have no stream, so we don't complain about it just return false + if ( !inStream ) + return false; + + size_t count = inStream->OnSysRead(GetBufferStart(), GetBufferSize()); + if ( !count ) + return false; + + m_buffer_end = m_buffer_start + count; + m_buffer_pos = m_buffer_start; + + return true; +} + +// write the buffer contents to the stream (only for write buffers) +bool wxStreamBuffer::FlushBuffer() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_flushable, false, wxT("can't flush this buffer") ); + + // FIXME: what is this check for? (VZ) + if ( m_buffer_pos == m_buffer_start ) + return false; + + wxOutputStream *outStream = GetOutputStream(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( outStream, false, wxT("should have a stream in wxStreamBuffer") ); + + size_t current = m_buffer_pos - m_buffer_start; + size_t count = outStream->OnSysWrite(m_buffer_start, current); + if ( count != current ) + return false; + + m_buffer_pos = m_buffer_start; + + return true; +} + +size_t wxStreamBuffer::GetDataLeft() +{ + /* Why is this done? RR. */ + if ( m_buffer_pos == m_buffer_end && m_flushable) + FillBuffer(); + + return GetBytesLeft(); +} + +// copy up to size bytes from our buffer into the provided one +void wxStreamBuffer::GetFromBuffer(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + // don't get more bytes than left in the buffer + size_t left = GetBytesLeft(); + + if ( size > left ) + size = left; + + memcpy(buffer, m_buffer_pos, size); + m_buffer_pos += size; +} + +// copy the contents of the provided buffer into this one +void wxStreamBuffer::PutToBuffer(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + size_t left = GetBytesLeft(); + + if ( size > left ) + { + if ( m_fixed ) + { + // we can't realloc the buffer, so just copy what we can + size = left; + } + else // !m_fixed + { + // realloc the buffer to have enough space for the data + if ( m_buffer_pos + size > m_buffer_end ) + { + size_t delta = m_buffer_pos - m_buffer_start; + size_t new_size = delta + size; + + char *startOld = m_buffer_start; + m_buffer_start = (char *)realloc(m_buffer_start, new_size); + if ( !m_buffer_start ) + { + // don't leak memory if realloc() failed + m_buffer_start = startOld; + + // what else can we do? + return; + } + + // adjust the pointers invalidated by realloc() + m_buffer_pos = m_buffer_start + delta; + m_buffer_end = m_buffer_start + new_size; + } // else: the buffer is big enough + } + } + + memcpy(m_buffer_pos, buffer, size); + m_buffer_pos += size; +} + +void wxStreamBuffer::PutChar(char c) +{ + wxOutputStream *outStream = GetOutputStream(); + + wxCHECK_RET( outStream, wxT("should have a stream in wxStreamBuffer") ); + + // if we don't have buffer at all, just forward this call to the stream, + if ( !HasBuffer() ) + { + outStream->OnSysWrite(&c, sizeof(c)); + } + else + { + // otherwise check we have enough space left + if ( !GetDataLeft() && !FlushBuffer() ) + { + // we don't + SetError(wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR); + } + else + { + PutToBuffer(&c, sizeof(c)); + m_stream->m_lastcount = 1; + } + } +} + +char wxStreamBuffer::Peek() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_stream && HasBuffer(), 0, + wxT("should have the stream and the buffer in wxStreamBuffer") ); + + if ( !GetDataLeft() ) + { + SetError(wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR); + return 0; + } + + char c; + GetFromBuffer(&c, sizeof(c)); + m_buffer_pos--; + + return c; +} + +char wxStreamBuffer::GetChar() +{ + wxInputStream *inStream = GetInputStream(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( inStream, 0, wxT("should have a stream in wxStreamBuffer") ); + + char c; + if ( !HasBuffer() ) + { + inStream->OnSysRead(&c, sizeof(c)); + } + else + { + if ( !GetDataLeft() ) + { + SetError(wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR); + c = 0; + } + else + { + GetFromBuffer(&c, sizeof(c)); + m_stream->m_lastcount = 1; + } + } + + return c; +} + +size_t wxStreamBuffer::Read(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( buffer, wxT("Warning: Null pointer is about to be used") ); + + /* Clear buffer first */ + memset(buffer, 0x00, size); + + // lasterror is reset before all new IO calls + if ( m_stream ) + m_stream->Reset(); + + size_t readBytes; + if ( !HasBuffer() ) + { + wxInputStream *inStream = GetInputStream(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( inStream, 0, wxT("should have a stream in wxStreamBuffer") ); + + readBytes = inStream->OnSysRead(buffer, size); + } + else // we have a buffer, use it + { + size_t orig_size = size; + + while ( size > 0 ) + { + size_t left = GetDataLeft(); + + // if the requested number of bytes if greater than the buffer + // size, read data in chunks + if ( size > left ) + { + GetFromBuffer(buffer, left); + size -= left; + buffer = (char *)buffer + left; + + if ( !FillBuffer() ) + { + SetError(wxSTREAM_EOF); + break; + } + } + else // otherwise just do it in one gulp + { + GetFromBuffer(buffer, size); + size = 0; + } + } + + readBytes = orig_size - size; + } + + if ( m_stream ) + m_stream->m_lastcount = readBytes; + + return readBytes; +} + +// this should really be called "Copy()" +size_t wxStreamBuffer::Read(wxStreamBuffer *dbuf) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_mode != write, 0, wxT("can't read from this buffer") ); + + char buf[BUF_TEMP_SIZE]; + size_t nRead, + total = 0; + + do + { + nRead = Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)); + if ( nRead ) + { + nRead = dbuf->Write(buf, nRead); + total += nRead; + } + } + while ( nRead ); + + return total; +} + +size_t wxStreamBuffer::Write(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( buffer, wxT("Warning: Null pointer is about to be send") ); + + if (m_stream) + { + // lasterror is reset before all new IO calls + m_stream->Reset(); + } + + size_t ret; + + if ( !HasBuffer() && m_fixed ) + { + wxOutputStream *outStream = GetOutputStream(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( outStream, 0, wxT("should have a stream in wxStreamBuffer") ); + + // no buffer, just forward the call to the stream + ret = outStream->OnSysWrite(buffer, size); + } + else // we [may] have a buffer, use it + { + size_t orig_size = size; + + while ( size > 0 ) + { + size_t left = GetBytesLeft(); + + // if the buffer is too large to fit in the stream buffer, split + // it in smaller parts + // + // NB: If stream buffer isn't fixed (as for wxMemoryOutputStream), + // we always go to the second case. + // + // FIXME: fine, but if it fails we should (re)try writing it by + // chunks as this will (hopefully) always work (VZ) + + if ( size > left && m_fixed ) + { + PutToBuffer(buffer, left); + size -= left; + buffer = (char *)buffer + left; + + if ( !FlushBuffer() ) + { + SetError(wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR); + + break; + } + + m_buffer_pos = m_buffer_start; + } + else // we can do it in one gulp + { + PutToBuffer(buffer, size); + size = 0; + } + } + + ret = orig_size - size; + } + + if (m_stream) + { + // i am not entirely sure what we do this for + m_stream->m_lastcount = ret; + } + + return ret; +} + +size_t wxStreamBuffer::Write(wxStreamBuffer *sbuf) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_mode != read, 0, wxT("can't write to this buffer") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( sbuf->m_mode != write, 0, wxT("can't read from that buffer") ); + + char buf[BUF_TEMP_SIZE]; + size_t nWrite, + total = 0; + + do + { + size_t nRead = sbuf->Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)); + if ( nRead ) + { + nWrite = Write(buf, nRead); + if ( nWrite < nRead ) + { + // put back data we couldn't copy + wxInputStream *in_stream = (wxInputStream *)sbuf->GetStream(); + + in_stream->Ungetch(buf + nWrite, nRead - nWrite); + } + + total += nWrite; + } + else + { + nWrite = 0; + } + } + while ( nWrite == WXSIZEOF(buf) ); + + return total; +} + +wxFileOffset wxStreamBuffer::Seek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + wxFileOffset ret_off, diff; + + wxFileOffset last_access = GetLastAccess(); + + if ( !m_flushable ) + { + switch (mode) + { + case wxFromStart: + diff = pos; + break; + + case wxFromCurrent: + diff = pos + GetIntPosition(); + break; + + case wxFromEnd: + diff = pos + last_access; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid seek mode") ); + + return wxInvalidOffset; + } + if (diff < 0 || diff > last_access) + return wxInvalidOffset; + size_t int_diff = wx_truncate_cast(size_t, diff); + wxCHECK_MSG( (wxFileOffset)int_diff == diff, wxInvalidOffset, wxT("huge file not supported") ); + SetIntPosition(int_diff); + return diff; + } + + switch ( mode ) + { + case wxFromStart: + // We'll try to compute an internal position later ... + ret_off = m_stream->OnSysSeek(pos, wxFromStart); + ResetBuffer(); + return ret_off; + + case wxFromCurrent: + diff = pos + GetIntPosition(); + + if ( (diff > last_access) || (diff < 0) ) + { + // We must take into account the fact that we have read + // something previously. + ret_off = m_stream->OnSysSeek(diff-last_access, wxFromCurrent); + ResetBuffer(); + return ret_off; + } + else + { + size_t int_diff = wx_truncate_cast(size_t, diff); + wxCHECK_MSG( (wxFileOffset)int_diff == diff, wxInvalidOffset, wxT("huge file not supported") ); + SetIntPosition(int_diff); + return diff; + } + + case wxFromEnd: + // Hard to compute: always seek to the requested position. + ret_off = m_stream->OnSysSeek(pos, wxFromEnd); + ResetBuffer(); + return ret_off; + } + + return wxInvalidOffset; +} + +wxFileOffset wxStreamBuffer::Tell() const +{ + wxFileOffset pos; + + // ask the stream for position if we have a real one + if ( m_stream ) + { + pos = m_stream->OnSysTell(); + if ( pos == wxInvalidOffset ) + return wxInvalidOffset; + } + else // no associated stream + { + pos = 0; + } + + pos += GetIntPosition(); + + if ( m_mode == read && m_flushable ) + pos -= GetLastAccess(); + + return pos; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStreamBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxStreamBase, wxObject) + +wxStreamBase::wxStreamBase() +{ + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + m_lastcount = 0; +} + +wxStreamBase::~wxStreamBase() +{ +} + +size_t wxStreamBase::GetSize() const +{ + wxFileOffset length = GetLength(); + if ( length == (wxFileOffset)wxInvalidOffset ) + return 0; + + const size_t len = wx_truncate_cast(size_t, length); + wxASSERT_MSG( len == length + size_t(0), wxT("large files not supported") ); + + return len; +} + +wxFileOffset wxStreamBase::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset WXUNUSED(seek), wxSeekMode WXUNUSED(mode)) +{ + return wxInvalidOffset; +} + +wxFileOffset wxStreamBase::OnSysTell() const +{ + return wxInvalidOffset; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxInputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxInputStream, wxStreamBase) + +wxInputStream::wxInputStream() +{ + m_wback = NULL; + m_wbacksize = + m_wbackcur = 0; +} + +wxInputStream::~wxInputStream() +{ + free(m_wback); +} + +bool wxInputStream::CanRead() const +{ + // we don't know if there is anything to read or not and by default we + // prefer to be optimistic and try to read data unless we know for sure + // there is no more of it + return m_lasterror != wxSTREAM_EOF; +} + +bool wxInputStream::Eof() const +{ + // the only way the base class can know we're at EOF is when we'd already + // tried to read beyond it in which case last error is set accordingly + return GetLastError() == wxSTREAM_EOF; +} + +char *wxInputStream::AllocSpaceWBack(size_t needed_size) +{ + // get number of bytes left from previous wback buffer + size_t toget = m_wbacksize - m_wbackcur; + + // allocate a buffer large enough to hold prev + new data + char *temp_b = (char *)malloc(needed_size + toget); + + if (!temp_b) + return NULL; + + // copy previous data (and free old buffer) if needed + if (m_wback) + { + memmove(temp_b + needed_size, m_wback + m_wbackcur, toget); + free(m_wback); + } + + // done + m_wback = temp_b; + m_wbackcur = 0; + m_wbacksize = needed_size + toget; + + return m_wback; +} + +size_t wxInputStream::GetWBack(void *buf, size_t size) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( buf, wxT("Warning: Null pointer is about to be used") ); + + /* Clear buffer first */ + memset(buf, 0x00, size); + + if (!m_wback) + return 0; + + // how many bytes do we have in the buffer? + size_t toget = m_wbacksize - m_wbackcur; + + if ( size < toget ) + { + // we won't read everything + toget = size; + } + + // copy the data from the cache + memcpy(buf, m_wback + m_wbackcur, toget); + + m_wbackcur += toget; + if ( m_wbackcur == m_wbacksize ) + { + // TODO: should we really free it here all the time? maybe keep it? + free(m_wback); + m_wback = NULL; + m_wbacksize = 0; + m_wbackcur = 0; + } + + // return the number of bytes copied + return toget; +} + +size_t wxInputStream::Ungetch(const void *buf, size_t bufsize) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( buf, wxT("Warning: Null pointer is about to be used in Ungetch()") ); + + if ( m_lasterror != wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR && m_lasterror != wxSTREAM_EOF ) + { + // can't operate on this stream until the error is cleared + return 0; + } + + char *ptrback = AllocSpaceWBack(bufsize); + if (!ptrback) + return 0; + + // Eof() shouldn't return true any longer + if ( m_lasterror == wxSTREAM_EOF ) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + + memcpy(ptrback, buf, bufsize); + return bufsize; +} + +bool wxInputStream::Ungetch(char c) +{ + return Ungetch(&c, sizeof(c)) != 0; +} + +int wxInputStream::GetC() +{ + unsigned char c; + Read(&c, sizeof(c)); + return LastRead() ? c : wxEOF; +} + +wxInputStream& wxInputStream::Read(void *buf, size_t size) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( buf, wxT("Warning: Null pointer is about to be read") ); + + char *p = (char *)buf; + m_lastcount = 0; + + size_t read = GetWBack(buf, size); + for ( ;; ) + { + size -= read; + m_lastcount += read; + p += read; + + if ( !size ) + { + // we read the requested amount of data + break; + } + + if ( p != buf && !CanRead() ) + { + // we have already read something and we would block in OnSysRead() + // now: don't do it but return immediately + break; + } + + read = OnSysRead(p, size); + if ( !read ) + { + // no more data available + break; + } + } + + return *this; +} + +char wxInputStream::Peek() +{ + char c; + Read(&c, sizeof(c)); + if (m_lasterror == wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR) + { + Ungetch(c); + return c; + } + + return 0; +} + +wxInputStream& wxInputStream::Read(wxOutputStream& stream_out) +{ + size_t lastcount = 0; + char buf[BUF_TEMP_SIZE]; + + for ( ;; ) + { + size_t bytes_read = Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)).LastRead(); + if ( !bytes_read ) + break; + + if ( stream_out.Write(buf, bytes_read).LastWrite() != bytes_read ) + break; + + lastcount += bytes_read; + } + + m_lastcount = lastcount; + + return *this; +} + +wxFileOffset wxInputStream::SeekI(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + // RR: This code is duplicated in wxBufferedInputStream. This is + // not really a good design, but buffered stream are different + // from all others in that they handle two stream-related objects: + // the stream buffer and parent stream. + + // I don't know whether it should be put as well in wxFileInputStream::OnSysSeek + if (m_lasterror==wxSTREAM_EOF) + m_lasterror=wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + + // avoid unnecessary seek operations (optimization) + wxFileOffset currentPos = TellI(), size = GetLength(); + if ((mode == wxFromStart && currentPos == pos) || + (mode == wxFromCurrent && pos == 0) || + (mode == wxFromEnd && size != wxInvalidOffset && currentPos == size-pos)) + return currentPos; + + if (!IsSeekable() && mode == wxFromCurrent && pos > 0) + { + // rather than seeking, we can just read data and discard it; + // this allows to forward-seek also non-seekable streams! + char buf[BUF_TEMP_SIZE]; + size_t bytes_read; + + // read chunks of BUF_TEMP_SIZE bytes until we reach the new position + for ( ; pos >= BUF_TEMP_SIZE; pos -= bytes_read) + { + bytes_read = Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)).LastRead(); + if ( m_lasterror != wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR ) + return wxInvalidOffset; + + wxASSERT(bytes_read == WXSIZEOF(buf)); + } + + // read the last 'pos' bytes + bytes_read = Read(buf, (size_t)pos).LastRead(); + if ( m_lasterror != wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR ) + return wxInvalidOffset; + + wxASSERT(bytes_read == (size_t)pos); + + // we should now have seeked to the right position... + return TellI(); + } + + /* RR: A call to SeekI() will automatically invalidate any previous + call to Ungetch(), otherwise it would be possible to SeekI() to + one position, unread some bytes there, SeekI() to another position + and the data would be corrupted. + + GRG: Could add code here to try to navigate within the wback + buffer if possible, but is it really needed? It would only work + when seeking in wxFromCurrent mode, else it would invalidate + anyway... */ + + if (m_wback) + { + wxLogDebug( wxT("Seeking in stream which has data written back to it.") ); + + free(m_wback); + m_wback = NULL; + m_wbacksize = 0; + m_wbackcur = 0; + } + + return OnSysSeek(pos, mode); +} + +wxFileOffset wxInputStream::TellI() const +{ + wxFileOffset pos = OnSysTell(); + + if (pos != wxInvalidOffset) + pos -= (m_wbacksize - m_wbackcur); + + return pos; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxOutputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxOutputStream, wxStreamBase) + +wxOutputStream::wxOutputStream() +{ +} + +wxOutputStream::~wxOutputStream() +{ +} + +size_t wxOutputStream::OnSysWrite(const void * WXUNUSED(buffer), + size_t WXUNUSED(bufsize)) +{ + return 0; +} + +void wxOutputStream::PutC(char c) +{ + Write(&c, sizeof(c)); +} + +wxOutputStream& wxOutputStream::Write(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + m_lastcount = OnSysWrite(buffer, size); + return *this; +} + +wxOutputStream& wxOutputStream::Write(wxInputStream& stream_in) +{ + stream_in.Read(*this); + return *this; +} + +wxFileOffset wxOutputStream::TellO() const +{ + return OnSysTell(); +} + +wxFileOffset wxOutputStream::SeekO(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + return OnSysSeek(pos, mode); +} + +void wxOutputStream::Sync() +{ +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCountingOutputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCountingOutputStream, wxOutputStream) + +wxCountingOutputStream::wxCountingOutputStream () +{ + m_currentPos = 0; +} + +wxFileOffset wxCountingOutputStream::GetLength() const +{ + return m_lastcount; +} + +size_t wxCountingOutputStream::OnSysWrite(const void *WXUNUSED(buffer), + size_t size) +{ + m_currentPos += size; + if (m_currentPos > m_lastcount) + m_lastcount = m_currentPos; + + return m_currentPos; +} + +wxFileOffset wxCountingOutputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + ssize_t new_pos = wx_truncate_cast(ssize_t, pos); + + switch ( mode ) + { + case wxFromStart: + wxCHECK_MSG( (wxFileOffset)new_pos == pos, wxInvalidOffset, wxT("huge position not supported") ); + break; + + case wxFromEnd: + new_pos = m_lastcount + new_pos; + wxCHECK_MSG( (wxFileOffset)new_pos == (wxFileOffset)(m_lastcount + pos), wxInvalidOffset, wxT("huge position not supported") ); + break; + + case wxFromCurrent: + new_pos = m_currentPos + new_pos; + wxCHECK_MSG( (wxFileOffset)new_pos == (wxFileOffset)(m_currentPos + pos), wxInvalidOffset, wxT("huge position not supported") ); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid seek mode") ); + return wxInvalidOffset; + } + + m_currentPos = new_pos; + + if (m_currentPos > m_lastcount) + m_lastcount = m_currentPos; + + return m_currentPos; +} + +wxFileOffset wxCountingOutputStream::OnSysTell() const +{ + return m_currentPos; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFilterInputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterInputStream, wxInputStream) + +wxFilterInputStream::wxFilterInputStream() + : m_parent_i_stream(NULL), + m_owns(false) +{ +} + +wxFilterInputStream::wxFilterInputStream(wxInputStream& stream) + : m_parent_i_stream(&stream), + m_owns(false) +{ +} + +wxFilterInputStream::wxFilterInputStream(wxInputStream *stream) + : m_parent_i_stream(stream), + m_owns(true) +{ +} + +wxFilterInputStream::~wxFilterInputStream() +{ + if (m_owns) + delete m_parent_i_stream; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFilterOutputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterOutputStream, wxOutputStream) + +wxFilterOutputStream::wxFilterOutputStream() + : m_parent_o_stream(NULL), + m_owns(false) +{ +} + +wxFilterOutputStream::wxFilterOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream) + : m_parent_o_stream(&stream), + m_owns(false) +{ +} + +wxFilterOutputStream::wxFilterOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream) + : m_parent_o_stream(stream), + m_owns(true) +{ +} + +bool wxFilterOutputStream::Close() +{ + if (m_parent_o_stream && m_owns) + return m_parent_o_stream->Close(); + else + return true; +} + +wxFilterOutputStream::~wxFilterOutputStream() +{ + if (m_owns) + delete m_parent_o_stream; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFilterClassFactoryBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterClassFactoryBase, wxObject) + +wxString wxFilterClassFactoryBase::PopExtension(const wxString& location) const +{ + return location.substr(0, FindExtension(location)); +} + +wxString::size_type wxFilterClassFactoryBase::FindExtension( + const wxString& location) const +{ + for (const wxChar *const *p = GetProtocols(wxSTREAM_FILEEXT); *p; p++) + { + if ( location.EndsWith(*p) ) + return location.length() - wxStrlen(*p); + } + + return wxString::npos; +} + +bool wxFilterClassFactoryBase::CanHandle(const wxString& protocol, + wxStreamProtocolType type) const +{ + if (type == wxSTREAM_FILEEXT) + return FindExtension(protocol) != wxString::npos; + else + for (const wxChar *const *p = GetProtocols(type); *p; p++) + if (protocol == *p) + return true; + + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFilterClassFactory +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterClassFactory, wxFilterClassFactoryBase) + +wxFilterClassFactory *wxFilterClassFactory::sm_first = NULL; + +void wxFilterClassFactory::Remove() +{ + if (m_next != this) + { + wxFilterClassFactory **pp = &sm_first; + + while (*pp != this) + pp = &(*pp)->m_next; + + *pp = m_next; + + m_next = this; + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBufferedInputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +// helper function used for initializing the buffer used by +// wxBufferedInput/OutputStream: it simply returns the provided buffer if it's +// not NULL or creates a buffer of the given size otherwise +template +wxStreamBuffer * +CreateBufferIfNeeded(T& stream, wxStreamBuffer *buffer, size_t bufsize = 1024) +{ + return buffer ? buffer : new wxStreamBuffer(bufsize, stream); +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +wxBufferedInputStream::wxBufferedInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, + wxStreamBuffer *buffer) + : wxFilterInputStream(stream) +{ + m_i_streambuf = CreateBufferIfNeeded(*this, buffer); +} + +wxBufferedInputStream::wxBufferedInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, + size_t bufsize) + : wxFilterInputStream(stream) +{ + m_i_streambuf = CreateBufferIfNeeded(*this, NULL, bufsize); +} + +wxBufferedInputStream::~wxBufferedInputStream() +{ + m_parent_i_stream->SeekI(-(wxFileOffset)m_i_streambuf->GetBytesLeft(), + wxFromCurrent); + + delete m_i_streambuf; +} + +char wxBufferedInputStream::Peek() +{ + return m_i_streambuf->Peek(); +} + +wxInputStream& wxBufferedInputStream::Read(void *buf, size_t size) +{ + // reset the error flag + Reset(); + + // first read from the already cached data + m_lastcount = GetWBack(buf, size); + + // do we have to read anything more? + if ( m_lastcount < size ) + { + size -= m_lastcount; + buf = (char *)buf + m_lastcount; + + // the call to wxStreamBuffer::Read() below may reset our m_lastcount + // (but it also may not do it if the buffer is associated to another + // existing stream and wasn't created by us), so save it + size_t countOld = m_lastcount; + + // the new count of the bytes read is the count of bytes read this time + m_lastcount = m_i_streambuf->Read(buf, size); + + // plus those we had read before + m_lastcount += countOld; + } + + return *this; +} + +wxFileOffset wxBufferedInputStream::SeekI(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + // RR: Look at wxInputStream for comments. + + if (m_lasterror==wxSTREAM_EOF) + Reset(); + + if (m_wback) + { + wxLogDebug( wxT("Seeking in stream which has data written back to it.") ); + + free(m_wback); + m_wback = NULL; + m_wbacksize = 0; + m_wbackcur = 0; + } + + return m_i_streambuf->Seek(pos, mode); +} + +wxFileOffset wxBufferedInputStream::TellI() const +{ + wxFileOffset pos = m_i_streambuf->Tell(); + + if (pos != wxInvalidOffset) + pos -= (m_wbacksize - m_wbackcur); + + return pos; +} + +size_t wxBufferedInputStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t bufsize) +{ + return m_parent_i_stream->Read(buffer, bufsize).LastRead(); +} + +wxFileOffset wxBufferedInputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + return m_parent_i_stream->SeekI(seek, mode); +} + +wxFileOffset wxBufferedInputStream::OnSysTell() const +{ + return m_parent_i_stream->TellI(); +} + +void wxBufferedInputStream::SetInputStreamBuffer(wxStreamBuffer *buffer) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( buffer, wxT("wxBufferedInputStream needs buffer") ); + + delete m_i_streambuf; + m_i_streambuf = buffer; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBufferedOutputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxBufferedOutputStream::wxBufferedOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, + wxStreamBuffer *buffer) + : wxFilterOutputStream(stream) +{ + m_o_streambuf = CreateBufferIfNeeded(*this, buffer); +} + +wxBufferedOutputStream::wxBufferedOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, + size_t bufsize) + : wxFilterOutputStream(stream) +{ + m_o_streambuf = CreateBufferIfNeeded(*this, NULL, bufsize); +} + +wxBufferedOutputStream::~wxBufferedOutputStream() +{ + Sync(); + delete m_o_streambuf; +} + +bool wxBufferedOutputStream::Close() +{ + Sync(); + return IsOk(); +} + + +wxOutputStream& wxBufferedOutputStream::Write(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + m_lastcount = 0; + m_o_streambuf->Write(buffer, size); + return *this; +} + +wxFileOffset wxBufferedOutputStream::SeekO(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + Sync(); + return m_o_streambuf->Seek(pos, mode); +} + +wxFileOffset wxBufferedOutputStream::TellO() const +{ + return m_o_streambuf->Tell(); +} + +void wxBufferedOutputStream::Sync() +{ + m_o_streambuf->FlushBuffer(); + m_parent_o_stream->Sync(); +} + +size_t wxBufferedOutputStream::OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t bufsize) +{ + return m_parent_o_stream->Write(buffer, bufsize).LastWrite(); +} + +wxFileOffset wxBufferedOutputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + return m_parent_o_stream->SeekO(seek, mode); +} + +wxFileOffset wxBufferedOutputStream::OnSysTell() const +{ + return m_parent_o_stream->TellO(); +} + +wxFileOffset wxBufferedOutputStream::GetLength() const +{ + return m_parent_o_stream->GetLength() + m_o_streambuf->GetIntPosition(); +} + +void wxBufferedOutputStream::SetOutputStreamBuffer(wxStreamBuffer *buffer) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( buffer, wxT("wxBufferedOutputStream needs buffer") ); + + delete m_o_streambuf; + m_o_streambuf = buffer; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Some IOManip function +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxOutputStream& wxEndL(wxOutputStream& stream) +{ + static const wxChar *eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL(); + + return stream.Write(eol, wxStrlen(eol)); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/string.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/string.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..833e1c13dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/string.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2332 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/string.cpp +// Purpose: wxString class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: string.cpp 67181 2011-03-13 13:53:54Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// (c) 2004 Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// =========================================================================== +// headers, declarations, constants +// =========================================================================== + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + #include +#endif + +#include +#include + +#include "wx/hashmap.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" +#include "wx/xlocale.h" + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + #include +#endif + +// string handling functions used by wxString: +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + #define wxStringMemcpy memcpy + #define wxStringMemcmp memcmp + #define wxStringMemchr memchr + #define wxStringStrlen strlen +#else + #define wxStringMemcpy wxTmemcpy + #define wxStringMemcmp wxTmemcmp + #define wxStringMemchr wxTmemchr + #define wxStringStrlen wxStrlen +#endif + +// define a function declared in wx/buffer.h here as we don't have buffer.cpp +// and don't want to add it just because of this simple function +namespace wxPrivate +{ + +// wxXXXBuffer classes can be (implicitly) used during global statics +// initialization so wrap the status UntypedBufferData variable in a function +// to make it safe to access it even before all global statics are initialized +UntypedBufferData *GetUntypedNullData() +{ + static UntypedBufferData s_untypedNullData(NULL, 0); + + return &s_untypedNullData; +} + +} // namespace wxPrivate + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// static class variables definition +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//According to STL _must_ be a -1 size_t +const size_t wxString::npos = (size_t) -1; + +#if wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + +#ifdef wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS + +wxTLS_TYPE(wxString::Cache) wxString::ms_cache; + +#else // !wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS + +struct wxStrCacheInitializer +{ + wxStrCacheInitializer() + { + // calling this function triggers s_cache initialization in it, and + // from now on it becomes safe to call from multiple threads + wxString::GetCache(); + } +}; + +/* +wxString::Cache& wxString::GetCache() +{ + static wxTLS_TYPE(Cache) s_cache; + + return wxTLS_VALUE(s_cache); +} +*/ + +static wxStrCacheInitializer gs_stringCacheInit; + +#endif // wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS/!wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS + +// gdb seems to be unable to display thread-local variables correctly, at least +// not my 6.4.98 version under amd64, so provide this debugging helper to do it +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 + +struct wxStrCacheDumper +{ + static void ShowAll() + { + puts("*** wxString cache dump:"); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < wxString::Cache::SIZE; n++ ) + { + const wxString::Cache::Element& + c = wxString::GetCacheBegin()[n]; + + printf("\t%u%s\t%p: pos=(%lu, %lu), len=%ld\n", + n, + n == wxString::LastUsedCacheElement() ? " [*]" : "", + c.str, + (unsigned long)c.pos, + (unsigned long)c.impl, + (long)c.len); + } + } +}; + +void wxDumpStrCache() { wxStrCacheDumper::ShowAll(); } + +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 + +#ifdef wxPROFILE_STRING_CACHE + +wxString::CacheStats wxString::ms_cacheStats; + +struct wxStrCacheStatsDumper +{ + ~wxStrCacheStatsDumper() + { + const wxString::CacheStats& stats = wxString::ms_cacheStats; + + if ( stats.postot ) + { + puts("*** wxString cache statistics:"); + printf("\tTotal non-trivial calls to PosToImpl(): %u\n", + stats.postot); + printf("\tHits %u (of which %u not used) or %.2f%%\n", + stats.poshits, + stats.mishits, + 100.*float(stats.poshits - stats.mishits)/stats.postot); + printf("\tAverage position requested: %.2f\n", + float(stats.sumpos) / stats.postot); + printf("\tAverage offset after cached hint: %.2f\n", + float(stats.sumofs) / stats.postot); + } + + if ( stats.lentot ) + { + printf("\tNumber of calls to length(): %u, hits=%.2f%%\n", + stats.lentot, 100.*float(stats.lenhits)/stats.lentot); + } + } +}; + +static wxStrCacheStatsDumper s_showCacheStats; + +#endif // wxPROFILE_STRING_CACHE + +#endif // wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +#include + +wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream& os, const wxCStrData& str) +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + const wxScopedCharBuffer buf(str.AsCharBuf()); + if ( !buf ) + os.clear(wxSTD ios_base::failbit); + else + os << buf.data(); + + return os; +#else + return os << str.AsInternal(); +#endif +} + +wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream& os, const wxString& str) +{ + return os << str.c_str(); +} + +wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream& os, const wxScopedCharBuffer& str) +{ + return os << str.data(); +} + +#ifndef __BORLANDC__ +wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream& os, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str) +{ + return os << str.data(); +} +#endif + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && defined(HAVE_WOSTREAM) + +wxSTD wostream& operator<<(wxSTD wostream& wos, const wxString& str) +{ + return wos << str.wc_str(); +} + +wxSTD wostream& operator<<(wxSTD wostream& wos, const wxCStrData& str) +{ + return wos << str.AsWChar(); +} + +wxSTD wostream& operator<<(wxSTD wostream& wos, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str) +{ + return wos << str.data(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE && defined(HAVE_WOSTREAM) + +#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + +// =========================================================================== +// wxString class core +// =========================================================================== + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +void wxString::PosLenToImpl(size_t pos, size_t len, + size_t *implPos, size_t *implLen) const +{ + if ( pos == npos ) + { + *implPos = npos; + } + else // have valid start position + { + const const_iterator b = GetIterForNthChar(pos); + *implPos = wxStringImpl::const_iterator(b.impl()) - m_impl.begin(); + if ( len == npos ) + { + *implLen = npos; + } + else // have valid length too + { + // we need to handle the case of length specifying a substring + // going beyond the end of the string, just as std::string does + const const_iterator e(end()); + const_iterator i(b); + while ( len && i <= e ) + { + ++i; + --len; + } + + *implLen = i.impl() - b.impl(); + } + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCStrData converted strings caching +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// FIXME-UTF8: temporarily disabled because it doesn't work with global +// string objects; re-enable after fixing this bug and benchmarking +// performance to see if using a hash is a good idea at all +#if 0 + +// For backward compatibility reasons, it must be possible to assign the value +// returned by wxString::c_str() to a char* or wchar_t* variable and work with +// it. Returning wxCharBuffer from (const char*)c_str() wouldn't do the trick, +// because the memory would be freed immediately, but it has to be valid as long +// as the string is not modified, so that code like this still works: +// +// const wxChar *s = str.c_str(); +// while ( s ) { ... } + +// FIXME-UTF8: not thread safe! +// FIXME-UTF8: we currently clear the cached conversion only when the string is +// destroyed, but we should do it when the string is modified, to +// keep memory usage down +// FIXME-UTF8: we do the conversion every time As[W]Char() is called, but if we +// invalidated the cache on every change, we could keep the previous +// conversion +// FIXME-UTF8: add tracing of usage of these two methods - new code is supposed +// to use mb_str() or wc_str() instead of (const [w]char*)c_str() + +template +static inline void DeleteStringFromConversionCache(T& hash, const wxString *s) +{ + typename T::iterator i = hash.find(wxConstCast(s, wxString)); + if ( i != hash.end() ) + { + free(i->second); + hash.erase(i); + } +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +// NB: non-STL implementation doesn't compile with "const wxString*" key type, +// so we have to use wxString* here and const-cast when used +WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(wxString*, char*, wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, + wxStringCharConversionCache); +static wxStringCharConversionCache gs_stringsCharCache; + +const char* wxCStrData::AsChar() const +{ + // remove previously cache value, if any (see FIXMEs above): + DeleteStringFromConversionCache(gs_stringsCharCache, m_str); + + // convert the string and keep it: + const char *s = gs_stringsCharCache[wxConstCast(m_str, wxString)] = + m_str->mb_str().release(); + + return s + m_offset; +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR +WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(wxString*, wchar_t*, wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, + wxStringWCharConversionCache); +static wxStringWCharConversionCache gs_stringsWCharCache; + +const wchar_t* wxCStrData::AsWChar() const +{ + // remove previously cache value, if any (see FIXMEs above): + DeleteStringFromConversionCache(gs_stringsWCharCache, m_str); + + // convert the string and keep it: + const wchar_t *s = gs_stringsWCharCache[wxConstCast(m_str, wxString)] = + m_str->wc_str().release(); + + return s + m_offset; +} +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + +wxString::~wxString() +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // FIXME-UTF8: do this only if locale is not UTF8 if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + DeleteStringFromConversionCache(gs_stringsCharCache, this); +#endif +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + DeleteStringFromConversionCache(gs_stringsWCharCache, this); +#endif +} +#endif + +// =========================================================================== +// wxString class core +// =========================================================================== + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// construction and conversion +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR +/* static */ +wxString::SubstrBufFromMB wxString::ConvertStr(const char *psz, size_t nLength, + const wxMBConv& conv) +{ + // anything to do? + if ( !psz || nLength == 0 ) + return SubstrBufFromMB(wxWCharBuffer(L""), 0); + + if ( nLength == npos ) + nLength = wxNO_LEN; + + size_t wcLen; + wxScopedWCharBuffer wcBuf(conv.cMB2WC(psz, nLength, &wcLen)); + if ( !wcLen ) + return SubstrBufFromMB(wxWCharBuffer(L""), 0); + else + return SubstrBufFromMB(wcBuf, wcLen); +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +/* static */ +wxString::SubstrBufFromMB wxString::ConvertStr(const char *psz, size_t nLength, + const wxMBConv& conv) +{ + // anything to do? + if ( !psz || nLength == 0 ) + return SubstrBufFromMB(wxCharBuffer(""), 0); + + // if psz is already in UTF-8, we don't have to do the roundtrip to + // wchar_t* and back: + if ( conv.IsUTF8() ) + { + // we need to validate the input because UTF8 iterators assume valid + // UTF-8 sequence and psz may be invalid: + if ( wxStringOperations::IsValidUtf8String(psz, nLength) ) + { + // we must pass the real string length to SubstrBufFromMB ctor + if ( nLength == npos ) + nLength = psz ? strlen(psz) : 0; + return SubstrBufFromMB(wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(psz, nLength), + nLength); + } + // else: do the roundtrip through wchar_t* + } + + if ( nLength == npos ) + nLength = wxNO_LEN; + + // first convert to wide string: + size_t wcLen; + wxScopedWCharBuffer wcBuf(conv.cMB2WC(psz, nLength, &wcLen)); + if ( !wcLen ) + return SubstrBufFromMB(wxCharBuffer(""), 0); + + // and then to UTF-8: + SubstrBufFromMB buf(ConvertStr(wcBuf, wcLen, wxMBConvStrictUTF8())); + // widechar -> UTF-8 conversion isn't supposed to ever fail: + wxASSERT_MSG( buf.data, wxT("conversion to UTF-8 failed") ); + + return buf; +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 || !wxUSE_UNICODE +/* static */ +wxString::SubstrBufFromWC wxString::ConvertStr(const wchar_t *pwz, size_t nLength, + const wxMBConv& conv) +{ + // anything to do? + if ( !pwz || nLength == 0 ) + return SubstrBufFromWC(wxCharBuffer(""), 0); + + if ( nLength == npos ) + nLength = wxNO_LEN; + + size_t mbLen; + wxScopedCharBuffer mbBuf(conv.cWC2MB(pwz, nLength, &mbLen)); + if ( !mbLen ) + return SubstrBufFromWC(wxCharBuffer(""), 0); + else + return SubstrBufFromWC(mbBuf, mbLen); +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 || !wxUSE_UNICODE + +// This std::string::c_str()-like method returns a wide char pointer to string +// contents. In wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR case it is trivial as it can simply return +// a pointer to the internal representation. Otherwise a conversion is required +// and it returns a temporary buffer. +// +// However for compatibility with c_str() and to avoid breaking existing code +// doing +// +// for ( const wchar_t *p = s.wc_str(); *p; p++ ) +// ... use *p... +// +// we actually need to ensure that the returned buffer is _not_ temporary and +// so we use wxString::m_convertedToWChar to store the returned data +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + +const wchar_t *wxString::AsWChar(const wxMBConv& conv) const +{ + const char * const strMB = m_impl.c_str(); + const size_t lenMB = m_impl.length(); + + // find out the size of the buffer needed + const size_t lenWC = conv.ToWChar(NULL, 0, strMB, lenMB); + if ( lenWC == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return NULL; + + // keep the same buffer if the string size didn't change: this is not only + // an optimization but also ensure that code which modifies string + // character by character (without changing its length) can continue to use + // the pointer returned by a previous wc_str() call even after changing the + // string + + // TODO-UTF8: we could check for ">" instead of "!=" here as this would + // allow to save on buffer reallocations but at the cost of + // consuming (even) more memory, we should benchmark this to + // determine if it's worth doing + if ( !m_convertedToWChar.m_str || lenWC != m_convertedToWChar.m_len ) + { + if ( !const_cast(this)->m_convertedToWChar.Extend(lenWC) ) + return NULL; + } + + // finally do convert + m_convertedToWChar.m_str[lenWC] = L'\0'; + if ( conv.ToWChar(m_convertedToWChar.m_str, lenWC, + strMB, lenMB) == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return NULL; + + return m_convertedToWChar.m_str; +} + +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + + +// Same thing for mb_str() which returns a normal char pointer to string +// contents: this always requires converting it to the specified encoding in +// non-ANSI build except if we need to convert to UTF-8 and this is what we +// already use internally. +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +const char *wxString::AsChar(const wxMBConv& conv) const +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( conv.IsUTF8() ) + return m_impl.c_str(); + + const wchar_t * const strWC = AsWChar(wxMBConvStrictUTF8()); + const size_t lenWC = m_convertedToWChar.m_len; +#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + const wchar_t * const strWC = m_impl.c_str(); + const size_t lenWC = m_impl.length(); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + + const size_t lenMB = conv.FromWChar(NULL, 0, strWC, lenWC); + if ( lenMB == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return NULL; + + if ( !m_convertedToChar.m_str || lenMB != m_convertedToChar.m_len ) + { + if ( !const_cast(this)->m_convertedToChar.Extend(lenMB) ) + return NULL; + } + + m_convertedToChar.m_str[lenMB] = '\0'; + if ( conv.FromWChar(m_convertedToChar.m_str, lenMB, + strWC, lenWC) == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return NULL; + + return m_convertedToChar.m_str; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +// shrink to minimal size (releasing extra memory) +bool wxString::Shrink() +{ + wxString tmp(begin(), end()); + swap(tmp); + return tmp.length() == length(); +} + +// deprecated compatibility code: +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 && !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +wxStringCharType *wxString::GetWriteBuf(size_t nLen) +{ + return DoGetWriteBuf(nLen); +} + +void wxString::UngetWriteBuf() +{ + DoUngetWriteBuf(); +} + +void wxString::UngetWriteBuf(size_t nLen) +{ + DoUngetWriteBuf(nLen); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 && !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// data access +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// all functions are inline in string.h + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// concatenation operators +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * concatenation functions come in 5 flavours: + * string + string + * char + string and string + char + * C str + string and string + C str + */ + +wxString operator+(const wxString& str1, const wxString& str2) +{ +#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + wxASSERT( str1.IsValid() ); + wxASSERT( str2.IsValid() ); +#endif + + wxString s = str1; + s += str2; + + return s; +} + +wxString operator+(const wxString& str, wxUniChar ch) +{ +#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + wxASSERT( str.IsValid() ); +#endif + + wxString s = str; + s += ch; + + return s; +} + +wxString operator+(wxUniChar ch, const wxString& str) +{ +#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + wxASSERT( str.IsValid() ); +#endif + + wxString s = ch; + s += str; + + return s; +} + +wxString operator+(const wxString& str, const char *psz) +{ +#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + wxASSERT( str.IsValid() ); +#endif + + wxString s; + if ( !s.Alloc(strlen(psz) + str.length()) ) { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("out of memory in wxString::operator+") ); + } + s += str; + s += psz; + + return s; +} + +wxString operator+(const wxString& str, const wchar_t *pwz) +{ +#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + wxASSERT( str.IsValid() ); +#endif + + wxString s; + if ( !s.Alloc(wxWcslen(pwz) + str.length()) ) { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("out of memory in wxString::operator+") ); + } + s += str; + s += pwz; + + return s; +} + +wxString operator+(const char *psz, const wxString& str) +{ +#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + wxASSERT( str.IsValid() ); +#endif + + wxString s; + if ( !s.Alloc(strlen(psz) + str.length()) ) { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("out of memory in wxString::operator+") ); + } + s = psz; + s += str; + + return s; +} + +wxString operator+(const wchar_t *pwz, const wxString& str) +{ +#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + wxASSERT( str.IsValid() ); +#endif + + wxString s; + if ( !s.Alloc(wxWcslen(pwz) + str.length()) ) { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("out of memory in wxString::operator+") ); + } + s = pwz; + s += str; + + return s; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// string comparison +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxString::IsSameAs(wxUniChar c, bool compareWithCase) const +{ + return (length() == 1) && (compareWithCase ? GetChar(0u) == c + : wxToupper(GetChar(0u)) == wxToupper(c)); +} + +#ifdef HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE + +// NB: Comparison code (both if HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE and if not) works with +// UTF-8 encoded strings too, thanks to UTF-8's design which allows us to +// sort strings in characters code point order by sorting the byte sequence +// in byte values order (i.e. what strcmp() and memcmp() do). + +int wxString::compare(const wxString& str) const +{ + return m_impl.compare(str.m_impl); +} + +int wxString::compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wxString& str) const +{ + size_t pos, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &pos, &len); + return m_impl.compare(pos, len, str.m_impl); +} + +int wxString::compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wxString& str, + size_t nStart2, size_t nLen2) const +{ + size_t pos, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &pos, &len); + + size_t pos2, len2; + str.PosLenToImpl(nStart2, nLen2, &pos2, &len2); + + return m_impl.compare(pos, len, str.m_impl, pos2, len2); +} + +int wxString::compare(const char* sz) const +{ + return m_impl.compare(ImplStr(sz)); +} + +int wxString::compare(const wchar_t* sz) const +{ + return m_impl.compare(ImplStr(sz)); +} + +int wxString::compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const char* sz, size_t nCount) const +{ + size_t pos, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &pos, &len); + + SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, nCount)); + + return m_impl.compare(pos, len, str.data, str.len); +} + +int wxString::compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wchar_t* sz, size_t nCount) const +{ + size_t pos, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &pos, &len); + + SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, nCount)); + + return m_impl.compare(pos, len, str.data, str.len); +} + +#else // !HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE + +static inline int wxDoCmp(const wxStringCharType* s1, size_t l1, + const wxStringCharType* s2, size_t l2) +{ + if( l1 == l2 ) + return wxStringMemcmp(s1, s2, l1); + else if( l1 < l2 ) + { + int ret = wxStringMemcmp(s1, s2, l1); + return ret == 0 ? -1 : ret; + } + else + { + int ret = wxStringMemcmp(s1, s2, l2); + return ret == 0 ? +1 : ret; + } +} + +int wxString::compare(const wxString& str) const +{ + return ::wxDoCmp(m_impl.data(), m_impl.length(), + str.m_impl.data(), str.m_impl.length()); +} + +int wxString::compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wxString& str) const +{ + wxASSERT(nStart <= length()); + size_type strLen = length() - nStart; + nLen = strLen < nLen ? strLen : nLen; + + size_t pos, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &pos, &len); + + return ::wxDoCmp(m_impl.data() + pos, len, + str.m_impl.data(), str.m_impl.length()); +} + +int wxString::compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wxString& str, + size_t nStart2, size_t nLen2) const +{ + wxASSERT(nStart <= length()); + wxASSERT(nStart2 <= str.length()); + size_type strLen = length() - nStart, + strLen2 = str.length() - nStart2; + nLen = strLen < nLen ? strLen : nLen; + nLen2 = strLen2 < nLen2 ? strLen2 : nLen2; + + size_t pos, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &pos, &len); + size_t pos2, len2; + str.PosLenToImpl(nStart2, nLen2, &pos2, &len2); + + return ::wxDoCmp(m_impl.data() + pos, len, + str.m_impl.data() + pos2, len2); +} + +int wxString::compare(const char* sz) const +{ + SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, npos)); + if ( str.len == npos ) + str.len = wxStringStrlen(str.data); + return ::wxDoCmp(m_impl.data(), m_impl.length(), str.data, str.len); +} + +int wxString::compare(const wchar_t* sz) const +{ + SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, npos)); + if ( str.len == npos ) + str.len = wxStringStrlen(str.data); + return ::wxDoCmp(m_impl.data(), m_impl.length(), str.data, str.len); +} + +int wxString::compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const char* sz, size_t nCount) const +{ + wxASSERT(nStart <= length()); + size_type strLen = length() - nStart; + nLen = strLen < nLen ? strLen : nLen; + + size_t pos, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &pos, &len); + + SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, nCount)); + if ( str.len == npos ) + str.len = wxStringStrlen(str.data); + + return ::wxDoCmp(m_impl.data() + pos, len, str.data, str.len); +} + +int wxString::compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wchar_t* sz, size_t nCount) const +{ + wxASSERT(nStart <= length()); + size_type strLen = length() - nStart; + nLen = strLen < nLen ? strLen : nLen; + + size_t pos, len; + PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &pos, &len); + + SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, nCount)); + if ( str.len == npos ) + str.len = wxStringStrlen(str.data); + + return ::wxDoCmp(m_impl.data() + pos, len, str.data, str.len); +} + +#endif // HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE/!HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// find_{first,last}_[not]_of functions +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING || wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +// NB: All these functions are implemented with the argument being wxChar*, +// i.e. widechar string in any Unicode build, even though native string +// representation is char* in the UTF-8 build. This is because we couldn't +// use memchr() to determine if a character is in a set encoded as UTF-8. + +size_t wxString::find_first_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart) const +{ + return find_first_of(sz, nStart, wxStrlen(sz)); +} + +size_t wxString::find_first_not_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart) const +{ + return find_first_not_of(sz, nStart, wxStrlen(sz)); +} + +size_t wxString::find_first_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( nStart <= length(), wxT("invalid index") ); + + size_t idx = nStart; + for ( const_iterator i = begin() + nStart; i != end(); ++idx, ++i ) + { + if ( wxTmemchr(sz, *i, n) ) + return idx; + } + + return npos; +} + +size_t wxString::find_first_not_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( nStart <= length(), wxT("invalid index") ); + + size_t idx = nStart; + for ( const_iterator i = begin() + nStart; i != end(); ++idx, ++i ) + { + if ( !wxTmemchr(sz, *i, n) ) + return idx; + } + + return npos; +} + + +size_t wxString::find_last_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart) const +{ + return find_last_of(sz, nStart, wxStrlen(sz)); +} + +size_t wxString::find_last_not_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart) const +{ + return find_last_not_of(sz, nStart, wxStrlen(sz)); +} + +size_t wxString::find_last_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const +{ + size_t len = length(); + + if ( nStart == npos ) + { + nStart = len - 1; + } + else + { + wxASSERT_MSG( nStart <= len, wxT("invalid index") ); + } + + size_t idx = nStart; + for ( const_reverse_iterator i = rbegin() + (len - nStart - 1); + i != rend(); --idx, ++i ) + { + if ( wxTmemchr(sz, *i, n) ) + return idx; + } + + return npos; +} + +size_t wxString::find_last_not_of(const wxChar* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const +{ + size_t len = length(); + + if ( nStart == npos ) + { + nStart = len - 1; + } + else + { + wxASSERT_MSG( nStart <= len, wxT("invalid index") ); + } + + size_t idx = nStart; + for ( const_reverse_iterator i = rbegin() + (len - nStart - 1); + i != rend(); --idx, ++i ) + { + if ( !wxTmemchr(sz, *i, n) ) + return idx; + } + + return npos; +} + +size_t wxString::find_first_not_of(wxUniChar ch, size_t nStart) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( nStart <= length(), wxT("invalid index") ); + + size_t idx = nStart; + for ( const_iterator i = begin() + nStart; i != end(); ++idx, ++i ) + { + if ( *i != ch ) + return idx; + } + + return npos; +} + +size_t wxString::find_last_not_of(wxUniChar ch, size_t nStart) const +{ + size_t len = length(); + + if ( nStart == npos ) + { + nStart = len - 1; + } + else + { + wxASSERT_MSG( nStart <= len, wxT("invalid index") ); + } + + size_t idx = nStart; + for ( const_reverse_iterator i = rbegin() + (len - nStart - 1); + i != rend(); --idx, ++i ) + { + if ( *i != ch ) + return idx; + } + + return npos; +} + +// the functions above were implemented for wchar_t* arguments in Unicode +// build and char* in ANSI build; below are implementations for the other +// version: +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + #define wxOtherCharType char + #define STRCONV (const wxChar*)wxConvLibc.cMB2WC +#else + #define wxOtherCharType wchar_t + #define STRCONV (const wxChar*)wxConvLibc.cWC2MB +#endif + +size_t wxString::find_first_of(const wxOtherCharType* sz, size_t nStart) const + { return find_first_of(STRCONV(sz), nStart); } + +size_t wxString::find_first_of(const wxOtherCharType* sz, size_t nStart, + size_t n) const + { return find_first_of(STRCONV(sz, n, NULL), nStart, n); } +size_t wxString::find_last_of(const wxOtherCharType* sz, size_t nStart) const + { return find_last_of(STRCONV(sz), nStart); } +size_t wxString::find_last_of(const wxOtherCharType* sz, size_t nStart, + size_t n) const + { return find_last_of(STRCONV(sz, n, NULL), nStart, n); } +size_t wxString::find_first_not_of(const wxOtherCharType* sz, size_t nStart) const + { return find_first_not_of(STRCONV(sz), nStart); } +size_t wxString::find_first_not_of(const wxOtherCharType* sz, size_t nStart, + size_t n) const + { return find_first_not_of(STRCONV(sz, n, NULL), nStart, n); } +size_t wxString::find_last_not_of(const wxOtherCharType* sz, size_t nStart) const + { return find_last_not_of(STRCONV(sz), nStart); } +size_t wxString::find_last_not_of(const wxOtherCharType* sz, size_t nStart, + size_t n) const + { return find_last_not_of(STRCONV(sz, n, NULL), nStart, n); } + +#undef wxOtherCharType +#undef STRCONV + +#endif // !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING || wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +// =========================================================================== +// other common string functions +// =========================================================================== + +int wxString::CmpNoCase(const wxString& s) const +{ +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // We compare NUL-delimited chunks of the strings inside the loop. We will + // do as many iterations as there are embedded NULs in the string, i.e. + // usually we will run it just once. + + typedef const wxStringImpl::value_type *pchar_type; + const pchar_type thisBegin = m_impl.c_str(); + const pchar_type thatBegin = s.m_impl.c_str(); + + const pchar_type thisEnd = thisBegin + m_impl.length(); + const pchar_type thatEnd = thatBegin + s.m_impl.length(); + + pchar_type thisCur = thisBegin; + pchar_type thatCur = thatBegin; + + int rc; + for ( ;; ) + { + // Compare until the next NUL, if the strings differ this is the final + // result. + rc = wxStricmp(thisCur, thatCur); + if ( rc ) + break; + + const size_t lenChunk = wxStrlen(thisCur); + thisCur += lenChunk; + thatCur += lenChunk; + + // Skip all the NULs as wxStricmp() doesn't handle them. + for ( ; !*thisCur; thisCur++, thatCur++ ) + { + // Check if we exhausted either of the strings. + if ( thisCur == thisEnd ) + { + // This one is exhausted, is the other one too? + return thatCur == thatEnd ? 0 : -1; + } + + if ( thatCur == thatEnd ) + { + // Because of the test above we know that this one is not + // exhausted yet so it's greater than the other one that is. + return 1; + } + + if ( *thatCur ) + { + // Anything non-NUL is greater than NUL. + return -1; + } + } + } + + return rc; +#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + // CRT functions can't be used for case-insensitive comparison of UTF-8 + // strings so do it in the naive, simple and inefficient way. + + // FIXME-UTF8: use wxUniChar::ToLower/ToUpper once added + const_iterator i1 = begin(); + const_iterator end1 = end(); + const_iterator i2 = s.begin(); + const_iterator end2 = s.end(); + + for ( ; i1 != end1 && i2 != end2; ++i1, ++i2 ) + { + wxUniChar lower1 = (wxChar)wxTolower(*i1); + wxUniChar lower2 = (wxChar)wxTolower(*i2); + if ( lower1 != lower2 ) + return lower1 < lower2 ? -1 : 1; + } + + size_t len1 = length(); + size_t len2 = s.length(); + + if ( len1 < len2 ) + return -1; + else if ( len1 > len2 ) + return 1; + return 0; +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +} + + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +#ifdef __MWERKS__ +#ifndef __SCHAR_MAX__ +#define __SCHAR_MAX__ 127 +#endif +#endif + +wxString wxString::FromAscii(const char *ascii, size_t len) +{ + if (!ascii || len == 0) + return wxEmptyString; + + wxString res; + + { + wxStringInternalBuffer buf(res, len); + wxStringCharType *dest = buf; + + for ( ; len > 0; --len ) + { + unsigned char c = (unsigned char)*ascii++; + wxASSERT_MSG( c < 0x80, + wxT("Non-ASCII value passed to FromAscii().") ); + + *dest++ = (wchar_t)c; + } + } + + return res; +} + +wxString wxString::FromAscii(const char *ascii) +{ + return FromAscii(ascii, wxStrlen(ascii)); +} + +wxString wxString::FromAscii(char ascii) +{ + // What do we do with '\0' ? + + unsigned char c = (unsigned char)ascii; + + wxASSERT_MSG( c < 0x80, wxT("Non-ASCII value passed to FromAscii().") ); + + // NB: the cast to wchar_t causes interpretation of 'ascii' as Latin1 value + return wxString(wxUniChar((wchar_t)c)); +} + +const wxScopedCharBuffer wxString::ToAscii() const +{ + // this will allocate enough space for the terminating NUL too + wxCharBuffer buffer(length()); + char *dest = buffer.data(); + + for ( const_iterator i = begin(); i != end(); ++i ) + { + wxUniChar c(*i); + // FIXME-UTF8: unify substituted char ('_') with wxUniChar ('?') + *dest++ = c.IsAscii() ? (char)c : '_'; + + // the output string can't have embedded NULs anyhow, so we can safely + // stop at first of them even if we do have any + if ( !c ) + break; + } + + return buffer; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +// extract string of length nCount starting at nFirst +wxString wxString::Mid(size_t nFirst, size_t nCount) const +{ + size_t nLen = length(); + + // default value of nCount is npos and means "till the end" + if ( nCount == npos ) + { + nCount = nLen - nFirst; + } + + // out-of-bounds requests return sensible things + if ( nFirst + nCount > nLen ) + { + nCount = nLen - nFirst; + } + + if ( nFirst > nLen ) + { + // AllocCopy() will return empty string + return wxEmptyString; + } + + wxString dest(*this, nFirst, nCount); + if ( dest.length() != nCount ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("out of memory in wxString::Mid") ); + } + + return dest; +} + +// check that the string starts with prefix and return the rest of the string +// in the provided pointer if it is not NULL, otherwise return false +bool wxString::StartsWith(const wxString& prefix, wxString *rest) const +{ + if ( compare(0, prefix.length(), prefix) != 0 ) + return false; + + if ( rest ) + { + // put the rest of the string into provided pointer + rest->assign(*this, prefix.length(), npos); + } + + return true; +} + + +// check that the string ends with suffix and return the rest of it in the +// provided pointer if it is not NULL, otherwise return false +bool wxString::EndsWith(const wxString& suffix, wxString *rest) const +{ + int start = length() - suffix.length(); + + if ( start < 0 || compare(start, npos, suffix) != 0 ) + return false; + + if ( rest ) + { + // put the rest of the string into provided pointer + rest->assign(*this, 0, start); + } + + return true; +} + + +// extract nCount last (rightmost) characters +wxString wxString::Right(size_t nCount) const +{ + if ( nCount > length() ) + nCount = length(); + + wxString dest(*this, length() - nCount, nCount); + if ( dest.length() != nCount ) { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("out of memory in wxString::Right") ); + } + return dest; +} + +// get all characters after the last occurrence of ch +// (returns the whole string if ch not found) +wxString wxString::AfterLast(wxUniChar ch) const +{ + wxString str; + int iPos = Find(ch, true); + if ( iPos == wxNOT_FOUND ) + str = *this; + else + str.assign(*this, iPos + 1, npos); + + return str; +} + +// extract nCount first (leftmost) characters +wxString wxString::Left(size_t nCount) const +{ + if ( nCount > length() ) + nCount = length(); + + wxString dest(*this, 0, nCount); + if ( dest.length() != nCount ) { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("out of memory in wxString::Left") ); + } + return dest; +} + +// get all characters before the first occurrence of ch +// (returns the whole string if ch not found) +wxString wxString::BeforeFirst(wxUniChar ch, wxString *rest) const +{ + int iPos = Find(ch); + if ( iPos == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + iPos = length(); + if ( rest ) + rest->clear(); + } + else + { + if ( rest ) + rest->assign(*this, iPos + 1, npos); + } + + return wxString(*this, 0, iPos); +} + +/// get all characters before the last occurrence of ch +/// (returns empty string if ch not found) +wxString wxString::BeforeLast(wxUniChar ch, wxString *rest) const +{ + wxString str; + int iPos = Find(ch, true); + if ( iPos != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + if ( iPos != 0 ) + str.assign(*this, 0, iPos); + + if ( rest ) + rest->assign(*this, iPos + 1, npos); + } + else + { + if ( rest ) + *rest = *this; + } + + return str; +} + +/// get all characters after the first occurrence of ch +/// (returns empty string if ch not found) +wxString wxString::AfterFirst(wxUniChar ch) const +{ + wxString str; + int iPos = Find(ch); + if ( iPos != wxNOT_FOUND ) + str.assign(*this, iPos + 1, npos); + + return str; +} + +// replace first (or all) occurrences of some substring with another one +size_t wxString::Replace(const wxString& strOld, + const wxString& strNew, bool bReplaceAll) +{ + // if we tried to replace an empty string we'd enter an infinite loop below + wxCHECK_MSG( !strOld.empty(), 0, + wxT("wxString::Replace(): invalid parameter") ); + + wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE(); + + size_t uiCount = 0; // count of replacements made + + // optimize the special common case: replacement of one character by + // another one (in UTF-8 case we can only do this for ASCII characters) + // + // benchmarks show that this special version is around 3 times faster + // (depending on the proportion of matching characters and UTF-8/wchar_t + // build) + if ( strOld.m_impl.length() == 1 && strNew.m_impl.length() == 1 ) + { + const wxStringCharType chOld = strOld.m_impl[0], + chNew = strNew.m_impl[0]; + + // this loop is the simplified version of the one below + for ( size_t pos = 0; ; ) + { + pos = m_impl.find(chOld, pos); + if ( pos == npos ) + break; + + m_impl[pos++] = chNew; + + uiCount++; + + if ( !bReplaceAll ) + break; + } + } + else if ( !bReplaceAll) + { + size_t pos = m_impl.find(strOld, 0); + if ( pos != npos ) + { + m_impl.replace(pos, strOld.m_impl.length(), strNew.m_impl); + uiCount = 1; + } + } + else // replace all occurrences + { + const size_t uiOldLen = strOld.m_impl.length(); + const size_t uiNewLen = strNew.m_impl.length(); + + // first scan the string to find all positions at which the replacement + // should be made + wxVector replacePositions; + + size_t pos; + for ( pos = m_impl.find(strOld.m_impl, 0); + pos != npos; + pos = m_impl.find(strOld.m_impl, pos + uiOldLen)) + { + replacePositions.push_back(pos); + ++uiCount; + } + + if ( !uiCount ) + return 0; + + // allocate enough memory for the whole new string + wxString tmp; + tmp.m_impl.reserve(m_impl.length() + uiCount*(uiNewLen - uiOldLen)); + + // copy this string to tmp doing replacements on the fly + size_t replNum = 0; + for ( pos = 0; replNum < uiCount; replNum++ ) + { + const size_t nextReplPos = replacePositions[replNum]; + + if ( pos != nextReplPos ) + { + tmp.m_impl.append(m_impl, pos, nextReplPos - pos); + } + + tmp.m_impl.append(strNew.m_impl); + pos = nextReplPos + uiOldLen; + } + + if ( pos != m_impl.length() ) + { + // append the rest of the string unchanged + tmp.m_impl.append(m_impl, pos, m_impl.length() - pos); + } + + swap(tmp); + } + + return uiCount; +} + +bool wxString::IsAscii() const +{ + for ( const_iterator i = begin(); i != end(); ++i ) + { + if ( !(*i).IsAscii() ) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxString::IsWord() const +{ + for ( const_iterator i = begin(); i != end(); ++i ) + { + if ( !wxIsalpha(*i) ) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxString::IsNumber() const +{ + if ( empty() ) + return true; + + const_iterator i = begin(); + + if ( *i == wxT('-') || *i == wxT('+') ) + ++i; + + for ( ; i != end(); ++i ) + { + if ( !wxIsdigit(*i) ) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +wxString wxString::Strip(stripType w) const +{ + wxString s = *this; + if ( w & leading ) s.Trim(false); + if ( w & trailing ) s.Trim(true); + return s; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// case conversion +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString& wxString::MakeUpper() +{ + for ( iterator it = begin(), en = end(); it != en; ++it ) + *it = (wxChar)wxToupper(*it); + + return *this; +} + +wxString& wxString::MakeLower() +{ + for ( iterator it = begin(), en = end(); it != en; ++it ) + *it = (wxChar)wxTolower(*it); + + return *this; +} + +wxString& wxString::MakeCapitalized() +{ + const iterator en = end(); + iterator it = begin(); + if ( it != en ) + { + *it = (wxChar)wxToupper(*it); + for ( ++it; it != en; ++it ) + *it = (wxChar)wxTolower(*it); + } + + return *this; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// trimming and padding +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// some compilers (VC++ 6.0 not to name them) return true for a call to +// isspace('\xEA') in the C locale which seems to be broken to me, but we have +// to live with this by checking that the character is a 7 bit one - even if +// this may fail to detect some spaces (I don't know if Unicode doesn't have +// space-like symbols somewhere except in the first 128 chars), it is arguably +// still better than trimming away accented letters +inline int wxSafeIsspace(wxChar ch) { return (ch < 127) && wxIsspace(ch); } + +// trims spaces (in the sense of isspace) from left or right side +wxString& wxString::Trim(bool bFromRight) +{ + // first check if we're going to modify the string at all + if ( !empty() && + ( + (bFromRight && wxSafeIsspace(GetChar(length() - 1))) || + (!bFromRight && wxSafeIsspace(GetChar(0u))) + ) + ) + { + if ( bFromRight ) + { + // find last non-space character + reverse_iterator psz = rbegin(); + while ( (psz != rend()) && wxSafeIsspace(*psz) ) + ++psz; + + // truncate at trailing space start + erase(psz.base(), end()); + } + else + { + // find first non-space character + iterator psz = begin(); + while ( (psz != end()) && wxSafeIsspace(*psz) ) + ++psz; + + // fix up data and length + erase(begin(), psz); + } + } + + return *this; +} + +// adds nCount characters chPad to the string from either side +wxString& wxString::Pad(size_t nCount, wxUniChar chPad, bool bFromRight) +{ + wxString s(chPad, nCount); + + if ( bFromRight ) + *this += s; + else + { + s += *this; + swap(s); + } + + return *this; +} + +// truncate the string +wxString& wxString::Truncate(size_t uiLen) +{ + if ( uiLen < length() ) + { + erase(begin() + uiLen, end()); + } + //else: nothing to do, string is already short enough + + return *this; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// finding (return wxNOT_FOUND if not found and index otherwise) +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// find a character +int wxString::Find(wxUniChar ch, bool bFromEnd) const +{ + size_type idx = bFromEnd ? find_last_of(ch) : find_first_of(ch); + + return (idx == npos) ? wxNOT_FOUND : (int)idx; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// conversion to numbers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// The implementation of all the functions below is exactly the same so factor +// it out. Note that number extraction works correctly on UTF-8 strings, so +// we can use wxStringCharType and wx_str() for maximum efficiency. + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + #define DO_IF_NOT_WINCE(x) x +#else + #define DO_IF_NOT_WINCE(x) +#endif + +#define WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_START \ + wxCHECK_MSG( pVal, false, wxT("NULL output pointer") ); \ + DO_IF_NOT_WINCE( errno = 0; ) \ + const wxStringCharType *start = wx_str(); \ + wxStringCharType *end; + +// notice that we return false without modifying the output parameter at all if +// nothing could be parsed but we do modify it and return false then if we did +// parse something successfully but not the entire string +#define WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_END \ + if ( end == start DO_IF_NOT_WINCE(|| errno == ERANGE) ) \ + return false; \ + *pVal = val; \ + return !*end; + +bool wxString::ToLong(long *pVal, int base) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !base || (base > 1 && base <= 36), wxT("invalid base") ); + + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_START + long val = wxStrtol(start, &end, base); + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_END +} + +bool wxString::ToULong(unsigned long *pVal, int base) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !base || (base > 1 && base <= 36), wxT("invalid base") ); + + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_START + unsigned long val = wxStrtoul(start, &end, base); + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_END +} + +bool wxString::ToLongLong(wxLongLong_t *pVal, int base) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !base || (base > 1 && base <= 36), wxT("invalid base") ); + + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_START + wxLongLong_t val = wxStrtoll(start, &end, base); + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_END +} + +bool wxString::ToULongLong(wxULongLong_t *pVal, int base) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !base || (base > 1 && base <= 36), wxT("invalid base") ); + + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_START + wxULongLong_t val = wxStrtoull(start, &end, base); + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_END +} + +bool wxString::ToDouble(double *pVal) const +{ + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_START + double val = wxStrtod(start, &end); + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_END +} + +#if wxUSE_XLOCALE + +bool wxString::ToCLong(long *pVal, int base) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !base || (base > 1 && base <= 36), wxT("invalid base") ); + + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_START +#if (wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 || !wxUSE_UNICODE) && defined(wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT) + long val = wxStrtol_lA(start, &end, base, wxCLocale); +#else + long val = wxStrtol_l(start, &end, base, wxCLocale); +#endif + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_END +} + +bool wxString::ToCULong(unsigned long *pVal, int base) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !base || (base > 1 && base <= 36), wxT("invalid base") ); + + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_START +#if (wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 || !wxUSE_UNICODE) && defined(wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT) + unsigned long val = wxStrtoul_lA(start, &end, base, wxCLocale); +#else + unsigned long val = wxStrtoul_l(start, &end, base, wxCLocale); +#endif + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_END +} + +bool wxString::ToCDouble(double *pVal) const +{ + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_START +#if (wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 || !wxUSE_UNICODE) && defined(wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT) + double val = wxStrtod_lA(start, &end, wxCLocale); +#else + double val = wxStrtod_l(start, &end, wxCLocale); +#endif + WX_STRING_TO_X_TYPE_END +} + +#else // wxUSE_XLOCALE + +// Provide implementation of these functions even when wxUSE_XLOCALE is +// disabled, we still need them in wxWidgets internal code. + +// For integers we just assume the current locale uses the same number +// representation as the C one as there is nothing else we can do. +bool wxString::ToCLong(long *pVal, int base) const +{ + return ToLong(pVal, base); +} + +bool wxString::ToCULong(unsigned long *pVal, int base) const +{ + return ToULong(pVal, base); +} + +// For floating point numbers we have to handle the problem of the decimal +// point which is different in different locales. +bool wxString::ToCDouble(double *pVal) const +{ + // Create a copy of this string using the decimal point instead of whatever + // separator the current locale uses. +#if wxUSE_INTL + wxString sep = wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, + wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER); + if ( sep == "." ) + { + // We can avoid an unnecessary string copy in this case. + return ToDouble(pVal); + } +#else // !wxUSE_INTL + // We don't know what the current separator is so it might even be a point + // already, try to parse the string as a double: + if ( ToDouble(pVal) ) + { + // It must have been the point, nothing else to do. + return true; + } + + // Try to guess the separator, using the most common alternative value. + wxString sep(","); +#endif // wxUSE_INTL/!wxUSE_INTL + wxString cstr(*this); + cstr.Replace(".", sep); + + return cstr.ToDouble(pVal); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_XLOCALE/!wxUSE_XLOCALE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// number to string conversion +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +wxString wxString::FromDouble(double val, int precision) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( precision >= -1, wxString(), "Invalid negative precision" ); + + wxString format; + if ( precision == -1 ) + { + format = "%g"; + } + else // Use fixed precision. + { + format.Printf("%%.%df", precision); + } + + return wxString::Format(format, val); +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxString::FromCDouble(double val, int precision) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( precision >= -1, wxString(), "Invalid negative precision" ); + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM && wxUSE_STD_STRING + // We assume that we can use the ostream and not wstream for numbers. + wxSTD ostringstream os; + if ( precision != -1 ) + { + os.precision(precision); + os.setf(std::ios::fixed, std::ios::floatfield); + } + + os << val; + return os.str(); +#else // !wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + // Can't use iostream locale support, fall back to the manual method + // instead. + wxString s = FromDouble(val, precision); +#if wxUSE_INTL + wxString sep = wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, + wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER); +#else // !wxUSE_INTL + // As above, this is the most common alternative value. Notice that here it + // doesn't matter if we guess wrongly and the current separator is already + // ".": we'll just waste a call to Replace() in this case. + wxString sep(","); +#endif // wxUSE_INTL/!wxUSE_INTL + + s.Replace(sep, "."); + return s; +#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM/!wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// formatted output +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +/* static */ +#ifdef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN +wxString wxStringPrintfMixinBase::DoFormatWchar(const wxChar *format, ...) +#else +wxString wxString::DoFormatWchar(const wxChar *format, ...) +#endif +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + + wxString s; + s.PrintfV(format, argptr); + + va_end(argptr); + + return s; +} +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +/* static */ +wxString wxString::DoFormatUtf8(const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + + wxString s; + s.PrintfV(format, argptr); + + va_end(argptr); + + return s; +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +/* static */ +wxString wxString::FormatV(const wxString& format, va_list argptr) +{ + wxString s; + s.PrintfV(format, argptr); + return s; +} + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +#ifdef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN +int wxStringPrintfMixinBase::DoPrintfWchar(const wxChar *format, ...) +#else +int wxString::DoPrintfWchar(const wxChar *format, ...) +#endif +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + +#ifdef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN + // get a pointer to the wxString instance; we have to use dynamic_cast<> + // because it's the only cast that works safely for downcasting when + // multiple inheritance is used: + wxString *str = static_cast(this); +#else + wxString *str = this; +#endif + + int iLen = str->PrintfV(format, argptr); + + va_end(argptr); + + return iLen; +} +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +int wxString::DoPrintfUtf8(const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + + int iLen = PrintfV(format, argptr); + + va_end(argptr); + + return iLen; +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +/* + Uses wxVsnprintf and places the result into the this string. + + In ANSI build, wxVsnprintf is effectively vsnprintf but in Unicode build + it is vswprintf. Due to a discrepancy between vsnprintf and vswprintf in + the ISO C99 (and thus SUSv3) standard the return value for the case of + an undersized buffer is inconsistent. For conforming vsnprintf + implementations the function must return the number of characters that + would have been printed had the buffer been large enough. For conforming + vswprintf implementations the function must return a negative number + and set errno. + + What vswprintf sets errno to is undefined but Darwin seems to set it to + EOVERFLOW. The only expected errno are EILSEQ and EINVAL. Both of + those are defined in the standard and backed up by several conformance + statements. Note that ENOMEM mentioned in the manual page does not + apply to swprintf, only wprintf and fwprintf. + + Official manual page: + http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/swprintf.html + + Some conformance statements (AIX, Solaris): + http://www.opengroup.org/csq/view.mhtml?RID=ibm%2FSD1%2F3 + http://www.theopengroup.org/csq/view.mhtml?norationale=1&noreferences=1&RID=Fujitsu%2FSE2%2F10 + + Since EILSEQ and EINVAL are rather common but EOVERFLOW is not and since + EILSEQ and EINVAL are specifically defined to mean the error is other than + an undersized buffer and no other errno are defined we treat those two + as meaning hard errors and everything else gets the old behavior which + is to keep looping and increasing buffer size until the function succeeds. + + In practice it's impossible to determine before compilation which behavior + may be used. The vswprintf function may have vsnprintf-like behavior or + vice-versa. Behavior detected on one release can theoretically change + with an updated release. Not to mention that configure testing for it + would require the test to be run on the host system, not the build system + which makes cross compilation difficult. Therefore, we make no assumptions + about behavior and try our best to handle every known case, including the + case where wxVsnprintf returns a negative number and fails to set errno. + + There is yet one more non-standard implementation and that is our own. + Fortunately, that can be detected at compile-time. + + On top of all that, ISO C99 explicitly defines snprintf to write a null + character to the last position of the specified buffer. That would be at + at the given buffer size minus 1. It is supposed to do this even if it + turns out that the buffer is sized too small. + + Darwin (tested on 10.5) follows the C99 behavior exactly. + + Glibc 2.6 almost follows the C99 behavior except vswprintf never sets + errno even when it fails. However, it only seems to ever fail due + to an undersized buffer. +*/ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +template +#else +// we only need one version in non-UTF8 builds and at least two Windows +// compilers have problems with this function template, so use just one +// normal function here +#endif +static int DoStringPrintfV(wxString& str, + const wxString& format, va_list argptr) +{ + int size = 1024; + + for ( ;; ) + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + BufferType tmp(str, size + 1); + typename BufferType::CharType *buf = tmp; +#else + wxStringBuffer tmp(str, size + 1); + wxChar *buf = tmp; +#endif + + if ( !buf ) + { + // out of memory + return -1; + } + + // wxVsnprintf() may modify the original arg pointer, so pass it + // only a copy + va_list argptrcopy; + wxVaCopy(argptrcopy, argptr); + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + // Set errno to 0 to make it determinate if wxVsnprintf fails to set it. + errno = 0; +#endif + int len = wxVsnprintf(buf, size, format, argptrcopy); + va_end(argptrcopy); + + // some implementations of vsnprintf() don't NUL terminate + // the string if there is not enough space for it so + // always do it manually + // FIXME: This really seems to be the wrong and would be an off-by-one + // bug except the code above allocates an extra character. + buf[size] = wxT('\0'); + + // vsnprintf() may return either -1 (traditional Unix behaviour) or the + // total number of characters which would have been written if the + // buffer were large enough (newer standards such as Unix98) + if ( len < 0 ) + { + // NB: wxVsnprintf() may call either wxCRT_VsnprintfW or + // wxCRT_VsnprintfA in UTF-8 build; wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF + // is true if *both* of them use our own implementation, + // otherwise we can't be sure +#if wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF + // we know that our own implementation of wxVsnprintf() returns -1 + // only for a format error - thus there's something wrong with + // the user's format string + buf[0] = '\0'; + return -1; +#else // possibly using system version + // assume it only returns error if there is not enough space, but + // as we don't know how much we need, double the current size of + // the buffer +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + if( (errno == EILSEQ) || (errno == EINVAL) ) + // If errno was set to one of the two well-known hard errors + // then fail immediately to avoid an infinite loop. + return -1; + else +#endif // __WXWINCE__ + // still not enough, as we don't know how much we need, double the + // current size of the buffer + size *= 2; +#endif // wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF/!wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF + } + else if ( len >= size ) + { +#if wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF + // we know that our own implementation of wxVsnprintf() returns + // size+1 when there's not enough space but that's not the size + // of the required buffer! + size *= 2; // so we just double the current size of the buffer +#else + // some vsnprintf() implementations NUL-terminate the buffer and + // some don't in len == size case, to be safe always add 1 + // FIXME: I don't quite understand this comment. The vsnprintf + // function is specifically defined to return the number of + // characters printed not including the null terminator. + // So OF COURSE you need to add 1 to get the right buffer size. + // The following line is definitely correct, no question. + size = len + 1; +#endif + } + else // ok, there was enough space + { + break; + } + } + + // we could have overshot + str.Shrink(); + + return str.length(); +} + +int wxString::PrintfV(const wxString& format, va_list argptr) +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + #if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + typedef wxStringTypeBuffer Utf8Buffer; + #else + typedef wxStringInternalBuffer Utf8Buffer; + #endif +#endif + +#if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + return DoStringPrintfV(*this, format, argptr); +#else + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) + return DoStringPrintfV(*this, format, argptr); + else + // wxChar* version + return DoStringPrintfV(*this, format, argptr); + #else + return DoStringPrintfV(*this, format, argptr); + #endif // UTF8/WCHAR +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// misc other operations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// returns true if the string matches the pattern which may contain '*' and +// '?' metacharacters (as usual, '?' matches any character and '*' any number +// of them) +bool wxString::Matches(const wxString& mask) const +{ + // I disable this code as it doesn't seem to be faster (in fact, it seems + // to be much slower) than the old, hand-written code below and using it + // here requires always linking with libregex even if the user code doesn't + // use it +#if 0 // wxUSE_REGEX + // first translate the shell-like mask into a regex + wxString pattern; + pattern.reserve(wxStrlen(pszMask)); + + pattern += wxT('^'); + while ( *pszMask ) + { + switch ( *pszMask ) + { + case wxT('?'): + pattern += wxT('.'); + break; + + case wxT('*'): + pattern += wxT(".*"); + break; + + case wxT('^'): + case wxT('.'): + case wxT('$'): + case wxT('('): + case wxT(')'): + case wxT('|'): + case wxT('+'): + case wxT('\\'): + // these characters are special in a RE, quote them + // (however note that we don't quote '[' and ']' to allow + // using them for Unix shell like matching) + pattern += wxT('\\'); + // fall through + + default: + pattern += *pszMask; + } + + pszMask++; + } + pattern += wxT('$'); + + // and now use it + return wxRegEx(pattern, wxRE_NOSUB | wxRE_EXTENDED).Matches(c_str()); +#else // !wxUSE_REGEX + // TODO: this is, of course, awfully inefficient... + + // FIXME-UTF8: implement using iterators, remove #if +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + const wxScopedWCharBuffer maskBuf = mask.wc_str(); + const wxScopedWCharBuffer txtBuf = wc_str(); + const wxChar *pszMask = maskBuf.data(); + const wxChar *pszTxt = txtBuf.data(); +#else + const wxChar *pszMask = mask.wx_str(); + // the char currently being checked + const wxChar *pszTxt = wx_str(); +#endif + + // the last location where '*' matched + const wxChar *pszLastStarInText = NULL; + const wxChar *pszLastStarInMask = NULL; + +match: + for ( ; *pszMask != wxT('\0'); pszMask++, pszTxt++ ) { + switch ( *pszMask ) { + case wxT('?'): + if ( *pszTxt == wxT('\0') ) + return false; + + // pszTxt and pszMask will be incremented in the loop statement + + break; + + case wxT('*'): + { + // remember where we started to be able to backtrack later + pszLastStarInText = pszTxt; + pszLastStarInMask = pszMask; + + // ignore special chars immediately following this one + // (should this be an error?) + while ( *pszMask == wxT('*') || *pszMask == wxT('?') ) + pszMask++; + + // if there is nothing more, match + if ( *pszMask == wxT('\0') ) + return true; + + // are there any other metacharacters in the mask? + size_t uiLenMask; + const wxChar *pEndMask = wxStrpbrk(pszMask, wxT("*?")); + + if ( pEndMask != NULL ) { + // we have to match the string between two metachars + uiLenMask = pEndMask - pszMask; + } + else { + // we have to match the remainder of the string + uiLenMask = wxStrlen(pszMask); + } + + wxString strToMatch(pszMask, uiLenMask); + const wxChar* pMatch = wxStrstr(pszTxt, strToMatch); + if ( pMatch == NULL ) + return false; + + // -1 to compensate "++" in the loop + pszTxt = pMatch + uiLenMask - 1; + pszMask += uiLenMask - 1; + } + break; + + default: + if ( *pszMask != *pszTxt ) + return false; + break; + } + } + + // match only if nothing left + if ( *pszTxt == wxT('\0') ) + return true; + + // if we failed to match, backtrack if we can + if ( pszLastStarInText ) { + pszTxt = pszLastStarInText + 1; + pszMask = pszLastStarInMask; + + pszLastStarInText = NULL; + + // don't bother resetting pszLastStarInMask, it's unnecessary + + goto match; + } + + return false; +#endif // wxUSE_REGEX/!wxUSE_REGEX +} + +// Count the number of chars +int wxString::Freq(wxUniChar ch) const +{ + int count = 0; + for ( const_iterator i = begin(); i != end(); ++i ) + { + if ( *i == ch ) + count ++; + } + return count; +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stringimpl.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stringimpl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aa766c0bc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stringimpl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,795 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/stringimpl.cpp +// Purpose: wxString class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Ryan Norton +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stringimpl.cpp 66728 2011-01-22 14:38:36Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// (c) 2004 Ryan Norton +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + * About ref counting: + * 1) all empty strings use g_strEmpty, nRefs = -1 (set in Init()) + * 2) AllocBuffer() sets nRefs to 1, Lock() increments it by one + * 3) Unlock() decrements nRefs and frees memory if it goes to 0 + */ + +// =========================================================================== +// headers, declarations, constants +// =========================================================================== + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/stringimpl.h" + #include "wx/wxcrt.h" +#endif + +#include + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + #include +#endif + +#include +#include + +// allocating extra space for each string consumes more memory but speeds up +// the concatenation operations (nLen is the current string's length) +// NB: EXTRA_ALLOC must be >= 0! +#define EXTRA_ALLOC (19 - nLen % 16) + + +// string handling functions used by wxString: +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + #define wxStringMemcpy memcpy + #define wxStringMemcmp memcmp + #define wxStringMemchr memchr +#else + #define wxStringMemcpy wxTmemcpy + #define wxStringMemcmp wxTmemcmp + #define wxStringMemchr wxTmemchr +#endif + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// static class variables definition +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING +//According to STL _must_ be a -1 size_t +const size_t wxStringImpl::npos = (size_t) -1; +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// static data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + +// FIXME-UTF8: get rid of this, have only one wxEmptyString +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +const wxStringCharType WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE *wxEmptyStringImpl = ""; +#endif +const wxChar WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE *wxEmptyString = wxT(""); + +#else + +// for an empty string, GetStringData() will return this address: this +// structure has the same layout as wxStringData and it's data() method will +// return the empty string (dummy pointer) +static const struct +{ + wxStringData data; + wxStringCharType dummy; +} g_strEmpty = { {-1, 0, 0}, wxT('\0') }; + +// empty C style string: points to 'string data' byte of g_strEmpty +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +// FIXME-UTF8: get rid of this, have only one wxEmptyString +const wxStringCharType WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE *wxEmptyStringImpl = &g_strEmpty.dummy; +const wxChar WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE *wxEmptyString = wxT(""); +#else +const wxStringCharType WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE *wxEmptyString = &g_strEmpty.dummy; +#endif + +#endif + + +#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this small class is used to gather statistics for performance tuning + +// uncomment this to enable gathering of some statistics about wxString +// efficiency +//#define WXSTRING_STATISTICS + +#ifdef WXSTRING_STATISTICS + class Averager + { + public: + Averager(const wxStringCharType *sz) { m_sz = sz; m_nTotal = m_nCount = 0; } + ~Averager() + { + wxPrintf("wxString %s: total = %lu, average = %f\n", + m_sz, m_nTotal, ((float)m_nTotal)/m_nCount); + } + + void Add(size_t n) { m_nTotal += n; m_nCount++; } + + private: + unsigned long m_nCount, m_nTotal; + const wxStringCharType *m_sz; + } g_averageLength("allocation size"), + g_averageSummandLength("summand length"), + g_averageConcatHit("hit probability in concat"), + g_averageInitialLength("initial string length"); + + #define STATISTICS_ADD(av, val) g_average##av.Add(val) +#else + #define STATISTICS_ADD(av, val) +#endif // WXSTRING_STATISTICS + +// =========================================================================== +// wxStringData class deallocation +// =========================================================================== + +#if defined(__VISUALC__) && defined(_MT) && !defined(_DLL) +# pragma message (__FILE__ ": building with Multithreaded non DLL runtime has a performance impact on wxString!") +void wxStringData::Free() +{ + free(this); +} +#endif + +// =========================================================================== +// wxStringImpl +// =========================================================================== + +// takes nLength elements of psz starting at nPos +void wxStringImpl::InitWith(const wxStringCharType *psz, + size_t nPos, size_t nLength) +{ + Init(); + + // if the length is not given, assume the string to be NUL terminated + if ( nLength == npos ) { + wxASSERT_MSG( nPos <= wxStrlen(psz), wxT("index out of bounds") ); + + nLength = wxStrlen(psz + nPos); + } + + STATISTICS_ADD(InitialLength, nLength); + + if ( nLength > 0 ) { + // trailing '\0' is written in AllocBuffer() + if ( !AllocBuffer(nLength) ) { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("out of memory in wxStringImpl::InitWith") ); + return; + } + wxStringMemcpy(m_pchData, psz + nPos, nLength); + } +} + +wxStringImpl::wxStringImpl(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) +{ + if ( last >= first ) + { + InitWith(first.GetPtr(), 0, last - first); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("first must be before last") ); + Init(); + } +} + +wxStringImpl::wxStringImpl(size_type n, wxStringCharType ch) +{ + Init(); + append(n, ch); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// memory allocation +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// allocates memory needed to store a C string of length nLen +bool wxStringImpl::AllocBuffer(size_t nLen) +{ + // allocating 0 sized buffer doesn't make sense, all empty strings should + // reuse g_strEmpty + wxASSERT( nLen > 0 ); + + // make sure that we don't overflow + wxCHECK( nLen < (INT_MAX / sizeof(wxStringCharType)) - + (sizeof(wxStringData) + EXTRA_ALLOC + 1), false ); + + STATISTICS_ADD(Length, nLen); + + // allocate memory: + // 1) one extra character for '\0' termination + // 2) sizeof(wxStringData) for housekeeping info + wxStringData* pData = (wxStringData*) + malloc(sizeof(wxStringData) + (nLen + EXTRA_ALLOC + 1)*sizeof(wxStringCharType)); + + if ( pData == NULL ) { + // allocation failures are handled by the caller + return false; + } + + pData->nRefs = 1; + pData->nDataLength = nLen; + pData->nAllocLength = nLen + EXTRA_ALLOC; + m_pchData = pData->data(); // data starts after wxStringData + m_pchData[nLen] = wxT('\0'); + return true; +} + +// must be called before changing this string +bool wxStringImpl::CopyBeforeWrite() +{ + wxStringData* pData = GetStringData(); + + if ( pData->IsShared() ) { + pData->Unlock(); // memory not freed because shared + size_t nLen = pData->nDataLength; + if ( !AllocBuffer(nLen) ) { + // allocation failures are handled by the caller + return false; + } + wxStringMemcpy(m_pchData, pData->data(), nLen); + } + + wxASSERT( !GetStringData()->IsShared() ); // we must be the only owner + + return true; +} + +// must be called before replacing contents of this string +bool wxStringImpl::AllocBeforeWrite(size_t nLen) +{ + wxASSERT( nLen != 0 ); // doesn't make any sense + + // must not share string and must have enough space + wxStringData* pData = GetStringData(); + if ( pData->IsShared() || pData->IsEmpty() ) { + // can't work with old buffer, get new one + pData->Unlock(); + if ( !AllocBuffer(nLen) ) { + // allocation failures are handled by the caller + return false; + } + } + else { + if ( nLen > pData->nAllocLength ) { + // realloc the buffer instead of calling malloc() again, this is more + // efficient + STATISTICS_ADD(Length, nLen); + + nLen += EXTRA_ALLOC; + + pData = (wxStringData*) + realloc(pData, + sizeof(wxStringData) + (nLen + 1)*sizeof(wxStringCharType)); + + if ( pData == NULL ) { + // allocation failures are handled by the caller + // keep previous data since reallocation failed + return false; + } + + pData->nAllocLength = nLen; + m_pchData = pData->data(); + } + } + + wxASSERT( !GetStringData()->IsShared() ); // we must be the only owner + + // it doesn't really matter what the string length is as it's going to be + // overwritten later but, for extra safety, set it to 0 for now as we may + // have some junk in m_pchData + GetStringData()->nDataLength = 0; + + return true; +} + +wxStringImpl& wxStringImpl::append(size_t n, wxStringCharType ch) +{ + size_type len = length(); + + if ( !Alloc(len + n) || !CopyBeforeWrite() ) { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("out of memory in wxStringImpl::append") ); + return *this; + } + GetStringData()->nDataLength = len + n; + m_pchData[len + n] = '\0'; + for ( size_t i = 0; i < n; ++i ) + m_pchData[len + i] = ch; + return *this; +} + +void wxStringImpl::resize(size_t nSize, wxStringCharType ch) +{ + size_t len = length(); + + if ( nSize < len ) + { + erase(begin() + nSize, end()); + } + else if ( nSize > len ) + { + append(nSize - len, ch); + } + //else: we have exactly the specified length, nothing to do +} + +// allocate enough memory for nLen characters +bool wxStringImpl::Alloc(size_t nLen) +{ + wxStringData *pData = GetStringData(); + if ( pData->nAllocLength <= nLen ) { + if ( pData->IsEmpty() ) { + STATISTICS_ADD(Length, nLen); + + nLen += EXTRA_ALLOC; + + pData = (wxStringData *) + malloc(sizeof(wxStringData) + (nLen + 1)*sizeof(wxStringCharType)); + + if ( pData == NULL ) { + // allocation failure handled by caller + return false; + } + + pData->nRefs = 1; + pData->nDataLength = 0; + pData->nAllocLength = nLen; + m_pchData = pData->data(); // data starts after wxStringData + m_pchData[0u] = wxT('\0'); + } + else if ( pData->IsShared() ) { + pData->Unlock(); // memory not freed because shared + size_t nOldLen = pData->nDataLength; + if ( !AllocBuffer(nLen) ) { + // allocation failure handled by caller + return false; + } + // +1 to copy the terminator, too + memcpy(m_pchData, pData->data(), (nOldLen+1)*sizeof(wxStringCharType)); + GetStringData()->nDataLength = nOldLen; + } + else { + nLen += EXTRA_ALLOC; + + pData = (wxStringData *) + realloc(pData, sizeof(wxStringData) + (nLen + 1)*sizeof(wxStringCharType)); + + if ( pData == NULL ) { + // allocation failure handled by caller + // keep previous data since reallocation failed + return false; + } + + // it's not important if the pointer changed or not (the check for this + // is not faster than assigning to m_pchData in all cases) + pData->nAllocLength = nLen; + m_pchData = pData->data(); + } + } + //else: we've already got enough + return true; +} + +wxStringImpl::iterator wxStringImpl::begin() +{ + if ( !empty() ) + CopyBeforeWrite(); + return m_pchData; +} + +wxStringImpl::iterator wxStringImpl::end() +{ + if ( !empty() ) + CopyBeforeWrite(); + return m_pchData + length(); +} + +wxStringImpl::iterator wxStringImpl::erase(iterator it) +{ + size_type idx = it - begin(); + erase(idx, 1); + return begin() + idx; +} + +wxStringImpl& wxStringImpl::erase(size_t nStart, size_t nLen) +{ + wxASSERT(nStart <= length()); + size_t strLen = length() - nStart; + // delete nLen or up to the end of the string characters + nLen = strLen < nLen ? strLen : nLen; + wxStringImpl strTmp(c_str(), nStart); + strTmp.append(c_str() + nStart + nLen, length() - nStart - nLen); + + swap(strTmp); + return *this; +} + +wxStringImpl& wxStringImpl::insert(size_t nPos, + const wxStringCharType *sz, size_t n) +{ + wxASSERT( nPos <= length() ); + + if ( n == npos ) n = wxStrlen(sz); + if ( n == 0 ) return *this; + + if ( !Alloc(length() + n) || !CopyBeforeWrite() ) { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("out of memory in wxStringImpl::insert") ); + return *this; + } + + memmove(m_pchData + nPos + n, m_pchData + nPos, + (length() - nPos) * sizeof(wxStringCharType)); + memcpy(m_pchData + nPos, sz, n * sizeof(wxStringCharType)); + GetStringData()->nDataLength = length() + n; + m_pchData[length()] = '\0'; + + return *this; +} + +void wxStringImpl::swap(wxStringImpl& str) +{ + wxStringCharType* tmp = str.m_pchData; + str.m_pchData = m_pchData; + m_pchData = tmp; +} + +size_t wxStringImpl::find(const wxStringImpl& str, size_t nStart) const +{ + // deal with the special case of empty string first + const size_t nLen = length(); + const size_t nLenOther = str.length(); + + if ( !nLenOther ) + { + // empty string is a substring of anything + return 0; + } + + if ( !nLen ) + { + // the other string is non empty so can't be our substring + return npos; + } + + wxASSERT( str.GetStringData()->IsValid() ); + wxASSERT( nStart <= nLen ); + + const wxStringCharType * const other = str.c_str(); + + // anchor + const wxStringCharType* p = + (const wxStringCharType*)wxStringMemchr(c_str() + nStart, + *other, + nLen - nStart); + + if ( !p ) + return npos; + + while ( p - c_str() + nLenOther <= nLen && + wxStringMemcmp(p, other, nLenOther) ) + { + p++; + + // anchor again + p = (const wxStringCharType*) + wxStringMemchr(p, *other, nLen - (p - c_str())); + + if ( !p ) + return npos; + } + + return p - c_str() + nLenOther <= nLen ? p - c_str() : npos; +} + +size_t wxStringImpl::find(const wxStringCharType* sz, + size_t nStart, size_t n) const +{ + return find(wxStringImpl(sz, n), nStart); +} + +size_t wxStringImpl::find(wxStringCharType ch, size_t nStart) const +{ + wxASSERT( nStart <= length() ); + + const wxStringCharType *p = (const wxStringCharType*) + wxStringMemchr(c_str() + nStart, ch, length() - nStart); + + return p == NULL ? npos : p - c_str(); +} + +size_t wxStringImpl::rfind(const wxStringImpl& str, size_t nStart) const +{ + wxASSERT( str.GetStringData()->IsValid() ); + wxASSERT( nStart == npos || nStart <= length() ); + + if ( length() >= str.length() ) + { + // avoids a corner case later + if ( empty() && str.empty() ) + return 0; + + // "top" is the point where search starts from + size_t top = length() - str.length(); + + if ( nStart == npos ) + nStart = length() - 1; + if ( nStart < top ) + top = nStart; + + const wxStringCharType *cursor = c_str() + top; + do + { + if ( wxStringMemcmp(cursor, str.c_str(), str.length()) == 0 ) + { + return cursor - c_str(); + } + } while ( cursor-- > c_str() ); + } + + return npos; +} + +size_t wxStringImpl::rfind(const wxStringCharType* sz, + size_t nStart, size_t n) const +{ + return rfind(wxStringImpl(sz, n), nStart); +} + +size_t wxStringImpl::rfind(wxStringCharType ch, size_t nStart) const +{ + if ( nStart == npos ) + { + nStart = length(); + } + else + { + wxASSERT( nStart <= length() ); + } + + const wxStringCharType *actual; + for ( actual = c_str() + ( nStart == npos ? length() : nStart + 1 ); + actual > c_str(); --actual ) + { + if ( *(actual - 1) == ch ) + return (actual - 1) - c_str(); + } + + return npos; +} + +wxStringImpl& wxStringImpl::replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, + const wxStringCharType *sz, size_t nCount) +{ + // check and adjust parameters + const size_t lenOld = length(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( nStart <= lenOld, + wxT("index out of bounds in wxStringImpl::replace") ); + size_t nEnd = nStart + nLen; + if ( nLen > lenOld - nStart ) + { + // nLen may be out of range, as it can be npos, just clump it down + nLen = lenOld - nStart; + nEnd = lenOld; + } + + if ( nCount == npos ) + nCount = wxStrlen(sz); + + // build the new string from 3 pieces: part of this string before nStart, + // the new substring and the part of this string after nStart+nLen + wxStringImpl tmp; + const size_t lenNew = lenOld + nCount - nLen; + if ( lenNew ) + { + tmp.AllocBuffer(lenOld + nCount - nLen); + + wxStringCharType *dst = tmp.m_pchData; + memcpy(dst, m_pchData, nStart*sizeof(wxStringCharType)); + dst += nStart; + + memcpy(dst, sz, nCount*sizeof(wxStringCharType)); + dst += nCount; + + memcpy(dst, m_pchData + nEnd, (lenOld - nEnd)*sizeof(wxStringCharType)); + } + + // and replace this string contents with the new one + swap(tmp); + return *this; +} + +wxStringImpl wxStringImpl::substr(size_t nStart, size_t nLen) const +{ + if ( nLen == npos ) + nLen = length() - nStart; + return wxStringImpl(*this, nStart, nLen); +} + +// assigns one string to another +wxStringImpl& wxStringImpl::operator=(const wxStringImpl& stringSrc) +{ + wxASSERT( stringSrc.GetStringData()->IsValid() ); + + // don't copy string over itself + if ( m_pchData != stringSrc.m_pchData ) { + if ( stringSrc.GetStringData()->IsEmpty() ) { + Reinit(); + } + else { + // adjust references + GetStringData()->Unlock(); + m_pchData = stringSrc.m_pchData; + GetStringData()->Lock(); + } + } + + return *this; +} + +// assigns a single character +wxStringImpl& wxStringImpl::operator=(wxStringCharType ch) +{ + wxStringCharType c(ch); + if ( !AssignCopy(1, &c) ) { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("out of memory in wxStringImpl::operator=(wxStringCharType)") ); + } + return *this; +} + +// assigns C string +wxStringImpl& wxStringImpl::operator=(const wxStringCharType *psz) +{ + if ( !AssignCopy(wxStrlen(psz), psz) ) { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("out of memory in wxStringImpl::operator=(const wxStringCharType *)") ); + } + return *this; +} + +// helper function: does real copy +bool wxStringImpl::AssignCopy(size_t nSrcLen, + const wxStringCharType *pszSrcData) +{ + if ( nSrcLen == 0 ) { + Reinit(); + } + else { + if ( !AllocBeforeWrite(nSrcLen) ) { + // allocation failure handled by caller + return false; + } + memcpy(m_pchData, pszSrcData, nSrcLen*sizeof(wxStringCharType)); + GetStringData()->nDataLength = nSrcLen; + m_pchData[nSrcLen] = wxT('\0'); + } + return true; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// string concatenation +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// add something to this string +bool wxStringImpl::ConcatSelf(size_t nSrcLen, + const wxStringCharType *pszSrcData, + size_t nMaxLen) +{ + STATISTICS_ADD(SummandLength, nSrcLen); + + nSrcLen = nSrcLen < nMaxLen ? nSrcLen : nMaxLen; + + // concatenating an empty string is a NOP + if ( nSrcLen > 0 ) { + wxStringData *pData = GetStringData(); + size_t nLen = pData->nDataLength; + + // take special care when appending part of this string to itself: the code + // below reallocates our buffer and this invalidates pszSrcData pointer so + // we have to copy it in another temporary string in this case (but avoid + // doing this unnecessarily) + if ( pszSrcData >= m_pchData && pszSrcData < m_pchData + nLen ) + { + wxStringImpl tmp(pszSrcData, nSrcLen); + return ConcatSelf(nSrcLen, tmp.m_pchData, nSrcLen); + } + + size_t nNewLen = nLen + nSrcLen; + + // alloc new buffer if current is too small + if ( pData->IsShared() ) { + STATISTICS_ADD(ConcatHit, 0); + + // we have to allocate another buffer + wxStringData* pOldData = GetStringData(); + if ( !AllocBuffer(nNewLen) ) { + // allocation failure handled by caller + return false; + } + memcpy(m_pchData, pOldData->data(), nLen*sizeof(wxStringCharType)); + pOldData->Unlock(); + } + else if ( nNewLen > pData->nAllocLength ) { + STATISTICS_ADD(ConcatHit, 0); + + reserve(nNewLen); + // we have to grow the buffer + if ( capacity() < nNewLen ) { + // allocation failure handled by caller + return false; + } + } + else { + STATISTICS_ADD(ConcatHit, 1); + + // the buffer is already big enough + } + + // should be enough space + wxASSERT( nNewLen <= GetStringData()->nAllocLength ); + + // fast concatenation - all is done in our buffer + memcpy(m_pchData + nLen, pszSrcData, nSrcLen*sizeof(wxStringCharType)); + + m_pchData[nNewLen] = wxT('\0'); // put terminating '\0' + GetStringData()->nDataLength = nNewLen; // and fix the length + } + //else: the string to append was empty + return true; +} + +// get the pointer to writable buffer of (at least) nLen bytes +wxStringCharType *wxStringImpl::DoGetWriteBuf(size_t nLen) +{ + if ( !AllocBeforeWrite(nLen) ) { + // allocation failure handled by caller + return NULL; + } + + wxASSERT( GetStringData()->nRefs == 1 ); + GetStringData()->Validate(false); + + return m_pchData; +} + +// put string back in a reasonable state after GetWriteBuf +void wxStringImpl::DoUngetWriteBuf() +{ + DoUngetWriteBuf(wxStrlen(m_pchData)); +} + +void wxStringImpl::DoUngetWriteBuf(size_t nLen) +{ + wxStringData * const pData = GetStringData(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( nLen < pData->nAllocLength, wxT("buffer overrun") ); + + // the strings we store are always NUL-terminated + pData->data()[nLen] = wxT('\0'); + pData->nDataLength = nLen; + pData->Validate(true); +} + +#endif // !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stringops.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stringops.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..233bf83caf --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/stringops.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,317 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/stringops.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxString primitive operations +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 2007-04-16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stringops.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 REA Elektronik GmbH +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// =========================================================================== +// headers +// =========================================================================== + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/stringops.h" +#endif + +// =========================================================================== +// implementation +// =========================================================================== + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// UTF-8 sequences lengths +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const unsigned char wxStringOperationsUtf8::ms_utf8IterTable[256] = { + // single-byte sequences (ASCII): + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 00..0F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 10..1F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 20..2F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 30..3F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 40..4F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 50..5F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 60..6F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 70..7F + + // these are invalid, we use step 1 to skip + // over them (should never happen): + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 80..8F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 90..9F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // A0..AF + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // B0..BF + 1, 1, // C0,C1 + + // two-byte sequences: + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, // C2..CF + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, // D0..DF + + // three-byte sequences: + 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, // E0..EF + + // four-byte sequences: + 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, // F0..F4 + + // these are invalid again (5- or 6-byte + // sequences and sequences for code points + // above U+10FFFF, as restricted by RFC 3629): + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 // F5..FF +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// UTF-8 operations +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// +// Table 3.1B from Unicode spec: Legal UTF-8 Byte Sequences +// +// Code Points | 1st Byte | 2nd Byte | 3rd Byte | 4th Byte | +// -------------------+----------+----------+----------+----------+ +// U+0000..U+007F | 00..7F | | | | +// U+0080..U+07FF | C2..DF | 80..BF | | | +// U+0800..U+0FFF | E0 | A0..BF | 80..BF | | +// U+1000..U+FFFF | E1..EF | 80..BF | 80..BF | | +// U+10000..U+3FFFF | F0 | 90..BF | 80..BF | 80..BF | +// U+40000..U+FFFFF | F1..F3 | 80..BF | 80..BF | 80..BF | +// U+100000..U+10FFFF | F4 | 80..8F | 80..BF | 80..BF | +// -------------------+----------+----------+----------+----------+ + +bool wxStringOperationsUtf8::IsValidUtf8String(const char *str, size_t len) +{ + if ( !str ) + return true; // empty string is UTF8 string + + const unsigned char *c = (const unsigned char*)str; + const unsigned char * const end = (len == wxStringImpl::npos) ? NULL : c + len; + + for ( ; c != end && *c; ++c ) + { + unsigned char b = *c; + + if ( end != NULL ) + { + // if the string is not NULL-terminated, verify we have enough + // bytes in it left for current character's encoding: + if ( c + ms_utf8IterTable[*c] > end ) + return false; + } + + if ( b <= 0x7F ) // 00..7F + continue; + + else if ( b < 0xC2 ) // invalid lead bytes: 80..C1 + return false; + + // two-byte sequences: + else if ( b <= 0xDF ) // C2..DF + { + b = *(++c); + if ( !(b >= 0x80 && b <= 0xBF ) ) + return false; + } + + // three-byte sequences: + else if ( b == 0xE0 ) + { + b = *(++c); + if ( !(b >= 0xA0 && b <= 0xBF ) ) + return false; + b = *(++c); + if ( !(b >= 0x80 && b <= 0xBF ) ) + return false; + } + else if ( b == 0xED ) + { + b = *(++c); + if ( !(b >= 0x80 && b <= 0x9F ) ) + return false; + b = *(++c); + if ( !(b >= 0x80 && b <= 0xBF ) ) + return false; + } + else if ( b <= 0xEF ) // E1..EC EE..EF + { + for ( int i = 0; i < 2; ++i ) + { + b = *(++c); + if ( !(b >= 0x80 && b <= 0xBF ) ) + return false; + } + } + + // four-byte sequences: + else if ( b == 0xF0 ) + { + b = *(++c); + if ( !(b >= 0x90 && b <= 0xBF ) ) + return false; + for ( int i = 0; i < 2; ++i ) + { + b = *(++c); + if ( !(b >= 0x80 && b <= 0xBF ) ) + return false; + } + } + else if ( b <= 0xF3 ) // F1..F3 + { + for ( int i = 0; i < 3; ++i ) + { + b = *(++c); + if ( !(b >= 0x80 && b <= 0xBF ) ) + return false; + } + } + else if ( b == 0xF4 ) + { + b = *(++c); + if ( !(b >= 0x80 && b <= 0x8F ) ) + return false; + for ( int i = 0; i < 2; ++i ) + { + b = *(++c); + if ( !(b >= 0x80 && b <= 0xBF ) ) + return false; + } + } + else // otherwise, it's invalid lead byte + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +// NB: this is in this file and not unichar.cpp to keep all UTF-8 encoding +// code in single place +wxUniChar::Utf8CharBuffer wxUniChar::AsUTF8() const +{ + Utf8CharBuffer buf = { "" }; // init to avoid g++ 4.1 warning with -O2 + char *out = buf.data; + + value_type code = GetValue(); + + // Char. number range | UTF-8 octet sequence + // (hexadecimal) | (binary) + // ----------------------+--------------------------------------------- + // 0000 0000 - 0000 007F | 0xxxxxxx + // 0000 0080 - 0000 07FF | 110xxxxx 10xxxxxx + // 0000 0800 - 0000 FFFF | 1110xxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx + // 0001 0000 - 0010 FFFF | 11110xxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx + // + // Code point value is stored in bits marked with 'x', lowest-order bit + // of the value on the right side in the diagram above. + // (from RFC 3629) + + if ( code <= 0x7F ) + { + out[1] = 0; + out[0] = (char)code; + } + else if ( code <= 0x07FF ) + { + out[2] = 0; + // NB: this line takes 6 least significant bits, encodes them as + // 10xxxxxx and discards them so that the next byte can be encoded: + out[1] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[0] = 0xC0 | code; + } + else if ( code < 0xFFFF ) + { + out[3] = 0; + out[2] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[1] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[0] = 0xE0 | code; + } + else if ( code <= 0x10FFFF ) + { + out[4] = 0; + out[3] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[2] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[1] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[0] = 0xF0 | code; + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("trying to encode undefined Unicode character") ); + out[0] = 0; + } + + return buf; +} + +wxUniChar +wxStringOperationsUtf8::DecodeNonAsciiChar(wxStringImpl::const_iterator i) +{ + wxASSERT( IsValidUtf8LeadByte(*i) ); + + wxUniChar::value_type code = 0; + size_t len = GetUtf8CharLength(*i); + wxASSERT_MSG( len <= 4, wxT("invalid UTF-8 sequence length") ); + + // Char. number range | UTF-8 octet sequence + // (hexadecimal) | (binary) + // ----------------------+--------------------------------------------- + // 0000 0000 - 0000 007F | 0xxxxxxx + // 0000 0080 - 0000 07FF | 110xxxxx 10xxxxxx + // 0000 0800 - 0000 FFFF | 1110xxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx + // 0001 0000 - 0010 FFFF | 11110xxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx + // + // Code point value is stored in bits marked with 'x', lowest-order bit + // of the value on the right side in the diagram above. + // (from RFC 3629) + + // mask to extract lead byte's value ('x' bits above), by sequence's length: + static const unsigned char s_leadValueMask[4] = { 0x7F, 0x1F, 0x0F, 0x07 }; +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + // mask and value of lead byte's most significant bits, by length: + static const unsigned char s_leadMarkerMask[4] = { 0x80, 0xE0, 0xF0, 0xF8 }; + static const unsigned char s_leadMarkerVal[4] = { 0x00, 0xC0, 0xE0, 0xF0 }; +#endif + + // extract the lead byte's value bits: + wxASSERT_MSG( ((unsigned char)*i & s_leadMarkerMask[len-1]) == + s_leadMarkerVal[len-1], + wxT("invalid UTF-8 lead byte") ); + code = (unsigned char)*i & s_leadValueMask[len-1]; + + // all remaining bytes, if any, are handled in the same way regardless of + // sequence's length: + for ( ++i ; len > 1; --len, ++i ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( ((unsigned char)*i & 0xC0) == 0x80, + wxT("invalid UTF-8 byte") ); + + code <<= 6; + code |= (unsigned char)*i & 0x3F; + } + + return wxUniChar(code); +} + +wxCharBuffer wxStringOperationsUtf8::EncodeNChars(size_t n, const wxUniChar& ch) +{ + Utf8CharBuffer once(EncodeChar(ch)); + // the IncIter() table can be used to determine the length of ch's encoding: + size_t len = ms_utf8IterTable[(unsigned char)once.data[0]]; + + wxCharBuffer buf(n * len); + char *ptr = buf.data(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < n; i++, ptr += len ) + { + memcpy(ptr, once.data, len); + } + + return buf; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/strvararg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/strvararg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f1d678cc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/strvararg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,716 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/strvararg.cpp +// Purpose: macros for implementing type-safe vararg passing of strings +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2007-02-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: strvararg.cpp 65057 2010-07-23 23:32:46Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 REA Elektronik GmbH +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/strvararg.h" +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/crt.h" +#include "wx/private/wxprintf.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArgNormalizer<> +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const wxStringCharType *wxArgNormalizerNative::get() const +{ + return m_value.wx_str(); +} + +const wxStringCharType *wxArgNormalizerNative::get() const +{ + return m_value.AsInternal(); +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +wxArgNormalizerWchar::wxArgNormalizerWchar( + const wxString& s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer(s.wc_str(), fmt, index) +{ +} + +wxArgNormalizerWchar::wxArgNormalizerWchar( + const wxCStrData& s, + const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) + : wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer(s.AsWCharBuf(), fmt, index) +{ +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArgNormalizedString +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxArgNormalizedString::GetString() const +{ + if ( !IsValid() ) + return wxEmptyString; + +#if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + return wxString(reinterpret_cast(m_ptr)); +#else + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) + return wxString(reinterpret_cast(m_ptr)); + else + #endif + return wxString(reinterpret_cast(m_ptr)); +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +} + +wxArgNormalizedString::operator wxString() const +{ + return GetString(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFormatConverter: class doing the "%s" and "%c" normalization +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + There are four problems with wxPrintf() etc. format strings: + + 1) The printf vararg macros convert all forms of strings into + wxStringCharType* representation. This may make the format string + incorrect: for example, if %ls was used together with a wchar_t* + variadic argument, this would no longer work, because the templates + would change wchar_t* argument to wxStringCharType* and %ls would now + be incorrect in e.g. UTF-8 build. We need make sure only one specifier + form is used. + + 2) To complicate matters further, the meaning of %s and %c is different + under Windows and on Unix. The Windows/MS convention is as follows: + + In ANSI mode: + + format specifier results in + ----------------------------------- + %s, %hs, %hS char* + %ls, %S, %lS wchar_t* + + In Unicode mode: + + format specifier results in + ----------------------------------- + %hs, %S, %hS char* + %s, %ls, %lS wchar_t* + + (While on POSIX systems we have %C identical to %lc and %c always means + char (in any mode) while %lc always means wchar_t.) + + In other words, we should _only_ use %s on Windows and %ls on Unix for + wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR build. + + 3) To make things even worse, we need two forms in UTF-8 build: one for + passing strings to ANSI functions under UTF-8 locales (this one should + use %s) and one for widechar functions used under non-UTF-8 locales + (this one should use %ls). + + And, of course, the same should be done for %c as well. + + + wxScanf() family of functions is simpler, because we don't normalize their + variadic arguments and we only have to handle 2) above and only for widechar + versions. +*/ + +template +class wxFormatConverterBase +{ +public: + typedef T CharType; + + wxFormatConverterBase() + { + m_fmtOrig = NULL; + m_fmtLast = NULL; + m_nCopied = 0; + } + + wxScopedCharTypeBuffer Convert(const CharType *format) + { + // this is reset to NULL if we modify the format string + m_fmtOrig = format; + + while ( *format ) + { + if ( CopyFmtChar(*format++) == wxT('%') ) + { + // skip any flags + while ( IsFlagChar(*format) ) + CopyFmtChar(*format++); + + // and possible width + if ( *format == wxT('*') ) + CopyFmtChar(*format++); + else + SkipDigits(&format); + + // precision? + if ( *format == wxT('.') ) + { + CopyFmtChar(*format++); + if ( *format == wxT('*') ) + CopyFmtChar(*format++); + else + SkipDigits(&format); + } + + // next we can have a size modifier + SizeModifier size; + + switch ( *format ) + { + case 'h': + size = Size_Short; + format++; + break; + + case 'l': + // "ll" has a different meaning! + if ( format[1] != 'l' ) + { + size = Size_Long; + format++; + break; + } + //else: fall through + + default: + size = Size_Default; + } + + CharType outConv = *format; + SizeModifier outSize = size; + + // and finally we should have the type + switch ( *format ) + { + case wxT('S'): + case wxT('s'): + // all strings were converted into the same form by + // wxArgNormalizer, this form depends on the context + // in which the value is used (scanf/printf/wprintf): + HandleString(*format, size, outConv, outSize); + break; + + case wxT('C'): + case wxT('c'): + HandleChar(*format, size, outConv, outSize); + break; + + default: + // nothing special to do + break; + } + + if ( outConv == *format && outSize == size ) // no change + { + if ( size != Size_Default ) + CopyFmtChar(*(format - 1)); + CopyFmtChar(*format); + } + else // something changed + { + switch ( outSize ) + { + case Size_Long: + InsertFmtChar(wxT('l')); + break; + + case Size_Short: + InsertFmtChar(wxT('h')); + break; + + case Size_Default: + // nothing to do + break; + } + InsertFmtChar(outConv); + } + + format++; + } + } + + // notice that we only translated the string if m_fmtOrig == NULL (as + // set by CopyAllBefore()), otherwise we should simply use the original + // format + if ( m_fmtOrig ) + { + return wxScopedCharTypeBuffer::CreateNonOwned(m_fmtOrig); + } + else + { + // shrink converted format string to actual size (instead of + // over-sized allocation from CopyAllBefore()) and NUL-terminate + // it: + m_fmt.shrink(m_fmtLast - m_fmt.data()); + return m_fmt; + } + } + + virtual ~wxFormatConverterBase() {} + +protected: + enum SizeModifier + { + Size_Default, + Size_Short, + Size_Long + }; + + // called to handle %S or %s; 'conv' is conversion specifier ('S' or 's' + // respectively), 'size' is the preceding size modifier; the new values of + // conversion and size specifiers must be written to outConv and outSize + virtual void HandleString(CharType conv, SizeModifier size, + CharType& outConv, SizeModifier& outSize) = 0; + + // ditto for %C or %c + virtual void HandleChar(CharType conv, SizeModifier size, + CharType& outConv, SizeModifier& outSize) = 0; + +private: + // copy another character to the translated format: this function does the + // copy if we are translating but doesn't do anything at all if we don't, + // so we don't create the translated format string at all unless we really + // need to (i.e. InsertFmtChar() is called) + CharType CopyFmtChar(CharType ch) + { + if ( !m_fmtOrig ) + { + // we're translating, do copy + *(m_fmtLast++) = ch; + } + else + { + // simply increase the count which should be copied by + // CopyAllBefore() later if needed + m_nCopied++; + } + + return ch; + } + + // insert an extra character + void InsertFmtChar(CharType ch) + { + if ( m_fmtOrig ) + { + // so far we haven't translated anything yet + CopyAllBefore(); + } + + *(m_fmtLast++) = ch; + } + + void CopyAllBefore() + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_fmtOrig && m_fmt.data() == NULL, "logic error" ); + + // the modified format string is guaranteed to be no longer than + // 3/2 of the original (worst case: the entire format string consists + // of "%s" repeated and is expanded to "%ls" on Unix), so we can + // allocate the buffer now and not worry about running out of space if + // we over-allocate a bit: + size_t fmtLen = wxStrlen(m_fmtOrig); + // worst case is of even length, so there's no rounding error in *3/2: + m_fmt.extend(fmtLen * 3 / 2); + + if ( m_nCopied > 0 ) + wxStrncpy(m_fmt.data(), m_fmtOrig, m_nCopied); + m_fmtLast = m_fmt.data() + m_nCopied; + + // we won't need it any longer and resetting it also indicates that we + // modified the format + m_fmtOrig = NULL; + } + + static bool IsFlagChar(CharType ch) + { + return ch == wxT('-') || ch == wxT('+') || + ch == wxT('0') || ch == wxT(' ') || ch == wxT('#'); + } + + void SkipDigits(const CharType **ptpc) + { + while ( **ptpc >= wxT('0') && **ptpc <= wxT('9') ) + CopyFmtChar(*(*ptpc)++); + } + + // the translated format + wxCharTypeBuffer m_fmt; + CharType *m_fmtLast; + + // the original format + const CharType *m_fmtOrig; + + // the number of characters already copied (i.e. already parsed, but left + // unmodified) + size_t m_nCopied; +}; + +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) + +// on Windows, we should use %s and %c regardless of the build: +class wxPrintfFormatConverterWchar : public wxFormatConverterBase +{ + virtual void HandleString(CharType WXUNUSED(conv), + SizeModifier WXUNUSED(size), + CharType& outConv, SizeModifier& outSize) + { + outConv = 's'; + outSize = Size_Default; + } + + virtual void HandleChar(CharType WXUNUSED(conv), + SizeModifier WXUNUSED(size), + CharType& outConv, SizeModifier& outSize) + { + outConv = 'c'; + outSize = Size_Default; + } +}; + +#else // !__WINDOWS__ + +// on Unix, it's %s for ANSI functions and %ls for widechar: + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +class wxPrintfFormatConverterWchar : public wxFormatConverterBase +{ + virtual void HandleString(CharType WXUNUSED(conv), + SizeModifier WXUNUSED(size), + CharType& outConv, SizeModifier& outSize) + { + outConv = 's'; + outSize = Size_Long; + } + + virtual void HandleChar(CharType WXUNUSED(conv), + SizeModifier WXUNUSED(size), + CharType& outConv, SizeModifier& outSize) + { + outConv = 'c'; + outSize = Size_Long; + } +}; +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +class wxPrintfFormatConverterUtf8 : public wxFormatConverterBase +{ + virtual void HandleString(CharType WXUNUSED(conv), + SizeModifier WXUNUSED(size), + CharType& outConv, SizeModifier& outSize) + { + outConv = 's'; + outSize = Size_Default; + } + + virtual void HandleChar(CharType WXUNUSED(conv), + SizeModifier WXUNUSED(size), + CharType& outConv, SizeModifier& outSize) + { + // chars are represented using wchar_t in both builds, so this is + // the same as above + outConv = 'c'; + outSize = Size_Long; + } +}; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +#endif // __WINDOWS__/!__WINDOWS__ + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE // FIXME-UTF8: remove +class wxPrintfFormatConverterANSI : public wxFormatConverterBase +{ + virtual void HandleString(CharType WXUNUSED(conv), + SizeModifier WXUNUSED(size), + CharType& outConv, SizeModifier& outSize) + { + outConv = 's'; + outSize = Size_Default; + } + + virtual void HandleChar(CharType WXUNUSED(conv), + SizeModifier WXUNUSED(size), + CharType& outConv, SizeModifier& outSize) + { + outConv = 'c'; + outSize = Size_Default; + } +}; +#endif // ANSI + +#ifndef __WINDOWS__ +/* + + wxScanf() format translation is different, we need to translate %s to %ls + and %c to %lc on Unix (but not Windows and for widechar functions only!). + + So to use native functions in order to get our semantics we must do the + following translations in Unicode mode: + + wxWidgets specifier POSIX specifier + ---------------------------------------- + + %hc, %C, %hC %c + %c %lc + + */ +class wxScanfFormatConverterWchar : public wxFormatConverterBase +{ + virtual void HandleString(CharType conv, SizeModifier size, + CharType& outConv, SizeModifier& outSize) + { + outConv = 's'; + outSize = GetOutSize(conv == 'S', size); + } + + virtual void HandleChar(CharType conv, SizeModifier size, + CharType& outConv, SizeModifier& outSize) + { + outConv = 'c'; + outSize = GetOutSize(conv == 'C', size); + } + + SizeModifier GetOutSize(bool convIsUpper, SizeModifier size) + { + // %S and %hS -> %s and %lS -> %ls + if ( convIsUpper ) + { + if ( size == Size_Long ) + return Size_Long; + else + return Size_Default; + } + else // %s or %c + { + if ( size == Size_Default ) + return Size_Long; + else + return size; + } + } +}; + +const wxScopedWCharBuffer wxScanfConvertFormatW(const wchar_t *format) +{ + return wxScanfFormatConverterWchar().Convert(format); +} +#endif // !__WINDOWS__ + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFormatString +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR +const char* wxFormatString::InputAsChar() +{ + if ( m_char ) + return m_char.data(); + + // in ANSI build, wx_str() returns char*, in UTF-8 build, this function + // is only called under UTF-8 locales, so we should return UTF-8 string, + // which is, again, what wx_str() returns: + if ( m_str ) + return m_str->wx_str(); + + // ditto wxCStrData: + if ( m_cstr ) + return m_cstr->AsInternal(); + + // the last case is that wide string was passed in: in that case, we need + // to convert it: + wxASSERT( m_wchar ); + + m_char = wxConvLibc.cWC2MB(m_wchar.data()); + + return m_char.data(); +} + +const char* wxFormatString::AsChar() +{ + if ( !m_convertedChar ) +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE // FIXME-UTF8: remove this + m_convertedChar = wxPrintfFormatConverterANSI().Convert(InputAsChar()); +#else + m_convertedChar = wxPrintfFormatConverterUtf8().Convert(InputAsChar()); +#endif + + return m_convertedChar.data(); +} +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +const wchar_t* wxFormatString::InputAsWChar() +{ + if ( m_wchar ) + return m_wchar.data(); + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + if ( m_str ) + return m_str->wc_str(); + if ( m_cstr ) + return m_cstr->AsInternal(); +#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( m_str ) + { + m_wchar = m_str->wc_str(); + return m_wchar.data(); + } + if ( m_cstr ) + { + m_wchar = m_cstr->AsWCharBuf(); + return m_wchar.data(); + } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR/UTF8 + + // the last case is that narrow string was passed in: in that case, we need + // to convert it: + wxASSERT( m_char ); + + m_wchar = wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(m_char.data()); + + return m_wchar.data(); +} + +const wchar_t* wxFormatString::AsWChar() +{ + if ( !m_convertedWChar ) + m_convertedWChar = wxPrintfFormatConverterWchar().Convert(InputAsWChar()); + + return m_convertedWChar.data(); +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +wxString wxFormatString::InputAsString() const +{ + if ( m_str ) + return *m_str; + if ( m_cstr ) + return m_cstr->AsString(); + if ( m_wchar ) + return wxString(m_wchar); + if ( m_char ) + return wxString(m_char); + + wxFAIL_MSG( "invalid wxFormatString - not initialized?" ); + return wxString(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFormatString::GetArgumentType() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +template +wxFormatString::ArgumentType DoGetArgumentType(const CharType *format, + unsigned n) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( format, wxFormatString::Arg_Unknown, + "empty format string not allowed here" ); + + wxPrintfConvSpecParser parser(format); + + wxCHECK_MSG( n <= parser.nargs, wxFormatString::Arg_Unknown, + "more arguments than format string specifiers?" ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( parser.pspec[n-1] != NULL, wxFormatString::Arg_Unknown, + "requested argument not found - invalid format string?" ); + + switch ( parser.pspec[n-1]->m_type ) + { + case wxPAT_CHAR: + case wxPAT_WCHAR: + return wxFormatString::Arg_Char; + + case wxPAT_PCHAR: + case wxPAT_PWCHAR: + return wxFormatString::Arg_String; + + case wxPAT_INT: + return wxFormatString::Arg_Int; + case wxPAT_LONGINT: + return wxFormatString::Arg_LongInt; +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + case wxPAT_LONGLONGINT: + return wxFormatString::Arg_LongLongInt; +#endif + case wxPAT_SIZET: + return wxFormatString::Arg_Size_t; + + case wxPAT_DOUBLE: + return wxFormatString::Arg_Double; + case wxPAT_LONGDOUBLE: + return wxFormatString::Arg_LongDouble; + + case wxPAT_POINTER: + return wxFormatString::Arg_Pointer; + + case wxPAT_NINT: + return wxFormatString::Arg_IntPtr; + case wxPAT_NSHORTINT: + return wxFormatString::Arg_ShortIntPtr; + case wxPAT_NLONGINT: + return wxFormatString::Arg_LongIntPtr; + + case wxPAT_STAR: + // "*" requires argument of type int + return wxFormatString::Arg_Int; + + case wxPAT_INVALID: + // (handled after the switch statement) + break; + } + + // silence warning + wxFAIL_MSG( "unexpected argument type" ); + return wxFormatString::Arg_Unknown; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +wxFormatString::ArgumentType wxFormatString::GetArgumentType(unsigned n) const +{ + if ( m_char ) + return DoGetArgumentType(m_char.data(), n); + else if ( m_wchar ) + return DoGetArgumentType(m_wchar.data(), n); + else if ( m_str ) + return DoGetArgumentType(m_str->wx_str(), n); + else if ( m_cstr ) + return DoGetArgumentType(m_cstr->AsInternal(), n); + + wxFAIL_MSG( "unreachable code" ); + return Arg_Unknown; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sysopt.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sysopt.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3b947b9a74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/sysopt.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/sysopt.cpp +// Purpose: wxSystemOptions +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 2001-07-10 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sysopt.cpp 64651 2010-06-20 17:43:15Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS + +#include "wx/sysopt.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/list.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/arrstr.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private globals +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static wxArrayString gs_optionNames, + gs_optionValues; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxSystemOptions implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// Option functions (arbitrary name/value mapping) +void wxSystemOptions::SetOption(const wxString& name, const wxString& value) +{ + int idx = gs_optionNames.Index(name, false); + if (idx == wxNOT_FOUND) + { + gs_optionNames.Add(name); + gs_optionValues.Add(value); + } + else + { + gs_optionNames[idx] = name; + gs_optionValues[idx] = value; + } +} + +void wxSystemOptions::SetOption(const wxString& name, int value) +{ + SetOption(name, wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), value)); +} + +wxString wxSystemOptions::GetOption(const wxString& name) +{ + wxString val; + + int idx = gs_optionNames.Index(name, false); + if ( idx != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + val = gs_optionValues[idx]; + } + else // not set explicitely + { + // look in the environment: first for a variable named "wx_appname_name" + // which can be set to affect the behaviour or just this application + // and then for "wx_name" which can be set to change the option globally + wxString var(name); + var.Replace(wxT("."), wxT("_")); // '.'s not allowed in env var names + var.Replace(wxT("-"), wxT("_")); // and neither are '-'s + + wxString appname; + if ( wxTheApp ) + appname = wxTheApp->GetAppName(); + + if ( !appname.empty() ) + val = wxGetenv(wxT("wx_") + appname + wxT('_') + var); + + if ( val.empty() ) + val = wxGetenv(wxT("wx_") + var); + } + + return val; +} + +int wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(const wxString& name) +{ +#ifdef _PACC_VER + // work around the PalmOS pacc compiler bug + return wxAtoi (GetOption(name).data()); +#else + return wxAtoi (GetOption(name)); +#endif +} + +bool wxSystemOptions::HasOption(const wxString& name) +{ + return !GetOption(name).empty(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tarstrm.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tarstrm.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af3766d5c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tarstrm.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1547 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/tarstrm.cpp +// Purpose: Streams for Tar files +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// RCS-ID: $Id: tarstrm.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TARSTREAM + +#include "wx/tarstrm.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/buffer.h" +#include "wx/datetime.h" +#include "wx/scopedptr.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/thread.h" + +#include + +#ifdef __UNIX__ +#include +#include +#endif + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// constants + +enum { + TAR_NAME, + TAR_MODE, + TAR_UID, + TAR_GID, + TAR_SIZE, + TAR_MTIME, + TAR_CHKSUM, + TAR_TYPEFLAG, + TAR_LINKNAME, + TAR_MAGIC, + TAR_VERSION, + TAR_UNAME, + TAR_GNAME, + TAR_DEVMAJOR, + TAR_DEVMINOR, + TAR_PREFIX, + TAR_UNUSED, + TAR_NUMFIELDS +}; + +enum { + TAR_BLOCKSIZE = 512 +}; + +// checksum type +enum { + SUM_UNKNOWN, + SUM_UNSIGNED, + SUM_SIGNED +}; + +// type of input tar +enum { + TYPE_OLDTAR, // fields after TAR_LINKNAME are invalid + TYPE_GNUTAR, // all fields except TAR_PREFIX are valid + TYPE_USTAR // all fields are valid +}; + +// signatures +static const char *USTAR_MAGIC = "ustar"; +static const char *USTAR_VERSION = "00"; +static const char *GNU_MAGIC = "ustar "; +static const char *GNU_VERION = " "; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTarEntry, wxArchiveEntry) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTarClassFactory, wxArchiveClassFactory) + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Class factory + +static wxTarClassFactory g_wxTarClassFactory; + +wxTarClassFactory::wxTarClassFactory() +{ + if (this == &g_wxTarClassFactory) + PushFront(); +} + +const wxChar * const * +wxTarClassFactory::GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type) const +{ + static const wxChar *protocols[] = { wxT("tar"), NULL }; + static const wxChar *mimetypes[] = { wxT("application/x-tar"), NULL }; + static const wxChar *fileexts[] = { wxT(".tar"), NULL }; + static const wxChar *empty[] = { NULL }; + + switch (type) { + case wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL: return protocols; + case wxSTREAM_MIMETYPE: return mimetypes; + case wxSTREAM_FILEEXT: return fileexts; + default: return empty; + } +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// tar header block + +typedef wxFileOffset wxTarNumber; + +struct wxTarField { const wxChar *name; int pos; }; + +class wxTarHeaderBlock +{ +public: + wxTarHeaderBlock() + { memset(data, 0, sizeof(data)); } + wxTarHeaderBlock(const wxTarHeaderBlock& hb) + { memcpy(data, hb.data, sizeof(data)); } + + bool Read(wxInputStream& in); + bool Write(wxOutputStream& out); + inline bool WriteField(wxOutputStream& out, int id); + + bool IsAllZeros() const; + wxUint32 Sum(bool SignedSum = false); + wxUint32 SumField(int id); + + char *Get(int id) { return data + fields[id].pos + id; } + static size_t Len(int id) { return fields[id + 1].pos - fields[id].pos; } + static const wxChar *Name(int id) { return fields[id].name; } + static size_t Offset(int id) { return fields[id].pos; } + + bool SetOctal(int id, wxTarNumber n); + wxTarNumber GetOctal(int id); + bool SetPath(const wxString& name, wxMBConv& conv); + +private: + char data[TAR_BLOCKSIZE + TAR_NUMFIELDS]; + static const wxTarField fields[]; + static void check(); +}; + +wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(wxTarHeaderBlock) + +// A table giving the field names and offsets in a tar header block +const wxTarField wxTarHeaderBlock::fields[] = +{ + { wxT("name"), 0 }, // 100 + { wxT("mode"), 100 }, // 8 + { wxT("uid"), 108 }, // 8 + { wxT("gid"), 116 }, // 8 + { wxT("size"), 124 }, // 12 + { wxT("mtime"), 136 }, // 12 + { wxT("chksum"), 148 }, // 8 + { wxT("typeflag"), 156 }, // 1 + { wxT("linkname"), 157 }, // 100 + { wxT("magic"), 257 }, // 6 + { wxT("version"), 263 }, // 2 + { wxT("uname"), 265 }, // 32 + { wxT("gname"), 297 }, // 32 + { wxT("devmajor"), 329 }, // 8 + { wxT("devminor"), 337 }, // 8 + { wxT("prefix"), 345 }, // 155 + { wxT("unused"), 500 }, // 12 + { NULL, TAR_BLOCKSIZE } +}; + +void wxTarHeaderBlock::check() +{ +#if 0 + wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( + WXSIZEOF(fields) == TAR_NUMFIELDS + 1, + Wrong_number_of_elements_in_fields_table + ); +#endif +} + +bool wxTarHeaderBlock::IsAllZeros() const +{ + const char *p = data; + for (size_t i = 0; i < sizeof(data); i++) + if (p[i]) + return false; + return true; +} + +wxUint32 wxTarHeaderBlock::Sum(bool SignedSum /*=false*/) +{ + // the chksum field itself should be blanks during the calculation + memset(Get(TAR_CHKSUM), ' ', Len(TAR_CHKSUM)); + const char *p = data; + wxUint32 n = 0; + + if (SignedSum) + for (size_t i = 0; i < sizeof(data); i++) + n += (signed char)p[i]; + else + for (size_t i = 0; i < sizeof(data); i++) + n += (unsigned char)p[i]; + + return n; +} + +wxUint32 wxTarHeaderBlock::SumField(int id) +{ + unsigned char *p = (unsigned char*)Get(id); + unsigned char *q = p + Len(id); + wxUint32 n = 0; + + while (p < q) + n += *p++; + + return n; +} + +bool wxTarHeaderBlock::Read(wxInputStream& in) +{ + bool ok = true; + + for (int id = 0; id < TAR_NUMFIELDS && ok; id++) + ok = in.Read(Get(id), Len(id)).LastRead() == Len(id); + + return ok; +} + +bool wxTarHeaderBlock::Write(wxOutputStream& out) +{ + bool ok = true; + + for (int id = 0; id < TAR_NUMFIELDS && ok; id++) + ok = WriteField(out, id); + + return ok; +} + +inline bool wxTarHeaderBlock::WriteField(wxOutputStream& out, int id) +{ + return out.Write(Get(id), Len(id)).LastWrite() == Len(id); +} + +wxTarNumber wxTarHeaderBlock::GetOctal(int id) +{ + wxTarNumber n = 0; + const char *p = Get(id); + while (*p == ' ') + p++; + while (*p >= '0' && *p < '8') + n = (n << 3) | (*p++ - '0'); + return n; +} + +bool wxTarHeaderBlock::SetOctal(int id, wxTarNumber n) +{ + // set an octal field, return true if the number fits + char *field = Get(id); + char *p = field + Len(id); + *--p = 0; + while (p > field) { + *--p = char('0' + (n & 7)); + n >>= 3; + } + return n == 0; +} + +bool wxTarHeaderBlock::SetPath(const wxString& name, wxMBConv& conv) +{ + bool badconv = false; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxCharBuffer nameBuf = name.mb_str(conv); + + // if the conversion fails make an approximation + if (!nameBuf) { + badconv = true; + size_t len = name.length(); + wxCharBuffer approx(len); + for (size_t i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + wxChar c = name[i]; + approx.data()[i] = c & ~0x7F ? '_' : c; + } + nameBuf = approx; + } + + const char *mbName = nameBuf; +#else + const char *mbName = name.c_str(); + (void)conv; +#endif + + bool fits; + bool notGoingToFit = false; + size_t len = strlen(mbName); + size_t maxname = Len(TAR_NAME); + size_t maxprefix = Len(TAR_PREFIX); + size_t i = 0; + size_t nexti = 0; + + for (;;) { + fits = i < maxprefix && len - i <= maxname; + + if (!fits) { + const char *p = strchr(mbName + i, '/'); + if (p) + nexti = p - mbName + 1; + if (!p || nexti - 1 > maxprefix) + notGoingToFit = true; + } + + if (fits || notGoingToFit) { + strncpy(Get(TAR_NAME), mbName + i, maxname); + if (i > 0) + strncpy(Get(TAR_PREFIX), mbName, i - 1); + break; + } + + i = nexti; + } + + return fits && !badconv; +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Some helpers + +static wxFileOffset RoundUpSize(wxFileOffset size, int factor = 1) +{ + wxFileOffset chunk = TAR_BLOCKSIZE * factor; + return ((size + chunk - 1) / chunk) * chunk; +} + +#ifdef __UNIX__ + +static wxString wxTarUserName(int uid) +{ + struct passwd *ppw; + +#ifdef HAVE_GETPWUID_R +#if defined HAVE_SYSCONF && defined _SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX + long pwsize = sysconf(_SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX); + size_t bufsize(wxMin(wxMax(1024l, pwsize), 32768l)); +#else + size_t bufsize = 1024; +#endif + wxCharBuffer buf(bufsize); + struct passwd pw; + + memset(&pw, 0, sizeof(pw)); + if (getpwuid_r(uid, &pw, buf.data(), bufsize, &ppw) == 0 && pw.pw_name) + return wxString(pw.pw_name, wxConvLibc); +#else + if ((ppw = getpwuid(uid)) != NULL) + return wxString(ppw->pw_name, wxConvLibc); +#endif + return _("unknown"); +} + +static wxString wxTarGroupName(int gid) +{ + struct group *pgr; +#ifdef HAVE_GETGRGID_R +#if defined HAVE_SYSCONF && defined _SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX + long grsize = sysconf(_SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX); + size_t bufsize(wxMin(wxMax(1024l, grsize), 32768l)); +#else + size_t bufsize = 1024; +#endif + wxCharBuffer buf(bufsize); + struct group gr; + + memset(&gr, 0, sizeof(gr)); + if (getgrgid_r(gid, &gr, buf.data(), bufsize, &pgr) == 0 && gr.gr_name) + return wxString(gr.gr_name, wxConvLibc); +#else + if ((pgr = getgrgid(gid)) != NULL) + return wxString(pgr->gr_name, wxConvLibc); +#endif + return _("unknown"); +} + +#endif // __UNIX__ + +// Cache the user and group names since getting them can be expensive, +// get both names and ids at the same time. +// +struct wxTarUser +{ + wxTarUser(); + ~wxTarUser() { delete [] uname; delete [] gname; } + + int uid; + int gid; + + wxChar *uname; + wxChar *gname; +}; + +wxTarUser::wxTarUser() +{ +#ifdef __UNIX__ + uid = getuid(); + gid = getgid(); + wxString usr = wxTarUserName(uid); + wxString grp = wxTarGroupName(gid); +#else + uid = 0; + gid = 0; + wxString usr = wxGetUserId(); + wxString grp = _("unknown"); +#endif + + uname = new wxChar[usr.length() + 1]; + wxStrcpy(uname, usr.c_str()); + + gname = new wxChar[grp.length() + 1]; + wxStrcpy(gname, grp.c_str()); +} + +static const wxTarUser& wxGetTarUser() +{ +#if wxUSE_THREADS + static wxCriticalSection cs; + wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(cs); +#endif + static wxTarUser tu; + return tu; +} + +// ignore the size field for entry types 3, 4, 5 and 6 +// +static inline wxFileOffset GetDataSize(const wxTarEntry& entry) +{ + switch (entry.GetTypeFlag()) { + case wxTAR_CHRTYPE: + case wxTAR_BLKTYPE: + case wxTAR_DIRTYPE: + case wxTAR_FIFOTYPE: + return 0; + default: + return entry.GetSize(); + } +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Tar Entry +// Holds all the meta-data for a file in the tar + +wxTarEntry::wxTarEntry(const wxString& name /*=wxEmptyString*/, + const wxDateTime& dt /*=wxDateTime::Now()*/, + wxFileOffset size /*=0*/) + : m_Mode(0644), + m_IsModeSet(false), + m_UserId(wxGetTarUser().uid), + m_GroupId(wxGetTarUser().gid), + m_Size(size), + m_Offset(wxInvalidOffset), + m_ModifyTime(dt), + m_TypeFlag(wxTAR_REGTYPE), + m_UserName(wxGetTarUser().uname), + m_GroupName(wxGetTarUser().gname), + m_DevMajor(~0), + m_DevMinor(~0) +{ + if (!name.empty()) + SetName(name); +} + +wxTarEntry::~wxTarEntry() +{ +} + +wxTarEntry::wxTarEntry(const wxTarEntry& e) + : wxArchiveEntry(), + m_Name(e.m_Name), + m_Mode(e.m_Mode), + m_IsModeSet(e.m_IsModeSet), + m_UserId(e.m_UserId), + m_GroupId(e.m_GroupId), + m_Size(e.m_Size), + m_Offset(e.m_Offset), + m_ModifyTime(e.m_ModifyTime), + m_AccessTime(e.m_AccessTime), + m_CreateTime(e.m_CreateTime), + m_TypeFlag(e.m_TypeFlag), + m_LinkName(e.m_LinkName), + m_UserName(e.m_UserName), + m_GroupName(e.m_GroupName), + m_DevMajor(e.m_DevMajor), + m_DevMinor(e.m_DevMinor) +{ +} + +wxTarEntry& wxTarEntry::operator=(const wxTarEntry& e) +{ + if (&e != this) { + m_Name = e.m_Name; + m_Mode = e.m_Mode; + m_IsModeSet = e.m_IsModeSet; + m_UserId = e.m_UserId; + m_GroupId = e.m_GroupId; + m_Size = e.m_Size; + m_Offset = e.m_Offset; + m_ModifyTime = e.m_ModifyTime; + m_AccessTime = e.m_AccessTime; + m_CreateTime = e.m_CreateTime; + m_TypeFlag = e.m_TypeFlag; + m_LinkName = e.m_LinkName; + m_UserName = e.m_UserName; + m_GroupName = e.m_GroupName; + m_DevMajor = e.m_DevMajor; + m_DevMinor = e.m_DevMinor; + } + return *this; +} + +wxString wxTarEntry::GetName(wxPathFormat format /*=wxPATH_NATIVE*/) const +{ + bool isDir = IsDir() && !m_Name.empty(); + + // optimisations for common (and easy) cases + switch (wxFileName::GetFormat(format)) { + case wxPATH_DOS: + { + wxString name(isDir ? m_Name + wxT("\\") : m_Name); + for (size_t i = 0; i < name.length(); i++) + if (name[i] == wxT('/')) + name[i] = wxT('\\'); + return name; + } + + case wxPATH_UNIX: + return isDir ? m_Name + wxT("/") : m_Name; + + default: + ; + } + + wxFileName fn; + + if (isDir) + fn.AssignDir(m_Name, wxPATH_UNIX); + else + fn.Assign(m_Name, wxPATH_UNIX); + + return fn.GetFullPath(format); +} + +void wxTarEntry::SetName(const wxString& name, wxPathFormat format) +{ + bool isDir; + m_Name = GetInternalName(name, format, &isDir); + SetIsDir(isDir); +} + +// Static - Internally tars and zips use forward slashes for the path +// separator, absolute paths aren't allowed, and directory names have a +// trailing slash. This function converts a path into this internal format, +// but without a trailing slash for a directory. +// +wxString wxTarEntry::GetInternalName(const wxString& name, + wxPathFormat format /*=wxPATH_NATIVE*/, + bool *pIsDir /*=NULL*/) +{ + wxString internal; + + if (wxFileName::GetFormat(format) != wxPATH_UNIX) + internal = wxFileName(name, format).GetFullPath(wxPATH_UNIX); + else + internal = name; + + bool isDir = !internal.empty() && internal.Last() == '/'; + if (pIsDir) + *pIsDir = isDir; + if (isDir) + internal.erase(internal.length() - 1); + + while (!internal.empty() && *internal.begin() == '/') + internal.erase(0, 1); + while (!internal.empty() && internal.compare(0, 2, wxT("./")) == 0) + internal.erase(0, 2); + if (internal == wxT(".") || internal == wxT("..")) + internal = wxEmptyString; + + return internal; +} + +bool wxTarEntry::IsDir() const +{ + return m_TypeFlag == wxTAR_DIRTYPE; +} + +void wxTarEntry::SetIsDir(bool isDir) +{ + if (isDir) + m_TypeFlag = wxTAR_DIRTYPE; + else if (m_TypeFlag == wxTAR_DIRTYPE) + m_TypeFlag = wxTAR_REGTYPE; +} + +void wxTarEntry::SetIsReadOnly(bool isReadOnly) +{ + if (isReadOnly) + m_Mode &= ~0222; + else + m_Mode |= 0200; +} + +int wxTarEntry::GetMode() const +{ + if (m_IsModeSet || !IsDir()) + return m_Mode; + else + return m_Mode | 0111; + +} + +void wxTarEntry::SetMode(int mode) +{ + m_Mode = mode & 07777; + m_IsModeSet = true; +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Input stream + +wxDECLARE_SCOPED_PTR(wxTarEntry, wxTarEntryPtr_) +wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR (wxTarEntry, wxTarEntryPtr_) + +wxTarInputStream::wxTarInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, + wxMBConv& conv /*=wxConvLocal*/) + : wxArchiveInputStream(stream, conv) +{ + Init(); +} + +wxTarInputStream::wxTarInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, + wxMBConv& conv /*=wxConvLocal*/) + : wxArchiveInputStream(stream, conv) +{ + Init(); +} + +void wxTarInputStream::Init() +{ + m_pos = wxInvalidOffset; + m_offset = 0; + m_size = wxInvalidOffset; + m_sumType = SUM_UNKNOWN; + m_tarType = TYPE_USTAR; + m_hdr = new wxTarHeaderBlock; + m_HeaderRecs = NULL; + m_GlobalHeaderRecs = NULL; + m_lasterror = m_parent_i_stream->GetLastError(); +} + +wxTarInputStream::~wxTarInputStream() +{ + delete m_hdr; + delete m_HeaderRecs; + delete m_GlobalHeaderRecs; +} + +wxTarEntry *wxTarInputStream::GetNextEntry() +{ + m_lasterror = ReadHeaders(); + + if (!IsOk()) + return NULL; + + wxTarEntryPtr_ entry(new wxTarEntry); + + entry->SetMode(GetHeaderNumber(TAR_MODE)); + entry->SetUserId(GetHeaderNumber(TAR_UID)); + entry->SetGroupId(GetHeaderNumber(TAR_UID)); + entry->SetSize(GetHeaderNumber(TAR_SIZE)); + + entry->SetOffset(m_offset); + + entry->SetDateTime(GetHeaderDate(wxT("mtime"))); + entry->SetAccessTime(GetHeaderDate(wxT("atime"))); + entry->SetCreateTime(GetHeaderDate(wxT("ctime"))); + + entry->SetTypeFlag(*m_hdr->Get(TAR_TYPEFLAG)); + bool isDir = entry->IsDir(); + + entry->SetLinkName(GetHeaderString(TAR_LINKNAME)); + + if (m_tarType != TYPE_OLDTAR) { + entry->SetUserName(GetHeaderString(TAR_UNAME)); + entry->SetGroupName(GetHeaderString(TAR_GNAME)); + + entry->SetDevMajor(GetHeaderNumber(TAR_DEVMAJOR)); + entry->SetDevMinor(GetHeaderNumber(TAR_DEVMINOR)); + } + + entry->SetName(GetHeaderPath(), wxPATH_UNIX); + if (isDir) + entry->SetIsDir(); + + if (m_HeaderRecs) + m_HeaderRecs->clear(); + + m_size = GetDataSize(*entry); + m_pos = 0; + + return entry.release(); +} + +bool wxTarInputStream::OpenEntry(wxTarEntry& entry) +{ + wxFileOffset offset = entry.GetOffset(); + + if (GetLastError() != wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR + && m_parent_i_stream->IsSeekable() + && m_parent_i_stream->SeekI(offset) == offset) + { + m_offset = offset; + m_size = GetDataSize(entry); + m_pos = 0; + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + return true; + } else { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + return false; + } +} + +bool wxTarInputStream::OpenEntry(wxArchiveEntry& entry) +{ + wxTarEntry *tarEntry = wxStaticCast(&entry, wxTarEntry); + return tarEntry ? OpenEntry(*tarEntry) : false; +} + +bool wxTarInputStream::CloseEntry() +{ + if (m_lasterror == wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR) + return false; + if (!IsOpened()) + return true; + + wxFileOffset size = RoundUpSize(m_size); + wxFileOffset remainder = size - m_pos; + + if (remainder && m_parent_i_stream->IsSeekable()) { + wxLogNull nolog; + if (m_parent_i_stream->SeekI(remainder, wxFromCurrent) + != wxInvalidOffset) + remainder = 0; + } + + if (remainder) { + const int BUFSIZE = 8192; + wxCharBuffer buf(BUFSIZE); + + while (remainder > 0 && m_parent_i_stream->IsOk()) + remainder -= m_parent_i_stream->Read( + buf.data(), wxMin(BUFSIZE, remainder)).LastRead(); + } + + m_pos = wxInvalidOffset; + m_offset += size; + m_lasterror = m_parent_i_stream->GetLastError(); + + return IsOk(); +} + +wxStreamError wxTarInputStream::ReadHeaders() +{ + if (!CloseEntry()) + return wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + + bool done = false; + + while (!done) { + m_hdr->Read(*m_parent_i_stream); + if (m_parent_i_stream->Eof()) + { + wxLogError(_("incomplete header block in tar")); + } + if (!*m_parent_i_stream) + return wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + m_offset += TAR_BLOCKSIZE; + + // an all-zero header marks the end of the tar + if (m_hdr->IsAllZeros()) + return wxSTREAM_EOF; + + // the checksum is supposed to be the unsigned sum of the header bytes, + // but there have been versions of tar that used the signed sum, so + // accept that too, but only if used throughout. + wxUint32 chksum = m_hdr->GetOctal(TAR_CHKSUM); + bool ok = false; + + if (m_sumType != SUM_SIGNED) { + ok = chksum == m_hdr->Sum(); + if (m_sumType == SUM_UNKNOWN) + m_sumType = ok ? SUM_UNSIGNED : SUM_SIGNED; + } + if (m_sumType == SUM_SIGNED) + ok = chksum == m_hdr->Sum(true); + if (!ok) { + wxLogError(_("checksum failure reading tar header block")); + return wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + } + + if (strcmp(m_hdr->Get(TAR_MAGIC), USTAR_MAGIC) == 0) + m_tarType = TYPE_USTAR; + else if (strcmp(m_hdr->Get(TAR_MAGIC), GNU_MAGIC) == 0 && + strcmp(m_hdr->Get(TAR_VERSION), GNU_VERION) == 0) + m_tarType = TYPE_GNUTAR; + else + m_tarType = TYPE_OLDTAR; + + if (m_tarType != TYPE_USTAR) + break; + + switch (*m_hdr->Get(TAR_TYPEFLAG)) { + case 'g': ReadExtendedHeader(m_GlobalHeaderRecs); break; + case 'x': ReadExtendedHeader(m_HeaderRecs); break; + default: done = true; + } + } + + return wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; +} + +wxString wxTarInputStream::GetExtendedHeader(const wxString& key) const +{ + wxTarHeaderRecords::iterator it; + + // look at normal extended header records first + if (m_HeaderRecs) { + it = m_HeaderRecs->find(key); + if (it != m_HeaderRecs->end()) + return wxString(it->second.wc_str(wxConvUTF8), GetConv()); + } + + // if not found, look at the global header records + if (m_GlobalHeaderRecs) { + it = m_GlobalHeaderRecs->find(key); + if (it != m_GlobalHeaderRecs->end()) + return wxString(it->second.wc_str(wxConvUTF8), GetConv()); + } + + return wxEmptyString; +} + +wxString wxTarInputStream::GetHeaderPath() const +{ + wxString path; + + if ((path = GetExtendedHeader(wxT("path"))) != wxEmptyString) + return path; + + path = wxString(m_hdr->Get(TAR_NAME), GetConv()); + if (m_tarType != TYPE_USTAR) + return path; + + const char *prefix = m_hdr->Get(TAR_PREFIX); + return *prefix ? wxString(prefix, GetConv()) + wxT("/") + path : path; +} + +wxDateTime wxTarInputStream::GetHeaderDate(const wxString& key) const +{ + wxString value; + + // try extended header, stored as decimal seconds since the epoch + if ((value = GetExtendedHeader(key)) != wxEmptyString) { + wxLongLong ll; + ll.Assign(wxAtof(value) * 1000.0); + return ll; + } + + if (key == wxT("mtime")) + return wxLongLong(m_hdr->GetOctal(TAR_MTIME)) * 1000L; + + return wxDateTime(); +} + +wxTarNumber wxTarInputStream::GetHeaderNumber(int id) const +{ + wxString value; + + if ((value = GetExtendedHeader(m_hdr->Name(id))) != wxEmptyString) { + wxTarNumber n = 0; + wxString::const_iterator p = value.begin(); + while (*p == ' ' && p != value.end()) + p++; + while (isdigit(*p)) + n = n * 10 + (*p++ - '0'); + return n; + } else { + return m_hdr->GetOctal(id); + } +} + +wxString wxTarInputStream::GetHeaderString(int id) const +{ + wxString value; + + if ((value = GetExtendedHeader(m_hdr->Name(id))) != wxEmptyString) + return value; + + return wxString(m_hdr->Get(id), GetConv()); +} + +// An extended header consists of one or more records, each constructed: +// "%d %s=%s\n", , , +// is the byte length, and are UTF-8 + +bool wxTarInputStream::ReadExtendedHeader(wxTarHeaderRecords*& recs) +{ + if (!recs) + recs = new wxTarHeaderRecords; + + // round length up to a whole number of blocks + size_t len = m_hdr->GetOctal(TAR_SIZE); + size_t size = RoundUpSize(len); + + // read in the whole header since it should be small + wxCharBuffer buf(size); + size_t lastread = m_parent_i_stream->Read(buf.data(), size).LastRead(); + if (lastread < len) + len = lastread; + buf.data()[len] = 0; + m_offset += lastread; + + size_t recPos, recSize; + bool ok = true; + + for (recPos = 0; recPos < len && ok; recPos += recSize) { + char *pRec = buf.data() + recPos; + char *p = pRec; + + // read the record size (byte count in ascii decimal) + recSize = 0; + while (isdigit((unsigned char) *p)) + recSize = recSize * 10 + *p++ - '0'; + + // validity checks + if (recPos + recSize > len) + break; + if (recSize < p - pRec + (size_t)3 || *p != ' ' + || pRec[recSize - 1] != '\012') { + ok = false; + continue; + } + + // replace the final '\n' with a nul, to terminate value + pRec[recSize - 1] = 0; + // the key is here, following the space + char *pKey = ++p; + + // look forward for the '=', the value follows + while (*p && *p != '=') + p++; + if (!*p) { + ok = false; + continue; + } + // replace the '=' with a nul, to terminate the key + *p++ = 0; + + wxString key(wxConvUTF8.cMB2WC(pKey), GetConv()); + wxString value(wxConvUTF8.cMB2WC(p), GetConv()); + + // an empty value unsets a previously given value + if (value.empty()) + recs->erase(key); + else + (*recs)[key] = value; + } + + if (!ok || recPos < len || size != lastread) { + wxLogWarning(_("invalid data in extended tar header")); + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +wxFileOffset wxTarInputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + if (!IsOpened()) { + wxLogError(_("tar entry not open")); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + } + if (!IsOk()) + return wxInvalidOffset; + + switch (mode) { + case wxFromStart: break; + case wxFromCurrent: pos += m_pos; break; + case wxFromEnd: pos += m_size; break; + } + + if (pos < 0 || m_parent_i_stream->SeekI(m_offset + pos) == wxInvalidOffset) + return wxInvalidOffset; + + m_pos = pos; + return m_pos; +} + +size_t wxTarInputStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + if (!IsOpened()) { + wxLogError(_("tar entry not open")); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + } + if (!IsOk() || !size) + return 0; + + if (m_pos >= m_size) + size = 0; + else if (m_pos + size > m_size + (size_t)0) + size = m_size - m_pos; + + size_t lastread = m_parent_i_stream->Read(buffer, size).LastRead(); + m_pos += lastread; + + if (m_pos >= m_size) { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_EOF; + } else if (!m_parent_i_stream->IsOk()) { + // any other error will have been reported by the underlying stream + if (m_parent_i_stream->Eof()) + { + wxLogError(_("unexpected end of file")); + } + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + } + + return lastread; +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Output stream + +wxTarOutputStream::wxTarOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, + wxTarFormat format /*=wxTAR_PAX*/, + wxMBConv& conv /*=wxConvLocal*/) + : wxArchiveOutputStream(stream, conv) +{ + Init(format); +} + +wxTarOutputStream::wxTarOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream, + wxTarFormat format /*=wxTAR_PAX*/, + wxMBConv& conv /*=wxConvLocal*/) + : wxArchiveOutputStream(stream, conv) +{ + Init(format); +} + +void wxTarOutputStream::Init(wxTarFormat format) +{ + m_pos = wxInvalidOffset; + m_maxpos = wxInvalidOffset; + m_size = wxInvalidOffset; + m_headpos = wxInvalidOffset; + m_datapos = wxInvalidOffset; + m_tarstart = wxInvalidOffset; + m_tarsize = 0; + m_pax = format == wxTAR_PAX; + m_BlockingFactor = m_pax ? 10 : 20; + m_chksum = 0; + m_large = false; + m_hdr = new wxTarHeaderBlock; + m_hdr2 = NULL; + m_extendedHdr = NULL; + m_extendedSize = 0; + m_lasterror = m_parent_o_stream->GetLastError(); + m_endrecWritten = false; +} + +wxTarOutputStream::~wxTarOutputStream() +{ + Close(); + delete m_hdr; + delete m_hdr2; + delete [] m_extendedHdr; +} + +bool wxTarOutputStream::PutNextEntry(wxTarEntry *entry) +{ + wxTarEntryPtr_ e(entry); + + if (!CloseEntry()) + return false; + + if (!m_tarsize) { + wxLogNull nolog; + m_tarstart = m_parent_o_stream->TellO(); + } + + if (m_tarstart != wxInvalidOffset) + m_headpos = m_tarstart + m_tarsize; + + if (WriteHeaders(*e)) { + m_pos = 0; + m_maxpos = 0; + m_size = GetDataSize(*e); + if (m_tarstart != wxInvalidOffset) + m_datapos = m_tarstart + m_tarsize; + + // types that are not allowd any data + const char nodata[] = { + wxTAR_LNKTYPE, wxTAR_SYMTYPE, wxTAR_CHRTYPE, wxTAR_BLKTYPE, + wxTAR_DIRTYPE, wxTAR_FIFOTYPE, 0 + }; + int typeflag = e->GetTypeFlag(); + + // pax does now allow data for wxTAR_LNKTYPE + if (!m_pax || typeflag != wxTAR_LNKTYPE) + if (strchr(nodata, typeflag) != NULL) + CloseEntry(); + } + + return IsOk(); +} + +bool wxTarOutputStream::PutNextEntry(const wxString& name, + const wxDateTime& dt, + wxFileOffset size) +{ + return PutNextEntry(new wxTarEntry(name, dt, size)); +} + +bool wxTarOutputStream::PutNextDirEntry(const wxString& name, + const wxDateTime& dt) +{ + wxTarEntry *entry = new wxTarEntry(name, dt); + entry->SetIsDir(); + return PutNextEntry(entry); +} + +bool wxTarOutputStream::PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry) +{ + wxTarEntry *tarEntry = wxStaticCast(entry, wxTarEntry); + if (!tarEntry) + delete entry; + return PutNextEntry(tarEntry); +} + +bool wxTarOutputStream::CopyEntry(wxTarEntry *entry, + wxTarInputStream& inputStream) +{ + if (PutNextEntry(entry)) + Write(inputStream); + return IsOk() && inputStream.Eof(); +} + +bool wxTarOutputStream::CopyEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry, + wxArchiveInputStream& inputStream) +{ + if (PutNextEntry(entry)) + Write(inputStream); + return IsOk() && inputStream.Eof(); +} + +bool wxTarOutputStream::CloseEntry() +{ + if (!IsOpened()) + return true; + + if (m_pos < m_maxpos) { + wxASSERT(m_parent_o_stream->IsSeekable()); + m_parent_o_stream->SeekO(m_datapos + m_maxpos); + m_lasterror = m_parent_o_stream->GetLastError(); + m_pos = m_maxpos; + } + + if (IsOk()) { + wxFileOffset size = RoundUpSize(m_pos); + if (size > m_pos) { + memset(m_hdr, 0, size - m_pos); + m_parent_o_stream->Write(m_hdr, size - m_pos); + m_lasterror = m_parent_o_stream->GetLastError(); + } + m_tarsize += size; + } + + if (IsOk() && m_pos != m_size) + ModifyHeader(); + + m_pos = wxInvalidOffset; + m_maxpos = wxInvalidOffset; + m_size = wxInvalidOffset; + m_headpos = wxInvalidOffset; + m_datapos = wxInvalidOffset; + + return IsOk(); +} + +bool wxTarOutputStream::Close() +{ + if (!CloseEntry() || (m_tarsize == 0 && m_endrecWritten)) + return false; + + memset(m_hdr, 0, sizeof(*m_hdr)); + int count = (RoundUpSize(m_tarsize + 2 * TAR_BLOCKSIZE, m_BlockingFactor) + - m_tarsize) / TAR_BLOCKSIZE; + while (count--) + m_parent_o_stream->Write(m_hdr, TAR_BLOCKSIZE); + + m_tarsize = 0; + m_tarstart = wxInvalidOffset; + m_lasterror = m_parent_o_stream->GetLastError(); + m_endrecWritten = true; + return IsOk(); +} + +bool wxTarOutputStream::WriteHeaders(wxTarEntry& entry) +{ + memset(m_hdr, 0, sizeof(*m_hdr)); + + SetHeaderPath(entry.GetName(wxPATH_UNIX)); + + SetHeaderNumber(TAR_MODE, entry.GetMode()); + SetHeaderNumber(TAR_UID, entry.GetUserId()); + SetHeaderNumber(TAR_GID, entry.GetGroupId()); + + if (entry.GetSize() == wxInvalidOffset) + entry.SetSize(0); + m_large = !SetHeaderNumber(TAR_SIZE, entry.GetSize()); + + SetHeaderDate(wxT("mtime"), entry.GetDateTime()); + if (entry.GetAccessTime().IsValid()) + SetHeaderDate(wxT("atime"), entry.GetAccessTime()); + if (entry.GetCreateTime().IsValid()) + SetHeaderDate(wxT("ctime"), entry.GetCreateTime()); + + *m_hdr->Get(TAR_TYPEFLAG) = char(entry.GetTypeFlag()); + + strcpy(m_hdr->Get(TAR_MAGIC), USTAR_MAGIC); + strcpy(m_hdr->Get(TAR_VERSION), USTAR_VERSION); + + SetHeaderString(TAR_LINKNAME, entry.GetLinkName()); + SetHeaderString(TAR_UNAME, entry.GetUserName()); + SetHeaderString(TAR_GNAME, entry.GetGroupName()); + + if (~entry.GetDevMajor()) + SetHeaderNumber(TAR_DEVMAJOR, entry.GetDevMajor()); + if (~entry.GetDevMinor()) + SetHeaderNumber(TAR_DEVMINOR, entry.GetDevMinor()); + + m_chksum = m_hdr->Sum(); + m_hdr->SetOctal(TAR_CHKSUM, m_chksum); + if (!m_large) + m_chksum -= m_hdr->SumField(TAR_SIZE); + + // The main header is now fully prepared so we know what extended headers + // (if any) will be needed. Output any extended headers before writing + // the main header. + if (m_extendedHdr && *m_extendedHdr) { + wxASSERT(m_pax); + // the extended headers are written to the tar as a file entry, + // so prepare a regular header block for the pseudo-file. + if (!m_hdr2) + m_hdr2 = new wxTarHeaderBlock; + memset(m_hdr2, 0, sizeof(*m_hdr2)); + + // an old tar that doesn't understand extended headers will + // extract it as a file, so give these fields reasonable values + // so that the user will have access to read and remove it. + m_hdr2->SetPath(PaxHeaderPath(wxT("%d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f"), + entry.GetName(wxPATH_UNIX)), GetConv()); + m_hdr2->SetOctal(TAR_MODE, 0600); + strcpy(m_hdr2->Get(TAR_UID), m_hdr->Get(TAR_UID)); + strcpy(m_hdr2->Get(TAR_GID), m_hdr->Get(TAR_GID)); + size_t length = strlen(m_extendedHdr); + m_hdr2->SetOctal(TAR_SIZE, length); + strcpy(m_hdr2->Get(TAR_MTIME), m_hdr->Get(TAR_MTIME)); + *m_hdr2->Get(TAR_TYPEFLAG) = 'x'; + strcpy(m_hdr2->Get(TAR_MAGIC), USTAR_MAGIC); + strcpy(m_hdr2->Get(TAR_VERSION), USTAR_VERSION); + strcpy(m_hdr2->Get(TAR_UNAME), m_hdr->Get(TAR_UNAME)); + strcpy(m_hdr2->Get(TAR_GNAME), m_hdr->Get(TAR_GNAME)); + + m_hdr2->SetOctal(TAR_CHKSUM, m_hdr2->Sum()); + + m_hdr2->Write(*m_parent_o_stream); + m_tarsize += TAR_BLOCKSIZE; + + size_t rounded = RoundUpSize(length); + memset(m_extendedHdr + length, 0, rounded - length); + m_parent_o_stream->Write(m_extendedHdr, rounded); + m_tarsize += rounded; + + *m_extendedHdr = 0; + + // update m_headpos which is used to seek back to fix up the file + // length if it is not known in advance + if (m_tarstart != wxInvalidOffset) + m_headpos = m_tarstart + m_tarsize; + } + + // if don't have extended headers just report error + if (!m_badfit.empty()) { + wxASSERT(!m_pax); + wxLogWarning(_("%s did not fit the tar header for entry '%s'"), + m_badfit.c_str(), entry.GetName().c_str()); + m_badfit.clear(); + } + + m_hdr->Write(*m_parent_o_stream); + m_tarsize += TAR_BLOCKSIZE; + m_lasterror = m_parent_o_stream->GetLastError(); + + return IsOk(); +} + +wxString wxTarOutputStream::PaxHeaderPath(const wxString& format, + const wxString& path) +{ + wxString d = path.BeforeLast(wxT('/')); + wxString f = path.AfterLast(wxT('/')); + wxString ret; + + if (d.empty()) + d = wxT("."); + + ret.reserve(format.length() + path.length() + 16); + + size_t begin = 0; + size_t end; + + for (;;) { + end = format.find('%', begin); + if (end == wxString::npos || end + 1 >= format.length()) + break; + ret << format.substr(begin, end - begin); + switch ( format[end + 1].GetValue() ) { + case 'd': ret << d; break; + case 'f': ret << f; break; + case 'p': ret << wxGetProcessId(); break; + case '%': ret << wxT("%"); break; + } + begin = end + 2; + } + + ret << format.substr(begin); + + return ret; +} + +bool wxTarOutputStream::ModifyHeader() +{ + wxFileOffset originalPos = wxInvalidOffset; + wxFileOffset sizePos = wxInvalidOffset; + + if (!m_large && m_headpos != wxInvalidOffset + && m_parent_o_stream->IsSeekable()) + { + wxLogNull nolog; + originalPos = m_parent_o_stream->TellO(); + if (originalPos != wxInvalidOffset) + sizePos = + m_parent_o_stream->SeekO(m_headpos + m_hdr->Offset(TAR_SIZE)); + } + + if (sizePos == wxInvalidOffset || !m_hdr->SetOctal(TAR_SIZE, m_pos)) { + wxLogError(_("incorrect size given for tar entry")); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + return false; + } + + m_chksum += m_hdr->SumField(TAR_SIZE); + m_hdr->SetOctal(TAR_CHKSUM, m_chksum); + wxFileOffset sumPos = m_headpos + m_hdr->Offset(TAR_CHKSUM); + + return + m_hdr->WriteField(*m_parent_o_stream, TAR_SIZE) && + m_parent_o_stream->SeekO(sumPos) == sumPos && + m_hdr->WriteField(*m_parent_o_stream, TAR_CHKSUM) && + m_parent_o_stream->SeekO(originalPos) == originalPos; +} + +void wxTarOutputStream::SetHeaderPath(const wxString& name) +{ + if (!m_hdr->SetPath(name, GetConv()) || (m_pax && !name.IsAscii())) + SetExtendedHeader(wxT("path"), name); +} + +bool wxTarOutputStream::SetHeaderNumber(int id, wxTarNumber n) +{ + if (m_hdr->SetOctal(id, n)) { + return true; + } else { + SetExtendedHeader(m_hdr->Name(id), wxLongLong(n).ToString()); + return false; + } +} + +void wxTarOutputStream::SetHeaderString(int id, const wxString& str) +{ + strncpy(m_hdr->Get(id), str.mb_str(GetConv()), m_hdr->Len(id)); + if (str.length() > m_hdr->Len(id)) + SetExtendedHeader(m_hdr->Name(id), str); +} + +void wxTarOutputStream::SetHeaderDate(const wxString& key, + const wxDateTime& datetime) +{ + wxLongLong ll = datetime.IsValid() ? datetime.GetValue() : wxLongLong(0); + wxLongLong secs = ll / 1000L; + + if (key != wxT("mtime") + || !m_hdr->SetOctal(TAR_MTIME, wxTarNumber(secs.GetValue())) + || secs <= 0 || secs >= 0x7fffffff) + { + wxString str; + if (ll >= LONG_MIN && ll <= LONG_MAX) { + str.Printf(wxT("%g"), ll.ToLong() / 1000.0); + } else { + str = ll.ToString(); + str.insert(str.end() - 3, '.'); + } + SetExtendedHeader(key, str); + } +} + +void wxTarOutputStream::SetExtendedHeader(const wxString& key, + const wxString& value) +{ + if (m_pax) { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + const wxCharBuffer utf_key = key.utf8_str(); + const wxCharBuffer utf_value = value.utf8_str(); +#else + const wxWX2WCbuf wide_key = key.wc_str(GetConv()); + const wxCharBuffer utf_key = wxConvUTF8.cWC2MB(wide_key); + + const wxWX2WCbuf wide_value = value.wc_str(GetConv()); + const wxCharBuffer utf_value = wxConvUTF8.cWC2MB(wide_value); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE + + // a small buffer to format the length field in + char buf[32]; + // length of "99=\n" + unsigned long length = strlen(utf_value) + strlen(utf_key) + 5; + sprintf(buf, "%lu", length); + // the length includes itself + size_t lenlen = strlen(buf); + if (lenlen != 2) { + length += lenlen - 2; + sprintf(buf, "%lu", length); + if (strlen(buf) > lenlen) + sprintf(buf, "%lu", ++length); + } + + // reallocate m_extendedHdr if it's not big enough + if (m_extendedSize < length) { + size_t rounded = RoundUpSize(length); + m_extendedSize <<= 1; + if (rounded > m_extendedSize) + m_extendedSize = rounded; + char *oldHdr = m_extendedHdr; + m_extendedHdr = new char[m_extendedSize]; + if (oldHdr) { + strcpy(m_extendedHdr, oldHdr); + delete oldHdr; + } else { + *m_extendedHdr = 0; + } + } + + // append the new record + char *append = strchr(m_extendedHdr, 0); + sprintf(append, "%s %s=%s\012", buf, + (const char*)utf_key, (const char*)utf_value); + } + else { + // if not pax then make a list of fields to report as errors + if (!m_badfit.empty()) + m_badfit += wxT(", "); + m_badfit += key; + } +} + +void wxTarOutputStream::Sync() +{ + m_parent_o_stream->Sync(); +} + +wxFileOffset wxTarOutputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + if (!IsOpened()) { + wxLogError(_("tar entry not open")); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + } + if (!IsOk() || m_datapos == wxInvalidOffset) + return wxInvalidOffset; + + switch (mode) { + case wxFromStart: break; + case wxFromCurrent: pos += m_pos; break; + case wxFromEnd: pos += m_maxpos; break; + } + + if (pos < 0 || m_parent_o_stream->SeekO(m_datapos + pos) == wxInvalidOffset) + return wxInvalidOffset; + + m_pos = pos; + return m_pos; +} + +size_t wxTarOutputStream::OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + if (!IsOpened()) { + wxLogError(_("tar entry not open")); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + } + if (!IsOk() || !size) + return 0; + + size_t lastwrite = m_parent_o_stream->Write(buffer, size).LastWrite(); + m_pos += lastwrite; + if (m_pos > m_maxpos) + m_maxpos = m_pos; + + if (lastwrite != size) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + + return lastwrite; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TARSTREAM diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/taskbarcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/taskbarcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..514478f6d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/taskbarcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// File: src/common/taskbarcmn.cpp +// Purpose: Common parts of wxTaskBarIcon class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/04/2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: taskbarcmn.cpp 62789 2009-12-05 19:57:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, 2003 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TASKBARICON + +#include "wx/taskbar.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/list.h" + #include "wx/menu.h" +#endif + +extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxList) wxPendingDelete; + +// DLL options compatibility check: +WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS("wxAdvanced") + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_TASKBAR_MOVE, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DOWN, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_UP, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DOWN, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_UP, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DCLICK, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_TASKBAR_BALLOON_TIMEOUT, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_TASKBAR_BALLOON_CLICK, wxTaskBarIconEvent ); + + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTaskBarIconBase, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_TASKBAR_CLICK(wxTaskBarIconBase::OnRightButtonDown) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxTaskBarIconBase::OnRightButtonDown(wxTaskBarIconEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxMenu *menu = CreatePopupMenu(); + if (menu) + { + PopupMenu(menu); + delete menu; + } +} + +void wxTaskBarIconBase::Destroy() +{ + wxPendingDelete.Append(this); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TASKBARICON diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tbarbase.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tbarbase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f198708da8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tbarbase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,768 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/tbarbase.cpp +// Purpose: wxToolBarBase implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: VZ at 11.12.99 (wxScrollableToolBar split off) +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tbarbase.cpp 67206 2011-03-16 06:36:43Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#include "wx/toolbar.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/control.h" + #include "wx/frame.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + #include "wx/image.h" + #endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + #include "wx/menu.h" +#endif + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxToolBarNameStr[] = "toolbar"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWidgets macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxToolBarBase, wxControl) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" + +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxToolBarToolsList) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToolBarToolBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBarToolBase, wxObject) + +wxToolBarToolBase::~wxToolBarToolBase() +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + delete m_dropdownMenu; +#endif + + if ( IsControl() ) + GetControl()->Destroy(); +} + + +bool wxToolBarToolBase::Enable(bool enable) +{ + if ( m_enabled == enable ) + return false; + + m_enabled = enable; + + return true; +} + +bool wxToolBarToolBase::Toggle(bool toggle) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( CanBeToggled(), wxT("can't toggle this tool") ); + + if ( m_toggled == toggle ) + return false; + + m_toggled = toggle; + + return true; +} + +bool wxToolBarToolBase::SetToggle(bool toggle) +{ + wxItemKind kind = toggle ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL; + if ( m_kind == kind ) + return false; + + m_kind = kind; + + return true; +} + +bool wxToolBarToolBase::SetShortHelp(const wxString& help) +{ + if ( m_shortHelpString == help ) + return false; + + m_shortHelpString = help; + + return true; +} + +bool wxToolBarToolBase::SetLongHelp(const wxString& help) +{ + if ( m_longHelpString == help ) + return false; + + m_longHelpString = help; + + return true; +} + + +#if wxUSE_MENUS +void wxToolBarToolBase::SetDropdownMenu(wxMenu* menu) +{ + delete m_dropdownMenu; + m_dropdownMenu = menu; +} +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToolBarBase adding/deleting items +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxToolBarBase::wxToolBarBase() +{ + // the list owns the pointers + m_xMargin = m_yMargin = 0; + m_maxRows = m_maxCols = 0; + m_toolPacking = m_toolSeparation = 0; + m_defaultWidth = 16; + m_defaultHeight = 15; +} + +void wxToolBarBase::FixupStyle() +{ + if ( !HasFlag(wxTB_TOP | wxTB_LEFT | wxTB_RIGHT | wxTB_BOTTOM) ) + { + // this is the default + m_windowStyle |= wxTB_TOP; + } +} + +wxToolBarToolBase *wxToolBarBase::DoAddTool(int toolid, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + wxItemKind kind, + const wxString& shortHelp, + const wxString& longHelp, + wxObject *clientData, + wxCoord WXUNUSED(xPos), + wxCoord WXUNUSED(yPos)) +{ + InvalidateBestSize(); + return InsertTool(GetToolsCount(), toolid, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled, + kind, shortHelp, longHelp, clientData); +} + +wxToolBarToolBase *wxToolBarBase::InsertTool(size_t pos, + int toolid, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + wxItemKind kind, + const wxString& shortHelp, + const wxString& longHelp, + wxObject *clientData) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( pos <= GetToolsCount(), NULL, + wxT("invalid position in wxToolBar::InsertTool()") ); + + return DoInsertNewTool(pos, CreateTool(toolid, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled, kind, + clientData, shortHelp, longHelp)); +} + +wxToolBarToolBase *wxToolBarBase::AddTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool) +{ + return InsertTool(GetToolsCount(), tool); +} + +wxToolBarToolBase * +wxToolBarBase::InsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( pos <= GetToolsCount(), NULL, + wxT("invalid position in wxToolBar::InsertTool()") ); + + if ( !tool || !DoInsertTool(pos, tool) ) + { + return NULL; + } + + m_tools.Insert(pos, tool); + tool->Attach(this); + + return tool; +} + +wxToolBarToolBase * +wxToolBarBase::AddControl(wxControl *control, const wxString& label) +{ + return InsertControl(GetToolsCount(), control, label); +} + +wxToolBarToolBase * +wxToolBarBase::InsertControl(size_t pos, + wxControl *control, + const wxString& label) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( control, NULL, + wxT("toolbar: can't insert NULL control") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( control->GetParent() == this, NULL, + wxT("control must have toolbar as parent") ); + + return DoInsertNewTool(pos, CreateTool(control, label)); +} + +wxControl *wxToolBarBase::FindControl( int toolid ) +{ + for ( wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node = m_tools.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + const wxToolBarToolBase * const tool = node->GetData(); + if ( tool->IsControl() ) + { + wxControl * const control = tool->GetControl(); + + if ( !control ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("NULL control in toolbar?") ); + } + else if ( control->GetId() == toolid ) + { + // found + return control; + } + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +wxToolBarToolBase *wxToolBarBase::AddSeparator() +{ + return InsertSeparator(GetToolsCount()); +} + +wxToolBarToolBase *wxToolBarBase::InsertSeparator(size_t pos) +{ + return DoInsertNewTool(pos, CreateSeparator()); +} + +wxToolBarToolBase *wxToolBarBase::AddStretchableSpace() +{ + return InsertStretchableSpace(GetToolsCount()); +} + +wxToolBarToolBase *wxToolBarBase::InsertStretchableSpace(size_t pos) +{ + wxToolBarToolBase * const tool = CreateSeparator(); + if ( tool ) + { + // this is a hack but we know that all the current implementations + // don't really use the tool when it's created, they will do it + // InsertTool() at earliest and maybe even in Realize() much later + // + // so we can create the tool as a plain separator and mark it as being + // a stretchable space later + tool->MakeStretchable(); + } + + return DoInsertNewTool(pos, tool); +} + +wxToolBarToolBase *wxToolBarBase::RemoveTool(int toolid) +{ + size_t pos = 0; + wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + if ( node->GetData()->GetId() == toolid ) + break; + + pos++; + } + + if ( !node ) + { + // don't give any error messages - sometimes we might call RemoveTool() + // without knowing whether the tool is or not in the toolbar + return NULL; + } + + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = node->GetData(); + wxCHECK_MSG( tool, NULL, "NULL tool in the tools list?" ); + + if ( !DoDeleteTool(pos, tool) ) + return NULL; + + m_tools.Erase(node); + + tool->Detach(); + + return tool; +} + +bool wxToolBarBase::DeleteToolByPos(size_t pos) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( pos < GetToolsCount(), false, + wxT("invalid position in wxToolBar::DeleteToolByPos()") ); + + wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node = m_tools.Item(pos); + + if ( !DoDeleteTool(pos, node->GetData()) ) + { + return false; + } + + delete node->GetData(); + m_tools.Erase(node); + + return true; +} + +bool wxToolBarBase::DeleteTool(int toolid) +{ + size_t pos = 0; + wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + if ( node->GetData()->GetId() == toolid ) + break; + + pos++; + } + + if ( !node || !DoDeleteTool(pos, node->GetData()) ) + { + return false; + } + + delete node->GetData(); + m_tools.Erase(node); + + return true; +} + +wxToolBarToolBase *wxToolBarBase::FindById(int toolid) const +{ + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = NULL; + + for ( wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node = m_tools.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + tool = node->GetData(); + if ( tool->GetId() == toolid ) + { + // found + break; + } + + tool = NULL; + } + + return tool; +} + +void wxToolBarBase::UnToggleRadioGroup(wxToolBarToolBase *tool) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( tool, wxT("NULL tool in wxToolBarTool::UnToggleRadioGroup") ); + + if ( !tool->IsButton() || tool->GetKind() != wxITEM_RADIO ) + return; + + wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node = m_tools.Find(tool); + wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("invalid tool in wxToolBarTool::UnToggleRadioGroup") ); + + wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator nodeNext = node->GetNext(); + while ( nodeNext ) + { + wxToolBarToolBase *toolNext = nodeNext->GetData(); + + if ( !toolNext->IsButton() || toolNext->GetKind() != wxITEM_RADIO ) + break; + + if ( toolNext->Toggle(false) ) + { + DoToggleTool(toolNext, false); + } + + nodeNext = nodeNext->GetNext(); + } + + wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator nodePrev = node->GetPrevious(); + while ( nodePrev ) + { + wxToolBarToolBase *toolNext = nodePrev->GetData(); + + if ( !toolNext->IsButton() || toolNext->GetKind() != wxITEM_RADIO ) + break; + + if ( toolNext->Toggle(false) ) + { + DoToggleTool(toolNext, false); + } + + nodePrev = nodePrev->GetPrevious(); + } +} + +void wxToolBarBase::ClearTools() +{ + while ( GetToolsCount() ) + { + DeleteToolByPos(0); + } +} + +void wxToolBarBase::AdjustToolBitmapSize() +{ + const wxSize sizeOrig(m_defaultWidth, m_defaultHeight); + + wxSize sizeActual(sizeOrig); + + for ( wxToolBarToolsList::const_iterator i = m_tools.begin(); + i != m_tools.end(); + ++i ) + { + const wxBitmap& bmp = (*i)->GetNormalBitmap(); + if ( bmp.IsOk() ) + sizeActual.IncTo(bmp.GetSize()); + } + + if ( sizeActual != sizeOrig ) + SetToolBitmapSize(sizeActual); +} + +bool wxToolBarBase::Realize() +{ + // check if we have anything to do + if ( m_tools.empty() ) + return false; + + // make sure tool size is large enough for all bitmaps to fit in + AdjustToolBitmapSize(); + + return true; +} + +wxToolBarBase::~wxToolBarBase() +{ + WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxToolBarToolsList, m_tools); + + // notify the frame that it doesn't have a tool bar any longer to avoid + // dangling pointers + wxFrame *frame = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxFrame); + if ( frame && frame->GetToolBar() == this ) + { + frame->SetToolBar(NULL); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToolBarBase tools state +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxToolBarBase::EnableTool(int toolid, bool enable) +{ + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(toolid); + if ( tool ) + { + if ( tool->Enable(enable) ) + { + DoEnableTool(tool, enable); + } + } +} + +void wxToolBarBase::ToggleTool(int toolid, bool toggle) +{ + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(toolid); + if ( tool && tool->CanBeToggled() ) + { + if ( tool->Toggle(toggle) ) + { + UnToggleRadioGroup(tool); + DoToggleTool(tool, toggle); + } + } +} + +void wxToolBarBase::SetToggle(int toolid, bool toggle) +{ + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(toolid); + if ( tool ) + { + if ( tool->SetToggle(toggle) ) + { + DoSetToggle(tool, toggle); + } + } +} + +void wxToolBarBase::SetToolShortHelp(int toolid, const wxString& help) +{ + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(toolid); + if ( tool ) + { + (void)tool->SetShortHelp(help); + } +} + +void wxToolBarBase::SetToolLongHelp(int toolid, const wxString& help) +{ + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(toolid); + if ( tool ) + { + (void)tool->SetLongHelp(help); + } +} + +wxObject *wxToolBarBase::GetToolClientData(int toolid) const +{ + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(toolid); + + return tool ? tool->GetClientData() : NULL; +} + +void wxToolBarBase::SetToolClientData(int toolid, wxObject *clientData) +{ + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(toolid); + + wxCHECK_RET( tool, wxT("no such tool in wxToolBar::SetToolClientData") ); + + tool->SetClientData(clientData); +} + +int wxToolBarBase::GetToolPos(int toolid) const +{ + size_t pos = 0; + wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node; + + for ( node = m_tools.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + if ( node->GetData()->GetId() == toolid ) + return pos; + + pos++; + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +bool wxToolBarBase::GetToolState(int toolid) const +{ + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(toolid); + wxCHECK_MSG( tool, false, wxT("no such tool") ); + + return tool->IsToggled(); +} + +bool wxToolBarBase::GetToolEnabled(int toolid) const +{ + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(toolid); + wxCHECK_MSG( tool, false, wxT("no such tool") ); + + return tool->IsEnabled(); +} + +wxString wxToolBarBase::GetToolShortHelp(int toolid) const +{ + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(toolid); + wxCHECK_MSG( tool, wxEmptyString, wxT("no such tool") ); + + return tool->GetShortHelp(); +} + +wxString wxToolBarBase::GetToolLongHelp(int toolid) const +{ + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(toolid); + wxCHECK_MSG( tool, wxEmptyString, wxT("no such tool") ); + + return tool->GetLongHelp(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToolBarBase geometry +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxToolBarBase::SetMargins(int x, int y) +{ + m_xMargin = x; + m_yMargin = y; +} + +void wxToolBarBase::SetRows(int WXUNUSED(nRows)) +{ + // nothing +} + +bool wxToolBarBase::IsVertical() const +{ + return HasFlag(wxTB_LEFT | wxTB_RIGHT); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event processing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Only allow toggle if returns true +bool wxToolBarBase::OnLeftClick(int toolid, bool toggleDown) +{ + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, toolid); + event.SetEventObject(this); + + // we use SetInt() to make wxCommandEvent::IsChecked() return toggleDown + event.SetInt((int)toggleDown); + + // and SetExtraLong() for backwards compatibility + event.SetExtraLong((long)toggleDown); + + // Send events to this toolbar instead (and thence up the window hierarchy) + HandleWindowEvent(event); + + return true; +} + +// Call when right button down. +void wxToolBarBase::OnRightClick(int toolid, + long WXUNUSED(x), + long WXUNUSED(y)) +{ + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, toolid); + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetInt(toolid); + + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +// Called when the mouse cursor enters a tool bitmap (no button pressed). +// Argument is wxID_ANY if mouse is exiting the toolbar. +// Note that for this event, the toolid of the window is used, +// and the integer parameter of wxCommandEvent is used to retrieve +// the tool toolid. +void wxToolBarBase::OnMouseEnter(int toolid) +{ + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetInt(toolid); + + wxFrame *frame = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxFrame); + if ( frame ) + { + wxString help; + if ( toolid != wxID_ANY ) + { + const wxToolBarToolBase * const tool = FindById(toolid); + if ( tool ) + help = tool->GetLongHelp(); + } + + // call DoGiveHelp() even if help string is empty to avoid showing the + // help for the previously selected tool when another one is selected + frame->DoGiveHelp(help, toolid != wxID_ANY); + } + + (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// UI updates +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Do the toolbar button updates (check for EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers) +void wxToolBarBase::UpdateWindowUI(long flags) +{ + wxWindowBase::UpdateWindowUI(flags); + + // don't waste time updating state of tools in a hidden toolbar + if ( !IsShown() ) + return; + + // There is no sense in updating the toolbar UI + // if the parent window is about to get destroyed + wxWindow *tlw = wxGetTopLevelParent( this ); + if (tlw && wxPendingDelete.Member( tlw )) + return; + + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler = GetEventHandler() ; + + for ( wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node = m_tools.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxToolBarToolBase * const tool = node->GetData(); + if ( tool->IsSeparator() ) + continue; + + int toolid = tool->GetId(); + + wxUpdateUIEvent event(toolid); + event.SetEventObject(this); + + if ( evtHandler->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + if ( event.GetSetEnabled() ) + EnableTool(toolid, event.GetEnabled()); + if ( event.GetSetChecked() ) + ToggleTool(toolid, event.GetChecked()); +#if 0 + if ( event.GetSetText() ) + // Set tooltip? +#endif // 0 + } + } +} + +#if wxUSE_MENUS +bool wxToolBarBase::SetDropdownMenu(int toolid, wxMenu* menu) +{ + wxToolBarToolBase * const tool = FindById(toolid); + wxCHECK_MSG( tool, false, wxT("invalid tool toolid") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( tool->GetKind() == wxITEM_DROPDOWN, false, + wxT("menu can be only associated with drop down tools") ); + + tool->SetDropdownMenu(menu); + + return true; +} +#endif + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +bool wxCreateGreyedImage(const wxImage& in, wxImage& out) +{ +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + out = in.ConvertToGreyscale(); + if ( out.Ok() ) + return true; +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + return false; +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textbuf.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textbuf.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cd46aa9464 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textbuf.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/textbuf.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxTextBuffer class +// Created: 14.11.01 +// Author: Morten Hanssen, Vadim Zeitlin +// RCS-ID: $Id: textbuf.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998-2001 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// headers +// ============================================================================ + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif //__BORLANDC__ + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/textbuf.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxTextBuffer class implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// static methods (always compiled in) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// default type is the native one +// the native type under Mac OS X is: +// - Unix when compiling with the Apple Developer Tools (__UNIX__) +// - Mac when compiling with CodeWarrior (__WXMAC__) + +const wxTextFileType wxTextBuffer::typeDefault = +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__DOS__) || defined(__PALMOS__) + wxTextFileType_Dos; +#elif defined(__UNIX__) + wxTextFileType_Unix; +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + wxTextFileType_Mac; +#elif defined(__OS2__) + wxTextFileType_Os2; +#else + wxTextFileType_None; + #error "wxTextBuffer: unsupported platform." +#endif + +const wxChar *wxTextBuffer::GetEOL(wxTextFileType type) +{ + switch ( type ) { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("bad buffer type in wxTextBuffer::GetEOL.")); + // fall through nevertheless - we must return something... + + case wxTextFileType_None: return wxEmptyString; + case wxTextFileType_Unix: return wxT("\n"); + case wxTextFileType_Dos: return wxT("\r\n"); + case wxTextFileType_Mac: return wxT("\r"); + } +} + +wxString wxTextBuffer::Translate(const wxString& text, wxTextFileType type) +{ + // don't do anything if there is nothing to do + if ( type == wxTextFileType_None ) + return text; + + // nor if it is empty + if ( text.empty() ) + return text; + + wxString eol = GetEOL(type), result; + + // optimization: we know that the length of the new string will be about + // the same as the length of the old one, so prealloc memory to avoid + // unnecessary relocations + result.Alloc(text.Len()); + + wxChar chLast = 0; + for ( wxString::const_iterator i = text.begin(); i != text.end(); ++i ) + { + wxChar ch = *i; + switch ( ch ) { + case wxT('\n'): + // Dos/Unix line termination + result += eol; + chLast = 0; + break; + + case wxT('\r'): + if ( chLast == wxT('\r') ) { + // Mac empty line + result += eol; + } + else { + // just remember it: we don't know whether it is just "\r" + // or "\r\n" yet + chLast = wxT('\r'); + } + break; + + default: + if ( chLast == wxT('\r') ) { + // Mac line termination + result += eol; + + // reset chLast to avoid inserting another eol before the + // next character + chLast = 0; + } + + // add to the current line + result += ch; + } + } + + if ( chLast ) { + // trailing '\r' + result += eol; + } + + return result; +} + +#if wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER + +wxString wxTextBuffer::ms_eof; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ctors & dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTextBuffer::wxTextBuffer(const wxString& strBufferName) + : m_strBufferName(strBufferName) +{ + m_nCurLine = 0; + m_isOpened = false; +} + +wxTextBuffer::~wxTextBuffer() +{ + // required here for Darwin +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// buffer operations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxTextBuffer::Exists() const +{ + return OnExists(); +} + +bool wxTextBuffer::Create(const wxString& strBufferName) +{ + m_strBufferName = strBufferName; + + return Create(); +} + +bool wxTextBuffer::Create() +{ + // buffer name must be either given in ctor or in Create(const wxString&) + wxASSERT( !m_strBufferName.empty() ); + + // if the buffer already exists do nothing + if ( Exists() ) return false; + + if ( !OnOpen(m_strBufferName, WriteAccess) ) + return false; + + OnClose(); + return true; +} + +bool wxTextBuffer::Open(const wxString& strBufferName, const wxMBConv& conv) +{ + m_strBufferName = strBufferName; + + return Open(conv); +} + +bool wxTextBuffer::Open(const wxMBConv& conv) +{ + // buffer name must be either given in ctor or in Open(const wxString&) + wxASSERT( !m_strBufferName.empty() ); + + // open buffer in read-only mode + if ( !OnOpen(m_strBufferName, ReadAccess) ) + return false; + + // read buffer into memory + m_isOpened = OnRead(conv); + + OnClose(); + + return m_isOpened; +} + +// analyse some lines of the buffer trying to guess it's type. +// if it fails, it assumes the native type for our platform. +wxTextFileType wxTextBuffer::GuessType() const +{ + wxASSERT( IsOpened() ); + + // scan the buffer lines + size_t nUnix = 0, // number of '\n's alone + nDos = 0, // number of '\r\n' + nMac = 0; // number of '\r's + + // we take MAX_LINES_SCAN in the beginning, middle and the end of buffer + #define MAX_LINES_SCAN (10) + size_t nCount = m_aLines.GetCount() / 3, + nScan = nCount > 3*MAX_LINES_SCAN ? MAX_LINES_SCAN : nCount / 3; + + #define AnalyseLine(n) \ + switch ( m_aTypes[n] ) { \ + case wxTextFileType_Unix: nUnix++; break; \ + case wxTextFileType_Dos: nDos++; break; \ + case wxTextFileType_Mac: nMac++; break; \ + default: wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unknown line terminator")); \ + } + + size_t n; + for ( n = 0; n < nScan; n++ ) // the beginning + AnalyseLine(n); + for ( n = (nCount - nScan)/2; n < (nCount + nScan)/2; n++ ) + AnalyseLine(n); + for ( n = nCount - nScan; n < nCount; n++ ) + AnalyseLine(n); + + #undef AnalyseLine + + // interpret the results (FIXME far from being even 50% fool proof) + if ( nScan > 0 && nDos + nUnix + nMac == 0 ) { + // no newlines at all + wxLogWarning(_("'%s' is probably a binary buffer."), m_strBufferName.c_str()); + } + else { + #define GREATER_OF(t1, t2) n##t1 == n##t2 ? typeDefault \ + : n##t1 > n##t2 \ + ? wxTextFileType_##t1 \ + : wxTextFileType_##t2 + +#if !defined(__WATCOMC__) || wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,4) + if ( nDos > nUnix ) + return GREATER_OF(Dos, Mac); + else if ( nDos < nUnix ) + return GREATER_OF(Unix, Mac); + else { + // nDos == nUnix + return nMac > nDos ? wxTextFileType_Mac : typeDefault; + } +#endif // __WATCOMC__ + + #undef GREATER_OF + } + + return typeDefault; +} + + +bool wxTextBuffer::Close() +{ + Clear(); + m_isOpened = false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxTextBuffer::Write(wxTextFileType typeNew, const wxMBConv& conv) +{ + return OnWrite(typeNew, conv); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e590bdd9a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1094 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/textcmn.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of platform-independent functions of wxTextCtrl +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 13.07.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textcmn.cpp 66592 2011-01-05 18:27:58Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/event.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + +#include "wx/textctrl.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/ffile.h" + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxTextCtrlNameStr[] = "text"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// we don't have any objects of type wxTextCtrlBase in the program, only +// wxTextCtrl, so this cast is safe +#define TEXTCTRL(ptr) ((wxTextCtrl *)(ptr)) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxTextCtrlStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxTextCtrlStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_PROCESS_TAB) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_MULTILINE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_PASSWORD) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_READONLY) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_RICH) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_RICH2) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_AUTO_URL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_NOHIDESEL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_LEFT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_CENTRE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_RIGHT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_DONTWRAP) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_CHARWRAP) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTE_WORDWRAP) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxTextCtrlStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxTextCtrl, wxControl, "wx/textctrl.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxTextCtrl) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( TextUpdated, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent ) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( TextEnter, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER, wxCommandEvent ) + +wxPROPERTY( Font, wxFont, SetFont, GetFont , wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) +wxPROPERTY( Value, wxString, SetValue, GetValue, wxString(), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxTextCtrlStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxTextCtrl) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxTextCtrl, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxString, Value, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, \ + long, WindowStyle) + + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextUrlEvent, wxCommandEvent) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER, wxCommandEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_URL, wxTextUrlEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_MAXLEN, wxCommandEvent ); + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxTextCtrlBase, wxControl) + +// ============================================================================ +// wxTextAttr implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxTextAttr::wxTextAttr(const wxColour& colText, + const wxColour& colBack, + const wxFont& font, + wxTextAttrAlignment alignment): m_textAlignment(alignment), m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack) +{ + Init(); + + if (m_colText.Ok()) m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR; + if (m_colBack.Ok()) m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR; + if (alignment != wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT) + m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT; + + GetFontAttributes(font); +} + +// Initialisation +void wxTextAttr::Init() +{ + m_textAlignment = wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT; + m_flags = 0; + m_leftIndent = 0; + m_leftSubIndent = 0; + m_rightIndent = 0; + + m_fontSize = 12; + m_fontStyle = wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL; + m_fontWeight = wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL; + m_fontUnderlined = false; + m_fontEncoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT; + m_fontFamily = wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT; + + m_paragraphSpacingAfter = 0; + m_paragraphSpacingBefore = 0; + m_lineSpacing = 0; + m_bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE; + m_textEffects = wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_NONE; + m_textEffectFlags = wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_NONE; + m_outlineLevel = 0; + m_bulletNumber = 0; +} + +// Copy +void wxTextAttr::Copy(const wxTextAttr& attr) +{ + m_colText = attr.m_colText; + m_colBack = attr.m_colBack; + m_textAlignment = attr.m_textAlignment; + m_leftIndent = attr.m_leftIndent; + m_leftSubIndent = attr.m_leftSubIndent; + m_rightIndent = attr.m_rightIndent; + m_tabs = attr.m_tabs; + m_flags = attr.m_flags; + + m_fontSize = attr.m_fontSize; + m_fontStyle = attr.m_fontStyle; + m_fontWeight = attr.m_fontWeight; + m_fontUnderlined = attr.m_fontUnderlined; + m_fontFaceName = attr.m_fontFaceName; + m_fontEncoding = attr.m_fontEncoding; + m_fontFamily = attr.m_fontFamily; + m_textEffects = attr.m_textEffects; + m_textEffectFlags = attr.m_textEffectFlags; + + m_paragraphSpacingAfter = attr.m_paragraphSpacingAfter; + m_paragraphSpacingBefore = attr.m_paragraphSpacingBefore; + m_lineSpacing = attr.m_lineSpacing; + m_characterStyleName = attr.m_characterStyleName; + m_paragraphStyleName = attr.m_paragraphStyleName; + m_listStyleName = attr.m_listStyleName; + m_bulletStyle = attr.m_bulletStyle; + m_bulletNumber = attr.m_bulletNumber; + m_bulletText = attr.m_bulletText; + m_bulletFont = attr.m_bulletFont; + m_bulletName = attr.m_bulletName; + m_outlineLevel = attr.m_outlineLevel; + + m_urlTarget = attr.m_urlTarget; +} + +// operators +void wxTextAttr::operator= (const wxTextAttr& attr) +{ + Copy(attr); +} + +// Equality test +bool wxTextAttr::operator== (const wxTextAttr& attr) const +{ + return GetFlags() == attr.GetFlags() && + + GetTextColour() == attr.GetTextColour() && + GetBackgroundColour() == attr.GetBackgroundColour() && + + GetAlignment() == attr.GetAlignment() && + GetLeftIndent() == attr.GetLeftIndent() && + GetLeftSubIndent() == attr.GetLeftSubIndent() && + GetRightIndent() == attr.GetRightIndent() && + TabsEq(GetTabs(), attr.GetTabs()) && + + GetParagraphSpacingAfter() == attr.GetParagraphSpacingAfter() && + GetParagraphSpacingBefore() == attr.GetParagraphSpacingBefore() && + GetLineSpacing() == attr.GetLineSpacing() && + GetCharacterStyleName() == attr.GetCharacterStyleName() && + GetParagraphStyleName() == attr.GetParagraphStyleName() && + GetListStyleName() == attr.GetListStyleName() && + + GetBulletStyle() == attr.GetBulletStyle() && + GetBulletText() == attr.GetBulletText() && + GetBulletNumber() == attr.GetBulletNumber() && + GetBulletFont() == attr.GetBulletFont() && + GetBulletName() == attr.GetBulletName() && + + GetTextEffects() == attr.GetTextEffects() && + GetTextEffectFlags() == attr.GetTextEffectFlags() && + + GetOutlineLevel() == attr.GetOutlineLevel() && + + GetFontSize() == attr.GetFontSize() && + GetFontStyle() == attr.GetFontStyle() && + GetFontWeight() == attr.GetFontWeight() && + GetFontUnderlined() == attr.GetFontUnderlined() && + GetFontFaceName() == attr.GetFontFaceName() && + GetFontEncoding() == attr.GetFontEncoding() && + GetFontFamily() == attr.GetFontFamily() && + + GetURL() == attr.GetURL(); +} + +// Partial equality test. Only returns false if an attribute doesn't match. +bool wxTextAttr::EqPartial(const wxTextAttr& attr) const +{ + int flags = attr.GetFlags(); + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR) && GetTextColour() != attr.GetTextColour()) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR) && GetBackgroundColour() != attr.GetBackgroundColour()) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE) && + GetFontFaceName() != attr.GetFontFaceName()) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE) && + GetFontSize() != attr.GetFontSize()) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT) && + GetFontWeight() != attr.GetFontWeight()) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC) && + GetFontStyle() != attr.GetFontStyle()) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE) && + GetFontUnderlined() != attr.GetFontUnderlined()) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ENCODING) && + GetFontEncoding() != attr.GetFontEncoding()) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY) && + GetFontFamily() != attr.GetFontFamily()) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_URL) && GetURL() != attr.GetURL()) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT) && GetAlignment() != attr.GetAlignment()) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT) && + ((GetLeftIndent() != attr.GetLeftIndent()) || (GetLeftSubIndent() != attr.GetLeftSubIndent()))) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT) && + (GetRightIndent() != attr.GetRightIndent())) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER) && + (GetParagraphSpacingAfter() != attr.GetParagraphSpacingAfter())) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE) && + (GetParagraphSpacingBefore() != attr.GetParagraphSpacingBefore())) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING) && + (GetLineSpacing() != attr.GetLineSpacing())) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME) && + (GetCharacterStyleName() != attr.GetCharacterStyleName())) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME) && + (GetParagraphStyleName() != attr.GetParagraphStyleName())) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME) && + (GetListStyleName() != attr.GetListStyleName())) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE) && + (GetBulletStyle() != attr.GetBulletStyle())) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER) && + (GetBulletNumber() != attr.GetBulletNumber())) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT) && + (GetBulletText() != attr.GetBulletText()) && + (GetBulletFont() != attr.GetBulletFont())) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME) && + (GetBulletName() != attr.GetBulletName())) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS) && + !TabsEq(GetTabs(), attr.GetTabs())) + return false; + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK) && + (HasPageBreak() != attr.HasPageBreak())) + return false; + + if (flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS) + { + if (HasTextEffects() != attr.HasTextEffects()) + return false; + if (!BitlistsEqPartial(GetTextEffects(), attr.GetTextEffects(), attr.GetTextEffectFlags())) + return false; + } + + if ((flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL) && + (GetOutlineLevel() != attr.GetOutlineLevel())) + return false; + + return true; +} + +// Create font from font attributes. +wxFont wxTextAttr::GetFont() const +{ + if ( !HasFont() ) + return wxNullFont; + + int fontSize = 10; + if (HasFontSize()) + fontSize = GetFontSize(); + + int fontStyle = wxNORMAL; + if (HasFontItalic()) + fontStyle = GetFontStyle(); + + int fontWeight = wxNORMAL; + if (HasFontWeight()) + fontWeight = GetFontWeight(); + + bool underlined = false; + if (HasFontUnderlined()) + underlined = GetFontUnderlined(); + + wxString fontFaceName; + if (HasFontFaceName()) + fontFaceName = GetFontFaceName(); + + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT; + if (HasFontEncoding()) + encoding = GetFontEncoding(); + + wxFontFamily fontFamily = wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT; + if (HasFontFamily()) + fontFamily = GetFontFamily(); + + wxFont font(fontSize, fontFamily, fontStyle, fontWeight, underlined, fontFaceName, encoding); + return font; +} + +// Get attributes from font. +bool wxTextAttr::GetFontAttributes(const wxFont& font, int flags) +{ + if (!font.Ok()) + return false; + + if (flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE) + m_fontSize = font.GetPointSize(); + + if (flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC) + m_fontStyle = font.GetStyle(); + + if (flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT) + m_fontWeight = font.GetWeight(); + + if (flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE) + m_fontUnderlined = font.GetUnderlined(); + + if (flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE) + m_fontFaceName = font.GetFaceName(); + + if (flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ENCODING) + m_fontEncoding = font.GetEncoding(); + + if (flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY) + { + // wxFont might not know its family, avoid setting m_fontFamily to an + // invalid value and rather pretend that we don't have any font family + // information at all in this case + const wxFontFamily fontFamily = font.GetFamily(); + if ( fontFamily == wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN ) + flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY; + else + m_fontFamily = fontFamily; + } + + m_flags |= flags; + + return true; +} + +// Resets bits in destination so new attributes aren't merged with mutually exclusive ones +static bool wxResetIncompatibleBits(const int mask, const int srcFlags, int& destFlags, int& destBits) +{ + if ((srcFlags & mask) && (destFlags & mask)) + { + destBits &= ~mask; + destFlags &= ~mask; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxTextAttr::Apply(const wxTextAttr& style, const wxTextAttr* compareWith) +{ + wxTextAttr& destStyle = (*this); + + if (style.HasFontWeight()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasFontWeight() && compareWith->GetFontWeight() == style.GetFontWeight())) + destStyle.SetFontWeight(style.GetFontWeight()); + } + + if (style.HasFontSize()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasFontSize() && compareWith->GetFontSize() == style.GetFontSize())) + destStyle.SetFontSize(style.GetFontSize()); + } + + if (style.HasFontItalic()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasFontItalic() && compareWith->GetFontStyle() == style.GetFontStyle())) + destStyle.SetFontStyle(style.GetFontStyle()); + } + + if (style.HasFontUnderlined()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasFontUnderlined() && compareWith->GetFontUnderlined() == style.GetFontUnderlined())) + destStyle.SetFontUnderlined(style.GetFontUnderlined()); + } + + if (style.HasFontFaceName()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasFontFaceName() && compareWith->GetFontFaceName() == style.GetFontFaceName())) + destStyle.SetFontFaceName(style.GetFontFaceName()); + } + + if (style.HasFontEncoding()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasFontEncoding() && compareWith->GetFontEncoding() == style.GetFontEncoding())) + destStyle.SetFontEncoding(style.GetFontEncoding()); + } + + if (style.HasFontFamily()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasFontFamily() && compareWith->GetFontFamily() == style.GetFontFamily())) + destStyle.SetFontFamily(style.GetFontFamily()); + } + + if (style.GetTextColour().Ok() && style.HasTextColour()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasTextColour() && compareWith->GetTextColour() == style.GetTextColour())) + destStyle.SetTextColour(style.GetTextColour()); + } + + if (style.GetBackgroundColour().Ok() && style.HasBackgroundColour()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasBackgroundColour() && compareWith->GetBackgroundColour() == style.GetBackgroundColour())) + destStyle.SetBackgroundColour(style.GetBackgroundColour()); + } + + if (style.HasAlignment()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasAlignment() && compareWith->GetAlignment() == style.GetAlignment())) + destStyle.SetAlignment(style.GetAlignment()); + } + + if (style.HasTabs()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasTabs() && TabsEq(compareWith->GetTabs(), style.GetTabs()))) + destStyle.SetTabs(style.GetTabs()); + } + + if (style.HasLeftIndent()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasLeftIndent() && compareWith->GetLeftIndent() == style.GetLeftIndent() + && compareWith->GetLeftSubIndent() == style.GetLeftSubIndent())) + destStyle.SetLeftIndent(style.GetLeftIndent(), style.GetLeftSubIndent()); + } + + if (style.HasRightIndent()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasRightIndent() && compareWith->GetRightIndent() == style.GetRightIndent())) + destStyle.SetRightIndent(style.GetRightIndent()); + } + + if (style.HasParagraphSpacingAfter()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasParagraphSpacingAfter() && compareWith->GetParagraphSpacingAfter() == style.GetParagraphSpacingAfter())) + destStyle.SetParagraphSpacingAfter(style.GetParagraphSpacingAfter()); + } + + if (style.HasParagraphSpacingBefore()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasParagraphSpacingBefore() && compareWith->GetParagraphSpacingBefore() == style.GetParagraphSpacingBefore())) + destStyle.SetParagraphSpacingBefore(style.GetParagraphSpacingBefore()); + } + + if (style.HasLineSpacing()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasLineSpacing() && compareWith->GetLineSpacing() == style.GetLineSpacing())) + destStyle.SetLineSpacing(style.GetLineSpacing()); + } + + if (style.HasCharacterStyleName()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasCharacterStyleName() && compareWith->GetCharacterStyleName() == style.GetCharacterStyleName())) + destStyle.SetCharacterStyleName(style.GetCharacterStyleName()); + } + + if (style.HasParagraphStyleName()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasParagraphStyleName() && compareWith->GetParagraphStyleName() == style.GetParagraphStyleName())) + destStyle.SetParagraphStyleName(style.GetParagraphStyleName()); + } + + if (style.HasListStyleName()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasListStyleName() && compareWith->GetListStyleName() == style.GetListStyleName())) + destStyle.SetListStyleName(style.GetListStyleName()); + } + + if (style.HasBulletStyle()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasBulletStyle() && compareWith->GetBulletStyle() == style.GetBulletStyle())) + destStyle.SetBulletStyle(style.GetBulletStyle()); + } + + if (style.HasBulletText()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasBulletText() && compareWith->GetBulletText() == style.GetBulletText())) + { + destStyle.SetBulletText(style.GetBulletText()); + destStyle.SetBulletFont(style.GetBulletFont()); + } + } + + if (style.HasBulletNumber()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasBulletNumber() && compareWith->GetBulletNumber() == style.GetBulletNumber())) + destStyle.SetBulletNumber(style.GetBulletNumber()); + } + + if (style.HasBulletName()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasBulletName() && compareWith->GetBulletName() == style.GetBulletName())) + destStyle.SetBulletName(style.GetBulletName()); + } + + if (style.HasURL()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasURL() && compareWith->GetURL() == style.GetURL())) + destStyle.SetURL(style.GetURL()); + } + + if (style.HasPageBreak()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasPageBreak())) + destStyle.SetPageBreak(); + } + + if (style.HasTextEffects()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasTextEffects() && compareWith->GetTextEffects() == style.GetTextEffects())) + { + int destBits = destStyle.GetTextEffects(); + int destFlags = destStyle.GetTextEffectFlags(); + + int srcBits = style.GetTextEffects(); + int srcFlags = style.GetTextEffectFlags(); + + // Reset incompatible bits in the destination + wxResetIncompatibleBits((wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUPERSCRIPT|wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUBSCRIPT), srcFlags, destFlags, destBits); + wxResetIncompatibleBits((wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_CAPITALS|wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SMALL_CAPITALS), srcFlags, destFlags, destBits); + wxResetIncompatibleBits((wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_STRIKETHROUGH|wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_DOUBLE_STRIKETHROUGH), srcFlags, destFlags, destBits); + + CombineBitlists(destBits, srcBits, destFlags, srcFlags); + + destStyle.SetTextEffects(destBits); + destStyle.SetTextEffectFlags(destFlags); + } + } + + if (style.HasOutlineLevel()) + { + if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasOutlineLevel() && compareWith->GetOutlineLevel() == style.GetOutlineLevel())) + destStyle.SetOutlineLevel(style.GetOutlineLevel()); + } + + return true; +} + +/* static */ +wxTextAttr wxTextAttr::Combine(const wxTextAttr& attr, + const wxTextAttr& attrDef, + const wxTextCtrlBase *text) +{ + wxFont font; + if (attr.HasFont()) + font = attr.GetFont(); + + if ( !font.Ok() ) + { + if (attrDef.HasFont()) + font = attrDef.GetFont(); + + if ( text && !font.Ok() ) + font = text->GetFont(); + } + + wxColour colFg = attr.GetTextColour(); + if ( !colFg.Ok() ) + { + colFg = attrDef.GetTextColour(); + + if ( text && !colFg.Ok() ) + colFg = text->GetForegroundColour(); + } + + wxColour colBg = attr.GetBackgroundColour(); + if ( !colBg.Ok() ) + { + colBg = attrDef.GetBackgroundColour(); + + if ( text && !colBg.Ok() ) + colBg = text->GetBackgroundColour(); + } + + wxTextAttr newAttr(colFg, colBg, font); + + if (attr.HasAlignment()) + newAttr.SetAlignment(attr.GetAlignment()); + else if (attrDef.HasAlignment()) + newAttr.SetAlignment(attrDef.GetAlignment()); + + if (attr.HasTabs()) + newAttr.SetTabs(attr.GetTabs()); + else if (attrDef.HasTabs()) + newAttr.SetTabs(attrDef.GetTabs()); + + if (attr.HasLeftIndent()) + newAttr.SetLeftIndent(attr.GetLeftIndent(), attr.GetLeftSubIndent()); + else if (attrDef.HasLeftIndent()) + newAttr.SetLeftIndent(attrDef.GetLeftIndent(), attr.GetLeftSubIndent()); + + if (attr.HasRightIndent()) + newAttr.SetRightIndent(attr.GetRightIndent()); + else if (attrDef.HasRightIndent()) + newAttr.SetRightIndent(attrDef.GetRightIndent()); + + return newAttr; +} + +/// Compare tabs +bool wxTextAttr::TabsEq(const wxArrayInt& tabs1, const wxArrayInt& tabs2) +{ + if (tabs1.GetCount() != tabs2.GetCount()) + return false; + + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < tabs1.GetCount(); i++) + { + if (tabs1[i] != tabs2[i]) + return false; + } + return true; +} + +// Remove attributes +bool wxTextAttr::RemoveStyle(wxTextAttr& destStyle, const wxTextAttr& style) +{ + int flags = style.GetFlags(); + int destFlags = destStyle.GetFlags(); + + destStyle.SetFlags(destFlags & ~flags); + + return true; +} + +/// Combine two bitlists, specifying the bits of interest with separate flags. +bool wxTextAttr::CombineBitlists(int& valueA, int valueB, int& flagsA, int flagsB) +{ + // We want to apply B's bits to A, taking into account each's flags which indicate which bits + // are to be taken into account. A zero in B's bits should reset that bit in A but only if B's flags + // indicate it. + + // First, reset the 0 bits from B. We make a mask so we're only dealing with B's zero + // bits at this point, ignoring any 1 bits in B or 0 bits in B that are not relevant. + int valueA2 = ~(~valueB & flagsB) & valueA; + + // Now combine the 1 bits. + int valueA3 = (valueB & flagsB) | valueA2; + + valueA = valueA3; + flagsA = (flagsA | flagsB); + + return true; +} + +/// Compare two bitlists +bool wxTextAttr::BitlistsEqPartial(int valueA, int valueB, int flags) +{ + int relevantBitsA = valueA & flags; + int relevantBitsB = valueB & flags; + return (relevantBitsA != relevantBitsB); +} + +/// Split into paragraph and character styles +bool wxTextAttr::SplitParaCharStyles(const wxTextAttr& style, wxTextAttr& parStyle, wxTextAttr& charStyle) +{ + wxTextAttr defaultCharStyle1(style); + wxTextAttr defaultParaStyle1(style); + defaultCharStyle1.SetFlags(defaultCharStyle1.GetFlags()&wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER); + defaultParaStyle1.SetFlags(defaultParaStyle1.GetFlags()&wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH); + + charStyle.Apply(defaultCharStyle1); + parStyle.Apply(defaultParaStyle1); + + return true; +} + +// apply styling to text range +bool wxTextCtrlBase::SetStyle(long WXUNUSED(start), long WXUNUSED(end), + const wxTextAttr& WXUNUSED(style)) +{ + // to be implemented in derived classes + return false; +} + +// get the styling at the given position +bool wxTextCtrlBase::GetStyle(long WXUNUSED(position), wxTextAttr& WXUNUSED(style)) +{ + // to be implemented in derived classes + return false; +} + +// change default text attributes +bool wxTextCtrlBase::SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style) +{ + // keep the old attributes if the new style doesn't specify them unless the + // new style is empty - then reset m_defaultStyle (as there is no other way + // to do it) + if ( style.IsDefault() ) + m_defaultStyle = style; + else + m_defaultStyle = wxTextAttr::Combine(style, m_defaultStyle, this); + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// file IO functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxTextAreaBase::DoLoadFile(const wxString& filename, int WXUNUSED(fileType)) +{ +#if wxUSE_FFILE + wxFFile file(filename); + if ( file.IsOpened() ) + { + wxString text; + if ( file.ReadAll(&text) ) + { + SetValue(text); + + return true; + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_FFILE + + return false; +} + +bool wxTextCtrlBase::DoLoadFile(const wxString& filename, int fileType) +{ + if ( wxTextAreaBase::DoLoadFile(filename, fileType) ) + { + DiscardEdits(); + m_filename = filename; + return true; + } + wxLogError(_("File couldn't be loaded.")); + return false; +} + +bool wxTextAreaBase::DoSaveFile(const wxString& filename, int WXUNUSED(fileType)) +{ +#if wxUSE_FFILE + wxFFile file(filename, wxT("w")); + return file.IsOpened() && file.Write(GetValue(), *wxConvCurrent); +#else + return false; +#endif // wxUSE_FFILE +} + +bool wxTextAreaBase::SaveFile(const wxString& filename, int fileType) +{ + wxString filenameToUse = filename.empty() ? m_filename : filename; + if ( filenameToUse.empty() ) + { + // what kind of message to give? is it an error or a program bug? + wxLogDebug(wxT("Can't save textctrl to file without filename.")); + + return false; + } + + return DoSaveFile(filenameToUse, fileType); +} + +bool wxTextCtrlBase::DoSaveFile(const wxString& filename, int fileType) +{ + if ( wxTextAreaBase::DoSaveFile(filename, fileType) ) + { + // if it worked, save for future calls + m_filename = filename; + + // it's not modified any longer + DiscardEdits(); + + return true; + } + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// stream-like insertion operator +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrlBase::operator<<(const wxString& s) +{ + AppendText(s); + return *TEXTCTRL(this); +} + +wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrlBase::operator<<(double d) +{ + return *this << wxString::Format("%.2f", d); +} + +wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrlBase::operator<<(int i) +{ + return *this << wxString::Format("%d", i); +} + +wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrlBase::operator<<(long l) +{ + return *this << wxString::Format("%ld", l); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// streambuf methods implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM + +int wxTextCtrlBase::overflow(int c) +{ + AppendText((wxChar)c); + + // return something different from EOF + return 0; +} + +#endif // wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// emulating key presses +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxTextCtrlBase::EmulateKeyPress(const wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + // we have a native implementation for Win32 and so don't need this one +#ifndef __WIN32__ + wxChar ch = 0; + int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); + switch ( keycode ) + { + case WXK_NUMPAD0: + case WXK_NUMPAD1: + case WXK_NUMPAD2: + case WXK_NUMPAD3: + case WXK_NUMPAD4: + case WXK_NUMPAD5: + case WXK_NUMPAD6: + case WXK_NUMPAD7: + case WXK_NUMPAD8: + case WXK_NUMPAD9: + ch = (wxChar)(wxT('0') + keycode - WXK_NUMPAD0); + break; + + case WXK_MULTIPLY: + case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: + ch = wxT('*'); + break; + + case WXK_ADD: + case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: + ch = wxT('+'); + break; + + case WXK_SUBTRACT: + case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: + ch = wxT('-'); + break; + + case WXK_DECIMAL: + case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: + ch = wxT('.'); + break; + + case WXK_DIVIDE: + case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE: + ch = wxT('/'); + break; + + case WXK_DELETE: + case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE: + // delete the character at cursor + { + const long pos = GetInsertionPoint(); + if ( pos < GetLastPosition() ) + Remove(pos, pos + 1); + } + break; + + case WXK_BACK: + // delete the character before the cursor + { + const long pos = GetInsertionPoint(); + if ( pos > 0 ) + Remove(pos - 1, pos); + } + break; + + default: +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + if ( event.GetUnicodeKey() ) + { + ch = event.GetUnicodeKey(); + } + else +#endif + if ( keycode < 256 && keycode >= 0 && wxIsprint(keycode) ) + { + // FIXME this is not going to work for non letters... + if ( !event.ShiftDown() ) + { + keycode = wxTolower(keycode); + } + + ch = (wxChar)keycode; + } + else + { + ch = wxT('\0'); + } + } + + if ( ch ) + { + WriteText(ch); + + return true; + } +#else // __WIN32__ + wxUnusedVar(event); +#endif // !__WIN32__/__WIN32__ + + return false; +} + +// do the window-specific processing after processing the update event +void wxTextCtrlBase::DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + // call inherited, but skip the wxControl's version, and call directly the + // wxWindow's one instead, because the only reason why we are overriding this + // function is that we want to use SetValue() instead of wxControl::SetLabel() + wxWindowBase::DoUpdateWindowUI(event); + + // update text + if ( event.GetSetText() ) + { + if ( event.GetText() != GetValue() ) + SetValue(event.GetText()); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// hit testing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTextCtrlHitTestResult +wxTextAreaBase::HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, wxTextCoord *x, wxTextCoord *y) const +{ + // implement in terms of the other overload as the native ports typically + // can get the position and not (x, y) pair directly (although wxUniv + // directly gets x and y -- and so overrides this method as well) + long pos; + wxTextCtrlHitTestResult rc = HitTest(pt, &pos); + + if ( rc != wxTE_HT_UNKNOWN ) + { + PositionToXY(pos, x, y); + } + + return rc; +} + +wxTextCtrlHitTestResult +wxTextAreaBase::HitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), long * WXUNUSED(pos)) const +{ + // not implemented + return wxTE_HT_UNKNOWN; +} + +#else // !wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + +// define this one even if !wxUSE_TEXTCTRL because it is also used by other +// controls (wxComboBox and wxSpinCtrl) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent ); + +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL/!wxUSE_TEXTCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textentrycmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textentrycmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..281086db98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textentrycmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/textentrycmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxTextEntryBase implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-09-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textentrycmn.cpp 65552 2010-09-15 22:10:20Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL || wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/dataobj.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/textentry.h" +#include "wx/clipbrd.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextEntryHintData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextEntryHintData wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK_ONLY_BASE_CLASS +{ +public: + wxTextEntryHintData(wxTextEntryBase *entry, wxWindow *win) + : m_entry(entry), + m_win(win), + m_text(m_entry->GetValue()) + { + wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK(win, wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, wxFocusEventHandler, + wxTextEntryHintData::OnSetFocus, this); + wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK(win, wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, wxFocusEventHandler, + wxTextEntryHintData::OnKillFocus, this); + wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK(win, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, + wxCommandEventHandler, + wxTextEntryHintData::OnTextChanged, this); + } + + // default dtor is ok + + // Get the real text of the control such as it was before we replaced it + // with the hint. + const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; } + + // Set the hint to show, shouldn't be empty normally. + // + // This should be called after creating a new wxTextEntryHintData object + // and may be called more times in the future. + void SetHintString(const wxString& hint) + { + m_hint = hint; + + if ( !m_win->HasFocus() ) + ShowHintIfAppropriate(); + //else: The new hint will be shown later when we lose focus. + } + + const wxString& GetHintString() const { return m_hint; } + + // This is called whenever the text control contents changes. + // + // We call it ourselves when this change generates an event but it's also + // necessary to call it explicitly from wxTextEntry::ChangeValue() as it, + // by design, does not generate any events. + void HandleTextUpdate(const wxString& text) + { + m_text = text; + + // If we're called because of a call to Set or ChangeValue(), the + // control may still have the hint text colour, reset it in this case. + RestoreTextColourIfNecessary(); + } + +private: + // Show the hint in the window if we should do it, i.e. if the window + // doesn't have any text of its own. + void ShowHintIfAppropriate() + { + // Never overwrite existing window text. + if ( !m_text.empty() ) + return; + + // Save the old text colour and set a more inconspicuous one for the + // hint. + m_colFg = m_win->GetForegroundColour(); + m_win->SetForegroundColour(*wxLIGHT_GREY); + + m_entry->DoSetValue(m_hint, wxTextEntryBase::SetValue_NoEvent); + } + + // Restore the original text colour if we had changed it to show the hint + // and not restored it yet. + void RestoreTextColourIfNecessary() + { + if ( m_colFg.IsOk() ) + { + m_win->SetForegroundColour(m_colFg); + m_colFg = wxColour(); + } + } + + void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) + { + // If we had been showing the hint before, remove it now and restore + // the normal colour. + if ( m_text.empty() ) + { + RestoreTextColourIfNecessary(); + + m_entry->DoSetValue(wxString(), wxTextEntryBase::SetValue_NoEvent); + } + + event.Skip(); + } + + void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) + { + // Restore the hint if the user didn't enter anything. + ShowHintIfAppropriate(); + + event.Skip(); + } + + void OnTextChanged(wxCommandEvent& event) + { + // Update the stored window text. + // + // Notice that we can't use GetValue() nor wxCommandEvent::GetString() + // which uses it internally because this would just forward back to us + // so go directly to the private method which returns the real control + // contents. + HandleTextUpdate(m_entry->DoGetValue()); + + event.Skip(); + } + + + // the text control we're associated with (as its interface and its window) + wxTextEntryBase * const m_entry; + wxWindow * const m_win; + + // the original foreground colour of m_win before we changed it + wxColour m_colFg; + + // The hint passed to wxTextEntry::SetHint(), never empty. + wxString m_hint; + + // The real text of the window. + wxString m_text; + + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextEntryHintData); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxTextEntryBase implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxTextEntryBase::~wxTextEntryBase() +{ + delete m_hintData; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// text accessors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxTextEntryBase::GetValue() const +{ + return m_hintData ? m_hintData->GetText() : DoGetValue(); +} + +wxString wxTextEntryBase::GetRange(long from, long to) const +{ + wxString sel; + wxString value = GetValue(); + + if ( from < to && (long)value.length() >= to ) + { + sel = value.substr(from, to - from); + } + + return sel; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// text operations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxTextEntryBase::ChangeValue(const wxString& value) +{ + DoSetValue(value, SetValue_NoEvent); + + // As we didn't generate any events for wxTextEntryHintData to catch, + // notify it explicitly about our changed contents. + if ( m_hintData ) + m_hintData->HandleTextUpdate(value); +} + +void wxTextEntryBase::AppendText(const wxString& text) +{ + SetInsertionPointEnd(); + WriteText(text); +} + +void wxTextEntryBase::DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags) +{ + EventsSuppressor noeventsIf(this, !(flags & SetValue_SendEvent)); + + SelectAll(); + WriteText(value); + + SetInsertionPoint(0); +} + +void wxTextEntryBase::Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value) +{ + { + EventsSuppressor noevents(this); + Remove(from, to); + } + + SetInsertionPoint(from); + WriteText(value); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// selection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxTextEntryBase::HasSelection() const +{ + long from, to; + GetSelection(&from, &to); + + return from < to; +} + +void wxTextEntryBase::RemoveSelection() +{ + long from, to; + GetSelection(& from, & to); + if (from != -1 && to != -1) + Remove(from, to); +} + +wxString wxTextEntryBase::GetStringSelection() const +{ + long from, to; + GetSelection(&from, &to); + + return GetRange(from, to); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// clipboard +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxTextEntryBase::CanCopy() const +{ + return HasSelection(); +} + +bool wxTextEntryBase::CanCut() const +{ + return CanCopy() && IsEditable(); +} + +bool wxTextEntryBase::CanPaste() const +{ + if ( IsEditable() ) + { +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + // check if there is any text on the clipboard + if ( wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_TEXT) +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + || wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_UNICODETEXT) +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + ) + { + return true; + } +#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + } + + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// hints support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxTextEntryBase::SetHint(const wxString& hint) +{ + if ( !hint.empty() ) + { + if ( !m_hintData ) + m_hintData = new wxTextEntryHintData(this, GetEditableWindow()); + + m_hintData->SetHintString(hint); + } + else if ( m_hintData ) + { + // Setting empty hint removes any currently set one. + delete m_hintData; + m_hintData = NULL; + } + //else: Setting empty hint when we don't have any doesn't do anything. + + return true; +} + +wxString wxTextEntryBase::GetHint() const +{ + return m_hintData ? m_hintData->GetHintString() : wxString(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// margins support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxTextEntryBase::DoSetMargins(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt)) +{ + return false; +} + +wxPoint wxTextEntryBase::DoGetMargins() const +{ + return wxPoint(-1, -1); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +bool wxTextEntryBase::SendTextUpdatedEvent(wxWindow *win) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( win, false, "can't send an event without a window" ); + + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, win->GetId()); + + // do not do this as it could be very inefficient if the text control + // contains a lot of text and we're not using ref-counted wxString + // implementation -- instead, event.GetString() will query the control for + // its current text if needed + //event.SetString(win->GetValue()); + + event.SetEventObject(win); + return win->HandleWindowEvent(event); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL || wxUSE_COMBOBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textfile.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textfile.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca3191f2e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/textfile.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/textfile.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxTextFile class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 03.04.98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textfile.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// headers +// ============================================================================ + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif //__BORLANDC__ + +#if !wxUSE_FILE || !wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER + #undef wxUSE_TEXTFILE + #define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 0 +#endif // wxUSE_FILE + +#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/file.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/textfile.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/buffer.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxTextFile class implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxTextFile::wxTextFile(const wxString& strFileName) + : wxTextBuffer(strFileName) +{ +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// file operations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxTextFile::OnExists() const +{ + return wxFile::Exists(m_strBufferName); +} + + +bool wxTextFile::OnOpen(const wxString &strBufferName, wxTextBufferOpenMode OpenMode) +{ + wxFile::OpenMode FileOpenMode; + + switch ( OpenMode ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown open mode in wxTextFile::Open") ); + // fall through + + case ReadAccess : + FileOpenMode = wxFile::read; + break; + + case WriteAccess : + FileOpenMode = wxFile::write; + break; + } + + return m_file.Open(strBufferName.c_str(), FileOpenMode); +} + + +bool wxTextFile::OnClose() +{ + return m_file.Close(); +} + + +bool wxTextFile::OnRead(const wxMBConv& conv) +{ + // file should be opened + wxASSERT_MSG( m_file.IsOpened(), wxT("can't read closed file") ); + + // read the entire file in memory: this is not the most efficient thing to + // do it but there is no good way to avoid it in Unicode build because if + // we read the file block by block we can't convert each block to Unicode + // separately (the last multibyte char in the block might be only partially + // read and so the conversion would fail) and, as the file contents is kept + // in memory by wxTextFile anyhow, it shouldn't be a big problem to read + // the file entirely + size_t bufSize = 0; + + // number of bytes to (try to) read from disk at once + static const size_t BLOCK_SIZE = 4096; + + wxCharBuffer buf; + + // first determine if the file is seekable or not and so whether we can + // determine its length in advance + wxFileOffset fileLength; + { + wxLogNull logNull; + fileLength = m_file.Length(); + } + + // some non-seekable files under /proc under Linux pretend that they're + // seekable but always return 0; others do return an error + const bool seekable = fileLength != wxInvalidOffset && fileLength != 0; + if ( seekable ) + { + // we know the required length, so set the buffer size in advance + bufSize = fileLength; + if ( !buf.extend(bufSize) ) + return false; + + // if the file is seekable, also check that we're at its beginning + wxASSERT_MSG( m_file.Tell() == 0, wxT("should be at start of file") ); + + char *dst = buf.data(); + for ( size_t nRemaining = bufSize; nRemaining > 0; ) + { + size_t nToRead = BLOCK_SIZE; + + // the file size could have changed, avoid overflowing the buffer + // even if it did + if ( nToRead > nRemaining ) + nToRead = nRemaining; + + ssize_t nRead = m_file.Read(dst, nToRead); + + if ( nRead == wxInvalidOffset ) + { + // read error (error message already given in wxFile::Read) + return false; + } + + if ( nRead == 0 ) + { + // this file can't be empty because we checked for this above + // so this must be the end of file + break; + } + + dst += nRead; + nRemaining -= nRead; + } + + wxASSERT_MSG( dst - buf.data() == (wxFileOffset)bufSize, + wxT("logic error") ); + } + else // file is not seekable + { + char block[BLOCK_SIZE]; + for ( ;; ) + { + ssize_t nRead = m_file.Read(block, WXSIZEOF(block)); + + if ( nRead == wxInvalidOffset ) + { + // read error (error message already given in wxFile::Read) + return false; + } + + if ( nRead == 0 ) + { + // if no bytes have been read, presumably this is a + // valid-but-empty file + if ( bufSize == 0 ) + return true; + + // otherwise we've finished reading the file + break; + } + + // extend the buffer for new data + if ( !buf.extend(bufSize + nRead) ) + return false; + + // and append it to the buffer + memcpy(buf.data() + bufSize, block, nRead); + bufSize += nRead; + } + } + + const wxString str(buf, conv, bufSize); + + // there's no risk of this happening in ANSI build +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + if ( bufSize > 4 && str.empty() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Failed to convert file \"%s\" to Unicode."), GetName()); + return false; + } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + // we don't need this memory any more + buf.reset(); + + + // now break the buffer in lines + + // last processed character, we need to know if it was a CR or not + wxChar chLast = '\0'; + + // the beginning of the current line, changes inside the loop + wxString::const_iterator lineStart = str.begin(); + const wxString::const_iterator end = str.end(); + for ( wxString::const_iterator p = lineStart; p != end; p++ ) + { + const wxChar ch = *p; + switch ( ch ) + { + case '\n': + // could be a DOS or Unix EOL + if ( chLast == '\r' ) + { + if ( p - 1 >= lineStart ) + { + AddLine(wxString(lineStart, p - 1), wxTextFileType_Dos); + } + else + { + // there were two line endings, so add an empty line: + AddLine(wxEmptyString, wxTextFileType_Dos); + } + } + else // bare '\n', Unix style + { + AddLine(wxString(lineStart, p), wxTextFileType_Unix); + } + + lineStart = p + 1; + break; + + case '\r': + if ( chLast == '\r' ) + { + // Mac empty line + AddLine(wxEmptyString, wxTextFileType_Mac); + lineStart = p + 1; + } + //else: we don't know what this is yet -- could be a Mac EOL or + // start of DOS EOL so wait for next char + break; + + default: + if ( chLast == '\r' ) + { + // Mac line termination + if ( p - 1 >= lineStart ) + { + AddLine(wxString(lineStart, p - 1), wxTextFileType_Mac); + } + else + { + // there were two line endings, so add an empty line: + AddLine(wxEmptyString, wxTextFileType_Mac); + } + lineStart = p; + } + } + + chLast = ch; + } + + // anything in the last line? + if ( lineStart != end ) + { + // add unterminated last line + AddLine(wxString(lineStart, end), wxTextFileType_None); + } + + return true; +} + + +bool wxTextFile::OnWrite(wxTextFileType typeNew, const wxMBConv& conv) +{ + wxFileName fn = m_strBufferName; + + // We do NOT want wxPATH_NORM_CASE here, or the case will not + // be preserved. + if ( !fn.IsAbsolute() ) + fn.Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_ENV_VARS | wxPATH_NORM_DOTS | wxPATH_NORM_TILDE | + wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE | wxPATH_NORM_LONG); + + wxTempFile fileTmp(fn.GetFullPath()); + + if ( !fileTmp.IsOpened() ) { + wxLogError(_("can't write buffer '%s' to disk."), m_strBufferName.c_str()); + return false; + } + + size_t nCount = GetLineCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < nCount; n++ ) { + fileTmp.Write(GetLine(n) + + GetEOL(typeNew == wxTextFileType_None ? GetLineType(n) + : typeNew), + conv); + } + + // replace the old file with this one + return fileTmp.Commit(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTFILE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/timercmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/timercmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..78ca3ca47a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/timercmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/timercmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxTimerBase implementation +// Author: Julian Smart, Guillermo Rodriguez, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: VZ: extracted all non-wxTimer stuff in stopwatch.cpp (20.06.03) +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: timercmn.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// (c) 1999 Guillermo Rodriguez +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWin headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TIMER + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/timer.h" +#include "wx/apptrait.h" +#include "wx/private/timer.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWin macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTimerEvent, wxEvent) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT(wxEVT_TIMER, wxTimerEvent); + +// ============================================================================ +// wxTimerBase implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxTimer::~wxTimer() +{ + Stop(); + + delete m_impl; +} + +void wxTimer::Init() +{ + wxAppTraits * const traits = wxTheApp ? wxTheApp->GetTraits() : NULL; + m_impl = traits ? traits->CreateTimerImpl(this) : NULL; + if ( !m_impl ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("No timer implementation for this platform") ); + + } +} + +// ============================================================================ +// rest of wxTimer implementation forwarded to wxTimerImpl +// ============================================================================ + +void wxTimer::SetOwner(wxEvtHandler *owner, int timerid) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_impl, wxT("uninitialized timer") ); + + m_impl->SetOwner(owner, timerid); +} + +wxEvtHandler *wxTimer::GetOwner() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_impl, NULL, wxT("uninitialized timer") ); + + return m_impl->GetOwner(); +} + +bool wxTimer::Start(int milliseconds, bool oneShot) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_impl, false, wxT("uninitialized timer") ); + + return m_impl->Start(milliseconds, oneShot); +} + +void wxTimer::Stop() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_impl, wxT("uninitialized timer") ); + + if ( m_impl->IsRunning() ) + m_impl->Stop(); +} + +void wxTimer::Notify() +{ + // the base class version generates an event if it has owner - which it + // should because otherwise nobody can process timer events + wxCHECK_RET( GetOwner(), wxT("wxTimer::Notify() should be overridden.") ); + + m_impl->SendEvent(); +} + +bool wxTimer::IsRunning() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_impl, false, wxT("uninitialized timer") ); + + return m_impl->IsRunning(); +} + +int wxTimer::GetId() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_impl, wxID_ANY, wxT("uninitialized timer") ); + + return m_impl->GetId(); +} + +int wxTimer::GetInterval() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_impl, -1, wxT("uninitialized timer") ); + + return m_impl->GetInterval(); +} + +bool wxTimer::IsOneShot() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_impl, false, wxT("uninitialized timer") ); + + return m_impl->IsOneShot(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TIMER + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/timerimpl.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/timerimpl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5567c3f0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/timerimpl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/timerimpl.cpp +// Purpose: wxTimerBase implementation +// Author: Julian Smart, Guillermo Rodriguez, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: VZ: extracted all non-wxTimer stuff in stopwatch.cpp (20.06.03) +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: timerimpl.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// (c) 1999 Guillermo Rodriguez +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWin headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TIMER + +#include "wx/private/timer.h" +#include "wx/utils.h" // for wxNewId() +#include "wx/thread.h" + +wxTimerImpl::wxTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer) +{ + m_timer = timer; + m_owner = NULL; + m_idTimer = wxID_ANY; + m_milli = 0; + m_oneShot = false; +} + +void wxTimerImpl::SetOwner(wxEvtHandler *owner, int timerid) +{ + m_owner = owner; + m_idTimer = timerid == wxID_ANY ? wxNewId() : timerid; +} + +void wxTimerImpl::SendEvent() +{ + wxTimerEvent event(*m_timer); + (void)m_owner->SafelyProcessEvent(event); +} + +bool wxTimerImpl::Start(int milliseconds, bool oneShot) +{ + // under MSW timers only work when they're started from the main thread so + // let the caller know about it +#if wxUSE_THREADS + wxASSERT_MSG( wxThread::IsMain(), + wxT("timer can only be started from the main thread") ); +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + if ( IsRunning() ) + { + // not stopping the already running timer might work for some + // platforms (no problems under MSW) but leads to mysterious crashes + // on the others (GTK), so to be on the safe side do it here + Stop(); + } + + if ( milliseconds != -1 ) + { + m_milli = milliseconds; + } + + m_oneShot = oneShot; + + return true; +} + + +#endif // wxUSE_TIMER + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tokenzr.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tokenzr.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..52fa806e25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/tokenzr.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,296 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/tokenzr.cpp +// Purpose: String tokenizer +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (almost full rewrite) +// Created: 04/22/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tokenzr.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/arrstr.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif + +// Required for wxIs... functions +#include + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static wxString::const_iterator +find_first_of(const wxChar *delims, size_t len, + const wxString::const_iterator& from, + const wxString::const_iterator& end) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( from <= end, wxT("invalid index") ); + + for ( wxString::const_iterator i = from; i != end; ++i ) + { + if ( wxTmemchr(delims, *i, len) ) + return i; + } + + return end; +} + +static wxString::const_iterator +find_first_not_of(const wxChar *delims, size_t len, + const wxString::const_iterator& from, + const wxString::const_iterator& end) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( from <= end, wxT("invalid index") ); + + for ( wxString::const_iterator i = from; i != end; ++i ) + { + if ( !wxTmemchr(delims, *i, len) ) + return i; + } + + return end; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStringTokenizer construction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxStringTokenizer::wxStringTokenizer(const wxString& str, + const wxString& delims, + wxStringTokenizerMode mode) +{ + SetString(str, delims, mode); +} + +void wxStringTokenizer::SetString(const wxString& str, + const wxString& delims, + wxStringTokenizerMode mode) +{ + if ( mode == wxTOKEN_DEFAULT ) + { + // by default, we behave like strtok() if the delimiters are only + // whitespace characters and as wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY otherwise (for + // whitespace delimiters, strtok() behaviour is better because we want + // to count consecutive spaces as one delimiter) + wxString::const_iterator p; + for ( p = delims.begin(); p != delims.end(); ++p ) + { + if ( !wxIsspace(*p) ) + break; + } + + if ( p != delims.end() ) + { + // not whitespace char in delims + mode = wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY; + } + else + { + // only whitespaces + mode = wxTOKEN_STRTOK; + } + } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE // FIXME-UTF8: only wc_str() + m_delims = delims.wc_str(); +#else + m_delims = delims.mb_str(); +#endif + m_delimsLen = delims.length(); + + m_mode = mode; + + Reinit(str); +} + +void wxStringTokenizer::Reinit(const wxString& str) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsOk(), wxT("you should call SetString() first") ); + + m_string = str; + m_stringEnd = m_string.end(); + m_pos = m_string.begin(); + m_lastDelim = wxT('\0'); + m_hasMoreTokens = MoreTokens_Unknown; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// access to the tokens +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// do we have more of them? +bool wxStringTokenizer::HasMoreTokens() const +{ + // GetNextToken() calls HasMoreTokens() and so HasMoreTokens() is called + // twice in every interation in the following common usage patten: + // while ( HasMoreTokens() ) + // GetNextToken(); + // We optimize this case by caching HasMoreTokens() return value here: + if ( m_hasMoreTokens == MoreTokens_Unknown ) + { + bool r = DoHasMoreTokens(); + wxConstCast(this, wxStringTokenizer)->m_hasMoreTokens = + r ? MoreTokens_Yes : MoreTokens_No; + return r; + } + else + return m_hasMoreTokens == MoreTokens_Yes; +} + +bool wxStringTokenizer::DoHasMoreTokens() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), false, wxT("you should call SetString() first") ); + + if ( find_first_not_of(m_delims, m_delimsLen, m_pos, m_stringEnd) + != m_stringEnd ) + { + // there are non delimiter characters left, so we do have more tokens + return true; + } + + switch ( m_mode ) + { + case wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY: + case wxTOKEN_RET_DELIMS: + // special hack for wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY: we should return the initial + // empty token even if there are only delimiters after it + return !m_string.empty() && m_pos == m_string.begin(); + + case wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY_ALL: + // special hack for wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY_ALL: we can know if we had + // already returned the trailing empty token after the last + // delimiter by examining m_lastDelim: it is set to NUL if we run + // up to the end of the string in GetNextToken(), but if it is not + // NUL yet we still have this last token to return even if m_pos is + // already at m_string.length() + return m_pos < m_stringEnd || m_lastDelim != wxT('\0'); + + case wxTOKEN_INVALID: + case wxTOKEN_DEFAULT: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected tokenizer mode") ); + // fall through + + case wxTOKEN_STRTOK: + // never return empty delimiters + break; + } + + return false; +} + +// count the number of (remaining) tokens in the string +size_t wxStringTokenizer::CountTokens() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), 0, wxT("you should call SetString() first") ); + + // VZ: this function is IMHO not very useful, so it's probably not very + // important if its implementation here is not as efficient as it + // could be -- but OTOH like this we're sure to get the correct answer + // in all modes + wxStringTokenizer tkz(wxString(m_pos, m_stringEnd), m_delims, m_mode); + + size_t count = 0; + while ( tkz.HasMoreTokens() ) + { + count++; + + (void)tkz.GetNextToken(); + } + + return count; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// token extraction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxStringTokenizer::GetNextToken() +{ + wxString token; + do + { + if ( !HasMoreTokens() ) + { + break; + } + + m_hasMoreTokens = MoreTokens_Unknown; + + // find the end of this token + wxString::const_iterator pos = + find_first_of(m_delims, m_delimsLen, m_pos, m_stringEnd); + + // and the start of the next one + if ( pos == m_stringEnd ) + { + // no more delimiters, the token is everything till the end of + // string + token.assign(m_pos, m_stringEnd); + + // skip the token + m_pos = m_stringEnd; + + // it wasn't terminated + m_lastDelim = wxT('\0'); + } + else // we found a delimiter at pos + { + // in wxTOKEN_RET_DELIMS mode we return the delimiter character + // with token, otherwise leave it out + wxString::const_iterator tokenEnd(pos); + if ( m_mode == wxTOKEN_RET_DELIMS ) + ++tokenEnd; + + token.assign(m_pos, tokenEnd); + + // skip the token and the trailing delimiter + m_pos = pos + 1; + + m_lastDelim = (pos == m_stringEnd) ? wxT('\0') : (wxChar)*pos; + } + } + while ( !AllowEmpty() && token.empty() ); + + return token; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// public functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxArrayString wxStringTokenize(const wxString& str, + const wxString& delims, + wxStringTokenizerMode mode) +{ + wxArrayString tokens; + wxStringTokenizer tk(str, delims, mode); + while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) + { + tokens.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); + } + + return tokens; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/toplvcmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/toplvcmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa3176bb19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/toplvcmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,444 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/toplvcmn.cpp +// Purpose: common (for all platforms) wxTopLevelWindow functions +// Author: Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 01/02/97 +// Id: $Id: toplvcmn.cpp 63171 2010-01-18 00:28:53Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/toplevel.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/app.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/display.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event table +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTopLevelWindowBase, wxWindow) + EVT_CLOSE(wxTopLevelWindowBase::OnCloseWindow) + EVT_SIZE(wxTopLevelWindowBase::OnSize) + WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(wxTopLevelWindowBase) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(wxTopLevelWindowBase, wxWindow) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxTopLevelWindow, wxWindow) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// construction/destruction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTopLevelWindowBase::wxTopLevelWindowBase() +{ + // Unlike windows, top level windows are created hidden by default. + m_isShown = false; + + WX_INIT_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); +} + +wxTopLevelWindowBase::~wxTopLevelWindowBase() +{ + // don't let wxTheApp keep any stale pointers to us + if ( wxTheApp && wxTheApp->GetTopWindow() == this ) + wxTheApp->SetTopWindow(NULL); + + wxTopLevelWindows.DeleteObject(this); + + // delete any our top level children which are still pending for deletion + // immediately: this could happen if a child (e.g. a temporary dialog + // created with this window as parent) was Destroy()'d) while this window + // was deleted directly (with delete, or maybe just because it was created + // on the stack) immediately afterwards and before the child TLW was really + // destroyed -- not destroying it now would leave it alive with a dangling + // parent pointer and result in a crash later + for ( wxObjectList::iterator i = wxPendingDelete.begin(); + i != wxPendingDelete.end(); + ) + { + wxWindow * const win = wxDynamicCast(*i, wxWindow); + if ( win && win->GetParent() == this ) + { + wxPendingDelete.erase(i); + + delete win; + + // deleting it invalidated the list (and not only one node because + // it could have resulted in deletion of other objects to) + i = wxPendingDelete.begin(); + } + else + { + ++i; + } + } + + if ( IsLastBeforeExit() ) + { + // no other (important) windows left, quit the app + wxTheApp->ExitMainLoop(); + } +} + +bool wxTopLevelWindowBase::Destroy() +{ + // delayed destruction: the frame will be deleted during the next idle + // loop iteration + if ( !wxPendingDelete.Member(this) ) + wxPendingDelete.Append(this); + + // normally we want to hide the window immediately so that it doesn't get + // stuck on the screen while it's being destroyed, however we shouldn't + // hide the last visible window as then we might not get any idle events + // any more as no events will be sent to the hidden window and without idle + // events we won't prune wxPendingDelete list and the application won't + // terminate + for ( wxWindowList::const_iterator i = wxTopLevelWindows.begin(), + end = wxTopLevelWindows.end(); + i != end; + ++i ) + { + wxTopLevelWindow * const win = static_cast(*i); + if ( win != this && win->IsShown() ) + { + // there remains at least one other visible TLW, we can hide this + // one + Hide(); + + break; + } + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxTopLevelWindowBase::IsLastBeforeExit() const +{ + // first of all, automatically exiting the app on last window close can be + // completely disabled at wxTheApp level + if ( !wxTheApp || !wxTheApp->GetExitOnFrameDelete() ) + return false; + + wxWindowList::const_iterator i; + const wxWindowList::const_iterator end = wxTopLevelWindows.end(); + + // then decide whether we should exit at all + for ( i = wxTopLevelWindows.begin(); i != end; ++i ) + { + wxTopLevelWindow * const win = static_cast(*i); + if ( win->ShouldPreventAppExit() ) + { + // there remains at least one important TLW, don't exit + return false; + } + } + + // if yes, close all the other windows: this could still fail + for ( i = wxTopLevelWindows.begin(); i != end; ++i ) + { + // don't close twice the windows which are already marked for deletion + wxTopLevelWindow * const win = static_cast(*i); + if ( !wxPendingDelete.Member(win) && !win->Close() ) + { + // one of the windows refused to close, don't exit + // + // NB: of course, by now some other windows could have been already + // closed but there is really nothing we can do about it as we + // have no way just to ask the window if it can close without + // forcing it to do it + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTopLevelWindow geometry +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxTopLevelWindowBase::SetMinSize(const wxSize& minSize) +{ + SetSizeHints(minSize, GetMaxSize()); +} + +void wxTopLevelWindowBase::SetMaxSize(const wxSize& maxSize) +{ + SetSizeHints(GetMinSize(), maxSize); +} + +void wxTopLevelWindowBase::GetRectForTopLevelChildren(int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h) +{ + GetPosition(x,y); + GetSize(w,h); +} + +/* static */ +wxSize wxTopLevelWindowBase::GetDefaultSize() +{ + wxSize size = wxGetClientDisplayRect().GetSize(); +#ifndef __WXOSX_IPHONE__ + // create proportionally bigger windows on small screens + if ( size.x >= 1024 ) + size.x = 400; + else if ( size.x >= 800 ) + size.x = 300; + else if ( size.x >= 320 ) + size.x = 240; + + if ( size.y >= 768 ) + size.y = 250; + else if ( size.y > 200 ) + { + size.y *= 2; + size.y /= 3; + } +#endif + return size; +} + +void wxTopLevelWindowBase::DoCentre(int dir) +{ + // on some platforms centering top level windows is impossible + // because they are always maximized by guidelines or limitations + // + // and centering a maximized window doesn't make sense as its position + // can't change + if ( IsAlwaysMaximized() || IsMaximized() ) + return; + + // we need the display rect anyhow so store it first: notice that we should + // be centered on the same display as our parent window, the display of + // this window itself is not really defined yet + int nDisplay = wxDisplay::GetFromWindow(GetParent() ? GetParent() : this); + wxDisplay dpy(nDisplay == wxNOT_FOUND ? 0 : nDisplay); + const wxRect rectDisplay(dpy.GetClientArea()); + + // what should we centre this window on? + wxRect rectParent; + if ( !(dir & wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN) && GetParent() ) + { + // centre on parent window: notice that we need screen coordinates for + // positioning this TLW + rectParent = GetParent()->GetScreenRect(); + + // if the parent is entirely off screen (happens at least with MDI + // parent frame under Mac but could happen elsewhere too if the frame + // was hidden/moved away for some reason), don't use it as otherwise + // this window wouldn't be visible at all + if ( !rectParent.Intersects(rectDisplay) ) + { + // just centre on screen then + rectParent = rectDisplay; + } + } + else + { + // we were explicitly asked to centre this window on the entire screen + // or if we have no parent anyhow and so can't centre on it + rectParent = rectDisplay; + } + + if ( !(dir & wxBOTH) ) + dir |= wxBOTH; // if neither is specified, center in both directions + + // the new window rect candidate + wxRect rect = GetRect().CentreIn(rectParent, dir & ~wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN); + + // we don't want to place the window off screen if Centre() is called as + // this is (almost?) never wanted and it would be very difficult to prevent + // it from happening from the user code if we didn't check for it here + if ( !rectDisplay.Contains(rect.GetTopLeft()) ) + { + // move the window just enough to make the corner visible + int dx = rectDisplay.GetLeft() - rect.GetLeft(); + int dy = rectDisplay.GetTop() - rect.GetTop(); + rect.Offset(dx > 0 ? dx : 0, dy > 0 ? dy : 0); + } + + if ( !rectDisplay.Contains(rect.GetBottomRight()) ) + { + // do the same for this corner too + int dx = rectDisplay.GetRight() - rect.GetRight(); + int dy = rectDisplay.GetBottom() - rect.GetBottom(); + rect.Offset(dx < 0 ? dx : 0, dy < 0 ? dy : 0); + } + + // the window top left and bottom right corner are both visible now and + // although the window might still be not entirely on screen (with 2 + // staggered displays for example) we wouldn't be able to improve the + // layout much in such case, so we stop here + + // -1 could be valid coordinate here if there are several displays + SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTopLevelWindow size management: we exclude the areas taken by +// menu/status/toolbars from the client area, so the client area is what's +// really available for the frame contents +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxTopLevelWindowBase::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const +{ + wxWindow::DoScreenToClient(x, y); + + // translate the wxWindow client coords to our client coords + wxPoint pt(GetClientAreaOrigin()); + if ( x ) + *x -= pt.x; + if ( y ) + *y -= pt.y; +} + +void wxTopLevelWindowBase::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const +{ + // our client area origin (0, 0) may be really something like (0, 30) for + // wxWindow if we have a toolbar, account for it before translating + wxPoint pt(GetClientAreaOrigin()); + if ( x ) + *x += pt.x; + if ( y ) + *y += pt.y; + + wxWindow::DoClientToScreen(x, y); +} + +bool wxTopLevelWindowBase::IsAlwaysMaximized() const +{ +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) + return true; +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// icons +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxIcon wxTopLevelWindowBase::GetIcon() const +{ + return m_icons.IsEmpty() ? wxIcon() : m_icons.GetIcon( -1 ); +} + +void wxTopLevelWindowBase::SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) +{ + // passing wxNullIcon to SetIcon() is possible (it means that we shouldn't + // have any icon), but adding an invalid icon to wxIconBundle is not + wxIconBundle icons; + if ( icon.Ok() ) + icons.AddIcon(icon); + + SetIcons(icons); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// default resizing behaviour - if only ONE subwindow, resize to fill the +// whole client area +void wxTopLevelWindowBase::DoLayout() +{ + // if we're using constraints or sizers - do use them + if ( GetAutoLayout() ) + { + Layout(); + } + else + { + // do we have _exactly_ one child? + wxWindow *child = NULL; + for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); + + // exclude top level and managed windows (status bar isn't + // currently in the children list except under wxMac anyhow, but + // it makes no harm to test for it) + if ( !win->IsTopLevel() && !IsOneOfBars(win) ) + { + if ( child ) + { + return; // it's our second subwindow - nothing to do + } + + child = win; + } + } + + // do we have any children at all? + if ( child && child->IsShown() ) + { + // exactly one child - set it's size to fill the whole frame + int clientW, clientH; + DoGetClientSize(&clientW, &clientH); + + child->SetSize(0, 0, clientW, clientH); + } + } +} + +// The default implementation for the close window event. +void wxTopLevelWindowBase::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + Destroy(); +} + +bool wxTopLevelWindowBase::SendIconizeEvent(bool iconized) +{ + wxIconizeEvent event(GetId(), iconized); + event.SetEventObject(this); + + return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +// do the window-specific processing after processing the update event +void wxTopLevelWindowBase::DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + // call inherited, but skip the wxControl's version, and call directly the + // wxWindow's one instead, because the only reason why we are overriding this + // function is that we want to use SetTitle() instead of wxControl::SetLabel() + wxWindowBase::DoUpdateWindowUI(event); + + // update title + if ( event.GetSetText() ) + { + if ( event.GetText() != GetTitle() ) + SetTitle(event.GetText()); + } +} + +void wxTopLevelWindowBase::RequestUserAttention(int WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ + // it's probably better than do nothing, isn't it? + Raise(); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/translation.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/translation.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c4150e42b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/translation.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1889 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/translation.cpp +// Purpose: Internationalization and localisation for wxWidgets +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik, +// Michael N. Filippov +// (2003/09/30 - PluralForms support) +// Created: 2010-04-23 +// RCS-ID: $Id: translation.cpp 66728 2011-01-22 14:38:36Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declaration +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_INTL + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/hashmap.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +// standard headers +#include +#include + +#include "wx/arrstr.h" +#include "wx/dir.h" +#include "wx/file.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/fontmap.h" +#include "wx/stdpaths.h" +#include "wx/hashset.h" + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// simple types +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef wxUint32 size_t32; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// magic number identifying the .mo format file +const size_t32 MSGCATALOG_MAGIC = 0x950412de; +const size_t32 MSGCATALOG_MAGIC_SW = 0xde120495; + +#define TRACE_I18N wxS("i18n") + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +namespace +{ + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE +// We need to keep track of (char*) msgids in non-Unicode legacy builds. Instead +// of making the public wxMsgCatalog and wxTranslationsLoader APIs ugly, we +// store them in this global map. +wxStringToStringHashMap gs_msgIdCharset; +#endif + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Plural forms parser +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + Simplified Grammar + +Expression: + LogicalOrExpression '?' Expression ':' Expression + LogicalOrExpression + +LogicalOrExpression: + LogicalAndExpression "||" LogicalOrExpression // to (a || b) || c + LogicalAndExpression + +LogicalAndExpression: + EqualityExpression "&&" LogicalAndExpression // to (a && b) && c + EqualityExpression + +EqualityExpression: + RelationalExpression "==" RelationalExperession + RelationalExpression "!=" RelationalExperession + RelationalExpression + +RelationalExpression: + MultiplicativeExpression '>' MultiplicativeExpression + MultiplicativeExpression '<' MultiplicativeExpression + MultiplicativeExpression ">=" MultiplicativeExpression + MultiplicativeExpression "<=" MultiplicativeExpression + MultiplicativeExpression + +MultiplicativeExpression: + PmExpression '%' PmExpression + PmExpression + +PmExpression: + N + Number + '(' Expression ')' +*/ + +class wxPluralFormsToken +{ +public: + enum Type + { + T_ERROR, T_EOF, T_NUMBER, T_N, T_PLURAL, T_NPLURALS, T_EQUAL, T_ASSIGN, + T_GREATER, T_GREATER_OR_EQUAL, T_LESS, T_LESS_OR_EQUAL, + T_REMINDER, T_NOT_EQUAL, + T_LOGICAL_AND, T_LOGICAL_OR, T_QUESTION, T_COLON, T_SEMICOLON, + T_LEFT_BRACKET, T_RIGHT_BRACKET + }; + Type type() const { return m_type; } + void setType(Type type) { m_type = type; } + // for T_NUMBER only + typedef int Number; + Number number() const { return m_number; } + void setNumber(Number num) { m_number = num; } +private: + Type m_type; + Number m_number; +}; + + +class wxPluralFormsScanner +{ +public: + wxPluralFormsScanner(const char* s); + const wxPluralFormsToken& token() const { return m_token; } + bool nextToken(); // returns false if error +private: + const char* m_s; + wxPluralFormsToken m_token; +}; + +wxPluralFormsScanner::wxPluralFormsScanner(const char* s) : m_s(s) +{ + nextToken(); +} + +bool wxPluralFormsScanner::nextToken() +{ + wxPluralFormsToken::Type type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_ERROR; + while (isspace((unsigned char) *m_s)) + { + ++m_s; + } + if (*m_s == 0) + { + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_EOF; + } + else if (isdigit((unsigned char) *m_s)) + { + wxPluralFormsToken::Number number = *m_s++ - '0'; + while (isdigit((unsigned char) *m_s)) + { + number = number * 10 + (*m_s++ - '0'); + } + m_token.setNumber(number); + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_NUMBER; + } + else if (isalpha((unsigned char) *m_s)) + { + const char* begin = m_s++; + while (isalnum((unsigned char) *m_s)) + { + ++m_s; + } + size_t size = m_s - begin; + if (size == 1 && memcmp(begin, "n", size) == 0) + { + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_N; + } + else if (size == 6 && memcmp(begin, "plural", size) == 0) + { + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_PLURAL; + } + else if (size == 8 && memcmp(begin, "nplurals", size) == 0) + { + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_NPLURALS; + } + } + else if (*m_s == '=') + { + ++m_s; + if (*m_s == '=') + { + ++m_s; + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_EQUAL; + } + else + { + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_ASSIGN; + } + } + else if (*m_s == '>') + { + ++m_s; + if (*m_s == '=') + { + ++m_s; + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_GREATER_OR_EQUAL; + } + else + { + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_GREATER; + } + } + else if (*m_s == '<') + { + ++m_s; + if (*m_s == '=') + { + ++m_s; + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_LESS_OR_EQUAL; + } + else + { + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_LESS; + } + } + else if (*m_s == '%') + { + ++m_s; + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_REMINDER; + } + else if (*m_s == '!' && m_s[1] == '=') + { + m_s += 2; + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_NOT_EQUAL; + } + else if (*m_s == '&' && m_s[1] == '&') + { + m_s += 2; + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_LOGICAL_AND; + } + else if (*m_s == '|' && m_s[1] == '|') + { + m_s += 2; + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_LOGICAL_OR; + } + else if (*m_s == '?') + { + ++m_s; + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_QUESTION; + } + else if (*m_s == ':') + { + ++m_s; + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_COLON; + } else if (*m_s == ';') { + ++m_s; + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_SEMICOLON; + } + else if (*m_s == '(') + { + ++m_s; + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_LEFT_BRACKET; + } + else if (*m_s == ')') + { + ++m_s; + type = wxPluralFormsToken::T_RIGHT_BRACKET; + } + m_token.setType(type); + return type != wxPluralFormsToken::T_ERROR; +} + +class wxPluralFormsNode; + +// NB: Can't use wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE because wxPluralFormsNode is not +// fully defined yet: +class wxPluralFormsNodePtr +{ +public: + wxPluralFormsNodePtr(wxPluralFormsNode *p = NULL) : m_p(p) {} + ~wxPluralFormsNodePtr(); + wxPluralFormsNode& operator*() const { return *m_p; } + wxPluralFormsNode* operator->() const { return m_p; } + wxPluralFormsNode* get() const { return m_p; } + wxPluralFormsNode* release(); + void reset(wxPluralFormsNode *p); + +private: + wxPluralFormsNode *m_p; +}; + +class wxPluralFormsNode +{ +public: + wxPluralFormsNode(const wxPluralFormsToken& token) : m_token(token) {} + const wxPluralFormsToken& token() const { return m_token; } + const wxPluralFormsNode* node(unsigned i) const + { return m_nodes[i].get(); } + void setNode(unsigned i, wxPluralFormsNode* n); + wxPluralFormsNode* releaseNode(unsigned i); + wxPluralFormsToken::Number evaluate(wxPluralFormsToken::Number n) const; + +private: + wxPluralFormsToken m_token; + wxPluralFormsNodePtr m_nodes[3]; +}; + +wxPluralFormsNodePtr::~wxPluralFormsNodePtr() +{ + delete m_p; +} +wxPluralFormsNode* wxPluralFormsNodePtr::release() +{ + wxPluralFormsNode *p = m_p; + m_p = NULL; + return p; +} +void wxPluralFormsNodePtr::reset(wxPluralFormsNode *p) +{ + if (p != m_p) + { + delete m_p; + m_p = p; + } +} + + +void wxPluralFormsNode::setNode(unsigned i, wxPluralFormsNode* n) +{ + m_nodes[i].reset(n); +} + +wxPluralFormsNode* wxPluralFormsNode::releaseNode(unsigned i) +{ + return m_nodes[i].release(); +} + +wxPluralFormsToken::Number +wxPluralFormsNode::evaluate(wxPluralFormsToken::Number n) const +{ + switch (token().type()) + { + // leaf + case wxPluralFormsToken::T_NUMBER: + return token().number(); + case wxPluralFormsToken::T_N: + return n; + // 2 args + case wxPluralFormsToken::T_EQUAL: + return node(0)->evaluate(n) == node(1)->evaluate(n); + case wxPluralFormsToken::T_NOT_EQUAL: + return node(0)->evaluate(n) != node(1)->evaluate(n); + case wxPluralFormsToken::T_GREATER: + return node(0)->evaluate(n) > node(1)->evaluate(n); + case wxPluralFormsToken::T_GREATER_OR_EQUAL: + return node(0)->evaluate(n) >= node(1)->evaluate(n); + case wxPluralFormsToken::T_LESS: + return node(0)->evaluate(n) < node(1)->evaluate(n); + case wxPluralFormsToken::T_LESS_OR_EQUAL: + return node(0)->evaluate(n) <= node(1)->evaluate(n); + case wxPluralFormsToken::T_REMINDER: + { + wxPluralFormsToken::Number number = node(1)->evaluate(n); + if (number != 0) + { + return node(0)->evaluate(n) % number; + } + else + { + return 0; + } + } + case wxPluralFormsToken::T_LOGICAL_AND: + return node(0)->evaluate(n) && node(1)->evaluate(n); + case wxPluralFormsToken::T_LOGICAL_OR: + return node(0)->evaluate(n) || node(1)->evaluate(n); + // 3 args + case wxPluralFormsToken::T_QUESTION: + return node(0)->evaluate(n) + ? node(1)->evaluate(n) + : node(2)->evaluate(n); + default: + return 0; + } +} + + +class wxPluralFormsCalculator +{ +public: + wxPluralFormsCalculator() : m_nplurals(0), m_plural(0) {} + + // input: number, returns msgstr index + int evaluate(int n) const; + + // input: text after "Plural-Forms:" (e.g. "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"), + // if s == 0, creates default handler + // returns 0 if error + static wxPluralFormsCalculator* make(const char* s = 0); + + ~wxPluralFormsCalculator() {} + + void init(wxPluralFormsToken::Number nplurals, wxPluralFormsNode* plural); + +private: + wxPluralFormsToken::Number m_nplurals; + wxPluralFormsNodePtr m_plural; +}; + +wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR(wxPluralFormsCalculator, wxPluralFormsCalculatorPtr) + +void wxPluralFormsCalculator::init(wxPluralFormsToken::Number nplurals, + wxPluralFormsNode* plural) +{ + m_nplurals = nplurals; + m_plural.reset(plural); +} + +int wxPluralFormsCalculator::evaluate(int n) const +{ + if (m_plural.get() == 0) + { + return 0; + } + wxPluralFormsToken::Number number = m_plural->evaluate(n); + if (number < 0 || number > m_nplurals) + { + return 0; + } + return number; +} + + +class wxPluralFormsParser +{ +public: + wxPluralFormsParser(wxPluralFormsScanner& scanner) : m_scanner(scanner) {} + bool parse(wxPluralFormsCalculator& rCalculator); + +private: + wxPluralFormsNode* parsePlural(); + // stops at T_SEMICOLON, returns 0 if error + wxPluralFormsScanner& m_scanner; + const wxPluralFormsToken& token() const; + bool nextToken(); + + wxPluralFormsNode* expression(); + wxPluralFormsNode* logicalOrExpression(); + wxPluralFormsNode* logicalAndExpression(); + wxPluralFormsNode* equalityExpression(); + wxPluralFormsNode* multiplicativeExpression(); + wxPluralFormsNode* relationalExpression(); + wxPluralFormsNode* pmExpression(); +}; + +bool wxPluralFormsParser::parse(wxPluralFormsCalculator& rCalculator) +{ + if (token().type() != wxPluralFormsToken::T_NPLURALS) + return false; + if (!nextToken()) + return false; + if (token().type() != wxPluralFormsToken::T_ASSIGN) + return false; + if (!nextToken()) + return false; + if (token().type() != wxPluralFormsToken::T_NUMBER) + return false; + wxPluralFormsToken::Number nplurals = token().number(); + if (!nextToken()) + return false; + if (token().type() != wxPluralFormsToken::T_SEMICOLON) + return false; + if (!nextToken()) + return false; + if (token().type() != wxPluralFormsToken::T_PLURAL) + return false; + if (!nextToken()) + return false; + if (token().type() != wxPluralFormsToken::T_ASSIGN) + return false; + if (!nextToken()) + return false; + wxPluralFormsNode* plural = parsePlural(); + if (plural == 0) + return false; + if (token().type() != wxPluralFormsToken::T_SEMICOLON) + return false; + if (!nextToken()) + return false; + if (token().type() != wxPluralFormsToken::T_EOF) + return false; + rCalculator.init(nplurals, plural); + return true; +} + +wxPluralFormsNode* wxPluralFormsParser::parsePlural() +{ + wxPluralFormsNode* p = expression(); + if (p == NULL) + { + return NULL; + } + wxPluralFormsNodePtr n(p); + if (token().type() != wxPluralFormsToken::T_SEMICOLON) + { + return NULL; + } + return n.release(); +} + +const wxPluralFormsToken& wxPluralFormsParser::token() const +{ + return m_scanner.token(); +} + +bool wxPluralFormsParser::nextToken() +{ + if (!m_scanner.nextToken()) + return false; + return true; +} + +wxPluralFormsNode* wxPluralFormsParser::expression() +{ + wxPluralFormsNode* p = logicalOrExpression(); + if (p == NULL) + return NULL; + wxPluralFormsNodePtr n(p); + if (token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_QUESTION) + { + wxPluralFormsNodePtr qn(new wxPluralFormsNode(token())); + if (!nextToken()) + { + return 0; + } + p = expression(); + if (p == 0) + { + return 0; + } + qn->setNode(1, p); + if (token().type() != wxPluralFormsToken::T_COLON) + { + return 0; + } + if (!nextToken()) + { + return 0; + } + p = expression(); + if (p == 0) + { + return 0; + } + qn->setNode(2, p); + qn->setNode(0, n.release()); + return qn.release(); + } + return n.release(); +} + +wxPluralFormsNode*wxPluralFormsParser::logicalOrExpression() +{ + wxPluralFormsNode* p = logicalAndExpression(); + if (p == NULL) + return NULL; + wxPluralFormsNodePtr ln(p); + if (token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_LOGICAL_OR) + { + wxPluralFormsNodePtr un(new wxPluralFormsNode(token())); + if (!nextToken()) + { + return 0; + } + p = logicalOrExpression(); + if (p == 0) + { + return 0; + } + wxPluralFormsNodePtr rn(p); // right + if (rn->token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_LOGICAL_OR) + { + // see logicalAndExpression comment + un->setNode(0, ln.release()); + un->setNode(1, rn->releaseNode(0)); + rn->setNode(0, un.release()); + return rn.release(); + } + + + un->setNode(0, ln.release()); + un->setNode(1, rn.release()); + return un.release(); + } + return ln.release(); +} + +wxPluralFormsNode* wxPluralFormsParser::logicalAndExpression() +{ + wxPluralFormsNode* p = equalityExpression(); + if (p == NULL) + return NULL; + wxPluralFormsNodePtr ln(p); // left + if (token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_LOGICAL_AND) + { + wxPluralFormsNodePtr un(new wxPluralFormsNode(token())); // up + if (!nextToken()) + { + return NULL; + } + p = logicalAndExpression(); + if (p == 0) + { + return NULL; + } + wxPluralFormsNodePtr rn(p); // right + if (rn->token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_LOGICAL_AND) + { +// transform 1 && (2 && 3) -> (1 && 2) && 3 +// u r +// l r -> u 3 +// 2 3 l 2 + un->setNode(0, ln.release()); + un->setNode(1, rn->releaseNode(0)); + rn->setNode(0, un.release()); + return rn.release(); + } + + un->setNode(0, ln.release()); + un->setNode(1, rn.release()); + return un.release(); + } + return ln.release(); +} + +wxPluralFormsNode* wxPluralFormsParser::equalityExpression() +{ + wxPluralFormsNode* p = relationalExpression(); + if (p == NULL) + return NULL; + wxPluralFormsNodePtr n(p); + if (token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_EQUAL + || token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_NOT_EQUAL) + { + wxPluralFormsNodePtr qn(new wxPluralFormsNode(token())); + if (!nextToken()) + { + return NULL; + } + p = relationalExpression(); + if (p == NULL) + { + return NULL; + } + qn->setNode(1, p); + qn->setNode(0, n.release()); + return qn.release(); + } + return n.release(); +} + +wxPluralFormsNode* wxPluralFormsParser::relationalExpression() +{ + wxPluralFormsNode* p = multiplicativeExpression(); + if (p == NULL) + return NULL; + wxPluralFormsNodePtr n(p); + if (token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_GREATER + || token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_LESS + || token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_GREATER_OR_EQUAL + || token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_LESS_OR_EQUAL) + { + wxPluralFormsNodePtr qn(new wxPluralFormsNode(token())); + if (!nextToken()) + { + return NULL; + } + p = multiplicativeExpression(); + if (p == NULL) + { + return NULL; + } + qn->setNode(1, p); + qn->setNode(0, n.release()); + return qn.release(); + } + return n.release(); +} + +wxPluralFormsNode* wxPluralFormsParser::multiplicativeExpression() +{ + wxPluralFormsNode* p = pmExpression(); + if (p == NULL) + return NULL; + wxPluralFormsNodePtr n(p); + if (token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_REMINDER) + { + wxPluralFormsNodePtr qn(new wxPluralFormsNode(token())); + if (!nextToken()) + { + return NULL; + } + p = pmExpression(); + if (p == NULL) + { + return NULL; + } + qn->setNode(1, p); + qn->setNode(0, n.release()); + return qn.release(); + } + return n.release(); +} + +wxPluralFormsNode* wxPluralFormsParser::pmExpression() +{ + wxPluralFormsNodePtr n; + if (token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_N + || token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_NUMBER) + { + n.reset(new wxPluralFormsNode(token())); + if (!nextToken()) + { + return NULL; + } + } + else if (token().type() == wxPluralFormsToken::T_LEFT_BRACKET) { + if (!nextToken()) + { + return NULL; + } + wxPluralFormsNode* p = expression(); + if (p == NULL) + { + return NULL; + } + n.reset(p); + if (token().type() != wxPluralFormsToken::T_RIGHT_BRACKET) + { + return NULL; + } + if (!nextToken()) + { + return NULL; + } + } + else + { + return NULL; + } + return n.release(); +} + +wxPluralFormsCalculator* wxPluralFormsCalculator::make(const char* s) +{ + wxPluralFormsCalculatorPtr calculator(new wxPluralFormsCalculator); + if (s != NULL) + { + wxPluralFormsScanner scanner(s); + wxPluralFormsParser p(scanner); + if (!p.parse(*calculator)) + { + return NULL; + } + } + return calculator.release(); +} + + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMsgCatalogFile corresponds to one disk-file message catalog. +// +// This is a "low-level" class and is used only by wxMsgCatalog +// NOTE: for the documentation of the binary catalog (.MO) files refer to +// the GNU gettext manual: +// http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/manual/gettext/MO-Files.html +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxMsgCatalogFile +{ +public: + typedef wxScopedCharBuffer DataBuffer; + + // ctor & dtor + wxMsgCatalogFile(); + ~wxMsgCatalogFile(); + + // load the catalog from disk + bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, + wxPluralFormsCalculatorPtr& rPluralFormsCalculator); + bool LoadData(const DataBuffer& data, + wxPluralFormsCalculatorPtr& rPluralFormsCalculator); + + // fills the hash with string-translation pairs + bool FillHash(wxStringToStringHashMap& hash, const wxString& domain) const; + + // return the charset of the strings in this catalog or empty string if + // none/unknown + wxString GetCharset() const { return m_charset; } + +private: + // this implementation is binary compatible with GNU gettext() version 0.10 + + // an entry in the string table + struct wxMsgTableEntry + { + size_t32 nLen; // length of the string + size_t32 ofsString; // pointer to the string + }; + + // header of a .mo file + struct wxMsgCatalogHeader + { + size_t32 magic, // offset +00: magic id + revision, // +04: revision + numStrings; // +08: number of strings in the file + size_t32 ofsOrigTable, // +0C: start of original string table + ofsTransTable; // +10: start of translated string table + size_t32 nHashSize, // +14: hash table size + ofsHashTable; // +18: offset of hash table start + }; + + // all data is stored here + DataBuffer m_data; + + // data description + size_t32 m_numStrings; // number of strings in this domain + wxMsgTableEntry *m_pOrigTable, // pointer to original strings + *m_pTransTable; // translated + + wxString m_charset; // from the message catalog header + + + // swap the 2 halves of 32 bit integer if needed + size_t32 Swap(size_t32 ui) const + { + return m_bSwapped ? (ui << 24) | ((ui & 0xff00) << 8) | + ((ui >> 8) & 0xff00) | (ui >> 24) + : ui; + } + + const char *StringAtOfs(wxMsgTableEntry *pTable, size_t32 n) const + { + const wxMsgTableEntry * const ent = pTable + n; + + // this check could fail for a corrupt message catalog + size_t32 ofsString = Swap(ent->ofsString); + if ( ofsString + Swap(ent->nLen) > m_data.length()) + { + return NULL; + } + + return m_data.data() + ofsString; + } + + bool m_bSwapped; // wrong endianness? + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMsgCatalogFile); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMsgCatalogFile clas +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxMsgCatalogFile::wxMsgCatalogFile() +{ +} + +wxMsgCatalogFile::~wxMsgCatalogFile() +{ +} + +// open disk file and read in it's contents +bool wxMsgCatalogFile::LoadFile(const wxString& filename, + wxPluralFormsCalculatorPtr& rPluralFormsCalculator) +{ + wxFile fileMsg(filename); + if ( !fileMsg.IsOpened() ) + return false; + + // get the file size (assume it is less than 4Gb...) + wxFileOffset lenFile = fileMsg.Length(); + if ( lenFile == wxInvalidOffset ) + return false; + + size_t nSize = wx_truncate_cast(size_t, lenFile); + wxASSERT_MSG( nSize == lenFile + size_t(0), wxS("message catalog bigger than 4GB?") ); + + wxMemoryBuffer filedata; + + // read the whole file in memory + if ( fileMsg.Read(filedata.GetWriteBuf(nSize), nSize) != lenFile ) + return false; + + filedata.UngetWriteBuf(nSize); + + bool ok = LoadData + ( + DataBuffer::CreateOwned((char*)filedata.release(), nSize), + rPluralFormsCalculator + ); + if ( !ok ) + { + wxLogWarning(_("'%s' is not a valid message catalog."), filename.c_str()); + return false; + } + + return true; +} + + +bool wxMsgCatalogFile::LoadData(const DataBuffer& data, + wxPluralFormsCalculatorPtr& rPluralFormsCalculator) +{ + // examine header + bool bValid = data.length() > sizeof(wxMsgCatalogHeader); + + const wxMsgCatalogHeader *pHeader = (wxMsgCatalogHeader *)data.data(); + if ( bValid ) { + // we'll have to swap all the integers if it's true + m_bSwapped = pHeader->magic == MSGCATALOG_MAGIC_SW; + + // check the magic number + bValid = m_bSwapped || pHeader->magic == MSGCATALOG_MAGIC; + } + + if ( !bValid ) { + // it's either too short or has incorrect magic number + wxLogWarning(_("Invalid message catalog.")); + return false; + } + + m_data = data; + + // initialize + m_numStrings = Swap(pHeader->numStrings); + m_pOrigTable = (wxMsgTableEntry *)(data.data() + + Swap(pHeader->ofsOrigTable)); + m_pTransTable = (wxMsgTableEntry *)(data.data() + + Swap(pHeader->ofsTransTable)); + + // now parse catalog's header and try to extract catalog charset and + // plural forms formula from it: + + const char* headerData = StringAtOfs(m_pOrigTable, 0); + if ( headerData && headerData[0] == '\0' ) + { + // Extract the charset: + const char * const header = StringAtOfs(m_pTransTable, 0); + const char * + cset = strstr(header, "Content-Type: text/plain; charset="); + if ( cset ) + { + cset += 34; // strlen("Content-Type: text/plain; charset=") + + const char * const csetEnd = strchr(cset, '\n'); + if ( csetEnd ) + { + m_charset = wxString(cset, csetEnd - cset); + if ( m_charset == wxS("CHARSET") ) + { + // "CHARSET" is not valid charset, but lazy translator + m_charset.empty(); + } + } + } + // else: incorrectly filled Content-Type header + + // Extract plural forms: + const char * plurals = strstr(header, "Plural-Forms:"); + if ( plurals ) + { + plurals += 13; // strlen("Plural-Forms:") + const char * const pluralsEnd = strchr(plurals, '\n'); + if ( pluralsEnd ) + { + const size_t pluralsLen = pluralsEnd - plurals; + wxCharBuffer buf(pluralsLen); + strncpy(buf.data(), plurals, pluralsLen); + wxPluralFormsCalculator * const + pCalculator = wxPluralFormsCalculator::make(buf); + if ( pCalculator ) + { + rPluralFormsCalculator.reset(pCalculator); + } + else + { + wxLogVerbose(_("Failed to parse Plural-Forms: '%s'"), + buf.data()); + } + } + } + + if ( !rPluralFormsCalculator.get() ) + rPluralFormsCalculator.reset(wxPluralFormsCalculator::make()); + } + + // everything is fine + return true; +} + +bool wxMsgCatalogFile::FillHash(wxStringToStringHashMap& hash, + const wxString& domain) const +{ + wxUnusedVar(domain); // silence warning in Unicode build + + // conversion to use to convert catalog strings to the GUI encoding + wxMBConv *inputConv = NULL; + wxMBConv *inputConvPtr = NULL; // same as inputConv but safely deleteable + + if ( !m_charset.empty() ) + { +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE && wxUSE_FONTMAP + // determine if we need any conversion at all + wxFontEncoding encCat = wxFontMapperBase::GetEncodingFromName(m_charset); + if ( encCat != wxLocale::GetSystemEncoding() ) +#endif + { + inputConvPtr = + inputConv = new wxCSConv(m_charset); + } + } + else // no need or not possible to convert the encoding + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // we must somehow convert the narrow strings in the message catalog to + // wide strings, so use the default conversion if we have no charset + inputConv = wxConvCurrent; +#endif + } + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + wxString msgIdCharset = gs_msgIdCharset[domain]; + + // conversion to apply to msgid strings before looking them up: we only + // need it if the msgids are neither in 7 bit ASCII nor in the same + // encoding as the catalog + wxCSConv *sourceConv = msgIdCharset.empty() || (msgIdCharset == m_charset) + ? NULL + : new wxCSConv(msgIdCharset); +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE + + for (size_t32 i = 0; i < m_numStrings; i++) + { + const char *data = StringAtOfs(m_pOrigTable, i); + if (!data) + return false; // may happen for invalid MO files + + wxString msgid; +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + msgid = wxString(data, *inputConv); +#else // ASCII + if ( inputConv && sourceConv ) + msgid = wxString(inputConv->cMB2WC(data), *sourceConv); + else + msgid = data; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + data = StringAtOfs(m_pTransTable, i); + if (!data) + return false; // may happen for invalid MO files + + size_t length = Swap(m_pTransTable[i].nLen); + size_t offset = 0; + size_t index = 0; + while (offset < length) + { + const char * const str = data + offset; + + wxString msgstr; +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + msgstr = wxString(str, *inputConv); +#else + if ( inputConv ) + msgstr = wxString(inputConv->cMB2WC(str), *wxConvUI); + else + msgstr = str; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE + + if ( !msgstr.empty() ) + { + hash[index == 0 ? msgid : msgid + wxChar(index)] = msgstr; + } + + // skip this string + // IMPORTANT: accesses to the 'data' pointer are valid only for + // the first 'length+1' bytes (GNU specs says that the + // final NUL is not counted in length); using wxStrnlen() + // we make sure we don't access memory beyond the valid range + // (which otherwise may happen for invalid MO files): + offset += wxStrnlen(str, length - offset) + 1; + ++index; + } + } + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + delete sourceConv; +#endif + delete inputConvPtr; + + return true; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMsgCatalog class +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE +wxMsgCatalog::~wxMsgCatalog() +{ + if ( m_conv ) + { + if ( wxConvUI == m_conv ) + { + // we only change wxConvUI if it points to wxConvLocal so we reset + // it back to it too + wxConvUI = &wxConvLocal; + } + + delete m_conv; + } +} +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE + +/* static */ +wxMsgCatalog *wxMsgCatalog::CreateFromFile(const wxString& filename, + const wxString& domain) +{ + wxScopedPtr cat(new wxMsgCatalog(domain)); + + wxMsgCatalogFile file; + + if ( !file.LoadFile(filename, cat->m_pluralFormsCalculator) ) + return NULL; + + if ( !file.FillHash(cat->m_messages, domain) ) + return NULL; + + return cat.release(); +} + +/* static */ +wxMsgCatalog *wxMsgCatalog::CreateFromData(const wxScopedCharBuffer& data, + const wxString& domain) +{ + wxScopedPtr cat(new wxMsgCatalog(domain)); + + wxMsgCatalogFile file; + + if ( !file.LoadData(data, cat->m_pluralFormsCalculator) ) + return NULL; + + if ( !file.FillHash(cat->m_messages, domain) ) + return NULL; + + return cat.release(); +} + +const wxString *wxMsgCatalog::GetString(const wxString& str, unsigned n) const +{ + int index = 0; + if (n != UINT_MAX) + { + index = m_pluralFormsCalculator->evaluate(n); + } + wxStringToStringHashMap::const_iterator i; + if (index != 0) + { + i = m_messages.find(wxString(str) + wxChar(index)); // plural + } + else + { + i = m_messages.find(str); + } + + if ( i != m_messages.end() ) + { + return &i->second; + } + else + return NULL; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTranslations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +wxTranslations *gs_translations = NULL; +bool gs_translationsOwned = false; + +} // anonymous namespace + + +/*static*/ +wxTranslations *wxTranslations::Get() +{ + return gs_translations; +} + +/*static*/ +void wxTranslations::Set(wxTranslations *t) +{ + if ( gs_translationsOwned ) + delete gs_translations; + gs_translations = t; + gs_translationsOwned = true; +} + +/*static*/ +void wxTranslations::SetNonOwned(wxTranslations *t) +{ + if ( gs_translationsOwned ) + delete gs_translations; + gs_translations = t; + gs_translationsOwned = false; +} + + +wxTranslations::wxTranslations() +{ + m_pMsgCat = NULL; + m_loader = new wxFileTranslationsLoader; +} + + +wxTranslations::~wxTranslations() +{ + delete m_loader; + + // free catalogs memory + wxMsgCatalog *pTmpCat; + while ( m_pMsgCat != NULL ) + { + pTmpCat = m_pMsgCat; + m_pMsgCat = m_pMsgCat->m_pNext; + delete pTmpCat; + } +} + + +void wxTranslations::SetLoader(wxTranslationsLoader *loader) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( loader, "loader can't be NULL" ); + + delete m_loader; + m_loader = loader; +} + + +void wxTranslations::SetLanguage(wxLanguage lang) +{ + if ( lang == wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT ) + SetLanguage(""); + else + SetLanguage(wxLocale::GetLanguageCanonicalName(lang)); +} + +void wxTranslations::SetLanguage(const wxString& lang) +{ + m_lang = lang; +} + + +wxArrayString wxTranslations::GetAvailableTranslations(const wxString& domain) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_loader, wxArrayString(), "loader can't be NULL" ); + + return m_loader->GetAvailableTranslations(domain); +} + + +bool wxTranslations::AddStdCatalog() +{ + if ( !AddCatalog(wxS("wxstd")) ) + return false; + + // there may be a catalog with toolkit specific overrides, it is not + // an error if this does not exist + wxString port(wxPlatformInfo::Get().GetPortIdName()); + if ( !port.empty() ) + { + AddCatalog(port.BeforeFirst(wxS('/')).MakeLower()); + } + + return true; +} + + +bool wxTranslations::AddCatalog(const wxString& domain) +{ + return AddCatalog(domain, wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US); +} + +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE +bool wxTranslations::AddCatalog(const wxString& domain, + wxLanguage msgIdLanguage, + const wxString& msgIdCharset) +{ + gs_msgIdCharset[domain] = msgIdCharset; + return AddCatalog(domain, msgIdLanguage); +} +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE + +bool wxTranslations::AddCatalog(const wxString& domain, + wxLanguage msgIdLanguage) +{ + const wxString msgIdLang = wxLocale::GetLanguageCanonicalName(msgIdLanguage); + const wxString domain_lang = ChooseLanguageForDomain(domain, msgIdLang); + + if ( domain_lang.empty() ) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_I18N, + wxS("no suitable translation for domain '%s' found"), + domain); + return false; + } + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_I18N, + wxS("adding '%s' translation for domain '%s' (msgid language '%s')"), + domain_lang, domain, msgIdLang); + + // It is OK to not load catalog if the msgid language and m_language match, + // in which case we can directly display the texts embedded in program's + // source code: + if ( msgIdLang == domain_lang ) + return true; + + return LoadCatalog(domain, domain_lang); +} + + +bool wxTranslations::LoadCatalog(const wxString& domain, const wxString& lang) +{ + m_loader->GetAvailableTranslations(domain); + wxCHECK_MSG( m_loader, false, "loader can't be NULL" ); + + wxMsgCatalog *cat = NULL; + +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + // first look for the catalog for this language and the current locale: + // notice that we don't use the system name for the locale as this would + // force us to install catalogs in different locations depending on the + // system but always use the canonical name + wxFontEncoding encSys = wxLocale::GetSystemEncoding(); + if ( encSys != wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM ) + { + wxString fullname(lang); + fullname << wxS('.') << wxFontMapperBase::GetEncodingName(encSys); + + cat = m_loader->LoadCatalog(domain, fullname); + } +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP + + if ( !cat ) + { + // Next try: use the provided name language name: + cat = m_loader->LoadCatalog(domain, lang); + } + + if ( !cat ) + { + // Also try just base locale name: for things like "fr_BE" (Belgium + // French) we should use fall back on plain "fr" if no Belgium-specific + // message catalogs exist + wxString baselang = lang.BeforeFirst('_'); + if ( lang != baselang ) + cat = m_loader->LoadCatalog(domain, baselang); + } + + if ( cat ) + { + // add it to the head of the list so that in GetString it will + // be searched before the catalogs added earlier + cat->m_pNext = m_pMsgCat; + m_pMsgCat = cat; + + return true; + } + else + { + // Nothing worked, the catalog just isn't there + wxLogTrace(TRACE_I18N, + "Catalog \"%s.mo\" not found for language \"%s\".", + domain, lang); + return false; + } +} + +// check if the given catalog is loaded +bool wxTranslations::IsLoaded(const wxString& domain) const +{ + return FindCatalog(domain) != NULL; +} + + +wxString wxTranslations::ChooseLanguageForDomain(const wxString& WXUNUSED(domain), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(msgIdLang)) +{ + // explicitly set language should always be respected + if ( !m_lang.empty() ) + return m_lang; + + // TODO: if the default language is used, pick the best (by comparing + // available languages with user's preferences), instead of blindly + // trusting availability of system language translation + return wxLocale::GetLanguageCanonicalName(wxLocale::GetSystemLanguage()); +} + + +namespace +{ +WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET(wxString, wxStringHash, wxStringEqual, + wxLocaleUntranslatedStrings); +} + +/* static */ +const wxString& wxTranslations::GetUntranslatedString(const wxString& str) +{ + static wxLocaleUntranslatedStrings s_strings; + + wxLocaleUntranslatedStrings::iterator i = s_strings.find(str); + if ( i == s_strings.end() ) + return *s_strings.insert(str).first; + + return *i; +} + + +const wxString& wxTranslations::GetString(const wxString& origString, + const wxString& domain) const +{ + return GetString(origString, origString, UINT_MAX, domain); +} + +const wxString& wxTranslations::GetString(const wxString& origString, + const wxString& origString2, + unsigned n, + const wxString& domain) const +{ + if ( origString.empty() ) + return GetUntranslatedString(origString); + + const wxString *trans = NULL; + wxMsgCatalog *pMsgCat; + + if ( !domain.empty() ) + { + pMsgCat = FindCatalog(domain); + + // does the catalog exist? + if ( pMsgCat != NULL ) + trans = pMsgCat->GetString(origString, n); + } + else + { + // search in all domains + for ( pMsgCat = m_pMsgCat; pMsgCat != NULL; pMsgCat = pMsgCat->m_pNext ) + { + trans = pMsgCat->GetString(origString, n); + if ( trans != NULL ) // take the first found + break; + } + } + + if ( trans == NULL ) + { + wxLogTrace + ( + TRACE_I18N, + "string \"%s\"%s not found in %slocale '%s'.", + origString, + (n != UINT_MAX ? wxString::Format("[%ld]", (long)n) : wxString()), + (!domain.empty() ? wxString::Format("domain '%s' ", domain) : wxString()), + m_lang + ); + + if (n == UINT_MAX) + return GetUntranslatedString(origString); + else + return GetUntranslatedString(n == 1 ? origString : origString2); + } + + return *trans; +} + + +wxString wxTranslations::GetHeaderValue(const wxString& header, + const wxString& domain) const +{ + if ( header.empty() ) + return wxEmptyString; + + const wxString *trans = NULL; + wxMsgCatalog *pMsgCat; + + if ( !domain.empty() ) + { + pMsgCat = FindCatalog(domain); + + // does the catalog exist? + if ( pMsgCat == NULL ) + return wxEmptyString; + + trans = pMsgCat->GetString(wxEmptyString, UINT_MAX); + } + else + { + // search in all domains + for ( pMsgCat = m_pMsgCat; pMsgCat != NULL; pMsgCat = pMsgCat->m_pNext ) + { + trans = pMsgCat->GetString(wxEmptyString, UINT_MAX); + if ( trans != NULL ) // take the first found + break; + } + } + + if ( !trans || trans->empty() ) + return wxEmptyString; + + size_t found = trans->find(header); + if ( found == wxString::npos ) + return wxEmptyString; + + found += header.length() + 2 /* ': ' */; + + // Every header is separated by \n + + size_t endLine = trans->find(wxS('\n'), found); + size_t len = (endLine == wxString::npos) ? + wxString::npos : (endLine - found); + + return trans->substr(found, len); +} + + +// find catalog by name in a linked list, return NULL if !found +wxMsgCatalog *wxTranslations::FindCatalog(const wxString& domain) const +{ + // linear search in the linked list + wxMsgCatalog *pMsgCat; + for ( pMsgCat = m_pMsgCat; pMsgCat != NULL; pMsgCat = pMsgCat->m_pNext ) + { + if ( pMsgCat->GetDomain() == domain ) + return pMsgCat; + } + + return NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileTranslationsLoader +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +// the list of the directories to search for message catalog files +wxArrayString gs_searchPrefixes; + +// return the directories to search for message catalogs under the given +// prefix, separated by wxPATH_SEP +wxString GetMsgCatalogSubdirs(const wxString& prefix, const wxString& lang) +{ + // Search first in Unix-standard prefix/lang/LC_MESSAGES, then in + // prefix/lang and finally in just prefix. + // + // Note that we use LC_MESSAGES on all platforms and not just Unix, because + // it doesn't cost much to look into one more directory and doing it this + // way has two important benefits: + // a) we don't break compatibility with wx-2.6 and older by stopping to + // look in a directory where the catalogs used to be and thus silently + // breaking apps after they are recompiled against the latest wx + // b) it makes it possible to package app's support files in the same + // way on all target platforms + const wxString pathPrefix = wxFileName(prefix, lang).GetFullPath(); + + wxString searchPath; + searchPath.reserve(4*pathPrefix.length()); + searchPath << pathPrefix << wxFILE_SEP_PATH << "LC_MESSAGES" << wxPATH_SEP + << prefix << wxFILE_SEP_PATH << wxPATH_SEP + << pathPrefix; + + return searchPath; +} + +bool HasMsgCatalogInDir(const wxString& dir, const wxString& domain) +{ + return wxFileName(dir, domain, "mo").FileExists() || + wxFileName(dir + wxFILE_SEP_PATH + "LC_MESSAGES", domain, "mo").FileExists(); +} + +// get prefixes to locale directories; if lang is empty, don't point to +// OSX's .lproj bundles +wxArrayString GetSearchPrefixes(const wxString& lang = wxString()) +{ + wxArrayString paths; + + // first take the entries explicitly added by the program + paths = gs_searchPrefixes; + +#if wxUSE_STDPATHS + // then look in the standard location + wxString stdp; + if ( lang.empty() ) + { + stdp = wxStandardPaths::Get().GetResourcesDir(); + } + else + { + stdp = wxStandardPaths::Get(). + GetLocalizedResourcesDir(lang, wxStandardPaths::ResourceCat_Messages); + } + if ( paths.Index(stdp) == wxNOT_FOUND ) + paths.Add(stdp); +#endif // wxUSE_STDPATHS + + // last look in default locations +#ifdef __UNIX__ + // LC_PATH is a standard env var containing the search path for the .mo + // files + const char *pszLcPath = wxGetenv("LC_PATH"); + if ( pszLcPath ) + { + const wxString lcp = pszLcPath; + if ( paths.Index(lcp) == wxNOT_FOUND ) + paths.Add(lcp); + } + + // also add the one from where wxWin was installed: + wxString wxp = wxGetInstallPrefix(); + if ( !wxp.empty() ) + { + wxp += wxS("/share/locale"); + if ( paths.Index(wxp) == wxNOT_FOUND ) + paths.Add(wxp); + } +#endif // __UNIX__ + + return paths; +} + +// construct the search path for the given language +wxString GetFullSearchPath(const wxString& lang) +{ + wxString searchPath; + searchPath.reserve(500); + + const wxArrayString prefixes = GetSearchPrefixes(lang); + + for ( wxArrayString::const_iterator i = prefixes.begin(); + i != prefixes.end(); + ++i ) + { + const wxString p = GetMsgCatalogSubdirs(*i, lang); + + if ( !searchPath.empty() ) + searchPath += wxPATH_SEP; + searchPath += p; + } + + return searchPath; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + + +void wxFileTranslationsLoader::AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix(const wxString& prefix) +{ + if ( gs_searchPrefixes.Index(prefix) == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + gs_searchPrefixes.Add(prefix); + } + //else: already have it +} + + +wxMsgCatalog *wxFileTranslationsLoader::LoadCatalog(const wxString& domain, + const wxString& lang) +{ + wxString searchPath = GetFullSearchPath(lang); + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_I18N, wxS("Looking for \"%s.mo\" in search path \"%s\""), + domain, searchPath); + + wxFileName fn(domain); + fn.SetExt(wxS("mo")); + + wxString strFullName; + if ( !wxFindFileInPath(&strFullName, searchPath, fn.GetFullPath()) ) + return NULL; + + // open file and read its data + wxLogVerbose(_("using catalog '%s' from '%s'."), domain, strFullName.c_str()); + wxLogTrace(TRACE_I18N, wxS("Using catalog \"%s\"."), strFullName.c_str()); + + return wxMsgCatalog::CreateFromFile(strFullName, domain); +} + + +wxArrayString wxFileTranslationsLoader::GetAvailableTranslations(const wxString& domain) const +{ + wxArrayString langs; + const wxArrayString prefixes = GetSearchPrefixes(); + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_I18N, + "looking for available translations of \"%s\" in search path \"%s\"", + domain, wxJoin(prefixes, wxPATH_SEP[0])); + + for ( wxArrayString::const_iterator i = prefixes.begin(); + i != prefixes.end(); + ++i ) + { + if ( i->empty() ) + continue; + wxDir dir; + if ( !dir.Open(*i) ) + continue; + + wxString lang; + for ( bool ok = dir.GetFirst(&lang, "", wxDIR_DIRS); + ok; + ok = dir.GetNext(&lang) ) + { + const wxString langdir = *i + wxFILE_SEP_PATH + lang; + if ( HasMsgCatalogInDir(langdir, domain) ) + { +#ifdef __WXOSX__ + wxString rest; + if ( lang.EndsWith(".lproj", &rest) ) + lang = rest; +#endif // __WXOSX__ + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_I18N, + "found %s translation of \"%s\"", lang, domain); + langs.push_back(lang); + } + } + } + + return langs; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxResourceTranslationsLoader +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + +wxMsgCatalog *wxResourceTranslationsLoader::LoadCatalog(const wxString& domain, + const wxString& lang) +{ + const void *mo_data = NULL; + size_t mo_size = 0; + + const wxString resname = wxString::Format("%s_%s", domain, lang); + + if ( !wxLoadUserResource(&mo_data, &mo_size, + resname, + GetResourceType(), + GetModule()) ) + return NULL; + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_I18N, + "Using catalog from Windows resource \"%s\".", resname); + + wxMsgCatalog *cat = wxMsgCatalog::CreateFromData( + wxCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(static_cast(mo_data), mo_size), + domain); + + if ( !cat ) + { + wxLogWarning(_("Resource '%s' is not a valid message catalog."), resname); + } + + return cat; +} + +namespace +{ + +struct EnumCallbackData +{ + wxString prefix; + wxArrayString langs; +}; + +BOOL CALLBACK EnumTranslations(HMODULE WXUNUSED(hModule), + LPCTSTR WXUNUSED(lpszType), + LPTSTR lpszName, + LONG_PTR lParam) +{ + wxString name(lpszName); + name.MakeLower(); // resource names are case insensitive + + EnumCallbackData *data = reinterpret_cast(lParam); + + wxString lang; + if ( name.StartsWith(data->prefix, &lang) && !lang.empty() ) + data->langs.push_back(lang); + + return TRUE; // continue enumeration +} + +} // anonymous namespace + + +wxArrayString wxResourceTranslationsLoader::GetAvailableTranslations(const wxString& domain) const +{ + EnumCallbackData data; + data.prefix = domain + "_"; + data.prefix.MakeLower(); // resource names are case insensitive + + if ( !EnumResourceNames(GetModule(), + GetResourceType().t_str(), + EnumTranslations, + reinterpret_cast(&data)) ) + { + const DWORD err = GetLastError(); + if ( err != NO_ERROR && err != ERROR_RESOURCE_TYPE_NOT_FOUND ) + { + wxLogSysError(_("Couldn't enumerate translations")); + } + } + + return data.langs; +} + +#endif // __WINDOWS__ + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTranslationsModule module (for destruction of gs_translations) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxTranslationsModule: public wxModule +{ + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTranslationsModule) + public: + wxTranslationsModule() {} + + bool OnInit() + { + return true; + } + + void OnExit() + { + if ( gs_translationsOwned ) + delete gs_translations; + gs_translations = NULL; + gs_translationsOwned = true; + } +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTranslationsModule, wxModule) + +#endif // wxUSE_INTL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/treebase.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/treebase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..92134a0a0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/treebase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,338 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/treebase.cpp +// Purpose: Base wxTreeCtrl classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Created: 01/02/97 +// Modified: +// Id: $Id: treebase.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart et al +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================= +// declarations +// ============================================================================= + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TREECTRL + +#include "wx/treectrl.h" +#include "wx/imaglist.h" + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxTreeCtrlNameStr[] = "treeCtrl"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_DRAG, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_STATE_IMAGE_CLICK, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP, wxTreeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_MENU, wxTreeEvent ); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxTreeCtrlStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxTreeCtrlStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_EDIT_LABELS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_NO_BUTTONS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_TWIST_BUTTONS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_NO_LINES) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_FULL_ROW_HIGHLIGHT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_ROW_LINES) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_HAS_VARIABLE_ROW_HEIGHT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_SINGLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_MULTIPLE) +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_EXTENDED) +#endif +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxTreeCtrlStyle ) + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxTreeCtrl, wxControl, "wx/treectrl.h") + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxTreeCtrl) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( TextUpdated, wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, wxCommandEvent ) +wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( TreeEvent, wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG, \ + wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_STATE_IMAGE_CLICK, wxTreeEvent ) + +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxTreeCtrlStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxTreeCtrl) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxTreeCtrl, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, \ + wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Tree event +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeEvent, wxNotifyEvent) + +wxTreeEvent::wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType, + wxTreeCtrlBase *tree, + const wxTreeItemId& item) + : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, tree->GetId()), + m_item(item) +{ + m_editCancelled = false; + + SetEventObject(tree); + + if ( item.IsOk() ) + SetClientObject(tree->GetItemData(item)); +} + +wxTreeEvent::wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType, int id) + : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, id) +{ + m_itemOld = 0l; + m_editCancelled = false; +} + +wxTreeEvent::wxTreeEvent(const wxTreeEvent & event) + : wxNotifyEvent(event) +{ + m_evtKey = event.m_evtKey; + m_item = event.m_item; + m_itemOld = event.m_itemOld; + m_pointDrag = event.m_pointDrag; + m_label = event.m_label; + m_editCancelled = event.m_editCancelled; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTreeCtrlBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTreeCtrlBase::~wxTreeCtrlBase() +{ + if (m_ownsImageListNormal) + delete m_imageListNormal; + if (m_ownsImageListState) + delete m_imageListState; +} + +void wxTreeCtrlBase::SetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item, int state) +{ + if ( state == wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NEXT ) + { + int current = GetItemState(item); + if ( current == wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE ) + return; + state = current + 1; + if ( m_imageListState && state >= m_imageListState->GetImageCount() ) + state = 0; + } + else if ( state == wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_PREV ) + { + int current = GetItemState(item); + if ( current == wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE ) + return; + state = current - 1; + if ( state == -1 ) + state = m_imageListState ? m_imageListState->GetImageCount() - 1 : 0; + } + // else: wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE depending on platform + + DoSetItemState(item, state); +} + +static void +wxGetBestTreeSize(const wxTreeCtrlBase* treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId id, wxSize& size) +{ + wxRect rect; + + if ( treeCtrl->GetBoundingRect(id, rect, true /* just the item */) ) + { + // Translate to logical position so we get the full extent +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + rect.x += treeCtrl->GetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL); + rect.y += treeCtrl->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL); +#endif + + size.IncTo(wxSize(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom())); + } + + wxTreeItemIdValue cookie; + for ( wxTreeItemId item = treeCtrl->GetFirstChild(id, cookie); + item.IsOk(); + item = treeCtrl->GetNextChild(id, cookie) ) + { + wxGetBestTreeSize(treeCtrl, item, size); + } +} + +wxSize wxTreeCtrlBase::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxSize size; + + // this doesn't really compute the total bounding rectangle of all items + // but a not too bad guess of it which has the advantage of not having to + // examine all (potentially hundreds or thousands) items in the control + + if (GetQuickBestSize()) + { + for ( wxTreeItemId item = GetRootItem(); + item.IsOk(); + item = GetLastChild(item) ) + { + wxRect rect; + + // last parameter is "true" to get only the dimensions of the text + // label, we don't want to get the entire item width as it's determined + // by the current size + if ( GetBoundingRect(item, rect, true) ) + { + if ( size.x < rect.x + rect.width ) + size.x = rect.x + rect.width; + if ( size.y < rect.y + rect.height ) + size.y = rect.y + rect.height; + } + } + } + else // use precise, if potentially slow, size computation method + { + // iterate over all items recursively + wxTreeItemId idRoot = GetRootItem(); + if ( idRoot.IsOk() ) + wxGetBestTreeSize(this, idRoot, size); + } + + // need some minimal size even for empty tree + if ( !size.x || !size.y ) + size = wxControl::DoGetBestSize(); + else + { + // Add border size + size += GetWindowBorderSize(); + + CacheBestSize(size); + } + + return size; +} + +void wxTreeCtrlBase::ExpandAll() +{ + if ( IsEmpty() ) + return; + + ExpandAllChildren(GetRootItem()); +} + +void wxTreeCtrlBase::ExpandAllChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) +{ + Freeze(); + // expand this item first, this might result in its children being added on + // the fly + if ( item != GetRootItem() || !HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT) ) + Expand(item); + //else: expanding hidden root item is unsupported and unnecessary + + // then (recursively) expand all the children + wxTreeItemIdValue cookie; + for ( wxTreeItemId idCurr = GetFirstChild(item, cookie); + idCurr.IsOk(); + idCurr = GetNextChild(item, cookie) ) + { + ExpandAllChildren(idCurr); + } + Thaw(); +} + +void wxTreeCtrlBase::CollapseAll() +{ + if ( IsEmpty() ) + return; + + CollapseAllChildren(GetRootItem()); +} + +void wxTreeCtrlBase::CollapseAllChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) +{ + Freeze(); + // first (recursively) collapse all the children + wxTreeItemIdValue cookie; + for ( wxTreeItemId idCurr = GetFirstChild(item, cookie); + idCurr.IsOk(); + idCurr = GetNextChild(item, cookie) ) + { + CollapseAllChildren(idCurr); + } + + // then collapse this element too unless it's the hidden root which can't + // be collapsed + if ( item != GetRootItem() || !HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT) ) + Collapse(item); + Thaw(); +} + +bool wxTreeCtrlBase::IsEmpty() const +{ + return !GetRootItem().IsOk(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TREECTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/txtstrm.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/txtstrm.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..52865e8ab5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/txtstrm.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,544 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/txtstrm.cpp +// Purpose: Text stream classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 28/06/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: txtstrm.cpp 63244 2010-01-24 10:13:33Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/txtstrm.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif + +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextInputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +wxTextInputStream::wxTextInputStream(wxInputStream &s, + const wxString &sep, + const wxMBConv& conv) + : m_input(s), m_separators(sep), m_conv(conv.Clone()) +{ + memset((void*)m_lastBytes, 0, 10); +} +#else +wxTextInputStream::wxTextInputStream(wxInputStream &s, const wxString &sep) + : m_input(s), m_separators(sep) +{ + memset((void*)m_lastBytes, 0, 10); +} +#endif + +wxTextInputStream::~wxTextInputStream() +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + delete m_conv; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE +} + +void wxTextInputStream::UngetLast() +{ + size_t byteCount = 0; + while(m_lastBytes[byteCount]) // pseudo ANSI strlen (even for Unicode!) + byteCount++; + m_input.Ungetch(m_lastBytes, byteCount); + memset((void*)m_lastBytes, 0, 10); +} + +wxChar wxTextInputStream::NextChar() +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxChar wbuf[2]; + memset((void*)m_lastBytes, 0, 10); + for(size_t inlen = 0; inlen < 9; inlen++) + { + // actually read the next character + m_lastBytes[inlen] = m_input.GetC(); + + if(m_input.LastRead() <= 0) + return wxEOT; + + switch ( m_conv->ToWChar(wbuf, WXSIZEOF(wbuf), m_lastBytes, inlen + 1) ) + { + case 0: + // this is a bug in converter object as it should either fail + // or decode non-empty string to something non-empty + wxFAIL_MSG("ToWChar() can't return 0 for non-empty input"); + break; + + case wxCONV_FAILED: + // the buffer probably doesn't contain enough bytes to decode + // as a complete character, try with more bytes + break; + + default: + // if we couldn't decode a single character during the last + // loop iteration we shouldn't be able to decode 2 or more of + // them with an extra single byte, something fishy is going on + wxFAIL_MSG("unexpected decoding result"); + // fall through nevertheless and return at least something + + case 1: + // we finally decoded a character + return wbuf[0]; + } + } + + // there should be no encoding which requires more than nine bytes for one + // character so something must be wrong with our conversion but we have no + // way to signal it from here + return wxEOT; +#else + m_lastBytes[0] = m_input.GetC(); + + if(m_input.LastRead() <= 0) + return wxEOT; + + return m_lastBytes[0]; +#endif + +} + +wxChar wxTextInputStream::NextNonSeparators() +{ + for (;;) + { + wxChar c = NextChar(); + if (c == wxEOT) return (wxChar) 0; + + if (c != wxT('\n') && + c != wxT('\r') && + m_separators.Find(c) < 0) + return c; + } + +} + +bool wxTextInputStream::EatEOL(const wxChar &c) +{ + if (c == wxT('\n')) return true; // eat on UNIX + + if (c == wxT('\r')) // eat on both Mac and DOS + { + wxChar c2 = NextChar(); + if(c2 == wxEOT) return true; // end of stream reached, had enough :-) + + if (c2 != wxT('\n')) UngetLast(); // Don't eat on Mac + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +wxUint32 wxTextInputStream::Read32(int base) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !base || (base > 1 && base <= 36), wxT("invalid base") ); + if(!m_input) return 0; + + wxString word = ReadWord(); + if(word.empty()) + return 0; + return wxStrtoul(word.c_str(), 0, base); +} + +wxUint16 wxTextInputStream::Read16(int base) +{ + return (wxUint16)Read32(base); +} + +wxUint8 wxTextInputStream::Read8(int base) +{ + return (wxUint8)Read32(base); +} + +wxInt32 wxTextInputStream::Read32S(int base) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !base || (base > 1 && base <= 36), wxT("invalid base") ); + if(!m_input) return 0; + + wxString word = ReadWord(); + if(word.empty()) + return 0; + return wxStrtol(word.c_str(), 0, base); +} + +wxInt16 wxTextInputStream::Read16S(int base) +{ + return (wxInt16)Read32S(base); +} + +wxInt8 wxTextInputStream::Read8S(int base) +{ + return (wxInt8)Read32S(base); +} + +double wxTextInputStream::ReadDouble() +{ + if(!m_input) return 0; + wxString word = ReadWord(); + if(word.empty()) + return 0; + return wxStrtod(word.c_str(), 0); +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +wxString wxTextInputStream::ReadString() +{ + return ReadLine(); +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +wxString wxTextInputStream::ReadLine() +{ + wxString line; + + while ( !m_input.Eof() ) + { + wxChar c = NextChar(); + if(c == wxEOT) + break; + + if (EatEOL(c)) + break; + + line += c; + } + + return line; +} + +wxString wxTextInputStream::ReadWord() +{ + wxString word; + + if ( !m_input ) + return word; + + wxChar c = NextNonSeparators(); + if ( !c ) + return word; + + word += c; + + while ( !m_input.Eof() ) + { + c = NextChar(); + if(c == wxEOT) + break; + + if (m_separators.Find(c) >= 0) + break; + + if (EatEOL(c)) + break; + + word += c; + } + + return word; +} + +wxTextInputStream& wxTextInputStream::operator>>(wxString& word) +{ + word = ReadWord(); + return *this; +} + +wxTextInputStream& wxTextInputStream::operator>>(char& c) +{ + c = m_input.GetC(); + if(m_input.LastRead() <= 0) c = 0; + + if (EatEOL(c)) + c = '\n'; + + return *this; +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE + +wxTextInputStream& wxTextInputStream::operator>>(wchar_t& wc) +{ + wc = GetChar(); + + return *this; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +wxTextInputStream& wxTextInputStream::operator>>(wxInt16& i) +{ + i = (wxInt16)Read16(); + return *this; +} + +wxTextInputStream& wxTextInputStream::operator>>(wxInt32& i) +{ + i = (wxInt32)Read32(); + return *this; +} + +wxTextInputStream& wxTextInputStream::operator>>(wxUint16& i) +{ + i = Read16(); + return *this; +} + +wxTextInputStream& wxTextInputStream::operator>>(wxUint32& i) +{ + i = Read32(); + return *this; +} + +wxTextInputStream& wxTextInputStream::operator>>(double& i) +{ + i = ReadDouble(); + return *this; +} + +wxTextInputStream& wxTextInputStream::operator>>(float& f) +{ + f = (float)ReadDouble(); + return *this; +} + + + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +wxTextOutputStream::wxTextOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s, + wxEOL mode, + const wxMBConv& conv) + : m_output(s), m_conv(conv.Clone()) +#else +wxTextOutputStream::wxTextOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s, wxEOL mode) + : m_output(s) +#endif +{ + m_mode = mode; + if (m_mode == wxEOL_NATIVE) + { +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) + m_mode = wxEOL_DOS; +#else + m_mode = wxEOL_UNIX; +#endif + } +} + +wxTextOutputStream::~wxTextOutputStream() +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + delete m_conv; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE +} + +void wxTextOutputStream::SetMode(wxEOL mode) +{ + m_mode = mode; + if (m_mode == wxEOL_NATIVE) + { +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) + m_mode = wxEOL_DOS; +#else + m_mode = wxEOL_UNIX; +#endif + } +} + +void wxTextOutputStream::Write32(wxUint32 i) +{ + wxString str; + str.Printf(wxT("%u"), i); + + WriteString(str); +} + +void wxTextOutputStream::Write16(wxUint16 i) +{ + wxString str; + str.Printf(wxT("%u"), (unsigned)i); + + WriteString(str); +} + +void wxTextOutputStream::Write8(wxUint8 i) +{ + wxString str; + str.Printf(wxT("%u"), (unsigned)i); + + WriteString(str); +} + +void wxTextOutputStream::WriteDouble(double d) +{ + wxString str; + + str.Printf(wxT("%f"), d); + WriteString(str); +} + +void wxTextOutputStream::WriteString(const wxString& string) +{ + size_t len = string.length(); + + wxString out; + out.reserve(len); + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < len; i++ ) + { + const wxChar c = string[i]; + if ( c == wxT('\n') ) + { + switch ( m_mode ) + { + case wxEOL_DOS: + out << wxT("\r\n"); + continue; + + case wxEOL_MAC: + out << wxT('\r'); + continue; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown EOL mode in wxTextOutputStream") ); + // fall through + + case wxEOL_UNIX: + // don't treat '\n' specially + ; + } + } + + out << c; + } + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // FIXME-UTF8: use wxCharBufferWithLength if/when we have it + wxCharBuffer buffer = m_conv->cWC2MB(out.wc_str(), out.length(), &len); + m_output.Write(buffer, len); +#else + m_output.Write(out.c_str(), out.length() ); +#endif +} + +wxTextOutputStream& wxTextOutputStream::PutChar(wxChar c) +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + WriteString( wxString(&c, *m_conv, 1) ); +#else + WriteString( wxString(&c, wxConvLocal, 1) ); +#endif + return *this; +} + +void wxTextOutputStream::Flush() +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + const size_t len = m_conv->FromWChar(NULL, 0, L"", 1); + if ( len > m_conv->GetMBNulLen() ) + { + wxCharBuffer buf(len); + m_conv->FromWChar(buf.data(), len, L"", 1); + m_output.Write(buf, len - m_conv->GetMBNulLen()); + } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE +} + +wxTextOutputStream& wxTextOutputStream::operator<<(const wxString& string) +{ + WriteString( string ); + return *this; +} + +wxTextOutputStream& wxTextOutputStream::operator<<(char c) +{ + WriteString( wxString::FromAscii(c) ); + + return *this; +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE + +wxTextOutputStream& wxTextOutputStream::operator<<(wchar_t wc) +{ + WriteString( wxString(&wc, *m_conv, 1) ); + + return *this; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +wxTextOutputStream& wxTextOutputStream::operator<<(wxInt16 c) +{ + wxString str; + str.Printf(wxT("%d"), (signed int)c); + WriteString(str); + + return *this; +} + +wxTextOutputStream& wxTextOutputStream::operator<<(wxInt32 c) +{ + wxString str; + str.Printf(wxT("%ld"), (signed long)c); + WriteString(str); + + return *this; +} + +wxTextOutputStream& wxTextOutputStream::operator<<(wxUint16 c) +{ + wxString str; + str.Printf(wxT("%u"), (unsigned int)c); + WriteString(str); + + return *this; +} + +wxTextOutputStream& wxTextOutputStream::operator<<(wxUint32 c) +{ + wxString str; + str.Printf(wxT("%lu"), (unsigned long)c); + WriteString(str); + + return *this; +} + +wxTextOutputStream &wxTextOutputStream::operator<<(double f) +{ + WriteDouble(f); + return *this; +} + +wxTextOutputStream& wxTextOutputStream::operator<<(float f) +{ + WriteDouble((double)f); + return *this; +} + +wxTextOutputStream &endl( wxTextOutputStream &stream ) +{ + return stream.PutChar(wxT('\n')); +} + +#endif + // wxUSE_STREAMS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/uiactioncmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/uiactioncmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..85376a86bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/uiactioncmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/uiactioncmn.cpp +// Purpose: wxUIActionSimulator common implementation +// Author: Kevin Ollivier, Steven Lamerton, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2010-03-06 +// RCS-ID: $Id: uiactioncmn.cpp 65561 2010-09-17 11:17:55Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Kevin Ollivier +// (c) 2010 Steven Lamerton +// (c) 2010 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR + +#include "wx/uiaction.h" + +bool wxUIActionSimulator::MouseClick(int button) +{ + MouseDown(button); + MouseUp(button); + + return true; +} + +bool wxUIActionSimulator::MouseDblClick(int button) +{ + MouseDown(button); + MouseUp(button); + MouseDown(button); + MouseUp(button); + + return true; +} + +bool +wxUIActionSimulator::MouseDragDrop(long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2, + int button) +{ + MouseMove(x1, y1); + MouseDown(button); + MouseMove(x2, y2); + MouseUp(button); + + return true; +} + +bool +wxUIActionSimulator::Key(int keycode, int modifiers, bool isDown) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (modifiers & wxMOD_ALTGR) != wxMOD_ALTGR, + "wxMOD_ALTGR is not implemented" ); + wxASSERT_MSG( !(modifiers & wxMOD_META ), + "wxMOD_META is not implemented" ); + wxASSERT_MSG( !(modifiers & wxMOD_WIN ), + "wxMOD_WIN is not implemented" ); + + if ( isDown ) + SimulateModifiers(modifiers, true); + + bool rc = DoKey(keycode, modifiers, isDown); + + if ( !isDown ) + SimulateModifiers(modifiers, false); + + return rc; +} + +void wxUIActionSimulator::SimulateModifiers(int modifiers, bool isDown) +{ + if ( modifiers & wxMOD_SHIFT ) + DoKey(WXK_SHIFT, modifiers, isDown); + if ( modifiers & wxMOD_ALT ) + DoKey(WXK_ALT, modifiers, isDown); + if ( modifiers & wxMOD_CONTROL ) + DoKey(WXK_CONTROL, modifiers, isDown); +} + +bool wxUIActionSimulator::Char(int keycode, int modifiers) +{ + Key(keycode, modifiers, true); + Key(keycode, modifiers, false); + + return true; +} + +bool wxUIActionSimulator::Text(const char *s) +{ + while ( *s != '\0' ) + { + const char ch = *s++; + + wxASSERT_MSG( ch, "Only letters are allowed" ); + + if ( !Char(ch, isupper(ch) ? wxMOD_SHIFT : 0) ) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/unichar.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/unichar.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9ebba6408 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/unichar.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/unichar.cpp +// Purpose: wxUniChar and wxUniCharRef classes +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2007-03-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: unichar.cpp 62738 2009-11-28 14:37:03Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 REA Elektronik GmbH +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// =========================================================================== +// headers +// =========================================================================== + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/strconv.h" // wxConvLibc + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/unichar.h" +#include "wx/string.h" + +// =========================================================================== +// implementation +// =========================================================================== + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxUniChar +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +wxUniChar::value_type wxUniChar::FromHi8bit(char c) +{ +#if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + wxFAIL_MSG( "invalid UTF-8 character" ); + wxUnusedVar(c); + + return wxT('?'); // FIXME-UTF8: what to use as failure character? +#else + char cbuf[2]; + cbuf[0] = c; + cbuf[1] = '\0'; + wchar_t wbuf[2]; + if ( wxConvLibc.ToWChar(wbuf, 2, cbuf, 2) != 2 ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "invalid multibyte character" ); + return wxT('?'); // FIXME-UTF8: what to use as failure character? + } + return wbuf[0]; +#endif +} + +/* static */ +char wxUniChar::ToHi8bit(wxUniChar::value_type v) +{ + char c; + if ( !GetAsHi8bit(v, &c) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "character cannot be converted to single byte" ); + c = '?'; // FIXME-UTF8: what to use as failure character? + } + + return c; +} + +/* static */ +bool wxUniChar::GetAsHi8bit(value_type v, char *c) +{ + wchar_t wbuf[2]; + wbuf[0] = v; + wbuf[1] = L'\0'; + char cbuf[2]; + if ( wxConvLibc.FromWChar(cbuf, 2, wbuf, 2) != 2 ) + return false; + + *c = cbuf[0]; + return true; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxUniCharRef +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +wxUniChar wxUniCharRef::UniChar() const +{ + return wxStringOperations::DecodeChar(m_pos); +} + +wxUniCharRef& wxUniCharRef::operator=(const wxUniChar& c) +{ + wxStringOperations::Utf8CharBuffer utf(wxStringOperations::EncodeChar(c)); + size_t lenOld = wxStringOperations::GetUtf8CharLength(*m_pos); + size_t lenNew = wxStringOperations::GetUtf8CharLength(utf[0]); + + if ( lenNew == lenOld ) + { + // this is the simpler case: if the new value's UTF-8 code has the + // same length, we can just replace it: + + iterator pos(m_pos); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < lenNew; ++i, ++pos ) + *pos = utf[i]; + } + else // length of character encoding in UTF-8 changed + { + // the worse case is when the new value has either longer or shorter + // code -- in that case, we have to use wxStringImpl::replace() and + // this invalidates all iterators, so we have to update them too: + + wxStringImpl& strimpl = m_str.m_impl; + + int iterDiff = lenNew - lenOld; + size_t posIdx = m_pos - strimpl.begin(); + + // compute positions of outstanding iterators for this string after the + // replacement is done (there is only a small number of iterators at + // any time, so we use an array on the stack to avoid unneeded + // allocation): + static const size_t STATIC_SIZE = 32; + size_t indexes_a[STATIC_SIZE]; + size_t *indexes = indexes_a; + size_t iterNum = 0; + wxStringIteratorNode *it; + for ( it = m_str.m_iterators.ptr; it; it = it->m_next, ++iterNum ) + { + wxASSERT( it->m_iter || it->m_citer ); + + if ( iterNum == STATIC_SIZE ) + { + wxLogTrace( wxT("utf8"), wxT("unexpectedly many iterators") ); + + size_t total = iterNum + 1; + for ( wxStringIteratorNode *it2 = it; it2; it2 = it2->m_next ) + total++; + indexes = new size_t[total]; + memcpy(indexes, indexes_a, sizeof(size_t) * STATIC_SIZE); + } + + size_t idx = it->m_iter + ? (*it->m_iter - strimpl.begin()) + : (*it->m_citer - strimpl.begin()); + + if ( idx > posIdx ) + idx += iterDiff; + + indexes[iterNum] = idx; + } + + // update the string: + strimpl.replace(m_pos, m_pos + lenOld, utf, lenNew); + +#if wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + m_str.InvalidateCache(); +#endif // wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE + + // finally, set the iterators to valid values again (note that this + // updates m_pos as well): + size_t i; + for ( i = 0, it = m_str.m_iterators.ptr; it; it = it->m_next, ++i ) + { + wxASSERT( i < iterNum ); + wxASSERT( it->m_iter || it->m_citer ); + + if ( it->m_iter ) + *it->m_iter = strimpl.begin() + indexes[i]; + else // it->m_citer + *it->m_citer = strimpl.begin() + indexes[i]; + } + + if ( indexes != indexes_a ) + delete[] indexes; + } + + return *this; +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/unictabl.inc b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/unictabl.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a26c7eed07 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/unictabl.inc @@ -0,0 +1,898 @@ + + +/* + * This file is #included by encconv.cpp + * + * CVS-ID: $Id: unictabl.inc 65062 2010-07-23 23:33:16Z VZ $ + * + * *** *** CAUTION! *** *** + * Do not modify this file by hand! It is generated by shell + * script $(WXWIN)/misc/unictabl/regenerate + * + * Parts of this file are based on tables published by Unicode, Inc. + * Original tables are freely available at + * ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS + * + * Original copyright info as present in mapping tables follows: + * + * + * Copyright (c) 1991-1999 Unicode, Inc. All Rights reserved. + * + * This file is provided as-is by Unicode, Inc. (The Unicode Consortium). + * No claims are made as to fitness for any particular purpose. No + * warranties of any kind are expressed or implied. The recipient + * agrees to determine applicability of information provided. If this + * file has been provided on optical media by Unicode, Inc., the sole + * remedy for any claim will be exchange of defective media within 90 + * days of receipt. + * + * Unicode, Inc. hereby grants the right to freely use the information + * supplied in this file in the creation of products supporting the + * Unicode Standard, and to make copies of this file in any form for + * internal or external distribution as long as this notice remains + * attached. + */ + + + + +/* + * ISO8859_1 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/8859-1.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__ISO8859_1[128] = { + 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, + 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, + 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, + 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, + 0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, + 0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, + 0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF, + 0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7, + 0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF, + 0x00D0, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7, + 0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x00DE, 0x00DF, + 0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7, + 0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF, + 0x00F0, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7, + 0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x00FE, 0x00FF + }; + + +/* + * ISO8859_10 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/8859-10.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__ISO8859_10[128] = { + 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, + 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, + 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, + 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, + 0x00A0, 0x0104, 0x0112, 0x0122, 0x012A, 0x0128, 0x0136, 0x00A7, + 0x013B, 0x0110, 0x0160, 0x0166, 0x017D, 0x00AD, 0x016A, 0x014A, + 0x00B0, 0x0105, 0x0113, 0x0123, 0x012B, 0x0129, 0x0137, 0x00B7, + 0x013C, 0x0111, 0x0161, 0x0167, 0x017E, 0x2015, 0x016B, 0x014B, + 0x0100, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x012E, + 0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0118, 0x00CB, 0x0116, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF, + 0x00D0, 0x0145, 0x014C, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x0168, + 0x00D8, 0x0172, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x00DE, 0x00DF, + 0x0101, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x012F, + 0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x0119, 0x00EB, 0x0117, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF, + 0x00F0, 0x0146, 0x014D, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x0169, + 0x00F8, 0x0173, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x00FE, 0x0138 + }; + + +/* + * ISO8859_13 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/8859-13.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__ISO8859_13[128] = { + 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, + 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, + 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, + 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, + 0x00A0, 0x201D, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x201E, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, + 0x00D8, 0x00A9, 0x0156, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00C6, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x201C, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, + 0x00F8, 0x00B9, 0x0157, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00E6, + 0x0104, 0x012E, 0x0100, 0x0106, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x0118, 0x0112, + 0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0179, 0x0116, 0x0122, 0x0136, 0x012A, 0x013B, + 0x0160, 0x0143, 0x0145, 0x00D3, 0x014C, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7, + 0x0172, 0x0141, 0x015A, 0x016A, 0x00DC, 0x017B, 0x017D, 0x00DF, + 0x0105, 0x012F, 0x0101, 0x0107, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x0119, 0x0113, + 0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x017A, 0x0117, 0x0123, 0x0137, 0x012B, 0x013C, + 0x0161, 0x0144, 0x0146, 0x00F3, 0x014D, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7, + 0x0173, 0x0142, 0x015B, 0x016B, 0x00FC, 0x017C, 0x017E, 0x2019 + }; + + +/* + * ISO8859_14 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/8859-14.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__ISO8859_14[128] = { + 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, + 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, + 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, + 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, + 0x00A0, 0x1E02, 0x1E03, 0x00A3, 0x010A, 0x010B, 0x1E0A, 0x00A7, + 0x1E80, 0x00A9, 0x1E82, 0x1E0B, 0x1EF2, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x0178, + 0x1E1E, 0x1E1F, 0x0120, 0x0121, 0x1E40, 0x1E41, 0x00B6, 0x1E56, + 0x1E81, 0x1E57, 0x1E83, 0x1E60, 0x1EF3, 0x1E84, 0x1E85, 0x1E61, + 0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7, + 0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF, + 0x0174, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x1E6A, + 0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x0176, 0x00DF, + 0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7, + 0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF, + 0x0175, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x1E6B, + 0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x0177, 0x00FF + }; + + +/* + * ISO8859_15 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/8859-15.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__ISO8859_15[128] = { + 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, + 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, + 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, + 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, + 0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x20AC, 0x00A5, 0x0160, 0x00A7, + 0x0161, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x017D, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, + 0x017E, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x0152, 0x0153, 0x0178, 0x00BF, + 0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7, + 0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF, + 0x00D0, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7, + 0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x00DE, 0x00DF, + 0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7, + 0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF, + 0x00F0, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7, + 0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x00FE, 0x00FF + }; + + +/* + * ISO8859_2 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/8859-2.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__ISO8859_2[128] = { + 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, + 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, + 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, + 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, + 0x00A0, 0x0104, 0x02D8, 0x0141, 0x00A4, 0x013D, 0x015A, 0x00A7, + 0x00A8, 0x0160, 0x015E, 0x0164, 0x0179, 0x00AD, 0x017D, 0x017B, + 0x00B0, 0x0105, 0x02DB, 0x0142, 0x00B4, 0x013E, 0x015B, 0x02C7, + 0x00B8, 0x0161, 0x015F, 0x0165, 0x017A, 0x02DD, 0x017E, 0x017C, + 0x0154, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x0102, 0x00C4, 0x0139, 0x0106, 0x00C7, + 0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0118, 0x00CB, 0x011A, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x010E, + 0x0110, 0x0143, 0x0147, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x0150, 0x00D6, 0x00D7, + 0x0158, 0x016E, 0x00DA, 0x0170, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x0162, 0x00DF, + 0x0155, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x0103, 0x00E4, 0x013A, 0x0107, 0x00E7, + 0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x0119, 0x00EB, 0x011B, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x010F, + 0x0111, 0x0144, 0x0148, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x0151, 0x00F6, 0x00F7, + 0x0159, 0x016F, 0x00FA, 0x0171, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x0163, 0x02D9 + }; + + +/* + * ISO8859_3 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/8859-3.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__ISO8859_3[128] = { + 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, + 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, + 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, + 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, + 0x00A0, 0x0126, 0x02D8, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x0000, 0x0124, 0x00A7, + 0x00A8, 0x0130, 0x015E, 0x011E, 0x0134, 0x00AD, 0x0000, 0x017B, + 0x00B0, 0x0127, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x0125, 0x00B7, + 0x00B8, 0x0131, 0x015F, 0x011F, 0x0135, 0x00BD, 0x0000, 0x017C, + 0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x0000, 0x00C4, 0x010A, 0x0108, 0x00C7, + 0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF, + 0x0000, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x0120, 0x00D6, 0x00D7, + 0x011C, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x016C, 0x015C, 0x00DF, + 0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x0000, 0x00E4, 0x010B, 0x0109, 0x00E7, + 0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF, + 0x0000, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x0121, 0x00F6, 0x00F7, + 0x011D, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x016D, 0x015D, 0x02D9 + }; + + +/* + * ISO8859_4 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/8859-4.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__ISO8859_4[128] = { + 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, + 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, + 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, + 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, + 0x00A0, 0x0104, 0x0138, 0x0156, 0x00A4, 0x0128, 0x013B, 0x00A7, + 0x00A8, 0x0160, 0x0112, 0x0122, 0x0166, 0x00AD, 0x017D, 0x00AF, + 0x00B0, 0x0105, 0x02DB, 0x0157, 0x00B4, 0x0129, 0x013C, 0x02C7, + 0x00B8, 0x0161, 0x0113, 0x0123, 0x0167, 0x014A, 0x017E, 0x014B, + 0x0100, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x012E, + 0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0118, 0x00CB, 0x0116, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x012A, + 0x0110, 0x0145, 0x014C, 0x0136, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7, + 0x00D8, 0x0172, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x0168, 0x016A, 0x00DF, + 0x0101, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x012F, + 0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x0119, 0x00EB, 0x0117, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x012B, + 0x0111, 0x0146, 0x014D, 0x0137, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7, + 0x00F8, 0x0173, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x0169, 0x016B, 0x02D9 + }; + + +/* + * ISO8859_5 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/8859-5.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__ISO8859_5[128] = { + 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, + 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, + 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, + 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, + 0x00A0, 0x0401, 0x0402, 0x0403, 0x0404, 0x0405, 0x0406, 0x0407, + 0x0408, 0x0409, 0x040A, 0x040B, 0x040C, 0x00AD, 0x040E, 0x040F, + 0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0412, 0x0413, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0416, 0x0417, + 0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E, 0x041F, + 0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0424, 0x0425, 0x0426, 0x0427, + 0x0428, 0x0429, 0x042A, 0x042B, 0x042C, 0x042D, 0x042E, 0x042F, + 0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0432, 0x0433, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0436, 0x0437, + 0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E, 0x043F, + 0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0444, 0x0445, 0x0446, 0x0447, + 0x0448, 0x0449, 0x044A, 0x044B, 0x044C, 0x044D, 0x044E, 0x044F, + 0x2116, 0x0451, 0x0452, 0x0453, 0x0454, 0x0455, 0x0456, 0x0457, + 0x0458, 0x0459, 0x045A, 0x045B, 0x045C, 0x00A7, 0x045E, 0x045F + }; + + +/* + * ISO8859_6 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/8859-6.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__ISO8859_6[128] = { + 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, + 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, + 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, + 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, + 0x00A0, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x00A4, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x060C, 0x00AD, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x061B, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x061F, + 0x0000, 0x0621, 0x0622, 0x0623, 0x0624, 0x0625, 0x0626, 0x0627, + 0x0628, 0x0629, 0x062A, 0x062B, 0x062C, 0x062D, 0x062E, 0x062F, + 0x0630, 0x0631, 0x0632, 0x0633, 0x0634, 0x0635, 0x0636, 0x0637, + 0x0638, 0x0639, 0x063A, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x0640, 0x0641, 0x0642, 0x0643, 0x0644, 0x0645, 0x0646, 0x0647, + 0x0648, 0x0649, 0x064A, 0x064B, 0x064C, 0x064D, 0x064E, 0x064F, + 0x0650, 0x0651, 0x0652, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000 + }; + + +/* + * ISO8859_7 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/8859-7.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__ISO8859_7[128] = { + 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, + 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, + 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, + 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, + 0x00A0, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x00A3, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, + 0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x0000, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x0000, 0x2015, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x0384, 0x0385, 0x0386, 0x00B7, + 0x0388, 0x0389, 0x038A, 0x00BB, 0x038C, 0x00BD, 0x038E, 0x038F, + 0x0390, 0x0391, 0x0392, 0x0393, 0x0394, 0x0395, 0x0396, 0x0397, + 0x0398, 0x0399, 0x039A, 0x039B, 0x039C, 0x039D, 0x039E, 0x039F, + 0x03A0, 0x03A1, 0x0000, 0x03A3, 0x03A4, 0x03A5, 0x03A6, 0x03A7, + 0x03A8, 0x03A9, 0x03AA, 0x03AB, 0x03AC, 0x03AD, 0x03AE, 0x03AF, + 0x03B0, 0x03B1, 0x03B2, 0x03B3, 0x03B4, 0x03B5, 0x03B6, 0x03B7, + 0x03B8, 0x03B9, 0x03BA, 0x03BB, 0x03BC, 0x03BD, 0x03BE, 0x03BF, + 0x03C0, 0x03C1, 0x03C2, 0x03C3, 0x03C4, 0x03C5, 0x03C6, 0x03C7, + 0x03C8, 0x03C9, 0x03CA, 0x03CB, 0x03CC, 0x03CD, 0x03CE, 0x0000 + }; + + +/* + * ISO8859_8 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/8859-8.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__ISO8859_8[128] = { + 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, + 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, + 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, + 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, + 0x00A0, 0x0000, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, + 0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00D7, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x203E, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, + 0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00F7, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x0000, + 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x2017, + 0x05D0, 0x05D1, 0x05D2, 0x05D3, 0x05D4, 0x05D5, 0x05D6, 0x05D7, + 0x05D8, 0x05D9, 0x05DA, 0x05DB, 0x05DC, 0x05DD, 0x05DE, 0x05DF, + 0x05E0, 0x05E1, 0x05E2, 0x05E3, 0x05E4, 0x05E5, 0x05E6, 0x05E7, + 0x05E8, 0x05E9, 0x05EA, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000 + }; + + +/* + * ISO8859_9 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/8859-9.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__ISO8859_9[128] = { + 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087, + 0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F, + 0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097, + 0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F, + 0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, + 0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, + 0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF, + 0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7, + 0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF, + 0x011E, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7, + 0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x0130, 0x015E, 0x00DF, + 0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7, + 0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF, + 0x011F, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7, + 0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x0131, 0x015F, 0x00FF + }; + + +/* + * CP1250 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/CP1250.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__CP1250[128] = { + 0x20AC, 0x0000, 0x201A, 0x0000, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021, + 0x0000, 0x2030, 0x0160, 0x2039, 0x015A, 0x0164, 0x017D, 0x0179, + 0x0000, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014, + 0x0000, 0x2122, 0x0161, 0x203A, 0x015B, 0x0165, 0x017E, 0x017A, + 0x00A0, 0x02C7, 0x02D8, 0x0141, 0x00A4, 0x0104, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, + 0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x015E, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x017B, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x02DB, 0x0142, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, + 0x00B8, 0x0105, 0x015F, 0x00BB, 0x013D, 0x02DD, 0x013E, 0x017C, + 0x0154, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x0102, 0x00C4, 0x0139, 0x0106, 0x00C7, + 0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0118, 0x00CB, 0x011A, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x010E, + 0x0110, 0x0143, 0x0147, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x0150, 0x00D6, 0x00D7, + 0x0158, 0x016E, 0x00DA, 0x0170, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x0162, 0x00DF, + 0x0155, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x0103, 0x00E4, 0x013A, 0x0107, 0x00E7, + 0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x0119, 0x00EB, 0x011B, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x010F, + 0x0111, 0x0144, 0x0148, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x0151, 0x00F6, 0x00F7, + 0x0159, 0x016F, 0x00FA, 0x0171, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x0163, 0x02D9 + }; + + +/* + * CP1251 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/CP1251.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__CP1251[128] = { + 0x0402, 0x0403, 0x201A, 0x0453, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021, + 0x20AC, 0x2030, 0x0409, 0x2039, 0x040A, 0x040C, 0x040B, 0x040F, + 0x0452, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014, + 0x0000, 0x2122, 0x0459, 0x203A, 0x045A, 0x045C, 0x045B, 0x045F, + 0x00A0, 0x040E, 0x045E, 0x0408, 0x00A4, 0x0490, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, + 0x0401, 0x00A9, 0x0404, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x0407, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x0406, 0x0456, 0x0491, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, + 0x0451, 0x2116, 0x0454, 0x00BB, 0x0458, 0x0405, 0x0455, 0x0457, + 0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0412, 0x0413, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0416, 0x0417, + 0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E, 0x041F, + 0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0424, 0x0425, 0x0426, 0x0427, + 0x0428, 0x0429, 0x042A, 0x042B, 0x042C, 0x042D, 0x042E, 0x042F, + 0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0432, 0x0433, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0436, 0x0437, + 0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E, 0x043F, + 0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0444, 0x0445, 0x0446, 0x0447, + 0x0448, 0x0449, 0x044A, 0x044B, 0x044C, 0x044D, 0x044E, 0x044F + }; + + +/* + * CP1252 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/CP1252.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__CP1252[128] = { + 0x20AC, 0x0000, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021, + 0x02C6, 0x2030, 0x0160, 0x2039, 0x0152, 0x0000, 0x017D, 0x0000, + 0x0000, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014, + 0x02DC, 0x2122, 0x0161, 0x203A, 0x0153, 0x0000, 0x017E, 0x0178, + 0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, + 0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, + 0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF, + 0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7, + 0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF, + 0x00D0, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7, + 0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x00DE, 0x00DF, + 0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7, + 0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF, + 0x00F0, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7, + 0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x00FE, 0x00FF + }; + + +/* + * CP1253 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/CP1253.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__CP1253[128] = { + 0x20AC, 0x0000, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021, + 0x0000, 0x2030, 0x0000, 0x2039, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x0000, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014, + 0x0000, 0x2122, 0x0000, 0x203A, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x00A0, 0x0385, 0x0386, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, + 0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x0000, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x2015, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x0384, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, + 0x0388, 0x0389, 0x038A, 0x00BB, 0x038C, 0x00BD, 0x038E, 0x038F, + 0x0390, 0x0391, 0x0392, 0x0393, 0x0394, 0x0395, 0x0396, 0x0397, + 0x0398, 0x0399, 0x039A, 0x039B, 0x039C, 0x039D, 0x039E, 0x039F, + 0x03A0, 0x03A1, 0x0000, 0x03A3, 0x03A4, 0x03A5, 0x03A6, 0x03A7, + 0x03A8, 0x03A9, 0x03AA, 0x03AB, 0x03AC, 0x03AD, 0x03AE, 0x03AF, + 0x03B0, 0x03B1, 0x03B2, 0x03B3, 0x03B4, 0x03B5, 0x03B6, 0x03B7, + 0x03B8, 0x03B9, 0x03BA, 0x03BB, 0x03BC, 0x03BD, 0x03BE, 0x03BF, + 0x03C0, 0x03C1, 0x03C2, 0x03C3, 0x03C4, 0x03C5, 0x03C6, 0x03C7, + 0x03C8, 0x03C9, 0x03CA, 0x03CB, 0x03CC, 0x03CD, 0x03CE, 0x0000 + }; + + +/* + * CP1254 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/CP1254.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__CP1254[128] = { + 0x20AC, 0x0000, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021, + 0x02C6, 0x2030, 0x0160, 0x2039, 0x0152, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x0000, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014, + 0x02DC, 0x2122, 0x0161, 0x203A, 0x0153, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0178, + 0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, + 0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, + 0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF, + 0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7, + 0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF, + 0x011E, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7, + 0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x0130, 0x015E, 0x00DF, + 0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7, + 0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF, + 0x011F, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7, + 0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x0131, 0x015F, 0x00FF + }; + + +/* + * CP1255 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/CP1255.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__CP1255[128] = { + 0x20AC, 0x0000, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021, + 0x02C6, 0x2030, 0x0000, 0x2039, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x0000, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014, + 0x02DC, 0x2122, 0x0000, 0x203A, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x20AA, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, + 0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00D7, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, + 0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00F7, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF, + 0x05B0, 0x05B1, 0x05B2, 0x05B3, 0x05B4, 0x05B5, 0x05B6, 0x05B7, + 0x05B8, 0x05B9, 0x0000, 0x05BB, 0x05BC, 0x05BD, 0x05BE, 0x05BF, + 0x05C0, 0x05C1, 0x05C2, 0x05C3, 0x05F0, 0x05F1, 0x05F2, 0x05F3, + 0x05F4, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, + 0x05D0, 0x05D1, 0x05D2, 0x05D3, 0x05D4, 0x05D5, 0x05D6, 0x05D7, + 0x05D8, 0x05D9, 0x05DA, 0x05DB, 0x05DC, 0x05DD, 0x05DE, 0x05DF, + 0x05E0, 0x05E1, 0x05E2, 0x05E3, 0x05E4, 0x05E5, 0x05E6, 0x05E7, + 0x05E8, 0x05E9, 0x05EA, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x200E, 0x200F, 0x0000 + }; + + +/* + * CP1256 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/CP1256.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__CP1256[128] = { + 0x20AC, 0x067E, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021, + 0x02C6, 0x2030, 0x0679, 0x2039, 0x0152, 0x0686, 0x0698, 0x0688, + 0x06AF, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014, + 0x06A9, 0x2122, 0x0691, 0x203A, 0x0153, 0x200C, 0x200D, 0x06BA, + 0x00A0, 0x060C, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, + 0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x06BE, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, + 0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x061B, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x061F, + 0x06C1, 0x0621, 0x0622, 0x0623, 0x0624, 0x0625, 0x0626, 0x0627, + 0x0628, 0x0629, 0x062A, 0x062B, 0x062C, 0x062D, 0x062E, 0x062F, + 0x0630, 0x0631, 0x0632, 0x0633, 0x0634, 0x0635, 0x0636, 0x00D7, + 0x0637, 0x0638, 0x0639, 0x063A, 0x0640, 0x0641, 0x0642, 0x0643, + 0x00E0, 0x0644, 0x00E2, 0x0645, 0x0646, 0x0647, 0x0648, 0x00E7, + 0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x0649, 0x064A, 0x00EE, 0x00EF, + 0x064B, 0x064C, 0x064D, 0x064E, 0x00F4, 0x064F, 0x0650, 0x00F7, + 0x0651, 0x00F9, 0x0652, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x200E, 0x200F, 0x06D2 + }; + + +/* + * CP1257 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/CP1257.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__CP1257[128] = { + 0x20AC, 0x0000, 0x201A, 0x0000, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021, + 0x0000, 0x2030, 0x0000, 0x2039, 0x0000, 0x00A8, 0x02C7, 0x00B8, + 0x0000, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014, + 0x0000, 0x2122, 0x0000, 0x203A, 0x0000, 0x00AF, 0x02DB, 0x0000, + 0x00A0, 0x0000, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x0000, 0x00A6, 0x00A7, + 0x00D8, 0x00A9, 0x0156, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00C6, + 0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7, + 0x00F8, 0x00B9, 0x0157, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00E6, + 0x0104, 0x012E, 0x0100, 0x0106, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x0118, 0x0112, + 0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0179, 0x0116, 0x0122, 0x0136, 0x012A, 0x013B, + 0x0160, 0x0143, 0x0145, 0x00D3, 0x014C, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7, + 0x0172, 0x0141, 0x015A, 0x016A, 0x00DC, 0x017B, 0x017D, 0x00DF, + 0x0105, 0x012F, 0x0101, 0x0107, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x0119, 0x0113, + 0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x017A, 0x0117, 0x0123, 0x0137, 0x012B, 0x013C, + 0x0161, 0x0144, 0x0146, 0x00F3, 0x014D, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7, + 0x0173, 0x0142, 0x015B, 0x016B, 0x00FC, 0x017C, 0x017E, 0x02D9 + }; + + +/* + * CP866 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/CP866.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__CP866[128] = { + 0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0412, 0x0413, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0416, 0x0417, + 0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E, 0x041F, + 0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0424, 0x0425, 0x0426, 0x0427, + 0x0428, 0x0429, 0x042A, 0x042B, 0x042C, 0x042D, 0x042E, 0x042F, + 0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0432, 0x0433, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0436, 0x0437, + 0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E, 0x043F, + 0x2591, 0x2592, 0x2593, 0x2502, 0x2524, 0x2561, 0x2562, 0x2556, + 0x2555, 0x2563, 0x2551, 0x2557, 0x255D, 0x255C, 0x255B, 0x2510, + 0x2514, 0x2534, 0x252C, 0x251C, 0x2500, 0x253C, 0x255E, 0x255F, + 0x255A, 0x2554, 0x2569, 0x2566, 0x2560, 0x2550, 0x256C, 0x2567, + 0x2568, 0x2564, 0x2565, 0x2559, 0x2558, 0x2552, 0x2553, 0x256B, + 0x256A, 0x2518, 0x250C, 0x2588, 0x2584, 0x258C, 0x2590, 0x2580, + 0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0444, 0x0445, 0x0446, 0x0447, + 0x0448, 0x0449, 0x044A, 0x044B, 0x044C, 0x044D, 0x044E, 0x044F, + 0x0401, 0x0451, 0x0404, 0x0454, 0x0407, 0x0457, 0x040E, 0x045E, + 0x00B0, 0x2219, 0x00B7, 0x221A, 0x2116, 0x00A4, 0x25A0, 0x00A0 + }; + + +/* + * KOI8 to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/KOI8-R.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__KOI8[128] = { + 0x2500, 0x2502, 0x250C, 0x2510, 0x2514, 0x2518, 0x251C, 0x2524, + 0x252C, 0x2534, 0x253C, 0x2580, 0x2584, 0x2588, 0x258C, 0x2590, + 0x2591, 0x2592, 0x2593, 0x2320, 0x25A0, 0x2219, 0x221A, 0x2248, + 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x00A0, 0x2321, 0x00B0, 0x00B2, 0x00B7, 0x00F7, + 0x2550, 0x2551, 0x2552, 0x0451, 0x2553, 0x2554, 0x2555, 0x2556, + 0x2557, 0x2558, 0x2559, 0x255A, 0x255B, 0x255C, 0x255D, 0x255E, + 0x255F, 0x2560, 0x2561, 0x0401, 0x2562, 0x2563, 0x2564, 0x2565, + 0x2566, 0x2567, 0x2568, 0x2569, 0x256A, 0x256B, 0x256C, 0x00A9, + 0x044E, 0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0446, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0444, 0x0433, + 0x0445, 0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E, + 0x043F, 0x044F, 0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0436, 0x0432, + 0x044C, 0x044B, 0x0437, 0x0448, 0x044D, 0x0449, 0x0447, 0x044A, + 0x042E, 0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0426, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0424, 0x0413, + 0x0425, 0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E, + 0x041F, 0x042F, 0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0416, 0x0412, + 0x042C, 0x042B, 0x0417, 0x0428, 0x042D, 0x0429, 0x0427, 0x042A + }; + + +/* + * KOI8_U to Unicode recoding table + * based on file mappings/KOI8-U.TXT by Unicode Consortium + */ + +static const wxUint16 encoding_table__KOI8_U[128] = { + 0x2500, 0x2502, 0x250C, 0x2510, 0x2514, 0x2518, 0x251C, 0x2524, + 0x252C, 0x2534, 0x253C, 0x2580, 0x2584, 0x2588, 0x258C, 0x2590, + 0x2591, 0x2592, 0x2593, 0x2320, 0x25A0, 0x2219, 0x221A, 0x2248, + 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x00A0, 0x2321, 0x00B0, 0x00B2, 0x00B7, 0x00F7, + 0x2550, 0x2551, 0x2552, 0x0451, 0x0454, 0x2554, 0x0456, 0x0457, + 0x2557, 0x2558, 0x2559, 0x255A, 0x255B, 0x0491, 0x255D, 0x255E, + 0x255F, 0x2560, 0x2561, 0x0401, 0x0403, 0x2563, 0x0406, 0x0407, + 0x2566, 0x2567, 0x2568, 0x2569, 0x256A, 0x0490, 0x256C, 0x00A9, + 0x044E, 0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0446, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0444, 0x0433, + 0x0445, 0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E, + 0x043F, 0x044F, 0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0436, 0x0432, + 0x044C, 0x044B, 0x0437, 0x0448, 0x044D, 0x0449, 0x0447, 0x044A, + 0x042E, 0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0426, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0424, 0x0413, + 0x0425, 0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E, + 0x041F, 0x042F, 0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0416, 0x0412, + 0x042C, 0x042B, 0x0417, 0x0428, 0x042D, 0x0429, 0x0427, 0x042A + }; + + + + + +/* + * + * Unicode to 7bit ASCII fallback + * (for use with wxRECODE_SUBSTITUTE recoding mode) + * + */ + +static const struct { + wxUint16 c /*code*/; + wxUint8 s /*inaccurate substitution*/; +} encoding_unicode_fallback[] = { + + {0x00AB, 0x22}, + {0x00BB, 0x22}, + {0x00C0, 0x41}, + {0x00C1, 0x41}, + {0x00C2, 0x41}, + {0x00C3, 0x41}, + {0x00C4, 0x41}, + {0x00C5, 0x41}, + {0x00C7, 0x43}, + {0x00C8, 0x45}, + {0x00C9, 0x45}, + {0x00CA, 0x45}, + {0x00CB, 0x45}, + {0x00CC, 0x49}, + {0x00CD, 0x49}, + {0x00CE, 0x49}, + {0x00CF, 0x49}, + {0x00D1, 0x4E}, + {0x00D2, 0x4F}, + {0x00D3, 0x4F}, + {0x00D4, 0x4F}, + {0x00D5, 0x4F}, + {0x00D6, 0x4F}, + {0x00D8, 0x4F}, + {0x00D9, 0x55}, + {0x00DA, 0x55}, + {0x00DB, 0x55}, + {0x00DC, 0x55}, + {0x00DD, 0x59}, + {0x00E0, 0x61}, + {0x00E1, 0x61}, + {0x00E2, 0x61}, + {0x00E3, 0x61}, + {0x00E4, 0x61}, + {0x00E5, 0x61}, + {0x00E7, 0x63}, + {0x00E8, 0x65}, + {0x00E9, 0x65}, + {0x00EA, 0x65}, + {0x00EB, 0x65}, + {0x00EC, 0x69}, + {0x00ED, 0x69}, + {0x00EE, 0x69}, + {0x00EF, 0x69}, + {0x00F1, 0x6E}, + {0x00F2, 0x6F}, + {0x00F3, 0x6F}, + {0x00F4, 0x6F}, + {0x00F5, 0x6F}, + {0x00F6, 0x6F}, + {0x00F8, 0x6F}, + {0x00F9, 0x75}, + {0x00FA, 0x75}, + {0x00FB, 0x75}, + {0x00FC, 0x75}, + {0x00FD, 0x79}, + {0x00FF, 0x79}, + {0x0100, 0x41}, + {0x0101, 0x61}, + {0x0102, 0x41}, + {0x0103, 0x61}, + {0x0104, 0x41}, + {0x0105, 0x61}, + {0x0106, 0x43}, + {0x0107, 0x63}, + {0x0108, 0x43}, + {0x0109, 0x63}, + {0x010A, 0x43}, + {0x010B, 0x63}, + {0x010C, 0x43}, + {0x010D, 0x63}, + {0x010E, 0x44}, + {0x010F, 0x64}, + {0x0110, 0x44}, + {0x0111, 0x64}, + {0x0112, 0x45}, + {0x0113, 0x65}, + {0x0116, 0x45}, + {0x0117, 0x65}, + {0x0118, 0x45}, + {0x0119, 0x65}, + {0x011A, 0x45}, + {0x011B, 0x65}, + {0x011C, 0x47}, + {0x011D, 0x67}, + {0x011E, 0x47}, + {0x011F, 0x67}, + {0x0120, 0x47}, + {0x0121, 0x67}, + {0x0122, 0x47}, + {0x0123, 0x67}, + {0x0124, 0x48}, + {0x0125, 0x68}, + {0x0126, 0x48}, + {0x0127, 0x68}, + {0x0128, 0x49}, + {0x0129, 0x69}, + {0x012A, 0x49}, + {0x012B, 0x69}, + {0x012E, 0x49}, + {0x012F, 0x69}, + {0x0130, 0x49}, + {0x0134, 0x4A}, + {0x0135, 0x6A}, + {0x0136, 0x4B}, + {0x0137, 0x6B}, + {0x0139, 0x4C}, + {0x013A, 0x6C}, + {0x013B, 0x4C}, + {0x013C, 0x6C}, + {0x013D, 0x4C}, + {0x013E, 0x6C}, + {0x0141, 0x4C}, + {0x0142, 0x6C}, + {0x0143, 0x4E}, + {0x0144, 0x6E}, + {0x0145, 0x4E}, + {0x0146, 0x6E}, + {0x0147, 0x4E}, + {0x0148, 0x6E}, + {0x014C, 0x4F}, + {0x014D, 0x6F}, + {0x0150, 0x4F}, + {0x0151, 0x6F}, + {0x0154, 0x52}, + {0x0155, 0x72}, + {0x0156, 0x52}, + {0x0157, 0x72}, + {0x0158, 0x52}, + {0x0159, 0x72}, + {0x015A, 0x53}, + {0x015B, 0x73}, + {0x015C, 0x53}, + {0x015D, 0x73}, + {0x015E, 0x53}, + {0x015F, 0x73}, + {0x0160, 0x53}, + {0x0161, 0x73}, + {0x0162, 0x54}, + {0x0163, 0x74}, + {0x0164, 0x54}, + {0x0165, 0x74}, + {0x0166, 0x54}, + {0x0167, 0x74}, + {0x0168, 0x55}, + {0x0169, 0x75}, + {0x016A, 0x55}, + {0x016B, 0x75}, + {0x016C, 0x55}, + {0x016D, 0x75}, + {0x016E, 0x55}, + {0x016F, 0x75}, + {0x0170, 0x55}, + {0x0171, 0x75}, + {0x0172, 0x55}, + {0x0173, 0x75}, + {0x0174, 0x57}, + {0x0175, 0x77}, + {0x0176, 0x59}, + {0x0177, 0x79}, + {0x0178, 0x59}, + {0x0179, 0x5A}, + {0x017A, 0x7A}, + {0x017B, 0x5A}, + {0x017C, 0x7A}, + {0x017D, 0x5A}, + {0x017E, 0x7A}, + {0x0192, 0x66}, + {0x1E02, 0x42}, + {0x1E03, 0x62}, + {0x1E0A, 0x44}, + {0x1E0B, 0x64}, + {0x1E1E, 0x46}, + {0x1E1F, 0x66}, + {0x1E40, 0x4D}, + {0x1E41, 0x6D}, + {0x1E56, 0x50}, + {0x1E57, 0x70}, + {0x1E60, 0x53}, + {0x1E61, 0x73}, + {0x1E6A, 0x54}, + {0x1E6B, 0x74}, + {0x1E80, 0x57}, + {0x1E81, 0x77}, + {0x1E82, 0x57}, + {0x1E83, 0x77}, + {0x1E84, 0x57}, + {0x1E85, 0x77}, + {0x1EF2, 0x59}, + {0x1EF3, 0x79}, + {0x2013, 0x2D}, + {0x2014, 0x2D}, + {0x2018, 0x27}, + {0x2019, 0x27}, + {0x201A, 0x27}, + {0x201C, 0x22}, + {0x201D, 0x22}, + {0x201E, 0x22}, + {0x2039, 0x27}, + {0x203A, 0x27}, + {0, 0} + }; + +static const unsigned encoding_unicode_fallback_count = 200; + + + + +/* + * + * Table of all supported encodings: + * + */ + +static const struct { + wxFontEncoding encoding; // encoding identifier + const wxUint16 *table; // 8bit to unicode table +} encodings_list[] = { + + { wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1, encoding_table__ISO8859_1}, + { wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10, encoding_table__ISO8859_10}, + { wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13, encoding_table__ISO8859_13}, + { wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14, encoding_table__ISO8859_14}, + { wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15, encoding_table__ISO8859_15}, + { wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2, encoding_table__ISO8859_2}, + { wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3, encoding_table__ISO8859_3}, + { wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4, encoding_table__ISO8859_4}, + { wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5, encoding_table__ISO8859_5}, + { wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6, encoding_table__ISO8859_6}, + { wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7, encoding_table__ISO8859_7}, + { wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8, encoding_table__ISO8859_8}, + { wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9, encoding_table__ISO8859_9}, + { wxFONTENCODING_CP1250, encoding_table__CP1250}, + { wxFONTENCODING_CP1251, encoding_table__CP1251}, + { wxFONTENCODING_CP1252, encoding_table__CP1252}, + { wxFONTENCODING_CP1253, encoding_table__CP1253}, + { wxFONTENCODING_CP1254, encoding_table__CP1254}, + { wxFONTENCODING_CP1255, encoding_table__CP1255}, + { wxFONTENCODING_CP1256, encoding_table__CP1256}, + { wxFONTENCODING_CP1257, encoding_table__CP1257}, + { wxFONTENCODING_KOI8, encoding_table__KOI8}, + { wxFONTENCODING_KOI8_U, encoding_table__KOI8_U}, + { wxFONTENCODING_CP866, encoding_table__CP866}, + {wxFONTENCODING_MAX /*anything*/, NULL} + }; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/uri.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/uri.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..59fd4fed49 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/uri.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1088 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/uri.cpp +// Purpose: Implementation of a URI parser +// Author: Ryan Norton, +// Vadim Zeitlin (UTF-8 URI support, many other changes) +// Created: 10/26/04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: uri.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 Ryan Norton, +// 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// =========================================================================== +// declarations +// =========================================================================== + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/uri.h" + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// definitions +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxURI, wxObject) + +// =========================================================================== +// wxURI implementation +// =========================================================================== + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Constructors and cleanup +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxURI::wxURI() + : m_hostType(wxURI_REGNAME), + m_fields(0) +{ +} + +wxURI::wxURI(const wxString& uri) + : m_hostType(wxURI_REGNAME), + m_fields(0) +{ + Create(uri); +} + +bool wxURI::Create(const wxString& uri) +{ + if (m_fields) + Clear(); + + return Parse(uri.utf8_str()); +} + +void wxURI::Clear() +{ + m_scheme = + m_userinfo = + m_server = + m_port = + m_path = + m_query = + m_fragment = wxEmptyString; + + m_hostType = wxURI_REGNAME; + + m_fields = 0; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Escaped characters handling +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Converts a character into a numeric hexadecimal value, or -1 if the passed +// in character is not a valid hex character + +/* static */ +int wxURI::CharToHex(char c) +{ + if ((c >= 'A') && (c <= 'Z')) + return c - 'A' + 10; + if ((c >= 'a') && (c <= 'z')) + return c - 'a' + 10; + if ((c >= '0') && (c <= '9')) + return c - '0'; + + return -1; +} + +int wxURI::DecodeEscape(wxString::const_iterator& i) +{ + int hi = CharToHex(*++i); + if ( hi == -1 ) + return -1; + + int lo = CharToHex(*++i); + if ( lo == -1 ) + return -1; + + return (hi << 4) | lo; +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxURI::Unescape(const wxString& uri) +{ + // the unescaped version can't be longer than the original one + wxCharBuffer buf(uri.length()); + char *p = buf.data(); + + for ( wxString::const_iterator i = uri.begin(); i != uri.end(); ++i, ++p ) + { + char c = *i; + if ( c == '%' ) + { + int n = wxURI::DecodeEscape(i); + if ( n == -1 ) + return wxString(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( n >= 0 && n <= 0xff, "unexpected character value" ); + + c = static_cast(n); + } + + *p = c; + } + + *p = '\0'; + + // by default assume that the URI is in UTF-8, this is the most common + // practice + wxString s = wxString::FromUTF8(buf); + if ( s.empty() ) + { + // if it isn't, use latin-1 as a fallback -- at least this always + // succeeds + s = wxCSConv(wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1).cMB2WC(buf); + } + + return s; +} + +void wxURI::AppendNextEscaped(wxString& s, const char *& p) +{ + // check for an already encoded character: + // + // pct-encoded = "%" HEXDIG HEXDIG + if ( p[0] == '%' && IsHex(p[1]) && IsHex(p[2]) ) + { + s += *p++; + s += *p++; + s += *p++; + } + else // really needs escaping + { + static const char* hexDigits = "0123456789abcdef"; + + const char c = *p++; + + s += '%'; + s += hexDigits[(c >> 4) & 15]; + s += hexDigits[c & 15]; + } +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// GetUser +// GetPassword +// +// Gets the username and password via the old URL method. +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +wxString wxURI::GetUser() const +{ + // if there is no colon at all, find() returns npos and this method returns + // the entire string which is correct as it means that password was omitted + return m_userinfo(0, m_userinfo.find(':')); +} + +wxString wxURI::GetPassword() const +{ + size_t posColon = m_userinfo.find(':'); + + if ( posColon == wxString::npos ) + return ""; + + return m_userinfo(posColon + 1, wxString::npos); +} + +// combine all URI fields in a single string, applying funcDecode to each +// component which it may make sense to decode (i.e. "unescape") +wxString wxURI::DoBuildURI(wxString (*funcDecode)(const wxString&)) const +{ + wxString ret; + + if (HasScheme()) + ret += m_scheme + ":"; + + if (HasServer()) + { + ret += "//"; + + if (HasUserInfo()) + ret += funcDecode(m_userinfo) + "@"; + + if (m_hostType == wxURI_REGNAME) + ret += funcDecode(m_server); + else + ret += m_server; + + if (HasPort()) + ret += ":" + m_port; + } + + ret += funcDecode(m_path); + + if (HasQuery()) + ret += "?" + funcDecode(m_query); + + if (HasFragment()) + ret += "#" + funcDecode(m_fragment); + + return ret; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Comparison +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxURI::operator==(const wxURI& uri) const +{ + if (HasScheme()) + { + if(m_scheme != uri.m_scheme) + return false; + } + else if (uri.HasScheme()) + return false; + + + if (HasServer()) + { + if (HasUserInfo()) + { + if (m_userinfo != uri.m_userinfo) + return false; + } + else if (uri.HasUserInfo()) + return false; + + if (m_server != uri.m_server || + m_hostType != uri.m_hostType) + return false; + + if (HasPort()) + { + if(m_port != uri.m_port) + return false; + } + else if (uri.HasPort()) + return false; + } + else if (uri.HasServer()) + return false; + + + if (HasPath()) + { + if(m_path != uri.m_path) + return false; + } + else if (uri.HasPath()) + return false; + + if (HasQuery()) + { + if (m_query != uri.m_query) + return false; + } + else if (uri.HasQuery()) + return false; + + if (HasFragment()) + { + if (m_fragment != uri.m_fragment) + return false; + } + else if (uri.HasFragment()) + return false; + + return true; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// IsReference +// +// if there is no authority or scheme, it is a reference +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxURI::IsReference() const +{ + return !HasScheme() || !HasServer(); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Parse +// +// Master URI parsing method. Just calls the individual parsing methods +// +// URI = scheme ":" hier-part [ "?" query ] [ "#" fragment ] +// URI-reference = URI / relative +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxURI::Parse(const char *uri) +{ + uri = ParseScheme(uri); + if ( uri ) + uri = ParseAuthority(uri); + if ( uri ) + uri = ParsePath(uri); + if ( uri ) + uri = ParseQuery(uri); + if ( uri ) + uri = ParseFragment(uri); + + // we only succeed if we parsed the entire string + return uri && *uri == '\0'; +} + +const char* wxURI::ParseScheme(const char *uri) +{ + const char * const start = uri; + + // assume that we have a scheme if we have the valid start of it + if ( IsAlpha(*uri) ) + { + m_scheme += *uri++; + + //scheme = ALPHA *( ALPHA / DIGIT / "+" / "-" / "." ) + while (IsAlpha(*uri) || IsDigit(*uri) || + *uri == '+' || + *uri == '-' || + *uri == '.') + { + m_scheme += *uri++; + } + + //valid scheme? + if (*uri == ':') + { + //mark the scheme as valid + m_fields |= wxURI_SCHEME; + + //move reference point up to input buffer + ++uri; + } + else // no valid scheme finally + { + uri = start; // rewind + m_scheme.clear(); + } + } + //else: can't have schema, possible a relative URI + + return uri; +} + +const char* wxURI::ParseAuthority(const char* uri) +{ + // authority = [ userinfo "@" ] host [ ":" port ] + if ( uri[0] == '/' && uri[1] == '/' ) + { + //skip past the two slashes + uri += 2; + + // ############# DEVIATION FROM RFC ######################### + // Don't parse the server component for file URIs + if(m_scheme != "file") + { + //normal way + uri = ParseUserInfo(uri); + uri = ParseServer(uri); + return ParsePort(uri); + } + } + + return uri; +} + +const char* wxURI::ParseUserInfo(const char* uri) +{ + const char * const start = uri; + + // userinfo = *( unreserved / pct-encoded / sub-delims / ":" ) + while ( *uri && *uri != '@' && *uri != '/' && *uri != '#' && *uri != '?' ) + { + if ( IsUnreserved(*uri) || IsSubDelim(*uri) || *uri == ':' ) + m_userinfo += *uri++; + else + AppendNextEscaped(m_userinfo, uri); + } + + if ( *uri++ == '@' ) + { + // valid userinfo + m_fields |= wxURI_USERINFO; + } + else + { + uri = start; // rewind + m_userinfo.clear(); + } + + return uri; +} + +const char* wxURI::ParseServer(const char* uri) +{ + const char * const start = uri; + + // host = IP-literal / IPv4address / reg-name + // IP-literal = "[" ( IPv6address / IPvFuture ) "]" + if (*uri == '[') + { + ++uri; + if (ParseIPv6address(uri) && *uri == ']') + { + m_hostType = wxURI_IPV6ADDRESS; + + m_server.assign(start + 1, uri - start - 1); + ++uri; + } + else + { + uri = start + 1; // skip the leading '[' again + + if (ParseIPvFuture(uri) && *uri == ']') + { + m_hostType = wxURI_IPVFUTURE; + + m_server.assign(start + 1, uri - start - 1); + ++uri; + } + else // unrecognized IP literal + { + uri = start; + } + } + } + else // IPv4 or a reg-name + { + if (ParseIPv4address(uri)) + { + m_hostType = wxURI_IPV4ADDRESS; + + m_server.assign(start, uri - start); + } + else + { + uri = start; + } + } + + if ( m_hostType == wxURI_REGNAME ) + { + uri = start; + // reg-name = *( unreserved / pct-encoded / sub-delims ) + while ( *uri && *uri != '/' && *uri != ':' && *uri != '#' && *uri != '?' ) + { + if ( IsUnreserved(*uri) || IsSubDelim(*uri) ) + m_server += *uri++; + else + AppendNextEscaped(m_server, uri); + } + } + + m_fields |= wxURI_SERVER; + + return uri; +} + + +const char* wxURI::ParsePort(const char* uri) +{ + // port = *DIGIT + if( *uri == ':' ) + { + ++uri; + while ( IsDigit(*uri) ) + { + m_port += *uri++; + } + + m_fields |= wxURI_PORT; + } + + return uri; +} + +const char* wxURI::ParsePath(const char* uri) +{ + /// hier-part = "//" authority path-abempty + /// / path-absolute + /// / path-rootless + /// / path-empty + /// + /// relative-part = "//" authority path-abempty + /// / path-absolute + /// / path-noscheme + /// / path-empty + /// + /// path-abempty = *( "/" segment ) + /// path-absolute = "/" [ segment-nz *( "/" segment ) ] + /// path-noscheme = segment-nz-nc *( "/" segment ) + /// path-rootless = segment-nz *( "/" segment ) + /// path-empty = 0 + /// + /// segment = *pchar + /// segment-nz = 1*pchar + /// segment-nz-nc = 1*( unreserved / pct-encoded / sub-delims / "@" ) + /// ; non-zero-length segment without any colon ":" + /// + /// pchar = unreserved / pct-encoded / sub-delims / ":" / "@" + + if ( IsEndPath(*uri) ) + return uri; + + const bool isAbs = *uri == '/'; + if ( isAbs ) + m_path += *uri++; + + wxArrayString segments; + wxString segment; + for ( ;; ) + { + const bool endPath = IsEndPath(*uri); + if ( endPath || *uri == '/' ) + { + // end of a segment, look at what we got + if ( segment == ".." ) + { + if ( !segments.empty() && *segments.rbegin() != ".." ) + segments.pop_back(); + else if ( !isAbs ) + segments.push_back(".."); + } + else if ( segment == "." ) + { + // normally we ignore "." but the last one should be taken into + // account as "path/." is the same as "path/" and not just "path" + if ( endPath ) + segments.push_back(""); + } + else // normal segment + { + segments.push_back(segment); + } + + if ( endPath ) + break; + + segment.clear(); + ++uri; + continue; + } + + if ( IsUnreserved(*uri) || IsSubDelim(*uri) || *uri == ':' || *uri == '@' ) + segment += *uri++; + else + AppendNextEscaped(segment, uri); + } + + m_path += wxJoin(segments, '/', '\0'); + m_fields |= wxURI_PATH; + + return uri; +} + + +const char* wxURI::ParseQuery(const char* uri) +{ + // query = *( pchar / "/" / "?" ) + if ( *uri == '?' ) + { + ++uri; + while ( *uri && *uri != '#' ) + { + if ( IsUnreserved(*uri) || IsSubDelim(*uri) || + *uri == ':' || *uri == '@' || *uri == '/' || *uri == '?' ) + m_query += *uri++; + else + AppendNextEscaped(m_query, uri); + } + + m_fields |= wxURI_QUERY; + } + + return uri; +} + + +const char* wxURI::ParseFragment(const char* uri) +{ + // fragment = *( pchar / "/" / "?" ) + if ( *uri == '#' ) + { + ++uri; + while ( *uri ) + { + if ( IsUnreserved(*uri) || IsSubDelim(*uri) || + *uri == ':' || *uri == '@' || *uri == '/' || *uri == '?') + m_fragment += *uri++; + else + AppendNextEscaped(m_fragment, uri); + } + + m_fields |= wxURI_FRAGMENT; + } + + return uri; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Resolve +// +// Builds missing components of this uri from a base uri +// +// A version of the algorithm outlined in the RFC is used here +// (it is shown in comments) +// +// Note that an empty URI inherits all components +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +wxArrayString wxURI::SplitInSegments(const wxString& path) +{ + return wxSplit(path, '/', '\0' /* no escape character */); +} + +void wxURI::Resolve(const wxURI& base, int flags) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(!base.IsReference(), + "wxURI to inherit from must not be a reference!"); + + // If we aren't being strict, enable the older (pre-RFC2396) loophole that + // allows this uri to inherit other properties from the base uri - even if + // the scheme is defined + if ( !(flags & wxURI_STRICT) && + HasScheme() && base.HasScheme() && + m_scheme == base.m_scheme ) + { + m_fields -= wxURI_SCHEME; + } + + + // Do nothing if this is an absolute wxURI + // if defined(R.scheme) then + // T.scheme = R.scheme; + // T.authority = R.authority; + // T.path = remove_dot_segments(R.path); + // T.query = R.query; + if (HasScheme()) + return; + + //No scheme - inherit + m_scheme = base.m_scheme; + m_fields |= wxURI_SCHEME; + + // All we need to do for relative URIs with an + // authority component is just inherit the scheme + // if defined(R.authority) then + // T.authority = R.authority; + // T.path = remove_dot_segments(R.path); + // T.query = R.query; + if (HasServer()) + return; + + //No authority - inherit + if (base.HasUserInfo()) + { + m_userinfo = base.m_userinfo; + m_fields |= wxURI_USERINFO; + } + + m_server = base.m_server; + m_hostType = base.m_hostType; + m_fields |= wxURI_SERVER; + + if (base.HasPort()) + { + m_port = base.m_port; + m_fields |= wxURI_PORT; + } + + + // Simple path inheritance from base + if (!HasPath()) + { + // T.path = Base.path; + m_path = base.m_path; + m_fields |= wxURI_PATH; + + + // if defined(R.query) then + // T.query = R.query; + // else + // T.query = Base.query; + // endif; + if (!HasQuery()) + { + m_query = base.m_query; + m_fields |= wxURI_QUERY; + } + } + else if ( m_path.empty() || m_path[0u] != '/' ) + { + // if (R.path starts-with "/") then + // T.path = remove_dot_segments(R.path); + // else + // T.path = merge(Base.path, R.path); + // T.path = remove_dot_segments(T.path); + // endif; + // T.query = R.query; + // + // So we don't do anything for absolute paths and implement merge for + // the relative ones + + wxArrayString our(SplitInSegments(m_path)), + result(SplitInSegments(base.m_path)); + + if ( !result.empty() ) + result.pop_back(); + + if ( our.empty() ) + { + // if we have an empty path it means we were constructed from a "." + // string or something similar (e.g. "././././"), it should count + // as (empty) segment + our.push_back(""); + } + + const wxArrayString::const_iterator end = our.end(); + for ( wxArrayString::const_iterator i = our.begin(); i != end; ++i ) + { + if ( i->empty() || *i == "." ) + { + // as in ParsePath(), while normally we ignore the empty + // segments, we need to take account of them at the end + if ( i == end - 1 ) + result.push_back(""); + continue; + } + + if ( *i == ".." ) + { + if ( !result.empty() ) + { + result.pop_back(); + + if ( i == end - 1 ) + result.push_back(""); + } + //else: just ignore, extra ".." don't accumulate + } + else + { + if ( result.empty() ) + { + // ensure that the resulting path will always be absolute + result.push_back(""); + } + + result.push_back(*i); + } + } + + m_path = wxJoin(result, '/', '\0'); + } + + //T.fragment = R.fragment; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ParseH16 +// +// Parses 1 to 4 hex values. Returns true if the first character of the input +// string is a valid hex character. It is the caller's responsibility to move +// the input string back to its original position on failure. +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxURI::ParseH16(const char*& uri) +{ + // h16 = 1*4HEXDIG + if(!IsHex(*++uri)) + return false; + + if(IsHex(*++uri) && IsHex(*++uri) && IsHex(*++uri)) + ++uri; + + return true; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ParseIPXXX +// +// Parses a certain version of an IP address and moves the input string past +// it. Returns true if the input string contains the proper version of an ip +// address. It is the caller's responsability to move the input string back +// to its original position on failure. +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxURI::ParseIPv4address(const char*& uri) +{ + //IPv4address = dec-octet "." dec-octet "." dec-octet "." dec-octet + // + //dec-octet = DIGIT ; 0-9 + // / %x31-39 DIGIT ; 10-99 + // / "1" 2DIGIT ; 100-199 + // / "2" %x30-34 DIGIT ; 200-249 + // / "25" %x30-35 ; 250-255 + size_t iIPv4 = 0; + if (IsDigit(*uri)) + { + ++iIPv4; + + + //each ip part must be between 0-255 (dupe of version in for loop) + if( IsDigit(*++uri) && IsDigit(*++uri) && + //100 or less (note !) + !( (*(uri-2) < '2') || + //240 or less + (*(uri-2) == '2' && + (*(uri-1) < '5' || (*(uri-1) == '5' && *uri <= '5')) + ) + ) + ) + { + return false; + } + + if(IsDigit(*uri))++uri; + + //compilers should unroll this loop + for(; iIPv4 < 4; ++iIPv4) + { + if (*uri != '.' || !IsDigit(*++uri)) + break; + + //each ip part must be between 0-255 + if( IsDigit(*++uri) && IsDigit(*++uri) && + //100 or less (note !) + !( (*(uri-2) < '2') || + //240 or less + (*(uri-2) == '2' && + (*(uri-1) < '5' || (*(uri-1) == '5' && *uri <= '5')) + ) + ) + ) + { + return false; + } + if(IsDigit(*uri))++uri; + } + } + return iIPv4 == 4; +} + +bool wxURI::ParseIPv6address(const char*& uri) +{ + // IPv6address = 6( h16 ":" ) ls32 + // / "::" 5( h16 ":" ) ls32 + // / [ h16 ] "::" 4( h16 ":" ) ls32 + // / [ *1( h16 ":" ) h16 ] "::" 3( h16 ":" ) ls32 + // / [ *2( h16 ":" ) h16 ] "::" 2( h16 ":" ) ls32 + // / [ *3( h16 ":" ) h16 ] "::" h16 ":" ls32 + // / [ *4( h16 ":" ) h16 ] "::" ls32 + // / [ *5( h16 ":" ) h16 ] "::" h16 + // / [ *6( h16 ":" ) h16 ] "::" + + size_t numPrefix = 0, + maxPostfix; + + bool bEndHex = false; + + for( ; numPrefix < 6; ++numPrefix) + { + if(!ParseH16(uri)) + { + --uri; + bEndHex = true; + break; + } + + if(*uri != ':') + { + break; + } + } + + if(!bEndHex && !ParseH16(uri)) + { + --uri; + + if (numPrefix) + return false; + + if (*uri == ':') + { + if (*++uri != ':') + return false; + + maxPostfix = 5; + } + else + maxPostfix = 6; + } + else + { + if (*uri != ':' || *(uri+1) != ':') + { + if (numPrefix != 6) + return false; + + while (*--uri != ':') {} + ++uri; + + const char * const start = uri; + //parse ls32 + // ls32 = ( h16 ":" h16 ) / IPv4address + if (ParseH16(uri) && *uri == ':' && ParseH16(uri)) + return true; + + uri = start; + + if (ParseIPv4address(uri)) + return true; + else + return false; + } + else + { + uri += 2; + + if (numPrefix > 3) + maxPostfix = 0; + else + maxPostfix = 4 - numPrefix; + } + } + + bool bAllowAltEnding = maxPostfix == 0; + + for(; maxPostfix != 0; --maxPostfix) + { + if(!ParseH16(uri) || *uri != ':') + return false; + } + + if(numPrefix <= 4) + { + const char * const start = uri; + //parse ls32 + // ls32 = ( h16 ":" h16 ) / IPv4address + if (ParseH16(uri) && *uri == ':' && ParseH16(uri)) + return true; + + uri = start; + + if (ParseIPv4address(uri)) + return true; + + uri = start; + + if (!bAllowAltEnding) + return false; + } + + if(numPrefix <= 5 && ParseH16(uri)) + return true; + + return true; +} + +bool wxURI::ParseIPvFuture(const char*& uri) +{ + // IPvFuture = "v" 1*HEXDIG "." 1*( unreserved / sub-delims / ":" ) + if (*++uri != 'v' || !IsHex(*++uri)) + return false; + + while (IsHex(*++uri)) + ; + + if (*uri != '.' || !(IsUnreserved(*++uri) || IsSubDelim(*uri) || *uri == ':')) + return false; + + while(IsUnreserved(*++uri) || IsSubDelim(*uri) || *uri == ':') {} + + return true; +} + + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// IsXXX +// +// Returns true if the passed in character meets the criteria of the method +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// unreserved = ALPHA / DIGIT / "-" / "." / "_" / "~" +bool wxURI::IsUnreserved(char c) +{ + return IsAlpha(c) || + IsDigit(c) || + c == '-' || + c == '.' || + c == '_' || + c == '~' + ; +} + +bool wxURI::IsReserved(char c) +{ + return IsGenDelim(c) || IsSubDelim(c); +} + +// gen-delims = ":" / "/" / "?" / "#" / "[" / "]" / "@" +bool wxURI::IsGenDelim(char c) +{ + return c == ':' || + c == '/' || + c == '?' || + c == '#' || + c == '[' || + c == ']' || + c == '@'; +} + +// sub-delims = "!" / "$" / "&" / "'" / "(" / ")" +// / "*" / "+" / "," / ";" / "=" +bool wxURI::IsSubDelim(char c) +{ + return c == '!' || + c == '$' || + c == '&' || + c == '\'' || + c == '(' || + c == ')' || + c == '*' || + c == '+' || + c == ',' || + c == ';' || + c == '=' + ; +} + +bool wxURI::IsHex(char c) +{ + return IsDigit(c) || + (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') || + (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F'); +} + +bool wxURI::IsAlpha(char c) +{ + return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z'); +} + +bool wxURI::IsDigit(char c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +bool wxURI::IsEndPath(char c) +{ + return c == '\0' || c == '#' || c == '?'; +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/url.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/url.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..57f86b4220 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/url.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,496 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/url.cpp +// Purpose: URL parser +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: +// Created: 20/07/1997 +// RCS-ID: $Id: url.cpp 66728 2011-01-22 14:38:36Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_URL + +#include "wx/url.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/list.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include +#include + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxURL, wxURI) + +// Protocols list +wxProtoInfo *wxURL::ms_protocols = NULL; + +// Enforce linking of protocol classes: +USE_PROTOCOL(wxFileProto) + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP +USE_PROTOCOL(wxHTTP) + + wxHTTP *wxURL::ms_proxyDefault = NULL; + bool wxURL::ms_useDefaultProxy = false; +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP +USE_PROTOCOL(wxFTP) +#endif + +// -------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// wxURL +// +// -------------------------------------------------------------- + +// -------------------------------------------------------------- +// Construction +// -------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxURL::wxURL(const wxString& url) : wxURI(url) +{ + Init(url); + ParseURL(); +} + +wxURL::wxURL(const wxURI& uri) : wxURI(uri) +{ + Init(uri.BuildURI()); + ParseURL(); +} + +wxURL::wxURL(const wxURL& url) : wxURI(url) +{ + Init(url.GetURL()); + ParseURL(); +} + +void wxURL::Init(const wxString& url) +{ + m_protocol = NULL; + m_error = wxURL_NOERR; + m_url = url; +#if wxUSE_URL_NATIVE + m_nativeImp = CreateNativeImpObject(); +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + if ( ms_useDefaultProxy && !ms_proxyDefault ) + { + SetDefaultProxy( wxGetenv(wxT("HTTP_PROXY")) ); + + if ( !ms_proxyDefault ) + { + // don't try again + ms_useDefaultProxy = false; + } + } + + m_useProxy = ms_proxyDefault != NULL; + m_proxy = ms_proxyDefault; +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------- +// Assignment +// -------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxURL& wxURL::operator = (const wxString& url) +{ + wxURI::operator = (url); + Free(); + Init(url); + ParseURL(); + + return *this; +} + +wxURL& wxURL::operator = (const wxURI& uri) +{ + if (&uri != this) + { + wxURI::operator = (uri); + Free(); + Init(uri.BuildURI()); + ParseURL(); + } + + return *this; +} + +wxURL& wxURL::operator = (const wxURL& url) +{ + if (&url != this) + { + wxURI::operator = (url); + Free(); + Init(url.GetURL()); + ParseURL(); + } + + return *this; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------- +// ParseURL +// +// Builds the URL and takes care of the old protocol stuff +// -------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxURL::ParseURL() +{ + // If the URL was already parsed (m_protocol != NULL), pass this section. + if (!m_protocol) + { + // Clean up + CleanData(); + + // Make sure we have a protocol/scheme + if (!HasScheme()) + { + m_error = wxURL_SNTXERR; + return false; + } + + // Find and create the protocol object + if (!FetchProtocol()) + { + m_error = wxURL_NOPROTO; + return false; + } + + // Do we need a host name ? + if (m_protoinfo->m_needhost) + { + // Make sure we have one, then + if (!HasServer()) + { + m_error = wxURL_SNTXERR; + return false; + } + } + } + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + if (m_useProxy) + { + // Third, we rebuild the URL. + m_url = m_scheme + wxT(":"); + if (m_protoinfo->m_needhost) + m_url = m_url + wxT("//") + m_server; + + // We initialize specific variables. + if (m_protocol) + m_protocol->Destroy(); + m_protocol = m_proxy; // FIXME: we should clone the protocol + } +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + + m_error = wxURL_NOERR; + return true; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------- +// Destruction/Cleanup +// -------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxURL::CleanData() +{ +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + if (!m_useProxy) +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + { + if (m_protocol) + { + // Need to safely delete the socket (pending events) + m_protocol->Destroy(); + m_protocol = NULL; + } + } +} + +void wxURL::Free() +{ + CleanData(); +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + if (m_proxy && m_proxy != ms_proxyDefault) + delete m_proxy; +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP +#if wxUSE_URL_NATIVE + delete m_nativeImp; +#endif +} + +wxURL::~wxURL() +{ + Free(); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------- +// FetchProtocol +// -------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxURL::FetchProtocol() +{ + wxProtoInfo *info = ms_protocols; + + while (info) + { + if (m_scheme == info->m_protoname) + { + if ( m_port.empty() ) + m_port = info->m_servname; + m_protoinfo = info; + m_protocol = (wxProtocol *)m_protoinfo->m_cinfo->CreateObject(); + return true; + } + info = info->next; + } + return false; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------- +// GetInputStream +// -------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxInputStream *wxURL::GetInputStream() +{ + if (!m_protocol) + { + m_error = wxURL_NOPROTO; + return NULL; + } + + m_error = wxURL_NOERR; + if (HasUserInfo()) + { + size_t dwPasswordPos = m_userinfo.find(':'); + + if (dwPasswordPos == wxString::npos) + m_protocol->SetUser(Unescape(m_userinfo)); + else + { + m_protocol->SetUser(Unescape(m_userinfo(0, dwPasswordPos))); + m_protocol->SetPassword(Unescape(m_userinfo(dwPasswordPos+1, m_userinfo.length() + 1))); + } + } + +#if wxUSE_URL_NATIVE + // give the native implementation to return a better stream + // such as the native WinINet functionality under MS-Windows + if (m_nativeImp) + { + wxInputStream *rc; + rc = m_nativeImp->GetInputStream(this); + if (rc != 0) + return rc; + } + // else use the standard behaviour +#endif // wxUSE_URL_NATIVE + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + wxIPV4address addr; + + // m_protoinfo is NULL when we use a proxy + if ( +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + !m_useProxy && +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + m_protoinfo->m_needhost ) + { + if (!addr.Hostname(m_server)) + { + m_error = wxURL_NOHOST; + return NULL; + } + + addr.Service(m_port); + + if (!m_protocol->Connect(addr, true)) // Watcom needs the 2nd arg for some reason + { + m_error = wxURL_CONNERR; + return NULL; + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS + + wxString fullPath; + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + // When we use a proxy, we have to pass the whole URL to it. + if (m_useProxy) + fullPath += m_url; +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + + if(m_path.empty()) + fullPath += wxT("/"); + else + fullPath += m_path; + + if (HasQuery()) + fullPath += wxT("?") + m_query; + + if (HasFragment()) + fullPath += wxT("#") + m_fragment; + + wxInputStream *the_i_stream = m_protocol->GetInputStream(fullPath); + + if (!the_i_stream) + { + m_error = wxURL_PROTOERR; + return NULL; + } + + return the_i_stream; +} + +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP +void wxURL::SetDefaultProxy(const wxString& url_proxy) +{ + if ( !url_proxy ) + { + if ( ms_proxyDefault ) + { + ms_proxyDefault->Close(); + wxDELETE(ms_proxyDefault); + } + } + else + { + wxString tmp_str = url_proxy; + int pos = tmp_str.Find(wxT(':')); + if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) + return; + + wxString hostname = tmp_str(0, pos), + port = tmp_str(pos+1, tmp_str.length()-pos); + wxIPV4address addr; + + if (!addr.Hostname(hostname)) + return; + if (!addr.Service(port)) + return; + + if (ms_proxyDefault) + // Finally, when all is right, we connect the new proxy. + ms_proxyDefault->Close(); + else + ms_proxyDefault = new wxHTTP(); + ms_proxyDefault->Connect(addr, true); // Watcom needs the 2nd arg for some reason + } +} + +void wxURL::SetProxy(const wxString& url_proxy) +{ + if ( !url_proxy ) + { + if ( m_proxy && m_proxy != ms_proxyDefault ) + { + m_proxy->Close(); + delete m_proxy; + } + + m_useProxy = false; + } + else + { + wxString tmp_str; + wxString hostname, port; + int pos; + wxIPV4address addr; + + tmp_str = url_proxy; + pos = tmp_str.Find(wxT(':')); + // This is an invalid proxy name. + if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) + return; + + hostname = tmp_str(0, pos); + port = tmp_str(pos+1, tmp_str.length()-pos); + + addr.Hostname(hostname); + addr.Service(port); + + // Finally, create the whole stuff. + if (m_proxy && m_proxy != ms_proxyDefault) + delete m_proxy; + m_proxy = new wxHTTP(); + m_proxy->Connect(addr, true); // Watcom needs the 2nd arg for some reason + + CleanData(); + // Reparse url. + m_useProxy = true; + ParseURL(); + } +} +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxURLModule +// +// A module which deletes the default proxy if we created it +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_SOCKETS + +class wxURLModule : public wxModule +{ +public: + wxURLModule(); + + virtual bool OnInit(); + virtual void OnExit(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxURLModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxURLModule, wxModule) + +wxURLModule::wxURLModule() +{ + // we must be cleaned up before wxSocketModule as otherwise deleting + // ms_proxyDefault from our OnExit() won't work (and can actually crash) + AddDependency(wxClassInfo::FindClass(wxT("wxSocketModule"))); +} + +bool wxURLModule::OnInit() +{ +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + // env var HTTP_PROXY contains the address of the default proxy to use if + // set, but don't try to create this proxy right now because it will slow + // down the program startup (especially if there is no DNS server + // available, in which case it may take up to 1 minute) + + if ( wxGetenv(wxT("HTTP_PROXY")) ) + { + wxURL::ms_useDefaultProxy = true; + } +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + return true; +} + +void wxURLModule::OnExit() +{ +#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP + wxDELETE(wxURL::ms_proxyDefault); +#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP +} + +#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS + + +#endif // wxUSE_URL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ustring.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ustring.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7a4a152aae --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/ustring.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,538 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/ustring.cpp +// Purpose: wxUString class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: 2008-07-25 +// RCS-ID: $Id: ustring.cpp 59887 2009-03-27 15:33:55Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/ustring.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/crt.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +wxUString &wxUString::assignFromAscii( const char *str ) +{ + size_type len = wxStrlen( str ); + + wxU32CharBuffer buffer( len ); + wxChar32 *ptr = buffer.data(); + + size_type i; + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + *ptr = *str; + ptr++; + str++; + } + + return assign( buffer ); +} + +wxUString &wxUString::assignFromAscii( const char *str, size_type n ) +{ + size_type len = 0; + const char *s = str; + while (len < n && *s) + { + len++; + s++; + } + + wxU32CharBuffer buffer( len ); + wxChar32 *ptr = buffer.data(); + + size_type i; + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + *ptr = *str; + ptr++; + str++; + } + + return *this; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// UTF-8 +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this table gives the length of the UTF-8 encoding from its first character: +const unsigned char tableUtf8Lengths[256] = { + // single-byte sequences (ASCII): + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 00..0F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 10..1F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 20..2F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 30..3F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 40..4F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 50..5F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 60..6F + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 70..7F + + // these are invalid: + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 80..8F + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 90..9F + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // A0..AF + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // B0..BF + 0, 0, // C0,C1 + + // two-byte sequences: + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, // C2..CF + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, // D0..DF + + // three-byte sequences: + 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, // E0..EF + + // four-byte sequences: + 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, // F0..F4 + + // these are invalid again (5- or 6-byte + // sequences and sequences for code points + // above U+10FFFF, as restricted by RFC 3629): + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 // F5..FF +}; + +wxUString &wxUString::assignFromUTF8( const char *str ) +{ + if (!str) + return assign( wxUString() ); + + size_type ucs4_len = 0; + const char *p = str; + while (*p) + { + unsigned char c = *p; + size_type len = tableUtf8Lengths[c]; + if (!len) + return assign( wxUString() ); // don't try to convert invalid UTF-8 + ucs4_len++; + p += len; + } + + wxU32CharBuffer buffer( ucs4_len ); + wxChar32 *out = buffer.data(); + + p = str; + while (*p) + { + unsigned char c = *p; + if (c < 0x80) + { + *out = c; + p++; + } + else + { + size_type len = tableUtf8Lengths[c]; // len == 0 is caught above + + // Char. number range | UTF-8 octet sequence + // (hexadecimal) | (binary) + // ----------------------+---------------------------------------- + // 0000 0000 - 0000 007F | 0xxxxxxx + // 0000 0080 - 0000 07FF | 110xxxxx 10xxxxxx + // 0000 0800 - 0000 FFFF | 1110xxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx + // 0001 0000 - 0010 FFFF | 11110xxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx + // + // Code point value is stored in bits marked with 'x', + // lowest-order bit of the value on the right side in the diagram + // above. (from RFC 3629) + + // mask to extract lead byte's value ('x' bits above), by sequence + // length: + static const unsigned char leadValueMask[] = { 0x7F, 0x1F, 0x0F, 0x07 }; + + // mask and value of lead byte's most significant bits, by length: + static const unsigned char leadMarkerMask[] = { 0x80, 0xE0, 0xF0, 0xF8 }; + static const unsigned char leadMarkerVal[] = { 0x00, 0xC0, 0xE0, 0xF0 }; + + len--; // it's more convenient to work with 0-based length here + + // extract the lead byte's value bits: + if ( (c & leadMarkerMask[len]) != leadMarkerVal[len] ) + break; + + wxChar32 code = c & leadValueMask[len]; + + // all remaining bytes, if any, are handled in the same way + // regardless of sequence's length: + for ( ; len; --len ) + { + c = *++p; + if ( (c & 0xC0) != 0x80 ) + return assign( wxUString() ); // don't try to convert invalid UTF-8 + + code <<= 6; + code |= c & 0x3F; + } + + *out = code; + p++; + } + out++; + } + + return assign( buffer.data() ); +} + +wxUString &wxUString::assignFromUTF8( const char *str, size_type n ) +{ + if (!str) + return assign( wxUString() ); + + size_type ucs4_len = 0; + size_type utf8_pos = 0; + const char *p = str; + while (*p) + { + unsigned char c = *p; + size_type len = tableUtf8Lengths[c]; + if (!len) + return assign( wxUString() ); // don't try to convert invalid UTF-8 + if (utf8_pos + len > n) + break; + utf8_pos += len; + ucs4_len ++; + p += len; + } + + wxU32CharBuffer buffer( ucs4_len ); + wxChar32 *out = buffer.data(); + + utf8_pos = 0; + p = str; + while (*p) + { + unsigned char c = *p; + if (c < 0x80) + { + if (utf8_pos + 1 > n) + break; + utf8_pos++; + + *out = c; + p++; + } + else + { + size_type len = tableUtf8Lengths[c]; // len == 0 is caught above + if (utf8_pos + len > n) + break; + utf8_pos += len; + + // Char. number range | UTF-8 octet sequence + // (hexadecimal) | (binary) + // ----------------------+---------------------------------------- + // 0000 0000 - 0000 007F | 0xxxxxxx + // 0000 0080 - 0000 07FF | 110xxxxx 10xxxxxx + // 0000 0800 - 0000 FFFF | 1110xxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx + // 0001 0000 - 0010 FFFF | 11110xxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx + // + // Code point value is stored in bits marked with 'x', + // lowest-order bit of the value on the right side in the diagram + // above. (from RFC 3629) + + // mask to extract lead byte's value ('x' bits above), by sequence + // length: + static const unsigned char leadValueMask[] = { 0x7F, 0x1F, 0x0F, 0x07 }; + + // mask and value of lead byte's most significant bits, by length: + static const unsigned char leadMarkerMask[] = { 0x80, 0xE0, 0xF0, 0xF8 }; + static const unsigned char leadMarkerVal[] = { 0x00, 0xC0, 0xE0, 0xF0 }; + + len--; // it's more convenient to work with 0-based length here + + // extract the lead byte's value bits: + if ( (c & leadMarkerMask[len]) != leadMarkerVal[len] ) + break; + + wxChar32 code = c & leadValueMask[len]; + + // all remaining bytes, if any, are handled in the same way + // regardless of sequence's length: + for ( ; len; --len ) + { + c = *++p; + if ( (c & 0xC0) != 0x80 ) + return assign( wxUString() ); // don't try to convert invalid UTF-8 + + code <<= 6; + code |= c & 0x3F; + } + + *out = code; + p++; + } + out++; + } + + *out = 0; + + return assign( buffer.data() ); +} + +wxUString &wxUString::assignFromUTF16( const wxChar16* str, size_type n ) +{ + if (!str) + return assign( wxUString() ); + + size_type ucs4_len = 0; + size_type utf16_pos = 0; + const wxChar16 *p = str; + while (*p) + { + size_type len; + if ((*p < 0xd800) || (*p > 0xdfff)) + { + len = 1; + } + else if ((p[1] < 0xdc00) || (p[1] > 0xdfff)) + { + return assign( wxUString() ); // don't try to convert invalid UTF-16 + } + else + { + len = 2; + } + + if (utf16_pos + len > n) + break; + + ucs4_len++; + p += len; + utf16_pos += len; + } + + wxU32CharBuffer buffer( ucs4_len ); + wxChar32 *out = buffer.data(); + + utf16_pos = 0; + + p = str; + while (*p) + { + if ((*p < 0xd800) || (*p > 0xdfff)) + { + if (utf16_pos + 1 > n) + break; + + *out = *p; + p++; + utf16_pos++; + } + else + { + if (utf16_pos + 2 > n) + break; + + *out = ((p[0] - 0xd7c0) << 10) + (p[1] - 0xdc00); + p += 2; + utf16_pos += 2; + } + out++; + } + + return assign( buffer.data() ); +} + +wxUString &wxUString::assignFromUTF16( const wxChar16* str ) +{ + if (!str) + return assign( wxUString() ); + + size_type ucs4_len = 0; + const wxChar16 *p = str; + while (*p) + { + size_type len; + if ((*p < 0xd800) || (*p > 0xdfff)) + { + len = 1; + } + else if ((p[1] < 0xdc00) || (p[1] > 0xdfff)) + { + return assign( wxUString() ); // don't try to convert invalid UTF-16 + } + else + { + len = 2; + } + + ucs4_len++; + p += len; + } + + wxU32CharBuffer buffer( ucs4_len ); + wxChar32 *out = buffer.data(); + + p = str; + while (*p) + { + if ((*p < 0xd800) || (*p > 0xdfff)) + { + *out = *p; + p++; + } + else + { + *out = ((p[0] - 0xd7c0) << 10) + (p[1] - 0xdc00); + p += 2; + } + out++; + } + + return assign( buffer.data() ); +} + +wxUString &wxUString::assignFromCString( const char* str ) +{ + if (!str) + return assign( wxUString() ); + + wxScopedWCharBuffer buffer = wxConvLibc.cMB2WC( str ); + + return assign( buffer ); +} + +wxUString &wxUString::assignFromCString( const char* str, const wxMBConv &conv ) +{ + if (!str) + return assign( wxUString() ); + + wxScopedWCharBuffer buffer = conv.cMB2WC( str ); + + return assign( buffer ); +} + +wxScopedCharBuffer wxUString::utf8_str() const +{ + size_type utf8_length = 0; + const wxChar32 *ptr = data(); + + while (*ptr) + { + wxChar32 code = *ptr; + ptr++; + + if ( code <= 0x7F ) + { + utf8_length++; + } + else if ( code <= 0x07FF ) + { + utf8_length += 2; + } + else if ( code < 0xFFFF ) + { + utf8_length += 3; + } + else if ( code <= 0x10FFFF ) + { + utf8_length += 4; + } + else + { + // invalid range, skip + } + } + + wxCharBuffer result( utf8_length ); + + char *out = result.data(); + + ptr = data(); + while (*ptr) + { + wxChar32 code = *ptr; + ptr++; + + if ( code <= 0x7F ) + { + out[0] = (char)code; + out++; + } + else if ( code <= 0x07FF ) + { + out[1] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[0] = 0xC0 | code; + out += 2; + } + else if ( code < 0xFFFF ) + { + out[2] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[1] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[0] = 0xE0 | code; + out += 3; + } + else if ( code <= 0x10FFFF ) + { + out[3] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[2] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[1] = 0x80 | (code & 0x3F); code >>= 6; + out[0] = 0xF0 | code; + out += 4; + } + else + { + // invalid range, skip + } + } + + return result; +} + +wxScopedU16CharBuffer wxUString::utf16_str() const +{ + size_type utf16_length = 0; + const wxChar32 *ptr = data(); + + while (*ptr) + { + wxChar32 code = *ptr; + ptr++; + + // TODO: error range checks + + if (code < 0x10000) + utf16_length++; + else + utf16_length += 2; + } + + wxU16CharBuffer result( utf16_length ); + wxChar16 *out = result.data(); + + ptr = data(); + + while (*ptr) + { + wxChar32 code = *ptr; + ptr++; + + // TODO: error range checks + + if (code < 0x10000) + { + out[0] = code; + out++; + } + else + { + out[0] = (code - 0x10000) / 0x400 + 0xd800; + out[1] = (code - 0x10000) % 0x400 + 0xdc00; + out += 2; + } + } + + return result; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/utilscmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/utilscmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c4d1d6e152 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/utilscmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1669 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/utilscmn.cpp +// Purpose: Miscellaneous utility functions and classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: utilscmn.cpp 67129 2011-03-05 12:21:20Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + + #if wxUSE_GUI + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/frame.h" + #include "wx/menu.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/textdlg.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" // for wxTE_PASSWORD + #if wxUSE_ACCEL + #include "wx/menuitem.h" + #include "wx/accel.h" + #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL + #endif // wxUSE_GUI +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/apptrait.h" + +#include "wx/process.h" +#include "wx/txtstrm.h" +#include "wx/uri.h" +#include "wx/mimetype.h" +#include "wx/config.h" +#include "wx/versioninfo.h" + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_DATETIME + #include "wx/datetime.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if !wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1,4) + #if !(defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER > 800)) + #include + #endif +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GUI + #include "wx/colordlg.h" + #include "wx/fontdlg.h" + #include "wx/notebook.h" + #include "wx/statusbr.h" +#endif // wxUSE_GUI + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS5__ +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + #include +#else + #include "wx/msw/wince/time.h" +#endif +#endif // ! __WXPALMOS5__ + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + #include "wx/osx/private.h" +#endif + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS5__ +#if !defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + #include + #include +#endif +#endif // ! __WXPALMOS5__ + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + #include "wx/msw/private.h" + #include "wx/filesys.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GUI && defined(__WXGTK__) + #include // for GTK_XXX_VERSION constants +#endif + +#if wxUSE_BASE + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// Array used in DecToHex conversion routine. +static const wxChar hexArray[] = wxT("0123456789ABCDEF"); + +// Convert 2-digit hex number to decimal +int wxHexToDec(const wxString& str) +{ + char buf[2]; + buf[0] = str.GetChar(0); + buf[1] = str.GetChar(1); + return wxHexToDec((const char*) buf); +} + +// Convert decimal integer to 2-character hex string +void wxDecToHex(int dec, wxChar *buf) +{ + int firstDigit = (int)(dec/16.0); + int secondDigit = (int)(dec - (firstDigit*16.0)); + buf[0] = hexArray[firstDigit]; + buf[1] = hexArray[secondDigit]; + buf[2] = 0; +} + +// Convert decimal integer to 2 characters +void wxDecToHex(int dec, char* ch1, char* ch2) +{ + int firstDigit = (int)(dec/16.0); + int secondDigit = (int)(dec - (firstDigit*16.0)); + (*ch1) = (char) hexArray[firstDigit]; + (*ch2) = (char) hexArray[secondDigit]; +} + +// Convert decimal integer to 2-character hex string +wxString wxDecToHex(int dec) +{ + wxChar buf[3]; + wxDecToHex(dec, buf); + return wxString(buf); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// misc functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Return the current date/time +wxString wxNow() +{ +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + wxDateTime now = wxDateTime::Now(); + return now.Format(); +#else + return wxEmptyString; +#endif +#else + time_t now = time(NULL); + char *date = ctime(&now); + date[24] = '\0'; + return wxString::FromAscii(date); +#endif +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +void wxUsleep(unsigned long milliseconds) +{ + wxMilliSleep(milliseconds); +} +#endif + +const wxChar *wxGetInstallPrefix() +{ + wxString prefix; + + if ( wxGetEnv(wxT("WXPREFIX"), &prefix) ) + return prefix.c_str(); + +#ifdef wxINSTALL_PREFIX + return wxT(wxINSTALL_PREFIX); +#else + return wxEmptyString; +#endif +} + +wxString wxGetDataDir() +{ + wxString dir = wxGetInstallPrefix(); + dir << wxFILE_SEP_PATH << wxT("share") << wxFILE_SEP_PATH << wxT("wx"); + return dir; +} + +bool wxIsPlatformLittleEndian() +{ + // Are we little or big endian? This method is from Harbison & Steele. + union + { + long l; + char c[sizeof(long)]; + } u; + u.l = 1; + + return u.c[0] == 1; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPlatform +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * Class to make it easier to specify platform-dependent values + */ + +wxArrayInt* wxPlatform::sm_customPlatforms = NULL; + +void wxPlatform::Copy(const wxPlatform& platform) +{ + m_longValue = platform.m_longValue; + m_doubleValue = platform.m_doubleValue; + m_stringValue = platform.m_stringValue; +} + +wxPlatform wxPlatform::If(int platform, long value) +{ + if (Is(platform)) + return wxPlatform(value); + else + return wxPlatform(); +} + +wxPlatform wxPlatform::IfNot(int platform, long value) +{ + if (!Is(platform)) + return wxPlatform(value); + else + return wxPlatform(); +} + +wxPlatform& wxPlatform::ElseIf(int platform, long value) +{ + if (Is(platform)) + m_longValue = value; + return *this; +} + +wxPlatform& wxPlatform::ElseIfNot(int platform, long value) +{ + if (!Is(platform)) + m_longValue = value; + return *this; +} + +wxPlatform wxPlatform::If(int platform, double value) +{ + if (Is(platform)) + return wxPlatform(value); + else + return wxPlatform(); +} + +wxPlatform wxPlatform::IfNot(int platform, double value) +{ + if (!Is(platform)) + return wxPlatform(value); + else + return wxPlatform(); +} + +wxPlatform& wxPlatform::ElseIf(int platform, double value) +{ + if (Is(platform)) + m_doubleValue = value; + return *this; +} + +wxPlatform& wxPlatform::ElseIfNot(int platform, double value) +{ + if (!Is(platform)) + m_doubleValue = value; + return *this; +} + +wxPlatform wxPlatform::If(int platform, const wxString& value) +{ + if (Is(platform)) + return wxPlatform(value); + else + return wxPlatform(); +} + +wxPlatform wxPlatform::IfNot(int platform, const wxString& value) +{ + if (!Is(platform)) + return wxPlatform(value); + else + return wxPlatform(); +} + +wxPlatform& wxPlatform::ElseIf(int platform, const wxString& value) +{ + if (Is(platform)) + m_stringValue = value; + return *this; +} + +wxPlatform& wxPlatform::ElseIfNot(int platform, const wxString& value) +{ + if (!Is(platform)) + m_stringValue = value; + return *this; +} + +wxPlatform& wxPlatform::Else(long value) +{ + m_longValue = value; + return *this; +} + +wxPlatform& wxPlatform::Else(double value) +{ + m_doubleValue = value; + return *this; +} + +wxPlatform& wxPlatform::Else(const wxString& value) +{ + m_stringValue = value; + return *this; +} + +void wxPlatform::AddPlatform(int platform) +{ + if (!sm_customPlatforms) + sm_customPlatforms = new wxArrayInt; + sm_customPlatforms->Add(platform); +} + +void wxPlatform::ClearPlatforms() +{ + wxDELETE(sm_customPlatforms); +} + +/// Function for testing current platform + +bool wxPlatform::Is(int platform) +{ +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + if (platform == wxOS_WINDOWS) + return true; +#endif +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + if (platform == wxOS_WINDOWS_CE) + return true; +#endif + +#if 0 + +// FIXME: wxWinPocketPC and wxWinSmartPhone are unknown symbols + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && defined(__POCKETPC__) + if (platform == wxWinPocketPC) + return true; +#endif +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + if (platform == wxWinSmartPhone) + return true; +#endif + +#endif + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + if (platform == wxPORT_GTK) + return true; +#endif +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + if (platform == wxPORT_MAC) + return true; +#endif +#ifdef __WXX11__ + if (platform == wxPORT_X11) + return true; +#endif +#ifdef __UNIX__ + if (platform == wxOS_UNIX) + return true; +#endif +#ifdef __WXMGL__ + if (platform == wxPORT_MGL) + return true; +#endif +#ifdef __OS2__ + if (platform == wxOS_OS2) + return true; +#endif +#ifdef __WXPM__ + if (platform == wxPORT_PM) + return true; +#endif +#ifdef __WXCOCOA__ + if (platform == wxPORT_MAC) + return true; +#endif + + if (sm_customPlatforms && sm_customPlatforms->Index(platform) != wxNOT_FOUND) + return true; + + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// network and user id functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Get Full RFC822 style email address +bool wxGetEmailAddress(wxChar *address, int maxSize) +{ + wxString email = wxGetEmailAddress(); + if ( !email ) + return false; + + wxStrlcpy(address, email.t_str(), maxSize); + + return true; +} + +wxString wxGetEmailAddress() +{ + wxString email; + + wxString host = wxGetFullHostName(); + if ( !host.empty() ) + { + wxString user = wxGetUserId(); + if ( !user.empty() ) + { + email << user << wxT('@') << host; + } + } + + return email; +} + +wxString wxGetUserId() +{ + static const int maxLoginLen = 256; // FIXME arbitrary number + + wxString buf; + bool ok = wxGetUserId(wxStringBuffer(buf, maxLoginLen), maxLoginLen); + + if ( !ok ) + buf.Empty(); + + return buf; +} + +wxString wxGetUserName() +{ + static const int maxUserNameLen = 1024; // FIXME arbitrary number + + wxString buf; + bool ok = wxGetUserName(wxStringBuffer(buf, maxUserNameLen), maxUserNameLen); + + if ( !ok ) + buf.Empty(); + + return buf; +} + +wxString wxGetHostName() +{ + static const size_t hostnameSize = 257; + + wxString buf; + bool ok = wxGetHostName(wxStringBuffer(buf, hostnameSize), hostnameSize); + + if ( !ok ) + buf.Empty(); + + return buf; +} + +wxString wxGetFullHostName() +{ + static const size_t hostnameSize = 257; + + wxString buf; + bool ok = wxGetFullHostName(wxStringBuffer(buf, hostnameSize), hostnameSize); + + if ( !ok ) + buf.Empty(); + + return buf; +} + +wxString wxGetHomeDir() +{ + wxString home; + wxGetHomeDir(&home); + + return home; +} + +#if 0 + +wxString wxGetCurrentDir() +{ + wxString dir; + size_t len = 1024; + bool ok; + do + { + ok = getcwd(dir.GetWriteBuf(len + 1), len) != NULL; + dir.UngetWriteBuf(); + + if ( !ok ) + { + if ( errno != ERANGE ) + { + wxLogSysError(wxT("Failed to get current directory")); + + return wxEmptyString; + } + else + { + // buffer was too small, retry with a larger one + len *= 2; + } + } + //else: ok + } while ( !ok ); + + return dir; +} + +#endif // 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Environment +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __WXOSX__ +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + #include +#endif +#endif + +bool wxGetEnvMap(wxEnvVariableHashMap *map) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( map, false, wxS("output pointer can't be NULL") ); + +#if defined(__VISUALC__) + wxChar **env = _tenviron; +#elif defined(__VMS) + // Now this routine wil give false for OpenVMS + // TODO : should we do something with logicals? + char **env=NULL; +#elif defined(__WXOSX__) +#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + // Under Mac shared libraries don't have access to the global environ + // variable so use this Mac-specific function instead as advised by + // environ(7) under Darwin + char ***penv = _NSGetEnviron(); + if ( !penv ) + return false; + char **env = *penv; +#else + char **env=NULL; + // todo translate NSProcessInfo environment into map +#endif +#else // non-MSVC non-Mac + // Not sure if other compilers have _tenviron so use the (more standard) + // ANSI version only for them. +#ifdef __BSD__ + // POSIX, but not in an include file + extern char **environ; +#endif + char **env = environ; +#endif + + if ( env ) + { + wxString name, + value; + while ( *env ) + { + const wxString var(*env); + + name = var.BeforeFirst(wxS('='), &value); + + (*map)[name] = value; + + env++; + } + + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxExecute +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxDoExecuteWithCapture() helper: reads an entire stream into one array +// +// returns true if ok, false if error +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +static bool ReadAll(wxInputStream *is, wxArrayString& output) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( is, false, wxT("NULL stream in wxExecute()?") ); + + // the stream could be already at EOF or in wxSTREAM_BROKEN_PIPE state + is->Reset(); + + wxTextInputStream tis(*is); + + for ( ;; ) + { + wxString line = tis.ReadLine(); + + // check for EOF before other errors as it's not really an error + if ( is->Eof() ) + { + // add the last, possibly incomplete, line + if ( !line.empty() ) + output.Add(line); + break; + } + + // any other error is fatal + if ( !*is ) + return false; + + output.Add(line); + } + + return true; +} +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +// this is a private function because it hasn't a clean interface: the first +// array is passed by reference, the second by pointer - instead we have 2 +// public versions of wxExecute() below +static long wxDoExecuteWithCapture(const wxString& command, + wxArrayString& output, + wxArrayString* error, + int flags, + const wxExecuteEnv *env) +{ + // create a wxProcess which will capture the output + wxProcess *process = new wxProcess; + process->Redirect(); + + long rc = wxExecute(command, wxEXEC_SYNC | flags, process, env); + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + if ( rc != -1 ) + { + if ( !ReadAll(process->GetInputStream(), output) ) + rc = -1; + + if ( error ) + { + if ( !ReadAll(process->GetErrorStream(), *error) ) + rc = -1; + } + + } +#else + wxUnusedVar(output); + wxUnusedVar(error); +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS/!wxUSE_STREAMS + + delete process; + + return rc; +} + +long wxExecute(const wxString& command, wxArrayString& output, int flags, + const wxExecuteEnv *env) +{ + return wxDoExecuteWithCapture(command, output, NULL, flags, env); +} + +long wxExecute(const wxString& command, + wxArrayString& output, + wxArrayString& error, + int flags, + const wxExecuteEnv *env) +{ + return wxDoExecuteWithCapture(command, output, &error, flags, env); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Id functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Id generation +static long wxCurrentId = 100; + +long wxNewId() +{ + // skip the part of IDs space that contains hard-coded values: + if (wxCurrentId == wxID_LOWEST) + wxCurrentId = wxID_HIGHEST + 1; + + return wxCurrentId++; +} + +long +wxGetCurrentId(void) { return wxCurrentId; } + +void +wxRegisterId (long id) +{ + if (id >= wxCurrentId) + wxCurrentId = id + 1; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxQsort, adapted by RR to allow user_data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Douglas C. Schmidt (schmidt@ics.uci.edu). + + Douglas Schmidt kindly gave permission to relicence the + code under the wxWindows licence: + +From: "Douglas C. Schmidt" +To: Robert Roebling +Subject: Re: qsort licence +Date: Mon, 23 Jul 2007 03:44:25 -0500 +Sender: schmidt@dre.vanderbilt.edu +Message-Id: <20070723084426.64F511000A8@tango.dre.vanderbilt.edu> + +Hi Robert, + +> [...] I'm asking if you'd be willing to relicence your code +> under the wxWindows licence. [...] + +That's fine with me [...] + +Thanks, + + Doug */ + + +/* Byte-wise swap two items of size SIZE. */ +#define SWAP(a, b, size) \ + do \ + { \ + register size_t __size = (size); \ + register char *__a = (a), *__b = (b); \ + do \ + { \ + char __tmp = *__a; \ + *__a++ = *__b; \ + *__b++ = __tmp; \ + } while (--__size > 0); \ + } while (0) + +/* Discontinue quicksort algorithm when partition gets below this size. + This particular magic number was chosen to work best on a Sun 4/260. */ +#define MAX_THRESH 4 + +/* Stack node declarations used to store unfulfilled partition obligations. */ +typedef struct + { + char *lo; + char *hi; + } stack_node; + +/* The next 4 #defines implement a very fast in-line stack abstraction. */ +#define STACK_SIZE (8 * sizeof(unsigned long int)) +#define PUSH(low, high) ((void) ((top->lo = (low)), (top->hi = (high)), ++top)) +#define POP(low, high) ((void) (--top, (low = top->lo), (high = top->hi))) +#define STACK_NOT_EMPTY (stack < top) + + +/* Order size using quicksort. This implementation incorporates + four optimizations discussed in Sedgewick: + + 1. Non-recursive, using an explicit stack of pointer that store the + next array partition to sort. To save time, this maximum amount + of space required to store an array of MAX_INT is allocated on the + stack. Assuming a 32-bit integer, this needs only 32 * + sizeof(stack_node) == 136 bits. Pretty cheap, actually. + + 2. Chose the pivot element using a median-of-three decision tree. + This reduces the probability of selecting a bad pivot value and + eliminates certain extraneous comparisons. + + 3. Only quicksorts TOTAL_ELEMS / MAX_THRESH partitions, leaving + insertion sort to order the MAX_THRESH items within each partition. + This is a big win, since insertion sort is faster for small, mostly + sorted array segments. + + 4. The larger of the two sub-partitions is always pushed onto the + stack first, with the algorithm then concentrating on the + smaller partition. This *guarantees* no more than log (n) + stack size is needed (actually O(1) in this case)! */ + +void wxQsort(void *const pbase, size_t total_elems, + size_t size, CMPFUNCDATA cmp, const void* user_data) +{ + register char *base_ptr = (char *) pbase; + const size_t max_thresh = MAX_THRESH * size; + + if (total_elems == 0) + /* Avoid lossage with unsigned arithmetic below. */ + return; + + if (total_elems > MAX_THRESH) + { + char *lo = base_ptr; + char *hi = &lo[size * (total_elems - 1)]; + stack_node stack[STACK_SIZE]; + stack_node *top = stack; + + PUSH (NULL, NULL); + + while (STACK_NOT_EMPTY) + { + char *left_ptr; + char *right_ptr; + + /* Select median value from among LO, MID, and HI. Rearrange + LO and HI so the three values are sorted. This lowers the + probability of picking a pathological pivot value and + skips a comparison for both the LEFT_PTR and RIGHT_PTR. */ + + char *mid = lo + size * ((hi - lo) / size >> 1); + + if ((*cmp) ((void *) mid, (void *) lo, user_data) < 0) + SWAP (mid, lo, size); + if ((*cmp) ((void *) hi, (void *) mid, user_data) < 0) + SWAP (mid, hi, size); + else + goto jump_over; + if ((*cmp) ((void *) mid, (void *) lo, user_data) < 0) + SWAP (mid, lo, size); + jump_over:; + left_ptr = lo + size; + right_ptr = hi - size; + + /* Here's the famous ``collapse the walls'' section of quicksort. + Gotta like those tight inner loops! They are the main reason + that this algorithm runs much faster than others. */ + do + { + while ((*cmp) ((void *) left_ptr, (void *) mid, user_data) < 0) + left_ptr += size; + + while ((*cmp) ((void *) mid, (void *) right_ptr, user_data) < 0) + right_ptr -= size; + + if (left_ptr < right_ptr) + { + SWAP (left_ptr, right_ptr, size); + if (mid == left_ptr) + mid = right_ptr; + else if (mid == right_ptr) + mid = left_ptr; + left_ptr += size; + right_ptr -= size; + } + else if (left_ptr == right_ptr) + { + left_ptr += size; + right_ptr -= size; + break; + } + } + while (left_ptr <= right_ptr); + + /* Set up pointers for next iteration. First determine whether + left and right partitions are below the threshold size. If so, + ignore one or both. Otherwise, push the larger partition's + bounds on the stack and continue sorting the smaller one. */ + + if ((size_t) (right_ptr - lo) <= max_thresh) + { + if ((size_t) (hi - left_ptr) <= max_thresh) + /* Ignore both small partitions. */ + POP (lo, hi); + else + /* Ignore small left partition. */ + lo = left_ptr; + } + else if ((size_t) (hi - left_ptr) <= max_thresh) + /* Ignore small right partition. */ + hi = right_ptr; + else if ((right_ptr - lo) > (hi - left_ptr)) + { + /* Push larger left partition indices. */ + PUSH (lo, right_ptr); + lo = left_ptr; + } + else + { + /* Push larger right partition indices. */ + PUSH (left_ptr, hi); + hi = right_ptr; + } + } + } + + /* Once the BASE_PTR array is partially sorted by quicksort the rest + is completely sorted using insertion sort, since this is efficient + for partitions below MAX_THRESH size. BASE_PTR points to the beginning + of the array to sort, and END_PTR points at the very last element in + the array (*not* one beyond it!). */ + + { + char *const end_ptr = &base_ptr[size * (total_elems - 1)]; + char *tmp_ptr = base_ptr; + char *thresh = base_ptr + max_thresh; + if ( thresh > end_ptr ) + thresh = end_ptr; + register char *run_ptr; + + /* Find smallest element in first threshold and place it at the + array's beginning. This is the smallest array element, + and the operation speeds up insertion sort's inner loop. */ + + for (run_ptr = tmp_ptr + size; run_ptr <= thresh; run_ptr += size) + if ((*cmp) ((void *) run_ptr, (void *) tmp_ptr, user_data) < 0) + tmp_ptr = run_ptr; + + if (tmp_ptr != base_ptr) + SWAP (tmp_ptr, base_ptr, size); + + /* Insertion sort, running from left-hand-side up to right-hand-side. */ + + run_ptr = base_ptr + size; + while ((run_ptr += size) <= end_ptr) + { + tmp_ptr = run_ptr - size; + while ((*cmp) ((void *) run_ptr, (void *) tmp_ptr, user_data) < 0) + tmp_ptr -= size; + + tmp_ptr += size; + if (tmp_ptr != run_ptr) + { + char *trav; + + trav = run_ptr + size; + while (--trav >= run_ptr) + { + char c = *trav; + char *hi, *lo; + + for (hi = lo = trav; (lo -= size) >= tmp_ptr; hi = lo) + *hi = *lo; + *hi = c; + } + } + } + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BASE + + + +// ============================================================================ +// GUI-only functions from now on +// ============================================================================ + +#if wxUSE_GUI + +// this function is only really implemented for X11-based ports, including GTK1 +// (GTK2 sets detectable auto-repeat automatically anyhow) +#if !(defined(__WXX11__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \ + (defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXGTK20__))) +bool wxSetDetectableAutoRepeat( bool WXUNUSED(flag) ) +{ + return true; +} +#endif // !X11-based port + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Launch default browser +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + +// implemented in a port-specific utils source file: +bool wxDoLaunchDefaultBrowser(const wxString& url, const wxString& scheme, int flags); + +#elif defined(__WXX11__) || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) || \ + (defined(__WXOSX__) ) + +// implemented in a port-specific utils source file: +bool wxDoLaunchDefaultBrowser(const wxString& url, int flags); + +#else + +// a "generic" implementation: +bool wxDoLaunchDefaultBrowser(const wxString& url, int flags) +{ + // on other platforms try to use mime types or wxExecute... + + bool ok = false; + wxString cmd; + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE + wxFileType *ft = wxTheMimeTypesManager->GetFileTypeFromExtension(wxT("html")); + if ( ft ) + { + wxString mt; + ft->GetMimeType(&mt); + + ok = ft->GetOpenCommand(&cmd, wxFileType::MessageParameters(url)); + delete ft; + } +#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE + + if ( !ok || cmd.empty() ) + { + // fallback to checking for the BROWSER environment variable + if ( !wxGetEnv(wxT("BROWSER"), &cmd) || cmd.empty() ) + cmd << wxT(' ') << url; + } + + ok = ( !cmd.empty() && wxExecute(cmd) ); + if (ok) + return ok; + + // no file type for HTML extension + wxLogError(_("No default application configured for HTML files.")); + + return false; +} +#endif + +static bool DoLaunchDefaultBrowserHelper(const wxString& urlOrig, int flags) +{ + // NOTE: we don't have to care about the wxBROWSER_NOBUSYCURSOR flag + // as it was already handled by wxLaunchDefaultBrowser + + wxUnusedVar(flags); + + wxString url(urlOrig), scheme; + wxURI uri(url); + + // this check is useful to avoid that wxURI recognizes as scheme parts of + // the filename, in case urlOrig is a local filename + // (e.g. "C:\\test.txt" when parsed by wxURI reports a scheme == "C") + bool hasValidScheme = uri.HasScheme() && uri.GetScheme().length() > 1; + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + + // NOTE: when testing wxMSW's wxLaunchDefaultBrowser all possible forms + // of the URL/flags should be tested; e.g.: + // + // for (int i=0; i<2; i++) + // { + // // test arguments without a valid URL scheme: + // wxLaunchDefaultBrowser("C:\\test.txt", i==0 ? 0 : wxBROWSER_NEW_WINDOW); + // wxLaunchDefaultBrowser("wxwidgets.org", i==0 ? 0 : wxBROWSER_NEW_WINDOW); + // + // // test arguments with different valid schemes: + // wxLaunchDefaultBrowser("file:/C%3A/test.txt", i==0 ? 0 : wxBROWSER_NEW_WINDOW); + // wxLaunchDefaultBrowser("http://wxwidgets.org", i==0 ? 0 : wxBROWSER_NEW_WINDOW); + // wxLaunchDefaultBrowser("mailto:user@host.org", i==0 ? 0 : wxBROWSER_NEW_WINDOW); + // } + // (assuming you have a C:\test.txt file) + + if ( !hasValidScheme ) + { + if (wxFileExists(urlOrig) || wxDirExists(urlOrig)) + { + scheme = "file"; + // do not prepend the file scheme to the URL as ShellExecuteEx() doesn't like it + } + else + { + url.Prepend(wxS("http://")); + scheme = "http"; + } + } + else if ( hasValidScheme ) + { + scheme = uri.GetScheme(); + + if ( uri.GetScheme() == "file" ) + { + // TODO: extract URLToFileName() to some always compiled in + // function +#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + // ShellExecuteEx() doesn't like the "file" scheme when opening local files; + // remove it + url = wxFileSystem::URLToFileName(url).GetFullPath(); +#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM + } + } + + if (wxDoLaunchDefaultBrowser(url, scheme, flags)) + return true; + //else: call wxLogSysError +#else + if ( !hasValidScheme ) + { + // set the scheme of url to "http" or "file" if it does not have one + if (wxFileExists(urlOrig) || wxDirExists(urlOrig)) + url.Prepend(wxS("file://")); + else + url.Prepend(wxS("http://")); + } + + if (wxDoLaunchDefaultBrowser(url, flags)) + return true; + //else: call wxLogSysError +#endif + + wxLogSysError(_("Failed to open URL \"%s\" in default browser."), + url.c_str()); + + return false; +} + +bool wxLaunchDefaultBrowser(const wxString& url, int flags) +{ + // NOTE: as documented, "url" may be both a real well-formed URL + // and a local file name + + if ( flags & wxBROWSER_NOBUSYCURSOR ) + return DoLaunchDefaultBrowserHelper(url, flags); + + wxBusyCursor bc; + return DoLaunchDefaultBrowserHelper(url, flags); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Menu accelerators related functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxChar *wxStripMenuCodes(const wxChar *in, wxChar *out) +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxString s = wxMenuItem::GetLabelText(in); +#else + wxString str(in); + wxString s = wxStripMenuCodes(str); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + if ( out ) + { + // go smash their buffer if it's not big enough - I love char * params + memcpy(out, s.c_str(), s.length() * sizeof(wxChar)); + } + else + { + out = new wxChar[s.length() + 1]; + wxStrcpy(out, s.c_str()); + } + + return out; +} +#endif + +wxString wxStripMenuCodes(const wxString& in, int flags) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( flags, wxT("this is useless to call without any flags") ); + + wxString out; + + size_t len = in.length(); + out.reserve(len); + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < len; n++ ) + { + wxChar ch = in[n]; + if ( (flags & wxStrip_Mnemonics) && ch == wxT('&') ) + { + // skip it, it is used to introduce the accel char (or to quote + // itself in which case it should still be skipped): note that it + // can't be the last character of the string + if ( ++n == len ) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Invalid menu string '%s'"), in.c_str()); + } + else + { + // use the next char instead + ch = in[n]; + } + } + else if ( (flags & wxStrip_Accel) && ch == wxT('\t') ) + { + // everything after TAB is accel string, exit the loop + break; + } + + out += ch; + } + + return out; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Window search functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * If parent is non-NULL, look through children for a label or title + * matching the specified string. If NULL, look through all top-level windows. + * + */ + +wxWindow * +wxFindWindowByLabel (const wxString& title, wxWindow * parent) +{ + return wxWindow::FindWindowByLabel( title, parent ); +} + + +/* + * If parent is non-NULL, look through children for a name + * matching the specified string. If NULL, look through all top-level windows. + * + */ + +wxWindow * +wxFindWindowByName (const wxString& name, wxWindow * parent) +{ + return wxWindow::FindWindowByName( name, parent ); +} + +// Returns menu item id or wxNOT_FOUND if none. +int +wxFindMenuItemId(wxFrame *frame, + const wxString& menuString, + const wxString& itemString) +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxMenuBar *menuBar = frame->GetMenuBar (); + if ( menuBar ) + return menuBar->FindMenuItem (menuString, itemString); +#else // !wxUSE_MENUS + wxUnusedVar(frame); + wxUnusedVar(menuString); + wxUnusedVar(itemString); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS/!wxUSE_MENUS + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +// Try to find the deepest child that contains 'pt'. +// We go backwards, to try to allow for controls that are spacially +// within other controls, but are still siblings (e.g. buttons within +// static boxes). Static boxes are likely to be created _before_ controls +// that sit inside them. +wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(wxWindow* win, const wxPoint& pt) +{ + if (!win->IsShown()) + return NULL; + + // Hack for wxNotebook case: at least in wxGTK, all pages + // claim to be shown, so we must only deal with the selected one. +#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK + if (win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxNotebook))) + { + wxNotebook* nb = (wxNotebook*) win; + int sel = nb->GetSelection(); + if (sel >= 0) + { + wxWindow* child = nb->GetPage(sel); + wxWindow* foundWin = wxFindWindowAtPoint(child, pt); + if (foundWin) + return foundWin; + } + } +#endif + + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = win->GetChildren().GetLast(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow* child = node->GetData(); + wxWindow* foundWin = wxFindWindowAtPoint(child, pt); + if (foundWin) + return foundWin; + node = node->GetPrevious(); + } + + wxPoint pos = win->GetPosition(); + wxSize sz = win->GetSize(); + if ( !win->IsTopLevel() && win->GetParent() ) + { + pos = win->GetParent()->ClientToScreen(pos); + } + + wxRect rect(pos, sz); + if (rect.Contains(pt)) + return win; + + return NULL; +} + +wxWindow* wxGenericFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt) +{ + // Go backwards through the list since windows + // on top are likely to have been appended most + // recently. + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = wxTopLevelWindows.GetLast(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow* win = node->GetData(); + wxWindow* found = wxFindWindowAtPoint(win, pt); + if (found) + return found; + node = node->GetPrevious(); + } + return NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// GUI helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * N.B. these convenience functions must be separate from msgdlgg.cpp, textdlgg.cpp + * since otherwise the generic code may be pulled in unnecessarily. + */ + +#if wxUSE_MSGDLG + +int wxMessageBox(const wxString& message, const wxString& caption, long style, + wxWindow *parent, int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y) ) +{ + // add the appropriate icon unless this was explicitly disabled by use of + // wxICON_NONE + if ( !(style & wxICON_NONE) && !(style & wxICON_MASK) ) + { + style |= style & wxYES ? wxICON_QUESTION : wxICON_INFORMATION; + } + + wxMessageDialog dialog(parent, message, caption, style); + + int ans = dialog.ShowModal(); + switch ( ans ) + { + case wxID_OK: + return wxOK; + case wxID_YES: + return wxYES; + case wxID_NO: + return wxNO; + case wxID_CANCEL: + return wxCANCEL; + } + + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected return code from wxMessageDialog") ); + + return wxCANCEL; +} + +wxVersionInfo wxGetLibraryVersionInfo() +{ + // don't translate these strings, they're for diagnostics purposes only + wxString msg; + msg.Printf(wxS("wxWidgets Library (%s port)\n") + wxS("Version %d.%d.%d (Unicode: %s, debug level: %d),\n") + wxS("compiled at %s %s\n\n") + wxS("Runtime version of toolkit used is %d.%d.\n"), + wxPlatformInfo::Get().GetPortIdName(), + wxMAJOR_VERSION, + wxMINOR_VERSION, + wxRELEASE_NUMBER, +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + "UTF-8", +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE + "wchar_t", +#else + "none", +#endif + wxDEBUG_LEVEL, + __TDATE__, + __TTIME__, + wxPlatformInfo::Get().GetToolkitMajorVersion(), + wxPlatformInfo::Get().GetToolkitMinorVersion() + ); + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + msg += wxString::Format("Compile-time GTK+ version is %d.%d.%d.\n", + GTK_MAJOR_VERSION, + GTK_MINOR_VERSION, + GTK_MICRO_VERSION); +#endif // __WXGTK__ + + return wxVersionInfo(wxS("wxWidgets"), + wxMAJOR_VERSION, + wxMINOR_VERSION, + wxRELEASE_NUMBER, + msg, + wxS("Copyright (c) 1995-2010 wxWidgets team")); +} + +void wxInfoMessageBox(wxWindow* parent) +{ + wxVersionInfo info = wxGetLibraryVersionInfo(); + wxString msg = info.ToString(); + + msg << wxS("\n") << info.GetCopyright(); + + wxMessageBox(msg, wxT("wxWidgets information"), + wxICON_INFORMATION | wxOK, + parent); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MSGDLG + +#if wxUSE_TEXTDLG + +wxString wxGetTextFromUser(const wxString& message, const wxString& caption, + const wxString& defaultValue, wxWindow *parent, + wxCoord x, wxCoord y, bool centre ) +{ + wxString str; + long style = wxTextEntryDialogStyle; + + if (centre) + style |= wxCENTRE; + else + style &= ~wxCENTRE; + + wxTextEntryDialog dialog(parent, message, caption, defaultValue, style, wxPoint(x, y)); + + if (dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK) + { + str = dialog.GetValue(); + } + + return str; +} + +wxString wxGetPasswordFromUser(const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxString& defaultValue, + wxWindow *parent, + wxCoord x, wxCoord y, bool centre ) +{ + wxString str; + long style = wxTextEntryDialogStyle; + + if (centre) + style |= wxCENTRE; + else + style &= ~wxCENTRE; + + wxPasswordEntryDialog dialog(parent, message, caption, defaultValue, + style, wxPoint(x, y)); + if ( dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + { + str = dialog.GetValue(); + } + + return str; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTDLG + +#if wxUSE_COLOURDLG + +wxColour wxGetColourFromUser(wxWindow *parent, + const wxColour& colInit, + const wxString& caption, + wxColourData *ptrData) +{ + // contains serialized representation of wxColourData used the last time + // the dialog was shown: we want to reuse it the next time in order to show + // the same custom colours to the user (and we can't just have static + // wxColourData itself because it's a GUI object and so should be destroyed + // before GUI shutdown and doing it during static cleanup is too late) + static wxString s_strColourData; + + wxColourData data; + if ( !ptrData ) + { + ptrData = &data; + if ( !s_strColourData.empty() ) + { + if ( !data.FromString(s_strColourData) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "bug in wxColourData::FromString()?" ); + } + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // we don't get back the "choose full" flag value from the native + // dialog and so we can't preserve it between runs, so we decide to + // always use it as it seems better than not using it (user can + // just ignore the extra controls in the dialog but having to click + // a button each time to show them would be very annoying + data.SetChooseFull(true); +#endif // __WXMSW__ + } + } + + if ( colInit.IsOk() ) + { + ptrData->SetColour(colInit); + } + + wxColour colRet; + wxColourDialog dialog(parent, ptrData); + if (!caption.empty()) + dialog.SetTitle(caption); + if ( dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + { + *ptrData = dialog.GetColourData(); + colRet = ptrData->GetColour(); + s_strColourData = ptrData->ToString(); + } + //else: leave colRet invalid + + return colRet; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_COLOURDLG + +#if wxUSE_FONTDLG + +wxFont wxGetFontFromUser(wxWindow *parent, const wxFont& fontInit, const wxString& caption) +{ + wxFontData data; + if ( fontInit.Ok() ) + { + data.SetInitialFont(fontInit); + } + + wxFont fontRet; + wxFontDialog dialog(parent, data); + if (!caption.empty()) + dialog.SetTitle(caption); + if ( dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + { + fontRet = dialog.GetFontData().GetChosenFont(); + } + //else: leave it invalid + + return fontRet; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTDLG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSafeYield and supporting functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxEnableTopLevelWindows(bool enable) +{ + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = wxTopLevelWindows.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + node->GetData()->Enable(enable); +} + +#if defined(__WXOSX__) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA + +// defined in evtloop.mm + +#else + +wxWindowDisabler::wxWindowDisabler(bool disable) +{ + m_disabled = disable; + if ( disable ) + DoDisable(); +} + +wxWindowDisabler::wxWindowDisabler(wxWindow *winToSkip) +{ + m_disabled = true; + DoDisable(winToSkip); +} + +void wxWindowDisabler::DoDisable(wxWindow *winToSkip) +{ + // remember the top level windows which were already disabled, so that we + // don't reenable them later + m_winDisabled = NULL; + + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = wxTopLevelWindows.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxWindow *winTop = node->GetData(); + if ( winTop == winToSkip ) + continue; + + // we don't need to disable the hidden or already disabled windows + if ( winTop->IsEnabled() && winTop->IsShown() ) + { + winTop->Disable(); + } + else + { + if ( !m_winDisabled ) + { + m_winDisabled = new wxWindowList; + } + + m_winDisabled->Append(winTop); + } + } +} + +wxWindowDisabler::~wxWindowDisabler() +{ + if ( !m_disabled ) + return; + + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = wxTopLevelWindows.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxWindow *winTop = node->GetData(); + if ( !m_winDisabled || !m_winDisabled->Find(winTop) ) + { + winTop->Enable(); + } + //else: had been already disabled, don't reenable + } + + delete m_winDisabled; +} + +#endif + +// Yield to other apps/messages and disable user input to all windows except +// the given one +bool wxSafeYield(wxWindow *win, bool onlyIfNeeded) +{ + wxWindowDisabler wd(win); + + bool rc; + if (onlyIfNeeded) + rc = wxYieldIfNeeded(); + else + rc = wxYield(); + + return rc; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxApp::Yield() wrappers for backwards compatibility +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxYield() +{ + return wxTheApp && wxTheApp->Yield(); +} + +bool wxYieldIfNeeded() +{ + return wxTheApp && wxTheApp->Yield(true); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_GUI diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valgen.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valgen.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa04139d2f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valgen.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,657 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/valgen.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericValidator class +// Author: Kevin Smith +// Modified by: +// Created: Jan 22 1999 +// RCS-ID: $Id: valgen.cpp 66533 2011-01-03 11:23:49Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Kevin Smith +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/choice.h" + #include "wx/combobox.h" + #include "wx/radiobox.h" + #include "wx/radiobut.h" + #include "wx/checkbox.h" + #include "wx/scrolbar.h" + #include "wx/gauge.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/listbox.h" + #include "wx/slider.h" + #include "wx/checklst.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/spinctrl.h" +// #include "wx/datectrl.h" -- can't use it in this (core) file for now + +#if wxUSE_SPINBTN + #include "wx/spinbutt.h" +#endif +#if wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN + #include "wx/tglbtn.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/valgen.h" + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGenericValidator, wxValidator) + +wxGenericValidator::wxGenericValidator(bool *val) +{ + Initialize(); + m_pBool = val; +} + +wxGenericValidator::wxGenericValidator(int *val) +{ + Initialize(); + m_pInt = val; +} + +wxGenericValidator::wxGenericValidator(wxString *val) +{ + Initialize(); + m_pString = val; +} + +wxGenericValidator::wxGenericValidator(wxArrayInt *val) +{ + Initialize(); + m_pArrayInt = val; +} + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + +wxGenericValidator::wxGenericValidator(wxDateTime *val) +{ + Initialize(); + m_pDateTime = val; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +wxGenericValidator::wxGenericValidator(const wxGenericValidator& val) + : wxValidator() +{ + Copy(val); +} + +bool wxGenericValidator::Copy(const wxGenericValidator& val) +{ + wxValidator::Copy(val); + + m_pBool = val.m_pBool; + m_pInt = val.m_pInt; + m_pString = val.m_pString; + m_pArrayInt = val.m_pArrayInt; +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + m_pDateTime = val.m_pDateTime; +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + + return true; +} + +// Called to transfer data to the window +bool wxGenericValidator::TransferToWindow(void) +{ + if ( !m_validatorWindow ) + return false; + + // bool controls +#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxCheckBox)) ) + { + wxCheckBox* pControl = (wxCheckBox*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pBool) + { + pControl->SetValue(*m_pBool); + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_RADIOBTN + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxRadioButton)) ) + { + wxRadioButton* pControl = (wxRadioButton*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pBool) + { + pControl->SetValue(*m_pBool) ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxToggleButton)) ) + { + wxToggleButton * pControl = (wxToggleButton *) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pBool) + { + pControl->SetValue(*m_pBool); + return true; + } + } else +#if (defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxBitmapToggleButton)) ) + { + wxBitmapToggleButton * pControl = (wxBitmapToggleButton *) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pBool) + { + pControl->SetValue(*m_pBool); + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#endif + + // int controls +#if wxUSE_GAUGE + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxGauge)) ) + { + wxGauge* pControl = (wxGauge*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + pControl->SetValue(*m_pInt); + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxRadioBox)) ) + { + wxRadioBox* pControl = (wxRadioBox*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + pControl->SetSelection(*m_pInt) ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_SCROLLBAR + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxScrollBar)) ) + { + wxScrollBar* pControl = (wxScrollBar*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + pControl->SetThumbPosition(*m_pInt) ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXMOTIF__) + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxSpinCtrl)) ) + { + wxSpinCtrl* pControl = (wxSpinCtrl*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + pControl->SetValue(*m_pInt); + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_SPINBTN + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxSpinButton)) ) + { + wxSpinButton* pControl = (wxSpinButton*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + pControl->SetValue(*m_pInt) ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_SLIDER + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxSlider)) ) + { + wxSlider* pControl = (wxSlider*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + pControl->SetValue(*m_pInt) ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif + + // date time controls +#if 0 // wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL -- temporary fix for shared build linking + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDatePickerCtrl)) ) + { + wxDatePickerCtrl* pControl = (wxDatePickerCtrl*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pDateTime) + { + pControl->SetValue(*m_pDateTime) ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif + + // string controls +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxButton)) ) + { + wxButton* pControl = (wxButton*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pString) + { + pControl->SetLabel(*m_pString) ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxComboBox)) ) + { + wxComboBox* pControl = (wxComboBox*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + pControl->SetSelection(*m_pInt) ; + return true; + } + else if (m_pString) + { + if (pControl->FindString(* m_pString) != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + pControl->SetStringSelection(* m_pString); + } + if ((m_validatorWindow->GetWindowStyle() & wxCB_READONLY) == 0) + { + pControl->SetValue(* m_pString); + } + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_CHOICE + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxChoice)) ) + { + wxChoice* pControl = (wxChoice*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + pControl->SetSelection(*m_pInt) ; + return true; + } + else if (m_pString) + { + if (pControl->FindString(* m_pString) != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + pControl->SetStringSelection(* m_pString); + } + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_STATTEXT + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStaticText)) ) + { + wxStaticText* pControl = (wxStaticText*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pString) + { + pControl->SetLabel(*m_pString) ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)) ) + { + wxTextCtrl* pControl = (wxTextCtrl*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pString) + { + pControl->SetValue(*m_pString) ; + return true; + } + else if (m_pInt) + { + wxString str; + str.Printf(wxT("%d"), *m_pInt); + pControl->SetValue(str); + return true; + } + } else +#endif + + // array controls +#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + // NOTE: wxCheckListBox is a wxListBox, so wxCheckListBox MUST come first: + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxCheckListBox)) ) + { + wxCheckListBox* pControl = (wxCheckListBox*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pArrayInt) + { + // clear all selections + size_t i, + count = pControl->GetCount(); + for ( i = 0 ; i < count; i++ ) + pControl->Check(i, false); + + // select each item in our array + count = m_pArrayInt->GetCount(); + for ( i = 0 ; i < count; i++ ) + pControl->Check(m_pArrayInt->Item(i)); + + return true; + } + else + return false; + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_LISTBOX + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxListBox)) ) + { + wxListBox* pControl = (wxListBox*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pArrayInt) + { + // clear all selections + size_t i, + count = pControl->GetCount(); + for ( i = 0 ; i < count; i++ ) + pControl->Deselect(i); + + // select each item in our array + count = m_pArrayInt->GetCount(); + for ( i = 0 ; i < count; i++ ) + pControl->SetSelection(m_pArrayInt->Item(i)); + + return true; + } + } else +#endif + { // to match the last 'else' above + } + + // unrecognized control, or bad pointer + return false; +} + +// Called to transfer data from the window +bool wxGenericValidator::TransferFromWindow(void) +{ + if ( !m_validatorWindow ) + return false; + + // BOOL CONTROLS ************************************** +#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxCheckBox)) ) + { + wxCheckBox* pControl = (wxCheckBox*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pBool) + { + *m_pBool = pControl->GetValue() ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_RADIOBTN + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxRadioButton)) ) + { + wxRadioButton* pControl = (wxRadioButton*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pBool) + { + *m_pBool = pControl->GetValue() ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxToggleButton)) ) + { + wxToggleButton *pControl = (wxToggleButton *) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pBool) + { + *m_pBool = pControl->GetValue() ; + return true; + } + } else +#if (defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxBitmapToggleButton)) ) + { + wxBitmapToggleButton *pControl = (wxBitmapToggleButton *) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pBool) + { + *m_pBool = pControl->GetValue() ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#endif + + // INT CONTROLS *************************************** +#if wxUSE_GAUGE + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxGauge)) ) + { + wxGauge* pControl = (wxGauge*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + *m_pInt = pControl->GetValue() ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxRadioBox)) ) + { + wxRadioBox* pControl = (wxRadioBox*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + *m_pInt = pControl->GetSelection() ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_SCROLLBAR + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxScrollBar)) ) + { + wxScrollBar* pControl = (wxScrollBar*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + *m_pInt = pControl->GetThumbPosition() ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXMOTIF__) + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxSpinCtrl)) ) + { + wxSpinCtrl* pControl = (wxSpinCtrl*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + *m_pInt=pControl->GetValue(); + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_SPINBTN + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxSpinButton)) ) + { + wxSpinButton* pControl = (wxSpinButton*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + *m_pInt = pControl->GetValue() ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_SLIDER + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxSlider)) ) + { + wxSlider* pControl = (wxSlider*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + *m_pInt = pControl->GetValue() ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif + + // DATE TIME CONTROLS ************************************ +#if 0 // wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL -- temporary fix for shared build linking + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDatePickerCtrl)) ) + { + wxDatePickerCtrl* pControl = (wxDatePickerCtrl*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pDateTime) + { + *m_pDateTime = pControl->GetValue() ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif + + // STRING CONTROLS ************************************ +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxButton)) ) + { + wxButton* pControl = (wxButton*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pString) + { + *m_pString = pControl->GetLabel() ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxComboBox)) ) + { + wxComboBox* pControl = (wxComboBox*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + *m_pInt = pControl->GetSelection() ; + return true; + } + else if (m_pString) + { + if (m_validatorWindow->GetWindowStyle() & wxCB_READONLY) + *m_pString = pControl->GetStringSelection(); + else + *m_pString = pControl->GetValue(); + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_CHOICE + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxChoice)) ) + { + wxChoice* pControl = (wxChoice*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pInt) + { + *m_pInt = pControl->GetSelection() ; + return true; + } + else if (m_pString) + { + *m_pString = pControl->GetStringSelection(); + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_STATTEXT + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStaticText)) ) + { + wxStaticText* pControl = (wxStaticText*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pString) + { + *m_pString = pControl->GetLabel() ; + return true; + } + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)) ) + { + wxTextCtrl* pControl = (wxTextCtrl*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pString) + { + *m_pString = pControl->GetValue() ; + return true; + } + else if (m_pInt) + { + *m_pInt = wxAtoi(pControl->GetValue()); + return true; + } + } else +#endif + + // ARRAY CONTROLS ************************************* +#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + // NOTE: wxCheckListBox isa wxListBox, so wxCheckListBox MUST come first: + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxCheckListBox)) ) + { + wxCheckListBox* pControl = (wxCheckListBox*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pArrayInt) + { + // clear our array + m_pArrayInt->Clear(); + + // add each selected item to our array + size_t i, + count = pControl->GetCount(); + for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if (pControl->IsChecked(i)) + m_pArrayInt->Add(i); + } + + return true; + } + else + return false; + } else +#endif +#if wxUSE_LISTBOX + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxListBox)) ) + { + wxListBox* pControl = (wxListBox*) m_validatorWindow; + if (m_pArrayInt) + { + // clear our array + m_pArrayInt->Clear(); + + // add each selected item to our array + size_t i, + count = pControl->GetCount(); + for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if (pControl->IsSelected(i)) + m_pArrayInt->Add(i); + } + + return true; + } + } else +#endif + + // unrecognized control, or bad pointer + return false; + + return false; +} + +/* + Called by constructors to initialize ALL data members +*/ +void wxGenericValidator::Initialize() +{ + m_pBool = 0; + m_pInt = 0; + m_pString = 0; + m_pArrayInt = 0; +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + m_pDateTime = 0; +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME +} + +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/validate.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/validate.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d21d174cdf --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/validate.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/validate.cpp +// Purpose: wxValidator +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: validate.cpp 58227 2009-01-19 13:55:27Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +#include "wx/validate.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/window.h" +#endif + +const wxValidator wxDefaultValidator; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxValidator, wxEvtHandler) + +// VZ: personally, I think true would be more appropriate - these bells are +// _annoying_ +bool wxValidator::ms_isSilent = false; + +wxValidator::wxValidator() +{ + m_validatorWindow = NULL; +} + +wxValidator::~wxValidator() +{ +} + +#endif + // wxUSE_VALIDATORS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valnum.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valnum.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4b12bbf531 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valnum.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/valnum.cpp +// Purpose: Numeric validator classes implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin based on the submission of Fulvio Senore +// Created: 2010-11-06 +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// Declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/combobox.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/valnum.h" +#include "wx/numformatter.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxNumValidatorBase implementation +// ============================================================================ + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxNumValidatorBase, wxValidator) + EVT_CHAR(wxNumValidatorBase::OnChar) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS(wxNumValidatorBase::OnKillFocus) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +int wxNumValidatorBase::GetFormatFlags() const +{ + int flags = wxNumberFormatter::Style_None; + if ( m_style & wxNUM_VAL_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR ) + flags |= wxNumberFormatter::Style_WithThousandsSep; + if ( m_style & wxNUM_VAL_NO_TRAILING_ZEROES ) + flags |= wxNumberFormatter::Style_NoTrailingZeroes; + + return flags; +} + +wxTextEntry *wxNumValidatorBase::GetTextEntry() const +{ +#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + if ( wxTextCtrl *text = wxDynamicCast(m_validatorWindow, wxTextCtrl) ) + return text; +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX + if ( wxComboBox *combo = wxDynamicCast(m_validatorWindow, wxComboBox) ) + return combo; +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX + + wxFAIL_MSG("Can only be used with wxTextCtrl or wxComboBox"); + + return NULL; +} + +void +wxNumValidatorBase::GetCurrentValueAndInsertionPoint(wxString& val, + int& pos) const +{ + wxTextEntry * const control = GetTextEntry(); + if ( !control ) + return; + + val = control->GetValue(); + pos = control->GetInsertionPoint(); + + long selFrom, selTo; + control->GetSelection(&selFrom, &selTo); + + const long selLen = selTo - selFrom; + if ( selLen ) + { + // Remove selected text because pressing a key would make it disappear. + val.erase(selFrom, selLen); + + // And adjust the insertion point to have correct position in the new + // string. + if ( pos > selFrom ) + { + if ( pos >= selTo ) + pos -= selLen; + else + pos = selFrom; + } + } +} + +bool wxNumValidatorBase::IsMinusOk(const wxString& val, int pos) const +{ + // Minus is only ever accepted in the beginning of the string. + if ( pos != 0 ) + return false; + + // And then only if there is no existing minus sign there. + if ( !val.empty() && val[0] == '-' ) + return false; + + return true; +} + +void wxNumValidatorBase::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + // By default we just validate this key so don't prevent the normal + // handling from taking place. + event.Skip(); + + if ( !m_validatorWindow ) + return; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + const int ch = event.GetUnicodeKey(); + if ( ch == WXK_NONE ) + { + // It's a character without any Unicode equivalent at all, e.g. cursor + // arrow or function key, we never filter those. + return; + } +#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE + const int ch = event.GetKeyCode(); + if ( ch > WXK_DELETE ) + { + // Not a character neither. + return; + } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE + + if ( ch < WXK_SPACE || ch == WXK_DELETE ) + { + // Allow ASCII control characters and Delete. + return; + } + + // Check if this character is allowed in the current state. + wxString val; + int pos; + GetCurrentValueAndInsertionPoint(val, pos); + + if ( !IsCharOk(val, pos, ch) ) + { + if ( !wxValidator::IsSilent() ) + wxBell(); + + // Do not skip the event in this case, stop handling it here. + event.Skip(false); + } +} + +void wxNumValidatorBase::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) +{ + wxTextEntry * const control = GetTextEntry(); + if ( !control ) + return; + + // When we change the control value below, its "modified" status is reset + // so we need to explicitly keep it marked as modified if it was so in the + // first place. + // + // Notice that only wxTextCtrl (and not wxTextEntry) has + // IsModified()/MarkDirty() methods hence the need for dynamic cast. + wxTextCtrl * const text = wxDynamicCast(m_validatorWindow, wxTextCtrl); + const bool wasModified = text ? text->IsModified() : false; + + control->ChangeValue(NormalizeString(control->GetValue())); + + if ( wasModified ) + text->MarkDirty(); + + event.Skip(); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxIntegerValidatorBase implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxString wxIntegerValidatorBase::ToString(LongestValueType value) const +{ + return wxNumberFormatter::ToString(value, GetFormatFlags()); +} + +bool +wxIntegerValidatorBase::FromString(const wxString& s, LongestValueType *value) +{ + return wxNumberFormatter::FromString(s, value); +} + +bool +wxIntegerValidatorBase::IsCharOk(const wxString& val, int pos, wxChar ch) const +{ + // We may accept minus sign if we can represent negative numbers at all. + if ( ch == '-' ) + { + // Notice that entering '-' can make our value invalid, for example if + // we're limited to -5..15 range and the current value is 12, then the + // new value would be (invalid) -12. We consider it better to let the + // user do this because perhaps he is going to press Delete key next to + // make it -2 and forcing him to delete 1 first would be unnatural. + // + // TODO: It would be nice to indicate that the current control contents + // is invalid (if it's indeed going to be the case) once + // wxValidator supports doing this non-intrusively. + return m_min < 0 && IsMinusOk(val, pos); + } + + // We only accept digits here (remember that '-' is taken care of by the + // base class already). + if ( ch < '0' || ch > '9' ) + return false; + + // And the value after insertion needs to be in the defined range. + LongestValueType value; + if ( !FromString(GetValueAfterInsertingChar(val, pos, ch), &value) ) + return false; + + return IsInRange(value); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxFloatingPointValidatorBase implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxString wxFloatingPointValidatorBase::ToString(LongestValueType value) const +{ + return wxNumberFormatter::ToString(value, m_precision, GetFormatFlags()); +} + +bool +wxFloatingPointValidatorBase::FromString(const wxString& s, + LongestValueType *value) +{ + return wxNumberFormatter::FromString(s, value); +} + +bool +wxFloatingPointValidatorBase::IsCharOk(const wxString& val, + int pos, + wxChar ch) const +{ + // We may accept minus sign if we can represent negative numbers at all. + if ( ch == '-' ) + return m_min < 0 && IsMinusOk(val, pos); + + const wxChar separator = wxNumberFormatter::GetDecimalSeparator(); + if ( ch == separator ) + { + if ( val.find(separator) != wxString::npos ) + { + // There is already a decimal separator, can't insert another one. + return false; + } + + // Prepending a separator before the minus sign isn't allowed. + if ( pos == 0 && !val.empty() && val[0] == '-' ) + return false; + + // Otherwise always accept it, adding a decimal separator doesn't + // change the number value and, in particular, can't make it invalid. + // OTOH the checks below might not pass because strings like "." or + // "-." are not valid numbers so parsing them would fail, hence we need + // to treat it specially here. + return true; + } + + // Must be a digit then. + if ( ch < '0' || ch > '9' ) + return false; + + // Check whether the value we'd obtain if we accepted this key is correct. + const wxString newval(GetValueAfterInsertingChar(val, pos, ch)); + + LongestValueType value; + if ( !FromString(newval, &value) ) + return false; + + // Also check that it doesn't have too many decimal digits. + const size_t posSep = newval.find(separator); + if ( posSep != wxString::npos && newval.length() - posSep - 1 > m_precision ) + return false; + + // Finally check whether it is in the range. + return IsInRange(value); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valtext.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valtext.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e7110fd6e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/valtext.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,335 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/valtext.cpp +// Purpose: wxTextValidator +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: valtext.cpp 66385 2010-12-16 17:21:49Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS && (wxUSE_TEXTCTRL || wxUSE_COMBOBOX) + +#include "wx/valtext.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/combobox.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "wx/combo.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static bool wxIsNumeric(const wxString& val) +{ + for ( wxString::const_iterator i = val.begin(); i != val.end(); ++i ) + { + // Allow for "," (French) as well as "." -- in future we should + // use wxSystemSettings or other to do better localisation + if ((!wxIsdigit(*i)) && + (*i != wxS('.')) && (*i != wxS(',')) && (*i != wxS('e')) && + (*i != wxS('E')) && (*i != wxS('+')) && (*i != wxS('-'))) + return false; + } + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextValidator +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextValidator, wxValidator) +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTextValidator, wxValidator) + EVT_CHAR(wxTextValidator::OnChar) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxTextValidator::wxTextValidator(long style, wxString *val) +{ + m_stringValue = val; + SetStyle(style); +} + +wxTextValidator::wxTextValidator(const wxTextValidator& val) + : wxValidator() +{ + Copy(val); +} + +void wxTextValidator::SetStyle(long style) +{ + m_validatorStyle = style; + +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + int check; + check = (int)HasFlag(wxFILTER_ALPHA) + (int)HasFlag(wxFILTER_ALPHANUMERIC) + + (int)HasFlag(wxFILTER_DIGITS) + (int)HasFlag(wxFILTER_NUMERIC); + wxASSERT_MSG(check <= 1, + "It makes sense to use only one of the wxFILTER_ALPHA/wxFILTER_ALPHANUMERIC/" + "wxFILTER_SIMPLE_NUMBER/wxFILTER_NUMERIC styles"); + + wxASSERT_MSG(((int)HasFlag(wxFILTER_INCLUDE_LIST) + (int)HasFlag(wxFILTER_INCLUDE_CHAR_LIST) <= 1) && + ((int)HasFlag(wxFILTER_EXCLUDE_LIST) + (int)HasFlag(wxFILTER_EXCLUDE_CHAR_LIST) <= 1), + "Using both wxFILTER_[IN|EX]CLUDE_LIST _and_ wxFILTER_[IN|EX]CLUDE_CHAR_LIST " + "doesn't work since wxTextValidator internally uses the same array for both"); + + check = (int)HasFlag(wxFILTER_INCLUDE_LIST) + (int)HasFlag(wxFILTER_INCLUDE_CHAR_LIST) + + (int)HasFlag(wxFILTER_EXCLUDE_LIST) + (int)HasFlag(wxFILTER_EXCLUDE_CHAR_LIST); + wxASSERT_MSG(check <= 1, + "Using both an include/exclude list may lead to unexpected results"); +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL +} + +bool wxTextValidator::Copy(const wxTextValidator& val) +{ + wxValidator::Copy(val); + + m_validatorStyle = val.m_validatorStyle; + m_stringValue = val.m_stringValue; + + m_includes = val.m_includes; + m_excludes = val.m_excludes; + + return true; +} + +wxTextEntry *wxTextValidator::GetTextEntry() +{ +#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl))) + { + return (wxTextCtrl*)m_validatorWindow; + } +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxComboBox))) + { + return (wxComboBox*)m_validatorWindow; + } +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL + if (m_validatorWindow->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxComboCtrl))) + { + return (wxComboCtrl*)m_validatorWindow; + } +#endif + + wxFAIL_MSG( + "wxTextValidator can only be used with wxTextCtrl, wxComboBox, " + "or wxComboCtrl" + ); + + return NULL; +} + +// Called when the value in the window must be validated. +// This function can pop up an error message. +bool wxTextValidator::Validate(wxWindow *parent) +{ + // If window is disabled, simply return + if ( !m_validatorWindow->IsEnabled() ) + return true; + + wxTextEntry * const text = GetTextEntry(); + if ( !text ) + return false; + + wxString val(text->GetValue()); + + wxString errormsg; + if ( HasFlag(wxFILTER_EMPTY) && val.empty() ) + { + errormsg = _("Required information entry is empty."); + } + else if ( !(errormsg = IsValid(val)).empty() ) + { + // NB: this format string should always contain exactly one '%s' + wxString buf; + buf.Printf(errormsg, val.c_str()); + errormsg = buf; + } + + if ( !errormsg.empty() ) + { + m_validatorWindow->SetFocus(); + wxMessageBox(errormsg, _("Validation conflict"), + wxOK | wxICON_EXCLAMATION, parent); + + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +// Called to transfer data to the window +bool wxTextValidator::TransferToWindow() +{ + if ( m_stringValue ) + { + wxTextEntry * const text = GetTextEntry(); + if ( !text ) + return false; + + text->SetValue(*m_stringValue); + } + + return true; +} + +// Called to transfer data to the window +bool wxTextValidator::TransferFromWindow() +{ + if ( m_stringValue ) + { + wxTextEntry * const text = GetTextEntry(); + if ( !text ) + return false; + + *m_stringValue = text->GetValue(); + } + + return true; +} + +// IRIX mipsPro refuses to compile wxStringCheck() if func is inline so +// let's work around this by using this non-template function instead of +// wxStringCheck(). And while this might be fractionally less efficient because +// the function call won't be inlined like this, we don't care enough about +// this to add extra #ifs for non-IRIX case. +namespace +{ + +bool CheckString(bool (*func)(const wxUniChar&), const wxString& str) +{ + for ( wxString::const_iterator i = str.begin(); i != str.end(); ++i ) + { + if ( !func(*i) ) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +wxString wxTextValidator::IsValid(const wxString& val) const +{ + // wxFILTER_EMPTY is checked for in wxTextValidator::Validate + + if ( HasFlag(wxFILTER_ASCII) && !val.IsAscii() ) + return _("'%s' should only contain ASCII characters."); + if ( HasFlag(wxFILTER_ALPHA) && !CheckString(wxIsalpha, val) ) + return _("'%s' should only contain alphabetic characters."); + if ( HasFlag(wxFILTER_ALPHANUMERIC) && !CheckString(wxIsalnum, val) ) + return _("'%s' should only contain alphabetic or numeric characters."); + if ( HasFlag(wxFILTER_DIGITS) && !CheckString(wxIsdigit, val) ) + return _("'%s' should only contain digits."); + if ( HasFlag(wxFILTER_NUMERIC) && !wxIsNumeric(val) ) + return _("'%s' should be numeric."); + if ( HasFlag(wxFILTER_INCLUDE_LIST) && m_includes.Index(val) == wxNOT_FOUND ) + return _("'%s' is invalid"); + if ( HasFlag(wxFILTER_INCLUDE_CHAR_LIST) && !ContainsOnlyIncludedCharacters(val) ) + return _("'%s' is invalid"); + if ( HasFlag(wxFILTER_EXCLUDE_LIST) && m_excludes.Index(val) != wxNOT_FOUND ) + return _("'%s' is invalid"); + if ( HasFlag(wxFILTER_EXCLUDE_CHAR_LIST) && ContainsExcludedCharacters(val) ) + return _("'%s' is invalid"); + + return wxEmptyString; +} + +bool wxTextValidator::ContainsOnlyIncludedCharacters(const wxString& val) const +{ + for ( wxString::const_iterator i = val.begin(); i != val.end(); ++i ) + if (m_includes.Index((wxString) *i) == wxNOT_FOUND) + // one character of 'val' is NOT present in m_includes... + return false; + + // all characters of 'val' are present in m_includes + return true; +} + +bool wxTextValidator::ContainsExcludedCharacters(const wxString& val) const +{ + for ( wxString::const_iterator i = val.begin(); i != val.end(); ++i ) + if (m_excludes.Index((wxString) *i) != wxNOT_FOUND) + // one character of 'val' is present in m_excludes... + return true; + + // all characters of 'val' are NOT present in m_excludes + return false; +} + +void wxTextValidator::SetCharIncludes(const wxString& chars) +{ + wxArrayString arr; + + for ( wxString::const_iterator i = chars.begin(); i != chars.end(); ++i ) + arr.Add(*i); + + SetIncludes(arr); +} + +void wxTextValidator::SetCharExcludes(const wxString& chars) +{ + wxArrayString arr; + + for ( wxString::const_iterator i = chars.begin(); i != chars.end(); ++i ) + arr.Add(*i); + + SetExcludes(arr); +} + +void wxTextValidator::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + if (!m_validatorWindow) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + int keyCode = event.GetKeyCode(); + + // we don't filter special keys and delete + if (keyCode < WXK_SPACE || keyCode == WXK_DELETE || keyCode >= WXK_START) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + wxString str((wxUniChar)keyCode, 1); + if (!IsValid(str).empty()) + { + if ( !wxValidator::IsSilent() ) + wxBell(); + + // eat message + return; + } + else + event.Skip(); +} + + +#endif + // wxUSE_VALIDATORS && (wxUSE_TEXTCTRL || wxUSE_COMBOBOX) diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/variant.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/variant.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..27d28d9dde --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/variant.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2516 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/variant.cpp +// Purpose: wxVariant class, container for any type +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 10/09/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: variant.cpp 66608 2011-01-06 11:06:12Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/variant.h" + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/math.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" + #if wxUSE_STREAMS + #include "wx/stream.h" + #endif +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + #if wxUSE_IOSTREAMH + #include + #else + #include + #endif +#endif + +#if defined(__MWERKS__) && __MSL__ >= 0x6000 +namespace std {} +using namespace std ; +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + #include "wx/txtstrm.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/string.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" + +wxVariant WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxNullVariant; + + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxVariantList) + +/* + * wxVariant + */ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxVariant, wxObject) + +wxVariant::wxVariant() + : wxObject() +{ +} + +bool wxVariant::IsNull() const +{ + return (m_refData == NULL); +} + +void wxVariant::MakeNull() +{ + UnRef(); +} + +void wxVariant::Clear() +{ + m_name = wxEmptyString; +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(const wxVariant& variant) + : wxObject() +{ + if (!variant.IsNull()) + Ref(variant); + + m_name = variant.m_name; +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(wxVariantData* data, const wxString& name) // User-defined data + : wxObject() +{ + m_refData = data; + m_name = name; +} + +wxVariant::~wxVariant() +{ +} + +wxObjectRefData *wxVariant::CreateRefData() const +{ + // We cannot create any particular wxVariantData. + wxFAIL_MSG("wxVariant::CreateRefData() cannot be implemented"); + return NULL; +} + +wxObjectRefData *wxVariant::CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const +{ + return ((wxVariantData*) data)->Clone(); +} + +// Assignment +void wxVariant::operator= (const wxVariant& variant) +{ + Ref(variant); + m_name = variant.m_name; +} + +// myVariant = new wxStringVariantData("hello") +void wxVariant::operator= (wxVariantData* variantData) +{ + UnRef(); + m_refData = variantData; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator== (const wxVariant& variant) const +{ + if (IsNull() || variant.IsNull()) + return (IsNull() == variant.IsNull()); + + if (GetType() != variant.GetType()) + return false; + + return (GetData()->Eq(* variant.GetData())); +} + +bool wxVariant::operator!= (const wxVariant& variant) const +{ + return (!(*this == variant)); +} + +wxString wxVariant::MakeString() const +{ + if (!IsNull()) + { + wxString str; + if (GetData()->Write(str)) + return str; + } + return wxEmptyString; +} + +void wxVariant::SetData(wxVariantData* data) +{ + UnRef(); + m_refData = data; +} + +bool wxVariant::Unshare() +{ + if ( !m_refData || m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1 ) + return true; + + wxObject::UnShare(); + + return (m_refData && m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1); +} + + +// Returns a string representing the type of the variant, +// e.g. "string", "bool", "list", "double", "long" +wxString wxVariant::GetType() const +{ + if (IsNull()) + return wxString(wxT("null")); + else + return GetData()->GetType(); +} + + +bool wxVariant::IsType(const wxString& type) const +{ + return (GetType() == type); +} + +bool wxVariant::IsValueKindOf(const wxClassInfo* type) const +{ + wxClassInfo* info=GetData()->GetValueClassInfo(); + return info ? info->IsKindOf(type) : false ; +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariant <-> wxAny conversion code +// ----------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_ANY + +wxAnyToVariantRegistration:: + wxAnyToVariantRegistration(wxVariantDataFactory factory) + : m_factory(factory) +{ + wxPreRegisterAnyToVariant(this); +} + +wxAnyToVariantRegistration::~wxAnyToVariantRegistration() +{ +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(const wxAny& any) + : wxObject() +{ + wxVariant variant; + if ( !any.GetAs(&variant) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG("wxAny of this type cannot be converted to wxVariant"); + return; + } + + *this = variant; +} + +wxAny wxVariant::GetAny() const +{ + if ( IsNull() ) + return wxAny(); + + wxAny any; + wxVariantData* data = GetData(); + + if ( data->GetAsAny(&any) ) + return any; + + // If everything else fails, wrap the whole wxVariantData + return wxAny(data); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ANY + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariantDataLong +// ----------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariantDataLong: public wxVariantData +{ +public: + wxVariantDataLong() { m_value = 0; } + wxVariantDataLong(long value) { m_value = value; } + + inline long GetValue() const { return m_value; } + inline void SetValue(long value) { m_value = value; } + + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; + + virtual bool Read(wxString& str); + virtual bool Write(wxString& str) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& str); + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const; +#endif +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool Read(wxInputStream& str); + virtual bool Write(wxOutputStream &str) const; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new wxVariantDataLong(m_value); } + + virtual wxString GetType() const { return wxT("long"); } + +#if wxUSE_ANY + // Since wxAny does not have separate type for integers shorter than + // longlong, we do not usually implement wxVariant->wxAny conversion + // here (but in wxVariantDataLongLong instead). + #ifndef wxLongLong_t + DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() + #else + bool GetAsAny(wxAny* any) const + { + *any = m_value; + return true; + } + #endif +#endif // wxUSE_ANY + +protected: + long m_value; +}; + +#ifndef wxLongLong_t +IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(long, wxVariantDataLong) +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataLong::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (data.GetType() == wxT("long")), wxT("wxVariantDataLong::Eq: argument mismatch") ); + + wxVariantDataLong& otherData = (wxVariantDataLong&) data; + + return (otherData.m_value == m_value); +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataLong::Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const +{ + wxString s; + Write(s); + str << (const char*) s.mb_str(); + return true; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataLong::Write(wxString& str) const +{ + str.Printf(wxT("%ld"), m_value); + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataLong::Read(wxSTD istream& str) +{ + str >> m_value; + return true; +} +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +bool wxVariantDataLong::Write(wxOutputStream& str) const +{ + wxTextOutputStream s(str); + + s.Write32((size_t)m_value); + return true; +} + +bool wxVariantDataLong::Read(wxInputStream& str) +{ + wxTextInputStream s(str); + m_value = s.Read32(); + return true; +} +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxVariantDataLong::Read(wxString& str) +{ + m_value = wxAtol(str); + return true; +} + +// wxVariant + +wxVariant::wxVariant(long val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataLong(val); + m_name = name; +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(int val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataLong((long)val); + m_name = name; +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(short val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataLong((long)val); + m_name = name; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator== (long value) const +{ + long thisValue; + if (!Convert(&thisValue)) + return false; + else + return (value == thisValue); +} + +bool wxVariant::operator!= (long value) const +{ + return (!((*this) == value)); +} + +void wxVariant::operator= (long value) +{ + if (GetType() == wxT("long") && + m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1) + { + ((wxVariantDataLong*)GetData())->SetValue(value); + } + else + { + UnRef(); + m_refData = new wxVariantDataLong(value); + } +} + +long wxVariant::GetLong() const +{ + long value; + if (Convert(& value)) + return value; + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Could not convert to a long")); + return 0; + } +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariantDoubleData +// ----------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariantDoubleData: public wxVariantData +{ +public: + wxVariantDoubleData() { m_value = 0.0; } + wxVariantDoubleData(double value) { m_value = value; } + + inline double GetValue() const { return m_value; } + inline void SetValue(double value) { m_value = value; } + + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; + virtual bool Read(wxString& str); +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const; +#endif + virtual bool Write(wxString& str) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& str); +#endif +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool Read(wxInputStream& str); + virtual bool Write(wxOutputStream &str) const; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual wxString GetType() const { return wxT("double"); } + + wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new wxVariantDoubleData(m_value); } + + DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() +protected: + double m_value; +}; + +IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(double, wxVariantDoubleData) + +bool wxVariantDoubleData::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (data.GetType() == wxT("double")), wxT("wxVariantDoubleData::Eq: argument mismatch") ); + + wxVariantDoubleData& otherData = (wxVariantDoubleData&) data; + + return wxIsSameDouble(otherData.m_value, m_value); +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDoubleData::Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const +{ + wxString s; + Write(s); + str << (const char*) s.mb_str(); + return true; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDoubleData::Write(wxString& str) const +{ + str.Printf(wxT("%.14g"), m_value); + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDoubleData::Read(wxSTD istream& str) +{ + str >> m_value; + return true; +} +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +bool wxVariantDoubleData::Write(wxOutputStream& str) const +{ + wxTextOutputStream s(str); + s.WriteDouble((double)m_value); + return true; +} + +bool wxVariantDoubleData::Read(wxInputStream& str) +{ + wxTextInputStream s(str); + m_value = (float)s.ReadDouble(); + return true; +} +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxVariantDoubleData::Read(wxString& str) +{ + m_value = wxAtof(str); + return true; +} + +// wxVariant double code + +wxVariant::wxVariant(double val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDoubleData(val); + m_name = name; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator== (double value) const +{ + double thisValue; + if (!Convert(&thisValue)) + return false; + + return wxIsSameDouble(value, thisValue); +} + +bool wxVariant::operator!= (double value) const +{ + return (!((*this) == value)); +} + +void wxVariant::operator= (double value) +{ + if (GetType() == wxT("double") && + m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1) + { + ((wxVariantDoubleData*)GetData())->SetValue(value); + } + else + { + UnRef(); + m_refData = new wxVariantDoubleData(value); + } +} + +double wxVariant::GetDouble() const +{ + double value; + if (Convert(& value)) + return value; + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Could not convert to a double number")); + return 0.0; + } +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariantBoolData +// ----------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariantDataBool: public wxVariantData +{ +public: + wxVariantDataBool() { m_value = 0; } + wxVariantDataBool(bool value) { m_value = value; } + + inline bool GetValue() const { return m_value; } + inline void SetValue(bool value) { m_value = value; } + + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const; +#endif + virtual bool Write(wxString& str) const; + virtual bool Read(wxString& str); +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& str); +#endif +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool Read(wxInputStream& str); + virtual bool Write(wxOutputStream& str) const; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual wxString GetType() const { return wxT("bool"); } + + wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new wxVariantDataBool(m_value); } + + DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() +protected: + bool m_value; +}; + +IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(bool, wxVariantDataBool) + +bool wxVariantDataBool::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (data.GetType() == wxT("bool")), wxT("wxVariantDataBool::Eq: argument mismatch") ); + + wxVariantDataBool& otherData = (wxVariantDataBool&) data; + + return (otherData.m_value == m_value); +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataBool::Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const +{ + wxString s; + Write(s); + str << (const char*) s.mb_str(); + return true; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataBool::Write(wxString& str) const +{ + str.Printf(wxT("%d"), (int) m_value); + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataBool::Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unimplemented")); +// str >> (long) m_value; + return false; +} +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +bool wxVariantDataBool::Write(wxOutputStream& str) const +{ + wxTextOutputStream s(str); + + s.Write8(m_value); + return true; +} + +bool wxVariantDataBool::Read(wxInputStream& str) +{ + wxTextInputStream s(str); + + m_value = s.Read8() != 0; + return true; +} +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxVariantDataBool::Read(wxString& str) +{ + m_value = (wxAtol(str) != 0); + return true; +} + +// wxVariant **** + +wxVariant::wxVariant(bool val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataBool(val); + m_name = name; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator== (bool value) const +{ + bool thisValue; + if (!Convert(&thisValue)) + return false; + else + return (value == thisValue); +} + +bool wxVariant::operator!= (bool value) const +{ + return (!((*this) == value)); +} + +void wxVariant::operator= (bool value) +{ + if (GetType() == wxT("bool") && + m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1) + { + ((wxVariantDataBool*)GetData())->SetValue(value); + } + else + { + UnRef(); + m_refData = new wxVariantDataBool(value); + } +} + +bool wxVariant::GetBool() const +{ + bool value; + if (Convert(& value)) + return value; + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Could not convert to a bool")); + return 0; + } +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariantDataChar +// ----------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariantDataChar: public wxVariantData +{ +public: + wxVariantDataChar() { m_value = 0; } + wxVariantDataChar(const wxUniChar& value) { m_value = value; } + + inline wxUniChar GetValue() const { return m_value; } + inline void SetValue(const wxUniChar& value) { m_value = value; } + + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& str); + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const; +#endif + virtual bool Read(wxString& str); + virtual bool Write(wxString& str) const; +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool Read(wxInputStream& str); + virtual bool Write(wxOutputStream& str) const; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual wxString GetType() const { return wxT("char"); } + wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new wxVariantDataChar(m_value); } + + DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() +protected: + wxUniChar m_value; +}; + +IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(wxUniChar, wxVariantDataChar) + +bool wxVariantDataChar::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (data.GetType() == wxT("char")), wxT("wxVariantDataChar::Eq: argument mismatch") ); + + wxVariantDataChar& otherData = (wxVariantDataChar&) data; + + return (otherData.m_value == m_value); +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataChar::Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const +{ + str << wxString(m_value); + return true; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataChar::Write(wxString& str) const +{ + str = m_value; + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataChar::Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unimplemented")); + + return false; +} +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +bool wxVariantDataChar::Write(wxOutputStream& str) const +{ + wxTextOutputStream s(str); + + // FIXME-UTF8: this should be just "s << m_value;" after removal of + // ANSI build and addition of wxUniChar to wxTextOutputStream: + s << (wxChar)m_value; + + return true; +} + +bool wxVariantDataChar::Read(wxInputStream& str) +{ + wxTextInputStream s(str); + + // FIXME-UTF8: this should be just "s >> m_value;" after removal of + // ANSI build and addition of wxUniChar to wxTextInputStream: + wxChar ch; + s >> ch; + m_value = ch; + + return true; +} +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxVariantDataChar::Read(wxString& str) +{ + m_value = str[0u]; + return true; +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(const wxUniChar& val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataChar(val); + m_name = name; +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(char val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataChar(val); + m_name = name; +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(wchar_t val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataChar(val); + m_name = name; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator==(const wxUniChar& value) const +{ + wxUniChar thisValue; + if (!Convert(&thisValue)) + return false; + else + return (value == thisValue); +} + +wxVariant& wxVariant::operator=(const wxUniChar& value) +{ + if (GetType() == wxT("char") && + m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1) + { + ((wxVariantDataChar*)GetData())->SetValue(value); + } + else + { + UnRef(); + m_refData = new wxVariantDataChar(value); + } + + return *this; +} + +wxUniChar wxVariant::GetChar() const +{ + wxUniChar value; + if (Convert(& value)) + return value; + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Could not convert to a char")); + return wxUniChar(0); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariantDataString +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariantDataString: public wxVariantData +{ +public: + wxVariantDataString() { } + wxVariantDataString(const wxString& value) { m_value = value; } + + inline wxString GetValue() const { return m_value; } + inline void SetValue(const wxString& value) { m_value = value; } + + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const; +#endif + virtual bool Read(wxString& str); + virtual bool Write(wxString& str) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) { return false; } +#endif +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool Read(wxInputStream& str); + virtual bool Write(wxOutputStream& str) const; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual wxString GetType() const { return wxT("string"); } + wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new wxVariantDataString(m_value); } + + DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() +protected: + wxString m_value; +}; + +IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(wxString, wxVariantDataString) + +#if wxUSE_ANY +// This allows converting string literal wxAnys to string variants +wxVariantData* wxVariantDataFromConstCharPAny(const wxAny& any) +{ + return new wxVariantDataString(wxANY_AS(any, const char*)); +} + +wxVariantData* wxVariantDataFromConstWchar_tPAny(const wxAny& any) +{ + return new wxVariantDataString(wxANY_AS(any, const wchar_t*)); +} + +_REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(const char*, + ConstCharP, + wxVariantDataFromConstCharPAny) +_REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(const wchar_t*, + ConstWchar_tP, + wxVariantDataFromConstWchar_tPAny) +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataString::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (data.GetType() == wxT("string")), wxT("wxVariantDataString::Eq: argument mismatch") ); + + wxVariantDataString& otherData = (wxVariantDataString&) data; + + return (otherData.m_value == m_value); +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataString::Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const +{ + str << (const char*) m_value.mb_str(); + return true; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataString::Write(wxString& str) const +{ + str = m_value; + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +bool wxVariantDataString::Write(wxOutputStream& str) const +{ + // why doesn't wxOutputStream::operator<< take "const wxString&" + wxTextOutputStream s(str); + s.WriteString(m_value); + return true; +} + +bool wxVariantDataString::Read(wxInputStream& str) +{ + wxTextInputStream s(str); + + m_value = s.ReadLine(); + return true; +} +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxVariantDataString::Read(wxString& str) +{ + m_value = str; + return true; +} + +// wxVariant **** + +wxVariant::wxVariant(const wxString& val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataString(val); + m_name = name; +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(const char* val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataString(wxString(val)); + m_name = name; +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(const wchar_t* val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataString(wxString(val)); + m_name = name; +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(const wxCStrData& val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataString(val.AsString()); + m_name = name; +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(const wxScopedCharBuffer& val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataString(wxString(val)); + m_name = name; +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataString(wxString(val)); + m_name = name; +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_STRING +wxVariant::wxVariant(const std::string& val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataString(wxString(val)); + m_name = name; +} + +wxVariant::wxVariant(const wxStdWideString& val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataString(wxString(val)); + m_name = name; +} +#endif // wxUSE_STD_STRING + +bool wxVariant::operator== (const wxString& value) const +{ + wxString thisValue; + if (!Convert(&thisValue)) + return false; + + return value == thisValue; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator!= (const wxString& value) const +{ + return (!((*this) == value)); +} + +wxVariant& wxVariant::operator= (const wxString& value) +{ + if (GetType() == wxT("string") && + m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1) + { + ((wxVariantDataString*)GetData())->SetValue(value); + } + else + { + UnRef(); + m_refData = new wxVariantDataString(value); + } + return *this; +} + +wxString wxVariant::GetString() const +{ + wxString value; + if (!Convert(& value)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Could not convert to a string")); + } + + return value; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr: public wxVariantData +{ +public: + wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr() { } + wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr(wxObject* value) { m_value = value; } + + inline wxObject* GetValue() const { return m_value; } + inline void SetValue(wxObject* value) { m_value = value; } + + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const; +#endif + virtual bool Write(wxString& str) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& str); +#endif + virtual bool Read(wxString& str); + virtual wxString GetType() const ; + virtual wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr(m_value); } + + virtual wxClassInfo* GetValueClassInfo(); + + DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() +protected: + wxObject* m_value; +}; + +IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(wxObject*, wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr) + +bool wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( data.GetType() == GetType(), wxT("wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr::Eq: argument mismatch") ); + + wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr& otherData = (wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr&) data; + + return (otherData.m_value == m_value); +} + +wxString wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr::GetType() const +{ + wxString returnVal(wxT("wxObject*")); + + if (m_value) + { + returnVal = m_value->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName(); + returnVal += wxT("*"); + } + + return returnVal; +} + +wxClassInfo* wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr::GetValueClassInfo() +{ + wxClassInfo* returnVal=NULL; + + if (m_value) returnVal = m_value->GetClassInfo(); + + return returnVal; +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr::Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const +{ + wxString s; + Write(s); + str << (const char*) s.mb_str(); + return true; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr::Write(wxString& str) const +{ + str.Printf(wxT("%s(%p)"), GetType().c_str(), static_cast(m_value)); + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr::Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) +{ + // Not implemented + return false; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr::Read(wxString& WXUNUSED(str)) +{ + // Not implemented + return false; +} + +// wxVariant + +wxVariant::wxVariant( wxObject* val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr(val); + m_name = name; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator== (wxObject* value) const +{ + return (value == ((wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr*)GetData())->GetValue()); +} + +bool wxVariant::operator!= (wxObject* value) const +{ + return (!((*this) == (wxObject*) value)); +} + +void wxVariant::operator= (wxObject* value) +{ + UnRef(); + m_refData = new wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr(value); +} + +wxObject* wxVariant::GetWxObjectPtr() const +{ + return (wxObject*) ((wxVariantDataWxObjectPtr*) m_refData)->GetValue(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariantDataVoidPtr +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxVariantDataVoidPtr: public wxVariantData +{ +public: + wxVariantDataVoidPtr() { } + wxVariantDataVoidPtr(void* value) { m_value = value; } + + inline void* GetValue() const { return m_value; } + inline void SetValue(void* value) { m_value = value; } + + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const; +#endif + virtual bool Write(wxString& str) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& str); +#endif + virtual bool Read(wxString& str); + virtual wxString GetType() const { return wxT("void*"); } + virtual wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new wxVariantDataVoidPtr(m_value); } + + DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() +protected: + void* m_value; +}; + +IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(void*, wxVariantDataVoidPtr) + +bool wxVariantDataVoidPtr::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( data.GetType() == wxT("void*"), wxT("wxVariantDataVoidPtr::Eq: argument mismatch") ); + + wxVariantDataVoidPtr& otherData = (wxVariantDataVoidPtr&) data; + + return (otherData.m_value == m_value); +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataVoidPtr::Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const +{ + wxString s; + Write(s); + str << (const char*) s.mb_str(); + return true; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataVoidPtr::Write(wxString& str) const +{ + str.Printf(wxT("%p"), m_value); + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataVoidPtr::Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) +{ + // Not implemented + return false; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataVoidPtr::Read(wxString& WXUNUSED(str)) +{ + // Not implemented + return false; +} + +// wxVariant + +wxVariant::wxVariant( void* val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataVoidPtr(val); + m_name = name; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator== (void* value) const +{ + return (value == ((wxVariantDataVoidPtr*)GetData())->GetValue()); +} + +bool wxVariant::operator!= (void* value) const +{ + return (!((*this) == (void*) value)); +} + +void wxVariant::operator= (void* value) +{ + if (GetType() == wxT("void*") && (m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1)) + { + ((wxVariantDataVoidPtr*)GetData())->SetValue(value); + } + else + { + UnRef(); + m_refData = new wxVariantDataVoidPtr(value); + } +} + +void* wxVariant::GetVoidPtr() const +{ + // handling this specially is convenient when working with COM, see #9873 + if ( IsNull() ) + return NULL; + + wxASSERT( GetType() == wxT("void*") ); + + return (void*) ((wxVariantDataVoidPtr*) m_refData)->GetValue(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariantDataDateTime +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + +class wxVariantDataDateTime: public wxVariantData +{ +public: + wxVariantDataDateTime() { } + wxVariantDataDateTime(const wxDateTime& value) { m_value = value; } + + inline wxDateTime GetValue() const { return m_value; } + inline void SetValue(const wxDateTime& value) { m_value = value; } + + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const; +#endif + virtual bool Write(wxString& str) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& str); +#endif + virtual bool Read(wxString& str); + virtual wxString GetType() const { return wxT("datetime"); } + virtual wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new wxVariantDataDateTime(m_value); } + + DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() +protected: + wxDateTime m_value; +}; + +IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(wxDateTime, wxVariantDataDateTime) + +bool wxVariantDataDateTime::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (data.GetType() == wxT("datetime")), wxT("wxVariantDataDateTime::Eq: argument mismatch") ); + + wxVariantDataDateTime& otherData = (wxVariantDataDateTime&) data; + + return (otherData.m_value == m_value); +} + + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataDateTime::Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const +{ + wxString value; + Write( value ); + str << value.c_str(); + return true; +} +#endif + + +bool wxVariantDataDateTime::Write(wxString& str) const +{ + if ( m_value.IsValid() ) + str = m_value.Format(); + else + str = wxS("Invalid"); + return true; +} + + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataDateTime::Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) +{ + // Not implemented + return false; +} +#endif + + +bool wxVariantDataDateTime::Read(wxString& str) +{ + if ( str == wxS("Invalid") ) + { + m_value = wxInvalidDateTime; + return true; + } + + wxString::const_iterator end; + return m_value.ParseDateTime(str, &end) && end == str.end(); +} + +// wxVariant + +wxVariant::wxVariant(const wxDateTime& val, const wxString& name) // Date +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataDateTime(val); + m_name = name; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator== (const wxDateTime& value) const +{ + wxDateTime thisValue; + if (!Convert(&thisValue)) + return false; + + return value.IsEqualTo(thisValue); +} + +bool wxVariant::operator!= (const wxDateTime& value) const +{ + return (!((*this) == value)); +} + +void wxVariant::operator= (const wxDateTime& value) +{ + if (GetType() == wxT("datetime") && + m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1) + { + ((wxVariantDataDateTime*)GetData())->SetValue(value); + } + else + { + UnRef(); + m_refData = new wxVariantDataDateTime(value); + } +} + +wxDateTime wxVariant::GetDateTime() const +{ + wxDateTime value; + if (!Convert(& value)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Could not convert to a datetime")); + } + + return value; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariantDataArrayString +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxVariantDataArrayString: public wxVariantData +{ +public: + wxVariantDataArrayString() { } + wxVariantDataArrayString(const wxArrayString& value) { m_value = value; } + + wxArrayString GetValue() const { return m_value; } + void SetValue(const wxArrayString& value) { m_value = value; } + + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const; +#endif + virtual bool Write(wxString& str) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& str); +#endif + virtual bool Read(wxString& str); + virtual wxString GetType() const { return wxT("arrstring"); } + virtual wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new wxVariantDataArrayString(m_value); } + + DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() +protected: + wxArrayString m_value; +}; + +IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(wxArrayString, wxVariantDataArrayString) + +bool wxVariantDataArrayString::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( data.GetType() == GetType(), wxT("wxVariantDataArrayString::Eq: argument mismatch") ); + + wxVariantDataArrayString& otherData = (wxVariantDataArrayString&) data; + + return otherData.m_value == m_value; +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataArrayString::Write(wxSTD ostream& WXUNUSED(str)) const +{ + // Not implemented + return false; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataArrayString::Write(wxString& str) const +{ + size_t count = m_value.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( n ) + str += wxT(';'); + + str += m_value[n]; + } + + return true; +} + + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataArrayString::Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) +{ + // Not implemented + return false; +} +#endif + + +bool wxVariantDataArrayString::Read(wxString& str) +{ + wxStringTokenizer tk(str, wxT(";")); + while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) + { + m_value.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); + } + + return true; +} + +// wxVariant + +wxVariant::wxVariant(const wxArrayString& val, const wxString& name) // Strings +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataArrayString(val); + m_name = name; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator==(const wxArrayString& WXUNUSED(value)) const +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("TODO") ); + + return false; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator!=(const wxArrayString& value) const +{ + return !(*this == value); +} + +void wxVariant::operator=(const wxArrayString& value) +{ + if (GetType() == wxT("arrstring") && + m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1) + { + ((wxVariantDataArrayString *)GetData())->SetValue(value); + } + else + { + UnRef(); + m_refData = new wxVariantDataArrayString(value); + } +} + +wxArrayString wxVariant::GetArrayString() const +{ + if ( GetType() == wxT("arrstring") ) + return ((wxVariantDataArrayString *)GetData())->GetValue(); + + return wxArrayString(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariantDataLongLong +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariantDataLongLong : public wxVariantData +{ +public: + wxVariantDataLongLong() { m_value = 0; } + wxVariantDataLongLong(wxLongLong value) { m_value = value; } + + wxLongLong GetValue() const { return m_value; } + void SetValue(wxLongLong value) { m_value = value; } + + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; + + virtual bool Read(wxString& str); + virtual bool Write(wxString& str) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& str); + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const; +#endif +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool Read(wxInputStream& str); + virtual bool Write(wxOutputStream &str) const; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + wxVariantData* Clone() const + { + return new wxVariantDataLongLong(m_value); + } + + virtual wxString GetType() const { return wxS("longlong"); } + + DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() +protected: + wxLongLong m_value; +}; + +// +// wxLongLong type requires customized wxAny conversion code +// +#if wxUSE_ANY +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + +bool wxVariantDataLongLong::GetAsAny(wxAny* any) const +{ + *any = m_value.GetValue(); + return true; +} + +wxVariantData* wxVariantDataLongLong::VariantDataFactory(const wxAny& any) +{ + return new wxVariantDataLongLong(wxANY_AS(any, wxLongLong_t)); +} + +REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(wxLongLong_t, wxVariantDataLongLong) + +#else // if !defined(wxLongLong_t) + +bool wxVariantDataLongLong::GetAsAny(wxAny* any) const +{ + *any = m_value; + return true; +} + +wxVariantData* wxVariantDataLongLong::VariantDataFactory(const wxAny& any) +{ + return new wxVariantDataLongLong(wxANY_AS(any, wxLongLong)); +} + +REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(wxLongLong, wxVariantDataLongLong) + +#endif // defined(wxLongLong_t)/!defined(wxLongLong_t) +#endif // wxUSE_ANY + +bool wxVariantDataLongLong::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (data.GetType() == wxS("longlong")), + "wxVariantDataLongLong::Eq: argument mismatch" ); + + wxVariantDataLongLong& otherData = (wxVariantDataLongLong&) data; + + return (otherData.m_value == m_value); +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataLongLong::Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const +{ + wxString s; + Write(s); + str << (const char*) s.mb_str(); + return true; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataLongLong::Write(wxString& str) const +{ +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + str.Printf(wxS("%lld"), m_value.GetValue()); + return true; +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataLongLong::Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxS("Unimplemented")); + return false; +} +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +bool wxVariantDataLongLong::Write(wxOutputStream& str) const +{ + wxTextOutputStream s(str); + s.Write32(m_value.GetLo()); + s.Write32(m_value.GetHi()); + return true; +} + +bool wxVariantDataLongLong::Read(wxInputStream& str) +{ + wxTextInputStream s(str); + unsigned long lo = s.Read32(); + long hi = s.Read32(); + m_value = wxLongLong(hi, lo); + return true; +} +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxVariantDataLongLong::Read(wxString& str) +{ +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + wxLongLong_t value_t; + if ( !str.ToLongLong(&value_t) ) + return false; + m_value = value_t; + return true; +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +// wxVariant + +wxVariant::wxVariant(wxLongLong val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataLongLong(val); + m_name = name; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator==(wxLongLong value) const +{ + wxLongLong thisValue; + if ( !Convert(&thisValue) ) + return false; + else + return (value == thisValue); +} + +bool wxVariant::operator!=(wxLongLong value) const +{ + return (!((*this) == value)); +} + +void wxVariant::operator=(wxLongLong value) +{ + if ( GetType() == wxS("longlong") && + m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1 ) + { + ((wxVariantDataLongLong*)GetData())->SetValue(value); + } + else + { + UnRef(); + m_refData = new wxVariantDataLongLong(value); + } +} + +wxLongLong wxVariant::GetLongLong() const +{ + wxLongLong value; + if ( Convert(&value) ) + { + return value; + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Could not convert to a long long")); + return 0; + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariantDataULongLong +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariantDataULongLong : public wxVariantData +{ +public: + wxVariantDataULongLong() { m_value = 0; } + wxVariantDataULongLong(wxULongLong value) { m_value = value; } + + wxULongLong GetValue() const { return m_value; } + void SetValue(wxULongLong value) { m_value = value; } + + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; + + virtual bool Read(wxString& str); + virtual bool Write(wxString& str) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& str); + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const; +#endif +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + virtual bool Read(wxInputStream& str); + virtual bool Write(wxOutputStream &str) const; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + wxVariantData* Clone() const + { + return new wxVariantDataULongLong(m_value); + } + + virtual wxString GetType() const { return wxS("ulonglong"); } + + DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() +protected: + wxULongLong m_value; +}; + +// +// wxULongLong type requires customized wxAny conversion code +// +#if wxUSE_ANY +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + +bool wxVariantDataULongLong::GetAsAny(wxAny* any) const +{ + *any = m_value.GetValue(); + return true; +} + +wxVariantData* wxVariantDataULongLong::VariantDataFactory(const wxAny& any) +{ + return new wxVariantDataULongLong(wxANY_AS(any, wxULongLong_t)); +} + +REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(wxULongLong_t, wxVariantDataULongLong) + +#else // if !defined(wxLongLong_t) + +bool wxVariantDataULongLong::GetAsAny(wxAny* any) const +{ + *any = m_value; + return true; +} + +wxVariantData* wxVariantDataULongLong::VariantDataFactory(const wxAny& any) +{ + return new wxVariantDataULongLong(wxANY_AS(any, wxULongLong)); +} + +REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(wxULongLong, wxVariantDataULongLong) + +#endif // defined(wxLongLong_t)/!defined(wxLongLong_t) +#endif // wxUSE_ANY + + +bool wxVariantDataULongLong::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (data.GetType() == wxS("ulonglong")), + "wxVariantDataULongLong::Eq: argument mismatch" ); + + wxVariantDataULongLong& otherData = (wxVariantDataULongLong&) data; + + return (otherData.m_value == m_value); +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataULongLong::Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const +{ + wxString s; + Write(s); + str << (const char*) s.mb_str(); + return true; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataULongLong::Write(wxString& str) const +{ +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + str.Printf(wxS("%llu"), m_value.GetValue()); + return true; +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataULongLong::Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxS("Unimplemented")); + return false; +} +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +bool wxVariantDataULongLong::Write(wxOutputStream& str) const +{ + wxTextOutputStream s(str); + s.Write32(m_value.GetLo()); + s.Write32(m_value.GetHi()); + return true; +} + +bool wxVariantDataULongLong::Read(wxInputStream& str) +{ + wxTextInputStream s(str); + unsigned long lo = s.Read32(); + long hi = s.Read32(); + m_value = wxULongLong(hi, lo); + return true; +} +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + +bool wxVariantDataULongLong::Read(wxString& str) +{ +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + wxULongLong_t value_t; + if ( !str.ToULongLong(&value_t) ) + return false; + m_value = value_t; + return true; +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +// wxVariant + +wxVariant::wxVariant(wxULongLong val, const wxString& name) +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataULongLong(val); + m_name = name; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator==(wxULongLong value) const +{ + wxULongLong thisValue; + if ( !Convert(&thisValue) ) + return false; + else + return (value == thisValue); +} + +bool wxVariant::operator!=(wxULongLong value) const +{ + return (!((*this) == value)); +} + +void wxVariant::operator=(wxULongLong value) +{ + if ( GetType() == wxS("ulonglong") && + m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1 ) + { + ((wxVariantDataULongLong*)GetData())->SetValue(value); + } + else + { + UnRef(); + m_refData = new wxVariantDataULongLong(value); + } +} + +wxULongLong wxVariant::GetULongLong() const +{ + wxULongLong value; + if ( Convert(&value) ) + { + return value; + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Could not convert to a long long")); + return 0; + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVariantDataList +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariantDataList: public wxVariantData +{ +public: + wxVariantDataList() {} + wxVariantDataList(const wxVariantList& list); + virtual ~wxVariantDataList(); + + wxVariantList& GetValue() { return m_value; } + void SetValue(const wxVariantList& value) ; + + virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const; +#endif + virtual bool Write(wxString& str) const; +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM + virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& str); +#endif + virtual bool Read(wxString& str); + virtual wxString GetType() const { return wxT("list"); } + + void Clear(); + + wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new wxVariantDataList(m_value); } + + DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() +protected: + wxVariantList m_value; +}; + +#if wxUSE_ANY + +// +// Convert to/from list of wxAnys +// + +bool wxVariantDataList::GetAsAny(wxAny* any) const +{ + wxAnyList dst; + wxVariantList::compatibility_iterator node = m_value.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxVariant* pVar = node->GetData(); + dst.push_back(new wxAny(((const wxVariant&)*pVar))); + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + *any = dst; + return true; +} + +wxVariantData* wxVariantDataList::VariantDataFactory(const wxAny& any) +{ + wxAnyList src = wxANY_AS(any, wxAnyList); + wxVariantList dst; + wxAnyList::compatibility_iterator node = src.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxAny* pAny = node->GetData(); + dst.push_back(new wxVariant(*pAny)); + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return new wxVariantDataList(dst); +} + +REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(wxAnyList, wxVariantDataList) + +#endif // wxUSE_ANY + +wxVariantDataList::wxVariantDataList(const wxVariantList& list) +{ + SetValue(list); +} + +wxVariantDataList::~wxVariantDataList() +{ + Clear(); +} + +void wxVariantDataList::SetValue(const wxVariantList& value) +{ + Clear(); + wxVariantList::compatibility_iterator node = value.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxVariant* var = node->GetData(); + m_value.Append(new wxVariant(*var)); + node = node->GetNext(); + } +} + +void wxVariantDataList::Clear() +{ + wxVariantList::compatibility_iterator node = m_value.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxVariant* var = node->GetData(); + delete var; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + m_value.Clear(); +} + +bool wxVariantDataList::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (data.GetType() == wxT("list")), wxT("wxVariantDataList::Eq: argument mismatch") ); + + wxVariantDataList& listData = (wxVariantDataList&) data; + wxVariantList::compatibility_iterator node1 = m_value.GetFirst(); + wxVariantList::compatibility_iterator node2 = listData.GetValue().GetFirst(); + while (node1 && node2) + { + wxVariant* var1 = node1->GetData(); + wxVariant* var2 = node2->GetData(); + if ((*var1) != (*var2)) + return false; + node1 = node1->GetNext(); + node2 = node2->GetNext(); + } + if (node1 || node2) return false; + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataList::Write(wxSTD ostream& str) const +{ + wxString s; + Write(s); + str << (const char*) s.mb_str(); + return true; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataList::Write(wxString& str) const +{ + str = wxEmptyString; + wxVariantList::compatibility_iterator node = m_value.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxVariant* var = node->GetData(); + if (node != m_value.GetFirst()) + str += wxT(" "); + wxString str1; + str += var->MakeString(); + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM +bool wxVariantDataList::Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unimplemented")); + // TODO + return false; +} +#endif + +bool wxVariantDataList::Read(wxString& WXUNUSED(str)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unimplemented")); + // TODO + return false; +} + +// wxVariant + +wxVariant::wxVariant(const wxVariantList& val, const wxString& name) // List of variants +{ + m_refData = new wxVariantDataList(val); + m_name = name; +} + +bool wxVariant::operator== (const wxVariantList& value) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (GetType() == wxT("list")), wxT("Invalid type for == operator") ); + + wxVariantDataList other(value); + return (GetData()->Eq(other)); +} + +bool wxVariant::operator!= (const wxVariantList& value) const +{ + return (!((*this) == value)); +} + +void wxVariant::operator= (const wxVariantList& value) +{ + if (GetType() == wxT("list") && + m_refData->GetRefCount() == 1) + { + ((wxVariantDataList*)GetData())->SetValue(value); + } + else + { + UnRef(); + m_refData = new wxVariantDataList(value); + } +} + +wxVariantList& wxVariant::GetList() const +{ + wxASSERT( (GetType() == wxT("list")) ); + + return (wxVariantList&) ((wxVariantDataList*) m_refData)->GetValue(); +} + +// Make empty list +void wxVariant::NullList() +{ + SetData(new wxVariantDataList()); +} + +// Append to list +void wxVariant::Append(const wxVariant& value) +{ + wxVariantList& list = GetList(); + + list.Append(new wxVariant(value)); +} + +// Insert at front of list +void wxVariant::Insert(const wxVariant& value) +{ + wxVariantList& list = GetList(); + + list.Insert(new wxVariant(value)); +} + +// Returns true if the variant is a member of the list +bool wxVariant::Member(const wxVariant& value) const +{ + wxVariantList& list = GetList(); + + wxVariantList::compatibility_iterator node = list.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxVariant* other = node->GetData(); + if (value == *other) + return true; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return false; +} + +// Deletes the nth element of the list +bool wxVariant::Delete(size_t item) +{ + wxVariantList& list = GetList(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( (item < list.GetCount()), wxT("Invalid index to Delete") ); + wxVariantList::compatibility_iterator node = list.Item(item); + wxVariant* variant = node->GetData(); + delete variant; + list.Erase(node); + return true; +} + +// Clear list +void wxVariant::ClearList() +{ + if (!IsNull() && (GetType() == wxT("list"))) + { + ((wxVariantDataList*) m_refData)->Clear(); + } + else + { + if (!GetType().IsSameAs(wxT("list"))) + UnRef(); + + m_refData = new wxVariantDataList; + } +} + +// Treat a list variant as an array +wxVariant wxVariant::operator[] (size_t idx) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( GetType() == wxT("list"), wxT("Invalid type for array operator") ); + + if (GetType() == wxT("list")) + { + wxVariantDataList* data = (wxVariantDataList*) m_refData; + wxASSERT_MSG( (idx < data->GetValue().GetCount()), wxT("Invalid index for array") ); + return *(data->GetValue().Item(idx)->GetData()); + } + return wxNullVariant; +} + +wxVariant& wxVariant::operator[] (size_t idx) +{ + // We can't return a reference to a variant for a string list, since the string + // is actually stored as a char*, not a variant. + + wxASSERT_MSG( (GetType() == wxT("list")), wxT("Invalid type for array operator") ); + + wxVariantDataList* data = (wxVariantDataList*) m_refData; + wxASSERT_MSG( (idx < data->GetValue().GetCount()), wxT("Invalid index for array") ); + + return * (data->GetValue().Item(idx)->GetData()); +} + +// Return the number of elements in a list +size_t wxVariant::GetCount() const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( GetType() == wxT("list"), wxT("Invalid type for GetCount()") ); + + if (GetType() == wxT("list")) + { + wxVariantDataList* data = (wxVariantDataList*) m_refData; + return data->GetValue().GetCount(); + } + return 0; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Type conversion +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxVariant::Convert(long* value) const +{ + wxString type(GetType()); + if (type == wxS("double")) + *value = (long) (((wxVariantDoubleData*)GetData())->GetValue()); + else if (type == wxS("long")) + *value = ((wxVariantDataLong*)GetData())->GetValue(); + else if (type == wxS("bool")) + *value = (long) (((wxVariantDataBool*)GetData())->GetValue()); + else if (type == wxS("string")) + *value = wxAtol(((wxVariantDataString*)GetData())->GetValue()); +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + else if (type == wxS("longlong")) + { + wxLongLong v = ((wxVariantDataLongLong*)GetData())->GetValue(); + // Don't convert if return value would be vague + if ( v < LONG_MIN || v > LONG_MAX ) + return false; + *value = v.ToLong(); + } + else if (type == wxS("ulonglong")) + { + wxULongLong v = ((wxVariantDataULongLong*)GetData())->GetValue(); + // Don't convert if return value would be vague + if ( v.GetHi() ) + return false; + *value = (long) v.ToULong(); + } +#endif + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxVariant::Convert(bool* value) const +{ + wxString type(GetType()); + if (type == wxT("double")) + *value = ((int) (((wxVariantDoubleData*)GetData())->GetValue()) != 0); + else if (type == wxT("long")) + *value = (((wxVariantDataLong*)GetData())->GetValue() != 0); + else if (type == wxT("bool")) + *value = ((wxVariantDataBool*)GetData())->GetValue(); + else if (type == wxT("string")) + { + wxString val(((wxVariantDataString*)GetData())->GetValue()); + val.MakeLower(); + if (val == wxT("true") || val == wxT("yes") || val == wxT('1') ) + *value = true; + else if (val == wxT("false") || val == wxT("no") || val == wxT('0') ) + *value = false; + else + return false; + } + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxVariant::Convert(double* value) const +{ + wxString type(GetType()); + if (type == wxT("double")) + *value = ((wxVariantDoubleData*)GetData())->GetValue(); + else if (type == wxT("long")) + *value = (double) (((wxVariantDataLong*)GetData())->GetValue()); + else if (type == wxT("bool")) + *value = (double) (((wxVariantDataBool*)GetData())->GetValue()); + else if (type == wxT("string")) + *value = (double) wxAtof(((wxVariantDataString*)GetData())->GetValue()); +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG + else if (type == wxS("longlong")) + { + *value = ((wxVariantDataLongLong*)GetData())->GetValue().ToDouble(); + } + else if (type == wxS("ulonglong")) + { + *value = ((wxVariantDataULongLong*)GetData())->GetValue().ToDouble(); + } +#endif + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxVariant::Convert(wxUniChar* value) const +{ + wxString type(GetType()); + if (type == wxT("char")) + *value = ((wxVariantDataChar*)GetData())->GetValue(); + else if (type == wxT("long")) + *value = (char) (((wxVariantDataLong*)GetData())->GetValue()); + else if (type == wxT("bool")) + *value = (char) (((wxVariantDataBool*)GetData())->GetValue()); + else if (type == wxS("string")) + { + // Also accept strings of length 1 + const wxString& str = (((wxVariantDataString*)GetData())->GetValue()); + if ( str.length() == 1 ) + *value = str[0]; + else + return false; + } + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxVariant::Convert(char* value) const +{ + wxUniChar ch; + if ( !Convert(&ch) ) + return false; + *value = ch; + return true; +} + +bool wxVariant::Convert(wchar_t* value) const +{ + wxUniChar ch; + if ( !Convert(&ch) ) + return false; + *value = ch; + return true; +} + +bool wxVariant::Convert(wxString* value) const +{ + *value = MakeString(); + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_LONGLONG +bool wxVariant::Convert(wxLongLong* value) const +{ + wxString type(GetType()); + if (type == wxS("longlong")) + *value = ((wxVariantDataLongLong*)GetData())->GetValue(); + else if (type == wxS("long")) + *value = ((wxVariantDataLong*)GetData())->GetValue(); + else if (type == wxS("string")) + { + wxString s = ((wxVariantDataString*)GetData())->GetValue(); +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + wxLongLong_t value_t; + if ( !s.ToLongLong(&value_t) ) + return false; + *value = value_t; +#else + long l_value; + if ( !s.ToLong(&l_value) ) + return false; + *value = l_value; +#endif + } + else if (type == wxS("bool")) + *value = (long) (((wxVariantDataBool*)GetData())->GetValue()); + else if (type == wxS("double")) + { + value->Assign(((wxVariantDoubleData*)GetData())->GetValue()); + } + else if (type == wxS("ulonglong")) + *value = ((wxVariantDataULongLong*)GetData())->GetValue(); + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxVariant::Convert(wxULongLong* value) const +{ + wxString type(GetType()); + if (type == wxS("ulonglong")) + *value = ((wxVariantDataULongLong*)GetData())->GetValue(); + else if (type == wxS("long")) + *value = ((wxVariantDataLong*)GetData())->GetValue(); + else if (type == wxS("string")) + { + wxString s = ((wxVariantDataString*)GetData())->GetValue(); +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + wxULongLong_t value_t; + if ( !s.ToULongLong(&value_t) ) + return false; + *value = value_t; +#else + unsigned long l_value; + if ( !s.ToULong(&l_value) ) + return false; + *value = l_value; +#endif + } + else if (type == wxS("bool")) + *value = (long) (((wxVariantDataBool*)GetData())->GetValue()); + else if (type == wxS("double")) + { + double value_d = ((wxVariantDoubleData*)GetData())->GetValue(); + + if ( value_d < 0.0 ) + return false; + +#ifdef wxLongLong_t + *value = (wxULongLong_t) value_d; +#else + wxLongLong temp; + temp.Assign(value_d); + *value = temp; +#endif + } + else if (type == wxS("longlong")) + *value = ((wxVariantDataLongLong*)GetData())->GetValue(); + else + return false; + + return true; +} +#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME +bool wxVariant::Convert(wxDateTime* value) const +{ + wxString type(GetType()); + if (type == wxT("datetime")) + { + *value = ((wxVariantDataDateTime*)GetData())->GetValue(); + return true; + } + + // Fallback to string conversion + wxString val; + if ( !Convert(&val) ) + return false; + + // Try to parse this as either date and time, only date or only time + // checking that the entire string was parsed + wxString::const_iterator end; + if ( value->ParseDateTime(val, &end) && end == val.end() ) + return true; + + if ( value->ParseDate(val, &end) && end == val.end() ) + return true; + + if ( value->ParseTime(val, &end) && end == val.end() ) + return true; + + return false; +} +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wfstream.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wfstream.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c3e8b197ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wfstream.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,431 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/wfstream.cpp +// Purpose: "File stream" classes +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 11/07/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wfstream.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/wfstream.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/stream.h" +#endif + +#include + +#if wxUSE_FILE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileInputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFileInputStream::wxFileInputStream(const wxString& fileName) + : wxInputStream() +{ + m_file = new wxFile(fileName, wxFile::read); + m_file_destroy = true; + if ( !m_file->IsOpened() ) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; +} + +wxFileInputStream::wxFileInputStream() + : wxInputStream() +{ + m_file_destroy = false; + m_file = NULL; +} + +wxFileInputStream::wxFileInputStream(wxFile& file) +{ + m_file = &file; + m_file_destroy = false; +} + +wxFileInputStream::wxFileInputStream(int fd) +{ + m_file = new wxFile(fd); + m_file_destroy = true; +} + +wxFileInputStream::~wxFileInputStream() +{ + if (m_file_destroy) + delete m_file; +} + +wxFileOffset wxFileInputStream::GetLength() const +{ + return m_file->Length(); +} + +size_t wxFileInputStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + ssize_t ret = m_file->Read(buffer, size); + + // NB: we can't use a switch here because HP-UX CC doesn't allow + // switching over long long (which size_t is in 64bit mode) + + if ( !ret ) + { + // nothing read, so nothing more to read + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_EOF; + } + else if ( ret == wxInvalidOffset ) + { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + ret = 0; + } + else + { + // normal case + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + } + + return ret; +} + +wxFileOffset wxFileInputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + return m_file->Seek(pos, mode); +} + +wxFileOffset wxFileInputStream::OnSysTell() const +{ + return m_file->Tell(); +} + +bool wxFileInputStream::IsOk() const +{ + return wxInputStream::IsOk() && m_file->IsOpened(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileOutputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFileOutputStream::wxFileOutputStream(const wxString& fileName) +{ + m_file = new wxFile(fileName, wxFile::write); + m_file_destroy = true; + + if (!m_file->IsOpened()) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; +} + +wxFileOutputStream::wxFileOutputStream(wxFile& file) +{ + m_file = &file; + m_file_destroy = false; +} + +wxFileOutputStream::wxFileOutputStream() + : wxOutputStream() +{ + m_file_destroy = false; + m_file = NULL; +} + +wxFileOutputStream::wxFileOutputStream(int fd) +{ + m_file = new wxFile(fd); + m_file_destroy = true; +} + +wxFileOutputStream::~wxFileOutputStream() +{ + if (m_file_destroy) + { + Sync(); + delete m_file; + } +} + +size_t wxFileOutputStream::OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + size_t ret = m_file->Write(buffer, size); + + m_lasterror = m_file->Error() ? wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR : wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + + return ret; +} + +wxFileOffset wxFileOutputStream::OnSysTell() const +{ + return m_file->Tell(); +} + +wxFileOffset wxFileOutputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + return m_file->Seek(pos, mode); +} + +void wxFileOutputStream::Sync() +{ + wxOutputStream::Sync(); + m_file->Flush(); +} + +wxFileOffset wxFileOutputStream::GetLength() const +{ + return m_file->Length(); +} + +bool wxFileOutputStream::IsOk() const +{ + return wxOutputStream::IsOk() && m_file->IsOpened(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTempFileOutputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTempFileOutputStream::wxTempFileOutputStream(const wxString& fileName) +{ + m_file = new wxTempFile(fileName); + + if (!m_file->IsOpened()) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; +} + +wxTempFileOutputStream::~wxTempFileOutputStream() +{ + if (m_file->IsOpened()) + Discard(); + delete m_file; +} + +size_t wxTempFileOutputStream::OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + if (IsOk() && m_file->Write(buffer, size)) + return size; + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + return 0; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFileStream::wxFileStream(const wxString& fileName) + : wxFileInputStream(), + wxFileOutputStream() +{ + wxFileOutputStream::m_file = + wxFileInputStream::m_file = new wxFile(fileName, wxFile::read_write); + + // this is a bit ugly as streams are symmetric but we still have to delete + // the file we created above exactly once so we decide to (arbitrarily) do + // it in wxFileInputStream + wxFileInputStream::m_file_destroy = true; +} + +bool wxFileStream::IsOk() const +{ + return wxFileOutputStream::IsOk() && wxFileInputStream::IsOk(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILE + +#if wxUSE_FFILE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFFileInputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFFileInputStream::wxFFileInputStream(const wxString& fileName, + const wxString& mode) + : wxInputStream() +{ + m_file = new wxFFile(fileName, mode); + m_file_destroy = true; + + if (!m_file->IsOpened()) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; +} + +wxFFileInputStream::wxFFileInputStream() + : wxInputStream() +{ + m_file = NULL; + m_file_destroy = false; +} + +wxFFileInputStream::wxFFileInputStream(wxFFile& file) +{ + m_file = &file; + m_file_destroy = false; +} + +wxFFileInputStream::wxFFileInputStream(FILE *file) +{ + m_file = new wxFFile(file); + m_file_destroy = true; +} + +wxFFileInputStream::~wxFFileInputStream() +{ + if (m_file_destroy) + delete m_file; +} + +wxFileOffset wxFFileInputStream::GetLength() const +{ + return m_file->Length(); +} + +size_t wxFFileInputStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + ssize_t ret = m_file->Read(buffer, size); + + // It is not safe to call Eof() if the file is not opened. + if (!m_file->IsOpened() || m_file->Eof()) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_EOF; + if (ret == wxInvalidOffset) + { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + ret = 0; + } + + return ret; +} + +wxFileOffset wxFFileInputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + return m_file->Seek(pos, mode) ? m_file->Tell() : wxInvalidOffset; +} + +wxFileOffset wxFFileInputStream::OnSysTell() const +{ + return m_file->Tell(); +} + +bool wxFFileInputStream::IsOk() const +{ + return wxStreamBase::IsOk() && m_file->IsOpened(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFFileOutputStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFFileOutputStream::wxFFileOutputStream(const wxString& fileName, + const wxString& mode) +{ + m_file = new wxFFile(fileName, mode); + m_file_destroy = true; + + if (!m_file->IsOpened()) + { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + } + else + { + if (m_file->Error()) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + } +} + +wxFFileOutputStream::wxFFileOutputStream(wxFFile& file) +{ + m_file = &file; + m_file_destroy = false; +} + +wxFFileOutputStream::wxFFileOutputStream() + : wxOutputStream() +{ + m_file = NULL; + m_file_destroy = false; +} + +wxFFileOutputStream::wxFFileOutputStream(FILE *file) +{ + m_file = new wxFFile(file); + m_file_destroy = true; +} + +wxFFileOutputStream::~wxFFileOutputStream() +{ + if (m_file_destroy) + { + Sync(); + delete m_file; + } +} + +size_t wxFFileOutputStream::OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + size_t ret = m_file->Write(buffer, size); + // It is not safe to call Error() if the file is not opened. + if (!m_file->IsOpened() || m_file->Error()) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + else + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + return ret; +} + +wxFileOffset wxFFileOutputStream::OnSysTell() const +{ + return m_file->Tell(); +} + +wxFileOffset wxFFileOutputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + return m_file->Seek(pos, mode) ? m_file->Tell() : wxInvalidOffset; +} + +void wxFFileOutputStream::Sync() +{ + wxOutputStream::Sync(); + m_file->Flush(); +} + +wxFileOffset wxFFileOutputStream::GetLength() const +{ + return m_file->Length(); +} + +bool wxFFileOutputStream::IsOk() const +{ + return wxStreamBase::IsOk() && m_file->IsOpened(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFFileStream +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFFileStream::wxFFileStream(const wxString& fileName, const wxString& mode) + : wxFFileInputStream(), + wxFFileOutputStream() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( mode.find_first_of('+') != wxString::npos, + "must be opened in read-write mode for this class to work" ); + + wxFFileOutputStream::m_file = + wxFFileInputStream::m_file = new wxFFile(fileName, mode); + + // see comment in wxFileStream ctor + wxFFileInputStream::m_file_destroy = true; +} + +bool wxFFileStream::IsOk() const +{ + return wxFFileOutputStream::IsOk() && wxFFileInputStream::IsOk(); +} + +#endif //wxUSE_FFILE + +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wincmn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wincmn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8714550a7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wincmn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,3831 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/wincmn.cpp +// Purpose: common (to all ports) wxWindow functions +// Author: Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 13/07/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wincmn.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/frame.h" + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/control.h" + #include "wx/checkbox.h" + #include "wx/radiobut.h" + #include "wx/statbox.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/msgout.h" + #include "wx/statusbr.h" + #include "wx/toolbar.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/scrolbar.h" + #include "wx/layout.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/menu.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + #include "wx/dnd.h" +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY + #include "wx/access.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_HELP + #include "wx/cshelp.h" +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + #include "wx/tooltip.h" +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +#if wxUSE_CARET + #include "wx/caret.h" +#endif // wxUSE_CARET + +#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS + #include "wx/sysopt.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/platinfo.h" +#include "wx/private/window.h" + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" +#endif + +// Windows List +WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxWindowList) wxTopLevelWindows; + +// globals +#if wxUSE_MENUS +wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxPanelNameStr[] = "panel"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// static data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowBase, wxEvtHandler) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event table +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowBase, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowBase::OnSysColourChanged) + EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowBase::OnInitDialog) + EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN(wxWindowBase::OnMiddleClick) + +#if wxUSE_HELP + EVT_HELP(wxID_ANY, wxWindowBase::OnHelp) +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + + EVT_SIZE(wxWindowBase::InternalOnSize) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation of the common functionality of the wxWindow class +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// XTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +// windows that are created from a parent window during its Create method, +// eg. spin controls in a calendar controls must never been streamed out +// separately otherwise chaos occurs. Right now easiest is to test for negative ids, +// as windows with negative ids never can be recreated anyway + + +bool wxWindowStreamingCallback( const wxObject *object, wxObjectWriter *, + wxObjectWriterCallback *, const wxStringToAnyHashMap & ) +{ + const wxWindow * win = wx_dynamic_cast(const wxWindow*, object); + if ( win && win->GetId() < 0 ) + return false; + return true; +} + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK(wxWindow, wxWindowBase, "wx/window.h", \ + wxWindowStreamingCallback) + +// make wxWindowList known before the property is used + +wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxWindow*, wxWindowList ); + +template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxWindowList const &theList, + wxAnyList &value) +{ + wxListCollectionToAnyList( theList, value ); +} + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) + +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxEND_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxWindow) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Close, wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, wxCloseEvent) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Create, wxEVT_CREATE, wxWindowCreateEvent ) +wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Destroy, wxEVT_DESTROY, wxWindowDestroyEvent ) +// Always constructor Properties first + +wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Parent,wxWindow*, GetParent, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY( Id,wxWindowID, SetId, GetId, -1 /*wxID_ANY*/, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) +wxPROPERTY( Position,wxPoint, SetPosition, GetPosition, wxDefaultPosition, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // pos +wxPROPERTY( Size,wxSize, SetSize, GetSize, wxDefaultSize, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // size +wxPROPERTY( WindowStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, GetWindowStyleFlag, \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // style +wxPROPERTY( Name,wxString, SetName, GetName, wxEmptyString, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") ) + +// Then all relations of the object graph + +wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( Children, wxWindowList, wxWindowBase*, \ + GetWindowChildren, wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + +// and finally all other properties + +wxPROPERTY( ExtraStyle, long, SetExtraStyle, GetExtraStyle, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // extstyle +wxPROPERTY( BackgroundColour, wxColour, SetBackgroundColour, GetBackgroundColour, \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // bg +wxPROPERTY( ForegroundColour, wxColour, SetForegroundColour, GetForegroundColour, \ + wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) // fg +wxPROPERTY( Enabled, bool, Enable, IsEnabled, wxAny((bool)true), 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) +wxPROPERTY( Shown, bool, Show, IsShown, wxAny((bool)true), 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group")) + +#if 0 +// possible property candidates (not in xrc) or not valid in all subclasses +wxPROPERTY( Title,wxString, SetTitle, GetTitle, wxEmptyString ) +wxPROPERTY( Font, wxFont, SetFont, GetWindowFont , ) +wxPROPERTY( Label,wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxEmptyString ) +// MaxHeight, Width, MinHeight, Width +// TODO switch label to control and title to toplevels + +wxPROPERTY( ThemeEnabled, bool, SetThemeEnabled, GetThemeEnabled, ) +//wxPROPERTY( Cursor, wxCursor, SetCursor, GetCursor, ) +// wxPROPERTY( ToolTip, wxString, SetToolTip, GetToolTipText, ) +wxPROPERTY( AutoLayout, bool, SetAutoLayout, GetAutoLayout, ) +#endif +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxWindow) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(wxWindow) + +#else + +#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase) +#endif + +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// initialization +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the default initialization +wxWindowBase::wxWindowBase() +{ + // no window yet, no parent nor children + m_parent = NULL; + m_windowId = wxID_ANY; + + // no constraints on the minimal window size + m_minWidth = + m_maxWidth = wxDefaultCoord; + m_minHeight = + m_maxHeight = wxDefaultCoord; + + // invalidiated cache value + m_bestSizeCache = wxDefaultSize; + + // window are created enabled and visible by default + m_isShown = + m_isEnabled = true; + + // the default event handler is just this window + m_eventHandler = this; + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + // no validator + m_windowValidator = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + + // the colours/fonts are default for now, so leave m_font, + // m_backgroundColour and m_foregroundColour uninitialized and set those + m_hasBgCol = + m_hasFgCol = + m_hasFont = false; + m_inheritBgCol = + m_inheritFgCol = + m_inheritFont = false; + + // no style bits + m_exStyle = + m_windowStyle = 0; + + m_backgroundStyle = wxBG_STYLE_ERASE; + +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + // no constraints whatsoever + m_constraints = NULL; + m_constraintsInvolvedIn = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + + m_windowSizer = NULL; + m_containingSizer = NULL; + m_autoLayout = false; + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + m_dropTarget = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + m_tooltip = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +#if wxUSE_CARET + m_caret = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_CARET + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + m_hasCustomPalette = false; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY + m_accessible = NULL; +#endif + + m_virtualSize = wxDefaultSize; + + m_scrollHelper = NULL; + + m_windowVariant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL; +#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS + if ( wxSystemOptions::HasOption(wxWINDOW_DEFAULT_VARIANT) ) + { + m_windowVariant = (wxWindowVariant) wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt( wxWINDOW_DEFAULT_VARIANT ) ; + } +#endif + + // Whether we're using the current theme for this window (wxGTK only for now) + m_themeEnabled = false; + + // This is set to true by SendDestroyEvent() which should be called by the + // most derived class to ensure that the destruction event is sent as soon + // as possible to allow its handlers to still see the undestroyed window + m_isBeingDeleted = false; + + m_freezeCount = 0; +} + +// common part of window creation process +bool wxWindowBase::CreateBase(wxWindowBase *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos), + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + // ids are limited to 16 bits under MSW so if you care about portability, + // it's not a good idea to use ids out of this range (and negative ids are + // reserved for wxWidgets own usage) + wxASSERT_MSG( id == wxID_ANY || (id >= 0 && id < 32767) || + (id >= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST && id <= wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST), + wxT("invalid id value") ); + + // generate a new id if the user doesn't care about it + if ( id == wxID_ANY ) + { + m_windowId = NewControlId(); + } + else // valid id specified + { + m_windowId = id; + } + + // don't use SetWindowStyleFlag() here, this function should only be called + // to change the flag after creation as it tries to reflect the changes in + // flags by updating the window dynamically and we don't need this here + m_windowStyle = style; + + // assume the user doesn't want this window to shrink beneath its initial + // size, this worked like this in wxWidgets 2.8 and before and generally + // often makes sense for child windows (for top level ones it definitely + // does not as the user should be able to resize the window) + // + // note that we can't use IsTopLevel() from ctor + if ( size != wxDefaultSize && !wxTopLevelWindows.Find((wxWindow *)this) ) + SetMinSize(size); + + SetName(name); + SetParent(parent); + + return true; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::CreateBase(wxWindowBase *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& wxVALIDATOR_PARAM(validator), + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, name) ) + return false; + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + SetValidator(validator); +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + + // if the parent window has wxWS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY set, we want to + // have it too - like this it's possible to set it only in the top level + // dialog/frame and all children will inherit it by defult + if ( parent && (parent->GetExtraStyle() & wxWS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY) ) + { + SetExtraStyle(GetExtraStyle() | wxWS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::ToggleWindowStyle(int flag) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( flag, wxT("flags with 0 value can't be toggled") ); + + bool rc; + long style = GetWindowStyleFlag(); + if ( style & flag ) + { + style &= ~flag; + rc = false; + } + else // currently off + { + style |= flag; + rc = true; + } + + SetWindowStyleFlag(style); + + return rc; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// destruction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// common clean up +wxWindowBase::~wxWindowBase() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( GetCapture() != this, wxT("attempt to destroy window with mouse capture") ); + + // FIXME if these 2 cases result from programming errors in the user code + // we should probably assert here instead of silently fixing them + + // Just in case the window has been Closed, but we're then deleting + // immediately: don't leave dangling pointers. + wxPendingDelete.DeleteObject(this); + + // Just in case we've loaded a top-level window via LoadNativeDialog but + // we weren't a dialog class + wxTopLevelWindows.DeleteObject((wxWindow*)this); + + // Any additional event handlers should be popped before the window is + // deleted as otherwise the last handler will be left with a dangling + // pointer to this window result in a difficult to diagnose crash later on. + wxASSERT_MSG( GetEventHandler() == this, + wxT("any pushed event handlers must have been removed") ); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // The associated popup menu can still be alive, disassociate from it in + // this case + if ( wxCurrentPopupMenu && wxCurrentPopupMenu->GetInvokingWindow() == this ) + wxCurrentPopupMenu->SetInvokingWindow(NULL); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + wxASSERT_MSG( GetChildren().GetCount() == 0, wxT("children not destroyed") ); + + // notify the parent about this window destruction + if ( m_parent ) + m_parent->RemoveChild(this); + +#if wxUSE_CARET + delete m_caret; +#endif // wxUSE_CARET + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + delete m_windowValidator; +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + // Have to delete constraints/sizer FIRST otherwise sizers may try to look + // at deleted windows as they delete themselves. + DeleteRelatedConstraints(); + + if ( m_constraints ) + { + // This removes any dangling pointers to this window in other windows' + // constraintsInvolvedIn lists. + UnsetConstraints(m_constraints); + wxDELETE(m_constraints); + } +#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + + if ( m_containingSizer ) + m_containingSizer->Detach( (wxWindow*)this ); + + delete m_windowSizer; + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + delete m_dropTarget; +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + delete m_tooltip; +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY + delete m_accessible; +#endif + +#if wxUSE_HELP + // NB: this has to be called unconditionally, because we don't know + // whether this window has associated help text or not + wxHelpProvider *helpProvider = wxHelpProvider::Get(); + if ( helpProvider ) + helpProvider->RemoveHelp(this); +#endif +} + +bool wxWindowBase::IsBeingDeleted() const +{ + return m_isBeingDeleted || + (!IsTopLevel() && m_parent && m_parent->IsBeingDeleted()); +} + +void wxWindowBase::SendDestroyEvent() +{ + if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) + { + // we could have been already called from a more derived class dtor, + // e.g. ~wxTLW calls us and so does ~wxWindow and the latter call + // should be simply ignored + return; + } + + m_isBeingDeleted = true; + + wxWindowDestroyEvent event; + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetId(GetId()); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +bool wxWindowBase::Destroy() +{ + SendDestroyEvent(); + + delete this; + + return true; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::Close(bool force) +{ + wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, m_windowId); + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetCanVeto(!force); + + // return false if window wasn't closed because the application vetoed the + // close event + return HandleWindowEvent(event) && !event.GetVeto(); +} + +bool wxWindowBase::DestroyChildren() +{ + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( ;; ) + { + // we iterate until the list becomes empty + node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); + if ( !node ) + break; + + wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); + + // note that we really want to delete it immediately so don't call the + // possible overridden Destroy() version which might not delete the + // child immediately resulting in problems with our (top level) child + // outliving its parent + child->wxWindowBase::Destroy(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !GetChildren().Find(child), + wxT("child didn't remove itself using RemoveChild()") ); + } + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// size/position related methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// centre the window with respect to its parent in either (or both) directions +void wxWindowBase::DoCentre(int dir) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( !(dir & wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN) && GetParent(), + wxT("this method only implements centering child windows") ); + + SetSize(GetRect().CentreIn(GetParent()->GetClientSize(), dir)); +} + +// fits the window around the children +void wxWindowBase::Fit() +{ + if ( !GetChildren().empty() ) + { + SetSize(GetBestSize()); + } + //else: do nothing if we have no children +} + +// fits virtual size (ie. scrolled area etc.) around children +void wxWindowBase::FitInside() +{ + if ( GetChildren().GetCount() > 0 ) + { + SetVirtualSize( GetBestVirtualSize() ); + } +} + +// On Mac, scrollbars are explicitly children. +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) +static bool wxHasRealChildren(const wxWindowBase* win) +{ + int realChildCount = 0; + + for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = win->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); + if ( !win->IsTopLevel() && win->IsShown() +#if wxUSE_SCROLLBAR + && !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxScrollBar)) +#endif + ) + realChildCount ++; + } + return (realChildCount > 0); +} +#endif + +void wxWindowBase::InvalidateBestSize() +{ + m_bestSizeCache = wxDefaultSize; + + // parent's best size calculation may depend on its children's + // as long as child window we are in is not top level window itself + // (because the TLW size is never resized automatically) + // so let's invalidate it as well to be safe: + if (m_parent && !IsTopLevel()) + m_parent->InvalidateBestSize(); +} + +// return the size best suited for the current window +wxSize wxWindowBase::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxSize best; + + if ( m_windowSizer ) + { + best = m_windowSizer->GetMinSize(); + } +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + else if ( m_constraints ) + { + wxConstCast(this, wxWindowBase)->SatisfyConstraints(); + + // our minimal acceptable size is such that all our windows fit inside + int maxX = 0, + maxY = 0; + + for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxLayoutConstraints *c = node->GetData()->GetConstraints(); + if ( !c ) + { + // it's not normal that we have an unconstrained child, but + // what can we do about it? + continue; + } + + int x = c->right.GetValue(), + y = c->bottom.GetValue(); + + if ( x > maxX ) + maxX = x; + + if ( y > maxY ) + maxY = y; + + // TODO: we must calculate the overlaps somehow, otherwise we + // will never return a size bigger than the current one :-( + } + + best = wxSize(maxX, maxY); + } +#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + else if ( !GetChildren().empty() +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + && wxHasRealChildren(this) +#endif + ) + { + // our minimal acceptable size is such that all our visible child + // windows fit inside + int maxX = 0, + maxY = 0; + + for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); + if ( win->IsTopLevel() + || !win->IsShown() +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + || wxDynamicCast(win, wxStatusBar) +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + ) + { + // dialogs and frames lie in different top level windows - + // don't deal with them here; as for the status bars, they + // don't lie in the client area at all + continue; + } + + int wx, wy, ww, wh; + win->GetPosition(&wx, &wy); + + // if the window hadn't been positioned yet, assume that it is in + // the origin + if ( wx == wxDefaultCoord ) + wx = 0; + if ( wy == wxDefaultCoord ) + wy = 0; + + win->GetSize(&ww, &wh); + if ( wx + ww > maxX ) + maxX = wx + ww; + if ( wy + wh > maxY ) + maxY = wy + wh; + } + + best = wxSize(maxX, maxY); + } + else // ! has children + { + wxSize size = GetMinSize(); + if ( !size.IsFullySpecified() ) + { + // if the window doesn't define its best size we assume that it can + // be arbitrarily small -- usually this is not the case, of course, + // but we have no way to know what the limit is, it should really + // override DoGetBestClientSize() itself to tell us + size.SetDefaults(wxSize(1, 1)); + } + + // return as-is, unadjusted by the client size difference. + return size; + } + + // Add any difference between size and client size + wxSize diff = GetSize() - GetClientSize(); + best.x += wxMax(0, diff.x); + best.y += wxMax(0, diff.y); + + return best; +} + +// helper of GetWindowBorderSize(): as many ports don't implement support for +// wxSYS_BORDER/EDGE_X/Y metrics in their wxSystemSettings, use hard coded +// fallbacks in this case +static int wxGetMetricOrDefault(wxSystemMetric what, const wxWindowBase* win) +{ + int rc = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric( + what, static_cast(const_cast(win))); + if ( rc == -1 ) + { + switch ( what ) + { + case wxSYS_BORDER_X: + case wxSYS_BORDER_Y: + // 2D border is by default 1 pixel wide + rc = 1; + break; + + case wxSYS_EDGE_X: + case wxSYS_EDGE_Y: + // 3D borders are by default 2 pixels + rc = 2; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected wxGetMetricOrDefault() argument") ); + rc = 0; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +wxSize wxWindowBase::GetWindowBorderSize() const +{ + wxSize size; + + switch ( GetBorder() ) + { + case wxBORDER_NONE: + // nothing to do, size is already (0, 0) + break; + + case wxBORDER_SIMPLE: + case wxBORDER_STATIC: + size.x = wxGetMetricOrDefault(wxSYS_BORDER_X, this); + size.y = wxGetMetricOrDefault(wxSYS_BORDER_Y, this); + break; + + case wxBORDER_SUNKEN: + case wxBORDER_RAISED: + size.x = wxMax(wxGetMetricOrDefault(wxSYS_EDGE_X, this), + wxGetMetricOrDefault(wxSYS_BORDER_X, this)); + size.y = wxMax(wxGetMetricOrDefault(wxSYS_EDGE_Y, this), + wxGetMetricOrDefault(wxSYS_BORDER_Y, this)); + break; + + case wxBORDER_DOUBLE: + size.x = wxGetMetricOrDefault(wxSYS_EDGE_X, this) + + wxGetMetricOrDefault(wxSYS_BORDER_X, this); + size.y = wxGetMetricOrDefault(wxSYS_EDGE_Y, this) + + wxGetMetricOrDefault(wxSYS_BORDER_Y, this); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown border style.")); + break; + } + + // we have borders on both sides + return size*2; +} + +bool +wxWindowBase::InformFirstDirection(int direction, + int size, + int availableOtherDir) +{ + return GetSizer() && GetSizer()->InformFirstDirection(direction, + size, + availableOtherDir); +} + +wxSize wxWindowBase::GetEffectiveMinSize() const +{ + // merge the best size with the min size, giving priority to the min size + wxSize min = GetMinSize(); + + if (min.x == wxDefaultCoord || min.y == wxDefaultCoord) + { + wxSize best = GetBestSize(); + if (min.x == wxDefaultCoord) min.x = best.x; + if (min.y == wxDefaultCoord) min.y = best.y; + } + + return min; +} + +wxSize wxWindowBase::DoGetBorderSize() const +{ + // there is one case in which we can implement it for all ports easily + if ( GetBorder() == wxBORDER_NONE ) + return wxSize(0, 0); + + // otherwise use the difference between the real size and the client size + // as a fallback: notice that this is incorrect in general as client size + // also doesn't take the scrollbars into account + return GetSize() - GetClientSize(); +} + +wxSize wxWindowBase::GetBestSize() const +{ + if ( !m_windowSizer && m_bestSizeCache.IsFullySpecified() ) + return m_bestSizeCache; + + // call DoGetBestClientSize() first, if a derived class overrides it wants + // it to be used + wxSize size = DoGetBestClientSize(); + if ( size != wxDefaultSize ) + { + size += DoGetBorderSize(); + + CacheBestSize(size); + return size; + } + + return DoGetBestSize(); +} + +void wxWindowBase::SetMinSize(const wxSize& minSize) +{ + m_minWidth = minSize.x; + m_minHeight = minSize.y; +} + +void wxWindowBase::SetMaxSize(const wxSize& maxSize) +{ + m_maxWidth = maxSize.x; + m_maxHeight = maxSize.y; +} + +void wxWindowBase::SetInitialSize(const wxSize& size) +{ + // Set the min size to the size passed in. This will usually either be + // wxDefaultSize or the size passed to this window's ctor/Create function. + SetMinSize(size); + + // Merge the size with the best size if needed + wxSize best = GetEffectiveMinSize(); + + // If the current size doesn't match then change it + if (GetSize() != best) + SetSize(best); +} + + +// by default the origin is not shifted +wxPoint wxWindowBase::GetClientAreaOrigin() const +{ + return wxPoint(0,0); +} + +wxSize wxWindowBase::ClientToWindowSize(const wxSize& size) const +{ + const wxSize diff(GetSize() - GetClientSize()); + + return wxSize(size.x == -1 ? -1 : size.x + diff.x, + size.y == -1 ? -1 : size.y + diff.y); +} + +wxSize wxWindowBase::WindowToClientSize(const wxSize& size) const +{ + const wxSize diff(GetSize() - GetClientSize()); + + return wxSize(size.x == -1 ? -1 : size.x - diff.x, + size.y == -1 ? -1 : size.y - diff.y); +} + +void wxWindowBase::SetWindowVariant( wxWindowVariant variant ) +{ + if ( m_windowVariant != variant ) + { + m_windowVariant = variant; + + DoSetWindowVariant(variant); + } +} + +void wxWindowBase::DoSetWindowVariant( wxWindowVariant variant ) +{ + // adjust the font height to correspond to our new variant (notice that + // we're only called if something really changed) + wxFont font = GetFont(); + int size = font.GetPointSize(); + switch ( variant ) + { + case wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL: + break; + + case wxWINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL: + size = wxRound(size * 3.0 / 4.0); + break; + + case wxWINDOW_VARIANT_MINI: + size = wxRound(size * 2.0 / 3.0); + break; + + case wxWINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE: + size = wxRound(size * 5.0 / 4.0); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unexpected window variant")); + break; + } + + font.SetPointSize(size); + SetFont(font); +} + +void wxWindowBase::DoSetSizeHints( int minW, int minH, + int maxW, int maxH, + int WXUNUSED(incW), int WXUNUSED(incH) ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( (minW == wxDefaultCoord || maxW == wxDefaultCoord || minW <= maxW) && + (minH == wxDefaultCoord || maxH == wxDefaultCoord || minH <= maxH), + wxT("min width/height must be less than max width/height!") ); + + m_minWidth = minW; + m_maxWidth = maxW; + m_minHeight = minH; + m_maxHeight = maxH; +} + + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +void wxWindowBase::SetVirtualSizeHints(int WXUNUSED(minW), int WXUNUSED(minH), + int WXUNUSED(maxW), int WXUNUSED(maxH)) +{ +} + +void wxWindowBase::SetVirtualSizeHints(const wxSize& WXUNUSED(minsize), + const wxSize& WXUNUSED(maxsize)) +{ +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +void wxWindowBase::DoSetVirtualSize( int x, int y ) +{ + m_virtualSize = wxSize(x, y); +} + +wxSize wxWindowBase::DoGetVirtualSize() const +{ + // we should use the entire client area so if it is greater than our + // virtual size, expand it to fit (otherwise if the window is big enough we + // wouldn't be using parts of it) + wxSize size = GetClientSize(); + if ( m_virtualSize.x > size.x ) + size.x = m_virtualSize.x; + + if ( m_virtualSize.y >= size.y ) + size.y = m_virtualSize.y; + + return size; +} + +void wxWindowBase::DoGetScreenPosition(int *x, int *y) const +{ + // screen position is the same as (0, 0) in client coords for non TLWs (and + // TLWs override this method) + if ( x ) + *x = 0; + if ( y ) + *y = 0; + + ClientToScreen(x, y); +} + +void wxWindowBase::SendSizeEvent(int flags) +{ + wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + if ( flags & wxSEND_EVENT_POST ) + wxPostEvent(this, event); + else + HandleWindowEvent(event); +} + +void wxWindowBase::SendSizeEventToParent(int flags) +{ + wxWindow * const parent = GetParent(); + if ( parent && !parent->IsBeingDeleted() ) + parent->SendSizeEvent(flags); +} + +bool wxWindowBase::HasScrollbar(int orient) const +{ + // if scrolling in the given direction is disabled, we can't have the + // corresponding scrollbar no matter what + if ( !CanScroll(orient) ) + return false; + + const wxSize sizeVirt = GetVirtualSize(); + const wxSize sizeClient = GetClientSize(); + + return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? sizeVirt.x > sizeClient.x + : sizeVirt.y > sizeClient.y; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// show/hide/enable/disable the window +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxWindowBase::Show(bool show) +{ + if ( show != m_isShown ) + { + m_isShown = show; + + return true; + } + else + { + return false; + } +} + +bool wxWindowBase::IsEnabled() const +{ + return IsThisEnabled() && (IsTopLevel() || !GetParent() || GetParent()->IsEnabled()); +} + +void wxWindowBase::NotifyWindowOnEnableChange(bool enabled) +{ + // Under some platforms there is no need to update the window state + // explicitly, it will become disabled when its parent is. On other ones we + // do need to disable all windows recursively though. +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_ENABLED_MANAGEMENT + DoEnable(enabled); +#endif // !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_ENABLED_MANAGEMENT) + + OnEnabled(enabled); + + // Disabling a top level window is typically done when showing a modal + // dialog and we don't need to disable its children in this case, they will + // be logically disabled anyhow (i.e. their IsEnabled() will return false) + // and the TLW won't accept any input for them. Moreover, explicitly + // disabling them would look ugly as the entire TLW would be greyed out + // whenever a modal dialog is shown and no native applications under any + // platform behave like this. + if ( IsTopLevel() && !enabled ) + return; + + // When disabling (or enabling back) a non-TLW window we need to + // recursively propagate the change of the state to its children, otherwise + // they would still show as enabled even though they wouldn't actually + // accept any input (at least under MSW where children don't accept input + // if any of the windows in their parent chain is enabled). + // + // Notice that we must do this even for wxHAS_NATIVE_ENABLED_MANAGEMENT + // platforms as we still need to call the children OnEnabled() recursively. + for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxWindowBase * const child = node->GetData(); + if ( !child->IsTopLevel() && child->IsThisEnabled() ) + child->NotifyWindowOnEnableChange(enabled); + } +} + +bool wxWindowBase::Enable(bool enable) +{ + if ( enable == IsThisEnabled() ) + return false; + + m_isEnabled = enable; + + // If we call DoEnable() from NotifyWindowOnEnableChange(), we don't need + // to do it from here. +#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_ENABLED_MANAGEMENT + DoEnable(enable); +#endif // !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_ENABLED_MANAGEMENT) + + NotifyWindowOnEnableChange(enable); + + return true; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::IsShownOnScreen() const +{ + // A window is shown on screen if it itself is shown and so are all its + // parents. But if a window is toplevel one, then its always visible on + // screen if IsShown() returns true, even if it has a hidden parent. + return IsShown() && + (IsTopLevel() || GetParent() == NULL || GetParent()->IsShownOnScreen()); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// RTTI +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxWindowBase::IsTopLevel() const +{ + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Freeze/Thaw +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxWindowBase::Freeze() +{ + if ( !m_freezeCount++ ) + { + // physically freeze this window: + DoFreeze(); + + // and recursively freeze all children: + for ( wxWindowList::iterator i = GetChildren().begin(); + i != GetChildren().end(); ++i ) + { + wxWindow *child = *i; + if ( child->IsTopLevel() ) + continue; + + child->Freeze(); + } + } +} + +void wxWindowBase::Thaw() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_freezeCount, "Thaw() without matching Freeze()" ); + + if ( !--m_freezeCount ) + { + // recursively thaw all children: + for ( wxWindowList::iterator i = GetChildren().begin(); + i != GetChildren().end(); ++i ) + { + wxWindow *child = *i; + if ( child->IsTopLevel() ) + continue; + + child->Thaw(); + } + + // physically thaw this window: + DoThaw(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// reparenting the window +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxWindowBase::AddChild(wxWindowBase *child) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( child, wxT("can't add a NULL child") ); + + // this should never happen and it will lead to a crash later if it does + // because RemoveChild() will remove only one node from the children list + // and the other(s) one(s) will be left with dangling pointers in them + wxASSERT_MSG( !GetChildren().Find((wxWindow*)child), wxT("AddChild() called twice") ); + + GetChildren().Append((wxWindow*)child); + child->SetParent(this); + + // adding a child while frozen will assert when thawed, so freeze it as if + // it had been already present when we were frozen + if ( IsFrozen() && !child->IsTopLevel() ) + child->Freeze(); +} + +void wxWindowBase::RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( child, wxT("can't remove a NULL child") ); + + // removing a child while frozen may result in permanently frozen window + // if used e.g. from Reparent(), so thaw it + // + // NB: IsTopLevel() doesn't return true any more when a TLW child is being + // removed from its ~wxWindowBase, so check for IsBeingDeleted() too + if ( IsFrozen() && !child->IsBeingDeleted() && !child->IsTopLevel() ) + child->Thaw(); + + GetChildren().DeleteObject((wxWindow *)child); + child->SetParent(NULL); +} + +bool wxWindowBase::Reparent(wxWindowBase *newParent) +{ + wxWindow *oldParent = GetParent(); + if ( newParent == oldParent ) + { + // nothing done + return false; + } + + const bool oldEnabledState = IsEnabled(); + + // unlink this window from the existing parent. + if ( oldParent ) + { + oldParent->RemoveChild(this); + } + else + { + wxTopLevelWindows.DeleteObject((wxWindow *)this); + } + + // add it to the new one + if ( newParent ) + { + newParent->AddChild(this); + } + else + { + wxTopLevelWindows.Append((wxWindow *)this); + } + + // We need to notify window (and its subwindows) if by changing the parent + // we also change our enabled/disabled status. + const bool newEnabledState = IsEnabled(); + if ( newEnabledState != oldEnabledState ) + { + NotifyWindowOnEnableChange(newEnabledState); + } + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event handler stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxWindowBase::SetEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) +{ + wxCHECK_RET(handler != NULL, "SetEventHandler(NULL) called"); + + m_eventHandler = handler; +} + +void wxWindowBase::SetNextHandler(wxEvtHandler *WXUNUSED(handler)) +{ + // disable wxEvtHandler chain mechanism for wxWindows: + // wxWindow uses its own stack mechanism which doesn't mix well with wxEvtHandler's one + + wxFAIL_MSG("wxWindow cannot be part of a wxEvtHandler chain"); +} +void wxWindowBase::SetPreviousHandler(wxEvtHandler *WXUNUSED(handler)) +{ + // we can't simply wxFAIL here as in SetNextHandler: in fact the last + // handler of our stack when is destroyed will be Unlink()ed and thus + // will call this function to update the pointer of this window... + + //wxFAIL_MSG("wxWindow cannot be part of a wxEvtHandler chain"); +} + +void wxWindowBase::PushEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handlerToPush) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( handlerToPush != NULL, "PushEventHandler(NULL) called" ); + + // the new handler is going to be part of the wxWindow stack of event handlers: + // it can't be part also of an event handler double-linked chain: + wxASSERT_MSG(handlerToPush->IsUnlinked(), + "The handler being pushed in the wxWindow stack shouldn't be part of " + "a wxEvtHandler chain; call Unlink() on it first"); + + wxEvtHandler *handlerOld = GetEventHandler(); + wxCHECK_RET( handlerOld, "an old event handler is NULL?" ); + + // now use wxEvtHandler double-linked list to implement a stack: + handlerToPush->SetNextHandler(handlerOld); + + if (handlerOld != this) + handlerOld->SetPreviousHandler(handlerToPush); + + SetEventHandler(handlerToPush); + +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + // final checks of the operations done above: + wxASSERT_MSG( handlerToPush->GetPreviousHandler() == NULL, + "the first handler of the wxWindow stack should " + "have no previous handlers set" ); + wxASSERT_MSG( handlerToPush->GetNextHandler() != NULL, + "the first handler of the wxWindow stack should " + "have non-NULL next handler" ); + + wxEvtHandler* pLast = handlerToPush; + while ( pLast && pLast != this ) + pLast = pLast->GetNextHandler(); + wxASSERT_MSG( pLast->GetNextHandler() == NULL, + "the last handler of the wxWindow stack should " + "have this window as next handler" ); +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL +} + +wxEvtHandler *wxWindowBase::PopEventHandler(bool deleteHandler) +{ + // we need to pop the wxWindow stack, i.e. we need to remove the first handler + + wxEvtHandler *firstHandler = GetEventHandler(); + wxCHECK_MSG( firstHandler != NULL, NULL, "wxWindow cannot have a NULL event handler" ); + wxCHECK_MSG( firstHandler != this, NULL, "cannot pop the wxWindow itself" ); + wxCHECK_MSG( firstHandler->GetPreviousHandler() == NULL, NULL, + "the first handler of the wxWindow stack should have no previous handlers set" ); + + wxEvtHandler *secondHandler = firstHandler->GetNextHandler(); + wxCHECK_MSG( secondHandler != NULL, NULL, + "the first handler of the wxWindow stack should have non-NULL next handler" ); + + firstHandler->SetNextHandler(NULL); + secondHandler->SetPreviousHandler(NULL); + + // now firstHandler is completely unlinked; set secondHandler as the new window event handler + SetEventHandler(secondHandler); + + if ( deleteHandler ) + { + wxDELETE(firstHandler); + } + + return firstHandler; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handlerToRemove) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( handlerToRemove != NULL, false, "RemoveEventHandler(NULL) called" ); + wxCHECK_MSG( handlerToRemove != this, false, "Cannot remove the window itself" ); + + if (handlerToRemove == GetEventHandler()) + { + // removing the first event handler is equivalent to "popping" the stack + PopEventHandler(false); + return true; + } + + // NOTE: the wxWindow event handler list is always terminated with "this" handler + wxEvtHandler *handlerCur = GetEventHandler()->GetNextHandler(); + while ( handlerCur != this && handlerCur ) + { + wxEvtHandler *handlerNext = handlerCur->GetNextHandler(); + + if ( handlerCur == handlerToRemove ) + { + handlerCur->Unlink(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( handlerCur != GetEventHandler(), + "the case Remove == Pop should was already handled" ); + return true; + } + + handlerCur = handlerNext; + } + + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("where has the event handler gone?") ); + + return false; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::HandleWindowEvent(wxEvent& event) const +{ + // SafelyProcessEvent() will handle exceptions nicely + return GetEventHandler()->SafelyProcessEvent(event); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// colours, fonts &c +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxWindowBase::InheritAttributes() +{ + const wxWindowBase * const parent = GetParent(); + if ( !parent ) + return; + + // we only inherit attributes which had been explicitly set for the parent + // which ensures that this only happens if the user really wants it and + // not by default which wouldn't make any sense in modern GUIs where the + // controls don't all use the same fonts (nor colours) + if ( parent->m_inheritFont && !m_hasFont ) + SetFont(parent->GetFont()); + + // in addition, there is a possibility to explicitly forbid inheriting + // colours at each class level by overriding ShouldInheritColours() + if ( ShouldInheritColours() ) + { + if ( parent->m_inheritFgCol && !m_hasFgCol ) + SetForegroundColour(parent->GetForegroundColour()); + + // inheriting (solid) background colour is wrong as it totally breaks + // any kind of themed backgrounds + // + // instead, the controls should use the same background as their parent + // (ideally by not drawing it at all) +#if 0 + if ( parent->m_inheritBgCol && !m_hasBgCol ) + SetBackgroundColour(parent->GetBackgroundColour()); +#endif // 0 + } +} + +/* static */ wxVisualAttributes +wxWindowBase::GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant WXUNUSED(variant)) +{ + // it is important to return valid values for all attributes from here, + // GetXXX() below rely on this + wxVisualAttributes attrs; + attrs.font = wxSystemSettings::GetFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT); + attrs.colFg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT); + + // On Smartphone/PocketPC, wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW is a better reflection of + // the usual background colour than wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE. + // It's a pity that wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW isn't always a suitable background + // colour on other platforms. + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && (defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)) + attrs.colBg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW); +#else + attrs.colBg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE); +#endif + return attrs; +} + +wxColour wxWindowBase::GetBackgroundColour() const +{ + if ( !m_backgroundColour.IsOk() ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_hasBgCol, wxT("we have invalid explicit bg colour?") ); + + // get our default background colour + wxColour colBg = GetDefaultAttributes().colBg; + + // we must return some valid colour to avoid redoing this every time + // and also to avoid surprising the applications written for older + // wxWidgets versions where GetBackgroundColour() always returned + // something -- so give them something even if it doesn't make sense + // for this window (e.g. it has a themed background) + if ( !colBg.Ok() ) + colBg = GetClassDefaultAttributes().colBg; + + return colBg; + } + else + return m_backgroundColour; +} + +wxColour wxWindowBase::GetForegroundColour() const +{ + // logic is the same as above + if ( !m_hasFgCol && !m_foregroundColour.Ok() ) + { + wxColour colFg = GetDefaultAttributes().colFg; + + if ( !colFg.IsOk() ) + colFg = GetClassDefaultAttributes().colFg; + + return colFg; + } + else + return m_foregroundColour; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour ) +{ + if ( colour == m_backgroundColour ) + return false; + + m_hasBgCol = colour.IsOk(); + + m_inheritBgCol = m_hasBgCol; + m_backgroundColour = colour; + SetThemeEnabled( !m_hasBgCol && !m_foregroundColour.Ok() ); + return true; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour ) +{ + if (colour == m_foregroundColour ) + return false; + + m_hasFgCol = colour.IsOk(); + m_inheritFgCol = m_hasFgCol; + m_foregroundColour = colour; + SetThemeEnabled( !m_hasFgCol && !m_backgroundColour.Ok() ); + return true; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) +{ + // setting an invalid cursor is ok, it means that we don't have any special + // cursor + if ( m_cursor.IsSameAs(cursor) ) + { + // no change + return false; + } + + m_cursor = cursor; + + return true; +} + +wxFont wxWindowBase::GetFont() const +{ + // logic is the same as in GetBackgroundColour() + if ( !m_font.IsOk() ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_hasFont, wxT("we have invalid explicit font?") ); + + wxFont font = GetDefaultAttributes().font; + if ( !font.IsOk() ) + font = GetClassDefaultAttributes().font; + + return font; + } + else + return m_font; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::SetFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + if ( font == m_font ) + { + // no change + return false; + } + + m_font = font; + m_hasFont = font.IsOk(); + m_inheritFont = m_hasFont; + + InvalidateBestSize(); + + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + +void wxWindowBase::SetPalette(const wxPalette& pal) +{ + m_hasCustomPalette = true; + m_palette = pal; + + // VZ: can anyone explain me what do we do here? + wxWindowDC d((wxWindow *) this); + d.SetPalette(pal); +} + +wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetAncestorWithCustomPalette() const +{ + wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)this; + while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() ) + { + win = win->GetParent(); + } + + return win; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +#if wxUSE_CARET +void wxWindowBase::SetCaret(wxCaret *caret) +{ + if ( m_caret ) + { + delete m_caret; + } + + m_caret = caret; + + if ( m_caret ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_caret->GetWindow() == this, + wxT("caret should be created associated to this window") ); + } +} +#endif // wxUSE_CARET + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// validators +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxWindowBase::SetValidator(const wxValidator& validator) +{ + if ( m_windowValidator ) + delete m_windowValidator; + + m_windowValidator = (wxValidator *)validator.Clone(); + + if ( m_windowValidator ) + m_windowValidator->SetWindow(this); +} +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// update region stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxRect wxWindowBase::GetUpdateClientRect() const +{ + wxRegion rgnUpdate = GetUpdateRegion(); + rgnUpdate.Intersect(GetClientRect()); + wxRect rectUpdate = rgnUpdate.GetBox(); + wxPoint ptOrigin = GetClientAreaOrigin(); + rectUpdate.x -= ptOrigin.x; + rectUpdate.y -= ptOrigin.y; + + return rectUpdate; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::DoIsExposed(int x, int y) const +{ + return m_updateRegion.Contains(x, y) != wxOutRegion; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::DoIsExposed(int x, int y, int w, int h) const +{ + return m_updateRegion.Contains(x, y, w, h) != wxOutRegion; +} + +void wxWindowBase::ClearBackground() +{ + // wxGTK uses its own version, no need to add never used code +#ifndef __WXGTK__ + wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)this); + wxBrush brush(GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + dc.SetBackground(brush); + dc.Clear(); +#endif // __WXGTK__ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// find child window by id or name +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxWindow *wxWindowBase::FindWindow(long id) const +{ + if ( id == m_windowId ) + return (wxWindow *)this; + + wxWindowBase *res = NULL; + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = m_children.GetFirst(); node && !res; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxWindowBase *child = node->GetData(); + res = child->FindWindow( id ); + } + + return (wxWindow *)res; +} + +wxWindow *wxWindowBase::FindWindow(const wxString& name) const +{ + if ( name == m_windowName ) + return (wxWindow *)this; + + wxWindowBase *res = NULL; + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = m_children.GetFirst(); node && !res; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); + res = child->FindWindow(name); + } + + return (wxWindow *)res; +} + + +// find any window by id or name or label: If parent is non-NULL, look through +// children for a label or title matching the specified string. If NULL, look +// through all top-level windows. +// +// to avoid duplicating code we reuse the same helper function but with +// different comparators + +typedef bool (*wxFindWindowCmp)(const wxWindow *win, + const wxString& label, long id); + +static +bool wxFindWindowCmpLabels(const wxWindow *win, const wxString& label, + long WXUNUSED(id)) +{ + return win->GetLabel() == label; +} + +static +bool wxFindWindowCmpNames(const wxWindow *win, const wxString& label, + long WXUNUSED(id)) +{ + return win->GetName() == label; +} + +static +bool wxFindWindowCmpIds(const wxWindow *win, const wxString& WXUNUSED(label), + long id) +{ + return win->GetId() == id; +} + +// recursive helper for the FindWindowByXXX() functions +static +wxWindow *wxFindWindowRecursively(const wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& label, + long id, + wxFindWindowCmp cmp) +{ + if ( parent ) + { + // see if this is the one we're looking for + if ( (*cmp)(parent, label, id) ) + return (wxWindow *)parent; + + // It wasn't, so check all its children + for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + // recursively check each child + wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->GetData(); + wxWindow *retwin = wxFindWindowRecursively(win, label, id, cmp); + if (retwin) + return retwin; + } + } + + // Not found + return NULL; +} + +// helper for FindWindowByXXX() +static +wxWindow *wxFindWindowHelper(const wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& label, + long id, + wxFindWindowCmp cmp) +{ + if ( parent ) + { + // just check parent and all its children + return wxFindWindowRecursively(parent, label, id, cmp); + } + + // start at very top of wx's windows + for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = wxTopLevelWindows.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + // recursively check each window & its children + wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); + wxWindow *retwin = wxFindWindowRecursively(win, label, id, cmp); + if (retwin) + return retwin; + } + + return NULL; +} + +/* static */ +wxWindow * +wxWindowBase::FindWindowByLabel(const wxString& title, const wxWindow *parent) +{ + return wxFindWindowHelper(parent, title, 0, wxFindWindowCmpLabels); +} + +/* static */ +wxWindow * +wxWindowBase::FindWindowByName(const wxString& title, const wxWindow *parent) +{ + wxWindow *win = wxFindWindowHelper(parent, title, 0, wxFindWindowCmpNames); + + if ( !win ) + { + // fall back to the label + win = FindWindowByLabel(title, parent); + } + + return win; +} + +/* static */ +wxWindow * +wxWindowBase::FindWindowById( long id, const wxWindow* parent ) +{ + return wxFindWindowHelper(parent, wxEmptyString, id, wxFindWindowCmpIds); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// dialog oriented functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxWindowBase::MakeModal(bool modal) +{ + // Disable all other windows + if ( IsTopLevel() ) + { + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = wxTopLevelWindows.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); + if (win != this) + win->Enable(!modal); + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + } +} + +bool wxWindowBase::Validate() +{ +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + bool recurse = (GetExtraStyle() & wxWS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY) != 0; + + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = m_children.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxWindowBase *child = node->GetData(); + wxValidator *validator = child->GetValidator(); + if ( validator && !validator->Validate((wxWindow *)this) ) + { + return false; + } + + if ( recurse && !child->Validate() ) + { + return false; + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + + return true; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::TransferDataToWindow() +{ +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + bool recurse = (GetExtraStyle() & wxWS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY) != 0; + + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = m_children.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxWindowBase *child = node->GetData(); + wxValidator *validator = child->GetValidator(); + if ( validator && !validator->TransferToWindow() ) + { + wxLogWarning(_("Could not transfer data to window")); +#if wxUSE_LOG + wxLog::FlushActive(); +#endif // wxUSE_LOG + + return false; + } + + if ( recurse ) + { + if ( !child->TransferDataToWindow() ) + { + // warning already given + return false; + } + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + + return true; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::TransferDataFromWindow() +{ +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + bool recurse = (GetExtraStyle() & wxWS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY) != 0; + + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node; + for ( node = m_children.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); + wxValidator *validator = child->GetValidator(); + if ( validator && !validator->TransferFromWindow() ) + { + // nop warning here because the application is supposed to give + // one itself - we don't know here what might have gone wrongly + + return false; + } + + if ( recurse ) + { + if ( !child->TransferDataFromWindow() ) + { + // warning already given + return false; + } + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + + return true; +} + +void wxWindowBase::InitDialog() +{ + wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId()); + event.SetEventObject( this ); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// context-sensitive help support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_HELP + +// associate this help text with this window +void wxWindowBase::SetHelpText(const wxString& text) +{ + wxHelpProvider *helpProvider = wxHelpProvider::Get(); + if ( helpProvider ) + { + helpProvider->AddHelp(this, text); + } +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +// associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this +// one +void wxWindowBase::SetHelpTextForId(const wxString& text) +{ + wxHelpProvider *helpProvider = wxHelpProvider::Get(); + if ( helpProvider ) + { + helpProvider->AddHelp(GetId(), text); + } +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// get the help string associated with this window (may be empty) +// default implementation forwards calls to the help provider +wxString +wxWindowBase::GetHelpTextAtPoint(const wxPoint & WXUNUSED(pt), + wxHelpEvent::Origin WXUNUSED(origin)) const +{ + wxString text; + wxHelpProvider *helpProvider = wxHelpProvider::Get(); + if ( helpProvider ) + { + text = helpProvider->GetHelp(this); + } + + return text; +} + +// show help for this window +void wxWindowBase::OnHelp(wxHelpEvent& event) +{ + wxHelpProvider *helpProvider = wxHelpProvider::Get(); + if ( helpProvider ) + { + wxPoint pos = event.GetPosition(); + const wxHelpEvent::Origin origin = event.GetOrigin(); + if ( origin == wxHelpEvent::Origin_Keyboard ) + { + // if the help event was generated from keyboard it shouldn't + // appear at the mouse position (which is still the only position + // associated with help event) if the mouse is far away, although + // we still do use the mouse position if it's over the window + // because we suppose the user looks approximately at the mouse + // already and so it would be more convenient than showing tooltip + // at some arbitrary position which can be quite far from it + const wxRect rectClient = GetClientRect(); + if ( !rectClient.Contains(ScreenToClient(pos)) ) + { + // position help slightly under and to the right of this window + pos = ClientToScreen(wxPoint( + 2*GetCharWidth(), + rectClient.height + GetCharHeight() + )); + } + } + + if ( helpProvider->ShowHelpAtPoint(this, pos, origin) ) + { + // skip the event.Skip() below + return; + } + } + + event.Skip(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_HELP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// tooltips +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +wxString wxWindowBase::GetToolTipText() const +{ + return m_tooltip ? m_tooltip->GetTip() : wxString(); +} + +void wxWindowBase::SetToolTip( const wxString &tip ) +{ + // don't create the new tooltip if we already have one + if ( m_tooltip ) + { + m_tooltip->SetTip( tip ); + } + else + { + SetToolTip( new wxToolTip( tip ) ); + } + + // setting empty tooltip text does not remove the tooltip any more - use + // SetToolTip(NULL) for this +} + +void wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip) +{ + if ( m_tooltip != tooltip ) + { + if ( m_tooltip ) + delete m_tooltip; + + m_tooltip = tooltip; + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constraints and sizers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + +void wxWindowBase::SetConstraints( wxLayoutConstraints *constraints ) +{ + if ( m_constraints ) + { + UnsetConstraints(m_constraints); + delete m_constraints; + } + m_constraints = constraints; + if ( m_constraints ) + { + // Make sure other windows know they're part of a 'meaningful relationship' + if ( m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference(this); + if ( m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference(this); + if ( m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference(this); + if ( m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference(this); + if ( m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference(this); + if ( m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference(this); + if ( m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference(this); + if ( m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference(this); + } +} + +// This removes any dangling pointers to this window in other windows' +// constraintsInvolvedIn lists. +void wxWindowBase::UnsetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c) +{ + if ( c ) + { + if ( c->left.GetOtherWindow() && (c->top.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + c->left.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference(this); + if ( c->top.GetOtherWindow() && (c->top.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + c->top.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference(this); + if ( c->right.GetOtherWindow() && (c->right.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + c->right.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference(this); + if ( c->bottom.GetOtherWindow() && (c->bottom.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + c->bottom.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference(this); + if ( c->width.GetOtherWindow() && (c->width.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + c->width.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference(this); + if ( c->height.GetOtherWindow() && (c->height.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + c->height.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference(this); + if ( c->centreX.GetOtherWindow() && (c->centreX.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + c->centreX.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference(this); + if ( c->centreY.GetOtherWindow() && (c->centreY.GetOtherWindow() != this) ) + c->centreY.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference(this); + } +} + +// Back-pointer to other windows we're involved with, so if we delete this +// window, we must delete any constraints we're involved with. +void wxWindowBase::AddConstraintReference(wxWindowBase *otherWin) +{ + if ( !m_constraintsInvolvedIn ) + m_constraintsInvolvedIn = new wxWindowList; + if ( !m_constraintsInvolvedIn->Find((wxWindow *)otherWin) ) + m_constraintsInvolvedIn->Append((wxWindow *)otherWin); +} + +// REMOVE back-pointer to other windows we're involved with. +void wxWindowBase::RemoveConstraintReference(wxWindowBase *otherWin) +{ + if ( m_constraintsInvolvedIn ) + m_constraintsInvolvedIn->DeleteObject((wxWindow *)otherWin); +} + +// Reset any constraints that mention this window +void wxWindowBase::DeleteRelatedConstraints() +{ + if ( m_constraintsInvolvedIn ) + { + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = m_constraintsInvolvedIn->GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = win->GetConstraints(); + + // Reset any constraints involving this window + if ( constr ) + { + constr->left.ResetIfWin(this); + constr->top.ResetIfWin(this); + constr->right.ResetIfWin(this); + constr->bottom.ResetIfWin(this); + constr->width.ResetIfWin(this); + constr->height.ResetIfWin(this); + constr->centreX.ResetIfWin(this); + constr->centreY.ResetIfWin(this); + } + + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext(); + m_constraintsInvolvedIn->Erase(node); + node = next; + } + + wxDELETE(m_constraintsInvolvedIn); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + +void wxWindowBase::SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer, bool deleteOld) +{ + if ( sizer == m_windowSizer) + return; + + if ( m_windowSizer ) + { + m_windowSizer->SetContainingWindow(NULL); + + if ( deleteOld ) + delete m_windowSizer; + } + + m_windowSizer = sizer; + if ( m_windowSizer ) + { + m_windowSizer->SetContainingWindow((wxWindow *)this); + } + + SetAutoLayout(m_windowSizer != NULL); +} + +void wxWindowBase::SetSizerAndFit(wxSizer *sizer, bool deleteOld) +{ + SetSizer( sizer, deleteOld ); + sizer->SetSizeHints( (wxWindow*) this ); +} + + +void wxWindowBase::SetContainingSizer(wxSizer* sizer) +{ + // adding a window to a sizer twice is going to result in fatal and + // hard to debug problems later because when deleting the second + // associated wxSizerItem we're going to dereference a dangling + // pointer; so try to detect this as early as possible + wxASSERT_MSG( !sizer || m_containingSizer != sizer, + wxT("Adding a window to the same sizer twice?") ); + + m_containingSizer = sizer; +} + +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + +void wxWindowBase::SatisfyConstraints() +{ + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints(); + bool wasOk = constr && constr->AreSatisfied(); + + ResetConstraints(); // Mark all constraints as unevaluated + + int noChanges = 1; + + // if we're a top level panel (i.e. our parent is frame/dialog), our + // own constraints will never be satisfied any more unless we do it + // here + if ( wasOk ) + { + while ( noChanges > 0 ) + { + LayoutPhase1(&noChanges); + } + } + + LayoutPhase2(&noChanges); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + +bool wxWindowBase::Layout() +{ + // If there is a sizer, use it instead of the constraints + if ( GetSizer() ) + { + int w = 0, h = 0; + GetVirtualSize(&w, &h); + GetSizer()->SetDimension( 0, 0, w, h ); + } +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + else + { + SatisfyConstraints(); // Find the right constraints values + SetConstraintSizes(); // Recursively set the real window sizes + } +#endif + + return true; +} + +void wxWindowBase::InternalOnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) +{ + if ( GetAutoLayout() ) + Layout(); + + event.Skip(); +} + +#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + +// first phase of the constraints evaluation: set our own constraints +bool wxWindowBase::LayoutPhase1(int *noChanges) +{ + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints(); + + return !constr || constr->SatisfyConstraints(this, noChanges); +} + +// second phase: set the constraints for our children +bool wxWindowBase::LayoutPhase2(int *noChanges) +{ + *noChanges = 0; + + // Layout children + DoPhase(1); + + // Layout grand children + DoPhase(2); + + return true; +} + +// Do a phase of evaluating child constraints +bool wxWindowBase::DoPhase(int phase) +{ + // the list containing the children for which the constraints are already + // set correctly + wxWindowList succeeded; + + // the max number of iterations we loop before concluding that we can't set + // the constraints + static const int maxIterations = 500; + + for ( int noIterations = 0; noIterations < maxIterations; noIterations++ ) + { + int noChanges = 0; + + // loop over all children setting their constraints + for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); + if ( child->IsTopLevel() ) + { + // top level children are not inside our client area + continue; + } + + if ( !child->GetConstraints() || succeeded.Find(child) ) + { + // this one is either already ok or nothing we can do about it + continue; + } + + int tempNoChanges = 0; + bool success = phase == 1 ? child->LayoutPhase1(&tempNoChanges) + : child->LayoutPhase2(&tempNoChanges); + noChanges += tempNoChanges; + + if ( success ) + { + succeeded.Append(child); + } + } + + if ( !noChanges ) + { + // constraints are set + break; + } + } + + return true; +} + +void wxWindowBase::ResetConstraints() +{ + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints(); + if ( constr ) + { + constr->left.SetDone(false); + constr->top.SetDone(false); + constr->right.SetDone(false); + constr->bottom.SetDone(false); + constr->width.SetDone(false); + constr->height.SetDone(false); + constr->centreX.SetDone(false); + constr->centreY.SetDone(false); + } + + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); + if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) + win->ResetConstraints(); + node = node->GetNext(); + } +} + +// Need to distinguish between setting the 'fake' size for windows and sizers, +// and setting the real values. +void wxWindowBase::SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse) +{ + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints(); + if ( constr && constr->AreSatisfied() ) + { + int x = constr->left.GetValue(); + int y = constr->top.GetValue(); + int w = constr->width.GetValue(); + int h = constr->height.GetValue(); + + if ( (constr->width.GetRelationship() != wxAsIs ) || + (constr->height.GetRelationship() != wxAsIs) ) + { + // We really shouldn't set negative sizes for the windows so make + // them at least of 1*1 size + SetSize(x, y, w > 0 ? w : 1, h > 0 ? h : 1); + } + else + { + // If we don't want to resize this window, just move it... + Move(x, y); + } + } + else if ( constr ) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Constraints not satisfied for %s named '%s'."), + GetClassInfo()->GetClassName(), + GetName().c_str()); + } + + if ( recurse ) + { + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); + if ( !win->IsTopLevel() && win->GetConstraints() ) + win->SetConstraintSizes(); + node = node->GetNext(); + } + } +} + +// Only set the size/position of the constraint (if any) +void wxWindowBase::SetSizeConstraint(int x, int y, int w, int h) +{ + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints(); + if ( constr ) + { + if ( x != wxDefaultCoord ) + { + constr->left.SetValue(x); + constr->left.SetDone(true); + } + if ( y != wxDefaultCoord ) + { + constr->top.SetValue(y); + constr->top.SetDone(true); + } + if ( w != wxDefaultCoord ) + { + constr->width.SetValue(w); + constr->width.SetDone(true); + } + if ( h != wxDefaultCoord ) + { + constr->height.SetValue(h); + constr->height.SetDone(true); + } + } +} + +void wxWindowBase::MoveConstraint(int x, int y) +{ + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints(); + if ( constr ) + { + if ( x != wxDefaultCoord ) + { + constr->left.SetValue(x); + constr->left.SetDone(true); + } + if ( y != wxDefaultCoord ) + { + constr->top.SetValue(y); + constr->top.SetDone(true); + } + } +} + +void wxWindowBase::GetSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const +{ + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints(); + if ( constr ) + { + *w = constr->width.GetValue(); + *h = constr->height.GetValue(); + } + else + GetSize(w, h); +} + +void wxWindowBase::GetClientSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const +{ + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints(); + if ( constr ) + { + *w = constr->width.GetValue(); + *h = constr->height.GetValue(); + } + else + GetClientSize(w, h); +} + +void wxWindowBase::GetPositionConstraint(int *x, int *y) const +{ + wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints(); + if ( constr ) + { + *x = constr->left.GetValue(); + *y = constr->top.GetValue(); + } + else + GetPosition(x, y); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS + +void wxWindowBase::AdjustForParentClientOrigin(int& x, int& y, int sizeFlags) const +{ + // don't do it for the dialogs/frames - they float independently of their + // parent + if ( !IsTopLevel() ) + { + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + if ( !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS) && parent ) + { + wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin()); + x += pt.x; + y += pt.y; + } + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Update UI processing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxWindowBase::UpdateWindowUI(long flags) +{ + wxUpdateUIEvent event(GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + + if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + DoUpdateWindowUI(event); + } + + if (flags & wxUPDATE_UI_RECURSE) + { + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow* child = (wxWindow*) node->GetData(); + child->UpdateWindowUI(flags); + node = node->GetNext(); + } + } +} + +// do the window-specific processing after processing the update event +void wxWindowBase::DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + if ( event.GetSetEnabled() ) + Enable(event.GetEnabled()); + + if ( event.GetSetShown() ) + Show(event.GetShown()); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Idle processing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Send idle event to window and all subwindows +bool wxWindowBase::SendIdleEvents(wxIdleEvent& event) +{ + bool needMore = false; + + OnInternalIdle(); + + // should we send idle event to this window? + if (wxIdleEvent::GetMode() == wxIDLE_PROCESS_ALL || + HasExtraStyle(wxWS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE)) + { + event.SetEventObject(this); + HandleWindowEvent(event); + + if (event.MoreRequested()) + needMore = true; + } + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); + for (; node; node = node->GetNext()) + { + wxWindow* child = node->GetData(); + if (child->SendIdleEvents(event)) + needMore = true; + } + + return needMore; +} + +void wxWindowBase::OnInternalIdle() +{ + if (wxUpdateUIEvent::CanUpdate(this) && IsShownOnScreen()) + UpdateWindowUI(wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// dialog units translations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Windows' computes dialog units using average character width over upper- +// and lower-case ASCII alphabet and not using the average character width +// metadata stored in the font; see +// http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx/kb/145994 for detailed discussion. +// It's important that we perform the conversion in identical way, because +// dialog units natively exist only on Windows and Windows HIG is expressed +// using them. +wxSize wxWindowBase::GetDlgUnitBase() const +{ + const wxWindowBase * const parent = wxGetTopLevelParent((wxWindow*)this); + + if ( !parent->m_font.IsOk() ) + { + // Default GUI font is used. This is the most common case, so + // cache the results. + static wxSize s_defFontSize; + if ( s_defFontSize.x == 0 ) + s_defFontSize = wxPrivate::GetAverageASCIILetterSize(*parent); + return s_defFontSize; + } + else + { + // Custom font, we always need to compute the result + return wxPrivate::GetAverageASCIILetterSize(*parent); + } +} + +wxPoint wxWindowBase::ConvertPixelsToDialog(const wxPoint& pt) const +{ + const wxSize base = GetDlgUnitBase(); + + // NB: wxMulDivInt32() is used, because it correctly rounds the result + + wxPoint pt2 = wxDefaultPosition; + if (pt.x != wxDefaultCoord) + pt2.x = wxMulDivInt32(pt.x, 4, base.x); + if (pt.y != wxDefaultCoord) + pt2.y = wxMulDivInt32(pt.y, 8, base.y); + + return pt2; +} + +wxPoint wxWindowBase::ConvertDialogToPixels(const wxPoint& pt) const +{ + const wxSize base = GetDlgUnitBase(); + + wxPoint pt2 = wxDefaultPosition; + if (pt.x != wxDefaultCoord) + pt2.x = wxMulDivInt32(pt.x, base.x, 4); + if (pt.y != wxDefaultCoord) + pt2.y = wxMulDivInt32(pt.y, base.y, 8); + + return pt2; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// propagate the colour change event to the subwindows +void wxWindowBase::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); + while ( node ) + { + // Only propagate to non-top-level windows + wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); + if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) + { + wxSysColourChangedEvent event2; + event2.SetEventObject(win); + win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2); + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + Refresh(); +} + +// the default action is to populate dialog with data when it's created, +// and nudge the UI into displaying itself correctly in case +// we've turned the wxUpdateUIEvents frequency down low. +void wxWindowBase::OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + TransferDataToWindow(); + + // Update the UI at this point + UpdateWindowUI(wxUPDATE_UI_RECURSE); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// menu-related functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + +bool wxWindowBase::PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( menu, false, "can't popup NULL menu" ); + + wxMenuInvokingWindowSetter + setInvokingWin(*menu, static_cast(this)); + + wxCurrentPopupMenu = menu; + const bool rc = DoPopupMenu(menu, x, y); + wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; + + return rc; +} + +// this is used to pass the id of the selected item from the menu event handler +// to the main function itself +// +// it's ok to use a global here as there can be at most one popup menu shown at +// any time +static int gs_popupMenuSelection = wxID_NONE; + +void wxWindowBase::InternalOnPopupMenu(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + // store the id in a global variable where we'll retrieve it from later + gs_popupMenuSelection = event.GetId(); +} + +void wxWindowBase::InternalOnPopupMenuUpdate(wxUpdateUIEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // nothing to do but do not skip it +} + +int +wxWindowBase::DoGetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser(wxMenu& menu, int x, int y) +{ + gs_popupMenuSelection = wxID_NONE; + + Connect(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, + wxCommandEventHandler(wxWindowBase::InternalOnPopupMenu), + NULL, + this); + + // it is common to construct the menu passed to this function dynamically + // using some fixed range of ids which could clash with the ids used + // elsewhere in the program, which could result in some menu items being + // unintentionally disabled or otherwise modified by update UI handlers + // elsewhere in the program code and this is difficult to avoid in the + // program itself, so instead we just temporarily suspend UI updating while + // this menu is shown + Connect(wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, + wxUpdateUIEventHandler(wxWindowBase::InternalOnPopupMenuUpdate), + NULL, + this); + + PopupMenu(&menu, x, y); + + Disconnect(wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, + wxUpdateUIEventHandler(wxWindowBase::InternalOnPopupMenuUpdate), + NULL, + this); + Disconnect(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, + wxCommandEventHandler(wxWindowBase::InternalOnPopupMenu), + NULL, + this); + + return gs_popupMenuSelection; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +// methods for drawing the sizers in a visible way: this is currently only +// enabled for "full debug" builds with wxDEBUG_LEVEL==2 as it doesn't work +// that well and also because we don't want to leave it enabled in default +// builds used for production +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL > 1 + +static void DrawSizers(wxWindowBase *win); + +static void DrawBorder(wxWindowBase *win, const wxRect& rect, bool fill, const wxPen* pen) +{ + wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)win); + dc.SetPen(*pen); + dc.SetBrush(fill ? wxBrush(pen->GetColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_CROSSDIAG_HATCH) : + *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect.Deflate(1, 1)); +} + +static void DrawSizer(wxWindowBase *win, wxSizer *sizer) +{ + const wxSizerItemList& items = sizer->GetChildren(); + for ( wxSizerItemList::const_iterator i = items.begin(), + end = items.end(); + i != end; + ++i ) + { + wxSizerItem *item = *i; + if ( item->IsSizer() ) + { + DrawBorder(win, item->GetRect().Deflate(2), false, wxRED_PEN); + DrawSizer(win, item->GetSizer()); + } + else if ( item->IsSpacer() ) + { + DrawBorder(win, item->GetRect().Deflate(2), true, wxBLUE_PEN); + } + else if ( item->IsWindow() ) + { + DrawSizers(item->GetWindow()); + } + else + wxFAIL_MSG("inconsistent wxSizerItem status!"); + } +} + +static void DrawSizers(wxWindowBase *win) +{ + DrawBorder(win, win->GetClientSize(), false, wxGREEN_PEN); + + wxSizer *sizer = win->GetSizer(); + if ( sizer ) + { + DrawSizer(win, sizer); + } + else // no sizer, still recurse into the children + { + const wxWindowList& children = win->GetChildren(); + for ( wxWindowList::const_iterator i = children.begin(), + end = children.end(); + i != end; + ++i ) + { + DrawSizers(*i); + } + + // show all kind of sizes of this window; see the "window sizing" topic + // overview for more info about the various differences: + wxSize fullSz = win->GetSize(); + wxSize clientSz = win->GetClientSize(); + wxSize bestSz = win->GetBestSize(); + wxSize minSz = win->GetMinSize(); + wxSize maxSz = win->GetMaxSize(); + wxSize virtualSz = win->GetVirtualSize(); + + wxMessageOutputDebug dbgout; + dbgout.Printf( + "%-10s => fullsz=%4d;%-4d clientsz=%4d;%-4d bestsz=%4d;%-4d minsz=%4d;%-4d maxsz=%4d;%-4d virtualsz=%4d;%-4d\n", + win->GetName(), + fullSz.x, fullSz.y, + clientSz.x, clientSz.y, + bestSz.x, bestSz.y, + minSz.x, minSz.y, + maxSz.x, maxSz.y, + virtualSz.x, virtualSz.y); + } +} + +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL + +// process special middle clicks +void wxWindowBase::OnMiddleClick( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + if ( event.ControlDown() && event.AltDown() ) + { +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL > 1 + // Ctrl-Alt-Shift-mclick makes the sizers visible in debug builds + if ( event.ShiftDown() ) + { + DrawSizers(this); + } + else +#endif // __WXDEBUG__ + { +#if wxUSE_MSGDLG + // just Ctrl-Alt-middle click shows information about wx version + ::wxInfoMessageBox((wxWindow*)this); +#endif // wxUSE_MSGDLG + } + } + else + { + event.Skip(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// accessibility +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY +void wxWindowBase::SetAccessible(wxAccessible* accessible) +{ + if (m_accessible && (accessible != m_accessible)) + delete m_accessible; + m_accessible = accessible; + if (m_accessible) + m_accessible->SetWindow((wxWindow*) this); +} + +// Returns the accessible object, creating if necessary. +wxAccessible* wxWindowBase::GetOrCreateAccessible() +{ + if (!m_accessible) + m_accessible = CreateAccessible(); + return m_accessible; +} + +// Override to create a specific accessible object. +wxAccessible* wxWindowBase::CreateAccessible() +{ + return new wxWindowAccessible((wxWindow*) this); +} + +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// list classes implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_STL + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxWindowList) + +#else // !wxUSE_STL + +void wxWindowListNode::DeleteData() +{ + delete (wxWindow *)GetData(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STL/!wxUSE_STL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// borders +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxBorder wxWindowBase::GetBorder(long flags) const +{ + wxBorder border = (wxBorder)(flags & wxBORDER_MASK); + if ( border == wxBORDER_DEFAULT ) + { + border = GetDefaultBorder(); + } + else if ( border == wxBORDER_THEME ) + { + border = GetDefaultBorderForControl(); + } + + return border; +} + +wxBorder wxWindowBase::GetDefaultBorder() const +{ + return wxBORDER_NONE; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// hit testing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxHitTest wxWindowBase::DoHitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const +{ + // here we just check if the point is inside the window or not + + // check the top and left border first + bool outside = x < 0 || y < 0; + if ( !outside ) + { + // check the right and bottom borders too + wxSize size = GetSize(); + outside = x >= size.x || y >= size.y; + } + + return outside ? wxHT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE : wxHT_WINDOW_INSIDE; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// mouse capture +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowNext +{ + wxWindow *win; + wxWindowNext *next; +} *wxWindowBase::ms_winCaptureNext = NULL; +wxWindow *wxWindowBase::ms_winCaptureCurrent = NULL; +bool wxWindowBase::ms_winCaptureChanging = false; + +void wxWindowBase::CaptureMouse() +{ + wxLogTrace(wxT("mousecapture"), wxT("CaptureMouse(%p)"), static_cast(this)); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !ms_winCaptureChanging, wxT("recursive CaptureMouse call?") ); + + ms_winCaptureChanging = true; + + wxWindow *winOld = GetCapture(); + if ( winOld ) + { + ((wxWindowBase*) winOld)->DoReleaseMouse(); + + // save it on stack + wxWindowNext *item = new wxWindowNext; + item->win = winOld; + item->next = ms_winCaptureNext; + ms_winCaptureNext = item; + } + //else: no mouse capture to save + + DoCaptureMouse(); + ms_winCaptureCurrent = (wxWindow*)this; + + ms_winCaptureChanging = false; +} + +void wxWindowBase::ReleaseMouse() +{ + wxLogTrace(wxT("mousecapture"), wxT("ReleaseMouse(%p)"), static_cast(this)); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !ms_winCaptureChanging, wxT("recursive ReleaseMouse call?") ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( GetCapture() == this, + "attempt to release mouse, but this window hasn't captured it" ); + wxASSERT_MSG( ms_winCaptureCurrent == this, + "attempt to release mouse, but this window hasn't captured it" ); + + ms_winCaptureChanging = true; + + DoReleaseMouse(); + ms_winCaptureCurrent = NULL; + + if ( ms_winCaptureNext ) + { + ((wxWindowBase*)ms_winCaptureNext->win)->DoCaptureMouse(); + ms_winCaptureCurrent = ms_winCaptureNext->win; + + wxWindowNext *item = ms_winCaptureNext; + ms_winCaptureNext = item->next; + delete item; + } + //else: stack is empty, no previous capture + + ms_winCaptureChanging = false; + + wxLogTrace(wxT("mousecapture"), + (const wxChar *) wxT("After ReleaseMouse() mouse is captured by %p"), + static_cast(GetCapture())); +} + +static void DoNotifyWindowAboutCaptureLost(wxWindow *win) +{ + wxMouseCaptureLostEvent event(win->GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(win); + if ( !win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + // windows must handle this event, otherwise the app wouldn't behave + // correctly if it loses capture unexpectedly; see the discussion here: + // http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1153662&group_id=9863&atid=109863 + // http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.devel/82376 + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("window that captured the mouse didn't process wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST") ); + } +} + +/* static */ +void wxWindowBase::NotifyCaptureLost() +{ + // don't do anything if capture lost was expected, i.e. resulted from + // a wx call to ReleaseMouse or CaptureMouse: + if ( ms_winCaptureChanging ) + return; + + // if the capture was lost unexpectedly, notify every window that has + // capture (on stack or current) about it and clear the stack: + + if ( ms_winCaptureCurrent ) + { + DoNotifyWindowAboutCaptureLost(ms_winCaptureCurrent); + ms_winCaptureCurrent = NULL; + } + + while ( ms_winCaptureNext ) + { + wxWindowNext *item = ms_winCaptureNext; + ms_winCaptureNext = item->next; + + DoNotifyWindowAboutCaptureLost(item->win); + + delete item; + } +} + +#if wxUSE_HOTKEY + +bool +wxWindowBase::RegisterHotKey(int WXUNUSED(hotkeyId), + int WXUNUSED(modifiers), + int WXUNUSED(keycode)) +{ + // not implemented + return false; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::UnregisterHotKey(int WXUNUSED(hotkeyId)) +{ + // not implemented + return false; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event processing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxWindowBase::TryBefore(wxEvent& event) +{ +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + // Can only use the validator of the window which + // is receiving the event + if ( event.GetEventObject() == this ) + { + wxValidator * const validator = GetValidator(); + if ( validator && validator->ProcessEventLocally(event) ) + { + return true; + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + + return wxEvtHandler::TryBefore(event); +} + +bool wxWindowBase::TryAfter(wxEvent& event) +{ + // carry on up the parent-child hierarchy if the propagation count hasn't + // reached zero yet + if ( event.ShouldPropagate() ) + { + // honour the requests to stop propagation at this window: this is + // used by the dialogs, for example, to prevent processing the events + // from the dialog controls in the parent frame which rarely, if ever, + // makes sense + if ( !(GetExtraStyle() & wxWS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS) ) + { + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + if ( parent && !parent->IsBeingDeleted() ) + { + wxPropagateOnce propagateOnce(event); + + return parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + } + } + + return wxEvtHandler::TryAfter(event); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// window relationships +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxWindow *wxWindowBase::DoGetSibling(WindowOrder order) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( GetParent(), NULL, + wxT("GetPrev/NextSibling() don't work for TLWs!") ); + + wxWindowList& siblings = GetParent()->GetChildren(); + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator i = siblings.Find((wxWindow *)this); + wxCHECK_MSG( i, NULL, wxT("window not a child of its parent?") ); + + if ( order == OrderBefore ) + i = i->GetPrevious(); + else // OrderAfter + i = i->GetNext(); + + return i ? i->GetData() : NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// keyboard navigation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Navigates in the specified direction inside this window +bool wxWindowBase::DoNavigateIn(int flags) +{ +#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL + // native code doesn't process our wxNavigationKeyEvents anyhow + wxUnusedVar(flags); + return false; +#else // !wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL + wxNavigationKeyEvent eventNav; + wxWindow *focused = FindFocus(); + eventNav.SetCurrentFocus(focused); + eventNav.SetEventObject(focused); + eventNav.SetFlags(flags); + return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventNav); +#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL/!wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL +} + +bool wxWindowBase::HandleAsNavigationKey(const wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_TAB ) + return false; + + int flags = wxNavigationKeyEvent::FromTab; + + if ( event.ShiftDown() ) + flags |= wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsBackward; + else + flags |= wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsForward; + + if ( event.ControlDown() ) + flags |= wxNavigationKeyEvent::WinChange; + + Navigate(flags); + return true; +} + +void wxWindowBase::DoMoveInTabOrder(wxWindow *win, WindowOrder move) +{ + // check that we're not a top level window + wxCHECK_RET( GetParent(), + wxT("MoveBefore/AfterInTabOrder() don't work for TLWs!") ); + + // detect the special case when we have nothing to do anyhow and when the + // code below wouldn't work + if ( win == this ) + return; + + // find the target window in the siblings list + wxWindowList& siblings = GetParent()->GetChildren(); + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator i = siblings.Find(win); + wxCHECK_RET( i, wxT("MoveBefore/AfterInTabOrder(): win is not a sibling") ); + + // unfortunately, when wxUSE_STL == 1 DetachNode() is not implemented so we + // can't just move the node around + wxWindow *self = (wxWindow *)this; + siblings.DeleteObject(self); + if ( move == OrderAfter ) + { + i = i->GetNext(); + } + + if ( i ) + { + siblings.Insert(i, self); + } + else // OrderAfter and win was the last sibling + { + siblings.Append(self); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// focus handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/*static*/ wxWindow* wxWindowBase::FindFocus() +{ + wxWindowBase *win = DoFindFocus(); + return win ? win->GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl() : NULL; +} + +bool wxWindowBase::HasFocus() const +{ + wxWindowBase *win = DoFindFocus(); + return win == this || + win == wxConstCast(this, wxWindowBase)->GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// drag and drop +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP && !defined(__WXMSW__) + +namespace +{ + +class DragAcceptFilesTarget : public wxFileDropTarget +{ +public: + DragAcceptFilesTarget(wxWindowBase *win) : m_win(win) {} + + virtual bool OnDropFiles(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + const wxArrayString& filenames) + { + wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, + filenames.size(), + wxCArrayString(filenames).Release()); + event.SetEventObject(m_win); + event.m_pos.x = x; + event.m_pos.y = y; + + return m_win->HandleWindowEvent(event); + } + +private: + wxWindowBase * const m_win; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(DragAcceptFilesTarget); +}; + + +} // anonymous namespace + +// Generic version of DragAcceptFiles(). It works by installing a simple +// wxFileDropTarget-to-EVT_DROP_FILES adaptor and therefore cannot be used +// together with explicit SetDropTarget() calls. +void wxWindowBase::DragAcceptFiles(bool accept) +{ + if ( accept ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !GetDropTarget(), + "cannot use DragAcceptFiles() and SetDropTarget() together" ); + SetDropTarget(new DragAcceptFilesTarget(this)); + } + else + { + SetDropTarget(NULL); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP && !defined(__WXMSW__) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxWindow* wxGetTopLevelParent(wxWindow *win) +{ + while ( win && !win->IsTopLevel() ) + win = win->GetParent(); + + return win; +} + +#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// accessible object for windows +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Can return either a child object, or an integer +// representing the child element, starting from 1. +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::HitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), int* WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(childObject)) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +} + +// Returns the rectangle for this object (id = 0) or a child element (id > 0). +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetLocation(wxRect& rect, int elementId) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + wxWindow* win = NULL; + if (elementId == 0) + { + win = GetWindow(); + } + else + { + if (elementId <= (int) GetWindow()->GetChildren().GetCount()) + { + win = GetWindow()->GetChildren().Item(elementId-1)->GetData(); + } + else + return wxACC_FAIL; + } + if (win) + { + rect = win->GetRect(); + if (win->GetParent() && !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxTopLevelWindow))) + rect.SetPosition(win->GetParent()->ClientToScreen(rect.GetPosition())); + return wxACC_OK; + } + + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +} + +// Navigates from fromId to toId/toObject. +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::Navigate(wxNavDir navDir, int fromId, + int* WXUNUSED(toId), wxAccessible** toObject) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + switch (navDir) + { + case wxNAVDIR_FIRSTCHILD: + { + if (GetWindow()->GetChildren().GetCount() == 0) + return wxACC_FALSE; + wxWindow* childWindow = (wxWindow*) GetWindow()->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData(); + *toObject = childWindow->GetOrCreateAccessible(); + + return wxACC_OK; + } + case wxNAVDIR_LASTCHILD: + { + if (GetWindow()->GetChildren().GetCount() == 0) + return wxACC_FALSE; + wxWindow* childWindow = (wxWindow*) GetWindow()->GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData(); + *toObject = childWindow->GetOrCreateAccessible(); + + return wxACC_OK; + } + case wxNAVDIR_RIGHT: + case wxNAVDIR_DOWN: + case wxNAVDIR_NEXT: + { + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator(); + if (fromId == 0) + { + // Can't navigate to sibling of this window + // if we're a top-level window. + if (!GetWindow()->GetParent()) + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; + + node = GetWindow()->GetParent()->GetChildren().Find(GetWindow()); + } + else + { + if (fromId <= (int) GetWindow()->GetChildren().GetCount()) + node = GetWindow()->GetChildren().Item(fromId-1); + } + + if (node && node->GetNext()) + { + wxWindow* nextWindow = node->GetNext()->GetData(); + *toObject = nextWindow->GetOrCreateAccessible(); + return wxACC_OK; + } + else + return wxACC_FALSE; + } + case wxNAVDIR_LEFT: + case wxNAVDIR_UP: + case wxNAVDIR_PREVIOUS: + { + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator(); + if (fromId == 0) + { + // Can't navigate to sibling of this window + // if we're a top-level window. + if (!GetWindow()->GetParent()) + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; + + node = GetWindow()->GetParent()->GetChildren().Find(GetWindow()); + } + else + { + if (fromId <= (int) GetWindow()->GetChildren().GetCount()) + node = GetWindow()->GetChildren().Item(fromId-1); + } + + if (node && node->GetPrevious()) + { + wxWindow* previousWindow = node->GetPrevious()->GetData(); + *toObject = previousWindow->GetOrCreateAccessible(); + return wxACC_OK; + } + else + return wxACC_FALSE; + } + } + + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +} + +// Gets the name of the specified object. +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetName(int childId, wxString* name) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + wxString title; + + // If a child, leave wxWidgets to call the function on the actual + // child object. + if (childId > 0) + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; + + // This will eventually be replaced by specialised + // accessible classes, one for each kind of wxWidgets + // control or window. +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + if (GetWindow()->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxButton))) + title = ((wxButton*) GetWindow())->GetLabel(); + else +#endif + title = GetWindow()->GetName(); + + if (!title.empty()) + { + *name = title; + return wxACC_OK; + } + else + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +} + +// Gets the number of children. +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetChildCount(int* childId) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + *childId = (int) GetWindow()->GetChildren().GetCount(); + return wxACC_OK; +} + +// Gets the specified child (starting from 1). +// If *child is NULL and return value is wxACC_OK, +// this means that the child is a simple element and +// not an accessible object. +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetChild(int childId, wxAccessible** child) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + if (childId == 0) + { + *child = this; + return wxACC_OK; + } + + if (childId > (int) GetWindow()->GetChildren().GetCount()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + wxWindow* childWindow = GetWindow()->GetChildren().Item(childId-1)->GetData(); + *child = childWindow->GetOrCreateAccessible(); + if (*child) + return wxACC_OK; + else + return wxACC_FAIL; +} + +// Gets the parent, or NULL. +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetParent(wxAccessible** parent) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + wxWindow* parentWindow = GetWindow()->GetParent(); + if (!parentWindow) + { + *parent = NULL; + return wxACC_OK; + } + else + { + *parent = parentWindow->GetOrCreateAccessible(); + if (*parent) + return wxACC_OK; + else + return wxACC_FAIL; + } +} + +// Performs the default action. childId is 0 (the action for this object) +// or > 0 (the action for a child). +// Return wxACC_NOT_SUPPORTED if there is no default action for this +// window (e.g. an edit control). +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::DoDefaultAction(int WXUNUSED(childId)) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +} + +// Gets the default action for this object (0) or > 0 (the action for a child). +// Return wxACC_OK even if there is no action. actionName is the action, or the empty +// string if there is no action. +// The retrieved string describes the action that is performed on an object, +// not what the object does as a result. For example, a toolbar button that prints +// a document has a default action of "Press" rather than "Prints the current document." +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetDefaultAction(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(actionName)) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +} + +// Returns the description for this object or a child. +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetDescription(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* description) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + wxString ht(GetWindow()->GetHelpTextAtPoint(wxDefaultPosition, wxHelpEvent::Origin_Keyboard)); + if (!ht.empty()) + { + *description = ht; + return wxACC_OK; + } + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +} + +// Returns help text for this object or a child, similar to tooltip text. +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetHelpText(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* helpText) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + wxString ht(GetWindow()->GetHelpTextAtPoint(wxDefaultPosition, wxHelpEvent::Origin_Keyboard)); + if (!ht.empty()) + { + *helpText = ht; + return wxACC_OK; + } + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +} + +// Returns the keyboard shortcut for this object or child. +// Return e.g. ALT+K +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetKeyboardShortcut(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(shortcut)) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +} + +// Returns a role constant. +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetRole(int childId, wxAccRole* role) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + // If a child, leave wxWidgets to call the function on the actual + // child object. + if (childId > 0) + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; + + if (GetWindow()->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl))) + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + if (GetWindow()->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStatusBar))) + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +#endif +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + if (GetWindow()->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxToolBar))) + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +#endif + + //*role = wxROLE_SYSTEM_CLIENT; + *role = wxROLE_SYSTEM_CLIENT; + return wxACC_OK; + + #if 0 + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; + #endif +} + +// Returns a state constant. +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetState(int childId, long* state) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + // If a child, leave wxWidgets to call the function on the actual + // child object. + if (childId > 0) + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; + + if (GetWindow()->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl))) + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + if (GetWindow()->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStatusBar))) + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +#endif +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + if (GetWindow()->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxToolBar))) + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +#endif + + *state = 0; + return wxACC_OK; + + #if 0 + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; + #endif +} + +// Returns a localized string representing the value for the object +// or child. +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetValue(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(strValue)) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +} + +// Selects the object or child. +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::Select(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccSelectionFlags WXUNUSED(selectFlags)) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +} + +// Gets the window with the keyboard focus. +// If childId is 0 and child is NULL, no object in +// this subhierarchy has the focus. +// If this object has the focus, child should be 'this'. +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetFocus(int* WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(child)) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +} + +#if wxUSE_VARIANT +// Gets a variant representing the selected children +// of this object. +// Acceptable values: +// - a null variant (IsNull() returns true) +// - a list variant (GetType() == wxT("list") +// - an integer representing the selected child element, +// or 0 if this object is selected (GetType() == wxT("long") +// - a "void*" pointer to a wxAccessible child object +wxAccStatus wxWindowAccessible::GetSelections(wxVariant* WXUNUSED(selections)) +{ + wxASSERT( GetWindow() != NULL ); + if (!GetWindow()) + return wxACC_FAIL; + + return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; +} +#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT + +#endif // wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// RTL support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCoord +wxWindowBase::AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x, + wxCoord width, + wxCoord widthTotal) const +{ + if ( GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft ) + { + x = widthTotal - x - width; + } + + return x; +} + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/windowid.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/windowid.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9cab454730 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/windowid.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/windowid.cpp +// Purpose: wxWindowID class - a class for managing window ids +// Author: Brian Vanderburg II +// Created: 2007-09-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: windowid.cpp 67211 2011-03-16 07:06:43Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Brian Vanderburg II +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Needed headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +// Not needed, included in defs.h +// #include "wx/windowid.h" + +#define wxTRACE_WINDOWID wxT("windowid") + +namespace +{ + +#if wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT + + +// initially no ids are in use and we allocate them consecutively, but after we +// exhaust the entire range, we wrap around and reuse the ids freed in the +// meanwhile +static const wxUint8 ID_FREE = 0; +static const wxUint8 ID_STARTCOUNT = 1; +static const wxUint8 ID_MAXCOUNT = 254; +static const wxUint8 ID_RESERVED = 255; + +wxUint8 gs_autoIdsRefCount[wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST - wxID_AUTO_LOWEST + 1] = { 0 }; + +// this is an optimization used until we wrap around wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST: if this +// value is < wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST we know that we haven't wrapped yet and so can +// allocate the ids simply by incrementing it +wxWindowID gs_nextAutoId = wxID_AUTO_LOWEST; + +// Reserve an ID +void ReserveIdRefCount(wxWindowID winid) +{ + wxCHECK_RET(winid >= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST && winid <= wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST, + wxT("invalid id range")); + + winid -= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST; + + wxCHECK_RET(gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid] == ID_FREE, + wxT("id already in use or already reserved")); + gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid] = ID_RESERVED; +} + +// Unreserve and id +void UnreserveIdRefCount(wxWindowID winid) +{ + wxCHECK_RET(winid >= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST && winid <= wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST, + wxT("invalid id range")); + + winid -= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST; + + wxCHECK_RET(gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid] == ID_RESERVED, + wxT("id already in use or not reserved")); + gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid] = ID_FREE; +} + +// Get the usage count of an id +int GetIdRefCount(wxWindowID winid) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG(winid >= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST && winid <= wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST, 0, + wxT("invalid id range")); + + winid -= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST; + return gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid]; +} + +// Increase the count for an id +void IncIdRefCount(wxWindowID winid) +{ + wxCHECK_RET(winid >= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST && winid <= wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST, + wxT("invalid id range")); + + winid -= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST; + + wxCHECK_RET(gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid] != ID_MAXCOUNT, wxT("id count at max")); + wxCHECK_RET(gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid] != ID_FREE, wxT("id should first be reserved")); + + if(gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid] == ID_RESERVED) + gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid] = ID_STARTCOUNT; + else + gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid]++; + + wxLogTrace(wxTRACE_WINDOWID, wxT("Increasing ref count of ID %d to %d"), + winid + wxID_AUTO_LOWEST, gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid]); +} + +// Decrease the count for an id +void DecIdRefCount(wxWindowID winid) +{ + wxCHECK_RET(winid >= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST && winid <= wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST, + wxT("invalid id range")); + + winid -= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST; + + wxCHECK_RET(gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid] != ID_FREE, wxT("id count already 0")); + + // DecIdRefCount is only called on an ID that has been IncIdRefCount'ed' + // so it should never be reserved, but test anyway + if(gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid] == ID_RESERVED) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("reserve id being decreased")); + gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid] = ID_FREE; + } + else + gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid]--; + + wxLogTrace(wxTRACE_WINDOWID, wxT("Decreasing ref count of ID %d to %d"), + winid + wxID_AUTO_LOWEST, gs_autoIdsRefCount[winid]); +} + +#else // wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT + +static wxWindowID gs_nextAutoId = wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST; + +#endif + +} // anonymous namespace + + +#if wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT + +void wxWindowIDRef::Assign(wxWindowID winid) +{ + if ( winid != m_id ) + { + // decrease count if it is in the managed range + if ( m_id >= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST && m_id <= wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST ) + DecIdRefCount(m_id); + + m_id = winid; + + // increase count if it is in the managed range + if ( m_id >= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST && m_id <= wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST ) + IncIdRefCount(m_id); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT + + + +wxWindowID wxIdManager::ReserveId(int count) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(count > 0, wxT("can't allocate less than 1 id")); + + +#if wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT + if ( gs_nextAutoId + count - 1 <= wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST ) + { + wxWindowID winid = gs_nextAutoId; + + while(count--) + { + ReserveIdRefCount(gs_nextAutoId++); + } + + return winid; + } + else + { + int found = 0; + + for(wxWindowID winid = wxID_AUTO_LOWEST; winid <= wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST; winid++) + { + if(GetIdRefCount(winid) == 0) + { + found++; + if(found == count) + { + // Imagine this: 100 free IDs left. Then NewId(50) takes 50 + // so 50 left. Then, the 25 before that last 50 are freed, but + // gs_nextAutoId does not decrement and stays where it is at + // with 50 free. Then NewId(75) gets called, and since there + // are only 50 left according to gs_nextAutoId, it does a + // search and finds the 75 at the end. Then NewId(10) gets + // called, and accorind to gs_nextAutoId, their are still + // 50 at the end so it returns them without testing the ref + // To fix this, the next ID is also updated here as needed + if(winid >= gs_nextAutoId) + gs_nextAutoId = winid + 1; + + while(count--) + ReserveIdRefCount(winid--); + + return winid + 1; + } + } + else + { + found = 0; + } + } + } + + wxLogError(_("Out of window IDs. Recommend shutting down application.")); + return wxID_NONE; +#else // !wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT + // Make sure enough in the range + wxWindowID winid; + + winid = gs_nextAutoId - count + 1; + + if ( winid >= wxID_AUTO_LOWEST && winid <= wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST ) + { + // There is enough, but it may be time to wrap + if(winid == wxID_AUTO_LOWEST) + gs_nextAutoId = wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST; + else + gs_nextAutoId = winid - 1; + + return winid; + } + else + { + // There is not enough at the low end of the range or + // count was big enough to wrap around to the positive + // Surely 'count' is not so big to take up much of the range + gs_nextAutoId = wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST - count; + return gs_nextAutoId + 1; + } +#endif // wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT/!wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT +} + +void wxIdManager::UnreserveId(wxWindowID winid, int count) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(count > 0, wxT("can't unreserve less than 1 id")); + +#if wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT + while (count--) + UnreserveIdRefCount(winid++); +#else + wxUnusedVar(winid); + wxUnusedVar(count); +#endif +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wrapsizer.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wrapsizer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39d6a0f0f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wrapsizer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,598 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/wrapsizer.cpp +// Purpose: provides wxWrapSizer class for layout +// Author: Arne Steinarson +// Created: 2008-05-08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wrapsizer.cpp 58757 2009-02-08 11:45:59Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Arne Steinarson +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/wrapsizer.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" + +namespace +{ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper local classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This object changes the item proportion to INT_MAX in its ctor and restores +// it back in the dtor. +class wxPropChanger : public wxObject +{ +public: + wxPropChanger(wxSizer& sizer, wxSizerItem& item) + : m_sizer(sizer), + m_item(item), + m_propOld(item.GetProportion()) + { + // ensure that this item expands more than all the other ones + item.SetProportion(INT_MAX); + } + + ~wxPropChanger() + { + // check if the sizer still has this item, it could have been removed + if ( m_sizer.GetChildren().Find(&m_item) ) + m_item.SetProportion(m_propOld); + } + +private: + wxSizer& m_sizer; + wxSizerItem& m_item; + const int m_propOld; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPropChanger); +}; + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ============================================================================ +// wxWrapSizer implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWrapSizer, wxBoxSizer) + +wxWrapSizer::wxWrapSizer(int orient, int flags) + : wxBoxSizer(orient), + m_flags(flags), + m_dirInform(0), + m_availSize(-1), + m_availableOtherDir(0), + m_lastUsed(true), + m_minSizeMinor(0), + m_maxSizeMajor(0), + m_minItemMajor(INT_MAX), + m_rows(orient ^ wxBOTH) +{ +} + +wxWrapSizer::~wxWrapSizer() +{ + ClearRows(); +} + +void wxWrapSizer::ClearRows() +{ + // all elements of the row sizers are also elements of this one (we + // directly add pointers to elements of our own m_children list to the row + // sizers in RecalcSizes()), so we need to detach them from the row sizer + // to avoid double deletion + wxSizerItemList& rows = m_rows.GetChildren(); + for ( wxSizerItemList::iterator i = rows.begin(), + end = rows.end(); + i != end; + ++i ) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = *i; + wxSizer * const row = item->GetSizer(); + if ( !row ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "all elements of m_rows must be sizers" ); + continue; + } + + row->GetChildren().clear(); + + wxPropChanger * const + propChanger = static_cast(item->GetUserData()); + if ( propChanger ) + { + // this deletes propChanger and so restores the old proportion + item->SetUserData(NULL); + } + } +} + +wxSizer *wxWrapSizer::GetRowSizer(size_t n) +{ + const wxSizerItemList& rows = m_rows.GetChildren(); + if ( n < rows.size() ) + return rows[n]->GetSizer(); + + wxSizer * const sizer = new wxBoxSizer(GetOrientation()); + m_rows.Add(sizer, wxSizerFlags().Expand()); + return sizer; +} + +bool wxWrapSizer::InformFirstDirection(int direction, + int size, + int availableOtherDir) +{ + if ( !direction ) + return false; + + // Store the values for later use + m_availSize = size; + m_availableOtherDir = availableOtherDir + + (direction == wxHORIZONTAL ? m_minSize.y + : m_minSize.x); + m_dirInform = direction; + m_lastUsed = false; + return true; +} + + +void wxWrapSizer::AdjustLastRowItemProp(size_t n, wxSizerItem *itemLast) +{ + if ( !itemLast || !(m_flags & wxEXTEND_LAST_ON_EACH_LINE) ) + { + // nothing to do + return; + } + + wxSizerItem * const item = m_rows.GetItem(n); + wxCHECK_RET( item, "invalid sizer item" ); + + // store the item we modified and its original proportion + item->SetUserData(new wxPropChanger(*this, *itemLast)); +} + +wxSize wxWrapSizer::CalcMin() +{ + if ( m_children.empty() ) + return wxSize(); + + // We come here to calculate min size in two different situations: + // 1 - Immediately after InformFirstDirection, then we find a min size that + // uses one dimension maximally and the other direction minimally. + // 2 - Ordinary case, get a sensible min size value using the current line + // layout, trying to maintain the possibility to re-arrange lines by + // sizing + + wxSize szBoundary; // Keep track of boundary so we don't overflow + if ( m_availSize > 0 ) + { + if ( m_dirInform == m_orient ) + szBoundary = SizeFromMajorMinor(m_availSize, m_availableOtherDir); + else + szBoundary = SizeFromMajorMinor(m_availableOtherDir, m_availSize); + } + + if ( !m_lastUsed ) + { + // Case 1 above: InformFirstDirection() has just been called + m_lastUsed = true; + + // There are two different algorithms for finding a useful min size for + // a wrap sizer, depending on whether the first reported size component + // is the opposite as our own orientation (the simpler case) or the same + // one (more complicated). + wxSize szMinPrev = m_minSize; + if ( m_dirInform == m_orient ) + CalcMinFromMajor(m_availSize); + else + CalcMinFromMinor(m_availSize); + + // If overflowing given boundary, go back to previous min size + if ( m_minSize.x > szBoundary.x || m_minSize.y>szBoundary.y ) + m_minSize = szMinPrev; + } + else // Case 2 above: not immediately after InformFirstDirection() + { + if ( m_availSize > 0 ) + { + CalcMinFittingSize(szBoundary); + } + else // Initial calculation, before we have size available to us + { + CalcMaxSingleItemSize(); + } + } + + return m_minSize; +} + +void wxWrapSizer::CalcMinFittingSize(const wxSize& szBoundary) +{ + // Min size based on current line layout. It is important to + // provide a smaller size when possible to allow for resizing with + // the help of re-arranging the lines. + wxSize sizeMin = SizeFromMajorMinor(m_maxSizeMajor, m_minSizeMinor); + if ( m_minSizeMinor < SizeInMinorDir(m_size) && + m_maxSizeMajor < SizeInMajorDir(m_size) ) + { + m_minSize = sizeMin; + } + else + { + // Try making it a bit more narrow + bool done = false; + if ( m_minItemMajor != INT_MAX && m_maxSizeMajor > 0 ) + { + // We try to present a lower min value by removing an item in + // the major direction (and preserving current minor min size). + CalcMinFromMajor(m_maxSizeMajor - m_minItemMajor); + if ( m_minSize.x <= szBoundary.x && m_minSize.y <= szBoundary.y ) + { + SizeInMinorDir(m_minSize) = SizeInMinorDir(sizeMin); + done = true; + } + } + + if ( !done ) + { + // If failed finding little smaller area, go back to what we had + m_minSize = sizeMin; + } + } +} + +void wxWrapSizer::CalcMaxSingleItemSize() +{ + // Find max item size in each direction + int maxMajor = 0; // Widest item + int maxMinor = 0; // Line height + for ( wxSizerItemList::const_iterator i = m_children.begin(); + i != m_children.end(); + ++i ) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = *i; + if ( item->IsShown() ) + { + wxSize sz = item->CalcMin(); + if ( SizeInMajorDir(sz) > maxMajor ) + maxMajor = SizeInMajorDir(sz); + if ( SizeInMinorDir(sz) > maxMinor ) + maxMinor = SizeInMinorDir(sz); + } + } + + // This is, of course, not our real minimal size but if we return more + // than this it would be impossible to shrink us to one row/column so + // we have to pretend that this is all we need for now. + m_minSize = SizeFromMajorMinor(maxMajor, maxMinor); +} + +void wxWrapSizer::CalcMinFromMajor(int totMajor) +{ + // Algorithm for calculating min size: (assuming horizontal orientation) + // This is the simpler case (known major size) + // X: Given, totMajor + // Y: Based on X, calculate how many lines needed + + int maxTotalMajor = 0; // max of rowTotalMajor over all rows + int minorSum = 0; // sum of sizes of all rows in minor direction + int maxRowMinor = 0; // max of item minor sizes in this row + int rowTotalMajor = 0; // sum of major sizes of items in this row + + // pack the items in each row until we reach totMajor, then start a new row + for ( wxSizerItemList::const_iterator i = m_children.begin(); + i != m_children.end(); + ++i ) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = *i; + if ( !item->IsShown() ) + continue; + + wxSize minItemSize = item->CalcMin(); + const int itemMajor = SizeInMajorDir(minItemSize); + const int itemMinor = SizeInMinorDir(minItemSize); + + // check if this is the first item in a new row: if so, we have to put + // it in it, whether it fits or not, as it would never fit better + // anyhow + // + // otherwise check if we have enough space left for this item here + if ( !rowTotalMajor || rowTotalMajor + itemMajor <= totMajor ) + { + // continue this row + rowTotalMajor += itemMajor; + if ( itemMinor > maxRowMinor ) + maxRowMinor = itemMinor; + } + else // start a new row + { + // minor size of the row is the max of minor sizes of its items + minorSum += maxRowMinor; + if ( rowTotalMajor > maxTotalMajor ) + maxTotalMajor = rowTotalMajor; + maxRowMinor = itemMinor; + rowTotalMajor = itemMajor; + } + } + + // account for the last (unfinished) row too + minorSum += maxRowMinor; + if ( rowTotalMajor > maxTotalMajor ) + maxTotalMajor = rowTotalMajor; + + m_minSize = SizeFromMajorMinor(maxTotalMajor, minorSum); +} + +// Helper struct for CalcMinFromMinor +struct wxWrapLine +{ + wxWrapLine() : m_first(NULL), m_width(0) { } + wxSizerItem *m_first; + int m_width; // Width of line +}; + +void wxWrapSizer::CalcMinFromMinor(int totMinor) +{ + // Algorithm for calculating min size: + // This is the more complex case (known minor size) + + // First step, find total sum of all items in primary direction + // and max item size in secondary direction, that gives initial + // estimate of the minimum number of lines. + + int totMajor = 0; // Sum of widths + int maxMinor = 0; // Line height + int maxMajor = 0; // Widest item + int itemCount = 0; + wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst(); + wxSize sz; + while (node) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + if ( item->IsShown() ) + { + sz = item->CalcMin(); + totMajor += SizeInMajorDir(sz); + if ( SizeInMinorDir(sz)>maxMinor ) + maxMinor = SizeInMinorDir(sz); + if ( SizeInMajorDir(sz)>maxMinor ) + maxMajor = SizeInMajorDir(sz); + itemCount++; + } + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + // The trivial case + if ( !itemCount || totMajor==0 || maxMinor==0 ) + { + m_minSize = wxSize(0,0); + return; + } + + // First attempt, use lines of average size: + int nrLines = totMinor / maxMinor; // Rounding down is right here + if ( nrLines<=1 ) + { + // Another simple case, everything fits on one line + m_minSize = SizeFromMajorMinor(totMajor,maxMinor); + return; + } + + int lineSize = totMajor / nrLines; + if ( lineSize lines; + + int sumMinor; // Sum of all minor sizes (height of all lines) + + // While we still have items 'spilling over' extend the tested line width + for ( ;; ) + { + wxWrapLine *line = new wxWrapLine; + lines.push_back( line ); + + int tailSize = 0; // Width of what exceeds nrLines + maxMinor = 0; + sumMinor = 0; + for ( node=m_children.GetFirst(); node; node=node->GetNext() ) + { + wxSizerItem *item = node->GetData(); + if ( item->IsShown() ) + { + sz = item->GetMinSizeWithBorder(); + if ( line->m_width+SizeInMajorDir(sz)>lineSize ) + { + line = new wxWrapLine; + lines.push_back(line); + sumMinor += maxMinor; + maxMinor = 0; + } + line->m_width += SizeInMajorDir(sz); + if ( line->m_width && !line->m_first ) + line->m_first = item; + if ( SizeInMinorDir(sz)>maxMinor ) + maxMinor = SizeInMinorDir(sz); + if ( sumMinor+maxMinor>totMinor ) + { + // Keep track of widest tail item + if ( SizeInMajorDir(sz)>tailSize ) + tailSize = SizeInMajorDir(sz); + } + } + } + + if ( tailSize ) + { + // Now look how much we need to extend our size + // We know we must have at least one more line than nrLines + // (otherwise no tail size). + int bestExtSize = 0; // Minimum extension width for current tailSize + for ( int ix=0; ixm_width; // Left over at end of this line + int extSize = GetSizeInMajorDir(lines[ix+1]->m_first->GetMinSizeWithBorder()) - size; + if ( (extSize>=tailSize && (extSizebestExtSize && bestExtSize::iterator it=lines.begin(); it m_maxSizeMajor ) + m_maxSizeMajor = rowMajor; + + // And adjust proportion of its last item if necessary. + AdjustLastRowItemProp(n, itemLast); +} + +void wxWrapSizer::RecalcSizes() +{ + // First restore any proportions we may have changed and remove the old rows + ClearRows(); + + if ( m_children.empty() ) + return; + + // Put all our items into as many row box sizers as needed. + const int majorSize = SizeInMajorDir(m_size); // max size of each row + int rowTotalMajor = 0; // running row major size + int maxRowMinor = 0; + + m_minSizeMinor = 0; + m_minItemMajor = INT_MAX; + m_maxSizeMajor = 0; + + // We need at least one row + size_t nRow = 0; + wxSizer *sizer = GetRowSizer(nRow); + + wxSizerItem *itemLast = NULL, // last item processed in this row + *itemSpace = NULL; // spacer which we delayed adding + + // Now put our child items into child sizers instead + for ( wxSizerItemList::iterator i = m_children.begin(); + i != m_children.end(); + ++i ) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = *i; + if ( !item->IsShown() ) + continue; + + wxSize minItemSize = item->GetMinSizeWithBorder(); + const int itemMajor = SizeInMajorDir(minItemSize); + const int itemMinor = SizeInMinorDir(minItemSize); + if ( itemMajor > 0 && itemMajor < m_minItemMajor ) + m_minItemMajor = itemMajor; + + // Is there more space on this line? Notice that if this is the first + // item we add it unconditionally as it wouldn't fit in the next line + // any better than in this one. + if ( !rowTotalMajor || rowTotalMajor + itemMajor <= majorSize ) + { + // There is enough space here + rowTotalMajor += itemMajor; + if ( itemMinor > maxRowMinor ) + maxRowMinor = itemMinor; + } + else // Start a new row + { + FinishRow(nRow, rowTotalMajor, maxRowMinor, itemLast); + + rowTotalMajor = itemMajor; + maxRowMinor = itemMinor; + + // Get a new empty sizer to insert into + sizer = GetRowSizer(++nRow); + + itemLast = + itemSpace = NULL; + } + + // Only remove first/last spaces if that flag is set + if ( (m_flags & wxREMOVE_LEADING_SPACES) && IsSpaceItem(item) ) + { + // Remember space only if we have a first item + if ( itemLast ) + itemSpace = item; + } + else // not a space + { + if ( itemLast && itemSpace ) + { + // We had a spacer after a real item and now that we add + // another real item to the same row we need to add the spacer + // between them two. + sizer->Add(itemSpace); + } + + // Notice that we reuse a pointer to our own sizer item here, so we + // must remember to remove it by calling ClearRows() to avoid + // double deletion later + sizer->Add(item); + + itemLast = item; + itemSpace = NULL; + } + + // If item is a window, it now has a pointer to the child sizer, + // which is wrong. Set it to point to us. + if ( wxWindow *win = item->GetWindow() ) + win->SetContainingSizer(this); + } + + FinishRow(nRow, rowTotalMajor, maxRowMinor, itemLast); + + // Now do layout on row sizer + m_rows.SetDimension(m_position, m_size); +} + + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wxcrt.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wxcrt.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8c6147727d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wxcrt.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1339 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/wxcrt.cpp +// Purpose: wxChar CRT wrappers implementation +// Author: Ove Kaven +// Modified by: Ron Lee, Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 09/04/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxcrt.cpp 65691 2010-09-30 14:30:41Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets copyright +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// =========================================================================== +// headers, declarations, constants +// =========================================================================== + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/crt.h" +#include "wx/strconv.h" // wxMBConv::cWC2MB() + +#define _ISOC9X_SOURCE 1 // to get vsscanf() +#define _BSD_SOURCE 1 // to still get strdup() + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __SGI__ + // wide character functions are declared in std namespace under IRIX + using namespace std; + + // and this one is only declared if __c99 is defined which is not the case + // for C++ builds, so declare it ourselves + extern "C" int vswscanf(const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, va_list); +#endif + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS5__ +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + #include + #include +#else + #include "wx/msw/wince/time.h" +#endif +#endif // !__WXPALMOS5__ + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" // for wxMin and wxMax + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_LANGINFO_H + #include +#endif + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + // there is no errno.h under CE apparently + #define wxSET_ERRNO(value) +#else + #include + + #define wxSET_ERRNO(value) errno = value +#endif + +#if defined(__MWERKS__) && __MSL__ >= 0x6000 +namespace std {} +using namespace std ; +#endif + +#if defined(__DARWIN__) + #include "wx/osx/core/cfref.h" + #include + #include "wx/osx/core/cfstring.h" + #include +#endif + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxMB2WC(wchar_t *buf, const char *psz, size_t n) +{ + // assume that we have mbsrtowcs() too if we have wcsrtombs() +#ifdef HAVE_WCSRTOMBS + mbstate_t mbstate; + memset(&mbstate, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t)); +#endif + + if (buf) { + if (!n || !*psz) { + if (n) *buf = wxT('\0'); + return 0; + } +#ifdef HAVE_WCSRTOMBS + return mbsrtowcs(buf, &psz, n, &mbstate); +#else + return wxMbstowcs(buf, psz, n); +#endif + } + + // note that we rely on common (and required by Unix98 but unfortunately not + // C99) extension which allows to call mbs(r)towcs() with NULL output pointer + // to just get the size of the needed buffer -- this is needed as otherwise + // we have no idea about how much space we need and if the CRT doesn't + // support it (the only currently known example being Metrowerks, see + // wx/crt.h) we don't use its mbstowcs() at all +#ifdef HAVE_WCSRTOMBS + return mbsrtowcs(NULL, &psz, 0, &mbstate); +#else + return wxMbstowcs(NULL, psz, 0); +#endif +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxWC2MB(char *buf, const wchar_t *pwz, size_t n) +{ +#ifdef HAVE_WCSRTOMBS + mbstate_t mbstate; + memset(&mbstate, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t)); +#endif + + if (buf) { + if (!n || !*pwz) { + // glibc2.1 chokes on null input + if (n) *buf = '\0'; + return 0; + } +#ifdef HAVE_WCSRTOMBS + return wcsrtombs(buf, &pwz, n, &mbstate); +#else + return wxWcstombs(buf, pwz, n); +#endif + } + +#ifdef HAVE_WCSRTOMBS + return wcsrtombs(NULL, &pwz, 0, &mbstate); +#else + return wxWcstombs(NULL, pwz, 0); +#endif +} + +char* wxSetlocale(int category, const char *locale) +{ +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + // FIXME-CE: there is no setlocale() in CE CRT, use SetThreadLocale()? + wxUnusedVar(category); + wxUnusedVar(locale); + + return NULL; +#else // !__WXWINCE__ +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + char *rv = NULL ; + if ( locale != NULL && locale[0] == 0 ) + { + // the attempt to use newlocale(LC_ALL_MASK, "", NULL); + // here in order to deduce the language along the environment vars rules + // lead to strange crashes later... + + // we have to emulate the behaviour under OS X + wxCFRef userLocaleRef(CFLocaleCopyCurrent()); + wxCFStringRef str(wxCFRetain((CFStringRef)CFLocaleGetValue(userLocaleRef, kCFLocaleLanguageCode))); + wxString langFull = str.AsString()+"_"; + str.reset(wxCFRetain((CFStringRef)CFLocaleGetValue(userLocaleRef, kCFLocaleCountryCode))); + langFull += str.AsString(); + rv = setlocale(category, langFull.c_str()); + } + else + rv = setlocale(category, locale); +#else + char *rv = setlocale(category, locale); +#endif + if ( locale != NULL /* setting locale, not querying */ && + rv /* call was successful */ ) + { + wxUpdateLocaleIsUtf8(); + } + return rv; +#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ +} + +// ============================================================================ +// printf() functions business +// ============================================================================ + +// special test mode: define all functions below even if we don't really need +// them to be able to test them +#ifdef wxTEST_PRINTF + #undef wxFprintf + #undef wxPrintf + #undef wxSprintf + #undef wxVfprintf + #undef wxVsprintf + #undef wxVprintf + #undef wxVsnprintf_ + + #define wxNEED_WPRINTF + + int wxCRT_VfprintfW( FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list argptr ); +#endif + +#if defined(__DMC__) +/* Digital Mars adds count to _stprintf (C99) so convert */ +int wxCRT_SprintfW (wchar_t * __RESTRICT s, const wchar_t * __RESTRICT format, ... ) +{ + va_list arglist; + + va_start( arglist, format ); + int iLen = swprintf ( s, -1, format, arglist ); + va_end( arglist ); + return iLen ; +} +#endif //__DMC__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implement the standard IO functions for wide char if libc doesn't have them +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef wxCRT_FputsW +int wxCRT_FputsW(const wchar_t *ws, FILE *stream) +{ + wxCharBuffer buf(wxConvLibc.cWC2MB(ws)); + if ( !buf ) + return -1; + + // counting the number of wide characters written isn't worth the trouble, + // simply distinguish between ok and error + return wxCRT_FputsA(buf, stream) == -1 ? -1 : 0; +} +#endif // !wxCRT_FputsW + +#ifndef wxCRT_PutsW +int wxCRT_PutsW(const wchar_t *ws) +{ + int rc = wxCRT_FputsW(ws, stdout); + if ( rc != -1 ) + { + if ( wxCRT_FputsW(L"\n", stdout) == -1 ) + return -1; + + rc++; + } + + return rc; +} +#endif // !wxCRT_PutsW + +#ifndef wxCRT_FputcW +int /* not wint_t */ wxCRT_FputcW(wchar_t wc, FILE *stream) +{ + wchar_t ws[2] = { wc, L'\0' }; + + return wxCRT_FputsW(ws, stream); +} +#endif // !wxCRT_FputcW + +// NB: we only implement va_list functions here, the ones taking ... are +// defined below for wxNEED_PRINTF_CONVERSION case anyhow and we reuse +// the definitions there to avoid duplicating them here +#ifdef wxNEED_WPRINTF + +// TODO: implement the scanf() functions +static int vwscanf(const wchar_t *format, va_list argptr) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("TODO") ); + + return -1; +} + +static int vfwscanf(FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list argptr) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("TODO") ); + + return -1; +} + +#define vswprintf wxCRT_VsnprintfW + +static int vfwprintf(FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list argptr) +{ + wxString s; + int rc = s.PrintfV(format, argptr); + + if ( rc != -1 ) + { + // we can't do much better without Unicode support in libc... + if ( fprintf(stream, "%s", (const char*)s.mb_str() ) == -1 ) + return -1; + } + + return rc; +} + +static int vwprintf(const wchar_t *format, va_list argptr) +{ + return wxCRT_VfprintfW(stdout, format, argptr); +} + +#endif // wxNEED_WPRINTF + +#ifdef wxNEED_VSWSCANF +static int vswscanf(const wchar_t *ws, const wchar_t *format, va_list argptr) +{ + // The best we can do without proper Unicode support in glibc is to + // convert the strings into MB representation and run ANSI version + // of the function. This doesn't work with %c and %s because of difference + // in size of char and wchar_t, though. + + wxCHECK_MSG( wxStrstr(format, wxT("%s")) == NULL, -1, + wxT("incomplete vswscanf implementation doesn't allow %s") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( wxStrstr(format, wxT("%c")) == NULL, -1, + wxT("incomplete vswscanf implementation doesn't allow %c") ); + + return vsscanf(static_cast(wxConvLibc.cWX2MB(ws)), + wxConvLibc.cWX2MB(format), argptr); +} +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPrintf(), wxScanf() and relatives +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// FIXME-UTF8: do format conversion using (modified) wxFormatConverter in +// template wrappers, not here; note that it will needed to +// translate all forms of string specifiers to %(l)s for wxPrintf(), +// but it only should do what it did in 2.8 for wxScanf()! + +#ifndef wxCRT_PrintfW +int wxCRT_PrintfW( const wchar_t *format, ... ) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + + int ret = vwprintf( format, argptr ); + + va_end(argptr); + + return ret; +} +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_FprintfW +int wxCRT_FprintfW( FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ... ) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start( argptr, format ); + + int ret = vfwprintf( stream, format, argptr ); + + va_end(argptr); + + return ret; +} +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_VfprintfW +int wxCRT_VfprintfW( FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list argptr ) +{ + return vfwprintf( stream, format, argptr ); +} +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_VprintfW +int wxCRT_VprintfW( const wchar_t *format, va_list argptr ) +{ + return vwprintf( format, argptr ); +} +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_VsprintfW +int wxCRT_VsprintfW( wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format, va_list argptr ) +{ + // same as for wxSprintf() + return vswprintf(str, INT_MAX / 4, format, argptr); +} +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_ScanfW +int wxCRT_ScanfW(const wchar_t *format, ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + +#ifdef __VMS +#if (__DECCXX_VER >= 70100000) && !defined(__STD_CFRONT) && !defined( __NONAMESPACE_STD ) + int ret = std::vwscanf(format, argptr); +#else + int ret = vwscanf(format, argptr); +#endif +#else + int ret = vwscanf(format, argptr); +#endif + + va_end(argptr); + + return ret; +} +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_SscanfW +int wxCRT_SscanfW(const wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format, ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + +#ifdef __VMS +#if (__DECCXX_VER >= 70100000) && !defined(__STD_CFRONT) && !defined( __NONAMESPACE_STD ) + int ret = std::vswscanf(str, format, argptr); +#else + int ret = vswscanf(str, format, argptr); +#endif +#else + int ret = vswscanf(str, format, argptr); +#endif + + va_end(argptr); + + return ret; +} +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_FscanfW +int wxCRT_FscanfW(FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); +#ifdef __VMS +#if (__DECCXX_VER >= 70100000) && !defined(__STD_CFRONT) && !defined( __NONAMESPACE_STD ) + int ret = std::vfwscanf(stream, format, argptr); +#else + int ret = vfwscanf(stream, format, argptr); +#endif +#else + int ret = vfwscanf(stream, format, argptr); +#endif + + va_end(argptr); + + return ret; +} +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_VsscanfW +int wxCRT_VsscanfW(const wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format, va_list argptr) +{ +#ifdef __VMS +#if (__DECCXX_VER >= 70100000) && !defined(__STD_CFRONT) && !defined( __NONAMESPACE_STD ) + return std::vswscanf(str, format, argptr); +#else + return vswscanf(str, format, argptr); +#endif +#else + return vswscanf(str, format, argptr); +#endif +} +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wrappers to printf and scanf function families +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +int wxDoSprintfWchar(char *str, const wxChar *format, ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + + int rv = wxVsprintf(str, format, argptr); + + va_end(argptr); + return rv; +} +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +int wxDoSprintfUtf8(char *str, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + + int rv = wxVsprintf(str, format, argptr); + + va_end(argptr); + return rv; +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +int wxDoSprintfWchar(wchar_t *str, const wxChar *format, ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + + int rv = wxVsprintf(str, format, argptr); + + va_end(argptr); + return rv; +} +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +int wxDoSprintfUtf8(wchar_t *str, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + + int rv = wxVsprintf(str, format, argptr); + + va_end(argptr); + return rv; +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +int wxDoSnprintfWchar(char *str, size_t size, const wxChar *format, ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + + int rv = wxVsnprintf(str, size, format, argptr); + + va_end(argptr); + return rv; +} +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +int wxDoSnprintfUtf8(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + + int rv = wxVsnprintf(str, size, format, argptr); + + va_end(argptr); + return rv; +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +int wxDoSnprintfWchar(wchar_t *str, size_t size, const wxChar *format, ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + + int rv = wxVsnprintf(str, size, format, argptr); + + va_end(argptr); + return rv; +} +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +int wxDoSnprintfUtf8(wchar_t *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list argptr; + va_start(argptr, format); + + int rv = wxVsnprintf(str, size, format, argptr); + + va_end(argptr); + return rv; +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + +#ifdef HAVE_BROKEN_VSNPRINTF_DECL + #define vsnprintf wx_fixed_vsnprintf +#endif + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +namespace +{ + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +int ConvertStringToBuf(const wxString& s, char *out, size_t outsize) +{ + const wxCharBuffer buf(s.mb_str()); + + const size_t len = buf.length(); + if ( outsize > len ) + { + memcpy(out, buf, (len+1) * sizeof(char)); + } + else // not enough space + { + memcpy(out, buf, (outsize-1) * sizeof(char)); + out[outsize-1] = '\0'; + } + + return len; +} +#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +int ConvertStringToBuf(const wxString& s, wchar_t *out, size_t outsize) +{ + const wxWX2WCbuf buf(s.wc_str()); + size_t len = s.length(); // same as buf length for wchar_t* + if ( outsize > len ) + { + memcpy(out, buf, (len+1) * sizeof(wchar_t)); + } + else // not enough space + { + memcpy(out, buf, (outsize-1) * sizeof(wchar_t)); + out[outsize-1] = 0; + } + return len; +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +} // anonymous namespace + +template +static size_t PrintfViaString(T *out, size_t outsize, + const wxString& format, va_list argptr) +{ + wxString s; + s.PrintfV(format, argptr); + + return ConvertStringToBuf(s, out, outsize); +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +int wxVsprintf(char *str, const wxString& format, va_list argptr) +{ +#if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + return wxCRT_VsprintfA(str, format.wx_str(), argptr); +#else + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) + return wxCRT_VsprintfA(str, format.wx_str(), argptr); + else + #endif + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + return PrintfViaString(str, wxNO_LEN, format, argptr); + #else + return wxCRT_VsprintfA(str, format.mb_str(), argptr); + #endif +#endif +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +int wxVsprintf(wchar_t *str, const wxString& format, va_list argptr) +{ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR +#ifdef __DMC__ +/* +This fails with a bug similar to +http://www.digitalmars.com/pnews/read.php?server=news.digitalmars.com&group=c++.beta&artnum=680 +in DMC 8.49 and 8.50 +I don't see it being used in the wxWidgets sources at present (oct 2007) CE +*/ +#pragma message ( "warning ::::: wxVsprintf(wchar_t *str, const wxString& format, va_list argptr) not yet implemented" ) + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("TODO") ); + + return -1; +#else + return wxCRT_VsprintfW(str, format.wc_str(), argptr); +#endif //DMC +#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + #if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + if ( !wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) + return wxCRT_VsprintfW(str, format.wc_str(), argptr); + else + #endif + return PrintfViaString(str, wxNO_LEN, format, argptr); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +int wxVsnprintf(char *str, size_t size, const wxString& format, va_list argptr) +{ + int rv; +#if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + rv = wxCRT_VsnprintfA(str, size, format.wx_str(), argptr); +#else + #if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + if ( wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) + rv = wxCRT_VsnprintfA(str, size, format.wx_str(), argptr); + else + #endif + #if wxUSE_UNICODE + { + // NB: if this code is called, then wxString::PrintV() would use the + // wchar_t* version of wxVsnprintf(), so it's safe to use PrintV() + // from here + rv = PrintfViaString(str, size, format, argptr); + } + #else + rv = wxCRT_VsnprintfA(str, size, format.mb_str(), argptr); + #endif +#endif + + // VsnprintfTestCase reveals that glibc's implementation of vswprintf + // doesn't nul terminate on truncation. + str[size - 1] = 0; + + return rv; +} + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +int wxVsnprintf(wchar_t *str, size_t size, const wxString& format, va_list argptr) +{ + int rv; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + rv = wxCRT_VsnprintfW(str, size, format.wc_str(), argptr); +#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + #if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + if ( !wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) + rv = wxCRT_VsnprintfW(str, size, format.wc_str(), argptr); + else + #endif + { + // NB: if this code is called, then wxString::PrintV() would use the + // char* version of wxVsnprintf(), so it's safe to use PrintV() + // from here + rv = PrintfViaString(str, size, format, argptr); + } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + + // VsnprintfTestCase reveals that glibc's implementation of vswprintf + // doesn't nul terminate on truncation. + str[size - 1] = 0; + + return rv; +} +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ctype.h stuff (currently unused) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef wxNEED_WX_MBSTOWCS + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxMbstowcs (wchar_t * out, const char * in, size_t outlen) +{ + if (!out) + { + size_t outsize = 0; + while(*in++) + outsize++; + return outsize; + } + + const char* origin = in; + + while (outlen-- && *in) + { + *out++ = (wchar_t) *in++; + } + + *out = '\0'; + + return in - origin; +} + +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxWcstombs (char * out, const wchar_t * in, size_t outlen) +{ + if (!out) + { + size_t outsize = 0; + while(*in++) + outsize++; + return outsize; + } + + const wchar_t* origin = in; + + while (outlen-- && *in) + { + *out++ = (char) *in++; + } + + *out = '\0'; + + return in - origin; +} + +#endif // wxNEED_WX_MBSTOWCS + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrdupA +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char *wxCRT_StrdupA(const char *s) +{ + return strcpy((char *)malloc(strlen(s) + 1), s); +} +#endif // wxCRT_StrdupA + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrdupW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t * wxCRT_StrdupW(const wchar_t *pwz) +{ + size_t size = (wxWcslen(pwz) + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t); + wchar_t *ret = (wchar_t *) malloc(size); + memcpy(ret, pwz, size); + return ret; +} +#endif // wxCRT_StrdupW + +#ifndef wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR16 +size_t wxStrlen(const wxChar16 *s ) +{ + if (!s) return 0; + size_t i=0; + while (*s!=0) { ++i; ++s; }; + return i; +} + +wxChar16* wxStrdup(const wxChar16* s) +{ + size_t size = (wxStrlen(s) + 1) * sizeof(wxChar16); + wxChar16 *ret = (wxChar16*) malloc(size); + memcpy(ret, s, size); + return ret; +} +#endif + +#ifndef wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR32 +size_t wxStrlen(const wxChar32 *s ) +{ + if (!s) return 0; + size_t i=0; + while (*s!=0) { ++i; ++s; }; + return i; +} + +wxChar32* wxStrdup(const wxChar32* s) +{ + size_t size = (wxStrlen(s) + 1) * sizeof(wxChar32); + wxChar32 *ret = (wxChar32*) malloc(size); + memcpy(ret, s, size); + return ret; +} +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StricmpA +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StricmpA(const char *psz1, const char *psz2) +{ + register char c1, c2; + do { + c1 = wxTolower(*psz1++); + c2 = wxTolower(*psz2++); + } while ( c1 && (c1 == c2) ); + return c1 - c2; +} +#endif // !defined(wxCRT_StricmpA) + +#ifndef wxCRT_StricmpW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StricmpW(const wchar_t *psz1, const wchar_t *psz2) +{ + register wchar_t c1, c2; + do { + c1 = wxTolower(*psz1++); + c2 = wxTolower(*psz2++); + } while ( c1 && (c1 == c2) ); + return c1 - c2; +} +#endif // !defined(wxCRT_StricmpW) + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrnicmpA +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StrnicmpA(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n) +{ + // initialize the variables just to suppress stupid gcc warning + register char c1 = 0, c2 = 0; + while (n && ((c1 = wxTolower(*s1)) == (c2 = wxTolower(*s2)) ) && c1) n--, s1++, s2++; + if (n) { + if (c1 < c2) return -1; + if (c1 > c2) return 1; + } + return 0; +} +#endif // !defined(wxCRT_StrnicmpA) + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrnicmpW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StrnicmpW(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n) +{ + // initialize the variables just to suppress stupid gcc warning + register wchar_t c1 = 0, c2 = 0; + while (n && ((c1 = wxTolower(*s1)) == (c2 = wxTolower(*s2)) ) && c1) n--, s1++, s2++; + if (n) { + if (c1 < c2) return -1; + if (c1 > c2) return 1; + } + return 0; +} +#endif // !defined(wxCRT_StrnicmpW) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// string.h functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this (and wxCRT_StrncmpW below) are extern "C" because they are needed +// by regex code, the rest isn't needed, so it's not declared as extern "C" +#ifndef wxCRT_StrlenW +extern "C" WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxCRT_StrlenW(const wchar_t *s) +{ + size_t n = 0; + while ( *s++ ) + n++; + + return n; +} +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// stdlib.h functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef wxCRT_GetenvW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t* wxCRT_GetenvW(const wchar_t *name) +{ + // NB: buffer returned by getenv() is allowed to be overwritten next + // time getenv() is called, so it is OK to use static string + // buffer to hold the data. + static wxWCharBuffer value; + value = wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(getenv(wxConvLibc.cWC2MB(name))); + return value.data(); +} +#endif // !wxCRT_GetenvW + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrftimeW +WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t +wxCRT_StrftimeW(wchar_t *s, size_t maxsize, const wchar_t *fmt, const struct tm *tm) +{ + if ( !maxsize ) + return 0; + + wxCharBuffer buf(maxsize); + + wxCharBuffer bufFmt(wxConvLibc.cWX2MB(fmt)); + if ( !bufFmt ) + return 0; + + size_t ret = strftime(buf.data(), maxsize, bufFmt, tm); + if ( !ret ) + return 0; + + wxWCharBuffer wbuf = wxConvLibc.cMB2WX(buf); + if ( !wbuf ) + return 0; + + wxCRT_StrncpyW(s, wbuf, maxsize); + return wxCRT_StrlenW(s); +} +#endif // !wxCRT_StrftimeW + +#ifdef wxLongLong_t +template +static wxULongLong_t +wxCRT_StrtoullBase(const T* nptr, T** endptr, int base, T* sign) +{ + wxULongLong_t sum = 0; + wxString wxstr(nptr); + wxString::const_iterator i = wxstr.begin(); + wxString::const_iterator end = wxstr.end(); + + // Skip spaces + while ( i != end && wxIsspace(*i) ) ++i; + + // Starts with sign? + *sign = wxT(' '); + if ( i != end ) + { + T c = *i; + if ( c == wxT('+') || c == wxT('-') ) + { + *sign = c; + ++i; + } + } + + // Starts with 0x? + if ( i != end && *i == wxT('0') ) + { + ++i; + if ( i != end ) + { + if ( *i == wxT('x') && (base == 16 || base == 0) ) + { + base = 16; + ++i; + } + else + { + if ( endptr ) + *endptr = (T*) nptr; + wxSET_ERRNO(EINVAL); + return sum; + } + } + else + --i; + } + + if ( base == 0 ) + base = 10; + + for ( ; i != end; ++i ) + { + unsigned int n; + + T c = *i; + if ( c >= '0' ) + { + if ( c <= '9' ) + n = c - wxT('0'); + else + n = wxTolower(c) - wxT('a') + 10; + } + else + break; + + if ( n >= (unsigned int)base ) + // Invalid character (for this base) + break; + + wxULongLong_t prevsum = sum; + sum = (sum * base) + n; + + if ( sum < prevsum ) + { + wxSET_ERRNO(ERANGE); + break; + } + } + + if ( endptr ) + { + *endptr = (T*)(nptr + (i - wxstr.begin())); + } + + return sum; +} + +template +static wxULongLong_t wxCRT_DoStrtoull(const T* nptr, T** endptr, int base) +{ + T sign; + wxULongLong_t uval = ::wxCRT_StrtoullBase(nptr, endptr, base, &sign); + + if ( sign == wxT('-') ) + { + wxSET_ERRNO(ERANGE); + uval = 0; + } + + return uval; +} + +template +static wxLongLong_t wxCRT_DoStrtoll(const T* nptr, T** endptr, int base) +{ + T sign; + wxULongLong_t uval = ::wxCRT_StrtoullBase(nptr, endptr, base, &sign); + wxLongLong_t val = 0; + + if ( sign == wxT('-') ) + { + if (uval <= (wxULongLong_t)wxINT64_MAX + 1) + { + val = -(wxLongLong_t)uval; + } + else + { + wxSET_ERRNO(ERANGE); + } + } + else if ( uval <= wxINT64_MAX ) + { + val = uval; + } + else + { + wxSET_ERRNO(ERANGE); + } + + return val; +} + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrtollA +wxLongLong_t wxCRT_StrtollA(const char* nptr, char** endptr, int base) + { return wxCRT_DoStrtoll(nptr, endptr, base); } +#endif +#ifndef wxCRT_StrtollW +wxLongLong_t wxCRT_StrtollW(const wchar_t* nptr, wchar_t** endptr, int base) + { return wxCRT_DoStrtoll(nptr, endptr, base); } +#endif + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrtoullA +wxULongLong_t wxCRT_StrtoullA(const char* nptr, char** endptr, int base) + { return wxCRT_DoStrtoull(nptr, endptr, base); } +#endif +#ifndef wxCRT_StrtoullW +wxULongLong_t wxCRT_StrtoullW(const wchar_t* nptr, wchar_t** endptr, int base) + { return wxCRT_DoStrtoull(nptr, endptr, base); } +#endif + +#endif // wxLongLong_t + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// strtok() functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +static T *wxCRT_DoStrtok(T *psz, const T *delim, T **save_ptr) +{ + if (!psz) + { + psz = *save_ptr; + if ( !psz ) + return NULL; + } + + psz += wxStrspn(psz, delim); + if (!*psz) + { + *save_ptr = NULL; + return NULL; + } + + T *ret = psz; + psz = wxStrpbrk(psz, delim); + if (!psz) + { + *save_ptr = NULL; + } + else + { + *psz = wxT('\0'); + *save_ptr = psz + 1; + } + + return ret; +} + +#ifndef wxCRT_StrtokA +char *wxCRT_StrtokA(char *psz, const char *delim, char **save_ptr) + { return wxCRT_DoStrtok(psz, delim, save_ptr); } +#endif +#ifndef wxCRT_StrtokW +wchar_t *wxCRT_StrtokW(wchar_t *psz, const wchar_t *delim, wchar_t **save_ptr) + { return wxCRT_DoStrtok(psz, delim, save_ptr); } +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// missing C RTL functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef wxNEED_STRDUP + +char *strdup(const char *s) +{ + char *dest = (char*) malloc( strlen( s ) + 1 ) ; + if ( dest ) + strcpy( dest , s ) ; + return dest ; +} +#endif // wxNEED_STRDUP + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && (_WIN32_WCE <= 211) + +void *calloc( size_t num, size_t size ) +{ + void** ptr = (void **)malloc(num * size); + memset( ptr, 0, num * size); + return ptr; +} + +#endif // __WXWINCE__ <= 211 + +// ============================================================================ +// wxLocaleIsUtf8 +// ============================================================================ + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY +bool wxLocaleIsUtf8 = false; // the safer setting if not known +#endif + +static bool wxIsLocaleUtf8() +{ + // NB: we intentionally don't use wxLocale::GetSystemEncodingName(), + // because a) it may be unavailable in some builds and b) has slightly + // different semantics (default locale instead of current) + +#if defined(HAVE_LANGINFO_H) && defined(CODESET) + // GNU libc provides current character set this way (this conforms to + // Unix98) + const char *charset = nl_langinfo(CODESET); + if ( charset ) + { + // "UTF-8" is used by modern glibc versions, but test other variants + // as well, just in case: + if ( strcmp(charset, "UTF-8") == 0 || + strcmp(charset, "utf-8") == 0 || + strcmp(charset, "UTF8") == 0 || + strcmp(charset, "utf8") == 0 ) + { + return true; + } + } +#endif // HAVE_LANGINFO_H + + // check if we're running under the "C" locale: it is 7bit subset + // of UTF-8, so it can be safely used with the UTF-8 build: + const char *lc_ctype = setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL); + if ( lc_ctype && + (strcmp(lc_ctype, "C") == 0 || strcmp(lc_ctype, "POSIX") == 0) ) + { + return true; + } + + // we don't know what charset libc is using, so assume the worst + // to be safe: + return false; +} + +void wxUpdateLocaleIsUtf8() +{ +#if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + if ( !wxIsLocaleUtf8() ) + { + wxLogFatalError(wxT("This program requires UTF-8 locale to run.")); + } +#else // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + wxLocaleIsUtf8 = wxIsLocaleUtf8(); +#endif +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 + +// ============================================================================ +// wx wrappers for CRT functions +// ============================================================================ + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR + #define CALL_ANSI_OR_UNICODE(return_kw, callA, callW) return_kw callW +#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY + #define CALL_ANSI_OR_UNICODE(return_kw, callA, callW) \ + return_kw wxLocaleIsUtf8 ? callA : callW +#else // ANSI or UTF8 only + #define CALL_ANSI_OR_UNICODE(return_kw, callA, callW) return_kw callA +#endif + +int wxPuts(const wxString& s) +{ + // under IRIX putws() takes a non-const argument so use wchar_str() instead + // of wc_str() + CALL_ANSI_OR_UNICODE(return, + wxCRT_PutsA(s.mb_str()), + wxCRT_PutsW(s.wchar_str())); +} + +int wxFputs(const wxString& s, FILE *stream) +{ + CALL_ANSI_OR_UNICODE(return, + wxCRT_FputsA(s.mb_str(), stream), + wxCRT_FputsW(s.wc_str(), stream)); +} + +int wxFputc(const wxUniChar& c, FILE *stream) +{ +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE // FIXME-UTF8: temporary, remove this with ANSI build + return wxCRT_FputcA((char)c, stream); +#else + CALL_ANSI_OR_UNICODE(return, + wxCRT_FputsA(c.AsUTF8(), stream), + wxCRT_FputcW((wchar_t)c, stream)); +#endif +} + +#ifdef wxCRT_PerrorA + +void wxPerror(const wxString& s) +{ +#ifdef wxCRT_PerrorW + CALL_ANSI_OR_UNICODE(wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, + wxCRT_PerrorA(s.mb_str()), + wxCRT_PerrorW(s.wc_str())); +#else + wxCRT_PerrorA(s.mb_str()); +#endif +} + +#endif // wxCRT_PerrorA + +wchar_t *wxFgets(wchar_t *s, int size, FILE *stream) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( s, NULL, "empty buffer passed to wxFgets()" ); + + wxCharBuffer buf(size - 1); + // FIXME: this reads too little data if wxConvLibc uses UTF-8 ('size' wide + // characters may be encoded by up to 'size'*4 bytes), but what + // else can we do? + if ( wxFgets(buf.data(), size, stream) == NULL ) + return NULL; + + if ( wxConvLibc.ToWChar(s, size, buf, wxNO_LEN) == wxCONV_FAILED ) + return NULL; + + return s; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScanf() and friends +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef HAVE_VSSCANF // __VISUALC__ and __DMC__ see wx/crt.h +int wxVsscanf(const char *str, const char *format, va_list ap) + { return wxCRT_VsscanfA(str, format, ap); } +int wxVsscanf(const wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap) + { return wxCRT_VsscanfW(str, format, ap); } +int wxVsscanf(const wxCharBuffer& str, const char *format, va_list ap) + { return wxCRT_VsscanfA(static_cast(str), format, ap); } +int wxVsscanf(const wxWCharBuffer& str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap) + { return wxCRT_VsscanfW(str, format, ap); } +int wxVsscanf(const wxString& str, const char *format, va_list ap) + { return wxCRT_VsscanfA(static_cast(str.mb_str()), format, ap); } +int wxVsscanf(const wxString& str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap) + { return wxCRT_VsscanfW(str.wc_str(), format, ap); } +int wxVsscanf(const wxCStrData& str, const char *format, va_list ap) + { return wxCRT_VsscanfA(static_cast(str.AsCharBuf()), format, ap); } +int wxVsscanf(const wxCStrData& str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap) + { return wxCRT_VsscanfW(str.AsWCharBuf(), format, ap); } +#endif // HAVE_NO_VSSCANF diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wxprintf.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wxprintf.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3f92cf656 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/wxprintf.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/wxprintf.cpp +// Purpose: wxWidgets wxPrintf() implementation +// Author: Ove Kaven +// Modified by: Ron Lee, Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 09/04/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wxprintf.cpp 60120 2009-04-12 23:37:28Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets copyright +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// =========================================================================== +// headers, declarations, constants +// =========================================================================== + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" // for wxMin and wxMax + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/private/wxprintf.h" + + +// ============================================================================ +// printf() implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// special test mode: define all functions below even if we don't really need +// them to be able to test them +#ifdef wxTEST_PRINTF + #undef wxCRT_VsnprintfW + #undef wxCRT_VsnprintfA +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implement [v]snprintf() if the system doesn't provide a safe one +// or if the system's one does not support positional parameters +// (very useful for i18n purposes) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// common code for both ANSI and Unicode versions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if !defined(wxCRT_VsnprintfW) || !defined(wxCRT_VsnprintfA) + + +// Copy chars from source to dest converting '%%' to '%'. Takes at most maxIn +// chars from source and write at most outMax chars to dest, returns the +// number of chars actually written. Does not treat null specially. +template +static int wxCopyStrWithPercents( + size_t maxOut, + CharType *dest, + size_t maxIn, + const CharType *source) +{ + size_t written = 0; + + if (maxIn == 0) + return 0; + + size_t i; + for ( i = 0; i < maxIn-1 && written < maxOut; source++, i++) + { + dest[written++] = *source; + if (*(source+1) == wxT('%')) + { + // skip this additional '%' character + source++; + i++; + } + } + + if (i < maxIn && written < maxOut) + // copy last character inconditionally + dest[written++] = *source; + + return written; +} + +template +static int wxDoVsnprintf(CharType *buf, size_t lenMax, + const CharType *format, va_list argptr) +{ + // useful for debugging, to understand if we are really using this function + // rather than the system implementation +#if 0 + wprintf(L"Using wxCRT_VsnprintfW\n"); +#endif + + wxPrintfConvSpecParser parser(format); + + wxPrintfArg argdata[wxMAX_SVNPRINTF_ARGUMENTS]; + + size_t i; + + // number of characters in the buffer so far, must be less than lenMax + size_t lenCur = 0; + + if (parser.posarg_present && parser.nonposarg_present) + { + buf[0] = 0; + return -1; // format strings with both positional and + } // non-positional conversion specifier are unsupported !! + + // on platforms where va_list is an array type, it is necessary to make a + // copy to be able to pass it to LoadArg as a reference. + bool ok = true; + va_list ap; + wxVaCopy(ap, argptr); + + // now load arguments from stack + for (i=0; i < parser.nargs && ok; i++) + { + // !pspec[i] means that the user forgot a positional parameter (e.g. %$1s %$3s); + // LoadArg == false means that wxPrintfConvSpec::Parse failed to set the + // conversion specifier 'type' to a valid value... + ok = parser.pspec[i] && parser.pspec[i]->LoadArg(&argdata[i], ap); + } + + va_end(ap); + + // something failed while loading arguments from the variable list... + // (e.g. the user repeated twice the same positional argument) + if (!ok) + { + buf[0] = 0; + return -1; + } + + // finally, process each conversion specifier with its own argument + const CharType *toparse = format; + for (i=0; i < parser.nargs; i++) + { + wxPrintfConvSpec& spec = parser.specs[i]; + + // skip any asterisks, they're processed as part of the conversion they + // apply to + if ( spec.m_type == wxPAT_STAR ) + continue; + + // copy in the output buffer the portion of the format string between + // last specifier and the current one + size_t tocopy = ( spec.m_pArgPos - toparse ); + + lenCur += wxCopyStrWithPercents(lenMax - lenCur, buf + lenCur, + tocopy, toparse); + if (lenCur == lenMax) + { + buf[lenMax - 1] = 0; + return lenMax+1; // not enough space in the output buffer ! + } + + // process this specifier directly in the output buffer + int n = spec.Process(buf+lenCur, lenMax - lenCur, + &argdata[spec.m_pos], lenCur); + if (n == -1) + { + buf[lenMax-1] = wxT('\0'); // be sure to always NUL-terminate the string + return lenMax+1; // not enough space in the output buffer ! + } + lenCur += n; + + // the +1 is because wxPrintfConvSpec::m_pArgEnd points to the last character + // of the format specifier, but we are not interested to it... + toparse = spec.m_pArgEnd + 1; + } + + // copy portion of the format string after last specifier + // NOTE: toparse is pointing to the character just after the last processed + // conversion specifier + // NOTE2: the +1 is because we want to copy also the '\0' + size_t tocopy = wxStrlen(format) + 1 - ( toparse - format ) ; + + lenCur += wxCopyStrWithPercents(lenMax - lenCur, buf + lenCur, + tocopy, toparse) - 1; + if (buf[lenCur]) + { + buf[lenCur] = 0; + return lenMax+1; // not enough space in the output buffer ! + } + + // Don't do: + // wxASSERT(lenCur == wxStrlen(buf)); + // in fact if we embedded NULLs in the output buffer (using %c with a '\0') + // such check would fail + + return lenCur; +} + +#endif // !defined(wxCRT_VsnprintfW) || !defined(wxCRT_VsnprintfA) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCRT_VsnprintfW +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if !defined(wxCRT_VsnprintfW) + +#if !wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFW + #error "wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFW must be 1 if our wxCRT_VsnprintfW is used" +#endif + +int wxCRT_VsnprintfW(wchar_t *buf, size_t len, + const wchar_t *format, va_list argptr) +{ + return wxDoVsnprintf(buf, len, format, argptr); +} + +#else // wxCRT_VsnprintfW is defined + +#if wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFW + #error "wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFW must be 0 if our wxCRT_VsnprintfW is not used" +#endif + +#endif // !wxCRT_VsnprintfW + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCRT_VsnprintfA +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef wxCRT_VsnprintfA + +#if !wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA + #error "wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA must be 1 if our wxCRT_VsnprintfA is used" +#endif + +int wxCRT_VsnprintfA(char *buf, size_t len, + const char *format, va_list argptr) +{ + return wxDoVsnprintf(buf, len, format, argptr); +} + +#else // wxCRT_VsnprintfA is defined + +#if wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA + #error "wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA must be 0 if our wxCRT_VsnprintfA is not used" +#endif + +#endif // !wxCRT_VsnprintfA diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xlocale.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xlocale.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a6326c092 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xlocale.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/xlocale.cpp +// Purpose: xlocale wrappers/impl to provide some xlocale wrappers +// Author: Brian Vanderburg II, Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-01-07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: xlocale.cpp 66054 2010-11-07 13:16:20Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Brian Vanderburg II +// 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_XLOCALE + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/xlocale.h" + +#include +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// module globals +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This is the C locale object, it is created on demand +static wxXLocale *gs_cLocale = NULL; + +wxXLocale wxNullXLocale; + + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Module for gs_cLocale cleanup +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxXLocaleModule : public wxModule +{ +public: + virtual bool OnInit() { return true; } + virtual void OnExit() { wxDELETE(gs_cLocale); } + + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxXLocaleModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxXLocaleModule, wxModule) + + +// ============================================================================ +// wxXLocale implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// common parts +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Get the C locale +wxXLocale& wxXLocale::GetCLocale() +{ + if ( !gs_cLocale ) + { + // NOTE: bcc551 has trouble doing static_cast with incomplete + // type definition. reinterpret_cast used as workaround + gs_cLocale = new wxXLocale( reinterpret_cast(NULL) ); + } + + return *gs_cLocale; +} + +#ifdef wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT + +wxXLocale::wxXLocale(wxLanguage lang) +{ + const wxLanguageInfo * const info = wxLocale::GetLanguageInfo(lang); + if ( !info ) + { + m_locale = NULL; + } + else + { + Init(info->GetLocaleName().c_str()); + } +} + +#if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implementation using MSVC locale API +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxXLocale::Init(const char *loc) +{ + if (!loc || *loc == '\0') + return; + + m_locale = _create_locale(LC_ALL, loc); +} + +void wxXLocale::Free() +{ + if ( m_locale ) + _free_locale(m_locale); +} + +#elif defined(HAVE_LOCALE_T) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implementation using xlocale API +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxXLocale::Init(const char *loc) +{ + if (!loc || *loc == '\0') + return; + + m_locale = newlocale(LC_ALL_MASK, loc, NULL); + if (!m_locale) + { + // NOTE: here we do something similar to what wxSetLocaleTryUTF8() does + // in wxLocale code (but with newlocale() calls instead of wxSetlocale()) + wxString buf(loc); + wxString buf2; + buf2 = buf + wxS(".UTF-8"); + m_locale = newlocale(LC_ALL_MASK, buf2.c_str(), NULL); + if ( !m_locale ) + { + buf2 = buf + wxS(".utf-8"); + m_locale = newlocale(LC_ALL_MASK, buf2.c_str(), NULL); + } + if ( !m_locale ) + { + buf2 = buf + wxS(".UTF8"); + m_locale = newlocale(LC_ALL_MASK, buf2.c_str(), NULL); + } + if ( !m_locale ) + { + buf2 = buf + wxS(".utf8"); + m_locale = newlocale(LC_ALL_MASK, buf2.c_str(), NULL); + } + } + + // TODO: wxLocale performs many more manipulations of the given locale + // string in the attempt to set a valid locale; reusing that code + // (changing it to take a generic wxTryLocale callback) would be nice +} + +void wxXLocale::Free() +{ + if ( m_locale ) + freelocale(m_locale); +} + +#else + #error "Unknown xlocale support." +#endif + +#endif // wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT + +#ifndef wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT + +// ============================================================================ +// Implementation of wxFoo_l() functions for "C" locale without xlocale support +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// character classification and transformation functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// lookup table and macros for character type functions +#define CTYPE_ALNUM 0x0001 +#define CTYPE_ALPHA 0x0002 +#define CTYPE_CNTRL 0x0004 +#define CTYPE_DIGIT 0x0008 +#define CTYPE_GRAPH 0x0010 +#define CTYPE_LOWER 0x0020 +#define CTYPE_PRINT 0x0040 +#define CTYPE_PUNCT 0x0080 +#define CTYPE_SPACE 0x0100 +#define CTYPE_UPPER 0x0200 +#define CTYPE_XDIGIT 0x0400 + +static const unsigned int gs_lookup[] = +{ + 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, + 0x0004, 0x0104, 0x0104, 0x0104, 0x0104, 0x0104, 0x0004, 0x0004, + 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, + 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, 0x0004, + 0x0140, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, + 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, + 0x0459, 0x0459, 0x0459, 0x0459, 0x0459, 0x0459, 0x0459, 0x0459, + 0x0459, 0x0459, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, + 0x00D0, 0x0653, 0x0653, 0x0653, 0x0653, 0x0653, 0x0653, 0x0253, + 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0253, + 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0253, + 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, + 0x00D0, 0x0473, 0x0473, 0x0473, 0x0473, 0x0473, 0x0473, 0x0073, + 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, + 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, + 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x0073, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x00D0, 0x0004 +}; + + +#define CTYPE_TEST(c, t) ( (c) <= 127 && (gs_lookup[(c)] & (t)) ) + + +// ctype functions +#define GEN_ISFUNC(name, test) \ +int name(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc) \ +{ \ + wxCHECK(loc.IsOk(), false); \ + return CTYPE_TEST(c.GetValue(), test); \ +} + +GEN_ISFUNC(wxIsalnum_l, CTYPE_ALNUM) +GEN_ISFUNC(wxIsalpha_l, CTYPE_ALPHA) +GEN_ISFUNC(wxIscntrl_l, CTYPE_CNTRL) +GEN_ISFUNC(wxIsdigit_l, CTYPE_DIGIT) +GEN_ISFUNC(wxIsgraph_l, CTYPE_GRAPH) +GEN_ISFUNC(wxIslower_l, CTYPE_LOWER) +GEN_ISFUNC(wxIsprint_l, CTYPE_PRINT) +GEN_ISFUNC(wxIspunct_l, CTYPE_PUNCT) +GEN_ISFUNC(wxIsspace_l, CTYPE_SPACE) +GEN_ISFUNC(wxIsupper_l, CTYPE_UPPER) +GEN_ISFUNC(wxIsxdigit_l, CTYPE_XDIGIT) + +int wxTolower_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc) +{ + wxCHECK(loc.IsOk(), false); + + if(CTYPE_TEST(c.GetValue(), CTYPE_UPPER)) + { + return c - 'A' + 'a'; + } + + return c; +} + +int wxToupper_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc) +{ + wxCHECK(loc.IsOk(), false); + + if(CTYPE_TEST(c.GetValue(), CTYPE_LOWER)) + { + return c - 'a' + 'A'; + } + + return c; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// string --> number conversion functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + WARNING: the implementation of the wxStrtoX_l() functions below is unsafe + in a multi-threaded environment as we temporary change the locale + and if in the meanwhile an other thread performs some locale-dependent + operation, it may get unexpected results... + However this is the best we can do without reinventing the wheel in the + case !wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT... +*/ + +/* + Note that this code is similar to (a portion of) wxLocale::IsAvailable code +*/ +#define IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_START \ + wxCHECK(loc.IsOk(), 0); \ + \ + /* (Try to) temporary set the 'C' locale */ \ + const char *oldLocale = wxSetlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C"); \ + if ( !oldLocale ) \ + { \ + /* the current locale was not changed; no need to */ \ + /* restore the previous one... */ \ + errno = EINVAL; \ + /* signal an error (better than nothing) */ \ + return 0; \ + } + +#define IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_END \ + /* restore the original locale */ \ + wxSetlocale(LC_NUMERIC, oldLocale); \ + return ret; + +double wxStrtod_l(const wchar_t* str, wchar_t **endptr, const wxXLocale& loc) +{ + IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_START + double ret = wxStrtod(str, endptr); + IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_END +} + +double wxStrtod_l(const char* str, char **endptr, const wxXLocale& loc) +{ + IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_START + double ret = wxStrtod(str, endptr); + IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_END +} + +long wxStrtol_l(const wchar_t* str, wchar_t **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc) +{ + IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_START + long ret = wxStrtol(str, endptr, base); + IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_END +} + +long wxStrtol_l(const char* str, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc) +{ + IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_START + long ret = wxStrtol(str, endptr, base); + IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_END +} + +unsigned long wxStrtoul_l(const wchar_t* str, wchar_t **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc) +{ + IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_START + unsigned long ret = wxStrtoul(str, endptr, base); + IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_END +} + +unsigned long wxStrtoul_l(const char* str, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc) +{ + IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_START + unsigned long ret = wxStrtoul(str, endptr, base); + IMPLEMENT_STRTOX_L_END +} + + +#endif // !defined(wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT) + +#endif // wxUSE_XLOCALE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xpmdecod.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xpmdecod.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e86421240a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xpmdecod.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,831 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/xpmdecod.cpp +// Purpose: wxXPMDecoder +// Author: John Cristy, Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: xpmdecod.cpp 62764 2009-12-02 17:28:45Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) John Cristy, Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + +This file is partially based on source code of ImageMagick by John Cristy. Its +license is as follows: + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% % +% % +% % +% X X PPPP M M % +% X X P P MM MM % +% X PPPP M M M % +% X X P M M % +% X X P M M % +% % +% % +% Read/Write ImageMagick Image Format. % +% % +% % +% Software Design % +% John Cristy % +% July 1992 % +% % +% % +% Copyright (C) 2001 ImageMagick Studio, a non-profit organization dedicated % +% to making software imaging solutions freely available. % +% % +% Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a % +% copy of this software and associated documentation files ("ImageMagick"), % +% to deal in ImageMagick without restriction, including without limitation % +% the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, % +% and/or sell copies of ImageMagick, and to permit persons to whom the % +% ImageMagick is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: % +% % +% The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in % +% all copies or substantial portions of ImageMagick. % +% % +% The software is provided "as is", without warranty of any kind, express or % +% implied, including but not limited to the warranties of merchantability, % +% fitness for a particular purpose and noninfringement. In no event shall % +% ImageMagick Studio be liable for any claim, damages or other liability, % +% whether in an action of contract, tort or otherwise, arising from, out of % +% or in connection with ImageMagick or the use or other dealings in % +% ImageMagick. % +% % +% Except as contained in this notice, the name of the ImageMagick Studio % +% shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or % +% other dealings in ImageMagick without prior written authorization from the % +% ImageMagick Studio. % +% % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +% +*/ + +/* + * Also contains some pieces from libxpm and its modification for win32 by + * HeDu : + * + * Copyright (C) 1989-95 GROUPE BULL + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy + * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to + * deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the + * rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in + * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * GROUPE BULL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN + * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * Except as contained in this notice, the name of GROUPE BULL shall not be + * used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings + * in this Software without prior written authorization from GROUPE BULL. + */ + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_XPM + +#include "wx/xpmdecod.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/hashmap.h" + #include "wx/stream.h" + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/palette.h" +#endif + +#include +#include + +#if wxUSE_STREAMS +bool wxXPMDecoder::CanRead(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + unsigned char buf[9]; + + if ( !stream.Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf)) ) + return false; + + return memcmp(buf, "/* XPM */", WXSIZEOF(buf)) == 0; +} + +wxImage wxXPMDecoder::ReadFile(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + size_t length = stream.GetSize(); + wxCHECK_MSG( length != 0, wxNullImage, + wxT("Cannot read XPM from stream of unknown size") ); + + // use a smart buffer to be sure to free memory even when we return on + // error + wxCharBuffer buffer(length); + + char *xpm_buffer = (char *)buffer.data(); + if ( stream.Read(xpm_buffer, length).GetLastError() == wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR ) + return wxNullImage; + xpm_buffer[length] = '\0'; + + /* + * Remove comments from the file: + */ + char *p, *q; + for (p = xpm_buffer; *p != '\0'; p++) + { + if ( (*p == '"') || (*p == '\'') ) + { + if (*p == '"') + { + for (p++; *p != '\0'; p++) + if ( (*p == '"') && (*(p - 1) != '\\') ) + break; + } + else // *p == '\'' + { + for (p++; *p != '\0'; p++) + if ( (*p == '\'') && (*(p - 1) != '\\') ) + break; + } + if (*p == '\0') + break; + continue; + } + if ( (*p != '/') || (*(p + 1) != '*') ) + continue; + for (q = p + 2; *q != '\0'; q++) + { + if ( (*q == '*') && (*(q + 1) == '/') ) + break; + } + + // memmove allows overlaps (unlike strcpy): + size_t cpylen = strlen(q + 2) + 1; + memmove(p, q + 2, cpylen); + } + + /* + * Remove unquoted characters: + */ + size_t i = 0; + for (p = xpm_buffer; *p != '\0'; p++) + { + if ( *p != '"' ) + continue; + for (q = p + 1; *q != '\0'; q++) + if (*q == '"') + break; + strncpy(xpm_buffer + i, p + 1, q - p - 1); + i += q - p - 1; + xpm_buffer[i++] = '\n'; + p = q + 1; + } + xpm_buffer[i] = '\0'; + + /* + * Create array of lines and convert \n's to \0's: + */ + const char **xpm_lines; + size_t lines_cnt = 0; + size_t line; + + for (p = xpm_buffer; *p != '\0'; p++) + { + if ( *p == '\n' ) + lines_cnt++; + } + + if ( !lines_cnt ) + { + // this doesn't really look an XPM image + return wxNullImage; + } + + xpm_lines = new const char*[lines_cnt + 1]; + xpm_lines[0] = xpm_buffer; + line = 1; + for (p = xpm_buffer; (*p != '\0') && (line < lines_cnt); p++) + { + if ( *p == '\n' ) + { + xpm_lines[line] = p + 1; + *p = '\0'; + line++; + } + } + + xpm_lines[lines_cnt] = NULL; + + /* + * Read the image: + */ + wxImage img = ReadData(xpm_lines); + + delete[] xpm_lines; + + return img; +} +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + +/*****************************************************************************\ +* rgbtab.h * +* * +* A hard coded rgb.txt. To keep it short I removed all colornames with * +* trailing numbers, Blue3 etc, except the GrayXX. Sorry Grey-lovers I prefer * +* Gray ;-). But Grey is recognized on lookups, only on save Gray will be * +* used, maybe you want to do some substitue there too. * +* * +* To save memory the RGBs are coded in one long value, as done by the RGB * +* macro. * +* * +* Developed by HeDu 3/94 (hedu@cul-ipn.uni-kiel.de) * +\*****************************************************************************/ + + +typedef struct +{ + const char *name; + wxUint32 rgb; +} rgbRecord; + +#define myRGB(r,g,b) ((wxUint32)r<<16|(wxUint32)g<<8|(wxUint32)b) + +static const rgbRecord theRGBRecords[] = +{ + {"aliceblue", myRGB(240, 248, 255)}, + {"antiquewhite", myRGB(250, 235, 215)}, + {"aquamarine", myRGB(50, 191, 193)}, + {"azure", myRGB(240, 255, 255)}, + {"beige", myRGB(245, 245, 220)}, + {"bisque", myRGB(255, 228, 196)}, + {"black", myRGB(0, 0, 0)}, + {"blanchedalmond", myRGB(255, 235, 205)}, + {"blue", myRGB(0, 0, 255)}, + {"blueviolet", myRGB(138, 43, 226)}, + {"brown", myRGB(165, 42, 42)}, + {"burlywood", myRGB(222, 184, 135)}, + {"cadetblue", myRGB(95, 146, 158)}, + {"chartreuse", myRGB(127, 255, 0)}, + {"chocolate", myRGB(210, 105, 30)}, + {"coral", myRGB(255, 114, 86)}, + {"cornflowerblue", myRGB(34, 34, 152)}, + {"cornsilk", myRGB(255, 248, 220)}, + {"cyan", myRGB(0, 255, 255)}, + {"darkgoldenrod", myRGB(184, 134, 11)}, + {"darkgreen", myRGB(0, 86, 45)}, + {"darkkhaki", myRGB(189, 183, 107)}, + {"darkolivegreen", myRGB(85, 86, 47)}, + {"darkorange", myRGB(255, 140, 0)}, + {"darkorchid", myRGB(139, 32, 139)}, + {"darksalmon", myRGB(233, 150, 122)}, + {"darkseagreen", myRGB(143, 188, 143)}, + {"darkslateblue", myRGB(56, 75, 102)}, + {"darkslategray", myRGB(47, 79, 79)}, + {"darkturquoise", myRGB(0, 166, 166)}, + {"darkviolet", myRGB(148, 0, 211)}, + {"deeppink", myRGB(255, 20, 147)}, + {"deepskyblue", myRGB(0, 191, 255)}, + {"dimgray", myRGB(84, 84, 84)}, + {"dodgerblue", myRGB(30, 144, 255)}, + {"firebrick", myRGB(142, 35, 35)}, + {"floralwhite", myRGB(255, 250, 240)}, + {"forestgreen", myRGB(80, 159, 105)}, + {"gainsboro", myRGB(220, 220, 220)}, + {"ghostwhite", myRGB(248, 248, 255)}, + {"gold", myRGB(218, 170, 0)}, + {"goldenrod", myRGB(239, 223, 132)}, + {"gray", myRGB(126, 126, 126)}, + {"gray0", myRGB(0, 0, 0)}, + {"gray1", myRGB(3, 3, 3)}, + {"gray10", myRGB(26, 26, 26)}, + {"gray100", myRGB(255, 255, 255)}, + {"gray11", myRGB(28, 28, 28)}, + {"gray12", myRGB(31, 31, 31)}, + {"gray13", myRGB(33, 33, 33)}, + {"gray14", myRGB(36, 36, 36)}, + {"gray15", myRGB(38, 38, 38)}, + {"gray16", myRGB(41, 41, 41)}, + {"gray17", myRGB(43, 43, 43)}, + {"gray18", myRGB(46, 46, 46)}, + {"gray19", myRGB(48, 48, 48)}, + {"gray2", myRGB(5, 5, 5)}, + {"gray20", myRGB(51, 51, 51)}, + {"gray21", myRGB(54, 54, 54)}, + {"gray22", myRGB(56, 56, 56)}, + {"gray23", myRGB(59, 59, 59)}, + {"gray24", myRGB(61, 61, 61)}, + {"gray25", myRGB(64, 64, 64)}, + {"gray26", myRGB(66, 66, 66)}, + {"gray27", myRGB(69, 69, 69)}, + {"gray28", myRGB(71, 71, 71)}, + {"gray29", myRGB(74, 74, 74)}, + {"gray3", myRGB(8, 8, 8)}, + {"gray30", myRGB(77, 77, 77)}, + {"gray31", myRGB(79, 79, 79)}, + {"gray32", myRGB(82, 82, 82)}, + {"gray33", myRGB(84, 84, 84)}, + {"gray34", myRGB(87, 87, 87)}, + {"gray35", myRGB(89, 89, 89)}, + {"gray36", myRGB(92, 92, 92)}, + {"gray37", myRGB(94, 94, 94)}, + {"gray38", myRGB(97, 97, 97)}, + {"gray39", myRGB(99, 99, 99)}, + {"gray4", myRGB(10, 10, 10)}, + {"gray40", myRGB(102, 102, 102)}, + {"gray41", myRGB(105, 105, 105)}, + {"gray42", myRGB(107, 107, 107)}, + {"gray43", myRGB(110, 110, 110)}, + {"gray44", myRGB(112, 112, 112)}, + {"gray45", myRGB(115, 115, 115)}, + {"gray46", myRGB(117, 117, 117)}, + {"gray47", myRGB(120, 120, 120)}, + {"gray48", myRGB(122, 122, 122)}, + {"gray49", myRGB(125, 125, 125)}, + {"gray5", myRGB(13, 13, 13)}, + {"gray50", myRGB(127, 127, 127)}, + {"gray51", myRGB(130, 130, 130)}, + {"gray52", myRGB(133, 133, 133)}, + {"gray53", myRGB(135, 135, 135)}, + {"gray54", myRGB(138, 138, 138)}, + {"gray55", myRGB(140, 140, 140)}, + {"gray56", myRGB(143, 143, 143)}, + {"gray57", myRGB(145, 145, 145)}, + {"gray58", myRGB(148, 148, 148)}, + {"gray59", myRGB(150, 150, 150)}, + {"gray6", myRGB(15, 15, 15)}, + {"gray60", myRGB(153, 153, 153)}, + {"gray61", myRGB(156, 156, 156)}, + {"gray62", myRGB(158, 158, 158)}, + {"gray63", myRGB(161, 161, 161)}, + {"gray64", myRGB(163, 163, 163)}, + {"gray65", myRGB(166, 166, 166)}, + {"gray66", myRGB(168, 168, 168)}, + {"gray67", myRGB(171, 171, 171)}, + {"gray68", myRGB(173, 173, 173)}, + {"gray69", myRGB(176, 176, 176)}, + {"gray7", myRGB(18, 18, 18)}, + {"gray70", myRGB(179, 179, 179)}, + {"gray71", myRGB(181, 181, 181)}, + {"gray72", myRGB(184, 184, 184)}, + {"gray73", myRGB(186, 186, 186)}, + {"gray74", myRGB(189, 189, 189)}, + {"gray75", myRGB(191, 191, 191)}, + {"gray76", myRGB(194, 194, 194)}, + {"gray77", myRGB(196, 196, 196)}, + {"gray78", myRGB(199, 199, 199)}, + {"gray79", myRGB(201, 201, 201)}, + {"gray8", myRGB(20, 20, 20)}, + {"gray80", myRGB(204, 204, 204)}, + {"gray81", myRGB(207, 207, 207)}, + {"gray82", myRGB(209, 209, 209)}, + {"gray83", myRGB(212, 212, 212)}, + {"gray84", myRGB(214, 214, 214)}, + {"gray85", myRGB(217, 217, 217)}, + {"gray86", myRGB(219, 219, 219)}, + {"gray87", myRGB(222, 222, 222)}, + {"gray88", myRGB(224, 224, 224)}, + {"gray89", myRGB(227, 227, 227)}, + {"gray9", myRGB(23, 23, 23)}, + {"gray90", myRGB(229, 229, 229)}, + {"gray91", myRGB(232, 232, 232)}, + {"gray92", myRGB(235, 235, 235)}, + {"gray93", myRGB(237, 237, 237)}, + {"gray94", myRGB(240, 240, 240)}, + {"gray95", myRGB(242, 242, 242)}, + {"gray96", myRGB(245, 245, 245)}, + {"gray97", myRGB(247, 247, 247)}, + {"gray98", myRGB(250, 250, 250)}, + {"gray99", myRGB(252, 252, 252)}, + {"green", myRGB(0, 255, 0)}, + {"greenyellow", myRGB(173, 255, 47)}, + {"honeydew", myRGB(240, 255, 240)}, + {"hotpink", myRGB(255, 105, 180)}, + {"indianred", myRGB(107, 57, 57)}, + {"ivory", myRGB(255, 255, 240)}, + {"khaki", myRGB(179, 179, 126)}, + {"lavender", myRGB(230, 230, 250)}, + {"lavenderblush", myRGB(255, 240, 245)}, + {"lawngreen", myRGB(124, 252, 0)}, + {"lemonchiffon", myRGB(255, 250, 205)}, + {"lightblue", myRGB(176, 226, 255)}, + {"lightcoral", myRGB(240, 128, 128)}, + {"lightcyan", myRGB(224, 255, 255)}, + {"lightgoldenrod", myRGB(238, 221, 130)}, + {"lightgoldenrodyellow", myRGB(250, 250, 210)}, + {"lightgray", myRGB(168, 168, 168)}, + {"lightpink", myRGB(255, 182, 193)}, + {"lightsalmon", myRGB(255, 160, 122)}, + {"lightseagreen", myRGB(32, 178, 170)}, + {"lightskyblue", myRGB(135, 206, 250)}, + {"lightslateblue", myRGB(132, 112, 255)}, + {"lightslategray", myRGB(119, 136, 153)}, + {"lightsteelblue", myRGB(124, 152, 211)}, + {"lightyellow", myRGB(255, 255, 224)}, + {"limegreen", myRGB(0, 175, 20)}, + {"linen", myRGB(250, 240, 230)}, + {"magenta", myRGB(255, 0, 255)}, + {"maroon", myRGB(143, 0, 82)}, + {"mediumaquamarine", myRGB(0, 147, 143)}, + {"mediumblue", myRGB(50, 50, 204)}, + {"mediumforestgreen", myRGB(50, 129, 75)}, + {"mediumgoldenrod", myRGB(209, 193, 102)}, + {"mediumorchid", myRGB(189, 82, 189)}, + {"mediumpurple", myRGB(147, 112, 219)}, + {"mediumseagreen", myRGB(52, 119, 102)}, + {"mediumslateblue", myRGB(106, 106, 141)}, + {"mediumspringgreen", myRGB(35, 142, 35)}, + {"mediumturquoise", myRGB(0, 210, 210)}, + {"mediumvioletred", myRGB(213, 32, 121)}, + {"midnightblue", myRGB(47, 47, 100)}, + {"mintcream", myRGB(245, 255, 250)}, + {"mistyrose", myRGB(255, 228, 225)}, + {"moccasin", myRGB(255, 228, 181)}, + {"navajowhite", myRGB(255, 222, 173)}, + {"navy", myRGB(35, 35, 117)}, + {"navyblue", myRGB(35, 35, 117)}, + {"oldlace", myRGB(253, 245, 230)}, + {"olivedrab", myRGB(107, 142, 35)}, + {"orange", myRGB(255, 135, 0)}, + {"orangered", myRGB(255, 69, 0)}, + {"orchid", myRGB(239, 132, 239)}, + {"palegoldenrod", myRGB(238, 232, 170)}, + {"palegreen", myRGB(115, 222, 120)}, + {"paleturquoise", myRGB(175, 238, 238)}, + {"palevioletred", myRGB(219, 112, 147)}, + {"papayawhip", myRGB(255, 239, 213)}, + {"peachpuff", myRGB(255, 218, 185)}, + {"peru", myRGB(205, 133, 63)}, + {"pink", myRGB(255, 181, 197)}, + {"plum", myRGB(197, 72, 155)}, + {"powderblue", myRGB(176, 224, 230)}, + {"purple", myRGB(160, 32, 240)}, + {"red", myRGB(255, 0, 0)}, + {"rosybrown", myRGB(188, 143, 143)}, + {"royalblue", myRGB(65, 105, 225)}, + {"saddlebrown", myRGB(139, 69, 19)}, + {"salmon", myRGB(233, 150, 122)}, + {"sandybrown", myRGB(244, 164, 96)}, + {"seagreen", myRGB(82, 149, 132)}, + {"seashell", myRGB(255, 245, 238)}, + {"sienna", myRGB(150, 82, 45)}, + {"silver", myRGB(192, 192, 192)}, + {"skyblue", myRGB(114, 159, 255)}, + {"slateblue", myRGB(126, 136, 171)}, + {"slategray", myRGB(112, 128, 144)}, + {"snow", myRGB(255, 250, 250)}, + {"springgreen", myRGB(65, 172, 65)}, + {"steelblue", myRGB(84, 112, 170)}, + {"tan", myRGB(222, 184, 135)}, + {"thistle", myRGB(216, 191, 216)}, + {"tomato", myRGB(255, 99, 71)}, + {"transparent", myRGB(0, 0, 1)}, + {"turquoise", myRGB(25, 204, 223)}, + {"violet", myRGB(156, 62, 206)}, + {"violetred", myRGB(243, 62, 150)}, + {"wheat", myRGB(245, 222, 179)}, + {"white", myRGB(255, 255, 255)}, + {"whitesmoke", myRGB(245, 245, 245)}, + {"yellow", myRGB(255, 255, 0)}, + {"yellowgreen", myRGB(50, 216, 56)}, + {NULL, myRGB(0, 0, 0)} +}; +static const int numTheRGBRecords = 235; + +static unsigned char ParseHexadecimal(char digit1, char digit2) +{ + unsigned char i1, i2; + + if (digit1 >= 'a') + i1 = (unsigned char)(digit1 - 'a' + 0x0A); + else if (digit1 >= 'A') + i1 = (unsigned char)(digit1 - 'A' + 0x0A); + else + i1 = (unsigned char)(digit1 - '0'); + if (digit2 >= 'a') + i2 = (unsigned char)(digit2 - 'a' + 0x0A); + else if (digit2 >= 'A') + i2 = (unsigned char)(digit2 - 'A' + 0x0A); + else + i2 = (unsigned char)(digit2 - '0'); + return (unsigned char)(0x10 * i1 + i2); +} + +static bool GetRGBFromName(const char *inname, bool *isNone, + unsigned char *r, unsigned char*g, unsigned char *b) +{ + int left, right, middle; + int cmp; + wxUint32 rgbVal; + char *name; + char *grey, *p; + + // Neither #rrggbb nor #rrrrggggbbbb are in database, we parse them directly + size_t inname_len = strlen(inname); + if ( *inname == '#' && (inname_len == 7 || inname_len == 13)) + { + size_t ofs = (inname_len == 7) ? 2 : 4; + *r = ParseHexadecimal(inname[1], inname[2]); + *g = ParseHexadecimal(inname[1*ofs+1], inname[1*ofs+2]); + *b = ParseHexadecimal(inname[2*ofs+1], inname[2*ofs+2]); + *isNone = false; + return true; + } + + name = wxStrdupA(inname); + + // theRGBRecords[] has no names with spaces, and no grey, but a + // lot of gray... + + // so first extract ' ' + while ((p = strchr(name, ' ')) != NULL) + { + while (*(p)) // till eof of string + { + *p = *(p + 1); // copy to the left + p++; + } + } + // fold to lower case + p = name; + while (*p) + { + *p = (char)tolower(*p); + p++; + } + + // substitute Grey with Gray, else rgbtab.h would have more than 100 + // 'duplicate' entries + if ( (grey = strstr(name, "grey")) != NULL ) + grey[2] = 'a'; + + // check for special 'none' colour: + bool found; + if ( strcmp(name, "none") == 0 ) + { + *isNone = true; + found = true; + } + else // not "None" + { + found = false; + + // binary search: + left = 0; + right = numTheRGBRecords - 1; + do + { + middle = (left + right) / 2; + cmp = strcmp(name, theRGBRecords[middle].name); + if ( cmp == 0 ) + { + rgbVal = theRGBRecords[middle].rgb; + *r = (unsigned char)((rgbVal >> 16) & 0xFF); + *g = (unsigned char)((rgbVal >> 8) & 0xFF); + *b = (unsigned char)((rgbVal) & 0xFF); + *isNone = false; + found = true; + break; + } + else if ( cmp < 0 ) + { + right = middle - 1; + } + else // cmp > 0 + { + left = middle + 1; + } + } while (left <= right); + } + + free(name); + + return found; +} + +static const char *ParseColor(const char *data) +{ + static const char *const targets[] = + {"c ", "g ", "g4 ", "m ", "b ", "s ", NULL}; + + const char *p, *r; + const char *q; + int i; + + for (i = 0; targets[i] != NULL; i++) + { + r = data; + for (q = targets[i]; *r != '\0'; r++) + { + if ( *r != *q ) + continue; + if ( !isspace((int) (*(r - 1))) ) + continue; + p = r; + for (;;) + { + if ( *q == '\0' ) + return p; + if ( *p++ != *q++ ) + break; + } + q = targets[i]; + } + } + return NULL; +} + +struct wxXPMColourMapData +{ + wxXPMColourMapData() { R = G = B = 0; } + unsigned char R,G,B; +}; +WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxXPMColourMapData, wxXPMColourMap); + +wxImage wxXPMDecoder::ReadData(const char* const* xpm_data) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG(xpm_data, wxNullImage, wxT("NULL XPM data") ); + + wxImage img; + int count; + unsigned width, height, colors_cnt, chars_per_pixel; + size_t i, j, i_key; + char key[64]; + const char *clr_def; + wxXPMColourMap clr_tbl; + wxXPMColourMap::iterator it; + wxString maskKey; + wxString keyString; + + /* + * Read hints and initialize structures: + */ + + count = sscanf(xpm_data[0], "%u %u %u %u", + &width, &height, &colors_cnt, &chars_per_pixel); + if ( count != 4 || width * height * colors_cnt == 0 ) + { + wxLogError(_("XPM: incorrect header format!")); + return wxNullImage; + } + + // VS: XPM color map this large would be insane, since XPMs are encoded with + // 92 possible values on each position, 92^64 is *way* larger space than + // 8bit RGB... + wxCHECK_MSG(chars_per_pixel < 64, wxNullImage, wxT("XPM colormaps this large not supported.")); + + if (!img.Create(width, height, false)) + return wxNullImage; + + key[chars_per_pixel] = '\0'; + + /* + * Create colour map: + */ + wxXPMColourMapData clr_data; + for (i = 0; i < colors_cnt; i++) + { + const char *xmpColLine = xpm_data[1 + i]; + + // we must have at least " x y" after the colour index, hence +5 + if ( !xmpColLine || strlen(xmpColLine) < chars_per_pixel + 5 ) + { + wxLogError(_("XPM: incorrect colour description in line %d"), + (int)(1 + i)); + return wxNullImage; + } + + for (i_key = 0; i_key < chars_per_pixel; i_key++) + key[i_key] = xmpColLine[i_key]; + clr_def = ParseColor(xmpColLine + chars_per_pixel); + + if ( clr_def == NULL ) + { + wxLogError(_("XPM: malformed colour definition '%s' at line %d!"), + xmpColLine, (int)(1 + i)); + return wxNullImage; + } + + bool isNone = false; + if ( !GetRGBFromName(clr_def, &isNone, + &clr_data.R, &clr_data.G, &clr_data.B) ) + { + wxLogError(_("XPM: malformed colour definition '%s' at line %d!"), + xmpColLine, (int)(1 + i)); + return wxNullImage; + } + + keyString = key; + if ( isNone ) + maskKey = keyString; + + clr_tbl[keyString] = clr_data; + } + + // deal with the mask: we must replace pseudo-colour "None" with the mask + // colour (which can be any colour not otherwise used in the image) + if (!maskKey.empty()) + { + wxLongToLongHashMap rgb_table; + long rgb; + const size_t n = clr_tbl.size(); + wxXPMColourMap::const_iterator iter = clr_tbl.begin(); + for (i = 0; i < n; ++i, ++iter) + { + const wxXPMColourMapData& data = iter->second; + rgb = (data.R << 16) + (data.G << 8) + data.B; + rgb_table[rgb]; + } + for (rgb = 0; rgb <= 0xffffff && rgb_table.count(rgb); ++rgb) + ; + if (rgb > 0xffffff) + { + wxLogError(_("XPM: no colors left to use for mask!")); + return wxNullImage; + } + + wxXPMColourMapData& maskData = clr_tbl[maskKey]; + maskData.R = wxByte(rgb >> 16); + maskData.G = wxByte(rgb >> 8); + maskData.B = wxByte(rgb); + + img.SetMaskColour(maskData.R, maskData.G, maskData.B); + } + + /* + * Parse image data: + */ + + unsigned char *img_data = img.GetData(); + wxXPMColourMap::iterator entry; + wxXPMColourMap::iterator end = clr_tbl.end(); + + for (j = 0; j < height; j++) + { + for (i = 0; i < width; i++, img_data += 3) + { + const char *xpmImgLine = xpm_data[1 + colors_cnt + j]; + if ( !xpmImgLine || strlen(xpmImgLine) < width*chars_per_pixel ) + { + wxLogError(_("XPM: truncated image data at line %d!"), + (int)(1 + colors_cnt + j)); + return wxNullImage; + } + + for (i_key = 0; i_key < chars_per_pixel; i_key++) + { + key[i_key] = xpmImgLine[chars_per_pixel * i + i_key]; + } + + keyString = key; + entry = clr_tbl.find(keyString); + if ( entry == end ) + { + wxLogError(_("XPM: Malformed pixel data!")); + + // better return right now as otherwise we risk to flood the + // user with error messages as something seems to be seriously + // wrong with the file and so we could give this message for + // each remaining pixel if we don't bail out + return wxNullImage; + } + + img_data[0] = entry->second.R; + img_data[1] = entry->second.G; + img_data[2] = entry->second.B; + } + } +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + unsigned char* r = new unsigned char[colors_cnt]; + unsigned char* g = new unsigned char[colors_cnt]; + unsigned char* b = new unsigned char[colors_cnt]; + + for (it = clr_tbl.begin(), i = 0; it != clr_tbl.end(); it++, i++) + { + r[i] = it->second.R; + g[i] = it->second.G; + b[i] = it->second.B; + } + wxASSERT(i == colors_cnt); + img.SetPalette(wxPalette(colors_cnt, r, g, b)); + delete[] r; + delete[] g; + delete[] b; +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + return img; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_XPM diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xti.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xti.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9c6e06d1c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xti.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,972 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/xti.cpp +// Purpose: runtime metadata information (extended class info) +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 27/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: xti.cpp 66651 2011-01-08 10:22:30Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart +// (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/object.h" + #include "wx/list.h" + #include "wx/hash.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/xti.h" +#include "wx/xml/xml.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/range.h" + +#include + +#include "wx/beforestd.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "wx/afterstd.h" + +using namespace std; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEnumData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxEnumData::wxEnumData( wxEnumMemberData* data ) +{ + m_members = data; + for ( m_count = 0; m_members[m_count].m_name; m_count++) + {}; +} + +bool wxEnumData::HasEnumMemberValue(const wxChar *name, int *value) const +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; m_members[i].m_name; i++ ) + { + if (!wxStrcmp(name, m_members[i].m_name)) + { + if ( value ) + *value = m_members[i].m_value; + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +int wxEnumData::GetEnumMemberValue(const wxChar *name) const +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; m_members[i].m_name; i++ ) + { + if (!wxStrcmp(name, m_members[i].m_name)) + { + return m_members[i].m_value; + } + } + return 0; +} + +const wxChar *wxEnumData::GetEnumMemberName(int value) const +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; m_members[i].m_name; i++) + if (value == m_members[i].m_value) + return m_members[i].m_name; + + return wxEmptyString; +} + +int wxEnumData::GetEnumMemberValueByIndex( int idx ) const +{ + // we should cache the count in order to avoid out-of-bounds errors + return m_members[idx].m_value; +} + +const wxChar * wxEnumData::GetEnumMemberNameByIndex( int idx ) const +{ + // we should cache the count in order to avoid out-of-bounds errors + return m_members[idx].m_name; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Type Information +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// value streaming +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// streamer specializations +// for all built-in types + +// bool + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, bool &data ) +{ + int intdata; + wxSscanf(s, _T("%d"), &intdata ); + data = (bool)(intdata != 0); +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const bool &data ) +{ + s = wxString::Format(_T("%d"), data ); +} + +// char + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, char &data ) +{ + int intdata; + wxSscanf(s, _T("%d"), &intdata ); + data = char(intdata); +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const char &data ) +{ + s = wxString::Format(_T("%d"), data ); +} + +// unsigned char + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, unsigned char &data ) +{ + int intdata; + wxSscanf(s, _T("%d"), &intdata ); + data = (unsigned char)(intdata); +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const unsigned char &data ) +{ + s = wxString::Format(_T("%d"), data ); +} + +// int + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, int &data ) +{ + wxSscanf(s, _T("%d"), &data ); +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const int &data ) +{ + s = wxString::Format(_T("%d"), data ); +} + +// unsigned int + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, unsigned int &data ) +{ + wxSscanf(s, _T("%d"), &data ); +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const unsigned int &data ) +{ + s = wxString::Format(_T("%d"), data ); +} + +// long + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, long &data ) +{ + wxSscanf(s, _T("%ld"), &data ); +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const long &data ) +{ + s = wxString::Format(_T("%ld"), data ); +} + +// unsigned long + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, unsigned long &data ) +{ + wxSscanf(s, _T("%ld"), &data ); +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const unsigned long &data ) +{ + s = wxString::Format(_T("%ld"), data ); +} + +#ifdef wxLongLong_t +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, wxLongLong_t &data ) +{ + wxSscanf(s, _T("%lld"), &data ); +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const wxLongLong_t &data ) +{ + s = wxString::Format(_T("%lld"), data ); +} + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, wxULongLong_t &data ) +{ + wxSscanf(s, _T("%lld"), &data ); +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const wxULongLong_t &data ) +{ + s = wxString::Format(_T("%lld"), data ); +} +#endif +// float + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, float &data ) +{ + wxSscanf(s, _T("%f"), &data ); +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const float &data ) +{ + s = wxString::Format(_T("%f"), data ); +} + +// double + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, double &data ) +{ + wxSscanf(s, _T("%lf"), &data ); +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const double &data ) +{ + s = wxString::Format(_T("%lf"), data ); +} + +// wxString + +template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, wxString &data ) +{ + data = s; +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const wxString &data ) +{ + s = data; +} + + +// built-ins +// + +#if wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER + #define wxBUILTIN_TYPE_INFO( element, type ) \ + wxBuiltInTypeInfo \ + s_typeInfo##type(element, &wxToStringConverter, \ + &wxFromStringConverter, typeid(type).name()); +#else + #define wxBUILTIN_TYPE_INFO( element, type ) \ + void _toString##element( const wxAny& data, wxString &result ) \ + { wxToStringConverter void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s , wxRange &data) +{ + int minValue, maxValue; + wxSscanf(s, wxT("%d,%d"), &minValue , &maxValue); + data = wxRange(minValue, maxValue); +} + +template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s , const wxRange &data) +{ + s = wxString::Format(wxT("%d,%d"), data.GetMin() , data.GetMax()); +} + +wxCUSTOM_TYPE_INFO(wxRange, wxToStringConverter , wxFromStringConverter) + +// other types + +wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxString, wxArrayString ); + +template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxArrayString const &theArray, + wxAnyList &value) +{ + wxArrayCollectionToVariantArray( theArray, value ); +} + +wxTypeInfoMap *wxTypeInfo::ms_typeTable = NULL; + +wxTypeInfo *wxTypeInfo::FindType(const wxString& typeName) +{ + wxTypeInfoMap::iterator iter = ms_typeTable->find(typeName); + + if (iter == ms_typeTable->end()) + return NULL; + + return (wxTypeInfo *)iter->second; +} + +wxClassTypeInfo::wxClassTypeInfo( wxTypeKind kind, wxClassInfo* classInfo, + wxVariant2StringFnc to, + wxString2VariantFnc from, + const wxString &name) : + wxTypeInfo( kind, to, from, name) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( kind == wxT_OBJECT_PTR || kind == wxT_OBJECT, + wxT("Illegal Kind for Enum Type")); m_classInfo = classInfo; +} + +wxEventSourceTypeInfo::wxEventSourceTypeInfo( int eventType, wxClassInfo* eventClass, + wxVariant2StringFnc to, + wxString2VariantFnc from ) : + wxTypeInfo ( wxT_DELEGATE, to, from, wxEmptyString ) +{ + m_eventClass = eventClass; + m_eventType = eventType; + m_lastEventType = -1; +} + +wxEventSourceTypeInfo::wxEventSourceTypeInfo( int eventType, int lastEventType, + wxClassInfo* eventClass, + wxVariant2StringFnc to, + wxString2VariantFnc from ) : + wxTypeInfo ( wxT_DELEGATE, to, from, wxEmptyString ) +{ + m_eventClass = eventClass; + m_eventType = eventType; + m_lastEventType = lastEventType; +} + +void wxTypeInfo::Register() +{ + if ( ms_typeTable == NULL ) + ms_typeTable = new wxTypeInfoMap(); + + if( !m_name.empty() ) + (*ms_typeTable)[m_name] = this; +} + +void wxTypeInfo::Unregister() +{ + if( !m_name.empty() ) + ms_typeTable->erase(m_name); +} + +// removing header dependancy on string tokenizer + +void wxSetStringToArray( const wxString &s, wxArrayString &array ) +{ + wxStringTokenizer tokenizer(s, wxT("| \t\n"), wxTOKEN_STRTOK); + wxString flag; + array.Clear(); + while (tokenizer.HasMoreTokens()) + { + array.Add(tokenizer.GetNextToken()); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPropertyInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxPropertyInfo::Insert(wxPropertyInfo* &iter) +{ + m_next = NULL; + if ( iter == NULL ) + iter = this; + else + { + wxPropertyInfo* i = iter; + while( i->m_next ) + i = i->m_next; + + i->m_next = this; + } +} + +void wxPropertyInfo::Remove() +{ + if ( this == m_itsClass->m_firstProperty ) + { + m_itsClass->m_firstProperty = m_next; + } + else + { + wxPropertyInfo *info = m_itsClass->m_firstProperty; + while (info) + { + if ( info->m_next == this ) + { + info->m_next = m_next; + break; + } + + info = info->m_next; + } + } + +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHandlerInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxHandlerInfo::Insert(wxHandlerInfo* &iter) +{ + m_next = NULL; + if ( iter == NULL ) + iter = this; + else + { + wxHandlerInfo* i = iter; + while( i->m_next ) + i = i->m_next; + + i->m_next = this; + } +} + +void wxHandlerInfo::Remove() +{ + if ( this == m_itsClass->m_firstHandler ) + { + m_itsClass->m_firstHandler = m_next; + } + else + { + wxHandlerInfo *info = m_itsClass->m_firstHandler; + while (info) + { + if ( info->m_next == this ) + { + info->m_next = m_next; + break; + } + + info = info->m_next; + } + } +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClassInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxClassInfo::Create(wxObject *object, int ParamCount, wxAny *Params) const +{ + if ( ParamCount != m_constructorPropertiesCount ) + { + // FIXME: shouldn't we just return false and let the caller handle it? + wxLogError( _("Illegal Parameter Count for Create Method") ); + return false; + } + + return m_constructor->Create( object, Params ); +} + +wxObject *wxClassInfo::ConstructObject(int ParamCount, wxAny *Params) const +{ + if ( ParamCount != m_constructorPropertiesCount ) + { + // FIXME: shouldn't we just return NULL and let the caller handle this case? + wxLogError( _("Illegal Parameter Count for ConstructObject Method") ); + return NULL; + } + + wxObject *object = NULL; + if (!m_constructor->Create( object, Params )) + return NULL; + return object; +} + +bool wxClassInfo::IsKindOf(const wxClassInfo *info) const +{ + if ( info != 0 ) + { + if ( info == this ) + return true; + + for ( int i = 0; m_parents[i]; ++ i ) + { + if ( m_parents[i]->IsKindOf( info ) ) + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +const wxPropertyAccessor *wxClassInfo::FindAccessor(const wxChar *PropertyName) const +{ + const wxPropertyInfo* info = FindPropertyInfo( PropertyName ); + + if ( info ) + return info->GetAccessor(); + + return NULL; +} + +wxPropertyInfo *wxClassInfo::FindPropertyInfoInThisClass (const wxChar *PropertyName) const +{ + wxPropertyInfo* info = GetFirstProperty(); + + while( info ) + { + if ( wxStrcmp( info->GetName(), PropertyName ) == 0 ) + return info; + info = info->GetNext(); + } + + return 0; +} + +const wxPropertyInfo *wxClassInfo::FindPropertyInfo (const wxChar *PropertyName) const +{ + const wxPropertyInfo* info = FindPropertyInfoInThisClass( PropertyName ); + if ( info ) + return info; + + const wxClassInfo** parents = GetParents(); + for ( int i = 0; parents[i]; ++ i ) + { + if ( ( info = parents[i]->FindPropertyInfo( PropertyName ) ) != NULL ) + return info; + } + + return 0; +} + +wxHandlerInfo *wxClassInfo::FindHandlerInfoInThisClass (const wxChar *PropertyName) const +{ + wxHandlerInfo* info = GetFirstHandler(); + + while( info ) + { + if ( wxStrcmp( info->GetName(), PropertyName ) == 0 ) + return info; + info = info->GetNext(); + } + + return 0; +} + +const wxHandlerInfo *wxClassInfo::FindHandlerInfo (const wxChar *PropertyName) const +{ + const wxHandlerInfo* info = FindHandlerInfoInThisClass( PropertyName ); + + if ( info ) + return info; + + const wxClassInfo** parents = GetParents(); + for ( int i = 0; parents[i]; ++ i ) + { + if ( ( info = parents[i]->FindHandlerInfo( PropertyName ) ) != NULL ) + return info; + } + + return 0; +} + +wxObjectStreamingCallback wxClassInfo::GetStreamingCallback() const +{ + if ( m_streamingCallback ) + return m_streamingCallback; + + wxObjectStreamingCallback retval = NULL; + const wxClassInfo** parents = GetParents(); + for ( int i = 0; parents[i] && retval == NULL; ++ i ) + { + retval = parents[i]->GetStreamingCallback(); + } + return retval; +} + +bool wxClassInfo::BeforeWriteObject( const wxObject *obj, wxObjectWriter *streamer, + wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata) const +{ + wxObjectStreamingCallback sb = GetStreamingCallback(); + if ( sb ) + return (*sb)(obj, streamer, writercallback, metadata ); + + return true; +} + +void wxClassInfo::SetProperty(wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName, + const wxAny &value) const +{ + const wxPropertyAccessor *accessor; + + accessor = FindAccessor(propertyName); + wxASSERT(accessor->HasSetter()); + accessor->SetProperty( object, value ); +} + +wxAny wxClassInfo::GetProperty(wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName) const +{ + const wxPropertyAccessor *accessor; + + accessor = FindAccessor(propertyName); + wxASSERT(accessor->HasGetter()); + wxAny result; + accessor->GetProperty(object,result); + return result; +} + +wxAnyList wxClassInfo::GetPropertyCollection(wxObject *object, + const wxChar *propertyName) const +{ + const wxPropertyAccessor *accessor; + + accessor = FindAccessor(propertyName); + wxASSERT(accessor->HasGetter()); + wxAnyList result; + accessor->GetPropertyCollection(object,result); + return result; +} + +void wxClassInfo::AddToPropertyCollection(wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName, + const wxAny& value) const +{ + const wxPropertyAccessor *accessor; + + accessor = FindAccessor(propertyName); + wxASSERT(accessor->HasAdder()); + accessor->AddToPropertyCollection( object, value ); +} + +// void wxClassInfo::GetProperties( wxPropertyInfoMap &map ) const +// The map parameter (the name map that is) seems something special +// to MSVC and so we use a other name. +void wxClassInfo::GetProperties( wxPropertyInfoMap &infomap ) const +{ + const wxPropertyInfo *pi = GetFirstProperty(); + while( pi ) + { + if ( infomap.find( pi->GetName() ) == infomap.end() ) + infomap[pi->GetName()] = (wxPropertyInfo*) pi; + + pi = pi->GetNext(); + } + + const wxClassInfo** parents = GetParents(); + for ( int i = 0; parents[i]; ++ i ) + { + parents[i]->GetProperties( infomap ); + } +} + +wxObject* wxClassInfo::AnyToObjectPtr( const wxAny &data) const +{ + return m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter(data); +} + +void wxClassInfo::CallOnAny( const wxAny &data, wxObjectFunctor* functor ) const +{ + if ( data.GetTypeInfo()->GetKind() == wxT_OBJECT ) + return m_variantToObjectConverter(data, functor); + else + return (*functor)(m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter(data)); +} + +wxAny wxClassInfo::ObjectPtrToAny( wxObject* obj) const +{ + return m_objectToVariantConverter(obj); +} + +bool wxClassInfo::NeedsDirectConstruction() const +{ + return wx_dynamic_cast(wxObjectAllocator*, m_constructor) != NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDynamicObject support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Dynamic Objects are objects that have a real superclass instance and carry their +// own attributes in a hash map. Like this it is possible to create the objects and +// stream them, as if their class information was already available from compiled data + +struct wxDynamicObject::wxDynamicObjectInternal +{ + wxDynamicObjectInternal() {} + + wxStringToAnyHashMap m_properties; +}; + +typedef list< wxDynamicObject* > wxDynamicObjectList; + +struct wxDynamicClassInfo::wxDynamicClassInfoInternal +{ + wxDynamicObjectList m_dynamicObjects; +}; + +// instantiates this object with an instance of its superclass +wxDynamicObject::wxDynamicObject(wxObject* superClassInstance, const wxDynamicClassInfo *info) +{ + m_superClassInstance = superClassInstance; + m_classInfo = info; + m_data = new wxDynamicObjectInternal; +} + +wxDynamicObject::~wxDynamicObject() +{ + wx_dynamic_cast(const wxDynamicClassInfo*, m_classInfo)-> + m_data->m_dynamicObjects.remove( this ); + delete m_data; + delete m_superClassInstance; +} + +void wxDynamicObject::SetProperty (const wxChar *propertyName, const wxAny &value) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_classInfo->FindPropertyInfoInThisClass(propertyName), + wxT("Accessing Unknown Property in a Dynamic Object") ); + m_data->m_properties[propertyName] = value; +} + +wxAny wxDynamicObject::GetProperty (const wxChar *propertyName) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_classInfo->FindPropertyInfoInThisClass(propertyName), + wxT("Accessing Unknown Property in a Dynamic Object") ); + return m_data->m_properties[propertyName]; +} + +void wxDynamicObject::RemoveProperty( const wxChar *propertyName ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_classInfo->FindPropertyInfoInThisClass(propertyName), + wxT("Removing Unknown Property in a Dynamic Object") ); + m_data->m_properties.erase( propertyName ); +} + +void wxDynamicObject::RenameProperty( const wxChar *oldPropertyName, + const wxChar *newPropertyName ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_classInfo->FindPropertyInfoInThisClass(oldPropertyName), + wxT("Renaming Unknown Property in a Dynamic Object") ); + + wxAny value = m_data->m_properties[oldPropertyName]; + m_data->m_properties.erase( oldPropertyName ); + m_data->m_properties[newPropertyName] = value; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDynamicClassInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDynamicClassInfo::wxDynamicClassInfo( const wxChar *unitName, + const wxChar *className, + const wxClassInfo* superClass ) : + wxClassInfo( unitName, className, new const wxClassInfo*[2]) +{ + GetParents()[0] = superClass; + GetParents()[1] = NULL; + m_data = new wxDynamicClassInfoInternal; +} + +wxDynamicClassInfo::~wxDynamicClassInfo() +{ + delete[] GetParents(); + delete m_data; +} + +wxObject *wxDynamicClassInfo::AllocateObject() const +{ + wxObject* parent = GetParents()[0]->AllocateObject(); + wxDynamicObject *obj = new wxDynamicObject( parent, this ); + m_data->m_dynamicObjects.push_back( obj ); + return obj; +} + +bool wxDynamicClassInfo::Create (wxObject *object, int paramCount, wxAny *params) const +{ + wxDynamicObject *dynobj = wx_dynamic_cast( wxDynamicObject *, object ); + wxASSERT_MSG( dynobj, + wxT("cannot call wxDynamicClassInfo::Create on ") + wxT("an object other than wxDynamicObject") ); + + return GetParents()[0]->Create( dynobj->GetSuperClassInstance(), paramCount, params ); +} + +// get number of parameters for constructor +int wxDynamicClassInfo::GetCreateParamCount() const +{ + return GetParents()[0]->GetCreateParamCount(); +} + +// get i-th constructor parameter +const wxChar* wxDynamicClassInfo::GetCreateParamName(int i) const +{ + return GetParents()[0]->GetCreateParamName( i ); +} + +void wxDynamicClassInfo::SetProperty(wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName, const wxAny &value) const +{ + wxDynamicObject* dynobj = wx_dynamic_cast(wxDynamicObject*, object); + wxASSERT_MSG( dynobj, wxT("cannot call wxDynamicClassInfo::SetProperty on an object other than wxDynamicObject") ); + if ( FindPropertyInfoInThisClass(propertyName) ) + dynobj->SetProperty( propertyName, value ); + else + GetParents()[0]->SetProperty( dynobj->GetSuperClassInstance(), propertyName, value ); +} + +wxAny wxDynamicClassInfo::GetProperty(wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName) const +{ + wxDynamicObject* dynobj = wx_dynamic_cast(wxDynamicObject*, object); + wxASSERT_MSG( dynobj, wxT("cannot call wxDynamicClassInfo::SetProperty on an object other than wxDynamicObject") ); + if ( FindPropertyInfoInThisClass(propertyName) ) + return dynobj->GetProperty( propertyName ); + else + return GetParents()[0]->GetProperty( dynobj->GetSuperClassInstance(), propertyName ); +} + +void wxDynamicClassInfo::AddProperty( const wxChar *propertyName, const wxTypeInfo* typeInfo ) +{ + EnsureInfosInited(); + new wxPropertyInfo( m_firstProperty, this, propertyName, typeInfo->GetTypeName(), new wxGenericPropertyAccessor( propertyName ), wxAny() ); +} + +void wxDynamicClassInfo::AddHandler( const wxChar *handlerName, wxObjectEventFunction address, const wxClassInfo* eventClassInfo ) +{ + EnsureInfosInited(); + new wxHandlerInfo( m_firstHandler, this, handlerName, address, eventClassInfo ); +} + +// removes an existing runtime-property +void wxDynamicClassInfo::RemoveProperty( const wxChar *propertyName ) +{ + for ( wxDynamicObjectList::iterator iter = m_data->m_dynamicObjects.begin(); iter != m_data->m_dynamicObjects.end(); ++iter ) + (*iter)->RemoveProperty( propertyName ); + delete FindPropertyInfoInThisClass(propertyName); +} + +// removes an existing runtime-handler +void wxDynamicClassInfo::RemoveHandler( const wxChar *handlerName ) +{ + delete FindHandlerInfoInThisClass(handlerName); +} + +// renames an existing runtime-property +void wxDynamicClassInfo::RenameProperty( const wxChar *oldPropertyName, const wxChar *newPropertyName ) +{ + wxPropertyInfo* pi = FindPropertyInfoInThisClass(oldPropertyName); + wxASSERT_MSG( pi,wxT("not existing property") ); + pi->m_name = newPropertyName; + wx_dynamic_cast(wxGenericPropertyAccessor*, pi->GetAccessor())->RenameProperty( oldPropertyName, newPropertyName ); + for ( wxDynamicObjectList::iterator iter = m_data->m_dynamicObjects.begin(); iter != m_data->m_dynamicObjects.end(); ++iter ) + (*iter)->RenameProperty( oldPropertyName, newPropertyName ); +} + +// renames an existing runtime-handler +void wxDynamicClassInfo::RenameHandler( const wxChar *oldHandlerName, const wxChar *newHandlerName ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(FindHandlerInfoInThisClass(oldHandlerName),wxT("not existing handler") ); + FindHandlerInfoInThisClass(oldHandlerName)->m_name = newHandlerName; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericPropertyAccessor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct wxGenericPropertyAccessor::wxGenericPropertyAccessorInternal +{ + char filler; +}; + +wxGenericPropertyAccessor::wxGenericPropertyAccessor( const wxString& propertyName ) +: wxPropertyAccessor( NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL ) +{ + m_data = new wxGenericPropertyAccessorInternal; + m_propertyName = propertyName; + m_getterName = wxT("Get")+propertyName; + m_setterName = wxT("Set")+propertyName; +} + +wxGenericPropertyAccessor::~wxGenericPropertyAccessor() +{ + delete m_data; +} + +void wxGenericPropertyAccessor::SetProperty(wxObject *object, const wxAny &value) const +{ + wxDynamicObject* dynobj = wx_dynamic_cast(wxDynamicObject*, object); + wxASSERT_MSG( dynobj, wxT("cannot call wxDynamicClassInfo::SetProperty on an object other than wxDynamicObject") ); + dynobj->SetProperty(m_propertyName, value ); +} + +void wxGenericPropertyAccessor::GetProperty(const wxObject *object, wxAny& value) const +{ + const wxDynamicObject* dynobj = wx_dynamic_cast( const wxDynamicObject * , object ); + wxASSERT_MSG( dynobj, wxT("cannot call wxDynamicClassInfo::SetProperty on an object other than wxDynamicObject") ); + value = dynobj->GetProperty( m_propertyName ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericPropertyAccessor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxAnyGetAsString( const wxAny& data) +{ + if ( data.IsNull() || data.GetTypeInfo()==NULL ) + return wxEmptyString; + + wxString s; + data.GetTypeInfo()->ConvertToString(data,s); + return s; +} + +const wxObject* wxAnyGetAsObjectPtr( const wxAny& data) +{ + if ( !data.IsNull() ) + { + const wxClassTypeInfo* ti = wx_dynamic_cast(const wxClassTypeInfo*, data.GetTypeInfo()); + if( ti ) + return ti->GetClassInfo()->AnyToObjectPtr(data); + } + return NULL; +} + +wxObjectFunctor::~wxObjectFunctor() +{}; + +#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xtistrm.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xtistrm.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95b77afe2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xtistrm.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,681 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/xtistrm.cpp +// Purpose: streaming runtime metadata information +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 27/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: xtistrm.cpp 66630 2011-01-07 17:49:18Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +#include "wx/xtistrm.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/object.h" + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/event.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/txtstrm.h" + +// STL headers: + +#include "wx/beforestd.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "wx/afterstd.h" +using namespace std; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxObjectWriter +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct wxObjectWriter::wxObjectWriterInternal +{ + map< const wxObject*, int > m_writtenObjects; + int m_nextId; +}; + +wxObjectWriter::wxObjectWriter() +{ + m_data = new wxObjectWriterInternal; + m_data->m_nextId = 0; +} + +wxObjectWriter::~wxObjectWriter() +{ + delete m_data; +} + +struct wxObjectWriter::wxObjectWriterInternalPropertiesData +{ + char nothing; +}; + +void wxObjectWriter::ClearObjectContext() +{ + delete m_data; + m_data = new wxObjectWriterInternal(); + m_data->m_nextId = 0; +} + +void wxObjectWriter::WriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, const wxString &name, + const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata ) +{ + DoBeginWriteTopLevelEntry( name ); + WriteObject( object, classInfo, writercallback, false, metadata); + DoEndWriteTopLevelEntry( name ); +} + +void wxObjectWriter::WriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, bool isEmbedded, + const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata ) +{ + if ( !classInfo->BeforeWriteObject( object, this, writercallback, metadata) ) + return; + + if ( writercallback->BeforeWriteObject( this, object, classInfo, metadata) ) + { + if ( object == NULL ) + DoWriteNullObject(); + else if ( IsObjectKnown( object ) ) + DoWriteRepeatedObject( GetObjectID(object) ); + else + { + int oid = m_data->m_nextId++; + if ( !isEmbedded ) + m_data->m_writtenObjects[object] = oid; + + // in case this object is a wxDynamicObject we also have to insert is superclass + // instance with the same id, so that object relations are streamed out correctly + const wxDynamicObject* dynobj = wx_dynamic_cast(const wxDynamicObject*, object); + if ( !isEmbedded && dynobj ) + m_data->m_writtenObjects[dynobj->GetSuperClassInstance()] = oid; + + DoBeginWriteObject( object, classInfo, oid, metadata ); + wxObjectWriterInternalPropertiesData data; + WriteAllProperties( object, classInfo, writercallback, &data ); + DoEndWriteObject( object, classInfo, oid ); + } + writercallback->AfterWriteObject( this,object, classInfo ); + } +} + +void wxObjectWriter::FindConnectEntry(const wxEvtHandler * evSource, + const wxEventSourceTypeInfo* dti, + const wxObject* &sink, + const wxHandlerInfo *&handler) +{ + wxList *dynamicEvents = evSource->GetDynamicEventTable(); + + if ( dynamicEvents ) + { + for ( wxList::const_iterator node = dynamicEvents->begin(); node != dynamicEvents->end(); ++node ) + { + wxDynamicEventTableEntry *entry = (wxDynamicEventTableEntry*)(*node); + + // find the match + if ( entry->m_fn && + (dti->GetEventType() == entry->m_eventType) && + (entry->m_id == -1 ) && + (entry->m_fn->GetEvtHandler() != NULL ) ) + { + sink = entry->m_fn->GetEvtHandler(); + const wxClassInfo* sinkClassInfo = sink->GetClassInfo(); + const wxHandlerInfo* sinkHandler = sinkClassInfo->GetFirstHandler(); + while ( sinkHandler ) + { + if ( sinkHandler->GetEventFunction() == entry->m_fn->GetEvtMethod() ) + { + handler = sinkHandler; + break; + } + sinkHandler = sinkHandler->GetNext(); + } + break; + } + } + } +} +void wxObjectWriter::WriteAllProperties( const wxObject * obj, const wxClassInfo* ci, + wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, + wxObjectWriterInternalPropertiesData * data ) +{ + wxPropertyInfoMap map; + ci->GetProperties( map ); + for ( int i = 0; i < ci->GetCreateParamCount(); ++i ) + { + wxString name = ci->GetCreateParamName(i); + wxPropertyInfoMap::const_iterator iter = map.find(name); + const wxPropertyInfo* prop = iter == map.end() ? NULL : iter->second; + if ( prop ) + { + WriteOneProperty( obj, prop->GetDeclaringClass(), prop, writercallback, data ); + } + else + { + wxLogError( _("Create Parameter %s not found in declared RTTI Parameters"), name.c_str() ); + } + map.erase( name ); + } + { // Extra block for broken compilers + for( wxPropertyInfoMap::iterator iter = map.begin(); iter != map.end(); ++iter ) + { + const wxPropertyInfo* prop = iter->second; + if ( prop->GetFlags() & wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH ) + { + WriteOneProperty( obj, prop->GetDeclaringClass(), prop, writercallback, data ); + } + } + } + { // Extra block for broken compilers + for( wxPropertyInfoMap::iterator iter = map.begin(); iter != map.end(); ++iter ) + { + const wxPropertyInfo* prop = iter->second; + if ( !(prop->GetFlags() & wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH) ) + { + WriteOneProperty( obj, prop->GetDeclaringClass(), prop, writercallback, data ); + } + } + } +} + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectPropertyWriter: public wxObjectWriterFunctor +{ +public: + wxObjectPropertyWriter(const wxClassTypeInfo* cti, + wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, + wxObjectWriter* writer, + wxStringToAnyHashMap &props) : + m_cti(cti),m_persister(writercallback),m_writer(writer),m_props(props) + {} + + virtual void operator()(const wxObject *vobj) + { + m_writer->WriteObject( vobj, (vobj ? vobj->GetClassInfo() : m_cti->GetClassInfo() ), + m_persister, m_cti->GetKind()== wxT_OBJECT, m_props ); + } +private: + const wxClassTypeInfo* m_cti; + wxObjectWriterCallback *m_persister; + wxObjectWriter* m_writer; + wxStringToAnyHashMap& m_props; +}; + +void wxObjectWriter::WriteOneProperty( const wxObject *obj, const wxClassInfo* ci, + const wxPropertyInfo* pi, wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, + wxObjectWriterInternalPropertiesData *WXUNUSED(data) ) +{ + if ( pi->GetFlags() & wxPROP_DONT_STREAM ) + return; + + // make sure that we are picking the correct object for accessing the property + const wxDynamicObject* dynobj = wx_dynamic_cast(const wxDynamicObject*, obj ); + if ( dynobj && (wx_dynamic_cast(const wxDynamicClassInfo*, ci) == NULL) ) + obj = dynobj->GetSuperClassInstance(); + + if ( pi->GetTypeInfo()->GetKind() == wxT_COLLECTION ) + { + wxAnyList data; + pi->GetAccessor()->GetPropertyCollection(obj, data); + const wxTypeInfo * elementType = + wx_dynamic_cast( const wxCollectionTypeInfo*, pi->GetTypeInfo() )->GetElementType(); + if ( !data.empty() ) + { + DoBeginWriteProperty( pi ); + for ( wxAnyList::const_iterator iter = data.begin(); iter != data.end(); ++iter ) + { + DoBeginWriteElement(); + const wxAny* valptr = *iter; + if ( writercallback->BeforeWriteProperty( this, obj, pi, *valptr ) ) + { + const wxClassTypeInfo* cti = + wx_dynamic_cast( const wxClassTypeInfo*, elementType ); + if ( cti ) + { + wxStringToAnyHashMap md; + wxObjectPropertyWriter pw(cti,writercallback,this, md); + + const wxClassInfo* pci = cti->GetClassInfo(); + pci->CallOnAny( *valptr, &pw); + } + else + { + DoWriteSimpleType( *valptr ); + } + } + DoEndWriteElement(); + } + DoEndWriteProperty( pi ); + } + } + else + { + const wxEventSourceTypeInfo* dti = + wx_dynamic_cast( const wxEventSourceTypeInfo* , pi->GetTypeInfo() ); + if ( dti ) + { + const wxObject* sink = NULL; + const wxHandlerInfo *handler = NULL; + + const wxEvtHandler * evSource = wx_dynamic_cast(const wxEvtHandler *, obj); + if ( evSource ) + { + FindConnectEntry( evSource, dti, sink, handler ); + if ( writercallback->BeforeWriteDelegate( this, obj, ci, pi, sink, handler ) ) + { + if ( sink != NULL && handler != NULL ) + { + DoBeginWriteProperty( pi ); + if ( IsObjectKnown( sink ) ) + { + DoWriteDelegate( obj, ci, pi, sink, GetObjectID( sink ), + sink->GetClassInfo(), handler ); + DoEndWriteProperty( pi ); + } + else + { + wxLogError( _T("Streaming delegates for not already ") + _T("streamed objects not yet supported") ); + } + } + } + } + else + { + wxLogError(_("Illegal Object Class (Non-wxEvtHandler) as Event Source") ); + } + } + else + { + wxAny value; + pi->GetAccessor()->GetProperty(obj, value); + + // avoid streaming out void objects + // TODO Verify + if( value.IsNull() ) + return; + + if ( pi->GetFlags() & wxPROP_ENUM_STORE_LONG ) + { + const wxEnumTypeInfo *eti = + wx_dynamic_cast(const wxEnumTypeInfo*, pi->GetTypeInfo() ); + if ( eti ) + { + eti->ConvertFromLong( wxANY_AS(value, long ), value ); + } + else + { + wxLogError( _("Type must have enum - long conversion") ); + } + } + + // avoid streaming out default values + if ( pi->GetTypeInfo()->HasStringConverters() && + !pi->GetDefaultValue().IsNull() ) // TODO Verify + { + if ( wxAnyGetAsString(value) == wxAnyGetAsString(pi->GetDefaultValue()) ) + return; + } + + // avoid streaming out null objects + const wxClassTypeInfo* cti = + wx_dynamic_cast( const wxClassTypeInfo* , pi->GetTypeInfo() ); + + if ( cti && cti->GetKind() == wxT_OBJECT_PTR && wxAnyGetAsObjectPtr(value) == NULL ) + return; + + if ( writercallback->BeforeWriteProperty( this, obj, pi, value ) ) + { + DoBeginWriteProperty( pi ); + if ( cti ) + { + if ( cti->HasStringConverters() ) + { + wxString stringValue; + cti->ConvertToString( value, stringValue ); + wxAny convertedValue(stringValue); + DoWriteSimpleType( convertedValue ); + } + else + { + wxStringToAnyHashMap md; + wxObjectPropertyWriter pw(cti,writercallback,this, md); + + const wxClassInfo* pci = cti->GetClassInfo(); + pci->CallOnAny(value, &pw); + } + } + else + { + DoWriteSimpleType( value ); + } + DoEndWriteProperty( pi ); + } + } + } +} + +int wxObjectWriter::GetObjectID(const wxObject *obj) +{ + if ( !IsObjectKnown( obj ) ) + return wxInvalidObjectID; + + return m_data->m_writtenObjects[obj]; +} + +bool wxObjectWriter::IsObjectKnown( const wxObject *obj ) +{ + return m_data->m_writtenObjects.find( obj ) != m_data->m_writtenObjects.end(); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxObjectReader +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct wxObjectReader::wxObjectReaderInternal +{ + map m_classInfos; +}; + +wxObjectReader::wxObjectReader() +{ + m_data = new wxObjectReaderInternal; +} + +wxObjectReader::~wxObjectReader() +{ + delete m_data; +} + +wxClassInfo* wxObjectReader::GetObjectClassInfo(int objectID) +{ + if ( objectID == wxNullObjectID || objectID == wxInvalidObjectID ) + { + wxLogError( _("Invalid or Null Object ID passed to GetObjectClassInfo" ) ); + return NULL; + } + if ( m_data->m_classInfos.find(objectID) == m_data->m_classInfos.end() ) + { + wxLogError( _("Unknown Object passed to GetObjectClassInfo" ) ); + return NULL; + } + return m_data->m_classInfos[objectID]; +} + +void wxObjectReader::SetObjectClassInfo(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo ) +{ + if ( objectID == wxNullObjectID || objectID == wxInvalidObjectID ) + { + wxLogError( _("Invalid or Null Object ID passed to GetObjectClassInfo" ) ); + return; + } + if ( m_data->m_classInfos.find(objectID) != m_data->m_classInfos.end() ) + { + wxLogError( _("Already Registered Object passed to SetObjectClassInfo" ) ); + return; + } + m_data->m_classInfos[objectID] = classInfo; +} + +bool wxObjectReader::HasObjectClassInfo( int objectID ) +{ + if ( objectID == wxNullObjectID || objectID == wxInvalidObjectID ) + { + wxLogError( _("Invalid or Null Object ID passed to HasObjectClassInfo" ) ); + return false; + } + return m_data->m_classInfos.find(objectID) != m_data->m_classInfos.end(); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// reading xml in +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* +Reading components has not to be extended for components +as properties are always sought by typeinfo over all levels +and create params are always toplevel class only +*/ + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback - depersisting to memory +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback::wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallbackInternal +{ + map m_objects; + + void SetObject(int objectID, wxObject *obj ) + { + if ( m_objects.find(objectID) != m_objects.end() ) + { + wxLogError( _("Passing a already registered object to SetObject") ); + return ; + } + m_objects[objectID] = obj; + } + wxObject* GetObject( int objectID ) + { + if ( objectID == wxNullObjectID ) + return NULL; + if ( m_objects.find(objectID) == m_objects.end() ) + { + wxLogError( _("Passing an unkown object to GetObject") ); + return NULL; + } + + return m_objects[objectID]; + } +}; + +wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback::wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback() +{ + m_data = new wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallbackInternal(); +} + +wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback::~wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback() +{ + delete m_data; +} + +void wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback::AllocateObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo, + wxStringToAnyHashMap &WXUNUSED(metadata)) +{ + wxObject *O; + O = classInfo->CreateObject(); + m_data->SetObject(objectID, O); +} + +void wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback::CreateObject(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + int paramCount, + wxAny *params, + int *objectIdValues, + const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos, + wxStringToAnyHashMap &WXUNUSED(metadata)) +{ + wxObject *o; + o = m_data->GetObject(objectID); + for ( int i = 0; i < paramCount; ++i ) + { + if ( objectIdValues[i] != wxInvalidObjectID ) + { + wxObject *o; + o = m_data->GetObject(objectIdValues[i]); + // if this is a dynamic object and we are asked for another class + // than wxDynamicObject we cast it down manually. + wxDynamicObject *dyno = wx_dynamic_cast( wxDynamicObject *, o); + if ( dyno!=NULL && (objectClassInfos[i] != dyno->GetClassInfo()) ) + { + o = dyno->GetSuperClassInstance(); + } + params[i] = objectClassInfos[i]->ObjectPtrToAny(o); + } + } + classInfo->Create(o, paramCount, params); +} + +void wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback::ConstructObject(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + int paramCount, + wxAny *params, + int *objectIdValues, + const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos, + wxStringToAnyHashMap &WXUNUSED(metadata)) +{ + wxObject *o; + for ( int i = 0; i < paramCount; ++i ) + { + if ( objectIdValues[i] != wxInvalidObjectID ) + { + wxObject *o; + o = m_data->GetObject(objectIdValues[i]); + // if this is a dynamic object and we are asked for another class + // than wxDynamicObject we cast it down manually. + wxDynamicObject *dyno = wx_dynamic_cast( wxDynamicObject *, o); + if ( dyno!=NULL && (objectClassInfos[i] != dyno->GetClassInfo()) ) + { + o = dyno->GetSuperClassInstance(); + } + params[i] = objectClassInfos[i]->ObjectPtrToAny(o); + } + } + o = classInfo->ConstructObject(paramCount, params); + m_data->SetObject(objectID, o); +} + + +void wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback::DestroyObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *WXUNUSED(classInfo)) +{ + wxObject *o; + o = m_data->GetObject(objectID); + delete o; +} + +void wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback::SetProperty(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo, + const wxAny &value) +{ + wxObject *o; + o = m_data->GetObject(objectID); + classInfo->SetProperty( o, propertyInfo->GetName(), value ); +} + +void wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback::SetPropertyAsObject(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo, + int valueObjectId) +{ + wxObject *o, *valo; + o = m_data->GetObject(objectID); + valo = m_data->GetObject(valueObjectId); + const wxClassInfo* valClassInfo = + (wx_dynamic_cast(const wxClassTypeInfo*,propertyInfo->GetTypeInfo()))->GetClassInfo(); + + // if this is a dynamic object and we are asked for another class + // than wxDynamicObject we cast it down manually. + wxDynamicObject *dynvalo = wx_dynamic_cast( wxDynamicObject *, valo); + if ( dynvalo!=NULL && (valClassInfo != dynvalo->GetClassInfo()) ) + { + valo = dynvalo->GetSuperClassInstance(); + } + + classInfo->SetProperty( o, propertyInfo->GetName(), + valClassInfo->ObjectPtrToAny(valo) ); +} + +void wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback::SetConnect(int eventSourceObjectID, + const wxClassInfo *WXUNUSED(eventSourceClassInfo), + const wxPropertyInfo *delegateInfo, + const wxClassInfo *WXUNUSED(eventSinkClassInfo), + const wxHandlerInfo* handlerInfo, + int eventSinkObjectID ) +{ + wxEvtHandler *ehsource = + wx_dynamic_cast( wxEvtHandler* , m_data->GetObject( eventSourceObjectID ) ); + wxEvtHandler *ehsink = + wx_dynamic_cast( wxEvtHandler *,m_data->GetObject(eventSinkObjectID) ); + + if ( ehsource && ehsink ) + { + const wxEventSourceTypeInfo *delegateTypeInfo = + wx_dynamic_cast(const wxEventSourceTypeInfo*,delegateInfo->GetTypeInfo()); + if( delegateTypeInfo && delegateTypeInfo->GetLastEventType() == -1 ) + { + ehsource->Connect( -1, delegateTypeInfo->GetEventType(), + handlerInfo->GetEventFunction(), NULL /*user data*/, + ehsink ); + } + else + { + for ( wxEventType iter = delegateTypeInfo->GetEventType(); + iter <= delegateTypeInfo->GetLastEventType(); ++iter ) + { + ehsource->Connect( -1, iter, + handlerInfo->GetEventFunction(), NULL /*user data*/, + ehsink ); + } + } + } +} + +wxObject *wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback::GetObject(int objectID) +{ + return m_data->GetObject( objectID ); +} + +void wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback::AddToPropertyCollection( int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo, + const wxAny &value) +{ + wxObject *o; + o = m_data->GetObject(objectID); + classInfo->AddToPropertyCollection( o, propertyInfo->GetName(), value ); +} + +void wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback::AddToPropertyCollectionAsObject(int objectID, + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo, + int valueObjectId) +{ + wxObject *o, *valo; + o = m_data->GetObject(objectID); + valo = m_data->GetObject(valueObjectId); + const wxCollectionTypeInfo * collectionTypeInfo = + wx_dynamic_cast( const wxCollectionTypeInfo *, propertyInfo->GetTypeInfo() ); + const wxClassInfo* valClassInfo = + (wx_dynamic_cast(const wxClassTypeInfo*,collectionTypeInfo->GetElementType()))->GetClassInfo(); + + // if this is a dynamic object and we are asked for another class + // than wxDynamicObject we cast it down manually. + wxDynamicObject *dynvalo = wx_dynamic_cast( wxDynamicObject *, valo); + if ( dynvalo!=NULL && (valClassInfo != dynvalo->GetClassInfo()) ) + { + valo = dynvalo->GetSuperClassInstance(); + } + + classInfo->AddToPropertyCollection( o, propertyInfo->GetName(), + valClassInfo->ObjectPtrToAny(valo) ); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xtixml.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xtixml.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3bb3dd2d14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/xtixml.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,553 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/xtixml.cpp +// Purpose: streaming runtime metadata information +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 27/07/03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: xtixml.cpp 66728 2011-01-22 14:38:36Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI + +#include "wx/xtistrm.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/object.h" + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/event.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/xml/xml.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/txtstrm.h" +#include "wx/xtistrm.h" +#include "wx/xtixml.h" + +// STL headers + +#include "wx/beforestd.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "wx/afterstd.h" + +using namespace std; + + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxObjectXmlWriter +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// convenience functions + +void wxXmlAddContentToNode( wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& data ) +{ + node->AddChild(new wxXmlNode(wxXML_TEXT_NODE, wxT("value"), data ) ); +} + +wxString wxXmlGetContentFromNode( wxXmlNode *node ) +{ + if ( node->GetChildren() ) + return node->GetChildren()->GetContent(); + else + return wxEmptyString; +} + +struct wxObjectXmlWriter::wxObjectXmlWriterInternal +{ + wxXmlNode *m_root; + wxXmlNode *m_current; + vector< wxXmlNode * > m_objectStack; + + void Push( wxXmlNode *newCurrent ) + { + m_objectStack.push_back( m_current ); + m_current = newCurrent; + } + + void Pop() + { + m_current = m_objectStack.back(); + m_objectStack.pop_back(); + } +}; + +wxObjectXmlWriter::wxObjectXmlWriter( wxXmlNode * rootnode ) +{ + m_data = new wxObjectXmlWriterInternal(); + m_data->m_root = rootnode; + m_data->m_current = rootnode; +} + +wxObjectXmlWriter::~wxObjectXmlWriter() +{ + delete m_data; +} + +void wxObjectXmlWriter::DoBeginWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &name ) +{ + wxXmlNode *pnode; + pnode = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("entry")); + pnode->AddProperty(wxString(wxT("name")), name); + m_data->m_current->AddChild(pnode); + m_data->Push( pnode ); +} + +void wxObjectXmlWriter::DoEndWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &WXUNUSED(name) ) +{ + m_data->Pop(); +} + +void wxObjectXmlWriter::DoBeginWriteObject(const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), + const wxClassInfo *classInfo, + int objectID, const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata ) +{ + wxXmlNode *pnode; + pnode = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("object")); + pnode->AddProperty(wxT("class"), wxString(classInfo->GetClassName())); + pnode->AddProperty(wxT("id"), wxString::Format( wxT("%d"), objectID ) ); + + wxStringToAnyHashMap::const_iterator it, en; + for( it = metadata.begin(), en = metadata.end(); it != en; ++it ) + { + pnode->AddProperty( it->first, wxAnyGetAsString(it->second) ); + } + + m_data->m_current->AddChild(pnode); + m_data->Push( pnode ); +} + +void wxObjectXmlWriter::DoEndWriteObject(const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), + const wxClassInfo *WXUNUSED(classInfo), + int WXUNUSED(objectID) ) +{ + m_data->Pop(); +} + +void wxObjectXmlWriter::DoWriteSimpleType( const wxAny &value ) +{ + wxXmlAddContentToNode( m_data->m_current,wxAnyGetAsString(value) ); +} + +void wxObjectXmlWriter::DoBeginWriteElement() +{ + wxXmlNode *pnode; + pnode = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("element") ); + m_data->m_current->AddChild(pnode); + m_data->Push( pnode ); +} + +void wxObjectXmlWriter::DoEndWriteElement() +{ + m_data->Pop(); +} + +void wxObjectXmlWriter::DoBeginWriteProperty(const wxPropertyInfo *pi ) +{ + wxXmlNode *pnode; + pnode = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("prop") ); + pnode->AddProperty(wxT("name"), pi->GetName() ); + m_data->m_current->AddChild(pnode); + m_data->Push( pnode ); +} + +void wxObjectXmlWriter::DoEndWriteProperty(const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo) ) +{ + m_data->Pop(); +} + +void wxObjectXmlWriter::DoWriteRepeatedObject( int objectID ) +{ + wxXmlNode *pnode; + pnode = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("object")); + pnode->AddProperty(wxString(wxT("href")), wxString::Format( wxT("%d"), objectID ) ); + m_data->m_current->AddChild(pnode); +} + +void wxObjectXmlWriter::DoWriteNullObject() +{ + wxXmlNode *pnode; + pnode = new wxXmlNode(wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE, wxT("object")); + m_data->m_current->AddChild(pnode); +} + +void wxObjectXmlWriter::DoWriteDelegate( const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object), + const wxClassInfo* WXUNUSED(classInfo), + const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(pi), + const wxObject *eventSink, int sinkObjectID, + const wxClassInfo* WXUNUSED(eventSinkClassInfo), + const wxHandlerInfo* handlerInfo ) +{ + if ( eventSink != NULL && handlerInfo != NULL ) + { + wxXmlAddContentToNode( m_data->m_current, + wxString::Format(wxT("%d.%s"), sinkObjectID, handlerInfo->GetName().c_str()) ); + } +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxObjectXmlReader +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* +Reading components has not to be extended for components +as properties are always sought by typeinfo over all levels +and create params are always toplevel class only +*/ + +int wxObjectXmlReader::ReadComponent(wxXmlNode *node, wxObjectReaderCallback *callbacks) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( callbacks, wxT("Does not support reading without a Depersistor") ); + wxString className; + wxClassInfo *classInfo; + + wxAny *createParams; + int *createParamOids; + const wxClassInfo** createClassInfos; + wxXmlNode *children; + int objectID; + wxString ObjectIdString; + + children = node->GetChildren(); + if (!children) + { + // check for a null object or href + if (node->GetAttribute(wxT("href"), &ObjectIdString ) ) + { + objectID = atoi( ObjectIdString.ToAscii() ); + if ( HasObjectClassInfo( objectID ) ) + { + return objectID; + } + else + { + wxLogError( _("Forward hrefs are not supported") ); + return wxInvalidObjectID; + } + } + if ( !node->GetAttribute(wxT("id"), &ObjectIdString ) ) + { + return wxNullObjectID; + } + } + if (!node->GetAttribute(wxT("class"), &className)) + { + // No class name. Eek. FIXME: error handling + return wxInvalidObjectID; + } + + classInfo = wxClassInfo::FindClass(className); + if ( classInfo == NULL ) + { + wxLogError( wxString::Format(_("unknown class %s"),className ) ); + return wxInvalidObjectID; + } + + if ( children != NULL && children->GetType() == wxXML_TEXT_NODE ) + { + wxLogError(_("objects cannot have XML Text Nodes") ); + return wxInvalidObjectID; + } + if (!node->GetAttribute(wxT("id"), &ObjectIdString)) + { + wxLogError(_("Objects must have an id attribute") ); + // No object id. Eek. FIXME: error handling + return wxInvalidObjectID; + } + objectID = atoi( ObjectIdString.ToAscii() ); + + // is this object already has been streamed in, return it here + if ( HasObjectClassInfo( objectID ) ) + { + wxLogError ( wxString::Format(_("Doubly used id : %d"), objectID ) ); + return wxInvalidObjectID; + } + + // new object, start with allocation + // first make the object know to our internal registry + SetObjectClassInfo( objectID, classInfo ); + + wxStringToAnyHashMap metadata; + wxXmlProperty *xp = node->GetAttributes(); + while ( xp ) + { + if ( xp->GetName() != wxString(wxT("class")) && + xp->GetName() != wxString(wxT("id")) ) + { + metadata[xp->GetName()] = wxAny( xp->GetValue() ); + } + xp = xp->GetNext(); + } + if ( !classInfo->NeedsDirectConstruction() ) + callbacks->AllocateObject(objectID, classInfo, metadata); + + // + // stream back the Create parameters first + createParams = new wxAny[ classInfo->GetCreateParamCount() ]; + createParamOids = new int[classInfo->GetCreateParamCount() ]; + createClassInfos = new const wxClassInfo*[classInfo->GetCreateParamCount() ]; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + typedef map PropertyNodes; + typedef vector PropertyNames; +#else + typedef map PropertyNodes; + typedef vector PropertyNames; +#endif + PropertyNodes propertyNodes; + PropertyNames propertyNames; + + while( children ) + { + wxString name; + children->GetAttribute( wxT("name"), &name ); + propertyNames.push_back( (const wxChar*)name.c_str() ); + propertyNodes[(const wxChar*)name.c_str()] = children->GetChildren(); + children = children->GetNext(); + } + + for ( int i = 0; i GetCreateParamCount(); ++i ) + { + const wxChar* paramName = classInfo->GetCreateParamName(i); + PropertyNodes::iterator propiter = propertyNodes.find( paramName ); + const wxPropertyInfo* pi = classInfo->FindPropertyInfo( paramName ); + if ( pi == 0 ) + { + wxLogError( wxString::Format(_("Unkown Property %s"),paramName) ); + } + // if we don't have the value of a create param set in the xml + // we use the default value + if ( propiter != propertyNodes.end() ) + { + wxXmlNode* prop = propiter->second; + if ( pi->GetTypeInfo()->IsObjectType() ) + { + createParamOids[i] = ReadComponent( prop, callbacks ); + createClassInfos[i] = + wx_dynamic_cast(const wxClassTypeInfo*, pi->GetTypeInfo())->GetClassInfo(); + } + else + { + createParamOids[i] = wxInvalidObjectID; + createParams[i] = ReadValue( prop, pi->GetTypeInfo() ); + if( pi->GetFlags() & wxPROP_ENUM_STORE_LONG ) + { + const wxEnumTypeInfo *eti = + wx_dynamic_cast(const wxEnumTypeInfo*, pi->GetTypeInfo() ); + if ( eti ) + { + long realval; + eti->ConvertToLong( createParams[i], realval ); + createParams[i] = wxAny( realval ); + } + else + { + wxLogError( _("Type must have enum - long conversion") ); + } + } + createClassInfos[i] = NULL; + } + + for ( size_t j = 0; j < propertyNames.size(); ++j ) + { + if ( propertyNames[j] == paramName ) + { + propertyNames[j] = wxEmptyString; + break; + } + } + } + else + { + if ( pi->GetTypeInfo()->IsObjectType() ) + { + createParamOids[i] = wxNullObjectID; + createClassInfos[i] = + wx_dynamic_cast(const wxClassTypeInfo*, pi->GetTypeInfo())->GetClassInfo(); + } + else + { + createParams[i] = pi->GetDefaultValue(); + createParamOids[i] = wxInvalidObjectID; + } + } + } + + // got the parameters. Call the Create method + if ( classInfo->NeedsDirectConstruction() ) + callbacks->ConstructObject(objectID, classInfo, + classInfo->GetCreateParamCount(), + createParams, createParamOids, createClassInfos, metadata ); + else + callbacks->CreateObject(objectID, classInfo, + classInfo->GetCreateParamCount(), + createParams, createParamOids, createClassInfos, metadata ); + + // now stream in the rest of the properties, in the sequence their + // properties were written in the xml + for ( size_t j = 0; j < propertyNames.size(); ++j ) + { + if ( !propertyNames[j].empty() ) + { + PropertyNodes::iterator propiter = propertyNodes.find( propertyNames[j] ); + if ( propiter != propertyNodes.end() ) + { + wxXmlNode* prop = propiter->second; + const wxPropertyInfo* pi = + classInfo->FindPropertyInfo( propertyNames[j].c_str() ); + if ( pi->GetTypeInfo()->GetKind() == wxT_COLLECTION ) + { + const wxCollectionTypeInfo* collType = + wx_dynamic_cast( const wxCollectionTypeInfo*, pi->GetTypeInfo() ); + const wxTypeInfo * elementType = collType->GetElementType(); + while( prop ) + { + if ( prop->GetName() != wxT("element") ) + { + wxLogError( _("A non empty collection must consist of 'element' nodes" ) ); + break; + } + + wxXmlNode* elementContent = prop->GetChildren(); + if ( elementContent ) + { + // we skip empty elements + if ( elementType->IsObjectType() ) + { + int valueId = ReadComponent( elementContent, callbacks ); + if ( valueId != wxInvalidObjectID ) + { + if ( pi->GetAccessor()->HasAdder() ) + callbacks->AddToPropertyCollectionAsObject( objectID, classInfo, pi, valueId ); + // TODO for collections we must have a notation on taking over ownership or not + if ( elementType->GetKind() == wxT_OBJECT && valueId != wxNullObjectID ) + callbacks->DestroyObject( valueId, GetObjectClassInfo( valueId ) ); + } + } + else + { + wxAny elementValue = ReadValue( elementContent, elementType ); + if ( pi->GetAccessor()->HasAdder() ) + callbacks->AddToPropertyCollection( objectID, classInfo,pi, elementValue ); + } + } + prop = prop->GetNext(); + } + } + else if ( pi->GetTypeInfo()->IsObjectType() ) + { + // and object can either be streamed out a string or as an object + // in case we have no node, then the object's streaming out has been vetoed + if ( prop ) + { + if ( prop->GetName() == wxT("object") ) + { + int valueId = ReadComponent( prop, callbacks ); + if ( valueId != wxInvalidObjectID ) + { + callbacks->SetPropertyAsObject( objectID, classInfo, pi, valueId ); + if ( pi->GetTypeInfo()->GetKind() == wxT_OBJECT && valueId != wxNullObjectID ) + callbacks->DestroyObject( valueId, GetObjectClassInfo( valueId ) ); + } + } + else + { + wxASSERT( pi->GetTypeInfo()->HasStringConverters() ); + wxAny nodeval = ReadValue( prop, pi->GetTypeInfo() ); + callbacks->SetProperty( objectID, classInfo,pi, nodeval ); + } + } + } + else if ( pi->GetTypeInfo()->IsDelegateType() ) + { + if ( prop ) + { + wxString resstring = prop->GetContent(); + wxInt32 pos = resstring.Find('.'); + if ( pos != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + int sinkOid = atol(resstring.Left(pos).ToAscii()); + wxString handlerName = resstring.Mid(pos+1); + wxClassInfo* sinkClassInfo = GetObjectClassInfo( sinkOid ); + + callbacks->SetConnect( objectID, classInfo, pi, sinkClassInfo, + sinkClassInfo->FindHandlerInfo(handlerName), sinkOid ); + } + else + { + wxLogError( _("incorrect event handler string, missing dot") ); + } + } + + } + else + { + wxAny nodeval = ReadValue( prop, pi->GetTypeInfo() ); + if( pi->GetFlags() & wxPROP_ENUM_STORE_LONG ) + { + const wxEnumTypeInfo *eti = + wx_dynamic_cast(const wxEnumTypeInfo*, pi->GetTypeInfo() ); + if ( eti ) + { + long realval; + eti->ConvertToLong( nodeval, realval ); + nodeval = wxAny( realval ); + } + else + { + wxLogError( _("Type must have enum - long conversion") ); + } + } + callbacks->SetProperty( objectID, classInfo,pi, nodeval ); + } + } + } + } + + delete[] createParams; + delete[] createParamOids; + delete[] createClassInfos; + + return objectID; +} + +wxAny wxObjectXmlReader::ReadValue(wxXmlNode *node, + const wxTypeInfo *type ) +{ + wxString content; + if ( node ) + content = node->GetContent(); + wxAny result; + type->ConvertFromString( content, result ); + return result; +} + +int wxObjectXmlReader::ReadObject( const wxString &name, wxObjectReaderCallback *callbacks) +{ + wxXmlNode *iter = m_parent->GetChildren(); + while ( iter ) + { + wxString entryName; + if ( iter->GetAttribute(wxT("name"), &entryName) ) + { + if ( entryName == name ) + return ReadComponent( iter->GetChildren(), callbacks ); + } + iter = iter->GetNext(); + } + return wxInvalidObjectID; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/zipstrm.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/zipstrm.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7d95ec9fcf --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/zipstrm.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2439 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/zipstrm.cpp +// Purpose: Streams for Zip files +// Author: Mike Wetherell +// RCS-ID: $Id: zipstrm.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Mike Wetherell +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM + +#include "wx/zipstrm.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/hashmap.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/datstrm.h" +#include "wx/zstream.h" +#include "wx/mstream.h" +#include "wx/scopedptr.h" +#include "wx/wfstream.h" +#include "zlib.h" + +// value for the 'version needed to extract' field (20 means 2.0) +enum { + VERSION_NEEDED_TO_EXTRACT = 20 +}; + +// signatures for the various records (PKxx) +enum { + CENTRAL_MAGIC = 0x02014b50, // central directory record + LOCAL_MAGIC = 0x04034b50, // local header + END_MAGIC = 0x06054b50, // end of central directory record + SUMS_MAGIC = 0x08074b50 // data descriptor (info-zip) +}; + +// unix file attributes. zip stores them in the high 16 bits of the +// 'external attributes' field, hence the extra zeros. +enum { + wxZIP_S_IFMT = 0xF0000000, + wxZIP_S_IFDIR = 0x40000000, + wxZIP_S_IFREG = 0x80000000 +}; + +// minimum sizes for the various records +enum { + CENTRAL_SIZE = 46, + LOCAL_SIZE = 30, + END_SIZE = 22, + SUMS_SIZE = 12 +}; + +// The number of bytes that must be written to an wxZipOutputStream before +// a zip entry is created. The purpose of this latency is so that +// OpenCompressor() can see a little data before deciding which compressor +// it should use. +enum { + OUTPUT_LATENCY = 4096 +}; + +// Some offsets into the local header +enum { + SUMS_OFFSET = 14 +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxZipEntry, wxArchiveEntry) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxZipClassFactory, wxArchiveClassFactory) + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Helpers + +// read a string of a given length +// +static wxString ReadString(wxInputStream& stream, wxUint16 len, wxMBConv& conv) +{ + if (len == 0) + return wxEmptyString; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + wxCharBuffer buf(len); + stream.Read(buf.data(), len); + wxString str(buf, conv); +#else + wxString str; + (void)conv; + { + wxStringBuffer buf(str, len); + stream.Read(buf, len); + } +#endif + + return str; +} + +// Decode a little endian wxUint32 number from a character array +// +static inline wxUint32 CrackUint32(const char *m) +{ + const unsigned char *n = (const unsigned char*)m; + return (n[3] << 24) | (n[2] << 16) | (n[1] << 8) | n[0]; +} + +// Decode a little endian wxUint16 number from a character array +// +static inline wxUint16 CrackUint16(const char *m) +{ + const unsigned char *n = (const unsigned char*)m; + return (n[1] << 8) | n[0]; +} + +// Temporarily lower the logging level in debug mode to avoid a warning +// from SeekI about seeking on a stream with data written back to it. +// +static wxFileOffset QuietSeek(wxInputStream& stream, wxFileOffset pos) +{ +#if wxUSE_LOG + wxLogLevel level = wxLog::GetLogLevel(); + wxLog::SetLogLevel(wxLOG_Debug - 1); + wxFileOffset result = stream.SeekI(pos); + wxLog::SetLogLevel(level); + return result; +#else + return stream.SeekI(pos); +#endif +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Class factory + +static wxZipClassFactory g_wxZipClassFactory; + +wxZipClassFactory::wxZipClassFactory() +{ + if (this == &g_wxZipClassFactory) + PushFront(); +} + +const wxChar * const * +wxZipClassFactory::GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type) const +{ + static const wxChar *protocols[] = { wxT("zip"), NULL }; + static const wxChar *mimetypes[] = { wxT("application/zip"), NULL }; + static const wxChar *fileexts[] = { wxT(".zip"), wxT(".htb"), NULL }; + static const wxChar *empty[] = { NULL }; + + switch (type) { + case wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL: return protocols; + case wxSTREAM_MIMETYPE: return mimetypes; + case wxSTREAM_FILEEXT: return fileexts; + default: return empty; + } +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Read a zip header + +class wxZipHeader +{ +public: + wxZipHeader(wxInputStream& stream, size_t size); + + inline wxUint8 Read8(); + inline wxUint16 Read16(); + inline wxUint32 Read32(); + + const char *GetData() const { return m_data; } + size_t GetSize() const { return m_size; } + operator bool() const { return m_ok; } + + size_t Seek(size_t pos) { m_pos = pos; return m_pos; } + size_t Skip(size_t size) { m_pos += size; return m_pos; } + + wxZipHeader& operator>>(wxUint8& n) { n = Read8(); return *this; } + wxZipHeader& operator>>(wxUint16& n) { n = Read16(); return *this; } + wxZipHeader& operator>>(wxUint32& n) { n = Read32(); return *this; } + +private: + char m_data[64]; + size_t m_size; + size_t m_pos; + bool m_ok; +}; + +wxZipHeader::wxZipHeader(wxInputStream& stream, size_t size) + : m_size(0), + m_pos(0), + m_ok(false) +{ + wxCHECK_RET(size <= sizeof(m_data), wxT("buffer too small")); + m_size = stream.Read(m_data, size).LastRead(); + m_ok = m_size == size; +} + +inline wxUint8 wxZipHeader::Read8() +{ + wxASSERT(m_pos < m_size); + return m_data[m_pos++]; +} + +inline wxUint16 wxZipHeader::Read16() +{ + wxASSERT(m_pos + 2 <= m_size); + wxUint16 n = CrackUint16(m_data + m_pos); + m_pos += 2; + return n; +} + +inline wxUint32 wxZipHeader::Read32() +{ + wxASSERT(m_pos + 4 <= m_size); + wxUint32 n = CrackUint32(m_data + m_pos); + m_pos += 4; + return n; +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Stored input stream +// Trival decompressor for files which are 'stored' in the zip file. + +class wxStoredInputStream : public wxFilterInputStream +{ +public: + wxStoredInputStream(wxInputStream& stream); + + void Open(wxFileOffset len) { Close(); m_len = len; } + void Close() { m_pos = 0; m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; } + + virtual char Peek() { return wxInputStream::Peek(); } + virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_len; } + +protected: + virtual size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size); + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; } + +private: + wxFileOffset m_pos; + wxFileOffset m_len; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStoredInputStream); +}; + +wxStoredInputStream::wxStoredInputStream(wxInputStream& stream) + : wxFilterInputStream(stream), + m_pos(0), + m_len(0) +{ +} + +size_t wxStoredInputStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + size_t count = wx_truncate_cast(size_t, + wxMin(size + wxFileOffset(0), m_len - m_pos + size_t(0))); + count = m_parent_i_stream->Read(buffer, count).LastRead(); + m_pos += count; + + if (count < size) + m_lasterror = m_pos == m_len ? wxSTREAM_EOF : wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + + return count; +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Stored output stream +// Trival compressor for files which are 'stored' in the zip file. + +class wxStoredOutputStream : public wxFilterOutputStream +{ +public: + wxStoredOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream) : + wxFilterOutputStream(stream), m_pos(0) { } + + bool Close() { + m_pos = 0; + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + return true; + } + +protected: + virtual size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size); + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; } + +private: + wxFileOffset m_pos; + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStoredOutputStream); +}; + +size_t wxStoredOutputStream::OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + if (!IsOk() || !size) + return 0; + size_t count = m_parent_o_stream->Write(buffer, size).LastWrite(); + if (count != size) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + m_pos += count; + return count; +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxRawInputStream +// +// Used to handle the unusal case of raw copying an entry of unknown +// length. This can only happen when the zip being copied from is being +// read from a non-seekable stream, and also was original written to a +// non-seekable stream. +// +// In this case there's no option but to decompress the stream to find +// it's length, but we can still write the raw compressed data to avoid the +// compression overhead (which is the greater one). +// +// Usage is like this: +// m_rawin = new wxRawInputStream(*m_parent_i_stream); +// m_decomp = m_rawin->Open(OpenDecompressor(m_rawin->GetTee())); +// +// The wxRawInputStream owns a wxTeeInputStream object, the role of which +// is something like the unix 'tee' command; it is a transparent filter, but +// allows the data read to be read a second time via an extra method 'GetData'. +// +// The wxRawInputStream then draws data through the tee using a decompressor +// then instead of returning the decompressed data, retuns the raw data +// from wxTeeInputStream::GetData(). + +class wxTeeInputStream : public wxFilterInputStream +{ +public: + wxTeeInputStream(wxInputStream& stream); + + size_t GetCount() const { return m_end - m_start; } + size_t GetData(char *buffer, size_t size); + + void Open(); + bool Final(); + + wxInputStream& Read(void *buffer, size_t size); + +protected: + virtual size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size); + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; } + +private: + wxFileOffset m_pos; + wxMemoryBuffer m_buf; + size_t m_start; + size_t m_end; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTeeInputStream); +}; + +wxTeeInputStream::wxTeeInputStream(wxInputStream& stream) + : wxFilterInputStream(stream), + m_pos(0), m_buf(8192), m_start(0), m_end(0) +{ +} + +void wxTeeInputStream::Open() +{ + m_pos = m_start = m_end = 0; + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; +} + +bool wxTeeInputStream::Final() +{ + bool final = m_end == m_buf.GetDataLen(); + m_end = m_buf.GetDataLen(); + return final; +} + +wxInputStream& wxTeeInputStream::Read(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + size_t count = wxInputStream::Read(buffer, size).LastRead(); + m_end = m_buf.GetDataLen(); + m_buf.AppendData(buffer, count); + return *this; +} + +size_t wxTeeInputStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + size_t count = m_parent_i_stream->Read(buffer, size).LastRead(); + if (count < size) + m_lasterror = m_parent_i_stream->GetLastError(); + return count; +} + +size_t wxTeeInputStream::GetData(char *buffer, size_t size) +{ + if (m_wbacksize) { + size_t len = m_buf.GetDataLen(); + len = len > m_wbacksize ? len - m_wbacksize : 0; + m_buf.SetDataLen(len); + if (m_end > len) { + wxFAIL; // we've already returned data that's now being ungot + m_end = len; + } + m_parent_i_stream->Reset(); + m_parent_i_stream->Ungetch(m_wback, m_wbacksize); + free(m_wback); + m_wback = NULL; + m_wbacksize = 0; + m_wbackcur = 0; + } + + if (size > GetCount()) + size = GetCount(); + if (size) { + memcpy(buffer, m_buf + m_start, size); + m_start += size; + wxASSERT(m_start <= m_end); + } + + if (m_start == m_end && m_start > 0 && m_buf.GetDataLen() > 0) { + size_t len = m_buf.GetDataLen(); + char *buf = (char*)m_buf.GetWriteBuf(len); + len -= m_end; + memmove(buf, buf + m_end, len); + m_buf.UngetWriteBuf(len); + m_start = m_end = 0; + } + + return size; +} + +class wxRawInputStream : public wxFilterInputStream +{ +public: + wxRawInputStream(wxInputStream& stream); + virtual ~wxRawInputStream() { delete m_tee; } + + wxInputStream* Open(wxInputStream *decomp); + wxInputStream& GetTee() const { return *m_tee; } + +protected: + virtual size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size); + virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; } + +private: + wxFileOffset m_pos; + wxTeeInputStream *m_tee; + + enum { BUFSIZE = 8192 }; + wxCharBuffer m_dummy; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRawInputStream); +}; + +wxRawInputStream::wxRawInputStream(wxInputStream& stream) + : wxFilterInputStream(stream), + m_pos(0), + m_tee(new wxTeeInputStream(stream)), + m_dummy(BUFSIZE) +{ +} + +wxInputStream *wxRawInputStream::Open(wxInputStream *decomp) +{ + if (decomp) { + m_parent_i_stream = decomp; + m_pos = 0; + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + m_tee->Open(); + return this; + } else { + return NULL; + } +} + +size_t wxRawInputStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + char *buf = (char*)buffer; + size_t count = 0; + + while (count < size && IsOk()) + { + while (m_parent_i_stream->IsOk() && m_tee->GetCount() == 0) + m_parent_i_stream->Read(m_dummy.data(), BUFSIZE); + + size_t n = m_tee->GetData(buf + count, size - count); + count += n; + + if (n == 0 && m_tee->Final()) + m_lasterror = m_parent_i_stream->GetLastError(); + } + + m_pos += count; + return count; +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Zlib streams than can be reused without recreating. + +class wxZlibOutputStream2 : public wxZlibOutputStream +{ +public: + wxZlibOutputStream2(wxOutputStream& stream, int level) : + wxZlibOutputStream(stream, level, wxZLIB_NO_HEADER) { } + + bool Open(wxOutputStream& stream); + bool Close() { DoFlush(true); m_pos = wxInvalidOffset; return IsOk(); } +}; + +bool wxZlibOutputStream2::Open(wxOutputStream& stream) +{ + wxCHECK(m_pos == wxInvalidOffset, false); + + m_deflate->next_out = m_z_buffer; + m_deflate->avail_out = m_z_size; + m_pos = 0; + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + m_parent_o_stream = &stream; + + if (deflateReset(m_deflate) != Z_OK) { + wxLogError(_("can't re-initialize zlib deflate stream")); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +class wxZlibInputStream2 : public wxZlibInputStream +{ +public: + wxZlibInputStream2(wxInputStream& stream) : + wxZlibInputStream(stream, wxZLIB_NO_HEADER) { } + + bool Open(wxInputStream& stream); +}; + +bool wxZlibInputStream2::Open(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + m_inflate->avail_in = 0; + m_pos = 0; + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + m_parent_i_stream = &stream; + + if (inflateReset(m_inflate) != Z_OK) { + wxLogError(_("can't re-initialize zlib inflate stream")); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + return false; + } + + return true; +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Class to hold wxZipEntry's Extra and LocalExtra fields + +class wxZipMemory +{ +public: + wxZipMemory() : m_data(NULL), m_size(0), m_capacity(0), m_ref(1) { } + + wxZipMemory *AddRef() { m_ref++; return this; } + void Release() { if (--m_ref == 0) delete this; } + + char *GetData() const { return m_data; } + size_t GetSize() const { return m_size; } + size_t GetCapacity() const { return m_capacity; } + + wxZipMemory *Unique(size_t size); + +private: + ~wxZipMemory() { delete [] m_data; } + + char *m_data; + size_t m_size; + size_t m_capacity; + int m_ref; + + wxSUPPRESS_GCC_PRIVATE_DTOR_WARNING(wxZipMemory) +}; + +wxZipMemory *wxZipMemory::Unique(size_t size) +{ + wxZipMemory *zm; + + if (m_ref > 1) { + --m_ref; + zm = new wxZipMemory; + } else { + zm = this; + } + + if (zm->m_capacity < size) { + delete [] zm->m_data; + zm->m_data = new char[size]; + zm->m_capacity = size; + } + + zm->m_size = size; + return zm; +} + +static inline wxZipMemory *AddRef(wxZipMemory *zm) +{ + if (zm) + zm->AddRef(); + return zm; +} + +static inline void Release(wxZipMemory *zm) +{ + if (zm) + zm->Release(); +} + +static void Copy(wxZipMemory*& dest, wxZipMemory *src) +{ + Release(dest); + dest = AddRef(src); +} + +static void Unique(wxZipMemory*& zm, size_t size) +{ + if (!zm && size) + zm = new wxZipMemory; + if (zm) + zm = zm->Unique(size); +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Collection of weak references to entries + +WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(long, wxZipEntry*, wxIntegerHash, + wxIntegerEqual, wxOffsetZipEntryMap_); + +class wxZipWeakLinks +{ +public: + wxZipWeakLinks() : m_ref(1) { } + + void Release(const wxZipInputStream* WXUNUSED(x)) + { if (--m_ref == 0) delete this; } + void Release(wxFileOffset key) + { RemoveEntry(key); if (--m_ref == 0) delete this; } + + wxZipWeakLinks *AddEntry(wxZipEntry *entry, wxFileOffset key); + void RemoveEntry(wxFileOffset key) + { m_entries.erase(wx_truncate_cast(key_type, key)); } + wxZipEntry *GetEntry(wxFileOffset key) const; + bool IsEmpty() const { return m_entries.empty(); } + +private: + ~wxZipWeakLinks() { wxASSERT(IsEmpty()); } + + typedef wxOffsetZipEntryMap_::key_type key_type; + + int m_ref; + wxOffsetZipEntryMap_ m_entries; + + wxSUPPRESS_GCC_PRIVATE_DTOR_WARNING(wxZipWeakLinks) +}; + +wxZipWeakLinks *wxZipWeakLinks::AddEntry(wxZipEntry *entry, wxFileOffset key) +{ + m_entries[wx_truncate_cast(key_type, key)] = entry; + m_ref++; + return this; +} + +wxZipEntry *wxZipWeakLinks::GetEntry(wxFileOffset key) const +{ + wxOffsetZipEntryMap_::const_iterator it = + m_entries.find(wx_truncate_cast(key_type, key)); + return it != m_entries.end() ? it->second : NULL; +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// ZipEntry + +wxZipEntry::wxZipEntry( + const wxString& name /*=wxEmptyString*/, + const wxDateTime& dt /*=wxDateTime::Now()*/, + wxFileOffset size /*=wxInvalidOffset*/) + : + m_SystemMadeBy(wxZIP_SYSTEM_MSDOS), + m_VersionMadeBy(wxMAJOR_VERSION * 10 + wxMINOR_VERSION), + m_VersionNeeded(VERSION_NEEDED_TO_EXTRACT), + m_Flags(0), + m_Method(wxZIP_METHOD_DEFAULT), + m_DateTime(dt), + m_Crc(0), + m_CompressedSize(wxInvalidOffset), + m_Size(size), + m_Key(wxInvalidOffset), + m_Offset(wxInvalidOffset), + m_DiskStart(0), + m_InternalAttributes(0), + m_ExternalAttributes(0), + m_Extra(NULL), + m_LocalExtra(NULL), + m_zipnotifier(NULL), + m_backlink(NULL) +{ + if (!name.empty()) + SetName(name); +} + +wxZipEntry::~wxZipEntry() +{ + if (m_backlink) + m_backlink->Release(m_Key); + Release(m_Extra); + Release(m_LocalExtra); +} + +wxZipEntry::wxZipEntry(const wxZipEntry& e) + : wxArchiveEntry(e), + m_SystemMadeBy(e.m_SystemMadeBy), + m_VersionMadeBy(e.m_VersionMadeBy), + m_VersionNeeded(e.m_VersionNeeded), + m_Flags(e.m_Flags), + m_Method(e.m_Method), + m_DateTime(e.m_DateTime), + m_Crc(e.m_Crc), + m_CompressedSize(e.m_CompressedSize), + m_Size(e.m_Size), + m_Name(e.m_Name), + m_Key(e.m_Key), + m_Offset(e.m_Offset), + m_Comment(e.m_Comment), + m_DiskStart(e.m_DiskStart), + m_InternalAttributes(e.m_InternalAttributes), + m_ExternalAttributes(e.m_ExternalAttributes), + m_Extra(AddRef(e.m_Extra)), + m_LocalExtra(AddRef(e.m_LocalExtra)), + m_zipnotifier(NULL), + m_backlink(NULL) +{ +} + +wxZipEntry& wxZipEntry::operator=(const wxZipEntry& e) +{ + if (&e != this) { + m_SystemMadeBy = e.m_SystemMadeBy; + m_VersionMadeBy = e.m_VersionMadeBy; + m_VersionNeeded = e.m_VersionNeeded; + m_Flags = e.m_Flags; + m_Method = e.m_Method; + m_DateTime = e.m_DateTime; + m_Crc = e.m_Crc; + m_CompressedSize = e.m_CompressedSize; + m_Size = e.m_Size; + m_Name = e.m_Name; + m_Key = e.m_Key; + m_Offset = e.m_Offset; + m_Comment = e.m_Comment; + m_DiskStart = e.m_DiskStart; + m_InternalAttributes = e.m_InternalAttributes; + m_ExternalAttributes = e.m_ExternalAttributes; + Copy(m_Extra, e.m_Extra); + Copy(m_LocalExtra, e.m_LocalExtra); + m_zipnotifier = NULL; + if (m_backlink) { + m_backlink->Release(m_Key); + m_backlink = NULL; + } + } + return *this; +} + +wxString wxZipEntry::GetName(wxPathFormat format /*=wxPATH_NATIVE*/) const +{ + bool isDir = IsDir() && !m_Name.empty(); + + // optimisations for common (and easy) cases + switch (wxFileName::GetFormat(format)) { + case wxPATH_DOS: + { + wxString name(isDir ? m_Name + wxT("\\") : m_Name); + for (size_t i = 0; i < name.length(); i++) + if (name[i] == wxT('/')) + name[i] = wxT('\\'); + return name; + } + + case wxPATH_UNIX: + return isDir ? m_Name + wxT("/") : m_Name; + + default: + ; + } + + wxFileName fn; + + if (isDir) + fn.AssignDir(m_Name, wxPATH_UNIX); + else + fn.Assign(m_Name, wxPATH_UNIX); + + return fn.GetFullPath(format); +} + +// Static - Internally tars and zips use forward slashes for the path +// separator, absolute paths aren't allowed, and directory names have a +// trailing slash. This function converts a path into this internal format, +// but without a trailing slash for a directory. +// +wxString wxZipEntry::GetInternalName(const wxString& name, + wxPathFormat format /*=wxPATH_NATIVE*/, + bool *pIsDir /*=NULL*/) +{ + wxString internal; + + if (wxFileName::GetFormat(format) != wxPATH_UNIX) + internal = wxFileName(name, format).GetFullPath(wxPATH_UNIX); + else + internal = name; + + bool isDir = !internal.empty() && internal.Last() == '/'; + if (pIsDir) + *pIsDir = isDir; + if (isDir) + internal.erase(internal.length() - 1); + + while (!internal.empty() && *internal.begin() == '/') + internal.erase(0, 1); + while (!internal.empty() && internal.compare(0, 2, wxT("./")) == 0) + internal.erase(0, 2); + if (internal == wxT(".") || internal == wxT("..")) + internal = wxEmptyString; + + return internal; +} + +void wxZipEntry::SetSystemMadeBy(int system) +{ + int mode = GetMode(); + bool wasUnix = IsMadeByUnix(); + + m_SystemMadeBy = (wxUint8)system; + + if (!wasUnix && IsMadeByUnix()) { + SetIsDir(IsDir()); + SetMode(mode); + } else if (wasUnix && !IsMadeByUnix()) { + m_ExternalAttributes &= 0xffff; + } +} + +void wxZipEntry::SetIsDir(bool isDir /*=true*/) +{ + if (isDir) + m_ExternalAttributes |= wxZIP_A_SUBDIR; + else + m_ExternalAttributes &= ~wxZIP_A_SUBDIR; + + if (IsMadeByUnix()) { + m_ExternalAttributes &= ~wxZIP_S_IFMT; + if (isDir) + m_ExternalAttributes |= wxZIP_S_IFDIR; + else + m_ExternalAttributes |= wxZIP_S_IFREG; + } +} + +// Return unix style permission bits +// +int wxZipEntry::GetMode() const +{ + // return unix permissions if present + if (IsMadeByUnix()) + return (m_ExternalAttributes >> 16) & 0777; + + // otherwise synthesize from the dos attribs + int mode = 0644; + if (m_ExternalAttributes & wxZIP_A_RDONLY) + mode &= ~0200; + if (m_ExternalAttributes & wxZIP_A_SUBDIR) + mode |= 0111; + + return mode; +} + +// Set unix permissions +// +void wxZipEntry::SetMode(int mode) +{ + // Set dos attrib bits to be compatible + if (mode & 0222) + m_ExternalAttributes &= ~wxZIP_A_RDONLY; + else + m_ExternalAttributes |= wxZIP_A_RDONLY; + + // set the actual unix permission bits if the system type allows + if (IsMadeByUnix()) { + m_ExternalAttributes &= ~(0777L << 16); + m_ExternalAttributes |= (mode & 0777L) << 16; + } +} + +const char *wxZipEntry::GetExtra() const +{ + return m_Extra ? m_Extra->GetData() : NULL; +} + +size_t wxZipEntry::GetExtraLen() const +{ + return m_Extra ? m_Extra->GetSize() : 0; +} + +void wxZipEntry::SetExtra(const char *extra, size_t len) +{ + Unique(m_Extra, len); + if (len) + memcpy(m_Extra->GetData(), extra, len); +} + +const char *wxZipEntry::GetLocalExtra() const +{ + return m_LocalExtra ? m_LocalExtra->GetData() : NULL; +} + +size_t wxZipEntry::GetLocalExtraLen() const +{ + return m_LocalExtra ? m_LocalExtra->GetSize() : 0; +} + +void wxZipEntry::SetLocalExtra(const char *extra, size_t len) +{ + Unique(m_LocalExtra, len); + if (len) + memcpy(m_LocalExtra->GetData(), extra, len); +} + +void wxZipEntry::SetNotifier(wxZipNotifier& notifier) +{ + wxArchiveEntry::UnsetNotifier(); + m_zipnotifier = ¬ifier; + m_zipnotifier->OnEntryUpdated(*this); +} + +void wxZipEntry::Notify() +{ + if (m_zipnotifier) + m_zipnotifier->OnEntryUpdated(*this); + else if (GetNotifier()) + GetNotifier()->OnEntryUpdated(*this); +} + +void wxZipEntry::UnsetNotifier() +{ + wxArchiveEntry::UnsetNotifier(); + m_zipnotifier = NULL; +} + +size_t wxZipEntry::ReadLocal(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv) +{ + wxUint16 nameLen, extraLen; + wxUint32 compressedSize, size, crc; + + wxZipHeader ds(stream, LOCAL_SIZE - 4); + if (!ds) + return 0; + + ds >> m_VersionNeeded >> m_Flags >> m_Method; + SetDateTime(wxDateTime().SetFromDOS(ds.Read32())); + ds >> crc >> compressedSize >> size >> nameLen >> extraLen; + + bool sumsValid = (m_Flags & wxZIP_SUMS_FOLLOW) == 0; + + if (sumsValid || crc) + m_Crc = crc; + if ((sumsValid || compressedSize) || m_Method == wxZIP_METHOD_STORE) + m_CompressedSize = compressedSize; + if ((sumsValid || size) || m_Method == wxZIP_METHOD_STORE) + m_Size = size; + + SetName(ReadString(stream, nameLen, conv), wxPATH_UNIX); + if (stream.LastRead() != nameLen + 0u) + return 0; + + if (extraLen || GetLocalExtraLen()) { + Unique(m_LocalExtra, extraLen); + if (extraLen) { + stream.Read(m_LocalExtra->GetData(), extraLen); + if (stream.LastRead() != extraLen + 0u) + return 0; + } + } + + return LOCAL_SIZE + nameLen + extraLen; +} + +size_t wxZipEntry::WriteLocal(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv) const +{ + wxString unixName = GetName(wxPATH_UNIX); + const wxWX2MBbuf name_buf = unixName.mb_str(conv); + const char *name = name_buf; + if (!name) name = ""; + wxUint16 nameLen = wx_truncate_cast(wxUint16, strlen(name)); + + wxDataOutputStream ds(stream); + + ds << m_VersionNeeded << m_Flags << m_Method; + ds.Write32(GetDateTime().GetAsDOS()); + + ds.Write32(m_Crc); + ds.Write32(m_CompressedSize != wxInvalidOffset ? + wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, m_CompressedSize) : 0); + ds.Write32(m_Size != wxInvalidOffset ? + wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, m_Size) : 0); + + ds << nameLen; + wxUint16 extraLen = wx_truncate_cast(wxUint16, GetLocalExtraLen()); + ds.Write16(extraLen); + + stream.Write(name, nameLen); + if (extraLen) + stream.Write(m_LocalExtra->GetData(), extraLen); + + return LOCAL_SIZE + nameLen + extraLen; +} + +size_t wxZipEntry::ReadCentral(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv) +{ + wxUint16 nameLen, extraLen, commentLen; + + wxZipHeader ds(stream, CENTRAL_SIZE - 4); + if (!ds) + return 0; + + ds >> m_VersionMadeBy >> m_SystemMadeBy; + + SetVersionNeeded(ds.Read16()); + SetFlags(ds.Read16()); + SetMethod(ds.Read16()); + SetDateTime(wxDateTime().SetFromDOS(ds.Read32())); + SetCrc(ds.Read32()); + SetCompressedSize(ds.Read32()); + SetSize(ds.Read32()); + + ds >> nameLen >> extraLen >> commentLen + >> m_DiskStart >> m_InternalAttributes >> m_ExternalAttributes; + SetOffset(ds.Read32()); + + SetName(ReadString(stream, nameLen, conv), wxPATH_UNIX); + if (stream.LastRead() != nameLen + 0u) + return 0; + + if (extraLen || GetExtraLen()) { + Unique(m_Extra, extraLen); + if (extraLen) { + stream.Read(m_Extra->GetData(), extraLen); + if (stream.LastRead() != extraLen + 0u) + return 0; + } + } + + if (commentLen) { + m_Comment = ReadString(stream, commentLen, conv); + if (stream.LastRead() != commentLen + 0u) + return 0; + } else { + m_Comment.clear(); + } + + return CENTRAL_SIZE + nameLen + extraLen + commentLen; +} + +size_t wxZipEntry::WriteCentral(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv) const +{ + wxString unixName = GetName(wxPATH_UNIX); + const wxWX2MBbuf name_buf = unixName.mb_str(conv); + const char *name = name_buf; + if (!name) name = ""; + wxUint16 nameLen = wx_truncate_cast(wxUint16, strlen(name)); + + const wxWX2MBbuf comment_buf = m_Comment.mb_str(conv); + const char *comment = comment_buf; + if (!comment) comment = ""; + wxUint16 commentLen = wx_truncate_cast(wxUint16, strlen(comment)); + + wxUint16 extraLen = wx_truncate_cast(wxUint16, GetExtraLen()); + + wxDataOutputStream ds(stream); + + ds << CENTRAL_MAGIC << m_VersionMadeBy << m_SystemMadeBy; + + ds.Write16(wx_truncate_cast(wxUint16, GetVersionNeeded())); + ds.Write16(wx_truncate_cast(wxUint16, GetFlags())); + ds.Write16(wx_truncate_cast(wxUint16, GetMethod())); + ds.Write32(GetDateTime().GetAsDOS()); + ds.Write32(GetCrc()); + ds.Write32(wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, GetCompressedSize())); + ds.Write32(wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, GetSize())); + ds.Write16(nameLen); + ds.Write16(extraLen); + + ds << commentLen << m_DiskStart << m_InternalAttributes + << m_ExternalAttributes << wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, GetOffset()); + + stream.Write(name, nameLen); + if (extraLen) + stream.Write(GetExtra(), extraLen); + stream.Write(comment, commentLen); + + return CENTRAL_SIZE + nameLen + extraLen + commentLen; +} + +// Info-zip prefixes this record with a signature, but pkzip doesn't. So if +// the 1st value is the signature then it is probably an info-zip record, +// though there is a small chance that it is in fact a pkzip record which +// happens to have the signature as it's CRC. +// +size_t wxZipEntry::ReadDescriptor(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + wxZipHeader ds(stream, SUMS_SIZE); + if (!ds) + return 0; + + m_Crc = ds.Read32(); + m_CompressedSize = ds.Read32(); + m_Size = ds.Read32(); + + // if 1st value is the signature then this is probably an info-zip record + if (m_Crc == SUMS_MAGIC) + { + wxZipHeader buf(stream, 8); + wxUint32 u1 = buf.GetSize() >= 4 ? buf.Read32() : (wxUint32)LOCAL_MAGIC; + wxUint32 u2 = buf.GetSize() == 8 ? buf.Read32() : 0; + + // look for the signature of the following record to decide which + if ((u1 == LOCAL_MAGIC || u1 == CENTRAL_MAGIC) && + (u2 != LOCAL_MAGIC && u2 != CENTRAL_MAGIC)) + { + // it's a pkzip style record after all! + if (buf.GetSize() > 0) + stream.Ungetch(buf.GetData(), buf.GetSize()); + } + else + { + // it's an info-zip record as expected + if (buf.GetSize() > 4) + stream.Ungetch(buf.GetData() + 4, buf.GetSize() - 4); + m_Crc = wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, m_CompressedSize); + m_CompressedSize = m_Size; + m_Size = u1; + return SUMS_SIZE + 4; + } + } + + return SUMS_SIZE; +} + +size_t wxZipEntry::WriteDescriptor(wxOutputStream& stream, wxUint32 crc, + wxFileOffset compressedSize, wxFileOffset size) +{ + m_Crc = crc; + m_CompressedSize = compressedSize; + m_Size = size; + + wxDataOutputStream ds(stream); + + ds.Write32(crc); + ds.Write32(wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, compressedSize)); + ds.Write32(wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, size)); + + return SUMS_SIZE; +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxZipEndRec - holds the end of central directory record + +class wxZipEndRec +{ +public: + wxZipEndRec(); + + int GetDiskNumber() const { return m_DiskNumber; } + int GetStartDisk() const { return m_StartDisk; } + int GetEntriesHere() const { return m_EntriesHere; } + int GetTotalEntries() const { return m_TotalEntries; } + wxFileOffset GetSize() const { return m_Size; } + wxFileOffset GetOffset() const { return m_Offset; } + wxString GetComment() const { return m_Comment; } + + void SetDiskNumber(int num) + { m_DiskNumber = wx_truncate_cast(wxUint16, num); } + void SetStartDisk(int num) + { m_StartDisk = wx_truncate_cast(wxUint16, num); } + void SetEntriesHere(int num) + { m_EntriesHere = wx_truncate_cast(wxUint16, num); } + void SetTotalEntries(int num) + { m_TotalEntries = wx_truncate_cast(wxUint16, num); } + void SetSize(wxFileOffset size) + { m_Size = wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, size); } + void SetOffset(wxFileOffset offset) + { m_Offset = wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, offset); } + void SetComment(const wxString& comment) + { m_Comment = comment; } + + bool Read(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv); + bool Write(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv) const; + +private: + wxUint16 m_DiskNumber; + wxUint16 m_StartDisk; + wxUint16 m_EntriesHere; + wxUint16 m_TotalEntries; + wxUint32 m_Size; + wxUint32 m_Offset; + wxString m_Comment; +}; + +wxZipEndRec::wxZipEndRec() + : m_DiskNumber(0), + m_StartDisk(0), + m_EntriesHere(0), + m_TotalEntries(0), + m_Size(0), + m_Offset(0) +{ +} + +bool wxZipEndRec::Write(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv) const +{ + const wxWX2MBbuf comment_buf = m_Comment.mb_str(conv); + const char *comment = comment_buf; + if (!comment) comment = ""; + wxUint16 commentLen = (wxUint16)strlen(comment); + + wxDataOutputStream ds(stream); + + ds << END_MAGIC << m_DiskNumber << m_StartDisk << m_EntriesHere + << m_TotalEntries << m_Size << m_Offset << commentLen; + + stream.Write(comment, commentLen); + + return stream.IsOk(); +} + +bool wxZipEndRec::Read(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv) +{ + wxZipHeader ds(stream, END_SIZE - 4); + if (!ds) + return false; + + wxUint16 commentLen; + + ds >> m_DiskNumber >> m_StartDisk >> m_EntriesHere + >> m_TotalEntries >> m_Size >> m_Offset >> commentLen; + + if (commentLen) { + m_Comment = ReadString(stream, commentLen, conv); + if (stream.LastRead() != commentLen + 0u) + return false; + } + + if (m_DiskNumber != 0 || m_StartDisk != 0 || + m_EntriesHere != m_TotalEntries) + { + wxLogWarning(_("assuming this is a multi-part zip concatenated")); + } + + return true; +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// A weak link from an input stream to an output stream + +class wxZipStreamLink +{ +public: + wxZipStreamLink(wxZipOutputStream *stream) : m_ref(1), m_stream(stream) { } + + wxZipStreamLink *AddRef() { m_ref++; return this; } + wxZipOutputStream *GetOutputStream() const { return m_stream; } + + void Release(class wxZipInputStream *WXUNUSED(s)) + { if (--m_ref == 0) delete this; } + void Release(class wxZipOutputStream *WXUNUSED(s)) + { m_stream = NULL; if (--m_ref == 0) delete this; } + +private: + ~wxZipStreamLink() { } + + int m_ref; + wxZipOutputStream *m_stream; + + wxSUPPRESS_GCC_PRIVATE_DTOR_WARNING(wxZipStreamLink) +}; + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Input stream + +// leave the default wxZipEntryPtr free for users +wxDECLARE_SCOPED_PTR(wxZipEntry, wxZipEntryPtr_) +wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR (wxZipEntry, wxZipEntryPtr_) + +// constructor +// +wxZipInputStream::wxZipInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, + wxMBConv& conv /*=wxConvLocal*/) + : wxArchiveInputStream(stream, conv) +{ + Init(); +} + +wxZipInputStream::wxZipInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, + wxMBConv& conv /*=wxConvLocal*/) + : wxArchiveInputStream(stream, conv) +{ + Init(); +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 && wxUSE_FFILE + +// Part of the compatibility constructor, which has been made inline to +// avoid a problem with it not being exported by mingw 3.2.3 +// +void wxZipInputStream::Init(const wxString& file) +{ + // no error messages + wxLogNull nolog; + Init(); + m_allowSeeking = true; + wxFFileInputStream *ffile; + ffile = static_cast(m_parent_i_stream); + wxZipEntryPtr_ entry; + + if (ffile->Ok()) { + do { + entry.reset(GetNextEntry()); + } + while (entry.get() != NULL && entry->GetInternalName() != file); + } + + if (entry.get() == NULL) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; +} + +wxInputStream* wxZipInputStream::OpenFile(const wxString& archive) +{ + wxLogNull nolog; + return new wxFFileInputStream(archive); +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 && wxUSE_FFILE + +void wxZipInputStream::Init() +{ + m_store = new wxStoredInputStream(*m_parent_i_stream); + m_inflate = NULL; + m_rawin = NULL; + m_raw = false; + m_headerSize = 0; + m_decomp = NULL; + m_parentSeekable = false; + m_weaklinks = new wxZipWeakLinks; + m_streamlink = NULL; + m_offsetAdjustment = 0; + m_position = wxInvalidOffset; + m_signature = 0; + m_TotalEntries = 0; + m_lasterror = m_parent_i_stream->GetLastError(); +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + m_allowSeeking = false; +#endif +} + +wxZipInputStream::~wxZipInputStream() +{ + CloseDecompressor(m_decomp); + + delete m_store; + delete m_inflate; + delete m_rawin; + + m_weaklinks->Release(this); + + if (m_streamlink) + m_streamlink->Release(this); +} + +wxString wxZipInputStream::GetComment() +{ + if (m_position == wxInvalidOffset) + if (!LoadEndRecord()) + return wxEmptyString; + + if (!m_parentSeekable && Eof() && m_signature) { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + m_lasterror = ReadLocal(true); + } + + return m_Comment; +} + +int wxZipInputStream::GetTotalEntries() +{ + if (m_position == wxInvalidOffset) + LoadEndRecord(); + return m_TotalEntries; +} + +wxZipStreamLink *wxZipInputStream::MakeLink(wxZipOutputStream *out) +{ + wxZipStreamLink *link = NULL; + + if (!m_parentSeekable && (IsOpened() || !Eof())) { + link = new wxZipStreamLink(out); + if (m_streamlink) + m_streamlink->Release(this); + m_streamlink = link->AddRef(); + } + + return link; +} + +bool wxZipInputStream::LoadEndRecord() +{ + wxCHECK(m_position == wxInvalidOffset, false); + if (!IsOk()) + return false; + + m_position = 0; + + // First find the end-of-central-directory record. + if (!FindEndRecord()) { + // failed, so either this is a non-seekable stream (ok), or not a zip + if (m_parentSeekable) { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + wxLogError(_("invalid zip file")); + return false; + } + else { + wxLogNull nolog; + wxFileOffset pos = m_parent_i_stream->TellI(); + if (pos != wxInvalidOffset) + m_offsetAdjustment = m_position = pos; + return true; + } + } + + wxZipEndRec endrec; + + // Read in the end record + wxFileOffset endPos = m_parent_i_stream->TellI() - 4; + if (!endrec.Read(*m_parent_i_stream, GetConv())) + return false; + + m_TotalEntries = endrec.GetTotalEntries(); + m_Comment = endrec.GetComment(); + + wxUint32 magic = m_TotalEntries ? CENTRAL_MAGIC : END_MAGIC; + + // Now find the central-directory. we have the file offset of + // the CD, so look there first. + if (m_parent_i_stream->SeekI(endrec.GetOffset()) != wxInvalidOffset && + ReadSignature() == magic) { + m_signature = magic; + m_position = endrec.GetOffset(); + m_offsetAdjustment = 0; + return true; + } + + // If it's not there, then it could be that the zip has been appended + // to a self extractor, so take the CD size (also in endrec), subtract + // it from the file offset of the end-central-directory and look there. + if (m_parent_i_stream->SeekI(endPos - endrec.GetSize()) + != wxInvalidOffset && ReadSignature() == magic) { + m_signature = magic; + m_position = endPos - endrec.GetSize(); + m_offsetAdjustment = m_position - endrec.GetOffset(); + return true; + } + + wxLogError(_("can't find central directory in zip")); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + return false; +} + +// Find the end-of-central-directory record. +// If found the stream will be positioned just past the 4 signature bytes. +// +bool wxZipInputStream::FindEndRecord() +{ + if (!m_parent_i_stream->IsSeekable()) + return false; + + // usually it's 22 bytes in size and the last thing in the file + { + wxLogNull nolog; + if (m_parent_i_stream->SeekI(-END_SIZE, wxFromEnd) == wxInvalidOffset) + return false; + } + + m_parentSeekable = true; + m_signature = 0; + char magic[4]; + if (m_parent_i_stream->Read(magic, 4).LastRead() != 4) + return false; + if ((m_signature = CrackUint32(magic)) == END_MAGIC) + return true; + + // unfortunately, the record has a comment field that can be up to 65535 + // bytes in length, so if the signature not found then search backwards. + wxFileOffset pos = m_parent_i_stream->TellI(); + const int BUFSIZE = 1024; + wxCharBuffer buf(BUFSIZE); + + memcpy(buf.data(), magic, 3); + wxFileOffset minpos = wxMax(pos - 65535L, 0); + + while (pos > minpos) { + size_t len = wx_truncate_cast(size_t, + pos - wxMax(pos - (BUFSIZE - 3), minpos)); + memcpy(buf.data() + len, buf, 3); + pos -= len; + + if (m_parent_i_stream->SeekI(pos, wxFromStart) == wxInvalidOffset || + m_parent_i_stream->Read(buf.data(), len).LastRead() != len) + return false; + + char *p = buf.data() + len; + + while (p-- > buf.data()) { + if ((m_signature = CrackUint32(p)) == END_MAGIC) { + size_t remainder = buf.data() + len - p; + if (remainder > 4) + m_parent_i_stream->Ungetch(p + 4, remainder - 4); + return true; + } + } + } + + return false; +} + +wxZipEntry *wxZipInputStream::GetNextEntry() +{ + if (m_position == wxInvalidOffset) + if (!LoadEndRecord()) + return NULL; + + m_lasterror = m_parentSeekable ? ReadCentral() : ReadLocal(); + if (!IsOk()) + return NULL; + + wxZipEntryPtr_ entry(new wxZipEntry(m_entry)); + entry->m_backlink = m_weaklinks->AddEntry(entry.get(), entry->GetKey()); + return entry.release(); +} + +wxStreamError wxZipInputStream::ReadCentral() +{ + if (!AtHeader()) + CloseEntry(); + + if (m_signature == END_MAGIC) + return wxSTREAM_EOF; + + if (m_signature != CENTRAL_MAGIC) { + wxLogError(_("error reading zip central directory")); + return wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + } + + if (QuietSeek(*m_parent_i_stream, m_position + 4) == wxInvalidOffset) + return wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + + size_t size = m_entry.ReadCentral(*m_parent_i_stream, GetConv()); + if (!size) { + m_signature = 0; + return wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + } + + m_position += size; + m_signature = ReadSignature(); + + if (m_offsetAdjustment) + m_entry.SetOffset(m_entry.GetOffset() + m_offsetAdjustment); + m_entry.SetKey(m_entry.GetOffset()); + + return wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; +} + +wxStreamError wxZipInputStream::ReadLocal(bool readEndRec /*=false*/) +{ + if (!AtHeader()) + CloseEntry(); + + if (!m_signature) + m_signature = ReadSignature(); + + if (m_signature == CENTRAL_MAGIC || m_signature == END_MAGIC) { + if (m_streamlink && !m_streamlink->GetOutputStream()) { + m_streamlink->Release(this); + m_streamlink = NULL; + } + } + + while (m_signature == CENTRAL_MAGIC) { + if (m_weaklinks->IsEmpty() && m_streamlink == NULL) + return wxSTREAM_EOF; + + size_t size = m_entry.ReadCentral(*m_parent_i_stream, GetConv()); + m_position += size; + m_signature = 0; + if (!size) + return wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + + wxZipEntry *entry = m_weaklinks->GetEntry(m_entry.GetOffset()); + if (entry) { + entry->SetSystemMadeBy(m_entry.GetSystemMadeBy()); + entry->SetVersionMadeBy(m_entry.GetVersionMadeBy()); + entry->SetComment(m_entry.GetComment()); + entry->SetDiskStart(m_entry.GetDiskStart()); + entry->SetInternalAttributes(m_entry.GetInternalAttributes()); + entry->SetExternalAttributes(m_entry.GetExternalAttributes()); + Copy(entry->m_Extra, m_entry.m_Extra); + entry->Notify(); + m_weaklinks->RemoveEntry(entry->GetOffset()); + } + + m_signature = ReadSignature(); + } + + if (m_signature == END_MAGIC) { + if (readEndRec || m_streamlink) { + wxZipEndRec endrec; + endrec.Read(*m_parent_i_stream, GetConv()); + m_Comment = endrec.GetComment(); + m_signature = 0; + if (m_streamlink) { + m_streamlink->GetOutputStream()->SetComment(endrec.GetComment()); + m_streamlink->Release(this); + m_streamlink = NULL; + } + } + return wxSTREAM_EOF; + } + + if (m_signature == LOCAL_MAGIC) { + m_headerSize = m_entry.ReadLocal(*m_parent_i_stream, GetConv()); + m_signature = 0; + m_entry.SetOffset(m_position); + m_entry.SetKey(m_position); + + if (m_headerSize) { + m_TotalEntries++; + return wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + } + } + + wxLogError(_("error reading zip local header")); + return wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; +} + +wxUint32 wxZipInputStream::ReadSignature() +{ + char magic[4]; + m_parent_i_stream->Read(magic, 4); + return m_parent_i_stream->LastRead() == 4 ? CrackUint32(magic) : 0; +} + +bool wxZipInputStream::OpenEntry(wxArchiveEntry& entry) +{ + wxZipEntry *zipEntry = wxStaticCast(&entry, wxZipEntry); + return zipEntry ? OpenEntry(*zipEntry) : false; +} + +// Open an entry +// +bool wxZipInputStream::DoOpen(wxZipEntry *entry, bool raw) +{ + if (m_position == wxInvalidOffset) + if (!LoadEndRecord()) + return false; + if (m_lasterror == wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR) + return false; + if (IsOpened()) + CloseEntry(); + + m_raw = raw; + + if (entry) { + if (AfterHeader() && entry->GetKey() == m_entry.GetOffset()) + return true; + // can only open the current entry on a non-seekable stream + wxCHECK(m_parentSeekable, false); + } + + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + + if (entry) + m_entry = *entry; + + if (m_parentSeekable) { + if (QuietSeek(*m_parent_i_stream, m_entry.GetOffset()) + == wxInvalidOffset) + return false; + if (ReadSignature() != LOCAL_MAGIC) { + wxLogError(_("bad zipfile offset to entry")); + return false; + } + } + + if (m_parentSeekable || AtHeader()) { + m_headerSize = m_entry.ReadLocal(*m_parent_i_stream, GetConv()); + if (m_headerSize && m_parentSeekable) { + wxZipEntry *ref = m_weaklinks->GetEntry(m_entry.GetKey()); + if (ref) { + Copy(ref->m_LocalExtra, m_entry.m_LocalExtra); + ref->Notify(); + m_weaklinks->RemoveEntry(ref->GetKey()); + } + if (entry && entry != ref) { + Copy(entry->m_LocalExtra, m_entry.m_LocalExtra); + entry->Notify(); + } + } + } + + if (m_headerSize) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + return IsOk(); +} + +bool wxZipInputStream::OpenDecompressor(bool raw /*=false*/) +{ + wxASSERT(AfterHeader()); + + wxFileOffset compressedSize = m_entry.GetCompressedSize(); + + if (raw) + m_raw = true; + + if (m_raw) { + if (compressedSize != wxInvalidOffset) { + m_store->Open(compressedSize); + m_decomp = m_store; + } else { + if (!m_rawin) + m_rawin = new wxRawInputStream(*m_parent_i_stream); + m_decomp = m_rawin->Open(OpenDecompressor(m_rawin->GetTee())); + } + } else { + if (compressedSize != wxInvalidOffset && + (m_entry.GetMethod() != wxZIP_METHOD_DEFLATE || + wxZlibInputStream::CanHandleGZip())) { + m_store->Open(compressedSize); + m_decomp = OpenDecompressor(*m_store); + } else { + m_decomp = OpenDecompressor(*m_parent_i_stream); + } + } + + m_crcAccumulator = crc32(0, Z_NULL, 0); + m_lasterror = m_decomp ? m_decomp->GetLastError() : wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + return IsOk(); +} + +// Can be overriden to add support for additional decompression methods +// +wxInputStream *wxZipInputStream::OpenDecompressor(wxInputStream& stream) +{ + switch (m_entry.GetMethod()) { + case wxZIP_METHOD_STORE: + if (m_entry.GetSize() == wxInvalidOffset) { + wxLogError(_("stored file length not in Zip header")); + break; + } + m_store->Open(m_entry.GetSize()); + return m_store; + + case wxZIP_METHOD_DEFLATE: + if (!m_inflate) + m_inflate = new wxZlibInputStream2(stream); + else + m_inflate->Open(stream); + return m_inflate; + + default: + wxLogError(_("unsupported Zip compression method")); + } + + return NULL; +} + +bool wxZipInputStream::CloseDecompressor(wxInputStream *decomp) +{ + if (decomp && decomp == m_rawin) + return CloseDecompressor(m_rawin->GetFilterInputStream()); + if (decomp != m_store && decomp != m_inflate) + delete decomp; + return true; +} + +// Closes the current entry and positions the underlying stream at the start +// of the next entry +// +bool wxZipInputStream::CloseEntry() +{ + if (AtHeader()) + return true; + if (m_lasterror == wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR) + return false; + + if (!m_parentSeekable) { + if (!IsOpened() && !OpenDecompressor(true)) + return false; + + const int BUFSIZE = 8192; + wxCharBuffer buf(BUFSIZE); + while (IsOk()) + Read(buf.data(), BUFSIZE); + + m_position += m_headerSize + m_entry.GetCompressedSize(); + } + + if (m_lasterror == wxSTREAM_EOF) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + + CloseDecompressor(m_decomp); + m_decomp = NULL; + m_entry = wxZipEntry(); + m_headerSize = 0; + m_raw = false; + + return IsOk(); +} + +size_t wxZipInputStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + if (!IsOpened()) + if ((AtHeader() && !DoOpen()) || !OpenDecompressor()) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + if (!IsOk() || !size) + return 0; + + size_t count = m_decomp->Read(buffer, size).LastRead(); + if (!m_raw) + m_crcAccumulator = crc32(m_crcAccumulator, (Byte*)buffer, count); + if (count < size) + m_lasterror = m_decomp->GetLastError(); + + if (Eof()) { + if ((m_entry.GetFlags() & wxZIP_SUMS_FOLLOW) != 0) { + m_headerSize += m_entry.ReadDescriptor(*m_parent_i_stream); + wxZipEntry *entry = m_weaklinks->GetEntry(m_entry.GetKey()); + + if (entry) { + entry->SetCrc(m_entry.GetCrc()); + entry->SetCompressedSize(m_entry.GetCompressedSize()); + entry->SetSize(m_entry.GetSize()); + entry->Notify(); + } + } + + if (!m_raw) { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + + if (m_entry.GetSize() != TellI()) + { + wxLogError(_("reading zip stream (entry %s): bad length"), + m_entry.GetName().c_str()); + } + else if (m_crcAccumulator != m_entry.GetCrc()) + { + wxLogError(_("reading zip stream (entry %s): bad crc"), + m_entry.GetName().c_str()); + } + else + { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_EOF; + } + } + } + + return count; +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// Borrowed from VS's zip stream (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik +// +wxFileOffset wxZipInputStream::OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode) +{ + // seeking works when the stream is created with the compatibility + // constructor + if (!m_allowSeeking) + return wxInvalidOffset; + if (!IsOpened()) + if ((AtHeader() && !DoOpen()) || !OpenDecompressor()) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + if (!IsOk()) + return wxInvalidOffset; + + // NB: since ZIP files don't natively support seeking, we have to + // implement a brute force workaround -- reading all the data + // between current and the new position (or between beginning of + // the file and new position...) + + wxFileOffset nextpos; + wxFileOffset pos = TellI(); + + switch ( mode ) + { + case wxFromCurrent : nextpos = seek + pos; break; + case wxFromStart : nextpos = seek; break; + case wxFromEnd : nextpos = GetLength() + seek; break; + default : nextpos = pos; break; /* just to fool compiler, never happens */ + } + + wxFileOffset toskip wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(0); + if ( nextpos >= pos ) + { + toskip = nextpos - pos; + } + else + { + wxZipEntry current(m_entry); + if (!OpenEntry(current)) + { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + return pos; + } + toskip = nextpos; + } + + if ( toskip > 0 ) + { + const int BUFSIZE = 4096; + size_t sz; + char buffer[BUFSIZE]; + while ( toskip > 0 ) + { + sz = wx_truncate_cast(size_t, wxMin(toskip, BUFSIZE)); + Read(buffer, sz); + toskip -= sz; + } + } + + pos = nextpos; + return pos; +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Output stream + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxZipEntryList_) + +wxZipOutputStream::wxZipOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, + int level /*=-1*/, + wxMBConv& conv /*=wxConvLocal*/) + : wxArchiveOutputStream(stream, conv) +{ + Init(level); +} + +wxZipOutputStream::wxZipOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream, + int level /*=-1*/, + wxMBConv& conv /*=wxConvLocal*/) + : wxArchiveOutputStream(stream, conv) +{ + Init(level); +} + +void wxZipOutputStream::Init(int level) +{ + m_store = new wxStoredOutputStream(*m_parent_o_stream); + m_deflate = NULL; + m_backlink = NULL; + m_initialData = new char[OUTPUT_LATENCY]; + m_initialSize = 0; + m_pending = NULL; + m_raw = false; + m_headerOffset = 0; + m_headerSize = 0; + m_entrySize = 0; + m_comp = NULL; + m_level = level; + m_offsetAdjustment = wxInvalidOffset; + m_endrecWritten = false; +} + +wxZipOutputStream::~wxZipOutputStream() +{ + Close(); + WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxZipEntryList_, m_entries); + delete m_store; + delete m_deflate; + delete m_pending; + delete [] m_initialData; + if (m_backlink) + m_backlink->Release(this); +} + +bool wxZipOutputStream::PutNextEntry( + const wxString& name, + const wxDateTime& dt /*=wxDateTime::Now()*/, + wxFileOffset size /*=wxInvalidOffset*/) +{ + return PutNextEntry(new wxZipEntry(name, dt, size)); +} + +bool wxZipOutputStream::PutNextDirEntry( + const wxString& name, + const wxDateTime& dt /*=wxDateTime::Now()*/) +{ + wxZipEntry *entry = new wxZipEntry(name, dt); + entry->SetIsDir(); + return PutNextEntry(entry); +} + +bool wxZipOutputStream::CopyEntry(wxZipEntry *entry, + wxZipInputStream& inputStream) +{ + wxZipEntryPtr_ e(entry); + + return + inputStream.DoOpen(e.get(), true) && + DoCreate(e.release(), true) && + Write(inputStream).IsOk() && inputStream.Eof(); +} + +bool wxZipOutputStream::PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry) +{ + wxZipEntry *zipEntry = wxStaticCast(entry, wxZipEntry); + if (!zipEntry) + delete entry; + return PutNextEntry(zipEntry); +} + +bool wxZipOutputStream::CopyEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry, + wxArchiveInputStream& stream) +{ + wxZipEntry *zipEntry = wxStaticCast(entry, wxZipEntry); + + if (!zipEntry || !stream.OpenEntry(*zipEntry)) { + delete entry; + return false; + } + + return CopyEntry(zipEntry, static_cast(stream)); +} + +bool wxZipOutputStream::CopyArchiveMetaData(wxZipInputStream& inputStream) +{ + m_Comment = inputStream.GetComment(); + if (m_backlink) + m_backlink->Release(this); + m_backlink = inputStream.MakeLink(this); + return true; +} + +bool wxZipOutputStream::CopyArchiveMetaData(wxArchiveInputStream& stream) +{ + return CopyArchiveMetaData(static_cast(stream)); +} + +void wxZipOutputStream::SetLevel(int level) +{ + if (level != m_level) { + if (m_comp != m_deflate) + delete m_deflate; + m_deflate = NULL; + m_level = level; + } +} + +bool wxZipOutputStream::DoCreate(wxZipEntry *entry, bool raw /*=false*/) +{ + CloseEntry(); + + m_pending = entry; + if (!m_pending) + return false; + + // write the signature bytes right away + wxDataOutputStream ds(*m_parent_o_stream); + ds << LOCAL_MAGIC; + + // and if this is the first entry test for seekability + if (m_headerOffset == 0 && m_parent_o_stream->IsSeekable()) { +#if wxUSE_LOG + bool logging = wxLog::IsEnabled(); + wxLogNull nolog; +#endif // wxUSE_LOG + wxFileOffset here = m_parent_o_stream->TellO(); + + if (here != wxInvalidOffset && here >= 4) { + if (m_parent_o_stream->SeekO(here - 4) == here - 4) { + m_offsetAdjustment = here - 4; +#if wxUSE_LOG + wxLog::EnableLogging(logging); +#endif // wxUSE_LOG + m_parent_o_stream->SeekO(here); + } + } + } + + m_pending->SetOffset(m_headerOffset); + + m_crcAccumulator = crc32(0, Z_NULL, 0); + + if (raw) + m_raw = true; + + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; + return true; +} + +// Can be overriden to add support for additional compression methods +// +wxOutputStream *wxZipOutputStream::OpenCompressor( + wxOutputStream& stream, + wxZipEntry& entry, + const Buffer bufs[]) +{ + if (entry.GetMethod() == wxZIP_METHOD_DEFAULT) { + if (GetLevel() == 0 + && (IsParentSeekable() + || entry.GetCompressedSize() != wxInvalidOffset + || entry.GetSize() != wxInvalidOffset)) { + entry.SetMethod(wxZIP_METHOD_STORE); + } else { + int size = 0; + for (int i = 0; bufs[i].m_data; ++i) + size += bufs[i].m_size; + entry.SetMethod(size <= 6 ? + wxZIP_METHOD_STORE : wxZIP_METHOD_DEFLATE); + } + } + + switch (entry.GetMethod()) { + case wxZIP_METHOD_STORE: + if (entry.GetCompressedSize() == wxInvalidOffset) + entry.SetCompressedSize(entry.GetSize()); + return m_store; + + case wxZIP_METHOD_DEFLATE: + { + int defbits = wxZIP_DEFLATE_NORMAL; + switch (GetLevel()) { + case 0: case 1: + defbits = wxZIP_DEFLATE_SUPERFAST; + break; + case 2: case 3: case 4: + defbits = wxZIP_DEFLATE_FAST; + break; + case 8: case 9: + defbits = wxZIP_DEFLATE_EXTRA; + break; + } + entry.SetFlags((entry.GetFlags() & ~wxZIP_DEFLATE_MASK) | + defbits | wxZIP_SUMS_FOLLOW); + + if (!m_deflate) + m_deflate = new wxZlibOutputStream2(stream, GetLevel()); + else + m_deflate->Open(stream); + + return m_deflate; + } + + default: + wxLogError(_("unsupported Zip compression method")); + } + + return NULL; +} + +bool wxZipOutputStream::CloseCompressor(wxOutputStream *comp) +{ + if (comp == m_deflate) + m_deflate->Close(); + else if (comp != m_store) + delete comp; + return true; +} + +// This is called when OUPUT_LATENCY bytes has been written to the +// wxZipOutputStream to actually create the zip entry. +// +void wxZipOutputStream::CreatePendingEntry(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + wxASSERT(IsOk() && m_pending && !m_comp); + wxZipEntryPtr_ spPending(m_pending); + m_pending = NULL; + + Buffer bufs[] = { + { m_initialData, m_initialSize }, + { (const char*)buffer, size }, + { NULL, 0 } + }; + + if (m_raw) + m_comp = m_store; + else + m_comp = OpenCompressor(*m_store, *spPending, + m_initialSize ? bufs : bufs + 1); + + if (IsParentSeekable() + || (spPending->m_Crc + && spPending->m_CompressedSize != wxInvalidOffset + && spPending->m_Size != wxInvalidOffset)) + spPending->m_Flags &= ~wxZIP_SUMS_FOLLOW; + else + if (spPending->m_CompressedSize != wxInvalidOffset) + spPending->m_Flags |= wxZIP_SUMS_FOLLOW; + + m_headerSize = spPending->WriteLocal(*m_parent_o_stream, GetConv()); + m_lasterror = m_parent_o_stream->GetLastError(); + + if (IsOk()) { + m_entries.push_back(spPending.release()); + OnSysWrite(m_initialData, m_initialSize); + } + + m_initialSize = 0; +} + +// This is called to write out the zip entry when Close has been called +// before OUTPUT_LATENCY bytes has been written to the wxZipOutputStream. +// +void wxZipOutputStream::CreatePendingEntry() +{ + wxASSERT(IsOk() && m_pending && !m_comp); + wxZipEntryPtr_ spPending(m_pending); + m_pending = NULL; + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + + if (!m_raw) { + // Initially compresses the data to memory, then fall back to 'store' + // if the compressor makes the data larger rather than smaller. + wxMemoryOutputStream mem; + Buffer bufs[] = { { m_initialData, m_initialSize }, { NULL, 0 } }; + wxOutputStream *comp = OpenCompressor(mem, *spPending, bufs); + + if (!comp) + return; + if (comp != m_store) { + bool ok = comp->Write(m_initialData, m_initialSize).IsOk(); + CloseCompressor(comp); + if (!ok) + return; + } + + m_entrySize = m_initialSize; + m_crcAccumulator = crc32(0, (Byte*)m_initialData, m_initialSize); + + if (mem.GetSize() > 0 && mem.GetSize() < m_initialSize) { + m_initialSize = mem.GetSize(); + mem.CopyTo(m_initialData, m_initialSize); + } else { + spPending->SetMethod(wxZIP_METHOD_STORE); + } + + spPending->SetSize(m_entrySize); + spPending->SetCrc(m_crcAccumulator); + spPending->SetCompressedSize(m_initialSize); + } + + spPending->m_Flags &= ~wxZIP_SUMS_FOLLOW; + m_headerSize = spPending->WriteLocal(*m_parent_o_stream, GetConv()); + + if (m_parent_o_stream->IsOk()) { + m_entries.push_back(spPending.release()); + m_comp = m_store; + m_store->Write(m_initialData, m_initialSize); + } + + m_initialSize = 0; + m_lasterror = m_parent_o_stream->GetLastError(); +} + +// Write the 'central directory' and the 'end-central-directory' records. +// +bool wxZipOutputStream::Close() +{ + CloseEntry(); + + if (m_lasterror == wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR + || (m_entries.size() == 0 && m_endrecWritten)) + { + wxFilterOutputStream::Close(); + return false; + } + + wxZipEndRec endrec; + + endrec.SetEntriesHere(m_entries.size()); + endrec.SetTotalEntries(m_entries.size()); + endrec.SetOffset(m_headerOffset); + endrec.SetComment(m_Comment); + + wxZipEntryList_::iterator it; + wxFileOffset size = 0; + + for (it = m_entries.begin(); it != m_entries.end(); ++it) { + size += (*it)->WriteCentral(*m_parent_o_stream, GetConv()); + delete *it; + } + m_entries.clear(); + + endrec.SetSize(size); + endrec.Write(*m_parent_o_stream, GetConv()); + + m_lasterror = m_parent_o_stream->GetLastError(); + m_endrecWritten = true; + + if (!wxFilterOutputStream::Close() || !IsOk()) + return false; + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_EOF; + return true; +} + +// Finish writing the current entry +// +bool wxZipOutputStream::CloseEntry() +{ + if (IsOk() && m_pending) + CreatePendingEntry(); + if (!IsOk()) + return false; + if (!m_comp) + return true; + + CloseCompressor(m_comp); + m_comp = NULL; + + wxFileOffset compressedSize = m_store->TellO(); + + wxZipEntry& entry = *m_entries.back(); + + // When writing raw the crc and size can't be checked + if (m_raw) { + m_crcAccumulator = entry.GetCrc(); + m_entrySize = entry.GetSize(); + } + + // Write the sums in the trailing 'data descriptor' if necessary + if (entry.m_Flags & wxZIP_SUMS_FOLLOW) { + wxASSERT(!IsParentSeekable()); + m_headerOffset += + entry.WriteDescriptor(*m_parent_o_stream, m_crcAccumulator, + compressedSize, m_entrySize); + m_lasterror = m_parent_o_stream->GetLastError(); + } + + // If the local header didn't have the correct crc and size written to + // it then seek back and fix it + else if (m_crcAccumulator != entry.GetCrc() + || m_entrySize != entry.GetSize() + || compressedSize != entry.GetCompressedSize()) + { + if (IsParentSeekable()) { + wxFileOffset here = m_parent_o_stream->TellO(); + wxFileOffset headerOffset = m_headerOffset + m_offsetAdjustment; + m_parent_o_stream->SeekO(headerOffset + SUMS_OFFSET); + entry.WriteDescriptor(*m_parent_o_stream, m_crcAccumulator, + compressedSize, m_entrySize); + m_parent_o_stream->SeekO(here); + m_lasterror = m_parent_o_stream->GetLastError(); + } else { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + } + } + + m_headerOffset += m_headerSize + compressedSize; + m_headerSize = 0; + m_entrySize = 0; + m_store->Close(); + m_raw = false; + + if (IsOk()) + m_lasterror = m_parent_o_stream->GetLastError(); + else + wxLogError(_("error writing zip entry '%s': bad crc or length"), + entry.GetName().c_str()); + return IsOk(); +} + +void wxZipOutputStream::Sync() +{ + if (IsOk() && m_pending) + CreatePendingEntry(NULL, 0); + if (!m_comp) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + if (IsOk()) { + m_comp->Sync(); + m_lasterror = m_comp->GetLastError(); + } +} + +size_t wxZipOutputStream::OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + if (IsOk() && m_pending) { + if (m_initialSize + size < OUTPUT_LATENCY) { + memcpy(m_initialData + m_initialSize, buffer, size); + m_initialSize += size; + return size; + } else { + CreatePendingEntry(buffer, size); + } + } + + if (!m_comp) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + if (!IsOk() || !size) + return 0; + + if (m_comp->Write(buffer, size).LastWrite() != size) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + m_crcAccumulator = crc32(m_crcAccumulator, (Byte*)buffer, size); + m_entrySize += m_comp->LastWrite(); + + return m_comp->LastWrite(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/zstream.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/zstream.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..448be53223 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/common/zstream.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,444 @@ +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/common/zstream.cpp +// Purpose: Compressed stream classes +// Author: Guilhem Lavaux +// Modified by: Mike Wetherell +// Created: 11/07/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: zstream.cpp 66259 2010-11-25 00:53:44Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ZLIB && wxUSE_STREAMS + +#include "wx/zstream.h" +#include "wx/versioninfo.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" +#endif + + +// normally, the compiler options should contain -I../zlib, but it is +// apparently not the case for all MSW makefiles and so, unless we use +// configure (which defines __WX_SETUP_H__) or it is explicitly overridden by +// the user (who can define wxUSE_ZLIB_H_IN_PATH), we hardcode the path here +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WX_SETUP_H__) && !defined(wxUSE_ZLIB_H_IN_PATH) + #include "../zlib/zlib.h" +#else + #include "zlib.h" +#endif + +enum { + ZSTREAM_BUFFER_SIZE = 16384, + ZSTREAM_GZIP = 0x10, // gzip header + ZSTREAM_AUTO = 0x20 // auto detect between gzip and zlib +}; + + +wxVersionInfo wxGetZlibVersionInfo() +{ + return wxVersionInfo("zlib", + ZLIB_VERNUM >> 12, + (ZLIB_VERNUM >> 8) & 0x0F, + (ZLIB_VERNUM & 0xFF) / 0x10); +} + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Zlib Class factory + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxZlibClassFactory, wxFilterClassFactory) + +static wxZlibClassFactory g_wxZlibClassFactory; + +wxZlibClassFactory::wxZlibClassFactory() +{ + if (this == &g_wxZlibClassFactory) + PushFront(); +} + +const wxChar * const * +wxZlibClassFactory::GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type) const +{ + static const wxChar *mimes[] = { wxT("application/x-deflate"), NULL }; + static const wxChar *encs[] = { wxT("deflate"), NULL }; + static const wxChar *empty[] = { NULL }; + + switch (type) { + case wxSTREAM_MIMETYPE: return mimes; + case wxSTREAM_ENCODING: return encs; + default: return empty; + } +} + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Gzip Class factory + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGzipClassFactory, wxFilterClassFactory) + +static wxGzipClassFactory g_wxGzipClassFactory; + +wxGzipClassFactory::wxGzipClassFactory() +{ + if (this == &g_wxGzipClassFactory && wxZlibInputStream::CanHandleGZip()) + PushFront(); +} + +const wxChar * const * +wxGzipClassFactory::GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type) const +{ + static const wxChar *protos[] = + { wxT("gzip"), NULL }; + static const wxChar *mimes[] = + { wxT("application/gzip"), wxT("application/x-gzip"), NULL }; + static const wxChar *encs[] = + { wxT("gzip"), NULL }; + static const wxChar *exts[] = + { wxT(".gz"), wxT(".gzip"), NULL }; + static const wxChar *empty[] = + { NULL }; + + switch (type) { + case wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL: return protos; + case wxSTREAM_MIMETYPE: return mimes; + case wxSTREAM_ENCODING: return encs; + case wxSTREAM_FILEEXT: return exts; + default: return empty; + } +} + + +////////////////////// +// wxZlibInputStream +////////////////////// + +wxZlibInputStream::wxZlibInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, int flags) + : wxFilterInputStream(stream) +{ + Init(flags); +} + +wxZlibInputStream::wxZlibInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, int flags) + : wxFilterInputStream(stream) +{ + Init(flags); +} + +void wxZlibInputStream::Init(int flags) +{ + m_inflate = NULL; + m_z_buffer = new unsigned char[ZSTREAM_BUFFER_SIZE]; + m_z_size = ZSTREAM_BUFFER_SIZE; + m_pos = 0; + + // if gzip is asked for but not supported... + if ((flags == wxZLIB_GZIP || flags == wxZLIB_AUTO) && !CanHandleGZip()) { + if (flags == wxZLIB_AUTO) { + // an error will come later if the input turns out not to be a zlib + flags = wxZLIB_ZLIB; + } + else { + wxLogError(_("Gzip not supported by this version of zlib")); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + return; + } + } + + if (m_z_buffer) { + m_inflate = new z_stream_s; + + if (m_inflate) { + memset(m_inflate, 0, sizeof(z_stream_s)); + + // see zlib.h for documentation on windowBits + int windowBits = MAX_WBITS; + switch (flags) { + case wxZLIB_NO_HEADER: windowBits = -MAX_WBITS; break; + case wxZLIB_ZLIB: windowBits = MAX_WBITS; break; + case wxZLIB_GZIP: windowBits = MAX_WBITS | ZSTREAM_GZIP; break; + case wxZLIB_AUTO: windowBits = MAX_WBITS | ZSTREAM_AUTO; break; + default: wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Invalid zlib flag")); + } + + if (inflateInit2(m_inflate, windowBits) == Z_OK) + return; + } + } + + wxLogError(_("Can't initialize zlib inflate stream.")); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; +} + +wxZlibInputStream::~wxZlibInputStream() +{ + inflateEnd(m_inflate); + delete m_inflate; + + delete [] m_z_buffer; +} + +size_t wxZlibInputStream::OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_inflate && m_z_buffer, wxT("Inflate stream not open")); + + if (!m_inflate || !m_z_buffer) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + if (!IsOk() || !size) + return 0; + + int err = Z_OK; + m_inflate->next_out = (unsigned char *)buffer; + m_inflate->avail_out = size; + + while (err == Z_OK && m_inflate->avail_out > 0) { + if (m_inflate->avail_in == 0 && m_parent_i_stream->IsOk()) { + m_parent_i_stream->Read(m_z_buffer, m_z_size); + m_inflate->next_in = m_z_buffer; + m_inflate->avail_in = m_parent_i_stream->LastRead(); + } + err = inflate(m_inflate, Z_SYNC_FLUSH); + } + + switch (err) { + case Z_OK: + break; + + case Z_STREAM_END: + if (m_inflate->avail_out) { + // Unread any data taken from past the end of the deflate stream, so that + // any additional data can be read from the underlying stream (the crc + // in a gzip for example) + if (m_inflate->avail_in) { + m_parent_i_stream->Reset(); + m_parent_i_stream->Ungetch(m_inflate->next_in, m_inflate->avail_in); + m_inflate->avail_in = 0; + } + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_EOF; + } + break; + + case Z_BUF_ERROR: + // Indicates that zlib was expecting more data, but the parent stream + // has none. Other than Eof the error will have been already reported + // by the parent strean, + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + if (m_parent_i_stream->Eof()) + { + wxLogError(_("Can't read inflate stream: unexpected EOF in underlying stream.")); + } + break; + + default: + wxString msg(m_inflate->msg, *wxConvCurrent); + if (!msg) + msg = wxString::Format(_("zlib error %d"), err); + wxLogError(_("Can't read from inflate stream: %s"), msg.c_str()); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR; + } + + size -= m_inflate->avail_out; + m_pos += size; + return size; +} + +/* static */ bool wxZlibInputStream::CanHandleGZip() +{ + const char *dot = strchr(zlibVersion(), '.'); + int major = atoi(zlibVersion()); + int minor = dot ? atoi(dot + 1) : 0; + return major > 1 || (major == 1 && minor >= 2); +} + +bool wxZlibInputStream::SetDictionary(const char *data, const size_t datalen) +{ + return (inflateSetDictionary(m_inflate, (Bytef*)data, datalen) == Z_OK); +} + +bool wxZlibInputStream::SetDictionary(const wxMemoryBuffer &buf) +{ + return SetDictionary((char*)buf.GetData(), buf.GetDataLen()); +} + + +////////////////////// +// wxZlibOutputStream +////////////////////// + +wxZlibOutputStream::wxZlibOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, + int level, + int flags) + : wxFilterOutputStream(stream) +{ + Init(level, flags); +} + +wxZlibOutputStream::wxZlibOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream, + int level, + int flags) + : wxFilterOutputStream(stream) +{ + Init(level, flags); +} + +void wxZlibOutputStream::Init(int level, int flags) +{ + m_deflate = NULL; + m_z_buffer = new unsigned char[ZSTREAM_BUFFER_SIZE]; + m_z_size = ZSTREAM_BUFFER_SIZE; + m_pos = 0; + + if ( level == -1 ) + { + level = Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION; + } + else + { + wxASSERT_MSG(level >= 0 && level <= 9, wxT("wxZlibOutputStream compression level must be between 0 and 9!")); + } + + // if gzip is asked for but not supported... + if (flags == wxZLIB_GZIP && !CanHandleGZip()) { + wxLogError(_("Gzip not supported by this version of zlib")); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + return; + } + + if (m_z_buffer) { + m_deflate = new z_stream_s; + + if (m_deflate) { + memset(m_deflate, 0, sizeof(z_stream_s)); + m_deflate->next_out = m_z_buffer; + m_deflate->avail_out = m_z_size; + + // see zlib.h for documentation on windowBits + int windowBits = MAX_WBITS; + switch (flags) { + case wxZLIB_NO_HEADER: windowBits = -MAX_WBITS; break; + case wxZLIB_ZLIB: windowBits = MAX_WBITS; break; + case wxZLIB_GZIP: windowBits = MAX_WBITS | ZSTREAM_GZIP; break; + default: wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Invalid zlib flag")); + } + + if (deflateInit2(m_deflate, level, Z_DEFLATED, windowBits, + 8, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY) == Z_OK) + return; + } + } + + wxLogError(_("Can't initialize zlib deflate stream.")); + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; +} + +bool wxZlibOutputStream::Close() + { + DoFlush(true); + deflateEnd(m_deflate); + wxDELETE(m_deflate); + wxDELETEA(m_z_buffer); + + return wxFilterOutputStream::Close() && IsOk(); + } + +void wxZlibOutputStream::DoFlush(bool final) +{ + if (!m_deflate || !m_z_buffer) + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + if (!IsOk()) + return; + + int err = Z_OK; + bool done = false; + + while (err == Z_OK || err == Z_STREAM_END) { + size_t len = m_z_size - m_deflate->avail_out; + if (len) { + if (m_parent_o_stream->Write(m_z_buffer, len).LastWrite() != len) { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + wxLogDebug(wxT("wxZlibOutputStream: Error writing to underlying stream")); + break; + } + m_deflate->next_out = m_z_buffer; + m_deflate->avail_out = m_z_size; + } + + if (done) + break; + err = deflate(m_deflate, final ? Z_FINISH : Z_FULL_FLUSH); + done = m_deflate->avail_out != 0 || err == Z_STREAM_END; + } +} + +size_t wxZlibOutputStream::OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_deflate && m_z_buffer, wxT("Deflate stream not open")); + + if (!m_deflate || !m_z_buffer) + { + // notice that this will make IsOk() test just below return false + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + } + + if (!IsOk() || !size) + return 0; + + int err = Z_OK; + m_deflate->next_in = (unsigned char *)buffer; + m_deflate->avail_in = size; + + while (err == Z_OK && m_deflate->avail_in > 0) { + if (m_deflate->avail_out == 0) { + m_parent_o_stream->Write(m_z_buffer, m_z_size); + if (m_parent_o_stream->LastWrite() != m_z_size) { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + wxLogDebug(wxT("wxZlibOutputStream: Error writing to underlying stream")); + break; + } + + m_deflate->next_out = m_z_buffer; + m_deflate->avail_out = m_z_size; + } + + err = deflate(m_deflate, Z_NO_FLUSH); + } + + if (err != Z_OK) { + m_lasterror = wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR; + wxString msg(m_deflate->msg, *wxConvCurrent); + if (!msg) + msg = wxString::Format(_("zlib error %d"), err); + wxLogError(_("Can't write to deflate stream: %s"), msg.c_str()); + } + + size -= m_deflate->avail_in; + m_pos += size; + return size; +} + +/* static */ bool wxZlibOutputStream::CanHandleGZip() +{ + return wxZlibInputStream::CanHandleGZip(); +} + +bool wxZlibOutputStream::SetDictionary(const char *data, const size_t datalen) +{ + return (deflateSetDictionary(m_deflate, (Bytef*)data, datalen) == Z_OK); +} + +bool wxZlibOutputStream::SetDictionary(const wxMemoryBuffer &buf) +{ + return SetDictionary((char*)buf.GetData(), buf.GetDataLen()); +} + +#endif + // wxUSE_ZLIB && wxUSE_STREAMS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/aboutdlgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/aboutdlgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01d6dca7af --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/aboutdlgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,295 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/aboutdlgg.cpp +// Purpose: implements wxGenericAboutBox() function +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2006-10-08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: aboutdlgg.cpp 61534 2009-07-25 22:53:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ABOUTDLG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/statbmp.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/button.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/aboutdlg.h" +#include "wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h" + +#include "wx/hyperlink.h" +#include "wx/collpane.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// helper function: returns all array elements in a single comma-separated and +// newline-terminated string +static wxString AllAsString(const wxArrayString& a) +{ + wxString s; + const size_t count = a.size(); + s.reserve(20*count); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + s << a[n] << (n == count - 1 ? wxT("\n") : wxT(", ")); + } + + return s; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAboutDialogInfo +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxAboutDialogInfo::GetDescriptionAndCredits() const +{ + wxString s = GetDescription(); + if ( !s.empty() ) + s << wxT('\n'); + + if ( HasDevelopers() ) + s << wxT('\n') << _("Developed by ") << AllAsString(GetDevelopers()); + + if ( HasDocWriters() ) + s << wxT('\n') << _("Documentation by ") << AllAsString(GetDocWriters()); + + if ( HasArtists() ) + s << wxT('\n') << _("Graphics art by ") << AllAsString(GetArtists()); + + if ( HasTranslators() ) + s << wxT('\n') << _("Translations by ") << AllAsString(GetTranslators()); + + return s; +} + +wxIcon wxAboutDialogInfo::GetIcon() const +{ + wxIcon icon = m_icon; + if ( !icon.Ok() && wxTheApp ) + { + const wxTopLevelWindow * const + tlw = wxDynamicCast(wxTheApp->GetTopWindow(), wxTopLevelWindow); + if ( tlw ) + icon = tlw->GetIcon(); + } + + return icon; +} + +wxString wxAboutDialogInfo::GetCopyrightToDisplay() const +{ + wxString ret = m_copyright; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + const wxString copyrightSign = wxString::FromUTF8("\xc2\xa9"); + ret.Replace("(c)", copyrightSign); + ret.Replace("(C)", copyrightSign); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + return ret; +} + +void wxAboutDialogInfo::SetVersion(const wxString& version, + const wxString& longVersion) +{ + if ( version.empty() ) + { + m_version.clear(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( longVersion.empty(), + "long version should be empty if version is"); + + m_longVersion.clear(); + } + else // setting valid version + { + m_version = version; + + if ( longVersion.empty() ) + m_longVersion = _("Version ") + m_version; + else + m_longVersion = longVersion; + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericAboutDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGenericAboutDialog::Create(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info, wxWindow* parent) +{ + if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, _("About ") + info.GetName(), + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE) ) + return false; + + m_sizerText = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + wxString nameAndVersion = info.GetName(); + if ( info.HasVersion() ) + nameAndVersion << wxT(' ') << info.GetVersion(); + wxStaticText *label = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, nameAndVersion); + wxFont fontBig(*wxNORMAL_FONT); + fontBig.SetPointSize(fontBig.GetPointSize() + 2); + fontBig.SetWeight(wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD); + label->SetFont(fontBig); + + m_sizerText->Add(label, wxSizerFlags().Centre().Border()); + m_sizerText->AddSpacer(5); + + AddText(info.GetCopyrightToDisplay()); + AddText(info.GetDescription()); + + if ( info.HasWebSite() ) + { +#if wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL + AddControl(new wxHyperlinkCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, + info.GetWebSiteDescription(), + info.GetWebSiteURL())); +#else + AddText(info.GetWebSiteURL()); +#endif // wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL/!wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL + } + +#if wxUSE_COLLPANE + if ( info.HasLicence() ) + AddCollapsiblePane(_("License"), info.GetLicence()); + + if ( info.HasDevelopers() ) + AddCollapsiblePane(_("Developers"), + AllAsString(info.GetDevelopers())); + + if ( info.HasDocWriters() ) + AddCollapsiblePane(_("Documentation writers"), + AllAsString(info.GetDocWriters())); + + if ( info.HasArtists() ) + AddCollapsiblePane(_("Artists"), + AllAsString(info.GetArtists())); + + if ( info.HasTranslators() ) + AddCollapsiblePane(_("Translators"), + AllAsString(info.GetTranslators())); +#endif // wxUSE_COLLPANE + + DoAddCustomControls(); + + + wxSizer *sizerIconAndText = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); +#if wxUSE_STATBMP + wxIcon icon = info.GetIcon(); + if ( icon.Ok() ) + { + sizerIconAndText->Add(new wxStaticBitmap(this, wxID_ANY, icon), + wxSizerFlags().Border(wxRIGHT)); + } +#endif // wxUSE_STATBMP + sizerIconAndText->Add(m_sizerText, wxSizerFlags(1).Expand()); + + wxSizer *sizerTop = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + sizerTop->Add(sizerIconAndText, wxSizerFlags(1).Expand().Border()); + +// Mac typically doesn't use OK buttons just for dismissing dialogs. +#if !defined(__WXMAC__) + wxSizer *sizerBtns = CreateButtonSizer(wxOK); + if ( sizerBtns ) + { + sizerTop->Add(sizerBtns, wxSizerFlags().Expand().Border()); + } +#endif + + SetSizerAndFit(sizerTop); + + CentreOnParent(); + + return true; +} + +void wxGenericAboutDialog::AddControl(wxWindow *win, const wxSizerFlags& flags) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_sizerText, wxT("can only be called after Create()") ); + wxASSERT_MSG( win, wxT("can't add NULL window to about dialog") ); + + m_sizerText->Add(win, flags); +} + +void wxGenericAboutDialog::AddControl(wxWindow *win) +{ + AddControl(win, wxSizerFlags().Border(wxDOWN).Centre()); +} + +void wxGenericAboutDialog::AddText(const wxString& text) +{ + if ( !text.empty() ) + AddControl(new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, text)); +} + +void wxGenericAboutDialog::AddCollapsiblePane(const wxString& title, + const wxString& text) +{ + wxCollapsiblePane *pane = new wxCollapsiblePane(this, wxID_ANY, title); + wxWindow * const paneContents = pane->GetPane(); + wxStaticText *txt = new wxStaticText(paneContents, wxID_ANY, text, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxALIGN_CENTRE); + + // don't make the text unreasonably wide + static const int maxWidth = wxGetDisplaySize().x/3; + txt->Wrap(maxWidth); + + + // we need a sizer to make this text expand to fill the entire pane area + wxSizer * const sizerPane = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + sizerPane->Add(txt, wxSizerFlags(1).Expand()); + paneContents->SetSizer(sizerPane); + + // NB: all the wxCollapsiblePanes must be added with a null proportion value + m_sizerText->Add(pane, wxSizerFlags(0).Expand().Border(wxBOTTOM)); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// public functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericAboutBox(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info, wxWindow* parent) +{ +#if !defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) + wxGenericAboutDialog dlg(info, parent); + dlg.ShowModal(); +#else + wxGenericAboutDialog* dlg = new wxGenericAboutDialog(info, parent); + dlg->Show(); +#endif +} + +// currently wxAboutBox is implemented natively only under these platforms, for +// the others we provide a generic fallback here +#if !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXGTK26__) + +void wxAboutBox(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info, wxWindow* parent) +{ + wxGenericAboutBox(info, parent); +} + +#endif // platforms without native about dialog + + +#endif // wxUSE_ABOUTDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/accel.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/accel.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..17daccf0a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/accel.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/accel.cpp +// Purpose: generic implementation of wxAcceleratorTable class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified: VZ pn 31.05.01: use typed lists, Unicode cleanup, Add/Remove +// Id: $Id: accel.cpp 63165 2010-01-18 00:28:11Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ACCEL + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/list.h" + #include "wx/event.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/accel.h" + +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAccelList: a list of wxAcceleratorEntries +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxAcceleratorEntry, wxAccelList); +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxAccelList) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAccelRefData: the data used by wxAcceleratorTable +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxAccelRefData : public wxObjectRefData +{ +public: + wxAccelRefData() + { + } + + wxAccelRefData(const wxAccelRefData& data) + : wxObjectRefData() + { + m_accels = data.m_accels; + } + + virtual ~wxAccelRefData() + { + WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxAccelList, m_accels); + } + + wxAccelList m_accels; +}; + +// macro which can be used to access wxAccelRefData from wxAcceleratorTable +#define M_ACCELDATA ((wxAccelRefData *)m_refData) + + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAcceleratorTable ctors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable, wxObject) + +wxAcceleratorTable::wxAcceleratorTable() +{ +} + +wxAcceleratorTable::wxAcceleratorTable(int n, const wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]) +{ + m_refData = new wxAccelRefData; + + for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) + { + const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry = entries[i]; + + int keycode = entry.GetKeyCode(); + if ( wxIsascii(keycode) ) + keycode = wxToupper(keycode); + + M_ACCELDATA->m_accels.Append(new wxAcceleratorEntry(entry.GetFlags(), + keycode, + entry.GetCommand())); + } +} + +wxAcceleratorTable::~wxAcceleratorTable() +{ +} + +bool wxAcceleratorTable::IsOk() const +{ + return m_refData != NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAcceleratorTable updating +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxAcceleratorTable::Add(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + if ( !m_refData ) + { + m_refData = new wxAccelRefData; + } + + M_ACCELDATA->m_accels.Append(new wxAcceleratorEntry(entry)); +} + +void wxAcceleratorTable::Remove(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + wxAccelList::compatibility_iterator node = M_ACCELDATA->m_accels.GetFirst(); + while ( node ) + { + const wxAcceleratorEntry *entryCur = node->GetData(); + + // given entry contains only the information of the accelerator key + // because it was set that way during creation so do not use the + // comparison operator which also checks the command field + if ((entryCur->GetKeyCode() == entry.GetKeyCode()) && + (entryCur->GetFlags() == entry.GetFlags())) + { + delete node->GetData(); + M_ACCELDATA->m_accels.Erase(node); + + return; + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("deleting inexistent accel from wxAcceleratorTable")); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAcceleratorTable: find a command for the given key press +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +const wxAcceleratorEntry * +wxAcceleratorTable::GetEntry(const wxKeyEvent& event) const +{ + if ( !Ok() ) + { + // not an error, the accel table is just empty + return NULL; + } + + wxAccelList::compatibility_iterator node = M_ACCELDATA->m_accels.GetFirst(); + while ( node ) + { + const wxAcceleratorEntry *entry = node->GetData(); + + // is the key the same? + if ( event.m_keyCode == entry->GetKeyCode() ) + { + int flags = entry->GetFlags(); + + // now check flags + if ( (((flags & wxACCEL_CTRL) != 0) == event.ControlDown()) && + (((flags & wxACCEL_SHIFT) != 0) == event.ShiftDown()) && + (((flags & wxACCEL_ALT) != 0) == event.AltDown()) ) + { + return entry; + } + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return NULL; +} + +wxMenuItem *wxAcceleratorTable::GetMenuItem(const wxKeyEvent& event) const +{ + const wxAcceleratorEntry *entry = GetEntry(event); + + return entry ? entry->GetMenuItem() : NULL; +} + +int wxAcceleratorTable::GetCommand(const wxKeyEvent& event) const +{ + const wxAcceleratorEntry *entry = GetEntry(event); + + return entry ? entry->GetCommand() : -1; +} + +wxObjectRefData *wxAcceleratorTable::CreateRefData() const +{ + return new wxAccelRefData; +} + +wxObjectRefData *wxAcceleratorTable::CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const +{ + return new wxAccelRefData(*(wxAccelRefData *)data); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/animateg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/animateg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..55ccde1778 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/animateg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,697 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/animateg.cpp +// Purpose: wxAnimation and wxAnimationCtrl +// Author: Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 13/8/99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: animateg.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif //__BORLANDC__ + +#if wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL + +#include "wx/animate.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/wfstream.h" +#include "wx/gifdecod.h" +#include "wx/anidecod.h" + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxAnimationDecoderList) + +wxAnimationDecoderList wxAnimation::sm_handlers; + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimation, wxAnimationBase) +#define M_ANIMDATA static_cast(m_refData) + +wxSize wxAnimation::GetSize() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxDefaultSize, wxT("invalid animation") ); + + return M_ANIMDATA->GetAnimationSize(); +} + +unsigned int wxAnimation::GetFrameCount() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), 0, wxT("invalid animation") ); + + return M_ANIMDATA->GetFrameCount(); +} + +wxImage wxAnimation::GetFrame(unsigned int i) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxNullImage, wxT("invalid animation") ); + + wxImage ret; + if (!M_ANIMDATA->ConvertToImage(i, &ret)) + return wxNullImage; + return ret; +} + +int wxAnimation::GetDelay(unsigned int i) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), 0, wxT("invalid animation") ); + + return M_ANIMDATA->GetDelay(i); +} + +wxPoint wxAnimation::GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxDefaultPosition, wxT("invalid animation") ); + + return M_ANIMDATA->GetFramePosition(frame); +} + +wxSize wxAnimation::GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxDefaultSize, wxT("invalid animation") ); + + return M_ANIMDATA->GetFrameSize(frame); +} + +wxAnimationDisposal wxAnimation::GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxANIM_UNSPECIFIED, wxT("invalid animation") ); + + return M_ANIMDATA->GetDisposalMethod(frame); +} + +wxColour wxAnimation::GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxNullColour, wxT("invalid animation") ); + + return M_ANIMDATA->GetTransparentColour(frame); +} + +wxColour wxAnimation::GetBackgroundColour() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxNullColour, wxT("invalid animation") ); + + return M_ANIMDATA->GetBackgroundColour(); +} + +bool wxAnimation::LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxAnimationType type) +{ + wxFileInputStream stream(filename); + if ( !stream.IsOk() ) + return false; + + return Load(stream, type); +} + +bool wxAnimation::Load(wxInputStream &stream, wxAnimationType type) +{ + UnRef(); + + const wxAnimationDecoder *handler; + if ( type == wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY ) + { + for ( wxAnimationDecoderList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst(); + node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + handler=(const wxAnimationDecoder*)node->GetData(); + + if ( handler->CanRead(stream) ) + { + // do a copy of the handler from the static list which we will own + // as our reference data + m_refData = handler->Clone(); + return M_ANIMDATA->Load(stream); + } + } + + wxLogWarning( _("No handler found for animation type.") ); + return false; + } + + handler = FindHandler(type); + + if (handler == NULL) + { + wxLogWarning( _("No animation handler for type %ld defined."), type ); + + return false; + } + + + // do a copy of the handler from the static list which we will own + // as our reference data + m_refData = handler->Clone(); + + if (stream.IsSeekable() && !M_ANIMDATA->CanRead(stream)) + { + wxLogError(_("Animation file is not of type %ld."), type); + return false; + } + else + return M_ANIMDATA->Load(stream); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// animation decoders +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxAnimation::AddHandler( wxAnimationDecoder *handler ) +{ + // Check for an existing handler of the type being added. + if (FindHandler( handler->GetType() ) == 0) + { + sm_handlers.Append( handler ); + } + else + { + // This is not documented behaviour, merely the simplest 'fix' + // for preventing duplicate additions. If someone ever has + // a good reason to add and remove duplicate handlers (and they + // may) we should probably refcount the duplicates. + + wxLogDebug( wxT("Adding duplicate animation handler for '%d' type"), + handler->GetType() ); + delete handler; + } +} + +void wxAnimation::InsertHandler( wxAnimationDecoder *handler ) +{ + // Check for an existing handler of the type being added. + if (FindHandler( handler->GetType() ) == 0) + { + sm_handlers.Insert( handler ); + } + else + { + // see AddHandler for additional comments. + wxLogDebug( wxT("Inserting duplicate animation handler for '%d' type"), + handler->GetType() ); + delete handler; + } +} + +const wxAnimationDecoder *wxAnimation::FindHandler( wxAnimationType animType ) +{ + wxAnimationDecoderList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + const wxAnimationDecoder *handler = (const wxAnimationDecoder *)node->GetData(); + if (handler->GetType() == animType) return handler; + node = node->GetNext(); + } + return 0; +} + +void wxAnimation::InitStandardHandlers() +{ +#if wxUSE_GIF + AddHandler(new wxGIFDecoder); +#endif // wxUSE_GIF +#if wxUSE_ICO_CUR + AddHandler(new wxANIDecoder); +#endif // wxUSE_ICO_CUR +} + +void wxAnimation::CleanUpHandlers() +{ + wxAnimationDecoderList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxAnimationDecoder *handler = (wxAnimationDecoder *)node->GetData(); + wxAnimationDecoderList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext(); + delete handler; + node = next; + } + + sm_handlers.Clear(); +} + + +// A module to allow wxAnimation initialization/cleanup +// without calling these functions from app.cpp or from +// the user's application. + +class wxAnimationModule: public wxModule +{ +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimationModule) +public: + wxAnimationModule() {} + bool OnInit() { wxAnimation::InitStandardHandlers(); return true; } + void OnExit() { wxAnimation::CleanUpHandlers(); } +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimationModule, wxModule) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimationCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxAnimationCtrl, wxAnimationCtrlBase) +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxAnimationCtrl, wxAnimationCtrlBase) + EVT_PAINT(wxAnimationCtrl::OnPaint) + EVT_SIZE(wxAnimationCtrl::OnSize) + EVT_TIMER(wxID_ANY, wxAnimationCtrl::OnTimer) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxAnimationCtrl::Init() +{ + m_currentFrame = 0; + m_looped = false; + m_isPlaying = false; + + // use the window background colour by default to be consistent + // with the GTK+ native version + m_useWinBackgroundColour = true; +} + +bool wxAnimationCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxAnimation& animation, const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, long style, const wxString& name) +{ + m_timer.SetOwner(this); + + if (!base_type::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name)) + return false; + + // by default we get the same background colour of our parent + SetBackgroundColour(parent->GetBackgroundColour()); + + SetAnimation(animation); + + return true; +} + +wxAnimationCtrl::~wxAnimationCtrl() +{ + Stop(); +} + +bool wxAnimationCtrl::LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxAnimationType type) +{ + wxFileInputStream fis(filename); + if (!fis.Ok()) + return false; + return Load(fis, type); +} + +bool wxAnimationCtrl::Load(wxInputStream& stream, wxAnimationType type) +{ + wxAnimation anim; + if ( !anim.Load(stream, type) || !anim.IsOk() ) + return false; + + SetAnimation(anim); + return true; +} + +wxSize wxAnimationCtrl::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + if (m_animation.IsOk() && !this->HasFlag(wxAC_NO_AUTORESIZE)) + return m_animation.GetSize(); + + return wxSize(100, 100); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::SetAnimation(const wxAnimation& animation) +{ + if (IsPlaying()) + Stop(); + + // set new animation even if it's wxNullAnimation + m_animation = animation; + if (!m_animation.IsOk()) + { + DisplayStaticImage(); + return; + } + + if (m_animation.GetBackgroundColour() == wxNullColour) + SetUseWindowBackgroundColour(); + if (!this->HasFlag(wxAC_NO_AUTORESIZE)) + FitToAnimation(); + + DisplayStaticImage(); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::SetInactiveBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp) +{ + // if the bitmap has an associated mask, we need to set our background to + // the colour of our parent otherwise when calling DrawCurrentFrame() + // (which uses the bitmap's mask), our background colour would be used for + // transparent areas - and that's not what we want (at least for + // consistency with the GTK version) + if ( bmp.GetMask() != NULL && GetParent() != NULL ) + SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour()); + + wxAnimationCtrlBase::SetInactiveBitmap(bmp); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::FitToAnimation() +{ + SetSize(m_animation.GetSize()); +} + +bool wxAnimationCtrl::SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) +{ + if ( !wxWindow::SetBackgroundColour(colour) ) + return false; + + // if not playing, then this change must be seen immediately (unless + // there's an inactive bitmap set which has higher priority than bg colour) + if ( !IsPlaying() ) + DisplayStaticImage(); + + return true; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimationCtrl - stop/play methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxAnimationCtrl::Stop() +{ + m_timer.Stop(); + m_isPlaying = false; + + // reset frame counter + m_currentFrame = 0; + + DisplayStaticImage(); +} + +bool wxAnimationCtrl::Play(bool looped) +{ + if (!m_animation.IsOk()) + return false; + + m_looped = looped; + m_currentFrame = 0; + + if (!RebuildBackingStoreUpToFrame(0)) + return false; + + m_isPlaying = true; + + // do a ClearBackground() to avoid that e.g. the custom static bitmap which + // was eventually shown previously remains partially drawn + ClearBackground(); + + // DrawCurrentFrame() will use our updated backing store + wxClientDC clientDC(this); + DrawCurrentFrame(clientDC); + + // start the timer + int delay = m_animation.GetDelay(0); + if (delay == 0) + delay = 1; // 0 is invalid timeout for wxTimer. + m_timer.Start(delay, true); + + return true; +} + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimationCtrl - rendering methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxAnimationCtrl::RebuildBackingStoreUpToFrame(unsigned int frame) +{ + // if we've not created the backing store yet or it's too + // small, then recreate it + wxSize sz = m_animation.GetSize(), + winsz = GetClientSize(); + int w = wxMin(sz.GetWidth(), winsz.GetWidth()); + int h = wxMin(sz.GetHeight(), winsz.GetHeight()); + + if ( !m_backingStore.IsOk() || + m_backingStore.GetWidth() < w || m_backingStore.GetHeight() < h ) + { + if (!m_backingStore.Create(w, h)) + return false; + } + + wxMemoryDC dc; + dc.SelectObject(m_backingStore); + + // Draw the background + DisposeToBackground(dc); + + // Draw all intermediate frames that haven't been removed from the animation + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < frame; i++) + { + if (m_animation.GetDisposalMethod(i) == wxANIM_DONOTREMOVE || + m_animation.GetDisposalMethod(i) == wxANIM_UNSPECIFIED) + { + DrawFrame(dc, i); + } + else if (m_animation.GetDisposalMethod(i) == wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND) + DisposeToBackground(dc, m_animation.GetFramePosition(i), + m_animation.GetFrameSize(i)); + } + + // finally draw this frame + DrawFrame(dc, frame); + dc.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + + return true; +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::IncrementalUpdateBackingStore() +{ + wxMemoryDC dc; + dc.SelectObject(m_backingStore); + + // OPTIMIZATION: + // since wxAnimationCtrl can only play animations forward, without skipping + // frames, we can be sure that m_backingStore contains the m_currentFrame-1 + // frame and thus we just need to dispose the m_currentFrame-1 frame and + // render the m_currentFrame-th one. + + if (m_currentFrame == 0) + { + // before drawing the first frame always dispose to bg colour + DisposeToBackground(dc); + } + else + { + switch (m_animation.GetDisposalMethod(m_currentFrame-1)) + { + case wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND: + DisposeToBackground(dc, m_animation.GetFramePosition(m_currentFrame-1), + m_animation.GetFrameSize(m_currentFrame-1)); + break; + + case wxANIM_TOPREVIOUS: + // this disposal should never be used too often. + // E.g. GIF specification explicitely say to keep the usage of this + // disposal limited to the minimum. + // In fact it may require a lot of time to restore + if (m_currentFrame == 1) + { + // if 0-th frame disposal is to restore to previous frame, + // the best we can do is to restore to background + DisposeToBackground(dc); + } + else + if (!RebuildBackingStoreUpToFrame(m_currentFrame-2)) + Stop(); + break; + + case wxANIM_DONOTREMOVE: + case wxANIM_UNSPECIFIED: + break; + } + } + + // now just draw the current frame on the top of the backing store + DrawFrame(dc, m_currentFrame); + dc.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::DisplayStaticImage() +{ + wxASSERT(!IsPlaying()); + + // m_bmpStaticReal will be updated only if necessary... + UpdateStaticImage(); + + if (m_bmpStaticReal.IsOk()) + { + // copy the inactive bitmap in the backing store + // eventually using the mask if the static bitmap has one + if ( m_bmpStaticReal.GetMask() ) + { + wxMemoryDC temp; + temp.SelectObject(m_backingStore); + DisposeToBackground(temp); + temp.DrawBitmap(m_bmpStaticReal, 0, 0, true /* use mask */); + } + else + m_backingStore = m_bmpStaticReal; + } + else + { + // put in the backing store the first frame of the animation + if (!m_animation.IsOk() || + !RebuildBackingStoreUpToFrame(0)) + { + m_animation = wxNullAnimation; + DisposeToBackground(); + } + } + + Refresh(); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::DrawFrame(wxDC &dc, unsigned int frame) +{ + // PERFORMANCE NOTE: + // this draw stuff is not as fast as possible: the wxAnimationDecoder + // needs first to convert from its internal format to wxImage RGB24; + // the wxImage is then converted as a wxBitmap and finally blitted. + // If wxAnimationDecoder had a function to convert directly from its + // internal format to a port-specific wxBitmap, it would be somewhat faster. + wxBitmap bmp(m_animation.GetFrame(frame)); + dc.DrawBitmap(bmp, m_animation.GetFramePosition(frame), + true /* use mask */); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::DrawCurrentFrame(wxDC& dc) +{ + wxASSERT( m_backingStore.IsOk() ); + + // m_backingStore always contains the current frame + dc.DrawBitmap(m_backingStore, 0, 0, true /* use mask in case it's present */); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::DisposeToBackground() +{ + // clear the backing store + wxMemoryDC dc; + dc.SelectObject(m_backingStore); + if ( dc.IsOk() ) + DisposeToBackground(dc); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::DisposeToBackground(wxDC& dc) +{ + wxColour col = IsUsingWindowBackgroundColour() + ? GetBackgroundColour() + : m_animation.GetBackgroundColour(); + + wxBrush brush(col); + dc.SetBackground(brush); + dc.Clear(); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::DisposeToBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &sz) +{ + wxColour col = IsUsingWindowBackgroundColour() + ? GetBackgroundColour() + : m_animation.GetBackgroundColour(); + wxBrush brush(col); + dc.SetBrush(brush); // SetBrush and not SetBackground !! + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + dc.DrawRectangle(pos, sz); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimationCtrl - event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxAnimationCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // VERY IMPORTANT: the wxPaintDC *must* be created in any case + wxPaintDC dc(this); + + if ( m_backingStore.IsOk() ) + { + // NOTE: we draw the bitmap explicitely ignoring the mask (if any); + // i.e. we don't want to combine the backing store with the + // possibly wrong preexisting contents of the window! + dc.DrawBitmap(m_backingStore, 0, 0, false /* no mask */); + } + else + { + // m_animation is not valid and thus we don't have a valid backing store... + // clear then our area to the background colour + DisposeToBackground(dc); + } +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::OnTimer(wxTimerEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + m_currentFrame++; + if (m_currentFrame == m_animation.GetFrameCount()) + { + // Should a non-looped animation display the last frame? + if (!m_looped) + { + Stop(); + return; + } + else + m_currentFrame = 0; // let's restart + } + + IncrementalUpdateBackingStore(); + + wxClientDC dc(this); + DrawCurrentFrame(dc); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // without this, the animation currently doesn't redraw under Mac + Refresh(); +#endif // __WXMAC__ + + // Set the timer for the next frame + int delay = m_animation.GetDelay(m_currentFrame); + if (delay == 0) + delay = 1; // 0 is invalid timeout for wxTimer. + m_timer.Start(delay, true); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::OnSize(wxSizeEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // NB: resizing an animation control may take a lot of time + // for big animations as the backing store must be + // extended and rebuilt. Try to avoid it e.g. using + // a null proportion value for your wxAnimationCtrls + // when using them inside sizers. + if (m_animation.IsOk()) + { + // be careful to change the backing store *only* if we are + // playing the animation as otherwise we may be displaying + // the inactive bitmap and overwriting the backing store + // with the last played frame is wrong in this case + if (IsPlaying()) + { + if (!RebuildBackingStoreUpToFrame(m_currentFrame)) + Stop(); // in case we are playing + } + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/bmpcboxg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/bmpcboxg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d83049a1b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/bmpcboxg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,359 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/bmpcboxg.cpp +// Purpose: wxBitmapComboBox +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Modified by: +// Created: Aug-31-2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpcboxg.cpp 66387 2010-12-16 18:08:16Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX + +#include "wx/bmpcbox.h" + +#if defined(wxGENERIC_BITMAPCOMBOBOX) + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/odcombo.h" +#include "wx/settings.h" +#include "wx/dc.h" + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif + + +#define IMAGE_SPACING_CTRL_VERTICAL 7 // Spacing used in control size calculation + + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxBitmapComboBox, wxOwnerDrawnComboBox) + EVT_SIZE(wxBitmapComboBox::OnSize) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapComboBox, wxOwnerDrawnComboBox) + +void wxBitmapComboBox::Init() +{ + m_inResize = false; +} + +wxBitmapComboBox::wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) + : wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(), + wxBitmapComboBoxBase() +{ + Init(); + + Create(parent,id,value,pos,size,choices,style,validator,name); +} + +bool wxBitmapComboBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Create(parent, id, value, + pos, size, + choices, style, + validator, name) ) + { + return false; + } + + UpdateInternals(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxBitmapComboBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int n, + const wxString choices[], + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Create(parent, id, value, + pos, size, n, + choices, style, + validator, name) ) + { + return false; + } + + UpdateInternals(); + + return true; +} + +wxBitmapComboBox::~wxBitmapComboBox() +{ + DoClear(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Item manipulation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxBitmapComboBox::SetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + OnAddBitmap(bitmap); + DoSetItemBitmap(n, bitmap); + + if ( (int)n == GetSelection() ) + Refresh(); +} + +int wxBitmapComboBox::DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter & items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type) +{ + const unsigned int numItems = items.GetCount(); + const unsigned int countNew = GetCount() + numItems; + + wxASSERT( numItems == 1 || !HasFlag(wxCB_SORT) ); // Sanity check + + m_bitmaps.Alloc(countNew); + + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < numItems; i++ ) + { + m_bitmaps.Insert(new wxBitmap(wxNullBitmap), pos + i); + } + + const int index = wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::DoInsertItems(items, pos, + clientData, type); + + if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + for ( int i = numItems-1; i >= 0; i-- ) + BCBDoDeleteOneItem(pos + i); + } + else if ( ((unsigned int)index) != pos ) + { + // Move pre-inserted empty bitmap into correct position + // (usually happens when combo box has wxCB_SORT style) + wxBitmap* bmp = static_cast(m_bitmaps[pos]); + m_bitmaps.RemoveAt(pos); + m_bitmaps.Insert(bmp, index); + } + + return index; +} + +int wxBitmapComboBox::Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + const int n = wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Append(item); + if(n != wxNOT_FOUND) + SetItemBitmap(n, bitmap); + return n; +} + +int wxBitmapComboBox::Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + void *clientData) +{ + const int n = wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Append(item, clientData); + if(n != wxNOT_FOUND) + SetItemBitmap(n, bitmap); + return n; +} + +int wxBitmapComboBox::Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + wxClientData *clientData) +{ + const int n = wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Append(item, clientData); + if(n != wxNOT_FOUND) + SetItemBitmap(n, bitmap); + return n; +} + +int wxBitmapComboBox::Insert(const wxString& item, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + unsigned int pos) +{ + const int n = wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Insert(item, pos); + if(n != wxNOT_FOUND) + SetItemBitmap(n, bitmap); + return n; +} + +int wxBitmapComboBox::Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + unsigned int pos, void *clientData) +{ + const int n = wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Insert(item, pos, clientData); + if(n != wxNOT_FOUND) + SetItemBitmap(n, bitmap); + return n; +} + +int wxBitmapComboBox::Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + unsigned int pos, wxClientData *clientData) +{ + const int n = wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Insert(item, pos, clientData); + if(n != wxNOT_FOUND) + SetItemBitmap(n, bitmap); + return n; +} + +void wxBitmapComboBox::DoClear() +{ + wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::DoClear(); + wxBitmapComboBoxBase::BCBDoClear(); +} + +void wxBitmapComboBox::DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n) +{ + wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::DoDeleteOneItem(n); + wxBitmapComboBoxBase::BCBDoDeleteOneItem(n); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapComboBox event handlers and such +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxBitmapComboBox::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) +{ + // Prevent infinite looping + if ( !m_inResize ) + { + m_inResize = true; + DetermineIndent(); + m_inResize = false; + } + + event.Skip(); +} + +wxSize wxBitmapComboBox::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxSize sz = wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::DoGetBestSize(); + + if ( HasFlag(wxCB_READONLY) ) + { + // Scale control to match height of highest image. + int h2 = m_usedImgSize.y + IMAGE_SPACING_CTRL_VERTICAL; + + if ( h2 > sz.y ) + sz.y = h2; + + CacheBestSize(sz); + } + + return sz; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapComboBox miscellaneous +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxBitmapComboBox::SetFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + bool res = wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::SetFont(font); + UpdateInternals(); + return res; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapComboBox item drawing and measuring +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxBitmapComboBox::OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int item, + int flags) const +{ + if ( GetCustomPaintWidth() == 0 || + !(flags & wxODCB_PAINTING_SELECTED) || + item < 0 || + ( (flags & wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL) && (GetInternalFlags() & wxCC_FULL_BUTTON)) ) + { + wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::OnDrawBackground(dc, rect, item, flags); + return; + } + + wxBitmapComboBoxBase::DrawBackground(dc, rect, item, flags); +} + +void wxBitmapComboBox::OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int item, + int flags) const +{ + wxString text; + int imgAreaWidth = m_imgAreaWidth; + + if ( imgAreaWidth == 0 ) + { + wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::OnDrawItem(dc, rect, item, flags); + return; + } + + if ( flags & wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL ) + { + text = GetValue(); + if ( !HasFlag(wxCB_READONLY) ) + text.clear(); + } + else + { + text = GetString(item); + } + + wxBitmapComboBoxBase::DrawItem(dc, rect, item, text, flags); +} + +wxCoord wxBitmapComboBox::OnMeasureItem(size_t item) const +{ + return wxBitmapComboBoxBase::MeasureItem(item); +} + +wxCoord wxBitmapComboBox::OnMeasureItemWidth(size_t item) const +{ + wxCoord x, y; + GetTextExtent(GetString(item), &x, &y, 0, 0); + x += m_imgAreaWidth; + return x; +} + +#endif // defined(wxGENERIC_BITMAPCOMBOBOX) + +#endif // wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/busyinfo.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/busyinfo.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..27dd988897 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/busyinfo.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/busyinfo.cpp +// Purpose: Information window when app is busy +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: busyinfo.cpp 59401 2009-03-07 12:11:17Z RR $ +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_BUSYINFO + +// for all others, include the necessary headers +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/frame.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/panel.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/busyinfo.h" +#include "wx/generic/stattextg.h" + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxInfoFrame : public wxFrame +{ +public: + wxInfoFrame(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message); + +private: + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxInfoFrame); +}; + + +wxInfoFrame::wxInfoFrame(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message) + : wxFrame(parent, wxID_ANY, wxT("Busy"), + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, +#if defined(__WXX11__) + wxRESIZE_BORDER +#else + wxSIMPLE_BORDER +#endif + | wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW | wxSTAY_ON_TOP) +{ + wxPanel *panel = new wxPanel( this ); +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + wxGenericStaticText *text = new wxGenericStaticText(panel, wxID_ANY, message); +#else + wxStaticText *text = new wxStaticText(panel, wxID_ANY, message); +#endif + + panel->SetCursor(*wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR); + text->SetCursor(*wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR); + + // make the frame of at least the standard size (400*80) but big enough + // for the text we show + wxSize sizeText = text->GetBestSize(); +#ifdef __WXPM__ + int nX = 0; + int nY = 0; + int nWidth = 0; + int nHeight = 0; + int nParentHeight = parent->GetClientSize().y; + int nParentWidth = parent->GetClientSize().x; + int nColor; + + SetBackgroundColour(wxT("WHITE")); + nColor = (LONG)GetBackgroundColour().GetPixel(); + + ::WinSetPresParam( GetHwnd() + ,PP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR + ,sizeof(LONG) + ,(PVOID)&nColor + ); + panel->SetBackgroundColour(wxT("WHITE")); + nColor = (LONG)panel->GetBackgroundColour().GetPixel(); + + ::WinSetPresParam( GetHwndOf(panel) + ,PP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR + ,sizeof(LONG) + ,(PVOID)&nColor + ); + nWidth = wxMax(sizeText.x, 340) + 60; + nHeight = wxMax(sizeText.y, 40) + 40; + nX = (nParentWidth - nWidth) / 2; + nY = (nParentHeight / 2) - (nHeight / 2); + nY = nParentHeight - (nY + nHeight); + ::WinSetWindowPos( m_hFrame + ,HWND_TOP + ,nX + ,nY + ,nWidth + ,nHeight + ,SWP_SIZE | SWP_MOVE | SWP_ACTIVATE + ); + text->SetBackgroundColour(wxT("WHITE")); + nColor = (LONG)text->GetBackgroundColour().GetPixel(); + + ::WinSetPresParam( GetHwndOf(text) + ,PP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR + ,sizeof(LONG) + ,(PVOID)&nColor + ); + text->Center(wxBOTH); +#else + SetClientSize(wxMax(sizeText.x, 340) + 60, wxMax(sizeText.y, 40) + 40); + + // need to size the panel correctly first so that text->Centre() works + panel->SetSize(GetClientSize()); + + text->Centre(wxBOTH); + Centre(wxBOTH); +#endif +} + +wxBusyInfo::wxBusyInfo(const wxString& message, wxWindow *parent) +{ + m_InfoFrame = new wxInfoFrame(parent, message); + m_InfoFrame->Show(true); + m_InfoFrame->Refresh(); + m_InfoFrame->Update(); +} + +wxBusyInfo::~wxBusyInfo() +{ + m_InfoFrame->Show(false); + m_InfoFrame->Close(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BUSYINFO diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/buttonbar.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/buttonbar.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1f7d2e03b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/buttonbar.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,558 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/buttonbar.cpp +// Purpose: wxButtonToolBar implementation +// Author: Julian Smart, after Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin, SciTech +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-04-13 +// Id: $Id: buttonbar.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin, +// SciTech Software, Inc. +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +// Currently, only for Mac as a toolbar replacement. +#if defined(__WXMAC__) && wxUSE_TOOLBAR && wxUSE_BMPBUTTON + +#include "wx/generic/buttonbar.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/frame.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxButtonToolBarTool: our implementation of wxToolBarToolBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxButtonToolBarTool : public wxToolBarToolBase +{ +public: + wxButtonToolBarTool(wxButtonToolBar *tbar, + int id, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bmpNormal, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + wxItemKind kind, + wxObject *clientData, + const wxString& shortHelp, + const wxString& longHelp) + : wxToolBarToolBase(tbar, id, label, bmpNormal, bmpDisabled, kind, + clientData, shortHelp, longHelp) + { + m_x = m_y = wxDefaultCoord; + m_width = + m_height = 0; + + m_button = NULL; + } + + wxButtonToolBarTool(wxButtonToolBar *tbar, + wxControl *control, + const wxString& label) + : wxToolBarToolBase(tbar, control, label) + { + m_x = m_y = wxDefaultCoord; + m_width = + m_height = 0; + m_button = NULL; + } + + wxBitmapButton* GetButton() const { return m_button; } + void SetButton(wxBitmapButton* button) { m_button = button; } + +public: + // the tool position (for controls) + wxCoord m_x; + wxCoord m_y; + wxCoord m_width; + wxCoord m_height; + +private: + // the control representing the button + wxBitmapButton* m_button; +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxButtonToolBar implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButtonToolBar, wxControl) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxButtonToolBar, wxControl) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_ANY, wxButtonToolBar::OnCommand) + EVT_PAINT(wxButtonToolBar::OnPaint) + EVT_LEFT_UP(wxButtonToolBar::OnLeftUp) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxButtonToolBar creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxButtonToolBar::Init() +{ + // no tools yet + m_needsLayout = false; + + // unknown widths for the tools and separators + m_widthSeparator = wxDefaultCoord; + + m_maxWidth = m_maxHeight = 0; + + m_labelMargin = 2; + m_labelHeight = 0; + + SetMargins(8, 2); + SetToolPacking(8); +} + +bool wxButtonToolBar::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !wxToolBarBase::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, + wxDefaultValidator, name) ) + { + return false; + } + + // wxColour lightBackground(244, 244, 244); + + wxFont font(wxSMALL_FONT->GetPointSize(), wxNORMAL_FONT->GetFamily(), wxNORMAL_FONT->GetStyle(), wxNORMAL); + SetFont(font); + + // Calculate the label height if necessary + if (GetWindowStyle() & wxTB_TEXT) + { + wxClientDC dc(this); + dc.SetFont(font); + int w, h; + dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("X"), & w, & h); + m_labelHeight = h; + } + return true; +} + +wxButtonToolBar::~wxButtonToolBar() +{ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxButtonToolBar tool-related methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxToolBarToolBase *wxButtonToolBar::FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const +{ + // check the "other" direction first: it must be inside the toolbar or we + // don't risk finding anything + if ( IsVertical() ) + { + if ( x < 0 || x > m_maxWidth ) + return NULL; + + // we always use x, even for a vertical toolbar, this makes the code + // below simpler + x = y; + } + else // horizontal + { + if ( y < 0 || y > m_maxHeight ) + return NULL; + } + + for ( wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node = m_tools.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxButtonToolBarTool *tool = (wxButtonToolBarTool*) node->GetData(); + wxRect rectTool = GetToolRect(tool); + + wxCoord startTool, endTool; + GetRectLimits(rectTool, &startTool, &endTool); + + if ( x >= startTool && x <= endTool ) + { + // don't return the separators from here, they don't accept any + // input anyhow + return tool->IsSeparator() ? NULL : tool; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +void wxButtonToolBar::GetRectLimits(const wxRect& rect, + wxCoord *start, + wxCoord *end) const +{ + wxCHECK_RET( start && end, wxT("NULL pointer in GetRectLimits") ); + + if ( IsVertical() ) + { + *start = rect.GetTop(); + *end = rect.GetBottom(); + } + else // horizontal + { + *start = rect.GetLeft(); + *end = rect.GetRight(); + } +} + + +void wxButtonToolBar::SetToolShortHelp(int id, const wxString& help) +{ + wxToolBarToolBase *tool = FindById(id); + + wxCHECK_RET( tool, wxT("SetToolShortHelp: no such tool") ); + + // TODO: set tooltip/short help + tool->SetShortHelp(help); +} + +bool wxButtonToolBar::DoInsertTool(size_t WXUNUSED(pos), + wxToolBarToolBase * WXUNUSED(tool)) +{ + return true; +} + +bool wxButtonToolBar::DoDeleteTool(size_t WXUNUSED(pos), + wxToolBarToolBase * WXUNUSED(tool)) +{ + // TODO + return true; +} + +void wxButtonToolBar::DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *WXUNUSED(tool), bool WXUNUSED(enable)) +{ + // TODO +} + +void wxButtonToolBar::DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *WXUNUSED(tool), bool WXUNUSED(toggle)) +{ + // TODO +} + +void wxButtonToolBar::DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *WXUNUSED(tool), bool WXUNUSED(toggle)) +{ + // TODO +} + +wxToolBarToolBase *wxButtonToolBar::CreateTool(int id, + const wxString& label, + const wxBitmap& bmpNormal, + const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled, + wxItemKind kind, + wxObject *clientData, + const wxString& shortHelp, + const wxString& longHelp) +{ + return new wxButtonToolBarTool(this, id, label, bmpNormal, bmpDisabled, kind, + clientData, shortHelp, longHelp); +} + +wxToolBarToolBase *wxButtonToolBar::CreateTool(wxControl *control, + const wxString& label) +{ + return new wxButtonToolBarTool(this, control, label); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxButtonToolBar geometry +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxRect wxButtonToolBar::GetToolRect(wxToolBarToolBase *toolBase) const +{ + const wxButtonToolBarTool *tool = (wxButtonToolBarTool *)toolBase; + + wxRect rect; + + wxCHECK_MSG( tool, rect, wxT("GetToolRect: NULL tool") ); + + // ensure that we always have the valid tool position + if ( m_needsLayout ) + { + wxConstCast(this, wxButtonToolBar)->DoLayout(); + } + + rect.x = tool->m_x - (m_toolPacking/2); + rect.y = tool->m_y; + + if ( IsVertical() ) + { + if (tool->IsButton()) + { + rect.width = m_defaultWidth; + rect.height = m_defaultHeight; + if (tool->GetButton()) + rect.SetSize(wxSize(tool->m_width, tool->m_height)); + } + else if (tool->IsSeparator()) + { + rect.width = m_defaultWidth; + rect.height = m_widthSeparator; + } + else // control + { + rect.width = tool->m_width; + rect.height = tool->m_height; + } + } + else // horizontal + { + if (tool->IsButton()) + { + rect.width = m_defaultWidth; + rect.height = m_defaultHeight; + if (tool->GetButton()) + rect.SetSize(wxSize(tool->m_width, tool->m_height)); + } + else if (tool->IsSeparator()) + { + rect.width = m_widthSeparator; + rect.height = m_defaultHeight; + } + else // control + { + rect.width = tool->m_width; + rect.height = tool->m_height; + } + } + + rect.width += m_toolPacking; + + return rect; +} + +bool wxButtonToolBar::Realize() +{ + if ( !wxToolBarBase::Realize() ) + return false; + + m_needsLayout = true; + DoLayout(); + + SetInitialSize(wxSize(m_maxWidth, m_maxHeight)); + + return true; +} + +void wxButtonToolBar::DoLayout() +{ + m_needsLayout = false; + + wxCoord x = m_xMargin, + y = m_yMargin; + + int maxHeight = 0; + + const wxCoord widthTool = IsVertical() ? m_defaultHeight : m_defaultWidth; + wxCoord margin = IsVertical() ? m_xMargin : m_yMargin; + wxCoord *pCur = IsVertical() ? &y : &x; + + // calculate the positions of all elements + for ( wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node = m_tools.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxButtonToolBarTool *tool = (wxButtonToolBarTool *) node->GetData(); + + tool->m_x = x; + tool->m_y = y; + + if (tool->IsButton()) + { + if (!tool->GetButton()) + { + wxBitmapButton* bmpButton = new wxBitmapButton(this, tool->GetId(), tool->GetNormalBitmap(), wxPoint(tool->m_x, tool->m_y), wxDefaultSize, + wxBU_AUTODRAW|wxBORDER_NONE); + if (!tool->GetShortHelp().empty()) + bmpButton->SetLabel(tool->GetShortHelp()); + + tool->SetButton(bmpButton); + } + else + { + tool->GetButton()->Move(wxPoint(tool->m_x, tool->m_y)); + } + + int w = widthTool; + if (tool->GetButton()) + { + wxSize sz = tool->GetButton()->GetSize(); + w = sz.x; + + if (m_labelHeight > 0) + { + sz.y += (m_labelHeight + m_labelMargin); + + if (!tool->GetShortHelp().empty()) + { + wxClientDC dc(this); + dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + int tw, th; + dc.GetTextExtent(tool->GetShortHelp(), & tw, & th); + + // If the label is bigger than the icon, the label width + // becomes the new tool width, and we need to centre the + // the bitmap in this box. + if (tw > sz.x) + { + int newX = int(tool->m_x + (tw - sz.x)/2.0); + tool->GetButton()->Move(newX, tool->m_y); + sz.x = tw; + } + } + } + + maxHeight = wxMax(maxHeight, sz.y); + + tool->m_width = sz.x; + tool->m_height = sz.y; + w = sz.x; + } + + *pCur += (w + GetToolPacking()); + } + else if (tool->IsSeparator()) + { + *pCur += m_widthSeparator; + } + else if (!IsVertical()) // horizontal control + { + wxControl *control = tool->GetControl(); + wxSize size = control->GetSize(); + tool->m_y += (m_defaultHeight - size.y)/2; + tool->m_width = size.x; + tool->m_height = size.y; + + *pCur += tool->m_width; + + maxHeight = wxMax(maxHeight, size.y); + } + *pCur += margin; + } + + // calculate the total toolbar size + m_maxWidth = x + 2*m_xMargin; + m_maxHeight = maxHeight + 2*m_yMargin; + + if ((GetWindowStyle() & wxTB_NODIVIDER) == 0) + m_maxHeight += 2; + +} + +wxSize wxButtonToolBar::DoGetBestClientSize() const +{ + return wxSize(m_maxWidth, m_maxHeight); +} + +// receives button commands +void wxButtonToolBar::OnCommand(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + wxButtonToolBarTool* tool = (wxButtonToolBarTool*) FindById(event.GetId()); + if (!tool) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + if (tool->CanBeToggled()) + tool->Toggle(tool->IsToggled()); + + // TODO: handle toggle items + OnLeftClick(event.GetId(), false); + + if (tool->GetKind() == wxITEM_RADIO) + UnToggleRadioGroup(tool); + + if (tool->CanBeToggled()) + Refresh(); +} + +// paints a border +void wxButtonToolBar::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + + dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxTRANSPARENT); + + for ( wxToolBarToolsList::compatibility_iterator node = m_tools.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxButtonToolBarTool *tool = (wxButtonToolBarTool*) node->GetData(); + wxRect rectTool = GetToolRect(tool); + if (tool->IsToggled()) + { + wxRect backgroundRect = rectTool; + backgroundRect.y = -1; backgroundRect.height = GetClientSize().y + 1; + wxBrush brush(wxColour(219, 219, 219)); + wxPen pen(wxColour(159, 159, 159)); + dc.SetBrush(brush); + dc.SetPen(pen); + dc.DrawRectangle(backgroundRect); + } + + if (m_labelHeight > 0 && !tool->GetShortHelp().empty()) + { + int tw, th; + dc.GetTextExtent(tool->GetShortHelp(), & tw, & th); + + int x = tool->m_x; + dc.DrawText(tool->GetShortHelp(), x, tool->m_y + tool->GetButton()->GetSize().y + m_labelMargin); + } + } + + if ((GetWindowStyle() & wxTB_NODIVIDER) == 0) + { + wxPen pen(wxColour(159, 159, 159)); + dc.SetPen(pen); + int x1 = 0; + int y1 = GetClientSize().y-1; + int x2 = GetClientSize().x; + int y2 = y1; + dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y2); + } +} + +// detects mouse clicks outside buttons +void wxButtonToolBar::OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + if (m_labelHeight > 0) + { + wxButtonToolBarTool* tool = (wxButtonToolBarTool*) FindToolForPosition(event.GetX(), event.GetY()); + if (tool && tool->GetButton() && (event.GetY() > (tool->m_y + tool->GetButton()->GetSize().y))) + { + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, tool->GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(tool->GetButton()); + if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) + event.Skip(); + } + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR && wxUSE_BMPBUTTON diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/calctrlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/calctrlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f722bc201e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/calctrlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1749 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/calctrlg.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of the wxGenericCalendarCtrl +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29.12.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: calctrlg.cpp 66576 2011-01-04 15:08:25Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/brush.h" + #include "wx/combobox.h" + #include "wx/listbox.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + + +#if wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL + +#include "wx/spinctrl.h" +#include "wx/calctrl.h" +#include "wx/generic/calctrlg.h" + +#define DEBUG_PAINT 0 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWin macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_CALENDARCTRL + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGenericCalendarCtrl, wxControl,"wx/calctrl.h") + +#endif + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericCalendarCtrl, wxControl) + EVT_PAINT(wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnPaint) + + EVT_CHAR(wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnChar) + + EVT_LEFT_DOWN(wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnClick) + EVT_LEFT_DCLICK(wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnDClick) + + EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnSysColourChanged) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +// add attributes that are set in attr +void AddAttr(wxCalendarDateAttr *self, const wxCalendarDateAttr& attr) +{ + if (attr.HasTextColour()) + self->SetTextColour(attr.GetTextColour()); + if (attr.HasBackgroundColour()) + self->SetBackgroundColour(attr.GetBackgroundColour()); + if (attr.HasBorderColour()) + self->SetBorderColour(attr.GetBorderColour()); + if (attr.HasFont()) + self->SetFont(attr.GetFont()); + if (attr.HasBorder()) + self->SetBorder(attr.GetBorder()); + if (attr.IsHoliday()) + self->SetHoliday(true); +} + +// remove attributes that are set in attr +void DelAttr(wxCalendarDateAttr *self, const wxCalendarDateAttr &attr) +{ + if (attr.HasTextColour()) + self->SetTextColour(wxNullColour); + if (attr.HasBackgroundColour()) + self->SetBackgroundColour(wxNullColour); + if (attr.HasBorderColour()) + self->SetBorderColour(wxNullColour); + if (attr.HasFont()) + self->SetFont(wxNullFont); + if (attr.HasBorder()) + self->SetBorder(wxCAL_BORDER_NONE); + if (attr.IsHoliday()) + self->SetHoliday(false); +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericCalendarCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGenericCalendarCtrl::wxGenericCalendarCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& date, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, name); +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::Init() +{ + m_comboMonth = NULL; + m_spinYear = NULL; + m_staticYear = NULL; + m_staticMonth = NULL; + + m_userChangedYear = false; + + m_widthCol = + m_heightRow = + m_calendarWeekWidth = 0; + + wxDateTime::WeekDay wd; + for ( wd = wxDateTime::Sun; wd < wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay; wxNextWDay(wd) ) + { + m_weekdays[wd] = wxDateTime::GetWeekDayName(wd, wxDateTime::Name_Abbr); + } + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(m_attrs); n++ ) + { + m_attrs[n] = NULL; + } + + InitColours(); +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::InitColours() +{ + m_colHighlightFg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); + m_colHighlightBg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); + m_colBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW); + m_colSurrounding = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT); + + m_colHolidayFg = *wxRED; + // don't set m_colHolidayBg - by default, same as our bg colour + + m_colHeaderFg = *wxBLUE; + m_colHeaderBg = *wxLIGHT_GREY; +} + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& date, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, + style | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxWANTS_CHARS | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE, + wxDefaultValidator, name) ) + { + return false; + } + + // needed to get the arrow keys normally used for the dialog navigation + SetWindowStyle(style | wxWANTS_CHARS); + + m_date = date.IsValid() ? date : wxDateTime::Today(); + + m_lowdate = wxDefaultDateTime; + m_highdate = wxDefaultDateTime; + + if ( !HasFlag(wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) ) + { + CreateYearSpinCtrl(); + m_staticYear = new wxStaticText(GetParent(), wxID_ANY, m_date.Format(wxT("%Y")), + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxALIGN_CENTRE); + CreateMonthComboBox(); + m_staticMonth = new wxStaticText(GetParent(), wxID_ANY, m_date.Format(wxT("%B")), + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxALIGN_CENTRE); + } + + ShowCurrentControls(); + + // we need to set the position as well because the main control position + // is not the same as the one specified in pos if we have the controls + // above it + SetInitialSize(size); + SetPosition(pos); + + // Since we don't paint the whole background make sure that the platform + // will use the right one. + SetBackgroundColour(m_colBackground); + + SetHolidayAttrs(); + + return true; +} + +wxGenericCalendarCtrl::~wxGenericCalendarCtrl() +{ + for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(m_attrs); n++ ) + { + delete m_attrs[n]; + } + + if ( !HasFlag(wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) ) + { + delete m_comboMonth; + delete m_staticMonth; + delete m_spinYear; + delete m_staticYear; + } +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::SetWindowStyleFlag(long style) +{ + // changing this style doesn't work because the controls are not + // created/shown/hidden accordingly + wxASSERT_MSG( (style & wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) == + (m_windowStyle & wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION), + wxT("wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION can't be changed after creation") ); + + wxControl::SetWindowStyleFlag(style); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Create the wxComboBox and wxSpinCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::CreateMonthComboBox() +{ + m_comboMonth = new wxComboBox(GetParent(), wxID_ANY, + wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + 0, NULL, + wxCB_READONLY | wxCLIP_SIBLINGS); + + wxDateTime::Month m; + for ( m = wxDateTime::Jan; m < wxDateTime::Inv_Month; wxNextMonth(m) ) + { + m_comboMonth->Append(wxDateTime::GetMonthName(m)); + } + + m_comboMonth->SetSelection(GetDate().GetMonth()); + m_comboMonth->SetSize(wxDefaultCoord, + wxDefaultCoord, + wxDefaultCoord, + wxDefaultCoord, + wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH|wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT); + + m_comboMonth->Connect(m_comboMonth->GetId(), wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, + wxCommandEventHandler(wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnMonthChange), + NULL, this); +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::CreateYearSpinCtrl() +{ + m_spinYear = new wxSpinCtrl(GetParent(), wxID_ANY, + GetDate().Format(wxT("%Y")), + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxCLIP_SIBLINGS, + -4300, 10000, GetDate().GetYear()); +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + m_spinYear->SetSize( 90, -1 ); +#endif + + m_spinYear->Connect(m_spinYear->GetId(), wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, + wxCommandEventHandler(wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnYearTextChange), + NULL, this); + + m_spinYear->Connect(m_spinYear->GetId(), wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED, + wxSpinEventHandler(wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnYearChange), + NULL, this); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// forward wxWin functions to subcontrols +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::Destroy() +{ + if ( m_staticYear ) + m_staticYear->Destroy(); + if ( m_spinYear ) + m_spinYear->Destroy(); + if ( m_comboMonth ) + m_comboMonth->Destroy(); + if ( m_staticMonth ) + m_staticMonth->Destroy(); + + m_staticYear = NULL; + m_spinYear = NULL; + m_comboMonth = NULL; + m_staticMonth = NULL; + + return wxControl::Destroy(); +} + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::Show(bool show) +{ + if ( !wxControl::Show(show) ) + { + return false; + } + + if ( !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) ) + { + if ( GetMonthControl() ) + { + GetMonthControl()->Show(show); + GetYearControl()->Show(show); + } + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::Enable(bool enable) +{ + if ( !wxControl::Enable(enable) ) + { + return false; + } + + if ( !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) ) + { + GetMonthControl()->Enable(enable); + GetYearControl()->Enable(enable); + } + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// enable/disable month/year controls +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::ShowCurrentControls() +{ + if ( !HasFlag(wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) ) + { + if ( AllowMonthChange() ) + { + m_comboMonth->Show(); + m_staticMonth->Hide(); + + if ( AllowYearChange() ) + { + m_spinYear->Show(); + m_staticYear->Hide(); + + // skip the rest + return; + } + } + else + { + m_comboMonth->Hide(); + m_staticMonth->Show(); + } + + // year change not allowed here + m_spinYear->Hide(); + m_staticYear->Show(); + } + //else: these controls are not even created, don't show/hide them +} + +wxControl *wxGenericCalendarCtrl::GetMonthControl() const +{ + return AllowMonthChange() ? (wxControl *)m_comboMonth : (wxControl *)m_staticMonth; +} + +wxControl *wxGenericCalendarCtrl::GetYearControl() const +{ + return AllowYearChange() ? (wxControl *)m_spinYear : (wxControl *)m_staticYear; +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::EnableYearChange(bool enable) +{ + if ( enable != AllowYearChange() ) + { + long style = GetWindowStyle(); + if ( enable ) + style &= ~wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE; + else + style |= wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE; + SetWindowStyle(style); + + ShowCurrentControls(); + if ( GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION ) + { + Refresh(); + } + } +} + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::EnableMonthChange(bool enable) +{ + if ( !wxCalendarCtrlBase::EnableMonthChange(enable) ) + return false; + + ShowCurrentControls(); + if ( GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION ) + Refresh(); + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// changing date +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::SetDate(const wxDateTime& date) +{ + bool retval = true; + + bool sameMonth = m_date.GetMonth() == date.GetMonth(), + sameYear = m_date.GetYear() == date.GetYear(); + + if ( IsDateInRange(date) ) + { + if ( sameMonth && sameYear ) + { + // just change the day + ChangeDay(date); + } + else + { + if ( AllowMonthChange() && (AllowYearChange() || sameYear) ) + { + // change everything + m_date = date; + + if ( !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) ) + { + // update the controls + m_comboMonth->SetSelection(m_date.GetMonth()); + + if ( AllowYearChange() ) + { + if ( !m_userChangedYear ) + m_spinYear->SetValue(m_date.Format(wxT("%Y"))); + } + } + + // as the month changed, holidays did too + SetHolidayAttrs(); + + // update the calendar + Refresh(); + } + else + { + // forbidden + retval = false; + } + } + } + + m_userChangedYear = false; + + return retval; +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::ChangeDay(const wxDateTime& date) +{ + if ( m_date != date ) + { + // we need to refresh the row containing the old date and the one + // containing the new one + wxDateTime dateOld = m_date; + m_date = date; + + RefreshDate(dateOld); + + // if the date is in the same row, it was already drawn correctly + if ( GetWeek(m_date) != GetWeek(dateOld) ) + { + RefreshDate(m_date); + } + } +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::SetDateAndNotify(const wxDateTime& date) +{ + const wxDateTime dateOld = GetDate(); + if ( date != dateOld && SetDate(date) ) + { + GenerateAllChangeEvents(dateOld); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// date range +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::SetLowerDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date /* = wxDefaultDateTime */) +{ + bool retval = true; + + if ( !(date.IsValid()) || ( ( m_highdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date <= m_highdate ) : true ) ) + { + m_lowdate = date; + } + else + { + retval = false; + } + + return retval; +} + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::SetUpperDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date /* = wxDefaultDateTime */) +{ + bool retval = true; + + if ( !(date.IsValid()) || ( ( m_lowdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date >= m_lowdate ) : true ) ) + { + m_highdate = date; + } + else + { + retval = false; + } + + return retval; +} + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate /* = wxDefaultDateTime */, const wxDateTime& upperdate /* = wxDefaultDateTime */) +{ + bool retval = true; + + if ( + ( !( lowerdate.IsValid() ) || ( ( upperdate.IsValid() ) ? ( lowerdate <= upperdate ) : true ) ) && + ( !( upperdate.IsValid() ) || ( ( lowerdate.IsValid() ) ? ( upperdate >= lowerdate ) : true ) ) ) + { + m_lowdate = lowerdate; + m_highdate = upperdate; + } + else + { + retval = false; + } + + return retval; +} + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::GetDateRange(wxDateTime *lowerdate, + wxDateTime *upperdate) const +{ + if ( lowerdate ) + *lowerdate = m_lowdate; + if ( upperdate ) + *upperdate = m_highdate; + + return m_lowdate.IsValid() || m_highdate.IsValid(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// date helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDateTime wxGenericCalendarCtrl::GetStartDate() const +{ + wxDateTime::Tm tm = m_date.GetTm(); + + wxDateTime date = wxDateTime(1, tm.mon, tm.year); + + // rewind back + date.SetToPrevWeekDay(GetWeekStart()); + + if ( GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SHOW_SURROUNDING_WEEKS ) + { + // We want to offset the calendar if we start on the first.. + if ( date.GetDay() == 1 ) + { + date -= wxDateSpan::Week(); + } + } + + return date; +} + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::IsDateShown(const wxDateTime& date) const +{ + if ( !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SHOW_SURROUNDING_WEEKS) ) + { + return date.GetMonth() == m_date.GetMonth(); + } + else + { + return true; + } +} + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::IsDateInRange(const wxDateTime& date) const +{ + // Check if the given date is in the range specified + return ( ( ( m_lowdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date >= m_lowdate ) : true ) + && ( ( m_highdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date <= m_highdate ) : true ) ); +} + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::AdjustDateToRange(wxDateTime *date) const +{ + if ( m_lowdate.IsValid() && *date < m_lowdate ) + { + *date = m_lowdate; + return true; + } + + if ( m_highdate.IsValid() && *date > m_highdate ) + { + *date = m_highdate; + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +size_t wxGenericCalendarCtrl::GetWeek(const wxDateTime& date) const +{ + size_t retval = date.GetWeekOfMonth(HasFlag(wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST) + ? wxDateTime::Monday_First + : wxDateTime::Sunday_First); + + if ( (GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SHOW_SURROUNDING_WEEKS) ) + { + // we need to offset an extra week if we "start" on the 1st of the month + wxDateTime::Tm tm = date.GetTm(); + + wxDateTime datetest = wxDateTime(1, tm.mon, tm.year); + + // rewind back + datetest.SetToPrevWeekDay(GetWeekStart()); + + if ( datetest.GetDay() == 1 ) + { + retval += 1; + } + } + + return retval; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// size management +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this is a composite control and it must arrange its parts each time its +// size or position changes: the combobox and spinctrl are along the top of +// the available area and the calendar takes up the rest of the space + +// the static controls are supposed to be always smaller than combo/spin so we +// always use the latter for size calculations and position the static to take +// the same space + +// the constants used for the layout +#define VERT_MARGIN 5 // distance between combo and calendar +#define HORZ_MARGIN 5 // spin + +wxSize wxGenericCalendarCtrl::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + // calc the size of the calendar + const_cast(this)->RecalcGeometry(); + + wxCoord width = 7*m_widthCol + m_calendarWeekWidth, + height = 7*m_heightRow + m_rowOffset + VERT_MARGIN; + + if ( !HasFlag(wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) ) + { + const wxSize bestSizeCombo = m_comboMonth->GetBestSize(); + + height += wxMax(bestSizeCombo.y, m_spinYear->GetBestSize().y) + + VERT_MARGIN; +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // the spin control get clipped otherwise + width += 25; +#endif + + wxCoord w2 = bestSizeCombo.x + HORZ_MARGIN + GetCharWidth()*6; + if ( width < w2 ) + width = w2; + } + + wxSize best(width, height); + if ( !HasFlag(wxBORDER_NONE) ) + { + best += GetWindowBorderSize(); + } + + CacheBestSize(best); + + return best; +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) +{ + int yDiff; + + if ( !HasFlag(wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) && m_staticMonth ) + { + wxSize sizeCombo = m_comboMonth->GetEffectiveMinSize(); + wxSize sizeStatic = m_staticMonth->GetSize(); + wxSize sizeSpin = m_spinYear->GetSize(); + + int maxHeight = wxMax(sizeSpin.y, sizeCombo.y); + int dy = (maxHeight - sizeStatic.y) / 2; +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + m_comboMonth->Move(x, y + (maxHeight - sizeCombo.y)/2 + 2); // FIXME, something is reporting the wrong size.. +#else + m_comboMonth->Move(x, y + (maxHeight - sizeCombo.y)/2); +#endif + m_staticMonth->SetSize(x, y + dy, sizeCombo.x, -1, sizeStatic.y); + + int xDiff = sizeCombo.x + HORZ_MARGIN; + + m_spinYear->SetSize(x + xDiff, y + (maxHeight - sizeSpin.y)/2, width - xDiff, maxHeight); + m_staticYear->SetSize(x + xDiff, y + dy, width - xDiff, sizeStatic.y); + + yDiff = maxHeight + VERT_MARGIN; + } + else // no controls on the top + { + yDiff = 0; + } + + wxControl::DoMoveWindow(x, y + yDiff, width, height - yDiff); +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const +{ +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + wxControl::DoGetSize( width, height ); + + if ( !HasFlag(wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) && m_staticMonth && height ) + { + wxSize sizeCombo = m_comboMonth->GetEffectiveMinSize(); + wxSize sizeSpin = m_spinYear->GetSize(); + + int maxHeight = wxMax(sizeSpin.y, sizeCombo.y); + *height += maxHeight + VERT_MARGIN; + } +#else + wxControl::DoGetSize( width, height ); +#endif +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::RecalcGeometry() +{ + wxClientDC dc(this); + + dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + + // determine the column width (weekday names are not necessarily wider + // than the numbers (in some languages), so let's not assume that they are) + m_widthCol = 0; + for ( int day = 10; day <= 31; day++) + { + wxCoord width; + dc.GetTextExtent(wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), day), &width, &m_heightRow); + if ( width > m_widthCol ) + { + // 1.5 times the width gives nice margins even if the weekday + // names are short + m_widthCol = width+width/2; + } + } + wxDateTime::WeekDay wd; + for ( wd = wxDateTime::Sun; wd < wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay; wxNextWDay(wd) ) + { + wxCoord width; + dc.GetTextExtent(m_weekdays[wd], &width, &m_heightRow); + if ( width > m_widthCol ) + { + m_widthCol = width; + } + } + + m_calendarWeekWidth = HasFlag( wxCAL_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS ) + ? dc.GetTextExtent( wxString::Format( wxT( "%d" ), 42 )).GetWidth() + 4 : 0; + + // leave some margins + m_widthCol += 2; + m_heightRow += 2; + + m_rowOffset = HasFlag(wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) ? m_heightRow : 0; // conditional in relation to style +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// drawing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + + dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + + RecalcGeometry(); + +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug("--- starting to paint, selection: %s, week %u\n", + m_date.Format("%a %d-%m-%Y %H:%M:%S").c_str(), + GetWeek(m_date)); +#endif + + wxCoord y = 0; + wxCoord x0 = m_calendarWeekWidth; + + if ( HasFlag(wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) ) + { + // draw the sequential month-selector + + dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT); + dc.SetTextForeground(*wxBLACK); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_colHeaderBg, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID)); + dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_colHeaderBg, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID)); + dc.DrawRectangle(0, y, GetClientSize().x, m_heightRow); + + // Get extent of month-name + year + wxCoord monthw, monthh; + wxString headertext = m_date.Format(wxT("%B %Y")); + dc.GetTextExtent(headertext, &monthw, &monthh); + + // draw month-name centered above weekdays + wxCoord monthx = ((m_widthCol * 7) - monthw) / 2 + x0; + wxCoord monthy = ((m_heightRow - monthh) / 2) + y; + dc.DrawText(headertext, monthx, monthy); + + // calculate the "month-arrows" + wxPoint leftarrow[3]; + wxPoint rightarrow[3]; + + int arrowheight = monthh / 2; + + leftarrow[0] = wxPoint(0, arrowheight / 2); + leftarrow[1] = wxPoint(arrowheight / 2, 0); + leftarrow[2] = wxPoint(arrowheight / 2, arrowheight - 1); + + rightarrow[0] = wxPoint(0,0); + rightarrow[1] = wxPoint(arrowheight / 2, arrowheight / 2); + rightarrow[2] = wxPoint(0, arrowheight - 1); + + // draw the "month-arrows" + + wxCoord arrowy = (m_heightRow - arrowheight) / 2; + wxCoord larrowx = (m_widthCol - (arrowheight / 2)) / 2 + x0; + wxCoord rarrowx = ((m_widthCol - (arrowheight / 2)) / 2) + m_widthCol*6 + x0; + m_leftArrowRect = m_rightArrowRect = wxRect(0,0,0,0); + + if ( AllowMonthChange() ) + { + wxDateTime ldpm = wxDateTime(1,m_date.GetMonth(), m_date.GetYear()) - wxDateSpan::Day(); // last day prev month + // Check if range permits change + if ( IsDateInRange(ldpm) && ( ( ldpm.GetYear() == m_date.GetYear() ) ? true : AllowYearChange() ) ) + { + m_leftArrowRect = wxRect(larrowx - 3, arrowy - 3, (arrowheight / 2) + 8, (arrowheight + 6)); + dc.SetBrush(*wxBLACK_BRUSH); + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.DrawPolygon(3, leftarrow, larrowx , arrowy, wxWINDING_RULE); + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + dc.DrawRectangle(m_leftArrowRect); + } + wxDateTime fdnm = wxDateTime(1,m_date.GetMonth(), m_date.GetYear()) + wxDateSpan::Month(); // first day next month + if ( IsDateInRange(fdnm) && ( ( fdnm.GetYear() == m_date.GetYear() ) ? true : AllowYearChange() ) ) + { + m_rightArrowRect = wxRect(rarrowx - 4, arrowy - 3, (arrowheight / 2) + 8, (arrowheight + 6)); + dc.SetBrush(*wxBLACK_BRUSH); + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.DrawPolygon(3, rightarrow, rarrowx , arrowy, wxWINDING_RULE); + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + dc.DrawRectangle(m_rightArrowRect); + } + } + + y += m_heightRow; + } + + // first draw the week days + if ( IsExposed(x0, y, x0 + 7*m_widthCol, m_heightRow) ) + { +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug("painting the header"); +#endif + + dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT); + dc.SetTextForeground(m_colHeaderFg); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_colHeaderBg, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID)); + dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_colHeaderBg, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID)); + dc.DrawRectangle(0, y, GetClientSize().x, m_heightRow); + + bool startOnMonday = HasFlag(wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST); + for ( int wd = 0; wd < 7; wd++ ) + { + size_t n; + if ( startOnMonday ) + n = wd == 6 ? 0 : wd + 1; + else + n = wd; + wxCoord dayw, dayh; + dc.GetTextExtent(m_weekdays[n], &dayw, &dayh); + dc.DrawText(m_weekdays[n], x0 + (wd*m_widthCol) + ((m_widthCol- dayw) / 2), y); // center the day-name + } + } + + // then the calendar itself + dc.SetTextForeground(*wxBLACK); + //dc.SetFont(*wxNORMAL_FONT); + + y += m_heightRow; + + // draw column with calendar week nr + if ( HasFlag( wxCAL_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS ) && IsExposed( 0, y, m_calendarWeekWidth, m_heightRow * 6 )) + { + dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxTRANSPARENT); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(m_colHeaderBg, wxSOLID)); + dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_colHeaderBg, 1, wxSOLID)); + dc.DrawRectangle( 0, y, m_calendarWeekWidth, m_heightRow * 6 ); + wxDateTime date = GetStartDate(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < 6; ++i ) + { + const int weekNr = date.GetWeekOfYear(); + wxString text = wxString::Format( wxT( "%d" ), weekNr ); + dc.DrawText( text, m_calendarWeekWidth - dc.GetTextExtent( text ).GetWidth() - 2, y + m_heightRow * i ); + date += wxDateSpan::Week(); + } + } + + wxDateTime date = GetStartDate(); + +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug("starting calendar from %s\n", + date.Format("%a %d-%m-%Y %H:%M:%S").c_str()); +#endif + + dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + for ( size_t nWeek = 1; nWeek <= 6; nWeek++, y += m_heightRow ) + { + // if the update region doesn't intersect this row, don't paint it + if ( !IsExposed(x0, y, x0 + 7*m_widthCol, m_heightRow - 1) ) + { + date += wxDateSpan::Week(); + + continue; + } + +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug("painting week %d at y = %d\n", nWeek, y); +#endif + + for ( int wd = 0; wd < 7; wd++ ) + { + dc.SetTextBackground(m_colBackground); + if ( IsDateShown(date) ) + { + // don't use wxDate::Format() which prepends 0s + unsigned int day = date.GetDay(); + wxString dayStr = wxString::Format(wxT("%u"), day); + wxCoord width; + dc.GetTextExtent(dayStr, &width, NULL); + + bool changedColours = false, + changedFont = false; + + bool isSel = false; + wxCalendarDateAttr *attr = NULL; + + if ( date.GetMonth() != m_date.GetMonth() || !IsDateInRange(date) ) + { + // draw the days of adjacent months in different colour + dc.SetTextForeground(m_colSurrounding); + changedColours = true; + } + else + { + isSel = date.IsSameDate(m_date); + attr = m_attrs[day - 1]; + + if ( isSel ) + { + dc.SetTextForeground(m_colHighlightFg); + dc.SetTextBackground(m_colHighlightBg); + + changedColours = true; + } + else if ( attr ) + { + wxColour colFg, colBg; + + if ( attr->IsHoliday() ) + { + colFg = m_colHolidayFg; + colBg = m_colHolidayBg; + } + else + { + colFg = attr->GetTextColour(); + colBg = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); + } + + if ( colFg.Ok() ) + { + dc.SetTextForeground(colFg); + changedColours = true; + } + + if ( colBg.Ok() ) + { + dc.SetTextBackground(colBg); + changedColours = true; + } + + if ( attr->HasFont() ) + { + dc.SetFont(attr->GetFont()); + changedFont = true; + } + } + } + + wxCoord x = wd*m_widthCol + (m_widthCol - width) / 2 + x0; + dc.DrawText(dayStr, x, y + 1); + + if ( !isSel && attr && attr->HasBorder() ) + { + wxColour colBorder; + if ( attr->HasBorderColour() ) + { + colBorder = attr->GetBorderColour(); + } + else + { + colBorder = GetForegroundColour(); + } + + wxPen pen(colBorder, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + dc.SetPen(pen); + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + + switch ( attr->GetBorder() ) + { + case wxCAL_BORDER_SQUARE: + dc.DrawRectangle(x - 2, y, + width + 4, m_heightRow); + break; + + case wxCAL_BORDER_ROUND: + dc.DrawEllipse(x - 2, y, + width + 4, m_heightRow); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unknown border type")); + } + } + + if ( changedColours ) + { + dc.SetTextForeground(GetForegroundColour()); + dc.SetTextBackground(GetBackgroundColour()); + } + + if ( changedFont ) + { + dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + } + } + //else: just don't draw it + + date += wxDateSpan::Day(); + } + } + + // Greying out out-of-range background + bool showSurrounding = (GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SHOW_SURROUNDING_WEEKS) != 0; + + date = ( showSurrounding ) ? GetStartDate() : wxDateTime(1, m_date.GetMonth(), m_date.GetYear()); + if ( !IsDateInRange(date) ) + { + wxDateTime firstOOR = GetLowerDateLimit() - wxDateSpan::Day(); // first out-of-range + + wxBrush oorbrush = *wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH; + oorbrush.SetStyle(wxBRUSHSTYLE_FDIAGONAL_HATCH); + + HighlightRange(&dc, date, firstOOR, wxTRANSPARENT_PEN, &oorbrush); + } + + date = ( showSurrounding ) ? GetStartDate() + wxDateSpan::Weeks(6) - wxDateSpan::Day() : wxDateTime().SetToLastMonthDay(m_date.GetMonth(), m_date.GetYear()); + if ( !IsDateInRange(date) ) + { + wxDateTime firstOOR = GetUpperDateLimit() + wxDateSpan::Day(); // first out-of-range + + wxBrush oorbrush = *wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH; + oorbrush.SetStyle(wxBRUSHSTYLE_FDIAGONAL_HATCH); + + HighlightRange(&dc, firstOOR, date, wxTRANSPARENT_PEN, &oorbrush); + } + +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug("+++ finished painting"); +#endif +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::RefreshDate(const wxDateTime& date) +{ + RecalcGeometry(); + + wxRect rect; + + // always refresh the whole row at once because our OnPaint() will draw + // the whole row anyhow - and this allows the small optimization in + // OnClick() below to work + rect.x = m_calendarWeekWidth; + + rect.y = (m_heightRow * GetWeek(date)) + m_rowOffset; + + rect.width = 7*m_widthCol; + rect.height = m_heightRow; + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // VZ: for some reason, the selected date seems to occupy more space under + // MSW - this is probably some bug in the font size calculations, but I + // don't know where exactly. This fix is ugly and leads to more + // refreshes than really needed, but without it the selected days + // leaves even more ugly underscores on screen. + rect.Inflate(0, 1); +#endif // MSW + +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug("*** refreshing week %d at (%d, %d)-(%d, %d)\n", + GetWeek(date), + rect.x, rect.y, + rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); +#endif + + Refresh(true, &rect); +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::HighlightRange(wxPaintDC* pDC, const wxDateTime& fromdate, const wxDateTime& todate, const wxPen* pPen, const wxBrush* pBrush) +{ + // Highlights the given range using pen and brush + // Does nothing if todate < fromdate + + +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug("+++ HighlightRange: (%s) - (%s) +++", fromdate.Format("%d %m %Y"), todate.Format("%d %m %Y")); +#endif + + if ( todate >= fromdate ) + { + // do stuff + // date-coordinates + int fd, fw; + int td, tw; + + // implicit: both dates must be currently shown - checked by GetDateCoord + if ( GetDateCoord(fromdate, &fd, &fw) && GetDateCoord(todate, &td, &tw) ) + { +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug("Highlight range: (%i, %i) - (%i, %i)", fd, fw, td, tw); +#endif + if ( ( (tw - fw) == 1 ) && ( td < fd ) ) + { + // special case: interval 7 days or less not in same week + // split in two separate intervals + wxDateTime tfd = fromdate + wxDateSpan::Days(7-fd); + wxDateTime ftd = tfd + wxDateSpan::Day(); +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug("Highlight: Separate segments"); +#endif + // draw separately + HighlightRange(pDC, fromdate, tfd, pPen, pBrush); + HighlightRange(pDC, ftd, todate, pPen, pBrush); + } + else + { + int numpoints; + wxPoint corners[8]; // potentially 8 corners in polygon + wxCoord x0 = m_calendarWeekWidth; + + if ( fw == tw ) + { + // simple case: same week + numpoints = 4; + corners[0] = wxPoint(x0 + (fd - 1) * m_widthCol, (fw * m_heightRow) + m_rowOffset); + corners[1] = wxPoint(x0 + (fd - 1) * m_widthCol, ((fw + 1 ) * m_heightRow) + m_rowOffset); + corners[2] = wxPoint(x0 + td * m_widthCol, ((tw + 1) * m_heightRow) + m_rowOffset); + corners[3] = wxPoint(x0 + td * m_widthCol, (tw * m_heightRow) + m_rowOffset); + } + else + { + int cidx = 0; + // "complex" polygon + corners[cidx] = wxPoint(x0 + (fd - 1) * m_widthCol, (fw * m_heightRow) + m_rowOffset); cidx++; + + if ( fd > 1 ) + { + corners[cidx] = wxPoint(x0 + (fd - 1) * m_widthCol, ((fw + 1) * m_heightRow) + m_rowOffset); cidx++; + corners[cidx] = wxPoint(x0, ((fw + 1) * m_heightRow) + m_rowOffset); cidx++; + } + + corners[cidx] = wxPoint(x0, ((tw + 1) * m_heightRow) + m_rowOffset); cidx++; + corners[cidx] = wxPoint(x0 + td * m_widthCol, ((tw + 1) * m_heightRow) + m_rowOffset); cidx++; + + if ( td < 7 ) + { + corners[cidx] = wxPoint(x0 + td * m_widthCol, (tw * m_heightRow) + m_rowOffset); cidx++; + corners[cidx] = wxPoint(x0 + 7 * m_widthCol, (tw * m_heightRow) + m_rowOffset); cidx++; + } + + corners[cidx] = wxPoint(x0 + 7 * m_widthCol, (fw * m_heightRow) + m_rowOffset); cidx++; + + numpoints = cidx; + } + + // draw the polygon + pDC->SetBrush(*pBrush); + pDC->SetPen(*pPen); + pDC->DrawPolygon(numpoints, corners); + } + } + } + // else do nothing +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug("--- HighlightRange ---"); +#endif +} + +bool wxGenericCalendarCtrl::GetDateCoord(const wxDateTime& date, int *day, int *week) const +{ + bool retval = true; + +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug("+++ GetDateCoord: (%s) +++", date.Format("%d %m %Y")); +#endif + + if ( IsDateShown(date) ) + { + bool startOnMonday = HasFlag(wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST); + + // Find day + *day = date.GetWeekDay(); + + if ( *day == 0 ) // sunday + { + *day = ( startOnMonday ) ? 7 : 1; + } + else + { + *day += ( startOnMonday ) ? 0 : 1; + } + + int targetmonth = date.GetMonth() + (12 * date.GetYear()); + int thismonth = m_date.GetMonth() + (12 * m_date.GetYear()); + + // Find week + if ( targetmonth == thismonth ) + { + *week = GetWeek(date); + } + else + { + if ( targetmonth < thismonth ) + { + *week = 1; // trivial + } + else // targetmonth > thismonth + { + wxDateTime ldcm; + int lastweek; + int lastday; + + // get the datecoord of the last day in the month currently shown +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug(" +++ LDOM +++"); +#endif + GetDateCoord(ldcm.SetToLastMonthDay(m_date.GetMonth(), m_date.GetYear()), &lastday, &lastweek); +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug(" --- LDOM ---"); +#endif + + wxTimeSpan span = date - ldcm; + + int daysfromlast = span.GetDays(); +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug("daysfromlast: %i", daysfromlast); +#endif + if ( daysfromlast + lastday > 7 ) // past week boundary + { + int wholeweeks = (daysfromlast / 7); + *week = wholeweeks + lastweek; + if ( (daysfromlast - (7 * wholeweeks) + lastday) > 7 ) + { + *week += 1; + } + } + else + { + *week = lastweek; + } + } + } + } + else + { + *day = -1; + *week = -1; + retval = false; + } + +#if DEBUG_PAINT + wxLogDebug("--- GetDateCoord: (%s) = (%i, %i) ---", date.Format("%d %m %Y"), *day, *week); +#endif + + return retval; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// mouse handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnDClick(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + if ( HitTest(event.GetPosition()) != wxCAL_HITTEST_DAY ) + { + event.Skip(); + } + else + { + GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DOUBLECLICKED); + } +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnClick(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + wxDateTime date; + wxDateTime::WeekDay wday; + switch ( HitTest(event.GetPosition(), &date, &wday) ) + { + case wxCAL_HITTEST_DAY: + if ( IsDateInRange(date) ) + { + ChangeDay(date); + + GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED); + + // we know that the month/year never change when the user + // clicks on the control so there is no need to call + // GenerateAllChangeEvents() here, we know which event to send + GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DAY_CHANGED); + } + break; + + case wxCAL_HITTEST_WEEK: + { + wxCalendarEvent send( this, date, wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEK_CLICKED ); + HandleWindowEvent( send ); + } + break; + + case wxCAL_HITTEST_HEADER: + { + wxCalendarEvent eventWd(this, GetDate(), + wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED); + eventWd.SetWeekDay(wday); + (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventWd); + } + break; + + case wxCAL_HITTEST_DECMONTH: + case wxCAL_HITTEST_INCMONTH: + case wxCAL_HITTEST_SURROUNDING_WEEK: + SetDateAndNotify(date); // we probably only want to refresh the control. No notification.. (maybe as an option?) + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unknown hittest code")); + // fall through + + case wxCAL_HITTEST_NOWHERE: + event.Skip(); + break; + } + + // as we don't (always) skip the message, we're not going to receive the + // focus on click by default if we don't do it ourselves + SetFocus(); +} + +wxCalendarHitTestResult wxGenericCalendarCtrl::HitTest(const wxPoint& pos, + wxDateTime *date, + wxDateTime::WeekDay *wd) +{ + RecalcGeometry(); + + // the position where the calendar really begins + wxCoord x0 = m_calendarWeekWidth; + + if ( HasFlag(wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) ) + { + // Header: month + + // we need to find out if the hit is on left arrow, on month or on right arrow + // left arrow? + if ( m_leftArrowRect.Contains(pos) ) + { + if ( date ) + { + if ( IsDateInRange(m_date - wxDateSpan::Month()) ) + { + *date = m_date - wxDateSpan::Month(); + } + else + { + *date = GetLowerDateLimit(); + } + } + + return wxCAL_HITTEST_DECMONTH; + } + + if ( m_rightArrowRect.Contains(pos) ) + { + if ( date ) + { + if ( IsDateInRange(m_date + wxDateSpan::Month()) ) + { + *date = m_date + wxDateSpan::Month(); + } + else + { + *date = GetUpperDateLimit(); + } + } + + return wxCAL_HITTEST_INCMONTH; + } + } + + if ( pos.x - x0 < 0 ) + { + if ( pos.x >= 0 && pos.y > m_rowOffset + m_heightRow && pos.y <= m_rowOffset + m_heightRow * 7 ) + { + if ( date ) + { + *date = GetStartDate(); + *date += wxDateSpan::Week() * (( pos.y - m_rowOffset ) / m_heightRow - 1 ); + } + if ( wd ) + *wd = GetWeekStart(); + return wxCAL_HITTEST_WEEK; + } + else // early exit -> the rest of the function checks for clicks on days + return wxCAL_HITTEST_NOWHERE; + } + + // header: week days + int wday = (pos.x - x0) / m_widthCol; + if ( wday > 6 ) + return wxCAL_HITTEST_NOWHERE; + if ( pos.y < (m_heightRow + m_rowOffset)) + { + if ( pos.y > m_rowOffset ) + { + if ( wd ) + { + if ( HasFlag(wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST) ) + { + wday = wday == 6 ? 0 : wday + 1; + } + + *wd = (wxDateTime::WeekDay)wday; + } + + return wxCAL_HITTEST_HEADER; + } + else + { + return wxCAL_HITTEST_NOWHERE; + } + } + + int week = (pos.y - (m_heightRow + m_rowOffset)) / m_heightRow; + if ( week >= 6 || wday >= 7 ) + { + return wxCAL_HITTEST_NOWHERE; + } + + wxDateTime dt = GetStartDate() + wxDateSpan::Days(7*week + wday); + + if ( IsDateShown(dt) ) + { + if ( date ) + *date = dt; + + if ( dt.GetMonth() == m_date.GetMonth() ) + { + + return wxCAL_HITTEST_DAY; + } + else + { + return wxCAL_HITTEST_SURROUNDING_WEEK; + } + } + else + { + return wxCAL_HITTEST_NOWHERE; + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// subcontrols events handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnMonthChange(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + wxDateTime::Tm tm = m_date.GetTm(); + + wxDateTime::Month mon = (wxDateTime::Month)event.GetInt(); + if ( tm.mday > wxDateTime::GetNumberOfDays(mon, tm.year) ) + { + tm.mday = wxDateTime::GetNumberOfDays(mon, tm.year); + } + + wxDateTime dt(tm.mday, mon, tm.year); + if ( AdjustDateToRange(&dt) ) + { + // The date must have been changed to ensure it's in valid range, + // reflect this in the month choice control. + m_comboMonth->SetSelection(dt.GetMonth()); + } + + SetDateAndNotify(dt); +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::HandleYearChange(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + int year = (int)event.GetInt(); + if ( year == INT_MIN ) + { + // invalid year in the spin control, ignore it + return; + } + + wxDateTime::Tm tm = m_date.GetTm(); + + if ( tm.mday > wxDateTime::GetNumberOfDays(tm.mon, year) ) + { + tm.mday = wxDateTime::GetNumberOfDays(tm.mon, year); + } + + wxDateTime dt(tm.mday, tm.mon, year); + if ( AdjustDateToRange(&dt) ) + { + // As above, if the date was changed to keep it in valid range, its + // possibly changed year must be shown in the GUI. + m_spinYear->SetValue(dt.GetYear()); + } + + SetDateAndNotify(dt); +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnYearChange(wxSpinEvent& event) +{ + HandleYearChange( event ); +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnYearTextChange(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + SetUserChangedYear(); + HandleYearChange(event); +} + +// Responds to colour changes, and passes event on to children. +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event) +{ + // reinit colours + InitColours(); + + // Propagate the event to the children + wxControl::OnSysColourChanged(event); + + // Redraw control area + SetBackgroundColour(m_colBackground); + Refresh(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// keyboard interface +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) + { + case wxT('+'): + case WXK_ADD: + SetDateAndNotify(m_date + wxDateSpan::Year()); + break; + + case wxT('-'): + case WXK_SUBTRACT: + SetDateAndNotify(m_date - wxDateSpan::Year()); + break; + + case WXK_PAGEUP: + SetDateAndNotify(m_date - wxDateSpan::Month()); + break; + + case WXK_PAGEDOWN: + SetDateAndNotify(m_date + wxDateSpan::Month()); + break; + + case WXK_RIGHT: + if ( event.ControlDown() ) + { + wxDateTime target = m_date.SetToNextWeekDay(GetWeekEnd()); + AdjustDateToRange(&target); + SetDateAndNotify(target); + } + else + SetDateAndNotify(m_date + wxDateSpan::Day()); + break; + + case WXK_LEFT: + if ( event.ControlDown() ) + { + wxDateTime target = m_date.SetToPrevWeekDay(GetWeekStart()); + AdjustDateToRange(&target); + SetDateAndNotify(target); + } + else + SetDateAndNotify(m_date - wxDateSpan::Day()); + break; + + case WXK_UP: + SetDateAndNotify(m_date - wxDateSpan::Week()); + break; + + case WXK_DOWN: + SetDateAndNotify(m_date + wxDateSpan::Week()); + break; + + case WXK_HOME: + if ( event.ControlDown() ) + SetDateAndNotify(wxDateTime::Today()); + else + SetDateAndNotify(wxDateTime(1, m_date.GetMonth(), m_date.GetYear())); + break; + + case WXK_END: + SetDateAndNotify(wxDateTime(m_date).SetToLastMonthDay()); + break; + + case WXK_RETURN: + GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DOUBLECLICKED); + break; + + default: + event.Skip(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// holidays handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::SetHoliday(size_t day) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( day > 0 && day < 32, wxT("invalid day in SetHoliday") ); + + wxCalendarDateAttr *attr = GetAttr(day); + if ( !attr ) + { + attr = new wxCalendarDateAttr; + } + + attr->SetHoliday(true); + + // can't use SetAttr() because it would delete this pointer + m_attrs[day - 1] = attr; +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::ResetHolidayAttrs() +{ + for ( size_t day = 0; day < 31; day++ ) + { + if ( m_attrs[day] ) + { + m_attrs[day]->SetHoliday(false); + } + } +} + +void wxGenericCalendarCtrl::Mark(size_t day, bool mark) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( day > 0 && day < 32, wxT("invalid day in Mark") ); + + const wxCalendarDateAttr& m = wxCalendarDateAttr::GetMark(); + if (mark) { + if ( m_attrs[day - 1] ) + AddAttr(m_attrs[day - 1], m); + else + SetAttr(day, new wxCalendarDateAttr(m)); + } + else { + if ( m_attrs[day - 1] ) + DelAttr(m_attrs[day - 1], m); + } +} + +//static +wxVisualAttributes +wxGenericCalendarCtrl::GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant) +{ + // Use the same color scheme as wxListBox + return wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(variant); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/caret.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/caret.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ac8fe6a7d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/caret.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,286 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/caret.cpp +// Purpose: generic wxCaret class implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin (original code by Robert Roebling) +// Modified by: +// Created: 25.05.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: caret.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CARET + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/caret.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global variables for this module +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the blink time (common to all carets for MSW compatibility) +static int gs_blinkTime = 500; // in milliseconds + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// timer stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCaretTimer::wxCaretTimer(wxCaret *caret) +{ + m_caret = caret; +} + +void wxCaretTimer::Notify() +{ + m_caret->OnTimer(); +} + +void wxCaret::OnTimer() +{ + // don't blink the caret when we don't have the focus + if ( m_hasFocus ) + Blink(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCaret static functions and data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int wxCaretBase::GetBlinkTime() +{ + return gs_blinkTime; +} + +void wxCaretBase::SetBlinkTime(int milliseconds) +{ + gs_blinkTime = milliseconds; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// initialization and destruction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxCaret::InitGeneric() +{ + m_hasFocus = true; + m_blinkedOut = true; +#ifndef wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS + m_xOld = + m_yOld = -1; + m_bmpUnderCaret.Create(m_width, m_height); +#endif +} + +wxCaret::~wxCaret() +{ + if ( IsVisible() ) + { + // stop blinking + if ( m_timer.IsRunning() ) + m_timer.Stop(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// showing/hiding/moving the caret (base class interface) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxCaret::DoShow() +{ + int blinkTime = GetBlinkTime(); + if ( blinkTime ) + m_timer.Start(blinkTime); + + if ( m_blinkedOut ) + Blink(); +} + +void wxCaret::DoHide() +{ + m_timer.Stop(); + + if ( !m_blinkedOut ) + { + Blink(); + } +} + +void wxCaret::DoMove() +{ +#ifdef wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS + m_overlay.Reset(); +#endif + if ( IsVisible() ) + { + if ( !m_blinkedOut ) + { + // hide it right now and it will be shown the next time it blinks + Blink(); + + // but if the caret is not blinking, we should blink it back into + // visibility manually + if ( !m_timer.IsRunning() ) + Blink(); + } + } + //else: will be shown at the correct location when it is shown +} + +void wxCaret::DoSize() +{ + int countVisible = m_countVisible; + if (countVisible > 0) + { + m_countVisible = 0; + DoHide(); + } +#ifdef wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS + m_overlay.Reset(); +#else + // Change bitmap size + m_bmpUnderCaret = wxBitmap(m_width, m_height); +#endif + if (countVisible > 0) + { + m_countVisible = countVisible; + DoShow(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// handling the focus +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxCaret::OnSetFocus() +{ + m_hasFocus = true; + + if ( IsVisible() ) + Refresh(); +} + +void wxCaret::OnKillFocus() +{ + m_hasFocus = false; + + if ( IsVisible() ) + { + // the caret must be shown - otherwise, if it is hidden now, it will + // stay so until the focus doesn't return because it won't blink any + // more + + // hide it first if it isn't hidden ... + if ( !m_blinkedOut ) + Blink(); + + // .. and show it in the new style + Blink(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// drawing the caret +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxCaret::Blink() +{ + m_blinkedOut = !m_blinkedOut; + + Refresh(); +} + +void wxCaret::Refresh() +{ + wxClientDC dcWin(GetWindow()); +// this is the new code, switch to 0 if this gives problems +#ifdef wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS + wxDCOverlay dcOverlay( m_overlay, &dcWin, m_x, m_y, m_width , m_height ); + if ( m_blinkedOut ) + { + dcOverlay.Clear(); + } + else + { + DoDraw( &dcWin, GetWindow() ); + } +#else + wxMemoryDC dcMem; + dcMem.SelectObject(m_bmpUnderCaret); + if ( m_blinkedOut ) + { + // restore the old image + dcWin.Blit(m_xOld, m_yOld, m_width, m_height, + &dcMem, 0, 0); + m_xOld = + m_yOld = -1; + } + else + { + if ( m_xOld == -1 && m_yOld == -1 ) + { + // save the part we're going to overdraw + dcMem.Blit(0, 0, m_width, m_height, + &dcWin, m_x, m_y); + + m_xOld = m_x; + m_yOld = m_y; + } + //else: we already saved the image below the caret, don't do it any + // more + + // and draw the caret there + DoDraw(&dcWin, GetWindow()); + } +#endif +} + +void wxCaret::DoDraw(wxDC *dc, wxWindow* win) +{ + wxPen pen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + wxBrush brush(*wxBLACK_BRUSH); + if (win) + { + wxColour backgroundColour(win->GetBackgroundColour()); + if (backgroundColour.Red() < 100 && + backgroundColour.Green() < 100 && + backgroundColour.Blue() < 100) + { + pen = *wxWHITE_PEN; + brush = *wxWHITE_BRUSH; + } + } + dc->SetPen( pen ); + dc->SetBrush(m_hasFocus ? brush : *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + + // VZ: unfortunately, the rectangle comes out a pixel smaller when this is + // done under wxGTK - no idea why + //dc->SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); + + dc->DrawRectangle(m_x, m_y, m_width, m_height); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CARET diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/choicbkg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/choicbkg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..702355053a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/choicbkg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/choicbkg.cpp +// Purpose: generic implementation of wxChoicebook +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba from generic/listbkg.cpp +// Created: 15.09.04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: choicbkg.cpp 65967 2010-10-31 13:33:34Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Wlodzimierz Skiba +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK + +#include "wx/choicebk.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/choice.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/imaglist.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// various wxWidgets macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// check that the page index is valid +#define IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) ((nPage) < GetPageCount()) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event table +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoicebook, wxBookCtrlBase) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxChoicebook, wxBookCtrlBase) + EVT_CHOICE(wxID_ANY, wxChoicebook::OnChoiceSelected) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// wxChoicebook implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxChoicebook creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool +wxChoicebook::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( (style & wxBK_ALIGN_MASK) == wxBK_DEFAULT ) + { + style |= wxBK_TOP; + } + + // no border for this control, it doesn't look nice together with + // wxChoice border + style &= ~wxBORDER_MASK; + style |= wxBORDER_NONE; + + if ( !wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, + wxDefaultValidator, name) ) + return false; + + m_bookctrl = new wxChoice + ( + this, + wxID_ANY, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize + ); + + wxSizer* mainSizer = new wxBoxSizer(IsVertical() ? wxVERTICAL : wxHORIZONTAL); + + if (style & wxBK_RIGHT || style & wxBK_BOTTOM) + mainSizer->Add(0, 0, 1, wxEXPAND, 0); + + m_controlSizer = new wxBoxSizer(IsVertical() ? wxHORIZONTAL : wxVERTICAL); + m_controlSizer->Add(m_bookctrl, 1, (IsVertical() ? wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL : wxALIGN_CENTRE) |wxGROW, 0); + mainSizer->Add(m_controlSizer, 0, (IsVertical() ? (int) wxGROW : (int) wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL)|wxALL, m_controlMargin); + SetSizer(mainSizer); + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// accessing the pages +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxChoicebook::SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText) +{ + GetChoiceCtrl()->SetString(n, strText); + + return true; +} + +wxString wxChoicebook::GetPageText(size_t n) const +{ + return GetChoiceCtrl()->GetString(n); +} + +int wxChoicebook::GetPageImage(size_t WXUNUSED(n)) const +{ + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +bool wxChoicebook::SetPageImage(size_t WXUNUSED(n), int WXUNUSED(imageId)) +{ + // fail silently, the code may be written to use one of several book + // classes and call SetPageImage() unconditionally, it's better to just + // ignore it (which is the best we can do short of rewriting this class to + // use wxBitmapComboBox anyhow) than complain loudly about a rather + // harmless problem + + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// miscellaneous other stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxChoicebook::DoSetWindowVariant(wxWindowVariant variant) +{ + wxBookCtrlBase::DoSetWindowVariant(variant); + if (m_bookctrl) + m_bookctrl->SetWindowVariant(variant); +} + +void wxChoicebook::SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList) +{ + // TODO: can be implemented in form of static bitmap near choice control + + wxBookCtrlBase::SetImageList(imageList); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// selection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxBookCtrlEvent* wxChoicebook::CreatePageChangingEvent() const +{ + return new wxBookCtrlEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, m_windowId); +} + +void wxChoicebook::MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlEvent &event) +{ + event.SetEventType(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// adding/removing the pages +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool +wxChoicebook::InsertPage(size_t n, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect, + int imageId) +{ + if ( !wxBookCtrlBase::InsertPage(n, page, text, bSelect, imageId) ) + return false; + + GetChoiceCtrl()->Insert(text, n); + + // if the inserted page is before the selected one, we must update the + // index of the selected page + if ( int(n) <= m_selection ) + { + // one extra page added + m_selection++; + GetChoiceCtrl()->Select(m_selection); + } + + if ( !DoSetSelectionAfterInsertion(n, bSelect) ) + page->Hide(); + + return true; +} + +wxWindow *wxChoicebook::DoRemovePage(size_t page) +{ + wxWindow *win = wxBookCtrlBase::DoRemovePage(page); + + if ( win ) + { + GetChoiceCtrl()->Delete(page); + + if ( m_selection >= (int)page ) + { + // ensure that the selection is valid + int sel; + if ( GetPageCount() == 0 ) + sel = wxNOT_FOUND; + else + sel = m_selection ? m_selection - 1 : 0; + + // if deleting current page we shouldn't try to hide it + m_selection = m_selection == (int)page ? wxNOT_FOUND + : m_selection - 1; + + if ( sel != wxNOT_FOUND && sel != m_selection ) + SetSelection(sel); + } + } + + return win; +} + + +bool wxChoicebook::DeleteAllPages() +{ + GetChoiceCtrl()->Clear(); + return wxBookCtrlBase::DeleteAllPages(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxChoicebook events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxChoicebook::OnChoiceSelected(wxCommandEvent& eventChoice) +{ + if ( eventChoice.GetEventObject() != m_bookctrl ) + { + eventChoice.Skip(); + return; + } + + const int selNew = eventChoice.GetSelection(); + + if ( selNew == m_selection ) + { + // this event can only come from our own Select(m_selection) below + // which we call when the page change is vetoed, so we should simply + // ignore it + return; + } + + SetSelection(selNew); + + // change wasn't allowed, return to previous state + if (m_selection != selNew) + GetChoiceCtrl()->Select(m_selection); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/choicdgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/choicdgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d29635eab2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/choicdgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,695 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/choicdgg.cpp +// Purpose: Choice dialogs +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: 03.11.00: VZ to add wxArrayString and multiple sel functions +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: choicdgg.cpp 63734 2010-03-22 11:40:19Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_CHOICEDLG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/listbox.h" + #include "wx/checklst.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/arrstr.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/statline.h" +#include "wx/settings.h" +#include "wx/generic/choicdgg.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxID_LISTBOX 3000 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// convert wxArrayString into a wxString[] which must be delete[]d by caller +static int ConvertWXArrayToC(const wxArrayString& aChoices, wxString **choices); + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int ConvertWXArrayToC(const wxArrayString& aChoices, wxString **choices) +{ + int n = aChoices.GetCount(); + *choices = new wxString[n]; + + for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) + { + (*choices)[i] = aChoices[i]; + } + + return n; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wrapper functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxGetSingleChoice( const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + wxWindow *parent, + int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + bool WXUNUSED(centre), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int initialSelection) +{ + wxSingleChoiceDialog dialog(parent, message, caption, n, choices); + + dialog.SetSelection(initialSelection); + + wxString choice; + if ( dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + choice = dialog.GetStringSelection(); + + return choice; +} + +wxString wxGetSingleChoice( const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& aChoices, + wxWindow *parent, + int x, int y, + bool centre, + int width, int height, + int initialSelection) +{ + wxString *choices; + int n = ConvertWXArrayToC(aChoices, &choices); + wxString res = wxGetSingleChoice(message, caption, n, choices, parent, + x, y, centre, width, height, + initialSelection); + delete [] choices; + + return res; +} + +wxString wxGetSingleChoice( const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + int initialSelection, + wxWindow *parent) +{ + return wxGetSingleChoice(message, caption, choices, parent, + wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, + true, wxCHOICE_WIDTH, wxCHOICE_HEIGHT, + initialSelection); +} + +wxString wxGetSingleChoice( const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + int initialSelection, + wxWindow *parent) +{ + return wxGetSingleChoice(message, caption, n, choices, parent, + wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, + true, wxCHOICE_WIDTH, wxCHOICE_HEIGHT, + initialSelection); +} + +int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex( const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + wxWindow *parent, + int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + bool WXUNUSED(centre), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int initialSelection) +{ + wxSingleChoiceDialog dialog(parent, message, caption, n, choices); + + dialog.SetSelection(initialSelection); + + int choice; + if ( dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + choice = dialog.GetSelection(); + else + choice = -1; + + return choice; +} + +int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex( const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& aChoices, + wxWindow *parent, + int x, int y, + bool centre, + int width, int height, + int initialSelection) +{ + wxString *choices; + int n = ConvertWXArrayToC(aChoices, &choices); + int res = wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(message, caption, n, choices, parent, + x, y, centre, width, height, + initialSelection); + delete [] choices; + + return res; +} + +int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex( const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + int initialSelection, + wxWindow *parent) +{ + return wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(message, caption, choices, parent, + wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, + true, wxCHOICE_WIDTH, wxCHOICE_HEIGHT, + initialSelection); +} + + +int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex( const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + int initialSelection, + wxWindow *parent) +{ + return wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(message, caption, n, choices, parent, + wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, + true, wxCHOICE_WIDTH, wxCHOICE_HEIGHT, + initialSelection); +} + + +void *wxGetSingleChoiceData( const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + void **client_data, + wxWindow *parent, + int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + bool WXUNUSED(centre), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int initialSelection) +{ + wxSingleChoiceDialog dialog(parent, message, caption, n, choices, + (char **)client_data); + + dialog.SetSelection(initialSelection); + + void *data; + if ( dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + data = dialog.GetSelectionClientData(); + else + data = NULL; + + return data; +} + +void *wxGetSingleChoiceData( const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& aChoices, + void **client_data, + wxWindow *parent, + int x, int y, + bool centre, + int width, int height, + int initialSelection) +{ + wxString *choices; + int n = ConvertWXArrayToC(aChoices, &choices); + void *res = wxGetSingleChoiceData(message, caption, n, choices, + client_data, parent, + x, y, centre, width, height, + initialSelection); + delete [] choices; + + return res; +} + +void* wxGetSingleChoiceData( const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + void **client_data, + int initialSelection, + wxWindow *parent) +{ + return wxGetSingleChoiceData(message, caption, choices, + client_data, parent, + wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, + true, wxCHOICE_WIDTH, wxCHOICE_HEIGHT, + initialSelection); +} + +void* wxGetSingleChoiceData( const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + void **client_data, + int initialSelection, + wxWindow *parent) +{ + return wxGetSingleChoiceData(message, caption, n, choices, + client_data, parent, + wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, + true, wxCHOICE_WIDTH, wxCHOICE_HEIGHT, + initialSelection); +} + + +int wxGetSelectedChoices(wxArrayInt& selections, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + wxWindow *parent, + int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + bool WXUNUSED(centre), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height)) +{ + wxMultiChoiceDialog dialog(parent, message, caption, n, choices); + + // call this even if selections array is empty and this then (correctly) + // deselects the first item which is selected by default + dialog.SetSelections(selections); + + if ( dialog.ShowModal() != wxID_OK ) + { + // NB: intentionally do not clear the selections array here, the caller + // might want to preserve its original contents if the dialog was + // cancelled + return -1; + } + + selections = dialog.GetSelections(); + return selections.GetCount(); +} + +int wxGetSelectedChoices(wxArrayInt& selections, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& aChoices, + wxWindow *parent, + int x, int y, + bool centre, + int width, int height) +{ + wxString *choices; + int n = ConvertWXArrayToC(aChoices, &choices); + int res = wxGetSelectedChoices(selections, message, caption, + n, choices, parent, + x, y, centre, width, height); + delete [] choices; + + return res; +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + wxWindow *parent, + int x, int y, + bool centre, + int width, int height) +{ + int rc = wxGetSelectedChoices(selections, message, caption, + n, choices, + parent, x, y, centre, width, height); + if ( rc == -1 ) + { + selections.clear(); + return 0; + } + + return rc; +} + +size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& aChoices, + wxWindow *parent, + int x, int y, + bool centre, + int width, int height) +{ + int rc = wxGetSelectedChoices(selections, message, caption, + aChoices, + parent, x, y, centre, width, height); + if ( rc == -1 ) + { + selections.clear(); + return 0; + } + + return rc; +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnyChoiceDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, const wxString *choices, + long styleDlg, + const wxPoint& pos, + long styleLbox) +{ + // extract the buttons styles from the dialog one and remove them from it + const long styleBtns = styleDlg & (wxOK | wxCANCEL); + styleDlg &= ~styleBtns; + + if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize, styleDlg) ) + return false; + + wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + // 1) text message + topsizer-> + Add(CreateTextSizer(message), wxSizerFlags().Expand().TripleBorder()); + + // 2) list box + m_listbox = CreateList(n, choices, styleLbox); + + if ( n > 0 ) + m_listbox->SetSelection(0); + + topsizer-> + Add(m_listbox, wxSizerFlags().Expand().Proportion(1).TripleBorder(wxLEFT | wxRIGHT)); + + // 3) buttons if any + wxSizer * + buttonSizer = CreateSeparatedButtonSizer(styleBtns); + if ( buttonSizer ) + { + topsizer->Add(buttonSizer, wxSizerFlags().Expand().DoubleBorder()); + } + + SetSizer( topsizer ); + + topsizer->SetSizeHints( this ); + topsizer->Fit( this ); + + if ( styleDlg & wxCENTRE ) + Centre(wxBOTH); + + m_listbox->SetFocus(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long styleDlg, + const wxPoint& pos, + long styleLbox) +{ + wxCArrayString chs(choices); + return Create(parent, message, caption, chs.GetCount(), chs.GetStrings(), + styleDlg, pos, styleLbox); +} + +wxListBoxBase *wxAnyChoiceDialog::CreateList(int n, const wxString *choices, long styleLbox) +{ + return new wxListBox( this, wxID_LISTBOX, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + n, choices, + styleLbox ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSingleChoiceDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSingleChoiceDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OK, wxSingleChoiceDialog::OnOK) +#ifndef __SMARTPHONE__ + EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK(wxID_LISTBOX, wxSingleChoiceDialog::OnListBoxDClick) +#endif +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + EVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN(wxSingleChoiceDialog::OnJoystickButtonDown) +#endif +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSingleChoiceDialog, wxDialog) + +wxSingleChoiceDialog::wxSingleChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, + const wxString *choices, + char **clientData, + long style, + const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos)) +{ + Create(parent, message, caption, n, choices, clientData, style); +} + +wxSingleChoiceDialog::wxSingleChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + char **clientData, + long style, + const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos)) +{ + Create(parent, message, caption, choices, clientData, style); +} + +bool wxSingleChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, + const wxString *choices, + char **clientData, + long style, + const wxPoint& pos ) +{ + if ( !wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(parent, message, caption, + n, choices, + style, pos) ) + return false; + + m_selection = n > 0 ? 0 : -1; + + if (clientData) + { + for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) + m_listbox->SetClientData(i, clientData[i]); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxSingleChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + char **clientData, + long style, + const wxPoint& pos ) +{ + wxCArrayString chs(choices); + return Create( parent, message, caption, chs.GetCount(), chs.GetStrings(), + clientData, style, pos ); +} + +// Set the selection +void wxSingleChoiceDialog::SetSelection(int sel) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( sel >= 0 && (unsigned)sel < m_listbox->GetCount(), + "Invalid initial selection" ); + + m_listbox->SetSelection(sel); + m_selection = sel; +} + +void wxSingleChoiceDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + DoChoice(); +} + +#ifndef __SMARTPHONE__ +void wxSingleChoiceDialog::OnListBoxDClick(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + DoChoice(); +} +#endif + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ +void wxSingleChoiceDialog::OnJoystickButtonDown(wxJoystickEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + DoChoice(); +} +#endif + +void wxSingleChoiceDialog::DoChoice() +{ + m_selection = m_listbox->GetSelection(); + m_stringSelection = m_listbox->GetStringSelection(); + + if ( m_listbox->HasClientUntypedData() ) + SetClientData(m_listbox->GetClientData(m_selection)); + + EndModal(wxID_OK); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMultiChoiceDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMultiChoiceDialog, wxDialog) + +bool wxMultiChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + int n, + const wxString *choices, + long style, + const wxPoint& pos ) +{ + long styleLbox; +#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB; +#else + styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB | wxLB_EXTENDED; +#endif + + if ( !wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(parent, message, caption, + n, choices, + style, pos, + styleLbox) ) + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxMultiChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, + const wxPoint& pos ) +{ + wxCArrayString chs(choices); + return Create( parent, message, caption, chs.GetCount(), + chs.GetStrings(), style, pos ); +} + +void wxMultiChoiceDialog::SetSelections(const wxArrayInt& selections) +{ +#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + wxCheckListBox* checkListBox = wxDynamicCast(m_listbox, wxCheckListBox); + if (checkListBox) + { + // first clear all currently selected items + size_t n, + count = checkListBox->GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; ++n ) + { + if (checkListBox->IsChecked(n)) + checkListBox->Check(n, false); + } + + // now select the ones which should be selected + count = selections.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + checkListBox->Check(selections[n]); + } + + return; + } +#endif + + // first clear all currently selected items + size_t n, + count = m_listbox->GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; ++n ) + { + m_listbox->Deselect(n); + } + + // now select the ones which should be selected + count = selections.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + m_listbox->Select(selections[n]); + } +} + +bool wxMultiChoiceDialog::TransferDataFromWindow() +{ + m_selections.Empty(); + +#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + wxCheckListBox* checkListBox = wxDynamicCast(m_listbox, wxCheckListBox); + if (checkListBox) + { + size_t count = checkListBox->GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( checkListBox->IsChecked(n) ) + m_selections.Add(n); + } + return true; + } +#endif + + size_t count = m_listbox->GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( m_listbox->IsSelected(n) ) + m_selections.Add(n); + } + + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + +wxListBoxBase *wxMultiChoiceDialog::CreateList(int n, const wxString *choices, long styleLbox) +{ + return new wxCheckListBox( this, wxID_LISTBOX, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + n, choices, + styleLbox ); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + +#endif // wxUSE_CHOICEDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/clrpickerg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/clrpickerg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5fb706672a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/clrpickerg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/clrpickerg.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericColourButton class implementation +// Author: Francesco Montorsi (readapted code written by Vadim Zeitlin) +// Modified by: +// Created: 15/04/2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: clrpickerg.cpp 52836 2008-03-26 15:49:31Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/clrpicker.h" +#include "wx/colordlg.h" +#include "wx/dcmemory.h" + + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxColourData wxGenericColourButton::ms_data; +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericColourButton, wxBitmapButton) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericColourButton +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGenericColourButton::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxColour &col, const wxPoint &pos, + const wxSize &size, long style, + const wxValidator& validator, const wxString &name) +{ + m_bitmap = wxBitmap( 60, 13 ); + + // create this button + if (!wxBitmapButton::Create( parent, id, m_bitmap, pos, + size, style | wxBU_AUTODRAW, validator, name )) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGenericColourButton creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + // and handle user clicks on it + Connect(GetId(), wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, + wxCommandEventHandler(wxGenericColourButton::OnButtonClick), + NULL, this); + + m_colour = col; + UpdateColour(); + InitColourData(); + + return true; +} + +void wxGenericColourButton::InitColourData() +{ + ms_data.SetChooseFull(true); + unsigned char grey = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++, grey += 16) + { + // fill with grey tones the custom colors palette + wxColour colour(grey, grey, grey); + ms_data.SetCustomColour(i, colour); + } +} + +void wxGenericColourButton::OnButtonClick(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(ev)) +{ + // update the wxColouData to be shown in the the dialog + ms_data.SetColour(m_colour); + + // create the colour dialog and display it + wxColourDialog dlg(this, &ms_data); + if (dlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK) + { + ms_data = dlg.GetColourData(); + SetColour(ms_data.GetColour()); + + // fire an event + wxColourPickerEvent event(this, GetId(), m_colour); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } +} + +void wxGenericColourButton::UpdateColour() +{ + wxMemoryDC dc(m_bitmap); + dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); + dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(m_colour) ); + dc.DrawRectangle( 0,0,m_bitmap.GetWidth(),m_bitmap.GetHeight() ); + + if ( HasFlag(wxCLRP_SHOW_LABEL) ) + { + wxColour col( ~m_colour.Red(), ~m_colour.Green(), ~m_colour.Blue() ); + dc.SetTextForeground( col ); + dc.SetFont( GetFont() ); + dc.DrawText( m_colour.GetAsString(wxC2S_HTML_SYNTAX), 0, 0 ); + } + + dc.SelectObject( wxNullBitmap ); + SetBitmapLabel( m_bitmap ); +} + +wxSize wxGenericColourButton::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxSize sz(wxBitmapButton::DoGetBestSize()); +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + sz.y += 6; +#else + sz.y += 2; +#endif + sz.x += 30; + if ( HasFlag(wxCLRP_SHOW_LABEL) ) + return sz; + + // if we have no label, then make this button a square + // (like e.g. native GTK version of this control) ??? + // sz.SetWidth(sz.GetHeight()); + return sz; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/collpaneg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/collpaneg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a463d27090 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/collpaneg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/collpaneg.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericCollapsiblePane +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified By: +// Created: 8/10/2006 +// Id: $Id: collpaneg.cpp 62431 2009-10-16 16:25:43Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/defs.h" + +#if wxUSE_COLLPANE && wxUSE_BUTTON && wxUSE_STATLINE + +#include "wx/collpane.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/toplevel.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/panel.h" +#endif // !WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/statline.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +const char wxCollapsiblePaneNameStr[] = "collapsiblePane"; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericCollapsiblePane +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_COLLPANE_CHANGED, wxCollapsiblePaneEvent ); +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericCollapsiblePane, wxControl) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCollapsiblePaneEvent, wxCommandEvent) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericCollapsiblePane, wxControl) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_ANY, wxGenericCollapsiblePane::OnButton) + EVT_SIZE(wxGenericCollapsiblePane::OnSize) + + WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(wxGenericCollapsiblePane) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(wxGenericCollapsiblePane, wxControl) + +void wxGenericCollapsiblePane::Init() +{ + WX_INIT_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); + + m_pButton = NULL; + m_pPane = NULL; + m_pStaticLine = NULL; + m_sz = NULL; +} + +bool wxGenericCollapsiblePane::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& val, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, val, name) ) + return false; + + m_strLabel = label; + + // sizer containing the expand button and possibly a static line + m_sz = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + // on Mac we use the special disclosure triangle button + m_pStaticLine = NULL; + m_pButton = new wxDisclosureTriangle(this, wxID_ANY, GetBtnLabel()); + m_sz->Add(m_pButton); +#else + // create children and lay them out using a wxBoxSizer + // (so that we automatically get RTL features) + m_pButton = new wxButton(this, wxID_ANY, GetBtnLabel(), wxPoint(0, 0), + wxDefaultSize, wxBU_EXACTFIT); + m_pStaticLine = new wxStaticLine(this, wxID_ANY); + + // on other platforms we put the static line and the button horizontally + m_sz->Add(m_pButton, 0, wxLEFT|wxTOP|wxBOTTOM, GetBorder()); + m_sz->Add(m_pStaticLine, 1, wxALIGN_CENTER|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, GetBorder()); +#endif + + // FIXME: at least under wxCE and wxGTK1 the background is black if we don't do + // this, no idea why... +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) || defined(__WXGTK__) + SetBackgroundColour(parent->GetBackgroundColour()); +#endif + + // do not set sz as our sizers since we handle the pane window without using sizers + m_pPane = new wxPanel(this, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxTAB_TRAVERSAL|wxNO_BORDER, wxT("wxCollapsiblePanePane") ); + + // start as collapsed: + m_pPane->Hide(); + + return true; +} + +wxGenericCollapsiblePane::~wxGenericCollapsiblePane() +{ + if (m_pButton) + m_pButton->SetContainingSizer(NULL); + + if (m_pStaticLine) + m_pStaticLine->SetContainingSizer(NULL); + + // our sizer is not deleted automatically since we didn't use SetSizer()! + wxDELETE(m_sz); +} + +wxSize wxGenericCollapsiblePane::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + // NB: do not use GetSize() but rather GetMinSize() + wxSize sz = m_sz->GetMinSize(); + + // when expanded, we need more vertical space + if ( IsExpanded() ) + { + sz.SetWidth(wxMax( sz.GetWidth(), m_pPane->GetBestSize().x )); + sz.SetHeight(sz.y + GetBorder() + m_pPane->GetBestSize().y); + } + + return sz; +} + +wxString wxGenericCollapsiblePane::GetBtnLabel() const +{ + // on mac the triangle indicates the state, no string change +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + return m_strLabel; +#else + return m_strLabel + (IsCollapsed() ? wxT(" >>") : wxT(" <<")); +#endif +} + +void wxGenericCollapsiblePane::OnStateChange(const wxSize& sz) +{ + // minimal size has priority over the best size so set here our min size +// SetMinSize(sz); + SetSize(sz); + + if (this->HasFlag(wxCP_NO_TLW_RESIZE)) + { + // the user asked to explicitely handle the resizing itself... + return; + } + + + wxTopLevelWindow *top = + wxDynamicCast(wxGetTopLevelParent(this), wxTopLevelWindow); + if ( !top ) + return; + + wxSizer *sizer = top->GetSizer(); + if ( !sizer ) + return; + + const wxSize newBestSize = sizer->ComputeFittingClientSize(top); + top->SetMinClientSize(newBestSize); + + // we shouldn't attempt to resize a maximized window, whatever happens + if ( !top->IsMaximized() ) + top->SetClientSize(newBestSize); +} + +void wxGenericCollapsiblePane::Collapse(bool collapse) +{ + // optimization + if ( IsCollapsed() == collapse ) + return; + + // update our state + m_pPane->Show(!collapse); + + // update button label +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + m_pButton->SetOpen( !collapse ); +#else + // NB: this must be done after updating our "state" + m_pButton->SetLabel(GetBtnLabel()); +#endif + + + OnStateChange(GetBestSize()); +} + +void wxGenericCollapsiblePane::SetLabel(const wxString &label) +{ + m_strLabel = label; +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + m_pButton->SetLabel(GetBtnLabel()); +#else + m_pButton->SetLabel(GetBtnLabel()); + m_pButton->SetInitialSize(); +#endif + + Layout(); +} + +bool wxGenericCollapsiblePane::Layout() +{ +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + if (!m_pButton || !m_pPane || !m_sz) + return false; // we need to complete the creation first! +#else + if (!m_pButton || !m_pStaticLine || !m_pPane || !m_sz) + return false; // we need to complete the creation first! +#endif + + wxSize oursz(GetSize()); + + // move & resize the button and the static line + m_sz->SetDimension(0, 0, oursz.GetWidth(), m_sz->GetMinSize().GetHeight()); + m_sz->Layout(); + + if ( IsExpanded() ) + { + // move & resize the container window + int yoffset = m_sz->GetSize().GetHeight() + GetBorder(); + m_pPane->SetSize(0, yoffset, + oursz.x, oursz.y - yoffset); + + // this is very important to make the pane window layout show correctly + m_pPane->Layout(); + } + + return true; +} + +int wxGenericCollapsiblePane::GetBorder() const +{ +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) + return 6; +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + wxASSERT(m_pButton); + return m_pButton->ConvertDialogToPixels(wxSize(2, 0)).x; +#else + return 5; +#endif +} + + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericCollapsiblePane - event handlers +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericCollapsiblePane::OnButton(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + if ( event.GetEventObject() != m_pButton ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + Collapse(!IsCollapsed()); + + // this change was generated by the user - send the event + wxCollapsiblePaneEvent ev(this, GetId(), IsCollapsed()); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(ev); +} + +void wxGenericCollapsiblePane::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ +#if 0 // for debug only + wxClientDC dc(this); + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + dc.DrawRectangle(wxPoint(0,0), GetSize()); + dc.SetPen(*wxRED_PEN); + dc.DrawRectangle(wxPoint(0,0), GetBestSize()); +#endif + + Layout(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_COLLPANE && wxUSE_BUTTON && wxUSE_STATLINE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/colour.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/colour.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8aa60c85c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/colour.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/colour.cpp +// Purpose: wxColour class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: colour.cpp 66555 2011-01-04 08:31:53Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/colour.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#endif + +// Colour + +void wxColour::Init() +{ + m_red = + m_blue = + m_green = 0; + m_alpha = wxALPHA_OPAQUE; + m_isInit = false; +} + +void wxColour::InitRGBA(unsigned char r, + unsigned char g, + unsigned char b, + unsigned char a) +{ + m_red = r; + m_green = g; + m_blue = b; + m_alpha = a; + m_isInit = true; +} + +wxColour& wxColour::operator=(const wxColour& col) +{ + m_red = col.m_red; + m_green = col.m_green; + m_blue = col.m_blue; + m_alpha = col.m_alpha; + m_isInit = col.m_isInit; + return *this; +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/colrdlgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/colrdlgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..30fd78ef6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/colrdlgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,585 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/colrdlgg.cpp +// Purpose: Choice dialogs +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: colrdlgg.cpp 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COLOURDLG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/listbox.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/layout.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/slider.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STATLINE + #include "wx/statline.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/colourdata.h" +#include "wx/generic/colrdlgg.h" + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericColourDialog, wxDialog) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericColourDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_ADD_CUSTOM, wxGenericColourDialog::OnAddCustom) +#if wxUSE_SLIDER + EVT_SLIDER(wxID_RED_SLIDER, wxGenericColourDialog::OnRedSlider) + EVT_SLIDER(wxID_GREEN_SLIDER, wxGenericColourDialog::OnGreenSlider) + EVT_SLIDER(wxID_BLUE_SLIDER, wxGenericColourDialog::OnBlueSlider) +#endif + EVT_PAINT(wxGenericColourDialog::OnPaint) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxGenericColourDialog::OnMouseEvent) + EVT_CLOSE(wxGenericColourDialog::OnCloseWindow) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +/* + * Generic wxColourDialog + */ + +// don't change the number of elements (48) in this array, the code below is +// hardcoded to use it +static const wxChar *const wxColourDialogNames[] = +{ + wxT("ORANGE"), + wxT("GOLDENROD"), + wxT("WHEAT"), + wxT("SPRING GREEN"), + wxT("SKY BLUE"), + wxT("SLATE BLUE"), + wxT("MEDIUM VIOLET RED"), + wxT("PURPLE"), + + wxT("RED"), + wxT("YELLOW"), + wxT("MEDIUM SPRING GREEN"), + wxT("PALE GREEN"), + wxT("CYAN"), + wxT("LIGHT STEEL BLUE"), + wxT("ORCHID"), + wxT("LIGHT MAGENTA"), + + wxT("BROWN"), + wxT("YELLOW"), + wxT("GREEN"), + wxT("CADET BLUE"), + wxT("MEDIUM BLUE"), + wxT("MAGENTA"), + wxT("MAROON"), + wxT("ORANGE RED"), + + wxT("FIREBRICK"), + wxT("CORAL"), + wxT("FOREST GREEN"), + wxT("AQUAMARINE"), + wxT("BLUE"), + wxT("NAVY"), + wxT("THISTLE"), + wxT("MEDIUM VIOLET RED"), + + wxT("INDIAN RED"), + wxT("GOLD"), + wxT("MEDIUM SEA GREEN"), + wxT("MEDIUM BLUE"), + wxT("MIDNIGHT BLUE"), + wxT("GREY"), + wxT("PURPLE"), + wxT("KHAKI"), + + wxT("BLACK"), + wxT("MEDIUM FOREST GREEN"), + wxT("KHAKI"), + wxT("DARK GREY"), + wxT("SEA GREEN"), + wxT("LIGHT GREY"), + wxT("MEDIUM SLATE BLUE"), + wxT("WHITE") +}; + +wxGenericColourDialog::wxGenericColourDialog() +{ + m_whichKind = 1; + m_colourSelection = -1; +} + +wxGenericColourDialog::wxGenericColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, + wxColourData *data) +{ + m_whichKind = 1; + m_colourSelection = -1; + Create(parent, data); +} + +wxGenericColourDialog::~wxGenericColourDialog() +{ +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + EndModal(wxID_CANCEL); +} + +bool wxGenericColourDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data) +{ + if ( !wxDialog::Create(GetParentForModalDialog(parent, 0), wxID_ANY, + _("Choose colour"), + wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(900, 900)) ) + return false; + + if (data) + m_colourData = *data; + + InitializeColours(); + CalculateMeasurements(); + CreateWidgets(); + + return true; +} + +int wxGenericColourDialog::ShowModal() +{ + return wxDialog::ShowModal(); +} + + +// Internal functions +void wxGenericColourDialog::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + if (event.ButtonDown(1)) + { + int x = (int)event.GetX(); + int y = (int)event.GetY(); + +#ifdef __WXPM__ + // Handle OS/2's reverse coordinate system and account for the dialog title + int nClientHeight; + + GetClientSize(NULL, &nClientHeight); + y = (nClientHeight - y) + 20; +#endif + if ((x >= m_standardColoursRect.x && x <= (m_standardColoursRect.x + m_standardColoursRect.width)) && + (y >= m_standardColoursRect.y && y <= (m_standardColoursRect.y + m_standardColoursRect.height))) + { + int selX = (int)(x - m_standardColoursRect.x)/(m_smallRectangleSize.x + m_gridSpacing); + int selY = (int)(y - m_standardColoursRect.y)/(m_smallRectangleSize.y + m_gridSpacing); + int ptr = (int)(selX + selY*8); + OnBasicColourClick(ptr); + } + else if ((x >= m_customColoursRect.x && x <= (m_customColoursRect.x + m_customColoursRect.width)) && + (y >= m_customColoursRect.y && y <= (m_customColoursRect.y + m_customColoursRect.height))) + { + int selX = (int)(x - m_customColoursRect.x)/(m_smallRectangleSize.x + m_gridSpacing); + int selY = (int)(y - m_customColoursRect.y)/(m_smallRectangleSize.y + m_gridSpacing); + int ptr = (int)(selX + selY*8); + OnCustomColourClick(ptr); + } + else + event.Skip(); + } + else + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) +{ +#if !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && !defined(__WXPM__) && !defined(__WXCOCOA__) && !defined(__WXOSX__) + wxDialog::OnPaint(event); +#else + wxUnusedVar(event); +#endif + + wxPaintDC dc(this); + + PaintBasicColours(dc); + PaintCustomColours(dc); + PaintCustomColour(dc); + PaintHighlight(dc, true); +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::CalculateMeasurements() +{ + m_smallRectangleSize.x = 18; + m_smallRectangleSize.y = 14; + m_customRectangleSize.x = 40; + m_customRectangleSize.y = 40; + + m_gridSpacing = 6; + m_sectionSpacing = 15; + + m_standardColoursRect.x = 10; +#ifdef __WXPM__ + m_standardColoursRect.y = 15 + 20; /* OS/2 needs to account for dialog titlebar */ +#else + m_standardColoursRect.y = 15; +#endif + m_standardColoursRect.width = (8*m_smallRectangleSize.x) + (7*m_gridSpacing); + m_standardColoursRect.height = (6*m_smallRectangleSize.y) + (5*m_gridSpacing); + + m_customColoursRect.x = m_standardColoursRect.x; + m_customColoursRect.y = m_standardColoursRect.y + m_standardColoursRect.height + 20; + m_customColoursRect.width = (8*m_smallRectangleSize.x) + (7*m_gridSpacing); + m_customColoursRect.height = (2*m_smallRectangleSize.y) + (1*m_gridSpacing); + + m_singleCustomColourRect.x = m_customColoursRect.width + m_customColoursRect.x + m_sectionSpacing; + m_singleCustomColourRect.y = 80; + m_singleCustomColourRect.width = m_customRectangleSize.x; + m_singleCustomColourRect.height = m_customRectangleSize.y; + + m_okButtonX = 10; + m_customButtonX = m_singleCustomColourRect.x ; + m_buttonY = m_customColoursRect.y + m_customColoursRect.height + 10; +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::CreateWidgets() +{ + wxBeginBusyCursor(); + + wxBoxSizer *topSizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + const int sliderHeight = 160; + + // first sliders +#if wxUSE_SLIDER + const int sliderX = m_singleCustomColourRect.x + m_singleCustomColourRect.width + m_sectionSpacing; + + m_redSlider = new wxSlider(this, wxID_RED_SLIDER, m_colourData.m_dataColour.Red(), 0, 255, + wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(wxDefaultCoord, sliderHeight), wxSL_VERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS|wxSL_INVERSE); + m_greenSlider = new wxSlider(this, wxID_GREEN_SLIDER, m_colourData.m_dataColour.Green(), 0, 255, + wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(wxDefaultCoord, sliderHeight), wxSL_VERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS|wxSL_INVERSE); + m_blueSlider = new wxSlider(this, wxID_BLUE_SLIDER, m_colourData.m_dataColour.Blue(), 0, 255, + wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(wxDefaultCoord, sliderHeight), wxSL_VERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS|wxSL_INVERSE); + + wxBoxSizer *sliderSizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + + sliderSizer->Add(sliderX, sliderHeight ); + + wxSizerFlags flagsRight; + flagsRight.Align(wxALIGN_RIGHT | wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL).DoubleBorder(); + + sliderSizer->Add(m_redSlider, flagsRight); + sliderSizer->Add(m_greenSlider,flagsRight); + sliderSizer->Add(m_blueSlider,flagsRight); + + topSizer->Add(sliderSizer, wxSizerFlags().Centre().DoubleBorder()); +#else + topSizer->Add(1, sliderHeight, wxSizerFlags(1).Centre().TripleBorder()); +#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER + + // then the custom button + topSizer->Add(new wxButton(this, wxID_ADD_CUSTOM, + _("Add to custom colours") ), + wxSizerFlags().DoubleHorzBorder()); + + // then the standard buttons + wxSizer *buttonsizer = CreateSeparatedButtonSizer(wxOK | wxCANCEL); + if ( buttonsizer ) + { + topSizer->Add(buttonsizer, wxSizerFlags().Expand().DoubleBorder()); + } + + SetAutoLayout( true ); + SetSizer( topSizer ); + + topSizer->SetSizeHints( this ); + topSizer->Fit( this ); + + Centre( wxBOTH ); + + wxEndBusyCursor(); +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::InitializeColours(void) +{ + size_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(wxColourDialogNames); i++) + { + wxColour col = wxTheColourDatabase->Find(wxColourDialogNames[i]); + if (col.Ok()) + m_standardColours[i].Set(col.Red(), col.Green(), col.Blue()); + else + m_standardColours[i].Set(0, 0, 0); + } + + for (i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(m_customColours); i++) + { + wxColour c = m_colourData.GetCustomColour(i); + if (c.Ok()) + m_customColours[i] = m_colourData.GetCustomColour(i); + else + m_customColours[i] = wxColour(255, 255, 255); + } + + wxColour curr = m_colourData.GetColour(); + if ( curr.Ok() ) + { + bool m_initColourFound = false; + + for (i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(wxColourDialogNames); i++) + { + if ( m_standardColours[i] == curr && !m_initColourFound ) + { + m_whichKind = 1; + m_colourSelection = i; + m_initColourFound = true; + break; + } + } + if ( !m_initColourFound ) + { + for ( i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(m_customColours); i++ ) + { + if ( m_customColours[i] == curr ) + { + m_whichKind = 2; + m_colourSelection = i; + break; + } + } + } + m_colourData.m_dataColour.Set( curr.Red(), curr.Green(), curr.Blue() ); + } + else + { + m_whichKind = 1; + m_colourSelection = 0; + m_colourData.m_dataColour.Set( 0, 0, 0 ); + } +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::PaintBasicColours(wxDC& dc) +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 6; i++) + { + int j; + for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) + { + int ptr = i*8 + j; + + int x = (j*(m_smallRectangleSize.x+m_gridSpacing) + m_standardColoursRect.x); + int y = (i*(m_smallRectangleSize.y+m_gridSpacing) + m_standardColoursRect.y); + + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + wxBrush brush(m_standardColours[ptr]); + dc.SetBrush(brush); + + dc.DrawRectangle( x, y, m_smallRectangleSize.x, m_smallRectangleSize.y); + } + } +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::PaintCustomColours(wxDC& dc) +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) + { + int j; + for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) + { + int ptr = i*8 + j; + + int x = (j*(m_smallRectangleSize.x+m_gridSpacing)) + m_customColoursRect.x; + int y = (i*(m_smallRectangleSize.y+m_gridSpacing)) + m_customColoursRect.y; + + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + + wxBrush brush(m_customColours[ptr]); + dc.SetBrush(brush); + + dc.DrawRectangle( x, y, m_smallRectangleSize.x, m_smallRectangleSize.y); + } + } +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::PaintHighlight(wxDC& dc, bool draw) +{ + if ( m_colourSelection < 0 ) + return; + + // Number of pixels bigger than the standard rectangle size + // for drawing a highlight + int deltaX = 2; + int deltaY = 2; + + if (m_whichKind == 1) + { + // Standard colours + int y = (int)(m_colourSelection / 8); + int x = (int)(m_colourSelection - (y*8)); + + x = (x*(m_smallRectangleSize.x + m_gridSpacing) + m_standardColoursRect.x) - deltaX; + y = (y*(m_smallRectangleSize.y + m_gridSpacing) + m_standardColoursRect.y) - deltaY; + + if (draw) + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + else + dc.SetPen(*wxLIGHT_GREY_PEN); + + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + dc.DrawRectangle( x, y, (m_smallRectangleSize.x + (2*deltaX)), (m_smallRectangleSize.y + (2*deltaY))); + } + else + { + // User-defined colours + int y = (int)(m_colourSelection / 8); + int x = (int)(m_colourSelection - (y*8)); + + x = (x*(m_smallRectangleSize.x + m_gridSpacing) + m_customColoursRect.x) - deltaX; + y = (y*(m_smallRectangleSize.y + m_gridSpacing) + m_customColoursRect.y) - deltaY; + + if (draw) + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + else + dc.SetPen(*wxLIGHT_GREY_PEN); + + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + dc.DrawRectangle( x, y, (m_smallRectangleSize.x + (2*deltaX)), (m_smallRectangleSize.y + (2*deltaY))); + } +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::PaintCustomColour(wxDC& dc) +{ + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + + wxBrush *brush = new wxBrush(m_colourData.m_dataColour); + dc.SetBrush(*brush); + + dc.DrawRectangle( m_singleCustomColourRect.x, m_singleCustomColourRect.y, + m_customRectangleSize.x, m_customRectangleSize.y); + + dc.SetBrush(wxNullBrush); + delete brush; +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::OnBasicColourClick(int which) +{ + wxClientDC dc(this); + + PaintHighlight(dc, false); + m_whichKind = 1; + m_colourSelection = which; + +#if wxUSE_SLIDER + m_redSlider->SetValue( m_standardColours[m_colourSelection].Red() ); + m_greenSlider->SetValue( m_standardColours[m_colourSelection].Green() ); + m_blueSlider->SetValue( m_standardColours[m_colourSelection].Blue() ); +#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER + + m_colourData.m_dataColour.Set(m_standardColours[m_colourSelection].Red(), + m_standardColours[m_colourSelection].Green(), + m_standardColours[m_colourSelection].Blue()); + + PaintCustomColour(dc); + PaintHighlight(dc, true); +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::OnCustomColourClick(int which) +{ + wxClientDC dc(this); + PaintHighlight(dc, false); + m_whichKind = 2; + m_colourSelection = which; + +#if wxUSE_SLIDER + m_redSlider->SetValue( m_customColours[m_colourSelection].Red() ); + m_greenSlider->SetValue( m_customColours[m_colourSelection].Green() ); + m_blueSlider->SetValue( m_customColours[m_colourSelection].Blue() ); +#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER + + m_colourData.m_dataColour.Set(m_customColours[m_colourSelection].Red(), + m_customColours[m_colourSelection].Green(), + m_customColours[m_colourSelection].Blue()); + + PaintCustomColour(dc); + PaintHighlight(dc, true); +} + +/* +void wxGenericColourDialog::OnOk(void) +{ + Show(false); +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::OnCancel(void) +{ + colourDialogCancelled = true; + Show(false); +} +*/ + +void wxGenericColourDialog::OnAddCustom(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxClientDC dc(this); + if (m_whichKind != 2) + { + PaintHighlight(dc, false); + m_whichKind = 2; + m_colourSelection = 0; + PaintHighlight(dc, true); + } + + m_customColours[m_colourSelection].Set(m_colourData.m_dataColour.Red(), + m_colourData.m_dataColour.Green(), + m_colourData.m_dataColour.Blue()); + + m_colourData.SetCustomColour(m_colourSelection, m_customColours[m_colourSelection]); + + PaintCustomColours(dc); +} + +#if wxUSE_SLIDER + +void wxGenericColourDialog::OnRedSlider(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if (!m_redSlider) + return; + + wxClientDC dc(this); + m_colourData.m_dataColour.Set((unsigned char)m_redSlider->GetValue(), m_colourData.m_dataColour.Green(), m_colourData.m_dataColour.Blue()); + PaintCustomColour(dc); +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::OnGreenSlider(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if (!m_greenSlider) + return; + + wxClientDC dc(this); + m_colourData.m_dataColour.Set(m_colourData.m_dataColour.Red(), (unsigned char)m_greenSlider->GetValue(), m_colourData.m_dataColour.Blue()); + PaintCustomColour(dc); +} + +void wxGenericColourDialog::OnBlueSlider(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if (!m_blueSlider) + return; + + wxClientDC dc(this); + m_colourData.m_dataColour.Set(m_colourData.m_dataColour.Red(), m_colourData.m_dataColour.Green(), (unsigned char)m_blueSlider->GetValue()); + PaintCustomColour(dc); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER + +#endif // wxUSE_COLOURDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/combog.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/combog.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39ef0ddd78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/combog.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/combog.cpp +// Purpose: Generic wxComboCtrl +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Modified by: +// Created: Apr-30-2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: combog.cpp 67255 2011-03-20 10:59:22Z JMS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL + +#include "wx/combo.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/combobox.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/dcbuffer.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Some constant adjustments to make the generic more bearable + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + +// position adjustment for wxTextCtrl, to achieve zero left margin +// meaningless if LEFT_MARGIN_CAN_BE_SET set to 1 in combocmn.cpp +#define TEXTCTRLXADJUST 0 + +#define TEXTCTRLYADJUST 0 +#define TEXTXADJUST 0 // how much is read-only text's x adjusted +#define DEFAULT_DROPBUTTON_WIDTH 19 + +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + +// position adjustment for wxTextCtrl, to achieve zero left margin +// meaningless if LEFT_MARGIN_CAN_BE_SET set to 1 in combocmn.cpp +#define TEXTCTRLXADJUST 2 + +#define TEXTCTRLYADJUST 3 +#define TEXTXADJUST 0 // how much is read-only text's x adjusted +#define DEFAULT_DROPBUTTON_WIDTH 17 + +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + +// position adjustment for wxTextCtrl, to achieve zero left margin +// meaningless if LEFT_MARGIN_CAN_BE_SET set to 1 in combocmn.cpp +#define TEXTCTRLXADJUST -1 + +#define TEXTCTRLYADJUST 0 +#define TEXTXADJUST 1 // how much is read-only text's x adjusted +#define DEFAULT_DROPBUTTON_WIDTH 23 + +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + +// position adjustment for wxTextCtrl, to achieve zero left margin +// meaningless if LEFT_MARGIN_CAN_BE_SET set to 1 in combocmn.cpp +#define TEXTCTRLXADJUST 0 + +#define TEXTCTRLYADJUST 0 +#define TEXTXADJUST 0 // how much is read-only text's x adjusted +#define DEFAULT_DROPBUTTON_WIDTH 22 + +#else + +// position adjustment for wxTextCtrl, to achieve zero left margin +// meaningless if LEFT_MARGIN_CAN_BE_SET set to 1 in combocmn.cpp +#define TEXTCTRLXADJUST 0 + +#define TEXTCTRLYADJUST 0 +#define TEXTXADJUST 0 // how much is read-only text's x adjusted +#define DEFAULT_DROPBUTTON_WIDTH 19 + +#endif + + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// Only implement if no native or it wasn't fully featured +#ifndef wxCOMBOCONTROL_FULLY_FEATURED + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericComboCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericComboCtrl, wxComboCtrlBase) + EVT_PAINT(wxGenericComboCtrl::OnPaintEvent) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxGenericComboCtrl::OnMouseEvent) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericComboCtrl, wxComboCtrlBase) + +void wxGenericComboCtrl::Init() +{ +} + +bool wxGenericComboCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + // + // Note that technically we only support 'default' border and wxNO_BORDER. + long border = style & wxBORDER_MASK; + int tcBorder = wxNO_BORDER; + +#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + if ( !border ) + border = wxBORDER_SIMPLE; +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + if ( !border ) + // For XP, have 1-width custom border, for older version use sunken + /*if ( wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive() ) + { + border = wxBORDER_NONE; + m_widthCustomBorder = 1; + } + else*/ + border = wxBORDER_SUNKEN; +#else + + // + // Generic version is optimized for wxGTK + // + + #define UNRELIABLE_TEXTCTRL_BORDER + + if ( !border ) + { + if ( style & wxCB_READONLY ) + { + m_widthCustomBorder = 1; + } + else + { + m_widthCustomBorder = 0; + tcBorder = 0; + } + } + else + { + // Have textctrl instead use the border given. + tcBorder = border; + } + + // Because we are going to have button outside the border, + // let's use wxBORDER_NONE for the whole control. + border = wxBORDER_NONE; + + Customize( wxCC_BUTTON_OUTSIDE_BORDER | + wxCC_NO_TEXT_AUTO_SELECT | + wxCC_BUTTON_STAYS_DOWN ); + +#endif + + style = (style & ~(wxBORDER_MASK)) | border; + if ( style & wxCC_STD_BUTTON ) + m_iFlags |= wxCC_POPUP_ON_MOUSE_UP; + + // create main window + if ( !wxComboCtrlBase::Create(parent, + id, + value, + pos, + size, + style | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE, + validator, + name) ) + return false; + + // Create textctrl, if necessary + CreateTextCtrl( tcBorder ); + + // Add keyboard input handlers for main control and textctrl + InstallInputHandlers(); + + // Set background style for double-buffering, when needed + // (cannot use when system draws background automatically) + if ( !HasTransparentBackground() ) + SetBackgroundStyle( wxBG_STYLE_PAINT ); + + // SetInitialSize should be called last + SetInitialSize(size); + + return true; +} + +wxGenericComboCtrl::~wxGenericComboCtrl() +{ +} + +void wxGenericComboCtrl::OnResize() +{ + + // Recalculates button and textctrl areas + CalculateAreas(DEFAULT_DROPBUTTON_WIDTH); + +#if 0 + // Move separate button control, if any, to correct position + if ( m_btn ) + { + wxSize sz = GetClientSize(); + m_btn->SetSize( m_btnArea.x + m_btnSpacingX, + (sz.y-m_btnSize.y)/2, + m_btnSize.x, + m_btnSize.y ); + } +#endif + + // Move textctrl, if any, accordingly + PositionTextCtrl( TEXTCTRLXADJUST, TEXTCTRLYADJUST ); +} + +void wxGenericComboCtrl::OnPaintEvent( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + // Determine wxDC to use based on need to double-buffer or + // use system-generated transparent background portions + wxDC* dcPtr; + if ( HasTransparentBackground() ) + dcPtr = new wxPaintDC(this); + else + dcPtr = new wxAutoBufferedPaintDC(this); + wxDC& dc = *dcPtr; + + wxSize sz = GetClientSize(); + const wxRect& butRect = m_btnArea; + wxRect tcRect = m_tcArea; + wxRect fullRect(0, 0, sz.x, sz.y); + + // artificial simple border + if ( m_widthCustomBorder ) + { + int customBorder = m_widthCustomBorder; + + // Set border colour + wxPen pen1( wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT), + customBorder, + wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + dc.SetPen( pen1 ); + + // area around both controls + wxRect rect2(fullRect); + if ( m_iFlags & wxCC_IFLAG_BUTTON_OUTSIDE ) + { + rect2 = tcRect; + if ( customBorder == 1 ) + { + rect2.Inflate(1); + } + else + { + #ifdef __WXGTK__ + rect2.x -= 1; + rect2.y -= 1; + #else + rect2.x -= customBorder; + rect2.y -= customBorder; + #endif + rect2.width += 1 + customBorder; + rect2.height += 1 + customBorder; + } + } + + dc.SetBrush( *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH ); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect2); + } + + // Clear the main background if the system doesn't do it by itself + if ( !HasTransparentBackground() && + (tcRect.x > 0 || tcRect.y > 0) ) + { + wxColour winCol = GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour(); + dc.SetBrush(winCol); + dc.SetPen(winCol); + + dc.DrawRectangle(fullRect); + } + + if ( !m_btn ) + { + // Standard button rendering + DrawButton(dc, butRect); + } + + // paint required portion on the control + if ( !m_text || m_widthCustomPaint ) + { + wxASSERT( m_widthCustomPaint >= 0 ); + + // Clear the text-control area background + wxColour tcCol = GetBackgroundColour(); + dc.SetBrush(tcCol); + dc.SetPen(tcCol); + dc.DrawRectangle(tcRect); + + // this is intentionally here to allow drawed rectangle's + // right edge to be hidden + if ( m_text ) + tcRect.width = m_widthCustomPaint; + + dc.SetFont( GetFont() ); + + dc.SetClippingRegion(tcRect); + if ( m_popupInterface ) + m_popupInterface->PaintComboControl(dc, tcRect); + else + wxComboPopup::DefaultPaintComboControl(this, dc, tcRect); + } + + delete dcPtr; +} + +void wxGenericComboCtrl::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + int mx = event.m_x; + bool isOnButtonArea = m_btnArea.Contains(mx,event.m_y); + int handlerFlags = isOnButtonArea ? wxCC_MF_ON_BUTTON : 0; + + if ( PreprocessMouseEvent(event,handlerFlags) ) + return; + + const bool ctrlIsButton = wxPlatformIs(wxOS_WINDOWS); + + if ( ctrlIsButton && + (m_windowStyle & (wxCC_SPECIAL_DCLICK|wxCB_READONLY)) == wxCB_READONLY ) + { + // if no textctrl and no special double-click, then the entire control acts + // as a button + handlerFlags |= wxCC_MF_ON_BUTTON; + if ( HandleButtonMouseEvent(event,handlerFlags) ) + return; + } + else + { + if ( isOnButtonArea || HasCapture() || + (m_widthCustomPaint && mx < (m_tcArea.x+m_widthCustomPaint)) ) + { + handlerFlags |= wxCC_MF_ON_CLICK_AREA; + + if ( HandleButtonMouseEvent(event,handlerFlags) ) + return; + } + else if ( m_btnState ) + { + // otherwise need to clear the hover status + m_btnState = 0; + RefreshRect(m_btnArea); + } + } + + // + // This will handle left_down and left_dclick events outside button in a Windows/GTK-like manner. + // See header file for further information on this method. + HandleNormalMouseEvent(event); + +} + +void wxGenericComboCtrl::SetCustomPaintWidth( int width ) +{ +#ifdef UNRELIABLE_TEXTCTRL_BORDER + // + // If starting/stopping to show an image in front + // of a writable text-field, then re-create textctrl + // with different kind of border (because we can't + // assume that textctrl fully supports wxNO_BORDER). + // + wxTextCtrl* tc = GetTextCtrl(); + + if ( tc && (m_iFlags & wxCC_BUTTON_OUTSIDE_BORDER) ) + { + int borderType = tc->GetWindowStyle() & wxBORDER_MASK; + int tcCreateStyle = -1; + + if ( width > 0 ) + { + // Re-create textctrl with no border + if ( borderType != wxNO_BORDER ) + { + m_widthCustomBorder = 1; + tcCreateStyle = wxNO_BORDER; + } + } + else if ( width == 0 ) + { + // Re-create textctrl with normal border + if ( borderType == wxNO_BORDER ) + { + m_widthCustomBorder = 0; + tcCreateStyle = 0; + } + } + + // Common textctrl re-creation code + if ( tcCreateStyle != -1 ) + { + tc->RemoveEventHandler(m_textEvtHandler); + delete m_textEvtHandler; + + CreateTextCtrl( tcCreateStyle ); + + InstallInputHandlers(); + } + } +#endif // UNRELIABLE_TEXTCTRL_BORDER + + wxComboCtrlBase::SetCustomPaintWidth( width ); +} + +bool wxGenericComboCtrl::IsKeyPopupToggle(const wxKeyEvent& event) const +{ + int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); + bool isPopupShown = IsPopupShown(); + + // This code is AFAIK appropriate for wxGTK. + + if ( isPopupShown ) + { + if ( keycode == WXK_ESCAPE || + ( keycode == WXK_UP && event.AltDown() ) ) + return true; + } + else + { + if ( (keycode == WXK_DOWN && event.AltDown()) || + (keycode == WXK_F4) ) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + +bool wxGenericComboCtrl::PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action, + long numArg, + const wxString& strArg) +{ + bool processed = false; + if ( action == wxACTION_COMBOBOX_POPUP ) + { + if ( !IsPopupShown() ) + { + ShowPopup(); + + processed = true; + } + } + else if ( action == wxACTION_COMBOBOX_DISMISS ) + { + if ( IsPopupShown() ) + { + HidePopup(); + + processed = true; + } + } + + if ( !processed ) + { + // pass along + return wxControl::PerformAction(action, numArg, strArg); + } + + return true; +} + +#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ + +// If native wxComboCtrl was not defined, then prepare a simple +// front-end so that wxRTTI works as expected. +#ifndef _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_ +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboCtrl, wxGenericComboCtrl) +#endif + +#endif // !wxCOMBOCONTROL_FULLY_FEATURED + +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/commandlinkbuttong.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/commandlinkbuttong.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2088bf730e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/commandlinkbuttong.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/commandlinkbuttong.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericCommandLinkButton +// Author: Rickard Westerlund +// Created: 2010-06-23 +// RCS-ID: $Id: commandlinkbuttong.cpp 66647 2011-01-08 06:39:51Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON + +#include "wx/commandlinkbutton.h" +#include "wx/artprov.h" + +wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxCommandLinkButton, wxButton, "wx/commandlinkbutton.h") + +wxDEFINE_FLAGS( wxCommandLinkButtonStyle ) +wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxCommandLinkButtonStyle ) +// new style border flags, we put them first to +// use them for streaming out +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) + +// old style border flags +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) + +// standard window styles +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) + +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_AUTODRAW) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_LEFT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_RIGHT) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_TOP) +wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBU_BOTTOM) +wxEND_FLAGS( wxCommandLinkButtonStyle ) + +wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxCommandLinkButton) +wxPROPERTY( MainLabel, wxString, SetMainLabel, GetMainLabel, wxString(), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("The main label"), wxT("group") ) + +wxPROPERTY( Note, wxString, SetNote, GetNote, wxString(), \ + 0 /*flags*/, wxT("The link URL"), wxT("group") ) +wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxCommandLinkButtonStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, \ + GetWindowStyleFlag, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, 0 /*flags*/, \ + wxT("The link style"), wxT("group")) // style +wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() + +wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxCommandLinkButton) + +wxCONSTRUCTOR_7( wxCommandLinkButton, wxWindow*, Parent, wxWindowID, Id, wxString, \ + MainLabel, wxString, Note, wxPoint, Position, wxSize, Size, long, WindowStyle ) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Generic command link button +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGenericCommandLinkButton::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& mainLabel, + const wxString& note, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !wxButton::Create(parent, + id, + mainLabel + '\n' + note, + pos, + size, + style, + validator, + name) ) + return false; + + if ( !HasNativeBitmap() ) + SetDefaultBitmap(); + + return true; + +} + +void wxGenericCommandLinkButton::SetDefaultBitmap() +{ + SetBitmap(wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_GO_FORWARD, wxART_BUTTON)); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/datavgen.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/datavgen.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d27d2445b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/datavgen.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,4638 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/datavgen.cpp +// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl generic implementation +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi, Guru Kathiresan, Bo Yang +// Id: $Id: datavgen.cpp 67158 2011-03-09 09:44:03Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL + +#include "wx/dataview.h" + +#ifdef wxUSE_GENERICDATAVIEWCTRL + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/private.h" + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include "properly" + #endif + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/timer.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/dcscreen.h" + #include "wx/frame.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/stockitem.h" +#include "wx/calctrl.h" +#include "wx/popupwin.h" +#include "wx/renderer.h" +#include "wx/dcbuffer.h" +#include "wx/icon.h" +#include "wx/list.h" +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +#include "wx/imaglist.h" +#include "wx/headerctrl.h" +#include "wx/dnd.h" +#include "wx/stopwatch.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDataViewColumn; +class wxDataViewHeaderWindow; +class wxDataViewCtrl; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// classes +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const int SCROLL_UNIT_X = 15; + +// the cell padding on the left/right +static const int PADDING_RIGHTLEFT = 3; + +// the expander space margin +static const int EXPANDER_MARGIN = 4; + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +static const int EXPANDER_OFFSET = 4; +#else +static const int EXPANDER_OFFSET = 1; +#endif + +// Below is the compare stuff. +// For the generic implementation, both the leaf nodes and the nodes are sorted for +// fast search when needed +static wxDataViewModel* g_model; +static int g_column = -2; +static bool g_asending = true; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewColumn +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxDataViewColumn::Init(int width, wxAlignment align, int flags) +{ + m_width = width; + m_minWidth = 0; + m_align = align; + m_flags = flags; + m_sort = false; + m_sortAscending = true; +} + +int wxDataViewColumn::GetWidth() const +{ + switch ( m_width ) + { + case wxCOL_WIDTH_DEFAULT: + return wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH; + + case wxCOL_WIDTH_AUTOSIZE: + wxCHECK_MSG( m_owner, wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH, "no owner control" ); + return m_owner->GetBestColumnWidth(m_owner->GetColumnIndex(this)); + + default: + return m_width; + } +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::UpdateDisplay() +{ + if (m_owner) + { + int idx = m_owner->GetColumnIndex( this ); + m_owner->OnColumnChange( idx ); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewHeaderWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDataViewHeaderWindow : public wxHeaderCtrl +{ +public: + wxDataViewHeaderWindow(wxDataViewCtrl *parent) + : wxHeaderCtrl(parent) + { + } + + wxDataViewCtrl *GetOwner() const + { return static_cast(GetParent()); } + +protected: + // implement/override wxHeaderCtrl functions by forwarding them to the main + // control + virtual const wxHeaderColumn& GetColumn(unsigned int idx) const + { + return *(GetOwner()->GetColumn(idx)); + } + + virtual bool UpdateColumnWidthToFit(unsigned int idx, int widthTitle) + { + wxDataViewCtrl * const owner = GetOwner(); + + int widthContents = owner->GetBestColumnWidth(idx); + owner->GetColumn(idx)->SetWidth(wxMax(widthTitle, widthContents)); + owner->OnColumnChange(idx); + + return true; + } + +private: + bool SendEvent(wxEventType type, unsigned int n) + { + wxDataViewCtrl * const owner = GetOwner(); + wxDataViewEvent event(type, owner->GetId()); + + event.SetEventObject(owner); + event.SetColumn(n); + event.SetDataViewColumn(owner->GetColumn(n)); + event.SetModel(owner->GetModel()); + + // for events created by wxDataViewHeaderWindow the + // row / value fields are not valid + return owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + + void OnClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) + { + const unsigned idx = event.GetColumn(); + + if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK, idx) ) + return; + + // default handling for the column click is to sort by this column or + // toggle its sort order + wxDataViewCtrl * const owner = GetOwner(); + wxDataViewColumn * const col = owner->GetColumn(idx); + if ( !col->IsSortable() ) + { + // no default handling for non-sortable columns + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + if ( col->IsSortKey() ) + { + // already using this column for sorting, just change the order + col->ToggleSortOrder(); + } + else // not using this column for sorting yet + { + // first unset the old sort column if any + int oldSortKey = owner->GetSortingColumnIndex(); + if ( oldSortKey != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + owner->GetColumn(oldSortKey)->UnsetAsSortKey(); + owner->OnColumnChange(oldSortKey); + } + + owner->SetSortingColumnIndex(idx); + col->SetAsSortKey(); + } + + wxDataViewModel * const model = owner->GetModel(); + if ( model ) + model->Resort(); + + owner->OnColumnChange(idx); + } + + void OnRClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) + { + if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK, + event.GetColumn()) ) + event.Skip(); + } + + void OnResize(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) + { + wxDataViewCtrl * const owner = GetOwner(); + + const unsigned col = event.GetColumn(); + owner->GetColumn(col)->SetWidth(event.GetWidth()); + GetOwner()->OnColumnChange(col); + } + + void OnEndReorder(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event) + { + wxDataViewCtrl * const owner = GetOwner(); + owner->ColumnMoved(owner->GetColumn(event.GetColumn()), + event.GetNewOrder()); + } + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataViewHeaderWindow); +}; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDataViewHeaderWindow, wxHeaderCtrl) + EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxDataViewHeaderWindow::OnClick) + EVT_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxDataViewHeaderWindow::OnRClick) + + EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxDataViewHeaderWindow::OnResize) + EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxDataViewHeaderWindow::OnResize) + + EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxDataViewHeaderWindow::OnEndReorder) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewRenameTimer +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDataViewRenameTimer: public wxTimer +{ +private: + wxDataViewMainWindow *m_owner; + +public: + wxDataViewRenameTimer( wxDataViewMainWindow *owner ); + void Notify(); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewTreeNode +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDataViewTreeNode; +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( wxDataViewTreeNode *, wxDataViewTreeNodes ); +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( void* , wxDataViewTreeLeaves); + +int LINKAGEMODE wxGenericTreeModelNodeCmp( wxDataViewTreeNode ** node1, + wxDataViewTreeNode ** node2); +int LINKAGEMODE wxGenericTreeModelItemCmp( void ** id1, void ** id2); + +class wxDataViewTreeNode +{ +public: + wxDataViewTreeNode( wxDataViewTreeNode * parent = NULL ) + { + m_parent = parent; + if (!parent) + m_open = true; + else + m_open = false; + m_hasChildren = false; + m_subTreeCount = 0; + } + + ~wxDataViewTreeNode() + { + } + + wxDataViewTreeNode * GetParent() const { return m_parent; } + void SetParent( wxDataViewTreeNode * parent ) { m_parent = parent; } + wxDataViewTreeNodes & GetNodes() { return m_nodes; } + wxDataViewTreeLeaves & GetChildren() { return m_leaves; } + + void AddNode( wxDataViewTreeNode * node ) + { + m_leaves.Add( node->GetItem().GetID() ); + if (g_column >= -1) + m_leaves.Sort( &wxGenericTreeModelItemCmp ); + m_nodes.Add( node ); + if (g_column >= -1) + m_nodes.Sort( &wxGenericTreeModelNodeCmp ); + } + void AddLeaf( void * leaf ) + { + m_leaves.Add( leaf ); + if (g_column >= -1) + m_leaves.Sort( &wxGenericTreeModelItemCmp ); + } + + wxDataViewItem & GetItem() { return m_item; } + const wxDataViewItem & GetItem() const { return m_item; } + void SetItem( const wxDataViewItem & item ) { m_item = item; } + + unsigned int GetChildrenNumber() const { return m_leaves.GetCount(); } + unsigned int GetNodeNumber() const { return m_nodes.GetCount(); } + int GetIndentLevel() const + { + int ret = 0; + const wxDataViewTreeNode * node = this; + while( node->GetParent()->GetParent() != NULL ) + { + node = node->GetParent(); + ret ++; + } + return ret; + } + + bool IsOpen() const + { + return m_open; + } + + void ToggleOpen() + { + int len = m_nodes.GetCount(); + int sum = 0; + for ( int i = 0;i < len; i ++) + sum += m_nodes[i]->GetSubTreeCount(); + + sum += m_leaves.GetCount(); + if (m_open) + { + ChangeSubTreeCount(-sum); + m_open = !m_open; + } + else + { + m_open = !m_open; + ChangeSubTreeCount(sum); + } + } + bool HasChildren() const { return m_hasChildren; } + void SetHasChildren( bool has ){ m_hasChildren = has; } + + void SetSubTreeCount( int num ) { m_subTreeCount = num; } + int GetSubTreeCount() const { return m_subTreeCount; } + void ChangeSubTreeCount( int num ) + { + if( !m_open ) + return; + m_subTreeCount += num; + if( m_parent ) + m_parent->ChangeSubTreeCount(num); + } + + void Resort() + { + if (g_column >= -1) + { + m_nodes.Sort( &wxGenericTreeModelNodeCmp ); + int len = m_nodes.GetCount(); + for (int i = 0; i < len; i ++) + m_nodes[i]->Resort(); + m_leaves.Sort( &wxGenericTreeModelItemCmp ); + } + } + +private: + wxDataViewTreeNode *m_parent; + wxDataViewTreeNodes m_nodes; + wxDataViewTreeLeaves m_leaves; + wxDataViewItem m_item; + bool m_open; + bool m_hasChildren; + int m_subTreeCount; +}; + +int LINKAGEMODE wxGenericTreeModelNodeCmp( wxDataViewTreeNode ** node1, + wxDataViewTreeNode ** node2) +{ + return g_model->Compare( (*node1)->GetItem(), (*node2)->GetItem(), g_column, g_asending ); +} + +int LINKAGEMODE wxGenericTreeModelItemCmp( void ** id1, void ** id2) +{ + return g_model->Compare( *id1, *id2, g_column, g_asending ); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewMainWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(unsigned int, wxDataViewSelection, + WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); +WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxDataViewItem, ItemList); +WX_DEFINE_LIST(ItemList) + +class wxDataViewMainWindow: public wxWindow +{ +public: + wxDataViewMainWindow( wxDataViewCtrl *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + const wxString &name = wxT("wxdataviewctrlmainwindow") ); + virtual ~wxDataViewMainWindow(); + + bool IsList() const { return GetOwner()->GetModel()->IsListModel(); } + bool IsVirtualList() const { return m_root == NULL; } + + // notifications from wxDataViewModel + bool ItemAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ); + bool ItemDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ); + bool ItemChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item ); + bool ValueChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int model_column ); + bool Cleared(); + void Resort() + { + if (!IsVirtualList()) + { + SortPrepare(); + m_root->Resort(); + } + UpdateDisplay(); + } + + void SortPrepare() + { + g_model = GetOwner()->GetModel(); + wxDataViewColumn* col = GetOwner()->GetSortingColumn(); + if( !col ) + { + if (g_model->HasDefaultCompare()) + g_column = -1; + else + g_column = -2; + + g_asending = true; + return; + } + g_column = col->GetModelColumn(); + g_asending = col->IsSortOrderAscending(); + } + + void SetOwner( wxDataViewCtrl* owner ) { m_owner = owner; } + wxDataViewCtrl *GetOwner() { return m_owner; } + const wxDataViewCtrl *GetOwner() const { return m_owner; } + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + wxBitmap CreateItemBitmap( unsigned int row, int &indent ); +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); + void OnArrowChar(unsigned int newCurrent, const wxKeyEvent& event); + void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ); + void OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event ); + void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ); + void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ); + + void UpdateDisplay(); + void RecalculateDisplay(); + void OnInternalIdle(); + + void OnRenameTimer(); + + void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect = NULL ); + void ScrollTo( int rows, int column ); + + unsigned GetCurrentRow() const { return m_currentRow; } + bool HasCurrentRow() { return m_currentRow != (unsigned int)-1; } + void ChangeCurrentRow( unsigned int row ); + + bool IsSingleSel() const { return !GetParent()->HasFlag(wxDV_MULTIPLE); } + bool IsEmpty() { return GetRowCount() == 0; } + + int GetCountPerPage() const; + int GetEndOfLastCol() const; + unsigned int GetFirstVisibleRow() const; + + // I change this method to un const because in the tree view, + // the displaying number of the tree are changing along with the + // expanding/collapsing of the tree nodes + unsigned int GetLastVisibleRow(); + unsigned int GetRowCount(); + + wxDataViewItem GetSelection() const; + wxDataViewSelection GetSelections(){ return m_selection; } + void SetSelections( const wxDataViewSelection & sel ) + { m_selection = sel; UpdateDisplay(); } + void Select( const wxArrayInt& aSelections ); + void SelectAllRows( bool on ); + void SelectRow( unsigned int row, bool on ); + void SelectRows( unsigned int from, unsigned int to, bool on ); + void ReverseRowSelection( unsigned int row ); + bool IsRowSelected( unsigned int row ); + void SendSelectionChangedEvent( const wxDataViewItem& item); + + void RefreshRow( unsigned int row ); + void RefreshRows( unsigned int from, unsigned int to ); + void RefreshRowsAfter( unsigned int firstRow ); + + // returns the colour to be used for drawing the rules + wxColour GetRuleColour() const + { + return wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DLIGHT); + } + + wxRect GetLineRect( unsigned int row ) const; + + int GetLineStart( unsigned int row ) const; // row * m_lineHeight in fixed mode + int GetLineHeight( unsigned int row ) const; // m_lineHeight in fixed mode + int GetLineAt( unsigned int y ) const; // y / m_lineHeight in fixed mode + + // Some useful functions for row and item mapping + wxDataViewItem GetItemByRow( unsigned int row ) const; + int GetRowByItem( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const; + + // Methods for building the mapping tree + void BuildTree( wxDataViewModel * model ); + void DestroyTree(); + void HitTest( const wxPoint & point, wxDataViewItem & item, wxDataViewColumn* &column ); + wxRect GetItemRect( const wxDataViewItem & item, const wxDataViewColumn* column ); + + void Expand( unsigned int row ); + void Collapse( unsigned int row ); + bool IsExpanded( unsigned int row ) const; + bool HasChildren( unsigned int row ) const; + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + bool EnableDragSource( const wxDataFormat &format ); + bool EnableDropTarget( const wxDataFormat &format ); + + void RemoveDropHint(); + wxDragResult OnDragOver( wxDataFormat format, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def ); + bool OnDrop( wxDataFormat format, wxCoord x, wxCoord y ); + wxDragResult OnData( wxDataFormat format, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def ); + void OnLeave(); +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +private: + wxDataViewTreeNode * GetTreeNodeByRow( unsigned int row ) const; + // We did not need this temporarily + // wxDataViewTreeNode * GetTreeNodeByItem( const wxDataViewItem & item ); + + int RecalculateCount(); + + wxDataViewEvent SendExpanderEvent( wxEventType type, const wxDataViewItem & item ); + + wxDataViewTreeNode * FindNode( const wxDataViewItem & item ); + +private: + wxDataViewCtrl *m_owner; + int m_lineHeight; + bool m_dirty; + + wxDataViewColumn *m_currentCol; + unsigned int m_currentRow; + wxDataViewSelection m_selection; + + wxDataViewRenameTimer *m_renameTimer; + bool m_lastOnSame; + + bool m_hasFocus; + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + int m_dragCount; + wxPoint m_dragStart; + + bool m_dragEnabled; + wxDataFormat m_dragFormat; + + bool m_dropEnabled; + wxDataFormat m_dropFormat; + bool m_dropHint; + unsigned int m_dropHintLine; +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + + // for double click logic + unsigned int m_lineLastClicked, + m_lineBeforeLastClicked, + m_lineSelectSingleOnUp; + + // the pen used to draw horiz/vertical rules + wxPen m_penRule; + + // the pen used to draw the expander and the lines + wxPen m_penExpander; + + // This is the tree structure of the model + wxDataViewTreeNode * m_root; + int m_count; + + // This is the tree node under the cursor + wxDataViewTreeNode * m_underMouse; + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewMainWindow) + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericDataViewModelNotifier +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGenericDataViewModelNotifier: public wxDataViewModelNotifier +{ +public: + wxGenericDataViewModelNotifier( wxDataViewMainWindow *mainWindow ) + { m_mainWindow = mainWindow; } + + virtual bool ItemAdded( const wxDataViewItem & parent, const wxDataViewItem & item ) + { return m_mainWindow->ItemAdded( parent , item ); } + virtual bool ItemDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ) + { return m_mainWindow->ItemDeleted( parent, item ); } + virtual bool ItemChanged( const wxDataViewItem & item ) + { return m_mainWindow->ItemChanged(item); } + virtual bool ValueChanged( const wxDataViewItem & item , unsigned int col ) + { return m_mainWindow->ValueChanged( item, col ); } + virtual bool Cleared() + { return m_mainWindow->Cleared(); } + virtual void Resort() + { m_mainWindow->Resort(); } + + wxDataViewMainWindow *m_mainWindow; +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDataViewRenderer, wxDataViewRendererBase) + +wxDataViewRenderer::wxDataViewRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, + int align) : + wxDataViewCustomRendererBase( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ + m_align = align; + m_mode = mode; + m_ellipsizeMode = wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE; + m_dc = NULL; +} + +wxDataViewRenderer::~wxDataViewRenderer() +{ + delete m_dc; +} + +wxDC *wxDataViewRenderer::GetDC() +{ + if (m_dc == NULL) + { + if (GetOwner() == NULL) + return NULL; + if (GetOwner()->GetOwner() == NULL) + return NULL; + m_dc = new wxClientDC( GetOwner()->GetOwner() ); + } + + return m_dc; +} + +void wxDataViewRenderer::SetAlignment( int align ) +{ + m_align=align; +} + +int wxDataViewRenderer::GetAlignment() const +{ + return m_align; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCustomRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDataViewCustomRenderer, wxDataViewRenderer) + +wxDataViewCustomRenderer::wxDataViewCustomRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int align ) : + wxDataViewRenderer( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewTextRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDataViewTextRenderer, wxDataViewRenderer) + +wxDataViewTextRenderer::wxDataViewTextRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int align ) : + wxDataViewRenderer( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ +} + +bool wxDataViewTextRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + m_text = value.GetString(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewTextRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant& WXUNUSED(value) ) const +{ + return false; +} + +bool wxDataViewTextRenderer::HasEditorCtrl() const +{ + return true; +} + +wxControl* wxDataViewTextRenderer::CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, + wxRect labelRect, const wxVariant &value ) +{ + wxTextCtrl* ctrl = new wxTextCtrl( parent, wxID_ANY, value, + wxPoint(labelRect.x,labelRect.y), + wxSize(labelRect.width,labelRect.height) ); + + // select the text in the control an place the cursor at the end + ctrl->SetInsertionPointEnd(); + ctrl->SelectAll(); + + return ctrl; +} + +bool wxDataViewTextRenderer::GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxControl *editor, wxVariant &value ) +{ + wxTextCtrl *text = (wxTextCtrl*) editor; + value = text->GetValue(); + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewTextRenderer::Render(wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int state) +{ + RenderText(m_text, 0, rect, dc, state); + return true; +} + +wxSize wxDataViewTextRenderer::GetSize() const +{ + if (!m_text.empty()) + return GetTextExtent(m_text); + else + return wxSize(wxDVC_DEFAULT_RENDERER_SIZE,wxDVC_DEFAULT_RENDERER_SIZE); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewBitmapRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDataViewBitmapRenderer, wxDataViewRenderer) + +wxDataViewBitmapRenderer::wxDataViewBitmapRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int align ) : + wxDataViewRenderer( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ +} + +bool wxDataViewBitmapRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + if (value.GetType() == wxT("wxBitmap")) + m_bitmap << value; + if (value.GetType() == wxT("wxIcon")) + m_icon << value; + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewBitmapRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant& WXUNUSED(value) ) const +{ + return false; +} + +bool wxDataViewBitmapRenderer::Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int WXUNUSED(state) ) +{ + if (m_bitmap.Ok()) + dc->DrawBitmap( m_bitmap, cell.x, cell.y ); + else if (m_icon.Ok()) + dc->DrawIcon( m_icon, cell.x, cell.y ); + + return true; +} + +wxSize wxDataViewBitmapRenderer::GetSize() const +{ + if (m_bitmap.Ok()) + return wxSize( m_bitmap.GetWidth(), m_bitmap.GetHeight() ); + else if (m_icon.Ok()) + return wxSize( m_icon.GetWidth(), m_icon.GetHeight() ); + + return wxSize(wxDVC_DEFAULT_RENDERER_SIZE,wxDVC_DEFAULT_RENDERER_SIZE); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewToggleRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDataViewToggleRenderer, wxDataViewRenderer) + +wxDataViewToggleRenderer::wxDataViewToggleRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int align ) : + wxDataViewRenderer( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ + m_toggle = false; +} + +bool wxDataViewToggleRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + m_toggle = value.GetBool(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewToggleRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant &WXUNUSED(value) ) const +{ + return false; +} + +bool wxDataViewToggleRenderer::Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int WXUNUSED(state) ) +{ + int flags = 0; + if (m_toggle) + flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED; + if (GetMode() != wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE || + GetEnabled() == false) + flags |= wxCONTROL_DISABLED; + + // check boxes we draw must always have the same, standard size (if it's + // bigger than the cell size the checkbox will be truncated because the + // caller had set the clipping rectangle to prevent us from drawing outside + // the cell) + cell.SetSize(GetSize()); + + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( + GetOwner()->GetOwner(), + *dc, + cell, + flags ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewToggleRenderer::WXOnLeftClick(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursor), + const wxRect& WXUNUSED(cell), + wxDataViewModel *model, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned int col) +{ + if (model->IsEnabled(item, col)) + { + model->ChangeValue(!m_toggle, item, col); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +wxSize wxDataViewToggleRenderer::GetSize() const +{ + // the window parameter is not used by GetCheckBoxSize() so it's + // safe to pass NULL + return wxRendererNative::Get().GetCheckBoxSize(NULL); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewProgressRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDataViewProgressRenderer, wxDataViewRenderer) + +wxDataViewProgressRenderer::wxDataViewProgressRenderer( const wxString &label, + const wxString &varianttype, wxDataViewCellMode mode, int align ) : + wxDataViewRenderer( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ + m_label = label; + m_value = 0; +} + +bool wxDataViewProgressRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + m_value = (long) value; + + if (m_value < 0) m_value = 0; + if (m_value > 100) m_value = 100; + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewProgressRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const +{ + value = (long) m_value; + return true; +} + +bool +wxDataViewProgressRenderer::Render(wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int WXUNUSED(state)) +{ + // deflate the rect to leave a small border between bars in adjacent rows + wxRect bar = rect.Deflate(0, 1); + + dc->SetBrush( *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH ); + dc->SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); + dc->DrawRectangle( bar ); + + bar.width = (int)(bar.width * m_value / 100.); + dc->SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); + + const wxDataViewItemAttr& attr = GetAttr(); + dc->SetBrush( attr.HasColour() ? wxBrush(attr.GetColour()) + : *wxBLUE_BRUSH ); + dc->DrawRectangle( bar ); + + return true; +} + +wxSize wxDataViewProgressRenderer::GetSize() const +{ + return wxSize(40,12); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewDateRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxUSE_DATE_RENDERER_POPUP (wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL && wxUSE_POPUPWIN) + +#if wxUSE_DATE_RENDERER_POPUP + +class wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient: public wxPopupTransientWindow +{ +public: + wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient( wxWindow* parent, wxDateTime *value, + wxDataViewModel *model, const wxDataViewItem & item, unsigned int col) : + wxPopupTransientWindow( parent, wxBORDER_SIMPLE ), + m_item( item ) + { + m_model = model; + m_col = col; + m_cal = new wxCalendarCtrl( this, wxID_ANY, *value ); + wxBoxSizer *sizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + sizer->Add( m_cal, 1, wxGROW ); + SetSizer( sizer ); + sizer->Fit( this ); + } + + void OnCalendar( wxCalendarEvent &event ); + + wxCalendarCtrl *m_cal; + wxDataViewModel *m_model; + unsigned int m_col; + const wxDataViewItem & m_item; + +protected: + virtual void OnDismiss() + { + } + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient,wxPopupTransientWindow) + EVT_CALENDAR( wxID_ANY, wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient::OnCalendar ) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient::OnCalendar( wxCalendarEvent &event ) +{ + m_model->ChangeValue( event.GetDate(), m_item, m_col ); + DismissAndNotify(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DATE_RENDERER_POPUP + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDataViewDateRenderer, wxDataViewRenderer) + +wxDataViewDateRenderer::wxDataViewDateRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int align ) : + wxDataViewRenderer( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ +} + +bool wxDataViewDateRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + m_date = value.GetDateTime(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewDateRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const +{ + value = m_date; + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewDateRenderer::Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state ) +{ + wxString tmp = m_date.FormatDate(); + RenderText( tmp, 0, cell, dc, state ); + return true; +} + +wxSize wxDataViewDateRenderer::GetSize() const +{ + return GetTextExtent(m_date.FormatDate()); +} + +bool wxDataViewDateRenderer::WXOnActivate(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(cell), + wxDataViewModel *model, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned int col) +{ + wxDateTime dtOld = m_date; + +#if wxUSE_DATE_RENDERER_POPUP + wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient *popup = new wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient( + GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GetParent(), &dtOld, model, item, col); + wxPoint pos = wxGetMousePosition(); + popup->Move( pos ); + popup->Layout(); + popup->Popup( popup->m_cal ); +#else // !wxUSE_DATE_RENDERER_POPUP + wxMessageBox(dtOld.Format()); +#endif // wxUSE_DATE_RENDERER_POPUP/!wxUSE_DATE_RENDERER_POPUP + + return true; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewIconTextRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDataViewIconTextRenderer, wxDataViewRenderer) + +wxDataViewIconTextRenderer::wxDataViewIconTextRenderer( +const wxString &varianttype, wxDataViewCellMode mode, int align ) : + wxDataViewRenderer( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ + SetMode(mode); + SetAlignment(align); +} + +bool wxDataViewIconTextRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + m_value << value; + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewIconTextRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant& WXUNUSED(value) ) const +{ + return false; +} + +bool wxDataViewIconTextRenderer::Render(wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int state) +{ + int xoffset = 0; + + const wxIcon& icon = m_value.GetIcon(); + if ( icon.IsOk() ) + { + dc->DrawIcon(icon, rect.x, rect.y + (rect.height - icon.GetHeight())/2); + xoffset = icon.GetWidth()+4; + } + + RenderText(m_value.GetText(), xoffset, rect, dc, state); + + return true; +} + +wxSize wxDataViewIconTextRenderer::GetSize() const +{ + if (!m_value.GetText().empty()) + { + wxSize size = GetTextExtent(m_value.GetText()); + + if (m_value.GetIcon().IsOk()) + size.x += m_value.GetIcon().GetWidth() + 4; + return size; + } + return wxSize(80,20); +} + +wxControl* wxDataViewIconTextRenderer::CreateEditorCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect, const wxVariant& value) +{ + wxDataViewIconText iconText; + iconText << value; + + wxString text = iconText.GetText(); + + // adjust the label rect to take the width of the icon into account + if (iconText.GetIcon().IsOk()) + { + int w = iconText.GetIcon().GetWidth() + 4; + labelRect.x += w; + labelRect.width -= w; + } + + wxTextCtrl* ctrl = new wxTextCtrl( parent, wxID_ANY, text, + wxPoint(labelRect.x,labelRect.y), + wxSize(labelRect.width,labelRect.height) ); + + // select the text in the control an place the cursor at the end + ctrl->SetInsertionPointEnd(); + ctrl->SelectAll(); + + return ctrl; +} + +bool wxDataViewIconTextRenderer::GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxControl *editor, wxVariant& value ) +{ + wxTextCtrl *text = (wxTextCtrl*) editor; + + wxDataViewIconText iconText(text->GetValue(), m_value.GetIcon()); + value << iconText; + return true; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewDropTarget +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +class wxBitmapCanvas: public wxWindow +{ +public: + wxBitmapCanvas( wxWindow *parent, const wxBitmap &bitmap, const wxSize &size ) : + wxWindow( parent, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(0,0), size ) + { + m_bitmap = bitmap; + Connect( wxEVT_PAINT, wxPaintEventHandler(wxBitmapCanvas::OnPaint) ); + } + + void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) + { + wxPaintDC dc(this); + dc.DrawBitmap( m_bitmap, 0, 0); + } + + wxBitmap m_bitmap; +}; + +class wxDataViewDropSource: public wxDropSource +{ +public: + wxDataViewDropSource( wxDataViewMainWindow *win, unsigned int row ) : + wxDropSource( win ) + { + m_win = win; + m_row = row; + m_hint = NULL; + } + + ~wxDataViewDropSource() + { + delete m_hint; + } + + virtual bool GiveFeedback( wxDragResult WXUNUSED(effect) ) + { + wxPoint pos = wxGetMousePosition(); + + if (!m_hint) + { + int liney = m_win->GetLineStart( m_row ); + int linex = 0; + m_win->GetOwner()->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, liney, NULL, &liney ); + m_win->ClientToScreen( &linex, &liney ); + m_dist_x = pos.x - linex; + m_dist_y = pos.y - liney; + + int indent = 0; + wxBitmap ib = m_win->CreateItemBitmap( m_row, indent ); + m_dist_x -= indent; + m_hint = new wxFrame( m_win->GetParent(), wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, + wxPoint(pos.x - m_dist_x, pos.y + 5 ), + ib.GetSize(), + wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW | + wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT | + wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR | + wxNO_BORDER ); + new wxBitmapCanvas( m_hint, ib, ib.GetSize() ); + m_hint->Show(); + } + else + { + m_hint->Move( pos.x - m_dist_x, pos.y + 5 ); + m_hint->SetTransparent( 128 ); + } + + return false; + } + + wxDataViewMainWindow *m_win; + unsigned int m_row; + wxFrame *m_hint; + int m_dist_x,m_dist_y; +}; + + +class wxDataViewDropTarget: public wxDropTarget +{ +public: + wxDataViewDropTarget( wxDataObject *obj, wxDataViewMainWindow *win ) : + wxDropTarget( obj ) + { + m_win = win; + } + + virtual wxDragResult OnDragOver( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def ) + { + wxDataFormat format = GetMatchingPair(); + if (format == wxDF_INVALID) + return wxDragNone; + return m_win->OnDragOver( format, x, y, def); + } + + virtual bool OnDrop( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) + { + wxDataFormat format = GetMatchingPair(); + if (format == wxDF_INVALID) + return false; + return m_win->OnDrop( format, x, y ); + } + + virtual wxDragResult OnData( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def ) + { + wxDataFormat format = GetMatchingPair(); + if (format == wxDF_INVALID) + return wxDragNone; + if (!GetData()) + return wxDragNone; + return m_win->OnData( format, x, y, def ); + } + + virtual void OnLeave() + { m_win->OnLeave(); } + + wxDataViewMainWindow *m_win; +}; + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewRenameTimer +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDataViewRenameTimer::wxDataViewRenameTimer( wxDataViewMainWindow *owner ) +{ + m_owner = owner; +} + +void wxDataViewRenameTimer::Notify() +{ + m_owner->OnRenameTimer(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewMainWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// The tree building helper, declared firstly +static void BuildTreeHelper( const wxDataViewModel * model, const wxDataViewItem & item, + wxDataViewTreeNode * node); + +int LINKAGEMODE wxDataViewSelectionCmp( unsigned int row1, unsigned int row2 ) +{ + if (row1 > row2) return 1; + if (row1 == row2) return 0; + return -1; +} + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDataViewMainWindow, wxWindow) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDataViewMainWindow,wxWindow) + EVT_PAINT (wxDataViewMainWindow::OnPaint) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS (wxDataViewMainWindow::OnMouse) + EVT_SET_FOCUS (wxDataViewMainWindow::OnSetFocus) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS (wxDataViewMainWindow::OnKillFocus) + EVT_CHAR (wxDataViewMainWindow::OnChar) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxDataViewMainWindow::wxDataViewMainWindow( wxDataViewCtrl *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size, const wxString &name ) : + wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE, name ), + m_selection( wxDataViewSelectionCmp ) + +{ + SetOwner( parent ); + + m_lastOnSame = false; + m_renameTimer = new wxDataViewRenameTimer( this ); + + // TODO: user better initial values/nothing selected + m_currentCol = NULL; + m_currentRow = 0; + + m_lineHeight = wxMax( 17, GetCharHeight() + 2 ); // 17 = mini icon height + 1 + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + m_dragCount = 0; + m_dragStart = wxPoint(0,0); + + m_dragEnabled = false; + m_dropEnabled = false; + m_dropHint = false; + m_dropHintLine = (unsigned int) -1; +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + + m_lineLastClicked = (unsigned int) -1; + m_lineBeforeLastClicked = (unsigned int) -1; + m_lineSelectSingleOnUp = (unsigned int) -1; + + m_hasFocus = false; + + SetBackgroundColour( *wxWHITE ); + + SetBackgroundStyle(wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM); + + m_penRule = wxPen(GetRuleColour()); + + // compose a pen whichcan draw black lines + // TODO: maybe there is something system colour to use + m_penExpander = wxPen(wxColour(0,0,0)); + + m_root = new wxDataViewTreeNode( NULL ); + m_root->SetHasChildren(true); + + // Make m_count = -1 will cause the class recaculate the real displaying number of rows. + m_count = -1; + m_underMouse = NULL; + UpdateDisplay(); +} + +wxDataViewMainWindow::~wxDataViewMainWindow() +{ + DestroyTree(); + delete m_renameTimer; +} + + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP +bool wxDataViewMainWindow::EnableDragSource( const wxDataFormat &format ) +{ + m_dragFormat = format; + m_dragEnabled = format != wxDF_INVALID; + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewMainWindow::EnableDropTarget( const wxDataFormat &format ) +{ + m_dropFormat = format; + m_dropEnabled = format != wxDF_INVALID; + + if (m_dropEnabled) + SetDropTarget( new wxDataViewDropTarget( new wxCustomDataObject( format ), this ) ); + + return true; +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::RemoveDropHint() +{ + if (m_dropHint) + { + m_dropHint = false; + RefreshRow( m_dropHintLine ); + m_dropHintLine = (unsigned int) -1; + } +} + +wxDragResult wxDataViewMainWindow::OnDragOver( wxDataFormat format, wxCoord x, + wxCoord y, wxDragResult def ) +{ + int xx = x; + int yy = y; + m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( xx, yy, &xx, &yy ); + unsigned int row = GetLineAt( yy ); + + if ((row >= GetRowCount()) || (xx > GetEndOfLastCol())) + { + RemoveDropHint(); + return wxDragNone; + } + + wxDataViewItem item = GetItemByRow( row ); + + wxDataViewModel *model = GetOwner()->GetModel(); + + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP_POSSIBLE, m_owner->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( m_owner ); + event.SetItem( item ); + event.SetModel( model ); + event.SetDataFormat( format ); + if (!m_owner->HandleWindowEvent( event )) + { + RemoveDropHint(); + return wxDragNone; + } + + if (!event.IsAllowed()) + { + RemoveDropHint(); + return wxDragNone; + } + + + if (m_dropHint && (row != m_dropHintLine)) + RefreshRow( m_dropHintLine ); + m_dropHint = true; + m_dropHintLine = row; + RefreshRow( row ); + + return def; +} + +bool wxDataViewMainWindow::OnDrop( wxDataFormat format, wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) +{ + RemoveDropHint(); + + int xx = x; + int yy = y; + m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( xx, yy, &xx, &yy ); + unsigned int row = GetLineAt( yy ); + + if ((row >= GetRowCount()) || (xx > GetEndOfLastCol())) + return false; + + wxDataViewItem item = GetItemByRow( row ); + + wxDataViewModel *model = GetOwner()->GetModel(); + + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP_POSSIBLE, m_owner->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( m_owner ); + event.SetItem( item ); + event.SetModel( model ); + event.SetDataFormat( format ); + if (!m_owner->HandleWindowEvent( event )) + return false; + + if (!event.IsAllowed()) + return false; + + return true; +} + +wxDragResult wxDataViewMainWindow::OnData( wxDataFormat format, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxDragResult def ) +{ + int xx = x; + int yy = y; + m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( xx, yy, &xx, &yy ); + unsigned int row = GetLineAt( yy ); + + if ((row >= GetRowCount()) || (xx > GetEndOfLastCol())) + return wxDragNone; + + wxDataViewItem item = GetItemByRow( row ); + + wxDataViewModel *model = GetOwner()->GetModel(); + + wxCustomDataObject *obj = (wxCustomDataObject *) GetDropTarget()->GetDataObject(); + + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP, m_owner->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( m_owner ); + event.SetItem( item ); + event.SetModel( model ); + event.SetDataFormat( format ); + event.SetDataSize( obj->GetSize() ); + event.SetDataBuffer( obj->GetData() ); + if (!m_owner->HandleWindowEvent( event )) + return wxDragNone; + + if (!event.IsAllowed()) + return wxDragNone; + + return def; +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::OnLeave() +{ + RemoveDropHint(); +} + +wxBitmap wxDataViewMainWindow::CreateItemBitmap( unsigned int row, int &indent ) +{ + int height = GetLineHeight( row ); + int width = 0; + unsigned int cols = GetOwner()->GetColumnCount(); + unsigned int col; + for (col = 0; col < cols; col++) + { + wxDataViewColumn *column = GetOwner()->GetColumnAt(col); + if (column->IsHidden()) + continue; // skip it! + width += column->GetWidth(); + } + + indent = 0; + if (!IsList()) + { + wxDataViewTreeNode *node = GetTreeNodeByRow(row); + indent = GetOwner()->GetIndent() * node->GetIndentLevel(); + indent = indent + m_lineHeight; + // try to use the m_lineHeight as the expander space + + if(!node->HasChildren()) + delete node; + } + width -= indent; + + wxBitmap bitmap( width, height ); + wxMemoryDC dc( bitmap ); + dc.SetFont( GetFont() ); + dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); + dc.SetBrush( *wxWHITE_BRUSH ); + dc.DrawRectangle( 0,0,width,height ); + + wxDataViewModel *model = m_owner->GetModel(); + + wxDataViewColumn *expander = GetOwner()->GetExpanderColumn(); + if (!expander) + { + // TODO-RTL: last column for RTL support + expander = GetOwner()->GetColumnAt( 0 ); + GetOwner()->SetExpanderColumn(expander); + } + + + int x = 0; + for (col = 0; col < cols; col++) + { + wxDataViewColumn *column = GetOwner()->GetColumnAt( col ); + wxDataViewRenderer *cell = column->GetRenderer(); + + if (column->IsHidden()) + continue; // skip it! + + width = column->GetWidth(); + + if (column == expander) + width -= indent; + + wxDataViewItem item = GetItemByRow( row ); + cell->PrepareForItem(model, item, column->GetModelColumn()); + + wxRect item_rect(x, 0, width, height); + item_rect.Deflate(PADDING_RIGHTLEFT, 0); + + // dc.SetClippingRegion( item_rect ); + cell->WXCallRender(item_rect, &dc, 0); + // dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); + + x += width; + } + + return bitmap; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxDataViewModel *model = GetOwner()->GetModel(); + wxAutoBufferedPaintDC dc( this ); + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + dc.SetBrush(GetOwner()->GetBackgroundColour()); + dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); + dc.DrawRectangle(GetClientSize()); +#endif + + // prepare the DC + GetOwner()->PrepareDC( dc ); + dc.SetFont( GetFont() ); + + wxRect update = GetUpdateRegion().GetBox(); + m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( update.x, update.y, &update.x, &update.y ); + + // compute which items needs to be redrawn + unsigned int item_start = GetLineAt( wxMax(0,update.y) ); + unsigned int item_count = + wxMin( (int)( GetLineAt( wxMax(0,update.y+update.height) ) - item_start + 1), + (int)(GetRowCount( ) - item_start)); + unsigned int item_last = item_start + item_count; + + // Send the event to wxDataViewCtrl itself. + wxWindow * const parent = GetParent(); + wxDataViewEvent cache_event(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_CACHE_HINT, parent->GetId()); + cache_event.SetEventObject(parent); + cache_event.SetCache(item_start, item_last - 1); + parent->ProcessWindowEvent(cache_event); + + // compute which columns needs to be redrawn + unsigned int cols = GetOwner()->GetColumnCount(); + if ( !cols ) + { + // we assume that we have at least one column below and painting an + // empty control is unnecessary anyhow + return; + } + + unsigned int col_start = 0; + unsigned int x_start; + for (x_start = 0; col_start < cols; col_start++) + { + wxDataViewColumn *col = GetOwner()->GetColumnAt(col_start); + if (col->IsHidden()) + continue; // skip it! + + unsigned int w = col->GetWidth(); + if (x_start+w >= (unsigned int)update.x) + break; + + x_start += w; + } + + unsigned int col_last = col_start; + unsigned int x_last = x_start; + for (; col_last < cols; col_last++) + { + wxDataViewColumn *col = GetOwner()->GetColumnAt(col_last); + if (col->IsHidden()) + continue; // skip it! + + if (x_last > (unsigned int)update.GetRight()) + break; + + x_last += col->GetWidth(); + } + + // Draw horizontal rules if required + if ( m_owner->HasFlag(wxDV_HORIZ_RULES) ) + { + dc.SetPen(m_penRule); + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + + for (unsigned int i = item_start; i <= item_last; i++) + { + int y = GetLineStart( i ); + dc.DrawLine(x_start, y, x_last, y); + } + } + + // Draw vertical rules if required + if ( m_owner->HasFlag(wxDV_VERT_RULES) ) + { + dc.SetPen(m_penRule); + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + + // NB: Vertical rules are drawn in the last pixel of a column so that + // they align perfectly with native MSW wxHeaderCtrl as well as for + // consistency with MSW native list control. There's no vertical + // rule at the most-left side of the control. + + int x = x_start - 1; + for (unsigned int i = col_start; i < col_last; i++) + { + wxDataViewColumn *col = GetOwner()->GetColumnAt(i); + if (col->IsHidden()) + continue; // skip it + + x += col->GetWidth(); + + dc.DrawLine(x, GetLineStart( item_start ), + x, GetLineStart( item_last ) ); + } + } + + // redraw the background for the items which are selected/current + for (unsigned int item = item_start; item < item_last; item++) + { + bool selected = m_selection.Index( item ) != wxNOT_FOUND; + if (selected || item == m_currentRow) + { + int flags = selected ? (int)wxCONTROL_SELECTED : 0; + if (item == m_currentRow) + flags |= wxCONTROL_CURRENT; + if (m_hasFocus) + flags |= wxCONTROL_FOCUSED; + + wxRect rect( x_start, GetLineStart( item ), + x_last - x_start, GetLineHeight( item ) ); + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawItemSelectionRect + ( + this, + dc, + rect, + flags + ); + } + } + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + if (m_dropHint) + { + wxRect rect( x_start, GetLineStart( m_dropHintLine ), + x_last - x_start, GetLineHeight( m_dropHintLine ) ); + dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); + dc.SetBrush( *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH ); + dc.DrawRectangle( rect ); + } +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + + wxDataViewColumn *expander = GetOwner()->GetExpanderColumn(); + if (!expander) + { + // TODO-RTL: last column for RTL support + expander = GetOwner()->GetColumnAt( 0 ); + GetOwner()->SetExpanderColumn(expander); + } + + // redraw all cells for all rows which must be repainted and all columns + wxRect cell_rect; + cell_rect.x = x_start; + for (unsigned int i = col_start; i < col_last; i++) + { + wxDataViewColumn *col = GetOwner()->GetColumnAt( i ); + wxDataViewRenderer *cell = col->GetRenderer(); + cell_rect.width = col->GetWidth(); + + if ( col->IsHidden() || cell_rect.width <= 0 ) + continue; // skip it! + + for (unsigned int item = item_start; item < item_last; item++) + { + // get the cell value and set it into the renderer + wxDataViewTreeNode *node = NULL; + wxDataViewItem dataitem; + + if (!IsVirtualList()) + { + node = GetTreeNodeByRow(item); + if( node == NULL ) + continue; + + dataitem = node->GetItem(); + + if ((i > 0) && model->IsContainer(dataitem) && + !model->HasContainerColumns(dataitem)) + continue; + } + else + { + dataitem = wxDataViewItem( wxUIntToPtr(item+1) ); + } + + cell->PrepareForItem(model, dataitem, col->GetModelColumn()); + + // update cell_rect + cell_rect.y = GetLineStart( item ); + cell_rect.height = GetLineHeight( item ); + + // deal with the expander + int indent = 0; + if ((!IsList()) && (col == expander)) + { + // Calculate the indent first + indent = GetOwner()->GetIndent() * node->GetIndentLevel(); + + // we reserve m_lineHeight of horizontal space for the expander + // but leave EXPANDER_MARGIN around the expander itself + int exp_x = cell_rect.x + indent + EXPANDER_MARGIN; + + indent += m_lineHeight; + + // draw expander if needed and visible + if ( node->HasChildren() && exp_x < cell_rect.GetRight() ) + { + dc.SetPen( m_penExpander ); + dc.SetBrush( wxNullBrush ); + + int exp_size = m_lineHeight - 2*EXPANDER_MARGIN; + int exp_y = cell_rect.y + (cell_rect.height - exp_size)/2 + + EXPANDER_MARGIN - EXPANDER_OFFSET; + + const wxRect rect(exp_x, exp_y, exp_size, exp_size); + + int flag = 0; + if ( m_underMouse == node ) + flag |= wxCONTROL_CURRENT; + if ( node->IsOpen() ) + flag |= wxCONTROL_EXPANDED; + + // ensure that we don't overflow the cell (which might + // happen if the column is very narrow) + wxDCClipper clip(dc, cell_rect); + + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawTreeItemButton( this, dc, rect, flag); + } + + // force the expander column to left-center align + cell->SetAlignment( wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL ); + } + if (node && !node->HasChildren()) + { + // Yes, if the node does not have any child, it must be a leaf which + // mean that it is a temporarily created by GetTreeNodeByRow + wxDELETE(node); + } + + wxRect item_rect = cell_rect; + item_rect.Deflate(PADDING_RIGHTLEFT, 0); + + // account for the tree indent (harmless if we're not indented) + item_rect.x += indent; + item_rect.width -= indent; + + if ( item_rect.width <= 0 ) + continue; + + int state = 0; + if (m_hasFocus && (m_selection.Index(item) != wxNOT_FOUND)) + state |= wxDATAVIEW_CELL_SELECTED; + + // TODO: it would be much more efficient to create a clipping + // region for the entire column being rendered (in the OnPaint + // of wxDataViewMainWindow) instead of a single clip region for + // each cell. However it would mean that each renderer should + // respect the given wxRect's top & bottom coords, eventually + // violating only the left & right coords - however the user can + // make its own renderer and thus we cannot be sure of that. + wxDCClipper clip(dc, item_rect); + + cell->WXCallRender(item_rect, &dc, state); + } + + cell_rect.x += cell_rect.width; + } +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::OnRenameTimer() +{ + // We have to call this here because changes may just have + // been made and no screen update taken place. + if ( m_dirty ) + { + // TODO: use wxTheApp->SafeYieldFor(NULL, wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI) instead + // (needs to be tested!) + wxSafeYield(); + } + + wxDataViewItem item = GetItemByRow( m_currentRow ); + + wxRect labelRect = GetItemRect(item, m_currentCol); + + m_currentCol->GetRenderer()->StartEditing( item, labelRect ); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Helper class for do operation on the tree node +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +class DoJob +{ +public: + DoJob() { } + virtual ~DoJob() { } + + // The return value control how the tree-walker tranverse the tree + // 0: Job done, stop tranverse and return + // 1: Ignore the current node's subtree and continue + // 2: Job not done, continue + enum { OK = 0 , IGR = 1, CONT = 2 }; + virtual int operator() ( wxDataViewTreeNode * node ) = 0; + virtual int operator() ( void * n ) = 0; +}; + +bool Walker( wxDataViewTreeNode * node, DoJob & func ) +{ + if( node==NULL ) + return false; + + switch( func( node ) ) + { + case DoJob::OK : + return true; + case DoJob::IGR: + return false; + case DoJob::CONT: + default: + ; + } + + const wxDataViewTreeNodes& nodes = node->GetNodes(); + const wxDataViewTreeLeaves& leaves = node->GetChildren(); + + int len_nodes = nodes.GetCount(); + int len = leaves.GetCount(); + int i = 0, nodes_i = 0; + + for(; i < len; i ++ ) + { + void * n = leaves[i]; + if( nodes_i < len_nodes && n == nodes[nodes_i]->GetItem().GetID() ) + { + wxDataViewTreeNode * nd = nodes[nodes_i]; + nodes_i++; + + if( Walker( nd , func ) ) + return true; + + } + else + switch( func( n ) ) + { + case DoJob::OK : + return true; + case DoJob::IGR: + continue; + case DoJob::CONT: + default: + ; + } + } + return false; +} + +bool wxDataViewMainWindow::ItemAdded(const wxDataViewItem & parent, const wxDataViewItem & item) +{ + GetOwner()->InvalidateColBestWidths(); + + if (IsVirtualList()) + { + wxDataViewVirtualListModel *list_model = + (wxDataViewVirtualListModel*) GetOwner()->GetModel(); + m_count = list_model->GetCount(); + UpdateDisplay(); + return true; + } + + SortPrepare(); + + wxDataViewTreeNode * node; + node = FindNode(parent); + + if( node == NULL ) + return false; + + node->SetHasChildren( true ); + + if( g_model->IsContainer( item ) ) + { + wxDataViewTreeNode * newnode = new wxDataViewTreeNode( node ); + newnode->SetItem(item); + newnode->SetHasChildren( true ); + node->AddNode( newnode); + } + else + node->AddLeaf( item.GetID() ); + + node->ChangeSubTreeCount(1); + + m_count = -1; + UpdateDisplay(); + + return true; +} + +static void DestroyTreeHelper( wxDataViewTreeNode * node); + +bool wxDataViewMainWindow::ItemDeleted(const wxDataViewItem& parent, + const wxDataViewItem& item) +{ + GetOwner()->InvalidateColBestWidths(); + + if (IsVirtualList()) + { + wxDataViewVirtualListModel *list_model = + (wxDataViewVirtualListModel*) GetOwner()->GetModel(); + m_count = list_model->GetCount(); + + if( m_currentRow > GetRowCount() ) + m_currentRow = m_count - 1; + + // TODO: why empty the entire selection? + m_selection.Empty(); + + UpdateDisplay(); + + return true; + } + + wxDataViewTreeNode * node = FindNode(parent); + + // Notice that it is possible that the item being deleted is not in the + // tree at all, for example we could be deleting a never shown (because + // collapsed) item in a tree model. So it's not an error if we don't know + // about this item, just return without doing anything then. + if ( !node || node->GetChildren().Index(item.GetID()) == wxNOT_FOUND ) + return false; + + int sub = -1; + node->GetChildren().Remove( item.GetID() ); + // Manipolate selection + if( m_selection.GetCount() > 1 ) + { + m_selection.Empty(); + } + bool isContainer = false; + wxDataViewTreeNodes nds = node->GetNodes(); + for (size_t i = 0; i < nds.GetCount(); i ++) + { + if (nds[i]->GetItem() == item) + { + isContainer = true; + break; + } + } + if( isContainer ) + { + wxDataViewTreeNode * n = NULL; + wxDataViewTreeNodes nodes = node->GetNodes(); + int len = nodes.GetCount(); + for( int i = 0; i < len; i ++) + { + if( nodes[i]->GetItem() == item ) + { + n = nodes[i]; + break; + } + } + + wxCHECK_MSG( n != NULL, false, "item not found" ); + + node->GetNodes().Remove( n ); + sub -= n->GetSubTreeCount(); + ::DestroyTreeHelper(n); + } + // Make the row number invalid and get a new valid one when user call GetRowCount + m_count = -1; + node->ChangeSubTreeCount(sub); + + // Change the current row to the last row if the current exceed the max row number + if( m_currentRow > GetRowCount() ) + m_currentRow = m_count - 1; + + UpdateDisplay(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewMainWindow::ItemChanged(const wxDataViewItem & item) +{ + GetOwner()->InvalidateColBestWidths(); + + SortPrepare(); + g_model->Resort(); + + // Send event + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + wxDataViewEvent le(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_VALUE_CHANGED, parent->GetId()); + le.SetEventObject(parent); + le.SetModel(GetOwner()->GetModel()); + le.SetItem(item); + parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(le); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewMainWindow::ValueChanged( const wxDataViewItem & item, unsigned int model_column ) +{ + int view_column = -1; + unsigned int n_col = m_owner->GetColumnCount(); + for (unsigned i = 0; i < n_col; i++) + { + wxDataViewColumn *column = m_owner->GetColumn( i ); + if (column->GetModelColumn() == model_column) + { + view_column = (int) i; + break; + } + } + if (view_column == -1) + return false; + + GetOwner()->InvalidateColBestWidth(view_column); + + // NOTE: to be valid, we cannot use e.g. INT_MAX - 1 +/*#define MAX_VIRTUAL_WIDTH 100000 + + wxRect rect( 0, row*m_lineHeight, MAX_VIRTUAL_WIDTH, m_lineHeight ); + m_owner->CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); + Refresh( true, &rect ); + + return true; +*/ + SortPrepare(); + g_model->Resort(); + + // Send event + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + wxDataViewEvent le(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_VALUE_CHANGED, parent->GetId()); + le.SetEventObject(parent); + le.SetModel(GetOwner()->GetModel()); + le.SetItem(item); + le.SetColumn(view_column); + le.SetDataViewColumn(GetOwner()->GetColumn(view_column)); + parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(le); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewMainWindow::Cleared() +{ + GetOwner()->InvalidateColBestWidths(); + + DestroyTree(); + m_selection.Clear(); + + SortPrepare(); + BuildTree( GetOwner()->GetModel() ); + + UpdateDisplay(); + + return true; +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::UpdateDisplay() +{ + m_dirty = true; + m_underMouse = NULL; +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::OnInternalIdle() +{ + wxWindow::OnInternalIdle(); + + if (m_dirty) + { + RecalculateDisplay(); + m_dirty = false; + } +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::RecalculateDisplay() +{ + wxDataViewModel *model = GetOwner()->GetModel(); + if (!model) + { + Refresh(); + return; + } + + int width = GetEndOfLastCol(); + int height = GetLineStart( GetRowCount() ); + + SetVirtualSize( width, height ); + GetOwner()->SetScrollRate( 10, m_lineHeight ); + + Refresh(); +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) +{ + m_underMouse = NULL; + + wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); + + if (GetOwner()->m_headerArea) + GetOwner()->m_headerArea->ScrollWindow( dx, 0 ); +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::ScrollTo( int rows, int column ) +{ + m_underMouse = NULL; + + int x, y; + m_owner->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit( &x, &y ); + int sy = GetLineStart( rows )/y; + int sx = 0; + if( column != -1 ) + { + wxRect rect = GetClientRect(); + int colnum = 0; + int x_start, w = 0; + int xx, yy, xe; + m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &xx, &yy ); + for (x_start = 0; colnum < column; colnum++) + { + wxDataViewColumn *col = GetOwner()->GetColumnAt(colnum); + if (col->IsHidden()) + continue; // skip it! + + w = col->GetWidth(); + x_start += w; + } + + int x_end = x_start + w; + xe = xx + rect.width; + if( x_end > xe ) + { + sx = ( xx + x_end - xe )/x; + } + if( x_start < xx ) + { + sx = x_start/x; + } + } + m_owner->Scroll( sx, sy ); +} + +int wxDataViewMainWindow::GetCountPerPage() const +{ + wxSize size = GetClientSize(); + return size.y / m_lineHeight; +} + +int wxDataViewMainWindow::GetEndOfLastCol() const +{ + int width = 0; + unsigned int i; + for (i = 0; i < GetOwner()->GetColumnCount(); i++) + { + const wxDataViewColumn *c = + const_cast(GetOwner())->GetColumnAt( i ); + + if (!c->IsHidden()) + width += c->GetWidth(); + } + return width; +} + +unsigned int wxDataViewMainWindow::GetFirstVisibleRow() const +{ + int x = 0; + int y = 0; + m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &x, &y ); + + return GetLineAt( y ); +} + +unsigned int wxDataViewMainWindow::GetLastVisibleRow() +{ + wxSize client_size = GetClientSize(); + m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( client_size.x, client_size.y, + &client_size.x, &client_size.y ); + + // we should deal with the pixel here + unsigned int row = GetLineAt(client_size.y) - 1; + + return wxMin( GetRowCount()-1, row ); +} + +unsigned int wxDataViewMainWindow::GetRowCount() +{ + if ( m_count == -1 ) + { + m_count = RecalculateCount(); + UpdateDisplay(); + } + return m_count; +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::ChangeCurrentRow( unsigned int row ) +{ + m_currentRow = row; + + // send event +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::SelectAllRows( bool on ) +{ + if (IsEmpty()) + return; + + if (on) + { + m_selection.Clear(); + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < GetRowCount(); i++) + m_selection.Add( i ); + Refresh(); + } + else + { + unsigned int first_visible = GetFirstVisibleRow(); + unsigned int last_visible = GetLastVisibleRow(); + unsigned int i; + for (i = 0; i < m_selection.GetCount(); i++) + { + unsigned int row = m_selection[i]; + if ((row >= first_visible) && (row <= last_visible)) + RefreshRow( row ); + } + m_selection.Clear(); + } +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::SelectRow( unsigned int row, bool on ) +{ + if (m_selection.Index( row ) == wxNOT_FOUND) + { + if (on) + { + m_selection.Add( row ); + RefreshRow( row ); + } + } + else + { + if (!on) + { + m_selection.Remove( row ); + RefreshRow( row ); + } + } +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::SelectRows( unsigned int from, unsigned int to, bool on ) +{ + if (from > to) + { + unsigned int tmp = from; + from = to; + to = tmp; + } + + unsigned int i; + for (i = from; i <= to; i++) + { + if (m_selection.Index( i ) == wxNOT_FOUND) + { + if (on) + m_selection.Add( i ); + } + else + { + if (!on) + m_selection.Remove( i ); + } + } + RefreshRows( from, to ); +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::Select( const wxArrayInt& aSelections ) +{ + for (size_t i=0; i < aSelections.GetCount(); i++) + { + int n = aSelections[i]; + + m_selection.Add( n ); + RefreshRow( n ); + } +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::ReverseRowSelection( unsigned int row ) +{ + if (m_selection.Index( row ) == wxNOT_FOUND) + m_selection.Add( row ); + else + m_selection.Remove( row ); + RefreshRow( row ); +} + +bool wxDataViewMainWindow::IsRowSelected( unsigned int row ) +{ + return (m_selection.Index( row ) != wxNOT_FOUND); +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::SendSelectionChangedEvent( const wxDataViewItem& item) +{ + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + wxDataViewEvent le(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_SELECTION_CHANGED, parent->GetId()); + + le.SetEventObject(parent); + le.SetModel(GetOwner()->GetModel()); + le.SetItem( item ); + + parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(le); +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::RefreshRow( unsigned int row ) +{ + wxRect rect( 0, GetLineStart( row ), GetEndOfLastCol(), GetLineHeight( row ) ); + m_owner->CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); + + wxSize client_size = GetClientSize(); + wxRect client_rect( 0, 0, client_size.x, client_size.y ); + wxRect intersect_rect = client_rect.Intersect( rect ); + if (intersect_rect.width > 0) + Refresh( true, &intersect_rect ); +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::RefreshRows( unsigned int from, unsigned int to ) +{ + if (from > to) + { + unsigned int tmp = to; + to = from; + from = tmp; + } + + wxRect rect( 0, GetLineStart( from ), GetEndOfLastCol(), GetLineStart( (to-from+1) ) ); + m_owner->CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); + + wxSize client_size = GetClientSize(); + wxRect client_rect( 0, 0, client_size.x, client_size.y ); + wxRect intersect_rect = client_rect.Intersect( rect ); + if (intersect_rect.width > 0) + Refresh( true, &intersect_rect ); +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::RefreshRowsAfter( unsigned int firstRow ) +{ + wxSize client_size = GetClientSize(); + int start = GetLineStart( firstRow ); + m_owner->CalcScrolledPosition( start, 0, &start, NULL ); + if (start > client_size.y) return; + + wxRect rect( 0, start, client_size.x, client_size.y - start ); + + Refresh( true, &rect ); +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::OnArrowChar(unsigned int newCurrent, const wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( newCurrent < GetRowCount(), + wxT("invalid item index in OnArrowChar()") ); + + // if there is no selection, we cannot move it anywhere + if (!HasCurrentRow()) + return; + + unsigned int oldCurrent = m_currentRow; + + // in single selection we just ignore Shift as we can't select several + // items anyhow + if ( event.ShiftDown() && !IsSingleSel() ) + { + RefreshRow( oldCurrent ); + + ChangeCurrentRow( newCurrent ); + + // select all the items between the old and the new one + if ( oldCurrent > newCurrent ) + { + newCurrent = oldCurrent; + oldCurrent = m_currentRow; + } + + SelectRows( oldCurrent, newCurrent, true ); + if (oldCurrent!=newCurrent) + SendSelectionChangedEvent(GetItemByRow(m_selection[0])); + } + else // !shift + { + RefreshRow( oldCurrent ); + + // all previously selected items are unselected unless ctrl is held + if ( !event.ControlDown() ) + SelectAllRows(false); + + ChangeCurrentRow( newCurrent ); + + if ( !event.ControlDown() ) + { + SelectRow( m_currentRow, true ); + SendSelectionChangedEvent(GetItemByRow(m_currentRow)); + } + else + RefreshRow( m_currentRow ); + } + + GetOwner()->EnsureVisible( m_currentRow, -1 ); +} + +wxRect wxDataViewMainWindow::GetLineRect( unsigned int row ) const +{ + wxRect rect; + rect.x = 0; + rect.y = GetLineStart( row ); + rect.width = GetEndOfLastCol(); + rect.height = GetLineHeight( row ); + + return rect; +} + +int wxDataViewMainWindow::GetLineStart( unsigned int row ) const +{ + const wxDataViewModel *model = GetOwner()->GetModel(); + + if (GetOwner()->GetWindowStyle() & wxDV_VARIABLE_LINE_HEIGHT) + { + // TODO make more efficient + + int start = 0; + + unsigned int r; + for (r = 0; r < row; r++) + { + const wxDataViewTreeNode* node = GetTreeNodeByRow(r); + if (!node) return start; + + wxDataViewItem item = node->GetItem(); + + if (node && !node->HasChildren()) + { + // Yes, if the node does not have any child, it must be a leaf which + // mean that it is a temporarily created by GetTreeNodeByRow + wxDELETE(node); + } + + unsigned int cols = GetOwner()->GetColumnCount(); + unsigned int col; + int height = m_lineHeight; + for (col = 0; col < cols; col++) + { + const wxDataViewColumn *column = GetOwner()->GetColumn(col); + if (column->IsHidden()) + continue; // skip it! + + if ((col != 0) && + model->IsContainer(item) && + !model->HasContainerColumns(item)) + continue; // skip it! + + wxDataViewRenderer *renderer = + const_cast(column->GetRenderer()); + renderer->PrepareForItem(model, item, column->GetModelColumn()); + + height = wxMax( height, renderer->GetSize().y ); + } + + start += height; + } + + return start; + } + else + { + return row * m_lineHeight; + } +} + +int wxDataViewMainWindow::GetLineAt( unsigned int y ) const +{ + const wxDataViewModel *model = GetOwner()->GetModel(); + + // check for the easy case first + if ( !GetOwner()->HasFlag(wxDV_VARIABLE_LINE_HEIGHT) ) + return y / m_lineHeight; + + // TODO make more efficient + unsigned int row = 0; + unsigned int yy = 0; + for (;;) + { + const wxDataViewTreeNode* node = GetTreeNodeByRow(row); + if (!node) + { + // not really correct... + return row + ((y-yy) / m_lineHeight); + } + + wxDataViewItem item = node->GetItem(); + + if (node && !node->HasChildren()) + { + // Yes, if the node does not have any child, it must be a leaf which + // mean that it is a temporarily created by GetTreeNodeByRow + wxDELETE(node); + } + + unsigned int cols = GetOwner()->GetColumnCount(); + unsigned int col; + int height = m_lineHeight; + for (col = 0; col < cols; col++) + { + const wxDataViewColumn *column = GetOwner()->GetColumn(col); + if (column->IsHidden()) + continue; // skip it! + + if ((col != 0) && + model->IsContainer(item) && + !model->HasContainerColumns(item)) + continue; // skip it! + + wxDataViewRenderer *renderer = + const_cast(column->GetRenderer()); + renderer->PrepareForItem(model, item, column->GetModelColumn()); + + height = wxMax( height, renderer->GetSize().y ); + } + + yy += height; + if (y < yy) + return row; + + row++; + } +} + +int wxDataViewMainWindow::GetLineHeight( unsigned int row ) const +{ + const wxDataViewModel *model = GetOwner()->GetModel(); + + if (GetOwner()->GetWindowStyle() & wxDV_VARIABLE_LINE_HEIGHT) + { + wxASSERT( !IsVirtualList() ); + + const wxDataViewTreeNode* node = GetTreeNodeByRow(row); + // wxASSERT( node ); + if (!node) return m_lineHeight; + + wxDataViewItem item = node->GetItem(); + + if (node && !node->HasChildren()) + { + // Yes, if the node does not have any child, it must be a leaf which + // mean that it is a temporarily created by GetTreeNodeByRow + wxDELETE(node); + } + + int height = m_lineHeight; + + unsigned int cols = GetOwner()->GetColumnCount(); + unsigned int col; + for (col = 0; col < cols; col++) + { + const wxDataViewColumn *column = GetOwner()->GetColumn(col); + if (column->IsHidden()) + continue; // skip it! + + if ((col != 0) && + model->IsContainer(item) && + !model->HasContainerColumns(item)) + continue; // skip it! + + wxDataViewRenderer *renderer = + const_cast(column->GetRenderer()); + renderer->PrepareForItem(model, item, column->GetModelColumn()); + + height = wxMax( height, renderer->GetSize().y ); + } + + return height; + } + else + { + return m_lineHeight; + } +} + +class RowToItemJob: public DoJob +{ +public: + RowToItemJob( unsigned int row , int current ) + { this->row = row; this->current = current; } + virtual ~RowToItemJob() {} + + virtual int operator() ( wxDataViewTreeNode * node ) + { + current ++; + if( current == static_cast(row)) + { + ret = node->GetItem(); + return DoJob::OK; + } + + if( node->GetSubTreeCount() + current < static_cast(row) ) + { + current += node->GetSubTreeCount(); + return DoJob::IGR; + } + else + { + // If the current has no child node, we can find the desired item of the row + // number directly. + // This if can speed up finding in some case, and will has a very good effect + // when it comes to list view + if( node->GetNodes().GetCount() == 0) + { + int index = static_cast(row) - current - 1; + ret = node->GetChildren().Item( index ); + return DoJob::OK; + } + return DoJob::CONT; + } + } + + virtual int operator() ( void * n ) + { + current ++; + if( current == static_cast(row)) + { + ret = wxDataViewItem( n ); + return DoJob::OK; + } + return DoJob::CONT; + } + + wxDataViewItem GetResult() const + { return ret; } + +private: + unsigned int row; + int current; + wxDataViewItem ret; +}; + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewMainWindow::GetItemByRow(unsigned int row) const +{ + if (IsVirtualList()) + { + return wxDataViewItem( wxUIntToPtr(row+1) ); + } + else + { + RowToItemJob job( row, -2 ); + Walker( m_root , job ); + return job.GetResult(); + } +} + +class RowToTreeNodeJob: public DoJob +{ +public: + RowToTreeNodeJob( unsigned int row , int current, wxDataViewTreeNode * node ) + { + this->row = row; + this->current = current; + ret = NULL; + parent = node; + } + virtual ~RowToTreeNodeJob(){ } + + virtual int operator() ( wxDataViewTreeNode * node ) + { + current ++; + if( current == static_cast(row)) + { + ret = node; + return DoJob::OK; + } + + if( node->GetSubTreeCount() + current < static_cast(row) ) + { + current += node->GetSubTreeCount(); + return DoJob::IGR; + } + else + { + parent = node; + + // If the current node has no children, we can find the desired item of the + // row number directly. + // This if can speed up finding in some case, and will have a very good + // effect for list views. + if( node->GetNodes().GetCount() == 0) + { + int index = static_cast(row) - current - 1; + void * n = node->GetChildren().Item( index ); + ret = new wxDataViewTreeNode( parent ); + ret->SetItem( wxDataViewItem( n )); + ret->SetHasChildren(false); + return DoJob::OK; + } + return DoJob::CONT; + } + } + + virtual int operator() ( void * n ) + { + current ++; + if( current == static_cast(row)) + { + ret = new wxDataViewTreeNode( parent ); + ret->SetItem( wxDataViewItem( n )); + ret->SetHasChildren(false); + return DoJob::OK; + } + + return DoJob::CONT; + } + + wxDataViewTreeNode * GetResult() const + { return ret; } + +private: + unsigned int row; + int current; + wxDataViewTreeNode * ret; + wxDataViewTreeNode * parent; +}; + +wxDataViewTreeNode * wxDataViewMainWindow::GetTreeNodeByRow(unsigned int row) const +{ + wxASSERT( !IsVirtualList() ); + + RowToTreeNodeJob job( row , -2, m_root ); + Walker( m_root , job ); + return job.GetResult(); +} + +wxDataViewEvent wxDataViewMainWindow::SendExpanderEvent( wxEventType type, + const wxDataViewItem & item ) +{ + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + wxDataViewEvent le(type, parent->GetId()); + + le.SetEventObject(parent); + le.SetModel(GetOwner()->GetModel()); + le.SetItem( item ); + + parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(le); + return le; +} + +bool wxDataViewMainWindow::IsExpanded( unsigned int row ) const +{ + if (IsList()) + return false; + + wxDataViewTreeNode * node = GetTreeNodeByRow(row); + if (!node) + return false; + + if (!node->HasChildren()) + { + delete node; + return false; + } + + return node->IsOpen(); +} + +bool wxDataViewMainWindow::HasChildren( unsigned int row ) const +{ + if (IsList()) + return false; + + wxDataViewTreeNode * node = GetTreeNodeByRow(row); + if (!node) + return false; + + if (!node->HasChildren()) + { + delete node; + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::Expand( unsigned int row ) +{ + if (IsList()) + return; + + wxDataViewTreeNode * node = GetTreeNodeByRow(row); + if (!node) + return; + + if (!node->HasChildren()) + { + delete node; + return; + } + + if (!node->IsOpen()) + { + wxDataViewEvent e = + SendExpanderEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDING, node->GetItem()); + + // Check if the user prevent expanding + if( e.GetSkipped() ) + return; + + node->ToggleOpen(); + + // build the children of current node + if( node->GetChildrenNumber() == 0 ) + { + SortPrepare(); + ::BuildTreeHelper(GetOwner()->GetModel(), node->GetItem(), node); + } + + // By expanding the node all row indices that are currently in the selection list + // and are greater than our node have become invalid. So we have to correct that now. + const unsigned rowAdjustment = node->GetSubTreeCount(); + for(unsigned i=0; i row) + ChangeCurrentRow(m_currentRow + rowAdjustment); + + m_count = -1; + UpdateDisplay(); + // Send the expanded event + SendExpanderEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDED,node->GetItem()); + } +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::Collapse(unsigned int row) +{ + if (IsList()) + return; + + wxDataViewTreeNode *node = GetTreeNodeByRow(row); + if (!node) + return; + + if (!node->HasChildren()) + { + delete node; + return; + } + + if (node->IsOpen()) + { + wxDataViewEvent e = + SendExpanderEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSING,node->GetItem()); + if( e.GetSkipped() ) + return; + + // Find out if there are selected items below the current node. + bool selectCollapsingRow = false; + const unsigned rowAdjustment = node->GetSubTreeCount(); + unsigned maxRowToBeTested = row + rowAdjustment; + for(unsigned i=0; i row && testRow <= maxRowToBeTested) + { + selectCollapsingRow = true; + // get out as soon as we have found a node that is selected + break; + } + } + + node->ToggleOpen(); + + // If the node to be closed has selected items the user won't see those any longer. + // We select the collapsing node in this case. + if(selectCollapsingRow) + { + SelectAllRows(false); + ChangeCurrentRow(row); + SelectRow(row, true); + SendSelectionChangedEvent(GetItemByRow(row)); + } + else + { + // if there were no selected items below our node we still need to "fix" the + // selection list to adjust for the changing of the row indices. + // We actually do the opposite of what we are doing in Expand(). + for(unsigned i=0; i row && m_currentRow <= maxRowToBeTested) + ChangeCurrentRow(row); + else if(m_currentRow > row) + ChangeCurrentRow(m_currentRow - rowAdjustment); + } + + m_count = -1; + UpdateDisplay(); + SendExpanderEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSED,node->GetItem()); + } +} + +wxDataViewTreeNode * wxDataViewMainWindow::FindNode( const wxDataViewItem & item ) +{ + const wxDataViewModel * model = GetOwner()->GetModel(); + if( model == NULL ) + return NULL; + + if (!item.IsOk()) + return m_root; + + // Compose the parent-chain for the item we are looking for + wxVector parentChain; + wxDataViewItem it( item ); + while( it.IsOk() ) + { + parentChain.push_back(it); + it = model->GetParent(it); + } + + // Find the item along the parent-chain. + // This algorithm is designed to speed up the node-finding method + wxDataViewTreeNode* node = m_root; + for( unsigned iter = parentChain.size()-1; iter>=0; --iter ) + { + if( node->HasChildren() ) + { + if( node->GetChildrenNumber() == 0 ) + { + SortPrepare(); + ::BuildTreeHelper(model, node->GetItem(), node); + } + + const wxDataViewTreeNodes& nodes = node->GetNodes(); + bool found = false; + + for (unsigned i = 0; i < nodes.GetCount(); ++i) + { + wxDataViewTreeNode* currentNode = nodes[i]; + if (currentNode->GetItem() == parentChain[iter]) + { + if (currentNode->GetItem() == item) + return currentNode; + + node = currentNode; + found = true; + break; + } + } + if (!found) + return NULL; + } + else + return NULL; + } + return NULL; +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::HitTest( const wxPoint & point, wxDataViewItem & item, + wxDataViewColumn* &column ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *col = NULL; + unsigned int cols = GetOwner()->GetColumnCount(); + unsigned int colnum = 0; + int x, y; + m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( point.x, point.y, &x, &y ); + for (unsigned x_start = 0; colnum < cols; colnum++) + { + col = GetOwner()->GetColumnAt(colnum); + if (col->IsHidden()) + continue; // skip it! + + unsigned int w = col->GetWidth(); + if (x_start+w >= (unsigned int)x) + break; + + x_start += w; + } + + column = col; + item = GetItemByRow( GetLineAt( y ) ); +} + +wxRect wxDataViewMainWindow::GetItemRect( const wxDataViewItem & item, + const wxDataViewColumn* column ) +{ + int xpos = 0; + int width = 0; + + unsigned int cols = GetOwner()->GetColumnCount(); + // If column is null the loop will compute the combined width of all columns. + // Otherwise, it will compute the x position of the column we are looking for. + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < cols; i++) + { + wxDataViewColumn* col = GetOwner()->GetColumnAt( i ); + + if (col == column) + break; + + if (col->IsHidden()) + continue; // skip it! + + xpos += col->GetWidth(); + width += col->GetWidth(); + } + + if(column != 0) + { + // If we have a column, we need can get its width directly. + if(column->IsHidden()) + width = 0; + else + width = column->GetWidth(); + + } + else + { + // If we have no column, we reset the x position back to zero. + xpos = 0; + } + + // we have to take an expander column into account and compute its indentation + // to get the correct x position where the actual text is + int indent = 0; + int row = GetRowByItem(item); + if (!IsList() && (column == 0 || GetOwner()->GetExpanderColumn() == column) ) + { + wxDataViewTreeNode* node = GetTreeNodeByRow(row); + indent = GetOwner()->GetIndent() * node->GetIndentLevel(); + indent = indent + m_lineHeight; // use m_lineHeight as the width of the expander + + if(!node->HasChildren()) + delete node; + } + + wxRect itemRect( xpos + indent, + GetLineStart( row ), + width - indent, + GetLineHeight( row ) ); + + GetOwner()->CalcScrolledPosition( itemRect.x, itemRect.y, + &itemRect.x, &itemRect.y ); + + return itemRect; +} + +int wxDataViewMainWindow::RecalculateCount() +{ + if (IsVirtualList()) + { + wxDataViewVirtualListModel *list_model = + (wxDataViewVirtualListModel*) GetOwner()->GetModel(); + + return list_model->GetCount(); + } + else + { + return m_root->GetSubTreeCount(); + } +} + +class ItemToRowJob : public DoJob +{ +public: + ItemToRowJob(const wxDataViewItem& item_, wxVector::reverse_iterator iter) + : m_iter(iter), + item(item_) + { + ret = -1; + } + + // Maybe binary search will help to speed up this process + virtual int operator() ( wxDataViewTreeNode * node) + { + ret ++; + if( node->GetItem() == item ) + { + return DoJob::OK; + } + + if( node->GetItem() == *m_iter ) + { + m_iter++; + return DoJob::CONT; + } + else + { + ret += node->GetSubTreeCount(); + return DoJob::IGR; + } + + } + + virtual int operator() ( void * n ) + { + ret ++; + if( n == item.GetID() ) + return DoJob::OK; + return DoJob::CONT; + } + + // the row number is begin from zero + int GetResult() const + { return ret -1; } + +private: + wxVector::reverse_iterator m_iter; + wxDataViewItem item; + int ret; + +}; + +int wxDataViewMainWindow::GetRowByItem(const wxDataViewItem & item) const +{ + const wxDataViewModel * model = GetOwner()->GetModel(); + if( model == NULL ) + return -1; + + if (IsVirtualList()) + { + return wxPtrToUInt( item.GetID() ) -1; + } + else + { + if( !item.IsOk() ) + return -1; + + // Compose the parent-chain of the item we are looking for + wxVector parentChain; + wxDataViewItem it( item ); + while( it.IsOk() ) + { + parentChain.push_back(it); + it = model->GetParent(it); + } + + // add an 'invalid' item to represent our 'invisible' root node + parentChain.push_back(wxDataViewItem()); + + // the parent chain was created by adding the deepest parent first. + // so if we want to start at the root node, we have to iterate backwards through the vector + ItemToRowJob job( item, parentChain.rbegin() ); + Walker( m_root, job ); + return job.GetResult(); + } +} + +static void BuildTreeHelper( const wxDataViewModel * model, const wxDataViewItem & item, + wxDataViewTreeNode * node) +{ + if( !model->IsContainer( item ) ) + return; + + wxDataViewItemArray children; + unsigned int num = model->GetChildren( item, children); + + unsigned int index = 0; + while( index < num ) + { + if( model->IsContainer( children[index] ) ) + { + wxDataViewTreeNode * n = new wxDataViewTreeNode( node ); + n->SetItem(children[index]); + n->SetHasChildren( true ); + node->AddNode( n ); + } + else + { + node->AddLeaf( children[index].GetID() ); + } + index ++; + } + node->SetSubTreeCount( num ); + wxDataViewTreeNode * n = node->GetParent(); + if( n != NULL) + n->ChangeSubTreeCount(num); + +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::BuildTree(wxDataViewModel * model) +{ + DestroyTree(); + + if (GetOwner()->GetModel()->IsVirtualListModel()) + { + m_count = -1; + return; + } + + m_root = new wxDataViewTreeNode( NULL ); + m_root->SetHasChildren(true); + + // First we define a invalid item to fetch the top-level elements + wxDataViewItem item; + SortPrepare(); + BuildTreeHelper( model, item, m_root); + m_count = -1; +} + +static void DestroyTreeHelper( wxDataViewTreeNode * node ) +{ + if( node->GetNodeNumber() != 0 ) + { + int len = node->GetNodeNumber(); + wxDataViewTreeNodes& nodes = node->GetNodes(); + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) + DestroyTreeHelper(nodes[i]); + } + delete node; +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::DestroyTree() +{ + if (!IsVirtualList()) + { + ::DestroyTreeHelper(m_root); + m_count = 0; + m_root = NULL; + } +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ) +{ + wxWindow * const parent = GetParent(); + + // propagate the char event upwards + wxKeyEvent eventForParent(event); + eventForParent.SetEventObject(parent); + if ( parent->ProcessWindowEvent(eventForParent) ) + return; + + if ( parent->HandleAsNavigationKey(event) ) + return; + + // no item -> nothing to do + if (!HasCurrentRow()) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + // don't use m_linesPerPage directly as it might not be computed yet + const int pageSize = GetCountPerPage(); + wxCHECK_RET( pageSize, wxT("should have non zero page size") ); + + switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) + { + case WXK_RETURN: + { + wxDataViewEvent le(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_ACTIVATED, + parent->GetId()); + le.SetItem( GetItemByRow(m_currentRow) ); + le.SetEventObject(parent); + le.SetModel(GetOwner()->GetModel()); + + parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(le); + } + break; + + case WXK_UP: + if ( m_currentRow > 0 ) + OnArrowChar( m_currentRow - 1, event ); + break; + + case WXK_DOWN: + if ( m_currentRow < GetRowCount() - 1 ) + OnArrowChar( m_currentRow + 1, event ); + break; + // Add the process for tree expanding/collapsing + case WXK_LEFT: + { + if (IsList()) + break; + + wxDataViewTreeNode* node = GetTreeNodeByRow(m_currentRow); + if (!node) + break; + + if (node->HasChildren() && node->IsOpen()) + { + Collapse(m_currentRow); + } + else // if the node is already closed we move the selection to its parent + { + wxDataViewTreeNode *parent_node = node->GetParent(); + + if(!node->HasChildren()) + delete node; + + if (parent_node) + { + int parent = GetRowByItem( parent_node->GetItem() ); + if ( parent >= 0 ) + { + unsigned int row = m_currentRow; + SelectRow( row, false); + SelectRow( parent, true ); + ChangeCurrentRow( parent ); + GetOwner()->EnsureVisible( parent, -1 ); + SendSelectionChangedEvent( parent_node->GetItem() ); + } + } + } + break; + } + case WXK_RIGHT: + { + if (!IsExpanded( m_currentRow )) + Expand( m_currentRow ); + else + { + unsigned int row = m_currentRow; + SelectRow( row, false ); + SelectRow( row + 1, true ); + ChangeCurrentRow( row + 1 ); + GetOwner()->EnsureVisible( row + 1, -1 ); + SendSelectionChangedEvent( GetItemByRow(row+1) ); + } + break; + } + case WXK_END: + { + if (!IsEmpty()) + OnArrowChar( GetRowCount() - 1, event ); + break; + } + case WXK_HOME: + if (!IsEmpty()) + OnArrowChar( 0, event ); + break; + + case WXK_PAGEUP: + { + int steps = pageSize - 1; + int index = m_currentRow - steps; + if (index < 0) + index = 0; + + OnArrowChar( index, event ); + } + break; + + case WXK_PAGEDOWN: + { + int steps = pageSize - 1; + unsigned int index = m_currentRow + steps; + unsigned int count = GetRowCount(); + if ( index >= count ) + index = count - 1; + + OnArrowChar( index, event ); + } + break; + + case WXK_F2: + { + if(m_selection.size() == 1) + { + // TODO: we need to revise that when we have a concept for a 'current column' + GetOwner()->StartEditor(GetItemByRow(m_selection[0]), 0); + } + } + break; + + default: + event.Skip(); + } +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event ) +{ + if (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL) + { + // let the base handle mouse wheel events. + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + // set the focus to ourself if any of the mouse buttons are pressed + if(event.ButtonDown() && !HasFocus()) + SetFocus(); + + int x = event.GetX(); + int y = event.GetY(); + m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &x, &y ); + wxDataViewColumn *col = NULL; + + int xpos = 0; + unsigned int cols = GetOwner()->GetColumnCount(); + unsigned int i; + for (i = 0; i < cols; i++) + { + wxDataViewColumn *c = GetOwner()->GetColumnAt( i ); + if (c->IsHidden()) + continue; // skip it! + + if (x < xpos + c->GetWidth()) + { + col = c; + break; + } + xpos += c->GetWidth(); + } + if (!col) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + wxDataViewRenderer *cell = col->GetRenderer(); + unsigned int current = GetLineAt( y ); + if ((current >= GetRowCount()) || (x > GetEndOfLastCol())) + { + // Unselect all if below the last row ? + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + // Test whether the mouse is hovered on the tree item button + bool hoverOverExpander = false; + if ((!IsList()) && (GetOwner()->GetExpanderColumn() == col)) + { + wxDataViewTreeNode * node = GetTreeNodeByRow(current); + if( node!=NULL && node->HasChildren() ) + { + int indent = node->GetIndentLevel(); + indent = GetOwner()->GetIndent()*indent; + + // we make the rectangle we are looking in a bit bigger than the actual + // visual expander so the user can hit that little thing reliably + wxRect rect( xpos + indent, + GetLineStart( current ) + (GetLineHeight(current) - m_lineHeight)/2, + m_lineHeight, m_lineHeight); + if( rect.Contains(x, y) ) + { + // So the mouse is over the expander + hoverOverExpander = true; + if (m_underMouse && m_underMouse != node) + { + // wxLogMessage("Undo the row: %d", GetRowByItem(m_underMouse->GetItem())); + RefreshRow(GetRowByItem(m_underMouse->GetItem())); + } + if (m_underMouse != node) + { + // wxLogMessage("Do the row: %d", current); + RefreshRow(current); + } + m_underMouse = node; + } + } + if (node!=NULL && !node->HasChildren()) + delete node; + } + if (!hoverOverExpander) + { + if (m_underMouse != NULL) + { + // wxLogMessage("Undo the row: %d", GetRowByItem(m_underMouse->GetItem())); + RefreshRow(GetRowByItem(m_underMouse->GetItem())); + m_underMouse = NULL; + } + } + + wxDataViewModel *model = GetOwner()->GetModel(); + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + if (event.Dragging()) + { + if (m_dragCount == 0) + { + // we have to report the raw, physical coords as we want to be + // able to call HitTest(event.m_pointDrag) from the user code to + // get the item being dragged + m_dragStart = event.GetPosition(); + } + + m_dragCount++; + + if (m_dragCount != 3) + return; + + if (event.LeftIsDown()) + { + m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( m_dragStart.x, m_dragStart.y, + &m_dragStart.x, &m_dragStart.y ); + unsigned int drag_item_row = GetLineAt( m_dragStart.y ); + wxDataViewItem item = GetItemByRow( drag_item_row ); + + // Notify cell about drag + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_BEGIN_DRAG, m_owner->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( m_owner ); + event.SetItem( item ); + event.SetModel( model ); + if (!m_owner->HandleWindowEvent( event )) + return; + + if (!event.IsAllowed()) + return; + + wxDataObject *obj = event.GetDataObject(); + if (!obj) + return; + + wxDataViewDropSource drag( this, drag_item_row ); + drag.SetData( *obj ); + /* wxDragResult res = */ drag.DoDragDrop(); + delete obj; + } + return; + } + else + { + m_dragCount = 0; + } +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + + bool simulateClick = false; + + if (event.ButtonDClick()) + { + m_renameTimer->Stop(); + m_lastOnSame = false; + } + + wxDataViewItem item = GetItemByRow(current); + bool ignore_other_columns = + ((GetOwner()->GetExpanderColumn() != col) && + (model->IsContainer(item)) && + (!model->HasContainerColumns(item))); + + if (event.LeftDClick()) + { + if(hoverOverExpander) + { + // a double click on the expander will be converted into a "simulated" normal click + simulateClick = true; + } + else if ( current == m_lineLastClicked ) + { + if ((!ignore_other_columns) && (cell->GetMode() == wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE)) + { + const unsigned colIdx = col->GetModelColumn(); + + cell->PrepareForItem(model, item, colIdx); + + wxRect cell_rect( xpos, GetLineStart( current ), + col->GetWidth(), GetLineHeight( current ) ); + cell->WXOnActivate( cell_rect, model, item, colIdx ); + } + else + { + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + wxDataViewEvent le(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_ACTIVATED, parent->GetId()); + le.SetItem( item ); + le.SetColumn( col->GetModelColumn() ); + le.SetDataViewColumn( col ); + le.SetEventObject(parent); + le.SetModel(GetOwner()->GetModel()); + + parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(le); + } + return; + } + else + { + // The first click was on another item, so don't interpret this as + // a double click, but as a simple click instead + simulateClick = true; + } + } + + if (event.LeftUp() && !hoverOverExpander) + { + if (m_lineSelectSingleOnUp != (unsigned int)-1) + { + // select single line + SelectAllRows( false ); + SelectRow( m_lineSelectSingleOnUp, true ); + SendSelectionChangedEvent( GetItemByRow(m_lineSelectSingleOnUp) ); + } + + // If the user click the expander, we do not do editing even if the column + // with expander are editable + if (m_lastOnSame && !ignore_other_columns) + { + if ((col == m_currentCol) && (current == m_currentRow) && + (cell->GetMode() & wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE) ) + { + m_renameTimer->Start( 100, true ); + } + } + + m_lastOnSame = false; + m_lineSelectSingleOnUp = (unsigned int)-1; + } + else if(!event.LeftUp()) + { + // This is necessary, because after a DnD operation in + // from and to ourself, the up event is swallowed by the + // DnD code. So on next non-up event (which means here and + // now) m_lineSelectSingleOnUp should be reset. + m_lineSelectSingleOnUp = (unsigned int)-1; + } + + if (event.RightDown()) + { + m_lineBeforeLastClicked = m_lineLastClicked; + m_lineLastClicked = current; + + // If the item is already selected, do not update the selection. + // Multi-selections should not be cleared if a selected item is clicked. + if (!IsRowSelected(current)) + { + SelectAllRows(false); + ChangeCurrentRow(current); + SelectRow(m_currentRow,true); + SendSelectionChangedEvent(GetItemByRow( m_currentRow ) ); + } + } + else if (event.RightUp()) + { + wxVariant value; + model->GetValue( value, item, col->GetModelColumn() ); + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + wxDataViewEvent le(wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU, parent->GetId()); + le.SetItem( item ); + le.SetColumn( col->GetModelColumn() ); + le.SetDataViewColumn( col ); + le.SetEventObject(parent); + le.SetModel(GetOwner()->GetModel()); + le.SetValue(value); + parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(le); + } + else if (event.MiddleDown()) + { + } + + if((event.LeftDown() || simulateClick) && hoverOverExpander) + { + wxDataViewTreeNode* node = GetTreeNodeByRow(current); + + // hoverOverExpander being true tells us that our node must be + // valid and have children. + // So we don't need any extra checks. + if( node->IsOpen() ) + Collapse(current); + else + Expand(current); + } + else if ((event.LeftDown() || simulateClick) && !hoverOverExpander) + { + m_lineBeforeLastClicked = m_lineLastClicked; + m_lineLastClicked = current; + + unsigned int oldCurrentRow = m_currentRow; + bool oldWasSelected = IsRowSelected(m_currentRow); + + bool cmdModifierDown = event.CmdDown(); + if ( IsSingleSel() || !(cmdModifierDown || event.ShiftDown()) ) + { + if ( IsSingleSel() || !IsRowSelected(current) ) + { + SelectAllRows( false ); + ChangeCurrentRow(current); + SelectRow(m_currentRow,true); + SendSelectionChangedEvent(GetItemByRow( m_currentRow ) ); + } + else // multi sel & current is highlighted & no mod keys + { + m_lineSelectSingleOnUp = current; + ChangeCurrentRow(current); // change focus + } + } + else // multi sel & either ctrl or shift is down + { + if (cmdModifierDown) + { + ChangeCurrentRow(current); + ReverseRowSelection(m_currentRow); + SendSelectionChangedEvent(GetItemByRow(m_currentRow)); + } + else if (event.ShiftDown()) + { + ChangeCurrentRow(current); + + unsigned int lineFrom = oldCurrentRow, + lineTo = current; + + if ( lineTo < lineFrom ) + { + lineTo = lineFrom; + lineFrom = m_currentRow; + } + + SelectRows(lineFrom, lineTo, true); + SendSelectionChangedEvent(GetItemByRow(m_selection[0]) ); + } + else // !ctrl, !shift + { + // test in the enclosing if should make it impossible + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("how did we get here?") ); + } + } + + if (m_currentRow != oldCurrentRow) + RefreshRow( oldCurrentRow ); + + wxDataViewColumn *oldCurrentCol = m_currentCol; + + // Update selection here... + m_currentCol = col; + + m_lastOnSame = !simulateClick && ((col == oldCurrentCol) && + (current == oldCurrentRow)) && oldWasSelected; + + // Call LeftClick after everything else as under GTK+ + if (cell->GetMode() & wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE) + { + // notify cell about click + cell->PrepareForItem(model, item, col->GetModelColumn()); + + wxRect cell_rect( xpos, GetLineStart( current ), + col->GetWidth(), GetLineHeight( current ) ); + + // Report position relative to the cell's custom area, i.e. + // no the entire space as given by the control but the one + // used by the renderer after calculation of alignment etc. + + // adjust the rectangle ourselves to account for the alignment + wxRect rectItem = cell_rect; + const int align = cell->GetAlignment(); + if ( align != wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT ) + { + const wxSize size = cell->GetSize(); + + if ( size.x >= 0 && size.x < cell_rect.width ) + { + if ( align & wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL ) + rectItem.x += (cell_rect.width - size.x)/2; + else if ( align & wxALIGN_RIGHT ) + rectItem.x += cell_rect.width - size.x; + // else: wxALIGN_LEFT is the default + } + + if ( size.y >= 0 && size.y < cell_rect.height ) + { + if ( align & wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL ) + rectItem.y += (cell_rect.height - size.y)/2; + else if ( align & wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) + rectItem.y += cell_rect.height - size.y; + // else: wxALIGN_TOP is the default + } + } + + wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); + pos.x -= rectItem.x; + pos.y -= rectItem.y; + + m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &pos.x, &pos.y ); + + /* ignore ret */ cell->WXOnLeftClick( pos, cell_rect, + model, item, col->GetModelColumn()); + } + } +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ) +{ + m_hasFocus = true; + + if (HasCurrentRow()) + Refresh(); + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxDataViewMainWindow::OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ) +{ + m_hasFocus = false; + + if (HasCurrentRow()) + Refresh(); + + event.Skip(); +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewMainWindow::GetSelection() const +{ + if( m_selection.GetCount() != 1 ) + return wxDataViewItem(); + + return GetItemByRow( m_selection.Item(0)); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxDataViewColumnList) + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl, wxDataViewCtrlBase) +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDataViewCtrl, wxDataViewCtrlBase) + EVT_SIZE(wxDataViewCtrl::OnSize) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxDataViewCtrl::~wxDataViewCtrl() +{ + if (m_notifier) + GetModel()->RemoveNotifier( m_notifier ); + + m_cols.Clear(); + m_colsBestWidths.clear(); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::Init() +{ + m_cols.DeleteContents(true); + m_notifier = NULL; + + // No sorting column at start + m_sortingColumnIdx = wxNOT_FOUND; + + m_headerArea = NULL; +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ +// if ( (style & wxBORDER_MASK) == 0) +// style |= wxBORDER_SUNKEN; + + Init(); + + if (!wxControl::Create( parent, id, pos, size, + style | wxScrolledWindowStyle, validator, name)) + return false; + + SetInitialSize(size); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + MacSetClipChildren( true ); +#endif + + m_clientArea = new wxDataViewMainWindow( this, wxID_ANY ); + + // We use the cursor keys for moving the selection, not scrolling, so call + // this method to ensure wxScrollHelperEvtHandler doesn't catch all + // keyboard events forwarded to us from wxListMainWindow. + DisableKeyboardScrolling(); + + if (HasFlag(wxDV_NO_HEADER)) + m_headerArea = NULL; + else + m_headerArea = new wxDataViewHeaderWindow(this); + + SetTargetWindow( m_clientArea ); + + wxBoxSizer *sizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + if (m_headerArea) + sizer->Add( m_headerArea, 0, wxGROW ); + sizer->Add( m_clientArea, 1, wxGROW ); + SetSizer( sizer ); + + return true; +} + +wxBorder wxDataViewCtrl::GetDefaultBorder() const +{ + return wxBORDER_THEME; +} + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +WXLRESULT wxDataViewCtrl::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, + WXWPARAM wParam, + WXLPARAM lParam) +{ + WXLRESULT rc = wxDataViewCtrlBase::MSWWindowProc(nMsg, wParam, lParam); + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + // we need to process arrows ourselves for scrolling + if ( nMsg == WM_GETDLGCODE ) + { + rc |= DLGC_WANTARROWS; + } +#endif + + return rc; +} +#endif + +wxSize wxDataViewCtrl::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size) +{ + wxSize newsize = size; + if (!HasFlag(wxDV_NO_HEADER) && (m_headerArea)) + newsize.y -= m_headerArea->GetSize().y; + + return newsize; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::OnSize( wxSizeEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + // We need to override OnSize so that our scrolled + // window a) does call Layout() to use sizers for + // positioning the controls but b) does not query + // the sizer for their size and use that for setting + // the scrollable area as set that ourselves by + // calling SetScrollbar() further down. + + Layout(); + + AdjustScrollbars(); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::SetFocus() +{ + if (m_clientArea) + m_clientArea->SetFocus(); +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::AssociateModel( wxDataViewModel *model ) +{ + if (!wxDataViewCtrlBase::AssociateModel( model )) + return false; + + m_notifier = new wxGenericDataViewModelNotifier( m_clientArea ); + + model->AddNotifier( m_notifier ); + + m_clientArea->DestroyTree(); + + m_clientArea->BuildTree(model); + + m_clientArea->UpdateDisplay(); + + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::EnableDragSource( const wxDataFormat &format ) +{ + return m_clientArea->EnableDragSource( format ); +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::EnableDropTarget( const wxDataFormat &format ) +{ + return m_clientArea->EnableDropTarget( format ); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ) +{ + if (!wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendColumn(col)) + return false; + + m_cols.Append( col ); + m_colsBestWidths.push_back(0); + OnColumnsCountChanged(); + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ) +{ + if (!wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependColumn(col)) + return false; + + m_cols.Insert( col ); + m_colsBestWidths.insert(m_colsBestWidths.begin(), 0); + OnColumnsCountChanged(); + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *col ) +{ + if (!wxDataViewCtrlBase::InsertColumn(pos,col)) + return false; + + m_cols.Insert( pos, col ); + m_colsBestWidths.insert(m_colsBestWidths.begin() + pos, 0); + OnColumnsCountChanged(); + return true; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::OnColumnChange(unsigned int idx) +{ + if ( m_headerArea ) + m_headerArea->UpdateColumn(idx); + + m_clientArea->UpdateDisplay(); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::OnColumnsCountChanged() +{ + if (m_headerArea) + m_headerArea->SetColumnCount(GetColumnCount()); + + m_clientArea->UpdateDisplay(); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::DoSetExpanderColumn() +{ + m_clientArea->UpdateDisplay(); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::DoSetIndent() +{ + m_clientArea->UpdateDisplay(); +} + +unsigned int wxDataViewCtrl::GetColumnCount() const +{ + return m_cols.GetCount(); +} + +wxDataViewColumn* wxDataViewCtrl::GetColumn( unsigned int idx ) const +{ + return m_cols[idx]; +} + +wxDataViewColumn *wxDataViewCtrl::GetColumnAt(unsigned int pos) const +{ + // columns can't be reordered if there is no header window which allows + // to do this + const unsigned idx = m_headerArea ? m_headerArea->GetColumnsOrder()[pos] + : pos; + + return GetColumn(idx); +} + +int wxDataViewCtrl::GetColumnIndex(const wxDataViewColumn *column) const +{ + const unsigned count = m_cols.size(); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( m_cols[n] == column ) + return n; + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +unsigned int wxDataViewCtrl::GetBestColumnWidth(int idx) const +{ + if ( m_colsBestWidths[idx] != 0 ) + return m_colsBestWidths[idx]; + + const int count = m_clientArea->GetRowCount(); + wxDataViewColumn *column = GetColumn(idx); + wxDataViewRenderer *renderer = + const_cast(column->GetRenderer()); + + class MaxWidthCalculator + { + public: + MaxWidthCalculator(wxDataViewMainWindow *clientArea, + wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, + const wxDataViewModel *model, + unsigned column) + : m_width(0), + m_clientArea(clientArea), + m_renderer(renderer), + m_model(model), + m_column(column) + { + } + + void UpdateWithWidth(int width) + { + m_width = wxMax(m_width, width); + } + + void UpdateWithRow(int row) + { + wxDataViewItem item = m_clientArea->GetItemByRow(row); + m_renderer->PrepareForItem(m_model, item, m_column); + m_width = wxMax(m_width, m_renderer->GetSize().x); + } + + int GetMaxWidth() const { return m_width; } + + private: + int m_width; + wxDataViewMainWindow *m_clientArea; + wxDataViewRenderer *m_renderer; + const wxDataViewModel *m_model; + unsigned m_column; + }; + + MaxWidthCalculator calculator(m_clientArea, renderer, + GetModel(), column->GetModelColumn()); + + if ( m_headerArea ) + { + int header_width = m_headerArea->GetTextExtent(column->GetTitle()).x; + // Labels on native MSW header are indented on both sides + header_width += + wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonMargin(m_headerArea); + calculator.UpdateWithWidth(header_width); + } + + // The code below deserves some explanation. For very large controls, we + // simply can't afford to calculate sizes for all items, it takes too + // long. So the best we can do is to check the first and the last N/2 + // items in the control for some sufficiently large N and calculate best + // sizes from that. That can result in the calculated best width being too + // small for some outliers, but it's better to get slightly imperfect + // result than to wait several seconds after every update. To avoid highly + // visible miscalculations, we also include all currently visible items + // no matter what. Finally, the value of N is determined dynamically by + // measuring how much time we spent on the determining item widths so far. + +#if wxUSE_STOPWATCH + int top_part_end = count; + static const long CALC_TIMEOUT = 20/*ms*/; + // don't call wxStopWatch::Time() too often + static const unsigned CALC_CHECK_FREQ = 100; + wxStopWatch timer; +#else + // use some hard-coded limit, that's the best we can do without timer + int top_part_end = wxMin(500, count); +#endif // wxUSE_STOPWATCH/!wxUSE_STOPWATCH + + int row = 0; + + for ( row = 0; row < top_part_end; row++ ) + { +#if wxUSE_STOPWATCH + if ( row % CALC_CHECK_FREQ == CALC_CHECK_FREQ-1 && + timer.Time() > CALC_TIMEOUT ) + break; +#endif // wxUSE_STOPWATCH + calculator.UpdateWithRow(row); + } + + // row is the first unmeasured item now; that's our value of N/2 + + if ( row < count ) + { + top_part_end = row; + + // add bottom N/2 items now: + const int bottom_part_start = wxMax(row, count - row); + for ( row = bottom_part_start; row < count; row++ ) + { + calculator.UpdateWithRow(row); + } + + // finally, include currently visible items in the calculation: + const wxPoint origin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)); + int first_visible = m_clientArea->GetLineAt(origin.y); + int last_visible = m_clientArea->GetLineAt(origin.y + GetClientSize().y); + + first_visible = wxMax(first_visible, top_part_end); + last_visible = wxMin(bottom_part_start, last_visible); + + for ( row = first_visible; row < last_visible; row++ ) + { + calculator.UpdateWithRow(row); + } + + wxLogTrace("dataview", + "determined best size from %d top, %d bottom plus %d more visible items out of %d total", + top_part_end, + count - bottom_part_start, + wxMax(0, last_visible - first_visible), + count); + } + + int max_width = calculator.GetMaxWidth(); + if ( max_width > 0 ) + max_width += 2 * PADDING_RIGHTLEFT; + + const_cast(this)->m_colsBestWidths[idx] = max_width; + return max_width; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::ColumnMoved(wxDataViewColumn * WXUNUSED(col), + unsigned int WXUNUSED(new_pos)) +{ + // do _not_ reorder m_cols elements here, they should always be in the + // order in which columns were added, we only display the columns in + // different order + m_clientArea->UpdateDisplay(); +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::DeleteColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column ) +{ + wxDataViewColumnList::compatibility_iterator ret = m_cols.Find( column ); + if (!ret) + return false; + + m_colsBestWidths.erase(m_colsBestWidths.begin() + GetColumnIndex(column)); + m_cols.Erase(ret); + OnColumnsCountChanged(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::ClearColumns() +{ + m_cols.Clear(); + m_colsBestWidths.clear(); + OnColumnsCountChanged(); + return true; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::InvalidateColBestWidth(int idx) +{ + m_colsBestWidths[idx] = 0; + + if ( m_headerArea ) + m_headerArea->UpdateColumn(idx); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::InvalidateColBestWidths() +{ + m_colsBestWidths.clear(); + m_colsBestWidths.resize(m_cols.size()); + + if ( m_headerArea ) + { + const unsigned cols = m_headerArea->GetColumnCount(); + for ( unsigned i = 0; i < cols; i++ ) + m_headerArea->UpdateColumn(i); + } +} + +int wxDataViewCtrl::GetColumnPosition( const wxDataViewColumn *column ) const +{ +#if 1 + unsigned int len = GetColumnCount(); + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < len; i++ ) + { + wxDataViewColumn * col = GetColumnAt(i); + if (column==col) + return i; + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +#else + // This returns the position in pixels which is not what we want. + int ret = 0, + dummy = 0; + unsigned int len = GetColumnCount(); + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < len; i++ ) + { + wxDataViewColumn * col = GetColumnAt(i); + if (col->IsHidden()) + continue; + ret += col->GetWidth(); + if (column==col) + { + CalcScrolledPosition( ret, dummy, &ret, &dummy ); + break; + } + } + return ret; +#endif +} + +wxDataViewColumn *wxDataViewCtrl::GetSortingColumn() const +{ + return m_sortingColumnIdx == wxNOT_FOUND ? NULL + : GetColumn(m_sortingColumnIdx); +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewCtrl::DoGetCurrentItem() const +{ + return GetItemByRow(m_clientArea->GetCurrentRow()); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::DoSetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item) +{ + const int row = m_clientArea->GetRowByItem(item); + + const unsigned oldCurrent = m_clientArea->GetCurrentRow(); + if ( static_cast(row) != oldCurrent ) + { + m_clientArea->ChangeCurrentRow(row); + m_clientArea->RefreshRow(oldCurrent); + m_clientArea->RefreshRow(row); + } +} + +// Selection code with wxDataViewItem as parameters +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewCtrl::GetSelection() const +{ + return m_clientArea->GetSelection(); +} + +int wxDataViewCtrl::GetSelections( wxDataViewItemArray & sel ) const +{ + sel.Empty(); + wxDataViewSelection selection = m_clientArea->GetSelections(); + int len = selection.GetCount(); + for( int i = 0; i < len; i ++) + { + unsigned int row = selection[i]; + sel.Add( m_clientArea->GetItemByRow( row ) ); + } + return len; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::SetSelections( const wxDataViewItemArray & sel ) +{ + wxDataViewSelection selection(wxDataViewSelectionCmp); + + wxDataViewItem last_parent; + + int len = sel.GetCount(); + for( int i = 0; i < len; i ++ ) + { + wxDataViewItem item = sel[i]; + wxDataViewItem parent = GetModel()->GetParent( item ); + if (parent) + { + if (parent != last_parent) + ExpandAncestors(item); + } + + last_parent = parent; + int row = m_clientArea->GetRowByItem( item ); + if( row >= 0 ) + selection.Add( static_cast(row) ); + } + + m_clientArea->SetSelections( selection ); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::Select( const wxDataViewItem & item ) +{ + ExpandAncestors( item ); + + int row = m_clientArea->GetRowByItem( item ); + if( row >= 0 ) + { + // Unselect all rows before select another in the single select mode + if (m_clientArea->IsSingleSel()) + m_clientArea->SelectAllRows(false); + + m_clientArea->SelectRow(row, true); + + // Also set focus to the selected item + m_clientArea->ChangeCurrentRow( row ); + } +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::Unselect( const wxDataViewItem & item ) +{ + int row = m_clientArea->GetRowByItem( item ); + if( row >= 0 ) + m_clientArea->SelectRow(row, false); +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::IsSelected( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const +{ + int row = m_clientArea->GetRowByItem( item ); + if( row >= 0 ) + { + return m_clientArea->IsRowSelected(row); + } + return false; +} + +// Selection code with row number as parameter +int wxDataViewCtrl::GetSelections( wxArrayInt & sel ) const +{ + sel.Empty(); + wxDataViewSelection selection = m_clientArea->GetSelections(); + int len = selection.GetCount(); + for( int i = 0; i < len; i ++) + { + unsigned int row = selection[i]; + sel.Add( row ); + } + return len; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::SetSelections( const wxArrayInt & sel ) +{ + wxDataViewSelection selection(wxDataViewSelectionCmp); + int len = sel.GetCount(); + for( int i = 0; i < len; i ++ ) + { + int row = sel[i]; + if( row >= 0 ) + selection.Add( static_cast(row) ); + } + m_clientArea->SetSelections( selection ); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::Select( int row ) +{ + if( row >= 0 ) + { + if (m_clientArea->IsSingleSel()) + m_clientArea->SelectAllRows(false); + m_clientArea->SelectRow( row, true ); + } +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::Unselect( int row ) +{ + if( row >= 0 ) + m_clientArea->SelectRow(row, false); +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::IsSelected( int row ) const +{ + if( row >= 0 ) + return m_clientArea->IsRowSelected(row); + return false; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::SelectRange( int from, int to ) +{ + wxArrayInt sel; + for( int i = from; i < to; i ++ ) + sel.Add( i ); + m_clientArea->Select(sel); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::UnselectRange( int from, int to ) +{ + wxDataViewSelection sel = m_clientArea->GetSelections(); + for( int i = from; i < to; i ++ ) + if( sel.Index( i ) != wxNOT_FOUND ) + sel.Remove( i ); + m_clientArea->SetSelections(sel); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::SelectAll() +{ + m_clientArea->SelectAllRows(true); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::UnselectAll() +{ + m_clientArea->SelectAllRows(false); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::EnsureVisible( int row, int column ) +{ + if( row < 0 ) + row = 0; + if( row > (int) m_clientArea->GetRowCount() ) + row = m_clientArea->GetRowCount(); + + int first = m_clientArea->GetFirstVisibleRow(); + int last = m_clientArea->GetLastVisibleRow(); + if( row < first ) + m_clientArea->ScrollTo( row, column ); + else if( row > last ) + m_clientArea->ScrollTo( row - last + first, column ); + else + m_clientArea->ScrollTo( first, column ); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::EnsureVisible( const wxDataViewItem & item, const wxDataViewColumn * column ) +{ + ExpandAncestors( item ); + + m_clientArea->RecalculateDisplay(); + + int row = m_clientArea->GetRowByItem(item); + if( row >= 0 ) + { + if( column == NULL ) + EnsureVisible(row, -1); + else + EnsureVisible( row, GetColumnIndex(column) ); + } + +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::HitTest( const wxPoint & point, wxDataViewItem & item, + wxDataViewColumn* &column ) const +{ + m_clientArea->HitTest(point, item, column); +} + +wxRect wxDataViewCtrl::GetItemRect( const wxDataViewItem & item, + const wxDataViewColumn* column ) const +{ + return m_clientArea->GetItemRect(item, column); +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewCtrl::GetItemByRow( unsigned int row ) const +{ + return m_clientArea->GetItemByRow( row ); +} + +int wxDataViewCtrl::GetRowByItem( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const +{ + return m_clientArea->GetRowByItem( item ); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::Expand( const wxDataViewItem & item ) +{ + ExpandAncestors( item ); + + int row = m_clientArea->GetRowByItem( item ); + if (row != -1) + m_clientArea->Expand(row); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::Collapse( const wxDataViewItem & item ) +{ + int row = m_clientArea->GetRowByItem( item ); + if (row != -1) + m_clientArea->Collapse(row); +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::IsExpanded( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const +{ + int row = m_clientArea->GetRowByItem( item ); + if (row != -1) + return m_clientArea->IsExpanded(row); + return false; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::StartEditor( const wxDataViewItem & item, unsigned int column ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn* col = GetColumn( column ); + if (!col) + return; + + wxRect itemRect = GetItemRect(item, col); + wxDataViewRenderer* renderer = col->GetRenderer(); + if (renderer->GetMode() == wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE) + renderer->StartEditing(item, itemRect); +} + +#endif // !wxUSE_GENERICDATAVIEWCTRL + +#endif // wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/datectlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/datectlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e3a760573 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/datectlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,471 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/datectlg.cpp +// Purpose: generic wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric implementation +// Author: Andreas Pflug +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-01-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: datectlg.cpp 66771 2011-01-26 15:52:41Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Andreas Pflug +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/panel.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/valtext.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/calctrl.h" +#include "wx/combo.h" + +#include "wx/datectrl.h" +#include "wx/generic/datectrl.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global variables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// local classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxCalendarComboPopup : public wxCalendarCtrl, + public wxComboPopup +{ +public: + + wxCalendarComboPopup() : wxCalendarCtrl(), + wxComboPopup() + { + } + + virtual void Init() + { + } + + // NB: Don't create lazily since it didn't work that way before + // wxComboCtrl was used, and changing behaviour would almost + // certainly introduce new bugs. + virtual bool Create(wxWindow* parent) + { + if ( !wxCalendarCtrl::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultDateTime, + wxPoint(0, 0), wxDefaultSize, + wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION + | wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS | wxBORDER_SUNKEN) ) + return false; + + SetFormat(GetLocaleDateFormat()); + + m_useSize = wxCalendarCtrl::GetBestSize(); + + wxWindow* tx = m_combo->GetTextCtrl(); + if ( !tx ) + tx = m_combo; + + tx->Connect(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, + wxFocusEventHandler(wxCalendarComboPopup::OnKillTextFocus), + NULL, this); + + return true; + } + + virtual wxSize GetAdjustedSize(int WXUNUSED(minWidth), + int WXUNUSED(prefHeight), + int WXUNUSED(maxHeight)) + { + return m_useSize; + } + + virtual wxWindow *GetControl() { return this; } + + void SetDateValue(const wxDateTime& date) + { + if ( date.IsValid() ) + { + m_combo->SetText(date.Format(m_format)); + SetDate(date); + } + else // invalid date + { + wxASSERT_MSG( HasDPFlag(wxDP_ALLOWNONE), + wxT("this control must have a valid date") ); + + m_combo->SetText(wxEmptyString); + } + } + + bool IsTextEmpty() const + { + return m_combo->GetTextCtrl()->IsEmpty(); + } + + bool ParseDateTime(const wxString& s, wxDateTime* pDt) + { + wxASSERT(pDt); + + if ( !s.empty() ) + { + pDt->ParseFormat(s.c_str(), m_format); + if ( !pDt->IsValid() ) + return false; + } + + return true; + } + + void SendDateEvent(const wxDateTime& dt) + { + // Sends both wxCalendarEvent and wxDateEvent + wxWindow* datePicker = m_combo->GetParent(); + + wxCalendarEvent cev(datePicker, dt, wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED); + datePicker->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(cev); + + wxDateEvent event(datePicker, dt, wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED); + datePicker->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + +private: + + void OnCalKey(wxKeyEvent & ev) + { + if (ev.GetKeyCode() == WXK_ESCAPE && !ev.HasModifiers()) + Dismiss(); + else + ev.Skip(); + } + + void OnSelChange(wxCalendarEvent &ev) + { + m_combo->SetText(GetDate().Format(m_format)); + + if ( ev.GetEventType() == wxEVT_CALENDAR_DOUBLECLICKED ) + { + Dismiss(); + } + + SendDateEvent(GetDate()); + } + + void OnKillTextFocus(wxFocusEvent &ev) + { + ev.Skip(); + + const wxDateTime& dtOld = GetDate(); + + wxDateTime dt; + wxString value = m_combo->GetValue(); + if ( !ParseDateTime(value, &dt) ) + { + if ( !HasDPFlag(wxDP_ALLOWNONE) ) + dt = dtOld; + } + + m_combo->SetText(GetStringValueFor(dt)); + + if ( !dt.IsValid() && HasDPFlag(wxDP_ALLOWNONE) ) + return; + + // notify that we had to change the date after validation + if ( (dt.IsValid() && (!dtOld.IsValid() || dt != dtOld)) || + (!dt.IsValid() && dtOld.IsValid()) ) + { + SetDate(dt); + SendDateEvent(dt); + } + } + + bool HasDPFlag(int flag) const + { + return m_combo->GetParent()->HasFlag(flag); + } + + // Return the format to be used for the dates shown by the control. This + // functions honours wxDP_SHOWCENTURY flag. + wxString GetLocaleDateFormat() const + { + wxString fmt = wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT); + if ( HasDPFlag(wxDP_SHOWCENTURY) ) + fmt.Replace("%y", "%Y"); + + return fmt; + } + + bool SetFormat(const wxString& fmt) + { + m_format = fmt; + + if ( m_combo ) + { + wxArrayString allowedChars; + for ( wxChar c = wxT('0'); c <= wxT('9'); c++ ) + allowedChars.Add(wxString(c, 1)); + + const wxChar *p2 = m_format.c_str(); + while ( *p2 ) + { + if ( *p2 == '%') + p2 += 2; + else + allowedChars.Add(wxString(*p2++, 1)); + } + + #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + wxTextValidator tv(wxFILTER_INCLUDE_CHAR_LIST); + tv.SetIncludes(allowedChars); + m_combo->SetValidator(tv); + #endif + + if ( GetDate().IsValid() ) + m_combo->SetText(GetDate().Format(m_format)); + } + + return true; + } + + virtual void SetStringValue(const wxString& s) + { + wxDateTime dt; + if ( !s.empty() && ParseDateTime(s, &dt) ) + SetDate(dt); + //else: keep the old value + } + + virtual wxString GetStringValue() const + { + return GetStringValueFor(GetDate()); + } + +private: + // returns either the given date representation using the current format or + // an empty string if it's invalid + wxString GetStringValueFor(const wxDateTime& dt) const + { + wxString val; + if ( dt.IsValid() ) + val = dt.Format(m_format); + + return val; + } + + wxSize m_useSize; + wxString m_format; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxCalendarComboPopup, wxCalendarCtrl) + EVT_KEY_DOWN(wxCalendarComboPopup::OnCalKey) + EVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED(wxID_ANY, wxCalendarComboPopup::OnSelChange) + EVT_CALENDAR_PAGE_CHANGED(wxID_ANY, wxCalendarComboPopup::OnSelChange) + EVT_CALENDAR(wxID_ANY, wxCalendarComboPopup::OnSelChange) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric implementation +// ============================================================================ + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric, wxDatePickerCtrlBase) + EVT_TEXT(wxID_ANY, wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::OnText) + EVT_SIZE(wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::OnSize) + EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::OnFocus) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_DATEPICKCTRL + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDatePickerCtrl, wxControl) +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& date, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxDP_SPIN), + wxT("wxDP_SPIN style not supported, use wxDP_DEFAULT") ); + + if ( !wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, + style | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE, + validator, name) ) + { + return false; + } + + InheritAttributes(); + + m_combo = new wxComboCtrl(this, -1, wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize); + + m_combo->SetCtrlMainWnd(this); + + m_popup = new wxCalendarComboPopup(); + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + // without this keyboard navigation in month control doesn't work + m_combo->UseAltPopupWindow(); +#endif + m_combo->SetPopupControl(m_popup); + + m_popup->SetDateValue(date.IsValid() ? date : wxDateTime::Today()); + + SetInitialSize(size); + + return true; +} + + +void wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::Init() +{ + m_combo = NULL; + m_popup = NULL; +} + +wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::~wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric() +{ +} + +bool wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::Destroy() +{ + if ( m_combo ) + m_combo->Destroy(); + + m_combo = NULL; + m_popup = NULL; + + return wxControl::Destroy(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// overridden base class methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSize wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + return m_combo->GetBestSize(); +} + +wxWindowList wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::GetCompositeWindowParts() const +{ + wxWindowList parts; + if (m_combo) + parts.push_back(m_combo); + if (m_popup) + parts.push_back(m_popup); + return parts; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric API +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool +wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate, + const wxDateTime& upperdate) +{ + return m_popup->SetDateRange(lowerdate, upperdate); +} + + +wxDateTime wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::GetValue() const +{ + if ( HasFlag(wxDP_ALLOWNONE) && m_popup->IsTextEmpty() ) + return wxInvalidDateTime; + return m_popup->GetDate(); +} + + +void wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::SetValue(const wxDateTime& date) +{ + m_popup->SetDateValue(date); +} + + +bool wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::GetRange(wxDateTime *dt1, wxDateTime *dt2) const +{ + return m_popup->GetDateRange(dt1, dt2); +} + + +void +wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::SetRange(const wxDateTime &dt1, const wxDateTime &dt2) +{ + m_popup->SetDateRange(dt1, dt2); +} + +wxCalendarCtrl *wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::GetCalendar() const +{ + return m_popup; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +void wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) +{ + if ( m_combo ) + m_combo->SetSize(GetClientSize()); + + event.Skip(); +} + + +void wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::OnText(wxCommandEvent &ev) +{ + ev.SetEventObject(this); + ev.SetId(GetId()); + GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(ev); + + // We'll create an additional event if the date is valid. + // If the date isn't valid, the user's probably in the middle of typing + wxDateTime dt; + if ( !m_popup || !m_popup->ParseDateTime(m_combo->GetValue(), &dt) ) + return; + + m_popup->SendDateEvent(dt); +} + + +void wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + m_combo->SetFocus(); +} + + +#endif // wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dbgrptg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dbgrptg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..efbe4d8b6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dbgrptg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,529 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/dbgrptg.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxDebugReportPreviewStd +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Andrej Putrin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-01-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dbgrptg.cpp 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT && wxUSE_XML + +#include "wx/debugrpt.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/checklst.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/filedlg.h" + #include "wx/valtext.h" + #include "wx/button.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/ffile.h" +#include "wx/mimetype.h" + +#include "wx/statline.h" + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/evtloop.h" // for SetCriticalWindow() + #include "wx/scopeguard.h" +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDumpPreviewDlg: simple class for showing ASCII preview of dump files +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDumpPreviewDlg : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxDumpPreviewDlg(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& title, + const wxString& text); + +private: + // the text we show + wxTextCtrl *m_text; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDumpPreviewDlg); +}; + +wxDumpPreviewDlg::wxDumpPreviewDlg(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& title, + const wxString& text) + : wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, title, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER) +{ + // create controls + // --------------- + + // use wxTE_RICH2 style to avoid 64kB limit under MSW and display big files + // faster than with wxTE_RICH + m_text = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, + wxPoint(0, 0), wxDefaultSize, + wxTE_MULTILINE | + wxTE_READONLY | + wxTE_NOHIDESEL | + wxTE_RICH2); + m_text->SetValue(text); + + // use fixed-width font + m_text->SetFont(wxFont(12, wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE, + wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL, wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL)); + + wxButton *btnClose = new wxButton(this, wxID_CANCEL, _("Close")); + + + // layout them + // ----------- + + wxSizer *sizerTop = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL), + *sizerBtns = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + + sizerBtns->Add(btnClose, 0, 0, 1); + + sizerTop->Add(m_text, 1, wxEXPAND); + sizerTop->Add(sizerBtns, 0, wxALIGN_RIGHT | wxTOP | wxBOTTOM | wxRIGHT, 1); + + // set the sizer &c + // ---------------- + + // make the text window bigger to show more contents of the file + sizerTop->SetItemMinSize(m_text, 600, 300); + SetSizer(sizerTop); + + Layout(); + Fit(); + + m_text->SetFocus(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDumpOpenExternalDlg: choose a command for opening the given file +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDumpOpenExternalDlg : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxDumpOpenExternalDlg(wxWindow *parent, const wxFileName& filename); + + // return the command chosed by user to open this file + const wxString& GetCommand() const { return m_command; } + + wxString m_command; + +private: + +#if wxUSE_FILEDLG + void OnBrowse(wxCommandEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_FILEDLG + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDumpOpenExternalDlg); +}; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDumpOpenExternalDlg, wxDialog) + +#if wxUSE_FILEDLG + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_MORE, wxDumpOpenExternalDlg::OnBrowse) +#endif + +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +wxDumpOpenExternalDlg::wxDumpOpenExternalDlg(wxWindow *parent, + const wxFileName& filename) + : wxDialog(parent, + wxID_ANY, + wxString::Format + ( + _("Open file \"%s\""), + filename.GetFullPath().c_str() + )) +{ + // create controls + // --------------- + + wxSizer *sizerTop = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + sizerTop->Add(new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, + wxString::Format + ( + _("Enter command to open file \"%s\":"), + filename.GetFullName().c_str() + )), + wxSizerFlags().Border()); + + wxSizer *sizerH = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + + wxTextCtrl *command = new wxTextCtrl + ( + this, + wxID_ANY, + wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxSize(250, wxDefaultCoord), + 0 +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + ,wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NONE, &m_command) +#endif + ); + sizerH->Add(command, + wxSizerFlags(1).Align(wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL)); + +#if wxUSE_FILEDLG + + wxButton *browse = new wxButton(this, wxID_MORE, wxT(">>"), + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxBU_EXACTFIT); + sizerH->Add(browse, + wxSizerFlags(0).Align(wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL). Border(wxLEFT)); + +#endif // wxUSE_FILEDLG + + sizerTop->Add(sizerH, wxSizerFlags(0).Expand().Border()); + + sizerTop->Add(new wxStaticLine(this), wxSizerFlags().Expand().Border()); + + sizerTop->Add(CreateStdDialogButtonSizer(wxOK | wxCANCEL), + wxSizerFlags().Align(wxALIGN_RIGHT).Border()); + + // set the sizer &c + // ---------------- + + SetSizer(sizerTop); + + Layout(); + Fit(); + + command->SetFocus(); +} + +#if wxUSE_FILEDLG + +void wxDumpOpenExternalDlg::OnBrowse(wxCommandEvent& ) +{ + wxFileName fname(m_command); + wxFileDialog dlg(this, + wxFileSelectorPromptStr, + fname.GetPathWithSep(), + fname.GetFullName() +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + , _("Executable files (*.exe)|*.exe|All files (*.*)|*.*||") +#endif // __WXMSW__ + ); + if ( dlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + { + m_command = dlg.GetPath(); + TransferDataToWindow(); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILEDLG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDebugReportDialog: class showing debug report to the user +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDebugReportDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxDebugReportDialog(wxDebugReport& dbgrpt); + + virtual bool TransferDataToWindow(); + virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow(); + +private: + void OnView(wxCommandEvent& ); + void OnViewUpdate(wxUpdateUIEvent& ); + void OnOpen(wxCommandEvent& ); + + + // small helper: add wxEXPAND and wxALL flags + static wxSizerFlags SizerFlags(int proportion) + { + return wxSizerFlags(proportion).Expand().Border(); + } + + + wxDebugReport& m_dbgrpt; + + wxCheckListBox *m_checklst; + wxTextCtrl *m_notes; + + wxArrayString m_files; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDebugReportDialog); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDebugReportDialog implementation +// ============================================================================ + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDebugReportDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_VIEW_DETAILS, wxDebugReportDialog::OnView) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_VIEW_DETAILS, wxDebugReportDialog::OnViewUpdate) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OPEN, wxDebugReportDialog::OnOpen) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_OPEN, wxDebugReportDialog::OnViewUpdate) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// construction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDebugReportDialog::wxDebugReportDialog(wxDebugReport& dbgrpt) + : wxDialog(NULL, wxID_ANY, + wxString::Format(_("Debug report \"%s\""), + dbgrpt.GetReportName().c_str()), + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER), + m_dbgrpt(dbgrpt) +{ + // upper part of the dialog: explanatory message + wxString msg; + wxString debugDir = dbgrpt.GetDirectory(); + + // The temporary directory can be the short form on Windows; + // normalize it for the benefit of users. +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + wxFileName debugDirFilename(debugDir, wxEmptyString); + debugDirFilename.Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_LONG); + debugDir = debugDirFilename.GetPath(); +#endif + msg << _("A debug report has been generated in the directory\n") + << wxT('\n') + << wxT(" \"") << debugDir << wxT("\"\n") + << wxT('\n') + << _("The report contains the files listed below. If any of these files contain private information,\nplease uncheck them and they will be removed from the report.\n") + << wxT('\n') + << _("If you wish to suppress this debug report completely, please choose the \"Cancel\" button,\nbut be warned that it may hinder improving the program, so if\nat all possible please do continue with the report generation.\n") + << wxT('\n') + << _(" Thank you and we're sorry for the inconvenience!\n") + << wxT("\n\n"); // just some white space to separate from other stuff + + const wxSizerFlags flagsFixed(SizerFlags(0)); + const wxSizerFlags flagsExpand(SizerFlags(1)); + const wxSizerFlags flagsExpand2(SizerFlags(2)); + + wxSizer *sizerPreview = + new wxStaticBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL, this, _("&Debug report preview:")); + sizerPreview->Add(CreateTextSizer(msg), SizerFlags(0).Centre()); + + // ... and the list of files in this debug report with buttons to view them + wxSizer *sizerFileBtns = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + sizerFileBtns->AddStretchSpacer(1); + sizerFileBtns->Add(new wxButton(this, wxID_VIEW_DETAILS, _("&View...")), + wxSizerFlags().Border(wxBOTTOM)); + sizerFileBtns->Add(new wxButton(this, wxID_OPEN, _("&Open...")), + wxSizerFlags().Border(wxTOP)); + sizerFileBtns->AddStretchSpacer(1); + + m_checklst = new wxCheckListBox(this, wxID_ANY); + + wxSizer *sizerFiles = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + sizerFiles->Add(m_checklst, flagsExpand); + sizerFiles->Add(sizerFileBtns, flagsFixed); + + sizerPreview->Add(sizerFiles, flagsExpand2); + + + // lower part of the dialog: notes field + wxSizer *sizerNotes = new wxStaticBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL, this, _("&Notes:")); + + msg = _("If you have any additional information pertaining to this bug\nreport, please enter it here and it will be joined to it:"); + + m_notes = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxTE_MULTILINE); + + sizerNotes->Add(CreateTextSizer(msg), flagsFixed); + sizerNotes->Add(m_notes, flagsExpand); + + + wxSizer *sizerTop = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + sizerTop->Add(sizerPreview, flagsExpand2); + sizerTop->AddSpacer(5); + sizerTop->Add(sizerNotes, flagsExpand); + sizerTop->Add(CreateStdDialogButtonSizer(wxOK | wxCANCEL), flagsFixed); + + SetSizerAndFit(sizerTop); + Layout(); + CentreOnScreen(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// data exchange +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxDebugReportDialog::TransferDataToWindow() +{ + // all files are included in the report by default + const size_t count = m_dbgrpt.GetFilesCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxString name, + desc; + if ( m_dbgrpt.GetFile(n, &name, &desc) ) + { + m_checklst->Append(name + wxT(" (") + desc + wxT(')')); + m_checklst->Check(n); + + m_files.Add(name); + } + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxDebugReportDialog::TransferDataFromWindow() +{ + // any unchecked files should be removed from the report + const size_t count = m_checklst->GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( !m_checklst->IsChecked(n) ) + { + m_dbgrpt.RemoveFile(m_files[n]); + } + } + + // if the user entered any notes, add them to the report + const wxString notes = m_notes->GetValue(); + if ( !notes.empty() ) + { + // for now filename fixed, could make it configurable in the future... + m_dbgrpt.AddText(wxT("notes.txt"), notes, wxT("user notes")); + } + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxDebugReportDialog::OnView(wxCommandEvent& ) +{ + const int sel = m_checklst->GetSelection(); + wxCHECK_RET( sel != wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("invalid selection in OnView()") ); + + wxFileName fn(m_dbgrpt.GetDirectory(), m_files[sel]); + wxString str; + + wxFFile file(fn.GetFullPath()); + if ( file.IsOpened() && file.ReadAll(&str) ) + { + wxDumpPreviewDlg dlg(this, m_files[sel], str); + dlg.ShowModal(); + } +} + +void wxDebugReportDialog::OnOpen(wxCommandEvent& ) +{ + const int sel = m_checklst->GetSelection(); + wxCHECK_RET( sel != wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("invalid selection in OnOpen()") ); + + wxFileName fn(m_dbgrpt.GetDirectory(), m_files[sel]); + + // try to get the command to open this kind of files ourselves + wxString command; +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE + wxFileType * + ft = wxTheMimeTypesManager->GetFileTypeFromExtension(fn.GetExt()); + if ( ft ) + { + command = ft->GetOpenCommand(fn.GetFullPath()); + delete ft; + } +#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE + + // if we couldn't, ask the user + if ( command.empty() ) + { + wxDumpOpenExternalDlg dlg(this, fn); + if ( dlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK ) + { + // get the command chosen by the user and append file name to it + + // if we don't have place marker for file name in the command... + wxString cmd = dlg.GetCommand(); + if ( !cmd.empty() ) + { +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE + if ( cmd.find(wxT('%')) != wxString::npos ) + { + command = wxFileType::ExpandCommand(cmd, fn.GetFullPath()); + } + else // no %s nor %1 +#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE + { + // append the file name to the end + command << cmd << wxT(" \"") << fn.GetFullPath() << wxT('"'); + } + } + } + } + + if ( !command.empty() ) + ::wxExecute(command); +} + +void wxDebugReportDialog::OnViewUpdate(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + int sel = m_checklst->GetSelection(); + if (sel >= 0) + { + wxFileName fn(m_dbgrpt.GetDirectory(), m_files[sel]); + event.Enable(fn.FileExists()); + } + else + event.Enable(false); +} + + +// ============================================================================ +// wxDebugReportPreviewStd implementation +// ============================================================================ + +bool wxDebugReportPreviewStd::Show(wxDebugReport& dbgrpt) const +{ + if ( !dbgrpt.GetFilesCount() ) + return false; + + wxDebugReportDialog dlg(dbgrpt); + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // before entering the event loop (from ShowModal()), block the event + // handling for all other windows as this could result in more crashes + wxEventLoop::SetCriticalWindow(&dlg); + + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1( wxEventLoop::SetCriticalWindow, + static_cast(NULL) ); +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + return dlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK && dbgrpt.GetFilesCount() != 0; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT && wxUSE_XML diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dcpsg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dcpsg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5eabe59d83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dcpsg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2367 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/dcpsg.cpp +// Purpose: Generic wxPostScriptDC implementation +// Author: Julian Smart, Robert Roebling, Markus Holzhem +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcpsg.cpp 65820 2010-10-15 23:46:46Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE && wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT + +#include "wx/generic/dcpsg.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/math.h" + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/icon.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/prntbase.h" +#include "wx/generic/prntdlgg.h" +#include "wx/paper.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/stdpaths.h" + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + +#ifdef DrawText +#undef DrawText +#endif + +#ifdef StartDoc +#undef StartDoc +#endif + +#ifdef GetCharWidth +#undef GetCharWidth +#endif + +#ifdef FindWindow +#undef FindWindow +#endif + +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// start and end of document/page +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const char *wxPostScriptHeaderConicTo = "\ +/conicto {\n\ + /to_y exch def\n\ + /to_x exch def\n\ + /conic_cntrl_y exch def\n\ + /conic_cntrl_x exch def\n\ + currentpoint\n\ + /p0_y exch def\n\ + /p0_x exch def\n\ + /p1_x p0_x conic_cntrl_x p0_x sub 2 3 div mul add def\n\ + /p1_y p0_y conic_cntrl_y p0_y sub 2 3 div mul add def\n\ + /p2_x p1_x to_x p0_x sub 1 3 div mul add def\n\ + /p2_y p1_y to_y p0_y sub 1 3 div mul add def\n\ + p1_x p1_y p2_x p2_y to_x to_y curveto\n\ +} bind def\n\ +"; + +static const char *wxPostScriptHeaderEllipse = "\ +/ellipsedict 8 dict def\n\ +ellipsedict /mtrx matrix put\n\ +/ellipse {\n\ + ellipsedict begin\n\ + /endangle exch def\n\ + /startangle exch def\n\ + /yrad exch def\n\ + /xrad exch def\n\ + /y exch def\n\ + /x exch def\n\ + /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def\n\ + x y translate\n\ + xrad yrad scale\n\ + 0 0 1 startangle endangle arc\n\ + savematrix setmatrix\n\ + end\n\ + } def\n\ +"; + +static const char *wxPostScriptHeaderEllipticArc= "\ +/ellipticarcdict 8 dict def\n\ +ellipticarcdict /mtrx matrix put\n\ +/ellipticarc\n\ +{ ellipticarcdict begin\n\ + /do_fill exch def\n\ + /endangle exch def\n\ + /startangle exch def\n\ + /yrad exch def\n\ + /xrad exch def \n\ + /y exch def\n\ + /x exch def\n\ + /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def\n\ + x y translate\n\ + xrad yrad scale\n\ + do_fill { 0 0 moveto } if\n\ + 0 0 1 startangle endangle arc\n\ + savematrix setmatrix\n\ + do_fill { fill }{ stroke } ifelse\n\ + end\n\ +} def\n"; + +static const char *wxPostScriptHeaderSpline = "\ +/DrawSplineSection {\n\ + /y3 exch def\n\ + /x3 exch def\n\ + /y2 exch def\n\ + /x2 exch def\n\ + /y1 exch def\n\ + /x1 exch def\n\ + /xa x1 x2 x1 sub 0.666667 mul add def\n\ + /ya y1 y2 y1 sub 0.666667 mul add def\n\ + /xb x3 x2 x3 sub 0.666667 mul add def\n\ + /yb y3 y2 y3 sub 0.666667 mul add def\n\ + x1 y1 lineto\n\ + xa ya xb yb x3 y3 curveto\n\ + } def\n\ +"; + +static const char *wxPostScriptHeaderColourImage = "\ +% define 'colorimage' if it isn't defined\n\ +% ('colortogray' and 'mergeprocs' come from xwd2ps\n\ +% via xgrab)\n\ +/colorimage where % do we know about 'colorimage'?\n\ + { pop } % yes: pop off the 'dict' returned\n\ + { % no: define one\n\ + /colortogray { % define an RGB->I function\n\ + /rgbdata exch store % call input 'rgbdata'\n\ + rgbdata length 3 idiv\n\ + /npixls exch store\n\ + /rgbindx 0 store\n\ + 0 1 npixls 1 sub {\n\ + grays exch\n\ + rgbdata rgbindx get 20 mul % Red\n\ + rgbdata rgbindx 1 add get 32 mul % Green\n\ + rgbdata rgbindx 2 add get 12 mul % Blue\n\ + add add 64 idiv % I = .5G + .31R + .18B\n\ + put\n\ + /rgbindx rgbindx 3 add store\n\ + } for\n\ + grays 0 npixls getinterval\n\ + } bind def\n\ +\n\ + % Utility procedure for colorimage operator.\n\ + % This procedure takes two procedures off the\n\ + % stack and merges them into a single procedure.\n\ +\n\ + /mergeprocs { % def\n\ + dup length\n\ + 3 -1 roll\n\ + dup\n\ + length\n\ + dup\n\ + 5 1 roll\n\ + 3 -1 roll\n\ + add\n\ + array cvx\n\ + dup\n\ + 3 -1 roll\n\ + 0 exch\n\ + putinterval\n\ + dup\n\ + 4 2 roll\n\ + putinterval\n\ + } bind def\n\ +\n\ + /colorimage { % def\n\ + pop pop % remove 'false 3' operands\n\ + {colortogray} mergeprocs\n\ + image\n\ + } bind def\n\ + } ifelse % end of 'false' case\n\ +"; + +static const char wxPostScriptHeaderReencodeISO1[] = + "\n/reencodeISO {\n" +"dup dup findfont dup length dict begin\n" +"{ 1 index /FID ne { def }{ pop pop } ifelse } forall\n" +"/Encoding ISOLatin1Encoding def\n" +"currentdict end definefont\n" +"} def\n" +"/ISOLatin1Encoding [\n" +"/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef\n" +"/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef\n" +"/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef\n" +"/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef\n" +"/space/exclam/quotedbl/numbersign/dollar/percent/ampersand/quoteright\n" +"/parenleft/parenright/asterisk/plus/comma/minus/period/slash\n" +"/zero/one/two/three/four/five/six/seven/eight/nine/colon/semicolon\n" +"/less/equal/greater/question/at/A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H/I/J/K/L/M/N\n" +"/O/P/Q/R/S/T/U/V/W/X/Y/Z/bracketleft/backslash/bracketright\n" +"/asciicircum/underscore/quoteleft/a/b/c/d/e/f/g/h/i/j/k/l/m\n" +"/n/o/p/q/r/s/t/u/v/w/x/y/z/braceleft/bar/braceright/asciitilde\n" +"/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef\n" +"/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef/.notdef\n" +"/.notdef/dotlessi/grave/acute/circumflex/tilde/macron/breve\n" +"/dotaccent/dieresis/.notdef/ring/cedilla/.notdef/hungarumlaut\n"; + +static const char wxPostScriptHeaderReencodeISO2[] = +"/ogonek/caron/space/exclamdown/cent/sterling/currency/yen/brokenbar\n" +"/section/dieresis/copyright/ordfeminine/guillemotleft/logicalnot\n" +"/hyphen/registered/macron/degree/plusminus/twosuperior/threesuperior\n" +"/acute/mu/paragraph/periodcentered/cedilla/onesuperior/ordmasculine\n" +"/guillemotright/onequarter/onehalf/threequarters/questiondown\n" +"/Agrave/Aacute/Acircumflex/Atilde/Adieresis/Aring/AE/Ccedilla\n" +"/Egrave/Eacute/Ecircumflex/Edieresis/Igrave/Iacute/Icircumflex\n" +"/Idieresis/Eth/Ntilde/Ograve/Oacute/Ocircumflex/Otilde/Odieresis\n" +"/multiply/Oslash/Ugrave/Uacute/Ucircumflex/Udieresis/Yacute\n" +"/Thorn/germandbls/agrave/aacute/acircumflex/atilde/adieresis\n" +"/aring/ae/ccedilla/egrave/eacute/ecircumflex/edieresis/igrave\n" +"/iacute/icircumflex/idieresis/eth/ntilde/ograve/oacute/ocircumflex\n" +"/otilde/odieresis/divide/oslash/ugrave/uacute/ucircumflex/udieresis\n" +"/yacute/thorn/ydieresis\n" + "] def\n\n"; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPostScriptDC +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptDC, wxDC) + +wxPostScriptDC::wxPostScriptDC() + : wxDC(new wxPostScriptDCImpl(this)) +{ +} + +wxPostScriptDC::wxPostScriptDC(const wxPrintData& printData) + : wxDC(new wxPostScriptDCImpl(this, printData)) +{ +} + +// conversion +static const double RAD2DEG = 180.0 / M_PI; + +// we don't want to use only 72 dpi from PS print +static const int DPI = 600; +static const double PS2DEV = 600.0 / 72.0; +static const double DEV2PS = 72.0 / 600.0; + +#define XLOG2DEV(x) ((double)(LogicalToDeviceX(x)) * DEV2PS) +#define XLOG2DEVREL(x) ((double)(LogicalToDeviceXRel(x)) * DEV2PS) +#define YLOG2DEV(x) ((m_pageHeight - (double)LogicalToDeviceY(x)) * DEV2PS) +#define YLOG2DEVREL(x) ((double)(LogicalToDeviceYRel(x)) * DEV2PS) + + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPostScriptDCImpl, wxDCImpl) + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxPostScriptDCImpl::wxPostScriptDCImpl( wxPostScriptDC *owner ) : + wxDCImpl( owner ) +{ + Init(); + + m_pageHeight = 842 * PS2DEV; + + m_ok = true; +} + +wxPostScriptDCImpl::wxPostScriptDCImpl( wxPostScriptDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ) : + wxDCImpl( owner ) +{ + Init(); + + // this calculates m_pageHeight required for + // taking the inverted Y axis into account + SetPrintData( data ); + + m_ok = true; +} + + +wxPostScriptDCImpl::wxPostScriptDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner ) : + wxDCImpl( owner ) +{ + Init(); + + m_pageHeight = 842 * PS2DEV; + + m_ok = true; +} + +wxPostScriptDCImpl::wxPostScriptDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ) : + wxDCImpl( owner ) +{ + Init(); + + // this calculates m_pageHeight required for + // taking the inverted Y axis into account + SetPrintData( data ); + + m_ok = true; +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::Init() +{ + m_pstream = NULL; + + m_currentRed = 0; + m_currentGreen = 0; + m_currentBlue = 0; + + m_pageNumber = 0; + + m_clipping = false; + + m_underlinePosition = 0.0; + m_underlineThickness = 0.0; + +} + +wxPostScriptDCImpl::~wxPostScriptDCImpl () +{ + if (m_pstream) + { + fclose( m_pstream ); + m_pstream = NULL; + } +} + +bool wxPostScriptDCImpl::IsOk() const +{ + return m_ok; +} + +wxRect wxPostScriptDCImpl::GetPaperRect() const +{ + int w = 0; + int h = 0; + DoGetSize( &w, &h ); + return wxRect(0,0,w,h); +} + +int wxPostScriptDCImpl::GetResolution() const +{ + return DPI; +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoSetClippingRegion (wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok , wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + if (m_clipping) + DestroyClippingRegion(); + + m_clipX1 = x; + m_clipY1 = y; + m_clipX2 = x + w; + m_clipY2 = y + h; + + m_clipping = true; + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "gsave\n" + "newpath\n" + "%f %f moveto\n" + "%f %f lineto\n" + "%f %f lineto\n" + "%f %f lineto\n" + "closepath clip newpath\n", + XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y), + XLOG2DEV(x+w), YLOG2DEV(y), + XLOG2DEV(x+w), YLOG2DEV(y+h), + XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y+h) ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); +} + + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DestroyClippingRegion() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok , wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + if (m_clipping) + { + m_clipping = false; + PsPrint( "grestore\n" ); + } + + wxDCImpl::DestroyClippingRegion(); +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::Clear() +{ + // This should fail silently to avoid unnecessary + // asserts + // wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxPostScriptDCImpl::Clear not implemented.") ); +} + +bool wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoFloodFill (wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), const wxColour &WXUNUSED(col), wxFloodFillStyle WXUNUSED(style)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxPostScriptDCImpl::FloodFill not implemented.") ); + return false; +} + +bool wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoGetPixel (wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), wxColour * WXUNUSED(col)) const +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxPostScriptDCImpl::GetPixel not implemented.") ); + return false; +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoCrossHair (wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxPostScriptDCImpl::CrossHair not implemented.") ); +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoDrawLine (wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + if ( m_pen.IsTransparent() ) + return; + + SetPen( m_pen ); + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "newpath\n" + "%f %f moveto\n" + "%f %f lineto\n" + "stroke\n", + XLOG2DEV(x1), YLOG2DEV(y1), + XLOG2DEV(x2), YLOG2DEV(y2) ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( x1, y1 ); + CalcBoundingBox( x2, y2 ); +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoDrawArc (wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + wxCoord dx = x1 - xc; + wxCoord dy = y1 - yc; + double radius = sqrt( (double)(dx*dx+dy*dy) ); + double alpha1, alpha2; + + if (x1 == x2 && y1 == y2) + { + alpha1 = 0.0; + alpha2 = 360.0; + } + else if ( wxIsNullDouble(radius) ) + { + alpha1 = + alpha2 = 0.0; + } + else + { + alpha1 = (x1 - xc == 0) ? + (y1 - yc < 0) ? 90.0 : -90.0 : + -atan2(double(y1-yc), double(x1-xc)) * RAD2DEG; + alpha2 = (x2 - xc == 0) ? + (y2 - yc < 0) ? 90.0 : -90.0 : + -atan2(double(y2-yc), double(x2-xc)) * RAD2DEG; + } + while (alpha1 <= 0) alpha1 += 360; + while (alpha2 <= 0) alpha2 += 360; // adjust angles to be between + while (alpha1 > 360) alpha1 -= 360; // 0 and 360 degree + while (alpha2 > 360) alpha2 -= 360; + + int i_radius = wxRound( radius ); + + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetBrush( m_brush ); + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "newpath\n" + "%f %f %f %f %f %f ellipse\n" + "%f %f lineto\n" + "closepath\n" + "fill\n", + XLOG2DEV(xc), YLOG2DEV(yc), + XLOG2DEVREL(i_radius), YLOG2DEVREL(i_radius), + alpha1, alpha2, + XLOG2DEV(xc), YLOG2DEV(yc) ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( xc-i_radius, yc-i_radius ); + CalcBoundingBox( xc+i_radius, yc+i_radius ); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetPen( m_pen ); + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "newpath\n" + "%f %f %f %f %f %f ellipse\n" + "%f %f lineto\n" + "closepath\n" + "stroke\n", + XLOG2DEV(xc), YLOG2DEV(yc), + XLOG2DEVREL(i_radius), YLOG2DEVREL(i_radius), + alpha1, alpha2, + XLOG2DEV(xc), YLOG2DEV(yc) ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( xc-i_radius, yc-i_radius ); + CalcBoundingBox( xc+i_radius, yc+i_radius ); + } +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x,wxCoord y,wxCoord w,wxCoord h,double sa,double ea) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + if ( sa >= 360 || sa <= -360 ) + sa -= int(sa/360)*360; + if ( ea >= 360 || ea <=- 360 ) + ea -= int(ea/360)*360; + if ( sa < 0 ) + sa += 360; + if ( ea < 0 ) + ea += 360; + + if ( wxIsSameDouble(sa, ea) ) + { + DoDrawEllipse(x,y,w,h); + return; + } + + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetBrush( m_brush ); + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "newpath\n" + "%f %f %f %f %f %f true ellipticarc\n", + XLOG2DEV(x+w/2), YLOG2DEV(y+h/2), + XLOG2DEVREL(w/2), YLOG2DEVREL(h/2), + sa, ea ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( x ,y ); + CalcBoundingBox( x+w, y+h ); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetPen( m_pen ); + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "newpath\n" + "%f %f %f %f %f %f false ellipticarc\n", + XLOG2DEV(x+w/2), YLOG2DEV(y+h/2), + XLOG2DEVREL(w/2), YLOG2DEVREL(h/2), + sa, ea ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( x ,y ); + CalcBoundingBox( x+w, y+h ); + } +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoDrawPoint (wxCoord x, wxCoord y) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + if ( m_pen.IsTransparent() ) + return; + + SetPen (m_pen); + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "newpath\n" + "%f %f moveto\n" + "%f %f lineto\n" + "stroke\n", + XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y), + XLOG2DEV(x+1), YLOG2DEV(y) ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoDrawPolygon (int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + if (n <= 0) return; + + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetBrush( m_brush ); + + PsPrint( "newpath\n" ); + + double xx = XLOG2DEV(points[0].x + xoffset); + double yy = YLOG2DEV(points[0].y + yoffset); + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "%f %f moveto\n", xx, yy ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( points[0].x + xoffset, points[0].y + yoffset ); + + for (int i = 1; i < n; i++) + { + xx = XLOG2DEV(points[i].x + xoffset); + yy = YLOG2DEV(points[i].y + yoffset); + + buffer.Printf( "%f %f lineto\n", xx, yy ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( points[i].x + xoffset, points[i].y + yoffset); + } + + PsPrint( (fillStyle == wxODDEVEN_RULE ? "eofill\n" : "fill\n") ); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetPen( m_pen ); + + PsPrint( "newpath\n" ); + + double xx = XLOG2DEV(points[0].x + xoffset); + double yy = YLOG2DEV(points[0].y + yoffset); + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "%f %f moveto\n", xx, yy ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( points[0].x + xoffset, points[0].y + yoffset ); + + for (int i = 1; i < n; i++) + { + xx = XLOG2DEV(points[i].x + xoffset); + yy = YLOG2DEV(points[i].y + yoffset); + + buffer.Printf( "%f %f lineto\n", xx, yy ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( points[i].x + xoffset, points[i].y + yoffset); + } + + PsPrint( "closepath\n" ); + PsPrint( "stroke\n" ); + } +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoDrawPolyPolygon (int n, int count[], wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + if (n <= 0) return; + + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetBrush( m_brush ); + + PsPrint( "newpath\n" ); + + int ofs = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ofs += count[i++]) + { + double xx = XLOG2DEV(points[ofs].x + xoffset); + double yy = YLOG2DEV(points[ofs].y + yoffset); + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "%f %f moveto\n", xx, yy ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( points[ofs].x + xoffset, points[ofs].y + yoffset ); + + for (int j = 1; j < count[i]; j++) + { + xx = XLOG2DEV(points[ofs+j].x + xoffset); + yy = YLOG2DEV(points[ofs+j].y + yoffset); + + buffer.Printf( "%f %f lineto\n", xx, yy ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( points[ofs+j].x + xoffset, points[ofs+j].y + yoffset); + } + } + PsPrint( (fillStyle == wxODDEVEN_RULE ? "eofill\n" : "fill\n") ); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetPen( m_pen ); + + PsPrint( "newpath\n" ); + + int ofs = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ofs += count[i++]) + { + double xx = XLOG2DEV(points[ofs].x + xoffset); + double yy = YLOG2DEV(points[ofs].y + yoffset); + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "%f %f moveto\n", xx, yy ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( points[ofs].x + xoffset, points[ofs].y + yoffset ); + + for (int j = 1; j < count[i]; j++) + { + xx = XLOG2DEV(points[ofs+j].x + xoffset); + yy = YLOG2DEV(points[ofs+j].y + yoffset); + + buffer.Printf( "%f %f lineto\n", xx, yy ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( points[ofs+j].x + xoffset, points[ofs+j].y + yoffset); + } + } + PsPrint( "closepath\n" ); + PsPrint( "stroke\n" ); + } +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoDrawLines (int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + if ( m_pen.IsTransparent() ) + return; + + if (n <= 0) return; + + SetPen (m_pen); + + int i; + for ( i =0; iGetTextExtent(text, &text_w, &text_h, &text_descent); + + int size = m_font.GetPointSize(); + +// wxCoord by = y + (wxCoord)floor( double(size) * 2.0 / 3.0 ); // approximate baseline +// commented by V. Slavik and replaced by accurate version +// - note that there is still rounding error in text_descent! + wxCoord by = y + size - text_descent; // baseline + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "%f %f moveto\n", XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(by) ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + PsPrint( "(" ); + + for ( const char *p = textbuf; *p != '\0'; p++ ) + { + int c = (unsigned char)*p; + if (c == ')' || c == '(' || c == '\\') + { + /* Cope with special characters */ + PsPrint( "\\" ); + PsPrint( (char) c ); + } + else if ( c >= 128 ) + { + /* Cope with character codes > 127 */ + buffer.Printf( "\\%o", c ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + } + else + { + PsPrint( (char) c ); + } + } + + PsPrint( ") show\n" ); + + if (m_font.GetUnderlined()) + { + wxCoord uy = (wxCoord)(y + size - m_underlinePosition); + + buffer.Printf( "gsave\n" + "%f %f moveto\n" + "%f setlinewidth\n" + "%f %f lineto\n" + "stroke\n" + "grestore\n", + XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(uy), + m_underlineThickness, + XLOG2DEV(x + text_w), YLOG2DEV(uy) ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + } + + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); + CalcBoundingBox( x + size * text.length() * 2/3 , y ); +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoDrawRotatedText( const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle ) +{ + if ( wxIsNullDouble(angle) ) + { + DoDrawText(text, x, y); + return; + } + + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + SetFont( m_font ); + + if (m_textForegroundColour.Ok()) + { + unsigned char red = m_textForegroundColour.Red(); + unsigned char blue = m_textForegroundColour.Blue(); + unsigned char green = m_textForegroundColour.Green(); + + if (!m_colour) + { + // Anything not white is black + if (! (red == (unsigned char) 255 && + blue == (unsigned char) 255 && + green == (unsigned char) 255)) + { + red = (unsigned char) 0; + green = (unsigned char) 0; + blue = (unsigned char) 0; + } + } + + // maybe setgray here ? + if (!(red == m_currentRed && green == m_currentGreen && blue == m_currentBlue)) + { + double redPS = (double)(red) / 255.0; + double bluePS = (double)(blue) / 255.0; + double greenPS = (double)(green) / 255.0; + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "%f %f %f setrgbcolor\n", redPS, greenPS, bluePS ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + m_currentRed = red; + m_currentBlue = blue; + m_currentGreen = green; + } + } + + int size = m_font.GetPointSize(); + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "%f %f moveto\n", XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y)); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + buffer.Printf( "%f rotate\n", angle ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + PsPrint( "(" ); + const wxWX2MBbuf textbuf = text.mb_str(); + if ( textbuf ) + { + for ( const char *p = textbuf; *p != '\0'; p++ ) + { + int c = (unsigned char)*p; + if (c == ')' || c == '(' || c == '\\') + { + /* Cope with special characters */ + PsPrint( "\\" ); + PsPrint( (char) c ); + } + else if ( c >= 128 ) + { + /* Cope with character codes > 127 */ + buffer.Printf( "\\%o", c); + PsPrint( buffer ); + } + else + { + PsPrint( (char) c ); + } + } + } + + PsPrint( ") show\n" ); + + buffer.Printf( "%f rotate\n", -angle ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + if (m_font.GetUnderlined()) + { + wxCoord uy = (wxCoord)(y + size - m_underlinePosition); + wxCoord w, h; + GetOwner()->GetTextExtent(text, &w, &h); + + buffer.Printf( + "gsave\n" + "%f %f moveto\n" + "%f setlinewidth\n" + "%f %f lineto\n" + "stroke\n" + "grestore\n", + XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(uy), + m_underlineThickness, + XLOG2DEV(x + w), YLOG2DEV(uy) ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + } + + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); + CalcBoundingBox( x + size * text.length() * 2/3 , y ); +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::SetBackground (const wxBrush& brush) +{ + m_backgroundBrush = brush; +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode WXUNUSED(function)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxPostScriptDCImpl::SetLogicalFunction not implemented.") ); +} + +#if wxUSE_SPLINES +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoDrawSpline( const wxPointList *points ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + SetPen( m_pen ); + + // a and b are not used + //double a, b; + double c, d, x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3; + wxPoint *p, *q; + + wxPointList::compatibility_iterator node = points->GetFirst(); + p = node->GetData(); + x1 = p->x; + y1 = p->y; + + node = node->GetNext(); + p = node->GetData(); + c = p->x; + d = p->y; + x3 = + #if 0 + a = + #endif + (double)(x1 + c) / 2; + y3 = + #if 0 + b = + #endif + (double)(y1 + d) / 2; + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( "newpath\n" + "%f %f moveto\n" + "%f %f lineto\n", + XLOG2DEV(wxRound(x1)), YLOG2DEV(wxRound(y1)), + XLOG2DEV(wxRound(x3)), YLOG2DEV(wxRound(y3)) ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( (wxCoord)x1, (wxCoord)y1 ); + CalcBoundingBox( (wxCoord)x3, (wxCoord)y3 ); + + node = node->GetNext(); + while (node) + { + q = node->GetData(); + + x1 = x3; + y1 = y3; + x2 = c; + y2 = d; + c = q->x; + d = q->y; + x3 = (double)(x2 + c) / 2; + y3 = (double)(y2 + d) / 2; + + buffer.Printf( "%f %f %f %f %f %f DrawSplineSection\n", + XLOG2DEV(wxRound(x1)), YLOG2DEV(wxRound(y1)), + XLOG2DEV(wxRound(x2)), YLOG2DEV(wxRound(y2)), + XLOG2DEV(wxRound(x3)), YLOG2DEV(wxRound(y3)) ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + CalcBoundingBox( (wxCoord)x1, (wxCoord)y1 ); + CalcBoundingBox( (wxCoord)x3, (wxCoord)y3 ); + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + /* + At this point, (x2,y2) and (c,d) are the position of the + next-to-last and last point respectively, in the point list + */ + + buffer.Printf( "%f %f lineto\nstroke\n", XLOG2DEV(wxRound(c)), YLOG2DEV(wxRound(d)) ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); +} +#endif // wxUSE_SPLINES + +wxCoord wxPostScriptDCImpl::GetCharWidth() const +{ + // Chris Breeze: reasonable approximation using wxMODERN/Courier + return (wxCoord) (GetCharHeight() * 72.0 / 120.0); +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& data) +{ + m_printData = data; + + wxPaperSize id = m_printData.GetPaperId(); + wxPrintPaperType *paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->FindPaperType(id); + if (!paper) paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->FindPaperType(wxPAPER_A4); + int w = 595; + int h = 842; + if (paper) + { + w = paper->GetSizeDeviceUnits().x; + h = paper->GetSizeDeviceUnits().y; + } + + if (m_printData.GetOrientation() == wxLANDSCAPE) + m_pageHeight = w * PS2DEV; + else + m_pageHeight = h * PS2DEV; +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::ComputeScaleAndOrigin() +{ + const wxRealPoint origScale(m_scaleX, m_scaleY); + + wxDCImpl::ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); + + // If scale has changed call SetPen to recalulate the line width + // and SetFont to recalculate font size + if ( wxRealPoint(m_scaleX, m_scaleY) != origScale && m_pen.IsOk() ) + { + SetPen( m_pen ); + SetFont( m_font ); + } +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoGetSize(int* width, int* height) const +{ + wxPaperSize id = m_printData.GetPaperId(); + + wxPrintPaperType *paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->FindPaperType(id); + + if (!paper) paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->FindPaperType(wxPAPER_A4); + + int w = 595; + int h = 842; + if (paper) + { + w = paper->GetSizeDeviceUnits().x; + h = paper->GetSizeDeviceUnits().y; + } + + if (m_printData.GetOrientation() == wxLANDSCAPE) + { + int tmp = w; + w = h; + h = tmp; + } + + if (width) + *width = wxRound( w * PS2DEV ); + + if (height) + *height = wxRound( h * PS2DEV ); +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoGetSizeMM(int *width, int *height) const +{ + wxPaperSize id = m_printData.GetPaperId(); + + wxPrintPaperType *paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->FindPaperType(id); + + if (!paper) paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->FindPaperType(wxPAPER_A4); + + int w = 210; + int h = 297; + if (paper) + { + w = paper->GetWidth() / 10; + h = paper->GetHeight() / 10; + } + + if (m_printData.GetOrientation() == wxLANDSCAPE) + { + int tmp = w; + w = h; + h = tmp; + } + + if (width) *width = w; + if (height) *height = h; +} + +// Resolution in pixels per logical inch +wxSize wxPostScriptDCImpl::GetPPI(void) const +{ + return wxSize( DPI, DPI ); +} + + +bool wxPostScriptDCImpl::StartDoc( const wxString& WXUNUSED(message) ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_ok, false, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + if (m_printData.GetPrintMode() != wxPRINT_MODE_STREAM ) + { + if (m_printData.GetFilename() == wxEmptyString) + { + wxString filename = wxFileName::CreateTempFileName( wxT("ps") ); + m_printData.SetFilename(filename); + } + + m_pstream = wxFopen( m_printData.GetFilename(), wxT("w+") ); + + if (!m_pstream) + { + wxLogError( _("Cannot open file for PostScript printing!")); + m_ok = false; + return false; + } + } + + m_ok = true; + + wxString buffer; + + PsPrint( "%!PS-Adobe-2.0\n" ); + + PsPrint( "%%Creator: wxWidgets PostScript renderer\n" ); + + buffer.Printf( "%%%%CreationDate: %s\n", wxNow() ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + if (m_printData.GetOrientation() == wxLANDSCAPE) + PsPrint( "%%Orientation: Landscape\n" ); + else + PsPrint( "%%Orientation: Portrait\n" ); + + const wxChar *paper; + switch (m_printData.GetPaperId()) + { + case wxPAPER_LETTER: paper = wxT("Letter"); break; // Letter: paper ""; 8 1/2 by 11 inches + case wxPAPER_LEGAL: paper = wxT("Legal"); break; // Legal, 8 1/2 by 14 inches + case wxPAPER_A4: paper = wxT("A4"); break; // A4 Sheet, 210 by 297 millimeters + case wxPAPER_TABLOID: paper = wxT("Tabloid"); break; // Tabloid, 11 by 17 inches + case wxPAPER_LEDGER: paper = wxT("Ledger"); break; // Ledger, 17 by 11 inches + case wxPAPER_STATEMENT: paper = wxT("Statement"); break; // Statement, 5 1/2 by 8 1/2 inches + case wxPAPER_EXECUTIVE: paper = wxT("Executive"); break; // Executive, 7 1/4 by 10 1/2 inches + case wxPAPER_A3: paper = wxT("A3"); break; // A3 sheet, 297 by 420 millimeters + case wxPAPER_A5: paper = wxT("A5"); break; // A5 sheet, 148 by 210 millimeters + case wxPAPER_B4: paper = wxT("B4"); break; // B4 sheet, 250 by 354 millimeters + case wxPAPER_B5: paper = wxT("B5"); break; // B5 sheet, 182-by-257-millimeter paper + case wxPAPER_FOLIO: paper = wxT("Folio"); break; // Folio, 8-1/2-by-13-inch paper + case wxPAPER_QUARTO: paper = wxT("Quaro"); break; // Quarto, 215-by-275-millimeter paper + case wxPAPER_10X14: paper = wxT("10x14"); break; // 10-by-14-inch sheet + default: paper = wxT("A4"); + } + + buffer.Printf( "%%%%DocumentPaperSizes: %s\n", paper ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + PsPrint( "%%EndComments\n\n" ); + + PsPrint( "%%BeginProlog\n" ); + PsPrint( wxPostScriptHeaderConicTo ); + PsPrint( wxPostScriptHeaderEllipse ); + PsPrint( wxPostScriptHeaderEllipticArc ); + PsPrint( wxPostScriptHeaderColourImage ); + PsPrint( wxPostScriptHeaderReencodeISO1 ); + PsPrint( wxPostScriptHeaderReencodeISO2 ); + if (wxPostScriptHeaderSpline) + PsPrint( wxPostScriptHeaderSpline ); + PsPrint( "%%EndProlog\n" ); + + SetBrush( *wxBLACK_BRUSH ); + SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); + SetBackground( *wxWHITE_BRUSH ); + SetTextForeground( *wxBLACK ); + + // set origin according to paper size + SetDeviceOrigin( 0,0 ); + + m_pageNumber = 1; + return true; +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::EndDoc () +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + if (m_clipping) + { + m_clipping = false; + PsPrint( "grestore\n" ); + } + + if ( m_pstream ) { + fclose( m_pstream ); + m_pstream = NULL; + } + +#if 0 + // THE FOLLOWING HAS BEEN CONTRIBUTED BY Andy Fyfe + wxCoord wx_printer_translate_x, wx_printer_translate_y; + double wx_printer_scale_x, wx_printer_scale_y; + + wx_printer_translate_x = (wxCoord)m_printData.GetPrinterTranslateX(); + wx_printer_translate_y = (wxCoord)m_printData.GetPrinterTranslateY(); + + wx_printer_scale_x = m_printData.GetPrinterScaleX(); + wx_printer_scale_y = m_printData.GetPrinterScaleY(); + + // Compute the bounding box. Note that it is in the default user + // coordinate system, thus we have to convert the values. + wxCoord minX = (wxCoord) XLOG2DEV(m_minX); + wxCoord minY = (wxCoord) YLOG2DEV(m_minY); + wxCoord maxX = (wxCoord) XLOG2DEV(m_maxX); + wxCoord maxY = (wxCoord) YLOG2DEV(m_maxY); + + // LOG2DEV may have changed the minimum to maximum vice versa + if ( minX > maxX ) { wxCoord tmp = minX; minX = maxX; maxX = tmp; } + if ( minY > maxY ) { wxCoord tmp = minY; minY = maxY; maxY = tmp; } + + // account for used scaling (boundingbox is before scaling in ps-file) + double scale_x = m_printData.GetPrinterScaleX() / ms_PSScaleFactor; + double scale_y = m_printData.GetPrinterScaleY() / ms_PSScaleFactor; + + wxCoord llx, lly, urx, ury; + llx = (wxCoord) ((minX+wx_printer_translate_x)*scale_x); + lly = (wxCoord) ((minY+wx_printer_translate_y)*scale_y); + urx = (wxCoord) ((maxX+wx_printer_translate_x)*scale_x); + ury = (wxCoord) ((maxY+wx_printer_translate_y)*scale_y); + // (end of bounding box computation) + + + // If we're landscape, our sense of "x" and "y" is reversed. + if (m_printData.GetOrientation() == wxLANDSCAPE) + { + wxCoord tmp; + tmp = llx; llx = lly; lly = tmp; + tmp = urx; urx = ury; ury = tmp; + + // We need either the two lines that follow, or we need to subtract + // min_x from real_translate_y, which is commented out below. + llx = llx - (wxCoord)(m_minX*wx_printer_scale_y); + urx = urx - (wxCoord)(m_minX*wx_printer_scale_y); + } + + // The Adobe specifications call for integers; we round as to make + // the bounding larger. + PsPrintf( wxT("%%%%BoundingBox: %d %d %d %d\n"), + (wxCoord)floor((double)llx), (wxCoord)floor((double)lly), + (wxCoord)ceil((double)urx), (wxCoord)ceil((double)ury) ); + + // To check the correctness of the bounding box, postscript commands + // to draw a box corresponding to the bounding box are generated below. + // But since we typically don't want to print such a box, the postscript + // commands are generated within comments. These lines appear before any + // adjustment of scale, rotation, or translation, and hence are in the + // default user coordinates. + PsPrint( "% newpath\n" ); + PsPrintf( wxT("%% %d %d moveto\n"), llx, lly ); + PsPrintf( wxT("%% %d %d lineto\n"), urx, lly ); + PsPrintf( wxT("%% %d %d lineto\n"), urx, ury ); + PsPrintf( wxT("%% %d %d lineto closepath stroke\n"), llx, ury ); +#endif + +#ifndef __WXMSW__ + wxPostScriptPrintNativeData *data = + (wxPostScriptPrintNativeData *) m_printData.GetNativeData(); + + if (m_ok && (m_printData.GetPrintMode() == wxPRINT_MODE_PRINTER)) + { + wxString command; + command += data->GetPrinterCommand(); + command += wxT(" "); + command += data->GetPrinterOptions(); + command += wxT(" "); + command += m_printData.GetFilename(); + + wxExecute( command, true ); + wxRemoveFile( m_printData.GetFilename() ); + } +#endif +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::StartPage() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + wxString buffer; + buffer.Printf( wxT("%%%%Page: %d\n"), m_pageNumber++ ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + +#if 0 + wxPostScriptPrintNativeData *data = + (wxPostScriptPrintNativeData *) m_printData.GetNativeData(); + + wxCoord translate_x = (wxCoord)data->GetPrinterTranslateX(); + wxCoord translate_y = (wxCoord)data->GetPrinterTranslateY(); + + buffer.Printf( "%d %d translate\n", translate_x, translate_y ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + + double scale_x = data->GetPrinterScaleX(); + double scale_y = data->GetPrinterScaleY(); + + buffer.Printf( "%f %f scale\n", scale_x, scale_y ); + buffer.Replace( ",", "." ); + PsPrint( buffer ); + +#endif + + // Each page starts with an "initgraphics" which resets the + // transformation and so we need to rotate the page for + // landscape printing) + + // I copied this one from a PostScript tutorial, but to no avail. RR. + // PsPrint( "90 rotate llx neg ury nef translate\n" ); + + if (m_printData.GetOrientation() == wxLANDSCAPE) + PsPrint( "90 rotate\n" ); +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::EndPage () +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_ok , wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + PsPrint( "showpage\n" ); +} + +bool wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoBlit( wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, + wxCoord fwidth, wxCoord fheight, + wxDC *source, + wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode rop, + bool WXUNUSED(useMask), wxCoord WXUNUSED(xsrcMask), wxCoord WXUNUSED(ysrcMask) ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_ok, false, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( source, false, wxT("invalid source dc") ); + + // blit into a bitmap + wxBitmap bitmap( (int)fwidth, (int)fheight ); + wxMemoryDC memDC; + memDC.SelectObject(bitmap); + memDC.Blit(0, 0, fwidth, fheight, source, xsrc, ysrc, rop); /* TODO: Blit transparently? */ + memDC.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + + //draw bitmap. scaling and positioning is done there + GetOwner()->DrawBitmap( bitmap, xdest, ydest ); + + return true; +} + +wxCoord wxPostScriptDCImpl::GetCharHeight() const +{ + if (m_font.Ok()) + return m_font.GetPointSize(); + else + return 12; +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::PsPrint( const wxString& str ) +{ + const wxCharBuffer psdata(str.utf8_str()); + + wxPostScriptPrintNativeData *data = + (wxPostScriptPrintNativeData *) m_printData.GetNativeData(); + + switch (m_printData.GetPrintMode()) + { +#if wxUSE_STREAMS + // append to output stream + case wxPRINT_MODE_STREAM: + { + wxOutputStream* outputstream = data->GetOutputStream(); + wxCHECK_RET( outputstream, wxT("invalid outputstream") ); + outputstream->Write( psdata, strlen( psdata ) ); + } + break; +#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS + + // save data into file + default: + wxCHECK_RET( m_pstream, wxT("invalid postscript dc") ); + fwrite( psdata, 1, strlen( psdata ), m_pstream ); + } +} + +void wxPostScriptDCImpl::DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, + wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, + wxCoord *descent, wxCoord *externalLeading, + const wxFont *theFont ) const +{ + const wxFont *fontToUse = theFont; + + if (!fontToUse) fontToUse = &m_font; + + const float fontSize = + fontToUse->GetPointSize() * GetFontPointSizeAdjustment(72.0); + + if (string.empty()) + { + if (x) (*x) = 0; + if (y) (*y) = 0; + if (descent) (*descent) = 0; + if (externalLeading) (*externalLeading) = 0; + return; + } + + // GTK 2.0 + + const wxWX2MBbuf strbuf = string.mb_str(); + + // conversion failed (non e.g. ISO characters) + if ( !strbuf ) + return; + +#if !wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT + /* Provide a VERY rough estimate (avoid using it). + * Produces accurate results for mono-spaced font + * such as Courier (aka wxMODERN) */ + + if ( x ) + *x = strlen (strbuf) * fontSize * 72.0 / 120.0; + if ( y ) + *y = (wxCoord) (fontSize * 1.32); /* allow for descender */ + if (descent) *descent = 0; + if (externalLeading) *externalLeading = 0; +#else + + /* method for calculating string widths in postscript: + / read in the AFM (adobe font metrics) file for the + / actual font, parse it and extract the character widths + / and also the descender. this may be improved, but for now + / it works well. the AFM file is only read in if the + / font is changed. this may be chached in the future. + / calls to GetTextExtent with the font unchanged are rather + / efficient!!! + / + / for each font and style used there is an AFM file necessary. + / currently i have only files for the roman font family. + / I try to get files for the other ones! + / + / CAVE: the size of the string is currently always calculated + / in 'points' (1/72 of an inch). this should later on be + / changed to depend on the mapping mode. + / CAVE: the path to the AFM files must be set before calling this + / fun3B3Bction. this is usually done by a call like the following: + / wxSetAFMPath("d:\\wxw161\\afm\\"); + / + / example: + / + / wxPostScriptDC dc(NULL, true); + / if (dc.Ok()){ + / wxSetAFMPath("d:\\wxw161\\afm\\"); + / dc.StartDoc("Test"); + / dc.StartPage(); + / wxCoord w,h; + / dc.SetFont(new wxFont(10, wxROMAN, wxNORMAL, wxNORMAL)); + / dc.GetTextExtent("Hallo",&w,&h); + / dc.EndPage(); + / dc.EndDoc(); + / } + / + / by steve (stefan.hammes@urz.uni-heidelberg.de) + / created: 10.09.94 + / updated: 14.05.95 */ + + /* these static vars are for storing the state between calls */ + static int lastFamily= INT_MIN; + static int lastSize= INT_MIN; + static int lastStyle= INT_MIN; + static int lastWeight= INT_MIN; + static int lastDescender = INT_MIN; + static int lastWidths[256]; /* widths of the characters */ + + double UnderlinePosition = 0.0; + double UnderlineThickness = 0.0; + + // Get actual parameters + int Family = fontToUse->GetFamily(); + int Size = fontToUse->GetPointSize(); + int Style = fontToUse->GetStyle(); + int Weight = fontToUse->GetWeight(); + + // If we have another font, read the font-metrics + if (Family!=lastFamily || Size!=lastSize || Style!=lastStyle || Weight!=lastWeight) + { + // Store actual values + lastFamily = Family; + lastSize = Size; + lastStyle = Style; + lastWeight = Weight; + + const wxChar *name; + + switch (Family) + { + case wxMODERN: + case wxTELETYPE: + { + if ((Style == wxITALIC) && (Weight == wxBOLD)) name = wxT("CourBoO.afm"); + else if ((Style != wxITALIC) && (Weight == wxBOLD)) name = wxT("CourBo.afm"); + else if ((Style == wxITALIC) && (Weight != wxBOLD)) name = wxT("CourO.afm"); + else name = wxT("Cour.afm"); + break; + } + case wxROMAN: + { + if ((Style == wxITALIC) && (Weight == wxBOLD)) name = wxT("TimesBoO.afm"); + else if ((Style != wxITALIC) && (Weight == wxBOLD)) name = wxT("TimesBo.afm"); + else if ((Style == wxITALIC) && (Weight != wxBOLD)) name = wxT("TimesO.afm"); + else name = wxT("TimesRo.afm"); + break; + } + case wxSCRIPT: + { + name = wxT("Zapf.afm"); + break; + } + case wxSWISS: + default: + { + if ((Style == wxITALIC) && (Weight == wxBOLD)) name = wxT("HelvBoO.afm"); + else if ((Style != wxITALIC) && (Weight == wxBOLD)) name = wxT("HelvBo.afm"); + else if ((Style == wxITALIC) && (Weight != wxBOLD)) name = wxT("HelvO.afm"); + else name = wxT("Helv.afm"); + break; + } + } + + FILE *afmFile = NULL; + + // Get the directory of the AFM files + wxString afmName; + + // VZ: I don't know if the cast always works under Unix but it clearly + // never does under Windows where the pointer is + // wxWindowsPrintNativeData and so calling GetFontMetricPath() on + // it just crashes +#ifndef __WIN32__ + wxPostScriptPrintNativeData *data = + wxDynamicCast(m_printData.GetNativeData(), wxPostScriptPrintNativeData); + + if (data && !data->GetFontMetricPath().empty()) + { + afmName = data->GetFontMetricPath(); + afmName << wxFILE_SEP_PATH << name; + } +#endif // __WIN32__ + + if ( !afmName.empty() ) + afmFile = wxFopen(afmName, wxT("r")); + + if ( !afmFile ) + { +#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__VMS__) + afmName = wxGetDataDir(); +#else // !__UNIX__ + afmName = wxStandardPaths::Get().GetDataDir(); +#endif // __UNIX__/!__UNIX__ + + afmName << wxFILE_SEP_PATH +#if defined(__LINUX__) || defined(__FREEBSD__) + << wxT("gs_afm") << wxFILE_SEP_PATH +#else + << wxT("afm") << wxFILE_SEP_PATH +#endif + << name; + afmFile = wxFopen(afmName,wxT("r")); + } + + /* 2. open and process the file + / a short explanation of the AFM format: + / we have for each character a line, which gives its size + / e.g.: + / + / C 63 ; WX 444 ; N question ; B 49 -14 395 676 ; + / + / that means, we have a character with ascii code 63, and width + / (444/1000 * fontSize) points. + / the other data is ignored for now! + / + / when the font has changed, we read in the right AFM file and store the + / character widths in an array, which is processed below (see point 3.). */ + if (afmFile==NULL) + { + wxLogDebug( wxT("GetTextExtent: can't open AFM file '%s'"), afmName.c_str() ); + wxLogDebug( wxT(" using approximate values")); + for (int i=0; i<256; i++) lastWidths[i] = 500; /* an approximate value */ + lastDescender = -150; /* dito. */ + } + else + { + /* init the widths array */ + for(int i=0; i<256; i++) lastWidths[i] = INT_MIN; + /* some variables for holding parts of a line */ + char cString[10], semiString[10], WXString[10]; + char descString[20]; + char upString[30], utString[30]; + char encString[50]; + char line[256]; + int ascii,cWidth; + /* read in the file and parse it */ + while(fgets(line,sizeof(line),afmFile)!=NULL) + { + /* A.) check for descender definition */ + if (strncmp(line,"Descender",9)==0) + { + if ((sscanf(line,"%s%d",descString,&lastDescender)!=2) || + (strcmp(descString,"Descender")!=0)) + { + wxLogDebug( wxT("AFM-file '%s': line '%s' has error (bad descender)"), afmName.c_str(),line ); + } + } + /* JC 1.) check for UnderlinePosition */ + else if(strncmp(line,"UnderlinePosition",17)==0) + { + if ((sscanf(line,"%s%lf",upString,&UnderlinePosition)!=2) || + (strcmp(upString,"UnderlinePosition")!=0)) + { + wxLogDebug( wxT("AFM-file '%s': line '%s' has error (bad UnderlinePosition)"), afmName.c_str(), line ); + } + } + /* JC 2.) check for UnderlineThickness */ + else if(strncmp(line,"UnderlineThickness",18)==0) + { + if ((sscanf(line,"%s%lf",utString,&UnderlineThickness)!=2) || + (strcmp(utString,"UnderlineThickness")!=0)) + { + wxLogDebug( wxT("AFM-file '%s': line '%s' has error (bad UnderlineThickness)"), afmName.c_str(), line ); + } + } + /* JC 3.) check for EncodingScheme */ + else if(strncmp(line,"EncodingScheme",14)==0) + { + if ((sscanf(line,"%s%s",utString,encString)!=2) || + (strcmp(utString,"EncodingScheme")!=0)) + { + wxLogDebug( wxT("AFM-file '%s': line '%s' has error (bad EncodingScheme)"), afmName.c_str(), line ); + } + else if (strncmp(encString, "AdobeStandardEncoding", 21)) + { + wxLogDebug( wxT("AFM-file '%s': line '%s' has error (unsupported EncodingScheme %s)"), + afmName.c_str(),line, encString); + } + } + /* B.) check for char-width */ + else if(strncmp(line,"C ",2)==0) + { + if (sscanf(line,"%s%d%s%s%d",cString,&ascii,semiString,WXString,&cWidth)!=5) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("AFM-file '%s': line '%s' has an error (bad character width)"),afmName.c_str(),line); + } + if(strcmp(cString,"C")!=0 || strcmp(semiString,";")!=0 || strcmp(WXString,"WX")!=0) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("AFM-file '%s': line '%s' has a format error"),afmName.c_str(),line); + } + /* printf(" char '%c'=%d has width '%d'\n",ascii,ascii,cWidth); */ + if (ascii>=0 && ascii<256) + { + lastWidths[ascii] = cWidth; /* store width */ + } + else + { + /* MATTHEW: this happens a lot; don't print an error */ + /* wxLogDebug("AFM-file '%s': ASCII value %d out of range",afmName.c_str(),ascii); */ + } + } + /* C.) ignore other entries. */ + } + fclose(afmFile); + } + /* hack to compute correct values for german 'Umlaute' + / the correct way would be to map the character names + / like 'adieresis' to corresp. positions of ISOEnc and read + / these values from AFM files, too. Maybe later ... */ + + // NB: casts to int are needed to suppress gcc 3.3 warnings + lastWidths[196] = lastWidths[(int)'A']; // U+00C4 A Umlaute + lastWidths[228] = lastWidths[(int)'a']; // U+00E4 a Umlaute + lastWidths[214] = lastWidths[(int)'O']; // U+00D6 O Umlaute + lastWidths[246] = lastWidths[(int)'o']; // U+00F6 o Umlaute + lastWidths[220] = lastWidths[(int)'U']; // U+00DC U Umlaute + lastWidths[252] = lastWidths[(int)'u']; // U+00FC u Umlaute + lastWidths[223] = lastWidths[(int)251]; // U+00DF eszett (scharfes s) + + /* JC: calculate UnderlineThickness/UnderlinePosition */ + + // VS: dirty, but is there any better solution? + double *pt; + pt = (double*) &m_underlinePosition; + *pt = YLOG2DEVREL((wxCoord)(UnderlinePosition * fontSize)) / 1000.0f; + pt = (double*) &m_underlineThickness; + *pt = YLOG2DEVREL((wxCoord)(UnderlineThickness * fontSize)) / 1000.0f; + + } + + + /* 3. now the font metrics are read in, calc size this + / is done by adding the widths of the characters in the + / string. they are given in 1/1000 of the size! */ + + long sum=0; + float height=fontSize; /* by default */ + unsigned char *p; + for(p=(unsigned char *)wxMBSTRINGCAST strbuf; *p; p++) + { + if(lastWidths[*p]== INT_MIN) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("GetTextExtent: undefined width for character '%c' (%d)"), *p,*p); + sum += lastWidths[(unsigned char)' ']; /* assume space */ + } + else + { + sum += lastWidths[*p]; + } + } + + double widthSum = sum; + widthSum *= fontSize; + widthSum /= 1000.0F; + + /* add descender to height (it is usually a negative value) */ + //if (lastDescender != INT_MIN) + //{ + // height += (wxCoord)(((-lastDescender)/1000.0F) * Size); /* MATTHEW: forgot scale */ + //} + // - commented by V. Slavik - height already contains descender in it + // (judging from few experiments) + + /* return size values */ + if ( x ) + *x = (wxCoord)widthSum; + if ( y ) + *y = (wxCoord)height; + + /* return other parameters */ + if (descent) + { + if(lastDescender!=INT_MIN) + { + *descent = (wxCoord)(((-lastDescender)/1000.0F) * fontSize); /* MATTHEW: forgot scale */ + } + else + { + *descent = 0; + } + } + + /* currently no idea how to calculate this! */ + if (externalLeading) *externalLeading = 0; +#endif + // Use AFM +} + + +#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE && wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT + +// vi:sts=4:sw=4:et diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/descrip.mms b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/descrip.mms new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0dfdda9a51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/descrip.mms @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +#***************************************************************************** +# * +# Make file for VMS * +# Author : J.Jansen (joukj@hrem.nano.tudelft.nl) * +# Date : 15 December 2010 * +# * +#***************************************************************************** +.first + define wx [--.include.wx] + +.ifdef __WXMOTIF__ +CXX_DEFINE = /define=(__WXMOTIF__=1)/name=(as_is,short)\ + /assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new) +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXMOTIF__=1)/name=(as_is,short) +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK__ +CXX_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1)/float=ieee/name=(as_is,short)/ieee=denorm\ + /assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new) +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1)/float=ieee/name=(as_is,short)/ieee=denorm +.else +.ifdef __WXX11__ +CXX_DEFINE = /define=(__WXX11__=1,__WXUNIVERSAL__==1)/float=ieee\ + /name=(as_is,short)/assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new) +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXX11__=1,__WXUNIVERSAL__==1)/float=ieee\ + /name=(as_is,short) +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK2__ +CXX_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1,VMS_GTK2==1)/float=ieee\ + /name=(as_is,short)/assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new) +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WX_GTK__=1,VMS_GTK2==1)/float=ieee\ + /name=(as_is,short) +.else +CXX_DEFINE = +CC_DEFINE = +.endif +.endif +.endif +.endif + +.suffixes : .cpp + +.cpp.obj : + cxx $(CXXFLAGS)$(CXX_DEFINE) $(MMS$TARGET_NAME).cpp +.c.obj : + cc $(CFLAGS)$(CC_DEFINE) $(MMS$TARGET_NAME).c + +OBJECTS = \ + aboutdlgg.obj,\ + busyinfo.obj,\ + calctrlg.obj,\ + caret.obj,\ + choicbkg.obj,\ + choicdgg.obj,\ + datectlg.obj,\ + dcpsg.obj,\ + dirctrlg.obj,\ + dirdlgg.obj,\ + fdrepdlg.obj,\ + fontdlgg.obj,\ + grid.obj,\ + gridctrl.obj,\ + gridsel.obj,\ + helpext.obj,\ + htmllbox.obj,\ + imaglist.obj,\ + laywin.obj,\ + listbkg.obj,\ + listctrl.obj,\ + logg.obj,\ + msgdlgg.obj,\ + numdlgg.obj,\ + odcombo.obj,\ + panelg.obj,\ + printps.obj,\ + prntdlgg.obj,\ + propdlg.obj,\ + progdlgg.obj,\ + renderg.obj,\ + sashwin.obj,\ + scrlwing.obj,\ + selstore.obj,\ + splitter.obj,\ + tabg.obj,\ + textdlgg.obj,\ + tipdlg.obj,\ + tipwin.obj,\ + toolbkg.obj,\ + treebkg.obj,\ + treectlg.obj,\ + wizard.obj,\ + hyperlinkg.obj,\ + filepickerg.obj,\ + bmpcboxg.obj,\ + filectrlg.obj,srchctlg.obj,notifmsgg.obj,headerctrlg.obj,\ + grideditors.obj,vlbox.obj,vscroll.obj,stattextg.obj,\ + editlbox.obj,datavgen.obj,dbgrptg.obj,dragimgg.obj,\ + richmsgdlgg.obj,commandlinkbuttong.obj,spinctlg.obj + +SOURCES = \ + aboutdlgg.cpp,\ + accel.cpp,\ + animateg.cpp,\ + busyinfo.cpp,\ + calctrlg.cpp,\ + caret.cpp,\ + choicbkg.cpp,\ + choicdgg.cpp,\ + collpaneg.cpp,\ + colrdlgg.cpp,\ + clrpickerg.cpp,\ + datectlg.cpp,\ + dcpsg.cpp,\ + dirctrlg.cpp,\ + dirdlgg.cpp,\ + filedlgg.cpp,\ + fdrepdlg.cpp,\ + fontdlgg.cpp,\ + fontpickerg.cpp,\ + grid.cpp,\ + gridctrl.cpp,\ + gridsel.cpp,\ + helpext.cpp,\ + htmllbox.cpp,\ + imaglist.cpp,\ + laywin.cpp,\ + listbkg.cpp,\ + listctrl.cpp,\ + logg.cpp,\ + msgdlgg.cpp,\ + notebook.cpp,\ + numdlgg.cpp,\ + odcombo.cpp,\ + paletteg.cpp,\ + panelg.cpp,\ + printps.cpp,\ + prntdlgg.cpp,\ + propdlg.cpp,\ + progdlgg.cpp,\ + renderg.cpp,\ + sashwin.cpp,\ + selstore.cpp,\ + splitter.cpp,\ + statline.cpp,\ + statusbr.cpp,\ + tabg.cpp,\ + textdlgg.cpp,\ + tipdlg.cpp,\ + tipwin.cpp,\ + toolbkg.cpp,\ + treebkg.cpp,\ + treectlg.cpp,\ + wizard.cpp,\ + dragimgg.cpp,\ + fdrepdlg.cpp,\ + htmllbox.cpp,\ + listbkg.cpp,\ + mdig.cpp,\ + scrlwing.cpp,\ + spinctlg.cpp,\ + splash.cpp,\ + timer.cpp,\ + vlbox.cpp,\ + hyperlinkg.cpp,\ + filepickerg.cpp,\ + vscroll.cpp,\ + icon.cpp,bmpcboxg.cpp,filectrlg.cpp,srchctlg.cpp,notifmsgg.cpp\ + ,headerctrlg.cpp,grideditors.cpp,stattextg.cpp,editlbox.cpp,\ + datavgen.cpp,dbgrptg.cpp,dragimgg.cpp,richmsgdlgg.cpp,\ + commandlinkbuttong.cpp,spinctlg.cpp + +.ifdef __WXMOTIF__ +OBJECTS0=statusbr.obj,statline.obj,notebook.obj,spinctlg.obj,collpaneg.obj,\ + combog.obj,animateg.obj,colrdlgg.obj,clrpickerg.obj,fontpickerg.obj,\ + mdig.obj,infobar.obj +.else +.ifdef __WXX11__ +OBJECTS0=accel.obj,filedlgg.obj,dragimgg.obj,fdrepdlg.obj,htmllbox.obj,\ + listbkg.obj,mdig.obj,spinctlg.obj,splash.obj,timer.obj,\ + combog.obj,icon.obj,collpaneg.obj,animateg.obj,\ + colrdlgg.obj,clrpickerg.obj,fontpickerg.obj,infobar.obj +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK__ +OBJECTS0=accel.obj,statusbr.obj,filedlgg.obj,paletteg.obj,\ + combog.obj,icon.obj,collpaneg.obj,animateg.obj,\ + colrdlgg.obj,clrpickerg.obj,fontpickerg.obj,infobar.obj +.else +OBJECTS0=accel.obj,statusbr.obj,filedlgg.obj,paletteg.obj,\ + combog.obj,icon.obj +.endif +.endif +.endif + +all : $(SOURCES) + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS) + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS0) +.ifdef __WXMOTIF__ + library/crea [--.lib]libwx_motif.olb $(OBJECTS) + library [--.lib]libwx_motif.olb $(OBJECTS0) +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK__ + library/crea [--.lib]libwx_gtk.olb $(OBJECTS) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk.olb $(OBJECTS0) +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK2__ + library/crea [--.lib]libwx_gtk2.olb $(OBJECTS) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk2.olb $(OBJECTS0) +.else +.ifdef __WXX11__ + library/crea [--.lib]libwx_x11_univ.olb $(OBJECTS) + library [--.lib]libwx_x11_univ.olb $(OBJECTS0) +.endif +.endif +.endif +.endif + +$(OBJECTS) : [--.include.wx]setup.h +$(OBJECTS0) : [--.include.wx]setup.h + +aboutdlgg.obj : aboutdlgg.cpp +accel.obj : accel.cpp +animateg.obj : animateg.cpp +busyinfo.obj : busyinfo.cpp +calctrlg.obj : calctrlg.cpp +caret.obj : caret.cpp +choicdgg.obj : choicdgg.cpp +clrpickerg.obj : clrpickerg.cpp +collpaneg.obj : collpaneg.cpp +colrdlgg.obj : colrdlgg.cpp +datectlg.obj : datectlg.cpp +dcpsg.obj : dcpsg.cpp +dirctrlg.obj : dirctrlg.cpp +dirdlgg.obj : dirdlgg.cpp +filedlgg.obj : filedlgg.cpp +fontdlgg.obj : fontdlgg.cpp +fdrepdlg.obj : fdrepdlg.cpp +grid.obj : grid.cpp +gridctrl.obj : gridctrl.cpp +gridsel.obj : gridsel.cpp +helpext.obj : helpext.cpp +htmllbox.obj : htmllbox.cpp +icon.obj : icon.cpp +imaglist.obj : imaglist.cpp +laywin.obj : laywin.cpp +listctrl.obj : listctrl.cpp +logg.obj : logg.cpp +msgdlgg.obj : msgdlgg.cpp +notebook.obj : notebook.cpp +numdlgg.obj : numdlgg.cpp +odcombo.obj : odcombo.cpp +paletteg.obj : paletteg.cpp +panelg.obj : panelg.cpp +printps.obj : printps.cpp +prntdlgg.obj : prntdlgg.cpp +progdlgg.obj : progdlgg.cpp +propdlg.obj : propdlg.cpp +scrlwing.obj : scrlwing.cpp +spinctlg.obj : spinctlg.cpp +renderg.obj : renderg.cpp +sashwin.obj : sashwin.cpp +selstore.obj : selstore.cpp +splitter.obj : splitter.cpp +statline.obj : statline.cpp +statusbr.obj : statusbr.cpp +tabg.obj : tabg.cpp +textdlgg.obj : textdlgg.cpp +tipdlg.obj : tipdlg.cpp +tipwin.obj : tipwin.cpp +treectlg.obj : treectlg.cpp +wizard.obj : wizard.cpp +dragimgg.obj : dragimgg.cpp +fdrepdlg.obj : fdrepdlg.cpp +htmllbox.obj : htmllbox.cpp +listbkg.obj : listbkg.cpp +mdig.obj : mdig.cpp +scrlwing.obj : scrlwing.cpp +spinctlg.obj : spinctlg.cpp +splash.obj : splash.cpp +timer.obj : timer.cpp +vlbox.obj : vlbox.cpp +vscroll.obj : vscroll.cpp + cxx $(CXXFLAGS)$(CXX_DEFINE)/nowarn vscroll.cpp +listbkg.obj : listbkg.cpp +choicbkg.obj : choicbkg.cpp +toolbkg.obj : toolbkg.cpp +treebkg.obj : treebkg.cpp +combog.obj : combog.cpp +fontpickerg.obj : fontpickerg.cpp +hyperlinkg.obj : hyperlinkg.cpp +filepickerg.obj : filepickerg.cpp +bmpcboxg.obj : bmpcboxg.cpp +filectrlg.obj : filectrlg.cpp +srchctlg.obj : srchctlg.cpp +notifmsgg.obj : notifmsgg.cpp +stattextg.obj : stattextg.cpp +headerctrlg.obj : headerctrlg.cpp +grideditors.obj : grideditors.cpp +infobar.obj : infobar.cpp +datavgen.obj : datavgen.cpp + cxx $(CXXFLAGS)$(CXX_DEFINE)/warn=disable=(UNSCOMZER) datavgen.cpp +dbgrptg.obj : dbgrptg.cpp +dragimgg.obj : dragimgg.cpp +richmsgdlgg.obj : richmsgdlgg.cpp +commandlinkbuttong.obj : commandlinkbuttong.cpp +spinctlg.obj : spinctlg.cpp diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dirctrlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dirctrlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..77ef878caf --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dirctrlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1761 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/dirctrlg.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericDirCtrl +// Author: Harm van der Heijden, Robert Roebling, Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/12/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dirctrlg.cpp 67206 2011-03-16 06:36:43Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Harm van der Heijden, Robert Roebling and Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DIRDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG + +#include "wx/generic/dirctrlg.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/icon.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/choice.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/layout.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/textdlg.h" + #include "wx/gdicmn.h" + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/filefn.h" +#include "wx/imaglist.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/dir.h" +#include "wx/artprov.h" +#include "wx/mimetype.h" + +#if wxUSE_STATLINE + #include "wx/statline.h" +#endif + +#if defined(__WXMAC__) + #include "wx/osx/private.h" // includes mac headers +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#include +#include "wx/msw/winundef.h" +#include "wx/volume.h" + +// FIXME - Mingw32 1.0 has both _getdrive() and _chdrive(). For now, let's assume +// older releases don't, but it should be verified and the checks modified +// accordingly. +#if !defined(__GNUWIN32__) || (defined(__MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION >= 1) +#if !defined(__WXWINCE__) + #include +#endif + #include + #include +#endif + +#endif + +#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__DOS__) + #ifdef __OS2__ + #define INCL_BASE + #include + #ifndef __EMX__ + #include + #endif + #include + #include + #endif +#endif // __OS2__ + +#if defined(__WXMAC__) +// #include "MoreFilesX.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #include "dos.h" +#endif + +extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const char) wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr[]; + +// If compiled under Windows, this macro can cause problems +#ifdef GetFirstChild +#undef GetFirstChild +#endif + +bool wxIsDriveAvailable(const wxString& dirName); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGetAvailableDrives, for WINDOWS, DOS, OS2, MAC, UNIX (returns "/") +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t wxGetAvailableDrives(wxArrayString &paths, wxArrayString &names, wxArrayInt &icon_ids) +{ +#ifdef wxHAS_FILESYSTEM_VOLUMES + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + // No logical drives; return "\" + paths.Add(wxT("\\")); + names.Add(wxT("\\")); + icon_ids.Add(wxFileIconsTable::computer); +#elif defined(__WIN32__) && wxUSE_FSVOLUME + // TODO: this code (using wxFSVolumeBase) should be used for all platforms + // but unfortunately wxFSVolumeBase is not implemented everywhere + const wxArrayString as = wxFSVolumeBase::GetVolumes(); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < as.GetCount(); i++) + { + wxString path = as[i]; + wxFSVolume vol(path); + int imageId; + switch (vol.GetKind()) + { + case wxFS_VOL_FLOPPY: + if ( (path == wxT("a:\\")) || (path == wxT("b:\\")) ) + imageId = wxFileIconsTable::floppy; + else + imageId = wxFileIconsTable::removeable; + break; + case wxFS_VOL_DVDROM: + case wxFS_VOL_CDROM: + imageId = wxFileIconsTable::cdrom; + break; + case wxFS_VOL_NETWORK: + if (path[0] == wxT('\\')) + continue; // skip "\\computer\folder" + imageId = wxFileIconsTable::drive; + break; + case wxFS_VOL_DISK: + case wxFS_VOL_OTHER: + default: + imageId = wxFileIconsTable::drive; + break; + } + paths.Add(path); + names.Add(vol.GetDisplayName()); + icon_ids.Add(imageId); + } +#elif defined(__OS2__) + APIRET rc; + ULONG ulDriveNum = 0; + ULONG ulDriveMap = 0; + rc = ::DosQueryCurrentDisk(&ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap); + if ( rc == 0) + { + size_t i = 0; + while (i < 26) + { + if (ulDriveMap & ( 1 << i )) + { + const wxString path = wxFileName::GetVolumeString( + 'A' + i, wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR); + const wxString name = wxFileName::GetVolumeString( + 'A' + i, wxPATH_NO_SEPARATOR); + + // Note: If _filesys is unsupported by some compilers, + // we can always replace it by DosQueryFSAttach + char filesysname[20]; +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + ULONG cbBuffer = sizeof(filesysname); + PFSQBUFFER2 pfsqBuffer = (PFSQBUFFER2)filesysname; + APIRET rc = ::DosQueryFSAttach(name.fn_str(),0,FSAIL_QUERYNAME,pfsqBuffer,&cbBuffer); + if (rc != NO_ERROR) + { + filesysname[0] = '\0'; + } +#else + _filesys(name.fn_str(), filesysname, sizeof(filesysname)); +#endif + /* FAT, LAN, HPFS, CDFS, NFS */ + int imageId; + if (path == wxT("A:\\") || path == wxT("B:\\")) + imageId = wxFileIconsTable::floppy; + else if (!strcmp(filesysname, "CDFS")) + imageId = wxFileIconsTable::cdrom; + else if (!strcmp(filesysname, "LAN") || + !strcmp(filesysname, "NFS")) + imageId = wxFileIconsTable::drive; + else + imageId = wxFileIconsTable::drive; + paths.Add(path); + names.Add(name); + icon_ids.Add(imageId); + } + i ++; + } + } +#else // !__WIN32__, !__OS2__ + /* If we can switch to the drive, it exists. */ + for ( char drive = 'A'; drive <= 'Z'; drive++ ) + { + const wxString + path = wxFileName::GetVolumeString(drive, wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR); + + if (wxIsDriveAvailable(path)) + { + paths.Add(path); + names.Add(wxFileName::GetVolumeString(drive, wxPATH_NO_SEPARATOR)); + icon_ids.Add(drive <= 2 ? wxFileIconsTable::floppy + : wxFileIconsTable::drive); + } + } +#endif // __WIN32__/!__WIN32__ + +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON + + ItemCount volumeIndex = 1; + OSErr err = noErr ; + + while( noErr == err ) + { + HFSUniStr255 volumeName ; + FSRef fsRef ; + FSVolumeInfo volumeInfo ; + err = FSGetVolumeInfo(0, volumeIndex, NULL, kFSVolInfoFlags , &volumeInfo , &volumeName, &fsRef); + if( noErr == err ) + { + wxString path = wxMacFSRefToPath( &fsRef ) ; + wxString name = wxMacHFSUniStrToString( &volumeName ) ; + + if ( (volumeInfo.flags & kFSVolFlagSoftwareLockedMask) || (volumeInfo.flags & kFSVolFlagHardwareLockedMask) ) + { + icon_ids.Add(wxFileIconsTable::cdrom); + } + else + { + icon_ids.Add(wxFileIconsTable::drive); + } + // todo other removable + + paths.Add(path); + names.Add(name); + volumeIndex++ ; + } + } + +#elif defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WXPALMOS__) + paths.Add(wxT("/")); + names.Add(wxT("/")); + icon_ids.Add(wxFileIconsTable::computer); +#else + #error "Unsupported platform in wxGenericDirCtrl!" +#endif + wxASSERT_MSG( (paths.GetCount() == names.GetCount()), wxT("The number of paths and their human readable names should be equal in number.")); + wxASSERT_MSG( (paths.GetCount() == icon_ids.GetCount()), wxT("Wrong number of icons for available drives.")); + return paths.GetCount(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIsDriveAvailable +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__DOS__) + +bool wxIsDriveAvailable(const wxString& dirName) +{ + // FIXME_MGL - this method leads to hang up under Watcom for some reason +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + wxUnusedVar(dirName); +#else + if ( dirName.length() == 3 && dirName[1u] == wxT(':') ) + { + wxString dirNameLower(dirName.Lower()); + // VS: always return true for removable media, since Win95 doesn't + // like it when MS-DOS app accesses empty floppy drive + return (dirNameLower[0u] == wxT('a') || + dirNameLower[0u] == wxT('b') || + wxDirExists(dirNameLower)); + } + else +#endif + return true; +} + +#elif defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__) + +int setdrive(int WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(drive)) +{ +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + return 0; +#elif defined(__GNUWIN32__) && \ + (defined(__MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION >= 1) + return _chdrive(drive); +#else + wxChar newdrive[4]; + + if (drive < 1 || drive > 31) + return -1; + newdrive[0] = (wxChar)(wxT('A') + drive - 1); + newdrive[1] = wxT(':'); +#ifdef __OS2__ + newdrive[2] = wxT('\\'); + newdrive[3] = wxT('\0'); +#else + newdrive[2] = wxT('\0'); +#endif +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + if (::SetCurrentDirectory(newdrive)) +#else + // VA doesn't know what LPSTR is and has its own set + if (!DosSetCurrentDir((PSZ)newdrive)) +#endif + return 0; + else + return -1; +#endif // !GNUWIN32 +} + +bool wxIsDriveAvailable(const wxString& WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(dirName)) +{ +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + return false; +#else +#ifdef __WIN32__ + UINT errorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX); +#endif + bool success = true; + + // Check if this is a root directory and if so, + // whether the drive is available. + if (dirName.length() == 3 && dirName[(size_t)1] == wxT(':')) + { + wxString dirNameLower(dirName.Lower()); +#if defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !(defined(__MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION >= 1) + success = wxDirExists(dirNameLower); +#else + #if defined(__OS2__) + // Avoid changing to drive since no media may be inserted. + if (dirNameLower[(size_t)0] == 'a' || dirNameLower[(size_t)0] == 'b') + return success; + #endif + int currentDrive = _getdrive(); + int thisDrive = (int) (dirNameLower[(size_t)0] - 'a' + 1) ; + int err = setdrive( thisDrive ) ; + setdrive( currentDrive ); + + if (err == -1) + { + success = false; + } +#endif + } +#ifdef __WIN32__ + (void) SetErrorMode(errorMode); +#endif + + return success; +#endif +} +#endif // __WINDOWS__ || __OS2__ + +#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG + + + +#if wxUSE_DIRDLG + +// Function which is called by quick sort. We want to override the default wxArrayString behaviour, +// and sort regardless of case. +static int wxCMPFUNC_CONV wxDirCtrlStringCompareFunction(const wxString& strFirst, const wxString& strSecond) +{ + return strFirst.CmpNoCase(strSecond); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirItemData +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDirItemData::wxDirItemData(const wxString& path, const wxString& name, + bool isDir) +{ + m_path = path; + m_name = name; + /* Insert logic to detect hidden files here + * In UnixLand we just check whether the first char is a dot + * For FileNameFromPath read LastDirNameInThisPath ;-) */ + // m_isHidden = (bool)(wxFileNameFromPath(*m_path)[0] == '.'); + m_isHidden = false; + m_isExpanded = false; + m_isDir = isDir; +} + +void wxDirItemData::SetNewDirName(const wxString& path) +{ + m_path = path; + m_name = wxFileNameFromPath(path); +} + +bool wxDirItemData::HasSubDirs() const +{ + if (m_path.empty()) + return false; + + wxDir dir; + { + wxLogNull nolog; + if ( !dir.Open(m_path) ) + return false; + } + + return dir.HasSubDirs(); +} + +bool wxDirItemData::HasFiles(const wxString& WXUNUSED(spec)) const +{ + if (m_path.empty()) + return false; + + wxDir dir; + { + wxLogNull nolog; + if ( !dir.Open(m_path) ) + return false; + } + + return dir.HasFiles(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericDirCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericDirCtrl, wxControl) + EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING (wxID_TREECTRL, wxGenericDirCtrl::OnExpandItem) + EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED (wxID_TREECTRL, wxGenericDirCtrl::OnCollapseItem) + EVT_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT (wxID_TREECTRL, wxGenericDirCtrl::OnBeginEditItem) + EVT_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT (wxID_TREECTRL, wxGenericDirCtrl::OnEndEditItem) + EVT_SIZE (wxGenericDirCtrl::OnSize) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxGenericDirCtrl::wxGenericDirCtrl(void) +{ + Init(); +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandRoot() +{ + ExpandDir(m_rootId); // automatically expand first level + + // Expand and select the default path + if (!m_defaultPath.empty()) + { + ExpandPath(m_defaultPath); + } +#ifdef __UNIX__ + else + { + // On Unix, there's only one node under the (hidden) root node. It + // represents the / path, so the user would always have to expand it; + // let's do it ourselves + ExpandPath( wxT("/") ); + } +#endif +} + +bool wxGenericDirCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, + const wxWindowID treeid, + const wxString& dir, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& filter, + int defaultFilter, + const wxString& name) +{ + if (!wxControl::Create(parent, treeid, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name)) + return false; + + SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE)); + SetForegroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); + + Init(); + + long treeStyle = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS; + + // On Windows CE, if you hide the root, you get a crash when + // attempting to access data for children of the root item. +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + treeStyle |= wxTR_HIDE_ROOT; +#endif + +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + treeStyle |= wxTR_NO_LINES; +#endif + + if (style & wxDIRCTRL_EDIT_LABELS) + treeStyle |= wxTR_EDIT_LABELS; + + if (style & wxDIRCTRL_MULTIPLE) + treeStyle |= wxTR_MULTIPLE; + + if ((style & wxDIRCTRL_3D_INTERNAL) == 0) + treeStyle |= wxNO_BORDER; + + m_treeCtrl = CreateTreeCtrl(this, wxID_TREECTRL, + wxPoint(0,0), GetClientSize(), treeStyle); + + if (!filter.empty()) + m_filterListCtrl = new wxDirFilterListCtrl(this, wxID_FILTERLISTCTRL); + + m_defaultPath = dir; + m_filter = filter; + + if (m_filter.empty()) + m_filter = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr; + + SetFilterIndex(defaultFilter); + + if (m_filterListCtrl) + m_filterListCtrl->FillFilterList(filter, defaultFilter); + + m_treeCtrl->SetImageList(wxTheFileIconsTable->GetSmallImageList()); + + m_showHidden = false; + wxDirItemData* rootData = new wxDirItemData(wxEmptyString, wxEmptyString, true); + + wxString rootName; + +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__) || defined(__DOS__) + rootName = _("Computer"); +#else + rootName = _("Sections"); +#endif + + m_rootId = m_treeCtrl->AddRoot( rootName, 3, -1, rootData); + m_treeCtrl->SetItemHasChildren(m_rootId); + + ExpandRoot(); + + SetInitialSize(size); + DoResize(); + + return true; +} + +wxGenericDirCtrl::~wxGenericDirCtrl() +{ +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::Init() +{ + m_showHidden = false; + m_currentFilter = 0; + m_currentFilterStr = wxEmptyString; // Default: any file + m_treeCtrl = NULL; + m_filterListCtrl = NULL; +} + +wxTreeCtrl* wxGenericDirCtrl::CreateTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID treeid, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long treeStyle) +{ + return new wxTreeCtrl(parent, treeid, pos, size, treeStyle); +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::ShowHidden( bool show ) +{ + if ( m_showHidden == show ) + return; + + m_showHidden = show; + + if ( HasFlag(wxDIRCTRL_MULTIPLE) ) + { + wxArrayString paths; + GetPaths(paths); + ReCreateTree(); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < paths.size(); n++ ) + { + ExpandPath(paths[n]); + } + } + else + { + wxString path = GetPath(); + ReCreateTree(); + SetPath(path); + } +} + +const wxTreeItemId +wxGenericDirCtrl::AddSection(const wxString& path, const wxString& name, int imageId) +{ + wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,name,true); + + wxTreeItemId treeid = AppendItem( m_rootId, name, imageId, -1, dir_item); + + m_treeCtrl->SetItemHasChildren(treeid); + + return treeid; +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::SetupSections() +{ + wxArrayString paths, names; + wxArrayInt icons; + + size_t n, count = wxGetAvailableDrives(paths, names, icons); + +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + wxString home = wxGetHomeDir(); + AddSection( home, _("Home directory"), 1); + home += wxT("/Desktop"); + AddSection( home, _("Desktop"), 1); +#endif + + for (n = 0; n < count; n++) + AddSection(paths[n], names[n], icons[n]); +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::SetFocus() +{ + // we don't need focus ourselves, give it to the tree so that the user + // could navigate it + if (m_treeCtrl) + m_treeCtrl->SetFocus(); +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::OnBeginEditItem(wxTreeEvent &event) +{ + // don't rename the main entry "Sections" + if (event.GetItem() == m_rootId) + { + event.Veto(); + return; + } + + // don't rename the individual sections + if (m_treeCtrl->GetItemParent( event.GetItem() ) == m_rootId) + { + event.Veto(); + return; + } +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::OnEndEditItem(wxTreeEvent &event) +{ + if (event.IsEditCancelled()) + return; + + if ((event.GetLabel().empty()) || + (event.GetLabel() == wxT(".")) || + (event.GetLabel() == wxT("..")) || + (event.GetLabel().Find(wxT('/')) != wxNOT_FOUND) || + (event.GetLabel().Find(wxT('\\')) != wxNOT_FOUND) || + (event.GetLabel().Find(wxT('|')) != wxNOT_FOUND)) + { + wxMessageDialog dialog(this, _("Illegal directory name."), _("Error"), wxOK | wxICON_ERROR ); + dialog.ShowModal(); + event.Veto(); + return; + } + + wxTreeItemId treeid = event.GetItem(); + wxDirItemData *data = (wxDirItemData*)m_treeCtrl->GetItemData( treeid ); + wxASSERT( data ); + + wxString new_name( wxPathOnly( data->m_path ) ); + new_name += wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH); + new_name += event.GetLabel(); + + wxLogNull log; + + if (wxFileExists(new_name)) + { + wxMessageDialog dialog(this, _("File name exists already."), _("Error"), wxOK | wxICON_ERROR ); + dialog.ShowModal(); + event.Veto(); + } + + if (wxRenameFile(data->m_path,new_name)) + { + data->SetNewDirName( new_name ); + } + else + { + wxMessageDialog dialog(this, _("Operation not permitted."), _("Error"), wxOK | wxICON_ERROR ); + dialog.ShowModal(); + event.Veto(); + } +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::OnExpandItem(wxTreeEvent &event) +{ + wxTreeItemId parentId = event.GetItem(); + + // VS: this is needed because the event handler is called from wxTreeCtrl + // ctor when wxTR_HIDE_ROOT was specified + + if (!m_rootId.IsOk()) + m_rootId = m_treeCtrl->GetRootItem(); + + ExpandDir(parentId); +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::OnCollapseItem(wxTreeEvent &event ) +{ + CollapseDir(event.GetItem()); +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::CollapseDir(wxTreeItemId parentId) +{ + wxTreeItemId child; + + wxDirItemData *data = (wxDirItemData *) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(parentId); + if (!data->m_isExpanded) + return; + + data->m_isExpanded = false; + + m_treeCtrl->Freeze(); + if (parentId != m_treeCtrl->GetRootItem()) + m_treeCtrl->CollapseAndReset(parentId); + m_treeCtrl->DeleteChildren(parentId); + m_treeCtrl->Thaw(); +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::PopulateNode(wxTreeItemId parentId) +{ + wxDirItemData *data = (wxDirItemData *) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(parentId); + + if (data->m_isExpanded) + return; + + data->m_isExpanded = true; + + if (parentId == m_treeCtrl->GetRootItem()) + { + SetupSections(); + return; + } + + wxASSERT(data); + + wxString search,path,filename; + + wxString dirName(data->m_path); + +#if (defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)) || defined(__DOS__) || defined(__OS2__) + // Check if this is a root directory and if so, + // whether the drive is avaiable. + if (!wxIsDriveAvailable(dirName)) + { + data->m_isExpanded = false; + //wxMessageBox(wxT("Sorry, this drive is not available.")); + return; + } +#endif + + // This may take a longish time. Go to busy cursor + wxBusyCursor busy; + +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__DOS__) || defined(__OS2__) + if (dirName.Last() == ':') + dirName += wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH); +#endif + + wxArrayString dirs; + wxArrayString filenames; + + wxDir d; + wxString eachFilename; + + wxLogNull log; + d.Open(dirName); + + if (d.IsOpened()) + { + int style = wxDIR_DIRS; + if (m_showHidden) style |= wxDIR_HIDDEN; + if (d.GetFirst(& eachFilename, wxEmptyString, style)) + { + do + { + if ((eachFilename != wxT(".")) && (eachFilename != wxT(".."))) + { + dirs.Add(eachFilename); + } + } + while (d.GetNext(&eachFilename)); + } + } + dirs.Sort(wxDirCtrlStringCompareFunction); + + // Now do the filenames -- but only if we're allowed to + if (!HasFlag(wxDIRCTRL_DIR_ONLY)) + { + d.Open(dirName); + + if (d.IsOpened()) + { + int style = wxDIR_FILES; + if (m_showHidden) style |= wxDIR_HIDDEN; + // Process each filter (ex: "JPEG Files (*.jpg;*.jpeg)|*.jpg;*.jpeg") + wxStringTokenizer strTok; + wxString curFilter; + strTok.SetString(m_currentFilterStr,wxT(";")); + while(strTok.HasMoreTokens()) + { + curFilter = strTok.GetNextToken(); + if (d.GetFirst(& eachFilename, curFilter, style)) + { + do + { + if ((eachFilename != wxT(".")) && (eachFilename != wxT(".."))) + { + filenames.Add(eachFilename); + } + } + while (d.GetNext(& eachFilename)); + } + } + } + filenames.Sort(wxDirCtrlStringCompareFunction); + } + + // Now we really know whether we have any children so tell the tree control + // about it. + m_treeCtrl->SetItemHasChildren(parentId, !dirs.empty() || !filenames.empty()); + + // Add the sorted dirs + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < dirs.GetCount(); i++) + { + eachFilename = dirs[i]; + path = dirName; + if (!wxEndsWithPathSeparator(path)) + path += wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH); + path += eachFilename; + + wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,eachFilename,true); + wxTreeItemId treeid = AppendItem( parentId, eachFilename, + wxFileIconsTable::folder, -1, dir_item); + m_treeCtrl->SetItemImage( treeid, wxFileIconsTable::folder_open, + wxTreeItemIcon_Expanded ); + + // assume that it does have children by default as it can take a long + // time to really check for this (think remote drives...) + // + // and if we're wrong, we'll correct the icon later if + // the user really tries to open this item + m_treeCtrl->SetItemHasChildren(treeid); + } + + // Add the sorted filenames + if (!HasFlag(wxDIRCTRL_DIR_ONLY)) + { + for (i = 0; i < filenames.GetCount(); i++) + { + eachFilename = filenames[i]; + path = dirName; + if (!wxEndsWithPathSeparator(path)) + path += wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH); + path += eachFilename; + //path = dirName + wxString(wxT("/")) + eachFilename; + wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,eachFilename,false); + int image_id = wxFileIconsTable::file; + if (eachFilename.Find(wxT('.')) != wxNOT_FOUND) + image_id = wxTheFileIconsTable->GetIconID(eachFilename.AfterLast(wxT('.'))); + (void) AppendItem( parentId, eachFilename, image_id, -1, dir_item); + } + } +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId) +{ + // ExpandDir() will not actually expand the tree node, just populate it + PopulateNode(parentId); +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::ReCreateTree() +{ + CollapseDir(m_treeCtrl->GetRootItem()); + ExpandRoot(); +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::CollapseTree() +{ + wxTreeItemIdValue cookie; + wxTreeItemId child = m_treeCtrl->GetFirstChild(m_rootId, cookie); + while (child.IsOk()) + { + CollapseDir(child); + child = m_treeCtrl->GetNextChild(m_rootId, cookie); + } +} + +// Find the child that matches the first part of 'path'. +// E.g. if a child path is "/usr" and 'path' is "/usr/include" +// then the child for /usr is returned. +wxTreeItemId wxGenericDirCtrl::FindChild(wxTreeItemId parentId, const wxString& path, bool& done) +{ + wxString path2(path); + + // Make sure all separators are as per the current platform + path2.Replace(wxT("\\"), wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH)); + path2.Replace(wxT("/"), wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH)); + + // Append a separator to foil bogus substring matching + path2 += wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH); + + // In MSW or PM, case is not significant +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__DOS__) || defined(__OS2__) + path2.MakeLower(); +#endif + + wxTreeItemIdValue cookie; + wxTreeItemId childId = m_treeCtrl->GetFirstChild(parentId, cookie); + while (childId.IsOk()) + { + wxDirItemData* data = (wxDirItemData*) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(childId); + + if (data && !data->m_path.empty()) + { + wxString childPath(data->m_path); + if (!wxEndsWithPathSeparator(childPath)) + childPath += wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH); + + // In MSW and PM, case is not significant +#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__DOS__) || defined(__OS2__) + childPath.MakeLower(); +#endif + + if (childPath.length() <= path2.length()) + { + wxString path3 = path2.Mid(0, childPath.length()); + if (childPath == path3) + { + if (path3.length() == path2.length()) + done = true; + else + done = false; + return childId; + } + } + } + + childId = m_treeCtrl->GetNextChild(parentId, cookie); + } + wxTreeItemId invalid; + return invalid; +} + +// Try to expand as much of the given path as possible, +// and select the given tree item. +bool wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandPath(const wxString& path) +{ + bool done = false; + wxTreeItemId treeid = FindChild(m_rootId, path, done); + wxTreeItemId lastId = treeid; // The last non-zero treeid + while (treeid.IsOk() && !done) + { + ExpandDir(treeid); + + treeid = FindChild(treeid, path, done); + if (treeid.IsOk()) + lastId = treeid; + } + if (!lastId.IsOk()) + return false; + + wxDirItemData *data = (wxDirItemData *) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(lastId); + if (data->m_isDir) + { + m_treeCtrl->Expand(lastId); + } + if (HasFlag(wxDIRCTRL_SELECT_FIRST) && data->m_isDir) + { + // Find the first file in this directory + wxTreeItemIdValue cookie; + wxTreeItemId childId = m_treeCtrl->GetFirstChild(lastId, cookie); + bool selectedChild = false; + while (childId.IsOk()) + { + data = (wxDirItemData*) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(childId); + + if (data && data->m_path != wxEmptyString && !data->m_isDir) + { + m_treeCtrl->SelectItem(childId); + m_treeCtrl->EnsureVisible(childId); + selectedChild = true; + break; + } + childId = m_treeCtrl->GetNextChild(lastId, cookie); + } + if (!selectedChild) + { + m_treeCtrl->SelectItem(lastId); + m_treeCtrl->EnsureVisible(lastId); + } + } + else + { + m_treeCtrl->SelectItem(lastId); + m_treeCtrl->EnsureVisible(lastId); + } + + return true; +} + + +bool wxGenericDirCtrl::CollapsePath(const wxString& path) +{ + bool done = false; + wxTreeItemId treeid = FindChild(m_rootId, path, done); + wxTreeItemId lastId = treeid; // The last non-zero treeid + + while ( treeid.IsOk() && !done ) + { + CollapseDir(treeid); + + treeid = FindChild(treeid, path, done); + + if ( treeid.IsOk() ) + lastId = treeid; + } + + if ( !lastId.IsOk() ) + return false; + + m_treeCtrl->SelectItem(lastId); + m_treeCtrl->EnsureVisible(lastId); + + return true; +} + + +wxString wxGenericDirCtrl::GetPath() const +{ + // Allow calling GetPath() in multiple selection from OnSelFilter + if (m_treeCtrl->HasFlag(wxTR_MULTIPLE)) + { + wxArrayTreeItemIds items; + m_treeCtrl->GetSelections(items); + if (items.size() > 0) + { + // return first string only + wxTreeItemId treeid = items[0]; + wxDirItemData* data = (wxDirItemData*) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(treeid); + return data->m_path; + } + + return wxEmptyString; + } + + wxTreeItemId treeid = m_treeCtrl->GetSelection(); + if (treeid) + { + wxDirItemData* data = (wxDirItemData*) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(treeid); + return data->m_path; + } + else + return wxEmptyString; +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const +{ + paths.clear(); + + wxArrayTreeItemIds items; + m_treeCtrl->GetSelections(items); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < items.size(); n++ ) + { + wxTreeItemId treeid = items[n]; + wxDirItemData* data = (wxDirItemData*) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(treeid); + paths.Add(data->m_path); + } +} + +wxString wxGenericDirCtrl::GetFilePath() const +{ + wxTreeItemId treeid = m_treeCtrl->GetSelection(); + if (treeid) + { + wxDirItemData* data = (wxDirItemData*) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(treeid); + if (data->m_isDir) + return wxEmptyString; + else + return data->m_path; + } + else + return wxEmptyString; +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::GetFilePaths(wxArrayString& paths) const +{ + paths.clear(); + + wxArrayTreeItemIds items; + m_treeCtrl->GetSelections(items); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < items.size(); n++ ) + { + wxTreeItemId treeid = items[n]; + wxDirItemData* data = (wxDirItemData*) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(treeid); + if ( !data->m_isDir ) + paths.Add(data->m_path); + } +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::SetPath(const wxString& path) +{ + m_defaultPath = path; + if (m_rootId) + ExpandPath(path); +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::SelectPath(const wxString& path, bool select) +{ + bool done = false; + wxTreeItemId treeid = FindChild(m_rootId, path, done); + wxTreeItemId lastId = treeid; // The last non-zero treeid + while ( treeid.IsOk() && !done ) + { + treeid = FindChild(treeid, path, done); + if ( treeid.IsOk() ) + lastId = treeid; + } + if ( !lastId.IsOk() ) + return; + + if ( done ) + { + m_treeCtrl->SelectItem(treeid, select); + } +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::SelectPaths(const wxArrayString& paths) +{ + if ( HasFlag(wxDIRCTRL_MULTIPLE) ) + { + UnselectAll(); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < paths.size(); n++ ) + { + SelectPath(paths[n]); + } + } +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::UnselectAll() +{ + m_treeCtrl->UnselectAll(); +} + +// Not used +#if 0 +void wxGenericDirCtrl::FindChildFiles(wxTreeItemId treeid, int dirFlags, wxArrayString& filenames) +{ + wxDirItemData *data = (wxDirItemData *) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(treeid); + + // This may take a longish time. Go to busy cursor + wxBusyCursor busy; + + wxASSERT(data); + + wxString search,path,filename; + + wxString dirName(data->m_path); + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__OS2__) + if (dirName.Last() == ':') + dirName += wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH); +#endif + + wxDir d; + wxString eachFilename; + + wxLogNull log; + d.Open(dirName); + + if (d.IsOpened()) + { + if (d.GetFirst(& eachFilename, m_currentFilterStr, dirFlags)) + { + do + { + if ((eachFilename != wxT(".")) && (eachFilename != wxT(".."))) + { + filenames.Add(eachFilename); + } + } + while (d.GetNext(& eachFilename)) ; + } + } +} +#endif + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::SetFilterIndex(int n) +{ + m_currentFilter = n; + + wxString f, d; + if (ExtractWildcard(m_filter, n, f, d)) + m_currentFilterStr = f; + else +#ifdef __UNIX__ + m_currentFilterStr = wxT("*"); +#else + m_currentFilterStr = wxT("*.*"); +#endif +} + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::SetFilter(const wxString& filter) +{ + m_filter = filter; + + if (!filter.empty() && !m_filterListCtrl) + m_filterListCtrl = new wxDirFilterListCtrl(this, wxID_FILTERLISTCTRL); + else if (filter.empty() && m_filterListCtrl) + { + m_filterListCtrl->Destroy(); + m_filterListCtrl = NULL; + } + + wxString f, d; + if (ExtractWildcard(m_filter, m_currentFilter, f, d)) + m_currentFilterStr = f; + else +#ifdef __UNIX__ + m_currentFilterStr = wxT("*"); +#else + m_currentFilterStr = wxT("*.*"); +#endif + // current filter index is meaningless after filter change, set it to zero + SetFilterIndex(0); + if (m_filterListCtrl) + m_filterListCtrl->FillFilterList(m_filter, 0); +} + +// Extract description and actual filter from overall filter string +bool wxGenericDirCtrl::ExtractWildcard(const wxString& filterStr, int n, wxString& filter, wxString& description) +{ + wxArrayString filters, descriptions; + int count = wxParseCommonDialogsFilter(filterStr, descriptions, filters); + if (count > 0 && n < count) + { + filter = filters[n]; + description = descriptions[n]; + return true; + } + + return false; +} + + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::DoResize() +{ + wxSize sz = GetClientSize(); + int verticalSpacing = 3; + if (m_treeCtrl) + { + wxSize filterSz ; + if (m_filterListCtrl) + { + filterSz = m_filterListCtrl->GetSize(); + sz.y -= (filterSz.y + verticalSpacing); + } + m_treeCtrl->SetSize(0, 0, sz.x, sz.y); + if (m_filterListCtrl) + { + m_filterListCtrl->SetSize(0, sz.y + verticalSpacing, sz.x, filterSz.y); + // Don't know why, but this needs refreshing after a resize (wxMSW) + m_filterListCtrl->Refresh(); + } + } +} + + +void wxGenericDirCtrl::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + DoResize(); +} + +wxTreeItemId wxGenericDirCtrl::AppendItem (const wxTreeItemId & parent, + const wxString & text, + int image, int selectedImage, + wxTreeItemData * data) +{ + wxTreeCtrl *treeCtrl = GetTreeCtrl (); + + wxASSERT (treeCtrl); + + if (treeCtrl) + { + return treeCtrl->AppendItem (parent, text, image, selectedImage, data); + } + else + { + return wxTreeItemId(); + } +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirFilterListCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDirFilterListCtrl, wxChoice) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDirFilterListCtrl, wxChoice) + EVT_CHOICE(wxID_ANY, wxDirFilterListCtrl::OnSelFilter) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +bool wxDirFilterListCtrl::Create(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, + const wxWindowID treeid, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style) +{ + m_dirCtrl = parent; + + // by default our border style is determined by the style of our parent + if ( !(style & wxBORDER_MASK) ) + { + style |= parent->HasFlag(wxDIRCTRL_3D_INTERNAL) ? wxBORDER_SUNKEN + : wxBORDER_NONE; + } + + return wxChoice::Create(parent, treeid, pos, size, 0, NULL, style); +} + +void wxDirFilterListCtrl::Init() +{ + m_dirCtrl = NULL; +} + +void wxDirFilterListCtrl::OnSelFilter(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + int sel = GetSelection(); + + if (m_dirCtrl->HasFlag(wxDIRCTRL_MULTIPLE)) + { + wxArrayString paths; + m_dirCtrl->GetPaths(paths); + + m_dirCtrl->SetFilterIndex(sel); + + // If the filter has changed, the view is out of date, so + // collapse the tree. + m_dirCtrl->ReCreateTree(); + + // Expand and select the previously selected paths + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < paths.GetCount(); i++) + { + m_dirCtrl->ExpandPath(paths.Item(i)); + } + } + else + { + wxString currentPath = m_dirCtrl->GetPath(); + + m_dirCtrl->SetFilterIndex(sel); + m_dirCtrl->ReCreateTree(); + + // Try to restore the selection, or at least the directory + m_dirCtrl->ExpandPath(currentPath); + } +} + +void wxDirFilterListCtrl::FillFilterList(const wxString& filter, int defaultFilter) +{ + Clear(); + wxArrayString descriptions, filters; + size_t n = (size_t) wxParseCommonDialogsFilter(filter, descriptions, filters); + + if (n > 0 && defaultFilter < (int) n) + { + for (size_t i = 0; i < n; i++) + Append(descriptions[i]); + SetSelection(defaultFilter); + } +} +#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG + +#if wxUSE_DIRDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileIconsTable icons +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef __WXGTK20__ +/* Computer (c) Julian Smart */ +static const char* const file_icons_tbl_computer_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"16 16 42 1", +"r c #4E7FD0", +"$ c #7198D9", +"; c #DCE6F6", +"q c #FFFFFF", +"u c #4A7CCE", +"# c #779DDB", +"w c #95B2E3", +"y c #7FA2DD", +"f c #3263B4", +"= c #EAF0FA", +"< c #B1C7EB", +"% c #6992D7", +"9 c #D9E4F5", +"o c #9BB7E5", +"6 c #F7F9FD", +", c #BED0EE", +"3 c #F0F5FC", +"1 c #A8C0E8", +" c None", +"0 c #FDFEFF", +"4 c #C4D5F0", +"@ c #81A4DD", +"e c #4377CD", +"- c #E2EAF8", +"i c #9FB9E5", +"> c #CCDAF2", +"+ c #89A9DF", +"s c #5584D1", +"t c #5D89D3", +": c #D2DFF4", +"5 c #FAFCFE", +"2 c #F5F8FD", +"8 c #DFE8F7", +"& c #5E8AD4", +"X c #638ED5", +"a c #CEDCF2", +"p c #90AFE2", +"d c #2F5DA9", +"* c #5282D0", +"7 c #E5EDF9", +". c #A2BCE6", +"O c #8CACE0", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" .XXXXXXXXXXX ", +" oXO++@#$%&*X ", +" oX=-;:>,<1%X ", +" oX23=-;:4,$X ", +" oX5633789:@X ", +" oX05623=78+X ", +" oXqq05623=OX ", +" oX,,,,,<<<$X ", +" wXXXXXXXXXXe ", +" XrtX%$$y@+O,, ", +" uyiiiiiiiii@< ", +" ouiiiiiiiiiipAdd(wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_FOLDER, + wxART_CMN_DIALOG, + wxSize(16, 16))); + // folder_open + m_smallImageList->Add(wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_FOLDER_OPEN, + wxART_CMN_DIALOG, + wxSize(16, 16))); + // computer +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + // GTK24 uses this icon in the file open dialog + m_smallImageList->Add(wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_HARDDISK, + wxART_CMN_DIALOG, + wxSize(16, 16))); +#else + m_smallImageList->Add(wxIcon(file_icons_tbl_computer_xpm)); +#endif + // drive + m_smallImageList->Add(wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_HARDDISK, + wxART_CMN_DIALOG, + wxSize(16, 16))); + // cdrom + m_smallImageList->Add(wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_CDROM, + wxART_CMN_DIALOG, + wxSize(16, 16))); + // floppy + m_smallImageList->Add(wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_FLOPPY, + wxART_CMN_DIALOG, + wxSize(16, 16))); + // removeable + m_smallImageList->Add(wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_REMOVABLE, + wxART_CMN_DIALOG, + wxSize(16, 16))); + // file + m_smallImageList->Add(wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_NORMAL_FILE, + wxART_CMN_DIALOG, + wxSize(16, 16))); + // executable + if (GetIconID(wxEmptyString, wxT("application/x-executable")) == file) + { + m_smallImageList->Add(wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE, + wxART_CMN_DIALOG, + wxSize(16, 16))); + delete m_HashTable->Get(wxT("exe")); + m_HashTable->Delete(wxT("exe")); + m_HashTable->Put(wxT("exe"), new wxFileIconEntry(executable)); + } + /* else put into list by GetIconID + (KDE defines application/x-executable for *.exe and has nice icon) + */ +} + +wxImageList *wxFileIconsTable::GetSmallImageList() +{ + if (!m_smallImageList) + Create(); + + return m_smallImageList; +} + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE && wxUSE_IMAGE && (!defined(__WXMSW__) || wxUSE_WXDIB) +// VS: we don't need this function w/o wxMimeTypesManager because we'll only have +// one icon and we won't resize it + +static wxBitmap CreateAntialiasedBitmap(const wxImage& img) +{ + const unsigned int size = 16; + + wxImage smallimg (size, size); + unsigned char *p1, *p2, *ps; + unsigned char mr = img.GetMaskRed(), + mg = img.GetMaskGreen(), + mb = img.GetMaskBlue(); + + unsigned x, y; + unsigned sr, sg, sb, smask; + + p1 = img.GetData(), p2 = img.GetData() + 3 * size*2, ps = smallimg.GetData(); + smallimg.SetMaskColour(mr, mr, mr); + + for (y = 0; y < size; y++) + { + for (x = 0; x < size; x++) + { + sr = sg = sb = smask = 0; + if (p1[0] != mr || p1[1] != mg || p1[2] != mb) + sr += p1[0], sg += p1[1], sb += p1[2]; + else smask++; + p1 += 3; + if (p1[0] != mr || p1[1] != mg || p1[2] != mb) + sr += p1[0], sg += p1[1], sb += p1[2]; + else smask++; + p1 += 3; + if (p2[0] != mr || p2[1] != mg || p2[2] != mb) + sr += p2[0], sg += p2[1], sb += p2[2]; + else smask++; + p2 += 3; + if (p2[0] != mr || p2[1] != mg || p2[2] != mb) + sr += p2[0], sg += p2[1], sb += p2[2]; + else smask++; + p2 += 3; + + if (smask > 2) + ps[0] = ps[1] = ps[2] = mr; + else + { + ps[0] = (unsigned char)(sr >> 2); + ps[1] = (unsigned char)(sg >> 2); + ps[2] = (unsigned char)(sb >> 2); + } + ps += 3; + } + p1 += size*2 * 3, p2 += size*2 * 3; + } + + return wxBitmap(smallimg); +} + +// This function is currently not unused anymore +#if 0 +// finds empty borders and return non-empty area of image: +static wxImage CutEmptyBorders(const wxImage& img) +{ + unsigned char mr = img.GetMaskRed(), + mg = img.GetMaskGreen(), + mb = img.GetMaskBlue(); + unsigned char *dt = img.GetData(), *dttmp; + unsigned w = img.GetWidth(), h = img.GetHeight(); + + unsigned top, bottom, left, right, i; + bool empt; + +#define MK_DTTMP(x,y) dttmp = dt + ((x + y * w) * 3) +#define NOEMPTY_PIX(empt) if (dttmp[0] != mr || dttmp[1] != mg || dttmp[2] != mb) {empt = false; break;} + + for (empt = true, top = 0; empt && top < h; top++) + { + MK_DTTMP(0, top); + for (i = 0; i < w; i++, dttmp+=3) + NOEMPTY_PIX(empt) + } + for (empt = true, bottom = h-1; empt && bottom > top; bottom--) + { + MK_DTTMP(0, bottom); + for (i = 0; i < w; i++, dttmp+=3) + NOEMPTY_PIX(empt) + } + for (empt = true, left = 0; empt && left < w; left++) + { + MK_DTTMP(left, 0); + for (i = 0; i < h; i++, dttmp+=3*w) + NOEMPTY_PIX(empt) + } + for (empt = true, right = w-1; empt && right > left; right--) + { + MK_DTTMP(right, 0); + for (i = 0; i < h; i++, dttmp+=3*w) + NOEMPTY_PIX(empt) + } + top--, left--, bottom++, right++; + + return img.GetSubImage(wxRect(left, top, right - left + 1, bottom - top + 1)); +} +#endif // #if 0 + +#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE + +int wxFileIconsTable::GetIconID(const wxString& extension, const wxString& mime) +{ + if (!m_smallImageList) + Create(); + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE + if (!extension.empty()) + { + wxFileIconEntry *entry = (wxFileIconEntry*) m_HashTable->Get(extension); + if (entry) return (entry -> iconid); + } + + wxFileType *ft = (mime.empty()) ? + wxTheMimeTypesManager -> GetFileTypeFromExtension(extension) : + wxTheMimeTypesManager -> GetFileTypeFromMimeType(mime); + + wxIconLocation iconLoc; + wxIcon ic; + + { + wxLogNull logNull; + if ( ft && ft->GetIcon(&iconLoc) ) + { + ic = wxIcon( iconLoc ); + } + } + + delete ft; + + if ( !ic.Ok() ) + { + int newid = file; + m_HashTable->Put(extension, new wxFileIconEntry(newid)); + return newid; + } + + wxBitmap bmp; + bmp.CopyFromIcon(ic); + + if ( !bmp.Ok() ) + { + int newid = file; + m_HashTable->Put(extension, new wxFileIconEntry(newid)); + return newid; + } + + const unsigned int size = 16; + + int treeid = m_smallImageList->GetImageCount(); + if ((bmp.GetWidth() == (int) size) && (bmp.GetHeight() == (int) size)) + { + m_smallImageList->Add(bmp); + } +#if wxUSE_IMAGE && (!defined(__WXMSW__) || wxUSE_WXDIB) + else + { + wxImage img = bmp.ConvertToImage(); + + if ((img.GetWidth() != size*2) || (img.GetHeight() != size*2)) +// m_smallImageList->Add(CreateAntialiasedBitmap(CutEmptyBorders(img).Rescale(size*2, size*2))); + m_smallImageList->Add(CreateAntialiasedBitmap(img.Rescale(size*2, size*2))); + else + m_smallImageList->Add(CreateAntialiasedBitmap(img)); + } +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + + m_HashTable->Put(extension, new wxFileIconEntry(treeid)); + return treeid; + +#else // !wxUSE_MIMETYPE + + wxUnusedVar(mime); + if (extension == wxT("exe")) + return executable; + else + return file; +#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE/!wxUSE_MIMETYPE +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dirdlgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dirdlgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21f85928ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dirdlgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,372 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/dirdlgg.cpp +// Purpose: wxDirDialog +// Author: Harm van der Heijden, Robert Roebling & Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/12/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dirdlgg.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Harm van der Heijden, Robert Roebling, Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DIRDLG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/checkbox.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/bmpbuttn.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/statline.h" +#include "wx/dirctrl.h" +#include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h" +#include "wx/artprov.h" +#include "wx/menu.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const int ID_DIRCTRL = 1000; +static const int ID_TEXTCTRL = 1001; +static const int ID_NEW = 1004; +static const int ID_SHOW_HIDDEN = 1005; +static const int ID_GO_HOME = 1006; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericDirDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirDialog, wxDialog) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericDirDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_CLOSE (wxGenericDirDialog::OnCloseWindow) + EVT_BUTTON (wxID_OK, wxGenericDirDialog::OnOK) + EVT_BUTTON (ID_NEW, wxGenericDirDialog::OnNew) + EVT_BUTTON (ID_GO_HOME, wxGenericDirDialog::OnGoHome) + EVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN (wxID_ANY, wxGenericDirDialog::OnTreeKeyDown) + EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED (wxID_ANY, wxGenericDirDialog::OnTreeSelected) + EVT_TEXT_ENTER (ID_TEXTCTRL, wxGenericDirDialog::OnOK) + EVT_CHECKBOX (ID_SHOW_HIDDEN, wxGenericDirDialog::OnShowHidden) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title, + const wxString& defaultPath, long style, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& sz, + const wxString& name) +{ + Create(parent, title, defaultPath, style, pos, sz, name); +} + +bool wxGenericDirDialog::Create(wxWindow* parent, + const wxString& title, + const wxString& defaultPath, long style, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& sz, + const wxString& name) +{ + wxBusyCursor cursor; + + parent = GetParentForModalDialog(parent, style); + + if (!wxDirDialogBase::Create(parent, title, defaultPath, style, pos, sz, name)) + return false; + + m_path = defaultPath; + if (m_path == wxT("~")) + wxGetHomeDir(&m_path); + if (m_path == wxT(".")) + m_path = wxGetCwd(); + + wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + // smartphones does not support or do not waste space for wxButtons +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + + wxMenu *dirMenu = new wxMenu; + dirMenu->Append(ID_GO_HOME, _("Home")); + + if (!HasFlag(wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST)) + { + dirMenu->Append(ID_NEW, _("New directory")); + } + + dirMenu->AppendCheckItem(ID_SHOW_HIDDEN, _("Show hidden directories")); + dirMenu->AppendSeparator(); + dirMenu->Append(wxID_CANCEL, _("Cancel")); + +#else + + // 0) 'New' and 'Home' Buttons + wxSizer* buttonsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + + // VS: 'Home directory' concept is unknown to MS-DOS +#if !defined(__DOS__) + wxBitmapButton* homeButton = + new wxBitmapButton(this, ID_GO_HOME, + wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_GO_HOME, wxART_BUTTON)); + buttonsizer->Add( homeButton, 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 ); +#endif + + // I'm not convinced we need a New button, and we tend to get annoying + // accidental-editing with label editing enabled. + if (!HasFlag(wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST)) + { + wxBitmapButton* newButton = + new wxBitmapButton(this, ID_NEW, + wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_NEW_DIR, wxART_BUTTON)); + buttonsizer->Add( newButton, 0, wxRIGHT, 10 ); +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + newButton->SetToolTip(_("Create new directory")); +#endif + } + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + homeButton->SetToolTip(_("Go to home directory")); +#endif + + topsizer->Add( buttonsizer, 0, wxTOP | wxALIGN_RIGHT, 10 ); + +#endif // __SMARTPHONE__/!__SMARTPHONE__ + + // 1) dir ctrl + m_dirCtrl = NULL; // this is necessary, event handler called from + // wxGenericDirCtrl would crash otherwise! + long dirStyle = wxDIRCTRL_DIR_ONLY | wxDEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER; + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + if (!HasFlag(wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST)) + { + // Only under Windows do we need the wxTR_EDIT_LABEL tree control style + // before we can call EditLabel (required for "New directory") + dirStyle |= wxDIRCTRL_EDIT_LABELS; + } +#endif + + m_dirCtrl = new wxGenericDirCtrl(this, ID_DIRCTRL, + m_path, wxDefaultPosition, + wxSize(300, 200), + dirStyle); + + wxSizerFlags flagsBorder2; + flagsBorder2.DoubleBorder(wxTOP | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT); + + topsizer->Add(m_dirCtrl, wxSizerFlags(flagsBorder2).Proportion(1).Expand()); + +#ifndef __SMARTPHONE__ + // Make the an option depending on a flag? + wxCheckBox * + check = new wxCheckBox(this, ID_SHOW_HIDDEN, _("Show &hidden directories")); + topsizer->Add(check, wxSizerFlags(flagsBorder2).Right()); +#endif // !__SMARTPHONE__ + + // 2) text ctrl + m_input = new wxTextCtrl( this, ID_TEXTCTRL, m_path, wxDefaultPosition ); + topsizer->Add(m_input, wxSizerFlags(flagsBorder2).Expand()); + + // 3) buttons if any + wxSizer *buttonSizer = CreateSeparatedButtonSizer(wxOK | wxCANCEL); + if ( buttonSizer ) + { + topsizer->Add(buttonSizer, wxSizerFlags().Expand().DoubleBorder()); + } + +#ifdef __SMARTPHONE__ + // overwrite menu set by CreateSeparatedButtonSizer() call above + SetRightMenu(wxID_ANY, _("Options"), dirMenu); +#endif + + m_input->SetFocus(); + + SetAutoLayout( true ); + SetSizer( topsizer ); + + topsizer->SetSizeHints( this ); + topsizer->Fit( this ); + + Centre( wxBOTH ); + + return true; +} + +void wxGenericDirDialog::EndModal(int retCode) +{ + // before proceeding, change the current working directory if user asked so + if (retCode == wxID_OK && HasFlag(wxDD_CHANGE_DIR)) + wxSetWorkingDirectory(m_path); + + wxDialog::EndModal(retCode); +} + +void wxGenericDirDialog::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + EndModal(wxID_CANCEL); +} + +void wxGenericDirDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + m_path = m_input->GetValue(); + + // Does the path exist? (User may have typed anything in m_input) + if (wxDirExists(m_path)) + { + // OK, path exists, we're done. + EndModal(wxID_OK); + return; + } + + // Interact with user, find out if the dir is a typo or to be created + wxString msg; + msg.Printf(_("The directory '%s' does not exist\nCreate it now?"), + m_path.c_str()); + wxMessageDialog dialog(this, msg, _("Directory does not exist"), + wxYES_NO | wxICON_WARNING); + + if ( dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_YES ) + { + // Okay, let's make it + wxLogNull log; + if (wxMkdir(m_path)) + { + // The new dir was created okay. + EndModal(wxID_OK); + return; + } + else + { + // Trouble... + msg.Printf(_("Failed to create directory '%s'\n(Do you have the required permissions?)"), + m_path.c_str()); + wxMessageDialog errmsg(this, msg, _("Error creating directory"), wxOK | wxICON_ERROR); + errmsg.ShowModal(); + // We still don't have a valid dir. Back to the main dialog. + } + } + // User has answered NO to create dir. +} + +void wxGenericDirDialog::SetPath(const wxString& path) +{ + m_dirCtrl->SetPath(path); + m_path = path; +} + +wxString wxGenericDirDialog::GetPath(void) const +{ + return m_path; +} + +int wxGenericDirDialog::ShowModal() +{ + m_input->SetValue( m_path ); + return wxDialog::ShowModal(); +} + +void wxGenericDirDialog::OnTreeSelected( wxTreeEvent &event ) +{ + if (!m_dirCtrl) + return; + + wxTreeItemId item = event.GetItem(); + + wxDirItemData *data = NULL; + + if(item.IsOk()) + data = (wxDirItemData*)m_dirCtrl->GetTreeCtrl()->GetItemData(item); + + if (data) + m_input->SetValue( data->m_path ); +} + +void wxGenericDirDialog::OnTreeKeyDown( wxTreeEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + if (!m_dirCtrl) + return; + + wxDirItemData *data = (wxDirItemData*)m_dirCtrl->GetTreeCtrl()->GetItemData(m_dirCtrl->GetTreeCtrl()->GetSelection()); + if (data) + m_input->SetValue( data->m_path ); +} + +void wxGenericDirDialog::OnShowHidden( wxCommandEvent& event ) +{ + if (!m_dirCtrl) + return; + + m_dirCtrl->ShowHidden( event.GetInt() != 0 ); +} + +void wxGenericDirDialog::OnNew( wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxTreeItemId id = m_dirCtrl->GetTreeCtrl()->GetSelection(); + if ((id == m_dirCtrl->GetTreeCtrl()->GetRootItem()) || + (m_dirCtrl->GetTreeCtrl()->GetItemParent(id) == m_dirCtrl->GetTreeCtrl()->GetRootItem())) + { + wxMessageDialog msg(this, _("You cannot add a new directory to this section."), + _("Create directory"), wxOK | wxICON_INFORMATION ); + msg.ShowModal(); + return; + } + + wxTreeItemId parent = id ; // m_dirCtrl->GetTreeCtrl()->GetItemParent( id ); + wxDirItemData *data = (wxDirItemData*)m_dirCtrl->GetTreeCtrl()->GetItemData( parent ); + wxASSERT( data ); + + wxString new_name( _("NewName") ); + wxString path( data->m_path ); + if (!wxEndsWithPathSeparator(path)) + path += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + path += new_name; + if (wxDirExists(path)) + { + // try NewName0, NewName1 etc. + int i = 0; + do { + new_name = _("NewName"); + wxString num; + num.Printf( wxT("%d"), i ); + new_name += num; + + path = data->m_path; + if (!wxEndsWithPathSeparator(path)) + path += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + path += new_name; + i++; + } while (wxDirExists(path)); + } + + wxLogNull log; + if (!wxMkdir(path)) + { + wxMessageDialog dialog(this, _("Operation not permitted."), _("Error"), wxOK | wxICON_ERROR ); + dialog.ShowModal(); + return; + } + + wxDirItemData *new_data = new wxDirItemData( path, new_name, true ); + + // TODO: THIS CODE DOESN'T WORK YET. We need to avoid duplication of the first child + // of the parent. + wxTreeItemId new_id = m_dirCtrl->GetTreeCtrl()->AppendItem( parent, new_name, 0, 0, new_data ); + m_dirCtrl->GetTreeCtrl()->EnsureVisible( new_id ); + m_dirCtrl->GetTreeCtrl()->EditLabel( new_id ); +} + +void wxGenericDirDialog::OnGoHome(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + SetPath(wxGetUserHome()); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dragimgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dragimgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e84178dce --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/dragimgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,573 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/dragimgg.cpp +// Purpose: Generic wxDragImage implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 29/2/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: dragimgg.cpp 64656 2010-06-20 18:18:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/frame.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/dcscreen.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif + +#define wxUSE_IMAGE_IN_DRAGIMAGE 1 + +#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDragImage, wxObject) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericDragImage ctors/dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGenericDragImage::~wxGenericDragImage() +{ + if (m_windowDC) + { + delete m_windowDC; + } +} + +void wxGenericDragImage::Init() +{ + m_isDirty = false; + m_isShown = false; + m_windowDC = NULL; + m_window = NULL; + m_fullScreen = false; +#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + m_dcOverlay = NULL; +#else + m_pBackingBitmap = NULL; +#endif +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +wxGenericDragImage::wxGenericDragImage(const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot)) +{ + Init(); + Create(cursor); +} + +wxGenericDragImage::wxGenericDragImage(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot)) +{ + Init(); + + Create(image, cursor); +} + +wxGenericDragImage::wxGenericDragImage(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot)) +{ + Init(); + + Create(image, cursor); +} + +wxGenericDragImage::wxGenericDragImage(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot)) +{ + Init(); + + Create(str, cursor); +} + +bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot)) +{ + return Create(cursor); +} + +bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot)) +{ + return Create(image, cursor); +} + +bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot)) +{ + return Create(image, cursor); +} + +bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursorHotspot)) +{ + return Create(str, cursor); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +// Attributes +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +// Operations +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// Create a drag image with a virtual image (need to override DoDrawImage, GetImageRect) +bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxCursor& cursor) +{ + m_cursor = cursor; + + return true; +} + +// Create a drag image from a bitmap and optional cursor +bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor) +{ + // We don't have to combine the cursor explicitly since we simply show the cursor + // as we drag. This currently will only work within one window. + + m_cursor = cursor; + m_bitmap = image; + + return true ; +} + +// Create a drag image from an icon and optional cursor +bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor) +{ + // We don't have to combine the cursor explicitly since we simply show the cursor + // as we drag. This currently will only work within one window. + + m_cursor = cursor; + m_icon = image; + + return true ; +} + +// Create a drag image from a string and optional cursor +bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor) +{ + wxFont font(wxSystemSettings::GetFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT)); + + wxCoord w = 0, h = 0; + wxScreenDC dc; + dc.SetFont(font); + dc.GetTextExtent(str, & w, & h); + dc.SetFont(wxNullFont); + + wxMemoryDC dc2; + + // Sometimes GetTextExtent isn't accurate enough, so make it longer + wxBitmap bitmap((int) ((w+2) * 1.5), (int) h+2); + dc2.SelectObject(bitmap); + + dc2.SetFont(font); + dc2.SetBackground(* wxWHITE_BRUSH); + dc2.Clear(); + dc2.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT); + dc2.SetTextForeground(* wxLIGHT_GREY); + dc2.DrawText(str, 0, 0); + dc2.DrawText(str, 1, 0); + dc2.DrawText(str, 2, 0); + dc2.DrawText(str, 1, 1); + dc2.DrawText(str, 2, 1); + dc2.DrawText(str, 1, 2); + dc2.DrawText(str, 2, 2); + + dc2.SetTextForeground(* wxBLACK); + dc2.DrawText(str, 1, 1); + + dc2.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE_IN_DRAGIMAGE && (!defined(__WXMSW__) || wxUSE_WXDIB) + // Make the bitmap masked + wxImage image = bitmap.ConvertToImage(); + image.SetMaskColour(255, 255, 255); + bitmap = wxBitmap(image); +#endif + + return Create(bitmap, cursor); +} + +#if wxUSE_TREECTRL +// Create a drag image for the given tree control item +bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxTreeCtrl& treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId& id) +{ + wxString str = treeCtrl.GetItemText(id); + return Create(str); +} +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL +// Create a drag image for the given list control item +bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxListCtrl& listCtrl, long id) +{ + wxString str = listCtrl.GetItemText(id); + return Create(str); +} +#endif + +// Begin drag +bool wxGenericDragImage::BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, + wxWindow* window, + bool fullScreen, + wxRect* rect) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( window, false, wxT("Window must not be null in BeginDrag.")); + + // The image should be offset by this amount + m_offset = hotspot; + m_window = window; + m_fullScreen = fullScreen; + + if (rect) + m_boundingRect = * rect; + + m_isDirty = false; + m_isDirty = false; + + if (m_cursor.Ok()) + { + m_oldCursor = window->GetCursor(); + window->SetCursor(m_cursor); + } + + window->CaptureMouse(); + + // Make a copy of the window so we can repair damage done as the image is + // dragged. + + wxSize clientSize; + wxPoint pt; + if (!m_fullScreen) + { + clientSize = window->GetClientSize(); + m_boundingRect.x = 0; m_boundingRect.y = 0; + m_boundingRect.width = clientSize.x; m_boundingRect.height = clientSize.y; + } + else + { + int w, h; + wxDisplaySize(& w, & h); + clientSize.x = w; clientSize.y = h; + if (rect) + { + pt.x = m_boundingRect.x; pt.y = m_boundingRect.y; + clientSize.x = m_boundingRect.width; clientSize.y = m_boundingRect.height; + } + else + { + m_boundingRect.x = 0; m_boundingRect.y = 0; + m_boundingRect.width = w; m_boundingRect.height = h; + } + } + +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + wxBitmap* backing = (m_pBackingBitmap ? m_pBackingBitmap : (wxBitmap*) & m_backingBitmap); + + if (!backing->Ok() || (backing->GetWidth() < clientSize.x || backing->GetHeight() < clientSize.y)) + (*backing) = wxBitmap(clientSize.x, clientSize.y); +#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + + if (!m_fullScreen) + { + m_windowDC = new wxClientDC(window); + } + else + { + m_windowDC = new wxScreenDC; + +#if 0 + // Use m_boundingRect to limit the area considered. + ((wxScreenDC*) m_windowDC)->StartDrawingOnTop(rect); +#endif + + m_windowDC->SetClippingRegion(m_boundingRect.x, m_boundingRect.y, + m_boundingRect.width, m_boundingRect.height); + } + + return true; +} + +// Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left +// corner of the image. This is full screen only. fullScreenRect gives the +// position of the window on the screen, to restrict the drag to. +bool wxGenericDragImage::BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, wxWindow* fullScreenRect) +{ + wxRect rect; + + int x = fullScreenRect->GetPosition().x; + int y = fullScreenRect->GetPosition().y; + + wxSize sz = fullScreenRect->GetSize(); + + if (fullScreenRect->GetParent() && !fullScreenRect->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame))) + fullScreenRect->GetParent()->ClientToScreen(& x, & y); + + rect.x = x; rect.y = y; + rect.width = sz.x; rect.height = sz.y; + + return BeginDrag(hotspot, window, true, & rect); +} + +// End drag +bool wxGenericDragImage::EndDrag() +{ + if (m_window) + { +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // Under Windows we can be pretty sure this test will give + // the correct results + if (wxWindow::GetCapture() == m_window) +#endif + m_window->ReleaseMouse(); + + if (m_cursor.Ok() && m_oldCursor.Ok()) + { + m_window->SetCursor(m_oldCursor); + } + } + + if (m_windowDC) + { +#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + m_overlay.Reset(); +#else + m_windowDC->DestroyClippingRegion(); +#endif + wxDELETE(m_windowDC); + } + +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + m_repairBitmap = wxNullBitmap; +#endif + + return true; +} + +// Move the image: call from OnMouseMove. Pt is in window client coordinates if window +// is non-NULL, or in screen coordinates if NULL. +bool wxGenericDragImage::Move(const wxPoint& pt) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (m_windowDC != NULL), wxT("No window DC in wxGenericDragImage::Move()") ); + + wxPoint pt2(pt); + if (m_fullScreen) + pt2 = m_window->ClientToScreen(pt); + + // Erase at old position, then show at the current position + wxPoint oldPos = m_position; + + bool eraseOldImage = (m_isDirty && m_isShown); + + if (m_isShown) + RedrawImage(oldPos - m_offset, pt2 - m_offset, eraseOldImage, true); + + m_position = pt2; + + if (m_isShown) + m_isDirty = true; + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericDragImage::Show() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (m_windowDC != NULL), wxT("No window DC in wxGenericDragImage::Show()") ); + + // Show at the current position + + if (!m_isShown) + { + // This is where we restore the backing bitmap, in case + // something has changed on the window. + +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + wxBitmap* backing = (m_pBackingBitmap ? m_pBackingBitmap : (wxBitmap*) & m_backingBitmap); + wxMemoryDC memDC; + memDC.SelectObject(* backing); + + UpdateBackingFromWindow(* m_windowDC, memDC, m_boundingRect, wxRect(0, 0, m_boundingRect.width, m_boundingRect.height)); + + //memDC.Blit(0, 0, m_boundingRect.width, m_boundingRect.height, m_windowDC, m_boundingRect.x, m_boundingRect.y); + memDC.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); +#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + + RedrawImage(m_position - m_offset, m_position - m_offset, false, true); + } + + m_isShown = true; + m_isDirty = true; + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericDragImage::UpdateBackingFromWindow(wxDC& windowDC, wxMemoryDC& destDC, + const wxRect& sourceRect, const wxRect& destRect) const +{ + return destDC.Blit(destRect.x, destRect.y, destRect.width, destRect.height, & windowDC, + sourceRect.x, sourceRect.y); +} + +bool wxGenericDragImage::Hide() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (m_windowDC != NULL), wxT("No window DC in wxGenericDragImage::Hide()") ); + + // Repair the old position + + if (m_isShown && m_isDirty) + { + RedrawImage(m_position - m_offset, m_position - m_offset, true, false); + } + + m_isShown = false; + m_isDirty = false; + + return true; +} + +// More efficient: erase and redraw simultaneously if possible +bool wxGenericDragImage::RedrawImage(const wxPoint& oldPos, + const wxPoint& newPos, + bool eraseOld, bool drawNew) +{ + if (!m_windowDC) + return false; + +#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + wxUnusedVar(oldPos); + + wxDCOverlay dcoverlay( m_overlay, (wxWindowDC*) m_windowDC ) ; + if ( eraseOld ) + dcoverlay.Clear() ; + if (drawNew) + DoDrawImage(*m_windowDC, newPos); +#else // !wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + wxBitmap* backing = (m_pBackingBitmap ? m_pBackingBitmap : (wxBitmap*) & m_backingBitmap); + if (!backing->Ok()) + return false; + + wxRect oldRect(GetImageRect(oldPos)); + wxRect newRect(GetImageRect(newPos)); + + wxRect fullRect; + + // Full rect: the combination of both rects + if (eraseOld && drawNew) + { + int oldRight = oldRect.GetRight(); + int oldBottom = oldRect.GetBottom(); + int newRight = newRect.GetRight(); + int newBottom = newRect.GetBottom(); + + wxPoint topLeft = wxPoint(wxMin(oldPos.x, newPos.x), wxMin(oldPos.y, newPos.y)); + wxPoint bottomRight = wxPoint(wxMax(oldRight, newRight), wxMax(oldBottom, newBottom)); + + fullRect.x = topLeft.x; fullRect.y = topLeft.y; + fullRect.SetRight(bottomRight.x); + fullRect.SetBottom(bottomRight.y); + } + else if (eraseOld) + fullRect = oldRect; + else if (drawNew) + fullRect = newRect; + + // Make the bitmap bigger than it need be, so we don't + // keep reallocating all the time. + int excess = 50; + + if (!m_repairBitmap.Ok() || (m_repairBitmap.GetWidth() < fullRect.GetWidth() || m_repairBitmap.GetHeight() < fullRect.GetHeight())) + { + m_repairBitmap = wxBitmap(fullRect.GetWidth() + excess, fullRect.GetHeight() + excess); + } + + wxMemoryDC memDC; + memDC.SelectObject(* backing); + + wxMemoryDC memDCTemp; + memDCTemp.SelectObject(m_repairBitmap); + + // Draw the backing bitmap onto the repair bitmap. + // If full-screen, we may have specified the rect on the + // screen that we're using for our backing bitmap. + // So subtract this when we're blitting from the backing bitmap + // (translate from screen to backing-bitmap coords). + + memDCTemp.Blit(0, 0, fullRect.GetWidth(), fullRect.GetHeight(), & memDC, fullRect.x - m_boundingRect.x, fullRect.y - m_boundingRect.y); + + // If drawing, draw the image onto the mem DC + if (drawNew) + { + wxPoint pos(newPos.x - fullRect.x, newPos.y - fullRect.y) ; + DoDrawImage(memDCTemp, pos); + } + + // Now blit to the window + // Finally, blit the temp mem DC to the window. + m_windowDC->Blit(fullRect.x, fullRect.y, fullRect.width, fullRect.height, & memDCTemp, 0, 0); + + memDCTemp.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + memDC.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); +#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY/!wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY + + return true; +} + +// Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image) +bool wxGenericDragImage::DoDrawImage(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos) const +{ + if (m_bitmap.Ok()) + { + dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap, pos.x, pos.y, (m_bitmap.GetMask() != 0)); + return true; + } + else if (m_icon.Ok()) + { + dc.DrawIcon(m_icon, pos.x, pos.y); + return true; + } + else + return false; +} + +// Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image) +wxRect wxGenericDragImage::GetImageRect(const wxPoint& pos) const +{ + if (m_bitmap.Ok()) + { + return wxRect(pos.x, pos.y, m_bitmap.GetWidth(), m_bitmap.GetHeight()); + } + else if (m_icon.Ok()) + { + return wxRect(pos.x, pos.y, m_icon.GetWidth(), m_icon.GetHeight()); + } + else + { + return wxRect(pos.x, pos.y, 0, 0); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/editlbox.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/editlbox.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2003be1a3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/editlbox.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,397 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/editlbox.cpp +// Purpose: ListBox with editable items +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// RCS-ID: $Id: editlbox.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX + +// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you +// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWidgets headers) +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/wx.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/editlbox.h" +#include "wx/sizer.h" +#include "wx/listctrl.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +const char wxEditableListBoxNameStr[] = "editableListBox"; + +static const char* const eledit_xpm[] = { +"16 16 3 1", +" c None", +". c #000000", +"+ c #00007F", +" ", +" ", +" .. .. ", +" . ", +" . ", +" ++++ . ++++ ", +" ++ . ++ ++", +" +++++ . ++++++", +" ++ ++ . ++ ", +" ++ ++ . ++ ++", +" +++++ . ++++ ", +" . ", +" . ", +" .. .. ", +" ", +" "}; + +static const char* const elnew_xpm[] = { +"16 16 5 1", +" c None", +". c #7F7F7F", +"+ c #FFFFFF", +"@ c #FFFF00", +"# c #000000", +" ", +" ", +" . .+ .@ ", +" . .@.@# # # ", +" @.@+.... # ", +" ... @@ ", +" @ . @. # ", +" .# .@ ", +" . # ", +" # ", +" # ", +" # ", +" # ", +" # # # # # # ", +" ", +" "}; + +static const char* const eldel_xpm[] = { +"16 16 3 1", +" c None", +". c #7F0000", +"+ c #FFFFFF", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ..+ ..+ ", +" ....+ ..+ ", +" ....+ ..+ ", +" ...+ .+ ", +" .....+ ", +" ...+ ", +" .....+ ", +" ...+ ..+ ", +" ...+ ..+ ", +" ...+ .+ ", +" ...+ .+ ", +" . . ", +" "}; + +static const char* const eldown_xpm[] = { +"16 16 2 1", +" c None", +". c #000000", +" ", +" ", +" ... ", +" ... ", +" ... ", +" ... ", +" ... ", +" ... ", +" ........... ", +" ......... ", +" ....... ", +" ..... ", +" ... ", +" . ", +" ", +" "}; + +static const char* const elup_xpm[] = { +"16 16 2 1", +" c None", +". c #000000", +" ", +" . ", +" ... ", +" ..... ", +" ....... ", +" ......... ", +" ........... ", +" ... ", +" ... ", +" ... ", +" ... ", +" ... ", +" ... ", +" ", +" ", +" "}; + +// list control with auto-resizable column: +class CleverListCtrl : public wxListCtrl +{ +public: + CleverListCtrl(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, + const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition, + const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize, + long style = wxLC_ICON, + const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, + const wxString &name = wxListCtrlNameStr) + : wxListCtrl(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name) + { + CreateColumns(); + } + + void CreateColumns() + { + InsertColumn(0, wxT("item")); + SizeColumns(); + } + + void SizeColumns() + { + int w = GetSize().x; +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + w -= wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_VSCROLL_X) + 6; +#else + w -= 2*wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_VSCROLL_X); +#endif + if (w < 0) w = 0; + SetColumnWidth(0, w); + } + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) + { + SizeColumns(); + event.Skip(); + } +}; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(CleverListCtrl, wxListCtrl) + EVT_SIZE(CleverListCtrl::OnSize) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEditableListBox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxEditableListBox, wxPanel) + +// NB: generate the IDs at runtime to avoid conflict with XRCID values, +// they could cause XRCCTRL() failures in XRC-based dialogs +const wxWindowIDRef wxID_ELB_DELETE = wxWindow::NewControlId(); +const wxWindowIDRef wxID_ELB_EDIT = wxWindow::NewControlId(); +const wxWindowIDRef wxID_ELB_NEW = wxWindow::NewControlId(); +const wxWindowIDRef wxID_ELB_UP = wxWindow::NewControlId(); +const wxWindowIDRef wxID_ELB_DOWN = wxWindow::NewControlId(); +const wxWindowIDRef wxID_ELB_LISTCTRL = wxWindow::NewControlId(); + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxEditableListBox, wxPanel) + EVT_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED(wxID_ELB_LISTCTRL, wxEditableListBox::OnItemSelected) + EVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT(wxID_ELB_LISTCTRL, wxEditableListBox::OnEndLabelEdit) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_ELB_NEW, wxEditableListBox::OnNewItem) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_ELB_UP, wxEditableListBox::OnUpItem) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_ELB_DOWN, wxEditableListBox::OnDownItem) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_ELB_EDIT, wxEditableListBox::OnEditItem) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_ELB_DELETE, wxEditableListBox::OnDelItem) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +bool wxEditableListBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + if (!wxPanel::Create(parent, id, pos, size, wxTAB_TRAVERSAL, name)) + return false; + + m_style = style; + + wxSizer *sizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + + wxPanel *subp = new wxPanel(this, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxSUNKEN_BORDER | wxTAB_TRAVERSAL); + wxSizer *subsizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + subsizer->Add(new wxStaticText(subp, wxID_ANY, label), 1, wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxLEFT, 4); + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #define BTN_BORDER 4 + // FIXME - why is this needed? There's some reason why sunken border is + // ignored by sizers in wxMSW but not in wxGTK that I can't + // figure out... +#else + #define BTN_BORDER 0 +#endif + + if ( m_style & wxEL_ALLOW_EDIT ) + { + m_bEdit = new wxBitmapButton(subp, wxID_ELB_EDIT, wxBitmap(eledit_xpm)); + subsizer->Add(m_bEdit, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxTOP | wxBOTTOM, BTN_BORDER); + } + + if ( m_style & wxEL_ALLOW_NEW ) + { + m_bNew = new wxBitmapButton(subp, wxID_ELB_NEW, wxBitmap(elnew_xpm)); + subsizer->Add(m_bNew, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxTOP | wxBOTTOM, BTN_BORDER); + } + + if ( m_style & wxEL_ALLOW_DELETE ) + { + m_bDel = new wxBitmapButton(subp, wxID_ELB_DELETE, wxBitmap(eldel_xpm)); + subsizer->Add(m_bDel, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxTOP | wxBOTTOM, BTN_BORDER); + } + + if (!(m_style & wxEL_NO_REORDER)) + { + m_bUp = new wxBitmapButton(subp, wxID_ELB_UP, wxBitmap(elup_xpm)); + subsizer->Add(m_bUp, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxTOP | wxBOTTOM, BTN_BORDER); + + m_bDown = new wxBitmapButton(subp, wxID_ELB_DOWN, wxBitmap(eldown_xpm)); + subsizer->Add(m_bDown, 0, wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxTOP | wxBOTTOM, BTN_BORDER); + } + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + if ( m_bEdit ) m_bEdit->SetToolTip(_("Edit item")); + if ( m_bNew ) m_bNew->SetToolTip(_("New item")); + if ( m_bDel ) m_bDel->SetToolTip(_("Delete item")); + if ( m_bUp ) m_bUp->SetToolTip(_("Move up")); + if ( m_bDown ) m_bDown->SetToolTip(_("Move down")); +#endif + + subp->SetSizer(subsizer); + subsizer->Fit(subp); + + sizer->Add(subp, 0, wxEXPAND); + + long st = wxLC_REPORT | wxLC_NO_HEADER | wxLC_SINGLE_SEL | wxSUNKEN_BORDER; + if ( style & wxEL_ALLOW_EDIT ) + st |= wxLC_EDIT_LABELS; + m_listCtrl = new CleverListCtrl(this, wxID_ELB_LISTCTRL, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, st); + wxArrayString empty_ar; + SetStrings(empty_ar); + + sizer->Add(m_listCtrl, 1, wxEXPAND); + + SetSizer(sizer); + Layout(); + + return true; +} + +void wxEditableListBox::SetStrings(const wxArrayString& strings) +{ + m_listCtrl->DeleteAllItems(); + size_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < strings.GetCount(); i++) + m_listCtrl->InsertItem(i, strings[i]); + + m_listCtrl->InsertItem(strings.GetCount(), wxEmptyString); + m_listCtrl->SetItemState(0, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); +} + +void wxEditableListBox::GetStrings(wxArrayString& strings) const +{ + strings.Clear(); + + for (int i = 0; i < m_listCtrl->GetItemCount()-1; i++) + strings.Add(m_listCtrl->GetItemText(i)); +} + +void wxEditableListBox::OnItemSelected(wxListEvent& event) +{ + m_selection = event.GetIndex(); + if (!(m_style & wxEL_NO_REORDER)) + { + m_bUp->Enable(m_selection != 0 && m_selection < m_listCtrl->GetItemCount()-1); + m_bDown->Enable(m_selection < m_listCtrl->GetItemCount()-2); + } + + if (m_style & wxEL_ALLOW_EDIT) + m_bEdit->Enable(m_selection < m_listCtrl->GetItemCount()-1); + if (m_style & wxEL_ALLOW_DELETE) + m_bDel->Enable(m_selection < m_listCtrl->GetItemCount()-1); +} + +void wxEditableListBox::OnNewItem(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + m_listCtrl->SetItemState(m_listCtrl->GetItemCount()-1, + wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); + m_listCtrl->EditLabel(m_selection); +} + +void wxEditableListBox::OnEndLabelEdit(wxListEvent& event) +{ + if ( event.GetIndex() == m_listCtrl->GetItemCount()-1 && + !event.GetText().empty() ) + { + // The user edited last (empty) line, i.e. added new entry. We have to + // add new empty line here so that adding one more line is still + // possible: + m_listCtrl->InsertItem(m_listCtrl->GetItemCount(), wxEmptyString); + + // Simulate a wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED event for the new item, + // so that the buttons are enabled/disabled properly + wxListEvent selectionEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED, m_listCtrl->GetId()); + selectionEvent.m_itemIndex = event.GetIndex(); + m_listCtrl->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(selectionEvent); + } +} + +void wxEditableListBox::OnDelItem(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + m_listCtrl->DeleteItem(m_selection); + m_listCtrl->SetItemState(m_selection, + wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); +} + +void wxEditableListBox::OnEditItem(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + m_listCtrl->EditLabel(m_selection); +} + +void wxEditableListBox::OnUpItem(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxString t1, t2; + + t1 = m_listCtrl->GetItemText(m_selection - 1); + t2 = m_listCtrl->GetItemText(m_selection); + m_listCtrl->SetItemText(m_selection - 1, t2); + m_listCtrl->SetItemText(m_selection, t1); + m_listCtrl->SetItemState(m_selection - 1, + wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); +} + +void wxEditableListBox::OnDownItem(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxString t1, t2; + + t1 = m_listCtrl->GetItemText(m_selection + 1); + t2 = m_listCtrl->GetItemText(m_selection); + m_listCtrl->SetItemText(m_selection + 1, t2); + m_listCtrl->SetItemText(m_selection, t1); + m_listCtrl->SetItemState(m_selection + 1, + wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fdrepdlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fdrepdlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..755edcd20c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fdrepdlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/fdrepdlg.cpp +// Purpose: Find/Replace dialogs +// Author: Markus Greither and Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 05/25/01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fdrepdlg.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + + #include "wx/sizer.h" + + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/checkbox.h" + #include "wx/radiobox.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/fdrepdlg.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFindReplaceDialog, wxDialog) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericFindReplaceDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_FIND, wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnFind) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_REPLACE, wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnReplace) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_REPLACE_ALL, wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnReplaceAll) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_CANCEL, wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnCancel) + + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_FIND, wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnUpdateFindUI) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_REPLACE, wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnUpdateFindUI) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_REPLACE_ALL, wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnUpdateFindUI) + + EVT_CLOSE(wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnCloseWindow) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericFindReplaceDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::Init() +{ + m_FindReplaceData = NULL; + + m_chkWord = + m_chkCase = NULL; + + m_radioDir = NULL; + + m_textFind = + m_textRepl = NULL; +} + +bool wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxFindReplaceData *data, + const wxString& title, + int style) +{ + parent = GetParentForModalDialog(parent, style); + + if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, title, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER + | style) ) + { + return false; + } + + SetData(data); + + wxCHECK_MSG( m_FindReplaceData, false, + wxT("can't create dialog without data") ); + + bool isPda = (wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA); + + wxBoxSizer *leftsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + // 3 columns because there is a spacer in the middle + wxFlexGridSizer *sizer2Col = new wxFlexGridSizer(3); + sizer2Col->AddGrowableCol(2); + + sizer2Col->Add(new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Search for:"), + wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(80, wxDefaultCoord)), + 0, + wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxALIGN_RIGHT); + + sizer2Col->Add(10, 0); + + m_textFind = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, m_FindReplaceData->GetFindString()); + sizer2Col->Add(m_textFind, 1, wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxEXPAND); + + if ( style & wxFR_REPLACEDIALOG ) + { + sizer2Col->Add(new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Replace with:"), + wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(80, wxDefaultCoord)), + 0, + wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | + wxALIGN_RIGHT | wxTOP, 5); + + sizer2Col->Add(isPda ? 2 : 10, 0); + + m_textRepl = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, + m_FindReplaceData->GetReplaceString()); + sizer2Col->Add(m_textRepl, 1, + wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxEXPAND | wxTOP, 5); + } + + leftsizer->Add(sizer2Col, 0, wxEXPAND | wxALL, 5); + + wxBoxSizer *optsizer = new wxBoxSizer( isPda ? wxVERTICAL : wxHORIZONTAL ); + + wxBoxSizer *chksizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL); + + m_chkWord = new wxCheckBox(this, wxID_ANY, _("Whole word")); + chksizer->Add(m_chkWord, 0, wxALL, 3); + + m_chkCase = new wxCheckBox(this, wxID_ANY, _("Match case")); + chksizer->Add(m_chkCase, 0, wxALL, 3); + + optsizer->Add(chksizer, 0, wxALL, 10); + + static const wxString searchDirections[] = {_("Up"), _("Down")}; + int majorDimension = 0; + int rbStyle ; + if (isPda) + rbStyle = wxRA_SPECIFY_ROWS; + else + rbStyle = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS; + + m_radioDir = new wxRadioBox(this, wxID_ANY, _("Search direction"), + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + WXSIZEOF(searchDirections), searchDirections, + majorDimension, rbStyle); + + optsizer->Add(m_radioDir, 0, wxALL, isPda ? 5 : 10); + + leftsizer->Add(optsizer); + + wxBoxSizer *bttnsizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + + wxButton* btn = new wxButton(this, wxID_FIND); + btn->SetDefault(); + bttnsizer->Add(btn, 0, wxALL, 3); + + bttnsizer->Add(new wxButton(this, wxID_CANCEL), 0, wxALL, 3); + + if ( style & wxFR_REPLACEDIALOG ) + { + bttnsizer->Add(new wxButton(this, wxID_REPLACE, _("&Replace")), + 0, wxALL, 3); + + bttnsizer->Add(new wxButton(this, wxID_REPLACE_ALL, _("Replace &all")), + 0, wxALL, 3); + } + + wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + + topsizer->Add(leftsizer, 1, wxALL, isPda ? 0 : 5); + topsizer->Add(bttnsizer, 0, wxALL, isPda ? 0 : 5); + + int flags = m_FindReplaceData->GetFlags(); + + if ( flags & wxFR_MATCHCASE ) + m_chkCase->SetValue(true); + + if ( flags & wxFR_WHOLEWORD ) + m_chkWord->SetValue(true); + + m_radioDir->SetSelection( flags & wxFR_DOWN ); + + if ( style & wxFR_NOMATCHCASE ) + m_chkCase->Enable(false); + + if ( style & wxFR_NOWHOLEWORD ) + m_chkWord->Enable(false); + + if ( style & wxFR_NOUPDOWN) + m_radioDir->Enable(false); + + SetAutoLayout( true ); + SetSizer( topsizer ); + + topsizer->SetSizeHints( this ); + topsizer->Fit( this ); + + Centre( wxBOTH ); + + m_textFind->SetFocus(); + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// send the notification event +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::SendEvent(const wxEventType& evtType) +{ + wxFindDialogEvent event(evtType, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetFindString(m_textFind->GetValue()); + if ( HasFlag(wxFR_REPLACEDIALOG) ) + { + event.SetReplaceString(m_textRepl->GetValue()); + } + + int flags = 0; + + if ( m_chkCase->GetValue() ) + flags |= wxFR_MATCHCASE; + + if ( m_chkWord->GetValue() ) + flags |= wxFR_WHOLEWORD; + + if ( !m_radioDir || m_radioDir->GetSelection() == 1 ) + { + flags |= wxFR_DOWN; + } + + event.SetFlags(flags); + + wxFindReplaceDialogBase::Send(event); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnFind(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + SendEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_NEXT); +} + +void wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnReplace(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + SendEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE); +} + +void wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnReplaceAll(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + SendEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE_ALL); +} + +void wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + SendEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE); + + Show(false); +} + +void wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnUpdateFindUI(wxUpdateUIEvent &event) +{ + // we can't search for empty strings + event.Enable( !m_textFind->GetValue().empty() ); +} + +void wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent &) +{ + SendEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/filectrlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/filectrlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e33397496b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/filectrlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1469 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/filectrlg.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericFileCtrl Implementation +// Author: Diaa M. Sami +// Created: 2007-07-07 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filectrlg.cpp 67214 2011-03-16 07:22:56Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Diaa M. Sami +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FILECTRL + +#include "wx/generic/filectrlg.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/checkbox.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/filedlg.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/clntdata.h" +#include "wx/file.h" // for wxS_IXXX constants only +#include "wx/generic/dirctrlg.h" // for wxFileIconsTable +#include "wx/dir.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/imaglist.h" + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" +#endif + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) +#define IsTopMostDir(dir) (dir == wxT("\\") || dir == wxT("/")) +#elif (defined(__DOS__) || defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined (__OS2__)) +#define IsTopMostDir(dir) (dir.empty()) +#else +#define IsTopMostDir(dir) (dir == wxT("/")) +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static +int wxCALLBACK wxFileDataNameCompare( long data1, long data2, wxIntPtr sortOrder) +{ + wxFileData *fd1 = (wxFileData *)wxUIntToPtr(data1); + wxFileData *fd2 = (wxFileData *)wxUIntToPtr(data2); + + if (fd1->GetFileName() == wxT("..")) + return -sortOrder; + if (fd2->GetFileName() == wxT("..")) + return sortOrder; + if (fd1->IsDir() && !fd2->IsDir()) + return -sortOrder; + if (fd2->IsDir() && !fd1->IsDir()) + return sortOrder; + + return sortOrder*wxStrcmp( fd1->GetFileName(), fd2->GetFileName() ); +} + +static +int wxCALLBACK wxFileDataSizeCompare(long data1, long data2, wxIntPtr sortOrder) +{ + wxFileData *fd1 = (wxFileData *)wxUIntToPtr(data1); + wxFileData *fd2 = (wxFileData *)wxUIntToPtr(data2); + + if (fd1->GetFileName() == wxT("..")) + return -sortOrder; + if (fd2->GetFileName() == wxT("..")) + return sortOrder; + if (fd1->IsDir() && !fd2->IsDir()) + return -sortOrder; + if (fd2->IsDir() && !fd1->IsDir()) + return sortOrder; + if (fd1->IsLink() && !fd2->IsLink()) + return -sortOrder; + if (fd2->IsLink() && !fd1->IsLink()) + return sortOrder; + + return fd1->GetSize() > fd2->GetSize() ? sortOrder : -sortOrder; +} + +static +int wxCALLBACK wxFileDataTypeCompare(long data1, long data2, wxIntPtr sortOrder) +{ + wxFileData *fd1 = (wxFileData *)wxUIntToPtr(data1); + wxFileData *fd2 = (wxFileData *)wxUIntToPtr(data2); + + if (fd1->GetFileName() == wxT("..")) + return -sortOrder; + if (fd2->GetFileName() == wxT("..")) + return sortOrder; + if (fd1->IsDir() && !fd2->IsDir()) + return -sortOrder; + if (fd2->IsDir() && !fd1->IsDir()) + return sortOrder; + if (fd1->IsLink() && !fd2->IsLink()) + return -sortOrder; + if (fd2->IsLink() && !fd1->IsLink()) + return sortOrder; + + return sortOrder*wxStrcmp( fd1->GetFileType(), fd2->GetFileType() ); +} + +static +int wxCALLBACK wxFileDataTimeCompare(long data1, long data2, wxIntPtr sortOrder) +{ + wxFileData *fd1 = (wxFileData *)wxUIntToPtr(data1); + wxFileData *fd2 = (wxFileData *)wxUIntToPtr(data2); + + if (fd1->GetFileName() == wxT("..")) + return -sortOrder; + if (fd2->GetFileName() == wxT("..")) + return sortOrder; + if (fd1->IsDir() && !fd2->IsDir()) + return -sortOrder; + if (fd2->IsDir() && !fd1->IsDir()) + return sortOrder; + + return fd1->GetDateTime().IsLaterThan(fd2->GetDateTime()) ? sortOrder : -sortOrder; +} + +// defined in src/generic/dirctrlg.cpp +extern size_t wxGetAvailableDrives(wxArrayString &paths, wxArrayString &names, wxArrayInt &icon_ids); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileData +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFileData::wxFileData( const wxString &filePath, const wxString &fileName, fileType type, int image_id ) +{ + Init(); + m_fileName = fileName; + m_filePath = filePath; + m_type = type; + m_image = image_id; + + ReadData(); +} + +void wxFileData::Init() +{ + m_size = 0; + m_type = wxFileData::is_file; + m_image = wxFileIconsTable::file; +} + +void wxFileData::Copy( const wxFileData& fileData ) +{ + m_fileName = fileData.GetFileName(); + m_filePath = fileData.GetFilePath(); + m_size = fileData.GetSize(); + m_dateTime = fileData.GetDateTime(); + m_permissions = fileData.GetPermissions(); + m_type = fileData.GetType(); + m_image = fileData.GetImageId(); +} + +void wxFileData::ReadData() +{ + if (IsDrive()) + { + m_size = 0; + return; + } + +#if defined(__DOS__) || (defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)) || defined(__OS2__) + // c:\.. is a drive don't stat it + if ((m_fileName == wxT("..")) && (m_filePath.length() <= 5)) + { + m_type = is_drive; + m_size = 0; + return; + } +#endif // __DOS__ || __WINDOWS__ + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + + // WinCE + + DWORD fileAttribs = GetFileAttributes(m_filePath.fn_str()); + m_type |= (fileAttribs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) != 0 ? is_dir : 0; + + wxString p, f, ext; + wxFileName::SplitPath(m_filePath, & p, & f, & ext); + if (wxStricmp(ext, wxT("exe")) == 0) + m_type |= is_exe; + + // Find out size + m_size = 0; + HANDLE fileHandle = CreateFile(m_filePath.fn_str(), + GENERIC_READ, + FILE_SHARE_READ, + NULL, + OPEN_EXISTING, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, + NULL); + + if (fileHandle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + m_size = GetFileSize(fileHandle, 0); + CloseHandle(fileHandle); + } + + m_dateTime = wxFileModificationTime(m_filePath); + +#else + + // OTHER PLATFORMS + + wxStructStat buff; + +#if defined(__UNIX__) && (!defined( __OS2__ ) && !defined(__VMS)) + lstat( m_filePath.fn_str(), &buff ); + m_type |= S_ISLNK(buff.st_mode) ? is_link : 0; +#else // no lstat() + wxStat( m_filePath, &buff ); +#endif + + m_type |= (buff.st_mode & S_IFDIR) != 0 ? is_dir : 0; + m_type |= (buff.st_mode & wxS_IXUSR) != 0 ? is_exe : 0; + + m_size = buff.st_size; + + m_dateTime = buff.st_mtime; +#endif + // __WXWINCE__ + +#if defined(__UNIX__) + m_permissions.Printf(wxT("%c%c%c%c%c%c%c%c%c"), + buff.st_mode & wxS_IRUSR ? wxT('r') : wxT('-'), + buff.st_mode & wxS_IWUSR ? wxT('w') : wxT('-'), + buff.st_mode & wxS_IXUSR ? wxT('x') : wxT('-'), + buff.st_mode & wxS_IRGRP ? wxT('r') : wxT('-'), + buff.st_mode & wxS_IWGRP ? wxT('w') : wxT('-'), + buff.st_mode & wxS_IXGRP ? wxT('x') : wxT('-'), + buff.st_mode & wxS_IROTH ? wxT('r') : wxT('-'), + buff.st_mode & wxS_IWOTH ? wxT('w') : wxT('-'), + buff.st_mode & wxS_IXOTH ? wxT('x') : wxT('-')); +#elif defined(__WIN32__) + DWORD attribs = ::GetFileAttributes(m_filePath.c_str()); + if (attribs != (DWORD)-1) + { + m_permissions.Printf(wxT("%c%c%c%c"), + attribs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE ? wxT('A') : wxT(' '), + attribs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY ? wxT('R') : wxT(' '), + attribs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN ? wxT('H') : wxT(' '), + attribs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM ? wxT('S') : wxT(' ')); + } +#endif + + // try to get a better icon + if (m_image == wxFileIconsTable::file) + { + if (m_fileName.Find(wxT('.'), true) != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + m_image = wxTheFileIconsTable->GetIconID( m_fileName.AfterLast(wxT('.'))); + } else if (IsExe()) + { + m_image = wxFileIconsTable::executable; + } + } +} + +wxString wxFileData::GetFileType() const +{ + if (IsDir()) + return _(""); + else if (IsLink()) + return _(""); + else if (IsDrive()) + return _(""); + else if (m_fileName.Find(wxT('.'), true) != wxNOT_FOUND) + return m_fileName.AfterLast(wxT('.')); + + return wxEmptyString; +} + +wxString wxFileData::GetModificationTime() const +{ + // want time as 01:02 so they line up nicely, no %r in WIN32 + return m_dateTime.FormatDate() + wxT(" ") + m_dateTime.Format(wxT("%I:%M:%S %p")); +} + +wxString wxFileData::GetHint() const +{ + wxString s = m_filePath; + s += wxT(" "); + + if (IsDir()) + s += _(""); + else if (IsLink()) + s += _(""); + else if (IsDrive()) + s += _(""); + else // plain file + s += wxString::Format(wxPLURAL("%ld byte", "%ld bytes", m_size), + wxLongLong(m_size).ToString().c_str()); + + s += wxT(' '); + + if ( !IsDrive() ) + { + s << GetModificationTime() + << wxT(" ") + << m_permissions; + } + + return s; +} + +wxString wxFileData::GetEntry( fileListFieldType num ) const +{ + wxString s; + switch ( num ) + { + case FileList_Name: + s = m_fileName; + break; + + case FileList_Size: + if (!IsDir() && !IsLink() && !IsDrive()) + s = wxLongLong(m_size).ToString(); + break; + + case FileList_Type: + s = GetFileType(); + break; + + case FileList_Time: + if (!IsDrive()) + s = GetModificationTime(); + break; + +#if defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WIN32__) + case FileList_Perm: + s = m_permissions; + break; +#endif // defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WIN32__) + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected field in wxFileData::GetEntry()") ); + } + + return s; +} + +void wxFileData::SetNewName( const wxString &filePath, const wxString &fileName ) +{ + m_fileName = fileName; + m_filePath = filePath; +} + +void wxFileData::MakeItem( wxListItem &item ) +{ + item.m_text = m_fileName; + item.ClearAttributes(); + if (IsExe()) + item.SetTextColour(*wxRED); + if (IsDir()) + item.SetTextColour(*wxBLUE); + + item.m_image = m_image; + + if (IsLink()) + { + wxColour dg = wxTheColourDatabase->Find( wxT("MEDIUM GREY") ); + if ( dg.Ok() ) + item.SetTextColour(dg); + } + item.m_data = wxPtrToUInt(this); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileListCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileListCtrl,wxListCtrl) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxFileListCtrl,wxListCtrl) + EVT_LIST_DELETE_ITEM(wxID_ANY, wxFileListCtrl::OnListDeleteItem) + EVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS(wxID_ANY, wxFileListCtrl::OnListDeleteAllItems) + EVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT(wxID_ANY, wxFileListCtrl::OnListEndLabelEdit) + EVT_LIST_COL_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxFileListCtrl::OnListColClick) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +wxFileListCtrl::wxFileListCtrl() +{ + m_showHidden = false; + m_sort_forward = true; + m_sort_field = wxFileData::FileList_Name; +} + +wxFileListCtrl::wxFileListCtrl(wxWindow *win, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& wild, + bool showHidden, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator &validator, + const wxString &name) + : wxListCtrl(win, id, pos, size, style, validator, name), + m_wild(wild) +{ + wxImageList *imageList = wxTheFileIconsTable->GetSmallImageList(); + + SetImageList( imageList, wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL ); + + m_showHidden = showHidden; + + m_sort_forward = true; + m_sort_field = wxFileData::FileList_Name; + + m_dirName = wxT("*"); + + if (style & wxLC_REPORT) + ChangeToReportMode(); +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::ChangeToListMode() +{ + ClearAll(); + SetSingleStyle( wxLC_LIST ); + UpdateFiles(); +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::ChangeToReportMode() +{ + ClearAll(); + SetSingleStyle( wxLC_REPORT ); + + // do this since WIN32 does mm/dd/yy UNIX does mm/dd/yyyy + // don't hardcode since mm/dd is dd/mm elsewhere + int w, h; + wxDateTime dt(22, wxDateTime::Dec, 2002, 22, 22, 22); + wxString txt = dt.FormatDate() + wxT("22") + dt.Format(wxT("%I:%M:%S %p")); + GetTextExtent(txt, &w, &h); + + InsertColumn( 0, _("Name"), wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, w ); + InsertColumn( 1, _("Size"), wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, w/2 ); + InsertColumn( 2, _("Type"), wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, w/2 ); + InsertColumn( 3, _("Modified"), wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, w ); +#if defined(__UNIX__) + GetTextExtent(wxT("Permissions 2"), &w, &h); + InsertColumn( 4, _("Permissions"), wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, w ); +#elif defined(__WIN32__) + GetTextExtent(wxT("Attributes 2"), &w, &h); + InsertColumn( 4, _("Attributes"), wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, w ); +#endif + + UpdateFiles(); +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::ChangeToSmallIconMode() +{ + ClearAll(); + SetSingleStyle( wxLC_SMALL_ICON ); + UpdateFiles(); +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::ShowHidden( bool show ) +{ + m_showHidden = show; + UpdateFiles(); +} + +long wxFileListCtrl::Add( wxFileData *fd, wxListItem &item ) +{ + long ret = -1; + item.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_TEXT + wxLIST_MASK_DATA + wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE; + fd->MakeItem( item ); + long my_style = GetWindowStyleFlag(); + if (my_style & wxLC_REPORT) + { + ret = InsertItem( item ); + for (int i = 1; i < wxFileData::FileList_Max; i++) + SetItem( item.m_itemId, i, fd->GetEntry((wxFileData::fileListFieldType)i) ); + } + else if ((my_style & wxLC_LIST) || (my_style & wxLC_SMALL_ICON)) + { + ret = InsertItem( item ); + } + return ret; +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::UpdateItem(const wxListItem &item) +{ + wxFileData *fd = (wxFileData*)GetItemData(item); + wxCHECK_RET(fd, wxT("invalid filedata")); + + fd->ReadData(); + + SetItemText(item, fd->GetFileName()); + SetItemImage(item, fd->GetImageId()); + + if (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxLC_REPORT) + { + for (int i = 1; i < wxFileData::FileList_Max; i++) + SetItem( item.m_itemId, i, fd->GetEntry((wxFileData::fileListFieldType)i) ); + } +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::UpdateFiles() +{ + // don't do anything before ShowModal() call which sets m_dirName + if ( m_dirName == wxT("*") ) + return; + + wxBusyCursor bcur; // this may take a while... + + DeleteAllItems(); + + wxListItem item; + item.m_itemId = 0; + item.m_col = 0; + +#if (defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__DOS__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__OS2__)) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + if ( IsTopMostDir(m_dirName) ) + { + wxArrayString names, paths; + wxArrayInt icons; + const size_t count = wxGetAvailableDrives(paths, names, icons); + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + // use paths[n] as the drive name too as our HandleAction() can't + // deal with the drive names (of the form "System (C:)") currently + // as it mistakenly treats them as file names + // + // it would be preferable to show names, and not paths, in the + // dialog just as the native dialog does but for this we must: + // a) store the item type as item data and modify HandleAction() + // to use it instead of wxDirExists() to check whether the item + // is a directory + // b) store the drives by their drive letters and not their + // descriptions as otherwise it's pretty confusing to the user + wxFileData *fd = new wxFileData(paths[n], paths[n], + wxFileData::is_drive, icons[n]); + if (Add(fd, item) != -1) + item.m_itemId++; + else + delete fd; + } + } + else +#endif // defined(__DOS__) || defined(__WINDOWS__) + { + // Real directory... + if ( !IsTopMostDir(m_dirName) && !m_dirName.empty() ) + { + wxString p(wxPathOnly(m_dirName)); +#if (defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WXWINCE__)) && !defined(__OS2__) + if (p.empty()) p = wxT("/"); +#endif // __UNIX__ + wxFileData *fd = new wxFileData(p, wxT(".."), wxFileData::is_dir, wxFileIconsTable::folder); + if (Add(fd, item) != -1) + item.m_itemId++; + else + delete fd; + } + + wxString dirname(m_dirName); +#if defined(__DOS__) || defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__) + if (dirname.length() == 2 && dirname[1u] == wxT(':')) + dirname << wxT('\\'); +#endif // defined(__DOS__) || defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__) + + if (dirname.empty()) + dirname = wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + + wxLogNull logNull; + wxDir dir(dirname); + + if ( dir.IsOpened() ) + { + wxString dirPrefix(dirname); + if (dirPrefix.Last() != wxFILE_SEP_PATH) + dirPrefix += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + + int hiddenFlag = m_showHidden ? wxDIR_HIDDEN : 0; + + bool cont; + wxString f; + + // Get the directories first (not matched against wildcards): + cont = dir.GetFirst(&f, wxEmptyString, wxDIR_DIRS | hiddenFlag); + while (cont) + { + wxFileData *fd = new wxFileData(dirPrefix + f, f, wxFileData::is_dir, wxFileIconsTable::folder); + if (Add(fd, item) != -1) + item.m_itemId++; + else + delete fd; + + cont = dir.GetNext(&f); + } + + // Tokenize the wildcard string, so we can handle more than 1 + // search pattern in a wildcard. + wxStringTokenizer tokenWild(m_wild, wxT(";")); + while ( tokenWild.HasMoreTokens() ) + { + cont = dir.GetFirst(&f, tokenWild.GetNextToken(), + wxDIR_FILES | hiddenFlag); + while (cont) + { + wxFileData *fd = new wxFileData(dirPrefix + f, f, wxFileData::is_file, wxFileIconsTable::file); + if (Add(fd, item) != -1) + item.m_itemId++; + else + delete fd; + + cont = dir.GetNext(&f); + } + } + } + } + + SortItems(m_sort_field, m_sort_forward); +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::SetWild( const wxString &wild ) +{ + if (wild.Find(wxT('|')) != wxNOT_FOUND) + return; + + m_wild = wild; + UpdateFiles(); +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::MakeDir() +{ + wxString new_name( _("NewName") ); + wxString path( m_dirName ); + path += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + path += new_name; + if (wxFileExists(path)) + { + // try NewName0, NewName1 etc. + int i = 0; + do { + new_name = _("NewName"); + wxString num; + num.Printf( wxT("%d"), i ); + new_name += num; + + path = m_dirName; + path += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + path += new_name; + i++; + } while (wxFileExists(path)); + } + + wxLogNull log; + if (!wxMkdir(path)) + { + wxMessageDialog dialog(this, _("Operation not permitted."), _("Error"), wxOK | wxICON_ERROR ); + dialog.ShowModal(); + return; + } + + wxFileData *fd = new wxFileData( path, new_name, wxFileData::is_dir, wxFileIconsTable::folder ); + wxListItem item; + item.m_itemId = 0; + item.m_col = 0; + long itemid = Add( fd, item ); + + if (itemid != -1) + { + SortItems(m_sort_field, m_sort_forward); + itemid = FindItem( 0, wxPtrToUInt(fd) ); + EnsureVisible( itemid ); + EditLabel( itemid ); + } + else + delete fd; +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::GoToParentDir() +{ + if (!IsTopMostDir(m_dirName)) + { + size_t len = m_dirName.length(); + if (wxEndsWithPathSeparator(m_dirName)) + m_dirName.Remove( len-1, 1 ); + wxString fname( wxFileNameFromPath(m_dirName) ); + m_dirName = wxPathOnly( m_dirName ); +#if defined(__DOS__) || defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__) + if (!m_dirName.empty()) + { + if (m_dirName.Last() == wxT('.')) + m_dirName = wxEmptyString; + } +#elif defined(__UNIX__) + if (m_dirName.empty()) + m_dirName = wxT("/"); +#endif + UpdateFiles(); + long id = FindItem( 0, fname ); + if (id != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + SetItemState( id, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + EnsureVisible( id ); + } + } +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::GoToHomeDir() +{ + wxString s = wxGetUserHome( wxString() ); + GoToDir(s); +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::GoToDir( const wxString &dir ) +{ + if (!wxDirExists(dir)) return; + + m_dirName = dir; + UpdateFiles(); + + SetItemState( 0, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + + EnsureVisible( 0 ); +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::FreeItemData(wxListItem& item) +{ + if ( item.m_data ) + { + wxFileData *fd = (wxFileData*)item.m_data; + delete fd; + + item.m_data = 0; + } +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::OnListDeleteItem( wxListEvent &event ) +{ + FreeItemData(event.m_item); +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::OnListDeleteAllItems( wxListEvent & WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + FreeAllItemsData(); +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::FreeAllItemsData() +{ + wxListItem item; + item.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_DATA; + + item.m_itemId = GetNextItem( -1, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL ); + while ( item.m_itemId != -1 ) + { + GetItem( item ); + FreeItemData(item); + item.m_itemId = GetNextItem( item.m_itemId, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL ); + } +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::OnListEndLabelEdit( wxListEvent &event ) +{ + wxFileData *fd = (wxFileData*)event.m_item.m_data; + wxASSERT( fd ); + + if ((event.GetLabel().empty()) || + (event.GetLabel() == wxT(".")) || + (event.GetLabel() == wxT("..")) || + (event.GetLabel().First( wxFILE_SEP_PATH ) != wxNOT_FOUND)) + { + wxMessageDialog dialog(this, _("Illegal directory name."), _("Error"), wxOK | wxICON_ERROR ); + dialog.ShowModal(); + event.Veto(); + return; + } + + wxString new_name( wxPathOnly( fd->GetFilePath() ) ); + new_name += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + new_name += event.GetLabel(); + + wxLogNull log; + + if (wxFileExists(new_name)) + { + wxMessageDialog dialog(this, _("File name exists already."), _("Error"), wxOK | wxICON_ERROR ); + dialog.ShowModal(); + event.Veto(); + } + + if (wxRenameFile(fd->GetFilePath(),new_name)) + { + fd->SetNewName( new_name, event.GetLabel() ); + + SetItemState( event.GetItem(), wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + + UpdateItem( event.GetItem() ); + EnsureVisible( event.GetItem() ); + } + else + { + wxMessageDialog dialog(this, _("Operation not permitted."), _("Error"), wxOK | wxICON_ERROR ); + dialog.ShowModal(); + event.Veto(); + } +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::OnListColClick( wxListEvent &event ) +{ + int col = event.GetColumn(); + + switch (col) + { + case wxFileData::FileList_Name : + case wxFileData::FileList_Size : + case wxFileData::FileList_Type : + case wxFileData::FileList_Time : break; + default : return; + } + + if ((wxFileData::fileListFieldType)col == m_sort_field) + m_sort_forward = !m_sort_forward; + else + m_sort_field = (wxFileData::fileListFieldType)col; + + SortItems(m_sort_field, m_sort_forward); +} + +void wxFileListCtrl::SortItems(wxFileData::fileListFieldType field, bool forward) +{ + m_sort_field = field; + m_sort_forward = forward; + const long sort_dir = forward ? 1 : -1; + + switch (m_sort_field) + { + case wxFileData::FileList_Size : + wxListCtrl::SortItems(wxFileDataSizeCompare, sort_dir); + break; + + case wxFileData::FileList_Type : + wxListCtrl::SortItems(wxFileDataTypeCompare, sort_dir); + break; + + case wxFileData::FileList_Time : + wxListCtrl::SortItems(wxFileDataTimeCompare, sort_dir); + break; + + case wxFileData::FileList_Name : + default : + wxListCtrl::SortItems(wxFileDataNameCompare, sort_dir); + break; + } +} + +wxFileListCtrl::~wxFileListCtrl() +{ + // Normally the data are freed via an EVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS event and + // wxFileListCtrl::OnListDeleteAllItems. But if the event is generated after + // the destruction of the wxFileListCtrl we need to free any data here: + FreeAllItemsData(); +} + +#define ID_CHOICE (wxID_FILECTRL + 1) +#define ID_TEXT (wxID_FILECTRL + 2) +#define ID_FILELIST_CTRL (wxID_FILECTRL + 3) +#define ID_CHECK (wxID_FILECTRL + 4) + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// wxGenericFileCtrl implementation +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGenericFileCtrl, wxPanel ) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGenericFileCtrl, wxPanel ) + EVT_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED( ID_FILELIST_CTRL, wxGenericFileCtrl::OnSelected ) + EVT_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED( ID_FILELIST_CTRL, wxGenericFileCtrl::OnActivated ) + EVT_CHOICE( ID_CHOICE, wxGenericFileCtrl::OnChoiceFilter ) + EVT_TEXT_ENTER( ID_TEXT, wxGenericFileCtrl::OnTextEnter ) + EVT_TEXT( ID_TEXT, wxGenericFileCtrl::OnTextChange ) + EVT_CHECKBOX( ID_CHECK, wxGenericFileCtrl::OnCheck ) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +bool wxGenericFileCtrl::Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& defaultDirectory, + const wxString& defaultFileName, + const wxString& wildCard, + long style, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxString& name ) +{ + this->m_style = style; + m_inSelected = false; + m_noSelChgEvent = false; + m_check = NULL; + + // check that the styles are not contradictory + wxASSERT_MSG( !( ( m_style & wxFC_SAVE ) && ( m_style & wxFC_OPEN ) ), + wxT( "can't specify both wxFC_SAVE and wxFC_OPEN at once" ) ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !( ( m_style & wxFC_SAVE ) && ( m_style & wxFC_MULTIPLE ) ), + wxT( "wxFC_MULTIPLE can't be used with wxFC_SAVE" ) ); + + wxPanel::Create( parent, id, pos, size, wxTAB_TRAVERSAL, name ); + + m_dir = defaultDirectory; + + m_ignoreChanges = true; + + if ( ( m_dir.empty() ) || ( m_dir == wxT( "." ) ) ) + { + m_dir = wxGetCwd(); + if ( m_dir.empty() ) + m_dir = wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + } + + const size_t len = m_dir.length(); + if ( ( len > 1 ) && ( wxEndsWithPathSeparator( m_dir ) ) ) + m_dir.Remove( len - 1, 1 ); + + m_filterExtension = wxEmptyString; + + // layout + + const bool is_pda = ( wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA ); + + wxBoxSizer *mainsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + wxBoxSizer *staticsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + if ( is_pda ) + staticsizer->Add( new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, _( "Current directory:" ) ), + wxSizerFlags().DoubleBorder(wxRIGHT) ); + m_static = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, m_dir ); + staticsizer->Add( m_static, 1 ); + mainsizer->Add( staticsizer, wxSizerFlags().Expand().Border()); + + long style2 = wxLC_LIST; + if ( !( m_style & wxFC_MULTIPLE ) ) + style2 |= wxLC_SINGLE_SEL; + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + style2 |= wxSIMPLE_BORDER; +#else + style2 |= wxSUNKEN_BORDER; +#endif + + m_list = new wxFileListCtrl( this, ID_FILELIST_CTRL, + wxEmptyString, false, + wxDefaultPosition, wxSize( 400, 140 ), + style2 ); + + m_text = new wxTextCtrl( this, ID_TEXT, wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER ); + m_choice = new wxChoice( this, ID_CHOICE ); + + if ( is_pda ) + { + // PDAs have a different screen layout + mainsizer->Add( m_list, wxSizerFlags( 1 ).Expand().HorzBorder() ); + + wxBoxSizer *textsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + textsizer->Add( m_text, wxSizerFlags( 1 ).Centre().Border() ); + textsizer->Add( m_choice, wxSizerFlags( 1 ).Centre().Border() ); + mainsizer->Add( textsizer, wxSizerFlags().Expand() ); + + } + else // !is_pda + { + mainsizer->Add( m_list, wxSizerFlags( 1 ).Expand().Border() ); + mainsizer->Add( m_text, wxSizerFlags().Expand().Border() ); + + wxBoxSizer *choicesizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + choicesizer->Add( m_choice, wxSizerFlags( 1 ).Centre() ); + + if ( !( m_style & wxFC_NOSHOWHIDDEN ) ) + { + m_check = new wxCheckBox( this, ID_CHECK, _( "Show &hidden files" ) ); + choicesizer->Add( m_check, wxSizerFlags().Centre().DoubleBorder(wxLEFT) ); + } + + mainsizer->Add( choicesizer, wxSizerFlags().Expand().Border() ); + } + + SetWildcard( wildCard ); + + SetAutoLayout( true ); + SetSizer( mainsizer ); + + if ( !is_pda ) + { + mainsizer->Fit( this ); + } + + m_list->GoToDir( m_dir ); + UpdateControls(); + m_text->SetValue( m_fileName ); + + m_ignoreChanges = false; + + // must be after m_ignoreChanges = false + SetFilename( defaultFileName ); + + return true; +} + +// NB: there is an unfortunate mismatch between wxFileName and wxFileDialog +// method names but our GetDirectory() does correspond to wxFileName:: +// GetPath() while our GetPath() is wxFileName::GetFullPath() +wxString wxGenericFileCtrl::GetPath() const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG ( !(m_style & wxFC_MULTIPLE), "use GetPaths() instead" ); + + return DoGetFileName().GetFullPath(); +} + +wxString wxGenericFileCtrl::GetFilename() const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG ( !(m_style & wxFC_MULTIPLE), "use GetFilenames() instead" ); + + return DoGetFileName().GetFullName(); +} + +wxString wxGenericFileCtrl::GetDirectory() const +{ + // don't check for wxFC_MULTIPLE here, this one is probably safe to call in + // any case as it can be always taken to mean "current directory" + return DoGetFileName().GetPath(); +} + +wxFileName wxGenericFileCtrl::DoGetFileName() const +{ + wxFileName fn; + + wxString value = m_text->GetValue(); + if ( value.empty() ) + { + // nothing in the text control, get the selected file from the list + wxListItem item; + item.m_itemId = m_list->GetNextItem(-1, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, + wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); + m_list->GetItem(item); + + fn.Assign(m_list->GetDir(), item.m_text); + } + else // user entered the value + { + // the path can be either absolute or relative + fn.Assign(value); + if ( fn.IsRelative() ) + fn.MakeAbsolute(m_list->GetDir()); + } + + return fn; +} + +// helper used in DoGetFilenames() and needed because Borland can't compile +// operator?: inline +static inline wxString GetFileNameOrPath(const wxFileName& fn, bool fullPath) +{ + return fullPath ? fn.GetFullPath() : fn.GetFullName(); +} + +void +wxGenericFileCtrl::DoGetFilenames(wxArrayString& filenames, bool fullPath) const +{ + filenames.clear(); + + const wxString dir = m_list->GetDir(); + + const wxString value = m_text->GetValue(); + if ( !value.empty() ) + { + wxFileName fn(value); + if ( fn.IsRelative() ) + fn.MakeAbsolute(dir); + + filenames.push_back(GetFileNameOrPath(fn, fullPath)); + return; + } + + const int numSel = m_list->GetSelectedItemCount(); + if ( !numSel ) + return; + + filenames.reserve(numSel); + + wxListItem item; + item.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_TEXT; + item.m_itemId = -1; + for ( ;; ) + { + item.m_itemId = m_list->GetNextItem(item.m_itemId, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, + wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); + + if ( item.m_itemId == -1 ) + break; + + m_list->GetItem(item); + + const wxFileName fn(dir, item.m_text); + filenames.push_back(GetFileNameOrPath(fn, fullPath)); + } +} + +bool wxGenericFileCtrl::SetDirectory( const wxString& dir ) +{ + m_ignoreChanges = true; + m_list->GoToDir( dir ); + UpdateControls(); + m_ignoreChanges = false; + + return wxFileName( dir ).SameAs( m_list->GetDir() ); +} + +bool wxGenericFileCtrl::SetFilename( const wxString& name ) +{ + const long item = m_list->FindItem( -1, name ); + + if ( item == -1 ) // file not found either because it doesn't exist or the + // current filter doesn't show it. + return false; + + m_noSelChgEvent = true; + + // Deselect selected items + { + const int numSelectedItems = m_list->GetSelectedItemCount(); + + if ( numSelectedItems > 0 ) + { + long itemIndex = -1; + + for ( ;; ) + { + itemIndex = m_list->GetNextItem( itemIndex, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + if ( itemIndex == -1 ) + break; + + m_list->SetItemState( itemIndex, 0, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + } + } + } + + m_list->SetItemState( item, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + m_list->EnsureVisible( item ); + + m_noSelChgEvent = false; + + return true; +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::DoSetFilterIndex( int filterindex ) +{ + wxClientData *pcd = m_choice->GetClientObject( filterindex ); + if ( !pcd ) + return; + + const wxString& str = ((static_cast(pcd))->GetData()); + m_list->SetWild( str ); + m_filterIndex = filterindex; + if ( str.Left( 2 ) == wxT( "*." ) ) + { + m_filterExtension = str.Mid( 1 ); + if ( m_filterExtension == wxT( ".*" ) ) + m_filterExtension.clear(); + } + else + { + m_filterExtension.clear(); + } + + GenerateFilterChangedEvent( this, this ); +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::SetWildcard( const wxString& wildCard ) +{ + if ( wildCard.empty() || wildCard == wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr ) + { + m_wildCard = wxString::Format( _( "All files (%s)|%s" ), + wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, + wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr ); + } + else + m_wildCard = wildCard; + + wxArrayString wildDescriptions, wildFilters; + const size_t count = wxParseCommonDialogsFilter( m_wildCard, + wildDescriptions, + wildFilters ); + wxCHECK_RET( count, wxT( "wxFileDialog: bad wildcard string" ) ); + + m_choice->Clear(); + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + m_choice->Append(wildDescriptions[n], new wxStringClientData(wildFilters[n])); + } + + SetFilterIndex( 0 ); +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::SetFilterIndex( int filterindex ) +{ + m_choice->SetSelection( filterindex ); + + DoSetFilterIndex( filterindex ); +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::OnChoiceFilter( wxCommandEvent &event ) +{ + DoSetFilterIndex( ( int )event.GetInt() ); +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::OnCheck( wxCommandEvent &event ) +{ + m_list->ShowHidden( event.GetInt() != 0 ); +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::OnActivated( wxListEvent &event ) +{ + HandleAction( event.m_item.m_text ); +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::OnTextEnter( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED( event ) ) +{ + HandleAction( m_text->GetValue() ); +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::OnTextChange( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED( event ) ) +{ + if ( !m_ignoreChanges ) + { + // Clear selections. Otherwise when the user types in a value they may + // not get the file whose name they typed. + if ( m_list->GetSelectedItemCount() > 0 ) + { + long item = m_list->GetNextItem( -1, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, + wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + while ( item != -1 ) + { + m_list->SetItemState( item, 0, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + item = m_list->GetNextItem( item, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + } + } + } +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::OnSelected( wxListEvent &event ) +{ + if ( m_ignoreChanges ) + return; + + if ( m_inSelected ) + return; + + m_inSelected = true; + const wxString filename( event.m_item.m_text ); + +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + // No double-click on most WinCE devices, so do action immediately. + HandleAction( filename ); +#else + if ( filename == wxT( ".." ) ) + { + m_inSelected = false; + return; + } + + wxString dir = m_list->GetDir(); + if ( !IsTopMostDir( dir ) ) + dir += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + dir += filename; + if ( wxDirExists( dir ) ) + { + m_inSelected = false; + + return; + } + + + m_ignoreChanges = true; + m_text->SetValue( filename ); + + if ( m_list->GetSelectedItemCount() > 1 ) + { + m_text->Clear(); + } + + if ( !m_noSelChgEvent ) + GenerateSelectionChangedEvent( this, this ); + + m_ignoreChanges = false; +#endif + m_inSelected = false; +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::HandleAction( const wxString &fn ) +{ + if ( m_ignoreChanges ) + return; + + wxString filename( fn ); + if ( filename.empty() ) + { + return; + } + if ( filename == wxT( "." ) ) return; + + wxString dir = m_list->GetDir(); + + // "some/place/" means they want to chdir not try to load "place" + const bool want_dir = filename.Last() == wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + if ( want_dir ) + filename = filename.RemoveLast(); + + if ( filename == wxT( ".." ) ) + { + m_ignoreChanges = true; + m_list->GoToParentDir(); + + GenerateFolderChangedEvent( this, this ); + + UpdateControls(); + m_ignoreChanges = false; + return; + } + +#ifdef __UNIX__ + if ( filename == wxT( "~" ) ) + { + m_ignoreChanges = true; + m_list->GoToHomeDir(); + + GenerateFolderChangedEvent( this, this ); + + UpdateControls(); + m_ignoreChanges = false; + return; + } + + if ( filename.BeforeFirst( wxT( '/' ) ) == wxT( "~" ) ) + { + filename = wxString( wxGetUserHome() ) + filename.Remove( 0, 1 ); + } +#endif // __UNIX__ + + if ( !( m_style & wxFC_SAVE ) ) + { + if ( ( filename.Find( wxT( '*' ) ) != wxNOT_FOUND ) || + ( filename.Find( wxT( '?' ) ) != wxNOT_FOUND ) ) + { + if ( filename.Find( wxFILE_SEP_PATH ) != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + wxMessageBox( _( "Illegal file specification." ), + _( "Error" ), wxOK | wxICON_ERROR, this ); + return; + } + m_list->SetWild( filename ); + return; + } + } + + if ( !IsTopMostDir( dir ) ) + dir += wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + if ( !wxIsAbsolutePath( filename ) ) + { + dir += filename; + filename = dir; + } + + if ( wxDirExists( filename ) ) + { + m_ignoreChanges = true; + m_list->GoToDir( filename ); + UpdateControls(); + + GenerateFolderChangedEvent( this, this ); + + m_ignoreChanges = false; + return; + } + + // they really wanted a dir, but it doesn't exist + if ( want_dir ) + { + wxMessageBox( _( "Directory doesn't exist." ), _( "Error" ), + wxOK | wxICON_ERROR, this ); + return; + } + + // append the default extension to the filename if it doesn't have any + // + // VZ: the logic of testing for !wxFileExists() only for the open file + // dialog is not entirely clear to me, why don't we allow saving to a + // file without extension as well? + if ( !( m_style & wxFC_OPEN ) || !wxFileExists( filename ) ) + { + filename = wxFileDialogBase::AppendExtension( filename, m_filterExtension ); + GenerateFileActivatedEvent( this, this, wxFileName( filename ).GetFullName() ); + return; + } + + GenerateFileActivatedEvent( this, this ); +} + +bool wxGenericFileCtrl::SetPath( const wxString& path ) +{ + if ( !wxFileName::FileExists( ( path ) ) ) + return false; + + wxString ext; + wxFileName::SplitPath( path, &m_dir, &m_fileName, &ext ); + if ( !ext.empty() ) + { + m_fileName += wxT( "." ); + m_fileName += ext; + } + + SetDirectory( m_dir ); + SetFilename( m_fileName ); + + return true; +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::GetPaths( wxArrayString& paths ) const +{ + DoGetFilenames( paths, true ); +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::GetFilenames( wxArrayString& files ) const +{ + DoGetFilenames( files, false ); +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::UpdateControls() +{ + const wxString dir = m_list->GetDir(); + m_static->SetLabel( dir ); +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::GoToParentDir() +{ + m_list->GoToParentDir(); + UpdateControls(); +} + +void wxGenericFileCtrl::GoToHomeDir() +{ + m_list->GoToHomeDir(); + UpdateControls(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILECTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/filedlgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/filedlgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c4d34a9c5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/filedlgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,406 @@ +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/filedlgg.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericFileDialog +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: 12/12/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filedlgg.cpp 64019 2010-04-18 00:05:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FILEDLG + +// NOTE : it probably also supports MAC, untested +#if !defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__DOS__) && !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__OS2__) && !defined(__PALMOS__) +#error wxGenericFileDialog currently only supports Unix, win32 and DOS +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" + #endif + #include "wx/hash.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/bmpbuttn.h" + #include "wx/checkbox.h" + #include "wx/choice.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/filedlg.h" // wxFD_OPEN, wxFD_SAVE... +#endif + +#include "wx/longlong.h" +#include "wx/config.h" +#include "wx/imaglist.h" +#include "wx/artprov.h" +#include "wx/filefn.h" +#include "wx/filectrl.h" +#include "wx/generic/filedlgg.h" +#include "wx/debug.h" + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + #include "wx/tooltip.h" +#endif +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + #include "wx/config.h" +#endif + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS5__ +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + #include + #include +#endif + +#ifdef __UNIX__ + #include + #include + #ifndef __VMS + # include + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + #include "wx/msw/mslu.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WATCOMC__ + #include +#endif + +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ +#include +#endif + +#if defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__DOS__) +#include +#endif +#endif // ! __WXPALMOS5__ + +#if defined(__WXWINCE__) +#define IsTopMostDir(dir) (dir == wxT("\\") || dir == wxT("/")) +#elif (defined(__DOS__) || defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined (__OS2__)) +#define IsTopMostDir(dir) (dir.empty()) +#else +#define IsTopMostDir(dir) (dir == wxT("/")) +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericFileDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define ID_LIST_MODE (wxID_FILEDLGG ) +#define ID_REPORT_MODE (wxID_FILEDLGG + 1) +#define ID_UP_DIR (wxID_FILEDLGG + 2) +#define ID_HOME_DIR (wxID_FILEDLGG + 3) +#define ID_NEW_DIR (wxID_FILEDLGG + 4) +#define ID_FILE_CTRL (wxID_FILEDLGG + 5) + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFileDialog, wxFileDialogBase) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericFileDialog,wxDialog) + EVT_BUTTON(ID_LIST_MODE, wxGenericFileDialog::OnList) + EVT_BUTTON(ID_REPORT_MODE, wxGenericFileDialog::OnReport) + EVT_BUTTON(ID_UP_DIR, wxGenericFileDialog::OnUp) + EVT_BUTTON(ID_HOME_DIR, wxGenericFileDialog::OnHome) + EVT_BUTTON(ID_NEW_DIR, wxGenericFileDialog::OnNew) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OK, wxGenericFileDialog::OnOk) + EVT_FILECTRL_FILEACTIVATED(ID_FILE_CTRL, wxGenericFileDialog::OnFileActivated) + + EVT_UPDATE_UI(ID_UP_DIR, wxGenericFileDialog::OnUpdateButtonsUI) +#if defined(__DOS__) || defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(ID_NEW_DIR, wxGenericFileDialog::OnUpdateButtonsUI) +#endif // defined(__DOS__) || defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +long wxGenericFileDialog::ms_lastViewStyle = wxLC_LIST; +bool wxGenericFileDialog::ms_lastShowHidden = false; + +void wxGenericFileDialog::Init() +{ + m_bypassGenericImpl = false; + + m_filectrl = NULL; + m_upDirButton = NULL; + m_newDirButton = NULL; +} + +wxGenericFileDialog::wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& defaultDir, + const wxString& defaultFile, + const wxString& wildCard, + long style, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& sz, + const wxString& name, + bool bypassGenericImpl ) : wxFileDialogBase() +{ + Init(); + Create( parent, message, defaultDir, defaultFile, wildCard, style, pos, sz, name, bypassGenericImpl ); +} + +bool wxGenericFileDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& defaultDir, + const wxString& defaultFile, + const wxString& wildCard, + long style, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& sz, + const wxString& name, + bool bypassGenericImpl ) +{ + m_bypassGenericImpl = bypassGenericImpl; + + parent = GetParentForModalDialog(parent, style); + + if (!wxFileDialogBase::Create(parent, message, defaultDir, defaultFile, + wildCard, style, pos, sz, name)) + { + return false; + } + + if (m_bypassGenericImpl) + return true; + + if (!wxDialog::Create( parent, wxID_ANY, message, pos, sz, + wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER | style, name + )) + { + return false; + } + +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + if (wxConfig::Get(false)) + { + wxConfig::Get()->Read(wxT("/wxWindows/wxFileDialog/ViewStyle"), + &ms_lastViewStyle); + wxConfig::Get()->Read(wxT("/wxWindows/wxFileDialog/ShowHidden"), + &ms_lastShowHidden); + } +#endif + + if ((m_dir.empty()) || (m_dir == wxT("."))) + { + m_dir = wxGetCwd(); + if (m_dir.empty()) + m_dir = wxFILE_SEP_PATH; + } + + const size_t len = m_dir.length(); + if ((len > 1) && (wxEndsWithPathSeparator(m_dir))) + m_dir.Remove( len-1, 1 ); + + m_filterExtension = wxEmptyString; + + // layout + + const bool is_pda = (wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA); + + wxBoxSizer *mainsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + wxBoxSizer *buttonsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + AddBitmapButton( ID_LIST_MODE, wxART_LIST_VIEW, + _("View files as a list view"), buttonsizer ); + AddBitmapButton( ID_REPORT_MODE, wxART_REPORT_VIEW, + _("View files as a detailed view"), buttonsizer ); + buttonsizer->Add( 30, 5, 1 ); + m_upDirButton = AddBitmapButton( ID_UP_DIR, wxART_GO_DIR_UP, + _("Go to parent directory"), buttonsizer ); + +#ifndef __DOS__ // VS: Home directory is meaningless in MS-DOS... + AddBitmapButton( ID_HOME_DIR, wxART_GO_HOME, + _("Go to home directory"), buttonsizer ); + buttonsizer->Add( 20, 20 ); +#endif //!__DOS__ + + m_newDirButton = AddBitmapButton( ID_NEW_DIR, wxART_NEW_DIR, + _("Create new directory"), buttonsizer ); + + if (is_pda) + mainsizer->Add( buttonsizer, wxSizerFlags().Expand() ); + else + mainsizer->Add( buttonsizer, wxSizerFlags().Expand() + .Border( wxLEFT | wxRIGHT | wxTOP ) ); + + long style2 = 0; + if ( HasFdFlag(wxFD_MULTIPLE) ) + style2 |= wxFC_MULTIPLE; + + m_filectrl = new wxGenericFileCtrl( this, ID_FILE_CTRL, + m_dir, defaultFile, + wildCard, + style2, + wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(540,200) + ); + + m_filectrl->ShowHidden( ms_lastShowHidden ); + + if (ms_lastViewStyle == wxLC_LIST) + { + m_filectrl->ChangeToListMode(); + } + else if (ms_lastViewStyle == wxLC_REPORT) + { + m_filectrl->ChangeToReportMode(); + } + + mainsizer->Add(m_filectrl, wxSizerFlags(1).Expand().HorzBorder()); + + wxSizer *bsizer = CreateButtonSizer(wxOK | wxCANCEL); + if ( bsizer ) + { + if (is_pda) + mainsizer->Add(bsizer, wxSizerFlags().Expand().Border()); + else + mainsizer->Add(bsizer, wxSizerFlags().Expand().DoubleBorder()); + } + + SetSizer( mainsizer ); + + if (!is_pda) + { + mainsizer->SetSizeHints( this ); + + Centre( wxBOTH ); + } + + return true; +} + +wxGenericFileDialog::~wxGenericFileDialog() +{ + if (!m_bypassGenericImpl) + { +#if wxUSE_CONFIG + if (wxConfig::Get(false)) + { + wxConfig::Get()->Write(wxT("/wxWindows/wxFileDialog/ViewStyle"), + ms_lastViewStyle); + wxConfig::Get()->Write(wxT("/wxWindows/wxFileDialog/ShowHidden"), + ms_lastShowHidden); + } +#endif + } +} + +wxBitmapButton* wxGenericFileDialog::AddBitmapButton( wxWindowID winId, + const wxArtID& artId, + const wxString& tip, + wxSizer *sizer) +{ + wxBitmapButton *but = new wxBitmapButton(this, winId, + wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(artId, wxART_BUTTON)); + but->SetToolTip(tip); + sizer->Add(but, wxSizerFlags().Border()); + return but; +} + +int wxGenericFileDialog::ShowModal() +{ + if (CreateExtraControl()) + { + wxSizer *sizer = GetSizer(); + sizer->Insert(2 /* after m_filectrl */, m_extraControl, + wxSizerFlags().Expand().HorzBorder()); + sizer->Fit(this); + } + + m_filectrl->SetDirectory(m_dir); + + return wxDialog::ShowModal(); +} + +bool wxGenericFileDialog::Show( bool show ) +{ + // Called by ShowModal, so don't repeate the update +#ifndef __WIN32__ + if (show) + { + m_filectrl->SetDirectory(m_dir); + } +#endif + + return wxDialog::Show( show ); +} + +void wxGenericFileDialog::OnOk( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxArrayString selectedFiles; + m_filectrl->GetFilenames(selectedFiles); + + if (selectedFiles.Count() == 0) + return; + + if (selectedFiles.Count() == 1) + { + SetPath( selectedFiles[0] ); + } + + EndModal(wxID_OK); +} + +void wxGenericFileDialog::OnList( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + m_filectrl->ChangeToListMode(); + ms_lastViewStyle = wxLC_LIST; + m_filectrl->GetFileList()->SetFocus(); +} + +void wxGenericFileDialog::OnReport( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + m_filectrl->ChangeToReportMode(); + ms_lastViewStyle = wxLC_REPORT; + m_filectrl->GetFileList()->SetFocus(); +} + +void wxGenericFileDialog::OnUp( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + m_filectrl->GoToParentDir(); + m_filectrl->GetFileList()->SetFocus(); +} + +void wxGenericFileDialog::OnHome( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + m_filectrl->GoToHomeDir(); + m_filectrl->SetFocus(); +} + +void wxGenericFileDialog::OnNew( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + m_filectrl->GetFileList()->MakeDir(); +} + +void wxGenericFileDialog::OnFileActivated( wxFileCtrlEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxCommandEvent dummy; + OnOk( dummy ); +} + +void wxGenericFileDialog::OnUpdateButtonsUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + // surprisingly, we can be called before m_filectrl is set in Create() as + // wxFileCtrl ctor itself can generate idle events, so we need this test + if ( m_filectrl ) + event.Enable( !IsTopMostDir(m_filectrl->GetShownDirectory()) ); +} + +#ifdef wxHAS_GENERIC_FILEDIALOG + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog, wxGenericFileDialog) + +#endif // wxHAS_GENERIC_FILEDIALOG + +#endif // wxUSE_FILEDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/filepickerg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/filepickerg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..52e1c56b67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/filepickerg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/filepickerg.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericFileDirButton class implementation +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 15/04/2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filepickerg.cpp 63654 2010-03-08 19:37:08Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL || wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/filepicker.h" + + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFileButton, wxButton) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirButton, wxButton) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericFileButton +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGenericFileDirButton::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxString& path, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& wildcard, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + m_pickerStyle = style; + + // create this button + if ( !wxButton::Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, 0, validator, name) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGenericFileButton creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + // and handle user clicks on it + Connect(GetId(), wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, + wxCommandEventHandler(wxGenericFileDirButton::OnButtonClick), + NULL, this); + + // create the dialog associated with this button + m_path = path; + m_message = message; + m_wildcard = wildcard; + + return true; +} + +void wxGenericFileDirButton::OnButtonClick(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(ev)) +{ + wxDialog *p = CreateDialog(); + if (p->ShowModal() == wxID_OK) + { + // save updated path in m_path + UpdatePathFromDialog(p); + + // fire an event + wxFileDirPickerEvent event(GetEventType(), this, GetId(), m_path); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + + wxDELETE(p); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL || wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fontdlgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fontdlgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..77f2b66217 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fontdlgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,627 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/fontdlgg.cpp +// Purpose: Generic font dialog +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontdlgg.cpp 66728 2011-01-22 14:38:36Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FONTDLG && (!defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGPE__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)) + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include + #include "wx/crt.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/listbox.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/layout.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/choice.h" + #include "wx/checkbox.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" +#endif + +#include +#include + +#include "wx/fontdlg.h" +#include "wx/generic/fontdlgg.h" + +#if USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE +#include "wx/spinctrl.h" +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper class - wxFontPreviewer +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontPreviewer : public wxWindow +{ +public: + wxFontPreviewer(wxWindow *parent, const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize) : wxWindow(parent, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, sz) + { + } + +private: + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxFontPreviewer, wxWindow) + EVT_PAINT(wxFontPreviewer::OnPaint) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxFontPreviewer::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + + wxSize size = GetSize(); + wxFont font = GetFont(); + + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH); + dc.DrawRectangle(0, 0, size.x, size.y); + + if ( font.Ok() ) + { + dc.SetFont(font); + dc.SetTextForeground(GetForegroundColour()); + dc.SetClippingRegion(2, 2, size.x-4, size.y-4); + dc.DrawText(_("ABCDEFGabcdefg12345"), + 10, (size.y - dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("X")).y)/2); + dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper functions +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const wxChar *wxFontWeightIntToString(int weight) +{ + switch (weight) + { + case wxLIGHT: + return wxT("Light"); + case wxBOLD: + return wxT("Bold"); + case wxNORMAL: + default: + return wxT("Normal"); + } +} + +static const wxChar *wxFontStyleIntToString(int style) +{ + switch (style) + { + case wxITALIC: + return wxT("Italic"); + case wxSLANT: + return wxT("Slant"); + case wxNORMAL: + default: + return wxT("Normal"); + } +} + +static const wxChar *wxFontFamilyIntToString(int family) +{ + switch (family) + { + case wxROMAN: + return wxT("Roman"); + case wxDECORATIVE: + return wxT("Decorative"); + case wxMODERN: + return wxT("Modern"); + case wxSCRIPT: + return wxT("Script"); + case wxTELETYPE: + return wxT("Teletype"); + case wxSWISS: + default: + return wxT("Swiss"); + } +} + +static int wxFontFamilyStringToInt(const wxString& family) +{ + if (family.empty()) + return wxSWISS; + + if (wxStrcmp(family, wxT("Roman")) == 0) + return wxROMAN; + else if (wxStrcmp(family, wxT("Decorative")) == 0) + return wxDECORATIVE; + else if (wxStrcmp(family, wxT("Modern")) == 0) + return wxMODERN; + else if (wxStrcmp(family, wxT("Script")) == 0) + return wxSCRIPT; + else if (wxStrcmp(family, wxT("Teletype")) == 0) + return wxTELETYPE; + else return wxSWISS; +} + +static int wxFontStyleStringToInt(const wxString& style) +{ + if (style.empty()) + return wxNORMAL; + if (wxStrcmp(style, wxT("Italic")) == 0) + return wxITALIC; + else if (wxStrcmp(style, wxT("Slant")) == 0) + return wxSLANT; + else + return wxNORMAL; +} + +static int wxFontWeightStringToInt(const wxString& weight) +{ + if (weight.empty()) + return wxNORMAL; + if (wxStrcmp(weight, wxT("Bold")) == 0) + return wxBOLD; + else if (wxStrcmp(weight, wxT("Light")) == 0) + return wxLIGHT; + else + return wxNORMAL; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericFontDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFontDialog, wxDialog) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericFontDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_CHECKBOX(wxID_FONT_UNDERLINE, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont) + EVT_CHOICE(wxID_FONT_STYLE, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont) + EVT_CHOICE(wxID_FONT_WEIGHT, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont) + EVT_CHOICE(wxID_FONT_FAMILY, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont) + EVT_CHOICE(wxID_FONT_COLOUR, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont) +#if USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE + EVT_SPINCTRL(wxID_FONT_SIZE, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeSize) + EVT_TEXT(wxID_FONT_SIZE, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont) +#else + EVT_CHOICE(wxID_FONT_SIZE, wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont) +#endif + EVT_CLOSE(wxGenericFontDialog::OnCloseWindow) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +#define NUM_COLS 48 +static wxString wxColourDialogNames[NUM_COLS]={wxT("ORANGE"), + wxT("GOLDENROD"), + wxT("WHEAT"), + wxT("SPRING GREEN"), + wxT("SKY BLUE"), + wxT("SLATE BLUE"), + wxT("MEDIUM VIOLET RED"), + wxT("PURPLE"), + + wxT("RED"), + wxT("YELLOW"), + wxT("MEDIUM SPRING GREEN"), + wxT("PALE GREEN"), + wxT("CYAN"), + wxT("LIGHT STEEL BLUE"), + wxT("ORCHID"), + wxT("LIGHT MAGENTA"), + + wxT("BROWN"), + wxT("YELLOW"), + wxT("GREEN"), + wxT("CADET BLUE"), + wxT("MEDIUM BLUE"), + wxT("MAGENTA"), + wxT("MAROON"), + wxT("ORANGE RED"), + + wxT("FIREBRICK"), + wxT("CORAL"), + wxT("FOREST GREEN"), + wxT("AQUARAMINE"), + wxT("BLUE"), + wxT("NAVY"), + wxT("THISTLE"), + wxT("MEDIUM VIOLET RED"), + + wxT("INDIAN RED"), + wxT("GOLD"), + wxT("MEDIUM SEA GREEN"), + wxT("MEDIUM BLUE"), + wxT("MIDNIGHT BLUE"), + wxT("GREY"), + wxT("PURPLE"), + wxT("KHAKI"), + + wxT("BLACK"), + wxT("MEDIUM FOREST GREEN"), + wxT("KHAKI"), + wxT("DARK GREY"), + wxT("SEA GREEN"), + wxT("LIGHT GREY"), + wxT("MEDIUM SLATE BLUE"), + wxT("WHITE") + }; + +/* + * Generic wxFontDialog + */ + +void wxGenericFontDialog::Init() +{ + m_useEvents = false; + m_previewer = NULL; + Create( m_parent ) ; +} + +wxGenericFontDialog::~wxGenericFontDialog() +{ +} + +void wxGenericFontDialog::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + EndModal(wxID_CANCEL); +} + +bool wxGenericFontDialog::DoCreate(wxWindow *parent) +{ + parent = GetParentForModalDialog(parent, 0); + + if ( !wxDialog::Create( parent , wxID_ANY , wxT("Choose Font") , + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + wxT("fontdialog") ) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxFontDialog creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + InitializeFont(); + CreateWidgets(); + + // sets initial font in preview area + DoChangeFont(); + + return true; +} + +int wxGenericFontDialog::ShowModal() +{ + int ret = wxDialog::ShowModal(); + + if (ret != wxID_CANCEL) + { + m_fontData.m_chosenFont = m_dialogFont; + } + + return ret; +} + +// This should be application-settable +static bool ShowToolTips() { return false; } + +void wxGenericFontDialog::CreateWidgets() +{ + wxString *families = new wxString[6], + *styles = new wxString[3], + *weights = new wxString[3]; + families[0] = _("Roman"); + families[1] = _("Decorative"); + families[2] = _("Modern"); + families[3] = _("Script"); + families[4] = _("Swiss" ); + families[5] = _("Teletype" ); + styles[0] = _("Normal"); + styles[1] = _("Italic"); + styles[2] = _("Slant"); + weights[0] = _("Normal"); + weights[1] = _("Light"); + weights[2] = _("Bold"); + +#if !USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE + wxString *pointSizes = new wxString[40]; + int i; + for ( i = 0; i < 40; i++) + { + wxChar buf[5]; + wxSprintf(buf, wxT("%d"), i + 1); + pointSizes[i] = buf; + } +#endif + + // layout + + bool is_pda = (wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA); + int noCols, noRows; + if (is_pda) + { + noCols = 2; noRows = 3; + } + else + { + noCols = 3; noRows = 2; + } + + wxBoxSizer* itemBoxSizer2 = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + this->SetSizer(itemBoxSizer2); + this->SetAutoLayout(true); + + wxBoxSizer* itemBoxSizer3 = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + itemBoxSizer2->Add(itemBoxSizer3, 1, wxGROW|wxALL, 5); + + wxFlexGridSizer* itemGridSizer4 = new wxFlexGridSizer(noRows, noCols, 0, 0); + itemBoxSizer3->Add(itemGridSizer4, 0, wxGROW, 5); + + wxBoxSizer* itemBoxSizer5 = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + itemGridSizer4->Add(itemBoxSizer5, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL|wxGROW, 5); + wxStaticText* itemStaticText6 = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_STATIC, _("&Font family:"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0 ); + itemBoxSizer5->Add(itemStaticText6, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 5); + + wxChoice* itemChoice7 = new wxChoice( this, wxID_FONT_FAMILY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 5, families, 0 ); + itemChoice7->SetHelpText(_("The font family.")); + if (ShowToolTips()) + itemChoice7->SetToolTip(_("The font family.")); + itemBoxSizer5->Add(itemChoice7, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALL, 5); + + wxBoxSizer* itemBoxSizer8 = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + itemGridSizer4->Add(itemBoxSizer8, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL|wxGROW, 5); + wxStaticText* itemStaticText9 = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_STATIC, _("&Style:"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0 ); + itemBoxSizer8->Add(itemStaticText9, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 5); + + wxChoice* itemChoice10 = new wxChoice( this, wxID_FONT_STYLE, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 3, styles, 0 ); + itemChoice10->SetHelpText(_("The font style.")); + if (ShowToolTips()) + itemChoice10->SetToolTip(_("The font style.")); + itemBoxSizer8->Add(itemChoice10, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALL, 5); + + wxBoxSizer* itemBoxSizer11 = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + itemGridSizer4->Add(itemBoxSizer11, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL|wxGROW, 5); + wxStaticText* itemStaticText12 = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_STATIC, _("&Weight:"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0 ); + itemBoxSizer11->Add(itemStaticText12, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 5); + + wxChoice* itemChoice13 = new wxChoice( this, wxID_FONT_WEIGHT, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 3, weights, 0 ); + itemChoice13->SetHelpText(_("The font weight.")); + if (ShowToolTips()) + itemChoice13->SetToolTip(_("The font weight.")); + itemBoxSizer11->Add(itemChoice13, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALL, 5); + + wxBoxSizer* itemBoxSizer14 = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + itemGridSizer4->Add(itemBoxSizer14, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL|wxGROW, 5); + if (m_fontData.GetEnableEffects()) + { + wxStaticText* itemStaticText15 = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_STATIC, _("C&olour:"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0 ); + itemBoxSizer14->Add(itemStaticText15, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 5); + + wxSize colourSize = wxDefaultSize; + if (is_pda) + colourSize.x = 100; + + wxChoice* itemChoice16 = new wxChoice( this, wxID_FONT_COLOUR, wxDefaultPosition, colourSize, NUM_COLS, wxColourDialogNames, 0 ); + itemChoice16->SetHelpText(_("The font colour.")); + if (ShowToolTips()) + itemChoice16->SetToolTip(_("The font colour.")); + itemBoxSizer14->Add(itemChoice16, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALL, 5); + } + + wxBoxSizer* itemBoxSizer17 = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + itemGridSizer4->Add(itemBoxSizer17, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL|wxGROW, 5); + wxStaticText* itemStaticText18 = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_STATIC, _("&Point size:"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0 ); + itemBoxSizer17->Add(itemStaticText18, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 5); + +#if USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE + wxSpinCtrl* spinCtrl = new wxSpinCtrl(this, wxID_FONT_SIZE, wxT("12"), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(80, wxDefaultCoord), wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, 1, 500, 12); + spinCtrl->SetHelpText(_("The font point size.")); + if (ShowToolTips()) + spinCtrl->SetToolTip(_("The font point size.")); + + itemBoxSizer17->Add(spinCtrl, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALL, 5); +#else + wxChoice* itemChoice19 = new wxChoice( this, wxID_FONT_SIZE, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 40, pointSizes, 0 ); + itemChoice19->SetHelpText(_("The font point size.")); + if (ShowToolTips()) + itemChoice19->SetToolTip(_("The font point size.")); + itemBoxSizer17->Add(itemChoice19, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALL, 5); +#endif + + if (m_fontData.GetEnableEffects()) + { + wxBoxSizer* itemBoxSizer20 = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + itemGridSizer4->Add(itemBoxSizer20, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL, 5); + wxCheckBox* itemCheckBox21 = new wxCheckBox( this, wxID_FONT_UNDERLINE, _("&Underline"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0 ); + itemCheckBox21->SetValue(false); + itemCheckBox21->SetHelpText(_("Whether the font is underlined.")); + if (ShowToolTips()) + itemCheckBox21->SetToolTip(_("Whether the font is underlined.")); + itemBoxSizer20->Add(itemCheckBox21, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALL, 5); + } + + if (!is_pda) + itemBoxSizer3->Add(5, 5, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL|wxALL, 5); + + wxStaticText* itemStaticText23 = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_STATIC, _("Preview:"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0 ); + itemBoxSizer3->Add(itemStaticText23, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 5); + + wxFontPreviewer* itemWindow24 = new wxFontPreviewer( this ); + m_previewer = itemWindow24; + itemWindow24->SetHelpText(_("Shows the font preview.")); + if (ShowToolTips()) + itemWindow24->SetToolTip(_("Shows the font preview.")); + itemBoxSizer3->Add(itemWindow24, 1, wxGROW|wxALL, 5); + + wxBoxSizer* itemBoxSizer25 = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + itemBoxSizer3->Add(itemBoxSizer25, 0, wxGROW, 5); + itemBoxSizer25->Add(5, 5, 1, wxGROW|wxALL, 5); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + wxButton* itemButton28 = new wxButton( this, wxID_CANCEL, _("&Cancel"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0 ); + if (ShowToolTips()) + itemButton28->SetToolTip(_("Click to cancel the font selection.")); + itemBoxSizer25->Add(itemButton28, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 5); + + wxButton* itemButton27 = new wxButton( this, wxID_OK, _("&OK"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0 ); + itemButton27->SetDefault(); + itemButton27->SetHelpText(_("Click to confirm the font selection.")); + if (ShowToolTips()) + itemButton27->SetToolTip(_("Click to confirm the font selection.")); + itemBoxSizer25->Add(itemButton27, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 5); +#else + wxButton* itemButton27 = new wxButton( this, wxID_OK, _("&OK"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0 ); + itemButton27->SetDefault(); + itemButton27->SetHelpText(_("Click to confirm the font selection.")); + if (ShowToolTips()) + itemButton27->SetToolTip(_("Click to confirm the font selection.")); + itemBoxSizer25->Add(itemButton27, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 5); + + wxButton* itemButton28 = new wxButton( this, wxID_CANCEL, _("&Cancel"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0 ); + if (ShowToolTips()) + itemButton28->SetToolTip(_("Click to cancel the font selection.")); + itemBoxSizer25->Add(itemButton28, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 5); +#endif + + m_familyChoice = (wxChoice*) FindWindow(wxID_FONT_FAMILY); + m_styleChoice = (wxChoice*) FindWindow(wxID_FONT_STYLE); + m_weightChoice = (wxChoice*) FindWindow(wxID_FONT_WEIGHT); + m_colourChoice = (wxChoice*) FindWindow(wxID_FONT_COLOUR); + m_underLineCheckBox = (wxCheckBox*) FindWindow(wxID_FONT_UNDERLINE); + + m_familyChoice->SetStringSelection( wxFontFamilyIntToString(m_dialogFont.GetFamily()) ); + m_styleChoice->SetStringSelection(wxFontStyleIntToString(m_dialogFont.GetStyle())); + m_weightChoice->SetStringSelection(wxFontWeightIntToString(m_dialogFont.GetWeight())); + + if (m_colourChoice) + { + wxString name(wxTheColourDatabase->FindName(m_fontData.GetColour())); + if ( name.empty() ) + m_colourChoice->SetStringSelection(wxT("BLACK")); + else + m_colourChoice->SetStringSelection(name); + } + + if (m_underLineCheckBox) + { + m_underLineCheckBox->SetValue(m_dialogFont.GetUnderlined()); + } + +#if USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE + spinCtrl->SetValue(m_dialogFont.GetPointSize()); +#else + m_pointSizeChoice = (wxChoice*) FindWindow(wxID_FONT_SIZE); + m_pointSizeChoice->SetSelection(m_dialogFont.GetPointSize()-1); +#endif + + GetSizer()->SetItemMinSize(m_previewer, is_pda ? 100 : 430, is_pda ? 40 : 100); + GetSizer()->SetSizeHints(this); + GetSizer()->Fit(this); + + Centre(wxBOTH); + + delete[] families; + delete[] styles; + delete[] weights; +#if !USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE + delete[] pointSizes; +#endif + + // Don't block events any more + m_useEvents = true; + +} + +void wxGenericFontDialog::InitializeFont() +{ + int fontFamily = wxSWISS; + int fontWeight = wxNORMAL; + int fontStyle = wxNORMAL; + int fontSize = 12; + bool fontUnderline = false; + + if (m_fontData.m_initialFont.Ok()) + { + fontFamily = m_fontData.m_initialFont.GetFamily(); + fontWeight = m_fontData.m_initialFont.GetWeight(); + fontStyle = m_fontData.m_initialFont.GetStyle(); + fontSize = m_fontData.m_initialFont.GetPointSize(); + fontUnderline = m_fontData.m_initialFont.GetUnderlined(); + } + + m_dialogFont = wxFont(fontSize, fontFamily, fontStyle, + fontWeight, fontUnderline); + + if (m_previewer) + m_previewer->SetFont(m_dialogFont); +} + +void wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeFont(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + DoChangeFont(); +} + +void wxGenericFontDialog::DoChangeFont() +{ + if (!m_useEvents) return; + + int fontFamily = wxFontFamilyStringToInt(m_familyChoice->GetStringSelection()); + int fontWeight = wxFontWeightStringToInt(m_weightChoice->GetStringSelection()); + int fontStyle = wxFontStyleStringToInt(m_styleChoice->GetStringSelection()); +#if USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE + wxSpinCtrl* fontSizeCtrl = wxDynamicCast(FindWindow(wxID_FONT_SIZE), wxSpinCtrl); + int fontSize = fontSizeCtrl->GetValue(); +#else + int fontSize = wxAtoi(m_pointSizeChoice->GetStringSelection()); +#endif + + // Start with previous underline setting, we want to retain it even if we can't edit it + // m_dialogFont is always initialized because of the call to InitializeFont + int fontUnderline = m_dialogFont.GetUnderlined(); + + if (m_underLineCheckBox) + { + fontUnderline = m_underLineCheckBox->GetValue(); + } + + m_dialogFont = wxFont(fontSize, fontFamily, fontStyle, fontWeight, (fontUnderline != 0)); + m_previewer->SetFont(m_dialogFont); + + if ( m_colourChoice ) + { + if ( !m_colourChoice->GetStringSelection().empty() ) + { + wxColour col = wxTheColourDatabase->Find(m_colourChoice->GetStringSelection()); + if (col.Ok()) + { + m_fontData.m_fontColour = col; + } + } + } + // Update color here so that we can also use the color originally passed in + // (EnableEffects may be false) + if (m_fontData.m_fontColour.Ok()) + m_previewer->SetForegroundColour(m_fontData.m_fontColour); + + m_previewer->Refresh(); +} + +#if USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE +void wxGenericFontDialog::OnChangeSize(wxSpinEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + DoChangeFont(); +} +#endif + +#endif + // wxUSE_FONTDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fontpickerg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fontpickerg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9e7fa2324 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fontpickerg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/fontpickerg.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericFontButton class implementation +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified by: +// Created: 15/04/2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fontpickerg.cpp 63945 2010-04-12 00:37:02Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/fontpicker.h" + +#include "wx/fontdlg.h" + + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFontButton, wxButton) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericFontButton +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGenericFontButton::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxFont &initial, const wxPoint &pos, + const wxSize &size, long style, + const wxValidator& validator, const wxString &name) +{ + wxString label = (style & wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL) ? + wxString() : // label will be updated by UpdateFont + _("Choose font"); + + // create this button + if (!wxButton::Create( parent, id, label, pos, + size, style, validator, name )) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGenericFontButton creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + // and handle user clicks on it + Connect(GetId(), wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, + wxCommandEventHandler(wxGenericFontButton::OnButtonClick), + NULL, this); + + m_selectedFont = initial.IsOk() ? initial : *wxNORMAL_FONT; + UpdateFont(); + InitFontData(); + + return true; +} + +void wxGenericFontButton::InitFontData() +{ + m_data.SetAllowSymbols(true); + m_data.SetColour(*wxBLACK); + m_data.EnableEffects(true); +} + +void wxGenericFontButton::OnButtonClick(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(ev)) +{ + // update the wxFontData to be shown in the the dialog + m_data.SetInitialFont(m_selectedFont); + + // create the font dialog and display it + wxFontDialog dlg(this, m_data); + if (dlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK) + { + m_data = dlg.GetFontData(); + SetSelectedFont(m_data.GetChosenFont()); + + // fire an event + wxFontPickerEvent event(this, GetId(), m_selectedFont); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } +} + +void wxGenericFontButton::UpdateFont() +{ + if ( !m_selectedFont.Ok() ) + return; + + SetForegroundColour(m_data.GetColour()); + + if (HasFlag(wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL)) + { + // use currently selected font for the label... + wxButton::SetFont(m_selectedFont); + } + + if (HasFlag(wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL)) + { + SetLabel(wxString::Format(wxT("%s, %d"), + m_selectedFont.GetFaceName().c_str(), + m_selectedFont.GetPointSize())); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fswatcherg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fswatcherg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ec7911c34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/fswatcherg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/fswatcherg.cpp +// Purpose: wxPollingFileSystemWatcher +// Author: Bartosz Bekier +// Created: 2009-05-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: fswatcherg.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_FSWATCHER + +#include "wx/fswatcher.h" + +#endif // wxUSE_FSWATCHER diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/graphicc.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/graphicc.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..44e8ac6abf --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/graphicc.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2009 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/graphicc.cpp +// Purpose: cairo device context class +// Author: Stefan Csomor +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-10-03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: graphicc.cpp 66615 2011-01-07 05:26:57Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Stefan Csomor +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT + +#include "wx/graphics.h" + +#if wxUSE_CAIRO + +#include "wx/cairo.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/icon.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/dcprint.h" + #ifdef __WXGTK__ + #include "wx/window.h" + #endif +#endif + +#include "wx/private/graphics.h" +#include "wx/rawbmp.h" +#include "wx/vector.h" + +using namespace std; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// device context implementation +// +// more and more of the dc functionality should be implemented by calling +// the appropricate wxCairoContext, but we will have to do that step by step +// also coordinate conversions should be moved to native matrix ops +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// we always stock two context states, one at entry, to be able to preserve the +// state we were called with, the other one after changing to HI Graphics orientation +// (this one is used for getting back clippings etc) + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGraphicsPath implementation +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// TODO remove this dependency (gdiplus needs the macros) + +#ifndef max +#define max(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b)) +#endif + +#ifndef min +#define min(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) +#endif + +#include +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ +#include +#include "wx/fontutil.h" +#include "wx/gtk/dc.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ +#include "wx/osx/private.h" +#include +#include +#endif + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCairoPathData : public wxGraphicsPathData +{ +public : + wxCairoPathData(wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, cairo_t* path = NULL); + ~wxCairoPathData(); + + virtual wxGraphicsObjectRefData *Clone() const; + + // + // These are the path primitives from which everything else can be constructed + // + + // begins a new subpath at (x,y) + virtual void MoveToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y ); + + // adds a straight line from the current point to (x,y) + virtual void AddLineToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y ); + + // adds a cubic Bezier curve from the current point, using two control points and an end point + virtual void AddCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx1, wxDouble cy1, wxDouble cx2, wxDouble cy2, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ); + + + // adds an arc of a circle centering at (x,y) with radius (r) from startAngle to endAngle + virtual void AddArc( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r, wxDouble startAngle, wxDouble endAngle, bool clockwise ) ; + + // gets the last point of the current path, (0,0) if not yet set + virtual void GetCurrentPoint( wxDouble* x, wxDouble* y) const; + + // adds another path + virtual void AddPath( const wxGraphicsPathData* path ); + + // closes the current sub-path + virtual void CloseSubpath(); + + // + // These are convenience functions which - if not available natively will be assembled + // using the primitives from above + // + + /* + + // appends a rectangle as a new closed subpath + virtual void AddRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) ; + // appends an ellipsis as a new closed subpath fitting the passed rectangle + virtual void AddEllipsis( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w , wxDouble h ) ; + + // draws a an arc to two tangents connecting (current) to (x1,y1) and (x1,y1) to (x2,y2), also a straight line from (current) to (x1,y1) + virtual void AddArcToPoint( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1 , wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, wxDouble r ) ; + */ + + // returns the native path + virtual void * GetNativePath() const ; + + // give the native path returned by GetNativePath() back (there might be some deallocations necessary) + virtual void UnGetNativePath(void *p) const; + + // transforms each point of this path by the matrix + virtual void Transform( const wxGraphicsMatrixData* matrix ) ; + + // gets the bounding box enclosing all points (possibly including control points) + virtual void GetBox(wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y, wxDouble *w, wxDouble *h) const; + + virtual bool Contains( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxWINDING_RULE) const; + +private : + cairo_t* m_pathContext; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCairoMatrixData : public wxGraphicsMatrixData +{ +public : + wxCairoMatrixData(wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const cairo_matrix_t* matrix = NULL ) ; + virtual ~wxCairoMatrixData() ; + + virtual wxGraphicsObjectRefData *Clone() const ; + + // concatenates the matrix + virtual void Concat( const wxGraphicsMatrixData *t ); + + // sets the matrix to the respective values + virtual void Set(wxDouble a=1.0, wxDouble b=0.0, wxDouble c=0.0, wxDouble d=1.0, + wxDouble tx=0.0, wxDouble ty=0.0); + + // gets the component valuess of the matrix + virtual void Get(wxDouble* a=NULL, wxDouble* b=NULL, wxDouble* c=NULL, + wxDouble* d=NULL, wxDouble* tx=NULL, wxDouble* ty=NULL) const; + + // makes this the inverse matrix + virtual void Invert(); + + // returns true if the elements of the transformation matrix are equal ? + virtual bool IsEqual( const wxGraphicsMatrixData* t) const ; + + // return true if this is the identity matrix + virtual bool IsIdentity() const; + + // + // transformation + // + + // add the translation to this matrix + virtual void Translate( wxDouble dx , wxDouble dy ); + + // add the scale to this matrix + virtual void Scale( wxDouble xScale , wxDouble yScale ); + + // add the rotation to this matrix (radians) + virtual void Rotate( wxDouble angle ); + + // + // apply the transforms + // + + // applies that matrix to the point + virtual void TransformPoint( wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y ) const; + + // applies the matrix except for translations + virtual void TransformDistance( wxDouble *dx, wxDouble *dy ) const; + + // returns the native representation + virtual void * GetNativeMatrix() const; +private: + cairo_matrix_t m_matrix ; +} ; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCairoPenData : public wxGraphicsObjectRefData +{ +public: + wxCairoPenData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const wxPen &pen ); + ~wxCairoPenData(); + + void Init(); + + virtual void Apply( wxGraphicsContext* context ); + virtual wxDouble GetWidth() { return m_width; } + +private : + double m_width; + + double m_red; + double m_green; + double m_blue; + double m_alpha; + + cairo_line_cap_t m_cap; + cairo_line_join_t m_join; + + int m_count; + const double *m_lengths; + double *m_userLengths; + + wxPen m_pen; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCairoPenData); +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCairoBrushData : public wxGraphicsObjectRefData +{ +public: + wxCairoBrushData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer ); + wxCairoBrushData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const wxBrush &brush ); + ~wxCairoBrushData (); + + virtual void Apply( wxGraphicsContext* context ); + + void CreateLinearGradientBrush(wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, + wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops); + void CreateRadialGradientBrush(wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo, + wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc, wxDouble radius, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops); + +protected: + virtual void Init(); + + // common part of Create{Linear,Radial}GradientBrush() + void AddGradientStops(const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops); + +private : + double m_red; + double m_green; + double m_blue; + double m_alpha; + + cairo_pattern_t* m_brushPattern; +}; + +class wxCairoFontData : public wxGraphicsObjectRefData +{ +public: + wxCairoFontData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const wxFont &font, const wxColour& col ); + ~wxCairoFontData(); + + virtual void Apply( wxGraphicsContext* context ); +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + const PangoFontDescription* GetFont() const { return m_font; } + bool GetUnderlined() const { return m_underlined; } +#endif +private : + double m_size; + bool m_underlined; + double m_red; + double m_green; + double m_blue; + double m_alpha; +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + cairo_font_face_t *m_font; +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + PangoFontDescription* m_font; +#else + wxCharBuffer m_fontName; + cairo_font_slant_t m_slant; + cairo_font_weight_t m_weight; +#endif +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + wxCairoContext( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, HDC context ); +#endif +}; + +class wxCairoBitmapData : public wxGraphicsObjectRefData +{ +public: + wxCairoBitmapData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const wxBitmap& bmp ); + wxCairoBitmapData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, cairo_surface_t* bitmap ); + ~wxCairoBitmapData(); + + virtual cairo_surface_t* GetCairoSurface() { return m_surface; } + virtual cairo_pattern_t* GetCairoPattern() { return m_pattern; } + virtual wxSize GetSize() { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); } +private : + cairo_surface_t* m_surface; + cairo_pattern_t* m_pattern; + int m_width; + int m_height; + unsigned char* m_buffer; +}; + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCairoContext : public wxGraphicsContext +{ +public: + wxCairoContext( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const wxWindowDC& dc ); + wxCairoContext( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const wxMemoryDC& dc ); + wxCairoContext( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const wxPrinterDC& dc ); +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + wxCairoContext( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, GdkDrawable *drawable ); +#endif + wxCairoContext( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, cairo_t *context ); + wxCairoContext( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, wxWindow *window); + wxCairoContext(); + virtual ~wxCairoContext(); + + virtual bool ShouldOffset() const + { + int penwidth = 0 ; + if ( !m_pen.IsNull() ) + { + penwidth = (int)((wxCairoPenData*)m_pen.GetRefData())->GetWidth(); + if ( penwidth == 0 ) + penwidth = 1; + } + return ( penwidth % 2 ) == 1; + } + + virtual void Clip( const wxRegion ®ion ); +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + cairo_surface_t* m_mswSurface; +#endif + + // clips drawings to the rect + virtual void Clip( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ); + + // resets the clipping to original extent + virtual void ResetClip(); + + virtual void * GetNativeContext(); + + virtual bool SetAntialiasMode(wxAntialiasMode antialias); + + virtual bool SetCompositionMode(wxCompositionMode op); + + virtual void BeginLayer(wxDouble opacity); + + virtual void EndLayer(); + + virtual void StrokePath( const wxGraphicsPath& p ); + virtual void FillPath( const wxGraphicsPath& p , wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxWINDING_RULE ); + + virtual void Translate( wxDouble dx , wxDouble dy ); + virtual void Scale( wxDouble xScale , wxDouble yScale ); + virtual void Rotate( wxDouble angle ); + + // concatenates this transform with the current transform of this context + virtual void ConcatTransform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix ); + + // sets the transform of this context + virtual void SetTransform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix ); + + // gets the matrix of this context + virtual wxGraphicsMatrix GetTransform() const; + + virtual void DrawBitmap( const wxGraphicsBitmap &bmp, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ); + virtual void DrawBitmap( const wxBitmap &bmp, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ); + virtual void DrawIcon( const wxIcon &icon, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ); + virtual void PushState(); + virtual void PopState(); + + virtual void GetTextExtent( const wxString &str, wxDouble *width, wxDouble *height, + wxDouble *descent, wxDouble *externalLeading ) const; + virtual void GetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayDouble& widths) const; + +protected: + virtual void DoDrawText( const wxString &str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ); + +private: + void Init(cairo_t *context); + + cairo_t* m_context; + + wxVector m_layerOpacities; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCairoContext); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCairoPenData implementation +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCairoPenData::~wxCairoPenData() +{ + delete[] m_userLengths; +} + +void wxCairoPenData::Init() +{ + m_lengths = NULL; + m_userLengths = NULL; + m_width = 0; + m_count = 0; +} + +wxCairoPenData::wxCairoPenData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const wxPen &pen ) +: wxGraphicsObjectRefData(renderer) +{ + Init(); + m_pen = pen; + m_width = m_pen.GetWidth(); + if (m_width <= 0.0) + m_width = 0.1; + + m_red = m_pen.GetColour().Red()/255.0; + m_green = m_pen.GetColour().Green()/255.0; + m_blue = m_pen.GetColour().Blue()/255.0; + m_alpha = m_pen.GetColour().Alpha()/255.0; + + switch ( m_pen.GetCap() ) + { + case wxCAP_ROUND : + m_cap = CAIRO_LINE_CAP_ROUND; + break; + + case wxCAP_PROJECTING : + m_cap = CAIRO_LINE_CAP_SQUARE; + break; + + case wxCAP_BUTT : + m_cap = CAIRO_LINE_CAP_BUTT; + break; + + default : + m_cap = CAIRO_LINE_CAP_BUTT; + break; + } + + switch ( m_pen.GetJoin() ) + { + case wxJOIN_BEVEL : + m_join = CAIRO_LINE_JOIN_BEVEL; + break; + + case wxJOIN_MITER : + m_join = CAIRO_LINE_JOIN_MITER; + break; + + case wxJOIN_ROUND : + m_join = CAIRO_LINE_JOIN_ROUND; + break; + + default : + m_join = CAIRO_LINE_JOIN_MITER; + break; + } + + const double dashUnit = m_width < 1.0 ? 1.0 : m_width; + const double dotted[] = + { + dashUnit , dashUnit + 2.0 + }; + static const double short_dashed[] = + { + 9.0 , 6.0 + }; + static const double dashed[] = + { + 19.0 , 9.0 + }; + static const double dotted_dashed[] = + { + 9.0 , 6.0 , 3.0 , 3.0 + }; + + switch ( m_pen.GetStyle() ) + { + case wxPENSTYLE_SOLID : + break; + + case wxPENSTYLE_DOT : + m_count = WXSIZEOF(dotted); + m_userLengths = new double[ m_count ] ; + memcpy( m_userLengths, dotted, sizeof(dotted) ); + m_lengths = m_userLengths; + break; + + case wxPENSTYLE_LONG_DASH : + m_lengths = dashed ; + m_count = WXSIZEOF(dashed); + break; + + case wxPENSTYLE_SHORT_DASH : + m_lengths = short_dashed ; + m_count = WXSIZEOF(short_dashed); + break; + + case wxPENSTYLE_DOT_DASH : + m_lengths = dotted_dashed ; + m_count = WXSIZEOF(dotted_dashed); + break; + + case wxPENSTYLE_USER_DASH : + { + wxDash *wxdashes ; + m_count = m_pen.GetDashes( &wxdashes ) ; + if ((wxdashes != NULL) && (m_count > 0)) + { + m_userLengths = new double[m_count] ; + for ( int i = 0 ; i < m_count ; ++i ) + { + m_userLengths[i] = wxdashes[i] * dashUnit ; + + if ( i % 2 == 1 && m_userLengths[i] < dashUnit + 2.0 ) + m_userLengths[i] = dashUnit + 2.0 ; + else if ( i % 2 == 0 && m_userLengths[i] < dashUnit ) + m_userLengths[i] = dashUnit ; + } + } + m_lengths = m_userLengths ; + } + break; + case wxPENSTYLE_STIPPLE : + { + /* + wxBitmap* bmp = pen.GetStipple(); + if ( bmp && bmp->Ok() ) + { + wxDELETE( m_penImage ); + wxDELETE( m_penBrush ); + m_penImage = Bitmap::FromHBITMAP((HBITMAP)bmp->GetHBITMAP(),(HPALETTE)bmp->GetPalette()->GetHPALETTE()); + m_penBrush = new TextureBrush(m_penImage); + m_pen->SetBrush( m_penBrush ); + } + */ + } + break; + default : + if ( m_pen.GetStyle() >= wxPENSTYLE_FIRST_HATCH + && m_pen.GetStyle() <= wxPENSTYLE_LAST_HATCH ) + { + /* + wxDELETE( m_penBrush ); + HatchStyle style = HatchStyleHorizontal; + switch( pen.GetStyle() ) + { + case wxPENSTYLE_BDIAGONAL_HATCH : + style = HatchStyleBackwardDiagonal; + break ; + case wxPENSTYLE_CROSSDIAG_HATCH : + style = HatchStyleDiagonalCross; + break ; + case wxPENSTYLE_FDIAGONAL_HATCH : + style = HatchStyleForwardDiagonal; + break ; + case wxPENSTYLE_CROSS_HATCH : + style = HatchStyleCross; + break ; + case wxPENSTYLE_HORIZONTAL_HATCH : + style = HatchStyleHorizontal; + break ; + case wxPENSTYLE_VERTICAL_HATCH : + style = HatchStyleVertical; + break ; + + } + m_penBrush = new HatchBrush(style,Color( pen.GetColour().Alpha() , pen.GetColour().Red() , + pen.GetColour().Green() , pen.GetColour().Blue() ), Color.Transparent ); + m_pen->SetBrush( m_penBrush ) + */ + } + break; + } +} + +void wxCairoPenData::Apply( wxGraphicsContext* context ) +{ + cairo_t * ctext = (cairo_t*) context->GetNativeContext(); + cairo_set_line_width(ctext,m_width); + cairo_set_source_rgba(ctext,m_red,m_green, m_blue,m_alpha); + cairo_set_line_cap(ctext,m_cap); + cairo_set_line_join(ctext,m_join); + cairo_set_dash(ctext,(double*)m_lengths,m_count,0.0); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCairoBrushData implementation +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCairoBrushData::wxCairoBrushData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer ) + : wxGraphicsObjectRefData( renderer ) +{ + Init(); +} + +wxCairoBrushData::wxCairoBrushData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const wxBrush &brush ) + : wxGraphicsObjectRefData(renderer) +{ + Init(); + + m_red = brush.GetColour().Red()/255.0; + m_green = brush.GetColour().Green()/255.0; + m_blue = brush.GetColour().Blue()/255.0; + m_alpha = brush.GetColour().Alpha()/255.0; + /* + if ( brush.GetStyle() == wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) + { + m_brush = new SolidBrush( Color( brush.GetColour().Alpha() , brush.GetColour().Red() , + brush.GetColour().Green() , brush.GetColour().Blue() ) ); + } + else if ( brush.IsHatch() ) + { + HatchStyle style = HatchStyleHorizontal; + switch( brush.GetStyle() ) + { + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_BDIAGONAL_HATCH : + style = HatchStyleBackwardDiagonal; + break ; + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_CROSSDIAG_HATCH : + style = HatchStyleDiagonalCross; + break ; + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_FDIAGONAL_HATCH : + style = HatchStyleForwardDiagonal; + break ; + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_CROSS_HATCH : + style = HatchStyleCross; + break ; + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_HORIZONTAL_HATCH : + style = HatchStyleHorizontal; + break ; + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_VERTICAL_HATCH : + style = HatchStyleVertical; + break ; + + } + m_brush = new HatchBrush(style,Color( brush.GetColour().Alpha() , brush.GetColour().Red() , + brush.GetColour().Green() , brush.GetColour().Blue() ), Color.Transparent ); + } + else + { + wxBitmap* bmp = brush.GetStipple(); + if ( bmp && bmp->Ok() ) + { + wxDELETE( m_brushImage ); + m_brushImage = Bitmap::FromHBITMAP((HBITMAP)bmp->GetHBITMAP(),(HPALETTE)bmp->GetPalette()->GetHPALETTE()); + m_brush = new TextureBrush(m_brushImage); + } + } + */ +} + +wxCairoBrushData::~wxCairoBrushData () +{ + if (m_brushPattern) + cairo_pattern_destroy(m_brushPattern); +} + +void wxCairoBrushData::Apply( wxGraphicsContext* context ) +{ + cairo_t * ctext = (cairo_t*) context->GetNativeContext(); + if ( m_brushPattern ) + { + cairo_set_source(ctext,m_brushPattern); + } + else + { + cairo_set_source_rgba(ctext,m_red,m_green, m_blue,m_alpha); + } +} + +void wxCairoBrushData::AddGradientStops(const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops) +{ + // loop over all the stops, they include the beginning and ending ones + const unsigned numStops = stops.GetCount(); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < numStops; n++ ) + { + const wxGraphicsGradientStop stop = stops.Item(n); + + const wxColour col = stop.GetColour(); + + cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_rgba + ( + m_brushPattern, + stop.GetPosition(), + col.Red()/255.0, + col.Green()/255.0, + col.Blue()/255.0, + col.Alpha()/255.0 + ); + } + + wxASSERT_MSG(cairo_pattern_status(m_brushPattern) == CAIRO_STATUS_SUCCESS, + wxT("Couldn't create cairo pattern")); +} + +void +wxCairoBrushData::CreateLinearGradientBrush(wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, + wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops) +{ + m_brushPattern = cairo_pattern_create_linear(x1,y1,x2,y2); + + AddGradientStops(stops); +} + +void +wxCairoBrushData::CreateRadialGradientBrush(wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo, + wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc, + wxDouble radius, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops) +{ + m_brushPattern = cairo_pattern_create_radial(xo,yo,0.0,xc,yc,radius); + + AddGradientStops(stops); +} + +void wxCairoBrushData::Init() +{ + m_brushPattern = NULL; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCairoFontData implementation +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCairoFontData::wxCairoFontData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const wxFont &font, + const wxColour& col ) : wxGraphicsObjectRefData(renderer) +{ + m_red = col.Red()/255.0; + m_green = col.Green()/255.0; + m_blue = col.Blue()/255.0; + m_alpha = col.Alpha()/255.0; + m_size = font.GetPointSize(); + m_underlined = font.GetUnderlined(); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + m_font = cairo_quartz_font_face_create_for_cgfont( font.OSXGetCGFont() ); +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + m_font = pango_font_description_copy( font.GetNativeFontInfo()->description ); +#else + m_fontName = font.GetFaceName().mb_str(wxConvUTF8); + m_slant = font.GetStyle() == wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC ? CAIRO_FONT_SLANT_ITALIC:CAIRO_FONT_SLANT_NORMAL; + m_weight = font.GetWeight() == wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD ? CAIRO_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLD:CAIRO_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL; +#endif +} + +wxCairoFontData::~wxCairoFontData() +{ +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + cairo_font_face_destroy( m_font ); +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + pango_font_description_free( m_font ); +#else +#endif +} + +void wxCairoFontData::Apply( wxGraphicsContext* context ) +{ + cairo_t * ctext = (cairo_t*) context->GetNativeContext(); + cairo_set_source_rgba(ctext,m_red,m_green, m_blue,m_alpha); +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + // the rest is done using Pango layouts +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + cairo_set_font_face(ctext, m_font); + cairo_set_font_size(ctext, m_size ); +#else + cairo_select_font_face(ctext, m_fontName, m_slant, m_weight ); + cairo_set_font_size(ctext, m_size ); +#endif +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCairoPathData implementation +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCairoPathData::wxCairoPathData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, cairo_t* pathcontext) + : wxGraphicsPathData(renderer) +{ + if (pathcontext) + { + m_pathContext = pathcontext; + } + else + { + cairo_surface_t* surface = cairo_image_surface_create(CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32,1,1); + m_pathContext = cairo_create(surface); + cairo_surface_destroy (surface); + } +} + +wxCairoPathData::~wxCairoPathData() +{ + cairo_destroy(m_pathContext); +} + +wxGraphicsObjectRefData *wxCairoPathData::Clone() const +{ + cairo_surface_t* surface = cairo_image_surface_create(CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32,1,1); + cairo_t* pathcontext = cairo_create(surface); + cairo_surface_destroy (surface); + + cairo_path_t* path = cairo_copy_path(m_pathContext); + cairo_append_path(pathcontext, path); + cairo_path_destroy(path); + return new wxCairoPathData( GetRenderer() ,pathcontext); +} + + +void* wxCairoPathData::GetNativePath() const +{ + return cairo_copy_path(m_pathContext) ; +} + +void wxCairoPathData::UnGetNativePath(void *p) const +{ + cairo_path_destroy((cairo_path_t*)p); +} + +// +// The Primitives +// + +void wxCairoPathData::MoveToPoint( wxDouble x , wxDouble y ) +{ + cairo_move_to(m_pathContext,x,y); +} + +void wxCairoPathData::AddLineToPoint( wxDouble x , wxDouble y ) +{ + cairo_line_to(m_pathContext,x,y); +} + +void wxCairoPathData::AddPath( const wxGraphicsPathData* path ) +{ + cairo_path_t* p = (cairo_path_t*)path->GetNativePath(); + cairo_append_path(m_pathContext, p); + UnGetNativePath(p); +} + +void wxCairoPathData::CloseSubpath() +{ + cairo_close_path(m_pathContext); +} + +void wxCairoPathData::AddCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx1, wxDouble cy1, wxDouble cx2, wxDouble cy2, wxDouble x, wxDouble y ) +{ + cairo_curve_to(m_pathContext,cx1,cy1,cx2,cy2,x,y); +} + +// gets the last point of the current path, (0,0) if not yet set +void wxCairoPathData::GetCurrentPoint( wxDouble* x, wxDouble* y) const +{ + double dx,dy; + cairo_get_current_point(m_pathContext,&dx,&dy); + if (x) + *x = dx; + if (y) + *y = dy; +} + +void wxCairoPathData::AddArc( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r, double startAngle, double endAngle, bool clockwise ) +{ + // as clockwise means positive in our system (y pointing downwards) + // TODO make this interpretation dependent of the + // real device trans + if ( clockwise||(endAngle-startAngle)>=2*M_PI) + cairo_arc(m_pathContext,x,y,r,startAngle,endAngle); + else + cairo_arc_negative(m_pathContext,x,y,r,startAngle,endAngle); +} + +// transforms each point of this path by the matrix +void wxCairoPathData::Transform( const wxGraphicsMatrixData* matrix ) +{ + // as we don't have a true path object, we have to apply the inverse + // matrix to the context + cairo_matrix_t m = *((cairo_matrix_t*) matrix->GetNativeMatrix()); + cairo_matrix_invert( &m ); + cairo_transform(m_pathContext,&m); +} + +// gets the bounding box enclosing all points (possibly including control points) +void wxCairoPathData::GetBox(wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y, wxDouble *w, wxDouble *h) const +{ + double x1,y1,x2,y2; + + cairo_stroke_extents( m_pathContext, &x1, &y1, &x2, &y2 ); + if ( x2 < x1 ) + { + *x = x2; + *w = x1-x2; + } + else + { + *x = x1; + *w = x2-x1; + } + + if( y2 < y1 ) + { + *y = y2; + *h = y1-y2; + } + else + { + *y = y1; + *h = y2-y1; + } +} + +bool wxCairoPathData::Contains( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle ) const +{ + cairo_set_fill_rule(m_pathContext,fillStyle==wxODDEVEN_RULE ? CAIRO_FILL_RULE_EVEN_ODD : CAIRO_FILL_RULE_WINDING); + return cairo_in_fill( m_pathContext, x, y) != 0; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCairoMatrixData implementation +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCairoMatrixData::wxCairoMatrixData(wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const cairo_matrix_t* matrix ) + : wxGraphicsMatrixData(renderer) +{ + if ( matrix ) + m_matrix = *matrix; +} + +wxCairoMatrixData::~wxCairoMatrixData() +{ + // nothing to do +} + +wxGraphicsObjectRefData *wxCairoMatrixData::Clone() const +{ + return new wxCairoMatrixData(GetRenderer(),&m_matrix); +} + +// concatenates the matrix +void wxCairoMatrixData::Concat( const wxGraphicsMatrixData *t ) +{ + cairo_matrix_multiply( &m_matrix, &m_matrix, (cairo_matrix_t*) t->GetNativeMatrix()); +} + +// sets the matrix to the respective values +void wxCairoMatrixData::Set(wxDouble a, wxDouble b, wxDouble c, wxDouble d, + wxDouble tx, wxDouble ty) +{ + cairo_matrix_init( &m_matrix, a, b, c, d, tx, ty); +} + +// gets the component valuess of the matrix +void wxCairoMatrixData::Get(wxDouble* a, wxDouble* b, wxDouble* c, + wxDouble* d, wxDouble* tx, wxDouble* ty) const +{ + if (a) *a = m_matrix.xx; + if (b) *b = m_matrix.yx; + if (c) *c = m_matrix.xy; + if (d) *d = m_matrix.yy; + if (tx) *tx= m_matrix.x0; + if (ty) *ty= m_matrix.y0; +} + +// makes this the inverse matrix +void wxCairoMatrixData::Invert() +{ + cairo_matrix_invert( &m_matrix ); +} + +// returns true if the elements of the transformation matrix are equal ? +bool wxCairoMatrixData::IsEqual( const wxGraphicsMatrixData* t) const +{ + const cairo_matrix_t* tm = (cairo_matrix_t*) t->GetNativeMatrix(); + return ( + m_matrix.xx == tm->xx && + m_matrix.yx == tm->yx && + m_matrix.xy == tm->xy && + m_matrix.yy == tm->yy && + m_matrix.x0 == tm->x0 && + m_matrix.y0 == tm->y0 ) ; +} + +// return true if this is the identity matrix +bool wxCairoMatrixData::IsIdentity() const +{ + return ( m_matrix.xx == 1 && m_matrix.yy == 1 && + m_matrix.yx == 0 && m_matrix.xy == 0 && m_matrix.x0 == 0 && m_matrix.y0 == 0); +} + +// +// transformation +// + +// add the translation to this matrix +void wxCairoMatrixData::Translate( wxDouble dx , wxDouble dy ) +{ + cairo_matrix_translate( &m_matrix, dx, dy) ; +} + +// add the scale to this matrix +void wxCairoMatrixData::Scale( wxDouble xScale , wxDouble yScale ) +{ + cairo_matrix_scale( &m_matrix, xScale, yScale) ; +} + +// add the rotation to this matrix (radians) +void wxCairoMatrixData::Rotate( wxDouble angle ) +{ + cairo_matrix_rotate( &m_matrix, angle) ; +} + +// +// apply the transforms +// + +// applies that matrix to the point +void wxCairoMatrixData::TransformPoint( wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y ) const +{ + double lx = *x, ly = *y ; + cairo_matrix_transform_point( &m_matrix, &lx, &ly); + *x = lx; + *y = ly; +} + +// applies the matrix except for translations +void wxCairoMatrixData::TransformDistance( wxDouble *dx, wxDouble *dy ) const +{ + double lx = *dx, ly = *dy ; + cairo_matrix_transform_distance( &m_matrix, &lx, &ly); + *dx = lx; + *dy = ly; +} + +// returns the native representation +void * wxCairoMatrixData::GetNativeMatrix() const +{ + return (void*) &m_matrix; +} + +// wxCairoBitmap implementation +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCairoBitmapData::wxCairoBitmapData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, cairo_surface_t* bitmap ) : + wxGraphicsObjectRefData( renderer ) +{ + m_surface = bitmap; + m_pattern = cairo_pattern_create_for_surface(m_surface); +} + +wxCairoBitmapData::wxCairoBitmapData( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const wxBitmap& bmp ) : wxGraphicsObjectRefData( renderer ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( bmp.IsOk(), wxT("Invalid bitmap in wxCairoContext::DrawBitmap")); + +#ifdef wxHAS_RAW_BITMAP + int bw = m_width = bmp.GetWidth(); + int bh = m_height = bmp.GetHeight(); + wxBitmap bmpSource = bmp; // we need a non-const instance + m_buffer = new unsigned char[bw*bh*4]; + wxUint32* data = (wxUint32*)m_buffer; + + // Create a surface object and copy the bitmap pixel data to it. if the + // image has alpha (or a mask represented as alpha) then we'll use a + // different format and iterator than if it doesn't... + if (bmpSource.HasAlpha() || bmpSource.GetMask()) + { + m_surface = cairo_image_surface_create_for_data( + m_buffer, CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32, bw, bh, bw*4); + wxAlphaPixelData pixData(bmpSource, wxPoint(0,0), wxSize(bw, bh)); + wxCHECK_RET( pixData, wxT("Failed to gain raw access to bitmap data.")); + + wxAlphaPixelData::Iterator p(pixData); + for (int y=0; yGetCairoContext() ); + + wxPoint org = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); + cairo_translate( m_context, org.x, org.y ); + + double sx,sy; + dc.GetUserScale( &sx, &sy ); + cairo_scale( m_context, sx, sy ); + + org = dc.GetLogicalOrigin(); + cairo_translate( m_context, -org.x, -org.y ); +#endif +} + +wxCairoContext::wxCairoContext( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const wxWindowDC& dc ) +: wxGraphicsContext(renderer) +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + wxGTKDCImpl *impldc = (wxGTKDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); + Init( gdk_cairo_create( impldc->GetGDKWindow() ) ); + +#if 0 + wxGraphicsMatrix matrix = CreateMatrix(); + + wxPoint org = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); + matrix.Translate( org.x, org.y ); + + org = dc.GetLogicalOrigin(); + matrix.Translate( -org.x, -org.y ); + + double sx,sy; + dc.GetUserScale( &sx, &sy ); + matrix.Scale( sx, sy ); + + ConcatTransform( matrix ); +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + int width, height; + dc.GetSize( &width, &height ); + CGContextRef cgcontext = (CGContextRef)dc.GetWindow()->MacGetCGContextRef(); + cairo_surface_t* surface = cairo_quartz_surface_create_for_cg_context(cgcontext, width, height); + Init( cairo_create( surface ) ); + cairo_surface_destroy( surface ); +#endif +} + +wxCairoContext::wxCairoContext( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, const wxMemoryDC& dc ) +: wxGraphicsContext(renderer) +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + wxGTKDCImpl *impldc = (wxGTKDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); + Init( gdk_cairo_create( impldc->GetGDKWindow() ) ); + +#if 0 + wxGraphicsMatrix matrix = CreateMatrix(); + + wxPoint org = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); + matrix.Translate( org.x, org.y ); + + org = dc.GetLogicalOrigin(); + matrix.Translate( -org.x, -org.y ); + + double sx,sy; + dc.GetUserScale( &sx, &sy ); + matrix.Scale( sx, sy ); + + ConcatTransform( matrix ); +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + int width, height; + dc.GetSize( &width, &height ); + CGContextRef cgcontext = (CGContextRef)dc.GetWindow()->MacGetCGContextRef(); + cairo_surface_t* surface = cairo_quartz_surface_create_for_cg_context(cgcontext, width, height); + Init( cairo_create( surface ) ); + cairo_surface_destroy( surface ); +#endif +} + +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ +wxCairoContext::wxCairoContext( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, GdkDrawable *drawable ) +: wxGraphicsContext(renderer) +{ + Init( gdk_cairo_create( drawable ) ); +} +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +wxCairoContext::wxCairoContext( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, HDC handle ) +: wxGraphicsContext(renderer) +{ + m_mswSurface = cairo_win32_surface_create(handle); + m_context = cairo_create(m_mswSurface); + PushState(); + PushState(); +} +#endif + + +wxCairoContext::wxCairoContext( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, cairo_t *context ) +: wxGraphicsContext(renderer) +{ + Init( context ); +} + +wxCairoContext::wxCairoContext( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer, wxWindow *window) +: wxGraphicsContext(renderer) +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + // something along these lines (copied from dcclient) + + // Some controls don't have m_wxwindow - like wxStaticBox, but the user + // code should still be able to create wxClientDCs for them, so we will + // use the parent window here then. + if (window->m_wxwindow == NULL) + { + window = window->GetParent(); + } + + wxASSERT_MSG( window->m_wxwindow, wxT("wxCairoContext needs a widget") ); + + Init(gdk_cairo_create(window->GTKGetDrawingWindow())); +#endif +} + +wxCairoContext::~wxCairoContext() +{ + if ( m_context ) + { + PopState(); +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + m_mswSurface = cairo_win32_surface_create((HDC)window->GetHandle()); + m_context = cairo_create(m_mswSurface); +#endif + PopState(); + cairo_destroy(m_context); + } +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + if ( m_mswSurface ) + cairo_surface_destroy(m_mswSurface); +#endif +} + +void wxCairoContext::Init(cairo_t *context) +{ + m_context = context ; + PushState(); + PushState(); +} + + +void wxCairoContext::Clip( const wxRegion& region ) +{ + // Create a path with all the rectangles in the region + wxGraphicsPath path = GetRenderer()->CreatePath(); + wxRegionIterator ri(region); + while (ri) + { + path.AddRectangle(ri.GetX(), ri.GetY(), ri.GetW(), ri.GetH()); + ++ri; + } + + // Put it in the context + cairo_path_t* cp = (cairo_path_t*) path.GetNativePath() ; + cairo_append_path(m_context, cp); + + // clip to that path + cairo_clip(m_context); + path.UnGetNativePath(cp); +} + +void wxCairoContext::Clip( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) +{ + // Create a path with this rectangle + wxGraphicsPath path = GetRenderer()->CreatePath(); + path.AddRectangle(x,y,w,h); + + // Put it in the context + cairo_path_t* cp = (cairo_path_t*) path.GetNativePath() ; + cairo_append_path(m_context, cp); + + // clip to that path + cairo_clip(m_context); + path.UnGetNativePath(cp); +} + +void wxCairoContext::ResetClip() +{ + cairo_reset_clip(m_context); +} + + +void wxCairoContext::StrokePath( const wxGraphicsPath& path ) +{ + if ( !m_pen.IsNull() ) + { + wxCairoOffsetHelper helper( m_context, ShouldOffset() ) ; + cairo_path_t* cp = (cairo_path_t*) path.GetNativePath() ; + cairo_append_path(m_context,cp); + ((wxCairoPenData*)m_pen.GetRefData())->Apply(this); + cairo_stroke(m_context); + path.UnGetNativePath(cp); + } +} + +void wxCairoContext::FillPath( const wxGraphicsPath& path , wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle ) +{ + if ( !m_brush.IsNull() ) + { + wxCairoOffsetHelper helper( m_context, ShouldOffset() ) ; + cairo_path_t* cp = (cairo_path_t*) path.GetNativePath() ; + cairo_append_path(m_context,cp); + ((wxCairoBrushData*)m_brush.GetRefData())->Apply(this); + cairo_set_fill_rule(m_context,fillStyle==wxODDEVEN_RULE ? CAIRO_FILL_RULE_EVEN_ODD : CAIRO_FILL_RULE_WINDING); + cairo_fill(m_context); + path.UnGetNativePath(cp); + } +} + +void wxCairoContext::Rotate( wxDouble angle ) +{ + cairo_rotate(m_context,angle); +} + +void wxCairoContext::Translate( wxDouble dx , wxDouble dy ) +{ + cairo_translate(m_context,dx,dy); +} + +void wxCairoContext::Scale( wxDouble xScale , wxDouble yScale ) +{ + cairo_scale(m_context,xScale,yScale); +} + +// concatenates this transform with the current transform of this context +void wxCairoContext::ConcatTransform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix ) +{ + cairo_transform(m_context,(const cairo_matrix_t *) matrix.GetNativeMatrix()); +} + +// sets the transform of this context +void wxCairoContext::SetTransform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix ) +{ + cairo_set_matrix(m_context,(const cairo_matrix_t*) matrix.GetNativeMatrix()); +} + +// gets the matrix of this context +wxGraphicsMatrix wxCairoContext::GetTransform() const +{ + wxGraphicsMatrix matrix = CreateMatrix(); + cairo_get_matrix(m_context,(cairo_matrix_t*) matrix.GetNativeMatrix()); + return matrix; +} + + + +void wxCairoContext::PushState() +{ + cairo_save(m_context); +} + +void wxCairoContext::PopState() +{ + cairo_restore(m_context); +} + +void wxCairoContext::DrawBitmap( const wxBitmap &bmp, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) +{ + wxGraphicsBitmap bitmap = GetRenderer()->CreateBitmap(bmp); + DrawBitmap(bitmap, x, y, w, h); + +} + +void wxCairoContext::DrawBitmap(const wxGraphicsBitmap &bmp, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) +{ + PushState(); + + // In case we're scaling the image by using a width and height different + // than the bitmap's size create a pattern transformation on the surface and + // draw the transformed pattern. + wxCairoBitmapData* data = static_cast(bmp.GetRefData()); + cairo_pattern_t* pattern = data->GetCairoPattern(); + wxSize size = data->GetSize(); + + wxDouble scaleX = w / size.GetWidth(); + wxDouble scaleY = h / size.GetHeight(); + + // prepare to draw the image + cairo_translate(m_context, x, y); + cairo_scale(m_context, scaleX, scaleY); + cairo_set_source(m_context, pattern); + // use the original size here since the context is scaled already... + cairo_rectangle(m_context, 0, 0, size.GetWidth(), size.GetHeight()); + // fill the rectangle using the pattern + cairo_fill(m_context); + + PopState(); +} + +void wxCairoContext::DrawIcon( const wxIcon &icon, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) +{ + // An icon is a bitmap on wxGTK, so do this the easy way. When we want to + // start using the Cairo backend on other platforms then we may need to + // fiddle with this... + DrawBitmap(icon, x, y, w, h); +} + + +void wxCairoContext::DoDrawText(const wxString& str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( !m_font.IsNull(), + wxT("wxCairoContext::DrawText - no valid font set") ); + + if ( str.empty()) + return; + + const wxCharBuffer data = str.utf8_str(); + if ( !data ) + return; + + ((wxCairoFontData*)m_font.GetRefData())->Apply(this); + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + size_t datalen = strlen(data); + + PangoLayout *layout = pango_cairo_create_layout (m_context); + wxCairoFontData* font_data = (wxCairoFontData*) m_font.GetRefData(); + pango_layout_set_font_description( layout, font_data->GetFont()); + pango_layout_set_text(layout, data, datalen); + + if (font_data->GetUnderlined()) + { + PangoAttrList *attrs = pango_attr_list_new(); + PangoAttribute *attr = pango_attr_underline_new(PANGO_UNDERLINE_SINGLE); + pango_attr_list_insert(attrs, attr); + pango_layout_set_attributes(layout, attrs); + pango_attr_list_unref(attrs); + } + + cairo_move_to(m_context, x, y); + pango_cairo_show_layout (m_context, layout); + + g_object_unref (layout); +#else + // Cairo's x,y for drawing text is at the baseline, so we need to adjust + // the position we move to by the ascent. + cairo_font_extents_t fe; + cairo_font_extents(m_context, &fe); + cairo_move_to(m_context, x, y+fe.ascent); + + cairo_show_text(m_context, data); +#endif +} + +void wxCairoContext::GetTextExtent( const wxString &str, wxDouble *width, wxDouble *height, + wxDouble *descent, wxDouble *externalLeading ) const +{ + wxCHECK_RET( !m_font.IsNull(), wxT("wxCairoContext::GetTextExtent - no valid font set") ); + + if ( width ) + *width = 0; + if ( height ) + *height = 0; + if ( descent ) + *descent = 0; + if ( externalLeading ) + *externalLeading = 0; + + if ( str.empty()) + return; + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + int w, h; + + PangoLayout *layout = pango_cairo_create_layout (m_context); + pango_layout_set_font_description( layout, ((wxCairoFontData*)m_font.GetRefData())->GetFont()); + const wxCharBuffer data = str.utf8_str(); + if ( !data ) + { + return; + } + pango_layout_set_text( layout, data, strlen(data) ); + pango_layout_get_pixel_size (layout, &w, &h); + if ( width ) + *width = w; + if ( height ) + *height = h; + if (descent) + { + PangoLayoutIter *iter = pango_layout_get_iter(layout); + int baseline = pango_layout_iter_get_baseline(iter); + pango_layout_iter_free(iter); + *descent = h - PANGO_PIXELS(baseline); + } + g_object_unref (layout); +#else + ((wxCairoFontData*)m_font.GetRefData())->Apply((wxCairoContext*)this); + + if (width) + { + const wxWX2MBbuf buf(str.mb_str(wxConvUTF8)); + cairo_text_extents_t te; + cairo_text_extents(m_context, buf, &te); + *width = te.width; + } + + if (height || descent || externalLeading) + { + cairo_font_extents_t fe; + cairo_font_extents(m_context, &fe); + + // some backends have negative descents + + if ( fe.descent < 0 ) + fe.descent = -fe.descent; + + if ( fe.height < (fe.ascent + fe.descent ) ) + { + // some backends are broken re height ... (eg currently ATSUI) + fe.height = fe.ascent + fe.descent; + } + + if (height) + *height = fe.height; + if ( descent ) + *descent = fe.descent; + if ( externalLeading ) + *externalLeading = wxMax(0, fe.height - (fe.ascent + fe.descent)); + } +#endif +} + +void wxCairoContext::GetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayDouble& widths) const +{ + widths.Empty(); + widths.Add(0, text.length()); + + wxCHECK_RET( !m_font.IsNull(), wxT("wxCairoContext::GetPartialTextExtents - no valid font set") ); + + if (text.empty()) + return; + + // TODO +} + +void * wxCairoContext::GetNativeContext() +{ + return m_context; +} + +bool wxCairoContext::SetAntialiasMode(wxAntialiasMode antialias) +{ + if (m_antialias == antialias) + return true; + + m_antialias = antialias; + + cairo_antialias_t antialiasMode; + switch (antialias) + { + case wxANTIALIAS_DEFAULT: + antialiasMode = CAIRO_ANTIALIAS_DEFAULT; + break; + case wxANTIALIAS_NONE: + antialiasMode = CAIRO_ANTIALIAS_NONE; + break; + default: + return false; + } + cairo_set_antialias(m_context, antialiasMode); + return true; +} + +bool wxCairoContext::SetCompositionMode(wxCompositionMode op) +{ + if ( m_composition == op ) + return true; + + m_composition = op; + cairo_operator_t cop; + switch (op) + { + case wxCOMPOSITION_CLEAR: + cop = CAIRO_OPERATOR_CLEAR; + break; + case wxCOMPOSITION_SOURCE: + cop = CAIRO_OPERATOR_SOURCE; + break; + case wxCOMPOSITION_OVER: + cop = CAIRO_OPERATOR_OVER; + break; + case wxCOMPOSITION_IN: + cop = CAIRO_OPERATOR_IN; + break; + case wxCOMPOSITION_OUT: + cop = CAIRO_OPERATOR_OUT; + break; + case wxCOMPOSITION_ATOP: + cop = CAIRO_OPERATOR_ATOP; + break; + case wxCOMPOSITION_DEST: + cop = CAIRO_OPERATOR_DEST; + break; + case wxCOMPOSITION_DEST_OVER: + cop = CAIRO_OPERATOR_DEST_OVER; + break; + case wxCOMPOSITION_DEST_IN: + cop = CAIRO_OPERATOR_DEST_IN; + break; + case wxCOMPOSITION_DEST_OUT: + cop = CAIRO_OPERATOR_DEST_OUT; + break; + case wxCOMPOSITION_DEST_ATOP: + cop = CAIRO_OPERATOR_DEST_ATOP; + break; + case wxCOMPOSITION_XOR: + cop = CAIRO_OPERATOR_XOR; + break; + case wxCOMPOSITION_ADD: + cop = CAIRO_OPERATOR_ADD; + break; + default: + return false; + } + cairo_set_operator(m_context, cop); + return true; +} + +void wxCairoContext::BeginLayer(wxDouble opacity) +{ + m_layerOpacities.push_back(opacity); + cairo_push_group(m_context); +} + +void wxCairoContext::EndLayer() +{ + float opacity = m_layerOpacities.back(); + m_layerOpacities.pop_back(); + cairo_pop_group_to_source(m_context); + cairo_paint_with_alpha(m_context,opacity); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCairoRenderer declaration +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCairoRenderer : public wxGraphicsRenderer +{ +public : + wxCairoRenderer() {} + + virtual ~wxCairoRenderer() {} + + // Context + + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( const wxWindowDC& dc); + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( const wxMemoryDC& dc); + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( const wxPrinterDC& dc); + + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContextFromNativeContext( void * context ); + + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContextFromNativeWindow( void * window ); + + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( wxWindow* window ); + + virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateMeasuringContext(); + + // Path + + virtual wxGraphicsPath CreatePath(); + + // Matrix + + virtual wxGraphicsMatrix CreateMatrix( wxDouble a=1.0, wxDouble b=0.0, wxDouble c=0.0, wxDouble d=1.0, + wxDouble tx=0.0, wxDouble ty=0.0); + + + virtual wxGraphicsPen CreatePen(const wxPen& pen) ; + + virtual wxGraphicsBrush CreateBrush(const wxBrush& brush ) ; + + virtual wxGraphicsBrush + CreateLinearGradientBrush(wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, + wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops); + + virtual wxGraphicsBrush + CreateRadialGradientBrush(wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo, + wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc, + wxDouble radius, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops); + + // sets the font + virtual wxGraphicsFont CreateFont( const wxFont &font , const wxColour &col = *wxBLACK ) ; + + // create a native bitmap representation + virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap ); + + // create a graphics bitmap from a native bitmap + virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateBitmapFromNativeBitmap( void* bitmap ); + + // create a subimage from a native image representation + virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateSubBitmap( const wxGraphicsBitmap &bitmap, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ); + +private : + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxCairoRenderer) +} ; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCairoRenderer implementation +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCairoRenderer,wxGraphicsRenderer) + +static wxCairoRenderer gs_cairoGraphicsRenderer; +// temporary hack to allow creating a cairo context on any platform +extern wxGraphicsRenderer* gCairoRenderer; +wxGraphicsRenderer* gCairoRenderer = &gs_cairoGraphicsRenderer; + +wxGraphicsContext * wxCairoRenderer::CreateContext( const wxWindowDC& dc) +{ + return new wxCairoContext(this,dc); +} + +wxGraphicsContext * wxCairoRenderer::CreateContext( const wxMemoryDC& dc) +{ + return new wxCairoContext(this,dc); +} + +wxGraphicsContext * wxCairoRenderer::CreateContext( const wxPrinterDC& dc) +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + const wxDCImpl *impl = dc.GetImpl(); + cairo_t* context = (cairo_t*) impl->GetCairoContext(); + if (context) + return new wxCairoContext(this,dc); + else +#endif + return NULL; +} + +wxGraphicsContext * wxCairoRenderer::CreateContextFromNativeContext( void * context ) +{ +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + return new wxCairoContext(this,(HDC)context); +#else + return new wxCairoContext(this,(cairo_t*)context); +#endif +} + + +wxGraphicsContext * wxCairoRenderer::CreateContextFromNativeWindow( void * window ) +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + return new wxCairoContext(this,(GdkDrawable*)window); +#else + return NULL; +#endif +} + +wxGraphicsContext * wxCairoRenderer::CreateMeasuringContext() +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + return CreateContextFromNativeWindow(gdk_get_default_root_window()); +#endif + return NULL; + // TODO +} + +wxGraphicsContext * wxCairoRenderer::CreateContext( wxWindow* window ) +{ + return new wxCairoContext(this, window ); +} + +// Path + +wxGraphicsPath wxCairoRenderer::CreatePath() +{ + wxGraphicsPath path; + path.SetRefData( new wxCairoPathData(this) ); + return path; +} + + +// Matrix + +wxGraphicsMatrix wxCairoRenderer::CreateMatrix( wxDouble a, wxDouble b, wxDouble c, wxDouble d, + wxDouble tx, wxDouble ty) + +{ + wxGraphicsMatrix m; + wxCairoMatrixData* data = new wxCairoMatrixData( this ); + data->Set( a,b,c,d,tx,ty ) ; + m.SetRefData(data); + return m; +} + +wxGraphicsPen wxCairoRenderer::CreatePen(const wxPen& pen) +{ + if ( !pen.Ok() || pen.GetStyle() == wxPENSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ) + return wxNullGraphicsPen; + else + { + wxGraphicsPen p; + p.SetRefData(new wxCairoPenData( this, pen )); + return p; + } +} + +wxGraphicsBrush wxCairoRenderer::CreateBrush(const wxBrush& brush ) +{ + if ( !brush.Ok() || brush.GetStyle() == wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ) + return wxNullGraphicsBrush; + else + { + wxGraphicsBrush p; + p.SetRefData(new wxCairoBrushData( this, brush )); + return p; + } +} + +wxGraphicsBrush +wxCairoRenderer::CreateLinearGradientBrush(wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, + wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops) +{ + wxGraphicsBrush p; + wxCairoBrushData* d = new wxCairoBrushData( this ); + d->CreateLinearGradientBrush(x1, y1, x2, y2, stops); + p.SetRefData(d); + return p; +} + +wxGraphicsBrush +wxCairoRenderer::CreateRadialGradientBrush(wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo, + wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc, wxDouble r, + const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops) +{ + wxGraphicsBrush p; + wxCairoBrushData* d = new wxCairoBrushData( this ); + d->CreateRadialGradientBrush(xo, yo, xc, yc, r, stops); + p.SetRefData(d); + return p; +} + +// sets the font +wxGraphicsFont wxCairoRenderer::CreateFont( const wxFont &font , const wxColour &col ) +{ + if ( font.Ok() ) + { + wxGraphicsFont p; + p.SetRefData(new wxCairoFontData( this , font, col )); + return p; + } + else + return wxNullGraphicsFont; +} + +wxGraphicsBitmap wxCairoRenderer::CreateBitmap( const wxBitmap& bmp ) +{ + if ( bmp.Ok() ) + { + wxGraphicsBitmap p; + p.SetRefData(new wxCairoBitmapData( this , bmp )); + return p; + } + else + return wxNullGraphicsBitmap; +} + +wxGraphicsBitmap wxCairoRenderer::CreateBitmapFromNativeBitmap( void* bitmap ) +{ + if ( bitmap != NULL ) + { + wxGraphicsBitmap p; + p.SetRefData(new wxCairoBitmapData( this , (cairo_surface_t*) bitmap )); + return p; + } + else + return wxNullGraphicsBitmap; +} + +wxGraphicsBitmap +wxCairoRenderer::CreateSubBitmap(const wxGraphicsBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap), + wxDouble WXUNUSED(x), + wxDouble WXUNUSED(y), + wxDouble WXUNUSED(w), + wxDouble WXUNUSED(h)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG("wxCairoRenderer::CreateSubBitmap is not implemented."); + return wxNullGraphicsBitmap; +} + +wxGraphicsRenderer* wxGraphicsRenderer::GetCairoRenderer() +{ + return &gs_cairoGraphicsRenderer; +} + +#else // !wxUSE_CAIRO + +wxGraphicsRenderer* wxGraphicsRenderer::GetCairoRenderer() +{ + return NULL; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CAIRO/!wxUSE_CAIRO + +// MSW and OS X have their own native default renderers, but the other ports +// use Cairo by default +#if !(defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXOSX__)) +wxGraphicsRenderer* wxGraphicsRenderer::GetDefaultRenderer() +{ + return GetCairoRenderer(); +} +#endif // !(__WXMSW__ || __WXOSX__) + +#endif // wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/grid.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/grid.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f34e916ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/grid.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,8781 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/grid.cpp +// Purpose: wxGrid and related classes +// Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) +// Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios +// Created: 1/08/1999 +// RCS-ID: $Id: grid.cpp 66792 2011-01-27 18:35:01Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + TODO: + + - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay + - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw() + - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess. + - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns. + */ + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GRID + +#include "wx/grid.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/checkbox.h" + #include "wx/combobox.h" + #include "wx/valtext.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/math.h" + #include "wx/listbox.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/textfile.h" +#include "wx/spinctrl.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/renderer.h" +#include "wx/headerctrl.h" +#include "wx/hashset.h" + +#include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" +#include "wx/generic/gridctrl.h" +#include "wx/generic/grideditors.h" +#include "wx/generic/private/grid.h" + +const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid"; + +#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) +#else + #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier +#endif + +#if defined(__WXGTK__) + #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) +#else + #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier +#endif + +// Required for wxIs... functions +#include + +WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL(int, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, + wxGridFixedIndicesSet, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// globals +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +//#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE +#ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE + static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; + static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; +#endif + +// this struct simply combines together the default header renderers +// +// as the renderers ctors are trivial, there is no problem with making them +// globals +struct DefaultHeaderRenderers +{ + wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault colRenderer; + wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault rowRenderer; + wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault cornerRenderer; +} gs_defaultHeaderRenderers; + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); +wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); + +namespace +{ + +// scroll line size +const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; +const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; + +// the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements +// in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) +const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; + +// the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag +// operation +const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3; + +} // anonymous namespace + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" + +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, wxGridRangeSelectEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, wxGridEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, wxGridEditorCreatedEvent ); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + + // ensure that first is less or equal to second, swapping the values if + // necessary + void EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(int& first, int& second) + { + if ( first > second ) + wxSwap(first, second); + } + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus ) + EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) + EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrl) + EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnClick) + EVT_HEADER_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnDoubleClick) + EVT_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnRightClick) + + EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginResize) + EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnResizing) + EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndResize) + + EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginReorder) + EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndReorder) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const +{ + static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper; + + return s_colOper; +} + +wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const +{ + static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper; + + return s_rowOper; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for +// wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) +{ + // nothing to do +} + +wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() +{ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer and related classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer::DrawLabel(const wxGrid& grid, + wxDC& dc, + const wxString& value, + const wxRect& rect, + int horizAlign, + int vertAlign, + int textOrientation) const +{ + dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT); + dc.SetTextForeground(grid.GetLabelTextColour()); + dc.SetFont(grid.GetLabelFont()); + grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, value, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation); +} + + +void wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid), + wxDC& dc, + wxRect& rect) const +{ + dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(), + rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom()); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), + rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom()); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(), + rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom()); + + dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(), + rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom()); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(), + rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop()); + + rect.Deflate(2); +} + +void wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid), + wxDC& dc, + wxRect& rect) const +{ + dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(), + rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom()); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), + rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop()); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(), + rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom()); + + dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1, + rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom()); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1, + rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop() + 1); + + rect.Deflate(2); +} + +void wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid), + wxDC& dc, + wxRect& rect) const +{ + dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1, + rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop()); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1, + rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom() - 1); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), + rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop()); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), + rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom()); + + dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1, + rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop() + 1); + dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1, + rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1); + + rect.Deflate(2); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellAttr +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault) +{ + m_isReadOnly = Unset; + + m_renderer = NULL; + m_editor = NULL; + + m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell; + + m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1; + m_overflow = UnsetOverflow; + + SetDefAttr(attrDefault); +} + +wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const +{ + wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr); + + if ( HasTextColour() ) + attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); + if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) + attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); + if ( HasFont() ) + attr->SetFont(GetFont()); + if ( HasAlignment() ) + attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); + + attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols ); + + if ( m_renderer ) + { + attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); + m_renderer->IncRef(); + } + if ( m_editor ) + { + attr->SetEditor(m_editor); + m_editor->IncRef(); + } + + if ( IsReadOnly() ) + attr->SetReadOnly(); + + attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow ); + attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); + + return attr; +} + +void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) +{ + if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) + SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); + if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) + SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); + if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) + SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); + if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ) + { + int hAlign, vAlign; + mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); + SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); + } + if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() ) + mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols ); + + // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return + // m_renderer/m_editor + // + // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? + if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) + { + m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; + m_renderer->IncRef(); + } + if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) + { + m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; + m_editor->IncRef(); + } + if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) + SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); + + if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() ) + SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow()); + + SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); +} + +void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols) +{ + // The size of a cell is normally 1,1 + + // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell + // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be + // set to negative or zero values such that + // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell) + // same goes for the col + num_cols. + + // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value + + wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) || + !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) || + !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))), + wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values")); + + m_sizeRows = num_rows; + m_sizeCols = num_cols; +} + +const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const +{ + if (HasTextColour()) + { + return m_colText; + } + else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) + { + return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); + return wxNullColour; + } +} + +const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const +{ + if (HasBackgroundColour()) + { + return m_colBack; + } + else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) + { + return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); + return wxNullColour; + } +} + +const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const +{ + if (HasFont()) + { + return m_font; + } + else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) + { + return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); + return wxNullFont; + } +} + +void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const +{ + if (HasAlignment()) + { + if ( hAlign ) + *hAlign = m_hAlign; + if ( vAlign ) + *vAlign = m_vAlign; + } + else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) + { + m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); + } +} + +void wxGridCellAttr::GetNonDefaultAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const +{ + if ( hAlign && m_hAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID ) + *hAlign = m_hAlign; + + if ( vAlign && m_vAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID ) + *vAlign = m_vAlign; +} + +void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const +{ + if ( num_rows ) + *num_rows = m_sizeRows; + if ( num_cols ) + *num_cols = m_sizeCols; +} + +// GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about +// which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is +// used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and +// used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is +// NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its +// registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. + +wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const +{ + wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL; + + if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr ) + { + // use the cells renderer if it has one + renderer = m_renderer; + renderer->IncRef(); + } + else // no non-default cell renderer + { + // get default renderer for the data type + if ( grid ) + { + // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us + renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); + } + + if ( renderer == NULL ) + { + if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) + { + // if we still don't have one then use the grid default + // (no need for IncRef() here neither) + renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); + } + else // default grid attr + { + // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially + renderer = m_renderer; + if ( renderer ) + renderer->IncRef(); + } + } + } + + // we're supposed to always find something + wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer")); + + return renderer; +} + +// same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g +wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const +{ + wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL; + + if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr ) + { + // use the cells editor if it has one + editor = m_editor; + editor->IncRef(); + } + else // no non default cell editor + { + // get default editor for the data type + if ( grid ) + { + // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us + editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); + } + + if ( editor == NULL ) + { + if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) + { + // if we still don't have one then use the grid default + // (no need for IncRef() here neither) + editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); + } + else // default grid attr + { + // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially + editor = m_editor; + if ( editor ) + editor->IncRef(); + } + } + } + + // we're supposed to always find something + wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor")); + + return editor; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellAttrData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) +{ + // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not + // touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this + // is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr + int n = FindIndex(row, col); + if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + if ( attr ) + { + // add the attribute + m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); + } + //else: nothing to do + } + else // we already have an attribute for this cell + { + if ( attr ) + { + // change the attribute + m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr); + } + else + { + // remove this attribute + m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); + } + } +} + +wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; + + int n = FindIndex(row, col); + if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; + attr->IncRef(); + } + + return attr; +} + +void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) +{ + size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; + wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); + if ((size_t)row >= pos) + { + if (numRows > 0) + { + // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary + coords.SetRow(row + numRows); + } + else if (numRows < 0) + { + // If rows deleted ... + if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) + { + // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... + coords.SetRow(row + numRows); + } + else + { + // ...or remove the attribute + m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + } + } + } + } +} + +void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) +{ + size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; + wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); + if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) + { + if ( numCols > 0 ) + { + // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary + coords.SetCol(col + numCols); + } + else if (numCols < 0) + { + // If rows deleted ... + if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) + { + // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... + coords.SetCol(col + numCols); + } + else + { + // ...or remove the attribute + m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + } + } + } + } +} + +int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const +{ + size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; + if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) + { + return n; + } + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridRowOrColAttrData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() +{ + size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); + } +} + +wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; + + int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); + if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; + attr->IncRef(); + } + + return attr; +} + +void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) +{ + int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); + if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + if ( attr ) + { + // store the new attribute, taking its ownership + m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); + m_attrs.Add(attr); + } + // nothing to remove + } + else // we have an attribute for this row or column + { + size_t n = (size_t)i; + + // notice that this code works correctly even when the old attribute is + // the same as the new one: as we own of it, we must call DecRef() on + // it in any case and this won't result in destruction of the new + // attribute if it's the same as old one because it must have ref count + // of at least 2 to be passed to us while we keep a reference to it too + m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); + + if ( attr ) + { + // replace the attribute with the new one + m_attrs[n] = attr; + } + else // remove the attribute + { + m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); + m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); + } + } +} + +void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) +{ + size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; + if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) + { + if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) + { + // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary + rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; + } + else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) + { + // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) + if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) + rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; + else + { + m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); + m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); + m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + } + } + } + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellAttrProvider +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() +{ + m_data = NULL; +} + +wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() +{ + delete m_data; +} + +void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() +{ + m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; +} + +wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, + wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; + if ( m_data ) + { + switch (kind) + { + case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): + // Get cached merge attributes. + // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable + // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); + if (!attr) + { + // Basically implement old version. + // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. + wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); + wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); + wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); + + if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)) + { + // Two or more are non NULL + attr = new wxGridCellAttr; + attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); + + // Order is important.. + if (attrcell) + { + attr->MergeWith(attrcell); + attrcell->DecRef(); + } + if (attrcol) + { + attr->MergeWith(attrcol); + attrcol->DecRef(); + } + if (attrrow) + { + attr->MergeWith(attrrow); + attrrow->DecRef(); + } + + // store merge attr if cache implemented + //attr->IncRef(); + //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); + } + else + { + // one or none is non null return it or null. + if (attrrow) + attr = attrrow; + if (attrcol) + { + if (attr) + attr->DecRef(); + attr = attrcol; + } + if (attrcell) + { + if (attr) + attr->DecRef(); + attr = attrcell; + } + } + } + break; + + case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): + attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); + break; + + case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): + attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); + break; + + case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): + attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); + break; + + default: + // unused as yet... + // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): + // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): + break; + } + } + + return attr; +} + +void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, + int row, int col) +{ + if ( !m_data ) + InitData(); + + m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); +} + +void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) +{ + if ( !m_data ) + InitData(); + + m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); +} + +void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) +{ + if ( !m_data ) + InitData(); + + m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); +} + +void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) +{ + if ( m_data ) + { + m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); + + m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); + } +} + +void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) +{ + if ( m_data ) + { + m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); + + m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); + } +} + +const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer& +wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetColumnHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(col)) +{ + return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer; +} + +const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer& +wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetRowHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(row)) +{ + return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer; +} + +const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetCornerRenderer() +{ + return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridTableBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) + +wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() +{ + m_view = NULL; + m_attrProvider = NULL; +} + +wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() +{ + delete m_attrProvider; +} + +void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) +{ + delete m_attrProvider; + m_attrProvider = attrProvider; +} + +bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() +{ + if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) + { + // use the default attr provider by default + SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); + } + + return true; +} + +wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) +{ + if ( m_attrProvider ) + return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); + else + return NULL; +} + +void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) +{ + if ( m_attrProvider ) + { + if ( attr ) + attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); + m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); + } + else + { + // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must + // free it now + wxSafeDecRef(attr); + } +} + +void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) +{ + if ( m_attrProvider ) + { + attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); + m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); + } + else + { + // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must + // free it now + wxSafeDecRef(attr); + } +} + +void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) +{ + if ( m_attrProvider ) + { + attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); + m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); + } + else + { + // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must + // free it now + wxSafeDecRef(attr); + } +} + +bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), + size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); + + return false; +} + +bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); + + return false; +} + +bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), + size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); + + return false; +} + +bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), + size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); + + return false; +} + +bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); + + return false; +} + +bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), + size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); + + return false; +} + +wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) +{ + wxString s; + + // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, + // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks. + s << row + 1; + + return s; +} + +wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) +{ + // default col labels are: + // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z + // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ + // etc. + + wxString s; + unsigned int i, n; + for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) + { + s += (wxChar) (wxT('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26)); + col = col / 26 - 1; + if ( col < 0 ) + break; + } + + // reverse the string... + wxString s2; + for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) + { + s2 += s[n - i - 1]; + } + + return s2; +} + +wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) +{ + return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; +} + +bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), + const wxString& typeName ) +{ + return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; +} + +bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) +{ + return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); +} + +long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) +{ + return 0; +} + +double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) +{ + return 0.0; +} + +bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) +{ + return false; +} + +void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), + long WXUNUSED(value) ) +{ +} + +void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), + double WXUNUSED(value) ) +{ +} + +void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), + bool WXUNUSED(value) ) +{ +} + +void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) +{ + return NULL; +} + +void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), + void* WXUNUSED(value) ) +{ +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications +// to the grid view +// + +wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() +{ + m_table = NULL; + m_id = -1; + m_comInt1 = -1; + m_comInt2 = -1; +} + +wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, + int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) +{ + m_table = table; + m_id = id; + m_comInt1 = commandInt1; + m_comInt2 = commandInt2; +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will +// created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. +// + +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) + +wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() + : wxGridTableBase() +{ + m_numCols = 0; +} + +wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) + : wxGridTableBase() +{ + m_numCols = numCols; + + m_data.Alloc( numRows ); + + wxArrayString sa; + sa.Alloc( numCols ); + sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); + + m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); +} + +wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) && + (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()), + wxEmptyString, + wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); + + return m_data[row][col]; +} + +void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) && + (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()), + wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); + + m_data[row][col] = value; +} + +void wxGridStringTable::Clear() +{ + int row, col; + int numRows, numCols; + + numRows = m_data.GetCount(); + if ( numRows > 0 ) + { + numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); + + for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) + { + for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) + { + m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; + } + } + } +} + +bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) +{ + size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); + size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : + ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); + + if ( pos >= curNumRows ) + { + return AppendRows( numRows ); + } + + wxArrayString sa; + sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); + sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); + m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows ); + + if ( GetView() ) + { + wxGridTableMessage msg( this, + wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, + pos, + numRows ); + + GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) +{ + size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); + size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 + ? m_data[0].GetCount() + : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); + + wxArrayString sa; + if ( curNumCols > 0 ) + { + sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); + sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); + } + + m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); + + if ( GetView() ) + { + wxGridTableMessage msg( this, + wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, + numRows ); + + GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) +{ + size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); + + if ( pos >= curNumRows ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format + ( + wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"), + (unsigned long)pos, + (unsigned long)numRows, + (unsigned long)curNumRows + ) ); + + return false; + } + + if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) + { + numRows = curNumRows - pos; + } + + if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) + { + m_data.Clear(); + } + else + { + m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); + } + + if ( GetView() ) + { + wxGridTableMessage msg( this, + wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, + pos, + numRows ); + + GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) +{ + size_t row, col; + + size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); + size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 + ? m_data[0].GetCount() + : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); + + if ( pos >= curNumCols ) + { + return AppendCols( numCols ); + } + + if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) + { + m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols ); + + size_t i; + for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ ) + m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i ); + } + + for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) + { + for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) + { + m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); + } + } + + m_numCols += numCols; + + if ( GetView() ) + { + wxGridTableMessage msg( this, + wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, + pos, + numCols ); + + GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) +{ + size_t row; + + size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); + + for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) + { + m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); + } + + m_numCols += numCols; + + if ( GetView() ) + { + wxGridTableMessage msg( this, + wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, + numCols ); + + GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) +{ + size_t row; + + size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); + size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : + ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); + + if ( pos >= curNumCols ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format + ( + wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"), + (unsigned long)pos, + (unsigned long)numCols, + (unsigned long)curNumCols + ) ); + return false; + } + + int colID; + if ( GetView() ) + colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos ); + else + colID = pos; + + if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID ) + { + numCols = curNumCols - colID; + } + + if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) + { + // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only + // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one + // element and not numCols, so account for it + int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID; + if ( nToRm > 0 ) + m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm ); + } + + if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) + { + for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) + { + m_data[row].Clear(); + } + + m_numCols = 0; + } + else // something will be left + { + for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) + { + m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols ); + } + + m_numCols -= numCols; + } + + if ( GetView() ) + { + wxGridTableMessage msg( this, + wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, + pos, + numCols ); + + GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); + } + + return true; +} + +wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) +{ + if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) + { + // using default label + // + return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); + } + else + { + return m_rowLabels[row]; + } +} + +wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) +{ + if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) + { + // using default label + // + return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); + } + else + { + return m_colLabels[col]; + } +} + +void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) +{ + if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) + { + int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); + int i; + + for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) + { + m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); + } + } + + m_rowLabels[row] = value; +} + +void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) +{ + if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) + { + int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); + int i; + + for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) + { + m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); + } + } + + m_colLabels[col] = value; +} + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow) + EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + m_owner->CancelMouseCapture(); +} + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) + EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) + EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + + // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin + // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to + // set the y coord - MB + // + // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); + + int x, y; + m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); + wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); + dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y ); + + wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); + m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows ); +} + +void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); +} + +void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) + event.Skip(); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) + EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) + EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + + // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin + // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to + // set the x coord - MB + // + // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); + + int x, y; + m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); + wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); + if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) + dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y ); + else + dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y ); + + wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); + m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols ); +} + +void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); +} + +void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) + event.Skip(); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) + EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) + EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint ) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + + m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc); +} + +void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); +} + +void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) + event.Skip(); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) + EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) + EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel ) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) + EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) + EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) + EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar ) + EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) + EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxPaintDC dc( this ); + m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); + wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); + wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); + m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells ); + + m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); + + m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); + + m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells ); +} + +void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) +{ + wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); + m_owner->GetGridRowLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); + m_owner->GetGridColLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); +} + +void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this) + SetFocus(); + + m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); +} + +void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) + event.Skip(); +} + +// This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse +// cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events +// +void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) +{ + if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) +{ + if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) +{ + if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ +} + +void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) +{ + // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it + // uses different colour when the grid is not focused: + if ( m_owner->IsSelection() ) + { + Refresh(); + } + else + { + // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other + // branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling + // Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if + // !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh + // only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else" + // branch so that it's always executed. + + // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change: + const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(), + m_owner->GetGridCursorCol()); + const wxRect cursor = + m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords); + Refresh(true, &cursor); + } + + if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) + event.Skip(); +} + +#define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true) +#define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true) + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) + EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) + EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) + EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) + EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) + EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar ) + EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + long style, const wxString& name) +{ + if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, + style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name)) + return false; + + m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); + m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); + + Create(); + SetInitialSize(size); + CalcDimensions(); + + return true; +} + +wxGrid::~wxGrid() +{ + if ( m_winCapture ) + m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); + + // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is, + // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the + // half destroyed grid + HideCellEditControl(); + + // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler + SetTargetWindow(this); + ClearAttrCache(); + wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); + +#ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE + size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; + wxPrintf(wxT("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " + "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), + total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, + total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); +#endif + + // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it + // with dangling view pointer + if ( m_ownTable ) + delete m_table; + else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this ) + m_table->SetView(NULL); + + delete m_typeRegistry; + delete m_selection; + + delete m_setFixedRows; + delete m_setFixedCols; +} + +// +// ----- internal init and update functions +// + +// NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can +// be removed as well as the #else cases below. +#define _USE_VISATTR 0 + +void wxGrid::Create() +{ + // create the type registry + m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; + + m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; + + m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr(); + + // Set default cell attributes + m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); + m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); + m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); + m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); + m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); + m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); + +#if _USE_VISATTR + wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); + wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); + + m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg); + m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg); + +#else + m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( + wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); + m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( + wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); +#endif + + m_numRows = 0; + m_numCols = 0; + m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; + + // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid + m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow(this); + CreateColumnWindow(); + m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow(this); + m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this ); + + SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); + +#if _USE_VISATTR + wxColour gfg = gva.colFg; + wxColour gbg = gva.colBg; + wxColour lfg = lva.colFg; + wxColour lbg = lva.colBg; +#else + wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); + wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ); + wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); + wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE ); +#endif + + m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); + m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); + m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); + m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); + m_colWindow->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); + m_colWindow->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); + + m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg); + m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg); + + m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); + m_labelTextColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetForegroundColour(); + + // now that we have the grid window, use its font to compute the default + // row height + m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); +#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() + m_defaultRowHeight += 8; +#else + m_defaultRowHeight += 4; +#endif + +} + +void wxGrid::CreateColumnWindow() +{ + if ( m_useNativeHeader ) + { + m_colWindow = new wxGridHeaderCtrl(this); + m_colLabelHeight = m_colWindow->GetBestSize().y; + } + else // draw labels ourselves + { + m_colWindow = new wxGridColLabelWindow(this); + m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; + } +} + +bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, + wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, + false, + wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); + + return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode); +} + +void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_created, + wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); + + m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); +} + +wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells, + wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); + + return m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); +} + +bool +wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table, + bool takeOwnership, + wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) +{ + bool checkSelection = false; + if ( m_created ) + { + // stop all processing + m_created = false; + + if (m_table) + { + m_table->SetView(0); + if( m_ownTable ) + delete m_table; + m_table = NULL; + } + + wxDELETE(m_selection); + + m_ownTable = false; + m_numRows = 0; + m_numCols = 0; + checkSelection = true; + + // kill row and column size arrays + m_colWidths.Empty(); + m_colRights.Empty(); + m_rowHeights.Empty(); + m_rowBottoms.Empty(); + } + + if (table) + { + m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); + m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); + + if ( m_useNativeHeader ) + GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); + + m_table = table; + m_table->SetView( this ); + m_ownTable = takeOwnership; + m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); + if (checkSelection) + { + // If the newly set table is smaller than the + // original one current cell and selection regions + // might be invalid, + m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; + m_currentCellCoords = + wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()), + wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol())); + if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows || + m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols) + { + m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; + m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; + } + else + m_selectedBlockBottomRight = + wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, + m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()), + wxMin(m_numCols, + m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol())); + } + CalcDimensions(); + + m_created = true; + } + + return m_created; +} + +void wxGrid::Init() +{ + m_created = false; + + m_cornerLabelWin = NULL; + m_rowLabelWin = NULL; + m_colWindow = NULL; + m_gridWin = NULL; + + m_table = NULL; + m_ownTable = false; + + m_selection = NULL; + m_defaultCellAttr = NULL; + m_typeRegistry = NULL; + m_winCapture = NULL; + + m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; + m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; + + m_setFixedRows = + m_setFixedCols = NULL; + + // init attr cache + m_attrCache.row = -1; + m_attrCache.col = -1; + m_attrCache.attr = NULL; + + m_labelFont = GetFont(); + m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD ); + + m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; + m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; + + m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; + m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; + m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; + + m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; + m_defaultRowHeight = 0; // this will be initialized after creation + + m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; + m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; + + m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 ); + m_gridLinesEnabled = true; + m_gridLinesClipHorz = + m_gridLinesClipVert = true; + m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK; + m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; + m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; + + m_canDragColMove = false; + + m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; + m_winCapture = NULL; + m_canDragRowSize = true; + m_canDragColSize = true; + m_canDragGridSize = true; + m_canDragCell = false; + m_dragLastPos = -1; + m_dragRowOrCol = -1; + m_isDragging = false; + m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; + + m_sortCol = wxNOT_FOUND; + m_sortIsAscending = true; + + m_useNativeHeader = + m_nativeColumnLabels = false; + + m_waitForSlowClick = false; + + m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); + m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); + + m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; + + m_selectedBlockTopLeft = + m_selectedBlockBottomRight = + m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; + + m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); + m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); + + m_editable = true; // default for whole grid + + m_inOnKeyDown = false; + m_batchCount = 0; + + m_extraWidth = + m_extraHeight = 0; + + // we can't call SetScrollRate() as the window isn't created yet but OTOH + // we don't need to call it neither as the scroll position is (0, 0) right + // now anyhow, so just set the parameters directly + m_xScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; + m_yScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create +// quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if +// default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these +// arrays at all +// +// with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights +// different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but +// this is not done currently +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() +{ + m_rowHeights.Empty(); + m_rowBottoms.Empty(); + + m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); + m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); + + m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows ); + + int rowBottom = 0; + for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) + { + rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; + m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); + } +} + +void wxGrid::InitColWidths() +{ + m_colWidths.Empty(); + m_colRights.Empty(); + + m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); + m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); + + m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) + { + int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth; + m_colRights.Add( colRight ); + } +} + +int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const +{ + return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; +} + +int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const +{ + return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth + : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; +} + +int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const +{ + return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth + : m_colRights[col]; +} + +int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const +{ + return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; +} + +int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const +{ + return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight + : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; +} + +int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const +{ + return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight + : m_rowBottoms[row]; +} + +void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() +{ + // compute the size of the scrollable area + int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0; + int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; + + w += m_extraWidth; + h += m_extraHeight; + + // take into account editor if shown + if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) + { + int w2, h2; + int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); + int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); + int x = GetColLeft(c); + int y = GetRowTop(r); + + // how big is the editor + wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c); + wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c); + editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2); + w2 += x; + h2 += y; + if ( w2 > w ) + w = w2; + if ( h2 > h ) + h = h2; + editor->DecRef(); + attr->DecRef(); + } + + // preserve (more or less) the previous position + int x, y; + GetViewStart( &x, &y ); + + // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges + if ( x >= w ) + x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 ); + if ( y >= h ) + y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 ); + + // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it + m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h); + Scroll(x, y); + AdjustScrollbars(); + + // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we + // still must reposition the children + CalcWindowSizes(); +} + +wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size) +{ + wxSize sizeGridWin(size); + sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth; + sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight; + + return sizeGridWin; +} + +void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() +{ + // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet + + if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL ) + return; + + int cw, ch; + GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + + // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't + // size the windows to negative sizes in this case + int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth; + int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight; + if (gw < 0) + gw = 0; + if (gh < 0) + gh = 0; + + if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) + m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); + + if ( m_colWindow && m_colWindow->IsShown() ) + m_colWindow->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight ); + + if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) + m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh ); + + if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() ) + m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh ); +} + +// this is called when the grid table sends a message +// to indicate that it has been redimensioned +// +bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) +{ + int i; + bool result = false; + + // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different + // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns. + ClearAttrCache(); + + // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are + // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be + // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes. + // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the + // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist. + HideCellEditControl(); + + switch ( msg.GetId() ) + { + case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: + { + size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); + int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); + + m_numRows += numRows; + + if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) + { + m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows ); + m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows ); + + int bottom = 0; + if ( pos > 0 ) + bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1]; + + for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) + { + bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; + m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; + } + } + + if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) + { + // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current + // cell will be undefined... + // + SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); + } + + if ( m_selection ) + m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); + wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); + if (attrProvider) + attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); + + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + CalcDimensions(); + m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); + } + } + result = true; + break; + + case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: + { + int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); + int oldNumRows = m_numRows; + m_numRows += numRows; + + if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) + { + m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows ); + m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows ); + + int bottom = 0; + if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) + bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1]; + + for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) + { + bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; + m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; + } + } + + if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) + { + // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current + // cell will be undefined... + // + SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); + } + + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + CalcDimensions(); + m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); + } + } + result = true; + break; + + case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: + { + size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); + int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); + m_numRows -= numRows; + + if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) + { + m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); + m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); + + int h = 0; + for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) + { + h += m_rowHeights[i]; + m_rowBottoms[i] = h; + } + } + + if ( !m_numRows ) + { + m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; + } + else + { + if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) + m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); + } + + if ( m_selection ) + m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); + wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); + if (attrProvider) + { + attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); + +// ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans +#if 0 + // No need to touch column attributes, unless we + // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove + // all column attributes. + // I hate to do this here, but the + // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. + if ( !GetNumberRows() ) + attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); +#endif + } + + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + CalcDimensions(); + m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); + } + } + result = true; + break; + + case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: + { + size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); + int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); + m_numCols += numCols; + + if ( m_useNativeHeader ) + GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); + + if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) + { + //Shift the column IDs + int i; + for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ ) + { + if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos ) + m_colAt[i] += numCols; + } + + m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols ); + + //Set the new columns' positions + for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ ) + { + m_colAt[i] = i; + } + } + + if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) + { + m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols ); + m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols ); + + int right = 0; + if ( pos > 0 ) + right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )]; + + int colPos; + for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) + { + i = GetColAt( colPos ); + + right += m_colWidths[i]; + m_colRights[i] = right; + } + } + + if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) + { + // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current + // cell will be undefined... + // + SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); + } + + if ( m_selection ) + m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); + wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); + if (attrProvider) + attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + CalcDimensions(); + m_colWindow->Refresh(); + } + } + result = true; + break; + + case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: + { + int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); + int oldNumCols = m_numCols; + m_numCols += numCols; + if ( m_useNativeHeader ) + GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); + + if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) + { + m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols ); + + //Set the new columns' positions + int i; + for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) + { + m_colAt[i] = i; + } + } + + if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) + { + m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols ); + m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols ); + + int right = 0; + if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) + right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )]; + + int colPos; + for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) + { + i = GetColAt( colPos ); + + right += m_colWidths[i]; + m_colRights[i] = right; + } + } + + if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) + { + // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current + // cell will be undefined... + // + SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); + } + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + CalcDimensions(); + m_colWindow->Refresh(); + } + } + result = true; + break; + + case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: + { + size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); + int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); + m_numCols -= numCols; + if ( m_useNativeHeader ) + GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); + + if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) + { + int colID = GetColAt( pos ); + + m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); + + //Shift the column IDs + int colPos; + for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) + { + if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID ) + m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols; + } + } + + if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) + { + m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); + m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); + + int w = 0; + int colPos; + for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) + { + i = GetColAt( colPos ); + + w += m_colWidths[i]; + m_colRights[i] = w; + } + } + + if ( !m_numCols ) + { + m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; + } + else + { + if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) + m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); + } + + if ( m_selection ) + m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); + wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); + if (attrProvider) + { + attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); + +// ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans +#if 0 + // No need to touch row attributes, unless we + // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove + // all row attributes. + // I hate to do this here, but the + // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. + if ( !GetNumberCols() ) + attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); +#endif + } + + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + CalcDimensions(); + m_colWindow->Refresh(); + } + } + result = true; + break; + } + + if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) + m_gridWin->Refresh(); + + return result; +} + +wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const +{ + wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); + wxRect r; + + wxArrayInt rowlabels; + + int top, bottom; + while ( iter ) + { + r = iter.GetRect(); + + // TODO: remove this when we can... + // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update + // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the + // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around + // +#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) + int cw, ch; + m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) + r.SetTop( 0 ); + r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); +#endif + + // logical bounds of update region + // + int dummy; + CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); + CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); + + // find the row labels within these bounds + // + int row; + for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) + { + if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) + continue; + + if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) + break; + + rowlabels.Add( row ); + } + + ++iter; + } + + return rowlabels; +} + +wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const +{ + wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); + wxRect r; + + wxArrayInt colLabels; + + int left, right; + while ( iter ) + { + r = iter.GetRect(); + + // TODO: remove this when we can... + // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update + // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the + // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around + // +#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) + int cw, ch; + m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) + r.SetLeft( 0 ); + r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); +#endif + + // logical bounds of update region + // + int dummy; + CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); + CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); + + // find the cells within these bounds + // + int col; + int colPos; + for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) + { + col = GetColAt( colPos ); + + if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) + continue; + + if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) + break; + + colLabels.Add( col ); + } + + ++iter; + } + + return colLabels; +} + +wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const +{ + wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); + wxRect r; + + wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; + + int left, top, right, bottom; + while ( iter ) + { + r = iter.GetRect(); + + // TODO: remove this when we can... + // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update + // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the + // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around + // +#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) + int cw, ch; + m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); + if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); + r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); + r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); +#endif + + // logical bounds of update region + // + CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); + CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); + + // find the cells within these bounds + wxArrayInt cols; + for ( int row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) + { + if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) + continue; + + if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) + break; + + // add all dirty cells in this row: notice that the columns which + // are dirty don't depend on the row so we compute them only once + // for the first dirty row and then reuse for all the next ones + if ( cols.empty() ) + { + // do determine the dirty columns + for ( int pos = XToPos(left); pos <= XToPos(right); pos++ ) + cols.push_back(GetColAt(pos)); + + // if there are no dirty columns at all, nothing to do + if ( cols.empty() ) + break; + } + + const size_t count = cols.size(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + cellsExposed.Add(wxGridCellCoords(row, cols[n])); + } + + ++iter; + } + + return cellsExposed; +} + + +void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + int x, y, row; + wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); + CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); + + if ( event.Dragging() ) + { + if (!m_isDragging) + { + m_isDragging = true; + m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); + } + + if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) + { + switch ( m_cursorMode ) + { + case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: + { + int cw, ch, left, dummy; + m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); + + wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); + PrepareDC( dc ); + y = wxMax( y, + GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + + GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); + dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); + if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) + { + dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); + } + dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); + m_dragLastPos = y; + } + break; + + case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: + { + if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) + { + if ( m_selection ) + m_selection->SelectRow(row, event); + } + } + break; + + // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value + // 'xxx' not handled in switch + default: + break; + } + } + return; + } + + if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) + return; + + if (m_isDragging) + { + if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) + m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); + m_isDragging = false; + } + + // ------------ Entering or leaving the window + // + if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) + { + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); + } + + // ------------ Left button pressed + // + else if ( event.LeftDown() ) + { + row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); + if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) ) + { + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); + } + else // not a request to start resizing + { + row = YToRow(y); + if ( row >= 0 && + !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) + { + if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) + ClearSelection(); + if ( m_selection ) + { + if ( event.ShiftDown() ) + { + m_selection->SelectBlock + ( + m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0, + row, GetNumberCols() - 1, + event + ); + } + else + { + m_selection->SelectRow(row, event); + } + } + + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); + } + } + } + + // ------------ Left double click + // + else if (event.LeftDClick() ) + { + row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); + if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) ) + { + // adjust row height depending on label text + // + // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 + AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row ); + + SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, row, -1, event); + + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); + m_dragLastPos = -1; + } + else // not on row separator or it's not resizeable + { + row = YToRow(y); + if ( row >=0 && + !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) + { + // no default action at the moment + } + } + } + + // ------------ Left button released + // + else if ( event.LeftUp() ) + { + if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) + DoEndDragResizeRow(event); + + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); + m_dragLastPos = -1; + } + + // ------------ Right button down + // + else if ( event.RightDown() ) + { + row = YToRow(y); + if ( row >=0 && + !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) + { + // no default action at the moment + } + } + + // ------------ Right double click + // + else if ( event.RightDClick() ) + { + row = YToRow(y); + if ( row >= 0 && + !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) + { + // no default action at the moment + } + } + + // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving + // + else if ( event.Moving() ) + { + m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); + if ( m_dragRowOrCol != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) + { + if ( CanDragRowSize(m_dragRowOrCol) ) + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false); + } + } + else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) + { + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false); + } + } +} + +void wxGrid::UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( col != wxNOT_FOUND, "invalid column index" ); + + if ( m_useNativeHeader ) + GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); + else if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) + m_colWindow->Refresh(); + //else: sorting indicator display not yet implemented in grid version +} + +void wxGrid::SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending) +{ + if ( col == m_sortCol ) + { + // we are already using this column for sorting (or not sorting at all) + // but we might still change the sorting order, check for it + if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND && ascending != m_sortIsAscending ) + { + m_sortIsAscending = ascending; + + UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol); + } + } + else // we're changing the column used for sorting + { + const int sortColOld = m_sortCol; + + // change it before updating the column as we want GetSortingColumn() + // to return the correct new value + m_sortCol = col; + + if ( sortColOld != wxNOT_FOUND ) + UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(sortColOld); + + if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + m_sortIsAscending = ascending; + UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol); + } + } +} + +void wxGrid::DoColHeaderClick(int col) +{ + // we consider that the grid was resorted if this event is processed and + // not vetoed + if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, -1, col) == 1 ) + { + SetSortingColumn(col, IsSortingBy(col) ? !m_sortIsAscending : true); + Refresh(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::DoStartResizeCol(int col) +{ + m_dragRowOrCol = col; + m_dragLastPos = -1; + DoUpdateResizeColWidth(GetColWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); +} + +void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeCol(int x) +{ + int cw, ch, dummy, top; + m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); + + wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); + PrepareDC( dc ); + + x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); + dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); + if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) + { + dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); + } + dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); + m_dragLastPos = x; +} + +void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w) +{ + DoUpdateResizeCol(GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + w); +} + +void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + int x, y; + wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); + CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); + + int col = XToCol(x); + if ( event.Dragging() ) + { + if (!m_isDragging) + { + m_isDragging = true; + GetColLabelWindow()->CaptureMouse(); + + if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL && col != -1 ) + DoStartMoveCol(col); + } + + if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) + { + switch ( m_cursorMode ) + { + case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: + DoUpdateResizeCol(x); + break; + + case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: + { + if ( col != -1 ) + { + if ( m_selection ) + m_selection->SelectCol(col, event); + } + } + break; + + case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: + { + int posNew = XToPos(x); + int colNew = GetColAt(posNew); + + // determine the position of the drop marker + int markerX; + if ( x >= GetColLeft(colNew) + (GetColWidth(colNew) / 2) ) + markerX = GetColRight(colNew); + else + markerX = GetColLeft(colNew); + + if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos ) + { + wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() ); + DoPrepareDC(dc); + + int cw, ch; + GetColLabelWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + + markerX++; + + //Clean up the last indicator + if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) + { + wxPen pen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 ); + dc.SetPen(pen); + dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch ); + dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); + + if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 ) + DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) ); + } + + const wxColour *color; + //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker + if ( colNew == m_dragRowOrCol ) + color = wxLIGHT_GREY; + else + color = wxBLUE; + + //Draw the marker + wxPen pen( *color, 2 ); + dc.SetPen(pen); + + dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch ); + + dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); + + m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1; + } + } + break; + + // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value + // 'xxx' not handled in switch + default: + break; + } + } + return; + } + + if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) + return; + + if (m_isDragging) + { + if (GetColLabelWindow()->HasCapture()) + GetColLabelWindow()->ReleaseMouse(); + m_isDragging = false; + } + + // ------------ Entering or leaving the window + // + if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) + { + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); + } + + // ------------ Left button pressed + // + else if ( event.LeftDown() ) + { + int col = XToEdgeOfCol(x); + if ( col != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragColSize(col) ) + { + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); + } + else // not a request to start resizing + { + col = XToCol(x); + if ( col >= 0 && + !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) + { + if ( m_canDragColMove ) + { + //Show button as pressed + wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() ); + int colLeft = GetColLeft( col ); + int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1; + dc.SetPen( wxPen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) ); + dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); + dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); + + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); + } + else + { + if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) + ClearSelection(); + if ( m_selection ) + { + if ( event.ShiftDown() ) + { + m_selection->SelectBlock + ( + 0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), + GetNumberRows() - 1, col, + event + ); + } + else + { + m_selection->SelectCol(col, event); + } + } + + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); + } + } + } + } + + // ------------ Left double click + // + if ( event.LeftDClick() ) + { + const int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x); + if ( colEdge == -1 ) + { + if ( col >= 0 && + ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) + { + // no default action at the moment + } + } + else + { + // adjust column width depending on label text + // + // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 + AutoSizeColLabelSize( colEdge ); + + SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event); + + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); + m_dragLastPos = -1; + } + } + + // ------------ Left button released + // + else if ( event.LeftUp() ) + { + switch ( m_cursorMode ) + { + case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: + DoEndDragResizeCol(event); + break; + + case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: + if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 || col == m_dragRowOrCol ) + { + // the column didn't actually move anywhere + if ( col != -1 ) + DoColHeaderClick(col); + m_colWindow->Refresh(); // "unpress" the column + } + else + { + // get the position of the column we're over + int pos = XToPos(x); + + // we may need to adjust the drop position but don't bother + // checking for it if we can't anyhow + if ( pos > 1 ) + { + // also find the index of the column we're over: notice + // that the existing "col" variable may be invalid but + // we need a valid one here + const int colValid = GetColAt(pos); + + // if we're on the "near" (usually left but right in + // RTL case) part of the column, the actual position we + // should be placed in is actually the one before it + bool onNearPart; + const int middle = GetColLeft(colValid) + + GetColWidth(colValid)/2; + if ( GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_LeftToRight ) + onNearPart = (x <= middle); + else // wxLayout_RightToLeft + onNearPart = (x > middle); + + if ( onNearPart ) + pos--; + } + + DoEndMoveCol(pos); + } + break; + + case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: + case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: + case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: + case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: + if ( col != -1 ) + DoColHeaderClick(col); + break; + } + + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); + m_dragLastPos = -1; + } + + // ------------ Right button down + // + else if ( event.RightDown() ) + { + if ( col >= 0 && + !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) + { + // no default action at the moment + } + } + + // ------------ Right double click + // + else if ( event.RightDClick() ) + { + if ( col >= 0 && + !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) + { + // no default action at the moment + } + } + + // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving + // + else if ( event.Moving() ) + { + m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); + if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) + { + if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) + { + if ( CanDragColSize(m_dragRowOrCol) ) + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow(), false); + } + } + else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) + { + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow(), false); + } + } +} + +void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + if ( event.LeftDown() ) + { + // indicate corner label by having both row and + // col args == -1 + // + if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) + { + SelectAll(); + } + } + else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) + { + SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); + } + else if ( event.RightDown() ) + { + if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) + { + // no default action at the moment + } + } + else if ( event.RightDClick() ) + { + if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) + { + // no default action at the moment + } + } +} + +void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture() +{ + // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is + if ( m_winCapture ) + { + m_isDragging = false; + m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; + + m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; + m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); + m_winCapture = NULL; + + // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen + Refresh(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, + wxWindow *win, + bool captureMouse) +{ +#if wxUSE_LOG_TRACE + static const wxChar *const cursorModes[] = + { + wxT("SELECT_CELL"), + wxT("RESIZE_ROW"), + wxT("RESIZE_COL"), + wxT("SELECT_ROW"), + wxT("SELECT_COL"), + wxT("MOVE_COL"), + }; + + wxLogTrace(wxT("grid"), + wxT("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), + win == m_colWindow ? wxT("colLabelWin") + : win ? wxT("rowLabelWin") + : wxT("gridWin"), + cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); +#endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE + + if ( mode == m_cursorMode && + win == m_winCapture && + captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) + return; + + if ( !win ) + { + // by default use the grid itself + win = m_gridWin; + } + + if ( m_winCapture ) + { + m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); + m_winCapture = NULL; + } + + m_cursorMode = mode; + + switch ( m_cursorMode ) + { + case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: + win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); + break; + + case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: + win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); + break; + + case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: + win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) ); + break; + + default: + win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); + break; + } + + // we need to capture mouse when resizing + bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || + m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; + + if ( captureMouse && resize ) + { + win->CaptureMouse(); + m_winCapture = win; + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// grid mouse event processing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void +wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, + const wxGridCellCoords& coords, + bool isFirstDrag) +{ + if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) + return; // we're outside any valid cell + + // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking. + if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) + { + HideCellEditControl(); + SaveEditControlValue(); + } + + switch ( event.GetModifiers() ) + { + case wxMOD_CMD: + if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords) + m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; + UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords); + break; + + case wxMOD_NONE: + if ( CanDragCell() ) + { + if ( isFirstDrag ) + { + if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords) + m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; + + SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event); + return; + } + } + + UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); + break; + + default: + // we don't handle the other key modifiers + event.Skip(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper) +{ + wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); + PrepareDC(dc); + dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); + + const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)), + m_gridWin->GetClientSize()); + + // erase the previously drawn line, if any + if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) + oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos); + + // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here + m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition())); + + // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size + const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) + + oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol); + if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin ) + m_dragLastPos = posMin; + + // and draw it at the new position + oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos); +} + +void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords) +{ + if ( !m_isDragging ) + { + // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far + // enough + const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition(); + if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition ) + { + m_startDragPos = pt; + return; + } + + if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY && + abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY ) + return; + } + + const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging; + m_isDragging = true; + + switch ( m_cursorMode ) + { + case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: + DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag); + break; + + case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: + DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations()); + break; + + case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: + DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations()); + break; + + default: + event.Skip(); + } + + if ( isFirstDrag ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winCapture, "shouldn't capture the mouse twice" ); + + m_winCapture = m_gridWin; + m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); + } +} + +void +wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event, + const wxGridCellCoords& coords, + const wxPoint& pos) +{ + if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) ) + { + // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here + return; + } + + if ( !event.CmdDown() ) + ClearSelection(); + + if ( event.ShiftDown() ) + { + if ( m_selection ) + { + m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event); + m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; + } + } + else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 ) + { + DisableCellEditControl(); + MakeCellVisible( coords ); + + if ( event.CmdDown() ) + { + if ( m_selection ) + { + m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event); + } + + m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; + m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; + m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; + } + else + { + if ( m_selection ) + { + // In row or column selection mode just clicking on the cell + // should select the row or column containing it: this is more + // convenient for the kinds of controls that use such selection + // mode and is compatible with 2.8 behaviour (see #12062). + switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() ) + { + case wxGridSelectCells: + case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns: + // nothing to do in these cases + break; + + case wxGridSelectRows: + m_selection->SelectRow(coords.GetRow()); + break; + + case wxGridSelectColumns: + m_selection->SelectCol(coords.GetCol()); + break; + } + } + + m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && + coords != wxGridNoCellCoords; + SetCurrentCell( coords ); + } + } +} + +void +wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event, + const wxGridCellCoords& coords, + const wxPoint& pos) +{ + if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 ) + { + if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) ) + { + // we want double click to select a cell and start editing + // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks): + m_waitForSlowClick = true; + } + } +} + +void +wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords) +{ + if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) + { + if (m_winCapture) + { + m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); + m_winCapture = NULL; + } + + if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() ) + { + ClearSelection(); + EnableCellEditControl(); + + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords); + wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); + editor->StartingClick(); + editor->DecRef(); + attr->DecRef(); + + m_waitForSlowClick = false; + } + else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && + m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) + { + if ( m_selection ) + { + m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft, + m_selectedBlockBottomRight, + event ); + } + + m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; + m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; + + // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for + // drag-shrinking. + ShowCellEditControl(); + } + } + else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) + { + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); + DoEndDragResizeRow(event); + } + else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) + { + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); + DoEndDragResizeCol(event); + } + + m_dragLastPos = -1; +} + +void +wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event), + const wxGridCellCoords& coords, + const wxPoint& pos) +{ + if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 ) + { + // out of grid cell area + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); + return; + } + + int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y ); + int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x ); + + // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both + // directions is not implemented yet... + // + if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) + { + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); + return; + } + + if ( dragRow >= 0 && CanDragGridSize() && CanDragRowSize(dragRow) ) + { + if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) + { + m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false); + } + } + // When using the native header window we can only resize the columns by + // dragging the dividers in it because we can't make it enter into the + // column resizing mode programmatically + else if ( dragCol >= 0 && !m_useNativeHeader && + CanDragGridSize() && CanDragColSize(dragCol) ) + { + if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) + { + m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false); + } + } + else // Neither on a row or col edge + { + if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) + { + ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); + } + } +} + +void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) + { + // we don't care about these events but we must not reset m_isDragging + // if they happen so return before anything else is done + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()); + + // coordinates of the cell under mouse + wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos); + + int cell_rows, cell_cols; + GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); + if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) ) + { + coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows); + coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols); + } + + if ( event.Dragging() ) + { + if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) + DoGridDragEvent(event, coords); + else + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + m_isDragging = false; + m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; + + // deal with various button presses + if ( event.IsButton() ) + { + if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) + { + DisableCellEditControl(); + + if ( event.LeftDown() ) + DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos); + else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) + DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos); + else if ( event.RightDown() ) + SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event); + else if ( event.RightDClick() ) + SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event); + } + + // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell + if ( event.LeftUp() ) + { + DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords); + } + } + else if ( event.Moving() ) + { + DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos); + } + else // unknown mouse event? + { + event.Skip(); + } +} + +// this function returns true only if the size really changed +bool wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper) +{ + if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 ) + return false; + + const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual(); + + const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize(); + + const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)); + + // erase the last line we drew + wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); + PrepareDC(dc); + dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); + + const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin); + const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size); + + oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos); + + // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing + HideCellEditControl(); + SaveEditControlValue(); + + // do resize the line + const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol); + const int lineSizeOld = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol); + oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol, + wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart, + oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol))); + const bool + sizeChanged = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol) != lineSizeOld; + + m_dragLastPos = -1; + + // refresh now if we're not frozen + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header + // window + + // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction + wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0))); + rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition())); + + // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here, + // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction + oper.Select(rect) = 0; + + wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(), + oper.MakeSize + ( + oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this), + doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect) + )); + + oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader); + + + // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle + if ( m_table ) + { + oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size); + + int subtractLines = 0; + const int lineStart = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart); + if ( lineStart >= 0 ) + { + // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of + // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a + // part of it is affected + const int lineEnd = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true); + for ( int line = lineStart; line < lineEnd; line++ ) + { + int cellLines = oper.Select( + GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line))); + if ( cellLines < subtractLines ) + subtractLines = cellLines; + } + } + + int startPos = + oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines); + startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos); + + doper.Select(rect) = startPos; + doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos; + + m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect); + } + } + + // show the edit control back again + ShowCellEditControl(); + + return sizeChanged; +} + +void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow(const wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 + + if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations()) ) + SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event); +} + +void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol(const wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 + + if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations()) ) + SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event); +} + +void wxGrid::DoStartMoveCol(int col) +{ + m_dragRowOrCol = col; +} + +void wxGrid::DoEndMoveCol(int pos) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_dragRowOrCol != -1, "no matching DoStartMoveCol?" ); + + if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol) != -1 ) + SetColPos(m_dragRowOrCol, pos); + //else: vetoed by user + + m_dragRowOrCol = -1; +} + +void wxGrid::RefreshAfterColPosChange() +{ + // recalculate the column rights as the column positions have changed, + // unless we calculate them dynamically because all columns widths are the + // same and it's easy to do + if ( !m_colWidths.empty() ) + { + int colRight = 0; + for ( int colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) + { + int colID = GetColAt( colPos ); + + colRight += m_colWidths[colID]; + m_colRights[colID] = colRight; + } + } + + // and make the changes visible + if ( m_useNativeHeader ) + { + if ( m_colAt.empty() ) + GetGridColHeader()->ResetColumnsOrder(); + else + GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnsOrder(m_colAt); + } + else + { + m_colWindow->Refresh(); + } + m_gridWin->Refresh(); +} + +void wxGrid::SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order) +{ + m_colAt = order; + + RefreshAfterColPosChange(); +} + +void wxGrid::SetColPos(int idx, int pos) +{ + // we're going to need m_colAt now, initialize it if needed + if ( m_colAt.empty() ) + { + m_colAt.reserve(m_numCols); + for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) + m_colAt.push_back(i); + } + + wxHeaderCtrl::MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colAt, idx, pos); + + RefreshAfterColPosChange(); +} + +void wxGrid::ResetColPos() +{ + m_colAt.clear(); + + RefreshAfterColPosChange(); +} + +void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable ) +{ + if ( m_canDragColMove == enable ) + return; + + if ( m_useNativeHeader ) + { + // update all columns to make them [not] reorderable + GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); + } + + m_canDragColMove = enable; + + // we use to call ResetColPos() from here if !enable but this doesn't seem + // right as it would mean there would be no way to "freeze" the current + // columns order by disabling moving them after putting them in the desired + // order, whereas now you can always call ResetColPos() manually if needed +} + + +// +// ------ interaction with data model +// +bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) +{ + switch ( msg.GetId() ) + { + case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: + return GetModelValues(); + + case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: + return SetModelValues(); + + case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: + case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: + case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: + case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: + case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: + case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: + return Redimension( msg ); + + default: + return false; + } +} + +// The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class +// Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the +// behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but +// not to change the number of rows or cols. +// +void wxGrid::ClearGrid() +{ + if ( m_table ) + { + if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) + DisableCellEditControl(); + + m_table->Clear(); + if (!GetBatchCount()) + m_gridWin->Refresh(); + } +} + +bool +wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t), + int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" ); + + if ( !m_table ) + return false; + + if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) + DisableCellEditControl(); + + return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num); + + // the table will have sent the results of the insert row + // operation to this view object as a grid table message +} + +bool +wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t), + int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels)) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" ); + + if ( !m_table ) + return false; + + return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event generation helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void +wxGrid::SendGridSizeEvent(wxEventType type, + int row, int col, + const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv) +{ + int rowOrCol = row == -1 ? col : row; + + wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), + type, + this, + rowOrCol, + mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), + mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), + mouseEv); + + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); +} + +// Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return: +// -1 if the event was vetoed +// +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed) +// 0 if the event wasn't handled +int +wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, + int row, int col, + const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv) +{ + bool claimed, vetoed; + + if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) + { + // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! + wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), + type, + this, + m_selectedBlockTopLeft, + m_selectedBlockBottomRight, + true, + mouseEv); + + claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); + vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); + } + else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK || + type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK || + type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK || + type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK ) + { + wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition(); + + if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() ) + pos.y += GetColLabelSize(); + if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() ) + pos.x += GetRowLabelSize(); + + wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), + type, + this, + row, col, + pos.x, + pos.y, + false, + mouseEv); + claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); + vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); + } + else + { + wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), + type, + this, + row, col, + mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), + mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), + false, + mouseEv); + claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); + vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); + } + + // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first + if (vetoed) + return -1; + + return claimed ? 1 : 0; +} + +// Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above +// +int +wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col, const wxString& s) +{ + wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col ); + gridEvt.SetString(s); + + const bool claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); + + // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first + if ( !gridEvt.IsAllowed() ) + return -1; + + return claimed ? 1 : 0; +} + +void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW + wxPaintDC dc(this); +} + +void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect) +{ + // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch... + // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway. + if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() ) + { + // Refresh to get correct scrolled position: + wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect); + + if (rect) + { + int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight; + int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell; + int x, y; + + // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets.. + rect_x = rect->GetX(); + rect_y = rect->GetY(); + rectWidth = rect->GetWidth(); + rectHeight = rect->GetHeight(); + + width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x; + if (width_label > rectWidth) + width_label = rectWidth; + + height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y; + if (height_label > rectHeight) + height_label = rectHeight; + + if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth) + { + x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth; + width_cell = rectWidth; + } + else + { + x = 0; + width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x); + } + + if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight) + { + y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight; + height_cell = rectHeight; + } + else + { + y = 0; + height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y); + } + + // Paint corner label part intersecting rect. + if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 ) + { + wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label); + m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); + } + + // Paint col labels part intersecting rect. + if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 ) + { + wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label); + m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); + } + + // Paint row labels part intersecting rect. + if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) + { + wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell); + m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); + } + + // Paint cell area part intersecting rect. + if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) + { + wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell); + m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); + } + } + else + { + m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); + m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); + m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); + m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); + } + } +} + +void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done + { + // reposition our children windows + CalcWindowSizes(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) +{ + if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) + { + // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... + // + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); + } + + m_inOnKeyDown = true; + + // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); + keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); + + if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) + { + if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) + { + if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT) + event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT; + else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT) + event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT; + } + + // try local handlers + switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) + { + case WXK_UP: + if ( event.ControlDown() ) + MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); + else + MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); + break; + + case WXK_DOWN: + if ( event.ControlDown() ) + MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); + else + MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); + break; + + case WXK_LEFT: + if ( event.ControlDown() ) + MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); + else + MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); + break; + + case WXK_RIGHT: + if ( event.ControlDown() ) + MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); + else + MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); + break; + + case WXK_RETURN: + case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: + if ( event.ControlDown() ) + { + event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return + } + else + { + if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) + { + MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); + } + else + { + // at the bottom of a column + DisableCellEditControl(); + } + } + break; + + case WXK_ESCAPE: + ClearSelection(); + break; + + case WXK_TAB: + if (event.ShiftDown()) + { + if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) + { + MoveCursorLeft( false ); + } + else + { + // at left of grid + DisableCellEditControl(); + } + } + else + { + if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 ) + { + MoveCursorRight( false ); + } + else + { + // at right of grid + DisableCellEditControl(); + } + } + break; + + case WXK_HOME: + GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? 0 + : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), + 0); + break; + + case WXK_END: + GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? m_numRows - 1 + : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), + m_numCols - 1); + break; + + case WXK_PAGEUP: + MovePageUp(); + break; + + case WXK_PAGEDOWN: + MovePageDown(); + break; + + case WXK_SPACE: + // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the + // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything + switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE ) + { + case wxMOD_CONTROL: + m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()); + break; + + case wxMOD_SHIFT: + m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()); + break; + + case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT: + m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0, + m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1); + break; + + case wxMOD_NONE: + if ( !IsEditable() ) + { + MoveCursorRight(false); + break; + } + //else: fall through + + default: + event.Skip(); + } + break; + + default: + event.Skip(); + break; + } + } + + m_inOnKeyDown = false; +} + +void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) +{ + // try local handlers + // + if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) + { + if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && + m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) + { + if ( m_selection ) + { + m_selection->SelectBlock( + m_selectedBlockTopLeft, + m_selectedBlockBottomRight, + event); + } + } + + m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; + m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; + m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; + } +} + +void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) +{ + // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? + if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) + { + // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key + int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); + int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); + + // is special and will always start editing, for + // other keys - ask the editor itself + if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) + || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) + { + // ensure cell is visble + MakeCellVisible(row, col); + EnableCellEditControl(); + + // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely + // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the + // control is not created and calling StartingKey will + // crash the app + if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) + editor->StartingKey(event); + } + else + { + event.Skip(); + } + + editor->DecRef(); + attr->DecRef(); + } + else + { + event.Skip(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) +{ +} + +bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) +{ + if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 ) + { + // the event has been vetoed - do nothing + return false; + } + +#if !defined(__WXMAC__) + wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); + PrepareDC( dc ); +#endif + + if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) + { + DisableCellEditControl(); + + if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) + { + wxRect r; + r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords ); + if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) + { + r.x--; + r.y--; + r.width++; + r.height++; + } + + wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); + + // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! + m_currentCellCoords = coords; + +#if defined(__WXMAC__) + m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */); +#else + DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells ); + DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); +#endif + } + } + + m_currentCellCoords = coords; + + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords ); +#if !defined(__WXMAC__) + DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr ); +#endif + attr->DecRef(); + + return true; +} + +void +wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol, + int bottomRow, int rightCol) +{ + MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner); + m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol); + + if ( m_selection ) + { + switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" ); + // fall through + + case wxGridSelectCells: + // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell + // coordinates as is + break; + + case wxGridSelectRows: + // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select + // full rows + leftCol = 0; + rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; + break; + + case wxGridSelectColumns: + // same as above but for columns + topRow = 0; + bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; + break; + + case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns: + // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so + // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't + // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we + // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is + // not useful) + return; + } + } + + EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow); + EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol); + + wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol), + updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol); + + // First the case that we selected a completely new area + if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords || + m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords ) + { + wxRect rect; + rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ), + wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); + m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); + } + + // Now handle changing an existing selection area. + else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft || + m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) + { + // Compute two optimal update rectangles: + // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the + // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! + wxRect rect[4]; + bool need_refresh[4]; + need_refresh[0] = + need_refresh[1] = + need_refresh[2] = + need_refresh[3] = false; + int i; + + // Store intermediate values + wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol(); + wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow(); + wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol(); + wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow(); + + // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. + EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol); + EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow); + EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight); + EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom); + + // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer + // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one + // is contained in the other. + + if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) + { + // Refresh the newly selected or deselected + // area to the left of the old or new selection. + need_refresh[0] = true; + rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( + wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ), + wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) ); + } + + if ( oldTop < topRow ) + { + // Refresh the newly selected or deselected + // area above the old or new selection. + need_refresh[1] = true; + rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( + wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ), + wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) ); + } + + if ( oldRight > rightCol ) + { + // Refresh the newly selected or deselected + // area to the right of the old or new selection. + need_refresh[2] = true; + rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( + wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ), + wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) ); + } + + if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) + { + // Refresh the newly selected or deselected + // area below the old or new selection. + need_refresh[3] = true; + rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( + wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ), + wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) ); + } + + // various Refresh() calls + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) + if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) + m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) ); + } + + // change selection + m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft; + m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight; +} + +// +// ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) +// + +bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() +{ + // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. + HideCellEditControl(); + + if ( m_table ) + { + // all we need to do is repaint the grid + // + m_gridWin->Refresh(); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() +{ + int row, col; + + // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. + // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first? + // I think so ... + DisableCellEditControl(); + + if ( m_table ) + { + for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) + { + for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) + { + m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); + } + } + + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +// Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of +// exposed cells (usually set from the update region by +// CalcExposedCells) +// +void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) +{ + if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) + return; + + int i, numCells = cells.GetCount(); + int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols; + wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells; + + for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) + { + row = cells[i].GetRow(); + col = cells[i].GetCol(); + GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); + + // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint + if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) + { + wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols ); + bool marked = false; + for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ ) + { + if ( cell == cells[j] ) + { + marked = true; + break; + } + } + + if (!marked) + { + int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); + for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) + { + if ( cell == redrawCells[j] ) + { + marked = true; + break; + } + } + + if (!marked) + redrawCells.Add( cell ); + } + + // don't bother drawing this cell + continue; + } + + // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow + if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) + { + for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ ) + { + // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint + int left = col; + for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++) + if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) && + (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row)) + { + left = redrawCells[k].GetCol(); + } + + if (left == col) + left = 0; // oh well + + for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--) + { + if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j)) + { + if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j)) + { + wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j); + bool marked = false; + + for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++) + { + if ( cell == cells[k] ) + { + marked = true; + break; + } + } + + if (!marked) + { + int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); + for (int k = 0; k < count; k++) + { + if ( cell == redrawCells[k] ) + { + marked = true; + break; + } + } + if (!marked) + redrawCells.Add( cell ); + } + } + break; + } + } + } + } + + DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); + } + + numCells = redrawCells.GetCount(); + + for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) + { + DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] ); + } +} + +void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) +{ + int cw, ch; + m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + + int right, bottom; + CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); + + int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0; + int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; + + if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) + { + int left, top; + CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); + + dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()); + dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); + + if ( right > rightCol ) + { + dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch ); + } + + if ( bottom > bottomRow ) + { + dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow ); + } + } +} + +void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) +{ + int row = coords.GetRow(); + int col = coords.GetCol(); + + if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) + return; + + // we draw the cell border ourselves + wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + + bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; + + wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); + + // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer + // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! + if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) + { + // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the + // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered. + // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered + // implicitly, causing this out-of order render. +#if !defined(__WXMAC__) + wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); + editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); + editor->DecRef(); +#endif + } + else + { + // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized + wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); + renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); + renderer->DecRef(); + } + + attr->DecRef(); +} + +void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) +{ + // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus + if ( !HasFocus() ) + return; + + int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); + int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); + + if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) + return; + + wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); + + // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? + // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but + // it doesn't look really good + + int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; + + if (penWidth > 0) + { + // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of + // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the + // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of + // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then + // please #ifdef this appropriately. + rect.x += penWidth / 2; + rect.y += penWidth / 2; + rect.width -= penWidth - 1; + rect.height -= penWidth - 1; + + // Now draw the rectangle + // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this + // will ensure the cell is always visible. + dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground + : m_cellHighlightColour, + penWidth)); + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + } +} + +wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen() +{ + return wxPen(GetGridLineColour()); +} + +wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row)) +{ + return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); +} + +wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col)) +{ + return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); +} + +void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) +{ + int row = coords.GetRow(); + int col = coords.GetCol(); + if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) + return; + + + wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); + + // right hand border + dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) ); + dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, + rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 ); + + // bottom border + dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) ); + dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, + rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); +} + +void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) +{ + // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't + // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB + // + if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && + m_numRows && m_numCols ) + { + m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); + } + + if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) + { + // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown + return; + } + + // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it + // might have been damaged by the grid lines + size_t count = cells.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n]; + + // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another + // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor" + // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by + // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even + // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment. + if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) + { + int rows = 0, + cols = 0; + GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols); + + if ( rows < 0 ) + cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows); + + if ( cols < 0 ) + cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols); + } + + if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords ) + { + wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); + DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); + attr->DecRef(); + + break; + } + } +} + +// This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour +// has been changed +// +void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) +{ + if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) + return; + + int top, bottom, left, right; + + int cw, ch; + m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); + CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); + CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); + + // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col + if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz ) + { + if ( !m_numCols ) + return; + + const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)); + if ( right > lastColRight ) + right = lastColRight; + } + + if ( m_gridLinesClipVert ) + { + if ( !m_numRows ) + return; + + const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1); + if ( bottom > lastRowBottom ) + bottom = lastRowBottom; + } + + // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out + int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); + int topRow = internalYToRow(top); + int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) ); + int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom); + + wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch); + + int cell_rows, cell_cols; + wxRect rect; + + for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ ) + { + for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ ) + { + int i = GetColAt( colPos ); + + GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); + if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) + { + rect = CellToRect(j,i); + CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); + clippedcells.Subtract(rect); + } + else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) + { + rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); + CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); + clippedcells.Subtract(rect); + } + } + } + + dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells ); + + + // horizontal grid lines + for ( int i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ ) + { + int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; + + if ( bot > bottom ) + break; + + if ( bot >= top ) + { + dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) ); + dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); + } + } + + // vertical grid lines + for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) + { + int i = GetColAt( colPos ); + + int colRight = GetColRight(i); +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft) +#endif + colRight--; + + if ( colRight > right ) + break; + + if ( colRight >= left ) + { + dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) ); + dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); + } + } + + dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); +} + +void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows) +{ + if ( !m_numRows ) + return; + + const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) + { + DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); + } +} + +void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) +{ + if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 ) + return; + + wxGridCellAttrProvider * const + attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL; + + // notice that an explicit static_cast is needed to avoid a compilation + // error with VC7.1 which, for some reason, tries to instantiate (abstract) + // wxGridRowHeaderRenderer class without it + const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer& + rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetRowHeaderRenderer(row) + : static_cast + (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer); + + wxRect rect(0, GetRowTop(row), m_rowLabelWidth, GetRowHeight(row)); + rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect); + + int hAlign, vAlign; + GetRowLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); + + rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetRowLabelValue(row), + rect, hAlign, vAlign, wxHORIZONTAL); +} + +void wxGrid::UseNativeColHeader(bool native) +{ + if ( native == m_useNativeHeader ) + return; + + delete m_colWindow; + m_useNativeHeader = native; + + CreateColumnWindow(); + + if ( m_useNativeHeader ) + GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); + CalcWindowSizes(); +} + +void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader, + "doesn't make sense when using native header" ); + + m_nativeColumnLabels = native; + if (native) + { + int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this ); + SetColLabelSize( height ); + } + + GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh(); + m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); +} + +void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) +{ + if ( !m_numCols ) + return; + + const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) + { + DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); + } +} + +void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc) +{ + wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight)); + + if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) + { + rect.Deflate(1); + + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0); + } + else + { + rect.width++; + rect.height++; + + wxGridCellAttrProvider * const + attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL; + const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& + rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetCornerRenderer() + : static_cast + (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer); + + rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect); + } +} + +void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col) +{ + if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 ) + return; + + int colLeft = GetColLeft(col); + + wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight); + wxGridCellAttrProvider * const + attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL; + const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer& + rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetColumnHeaderRenderer(col) + : static_cast + (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer); + + if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) + { + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton + ( + GetColLabelWindow(), + dc, + rect, + 0, + IsSortingBy(col) + ? IsSortOrderAscending() + ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP + : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN + : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE + ); + rect.Deflate(2); + } + else + { + // It is reported that we need to erase the background to avoid display + // artefacts, see #12055. + wxDCBrushChanger setBrush(dc, m_colWindow->GetBackgroundColour()); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + + rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect); + } + + int hAlign, vAlign; + GetColLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); + const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation(); + + rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient); +} + +// TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which +// we just have to add textOrientation support +void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, + const wxString& value, + const wxRect& rect, + int horizAlign, + int vertAlign, + int textOrientation ) const +{ + wxArrayString lines; + + StringToLines( value, lines ); + + DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation); +} + +void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc, + const wxArrayString& lines, + const wxRect& rect, + int horizAlign, + int vertAlign, + int textOrientation) const +{ + if ( lines.empty() ) + return; + + wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect); + + long textWidth, + textHeight; + + if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); + else + GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth ); + + int x = 0, + y = 0; + switch ( vertAlign ) + { + case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: + if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); + else + x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth; + break; + + case wxALIGN_CENTRE: + if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2); + else + x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2); + break; + + case wxALIGN_TOP: + default: + if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + y = rect.y + 1; + else + x = rect.x + 1; + break; + } + + // Align each line of a multi-line label + size_t nLines = lines.GetCount(); + for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ ) + { + const wxString& line = lines[l]; + + if ( line.empty() ) + { + *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight(); + continue; + } + + wxCoord lineWidth = 0, + lineHeight = 0; + dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight); + + switch ( horizAlign ) + { + case wxALIGN_RIGHT: + if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1); + else + y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1; + break; + + case wxALIGN_CENTRE: + if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2); + else + y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2); + break; + + case wxALIGN_LEFT: + default: + if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + x = rect.x + 1; + else + y = rect.y + rect.height - 1; + break; + } + + if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) + { + dc.DrawText( line, x, y ); + y += lineHeight; + } + else + { + dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 ); + x += lineHeight; + } + } +} + +// Split multi-line text up into an array of strings. +// Any existing contents of the string array are preserved. +// +// TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here +void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const +{ + int startPos = 0; + int pos; + wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); + wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); + + while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) + { + pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); + if ( pos < 0 ) + { + break; + } + else if ( pos == 0 ) + { + lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); + } + else + { + lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) ); + } + + startPos += pos + 1; + } + + if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) + { + lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) ); + } +} + +void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc, + const wxArrayString& lines, + long *width, long *height ) const +{ + wxCoord w = 0; + wxCoord h = 0; + wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0; + + size_t i; + for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) + { + dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); + w = wxMax( w, lineW ); + h += lineH; + } + + *width = w; + *height = h; +} + +// +// ------ Batch processing. +// +void wxGrid::EndBatch() +{ + if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) + { + m_batchCount--; + if ( !m_batchCount ) + { + CalcDimensions(); + m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); + m_colWindow->Refresh(); + m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); + m_gridWin->Refresh(); + } + } +} + +// Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate +// repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a +// BeginBatch / EndBatch block. +// +void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() +{ + BeginBatch(); + EndBatch(); +} + +bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable) +{ + if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) ) + return false; + + // redraw in the new state + m_gridWin->Refresh(); + + return true; +} + +// +// ------ Edit control functions +// + +void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) +{ + if ( edit != m_editable ) + { + if (!edit) + EnableCellEditControl(edit); + m_editable = edit; + } +} + +void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) +{ + if (! m_editable) + return; + + if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) + { + if ( enable ) + { + if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 ) + return; + + // this should be checked by the caller! + wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), wxT("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); + + // do it before ShowCellEditControl() + m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; + + ShowCellEditControl(); + } + else + { + SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN); + + HideCellEditControl(); + SaveEditControlValue(); + + // do it after HideCellEditControl() + m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; + } + } +} + +bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const +{ + wxGridCellAttr* + attr = const_cast(this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); + bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); + attr->DecRef(); + + return readonly; +} + +bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const +{ + return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) && + !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); +} + +bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const +{ + // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the + // current one if it's read only + return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false; +} + +bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const +{ + bool isShown = false; + + if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) + { + int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); + int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); + wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); + attr->DecRef(); + + if ( editor ) + { + if ( editor->IsCreated() ) + { + isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); + } + + editor->DecRef(); + } + } + + return isShown; +} + +void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() +{ + if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) + { + if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) + { + m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; + return; + } + else + { + wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); + int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); + int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); + + // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft) + int cell_rows, cell_cols; + GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); + if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) + { + row += cell_rows; + col += cell_cols; + m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row ); + m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col ); + } + + // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor + // might not cover the entire cell + wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); + PrepareDC( dc ); + wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour())); + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + + // convert to scrolled coords + CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); + + int nXMove = 0; + if (rect.x < 0) + nXMove = rect.x; + + // cell is shifted by one pixel + // However, don't allow x or y to become negative + // since the SetSize() method interprets that as + // "don't change." + if (rect.x > 0) + rect.x--; + if (rect.y > 0) + rect.y--; + + wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); + if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) + { + editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY, + new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); + + wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), + wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, + this, + row, + col, + editor->GetControl()); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); + } + + // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed + int maxWidth = rect.width; + wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col); + if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) ) + { + int y; + GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont()); + if (maxWidth < rect.width) + maxWidth = rect.width; + } + + int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); + if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right) + maxWidth = client_right - rect.x; + + if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table) + { + GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); + // may have changed earlier + for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++) + { + int c_rows, c_cols; + GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols ); + + // looks weird going over a multicell + if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) && + (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1)) + { + rect.width += GetColWidth( i ); + } + else + break; + } + + if (rect.GetRight() > client_right) + rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 ); + } + + editor->SetCellAttr( attr ); + editor->SetSize( rect ); + if (nXMove != 0) + editor->GetControl()->Move( + editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove, + editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y ); + editor->Show( true, attr ); + + // recalc dimensions in case we need to + // expand the scrolled window to account for editor + CalcDimensions(); + + editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); + editor->SetCellAttr(NULL); + + editor->DecRef(); + attr->DecRef(); + } + } +} + +void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() +{ + if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) + { + int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); + int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); + + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); + const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus(); + editor->Show( false ); + editor->DecRef(); + attr->DecRef(); + + // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it + // + // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing + // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the + // editor precisely because we lost focus + if ( editorHadFocus ) + m_gridWin->SetFocus(); + + // refresh whole row to the right + wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) ); + CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); + rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x; + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well + rect.Inflate(10, 10); +#endif + + m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() +{ + if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) + { + int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); + int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); + + wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col); + + wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); + + wxString newval; + bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this, oldval, &newval); + + if ( changed && SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, newval) != -1 ) + { + editor->ApplyEdit(row, col, this); + + // for compatibility reasons dating back to wx 2.8 when this event + // was called wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE and wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING + // didn't exist we allow vetoing this one too + if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, oldval) == -1 ) + { + // Event has been vetoed, set the data back. + SetCellValue(row, col, oldval); + } + } + + editor->DecRef(); + attr->DecRef(); + } +} + +// +// ------ Grid location functions +// Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of +// grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device +// coordinates for mouse events etc. +// + +wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const +{ + int row = YToRow(y); + int col = XToCol(x); + + return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords + : wxGridCellCoords(row, col); +} + +// compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either +// m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of +// m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly (linear search shouldn't be used +// for large grids) +int wxGrid::PosToLinePos(int coord, + bool clipToMinMax, + const wxGridOperations& oper) const +{ + const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this); + + if ( coord < 0 ) + return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? 0 : wxNOT_FOUND; + + const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this); + wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" ); + + int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize, + minPos = 0; + + // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes + // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in + const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this); + if ( lineEnds.empty() ) + { + if ( maxPos < numLines ) + return maxPos; + + return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1; + } + + + // adjust maxPos before starting the binary search + if ( maxPos >= numLines ) + { + maxPos = numLines - 1; + } + else + { + if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)]) + { + minPos = maxPos; + const int minDist = oper.GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(this); + if ( minDist ) + maxPos = coord / minDist; + else + maxPos = numLines - 1; + } + + if ( maxPos >= numLines ) + maxPos = numLines - 1; + } + + // check if the position is beyond the last column + const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos); + if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] ) + return clipToMinMax ? maxPos : -1; + + // or before the first one + const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0); + if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] ) + return 0; + + + // finally do perform the binary search + while ( minPos < maxPos ) + { + wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord && + coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)], + -1, + "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLinePos()" ); + + if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] ) + return maxPos; + else + maxPos--; + + const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2; + if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] ) + maxPos = median; + else + minPos = median; + } + + return maxPos; +} + +int +wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord, + bool clipToMinMax, + const wxGridOperations& oper) const +{ + int pos = PosToLinePos(coord, clipToMinMax, oper); + + return pos == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxNOT_FOUND : oper.GetLineAt(this, pos); +} + +int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const +{ + return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations()); +} + +int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const +{ + return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations()); +} + +int wxGrid::XToPos(int x) const +{ + return PosToLinePos(x, true /* clip */, wxGridColumnOperations()); +} + +// return the row number such that the y coord is near the edge of, or -1 if +// not near an edge. +// +// notice that position can only possibly be near an edge if the row/column is +// large enough to still allow for an "inner" area that is _not_ near the edge +// (i.e., if the height/width is smaller than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, pos will +// _never_ be considered to be near the edge). +int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const +{ + const int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true); + + if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) + { + // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough + // to start or end border, respectively. + if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) + return line; + else if ( line > 0 && + pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this, + line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) + { + return oper.GetLineBefore(this, line); + } + } + + return -1; +} + +int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const +{ + return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations()); +} + +int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const +{ + return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations()); +} + +wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const +{ + wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); + + if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && + col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) + { + int i, cell_rows, cell_cols; + rect.width = rect.height = 0; + GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); + // if negative then find multicell owner + if (cell_rows < 0) + row += cell_rows; + if (cell_cols < 0) + col += cell_cols; + GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); + + rect.x = GetColLeft(col); + rect.y = GetRowTop(row); + for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) + rect.width += GetColWidth(i); + for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++) + rect.height += GetRowHeight(i); + + // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller + if (m_gridLinesEnabled) + { + rect.width -= 1; + rect.height -= 1; + } + } + + return rect; +} + +bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const +{ + // get the cell rectangle in logical coords + // + wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); + + // convert to device coords + // + int left, top, right, bottom; + CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); + CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); + + // check against the client area of the grid window + int cw, ch; + m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + + if ( wholeCellVisible ) + { + // is the cell wholly visible ? + return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && + top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); + } + else + { + // is the cell partly visible ? + // + return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && + ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); + } +} + +// make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount +// of scrolling +// +void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) +{ + int i; + int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; + + if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && + col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) + { + // get the cell rectangle in logical coords + wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); + + // convert to device coords + int left, top, right, bottom; + CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); + CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); + + int cw, ch; + m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + + if ( top < 0 ) + { + ypos = r.GetTop(); + } + else if ( bottom > ch ) + { + int h = r.GetHeight(); + ypos = r.GetTop(); + for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) + { + int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); + if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) + break; + + h += rowHeight; + ypos -= rowHeight; + } + + // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't + // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, + // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) + // + // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough, + // so just add a full scroll unit... + ypos += m_yScrollPixelsPerLine; + } + + // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell! + // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between + // left and right part of the cell on every step! +// if ( left < 0 ) + if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw ) + { + xpos = r.GetLeft(); + } + else if ( right > cw ) + { + // position the view so that the cell is on the right + int x0, y0; + CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0); + xpos = x0 + (right - cw); + + // see comment for ypos above + xpos += m_xScrollPixelsPerLine; + } + + if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) + { + if ( xpos != -1 ) + xpos /= m_xScrollPixelsPerLine; + if ( ypos != -1 ) + ypos /= m_yScrollPixelsPerLine; + Scroll( xpos, ypos ); + AdjustScrollbars(); + } + } +} + +// +// ------ Grid cursor movement functions +// + +bool +wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection, + const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) +{ + if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) + return false; + + if ( expandSelection ) + { + wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner; + if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) + coords = m_currentCellCoords; + + if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) + return false; + + diroper.Advance(coords); + + UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); + } + else // don't expand selection + { + ClearSelection(); + + if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) + return false; + + wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords; + diroper.Advance(coords); + + GoToCell(coords); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection) +{ + return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, + wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); +} + +bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection) +{ + return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, + wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); +} + +bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection) +{ + return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, + wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())); +} + +bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection) +{ + return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, + wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())); +} + +bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) +{ + if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) + return false; + + if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) + return false; + + const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); + int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y); + if ( newRow == oldRow ) + { + wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords); + diroper.Advance(coords); + newRow = coords.GetRow(); + } + + GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()); + + return true; +} + +bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() +{ + return DoMoveCursorByPage( + wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); +} + +bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() +{ + return DoMoveCursorByPage( + wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); +} + +// helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper +// until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end +void +wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords, + const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) +{ + while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) + { + diroper.Advance(coords); + if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) + break; + } +} + +bool +wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection, + const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) +{ + if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) + return false; + + if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) + return false; + + wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords); + if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) + { + // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells + AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper); + } + else // current cell is not empty + { + diroper.Advance(coords); + if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) + { + // we started at the end of a block, find the next one + AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper); + } + else // we're in a middle of a block + { + // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next + // empty one + while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) + { + wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords); + diroper.Advance(coordsNext); + if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) ) + break; + + coords = coordsNext; + } + } + } + + if ( expandSelection ) + { + UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); + } + else + { + ClearSelection(); + GoToCell(coords); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection) +{ + return DoMoveCursorByBlock( + expandSelection, + wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()) + ); +} + +bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) +{ + return DoMoveCursorByBlock( + expandSelection, + wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()) + ); +} + +bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) +{ + return DoMoveCursorByBlock( + expandSelection, + wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()) + ); +} + +bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) +{ + return DoMoveCursorByBlock( + expandSelection, + wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()) + ); +} + +// +// ------ Label values and formatting +// + +void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const +{ + if ( horiz ) + *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; + if ( vert ) + *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; +} + +void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const +{ + if ( horiz ) + *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; + if ( vert ) + *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; +} + +int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const +{ + return m_colLabelTextOrientation; +} + +wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const +{ + if ( m_table ) + { + return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); + } + else + { + wxString s; + s << row; + return s; + } +} + +wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const +{ + if ( m_table ) + { + return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); + } + else + { + wxString s; + s << col; + return s; + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) +{ + wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); + + if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) + { + width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW); + } + + if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) + { + if ( width == 0 ) + { + m_rowLabelWin->Show( false ); + m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); + } + else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) + { + m_rowLabelWin->Show( true ); + if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) + m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); + } + + m_rowLabelWidth = width; + CalcWindowSizes(); + wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) +{ + wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); + + if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) + { + height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN); + } + + if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) + { + if ( height == 0 ) + { + m_colWindow->Show( false ); + m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); + } + else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) + { + m_colWindow->Show( true ); + if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) + m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); + } + + m_colLabelHeight = height; + CalcWindowSizes(); + wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) +{ + if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) + { + m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; + m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); + m_colWindow->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); + m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); + + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); + m_colWindow->Refresh(); + m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); + } + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) +{ + if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) + { + m_labelTextColour = colour; + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); + m_colWindow->Refresh(); + } + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) +{ + m_labelFont = font; + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); + m_colWindow->Refresh(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) +{ + // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used + switch ( horiz ) + { + case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; + case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; + case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; + } + + switch ( vert ) + { + case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; + case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; + case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; + } + + if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) + { + m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; + } + + if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) + { + m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; + } + + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) +{ + // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used + switch ( horiz ) + { + case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; + case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; + case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; + } + + switch ( vert ) + { + case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; + case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; + case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; + } + + if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) + { + m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; + } + + if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) + { + m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; + } + + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + m_colWindow->Refresh(); + } +} + +// Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it +// does not support vertical printing +// +// Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD); +// pGrid->SetLabelFont(font); +// pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL); +// +void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ) +{ + if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL ) + m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation; + + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + m_colWindow->Refresh(); +} + +void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) +{ + if ( m_table ) + { + m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 ); + if ( rect.height > 0 ) + { + CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); + rect.x = 0; + rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; + m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); + } + } + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) +{ + if ( m_table ) + { + m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + if ( m_useNativeHeader ) + { + GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); + } + else + { + wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); + if ( rect.width > 0 ) + { + CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); + rect.y = 0; + rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; + GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect ); + } + } + } + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) +{ + if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) + { + m_gridLineColour = colour; + + if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) + RedrawGridLines(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) +{ + if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) + { + m_cellHighlightColour = colour; + + wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); + PrepareDC( dc ); + wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); + DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); + attr->DecRef(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) +{ + if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) + { + m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; + + // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't + // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. + int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); + int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); + if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) + return; + + wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); + m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) +{ + if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) + { + m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; + + // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't + // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. + int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); + int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); + if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || + GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) + return; + + wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); + m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); + } +} + +void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines() +{ + // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn + if ( GetBatchCount() ) + return; + + if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) + { + wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); + PrepareDC( dc ); + DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); + } + else // remove the grid lines + { + m_gridWin->Refresh(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) +{ + if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) + { + m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; + + RedrawGridLines(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip) +{ + if ( clip != var ) + { + var = clip; + + if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) + RedrawGridLines(); + } +} + +int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const +{ + return m_defaultRowHeight; +} + +int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, wxT("invalid row index") ); + + return GetRowHeight(row); +} + +int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const +{ + return m_defaultColWidth; +} + +int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, wxT("invalid column index") ); + + return GetColWidth(col); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid +// itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// setting default attributes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) +{ + m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); +#endif +} + +void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) +{ + m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); +} + +void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) +{ + m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); +} + +void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ) +{ + m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow); +} + +void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) +{ + m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); +} + +// For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the +// default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string +// data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to +// work correctly. + +void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) +{ + RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, + renderer, + GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)); +} + +void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) +{ + RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, + GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING), + editor); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// access to the default attributes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const +{ + return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); +} + +wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const +{ + return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); +} + +wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const +{ + return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); +} + +void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const +{ + m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); +} + +bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const +{ + return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow(); +} + +wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const +{ + return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); +} + +wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const +{ + return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// access to cell attributes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); + attr->DecRef(); + + return colour; +} + +wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); + attr->DecRef(); + + return colour; +} + +wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); + attr->DecRef(); + + return font; +} + +void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); + attr->DecRef(); +} + +bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + bool allow = attr->GetOverflow(); + attr->DecRef(); + + return allow; +} + +wxGrid::CellSpan +wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols ); + attr->DecRef(); + + if ( *num_rows == 1 && *num_cols == 1 ) + return CellSpan_None; // just a normal cell + + if ( *num_rows < 0 || *num_cols < 0 ) + return CellSpan_Inside; // covered by a multi-span cell + + // this cell spans multiple cells to its right/bottom + return CellSpan_Main; +} + +wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); + attr->DecRef(); + + return renderer; +} + +wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); + attr->DecRef(); + + return editor; +} + +bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); + attr->DecRef(); + + return isReadOnly; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const +{ + if ( !m_table ) + { + return false; + } + + return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); +} + +void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() +{ + if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) + { + wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr; + m_attrCache.attr = NULL; + m_attrCache.row = -1; + // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses + // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the + // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important + // to invalidate the cache before calling wxSafeDecRef! + wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr); + } +} + +void wxGrid::RefreshAttr(int row, int col) +{ + if ( m_attrCache.row == row && m_attrCache.col == col ) + ClearAttrCache(); +} + + +void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const +{ + if ( attr != NULL ) + { + wxGrid * const self = const_cast(this); + + self->ClearAttrCache(); + self->m_attrCache.row = row; + self->m_attrCache.col = col; + self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; + wxSafeIncRef(attr); + } +} + +bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const +{ + if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) + { + *attr = m_attrCache.attr; + wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); + +#ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE + gs_nAttrCacheHits++; +#endif + + return true; + } + else + { +#ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE + gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; +#endif + + return false; + } +} + +wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; + // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for + // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management. + if ( row >= 0 ) + { + if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) + { + attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any) + : NULL; + CacheAttr(row, col, attr); + } + } + + if (attr) + { + attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); + } + else + { + attr = m_defaultCellAttr; + attr->IncRef(); + } + + return attr; +} + +wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const +{ + wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; + bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, wxT("Cell attributes not allowed")); + wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, wxT("must have a table") ); + + attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell); + if ( !attr ) + { + attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); + + // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller + attr->IncRef(); + m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); + } + + return attr; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) +{ + SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); +} + +void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) +{ + SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); +} + +void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) +{ + wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; + if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) + { + typeName << wxT(':') << width << wxT(',') << precision; + } + + SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); +} + +void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) +{ + wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); + if (!attr) + attr = new wxGridCellAttr; + wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); + attr->SetRenderer(renderer); + wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); + attr->SetEditor(editor); + + SetColAttr(col, attr); + +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) +{ + if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) + { + m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); + ClearAttrCache(); + } + else + { + wxSafeDecRef(attr); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) +{ + if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) + { + m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); + ClearAttrCache(); + } + else + { + wxSafeDecRef(attr); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) +{ + if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) + { + m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); + ClearAttrCache(); + } + else + { + wxSafeDecRef(attr); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) +{ + if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) + { + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); + attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); + attr->DecRef(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) +{ + if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) + { + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); + attr->SetTextColour(colour); + attr->DecRef(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) +{ + if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) + { + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); + attr->SetFont(font); + attr->DecRef(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) +{ + if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) + { + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); + attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); + attr->DecRef(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ) +{ + if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) + { + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); + attr->SetOverflow(allow); + attr->DecRef(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ) +{ + if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) + { + int cell_rows, cell_cols; + + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); + attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols); + attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols); + attr->DecRef(); + + // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values + // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot + // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr. + // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn + wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)), + wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell")); + wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)), + wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1")); + + // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first + if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) + { + int i, j; + for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) + { + for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) + { + if ((i != col) || (j != row)) + { + wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); + attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 ); + attr_stub->DecRef(); + } + } + } + } + + // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to + // negative or zero values to point back at this cell + if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1)) + { + int i, j; + for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++) + { + for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++) + { + if ((i != col) || (j != row)) + { + wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); + attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i ); + attr_stub->DecRef(); + } + } + } + } + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) +{ + if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) + { + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); + attr->SetRenderer(renderer); + attr->DecRef(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) +{ + if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) + { + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); + attr->SetEditor(editor); + attr->DecRef(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) +{ + if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) + { + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); + attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); + attr->DecRef(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data type registration +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, + wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, + wxGridCellEditor* editor) +{ + m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); +} + + +wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const +{ + wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); + return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); +} + +wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const +{ + wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); + return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); +} + +wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const +{ + int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); + if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); + + return NULL; + } + + return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); +} + +wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const +{ + int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); + if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); + + return NULL; + } + + return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// row/col size +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGrid::DoDisableLineResize(int line, wxGridFixedIndicesSet *& setFixed) +{ + if ( !setFixed ) + { + setFixed = new wxGridFixedIndicesSet; + } + + setFixed->insert(line); +} + +bool +wxGrid::DoCanResizeLine(int line, const wxGridFixedIndicesSet *setFixed) const +{ + return !setFixed || !setFixed->count(line); +} + +void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) +{ + m_canDragRowSize = enable; +} + +void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) +{ + m_canDragColSize = enable; +} + +void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) +{ + m_canDragGridSize = enable; +} + +void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable ) +{ + m_canDragCell = enable; +} + +void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) +{ + m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ); + + if ( resizeExistingRows ) + { + // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size, + // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms + // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of + // some speed optimisations) + m_rowHeights.Empty(); + m_rowBottoms.Empty(); + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + CalcDimensions(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, wxT("invalid row index") ); + + // if < 0 then calculate new height from label + if ( height < 0 ) + { + long w, h; + wxArrayString lines; + wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin); + dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); + StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines); + GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); + //check that it is not less than the minimal height + height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()); + } + + // See comment in SetColSize + if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) + return; + + if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) + { + // need to really create the array + InitRowHeights(); + } + + int h = wxMax( 0, height ); + int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; + + m_rowHeights[row] = h; + for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) + { + m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; + } + + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + CalcDimensions(); +} + +void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) +{ + // we dont allow zero default column width + m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 ); + + if ( resizeExistingCols ) + { + // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size, + // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights + // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of + // some speed optimisations) + m_colWidths.Empty(); + m_colRights.Empty(); + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + CalcDimensions(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, wxT("invalid column index") ); + + // if < 0 then calculate new width from label + if ( width < 0 ) + { + long w, h; + wxArrayString lines; + wxClientDC dc(m_colWindow); + dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); + StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines); + if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL ) + GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); + else + GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w ); + width = w + 6; + //check that it is not less than the minimal width + width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()); + } + + // we intentionally don't test whether the width is less than + // GetColMinimalWidth() here but we do compare it with + // GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() as otherwise things currently break (see + // #651) -- and we also always allow the width of 0 as it has the special + // sense of hiding the column + if ( width > 0 && width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() ) + return; + + if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) + { + // need to really create the array + InitColWidths(); + } + + const int diff = width - m_colWidths[col]; + m_colWidths[col] = width; + if ( m_useNativeHeader ) + GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); + //else: will be refreshed when the header is redrawn + + for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) + { + m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff; + } + + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + CalcDimensions(); + Refresh(); + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) +{ + if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) + { + wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; + m_colMinWidths[key] = width; + } +} + +void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) +{ + if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) + { + wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; + m_rowMinHeights[key] = width; + } +} + +int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const +{ + wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; + wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key); + + return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth; +} + +int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const +{ + wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; + wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key); + + return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight; +} + +void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ) +{ + // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us + // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns. + if ( width >= 0 ) + m_minAcceptableColWidth = width; +} + +void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height ) +{ + // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us + // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows. + if ( height >= 0 ) + m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height; +} + +int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const +{ + return m_minAcceptableColWidth; +} + +int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const +{ + return m_minAcceptableRowHeight; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// auto sizing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void +wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction) +{ + const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN; + + wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); + + // cancel editing of cell + HideCellEditControl(); + SaveEditControlValue(); + + // initialize both of them just to avoid compiler warnings even if only + // really needs to be initialized here + int row, + col; + if ( column ) + { + row = -1; + col = colOrRow; + } + else + { + row = colOrRow; + col = -1; + } + + wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; + int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; + for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) + { + if ( column ) + row = rowOrCol; + else + col = rowOrCol; + + // we need to account for the cells spanning multiple columns/rows: + // while they may need a lot of space, they don't need all of it in + // this column/row + int numRows, numCols; + const CellSpan span = GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols); + if ( span == CellSpan_Inside ) + { + // we need to get the size of the main cell, not of a cell hidden + // by it + row += numRows; + col += numCols; + + // get the size of the main cell too + GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols); + } + + wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); + wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); + if ( renderer ) + { + wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); + extent = column ? size.x : size.y; + + if ( span != CellSpan_None ) + { + // we spread the size of a spanning cell over all the cells it + // covers evenly -- this is probably not ideal but we can't + // really do much better here + // + // notice that numCols and numRows are never 0 as they + // correspond to the size of the main cell of the span and not + // of the cell inside it + extent /= column ? numCols : numRows; + } + + if ( extent > extentMax ) + extentMax = extent; + + renderer->DecRef(); + } + + attr->DecRef(); + } + + // now also compare with the column label extent + wxCoord w, h; + dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); + + if ( column ) + { + dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); + if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) + w = h; + } + else + dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); + + extent = column ? w : h; + if ( extent > extentMax ) + extentMax = extent; + + if ( !extentMax ) + { + // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less + // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) + extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; + } + else + { + if ( column ) + // leave some space around text + extentMax += 10; + else + extentMax += 6; + } + + if ( column ) + { + // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the + // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done + // in SetColSize(). + if ( !setAsMin ) + extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col)); + + SetColSize( col, extentMax ); + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + if ( m_useNativeHeader ) + { + GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); + } + else + { + int cw, ch, dummy; + m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); + rect.y = 0; + CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); + rect.width = cw - rect.x; + rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; + GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect ); + } + } + } + else + { + // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the + // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done + // in SetRowSize(). + if ( !setAsMin ) + extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row)); + + SetRowSize(row, extentMax); + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + int cw, ch, dummy; + m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); + rect.x = 0; + CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); + rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; + rect.height = ch - rect.y; + m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); + } + } + + if ( setAsMin ) + { + if ( column ) + SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); + else + SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); + } +} + +wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction) +{ + // calculate size for the rows or columns? + const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW; + + wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow() + : GetGridColLabelWindow()); + dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); + + // which dimension should we take into account for calculations? + // + // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows + // we also have to take into account the text orientation + const bool + useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL); + + wxArrayString lines; + wxCoord extentMax = 0; + + const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols; + for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ ) + { + lines.Clear(); + + wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol) + : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol); + StringToLines(label, lines); + + long w, h; + GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); + + const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h; + if ( extent > extentMax ) + extentMax = extent; + } + + if ( !extentMax ) + { + // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less + // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) + extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize() + : GetDefaultColLabelSize(); + } + + // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow) + if ( calcRows ) + extentMax += 10; + else + extentMax += 6; + + return extentMax; +} + +int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) +{ + int width = m_rowLabelWidth; + + wxGridUpdateLocker locker; + if(!calcOnly) + locker.Create(this); + + for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) + { + if ( !calcOnly ) + AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); + + width += GetColWidth(col); + } + + return width; +} + +int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) +{ + int height = m_colLabelHeight; + + wxGridUpdateLocker locker; + if(!calcOnly) + locker.Create(this); + + for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) + { + if ( !calcOnly ) + AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); + + height += GetRowHeight(row); + } + + return height; +} + +void wxGrid::AutoSize() +{ + wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this); + + wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, + SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); + + // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to + // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct + // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars + SetScrollbars(m_xScrollPixelsPerLine, m_yScrollPixelsPerLine, + 0, 0, 0, 0, true); + + SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight); +} + +void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ) +{ + // Hide the edit control, so it + // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. + if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) + { + HideCellEditControl(); + SaveEditControlValue(); + } + + // autosize row height depending on label text + SetRowSize(row, -1); + ForceRefresh(); +} + +void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ) +{ + // Hide the edit control, so it + // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. + if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) + { + HideCellEditControl(); + SaveEditControlValue(); + } + + // autosize column width depending on label text + SetColSize(col, -1); + ForceRefresh(); +} + +wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxGrid * const self = const_cast(this); + + // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't + // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them + wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, + self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); + + // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to + // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this + // calculation. + // CacheBestSize(size); + + return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight) + + GetWindowBorderSize(); +} + +void wxGrid::Fit() +{ + AutoSize(); +} + +wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const +{ + return wxNullPen; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// cell value accessor functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) +{ + if ( m_table ) + { + m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); + if ( !GetBatchCount() ) + { + int dummy; + wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); + rect.x = 0; + rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); + CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); + m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); + } + + if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && + m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && + IsCellEditControlShown()) + // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, + // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from + // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. + { + HideCellEditControl(); + ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table + } + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// block, row and column selection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) +{ + if ( !m_selection ) + return; + + if ( !addToSelected ) + ClearSelection(); + + m_selection->SelectRow(row); +} + +void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) +{ + if ( !m_selection ) + return; + + if ( !addToSelected ) + ClearSelection(); + + m_selection->SelectCol(col); +} + +void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, + bool addToSelected) +{ + if ( !m_selection ) + return; + + if ( !addToSelected ) + ClearSelection(); + + m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol); +} + +void wxGrid::SelectAll() +{ + if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) + { + if ( m_selection ) + m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// cell, row and col deselection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper) +{ + if ( !m_selection ) + return; + + const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); + if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() || + mode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns ) + { + const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0)); + if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) ) + m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c); + } + else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() ) + { + const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this); + for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ ) + { + const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i)); + if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) ) + m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c); + } + } + //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction + // could have been selected anyhow +} + +void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row) +{ + DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations()); +} + +void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col) +{ + DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations()); +} + +void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) +{ + if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) + m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); +} + +bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const +{ + return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() || + ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && + m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) ); +} + +bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const +{ + return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || + ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() && + col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() && + row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() && + col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) ); +} + +wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const +{ + if (!m_selection) + { + wxGridCellCoordsArray a; + return a; + } + + return m_selection->m_cellSelection; +} + +wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const +{ + if (!m_selection) + { + wxGridCellCoordsArray a; + return a; + } + + return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft; +} + +wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const +{ + if (!m_selection) + { + wxGridCellCoordsArray a; + return a; + } + + return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight; +} + +wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const +{ + if (!m_selection) + { + wxArrayInt a; + return a; + } + + return m_selection->m_rowSelection; +} + +wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const +{ + if (!m_selection) + { + wxArrayInt a; + return a; + } + + return m_selection->m_colSelection; +} + +void wxGrid::ClearSelection() +{ + wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft, + m_selectedBlockBottomRight); + wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, + m_selectedBlockCorner); + + m_selectedBlockTopLeft = + m_selectedBlockBottomRight = + m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; + + if ( !r1.IsEmpty() ) + RefreshRect(r1, false); + if ( !r2.IsEmpty() ) + RefreshRect(r2, false); + + if ( m_selection ) + m_selection->ClearSelection(); +} + +// This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block +// in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. +// +wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, + const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const +{ + wxRect resultRect; + wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft); + if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) + { + resultRect = tempCellRect; + } + else + { + resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0); + } + + tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight); + if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) + { + resultRect += tempCellRect; + } + else + { + // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do. + return wxGridNoCellRect; + } + + // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order. + int left = resultRect.GetLeft(); + int top = resultRect.GetTop(); + int right = resultRect.GetRight(); + int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom(); + + int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol(); + int topRow = topLeft.GetRow(); + int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol(); + int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow(); + + if (left > right) + { + int tmp = left; + left = right; + right = tmp; + + tmp = leftCol; + leftCol = rightCol; + rightCol = tmp; + } + + if (top > bottom) + { + int tmp = top; + top = bottom; + bottom = tmp; + + tmp = topRow; + topRow = bottomRow; + bottomRow = tmp; + } + + // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells. + int cw, ch; + m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + + // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the + // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right. + int gridOriginX = 0; + int gridOriginY = 0; + CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY); + + int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX); + int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY); + + int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw); + int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch); + + // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block + // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values + // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the + // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately. + const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow); + const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow); + const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol); + const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol); + + for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ ) + { + for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ ) + { + if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) || + (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) ) + { + tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i ); + + if (tempCellRect.x < left) + left = tempCellRect.x; + if (tempCellRect.y < top) + top = tempCellRect.y; + if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right) + right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width; + if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom) + bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height; + } + else + { + i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells. + } + } + } + + // Convert to scrolled coords + CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top ); + CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom ); + + if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) + return wxRect(0,0,0,0); + + resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); + resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); + resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); + resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); + + return resultRect; +} + +void wxGrid::DoSetSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo, + const wxGridOperations& oper) +{ + BeginBatch(); + oper.SetDefaultLineSize(this, sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault, true); + const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this); + for ( int i = 0; i < numLines; i++ ) + { + int size = sizeInfo.GetSize(i); + if ( size != sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault) + oper.SetLineSize(this, i, size); + } + EndBatch(); +} + +void wxGrid::SetColSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo) +{ + DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridColumnOperations()); +} + +void wxGrid::SetRowSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo) +{ + DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridRowOperations()); +} + +wxGridSizesInfo::wxGridSizesInfo(int defSize, const wxArrayInt& allSizes) +{ + m_sizeDefault = defSize; + for ( size_t i = 0; i < allSizes.size(); i++ ) + { + if ( allSizes[i] != defSize ) + m_customSizes[i] = allSizes[i]; + } +} + +int wxGridSizesInfo::GetSize(unsigned pos) const +{ + wxUnsignedToIntHashMap::const_iterator it = m_customSizes.find(pos); + + return it == m_customSizes.end() ? m_sizeDefault : it->second; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// drop target +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +// this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid +void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget) +{ + GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// grid event classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) + +wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, + int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, + bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) + : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), + wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) +{ + Init(row, col, x, y, sel); + + SetEventObject(obj); +} + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) + +wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, + int rowOrCol, int x, int y, + bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) + : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), + wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) +{ + Init(rowOrCol, x, y); + + SetEventObject(obj); +} + + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) + +wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, + const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, + const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, + bool sel, bool control, + bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) + : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), + wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) +{ + Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel); + + SetEventObject(obj); +} + + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) + +wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, + wxObject* obj, int row, + int col, wxControl* ctrl) + : wxCommandEvent(type, id) +{ + SetEventObject(obj); + m_row = row; + m_col = col; + m_ctrl = ctrl; +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridTypeRegistry +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() +{ + size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + delete m_typeinfo[i]; +} + +void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, + wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, + wxGridCellEditor* editor) +{ + wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); + + // is it already registered? + int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); + if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + delete m_typeinfo[loc]; + m_typeinfo[loc] = info; + } + else + { + m_typeinfo.Add(info); + } +} + +int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) +{ + size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) + { + return i; + } + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) +{ + int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); + if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case + // register it "on the fly" +#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) + { + RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, + new wxGridCellStringRenderer, + new wxGridCellTextEditor); + } + else +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL +#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX + if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) + { + RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, + new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, + new wxGridCellBoolEditor); + } + else +#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX +#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) + { + RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, + new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, + new wxGridCellNumberEditor); + } + else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) + { + RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, + new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, + new wxGridCellFloatEditor); + } + else +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX + if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) + { + RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, + new wxGridCellStringRenderer, + new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); + } + else +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX + { + return wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return + // the last index + index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; + } + + return index; +} + +int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) +{ + int index = FindDataType(typeName); + if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' + // are the parameters for the renderer + index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(wxT(':'))); + if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + return wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); + wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; + renderer = renderer->Clone(); + rendererOld->DecRef(); + + wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); + wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; + editor = editor->Clone(); + editorOld->DecRef(); + + // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults + wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(wxT(':')); + renderer->SetParameters(params); + editor->SetParameters(params); + + // register the new typename + RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); + + // we just registered it, it's the last one + index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; + } + + return index; +} + +wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) +{ + wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; + if (renderer) + renderer->IncRef(); + + return renderer; +} + +wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) +{ + wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; + if (editor) + editor->IncRef(); + + return editor; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_GRID diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/gridctrl.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/gridctrl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d1da4409d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/gridctrl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,827 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/gridctrl.cpp +// Purpose: wxGrid controls +// Author: Paul Gammans, Roger Gammans +// Modified by: +// Created: 11/04/2001 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gridctrl.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) The Computer Surgery (paul@compsurg.co.uk) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GRID + +#include "wx/generic/gridctrl.h" +#include "wx/generic/grideditors.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/combobox.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/checkbox.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/renderer.h" + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), + bool isSelected) +{ + dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID ); + + wxColour clr; + if ( grid.IsThisEnabled() ) + { + if ( isSelected ) + { + if ( grid.HasFocus() ) + clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground(); + else + clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW); + } + else + { + clr = attr.GetBackgroundColour(); + } + } + else // grey out fields if the grid is disabled + { + clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE); + } + + dc.SetBrush(clr); + dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + +// Enables a grid cell to display a formatted date and or time + +wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer::wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer(const wxString& outformat, const wxString& informat) +{ + m_iformat = informat; + m_oformat = outformat; + m_tz = wxDateTime::Local; + m_dateDef = wxDefaultDateTime; +} + +wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer::Clone() const +{ + wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer; + renderer->m_iformat = m_iformat; + renderer->m_oformat = m_oformat; + renderer->m_dateDef = m_dateDef; + renderer->m_tz = m_tz; + + return renderer; +} + +wxString wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) +{ + wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); + + bool hasDatetime = false; + wxDateTime val; + wxString text; + if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_DATETIME) ) + { + void * tempval = table->GetValueAsCustom(row, col,wxGRID_VALUE_DATETIME); + + if (tempval) + { + val = *((wxDateTime *)tempval); + hasDatetime = true; + delete (wxDateTime *)tempval; + } + + } + + if (!hasDatetime ) + { + text = table->GetValue(row, col); + const char * const end = val.ParseFormat(text, m_iformat, m_dateDef); + hasDatetime = end && !*end; + } + + if ( hasDatetime ) + text = val.Format(m_oformat, m_tz ); + + // If we failed to parse string just show what we where given? + return text; +} + +void wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rectCell, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected) +{ + wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); + + SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); + + // draw the text right aligned by default + int hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT, + vAlign = wxALIGN_INVALID; + attr.GetNonDefaultAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); + + wxRect rect = rectCell; + rect.Inflate(-1); + + grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); +} + +wxSize wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col) +{ + return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); +} + +void wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) +{ + if (!params.empty()) + m_oformat=params; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellEnumRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Renders a number as a textual equivalent. +// eg data in cell is 0,1,2 ... n the cell could be rendered as "John","Fred"..."Bob" + + +wxGridCellEnumRenderer::wxGridCellEnumRenderer(const wxString& choices) +{ + if (!choices.empty()) + SetParameters(choices); +} + +wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellEnumRenderer::Clone() const +{ + wxGridCellEnumRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellEnumRenderer; + renderer->m_choices = m_choices; + return renderer; +} + +wxString wxGridCellEnumRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) +{ + wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); + wxString text; + if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) + { + int choiceno = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); + text.Printf(wxT("%s"), m_choices[ choiceno ].c_str() ); + } + else + { + text = table->GetValue(row, col); + } + + + //If we faild to parse string just show what we where given? + return text; +} + +void wxGridCellEnumRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rectCell, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected) +{ + wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); + + SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); + + // draw the text right aligned by default + int hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT, + vAlign = wxALIGN_INVALID; + attr.GetNonDefaultAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); + + wxRect rect = rectCell; + rect.Inflate(-1); + + grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); +} + +wxSize wxGridCellEnumRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col) +{ + return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); +} + +void wxGridCellEnumRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) +{ + if ( !params ) + { + // what can we do? + return; + } + + m_choices.Empty(); + + wxStringTokenizer tk(params, wxT(',')); + while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) + { + m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); + } +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +void +wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rectCell, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected) { + + + wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); + + // now we only have to draw the text + SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); + + int horizAlign, vertAlign; + attr.GetAlignment(&horizAlign, &vertAlign); + + wxRect rect = rectCell; + rect.Inflate(-1); + + grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetTextLines(grid,dc,attr,rect,row,col), + rect, horizAlign, vertAlign); +} + + +wxArrayString +wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer::GetTextLines(wxGrid& grid, + wxDC& dc, + const wxGridCellAttr& attr, + const wxRect& rect, + int row, int col) +{ + wxString data = grid.GetCellValue(row, col); + + wxArrayString lines; + dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); + + //Taken from wxGrid again! + wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, curr_x = 0; + wxCoord max_x = rect.GetWidth(); + + dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); + wxStringTokenizer tk(data , wxT(" \n\t\r")); + wxString thisline = wxEmptyString; + + while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) + { + wxString tok = tk.GetNextToken(); + //FIXME: this causes us to print an extra unnecesary + // space at the end of the line. But it + // is invisible , simplifies the size calculation + // and ensures tokens are separated in the display + tok += wxT(" "); + + dc.GetTextExtent(tok, &x, &y); + if ( curr_x + x > max_x) + { + if ( curr_x == 0 ) + { + // this means that a single token is wider than the maximal + // width -- still use it as is as we need to show at least the + // part of it which fits + lines.Add(tok); + } + else + { + lines.Add(thisline); + thisline = tok; + curr_x = x; + } + } + else + { + thisline+= tok; + curr_x += x; + } + } + //Add last line + lines.Add( wxString(thisline) ); + + return lines; +} + + +wxSize +wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col) +{ + wxCoord x,y, height , width = grid.GetColSize(col) -20; + // for width, subtract 20 because ColSize includes a magin of 10 pixels + // that we do not want here and because we always start with an increment + // by 10 in the loop below. + int count = 250; //Limit iterations.. + + wxRect rect(0,0,width,10); + + // M is a nice large character 'y' gives descender!. + dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("My"), &x, &y); + + do + { + width+=10; + rect.SetWidth(width); + height = y * (wx_truncate_cast(wxCoord, GetTextLines(grid,dc,attr,rect,row,col).GetCount())); + count--; + // Search for a shape no taller than the golden ratio. + } while (count && (width < (height*1.68)) ); + + + return wxSize(width,height); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellStringRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid, + const wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + bool isSelected) +{ + dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ); + + // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? + + // different coloured text when the grid is disabled + if ( grid.IsThisEnabled() ) + { + if ( isSelected ) + { + wxColour clr; + if ( grid.HasFocus() ) + clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground(); + else + clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW); + dc.SetTextBackground( clr ); + dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); + } + else + { + dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); + dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); + } + } + else + { + dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE)); + dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT)); + } + + dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); +} + +wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxString& text) +{ + wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0; + dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); + wxStringTokenizer tk(text, wxT('\n')); + while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) + { + dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y); + max_x = wxMax(max_x, x); + } + + y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines. + + return wxSize(max_x, y); +} + +wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col) +{ + return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); +} + +void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rectCell, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected) +{ + wxRect rect = rectCell; + rect.Inflate(-1); + + // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased + wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); + + int hAlign, vAlign; + attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); + + int overflowCols = 0; + + if (attr.GetOverflow()) + { + int cols = grid.GetNumberCols(); + int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth(); + int cell_rows, cell_cols; + attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0 + if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable()) + { + int i, c_cols, c_rows; + for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++) + { + bool is_empty = true; + for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) + { + // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block + grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols); + if (c_rows > 0) + c_rows = 0; + if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i)) + { + is_empty = false; + break; + } + } + + if (is_empty) + { + rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i); + } + else + { + i--; + break; + } + + if (rect.width >= best_width) + break; + } + + overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1; + if (overflowCols >= cols) + overflowCols = cols - 1; + } + + if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight + { + hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned + wxRect clip = rect; + clip.x += rectCell.width; + // draw each overflow cell individually + int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols; + if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols()) + col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1; + for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++) + { + clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; + dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); + dc.SetClippingRegion(clip); + + SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, + grid.IsInSelection(row,i)); + + grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), + rect, hAlign, vAlign); + clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; + } + + rect = rectCell; + rect.Inflate(-1); + rect.width++; + dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); + } + } + + // now we only have to draw the text + SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); + + grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), + rect, hAlign, vAlign); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellNumberRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) +{ + wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); + wxString text; + if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) + { + text.Printf(wxT("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); + } + else + { + text = table->GetValue(row, col); + } + + return text; +} + +void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rectCell, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected) +{ + wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); + + SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); + + // draw the text right aligned by default + int hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT, + vAlign = wxALIGN_INVALID; + attr.GetNonDefaultAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); + + wxRect rect = rectCell; + rect.Inflate(-1); + + grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); +} + +wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col) +{ + return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellFloatRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) +{ + SetWidth(width); + SetPrecision(precision); +} + +wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const +{ + wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; + renderer->m_width = m_width; + renderer->m_precision = m_precision; + renderer->m_format = m_format; + + return renderer; +} + +wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) +{ + wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); + + bool hasDouble; + double val; + wxString text; + if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) + { + val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); + hasDouble = true; + } + else + { + text = table->GetValue(row, col); + hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); + } + + if ( hasDouble ) + { + if ( !m_format ) + { + if ( m_width == -1 ) + { + if ( m_precision == -1 ) + { + // default width/precision + m_format = wxT("%f"); + } + else + { + m_format.Printf(wxT("%%.%df"), m_precision); + } + } + else if ( m_precision == -1 ) + { + // default precision + m_format.Printf(wxT("%%%d.f"), m_width); + } + else + { + m_format.Printf(wxT("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); + } + } + + text.Printf(m_format, val); + + } + //else: text already contains the string + + return text; +} + +void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rectCell, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected) +{ + wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); + + SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); + + // draw the text right aligned by default + int hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT, + vAlign = wxALIGN_INVALID; + attr.GetNonDefaultAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); + + wxRect rect = rectCell; + rect.Inflate(-1); + + grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); +} + +wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + int row, int col) +{ + return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); +} + +void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) +{ + if ( !params ) + { + // reset to defaults + SetWidth(-1); + SetPrecision(-1); + } + else + { + wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(wxT(',')); + if ( !tmp.empty() ) + { + long width; + if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) ) + { + SetWidth((int)width); + } + else + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); + } + } + + tmp = params.AfterFirst(wxT(',')); + if ( !tmp.empty() ) + { + long precision; + if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) + { + SetPrecision((int)precision); + } + else + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); + } + } + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellBoolRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; + +wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), + wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), + int WXUNUSED(row), + int WXUNUSED(col)) +{ + // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) + if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) + { + ms_sizeCheckMark = wxRendererNative::Get().GetCheckBoxSize(&grid); + } + + return ms_sizeCheckMark; +} + +void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, + wxGridCellAttr& attr, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int row, int col, + bool isSelected) +{ + wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); + + // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) + wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); + + // don't draw outside the cell + wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); + if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) + { + // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin + size.x = size.y = minSize; + } + + // draw a border around checkmark + int vAlign, hAlign; + attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); + + wxRect rectBorder; + if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) + { + rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2; + rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; + rectBorder.width = size.x; + rectBorder.height = size.y; + } + else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) + { + rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2; + rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; + rectBorder.width = size.x; + rectBorder.height = size.y; + } + else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) + { + rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2; + rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; + rectBorder.width = size.x; + rectBorder.height = size.y; + } + + bool value; + if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) + { + value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); + } + else + { + wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); + value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval); + } + + int flags = 0; + if (value) + flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED; + + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags ); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_GRID + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/grideditors.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/grideditors.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d77e8be57 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/grideditors.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1556 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/grideditors.cpp +// Purpose: wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler and wxGrid editors +// Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) +// Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios +// Created: 1/08/1999 +// RCS-ID: $Id: grideditors.cpp 66714 2011-01-19 10:48:28Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GRID + +#include "wx/grid.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/checkbox.h" + #include "wx/combobox.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/math.h" + #include "wx/listbox.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/valnum.h" +#include "wx/textfile.h" +#include "wx/spinctrl.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/renderer.h" +#include "wx/headerctrl.h" + +#include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" +#include "wx/generic/grideditors.h" +#include "wx/generic/private/grid.h" + +#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) + #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) +#else + #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier +#endif + +#if defined(__WXGTK__) + #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) +#else + #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier +#endif + +// Required for wxIs... functions +#include + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) +{ + // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it + if ( m_inSetFocus ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + // accept changes + m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); + + // notice that we must not skip the event here because the call above may + // delete the control which received the kill focus event in the first + // place and if we pretend not having processed the event, the search for a + // handler for it will continue using the now deleted object resulting in a + // crash +} + +void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) + { + case WXK_ESCAPE: + m_editor->Reset(); + m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); + break; + + case WXK_TAB: + m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); + break; + + case WXK_RETURN: + case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: + if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) + m_editor->HandleReturn(event); + break; + + default: + event.Skip(); + break; + } +} + +void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow(); + int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol(); + wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col ); + int cw, ch; + m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); + + // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible + bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw); + + switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) + { + case WXK_ESCAPE: + case WXK_TAB: + case WXK_RETURN: + case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: + break; + + case WXK_HOME: + { + if ( wholeCellVisible ) + { + // no special processing needed... + event.Skip(); + break; + } + + // do special processing for partly visible cell... + + // get the widths of all cells previous to this one + int colXPos = 0; + for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) + { + colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); + } + + int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; + m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); + if (col != 0) + { + m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); + } + else + { + m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); + } + event.Skip(); + break; + } + + case WXK_END: + { + if ( wholeCellVisible ) + { + // no special processing needed... + event.Skip(); + break; + } + + // do special processing for partly visible cell... + + int textWidth = 0; + wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col); + if ( wxEmptyString != value ) + { + // get width of cell CONTENTS (text) + int y; + wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col); + m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font); + + // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling + int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); + + // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far, + // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar + // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction? + textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2)); + if ( textWidth < 0 ) + { + textWidth = 0; + } + } + + // get the widths of all cells previous to this one + int colXPos = 0; + for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) + { + colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); + } + + // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents + // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents + colXPos += textWidth; + + int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; + m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); + m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); + event.Skip(); + break; + } + + default: + event.Skip(); + break; + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellEditor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() +{ + m_control = NULL; + m_attr = NULL; +} + +wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() +{ + Destroy(); +} + +void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), + wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) +{ + if ( evtHandler ) + m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); +} + +void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, + wxGridCellAttr *attr) +{ + // erase the background because we might not fill the cell + wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); + wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow); + if (gridWindow) + gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc); + + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour())); + dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); + + // redraw the control we just painted over + m_control->Refresh(); +} + +void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() +{ + if (m_control) + { + m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ ); + + m_control->Destroy(); + m_control = NULL; + } +} + +void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); + + m_control->Show(show); + + if ( show ) + { + // set the colours/fonts if we have any + if ( attr ) + { + m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); + m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); + + m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); + m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); + +// Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms +#if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) + m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); + m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); +#endif + + // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other + // attributes may only be used by the derived classes + } + } + else + { + // restore the standard colours fonts + if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) + { + m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); + m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; + } + + if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) + { + m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); + m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; + } + +// Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms +#if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) + if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) + { + m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); + m_fontOld = wxNullFont; + } +#endif + } +} + +void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); + + m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); +} + +void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + event.Skip(); +} + +bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + bool ctrl = event.ControlDown(); + bool alt; + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of + // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead. + alt = event.MetaDown(); +#else // !__WXMAC__ + alt = event.AltDown(); +#endif // __WXMAC__/!__WXMAC__ + + // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are + // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them + // through in that case. + if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt)) + return false; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + if ( static_cast(event.GetUnicodeKey()) == WXK_NONE ) + return false; +#else + if ( event.GetKeyCode() > WXK_START ) + return false; +#endif + + return true; +} + +void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() +{ +} + +#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellTextEditor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() +{ + m_maxChars = 0; +} + +void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) +{ + DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler); +} + +void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler, + long style) +{ + // Use of wxTE_RICH2 is a strange hack to work around the bug #11681: a + // plain text control seems to lose its caret somehow when we hide it and + // show it again for a different cell. + style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxNO_BORDER | wxTE_RICH2; + + m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + style); + + // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set + if ( m_maxChars != 0 ) + { + Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars); + } + + wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); +} + +void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), + wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) +{ + // as we fill the entire client area, + // don't do anything here to minimize flicker +} + +void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) +{ + wxRect rect(rectOrig); + + // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins + // + // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix + // +#if defined(__WXGTK__) + if (rect.x != 0) + { + rect.x += 1; + rect.y += 1; + rect.width -= 1; + rect.height -= 1; + } +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + if ( rect.x == 0 ) + rect.x += 2; + else + rect.x += 3; + + if ( rect.y == 0 ) + rect.y += 2; + else + rect.y += 3; + + rect.width -= 2; + rect.height -= 2; +#else + int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; + int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; + + #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) + extra_x *= 2; + extra_y *= 2; + #endif + + rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); + rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); + rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x ); + rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y ); +#endif + + wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); +} + +void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); + + m_value = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); + + DoBeginEdit(m_value); +} + +void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) +{ + Text()->SetValue(startValue); + Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); + Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1); + Text()->SetFocus(); +} + +bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int WXUNUSED(row), + int WXUNUSED(col), + const wxGrid* WXUNUSED(grid), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(oldval), + wxString *newval) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_control, false, + "wxGridCellTextEditor must be created first!" ); + + const wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); + if ( value == m_value ) + return false; + + m_value = value; + + if ( newval ) + *newval = m_value; + + return true; +} + +void wxGridCellTextEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) +{ + grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, m_value); + m_value.clear(); +} + +void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_control, "wxGridCellTextEditor must be created first!" ); + + DoReset(m_value); +} + +void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) +{ + Text()->SetValue(startValue); + Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); +} + +bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) + { + case WXK_DELETE: + case WXK_BACK: + return true; + + default: + return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event); + } +} + +void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no + // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control. + // Do it ourselves instead. We know that if we get this far that we have + // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done. + + wxTextCtrl* tc = Text(); + int ch; + + bool isPrintable; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + ch = event.GetUnicodeKey(); + if ( ch != WXK_NONE ) + isPrintable = true; + else +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + { + ch = event.GetKeyCode(); + isPrintable = ch >= WXK_SPACE && ch < WXK_START; + } + + switch (ch) + { + case WXK_DELETE: + // Delete the initial character when starting to edit with DELETE. + tc->Remove(0, 1); + break; + + case WXK_BACK: + // Delete the last character when starting to edit with BACKSPACE. + { + const long pos = tc->GetLastPosition(); + tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos); + } + break; + + default: + if ( isPrintable ) + tc->WriteText(static_cast(ch)); + break; + } +} + +void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& + WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) +{ +#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) + // wxMotif needs a little extra help... + size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); + wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); + s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos); + Text()->SetValue(s); + Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); +#else + // the other ports can handle a Return key press + // + event.Skip(); +#endif +} + +void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) +{ + if ( !params ) + { + // reset to default + m_maxChars = 0; + } + else + { + long tmp; + if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) ) + { + m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; + } + else + { + wxLogDebug( wxT("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() ); + } + } +} + +// return the value in the text control +wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const +{ + return Text()->GetValue(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellNumberEditor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) +{ + m_min = min; + m_max = max; +} + +void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) +{ +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + if ( HasRange() ) + { + // create a spin ctrl + m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, + m_min, m_max); + + wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); + } + else +#endif + { + // just a text control + wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + Text()->SetValidator(wxIntegerValidator()); +#endif + } +} + +void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) +{ + // first get the value + wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); + if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) + { + m_value = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); + } + else + { + m_value = 0; + wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); + if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_value) && ! sValue.empty()) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); + return; + } + } + +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + if ( HasRange() ) + { + Spin()->SetValue((int)m_value); + Spin()->SetFocus(); + } + else +#endif + { + DoBeginEdit(GetString()); + } +} + +bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int WXUNUSED(row), + int WXUNUSED(col), + const wxGrid* WXUNUSED(grid), + const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval) +{ + long value = 0; + wxString text; + +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + if ( HasRange() ) + { + value = Spin()->GetValue(); + if ( value == m_value ) + return false; + + text.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value); + } + else // using unconstrained input +#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL + { + text = Text()->GetValue(); + if ( text.empty() ) + { + if ( oldval.empty() ) + return false; + } + else // non-empty text now (maybe 0) + { + if ( !text.ToLong(&value) ) + return false; + + // if value == m_value == 0 but old text was "" and new one is + // "0" something still did change + if ( value == m_value && (value || !oldval.empty()) ) + return false; + } + } + + m_value = value; + + if ( newval ) + *newval = text; + + return true; +} + +void wxGridCellNumberEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) +{ + wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); + if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) + table->SetValueAsLong(row, col, m_value); + else + table->SetValue(row, col, wxString::Format("%ld", m_value)); +} + +void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() +{ +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + if ( HasRange() ) + { + Spin()->SetValue((int)m_value); + } + else +#endif + { + DoReset(GetString()); + } +} + +bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) + { + int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); + if ( (keycode < 128) && + (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); + if ( !HasRange() ) + { + if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') + { + wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); + + // skip Skip() below + return; + } + } +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + else + { + if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ) + { + wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control; + spin->SetValue(keycode - '0'); + spin->SetSelection(1,1); + return; + } + } +#endif + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) +{ + if ( !params ) + { + // reset to default + m_min = + m_max = -1; + } + else + { + long tmp; + if ( params.BeforeFirst(wxT(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) + { + m_min = (int)tmp; + + if ( params.AfterFirst(wxT(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) + { + m_max = (int)tmp; + + // skip the error message below + return; + } + } + + wxLogDebug(wxT("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); + } +} + +// return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise) +wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const +{ + wxString s; + +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + if ( HasRange() ) + { + long value = Spin()->GetValue(); + s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value); + } + else +#endif + { + s = Text()->GetValue(); + } + + return s; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellFloatEditor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision) +{ + m_width = width; + m_precision = precision; +} + +void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) +{ + wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + Text()->SetValidator(wxFloatingPointValidator(m_precision)); +#endif +} + +void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) +{ + // first get the value + wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); + if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) + { + m_value = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); + } + else + { + m_value = 0.0; + + const wxString value = table->GetValue(row, col); + if ( !value.empty() ) + { + if ( !value.ToDouble(&m_value) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("this cell doesn't have float value") ); + return; + } + } + } + + DoBeginEdit(GetString()); +} + +bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int WXUNUSED(row), + int WXUNUSED(col), + const wxGrid* WXUNUSED(grid), + const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval) +{ + const wxString text(Text()->GetValue()); + + double value; + if ( !text.empty() ) + { + if ( !text.ToDouble(&value) ) + return false; + } + else // new value is empty string + { + if ( oldval.empty() ) + return false; // nothing changed + + value = 0.; + } + + // the test for empty strings ensures that we don't skip the value setting + // when "" is replaced by "0" or vice versa as "" numeric value is also 0. + if ( wxIsSameDouble(value, m_value) && !text.empty() && !oldval.empty() ) + return false; // nothing changed + + m_value = value; + + if ( newval ) + *newval = text; + + return true; +} + +void wxGridCellFloatEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) +{ + wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); + + if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) + table->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, m_value); + else + table->SetValue(row, col, Text()->GetValue()); +} + +void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() +{ + DoReset(GetString()); +} + +void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); + char tmpbuf[2]; + tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; + tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; + wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); + +#if wxUSE_INTL + bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == + wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) ); +#else + bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == wxT(".") ); +#endif + + if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' + || is_decimal_point ) + { + wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); + + // skip Skip() below + return; + } + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) +{ + if ( !params ) + { + // reset to default + m_width = + m_precision = -1; + } + else + { + long tmp; + if ( params.BeforeFirst(wxT(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) + { + m_width = (int)tmp; + + if ( params.AfterFirst(wxT(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) + { + m_precision = (int)tmp; + + // skip the error message below + return; + } + } + + wxLogDebug(wxT("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); + } +} + +wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const +{ + wxString fmt; + if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1) + { + // default precision + fmt.Printf(wxT("%%%d.f"), m_width); + } + else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1) + { + // default width + fmt.Printf(wxT("%%.%df"), m_precision); + } + else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 ) + { + fmt.Printf(wxT("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); + } + else + { + // default width/precision + fmt = wxT("%f"); + } + + return wxString::Format(fmt, m_value); +} + +bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) + { + const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); + if ( wxIsascii(keycode) ) + { +#if wxUSE_INTL + const wxString decimalPoint = + wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER); +#else + const wxString decimalPoint(wxT('.')); +#endif + + // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.' + if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || + tolower(keycode) == 'e' || + keycode == decimalPoint || + keycode == '+' || + keycode == '-' ) + { + return true; + } + } + } + + return false; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + +#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellBoolEditor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the default values for GetValue() +wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { wxT(""), wxT("1") }; + +void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) +{ + m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxNO_BORDER); + + wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); +} + +void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) +{ + bool resize = false; + wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); + wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); + + // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell + wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); + if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) + { + // reset to default size if it had been made smaller + size = sizeBest; + + resize = true; + } + + if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) + { + // leave 1 pixel margin + size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; + + resize = true; + } + + if ( resize ) + { + m_control->SetSize(size); + } + + // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) + +#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) + // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, + // so shift it to the right + size.x -= 8; +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + // here too, but in other way + size.x += 1; + size.y -= 2; +#endif + + int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; + int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; + if (GetCellAttr()) + GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign); + + int x = 0, y = 0; + if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) + { + x = r.x + 2; + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + x += 2; +#endif + + y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; + } + else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) + { + x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2; + y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; + } + else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) + { + x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2; + y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; + } + + m_control->Move(x, y); +} + +void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) +{ + m_control->Show(show); + + if ( show ) + { + wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; + CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); + } +} + +void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, + wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); + + if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) + { + m_value = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); + } + else + { + wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); + + if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] ) + m_value = false; + else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] ) + m_value = true; + else + { + // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false + // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and + // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them + // know about it + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") ); + } + } + + CBox()->SetValue(m_value); + CBox()->SetFocus(); +} + +bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int WXUNUSED(row), + int WXUNUSED(col), + const wxGrid* WXUNUSED(grid), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(oldval), + wxString *newval) +{ + bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); + if ( value == m_value ) + return false; + + m_value = value; + + if ( newval ) + *newval = GetValue(); + + return true; +} + +void wxGridCellBoolEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) +{ + wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); + if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) + table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, m_value); + else + table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue()); +} + +void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, + wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); + + CBox()->SetValue(m_value); +} + +void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() +{ + CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); +} + +bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) + { + int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); + switch ( keycode ) + { + case WXK_SPACE: + case '+': + case '-': + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); + switch ( keycode ) + { + case WXK_SPACE: + CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); + break; + + case '+': + CBox()->SetValue(true); + break; + + case '-': + CBox()->SetValue(false); + break; + } +} + +wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const +{ + return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()]; +} + +/* static */ void +wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue, + const wxString& valueFalse) +{ + ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse; + ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue; +} + +/* static */ bool +wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value) +{ + return value == ms_stringValues[true]; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellChoiceEditor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices, + bool allowOthers) + : m_choices(choices), + m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { } + +wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, + const wxString choices[], + bool allowOthers) + : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) +{ + if ( count ) + { + m_choices.Alloc(count); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + m_choices.Add(choices[n]); + } + } +} + +wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const +{ + wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; + editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; + editor->m_choices = m_choices; + + return editor; +} + +void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) +{ + int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | + wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | + wxBORDER_NONE; + + if ( !m_allowOthers ) + style |= wxCB_READONLY; + m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + m_choices, + style); + + wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); +} + +void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, + wxGridCellAttr * attr) +{ + // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize + // flicker + + // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a + // combo always defaults to the standard. Until someone has time to + // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way. + wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); +} + +void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, + wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); + + wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL; + if (m_control) + evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler); + + // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit + if (evtHandler) + evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true); + + m_value = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); + + Reset(); // this updates combo box to correspond to m_value + + Combo()->SetFocus(); + + if (evtHandler) + { + // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event + // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet. +#if !defined(__WXGTK20__) + evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false); +#endif + } +} + +bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int WXUNUSED(row), + int WXUNUSED(col), + const wxGrid* WXUNUSED(grid), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(oldval), + wxString *newval) +{ + const wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); + if ( value == m_value ) + return false; + + m_value = value; + + if ( newval ) + *newval = value; + + return true; +} + +void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) +{ + grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, m_value); +} + +void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() +{ + if (m_allowOthers) + { + Combo()->SetValue(m_value); + Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); + } + else // the combobox is read-only + { + // find the right position, or default to the first if not found + int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_value); + if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) + pos = 0; + Combo()->SetSelection(pos); + } +} + +void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) +{ + if ( !params ) + { + // what can we do? + return; + } + + m_choices.Empty(); + + wxStringTokenizer tk(params, wxT(',')); + while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) + { + m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); + } +} + +// return the value in the text control +wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const +{ + return Combo()->GetValue(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellEnumEditor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// A cell editor which displays an enum number as a textual equivalent. eg +// data in cell is 0,1,2 ... n the cell could be displayed as +// "John","Fred"..."Bob" in the combo choice box + +wxGridCellEnumEditor::wxGridCellEnumEditor(const wxString& choices) + :wxGridCellChoiceEditor() +{ + m_index = -1; + + if (!choices.empty()) + SetParameters(choices); +} + +wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellEnumEditor::Clone() const +{ + wxGridCellEnumEditor *editor = new wxGridCellEnumEditor(); + editor->m_index = m_index; + return editor; +} + +void wxGridCellEnumEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, + wxT("The wxGridCellEnumEditor must be Created first!")); + + wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); + + if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) + { + m_index = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); + } + else + { + wxString startValue = table->GetValue(row, col); + if (startValue.IsNumber() && !startValue.empty()) + { + startValue.ToLong(&m_index); + } + else + { + m_index = -1; + } + } + + Combo()->SetSelection(m_index); + Combo()->SetFocus(); + +} + +bool wxGridCellEnumEditor::EndEdit(int WXUNUSED(row), + int WXUNUSED(col), + const wxGrid* WXUNUSED(grid), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(oldval), + wxString *newval) +{ + long idx = Combo()->GetSelection(); + if ( idx == m_index ) + return false; + + m_index = idx; + + if ( newval ) + newval->Printf("%ld", m_index); + + return true; +} + +void wxGridCellEnumEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) +{ + wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); + if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) + table->SetValueAsLong(row, col, m_index); + else + table->SetValue(row, col, wxString::Format("%ld", m_index)); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void +wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, + wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) +{ + wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler, + wxTE_MULTILINE | wxTE_RICH); +} + + +#endif // wxUSE_GRID diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/gridsel.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/gridsel.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f77177307 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/gridsel.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1190 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/gridsel.cpp +// Purpose: wxGridSelection +// Author: Stefan Neis +// Modified by: +// Created: 20/02/1999 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gridsel.cpp 60078 2009-04-09 09:01:02Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Stefan Neis (Stefan.Neis@t-online.de) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_GRID + +#include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" + + +// Some explanation for the members of the class: +// m_cellSelection stores individual selected cells +// -- this is only used if m_selectionMode == wxGridSelectCells +// m_blockSelectionTopLeft and m_blockSelectionBottomRight +// store the upper left and lower right corner of selected Blocks +// m_rowSelection and m_colSelection store individual selected +// rows and columns; maybe those are superfluous and should be +// treated as blocks? + +wxGridSelection::wxGridSelection( wxGrid * grid, + wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes sel ) +{ + m_grid = grid; + m_selectionMode = sel; +} + +bool wxGridSelection::IsSelection() +{ + return ( m_cellSelection.GetCount() || m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount() || + m_rowSelection.GetCount() || m_colSelection.GetCount() ); +} + +bool wxGridSelection::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) +{ + size_t count; + + // First check whether the given cell is individually selected + // (if m_selectionMode is wxGridSelectCells). + if ( m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) + { + count = m_cellSelection.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_cellSelection[n]; + if ( row == coords.GetRow() && col == coords.GetCol() ) + return true; + } + } + + // Now check whether the given cell is + // contained in one of the selected blocks. + count = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n]; + wxGridCellCoords& coords2 = m_blockSelectionBottomRight[n]; + if ( BlockContainsCell(coords1.GetRow(), coords1.GetCol(), + coords2.GetRow(), coords2.GetCol(), + row, col ) ) + return true; + } + + // Now check whether the given cell is + // contained in one of the selected rows + // (unless we are in column selection mode). + if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) + { + count = m_rowSelection.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( row == m_rowSelection[n] ) + return true; + } + } + + // Now check whether the given cell is + // contained in one of the selected columns + // (unless we are in row selection mode). + if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) + { + count = m_colSelection.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( col == m_colSelection[n] ) + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +// Change the selection mode +void wxGridSelection::SetSelectionMode( wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) +{ + // if selection mode is unchanged return immediately + if (selmode == m_selectionMode) + return; + + if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) + { + // if changing form row to column selection + // or vice versa, clear the selection. + if ( selmode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) + ClearSelection(); + + m_selectionMode = selmode; + } + else + { + // if changing from cell selection to something else, + // promote selected cells/blocks to whole rows/columns. + size_t n; + while ( ( n = m_cellSelection.GetCount() ) > 0 ) + { + n--; + wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_cellSelection[n]; + int row = coords.GetRow(); + int col = coords.GetCol(); + m_cellSelection.RemoveAt(n); + if (selmode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows) + SelectRow( row ); + else // selmode == wxGridSelectColumns) + SelectCol( col ); + } + + // Note that m_blockSelectionTopLeft's size may be changing! + for (n = 0; n < m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount(); n++) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n]; + int topRow = coords.GetRow(); + int leftCol = coords.GetCol(); + coords = m_blockSelectionBottomRight[n]; + int bottomRow = coords.GetRow(); + int rightCol = coords.GetCol(); + + if (selmode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows) + { + if (leftCol != 0 || rightCol != m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) + { + m_blockSelectionTopLeft.RemoveAt(n); + m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n); + SelectBlockNoEvent( topRow, 0, + bottomRow, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1); + } + } + else // selmode == wxGridSelectColumns) + { + if (topRow != 0 || bottomRow != m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1 ) + { + m_blockSelectionTopLeft.RemoveAt(n); + m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n); + SelectBlockNoEvent(0, leftCol, + m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, rightCol); + } + } + } + + m_selectionMode = selmode; + } +} + +void wxGridSelection::SelectRow(int row, const wxKeyboardState& kbd) +{ + if ( m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) + return; + + size_t count, n; + + // Remove single cells contained in newly selected block. + if ( m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) + { + count = m_cellSelection.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_cellSelection[n]; + if ( BlockContainsCell( row, 0, row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1, + coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) ) + { + m_cellSelection.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + } + } + } + + // Simplify list of selected blocks (if possible) + count = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount(); + bool done = false; + + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n]; + wxGridCellCoords& coords2 = m_blockSelectionBottomRight[n]; + + // Remove block if it is a subset of the row + if ( coords1.GetRow() == row && row == coords2.GetRow() ) + { + m_blockSelectionTopLeft.RemoveAt(n); + m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + } + else if ( coords1.GetCol() == 0 && + coords2.GetCol() == m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) + { + // silently return, if row is contained in block + if ( coords1.GetRow() <= row && row <= coords2.GetRow() ) + return; + // expand block, if it touched row + else if ( coords1.GetRow() == row + 1) + { + coords1.SetRow(row); + done = true; + } + else if ( coords2.GetRow() == row - 1) + { + coords2.SetRow(row); + done = true; + } + } + } + + // Unless we successfully handled the row, + // check whether row is already selected. + if ( !done ) + { + count = m_rowSelection.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( row == m_rowSelection[n] ) + return; + } + + // Add row to selection + m_rowSelection.Add(row); + } + + // Update View: + if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() ) + { + wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ), + wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) ); + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r ); + } + + // Send Event + wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(), + wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, + m_grid, + wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ), + wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ), + true, + kbd); + + m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( gridEvt ); +} + +void wxGridSelection::SelectCol(int col, const wxKeyboardState& kbd) +{ + if ( m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) + return; + size_t count, n; + + // Remove single cells contained in newly selected block. + if ( m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) + { + count = m_cellSelection.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_cellSelection[n]; + if ( BlockContainsCell( 0, col, m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col, + coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) ) + { + m_cellSelection.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + } + } + } + + // Simplify list of selected blocks (if possible) + count = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount(); + bool done = false; + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n]; + wxGridCellCoords& coords2 = m_blockSelectionBottomRight[n]; + + // Remove block if it is a subset of the column + if ( coords1.GetCol() == col && col == coords2.GetCol() ) + { + m_blockSelectionTopLeft.RemoveAt(n); + m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + } + else if ( coords1.GetRow() == 0 && + coords2.GetRow() == m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1 ) + { + // silently return, if row is contained in block + if ( coords1.GetCol() <= col && col <= coords2.GetCol() ) + return; + // expand block, if it touched col + else if ( coords1.GetCol() == col + 1) + { + coords1.SetCol(col); + done = true; + } + else if ( coords2.GetCol() == col - 1) + { + coords2.SetCol(col); + done = true; + } + } + } + + // Unless we successfully handled the column, + // Check whether col is already selected. + if ( !done ) + { + count = m_colSelection.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( col == m_colSelection[n] ) + return; + } + + // Add col to selection + m_colSelection.Add(col); + } + + // Update View: + if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() ) + { + wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ), + wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ) ); + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r ); + } + + // Send Event + wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(), + wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, + m_grid, + wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ), + wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ), + true, + kbd ); + + m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( gridEvt ); +} + +void wxGridSelection::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, + int bottomRow, int rightCol, + const wxKeyboardState& kbd, + bool sendEvent ) +{ + // Fix the coordinates of the block if needed. + switch ( m_selectionMode ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" ); + // fall through + + case wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells: + // nothing to do -- in this mode arbitrary blocks can be selected + break; + + case wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows: + leftCol = 0; + rightCol = m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1; + break; + + case wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns: + topRow = 0; + bottomRow = m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1; + break; + + case wxGrid::wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns: + // block selection doesn't make sense for this mode, we could only + // select the entire grid but this wouldn't be useful + return; + } + + if ( topRow > bottomRow ) + { + int temp = topRow; + topRow = bottomRow; + bottomRow = temp; + } + + if ( leftCol > rightCol ) + { + int temp = leftCol; + leftCol = rightCol; + rightCol = temp; + } + + // Handle single cell selection in SelectCell. + // (MB: added check for selection mode here to prevent + // crashes if, for example, we are select rows and the + // grid only has 1 col) + if ( m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells && + topRow == bottomRow && leftCol == rightCol ) + { + SelectCell( topRow, leftCol, kbd, sendEvent ); + } + + size_t count, n; + + // Remove single cells contained in newly selected block. + if ( m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) + { + count = m_cellSelection.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_cellSelection[n]; + if ( BlockContainsCell( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol, + coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) ) + { + m_cellSelection.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + } + } + } + + // If a block containing the selection is already selected, return, + // if a block contained in the selection is found, remove it. + + count = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n]; + wxGridCellCoords& coords2 = m_blockSelectionBottomRight[n]; + + switch ( BlockContain( coords1.GetRow(), coords1.GetCol(), + coords2.GetRow(), coords2.GetCol(), + topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol ) ) + { + case 1: + return; + + case -1: + m_blockSelectionTopLeft.RemoveAt(n); + m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + break; + + default: + break; + } + } + + // If a row containing the selection is already selected, return, + // if a row contained in newly selected block is found, remove it. + if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) + { + count = m_rowSelection.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + switch ( BlockContain( m_rowSelection[n], 0, + m_rowSelection[n], m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1, + topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol ) ) + { + case 1: + return; + + case -1: + m_rowSelection.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + break; + + default: + break; + } + } + } + + if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) + { + count = m_colSelection.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + switch ( BlockContain( 0, m_colSelection[n], + m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, m_colSelection[n], + topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol ) ) + { + case 1: + return; + + case -1: + m_colSelection.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + break; + + default: + break; + } + } + } + + m_blockSelectionTopLeft.Add( wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ) ); + m_blockSelectionBottomRight.Add( wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); + + // Update View: + if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() ) + { + wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ), + wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r ); + } + + // Send Event, if not disabled. + if ( sendEvent ) + { + wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(), + wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, + m_grid, + wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ), + wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ), + true, + kbd); + m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( gridEvt ); + } +} + +void wxGridSelection::SelectCell( int row, int col, + const wxKeyboardState& kbd, + bool sendEvent ) +{ + if ( m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) + { + SelectBlock(row, 0, row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1, kbd, sendEvent); + + return; + } + else if ( m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) + { + SelectBlock(0, col, m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col, kbd, sendEvent); + + return; + } + else if ( IsInSelection ( row, col ) ) + return; + + m_cellSelection.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); + + // Update View: + if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() ) + { + wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( + wxGridCellCoords( row, col ), + wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r ); + } + + // Send event + if (sendEvent) + { + wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(), + wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, + m_grid, + wxGridCellCoords( row, col ), + wxGridCellCoords( row, col ), + true, + kbd); + m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( gridEvt ); + } +} + +void +wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection(int row, int col, + const wxKeyboardState& kbd) +{ + // if the cell is not selected, select it + if ( !IsInSelection ( row, col ) ) + { + SelectCell(row, col, kbd); + + return; + } + + // otherwise deselect it. This can be simple or more or + // less difficult, depending on how the cell is selected. + size_t count, n; + + // The simplest case: The cell is contained in m_cellSelection + // Then it can't be contained in rows/cols/block (since those + // would remove the cell from m_cellSelection on creation), so + // we just have to remove it from m_cellSelection. + + if ( m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) + { + count = m_cellSelection.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + const wxGridCellCoords& sel = m_cellSelection[n]; + if ( row == sel.GetRow() && col == sel.GetCol() ) + { + wxGridCellCoords coords = m_cellSelection[n]; + m_cellSelection.RemoveAt(n); + if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() ) + { + wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( coords, coords ); + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r ); + } + + // Send event + wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(), + wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, + m_grid, + wxGridCellCoords( row, col ), + wxGridCellCoords( row, col ), + false, + kbd ); + m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( gridEvt ); + + return; + } + } + } + + // The most difficult case: The cell is member of one or even several + // blocks. Split each such block in up to 4 new parts, that don't + // contain the cell to be selected, like this: + // |---------------------------| + // | | + // | part 1 | + // | | + // |---------------------------| + // | part 3 |x| part 4 | + // |---------------------------| + // | | + // | part 2 | + // | | + // |---------------------------| + // (The x marks the newly deselected cell). + // Note: in row selection mode, we only need part1 and part2; + // in column selection mode, we only need part 3 and part4, + // which are expanded to whole columns automatically! + + count = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n]; + wxGridCellCoords& coords2 = m_blockSelectionBottomRight[n]; + int topRow = coords1.GetRow(); + int leftCol = coords1.GetCol(); + int bottomRow = coords2.GetRow(); + int rightCol = coords2.GetCol(); + + if ( BlockContainsCell( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol, row, col ) ) + { + // remove the block + m_blockSelectionTopLeft.RemoveAt(n); + m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + + // add up to 4 smaller blocks and set update region + if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) + { + if ( topRow < row ) + SelectBlockNoEvent(topRow, leftCol, row - 1, rightCol); + if ( bottomRow > row ) + SelectBlockNoEvent(row + 1, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol); + } + + if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) + { + if ( leftCol < col ) + SelectBlockNoEvent(row, leftCol, row, col - 1); + if ( rightCol > col ) + SelectBlockNoEvent(row, col + 1, row, rightCol); + } + } + } + + bool rowSelectionWasChanged = false; + // remove a cell from a row, adding up to two new blocks + if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) + { + count = m_rowSelection.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( m_rowSelection[n] == row ) + { + m_rowSelection.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + + rowSelectionWasChanged = true; + + if (m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells) + { + if ( col > 0 ) + SelectBlockNoEvent(row, 0, row, col - 1); + if ( col < m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) + SelectBlockNoEvent( row, col + 1, + row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1); + } + } + } + } + + bool colSelectionWasChanged = false; + // remove a cell from a column, adding up to two new blocks + if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) + { + count = m_colSelection.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + if ( m_colSelection[n] == col ) + { + m_colSelection.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + + colSelectionWasChanged = true; + + if (m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells) + { + if ( row > 0 ) + SelectBlockNoEvent(0, col, row - 1, col); + if ( row < m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1 ) + SelectBlockNoEvent(row + 1, col, + m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col); + } + } + } + } + + // Refresh the screen and send the event; according to m_selectionMode, + // we need to either update only the cell, or the whole row/column. + wxRect r; + if ( m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) + { + if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() ) + { + r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( + wxGridCellCoords( row, col ), + wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r ); + } + + wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(), + wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, + m_grid, + wxGridCellCoords( row, col ), + wxGridCellCoords( row, col ), + false, + kbd ); + m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( gridEvt ); + } + else // rows/columns selection mode + { + if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns && + rowSelectionWasChanged ) + { + int numCols = m_grid->GetNumberCols(); + for ( int colFrom = 0, colTo = 0; colTo <= numCols; ++colTo ) + { + if ( m_colSelection.Index(colTo) >= 0 || colTo == numCols ) + { + if ( colFrom < colTo ) + { + if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() ) + { + r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( + wxGridCellCoords( row, colFrom ), + wxGridCellCoords( row, colTo-1 ) ); + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r ); + } + + wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(), + wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, + m_grid, + wxGridCellCoords( row, colFrom ), + wxGridCellCoords( row, colTo - 1 ), + false, + kbd ); + m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( gridEvt ); + } + + colFrom = colTo + 1; + } + } + } + + if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows && + colSelectionWasChanged ) + { + int numRows = m_grid->GetNumberRows(); + for ( int rowFrom = 0, rowTo = 0; rowTo <= numRows; ++rowTo ) + { + if ( m_rowSelection.Index(rowTo) >= 0 || rowTo == numRows ) + { + if (rowFrom < rowTo) + { + if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() ) + { + r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( + wxGridCellCoords( rowFrom, col ), + wxGridCellCoords( rowTo - 1, col ) ); + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r ); + } + + wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(), + wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, + m_grid, + wxGridCellCoords( rowFrom, col ), + wxGridCellCoords( rowTo - 1, col ), + false, + kbd ); + m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( gridEvt ); + } + + rowFrom = rowTo + 1; + } + } + } + } +} + +void wxGridSelection::ClearSelection() +{ + size_t n; + wxRect r; + wxGridCellCoords coords1, coords2; + + // deselect all individual cells and update the screen + if ( m_selectionMode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) + { + while ( ( n = m_cellSelection.GetCount() ) > 0) + { + n--; + coords1 = m_cellSelection[n]; + m_cellSelection.RemoveAt(n); + if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() ) + { + r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( coords1, coords1 ); + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r ); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Update(); +#endif + } + } + } + + // deselect all blocks and update the screen + while ( ( n = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount() ) > 0) + { + n--; + coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n]; + coords2 = m_blockSelectionBottomRight[n]; + m_blockSelectionTopLeft.RemoveAt(n); + m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n); + if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() ) + { + r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( coords1, coords2 ); + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r ); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Update(); +#endif + } + } + + // deselect all rows and update the screen + if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) + { + while ( ( n = m_rowSelection.GetCount() ) > 0) + { + n--; + int row = m_rowSelection[n]; + m_rowSelection.RemoveAt(n); + if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() ) + { + r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ), + wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) ); + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r ); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Update(); +#endif + } + } + } + + // deselect all columns and update the screen + if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) + { + while ( ( n = m_colSelection.GetCount() ) > 0) + { + n--; + int col = m_colSelection[n]; + m_colSelection.RemoveAt(n); + if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() ) + { + r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ), + wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ) ); + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r ); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + ((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Update(); +#endif + } + } + } + + // One deselection event, indicating deselection of _all_ cells. + // (No finer grained events for each of the smaller regions + // deselected above!) + wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(), + wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, + m_grid, + wxGridCellCoords( 0, 0 ), + wxGridCellCoords( + m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, + m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ), + false ); + + m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); +} + + +void wxGridSelection::UpdateRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) +{ + size_t count = m_cellSelection.GetCount(); + size_t n; + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_cellSelection[n]; + wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); + if ((size_t)row >= pos) + { + if (numRows > 0) + { + // If rows inserted, increase row counter where necessary + coords.SetRow(row + numRows); + } + else if (numRows < 0) + { + // If rows deleted ... + if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) + { + // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... + coords.SetRow(row + numRows); + } + else + { + // ...or remove the attribute + m_cellSelection.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + } + } + } + } + + count = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n]; + wxGridCellCoords& coords2 = m_blockSelectionBottomRight[n]; + wxCoord row1 = coords1.GetRow(); + wxCoord row2 = coords2.GetRow(); + + if ((size_t)row2 >= pos) + { + if (numRows > 0) + { + // If rows inserted, increase row counter where necessary + coords2.SetRow( row2 + numRows ); + if ((size_t)row1 >= pos) + coords1.SetRow( row1 + numRows ); + } + else if (numRows < 0) + { + // If rows deleted ... + if ((size_t)row2 >= pos - numRows) + { + // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... + coords2.SetRow( row2 + numRows ); + if ((size_t)row1 >= pos) + coords1.SetRow( wxMax(row1 + numRows, (int)pos) ); + + } + else + { + if ((size_t)row1 >= pos) + { + // ...or remove the attribute + m_blockSelectionTopLeft.RemoveAt(n); + m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + } + else + coords2.SetRow( pos ); + } + } + } + } + + count = m_rowSelection.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + int rowOrCol_ = m_rowSelection[n]; + + if ((size_t) rowOrCol_ >= pos) + { + if ( numRows > 0 ) + { + m_rowSelection[n] += numRows; + } + else if ( numRows < 0 ) + { + if ((size_t)rowOrCol_ >= (pos - numRows)) + m_rowSelection[n] += numRows; + else + { + m_rowSelection.RemoveAt( n ); + n--; + count--; + } + } + } + } + // No need to touch selected columns, unless we removed _all_ + // rows, in this case, we remove all columns from the selection. + + if ( !m_grid->GetNumberRows() ) + m_colSelection.Clear(); +} + + +void wxGridSelection::UpdateCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) +{ + size_t count = m_cellSelection.GetCount(); + size_t n; + + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_cellSelection[n]; + wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); + if ((size_t)col >= pos) + { + if (numCols > 0) + { + // If rows inserted, increase row counter where necessary + coords.SetCol(col + numCols); + } + else if (numCols < 0) + { + // If rows deleted ... + if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) + { + // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... + coords.SetCol(col + numCols); + } + else + { + // ...or remove the attribute + m_cellSelection.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + } + } + } + } + + count = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGridCellCoords& coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n]; + wxGridCellCoords& coords2 = m_blockSelectionBottomRight[n]; + wxCoord col1 = coords1.GetCol(); + wxCoord col2 = coords2.GetCol(); + + if ((size_t)col2 >= pos) + { + if (numCols > 0) + { + // If rows inserted, increase row counter where necessary + coords2.SetCol(col2 + numCols); + if ((size_t)col1 >= pos) + coords1.SetCol(col1 + numCols); + } + else if (numCols < 0) + { + // If cols deleted ... + if ((size_t)col2 >= pos - numCols) + { + // ...either decrement col counter (if col still exists)... + coords2.SetCol(col2 + numCols); + if ( (size_t) col1 >= pos) + coords1.SetCol( wxMax(col1 + numCols, (int)pos) ); + + } + else + { + if ((size_t)col1 >= pos) + { + // ...or remove the attribute + m_blockSelectionTopLeft.RemoveAt(n); + m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n); + n--; + count--; + } + else + coords2.SetCol(pos); + } + } + } + } + + count = m_colSelection.GetCount(); + for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + int rowOrCol = m_colSelection[n]; + + if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos) + { + if ( numCols > 0 ) + m_colSelection[n] += numCols; + else if ( numCols < 0 ) + { + if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= (pos - numCols)) + m_colSelection[n] += numCols; + else + { + m_colSelection.RemoveAt( n ); + n--; + count--; + } + } + } + } + + // No need to touch selected rows, unless we removed _all_ + // columns, in this case, we remove all rows from the selection. + if ( !m_grid->GetNumberCols() ) + m_rowSelection.Clear(); +} + +int wxGridSelection::BlockContain( int topRow1, int leftCol1, + int bottomRow1, int rightCol1, + int topRow2, int leftCol2, + int bottomRow2, int rightCol2 ) +// returns 1, if Block1 contains Block2, +// -1, if Block2 contains Block1, +// 0, otherwise +{ + if ( topRow1 <= topRow2 && bottomRow2 <= bottomRow1 && + leftCol1 <= leftCol2 && rightCol2 <= rightCol1 ) + return 1; + else if ( topRow2 <= topRow1 && bottomRow1 <= bottomRow2 && + leftCol2 <= leftCol1 && rightCol1 <= rightCol2 ) + return -1; + + return 0; +} + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/headerctrlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/headerctrlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..105f90f7ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/headerctrlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,721 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/headerctrlg.cpp +// Purpose: generic wxHeaderCtrl implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2008-12-03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: headerctrlg.cpp 63575 2010-02-28 11:08:42Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_HEADERCTRL + +#include "wx/headerctrl.h" + +#ifdef wxHAS_GENERIC_HEADERCTRL + +#include "wx/dcbuffer.h" +#include "wx/renderer.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +const unsigned COL_NONE = (unsigned)-1; + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ============================================================================ +// wxHeaderCtrl implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrl creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxHeaderCtrl::Init() +{ + m_numColumns = 0; + m_hover = + m_colBeingResized = + m_colBeingReordered = COL_NONE; + m_dragOffset = 0; + m_scrollOffset = 0; +} + +bool wxHeaderCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !wxHeaderCtrlBase::Create(parent, id, pos, size, + style, wxDefaultValidator, name) ) + return false; + + // tell the system to not paint the background at all to avoid flicker as + // we paint the entire window area in our OnPaint() + SetBackgroundStyle(wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM); + + return true; +} + +wxHeaderCtrl::~wxHeaderCtrl() +{ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrl columns manipulation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxHeaderCtrl::DoSetCount(unsigned int count) +{ + // update the column indices order array before changing m_numColumns + DoResizeColumnIndices(m_colIndices, count); + + m_numColumns = count; + + InvalidateBestSize(); + Refresh(); +} + +unsigned int wxHeaderCtrl::DoGetCount() const +{ + return m_numColumns; +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::DoUpdate(unsigned int idx) +{ + InvalidateBestSize(); + + // we need to refresh not only this column but also the ones after it in + // case it was shown or hidden or its width changed -- it would be nice to + // avoid doing this unnecessary by storing the old column width (TODO) + RefreshColsAfter(idx); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrl scrolling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxHeaderCtrl::DoScrollHorz(int dx) +{ + m_scrollOffset += dx; + + // don't call our own version which calls this function! + wxControl::ScrollWindow(dx, 0); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrl geometry +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSize wxHeaderCtrl::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxWindow *win = GetParent(); + int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( win ); + + // the vertical size is rather arbitrary but it looks better if we leave + // some space around the text + const wxSize size(IsEmpty() ? wxHeaderCtrlBase::DoGetBestSize().x + : GetColEnd(GetColumnCount() - 1), + height ); // (7*GetCharHeight())/4); + CacheBestSize(size); + return size; +} + +int wxHeaderCtrl::GetColStart(unsigned int idx) const +{ + int pos = m_scrollOffset; + for ( unsigned n = 0; ; n++ ) + { + const unsigned i = m_colIndices[n]; + if ( i == idx ) + break; + + const wxHeaderColumn& col = GetColumn(i); + if ( col.IsShown() ) + pos += col.GetWidth(); + } + + return pos; +} + +int wxHeaderCtrl::GetColEnd(unsigned int idx) const +{ + int x = GetColStart(idx); + + return x + GetColumn(idx).GetWidth(); +} + +unsigned int wxHeaderCtrl::FindColumnAtPoint(int x, bool *onSeparator) const +{ + int pos = 0; + const unsigned count = GetColumnCount(); + for ( unsigned n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + const unsigned idx = m_colIndices[n]; + const wxHeaderColumn& col = GetColumn(idx); + if ( col.IsHidden() ) + continue; + + pos += col.GetWidth(); + + // if the column is resizeable, check if we're approximatively over the + // line separating it from the next column + // + // TODO: don't hardcode sensitivity + if ( col.IsResizeable() && abs(x - pos) < 8 ) + { + if ( onSeparator ) + *onSeparator = true; + return idx; + } + + // inside this column? + if ( x < pos ) + { + if ( onSeparator ) + *onSeparator = false; + return idx; + } + } + + if ( onSeparator ) + *onSeparator = false; + return COL_NONE; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrl repainting +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxHeaderCtrl::RefreshCol(unsigned int idx) +{ + wxRect rect = GetClientRect(); + rect.x += GetColStart(idx); + rect.width = GetColumn(idx).GetWidth(); + + RefreshRect(rect); +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::RefreshColIfNotNone(unsigned int idx) +{ + if ( idx != COL_NONE ) + RefreshCol(idx); +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::RefreshColsAfter(unsigned int idx) +{ + wxRect rect = GetClientRect(); + const int ofs = GetColStart(idx); + rect.x += ofs; + rect.width -= ofs; + + RefreshRect(rect); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrl dragging/resizing/reordering +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxHeaderCtrl::IsResizing() const +{ + return m_colBeingResized != COL_NONE; +} + +bool wxHeaderCtrl::IsReordering() const +{ + return m_colBeingReordered != COL_NONE; +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::ClearMarkers() +{ + wxClientDC dc(this); + + wxDCOverlay dcover(m_overlay, &dc); + dcover.Clear(); +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::EndDragging() +{ + // We currently only use markers for reordering, not for resizing + if (IsReordering()) + { + ClearMarkers(); + m_overlay.Reset(); + } + + // don't use the special dragging cursor any more + SetCursor(wxNullCursor); +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::CancelDragging() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsDragging(), + "shouldn't be called if we're not dragging anything" ); + + EndDragging(); + + unsigned int& col = IsResizing() ? m_colBeingResized : m_colBeingReordered; + + wxHeaderCtrlEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_DRAGGING_CANCELLED, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetColumn(col); + + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + + col = COL_NONE; +} + +int wxHeaderCtrl::ConstrainByMinWidth(unsigned int col, int& xPhysical) +{ + const int xStart = GetColStart(col); + + // notice that GetMinWidth() returns 0 if there is no minimal width so it + // still makes sense to use it even in this case + const int xMinEnd = xStart + GetColumn(col).GetMinWidth(); + + if ( xPhysical < xMinEnd ) + xPhysical = xMinEnd; + + return xPhysical - xStart; +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::StartOrContinueResizing(unsigned int col, int xPhysical) +{ + wxHeaderCtrlEvent event(IsResizing() ? wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_RESIZING + : wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE, + GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetColumn(col); + + event.SetWidth(ConstrainByMinWidth(col, xPhysical)); + + if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) && !event.IsAllowed() ) + { + if ( IsResizing() ) + { + ReleaseMouse(); + CancelDragging(); + } + //else: nothing to do -- we just don't start to resize + } + else // go ahead with resizing + { + if ( !IsResizing() ) + { + m_colBeingResized = col; + SetCursor(wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZEWE)); + CaptureMouse(); + } + //else: we had already done the above when we started + + } +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::EndResizing(int xPhysical) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsResizing(), "shouldn't be called if we're not resizing" ); + + EndDragging(); + + ReleaseMouse(); + + wxHeaderCtrlEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_END_RESIZE, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetColumn(m_colBeingResized); + event.SetWidth(ConstrainByMinWidth(m_colBeingResized, xPhysical)); + + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + + m_colBeingResized = COL_NONE; +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::UpdateReorderingMarker(int xPhysical) +{ + wxClientDC dc(this); + + wxDCOverlay dcover(m_overlay, &dc); + dcover.Clear(); + + dc.SetPen(*wxBLUE); + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + + // draw the phantom position of the column being dragged + int x = xPhysical - m_dragOffset; + int y = GetClientSize().y; + dc.DrawRectangle(x, 0, + GetColumn(m_colBeingReordered).GetWidth(), y); + + // and also a hint indicating where it is going to be inserted if it's + // dropped now + unsigned int col = FindColumnAtPoint(xPhysical); + if ( col != COL_NONE ) + { + static const int DROP_MARKER_WIDTH = 4; + + dc.SetBrush(*wxBLUE); + dc.DrawRectangle(GetColEnd(col) - DROP_MARKER_WIDTH/2, 0, + DROP_MARKER_WIDTH, y); + } +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::StartReordering(unsigned int col, int xPhysical) +{ + wxHeaderCtrlEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetColumn(col); + + if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) && !event.IsAllowed() ) + { + // don't start dragging it, nothing to do otherwise + return; + } + + m_dragOffset = xPhysical - GetColStart(col); + + m_colBeingReordered = col; + SetCursor(wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND)); + CaptureMouse(); + + // do not call UpdateReorderingMarker() here: we don't want to give + // feedback for reordering until the user starts to really move the mouse + // as he might want to just click on the column and not move it at all +} + +bool wxHeaderCtrl::EndReordering(int xPhysical) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsReordering(), "shouldn't be called if we're not reordering" ); + + EndDragging(); + + ReleaseMouse(); + + const int colOld = m_colBeingReordered, + colNew = FindColumnAtPoint(xPhysical); + + m_colBeingReordered = COL_NONE; + + if ( xPhysical - GetColStart(colOld) == m_dragOffset ) + return false; + + if ( colNew != colOld ) + { + wxHeaderCtrlEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_END_REORDER, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetColumn(colOld); + + const unsigned pos = GetColumnPos(FindColumnAtPoint(xPhysical)); + event.SetNewOrder(pos); + + if ( !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) || event.IsAllowed() ) + { + // do reorder the columns + DoMoveCol(colOld, pos); + } + } + + // whether we moved the column or not, the user did move the mouse and so + // did try to do it so return true + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrl column reordering +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxHeaderCtrl::DoSetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order) +{ + m_colIndices = order; + Refresh(); +} + +wxArrayInt wxHeaderCtrl::DoGetColumnsOrder() const +{ + return m_colIndices; +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::DoMoveCol(unsigned int idx, unsigned int pos) +{ + MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colIndices, idx, pos); + + Refresh(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHeaderCtrl event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrlBase) + EVT_PAINT(wxHeaderCtrl::OnPaint) + + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxHeaderCtrl::OnMouse) + + EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxHeaderCtrl::OnCaptureLost) + + EVT_KEY_DOWN(wxHeaderCtrl::OnKeyDown) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxHeaderCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + int w, h; + GetClientSize(&w, &h); + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ +// int vw; +// GetVirtualSize(&vw, NULL); +#endif + + wxAutoBufferedPaintDC dc(this); + + dc.SetBackground(GetBackgroundColour()); + dc.Clear(); + + // account for the horizontal scrollbar offset in the parent window + dc.SetDeviceOrigin(m_scrollOffset, 0); + + const unsigned int count = m_numColumns; + int xpos = 0; + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + const unsigned idx = m_colIndices[i]; + const wxHeaderColumn& col = GetColumn(idx); + if ( col.IsHidden() ) + continue; + + int colWidth = col.GetWidth(); + + wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow; + if ( col.IsSortKey() ) + { + sortArrow = col.IsSortOrderAscending() ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP + : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN; + } + else // not sorting by this column + { + sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE; + } + + int state = 0; + if ( IsEnabled() ) + { + if ( idx == m_hover ) + state = wxCONTROL_CURRENT; + } + else // disabled + { + state = wxCONTROL_DISABLED; + } + + if (i == 0) + state |= wxCONTROL_SPECIAL; + + wxHeaderButtonParams params; + params.m_labelText = col.GetTitle(); + params.m_labelBitmap = col.GetBitmap(); + params.m_labelAlignment = col.GetAlignment(); + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + if (i == count-1) + { +// colWidth = wxMax( colWidth, vw - xpos ); + state |= wxCONTROL_DIRTY; + } +#endif + + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton + ( + this, + dc, + wxRect(xpos, 0, colWidth, h), + state, + sortArrow, + ¶ms + ); + + xpos += colWidth; + } +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if ( IsDragging() ) + CancelDragging(); +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_ESCAPE ) + { + if ( IsDragging() ) + { + ReleaseMouse(); + CancelDragging(); + + return; + } + } + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxHeaderCtrl::OnMouse(wxMouseEvent& mevent) +{ + // do this in advance to allow simply returning if we're not interested, + // we'll undo it if we do handle the event below + mevent.Skip(); + + + // account for the control displacement + const int xPhysical = mevent.GetX(); + const int xLogical = xPhysical - m_scrollOffset; + + // first deal with the [continuation of any] dragging operations in + // progress + if ( IsResizing() ) + { + if ( mevent.LeftUp() ) + EndResizing(xPhysical); + else // update the live separator position + StartOrContinueResizing(m_colBeingResized, xPhysical); + + return; + } + + if ( IsReordering() ) + { + if ( !mevent.LeftUp() ) + { + // update the column position + UpdateReorderingMarker(xPhysical); + + return; + } + + // finish reordering and continue to generate a click event below if we + // didn't really reorder anything + if ( EndReordering(xPhysical) ) + return; + } + + + // find if the event is over a column at all + bool onSeparator; + const unsigned col = mevent.Leaving() + ? (onSeparator = false, COL_NONE) + : FindColumnAtPoint(xLogical, &onSeparator); + + + // update the highlighted column if it changed + if ( col != m_hover ) + { + const unsigned hoverOld = m_hover; + m_hover = col; + + RefreshColIfNotNone(hoverOld); + RefreshColIfNotNone(m_hover); + } + + // update mouse cursor as it moves around + if ( mevent.Moving() ) + { + SetCursor(onSeparator ? wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZEWE) : wxNullCursor); + return; + } + + // all the other events only make sense when they happen over a column + if ( col == COL_NONE ) + return; + + + // enter various dragging modes on left mouse press + if ( mevent.LeftDown() ) + { + if ( onSeparator ) + { + // start resizing the column + wxASSERT_MSG( !IsResizing(), "reentering column resize mode?" ); + StartOrContinueResizing(col, xPhysical); + } + else // on column itself + { + // start dragging the column + wxASSERT_MSG( !IsReordering(), "reentering column move mode?" ); + + StartReordering(col, xPhysical); + } + + return; + } + + // determine the type of header event corresponding to click events + wxEventType evtType = wxEVT_NULL; + const bool click = mevent.ButtonUp(), + dblclk = mevent.ButtonDClick(); + if ( click || dblclk ) + { + switch ( mevent.GetButton() ) + { + case wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT: + // treat left double clicks on separator specially + if ( onSeparator && dblclk ) + { + evtType = wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_SEPARATOR_DCLICK; + } + else // not double click on separator + { + evtType = click ? wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_CLICK + : wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_DCLICK; + } + break; + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_RIGHT: + evtType = click ? wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK + : wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_RIGHT_DCLICK; + break; + + case wxMOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE: + evtType = click ? wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_MIDDLE_CLICK + : wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_MIDDLE_DCLICK; + break; + + default: + // ignore clicks from other mouse buttons + ; + } + } + + if ( evtType == wxEVT_NULL ) + return; + + wxHeaderCtrlEvent event(evtType, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetColumn(col); + + if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) + mevent.Skip(false); +} + +#endif // wxHAS_GENERIC_HEADERCTRL + +#endif // wxUSE_HEADERCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/helpext.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/helpext.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..07753841bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/helpext.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,488 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/helpext.cpp +// Purpose: an external help controller for wxWidgets +// Author: Karsten Ballueder +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: helpext.cpp 67214 2011-03-16 07:22:56Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Karsten Ballueder +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_HELP && !defined(__WXWINCE__) + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/list.h" + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/choicdlg.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/textfile.h" +#include "wx/generic/helpext.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +#if !defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__OS2__) + #include +#endif + +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ +#include "wx/msw/mslu.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +#include +#include "wx/msw/winundef.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Name for map file. +#define WXEXTHELP_MAPFILE wxT("wxhelp.map") + +// Character introducing comments/documentation field in map file. +#define WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR ';' + +// The ID of the Contents section +#define WXEXTHELP_CONTENTS_ID 0 + +// Name of environment variable to set help browser. +#define WXEXTHELP_ENVVAR_BROWSER wxT("WX_HELPBROWSER") + +// Is browser a netscape browser? +#define WXEXTHELP_ENVVAR_BROWSERISNETSCAPE wxT("WX_HELPBROWSER_NS") + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxExtHelpController, wxHelpControllerBase) + +wxExtHelpController::wxExtHelpController(wxWindow* parentWindow) + : wxHelpControllerBase(parentWindow) +{ + m_MapList = NULL; + m_NumOfEntries = 0; + m_BrowserIsNetscape = false; + + wxChar *browser = wxGetenv(WXEXTHELP_ENVVAR_BROWSER); + if (browser) + { + m_BrowserName = browser; + browser = wxGetenv(WXEXTHELP_ENVVAR_BROWSERISNETSCAPE); + m_BrowserIsNetscape = browser && (wxAtoi(browser) != 0); + } +} + +wxExtHelpController::~wxExtHelpController() +{ + DeleteList(); +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +void wxExtHelpController::SetBrowser(const wxString& browsername, bool isNetscape) +{ + m_BrowserName = browsername; + m_BrowserIsNetscape = isNetscape; +} +#endif + +void wxExtHelpController::SetViewer(const wxString& viewer, long flags) +{ + m_BrowserName = viewer; + m_BrowserIsNetscape = (flags & wxHELP_NETSCAPE) != 0; +} + +bool wxExtHelpController::DisplayHelp(const wxString &relativeURL) +{ + // construct hte URL to open -- it's just a file + wxString url(wxT("file://") + m_helpDir); + url << wxFILE_SEP_PATH << relativeURL; + + // use the explicit browser program if specified + if ( !m_BrowserName.empty() ) + { + if ( m_BrowserIsNetscape ) + { + wxString command; + command << m_BrowserName + << wxT(" -remote openURL(") << url << wxT(')'); + if ( wxExecute(command, wxEXEC_SYNC) != -1 ) + return true; + } + + if ( wxExecute(m_BrowserName + wxT(' ') + url, wxEXEC_SYNC) != -1 ) + return true; + } + //else: either no browser explicitly specified or we failed to open it + + // just use default browser + return wxLaunchDefaultBrowser(url); +} + +class wxExtHelpMapEntry : public wxObject +{ +public: + int entryid; + wxString url; + wxString doc; + + wxExtHelpMapEntry(int iid, wxString const &iurl, wxString const &idoc) + { entryid = iid; url = iurl; doc = idoc; } +}; + +void wxExtHelpController::DeleteList() +{ + if (m_MapList) + { + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_MapList->GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + delete (wxExtHelpMapEntry *)node->GetData(); + m_MapList->Erase(node); + node = m_MapList->GetFirst(); + } + + wxDELETE(m_MapList); + } +} + +// This must be called to tell the controller where to find the documentation. +// @param file - NOT a filename, but a directory name. +// @return true on success +bool wxExtHelpController::Initialize(const wxString& file) +{ + return LoadFile(file); +} + +bool wxExtHelpController::ParseMapFileLine(const wxString& line) +{ + const wxChar *p = line.c_str(); + + // skip whitespace + while ( isascii(*p) && wxIsspace(*p) ) + p++; + + // skip empty lines and comments + if ( *p == wxT('\0') || *p == WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR ) + return true; + + // the line is of the form "num url" so we must have an integer now + wxChar *end; + const unsigned long id = wxStrtoul(p, &end, 0); + + if ( end == p ) + return false; + + p = end; + while ( isascii(*p) && wxIsspace(*p) ) + p++; + + // next should be the URL + wxString url; + url.reserve(line.length()); + while ( isascii(*p) && !wxIsspace(*p) ) + url += *p++; + + while ( isascii(*p) && wxIsspace(*p) ) + p++; + + // and finally the optional description of the entry after comment + wxString doc; + if ( *p == WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR ) + { + p++; + while ( isascii(*p) && wxIsspace(*p) ) + p++; + doc = p; + } + + m_MapList->Append(new wxExtHelpMapEntry(id, url, doc)); + m_NumOfEntries++; + + return true; +} + +// file is a misnomer as it's the name of the base help directory +bool wxExtHelpController::LoadFile(const wxString& file) +{ + wxFileName helpDir(wxFileName::DirName(file)); + helpDir.MakeAbsolute(); + + bool dirExists = false; + +#if wxUSE_INTL + // If a locale is set, look in file/localename, i.e. If passed + // "/usr/local/myapp/help" and the current wxLocale is set to be "de", then + // look in "/usr/local/myapp/help/de/" first and fall back to + // "/usr/local/myapp/help" if that doesn't exist. + const wxLocale * const loc = wxGetLocale(); + if ( loc ) + { + wxString locName = loc->GetName(); + + // the locale is in general of the form xx_YY.zzzz, try the full firm + // first and then also more general ones + wxFileName helpDirLoc(helpDir); + helpDirLoc.AppendDir(locName); + dirExists = helpDirLoc.DirExists(); + + if ( ! dirExists ) + { + // try without encoding + const wxString locNameWithoutEncoding = locName.BeforeLast(wxT('.')); + if ( !locNameWithoutEncoding.empty() ) + { + helpDirLoc = helpDir; + helpDirLoc.AppendDir(locNameWithoutEncoding); + dirExists = helpDirLoc.DirExists(); + } + } + + if ( !dirExists ) + { + // try without country part + wxString locNameWithoutCountry = locName.BeforeLast(wxT('_')); + if ( !locNameWithoutCountry.empty() ) + { + helpDirLoc = helpDir; + helpDirLoc.AppendDir(locNameWithoutCountry); + dirExists = helpDirLoc.DirExists(); + } + } + + if ( dirExists ) + helpDir = helpDirLoc; + } +#endif // wxUSE_INTL + + if ( ! dirExists && !helpDir.DirExists() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Help directory \"%s\" not found."), + helpDir.GetFullPath().c_str()); + return false; + } + + const wxFileName mapFile(helpDir.GetFullPath(), WXEXTHELP_MAPFILE); + if ( ! mapFile.FileExists() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Help file \"%s\" not found."), + mapFile.GetFullPath().c_str()); + return false; + } + + DeleteList(); + m_MapList = new wxList; + m_NumOfEntries = 0; + + wxTextFile input; + if ( !input.Open(mapFile.GetFullPath()) ) + return false; + + for ( wxString& line = input.GetFirstLine(); + !input.Eof(); + line = input.GetNextLine() ) + { + if ( !ParseMapFileLine(line) ) + { + wxLogWarning(_("Line %lu of map file \"%s\" has invalid syntax, skipped."), + (unsigned long)input.GetCurrentLine(), + mapFile.GetFullPath().c_str()); + } + } + + if ( !m_NumOfEntries ) + { + wxLogError(_("No valid mappings found in the file \"%s\"."), + mapFile.GetFullPath().c_str()); + return false; + } + + m_helpDir = helpDir.GetFullPath(); // now it's valid + return true; +} + + +bool wxExtHelpController::DisplayContents() +{ + if (! m_NumOfEntries) + return false; + + wxString contents; + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_MapList->GetFirst(); + wxExtHelpMapEntry *entry; + while (node) + { + entry = (wxExtHelpMapEntry *)node->GetData(); + if (entry->entryid == WXEXTHELP_CONTENTS_ID) + { + contents = entry->url; + break; + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + bool rc = false; + wxString file; + file << m_helpDir << wxFILE_SEP_PATH << contents; + if (file.Contains(wxT('#'))) + file = file.BeforeLast(wxT('#')); + if ( wxFileExists(file) ) + rc = DisplaySection(WXEXTHELP_CONTENTS_ID); + + // if not found, open homemade toc: + return rc ? true : KeywordSearch(wxEmptyString); +} + +bool wxExtHelpController::DisplaySection(int sectionNo) +{ + if (! m_NumOfEntries) + return false; + + wxBusyCursor b; // display a busy cursor + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_MapList->GetFirst(); + wxExtHelpMapEntry *entry; + while (node) + { + entry = (wxExtHelpMapEntry *)node->GetData(); + if (entry->entryid == sectionNo) + return DisplayHelp(entry->url); + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxExtHelpController::DisplaySection(const wxString& section) +{ + bool isFilename = (section.Find(wxT(".htm")) != -1); + + if (isFilename) + return DisplayHelp(section); + else + return KeywordSearch(section); +} + +bool wxExtHelpController::DisplayBlock(long blockNo) +{ + return DisplaySection((int)blockNo); +} + +bool wxExtHelpController::KeywordSearch(const wxString& k, + wxHelpSearchMode WXUNUSED(mode)) +{ + if (! m_NumOfEntries) + return false; + + wxString *choices = new wxString[m_NumOfEntries]; + wxString *urls = new wxString[m_NumOfEntries]; + + int idx = 0; + bool rc = false; + bool showAll = k.empty(); + + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_MapList->GetFirst(); + + { + // display a busy cursor + wxBusyCursor b; + wxString compA, compB; + wxExtHelpMapEntry *entry; + + // we compare case insensitive + if (! showAll) + { + compA = k; + compA.LowerCase(); + } + + while (node) + { + entry = (wxExtHelpMapEntry *)node->GetData(); + compB = entry->doc; + + bool testTarget = ! compB.empty(); + if (testTarget && ! showAll) + { + compB.LowerCase(); + testTarget = compB.Contains(compA); + } + + if (testTarget) + { + urls[idx] = entry->url; + // doesn't work: + // choices[idx] = (**i).doc.Contains((**i).doc.Before(WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR)); + //if (choices[idx].empty()) // didn't contain the ';' + // choices[idx] = (**i).doc; + choices[idx] = wxEmptyString; + for (int j=0; ; j++) + { + wxChar targetChar = entry->doc.c_str()[j]; + if ((targetChar == 0) || (targetChar == WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR)) + break; + + choices[idx] << targetChar; + } + + idx++; + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + } + + switch (idx) + { + case 0: + wxMessageBox(_("No entries found.")); + break; + + case 1: + rc = DisplayHelp(urls[0]); + break; + + default: + if (showAll) + idx = wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(_("Help Index"), + _("Help Index"), + idx, choices); + else + idx = wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(_("Relevant entries:"), + _("Entries found"), + idx, choices); + + if (idx >= 0) + rc = DisplayHelp(urls[idx]); + break; + } + + delete [] urls; + delete [] choices; + + return rc; +} + + +bool wxExtHelpController::Quit() +{ + return true; +} + +void wxExtHelpController::OnQuit() +{ +} + +#endif // wxUSE_HELP diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/htmllbox.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/htmllbox.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b76cddeb44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/htmllbox.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,724 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/htmllbox.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxHtmlListBox +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 31.05.03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: htmllbox.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dcclient.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#if wxUSE_HTML + +#include "wx/htmllbox.h" + +#include "wx/html/htmlcell.h" +#include "wx/html/winpars.h" + +// this hack forces the linker to always link in m_* files +#include "wx/html/forcelnk.h" +FORCE_WXHTML_MODULES() + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// small border always added to the cells: +static const wxCoord CELL_BORDER = 2; + +const char wxHtmlListBoxNameStr[] = "htmlListBox"; +const char wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr[] = "simpleHtmlListBox"; + +// ============================================================================ +// private classes +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHtmlListBoxCache +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// this class is used by wxHtmlListBox to cache the parsed representation of +// the items to avoid doing it anew each time an item must be drawn +class wxHtmlListBoxCache +{ +private: + // invalidate a single item, used by Clear() and InvalidateRange() + void InvalidateItem(size_t n) + { + m_items[n] = (size_t)-1; + wxDELETE(m_cells[n]); + } + +public: + wxHtmlListBoxCache() + { + for ( size_t n = 0; n < SIZE; n++ ) + { + m_items[n] = (size_t)-1; + m_cells[n] = NULL; + } + + m_next = 0; + } + + ~wxHtmlListBoxCache() + { + for ( size_t n = 0; n < SIZE; n++ ) + { + delete m_cells[n]; + } + } + + // completely invalidate the cache + void Clear() + { + for ( size_t n = 0; n < SIZE; n++ ) + { + InvalidateItem(n); + } + } + + // return the cached cell for this index or NULL if none + wxHtmlCell *Get(size_t item) const + { + for ( size_t n = 0; n < SIZE; n++ ) + { + if ( m_items[n] == item ) + return m_cells[n]; + } + + return NULL; + } + + // returns true if we already have this item cached + bool Has(size_t item) const { return Get(item) != NULL; } + + // ensure that the item is cached + void Store(size_t item, wxHtmlCell *cell) + { + delete m_cells[m_next]; + m_cells[m_next] = cell; + m_items[m_next] = item; + + // advance to the next item wrapping around if there are no more + if ( ++m_next == SIZE ) + m_next = 0; + } + + // forget the cached value of the item(s) between the given ones (inclusive) + void InvalidateRange(size_t from, size_t to) + { + for ( size_t n = 0; n < SIZE; n++ ) + { + if ( m_items[n] >= from && m_items[n] <= to ) + { + InvalidateItem(n); + } + } + } + +private: + // the max number of the items we cache + enum { SIZE = 50 }; + + // the index of the LRU (oldest) cell + size_t m_next; + + // the parsed representation of the cached item or NULL + wxHtmlCell *m_cells[SIZE]; + + // the index of the currently cached item (only valid if m_cells != NULL) + size_t m_items[SIZE]; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHtmlListBoxStyle +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// just forward wxDefaultHtmlRenderingStyle callbacks to the main class so that +// they could be overridden by the user code +class wxHtmlListBoxStyle : public wxDefaultHtmlRenderingStyle +{ +public: + wxHtmlListBoxStyle(const wxHtmlListBox& hlbox) : m_hlbox(hlbox) { } + + virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextColour(const wxColour& colFg) + { + // by default wxHtmlListBox doesn't implement GetSelectedTextColour() + // and returns wxNullColour from it, so use the default HTML colour for + // selection + wxColour col = m_hlbox.GetSelectedTextColour(colFg); + if ( !col.IsOk() ) + { + col = wxDefaultHtmlRenderingStyle::GetSelectedTextColour(colFg); + } + + return col; + } + + virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextBgColour(const wxColour& colBg) + { + wxColour col = m_hlbox.GetSelectedTextBgColour(colBg); + if ( !col.IsOk() ) + { + col = wxDefaultHtmlRenderingStyle::GetSelectedTextBgColour(colBg); + } + + return col; + } + +private: + const wxHtmlListBox& m_hlbox; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlListBoxStyle); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event tables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxHtmlListBox, wxVListBox) + EVT_SIZE(wxHtmlListBox::OnSize) + EVT_MOTION(wxHtmlListBox::OnMouseMove) + EVT_LEFT_DOWN(wxHtmlListBox::OnLeftDown) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlListBox, wxVListBox) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHtmlListBox creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxHtmlListBox::wxHtmlListBox() + : wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper(this) +{ + Init(); +} + +// normal constructor which calls Create() internally +wxHtmlListBox::wxHtmlListBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) + : wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper(this) +{ + Init(); + + (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::Init() +{ + m_htmlParser = NULL; + m_htmlRendStyle = new wxHtmlListBoxStyle(*this); + m_cache = new wxHtmlListBoxCache; +} + +bool wxHtmlListBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + return wxVListBox::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); +} + +wxHtmlListBox::~wxHtmlListBox() +{ + delete m_cache; + + if ( m_htmlParser ) + { + delete m_htmlParser->GetDC(); + delete m_htmlParser; + } + + delete m_htmlRendStyle; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHtmlListBox appearance +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxColour +wxHtmlListBox::GetSelectedTextColour(const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colFg)) const +{ + return wxNullColour; +} + +wxColour +wxHtmlListBox::GetSelectedTextBgColour(const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colBg)) const +{ + return GetSelectionBackground(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHtmlListBox items markup +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxHtmlListBox::OnGetItemMarkup(size_t n) const +{ + // we don't even need to wrap the value returned by OnGetItem() inside + // "" and "" because wxHTML can parse it even + // without these tags + return OnGetItem(n); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHtmlListBox cache handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxHtmlListBox::CacheItem(size_t n) const +{ + if ( !m_cache->Has(n) ) + { + if ( !m_htmlParser ) + { + wxHtmlListBox *self = wxConstCast(this, wxHtmlListBox); + + self->m_htmlParser = new wxHtmlWinParser(self); + m_htmlParser->SetDC(new wxClientDC(self)); + m_htmlParser->SetFS(&self->m_filesystem); +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + if (GetFont().Ok()) + m_htmlParser->SetInputEncoding(GetFont().GetEncoding()); +#endif + // use system's default GUI font by default: + m_htmlParser->SetStandardFonts(); + } + + wxHtmlContainerCell *cell = (wxHtmlContainerCell *)m_htmlParser-> + Parse(OnGetItemMarkup(n)); + wxCHECK_RET( cell, wxT("wxHtmlParser::Parse() returned NULL?") ); + + // set the cell's ID to item's index so that CellCoordsToPhysical() + // can quickly find the item: + cell->SetId(wxString::Format(wxT("%lu"), (unsigned long)n)); + + cell->Layout(GetClientSize().x - 2*GetMargins().x); + + m_cache->Store(n, cell); + } +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) +{ + // we need to relayout all the cached cells + m_cache->Clear(); + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::RefreshRow(size_t line) +{ + m_cache->InvalidateRange(line, line); + + wxVListBox::RefreshRow(line); +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::RefreshRows(size_t from, size_t to) +{ + m_cache->InvalidateRange(from, to); + + wxVListBox::RefreshRows(from, to); +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::RefreshAll() +{ + m_cache->Clear(); + + wxVListBox::RefreshAll(); +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::SetItemCount(size_t count) +{ + // the items are going to change, forget the old ones + m_cache->Clear(); + + wxVListBox::SetItemCount(count); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHtmlListBox implementation of wxVListBox pure virtuals +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void +wxHtmlListBox::OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const +{ + if ( IsSelected(n) ) + { + if ( DoDrawSolidBackground + ( + GetSelectedTextBgColour(GetBackgroundColour()), + dc, + rect, + n + ) ) + { + return; + } + //else: no custom selection background colour, use base class version + } + + wxVListBox::OnDrawBackground(dc, rect, n); +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const +{ + CacheItem(n); + + wxHtmlCell *cell = m_cache->Get(n); + wxCHECK_RET( cell, wxT("this cell should be cached!") ); + + wxHtmlRenderingInfo htmlRendInfo; + + // draw the selected cell in selected state ourselves if we're using custom + // colours (to test for this, check the callbacks by passing them any dummy + // (but valid, to avoid asserts) colour): + if ( IsSelected(n) && + (GetSelectedTextColour(*wxBLACK).IsOk() || + GetSelectedTextBgColour(*wxWHITE).IsOk()) ) + { + wxHtmlSelection htmlSel; + htmlSel.Set(wxPoint(0,0), cell, wxPoint(INT_MAX, INT_MAX), cell); + htmlRendInfo.SetSelection(&htmlSel); + htmlRendInfo.SetStyle(m_htmlRendStyle); + htmlRendInfo.GetState().SetSelectionState(wxHTML_SEL_IN); + } + //else: normal item or selected item with default colours, its background + // was already taken care of in the base class + + // note that we can't stop drawing exactly at the window boundary as then + // even the visible cells part could be not drawn, so always draw the + // entire cell + cell->Draw(dc, + rect.x + CELL_BORDER, rect.y + CELL_BORDER, + 0, INT_MAX, htmlRendInfo); +} + +wxCoord wxHtmlListBox::OnMeasureItem(size_t n) const +{ + CacheItem(n); + + wxHtmlCell *cell = m_cache->Get(n); + wxCHECK_MSG( cell, 0, wxT("this cell should be cached!") ); + + return cell->GetHeight() + cell->GetDescent() + 4; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHtmlListBox implementation of wxHtmlListBoxWinInterface +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxHtmlListBox::SetHTMLWindowTitle(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title)) +{ + // nothing to do +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::OnHTMLLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link) +{ + OnLinkClicked(GetItemForCell(link.GetHtmlCell()), link); +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::OnLinkClicked(size_t WXUNUSED(n), + const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link) +{ + wxHtmlLinkEvent event(GetId(), link); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +wxHtmlOpeningStatus +wxHtmlListBox::OnHTMLOpeningURL(wxHtmlURLType WXUNUSED(type), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(url), + wxString *WXUNUSED(redirect)) const +{ + return wxHTML_OPEN; +} + +wxPoint wxHtmlListBox::HTMLCoordsToWindow(wxHtmlCell *cell, + const wxPoint& pos) const +{ + return CellCoordsToPhysical(pos, cell); +} + +wxWindow* wxHtmlListBox::GetHTMLWindow() { return this; } + +wxColour wxHtmlListBox::GetHTMLBackgroundColour() const +{ + return GetBackgroundColour(); +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::SetHTMLBackgroundColour(const wxColour& WXUNUSED(clr)) +{ + // nothing to do +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::SetHTMLBackgroundImage(const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bmpBg)) +{ + // nothing to do +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::SetHTMLStatusText(const wxString& WXUNUSED(text)) +{ + // nothing to do +} + +wxCursor wxHtmlListBox::GetHTMLCursor(HTMLCursor type) const +{ + // we don't want to show text selection cursor in listboxes + if (type == HTMLCursor_Text) + return wxHtmlWindow::GetDefaultHTMLCursor(HTMLCursor_Default); + + // in all other cases, use the same cursor as wxHtmlWindow: + return wxHtmlWindow::GetDefaultHTMLCursor(type); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHtmlListBox handling of HTML links +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxPoint wxHtmlListBox::GetRootCellCoords(size_t n) const +{ + wxPoint pos(CELL_BORDER, CELL_BORDER); + pos += GetMargins(); + pos.y += GetRowsHeight(GetVisibleBegin(), n); + return pos; +} + +bool wxHtmlListBox::PhysicalCoordsToCell(wxPoint& pos, wxHtmlCell*& cell) const +{ + int n = VirtualHitTest(pos.y); + if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) + return false; + + // convert mouse coordinates to coords relative to item's wxHtmlCell: + pos -= GetRootCellCoords(n); + + CacheItem(n); + cell = m_cache->Get(n); + + return true; +} + +size_t wxHtmlListBox::GetItemForCell(const wxHtmlCell *cell) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( cell, 0, wxT("no cell") ); + + cell = cell->GetRootCell(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( cell, 0, wxT("no root cell") ); + + // the cell's ID contains item index, see CacheItem(): + unsigned long n; + if ( !cell->GetId().ToULong(&n) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected root cell's ID") ); + return 0; + } + + return n; +} + +wxPoint +wxHtmlListBox::CellCoordsToPhysical(const wxPoint& pos, wxHtmlCell *cell) const +{ + return pos + GetRootCellCoords(GetItemForCell(cell)); +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::OnInternalIdle() +{ + wxVListBox::OnInternalIdle(); + + if ( wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper::DidMouseMove() ) + { + wxPoint pos = ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition()); + wxHtmlCell *cell; + + if ( !PhysicalCoordsToCell(pos, cell) ) + return; + + wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper::HandleIdle(cell, pos); + } +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper::HandleMouseMoved(); + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxHtmlListBox::OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + wxPoint pos = event.GetPosition(); + wxHtmlCell *cell; + + if ( !PhysicalCoordsToCell(pos, cell) ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + if ( !wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper::HandleMouseClick(cell, pos, event) ) + { + // no link was clicked, so let the listbox code handle the click (e.g. + // by selecting another item in the list): + event.Skip(); + } +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSimpleHtmlListBox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxSimpleHtmlListBox, wxHtmlListBox) + + +bool wxSimpleHtmlListBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int n, const wxString choices[], + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + if (!wxHtmlListBox::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name)) + return false; + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + SetValidator(validator); +#endif + + Append(n, choices); + + return true; +} + +bool wxSimpleHtmlListBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + if (!wxHtmlListBox::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name)) + return false; + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + SetValidator(validator); +#endif + + Append(choices); + + return true; +} + +wxSimpleHtmlListBox::~wxSimpleHtmlListBox() +{ + wxItemContainer::Clear(); +} + +void wxSimpleHtmlListBox::DoClear() +{ + wxASSERT(m_items.GetCount() == m_HTMLclientData.GetCount()); + + m_items.Clear(); + m_HTMLclientData.Clear(); + + UpdateCount(); +} + +void wxSimpleHtmlListBox::Clear() +{ + DoClear(); +} + +void wxSimpleHtmlListBox::DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n) +{ + m_items.RemoveAt(n); + + m_HTMLclientData.RemoveAt(n); + + UpdateCount(); +} + +int wxSimpleHtmlListBox::DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, + wxClientDataType type) +{ + const unsigned int count = items.GetCount(); + + m_items.Insert(wxEmptyString, pos, count); + m_HTMLclientData.Insert(NULL, pos, count); + + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i, ++pos ) + { + m_items[pos] = items[i]; + AssignNewItemClientData(pos, clientData, i, type); + } + + UpdateCount(); + + return pos - 1; +} + +void wxSimpleHtmlListBox::SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsValid(n), + wxT("invalid index in wxSimpleHtmlListBox::SetString") ); + + m_items[n]=s; + RefreshRow(n); +} + +wxString wxSimpleHtmlListBox::GetString(unsigned int n) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsValid(n), wxEmptyString, + wxT("invalid index in wxSimpleHtmlListBox::GetString") ); + + return m_items[n]; +} + +void wxSimpleHtmlListBox::UpdateCount() +{ + wxASSERT(m_items.GetCount() == m_HTMLclientData.GetCount()); + wxHtmlListBox::SetItemCount(m_items.GetCount()); + + // very small optimization: if you need to add lot of items to + // a wxSimpleHtmlListBox be sure to use the + // wxSimpleHtmlListBox::Append(const wxArrayString&) method instead! + if (!this->IsFrozen()) + RefreshAll(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_HTML diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/hyperlinkg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/hyperlinkg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7248f8e1e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/hyperlinkg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/hyperlinkg.cpp +// Purpose: Hyperlink control +// Author: David Norris , Otto Wyss +// Modified by: Ryan Norton, Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 04/02/2005 +// RCS-ID: $Id: hyperlinkg.cpp 65334 2010-08-17 16:55:32Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 David Norris +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Pre-compiled header stuff +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Includes +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/hyperlink.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" // for wxLaunchDefaultBrowser + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/menu.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/dataobj.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/clipbrd.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// reserved for internal use only +#define wxHYPERLINK_POPUP_COPY_ID 16384 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, const wxString& url, const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, long style, const wxString& name) +{ + // do validation checks: + CheckParams(label, url, style); + + if ((style & wxHL_ALIGN_LEFT) == 0) + style |= wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE; + + if (!wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name)) + return false; + + // set to non empty strings both the url and the label + SetURL(url.empty() ? label : url); + SetLabel(label.empty() ? url : label); + + Init(); + SetForegroundColour(m_normalColour); + + // by default the font of an hyperlink control is underlined + wxFont f = GetFont(); + f.SetUnderlined(true); + SetFont(f); + + SetInitialSize(size); + + + // connect our event handlers: + // NOTE: since this class is the base class of the GTK+'s native implementation + // of wxHyperlinkCtrl, we cannot use the static macros in BEGIN/END_EVENT_TABLE + // blocks, otherwise the GTK+'s native impl of wxHyperlinkCtrl would not + // behave correctly (as we intercept events doing things which interfere + // with GTK+'s native handling): + + Connect( wxEVT_PAINT, wxPaintEventHandler(wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnPaint) ); + Connect( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW, wxMouseEventHandler(wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnLeaveWindow) ); + + Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnLeftDown) ); + Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnLeftUp) ); + Connect( wxEVT_MOTION, wxMouseEventHandler(wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnMotion) ); + + ConnectMenuHandlers(); + + return true; +} + +void wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::Init() +{ + m_rollover = false; + m_clicking = false; + m_visited = false; + + // colours + m_normalColour = *wxBLUE; + m_hoverColour = *wxRED; + m_visitedColour = wxColour("#551a8b"); +} + +void wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::ConnectMenuHandlers() +{ + // Connect the event handlers for the context menu. + Connect( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnRightUp) ); + Connect( wxHYPERLINK_POPUP_COPY_ID, wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, + wxCommandEventHandler(wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnPopUpCopy) ); +} + +wxSize wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::DoGetBestClientSize() const +{ + wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)this); + return dc.GetTextExtent(GetLabel()); +} + + +void wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::SetNormalColour(const wxColour &colour) +{ + m_normalColour = colour; + if (!m_visited) + { + SetForegroundColour(m_normalColour); + Refresh(); + } +} + +void wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::SetVisitedColour(const wxColour &colour) +{ + m_visitedColour = colour; + if (m_visited) + { + SetForegroundColour(m_visitedColour); + Refresh(); + } +} + +void wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::DoContextMenu(const wxPoint &pos) +{ + wxMenu *menuPopUp = new wxMenu(wxEmptyString, wxMENU_TEAROFF); + menuPopUp->Append(wxHYPERLINK_POPUP_COPY_ID, _("&Copy URL")); + PopupMenu( menuPopUp, pos ); + delete menuPopUp; +} + +wxRect wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::GetLabelRect() const +{ + // our best size is always the size of the label without borders + wxSize c(GetClientSize()), b(GetBestSize()); + wxPoint offset; + + // the label is always centered vertically + offset.y = (c.GetHeight()-b.GetHeight())/2; + + if (HasFlag(wxHL_ALIGN_CENTRE)) + offset.x = (c.GetWidth()-b.GetWidth())/2; + else if (HasFlag(wxHL_ALIGN_RIGHT)) + offset.x = c.GetWidth()-b.GetWidth(); + else if (HasFlag(wxHL_ALIGN_LEFT)) + offset.x = 0; + return wxRect(offset, b); +} + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl - event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + dc.SetTextForeground(GetForegroundColour()); + dc.SetTextBackground(GetBackgroundColour()); + + dc.DrawText(GetLabel(), GetLabelRect().GetTopLeft()); +} + +void wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + // the left click must start from the hyperlink rect + m_clicking = GetLabelRect().Contains(event.GetPosition()); +} + +void wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + // the click must be started and ended in the hyperlink rect + if (!m_clicking || !GetLabelRect().Contains(event.GetPosition())) + return; + + SetForegroundColour(m_visitedColour); + m_visited = true; + m_clicking = false; + + // send the event + SendEvent(); +} + +void wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnRightUp(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + if( GetWindowStyle() & wxHL_CONTEXTMENU ) + if ( GetLabelRect().Contains(event.GetPosition()) ) + DoContextMenu(wxPoint(event.m_x, event.m_y)); +} + +void wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + wxRect textrc = GetLabelRect(); + + if (textrc.Contains(event.GetPosition())) + { + SetCursor(wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND)); + SetForegroundColour(m_hoverColour); + m_rollover = true; + Refresh(); + } + else if (m_rollover) + { + SetCursor(*wxSTANDARD_CURSOR); + SetForegroundColour(!m_visited ? m_normalColour : m_visitedColour); + m_rollover = false; + Refresh(); + } +} + +void wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + // NB: when the label rect and the client size rect have the same + // height this function is indispensable to remove the "rollover" + // effect as the OnMotion() event handler could not be called + // in that case moving the mouse out of the label vertically... + + if (m_rollover) + { + SetCursor(*wxSTANDARD_CURSOR); + SetForegroundColour(!m_visited ? m_normalColour : m_visitedColour); + m_rollover = false; + Refresh(); + } +} + +void wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::OnPopUpCopy( wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + if (!wxTheClipboard->Open()) + return; + + wxTextDataObject *data = new wxTextDataObject( m_url ); + wxTheClipboard->SetData( data ); + wxTheClipboard->Close(); +#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD +} + +#endif // wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/icon.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/icon.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e804408c23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/icon.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/icon.cpp +// Purpose: wxIcon implementation for ports where it's same as wxBitmap +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 17/09/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: icon.cpp 51211 2008-01-14 18:16:37Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/icon.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxIcon +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon, wxBitmap) + +wxIcon::wxIcon(const char* const* bits) : + wxBitmap( bits ) +{ +} + +#ifdef wxNEEDS_CHARPP +wxIcon::wxIcon(char **bits) : + wxBitmap( bits ) +{ +} +#endif + +wxIcon::wxIcon() : wxBitmap() +{ +} + +void wxIcon::CopyFromBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) +{ + wxIcon *icon = (wxIcon*)(&bmp); + *this = *icon; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/imaglist.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/imaglist.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7cd568a700 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/imaglist.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/imaglist.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: imaglist.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_IMAGLIST && !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_IMAGELIST) + +#ifndef __WXPALMOS__ + +#include "wx/imaglist.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/icon.h" + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxImageList +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericImageList, wxObject) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageList, wxGenericImageList) + +wxGenericImageList::wxGenericImageList( int width, int height, bool mask, int initialCount ) +{ + (void)Create(width, height, mask, initialCount); +} + +wxGenericImageList::~wxGenericImageList() +{ + (void)RemoveAll(); +} + +int wxGenericImageList::GetImageCount() const +{ + return m_images.GetCount(); +} + +bool wxGenericImageList::Create( int width, int height, bool WXUNUSED(mask), int WXUNUSED(initialCount) ) +{ + m_width = width; + m_height = height; + + return Create(); +} + +bool wxGenericImageList::Create() +{ + return true; +} + +int wxGenericImageList::Add( const wxBitmap &bitmap ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (bitmap.GetWidth() >= m_width && bitmap.GetHeight() == m_height) + || (m_width == 0 && m_height == 0), + wxT("invalid bitmap size in wxImageList: this might work ") + wxT("on this platform but definitely won't under Windows.") ); + + const int index = int(m_images.GetCount()); + + if (bitmap.IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxIcon))) + { + m_images.Append( new wxIcon( (const wxIcon&) bitmap ) ); + } + else + { + // Mimic behavior of Windows ImageList_Add that automatically breaks up the added + // bitmap into sub-images of the correct size + if (m_width > 0 && bitmap.GetWidth() > m_width && bitmap.GetHeight() >= m_height) + { + int numImages = bitmap.GetWidth() / m_width; + for (int subIndex = 0; subIndex < numImages; subIndex++) + { + wxRect rect(m_width * subIndex, 0, m_width, m_height); + wxBitmap tmpBmp = bitmap.GetSubBitmap(rect); + m_images.Append( new wxBitmap(tmpBmp) ); + } + } + else + { + m_images.Append( new wxBitmap(bitmap) ); + } + } + + if (m_width == 0 && m_height == 0) + { + m_width = bitmap.GetWidth(); + m_height = bitmap.GetHeight(); + } + + return index; +} + +int wxGenericImageList::Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask ) +{ + wxBitmap bmp(bitmap); + if (mask.Ok()) + bmp.SetMask(new wxMask(mask)); + return Add(bmp); +} + +int wxGenericImageList::Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour ) +{ + wxImage img = bitmap.ConvertToImage(); + img.SetMaskColour(maskColour.Red(), maskColour.Green(), maskColour.Blue()); + return Add(wxBitmap(img)); +} + +const wxBitmap *wxGenericImageList::GetBitmapPtr( int index ) const +{ + wxObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( node, NULL, wxT("wrong index in image list") ); + + return (wxBitmap*)node->GetData(); +} + +// Get the bitmap +wxBitmap wxGenericImageList::GetBitmap(int index) const +{ + const wxBitmap* bmp = GetBitmapPtr(index); + if (bmp) + return *bmp; + else + return wxNullBitmap; +} + +// Get the icon +wxIcon wxGenericImageList::GetIcon(int index) const +{ + const wxBitmap* bmp = GetBitmapPtr(index); + if (bmp) + { + wxIcon icon; + icon.CopyFromBitmap(*bmp); + return icon; + } + else + return wxNullIcon; +} + +bool wxGenericImageList::Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap ) +{ + wxObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("wrong index in image list") ); + + wxBitmap* newBitmap = (bitmap.IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxIcon))) ? + #if defined(__VISAGECPP__) + //just can't do this in VisualAge now, with all this new Bitmap-Icon stuff + //so construct it from a bitmap object until I can figure this nonsense out. (DW) + new wxBitmap(bitmap) + #else + new wxBitmap( (const wxIcon&) bitmap ) + #endif + : new wxBitmap(bitmap) ; + + if (index == (int) m_images.GetCount() - 1) + { + delete node->GetData(); + m_images.Erase( node ); + m_images.Append( newBitmap ); + } + else + { + wxObjectList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext(); + delete node->GetData(); + m_images.Erase( node ); + m_images.Insert( next, newBitmap ); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericImageList::Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap, const wxBitmap &mask ) +{ + wxObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("wrong index in image list") ); + + wxBitmap* newBitmap = (bitmap.IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxIcon))) ? + #if defined(__VISAGECPP__) + //just can't do this in VisualAge now, with all this new Bitmap-Icon stuff + //so construct it from a bitmap object until I can figure this nonsense out. (DW) + new wxBitmap(bitmap) + #else + new wxBitmap( (const wxIcon&) bitmap ) + #endif + : new wxBitmap(bitmap) ; + + if (index == (int) m_images.GetCount() - 1) + { + delete node->GetData(); + m_images.Erase( node ); + m_images.Append( newBitmap ); + } + else + { + wxObjectList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext(); + delete node->GetData(); + m_images.Erase( node ); + m_images.Insert( next, newBitmap ); + } + + if (mask.Ok()) + newBitmap->SetMask(new wxMask(mask)); + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericImageList::Remove( int index ) +{ + wxObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("wrong index in image list") ); + + delete node->GetData(); + m_images.Erase( node ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericImageList::RemoveAll() +{ + WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxObjectList, m_images); + m_images.Clear(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericImageList::GetSize( int index, int &width, int &height ) const +{ + width = 0; + height = 0; + + wxObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("wrong index in image list") ); + + wxBitmap *bm = (wxBitmap*)node->GetData(); + width = bm->GetWidth(); + height = bm->GetHeight(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericImageList::Draw( int index, wxDC &dc, int x, int y, + int flags, bool WXUNUSED(solidBackground) ) +{ + wxObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("wrong index in image list") ); + + wxBitmap *bm = (wxBitmap*)node->GetData(); + + if (bm->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxIcon))) + dc.DrawIcon( * ((wxIcon*) bm), x, y); + else + dc.DrawBitmap( *bm, x, y, (flags & wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT) > 0 ); + + return true; +} + +#endif // __WXPALMOS__ + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGLIST diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/infobar.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/infobar.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23d9abf527 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/infobar.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,374 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/infobar.cpp +// Purpose: generic wxInfoBar implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-07-28 +// RCS-ID: $Id: infobar.cpp 63613 2010-03-03 07:17:18Z RD $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_INFOBAR + +#include "wx/infobar.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/bmpbuttn.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/statbmp.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/artprov.h" +#include "wx/renderer.h" +#include "wx/scopeguard.h" + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxInfoBarGeneric, wxInfoBarBase) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_ANY, wxInfoBarGeneric::OnButton) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// local helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +#ifdef wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + +wxBitmap +GetCloseButtonBitmap(wxWindow *win, + const wxSize& size, + const wxColour& colBg, + int flags = 0) +{ + wxBitmap bmp(size); + wxMemoryDC dc(bmp); + dc.SetBackground(colBg); + dc.Clear(); + wxRendererNative::Get(). + DrawTitleBarBitmap(win, dc, size, wxTITLEBAR_BUTTON_CLOSE, flags); + return bmp; +} + +#endif // wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +void wxInfoBarGeneric::Init() +{ + m_icon = NULL; + m_text = NULL; + m_button = NULL; + + m_showEffect = + m_hideEffect = wxSHOW_EFFECT_MAX; + + // use default effect duration + m_effectDuration = 0; +} + +bool wxInfoBarGeneric::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid) +{ + // calling Hide() before Create() ensures that we're created initially + // hidden + Hide(); + if ( !wxWindow::Create(parent, winid) ) + return false; + + // use special, easy to notice, colours + const wxColour colBg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOBK); + SetBackgroundColour(colBg); + SetOwnForegroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOTEXT)); + + // create the controls: icon, text and the button to dismiss the + // message. + + // the icon is not shown unless it's assigned a valid bitmap + m_icon = new wxStaticBitmap(this, wxID_ANY, wxNullBitmap); + + m_text = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, ""); + +#ifdef wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + const wxSize sizeBmp = wxArtProvider::GetSizeHint(wxART_BUTTON); + wxBitmap bmp = GetCloseButtonBitmap(this, sizeBmp, colBg); +#else // !wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + wxBitmap bmp = wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_CLOSE, wxART_BUTTON); +#endif // wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + m_button = new wxBitmapButton + ( + this, + wxID_ANY, + bmp, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + wxBORDER_NONE + ); + +#ifdef wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + m_button->SetBitmapPressed( + GetCloseButtonBitmap(this, sizeBmp, colBg, wxCONTROL_PRESSED)); + + m_button->SetBitmapCurrent( + GetCloseButtonBitmap(this, sizeBmp, colBg, wxCONTROL_CURRENT)); +#endif // wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + + m_button->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); + m_button->SetToolTip(_("Hide this notification message.")); + + // center the text inside the sizer with an icon to the left of it and a + // button at the very right + // + // NB: AddButton() relies on the button being the last control in the sizer + // and being preceded by a spacer + wxSizer * const sizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + sizer->Add(m_icon, wxSizerFlags().Centre().Border()); + sizer->Add(m_text, wxSizerFlags().Centre()); + sizer->AddStretchSpacer(); + sizer->Add(m_button, wxSizerFlags().Centre().Border()); + SetSizer(sizer); + + return true; +} + +bool wxInfoBarGeneric::SetFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + if ( !wxInfoBarBase::SetFont(font) ) + return false; + + // check that we're not called before Create() + if ( m_text ) + m_text->SetFont(font); + + return true; +} + +wxInfoBarGeneric::BarPlacement wxInfoBarGeneric::GetBarPlacement() const +{ + wxSizer * const sizer = GetContainingSizer(); + if ( !sizer ) + return BarPlacement_Unknown; + + // FIXME-VC6: can't compare "const wxInfoBarGeneric *" and "wxWindow *", + // so need this workaround + wxWindow * const self = const_cast(this); + const wxSizerItemList& siblings = sizer->GetChildren(); + if ( siblings.GetFirst()->GetData()->GetWindow() == self ) + return BarPlacement_Top; + else if ( siblings.GetLast()->GetData()->GetWindow() == self ) + return BarPlacement_Bottom; + else + return BarPlacement_Unknown; +} + +wxShowEffect wxInfoBarGeneric::GetShowEffect() const +{ + if ( m_showEffect != wxSHOW_EFFECT_MAX ) + return m_showEffect; + + switch ( GetBarPlacement() ) + { + case BarPlacement_Top: + return wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_BOTTOM; + + case BarPlacement_Bottom: + return wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_TOP; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown info bar placement" ); + // fall through + + case BarPlacement_Unknown: + return wxSHOW_EFFECT_NONE; + } +} + +wxShowEffect wxInfoBarGeneric::GetHideEffect() const +{ + if ( m_hideEffect != wxSHOW_EFFECT_MAX ) + return m_hideEffect; + + switch ( GetBarPlacement() ) + { + case BarPlacement_Top: + return wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_TOP; + + case BarPlacement_Bottom: + return wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_BOTTOM; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown info bar placement" ); + // fall through + + case BarPlacement_Unknown: + return wxSHOW_EFFECT_NONE; + } +} + +void wxInfoBarGeneric::UpdateParent() +{ + wxWindow * const parent = GetParent(); + parent->Layout(); +} + +void wxInfoBarGeneric::DoHide() +{ + HideWithEffect(GetHideEffect(), GetEffectDuration()); + + UpdateParent(); +} + +void wxInfoBarGeneric::DoShow() +{ + // re-layout the parent first so that the window expands into an already + // unoccupied by the other controls area: for this we need to change our + // internal visibility flag to force Layout() to take us into account (an + // alternative solution to this hack would be to temporarily set + // wxRESERVE_SPACE_EVEN_IF_HIDDEN flag but it's not really batter) + + // just change the internal flag indicating that the window is visible, + // without really showing it + wxWindowBase::Show(); + + // adjust the parent layout to account for us + UpdateParent(); + + // reset the flag back before really showing the window or it wouldn't be + // shown at all because it would believe itself already visible + wxWindowBase::Show(false); + + + // finally do really show the window. + ShowWithEffect(GetShowEffect(), GetEffectDuration()); +} + +void wxInfoBarGeneric::ShowMessage(const wxString& msg, int flags) +{ + // first update the controls + const int icon = flags & wxICON_MASK; + if ( !icon || (icon == wxICON_NONE) ) + { + m_icon->Hide(); + } + else // do show an icon + { + m_icon->SetBitmap(wxArtProvider::GetBitmap( + wxArtProvider::GetMessageBoxIconId(flags), + wxART_BUTTON)); + m_icon->Show(); + } + + // notice the use of EscapeMnemonics() to ensure that "&" come through + // correctly + m_text->SetLabel(wxControl::EscapeMnemonics(msg)); + + + // then show this entire window if not done yet + if ( !IsShown() ) + { + DoShow(); + } + else // we're already shown + { + // just update the layout to correspond to the new message + Layout(); + } +} + +void wxInfoBarGeneric::Dismiss() +{ + DoHide(); +} + +void wxInfoBarGeneric::AddButton(wxWindowID btnid, const wxString& label) +{ + wxSizer * const sizer = GetSizer(); + wxCHECK_RET( sizer, "must be created first" ); + + // user-added buttons replace the standard close button so remove it if we + // hadn't done it yet + if ( sizer->Detach(m_button) ) + { + m_button->Hide(); + } + + wxButton * const button = new wxButton(this, btnid, label); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // smaller buttons look better in the (narrow) info bar under OS X + button->SetWindowVariant(wxWINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL); +#endif // __WXMAC__ + + sizer->Add(button, wxSizerFlags().Centre().DoubleBorder()); +} + +void wxInfoBarGeneric::RemoveButton(wxWindowID btnid) +{ + wxSizer * const sizer = GetSizer(); + wxCHECK_RET( sizer, "must be created first" ); + + // iterate over the sizer items in reverse order to find the last added + // button with this id (ids of all buttons should be unique anyhow but if + // they are repeated removing the last added one probably makes more sense) + const wxSizerItemList& items = sizer->GetChildren(); + for ( wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = items.GetLast(); + node != items.GetFirst(); + node = node->GetPrevious() ) + { + const wxSizerItem * const item = node->GetData(); + + // if we reached the spacer separating the buttons from the text + // preceding them without finding our button, it must mean it's not + // there at all + if ( item->IsSpacer() ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format("button with id %d not found", btnid) ); + return; + } + + // check if we found our button + if ( item->GetWindow()->GetId() == btnid ) + { + delete item->GetWindow(); + break; + } + } + + // check if there are any custom buttons left + if ( sizer->GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData()->IsSpacer() ) + { + // if the last item is the spacer, none are left so restore the + // standard close button + sizer->Add(m_button, wxSizerFlags().Centre().DoubleBorder()); + m_button->Show(); + } +} + +void wxInfoBarGeneric::OnButton(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + DoHide(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_INFOBAR diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/laywin.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/laywin.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9d6fe7db1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/laywin.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/laywin.cpp +// Purpose: Implements a simple layout algorithm, plus +// wxSashLayoutWindow which is an example of a window with +// layout-awareness (via event handlers). This is suited to +// IDE-style window layout. +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: laywin.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/frame.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/laywin.h" +#include "wx/mdi.h" + + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent, wxEvent) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCalculateLayoutEvent, wxEvent) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO, wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT, wxCalculateLayoutEvent ); + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSashLayoutWindow +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_SASH +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxSashLayoutWindow, wxSashWindow) +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSashLayoutWindow, wxSashWindow) + EVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT(wxSashLayoutWindow::OnCalculateLayout) + EVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO(wxSashLayoutWindow::OnQueryLayoutInfo) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +bool wxSashLayoutWindow::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, long style, const wxString& name) +{ + return wxSashWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); +} + +void wxSashLayoutWindow::Init() +{ + m_orientation = wxLAYOUT_HORIZONTAL; + m_alignment = wxLAYOUT_TOP; +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + MacSetClipChildren( true ) ; +#endif +} + +// This is the function that wxLayoutAlgorithm calls to ascertain the window +// dimensions. +void wxSashLayoutWindow::OnQueryLayoutInfo(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent& event) +{ + // int flags = event.GetFlags(); + int requestedLength = event.GetRequestedLength(); + + event.SetOrientation(m_orientation); + event.SetAlignment(m_alignment); + + if (m_orientation == wxLAYOUT_HORIZONTAL) + event.SetSize(wxSize(requestedLength, m_defaultSize.y)); + else + event.SetSize(wxSize(m_defaultSize.x, requestedLength)); +} + +// Called by parent to allow window to take a bit out of the +// client rectangle, and size itself if not in wxLAYOUT_QUERY mode. + +void wxSashLayoutWindow::OnCalculateLayout(wxCalculateLayoutEvent& event) +{ + wxRect clientSize(event.GetRect()); + + int flags = event.GetFlags(); + + if (!IsShown()) + return; + + // Let's assume that all windows stretch the full extent of the window in + // the direction of that window orientation. This will work for non-docking toolbars, + // and the status bar. Note that the windows have to have been created in a certain + // order to work, else you might get a left-aligned window going to the bottom + // of the window, and the status bar appearing to the right of it. The + // status bar would have to be created after or before the toolbar(s). + + wxRect thisRect; + + // Try to stretch + int length = (GetOrientation() == wxLAYOUT_HORIZONTAL) ? clientSize.width : clientSize.height; + wxLayoutOrientation orient = GetOrientation(); + + // We assume that a window that says it's horizontal, wants to be stretched in that + // direction. Is this distinction too fine? Do we assume that any horizontal + // window needs to be stretched in that direction? Possibly. + int whichDimension = (GetOrientation() == wxLAYOUT_HORIZONTAL) ? wxLAYOUT_LENGTH_X : wxLAYOUT_LENGTH_Y; + + wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent infoEvent(GetId()); + infoEvent.SetEventObject(this); + infoEvent.SetRequestedLength(length); + infoEvent.SetFlags(orient | whichDimension); + + if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(infoEvent)) + return; + + wxSize sz = infoEvent.GetSize(); + + if (sz.x == 0 && sz.y == 0) // Assume it's invisible + return; + + // Now we know the size it wants to be. We wish to decide where to place it, i.e. + // how it's aligned. + switch (GetAlignment()) + { + case wxLAYOUT_TOP: + { + thisRect.x = clientSize.x; thisRect.y = clientSize.y; + thisRect.width = sz.x; thisRect.height = sz.y; + clientSize.y += thisRect.height; + clientSize.height -= thisRect.height; + break; + } + case wxLAYOUT_LEFT: + { + thisRect.x = clientSize.x; thisRect.y = clientSize.y; + thisRect.width = sz.x; thisRect.height = sz.y; + clientSize.x += thisRect.width; + clientSize.width -= thisRect.width; + break; + } + case wxLAYOUT_RIGHT: + { + thisRect.x = clientSize.x + (clientSize.width - sz.x); thisRect.y = clientSize.y; + thisRect.width = sz.x; thisRect.height = sz.y; + clientSize.width -= thisRect.width; + break; + } + case wxLAYOUT_BOTTOM: + { + thisRect.x = clientSize.x; thisRect.y = clientSize.y + (clientSize.height - sz.y); + thisRect.width = sz.x; thisRect.height = sz.y; + clientSize.height -= thisRect.height; + break; + } + case wxLAYOUT_NONE: + { + break; + } + + } + + if ((flags & wxLAYOUT_QUERY) == 0) + { + // If not in query mode, resize the window. + // TODO: add wxRect& form to wxWindow::SetSize + wxSize sz2 = GetSize(); + wxPoint pos = GetPosition(); + SetSize(thisRect.x, thisRect.y, thisRect.width, thisRect.height); + + // Make sure the sash is erased when the window is resized + if ((pos.x != thisRect.x || pos.y != thisRect.y || sz2.x != thisRect.width || sz2.y != thisRect.height) && + (GetSashVisible(wxSASH_TOP) || GetSashVisible(wxSASH_RIGHT) || GetSashVisible(wxSASH_BOTTOM) || GetSashVisible(wxSASH_LEFT))) + Refresh(true); + + } + + event.SetRect(clientSize); +} +#endif // wxUSE_SASH + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLayoutAlgorithm +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE + +// Lays out windows for an MDI frame. The MDI client area gets what's left +// over. +bool wxLayoutAlgorithm::LayoutMDIFrame(wxMDIParentFrame* frame, wxRect* r) +{ + int cw, ch; + frame->GetClientSize(& cw, & ch); + + wxRect rect(0, 0, cw, ch); + if (r) + rect = * r; + + wxCalculateLayoutEvent event; + event.SetRect(rect); + + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = frame->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow* win = node->GetData(); + + event.SetId(win->GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(win); + event.SetFlags(0); // ?? + + win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + wxWindow* clientWindow = frame->GetClientWindow(); + + rect = event.GetRect(); + + clientWindow->SetSize(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE + +bool wxLayoutAlgorithm::LayoutFrame(wxFrame* frame, wxWindow* mainWindow) +{ + return LayoutWindow(frame, mainWindow); +} + +// Layout algorithm for any window. mainWindow gets what's left over. +bool wxLayoutAlgorithm::LayoutWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* mainWindow) +{ + // Test if the parent is a sash window, and if so, + // reduce the available space to allow space for any active edges. + + int leftMargin = 0, rightMargin = 0, topMargin = 0, bottomMargin = 0; +#if wxUSE_SASH + if (parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxSashWindow))) + { + wxSashWindow* sashWindow = (wxSashWindow*) parent; + + leftMargin = sashWindow->GetExtraBorderSize(); + rightMargin = sashWindow->GetExtraBorderSize(); + topMargin = sashWindow->GetExtraBorderSize(); + bottomMargin = sashWindow->GetExtraBorderSize(); + + if (sashWindow->GetSashVisible(wxSASH_LEFT)) + leftMargin += sashWindow->GetDefaultBorderSize(); + if (sashWindow->GetSashVisible(wxSASH_RIGHT)) + rightMargin += sashWindow->GetDefaultBorderSize(); + if (sashWindow->GetSashVisible(wxSASH_TOP)) + topMargin += sashWindow->GetDefaultBorderSize(); + if (sashWindow->GetSashVisible(wxSASH_BOTTOM)) + bottomMargin += sashWindow->GetDefaultBorderSize(); + } +#endif // wxUSE_SASH + + int cw, ch; + parent->GetClientSize(& cw, & ch); + + wxRect rect(leftMargin, topMargin, cw - leftMargin - rightMargin, ch - topMargin - bottomMargin); + + wxCalculateLayoutEvent event; + event.SetRect(rect); + + // Find the last layout-aware window, so we can make it fill all remaining + // space. + wxWindow *lastAwareWindow = NULL; + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + + while (node) + { + wxWindow* win = node->GetData(); + + if (win->IsShown()) + { + wxCalculateLayoutEvent tempEvent(win->GetId()); + tempEvent.SetEventObject(win); + tempEvent.SetFlags(wxLAYOUT_QUERY); + tempEvent.SetRect(event.GetRect()); + if (win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(tempEvent)) + lastAwareWindow = win; + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + // Now do a dummy run to see if we have any space left for the final window (fail if not) + node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow* win = node->GetData(); + + // If mainWindow is NULL and we're at the last window, + // skip this, because we'll simply make it fit the remaining space. + if (win->IsShown() && (win != mainWindow) && (mainWindow != NULL || win != lastAwareWindow)) + { + event.SetId(win->GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(win); + event.SetFlags(wxLAYOUT_QUERY); + + win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + if (event.GetRect().GetWidth() < 0 || event.GetRect().GetHeight() < 0) + return false; + + event.SetRect(rect); + + node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow* win = node->GetData(); + + // If mainWindow is NULL and we're at the last window, + // skip this, because we'll simply make it fit the remaining space. + if (win->IsShown() && (win != mainWindow) && (mainWindow != NULL || win != lastAwareWindow)) + { + event.SetId(win->GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(win); + event.SetFlags(0); // ?? + + win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + rect = event.GetRect(); + + if (mainWindow) + mainWindow->SetSize(rect.x, rect.y, wxMax(0, rect.width), wxMax(0, rect.height)); + else if (lastAwareWindow) + { + // Fit the remaining space + lastAwareWindow->SetSize(rect.x, rect.y, wxMax(0, rect.width), wxMax(0, rect.height)); + } + + return true; +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/listbkg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/listbkg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c43149f5f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/listbkg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,430 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/listbkg.cpp +// Purpose: generic implementation of wxListbook +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 19.08.03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: listbkg.cpp 65967 2010-10-31 13:33:34Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LISTBOOK + +#include "wx/listbook.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/settings.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/listctrl.h" +#include "wx/statline.h" +#include "wx/imaglist.h" + +#include "wx/sysopt.h" + +namespace +{ + +// FIXME: This function exists because native OS X wxListCtrl seems to have +// problems with report view, either imperfect display or reported hanging, so +// disable it for now (but it should be fixed, and this function removed). +bool CanUseReportView() +{ +#if defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON + if (wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxMAC_ALWAYS_USE_GENERIC_LISTCTRL) == 0) + return false; + else +#endif + return true; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// various wxWidgets macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// check that the page index is valid +#define IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) ((nPage) < GetPageCount()) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event table +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListbook, wxBookCtrlBase) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxListbook, wxBookCtrlBase) + EVT_SIZE(wxListbook::OnSize) + EVT_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED(wxID_ANY, wxListbook::OnListSelected) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// wxListbook implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListbook creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool +wxListbook::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( (style & wxBK_ALIGN_MASK) == wxBK_DEFAULT ) + { +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + style |= wxBK_TOP; +#else // !__WXMAC__ + style |= wxBK_LEFT; +#endif // __WXMAC__/!__WXMAC__ + } + + // no border for this control, it doesn't look nice together with + // wxListCtrl border + style &= ~wxBORDER_MASK; + style |= wxBORDER_NONE; + + if ( !wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, + wxDefaultValidator, name) ) + return false; + + m_bookctrl = new wxListView + ( + this, + wxID_ANY, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + wxLC_SINGLE_SEL | + (CanUseReportView() ? GetListCtrlReportViewFlags() + : GetListCtrlIconViewFlags()) + ); + + if ( CanUseReportView() ) + GetListView()->InsertColumn(0, wxT("Pages")); + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // On XP with themes enabled the GetViewRect used in GetControllerSize() to + // determine the space needed for the list view will incorrectly return + // (0,0,0,0) the first time. So send a pending event so OnSize will be + // called again after the window is ready to go. Technically we don't + // need to do this on non-XP windows, but if things are already sized + // correctly then nothing changes and so there is no harm. + wxSizeEvent evt; + GetEventHandler()->AddPendingEvent(evt); +#endif + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListCtrl flags +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +long wxListbook::GetListCtrlIconViewFlags() const +{ + return (IsVertical() ? wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT : wxLC_ALIGN_TOP) | wxLC_ICON; +} + +long wxListbook::GetListCtrlReportViewFlags() const +{ + return wxLC_REPORT | wxLC_NO_HEADER; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListbook geometry management +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListbook::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) +{ + // arrange the icons before calling SetClientSize(), otherwise it wouldn't + // account for the scrollbars the list control might need and, at least + // under MSW, we'd finish with an ugly looking list control with both + // vertical and horizontal scrollbar (with one of them being added because + // the other one is not accounted for in client size computations) + wxListView * const list = GetListView(); + if ( list ) + list->Arrange(); + + event.Skip(); +} + +int wxListbook::HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags) const +{ + int pagePos = wxNOT_FOUND; + + if ( flags ) + *flags = wxBK_HITTEST_NOWHERE; + + // convert from listbook control coordinates to list control coordinates + const wxListView * const list = GetListView(); + const wxPoint listPt = list->ScreenToClient(ClientToScreen(pt)); + + // is the point inside list control? + if ( wxRect(list->GetSize()).Contains(listPt) ) + { + int flagsList; + pagePos = list->HitTest(listPt, flagsList); + + if ( flags ) + { + if ( pagePos != wxNOT_FOUND ) + *flags = 0; + + if ( flagsList & (wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | + wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON ) ) + *flags |= wxBK_HITTEST_ONICON; + + if ( flagsList & wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL ) + *flags |= wxBK_HITTEST_ONLABEL; + } + } + else // not over list control at all + { + if ( flags && GetPageRect().Contains(pt) ) + *flags |= wxBK_HITTEST_ONPAGE; + } + + return pagePos; +} + +void wxListbook::UpdateSize() +{ + // we should find a more elegant way to force a layout than generating this + // dummy event + wxSizeEvent sz(GetSize(), GetId()); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(sz); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// accessing the pages +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxListbook::SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText) +{ + GetListView()->SetItemText(n, strText); + + return true; +} + +wxString wxListbook::GetPageText(size_t n) const +{ + return GetListView()->GetItemText(n); +} + +int wxListbook::GetPageImage(size_t n) const +{ + wxListItem item; + item.SetId(n); + + if (GetListView()->GetItem(item)) + { + return item.GetImage(); + } + else + { + return wxNOT_FOUND; + } +} + +bool wxListbook::SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId) +{ + return GetListView()->SetItemImage(n, imageId); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// image list stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListbook::SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList) +{ + if ( CanUseReportView() ) + { + wxListView * const list = GetListView(); + + // If imageList presence has changed, we update the list control view + if ( (imageList != NULL) != (GetImageList() != NULL) ) + { + // Preserve the selection which is lost when changing the mode + const int oldSel = GetSelection(); + + // Update the style to use icon view for images, report view otherwise + long style = wxLC_SINGLE_SEL; + if ( imageList ) + { + style |= GetListCtrlIconViewFlags(); + } + else // no image list + { + style |= GetListCtrlReportViewFlags(); + } + + list->SetWindowStyleFlag(style); + if ( !imageList ) + list->InsertColumn(0, wxT("Pages")); + + // Restore selection + if ( oldSel != wxNOT_FOUND ) + SetSelection(oldSel); + } + + list->SetImageList(imageList, wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL); + } + + wxBookCtrlBase::SetImageList(imageList); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// selection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListbook::UpdateSelectedPage(size_t newsel) +{ + m_selection = newsel; + GetListView()->Select(newsel); + GetListView()->Focus(newsel); +} + +wxBookCtrlEvent* wxListbook::CreatePageChangingEvent() const +{ + return new wxBookCtrlEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, m_windowId); +} + +void wxListbook::MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlEvent &event) +{ + event.SetEventType(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED); +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// adding/removing the pages +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool +wxListbook::InsertPage(size_t n, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect, + int imageId) +{ + if ( !wxBookCtrlBase::InsertPage(n, page, text, bSelect, imageId) ) + return false; + + GetListView()->InsertItem(n, text, imageId); + + // if the inserted page is before the selected one, we must update the + // index of the selected page + if ( int(n) <= m_selection ) + { + // one extra page added + m_selection++; + GetListView()->Select(m_selection); + GetListView()->Focus(m_selection); + } + + if ( !DoSetSelectionAfterInsertion(n, bSelect) ) + page->Hide(); + + UpdateSize(); + + return true; +} + +wxWindow *wxListbook::DoRemovePage(size_t page) +{ + const size_t page_count = GetPageCount(); + wxWindow *win = wxBookCtrlBase::DoRemovePage(page); + + if ( win ) + { + GetListView()->DeleteItem(page); + + if (m_selection >= (int)page) + { + // force new sel valid if possible + int sel = m_selection - 1; + if (page_count == 1) + sel = wxNOT_FOUND; + else if ((page_count == 2) || (sel == wxNOT_FOUND)) + sel = 0; + + // force sel invalid if deleting current page - don't try to hide it + m_selection = (m_selection == (int)page) ? wxNOT_FOUND : m_selection - 1; + + if ((sel != wxNOT_FOUND) && (sel != m_selection)) + SetSelection(sel); + } + + GetListView()->Arrange(); + UpdateSize(); + } + + return win; +} + + +bool wxListbook::DeleteAllPages() +{ + GetListView()->DeleteAllItems(); + if (!wxBookCtrlBase::DeleteAllPages()) + return false; + + UpdateSize(); + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListbook events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListbook::OnListSelected(wxListEvent& eventList) +{ + if ( eventList.GetEventObject() != m_bookctrl ) + { + eventList.Skip(); + return; + } + + const int selNew = eventList.GetIndex(); + + if ( selNew == m_selection ) + { + // this event can only come from our own Select(m_selection) below + // which we call when the page change is vetoed, so we should simply + // ignore it + return; + } + + SetSelection(selNew); + + // change wasn't allowed, return to previous state + if (m_selection != selNew) + { + GetListView()->Select(m_selection); + GetListView()->Focus(m_selection); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOOK diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/listctrl.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/listctrl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e66a25fa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/listctrl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,5262 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/listctrl.cpp +// Purpose: generic implementation of wxListCtrl +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Vadim Zeitlin (virtual list control support) +// Id: $Id: listctrl.cpp 67018 2011-02-25 09:38:35Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// TODO +// +// 1. we need to implement searching/sorting for virtual controls somehow +// 2. when changing selection the lines are refreshed twice + + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL + +#include "wx/listctrl.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/scrolwin.h" + #include "wx/timer.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/dcscreen.h" + #include "wx/math.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/imaglist.h" +#include "wx/renderer.h" +#include "wx/generic/private/listctrl.h" + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + #include "wx/osx/private.h" +#endif + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + #define "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" +#endif + +// NOTE: If using the wxListBox visual attributes works everywhere then this can +// be removed, as well as the #else case below. +#define _USE_VISATTR 0 + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// // the height of the header window (FIXME: should depend on its font!) +// static const int HEADER_HEIGHT = 23; + +static const int SCROLL_UNIT_X = 15; + +// the spacing between the lines (in report mode) +static const int LINE_SPACING = 0; + +// extra margins around the text label +#ifdef __WXGTK__ +static const int EXTRA_WIDTH = 6; +#else +static const int EXTRA_WIDTH = 4; +#endif + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ +static const int EXTRA_HEIGHT = 6; +#else +static const int EXTRA_HEIGHT = 4; +#endif + +// margin between the window and the items +static const int EXTRA_BORDER_X = 2; +static const int EXTRA_BORDER_Y = 2; + +// offset for the header window +static const int HEADER_OFFSET_X = 0; +static const int HEADER_OFFSET_Y = 0; + +// margin between rows of icons in [small] icon view +static const int MARGIN_BETWEEN_ROWS = 6; + +// when autosizing the columns, add some slack +static const int AUTOSIZE_COL_MARGIN = 10; + +// default width for the header columns +static const int WIDTH_COL_DEFAULT = 80; + +// the space between the image and the text in the report mode +static const int IMAGE_MARGIN_IN_REPORT_MODE = 5; + +// the space between the image and the text in the report mode in header +static const int HEADER_IMAGE_MARGIN_IN_REPORT_MODE = 2; + + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// arrays/list implementations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxListItemDataList) + +#include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxListLineDataArray) + +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxListHeaderDataList) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListItemData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxListItemData::~wxListItemData() +{ + // in the virtual list control the attributes are managed by the main + // program, so don't delete them + if ( !m_owner->IsVirtual() ) + delete m_attr; + + delete m_rect; +} + +void wxListItemData::Init() +{ + m_image = -1; + m_data = 0; + + m_attr = NULL; +} + +wxListItemData::wxListItemData(wxListMainWindow *owner) +{ + Init(); + + m_owner = owner; + + if ( owner->InReportView() ) + m_rect = NULL; + else + m_rect = new wxRect; +} + +void wxListItemData::SetItem( const wxListItem &info ) +{ + if ( info.m_mask & wxLIST_MASK_TEXT ) + SetText(info.m_text); + if ( info.m_mask & wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE ) + m_image = info.m_image; + if ( info.m_mask & wxLIST_MASK_DATA ) + m_data = info.m_data; + + if ( info.HasAttributes() ) + { + if ( m_attr ) + m_attr->AssignFrom(*info.GetAttributes()); + else + m_attr = new wxListItemAttr(*info.GetAttributes()); + } + + if ( m_rect ) + { + m_rect->x = + m_rect->y = + m_rect->height = 0; + m_rect->width = info.m_width; + } +} + +void wxListItemData::SetPosition( int x, int y ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_rect, wxT("unexpected SetPosition() call") ); + + m_rect->x = x; + m_rect->y = y; +} + +void wxListItemData::SetSize( int width, int height ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_rect, wxT("unexpected SetSize() call") ); + + if ( width != -1 ) + m_rect->width = width; + if ( height != -1 ) + m_rect->height = height; +} + +bool wxListItemData::IsHit( int x, int y ) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_rect, false, wxT("can't be called in this mode") ); + + return wxRect(GetX(), GetY(), GetWidth(), GetHeight()).Contains(x, y); +} + +int wxListItemData::GetX() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_rect, 0, wxT("can't be called in this mode") ); + + return m_rect->x; +} + +int wxListItemData::GetY() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_rect, 0, wxT("can't be called in this mode") ); + + return m_rect->y; +} + +int wxListItemData::GetWidth() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_rect, 0, wxT("can't be called in this mode") ); + + return m_rect->width; +} + +int wxListItemData::GetHeight() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_rect, 0, wxT("can't be called in this mode") ); + + return m_rect->height; +} + +void wxListItemData::GetItem( wxListItem &info ) const +{ + long mask = info.m_mask; + if ( !mask ) + // by default, get everything for backwards compatibility + mask = -1; + + if ( mask & wxLIST_MASK_TEXT ) + info.m_text = m_text; + if ( mask & wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE ) + info.m_image = m_image; + if ( mask & wxLIST_MASK_DATA ) + info.m_data = m_data; + + if ( m_attr ) + { + if ( m_attr->HasTextColour() ) + info.SetTextColour(m_attr->GetTextColour()); + if ( m_attr->HasBackgroundColour() ) + info.SetBackgroundColour(m_attr->GetBackgroundColour()); + if ( m_attr->HasFont() ) + info.SetFont(m_attr->GetFont()); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListHeaderData +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListHeaderData::Init() +{ + m_mask = 0; + m_image = -1; + m_format = 0; + m_width = 0; + m_xpos = 0; + m_ypos = 0; + m_height = 0; + m_state = 0; +} + +wxListHeaderData::wxListHeaderData() +{ + Init(); +} + +wxListHeaderData::wxListHeaderData( const wxListItem &item ) +{ + Init(); + + SetItem( item ); +} + +void wxListHeaderData::SetItem( const wxListItem &item ) +{ + m_mask = item.m_mask; + + if ( m_mask & wxLIST_MASK_TEXT ) + m_text = item.m_text; + + if ( m_mask & wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE ) + m_image = item.m_image; + + if ( m_mask & wxLIST_MASK_FORMAT ) + m_format = item.m_format; + + if ( m_mask & wxLIST_MASK_WIDTH ) + SetWidth(item.m_width); + + if ( m_mask & wxLIST_MASK_STATE ) + SetState(item.m_state); +} + +void wxListHeaderData::SetPosition( int x, int y ) +{ + m_xpos = x; + m_ypos = y; +} + +void wxListHeaderData::SetHeight( int h ) +{ + m_height = h; +} + +void wxListHeaderData::SetWidth( int w ) +{ + m_width = w < 0 ? WIDTH_COL_DEFAULT : w; +} + +void wxListHeaderData::SetState( int flag ) +{ + m_state = flag; +} + +void wxListHeaderData::SetFormat( int format ) +{ + m_format = format; +} + +bool wxListHeaderData::HasImage() const +{ + return m_image != -1; +} + +bool wxListHeaderData::IsHit( int x, int y ) const +{ + return ((x >= m_xpos) && (x <= m_xpos+m_width) && (y >= m_ypos) && (y <= m_ypos+m_height)); +} + +void wxListHeaderData::GetItem( wxListItem& item ) +{ + item.m_mask = m_mask; + item.m_text = m_text; + item.m_image = m_image; + item.m_format = m_format; + item.m_width = m_width; + item.m_state = m_state; +} + +int wxListHeaderData::GetImage() const +{ + return m_image; +} + +int wxListHeaderData::GetWidth() const +{ + return m_width; +} + +int wxListHeaderData::GetFormat() const +{ + return m_format; +} + +int wxListHeaderData::GetState() const +{ + return m_state; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListLineData +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +inline int wxListLineData::GetMode() const +{ + return m_owner->GetListCtrl()->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxLC_MASK_TYPE; +} + +inline bool wxListLineData::InReportView() const +{ + return m_owner->HasFlag(wxLC_REPORT); +} + +inline bool wxListLineData::IsVirtual() const +{ + return m_owner->IsVirtual(); +} + +wxListLineData::wxListLineData( wxListMainWindow *owner ) +{ + m_owner = owner; + + if ( InReportView() ) + m_gi = NULL; + else // !report + m_gi = new GeometryInfo; + + m_highlighted = false; + + InitItems( GetMode() == wxLC_REPORT ? m_owner->GetColumnCount() : 1 ); +} + +void wxListLineData::CalculateSize( wxDC *dc, int spacing ) +{ + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.GetFirst(); + wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("no subitems at all??") ); + + wxListItemData *item = node->GetData(); + + wxString s; + wxCoord lw, lh; + + switch ( GetMode() ) + { + case wxLC_ICON: + case wxLC_SMALL_ICON: + m_gi->m_rectAll.width = spacing; + + s = item->GetText(); + + if ( s.empty() ) + { + lh = + m_gi->m_rectLabel.width = + m_gi->m_rectLabel.height = 0; + } + else // has label + { + dc->GetTextExtent( s, &lw, &lh ); + lw += EXTRA_WIDTH; + lh += EXTRA_HEIGHT; + + m_gi->m_rectAll.height = spacing + lh; + if (lw > spacing) + m_gi->m_rectAll.width = lw; + + m_gi->m_rectLabel.width = lw; + m_gi->m_rectLabel.height = lh; + } + + if (item->HasImage()) + { + int w, h; + m_owner->GetImageSize( item->GetImage(), w, h ); + m_gi->m_rectIcon.width = w + 8; + m_gi->m_rectIcon.height = h + 8; + + if ( m_gi->m_rectIcon.width > m_gi->m_rectAll.width ) + m_gi->m_rectAll.width = m_gi->m_rectIcon.width; + if ( m_gi->m_rectIcon.height + lh > m_gi->m_rectAll.height - 4 ) + m_gi->m_rectAll.height = m_gi->m_rectIcon.height + lh + 4; + } + + if ( item->HasText() ) + { + m_gi->m_rectHighlight.width = m_gi->m_rectLabel.width; + m_gi->m_rectHighlight.height = m_gi->m_rectLabel.height; + } + else // no text, highlight the icon + { + m_gi->m_rectHighlight.width = m_gi->m_rectIcon.width; + m_gi->m_rectHighlight.height = m_gi->m_rectIcon.height; + } + break; + + case wxLC_LIST: + s = item->GetTextForMeasuring(); + + dc->GetTextExtent( s, &lw, &lh ); + lw += EXTRA_WIDTH; + lh += EXTRA_HEIGHT; + + m_gi->m_rectLabel.width = lw; + m_gi->m_rectLabel.height = lh; + + m_gi->m_rectAll.width = lw; + m_gi->m_rectAll.height = lh; + + if (item->HasImage()) + { + int w, h; + m_owner->GetImageSize( item->GetImage(), w, h ); + m_gi->m_rectIcon.width = w; + m_gi->m_rectIcon.height = h; + + m_gi->m_rectAll.width += 4 + w; + if (h > m_gi->m_rectAll.height) + m_gi->m_rectAll.height = h; + } + + m_gi->m_rectHighlight.width = m_gi->m_rectAll.width; + m_gi->m_rectHighlight.height = m_gi->m_rectAll.height; + break; + + case wxLC_REPORT: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected call to SetSize") ); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown mode") ); + break; + } +} + +void wxListLineData::SetPosition( int x, int y, int spacing ) +{ + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.GetFirst(); + wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("no subitems at all??") ); + + wxListItemData *item = node->GetData(); + + switch ( GetMode() ) + { + case wxLC_ICON: + case wxLC_SMALL_ICON: + m_gi->m_rectAll.x = x; + m_gi->m_rectAll.y = y; + + if ( item->HasImage() ) + { + m_gi->m_rectIcon.x = m_gi->m_rectAll.x + 4 + + (m_gi->m_rectAll.width - m_gi->m_rectIcon.width) / 2; + m_gi->m_rectIcon.y = m_gi->m_rectAll.y + 4; + } + + if ( item->HasText() ) + { + if (m_gi->m_rectAll.width > spacing) + m_gi->m_rectLabel.x = m_gi->m_rectAll.x + (EXTRA_WIDTH/2); + else + m_gi->m_rectLabel.x = m_gi->m_rectAll.x + (EXTRA_WIDTH/2) + (spacing / 2) - (m_gi->m_rectLabel.width / 2); + m_gi->m_rectLabel.y = m_gi->m_rectAll.y + m_gi->m_rectAll.height + 2 - m_gi->m_rectLabel.height; + m_gi->m_rectHighlight.x = m_gi->m_rectLabel.x - 2; + m_gi->m_rectHighlight.y = m_gi->m_rectLabel.y - 2; + } + else // no text, highlight the icon + { + m_gi->m_rectHighlight.x = m_gi->m_rectIcon.x - 4; + m_gi->m_rectHighlight.y = m_gi->m_rectIcon.y - 4; + } + break; + + case wxLC_LIST: + m_gi->m_rectAll.x = x; + m_gi->m_rectAll.y = y; + + m_gi->m_rectHighlight.x = m_gi->m_rectAll.x; + m_gi->m_rectHighlight.y = m_gi->m_rectAll.y; + m_gi->m_rectLabel.y = m_gi->m_rectAll.y + 2; + + if (item->HasImage()) + { + m_gi->m_rectIcon.x = m_gi->m_rectAll.x + 2; + m_gi->m_rectIcon.y = m_gi->m_rectAll.y + 2; + m_gi->m_rectLabel.x = m_gi->m_rectAll.x + 4 + (EXTRA_WIDTH/2) + m_gi->m_rectIcon.width; + } + else + { + m_gi->m_rectLabel.x = m_gi->m_rectAll.x + (EXTRA_WIDTH/2); + } + break; + + case wxLC_REPORT: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected call to SetPosition") ); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown mode") ); + break; + } +} + +void wxListLineData::InitItems( int num ) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < num; i++) + m_items.Append( new wxListItemData(m_owner) ); +} + +void wxListLineData::SetItem( int index, const wxListItem &info ) +{ + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.Item( index ); + wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("invalid column index in SetItem") ); + + wxListItemData *item = node->GetData(); + item->SetItem( info ); +} + +void wxListLineData::GetItem( int index, wxListItem &info ) +{ + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.Item( index ); + if (node) + { + wxListItemData *item = node->GetData(); + item->GetItem( info ); + } +} + +wxString wxListLineData::GetText(int index) const +{ + wxString s; + + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.Item( index ); + if (node) + { + wxListItemData *item = node->GetData(); + s = item->GetText(); + } + + return s; +} + +void wxListLineData::SetText( int index, const wxString& s ) +{ + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.Item( index ); + if (node) + { + wxListItemData *item = node->GetData(); + item->SetText( s ); + } +} + +void wxListLineData::SetImage( int index, int image ) +{ + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.Item( index ); + wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("invalid column index in SetImage()") ); + + wxListItemData *item = node->GetData(); + item->SetImage(image); +} + +int wxListLineData::GetImage( int index ) const +{ + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.Item( index ); + wxCHECK_MSG( node, -1, wxT("invalid column index in GetImage()") ); + + wxListItemData *item = node->GetData(); + return item->GetImage(); +} + +wxListItemAttr *wxListLineData::GetAttr() const +{ + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.GetFirst(); + wxCHECK_MSG( node, NULL, wxT("invalid column index in GetAttr()") ); + + wxListItemData *item = node->GetData(); + return item->GetAttr(); +} + +void wxListLineData::SetAttr(wxListItemAttr *attr) +{ + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.GetFirst(); + wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("invalid column index in SetAttr()") ); + + wxListItemData *item = node->GetData(); + item->SetAttr(attr); +} + +void wxListLineData::ApplyAttributes(wxDC *dc, + const wxRect& rectHL, + bool highlighted, + bool current) +{ + const wxListItemAttr * const attr = GetAttr(); + + wxWindow * const listctrl = m_owner->GetParent(); + + const bool hasFocus = listctrl->HasFocus() +#if defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON + && IsControlActive( (ControlRef)listctrl->GetHandle() ) +#endif + ; + + // fg colour + + // don't use foreground colour for drawing highlighted items - this might + // make them completely invisible (and there is no way to do bit + // arithmetics on wxColour, unfortunately) + wxColour colText; + if ( highlighted ) + { +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + if ( hasFocus ) + colText = *wxWHITE; + else + colText = *wxBLACK; +#else + if ( hasFocus ) + colText = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); + else + colText = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXHIGHLIGHTTEXT); +#endif + } + else if ( attr && attr->HasTextColour() ) + colText = attr->GetTextColour(); + else + colText = listctrl->GetForegroundColour(); + + dc->SetTextForeground(colText); + + // font + wxFont font; + if ( attr && attr->HasFont() ) + font = attr->GetFont(); + else + font = listctrl->GetFont(); + + dc->SetFont(font); + + // background + if ( highlighted ) + { + // Use the renderer method to ensure that the selected items use the + // native look. + int flags = wxCONTROL_SELECTED; + if ( hasFocus ) + flags |= wxCONTROL_FOCUSED; + if (current) + flags |= wxCONTROL_CURRENT; + wxRendererNative::Get(). + DrawItemSelectionRect( m_owner, *dc, rectHL, flags ); + } + else if ( attr && attr->HasBackgroundColour() ) + { + // Draw the background using the items custom background colour. + dc->SetBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); + dc->SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + dc->DrawRectangle(rectHL); + } + + // just for debugging to better see where the items are +#if 0 + dc->SetPen(*wxRED_PEN); + dc->SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + dc->DrawRectangle( m_gi->m_rectAll ); + dc->SetPen(*wxGREEN_PEN); + dc->DrawRectangle( m_gi->m_rectIcon ); +#endif +} + +void wxListLineData::Draw(wxDC *dc, bool current) +{ + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.GetFirst(); + wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("no subitems at all??") ); + + ApplyAttributes(dc, m_gi->m_rectHighlight, IsHighlighted(), current); + + wxListItemData *item = node->GetData(); + if (item->HasImage()) + { + // centre the image inside our rectangle, this looks nicer when items + // ae aligned in a row + const wxRect& rectIcon = m_gi->m_rectIcon; + + m_owner->DrawImage(item->GetImage(), dc, rectIcon.x, rectIcon.y); + } + + if (item->HasText()) + { + const wxRect& rectLabel = m_gi->m_rectLabel; + + wxDCClipper clipper(*dc, rectLabel); + dc->DrawText(item->GetText(), rectLabel.x, rectLabel.y); + } +} + +void wxListLineData::DrawInReportMode( wxDC *dc, + const wxRect& rect, + const wxRect& rectHL, + bool highlighted, + bool current ) +{ + // TODO: later we should support setting different attributes for + // different columns - to do it, just add "col" argument to + // GetAttr() and move these lines into the loop below + + ApplyAttributes(dc, rectHL, highlighted, current); + + wxCoord x = rect.x + HEADER_OFFSET_X, + yMid = rect.y + rect.height/2; +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + // This probably needs to be done + // on all platforms as the icons + // otherwise nearly touch the border + x += 2; +#endif + + size_t col = 0; + for ( wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_items.GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext(), col++ ) + { + wxListItemData *item = node->GetData(); + + int width = m_owner->GetColumnWidth(col); + int xOld = x; + x += width; + + width -= 8; + const int wText = width; + wxDCClipper clipper(*dc, xOld, rect.y, wText, rect.height); + + if ( item->HasImage() ) + { + int ix, iy; + m_owner->GetImageSize( item->GetImage(), ix, iy ); + m_owner->DrawImage( item->GetImage(), dc, xOld, yMid - iy/2 ); + + ix += IMAGE_MARGIN_IN_REPORT_MODE; + + xOld += ix; + width -= ix; + } + + if ( item->HasText() ) + DrawTextFormatted(dc, item->GetText(), col, xOld, yMid, width); + } +} + +void wxListLineData::DrawTextFormatted(wxDC *dc, + const wxString& textOrig, + int col, + int x, + int yMid, + int width) +{ + // we don't support displaying multiple lines currently (and neither does + // wxMSW FWIW) so just merge all the lines + wxString text(textOrig); + text.Replace(wxT("\n"), wxT(" ")); + + wxCoord w, h; + dc->GetTextExtent(text, &w, &h); + + const wxCoord y = yMid - (h + 1)/2; + + wxDCClipper clipper(*dc, x, y, width, h); + + // determine if the string can fit inside the current width + if (w <= width) + { + // it can, draw it using the items alignment + wxListItem item; + m_owner->GetColumn(col, item); + switch ( item.GetAlign() ) + { + case wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT: + // nothing to do + break; + + case wxLIST_FORMAT_RIGHT: + x += width - w; + break; + + case wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTER: + x += (width - w) / 2; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown list item format") ); + break; + } + + dc->DrawText(text, x, y); + } + else // otherwise, truncate and add an ellipsis if possible + { + // determine the base width + wxString ellipsis(wxT("...")); + wxCoord base_w; + dc->GetTextExtent(ellipsis, &base_w, &h); + + // continue until we have enough space or only one character left + wxCoord w_c, h_c; + size_t len = text.length(); + wxString drawntext = text.Left(len); + while (len > 1) + { + dc->GetTextExtent(drawntext.Last(), &w_c, &h_c); + drawntext.RemoveLast(); + len--; + w -= w_c; + if (w + base_w <= width) + break; + } + + // if still not enough space, remove ellipsis characters + while (ellipsis.length() > 0 && w + base_w > width) + { + ellipsis = ellipsis.Left(ellipsis.length() - 1); + dc->GetTextExtent(ellipsis, &base_w, &h); + } + + // now draw the text + dc->DrawText(drawntext, x, y); + dc->DrawText(ellipsis, x + w, y); + } +} + +bool wxListLineData::Highlight( bool on ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( !IsVirtual(), false, wxT("unexpected call to Highlight") ); + + if ( on == m_highlighted ) + return false; + + m_highlighted = on; + + return true; +} + +void wxListLineData::ReverseHighlight( void ) +{ + Highlight(!IsHighlighted()); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListHeaderWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxListHeaderWindow,wxWindow) + EVT_PAINT (wxListHeaderWindow::OnPaint) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS (wxListHeaderWindow::OnMouse) + EVT_SET_FOCUS (wxListHeaderWindow::OnSetFocus) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxListHeaderWindow::Init() +{ + m_currentCursor = NULL; + m_isDragging = false; + m_dirty = false; + m_sendSetColumnWidth = false; +} + +wxListHeaderWindow::wxListHeaderWindow() +{ + Init(); + + m_owner = NULL; + m_resizeCursor = NULL; +} + +wxListHeaderWindow::wxListHeaderWindow( wxWindow *win, + wxWindowID id, + wxListMainWindow *owner, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString &name ) + : wxWindow( win, id, pos, size, style, name ) +{ + Init(); + + m_owner = owner; + m_resizeCursor = new wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); + +#if _USE_VISATTR + wxVisualAttributes attr = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); + SetOwnForegroundColour( attr.colFg ); + SetOwnBackgroundColour( attr.colBg ); + if (!m_hasFont) + SetOwnFont( attr.font ); +#else + SetOwnForegroundColour( wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); + SetOwnBackgroundColour( wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE)); + if (!m_hasFont) + SetOwnFont( wxSystemSettings::GetFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT )); +#endif +} + +wxListHeaderWindow::~wxListHeaderWindow() +{ + delete m_resizeCursor; +} + +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ +#include "wx/univ/renderer.h" +#include "wx/univ/theme.h" +#endif + +// shift the DC origin to match the position of the main window horz +// scrollbar: this allows us to always use logical coords +void wxListHeaderWindow::AdjustDC(wxDC& dc) +{ + wxGenericListCtrl *parent = m_owner->GetListCtrl(); + + int xpix; + parent->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit( &xpix, NULL ); + + int view_start; + parent->GetViewStart( &view_start, NULL ); + + + int org_x = 0; + int org_y = 0; + dc.GetDeviceOrigin( &org_x, &org_y ); + + // account for the horz scrollbar offset +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) + { + // Maybe we just have to check for m_signX + // in the DC, but I leave the #ifdef __WXGTK__ + // for now + dc.SetDeviceOrigin( org_x + (view_start * xpix), org_y ); + } + else +#endif + dc.SetDeviceOrigin( org_x - (view_start * xpix), org_y ); +} + +void wxListHeaderWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxGenericListCtrl *parent = m_owner->GetListCtrl(); + + wxPaintDC dc( this ); + + AdjustDC( dc ); + + dc.SetFont( GetFont() ); + + // width and height of the entire header window + int w, h; + GetClientSize( &w, &h ); + parent->CalcUnscrolledPosition(w, 0, &w, NULL); + + dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT); + dc.SetTextForeground(GetForegroundColour()); + + int x = HEADER_OFFSET_X; + int numColumns = m_owner->GetColumnCount(); + wxListItem item; + for ( int i = 0; i < numColumns && x < w; i++ ) + { + m_owner->GetColumn( i, item ); + int wCol = item.m_width; + + int cw = wCol; + int ch = h; + + int flags = 0; + if (!m_parent->IsEnabled()) + flags |= wxCONTROL_DISABLED; + +// NB: The code below is not really Mac-specific, but since we are close +// to 2.8 release and I don't have time to test on other platforms, I +// defined this only for wxMac. If this behavior is desired on +// other platforms, please go ahead and revise or remove the #ifdef. +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + if ( !m_owner->IsVirtual() && (item.m_mask & wxLIST_MASK_STATE) && + (item.m_state & wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED) ) + flags |= wxCONTROL_SELECTED; +#endif + + if (i == 0) + flags |= wxCONTROL_SPECIAL; // mark as first column + + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton + ( + this, + dc, + wxRect(x, HEADER_OFFSET_Y, cw, ch), + flags + ); + + // see if we have enough space for the column label + + // for this we need the width of the text + wxCoord wLabel; + wxCoord hLabel; + dc.GetTextExtent(item.GetText(), &wLabel, &hLabel); + wLabel += 2 * EXTRA_WIDTH; + + // and the width of the icon, if any + int ix = 0, iy = 0; // init them just to suppress the compiler warnings + const int image = item.m_image; + wxImageList *imageList; + if ( image != -1 ) + { + imageList = m_owner->GetSmallImageList(); + if ( imageList ) + { + imageList->GetSize(image, ix, iy); + wLabel += ix + HEADER_IMAGE_MARGIN_IN_REPORT_MODE; + } + } + else + { + imageList = NULL; + } + + // ignore alignment if there is not enough space anyhow + int xAligned; + switch ( wLabel < cw ? item.GetAlign() : wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown list item format") ); + // fall through + + case wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT: + xAligned = x; + break; + + case wxLIST_FORMAT_RIGHT: + xAligned = x + cw - wLabel; + break; + + case wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTER: + xAligned = x + (cw - wLabel) / 2; + break; + } + + // draw the text and image clipping them so that they + // don't overwrite the column boundary + wxDCClipper clipper(dc, x, HEADER_OFFSET_Y, cw, h); + + // if we have an image, draw it on the right of the label + if ( imageList ) + { + imageList->Draw + ( + image, + dc, + xAligned + wLabel - ix - HEADER_IMAGE_MARGIN_IN_REPORT_MODE, + HEADER_OFFSET_Y + (h - iy)/2, + wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT + ); + } + + dc.DrawText( item.GetText(), + xAligned + EXTRA_WIDTH, (h - hLabel) / 2 ); + + x += wCol; + } + + // Fill in what's missing to the right of the columns, otherwise we will + // leave an unpainted area when columns are removed (and it looks better) + if ( x < w ) + { + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton + ( + this, + dc, + wxRect(x, HEADER_OFFSET_Y, w - x, h), + wxCONTROL_DIRTY // mark as last column + ); + } +} + +void wxListHeaderWindow::OnInternalIdle() +{ + wxWindow::OnInternalIdle(); + + if (m_sendSetColumnWidth) + { + m_owner->SetColumnWidth( m_colToSend, m_widthToSend ); + m_sendSetColumnWidth = false; + } +} + +void wxListHeaderWindow::DrawCurrent() +{ +#if 1 + // m_owner->SetColumnWidth( m_column, m_currentX - m_minX ); + m_sendSetColumnWidth = true; + m_colToSend = m_column; + m_widthToSend = m_currentX - m_minX; +#else + int x1 = m_currentX; + int y1 = 0; + m_owner->ClientToScreen( &x1, &y1 ); + + int x2 = m_currentX; + int y2 = 0; + m_owner->GetClientSize( NULL, &y2 ); + m_owner->ClientToScreen( &x2, &y2 ); + + wxScreenDC dc; + dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); + dc.SetPen( wxPen(*wxBLACK, 2) ); + dc.SetBrush( *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH ); + + AdjustDC(dc); + + dc.DrawLine( x1, y1, x2, y2 ); + + dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxCOPY ); + + dc.SetPen( wxNullPen ); + dc.SetBrush( wxNullBrush ); +#endif +} + +void wxListHeaderWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event ) +{ + wxGenericListCtrl *parent = m_owner->GetListCtrl(); + + // we want to work with logical coords + int x; + parent->CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetX(), 0, &x, NULL); + int y = event.GetY(); + + if (m_isDragging) + { + SendListEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_DRAGGING, event.GetPosition()); + + // we don't draw the line beyond our window, but we allow dragging it + // there + int w = 0; + GetClientSize( &w, NULL ); + parent->CalcUnscrolledPosition(w, 0, &w, NULL); + w -= 6; + + // erase the line if it was drawn + if ( m_currentX < w ) + DrawCurrent(); + + if (event.ButtonUp()) + { + ReleaseMouse(); + m_isDragging = false; + m_dirty = true; + m_owner->SetColumnWidth( m_column, m_currentX - m_minX ); + SendListEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_END_DRAG, event.GetPosition()); + } + else + { + if (x > m_minX + 7) + m_currentX = x; + else + m_currentX = m_minX + 7; + + // draw in the new location + if ( m_currentX < w ) + DrawCurrent(); + } + } + else // not dragging + { + m_minX = 0; + bool hit_border = false; + + // end of the current column + int xpos = 0; + + // find the column where this event occurred + int col, + countCol = m_owner->GetColumnCount(); + for (col = 0; col < countCol; col++) + { + xpos += m_owner->GetColumnWidth( col ); + m_column = col; + + if ( (abs(x-xpos) < 3) && (y < 22) ) + { + // near the column border + hit_border = true; + break; + } + + if ( x < xpos ) + { + // inside the column + break; + } + + m_minX = xpos; + } + + if ( col == countCol ) + m_column = -1; + + if (event.LeftDown() || event.RightUp()) + { + if (hit_border && event.LeftDown()) + { + if ( SendListEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_BEGIN_DRAG, + event.GetPosition()) ) + { + m_isDragging = true; + m_currentX = x; + CaptureMouse(); + DrawCurrent(); + } + //else: column resizing was vetoed by the user code + } + else // click on a column + { + // record the selected state of the columns + if (event.LeftDown()) + { + for (int i=0; i < m_owner->GetColumnCount(); i++) + { + wxListItem colItem; + m_owner->GetColumn(i, colItem); + long state = colItem.GetState(); + if (i == m_column) + colItem.SetState(state | wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); + else + colItem.SetState(state & ~wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); + m_owner->SetColumn(i, colItem); + } + } + + SendListEvent( event.LeftDown() + ? wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_CLICK + : wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_RIGHT_CLICK, + event.GetPosition()); + } + } + else if (event.Moving()) + { + bool setCursor; + if (hit_border) + { + setCursor = m_currentCursor == wxSTANDARD_CURSOR; + m_currentCursor = m_resizeCursor; + } + else + { + setCursor = m_currentCursor != wxSTANDARD_CURSOR; + m_currentCursor = wxSTANDARD_CURSOR; + } + + if ( setCursor ) + SetCursor(*m_currentCursor); + } + } +} + +void wxListHeaderWindow::OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + m_owner->SetFocus(); + m_owner->Update(); +} + +bool wxListHeaderWindow::SendListEvent(wxEventType type, const wxPoint& pos) +{ + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + wxListEvent le( type, parent->GetId() ); + le.SetEventObject( parent ); + le.m_pointDrag = pos; + + // the position should be relative to the parent window, not + // this one for compatibility with MSW and common sense: the + // user code doesn't know anything at all about this header + // window, so why should it get positions relative to it? + le.m_pointDrag.y -= GetSize().y; + + le.m_col = m_column; + return !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le ) || le.IsAllowed(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListRenameTimer (internal) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxListRenameTimer::wxListRenameTimer( wxListMainWindow *owner ) +{ + m_owner = owner; +} + +void wxListRenameTimer::Notify() +{ + m_owner->OnRenameTimer(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListTextCtrlWrapper (internal) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxListTextCtrlWrapper, wxEvtHandler) + EVT_CHAR (wxListTextCtrlWrapper::OnChar) + EVT_KEY_UP (wxListTextCtrlWrapper::OnKeyUp) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS (wxListTextCtrlWrapper::OnKillFocus) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxListTextCtrlWrapper::wxListTextCtrlWrapper(wxListMainWindow *owner, + wxTextCtrl *text, + size_t itemEdit) + : m_startValue(owner->GetItemText(itemEdit)), + m_itemEdited(itemEdit) +{ + m_owner = owner; + m_text = text; + m_aboutToFinish = false; + + wxGenericListCtrl *parent = m_owner->GetListCtrl(); + + wxRect rectLabel = owner->GetLineLabelRect(itemEdit); + + parent->CalcScrolledPosition(rectLabel.x, rectLabel.y, + &rectLabel.x, &rectLabel.y); + + m_text->Create(owner, wxID_ANY, m_startValue, + wxPoint(rectLabel.x-4,rectLabel.y-4), + wxSize(rectLabel.width+11,rectLabel.height+8)); + m_text->SetFocus(); + + m_text->PushEventHandler(this); +} + +void wxListTextCtrlWrapper::EndEdit(EndReason reason) +{ + m_aboutToFinish = true; + + switch ( reason ) + { + case End_Accept: + // Notify the owner about the changes + AcceptChanges(); + + // Even if vetoed, close the control (consistent with MSW) + Finish( true ); + break; + + case End_Discard: + m_owner->OnRenameCancelled(m_itemEdited); + + Finish( true ); + break; + + case End_Destroy: + // Don't generate any notifications for the control being destroyed + // and don't set focus to it neither. + Finish(false); + break; + } +} + +void wxListTextCtrlWrapper::Finish( bool setfocus ) +{ + m_text->RemoveEventHandler(this); + m_owner->ResetTextControl( m_text ); + + wxPendingDelete.Append( this ); + + if (setfocus) + m_owner->SetFocus(); +} + +bool wxListTextCtrlWrapper::AcceptChanges() +{ + const wxString value = m_text->GetValue(); + + // notice that we should always call OnRenameAccept() to generate the "end + // label editing" event, even if the user hasn't really changed anything + if ( !m_owner->OnRenameAccept(m_itemEdited, value) ) + { + // vetoed by the user + return false; + } + + // accepted, do rename the item (unless nothing changed) + if ( value != m_startValue ) + m_owner->SetItemText(m_itemEdited, value); + + return true; +} + +void wxListTextCtrlWrapper::OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ) +{ + switch ( event.m_keyCode ) + { + case WXK_RETURN: + EndEdit( End_Accept ); + break; + + case WXK_ESCAPE: + EndEdit( End_Discard ); + break; + + default: + event.Skip(); + } +} + +void wxListTextCtrlWrapper::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent &event ) +{ + if (m_aboutToFinish) + { + // auto-grow the textctrl: + wxSize parentSize = m_owner->GetSize(); + wxPoint myPos = m_text->GetPosition(); + wxSize mySize = m_text->GetSize(); + int sx, sy; + m_text->GetTextExtent(m_text->GetValue() + wxT("MM"), &sx, &sy); + if (myPos.x + sx > parentSize.x) + sx = parentSize.x - myPos.x; + if (mySize.x > sx) + sx = mySize.x; + m_text->SetSize(sx, wxDefaultCoord); + } + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxListTextCtrlWrapper::OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ) +{ + if ( !m_aboutToFinish ) + { + if ( !AcceptChanges() ) + m_owner->OnRenameCancelled( m_itemEdited ); + + Finish( false ); + } + + // We must let the native text control handle focus + event.Skip(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxListMainWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxListMainWindow, wxWindow) + EVT_PAINT (wxListMainWindow::OnPaint) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS (wxListMainWindow::OnMouse) + EVT_CHAR (wxListMainWindow::OnChar) + EVT_KEY_DOWN (wxListMainWindow::OnKeyDown) + EVT_KEY_UP (wxListMainWindow::OnKeyUp) + EVT_SET_FOCUS (wxListMainWindow::OnSetFocus) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS (wxListMainWindow::OnKillFocus) + EVT_SCROLLWIN (wxListMainWindow::OnScroll) + EVT_CHILD_FOCUS (wxListMainWindow::OnChildFocus) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxListMainWindow::Init() +{ + m_dirty = true; + m_countVirt = 0; + m_lineFrom = + m_lineTo = (size_t)-1; + m_linesPerPage = 0; + + m_headerWidth = + m_lineHeight = 0; + + m_small_image_list = NULL; + m_normal_image_list = NULL; + + m_small_spacing = 30; + m_normal_spacing = 40; + + m_hasFocus = false; + m_dragCount = 0; + m_isCreated = false; + + m_lastOnSame = false; + m_renameTimer = new wxListRenameTimer( this ); + m_textctrlWrapper = NULL; + + m_current = + m_lineLastClicked = + m_lineSelectSingleOnUp = + m_lineBeforeLastClicked = (size_t)-1; +} + +wxListMainWindow::wxListMainWindow() +{ + Init(); + + m_highlightBrush = + m_highlightUnfocusedBrush = NULL; +} + +wxListMainWindow::wxListMainWindow( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString &name ) + : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, style, name ) +{ + Init(); + + m_highlightBrush = new wxBrush + ( + wxSystemSettings::GetColour + ( + wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT + ), + wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID + ); + + m_highlightUnfocusedBrush = new wxBrush + ( + wxSystemSettings::GetColour + ( + wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW + ), + wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID + ); + + wxVisualAttributes attr = wxGenericListCtrl::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); + SetOwnForegroundColour( attr.colFg ); + SetOwnBackgroundColour( attr.colBg ); + if (!m_hasFont) + SetOwnFont( attr.font ); +} + +wxListMainWindow::~wxListMainWindow() +{ + if ( m_textctrlWrapper ) + m_textctrlWrapper->EndEdit(wxListTextCtrlWrapper::End_Destroy); + + DoDeleteAllItems(); + WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxListHeaderDataList, m_columns); + WX_CLEAR_ARRAY(m_aColWidths); + + delete m_highlightBrush; + delete m_highlightUnfocusedBrush; + delete m_renameTimer; +} + +void wxListMainWindow::SetReportView(bool inReportView) +{ + const size_t count = m_lines.size(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + m_lines[n].SetReportView(inReportView); + } +} + +void wxListMainWindow::CacheLineData(size_t line) +{ + wxGenericListCtrl *listctrl = GetListCtrl(); + + wxListLineData *ld = GetDummyLine(); + + size_t countCol = GetColumnCount(); + for ( size_t col = 0; col < countCol; col++ ) + { + ld->SetText(col, listctrl->OnGetItemText(line, col)); + ld->SetImage(col, listctrl->OnGetItemColumnImage(line, col)); + } + + ld->SetAttr(listctrl->OnGetItemAttr(line)); +} + +wxListLineData *wxListMainWindow::GetDummyLine() const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !IsEmpty(), wxT("invalid line index") ); + wxASSERT_MSG( IsVirtual(), wxT("GetDummyLine() shouldn't be called") ); + + wxListMainWindow *self = wxConstCast(this, wxListMainWindow); + + // we need to recreate the dummy line if the number of columns in the + // control changed as it would have the incorrect number of fields + // otherwise + if ( !m_lines.IsEmpty() && + m_lines[0].m_items.GetCount() != (size_t)GetColumnCount() ) + { + self->m_lines.Clear(); + } + + if ( m_lines.IsEmpty() ) + { + wxListLineData *line = new wxListLineData(self); + self->m_lines.Add(line); + + // don't waste extra memory -- there never going to be anything + // else/more in this array + self->m_lines.Shrink(); + } + + return &m_lines[0]; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// line geometry (report mode only) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCoord wxListMainWindow::GetLineHeight() const +{ + // we cache the line height as calling GetTextExtent() is slow + if ( !m_lineHeight ) + { + wxListMainWindow *self = wxConstCast(this, wxListMainWindow); + + wxClientDC dc( self ); + dc.SetFont( GetFont() ); + + wxCoord y; + dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("H"), NULL, &y); + + if ( m_small_image_list && m_small_image_list->GetImageCount() ) + { + int iw = 0, ih = 0; + m_small_image_list->GetSize(0, iw, ih); + y = wxMax(y, ih); + } + + y += EXTRA_HEIGHT; + self->m_lineHeight = y + LINE_SPACING; + } + + return m_lineHeight; +} + +wxCoord wxListMainWindow::GetLineY(size_t line) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( InReportView(), wxT("only works in report mode") ); + + return LINE_SPACING + line * GetLineHeight(); +} + +wxRect wxListMainWindow::GetLineRect(size_t line) const +{ + if ( !InReportView() ) + return GetLine(line)->m_gi->m_rectAll; + + wxRect rect; + rect.x = HEADER_OFFSET_X; + rect.y = GetLineY(line); + rect.width = GetHeaderWidth(); + rect.height = GetLineHeight(); + + return rect; +} + +wxRect wxListMainWindow::GetLineLabelRect(size_t line) const +{ + if ( !InReportView() ) + return GetLine(line)->m_gi->m_rectLabel; + + int image_x = 0; + wxListLineData *data = GetLine(line); + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator node = data->m_items.GetFirst(); + if (node) + { + wxListItemData *item = node->GetData(); + if ( item->HasImage() ) + { + int ix, iy; + GetImageSize( item->GetImage(), ix, iy ); + image_x = 3 + ix + IMAGE_MARGIN_IN_REPORT_MODE; + } + } + + wxRect rect; + rect.x = image_x + HEADER_OFFSET_X; + rect.y = GetLineY(line); + rect.width = GetColumnWidth(0) - image_x; + rect.height = GetLineHeight(); + + return rect; +} + +wxRect wxListMainWindow::GetLineIconRect(size_t line) const +{ + if ( !InReportView() ) + return GetLine(line)->m_gi->m_rectIcon; + + wxListLineData *ld = GetLine(line); + wxASSERT_MSG( ld->HasImage(), wxT("should have an image") ); + + wxRect rect; + rect.x = HEADER_OFFSET_X; + rect.y = GetLineY(line); + GetImageSize(ld->GetImage(), rect.width, rect.height); + + return rect; +} + +wxRect wxListMainWindow::GetLineHighlightRect(size_t line) const +{ + return InReportView() ? GetLineRect(line) + : GetLine(line)->m_gi->m_rectHighlight; +} + +long wxListMainWindow::HitTestLine(size_t line, int x, int y) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( line < GetItemCount(), wxT("invalid line in HitTestLine") ); + + wxListLineData *ld = GetLine(line); + + if ( ld->HasImage() && GetLineIconRect(line).Contains(x, y) ) + return wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON; + + // VS: Testing for "ld->HasText() || InReportView()" instead of + // "ld->HasText()" is needed to make empty lines in report view + // possible + if ( ld->HasText() || InReportView() ) + { + wxRect rect = InReportView() ? GetLineRect(line) + : GetLineLabelRect(line); + + if ( rect.Contains(x, y) ) + return wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL; + } + + return 0; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// highlight (selection) handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxListMainWindow::IsHighlighted(size_t line) const +{ + if ( IsVirtual() ) + { + return m_selStore.IsSelected(line); + } + else // !virtual + { + wxListLineData *ld = GetLine(line); + wxCHECK_MSG( ld, false, wxT("invalid index in IsHighlighted") ); + + return ld->IsHighlighted(); + } +} + +void wxListMainWindow::HighlightLines( size_t lineFrom, + size_t lineTo, + bool highlight ) +{ + if ( IsVirtual() ) + { + wxArrayInt linesChanged; + if ( !m_selStore.SelectRange(lineFrom, lineTo, highlight, + &linesChanged) ) + { + // meny items changed state, refresh everything + RefreshLines(lineFrom, lineTo); + } + else // only a few items changed state, refresh only them + { + size_t count = linesChanged.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + RefreshLine(linesChanged[n]); + } + } + } + else // iterate over all items in non report view + { + for ( size_t line = lineFrom; line <= lineTo; line++ ) + { + if ( HighlightLine(line, highlight) ) + RefreshLine(line); + } + } +} + +bool wxListMainWindow::HighlightLine( size_t line, bool highlight ) +{ + bool changed; + + if ( IsVirtual() ) + { + changed = m_selStore.SelectItem(line, highlight); + } + else // !virtual + { + wxListLineData *ld = GetLine(line); + wxCHECK_MSG( ld, false, wxT("invalid index in HighlightLine") ); + + changed = ld->Highlight(highlight); + } + + if ( changed ) + { + SendNotify( line, highlight ? wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED + : wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED ); + } + + return changed; +} + +void wxListMainWindow::RefreshLine( size_t line ) +{ + if ( InReportView() ) + { + size_t visibleFrom, visibleTo; + GetVisibleLinesRange(&visibleFrom, &visibleTo); + + if ( line < visibleFrom || line > visibleTo ) + return; + } + + wxRect rect = GetLineRect(line); + + GetListCtrl()->CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); + RefreshRect( rect ); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::RefreshLines( size_t lineFrom, size_t lineTo ) +{ + // we suppose that they are ordered by caller + wxASSERT_MSG( lineFrom <= lineTo, wxT("indices in disorder") ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( lineTo < GetItemCount(), wxT("invalid line range") ); + + if ( InReportView() ) + { + size_t visibleFrom, visibleTo; + GetVisibleLinesRange(&visibleFrom, &visibleTo); + + if ( lineFrom < visibleFrom ) + lineFrom = visibleFrom; + if ( lineTo > visibleTo ) + lineTo = visibleTo; + + wxRect rect; + rect.x = 0; + rect.y = GetLineY(lineFrom); + rect.width = GetClientSize().x; + rect.height = GetLineY(lineTo) - rect.y + GetLineHeight(); + + GetListCtrl()->CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); + RefreshRect( rect ); + } + else // !report + { + // TODO: this should be optimized... + for ( size_t line = lineFrom; line <= lineTo; line++ ) + { + RefreshLine(line); + } + } +} + +void wxListMainWindow::RefreshAfter( size_t lineFrom ) +{ + if ( InReportView() ) + { + size_t visibleFrom, visibleTo; + GetVisibleLinesRange(&visibleFrom, &visibleTo); + + if ( lineFrom < visibleFrom ) + lineFrom = visibleFrom; + else if ( lineFrom > visibleTo ) + return; + + wxRect rect; + rect.x = 0; + rect.y = GetLineY(lineFrom); + GetListCtrl()->CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); + + wxSize size = GetClientSize(); + rect.width = size.x; + + // refresh till the bottom of the window + rect.height = size.y - rect.y; + + RefreshRect( rect ); + } + else // !report + { + // TODO: how to do it more efficiently? + m_dirty = true; + } +} + +void wxListMainWindow::RefreshSelected() +{ + if ( IsEmpty() ) + return; + + size_t from, to; + if ( InReportView() ) + { + GetVisibleLinesRange(&from, &to); + } + else // !virtual + { + from = 0; + to = GetItemCount() - 1; + } + + if ( HasCurrent() && m_current >= from && m_current <= to ) + RefreshLine(m_current); + + for ( size_t line = from; line <= to; line++ ) + { + // NB: the test works as expected even if m_current == -1 + if ( line != m_current && IsHighlighted(line) ) + RefreshLine(line); + } +} + +void wxListMainWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + // Note: a wxPaintDC must be constructed even if no drawing is + // done (a Windows requirement). + wxPaintDC dc( this ); + + if ( IsEmpty() ) + { + // nothing to draw or not the moment to draw it + return; + } + + if ( m_dirty ) + RecalculatePositions( false ); + + GetListCtrl()->PrepareDC( dc ); + + int dev_x, dev_y; + GetListCtrl()->CalcScrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dev_x, &dev_y ); + + dc.SetFont( GetFont() ); + + if ( InReportView() ) + { + int lineHeight = GetLineHeight(); + + size_t visibleFrom, visibleTo; + GetVisibleLinesRange(&visibleFrom, &visibleTo); + + wxRect rectLine; + int xOrig = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( 0 ); + int yOrig = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( 0 ); + + // tell the caller cache to cache the data + if ( IsVirtual() ) + { + wxListEvent evCache(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_CACHE_HINT, + GetParent()->GetId()); + evCache.SetEventObject( GetParent() ); + evCache.m_oldItemIndex = visibleFrom; + evCache.m_itemIndex = visibleTo; + GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( evCache ); + } + + for ( size_t line = visibleFrom; line <= visibleTo; line++ ) + { + rectLine = GetLineRect(line); + + + if ( !IsExposed(rectLine.x + xOrig, rectLine.y + yOrig, + rectLine.width, rectLine.height) ) + { + // don't redraw unaffected lines to avoid flicker + continue; + } + + GetLine(line)->DrawInReportMode( &dc, + rectLine, + GetLineHighlightRect(line), + IsHighlighted(line), + line == m_current ); + } + + if ( HasFlag(wxLC_HRULES) ) + { + wxPen pen(GetRuleColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxSize clientSize = GetClientSize(); + + size_t i = visibleFrom; + if (i == 0) i = 1; // Don't draw the first one + for ( ; i <= visibleTo; i++ ) + { + dc.SetPen(pen); + dc.SetBrush( *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH ); + dc.DrawLine(0 - dev_x, i * lineHeight, + clientSize.x - dev_x, i * lineHeight); + } + + // Draw last horizontal rule + if ( visibleTo == GetItemCount() - 1 ) + { + dc.SetPen( pen ); + dc.SetBrush( *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH ); + dc.DrawLine(0 - dev_x, (m_lineTo + 1) * lineHeight, + clientSize.x - dev_x , (m_lineTo + 1) * lineHeight ); + } + } + + // Draw vertical rules if required + if ( HasFlag(wxLC_VRULES) && !IsEmpty() ) + { + wxPen pen(GetRuleColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxRect firstItemRect, lastItemRect; + + GetItemRect(visibleFrom, firstItemRect); + GetItemRect(visibleTo, lastItemRect); + int x = firstItemRect.GetX(); + dc.SetPen(pen); + dc.SetBrush(* wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + + for (int col = 0; col < GetColumnCount(); col++) + { + int colWidth = GetColumnWidth(col); + x += colWidth; + int x_pos = x - dev_x; + if (col < GetColumnCount()-1) x_pos -= 2; + dc.DrawLine(x_pos, firstItemRect.GetY() - 1 - dev_y, + x_pos, lastItemRect.GetBottom() + 1 - dev_y); + } + } + } + else // !report + { + size_t count = GetItemCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + GetLine(i)->Draw( &dc, i == m_current ); + } + } + + // DrawFocusRect() is unusable under Mac, it draws outside of the highlight + // rectangle somehow and so leaves traces when the item is not selected any + // more, see #12229. +#ifndef __WXMAC__ + if ( HasCurrent() ) + { + int flags = 0; + if ( IsHighlighted(m_current) ) + flags |= wxCONTROL_SELECTED; + + wxRendererNative::Get(). + DrawFocusRect(this, dc, GetLineHighlightRect(m_current), flags); + } +#endif // !__WXMAC__ +} + +void wxListMainWindow::HighlightAll( bool on ) +{ + if ( IsSingleSel() ) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !on, wxT("can't do this in a single selection control") ); + + // we just have one item to turn off + if ( HasCurrent() && IsHighlighted(m_current) ) + { + HighlightLine(m_current, false); + RefreshLine(m_current); + } + } + else // multi selection + { + if ( !IsEmpty() ) + HighlightLines(0, GetItemCount() - 1, on); + } +} + +void wxListMainWindow::OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // Do nothing here. This prevents the default handler in wxScrolledWindow + // from needlessly scrolling the window when the edit control is + // dismissed. See ticket #9563. +} + +void wxListMainWindow::SendNotify( size_t line, + wxEventType command, + const wxPoint& point ) +{ + wxListEvent le( command, GetParent()->GetId() ); + le.SetEventObject( GetParent() ); + + le.m_itemIndex = line; + + // set only for events which have position + if ( point != wxDefaultPosition ) + le.m_pointDrag = point; + + // don't try to get the line info for virtual list controls: the main + // program has it anyhow and if we did it would result in accessing all + // the lines, even those which are not visible now and this is precisely + // what we're trying to avoid + if ( !IsVirtual() ) + { + if ( line != (size_t)-1 ) + { + GetLine(line)->GetItem( 0, le.m_item ); + } + //else: this happens for wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_FOCUSED event + } + //else: there may be no more such item + + GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le ); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::ChangeCurrent(size_t current) +{ + m_current = current; + + // as the current item changed, we shouldn't start editing it when the + // "slow click" timer expires as the click happened on another item + if ( m_renameTimer->IsRunning() ) + m_renameTimer->Stop(); + + SendNotify(current, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_FOCUSED); +} + +wxTextCtrl *wxListMainWindow::EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( (item >= 0) && ((size_t)item < GetItemCount()), NULL, + wxT("wrong index in wxGenericListCtrl::EditLabel()") ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( textControlClass->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)), + wxT("EditLabel() needs a text control") ); + + size_t itemEdit = (size_t)item; + + wxListEvent le( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, GetParent()->GetId() ); + le.SetEventObject( GetParent() ); + le.m_itemIndex = item; + wxListLineData *data = GetLine(itemEdit); + wxCHECK_MSG( data, NULL, wxT("invalid index in EditLabel()") ); + data->GetItem( 0, le.m_item ); + + if ( GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le ) && !le.IsAllowed() ) + { + // vetoed by user code + return NULL; + } + + // We have to call this here because the label in question might just have + // been added and no screen update taken place. + if ( m_dirty ) + { + // TODO: use wxTheApp->SafeYieldFor(NULL, wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI) instead + // so that no pending events may change the item count (see below) + // IMPORTANT: needs to be tested! + wxSafeYield(); + + // Pending events dispatched by wxSafeYield might have changed the item + // count + if ( (size_t)item >= GetItemCount() ) + return NULL; + } + + wxTextCtrl * const text = (wxTextCtrl *)textControlClass->CreateObject(); + m_textctrlWrapper = new wxListTextCtrlWrapper(this, text, item); + return m_textctrlWrapper->GetText(); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::OnRenameTimer() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( HasCurrent(), wxT("unexpected rename timer") ); + + EditLabel( m_current ); +} + +bool wxListMainWindow::OnRenameAccept(size_t itemEdit, const wxString& value) +{ + wxListEvent le( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT, GetParent()->GetId() ); + le.SetEventObject( GetParent() ); + le.m_itemIndex = itemEdit; + + wxListLineData *data = GetLine(itemEdit); + + wxCHECK_MSG( data, false, wxT("invalid index in OnRenameAccept()") ); + + data->GetItem( 0, le.m_item ); + le.m_item.m_text = value; + return !GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le ) || + le.IsAllowed(); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::OnRenameCancelled(size_t itemEdit) +{ + // let owner know that the edit was cancelled + wxListEvent le( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT, GetParent()->GetId() ); + + le.SetEditCanceled(true); + + le.SetEventObject( GetParent() ); + le.m_itemIndex = itemEdit; + + wxListLineData *data = GetLine(itemEdit); + wxCHECK_RET( data, wxT("invalid index in OnRenameCancelled()") ); + + data->GetItem( 0, le.m_item ); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le ); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event ) +{ +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // On wxMac we can't depend on the EVT_KILL_FOCUS event to properly + // shutdown the edit control when the mouse is clicked elsewhere on the + // listctrl because the order of events is different (or something like + // that), so explicitly end the edit if it is active. + if ( event.LeftDown() && m_textctrlWrapper ) + m_textctrlWrapper->EndEdit(wxListTextCtrlWrapper::End_Accept); +#endif // __WXMAC__ + + if ( event.LeftDown() ) + SetFocus(); + + event.SetEventObject( GetParent() ); + if ( GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event) ) + return; + + if (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL) + { + // let the base class handle mouse wheel events. + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + if ( !HasCurrent() || IsEmpty() ) + { + if (event.RightDown()) + { + SendNotify( (size_t)-1, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, event.GetPosition() ); + + wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, + GetParent()->GetId(), + ClientToScreen(event.GetPosition())); + evtCtx.SetEventObject(GetParent()); + GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx); + } + return; + } + + if (m_dirty) + return; + + if ( !(event.Dragging() || event.ButtonDown() || event.LeftUp() || + event.ButtonDClick()) ) + return; + + int x = event.GetX(); + int y = event.GetY(); + GetListCtrl()->CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &x, &y ); + + // where did we hit it (if we did)? + long hitResult = 0; + + size_t count = GetItemCount(), + current; + + if ( InReportView() ) + { + current = y / GetLineHeight(); + if ( current < count ) + hitResult = HitTestLine(current, x, y); + } + else // !report + { + // TODO: optimize it too! this is less simple than for report view but + // enumerating all items is still not a way to do it!! + for ( current = 0; current < count; current++ ) + { + hitResult = HitTestLine(current, x, y); + if ( hitResult ) + break; + } + } + + if (event.Dragging()) + { + if (m_dragCount == 0) + { + // we have to report the raw, physical coords as we want to be + // able to call HitTest(event.m_pointDrag) from the user code to + // get the item being dragged + m_dragStart = event.GetPosition(); + } + + m_dragCount++; + + if (m_dragCount != 3) + return; + + int command = event.RightIsDown() ? wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG + : wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG; + + wxListEvent le( command, GetParent()->GetId() ); + le.SetEventObject( GetParent() ); + le.m_itemIndex = m_lineLastClicked; + le.m_pointDrag = m_dragStart; + GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le ); + + return; + } + else + { + m_dragCount = 0; + } + + if ( !hitResult ) + { + // outside of any item + if (event.RightDown()) + { + SendNotify( (size_t) -1, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, event.GetPosition() ); + + wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx( + wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, + GetParent()->GetId(), + ClientToScreen(event.GetPosition())); + evtCtx.SetEventObject(GetParent()); + GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx); + } + else + { + // reset the selection and bail out + HighlightAll(false); + } + + return; + } + + bool forceClick = false; + if (event.ButtonDClick()) + { + if ( m_renameTimer->IsRunning() ) + m_renameTimer->Stop(); + + m_lastOnSame = false; + + if ( current == m_lineLastClicked ) + { + SendNotify( current, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED ); + + return; + } + else + { + // The first click was on another item, so don't interpret this as + // a double click, but as a simple click instead + forceClick = true; + } + } + + if (event.LeftUp()) + { + if (m_lineSelectSingleOnUp != (size_t)-1) + { + // select single line + HighlightAll( false ); + ReverseHighlight(m_lineSelectSingleOnUp); + } + + if (m_lastOnSame) + { + if ((current == m_current) && + (hitResult == wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL) && + HasFlag(wxLC_EDIT_LABELS) ) + { + if ( !InReportView() || + GetLineLabelRect(current).Contains(x, y) ) + { + int dclick = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_DCLICK_MSEC); + m_renameTimer->Start(dclick > 0 ? dclick : 250, true); + } + } + } + + m_lastOnSame = false; + m_lineSelectSingleOnUp = (size_t)-1; + } + else + { + // This is necessary, because after a DnD operation in + // from and to ourself, the up event is swallowed by the + // DnD code. So on next non-up event (which means here and + // now) m_lineSelectSingleOnUp should be reset. + m_lineSelectSingleOnUp = (size_t)-1; + } + if (event.RightDown()) + { + m_lineBeforeLastClicked = m_lineLastClicked; + m_lineLastClicked = current; + + // If the item is already selected, do not update the selection. + // Multi-selections should not be cleared if a selected item is clicked. + if (!IsHighlighted(current)) + { + HighlightAll(false); + ChangeCurrent(current); + ReverseHighlight(m_current); + } + + SendNotify( current, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, event.GetPosition() ); + + // Allow generation of context menu event + event.Skip(); + } + else if (event.MiddleDown()) + { + SendNotify( current, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK ); + } + else if ( event.LeftDown() || forceClick ) + { + m_lineBeforeLastClicked = m_lineLastClicked; + m_lineLastClicked = current; + + size_t oldCurrent = m_current; + bool oldWasSelected = IsHighlighted(m_current); + + bool cmdModifierDown = event.CmdDown(); + if ( IsSingleSel() || !(cmdModifierDown || event.ShiftDown()) ) + { + if ( IsSingleSel() || !IsHighlighted(current) ) + { + HighlightAll( false ); + + ChangeCurrent(current); + + ReverseHighlight(m_current); + } + else // multi sel & current is highlighted & no mod keys + { + m_lineSelectSingleOnUp = current; + ChangeCurrent(current); // change focus + } + } + else // multi sel & either ctrl or shift is down + { + if (cmdModifierDown) + { + ChangeCurrent(current); + + ReverseHighlight(m_current); + } + else if (event.ShiftDown()) + { + ChangeCurrent(current); + + size_t lineFrom = oldCurrent, + lineTo = current; + + if ( lineTo < lineFrom ) + { + lineTo = lineFrom; + lineFrom = m_current; + } + + HighlightLines(lineFrom, lineTo); + } + else // !ctrl, !shift + { + // test in the enclosing if should make it impossible + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("how did we get here?") ); + } + } + + if (m_current != oldCurrent) + RefreshLine( oldCurrent ); + + // forceClick is only set if the previous click was on another item + m_lastOnSame = !forceClick && (m_current == oldCurrent) && oldWasSelected; + } +} + +void wxListMainWindow::MoveToItem(size_t item) +{ + if ( item == (size_t)-1 ) + return; + + wxRect rect = GetLineRect(item); + + int client_w, client_h; + GetClientSize( &client_w, &client_h ); + + const int hLine = GetLineHeight(); + + int view_x = SCROLL_UNIT_X * GetListCtrl()->GetScrollPos( wxHORIZONTAL ); + int view_y = hLine * GetListCtrl()->GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ); + + if ( InReportView() ) + { + // the next we need the range of lines shown it might be different, + // so recalculate it + ResetVisibleLinesRange(); + + if (rect.y < view_y) + GetListCtrl()->Scroll( -1, rect.y / hLine ); + if (rect.y + rect.height + 5 > view_y + client_h) + GetListCtrl()->Scroll( -1, (rect.y + rect.height - client_h + hLine) / hLine ); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // At least on Mac the visible lines value will get reset inside of + // Scroll *before* it actually scrolls the window because of the + // Update() that happens there, so it will still have the wrong value. + // So let's reset it again and wait for it to be recalculated in the + // next paint event. I would expect this problem to show up in wxGTK + // too but couldn't duplicate it there. Perhaps the order of events + // is different... --Robin + ResetVisibleLinesRange(); +#endif + } + else // !report + { + int sx = -1, + sy = -1; + + if (rect.x-view_x < 5) + sx = (rect.x - 5) / SCROLL_UNIT_X; + if (rect.x + rect.width - 5 > view_x + client_w) + sx = (rect.x + rect.width - client_w + SCROLL_UNIT_X) / SCROLL_UNIT_X; + + if (rect.y-view_y < 5) + sy = (rect.y - 5) / hLine; + if (rect.y + rect.height - 5 > view_y + client_h) + sy = (rect.y + rect.height - client_h + hLine) / hLine; + + GetListCtrl()->Scroll(sx, sy); + } +} + +bool wxListMainWindow::ScrollList(int WXUNUSED(dx), int dy) +{ + if ( !InReportView() ) + { + // TODO: this should work in all views but is not implemented now + return false; + } + + size_t top, bottom; + GetVisibleLinesRange(&top, &bottom); + + if ( bottom == (size_t)-1 ) + return 0; + + ResetVisibleLinesRange(); + + int hLine = GetLineHeight(); + + GetListCtrl()->Scroll(-1, top + dy / hLine); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // see comment in MoveToItem() for why we do this + ResetVisibleLinesRange(); +#endif + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// keyboard handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListMainWindow::OnArrowChar(size_t newCurrent, const wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( newCurrent < (size_t)GetItemCount(), + wxT("invalid item index in OnArrowChar()") ); + + size_t oldCurrent = m_current; + + // in single selection we just ignore Shift as we can't select several + // items anyhow + if ( event.ShiftDown() && !IsSingleSel() ) + { + ChangeCurrent(newCurrent); + + // refresh the old focus to remove it + RefreshLine( oldCurrent ); + + // select all the items between the old and the new one + if ( oldCurrent > newCurrent ) + { + newCurrent = oldCurrent; + oldCurrent = m_current; + } + + HighlightLines(oldCurrent, newCurrent); + } + else // !shift + { + // all previously selected items are unselected unless ctrl is held + // in a multiselection control + if ( !event.ControlDown() || IsSingleSel() ) + HighlightAll(false); + + ChangeCurrent(newCurrent); + + // refresh the old focus to remove it + RefreshLine( oldCurrent ); + + // in single selection mode we must always have a selected item + if ( !event.ControlDown() || IsSingleSel() ) + HighlightLine( m_current, true ); + } + + RefreshLine( m_current ); + + MoveToFocus(); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent &event ) +{ + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + + // propagate the key event upwards + wxKeyEvent ke(event); + ke.SetEventObject( parent ); + if (parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( ke )) + return; + + // send a list event + wxListEvent le( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_KEY_DOWN, parent->GetId() ); + le.m_itemIndex = m_current; + if (HasCurrent()) + GetLine(m_current)->GetItem( 0, le.m_item ); + le.m_code = event.GetKeyCode(); + le.SetEventObject( parent ); + if (parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le )) + return; + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent &event ) +{ + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + + // propagate the key event upwards + wxKeyEvent ke(event); + if (parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( ke )) + return; + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ) +{ + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + + // propagate the char event upwards + wxKeyEvent ke(event); + ke.SetEventObject( parent ); + if (parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( ke )) + return; + + if ( HandleAsNavigationKey(event) ) + return; + + // no item -> nothing to do + if (!HasCurrent()) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + // don't use m_linesPerPage directly as it might not be computed yet + const int pageSize = GetCountPerPage(); + wxCHECK_RET( pageSize, wxT("should have non zero page size") ); + + if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) + { + if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT) + event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT; + else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT) + event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT; + } + + switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) + { + case WXK_UP: + if ( m_current > 0 ) + OnArrowChar( m_current - 1, event ); + break; + + case WXK_DOWN: + if ( m_current < (size_t)GetItemCount() - 1 ) + OnArrowChar( m_current + 1, event ); + break; + + case WXK_END: + if (!IsEmpty()) + OnArrowChar( GetItemCount() - 1, event ); + break; + + case WXK_HOME: + if (!IsEmpty()) + OnArrowChar( 0, event ); + break; + + case WXK_PAGEUP: + { + int steps = InReportView() ? pageSize - 1 + : m_current % pageSize; + + int index = m_current - steps; + if (index < 0) + index = 0; + + OnArrowChar( index, event ); + } + break; + + case WXK_PAGEDOWN: + { + int steps = InReportView() + ? pageSize - 1 + : pageSize - (m_current % pageSize) - 1; + + size_t index = m_current + steps; + size_t count = GetItemCount(); + if ( index >= count ) + index = count - 1; + + OnArrowChar( index, event ); + } + break; + + case WXK_LEFT: + if ( !InReportView() ) + { + int index = m_current - pageSize; + if (index < 0) + index = 0; + + OnArrowChar( index, event ); + } + break; + + case WXK_RIGHT: + if ( !InReportView() ) + { + size_t index = m_current + pageSize; + + size_t count = GetItemCount(); + if ( index >= count ) + index = count - 1; + + OnArrowChar( index, event ); + } + break; + + case WXK_SPACE: + if ( IsSingleSel() ) + { + if ( event.ControlDown() ) + { + ReverseHighlight(m_current); + } + else // normal space press + { + SendNotify( m_current, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED ); + } + } + else // multiple selection + { + ReverseHighlight(m_current); + } + break; + + case WXK_RETURN: + case WXK_EXECUTE: + SendNotify( m_current, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED ); + break; + + default: + event.Skip(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// focus handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListMainWindow::OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + if ( GetParent() ) + { + wxFocusEvent event( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, GetParent()->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( GetParent() ); + if ( GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event) ) + return; + } + + // wxGTK sends us EVT_SET_FOCUS events even if we had never got + // EVT_KILL_FOCUS before which means that we finish by redrawing the items + // which are already drawn correctly resulting in horrible flicker - avoid + // it + if ( !m_hasFocus ) + { + m_hasFocus = true; + + RefreshSelected(); + } +} + +void wxListMainWindow::OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + if ( GetParent() ) + { + wxFocusEvent event( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, GetParent()->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( GetParent() ); + if ( GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event) ) + return; + } + + m_hasFocus = false; + RefreshSelected(); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::DrawImage( int index, wxDC *dc, int x, int y ) +{ + if ( HasFlag(wxLC_ICON) && (m_normal_image_list)) + { + m_normal_image_list->Draw( index, *dc, x, y, wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT ); + } + else if ( HasFlag(wxLC_SMALL_ICON) && (m_small_image_list)) + { + m_small_image_list->Draw( index, *dc, x, y, wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT ); + } + else if ( HasFlag(wxLC_LIST) && (m_small_image_list)) + { + m_small_image_list->Draw( index, *dc, x, y, wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT ); + } + else if ( InReportView() && (m_small_image_list)) + { + m_small_image_list->Draw( index, *dc, x, y, wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT ); + } +} + +void wxListMainWindow::GetImageSize( int index, int &width, int &height ) const +{ + if ( HasFlag(wxLC_ICON) && m_normal_image_list ) + { + m_normal_image_list->GetSize( index, width, height ); + } + else if ( HasFlag(wxLC_SMALL_ICON) && m_small_image_list ) + { + m_small_image_list->GetSize( index, width, height ); + } + else if ( HasFlag(wxLC_LIST) && m_small_image_list ) + { + m_small_image_list->GetSize( index, width, height ); + } + else if ( InReportView() && m_small_image_list ) + { + m_small_image_list->GetSize( index, width, height ); + } + else + { + width = + height = 0; + } +} + +int wxListMainWindow::GetTextLength( const wxString &s ) const +{ + wxClientDC dc( wxConstCast(this, wxListMainWindow) ); + dc.SetFont( GetFont() ); + + wxCoord lw; + dc.GetTextExtent( s, &lw, NULL ); + + return lw + AUTOSIZE_COL_MARGIN; +} + +void wxListMainWindow::SetImageList( wxImageList *imageList, int which ) +{ + m_dirty = true; + + // calc the spacing from the icon size + int width = 0, height = 0; + + if ((imageList) && (imageList->GetImageCount()) ) + imageList->GetSize(0, width, height); + + if (which == wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL) + { + m_normal_image_list = imageList; + m_normal_spacing = width + 8; + } + + if (which == wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL) + { + m_small_image_list = imageList; + m_small_spacing = width + 14; + m_lineHeight = 0; // ensure that the line height will be recalc'd + } +} + +void wxListMainWindow::SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall ) +{ + m_dirty = true; + if (isSmall) + m_small_spacing = spacing; + else + m_normal_spacing = spacing; +} + +int wxListMainWindow::GetItemSpacing( bool isSmall ) +{ + return isSmall ? m_small_spacing : m_normal_spacing; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// columns +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListMainWindow::SetColumn( int col, wxListItem &item ) +{ + wxListHeaderDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_columns.Item( col ); + + wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("invalid column index in SetColumn") ); + + if ( item.m_width == wxLIST_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER ) + item.m_width = GetTextLength( item.m_text ); + + wxListHeaderData *column = node->GetData(); + column->SetItem( item ); + + wxListHeaderWindow *headerWin = GetListCtrl()->m_headerWin; + if ( headerWin ) + headerWin->m_dirty = true; + + m_dirty = true; + + // invalidate it as it has to be recalculated + m_headerWidth = 0; +} + +void wxListMainWindow::SetColumnWidth( int col, int width ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < GetColumnCount(), + wxT("invalid column index") ); + + wxCHECK_RET( InReportView(), + wxT("SetColumnWidth() can only be called in report mode.") ); + + m_dirty = true; + + wxListHeaderWindow *headerWin = GetListCtrl()->m_headerWin; + if ( headerWin ) + headerWin->m_dirty = true; + + wxListHeaderDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_columns.Item( col ); + wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("no column?") ); + + wxListHeaderData *column = node->GetData(); + + size_t count = GetItemCount(); + + if (width == wxLIST_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER) + { + width = GetTextLength(column->GetText()); + width += 2*EXTRA_WIDTH; + + // check for column header's image availability + const int image = column->GetImage(); + if ( image != -1 ) + { + if ( m_small_image_list ) + { + int ix = 0, iy = 0; + m_small_image_list->GetSize(image, ix, iy); + width += ix + HEADER_IMAGE_MARGIN_IN_REPORT_MODE; + } + } + } + else if ( width == wxLIST_AUTOSIZE ) + { + if ( IsVirtual() ) + { + // TODO: determine the max width somehow... + width = WIDTH_COL_DEFAULT; + } + else // !virtual + { + wxClientDC dc(this); + dc.SetFont( GetFont() ); + + int max = AUTOSIZE_COL_MARGIN; + + // if the cached column width isn't valid then recalculate it + if (m_aColWidths.Item(col)->bNeedsUpdate) + { + for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++) + { + wxListLineData *line = GetLine( i ); + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator n = line->m_items.Item( col ); + + wxCHECK_RET( n, wxT("no subitem?") ); + + wxListItemData *itemData = n->GetData(); + wxListItem item; + + itemData->GetItem(item); + int itemWidth = GetItemWidthWithImage(&item); + if (itemWidth > max) + max = itemWidth; + } + + m_aColWidths.Item(col)->bNeedsUpdate = false; + m_aColWidths.Item(col)->nMaxWidth = max; + } + + max = m_aColWidths.Item(col)->nMaxWidth; + width = max + AUTOSIZE_COL_MARGIN; + } + } + + column->SetWidth( width ); + + // invalidate it as it has to be recalculated + m_headerWidth = 0; +} + +int wxListMainWindow::GetHeaderWidth() const +{ + if ( !m_headerWidth ) + { + wxListMainWindow *self = wxConstCast(this, wxListMainWindow); + + size_t count = GetColumnCount(); + for ( size_t col = 0; col < count; col++ ) + { + self->m_headerWidth += GetColumnWidth(col); + } + } + + return m_headerWidth; +} + +void wxListMainWindow::GetColumn( int col, wxListItem &item ) const +{ + wxListHeaderDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_columns.Item( col ); + wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("invalid column index in GetColumn") ); + + wxListHeaderData *column = node->GetData(); + column->GetItem( item ); +} + +int wxListMainWindow::GetColumnWidth( int col ) const +{ + wxListHeaderDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_columns.Item( col ); + wxCHECK_MSG( node, 0, wxT("invalid column index") ); + + wxListHeaderData *column = node->GetData(); + return column->GetWidth(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// item state +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListMainWindow::SetItem( wxListItem &item ) +{ + long id = item.m_itemId; + wxCHECK_RET( id >= 0 && (size_t)id < GetItemCount(), + wxT("invalid item index in SetItem") ); + + if ( !IsVirtual() ) + { + wxListLineData *line = GetLine((size_t)id); + line->SetItem( item.m_col, item ); + + // Set item state if user wants + if ( item.m_mask & wxLIST_MASK_STATE ) + SetItemState( item.m_itemId, item.m_state, item.m_state ); + + if (InReportView()) + { + // update the Max Width Cache if needed + int width = GetItemWidthWithImage(&item); + + if (width > m_aColWidths.Item(item.m_col)->nMaxWidth) + m_aColWidths.Item(item.m_col)->nMaxWidth = width; + } + } + + // update the item on screen + wxRect rectItem; + GetItemRect(id, rectItem); + RefreshRect(rectItem); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::SetItemStateAll(long state, long stateMask) +{ + if ( IsEmpty() ) + return; + + // first deal with selection + if ( stateMask & wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ) + { + // set/clear select state + if ( IsVirtual() ) + { + // optimized version for virtual listctrl. + m_selStore.SelectRange(0, GetItemCount() - 1, state == wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); + Refresh(); + } + else if ( state & wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ) + { + const long count = GetItemCount(); + for( long i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + SetItemState( i, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + } + + } + else + { + // clear for non virtual (somewhat optimized by using GetNextItem()) + long i = -1; + while ( (i = GetNextItem(i, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED)) != -1 ) + { + SetItemState( i, 0, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + } + } + } + + if ( HasCurrent() && (state == 0) && (stateMask & wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED) ) + { + // unfocus all: only one item can be focussed, so clearing focus for + // all items is simply clearing focus of the focussed item. + SetItemState(m_current, state, stateMask); + } + //(setting focus to all items makes no sense, so it is not handled here.) +} + +void wxListMainWindow::SetItemState( long litem, long state, long stateMask ) +{ + if ( litem == -1 ) + { + SetItemStateAll(state, stateMask); + return; + } + + wxCHECK_RET( litem >= 0 && (size_t)litem < GetItemCount(), + wxT("invalid list ctrl item index in SetItem") ); + + size_t oldCurrent = m_current; + size_t item = (size_t)litem; // safe because of the check above + + // do we need to change the focus? + if ( stateMask & wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED ) + { + if ( state & wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED ) + { + // don't do anything if this item is already focused + if ( item != m_current ) + { + ChangeCurrent(item); + + if ( oldCurrent != (size_t)-1 ) + { + if ( IsSingleSel() ) + { + HighlightLine(oldCurrent, false); + } + + RefreshLine(oldCurrent); + } + + RefreshLine( m_current ); + } + } + else // unfocus + { + // don't do anything if this item is not focused + if ( item == m_current ) + { + ResetCurrent(); + + if ( IsSingleSel() ) + { + // we must unselect the old current item as well or we + // might end up with more than one selected item in a + // single selection control + HighlightLine(oldCurrent, false); + } + + RefreshLine( oldCurrent ); + } + } + } + + // do we need to change the selection state? + if ( stateMask & wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ) + { + bool on = (state & wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED) != 0; + + if ( IsSingleSel() ) + { + if ( on ) + { + // selecting the item also makes it the focused one in the + // single sel mode + if ( m_current != item ) + { + ChangeCurrent(item); + + if ( oldCurrent != (size_t)-1 ) + { + HighlightLine( oldCurrent, false ); + RefreshLine( oldCurrent ); + } + } + } + else // off + { + // only the current item may be selected anyhow + if ( item != m_current ) + return; + } + } + + if ( HighlightLine(item, on) ) + { + RefreshLine(item); + } + } +} + +int wxListMainWindow::GetItemState( long item, long stateMask ) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item >= 0 && (size_t)item < GetItemCount(), 0, + wxT("invalid list ctrl item index in GetItemState()") ); + + int ret = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE; + + if ( stateMask & wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED ) + { + if ( (size_t)item == m_current ) + ret |= wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED; + } + + if ( stateMask & wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ) + { + if ( IsHighlighted(item) ) + ret |= wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED; + } + + return ret; +} + +void wxListMainWindow::GetItem( wxListItem &item ) const +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.m_itemId >= 0 && (size_t)item.m_itemId < GetItemCount(), + wxT("invalid item index in GetItem") ); + + wxListLineData *line = GetLine((size_t)item.m_itemId); + line->GetItem( item.m_col, item ); + + // Get item state if user wants it + if ( item.m_mask & wxLIST_MASK_STATE ) + item.m_state = GetItemState( item.m_itemId, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED | + wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// item count +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +size_t wxListMainWindow::GetItemCount() const +{ + return IsVirtual() ? m_countVirt : m_lines.GetCount(); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::SetItemCount(long count) +{ + m_selStore.SetItemCount(count); + m_countVirt = count; + + ResetVisibleLinesRange(); + + // scrollbars must be reset + m_dirty = true; +} + +int wxListMainWindow::GetSelectedItemCount() const +{ + // deal with the quick case first + if ( IsSingleSel() ) + return HasCurrent() ? IsHighlighted(m_current) : false; + + // virtual controls remmebers all its selections itself + if ( IsVirtual() ) + return m_selStore.GetSelectedCount(); + + // TODO: we probably should maintain the number of items selected even for + // non virtual controls as enumerating all lines is really slow... + size_t countSel = 0; + size_t count = GetItemCount(); + for ( size_t line = 0; line < count; line++ ) + { + if ( GetLine(line)->IsHighlighted() ) + countSel++; + } + + return countSel; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// item position/size +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxRect wxListMainWindow::GetViewRect() const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !HasFlag(wxLC_LIST), "not implemented for list view" ); + + // we need to find the longest/tallest label + wxCoord xMax = 0, yMax = 0; + const int count = GetItemCount(); + if ( count ) + { + for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + // we need logical, not physical, coordinates here, so use + // GetLineRect() instead of GetItemRect() + wxRect r = GetLineRect(i); + + wxCoord x = r.GetRight(), + y = r.GetBottom(); + + if ( x > xMax ) + xMax = x; + if ( y > yMax ) + yMax = y; + } + } + + // some fudge needed to make it look prettier + xMax += 2 * EXTRA_BORDER_X; + yMax += 2 * EXTRA_BORDER_Y; + + // account for the scrollbars if necessary + const wxSize sizeAll = GetClientSize(); + if ( xMax > sizeAll.x ) + yMax += wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_HSCROLL_Y); + if ( yMax > sizeAll.y ) + xMax += wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_VSCROLL_X); + + return wxRect(0, 0, xMax, yMax); +} + +bool +wxListMainWindow::GetSubItemRect(long item, long subItem, wxRect& rect) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( subItem == wxLIST_GETSUBITEMRECT_WHOLEITEM || InReportView(), + false, + wxT("GetSubItemRect only meaningful in report view") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( item >= 0 && (size_t)item < GetItemCount(), false, + wxT("invalid item in GetSubItemRect") ); + + // ensure that we're laid out, otherwise we could return nonsense + if ( m_dirty ) + { + wxConstCast(this, wxListMainWindow)-> + RecalculatePositions(true /* no refresh */); + } + + rect = GetLineRect((size_t)item); + + // Adjust rect to specified column + if ( subItem != wxLIST_GETSUBITEMRECT_WHOLEITEM ) + { + wxCHECK_MSG( subItem >= 0 && subItem < GetColumnCount(), false, + wxT("invalid subItem in GetSubItemRect") ); + + for (int i = 0; i < subItem; i++) + { + rect.x += GetColumnWidth(i); + } + rect.width = GetColumnWidth(subItem); + } + + GetListCtrl()->CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); + + return true; +} + +bool wxListMainWindow::GetItemPosition(long item, wxPoint& pos) const +{ + wxRect rect; + GetItemRect(item, rect); + + pos.x = rect.x; + pos.y = rect.y; + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// geometry calculation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListMainWindow::RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh) +{ + const int lineHeight = GetLineHeight(); + + wxClientDC dc( this ); + dc.SetFont( GetFont() ); + + const size_t count = GetItemCount(); + + int iconSpacing; + if ( HasFlag(wxLC_ICON) && m_normal_image_list ) + iconSpacing = m_normal_spacing; + else if ( HasFlag(wxLC_SMALL_ICON) && m_small_image_list ) + iconSpacing = m_small_spacing; + else + iconSpacing = 0; + + // Note that we do not call GetClientSize() here but + // GetSize() and subtract the border size for sunken + // borders manually. This is technically incorrect, + // but we need to know the client area's size WITHOUT + // scrollbars here. Since we don't know if there are + // any scrollbars, we use GetSize() instead. Another + // solution would be to call SetScrollbars() here to + // remove the scrollbars and call GetClientSize() then, + // but this might result in flicker and - worse - will + // reset the scrollbars to 0 which is not good at all + // if you resize a dialog/window, but don't want to + // reset the window scrolling. RR. + // Furthermore, we actually do NOT subtract the border + // width as 2 pixels is just the extra space which we + // need around the actual content in the window. Other- + // wise the text would e.g. touch the upper border. RR. + int clientWidth, + clientHeight; + GetSize( &clientWidth, &clientHeight ); + + if ( InReportView() ) + { + // all lines have the same height and we scroll one line per step + int entireHeight = count * lineHeight + LINE_SPACING; + + m_linesPerPage = clientHeight / lineHeight; + + ResetVisibleLinesRange(); + + GetListCtrl()->SetScrollbars( SCROLL_UNIT_X, lineHeight, + GetHeaderWidth() / SCROLL_UNIT_X, + (entireHeight + lineHeight - 1) / lineHeight, + GetListCtrl()->GetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL), + GetListCtrl()->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL), + true ); + } + else // !report + { + // we have 3 different layout strategies: either layout all items + // horizontally/vertically (wxLC_ALIGN_XXX styles explicitly given) or + // to arrange them in top to bottom, left to right (don't ask me why + // not the other way round...) order + if ( HasFlag(wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT | wxLC_ALIGN_TOP) ) + { + int x = EXTRA_BORDER_X; + int y = EXTRA_BORDER_Y; + + wxCoord widthMax = 0; + + size_t i; + for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + wxListLineData *line = GetLine(i); + line->CalculateSize( &dc, iconSpacing ); + line->SetPosition( x, y, iconSpacing ); + + wxSize sizeLine = GetLineSize(i); + + if ( HasFlag(wxLC_ALIGN_TOP) ) + { + if ( sizeLine.x > widthMax ) + widthMax = sizeLine.x; + + y += sizeLine.y; + } + else // wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT + { + x += sizeLine.x + MARGIN_BETWEEN_ROWS; + } + } + + if ( HasFlag(wxLC_ALIGN_TOP) ) + { + // traverse the items again and tweak their sizes so that they are + // all the same in a row + for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + wxListLineData *line = GetLine(i); + line->m_gi->ExtendWidth(widthMax); + } + } + + GetListCtrl()->SetScrollbars + ( + SCROLL_UNIT_X, + lineHeight, + (x + SCROLL_UNIT_X) / SCROLL_UNIT_X, + (y + lineHeight) / lineHeight, + GetListCtrl()->GetScrollPos( wxHORIZONTAL ), + GetListCtrl()->GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ), + true + ); + } + else // "flowed" arrangement, the most complicated case + { + // at first we try without any scrollbars, if the items don't fit into + // the window, we recalculate after subtracting the space taken by the + // scrollbar + + int entireWidth = 0; + + for (int tries = 0; tries < 2; tries++) + { + entireWidth = 2 * EXTRA_BORDER_X; + + if (tries == 1) + { + // Now we have decided that the items do not fit into the + // client area, so we need a scrollbar + entireWidth += SCROLL_UNIT_X; + } + + int x = EXTRA_BORDER_X; + int y = EXTRA_BORDER_Y; + int maxWidthInThisRow = 0; + + m_linesPerPage = 0; + int currentlyVisibleLines = 0; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++) + { + currentlyVisibleLines++; + wxListLineData *line = GetLine( i ); + line->CalculateSize( &dc, iconSpacing ); + line->SetPosition( x, y, iconSpacing ); + + wxSize sizeLine = GetLineSize( i ); + + if ( maxWidthInThisRow < sizeLine.x ) + maxWidthInThisRow = sizeLine.x; + + y += sizeLine.y; + if (currentlyVisibleLines > m_linesPerPage) + m_linesPerPage = currentlyVisibleLines; + + if ( y + sizeLine.y >= clientHeight ) + { + currentlyVisibleLines = 0; + y = EXTRA_BORDER_Y; + maxWidthInThisRow += MARGIN_BETWEEN_ROWS; + x += maxWidthInThisRow; + entireWidth += maxWidthInThisRow; + maxWidthInThisRow = 0; + } + + // We have reached the last item. + if ( i == count - 1 ) + entireWidth += maxWidthInThisRow; + + if ( (tries == 0) && + (entireWidth + SCROLL_UNIT_X > clientWidth) ) + { + clientHeight -= wxSystemSettings:: + GetMetric(wxSYS_HSCROLL_Y); + m_linesPerPage = 0; + break; + } + + if ( i == count - 1 ) + tries = 1; // Everything fits, no second try required. + } + } + + GetListCtrl()->SetScrollbars + ( + SCROLL_UNIT_X, + lineHeight, + (entireWidth + SCROLL_UNIT_X) / SCROLL_UNIT_X, + 0, + GetListCtrl()->GetScrollPos( wxHORIZONTAL ), + 0, + true + ); + } + } + + if ( !noRefresh ) + { + // FIXME: why should we call it from here? + UpdateCurrent(); + + RefreshAll(); + } +} + +void wxListMainWindow::RefreshAll() +{ + m_dirty = false; + Refresh(); + + wxListHeaderWindow *headerWin = GetListCtrl()->m_headerWin; + if ( headerWin && headerWin->m_dirty ) + { + headerWin->m_dirty = false; + headerWin->Refresh(); + } +} + +void wxListMainWindow::UpdateCurrent() +{ + if ( !HasCurrent() && !IsEmpty() ) + ChangeCurrent(0); +} + +long wxListMainWindow::GetNextItem( long item, + int WXUNUSED(geometry), + int state ) const +{ + long ret = item, + max = GetItemCount(); + wxCHECK_MSG( (ret == -1) || (ret < max), -1, + wxT("invalid listctrl index in GetNextItem()") ); + + // notice that we start with the next item (or the first one if item == -1) + // and this is intentional to allow writing a simple loop to iterate over + // all selected items + ret++; + if ( ret == max ) + // this is not an error because the index was OK initially, + // just no such item + return -1; + + if ( !state ) + // any will do + return (size_t)ret; + + size_t count = GetItemCount(); + for ( size_t line = (size_t)ret; line < count; line++ ) + { + if ( (state & wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED) && (line == m_current) ) + return line; + + if ( (state & wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED) && IsHighlighted(line) ) + return line; + } + + return -1; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// deleting stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListMainWindow::DeleteItem( long lindex ) +{ + size_t count = GetItemCount(); + + wxCHECK_RET( (lindex >= 0) && ((size_t)lindex < count), + wxT("invalid item index in DeleteItem") ); + + size_t index = (size_t)lindex; + + // we don't need to adjust the index for the previous items + if ( HasCurrent() && m_current >= index ) + { + // if the current item is being deleted, we want the next one to + // become selected - unless there is no next one - so don't adjust + // m_current in this case + if ( m_current != index || m_current == count - 1 ) + m_current--; + } + + if ( InReportView() ) + { + // mark the Column Max Width cache as dirty if the items in the line + // we're deleting contain the Max Column Width + wxListLineData * const line = GetLine(index); + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator n; + wxListItemData *itemData; + wxListItem item; + int itemWidth; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_columns.GetCount(); i++) + { + n = line->m_items.Item( i ); + itemData = n->GetData(); + itemData->GetItem(item); + + itemWidth = GetItemWidthWithImage(&item); + + if (itemWidth >= m_aColWidths.Item(i)->nMaxWidth) + m_aColWidths.Item(i)->bNeedsUpdate = true; + } + + ResetVisibleLinesRange(); + } + + SendNotify( index, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ITEM, wxDefaultPosition ); + + if ( IsVirtual() ) + { + m_countVirt--; + m_selStore.OnItemDelete(index); + } + else + { + m_lines.RemoveAt( index ); + } + + // we need to refresh the (vert) scrollbar as the number of items changed + m_dirty = true; + + RefreshAfter(index); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::DeleteColumn( int col ) +{ + wxListHeaderDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_columns.Item( col ); + + wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("invalid column index in DeleteColumn()") ); + + m_dirty = true; + delete node->GetData(); + m_columns.Erase( node ); + + if ( !IsVirtual() ) + { + // update all the items + for ( size_t i = 0; i < m_lines.GetCount(); i++ ) + { + wxListLineData * const line = GetLine(i); + wxListItemDataList::compatibility_iterator n = line->m_items.Item( col ); + delete n->GetData(); + line->m_items.Erase(n); + } + } + + if ( InReportView() ) // we only cache max widths when in Report View + { + delete m_aColWidths.Item(col); + m_aColWidths.RemoveAt(col); + } + + // invalidate it as it has to be recalculated + m_headerWidth = 0; +} + +void wxListMainWindow::DoDeleteAllItems() +{ + if ( IsEmpty() ) + // nothing to do - in particular, don't send the event + return; + + ResetCurrent(); + + // to make the deletion of all items faster, we don't send the + // notifications for each item deletion in this case but only one event + // for all of them: this is compatible with wxMSW and documented in + // DeleteAllItems() description + + wxListEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS, GetParent()->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( GetParent() ); + GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); + + if ( IsVirtual() ) + { + m_countVirt = 0; + m_selStore.Clear(); + } + + if ( InReportView() ) + { + ResetVisibleLinesRange(); + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_aColWidths.GetCount(); i++) + { + m_aColWidths.Item(i)->bNeedsUpdate = true; + } + } + + m_lines.Clear(); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::DeleteAllItems() +{ + DoDeleteAllItems(); + + RecalculatePositions(); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::DeleteEverything() +{ + WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxListHeaderDataList, m_columns); + WX_CLEAR_ARRAY(m_aColWidths); + + DeleteAllItems(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// scanning for an item +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListMainWindow::EnsureVisible( long index ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( index >= 0 && (size_t)index < GetItemCount(), + wxT("invalid index in EnsureVisible") ); + + // We have to call this here because the label in question might just have + // been added and its position is not known yet + if ( m_dirty ) + RecalculatePositions(true /* no refresh */); + + MoveToItem((size_t)index); +} + +long wxListMainWindow::FindItem(long start, const wxString& str, bool partial ) +{ + if (str.empty()) + return wxNOT_FOUND; + + long pos = start; + wxString str_upper = str.Upper(); + if (pos < 0) + pos = 0; + + size_t count = GetItemCount(); + for ( size_t i = (size_t)pos; i < count; i++ ) + { + wxListLineData *line = GetLine(i); + wxString line_upper = line->GetText(0).Upper(); + if (!partial) + { + if (line_upper == str_upper ) + return i; + } + else + { + if (line_upper.find(str_upper) == 0) + return i; + } + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +long wxListMainWindow::FindItem(long start, wxUIntPtr data) +{ + long pos = start; + if (pos < 0) + pos = 0; + + size_t count = GetItemCount(); + for (size_t i = (size_t)pos; i < count; i++) + { + wxListLineData *line = GetLine(i); + wxListItem item; + line->GetItem( 0, item ); + if (item.m_data == data) + return i; + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +long wxListMainWindow::FindItem( const wxPoint& pt ) +{ + size_t topItem; + GetVisibleLinesRange( &topItem, NULL ); + + wxPoint p; + GetItemPosition( GetItemCount() - 1, p ); + if ( p.y == 0 ) + return topItem; + + long id = (long)floor( pt.y * double(GetItemCount() - topItem - 1) / p.y + topItem ); + if ( id >= 0 && id < (long)GetItemCount() ) + return id; + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +long wxListMainWindow::HitTest( int x, int y, int &flags ) const +{ + GetListCtrl()->CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &x, &y ); + + size_t count = GetItemCount(); + + if ( InReportView() ) + { + size_t current = y / GetLineHeight(); + if ( current < count ) + { + flags = HitTestLine(current, x, y); + if ( flags ) + return current; + } + } + else // !report + { + // TODO: optimize it too! this is less simple than for report view but + // enumerating all items is still not a way to do it!! + for ( size_t current = 0; current < count; current++ ) + { + flags = HitTestLine(current, x, y); + if ( flags ) + return current; + } + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// adding stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListMainWindow::InsertItem( wxListItem &item ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !IsVirtual(), wxT("can't be used with virtual control") ); + + int count = GetItemCount(); + wxCHECK_RET( item.m_itemId >= 0, wxT("invalid item index") ); + + if (item.m_itemId > count) + item.m_itemId = count; + + size_t id = item.m_itemId; + + m_dirty = true; + + if ( InReportView() ) + { + ResetVisibleLinesRange(); + + const unsigned col = item.GetColumn(); + wxCHECK_RET( col < m_aColWidths.size(), "invalid item column" ); + + // calculate the width of the item and adjust the max column width + wxColWidthInfo *pWidthInfo = m_aColWidths.Item(col); + int width = GetItemWidthWithImage(&item); + item.SetWidth(width); + if (width > pWidthInfo->nMaxWidth) + pWidthInfo->nMaxWidth = width; + } + + wxListLineData *line = new wxListLineData(this); + + line->SetItem( item.m_col, item ); + + m_lines.Insert( line, id ); + + m_dirty = true; + + // If an item is selected at or below the point of insertion, we need to + // increment the member variables because the current row's index has gone + // up by one + if ( HasCurrent() && m_current >= id ) + m_current++; + + SendNotify(id, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_INSERT_ITEM); + + RefreshLines(id, GetItemCount() - 1); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::InsertColumn( long col, wxListItem &item ) +{ + m_dirty = true; + if ( InReportView() ) + { + if (item.m_width == wxLIST_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER) + item.m_width = GetTextLength( item.m_text ); + + wxListHeaderData *column = new wxListHeaderData( item ); + wxColWidthInfo *colWidthInfo = new wxColWidthInfo(); + + bool insert = (col >= 0) && ((size_t)col < m_columns.GetCount()); + if ( insert ) + { + wxListHeaderDataList::compatibility_iterator + node = m_columns.Item( col ); + m_columns.Insert( node, column ); + m_aColWidths.Insert( colWidthInfo, col ); + } + else + { + m_columns.Append( column ); + m_aColWidths.Add( colWidthInfo ); + } + + if ( !IsVirtual() ) + { + // update all the items + for ( size_t i = 0; i < m_lines.GetCount(); i++ ) + { + wxListLineData * const line = GetLine(i); + wxListItemData * const data = new wxListItemData(this); + if ( insert ) + line->m_items.Insert(col, data); + else + line->m_items.Append(data); + } + } + + // invalidate it as it has to be recalculated + m_headerWidth = 0; + } +} + +int wxListMainWindow::GetItemWidthWithImage(wxListItem * item) +{ + int width = 0; + wxClientDC dc(this); + + dc.SetFont( GetFont() ); + + if (item->GetImage() != -1) + { + int ix, iy; + GetImageSize( item->GetImage(), ix, iy ); + width += ix + 5; + } + + if (!item->GetText().empty()) + { + wxCoord w; + dc.GetTextExtent( item->GetText(), &w, NULL ); + width += w; + } + + return width; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// sorting +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static wxListCtrlCompare list_ctrl_compare_func_2; +static wxIntPtr list_ctrl_compare_data; + +int LINKAGEMODE list_ctrl_compare_func_1( wxListLineData **arg1, wxListLineData **arg2 ) +{ + wxListLineData *line1 = *arg1; + wxListLineData *line2 = *arg2; + wxListItem item; + line1->GetItem( 0, item ); + wxUIntPtr data1 = item.m_data; + line2->GetItem( 0, item ); + wxUIntPtr data2 = item.m_data; + return list_ctrl_compare_func_2( data1, data2, list_ctrl_compare_data ); +} + +void wxListMainWindow::SortItems( wxListCtrlCompare fn, wxIntPtr data ) +{ + // selections won't make sense any more after sorting the items so reset + // them + HighlightAll(false); + ResetCurrent(); + + list_ctrl_compare_func_2 = fn; + list_ctrl_compare_data = data; + m_lines.Sort( list_ctrl_compare_func_1 ); + m_dirty = true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// scrolling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxListMainWindow::OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event) +{ + // update our idea of which lines are shown when we redraw the window the + // next time + ResetVisibleLinesRange(); + + if ( event.GetOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL && HasHeader() ) + { + wxGenericListCtrl* lc = GetListCtrl(); + wxCHECK_RET( lc, wxT("no listctrl window?") ); + + if (lc->m_headerWin) // when we use wxLC_NO_HEADER, m_headerWin==NULL + { + lc->m_headerWin->Refresh(); + lc->m_headerWin->Update(); + } + } +} + +int wxListMainWindow::GetCountPerPage() const +{ + if ( !m_linesPerPage ) + { + wxConstCast(this, wxListMainWindow)-> + m_linesPerPage = GetClientSize().y / GetLineHeight(); + } + + return m_linesPerPage; +} + +void wxListMainWindow::GetVisibleLinesRange(size_t *from, size_t *to) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( InReportView(), wxT("this is for report mode only") ); + + if ( m_lineFrom == (size_t)-1 ) + { + size_t count = GetItemCount(); + if ( count ) + { + m_lineFrom = GetListCtrl()->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL); + + // this may happen if SetScrollbars() hadn't been called yet + if ( m_lineFrom >= count ) + m_lineFrom = count - 1; + + // we redraw one extra line but this is needed to make the redrawing + // logic work when there is a fractional number of lines on screen + m_lineTo = m_lineFrom + m_linesPerPage; + if ( m_lineTo >= count ) + m_lineTo = count - 1; + } + else // empty control + { + m_lineFrom = 0; + m_lineTo = (size_t)-1; + } + } + + wxASSERT_MSG( IsEmpty() || + (m_lineFrom <= m_lineTo && m_lineTo < GetItemCount()), + wxT("GetVisibleLinesRange() returns incorrect result") ); + + if ( from ) + *from = m_lineFrom; + if ( to ) + *to = m_lineTo; +} + +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericListCtrl +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericListCtrl, wxControl) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericListCtrl,wxControl) + EVT_SIZE(wxGenericListCtrl::OnSize) + EVT_SCROLLWIN(wxGenericListCtrl::OnScroll) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxGenericListCtrl::Init() +{ + m_imageListNormal = NULL; + m_imageListSmall = NULL; + m_imageListState = NULL; + + m_ownsImageListNormal = + m_ownsImageListSmall = + m_ownsImageListState = false; + + m_mainWin = NULL; + m_headerWin = NULL; +} + +wxGenericListCtrl::~wxGenericListCtrl() +{ + if (m_ownsImageListNormal) + delete m_imageListNormal; + if (m_ownsImageListSmall) + delete m_imageListSmall; + if (m_ownsImageListState) + delete m_imageListState; +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::CreateOrDestroyHeaderWindowAsNeeded() +{ + bool needs_header = HasHeader(); + bool has_header = (m_headerWin != NULL); + + if (needs_header == has_header) + return; + + if (needs_header) + { + m_headerWin = new wxListHeaderWindow + ( + this, wxID_ANY, m_mainWin, + wxPoint(0,0), + wxSize + ( + GetClientSize().x, + wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight(this) + ), + wxTAB_TRAVERSAL + ); + +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) + static wxFont font( wxOSX_SYSTEM_FONT_SMALL ); + m_headerWin->SetFont( font ); +#endif + + GetSizer()->Prepend( m_headerWin, 0, wxGROW ); + } + else + { + GetSizer()->Detach( m_headerWin ); + + wxDELETE(m_headerWin); + } +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint &pos, + const wxSize &size, + long style, + const wxValidator &validator, + const wxString &name) +{ + Init(); + + // just like in other ports, an assert will fail if the user doesn't give any type style: + wxASSERT_MSG( (style & wxLC_MASK_TYPE), + wxT("wxListCtrl style should have exactly one mode bit set") ); + + if ( !wxControl::Create( parent, id, pos, size, style|wxVSCROLL|wxHSCROLL, validator, name ) ) + return false; + +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + style &= ~wxBORDER_MASK; + style |= wxBORDER_THEME; +#endif + + m_mainWin = new wxListMainWindow( this, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(0, 0), size, style ); + + SetTargetWindow( m_mainWin ); + + // We use the cursor keys for moving the selection, not scrolling, so call + // this method to ensure wxScrollHelperEvtHandler doesn't catch all + // keyboard events forwarded to us from wxListMainWindow. + DisableKeyboardScrolling(); + + wxBoxSizer *sizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + sizer->Add( m_mainWin, 1, wxGROW ); + SetSizer( sizer ); + + CreateOrDestroyHeaderWindowAsNeeded(); + + SetInitialSize(size); + + return true; +} + +wxBorder wxGenericListCtrl::GetDefaultBorder() const +{ + return wxBORDER_THEME; +} + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) +WXLRESULT wxGenericListCtrl::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, + WXWPARAM wParam, + WXLPARAM lParam) +{ + WXLRESULT rc = wxControl::MSWWindowProc(nMsg, wParam, lParam); + + // we need to process arrows ourselves for scrolling + if ( nMsg == WM_GETDLGCODE ) + { + rc |= DLGC_WANTARROWS; + } + + return rc; +} +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +wxSize wxGenericListCtrl::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size) +{ + wxSize newsize = size; + if (m_headerWin) + newsize.y -= m_headerWin->GetSize().y; + + return newsize; +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event) +{ + // update our idea of which lines are shown when we redraw + // the window the next time + m_mainWin->ResetVisibleLinesRange(); + + HandleOnScroll( event ); + + if ( event.GetOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL && HasHeader() ) + { + m_headerWin->Refresh(); + m_headerWin->Update(); + } +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::SetSingleStyle( long style, bool add ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxLC_VIRTUAL), + wxT("wxLC_VIRTUAL can't be [un]set") ); + + long flag = GetWindowStyle(); + + if (add) + { + if (style & wxLC_MASK_TYPE) + flag &= ~(wxLC_MASK_TYPE | wxLC_VIRTUAL); + if (style & wxLC_MASK_ALIGN) + flag &= ~wxLC_MASK_ALIGN; + if (style & wxLC_MASK_SORT) + flag &= ~wxLC_MASK_SORT; + } + + if (add) + flag |= style; + else + flag &= ~style; + + // some styles can be set without recreating everything (as happens in + // SetWindowStyleFlag() which calls wxListMainWindow::DeleteEverything()) + if ( !(style & ~(wxLC_HRULES | wxLC_VRULES)) ) + { + Refresh(); + wxWindow::SetWindowStyleFlag(flag); + } + else + { + SetWindowStyleFlag( flag ); + } +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::SetWindowStyleFlag( long flag ) +{ + // we add wxHSCROLL and wxVSCROLL in ctor unconditionally and it never + // makes sense to remove them as we'll always add scrollbars anyhow when + // needed + flag |= wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL; + + const bool wasInReportView = HasFlag(wxLC_REPORT); + + // update the window style first so that the header is created or destroyed + // corresponding to the new style + wxWindow::SetWindowStyleFlag( flag ); + + if (m_mainWin) + { + const bool inReportView = (flag & wxLC_REPORT) != 0; + if ( inReportView != wasInReportView ) + { + // we need to notify the main window about this change as it must + // update its data structures + m_mainWin->SetReportView(inReportView); + } + + // m_mainWin->DeleteEverything(); wxMSW doesn't do that + + CreateOrDestroyHeaderWindowAsNeeded(); + + GetSizer()->Layout(); + } +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetColumn(int col, wxListItem &item) const +{ + m_mainWin->GetColumn( col, item ); + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetColumn( int col, wxListItem& item ) +{ + m_mainWin->SetColumn( col, item ); + return true; +} + +int wxGenericListCtrl::GetColumnWidth( int col ) const +{ + return m_mainWin->GetColumnWidth( col ); +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetColumnWidth( int col, int width ) +{ + m_mainWin->SetColumnWidth( col, width ); + return true; +} + +int wxGenericListCtrl::GetCountPerPage() const +{ + return m_mainWin->GetCountPerPage(); // different from Windows ? +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetItem( wxListItem &info ) const +{ + m_mainWin->GetItem( info ); + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItem( wxListItem &info ) +{ + m_mainWin->SetItem( info ); + return true; +} + +long wxGenericListCtrl::SetItem( long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId ) +{ + wxListItem info; + info.m_text = label; + info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_TEXT; + info.m_itemId = index; + info.m_col = col; + if ( imageId > -1 ) + { + info.m_image = imageId; + info.m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE; + } + + m_mainWin->SetItem(info); + return true; +} + +int wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemState( long item, long stateMask ) const +{ + return m_mainWin->GetItemState( item, stateMask ); +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemState( long item, long state, long stateMask ) +{ + m_mainWin->SetItemState( item, state, stateMask ); + return true; +} + +bool +wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemImage( long item, int image, int WXUNUSED(selImage) ) +{ + return SetItemColumnImage(item, 0, image); +} + +bool +wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemColumnImage( long item, long column, int image ) +{ + wxListItem info; + info.m_image = image; + info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE; + info.m_itemId = item; + info.m_col = column; + m_mainWin->SetItem( info ); + return true; +} + +wxString wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemText( long item, int col ) const +{ + return m_mainWin->GetItemText(item, col); +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemText( long item, const wxString& str ) +{ + m_mainWin->SetItemText(item, str); +} + +wxUIntPtr wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemData( long item ) const +{ + wxListItem info; + info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_DATA; + info.m_itemId = item; + m_mainWin->GetItem( info ); + return info.m_data; +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemPtrData( long item, wxUIntPtr data ) +{ + wxListItem info; + info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_DATA; + info.m_itemId = item; + info.m_data = data; + m_mainWin->SetItem( info ); + return true; +} + +wxRect wxGenericListCtrl::GetViewRect() const +{ + return m_mainWin->GetViewRect(); +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemRect(long item, wxRect& rect, int code) const +{ + return GetSubItemRect(item, wxLIST_GETSUBITEMRECT_WHOLEITEM, rect, code); +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetSubItemRect(long item, + long subItem, + wxRect& rect, + int WXUNUSED(code)) const +{ + if ( !m_mainWin->GetSubItemRect( item, subItem, rect ) ) + return false; + + if ( m_mainWin->HasHeader() ) + rect.y += m_headerWin->GetSize().y + 1; + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemPosition( long item, wxPoint& pos ) const +{ + m_mainWin->GetItemPosition( item, pos ); + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemPosition( long WXUNUSED(item), const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) ) +{ + return false; +} + +int wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemCount() const +{ + return m_mainWin->GetItemCount(); +} + +int wxGenericListCtrl::GetColumnCount() const +{ + return m_mainWin->GetColumnCount(); +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall ) +{ + m_mainWin->SetItemSpacing( spacing, isSmall ); +} + +wxSize wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemSpacing() const +{ + const int spacing = m_mainWin->GetItemSpacing(HasFlag(wxLC_SMALL_ICON)); + + return wxSize(spacing, spacing); +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 +int wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemSpacing( bool isSmall ) const +{ + return m_mainWin->GetItemSpacing( isSmall ); +} +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 + +void wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemTextColour( long item, const wxColour &col ) +{ + wxListItem info; + info.m_itemId = item; + info.SetTextColour( col ); + m_mainWin->SetItem( info ); +} + +wxColour wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemTextColour( long item ) const +{ + wxListItem info; + info.m_itemId = item; + m_mainWin->GetItem( info ); + return info.GetTextColour(); +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemBackgroundColour( long item, const wxColour &col ) +{ + wxListItem info; + info.m_itemId = item; + info.SetBackgroundColour( col ); + m_mainWin->SetItem( info ); +} + +wxColour wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemBackgroundColour( long item ) const +{ + wxListItem info; + info.m_itemId = item; + m_mainWin->GetItem( info ); + return info.GetBackgroundColour(); +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemFont( long item, const wxFont &f ) +{ + wxListItem info; + info.m_itemId = item; + info.SetFont( f ); + m_mainWin->SetItem( info ); +} + +wxFont wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemFont( long item ) const +{ + wxListItem info; + info.m_itemId = item; + m_mainWin->GetItem( info ); + return info.GetFont(); +} + +int wxGenericListCtrl::GetSelectedItemCount() const +{ + return m_mainWin->GetSelectedItemCount(); +} + +wxColour wxGenericListCtrl::GetTextColour() const +{ + return GetForegroundColour(); +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::SetTextColour(const wxColour& col) +{ + SetForegroundColour(col); +} + +long wxGenericListCtrl::GetTopItem() const +{ + size_t top; + m_mainWin->GetVisibleLinesRange(&top, NULL); + return (long)top; +} + +long wxGenericListCtrl::GetNextItem( long item, int geom, int state ) const +{ + return m_mainWin->GetNextItem( item, geom, state ); +} + +wxImageList *wxGenericListCtrl::GetImageList(int which) const +{ + if (which == wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL) + return m_imageListNormal; + else if (which == wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL) + return m_imageListSmall; + else if (which == wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE) + return m_imageListState; + + return NULL; +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::SetImageList( wxImageList *imageList, int which ) +{ + if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL ) + { + if (m_ownsImageListNormal) + delete m_imageListNormal; + m_imageListNormal = imageList; + m_ownsImageListNormal = false; + } + else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL ) + { + if (m_ownsImageListSmall) + delete m_imageListSmall; + m_imageListSmall = imageList; + m_ownsImageListSmall = false; + } + else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE ) + { + if (m_ownsImageListState) + delete m_imageListState; + m_imageListState = imageList; + m_ownsImageListState = false; + } + + m_mainWin->SetImageList( imageList, which ); +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which) +{ + SetImageList(imageList, which); + if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL ) + m_ownsImageListNormal = true; + else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL ) + m_ownsImageListSmall = true; + else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE ) + m_ownsImageListState = true; +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::Arrange( int WXUNUSED(flag) ) +{ + return 0; +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteItem( long item ) +{ + m_mainWin->DeleteItem( item ); + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteAllItems() +{ + m_mainWin->DeleteAllItems(); + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteAllColumns() +{ + size_t count = m_mainWin->m_columns.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + DeleteColumn( 0 ); + return true; +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::ClearAll() +{ + m_mainWin->DeleteEverything(); +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteColumn( int col ) +{ + m_mainWin->DeleteColumn( col ); + + // if we don't have the header any longer, we need to relayout the window + // if ( !GetColumnCount() ) + + return true; +} + +wxTextCtrl *wxGenericListCtrl::EditLabel(long item, + wxClassInfo* textControlClass) +{ + return m_mainWin->EditLabel( item, textControlClass ); +} + +wxTextCtrl *wxGenericListCtrl::GetEditControl() const +{ + return m_mainWin->GetEditControl(); +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::EnsureVisible( long item ) +{ + m_mainWin->EnsureVisible( item ); + return true; +} + +long wxGenericListCtrl::FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial ) +{ + return m_mainWin->FindItem( start, str, partial ); +} + +long wxGenericListCtrl::FindItem( long start, wxUIntPtr data ) +{ + return m_mainWin->FindItem( start, data ); +} + +long wxGenericListCtrl::FindItem( long WXUNUSED(start), const wxPoint& pt, + int WXUNUSED(direction)) +{ + return m_mainWin->FindItem( pt ); +} + +// TODO: sub item hit testing +long wxGenericListCtrl::HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags, long *) const +{ + return m_mainWin->HitTest( (int)point.x, (int)point.y, flags ); +} + +long wxGenericListCtrl::InsertItem( wxListItem& info ) +{ + m_mainWin->InsertItem( info ); + return info.m_itemId; +} + +long wxGenericListCtrl::InsertItem( long index, const wxString &label ) +{ + wxListItem info; + info.m_text = label; + info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_TEXT; + info.m_itemId = index; + return InsertItem( info ); +} + +long wxGenericListCtrl::InsertItem( long index, int imageIndex ) +{ + wxListItem info; + info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE; + info.m_image = imageIndex; + info.m_itemId = index; + return InsertItem( info ); +} + +long wxGenericListCtrl::InsertItem( long index, const wxString &label, int imageIndex ) +{ + wxListItem info; + info.m_text = label; + info.m_image = imageIndex; + info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_TEXT | wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE; + info.m_itemId = index; + return InsertItem( info ); +} + +long wxGenericListCtrl::InsertColumn( long col, wxListItem &item ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( InReportView(), -1, wxT("can't add column in non report mode") ); + + m_mainWin->InsertColumn( col, item ); + + // NOTE: if wxLC_NO_HEADER was given, then we are in report view mode but + // still have m_headerWin==NULL + if (m_headerWin) + m_headerWin->Refresh(); + + return 0; +} + +long wxGenericListCtrl::InsertColumn( long col, const wxString &heading, + int format, int width ) +{ + wxListItem item; + item.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_TEXT | wxLIST_MASK_FORMAT; + item.m_text = heading; + if (width >= -2) + { + item.m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_WIDTH; + item.m_width = width; + } + + item.m_format = format; + + return InsertColumn( col, item ); +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::ScrollList( int dx, int dy ) +{ + return m_mainWin->ScrollList(dx, dy); +} + +// Sort items. +// fn is a function which takes 3 long arguments: item1, item2, data. +// item1 is the long data associated with a first item (NOT the index). +// item2 is the long data associated with a second item (NOT the index). +// data is the same value as passed to SortItems. +// The return value is a negative number if the first item should precede the second +// item, a positive number of the second item should precede the first, +// or zero if the two items are equivalent. +// data is arbitrary data to be passed to the sort function. + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::SortItems( wxListCtrlCompare fn, wxIntPtr data ) +{ + m_mainWin->SortItems( fn, data ); + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericListCtrl::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if (!m_mainWin) return; + + // We need to override OnSize so that our scrolled + // window a) does call Layout() to use sizers for + // positioning the controls but b) does not query + // the sizer for their size and use that for setting + // the scrollable area as set that ourselves by + // calling SetScrollbar() further down. + + Layout(); + + m_mainWin->RecalculatePositions(); + + AdjustScrollbars(); +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::OnInternalIdle() +{ + wxWindow::OnInternalIdle(); + + if (m_mainWin->m_dirty) + m_mainWin->RecalculatePositions(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// font/colours +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour ) +{ + if (m_mainWin) + { + m_mainWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); + m_mainWin->m_dirty = true; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour ) +{ + if ( !wxWindow::SetForegroundColour( colour ) ) + return false; + + if (m_mainWin) + { + m_mainWin->SetForegroundColour( colour ); + m_mainWin->m_dirty = true; + } + + if (m_headerWin) + m_headerWin->SetForegroundColour( colour ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetFont( const wxFont &font ) +{ + if ( !wxWindow::SetFont( font ) ) + return false; + + if (m_mainWin) + { + m_mainWin->SetFont( font ); + m_mainWin->m_dirty = true; + } + + if (m_headerWin) + { + m_headerWin->SetFont( font ); + // CalculateAndSetHeaderHeight(); + } + + Refresh(); + + return true; +} + +// static +wxVisualAttributes +wxGenericListCtrl::GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant) +{ +#if _USE_VISATTR + // Use the same color scheme as wxListBox + return wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(variant); +#else + wxUnusedVar(variant); + wxVisualAttributes attr; + attr.colFg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXTEXT); + attr.colBg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOX); + attr.font = wxSystemSettings::GetFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT); + return attr; +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// methods forwarded to m_mainWin +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +void wxGenericListCtrl::SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget ) +{ + m_mainWin->SetDropTarget( dropTarget ); +} + +wxDropTarget *wxGenericListCtrl::GetDropTarget() const +{ + return m_mainWin->GetDropTarget(); +} + +#endif + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor ) +{ + return m_mainWin ? m_mainWin->wxWindow::SetCursor(cursor) : false; +} + +wxColour wxGenericListCtrl::GetBackgroundColour() const +{ + return m_mainWin ? m_mainWin->GetBackgroundColour() : wxColour(); +} + +wxColour wxGenericListCtrl::GetForegroundColour() const +{ + return m_mainWin ? m_mainWin->GetForegroundColour() : wxColour(); +} + +bool wxGenericListCtrl::DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y ) +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + return m_mainWin->PopupMenu( menu, x, y ); +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const +{ + // It's not clear whether this can be called before m_mainWin is created + // but it seems better to be on the safe side and check. + if ( m_mainWin ) + m_mainWin->DoClientToScreen(x, y); + else + wxControl::DoClientToScreen(x, y); +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const +{ + // At least in wxGTK/Univ build this method can be called before m_mainWin + // is created so avoid crashes in this case. + if ( m_mainWin ) + m_mainWin->DoScreenToClient(x, y); + else + wxControl::DoScreenToClient(x, y); +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::SetFocus() +{ + // The test in window.cpp fails as we are a composite + // window, so it checks against "this", but not m_mainWin. + if ( DoFindFocus() != this ) + m_mainWin->SetFocus(); +} + +wxSize wxGenericListCtrl::DoGetBestClientSize() const +{ + // Something is better than nothing even if this is completely arbitrary. + wxSize sizeBest(100, 80); + + if ( !InReportView() ) + { + // Ensure that our minimal width is at least big enough to show all our + // items. This is important for wxListbook to size itself correctly. + + // Remember the offset of the first item: this corresponds to the + // margins around the item so we will add it to the minimal size below + // to ensure that we have equal margins on all sides. + wxPoint ofs; + + // We can iterate over all items as there shouldn't be too many of them + // in non-report view. If it ever becomes a problem, we could examine + // just the first few items probably, the determination of the best + // size is less important if we will need scrollbars anyhow. + for ( int n = 0; n < GetItemCount(); n++ ) + { + const wxRect itemRect = m_mainWin->GetLineRect(n); + if ( !n ) + { + // Remember the position of the first item as all the rest are + // offset by at least this number of pixels too. + ofs = itemRect.GetPosition(); + } + + sizeBest.IncTo(itemRect.GetSize()); + } + + sizeBest.IncBy(2*ofs); + + + // If we have the scrollbars we need to account for them too. And to + // make sure the scrollbars status is up to date we need to call this + // function to set them. + m_mainWin->RecalculatePositions(true /* no refresh */); + + // Unfortunately we can't use wxWindow::HasScrollbar() here as we need + // to use m_mainWin client/virtual size for determination of whether we + // use scrollbars and not the size of this window itself. Maybe that + // function should be extended to work correctly in the case when our + // scrollbars manage a different window from this one but currently it + // doesn't work. + const wxSize sizeClient = m_mainWin->GetClientSize(); + const wxSize sizeVirt = m_mainWin->GetVirtualSize(); + + if ( sizeVirt.x > sizeClient.x /* HasScrollbar(wxHORIZONTAL) */ ) + sizeBest.y += wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_HSCROLL_Y); + + if ( sizeVirt.y > sizeClient.y /* HasScrollbar(wxVERTICAL) */ ) + sizeBest.x += wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_VSCROLL_X); + } + + return sizeBest; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// virtual list control support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxGenericListCtrl::OnGetItemText(long WXUNUSED(item), long WXUNUSED(col)) const +{ + // this is a pure virtual function, in fact - which is not really pure + // because the controls which are not virtual don't need to implement it + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGenericListCtrl::OnGetItemText not supposed to be called") ); + + return wxEmptyString; +} + +int wxGenericListCtrl::OnGetItemImage(long WXUNUSED(item)) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG(!GetImageList(wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL), + -1, + wxT("List control has an image list, OnGetItemImage or OnGetItemColumnImage should be overridden.")); + return -1; +} + +int wxGenericListCtrl::OnGetItemColumnImage(long item, long column) const +{ + if (!column) + return OnGetItemImage(item); + + return -1; +} + +wxListItemAttr * +wxGenericListCtrl::OnGetItemAttr(long WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(item)) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( item >= 0 && item < GetItemCount(), + wxT("invalid item index in OnGetItemAttr()") ); + + // no attributes by default + return NULL; +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemCount(long count) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( IsVirtual(), wxT("this is for virtual controls only") ); + + m_mainWin->SetItemCount(count); +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::RefreshItem(long item) +{ + m_mainWin->RefreshLine(item); +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::RefreshItems(long itemFrom, long itemTo) +{ + m_mainWin->RefreshLines(itemFrom, itemTo); +} + +// Generic wxListCtrl is more or less a container for two other +// windows which drawings are done upon. These are namely +// 'm_headerWin' and 'm_mainWin'. +// Here we override 'virtual wxWindow::Refresh()' to mimic the +// behaviour wxListCtrl has under wxMSW. +// +void wxGenericListCtrl::Refresh(bool eraseBackground, const wxRect *rect) +{ + if (!rect) + { + // The easy case, no rectangle specified. + if (m_headerWin) + m_headerWin->Refresh(eraseBackground); + + if (m_mainWin) + m_mainWin->Refresh(eraseBackground); + } + else + { + // Refresh the header window + if (m_headerWin) + { + wxRect rectHeader = m_headerWin->GetRect(); + rectHeader.Intersect(*rect); + if (rectHeader.GetWidth() && rectHeader.GetHeight()) + { + int x, y; + m_headerWin->GetPosition(&x, &y); + rectHeader.Offset(-x, -y); + m_headerWin->Refresh(eraseBackground, &rectHeader); + } + } + + // Refresh the main window + if (m_mainWin) + { + wxRect rectMain = m_mainWin->GetRect(); + rectMain.Intersect(*rect); + if (rectMain.GetWidth() && rectMain.GetHeight()) + { + int x, y; + m_mainWin->GetPosition(&x, &y); + rectMain.Offset(-x, -y); + m_mainWin->Refresh(eraseBackground, &rectMain); + } + } + } +} + +void wxGenericListCtrl::Update() +{ + if ( m_mainWin ) + { + if ( m_mainWin->m_dirty ) + m_mainWin->RecalculatePositions(); + + m_mainWin->Update(); + } + + if ( m_headerWin ) + m_headerWin->Update(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LISTCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/logg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/logg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..06e7b0cb5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/logg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1096 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/logg.cpp +// Purpose: wxLog-derived classes which need GUI support (the rest is in +// src/common/log.cpp) +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.09.99 (extracted from src/common/log.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: logg.cpp 66503 2010-12-31 17:38:51Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/menu.h" + #include "wx/frame.h" + #include "wx/filedlg.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/statbmp.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#if wxUSE_LOGGUI || wxUSE_LOGWINDOW + +#include "wx/file.h" +#include "wx/clipbrd.h" +#include "wx/dataobj.h" +#include "wx/textfile.h" +#include "wx/statline.h" +#include "wx/artprov.h" +#include "wx/collpane.h" +#include "wx/arrstr.h" +#include "wx/msgout.h" + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // for OutputDebugString() + #include "wx/msw/private.h" +#endif // Windows + + +#ifdef __WXPM__ + #include +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG + #include "wx/listctrl.h" + #include "wx/imaglist.h" + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif // wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG/!wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG + +#if defined(__MWERKS__) && wxUSE_UNICODE + #include +#endif + +#include "wx/datetime.h" + +// the suffix we add to the button to show that the dialog can be expanded +#define EXPAND_SUFFIX wxT(" >>") + +#define CAN_SAVE_FILES (wxUSE_FILE && wxUSE_FILEDLG) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG + +// this function is a wrapper around strftime(3) +// allows to exclude the usage of wxDateTime +static wxString TimeStamp(const wxString& format, time_t t) +{ +#if wxUSE_DATETIME + wxChar buf[4096]; + struct tm tm; + if ( !wxStrftime(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf), format, wxLocaltime_r(&t, &tm)) ) + { + // buffer is too small? + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("strftime() failed")); + } + return wxString(buf); +#else // !wxUSE_DATETIME + return wxEmptyString; +#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME/!wxUSE_DATETIME +} + + +class wxLogDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxLogDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxArrayString& messages, + const wxArrayInt& severity, + const wxArrayLong& timess, + const wxString& caption, + long style); + virtual ~wxLogDialog(); + + // event handlers + void OnOk(wxCommandEvent& event); +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD +#if CAN_SAVE_FILES + void OnSave(wxCommandEvent& event); +#endif // CAN_SAVE_FILES + void OnListItemActivated(wxListEvent& event); + +private: + // create controls needed for the details display + void CreateDetailsControls(wxWindow *); + + // if necessary truncates the given string and adds an ellipsis + wxString EllipsizeString(const wxString &text) + { + if (ms_maxLength > 0 && + text.length() > ms_maxLength) + { + wxString ret(text); + ret.Truncate(ms_maxLength); + ret << "..."; + return ret; + } + + return text; + } + +#if CAN_SAVE_FILES || wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + // return the contents of the dialog as a multiline string + wxString GetLogMessages() const; +#endif // CAN_SAVE_FILES || wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + + + // the data for the listctrl + wxArrayString m_messages; + wxArrayInt m_severity; + wxArrayLong m_times; + + // the controls which are not shown initially (but only when details + // button is pressed) + wxListCtrl *m_listctrl; + + // the translated "Details" string + static wxString ms_details; + + // the maximum length of the log message + static size_t ms_maxLength; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogDialog); +}; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxLogDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OK, wxLogDialog::OnOk) +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_COPY, wxLogDialog::OnCopy) +#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD +#if CAN_SAVE_FILES + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_SAVE, wxLogDialog::OnSave) +#endif // CAN_SAVE_FILES + EVT_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED(wxID_ANY, wxLogDialog::OnListItemActivated) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +#endif // wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if CAN_SAVE_FILES + +// pass an uninitialized file object, the function will ask the user for the +// filename and try to open it, returns true on success (file was opened), +// false if file couldn't be opened/created and -1 if the file selection +// dialog was cancelled +static int OpenLogFile(wxFile& file, wxString *filename = NULL, wxWindow *parent = NULL); + +#endif // CAN_SAVE_FILES + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLogGui implementation (FIXME MT-unsafe) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LOGGUI + +wxLogGui::wxLogGui() +{ + Clear(); +} + +void wxLogGui::Clear() +{ + m_bErrors = + m_bWarnings = + m_bHasMessages = false; + + m_aMessages.Empty(); + m_aSeverity.Empty(); + m_aTimes.Empty(); +} + +int wxLogGui::GetSeverityIcon() const +{ + return m_bErrors ? wxICON_STOP + : m_bWarnings ? wxICON_EXCLAMATION + : wxICON_INFORMATION; +} + +wxString wxLogGui::GetTitle() const +{ + wxString titleFormat; + switch ( GetSeverityIcon() ) + { + case wxICON_STOP: + titleFormat = _("%s Error"); + break; + + case wxICON_EXCLAMATION: + titleFormat = _("%s Warning"); + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unexpected icon severity" ); + // fall through + + case wxICON_INFORMATION: + titleFormat = _("%s Information"); + } + + return wxString::Format(titleFormat, wxTheApp->GetAppDisplayName()); +} + +void +wxLogGui::DoShowSingleLogMessage(const wxString& message, + const wxString& title, + int style) +{ + wxMessageBox(message, title, wxOK | style); +} + +void +wxLogGui::DoShowMultipleLogMessages(const wxArrayString& messages, + const wxArrayInt& severities, + const wxArrayLong& times, + const wxString& title, + int style) +{ +#if wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG + wxLogDialog dlg(NULL, + messages, severities, times, + title, style); + + // clear the message list before showing the dialog because while it's + // shown some new messages may appear + Clear(); + + (void)dlg.ShowModal(); +#else // !wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG + // start from the most recent message + wxString message; + const size_t nMsgCount = messages.size(); + message.reserve(nMsgCount*100); + for ( size_t n = nMsgCount; n > 0; n-- ) { + message << m_aMessages[n - 1] << wxT("\n"); + } + + DoShowSingleLogMessage(message, title, style); +#endif // wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG/!wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG +} + +void wxLogGui::Flush() +{ + wxLog::Flush(); + + if ( !m_bHasMessages ) + return; + + // do it right now to block any new calls to Flush() while we're here + m_bHasMessages = false; + + // note that this must be done before examining m_aMessages as it may log + // yet another message + const unsigned repeatCount = LogLastRepeatIfNeeded(); + + const size_t nMsgCount = m_aMessages.size(); + + if ( repeatCount > 0 ) + { + m_aMessages[nMsgCount - 1] << " (" << m_aMessages[nMsgCount - 2] << ")"; + } + + const wxString title = GetTitle(); + const int style = GetSeverityIcon(); + + // avoid showing other log dialogs until we're done with the dialog we're + // showing right now: nested modal dialogs make for really bad UI! + Suspend(); + + if ( nMsgCount == 1 ) + { + // make a copy before calling Clear() + const wxString message(m_aMessages[0]); + Clear(); + + DoShowSingleLogMessage(message, title, style); + } + else // more than one message + { + wxArrayString messages; + wxArrayInt severities; + wxArrayLong times; + + messages.swap(m_aMessages); + severities.swap(m_aSeverity); + times.swap(m_aTimes); + + Clear(); + + DoShowMultipleLogMessages(messages, severities, times, title, style); + } + + // allow flushing the logs again + Resume(); +} + +// log all kinds of messages +void wxLogGui::DoLogRecord(wxLogLevel level, + const wxString& msg, + const wxLogRecordInfo& info) +{ + switch ( level ) + { + case wxLOG_Info: + if ( GetVerbose() ) + case wxLOG_Message: + { + m_aMessages.Add(msg); + m_aSeverity.Add(wxLOG_Message); + m_aTimes.Add((long)info.timestamp); + m_bHasMessages = true; + } + break; + + case wxLOG_Status: +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + { + wxFrame *pFrame = NULL; + + // check if the frame was passed to us explicitly + wxUIntPtr ptr = 0; + if ( info.GetNumValue(wxLOG_KEY_FRAME, &ptr) ) + { + pFrame = static_cast(wxUIntToPtr(ptr)); + } + + // find the top window and set it's status text if it has any + if ( pFrame == NULL ) { + wxWindow *pWin = wxTheApp->GetTopWindow(); + if ( pWin != NULL && pWin->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) ) { + pFrame = (wxFrame *)pWin; + } + } + + if ( pFrame && pFrame->GetStatusBar() ) + pFrame->SetStatusText(msg); + } +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + break; + + case wxLOG_Error: + if ( !m_bErrors ) { +#if !wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG + // discard earlier informational messages if this is the 1st + // error because they might not make sense any more and showing + // them in a message box might be confusing + m_aMessages.Empty(); + m_aSeverity.Empty(); + m_aTimes.Empty(); +#endif // wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG + m_bErrors = true; + } + // fall through + + case wxLOG_Warning: + if ( !m_bErrors ) { + // for the warning we don't discard the info messages + m_bWarnings = true; + } + + m_aMessages.Add(msg); + m_aSeverity.Add((int)level); + m_aTimes.Add((long)info.timestamp); + m_bHasMessages = true; + break; + + case wxLOG_Debug: + case wxLOG_Trace: + // let the base class deal with debug/trace messages + wxLog::DoLogRecord(level, msg, info); + break; + + case wxLOG_FatalError: + case wxLOG_Max: + // fatal errors are shown immediately and terminate the program so + // we should never see them here + wxFAIL_MSG("unexpected log level"); + break; + + case wxLOG_Progress: + case wxLOG_User: + // just ignore those: passing them to the base class would result + // in asserts from DoLogText() because DoLogTextAtLevel() would + // call it as it doesn't know how to handle these levels otherwise + break; + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LOGGUI + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLogWindow and wxLogFrame implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LOGWINDOW + +// log frame class +// --------------- +class wxLogFrame : public wxFrame +{ +public: + // ctor & dtor + wxLogFrame(wxWindow *pParent, wxLogWindow *log, const wxString& szTitle); + virtual ~wxLogFrame(); + + // menu callbacks + void OnClose(wxCommandEvent& event); + void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event); +#if CAN_SAVE_FILES + void OnSave(wxCommandEvent& event); +#endif // CAN_SAVE_FILES + void OnClear(wxCommandEvent& event); + + // do show the message in the text control + void ShowLogMessage(const wxString& message) + { + m_pTextCtrl->AppendText(message + wxS('\n')); + } + +private: + // use standard ids for our commands! + enum + { + Menu_Close = wxID_CLOSE, + Menu_Save = wxID_SAVE, + Menu_Clear = wxID_CLEAR + }; + + // common part of OnClose() and OnCloseWindow() + void DoClose(); + + wxTextCtrl *m_pTextCtrl; + wxLogWindow *m_log; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogFrame); +}; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxLogFrame, wxFrame) + // wxLogWindow menu events + EVT_MENU(Menu_Close, wxLogFrame::OnClose) +#if CAN_SAVE_FILES + EVT_MENU(Menu_Save, wxLogFrame::OnSave) +#endif // CAN_SAVE_FILES + EVT_MENU(Menu_Clear, wxLogFrame::OnClear) + + EVT_CLOSE(wxLogFrame::OnCloseWindow) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxLogFrame::wxLogFrame(wxWindow *pParent, wxLogWindow *log, const wxString& szTitle) + : wxFrame(pParent, wxID_ANY, szTitle) +{ + m_log = log; + + m_pTextCtrl = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + wxTE_MULTILINE | + wxHSCROLL | + // needed for Win32 to avoid 65Kb limit but it doesn't work well + // when using RichEdit 2.0 which we always do in the Unicode build +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + wxTE_RICH | +#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE + wxTE_READONLY); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + // create menu + wxMenuBar *pMenuBar = new wxMenuBar; + wxMenu *pMenu = new wxMenu; +#if CAN_SAVE_FILES + pMenu->Append(Menu_Save, _("&Save..."), _("Save log contents to file")); +#endif // CAN_SAVE_FILES + pMenu->Append(Menu_Clear, _("C&lear"), _("Clear the log contents")); + pMenu->AppendSeparator(); + pMenu->Append(Menu_Close, _("&Close"), _("Close this window")); + pMenuBar->Append(pMenu, _("&Log")); + SetMenuBar(pMenuBar); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + // status bar for menu prompts + CreateStatusBar(); +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + + m_log->OnFrameCreate(this); +} + +void wxLogFrame::DoClose() +{ + if ( m_log->OnFrameClose(this) ) + { + // instead of closing just hide the window to be able to Show() it + // later + Show(false); + } +} + +void wxLogFrame::OnClose(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + DoClose(); +} + +void wxLogFrame::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + DoClose(); +} + +#if CAN_SAVE_FILES +void wxLogFrame::OnSave(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxString filename; + wxFile file; + int rc = OpenLogFile(file, &filename, this); + if ( rc == -1 ) + { + // cancelled + return; + } + + bool bOk = rc != 0; + + // retrieve text and save it + // ------------------------- + int nLines = m_pTextCtrl->GetNumberOfLines(); + for ( int nLine = 0; bOk && nLine < nLines; nLine++ ) { + bOk = file.Write(m_pTextCtrl->GetLineText(nLine) + + wxTextFile::GetEOL()); + } + + if ( bOk ) + bOk = file.Close(); + + if ( !bOk ) { + wxLogError(_("Can't save log contents to file.")); + } + else { + wxLogStatus((wxFrame*)this, _("Log saved to the file '%s'."), filename.c_str()); + } +} +#endif // CAN_SAVE_FILES + +void wxLogFrame::OnClear(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + m_pTextCtrl->Clear(); +} + +wxLogFrame::~wxLogFrame() +{ + m_log->OnFrameDelete(this); +} + +// wxLogWindow +// ----------- + +wxLogWindow::wxLogWindow(wxWindow *pParent, + const wxString& szTitle, + bool bShow, + bool bDoPass) +{ + // Initialize it to NULL to ensure that we don't crash if any log messages + // are generated before the frame is fully created (while this doesn't + // happen normally, it might, in principle). + m_pLogFrame = NULL; + + PassMessages(bDoPass); + + m_pLogFrame = new wxLogFrame(pParent, this, szTitle); + + if ( bShow ) + m_pLogFrame->Show(); +} + +void wxLogWindow::Show(bool bShow) +{ + m_pLogFrame->Show(bShow); +} + +void wxLogWindow::DoLogTextAtLevel(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg) +{ + if ( !m_pLogFrame ) + return; + + // don't put trace messages in the text window for 2 reasons: + // 1) there are too many of them + // 2) they may provoke other trace messages (e.g. wxMSW code uses + // wxLogTrace to log Windows messages and adding text to the control + // sends more of them) thus sending a program into an infinite loop + if ( level == wxLOG_Trace ) + return; + + m_pLogFrame->ShowLogMessage(msg); +} + +wxFrame *wxLogWindow::GetFrame() const +{ + return m_pLogFrame; +} + +void wxLogWindow::OnFrameCreate(wxFrame * WXUNUSED(frame)) +{ +} + +bool wxLogWindow::OnFrameClose(wxFrame * WXUNUSED(frame)) +{ + // allow to close + return true; +} + +void wxLogWindow::OnFrameDelete(wxFrame * WXUNUSED(frame)) +{ + m_pLogFrame = NULL; +} + +wxLogWindow::~wxLogWindow() +{ + // may be NULL if log frame already auto destroyed itself + delete m_pLogFrame; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LOGWINDOW + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLogDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG + +wxString wxLogDialog::ms_details; +size_t wxLogDialog::ms_maxLength = 0; + +wxLogDialog::wxLogDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxArrayString& messages, + const wxArrayInt& severity, + const wxArrayLong& times, + const wxString& caption, + long style) + : wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, caption, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER) +{ + // init the static variables: + + if ( ms_details.empty() ) + { + // ensure that we won't loop here if wxGetTranslation() + // happens to pop up a Log message while translating this :-) + ms_details = wxTRANSLATE("&Details"); + ms_details = wxGetTranslation(ms_details); +#ifdef __SMARTPHONE__ + ms_details = wxStripMenuCodes(ms_details); +#endif + } + + if ( ms_maxLength == 0 ) + { + ms_maxLength = (2 * wxGetDisplaySize().x/3) / GetCharWidth(); + } + + size_t count = messages.GetCount(); + m_messages.Alloc(count); + m_severity.Alloc(count); + m_times.Alloc(count); + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + m_messages.Add(messages[n]); + m_severity.Add(severity[n]); + m_times.Add(times[n]); + } + + m_listctrl = NULL; + + bool isPda = (wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA); + + // create the controls which are always shown and layout them: we use + // sizers even though our window is not resizeable to calculate the size of + // the dialog properly + wxBoxSizer *sizerTop = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + wxBoxSizer *sizerAll = new wxBoxSizer(isPda ? wxVERTICAL : wxHORIZONTAL); + + if (!isPda) + { + wxStaticBitmap *icon = new wxStaticBitmap + ( + this, + wxID_ANY, + wxArtProvider::GetMessageBoxIcon(style) + ); + sizerAll->Add(icon, wxSizerFlags().Centre()); + } + + // create the text sizer with a minimal size so that we are sure it won't be too small + wxString message = EllipsizeString(messages.Last()); + wxSizer *szText = CreateTextSizer(message); + szText->SetMinSize(wxMin(300, wxGetDisplaySize().x / 3), -1); + + sizerAll->Add(szText, wxSizerFlags(1).Centre().Border(wxLEFT | wxRIGHT)); + + wxButton *btnOk = new wxButton(this, wxID_OK); + sizerAll->Add(btnOk, wxSizerFlags().Centre()); + + sizerTop->Add(sizerAll, wxSizerFlags().Expand().Border()); + + + // add the details pane +#ifndef __SMARTPHONE__ + wxCollapsiblePane * const + collpane = new wxCollapsiblePane(this, wxID_ANY, ms_details); + sizerTop->Add(collpane, wxSizerFlags(1).Expand().Border()); + + wxWindow *win = collpane->GetPane(); + wxSizer * const paneSz = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + + CreateDetailsControls(win); + + paneSz->Add(m_listctrl, wxSizerFlags(1).Expand().Border(wxTOP)); + +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD || CAN_SAVE_FILES + wxBoxSizer * const btnSizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + + wxSizerFlags flagsBtn; + flagsBtn.Border(wxLEFT); + +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + btnSizer->Add(new wxButton(win, wxID_COPY), flagsBtn); +#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + +#if CAN_SAVE_FILES + btnSizer->Add(new wxButton(win, wxID_SAVE), flagsBtn); +#endif // CAN_SAVE_FILES + + paneSz->Add(btnSizer, wxSizerFlags().Right().Border(wxTOP)); +#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD || CAN_SAVE_FILES + + win->SetSizer(paneSz); + paneSz->SetSizeHints(win); +#else // __SMARTPHONE__ + SetLeftMenu(wxID_OK); + SetRightMenu(wxID_MORE, ms_details + EXPAND_SUFFIX); +#endif // __SMARTPHONE__/!__SMARTPHONE__ + + SetSizerAndFit(sizerTop); + + Centre(); + + if (isPda) + { + // Move up the screen so that when we expand the dialog, + // there's enough space. + Move(wxPoint(GetPosition().x, GetPosition().y / 2)); + } +} + +void wxLogDialog::CreateDetailsControls(wxWindow *parent) +{ + wxString fmt = wxLog::GetTimestamp(); + bool hasTimeStamp = !fmt.IsEmpty(); + + // create the list ctrl now + m_listctrl = new wxListCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxBORDER_SIMPLE | + wxLC_REPORT | + wxLC_NO_HEADER | + wxLC_SINGLE_SEL); +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + // This makes a big aesthetic difference on WinCE but I + // don't want to risk problems on other platforms + m_listctrl->Hide(); +#endif + + // no need to translate these strings as they're not shown to the + // user anyhow (we use wxLC_NO_HEADER style) + m_listctrl->InsertColumn(0, wxT("Message")); + + if (hasTimeStamp) + m_listctrl->InsertColumn(1, wxT("Time")); + + // prepare the imagelist + static const int ICON_SIZE = 16; + wxImageList *imageList = new wxImageList(ICON_SIZE, ICON_SIZE); + + // order should be the same as in the switch below! + static const char* const icons[] = + { + wxART_ERROR, + wxART_WARNING, + wxART_INFORMATION + }; + + bool loadedIcons = true; + + for ( size_t icon = 0; icon < WXSIZEOF(icons); icon++ ) + { + wxBitmap bmp = wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(icons[icon], wxART_MESSAGE_BOX, + wxSize(ICON_SIZE, ICON_SIZE)); + + // This may very well fail if there are insufficient colours available. + // Degrade gracefully. + if ( !bmp.Ok() ) + { + loadedIcons = false; + + break; + } + + imageList->Add(bmp); + } + + m_listctrl->SetImageList(imageList, wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL); + + // fill the listctrl + size_t count = m_messages.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + int image; + + if ( loadedIcons ) + { + switch ( m_severity[n] ) + { + case wxLOG_Error: + image = 0; + break; + + case wxLOG_Warning: + image = 1; + break; + + default: + image = 2; + } + } + else // failed to load images + { + image = -1; + } + + wxString msg = m_messages[n]; + msg.Replace(wxT("\n"), wxT(" ")); + msg = EllipsizeString(msg); + + m_listctrl->InsertItem(n, msg, image); + + if (hasTimeStamp) + m_listctrl->SetItem(n, 1, TimeStamp(fmt, (time_t)m_times[n])); + } + + // let the columns size themselves + m_listctrl->SetColumnWidth(0, wxLIST_AUTOSIZE); + if (hasTimeStamp) + m_listctrl->SetColumnWidth(1, wxLIST_AUTOSIZE); + + // calculate an approximately nice height for the listctrl + int height = GetCharHeight()*(count + 4); + + // but check that the dialog won't fall fown from the screen + // + // we use GetMinHeight() to get the height of the dialog part without the + // details and we consider that the "Save" button below and the separator + // line (and the margins around it) take about as much, hence double it + int heightMax = wxGetDisplaySize().y - GetPosition().y - 2*GetMinHeight(); + + // we should leave a margin + heightMax *= 9; + heightMax /= 10; + + m_listctrl->SetSize(wxDefaultCoord, wxMin(height, heightMax)); +} + +void wxLogDialog::OnListItemActivated(wxListEvent& event) +{ + // show the activated item in a message box + // This allow the user to correctly display the logs which are longer + // than the listctrl and thus gets truncated or those which contains + // newlines. + + // NB: don't do: + // wxString str = m_listctrl->GetItemText(event.GetIndex()); + // as there's a 260 chars limit on the items inside a wxListCtrl in wxMSW. + wxString str = m_messages[event.GetIndex()]; + + // wxMessageBox will nicely handle the '\n' in the string (if any) + // and supports long strings + wxMessageBox(str, wxT("Log message"), wxOK, this); +} + +void wxLogDialog::OnOk(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + EndModal(wxID_OK); +} + +#if CAN_SAVE_FILES || wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + +wxString wxLogDialog::GetLogMessages() const +{ + wxString fmt = wxLog::GetTimestamp(); + if ( fmt.empty() ) + { + // use the default format + fmt = "%c"; + } + + const size_t count = m_messages.GetCount(); + + wxString text; + text.reserve(count*m_messages[0].length()); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + text << TimeStamp(fmt, (time_t)m_times[n]) + << ": " + << m_messages[n] + << wxTextFile::GetEOL(); + } + + return text; +} + +#endif // CAN_SAVE_FILES || wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + +void wxLogDialog::OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxClipboardLocker clip; + if ( !clip || + !wxTheClipboard->AddData(new wxTextDataObject(GetLogMessages())) ) + { + wxLogError(_("Failed to copy dialog contents to the clipboard.")); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + +#if CAN_SAVE_FILES + +void wxLogDialog::OnSave(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxFile file; + int rc = OpenLogFile(file, NULL, this); + if ( rc == -1 ) + { + // cancelled + return; + } + + if ( !rc || !file.Write(GetLogMessages()) || !file.Close() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Can't save log contents to file.")); + } +} + +#endif // CAN_SAVE_FILES + +wxLogDialog::~wxLogDialog() +{ + if ( m_listctrl ) + { + delete m_listctrl->GetImageList(wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG + +#if CAN_SAVE_FILES + +// pass an uninitialized file object, the function will ask the user for the +// filename and try to open it, returns true on success (file was opened), +// false if file couldn't be opened/created and -1 if the file selection +// dialog was cancelled +static int OpenLogFile(wxFile& file, wxString *pFilename, wxWindow *parent) +{ + // get the file name + // ----------------- + wxString filename = wxSaveFileSelector(wxT("log"), wxT("txt"), wxT("log.txt"), parent); + if ( !filename ) { + // cancelled + return -1; + } + + // open file + // --------- + bool bOk = true; // suppress warning about it being possible uninitialized + if ( wxFile::Exists(filename) ) { + bool bAppend = false; + wxString strMsg; + strMsg.Printf(_("Append log to file '%s' (choosing [No] will overwrite it)?"), + filename.c_str()); + switch ( wxMessageBox(strMsg, _("Question"), + wxICON_QUESTION | wxYES_NO | wxCANCEL) ) { + case wxYES: + bAppend = true; + break; + + case wxNO: + bAppend = false; + break; + + case wxCANCEL: + return -1; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(_("invalid message box return value")); + } + + if ( bAppend ) { + bOk = file.Open(filename, wxFile::write_append); + } + else { + bOk = file.Create(filename, true /* overwrite */); + } + } + else { + bOk = file.Create(filename); + } + + if ( pFilename ) + *pFilename = filename; + + return bOk; +} + +#endif // CAN_SAVE_FILES + +#endif // !(wxUSE_LOGGUI || wxUSE_LOGWINDOW) + +#if wxUSE_LOG && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxLogTextCtrl implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxLogTextCtrl::wxLogTextCtrl(wxTextCtrl *pTextCtrl) +{ + m_pTextCtrl = pTextCtrl; +} + +void wxLogTextCtrl::DoLogText(const wxString& msg) +{ + m_pTextCtrl->AppendText(msg + wxS('\n')); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LOG && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/markuptext.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/markuptext.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9b941d382d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/markuptext.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/markuptext.cpp +// Purpose: wxMarkupText implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2011-02-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: markuptext.cpp 67075 2011-02-27 18:36:48Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/gdicmn.h" + #include "wx/control.h" + #include "wx/dc.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/generic/private/markuptext.h" + +#include "wx/private/markupparserattr.h" + +namespace +{ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMarkupParserMeasureOutput: measure the extends of a markup string. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxMarkupParserMeasureOutput : public wxMarkupParserAttrOutput +{ +public: + // Initialize the base class with the font to use. As we don't care about + // colours (which don't affect the text measurements), don't bother to + // specify them at all. + wxMarkupParserMeasureOutput(wxDC& dc, int *visibleHeight) + : wxMarkupParserAttrOutput(dc.GetFont(), wxColour(), wxColour()), + m_dc(dc), + m_visibleHeight(visibleHeight) + { + if ( visibleHeight ) + *visibleHeight = 0; + } + + const wxSize& GetSize() const { return m_size; } + + + virtual void OnText(const wxString& text_) + { + const wxString text(wxControl::RemoveMnemonics(text_)); + + // TODO-MULTILINE-MARKUP: Must use GetMultiLineTextExtent(). + const wxSize size = m_dc.GetTextExtent(text); + + m_size.x += size.x; + if ( size.y > m_size.y ) + m_size.y = size.y; + + if ( m_visibleHeight ) + { + wxFontMetrics tm = m_dc.GetFontMetrics(); + int visibleHeight = tm.ascent - tm.internalLeading; + if ( *m_visibleHeight < visibleHeight ) + *m_visibleHeight = visibleHeight; + } + } + + virtual void OnAttrStart(const Attr& attr) + { + m_dc.SetFont(attr.font); + } + + virtual void OnAttrEnd(const Attr& WXUNUSED(attr)) + { + m_dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + } + +private: + wxDC& m_dc; + + // The values that we compute. + wxSize m_size; + int * const m_visibleHeight; // may be NULL + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMarkupParserMeasureOutput); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMarkupParserRenderOutput: render a markup string. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxMarkupParserRenderOutput : public wxMarkupParserAttrOutput +{ +public: + // Notice that the bottom of rectangle passed to our ctor is used as the + // baseline for the text we draw, i.e. it needs to be adjusted to exclude + // descent by the caller. + wxMarkupParserRenderOutput(wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags) + : wxMarkupParserAttrOutput(dc.GetFont(), + dc.GetTextForeground(), + wxColour()), + m_dc(dc), + m_rect(rect), + m_flags(flags) + { + m_pos = m_rect.x; + + // We don't initialize the base class initial text background colour to + // the valid value because we want to be able to detect when we revert + // to the "absence of background colour" and set the background mode to + // be transparent in OnAttrStart() below. But do remember it to be able + // to restore it there later -- this doesn't affect us as the text + // background isn't used anyhow when the background mode is transparent + // but it might affect the caller if it sets the background mode to + // opaque and draws some text after using us. + m_origTextBackground = dc.GetTextBackground(); + } + + virtual void OnText(const wxString& text_) + { + wxString text; + int indexAccel = wxControl::FindAccelIndex(text_, &text); + if ( !(m_flags & wxMarkupText::Render_ShowAccels) ) + indexAccel = wxNOT_FOUND; + + // Adjust the position (unfortunately we need to do this manually as + // there is no notion of current text position in wx API) rectangle to + // ensure that all text segments use the same baseline (as there is + // nothing equivalent to Windows SetTextAlign(TA_BASELINE) neither). + wxRect rect(m_rect); + rect.x = m_pos; + + int descent; + m_dc.GetTextExtent(text, &rect.width, &rect.height, &descent); + rect.height -= descent; + rect.y += m_rect.height - rect.height; + + wxRect bounds; + m_dc.DrawLabel(text, wxBitmap(), + rect, wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP, + indexAccel, + &bounds); + + // TODO-MULTILINE-MARKUP: Must update vertical position too. + m_pos += bounds.width; + } + + virtual void OnAttrStart(const Attr& attr) + { + m_dc.SetFont(attr.font); + if ( attr.foreground.IsOk() ) + m_dc.SetTextForeground(attr.foreground); + + if ( attr.background.IsOk() ) + { + // Setting the background colour is not enough, we must also change + // the mode to ensure that it is actually used. + m_dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxSOLID); + m_dc.SetTextBackground(attr.background); + } + } + + virtual void OnAttrEnd(const Attr& attr) + { + // We always restore the font because we always change it... + m_dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + + // ...but we only need to restore the colours if we had changed them. + if ( attr.foreground.IsOk() ) + m_dc.SetTextForeground(GetAttr().foreground); + + if ( attr.background.IsOk() ) + { + wxColour background = GetAttr().background; + if ( !background.IsOk() ) + { + // Invalid background colour indicates that the background + // should actually be made transparent and in this case the + // actual value of background colour doesn't matter but we also + // restore it just in case, see comment in the ctor. + m_dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxTRANSPARENT); + background = m_origTextBackground; + } + + m_dc.SetTextBackground(background); + } + } + +private: + wxDC& m_dc; + const wxRect m_rect; + const int m_flags; + + wxColour m_origTextBackground; + + // Current horizontal text output position. + // + // TODO-MULTILINE-MARKUP: Must keep vertical position too. + int m_pos; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMarkupParserRenderOutput); +}; + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ============================================================================ +// wxMarkupText implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxSize wxMarkupText::Measure(wxDC& dc, int *visibleHeight) const +{ + wxMarkupParserMeasureOutput out(dc, visibleHeight); + wxMarkupParser parser(out); + if ( !parser.Parse(m_markup) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "Invalid markup" ); + return wxDefaultSize; + } + + return out.GetSize(); +} + +void wxMarkupText::Render(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags) +{ + // We want to center the above-baseline parts of the letter vertically, so + // we use the visible height and not the total height (which includes + // descent and internal leading) here. + int visibleHeight; + wxRect rectText(rect.GetPosition(), Measure(dc, &visibleHeight)); + rectText.height = visibleHeight; + + wxMarkupParserRenderOutput out(dc, rectText.CentreIn(rect), flags); + wxMarkupParser parser(out); + parser.Parse(m_markup); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/mask.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/mask.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..69d6cfaf74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/mask.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/mask.cpp +// Purpose: generic wxMask implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2006-09-28 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mask.cpp 41495 2006-09-28 23:02:39Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#if wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK + +// ============================================================================ +// wxMask implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask, wxObject) + +void wxMask::FreeData() +{ + m_bitmap = wxNullBitmap; +} + +bool wxMask::InitFromColour(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour) +{ +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + const wxColour clr(bitmap.QuantizeColour(colour)); + + wxImage imgSrc(bitmap.ConvertToImage()); + imgSrc.SetMask(false); + wxImage image(imgSrc.ConvertToMono(clr.Red(), clr.Green(), clr.Blue())); + if ( !image.Ok() ) + return false; + + m_bitmap = wxBitmap(image, 1); + + return m_bitmap.Ok(); +#else // !wxUSE_IMAGE + wxUnusedVar(bitmap); + wxUnusedVar(colour); + + return false; +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE/!wxUSE_IMAGE +} + +bool wxMask::InitFromMonoBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( bitmap.Ok(), false, wxT("Invalid bitmap") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( bitmap.GetDepth() == 1, false, wxT("Cannot create mask from colour bitmap") ); + + m_bitmap = bitmap; + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/mdig.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/mdig.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c09f0c62d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/mdig.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,643 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/mdig.cpp +// Purpose: Generic MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes +// Author: Hans Van Leemputten +// Modified by: 2008-10-31 Vadim Zeitlin: derive from the base classes +// Created: 29/07/2002 +// RCS-ID: $Id: mdig.cpp 64656 2010-06-20 18:18:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2002 Hans Van Leemputten +// (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// =========================================================================== +// declarations +// =========================================================================== + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MDI + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/menu.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/mdi.h" +#include "wx/generic/mdig.h" +#include "wx/notebook.h" +#include "wx/scopeguard.h" + +#include "wx/stockitem.h" + +enum MDI_MENU_ID +{ + wxWINDOWCLOSE = 4001, + wxWINDOWCLOSEALL, + wxWINDOWNEXT, + wxWINDOWPREV +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericMDIParentFrame +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMDIParentFrame, wxFrame) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericMDIParentFrame, wxFrame) + EVT_CLOSE(wxGenericMDIParentFrame::OnClose) +#if wxUSE_MENUS + EVT_MENU(wxID_ANY, wxGenericMDIParentFrame::OnWindowMenu) +#endif +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxGenericMDIParentFrame::Init() +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + m_pMyMenuBar = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +} + +wxGenericMDIParentFrame::~wxGenericMDIParentFrame() +{ + // Make sure the client window is destructed before the menu bars are! + wxDELETE(m_clientWindow); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + wxDELETE(m_pMyMenuBar); + + RemoveWindowMenu(GetMenuBar()); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +} + +bool wxGenericMDIParentFrame::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + // this style can be used to prevent a window from having the standard MDI + // "Window" menu + if ( !(style & wxFRAME_NO_WINDOW_MENU) ) + { +#if wxUSE_MENUS + m_windowMenu = new wxMenu; + + m_windowMenu->Append(wxWINDOWCLOSE, _("Cl&ose")); + m_windowMenu->Append(wxWINDOWCLOSEALL, _("Close All")); + m_windowMenu->AppendSeparator(); + m_windowMenu->Append(wxWINDOWNEXT, _("&Next")); + m_windowMenu->Append(wxWINDOWPREV, _("&Previous")); +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + } + + // the scrolling styles don't make sense neither for us nor for our client + // window (to which they're supposed to apply) + style &= ~(wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL); + + if ( !wxFrame::Create( parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name ) ) + return false; + + wxGenericMDIClientWindow * const client = OnCreateGenericClient(); + if ( !client->CreateGenericClient(this) ) + return false; + + m_clientWindow = client; + + return true; +} + +wxGenericMDIClientWindow *wxGenericMDIParentFrame::OnCreateGenericClient() +{ + return new wxGenericMDIClientWindow; +} + +bool wxGenericMDIParentFrame::CloseAll() +{ + wxGenericMDIClientWindow * const client = GetGenericClientWindow(); + if ( !client ) + return true; // none of the windows left + + wxBookCtrlBase * const book = client->GetBookCtrl(); + while ( book->GetPageCount() ) + { + wxGenericMDIChildFrame * const child = client->GetChild(0); + if ( !child->Close() ) + { + // it refused to close, don't close the remaining ones neither + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_MENUS +void wxGenericMDIParentFrame::SetWindowMenu(wxMenu* pMenu) +{ + // Replace the window menu from the currently loaded menu bar. + wxMenuBar *pMenuBar = GetMenuBar(); + + if (m_windowMenu) + { + RemoveWindowMenu(pMenuBar); + + wxDELETE(m_windowMenu); + } + + if (pMenu) + { + m_windowMenu = pMenu; + + AddWindowMenu(pMenuBar); + } +} + +void wxGenericMDIParentFrame::SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar) +{ + // Remove the Window menu from the old menu bar + RemoveWindowMenu(GetMenuBar()); + // Add the Window menu to the new menu bar. + AddWindowMenu(pMenuBar); + + wxFrame::SetMenuBar(pMenuBar); +} +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +void wxGenericMDIParentFrame::WXSetChildMenuBar(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *pChild) +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + if (pChild == NULL) + { + // No Child, set Our menu bar back. + SetMenuBar(m_pMyMenuBar); + + // Make sure we know our menu bar is in use + m_pMyMenuBar = NULL; + } + else + { + if (pChild->GetMenuBar() == NULL) + return; + + // Do we need to save the current bar? + if (m_pMyMenuBar == NULL) + m_pMyMenuBar = GetMenuBar(); + + SetMenuBar(pChild->GetMenuBar()); + } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +} + +wxGenericMDIClientWindow * +wxGenericMDIParentFrame::GetGenericClientWindow() const +{ + return static_cast(m_clientWindow); +} + +wxBookCtrlBase *wxGenericMDIParentFrame::GetBookCtrl() const +{ + wxGenericMDIClientWindow * const client = GetGenericClientWindow(); + return client ? client->GetBookCtrl() : NULL; +} + +void wxGenericMDIParentFrame::AdvanceActive(bool forward) +{ + wxBookCtrlBase * const book = GetBookCtrl(); + if ( book ) + book->AdvanceSelection(forward); +} + +void wxGenericMDIParentFrame::WXUpdateChildTitle(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *child) +{ + wxGenericMDIClientWindow * const client = GetGenericClientWindow(); + + const int pos = client->FindChild(child); + if ( pos == wxNOT_FOUND ) + return; + + client->GetBookCtrl()->SetPageText(pos, child->GetTitle()); +} + +void wxGenericMDIParentFrame::WXActivateChild(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *child) +{ + wxGenericMDIClientWindow * const client = GetGenericClientWindow(); + + const int pos = client->FindChild(child); + if ( pos == wxNOT_FOUND ) + return; + + client->GetBookCtrl()->SetSelection(pos); +} + +void wxGenericMDIParentFrame::WXRemoveChild(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *child) +{ + const bool removingActive = WXIsActiveChild(child); + if ( removingActive ) + { + SetActiveChild(NULL); + WXSetChildMenuBar(NULL); + } + + wxGenericMDIClientWindow * const client = GetGenericClientWindow(); + wxCHECK_RET( client, "should have client window" ); + + wxBookCtrlBase * const book = client->GetBookCtrl(); + + // Remove page if still there + int pos = client->FindChild(child); + if ( pos != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + if ( book->RemovePage(pos) ) + book->Refresh(); + } + + if ( removingActive ) + { + // Set the new selection to a remaining page + const size_t count = book->GetPageCount(); + if ( count > (size_t)pos ) + { + book->SetSelection(pos); + } + else + { + if ( count > 0 ) + book->SetSelection(count - 1); + } + } +} + +bool +wxGenericMDIParentFrame::WXIsActiveChild(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *child) const +{ + return static_cast(GetActiveChild()) == child; +} + +#if wxUSE_MENUS +void wxGenericMDIParentFrame::RemoveWindowMenu(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar) +{ + if (pMenuBar && m_windowMenu) + { + // Remove old window menu + int pos = pMenuBar->FindMenu(_("&Window")); + if (pos != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + wxASSERT(m_windowMenu == pMenuBar->GetMenu(pos)); // DBG:: We're going to delete the wrong menu!!! + pMenuBar->Remove(pos); + } + } +} + +void wxGenericMDIParentFrame::AddWindowMenu(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar) +{ + if (pMenuBar && m_windowMenu) + { + int pos = pMenuBar->FindMenu(wxGetStockLabel(wxID_HELP,false)); + if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) + { + pMenuBar->Append(m_windowMenu, _("&Window")); + } + else + { + pMenuBar->Insert(pos, m_windowMenu, _("&Window")); + } + } +} + +void wxGenericMDIParentFrame::OnWindowMenu(wxCommandEvent &event) +{ + switch ( event.GetId() ) + { + case wxWINDOWCLOSE: + if ( m_currentChild ) + m_currentChild->Close(); + break; + + case wxWINDOWCLOSEALL: + CloseAll(); + break; + + case wxWINDOWNEXT: + ActivateNext(); + break; + + case wxWINDOWPREV: + ActivatePrevious(); + break; + + default: + event.Skip(); + } +} +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +void wxGenericMDIParentFrame::OnClose(wxCloseEvent& event) +{ + if ( !CloseAll() ) + event.Veto(); + else + event.Skip(); +} + +bool wxGenericMDIParentFrame::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event) +{ + if ( m_currentChild ) + { + // the menu events should be given to the child as we show its menu bar + // as our own + const wxEventType eventType = event.GetEventType(); + if ( eventType == wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED || + eventType == wxEVT_UPDATE_UI ) + { + // set the flag indicating that this event was forwarded to the + // child from the parent and so shouldn't be propagated upwards if + // not processed to avoid infinite loop + m_childHandler = m_currentChild; + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_NULL(m_childHandler); + + if ( m_currentChild->ProcessWindowEvent(event) ) + return true; + } + } + + return wxMDIParentFrameBase::ProcessEvent(event); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericMDIChildFrame +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMDIChildFrame, wxFrame) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericMDIChildFrame, wxFrame) + EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL(wxGenericMDIChildFrame::OnMenuHighlight) + + EVT_CLOSE(wxGenericMDIChildFrame::OnClose) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxGenericMDIChildFrame::Init() +{ +#if wxUSE_MENUS + m_pMenuBar = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +#if !wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE + m_mdiParentGeneric = NULL; +#endif +} + +wxGenericMDIChildFrame::~wxGenericMDIChildFrame() +{ + wxGenericMDIParentFrame * const parent = GetGenericMDIParent(); + + // it could happen that we don't have a valid parent if we hadn't been ever + // really created -- but in this case there is nothing else to do neither + if ( parent ) + parent->WXRemoveChild(this); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + delete m_pMenuBar; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +} + +bool wxGenericMDIChildFrame::Create(wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos), + const wxSize& size, + long WXUNUSED(style), + const wxString& name) +{ + // unfortunately we can't use the base class m_mdiParent field unless + // wxGenericMDIParentFrame is wxMDIParentFrame +#if wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE + m_mdiParent = parent; +#else // generic != native + // leave m_mdiParent NULL, we don't have it + m_mdiParentGeneric = parent; +#endif + + wxBookCtrlBase * const book = parent->GetBookCtrl(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( book, "Missing MDI client window." ); + + // note that we ignore the styles, none of the usual TLW styles apply to + // this (child) window + if ( !wxWindow::Create(book, id, wxDefaultPosition, size, 0, name) ) + return false; + + m_title = title; + book->AddPage(this, title, true); + + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_MENUS +void wxGenericMDIChildFrame::SetMenuBar( wxMenuBar *menu_bar ) +{ + wxMenuBar *pOldMenuBar = m_pMenuBar; + m_pMenuBar = menu_bar; + + if (m_pMenuBar) + { + wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent = GetGenericMDIParent(); + + if ( parent ) + { + m_pMenuBar->SetParent(parent); + + if ( parent->WXIsActiveChild(this) ) + { + // Replace current menu bars + if (pOldMenuBar) + parent->WXSetChildMenuBar(NULL); + parent->WXSetChildMenuBar(this); + } + } + } +} + +wxMenuBar *wxGenericMDIChildFrame::GetMenuBar() const +{ + return m_pMenuBar; +} +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +void wxGenericMDIChildFrame::SetTitle(const wxString& title) +{ + m_title = title; + + wxGenericMDIParentFrame * const parent = GetGenericMDIParent(); + if ( parent ) + parent->WXUpdateChildTitle(this); + //else: it's ok, we might be not created yet +} + +void wxGenericMDIChildFrame::Activate() +{ + wxGenericMDIParentFrame * const parent = GetGenericMDIParent(); + + wxCHECK_RET( parent, "can't activate MDI child without parent" ); + parent->WXActivateChild(this); +} + +void wxGenericMDIChildFrame::OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event) +{ + wxGenericMDIParentFrame * const parent = GetGenericMDIParent(); + if ( parent) + { + // we don't have any help text for this item, + // but may be the MDI frame does? + parent->OnMenuHighlight(event); + } +} + +void wxGenericMDIChildFrame::OnClose(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // we're not a TLW so don't delay the destruction of this window + delete this; +} + +bool wxGenericMDIChildFrame::TryAfter(wxEvent& event) +{ + // we shouldn't propagate the event to the parent if we received it from it + // in the first place + wxGenericMDIParentFrame * const parent = GetGenericMDIParent(); + if ( parent && parent->WXIsInsideChildHandler(this) ) + return false; + + return wxTDIChildFrame::TryAfter(event); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericMDIClientWindow +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMDIClientWindow, wxWindow) + +bool +wxGenericMDIClientWindow::CreateGenericClient(wxWindow *parent) +{ + if ( !wxWindow::Create(parent, wxID_ANY) ) + return false; + + m_notebook = new wxNotebook(this, wxID_ANY); + m_notebook->Connect + ( + wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, + wxNotebookEventHandler( + wxGenericMDIClientWindow::OnPageChanged), + NULL, + this + ); + + // now that we have a notebook to resize, hook up OnSize() too + Connect(wxEVT_SIZE, wxSizeEventHandler(wxGenericMDIClientWindow::OnSize)); + + return true; +} + +wxBookCtrlBase *wxGenericMDIClientWindow::GetBookCtrl() const +{ + return m_notebook; +} + +wxGenericMDIChildFrame *wxGenericMDIClientWindow::GetChild(size_t pos) const +{ + return static_cast(GetBookCtrl()->GetPage(pos)); +} + +int wxGenericMDIClientWindow::FindChild(wxGenericMDIChildFrame *child) const +{ + wxBookCtrlBase * const book = GetBookCtrl(); + const size_t count = book->GetPageCount(); + for ( size_t pos = 0; pos < count; pos++ ) + { + if ( book->GetPage(pos) == child ) + return pos; + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +void wxGenericMDIClientWindow::PageChanged(int oldSelection, int newSelection) +{ + // Don't do anything if nothing changed + if (oldSelection == newSelection) + return; + + // Again check if we really need to do this... + if (newSelection != -1) + { + wxGenericMDIChildFrame * const child = GetChild(newSelection); + + if ( child->GetGenericMDIParent()->WXIsActiveChild(child) ) + return; + } + + // Notify old active child that it has been deactivated + if (oldSelection != -1) + { + wxGenericMDIChildFrame * const oldChild = GetChild(oldSelection); + if (oldChild) + { + wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, false, oldChild->GetId()); + event.SetEventObject( oldChild ); + oldChild->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + } + + // Notify new active child that it has been activated + if (newSelection != -1) + { + wxGenericMDIChildFrame * const activeChild = GetChild(newSelection); + if ( activeChild ) + { + wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, true, activeChild->GetId()); + event.SetEventObject( activeChild ); + activeChild->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + + wxGenericMDIParentFrame * const + parent = activeChild->GetGenericMDIParent(); + + if ( parent ) + { + // this is a dirty hack as activeChild is not really a + // wxMDIChildFrame at all but we still want to store it in the + // base class m_currentChild field and this will work as long + // as we only use as wxMDIChildFrameBase pointer (which it is) + parent->SetActiveChild( + reinterpret_cast(activeChild)); + parent->WXSetChildMenuBar(activeChild); + } + } + } +} + +void wxGenericMDIClientWindow::OnPageChanged(wxBookCtrlEvent& event) +{ + PageChanged(event.GetOldSelection(), event.GetSelection()); + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxGenericMDIClientWindow::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + m_notebook->SetSize(GetClientSize()); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MDI + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/msgdlgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/msgdlgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5532d8cc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/msgdlgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/msgdlgg.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericMessageDialog +// Author: Julian Smart, Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: msgdlgg.cpp 65450 2010-08-30 21:48:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MSGDLG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/statbmp.h" + #include "wx/layout.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/icon.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" +#endif + +#include +#include + +#define __WX_COMPILING_MSGDLGG_CPP__ 1 +#include "wx/msgdlg.h" +#include "wx/artprov.h" +#include "wx/textwrapper.h" + +#if wxUSE_STATLINE + #include "wx/statline.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTitleTextWrapper: simple class to create wrapped text in "title font" +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxTitleTextWrapper : public wxTextSizerWrapper +{ +public: + wxTitleTextWrapper(wxWindow *win) + : wxTextSizerWrapper(win) + { + } + +protected: + virtual wxWindow *OnCreateLine(const wxString& s) + { + wxWindow * const win = wxTextSizerWrapper::OnCreateLine(s); + + win->SetFont(win->GetFont().Larger().MakeBold()); + + return win; + } +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// icons +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericMessageDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_YES, wxGenericMessageDialog::OnYes) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_NO, wxGenericMessageDialog::OnNo) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_CANCEL, wxGenericMessageDialog::OnCancel) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGenericMessageDialog, wxDialog) + +wxGenericMessageDialog::wxGenericMessageDialog( wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + long style, + const wxPoint& pos) + : wxMessageDialogBase(GetParentForModalDialog(parent, style), + message, + caption, + style), + m_pos(pos) +{ + m_created = false; +} + +wxSizer *wxGenericMessageDialog::CreateMsgDlgButtonSizer() +{ +#ifndef __SMARTPHONE__ + if ( HasCustomLabels() ) + { + wxStdDialogButtonSizer * const sizerStd = new wxStdDialogButtonSizer; + + wxButton *btnDef = NULL; + + if ( m_dialogStyle & wxOK ) + { + btnDef = new wxButton(this, wxID_OK, GetCustomOKLabel()); + sizerStd->AddButton(btnDef); + } + + if ( m_dialogStyle & wxCANCEL ) + { + wxButton * const + cancel = new wxButton(this, wxID_CANCEL, GetCustomCancelLabel()); + sizerStd->AddButton(cancel); + + if ( m_dialogStyle & wxCANCEL_DEFAULT ) + btnDef = cancel; + } + + if ( m_dialogStyle & wxYES_NO ) + { + wxButton * const + yes = new wxButton(this, wxID_YES, GetCustomYesLabel()); + sizerStd->AddButton(yes); + + wxButton * const + no = new wxButton(this, wxID_NO, GetCustomNoLabel()); + sizerStd->AddButton(no); + if ( m_dialogStyle & wxNO_DEFAULT ) + btnDef = no; + else if ( !btnDef ) + btnDef = yes; + } + + if ( btnDef ) + { + btnDef->SetDefault(); + btnDef->SetFocus(); + } + + sizerStd->Realize(); + + return CreateSeparatedSizer(sizerStd); + } +#endif // !__SMARTPHONE__ + + // Use standard labels for all buttons + return CreateSeparatedButtonSizer + ( + m_dialogStyle & (wxOK | wxCANCEL | wxYES_NO | + wxNO_DEFAULT | wxCANCEL_DEFAULT) + ); +} + +void wxGenericMessageDialog::DoCreateMsgdialog() +{ + wxDialog::Create(m_parent, wxID_ANY, m_caption, m_pos, wxDefaultSize, wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE); + + bool is_pda = (wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA); + + wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + wxBoxSizer *icon_text = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + +#if wxUSE_STATBMP + // 1) icon + if (m_dialogStyle & wxICON_MASK) + { + wxStaticBitmap *icon = new wxStaticBitmap + ( + this, + wxID_ANY, + wxArtProvider::GetMessageBoxIcon(m_dialogStyle) + ); + if (is_pda) + topsizer->Add( icon, 0, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT | wxALIGN_LEFT, 10 ); + else + icon_text->Add(icon, wxSizerFlags().Top().Border(wxRIGHT, 20)); + } +#endif // wxUSE_STATBMP + +#if wxUSE_STATTEXT + // 2) text + + wxBoxSizer * const textsizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + + // We want to show the main message in a different font to make it stand + // out if the extended message is used as well. This looks better and is + // more consistent with the native dialogs under MSW and GTK. + wxString lowerMessage; + if ( !m_extendedMessage.empty() ) + { + wxTitleTextWrapper titleWrapper(this); + textsizer->Add(CreateTextSizer(GetMessage(), titleWrapper), + wxSizerFlags().Border(wxBOTTOM, 20)); + + lowerMessage = GetExtendedMessage(); + } + else // no extended message + { + lowerMessage = GetMessage(); + } + + textsizer->Add(CreateTextSizer(lowerMessage)); + + icon_text->Add(textsizer, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER, 10); + topsizer->Add( icon_text, 1, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 ); +#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT + + // 3) optional checkbox and detailed text + AddMessageDialogCheckBox( topsizer ); + AddMessageDialogDetails( topsizer ); + + // 4) buttons + wxSizer *sizerBtn = CreateMsgDlgButtonSizer(); + if ( sizerBtn ) + topsizer->Add(sizerBtn, 0, wxEXPAND | wxALL, 10 ); + + SetAutoLayout( true ); + SetSizer( topsizer ); + + topsizer->SetSizeHints( this ); + topsizer->Fit( this ); + wxSize size( GetSize() ); + if (size.x < size.y*3/2) + { + size.x = size.y*3/2; + SetSize( size ); + } + + Centre( wxBOTH | wxCENTER_FRAME); +} + +void wxGenericMessageDialog::OnYes(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + EndModal( wxID_YES ); +} + +void wxGenericMessageDialog::OnNo(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + EndModal( wxID_NO ); +} + +void wxGenericMessageDialog::OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // Allow cancellation via ESC/Close button except if + // only YES and NO are specified. + const long style = GetMessageDialogStyle(); + if ( (style & wxYES_NO) != wxYES_NO || (style & wxCANCEL) ) + { + EndModal( wxID_CANCEL ); + } +} + +int wxGenericMessageDialog::ShowModal() +{ + if ( !m_created ) + { + m_created = true; + DoCreateMsgdialog(); + } + + return wxMessageDialogBase::ShowModal(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MSGDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/notebook.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/notebook.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a6b0fb71be --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/notebook.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,756 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/notebook.cpp +// Purpose: generic implementation of wxNotebook +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 17/09/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: notebook.cpp 66643 2011-01-07 22:31:26Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK + +#include "wx/notebook.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/imaglist.h" +#include "wx/generic/tabg.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// check that the page index is valid +#define IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) ((nPage) < GetPageCount()) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event table +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxNotebook, wxBookCtrlBase) + EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(wxID_ANY, wxNotebook::OnSelChange) + EVT_SIZE(wxNotebook::OnSize) + EVT_PAINT(wxNotebook::OnPaint) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxNotebook::OnMouseEvent) + EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxNotebook::OnSetFocus) + EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY(wxNotebook::OnNavigationKey) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ============================================================================ +// Private class +// ============================================================================ + +WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(int, wxNotebookPage*, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, + wxIntToNotebookPageHashMap); + +WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(wxNotebookPage*, int, wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, + wxNotebookPageToIntHashMap); + +// This reuses wxTabView to draw the tabs. +class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebookTabView: public wxTabView +{ +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebookTabView) +public: + wxNotebookTabView(wxNotebook* notebook, long style = wxTAB_STYLE_DRAW_BOX | wxTAB_STYLE_COLOUR_INTERIOR); + virtual ~wxNotebookTabView(void); + + // Called when a tab is activated + virtual void OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId); + // Allows vetoing + virtual bool OnTabPreActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId); + + // map integer ids used by wxTabView to wxNotebookPage pointers + int GetId(wxNotebookPage *page); + wxNotebookPage *GetPage(int id) { return m_idToPage[id]; } + +protected: + wxNotebook* m_notebook; + +private: + wxIntToNotebookPageHashMap m_idToPage; + wxNotebookPageToIntHashMap m_pageToId; + int m_nextid; +}; + +static int GetPageId(wxTabView *tabview, wxNotebookPage *page) +{ + return static_cast(tabview)->GetId(page); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotebook construction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// common part of all ctors +void wxNotebook::Init() +{ + m_tabView = NULL; + m_selection = -1; +} + +// default for dynamic class +wxNotebook::wxNotebook() +{ + Init(); +} + +// the same arguments as for wxControl +wxNotebook::wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); +} + +// Create() function +bool wxNotebook::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + // base init + SetName(name); + + if ( (style & wxBK_ALIGN_MASK) == wxBK_DEFAULT ) + style |= wxBK_TOP; + + m_windowId = id == wxID_ANY ? NewControlId() : id; + + if (!wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style|wxNO_BORDER, wxDefaultValidator, name)) + return false; + + SetTabView(new wxNotebookTabView(this)); + + return true; +} + +// dtor +wxNotebook::~wxNotebook() +{ + delete m_tabView; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotebook accessors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +int wxNotebook::GetRowCount() const +{ + // TODO + return 0; +} + +int wxNotebook::SetSelection(size_t nPage) +{ + wxASSERT( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) ); + + wxNotebookPage* pPage = GetPage(nPage); + + m_tabView->SetTabSelection(GetPageId(m_tabView, pPage)); + + // TODO + return 0; +} + +int wxNotebook::ChangeSelection(size_t nPage) +{ + // FIXME: currently it does generate events too + return SetSelection(nPage); +} + +#if 0 +void wxNotebook::AdvanceSelection(bool bForward) +{ + int nSel = GetSelection(); + int nMax = GetPageCount() - 1; + if ( bForward ) + SetSelection(nSel == nMax ? 0 : nSel + 1); + else + SetSelection(nSel == 0 ? nMax : nSel - 1); +} +#endif + +bool wxNotebook::SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText) +{ + wxASSERT( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) ); + + wxNotebookPage* page = GetPage(nPage); + if (page) + { + m_tabView->SetTabText(GetPageId(m_tabView, page), strText); + Refresh(); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +wxString wxNotebook::GetPageText(size_t nPage) const +{ + wxASSERT( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) ); + + wxNotebookPage* page = ((wxNotebook*)this)->GetPage(nPage); + if (page) + return m_tabView->GetTabText(GetPageId(m_tabView, page)); + else + return wxEmptyString; +} + +int wxNotebook::GetPageImage(size_t WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(nPage)) const +{ + wxASSERT( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) ); + + // TODO + return 0; +} + +bool wxNotebook::SetPageImage(size_t WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(nPage), + int WXUNUSED(nImage)) +{ + wxASSERT( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) ); + + // TODO + return false; +} + +// set the size (the same for all pages) +void wxNotebook::SetPageSize(const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size)) +{ + // TODO +} + +// set the padding between tabs (in pixels) +void wxNotebook::SetPadding(const wxSize& WXUNUSED(padding)) +{ + // TODO +} + +// set the size of the tabs for wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH controls +void wxNotebook::SetTabSize(const wxSize& WXUNUSED(sz)) +{ + // TODO +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotebook operations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// remove one page from the notebook and delete it +bool wxNotebook::DeletePage(size_t nPage) +{ + wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage), false ); + + if (m_selection != -1) + { + m_pages[m_selection]->Show(false); + m_pages[m_selection]->Lower(); + } + + wxNotebookPage* pPage = GetPage(nPage); + + m_tabView->RemoveTab(GetPageId(m_tabView, pPage)); + + m_pages.Remove(pPage); + delete pPage; + + if (m_pages.GetCount() == 0) + { + m_selection = -1; + m_tabView->SetTabSelection(-1, false); + } + else if (m_selection > -1) + { + m_selection = -1; + + m_tabView->SetTabSelection(GetPageId(m_tabView, GetPage(0)), false); + + if (m_selection != 0) + ChangePage(-1, 0); + } + + RefreshLayout(false); + + return true; +} + +bool wxNotebook::DeletePage(wxNotebookPage* page) +{ + int pagePos = FindPagePosition(page); + if (pagePos > -1) + return DeletePage(pagePos); + else + return false; +} + +bool wxNotebook::RemovePage(size_t nPage) +{ + return DoRemovePage(nPage) != NULL; +} + +// remove one page from the notebook +wxWindow* wxNotebook::DoRemovePage(size_t nPage) +{ + wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage), NULL ); + + m_pages[nPage]->Show(false); + // m_pages[nPage]->Lower(); + + wxNotebookPage* pPage = GetPage(nPage); + + m_tabView->RemoveTab(GetPageId(m_tabView, pPage)); + + m_pages.Remove(pPage); + + if (m_pages.GetCount() == 0) + { + m_selection = -1; + m_tabView->SetTabSelection(-1, true); + } + else if (m_selection > -1) + { + // Only change the selection if the page we + // deleted was the selection. + if (nPage == (size_t)m_selection) + { + m_selection = -1; + // Select the first tab. Generates a ChangePage. + m_tabView->SetTabSelection(0, true); + } + else + { + // We must adjust which tab we think is selected. + // If greater than the page we deleted, it must be moved down + // a notch. + if (size_t(m_selection) > nPage) + m_selection -- ; + } + } + + RefreshLayout(false); + + return pPage; +} + +bool wxNotebook::RemovePage(wxNotebookPage* page) +{ + int pagePos = FindPagePosition(page); + if (pagePos > -1) + return RemovePage(pagePos); + else + return false; +} + +// Find the position of the wxNotebookPage, -1 if not found. +int wxNotebook::FindPagePosition(wxNotebookPage* page) const +{ + size_t nPageCount = GetPageCount(); + size_t nPage; + for ( nPage = 0; nPage < nPageCount; nPage++ ) + if (m_pages[nPage] == page) + return nPage; + return -1; +} + +// remove all pages +bool wxNotebook::DeleteAllPages() +{ + m_tabView->ClearTabs(true); + + size_t nPageCount = GetPageCount(); + size_t nPage; + for ( nPage = 0; nPage < nPageCount; nPage++ ) + delete m_pages[nPage]; + + m_pages.Clear(); + + return true; +} + +// same as AddPage() but does it at given position +bool wxNotebook::InsertPage(size_t nPage, + wxNotebookPage *pPage, + const wxString& strText, + bool bSelect, + int WXUNUSED(imageId)) +{ + wxASSERT( pPage != NULL ); + wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) || nPage == GetPageCount(), false ); + + m_tabView->AddTab(GetPageId(m_tabView, pPage), strText); + + if (!bSelect) + pPage->Show(false); + + // save the pointer to the page + m_pages.Insert(pPage, nPage); + + if (bSelect) + { + // This will cause ChangePage to be called, via OnSelPage + + m_tabView->SetTabSelection(GetPageId(m_tabView, pPage), true); + } + + // some page must be selected: either this one or the first one if there is + // still no selection + if ( m_selection == -1 ) + ChangePage(-1, 0); + + RefreshLayout(false); + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotebook callbacks +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// @@@ OnSize() is used for setting the font when it's called for the first +// time because doing it in ::Create() doesn't work (for unknown reasons) +void wxNotebook::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) +{ + static bool s_bFirstTime = true; + if ( s_bFirstTime ) { + // TODO: any first-time-size processing. + s_bFirstTime = false; + } + + RefreshLayout(); + + // Processing continues to next OnSize + event.Skip(); +} + +// This was supposed to cure the non-display of the notebook +// until the user resizes the window. +// What's going on? +void wxNotebook::OnInternalIdle() +{ + wxWindow::OnInternalIdle(); + +#if 0 + static bool s_bFirstTime = true; + if ( s_bFirstTime ) { + /* + wxSize sz(GetSize()); + sz.x ++; + SetSize(sz); + sz.x --; + SetSize(sz); + */ + + /* + wxSize sz(GetSize()); + wxSizeEvent sizeEvent(sz, GetId()); + sizeEvent.SetEventObject(this); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(sizeEvent); + Refresh(); + */ + s_bFirstTime = false; + } +#endif +} + +// Implementation: calculate the layout of the view rect +// and resize the children if required +bool wxNotebook::RefreshLayout(bool force) +{ + if (m_tabView) + { + wxRect oldRect = m_tabView->GetViewRect(); + + int cw, ch; + GetClientSize(& cw, & ch); + + int tabHeight = m_tabView->GetTotalTabHeight(); + wxRect rect; + rect.x = 4; + rect.y = tabHeight + 4; + rect.width = cw - 8; + rect.height = ch - 4 - rect.y ; + + m_tabView->SetViewRect(rect); + + m_tabView->LayoutTabs(); + + // Need to do it a 2nd time to get the tab height with + // the new view width, since changing the view width changes the + // tab layout. + tabHeight = m_tabView->GetTotalTabHeight(); + rect.x = 4; + rect.y = tabHeight + 4; + rect.width = cw - 8; + rect.height = ch - 4 - rect.y ; + + m_tabView->SetViewRect(rect); + + m_tabView->LayoutTabs(); + + if (!force && (rect == oldRect)) + return false; + + // fit the notebook page to the tab control's display area + + size_t nCount = m_pages.Count(); + for ( size_t nPage = 0; nPage < nCount; nPage++ ) { + wxNotebookPage *pPage = m_pages[nPage]; + wxRect clientRect = GetAvailableClientSize(); + if (pPage->IsShown()) + { + pPage->SetSize(clientRect.x, clientRect.y, clientRect.width, clientRect.height); + if ( pPage->GetAutoLayout() ) + pPage->Layout(); + } + } + Refresh(); + } + return true; +} + +void wxNotebook::OnSelChange(wxBookCtrlEvent& event) +{ + // is it our tab control? + if ( event.GetEventObject() == this ) + { + if (event.GetSelection() != m_selection) + ChangePage(event.GetOldSelection(), event.GetSelection()); + } + + // we want to give others a chance to process this message as well + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxNotebook::OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) +{ + // set focus to the currently selected page if any + if ( m_selection != -1 ) + m_pages[m_selection]->SetFocus(); + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxNotebook::OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event) +{ + if ( event.IsWindowChange() ) + { + // change pages + AdvanceSelection(event.GetDirection()); + } + else { + // pass to the parent + if ( GetParent() ) + { + event.SetCurrentFocus(this); + GetParent()->ProcessWindowEvent(event); + } + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotebook base class virtuals +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// override these 2 functions to do nothing: everything is done in OnSize + +void wxNotebook::SetConstraintSizes(bool /* recurse */) +{ + // don't set the sizes of the pages - their correct size is not yet known + wxControl::SetConstraintSizes(false); +} + +bool wxNotebook::DoPhase(int /* nPhase */) +{ + return true; +} + +void wxNotebook::Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxNotebook::Command not implemented")); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotebook helper functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// hide the currently active panel and show the new one +void wxNotebook::ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel) +{ + // cout << "ChangePage: " << nOldSel << ", " << nSel << "\n"; + wxASSERT( nOldSel != nSel ); // impossible + + if ( nOldSel != -1 ) { + m_pages[nOldSel]->Show(false); + m_pages[nOldSel]->Lower(); + } + + wxNotebookPage *pPage = m_pages[nSel]; + + wxRect clientRect = GetAvailableClientSize(); + pPage->SetSize(clientRect.x, clientRect.y, clientRect.width, clientRect.height); + + Refresh(); + + pPage->Show(true); + pPage->Raise(); + pPage->SetFocus(); + + m_selection = nSel; +} + +void wxNotebook::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + if (m_tabView) + m_tabView->OnEvent(event); +} + +void wxNotebook::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + if (m_tabView) + m_tabView->Draw(dc); +} + +wxSize wxNotebook::CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const +{ + // MBN: since the total tab height is really a function of the + // width, this should really call + // GetTotalTabHeightPretendingWidthIs(), but the current + // implementation will suffice, provided the wxNotebook has been + // created with a sensible initial width. + return wxSize( sizePage.x + 12, + sizePage.y + m_tabView->GetTotalTabHeight() + 6 + 4 ); +} + +wxRect wxNotebook::GetAvailableClientSize() +{ + int cw, ch; + GetClientSize(& cw, & ch); + + int tabHeight = m_tabView->GetTotalTabHeight(); + + // TODO: these margins should be configurable. + wxRect rect; + rect.x = 6; + rect.y = tabHeight + 6; + rect.width = cw - 12; + rect.height = ch - 4 - rect.y ; + + return rect; +} + +/* + * wxNotebookTabView + */ + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxNotebookTabView, wxTabView) + +wxNotebookTabView::wxNotebookTabView(wxNotebook *notebook, long style) + : wxTabView(style), m_nextid(1) +{ + m_notebook = notebook; + + m_notebook->SetTabView(this); + + SetWindow(m_notebook); +} + +wxNotebookTabView::~wxNotebookTabView(void) +{ +} + +int wxNotebookTabView::GetId(wxNotebookPage *page) +{ + int& id = m_pageToId[page]; + + if (!id) + { + id = m_nextid++; + m_idToPage[id] = page; + } + + return id; +} + +// Called when a tab is activated +void wxNotebookTabView::OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId) +{ + if (!m_notebook) + return; + + wxBookCtrlEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, m_notebook->GetId()); + + // Translate from wxTabView's ids (which aren't position-dependent) + // to wxNotebook's (which are). + wxNotebookPage* pActive = GetPage(activateId); + wxNotebookPage* pDeactive = GetPage(deactivateId); + + int activatePos = m_notebook->FindPagePosition(pActive); + int deactivatePos = m_notebook->FindPagePosition(pDeactive); + + event.SetEventObject(m_notebook); + event.SetSelection(activatePos); + event.SetOldSelection(deactivatePos); + m_notebook->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +// Allows Vetoing +bool wxNotebookTabView::OnTabPreActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId) +{ + bool retval = true; + + if (m_notebook) + { + wxBookCtrlEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, m_notebook->GetId()); + + // Translate from wxTabView's ids (which aren't position-dependent) + // to wxNotebook's (which are). + wxNotebookPage* pActive = GetPage(activateId); + wxNotebookPage* pDeactive = GetPage(deactivateId); + + int activatePos = m_notebook->FindPagePosition(pActive); + int deactivatePos = m_notebook->FindPagePosition(pDeactive); + + event.SetEventObject(m_notebook); + event.SetSelection(activatePos); + event.SetOldSelection(deactivatePos); + if (m_notebook->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) + { + retval = event.IsAllowed(); + } + } + return retval; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/notifmsgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/notifmsgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cea66601d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/notifmsgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/notifmsgg.cpp +// Purpose: generic implementation of wxGenericNotificationMessage +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-11-24 +// RCS-ID: $Id: notifmsgg.cpp 62071 2009-09-24 12:36:34Z JS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef wxUSE_LIBHILDON + #define wxUSE_LIBHILDON 0 +#endif + +#ifndef wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + #define wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 0 +#endif + +#if wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE && (!wxUSE_LIBHILDON || !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2) + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/timer.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/statbmp.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/artprov.h" + +// even if the platform has the native implementation, we still normally want +// to use the generic one (unless it's totally unsuitable for the target UI as +// is the case of Hildon) because it may provide more features, so include +// wx/generic/notifmsg.h to get wxGenericNotificationMessage declaration even +// if wx/notifmsg.h only declares wxNotificationMessage itself (if it already +// uses the generic version, the second inclusion will do no harm) +#include "wx/notifmsg.h" +#include "wx/generic/notifmsg.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNotificationMessageDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxNotificationMessageDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxNotificationMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& text, + int timeout, + int flags); + + void Set(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& text, + int timeout, + int flags); + + bool IsAutomatic() const { return m_timer.IsRunning(); } + void SetDeleteOnHide() { m_deleteOnHide = true; } + +private: + void OnClose(wxCloseEvent& event); + void OnTimer(wxTimerEvent& event); + + // if true, delete the dialog when it should disappear, otherwise just hide + // it (initially false) + bool m_deleteOnHide; + + // timer which will hide this dialog when it expires, if it's not running + // it means we were created without timeout + wxTimer m_timer; + + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNotificationMessageDialog); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxNotificationMessageDialog implementation +// ============================================================================ + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxNotificationMessageDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_CLOSE(wxNotificationMessageDialog::OnClose) + + EVT_TIMER(wxID_ANY, wxNotificationMessageDialog::OnTimer) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxNotificationMessageDialog::wxNotificationMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& text, + int timeout, + int flags) + : wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Notice"), + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + 0 /* no caption, no border styles */), + m_timer(this) +{ + m_deleteOnHide = false; + + Set(parent, text, timeout, flags); +} + +void +wxNotificationMessageDialog::Set(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent), + const wxString& text, + int timeout, + int flags) +{ + wxSizer * const sizerTop = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + if ( flags & wxICON_MASK ) + { + sizerTop->Add(new wxStaticBitmap + ( + this, + wxID_ANY, + wxArtProvider::GetMessageBoxIcon(flags) + ), + wxSizerFlags().Centre().Border()); + } + + sizerTop->Add(CreateTextSizer(text), wxSizerFlags(1).Border()); + SetSizerAndFit(sizerTop); + + if ( timeout != wxGenericNotificationMessage::Timeout_Never ) + { + // wxTimer uses ms, timeout is in seconds + m_timer.Start(timeout*1000, true /* one shot only */); + } + else if ( m_timer.IsRunning() ) + { + m_timer.Stop(); + } +} + +void wxNotificationMessageDialog::OnClose(wxCloseEvent& event) +{ + if ( m_deleteOnHide ) + { + // we don't need to keep this dialog alive any more + Destroy(); + } + else // don't really close, just hide, as we can be shown again later + { + event.Veto(); + + Hide(); + } +} + +void wxNotificationMessageDialog::OnTimer(wxTimerEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if ( m_deleteOnHide ) + Destroy(); + else + Hide(); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxGenericNotificationMessage implementation +// ============================================================================ + +int wxGenericNotificationMessage::ms_timeout = 10; + +/* static */ void wxGenericNotificationMessage::SetDefaultTimeout(int timeout) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( timeout > 0, + "negative or zero default timeout doesn't make sense" ); + + ms_timeout = timeout; +} + +void wxGenericNotificationMessage::Init() +{ + m_dialog = NULL; +} + +wxGenericNotificationMessage::~wxGenericNotificationMessage() +{ + if ( m_dialog->IsAutomatic() ) + { + // we want to allow the user to create an automatically hidden + // notification just by creating a local wxGenericNotificationMessage object + // and so we shouldn't hide the notification when this object goes out + // of scope + m_dialog->SetDeleteOnHide(); + } + else // manual dialog, hide it immediately + { + // OTOH for permanently shown dialogs only the code can hide them and + // if the object is deleted, we must do it now as it won't be + // accessible programmatically any more + delete m_dialog; + } +} + +bool wxGenericNotificationMessage::Show(int timeout) +{ + if ( timeout == Timeout_Auto ) + { + timeout = GetDefaultTimeout(); + } + + if ( !m_dialog ) + { + m_dialog = new wxNotificationMessageDialog + ( + GetParent(), + GetFullMessage(), + timeout, + GetFlags() + ); + } + else // update the existing dialog + { + m_dialog->Set(GetParent(), GetFullMessage(), timeout, GetFlags()); + } + + m_dialog->Show(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericNotificationMessage::Close() +{ + if ( !m_dialog ) + return false; + + m_dialog->Hide(); + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE && (!wxUSE_LIBHILDON || !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2) diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/numdlgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/numdlgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..73067b7552 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/numdlgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/numdlgg.cpp +// Purpose: wxGetNumberFromUser implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 23.07.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: numdlgg.cpp 64019 2010-04-18 00:05:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_NUMBERDLG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include + + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STATLINE + #include "wx/statline.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL +#include "wx/spinctrl.h" +#endif + +// this is where wxGetNumberFromUser() is declared +#include "wx/numdlg.h" + +#if !wxUSE_SPINCTRL + // wxTextCtrl will do instead of wxSpinCtrl if we don't have it + #define wxSpinCtrl wxTextCtrl +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxNumberEntryDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxNumberEntryDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OK, wxNumberEntryDialog::OnOK) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_CANCEL, wxNumberEntryDialog::OnCancel) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxNumberEntryDialog, wxDialog) + +wxNumberEntryDialog::wxNumberEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& prompt, + const wxString& caption, + long value, + long min, + long max, + const wxPoint& pos) + : wxDialog(GetParentForModalDialog(parent, 0), + wxID_ANY, caption, + pos, wxDefaultSize) +{ + m_value = value; + m_max = max; + m_min = min; + + wxBeginBusyCursor(); + + wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); +#if wxUSE_STATTEXT + // 1) text message + topsizer->Add( CreateTextSizer( message ), 0, wxALL, 10 ); +#endif + + // 2) prompt and text ctrl + wxBoxSizer *inputsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + +#if wxUSE_STATTEXT + // prompt if any + if (!prompt.empty()) + inputsizer->Add( new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, prompt ), 0, wxCENTER | wxLEFT, 10 ); +#endif + + // spin ctrl + wxString valStr; + valStr.Printf(wxT("%ld"), m_value); + m_spinctrl = new wxSpinCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, valStr, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize( 140, wxDefaultCoord ), wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, (int)m_min, (int)m_max, (int)m_value); + inputsizer->Add( m_spinctrl, 1, wxCENTER | wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, 10 ); + // add both + topsizer->Add( inputsizer, 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 5 ); + + // 3) buttons if any + wxSizer *buttonSizer = CreateSeparatedButtonSizer(wxOK | wxCANCEL); + if ( buttonSizer ) + { + topsizer->Add(buttonSizer, wxSizerFlags().Expand().DoubleBorder()); + } + + SetSizer( topsizer ); + SetAutoLayout( true ); + + topsizer->SetSizeHints( this ); + topsizer->Fit( this ); + + Centre( wxBOTH ); + + m_spinctrl->SetSelection(-1, -1); + m_spinctrl->SetFocus(); + + wxEndBusyCursor(); +} + +void wxNumberEntryDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ +#if !wxUSE_SPINCTRL + wxString tmp = m_spinctrl->GetValue(); + if ( wxSscanf(tmp, wxT("%ld"), &m_value) != 1 ) + EndModal(wxID_CANCEL); + else +#else + m_value = m_spinctrl->GetValue(); +#endif + if ( m_value < m_min || m_value > m_max ) + { + // not a number or out of range + m_value = -1; + EndModal(wxID_CANCEL); + } + + EndModal(wxID_OK); +} + +void wxNumberEntryDialog::OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + EndModal(wxID_CANCEL); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// wxGetTextFromUser is in utilscmn.cpp + +long wxGetNumberFromUser(const wxString& msg, + const wxString& prompt, + const wxString& title, + long value, + long min, + long max, + wxWindow *parent, + const wxPoint& pos) +{ + wxNumberEntryDialog dialog(parent, msg, prompt, title, + value, min, max, pos); + if (dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK) + return dialog.GetValue(); + + return -1; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_NUMBERDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/odcombo.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/odcombo.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..635932107c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/odcombo.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1194 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/odcombo.cpp +// Purpose: wxOwnerDrawnComboBox, wxVListBoxComboPopup +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Modified by: +// Created: Apr-30-2006 +// RCS-ID: $Id: odcombo.cpp 66728 2011-01-22 14:38:36Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX + +#include "wx/odcombo.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/combobox.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/combo.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// time in milliseconds before partial completion buffer drops +#define wxODCB_PARTIAL_COMPLETION_TIME 1000 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVListBoxComboPopup is a wxVListBox customized to act as a popup control +// +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxVListBoxComboPopup, wxVListBox) + EVT_MOTION(wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnMouseMove) + EVT_KEY_DOWN(wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnKey) + EVT_CHAR(wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnChar) + EVT_LEFT_UP(wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnLeftClick) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::Init() +{ + m_widestWidth = 0; + m_widestItem = -1; + m_widthsDirty = false; + m_findWidest = false; + m_itemHeight = 0; + m_value = -1; + m_itemHover = -1; + m_clientDataItemsType = wxClientData_None; + m_partialCompletionString = wxEmptyString; +} + +bool wxVListBoxComboPopup::Create(wxWindow* parent) +{ + if ( !wxVListBox::Create(parent, + wxID_ANY, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + wxBORDER_SIMPLE | wxLB_INT_HEIGHT | wxWANTS_CHARS) ) + return false; + + m_useFont = m_combo->GetFont(); + + wxVListBox::SetItemCount(m_strings.GetCount()); + + // TODO: Move this to SetFont + m_itemHeight = GetCharHeight() + 0; + + return true; +} + +wxVListBoxComboPopup::~wxVListBoxComboPopup() +{ + Clear(); +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::SetFocus() +{ + // Suppress SetFocus() warning by simply not calling it. This combo popup + // has already been designed with the assumption that SetFocus() may not + // do anything useful, so it really doesn't need to be called. +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // +#else + wxVListBox::SetFocus(); +#endif +} + +bool wxVListBoxComboPopup::LazyCreate() +{ + // NB: There is a bug with wxVListBox that can be avoided by creating + // it later (bug causes empty space to be shown if initial selection + // is at the end of a list longer than the control can show at once). + return true; +} + +// paint the control itself +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::PaintComboControl( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect ) +{ + if ( !(m_combo->GetWindowStyle() & wxODCB_STD_CONTROL_PAINT) ) + { + int flags = wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL; + + if ( m_combo->ShouldDrawFocus() ) + flags |= wxODCB_PAINTING_SELECTED; + + OnDrawBg(dc, rect, m_value, flags); + + if ( m_value >= 0 ) + { + OnDrawItem(dc,rect,m_value,flags); + return; + } + } + + wxComboPopup::PaintComboControl(dc,rect); +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const +{ + // TODO: Maybe this code could be moved to wxVListBox::OnPaint? + dc.SetFont(m_useFont); + + int flags = 0; + + // Set correct text colour for selected items + if ( wxVListBox::GetSelection() == (int) n ) + { + dc.SetTextForeground( wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT) ); + flags |= wxODCB_PAINTING_SELECTED; + } + else + { + dc.SetTextForeground( wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT) ); + } + + OnDrawItem(dc,rect,(int)n,flags); +} + +wxCoord wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnMeasureItem(size_t n) const +{ + wxOwnerDrawnComboBox* combo = (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox*) m_combo; + + wxASSERT_MSG( combo->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxOwnerDrawnComboBox)), + wxT("you must subclass wxVListBoxComboPopup for drawing and measuring methods") ); + + wxCoord h = combo->OnMeasureItem(n); + if ( h < 0 ) + h = m_itemHeight; + return h; +} + +wxCoord wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnMeasureItemWidth(size_t n) const +{ + wxOwnerDrawnComboBox* combo = (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox*) m_combo; + + wxASSERT_MSG( combo->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxOwnerDrawnComboBox)), + wxT("you must subclass wxVListBoxComboPopup for drawing and measuring methods") ); + + return combo->OnMeasureItemWidth(n); +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnDrawBg( wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int item, + int flags ) const +{ + wxOwnerDrawnComboBox* combo = (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox*) m_combo; + + wxASSERT_MSG( combo->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxOwnerDrawnComboBox)), + wxT("you must subclass wxVListBoxComboPopup for drawing and measuring methods") ); + + if ( IsCurrent((size_t)item) && !(flags & wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL) ) + flags |= wxODCB_PAINTING_SELECTED; + + combo->OnDrawBackground(dc,rect,item,flags); +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const +{ + OnDrawBg(dc,rect,(int)n,0); +} + +// This is called from wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnDrawItem, with text colour and font prepared +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnDrawItem( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags ) const +{ + wxOwnerDrawnComboBox* combo = (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox*) m_combo; + + wxASSERT_MSG( combo->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxOwnerDrawnComboBox)), + wxT("you must subclass wxVListBoxComboPopup for drawing and measuring methods") ); + + combo->OnDrawItem(dc,rect,item,flags); +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::DismissWithEvent() +{ + StopPartialCompletion(); + + int selection = wxVListBox::GetSelection(); + + Dismiss(); + + if ( selection != wxNOT_FOUND ) + m_stringValue = m_strings[selection]; + else + m_stringValue = wxEmptyString; + + if ( m_stringValue != m_combo->GetValue() ) + m_combo->SetValueByUser(m_stringValue); + + m_value = selection; + + SendComboBoxEvent(selection); +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::SendComboBoxEvent( int selection ) +{ + wxCommandEvent evt(wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED,m_combo->GetId()); + + evt.SetEventObject(m_combo); + + evt.SetInt(selection); + + // Set client data, if any + if ( selection >= 0 && (int)m_clientDatas.GetCount() > selection ) + { + void* clientData = m_clientDatas[selection]; + if ( m_clientDataItemsType == wxClientData_Object ) + evt.SetClientObject((wxClientData*)clientData); + else + evt.SetClientData(clientData); + } + + m_combo->GetEventHandler()->AddPendingEvent(evt); +} + +// returns true if key was consumed +bool wxVListBoxComboPopup::HandleKey( int keycode, bool saturate, wxChar keychar ) +{ + const int itemCount = GetCount(); + + // keys do nothing in the empty control and returning immediately avoids + // using invalid indices below + if ( !itemCount ) + return false; + + int value = m_value; + int comboStyle = m_combo->GetWindowStyle(); + + if ( keychar > 0 ) + { + // we have character equivalent of the keycode; filter out these that + // are not printable characters + if ( !wxIsprint(keychar) ) + keychar = 0; + } + + if ( keycode == WXK_DOWN || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN || keycode == WXK_RIGHT ) + { + value++; + StopPartialCompletion(); + } + else if ( keycode == WXK_UP || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_UP || keycode == WXK_LEFT ) + { + value--; + StopPartialCompletion(); + } + else if ( keycode == WXK_PAGEDOWN || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN ) + { + value+=10; + StopPartialCompletion(); + } + else if ( keycode == WXK_PAGEUP || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP ) + { + value-=10; + StopPartialCompletion(); + } + else if ( keycode == WXK_HOME || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_HOME ) + { + value=0; + StopPartialCompletion(); + } + else if ( keycode == WXK_END || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_END ) + { + value=itemCount-1; + StopPartialCompletion(); + } + else if ( keychar && (comboStyle & wxCB_READONLY) ) + { + // Try partial completion + + // find the new partial completion string +#if wxUSE_TIMER + if (m_partialCompletionTimer.IsRunning()) + m_partialCompletionString+=wxString(keychar); + else +#endif // wxUSE_TIMER + m_partialCompletionString=wxString(keychar); + + // now search through the values to see if this is found + int found = -1; + unsigned int length=m_partialCompletionString.length(); + int i; + for (i=0; i= length) && (! m_partialCompletionString.CmpNoCase(item.Left(length)))) + { + found=i; + break; + } + } + + if (found<0) + { + StopPartialCompletion(); + ::wxBell(); + return true; // to stop the first value being set + } + else + { + value=i; +#if wxUSE_TIMER + m_partialCompletionTimer.Start(wxODCB_PARTIAL_COMPLETION_TIME, true); +#endif // wxUSE_TIMER + } + } + else + return false; + + if ( saturate ) + { + if ( value >= itemCount ) + value = itemCount - 1; + else if ( value < 0 ) + value = 0; + } + else + { + if ( value >= itemCount ) + value -= itemCount; + else if ( value < 0 ) + value += itemCount; + } + + if ( value == m_value ) + // Even if value was same, don't skip the event + // (good for consistency) + return true; + + if ( value >= 0 ) + m_combo->ChangeValue(m_strings[value]); + + // The m_combo->SetValue() call above sets m_value to the index of this + // string. But if there are more identical string, the index is of the + // first occurence, which may be wrong, so set the index explicitly here, + // _after_ the SetValue() call. + m_value = value; + + SendComboBoxEvent(m_value); + + return true; +} + +// stop partial completion +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::StopPartialCompletion() +{ + m_partialCompletionString = wxEmptyString; +#if wxUSE_TIMER + m_partialCompletionTimer.Stop(); +#endif // wxUSE_TIMER +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnComboDoubleClick() +{ + // Cycle on dclick (disable saturation to allow true cycling). + if ( !::wxGetKeyState(WXK_SHIFT) ) + HandleKey(WXK_DOWN,false); + else + HandleKey(WXK_UP,false); +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnComboKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event ) +{ + // Saturated key movement on + if ( !HandleKey(event.GetKeyCode(), true) ) + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnComboCharEvent( wxKeyEvent& event ) +{ + // unlike in OnComboKeyEvent, wxEVT_CHAR contains meaningful + // printable character information, so pass it +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + const wxChar charcode = event.GetUnicodeKey(); +#else + const wxChar charcode = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); +#endif + + if ( !HandleKey(event.GetKeyCode(), true, charcode) ) + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnPopup() +{ + // *must* set value after size is set (this is because of a vlbox bug) + wxVListBox::SetSelection(m_value); +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + event.Skip(); + + // Move selection to cursor if it is inside the popup + + int y = event.GetPosition().y; + int fromBottom = GetClientSize().y - y; + + // Since in any case we need to find out if the last item is only + // partially visible, we might just as well replicate the HitTest + // loop here. + const size_t lineMax = GetVisibleEnd(); + for ( size_t line = GetVisibleBegin(); line < lineMax; line++ ) + { + y -= OnGetRowHeight(line); + if ( y < 0 ) + { + // Only change selection if item is fully visible + if ( (y + fromBottom) >= 0 ) + { + wxVListBox::SetSelection((int)line); + return; + } + } + } +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnLeftClick(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + DismissWithEvent(); +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnKey(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + // Hide popup if certain key or key combination was pressed + if ( m_combo->IsKeyPopupToggle(event) ) + { + StopPartialCompletion(); + Dismiss(); + } + else if ( event.AltDown() ) + { + // On both wxGTK and wxMSW, pressing Alt down seems to + // completely freeze things in popup (ie. arrow keys and + // enter won't work). + return; + } + // Select item if ENTER is pressed + else if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RETURN || event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER ) + { + DismissWithEvent(); + } + else + { + // completion is handled in OnChar() below + event.Skip(); + } +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + if ( m_combo->GetWindowStyle() & wxCB_READONLY ) + { + // Process partial completion key codes here, but not the arrow keys as + // the base class will do that for us +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + const wxChar charcode = event.GetUnicodeKey(); +#else + const wxChar charcode = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); +#endif + if ( wxIsprint(charcode) ) + { + OnComboCharEvent(event); + SetSelection(m_value); // ensure the highlight bar moves + return; // don't skip the event + } + } + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::Insert( const wxString& item, int pos ) +{ + // Need to change selection? + wxString strValue; + if ( !(m_combo->GetWindowStyle() & wxCB_READONLY) && + m_combo->GetValue() == item ) + { + m_value = pos; + } + + m_strings.Insert(item,pos); + if ( (int)m_clientDatas.size() >= pos ) + m_clientDatas.Insert(NULL, pos); + + m_widths.Insert(-1,pos); + m_widthsDirty = true; + + if ( IsCreated() ) + wxVListBox::SetItemCount( wxVListBox::GetItemCount()+1 ); +} + +int wxVListBoxComboPopup::Append(const wxString& item) +{ + int pos = (int)m_strings.GetCount(); + + if ( m_combo->GetWindowStyle() & wxCB_SORT ) + { + // Find position + // TODO: Could be optimized with binary search + wxArrayString strings = m_strings; + unsigned int i; + + for ( i=0; i n ) + return m_clientDatas[n]; + + return NULL; +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::Delete( unsigned int item ) +{ + // Remove client data, if set + if ( m_clientDatas.GetCount() ) + { + if ( m_clientDataItemsType == wxClientData_Object ) + delete (wxClientData*) m_clientDatas[item]; + + m_clientDatas.RemoveAt(item); + } + + m_strings.RemoveAt(item); + m_widths.RemoveAt(item); + + if ( (int)item == m_widestItem ) + m_findWidest = true; + + int sel = GetSelection(); + + if ( IsCreated() ) + wxVListBox::SetItemCount( wxVListBox::GetItemCount()-1 ); + + // Fix selection + if ( (int)item < sel ) + SetSelection(sel-1); + else if ( (int)item == sel ) + SetSelection(wxNOT_FOUND); +} + +int wxVListBoxComboPopup::FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase) const +{ + return m_strings.Index(s, bCase); +} + +bool wxVListBoxComboPopup::FindItem(const wxString& item, wxString* trueItem) +{ + int idx = m_strings.Index(item, false); + if ( idx == wxNOT_FOUND ) + return false; + if ( trueItem != NULL ) + *trueItem = m_strings[idx]; + return true; +} + +unsigned int wxVListBoxComboPopup::GetCount() const +{ + return m_strings.GetCount(); +} + +wxString wxVListBoxComboPopup::GetString( int item ) const +{ + return m_strings[item]; +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::SetString( int item, const wxString& str ) +{ + m_strings[item] = str; + ItemWidthChanged(item); +} + +wxString wxVListBoxComboPopup::GetStringValue() const +{ + return m_stringValue; +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::SetSelection( int item ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item == wxNOT_FOUND || ((unsigned int)item < GetCount()), + wxT("invalid index in wxVListBoxComboPopup::SetSelection") ); + + m_value = item; + + if ( item >= 0 ) + m_stringValue = m_strings[item]; + else + m_stringValue = wxEmptyString; + + if ( IsCreated() ) + wxVListBox::SetSelection(item); +} + +int wxVListBoxComboPopup::GetSelection() const +{ + return m_value; +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::SetStringValue( const wxString& value ) +{ + int index = m_strings.Index(value); + + m_stringValue = value; + + if ( index >= 0 && index < (int)wxVListBox::GetItemCount() ) + { + wxVListBox::SetSelection(index); + m_value = index; + } +} + +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::CalcWidths() +{ + bool doFindWidest = m_findWidest; + + // Measure items with dirty width. + if ( m_widthsDirty ) + { + unsigned int i; + unsigned int n = m_widths.GetCount(); + int dirtyHandled = 0; + wxArrayInt& widths = m_widths; + + // I think using wxDC::GetTextExtent is faster than + // wxWindow::GetTextExtent (assuming same dc is used + // for all calls, as we do here). + wxClientDC dc(m_combo); + dc.SetFont(m_useFont); + + for ( i=0; i= m_widestWidth ) + { + m_widestWidth = x; + m_widestItem = (int)i; + } + else if ( (int)i == m_widestItem ) + { + // Width of previously widest item has been decreased, so + // we'll have to check all to find current widest item. + doFindWidest = true; + } + + dirtyHandled++; + } + } + + m_widthsDirty = false; + } + + if ( doFindWidest ) + { + unsigned int i; + unsigned int n = m_widths.GetCount(); + + int bestWidth = -1; + int bestIndex = -1; + + for ( i=0; i bestWidth ) + { + bestIndex = (int)i; + bestWidth = w; + } + } + + m_widestWidth = bestWidth; + m_widestItem = bestIndex; + + m_findWidest = false; + } +} + +wxSize wxVListBoxComboPopup::GetAdjustedSize( int minWidth, int prefHeight, int maxHeight ) +{ + int height = 250; + + maxHeight -= 2; // Must take borders into account + + if ( m_strings.GetCount() ) + { + if ( prefHeight > 0 ) + height = prefHeight; + + if ( height > maxHeight ) + height = maxHeight; + + int totalHeight = GetTotalHeight(); // + 3; + + // Take borders into account on Mac or scrollbars always appear +#if defined(__WXMAC__) + totalHeight += 2; +#endif + if ( height >= totalHeight ) + { + height = totalHeight; + } + else + { + // Adjust height to a multiple of the height of the first item + // NB: Calculations that take variable height into account + // are unnecessary. + int fih = GetLineHeight(0); + height -= height % fih; + } + } + else + height = 50; + + CalcWidths(); + + // Take scrollbar into account in width calculations + int widestWidth = m_widestWidth + wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_VSCROLL_X); + return wxSize(minWidth > widestWidth ? minWidth : widestWidth, + height+2); +} + +//void wxVListBoxComboPopup::Populate( int n, const wxString choices[] ) +void wxVListBoxComboPopup::Populate( const wxArrayString& choices ) +{ + int i; + + int n = choices.GetCount(); + + for ( i=0; iGetWindowStyle() & wxCB_SORT ) + m_strings.Sort(); + + // Find initial selection + wxString strValue = m_combo->GetValue(); + if ( !strValue.empty() ) + m_value = m_strings.Index(strValue); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxOwnerDrawnComboBox, wxComboCtrl) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Init() +{ +} + +bool wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + return wxComboCtrl::Create(parent,id,value,pos,size,style,validator,name); +} + +wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) + : wxComboCtrl() +{ + Init(); + + Create(parent,id,value,pos,size,choices,style, validator, name); +} + +bool wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + m_initChs = choices; + //wxCArrayString chs(choices); + + //return Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, chs.GetCount(), + // chs.GetStrings(), style, validator, name); + return Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, 0, + NULL, style, validator, name); +} + +bool wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int n, + const wxString choices[], + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + + if ( !Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, + validator, name) ) + { + return false; + } + + int i; + for ( i=0; iClearClientDatas(); +} + +void wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::DoSetPopupControl(wxComboPopup* popup) +{ + if ( !popup ) + { + popup = new wxVListBoxComboPopup(); + } + + wxComboCtrl::DoSetPopupControl(popup); + + wxASSERT(popup); + + // Add initial choices to the wxVListBox + if ( !GetVListBoxComboPopup()->GetCount() ) + { + GetVListBoxComboPopup()->Populate(m_initChs); + m_initChs.Clear(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox item manipulation methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::DoClear() +{ + EnsurePopupControl(); + + GetVListBoxComboPopup()->Clear(); + + // NB: This really needs to be SetValue() instead of ChangeValue(), + // as wxTextEntry API expects an event to be sent. + SetValue(wxEmptyString); +} + +void wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Clear() +{ + DoClear(); +} + +void wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsValid(n), wxT("invalid index in wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Delete") ); + + if ( GetSelection() == (int) n ) + ChangeValue(wxEmptyString); + + GetVListBoxComboPopup()->Delete(n); +} + +unsigned int wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::GetCount() const +{ + if ( !m_popupInterface ) + return m_initChs.GetCount(); + + return GetVListBoxComboPopup()->GetCount(); +} + +wxString wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::GetString(unsigned int n) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsValid(n), wxEmptyString, wxT("invalid index in wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::GetString") ); + + if ( !m_popupInterface ) + return m_initChs.Item(n); + + return GetVListBoxComboPopup()->GetString(n); +} + +void wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s) +{ + EnsurePopupControl(); + + wxCHECK_RET( IsValid(n), wxT("invalid index in wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::SetString") ); + + GetVListBoxComboPopup()->SetString(n,s); +} + +int wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase) const +{ + if ( !m_popupInterface ) + return m_initChs.Index(s, bCase); + + return GetVListBoxComboPopup()->FindString(s, bCase); +} + +void wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Select(int n) +{ + EnsurePopupControl(); + + wxCHECK_RET( (n == wxNOT_FOUND) || IsValid(n), wxT("invalid index in wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::Select") ); + + GetVListBoxComboPopup()->SetSelection(n); + + wxString str; + if ( n >= 0 ) + str = GetVListBoxComboPopup()->GetString(n); + + // Refresh text portion in control + if ( m_text ) + m_text->ChangeValue( str ); + else + m_valueString = str; + + Refresh(); +} + +int wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::GetSelection() const +{ + if ( !m_popupInterface ) + return m_initChs.Index(m_valueString); + + return GetVListBoxComboPopup()->GetSelection(); +} + +void wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const +{ + wxComboCtrl::GetSelection(from, to); +} + +int wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, + wxClientDataType type) +{ + EnsurePopupControl(); + + const unsigned int count = items.GetCount(); + + if ( HasFlag(wxCB_SORT) ) + { + int n = pos; + + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i ) + { + n = GetVListBoxComboPopup()->Append(items[i]); + AssignNewItemClientData(n, clientData, i, type); + } + + return n; + } + else + { + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i, ++pos ) + { + GetVListBoxComboPopup()->Insert(items[i], pos); + AssignNewItemClientData(pos, clientData, i, type); + } + + return pos - 1; + } +} + +void wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData) +{ + EnsurePopupControl(); + + GetVListBoxComboPopup()->SetItemClientData(n, clientData, + GetClientDataType()); +} + +void* wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const +{ + if ( !m_popupInterface ) + return NULL; + + return GetVListBoxComboPopup()->GetItemClientData(n); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox item drawing and measuring default implementations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::OnDrawItem( wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int item, + int flags ) const +{ + if ( flags & wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL ) + { + wxString text; + + if ( !ShouldUseHintText() ) + { + text = GetValue(); + } + else + { + text = GetHint(); + wxColour col = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT); + dc.SetTextForeground(col); + } + + dc.DrawText( text, + rect.x + GetMargins().x, + (rect.height-dc.GetCharHeight())/2 + rect.y ); + } + else + { + dc.DrawText( GetVListBoxComboPopup()->GetString(item), rect.x + 2, rect.y ); + } +} + +wxCoord wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::OnMeasureItem( size_t WXUNUSED(item) ) const +{ + return -1; +} + +wxCoord wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::OnMeasureItemWidth( size_t WXUNUSED(item) ) const +{ + return -1; +} + +void wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int WXUNUSED(item), + int flags) const +{ + // We need only to explicitly draw background for items + // that should have selected background. Also, call PrepareBackground + // always when painting the control so that clipping is done properly. + + if ( (flags & wxODCB_PAINTING_SELECTED) || + ((flags & wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL) && HasFlag(wxCB_READONLY)) ) + { + int bgFlags = wxCONTROL_SELECTED; + + if ( !(flags & wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL) ) + bgFlags |= wxCONTROL_ISSUBMENU; + + PrepareBackground(dc, rect, bgFlags); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/paletteg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/paletteg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c4e8f6b9d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/paletteg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/paletteg.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: paletteg.cpp 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + +#include "wx/palette.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPalette +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct wxPaletteEntry +{ + unsigned char red, green, blue; +}; + +class wxPaletteRefData : public wxGDIRefData +{ +public: + wxPaletteRefData(); + wxPaletteRefData(const wxPaletteRefData& palette); + virtual ~wxPaletteRefData(); + + int m_count; + wxPaletteEntry *m_entries; +}; + +wxPaletteRefData::wxPaletteRefData() +{ + m_count = 0; + m_entries = NULL; +} + +wxPaletteRefData::wxPaletteRefData(const wxPaletteRefData& palette) +{ + m_count = palette.m_count; + m_entries = new wxPaletteEntry[m_count]; + for ( int i = 0; i < m_count; i++ ) + m_entries[i] = palette.m_entries[i]; +} + +wxPaletteRefData::~wxPaletteRefData() +{ + delete[] m_entries; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define M_PALETTEDATA ((wxPaletteRefData *)m_refData) + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette,wxGDIObject) + +wxPalette::wxPalette() +{ + m_refData = NULL; +} + +wxPalette::wxPalette(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue) +{ + Create(n, red, green, blue); +} + +wxPalette::~wxPalette() +{ +} + +int wxPalette::GetColoursCount() const +{ + if (m_refData) + return M_PALETTEDATA->m_count; + + return 0; +} + +bool wxPalette::Create(int n, + const unsigned char *red, + const unsigned char *green, + const unsigned char *blue) +{ + UnRef(); + m_refData = new wxPaletteRefData(); + + M_PALETTEDATA->m_count = n; + M_PALETTEDATA->m_entries = new wxPaletteEntry[n]; + + wxPaletteEntry *e = M_PALETTEDATA->m_entries; + for (int i = 0; i < n; i++, e++) + { + e->red = red[i]; + e->green = green[i]; + e->blue = blue[i]; + } + + return true; +} + +int wxPalette::GetPixel( unsigned char red, + unsigned char green, + unsigned char blue ) const +{ + if (!m_refData) return wxNOT_FOUND; + + int closest = 0; + double d,distance = 1000.0; // max. dist is 256 + + wxPaletteEntry *e = M_PALETTEDATA->m_entries; + for (int i = 0; i < M_PALETTEDATA->m_count; i++, e++) + { + if ((d = 0.299 * abs(red - e->red) + + 0.587 * abs(green - e->green) + + 0.114 * abs(blue - e->blue)) < distance) { + distance = d; + closest = i; + } + } + return closest; +} + +bool wxPalette::GetRGB(int pixel, + unsigned char *red, + unsigned char *green, + unsigned char *blue) const +{ + if (!m_refData) return false; + if (pixel >= M_PALETTEDATA->m_count) return false; + + wxPaletteEntry& p = M_PALETTEDATA->m_entries[pixel]; + if (red) *red = p.red; + if (green) *green = p.green; + if (blue) *blue = p.blue; + return true; +} + +wxGDIRefData *wxPalette::CreateGDIRefData() const +{ + return new wxPaletteRefData; +} + +wxGDIRefData *wxPalette::CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const +{ + return new wxPaletteRefData(*static_cast(data)); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/panelg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/panelg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..75468ab942 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/panelg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/panelg.cpp +// Purpose: Generic wxPanel implementation. +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2011-03-20 +// RCS-ID: $Id: panelg.cpp 67258 2011-03-20 11:50:47Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/panel.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#ifdef wxHAS_GENERIC_PANEL + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +void wxPanel::DoSetBackgroundBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) +{ + m_bitmapBg = bmp; + + if ( m_bitmapBg.IsOk() ) + { + Connect(wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND, + wxEraseEventHandler(wxPanel::OnEraseBackground)); + } + else + { + Disconnect(wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND, + wxEraseEventHandler(wxPanel::OnEraseBackground)); + } +} + +void wxPanel::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event) +{ + wxDC& dc = *event.GetDC(); + + const wxSize clientSize = GetClientSize(); + const wxSize bitmapSize = m_bitmapBg.GetSize(); + + for ( int x = 0; x < clientSize.x; x += bitmapSize.x ) + { + for ( int y = 0; y < clientSize.y; y += bitmapSize.y ) + { + dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmapBg, x, y); + } + } +} + +#endif // wxHAS_GENERIC_PANEL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/printps.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/printps.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..463ff3e09d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/printps.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,372 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/printps.cpp +// Purpose: Postscript print/preview framework +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: printps.cpp 66427 2010-12-22 13:57:03Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE && wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT && (!defined(__WXMSW__) || wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW) + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/progdlg.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/dcprint.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/generic/printps.h" +#include "wx/printdlg.h" +#include "wx/generic/prntdlgg.h" +#include "wx/progdlg.h" +#include "wx/paper.h" + +#include + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWin macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrinter, wxPrinterBase) + IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrintPreview, wxPrintPreviewBase) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Printer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxPostScriptPrinter::wxPostScriptPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data) + : wxPrinterBase(data) +{ +} + +wxPostScriptPrinter::~wxPostScriptPrinter() +{ +} + +bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt) +{ + sm_abortIt = false; + sm_abortWindow = NULL; + + if (!printout) + { + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR; + return false; + } + + if (m_printDialogData.GetMinPage() < 1) + m_printDialogData.SetMinPage(1); + if (m_printDialogData.GetMaxPage() < 1) + m_printDialogData.SetMaxPage(9999); + + // Create a suitable device context + wxDC *dc; + if (prompt) + { + dc = PrintDialog(parent); + if (!dc) + return false; + } + else + { + dc = new wxPostScriptDC(GetPrintDialogData().GetPrintData()); + } + + // May have pressed cancel. + if (!dc || !dc->IsOk()) + { + if (dc) delete dc; + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR; + return false; + } + + wxSize ScreenPixels = wxGetDisplaySize(); + wxSize ScreenMM = wxGetDisplaySizeMM(); + + printout->SetPPIScreen( (int) ((ScreenPixels.GetWidth() * 25.4) / ScreenMM.GetWidth()), + (int) ((ScreenPixels.GetHeight() * 25.4) / ScreenMM.GetHeight()) ); + printout->SetPPIPrinter( dc->GetResolution(), + dc->GetResolution() ); + + // Set printout parameters + printout->SetDC(dc); + + int w, h; + dc->GetSize(&w, &h); + printout->SetPageSizePixels((int)w, (int)h); + printout->SetPaperRectPixels(wxRect(0, 0, w, h)); + int mw, mh; + dc->GetSizeMM(&mw, &mh); + printout->SetPageSizeMM((int)mw, (int)mh); + + // Create an abort window + wxBeginBusyCursor(); + + printout->OnPreparePrinting(); + + // Get some parameters from the printout, if defined + int fromPage, toPage; + int minPage, maxPage; + printout->GetPageInfo(&minPage, &maxPage, &fromPage, &toPage); + + if (maxPage == 0) + { + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR; + wxEndBusyCursor(); + return false; + } + + // Only set min and max, because from and to have been + // set by the user + m_printDialogData.SetMinPage(minPage); + m_printDialogData.SetMaxPage(maxPage); + + if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() < minPage) + m_printDialogData.SetFromPage( minPage ); + if (m_printDialogData.GetToPage() > maxPage) + m_printDialogData.SetToPage( maxPage ); + + int + pagesPerCopy = m_printDialogData.GetToPage()-m_printDialogData.GetFromPage()+1, + totalPages = pagesPerCopy * m_printDialogData.GetNoCopies(), + printedPages = 0; + // Open the progress bar dialog + wxProgressDialog *progressDialog = new wxProgressDialog ( + printout->GetTitle(), + _("Printing..."), + totalPages, + parent, + wxPD_CAN_ABORT|wxPD_AUTO_HIDE|wxPD_APP_MODAL); + + printout->OnBeginPrinting(); + + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_NO_ERROR; + + bool keepGoing = true; + + int copyCount; + for (copyCount = 1; copyCount <= m_printDialogData.GetNoCopies(); copyCount ++) + { + if (!printout->OnBeginDocument(m_printDialogData.GetFromPage(), m_printDialogData.GetToPage())) + { + wxEndBusyCursor(); + wxLogError(_("Could not start printing.")); + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR; + break; + } + if (sm_abortIt) + { + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_CANCELLED; + break; + } + + int pn; + for (pn = m_printDialogData.GetFromPage(); keepGoing && (pn <= m_printDialogData.GetToPage()) && printout->HasPage(pn); + pn++) + { + if (sm_abortIt) + { + keepGoing = false; + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_CANCELLED; + break; + } + else + { + wxString msg; + msg.Printf(_("Printing page %d..."), printedPages+1); + if(progressDialog->Update(printedPages++, msg)) + { + dc->StartPage(); + printout->OnPrintPage(pn); + dc->EndPage(); + } + else + { + sm_abortIt = true; + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_CANCELLED; + keepGoing = false; + } + } + wxYield(); + } + printout->OnEndDocument(); + } + + printout->OnEndPrinting(); + delete progressDialog; + + wxEndBusyCursor(); + + delete dc; + + return (sm_lastError == wxPRINTER_NO_ERROR); +} + +wxDC* wxPostScriptPrinter::PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent) +{ + wxDC* dc = NULL; + + wxGenericPrintDialog dialog( parent, &m_printDialogData ); + if (dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK) + { + dc = dialog.GetPrintDC(); + m_printDialogData = dialog.GetPrintDialogData(); + + if (dc == NULL) + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR; + else + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_NO_ERROR; + } + else + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_CANCELLED; + + return dc; +} + +bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Setup(wxWindow *WXUNUSED(parent)) +{ +#if 0 + wxGenericPrintDialog* dialog = new wxGenericPrintDialog(parent, & m_printDialogData); + dialog->GetPrintDialogData().SetSetupDialog(true); + + int ret = dialog->ShowModal(); + + if (ret == wxID_OK) + { + m_printDialogData = dialog->GetPrintDialogData(); + } + + dialog->Destroy(); + + return (ret == wxID_OK); +#endif + + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Print preview +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxPostScriptPrintPreview::Init(wxPrintout * WXUNUSED(printout), + wxPrintout * WXUNUSED(printoutForPrinting)) +{ + // Have to call it here since base constructor can't call it + DetermineScaling(); +} + +wxPostScriptPrintPreview::wxPostScriptPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintDialogData *data) + : wxPrintPreviewBase(printout, printoutForPrinting, data) +{ + Init(printout, printoutForPrinting); +} + +wxPostScriptPrintPreview::wxPostScriptPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintData *data) + : wxPrintPreviewBase(printout, printoutForPrinting, data) +{ + Init(printout, printoutForPrinting); +} + +wxPostScriptPrintPreview::~wxPostScriptPrintPreview() +{ +} + +bool wxPostScriptPrintPreview::Print(bool interactive) +{ + if (!m_printPrintout) + return false; + + // Assume that on Unix, the preview may use the PostScript + // (generic) version, but printing using the native system is required. + // TODO: make a generic print preview class from which wxPostScriptPrintPreview + // is derived. +#ifdef __UNIX__ + wxPrinter printer(& m_printDialogData); +#else + wxPostScriptPrinter printer(& m_printDialogData); +#endif + return printer.Print(m_previewFrame, m_printPrintout, interactive); +} + +void wxPostScriptPrintPreview::DetermineScaling() +{ + wxPaperSize paperType = m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().GetPaperId(); + if (paperType == wxPAPER_NONE) + paperType = wxPAPER_NONE; + + wxPrintPaperType *paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->FindPaperType(paperType); + if (!paper) + paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->FindPaperType(wxPAPER_A4); + + if (paper) + { + int resolution = 600; // TODO, this is correct, but get this from wxPSDC somehow + + const wxSize screenPPI = wxGetDisplayPPI(); + int logPPIScreenX = screenPPI.GetWidth(); + int logPPIScreenY = screenPPI.GetHeight(); + int logPPIPrinterX = resolution; + int logPPIPrinterY = resolution; + + m_previewPrintout->SetPPIScreen( logPPIScreenX, logPPIScreenY ); + m_previewPrintout->SetPPIPrinter( logPPIPrinterX, logPPIPrinterY ); + + wxSize sizeDevUnits(paper->GetSizeDeviceUnits()); + sizeDevUnits.x = (wxCoord)((float)sizeDevUnits.x * resolution / 72.0); + sizeDevUnits.y = (wxCoord)((float)sizeDevUnits.y * resolution / 72.0); + wxSize sizeTenthsMM(paper->GetSize()); + wxSize sizeMM(sizeTenthsMM.x / 10, sizeTenthsMM.y / 10); + + // If in landscape mode, we need to swap the width and height. + if ( m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().GetOrientation() == wxLANDSCAPE ) + { + m_pageWidth = sizeDevUnits.y; + m_pageHeight = sizeDevUnits.x; + m_previewPrintout->SetPageSizeMM(sizeMM.y, sizeMM.x); + } + else + { + m_pageWidth = sizeDevUnits.x; + m_pageHeight = sizeDevUnits.y; + m_previewPrintout->SetPageSizeMM(sizeMM.x, sizeMM.y); + } + m_previewPrintout->SetPageSizePixels(m_pageWidth, m_pageHeight); + m_previewPrintout->SetPaperRectPixels(wxRect(0, 0, m_pageWidth, m_pageHeight)); + + // At 100%, the page should look about page-size on the screen. + m_previewScaleX = float(logPPIScreenX) / logPPIPrinterX; + m_previewScaleY = float(logPPIScreenY) / logPPIPrinterY; + } +} + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/prntdlgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/prntdlgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..244146f639 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/prntdlgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1108 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/prntdlgg.cpp +// Purpose: Generic print dialogs +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: prntdlgg.cpp 64019 2010-04-18 00:05:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE && (!defined(__WXMSW__) || wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW) + +#include "wx/generic/prntdlgg.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/statbox.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/checkbox.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/radiobox.h" + #include "wx/filedlg.h" + #include "wx/combobox.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/cmndata.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STATLINE + #include "wx/statline.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT + #include "wx/generic/dcpsg.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/prntbase.h" +#include "wx/printdlg.h" +#include "wx/paper.h" +#include "wx/filename.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" +#include "wx/imaglist.h" + +#include +#include + +#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + +#if wxUSE_LIBGNOMEPRINT + #include "wx/link.h" + wxFORCE_LINK_MODULE(gnome_print) +#endif + +#if wxUSE_GTKPRINT + #include "wx/link.h" + wxFORCE_LINK_MODULE(gtk_print) +#endif + +#endif // !wxUniv + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global vars +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern wxPrintPaperDatabase *wxThePrintPaperDatabase; + +#if wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPostScriptNativeData +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrintNativeData, wxPrintNativeDataBase) + +wxPostScriptPrintNativeData::wxPostScriptPrintNativeData() +{ + m_previewCommand = wxEmptyString; +#ifdef __VMS__ + m_printerCommand = wxT("print"); + m_printerOptions = wxT("/nonotify/queue=psqueue"); + m_afmPath = wxT("sys$ps_font_metrics:"); +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + m_printerCommand = wxT("print"); + m_printerOptions = wxEmptyString; + m_afmPath = wxT("c:\\windows\\system\\"); +#endif + +#if !defined(__VMS__) && !defined(__WXMSW__) + m_printerCommand = wxT("lpr"); + m_printerOptions = wxEmptyString; + m_afmPath = wxEmptyString; +#endif + + m_printerScaleX = 1.0; + m_printerScaleY = 1.0; + m_printerTranslateX = 0; + m_printerTranslateY = 0; +} + +wxPostScriptPrintNativeData::~wxPostScriptPrintNativeData() +{ +} + +bool wxPostScriptPrintNativeData::TransferTo( wxPrintData &WXUNUSED(data) ) +{ + return true; +} + +bool wxPostScriptPrintNativeData::TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &WXUNUSED(data) ) +{ + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Generic print dialog for non-Windows printing use. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGenericPrintDialog, wxPrintDialogBase) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericPrintDialog, wxPrintDialogBase) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OK, wxGenericPrintDialog::OnOK) + EVT_BUTTON(wxPRINTID_SETUP, wxGenericPrintDialog::OnSetup) + EVT_RADIOBOX(wxPRINTID_RANGE, wxGenericPrintDialog::OnRange) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxGenericPrintDialog::wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintDialogData* data) + : wxPrintDialogBase(GetParentForModalDialog(parent, 0), + wxID_ANY, _("Print"), + wxPoint(0,0), wxSize(600, 600), + wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | + wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +{ + if ( data ) + m_printDialogData = *data; + + Init(parent); +} + +wxGenericPrintDialog::wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintData* data) + : wxPrintDialogBase(GetParentForModalDialog(parent, 0), + wxID_ANY, _("Print"), + wxPoint(0,0), wxSize(600, 600), + wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | + wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +{ + if ( data ) + m_printDialogData = *data; + + Init(parent); +} + +void wxGenericPrintDialog::Init(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent)) +{ + // wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Print"), wxPoint(0,0), wxSize(600, 600), + // wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxTAB_TRAVERSAL); + + wxBoxSizer *mainsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + // 1) top row + + wxPrintFactory* factory = wxPrintFactory::GetFactory(); + + wxStaticBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxStaticBoxSizer( + new wxStaticBox( this, wxID_ANY, _( "Printer options" ) ), wxHORIZONTAL ); + wxFlexGridSizer *flex = new wxFlexGridSizer( 2 ); + flex->AddGrowableCol( 1 ); + topsizer->Add( flex, 1, wxGROW ); + + m_printToFileCheckBox = new wxCheckBox( this, wxPRINTID_PRINTTOFILE, _("Print to File") ); + flex->Add( m_printToFileCheckBox, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 5 ); + + m_setupButton = new wxButton(this, wxPRINTID_SETUP, _("Setup...") ); + flex->Add( m_setupButton, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALIGN_RIGHT|wxALL, 5 ); + + if (!factory->HasPrintSetupDialog()) + m_setupButton->Enable( false ); + + if (factory->HasPrinterLine()) + { + flex->Add( new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, _("Printer:") ), + 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 5 ); + flex->Add( new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, factory->CreatePrinterLine() ), + 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 5 ); + } + + if (factory->HasStatusLine()) + { + flex->Add( new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, _("Status:") ), + 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|(wxALL-wxTOP), 5 ); + flex->Add( new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, factory->CreateStatusLine() ), + 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|(wxALL-wxTOP), 5 ); + } + + mainsizer->Add( topsizer, 0, wxLEFT|wxTOP|wxRIGHT|wxGROW, 10 ); + + // 2) middle row with radio box + + wxString *choices = new wxString[2]; + choices[0] = _("All"); + choices[1] = _("Pages"); + + m_fromText = NULL; + m_toText = NULL; + m_rangeRadioBox = NULL; + + if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() != 0) + { + m_rangeRadioBox = new wxRadioBox(this, wxPRINTID_RANGE, _("Print Range"), + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + 2, choices); + m_rangeRadioBox->SetSelection(1); + + mainsizer->Add( m_rangeRadioBox, 0, wxLEFT|wxTOP|wxRIGHT, 10 ); + } + + // 3) bottom row + + wxBoxSizer *bottomsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + + if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() != 0) + { + bottomsizer->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("From:") ), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 ); + m_fromText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_FROM, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(40, wxDefaultCoord)); + bottomsizer->Add( m_fromText, 1, wxCENTER|wxRIGHT, 10 ); + + bottomsizer->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("To:") ), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5); + m_toText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_TO, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(40, wxDefaultCoord)); + bottomsizer->Add( m_toText, 1, wxCENTER|wxRIGHT, 10 ); + } + + bottomsizer->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Copies:") ), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 ); + m_noCopiesText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_COPIES, wxEmptyString, wxPoint(252, 130), wxSize(40, wxDefaultCoord)); + bottomsizer->Add( m_noCopiesText, 1, wxCENTER|wxRIGHT, 10 ); + + mainsizer->Add( bottomsizer, 0, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 12 ); + + // 4) buttons + + wxSizer *sizerBtn = CreateSeparatedButtonSizer( wxOK|wxCANCEL); + if ( sizerBtn ) + mainsizer->Add(sizerBtn, 0, wxEXPAND|wxALL, 10 ); + + SetAutoLayout( true ); + SetSizer( mainsizer ); + + mainsizer->Fit( this ); + Centre(wxBOTH); + + // Calls wxWindow::OnInitDialog and then wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataToWindow + InitDialog(); + delete[] choices; +} + +int wxGenericPrintDialog::ShowModal() +{ + return wxDialog::ShowModal(); +} + +wxGenericPrintDialog::~wxGenericPrintDialog() +{ +} + +void wxGenericPrintDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + TransferDataFromWindow(); + + // An empty 'to' field signals printing just the + // 'from' page. + if (m_printDialogData.GetToPage() < 1) + m_printDialogData.SetToPage(m_printDialogData.GetFromPage()); + + // There are some interactions between the global setup data + // and the standard print dialog. The global printing 'mode' + // is determined by whether the user checks Print to file + // or not. + if (m_printDialogData.GetPrintToFile()) + { + m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().SetPrintMode(wxPRINT_MODE_FILE); + + wxFileName fname( m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().GetFilename() ); + + wxFileDialog dialog( this, _("PostScript file"), + fname.GetPath(), fname.GetFullName(), wxT("*.ps"), wxFD_SAVE | wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT ); + if (dialog.ShowModal() != wxID_OK) return; + + m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().SetFilename( dialog.GetPath() ); + } + else + { + m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().SetPrintMode(wxPRINT_MODE_PRINTER); + } + + EndModal(wxID_OK); +} + +void wxGenericPrintDialog::OnRange(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + if (!m_fromText) return; + + if (event.GetInt() == 0) + { + m_fromText->Enable(false); + m_toText->Enable(false); + } + else if (event.GetInt() == 1) + { + m_fromText->Enable(true); + m_toText->Enable(true); + } +} + +void wxGenericPrintDialog::OnSetup(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPrintFactory* factory = wxPrintFactory::GetFactory(); + + if (factory->HasPrintSetupDialog()) + { + // The print setup dialog should change the + // print data in-place if not cancelled. + wxDialog *dialog = factory->CreatePrintSetupDialog( this, &m_printDialogData.GetPrintData() ); + dialog->ShowModal(); + dialog->Destroy(); + } +} + +bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataToWindow() +{ + if(m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() != 0) + { + if(m_fromText) + { + if (m_printDialogData.GetEnablePageNumbers()) + { + m_fromText->Enable(true); + m_toText->Enable(true); + if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() > 0) + m_fromText->SetValue(wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), m_printDialogData.GetFromPage())); + if (m_printDialogData.GetToPage() > 0) + m_toText->SetValue(wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), m_printDialogData.GetToPage())); + if(m_rangeRadioBox) + { + if (m_printDialogData.GetAllPages() || m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() == 0) + m_rangeRadioBox->SetSelection(0); + else + m_rangeRadioBox->SetSelection(1); + } + } + else + { + m_fromText->Enable(false); + m_toText->Enable(false); + if(m_rangeRadioBox) + { + m_rangeRadioBox->SetSelection(0); + m_rangeRadioBox->wxRadioBox::Enable(1, false); + } + } + } + } + m_noCopiesText->SetValue( + wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), m_printDialogData.GetNoCopies())); + + m_printToFileCheckBox->SetValue(m_printDialogData.GetPrintToFile()); + m_printToFileCheckBox->Enable(m_printDialogData.GetEnablePrintToFile()); + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataFromWindow() +{ + long res = 0; + if(m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() != -1) + { + if (m_printDialogData.GetEnablePageNumbers()) + { + if(m_fromText) + { + wxString value = m_fromText->GetValue(); + if (value.ToLong( &res )) + m_printDialogData.SetFromPage( res ); + } + if(m_toText) + { + wxString value = m_toText->GetValue(); + if (value.ToLong( &res )) + m_printDialogData.SetToPage( res ); + } + } + if(m_rangeRadioBox) + { + if (m_rangeRadioBox->GetSelection() == 0) + { + m_printDialogData.SetAllPages(true); + + // This means all pages, more or less + m_printDialogData.SetFromPage(1); + m_printDialogData.SetToPage(32000); + } + else + m_printDialogData.SetAllPages(false); + } + } + else + { // continuous printing + m_printDialogData.SetFromPage(1); + m_printDialogData.SetToPage(32000); + } + + wxString value = m_noCopiesText->GetValue(); + if (value.ToLong( &res )) + m_printDialogData.SetNoCopies( res ); + + m_printDialogData.SetPrintToFile(m_printToFileCheckBox->GetValue()); + + return true; +} + +wxDC *wxGenericPrintDialog::GetPrintDC() +{ + return new wxPostScriptDC(GetPrintDialogData().GetPrintData()); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Generic print setup dialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGenericPrintSetupDialog, wxDialog) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericPrintSetupDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED(wxPRINTID_PRINTER, wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::OnPrinter) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::wxGenericPrintSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data): +wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Print Setup"), wxPoint(0,0), wxSize(600, 600), wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +{ + Init(data); +} + +/* XPM */ +static const char* const check_xpm[] = { +/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */ +"16 16 3 1", +/* colors */ +" s None c None", +"X c #000000", +". c #808080", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" ", +" ", +" .. ", +" XX ", +" XX. ", +" .XX ", +" XX ", +" X XX. ", +" XX .XX ", +" XX XX ", +" XXXX. ", +" XX. ", +" . ", +" ", +" " +}; + + +void wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::Init(wxPrintData* data) +{ + if ( data ) + m_printData = *data; + + m_targetData = data; + + wxBoxSizer *main_sizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + // printer selection + + wxStaticBoxSizer *printer_sizer = new wxStaticBoxSizer( new wxStaticBox( this, wxID_ANY, _("Printer") ), wxVERTICAL ); + main_sizer->Add( printer_sizer, 0, wxALL|wxGROW, 10 ); + + m_printerListCtrl = new wxListCtrl( this, wxPRINTID_PRINTER, + wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(wxDefaultCoord,100), wxLC_REPORT|wxLC_SINGLE_SEL|wxSUNKEN_BORDER ); + wxImageList *image_list = new wxImageList; + image_list->Add( wxBitmap(check_xpm) ); + m_printerListCtrl->AssignImageList( image_list, wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL ); + + m_printerListCtrl->InsertColumn( 0, wxT(" "), wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, 20 ); + m_printerListCtrl->InsertColumn( 1, wxT("Printer"), wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, 150 ); + m_printerListCtrl->InsertColumn( 2, wxT("Device"), wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, 150 ); + m_printerListCtrl->InsertColumn( 3, wxT("Status"), wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT, 80 ); + + wxListItem item; + item.SetMask( wxLIST_MASK_TEXT ); + item.SetColumn( 1 ); + item.SetText( _("Default printer") ); + item.SetId( m_printerListCtrl->InsertItem( item ) ); + + if (data->GetPrinterName().empty()) + { + wxListItem item2; + item2.SetId( item.GetId() ); + item2.SetMask( wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE ); + item2.SetImage( 0 ); + m_printerListCtrl->SetItem( item2 ); + // also select item + m_printerListCtrl->SetItemState( item.GetId(), wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + } + + item.SetId( 1+ item.GetId() ); + + wxArrayString errors; + wxArrayString output; + long res = wxExecute( wxT("lpstat -v"), output, errors, wxEXEC_NODISABLE ); + if (res >= 0 && errors.GetCount() == 0) + { + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < output.GetCount(); i++) + { + wxStringTokenizer tok( output[i], wxT(" ") ); + wxString tmp = tok.GetNextToken(); // "device" + if (tmp != wxT("device")) + break; // the lpstat syntax must have changed. + tmp = tok.GetNextToken(); // "for" + if (tmp != wxT("for")) + break; // the lpstat syntax must have changed. + tmp = tok.GetNextToken(); // "hp_deskjet930c:" + if (tmp[tmp.length()-1] == wxT(':')) + tmp.Remove(tmp.length()-1,1); + wxString name = tmp; + item.SetText( name ); + item.SetId( m_printerListCtrl->InsertItem( item ) ); + tmp = tok.GetNextToken(); // "parallel:/dev/lp0" + item.SetColumn( 2 ); + item.SetText( tmp ); + m_printerListCtrl->SetItem( item ); + if (data->GetPrinterName() == name) + { + wxListItem item2; + item2.SetId( item.GetId() ); + item2.SetMask( wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE ); + item2.SetImage( 0 ); + m_printerListCtrl->SetItem( item2 ); + // also select item + m_printerListCtrl->SetItemState( item.GetId(), wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + } + + wxString command = wxT("lpstat -p "); + command += name; + wxArrayString errors2; + wxArrayString output2; + res = wxExecute( command, output2, errors2, wxEXEC_NODISABLE ); + if (res >= 0 && errors2.GetCount() == 0 && output2.GetCount() > 0) + { + tmp = output2[0]; // "printer hp_deskjet930c is idle. enable since ..." + int pos = tmp.Find( wxT('.') ); + if (pos != wxNOT_FOUND) + tmp.Remove( (size_t)pos, tmp.length()-(size_t)pos ); + wxStringTokenizer tok2( tmp, wxT(" ") ); + tmp = tok2.GetNextToken(); // "printer" + tmp = tok2.GetNextToken(); // "hp_deskjet930c" + tmp = wxEmptyString; + while (tok2.HasMoreTokens()) + { + tmp += tok2.GetNextToken(); + tmp += wxT(" "); + } + item.SetColumn( 3 ); + item.SetText( tmp ); + m_printerListCtrl->SetItem( item ); + } + + item.SetColumn( 1 ); + item.SetId( 1+ item.GetId() ); + } + } + + + printer_sizer->Add( m_printerListCtrl, 0, wxALL|wxGROW, 5 ); + + wxBoxSizer *item1 = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + main_sizer->Add( item1, 0, wxALL, 5 ); + + // printer options (on the left) + + wxBoxSizer *item2 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + wxStaticBox *item4 = new wxStaticBox( this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Paper size") ); + wxStaticBoxSizer *item3 = new wxStaticBoxSizer( item4, wxVERTICAL ); + + m_paperTypeChoice = CreatePaperTypeChoice(); + item3->Add( m_paperTypeChoice, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER|wxALL, 5 ); + + item2->Add( item3, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER|wxALL, 5 ); + + wxString strs6[] = + { + _("Portrait"), + _("Landscape") + }; + m_orientationRadioBox= new wxRadioBox( this, wxPRINTID_ORIENTATION, _("Orientation"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 2, strs6, 1, wxRA_SPECIFY_ROWS ); + item2->Add( m_orientationRadioBox, 0, wxGROW|wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 5 ); + + wxStaticBox *item8 = new wxStaticBox( this, wxID_ANY, _("Options") ); + wxStaticBoxSizer *item7 = new wxStaticBoxSizer( item8, wxHORIZONTAL ); + + m_colourCheckBox = new wxCheckBox( this, wxPRINTID_PRINTCOLOUR, _("Print in colour") ); + item7->Add( m_colourCheckBox, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER|wxALL, 5 ); + + item2->Add( item7, 0, wxGROW|wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 5 ); + + item1->Add( item2, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL, 5 ); + + // spooling options (on the right) + + wxStaticBox *item11 = new wxStaticBox( this, wxID_ANY, _("Print spooling") ); + wxStaticBoxSizer *item10 = new wxStaticBoxSizer( item11, wxVERTICAL ); + + wxStaticText *item12 = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, _("Printer command:") ); + item10->Add( item12, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 5 ); + + wxBoxSizer *item13 = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + + item13->Add( 20, 20, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER|wxALL, 5 ); + + m_printerCommandText = new wxTextCtrl( this, wxPRINTID_COMMAND, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(160,wxDefaultCoord) ); + item13->Add( m_printerCommandText, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER|wxALL, 5 ); + + item10->Add( item13, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER|wxALL, 0 ); + + wxStaticText *item15 = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, _("Printer options:") ); + item10->Add( item15, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 5 ); + + wxBoxSizer *item16 = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + + item16->Add( 20, 20, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER|wxALL, 5 ); + + m_printerOptionsText = new wxTextCtrl( this, wxPRINTID_OPTIONS, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(160,wxDefaultCoord) ); + item16->Add( m_printerOptionsText, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER|wxALL, 5 ); + + item10->Add( item16, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER|wxALL, 0 ); + + item1->Add( item10, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL|wxALL, 5 ); + + +#if wxUSE_STATLINE + // static line + main_sizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 ); +#endif + + // buttons + + main_sizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( wxOK|wxCANCEL), 0, wxEXPAND|wxALL, 10 ); + + SetAutoLayout( true ); + SetSizer( main_sizer ); + + main_sizer->Fit( this ); + Centre(wxBOTH); + + + Fit(); + Centre(wxBOTH); + + InitDialog(); +} + +wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::~wxGenericPrintSetupDialog() +{ +} + +void wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::OnPrinter(wxListEvent& event) +{ + // Delete check mark + for (long item = 0; item < m_printerListCtrl->GetItemCount(); item++) + m_printerListCtrl->SetItemImage( item, -1 ); + + m_printerListCtrl->SetItemImage( event.GetIndex(), 0 ); + + if (event.GetIndex() == 0) + { + m_printerCommandText->SetValue( wxT("lpr") ); + } + else + { + wxListItem li; + li.SetColumn( 1 ); + li.SetMask( wxLIST_MASK_TEXT ); + li.SetId( event.GetIndex() ); + m_printerListCtrl->GetItem( li ); + m_printerCommandText->SetValue( wxT("lpr -P") + li.GetText() ); + } +} + +bool wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::TransferDataToWindow() +{ + wxPostScriptPrintNativeData *data = + (wxPostScriptPrintNativeData *) m_printData.GetNativeData(); + + if (m_printerCommandText && !data->GetPrinterCommand().empty()) + m_printerCommandText->SetValue(data->GetPrinterCommand()); + if (m_printerOptionsText && !data->GetPrinterOptions().empty()) + m_printerOptionsText->SetValue(data->GetPrinterOptions()); + if (m_colourCheckBox) + m_colourCheckBox->SetValue(m_printData.GetColour()); + + if (m_orientationRadioBox) + { + if (m_printData.GetOrientation() == wxPORTRAIT) + m_orientationRadioBox->SetSelection(0); + else + m_orientationRadioBox->SetSelection(1); + } + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow() +{ + wxPostScriptPrintNativeData *data = + (wxPostScriptPrintNativeData *) m_printData.GetNativeData(); + + // find selected printer + long id = m_printerListCtrl->GetNextItem( -1, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED ); + if (id == 0) + { + m_printData.SetPrinterName( wxEmptyString ); + } + else + { + wxListItem item; + item.SetId( id ); + item.SetMask( wxLIST_MASK_TEXT ); + item.SetColumn( 1 ); + m_printerListCtrl->GetItem( item ); + m_printData.SetPrinterName( item.GetText() ); + } + + if (m_printerCommandText) + data->SetPrinterCommand(m_printerCommandText->GetValue()); + if (m_printerOptionsText) + data->SetPrinterOptions(m_printerOptionsText->GetValue()); + if (m_colourCheckBox) + m_printData.SetColour(m_colourCheckBox->GetValue()); + if (m_orientationRadioBox) + { + int sel = m_orientationRadioBox->GetSelection(); + if (sel == 0) + m_printData.SetOrientation(wxPORTRAIT); + else + m_printData.SetOrientation(wxLANDSCAPE); + } + if (m_paperTypeChoice) + { + int selectedItem = m_paperTypeChoice->GetSelection(); + if (selectedItem != -1) + { + wxPrintPaperType *paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->Item(selectedItem); + if (paper != NULL) + m_printData.SetPaperId( paper->GetId()); + } + } + + if (m_targetData) + *m_targetData = m_printData; + + return true; +} + +wxComboBox *wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::CreatePaperTypeChoice() +{ + size_t n = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->GetCount(); + wxString *choices = new wxString [n]; + size_t sel = 0; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + wxPrintPaperType *paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->Item(i); + choices[i] = paper->GetName(); + if (m_printData.GetPaperId() == paper->GetId()) + sel = i; + } + + int width = 250; + + wxComboBox *choice = new wxComboBox( this, + wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE, + _("Paper Size"), + wxDefaultPosition, + wxSize(width, wxDefaultCoord), + n, choices ); + + delete[] choices; + + choice->SetSelection(sel); + return choice; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Generic page setup dialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGenericPageSetupDialog, wxPageSetupDialogBase) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericPageSetupDialog, wxPageSetupDialogBase) + EVT_BUTTON(wxPRINTID_SETUP, wxGenericPageSetupDialog::OnPrinter) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxGenericPageSetupDialog::wxGenericPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPageSetupDialogData* data) + : wxPageSetupDialogBase( parent, + wxID_ANY, + _("Page Setup"), + wxPoint(0,0), + wxSize(600, 600), + wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL ) +{ + if (data) + m_pageData = *data; + + int textWidth = 80; + + wxBoxSizer *mainsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + // 1) top + wxStaticBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxStaticBoxSizer( + new wxStaticBox(this,wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Paper size")), wxHORIZONTAL ); + + size_t n = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->GetCount(); + wxString *choices = new wxString [n]; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + wxPrintPaperType *paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->Item(i); + choices[i] = paper->GetName(); + } + + m_paperTypeChoice = new wxComboBox( this, + wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE, + _("Paper Size"), + wxDefaultPosition, + wxSize(300, wxDefaultCoord), + n, choices ); + topsizer->Add( m_paperTypeChoice, 1, wxEXPAND|wxALL, 5 ); +// m_paperTypeChoice->SetSelection(sel); + + mainsizer->Add( topsizer, 0, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT | wxEXPAND, 10 ); + + // 2) middle sizer with radio box + + wxString *choices2 = new wxString[2]; + choices2[0] = _("Portrait"); + choices2[1] = _("Landscape"); + m_orientationRadioBox = new wxRadioBox(this, wxPRINTID_ORIENTATION, _("Orientation"), + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 2, choices2, 2); + m_orientationRadioBox->SetSelection(0); + + mainsizer->Add( m_orientationRadioBox, 0, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 ); + + // 3) margins + + wxBoxSizer *table = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + + wxBoxSizer *column1 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + column1->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Left margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 ); + column1->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Top margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 ); + table->Add( column1, 0, wxALL | wxEXPAND, 5 ); + + wxBoxSizer *column2 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + m_marginLeftText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_LEFTMARGIN, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, wxDefaultCoord)); + m_marginTopText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_TOPMARGIN, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, wxDefaultCoord)); + column2->Add( m_marginLeftText, 1, wxALL, 5 ); + column2->Add( m_marginTopText, 1, wxALL, 5 ); + table->Add( column2, 0, wxRIGHT|wxTOP|wxBOTTOM | wxEXPAND, 5 ); + + wxBoxSizer *column3 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + column3->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Right margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 ); + column3->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Bottom margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 ); + table->Add( column3, 0, wxALL | wxEXPAND, 5 ); + + wxBoxSizer *column4 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + m_marginRightText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_RIGHTMARGIN, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, wxDefaultCoord)); + m_marginBottomText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_BOTTOMMARGIN, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, wxDefaultCoord)); + column4->Add( m_marginRightText, 1, wxALL, 5 ); + column4->Add( m_marginBottomText, 1, wxALL, 5 ); + table->Add( column4, 0, wxRIGHT|wxTOP|wxBOTTOM | wxEXPAND, 5 ); + + mainsizer->Add( table, 0 ); + +#if wxUSE_STATLINE + // 5) static line + mainsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 ); +#endif + + // 6) buttons + + wxSizer* buttonsizer = CreateButtonSizer( wxOK|wxCANCEL); + + if (wxPrintFactory::GetFactory()->HasPrintSetupDialog()) + { + m_printerButton = new wxButton(this, wxPRINTID_SETUP, _("Printer...") ); + buttonsizer->Add( m_printerButton, 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 ); + if ( !m_pageData.GetEnablePrinter() ) + m_printerButton->Enable(false); + } + else + { + m_printerButton = NULL; + } + + // if (m_printData.GetEnableHelp()) + // wxButton *helpButton = new wxButton(this, (wxFunction)wxGenericPageSetupHelpProc, _("Help"), wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, buttonWidth, buttonHeight); + mainsizer->Add( buttonsizer, 0, wxEXPAND|wxALL, 10 ); + + + SetAutoLayout( true ); + SetSizer( mainsizer ); + + mainsizer->Fit( this ); + Centre(wxBOTH); + + InitDialog(); + + delete[] choices; + delete [] choices2; +} + +wxGenericPageSetupDialog::~wxGenericPageSetupDialog() +{ +} + +wxPageSetupDialogData& wxGenericPageSetupDialog::GetPageSetupDialogData() +{ + return m_pageData; +} + +bool wxGenericPageSetupDialog::TransferDataToWindow() +{ + if (m_marginLeftText) + m_marginLeftText->SetValue(wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), m_pageData.GetMarginTopLeft().x)); + if (m_marginTopText) + m_marginTopText->SetValue(wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), m_pageData.GetMarginTopLeft().y)); + if (m_marginRightText) + m_marginRightText->SetValue(wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), m_pageData.GetMarginBottomRight().x)); + if (m_marginBottomText) + m_marginBottomText->SetValue(wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), m_pageData.GetMarginBottomRight().y)); + + if (m_orientationRadioBox) + { + if (m_pageData.GetPrintData().GetOrientation() == wxPORTRAIT) + m_orientationRadioBox->SetSelection(0); + else + m_orientationRadioBox->SetSelection(1); + } + + // Find the paper type from either the current paper size in the wxPageSetupDialogData, or + // failing that, the id in the wxPrintData object. + + wxPrintPaperType* type = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->FindPaperType( + wxSize(m_pageData.GetPaperSize().x * 10, m_pageData.GetPaperSize().y * 10)); + + if (!type && m_pageData.GetPrintData().GetPaperId() != wxPAPER_NONE) + type = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->FindPaperType(m_pageData.GetPrintData().GetPaperId()); + + if (type) + { + m_paperTypeChoice->SetStringSelection(type->GetName()); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericPageSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow() +{ + if (m_marginLeftText && m_marginTopText) + { + int left = wxAtoi( m_marginLeftText->GetValue().c_str() ); + int top = wxAtoi( m_marginTopText->GetValue().c_str() ); + m_pageData.SetMarginTopLeft( wxPoint(left,top) ); + } + if (m_marginRightText && m_marginBottomText) + { + int right = wxAtoi( m_marginRightText->GetValue().c_str() ); + int bottom = wxAtoi( m_marginBottomText->GetValue().c_str() ); + m_pageData.SetMarginBottomRight( wxPoint(right,bottom) ); + } + + if (m_orientationRadioBox) + { + int sel = m_orientationRadioBox->GetSelection(); + if (sel == 0) + { + m_pageData.GetPrintData().SetOrientation(wxPORTRAIT); + } + else + { + m_pageData.GetPrintData().SetOrientation(wxLANDSCAPE); + } + } + + if (m_paperTypeChoice) + { + int selectedItem = m_paperTypeChoice->GetSelection(); + if (selectedItem != -1) + { + wxPrintPaperType *paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->Item(selectedItem); + if ( paper ) + { + m_pageData.SetPaperSize(wxSize(paper->GetWidth()/10, paper->GetHeight()/10)); + m_pageData.GetPrintData().SetPaperId(paper->GetId()); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +wxComboBox *wxGenericPageSetupDialog::CreatePaperTypeChoice(int *x, int *y) +{ +/* + if (!wxThePrintPaperDatabase) + { + wxThePrintPaperDatabase = new wxPrintPaperDatabase; + wxThePrintPaperDatabase->CreateDatabase(); + } +*/ + + size_t n = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->GetCount(); + wxString *choices = new wxString [n]; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + wxPrintPaperType *paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->Item(i); + choices[i] = paper->GetName(); + } + + (void) new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Paper size"), wxPoint(*x, *y)); + *y += 25; + + wxComboBox *choice = new wxComboBox( this, + wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE, + _("Paper Size"), + wxPoint(*x, *y), + wxSize(300, wxDefaultCoord), + n, choices ); + *y += 35; + delete[] choices; + +// choice->SetSelection(sel); + return choice; +} + +void wxGenericPageSetupDialog::OnPrinter(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // We no longer query GetPrintMode, so we can eliminate the need + // to call SetPrintMode. + // This has the limitation that we can't explicitly call the PostScript + // print setup dialog from the generic Page Setup dialog under Windows, + // but since this choice would only happen when trying to do PostScript + // printing under Windows (and only in 16-bit Windows which + // doesn't have a Windows-specific page setup dialog) it's worth it. + + // First save the current settings, so the wxPrintData object is up to date. + TransferDataFromWindow(); + + // Transfer the current print settings from this dialog to the page setup dialog. + +#if 0 + // Use print factory later + + wxPrintDialogData data; + data = GetPageSetupData().GetPrintData(); + data.SetSetupDialog(true); + wxPrintDialog printDialog(this, & data); + printDialog.ShowModal(); + + // Transfer the page setup print settings from the page dialog to this dialog again, in case + // the page setup dialog changed something. + GetPageSetupData().GetPrintData() = printDialog.GetPrintDialogData().GetPrintData(); + GetPageSetupData().CalculatePaperSizeFromId(); // Make sure page size reflects the id in wxPrintData + + // Now update the dialog in case the page setup dialog changed some of our settings. + TransferDataToWindow(); +#endif +} + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/progdlgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/progdlgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5fd81e58d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/progdlgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,818 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/progdlgg.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericProgressDialog class +// Author: Karsten Ballueder +// Modified by: +// Created: 09.05.1999 +// RCS-ID: $Id: progdlgg.cpp 67134 2011-03-06 15:24:26Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) Karsten Ballueder +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/frame.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/event.h" + #include "wx/gauge.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/timer.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/app.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/progdlg.h" +#include "wx/evtloop.h" + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* Macro for avoiding #ifdefs when value have to be different depending on size of + device we display on - take it from something like wxDesktopPolicy in the future + */ + +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + #define wxLARGESMALL(large,small) small +#else + #define wxLARGESMALL(large,small) large +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define LAYOUT_MARGIN wxLARGESMALL(8,2) + +static const int wxID_SKIP = 32000; // whatever + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event tables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericProgressDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_CANCEL, wxGenericProgressDialog::OnCancel) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_SKIP, wxGenericProgressDialog::OnSkip) + + EVT_CLOSE(wxGenericProgressDialog::OnClose) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// wxGenericProgressDialog implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxProgressDialog, wxDialog) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericProgressDialog creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::Init(wxWindow *parent, int style) +{ + // we may disappear at any moment, let the others know about it + SetExtraStyle(GetExtraStyle() | wxWS_EX_TRANSIENT); + + // Initialize all our members that we always use (even when we don't + // create a valid window in this class). + + m_pdStyle = style; + + m_parentTop = wxGetTopLevelParent(parent); + + m_gauge = NULL; + m_msg = NULL; + m_elapsed = + m_estimated = + m_remaining = NULL; + + m_state = Uncancelable; + m_maximum = 0; + + m_timeStart = wxGetCurrentTime(); + m_timeStop = (unsigned long)-1; + m_break = 0; + + m_skip = false; + +#if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + m_btnAbort = + m_btnSkip = NULL; +#endif + + m_display_estimated = + m_last_timeupdate = + m_ctdelay = 0; + + m_delay = 3; + + m_winDisabler = NULL; + m_tempEventLoop = NULL; +} + +wxGenericProgressDialog::wxGenericProgressDialog(wxWindow *parent, int style) + : wxDialog() +{ + Init(parent, style); +} + +wxGenericProgressDialog::wxGenericProgressDialog(const wxString& title, + const wxString& message, + int maximum, + wxWindow *parent, + int style) + : wxDialog() +{ + Init(parent, style); + + Create( title, message, maximum, parent, style ); +} + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::Create( const wxString& title, + const wxString& message, + int maximum, + wxWindow *parent, + int style ) +{ + wxDialog::Create(GetParentForModalDialog(parent, style), wxID_ANY, title); + + SetParent( GetParentForModalDialog(parent, style) ); + SetTitle( title ); + + SetMaximum(maximum); + + // We need a running event loop in order to update the dialog and be able + // to process clicks on its buttons, so ensure that there is one running + // even if this means we have to start it ourselves (this happens most + // commonly during the program initialization, e.g. for the progress + // dialogs shown from overridden wxApp::OnInit()). + if ( !wxEventLoopBase::GetActive() ) + { + m_tempEventLoop = new wxEventLoop; + wxEventLoop::SetActive(m_tempEventLoop); + } + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + // we have to remove the "Close" button from the title bar then as it is + // confusing to have it - it doesn't work anyhow + // + // FIXME: should probably have a (extended?) window style for this + if ( !HasPDFlag(wxPD_CAN_ABORT) ) + { + EnableCloseButton(false); + } +#endif // wxMSW + +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + SetLeftMenu(); +#endif + + m_state = HasPDFlag(wxPD_CAN_ABORT) ? Continue : Uncancelable; + + // top-level sizerTop + wxSizer * const sizerTop = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + + m_msg = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, message); + sizerTop->Add(m_msg, 0, wxLEFT | wxTOP, 2*LAYOUT_MARGIN); + + int gauge_style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL; + if ( style & wxPD_SMOOTH ) + gauge_style |= wxGA_SMOOTH; + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + maximum /= m_factor; +#endif + + m_gauge = new wxGauge + ( + this, + wxID_ANY, + maximum, + wxDefaultPosition, + // make the progress bar sufficiently long + wxSize(wxMin(wxGetClientDisplayRect().width/3, 300), -1), + gauge_style + ); + + sizerTop->Add(m_gauge, 0, wxLEFT | wxRIGHT | wxTOP | wxEXPAND, 2*LAYOUT_MARGIN); + m_gauge->SetValue(0); + + // create the estimated/remaining/total time zones if requested + m_elapsed = + m_estimated = + m_remaining = NULL; + + // also count how many labels we really have + size_t nTimeLabels = 0; + + wxSizer * const sizerLabels = new wxFlexGridSizer(2); + + if ( style & wxPD_ELAPSED_TIME ) + { + nTimeLabels++; + + m_elapsed = CreateLabel(GetElapsedLabel(), sizerLabels); + } + + if ( style & wxPD_ESTIMATED_TIME ) + { + nTimeLabels++; + + m_estimated = CreateLabel(GetEstimatedLabel(), sizerLabels); + } + + if ( style & wxPD_REMAINING_TIME ) + { + nTimeLabels++; + + m_remaining = CreateLabel(GetRemainingLabel(), sizerLabels); + } + sizerTop->Add(sizerLabels, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL | wxTOP, LAYOUT_MARGIN); + +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + if ( HasPDFlag(wxPD_CAN_SKIP) ) + SetRightMenu(wxID_SKIP, _("Skip")); + if ( HasPDFlag(wxPD_CAN_ABORT) ) + SetLeftMenu(wxID_CANCEL); +#else + m_btnAbort = + m_btnSkip = NULL; + + wxBoxSizer *buttonSizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + + // Windows dialogs usually have buttons in the lower right corner + const int sizerFlags = +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__WXOSX__) + wxALIGN_RIGHT | wxALL +#else // !MSW + wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL | wxBOTTOM | wxTOP +#endif // MSW/!MSW + ; + + if ( HasPDFlag(wxPD_CAN_SKIP) ) + { + m_btnSkip = new wxButton(this, wxID_SKIP, _("&Skip")); + + buttonSizer->Add(m_btnSkip, 0, sizerFlags, LAYOUT_MARGIN); + } + + if ( HasPDFlag(wxPD_CAN_ABORT) ) + { + m_btnAbort = new wxButton(this, wxID_CANCEL); + + buttonSizer->Add(m_btnAbort, 0, sizerFlags, LAYOUT_MARGIN); + } + + if ( !HasPDFlag(wxPD_CAN_SKIP | wxPD_CAN_ABORT) ) + buttonSizer->AddSpacer(LAYOUT_MARGIN); + + sizerTop->Add(buttonSizer, 0, sizerFlags, LAYOUT_MARGIN ); +#endif // __SMARTPHONE__/!__SMARTPHONE__ + + SetSizerAndFit(sizerTop); + + Centre(wxCENTER_FRAME | wxBOTH); + + DisableOtherWindows(); + + Show(); + Enable(); + + // this one can be initialized even if the others are unknown for now + // + // NB: do it after calling Layout() to keep the labels correctly aligned + if ( m_elapsed ) + { + SetTimeLabel(0, m_elapsed); + } + + Update(); +} + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::UpdateTimeEstimates(int value, + unsigned long &elapsedTime, + unsigned long &estimatedTime, + unsigned long &remainingTime) +{ + unsigned long elapsed = wxGetCurrentTime() - m_timeStart; + if ( value != 0 && (m_last_timeupdate < elapsed || value == m_maximum) ) + { + m_last_timeupdate = elapsed; + unsigned long estimated = m_break + + (unsigned long)(( (double) (elapsed-m_break) * m_maximum ) / ((double)value)) ; + if ( estimated > m_display_estimated + && m_ctdelay >= 0 + ) + { + ++m_ctdelay; + } + else if ( estimated < m_display_estimated + && m_ctdelay <= 0 + ) + { + --m_ctdelay; + } + else + { + m_ctdelay = 0; + } + if ( m_ctdelay >= m_delay // enough confirmations for a higher value + || m_ctdelay <= (m_delay*-1) // enough confirmations for a lower value + || value == m_maximum // to stay consistent + || elapsed > m_display_estimated // to stay consistent + || ( elapsed > 0 && elapsed < 4 ) // additional updates in the beginning + ) + { + m_display_estimated = estimated; + m_ctdelay = 0; + } + } + + if ( value != 0 ) + { + long display_remaining = m_display_estimated - elapsed; + if ( display_remaining < 0 ) + { + display_remaining = 0; + } + + estimatedTime = m_display_estimated; + remainingTime = display_remaining; + } + + elapsedTime = elapsed; +} + +// static +wxString wxGenericProgressDialog::GetFormattedTime(unsigned long timeInSec) +{ + wxString timeAsHMS; + + if ( timeInSec == (unsigned long)-1 ) + { + timeAsHMS = _("Unknown"); + } + else + { + unsigned hours = timeInSec / 3600; + unsigned minutes = (timeInSec % 3600) / 60; + unsigned seconds = timeInSec % 60; + timeAsHMS.Printf("%u:%02u:%02u", hours, minutes, seconds); + } + + return timeAsHMS; +} + +wxStaticText * +wxGenericProgressDialog::CreateLabel(const wxString& text, wxSizer *sizer) +{ + wxStaticText *label = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, text); + wxStaticText *value = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("unknown")); + + // select placement most native or nice on target GUI +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + // value and time to the left in two rows + sizer->Add(label, 1, wxALIGN_LEFT); + sizer->Add(value, 1, wxALIGN_LEFT); +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) + // value and time centered in one row + sizer->Add(label, 1, wxLARGESMALL(wxALIGN_RIGHT,wxALIGN_LEFT) | wxTOP | wxRIGHT, LAYOUT_MARGIN); + sizer->Add(value, 1, wxALIGN_LEFT | wxTOP, LAYOUT_MARGIN); +#else + // value and time to the right in one row + sizer->Add(label); + sizer->Add(value, 0, wxLEFT, LAYOUT_MARGIN); +#endif + + return value; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericProgressDialog operations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool +wxGenericProgressDialog::Update(int value, const wxString& newmsg, bool *skip) +{ + if ( !DoBeforeUpdate(skip) ) + return false; + + wxCHECK_MSG( m_gauge, false, "dialog should be fully created" ); + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + value /= m_factor; +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + wxASSERT_MSG( value <= m_maximum, wxT("invalid progress value") ); + + m_gauge->SetValue(value); + + UpdateMessage(newmsg); + + if ( (m_elapsed || m_remaining || m_estimated) && (value != 0) ) + { + unsigned long elapsed; + unsigned long display_remaining; + + UpdateTimeEstimates( value, + elapsed, + m_display_estimated, + display_remaining ); + + SetTimeLabel(elapsed, m_elapsed); + SetTimeLabel(m_display_estimated, m_estimated); + SetTimeLabel(display_remaining, m_remaining); + } + + if ( value == m_maximum ) + { + if ( m_state == Finished ) + { + // ignore multiple calls to Update(m_maximum): it may sometimes be + // troublesome to ensure that Update() is not called twice with the + // same value (e.g. because of the rounding errors) and if we don't + // return now we're going to generate asserts below + return true; + } + + // so that we return true below and that out [Cancel] handler knew what + // to do + m_state = Finished; + if( !HasPDFlag(wxPD_AUTO_HIDE) ) + { + EnableClose(); + DisableSkip(); +#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + EnableCloseButton(); +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + if ( newmsg.empty() ) + { + // also provide the finishing message if the application didn't + m_msg->SetLabel(_("Done.")); + } + + // allow the window to repaint: + // NOTE: since we yield only for UI events with this call, there + // should be no side-effects + wxEventLoopBase::GetActive()->YieldFor(wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI); + + // NOTE: this call results in a new event loop being created + // and to a call to ProcessPendingEvents() (which may generate + // unwanted re-entrancies). + (void)ShowModal(); + } + else // auto hide + { + // reenable other windows before hiding this one because otherwise + // Windows wouldn't give the focus back to the window which had + // been previously focused because it would still be disabled + ReenableOtherWindows(); + + Hide(); + } + } + else // not at maximum yet + { + DoAfterUpdate(); + } + + // update the display in case yielding above didn't do it + Update(); + + return m_state != Canceled; +} + +bool wxGenericProgressDialog::Pulse(const wxString& newmsg, bool *skip) +{ + if ( !DoBeforeUpdate(skip) ) + return false; + + wxCHECK_MSG( m_gauge, false, "dialog should be fully created" ); + + // show a bit of progress + m_gauge->Pulse(); + + UpdateMessage(newmsg); + + if (m_elapsed || m_remaining || m_estimated) + { + unsigned long elapsed = wxGetCurrentTime() - m_timeStart; + + SetTimeLabel(elapsed, m_elapsed); + SetTimeLabel((unsigned long)-1, m_estimated); + SetTimeLabel((unsigned long)-1, m_remaining); + } + + DoAfterUpdate(); + + return m_state != Canceled; +} + +bool wxGenericProgressDialog::DoBeforeUpdate(bool *skip) +{ + // we have to yield because not only we want to update the display but + // also to process the clicks on the cancel and skip buttons + // NOTE: using YieldFor() this call shouldn't give re-entrancy problems + // for event handlers not interested to UI/user-input events. + wxEventLoopBase::GetActive()->YieldFor(wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI|wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT); + + Update(); + + if ( m_skip && skip && !*skip ) + { + *skip = true; + m_skip = false; + EnableSkip(); + } + + return m_state != Canceled; +} + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::DoAfterUpdate() +{ + // allow the window to repaint: + // NOTE: since we yield only for UI events with this call, there + // should be no side-effects + wxEventLoopBase::GetActive()->YieldFor(wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI); +} + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::Resume() +{ + m_state = Continue; + m_ctdelay = m_delay; // force an update of the elapsed/estimated/remaining time + m_break += wxGetCurrentTime()-m_timeStop; + + EnableAbort(); + EnableSkip(); + m_skip = false; +} + +bool wxGenericProgressDialog::Show( bool show ) +{ + // reenable other windows before hiding this one because otherwise + // Windows wouldn't give the focus back to the window which had + // been previously focused because it would still be disabled + if(!show) + ReenableOtherWindows(); + + return wxDialog::Show(show); +} + +int wxGenericProgressDialog::GetValue() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_gauge, -1, "dialog should be fully created" ); + + return m_gauge->GetValue(); +} + +int wxGenericProgressDialog::GetRange() const +{ + return m_maximum; +} + +wxString wxGenericProgressDialog::GetMessage() const +{ + return m_msg->GetLabel(); +} + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::SetRange(int maximum) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_gauge, "dialog should be fully created" ); + + wxCHECK_RET( maximum > 0, "Invalid range" ); + + m_gauge->SetRange(maximum); + + SetMaximum(maximum); +} + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::SetMaximum(int maximum) +{ + m_maximum = maximum; + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) + // we can't have values > 65,536 in the progress control under Windows, so + // scale everything down + m_factor = m_maximum / 65536 + 1; +#endif // __WXMSW__ +} + + +bool wxGenericProgressDialog::WasCancelled() const +{ + return HasPDFlag(wxPD_CAN_ABORT) && m_state == Canceled; +} + +bool wxGenericProgressDialog::WasSkipped() const +{ + return HasPDFlag(wxPD_CAN_SKIP) && m_skip; +} + +// static +void wxGenericProgressDialog::SetTimeLabel(unsigned long val, + wxStaticText *label) +{ + if ( label ) + { + wxString s; + + if (val != (unsigned long)-1) + { + s = GetFormattedTime(val); + } + else + { + s = _("Unknown"); + } + + if ( s != label->GetLabel() ) + label->SetLabel(s); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + if ( m_state == Finished ) + { + // this means that the count down is already finished and we're being + // shown as a modal dialog - so just let the default handler do the job + event.Skip(); + } + else + { + // request to cancel was received, the next time Update() is called we + // will handle it + m_state = Canceled; + + // update the buttons state immediately so that the user knows that the + // request has been noticed + DisableAbort(); + DisableSkip(); + + // save the time when the dialog was stopped + m_timeStop = wxGetCurrentTime(); + } +} + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::OnSkip(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + DisableSkip(); + m_skip = true; +} + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::OnClose(wxCloseEvent& event) +{ + if ( m_state == Uncancelable ) + { + // can't close this dialog + event.Veto(); + } + else if ( m_state == Finished ) + { + // let the default handler close the window as we already terminated + event.Skip(); + } + else + { + // next Update() will notice it + m_state = Canceled; + DisableAbort(); + DisableSkip(); + + m_timeStop = wxGetCurrentTime(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// destruction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGenericProgressDialog::~wxGenericProgressDialog() +{ + // normally this should have been already done, but just in case + ReenableOtherWindows(); + + if ( m_tempEventLoop ) + { + wxEventLoopBase::SetActive(NULL); + delete m_tempEventLoop; + } +} + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::DisableOtherWindows() +{ + if ( HasPDFlag(wxPD_APP_MODAL) ) + { + m_winDisabler = new wxWindowDisabler(this); + } + else + { + if ( m_parentTop ) + m_parentTop->Disable(); + m_winDisabler = NULL; + } +} + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::ReenableOtherWindows() +{ + if ( HasPDFlag(wxPD_APP_MODAL) ) + { + wxDELETE(m_winDisabler); + } + else + { + if ( m_parentTop ) + m_parentTop->Enable(); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::EnableSkip(bool enable) +{ + if ( HasPDFlag(wxPD_CAN_SKIP) ) + { +#ifdef __SMARTPHONE__ + if(enable) + SetRightMenu(wxID_SKIP, _("Skip")); + else + SetRightMenu(); +#else + if(m_btnSkip) + m_btnSkip->Enable(enable); +#endif + } +} + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::EnableAbort(bool enable) +{ + if( HasPDFlag(wxPD_CAN_ABORT) ) + { +#ifdef __SMARTPHONE__ + if(enable) + SetLeftMenu(wxID_CANCEL); // stock buttons makes Cancel label + else + SetLeftMenu(); +#else + if(m_btnAbort) + m_btnAbort->Enable(enable); +#endif + } +} + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::EnableClose() +{ + if(HasPDFlag(wxPD_CAN_ABORT)) + { +#ifdef __SMARTPHONE__ + SetLeftMenu(wxID_CANCEL, _("Close")); +#else + if(m_btnAbort) + { + m_btnAbort->Enable(); + m_btnAbort->SetLabel(_("Close")); + } +#endif + } +} + +void wxGenericProgressDialog::UpdateMessage(const wxString &newmsg) +{ + if ( !newmsg.empty() && newmsg != m_msg->GetLabel() ) + { + m_msg->SetLabel(newmsg); + + // allow the window to repaint: + // NOTE: since we yield only for UI events with this call, there + // should be no side-effects + wxEventLoopBase::GetActive()->YieldFor(wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/propdlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/propdlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cc88b00955 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/propdlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/propdlg.cpp +// Purpose: wxPropertySheetDialog +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-03-12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: propdlg.cpp 64019 2010-04-18 00:05:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_BOOKCTRL + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/bookctrl.h" + +#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK +#include "wx/notebook.h" +#endif +#if wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK +#include "wx/choicebk.h" +#endif +#if wxUSE_TOOLBOOK +#include "wx/toolbook.h" +#endif +#if wxUSE_LISTBOOK +#include "wx/listbook.h" +#endif +#if wxUSE_TREEBOOK +#include "wx/treebook.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/generic/propdlg.h" +#include "wx/sysopt.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPropertySheetDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPropertySheetDialog, wxDialog) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxPropertySheetDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_ACTIVATE(wxPropertySheetDialog::OnActivate) + EVT_IDLE(wxPropertySheetDialog::OnIdle) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +bool wxPropertySheetDialog::Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& sz, long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + parent = GetParentForModalDialog(parent, style); + + if (!wxDialog::Create(parent, id, title, pos, sz, style|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, name)) + return false; + + wxBoxSizer *topSizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + SetSizer(topSizer); + + // This gives more space around the edges + m_innerSizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) + m_sheetOuterBorder = 0; +#endif + topSizer->Add(m_innerSizer, 1, wxGROW|wxALL, m_sheetOuterBorder); + + m_bookCtrl = CreateBookCtrl(); + AddBookCtrl(m_innerSizer); + + return true; +} + +void wxPropertySheetDialog::Init() +{ + m_sheetStyle = wxPROPSHEET_DEFAULT; + m_innerSizer = NULL; + m_bookCtrl = NULL; + m_sheetOuterBorder = 2; + m_sheetInnerBorder = 5; +} + +// Layout the dialog, to be called after pages have been created +void wxPropertySheetDialog::LayoutDialog(int centreFlags) +{ +#if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !defined(__POCKETPC__) + GetSizer()->Fit(this); + GetSizer()->SetSizeHints(this); + if (centreFlags) + Centre(centreFlags); +#else + wxUnusedVar(centreFlags); +#endif +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + if (m_bookCtrl) + m_bookCtrl->SetFocus(); +#endif +} + +// Creates the buttons, if any +void wxPropertySheetDialog::CreateButtons(int flags) +{ +#ifdef __POCKETPC__ + // keep system option status + const wxChar *optionName = wxT("wince.dialog.real-ok-cancel"); + const int status = wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(optionName); + wxSystemOptions::SetOption(optionName,0); +#endif + + wxSizer *buttonSizer = CreateButtonSizer(flags); + if( buttonSizer ) + { + m_innerSizer->Add( buttonSizer, 0, wxGROW|wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxTOP|wxBOTTOM|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 2); + m_innerSizer->AddSpacer(2); + } + +#ifdef __POCKETPC__ + // restore system option + wxSystemOptions::SetOption(optionName,status); +#endif +} + +// Creates the book control +wxBookCtrlBase* wxPropertySheetDialog::CreateBookCtrl() +{ + int style = wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxBK_DEFAULT; + + wxBookCtrlBase* bookCtrl = NULL; + +#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK + if (GetSheetStyle() & wxPROPSHEET_NOTEBOOK) + bookCtrl = new wxNotebook(this, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, style ); +#endif +#if wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK + if (GetSheetStyle() & wxPROPSHEET_CHOICEBOOK) + bookCtrl = new wxChoicebook(this, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, style ); +#endif +#if wxUSE_TOOLBOOK +#if defined(__WXMAC__) && wxUSE_TOOLBAR && wxUSE_BMPBUTTON + if (GetSheetStyle() & wxPROPSHEET_BUTTONTOOLBOOK) + bookCtrl = new wxToolbook(this, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, style|wxTBK_BUTTONBAR ); + else +#endif + if ((GetSheetStyle() & wxPROPSHEET_TOOLBOOK) || (GetSheetStyle() & wxPROPSHEET_BUTTONTOOLBOOK)) + bookCtrl = new wxToolbook(this, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, style ); +#endif +#if wxUSE_LISTBOOK + if (GetSheetStyle() & wxPROPSHEET_LISTBOOK) + bookCtrl = new wxListbook(this, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, style ); +#endif +#if wxUSE_TREEBOOK + if (GetSheetStyle() & wxPROPSHEET_TREEBOOK) + bookCtrl = new wxTreebook(this, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, style ); +#endif + if (!bookCtrl) + bookCtrl = new wxBookCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, style ); + + if (GetSheetStyle() & wxPROPSHEET_SHRINKTOFIT) + bookCtrl->SetFitToCurrentPage(true); + + return bookCtrl; +} + +// Adds the book control to the inner sizer. +void wxPropertySheetDialog::AddBookCtrl(wxSizer* sizer) +{ +#if defined(__POCKETPC__) && wxUSE_NOTEBOOK + // The book control has to be sized larger than the dialog because of a border bug + // in WinCE + int borderSize = -2; + sizer->Add( m_bookCtrl, 1, wxGROW|wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxLEFT|wxTOP|wxRIGHT, borderSize ); +#else + sizer->Add( m_bookCtrl, 1, wxGROW|wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, m_sheetInnerBorder ); +#endif +} + +void wxPropertySheetDialog::OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event) +{ +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + // Attempt to focus the choice control: not yet working, but might + // be a step in the right direction. OnActivate overrides the default + // handler in toplevel.cpp that sets the focus for the first child of + // of the dialog (the choicebook). + if (event.GetActive()) + { + wxChoicebook* choiceBook = wxDynamicCast(GetBookCtrl(), wxChoicebook); + if (choiceBook) + choiceBook->SetFocus(); + } + else +#endif + event.Skip(); +} + +// Resize dialog if necessary +void wxPropertySheetDialog::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event) +{ + event.Skip(); + + if ((GetSheetStyle() & wxPROPSHEET_SHRINKTOFIT) && GetBookCtrl()) + { + int sel = GetBookCtrl()->GetSelection(); + if (sel != -1 && sel != m_selectedPage) + { + GetBookCtrl()->InvalidateBestSize(); + InvalidateBestSize(); + SetSizeHints(-1, -1, -1, -1); + + m_selectedPage = sel; + LayoutDialog(0); + } + } +} + +// Override function in base +wxWindow* wxPropertySheetDialog::GetContentWindow() const +{ + return GetBookCtrl(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BOOKCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/regiong.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/regiong.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..654cb4327d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/regiong.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1936 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/regiong.cpp +// Purpose: generic wxRegion class +// Author: David Elliott +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/04/12 +// RCS-ID: $Id: regiong.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/region.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" +#endif + +// ======================================================================== +// Classes to interface with X.org code +// ======================================================================== + +typedef struct Box +{ + wxCoord x1, x2, y1, y2; +} Box, BOX, BoxRec, *BoxPtr; + +typedef struct REGION *Region; + +struct REGION +{ +public: + // Default constructor initializes nothing + REGION() {} + + REGION(const wxRect& rect) + { + rects = &extents; + numRects = 1; + extents.x1 = rect.x; + extents.y1 = rect.y; + extents.x2 = rect.x + rect.width; + extents.y2 = rect.y + rect.height; + size = 1; + } + + BoxPtr GetBox(int i) + { + return i < numRects ? rects + i : NULL; + } + + // X.org methods + static bool XClipBox( + Region r, + wxRect *rect); + static bool XOffsetRegion( + register Region pRegion, + register int x, + register int y); + static bool XIntersectRegion( + Region reg1, + Region reg2, /* source regions */ + register Region newReg); /* destination Region */ + static bool XUnionRegion( + Region reg1, + Region reg2, /* source regions */ + Region newReg); /* destination Region */ + static bool XSubtractRegion( + Region regM, + Region regS, + register Region regD); + static bool XXorRegion(Region sra, Region srb, Region dr); + static bool XEmptyRegion( + Region r); + static bool XEqualRegion(Region r1, Region r2); + static bool XPointInRegion( + Region pRegion, + int x, int y); + static wxRegionContain XRectInRegion( + register Region region, + int rx, int ry, + unsigned int rwidth, unsigned int rheight); + +protected: + static Region XCreateRegion(void); + static void miSetExtents ( + Region pReg); + static bool XDestroyRegion(Region r); + static int miIntersectO ( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r1, + BoxPtr r1End, + register BoxPtr r2, + BoxPtr r2End, + wxCoord y1, + wxCoord y2); + static void miRegionCopy( + register Region dstrgn, + register Region rgn); + static int miCoalesce( + register Region pReg, /* Region to coalesce */ + int prevStart, /* Index of start of previous band */ + int curStart); /* Index of start of current band */ + static void miRegionOp( + register Region newReg, /* Place to store result */ + Region reg1, /* First region in operation */ + Region reg2, /* 2d region in operation */ + int (*overlapFunc)( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r1, + BoxPtr r1End, + register BoxPtr r2, + BoxPtr r2End, + wxCoord y1, + wxCoord y2), /* Function to call for over- + * lapping bands */ + int (*nonOverlap1Func)( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r, + BoxPtr rEnd, + register wxCoord y1, + register wxCoord y2), /* Function to call for non- + * overlapping bands in region + * 1 */ + int (*nonOverlap2Func)( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r, + BoxPtr rEnd, + register wxCoord y1, + register wxCoord y2)); /* Function to call for non- + * overlapping bands in region + * 2 */ + static int miUnionNonO ( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r, + BoxPtr rEnd, + register wxCoord y1, + register wxCoord y2); + static int miUnionO ( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r1, + BoxPtr r1End, + register BoxPtr r2, + BoxPtr r2End, + register wxCoord y1, + register wxCoord y2); + static int miSubtractNonO1 ( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r, + BoxPtr rEnd, + register wxCoord y1, + register wxCoord y2); + static int miSubtractO ( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r1, + BoxPtr r1End, + register BoxPtr r2, + BoxPtr r2End, + register wxCoord y1, + register wxCoord y2); +protected: + long size; + long numRects; + Box *rects; + Box extents; +}; + +// ======================================================================== +// wxRegionRefData +// ======================================================================== + +class wxRegionRefData : public wxGDIRefData, + public REGION +{ +public: + wxRegionRefData() + : wxGDIRefData(), + REGION() + { + size = 1; + numRects = 0; + rects = ( BOX * )malloc( (unsigned) sizeof( BOX )); + extents.x1 = 0; + extents.x2 = 0; + extents.y1 = 0; + extents.y2 = 0; + } + + wxRegionRefData(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight) + : wxGDIRefData(), + REGION() + { + rects = (BOX*)malloc(sizeof(BOX)); + size = 1; + numRects = 1; + extents.x1 = topLeft.x; + extents.y1 = topLeft.y; + extents.x2 = bottomRight.x; + extents.y2 = bottomRight.y; + *rects = extents; + } + + wxRegionRefData(const wxRect& rect) + : wxGDIRefData(), + REGION(rect) + { + rects = (BOX*)malloc(sizeof(BOX)); + *rects = extents; + } + + wxRegionRefData(const wxRegionRefData& refData) + : wxGDIRefData(), + REGION() + { + size = refData.size; + numRects = refData.numRects; + rects = (Box*)malloc(numRects*sizeof(Box)); + memcpy(rects, refData.rects, numRects*sizeof(Box)); + extents = refData.extents; + } + + virtual ~wxRegionRefData() + { + free(rects); + } + +private: + // Don't allow this + wxRegionRefData(const REGION&); +}; + +// ======================================================================== +// wxRegionGeneric +// ======================================================================== +//IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegionGeneric, wxGDIObject) + +#define M_REGIONDATA ((wxRegionRefData *)m_refData) +#define M_REGIONDATA_OF(rgn) ((wxRegionRefData *)(rgn.m_refData)) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRegionGeneric construction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxRegionGeneric::wxRegionGeneric() +{ +} + +wxRegionGeneric::~wxRegionGeneric() +{ +} + +wxRegionGeneric::wxRegionGeneric(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) +{ + m_refData = new wxRegionRefData(wxRect(x,y,w,h)); +} + +wxRegionGeneric::wxRegionGeneric(const wxRect& rect) +{ + m_refData = new wxRegionRefData(rect); +} + +wxRegionGeneric::wxRegionGeneric(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight) +{ + m_refData = new wxRegionRefData(topLeft, bottomRight); +} + +wxRegionGeneric::wxRegionGeneric(const wxBitmap& bmp) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG("NOT IMPLEMENTED: wxRegionGeneric::wxRegionGeneric(const wxBitmap& bmp)"); +} + +wxRegionGeneric::wxRegionGeneric(size_t n, const wxPoint *points, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG("NOT IMPLEMENTED: wxRegionGeneric::wxRegionGeneric(size_t n, const wxPoint *points, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle)"); +} + +wxRegionGeneric::wxRegionGeneric(const wxBitmap& bmp, const wxColour& transp, int tolerance) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG("NOT IMPLEMENTED: wxRegionGeneric::wxRegionGeneric(const wxBitmap& bmp, const wxColour& transp, int tolerance)"); +} + +void wxRegionGeneric::Clear() +{ + UnRef(); + if (!m_refData) + m_refData = new wxRegionRefData(wxRect(0,0,0,0)); +} + +wxGDIRefData *wxRegionGeneric::CreateGDIRefData() const +{ + return new wxRegionRefData; +} + +wxGDIRefData *wxRegionGeneric::CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const +{ + return new wxRegionRefData(*(wxRegionRefData *)data); +} + +bool wxRegionGeneric::DoIsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const +{ + return REGION::XEqualRegion(M_REGIONDATA,M_REGIONDATA_OF(region)); +} + +bool wxRegionGeneric::DoGetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord&w, wxCoord &h) const +{ + if ( !m_refData ) + return false; + + wxRect rect; + REGION::XClipBox(M_REGIONDATA,&rect); + x = rect.x; + y = rect.y; + w = rect.width; + h = rect.height; + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRegionGeneric operations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxRegionGeneric::DoUnionWithRect(const wxRect& rect) +{ + if ( rect.IsEmpty() ) + { + // nothing to do + return true; + } + + AllocExclusive(); + REGION region(rect); + return REGION::XUnionRegion(®ion,M_REGIONDATA,M_REGIONDATA); +} + +bool wxRegionGeneric::DoUnionWithRegion(const wxRegion& region) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + return REGION::XUnionRegion(M_REGIONDATA_OF(region),M_REGIONDATA,M_REGIONDATA); +} + +bool wxRegionGeneric::DoIntersect(const wxRegion& region) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + return REGION::XIntersectRegion(M_REGIONDATA_OF(region),M_REGIONDATA,M_REGIONDATA); +} + +bool wxRegionGeneric::DoSubtract(const wxRegion& region) +{ + if ( region.IsEmpty() ) + { + // nothing to do + return true; + } + + return REGION::XSubtractRegion(M_REGIONDATA_OF(region),M_REGIONDATA,M_REGIONDATA); +} + +bool wxRegionGeneric::DoXor(const wxRegion& region) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + return REGION::XXorRegion(M_REGIONDATA_OF(region),M_REGIONDATA,M_REGIONDATA); +} + +bool wxRegionGeneric::DoOffset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + return REGION::XOffsetRegion(M_REGIONDATA, x, y); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRegionGeneric comparison +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxRegionGeneric::IsEmpty() const +{ + wxASSERT(m_refData); + return REGION::XEmptyRegion(M_REGIONDATA); +} + +// Does the region contain the point (x,y)? +wxRegionContain wxRegionGeneric::DoContainsPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const +{ + wxASSERT(m_refData); + return REGION::XPointInRegion(M_REGIONDATA,x,y) ? wxInRegion : wxOutRegion; +} + +// Does the region contain the rectangle rect? +wxRegionContain wxRegionGeneric::DoContainsRect(const wxRect& rect) const +{ + wxASSERT(m_refData); + return REGION::XRectInRegion(M_REGIONDATA,rect.x,rect.y,rect.width,rect.height); +} + +// ======================================================================== +// wxRegionIteratorGeneric +// ======================================================================== +//IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegionIteratorGeneric,wxObject) + +wxRegionIteratorGeneric::wxRegionIteratorGeneric() +{ + m_current = 0; +} + +wxRegionIteratorGeneric::wxRegionIteratorGeneric(const wxRegionGeneric& region) +: m_region(region) +{ + m_current = 0; +} + +wxRegionIteratorGeneric::wxRegionIteratorGeneric(const wxRegionIteratorGeneric& iterator) +: m_region(iterator.m_region) +{ + m_current = iterator.m_current; +} + +void wxRegionIteratorGeneric::Reset(const wxRegionGeneric& region) +{ + m_region = region; + m_current = 0; +} + +bool wxRegionIteratorGeneric::HaveRects() const +{ + return M_REGIONDATA_OF(m_region)->GetBox(m_current); +} + +wxRegionIteratorGeneric& wxRegionIteratorGeneric::operator++() +{ + ++m_current; + return *this; +} + +wxRegionIteratorGeneric wxRegionIteratorGeneric::operator++(int) +{ + wxRegionIteratorGeneric copy(*this); + ++*this; + return copy; +} + +wxRect wxRegionIteratorGeneric::GetRect() const +{ + wxASSERT(m_region.m_refData); + const Box *box = M_REGIONDATA_OF(m_region)->GetBox(m_current); + wxASSERT(box); + return wxRect + ( box->x1 + , box->y1 + , box->x2 - box->x1 + , box->y2 - box->y1 + ); +} + +long wxRegionIteratorGeneric::GetX() const +{ + wxASSERT(m_region.m_refData); + const Box *box = M_REGIONDATA_OF(m_region)->GetBox(m_current); + wxASSERT(box); + return box->x1; +} + +long wxRegionIteratorGeneric::GetY() const +{ + wxASSERT(m_region.m_refData); + const Box *box = M_REGIONDATA_OF(m_region)->GetBox(m_current); + wxASSERT(box); + return box->y1; +} + +long wxRegionIteratorGeneric::GetW() const +{ + wxASSERT(m_region.m_refData); + const Box *box = M_REGIONDATA_OF(m_region)->GetBox(m_current); + wxASSERT(box); + return box->x2 - box->x1; +} + +long wxRegionIteratorGeneric::GetH() const +{ + wxASSERT(m_region.m_refData); + const Box *box = M_REGIONDATA_OF(m_region)->GetBox(m_current); + wxASSERT(box); + return box->y2 - box->y1; +} + +wxRegionIteratorGeneric::~wxRegionIteratorGeneric() +{ +} + + +// ======================================================================== +// The guts (from X.org) +// ======================================================================== + +/************************************************************************ + +Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group + +Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation. + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be +used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings +in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. + + +Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the +software without specific, written prior permission. + +DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +************************************************************************/ + +/* 1 if two BOXs overlap. + * 0 if two BOXs do not overlap. + * Remember, x2 and y2 are not in the region + */ +#define EXTENTCHECK(r1, r2) \ + ((r1)->x2 > (r2)->x1 && \ + (r1)->x1 < (r2)->x2 && \ + (r1)->y2 > (r2)->y1 && \ + (r1)->y1 < (r2)->y2) + +/* + * Check to see if there is enough memory in the present region. + */ +#define MEMCHECK(reg, rect, firstrect){\ + if ((reg)->numRects >= ((reg)->size - 1)){\ + (firstrect) = (BOX *) realloc \ + ((char *)(firstrect), (unsigned) (2 * (sizeof(BOX)) * ((reg)->size)));\ + if ((firstrect) == 0)\ + return(0);\ + (reg)->size *= 2;\ + (rect) = &(firstrect)[(reg)->numRects];\ + }\ + } + +#define EMPTY_REGION(pReg) pReg->numRects = 0 + +#define REGION_NOT_EMPTY(pReg) pReg->numRects + +#define INBOX(r, x, y) \ + ( ( ((r).x2 > x)) && \ + ( ((r).x1 <= x)) && \ + ( ((r).y2 > y)) && \ + ( ((r).y1 <= y)) ) + +/* + * The functions in this file implement the Region abstraction, similar to one + * used in the X11 sample server. A Region is simply an area, as the name + * implies, and is implemented as a "y-x-banded" array of rectangles. To + * explain: Each Region is made up of a certain number of rectangles sorted + * by y coordinate first, and then by x coordinate. + * + * Furthermore, the rectangles are banded such that every rectangle with a + * given upper-left y coordinate (y1) will have the same lower-right y + * coordinate (y2) and vice versa. If a rectangle has scanlines in a band, it + * will span the entire vertical distance of the band. This means that some + * areas that could be merged into a taller rectangle will be represented as + * several shorter rectangles to account for shorter rectangles to its left + * or right but within its "vertical scope". + * + * An added constraint on the rectangles is that they must cover as much + * horizontal area as possible. E.g. no two rectangles in a band are allowed + * to touch. + * + * Whenever possible, bands will be merged together to cover a greater vertical + * distance (and thus reduce the number of rectangles). Two bands can be merged + * only if the bottom of one touches the top of the other and they have + * rectangles in the same places (of the same width, of course). This maintains + * the y-x-banding that's so nice to have... + */ + +/* Create a new empty region */ +Region REGION::XCreateRegion(void) +{ + Region temp = new REGION; + + if (!temp) + return (Region) NULL; + + temp->rects = ( BOX * )malloc( (unsigned) sizeof( BOX )); + + if (!temp->rects) + { + delete temp; + return (Region) NULL; + } + temp->numRects = 0; + temp->extents.x1 = 0; + temp->extents.y1 = 0; + temp->extents.x2 = 0; + temp->extents.y2 = 0; + temp->size = 1; + return( temp ); +} + +bool REGION::XClipBox(Region r, wxRect *rect) +{ + rect->x = r->extents.x1; + rect->y = r->extents.y1; + rect->width = r->extents.x2 - r->extents.x1; + rect->height = r->extents.y2 - r->extents.y1; + return true; +} + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * miSetExtents -- + * Reset the extents of a region to what they should be. Called by + * miSubtract and miIntersect b/c they can't figure it out along the + * way or do so easily, as miUnion can. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side Effects: + * The region's 'extents' structure is overwritten. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +void REGION:: +miSetExtents (Region pReg) +{ + register BoxPtr pBox, + pBoxEnd, + pExtents; + + if (pReg->numRects == 0) + { + pReg->extents.x1 = 0; + pReg->extents.y1 = 0; + pReg->extents.x2 = 0; + pReg->extents.y2 = 0; + return; + } + + pExtents = &pReg->extents; + pBox = pReg->rects; + pBoxEnd = &pBox[pReg->numRects - 1]; + + /* + * Since pBox is the first rectangle in the region, it must have the + * smallest y1 and since pBoxEnd is the last rectangle in the region, + * it must have the largest y2, because of banding. Initialize x1 and + * x2 from pBox and pBoxEnd, resp., as good things to initialize them + * to... + */ + pExtents->x1 = pBox->x1; + pExtents->y1 = pBox->y1; + pExtents->x2 = pBoxEnd->x2; + pExtents->y2 = pBoxEnd->y2; + + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(pExtents->y1 < pExtents->y2); + while (pBox <= pBoxEnd) + { + if (pBox->x1 < pExtents->x1) + { + pExtents->x1 = pBox->x1; + } + if (pBox->x2 > pExtents->x2) + { + pExtents->x2 = pBox->x2; + } + pBox++; + } + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(pExtents->x1 < pExtents->x2); +} + +bool REGION:: +XDestroyRegion( + Region r) +{ + free( (char *) r->rects ); + delete r; + return true; +} + +/* TranslateRegion(pRegion, x, y) + translates in place + added by raymond +*/ + +bool REGION:: +XOffsetRegion( + register Region pRegion, + register int x, + register int y) +{ + register int nbox; + register BOX *pbox; + + pbox = pRegion->rects; + nbox = pRegion->numRects; + + while(nbox--) + { + pbox->x1 += x; + pbox->x2 += x; + pbox->y1 += y; + pbox->y2 += y; + pbox++; + } + pRegion->extents.x1 += x; + pRegion->extents.x2 += x; + pRegion->extents.y1 += y; + pRegion->extents.y2 += y; + return 1; +} + +/*====================================================================== + * Region Intersection + *====================================================================*/ +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * miIntersectO -- + * Handle an overlapping band for miIntersect. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side Effects: + * Rectangles may be added to the region. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +/* static void*/ +int REGION:: +miIntersectO ( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r1, + BoxPtr r1End, + register BoxPtr r2, + BoxPtr r2End, + wxCoord y1, + wxCoord y2) +{ + register wxCoord x1; + register wxCoord x2; + register BoxPtr pNextRect; + + pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects]; + + while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End)) + { + x1 = wxMax(r1->x1,r2->x1); + x2 = wxMin(r1->x2,r2->x2); + + /* + * If there's any overlap between the two rectangles, add that + * overlap to the new region. + * There's no need to check for subsumption because the only way + * such a need could arise is if some region has two rectangles + * right next to each other. Since that should never happen... + */ + if (x1 < x2) + { + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(y1rects); + pNextRect->x1 = x1; + pNextRect->y1 = y1; + pNextRect->x2 = x2; + pNextRect->y2 = y2; + pReg->numRects += 1; + pNextRect++; + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(pReg->numRects <= pReg->size); + } + + /* + * Need to advance the pointers. Shift the one that extends + * to the right the least, since the other still has a chance to + * overlap with that region's next rectangle, if you see what I mean. + */ + if (r1->x2 < r2->x2) + { + r1++; + } + else if (r2->x2 < r1->x2) + { + r2++; + } + else + { + r1++; + r2++; + } + } + return 0; /* lint */ +} + +bool REGION:: +XIntersectRegion( + Region reg1, + Region reg2, /* source regions */ + register Region newReg) /* destination Region */ +{ + /* check for trivial reject */ + if ( (!(reg1->numRects)) || (!(reg2->numRects)) || + (!EXTENTCHECK(®1->extents, ®2->extents))) + newReg->numRects = 0; + else + miRegionOp (newReg, reg1, reg2, + miIntersectO, NULL, NULL); + + /* + * Can't alter newReg's extents before we call miRegionOp because + * it might be one of the source regions and miRegionOp depends + * on the extents of those regions being the same. Besides, this + * way there's no checking against rectangles that will be nuked + * due to coalescing, so we have to examine fewer rectangles. + */ + miSetExtents(newReg); + return 1; +} + +void REGION:: +miRegionCopy( + register Region dstrgn, + register Region rgn) + +{ + if (dstrgn != rgn) /* don't want to copy to itself */ + { + if (dstrgn->size < rgn->numRects) + { + if (dstrgn->rects) + { + BOX *prevRects = dstrgn->rects; + + dstrgn->rects = (BOX *) + realloc((char *) dstrgn->rects, + (unsigned) rgn->numRects * (sizeof(BOX))); + if (!dstrgn->rects) + { + free(prevRects); + return; + } + } + dstrgn->size = rgn->numRects; + } + dstrgn->numRects = rgn->numRects; + dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1; + dstrgn->extents.y1 = rgn->extents.y1; + dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2; + dstrgn->extents.y2 = rgn->extents.y2; + + memcpy((char *) dstrgn->rects, (char *) rgn->rects, + (int) (rgn->numRects * sizeof(BOX))); + } +} + +/*====================================================================== + * Generic Region Operator + *====================================================================*/ + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * miCoalesce -- + * Attempt to merge the boxes in the current band with those in the + * previous one. Used only by miRegionOp. + * + * Results: + * The new index for the previous band. + * + * Side Effects: + * If coalescing takes place: + * - rectangles in the previous band will have their y2 fields + * altered. + * - pReg->numRects will be decreased. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +/* static int*/ +int REGION:: +miCoalesce( + register Region pReg, /* Region to coalesce */ + int prevStart, /* Index of start of previous band */ + int curStart) /* Index of start of current band */ +{ + register BoxPtr pPrevBox; /* Current box in previous band */ + register BoxPtr pCurBox; /* Current box in current band */ + register BoxPtr pRegEnd; /* End of region */ + int curNumRects; /* Number of rectangles in current + * band */ + int prevNumRects; /* Number of rectangles in previous + * band */ + int bandY1; /* Y1 coordinate for current band */ + + pRegEnd = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects]; + + pPrevBox = &pReg->rects[prevStart]; + prevNumRects = curStart - prevStart; + + /* + * Figure out how many rectangles are in the current band. Have to do + * this because multiple bands could have been added in miRegionOp + * at the end when one region has been exhausted. + */ + pCurBox = &pReg->rects[curStart]; + bandY1 = pCurBox->y1; + for (curNumRects = 0; + (pCurBox != pRegEnd) && (pCurBox->y1 == bandY1); + curNumRects++) + { + pCurBox++; + } + + if (pCurBox != pRegEnd) + { + /* + * If more than one band was added, we have to find the start + * of the last band added so the next coalescing job can start + * at the right place... (given when multiple bands are added, + * this may be pointless -- see above). + */ + pRegEnd--; + while (pRegEnd[-1].y1 == pRegEnd->y1) + { + pRegEnd--; + } + curStart = pRegEnd - pReg->rects; + pRegEnd = pReg->rects + pReg->numRects; + } + + if ((curNumRects == prevNumRects) && (curNumRects != 0)) + { + pCurBox -= curNumRects; + /* + * The bands may only be coalesced if the bottom of the previous + * matches the top scanline of the current. + */ + if (pPrevBox->y2 == pCurBox->y1) + { + /* + * Make sure the bands have boxes in the same places. This + * assumes that boxes have been added in such a way that they + * cover the most area possible. I.e. two boxes in a band must + * have some horizontal space between them. + */ + do + { + if ((pPrevBox->x1 != pCurBox->x1) || + (pPrevBox->x2 != pCurBox->x2)) + { + /* + * The bands don't line up so they can't be coalesced. + */ + return (curStart); + } + pPrevBox++; + pCurBox++; + prevNumRects -= 1; + } while (prevNumRects != 0); + + pReg->numRects -= curNumRects; + pCurBox -= curNumRects; + pPrevBox -= curNumRects; + + /* + * The bands may be merged, so set the bottom y of each box + * in the previous band to that of the corresponding box in + * the current band. + */ + do + { + pPrevBox->y2 = pCurBox->y2; + pPrevBox++; + pCurBox++; + curNumRects -= 1; + } while (curNumRects != 0); + + /* + * If only one band was added to the region, we have to backup + * curStart to the start of the previous band. + * + * If more than one band was added to the region, copy the + * other bands down. The assumption here is that the other bands + * came from the same region as the current one and no further + * coalescing can be done on them since it's all been done + * already... curStart is already in the right place. + */ + if (pCurBox == pRegEnd) + { + curStart = prevStart; + } + else + { + do + { + *pPrevBox++ = *pCurBox++; + } while (pCurBox != pRegEnd); + } + + } + } + return (curStart); +} + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * miRegionOp -- + * Apply an operation to two regions. Called by miUnion, miInverse, + * miSubtract, miIntersect... + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side Effects: + * The new region is overwritten. + * + * Notes: + * The idea behind this function is to view the two regions as sets. + * Together they cover a rectangle of area that this function divides + * into horizontal bands where points are covered only by one region + * or by both. For the first case, the nonOverlapFunc is called with + * each the band and the band's upper and lower extents. For the + * second, the overlapFunc is called to process the entire band. It + * is responsible for clipping the rectangles in the band, though + * this function provides the boundaries. + * At the end of each band, the new region is coalesced, if possible, + * to reduce the number of rectangles in the region. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +/* static void*/ +void REGION:: +miRegionOp( + register Region newReg, /* Place to store result */ + Region reg1, /* First region in operation */ + Region reg2, /* 2d region in operation */ + int (*overlapFunc)( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r1, + BoxPtr r1End, + register BoxPtr r2, + BoxPtr r2End, + wxCoord y1, + wxCoord y2), /* Function to call for over- + * lapping bands */ + int (*nonOverlap1Func)( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r, + BoxPtr rEnd, + register wxCoord y1, + register wxCoord y2), /* Function to call for non- + * overlapping bands in region + * 1 */ + int (*nonOverlap2Func)( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r, + BoxPtr rEnd, + register wxCoord y1, + register wxCoord y2)) /* Function to call for non- + * overlapping bands in region + * 2 */ +{ + register BoxPtr r1; /* Pointer into first region */ + register BoxPtr r2; /* Pointer into 2d region */ + BoxPtr r1End; /* End of 1st region */ + BoxPtr r2End; /* End of 2d region */ + register wxCoord ybot; /* Bottom of intersection */ + register wxCoord ytop; /* Top of intersection */ + BoxPtr oldRects; /* Old rects for newReg */ + int prevBand; /* Index of start of + * previous band in newReg */ + int curBand; /* Index of start of current + * band in newReg */ + register BoxPtr r1BandEnd; /* End of current band in r1 */ + register BoxPtr r2BandEnd; /* End of current band in r2 */ + wxCoord top; /* Top of non-overlapping + * band */ + wxCoord bot; /* Bottom of non-overlapping + * band */ + + /* + * Initialization: + * set r1, r2, r1End and r2End appropriately, preserve the important + * parts of the destination region until the end in case it's one of + * the two source regions, then mark the "new" region empty, allocating + * another array of rectangles for it to use. + */ + r1 = reg1->rects; + r2 = reg2->rects; + r1End = r1 + reg1->numRects; + r2End = r2 + reg2->numRects; + + oldRects = newReg->rects; + + EMPTY_REGION(newReg); + + /* + * Allocate a reasonable number of rectangles for the new region. The idea + * is to allocate enough so the individual functions don't need to + * reallocate and copy the array, which is time consuming, yet we don't + * have to worry about using too much memory. I hope to be able to + * nuke the realloc() at the end of this function eventually. + */ + newReg->size = wxMax(reg1->numRects,reg2->numRects) * 2; + + newReg->rects = (BoxPtr)malloc((unsigned) (sizeof(BoxRec) * newReg->size)); + + if (!newReg->rects) + { + newReg->size = 0; + return; + } + + /* + * Initialize ybot and ytop. + * In the upcoming loop, ybot and ytop serve different functions depending + * on whether the band being handled is an overlapping or non-overlapping + * band. + * In the case of a non-overlapping band (only one of the regions + * has points in the band), ybot is the bottom of the most recent + * intersection and thus clips the top of the rectangles in that band. + * ytop is the top of the next intersection between the two regions and + * serves to clip the bottom of the rectangles in the current band. + * For an overlapping band (where the two regions intersect), ytop clips + * the top of the rectangles of both regions and ybot clips the bottoms. + */ + if (reg1->extents.y1 < reg2->extents.y1) + ybot = reg1->extents.y1; + else + ybot = reg2->extents.y1; + + /* + * prevBand serves to mark the start of the previous band so rectangles + * can be coalesced into larger rectangles. qv. miCoalesce, above. + * In the beginning, there is no previous band, so prevBand == curBand + * (curBand is set later on, of course, but the first band will always + * start at index 0). prevBand and curBand must be indices because of + * the possible expansion, and resultant moving, of the new region's + * array of rectangles. + */ + prevBand = 0; + + do + { + curBand = newReg->numRects; + + /* + * This algorithm proceeds one source-band (as opposed to a + * destination band, which is determined by where the two regions + * intersect) at a time. r1BandEnd and r2BandEnd serve to mark the + * rectangle after the last one in the current band for their + * respective regions. + */ + r1BandEnd = r1; + while ((r1BandEnd != r1End) && (r1BandEnd->y1 == r1->y1)) + { + r1BandEnd++; + } + + r2BandEnd = r2; + while ((r2BandEnd != r2End) && (r2BandEnd->y1 == r2->y1)) + { + r2BandEnd++; + } + + /* + * First handle the band that doesn't intersect, if any. + * + * Note that attention is restricted to one band in the + * non-intersecting region at once, so if a region has n + * bands between the current position and the next place it overlaps + * the other, this entire loop will be passed through n times. + */ + if (r1->y1 < r2->y1) + { + top = wxMax(r1->y1,ybot); + bot = wxMin(r1->y2,r2->y1); + + if ((top != bot) && (nonOverlap1Func != NULL)) + { + (* nonOverlap1Func) (newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, top, bot); + } + + ytop = r2->y1; + } + else if (r2->y1 < r1->y1) + { + top = wxMax(r2->y1,ybot); + bot = wxMin(r2->y2,r1->y1); + + if ((top != bot) && (nonOverlap2Func != NULL)) + { + (* nonOverlap2Func) (newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, top, bot); + } + + ytop = r1->y1; + } + else + { + ytop = r1->y1; + } + + /* + * If any rectangles got added to the region, try and coalesce them + * with rectangles from the previous band. Note we could just do + * this test in miCoalesce, but some machines incur a not + * inconsiderable cost for function calls, so... + */ + if (newReg->numRects != curBand) + { + prevBand = miCoalesce (newReg, prevBand, curBand); + } + + /* + * Now see if we've hit an intersecting band. The two bands only + * intersect if ybot > ytop + */ + ybot = wxMin(r1->y2, r2->y2); + curBand = newReg->numRects; + if (ybot > ytop) + { + (* overlapFunc) (newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, r2, r2BandEnd, ytop, ybot); + + } + + if (newReg->numRects != curBand) + { + prevBand = miCoalesce (newReg, prevBand, curBand); + } + + /* + * If we've finished with a band (y2 == ybot) we skip forward + * in the region to the next band. + */ + if (r1->y2 == ybot) + { + r1 = r1BandEnd; + } + if (r2->y2 == ybot) + { + r2 = r2BandEnd; + } + } while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End)); + + /* + * Deal with whichever region still has rectangles left. + */ + curBand = newReg->numRects; + if (r1 != r1End) + { + if (nonOverlap1Func != NULL) + { + do + { + r1BandEnd = r1; + while ((r1BandEnd < r1End) && (r1BandEnd->y1 == r1->y1)) + { + r1BandEnd++; + } + (* nonOverlap1Func) (newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, + wxMax(r1->y1,ybot), r1->y2); + r1 = r1BandEnd; + } while (r1 != r1End); + } + } + else if ((r2 != r2End) && (nonOverlap2Func != NULL)) + { + do + { + r2BandEnd = r2; + while ((r2BandEnd < r2End) && (r2BandEnd->y1 == r2->y1)) + { + r2BandEnd++; + } + (* nonOverlap2Func) (newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, + wxMax(r2->y1,ybot), r2->y2); + r2 = r2BandEnd; + } while (r2 != r2End); + } + + if (newReg->numRects != curBand) + { + (void) miCoalesce (newReg, prevBand, curBand); + } + + /* + * A bit of cleanup. To keep regions from growing without bound, + * we shrink the array of rectangles to match the new number of + * rectangles in the region. This never goes to 0, however... + * + * Only do this stuff if the number of rectangles allocated is more than + * twice the number of rectangles in the region (a simple optimization...). + */ + if (newReg->numRects < (newReg->size >> 1)) + { + if (REGION_NOT_EMPTY(newReg)) + { + BoxPtr prev_rects = newReg->rects; + newReg->size = newReg->numRects; + newReg->rects = (BoxPtr) realloc ((char *) newReg->rects, + (unsigned) (sizeof(BoxRec) * newReg->size)); + if (! newReg->rects) + newReg->rects = prev_rects; + } + else + { + /* + * No point in doing the extra work involved in an realloc if + * the region is empty + */ + newReg->size = 1; + free((char *) newReg->rects); + newReg->rects = (BoxPtr) malloc(sizeof(BoxRec)); + } + } + free ((char *) oldRects); + return; +} + +/*====================================================================== + * Region Union + *====================================================================*/ + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * miUnionNonO -- + * Handle a non-overlapping band for the union operation. Just + * Adds the rectangles into the region. Doesn't have to check for + * subsumption or anything. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side Effects: + * pReg->numRects is incremented and the final rectangles overwritten + * with the rectangles we're passed. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +/* static void*/ +int REGION:: +miUnionNonO ( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r, + BoxPtr rEnd, + register wxCoord y1, + register wxCoord y2) +{ + register BoxPtr pNextRect; + + pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects]; + + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(y1 < y2); + + while (r != rEnd) + { + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(r->x1 < r->x2); + MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects); + pNextRect->x1 = r->x1; + pNextRect->y1 = y1; + pNextRect->x2 = r->x2; + pNextRect->y2 = y2; + pReg->numRects += 1; + pNextRect++; + + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size); + r++; + } + return 0; /* lint */ +} + + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * miUnionO -- + * Handle an overlapping band for the union operation. Picks the + * left-most rectangle each time and merges it into the region. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side Effects: + * Rectangles are overwritten in pReg->rects and pReg->numRects will + * be changed. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +/* static void*/ +int REGION:: +miUnionO ( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r1, + BoxPtr r1End, + register BoxPtr r2, + BoxPtr r2End, + register wxCoord y1, + register wxCoord y2) +{ + register BoxPtr pNextRect; + + pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects]; + +#define MERGERECT(r) \ + if ((pReg->numRects != 0) && \ + (pNextRect[-1].y1 == y1) && \ + (pNextRect[-1].y2 == y2) && \ + (pNextRect[-1].x2 >= r->x1)) \ + { \ + if (pNextRect[-1].x2 < r->x2) \ + { \ + pNextRect[-1].x2 = r->x2; \ + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(pNextRect[-1].x1rects); \ + pNextRect->y1 = y1; \ + pNextRect->y2 = y2; \ + pNextRect->x1 = r->x1; \ + pNextRect->x2 = r->x2; \ + pReg->numRects += 1; \ + pNextRect += 1; \ + } \ + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size);\ + r++; + + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2 (y1x1 < r2->x1) + { + MERGERECT(r1); + } + else + { + MERGERECT(r2); + } + } + + if (r1 != r1End) + { + do + { + MERGERECT(r1); + } while (r1 != r1End); + } + else while (r2 != r2End) + { + MERGERECT(r2); + } + return 0; /* lint */ +} + +bool REGION:: +XUnionRegion( + Region reg1, + Region reg2, /* source regions */ + Region newReg) /* destination Region */ +{ + /* checks all the simple cases */ + + /* + * Region 1 and 2 are the same or region 1 is empty + */ + if ( (reg1 == reg2) || (!(reg1->numRects)) ) + { + if (newReg != reg2) + miRegionCopy(newReg, reg2); + return 1; + } + + /* + * if nothing to union (region 2 empty) + */ + if (!(reg2->numRects)) + { + if (newReg != reg1) + miRegionCopy(newReg, reg1); + return 1; + } + + /* + * Region 1 completely subsumes region 2 + */ + if ((reg1->numRects == 1) && + (reg1->extents.x1 <= reg2->extents.x1) && + (reg1->extents.y1 <= reg2->extents.y1) && + (reg1->extents.x2 >= reg2->extents.x2) && + (reg1->extents.y2 >= reg2->extents.y2)) + { + if (newReg != reg1) + miRegionCopy(newReg, reg1); + return 1; + } + + /* + * Region 2 completely subsumes region 1 + */ + if ((reg2->numRects == 1) && + (reg2->extents.x1 <= reg1->extents.x1) && + (reg2->extents.y1 <= reg1->extents.y1) && + (reg2->extents.x2 >= reg1->extents.x2) && + (reg2->extents.y2 >= reg1->extents.y2)) + { + if (newReg != reg2) + miRegionCopy(newReg, reg2); + return 1; + } + + miRegionOp (newReg, reg1, reg2, miUnionO, + miUnionNonO, miUnionNonO); + + newReg->extents.x1 = wxMin(reg1->extents.x1, reg2->extents.x1); + newReg->extents.y1 = wxMin(reg1->extents.y1, reg2->extents.y1); + newReg->extents.x2 = wxMax(reg1->extents.x2, reg2->extents.x2); + newReg->extents.y2 = wxMax(reg1->extents.y2, reg2->extents.y2); + + return 1; +} + +/*====================================================================== + * Region Subtraction + *====================================================================*/ + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * miSubtractNonO -- + * Deal with non-overlapping band for subtraction. Any parts from + * region 2 we discard. Anything from region 1 we add to the region. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side Effects: + * pReg may be affected. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +/* static void*/ +int REGION:: +miSubtractNonO1 ( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r, + BoxPtr rEnd, + register wxCoord y1, + register wxCoord y2) +{ + register BoxPtr pNextRect; + + pNextRect = &pReg->rects[pReg->numRects]; + + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(y1x1x2); + MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects); + pNextRect->x1 = r->x1; + pNextRect->y1 = y1; + pNextRect->x2 = r->x2; + pNextRect->y2 = y2; + pReg->numRects += 1; + pNextRect++; + + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(pReg->numRects <= pReg->size); + + r++; + } + return 0; /* lint */ +} + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * miSubtractO -- + * Overlapping band subtraction. x1 is the left-most point not yet + * checked. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side Effects: + * pReg may have rectangles added to it. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +/* static void*/ +int REGION:: +miSubtractO ( + register Region pReg, + register BoxPtr r1, + BoxPtr r1End, + register BoxPtr r2, + BoxPtr r2End, + register wxCoord y1, + register wxCoord y2) +{ + register BoxPtr pNextRect; + register int x1; + + x1 = r1->x1; + + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(y1rects[pReg->numRects]; + + while ((r1 != r1End) && (r2 != r2End)) + { + if (r2->x2 <= x1) + { + /* + * Subtrahend missed the boat: go to next subtrahend. + */ + r2++; + } + else if (r2->x1 <= x1) + { + /* + * Subtrahend preceeds minuend: nuke left edge of minuend. + */ + x1 = r2->x2; + if (x1 >= r1->x2) + { + /* + * Minuend completely covered: advance to next minuend and + * reset left fence to edge of new minuend. + */ + r1++; + if (r1 != r1End) + x1 = r1->x1; + } + else + { + /* + * Subtrahend now used up since it doesn't extend beyond + * minuend + */ + r2++; + } + } + else if (r2->x1 < r1->x2) + { + /* + * Left part of subtrahend covers part of minuend: add uncovered + * part of minuend to region and skip to next subtrahend. + */ + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(x1x1); + MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects); + pNextRect->x1 = x1; + pNextRect->y1 = y1; + pNextRect->x2 = r2->x1; + pNextRect->y2 = y2; + pReg->numRects += 1; + pNextRect++; + + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size); + + x1 = r2->x2; + if (x1 >= r1->x2) + { + /* + * Minuend used up: advance to new... + */ + r1++; + if (r1 != r1End) + x1 = r1->x1; + } + else + { + /* + * Subtrahend used up + */ + r2++; + } + } + else + { + /* + * Minuend used up: add any remaining piece before advancing. + */ + if (r1->x2 > x1) + { + MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects); + pNextRect->x1 = x1; + pNextRect->y1 = y1; + pNextRect->x2 = r1->x2; + pNextRect->y2 = y2; + pReg->numRects += 1; + pNextRect++; + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size); + } + r1++; + if (r1 != r1End) + x1 = r1->x1; + } + } + + /* + * Add remaining minuend rectangles to region. + */ + while (r1 != r1End) + { + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(x1x2); + MEMCHECK(pReg, pNextRect, pReg->rects); + pNextRect->x1 = x1; + pNextRect->y1 = y1; + pNextRect->x2 = r1->x2; + pNextRect->y2 = y2; + pReg->numRects += 1; + pNextRect++; + + wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(pReg->numRects<=pReg->size); + + r1++; + if (r1 != r1End) + { + x1 = r1->x1; + } + } + return 0; /* lint */ +} + +/*- + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * miSubtract -- + * Subtract regS from regM and leave the result in regD. + * S stands for subtrahend, M for minuend and D for difference. + * + * Results: + * true. + * + * Side Effects: + * regD is overwritten. + * + *----------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +bool REGION::XSubtractRegion(Region regM, Region regS, register Region regD) +{ + /* check for trivial reject */ + if ( (!(regM->numRects)) || (!(regS->numRects)) || + (!EXTENTCHECK(®M->extents, ®S->extents)) ) + { + miRegionCopy(regD, regM); + return true; + } + + miRegionOp (regD, regM, regS, miSubtractO, + miSubtractNonO1, NULL); + + /* + * Can't alter newReg's extents before we call miRegionOp because + * it might be one of the source regions and miRegionOp depends + * on the extents of those regions being the unaltered. Besides, this + * way there's no checking against rectangles that will be nuked + * due to coalescing, so we have to examine fewer rectangles. + */ + miSetExtents (regD); + return true; +} + +bool REGION::XXorRegion(Region sra, Region srb, Region dr) +{ + Region tra = XCreateRegion(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( tra, false, wxT("region not created") ); + + Region trb = XCreateRegion(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( trb, false, wxT("region not created") ); + + (void) XSubtractRegion(sra,srb,tra); + (void) XSubtractRegion(srb,sra,trb); + (void) XUnionRegion(tra,trb,dr); + XDestroyRegion(tra); + XDestroyRegion(trb); + return 0; +} + +/* + * Check to see if the region is empty. Assumes a region is passed + * as a parameter + */ +bool REGION::XEmptyRegion(Region r) +{ + if( r->numRects == 0 ) return true; + else return false; +} + +/* + * Check to see if two regions are equal + */ +bool REGION::XEqualRegion(Region r1, Region r2) +{ + int i; + + if( r1->numRects != r2->numRects ) return false; + else if( r1->numRects == 0 ) return true; + else if ( r1->extents.x1 != r2->extents.x1 ) return false; + else if ( r1->extents.x2 != r2->extents.x2 ) return false; + else if ( r1->extents.y1 != r2->extents.y1 ) return false; + else if ( r1->extents.y2 != r2->extents.y2 ) return false; + else for( i=0; i < r1->numRects; i++ ) { + if ( r1->rects[i].x1 != r2->rects[i].x1 ) return false; + else if ( r1->rects[i].x2 != r2->rects[i].x2 ) return false; + else if ( r1->rects[i].y1 != r2->rects[i].y1 ) return false; + else if ( r1->rects[i].y2 != r2->rects[i].y2 ) return false; + } + return true; +} + +bool REGION::XPointInRegion(Region pRegion, int x, int y) +{ + int i; + + if (pRegion->numRects == 0) + return false; + if (!INBOX(pRegion->extents, x, y)) + return false; + for (i=0; inumRects; i++) + { + if (INBOX (pRegion->rects[i], x, y)) + return true; + } + return false; +} + +wxRegionContain REGION::XRectInRegion(register Region region, + int rx, int ry, + unsigned int rwidth, + unsigned int rheight) +{ + register BoxPtr pbox; + register BoxPtr pboxEnd; + Box rect; + register BoxPtr prect = ▭ + int partIn, partOut; + + prect->x1 = rx; + prect->y1 = ry; + prect->x2 = rwidth + rx; + prect->y2 = rheight + ry; + + /* this is (just) a useful optimization */ + if ((region->numRects == 0) || !EXTENTCHECK(®ion->extents, prect)) + return(wxOutRegion); + + partOut = false; + partIn = false; + + /* can stop when both partOut and partIn are true, or we reach prect->y2 */ + for (pbox = region->rects, pboxEnd = pbox + region->numRects; + pbox < pboxEnd; + pbox++) + { + + if (pbox->y2 <= ry) + continue; /* getting up to speed or skipping remainder of band */ + + if (pbox->y1 > ry) + { + partOut = true; /* missed part of rectangle above */ + if (partIn || (pbox->y1 >= prect->y2)) + break; + ry = pbox->y1; /* x guaranteed to be == prect->x1 */ + } + + if (pbox->x2 <= rx) + continue; /* not far enough over yet */ + + if (pbox->x1 > rx) + { + partOut = true; /* missed part of rectangle to left */ + if (partIn) + break; + } + + if (pbox->x1 < prect->x2) + { + partIn = true; /* definitely overlap */ + if (partOut) + break; + } + + if (pbox->x2 >= prect->x2) + { + ry = pbox->y2; /* finished with this band */ + if (ry >= prect->y2) + break; + rx = prect->x1; /* reset x out to left again */ + } else + { + /* + * Because boxes in a band are maximal width, if the first box + * to overlap the rectangle doesn't completely cover it in that + * band, the rectangle must be partially out, since some of it + * will be uncovered in that band. partIn will have been set true + * by now... + */ + break; + } + + } + + return(partIn ? ((ry < prect->y2) ? wxPartRegion : wxInRegion) : + wxOutRegion); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/renderg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/renderg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..53a50e75c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/renderg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,810 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/renderg.cpp +// Purpose: generic implementation of wxRendererNative (for any platform) +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 20.07.2003 +// RCS-ID: $Id: renderg.cpp 66091 2010-11-10 13:52:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/renderer.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/gdicmn.h" + #include "wx/module.h" + #include "wx/control.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/splitter.h" +#include "wx/dcmirror.h" + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + #include "wx/osx/private.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRendererGeneric: our wxRendererNative implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxRendererGeneric : public wxRendererNative +{ +public: + wxRendererGeneric(); + + virtual int DrawHeaderButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0, + wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE, + wxHeaderButtonParams* params = NULL); + + virtual int DrawHeaderButtonContents(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0, + wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE, + wxHeaderButtonParams* params = NULL); + + virtual int GetHeaderButtonHeight(wxWindow *win); + + virtual int GetHeaderButtonMargin(wxWindow *win); + + virtual void DrawTreeItemButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0); + + virtual void DrawSplitterBorder(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0); + + virtual void DrawSplitterSash(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxSize& size, + wxCoord position, + wxOrientation orient, + int flags = 0); + + virtual void DrawComboBoxDropButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0); + + virtual void DrawDropArrow(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0); + + virtual void DrawCheckBox(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0); + + virtual wxSize GetCheckBoxSize(wxWindow *win); + + virtual void DrawPushButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0); + + virtual void DrawItemSelectionRect(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags = 0); + + virtual void DrawFocusRect(wxWindow* win, wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags = 0); + + virtual void DrawChoice(wxWindow* win, wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags=0); + + virtual void DrawComboBox(wxWindow* win, wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags=0); + + virtual void DrawTextCtrl(wxWindow* win, wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags=0); + + virtual void DrawRadioBitmap(wxWindow* win, wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags=0); + +#ifdef wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + virtual void DrawTitleBarBitmap(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + wxTitleBarButton button, + int flags = 0); +#endif // wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + + virtual wxSplitterRenderParams GetSplitterParams(const wxWindow *win); + + virtual wxRendererVersion GetVersion() const + { + return wxRendererVersion(wxRendererVersion::Current_Version, + wxRendererVersion::Current_Age); + } + + + // Cleanup by deleting standard renderer + static void Cleanup(); + + // Get the generic object + static wxRendererGeneric* DoGetGeneric(); + +protected: + // draw the rectange using the first pen for the left and top sides and + // the second one for the bottom and right ones + void DrawShadedRect(wxDC& dc, wxRect *rect, + const wxPen& pen1, const wxPen& pen2); + + // the standard pens + wxPen m_penBlack, + m_penDarkGrey, + m_penLightGrey, + m_penHighlight; + + static wxRendererGeneric* sm_rendererGeneric; +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxRendererGeneric implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// Get the generic object +wxRendererGeneric* wxRendererGeneric::DoGetGeneric() +{ + if (!sm_rendererGeneric) + sm_rendererGeneric = new wxRendererGeneric; + return sm_rendererGeneric; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRendererGeneric creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +wxRendererNative& wxRendererNative::GetGeneric() +{ + return * wxRendererGeneric::DoGetGeneric(); +} + +void wxRendererGeneric::Cleanup() +{ + wxDELETE(sm_rendererGeneric); +} + +wxRendererGeneric* wxRendererGeneric::sm_rendererGeneric = NULL; + +wxRendererGeneric::wxRendererGeneric() + : m_penBlack(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW)), + m_penDarkGrey(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)), + m_penLightGrey(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE)), + m_penHighlight(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHIGHLIGHT)) +{ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxRendererGeneric helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void +wxRendererGeneric::DrawShadedRect(wxDC& dc, + wxRect *rect, + const wxPen& pen1, + const wxPen& pen2) +{ + // draw the rectangle + dc.SetPen(pen1); + dc.DrawLine(rect->GetLeft(), rect->GetTop(), + rect->GetLeft(), rect->GetBottom()); + dc.DrawLine(rect->GetLeft() + 1, rect->GetTop(), + rect->GetRight(), rect->GetTop()); + dc.SetPen(pen2); + dc.DrawLine(rect->GetRight(), rect->GetTop(), + rect->GetRight(), rect->GetBottom()); + dc.DrawLine(rect->GetLeft(), rect->GetBottom(), + rect->GetRight() + 1, rect->GetBottom()); + + // adjust the rect + rect->Inflate(-1); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// tree/list ctrl drawing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int +wxRendererGeneric::DrawHeaderButton(wxWindow* win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags, + wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow, + wxHeaderButtonParams* params) +{ + const wxCoord x = rect.x, + y = rect.y, + w = rect.width, + h = rect.height; + + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE))); + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + + dc.SetPen(m_penBlack); + dc.DrawLine( x+w-1, y, x+w-1, y+h ); // right (outer) + dc.DrawLine( x, y+h-1, x+w, y+h-1 ); // bottom (outer) + + dc.SetPen(m_penDarkGrey); + dc.DrawLine( x+w-2, y+1, x+w-2, y+h-1 ); // right (inner) + dc.DrawLine( x+1, y+h-2, x+w-1, y+h-2 ); // bottom (inner) + + dc.SetPen(m_penHighlight); + dc.DrawLine( x, y, x, y+h-1 ); // left (outer) + dc.DrawLine( x, y, x+w-1, y ); // top (outer) + + return DrawHeaderButtonContents(win, dc, rect, flags, sortArrow, params); +} + + +int +wxRendererGeneric::DrawHeaderButtonContents(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags, + wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow, + wxHeaderButtonParams* params) +{ + int labelWidth = 0; + + // Mark this item as selected. For the generic version we'll just draw an + // underline + if ( flags & wxCONTROL_SELECTED ) + { + // draw a line at the bottom of the header button, overlaying the + // native hot-tracking line (on XP) + const int penwidth = 3; + int y = rect.y + rect.height + 1 - penwidth; + wxColour c = (params && params->m_selectionColour.Ok()) ? + params->m_selectionColour : wxColour(0x66, 0x66, 0x66); + wxPen pen(c, penwidth); + pen.SetCap(wxCAP_BUTT); + dc.SetPen(pen); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, y, rect.x + rect.width, y); + } + + // Draw an up or down arrow + int arrowSpace = 0; + if (sortArrow != wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE ) + { + wxRect ar = rect; + + // make a rect for the arrow + ar.height = 4; + ar.width = 8; + ar.y += (rect.height - ar.height)/2; + ar.x = ar.x + rect.width - 3*ar.width/2; + arrowSpace = 3*ar.width/2; // space to preserve when drawing the label + + wxPoint triPt[3]; + if ( sortArrow & wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP ) + { + triPt[0].x = ar.width / 2; + triPt[0].y = 0; + triPt[1].x = ar.width; + triPt[1].y = ar.height; + triPt[2].x = 0; + triPt[2].y = ar.height; + } + else + { + triPt[0].x = 0; + triPt[0].y = 0; + triPt[1].x = ar.width; + triPt[1].y = 0; + triPt[2].x = ar.width / 2; + triPt[2].y = ar.height; + } + + wxColour c = (params && params->m_arrowColour.Ok()) ? + params->m_arrowColour : wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW); + + wxDCPenChanger setPen(dc, c); + wxDCBrushChanger setBrush(dc, c); + + wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect); + dc.DrawPolygon( 3, triPt, ar.x, ar.y); + } + labelWidth += arrowSpace; + + int bmpWidth = 0; + + // draw the bitmap if there is one + if ( params && params->m_labelBitmap.Ok() ) + { + int w = params->m_labelBitmap.GetWidth(); + int h = params->m_labelBitmap.GetHeight(); + + const int margin = 1; // an extra pixel on either side of the bitmap + + bmpWidth = w + 2*margin; + labelWidth += bmpWidth; + + int x = rect.x + margin; + const int y = rect.y + wxMax(1, (rect.height - h) / 2); + + const int extraSpace = rect.width - labelWidth; + if ( params->m_labelText.empty() && extraSpace > 0 ) + { + // use the alignment flags + switch (params->m_labelAlignment) + { + default: + case wxALIGN_LEFT: + break; + + case wxALIGN_CENTER: + x += extraSpace/2; + break; + + case wxALIGN_RIGHT: + x += extraSpace; + break; + } + } + + wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect); + dc.DrawBitmap(params->m_labelBitmap, x, y, true); + } + + // Draw a label if one is given + if ( params && !params->m_labelText.empty() ) + { + const int margin = 5; // number of pixels to reserve on either side of the label + labelWidth += 2*margin; + + wxFont font = params->m_labelFont.Ok() ? + params->m_labelFont : win->GetFont(); + wxColour clr = params->m_labelColour.Ok() ? + params->m_labelColour : win->GetForegroundColour(); + + wxString label( params->m_labelText ); + + dc.SetFont(font); + dc.SetTextForeground(clr); + dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT); + + int tw, th, td; + dc.GetTextExtent( label, &tw, &th, &td); + + int x = rect.x + bmpWidth + margin; + const int y = rect.y + wxMax(0, (rect.height - (th+td)) / 2); + + // truncate and add an ellipsis (...) if the text is too wide. + const int availWidth = rect.width - labelWidth; +#if wxUSE_CONTROLS + if ( tw > availWidth ) + { + label = wxControl::Ellipsize(label, + dc, + wxELLIPSIZE_END, + availWidth, + wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_NONE); + tw = dc.GetTextExtent(label).x; + } + else // enough space, we can respect alignment +#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS + { + switch (params->m_labelAlignment) + { + default: + case wxALIGN_LEFT: + break; + + case wxALIGN_CENTER: + x += (availWidth - tw)/2; + break; + + case wxALIGN_RIGHT: + x += availWidth - tw; + break; + } + } + + dc.DrawText(label, x, y); + + labelWidth += tw; + } + + return labelWidth; +} + + +int wxRendererGeneric::GetHeaderButtonHeight(wxWindow *win) +{ + // Copied and adapted from src/generic/listctrl.cpp + const int HEADER_OFFSET_Y = 1; + const int EXTRA_HEIGHT = 4; + + int w=0, h=14, d=0; + if (win) + win->GetTextExtent(wxT("Hg"), &w, &h, &d); + + return h + d + 2 * HEADER_OFFSET_Y + EXTRA_HEIGHT; +} + +int wxRendererGeneric::GetHeaderButtonMargin(wxWindow *WXUNUSED(win)) +{ + return 5; +} + + +// draw the plus or minus sign +void +wxRendererGeneric::DrawTreeItemButton(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(win), + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags) +{ + // store settings + wxDCPenChanger penChanger(dc, *wxGREY_PEN); + wxDCBrushChanger brushChanger(dc, *wxWHITE_BRUSH); + + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + + // black lines + const wxCoord xMiddle = rect.x + rect.width/2; + const wxCoord yMiddle = rect.y + rect.height/2; + + // half of the length of the horz lines in "-" and "+" + const wxCoord halfWidth = rect.width/2 - 2; + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.DrawLine(xMiddle - halfWidth, yMiddle, + xMiddle + halfWidth + 1, yMiddle); + + if ( !(flags & wxCONTROL_EXPANDED) ) + { + // turn "-" into "+" + const wxCoord halfHeight = rect.height/2 - 2; + dc.DrawLine(xMiddle, yMiddle - halfHeight, + xMiddle, yMiddle + halfHeight + 1); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// sash drawing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSplitterRenderParams +wxRendererGeneric::GetSplitterParams(const wxWindow *win) +{ + // see below + wxCoord sashWidth, + border; + + if ( win->HasFlag(wxSP_3DSASH) ) + sashWidth = 7; + else if ( win->HasFlag(wxSP_NOSASH) ) + sashWidth = 0; + else // no 3D effect + sashWidth = 3; + + if ( win->HasFlag(wxSP_3DBORDER) ) + border = 2; + else // no 3D effect + border = 0; + + return wxSplitterRenderParams(sashWidth, border, false); +} + +void +wxRendererGeneric::DrawSplitterBorder(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rectOrig, + int WXUNUSED(falgs)) +{ + if ( win->HasFlag(wxSP_3DBORDER) ) + { + wxRect rect = rectOrig; + DrawShadedRect(dc, &rect, m_penDarkGrey, m_penHighlight); + DrawShadedRect(dc, &rect, m_penBlack, m_penLightGrey); + } +} + +void +wxRendererGeneric::DrawSplitterSash(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dcReal, + const wxSize& sizeReal, + wxCoord position, + wxOrientation orient, + int WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ + // to avoid duplicating the same code for horizontal and vertical sashes, + // simply mirror the DC instead if needed (i.e. if horz splitter) + wxMirrorDC dc(dcReal, orient != wxVERTICAL); + wxSize size = dc.Reflect(sizeReal); + + + // we draw a Win32-like grey sash with possible 3D border here: + // + // ---- this is position + // / + // v + // dWGGGDd + // GWGGGDB + // GWGGGDB where G is light grey (face) + // GWGGGDB W white (light) + // GWGGGDB D dark grey (shadow) + // GWGGGDB B black (dark shadow) + // GWGGGDB + // GWGGGDB and lower letters are our border (already drawn) + // GWGGGDB + // wWGGGDd + // + // only the middle 3 columns are drawn unless wxSP_3D is specified + + const wxCoord h = size.y; + wxCoord offset = 0; + + // If we're drawing the border, draw the sash 3d lines shorter + if ( win->HasFlag(wxSP_3DBORDER) ) + { + offset = 1; + } + + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE))); + + if ( win->HasFlag(wxSP_3DSASH) ) + { + // Draw the 3D sash + dc.DrawRectangle(position + 2, 0, 3, h); + + dc.SetPen(m_penLightGrey); + dc.DrawLine(position, offset, position, h - offset); + + dc.SetPen(m_penHighlight); + dc.DrawLine(position + 1, 0, position + 1, h); + + dc.SetPen(m_penDarkGrey); + dc.DrawLine(position + 5, 0, position + 5, h); + + dc.SetPen(m_penBlack); + dc.DrawLine(position + 6, offset, position + 6, h - offset); + } + else + { + // Draw a flat sash + dc.DrawRectangle(position, 0, 3, h); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// button drawing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void +wxRendererGeneric::DrawComboBoxDropButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags) +{ + DrawPushButton(win,dc,rect,flags); + DrawDropArrow(win,dc,rect,flags); +} + +void +wxRendererGeneric::DrawDropArrow(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ + // This generic implementation should be good + // enough for Windows platforms (including XP). + + int arrowHalf = rect.width/5; + int rectMid = rect.width / 2; + int arrowTopY = (rect.height/2) - (arrowHalf/2); + + // This should always result in arrow with odd width. + wxPoint pt[] = + { + wxPoint(rectMid - arrowHalf, arrowTopY), + wxPoint(rectMid + arrowHalf, arrowTopY), + wxPoint(rectMid, arrowTopY + arrowHalf) + }; + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(win->GetForegroundColour())); + dc.SetPen(wxPen(win->GetForegroundColour())); + dc.DrawPolygon(WXSIZEOF(pt), pt, rect.x, rect.y); +} + +void +wxRendererGeneric::DrawCheckBox(wxWindow *WXUNUSED(win), + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags) +{ + dc.SetPen(*(flags & wxCONTROL_DISABLED ? wxGREY_PEN : wxBLACK_PEN)); + dc.SetBrush( *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH ); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + + if ( flags & wxCONTROL_CHECKED ) + { + dc.DrawCheckMark(rect.Deflate(2, 2)); + } +} + +wxSize wxRendererGeneric::GetCheckBoxSize(wxWindow *WXUNUSED(win)) +{ + return wxSize(16, 16); +} + +void +wxRendererGeneric::DrawPushButton(wxWindow *win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags) +{ + // Don't try anything too fancy. It'll just turn out looking + // out-of-place on most platforms. + wxColour bgCol = flags & wxCONTROL_DISABLED ? + wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE) : + win->GetBackgroundColour(); + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(bgCol)); + dc.SetPen(wxPen(bgCol)); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); +} + +void +wxRendererGeneric::DrawItemSelectionRect(wxWindow * win, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + int flags) +{ + wxBrush brush; + if ( flags & wxCONTROL_SELECTED ) + { + if ( flags & wxCONTROL_FOCUSED ) + { + brush = wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT)); + } + else // !focused + { + brush = wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW)); + } + } + else // !selected + { + brush = *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH; + } + + dc.SetBrush(brush); + if ((flags & wxCONTROL_CURRENT) && (flags & wxCONTROL_FOCUSED) +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON + && IsControlActive( (ControlRef)win->GetHandle() ) +#endif + ) + dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); + else + dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); + + dc.DrawRectangle( rect ); + + // it's unused everywhere except in wxOSX/Carbon + wxUnusedVar(win); +} + +void +wxRendererGeneric::DrawFocusRect(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(win), wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ + // draw the pixels manually because the "dots" in wxPen with wxDOT style + // may be short traits and not really dots + // + // note that to behave in the same manner as DrawRect(), we must exclude + // the bottom and right borders from the rectangle + wxCoord x1 = rect.GetLeft(), + y1 = rect.GetTop(), + x2 = rect.GetRight(), + y2 = rect.GetBottom(); + + dc.SetPen(m_penBlack); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxCOPY); +#else + // this seems to be closer than what Windows does than wxINVERT although + // I'm still not sure if it's correct + dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxAND_REVERSE); +#endif + + wxCoord z; + for ( z = x1 + 1; z < x2; z += 2 ) + dc.DrawPoint(z, rect.GetTop()); + + wxCoord shift = z == x2 ? 0 : 1; + for ( z = y1 + shift; z < y2; z += 2 ) + dc.DrawPoint(x2, z); + + shift = z == y2 ? 0 : 1; + for ( z = x2 - shift; z > x1; z -= 2 ) + dc.DrawPoint(z, y2); + + shift = z == x1 ? 0 : 1; + for ( z = y2 - shift; z > y1; z -= 2 ) + dc.DrawPoint(x1, z); + + dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxCOPY); +} + +void wxRendererGeneric::DrawChoice(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(win), wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), + const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect), int WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG("UNIMPLEMENTED: wxRendererGeneric::DrawChoice"); +} + +void wxRendererGeneric::DrawComboBox(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(win), wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), + const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect), int WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG("UNIMPLEMENTED: wxRendererGeneric::DrawComboBox"); +} + +void wxRendererGeneric::DrawRadioBitmap(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(win), wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), + const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect), int WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG("UNIMPLEMENTED: wxRendererGeneric::DrawRadioBitmap"); +} + +void wxRendererGeneric::DrawTextCtrl(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(win), wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), + const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect), int WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG("UNIMPLEMENTED: wxRendererGeneric::DrawTextCtrl"); +} + +#ifdef wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + +void wxRendererGeneric::DrawTitleBarBitmap(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(win), + wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), + const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect), + wxTitleBarButton WXUNUSED(button), + int WXUNUSED(flags)) +{ + // no need to fail here, if wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP is defined this + // will be implemented in the native renderer and this version is never + // going to be used -- but we still need to define it to allow + // instantiation of this class (which would have been pure virtual + // otherwise) +} + +#endif // wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// A module to allow cleanup of generic renderer. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGenericRendererModule: public wxModule +{ +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericRendererModule) +public: + wxGenericRendererModule() {} + bool OnInit() { return true; } + void OnExit() { wxRendererGeneric::Cleanup(); } +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericRendererModule, wxModule) diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/richmsgdlgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/richmsgdlgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d7741167b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/richmsgdlgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/richmsgdlgg.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericRichMessageDialog +// Author: Rickard Westerlund +// Created: 2010-07-04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: richmsgdlgg.cpp 66669 2011-01-12 13:39:29Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/checkbox.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/collpane.h" +#include "wx/richmsgdlg.h" + +wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichMessageDialog, wxDialog) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Events and handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericRichMessageDialog, wxRichMessageDialogBase) + EVT_COLLAPSIBLEPANE_CHANGED(wxID_ANY, + wxGenericRichMessageDialog::OnPaneChanged) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxGenericRichMessageDialog::OnPaneChanged(wxCollapsiblePaneEvent& event) +{ + if ( event.GetCollapsed() ) + m_detailsPane->SetLabel( m_detailsExpanderCollapsedLabel ); + else + m_detailsPane->SetLabel( m_detailsExpanderExpandedLabel ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericRichMessageDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericRichMessageDialog::AddMessageDialogCheckBox(wxSizer *sizer) +{ + if ( !m_checkBoxText.empty() ) + { + m_checkBox = new wxCheckBox(this, wxID_ANY, m_checkBoxText); + m_checkBox->SetValue(m_checkBoxValue); + + sizer->Add(m_checkBox, wxSizerFlags().Left().Border(wxLEFT|wxTOP, 10)); + } +} + +void wxGenericRichMessageDialog::AddMessageDialogDetails(wxSizer *sizer) +{ + if ( !m_detailedText.empty() ) + { + wxSizer *sizerDetails = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + + m_detailsPane = + new wxCollapsiblePane( this, -1, m_detailsExpanderCollapsedLabel ); + + // add the detailed text + wxWindow *windowPane = m_detailsPane->GetPane(); + wxSizer *sizerPane = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + sizerPane->Add( new wxStaticText( windowPane, -1, m_detailedText ) ); + windowPane->SetSizer( sizerPane ); + + sizerDetails->Add( m_detailsPane, wxSizerFlags().Right().Expand() ); + sizer->Add( sizerDetails, 0, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT | wxALIGN_LEFT, 10 ); + } +} + +bool wxGenericRichMessageDialog::IsCheckBoxChecked() const +{ + // This function can be called before the dialog is shown and hence before + // the check box is created. + return m_checkBox ? m_checkBox->IsChecked() : m_checkBoxValue; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/sashwin.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/sashwin.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d6b801c7ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/sashwin.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,708 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/sashwin.cpp +// Purpose: wxSashWindow implementation. A sash window has an optional +// sash on each edge, allowing it to be dragged. An event +// is generated when the sash is released. +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: sashwin.cpp 58718 2009-02-07 18:59:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SASH + +#include "wx/sashwin.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/frame.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/dcscreen.h" + #include "wx/math.h" +#endif + +#include + +#include "wx/laywin.h" + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, wxSashEvent ); + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSashWindow, wxWindow) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSashEvent, wxCommandEvent) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSashWindow, wxWindow) + EVT_PAINT(wxSashWindow::OnPaint) + EVT_SIZE(wxSashWindow::OnSize) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent) +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined( __WXMAC__) + EVT_SET_CURSOR(wxSashWindow::OnSetCursor) +#endif // __WXMSW__ || __WXMAC__ + +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +bool wxSashWindow::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, long style, const wxString& name) +{ + return wxWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); +} + +wxSashWindow::~wxSashWindow() +{ + delete m_sashCursorWE; + delete m_sashCursorNS; +} + +void wxSashWindow::Init() +{ + m_draggingEdge = wxSASH_NONE; + m_dragMode = wxSASH_DRAG_NONE; + m_oldX = 0; + m_oldY = 0; + m_firstX = 0; + m_firstY = 0; + m_borderSize = 3; + m_extraBorderSize = 0; + m_minimumPaneSizeX = 0; + m_minimumPaneSizeY = 0; + m_maximumPaneSizeX = 10000; + m_maximumPaneSizeY = 10000; + m_sashCursorWE = new wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZEWE); + m_sashCursorNS = new wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZENS); + m_mouseCaptured = false; + m_currentCursor = NULL; + + // Eventually, we'll respond to colour change messages + InitColours(); +} + +void wxSashWindow::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + + DrawBorders(dc); + DrawSashes(dc); +} + +void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + wxCoord x = 0, y = 0; + event.GetPosition(&x, &y); + + wxSashEdgePosition sashHit = SashHitTest(x, y); + + if (event.LeftDown()) + { + CaptureMouse(); + m_mouseCaptured = true; + + if ( sashHit != wxSASH_NONE ) + { + // Required for X to specify that + // that we wish to draw on top of all windows + // - and we optimise by specifying the area + // for creating the overlap window. + // Find the first frame or dialog and use this to specify + // the area to draw on. + wxWindow* parent = this; + + while (parent && !parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)) && + !parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame))) + parent = parent->GetParent(); + + wxScreenDC::StartDrawingOnTop(parent); + + // We don't say we're dragging yet; we leave that + // decision for the Dragging() branch, to ensure + // the user has dragged a little bit. + m_dragMode = wxSASH_DRAG_LEFT_DOWN; + m_draggingEdge = sashHit; + m_firstX = x; + m_firstY = y; + + if ( (sashHit == wxSASH_LEFT) || (sashHit == wxSASH_RIGHT) ) + { + if (m_currentCursor != m_sashCursorWE) + { + SetCursor(*m_sashCursorWE); + } + m_currentCursor = m_sashCursorWE; + } + else + { + if (m_currentCursor != m_sashCursorNS) + { + SetCursor(*m_sashCursorNS); + } + m_currentCursor = m_sashCursorNS; + } + } + } + else if ( event.LeftUp() && m_dragMode == wxSASH_DRAG_LEFT_DOWN ) + { + // Wasn't a proper drag + if (m_mouseCaptured) + ReleaseMouse(); + m_mouseCaptured = false; + + wxScreenDC::EndDrawingOnTop(); + m_dragMode = wxSASH_DRAG_NONE; + m_draggingEdge = wxSASH_NONE; + } + else if (event.LeftUp() && m_dragMode == wxSASH_DRAG_DRAGGING) + { + // We can stop dragging now and see what we've got. + m_dragMode = wxSASH_DRAG_NONE; + if (m_mouseCaptured) + ReleaseMouse(); + m_mouseCaptured = false; + + // Erase old tracker + DrawSashTracker(m_draggingEdge, m_oldX, m_oldY); + + // End drawing on top (frees the window used for drawing + // over the screen) + wxScreenDC::EndDrawingOnTop(); + + int w, h; + GetSize(&w, &h); + int xp, yp; + GetPosition(&xp, &yp); + + wxSashEdgePosition edge = m_draggingEdge; + m_draggingEdge = wxSASH_NONE; + + wxRect dragRect; + wxSashDragStatus status = wxSASH_STATUS_OK; + + // the new height and width of the window - if -1, it didn't change + int newHeight = wxDefaultCoord, + newWidth = wxDefaultCoord; + + // NB: x and y may be negative and they're relative to the sash window + // upper left corner, while xp and yp are expressed in the parent + // window system of coordinates, so adjust them! After this + // adjustment, all coordinates are relative to the parent window. + y += yp; + x += xp; + + switch (edge) + { + case wxSASH_TOP: + if ( y > yp + h ) + { + // top sash shouldn't get below the bottom one + status = wxSASH_STATUS_OUT_OF_RANGE; + } + else + { + newHeight = h - (y - yp); + } + break; + + case wxSASH_BOTTOM: + if ( y < yp ) + { + // bottom sash shouldn't get above the top one + status = wxSASH_STATUS_OUT_OF_RANGE; + } + else + { + newHeight = y - yp; + } + break; + + case wxSASH_LEFT: + if ( x > xp + w ) + { + // left sash shouldn't get beyond the right one + status = wxSASH_STATUS_OUT_OF_RANGE; + } + else + { + newWidth = w - (x - xp); + } + break; + + case wxSASH_RIGHT: + if ( x < xp ) + { + // and the right sash, finally, shouldn't be beyond the + // left one + status = wxSASH_STATUS_OUT_OF_RANGE; + } + else + { + newWidth = x - xp; + } + break; + + case wxSASH_NONE: + // can this happen at all? + break; + } + + if ( newHeight == wxDefaultCoord ) + { + // didn't change + newHeight = h; + } + else + { + // make sure it's in m_minimumPaneSizeY..m_maximumPaneSizeY range + newHeight = wxMax(newHeight, m_minimumPaneSizeY); + newHeight = wxMin(newHeight, m_maximumPaneSizeY); + } + + if ( newWidth == wxDefaultCoord ) + { + // didn't change + newWidth = w; + } + else + { + // make sure it's in m_minimumPaneSizeY..m_maximumPaneSizeY range + newWidth = wxMax(newWidth, m_minimumPaneSizeX); + newWidth = wxMin(newWidth, m_maximumPaneSizeX); + } + + dragRect = wxRect(x, y, newWidth, newHeight); + + wxSashEvent eventSash(GetId(), edge); + eventSash.SetEventObject(this); + eventSash.SetDragStatus(status); + eventSash.SetDragRect(dragRect); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventSash); + } + else if ( event.LeftUp() ) + { + if (m_mouseCaptured) + ReleaseMouse(); + m_mouseCaptured = false; + } + else if ((event.Moving() || event.Leaving()) && !event.Dragging()) + { + // Just change the cursor if required + if ( sashHit != wxSASH_NONE ) + { + if ( (sashHit == wxSASH_LEFT) || (sashHit == wxSASH_RIGHT) ) + { + if (m_currentCursor != m_sashCursorWE) + { + SetCursor(*m_sashCursorWE); + } + m_currentCursor = m_sashCursorWE; + } + else + { + if (m_currentCursor != m_sashCursorNS) + { + SetCursor(*m_sashCursorNS); + } + m_currentCursor = m_sashCursorNS; + } + } + else + { + SetCursor(wxNullCursor); + m_currentCursor = NULL; + } + } + else if ( event.Dragging() && + ((m_dragMode == wxSASH_DRAG_DRAGGING) || + (m_dragMode == wxSASH_DRAG_LEFT_DOWN)) ) + { + if ( (m_draggingEdge == wxSASH_LEFT) || (m_draggingEdge == wxSASH_RIGHT) ) + { + if (m_currentCursor != m_sashCursorWE) + { + SetCursor(*m_sashCursorWE); + } + m_currentCursor = m_sashCursorWE; + } + else + { + if (m_currentCursor != m_sashCursorNS) + { + SetCursor(*m_sashCursorNS); + } + m_currentCursor = m_sashCursorNS; + } + + if (m_dragMode == wxSASH_DRAG_LEFT_DOWN) + { + m_dragMode = wxSASH_DRAG_DRAGGING; + DrawSashTracker(m_draggingEdge, x, y); + } + else + { + if ( m_dragMode == wxSASH_DRAG_DRAGGING ) + { + // Erase old tracker + DrawSashTracker(m_draggingEdge, m_oldX, m_oldY); + + // Draw new one + DrawSashTracker(m_draggingEdge, x, y); + } + } + m_oldX = x; + m_oldY = y; + } + else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) + { + // Nothing + } + else + { + } +} + +void wxSashWindow::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + SizeWindows(); +} + +wxSashEdgePosition wxSashWindow::SashHitTest(int x, int y, int WXUNUSED(tolerance)) +{ + int cx, cy; + GetClientSize(& cx, & cy); + + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) + { + wxSashEdge& edge = m_sashes[i]; + wxSashEdgePosition position = (wxSashEdgePosition) i ; + + if (edge.m_show) + { + switch (position) + { + case wxSASH_TOP: + { + if (y >= 0 && y <= GetEdgeMargin(position)) + return wxSASH_TOP; + break; + } + case wxSASH_RIGHT: + { + if ((x >= cx - GetEdgeMargin(position)) && (x <= cx)) + return wxSASH_RIGHT; + break; + } + case wxSASH_BOTTOM: + { + if ((y >= cy - GetEdgeMargin(position)) && (y <= cy)) + return wxSASH_BOTTOM; + break; + } + case wxSASH_LEFT: + { + if ((x <= GetEdgeMargin(position)) && (x >= 0)) + return wxSASH_LEFT; + break; + } + case wxSASH_NONE: + { + break; + } + } + } + } + return wxSASH_NONE; +} + +// Draw 3D effect borders +void wxSashWindow::DrawBorders(wxDC& dc) +{ + int w, h; + GetClientSize(&w, &h); + + wxPen mediumShadowPen(m_mediumShadowColour, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxPen darkShadowPen(m_darkShadowColour, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxPen lightShadowPen(m_lightShadowColour, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxPen hilightPen(m_hilightColour, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + + if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxSW_3DBORDER ) + { + dc.SetPen(mediumShadowPen); + dc.DrawLine(0, 0, w-1, 0); + dc.DrawLine(0, 0, 0, h - 1); + + dc.SetPen(darkShadowPen); + dc.DrawLine(1, 1, w-2, 1); + dc.DrawLine(1, 1, 1, h-2); + + dc.SetPen(hilightPen); + dc.DrawLine(0, h-1, w-1, h-1); + dc.DrawLine(w-1, 0, w-1, h); // Surely the maximum y pos. should be h - 1. + /// Anyway, h is required for MSW. + + dc.SetPen(lightShadowPen); + dc.DrawLine(w-2, 1, w-2, h-2); // Right hand side + dc.DrawLine(1, h-2, w-1, h-2); // Bottom + } + else if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxSW_BORDER ) + { + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.DrawRectangle(0, 0, w-1, h-1); + } + + dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); + dc.SetBrush(wxNullBrush); +} + +void wxSashWindow::DrawSashes(wxDC& dc) +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) + if (m_sashes[i].m_show) + DrawSash((wxSashEdgePosition) i, dc); +} + +// Draw the sash +void wxSashWindow::DrawSash(wxSashEdgePosition edge, wxDC& dc) +{ + int w, h; + GetClientSize(&w, &h); + + wxPen facePen(m_faceColour, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxBrush faceBrush(m_faceColour, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID); + wxPen mediumShadowPen(m_mediumShadowColour, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxPen darkShadowPen(m_darkShadowColour, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxPen lightShadowPen(m_lightShadowColour, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxPen hilightPen(m_hilightColour, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxColour blackClr(0, 0, 0); + wxColour whiteClr(255, 255, 255); + wxPen blackPen(blackClr, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + wxPen whitePen(whiteClr, 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + + if ( edge == wxSASH_LEFT || edge == wxSASH_RIGHT ) + { + int sashPosition = (edge == wxSASH_LEFT) ? 0 : ( w - GetEdgeMargin(edge) ); + + dc.SetPen(facePen); + dc.SetBrush(faceBrush); + dc.DrawRectangle(sashPosition, 0, GetEdgeMargin(edge), h); + + if (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxSW_3DSASH) + { + if (edge == wxSASH_LEFT) + { + // Draw a dark grey line on the left to indicate that the + // sash is raised + dc.SetPen(mediumShadowPen); + dc.DrawLine(GetEdgeMargin(edge), 0, GetEdgeMargin(edge), h); + } + else + { + // Draw a highlight line on the right to indicate that the + // sash is raised + dc.SetPen(hilightPen); + dc.DrawLine(w - GetEdgeMargin(edge), 0, w - GetEdgeMargin(edge), h); + } + } + } + else // top or bottom + { + int sashPosition = (edge == wxSASH_TOP) ? 0 : ( h - GetEdgeMargin(edge) ); + + dc.SetPen(facePen); + dc.SetBrush(faceBrush); + dc.DrawRectangle(0, sashPosition, w, GetEdgeMargin(edge)); + + if (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxSW_3DSASH) + { + if (edge == wxSASH_BOTTOM) + { + // Draw a highlight line on the bottom to indicate that the + // sash is raised + dc.SetPen(hilightPen); + dc.DrawLine(0, h - GetEdgeMargin(edge), w, h - GetEdgeMargin(edge)); + } + else + { + // Draw a drak grey line on the top to indicate that the + // sash is raised + dc.SetPen(mediumShadowPen); + dc.DrawLine(1, GetEdgeMargin(edge), w-1, GetEdgeMargin(edge)); + } + } + } + + dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); + dc.SetBrush(wxNullBrush); +} + +// Draw the sash tracker (for whilst moving the sash) +void wxSashWindow::DrawSashTracker(wxSashEdgePosition edge, int x, int y) +{ + int w, h; + GetClientSize(&w, &h); + + wxScreenDC screenDC; + int x1, y1; + int x2, y2; + + if ( edge == wxSASH_LEFT || edge == wxSASH_RIGHT ) + { + x1 = x; y1 = 2; + x2 = x; y2 = h-2; + + if ( (edge == wxSASH_LEFT) && (x1 > w) ) + { + x1 = w; x2 = w; + } + else if ( (edge == wxSASH_RIGHT) && (x1 < 0) ) + { + x1 = 0; x2 = 0; + } + } + else + { + x1 = 2; y1 = y; + x2 = w-2; y2 = y; + + if ( (edge == wxSASH_TOP) && (y1 > h) ) + { + y1 = h; + y2 = h; + } + else if ( (edge == wxSASH_BOTTOM) && (y1 < 0) ) + { + y1 = 0; + y2 = 0; + } + } + + ClientToScreen(&x1, &y1); + ClientToScreen(&x2, &y2); + + wxPen sashTrackerPen(*wxBLACK, 2, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + + screenDC.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); + screenDC.SetPen(sashTrackerPen); + screenDC.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + + screenDC.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y2); + + screenDC.SetLogicalFunction(wxCOPY); + + screenDC.SetPen(wxNullPen); + screenDC.SetBrush(wxNullBrush); +} + +// Position and size subwindows. +// Note that the border size applies to each subwindow, not +// including the edges next to the sash. +void wxSashWindow::SizeWindows() +{ + int cw, ch; + GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); + + if (GetChildren().GetCount() == 1) + { + wxWindow* child = GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData(); + + int x = 0; + int y = 0; + int width = cw; + int height = ch; + + // Top + if (m_sashes[0].m_show) + { + y = m_borderSize; + height -= m_borderSize; + } + y += m_extraBorderSize; + + // Left + if (m_sashes[3].m_show) + { + x = m_borderSize; + width -= m_borderSize; + } + x += m_extraBorderSize; + + // Right + if (m_sashes[1].m_show) + { + width -= m_borderSize; + } + width -= 2*m_extraBorderSize; + + // Bottom + if (m_sashes[2].m_show) + { + height -= m_borderSize; + } + height -= 2*m_extraBorderSize; + + child->SetSize(x, y, width, height); + } + else if (GetChildren().GetCount() > 1) + { + // Perhaps multiple children are themselves sash windows. + // TODO: this doesn't really work because the subwindows sizes/positions + // must be set to leave a gap for the parent's sash (hit-test and decorations). + // Perhaps we can allow for this within LayoutWindow, testing whether the parent + // is a sash window, and if so, allowing some space for the edges. + wxLayoutAlgorithm layout; + layout.LayoutWindow(this); + } + + wxClientDC dc(this); + DrawBorders(dc); + DrawSashes(dc); +} + +// Initialize colours +void wxSashWindow::InitColours() +{ + // Shadow colours + m_faceColour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE); + m_mediumShadowColour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW); + m_darkShadowColour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW); + m_lightShadowColour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DLIGHT); + m_hilightColour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHILIGHT); +} + +void wxSashWindow::SetSashVisible(wxSashEdgePosition edge, bool sash) +{ + m_sashes[edge].m_show = sash; + if (sash) + m_sashes[edge].m_margin = m_borderSize; + else + m_sashes[edge].m_margin = 0; +} + +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined( __WXMAC__) + +// this is currently called (and needed) under MSW only... +void wxSashWindow::OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& event) +{ + // if we don't do it, the resizing cursor might be set for child window: + // and like this we explicitly say that our cursor should not be used for + // children windows which overlap us + + if ( SashHitTest(event.GetX(), event.GetY()) != wxSASH_NONE) + { + // default processing is ok + event.Skip(); + } + //else: do nothing, in particular, don't call Skip() +} + +#endif // __WXMSW__ || __WXMAC__ + +#endif // wxUSE_SASH diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/scrlwing.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/scrlwing.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6210c21360 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/scrlwing.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1567 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/scrlwing.cpp +// Purpose: wxScrolledWindow implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin on 31.08.00: wxScrollHelper allows to implement. +// Ron Lee on 10.4.02: virtual size / auto scrollbars et al. +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: scrlwing.cpp 64877 2010-07-11 10:43:35Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/scrolwin.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/panel.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/timer.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ +#include "wx/scrolbar.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/recguard.h" + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + #include // for DLGC_WANTARROWS + #include "wx/msw/winundef.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXMOTIF__ +// For wxRETAINED implementation +#ifdef __VMS__ //VMS's Xm.h is not (yet) compatible with C++ + //This code switches off the compiler warnings +# pragma message disable nosimpint +#endif +#include +#ifdef __VMS__ +# pragma message enable nosimpint +#endif +#endif + +/* + TODO PROPERTIES + style wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL +*/ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScrollHelperEvtHandler: intercept the events from the window and forward +// them to wxScrollHelper +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollHelperEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxScrollHelperEvtHandler(wxScrollHelperBase *scrollHelper) + { + m_scrollHelper = scrollHelper; + } + + virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); + + void ResetDrawnFlag() { m_hasDrawnWindow = false; } + +private: + wxScrollHelperBase *m_scrollHelper; + + bool m_hasDrawnWindow; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScrollHelperEvtHandler); +}; + +#if wxUSE_TIMER +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAutoScrollTimer: the timer used to generate a stream of scroll events when +// a captured mouse is held outside the window +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxAutoScrollTimer : public wxTimer +{ +public: + wxAutoScrollTimer(wxWindow *winToScroll, + wxScrollHelperBase *scroll, + wxEventType eventTypeToSend, + int pos, int orient); + + virtual void Notify(); + +private: + wxWindow *m_win; + wxScrollHelperBase *m_scrollHelper; + wxEventType m_eventType; + int m_pos, + m_orient; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAutoScrollTimer); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAutoScrollTimer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxAutoScrollTimer::wxAutoScrollTimer(wxWindow *winToScroll, + wxScrollHelperBase *scroll, + wxEventType eventTypeToSend, + int pos, int orient) +{ + m_win = winToScroll; + m_scrollHelper = scroll; + m_eventType = eventTypeToSend; + m_pos = pos; + m_orient = orient; +} + +void wxAutoScrollTimer::Notify() +{ + // only do all this as long as the window is capturing the mouse + if ( wxWindow::GetCapture() != m_win ) + { + Stop(); + } + else // we still capture the mouse, continue generating events + { + // first scroll the window if we are allowed to do it + wxScrollWinEvent event1(m_eventType, m_pos, m_orient); + event1.SetEventObject(m_win); + if ( m_scrollHelper->SendAutoScrollEvents(event1) && + m_win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event1) ) + { + // and then send a pseudo mouse-move event to refresh the selection + wxMouseEvent event2(wxEVT_MOTION); + event2.SetPosition(wxGetMousePosition()); + + // the mouse event coordinates should be client, not screen as + // returned by wxGetMousePosition + wxWindow *parentTop = m_win; + while ( parentTop->GetParent() ) + parentTop = parentTop->GetParent(); + wxPoint ptOrig = parentTop->GetPosition(); + event2.m_x -= ptOrig.x; + event2.m_y -= ptOrig.y; + + event2.SetEventObject(m_win); + + // FIXME: we don't fill in the other members - ok? + + m_win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2); + } + else // can't scroll further, stop + { + Stop(); + } + } +} +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScrollHelperEvtHandler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event) +{ + wxEventType evType = event.GetEventType(); + + // the explanation of wxEVT_PAINT processing hack: for historic reasons + // there are 2 ways to process this event in classes deriving from + // wxScrolledWindow. The user code may + // + // 1. override wxScrolledWindow::OnDraw(dc) + // 2. define its own OnPaint() handler + // + // In addition, in wxUniversal wxWindow defines OnPaint() itself and + // always processes the draw event, so we can't just try the window + // OnPaint() first and call our HandleOnPaint() if it doesn't process it + // (the latter would never be called in wxUniversal). + // + // So the solution is to have a flag telling us whether the user code drew + // anything in the window. We set it to true here but reset it to false in + // wxScrolledWindow::OnPaint() handler (which wouldn't be called if the + // user code defined OnPaint() in the derived class) + m_hasDrawnWindow = true; + + // Pass it on to the real handler: notice that we must not call + // ProcessEvent() on this object itself as it wouldn't pass it to the next + // handler (i.e. the real window) if we're called from a previous handler + // (as indicated by "process here only" flag being set) and we do want to + // execute the handler defined in the window we're associated with right + // now, without waiting until TryAfter() is called from wxEvtHandler. + bool processed = m_nextHandler->ProcessEvent(event); + + // always process the size events ourselves, even if the user code handles + // them as well, as we need to AdjustScrollbars() + // + // NB: it is important to do it after processing the event in the normal + // way as HandleOnSize() may generate a wxEVT_SIZE itself if the + // scrollbar[s] (dis)appear and it should be seen by the user code + // after this one + if ( evType == wxEVT_SIZE ) + { + m_scrollHelper->HandleOnSize((wxSizeEvent &)event); + + return true; + } + + if ( processed ) + { + // normally, nothing more to do here - except if it was a paint event + // which wasn't really processed, then we'll try to call our + // OnDraw() below (from HandleOnPaint) + if ( m_hasDrawnWindow || event.IsCommandEvent() ) + { + return true; + } + } + + if ( evType == wxEVT_PAINT ) + { + m_scrollHelper->HandleOnPaint((wxPaintEvent &)event); + return true; + } + + if ( evType == wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS ) + { + m_scrollHelper->HandleOnChildFocus((wxChildFocusEvent &)event); + return true; + } + + // reset the skipped flag (which might have been set to true in + // ProcessEvent() above) to be able to test it below + bool wasSkipped = event.GetSkipped(); + if ( wasSkipped ) + event.Skip(false); + + if ( evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE ) + { + m_scrollHelper->HandleOnScroll((wxScrollWinEvent &)event); + if ( !event.GetSkipped() ) + { + // it makes sense to indicate that we processed the message as we + // did scroll the window (and also notice that wxAutoScrollTimer + // relies on our return value to stop scrolling when we are at top + // or bottom already) + processed = true; + wasSkipped = false; + } + } + + if ( evType == wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW ) + { + m_scrollHelper->HandleOnMouseEnter((wxMouseEvent &)event); + } + else if ( evType == wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW ) + { + m_scrollHelper->HandleOnMouseLeave((wxMouseEvent &)event); + } +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + // Use GTK's own scroll wheel handling in GtkScrolledWindow +#ifndef __WXGTK20__ + else if ( evType == wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL ) + { + m_scrollHelper->HandleOnMouseWheel((wxMouseEvent &)event); + return true; + } +#endif +#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + else if ( evType == wxEVT_CHAR ) + { + m_scrollHelper->HandleOnChar((wxKeyEvent &)event); + if ( !event.GetSkipped() ) + { + processed = true; + wasSkipped = false; + } + } + + event.Skip(wasSkipped); + + // We called ProcessEvent() on the next handler, meaning that we explicitly + // worked around the request to process the event in this handler only. As + // explained above, this is unfortunately really necessary but the trouble + // is that the event will continue to be post-processed by the previous + // handler resulting in duplicate calls to event handlers. Call the special + // function below to prevent this from happening, base class DoTryChain() + // will check for it and behave accordingly. + // + // And if we're not called from DoTryChain(), this won't do anything anyhow. + event.DidntHonourProcessOnlyIn(); + + return processed; +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxScrollHelperBase implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScrollHelperBase construction +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxScrollHelperBase::wxScrollHelperBase(wxWindow *win) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( win, wxT("associated window can't be NULL in wxScrollHelper") ); + + m_xScrollPixelsPerLine = + m_yScrollPixelsPerLine = + m_xScrollPosition = + m_yScrollPosition = + m_xScrollLines = + m_yScrollLines = + m_xScrollLinesPerPage = + m_yScrollLinesPerPage = 0; + + m_xScrollingEnabled = + m_yScrollingEnabled = true; + + m_kbdScrollingEnabled = true; + + m_scaleX = + m_scaleY = 1.0; +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + m_wheelRotation = 0; +#endif + + m_win = + m_targetWindow = NULL; + + m_timerAutoScroll = NULL; + + m_handler = NULL; + + m_win = win; + + m_win->SetScrollHelper(static_cast(this)); + + // by default, the associated window is also the target window + DoSetTargetWindow(win); +} + +wxScrollHelperBase::~wxScrollHelperBase() +{ + StopAutoScrolling(); + + DeleteEvtHandler(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// setting scrolling parameters +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxScrollHelperBase::SetScrollbars(int pixelsPerUnitX, + int pixelsPerUnitY, + int noUnitsX, + int noUnitsY, + int xPos, + int yPos, + bool noRefresh) +{ + int xpos, ypos; + + CalcUnscrolledPosition(xPos, yPos, &xpos, &ypos); + bool do_refresh = + ( + (noUnitsX != 0 && m_xScrollLines == 0) || + (noUnitsX < m_xScrollLines && xpos > pixelsPerUnitX * noUnitsX) || + + (noUnitsY != 0 && m_yScrollLines == 0) || + (noUnitsY < m_yScrollLines && ypos > pixelsPerUnitY * noUnitsY) || + (xPos != m_xScrollPosition) || + (yPos != m_yScrollPosition) + ); + + m_xScrollPixelsPerLine = pixelsPerUnitX; + m_yScrollPixelsPerLine = pixelsPerUnitY; + m_xScrollPosition = xPos; + m_yScrollPosition = yPos; + + int w = noUnitsX * pixelsPerUnitX; + int h = noUnitsY * pixelsPerUnitY; + + // For better backward compatibility we set persisting limits + // here not just the size. It makes SetScrollbars 'sticky' + // emulating the old non-autoscroll behaviour. + // m_targetWindow->SetVirtualSizeHints( w, h ); + + // The above should arguably be deprecated, this however we still need. + + // take care not to set 0 virtual size, 0 means that we don't have any + // scrollbars and hence we should use the real size instead of the virtual + // one which is indicated by using wxDefaultCoord + m_targetWindow->SetVirtualSize( w ? w : wxDefaultCoord, + h ? h : wxDefaultCoord); + + if (do_refresh && !noRefresh) + m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect()); + +#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + // If the target is not the same as the window with the scrollbars, + // then we need to update the scrollbars here, since they won't have + // been updated by SetVirtualSize(). + if ( m_targetWindow != m_win ) +#endif // !__WXUNIVERSAL__ + { + AdjustScrollbars(); + } +#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + else + { + // otherwise this has been done by AdjustScrollbars, above + } +#endif // !__WXUNIVERSAL__ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [target] window handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxScrollHelperBase::DeleteEvtHandler() +{ + // search for m_handler in the handler list + if ( m_win && m_handler ) + { + if ( m_win->RemoveEventHandler(m_handler) ) + { + delete m_handler; + } + //else: something is very wrong, so better [maybe] leak memory than + // risk a crash because of double deletion + + m_handler = NULL; + } +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::ResetDrawnFlag() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_handler, "invalid use of ResetDrawnFlag - no handler?" ); + m_handler->ResetDrawnFlag(); +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::DoSetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target) +{ + m_targetWindow = target; +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + target->MacSetClipChildren( true ) ; +#endif + + // install the event handler which will intercept the events we're + // interested in (but only do it for our real window, not the target window + // which we scroll - we don't need to hijack its events) + if ( m_targetWindow == m_win ) + { + // if we already have a handler, delete it first + DeleteEvtHandler(); + + m_handler = new wxScrollHelperEvtHandler(this); + m_targetWindow->PushEventHandler(m_handler); + } +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::SetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( target, wxT("target window must not be NULL") ); + + if ( target == m_targetWindow ) + return; + + DoSetTargetWindow(target); +} + +wxWindow *wxScrollHelperBase::GetTargetWindow() const +{ + return m_targetWindow; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// scrolling implementation itself +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxScrollHelperBase::HandleOnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event) +{ + int nScrollInc = CalcScrollInc(event); + if ( nScrollInc == 0 ) + { + // can't scroll further + event.Skip(); + + return; + } + + bool needsRefresh = false; + int dx = 0, + dy = 0; + int orient = event.GetOrientation(); + if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) + { + if ( m_xScrollingEnabled ) + { + dx = -m_xScrollPixelsPerLine * nScrollInc; + } + else + { + needsRefresh = true; + } + } + else + { + if ( m_yScrollingEnabled ) + { + dy = -m_yScrollPixelsPerLine * nScrollInc; + } + else + { + needsRefresh = true; + } + } + + if ( !needsRefresh ) + { + // flush all pending repaints before we change m_{x,y}ScrollPosition, as + // otherwise invalidated area could be updated incorrectly later when + // ScrollWindow() makes sure they're repainted before scrolling them +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // wxWindowMac is taking care of making sure the update area is correctly + // set up, while not forcing an immediate redraw +#else + m_targetWindow->Update(); +#endif + } + + if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) + { + m_xScrollPosition += nScrollInc; + m_win->SetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL, m_xScrollPosition); + } + else + { + m_yScrollPosition += nScrollInc; + m_win->SetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL, m_yScrollPosition); + } + + if ( needsRefresh ) + { + m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect()); + } + else + { + m_targetWindow->ScrollWindow(dx, dy, GetScrollRect()); + } +} + +int wxScrollHelperBase::CalcScrollInc(wxScrollWinEvent& event) +{ + int pos = event.GetPosition(); + int orient = event.GetOrientation(); + + int nScrollInc = 0; + if (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP) + { + if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) + nScrollInc = - m_xScrollPosition; + else + nScrollInc = - m_yScrollPosition; + } else + if (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM) + { + if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) + nScrollInc = m_xScrollLines - m_xScrollPosition; + else + nScrollInc = m_yScrollLines - m_yScrollPosition; + } else + if (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP) + { + nScrollInc = -1; + } else + if (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN) + { + nScrollInc = 1; + } else + if (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP) + { + if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) + nScrollInc = -GetScrollPageSize(wxHORIZONTAL); + else + nScrollInc = -GetScrollPageSize(wxVERTICAL); + } else + if (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN) + { + if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) + nScrollInc = GetScrollPageSize(wxHORIZONTAL); + else + nScrollInc = GetScrollPageSize(wxVERTICAL); + } else + if ((event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK) || + (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE)) + { + if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) + nScrollInc = pos - m_xScrollPosition; + else + nScrollInc = pos - m_yScrollPosition; + } + + if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) + { + if ( m_xScrollPosition + nScrollInc < 0 ) + { + // As -ve as we can go + nScrollInc = -m_xScrollPosition; + } + else // check for the other bound + { + const int posMax = m_xScrollLines - m_xScrollLinesPerPage; + if ( m_xScrollPosition + nScrollInc > posMax ) + { + // As +ve as we can go + nScrollInc = posMax - m_xScrollPosition; + } + } + } + else // wxVERTICAL + { + if ( m_yScrollPosition + nScrollInc < 0 ) + { + // As -ve as we can go + nScrollInc = -m_yScrollPosition; + } + else // check for the other bound + { + const int posMax = m_yScrollLines - m_yScrollLinesPerPage; + if ( m_yScrollPosition + nScrollInc > posMax ) + { + // As +ve as we can go + nScrollInc = posMax - m_yScrollPosition; + } + } + } + + return nScrollInc; +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::DoPrepareDC(wxDC& dc) +{ + wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + // It may actually be correct to always query + // the m_sign from the DC here, but I leave the + // #ifdef GTK for now. + if (m_win->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) + dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x + m_xScrollPosition * m_xScrollPixelsPerLine, + pt.y - m_yScrollPosition * m_yScrollPixelsPerLine ); + else +#endif + dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x - m_xScrollPosition * m_xScrollPixelsPerLine, + pt.y - m_yScrollPosition * m_yScrollPixelsPerLine ); + dc.SetUserScale( m_scaleX, m_scaleY ); +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::SetScrollRate( int xstep, int ystep ) +{ + int old_x = m_xScrollPixelsPerLine * m_xScrollPosition; + int old_y = m_yScrollPixelsPerLine * m_yScrollPosition; + + m_xScrollPixelsPerLine = xstep; + m_yScrollPixelsPerLine = ystep; + + int new_x = m_xScrollPixelsPerLine * m_xScrollPosition; + int new_y = m_yScrollPixelsPerLine * m_yScrollPosition; + + m_win->SetScrollPos( wxHORIZONTAL, m_xScrollPosition ); + m_win->SetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL, m_yScrollPosition ); + m_targetWindow->ScrollWindow( old_x - new_x, old_y - new_y ); + + AdjustScrollbars(); +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::GetScrollPixelsPerUnit (int *x_unit, int *y_unit) const +{ + if ( x_unit ) + *x_unit = m_xScrollPixelsPerLine; + if ( y_unit ) + *y_unit = m_yScrollPixelsPerLine; +} + + +int wxScrollHelperBase::GetScrollLines( int orient ) const +{ + if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) + return m_xScrollLines; + else + return m_yScrollLines; +} + +int wxScrollHelperBase::GetScrollPageSize(int orient) const +{ + if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) + return m_xScrollLinesPerPage; + else + return m_yScrollLinesPerPage; +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::SetScrollPageSize(int orient, int pageSize) +{ + if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) + m_xScrollLinesPerPage = pageSize; + else + m_yScrollLinesPerPage = pageSize; +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::EnableScrolling (bool x_scroll, bool y_scroll) +{ + m_xScrollingEnabled = x_scroll; + m_yScrollingEnabled = y_scroll; +} + +// Where the current view starts from +void wxScrollHelperBase::DoGetViewStart (int *x, int *y) const +{ + if ( x ) + *x = m_xScrollPosition; + if ( y ) + *y = m_yScrollPosition; +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::DoCalcScrolledPosition(int x, int y, + int *xx, int *yy) const +{ + if ( xx ) + *xx = x - m_xScrollPosition * m_xScrollPixelsPerLine; + if ( yy ) + *yy = y - m_yScrollPosition * m_yScrollPixelsPerLine; +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(int x, int y, + int *xx, int *yy) const +{ + if ( xx ) + *xx = x + m_xScrollPosition * m_xScrollPixelsPerLine; + if ( yy ) + *yy = y + m_yScrollPosition * m_yScrollPixelsPerLine; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// geometry +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxScrollHelperBase::ScrollLayout() +{ + if ( m_win->GetSizer() && m_targetWindow == m_win ) + { + // If we're the scroll target, take into account the + // virtual size and scrolled position of the window. + + int x = 0, y = 0, w = 0, h = 0; + CalcScrolledPosition(0,0, &x,&y); + m_win->GetVirtualSize(&w, &h); + m_win->GetSizer()->SetDimension(x, y, w, h); + return true; + } + + // fall back to default for LayoutConstraints + return m_win->wxWindow::Layout(); +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::ScrollDoSetVirtualSize(int x, int y) +{ + m_win->wxWindow::DoSetVirtualSize( x, y ); + AdjustScrollbars(); + + if (m_win->GetAutoLayout()) + m_win->Layout(); +} + +// wxWindow's GetBestVirtualSize returns the actual window size, +// whereas we want to return the virtual size +wxSize wxScrollHelperBase::ScrollGetBestVirtualSize() const +{ + wxSize clientSize(m_win->GetClientSize()); + if ( m_win->GetSizer() ) + clientSize.IncTo(m_win->GetSizer()->CalcMin()); + + return clientSize; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Default OnSize resets scrollbars, if any +void wxScrollHelperBase::HandleOnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if ( m_targetWindow->GetAutoLayout() ) + { + wxSize size = m_targetWindow->GetBestVirtualSize(); + + // This will call ::Layout() and ::AdjustScrollbars() + m_win->SetVirtualSize( size ); + } + else + { + AdjustScrollbars(); + } +} + +// This calls OnDraw, having adjusted the origin according to the current +// scroll position +void wxScrollHelperBase::HandleOnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // don't use m_targetWindow here, this is always called for ourselves + wxPaintDC dc(m_win); + DoPrepareDC(dc); + + OnDraw(dc); +} + +// kbd handling: notice that we use OnChar() and not OnKeyDown() for +// compatibility here - if we used OnKeyDown(), the programs which process +// arrows themselves in their OnChar() would never get the message and like +// this they always have the priority +void wxScrollHelperBase::HandleOnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + if ( !m_kbdScrollingEnabled ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + // prepare the event this key press maps to + wxScrollWinEvent newEvent; + + newEvent.SetPosition(0); + newEvent.SetEventObject(m_win); + + // this is the default, it's changed to wxHORIZONTAL below if needed + newEvent.SetOrientation(wxVERTICAL); + + // some key events result in scrolling in both horizontal and vertical + // direction, e.g. Ctrl-{Home,End}, if this flag is true we should generate + // a second event in horizontal direction in addition to the primary one + bool sendHorizontalToo = false; + + switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) + { + case WXK_PAGEUP: + newEvent.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP); + break; + + case WXK_PAGEDOWN: + newEvent.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN); + break; + + case WXK_HOME: + newEvent.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP); + + sendHorizontalToo = event.ControlDown(); + break; + + case WXK_END: + newEvent.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM); + + sendHorizontalToo = event.ControlDown(); + break; + + case WXK_LEFT: + newEvent.SetOrientation(wxHORIZONTAL); + // fall through + + case WXK_UP: + newEvent.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP); + break; + + case WXK_RIGHT: + newEvent.SetOrientation(wxHORIZONTAL); + // fall through + + case WXK_DOWN: + newEvent.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN); + break; + + default: + // not a scrolling key + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + m_win->ProcessWindowEvent(newEvent); + + if ( sendHorizontalToo ) + { + newEvent.SetOrientation(wxHORIZONTAL); + m_win->ProcessWindowEvent(newEvent); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// autoscroll stuff: these functions deal with sending fake scroll events when +// a captured mouse is being held outside the window +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxScrollHelperBase::SendAutoScrollEvents(wxScrollWinEvent& event) const +{ + // only send the event if the window is scrollable in this direction + wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)event.GetEventObject(); + return win->HasScrollbar(event.GetOrientation()); +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::StopAutoScrolling() +{ +#if wxUSE_TIMER + wxDELETE(m_timerAutoScroll); +#endif +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::HandleOnMouseEnter(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + StopAutoScrolling(); + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxScrollHelperBase::HandleOnMouseLeave(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + // don't prevent the usual processing of the event from taking place + event.Skip(); + + // when a captured mouse leave a scrolled window we start generate + // scrolling events to allow, for example, extending selection beyond the + // visible area in some controls + if ( wxWindow::GetCapture() == m_targetWindow ) + { + // where is the mouse leaving? + int pos, orient; + wxPoint pt = event.GetPosition(); + if ( pt.x < 0 ) + { + orient = wxHORIZONTAL; + pos = 0; + } + else if ( pt.y < 0 ) + { + orient = wxVERTICAL; + pos = 0; + } + else // we're lower or to the right of the window + { + wxSize size = m_targetWindow->GetClientSize(); + if ( pt.x > size.x ) + { + orient = wxHORIZONTAL; + pos = m_xScrollLines; + } + else if ( pt.y > size.y ) + { + orient = wxVERTICAL; + pos = m_yScrollLines; + } + else // this should be impossible + { + // but seems to happen sometimes under wxMSW - maybe it's a bug + // there but for now just ignore it + + //wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("can't understand where has mouse gone") ); + + return; + } + } + + // only start the auto scroll timer if the window can be scrolled in + // this direction + if ( !m_targetWindow->HasScrollbar(orient) ) + return; + +#if wxUSE_TIMER + delete m_timerAutoScroll; + m_timerAutoScroll = new wxAutoScrollTimer + ( + m_targetWindow, this, + pos == 0 ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP + : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN, + pos, + orient + ); + m_timerAutoScroll->Start(50); // FIXME: make configurable +#else + wxUnusedVar(pos); +#endif + } +} + +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + +void wxScrollHelperBase::HandleOnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + m_wheelRotation += event.GetWheelRotation(); + int lines = m_wheelRotation / event.GetWheelDelta(); + m_wheelRotation -= lines * event.GetWheelDelta(); + + if (lines != 0) + { + + wxScrollWinEvent newEvent; + + newEvent.SetPosition(0); + newEvent.SetOrientation( event.GetWheelAxis() == 0 ? wxVERTICAL : wxHORIZONTAL); + newEvent.SetEventObject(m_win); + + if (event.IsPageScroll()) + { + if (lines > 0) + newEvent.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP); + else + newEvent.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN); + + m_win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(newEvent); + } + else + { + lines *= event.GetLinesPerAction(); + if (lines > 0) + newEvent.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP); + else + newEvent.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN); + + int times = abs(lines); + for (; times > 0; times--) + m_win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(newEvent); + } + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + +void wxScrollHelperBase::HandleOnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event) +{ + // this event should be processed by all windows in parenthood chain, + // e.g. so that nested wxScrolledWindows work correctly + event.Skip(); + + // find the immediate child under which the window receiving focus is: + wxWindow *win = event.GetWindow(); + + if ( win == m_targetWindow ) + return; // nothing to do + +#if defined( __WXOSX__ ) && wxUSE_SCROLLBAR + if (wxDynamicCast(win, wxScrollBar)) + return; +#endif + + // Fixing ticket: http://trac.wxwidgets.org/ticket/9563 + // When a child inside a wxControlContainer receives a focus, the + // wxControlContainer generates an artificial wxChildFocusEvent for + // itself, telling its parent that 'it' received the focus. The effect is + // that this->HandleOnChildFocus is called twice, first with the + // artificial wxChildFocusEvent and then with the original event. We need + // to ignore the artificial event here or otherwise HandleOnChildFocus + // would first scroll the target window to make the entire + // wxControlContainer visible and immediately afterwards scroll the target + // window again to make the child widget visible. This leads to ugly + // flickering when using nested wxPanels/wxScrolledWindows. + // + // Ignore this event if 'win' is derived from wxControlContainer AND its + // parent is the m_targetWindow AND 'win' is not actually reciving the + // focus (win != FindFocus). TODO: This affects all wxControlContainer + // objects, but wxControlContainer is not part of the wxWidgets RTTI and + // so wxDynamicCast(win, wxControlContainer) does not compile. Find a way + // to determine if 'win' derives from wxControlContainer. Until then, + // testing if 'win' derives from wxPanel will probably get >90% of all + // cases. + + wxWindow *actual_focus=wxWindow::FindFocus(); + if (win != actual_focus && + wxDynamicCast(win, wxPanel) != 0 && + win->GetParent() == m_targetWindow) + // if win is a wxPanel and receives the focus, it should not be + // scrolled into view + return; + + const wxRect viewRect(m_targetWindow->GetClientRect()); + + // For composite controls such as wxComboCtrl we should try to fit the + // entire control inside the visible area of the target window, not just + // the focused child of the control. Otherwise we'd make only the textctrl + // part of a wxComboCtrl visible and the button would still be outside the + // scrolled area. But do so only if the parent fits *entirely* inside the + // scrolled window. In other situations, such as nested wxPanel or + // wxScrolledWindows, the parent might be way to big to fit inside the + // scrolled window. If that is the case, then make only the focused window + // visible + if ( win->GetParent() != m_targetWindow) + { + wxWindow *parent=win->GetParent(); + wxSize parent_size=parent->GetSize(); + if (parent_size.GetWidth() <= viewRect.GetWidth() && + parent_size.GetHeight() <= viewRect.GetHeight()) + // make the immediate parent visible instead of the focused control + win=parent; + } + + // make win position relative to the m_targetWindow viewing area instead of + // its parent + const wxRect + winRect(m_targetWindow->ScreenToClient(win->GetScreenPosition()), + win->GetSize()); + + // check if it's fully visible + if ( viewRect.Contains(winRect) ) + { + // it is, nothing to do + return; + } + + // check if we can make it fully visible: this is only possible if it's not + // larger than our view area + if ( winRect.GetWidth() > viewRect.GetWidth() || + winRect.GetHeight() > viewRect.GetHeight() ) + { + // we can't make it fit so avoid scrolling it at all, this is only + // going to be confusing and not helpful + return; + } + + + // do make the window fit inside the view area by scrolling to it + int stepx, stepy; + GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&stepx, &stepy); + + int startx, starty; + GetViewStart(&startx, &starty); + + // first in vertical direction: + if ( stepy > 0 ) + { + int diff = 0; + + if ( winRect.GetTop() < 0 ) + { + diff = winRect.GetTop(); + } + else if ( winRect.GetBottom() > viewRect.GetHeight() ) + { + diff = winRect.GetBottom() - viewRect.GetHeight() + 1; + // round up to next scroll step if we can't get exact position, + // so that the window is fully visible: + diff += stepy - 1; + } + + starty = (starty * stepy + diff) / stepy; + } + + // then horizontal: + if ( stepx > 0 ) + { + int diff = 0; + + if ( winRect.GetLeft() < 0 ) + { + diff = winRect.GetLeft(); + } + else if ( winRect.GetRight() > viewRect.GetWidth() ) + { + diff = winRect.GetRight() - viewRect.GetWidth() + 1; + // round up to next scroll step if we can't get exact position, + // so that the window is fully visible: + diff += stepx - 1; + } + + startx = (startx * stepx + diff) / stepx; + } + + Scroll(startx, starty); +} + + +#ifdef wxHAS_GENERIC_SCROLLWIN + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScrollHelper implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxScrollHelper::wxScrollHelper(wxWindow *winToScroll) + : wxScrollHelperBase(winToScroll) +{ + m_xVisibility = + m_yVisibility = wxSHOW_SB_DEFAULT; +} + +void wxScrollHelper::DoShowScrollbars(wxScrollbarVisibility horz, + wxScrollbarVisibility vert) +{ + if ( horz != m_xVisibility || vert != m_yVisibility ) + { + m_xVisibility = horz; + m_yVisibility = vert; + + AdjustScrollbars(); + } +} + +void +wxScrollHelper::DoAdjustScrollbar(int orient, + int clientSize, + int virtSize, + int pixelsPerUnit, + int& scrollUnits, + int& scrollPosition, + int& scrollLinesPerPage, + wxScrollbarVisibility visibility) +{ + // scroll lines per page: if 0, no scrolling is needed + // check if we need scrollbar in this direction at all + if ( pixelsPerUnit == 0 || clientSize >= virtSize ) + { + // scrolling is disabled or unnecessary + scrollUnits = + scrollPosition = 0; + scrollLinesPerPage = 0; + } + else // might need scrolling + { + // Round up integer division to catch any "leftover" client space. + scrollUnits = (virtSize + pixelsPerUnit - 1) / pixelsPerUnit; + + // Calculate the number of fully scroll units + scrollLinesPerPage = clientSize / pixelsPerUnit; + + if ( scrollLinesPerPage >= scrollUnits ) + { + // we're big enough to not need scrolling + scrollUnits = + scrollPosition = 0; + scrollLinesPerPage = 0; + } + else // we do need a scrollbar + { + if ( scrollLinesPerPage < 1 ) + scrollLinesPerPage = 1; + + // Correct position if greater than extent of canvas minus + // the visible portion of it or if below zero + const int posMax = scrollUnits - scrollLinesPerPage; + if ( scrollPosition > posMax ) + scrollPosition = posMax; + else if ( scrollPosition < 0 ) + scrollPosition = 0; + } + } + + // in wxSHOW_SB_NEVER case don't show the scrollbar even if it's needed, in + // wxSHOW_SB_ALWAYS case show the scrollbar even if it's not needed by + // passing a special range value to SetScrollbar() + int range; + switch ( visibility ) + { + case wxSHOW_SB_NEVER: + range = 0; + break; + + case wxSHOW_SB_ALWAYS: + range = scrollUnits ? scrollUnits : -1; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( wxS("unknown scrollbar visibility") ); + // fall through + + case wxSHOW_SB_DEFAULT: + range = scrollUnits; + break; + + } + + m_win->SetScrollbar(orient, scrollPosition, scrollLinesPerPage, range); +} + +void wxScrollHelper::AdjustScrollbars() +{ + static wxRecursionGuardFlag s_flagReentrancy; + wxRecursionGuard guard(s_flagReentrancy); + if ( guard.IsInside() ) + { + // don't reenter AdjustScrollbars() while another call to + // AdjustScrollbars() is in progress because this may lead to calling + // ScrollWindow() twice and this can really happen under MSW if + // SetScrollbar() call below adds or removes the scrollbar which + // changes the window size and hence results in another + // AdjustScrollbars() call + return; + } + + int oldXScroll = m_xScrollPosition; + int oldYScroll = m_yScrollPosition; + + // we may need to readjust the scrollbars several times as enabling one of + // them reduces the area available for the window contents and so can make + // the other scrollbar necessary now although it wasn't necessary before + // + // VZ: normally this loop should be over in at most 2 iterations, I don't + // know why do we need 5 of them + for ( int iterationCount = 0; iterationCount < 5; iterationCount++ ) + { + wxSize clientSize = GetTargetSize(); + const wxSize virtSize = m_targetWindow->GetVirtualSize(); + + // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the + // window could have been just resized to have enough space to show its + // full contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be + // not big enough because it does have the scrollbars right now and so + // the scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more + // + // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for + // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then + const wxSize availSize = GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget( + m_win->GetSize() - m_win->GetWindowBorderSize()); + if ( availSize != clientSize ) + { + if ( availSize.x >= virtSize.x && availSize.y >= virtSize.y ) + { + // this will be enough to make the scrollbars disappear below + // and then the client size will indeed become equal to the + // full available size + clientSize = availSize; + } + } + + + DoAdjustScrollbar(wxHORIZONTAL, + clientSize.x, + virtSize.x, + m_xScrollPixelsPerLine, + m_xScrollLines, + m_xScrollPosition, + m_xScrollLinesPerPage, + m_xVisibility); + + DoAdjustScrollbar(wxVERTICAL, + clientSize.y, + virtSize.y, + m_yScrollPixelsPerLine, + m_yScrollLines, + m_yScrollPosition, + m_yScrollLinesPerPage, + m_yVisibility); + + + // If a scrollbar (dis)appeared as a result of this, we need to adjust + // them again but if the client size didn't change, then we're done + if ( GetTargetSize() == clientSize ) + break; + } + +#ifdef __WXMOTIF__ + // Sorry, some Motif-specific code to implement a backing pixmap + // for the wxRETAINED style. Implementing a backing store can't + // be entirely generic because it relies on the wxWindowDC implementation + // to duplicate X drawing calls for the backing pixmap. + + if ( m_targetWindow->GetWindowStyle() & wxRETAINED ) + { + Display* dpy = XtDisplay((Widget)m_targetWindow->GetMainWidget()); + + int totalPixelWidth = m_xScrollLines * m_xScrollPixelsPerLine; + int totalPixelHeight = m_yScrollLines * m_yScrollPixelsPerLine; + if (m_targetWindow->GetBackingPixmap() && + !((m_targetWindow->GetPixmapWidth() == totalPixelWidth) && + (m_targetWindow->GetPixmapHeight() == totalPixelHeight))) + { + XFreePixmap (dpy, (Pixmap) m_targetWindow->GetBackingPixmap()); + m_targetWindow->SetBackingPixmap((WXPixmap) 0); + } + + if (!m_targetWindow->GetBackingPixmap() && + (m_xScrollLines != 0) && (m_yScrollLines != 0)) + { + int depth = wxDisplayDepth(); + m_targetWindow->SetPixmapWidth(totalPixelWidth); + m_targetWindow->SetPixmapHeight(totalPixelHeight); + m_targetWindow->SetBackingPixmap((WXPixmap) XCreatePixmap (dpy, RootWindow (dpy, DefaultScreen (dpy)), + m_targetWindow->GetPixmapWidth(), m_targetWindow->GetPixmapHeight(), depth)); + } + + } +#endif // Motif + + if (oldXScroll != m_xScrollPosition) + { + if (m_xScrollingEnabled) + m_targetWindow->ScrollWindow( m_xScrollPixelsPerLine * (oldXScroll - m_xScrollPosition), 0, + GetScrollRect() ); + else + m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect()); + } + + if (oldYScroll != m_yScrollPosition) + { + if (m_yScrollingEnabled) + m_targetWindow->ScrollWindow( 0, m_yScrollPixelsPerLine * (oldYScroll-m_yScrollPosition), + GetScrollRect() ); + else + m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect()); + } +} + +void wxScrollHelper::DoScroll( int x_pos, int y_pos ) +{ + if (!m_targetWindow) + return; + + if (((x_pos == -1) || (x_pos == m_xScrollPosition)) && + ((y_pos == -1) || (y_pos == m_yScrollPosition))) return; + + int w = 0, h = 0; + GetTargetSize(&w, &h); + + // compute new position: + int new_x = m_xScrollPosition; + int new_y = m_yScrollPosition; + + if ((x_pos != -1) && (m_xScrollPixelsPerLine)) + { + new_x = x_pos; + + // Calculate page size i.e. number of scroll units you get on the + // current client window + int noPagePositions = w/m_xScrollPixelsPerLine; + if (noPagePositions < 1) noPagePositions = 1; + + // Correct position if greater than extent of canvas minus + // the visible portion of it or if below zero + new_x = wxMin( m_xScrollLines-noPagePositions, new_x ); + new_x = wxMax( 0, new_x ); + } + if ((y_pos != -1) && (m_yScrollPixelsPerLine)) + { + new_y = y_pos; + + // Calculate page size i.e. number of scroll units you get on the + // current client window + int noPagePositions = h/m_yScrollPixelsPerLine; + if (noPagePositions < 1) noPagePositions = 1; + + // Correct position if greater than extent of canvas minus + // the visible portion of it or if below zero + new_y = wxMin( m_yScrollLines-noPagePositions, new_y ); + new_y = wxMax( 0, new_y ); + } + + if ( new_x == m_xScrollPosition && new_y == m_yScrollPosition ) + return; // nothing to do, the position didn't change + + // flush all pending repaints before we change m_{x,y}ScrollPosition, as + // otherwise invalidated area could be updated incorrectly later when + // ScrollWindow() makes sure they're repainted before scrolling them + m_targetWindow->Update(); + + // update the position and scroll the window now: + if (m_xScrollPosition != new_x) + { + int old_x = m_xScrollPosition; + m_xScrollPosition = new_x; + m_win->SetScrollPos( wxHORIZONTAL, new_x ); + m_targetWindow->ScrollWindow( (old_x-new_x)*m_xScrollPixelsPerLine, 0, + GetScrollRect() ); + } + + if (m_yScrollPosition != new_y) + { + int old_y = m_yScrollPosition; + m_yScrollPosition = new_y; + m_win->SetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL, new_y ); + m_targetWindow->ScrollWindow( 0, (old_y-new_y)*m_yScrollPixelsPerLine, + GetScrollRect() ); + } +} + +#endif // wxHAS_GENERIC_SCROLLWIN + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScrolled and wxScrolledWindow implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSize wxScrolledT_Helper::FilterBestSize(const wxWindow *win, + const wxScrollHelper *helper, + const wxSize& origBest) +{ + // NB: We don't do this in WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER, because not + // all scrollable windows should behave like this, only those that + // contain children controls within scrollable area + // (i.e., wxScrolledWindow) and other some scrollable windows may + // have different DoGetBestSize() implementation (e.g. wxTreeCtrl). + + wxSize best = origBest; + + if ( win->GetAutoLayout() ) + { + // Only use the content to set the window size in the direction + // where there's no scrolling; otherwise we're going to get a huge + // window in the direction in which scrolling is enabled + int ppuX, ppuY; + helper->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&ppuX, &ppuY); + + // NB: This code used to use *current* size if min size wasn't + // specified, presumably to get some reasonable (i.e., larger than + // minimal) size. But that's a wrong thing to do in GetBestSize(), + // so we use minimal size as specified. If the app needs some + // minimal size for its scrolled window, it should set it and put + // the window into sizer as expandable so that it can use all space + // available to it. + // + // See also http://svn.wxwidgets.org/viewvc/wx?view=rev&revision=45864 + + wxSize minSize = win->GetMinSize(); + + if ( ppuX > 0 ) + best.x = minSize.x + wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_VSCROLL_X); + + if ( ppuY > 0 ) + best.y = minSize.y + wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_HSCROLL_Y); + } + + return best; +} + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ +WXLRESULT wxScrolledT_Helper::FilterMSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXLRESULT rc) +{ +#ifndef __WXWINCE__ + // we need to process arrows ourselves for scrolling + if ( nMsg == WM_GETDLGCODE ) + { + rc |= DLGC_WANTARROWS; + } +#endif + return rc; +} +#endif // __WXMSW__ + +// NB: skipping wxScrolled in wxRTTI information because being a templte, +// it doesn't and can't implement wxRTTI support +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrolledWindow, wxPanel) diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/selstore.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/selstore.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f6ef22206 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/selstore.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/selstore.cpp +// Purpose: wxSelectionStore implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 08.06.03 (extracted from src/generic/listctrl.cpp) +// RCS-ID: $Id: selstore.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000-2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/selstore.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxSelectionStore +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// tests +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxSelectionStore::IsSelected(unsigned item) const +{ + bool isSel = m_itemsSel.Index(item) != wxNOT_FOUND; + + // if the default state is to be selected, being in m_itemsSel means that + // the item is not selected, so we have to inverse the logic + return m_defaultState ? !isSel : isSel; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Select*() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxSelectionStore::SelectItem(unsigned item, bool select) +{ + // search for the item ourselves as like this we get the index where to + // insert it later if needed, so we do only one search in the array instead + // of two (adding item to a sorted array requires a search) + size_t index = m_itemsSel.IndexForInsert(item); + bool isSel = index < m_itemsSel.GetCount() && m_itemsSel[index] == item; + + if ( select != m_defaultState ) + { + if ( !isSel ) + { + m_itemsSel.AddAt(item, index); + + return true; + } + } + else // reset to default state + { + if ( isSel ) + { + m_itemsSel.RemoveAt(index); + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxSelectionStore::SelectRange(unsigned itemFrom, unsigned itemTo, + bool select, + wxArrayInt *itemsChanged) +{ + // 100 is hardcoded but it shouldn't matter much: the important thing is + // that we don't refresh everything when really few (e.g. 1 or 2) items + // change state + static const unsigned MANY_ITEMS = 100; + + wxASSERT_MSG( itemFrom <= itemTo, wxT("should be in order") ); + + // are we going to have more [un]selected items than the other ones? + if ( itemTo - itemFrom > m_count/2 ) + { + if ( select != m_defaultState ) + { + // the default state now becomes the same as 'select' + m_defaultState = select; + + // so all the old selections (which had state select) shouldn't be + // selected any more, but all the other ones should + wxSelectedIndices selOld = m_itemsSel; + m_itemsSel.Empty(); + + // TODO: it should be possible to optimize the searches a bit + // knowing the possible range + + unsigned item; + for ( item = 0; item < itemFrom; item++ ) + { + if ( selOld.Index(item) == wxNOT_FOUND ) + m_itemsSel.Add(item); + } + + for ( item = itemTo + 1; item < m_count; item++ ) + { + if ( selOld.Index(item) == wxNOT_FOUND ) + m_itemsSel.Add(item); + } + + // many items (> half) changed state + itemsChanged = NULL; + } + else // select == m_defaultState + { + // get the inclusive range of items between itemFrom and itemTo + size_t count = m_itemsSel.GetCount(), + start = m_itemsSel.IndexForInsert(itemFrom), + end = m_itemsSel.IndexForInsert(itemTo); + + if ( start == count || m_itemsSel[start] < itemFrom ) + { + start++; + } + + if ( end == count || m_itemsSel[end] > itemTo ) + { + end--; + } + + if ( start <= end ) + { + // delete all of them (from end to avoid changing indices) + for ( int i = end; i >= (int)start; i-- ) + { + if ( itemsChanged ) + { + if ( itemsChanged->GetCount() > MANY_ITEMS ) + { + // stop counting (see comment below) + itemsChanged = NULL; + } + else + { + itemsChanged->Add(m_itemsSel[i]); + } + } + + m_itemsSel.RemoveAt(i); + } + } + } + } + else // "few" items change state + { + if ( itemsChanged ) + { + itemsChanged->Empty(); + } + + // just add the items to the selection + for ( unsigned item = itemFrom; item <= itemTo; item++ ) + { + if ( SelectItem(item, select) && itemsChanged ) + { + itemsChanged->Add(item); + + if ( itemsChanged->GetCount() > MANY_ITEMS ) + { + // stop counting them, we'll just eat gobs of memory + // for nothing at all - faster to refresh everything in + // this case + itemsChanged = NULL; + } + } + } + } + + // we set it to NULL if there are many items changing state + return itemsChanged != NULL; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// callbacks +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSelectionStore::OnItemDelete(unsigned item) +{ + size_t count = m_itemsSel.GetCount(), + i = m_itemsSel.IndexForInsert(item); + + if ( i < count && m_itemsSel[i] == item ) + { + // this item itself was in m_itemsSel, remove it from there + m_itemsSel.RemoveAt(i); + + count--; + } + + // and adjust the index of all which follow it + while ( i < count ) + { + // all following elements must be greater than the one we deleted + wxASSERT_MSG( m_itemsSel[i] > item, wxT("logic error") ); + + m_itemsSel[i++]--; + } +} + +void wxSelectionStore::SetItemCount(unsigned count) +{ + // forget about all items whose indices are now invalid if the size + // decreased + if ( count < m_count ) + { + for ( size_t i = m_itemsSel.GetCount(); i > 0; i-- ) + { + if ( m_itemsSel[i - 1] >= count ) + m_itemsSel.RemoveAt(i - 1); + } + } + + // remember the new number of items + m_count = count; +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/spinctlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/spinctlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7887529b5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/spinctlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,606 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/spinctlg.cpp +// Purpose: implements wxSpinCtrl as a composite control +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 29.01.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: spinctlg.cpp 67199 2011-03-15 11:10:38Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/textctrl.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/spinctrl.h" +#include "wx/tooltip.h" + +#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinDoubleEvent, wxNotifyEvent) + +// There are port-specific versions for the wxSpinCtrl, so exclude the +// contents of this file in those cases +#if !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL) || !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRLDOUBLE) + +#include "wx/spinbutt.h" + +#if wxUSE_SPINBTN + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// The margin between the text control and the spin: the value here is the same +// as the margin between the spin button and its "buddy" text control in wxMSW +// so the generic control looks similarly to the native one there, we might +// need to use different value for the other platforms (and maybe even +// determine it dynamically?). +static const wxCoord MARGIN = 1; + +#define SPINCTRLBUT_MAX 32000 // large to avoid wrap around trouble + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric: text control used by spin control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric : public wxTextCtrl +{ +public: + wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric(wxSpinCtrlGenericBase *spin, const wxString& value, long style=0) + : wxTextCtrl(spin->GetParent(), wxID_ANY, value, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + style & wxALIGN_MASK) + { + m_spin = spin; + + // remove the default minsize, the spinctrl will have one instead + SetSizeHints(wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord); + } + + virtual ~wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric() + { + // MSW sends extra kill focus event on destroy + if (m_spin) + m_spin->m_textCtrl = NULL; + + m_spin = NULL; + } + + void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ) + { + if (m_spin) + m_spin->OnTextChar(event); + } + + void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) + { + if (m_spin) + m_spin->OnTextLostFocus(); + + event.Skip(); + } + + wxSpinCtrlGenericBase *m_spin; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric, wxTextCtrl) + EVT_CHAR(wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric::OnChar) + + EVT_KILL_FOCUS(wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric::OnKillFocus) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrlButtonGeneric: spin button used by spin control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxSpinCtrlButtonGeneric : public wxSpinButton +{ +public: + wxSpinCtrlButtonGeneric(wxSpinCtrlGenericBase *spin, int style) + : wxSpinButton(spin->GetParent(), wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, style | wxSP_VERTICAL) + { + m_spin = spin; + + SetRange(-SPINCTRLBUT_MAX, SPINCTRLBUT_MAX); + + // remove the default minsize, the spinctrl will have one instead + SetSizeHints(wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord); + } + + void OnSpinButton(wxSpinEvent& event) + { + if (m_spin) + m_spin->OnSpinButton(event); + } + + wxSpinCtrlGenericBase *m_spin; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSpinCtrlButtonGeneric, wxSpinButton) + EVT_SPIN_UP( wxID_ANY, wxSpinCtrlButtonGeneric::OnSpinButton) + EVT_SPIN_DOWN(wxID_ANY, wxSpinCtrlButtonGeneric::OnSpinButton) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// wxSpinCtrlGenericBase +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrlGenericBase creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::Init() +{ + m_value = 0; + m_min = 0; + m_max = 100; + m_increment = 1; + m_snap_to_ticks = false; + m_format = wxS("%g"); + + m_spin_value = 0; + + m_textCtrl = NULL; + m_spinButton = NULL; +} + +bool wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + long style, + double min, double max, double initial, + double increment, + const wxString& name) +{ + // don't use borders for this control itself, it wouldn't look good with + // the text control borders (but we might want to use style border bits to + // select the text control style) + if ( !wxControl::Create(parent, id, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + (style & ~wxBORDER_MASK) | wxBORDER_NONE, + wxDefaultValidator, name) ) + { + return false; + } + + m_value = initial; + m_min = min; + m_max = max; + m_increment = increment; + + m_textCtrl = new wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric(this, value, style); + m_spinButton = new wxSpinCtrlButtonGeneric(this, style); +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + m_textCtrl->SetToolTip(GetToolTipText()); + m_spinButton->SetToolTip(GetToolTipText()); +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + + m_spin_value = m_spinButton->GetValue(); + + // the string value overrides the numeric one (for backwards compatibility + // reasons and also because it is simpler to satisfy the string value which + // comes much sooner in the list of arguments and leave the initial + // parameter unspecified) + if ( !value.empty() ) + { + double d; + if ( value.ToDouble(&d) ) + { + m_value = d; + m_textCtrl->SetValue(wxString::Format(m_format, m_value)); + } + } + + SetInitialSize(size); + Move(pos); + + // have to disable this window to avoid interfering it with message + // processing to the text and the button... but pretend it is enabled to + // make IsEnabled() return true + wxControl::Enable(false); // don't use non virtual Disable() here! + m_isEnabled = true; + + // we don't even need to show this window itself - and not doing it avoids + // that it overwrites the text control + wxControl::Show(false); + m_isShown = true; + return true; +} + +wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::~wxSpinCtrlGenericBase() +{ + // delete the controls now, don't leave them alive even though they would + // still be eventually deleted by our parent - but it will be too late, the + // user code expects them to be gone now + + if (m_textCtrl) + { + // null this since MSW sends KILL_FOCUS on deletion, see ~wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric + wxDynamicCast(m_textCtrl, wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric)->m_spin = NULL; + + wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric *text = (wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric*)m_textCtrl; + m_textCtrl = NULL; + delete text; + } + + wxDELETE(m_spinButton); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// geometry +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSize wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxSize sizeBtn = m_spinButton->GetBestSize(), + sizeText = m_textCtrl->GetBestSize(); + + return wxSize(sizeBtn.x + sizeText.x + MARGIN, sizeText.y); +} + +void wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) +{ + wxControl::DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height); + + // position the subcontrols inside the client area + wxSize sizeBtn = m_spinButton->GetSize(); + + wxCoord wText = width - sizeBtn.x - MARGIN; + m_textCtrl->SetSize(x, y, wText, height); + m_spinButton->SetSize(x + wText + MARGIN, y, wxDefaultCoord, height); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// operations forwarded to the subcontrols +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::SetFocus() +{ + if ( m_textCtrl ) + m_textCtrl->SetFocus(); +} + +bool wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::Enable(bool enable) +{ + // Notice that we never enable this control itself, it must stay disabled + // to avoid interfering with the siblings event handling (see e.g. #12045 + // for the kind of problems which arise otherwise). + if ( enable == m_isEnabled ) + return false; + + m_isEnabled = enable; + + m_spinButton->Enable(enable); + m_textCtrl->Enable(enable); + + return true; +} + +bool wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::Show(bool show) +{ + if ( !wxControl::Show(show) ) + return false; + + // under GTK Show() is called the first time before we are fully + // constructed + if ( m_spinButton ) + { + m_spinButton->Show(show); + m_textCtrl->Show(show); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::Reparent(wxWindowBase *newParent) +{ + if ( m_spinButton ) + { + m_spinButton->Reparent(newParent); + m_textCtrl->Reparent(newParent); + } + + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS +void wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tip) +{ + // Notice that we must check for the subcontrols not being NULL (as they + // could be if we were created with the default ctor and this is called + // before Create() for some reason) and that we can't call SetToolTip(tip) + // because this would take ownership of the wxToolTip object (twice). + if ( m_textCtrl ) + { + if ( tip ) + m_textCtrl->SetToolTip(tip->GetTip()); + else + m_textCtrl->SetToolTip(NULL); + } + + if ( m_spinButton ) + { + if( tip ) + m_spinButton->SetToolTip(tip->GetTip()); + else + m_spinButton->SetToolTip(NULL); + } + + wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tip); +} +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Handle sub controls events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::OnSpinButton(wxSpinEvent& event) +{ + event.Skip(); + + // Sync the textctrl since the user expects that the button will modify + // what they see in the textctrl. + SyncSpinToText(); + + int spin_value = event.GetPosition(); + double step = (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP) ? 1 : -1; + + // Use the spinbutton's acceleration, if any, but not if wrapping around + if (((spin_value >= 0) && (m_spin_value >= 0)) || ((spin_value <= 0) && (m_spin_value <= 0))) + step *= abs(spin_value - m_spin_value); + + double value = AdjustToFitInRange(m_value + step*m_increment); + + // Ignore the edges when it wraps since the up/down event may be opposite + // They are in GTK and Mac + if (abs(spin_value - m_spin_value) > SPINCTRLBUT_MAX) + { + m_spin_value = spin_value; + return; + } + + m_spin_value = spin_value; + + if ( DoSetValue(value) ) + DoSendEvent(); +} + +void wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::OnTextLostFocus() +{ + SyncSpinToText(); + DoSendEvent(); +} + +void wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::OnTextChar(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + if ( !HasFlag(wxSP_ARROW_KEYS) ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + double value = m_value; + switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) + { + case WXK_UP : + value += m_increment; + break; + + case WXK_DOWN : + value -= m_increment; + break; + + case WXK_PAGEUP : + value += m_increment * 10.0; + break; + + case WXK_PAGEDOWN : + value -= m_increment * 10.0; + break; + + default: + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + value = AdjustToFitInRange(value); + + SyncSpinToText(); + + if ( DoSetValue(value) ) + DoSendEvent(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Textctrl functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::SyncSpinToText() +{ + if ( !m_textCtrl || !m_textCtrl->IsModified() ) + return false; + + double textValue; + if ( m_textCtrl->GetValue().ToDouble(&textValue) ) + { + if (textValue > m_max) + textValue = m_max; + else if (textValue < m_min) + textValue = m_min; + } + else // text contents is not a valid number at all + { + // replace its contents with the last valid value + textValue = m_value; + } + + // we must always set the value here, even if it's equal to m_value, as + // otherwise we could be left with an out of range value when leaving the + // text control and the current value is already m_max for example + return DoSetValue(textValue); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// changing value and range +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::SetValue(const wxString& text) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_textCtrl, wxT("invalid call to wxSpinCtrl::SetValue") ); + + double val; + if ( text.ToDouble(&val) && InRange(val) ) + { + DoSetValue(val); + } + else // not a number at all or out of range + { + m_textCtrl->SetValue(text); + m_textCtrl->SetSelection(0, -1); + m_textCtrl->SetInsertionPointEnd(); + } +} + +bool wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::DoSetValue(double val) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_textCtrl, false, wxT("invalid call to wxSpinCtrl::SetValue") ); + + if (!InRange(val)) + return false; + + if ( m_snap_to_ticks && (m_increment != 0) ) + { + double snap_value = val / m_increment; + + if (wxFinite(snap_value)) // FIXME what to do about a failure? + { + if ((snap_value - floor(snap_value)) < (ceil(snap_value) - snap_value)) + val = floor(snap_value) * m_increment; + else + val = ceil(snap_value) * m_increment; + } + } + + wxString str(wxString::Format(m_format.c_str(), val)); + + if ((val != m_value) || (str != m_textCtrl->GetValue())) + { + m_value = val; + str.ToDouble( &m_value ); // wysiwyg for textctrl + m_textCtrl->SetValue( str ); + m_textCtrl->SetInsertionPointEnd(); + m_textCtrl->DiscardEdits(); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +double wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::AdjustToFitInRange(double value) const +{ + if (value < m_min) + value = HasFlag(wxSP_WRAP) ? m_max : m_min; + if (value > m_max) + value = HasFlag(wxSP_WRAP) ? m_min : m_max; + + return value; +} + +void wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::DoSetRange(double min, double max) +{ + m_min = min; + m_max = max; +} + +void wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::DoSetIncrement(double inc) +{ + m_increment = inc; +} + +void wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::SetSnapToTicks(bool snap_to_ticks) +{ + m_snap_to_ticks = snap_to_ticks; + DoSetValue(m_value); +} + +void wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::SetSelection(long from, long to) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_textCtrl, wxT("invalid call to wxSpinCtrl::SetSelection") ); + + m_textCtrl->SetSelection(from, to); +} + +#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSpinCtrl::DoSendEvent() +{ + wxSpinEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject( this ); + event.SetPosition((int)(m_value + 0.5)); // FIXME should be SetValue + event.SetString(m_textCtrl->GetValue()); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); +} + +#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSpinCtrlDouble +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrlDouble, wxSpinCtrlGenericBase) + +void wxSpinCtrlDouble::DoSendEvent() +{ + wxSpinDoubleEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRLDOUBLE_UPDATED, GetId()); + event.SetEventObject( this ); + event.SetValue(m_value); + event.SetString(m_textCtrl->GetValue()); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); +} + +void wxSpinCtrlDouble::SetDigits(unsigned digits) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( digits <= 20, "too many digits for wxSpinCtrlDouble" ); + + if ( digits == m_digits ) + return; + + m_digits = digits; + + m_format.Printf(wxT("%%0.%ulf"), digits); + + DoSetValue(m_value); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN + +#endif // !wxPort-with-native-spinctrl + +#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/splash.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/splash.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2798ae4451 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/splash.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/splash.cpp +// Purpose: wxSplashScreen class +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 28/6/2000 +// RCS-ID: $Id: splash.cpp 60558 2009-05-09 12:22:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SPLASH + +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + #include +#endif + +#include "wx/splash.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSplashScreen +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define wxSPLASH_TIMER_ID 9999 + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplashScreen, wxFrame) +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSplashScreen, wxFrame) + EVT_TIMER(wxSPLASH_TIMER_ID, wxSplashScreen::OnNotify) + EVT_CLOSE(wxSplashScreen::OnCloseWindow) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +/* Note that unless we pass a non-default size to the frame, SetClientSize + * won't work properly under Windows, and the splash screen frame is sized + * slightly too small. + */ + +wxSplashScreen::wxSplashScreen(const wxBitmap& bitmap, long splashStyle, int milliseconds, + wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, long style) + : wxFrame(parent, id, wxEmptyString, wxPoint(0,0), wxSize(100, 100), style) +{ + // splash screen must not be used as parent by the other windows because it + // is going to disappear soon, indicate it by giving it this special style + SetExtraStyle(GetExtraStyle() | wxWS_EX_TRANSIENT); + +#if defined(__WXGTK20__) + gtk_window_set_type_hint(GTK_WINDOW(m_widget), + GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_SPLASHSCREEN); +#endif + + m_window = NULL; + m_splashStyle = splashStyle; + m_milliseconds = milliseconds; + + m_window = new wxSplashScreenWindow(bitmap, this, wxID_ANY, pos, size, wxNO_BORDER); + + SetClientSize(bitmap.GetWidth(), bitmap.GetHeight()); + + if (m_splashStyle & wxSPLASH_CENTRE_ON_PARENT) + CentreOnParent(); + else if (m_splashStyle & wxSPLASH_CENTRE_ON_SCREEN) + CentreOnScreen(); + + if (m_splashStyle & wxSPLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + m_timer.SetOwner(this, wxSPLASH_TIMER_ID); + m_timer.Start(milliseconds, true); + } + + Show(true); + m_window->SetFocus(); +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined(__WXMAC__) + Update(); // Without this, you see a blank screen for an instant +#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) + // we don't need to do anything at least on wxGTK with GTK+ 2.12.9 +#else + wxYieldIfNeeded(); // Should eliminate this +#endif +} + +wxSplashScreen::~wxSplashScreen() +{ + m_timer.Stop(); +} + +void wxSplashScreen::OnNotify(wxTimerEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + Close(true); +} + +void wxSplashScreen::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + m_timer.Stop(); + this->Destroy(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSplashScreenWindow +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSplashScreenWindow, wxWindow) +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + EVT_PAINT(wxSplashScreenWindow::OnPaint) +#endif + EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxSplashScreenWindow::OnEraseBackground) + EVT_CHAR(wxSplashScreenWindow::OnChar) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxSplashScreenWindow::OnMouseEvent) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxSplashScreenWindow::wxSplashScreenWindow(const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxWindow* parent, + wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, long style) + : wxWindow(parent, id, pos, size, style) +{ + m_bitmap = bitmap; + +#if !defined(__WXGTK__) && wxUSE_PALETTE + bool hiColour = (wxDisplayDepth() >= 16) ; + + if (bitmap.GetPalette() && !hiColour) + { + SetPalette(* bitmap.GetPalette()); + } +#endif +} + +// VZ: why don't we do it under wxGTK? +#if !defined(__WXGTK__) && wxUSE_PALETTE + #define USE_PALETTE_IN_SPLASH +#endif + +static void wxDrawSplashBitmap(wxDC& dc, const wxBitmap& bitmap, int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y)) +{ + wxMemoryDC dcMem; + +#ifdef USE_PALETTE_IN_SPLASH + bool hiColour = (wxDisplayDepth() >= 16) ; + + if (bitmap.GetPalette() && !hiColour) + { + dcMem.SetPalette(* bitmap.GetPalette()); + } +#endif // USE_PALETTE_IN_SPLASH + + dcMem.SelectObjectAsSource(bitmap); + dc.Blit(0, 0, bitmap.GetWidth(), bitmap.GetHeight(), &dcMem, 0, 0, wxCOPY, + true /* use mask */); + dcMem.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + +#ifdef USE_PALETTE_IN_SPLASH + if (bitmap.GetPalette() && !hiColour) + { + dcMem.SetPalette(wxNullPalette); + } +#endif // USE_PALETTE_IN_SPLASH +} + +void wxSplashScreenWindow::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + if (m_bitmap.Ok()) + wxDrawSplashBitmap(dc, m_bitmap, 0, 0); +} + +void wxSplashScreenWindow::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event) +{ + if (event.GetDC() && m_bitmap.Ok()) + { + wxDrawSplashBitmap(* event.GetDC(), m_bitmap, 0, 0); + } + else + { + wxClientDC dc(this); + if (m_bitmap.Ok()) + wxDrawSplashBitmap(dc, m_bitmap, 0, 0); + } +} + +void wxSplashScreenWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + if (event.LeftDown() || event.RightDown()) + GetParent()->Close(true); + else + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxSplashScreenWindow::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + GetParent()->Close(true); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_SPLASH diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/splitter.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/splitter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a501deb8a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/splitter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1047 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/splitter.cpp +// Purpose: wxSplitterWindow implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: splitter.cpp 66232 2010-11-22 01:23:16Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SPLITTER + +#include "wx/splitter.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/string.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/dcscreen.h" + + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/frame.h" + + #include "wx/settings.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/renderer.h" + +#include + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED, wxSplitterEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING, wxSplitterEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED, wxSplitterEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT, wxSplitterEvent ); + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterWindow, wxWindow) + +/* + TODO PROPERTIES + style wxSP_3D + sashpos (long , 0 ) + minsize (long -1 ) + object, object_ref + orientation +*/ + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterEvent, wxNotifyEvent) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSplitterWindow, wxWindow) + EVT_PAINT(wxSplitterWindow::OnPaint) + EVT_SIZE(wxSplitterWindow::OnSize) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxSplitterWindow::OnMouseEvent) + EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxSplitterWindow::OnMouseCaptureLost) + +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined( __WXMAC__) + EVT_SET_CURSOR(wxSplitterWindow::OnSetCursor) +#endif // wxMSW + + WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(wxSplitterWindow) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(wxSplitterWindow, wxWindow) + +static bool IsLive(wxSplitterWindow* wnd) +{ + // with wxSP_LIVE_UPDATE style the splitter windows are always resized + // following the mouse movement while it drags the sash, without it we only + // draw the sash at the new position but only resize the windows when the + // dragging is finished +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && defined(TARGET_API_MAC_OSX) && TARGET_API_MAC_OSX == 1 + return true; // Mac can't paint outside paint event - always need live mode +#else + return wnd->HasFlag(wxSP_LIVE_UPDATE); +#endif +} + +bool wxSplitterWindow::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + // allow TABbing from one window to the other + style |= wxTAB_TRAVERSAL; + + if ( !wxWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name) ) + return false; + + if (size.x >= 0) + m_lastSize.x = size.x; + if (size.y >= 0) + m_lastSize.y = size.y; + + m_permitUnsplitAlways = (style & wxSP_PERMIT_UNSPLIT) != 0; + + // FIXME: with this line the background is not erased at all under GTK1, + // so temporary avoid it there +#if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) + // don't erase the splitter background, it's pointless as we overwrite it + // anyhow + SetBackgroundStyle(wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM); +#endif + + return true; +} + +void wxSplitterWindow::Init() +{ + WX_INIT_CONTROL_CONTAINER(); + + m_splitMode = wxSPLIT_VERTICAL; + m_permitUnsplitAlways = true; + m_windowOne = NULL; + m_windowTwo = NULL; + m_dragMode = wxSPLIT_DRAG_NONE; + m_oldX = 0; + m_oldY = 0; + m_sashStart = 0; + m_sashPosition = m_requestedSashPosition = 0; + m_sashGravity = 0.0; + m_lastSize = wxSize(0,0); + m_checkRequestedSashPosition = false; + m_minimumPaneSize = 0; + m_sashCursorWE = wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZEWE); + m_sashCursorNS = wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZENS); + m_sashTrackerPen = new wxPen(*wxBLACK, 2, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); + + m_needUpdating = false; + m_isHot = false; +} + +wxSplitterWindow::~wxSplitterWindow() +{ + delete m_sashTrackerPen; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// entering/leaving sash +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSplitterWindow::RedrawIfHotSensitive(bool isHot) +{ + if ( wxRendererNative::Get().GetSplitterParams(this).isHotSensitive ) + { + m_isHot = isHot; + + wxClientDC dc(this); + DrawSash(dc); + } + //else: we don't change our appearance, don't redraw to avoid flicker +} + +void wxSplitterWindow::OnEnterSash() +{ + SetResizeCursor(); + + RedrawIfHotSensitive(true); +} + +void wxSplitterWindow::OnLeaveSash() +{ + SetCursor(*wxSTANDARD_CURSOR); + + RedrawIfHotSensitive(false); +} + +void wxSplitterWindow::SetResizeCursor() +{ + SetCursor(m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? m_sashCursorWE + : m_sashCursorNS); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// other event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxSplitterWindow::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); +#ifdef __WXOSX__ + // as subpanels might have a transparent background we must erase the background + // at least on OSX, otherwise traces of the sash will remain + // test with: splitter sample->replace right window + dc.Clear(); +#endif + + DrawSash(dc); +} + +void wxSplitterWindow::OnInternalIdle() +{ + wxWindow::OnInternalIdle(); + + // if this is the first idle time after a sash position has potentially + // been set, allow SizeWindows to check for a requested size. + if (!m_checkRequestedSashPosition) + { + m_checkRequestedSashPosition = true; + SizeWindows(); + return; // it won't needUpdating in this case + } + + if (m_needUpdating) + SizeWindows(); +} + +void wxSplitterWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + int x = (int)event.GetX(), + y = (int)event.GetY(); + + if ( GetWindowStyle() & wxSP_NOSASH ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + bool isLive = IsLive(this); + + if (event.LeftDown()) + { + if ( SashHitTest(x, y) ) + { + // Start the drag now + m_dragMode = wxSPLIT_DRAG_DRAGGING; + + // Capture mouse and set the cursor + CaptureMouse(); + SetResizeCursor(); + + if ( !isLive ) + { + // remember the initial sash position and draw the initial + // shadow sash + m_sashPositionCurrent = m_sashPosition; + + m_oldX = (m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? m_sashPositionCurrent : x); + m_oldY = (m_splitMode != wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? m_sashPositionCurrent : y); + DrawSashTracker(m_oldX, m_oldY); + } + + m_ptStart = wxPoint(x,y); + m_sashStart = m_sashPosition; + return; + } + } + else if (event.LeftUp() && m_dragMode == wxSPLIT_DRAG_DRAGGING) + { + // We can stop dragging now and see what we've got. + m_dragMode = wxSPLIT_DRAG_NONE; + + // Release mouse and unset the cursor + ReleaseMouse(); + SetCursor(* wxSTANDARD_CURSOR); + + // exit if unsplit after doubleclick + if ( !IsSplit() ) + { + return; + } + + // Erase old tracker + if ( !isLive ) + { + DrawSashTracker(m_oldX, m_oldY); + } + + // the position of the click doesn't exactly correspond to + // m_sashPosition, rather it changes it by the distance by which the + // mouse has moved + int diff = m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? x - m_ptStart.x : y - m_ptStart.y; + + int posSashNew = OnSashPositionChanging(m_sashStart + diff); + if ( posSashNew == -1 ) + { + // change not allowed + return; + } + + if ( m_permitUnsplitAlways || m_minimumPaneSize == 0 ) + { + // Deal with possible unsplit scenarios + if ( posSashNew == 0 ) + { + // We remove the first window from the view + wxWindow *removedWindow = m_windowOne; + m_windowOne = m_windowTwo; + m_windowTwo = NULL; + OnUnsplit(removedWindow); + wxSplitterEvent eventUnsplit(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT, this); + eventUnsplit.m_data.win = removedWindow; + (void)DoSendEvent(eventUnsplit); + SetSashPositionAndNotify(0); + } + else if ( posSashNew == GetWindowSize() ) + { + // We remove the second window from the view + wxWindow *removedWindow = m_windowTwo; + m_windowTwo = NULL; + OnUnsplit(removedWindow); + wxSplitterEvent eventUnsplit(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT, this); + eventUnsplit.m_data.win = removedWindow; + (void)DoSendEvent(eventUnsplit); + SetSashPositionAndNotify(0); + } + else + { + SetSashPositionAndNotify(posSashNew); + } + } + else + { + SetSashPositionAndNotify(posSashNew); + } + + SizeWindows(); + } // left up && dragging + else if ((event.Moving() || event.Leaving() || event.Entering()) && (m_dragMode == wxSPLIT_DRAG_NONE)) + { + if ( event.Leaving() || !SashHitTest(x, y) ) + OnLeaveSash(); + else + OnEnterSash(); + } + else if (event.Dragging() && (m_dragMode == wxSPLIT_DRAG_DRAGGING)) + { + int diff = m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? x - m_ptStart.x : y - m_ptStart.y; + + int posSashNew = OnSashPositionChanging(m_sashStart + diff); + if ( posSashNew == -1 ) + { + // change not allowed + return; + } + + if ( !isLive ) + { + if ( posSashNew == m_sashPositionCurrent ) + return; + + m_sashPositionCurrent = posSashNew; + + // Erase old tracker + DrawSashTracker(m_oldX, m_oldY); + + m_oldX = (m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? m_sashPositionCurrent : x); + m_oldY = (m_splitMode != wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? m_sashPositionCurrent : y); + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // As we captured the mouse, we may get the mouse events from outside + // our window - for example, negative values in x, y. This has a weird + // consequence under MSW where we use unsigned values sometimes and + // signed ones other times: the coordinates turn as big positive + // numbers and so the sash is drawn on the *right* side of the window + // instead of the left (or bottom instead of top). Correct this. + if ( (short)m_oldX < 0 ) + m_oldX = 0; + if ( (short)m_oldY < 0 ) + m_oldY = 0; +#endif // __WXMSW__ + + // Draw new one + DrawSashTracker(m_oldX, m_oldY); + } + else + { + if ( posSashNew == m_sashPosition ) + return; + + DoSetSashPosition(posSashNew); + + // in live mode, the new position is the actual sash position, clear requested position! + m_requestedSashPosition = INT_MAX; + m_needUpdating = true; + } + } + else if ( event.LeftDClick() && m_windowTwo ) + { + OnDoubleClickSash(x, y); + } + else + { + event.Skip(); + } +} + +void wxSplitterWindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + if (m_dragMode != wxSPLIT_DRAG_DRAGGING) + return; + + m_dragMode = wxSPLIT_DRAG_NONE; + + SetCursor(* wxSTANDARD_CURSOR); + + // Erase old tracker + if ( !IsLive(this) ) + { + DrawSashTracker(m_oldX, m_oldY); + } +} + +void wxSplitterWindow::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) +{ + // only process this message if we're not iconized - otherwise iconizing + // and restoring a window containing the splitter has a funny side effect + // of changing the splitter position! + wxWindow *parent = wxGetTopLevelParent(this); + bool iconized; + + wxTopLevelWindow *winTop = wxDynamicCast(parent, wxTopLevelWindow); + if ( winTop ) + { + iconized = winTop->IsIconized(); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("should have a top level parent!")); + + iconized = false; + } + + if ( iconized ) + { + m_lastSize = wxSize(0,0); + + event.Skip(); + + return; + } + + if ( m_windowTwo ) + { + int w, h; + GetClientSize(&w, &h); + + int size = m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? w : h; + + int old_size = m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? m_lastSize.x : m_lastSize.y; + if ( old_size != 0 ) + { + int delta = (int) ( (size - old_size)*m_sashGravity ); + if ( delta != 0 ) + { + int newPosition = m_sashPosition + delta; + if( newPosition < m_minimumPaneSize ) + newPosition = m_minimumPaneSize; + SetSashPositionAndNotify(newPosition); + } + } + + if ( m_sashPosition >= size - 5 ) + SetSashPositionAndNotify(wxMax(10, size - 40)); + m_lastSize = wxSize(w,h); + } + + SizeWindows(); +} + +void wxSplitterWindow::SetSashGravity(double gravity) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( gravity >= 0. && gravity <= 1., + wxT("invalid gravity value") ); + + m_sashGravity = gravity; +} + +bool wxSplitterWindow::SashHitTest(int x, int y, int tolerance) +{ + if ( m_windowTwo == NULL || m_sashPosition == 0) + return false; // No sash + + int z = m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? x : y; + int hitMin = m_sashPosition - tolerance; + int hitMax = m_sashPosition + GetSashSize() + tolerance; + + return z >= hitMin && z <= hitMax; +} + +int wxSplitterWindow::GetSashSize() const +{ + return wxRendererNative::Get().GetSplitterParams(this).widthSash; +} + +int wxSplitterWindow::GetBorderSize() const +{ + return wxRendererNative::Get().GetSplitterParams(this).border; +} + +// Draw the sash +void wxSplitterWindow::DrawSash(wxDC& dc) +{ + if (HasFlag(wxSP_3DBORDER)) + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawSplitterBorder + ( + this, + dc, + GetClientRect() + ); + + // don't draw sash if we're not split + if ( m_sashPosition == 0 || !m_windowTwo ) + return; + + // nor if we're configured to not show it + if ( HasFlag(wxSP_NOSASH) ) + return; + + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawSplitterSash + ( + this, + dc, + GetClientSize(), + m_sashPosition, + m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? wxVERTICAL + : wxHORIZONTAL, + m_isHot ? (int)wxCONTROL_CURRENT : 0 + ); +} + +// Draw the sash tracker (for whilst moving the sash) +void wxSplitterWindow::DrawSashTracker(int x, int y) +{ + int w, h; + GetClientSize(&w, &h); + + wxScreenDC screenDC; + int x1, y1; + int x2, y2; + + if ( m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ) + { + x1 = x2 = wxClip(x, 0, w) + m_sashTrackerPen->GetWidth()/2; + y1 = 2; + y2 = h-2; + } + else + { + y1 = y2 = wxClip(y, 0, h) + m_sashTrackerPen->GetWidth()/2; + x1 = 2; + x2 = w-2; + } + + ClientToScreen(&x1, &y1); + ClientToScreen(&x2, &y2); + + screenDC.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); + screenDC.SetPen(*m_sashTrackerPen); + screenDC.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + + screenDC.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y2); + + screenDC.SetLogicalFunction(wxCOPY); +} + +int wxSplitterWindow::GetWindowSize() const +{ + wxSize size = GetClientSize(); + + return m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? size.x : size.y; +} + +int wxSplitterWindow::AdjustSashPosition(int sashPos) const +{ + wxWindow *win; + + win = GetWindow1(); + if ( win ) + { + // the window shouldn't be smaller than its own minimal size nor + // smaller than the minimual pane size specified for this splitter + int minSize = m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? win->GetMinWidth() + : win->GetMinHeight(); + + if ( minSize == -1 || m_minimumPaneSize > minSize ) + minSize = m_minimumPaneSize; + + minSize += GetBorderSize(); + + if ( sashPos < minSize ) + sashPos = minSize; + } + + win = GetWindow2(); + if ( win ) + { + int minSize = m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? win->GetMinWidth() + : win->GetMinHeight(); + + if ( minSize == -1 || m_minimumPaneSize > minSize ) + minSize = m_minimumPaneSize; + + int maxSize = GetWindowSize() - minSize - GetBorderSize() - GetSashSize(); + if ( maxSize > 0 && sashPos > maxSize && maxSize >= m_minimumPaneSize) + sashPos = maxSize; + } + + return sashPos; +} + +bool wxSplitterWindow::DoSetSashPosition(int sashPos) +{ + int newSashPosition = AdjustSashPosition(sashPos); + + if ( newSashPosition == m_sashPosition ) + return false; + + m_sashPosition = newSashPosition; + + return true; +} + +void wxSplitterWindow::SetSashPositionAndNotify(int sashPos) +{ + // we must reset the request here, otherwise the sash would be stuck at + // old position if the user attempted to move the sash after invalid + // (e.g. smaller than minsize) sash position was requested using + // SetSashPosition(): + m_requestedSashPosition = INT_MAX; + + // note that we must send the event in any case, i.e. even if the sash + // position hasn't changed and DoSetSashPosition() returns false because we + // must generate a CHANGED event at the end of resizing + DoSetSashPosition(sashPos); + + wxSplitterEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED, this); + event.m_data.pos = m_sashPosition; + + (void)DoSendEvent(event); +} + +// Position and size subwindows. +// Note that the border size applies to each subwindow, not +// including the edges next to the sash. +void wxSplitterWindow::SizeWindows() +{ + // check if we have delayed setting the real sash position + if ( m_checkRequestedSashPosition && m_requestedSashPosition != INT_MAX ) + { + int newSashPosition = ConvertSashPosition(m_requestedSashPosition); + if ( newSashPosition != m_sashPosition ) + { + DoSetSashPosition(newSashPosition); + } + + if ( newSashPosition <= m_sashPosition + && newSashPosition >= m_sashPosition - GetBorderSize() ) + { + // don't update it any more + m_requestedSashPosition = INT_MAX; + } + } + + int w, h; + GetClientSize(&w, &h); + + if ( GetWindow1() && !GetWindow2() ) + { + GetWindow1()->SetSize(GetBorderSize(), GetBorderSize(), + w - 2*GetBorderSize(), h - 2*GetBorderSize()); + } + else if ( GetWindow1() && GetWindow2() ) + { + const int border = GetBorderSize(), + sash = GetSashSize(); + + int size1 = GetSashPosition() - border, + size2 = GetSashPosition() + sash; + + int x2, y2, w1, h1, w2, h2; + if ( GetSplitMode() == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ) + { + w1 = size1; + w2 = w - 2*border - sash - w1; + if (w2 < 0) + w2 = 0; + h2 = h - 2*border; + if (h2 < 0) + h2 = 0; + h1 = h2; + x2 = size2; + y2 = border; + } + else // horz splitter + { + w2 = w - 2*border; + if (w2 < 0) + w2 = 0; + w1 = w2; + h1 = size1; + h2 = h - 2*border - sash - h1; + if (h2 < 0) + h2 = 0; + x2 = border; + y2 = size2; + } + + GetWindow2()->SetSize(x2, y2, w2, h2); + GetWindow1()->SetSize(border, border, w1, h1); + } + + wxClientDC dc(this); + DrawSash(dc); + + SetNeedUpdating(false); +} + +// Set pane for unsplit window +void wxSplitterWindow::Initialize(wxWindow *window) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (!window || window->GetParent() == this), + wxT("windows in the splitter should have it as parent!") ); + + if (window && !window->IsShown()) + window->Show(); + + m_windowOne = window; + m_windowTwo = NULL; + DoSetSashPosition(0); +} + +// Associates the given window with window 2, drawing the appropriate sash +// and changing the split mode. +// Does nothing and returns false if the window is already split. +bool wxSplitterWindow::DoSplit(wxSplitMode mode, + wxWindow *window1, wxWindow *window2, + int sashPosition) +{ + if ( IsSplit() ) + return false; + + wxCHECK_MSG( window1 && window2, false, + wxT("can not split with NULL window(s)") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( window1->GetParent() == this && window2->GetParent() == this, false, + wxT("windows in the splitter should have it as parent!") ); + + if (! window1->IsShown()) + window1->Show(); + if (! window2->IsShown()) + window2->Show(); + + m_splitMode = mode; + m_windowOne = window1; + m_windowTwo = window2; + + + SetSashPosition(sashPosition, true); + return true; +} + +int wxSplitterWindow::ConvertSashPosition(int sashPosition) const +{ + if ( sashPosition > 0 ) + { + return sashPosition; + } + else if ( sashPosition < 0 ) + { + // It's negative so adding is subtracting + return GetWindowSize() + sashPosition; + } + else // sashPosition == 0 + { + // default, put it in the centre + return GetWindowSize() / 2; + } +} + +// Remove the specified (or second) window from the view +// Doesn't actually delete the window. +bool wxSplitterWindow::Unsplit(wxWindow *toRemove) +{ + if ( ! IsSplit() ) + return false; + + wxWindow *win; + if ( toRemove == NULL || toRemove == m_windowTwo) + { + win = m_windowTwo ; + m_windowTwo = NULL; + } + else if ( toRemove == m_windowOne ) + { + win = m_windowOne ; + m_windowOne = m_windowTwo; + m_windowTwo = NULL; + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("splitter: attempt to remove a non-existent window")); + + return false; + } + + OnUnsplit(win); + DoSetSashPosition(0); + SizeWindows(); + + return true; +} + +// Replace a window with another one +bool wxSplitterWindow::ReplaceWindow(wxWindow *winOld, wxWindow *winNew) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( winOld, false, wxT("use one of Split() functions instead") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( winNew, false, wxT("use Unsplit() functions instead") ); + + if ( winOld == m_windowTwo ) + { + m_windowTwo = winNew; + } + else if ( winOld == m_windowOne ) + { + m_windowOne = winNew; + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("splitter: attempt to replace a non-existent window")); + + return false; + } + + SizeWindows(); + + return true; +} + +void wxSplitterWindow::SetMinimumPaneSize(int min) +{ + m_minimumPaneSize = min; + int pos = m_requestedSashPosition != INT_MAX ? m_requestedSashPosition : m_sashPosition; + SetSashPosition(pos); // re-check limits +} + +void wxSplitterWindow::SetSashPosition(int position, bool redraw) +{ + // remember the sash position we want to set for later if we can't set it + // right now (e.g. because the window is too small) + m_requestedSashPosition = position; + m_checkRequestedSashPosition = false; + + DoSetSashPosition(ConvertSashPosition(position)); + + if ( redraw ) + { + SizeWindows(); + } +} + +// Make sure the child window sizes are updated. This is useful +// for reducing flicker by updating the sizes before a +// window is shown, if you know the overall size is correct. +void wxSplitterWindow::UpdateSize() +{ + m_checkRequestedSashPosition = true; + SizeWindows(); + m_checkRequestedSashPosition = false; +} + +bool wxSplitterWindow::DoSendEvent(wxSplitterEvent& event) +{ + return !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) || event.IsAllowed(); +} + +wxSize wxSplitterWindow::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + // get best sizes of subwindows + wxSize size1, size2; + if ( m_windowOne ) + size1 = m_windowOne->GetEffectiveMinSize(); + if ( m_windowTwo ) + size2 = m_windowTwo->GetEffectiveMinSize(); + + // sum them + // + // pSash points to the size component to which sash size must be added + int *pSash; + wxSize sizeBest; + if ( m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ) + { + sizeBest.y = wxMax(size1.y, size2.y); + sizeBest.x = wxMax(size1.x, m_minimumPaneSize) + + wxMax(size2.x, m_minimumPaneSize); + + pSash = &sizeBest.x; + } + else // wxSPLIT_HORIZONTAL + { + sizeBest.x = wxMax(size1.x, size2.x); + sizeBest.y = wxMax(size1.y, m_minimumPaneSize) + + wxMax(size2.y, m_minimumPaneSize); + + pSash = &sizeBest.y; + } + + // account for the sash if the window is actually split + if ( m_windowOne && m_windowTwo ) + *pSash += GetSashSize(); + + // account for the border too + int border = 2*GetBorderSize(); + sizeBest.x += border; + sizeBest.y += border; + + return sizeBest; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSplitterWindow virtual functions: they now just generate the events +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxSplitterWindow::OnSashPositionChange(int WXUNUSED(newSashPosition)) +{ + // always allow by default + return true; +} + +int wxSplitterWindow::OnSashPositionChanging(int newSashPosition) +{ + // If within UNSPLIT_THRESHOLD from edge, set to edge to cause closure. + const int UNSPLIT_THRESHOLD = 4; + + // first of all, check if OnSashPositionChange() doesn't forbid this change + if ( !OnSashPositionChange(newSashPosition) ) + { + // it does + return -1; + } + + // Obtain relevant window dimension for bottom / right threshold check + int window_size = GetWindowSize(); + + bool unsplit_scenario = false; + if ( m_permitUnsplitAlways || m_minimumPaneSize == 0 ) + { + // Do edge detection if unsplit premitted + if ( newSashPosition <= UNSPLIT_THRESHOLD ) + { + // threshold top / left check + newSashPosition = 0; + unsplit_scenario = true; + } + if ( newSashPosition >= window_size - UNSPLIT_THRESHOLD ) + { + // threshold bottom/right check + newSashPosition = window_size; + unsplit_scenario = true; + } + } + + if ( !unsplit_scenario ) + { + // If resultant pane would be too small, enlarge it + newSashPosition = AdjustSashPosition(newSashPosition); + + // If the result is out of bounds it means minimum size is too big, + // so split window in half as best compromise. + if ( newSashPosition < 0 || newSashPosition > window_size ) + newSashPosition = window_size / 2; + } + + // now let the event handler have it + // + // FIXME: shouldn't we do it before the adjustments above so as to ensure + // that the sash position is always reasonable? + wxSplitterEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING, this); + event.m_data.pos = newSashPosition; + + if ( !DoSendEvent(event) ) + { + // the event handler vetoed the change + newSashPosition = -1; + } + else + { + // it could have been changed by it + newSashPosition = event.GetSashPosition(); + } + + return newSashPosition; +} + +// Called when the sash is double-clicked. The default behaviour is to remove +// the sash if the minimum pane size is zero. +void wxSplitterWindow::OnDoubleClickSash(int x, int y) +{ + wxCHECK_RET(m_windowTwo, wxT("splitter: no window to remove")); + + // new code should handle events instead of using the virtual functions + wxSplitterEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED, this); + event.m_data.pt.x = x; + event.m_data.pt.y = y; + if ( DoSendEvent(event) ) + { + if ( GetMinimumPaneSize() == 0 || m_permitUnsplitAlways ) + { + wxWindow* win = m_windowTwo; + if ( Unsplit(win) ) + { + wxSplitterEvent unsplitEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT, this); + unsplitEvent.m_data.win = win; + (void)DoSendEvent(unsplitEvent); + } + } + } + //else: blocked by user +} + +void wxSplitterWindow::OnUnsplit(wxWindow *winRemoved) +{ + // call this before calling the event handler which may delete the window + winRemoved->Show(false); +} + +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined( __WXMAC__) + +// this is currently called (and needed) under MSW only... +void wxSplitterWindow::OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& event) +{ + // if we don't do it, the resizing cursor might be set for child window: + // and like this we explicitly say that our cursor should not be used for + // children windows which overlap us + + if ( SashHitTest(event.GetX(), event.GetY(), 0) ) + { + // default processing is ok + event.Skip(); + } + //else: do nothing, in particular, don't call Skip() +} + +#endif // wxMSW || wxMac + +#endif // wxUSE_SPLITTER + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/srchctlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/srchctlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2de709df0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/srchctlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1205 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/srchctlg.cpp +// Purpose: implements wxSearchCtrl as a composite control +// Author: Vince Harron +// Created: 2006-02-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: srchctlg.cpp 66310 2010-12-03 12:40:08Z VZ $ +// Copyright: Vince Harron +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL + +#include "wx/srchctrl.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/menu.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#if !wxUSE_NATIVE_SEARCH_CONTROL + +#include "wx/image.h" + +#define WXMAX(a,b) ((a)>(b)?(a):(b)) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the margin between the text control and the search/cancel buttons +static const wxCoord MARGIN = 2; + +// border around all controls to compensate for wxSIMPLE_BORDER +#if defined(__WXMSW__) +static const wxCoord BORDER = 0; +static const wxCoord ICON_MARGIN = 2; +static const wxCoord ICON_OFFSET = 2; +#else +static const wxCoord BORDER = 2; +static const wxCoord ICON_MARGIN = 0; +static const wxCoord ICON_OFFSET = 0; +#endif + +#define LIGHT_STEP 160 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSearchTextCtrl: text control used by search control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxSearchTextCtrl : public wxTextCtrl +{ +public: + wxSearchTextCtrl(wxSearchCtrl *search, const wxString& value, int style) + : wxTextCtrl(search, wxID_ANY, value, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + style | wxNO_BORDER) + { + m_search = search; + m_defaultFG = GetForegroundColour(); + + // remove the default minsize, the searchctrl will have one instead + SetSizeHints(wxDefaultCoord,wxDefaultCoord); + } + + void SetDescriptiveText(const wxString& text) + { + if ( GetValue() == m_descriptiveText ) + { + ChangeValue(wxEmptyString); + } + + m_descriptiveText = text; + } + + wxString GetDescriptiveText() const + { + return m_descriptiveText; + } + + + // provide access to the base class protected methods to wxSearchCtrl which + // needs to forward to them + void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags) + { + wxTextCtrl::DoSetValue(value, flags); + } + + bool DoLoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType) + { + return wxTextCtrl::DoLoadFile(file, fileType); + } + + bool DoSaveFile(const wxString& file, int fileType) + { + return wxTextCtrl::DoSaveFile(file, fileType); + } + +protected: + void OnText(wxCommandEvent& eventText) + { + wxCommandEvent event(eventText); + event.SetEventObject(m_search); + event.SetId(m_search->GetId()); + + m_search->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + + void OnTextUrl(wxTextUrlEvent& eventText) + { + // copy constructor is disabled for some reason? + //wxTextUrlEvent event(eventText); + wxTextUrlEvent event( + m_search->GetId(), + eventText.GetMouseEvent(), + eventText.GetURLStart(), + eventText.GetURLEnd() + ); + event.SetEventObject(m_search); + + m_search->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + + void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) + { + if ( IsEmpty() && !(wxWindow::FindFocus() == this) ) + { + ChangeValue(m_descriptiveText); + SetInsertionPoint(0); + SetForegroundColour(m_defaultFG.ChangeLightness (LIGHT_STEP)); + } + } + + void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) + { + event.Skip(); + if ( GetValue() == m_descriptiveText ) + { + ChangeValue(wxEmptyString); + SetForegroundColour(m_defaultFG); + } + } + +private: + wxSearchCtrl* m_search; + wxString m_descriptiveText; + wxColour m_defaultFG; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSearchTextCtrl, wxTextCtrl) + EVT_TEXT(wxID_ANY, wxSearchTextCtrl::OnText) + EVT_TEXT_ENTER(wxID_ANY, wxSearchTextCtrl::OnText) + EVT_TEXT_URL(wxID_ANY, wxSearchTextCtrl::OnTextUrl) + EVT_TEXT_MAXLEN(wxID_ANY, wxSearchTextCtrl::OnText) + EVT_IDLE(wxSearchTextCtrl::OnIdle) + EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxSearchTextCtrl::OnFocus) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSearchButton: search button used by search control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxSearchButton : public wxControl +{ +public: + wxSearchButton(wxSearchCtrl *search, int eventType, const wxBitmap& bmp) + : wxControl(search, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxNO_BORDER), + m_search(search), + m_eventType(eventType), + m_bmp(bmp) + { } + + void SetBitmapLabel(const wxBitmap& label) { m_bmp = label; } + + +protected: + wxSize DoGetBestSize() const + { + return wxSize(m_bmp.GetWidth(), m_bmp.GetHeight()); + } + + void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent&) + { + wxCommandEvent event(m_eventType, m_search->GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(m_search); + + if ( m_eventType == wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN ) + { + // it's convenient to have the string to search for directly in the + // event instead of having to retrieve it from the control in the + // event handler code later, so provide it here + event.SetString(m_search->GetValue()); + } + + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + + m_search->SetFocus(); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + if ( m_eventType == wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN ) + { + // this happens automatically, just like on Mac OS X + m_search->PopupSearchMenu(); + } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + } + + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent&) + { + wxPaintDC dc(this); + dc.DrawBitmap(m_bmp, 0,0, true); + } + + +private: + wxSearchCtrl *m_search; + wxEventType m_eventType; + wxBitmap m_bmp; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSearchButton, wxControl) + EVT_LEFT_UP(wxSearchButton::OnLeftUp) + EVT_PAINT(wxSearchButton::OnPaint) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSearchCtrl, wxSearchCtrlBase) + EVT_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN(wxID_ANY, wxSearchCtrl::OnSearchButton) + EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxSearchCtrl::OnSetFocus) + EVT_SIZE(wxSearchCtrl::OnSize) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSearchCtrl, wxSearchCtrlBase) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxSearchCtrl creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// creation +// -------- + +wxSearchCtrl::wxSearchCtrl() +{ + Init(); +} + +wxSearchCtrl::wxSearchCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + Init(); + + Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name); +} + +void wxSearchCtrl::Init() +{ + m_text = NULL; + m_searchButton = NULL; + m_cancelButton = NULL; +#if wxUSE_MENUS + m_menu = NULL; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + m_searchButtonVisible = true; + m_cancelButtonVisible = false; + + m_searchBitmapUser = false; + m_cancelBitmapUser = false; +#if wxUSE_MENUS + m_searchMenuBitmapUser = false; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +} + +bool wxSearchCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + // force border style for more native appearance + style &= ~wxBORDER_MASK; +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + style |= wxBORDER_SUNKEN; +#elif defined(__WXMSW__) + // Don't set the style explicitly, let GetDefaultBorder() work it out, unless + // we will get a sunken border (e.g. on Windows 200) in which case we must + // override with a simple border. + if (GetDefaultBorder() == wxBORDER_SUNKEN) + style |= wxBORDER_SIMPLE; +#else + style |= wxBORDER_SIMPLE; +#endif + if ( !wxSearchCtrlBaseBaseClass::Create(parent, id, pos, size, + style, validator, name) ) + { + return false; + } + + m_text = new wxSearchTextCtrl(this, value, style & ~wxBORDER_MASK); + m_text->SetDescriptiveText(_("Search")); + + m_searchButton = new wxSearchButton(this, + wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN, + m_searchBitmap); + m_cancelButton = new wxSearchButton(this, + wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_CANCEL_BTN, + m_cancelBitmap); + + SetForegroundColour( m_text->GetForegroundColour() ); + m_searchButton->SetForegroundColour( m_text->GetForegroundColour() ); + m_cancelButton->SetForegroundColour( m_text->GetForegroundColour() ); + + SetBackgroundColour( m_text->GetBackgroundColour() ); + m_searchButton->SetBackgroundColour( m_text->GetBackgroundColour() ); + m_cancelButton->SetBackgroundColour( m_text->GetBackgroundColour() ); + + RecalcBitmaps(); + + SetInitialSize(size); + Move(pos); + return true; +} + +wxSearchCtrl::~wxSearchCtrl() +{ + delete m_text; + delete m_searchButton; + delete m_cancelButton; +#if wxUSE_MENUS + delete m_menu; +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS +} + + +// search control specific interfaces +#if wxUSE_MENUS + +void wxSearchCtrl::SetMenu( wxMenu* menu ) +{ + if ( menu == m_menu ) + { + // no change + return; + } + bool hadMenu = (m_menu != NULL); + delete m_menu; + m_menu = menu; + + if ( m_menu && !hadMenu ) + { + m_searchButton->SetBitmapLabel(m_searchMenuBitmap); + m_searchButton->Refresh(); + } + else if ( !m_menu && hadMenu ) + { + m_searchButton->SetBitmapLabel(m_searchBitmap); + if ( m_searchButtonVisible ) + { + m_searchButton->Refresh(); + } + } + wxRect rect = GetRect(); + LayoutControls(0, 0, rect.GetWidth(), rect.GetHeight()); +} + +wxMenu* wxSearchCtrl::GetMenu() +{ + return m_menu; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +void wxSearchCtrl::ShowSearchButton( bool show ) +{ + if ( m_searchButtonVisible == show ) + { + // no change + return; + } + m_searchButtonVisible = show; + if ( m_searchButtonVisible ) + { + RecalcBitmaps(); + } + + wxRect rect = GetRect(); + LayoutControls(0, 0, rect.GetWidth(), rect.GetHeight()); +} + +bool wxSearchCtrl::IsSearchButtonVisible() const +{ + return m_searchButtonVisible; +} + + +void wxSearchCtrl::ShowCancelButton( bool show ) +{ + if ( m_cancelButtonVisible == show ) + { + // no change + return; + } + m_cancelButtonVisible = show; + + wxRect rect = GetRect(); + LayoutControls(0, 0, rect.GetWidth(), rect.GetHeight()); +} + +bool wxSearchCtrl::IsCancelButtonVisible() const +{ + return m_cancelButtonVisible; +} + +void wxSearchCtrl::SetDescriptiveText(const wxString& text) +{ + m_text->SetDescriptiveText(text); +} + +wxString wxSearchCtrl::GetDescriptiveText() const +{ + return m_text->GetDescriptiveText(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// geometry +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxSize wxSearchCtrl::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxSize sizeText = m_text->GetBestSize(); + wxSize sizeSearch(0,0); + wxSize sizeCancel(0,0); + int searchMargin = 0; + int cancelMargin = 0; + if ( m_searchButtonVisible || HasMenu() ) + { + sizeSearch = m_searchButton->GetBestSize(); + searchMargin = MARGIN; + } + if ( m_cancelButtonVisible ) + { + sizeCancel = m_cancelButton->GetBestSize(); + cancelMargin = MARGIN; + } + + int horizontalBorder = 1 + ( sizeText.y - sizeText.y * 14 / 21 ) / 2; + + // buttons are square and equal to the height of the text control + int height = sizeText.y; + return wxSize(sizeSearch.x + searchMargin + sizeText.x + cancelMargin + sizeCancel.x + 2*horizontalBorder, + height + 2*BORDER); +} + +void wxSearchCtrl::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) +{ + wxSearchCtrlBase::DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height); + + LayoutControls(0, 0, width, height); +} + +void wxSearchCtrl::LayoutControls(int x, int y, int width, int height) +{ + if ( !m_text ) + return; + + wxSize sizeText = m_text->GetBestSize(); + // make room for the search menu & clear button + int horizontalBorder = ( sizeText.y - sizeText.y * 14 / 21 ) / 2; + x += horizontalBorder; + y += BORDER; + width -= horizontalBorder*2; + height -= BORDER*2; + if (width < 0) width = 0; + if (height < 0) height = 0; + + wxSize sizeSearch(0,0); + wxSize sizeCancel(0,0); + int searchMargin = 0; + int cancelMargin = 0; + if ( m_searchButtonVisible || HasMenu() ) + { + sizeSearch = m_searchButton->GetBestSize(); + searchMargin = MARGIN; + } + if ( m_cancelButtonVisible ) + { + sizeCancel = m_cancelButton->GetBestSize(); + cancelMargin = MARGIN; + } + m_searchButton->Show( m_searchButtonVisible || HasMenu() ); + m_cancelButton->Show( m_cancelButtonVisible ); + + if ( sizeSearch.x + sizeCancel.x > width ) + { + sizeSearch.x = width/2; + sizeCancel.x = width/2; + searchMargin = 0; + cancelMargin = 0; + } + wxCoord textWidth = width - sizeSearch.x - sizeCancel.x - searchMargin - cancelMargin - 1; + if (textWidth < 0) textWidth = 0; + + // position the subcontrols inside the client area + + m_searchButton->SetSize(x, y + ICON_OFFSET - 1, sizeSearch.x, height); + m_text->SetSize( x + sizeSearch.x + searchMargin, + y + ICON_OFFSET - BORDER, + textWidth, + height); + m_cancelButton->SetSize(x + sizeSearch.x + searchMargin + textWidth + cancelMargin, + y + ICON_OFFSET - 1, sizeCancel.x, height); +} + + +// accessors +// --------- + +wxString wxSearchCtrl::DoGetValue() const +{ + wxString value = m_text->GetValue(); + if (value == m_text->GetDescriptiveText()) + return wxEmptyString; + else + return value; +} +wxString wxSearchCtrl::GetRange(long from, long to) const +{ + return m_text->GetRange(from, to); +} + +int wxSearchCtrl::GetLineLength(long lineNo) const +{ + return m_text->GetLineLength(lineNo); +} +wxString wxSearchCtrl::GetLineText(long lineNo) const +{ + return m_text->GetLineText(lineNo); +} +int wxSearchCtrl::GetNumberOfLines() const +{ + return m_text->GetNumberOfLines(); +} + +bool wxSearchCtrl::IsModified() const +{ + return m_text->IsModified(); +} +bool wxSearchCtrl::IsEditable() const +{ + return m_text->IsEditable(); +} + +// more readable flag testing methods +bool wxSearchCtrl::IsSingleLine() const +{ + return m_text->IsSingleLine(); +} +bool wxSearchCtrl::IsMultiLine() const +{ + return m_text->IsMultiLine(); +} + +// If the return values from and to are the same, there is no selection. +void wxSearchCtrl::GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const +{ + m_text->GetSelection(from, to); +} + +wxString wxSearchCtrl::GetStringSelection() const +{ + return m_text->GetStringSelection(); +} + +// operations +// ---------- + +// editing +void wxSearchCtrl::Clear() +{ + m_text->Clear(); +} +void wxSearchCtrl::Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value) +{ + m_text->Replace(from, to, value); +} +void wxSearchCtrl::Remove(long from, long to) +{ + m_text->Remove(from, to); +} + +// load/save the controls contents from/to the file +bool wxSearchCtrl::LoadFile(const wxString& file) +{ + return m_text->LoadFile(file); +} +bool wxSearchCtrl::SaveFile(const wxString& file) +{ + return m_text->SaveFile(file); +} + +// sets/clears the dirty flag +void wxSearchCtrl::MarkDirty() +{ + m_text->MarkDirty(); +} +void wxSearchCtrl::DiscardEdits() +{ + m_text->DiscardEdits(); +} + +// set the max number of characters which may be entered in a single line +// text control +void wxSearchCtrl::SetMaxLength(unsigned long len) +{ + m_text->SetMaxLength(len); +} + +// writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always +// inserts it at the end +void wxSearchCtrl::WriteText(const wxString& text) +{ + m_text->WriteText(text); +} +void wxSearchCtrl::AppendText(const wxString& text) +{ + m_text->AppendText(text); +} + +// insert the character which would have resulted from this key event, +// return true if anything has been inserted +bool wxSearchCtrl::EmulateKeyPress(const wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + return m_text->EmulateKeyPress(event); +} + +// text control under some platforms supports the text styles: these +// methods allow to apply the given text style to the given selection or to +// set/get the style which will be used for all appended text +bool wxSearchCtrl::SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style) +{ + return m_text->SetStyle(start, end, style); +} +bool wxSearchCtrl::GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style) +{ + return m_text->GetStyle(position, style); +} +bool wxSearchCtrl::SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style) +{ + return m_text->SetDefaultStyle(style); +} +const wxTextAttr& wxSearchCtrl::GetDefaultStyle() const +{ + return m_text->GetDefaultStyle(); +} + +// translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl +// considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates +// which represent column and line. +long wxSearchCtrl::XYToPosition(long x, long y) const +{ + return m_text->XYToPosition(x, y); +} +bool wxSearchCtrl::PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const +{ + return m_text->PositionToXY(pos, x, y); +} + +void wxSearchCtrl::ShowPosition(long pos) +{ + m_text->ShowPosition(pos); +} + +// find the character at position given in pixels +// +// NB: pt is in device coords (not adjusted for the client area origin nor +// scrolling) +wxTextCtrlHitTestResult wxSearchCtrl::HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const +{ + return m_text->HitTest(pt, pos); +} +wxTextCtrlHitTestResult wxSearchCtrl::HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, + wxTextCoord *col, + wxTextCoord *row) const +{ + return m_text->HitTest(pt, col, row); +} + +// Clipboard operations +void wxSearchCtrl::Copy() +{ + m_text->Copy(); +} +void wxSearchCtrl::Cut() +{ + m_text->Cut(); +} +void wxSearchCtrl::Paste() +{ + m_text->Paste(); +} + +bool wxSearchCtrl::CanCopy() const +{ + return m_text->CanCopy(); +} +bool wxSearchCtrl::CanCut() const +{ + return m_text->CanCut(); +} +bool wxSearchCtrl::CanPaste() const +{ + return m_text->CanPaste(); +} + +// Undo/redo +void wxSearchCtrl::Undo() +{ + m_text->Undo(); +} +void wxSearchCtrl::Redo() +{ + m_text->Redo(); +} + +bool wxSearchCtrl::CanUndo() const +{ + return m_text->CanUndo(); +} +bool wxSearchCtrl::CanRedo() const +{ + return m_text->CanRedo(); +} + +// Insertion point +void wxSearchCtrl::SetInsertionPoint(long pos) +{ + m_text->SetInsertionPoint(pos); +} +void wxSearchCtrl::SetInsertionPointEnd() +{ + m_text->SetInsertionPointEnd(); +} +long wxSearchCtrl::GetInsertionPoint() const +{ + return m_text->GetInsertionPoint(); +} +long wxSearchCtrl::GetLastPosition() const +{ + return m_text->GetLastPosition(); +} + +void wxSearchCtrl::SetSelection(long from, long to) +{ + m_text->SetSelection(from, to); +} +void wxSearchCtrl::SelectAll() +{ + m_text->SelectAll(); +} + +void wxSearchCtrl::SetEditable(bool editable) +{ + m_text->SetEditable(editable); +} + +bool wxSearchCtrl::SetFont(const wxFont& font) +{ + bool result = wxSearchCtrlBase::SetFont(font); + if ( result && m_text ) + { + result = m_text->SetFont(font); + } + RecalcBitmaps(); + return result; +} + +// search control generic only +void wxSearchCtrl::SetSearchBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) +{ + m_searchBitmap = bitmap; + m_searchBitmapUser = bitmap.Ok(); + if ( m_searchBitmapUser ) + { + if ( m_searchButton && !HasMenu() ) + { + m_searchButton->SetBitmapLabel( m_searchBitmap ); + } + } + else + { + // the user bitmap was just cleared, generate one + RecalcBitmaps(); + } +} + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + +void wxSearchCtrl::SetSearchMenuBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) +{ + m_searchMenuBitmap = bitmap; + m_searchMenuBitmapUser = bitmap.Ok(); + if ( m_searchMenuBitmapUser ) + { + if ( m_searchButton && m_menu ) + { + m_searchButton->SetBitmapLabel( m_searchMenuBitmap ); + } + } + else + { + // the user bitmap was just cleared, generate one + RecalcBitmaps(); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +void wxSearchCtrl::SetCancelBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) +{ + m_cancelBitmap = bitmap; + m_cancelBitmapUser = bitmap.Ok(); + if ( m_cancelBitmapUser ) + { + if ( m_cancelButton ) + { + m_cancelButton->SetBitmapLabel( m_cancelBitmap ); + } + } + else + { + // the user bitmap was just cleared, generate one + RecalcBitmaps(); + } +} + +#if 0 + +// override streambuf method +#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM +int overflow(int i); +#endif // wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM + +// stream-like insertion operators: these are always available, whether we +// were, or not, compiled with streambuf support +wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxString& s); +wxTextCtrl& operator<<(int i); +wxTextCtrl& operator<<(long i); +wxTextCtrl& operator<<(float f); +wxTextCtrl& operator<<(double d); +wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxChar c); +#endif + +void wxSearchCtrl::DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags) +{ + m_text->DoSetValue(value, flags); +} + +bool wxSearchCtrl::DoLoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType) +{ + return m_text->DoLoadFile(file, fileType); +} + +bool wxSearchCtrl::DoSaveFile(const wxString& file, int fileType) +{ + return m_text->DoSaveFile(file, fileType); +} + +// do the window-specific processing after processing the update event +void wxSearchCtrl::DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + wxSearchCtrlBase::DoUpdateWindowUI(event); +} + +bool wxSearchCtrl::ShouldInheritColours() const +{ + return true; +} + +// icons are rendered at 3-8 times larger than necessary and downscaled for +// antialiasing +static int GetMultiplier() +{ +#ifdef __WXWINCE__ + // speed up bitmap generation by using a small bitmap + return 3; +#else + int depth = ::wxDisplayDepth(); + + if ( depth >= 24 ) + { + return 8; + } + return 6; +#endif +} + +wxBitmap wxSearchCtrl::RenderSearchBitmap( int x, int y, bool renderDrop ) +{ + wxColour bg = GetBackgroundColour(); + wxColour fg = GetForegroundColour().ChangeLightness(LIGHT_STEP-20); + + //=============================================================================== + // begin drawing code + //=============================================================================== + // image stats + + // force width:height ratio + if ( 14*x > y*20 ) + { + // x is too big + x = y*20/14; + } + else + { + // y is too big + y = x*14/20; + } + + // glass 11x11, top left corner + // handle (9,9)-(13,13) + // drop (13,16)-(19,6)-(16,9) + + int multiplier = GetMultiplier(); + int penWidth = multiplier * 2; + + penWidth = penWidth * x / 20; + + wxBitmap bitmap( multiplier*x, multiplier*y ); + wxMemoryDC mem; + mem.SelectObject(bitmap); + + // clear background + mem.SetBrush( wxBrush(bg) ); + mem.SetPen( wxPen(bg) ); + mem.DrawRectangle(0,0,bitmap.GetWidth(),bitmap.GetHeight()); + + // draw drop glass + mem.SetBrush( wxBrush(fg) ); + mem.SetPen( wxPen(fg) ); + int glassBase = 5 * x / 20; + int glassFactor = 2*glassBase + 1; + int radius = multiplier*glassFactor/2; + mem.DrawCircle(radius,radius,radius); + mem.SetBrush( wxBrush(bg) ); + mem.SetPen( wxPen(bg) ); + mem.DrawCircle(radius,radius,radius-penWidth); + + // draw handle + int lineStart = radius + (radius-penWidth/2) * 707 / 1000; // 707 / 1000 = 0.707 = 1/sqrt(2); + + mem.SetPen( wxPen(fg) ); + mem.SetBrush( wxBrush(fg) ); + int handleCornerShift = penWidth * 707 / 1000 / 2; // 707 / 1000 = 0.707 = 1/sqrt(2); + handleCornerShift = WXMAX( handleCornerShift, 1 ); + int handleBase = 4 * x / 20; + int handleLength = 2*handleBase+1; + wxPoint handlePolygon[] = + { + wxPoint(-handleCornerShift,+handleCornerShift), + wxPoint(+handleCornerShift,-handleCornerShift), + wxPoint(multiplier*handleLength/2+handleCornerShift,multiplier*handleLength/2-handleCornerShift), + wxPoint(multiplier*handleLength/2-handleCornerShift,multiplier*handleLength/2+handleCornerShift), + }; + mem.DrawPolygon(WXSIZEOF(handlePolygon),handlePolygon,lineStart,lineStart); + + // draw drop triangle + int triangleX = 13 * x / 20; + int triangleY = 5 * x / 20; + int triangleBase = 3 * x / 20; + int triangleFactor = triangleBase*2+1; + if ( renderDrop ) + { + wxPoint dropPolygon[] = + { + wxPoint(multiplier*0,multiplier*0), // triangle left + wxPoint(multiplier*triangleFactor-1,multiplier*0), // triangle right + wxPoint(multiplier*triangleFactor/2,multiplier*triangleFactor/2), // triangle bottom + }; + mem.DrawPolygon(WXSIZEOF(dropPolygon),dropPolygon,multiplier*triangleX,multiplier*triangleY); + } + mem.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + + //=============================================================================== + // end drawing code + //=============================================================================== + + if ( multiplier != 1 ) + { + wxImage image = bitmap.ConvertToImage(); + image.Rescale(x,y); + bitmap = wxBitmap( image ); + } + if ( !renderDrop ) + { + // Trim the edge where the arrow would have gone + bitmap = bitmap.GetSubBitmap(wxRect(0,0, y,y)); + } + + return bitmap; +} + +wxBitmap wxSearchCtrl::RenderCancelBitmap( int x, int y ) +{ + wxColour bg = GetBackgroundColour(); + wxColour fg = GetForegroundColour().ChangeLightness(LIGHT_STEP); + + //=============================================================================== + // begin drawing code + //=============================================================================== + // image stats + + // total size 14x14 + // force 1:1 ratio + if ( x > y ) + { + // x is too big + x = y; + } + else + { + // y is too big + y = x; + } + + // 14x14 circle + // cross line starts (4,4)-(10,10) + // drop (13,16)-(19,6)-(16,9) + + int multiplier = GetMultiplier(); + + int penWidth = multiplier * x / 14; + + wxBitmap bitmap( multiplier*x, multiplier*y ); + wxMemoryDC mem; + mem.SelectObject(bitmap); + + // clear background + mem.SetBrush( wxBrush(bg) ); + mem.SetPen( wxPen(bg) ); + mem.DrawRectangle(0,0,bitmap.GetWidth(),bitmap.GetHeight()); + + // draw drop glass + mem.SetBrush( wxBrush(fg) ); + mem.SetPen( wxPen(fg) ); + int radius = multiplier*x/2; + mem.DrawCircle(radius,radius,radius); + + // draw cross + int lineStartBase = 4 * x / 14; + int lineLength = x - 2*lineStartBase; + + mem.SetPen( wxPen(bg) ); + mem.SetBrush( wxBrush(bg) ); + int handleCornerShift = penWidth/2; + handleCornerShift = WXMAX( handleCornerShift, 1 ); + wxPoint handlePolygon[] = + { + wxPoint(-handleCornerShift,+handleCornerShift), + wxPoint(+handleCornerShift,-handleCornerShift), + wxPoint(multiplier*lineLength+handleCornerShift,multiplier*lineLength-handleCornerShift), + wxPoint(multiplier*lineLength-handleCornerShift,multiplier*lineLength+handleCornerShift), + }; + mem.DrawPolygon(WXSIZEOF(handlePolygon),handlePolygon,multiplier*lineStartBase,multiplier*lineStartBase); + wxPoint handlePolygon2[] = + { + wxPoint(+handleCornerShift,+handleCornerShift), + wxPoint(-handleCornerShift,-handleCornerShift), + wxPoint(multiplier*lineLength-handleCornerShift,-multiplier*lineLength-handleCornerShift), + wxPoint(multiplier*lineLength+handleCornerShift,-multiplier*lineLength+handleCornerShift), + }; + mem.DrawPolygon(WXSIZEOF(handlePolygon2),handlePolygon2,multiplier*lineStartBase,multiplier*(x-lineStartBase)); + + //=============================================================================== + // end drawing code + //=============================================================================== + + if ( multiplier != 1 ) + { + wxImage image = bitmap.ConvertToImage(); + image.Rescale(x,y); + bitmap = wxBitmap( image ); + } + + return bitmap; +} + +void wxSearchCtrl::RecalcBitmaps() +{ + if ( !m_text ) + { + return; + } + wxSize sizeText = m_text->GetBestSize(); + + int bitmapHeight = sizeText.y - 2 * ICON_MARGIN; + int bitmapWidth = sizeText.y * 20 / 14; + + if ( !m_searchBitmapUser ) + { + if ( + !m_searchBitmap.Ok() || + m_searchBitmap.GetHeight() != bitmapHeight || + m_searchBitmap.GetWidth() != bitmapWidth + ) + { + m_searchBitmap = RenderSearchBitmap(bitmapWidth,bitmapHeight,false); + if ( !HasMenu() ) + { + m_searchButton->SetBitmapLabel(m_searchBitmap); + } + } + // else this bitmap was set by user, don't alter + } + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + if ( !m_searchMenuBitmapUser ) + { + if ( + !m_searchMenuBitmap.Ok() || + m_searchMenuBitmap.GetHeight() != bitmapHeight || + m_searchMenuBitmap.GetWidth() != bitmapWidth + ) + { + m_searchMenuBitmap = RenderSearchBitmap(bitmapWidth,bitmapHeight,true); + if ( m_menu ) + { + m_searchButton->SetBitmapLabel(m_searchMenuBitmap); + } + } + // else this bitmap was set by user, don't alter + } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + + if ( !m_cancelBitmapUser ) + { + if ( + !m_cancelBitmap.Ok() || + m_cancelBitmap.GetHeight() != bitmapHeight || + m_cancelBitmap.GetWidth() != bitmapHeight + ) + { + m_cancelBitmap = RenderCancelBitmap(bitmapHeight-BORDER-1,bitmapHeight-BORDER-1); // square + m_cancelButton->SetBitmapLabel(m_cancelBitmap); + } + // else this bitmap was set by user, don't alter + } +} + +void wxSearchCtrl::OnSearchButton( wxCommandEvent& event ) +{ + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxSearchCtrl::OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent& /*event*/ ) +{ + if ( m_text ) + { + m_text->SetFocus(); + } +} + +void wxSearchCtrl::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + int width, height; + GetSize(&width, &height); + LayoutControls(0, 0, width, height); +} + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + +void wxSearchCtrl::PopupSearchMenu() +{ + if ( m_menu ) + { + wxSize size = GetSize(); + PopupMenu( m_menu, 0, size.y ); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS + +#endif // !wxUSE_NATIVE_SEARCH_CONTROL + +#endif // wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statbmpg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statbmpg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eaf8314bb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statbmpg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/statbmpg.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericStaticBitmap +// Author: Marcin Wojdyr, Stefan Csomor +// Created: 2008-06-16 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statbmpg.cpp 66569 2011-01-04 12:52:12Z SC $ +// Copyright: wxWidgets developers +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_STATBMP + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dcclient.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/generic/statbmpg.h" + +bool wxGenericStaticBitmap::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + long style, const wxString& name) +{ + if (! wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, + wxDefaultValidator, name)) + return false; + SetBitmap(bitmap); + Connect(wxEVT_PAINT, wxPaintEventHandler(wxGenericStaticBitmap::OnPaint)); + return true; +} + +void wxGenericStaticBitmap::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + if (m_bitmap.IsOk()) + dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap, 0, 0, true); +} + +// under OSX_cocoa is a define, avoid duplicate info +#ifndef wxGenericStaticBitmap + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericStaticBitmap, wxStaticBitmapBase) + +#endif + +#endif // wxUSE_STATBMP + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statline.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statline.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..796c74b733 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statline.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/statline.cpp +// Purpose: a generic wxStaticLine class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 28.06.99 +// Version: $Id: statline.cpp 66555 2011-01-04 08:31:53Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STATLINE + +#include "wx/statline.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/statbox.h" +#endif + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStaticLine +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxStaticLine::Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint &pos, + const wxSize &size, + long style, + const wxString &name) +{ + m_statbox = NULL; + + if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) ) + return false; + + // ok, this is ugly but it's better than nothing: use a thin static box to + // emulate static line + + wxSize sizeReal = AdjustSize(size); + + m_statbox = new wxStaticBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, pos, sizeReal, style, name); + + return true; +} + +wxStaticLine::~wxStaticLine() +{ + delete m_statbox; +} + +WXWidget wxStaticLine::GetMainWidget() const +{ + return m_statbox->GetMainWidget(); +} + +void wxStaticLine::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags) +{ + m_statbox->SetSize(x, y, width, height, sizeFlags); +} + +void wxStaticLine::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) +{ + m_statbox->SetSize(x, y, width, height); +} + +#endif + // wxUSE_STATLINE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/stattextg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/stattextg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94fe539375 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/stattextg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/stattextg.cpp +// Purpose: wxGenericStaticText +// Author: Marcin Wojdyr +// Created: 2008-06-26 +// RCS-ID: $Id: stattextg.cpp 67067 2011-02-27 12:48:38Z VZ $ +// Copyright: Marcin Wojdyr +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STATTEXT + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/validate.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/generic/stattextg.h" + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + #include "wx/generic/private/markuptext.h" +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericStaticText, wxStaticTextBase) + + +bool wxGenericStaticText::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &label, + const wxPoint &pos, + const wxSize &size, + long style, + const wxString &name) +{ + if ( !wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, + wxDefaultValidator, name) ) + return false; + + SetLabel(label); + SetInitialSize(size); + Connect(wxEVT_PAINT, wxPaintEventHandler(wxGenericStaticText::OnPaint)); + return true; +} + +wxGenericStaticText::~wxGenericStaticText() +{ +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + delete m_markupText; +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP +} + +void wxGenericStaticText::DoDrawLabel(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect) +{ +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + if ( m_markupText ) + m_markupText->Render(dc, rect, wxMarkupText::Render_ShowAccels); + else +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + dc.DrawLabel(m_label, rect, GetAlignment(), m_mnemonic); +} + +void wxGenericStaticText::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + + wxRect rect = GetClientRect(); + if ( IsEnabled() ) + { + dc.SetTextForeground( + wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNTEXT)); + } + else // paint disabled text + { + // draw shadow of the text + dc.SetTextForeground( + wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT)); + wxRect rectShadow = rect; + rectShadow.Offset(1, 1); + DoDrawLabel(dc, rectShadow); + dc.SetTextForeground( + wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW)); + } + DoDrawLabel(dc, rect); +} + + +wxSize wxGenericStaticText::DoGetBestClientSize() const +{ + wxClientDC dc(wxConstCast(this, wxGenericStaticText)); + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + if ( m_markupText ) + return m_markupText->Measure(dc); +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + + return dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent(GetLabel()); +} + +void wxGenericStaticText::SetLabel(const wxString& label) +{ + wxControl::SetLabel(label); + DoSetLabel(GetEllipsizedLabel()); + if ( !HasFlag(wxST_NO_AUTORESIZE) && !IsEllipsized() ) + InvalidateBestSize(); + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + if ( m_markupText ) + { + delete m_markupText; + m_markupText = NULL; + } +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + + Refresh(); +} + +void wxGenericStaticText::DoSetLabel(const wxString& label) +{ + m_mnemonic = FindAccelIndex(label, &m_label); +} + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + +bool wxGenericStaticText::DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup) +{ + if ( !wxStaticTextBase::DoSetLabelMarkup(markup) ) + return false; + + if ( !m_markupText ) + m_markupText = new wxMarkupText(markup); + else + m_markupText->SetMarkup(markup); + + if ( !HasFlag(wxST_NO_AUTORESIZE) ) + InvalidateBestSize(); + + Refresh(); + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + +bool wxGenericStaticText::SetFont(const wxFont &font) +{ + if ( !wxControl::SetFont(font) ) + return false; + if ( !HasFlag(wxST_NO_AUTORESIZE) ) + InvalidateBestSize(); + Refresh(); + return true; +} + +void wxGenericStaticText::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, + int sizeFlags) +{ + wxStaticTextBase::DoSetSize(x, y, width, height, sizeFlags); + UpdateLabel(); +} + + +#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statusbr.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statusbr.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90eaf4b7a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/statusbr.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,542 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/statusbr.cpp +// Purpose: wxStatusBarGeneric class implementation +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: statusbr.cpp 62432 2009-10-16 21:32:51Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +#include "wx/statusbr.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/toplevel.h" + #include "wx/control.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + #include + #include "wx/gtk/private.h" +#endif + +// we only have to do it here when we use wxStatusBarGeneric in addition to the +// standard wxStatusBar class, if wxStatusBarGeneric is the same as +// wxStatusBar, then the corresponding IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS is already in +// common/statbar.cpp +#if defined(__WXMAC__) || \ + (defined(wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR) && wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR) + #include "wx/generic/statusbr.h" + + IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStatusBarGeneric, wxWindow) +#endif // wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR + +// Default status border dimensions +#define wxTHICK_LINE_BORDER 2 + +// Margin between the field text and the field rect +#define wxFIELD_TEXT_MARGIN 2 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// GTK+ signal handler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined( __WXGTK20__ ) +#if GTK_CHECK_VERSION(2,12,0) +extern "C" { +static +gboolean statusbar_query_tooltip(GtkWidget* WXUNUSED(widget), + gint x, + gint y, + gboolean WXUNUSED(keyboard_mode), + GtkTooltip *tooltip, + wxStatusBar* statbar) +{ + int n = statbar->GetFieldFromPoint(wxPoint(x,y)); + if (n == wxNOT_FOUND) + return FALSE; + + // should we show the tooltip for the n-th pane of the statusbar? + if (!statbar->GetField(n).IsEllipsized()) + return FALSE; // no, it's not useful + + const wxString& str = statbar->GetStatusText(n); + if (str.empty()) + return FALSE; + + gtk_tooltip_set_text(tooltip, wxGTK_CONV_SYS(str)); + return TRUE; +} +} +#endif +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStatusBarGeneric +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxStatusBarGeneric, wxWindow) + EVT_PAINT(wxStatusBarGeneric::OnPaint) + EVT_SIZE(wxStatusBarGeneric::OnSize) + EVT_LEFT_DOWN(wxStatusBarGeneric::OnLeftDown) + EVT_RIGHT_DOWN(wxStatusBarGeneric::OnRightDown) + EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxStatusBarGeneric::OnSysColourChanged) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxStatusBarGeneric::Init() +{ + m_borderX = wxTHICK_LINE_BORDER; + m_borderY = wxTHICK_LINE_BORDER; +} + +wxStatusBarGeneric::~wxStatusBarGeneric() +{ +} + +bool wxStatusBarGeneric::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + style |= wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE; + if ( !wxWindow::Create(parent, id, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + style, name) ) + return false; + + // The status bar should have a themed background + SetThemeEnabled( true ); + + InitColours(); + +#ifdef __WXPM__ + SetFont(*wxSMALL_FONT); +#endif + + int height = (int)((11*GetCharHeight())/10 + 2*GetBorderY()); + SetSize(wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, height); + + SetFieldsCount(1); + +#if defined( __WXGTK20__ ) +#if GTK_CHECK_VERSION(2,12,0) + if (HasFlag(wxSTB_SHOW_TIPS) && !gtk_check_version(2,12,0)) + { + g_object_set(m_widget, "has-tooltip", TRUE, NULL); + g_signal_connect(m_widget, "query-tooltip", + G_CALLBACK(statusbar_query_tooltip), this); + } +#endif +#endif + + return true; +} + +wxSize wxStatusBarGeneric::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + int width, height; + + // best width is the width of the parent + if (GetParent()) + GetParent()->GetClientSize(&width, NULL); + else + width = 80; // a dummy value + + // best height is as calculated above in Create() + height = (int)((11*GetCharHeight())/10 + 2*GetBorderY()); + + return wxSize(width, height); +} + +void wxStatusBarGeneric::DoUpdateStatusText(int number) +{ + wxRect rect; + GetFieldRect(number, rect); + + Refresh(true, &rect); + + // it's common to show some text in the status bar before starting a + // relatively lengthy operation, ensure that the text is shown to the + // user immediately and not after the lengthy operation end + Update(); +} + +void wxStatusBarGeneric::SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]) +{ + // only set status widths when n == number of statuswindows + wxCHECK_RET( (size_t)n == m_panes.GetCount(), wxT("status bar field count mismatch") ); + + wxStatusBarBase::SetStatusWidths(n, widths_field); + + // update cache + int width; + GetClientSize(&width, &m_lastClientHeight); + m_widthsAbs = CalculateAbsWidths(width); +} + +bool wxStatusBarGeneric::ShowsSizeGrip() const +{ + if ( !HasFlag(wxSTB_SIZEGRIP) ) + return false; + + wxTopLevelWindow * const + tlw = wxDynamicCast(wxGetTopLevelParent(GetParent()), wxTopLevelWindow); + return tlw && !tlw->IsMaximized() && tlw->HasFlag(wxRESIZE_BORDER); +} + +void wxStatusBarGeneric::DrawFieldText(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int i, int textHeight) +{ + wxString text(GetStatusText(i)); + if (text.empty()) + return; // optimization + + int xpos = rect.x + wxFIELD_TEXT_MARGIN, + maxWidth = rect.width - 2*wxFIELD_TEXT_MARGIN, + ypos = (int) (((rect.height - textHeight) / 2) + rect.y + 0.5); + + if (ShowsSizeGrip()) + { + // don't write text over the size grip: + // NOTE: overloading DoGetClientSize() and GetClientAreaOrigin() wouldn't + // work because the adjustment needs to be done only when drawing + // the field text and not also when drawing the background, the + // size grip itself, etc + if ((GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft && i == 0) || + (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft && + i == (int)m_panes.GetCount()-1)) + { + const wxRect& gripRc = GetSizeGripRect(); + + // NOTE: we don't need any special treatment wrt to the layout direction + // since DrawText() will automatically adjust the origin of the + // text accordingly to the layout in use + + maxWidth -= gripRc.width; + } + } + + // eventually ellipsize the text so that it fits the field width + + wxEllipsizeMode ellmode = (wxEllipsizeMode)-1; + if (HasFlag(wxSTB_ELLIPSIZE_START)) ellmode = wxELLIPSIZE_START; + else if (HasFlag(wxSTB_ELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE)) ellmode = wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE; + else if (HasFlag(wxSTB_ELLIPSIZE_END)) ellmode = wxELLIPSIZE_END; + + if (ellmode == (wxEllipsizeMode)-1) + { + // if we have the wxSTB_SHOW_TIPS we must set the ellipsized flag even if + // we don't ellipsize the text but just truncate it + if (HasFlag(wxSTB_SHOW_TIPS)) + SetEllipsizedFlag(i, dc.GetTextExtent(text).GetWidth() > maxWidth); + + dc.SetClippingRegion(rect); + } + else + { + text = wxControl::Ellipsize(text, dc, + ellmode, + maxWidth, + wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_EXPAND_TABS); + // Ellipsize() will do something only if necessary + + // update the ellipsization status for this pane; this is used later to + // decide whether a tooltip should be shown or not for this pane + // (if we have wxSTB_SHOW_TIPS) + SetEllipsizedFlag(i, text != GetStatusText(i)); + } + +#if defined( __WXGTK__ ) || defined(__WXMAC__) + xpos++; + ypos++; +#endif + + // draw the text + dc.DrawText(text, xpos, ypos); + + if (ellmode == (wxEllipsizeMode)-1) + dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); +} + +void wxStatusBarGeneric::DrawField(wxDC& dc, int i, int textHeight) +{ + wxRect rect; + GetFieldRect(i, rect); + + if (rect.GetWidth() <= 0) + return; // happens when the status bar is shrinked in a very small area! + + int style = m_panes[i].GetStyle(); + if (style != wxSB_FLAT) + { + // Draw border + // For wxSB_NORMAL: paint a grey background, plus 3-d border (one black rectangle) + // Inside this, left and top sides (dark grey). Bottom and right (white). + // Reverse it for wxSB_RAISED + + dc.SetPen((style == wxSB_RAISED) ? m_mediumShadowPen : m_hilightPen); + +#ifndef __WXPM__ + + // Right and bottom lines + dc.DrawLine(rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, + rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height, + rect.x, rect.y + rect.height); + + dc.SetPen((style == wxSB_RAISED) ? m_hilightPen : m_mediumShadowPen); + + // Left and top lines + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, + rect.x, rect.y); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y, + rect.x + rect.width, rect.y); +#else + + dc.DrawLine(rect.x + rect.width, rect.height + 2, + rect.x, rect.height + 2); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, + rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); + + dc.SetPen((style == wxSB_RAISED) ? m_hilightPen : m_mediumShadowPen); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y, + rect.x + rect.width, rect.y); + dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, + rect.x, rect.y); +#endif + } + + DrawFieldText(dc, rect, i, textHeight); +} + +bool wxStatusBarGeneric::GetFieldRect(int n, wxRect& rect) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( (n >= 0) && ((size_t)n < m_panes.GetCount()), false, + wxT("invalid status bar field index") ); + + if (m_widthsAbs.IsEmpty()) + return false; + + rect.x = 0; + for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ ) + rect.x += m_widthsAbs[i]; + rect.x += m_borderX; + + rect.y = m_borderY; + rect.width = m_widthsAbs[n] - 2*m_borderX; + rect.height = m_lastClientHeight - 2*m_borderY; + + return true; +} + +int wxStatusBarGeneric::GetFieldFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt) const +{ + if (m_widthsAbs.IsEmpty()) + return wxNOT_FOUND; + + // NOTE: we explicitely don't take in count the borders since they are only + // useful when rendering the status text, not for hit-test computations + + if (pt.y <= 0 || pt.y >= m_lastClientHeight) + return wxNOT_FOUND; + + int x = 0; + for ( size_t i = 0; i < m_panes.GetCount(); i++ ) + { + if (pt.x > x && pt.x < x+m_widthsAbs[i]) + return i; + + x += m_widthsAbs[i]; + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +void wxStatusBarGeneric::InitColours() +{ +#if defined(__WXPM__) + m_mediumShadowPen = wxPen(wxColour(127, 127, 127)); + m_hilightPen = *wxWHITE_PEN; + + SetBackgroundColour(*wxLIGHT_GREY); + SetForegroundColour(*wxBLACK); +#else // !__WXPM__ + m_mediumShadowPen = wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)); + m_hilightPen = wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHILIGHT)); +#endif // __WXPM__/!__WXPM__ +} + +void wxStatusBarGeneric::SetMinHeight(int height) +{ + // check that this min height is not less than minimal height for the + // current font (min height is as calculated above in Create() except for border) + int minHeight = (int)((11*GetCharHeight())/10); + + if ( height > minHeight ) + SetSize(wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, height + 2*m_borderY); +} + +wxRect wxStatusBarGeneric::GetSizeGripRect() const +{ + int width, height; + wxWindow::DoGetClientSize(&width, &height); + + if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) + return wxRect(2, 2, height-2, height-4); + else + return wxRect(width-height-2, 2, height-2, height-4); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxStatusBarGeneric - event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxStatusBarGeneric::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + // Draw grip first + if ( ShowsSizeGrip() ) + { + const wxRect& rc = GetSizeGripRect(); + GdkWindowEdge edge = + GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft ? GDK_WINDOW_EDGE_SOUTH_WEST : + GDK_WINDOW_EDGE_SOUTH_EAST; + gtk_paint_resize_grip( m_widget->style, + GTKGetDrawingWindow(), + (GtkStateType) GTK_WIDGET_STATE (m_widget), + NULL, + m_widget, + "statusbar", + edge, + rc.x, rc.y, rc.width, rc.height ); + } +#endif // __WXGTK20__ + + if (GetFont().IsOk()) + dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + + // compute char height only once for all panes: + int textHeight = dc.GetCharHeight(); + + dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT); + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_panes.GetCount(); i ++) + DrawField(dc, i, textHeight); +} + +void wxStatusBarGeneric::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event) +{ + InitColours(); + + // Propagate the event to the non-top-level children + wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged(event); +} + +void wxStatusBarGeneric::OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + int width, height; + GetClientSize(&width, &height); + + if ( ShowsSizeGrip() && (event.GetX() > width-height) ) + { + GtkWidget *ancestor = gtk_widget_get_toplevel( m_widget ); + + if (!GTK_IS_WINDOW (ancestor)) + return; + + GdkWindow *source = GTKGetDrawingWindow(); + + int org_x = 0; + int org_y = 0; + gdk_window_get_origin( source, &org_x, &org_y ); + + if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) + { + gtk_window_begin_resize_drag (GTK_WINDOW (ancestor), + GDK_WINDOW_EDGE_SOUTH_WEST, + 1, + org_x - event.GetX() + GetSize().x , + org_y + event.GetY(), + 0); + } + else + { + gtk_window_begin_resize_drag (GTK_WINDOW (ancestor), + GDK_WINDOW_EDGE_SOUTH_EAST, + 1, + org_x + event.GetX(), + org_y + event.GetY(), + 0); + } + } + else + { + event.Skip( true ); + } +#else + event.Skip( true ); +#endif +} + +void wxStatusBarGeneric::OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + int width, height; + GetClientSize(&width, &height); + + if ( ShowsSizeGrip() && (event.GetX() > width-height) ) + { + GtkWidget *ancestor = gtk_widget_get_toplevel( m_widget ); + + if (!GTK_IS_WINDOW (ancestor)) + return; + + GdkWindow *source = GTKGetDrawingWindow(); + + int org_x = 0; + int org_y = 0; + gdk_window_get_origin( source, &org_x, &org_y ); + + gtk_window_begin_move_drag (GTK_WINDOW (ancestor), + 2, + org_x + event.GetX(), + org_y + event.GetY(), + 0); + } + else + { + event.Skip( true ); + } +#else + event.Skip( true ); +#endif +} + +void wxStatusBarGeneric::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // FIXME: workarounds for OS/2 bugs have nothing to do here (VZ) + int width; +#ifdef __WXPM__ + GetSize(&width, &m_lastClientHeight); +#else + GetClientSize(&width, &m_lastClientHeight); +#endif + + // recompute the cache of the field widths if the status bar width has changed + m_widthsAbs = CalculateAbsWidths(width); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tabg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tabg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8237af2139 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tabg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1289 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/tabg.cpp +// Purpose: Generic tabbed dialogs; used by wxMotif's wxNotebook +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 01/02/97 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tabg.cpp 58227 2009-01-19 13:55:27Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/math.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "wx/generic/tabg.h" +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" + +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxTabLayerList) + +// not defined: use old, square tab implementation (fills in tabs) +// defined: use new, rounded tab implementation (doesn't colour in tabs) +// #define wxUSE_NEW_METHOD + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabControl, wxObject) + +// IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabLayer, wxList) + +wxTabControl::wxTabControl(wxTabView *v) +{ + m_view = v; + m_isSelected = false; + m_offsetX = 0; + m_offsetY = 0; + m_width = 0; + m_height = 0; + m_id = 0; + m_rowPosition = 0; + m_colPosition = 0; +} + +wxTabControl::~wxTabControl(void) +{ +} + +void wxTabControl::OnDraw(wxDC& dc, bool lastInRow) +{ + // Old, but in some ways better (drawing opaque tabs) +#ifndef wxUSE_NEW_METHOD + if (!m_view) + return; + + // Top-left of tab view area + int viewX = m_view->GetViewRect().x; + int viewY = m_view->GetViewRect().y; + + // Top-left of tab control + int tabX = GetX() + viewX; + int tabY = GetY() + viewY; + int tabHeightInc = 0; + if (m_isSelected) + { + tabHeightInc = (m_view->GetTabSelectionHeight() - m_view->GetTabHeight()); + tabY -= tabHeightInc; + } + + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + + // Draw grey background + if (m_view->GetTabStyle() & wxTAB_STYLE_COLOUR_INTERIOR) + { + if(m_view->GetBackgroundBrush()) + dc.SetBrush(*m_view->GetBackgroundBrush()); + + // Add 1 because the pen is transparent. Under Motif, may be different. +#ifdef __WXMOTIF__ + dc.DrawRectangle(tabX, tabY, (GetWidth()+1), (GetHeight() + tabHeightInc)); +#else + dc.DrawRectangle(tabX, tabY, (GetWidth()+1), (GetHeight() + 1 + tabHeightInc)); +#endif + } + + // Draw highlight and shadow + dc.SetPen(*m_view->GetHighlightPen()); + + // Calculate the top of the tab beneath. It's the height of the tab, MINUS + // a bit if the tab below happens to be selected. Check. + wxTabControl *tabBeneath = NULL; + int subtractThis = 0; + if (GetColPosition() > 0) + tabBeneath = m_view->FindTabControlForPosition(GetColPosition() - 1, GetRowPosition()); + if (tabBeneath && tabBeneath->IsSelected()) + subtractThis = (m_view->GetTabSelectionHeight() - m_view->GetTabHeight()); + + // Vertical highlight: if first tab, draw to bottom of view + if (tabX == m_view->GetViewRect().x && (m_view->GetTabStyle() & wxTAB_STYLE_DRAW_BOX)) + dc.DrawLine(tabX, tabY, tabX, (m_view->GetViewRect().y + m_view->GetViewRect().height)); + else if (tabX == m_view->GetViewRect().x) + // Not box drawing, just to top of view. + dc.DrawLine(tabX, tabY, tabX, (m_view->GetViewRect().y)); + else + dc.DrawLine(tabX, tabY, tabX, (tabY + GetHeight() + tabHeightInc - subtractThis)); + + dc.DrawLine(tabX, tabY, (tabX + GetWidth()), tabY); + dc.SetPen(*m_view->GetShadowPen()); + + // Test if we're outside the right-hand edge of the view area + if (((tabX + GetWidth()) >= m_view->GetViewRect().x + m_view->GetViewRect().width) && (m_view->GetTabStyle() & wxTAB_STYLE_DRAW_BOX)) + { + int bottomY = m_view->GetViewRect().y + m_view->GetViewRect().height + GetY() + m_view->GetTabHeight() + m_view->GetTopMargin(); + // Add a tab height since we wish to draw to the bottom of the view. + dc.DrawLine((tabX + GetWidth()), tabY, + (tabX + GetWidth()), bottomY); + + // Calculate the far-right of the view, since we don't wish to + // draw inside that + int rightOfView = m_view->GetViewRect().x + m_view->GetViewRect().width + 1; + + // Draw the horizontal bit to connect to the view rectangle + dc.DrawLine((wxMax((tabX + GetWidth() - m_view->GetHorizontalTabOffset()), rightOfView)), (bottomY-1), + (tabX + GetWidth()), (bottomY-1)); + + // Draw black line to emphasize shadow + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.DrawLine((tabX + GetWidth() + 1), (tabY+1), + (tabX + GetWidth() + 1), bottomY); + + // Draw the horizontal bit to connect to the view rectangle + dc.DrawLine((wxMax((tabX + GetWidth() - m_view->GetHorizontalTabOffset()), rightOfView)), (bottomY), + (tabX + GetWidth() + 1), (bottomY)); + } + else + { + if (lastInRow) + { + // 25/5/97 UNLESS it's less than the max number of positions in this row + + int topY = m_view->GetViewRect().y - m_view->GetTopMargin(); + + int maxPositions = ((wxTabLayer *)m_view->GetLayers().Item(0)->GetData())->GetCount(); + + // Only down to the bottom of the tab, not to the top of the view + if ( GetRowPosition() < (maxPositions - 1) ) + topY = tabY + GetHeight() + tabHeightInc; + +#ifdef __WXMOTIF__ + topY -= 1; +#endif + + // Shadow + dc.DrawLine((tabX + GetWidth()), tabY, (tabX + GetWidth()), topY); + // Draw black line to emphasize shadow + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.DrawLine((tabX + GetWidth() + 1), (tabY+1), (tabX + GetWidth() + 1), + topY); + } + else + { + // Calculate the top of the tab beneath. It's the height of the tab, MINUS + // a bit if the tab below (and next col along) happens to be selected. Check. + wxTabControl *tabBeneath = NULL; + int subtractThis = 0; + if (GetColPosition() > 0) + tabBeneath = m_view->FindTabControlForPosition(GetColPosition() - 1, GetRowPosition() + 1); + if (tabBeneath && tabBeneath->IsSelected()) + subtractThis = (m_view->GetTabSelectionHeight() - m_view->GetTabHeight()); + +#ifdef __WXMOTIF__ + subtractThis += 1; +#endif + + // Draw only to next tab down. + dc.DrawLine((tabX + GetWidth()), tabY, + (tabX + GetWidth()), (tabY + GetHeight() + tabHeightInc - subtractThis)); + + // Draw black line to emphasize shadow + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.DrawLine((tabX + GetWidth() + 1), (tabY+1), (tabX + GetWidth() + 1), + (tabY + GetHeight() + tabHeightInc - subtractThis)); + } + } + + // Draw centered text + int textY = tabY + m_view->GetVerticalTabTextSpacing() + tabHeightInc; + + if (m_isSelected) + dc.SetFont(* m_view->GetSelectedTabFont()); + else + dc.SetFont(* GetFont()); + + wxColour col(m_view->GetTextColour()); + dc.SetTextForeground(col); + dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxTRANSPARENT); + wxCoord textWidth, textHeight; + dc.GetTextExtent(GetLabel(), &textWidth, &textHeight); + + int textX = (int)(tabX + (GetWidth() - textWidth)/2.0); + if (textX < (tabX + 2)) + textX = (tabX + 2); + + dc.SetClippingRegion(tabX, tabY, GetWidth(), GetHeight()); + dc.DrawText(GetLabel(), textX, textY); + dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); + + if (m_isSelected) + { + dc.SetPen(*m_view->GetHighlightPen()); + + // Draw white highlight from the tab's left side to the left hand edge of the view + dc.DrawLine(m_view->GetViewRect().x, (tabY + GetHeight() + tabHeightInc), + tabX, (tabY + GetHeight() + tabHeightInc)); + + // Draw white highlight from the tab's right side to the right hand edge of the view + dc.DrawLine((tabX + GetWidth()), (tabY + GetHeight() + tabHeightInc), + m_view->GetViewRect().x + m_view->GetViewRect().width, (tabY + GetHeight() + tabHeightInc)); + } +#else + // New HEL version with rounder tabs + + if (!m_view) return; + + int tabInc = 0; + if (m_isSelected) + { + tabInc = m_view->GetTabSelectionHeight() - m_view->GetTabHeight(); + } + int tabLeft = GetX() + m_view->GetViewRect().x; + int tabTop = GetY() + m_view->GetViewRect().y - tabInc; + int tabRight = tabLeft + m_view->GetTabWidth(); + int left = m_view->GetViewRect().x; + int top = tabTop + m_view->GetTabHeight() + tabInc; + int right = left + m_view->GetViewRect().width; + int bottom = top + m_view->GetViewRect().height; + + if (m_isSelected) + { + // TAB is selected - draw TAB and the View's full outline + + dc.SetPen(*(m_view->GetHighlightPen())); + wxPoint pnts[10]; + int n = 0; + pnts[n].x = left; pnts[n++].y = bottom; + pnts[n].x = left; pnts[n++].y = top; + pnts[n].x = tabLeft; pnts[n++].y = top; + pnts[n].x = tabLeft; pnts[n++].y = tabTop + 2; + pnts[n].x = tabLeft + 2; pnts[n++].y = tabTop; + pnts[n].x = tabRight - 1; pnts[n++].y = tabTop; + dc.DrawLines(n, pnts); + if (!lastInRow) + { + dc.DrawLine( + (tabRight + 2), + top, + right, + top + ); + } + + dc.SetPen(*(m_view->GetShadowPen())); + dc.DrawLine( + tabRight, + tabTop + 2, + tabRight, + top + ); + dc.DrawLine( + right, + top, + right, + bottom + ); + dc.DrawLine( + right, + bottom, + left, + bottom + ); + + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.DrawPoint( + tabRight, + tabTop + 1 + ); + dc.DrawPoint( + tabRight + 1, + tabTop + 2 + ); + if (lastInRow) + { + dc.DrawLine( + tabRight + 1, + bottom, + tabRight + 1, + tabTop + 1 + ); + } + else + { + dc.DrawLine( + tabRight + 1, + tabTop + 2, + tabRight + 1, + top + ); + dc.DrawLine( + right + 1, + top, + right + 1, + bottom + 1 + ); + } + dc.DrawLine( + right + 1, + bottom + 1, + left + 1, + bottom + 1 + ); + } + else + { + // TAB is not selected - just draw TAB outline and RH edge + // if the TAB is the last in the row + + int maxPositions = ((wxTabLayer*)m_view->GetLayers().Item(0)->GetData())->GetCount(); + wxTabControl* tabBelow = 0; + wxTabControl* tabBelowRight = 0; + if (GetColPosition() > 0) + { + tabBelow = m_view->FindTabControlForPosition( + GetColPosition() - 1, + GetRowPosition() + ); + } + if (!lastInRow && GetColPosition() > 0) + { + tabBelowRight = m_view->FindTabControlForPosition( + GetColPosition() - 1, + GetRowPosition() + 1 + ); + } + + float raisedTop = top - m_view->GetTabSelectionHeight() + + m_view->GetTabHeight(); + + dc.SetPen(*(m_view->GetHighlightPen())); + wxPoint pnts[10]; + int n = 0; + + pnts[n].x = tabLeft; + + if (tabBelow && tabBelow->IsSelected()) + { + pnts[n++].y = (long)raisedTop; + } + else + { + pnts[n++].y = top; + } + pnts[n].x = tabLeft; pnts[n++].y = tabTop + 2; + pnts[n].x = tabLeft + 2; pnts[n++].y = tabTop; + pnts[n].x = tabRight - 1; pnts[n++].y = tabTop; + dc.DrawLines(n, pnts); + + dc.SetPen(*(m_view->GetShadowPen())); + if (GetRowPosition() >= maxPositions - 1) + { + dc.DrawLine( + tabRight, + (tabTop + 2), + tabRight, + bottom + ); + dc.DrawLine( + tabRight, + bottom, + (tabRight - m_view->GetHorizontalTabOffset()), + bottom + ); + } + else + { + if (tabBelowRight && tabBelowRight->IsSelected()) + { + dc.DrawLine( + tabRight, + (long)raisedTop, + tabRight, + tabTop + 1 + ); + } + else + { + dc.DrawLine( + tabRight, + top - 1, + tabRight, + tabTop + 1 + ); + } + } + + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.DrawPoint( + tabRight, + tabTop + 1 + ); + dc.DrawPoint( + tabRight + 1, + tabTop + 2 + ); + if (GetRowPosition() >= maxPositions - 1) + { + // draw right hand edge to bottom of view + dc.DrawLine( + tabRight + 1, + bottom + 1, + tabRight + 1, + tabTop + 2 + ); + dc.DrawLine( + tabRight + 1, + bottom + 1, + (tabRight - m_view->GetHorizontalTabOffset()), + bottom + 1 + ); + } + else + { + // draw right hand edge of TAB + if (tabBelowRight && tabBelowRight->IsSelected()) + { + dc.DrawLine( + tabRight + 1, + (long)(raisedTop - 1), + tabRight + 1, + tabTop + 2 + ); + } + else + { + dc.DrawLine( + tabRight + 1, + top - 1, + tabRight + 1, + tabTop + 2 + ); + } + } + } + + // Draw centered text + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + if (m_isSelected) + { + dc.SetFont(*(m_view->GetSelectedTabFont())); + } + else + { + dc.SetFont(*(GetFont())); + } + + wxColour col(m_view->GetTextColour()); + dc.SetTextForeground(col); + dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxTRANSPARENT); + long textWidth, textHeight; + dc.GetTextExtent(GetLabel(), &textWidth, &textHeight); + + float textX = (tabLeft + tabRight - textWidth) / 2; + float textY = (tabInc + tabTop + m_view->GetVerticalTabTextSpacing()); + + dc.DrawText(GetLabel(), (long)textX, (long)textY); +#endif +} + +bool wxTabControl::HitTest(int x, int y) const +{ + // Top-left of tab control + int tabX1 = GetX() + m_view->GetViewRect().x; + int tabY1 = GetY() + m_view->GetViewRect().y; + + // Bottom-right + int tabX2 = tabX1 + GetWidth(); + int tabY2 = tabY1 + GetHeight(); + + if (x >= tabX1 && y >= tabY1 && x <= tabX2 && y <= tabY2) + return true; + else + return false; +} + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabView, wxObject) + +wxTabView::wxTabView(long style) +{ + m_noTabs = 0; + m_tabStyle = style; + m_tabSelection = -1; + m_tabHeight = 20; + m_tabSelectionHeight = m_tabHeight + 2; + m_tabWidth = 80; + m_tabHorizontalOffset = 10; + m_tabHorizontalSpacing = 2; + m_tabVerticalTextSpacing = 3; + m_topMargin = 5; + m_tabViewRect.x = 20; + m_tabViewRect.y = 20; + m_tabViewRect.width = 300; + m_tabViewRect.x = 300; + m_highlightColour = *wxWHITE; + m_shadowColour = wxColour(128, 128, 128); + // m_backgroundColour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE); + m_textColour = *wxBLACK; + m_highlightPen = wxWHITE_PEN; + m_shadowPen = wxGREY_PEN; + // SetBackgroundColour(m_backgroundColour); + m_tabFont = wxSystemSettings::GetFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT); + m_tabSelectedFont = wxSystemSettings::GetFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT); + m_window = NULL; +} + +wxTabView::~wxTabView() +{ + ClearTabs(true); +} + +// Automatically positions tabs +// TODO: this should just add the tab to a list, and then +// a layout function (e.g. Realize) should be called when all tabs have been added. +// The view rect could easily change as the view window is resized. +wxTabControl *wxTabView::AddTab(int id, const wxString& label, wxTabControl *existingTab) +{ + // First, find which layer we should be adding to. + wxTabLayerList::compatibility_iterator node = m_layers.GetLast(); + if (!node) + { + wxTabLayer *newLayer = new wxTabLayer; + node = m_layers.Append(newLayer); + } + // Check if adding another tab control would go off the + // right-hand edge of the layer. + wxTabLayer *tabLayer = (wxTabLayer *)node->GetData(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator lastTabNode = tabLayer->GetLast(); + if (lastTabNode) + { + wxTabControl *lastTab = (wxTabControl *)lastTabNode->GetData(); + // Start another layer (row). + // Tricky choice: can't just check if will be overlapping the edge, because + // this happens anyway for 2nd and subsequent rows. + // Should check this for 1st row, and then subsequent rows should not exceed 1st + // in length. + if (((tabLayer == m_layers.GetFirst()->GetData()) && ((lastTab->GetX() + 2*lastTab->GetWidth() + GetHorizontalTabSpacing()) + > GetViewRect().width)) || + ((tabLayer != m_layers.GetFirst()->GetData()) && (tabLayer->GetCount() == ((wxTabLayer *)m_layers.GetFirst()->GetData())->GetCount()))) + { + tabLayer = new wxTabLayer; + m_layers.Append(tabLayer); + lastTabNode = wxList::compatibility_iterator(); + } + } + int layer = m_layers.GetCount() - 1; + + wxTabControl *tabControl = existingTab; + if (!existingTab) + tabControl = OnCreateTabControl(); + tabControl->SetRowPosition(tabLayer->GetCount()); + tabControl->SetColPosition(layer); + + wxTabControl *lastTab = NULL; + if (lastTabNode) + lastTab = (wxTabControl *)lastTabNode->GetData(); + + // Top of new tab + int verticalOffset = (- GetTopMargin()) - ((layer+1)*GetTabHeight()); + // Offset from view top-left + int horizontalOffset = 0; + if (!lastTab) + horizontalOffset = layer*GetHorizontalTabOffset(); + else + horizontalOffset = lastTab->GetX() + GetTabWidth() + GetHorizontalTabSpacing(); + + tabControl->SetPosition(horizontalOffset, verticalOffset); + tabControl->SetSize(GetTabWidth(), GetTabHeight()); + tabControl->SetId(id); + tabControl->SetLabel(label); + tabControl->SetFont(* GetTabFont()); + + tabLayer->Append(tabControl); + m_noTabs ++; + + return tabControl; +} + +// Remove the tab without deleting the window +bool wxTabView::RemoveTab(int id) +{ + wxTabLayerList::compatibility_iterator layerNode = m_layers.GetFirst(); + while (layerNode) + { + wxTabLayer *layer = (wxTabLayer *)layerNode->GetData(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator tabNode = layer->GetFirst(); + while (tabNode) + { + wxTabControl *tab = (wxTabControl *)tabNode->GetData(); + if (tab->GetId() == id) + { + if (id == m_tabSelection) + m_tabSelection = -1; + delete tab; + layer->Erase(tabNode); + m_noTabs --; + + // The layout has changed + LayoutTabs(); + return true; + } + tabNode = tabNode->GetNext(); + } + layerNode = layerNode->GetNext(); + } + return false; +} + +bool wxTabView::SetTabText(int id, const wxString& label) +{ + wxTabControl* control = FindTabControlForId(id); + if (!control) + return false; + control->SetLabel(label); + return true; +} + +wxString wxTabView::GetTabText(int id) const +{ + wxTabControl* control = FindTabControlForId(id); + if (!control) + return wxEmptyString; + else + return control->GetLabel(); +} + +// Returns the total height of the tabs component -- this may be several +// times the height of a tab, if there are several tab layers (rows). +int wxTabView::GetTotalTabHeight() +{ + int minY = 0; + + wxTabLayerList::compatibility_iterator layerNode = m_layers.GetFirst(); + while (layerNode) + { + wxTabLayer *layer = (wxTabLayer *)layerNode->GetData(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator tabNode = layer->GetFirst(); + while (tabNode) + { + wxTabControl *tab = (wxTabControl *)tabNode->GetData(); + + if (tab->GetY() < minY) + minY = tab->GetY(); + + tabNode = tabNode->GetNext(); + } + layerNode = layerNode->GetNext(); + } + + return - minY; +} + +void wxTabView::ClearTabs(bool deleteTabs) +{ + wxTabLayerList::compatibility_iterator layerNode = m_layers.GetFirst(); + while (layerNode) + { + wxTabLayer *layer = (wxTabLayer *)layerNode->GetData(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator tabNode = layer->GetFirst(); + while (tabNode) + { + wxTabControl *tab = (wxTabControl *)tabNode->GetData(); + if (deleteTabs) + delete tab; + wxList::compatibility_iterator next = tabNode->GetNext(); + layer->Erase(tabNode); + tabNode = next; + } + wxTabLayerList::compatibility_iterator nextLayerNode = layerNode->GetNext(); + delete layer; + m_layers.Erase(layerNode); + layerNode = nextLayerNode; + } + m_noTabs = 0; + m_tabSelection = -1; +} + + +// Layout tabs (optional, e.g. if resizing window) +void wxTabView::LayoutTabs(void) +{ + // Make a list of the tab controls, deleting the wxTabLayers. + wxList controls; + + wxTabLayerList::compatibility_iterator layerNode = m_layers.GetFirst(); + while (layerNode) + { + wxTabLayer *layer = (wxTabLayer *)layerNode->GetData(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator tabNode = layer->GetFirst(); + while (tabNode) + { + wxTabControl *tab = (wxTabControl *)tabNode->GetData(); + controls.Append(tab); + wxList::compatibility_iterator next = tabNode->GetNext(); + layer->Erase(tabNode); + tabNode = next; + } + wxTabLayerList::compatibility_iterator nextLayerNode = layerNode->GetNext(); + delete layer; + m_layers.Erase(layerNode); + layerNode = nextLayerNode; + } + + wxTabControl *lastTab = NULL; + + wxTabLayer *currentLayer = new wxTabLayer; + m_layers.Append(currentLayer); + + wxList::compatibility_iterator node = controls.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxTabControl *tabControl = (wxTabControl *)node->GetData(); + if (lastTab) + { + // Start another layer (row). + // Tricky choice: can't just check if will be overlapping the edge, because + // this happens anyway for 2nd and subsequent rows. + // Should check this for 1st row, and then subsequent rows should not exceed 1st + // in length. + if (((currentLayer == m_layers.GetFirst()->GetData()) && ((lastTab->GetX() + 2*lastTab->GetWidth() + GetHorizontalTabSpacing()) + > GetViewRect().width)) || + ((currentLayer != m_layers.GetFirst()->GetData()) && (currentLayer->GetCount() == ((wxTabLayer *)m_layers.GetFirst()->GetData())->GetCount()))) + { + currentLayer = new wxTabLayer; + m_layers.Append(currentLayer); + lastTab = NULL; + } + } + + int layer = m_layers.GetCount() - 1; + + tabControl->SetRowPosition(currentLayer->GetCount()); + tabControl->SetColPosition(layer); + + // Top of new tab + int verticalOffset = (- GetTopMargin()) - ((layer+1)*GetTabHeight()); + // Offset from view top-left + int horizontalOffset = 0; + if (!lastTab) + horizontalOffset = layer*GetHorizontalTabOffset(); + else + horizontalOffset = lastTab->GetX() + GetTabWidth() + GetHorizontalTabSpacing(); + + tabControl->SetPosition(horizontalOffset, verticalOffset); + tabControl->SetSize(GetTabWidth(), GetTabHeight()); + + currentLayer->Append(tabControl); + lastTab = tabControl; + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + // Move the selected tab to the bottom + wxTabControl *control = FindTabControlForId(m_tabSelection); + if (control) + MoveSelectionTab(control); + +} + +// Draw all tabs +void wxTabView::Draw(wxDC& dc) +{ + // Don't draw anything if there are no tabs. + if (GetNumberOfTabs() == 0) + return; + + // Draw top margin area (beneath tabs and above view area) + if (GetTabStyle() & wxTAB_STYLE_COLOUR_INTERIOR) + { + dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); + if(GetBackgroundBrush()) + dc.SetBrush(*GetBackgroundBrush()); + + // Add 1 because the pen is transparent. Under Motif, may be different. + dc.DrawRectangle( + m_tabViewRect.x, + (m_tabViewRect.y - m_topMargin), + (m_tabViewRect.width + 1), + (m_topMargin + 1) + ); + } + + // Draw layers in reverse order + wxTabLayerList::compatibility_iterator node = m_layers.GetLast(); + while (node) + { + wxTabLayer *layer = (wxTabLayer *)node->GetData(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator node2 = layer->GetFirst(); + while (node2) + { + wxTabControl *control = (wxTabControl *)node2->GetData(); + control->OnDraw(dc, (!node2->GetNext())); + node2 = node2->GetNext(); + } + + node = node->GetPrevious(); + } + + +#ifndef wxUSE_NEW_METHOD + if (GetTabStyle() & wxTAB_STYLE_DRAW_BOX) + { + dc.SetPen(* GetShadowPen()); + + // Draw bottom line + dc.DrawLine( + (GetViewRect().x + 1), + (GetViewRect().y + GetViewRect().height), + (GetViewRect().x + GetViewRect().width + 1), + (GetViewRect().y + GetViewRect().height) + ); + + // Draw right line + dc.DrawLine( + (GetViewRect().x + GetViewRect().width), + (GetViewRect().y - GetTopMargin() + 1), + (GetViewRect().x + GetViewRect().width), + (GetViewRect().y + GetViewRect().height) + ); + + dc.SetPen(* wxBLACK_PEN); + + // Draw bottom line + dc.DrawLine( + (GetViewRect().x), + (GetViewRect().y + GetViewRect().height + 1), +#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) + (GetViewRect().x + GetViewRect().width + 1), +#else + (GetViewRect().x + GetViewRect().width + 2), +#endif + + (GetViewRect().y + GetViewRect().height + 1) + ); + + // Draw right line + dc.DrawLine( + (GetViewRect().x + GetViewRect().width + 1), + (GetViewRect().y - GetTopMargin()), + (GetViewRect().x + GetViewRect().width + 1), + (GetViewRect().y + GetViewRect().height + 1) + ); + } +#endif +} + +// Process mouse event, return false if we didn't process it +bool wxTabView::OnEvent(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + if (!event.LeftDown()) + return false; + + wxCoord x, y; + event.GetPosition(&x, &y); + + wxTabControl *hitControl = NULL; + + wxTabLayerList::compatibility_iterator node = m_layers.GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxTabLayer *layer = (wxTabLayer *)node->GetData(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator node2 = layer->GetFirst(); + while (node2) + { + wxTabControl *control = (wxTabControl *)node2->GetData(); + if (control->HitTest((int)x, (int)y)) + { + hitControl = control; + node = wxTabLayerList::compatibility_iterator(); + node2 = wxList::compatibility_iterator(); + } + else + node2 = node2->GetNext(); + } + + if (node) + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + if (!hitControl) + return false; + + wxTabControl *currentTab = FindTabControlForId(m_tabSelection); + + if (hitControl == currentTab) + return false; + + ChangeTab(hitControl); + + return true; +} + +bool wxTabView::ChangeTab(wxTabControl *control) +{ + wxTabControl *currentTab = FindTabControlForId(m_tabSelection); + int oldTab = -1; + if (currentTab) + oldTab = currentTab->GetId(); + + if (control == currentTab) + return true; + + if (m_layers.GetCount() == 0) + return false; + + if (!OnTabPreActivate(control->GetId(), oldTab)) + return false; + + // Move the tab to the bottom + MoveSelectionTab(control); + + if (currentTab) + currentTab->SetSelected(false); + + control->SetSelected(true); + m_tabSelection = control->GetId(); + + OnTabActivate(control->GetId(), oldTab); + + // Leave window refresh for the implementing window + + return true; +} + +// Move the selected tab to the bottom layer, if necessary, +// without calling app activation code +bool wxTabView::MoveSelectionTab(wxTabControl *control) +{ + if (m_layers.GetCount() == 0) + return false; + + wxTabLayer *firstLayer = (wxTabLayer *)m_layers.GetFirst()->GetData(); + + // Find what column this tab is at, so we can swap with the one at the bottom. + // If we're on the bottom layer, then no need to swap. + if (!firstLayer->Member(control)) + { + // Do a swap + int col = 0; + wxList::compatibility_iterator thisNode = FindTabNodeAndColumn(control, &col); + if (!thisNode) + return false; + wxList::compatibility_iterator otherNode = firstLayer->Item(col); + if (!otherNode) + return false; + + // If this is already in the bottom layer, return now + if (otherNode == thisNode) + return true; + + wxTabControl *otherTab = (wxTabControl *)otherNode->GetData(); + + // We now have pointers to the tab to be changed to, + // and the tab on the first layer. Swap tab structures and + // position details. + + int thisX = control->GetX(); + int thisY = control->GetY(); + int thisColPos = control->GetColPosition(); + int otherX = otherTab->GetX(); + int otherY = otherTab->GetY(); + int otherColPos = otherTab->GetColPosition(); + + control->SetPosition(otherX, otherY); + control->SetColPosition(otherColPos); + otherTab->SetPosition(thisX, thisY); + otherTab->SetColPosition(thisColPos); + + // Swap the data for the nodes + thisNode->SetData(otherTab); + otherNode->SetData(control); + } + return true; +} + +// Called when a tab is activated +void wxTabView::OnTabActivate(int /*activateId*/, int /*deactivateId*/) +{ +} + +void wxTabView::SetHighlightColour(const wxColour& col) +{ + m_highlightColour = col; + m_highlightPen = wxThePenList->FindOrCreatePen(col); +} + +void wxTabView::SetShadowColour(const wxColour& col) +{ + m_shadowColour = col; + m_shadowPen = wxThePenList->FindOrCreatePen(col); +} + +void wxTabView::SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col) +{ + m_backgroundColour = col; + m_backgroundPen = wxThePenList->FindOrCreatePen(col); + m_backgroundBrush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(col); +} + +// this may be called with sel = zero (which doesn't match any page) +// when wxMotif deletes a page +// so return the first tab... + +void wxTabView::SetTabSelection(int sel, bool activateTool) +{ + if ( sel==m_tabSelection ) + return; + + int oldSel = m_tabSelection; + wxTabControl *control = FindTabControlForId(sel); + if (sel == 0) sel=control->GetId(); + wxTabControl *oldControl = FindTabControlForId(m_tabSelection); + + if (!OnTabPreActivate(sel, oldSel)) + return; + + if (control) + control->SetSelected((sel != -1)); // TODO ?? + else if (sel != -1) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(_("Could not find tab for id")); + return; + } + + if (oldControl) + oldControl->SetSelected(false); + + m_tabSelection = sel; + + if (control) + MoveSelectionTab(control); + + if (activateTool) + OnTabActivate(sel, oldSel); +} + +// Find tab control for id +// this may be called with zero (which doesn't match any page) +// so return the first control... +wxTabControl *wxTabView::FindTabControlForId(int id) const +{ + wxTabLayerList::compatibility_iterator node1 = m_layers.GetFirst(); + while (node1) + { + wxTabLayer *layer = (wxTabLayer *)node1->GetData(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator node2 = layer->GetFirst(); + while (node2) + { + wxTabControl *control = (wxTabControl *)node2->GetData(); + if (control->GetId() == id || id == 0) + return control; + node2 = node2->GetNext(); + } + node1 = node1->GetNext(); + } + return NULL; +} + +// Find tab control for layer, position (starting from zero) +wxTabControl *wxTabView::FindTabControlForPosition(int layer, int position) const +{ + wxTabLayerList::compatibility_iterator node1 = m_layers.Item(layer); + if (!node1) + return NULL; + wxTabLayer *tabLayer = (wxTabLayer *)node1->GetData(); + wxList::compatibility_iterator node2 = tabLayer->Item(position); + if (!node2) + return NULL; + return (wxTabControl *)node2->GetData(); +} + +// Find the node and the column at which this control is positioned. +wxList::compatibility_iterator wxTabView::FindTabNodeAndColumn(wxTabControl *control, int *col) const +{ + wxTabLayerList::compatibility_iterator node1 = m_layers.GetFirst(); + while (node1) + { + wxTabLayer *layer = (wxTabLayer *)node1->GetData(); + int c = 0; + wxList::compatibility_iterator node2 = layer->GetFirst(); + while (node2) + { + wxTabControl *cnt = (wxTabControl *)node2->GetData(); + if (cnt == control) + { + *col = c; + return node2; + } + node2 = node2->GetNext(); + c ++; + } + node1 = node1->GetNext(); + } + return wxList::compatibility_iterator(); +} + +int wxTabView::CalculateTabWidth(int noTabs, bool adjustView) +{ + m_tabWidth = (int)((m_tabViewRect.width - ((noTabs - 1)*GetHorizontalTabSpacing()))/noTabs); + if (adjustView) + { + m_tabViewRect.width = noTabs*m_tabWidth + ((noTabs-1)*GetHorizontalTabSpacing()); + } + return m_tabWidth; +} + +/* + * wxTabbedDialog + */ + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxTabbedDialog, wxDialog) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTabbedDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_CLOSE(wxTabbedDialog::OnCloseWindow) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxTabbedDialog::OnMouseEvent) + EVT_PAINT(wxTabbedDialog::OnPaint) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxTabbedDialog::wxTabbedDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + long windowStyle, const wxString& name): + wxDialog(parent, id, title, pos, size, windowStyle, name) +{ + m_tabView = NULL; +} + +wxTabbedDialog::~wxTabbedDialog(void) +{ + if (m_tabView) + delete m_tabView; +} + +void wxTabbedDialog::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + Destroy(); +} + +void wxTabbedDialog::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event ) +{ + if (m_tabView) + m_tabView->OnEvent(event); +} + +void wxTabbedDialog::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + if (m_tabView) + m_tabView->Draw(dc); +} + +/* + * wxTabbedPanel + */ + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxTabbedPanel, wxPanel) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTabbedPanel, wxPanel) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxTabbedPanel::OnMouseEvent) + EVT_PAINT(wxTabbedPanel::OnPaint) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxTabbedPanel::wxTabbedPanel(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, long windowStyle, const wxString& name): + wxPanel(parent, id, pos, size, windowStyle, name) +{ + m_tabView = NULL; +} + +wxTabbedPanel::~wxTabbedPanel(void) +{ + delete m_tabView; +} + +void wxTabbedPanel::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + if (m_tabView) + m_tabView->OnEvent(event); +} + +void wxTabbedPanel::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + if (m_tabView) + m_tabView->Draw(dc); +} + +/* + * wxPanelTabView + */ + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPanelTabView, wxTabView) + +wxPanelTabView::wxPanelTabView(wxPanel *pan, long style) + : wxTabView(style) +{ + m_panel = pan; + m_currentWindow = NULL; + + if (m_panel->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxTabbedDialog))) + ((wxTabbedDialog *)m_panel)->SetTabView(this); + else if (m_panel->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxTabbedPanel))) + ((wxTabbedPanel *)m_panel)->SetTabView(this); + + SetWindow(m_panel); +} + +wxPanelTabView::~wxPanelTabView(void) +{ + ClearWindows(true); +} + +// Called when a tab is activated +void wxPanelTabView::OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId) +{ + if (!m_panel) + return; + + wxWindow *oldWindow = ((deactivateId == -1) ? 0 : GetTabWindow(deactivateId)); + wxWindow *newWindow = GetTabWindow(activateId); + + if (oldWindow) + oldWindow->Show(false); + if (newWindow) + newWindow->Show(true); + + m_panel->Refresh(); +} + + +void wxPanelTabView::AddTabWindow(int id, wxWindow *window) +{ + wxASSERT(m_tabWindows.find(id) == m_tabWindows.end()); + m_tabWindows[id] = window; + window->Show(false); +} + +wxWindow *wxPanelTabView::GetTabWindow(int id) const +{ + wxIntToWindowHashMap::const_iterator it = m_tabWindows.find(id); + return it == m_tabWindows.end() ? NULL : it->second; +} + +void wxPanelTabView::ClearWindows(bool deleteWindows) +{ + if (deleteWindows) + WX_CLEAR_HASH_MAP(wxIntToWindowHashMap, m_tabWindows); + m_tabWindows.clear(); +} + +void wxPanelTabView::ShowWindowForTab(int id) +{ + wxWindow *newWindow = GetTabWindow(id); + if (newWindow == m_currentWindow) + return; + if (m_currentWindow) + m_currentWindow->Show(false); + newWindow->Show(true); + newWindow->Refresh(); +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/textdlgg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/textdlgg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9730d9476 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/textdlgg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/textdlgg.cpp +// Purpose: wxTextEntryDialog +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 04/01/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: textdlgg.cpp 64019 2010-04-18 00:05:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TEXTDLG + +#include "wx/generic/textdlgg.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STATLINE + #include "wx/statline.h" +#endif + +const char wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr[] = "Input Text"; +const char wxGetPasswordFromUserPromptStr[] = "Enter Password"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const int wxID_TEXT = 3000; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextEntryDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTextEntryDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OK, wxTextEntryDialog::OnOK) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxTextEntryDialog, wxDialog) + +wxTextEntryDialog::wxTextEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxString& value, + long style, + const wxPoint& pos) + : wxDialog(GetParentForModalDialog(parent, style), + wxID_ANY, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize, + wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE), + m_value(value) +{ + m_dialogStyle = style; + m_value = value; + + wxBeginBusyCursor(); + + wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + wxSizerFlags flagsBorder2; + flagsBorder2.DoubleBorder(); + +#if wxUSE_STATTEXT + // 1) text message + topsizer->Add(CreateTextSizer(message), flagsBorder2); +#endif + + // 2) text ctrl + m_textctrl = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_TEXT, value, + wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(300, wxDefaultCoord), + style & ~wxTextEntryDialogStyle); + + topsizer->Add(m_textctrl, + wxSizerFlags(style & wxTE_MULTILINE ? 1 : 0). + Expand(). + TripleBorder(wxLEFT | wxRIGHT)); + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + wxTextValidator validator( wxFILTER_NONE, &m_value ); + m_textctrl->SetValidator( validator ); +#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + + // 3) buttons if any + wxSizer *buttonSizer = CreateSeparatedButtonSizer(style & (wxOK | wxCANCEL)); + if ( buttonSizer ) + { + topsizer->Add(buttonSizer, wxSizerFlags(flagsBorder2).Expand()); + } + + SetAutoLayout( true ); + SetSizer( topsizer ); + + topsizer->SetSizeHints( this ); + topsizer->Fit( this ); + + if ( style & wxCENTRE ) + Centre( wxBOTH ); + + m_textctrl->SetSelection(-1, -1); + m_textctrl->SetFocus(); + + wxEndBusyCursor(); +} + +void wxTextEntryDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + if( Validate() && TransferDataFromWindow() ) + { + EndModal( wxID_OK ); + } +#else + m_value = m_textctrl->GetValue(); + + EndModal(wxID_OK); +#endif + // wxUSE_VALIDATORS +} + +void wxTextEntryDialog::SetValue(const wxString& val) +{ + m_value = val; + + m_textctrl->SetValue(val); +} + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 +void wxTextEntryDialog::SetTextValidator( long style ) +{ + SetTextValidator((wxTextValidatorStyle)style); +} +#endif + +void wxTextEntryDialog::SetTextValidator( wxTextValidatorStyle style ) +{ + wxTextValidator validator( style, &m_value ); + m_textctrl->SetValidator( validator ); +} + +void wxTextEntryDialog::SetTextValidator( const wxTextValidator& validator ) +{ + m_textctrl->SetValidator( validator ); +} + +#endif + // wxUSE_VALIDATORS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPasswordEntryDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPasswordEntryDialog, wxTextEntryDialog) + +wxPasswordEntryDialog::wxPasswordEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& message, + const wxString& caption, + const wxString& value, + long style, + const wxPoint& pos) + : wxTextEntryDialog(parent, message, caption, value, + style | wxTE_PASSWORD, pos) +{ + // Only change from wxTextEntryDialog is the password style +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/timer.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/timer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b19e261d36 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/timer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/timer.cpp +// Purpose: wxTimer implementation +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Id: $Id: timer.cpp 64656 2010-06-20 18:18:23Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// NB: when using generic wxTimer implementation in your port, you *must* call +// wxTimer::NotifyTimers() often enough. The ideal place for this +// is in wxEventLoop::Dispatch(). +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_TIMER + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/apptrait.h" +#include "wx/generic/private/timer.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Time input function +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __WXMGL__ + // We take advantage of wxMGL's _EVT_getTicks because it is faster + // (especially under MS-DOS!) and more precise than wxGetLocalTimeMillis + // if we are unlucky and the latter combines information from two sources. + #include "wx/mgl/private.h" + extern "C" ulong _EVT_getTicks(); + #define GetMillisecondsTime _EVT_getTicks + + typedef ulong wxTimerTick_t; + + #define wxTimerTickFmtSpec wxT("lu") + #define wxTimerTickPrintfArg(tt) (tt) + + #ifdef __DOS__ + // Under DOS the MGL timer has a 24hr period, so consider the 12 hours + // before y to be 'less' and the the 12 hours after 'greater' modulo + // 24 hours. + inline bool wxTickGreaterEqual(wxTimerTick_t x, wxTimerTick_t y) + { + // _EVT_getTicks wraps at 1573040 * 55 + const wxTimerTick_t modulus = 1573040 * 55; + return (2 * modulus + x - y) % modulus < modulus / 2; + } + #else + // If wxTimerTick_t is 32-bits then it'll wrap in around 50 days. So + // let the 25 days before y be 'less' and 25 days after be 'greater'. + inline bool wxTickGreaterEqual(wxTimerTick_t x, wxTimerTick_t y) + { + // This code assumes wxTimerTick_t is an unsigned type. + // Set half_modulus with top bit set and the rest zeros. + const wxTimerTick_t half_modulus = ~((~(wxTimerTick_t)0) >> 1); + return x - y < half_modulus; + } + #endif +#else // !__WXMGL__ + #define GetMillisecondsTime wxGetLocalTimeMillis + + typedef wxLongLong wxTimerTick_t; + + #if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX + #define wxTimerTickFmtSpec wxLongLongFmtSpec "d" + #define wxTimerTickPrintfArg(tt) (tt.GetValue()) + #else // using native wxLongLong + #define wxTimerTickFmtSpec wxT("s") + #define wxTimerTickPrintfArg(tt) (tt.ToString().c_str()) + #endif // wx/native long long + + inline bool wxTickGreaterEqual(wxTimerTick_t x, wxTimerTick_t y) + { + return x >= y; + } +#endif // __WXMGL__/!__WXMGL__ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helper structures and wxTimerScheduler +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxTimerDesc +{ +public: + wxTimerDesc(wxGenericTimerImpl *t) : + timer(t), running(false), next(NULL), prev(NULL), + shotTime(0), deleteFlag(NULL) {} + + wxGenericTimerImpl *timer; + bool running; + wxTimerDesc *next, *prev; + wxTimerTick_t shotTime; + volatile bool *deleteFlag; // see comment in ~wxTimer +}; + +class wxTimerScheduler +{ +public: + wxTimerScheduler() : m_timers(NULL) {} + + void QueueTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc, wxTimerTick_t when = 0); + void RemoveTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc); + void NotifyTimers(); + +private: + wxTimerDesc *m_timers; +}; + +void wxTimerScheduler::QueueTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc, wxTimerTick_t when) +{ + if ( desc->running ) + return; // already scheduled + + if ( when == 0 ) + when = GetMillisecondsTime() + desc->timer->GetInterval(); + desc->shotTime = when; + desc->running = true; + + wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"), + wxT("queued timer %p at tick %") wxTimerTickFmtSpec, + desc->timer, wxTimerTickPrintfArg(when)); + + if ( m_timers ) + { + wxTimerDesc *d = m_timers; + while ( d->next && d->next->shotTime < when ) d = d->next; + desc->next = d->next; + desc->prev = d; + if ( d->next ) + d->next->prev = desc; + d->next = desc; + } + else + { + m_timers = desc; + desc->prev = desc->next = NULL; + } +} + +void wxTimerScheduler::RemoveTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc) +{ + desc->running = false; + if ( desc == m_timers ) + m_timers = desc->next; + if ( desc->prev ) + desc->prev->next = desc->next; + if ( desc->next ) + desc->next->prev = desc->prev; + desc->prev = desc->next = NULL; +} + +void wxTimerScheduler::NotifyTimers() +{ + if ( m_timers ) + { + bool oneShot; + volatile bool timerDeleted; + wxTimerTick_t now = GetMillisecondsTime(); + + for ( wxTimerDesc *desc = m_timers; desc; desc = desc->next ) + { + if ( desc->running && wxTickGreaterEqual(now, desc->shotTime) ) + { + oneShot = desc->timer->IsOneShot(); + RemoveTimer(desc); + + timerDeleted = false; + desc->deleteFlag = &timerDeleted; + desc->timer->Notify(); + + if ( !timerDeleted ) + { + wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"), + wxT("notified timer %p sheduled for %") + wxTimerTickFmtSpec, + desc->timer, + wxTimerTickPrintfArg(desc->shotTime) ); + + desc->deleteFlag = NULL; + if ( !oneShot ) + QueueTimer(desc, now + desc->timer->GetInterval()); + } + else + { + desc = m_timers; + if (!desc) + break; + } + } + } + } +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTimer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTimerScheduler *gs_scheduler = NULL; + +void wxGenericTimerImpl::Init() +{ + if ( !gs_scheduler ) + gs_scheduler = new wxTimerScheduler; + m_desc = new wxTimerDesc(this); +} + +wxGenericTimerImpl::~wxGenericTimerImpl() +{ + wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"), wxT("destroying timer %p..."), this); + if ( IsRunning() ) + Stop(); + + // NB: this is a hack: wxTimerScheduler must have some way of knowing + // that wxTimer object was deleted under its hands -- this may + // happen if somebody is really nasty and deletes the timer + // from wxTimer::Notify() + if ( m_desc->deleteFlag != NULL ) + *m_desc->deleteFlag = true; + + delete m_desc; + wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"), wxT(" ...done destroying timer %p..."), this); +} + +bool wxGenericTimerImpl::IsRunning() const +{ + return m_desc->running; +} + +bool wxGenericTimerImpl::Start(int millisecs, bool oneShot) +{ + wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"), wxT("started timer %p: %i ms, oneshot=%i"), + this, millisecs, oneShot); + + if ( !wxTimerImpl::Start(millisecs, oneShot) ) + return false; + + gs_scheduler->QueueTimer(m_desc); + return true; +} + +void wxGenericTimerImpl::Stop() +{ + if ( !m_desc->running ) return; + + gs_scheduler->RemoveTimer(m_desc); +} + +/*static*/ void wxGenericTimerImpl::NotifyTimers() +{ + if ( gs_scheduler ) + gs_scheduler->NotifyTimers(); +} + + + +// A module to deallocate memory properly: +class wxTimerModule: public wxModule +{ +DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTimerModule) +public: + wxTimerModule() {} + bool OnInit() { return true; } + void OnExit() { wxDELETE(gs_scheduler); } +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTimerModule, wxModule) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGUIAppTraits +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTimerImpl *wxGUIAppTraits::CreateTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer) +{ + return new wxGenericTimerImpl(timer); +} + + +#endif //wxUSE_TIMER diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tipdlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tipdlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..919442286a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tipdlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/tipdlg.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxTipDialog +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 28.06.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tipdlg.cpp 64019 2010-04-18 00:05:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/checkbox.h" + #include "wx/statbox.h" + #include "wx/dialog.h" + #include "wx/icon.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" + #include "wx/statbmp.h" + #include "wx/stattext.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/statline.h" +#include "wx/artprov.h" + +#include "wx/tipdlg.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const int wxID_NEXT_TIP = 32000; // whatever + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// macros +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* Macro for avoiding #ifdefs when value have to be different depending on size of + device we display on - take it from something like wxDesktopPolicy in the future + */ + +#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) + #define wxLARGESMALL(large,small) small +#else + #define wxLARGESMALL(large,small) large +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// an implementation which takes the tips from the text file - each line +// represents a tip +#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxFileTipProvider : public wxTipProvider +{ +public: + wxFileTipProvider(const wxString& filename, size_t currentTip); + + virtual wxString GetTip(); + +private: + wxTextFile m_textfile; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileTipProvider); +}; +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTFILE + +#ifdef __WIN32__ +// TODO an implementation which takes the tips from the given registry key +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxRegTipProvider : public wxTipProvider +{ +public: + wxRegTipProvider(const wxString& keyname); + + virtual wxString GetTip(); +}; + +// Empty implementation for now to keep the linker happy +wxString wxRegTipProvider::GetTip() +{ + return wxEmptyString; +} + +#endif // __WIN32__ + +// the dialog we show in wxShowTip() +class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTipDialog : public wxDialog +{ +public: + wxTipDialog(wxWindow *parent, + wxTipProvider *tipProvider, + bool showAtStartup); + + // the tip dialog has "Show tips on startup" checkbox - return true if it + // was checked (or wasn't unchecked) + bool ShowTipsOnStartup() const { return m_checkbox->GetValue(); } + + // sets the (next) tip text + void SetTipText() { m_text->SetValue(m_tipProvider->GetTip()); } + + // "Next" button handler + void OnNextTip(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) { SetTipText(); } + +private: + wxTipProvider *m_tipProvider; + + wxTextCtrl *m_text; + wxCheckBox *m_checkbox; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTipDialog); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileTipProvider +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE +wxFileTipProvider::wxFileTipProvider(const wxString& filename, + size_t currentTip) + : wxTipProvider(currentTip), m_textfile(filename) +{ + m_textfile.Open(); +} + +wxString wxFileTipProvider::GetTip() +{ + size_t count = m_textfile.GetLineCount(); + if ( !count ) + { + return _("Tips not available, sorry!"); + } + + wxString tip; + + // Comments start with a # symbol. + // Loop reading lines until get the first one that isn't a comment. + // The max number of loop executions is the number of lines in the + // textfile so that can't go into an eternal loop in the [oddball] + // case of a comment-only tips file, or the developer has vetoed + // them all via PreprecessTip(). + for ( size_t i=0; i < count; i++ ) + { + // The current tip may be at the last line of the textfile, (or + // past it, if the number of lines in the textfile changed, such + // as changing to a different textfile, with less tips). So check + // to see at last line of text file, (or past it)... + if ( m_currentTip >= count ) + { + // .. and if so, wrap back to line 0. + m_currentTip = 0; + } + + // Read the tip, and increment the current tip counter. + tip = m_textfile.GetLine(m_currentTip++); + + // Allow a derived class's overrided virtual to modify the tip + // now if so desired. + tip = PreprocessTip(tip); + + // Break if tip isn't a comment, and isn't an empty string + // (or only stray space characters). + if ( !tip.StartsWith(wxT("#")) && (tip.Trim() != wxEmptyString) ) + { + break; + } + } + + // If tip starts with '_(', then it is a gettext string of format + // _("My \"global\" tip text") so first strip off the leading '_("'... + if ( tip.StartsWith(wxT("_(\"" ), &tip)) + { + //...and strip off the trailing '")'... + tip = tip.BeforeLast(wxT('\"')); + // ...and replace escaped quotes + tip.Replace(wxT("\\\""), wxT("\"")); + + // and translate it as requested + tip = wxGetTranslation(tip); + } + + return tip; +} +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTFILE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTipDialog +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTipDialog, wxDialog) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_NEXT_TIP, wxTipDialog::OnNextTip) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxTipDialog::wxTipDialog(wxWindow *parent, + wxTipProvider *tipProvider, + bool showAtStartup) + : wxDialog(GetParentForModalDialog(parent, 0), wxID_ANY, _("Tip of the Day"), + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER + ) +{ + m_tipProvider = tipProvider; + bool isPda = (wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA); + + // 1) create all controls in tab order + + wxStaticText *text = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Did you know...")); + + if (!isPda) + { + wxFont font = text->GetFont(); + font.SetPointSize(int(1.6 * font.GetPointSize())); + font.SetWeight(wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD); + text->SetFont(font); + } + + m_text = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(200, 160), + wxTE_MULTILINE | + wxTE_READONLY | + wxTE_NO_VSCROLL | + wxTE_RICH2 | // a hack to get rid of vert scrollbar + wxDEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER + ); +#if defined(__WXMSW__) + m_text->SetFont(wxFont(12, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxNORMAL)); +#endif + +//#if defined(__WXPM__) + // + // The only way to get icons into an OS/2 static bitmap control + // +// wxBitmap vBitmap; + +// vBitmap.SetId(wxICON_TIP); // OS/2 specific bitmap method--OS/2 wxBitmaps all have an ID. +// // and for StatBmp's under OS/2 it MUST be a valid resource ID. +// +// wxStaticBitmap* bmp = new wxStaticBitmap(this, wxID_ANY, vBitmap); +// +//#else + + wxIcon icon = wxArtProvider::GetIcon(wxART_TIP, wxART_CMN_DIALOG); + wxStaticBitmap *bmp = new wxStaticBitmap(this, wxID_ANY, icon); + +//#endif + + m_checkbox = new wxCheckBox(this, wxID_ANY, _("&Show tips at startup")); + m_checkbox->SetValue(showAtStartup); + m_checkbox->SetFocus(); + + // smart phones does not support or do not waste space for wxButtons +#ifndef __SMARTPHONE__ + wxButton *btnNext = new wxButton(this, wxID_NEXT_TIP, _("&Next Tip")); +#endif + + // smart phones does not support or do not waste space for wxButtons +#ifndef __SMARTPHONE__ + wxButton *btnClose = new wxButton(this, wxID_CLOSE); + SetAffirmativeId(wxID_CLOSE); +#endif + + + // 2) put them in boxes + + wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); + + wxBoxSizer *icon_text = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + icon_text->Add( bmp, 0, wxCENTER ); + icon_text->Add( text, 1, wxCENTER | wxLEFT, wxLARGESMALL(20,0) ); + topsizer->Add( icon_text, 0, wxEXPAND | wxALL, wxLARGESMALL(10,0) ); + + topsizer->Add( m_text, 1, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, wxLARGESMALL(10,0) ); + + wxBoxSizer *bottom = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + if (isPda) + topsizer->Add( m_checkbox, 0, wxCENTER|wxTOP ); + else + bottom->Add( m_checkbox, 0, wxCENTER ); + + // smart phones does not support or do not waste space for wxButtons +#ifdef __SMARTPHONE__ + SetRightMenu(wxID_NEXT_TIP, _("Next")); + SetLeftMenu(wxID_CLOSE); +#else + if (!isPda) + bottom->Add( 10,10,1 ); + bottom->Add( btnNext, 0, wxCENTER | wxLEFT, wxLARGESMALL(10,0) ); + bottom->Add( btnClose, 0, wxCENTER | wxLEFT, wxLARGESMALL(10,0) ); +#endif + + if (isPda) + topsizer->Add( bottom, 0, wxCENTER | wxALL, 5 ); + else + topsizer->Add( bottom, 0, wxEXPAND | wxALL, wxLARGESMALL(10,0) ); + + SetTipText(); + + SetSizer( topsizer ); + + topsizer->SetSizeHints( this ); + topsizer->Fit( this ); + + Centre(wxBOTH | wxCENTER_FRAME); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// our public interface +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE +wxTipProvider *wxCreateFileTipProvider(const wxString& filename, + size_t currentTip) +{ + return new wxFileTipProvider(filename, currentTip); +} +#endif // wxUSE_TEXTFILE + +bool wxShowTip(wxWindow *parent, + wxTipProvider *tipProvider, + bool showAtStartup) +{ + wxTipDialog dlg(parent, tipProvider, showAtStartup); + dlg.ShowModal(); + + return dlg.ShowTipsOnStartup(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tipwin.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tipwin.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..42bd966eeb --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/tipwin.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/tipwin.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxTipWindow +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 10.09.00 +// RCS-ID: $Id: tipwin.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TIPWINDOW + +#include "wx/tipwin.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/timer.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const wxCoord TEXT_MARGIN_X = 3; +static const wxCoord TEXT_MARGIN_Y = 3; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTipWindowView +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Viewer window to put in the frame +class WXDLLEXPORT wxTipWindowView : public wxWindow +{ +public: + wxTipWindowView(wxWindow *parent); + + // event handlers + void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event); + void OnMouseClick(wxMouseEvent& event); + void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event); + +#if !wxUSE_POPUPWIN + void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); +#endif // wxUSE_POPUPWIN + + // calculate the client rect we need to display the text + void Adjust(const wxString& text, wxCoord maxLength); + +private: + wxTipWindow* m_parent; + +#if !wxUSE_POPUPWIN + long m_creationTime; +#endif // !wxUSE_POPUPWIN + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTipWindowView); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event tables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTipWindow, wxTipWindowBase) + EVT_LEFT_DOWN(wxTipWindow::OnMouseClick) + EVT_RIGHT_DOWN(wxTipWindow::OnMouseClick) + EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN(wxTipWindow::OnMouseClick) + +#if !wxUSE_POPUPWIN + EVT_KILL_FOCUS(wxTipWindow::OnKillFocus) + EVT_ACTIVATE(wxTipWindow::OnActivate) +#endif // !wxUSE_POPUPWIN +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTipWindowView, wxWindow) + EVT_PAINT(wxTipWindowView::OnPaint) + + EVT_LEFT_DOWN(wxTipWindowView::OnMouseClick) + EVT_RIGHT_DOWN(wxTipWindowView::OnMouseClick) + EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN(wxTipWindowView::OnMouseClick) + + EVT_MOTION(wxTipWindowView::OnMouseMove) + +#if !wxUSE_POPUPWIN + EVT_KILL_FOCUS(wxTipWindowView::OnKillFocus) +#endif // !wxUSE_POPUPWIN +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTipWindow +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTipWindow::wxTipWindow(wxWindow *parent, + const wxString& text, + wxCoord maxLength, + wxTipWindow** windowPtr, + wxRect *rectBounds) +#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN + : wxPopupTransientWindow(parent) +#else + : wxFrame(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxNO_BORDER | wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR ) +#endif +{ + SetTipWindowPtr(windowPtr); + if ( rectBounds ) + { + SetBoundingRect(*rectBounds); + } + + // set colours + SetForegroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOTEXT)); + SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOBK)); + + // set size, position and show it + m_view = new wxTipWindowView(this); + m_view->Adjust(text, maxLength); + m_view->SetFocus(); + + int x, y; + wxGetMousePosition(&x, &y); + + // we want to show the tip below the mouse, not over it + // + // NB: the reason we use "/ 2" here is that we don't know where the current + // cursors hot spot is... it would be nice if we could find this out + // though + y += wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_CURSOR_Y) / 2; + +#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN + Position(wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(0,0)); + Popup(m_view); + #ifdef __WXGTK__ + m_view->CaptureMouse(); + #endif +#else + Move(x, y); + Show(true); +#endif +} + +wxTipWindow::~wxTipWindow() +{ + if ( m_windowPtr ) + { + *m_windowPtr = NULL; + } + #ifdef wxUSE_POPUPWIN + #ifdef __WXGTK__ + if ( m_view->HasCapture() ) + m_view->ReleaseMouse(); + #endif + #endif +} + +void wxTipWindow::OnMouseClick(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + Close(); +} + +#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN + +void wxTipWindow::OnDismiss() +{ + Close(); +} + +#else // !wxUSE_POPUPWIN + +void wxTipWindow::OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event) +{ + if (!event.GetActive()) + Close(); +} + +void wxTipWindow::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // Under Windows at least, we will get this immediately + // because when the view window is focussed, the + // tip window goes out of focus. +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + Close(); +#endif +} + +#endif // wxUSE_POPUPWIN // !wxUSE_POPUPWIN + +void wxTipWindow::SetBoundingRect(const wxRect& rectBound) +{ + m_rectBound = rectBound; +} + +void wxTipWindow::Close() +{ + if ( m_windowPtr ) + { + *m_windowPtr = NULL; + m_windowPtr = NULL; + } + +#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN + Show(false); + #ifdef __WXGTK__ + if ( m_view->HasCapture() ) + m_view->ReleaseMouse(); + #endif + Destroy(); +#else + wxFrame::Close(); +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTipWindowView +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTipWindowView::wxTipWindowView(wxWindow *parent) + : wxWindow(parent, wxID_ANY, + wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxNO_BORDER) +{ + // set colours + SetForegroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOTEXT)); + SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOBK)); + +#if !wxUSE_POPUPWIN + m_creationTime = wxGetLocalTime(); +#endif // !wxUSE_POPUPWIN + + m_parent = (wxTipWindow*)parent; +} + +void wxTipWindowView::Adjust(const wxString& text, wxCoord maxLength) +{ + wxClientDC dc(this); + dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + + // calculate the length: we want each line be no longer than maxLength + // pixels and we only break lines at words boundary + wxString current; + wxCoord height, width, + widthMax = 0; + m_parent->m_heightLine = 0; + + bool breakLine = false; + for ( const wxChar *p = text.c_str(); ; p++ ) + { + if ( *p == wxT('\n') || *p == wxT('\0') ) + { + dc.GetTextExtent(current, &width, &height); + if ( width > widthMax ) + widthMax = width; + + if ( height > m_parent->m_heightLine ) + m_parent->m_heightLine = height; + + m_parent->m_textLines.Add(current); + + if ( !*p ) + { + // end of text + break; + } + + current.clear(); + breakLine = false; + } + else if ( breakLine && (*p == wxT(' ') || *p == wxT('\t')) ) + { + // word boundary - break the line here + m_parent->m_textLines.Add(current); + current.clear(); + breakLine = false; + } + else // line goes on + { + current += *p; + dc.GetTextExtent(current, &width, &height); + if ( width > maxLength ) + breakLine = true; + + if ( width > widthMax ) + widthMax = width; + + if ( height > m_parent->m_heightLine ) + m_parent->m_heightLine = height; + } + } + + // take into account the border size and the margins + width = 2*(TEXT_MARGIN_X + 1) + widthMax; + height = 2*(TEXT_MARGIN_Y + 1) + wx_truncate_cast(wxCoord, m_parent->m_textLines.GetCount())*m_parent->m_heightLine; + m_parent->SetClientSize(width, height); + SetSize(0, 0, width, height); +} + +void wxTipWindowView::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + + wxRect rect; + wxSize size = GetClientSize(); + rect.width = size.x; + rect.height = size.y; + + // first filll the background + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID)); + dc.SetPen(wxPen(GetForegroundColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID)); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + + // and then draw the text line by line + dc.SetTextBackground(GetBackgroundColour()); + dc.SetTextForeground(GetForegroundColour()); + dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + + wxPoint pt; + pt.x = TEXT_MARGIN_X; + pt.y = TEXT_MARGIN_Y; + size_t count = m_parent->m_textLines.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + dc.DrawText(m_parent->m_textLines[n], pt); + + pt.y += m_parent->m_heightLine; + } +} + +void wxTipWindowView::OnMouseClick(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + m_parent->Close(); +} + +void wxTipWindowView::OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + const wxRect& rectBound = m_parent->m_rectBound; + + if ( rectBound.width && + !rectBound.Contains(ClientToScreen(event.GetPosition())) ) + { + // mouse left the bounding rect, disappear + m_parent->Close(); + } + else + { + event.Skip(); + } +} + +#if !wxUSE_POPUPWIN +void wxTipWindowView::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // Workaround the kill focus event happening just after creation in wxGTK + if (wxGetLocalTime() > m_creationTime + 1) + m_parent->Close(); +} +#endif // !wxUSE_POPUPWIN + +#endif // wxUSE_TIPWINDOW diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/toolbkg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/toolbkg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf80bed62d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/toolbkg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,395 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/toolbkg.cpp +// Purpose: generic implementation of wxToolbook +// Author: Julian Smart +// Modified by: +// Created: 2006-01-29 +// RCS-ID: $Id: toolbkg.cpp 65931 2010-10-27 16:54:36Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBOOK + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/icon.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/toolbar.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/imaglist.h" +#include "wx/sysopt.h" +#include "wx/toolbook.h" + +#if defined(__WXMAC__) && wxUSE_TOOLBAR && wxUSE_BMPBUTTON +#include "wx/generic/buttonbar.h" +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// various wxWidgets macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// check that the page index is valid +#define IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) ((nPage) < GetPageCount()) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event table +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolbook, wxBookCtrlBase) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxToolbook, wxBookCtrlBase) + EVT_SIZE(wxToolbook::OnSize) + EVT_TOOL_RANGE(1, 50, wxToolbook::OnToolSelected) + EVT_IDLE(wxToolbook::OnIdle) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// wxToolbook implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToolbook creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxToolbook::Init() +{ + m_needsRealizing = false; +} + +bool wxToolbook::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( (style & wxBK_ALIGN_MASK) == wxBK_DEFAULT ) + style |= wxBK_TOP; + + // no border for this control + style &= ~wxBORDER_MASK; + style |= wxBORDER_NONE; + + if ( !wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, + wxDefaultValidator, name) ) + return false; + + int tbFlags = wxTB_TEXT | wxTB_FLAT | wxBORDER_NONE; + if ( (style & (wxBK_LEFT | wxBK_RIGHT)) != 0 ) + tbFlags |= wxTB_VERTICAL; + else + tbFlags |= wxTB_HORIZONTAL; + + if ( style & wxTBK_HORZ_LAYOUT ) + tbFlags |= wxTB_HORZ_LAYOUT; + + // TODO: make more configurable + +#if defined(__WXMAC__) && wxUSE_TOOLBAR && wxUSE_BMPBUTTON + if (style & wxTBK_BUTTONBAR) + { + m_bookctrl = new wxButtonToolBar + ( + this, + wxID_ANY, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + tbFlags + ); + } + else +#endif + { + m_bookctrl = new wxToolBar + ( + this, + wxID_ANY, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + tbFlags | wxTB_NODIVIDER + ); + } + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToolbook geometry management +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxToolbook::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) +{ + if (m_needsRealizing) + Realize(); + + wxBookCtrlBase::OnSize(event); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// accessing the pages +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxToolbook::SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText) +{ + // Assume tool ids start from 1 + wxToolBarToolBase* tool = GetToolBar()->FindById(n + 1); + if (tool) + { + tool->SetLabel(strText); + return true; + } + else + return false; +} + +wxString wxToolbook::GetPageText(size_t n) const +{ + wxToolBarToolBase* tool = GetToolBar()->FindById(n + 1); + if (tool) + return tool->GetLabel(); + else + return wxEmptyString; +} + +int wxToolbook::GetPageImage(size_t WXUNUSED(n)) const +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxToolbook::GetPageImage() not implemented") ); + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +bool wxToolbook::SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId) +{ + wxASSERT( GetImageList() != NULL ); + if (!GetImageList()) + return false; + + wxToolBarToolBase* tool = GetToolBar()->FindById(n + 1); + if (tool) + { + // Find the image list index for this tool + wxBitmap bitmap = GetImageList()->GetBitmap(imageId); + tool->SetNormalBitmap(bitmap); + return true; + } + else + return false; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// image list stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxToolbook::SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList) +{ + wxBookCtrlBase::SetImageList(imageList); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// selection +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxBookCtrlEvent* wxToolbook::CreatePageChangingEvent() const +{ + return new wxBookCtrlEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, m_windowId); +} + +void wxToolbook::MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlEvent &event) +{ + event.SetEventType(wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED); +} + +void wxToolbook::UpdateSelectedPage(size_t newsel) +{ + m_selection = newsel; + GetToolBar()->ToggleTool(newsel + 1, true); +} + +// Not part of the wxBookctrl API, but must be called in OnIdle or +// by application to realize the toolbar and select the initial page. +void wxToolbook::Realize() +{ + if (m_needsRealizing) + { + m_needsRealizing = false; + + GetToolBar()->SetToolBitmapSize(m_maxBitmapSize); + + GetToolBar()->Realize(); + } + + if (m_selection == wxNOT_FOUND) + m_selection = 0; + + if (GetPageCount() > 0) + { + int sel = m_selection; + m_selection = wxNOT_FOUND; + SetSelection(sel); + } + + DoSize(); +} + +int wxToolbook::HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags) const +{ + int pagePos = wxNOT_FOUND; + + if ( flags ) + *flags = wxBK_HITTEST_NOWHERE; + + // convert from wxToolbook coordinates to wxToolBar ones + const wxToolBarBase * const tbar = GetToolBar(); + const wxPoint tbarPt = tbar->ScreenToClient(ClientToScreen(pt)); + + // is the point over the toolbar? + if ( wxRect(tbar->GetSize()).Contains(tbarPt) ) + { + const wxToolBarToolBase * const + tool = tbar->FindToolForPosition(tbarPt.x, tbarPt.y); + + if ( tool ) + { + pagePos = tbar->GetToolPos(tool->GetId()); + if ( flags ) + *flags = wxBK_HITTEST_ONICON | wxBK_HITTEST_ONLABEL; + } + } + else // not over the toolbar + { + if ( flags && GetPageRect().Contains(pt) ) + *flags |= wxBK_HITTEST_ONPAGE; + } + + return pagePos; +} + +void wxToolbook::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event) +{ + if (m_needsRealizing) + Realize(); + event.Skip(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// adding/removing the pages +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxToolbook::InsertPage(size_t n, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect, + int imageId) +{ + if ( !wxBookCtrlBase::InsertPage(n, page, text, bSelect, imageId) ) + return false; + + m_needsRealizing = true; + + wxASSERT(GetImageList() != NULL); + + if (!GetImageList()) + return false; + + // TODO: make sure all platforms can convert between icon and bitmap, + // and/or test whether the image is a bitmap or an icon. +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + wxBitmap bitmap = GetImageList()->GetBitmap(imageId); +#else + // On Windows, we can lose information by using GetBitmap, so extract icon instead + wxIcon icon = GetImageList()->GetIcon(imageId); + wxBitmap bitmap; + bitmap.CopyFromIcon(icon); +#endif + + m_maxBitmapSize.x = wxMax(bitmap.GetWidth(), m_maxBitmapSize.x); + m_maxBitmapSize.y = wxMax(bitmap.GetHeight(), m_maxBitmapSize.y); + + GetToolBar()->SetToolBitmapSize(m_maxBitmapSize); + GetToolBar()->AddRadioTool(n + 1, text, bitmap, wxNullBitmap, text); + + if (bSelect) + { + GetToolBar()->ToggleTool(n, true); + m_selection = n; + } + else + page->Hide(); + + InvalidateBestSize(); + return true; +} + +wxWindow *wxToolbook::DoRemovePage(size_t page) +{ + const size_t page_count = GetPageCount(); + wxWindow *win = wxBookCtrlBase::DoRemovePage(page); + + if ( win ) + { + GetToolBar()->DeleteTool(page + 1); + + if (m_selection >= (int)page) + { + // force new sel valid if possible + int sel = m_selection - 1; + if (page_count == 1) + sel = wxNOT_FOUND; + else if ((page_count == 2) || (sel == wxNOT_FOUND)) + sel = 0; + + // force sel invalid if deleting current page - don't try to hide it + m_selection = (m_selection == (int)page) ? wxNOT_FOUND : m_selection - 1; + + if ((sel != wxNOT_FOUND) && (sel != m_selection)) + SetSelection(sel); + } + } + + return win; +} + + +bool wxToolbook::DeleteAllPages() +{ + GetToolBar()->ClearTools(); + return wxBookCtrlBase::DeleteAllPages(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxToolbook events +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxToolbook::OnToolSelected(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + const int selNew = event.GetId() - 1; + + if ( selNew == m_selection ) + { + // this event can only come from our own Select(m_selection) below + // which we call when the page change is vetoed, so we should simply + // ignore it + return; + } + + SetSelection(selNew); + + // change wasn't allowed, return to previous state + if (m_selection != selNew) + { + GetToolBar()->ToggleTool(m_selection, false); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBOOK diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/treebkg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/treebkg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c1e3d41a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/treebkg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,765 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/treebkg.cpp +// Purpose: generic implementation of wxTreebook +// Author: Evgeniy Tarassov, Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 2005-09-15 +// RCS-ID: $Id: treebkg.cpp 65931 2010-10-27 16:54:36Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TREEBOOK + +#include "wx/treebook.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/settings.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/imaglist.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// various wxWidgets macros +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// check that the page index is valid +#define IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) ((nPage) < DoInternalGetPageCount()) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event table +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreebook, wxBookCtrlBase) + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_COLLAPSED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_EXPANDED, wxBookCtrlEvent ); + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTreebook, wxBookCtrlBase) + EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED (wxID_ANY, wxTreebook::OnTreeSelectionChange) + EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED (wxID_ANY, wxTreebook::OnTreeNodeExpandedCollapsed) + EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED(wxID_ANY, wxTreebook::OnTreeNodeExpandedCollapsed) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// wxTreebook implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTreebook creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxTreebook::Init() +{ + m_selection = + m_actualSelection = wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +bool +wxTreebook::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + // Check the style flag to have either wxTBK_RIGHT or wxTBK_LEFT + if ( (style & wxBK_ALIGN_MASK) == wxBK_DEFAULT ) + { + style |= wxBK_LEFT; + } + style |= wxTAB_TRAVERSAL; + + // no border for this control, it doesn't look nice together with the tree + style &= ~wxBORDER_MASK; + style |= wxBORDER_NONE; + + if ( !wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, + style, wxDefaultValidator, name) ) + return false; + + m_bookctrl = new wxTreeCtrl + ( + this, + wxID_ANY, + wxDefaultPosition, + wxDefaultSize, + wxBORDER_THEME | + wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE | + wxTR_HIDE_ROOT | + wxTR_SINGLE + ); + GetTreeCtrl()->SetQuickBestSize(false); // do full size calculation + GetTreeCtrl()->AddRoot(wxEmptyString); // label doesn't matter, it's hidden + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + // We need to add dummy size event to force possible scrollbar hiding + wxSizeEvent evt; + GetEventHandler()->AddPendingEvent(evt); +#endif + + return true; +} + + +// insert a new page just before the pagePos +bool wxTreebook::InsertPage(size_t pagePos, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect, + int imageId) +{ + return DoInsertPage(pagePos, page, text, bSelect, imageId); +} + +bool wxTreebook::InsertSubPage(size_t pagePos, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect, + int imageId) +{ + return DoInsertSubPage(pagePos, page, text, bSelect, imageId); +} + +bool wxTreebook::AddPage(wxWindow *page, const wxString& text, bool bSelect, + int imageId) +{ + return DoInsertPage(m_treeIds.GetCount(), page, text, bSelect, imageId); +} + +// insertion time is linear to the number of top-pages +bool wxTreebook::AddSubPage(wxWindow *page, const wxString& text, bool bSelect, int imageId) +{ + return DoAddSubPage(page, text, bSelect, imageId); +} + + +bool wxTreebook::DoInsertPage(size_t pagePos, + wxWindow *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect, + int imageId) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( pagePos <= DoInternalGetPageCount(), false, + wxT("Invalid treebook page position") ); + + if ( !wxBookCtrlBase::InsertPage(pagePos, page, text, bSelect, imageId) ) + return false; + + wxTreeCtrl *tree = GetTreeCtrl(); + wxTreeItemId newId; + if ( pagePos == DoInternalGetPageCount() ) + { + // append the page to the end + wxTreeItemId rootId = tree->GetRootItem(); + + newId = tree->AppendItem(rootId, text, imageId); + } + else // insert the new page before the given one + { + wxTreeItemId nodeId = m_treeIds[pagePos]; + + wxTreeItemId previousId = tree->GetPrevSibling(nodeId); + wxTreeItemId parentId = tree->GetItemParent(nodeId); + + if ( previousId.IsOk() ) + { + // insert before the sibling - previousId + newId = tree->InsertItem(parentId, previousId, text, imageId); + } + else // no prev siblings -- insert as a first child + { + wxASSERT_MSG( parentId.IsOk(), wxT( "Tree has no root node?" ) ); + + newId = tree->PrependItem(parentId, text, imageId); + } + } + + if ( !newId.IsOk() ) + { + //something wrong -> cleaning and returning with false + (void)wxBookCtrlBase::DoRemovePage(pagePos); + + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Failed to insert treebook page") ); + return false; + } + + DoInternalAddPage(pagePos, page, newId); + + DoUpdateSelection(bSelect, pagePos); + + return true; +} + +bool wxTreebook::DoAddSubPage(wxWindow *page, const wxString& text, bool bSelect, int imageId) +{ + wxTreeCtrl *tree = GetTreeCtrl(); + + wxTreeItemId rootId = tree->GetRootItem(); + + wxTreeItemId lastNodeId = tree->GetLastChild(rootId); + + wxCHECK_MSG( lastNodeId.IsOk(), false, + wxT("Can't insert sub page when there are no pages") ); + + // now calculate its position (should we save/update it too?) + size_t newPos = tree->GetCount() - + (tree->GetChildrenCount(lastNodeId, true) + 1); + + return DoInsertSubPage(newPos, page, text, bSelect, imageId); +} + +bool wxTreebook::DoInsertSubPage(size_t pagePos, + wxTreebookPage *page, + const wxString& text, + bool bSelect, + int imageId) +{ + wxTreeItemId parentId = DoInternalGetPage(pagePos); + wxCHECK_MSG( parentId.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxTreeCtrl *tree = GetTreeCtrl(); + + size_t newPos = pagePos + tree->GetChildrenCount(parentId, true) + 1; + wxASSERT_MSG( newPos <= DoInternalGetPageCount(), + wxT("Internal error in tree insert point calculation") ); + + if ( !wxBookCtrlBase::InsertPage(newPos, page, text, bSelect, imageId) ) + return false; + + wxTreeItemId newId = tree->AppendItem(parentId, text, imageId); + + if ( !newId.IsOk() ) + { + (void)wxBookCtrlBase::DoRemovePage(newPos); + + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Failed to insert treebook page") ); + return false; + } + + DoInternalAddPage(newPos, page, newId); + + DoUpdateSelection(bSelect, newPos); + + return true; +} + +bool wxTreebook::DeletePage(size_t pagePos) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IS_VALID_PAGE(pagePos), false, wxT("Invalid tree index") ); + + wxTreebookPage *oldPage = DoRemovePage(pagePos); + if ( !oldPage ) + return false; + + delete oldPage; + + return true; +} + +wxTreebookPage *wxTreebook::DoRemovePage(size_t pagePos) +{ + wxTreeItemId pageId = DoInternalGetPage(pagePos); + wxCHECK_MSG( pageId.IsOk(), NULL, wxT("Invalid tree index") ); + + wxTreebookPage * oldPage = GetPage(pagePos); + wxTreeCtrl *tree = GetTreeCtrl(); + + size_t subCount = tree->GetChildrenCount(pageId, true); + wxASSERT_MSG ( IS_VALID_PAGE(pagePos + subCount), + wxT("Internal error in wxTreebook::DoRemovePage") ); + + // here we are going to delete ALL the pages in the range + // [pagePos, pagePos + subCount] -- the page and its children + + // deleting all the pages from the base class + for ( size_t i = 0; i <= subCount; ++i ) + { + wxTreebookPage *page = wxBookCtrlBase::DoRemovePage(pagePos); + + // don't delete the page itself though -- it will be deleted in + // DeletePage() when we return + if ( i ) + { + delete page; + } + } + + DoInternalRemovePageRange(pagePos, subCount); + + tree->DeleteChildren( pageId ); + tree->Delete( pageId ); + + return oldPage; +} + +bool wxTreebook::DeleteAllPages() +{ + wxBookCtrlBase::DeleteAllPages(); + m_treeIds.Clear(); + m_selection = + m_actualSelection = wxNOT_FOUND; + + wxTreeCtrl *tree = GetTreeCtrl(); + tree->DeleteChildren(tree->GetRootItem()); + + return true; +} + +void wxTreebook::DoInternalAddPage(size_t newPos, + wxTreebookPage *page, + wxTreeItemId pageId) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( newPos <= m_treeIds.GetCount(), wxT("Ivalid index passed to wxTreebook::DoInternalAddPage") ); + + // hide newly inserted page initially (it will be shown when selected) + if ( page ) + page->Hide(); + + if ( newPos == m_treeIds.GetCount() ) + { + // append + m_treeIds.Add(pageId); + } + else // insert + { + m_treeIds.Insert(pageId, newPos); + + if ( m_selection != wxNOT_FOUND && newPos <= (size_t)m_selection ) + { + // selection has been moved one unit toward the end + ++m_selection; + if ( m_actualSelection != wxNOT_FOUND ) + ++m_actualSelection; + } + else if ( m_actualSelection != wxNOT_FOUND && + newPos <= (size_t)m_actualSelection ) + { + DoSetSelection(m_selection); + } + } +} + +void wxTreebook::DoInternalRemovePageRange(size_t pagePos, size_t subCount) +{ + // Attention: this function is only for a situation when we delete a node + // with all its children so pagePos is the node's index and subCount is the + // node children count + wxASSERT_MSG( pagePos + subCount < m_treeIds.GetCount(), + wxT("Ivalid page index") ); + + wxTreeItemId pageId = m_treeIds[pagePos]; + + m_treeIds.RemoveAt(pagePos, subCount + 1); + + if ( m_selection != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + if ( (size_t)m_selection > pagePos + subCount) + { + // selection is far after the deleted page, so just update the index and move on + m_selection -= 1 + subCount; + if ( m_actualSelection != wxNOT_FOUND) + { + m_actualSelection -= subCount + 1; + } + } + else if ( (size_t)m_selection >= pagePos ) + { + wxTreeCtrl *tree = GetTreeCtrl(); + + // as selected page is going to be deleted, try to select the next + // sibling if exists, if not then the parent + wxTreeItemId nodeId = tree->GetNextSibling(pageId); + + m_selection = wxNOT_FOUND; + m_actualSelection = wxNOT_FOUND; + + if ( nodeId.IsOk() ) + { + // selecting next siblings + tree->SelectItem(nodeId); + } + else // no next sibling, select the parent + { + wxTreeItemId parentId = tree->GetItemParent(pageId); + + if ( parentId.IsOk() && parentId != tree->GetRootItem() ) + { + tree->SelectItem(parentId); + } + else // parent is root + { + // we can't select it as it's hidden + DoUpdateSelection(false, wxNOT_FOUND); + } + } + } + else if ( m_actualSelection != wxNOT_FOUND && + (size_t)m_actualSelection >= pagePos ) + { + // nothing to do -- selection is before the deleted node, but + // actually shown page (the first (sub)child with page != NULL) is + // already deleted + m_actualSelection = m_selection; + + // send event as documented + DoSetSelection(m_selection, SetSelection_SendEvent); + } + //else: nothing to do -- selection is before the deleted node + } + else + { + DoUpdateSelection(false, wxNOT_FOUND); + } +} + + +void wxTreebook::DoUpdateSelection(bool bSelect, int newPos) +{ + int newSelPos; + if ( bSelect ) + { + newSelPos = newPos; + } + else if ( m_selection == wxNOT_FOUND && DoInternalGetPageCount() > 0 ) + { + newSelPos = 0; + } + else + { + newSelPos = wxNOT_FOUND; + } + + if ( newSelPos != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + SetSelection((size_t)newSelPos); + } +} + +wxTreeItemId wxTreebook::DoInternalGetPage(size_t pagePos) const +{ + if ( pagePos >= m_treeIds.GetCount() ) + { + // invalid position but ok here, in this internal function, don't assert + // (the caller will do it) + return wxTreeItemId(); + } + + return m_treeIds[pagePos]; +} + +int wxTreebook::DoInternalFindPageById(wxTreeItemId pageId) const +{ + const size_t count = m_treeIds.GetCount(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; ++i ) + { + if ( m_treeIds[i] == pageId ) + return i; + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +bool wxTreebook::IsNodeExpanded(size_t pagePos) const +{ + wxTreeItemId pageId = DoInternalGetPage(pagePos); + + wxCHECK_MSG( pageId.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + return GetTreeCtrl()->IsExpanded(pageId); +} + +bool wxTreebook::ExpandNode(size_t pagePos, bool expand) +{ + wxTreeItemId pageId = DoInternalGetPage(pagePos); + + wxCHECK_MSG( pageId.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + if ( expand ) + { + GetTreeCtrl()->Expand( pageId ); + } + else // collapse + { + GetTreeCtrl()->Collapse( pageId ); + + // rely on the events generated by wxTreeCtrl to update selection + } + + return true; +} + +int wxTreebook::GetPageParent(size_t pagePos) const +{ + wxTreeItemId nodeId = DoInternalGetPage( pagePos ); + wxCHECK_MSG( nodeId.IsOk(), wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("Invalid page index spacified!") ); + + const wxTreeItemId parent = GetTreeCtrl()->GetItemParent( nodeId ); + + return parent.IsOk() ? DoInternalFindPageById(parent) : wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +bool wxTreebook::SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText) +{ + wxTreeItemId pageId = DoInternalGetPage(n); + + wxCHECK_MSG( pageId.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + GetTreeCtrl()->SetItemText(pageId, strText); + + return true; +} + +wxString wxTreebook::GetPageText(size_t n) const +{ + wxTreeItemId pageId = DoInternalGetPage(n); + + wxCHECK_MSG( pageId.IsOk(), wxString(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + return GetTreeCtrl()->GetItemText(pageId); +} + +int wxTreebook::GetPageImage(size_t n) const +{ + wxTreeItemId pageId = DoInternalGetPage(n); + + wxCHECK_MSG( pageId.IsOk(), wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + return GetTreeCtrl()->GetItemImage(pageId); +} + +bool wxTreebook::SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId) +{ + wxTreeItemId pageId = DoInternalGetPage(n); + + wxCHECK_MSG( pageId.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + GetTreeCtrl()->SetItemImage(pageId, imageId); + + return true; +} + +int wxTreebook::DoSetSelection(size_t pagePos, int flags) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IS_VALID_PAGE(pagePos), wxNOT_FOUND, + wxT("invalid page index in wxListbook::DoSetSelection()") ); + wxASSERT_MSG( GetPageCount() == DoInternalGetPageCount(), + wxT("wxTreebook logic error: m_treeIds and m_pages not in sync!")); + + wxBookCtrlEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, m_windowId); + const int oldSel = m_selection; + wxTreeCtrl *tree = GetTreeCtrl(); + bool allowed = false; + + if (flags & SetSelection_SendEvent) + { + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetSelection(pagePos); + event.SetOldSelection(m_selection); + + // don't send the event if the old and new pages are the same; do send it + // otherwise and be prepared for it to be vetoed + allowed = (int)pagePos == m_selection || + !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) || + event.IsAllowed(); + } + + if ( !(flags & SetSelection_SendEvent) || allowed ) + { + // hide the previously shown page + wxTreebookPage * const oldPage = DoGetCurrentPage(); + if ( oldPage ) + oldPage->Hide(); + + // then show the new one + m_selection = pagePos; + wxTreebookPage *page = wxBookCtrlBase::GetPage(m_selection); + if ( !page ) + { + // find the next page suitable to be shown: the first (grand)child + // of this one with a non-NULL associated page + wxTreeItemId childId = m_treeIds[pagePos]; + int actualPagePos = pagePos; + while ( !page && childId.IsOk() ) + { + wxTreeItemIdValue cookie; + childId = tree->GetFirstChild( childId, cookie ); + if ( childId.IsOk() ) + { + page = wxBookCtrlBase::GetPage(++actualPagePos); + } + } + + m_actualSelection = page ? actualPagePos : m_selection; + } + + if ( page ) + page->Show(); + + tree->SelectItem(DoInternalGetPage(pagePos)); + + if (flags & SetSelection_SendEvent) + { + // notify about the (now completed) page change + event.SetEventType(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED); + (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + } + else if ( (flags & SetSelection_SendEvent) && !allowed) // page change vetoed + { + // tree selection might have already had changed + if ( oldSel != wxNOT_FOUND ) + tree->SelectItem(DoInternalGetPage(oldSel)); + } + + return oldSel; +} + +wxTreebookPage *wxTreebook::DoGetCurrentPage() const +{ + if ( m_selection == wxNOT_FOUND ) + return NULL; + + wxTreebookPage *page = wxBookCtrlBase::GetPage(m_selection); + if ( !page && m_actualSelection != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + page = wxBookCtrlBase::GetPage(m_actualSelection); + } + + return page; +} + +void wxTreebook::SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList) +{ + wxBookCtrlBase::SetImageList(imageList); + GetTreeCtrl()->SetImageList(imageList); +} + +void wxTreebook::AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList) +{ + wxBookCtrlBase::AssignImageList(imageList); + GetTreeCtrl()->SetImageList(imageList); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event handlers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxTreebook::OnTreeSelectionChange(wxTreeEvent& event) +{ + if ( event.GetEventObject() != m_bookctrl ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + wxTreeItemId newId = event.GetItem(); + + if ( (m_selection == wxNOT_FOUND && + (!newId.IsOk() || newId == GetTreeCtrl()->GetRootItem())) || + (m_selection != wxNOT_FOUND && newId == m_treeIds[m_selection]) ) + { + // this event can only come when we modify the tree selection ourselves + // so we should simply ignore it + return; + } + + int newPos = DoInternalFindPageById(newId); + + if ( newPos != wxNOT_FOUND ) + SetSelection( newPos ); +} + +void wxTreebook::OnTreeNodeExpandedCollapsed(wxTreeEvent & event) +{ + if ( event.GetEventObject() != m_bookctrl ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + wxTreeItemId nodeId = event.GetItem(); + if ( !nodeId.IsOk() || nodeId == GetTreeCtrl()->GetRootItem() ) + return; + int pagePos = DoInternalFindPageById(nodeId); + wxCHECK_RET( pagePos != wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("Internal problem in wxTreebook!..") ); + + wxBookCtrlEvent ev(GetTreeCtrl()->IsExpanded(nodeId) + ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_EXPANDED + : wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_COLLAPSED, + m_windowId); + + ev.SetSelection(pagePos); + ev.SetOldSelection(pagePos); + ev.SetEventObject(this); + + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(ev); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTreebook geometry management +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int wxTreebook::HitTest(wxPoint const & pt, long * flags) const +{ + int pagePos = wxNOT_FOUND; + + if ( flags ) + *flags = wxBK_HITTEST_NOWHERE; + + // convert from wxTreebook coorindates to wxTreeCtrl ones + const wxTreeCtrl * const tree = GetTreeCtrl(); + const wxPoint treePt = tree->ScreenToClient(ClientToScreen(pt)); + + // is it over the tree? + if ( wxRect(tree->GetSize()).Contains(treePt) ) + { + int flagsTree; + wxTreeItemId id = tree->HitTest(treePt, flagsTree); + + if ( id.IsOk() && (flagsTree & wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEM) ) + { + pagePos = DoInternalFindPageById(id); + } + + if ( flags ) + { + if ( pagePos != wxNOT_FOUND ) + *flags = 0; + + if ( flagsTree & (wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON | + wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | + wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON) ) + *flags |= wxBK_HITTEST_ONICON; + + if ( flagsTree & wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL ) + *flags |= wxBK_HITTEST_ONLABEL; + } + } + else // not over the tree + { + if ( flags && GetPageRect().Contains( pt ) ) + *flags |= wxBK_HITTEST_ONPAGE; + } + + return pagePos; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TREEBOOK diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/treectlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/treectlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..96dc4a8960 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/treectlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,4081 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/treectlg.cpp +// Purpose: generic tree control implementation +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Created: 01/02/97 +// Modified: 22/10/98 - almost total rewrite, simpler interface (VZ) +// Id: $Id: treectlg.cpp 67214 2011-03-16 07:22:56Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================= +// declarations +// ============================================================================= + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_TREECTRL + +#include "wx/treectrl.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/timer.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/listbox.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/generic/treectlg.h" +#include "wx/imaglist.h" + +#include "wx/renderer.h" + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + #include "wx/osx/private.h" +#endif + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// array types +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericTreeItem; + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(wxGenericTreeItem *, wxArrayGenericTreeItems); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const int NO_IMAGE = -1; + +static const int PIXELS_PER_UNIT = 10; + +// the margin between the item state image and the item normal image +static const int MARGIN_BETWEEN_STATE_AND_IMAGE = 2; + +// the margin between the item image and the item text +static const int MARGIN_BETWEEN_IMAGE_AND_TEXT = 4; + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private classes +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// timer used for enabling in-place edit +class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeRenameTimer: public wxTimer +{ +public: + // start editing the current item after half a second (if the mouse hasn't + // been clicked/moved) + enum { DELAY = 500 }; + + wxTreeRenameTimer( wxGenericTreeCtrl *owner ); + + virtual void Notify(); + +private: + wxGenericTreeCtrl *m_owner; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTreeRenameTimer); +}; + +// control used for in-place edit +class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeTextCtrl: public wxTextCtrl +{ +public: + wxTreeTextCtrl(wxGenericTreeCtrl *owner, wxGenericTreeItem *item); + + void EndEdit( bool discardChanges ); + + const wxGenericTreeItem* item() const { return m_itemEdited; } + +protected: + void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ); + void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent &event ); + void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ); + + bool AcceptChanges(); + void Finish( bool setfocus ); + +private: + wxGenericTreeCtrl *m_owner; + wxGenericTreeItem *m_itemEdited; + wxString m_startValue; + bool m_aboutToFinish; + + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTreeTextCtrl); +}; + +// timer used to clear wxGenericTreeCtrl::m_findPrefix if no key was pressed +// for a sufficiently long time +class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeFindTimer : public wxTimer +{ +public: + // reset the current prefix after half a second of inactivity + enum { DELAY = 500 }; + + wxTreeFindTimer( wxGenericTreeCtrl *owner ) { m_owner = owner; } + + virtual void Notify() { m_owner->m_findPrefix.clear(); } + +private: + wxGenericTreeCtrl *m_owner; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTreeFindTimer); +}; + +// a tree item +class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericTreeItem +{ +public: + // ctors & dtor + wxGenericTreeItem() + { + m_data = NULL; + m_widthText = + m_heightText = -1; + } + + wxGenericTreeItem( wxGenericTreeItem *parent, + const wxString& text, + int image, + int selImage, + wxTreeItemData *data ); + + ~wxGenericTreeItem(); + + // trivial accessors + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& GetChildren() { return m_children; } + + const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; } + int GetImage(wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal) const + { return m_images[which]; } + wxTreeItemData *GetData() const { return m_data; } + int GetState() const { return m_state; } + + // returns the current image for the item (depending on its + // selected/expanded/whatever state) + int GetCurrentImage() const; + + void SetText(const wxString& text) + { + m_text = text; + + ResetTextSize(); + } + + void SetImage(int image, wxTreeItemIcon which) + { + m_images[which] = image; + m_width = 0; + } + + void SetData(wxTreeItemData *data) { m_data = data; } + void SetState(int state) { m_state = state; m_width = 0; } + + void SetHasPlus(bool has = true) { m_hasPlus = has; } + + void SetBold(bool bold) + { + m_isBold = bold; + + ResetTextSize(); + } + + int GetX() const { return m_x; } + int GetY() const { return m_y; } + + void SetX(int x) { m_x = x; } + void SetY(int y) { m_y = y; } + + int GetHeight() const { return m_height; } + int GetWidth() const { return m_width; } + + int GetTextHeight() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_heightText != -1, "must call CalculateSize() first" ); + + return m_heightText; + } + + int GetTextWidth() const + { + wxASSERT_MSG( m_widthText != -1, "must call CalculateSize() first" ); + + return m_widthText; + } + + wxGenericTreeItem *GetParent() const { return m_parent; } + + // sets the items font for the specified DC if it uses any special font or + // simply returns false otherwise + bool SetFont(wxGenericTreeCtrl *control, wxDC& dc) const + { + wxFont font; + + wxTreeItemAttr * const attr = GetAttributes(); + if ( attr && attr->HasFont() ) + font = attr->GetFont(); + else if ( IsBold() ) + font = control->m_boldFont; + else + return false; + + dc.SetFont(font); + return true; + } + + // operations + + // deletes all children notifying the treectrl about it + void DeleteChildren(wxGenericTreeCtrl *tree); + + // get count of all children (and grand children if 'recursively') + size_t GetChildrenCount(bool recursively = true) const; + + void Insert(wxGenericTreeItem *child, size_t index) + { m_children.Insert(child, index); } + + // calculate and cache the item size using either the provided DC (which is + // supposed to have wxGenericTreeCtrl::m_normalFont selected into it!) or a + // wxClientDC on the control window + void CalculateSize(wxGenericTreeCtrl *control, wxDC& dc) + { DoCalculateSize(control, dc, true /* dc uses normal font */); } + void CalculateSize(wxGenericTreeCtrl *control); + + void GetSize( int &x, int &y, const wxGenericTreeCtrl* ); + + void ResetSize() { m_width = 0; } + void ResetTextSize() { m_width = 0; m_widthText = -1; } + void RecursiveResetSize(); + void RecursiveResetTextSize(); + + // return the item at given position (or NULL if no item), onButton is + // true if the point belongs to the item's button, otherwise it lies + // on the item's label + wxGenericTreeItem *HitTest( const wxPoint& point, + const wxGenericTreeCtrl *, + int &flags, + int level ); + + void Expand() { m_isCollapsed = false; } + void Collapse() { m_isCollapsed = true; } + + void SetHilight( bool set = true ) { m_hasHilight = set; } + + // status inquiries + bool HasChildren() const { return !m_children.IsEmpty(); } + bool IsSelected() const { return m_hasHilight != 0; } + bool IsExpanded() const { return !m_isCollapsed; } + bool HasPlus() const { return m_hasPlus || HasChildren(); } + bool IsBold() const { return m_isBold != 0; } + + // attributes + // get them - may be NULL + wxTreeItemAttr *GetAttributes() const { return m_attr; } + // get them ensuring that the pointer is not NULL + wxTreeItemAttr& Attr() + { + if ( !m_attr ) + { + m_attr = new wxTreeItemAttr; + m_ownsAttr = true; + } + return *m_attr; + } + // set them + void SetAttributes(wxTreeItemAttr *attr) + { + if ( m_ownsAttr ) delete m_attr; + m_attr = attr; + m_ownsAttr = false; + m_width = 0; + m_widthText = -1; + } + // set them and delete when done + void AssignAttributes(wxTreeItemAttr *attr) + { + SetAttributes(attr); + m_ownsAttr = true; + m_width = 0; + m_widthText = -1; + } + +private: + // calculate the size of this item, i.e. set m_width, m_height and + // m_widthText and m_heightText properly + // + // if dcUsesNormalFont is true, the current dc font must be the normal tree + // control font + void DoCalculateSize(wxGenericTreeCtrl *control, + wxDC& dc, + bool dcUsesNormalFont); + + // since there can be very many of these, we save size by chosing + // the smallest representation for the elements and by ordering + // the members to avoid padding. + wxString m_text; // label to be rendered for item + int m_widthText; + int m_heightText; + + wxTreeItemData *m_data; // user-provided data + + int m_state; // item state + + wxArrayGenericTreeItems m_children; // list of children + wxGenericTreeItem *m_parent; // parent of this item + + wxTreeItemAttr *m_attr; // attributes??? + + // tree ctrl images for the normal, selected, expanded and + // expanded+selected states + int m_images[wxTreeItemIcon_Max]; + + wxCoord m_x; // (virtual) offset from top + wxCoord m_y; // (virtual) offset from left + int m_width; // width of this item + int m_height; // height of this item + + // use bitfields to save size + unsigned int m_isCollapsed :1; + unsigned int m_hasHilight :1; // same as focused + unsigned int m_hasPlus :1; // used for item which doesn't have + // children but has a [+] button + unsigned int m_isBold :1; // render the label in bold font + unsigned int m_ownsAttr :1; // delete attribute when done + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericTreeItem); +}; + +// ============================================================================= +// implementation +// ============================================================================= + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// translate the key or mouse event flags to the type of selection we're +// dealing with +static void EventFlagsToSelType(long style, + bool shiftDown, + bool ctrlDown, + bool &is_multiple, + bool &extended_select, + bool &unselect_others) +{ + is_multiple = (style & wxTR_MULTIPLE) != 0; + extended_select = shiftDown && is_multiple; + unselect_others = !(extended_select || (ctrlDown && is_multiple)); +} + +// check if the given item is under another one +static bool +IsDescendantOf(const wxGenericTreeItem *parent, const wxGenericTreeItem *item) +{ + while ( item ) + { + if ( item == parent ) + { + // item is a descendant of parent + return true; + } + + item = item->GetParent(); + } + + return false; +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTreeRenameTimer (internal) +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTreeRenameTimer::wxTreeRenameTimer( wxGenericTreeCtrl *owner ) +{ + m_owner = owner; +} + +void wxTreeRenameTimer::Notify() +{ + m_owner->OnRenameTimer(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTreeTextCtrl (internal) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTreeTextCtrl,wxTextCtrl) + EVT_CHAR (wxTreeTextCtrl::OnChar) + EVT_KEY_UP (wxTreeTextCtrl::OnKeyUp) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS (wxTreeTextCtrl::OnKillFocus) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxTreeTextCtrl::wxTreeTextCtrl(wxGenericTreeCtrl *owner, + wxGenericTreeItem *item) + : m_itemEdited(item), m_startValue(item->GetText()) +{ + m_owner = owner; + m_aboutToFinish = false; + + wxRect rect; + m_owner->GetBoundingRect(m_itemEdited, rect, true); + + // corrects position and size for better appearance +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + rect.x -= 5; + rect.width += 10; +#elif defined(__WXGTK__) + rect.x -= 5; + rect.y -= 2; + rect.width += 8; + rect.height += 4; +#elif defined(__WXMAC__) + int bestHeight = GetBestSize().y - 8; + if ( rect.height > bestHeight ) + { + int diff = rect.height - bestHeight; + rect.height -= diff; + rect.y += diff / 2; + } +#endif // platforms + + (void)Create(m_owner, wxID_ANY, m_startValue, + rect.GetPosition(), rect.GetSize()); + + SetSelection(-1, -1); +} + +void wxTreeTextCtrl::EndEdit(bool discardChanges) +{ + m_aboutToFinish = true; + + if ( discardChanges ) + { + m_owner->OnRenameCancelled(m_itemEdited); + + Finish( true ); + } + else + { + // Notify the owner about the changes + AcceptChanges(); + + // Even if vetoed, close the control (consistent with MSW) + Finish( true ); + } +} + +bool wxTreeTextCtrl::AcceptChanges() +{ + const wxString value = GetValue(); + + if ( value == m_startValue ) + { + // nothing changed, always accept + // when an item remains unchanged, the owner + // needs to be notified that the user decided + // not to change the tree item label, and that + // the edit has been cancelled + + m_owner->OnRenameCancelled(m_itemEdited); + return true; + } + + if ( !m_owner->OnRenameAccept(m_itemEdited, value) ) + { + // vetoed by the user + return false; + } + + // accepted, do rename the item + m_owner->SetItemText(m_itemEdited, value); + + return true; +} + +void wxTreeTextCtrl::Finish( bool setfocus ) +{ + m_owner->ResetTextControl(); + + wxPendingDelete.Append(this); + + if (setfocus) + m_owner->SetFocus(); +} + +void wxTreeTextCtrl::OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ) +{ + switch ( event.m_keyCode ) + { + case WXK_RETURN: + EndEdit( false ); + break; + + case WXK_ESCAPE: + EndEdit( true ); + break; + + default: + event.Skip(); + } +} + +void wxTreeTextCtrl::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent &event ) +{ + if ( !m_aboutToFinish ) + { + // auto-grow the textctrl: + wxSize parentSize = m_owner->GetSize(); + wxPoint myPos = GetPosition(); + wxSize mySize = GetSize(); + int sx, sy; + GetTextExtent(GetValue() + wxT("M"), &sx, &sy); + if (myPos.x + sx > parentSize.x) + sx = parentSize.x - myPos.x; + if (mySize.x > sx) + sx = mySize.x; + SetSize(sx, wxDefaultCoord); + } + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxTreeTextCtrl::OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ) +{ + if ( !m_aboutToFinish ) + { + if ( !AcceptChanges() ) + m_owner->OnRenameCancelled( m_itemEdited ); + + Finish( false ); + } + + // We should let the native text control handle focus, too. + event.Skip(); +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericTreeItem +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGenericTreeItem::wxGenericTreeItem(wxGenericTreeItem *parent, + const wxString& text, + int image, int selImage, + wxTreeItemData *data) + : m_text(text) +{ + m_images[wxTreeItemIcon_Normal] = image; + m_images[wxTreeItemIcon_Selected] = selImage; + m_images[wxTreeItemIcon_Expanded] = NO_IMAGE; + m_images[wxTreeItemIcon_SelectedExpanded] = NO_IMAGE; + + m_data = data; + m_state = wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE; + m_x = m_y = 0; + + m_isCollapsed = true; + m_hasHilight = false; + m_hasPlus = false; + m_isBold = false; + + m_parent = parent; + + m_attr = NULL; + m_ownsAttr = false; + + // We don't know the height here yet. + m_width = 0; + m_height = 0; + + m_widthText = -1; + m_heightText = -1; +} + +wxGenericTreeItem::~wxGenericTreeItem() +{ + delete m_data; + + if (m_ownsAttr) delete m_attr; + + wxASSERT_MSG( m_children.IsEmpty(), + "must call DeleteChildren() before deleting the item" ); +} + +void wxGenericTreeItem::DeleteChildren(wxGenericTreeCtrl *tree) +{ + size_t count = m_children.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGenericTreeItem *child = m_children[n]; + tree->SendDeleteEvent(child); + + child->DeleteChildren(tree); + if ( child == tree->m_select_me ) + tree->m_select_me = NULL; + delete child; + } + + m_children.Empty(); +} + +size_t wxGenericTreeItem::GetChildrenCount(bool recursively) const +{ + size_t count = m_children.GetCount(); + if ( !recursively ) + return count; + + size_t total = count; + for (size_t n = 0; n < count; ++n) + { + total += m_children[n]->GetChildrenCount(); + } + + return total; +} + +void wxGenericTreeItem::GetSize( int &x, int &y, + const wxGenericTreeCtrl *theButton ) +{ + int bottomY=m_y+theButton->GetLineHeight(this); + if ( y < bottomY ) y = bottomY; + int width = m_x + m_width; + if ( x < width ) x = width; + + if (IsExpanded()) + { + size_t count = m_children.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; ++n ) + { + m_children[n]->GetSize( x, y, theButton ); + } + } +} + +wxGenericTreeItem *wxGenericTreeItem::HitTest(const wxPoint& point, + const wxGenericTreeCtrl *theCtrl, + int &flags, + int level) +{ + // for a hidden root node, don't evaluate it, but do evaluate children + if ( !(level == 0 && theCtrl->HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT)) ) + { + // evaluate the item + int h = theCtrl->GetLineHeight(this); + if ((point.y > m_y) && (point.y < m_y + h)) + { + int y_mid = m_y + h/2; + if (point.y < y_mid ) + flags |= wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMUPPERPART; + else + flags |= wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLOWERPART; + + int xCross = m_x - theCtrl->GetSpacing(); +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // according to the drawing code the triangels are drawn + // at -4 , -4 from the position up to +10/+10 max + if ((point.x > xCross-4) && (point.x < xCross+10) && + (point.y > y_mid-4) && (point.y < y_mid+10) && + HasPlus() && theCtrl->HasButtons() ) +#else + // 5 is the size of the plus sign + if ((point.x > xCross-6) && (point.x < xCross+6) && + (point.y > y_mid-6) && (point.y < y_mid+6) && + HasPlus() && theCtrl->HasButtons() ) +#endif + { + flags |= wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON; + return this; + } + + if ((point.x >= m_x) && (point.x <= m_x+m_width)) + { + int image_w = -1; + int image_h; + + // assuming every image (normal and selected) has the same size! + if ( (GetImage() != NO_IMAGE) && theCtrl->m_imageListNormal ) + { + theCtrl->m_imageListNormal->GetSize(GetImage(), + image_w, image_h); + } + + int state_w = -1; + int state_h; + + if ( (GetState() != wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE) && + theCtrl->m_imageListState ) + { + theCtrl->m_imageListState->GetSize(GetState(), + state_w, state_h); + } + + if ((state_w != -1) && (point.x <= m_x + state_w + 1)) + flags |= wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON; + else if ((image_w != -1) && + (point.x <= m_x + + (state_w != -1 ? state_w + + MARGIN_BETWEEN_STATE_AND_IMAGE + : 0) + + image_w + 1)) + flags |= wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON; + else + flags |= wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL; + + return this; + } + + if (point.x < m_x) + flags |= wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMINDENT; + if (point.x > m_x+m_width) + flags |= wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT; + + return this; + } + + // if children are expanded, fall through to evaluate them + if (m_isCollapsed) return NULL; + } + + // evaluate children + size_t count = m_children.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + wxGenericTreeItem *res = m_children[n]->HitTest( point, + theCtrl, + flags, + level + 1 ); + if ( res != NULL ) + return res; + } + + return NULL; +} + +int wxGenericTreeItem::GetCurrentImage() const +{ + int image = NO_IMAGE; + if ( IsExpanded() ) + { + if ( IsSelected() ) + { + image = GetImage(wxTreeItemIcon_SelectedExpanded); + } + + if ( image == NO_IMAGE ) + { + // we usually fall back to the normal item, but try just the + // expanded one (and not selected) first in this case + image = GetImage(wxTreeItemIcon_Expanded); + } + } + else // not expanded + { + if ( IsSelected() ) + image = GetImage(wxTreeItemIcon_Selected); + } + + // maybe it doesn't have the specific image we want, + // try the default one instead + if ( image == NO_IMAGE ) image = GetImage(); + + return image; +} + +void wxGenericTreeItem::CalculateSize(wxGenericTreeCtrl* control) +{ + // check if we need to do anything before creating the DC + if ( m_width != 0 ) + return; + + wxClientDC dc(control); + DoCalculateSize(control, dc, false /* normal font not used */); +} + +void +wxGenericTreeItem::DoCalculateSize(wxGenericTreeCtrl* control, + wxDC& dc, + bool dcUsesNormalFont) +{ + if ( m_width != 0 ) // Size known, nothing to do + return; + + if ( m_widthText == -1 ) + { + bool fontChanged; + if ( SetFont(control, dc) ) + { + fontChanged = true; + } + else // we have no special font + { + if ( !dcUsesNormalFont ) + { + // but we do need to ensure that the normal font is used: notice + // that this doesn't count as changing the font as we don't need + // to restore it + dc.SetFont(control->m_normalFont); + } + + fontChanged = false; + } + + dc.GetTextExtent( GetText(), &m_widthText, &m_heightText ); + + // restore normal font if the DC used it previously and we changed it + if ( fontChanged ) + dc.SetFont(control->m_normalFont); + } + + int text_h = m_heightText + 2; + + int image_h = 0, image_w = 0; + int image = GetCurrentImage(); + if ( image != NO_IMAGE && control->m_imageListNormal ) + { + control->m_imageListNormal->GetSize(image, image_w, image_h); + image_w += MARGIN_BETWEEN_IMAGE_AND_TEXT; + } + + int state_h = 0, state_w = 0; + int state = GetState(); + if ( state != wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE && control->m_imageListState ) + { + control->m_imageListState->GetSize(state, state_w, state_h); + if ( image_w != 0 ) + state_w += MARGIN_BETWEEN_STATE_AND_IMAGE; + else + state_w += MARGIN_BETWEEN_IMAGE_AND_TEXT; + } + + int img_h = wxMax(state_h, image_h); + m_height = wxMax(img_h, text_h); + + if (m_height < 30) + m_height += 2; // at least 2 pixels + else + m_height += m_height / 10; // otherwise 10% extra spacing + + if (m_height > control->m_lineHeight) + control->m_lineHeight = m_height; + + m_width = state_w + image_w + m_widthText + 2; +} + +void wxGenericTreeItem::RecursiveResetSize() +{ + m_width = 0; + + const size_t count = m_children.Count(); + for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + m_children[i]->RecursiveResetSize(); +} + +void wxGenericTreeItem::RecursiveResetTextSize() +{ + m_width = 0; + m_widthText = -1; + + const size_t count = m_children.Count(); + for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + m_children[i]->RecursiveResetTextSize(); +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGenericTreeCtrl implementation +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericTreeCtrl, wxControl) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericTreeCtrl, wxTreeCtrlBase) + EVT_PAINT (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnPaint) + EVT_SIZE (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnSize) + EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse) + EVT_KEY_DOWN (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnKeyDown) + EVT_CHAR (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnChar) + EVT_SET_FOCUS (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnSetFocus) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnKillFocus) + EVT_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP(wxID_ANY, wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnGetToolTip) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// construction/destruction +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Init() +{ + m_current = + m_key_current = + m_anchor = + m_select_me = NULL; + m_hasFocus = false; + m_dirty = false; + + m_lineHeight = 10; + m_indent = 15; + m_spacing = 18; + + m_hilightBrush = new wxBrush + ( + wxSystemSettings::GetColour + ( + wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT + ), + wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID + ); + + m_hilightUnfocusedBrush = new wxBrush + ( + wxSystemSettings::GetColour + ( + wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW + ), + wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID + ); + + m_imageListButtons = NULL; + m_ownsImageListButtons = false; + + m_dragCount = 0; + m_isDragging = false; + m_dropTarget = m_oldSelection = NULL; + m_underMouse = NULL; + m_textCtrl = NULL; + + m_renameTimer = NULL; + + m_findTimer = NULL; + + m_dropEffectAboveItem = false; + + m_dndEffect = NoEffect; + m_dndEffectItem = NULL; + + m_lastOnSame = false; + +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) + m_normalFont = wxFont(wxOSX_SYSTEM_FONT_VIEWS); +#else + m_normalFont = wxSystemSettings::GetFont( wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT ); +#endif + m_boldFont = m_normalFont.Bold(); +} + +bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name ) +{ +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + int major, minor; + wxGetOsVersion(&major, &minor); + + if (major < 10) + style |= wxTR_ROW_LINES; + + if (style & wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS) + style |= wxTR_NO_LINES; +#endif // __WXMAC__ + +#ifdef __WXGTK20__ + if (style & wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS) + style |= wxTR_NO_LINES; +#endif + + if ( !wxControl::Create( parent, id, pos, size, + style|wxHSCROLL|wxVSCROLL, + validator, + name ) ) + return false; + + // If the tree display has no buttons, but does have + // connecting lines, we can use a narrower layout. + // It may not be a good idea to force this... + if (!HasButtons() && !HasFlag(wxTR_NO_LINES)) + { + m_indent= 10; + m_spacing = 10; + } + + wxVisualAttributes attr = GetDefaultAttributes(); + SetOwnForegroundColour( attr.colFg ); + SetOwnBackgroundColour( attr.colBg ); + if (!m_hasFont) + SetOwnFont(attr.font); + + // this is a misnomer: it's called "dotted pen" but uses (default) wxSOLID + // style because we apparently get performance problems when using dotted + // pen for drawing in some ports -- but under MSW it seems to work fine +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + m_dottedPen = wxPen(*wxLIGHT_GREY, 0, wxPENSTYLE_DOT); +#else + m_dottedPen = *wxGREY_PEN; +#endif + + SetInitialSize(size); + + return true; +} + +wxGenericTreeCtrl::~wxGenericTreeCtrl() +{ + delete m_hilightBrush; + delete m_hilightUnfocusedBrush; + + DeleteAllItems(); + + delete m_renameTimer; + delete m_findTimer; + + if (m_ownsImageListButtons) + delete m_imageListButtons; +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// accessors +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +unsigned int wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetCount() const +{ + if ( !m_anchor ) + { + // the tree is empty + return 0; + } + + unsigned int count = m_anchor->GetChildrenCount(); + if ( !HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT) ) + { + // take the root itself into account + count++; + } + + return count; +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetIndent(unsigned int indent) +{ + m_indent = (unsigned short) indent; + m_dirty = true; +} + +size_t +wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetChildrenCount(const wxTreeItemId& item, + bool recursively) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), 0u, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->GetChildrenCount(recursively); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetWindowStyle(const long styles) +{ + // Do not try to expand the root node if it hasn't been created yet + if (m_anchor && !HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT) && (styles & wxTR_HIDE_ROOT)) + { + // if we will hide the root, make sure children are visible + m_anchor->SetHasPlus(); + m_anchor->Expand(); + CalculatePositions(); + } + + // right now, just sets the styles. Eventually, we may + // want to update the inherited styles, but right now + // none of the parents has updatable styles + m_windowStyle = styles; + m_dirty = true; +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// functions to work with tree items +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxString wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxEmptyString, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->GetText(); +} + +int wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxTreeItemIcon which) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), -1, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->GetImage(which); +} + +wxTreeItemData *wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), NULL, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->GetData(); +} + +int wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoGetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + return pItem->GetState(); +} + +wxColour wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxNullColour, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + return pItem->Attr().GetTextColour(); +} + +wxColour +wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxNullColour, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + return pItem->Attr().GetBackgroundColour(); +} + +wxFont wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxNullFont, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + return pItem->Attr().GetFont(); +} + +void +wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxString& text) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + pItem->SetText(text); + pItem->CalculateSize(this); + RefreshLine(pItem); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item, + int image, + wxTreeItemIcon which) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + pItem->SetImage(image, which); + pItem->CalculateSize(this); + RefreshLine(pItem); +} + +void +wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item, wxTreeItemData *data) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + if (data) + data->SetId( item ); + + ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->SetData(data); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoSetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item, int state) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + pItem->SetState(state); + pItem->CalculateSize(this); + RefreshLine(pItem); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool has) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + pItem->SetHasPlus(has); + RefreshLine(pItem); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetItemBold(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool bold) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + // avoid redrawing the tree if no real change + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + if ( pItem->IsBold() != bold ) + { + pItem->SetBold(bold); + + // recalculate the item size as bold and non bold fonts have different + // widths + pItem->CalculateSize(this); + RefreshLine(pItem); + } +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetItemDropHighlight(const wxTreeItemId& item, + bool highlight) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxColour fg, bg; + + if (highlight) + { + bg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); + fg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); + } + + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + pItem->Attr().SetTextColour(fg); + pItem->Attr().SetBackgroundColour(bg); + RefreshLine(pItem); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, + const wxColour& col) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + pItem->Attr().SetTextColour(col); + RefreshLine(pItem); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, + const wxColour& col) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + pItem->Attr().SetBackgroundColour(col); + RefreshLine(pItem); +} + +void +wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxFont& font) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + pItem->Attr().SetFont(font); + pItem->ResetTextSize(); + pItem->CalculateSize(this); + RefreshLine(pItem); +} + +bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetFont( const wxFont &font ) +{ + wxTreeCtrlBase::SetFont(font); + + m_normalFont = font; + m_boldFont = m_normalFont.Bold(); + + if (m_anchor) + m_anchor->RecursiveResetTextSize(); + + return true; +} + + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// item status inquiries +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + // An item is only visible if it's not a descendant of a collapsed item + wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + wxGenericTreeItem* parent = pItem->GetParent(); + while (parent) + { + if (!parent->IsExpanded()) + return false; + parent = parent->GetParent(); + } + + int startX, startY; + GetViewStart(& startX, & startY); + + wxSize clientSize = GetClientSize(); + + wxRect rect; + if (!GetBoundingRect(item, rect)) + return false; + if (rect.GetWidth() == 0 || rect.GetHeight() == 0) + return false; + if (rect.GetBottom() < 0 || rect.GetTop() > clientSize.y) + return false; + if (rect.GetRight() < 0 || rect.GetLeft() > clientSize.x) + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + // consider that the item does have children if it has the "+" button: it + // might not have them (if it had never been expanded yet) but then it + // could have them as well and it's better to err on this side rather than + // disabling some operations which are restricted to the items with + // children for an item which does have them + return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->HasPlus(); +} + +bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsExpanded(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->IsExpanded(); +} + +bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsSelected(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->IsSelected(); +} + +bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsBold(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->IsBold(); +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// navigation +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetItemParent(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxTreeItemId(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->GetParent(); +} + +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetFirstChild(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxTreeItemId(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + cookie = 0; + return GetNextChild(item, cookie); +} + +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetNextChild(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxTreeItemId(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& + children = ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->GetChildren(); + + // it's ok to cast cookie to size_t, we never have indices big enough to + // overflow "void *" + size_t *pIndex = (size_t *)&cookie; + if ( *pIndex < children.GetCount() ) + { + return children.Item((*pIndex)++); + } + else + { + // there are no more of them + return wxTreeItemId(); + } +} + +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetLastChild(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxTreeItemId(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& + children = ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->GetChildren(); + return children.IsEmpty() ? wxTreeItemId() : wxTreeItemId(children.Last()); +} + +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetNextSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxTreeItemId(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *i = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + wxGenericTreeItem *parent = i->GetParent(); + if ( parent == NULL ) + { + // root item doesn't have any siblings + return wxTreeItemId(); + } + + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& siblings = parent->GetChildren(); + int index = siblings.Index(i); + wxASSERT( index != wxNOT_FOUND ); // I'm not a child of my parent? + + size_t n = (size_t)(index + 1); + return n == siblings.GetCount() ? wxTreeItemId() + : wxTreeItemId(siblings[n]); +} + +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetPrevSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxTreeItemId(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *i = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + wxGenericTreeItem *parent = i->GetParent(); + if ( parent == NULL ) + { + // root item doesn't have any siblings + return wxTreeItemId(); + } + + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& siblings = parent->GetChildren(); + int index = siblings.Index(i); + wxASSERT( index != wxNOT_FOUND ); // I'm not a child of my parent? + + return index == 0 ? wxTreeItemId() + : wxTreeItemId(siblings[(size_t)(index - 1)]); +} + +// Only for internal use right now, but should probably be public +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetNext(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxTreeItemId(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *i = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + + // First see if there are any children. + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = i->GetChildren(); + if (children.GetCount() > 0) + { + return children.Item(0); + } + else + { + // Try a sibling of this or ancestor instead + wxTreeItemId p = item; + wxTreeItemId toFind; + do + { + toFind = GetNextSibling(p); + p = GetItemParent(p); + } while (p.IsOk() && !toFind.IsOk()); + return toFind; + } +} + +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetFirstVisibleItem() const +{ + wxTreeItemId itemid = GetRootItem(); + if (!itemid.IsOk()) + return itemid; + + do + { + if (IsVisible(itemid)) + return itemid; + itemid = GetNext(itemid); + } while (itemid.IsOk()); + + return wxTreeItemId(); +} + +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetNextVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxTreeItemId(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + wxASSERT_MSG( IsVisible(item), wxT("this item itself should be visible") ); + + wxTreeItemId id = item; + if (id.IsOk()) + { + while (id = GetNext(id), id.IsOk()) + { + if (IsVisible(id)) + return id; + } + } + return wxTreeItemId(); +} + +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetPrevVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), wxTreeItemId(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + wxASSERT_MSG( IsVisible(item), wxT("this item itself should be visible") ); + + // find out the starting point + wxTreeItemId prevItem = GetPrevSibling(item); + if ( !prevItem.IsOk() ) + { + prevItem = GetItemParent(item); + } + + // find the first visible item after it + while ( prevItem.IsOk() && !IsVisible(prevItem) ) + { + prevItem = GetNext(prevItem); + if ( !prevItem.IsOk() || prevItem == item ) + { + // there are no visible items before item + return wxTreeItemId(); + } + } + + // from there we must be able to navigate until this item + while ( prevItem.IsOk() ) + { + const wxTreeItemId nextItem = GetNextVisible(prevItem); + if ( !nextItem.IsOk() || nextItem == item ) + break; + + prevItem = nextItem; + } + + return prevItem; +} + +// called by wxTextTreeCtrl when it marks itself for deletion +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::ResetTextControl() +{ + m_textCtrl = NULL; +} + +// find the first item starting with the given prefix after the given item +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::FindItem(const wxTreeItemId& idParent, + const wxString& prefixOrig) const +{ + // match is case insensitive as this is more convenient to the user: having + // to press Shift-letter to go to the item starting with a capital letter + // would be too bothersome + wxString prefix = prefixOrig.Lower(); + + // determine the starting point: we shouldn't take the current item (this + // allows to switch between two items starting with the same letter just by + // pressing it) but we shouldn't jump to the next one if the user is + // continuing to type as otherwise he might easily skip the item he wanted + wxTreeItemId itemid = idParent; + if ( prefix.length() == 1 ) + { + itemid = GetNext(itemid); + } + + // look for the item starting with the given prefix after it + while ( itemid.IsOk() && !GetItemText(itemid).Lower().StartsWith(prefix) ) + { + itemid = GetNext(itemid); + } + + // if we haven't found anything... + if ( !itemid.IsOk() ) + { + // ... wrap to the beginning + itemid = GetRootItem(); + if ( HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT) ) + { + // can't select virtual root + itemid = GetNext(itemid); + } + + // and try all the items (stop when we get to the one we started from) + while ( itemid.IsOk() && itemid != idParent && + !GetItemText(itemid).Lower().StartsWith(prefix) ) + { + itemid = GetNext(itemid); + } + // If we haven't found the item, id.IsOk() will be false, as per + // documentation + } + + return itemid; +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// operations +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parentId, + size_t previous, + const wxString& text, + int image, + int selImage, + wxTreeItemData *data) +{ + wxGenericTreeItem *parent = (wxGenericTreeItem*) parentId.m_pItem; + if ( !parent ) + { + // should we give a warning here? + return AddRoot(text, image, selImage, data); + } + + m_dirty = true; // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker + + wxGenericTreeItem *item = + new wxGenericTreeItem( parent, text, image, selImage, data ); + + if ( data != NULL ) + { + data->m_pItem = item; + } + + parent->Insert( item, previous == (size_t)-1 ? parent->GetChildren().size() + : previous ); + + InvalidateBestSize(); + return item; +} + +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::AddRoot(const wxString& text, + int image, + int selImage, + wxTreeItemData *data) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( !m_anchor, wxTreeItemId(), "tree can have only one root" ); + + m_dirty = true; // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker + + m_anchor = new wxGenericTreeItem(NULL, text, + image, selImage, data); + if ( data != NULL ) + { + data->m_pItem = m_anchor; + } + + if (HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT)) + { + // if root is hidden, make sure we can navigate + // into children + m_anchor->SetHasPlus(); + m_anchor->Expand(); + CalculatePositions(); + } + + if (!HasFlag(wxTR_MULTIPLE)) + { + m_current = m_key_current = m_anchor; + m_current->SetHilight( true ); + } + + InvalidateBestSize(); + return m_anchor; +} + +wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoInsertAfter(const wxTreeItemId& parentId, + const wxTreeItemId& idPrevious, + const wxString& text, + int image, int selImage, + wxTreeItemData *data) +{ + wxGenericTreeItem *parent = (wxGenericTreeItem*) parentId.m_pItem; + if ( !parent ) + { + // should we give a warning here? + return AddRoot(text, image, selImage, data); + } + + int index = -1; + if (idPrevious.IsOk()) + { + index = parent->GetChildren().Index( + (wxGenericTreeItem*) idPrevious.m_pItem); + wxASSERT_MSG( index != wxNOT_FOUND, + "previous item in wxGenericTreeCtrl::InsertItem() " + "is not a sibling" ); + } + + return DoInsertItem(parentId, (size_t)++index, text, image, selImage, data); +} + + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SendDeleteEvent(wxGenericTreeItem *item) +{ + wxTreeEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM, this, item); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); +} + +// Don't leave edit or selection on a child which is about to disappear +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::ChildrenClosing(wxGenericTreeItem* item) +{ + if ( m_textCtrl && item != m_textCtrl->item() && + IsDescendantOf(item, m_textCtrl->item()) ) + { + m_textCtrl->EndEdit( true ); + } + + if ( item != m_key_current && IsDescendantOf(item, m_key_current) ) + { + m_key_current = NULL; + } + + if ( IsDescendantOf(item, m_select_me) ) + { + m_select_me = item; + } + + if ( item != m_current && IsDescendantOf(item, m_current) ) + { + m_current->SetHilight( false ); + m_current = NULL; + m_select_me = item; + } +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& itemId) +{ + m_dirty = true; // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker + + wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem; + ChildrenClosing(item); + item->DeleteChildren(this); + InvalidateBestSize(); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Delete(const wxTreeItemId& itemId) +{ + m_dirty = true; // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker + + wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem; + + if (m_textCtrl != NULL && IsDescendantOf(item, m_textCtrl->item())) + { + // can't delete the item being edited, cancel editing it first + m_textCtrl->EndEdit( true ); + } + + wxGenericTreeItem *parent = item->GetParent(); + + // if the selected item will be deleted, select the parent ... + wxGenericTreeItem *to_be_selected = parent; + if (parent) + { + // .. unless there is a next sibling like wxMSW does it + int pos = parent->GetChildren().Index( item ); + if ((int)(parent->GetChildren().GetCount()) > pos+1) + to_be_selected = parent->GetChildren().Item( pos+1 ); + } + + // don't keep stale pointers around! + if ( IsDescendantOf(item, m_key_current) ) + { + // Don't silently change the selection: + // do it properly in idle time, so event + // handlers get called. + + // m_key_current = parent; + m_key_current = NULL; + } + + // m_select_me records whether we need to select + // a different item, in idle time. + if ( m_select_me && IsDescendantOf(item, m_select_me) ) + { + m_select_me = to_be_selected; + } + + if ( IsDescendantOf(item, m_current) ) + { + // Don't silently change the selection: + // do it properly in idle time, so event + // handlers get called. + + // m_current = parent; + m_current = NULL; + m_select_me = to_be_selected; + } + + // remove the item from the tree + if ( parent ) + { + parent->GetChildren().Remove( item ); // remove by value + } + else // deleting the root + { + // nothing will be left in the tree + m_anchor = NULL; + } + + // and delete all of its children and the item itself now + item->DeleteChildren(this); + SendDeleteEvent(item); + + if (item == m_select_me) + m_select_me = NULL; + + delete item; + + InvalidateBestSize(); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DeleteAllItems() +{ + if ( m_anchor ) + { + Delete(m_anchor); + } +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Expand(const wxTreeItemId& itemId) +{ + wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem; + + wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("invalid item in wxGenericTreeCtrl::Expand") ); + wxCHECK_RET( !HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT) || itemId != GetRootItem(), + wxT("can't expand hidden root") ); + + if ( !item->HasPlus() ) + return; + + if ( item->IsExpanded() ) + return; + + wxTreeEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING, this, item); + + if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) && !event.IsAllowed() ) + { + // cancelled by program + return; + } + + item->Expand(); + if ( !IsFrozen() ) + { + CalculatePositions(); + + RefreshSubtree(item); + } + else // frozen + { + m_dirty = true; + } + + event.SetEventType(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Collapse(const wxTreeItemId& itemId) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( !HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT) || itemId != GetRootItem(), + wxT("can't collapse hidden root") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem; + + if ( !item->IsExpanded() ) + return; + + wxTreeEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING, this, item); + if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) && !event.IsAllowed() ) + { + // cancelled by program + return; + } + + ChildrenClosing(item); + item->Collapse(); + +#if 0 // TODO why should items be collapsed recursively? + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = item->GetChildren(); + size_t count = children.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + Collapse(children[n]); + } +#endif + + CalculatePositions(); + + RefreshSubtree(item); + + event.SetEventType(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::CollapseAndReset(const wxTreeItemId& item) +{ + Collapse(item); + DeleteChildren(item); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Toggle(const wxTreeItemId& itemId) +{ + wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem; + + if (item->IsExpanded()) + Collapse(itemId); + else + Expand(itemId); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Unselect() +{ + if (m_current) + { + m_current->SetHilight( false ); + RefreshLine( m_current ); + + m_current = NULL; + m_select_me = NULL; + } +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::ClearFocusedItem() +{ + wxTreeItemId item = GetFocusedItem(); + if ( item.IsOk() ) + SelectItem(item, false); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetFocusedItem(const wxTreeItemId& item) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + SelectItem(item, true); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::UnselectAllChildren(wxGenericTreeItem *item) +{ + if (item->IsSelected()) + { + item->SetHilight(false); + RefreshLine(item); + } + + if (item->HasChildren()) + { + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = item->GetChildren(); + size_t count = children.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; ++n ) + { + UnselectAllChildren(children[n]); + } + } +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::UnselectAll() +{ + wxTreeItemId rootItem = GetRootItem(); + + // the tree might not have the root item at all + if ( rootItem ) + { + UnselectAllChildren((wxGenericTreeItem*) rootItem.m_pItem); + } +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SelectChildren(const wxTreeItemId& parent) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( HasFlag(wxTR_MULTIPLE), + "this only works with multiple selection controls" ); + + UnselectAll(); + + if ( !HasChildren(parent) ) + return; + + + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& + children = ((wxGenericTreeItem*) parent.m_pItem)->GetChildren(); + size_t count = children.GetCount(); + + wxGenericTreeItem * + item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) ((wxTreeItemId)children[0]).m_pItem; + wxTreeEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING, this, item); + event.m_itemOld = m_current; + + if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) && !event.IsAllowed() ) + return; + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; ++n ) + { + m_current = m_key_current = children[n]; + m_current->SetHilight(true); + RefreshSelected(); + } + + + event.SetEventType(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); +} + + +// Recursive function ! +// To stop we must have crt_itemGetParent(); + + if (parent == NULL) // This is root item + return TagAllChildrenUntilLast(crt_item, last_item, select); + + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = parent->GetChildren(); + int index = children.Index(crt_item); + wxASSERT( index != wxNOT_FOUND ); // I'm not a child of my parent? + + size_t count = children.GetCount(); + for (size_t n=(size_t)(index+1); nSetHilight(select); + RefreshLine(crt_item); + + if (crt_item==last_item) + return true; + + if (crt_item->HasChildren()) + { + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = crt_item->GetChildren(); + size_t count = children.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; ++n ) + { + if (TagAllChildrenUntilLast(children[n], last_item, select)) + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void +wxGenericTreeCtrl::SelectItemRange(wxGenericTreeItem *item1, + wxGenericTreeItem *item2) +{ + m_select_me = NULL; + + // item2 is not necessary after item1 + // choice first' and 'last' between item1 and item2 + wxGenericTreeItem *first= (item1->GetY()GetY()) ? item1 : item2; + wxGenericTreeItem *last = (item1->GetY()GetY()) ? item2 : item1; + + bool select = m_current->IsSelected(); + + if ( TagAllChildrenUntilLast(first,last,select) ) + return; + + TagNextChildren(first,last,select); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& itemId, + bool unselect_others, + bool extended_select) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( itemId.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + m_select_me = NULL; + + bool is_single=!(GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTR_MULTIPLE); + wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem; + + //wxCHECK_RET( ( (!unselect_others) && is_single), + // wxT("this is a single selection tree") ); + + // to keep going anyhow !!! + if (is_single) + { + if (item->IsSelected()) + return; // nothing to do + unselect_others = true; + extended_select = false; + } + else if ( unselect_others && item->IsSelected() ) + { + // selection change if there is more than one item currently selected + wxArrayTreeItemIds selected_items; + if ( GetSelections(selected_items) == 1 ) + return; + } + + wxTreeEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING, this, item); + event.m_itemOld = m_current; + // TODO : Here we don't send any selection mode yet ! + + if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) && !event.IsAllowed() ) + return; + + wxTreeItemId parent = GetItemParent( itemId ); + while (parent.IsOk()) + { + if (!IsExpanded(parent)) + Expand( parent ); + + parent = GetItemParent( parent ); + } + + // ctrl press + if (unselect_others) + { + if (is_single) Unselect(); // to speed up thing + else UnselectAll(); + } + + // shift press + if (extended_select) + { + if ( !m_current ) + { + m_current = + m_key_current = (wxGenericTreeItem*) GetRootItem().m_pItem; + } + + // don't change the mark (m_current) + SelectItemRange(m_current, item); + } + else + { + bool select = true; // the default + + // Check if we need to toggle hilight (ctrl mode) + if (!unselect_others) + select=!item->IsSelected(); + + m_current = m_key_current = item; + m_current->SetHilight(select); + RefreshLine( m_current ); + } + + // This can cause idle processing to select the root + // if no item is selected, so it must be after the + // selection is set + EnsureVisible( itemId ); + + event.SetEventType(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& itemId, bool select) +{ + wxGenericTreeItem * const item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem; + wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("SelectItem(): invalid tree item") ); + + if ( select ) + { + if ( !item->IsSelected() ) + DoSelectItem(itemId, !HasFlag(wxTR_MULTIPLE)); + } + else // deselect + { + wxTreeEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING, this, item); + if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) && !event.IsAllowed() ) + return; + + item->SetHilight(false); + RefreshLine(item); + + event.SetEventType(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); + } +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::FillArray(wxGenericTreeItem *item, + wxArrayTreeItemIds &array) const +{ + if ( item->IsSelected() ) + array.Add(wxTreeItemId(item)); + + if ( item->HasChildren() ) + { + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = item->GetChildren(); + size_t count = children.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; ++n ) + FillArray(children[n], array); + } +} + +size_t wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetSelections(wxArrayTreeItemIds &array) const +{ + array.Empty(); + wxTreeItemId idRoot = GetRootItem(); + if ( idRoot.IsOk() ) + { + FillArray((wxGenericTreeItem*) idRoot.m_pItem, array); + } + //else: the tree is empty, so no selections + + return array.GetCount(); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::EnsureVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + if (!item.IsOk()) return; + + wxGenericTreeItem *gitem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + + // first expand all parent branches + wxGenericTreeItem *parent = gitem->GetParent(); + + if ( HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT) ) + { + while ( parent && parent != m_anchor ) + { + Expand(parent); + parent = parent->GetParent(); + } + } + else + { + while ( parent ) + { + Expand(parent); + parent = parent->GetParent(); + } + } + + //if (parent) CalculatePositions(); + + ScrollTo(item); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::ScrollTo(const wxTreeItemId &item) +{ + if (!item.IsOk()) + return; + + // update the control before scrolling it + if (m_dirty) +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined(__WXMAC__) + Update(); +#else + DoDirtyProcessing(); +#endif + + wxGenericTreeItem *gitem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + + int itemY = gitem->GetY(); + + int start_x = 0; + int start_y = 0; + GetViewStart( &start_x, &start_y ); + + const int clientHeight = GetClientSize().y; + + const int itemHeight = GetLineHeight(gitem) + 2; + + if ( itemY + itemHeight > start_y*PIXELS_PER_UNIT + clientHeight ) + { + // need to scroll up by enough to show this item fully + itemY += itemHeight - clientHeight; + } + else if ( itemY > start_y*PIXELS_PER_UNIT ) + { + // item is already fully visible, don't do anything + return; + } + //else: scroll down to make this item the top one displayed + + Scroll(-1, itemY/PIXELS_PER_UNIT); +} + +// FIXME: tree sorting functions are not reentrant and not MT-safe! +static wxGenericTreeCtrl *s_treeBeingSorted = NULL; + +static int LINKAGEMODE tree_ctrl_compare_func(wxGenericTreeItem **item1, + wxGenericTreeItem **item2) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( s_treeBeingSorted, 0, + "bug in wxGenericTreeCtrl::SortChildren()" ); + + return s_treeBeingSorted->OnCompareItems(*item1, *item2); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SortChildren(const wxTreeItemId& itemId) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( itemId.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem; + + wxCHECK_RET( !s_treeBeingSorted, + wxT("wxGenericTreeCtrl::SortChildren is not reentrant") ); + + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = item->GetChildren(); + if ( children.GetCount() > 1 ) + { + m_dirty = true; + + s_treeBeingSorted = this; + children.Sort(tree_ctrl_compare_func); + s_treeBeingSorted = NULL; + } + //else: don't make the tree dirty as nothing changed +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::CalculateLineHeight() +{ + wxClientDC dc(this); + m_lineHeight = (int)(dc.GetCharHeight() + 4); + + if ( m_imageListNormal ) + { + // Calculate a m_lineHeight value from the normal Image sizes. + // May be toggle off. Then wxGenericTreeCtrl will spread when + // necessary (which might look ugly). + int n = m_imageListNormal->GetImageCount(); + for (int i = 0; i < n ; i++) + { + int width = 0, height = 0; + m_imageListNormal->GetSize(i, width, height); + if (height > m_lineHeight) m_lineHeight = height; + } + } + + if ( m_imageListState ) + { + // Calculate a m_lineHeight value from the state Image sizes. + // May be toggle off. Then wxGenericTreeCtrl will spread when + // necessary (which might look ugly). + int n = m_imageListState->GetImageCount(); + for (int i = 0; i < n ; i++) + { + int width = 0, height = 0; + m_imageListState->GetSize(i, width, height); + if (height > m_lineHeight) m_lineHeight = height; + } + } + + if (m_imageListButtons) + { + // Calculate a m_lineHeight value from the Button image sizes. + // May be toggle off. Then wxGenericTreeCtrl will spread when + // necessary (which might look ugly). + int n = m_imageListButtons->GetImageCount(); + for (int i = 0; i < n ; i++) + { + int width = 0, height = 0; + m_imageListButtons->GetSize(i, width, height); + if (height > m_lineHeight) m_lineHeight = height; + } + } + + if (m_lineHeight < 30) + m_lineHeight += 2; // at least 2 pixels + else + m_lineHeight += m_lineHeight/10; // otherwise 10% extra spacing +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList) +{ + if (m_ownsImageListNormal) delete m_imageListNormal; + m_imageListNormal = imageList; + m_ownsImageListNormal = false; + m_dirty = true; + + if (m_anchor) + m_anchor->RecursiveResetSize(); + + // Don't do any drawing if we're setting the list to NULL, + // since we may be in the process of deleting the tree control. + if (imageList) + CalculateLineHeight(); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList) +{ + if (m_ownsImageListState) delete m_imageListState; + m_imageListState = imageList; + m_ownsImageListState = false; + m_dirty = true; + + if (m_anchor) + m_anchor->RecursiveResetSize(); + + // Don't do any drawing if we're setting the list to NULL, + // since we may be in the process of deleting the tree control. + if (imageList) + CalculateLineHeight(); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList) +{ + if (m_ownsImageListButtons) delete m_imageListButtons; + m_imageListButtons = imageList; + m_ownsImageListButtons = false; + m_dirty = true; + + if (m_anchor) + m_anchor->RecursiveResetSize(); + + CalculateLineHeight(); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::AssignButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList) +{ + SetButtonsImageList(imageList); + m_ownsImageListButtons = true; +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// helpers +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::AdjustMyScrollbars() +{ + if (m_anchor) + { + int x = 0, y = 0; + m_anchor->GetSize( x, y, this ); + y += PIXELS_PER_UNIT+2; // one more scrollbar unit + 2 pixels + x += PIXELS_PER_UNIT+2; // one more scrollbar unit + 2 pixels + int x_pos = GetScrollPos( wxHORIZONTAL ); + int y_pos = GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ); + SetScrollbars( PIXELS_PER_UNIT, PIXELS_PER_UNIT, + x/PIXELS_PER_UNIT, y/PIXELS_PER_UNIT, + x_pos, y_pos ); + } + else + { + SetScrollbars( 0, 0, 0, 0 ); + } +} + +int wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetLineHeight(wxGenericTreeItem *item) const +{ + if (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTR_HAS_VARIABLE_ROW_HEIGHT) + return item->GetHeight(); + else + return m_lineHeight; +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::PaintItem(wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC& dc) +{ + item->SetFont(this, dc); + item->CalculateSize(this, dc); + + wxCoord text_h = item->GetTextHeight(); + + int image_h = 0, image_w = 0; + int image = item->GetCurrentImage(); + if ( image != NO_IMAGE ) + { + if ( m_imageListNormal ) + { + m_imageListNormal->GetSize(image, image_w, image_h); + image_w += MARGIN_BETWEEN_IMAGE_AND_TEXT; + } + else + { + image = NO_IMAGE; + } + } + + int state_h = 0, state_w = 0; + int state = item->GetState(); + if ( state != wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE ) + { + if ( m_imageListState ) + { + m_imageListState->GetSize(state, state_w, state_h); + if ( image_w != 0 ) + state_w += MARGIN_BETWEEN_STATE_AND_IMAGE; + else + state_w += MARGIN_BETWEEN_IMAGE_AND_TEXT; + } + else + { + state = wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE; + } + } + + int total_h = GetLineHeight(item); + bool drawItemBackground = false, + hasBgColour = false; + + if ( item->IsSelected() ) + { + dc.SetBrush(*(m_hasFocus ? m_hilightBrush : m_hilightUnfocusedBrush)); + drawItemBackground = true; + } + else + { + wxColour colBg; + wxTreeItemAttr * const attr = item->GetAttributes(); + if ( attr && attr->HasBackgroundColour() ) + { + drawItemBackground = + hasBgColour = true; + colBg = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); + } + else + { + colBg = GetBackgroundColour(); + } + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(colBg, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID)); + } + + int offset = HasFlag(wxTR_ROW_LINES) ? 1 : 0; + + if ( HasFlag(wxTR_FULL_ROW_HIGHLIGHT) ) + { + int x, w, h; + x=0; + GetVirtualSize(&w, &h); + wxRect rect( x, item->GetY()+offset, w, total_h-offset); + if (!item->IsSelected()) + { + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + } + else + { + int flags = wxCONTROL_SELECTED; + if (m_hasFocus +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON // TODO CS + && IsControlActive( (ControlRef)GetHandle() ) +#endif + ) + flags |= wxCONTROL_FOCUSED; + if ((item == m_current) && (m_hasFocus)) + flags |= wxCONTROL_CURRENT; + + wxRendererNative::Get(). + DrawItemSelectionRect(this, dc, rect, flags); + } + } + else // no full row highlight + { + if ( item->IsSelected() && + (state != wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE || image != NO_IMAGE) ) + { + // If it's selected, and there's an state image or normal image, + // then we should take care to leave the area under the image + // painted in the background colour. + wxRect rect( item->GetX() + state_w + image_w - 2, + item->GetY() + offset, + item->GetWidth() - state_w - image_w + 2, + total_h - offset ); +#if !defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) + dc.DrawRectangle( rect ); +#else + rect.x -= 1; + rect.width += 2; + + int flags = wxCONTROL_SELECTED; + if (m_hasFocus) + flags |= wxCONTROL_FOCUSED; + if ((item == m_current) && (m_hasFocus)) + flags |= wxCONTROL_CURRENT; + wxRendererNative::Get(). + DrawItemSelectionRect(this, dc, rect, flags); +#endif + } + // On GTK+ 2, drawing a 'normal' background is wrong for themes that + // don't allow backgrounds to be customized. Not drawing the background, + // except for custom item backgrounds, works for both kinds of theme. + else if (drawItemBackground) + { + wxRect rect( item->GetX() + state_w + image_w - 2, + item->GetY() + offset, + item->GetWidth() - state_w - image_w + 2, + total_h - offset ); + if ( hasBgColour ) + { + dc.DrawRectangle( rect ); + } + else // no specific background colour + { + rect.x -= 1; + rect.width += 2; + + int flags = wxCONTROL_SELECTED; + if (m_hasFocus) + flags |= wxCONTROL_FOCUSED; + if ((item == m_current) && (m_hasFocus)) + flags |= wxCONTROL_CURRENT; + wxRendererNative::Get(). + DrawItemSelectionRect(this, dc, rect, flags); + } + } + } + + if ( state != wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE ) + { + dc.SetClippingRegion( item->GetX(), item->GetY(), state_w, total_h ); + m_imageListState->Draw( state, dc, + item->GetX(), + item->GetY() + + (total_h > state_h ? (total_h-state_h)/2 + : 0), + wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT ); + dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); + } + + if ( image != NO_IMAGE ) + { + dc.SetClippingRegion(item->GetX() + state_w, item->GetY(), + image_w, total_h); + m_imageListNormal->Draw( image, dc, + item->GetX() + state_w, + item->GetY() + + (total_h > image_h ? (total_h-image_h)/2 + : 0), + wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT ); + dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); + } + + dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT); + int extraH = (total_h > text_h) ? (total_h - text_h)/2 : 0; + dc.DrawText( item->GetText(), + (wxCoord)(state_w + image_w + item->GetX()), + (wxCoord)(item->GetY() + extraH)); + + // restore normal font + dc.SetFont( m_normalFont ); + + if (item == m_dndEffectItem) + { + dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); + // DnD visual effects + switch (m_dndEffect) + { + case BorderEffect: + { + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + int w = item->GetWidth() + 2; + int h = total_h + 2; + dc.DrawRectangle( item->GetX() - 1, item->GetY() - 1, w, h); + break; + } + case AboveEffect: + { + int x = item->GetX(), + y = item->GetY(); + dc.DrawLine( x, y, x + item->GetWidth(), y); + break; + } + case BelowEffect: + { + int x = item->GetX(), + y = item->GetY(); + y += total_h - 1; + dc.DrawLine( x, y, x + item->GetWidth(), y); + break; + } + case NoEffect: + break; + } + } +} + +void +wxGenericTreeCtrl::PaintLevel(wxGenericTreeItem *item, + wxDC &dc, + int level, + int &y) +{ + int x = level*m_indent; + if (!HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT)) + { + x += m_indent; + } + else if (level == 0) + { + // always expand hidden root + int origY = y; + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = item->GetChildren(); + int count = children.GetCount(); + if (count > 0) + { + int n = 0, oldY; + do { + oldY = y; + PaintLevel(children[n], dc, 1, y); + } while (++n < count); + + if ( !HasFlag(wxTR_NO_LINES) && HasFlag(wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT) + && count > 0 ) + { + // draw line down to last child + origY += GetLineHeight(children[0])>>1; + oldY += GetLineHeight(children[n-1])>>1; + dc.DrawLine(3, origY, 3, oldY); + } + } + return; + } + + item->SetX(x+m_spacing); + item->SetY(y); + + int h = GetLineHeight(item); + int y_top = y; + int y_mid = y_top + (h>>1); + y += h; + + int exposed_x = dc.LogicalToDeviceX(0); + int exposed_y = dc.LogicalToDeviceY(y_top); + + if (IsExposed(exposed_x, exposed_y, 10000, h)) // 10000 = very much + { + const wxPen *pen = +#ifndef __WXMAC__ + // don't draw rect outline if we already have the + // background color under Mac + (item->IsSelected() && m_hasFocus) ? wxBLACK_PEN : +#endif // !__WXMAC__ + wxTRANSPARENT_PEN; + + wxColour colText; + if ( item->IsSelected() +#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON // TODO CS + // On wxMac, if the tree doesn't have the focus we draw an empty + // rectangle, so we want to make sure that the text is visible + // against the normal background, not the highlightbackground, so + // don't use the highlight text colour unless we have the focus. + && m_hasFocus && IsControlActive( (ControlRef)GetHandle() ) +#endif + ) + { +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + colText = *wxWHITE; +#else + if (m_hasFocus) + colText = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); + else + colText = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXHIGHLIGHTTEXT); +#endif + } + else + { + wxTreeItemAttr *attr = item->GetAttributes(); + if (attr && attr->HasTextColour()) + colText = attr->GetTextColour(); + else + colText = GetForegroundColour(); + } + + // prepare to draw + dc.SetTextForeground(colText); + dc.SetPen(*pen); + + // draw + PaintItem(item, dc); + + if (HasFlag(wxTR_ROW_LINES)) + { + // if the background colour is white, choose a + // contrasting color for the lines + dc.SetPen(*((GetBackgroundColour() == *wxWHITE) + ? wxMEDIUM_GREY_PEN : wxWHITE_PEN)); + dc.DrawLine(0, y_top, 10000, y_top); + dc.DrawLine(0, y, 10000, y); + } + + // restore DC objects + dc.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH); + dc.SetPen(m_dottedPen); + dc.SetTextForeground(*wxBLACK); + + if ( !HasFlag(wxTR_NO_LINES) ) + { + // draw the horizontal line here + int x_start = x; + if (x > (signed)m_indent) + x_start -= m_indent; + else if (HasFlag(wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT)) + x_start = 3; + dc.DrawLine(x_start, y_mid, x + m_spacing, y_mid); + } + + // should the item show a button? + if ( item->HasPlus() && HasButtons() ) + { + if ( m_imageListButtons ) + { + // draw the image button here + int image_h = 0, + image_w = 0; + int image = item->IsExpanded() ? wxTreeItemIcon_Expanded + : wxTreeItemIcon_Normal; + if ( item->IsSelected() ) + image += wxTreeItemIcon_Selected - wxTreeItemIcon_Normal; + + m_imageListButtons->GetSize(image, image_w, image_h); + int xx = x - image_w/2; + int yy = y_mid - image_h/2; + + wxDCClipper clip(dc, xx, yy, image_w, image_h); + m_imageListButtons->Draw(image, dc, xx, yy, + wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT); + } + else // no custom buttons + { + static const int wImage = 9; + static const int hImage = 9; + + int flag = 0; + if (item->IsExpanded()) + flag |= wxCONTROL_EXPANDED; + if (item == m_underMouse) + flag |= wxCONTROL_CURRENT; + + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawTreeItemButton + ( + this, + dc, + wxRect(x - wImage/2, + y_mid - hImage/2, + wImage, hImage), + flag + ); + } + } + } + + if (item->IsExpanded()) + { + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = item->GetChildren(); + int count = children.GetCount(); + if (count > 0) + { + int n = 0, oldY; + ++level; + do { + oldY = y; + PaintLevel(children[n], dc, level, y); + } while (++n < count); + + if (!HasFlag(wxTR_NO_LINES) && count > 0) + { + // draw line down to last child + oldY += GetLineHeight(children[n-1])>>1; + if (HasButtons()) y_mid += 5; + + // Only draw the portion of the line that is visible, in case + // it is huge + wxCoord xOrigin=0, yOrigin=0, width, height; + dc.GetDeviceOrigin(&xOrigin, &yOrigin); + yOrigin = abs(yOrigin); + GetClientSize(&width, &height); + + // Move end points to the begining/end of the view? + if (y_mid < yOrigin) + y_mid = yOrigin; + if (oldY > yOrigin + height) + oldY = yOrigin + height; + + // after the adjustments if y_mid is larger than oldY then the + // line isn't visible at all so don't draw anything + if (y_mid < oldY) + dc.DrawLine(x, y_mid, x, oldY); + } + } + } +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DrawDropEffect(wxGenericTreeItem *item) +{ + if ( item ) + { + if ( item->HasPlus() ) + { + // it's a folder, indicate it by a border + DrawBorder(item); + } + else + { + // draw a line under the drop target because the item will be + // dropped there + DrawLine(item, !m_dropEffectAboveItem ); + } + + SetCursor(*wxSTANDARD_CURSOR); + } + else + { + // can't drop here + SetCursor(wxCURSOR_NO_ENTRY); + } +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DrawBorder(const wxTreeItemId &item) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), "invalid item in wxGenericTreeCtrl::DrawLine" ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *i = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + + if (m_dndEffect == NoEffect) + { + m_dndEffect = BorderEffect; + m_dndEffectItem = i; + } + else + { + m_dndEffect = NoEffect; + m_dndEffectItem = NULL; + } + + wxRect rect( i->GetX()-1, i->GetY()-1, i->GetWidth()+2, GetLineHeight(i)+2 ); + CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); + RefreshRect( rect ); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DrawLine(const wxTreeItemId &item, bool below) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( item.IsOk(), "invalid item in wxGenericTreeCtrl::DrawLine" ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *i = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + + if (m_dndEffect == NoEffect) + { + if (below) + m_dndEffect = BelowEffect; + else + m_dndEffect = AboveEffect; + m_dndEffectItem = i; + } + else + { + m_dndEffect = NoEffect; + m_dndEffectItem = NULL; + } + + wxRect rect( i->GetX()-1, i->GetY()-1, i->GetWidth()+2, GetLineHeight(i)+2 ); + CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); + RefreshRect( rect ); +} + +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWidgets callbacks +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event ) +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK__ + if (HasFlag( wxTR_FULL_ROW_HIGHLIGHT) && m_current) + RefreshLine( m_current ); +#endif + + event.Skip(true); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) +{ + wxPaintDC dc(this); + PrepareDC( dc ); + + if ( !m_anchor) + return; + + dc.SetFont( m_normalFont ); + dc.SetPen( m_dottedPen ); + + // this is now done dynamically + //if(GetImageList() == NULL) + // m_lineHeight = (int)(dc.GetCharHeight() + 4); + + int y = 2; + PaintLevel( m_anchor, dc, 0, y ); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ) +{ + m_hasFocus = true; + + RefreshSelected(); + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event ) +{ + m_hasFocus = false; + + RefreshSelected(); + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent &event ) +{ + // send a tree event + wxTreeEvent te( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN, this); + te.m_evtKey = event; + if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( te ) ) + return; + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ) +{ + if ( (m_current == 0) || (m_key_current == 0) ) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + // how should the selection work for this event? + bool is_multiple, extended_select, unselect_others; + EventFlagsToSelType(GetWindowStyleFlag(), + event.ShiftDown(), + event.CmdDown(), + is_multiple, extended_select, unselect_others); + + if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) + { + if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT) + event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT; + else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT) + event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT; + } + + // + : Expand + // - : Collaspe + // * : Expand all/Collapse all + // ' ' | return : activate + // up : go up (not last children!) + // down : go down + // left : go to parent + // right : open if parent and go next + // home : go to root + // end : go to last item without opening parents + // alnum : start or continue searching for the item with this prefix + int keyCode = event.GetKeyCode(); + +#ifdef __WXOSX__ + // Make the keys work as they do in the native control: + // right => expand + // left => collapse if current item is expanded + if (keyCode == WXK_RIGHT) + { + keyCode = '+'; + } + else if (keyCode == WXK_LEFT && IsExpanded(m_current)) + { + keyCode = '-'; + } +#endif // __WXOSX__ + + switch ( keyCode ) + { + case '+': + case WXK_ADD: + if (m_current->HasPlus() && !IsExpanded(m_current)) + { + Expand(m_current); + } + break; + + case '*': + case WXK_MULTIPLY: + if ( !IsExpanded(m_current) ) + { + // expand all + ExpandAllChildren(m_current); + break; + } + //else: fall through to Collapse() it + + case '-': + case WXK_SUBTRACT: + if (IsExpanded(m_current)) + { + Collapse(m_current); + } + break; + + case WXK_MENU: + { + // Use the item's bounding rectangle to determine position for + // the event + wxRect ItemRect; + GetBoundingRect(m_current, ItemRect, true); + + wxTreeEvent + eventMenu(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_MENU, this, m_current); + // Use the left edge, vertical middle + eventMenu.m_pointDrag = wxPoint(ItemRect.GetX(), + ItemRect.GetY() + + ItemRect.GetHeight() / 2); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( eventMenu ); + } + break; + + case ' ': + case WXK_RETURN: + if ( !event.HasModifiers() ) + { + wxTreeEvent + eventAct(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED, this, m_current); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( eventAct ); + } + + // in any case, also generate the normal key event for this key, + // even if we generated the ACTIVATED event above: this is what + // wxMSW does and it makes sense because you might not want to + // process ACTIVATED event at all and handle Space and Return + // directly (and differently) which would be impossible otherwise + event.Skip(); + break; + + // up goes to the previous sibling or to the last + // of its children if it's expanded + case WXK_UP: + { + wxTreeItemId prev = GetPrevSibling( m_key_current ); + if (!prev) + { + prev = GetItemParent( m_key_current ); + if ((prev == GetRootItem()) && HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT)) + { + break; // don't go to root if it is hidden + } + if (prev) + { + wxTreeItemIdValue cookie; + wxTreeItemId current = m_key_current; + // TODO: Huh? If we get here, we'd better be the first + // child of our parent. How else could it be? + if (current == GetFirstChild( prev, cookie )) + { + // otherwise we return to where we came from + DoSelectItem(prev, + unselect_others, + extended_select); + m_key_current = (wxGenericTreeItem*) prev.m_pItem; + break; + } + } + } + if (prev) + { + while ( IsExpanded(prev) && HasChildren(prev) ) + { + wxTreeItemId child = GetLastChild(prev); + if ( child ) + { + prev = child; + } + } + + DoSelectItem( prev, unselect_others, extended_select ); + m_key_current=(wxGenericTreeItem*) prev.m_pItem; + } + } + break; + + // left arrow goes to the parent + case WXK_LEFT: + { + wxTreeItemId prev = GetItemParent( m_current ); + if ((prev == GetRootItem()) && HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT)) + { + // don't go to root if it is hidden + prev = GetPrevSibling( m_current ); + } + if (prev) + { + DoSelectItem( prev, unselect_others, extended_select ); + } + } + break; + + case WXK_RIGHT: + // this works the same as the down arrow except that we + // also expand the item if it wasn't expanded yet + if (m_current != GetRootItem().m_pItem || !HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT)) + Expand(m_current); + //else: don't try to expand hidden root item (which can be the + // current one when the tree is empty) + + // fall through + + case WXK_DOWN: + { + if (IsExpanded(m_key_current) && HasChildren(m_key_current)) + { + wxTreeItemIdValue cookie; + wxTreeItemId child = GetFirstChild( m_key_current, cookie ); + if ( !child ) + break; + + DoSelectItem( child, unselect_others, extended_select ); + m_key_current=(wxGenericTreeItem*) child.m_pItem; + } + else + { + wxTreeItemId next = GetNextSibling( m_key_current ); + if (!next) + { + wxTreeItemId current = m_key_current; + while (current.IsOk() && !next) + { + current = GetItemParent( current ); + if (current) next = GetNextSibling( current ); + } + } + if (next) + { + DoSelectItem( next, unselect_others, extended_select ); + m_key_current=(wxGenericTreeItem*) next.m_pItem; + } + } + } + break; + + // selects the last visible tree item + case WXK_END: + { + wxTreeItemId last = GetRootItem(); + + while ( last.IsOk() && IsExpanded(last) ) + { + wxTreeItemId lastChild = GetLastChild(last); + + // it may happen if the item was expanded but then all of + // its children have been deleted - so IsExpanded() returned + // true, but GetLastChild() returned invalid item + if ( !lastChild ) + break; + + last = lastChild; + } + + if ( last.IsOk() ) + { + DoSelectItem( last, unselect_others, extended_select ); + } + } + break; + + // selects the root item + case WXK_HOME: + { + wxTreeItemId prev = GetRootItem(); + if (!prev) + break; + + if ( HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT) ) + { + wxTreeItemIdValue cookie; + prev = GetFirstChild(prev, cookie); + if (!prev) + break; + } + + DoSelectItem( prev, unselect_others, extended_select ); + } + break; + + default: + // do not use wxIsalnum() here + if ( !event.HasModifiers() && + ((keyCode >= '0' && keyCode <= '9') || + (keyCode >= 'a' && keyCode <= 'z') || + (keyCode >= 'A' && keyCode <= 'Z' ))) + { + // find the next item starting with the given prefix + wxChar ch = (wxChar)keyCode; + + wxTreeItemId id = FindItem(m_current, m_findPrefix + ch); + if ( !id.IsOk() ) + { + // no such item + break; + } + + SelectItem(id); + + m_findPrefix += ch; + + // also start the timer to reset the current prefix if the user + // doesn't press any more alnum keys soon -- we wouldn't want + // to use this prefix for a new item search + if ( !m_findTimer ) + { + m_findTimer = new wxTreeFindTimer(this); + } + + m_findTimer->Start(wxTreeFindTimer::DELAY, wxTIMER_ONE_SHOT); + } + else + { + event.Skip(); + } + } +} + +wxTreeItemId +wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoTreeHitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags) const +{ + int w, h; + GetSize(&w, &h); + flags=0; + if (point.x<0) flags |= wxTREE_HITTEST_TOLEFT; + if (point.x>w) flags |= wxTREE_HITTEST_TORIGHT; + if (point.y<0) flags |= wxTREE_HITTEST_ABOVE; + if (point.y>h) flags |= wxTREE_HITTEST_BELOW; + if (flags) return wxTreeItemId(); + + if (m_anchor == NULL) + { + flags = wxTREE_HITTEST_NOWHERE; + return wxTreeItemId(); + } + + wxGenericTreeItem *hit = m_anchor->HitTest(CalcUnscrolledPosition(point), + this, flags, 0); + if (hit == NULL) + { + flags = wxTREE_HITTEST_NOWHERE; + return wxTreeItemId(); + } + return hit; +} + +// get the bounding rectangle of the item (or of its label only) +bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxRect& rect, + bool textOnly) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, + "invalid item in wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetBoundingRect" ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *i = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem; + + if ( textOnly ) + { + int image_h = 0, image_w = 0; + int image = ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->GetCurrentImage(); + if ( image != NO_IMAGE && m_imageListNormal ) + { + m_imageListNormal->GetSize( image, image_w, image_h ); + image_w += MARGIN_BETWEEN_IMAGE_AND_TEXT; + } + + int state_h = 0, state_w = 0; + int state = ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->GetState(); + if ( state != wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE && m_imageListState ) + { + m_imageListState->GetSize( state, state_w, state_h ); + if ( image_w != 0 ) + state_w += MARGIN_BETWEEN_STATE_AND_IMAGE; + else + state_w += MARGIN_BETWEEN_IMAGE_AND_TEXT; + } + + rect.x = i->GetX() + state_w + image_w; + rect.width = i->GetWidth() - state_w - image_w; + + } + else // the entire line + { + rect.x = 0; + rect.width = GetClientSize().x; + } + + rect.y = i->GetY(); + rect.height = GetLineHeight(i); + + // we have to return the logical coordinates, not physical ones + rect.SetTopLeft(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetTopLeft())); + + return true; +} + +wxTextCtrl *wxGenericTreeCtrl::EditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item, + wxClassInfo * WXUNUSED(textCtrlClass)) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), NULL, wxT("can't edit an invalid item") ); + + wxGenericTreeItem *itemEdit = (wxGenericTreeItem *)item.m_pItem; + + wxTreeEvent te(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, this, itemEdit); + if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( te ) && !te.IsAllowed() ) + { + // vetoed by user + return NULL; + } + + // We have to call this here because the label in + // question might just have been added and no screen + // update taken place. + if ( m_dirty ) +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined(__WXMAC__) + Update(); +#else + DoDirtyProcessing(); +#endif + + // TODO: use textCtrlClass here to create the control of correct class + m_textCtrl = new wxTreeTextCtrl(this, itemEdit); + + m_textCtrl->SetFocus(); + + return m_textCtrl; +} + +// returns a pointer to the text edit control if the item is being +// edited, NULL otherwise (it's assumed that no more than one item may +// be edited simultaneously) +wxTextCtrl* wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetEditControl() const +{ + return m_textCtrl; +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::EndEditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& WXUNUSED(item), + bool discardChanges) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_textCtrl, wxT("not editing label") ); + + m_textCtrl->EndEdit(discardChanges); +} + +bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnRenameAccept(wxGenericTreeItem *item, + const wxString& value) +{ + wxTreeEvent le(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT, this, item); + le.m_label = value; + le.m_editCancelled = false; + + return !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le ) || le.IsAllowed(); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnRenameCancelled(wxGenericTreeItem *item) +{ + // let owner know that the edit was cancelled + wxTreeEvent le(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT, this, item); + le.m_label = wxEmptyString; + le.m_editCancelled = true; + + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le ); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnRenameTimer() +{ + EditLabel( m_current ); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event ) +{ + if ( !m_anchor )return; + + wxPoint pt = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()); + + // Is the mouse over a tree item button? + int flags = 0; + wxGenericTreeItem *thisItem = m_anchor->HitTest(pt, this, flags, 0); + wxGenericTreeItem *underMouse = thisItem; +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + bool underMouseChanged = (underMouse != m_underMouse) ; +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + + if ((underMouse) && + (flags & wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON) && + (!event.LeftIsDown()) && + (!m_isDragging) && + (!m_renameTimer || !m_renameTimer->IsRunning())) + { + } + else + { + underMouse = NULL; + } + + if (underMouse != m_underMouse) + { + if (m_underMouse) + { + // unhighlight old item + wxGenericTreeItem *tmp = m_underMouse; + m_underMouse = NULL; + RefreshLine( tmp ); + } + + m_underMouse = underMouse; + if (m_underMouse) + RefreshLine( m_underMouse ); + } + +#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS + // Determines what item we are hovering over and need a tooltip for + wxTreeItemId hoverItem = thisItem; + + // We do not want a tooltip if we are dragging, or if the rename timer is + // running + if ( underMouseChanged && + hoverItem.IsOk() && + !m_isDragging && + (!m_renameTimer || !m_renameTimer->IsRunning()) ) + { + // Ask the tree control what tooltip (if any) should be shown + wxTreeEvent + hevent(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP, this, hoverItem); + + if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(hevent) && hevent.IsAllowed() ) + { + SetToolTip(hevent.m_label); + } + } +#endif + + // we process left mouse up event (enables in-place edit), middle/right down + // (pass to the user code), left dbl click (activate item) and + // dragging/moving events for items drag-and-drop + if ( !(event.LeftDown() || + event.LeftUp() || + event.MiddleDown() || + event.RightDown() || + event.LeftDClick() || + event.Dragging() || + ((event.Moving() || event.RightUp()) && m_isDragging)) ) + { + event.Skip(); + + return; + } + + + flags = 0; + wxGenericTreeItem *item = m_anchor->HitTest(pt, this, flags, 0); + + if ( event.Dragging() && !m_isDragging ) + { + if (m_dragCount == 0) + m_dragStart = pt; + + m_dragCount++; + + if (m_dragCount != 3) + { + // wait until user drags a bit further... + return; + } + + wxEventType command = event.RightIsDown() + ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG + : wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG; + + wxTreeEvent nevent(command, this, m_current); + nevent.SetPoint(CalcScrolledPosition(pt)); + + // by default the dragging is not supported, the user code must + // explicitly allow the event for it to take place + nevent.Veto(); + + if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(nevent) && nevent.IsAllowed() ) + { + // we're going to drag this item + m_isDragging = true; + + // remember the old cursor because we will change it while + // dragging + m_oldCursor = m_cursor; + + // in a single selection control, hide the selection temporarily + if ( !(GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTR_MULTIPLE) ) + { + m_oldSelection = (wxGenericTreeItem*) GetSelection().m_pItem; + + if ( m_oldSelection ) + { + m_oldSelection->SetHilight(false); + RefreshLine(m_oldSelection); + } + } + + CaptureMouse(); + } + } + else if ( event.Dragging() ) + { + if ( item != m_dropTarget ) + { + // unhighlight the previous drop target + DrawDropEffect(m_dropTarget); + + m_dropTarget = item; + + // highlight the current drop target if any + DrawDropEffect(m_dropTarget); + +#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) + Update(); +#else + // TODO: remove this call or use wxEventLoopBase::GetActive()->YieldFor(wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI) + // instead (needs to be tested!) + wxYieldIfNeeded(); +#endif + } + } + else if ( (event.LeftUp() || event.RightUp()) && m_isDragging ) + { + ReleaseMouse(); + + // erase the highlighting + DrawDropEffect(m_dropTarget); + + if ( m_oldSelection ) + { + m_oldSelection->SetHilight(true); + RefreshLine(m_oldSelection); + m_oldSelection = NULL; + } + + // generate the drag end event + wxTreeEvent eventEndDrag(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_DRAG, this, item); + + eventEndDrag.m_pointDrag = CalcScrolledPosition(pt); + + (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventEndDrag); + + m_isDragging = false; + m_dropTarget = NULL; + + SetCursor(m_oldCursor); + +#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) + Update(); +#else + // TODO: remove this call or use wxEventLoopBase::GetActive()->YieldFor(wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI) + // instead (needs to be tested!) + wxYieldIfNeeded(); +#endif + } + else + { + // If we got to this point, we are not dragging or moving the mouse. + // Because the code in carbon/toplevel.cpp will only set focus to the + // tree if we skip for EVT_LEFT_DOWN, we MUST skip this event here for + // focus to work. + // We skip even if we didn't hit an item because we still should + // restore focus to the tree control even if we didn't exactly hit an + // item. + if ( event.LeftDown() ) + { + event.Skip(); + } + + // here we process only the messages which happen on tree items + + m_dragCount = 0; + + if (item == NULL) return; /* we hit the blank area */ + + if ( event.RightDown() ) + { + // If the item is already selected, do not update the selection. + // Multi-selections should not be cleared if a selected item is + // clicked. + if (!IsSelected(item)) + { + DoSelectItem(item, true, false); + } + + wxTreeEvent + nevent(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, this, item); + nevent.m_pointDrag = CalcScrolledPosition(pt); + event.Skip(!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(nevent)); + + // Consistent with MSW (for now), send the ITEM_MENU *after* + // the RIGHT_CLICK event. TODO: This behavior may change. + wxTreeEvent nevent2(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_MENU, this, item); + nevent2.m_pointDrag = CalcScrolledPosition(pt); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(nevent2); + } + else if ( event.MiddleDown() ) + { + wxTreeEvent + nevent(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, this, item); + nevent.m_pointDrag = CalcScrolledPosition(pt); + event.Skip(!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(nevent)); + } + else if ( event.LeftUp() ) + { + if (flags & wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON) + { + wxTreeEvent + nevent(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_STATE_IMAGE_CLICK, this, item); + GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(nevent); + } + + // this facilitates multiple-item drag-and-drop + + if ( /* item && */ HasFlag(wxTR_MULTIPLE)) + { + wxArrayTreeItemIds selections; + size_t count = GetSelections(selections); + + if (count > 1 && + !event.CmdDown() && + !event.ShiftDown()) + { + DoSelectItem(item, true, false); + } + } + + if ( m_lastOnSame ) + { + if ( (item == m_current) && + (flags & wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL) && + HasFlag(wxTR_EDIT_LABELS) ) + { + if ( m_renameTimer ) + { + if ( m_renameTimer->IsRunning() ) + m_renameTimer->Stop(); + } + else + { + m_renameTimer = new wxTreeRenameTimer( this ); + } + + m_renameTimer->Start( wxTreeRenameTimer::DELAY, true ); + } + + m_lastOnSame = false; + } + } + else // !RightDown() && !MiddleDown() && !LeftUp() + { + // ==> LeftDown() || LeftDClick() + if ( event.LeftDown() ) + { + m_lastOnSame = item == m_current; + } + + if ( flags & wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON ) + { + // only toggle the item for a single click, double click on + // the button doesn't do anything (it toggles the item twice) + if ( event.LeftDown() ) + { + Toggle( item ); + } + + // don't select the item if the button was clicked + return; + } + + + // clear the previously selected items, if the + // user clicked outside of the present selection. + // otherwise, perform the deselection on mouse-up. + // this allows multiple drag and drop to work. + // but if Cmd is down, toggle selection of the clicked item + if (!IsSelected(item) || event.CmdDown()) + { + // how should the selection work for this event? + bool is_multiple, extended_select, unselect_others; + EventFlagsToSelType(GetWindowStyleFlag(), + event.ShiftDown(), + event.CmdDown(), + is_multiple, + extended_select, + unselect_others); + + DoSelectItem(item, unselect_others, extended_select); + } + + + // For some reason, Windows isn't recognizing a left double-click, + // so we need to simulate it here. Allow 200 milliseconds for now. + if ( event.LeftDClick() ) + { + // double clicking should not start editing the item label + if ( m_renameTimer ) + m_renameTimer->Stop(); + + m_lastOnSame = false; + + // send activate event first + wxTreeEvent + nevent(wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED, this, item); + nevent.m_pointDrag = CalcScrolledPosition(pt); + if ( !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( nevent ) ) + { + // if the user code didn't process the activate event, + // handle it ourselves by toggling the item when it is + // double clicked + if ( item->HasPlus() ) + { + Toggle(item); + } + } + } + } + } +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnInternalIdle() +{ + wxWindow::OnInternalIdle(); + + // Check if we need to select the root item + // because nothing else has been selected. + // Delaying it means that we can invoke event handlers + // as required, when a first item is selected. + if (!HasFlag(wxTR_MULTIPLE) && !GetSelection().IsOk()) + { + if (m_select_me) + SelectItem(m_select_me); + else if (GetRootItem().IsOk()) + SelectItem(GetRootItem()); + } + + // after all changes have been done to the tree control, + // actually redraw the tree when everything is over + if (m_dirty) + DoDirtyProcessing(); +} + +void +wxGenericTreeCtrl::CalculateLevel(wxGenericTreeItem *item, + wxDC &dc, + int level, + int &y ) +{ + int x = level*m_indent; + if (!HasFlag(wxTR_HIDE_ROOT)) + { + x += m_indent; + } + else if (level == 0) + { + // a hidden root is not evaluated, but its + // children are always calculated + goto Recurse; + } + + item->CalculateSize(this, dc); + + // set its position + item->SetX( x+m_spacing ); + item->SetY( y ); + y += GetLineHeight(item); + + if ( !item->IsExpanded() ) + { + // we don't need to calculate collapsed branches + return; + } + + Recurse: + wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = item->GetChildren(); + size_t n, count = children.GetCount(); + ++level; + for (n = 0; n < count; ++n ) + CalculateLevel( children[n], dc, level, y ); // recurse +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::CalculatePositions() +{ + if ( !m_anchor ) return; + + wxClientDC dc(this); + PrepareDC( dc ); + + dc.SetFont( m_normalFont ); + + dc.SetPen( m_dottedPen ); + //if(GetImageList() == NULL) + // m_lineHeight = (int)(dc.GetCharHeight() + 4); + + int y = 2; + CalculateLevel( m_anchor, dc, 0, y ); // start recursion +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Refresh(bool eraseBackground, const wxRect *rect) +{ + if ( !IsFrozen() ) + wxTreeCtrlBase::Refresh(eraseBackground, rect); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshSubtree(wxGenericTreeItem *item) +{ + if (m_dirty || IsFrozen() ) + return; + + wxSize client = GetClientSize(); + + wxRect rect; + CalcScrolledPosition(0, item->GetY(), NULL, &rect.y); + rect.width = client.x; + rect.height = client.y; + + Refresh(true, &rect); + + AdjustMyScrollbars(); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshLine( wxGenericTreeItem *item ) +{ + if (m_dirty || IsFrozen() ) + return; + + wxRect rect; + CalcScrolledPosition(0, item->GetY(), NULL, &rect.y); + rect.width = GetClientSize().x; + rect.height = GetLineHeight(item); //dc.GetCharHeight() + 6; + + Refresh(true, &rect); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshSelected() +{ + if (IsFrozen()) + return; + + // TODO: this is awfully inefficient, we should keep the list of all + // selected items internally, should be much faster + if ( m_anchor ) + RefreshSelectedUnder(m_anchor); +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshSelectedUnder(wxGenericTreeItem *item) +{ + if (IsFrozen()) + return; + + if ( item->IsSelected() ) + RefreshLine(item); + + const wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = item->GetChildren(); + size_t count = children.GetCount(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + RefreshSelectedUnder(children[n]); + } +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoThaw() +{ + wxTreeCtrlBase::DoThaw(); + + if ( m_dirty ) + DoDirtyProcessing(); + else + Refresh(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// changing colours: we need to refresh the tree control +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) +{ + if ( !wxWindow::SetBackgroundColour(colour) ) + return false; + + Refresh(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour) +{ + if ( !wxWindow::SetForegroundColour(colour) ) + return false; + + Refresh(); + + return true; +} + +// Process the tooltip event, to speed up event processing. +// Doesn't actually get a tooltip. +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnGetToolTip( wxTreeEvent &event ) +{ + event.Veto(); +} + + +// NOTE: If using the wxListBox visual attributes works everywhere then this can +// be removed, as well as the #else case below. +#define _USE_VISATTR 0 + +//static +wxVisualAttributes +#if _USE_VISATTR +wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant) +#else +wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant WXUNUSED(variant)) +#endif +{ +#if _USE_VISATTR + // Use the same color scheme as wxListBox + return wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(variant); +#else + wxVisualAttributes attr; + attr.colFg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXTEXT); + attr.colBg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOX); + attr.font = wxSystemSettings::GetFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT); + return attr; +#endif +} + +void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoDirtyProcessing() +{ + if (IsFrozen()) + return; + + m_dirty = false; + + CalculatePositions(); + Refresh(); + AdjustMyScrollbars(); +} + +wxSize wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + // make sure all positions are calculated as normally this only done during + // idle time but we need them for base class DoGetBestSize() to return the + // correct result + wxConstCast(this, wxGenericTreeCtrl)->CalculatePositions(); + + wxSize size = wxTreeCtrlBase::DoGetBestSize(); + + // there seems to be an implicit extra border around the items, although + // I'm not really sure where does it come from -- but without this, the + // scrollbars appear in a tree with default/best size + size.IncBy(4, 4); + + // and the border has to be rounded up to a multiple of PIXELS_PER_UNIT or + // scrollbars still appear + const wxSize& borderSize = GetWindowBorderSize(); + + int dx = (size.x - borderSize.x) % PIXELS_PER_UNIT; + if ( dx ) + size.x += PIXELS_PER_UNIT - dx; + int dy = (size.y - borderSize.y) % PIXELS_PER_UNIT; + if ( dy ) + size.y += PIXELS_PER_UNIT - dy; + + // we need to update the cache too as the base class cached its own value + CacheBestSize(size); + + return size; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TREECTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/vlbox.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/vlbox.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..02ccffc367 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/vlbox.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,744 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/vlbox.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxVListBox +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 31.05.03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: vlbox.cpp 64940 2010-07-13 13:29:13Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LISTBOX + +#include "wx/vlbox.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/listbox.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/dcbuffer.h" +#include "wx/selstore.h" +#include "wx/renderer.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event tables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxVListBox, wxVScrolledWindow) + EVT_PAINT(wxVListBox::OnPaint) + + EVT_KEY_DOWN(wxVListBox::OnKeyDown) + EVT_LEFT_DOWN(wxVListBox::OnLeftDown) + EVT_LEFT_DCLICK(wxVListBox::OnLeftDClick) + + EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxVListBox::OnSetOrKillFocus) + EVT_KILL_FOCUS(wxVListBox::OnSetOrKillFocus) + + EVT_SIZE(wxVListBox::OnSize) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxVListBox, wxVScrolledWindow) +const char wxVListBoxNameStr[] = "wxVListBox"; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVListBox creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxVListBox::Init() +{ + m_current = + m_anchor = wxNOT_FOUND; + m_selStore = NULL; +} + +bool wxVListBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + if ( (style & wxBORDER_MASK) == wxDEFAULT ) + style |= wxBORDER_THEME; +#endif + + style |= wxWANTS_CHARS | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE; + if ( !wxVScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name) ) + return false; + + if ( style & wxLB_MULTIPLE ) + m_selStore = new wxSelectionStore; + + // make sure the native widget has the right colour since we do + // transparent drawing by default + SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); + + // leave m_colBgSel in an invalid state: it means for OnDrawBackground() + // to use wxRendererNative instead of painting selection bg ourselves + m_colBgSel = wxNullColour; + + // flicker-free drawing requires this + SetBackgroundStyle(wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM); + + return true; +} + +wxVListBox::~wxVListBox() +{ + delete m_selStore; +} + +void wxVListBox::SetItemCount(size_t count) +{ + // don't leave the current index invalid + if ( m_current != wxNOT_FOUND && (size_t)m_current >= count ) + m_current = count - 1; // also ok when count == 0 as wxNOT_FOUND == -1 + + if ( m_selStore ) + { + // tell the selection store that our number of items has changed + m_selStore->SetItemCount(count); + } + + SetRowCount(count); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// selection handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxVListBox::IsSelected(size_t line) const +{ + return m_selStore ? m_selStore->IsSelected(line) : (int)line == m_current; +} + +bool wxVListBox::Select(size_t item, bool select) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_selStore, false, + wxT("Select() may only be used with multiselection listbox") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( item < GetItemCount(), false, + wxT("Select(): invalid item index") ); + + bool changed = m_selStore->SelectItem(item, select); + if ( changed ) + { + // selection really changed + RefreshRow(item); + } + + DoSetCurrent(item); + + return changed; +} + +bool wxVListBox::SelectRange(size_t from, size_t to) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_selStore, false, + wxT("SelectRange() may only be used with multiselection listbox") ); + + // make sure items are in correct order + if ( from > to ) + { + size_t tmp = from; + from = to; + to = tmp; + } + + wxCHECK_MSG( to < GetItemCount(), false, + wxT("SelectRange(): invalid item index") ); + + wxArrayInt changed; + if ( !m_selStore->SelectRange(from, to, true, &changed) ) + { + // too many items have changed, we didn't record them in changed array + // so we have no choice but to refresh everything between from and to + RefreshRows(from, to); + } + else // we've got the indices of the changed items + { + const size_t count = changed.GetCount(); + if ( !count ) + { + // nothing changed + return false; + } + + // refresh just the lines which have really changed + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + RefreshRow(changed[n]); + } + } + + // something changed + return true; +} + +bool wxVListBox::DoSelectAll(bool select) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_selStore, false, + wxT("SelectAll may only be used with multiselection listbox") ); + + size_t count = GetItemCount(); + if ( count ) + { + wxArrayInt changed; + if ( !m_selStore->SelectRange(0, count - 1, select) || + !changed.IsEmpty() ) + { + Refresh(); + + // something changed + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxVListBox::DoSetCurrent(int current) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( current == wxNOT_FOUND || + (current >= 0 && (size_t)current < GetItemCount()), + wxT("wxVListBox::DoSetCurrent(): invalid item index") ); + + if ( current == m_current ) + { + // nothing to do + return false; + } + + if ( m_current != wxNOT_FOUND ) + RefreshRow(m_current); + + m_current = current; + + if ( m_current != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + // if the line is not visible at all, we scroll it into view but we + // don't need to refresh it -- it will be redrawn anyhow + if ( !IsVisible(m_current) ) + { + ScrollToRow(m_current); + } + else // line is at least partly visible + { + // it is, indeed, only partly visible, so scroll it into view to + // make it entirely visible + while ( (size_t)m_current + 1 == GetVisibleRowsEnd() && + ScrollToRow(GetVisibleBegin() + 1) ) ; + + // but in any case refresh it as even if it was only partly visible + // before we need to redraw it entirely as its background changed + RefreshRow(m_current); + } + } + + return true; +} + +void wxVListBox::InitEvent(wxCommandEvent& event, int n) +{ + event.SetEventObject(this); + event.SetInt(n); +} + +void wxVListBox::SendSelectedEvent() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_current != wxNOT_FOUND, + wxT("SendSelectedEvent() shouldn't be called") ); + + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, GetId()); + InitEvent(event, m_current); + (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); +} + +void wxVListBox::SetSelection(int selection) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( selection == wxNOT_FOUND || + (selection >= 0 && (size_t)selection < GetItemCount()), + wxT("wxVListBox::SetSelection(): invalid item index") ); + + if ( HasMultipleSelection() ) + { + if (selection != wxNOT_FOUND) + Select(selection); + else + DeselectAll(); + m_anchor = selection; + } + + DoSetCurrent(selection); +} + +size_t wxVListBox::GetSelectedCount() const +{ + return m_selStore ? m_selStore->GetSelectedCount() + : m_current == wxNOT_FOUND ? 0 : 1; +} + +int wxVListBox::GetFirstSelected(unsigned long& cookie) const +{ + cookie = 0; + + return GetNextSelected(cookie); +} + +int wxVListBox::GetNextSelected(unsigned long& cookie) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_selStore, wxNOT_FOUND, + wxT("GetFirst/NextSelected() may only be used with multiselection listboxes") ); + + while ( cookie < GetItemCount() ) + { + if ( IsSelected(cookie++) ) + return cookie - 1; + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +void wxVListBox::RefreshSelected() +{ + // only refresh those items which are currently visible and selected: + for ( size_t n = GetVisibleBegin(), end = GetVisibleEnd(); n < end; n++ ) + { + if ( IsSelected(n) ) + RefreshRow(n); + } +} + +wxRect wxVListBox::GetItemRect(size_t n) const +{ + wxRect itemrect; + + // check that this item is visible + const size_t lineMax = GetVisibleEnd(); + if ( n >= lineMax ) + return itemrect; + size_t line = GetVisibleBegin(); + if ( n < line ) + return itemrect; + + while ( line <= n ) + { + itemrect.y += itemrect.height; + itemrect.height = OnGetRowHeight(line); + + line++; + } + + itemrect.width = GetClientSize().x; + + return itemrect; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVListBox appearance parameters +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxVListBox::SetMargins(const wxPoint& pt) +{ + if ( pt != m_ptMargins ) + { + m_ptMargins = pt; + + Refresh(); + } +} + +void wxVListBox::SetSelectionBackground(const wxColour& col) +{ + m_colBgSel = col; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVListBox painting +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCoord wxVListBox::OnGetRowHeight(size_t line) const +{ + return OnMeasureItem(line) + 2*m_ptMargins.y; +} + +void wxVListBox::OnDrawSeparator(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), + wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect), + size_t WXUNUSED(n)) const +{ +} + +bool +wxVListBox::DoDrawSolidBackground(const wxColour& col, + wxDC& dc, + const wxRect& rect, + size_t n) const +{ + if ( !col.IsOk() ) + return false; + + // we need to render selected and current items differently + const bool isSelected = IsSelected(n), + isCurrent = IsCurrent(n); + if ( isSelected || isCurrent ) + { + if ( isSelected ) + { + dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(col, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID)); + } + else // !selected + { + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + } + dc.SetPen(*(isCurrent ? wxBLACK_PEN : wxTRANSPARENT_PEN)); + dc.DrawRectangle(rect); + } + //else: do nothing for the normal items + + return true; +} + +void wxVListBox::OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const +{ + // use wxRendererNative for more native look unless we use custom bg colour + if ( !DoDrawSolidBackground(m_colBgSel, dc, rect, n) ) + { + int flags = 0; + if ( IsSelected(n) ) + flags |= wxCONTROL_SELECTED; + if ( IsCurrent(n) ) + flags |= wxCONTROL_CURRENT; + if ( wxWindow::FindFocus() == const_cast(this) ) + flags |= wxCONTROL_FOCUSED; + + wxRendererNative::Get().DrawItemSelectionRect( + const_cast(this), dc, rect, flags); + } +} + +void wxVListBox::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + wxSize clientSize = GetClientSize(); + + wxAutoBufferedPaintDC dc(this); + + // the update rectangle + wxRect rectUpdate = GetUpdateClientRect(); + + // fill it with background colour + dc.SetBackground(GetBackgroundColour()); + dc.Clear(); + + // the bounding rectangle of the current line + wxRect rectRow; + rectRow.width = clientSize.x; + + // iterate over all visible lines + const size_t lineMax = GetVisibleEnd(); + for ( size_t line = GetVisibleBegin(); line < lineMax; line++ ) + { + const wxCoord hRow = OnGetRowHeight(line); + + rectRow.height = hRow; + + // and draw the ones which intersect the update rect + if ( rectRow.Intersects(rectUpdate) ) + { + // don't allow drawing outside of the lines rectangle + wxDCClipper clip(dc, rectRow); + + wxRect rect = rectRow; + OnDrawBackground(dc, rect, line); + + OnDrawSeparator(dc, rect, line); + + rect.Deflate(m_ptMargins.x, m_ptMargins.y); + OnDrawItem(dc, rect, line); + } + else // no intersection + { + if ( rectRow.GetTop() > rectUpdate.GetBottom() ) + { + // we are already below the update rect, no need to continue + // further + break; + } + //else: the next line may intersect the update rect + } + + rectRow.y += hRow; + } +} + +void wxVListBox::OnSetOrKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + // we need to repaint the selection when we get the focus since + // wxRendererNative in general draws the focused selection differently + // from the unfocused selection (see OnDrawItem): + RefreshSelected(); +} + +void wxVListBox::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) +{ + UpdateScrollbar(); + event.Skip(); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxVListBox keyboard/mouse handling +// ============================================================================ + +void wxVListBox::DoHandleItemClick(int item, int flags) +{ + // has anything worth telling the client code about happened? + bool notify = false; + + if ( HasMultipleSelection() ) + { + // select the iteem clicked? + bool select = true; + + // NB: the keyboard interface we implement here corresponds to + // wxLB_EXTENDED rather than wxLB_MULTIPLE but this one makes more + // sense IMHO + if ( flags & ItemClick_Shift ) + { + if ( m_current != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + if ( m_anchor == wxNOT_FOUND ) + m_anchor = m_current; + + select = false; + + // only the range from the selection anchor to new m_current + // must be selected + if ( DeselectAll() ) + notify = true; + + if ( SelectRange(m_anchor, item) ) + notify = true; + } + //else: treat it as ordinary click/keypress + } + else // Shift not pressed + { + m_anchor = item; + + if ( flags & ItemClick_Ctrl ) + { + select = false; + + if ( !(flags & ItemClick_Kbd) ) + { + Toggle(item); + + // the status of the item has definitely changed + notify = true; + } + //else: Ctrl-arrow pressed, don't change selection + } + //else: behave as in single selection case + } + + if ( select ) + { + // make the clicked item the only selection + if ( DeselectAll() ) + notify = true; + + if ( Select(item) ) + notify = true; + } + } + + // in any case the item should become the current one + if ( DoSetCurrent(item) ) + { + if ( !HasMultipleSelection() ) + { + // this has also changed the selection for single selection case + notify = true; + } + } + + if ( notify ) + { + // notify the user about the selection change + SendSelectedEvent(); + } + //else: nothing changed at all +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// keyboard handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxVListBox::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) +{ + // flags for DoHandleItemClick() + int flags = ItemClick_Kbd; + + int current; + switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) + { + case WXK_HOME: + case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME: + current = 0; + break; + + case WXK_END: + case WXK_NUMPAD_END: + current = GetRowCount() - 1; + break; + + case WXK_DOWN: + case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN: + if ( m_current == (int)GetRowCount() - 1 ) + return; + + current = m_current + 1; + break; + + case WXK_UP: + case WXK_NUMPAD_UP: + if ( m_current == wxNOT_FOUND ) + current = GetRowCount() - 1; + else if ( m_current != 0 ) + current = m_current - 1; + else // m_current == 0 + return; + break; + + case WXK_PAGEDOWN: + case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN: + PageDown(); + current = GetVisibleBegin(); + break; + + case WXK_PAGEUP: + case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP: + if ( m_current == (int)GetVisibleBegin() ) + { + PageUp(); + } + + current = GetVisibleBegin(); + break; + + case WXK_SPACE: + // hack: pressing space should work like a mouse click rather than + // like a keyboard arrow press, so trick DoHandleItemClick() in + // thinking we were clicked + flags &= ~ItemClick_Kbd; + current = m_current; + break; + +#ifdef __WXMSW__ + case WXK_TAB: + // Since we are using wxWANTS_CHARS we need to send navigation + // events for the tabs on MSW + HandleAsNavigationKey(event); + // fall through to default +#endif + default: + event.Skip(); + current = 0; // just to silent the stupid compiler warnings + wxUnusedVar(current); + return; + } + + if ( event.ShiftDown() ) + flags |= ItemClick_Shift; + if ( event.ControlDown() ) + flags |= ItemClick_Ctrl; + + DoHandleItemClick(current, flags); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVListBox mouse handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxVListBox::OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + SetFocus(); + + int item = VirtualHitTest(event.GetPosition().y); + + if ( item != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + int flags = 0; + if ( event.ShiftDown() ) + flags |= ItemClick_Shift; + + // under Mac Apple-click is used in the same way as Ctrl-click + // elsewhere +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + if ( event.MetaDown() ) +#else + if ( event.ControlDown() ) +#endif + flags |= ItemClick_Ctrl; + + DoHandleItemClick(item, flags); + } +} + +void wxVListBox::OnLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& eventMouse) +{ + int item = VirtualHitTest(eventMouse.GetPosition().y); + if ( item != wxNOT_FOUND ) + { + + // if item double-clicked was not yet selected, then treat + // this event as a left-click instead + if ( item == m_current ) + { + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, GetId()); + InitEvent(event, item); + (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + } + else + { + OnLeftDown(eventMouse); + } + + } +} + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// use the same default attributes as wxListBox +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//static +wxVisualAttributes +wxVListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant) +{ + return wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(variant); +} + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/vscroll.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/vscroll.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21c74fecd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/vscroll.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1016 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/vscroll.cpp +// Purpose: wxVScrolledWindow implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: Brad Anderson, David Warkentin +// Created: 30.05.03 +// RCS-ID: $Id: vscroll.cpp 63761 2010-03-28 14:37:30Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dc.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/vscroll.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxVarScrollHelperEvtHandler declaration +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScrollHelperEvtHandler: intercept the events from the window and forward +// them to wxVarScrollHelperBase +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class WXDLLEXPORT wxVarScrollHelperEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler +{ +public: + wxVarScrollHelperEvtHandler(wxVarScrollHelperBase *scrollHelper) + { + m_scrollHelper = scrollHelper; + } + + virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event); + +private: + wxVarScrollHelperBase *m_scrollHelper; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxVarScrollHelperEvtHandler); +}; + +// ============================================================================ +// wxVarScrollHelperEvtHandler implementation +// ============================================================================ + +bool wxVarScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event) +{ + wxEventType evType = event.GetEventType(); + + // pass it on to the real handler + bool processed = wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event); + + // always process the size events ourselves, even if the user code handles + // them as well, as we need to AdjustScrollbars() + // + // NB: it is important to do it after processing the event in the normal + // way as HandleOnSize() may generate a wxEVT_SIZE itself if the + // scrollbar[s] (dis)appear and it should be seen by the user code + // after this one + if ( evType == wxEVT_SIZE ) + { + m_scrollHelper->HandleOnSize((wxSizeEvent &)event); + + return !event.GetSkipped(); + } + + if ( processed ) + { + // normally, nothing more to do here - except if we have a command + // event + if ( event.IsCommandEvent() ) + { + return true; + } + } + + // reset the skipped flag (which might have been set to true in + // ProcessEvent() above) to be able to test it below + bool wasSkipped = event.GetSkipped(); + if ( wasSkipped ) + event.Skip(false); + + if ( evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK || + evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE ) + { + m_scrollHelper->HandleOnScroll((wxScrollWinEvent &)event); + if ( !event.GetSkipped() ) + { + // it makes sense to indicate that we processed the message as we + // did scroll the window (and also notice that wxAutoScrollTimer + // relies on our return value for continuous scrolling) + processed = true; + wasSkipped = false; + } + } +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + else if ( evType == wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL ) + { + m_scrollHelper->HandleOnMouseWheel((wxMouseEvent &)event); + } +#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + + event.Skip(wasSkipped); + + return processed; +} + + +// ============================================================================ +// wxVarScrollHelperBase implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVarScrollHelperBase initialization +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxVarScrollHelperBase::wxVarScrollHelperBase(wxWindow *win) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( win, wxT("associated window can't be NULL in wxVarScrollHelperBase") ); + +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + m_sumWheelRotation = 0; +#endif + + m_unitMax = 0; + m_sizeTotal = 0; + m_unitFirst = 0; + + m_win = + m_targetWindow = NULL; + + m_physicalScrolling = true; + m_handler = NULL; + + m_win = win; + + // by default, the associated window is also the target window + DoSetTargetWindow(win); + +} + +wxVarScrollHelperBase::~wxVarScrollHelperBase() +{ + DeleteEvtHandler(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVarScrollHelperBase various helpers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void +wxVarScrollHelperBase::AssignOrient(wxCoord& x, + wxCoord& y, + wxCoord first, + wxCoord second) +{ + if ( GetOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) + { + x = first; + y = second; + } + else // horizontal + { + x = second; + y = first; + } +} + +void +wxVarScrollHelperBase::IncOrient(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord inc) +{ + if ( GetOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) + y += inc; + else + x += inc; +} + +wxCoord wxVarScrollHelperBase::DoEstimateTotalSize() const +{ + // estimate the total height: it is impossible to call + // OnGetUnitSize() for every unit because there may be too many of + // them, so we just make a guess using some units in the beginning, + // some in the end and some in the middle + static const size_t NUM_UNITS_TO_SAMPLE = 10; + + wxCoord sizeTotal; + if ( m_unitMax < 3*NUM_UNITS_TO_SAMPLE ) + { + // in this case, full calculations are faster and more correct than + // guessing + sizeTotal = GetUnitsSize(0, m_unitMax); + } + else // too many units to calculate exactly + { + // look at some units in the beginning/middle/end + sizeTotal = + GetUnitsSize(0, NUM_UNITS_TO_SAMPLE) + + GetUnitsSize(m_unitMax - NUM_UNITS_TO_SAMPLE, + m_unitMax) + + GetUnitsSize(m_unitMax/2 - NUM_UNITS_TO_SAMPLE/2, + m_unitMax/2 + NUM_UNITS_TO_SAMPLE/2); + + // use the height of the units we looked as the average + sizeTotal = (wxCoord) + (((float)sizeTotal / (3*NUM_UNITS_TO_SAMPLE)) * m_unitMax); + } + + return sizeTotal; +} + +wxCoord wxVarScrollHelperBase::GetUnitsSize(size_t unitMin, size_t unitMax) const +{ + if ( unitMin == unitMax ) + return 0; + else if ( unitMin > unitMax ) + return -GetUnitsSize(unitMax, unitMin); + //else: unitMin < unitMax + + // let the user code know that we're going to need all these units + OnGetUnitsSizeHint(unitMin, unitMax); + + // sum up their sizes + wxCoord size = 0; + for ( size_t unit = unitMin; unit < unitMax; ++unit ) + { + size += OnGetUnitSize(unit); + } + + return size; +} + +size_t wxVarScrollHelperBase::FindFirstVisibleFromLast(size_t unitLast, bool full) const +{ + const wxCoord sWindow = GetOrientationTargetSize(); + + // go upwards until we arrive at a unit such that unitLast is not visible + // any more when it is shown + size_t unitFirst = unitLast; + wxCoord s = 0; + for ( ;; ) + { + s += OnGetUnitSize(unitFirst); + + if ( s > sWindow ) + { + // for this unit to be fully visible we need to go one unit + // down, but if it is enough for it to be only partly visible then + // this unit will do as well + if ( full ) + { + ++unitFirst; + } + + break; + } + + if ( !unitFirst ) + break; + + --unitFirst; + } + + return unitFirst; +} + +size_t wxVarScrollHelperBase::GetNewScrollPosition(wxScrollWinEvent& event) const +{ + wxEventType evtType = event.GetEventType(); + + if ( evtType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP ) + { + return 0; + } + else if ( evtType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM ) + { + return m_unitMax; + } + else if ( evtType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP ) + { + return m_unitFirst ? m_unitFirst - 1 : 0; + } + else if ( evtType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN ) + { + return m_unitFirst + 1; + } + else if ( evtType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP ) + { + return FindFirstVisibleFromLast(m_unitFirst); + } + else if ( evtType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN ) + { + if ( GetVisibleEnd() ) + return GetVisibleEnd() - 1; + else + return GetVisibleEnd(); + } + else if ( evtType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE ) + { + return event.GetPosition(); + } + else if ( evtType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK ) + { + return event.GetPosition(); + } + + // unknown scroll event? + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown scroll event type?") ); + return 0; +} + +void wxVarScrollHelperBase::UpdateScrollbar() +{ + // if there is nothing to scroll, remove the scrollbar + if ( !m_unitMax ) + { + RemoveScrollbar(); + return; + } + + // see how many units can we fit on screen + const wxCoord sWindow = GetOrientationTargetSize(); + + // do vertical calculations + wxCoord s = 0; + size_t unit; + for ( unit = m_unitFirst; unit < m_unitMax; ++unit ) + { + if ( s > sWindow ) + break; + + s += OnGetUnitSize(unit); + } + + m_nUnitsVisible = unit - m_unitFirst; + + int unitsPageSize = m_nUnitsVisible; + if ( s > sWindow ) + { + // last unit is only partially visible, we still need the scrollbar and + // so we have to "fix" pageSize because if it is equal to m_unitMax + // the scrollbar is not shown at all under MSW + --unitsPageSize; + } + + // set the scrollbar parameters to reflect this + m_win->SetScrollbar(GetOrientation(), m_unitFirst, unitsPageSize, m_unitMax); +} + +void wxVarScrollHelperBase::RemoveScrollbar() +{ + m_unitFirst = 0; + m_nUnitsVisible = m_unitMax; + m_win->SetScrollbar(GetOrientation(), 0, 0, 0); +} + +void wxVarScrollHelperBase::DeleteEvtHandler() +{ + // search for m_handler in the handler list + if ( m_win && m_handler ) + { + if ( m_win->RemoveEventHandler(m_handler) ) + { + delete m_handler; + } + //else: something is very wrong, so better [maybe] leak memory than + // risk a crash because of double deletion + + m_handler = NULL; + } +} + +void wxVarScrollHelperBase::DoSetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target) +{ + m_targetWindow = target; +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + target->MacSetClipChildren( true ) ; +#endif + + // install the event handler which will intercept the events we're + // interested in (but only do it for our real window, not the target window + // which we scroll - we don't need to hijack its events) + if ( m_targetWindow == m_win ) + { + // if we already have a handler, delete it first + DeleteEvtHandler(); + + m_handler = new wxVarScrollHelperEvtHandler(this); + m_targetWindow->PushEventHandler(m_handler); + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVarScrollHelperBase operations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxVarScrollHelperBase::SetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( target, wxT("target window must not be NULL") ); + + if ( target == m_targetWindow ) + return; + + DoSetTargetWindow(target); +} + +void wxVarScrollHelperBase::SetUnitCount(size_t count) +{ + // save the number of units + m_unitMax = count; + + // and our estimate for their total height + m_sizeTotal = EstimateTotalSize(); + + // ScrollToUnit() will update the scrollbar itself if it changes the unit + // we pass to it because it's out of [new] range + size_t oldScrollPos = m_unitFirst; + DoScrollToUnit(m_unitFirst); + if ( oldScrollPos == m_unitFirst ) + { + // but if it didn't do it, we still need to update the scrollbar to + // reflect the changed number of units ourselves + UpdateScrollbar(); + } +} + +void wxVarScrollHelperBase::RefreshUnit(size_t unit) +{ + // is this unit visible? + if ( !IsVisible(unit) ) + { + // no, it is useless to do anything + return; + } + + // calculate the rect occupied by this unit on screen + wxRect rect; + AssignOrient(rect.width, rect.height, + GetNonOrientationTargetSize(), OnGetUnitSize(unit)); + + for ( size_t n = GetVisibleBegin(); n < unit; ++n ) + { + IncOrient(rect.x, rect.y, OnGetUnitSize(n)); + } + + // do refresh it + m_targetWindow->RefreshRect(rect); +} + +void wxVarScrollHelperBase::RefreshUnits(size_t from, size_t to) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( from <= to, wxT("RefreshUnits(): empty range") ); + + // clump the range to just the visible units -- it is useless to refresh + // the other ones + if ( from < GetVisibleBegin() ) + from = GetVisibleBegin(); + + if ( to > GetVisibleEnd() ) + to = GetVisibleEnd(); + + // calculate the rect occupied by these units on screen + int orient_size, nonorient_size, orient_pos; + orient_size = nonorient_size = orient_pos = 0; + + nonorient_size = GetNonOrientationTargetSize(); + + for ( size_t nBefore = GetVisibleBegin(); + nBefore < from; + nBefore++ ) + { + orient_pos += OnGetUnitSize(nBefore); + } + + for ( size_t nBetween = from; nBetween <= to; nBetween++ ) + { + orient_size += OnGetUnitSize(nBetween); + } + + wxRect rect; + AssignOrient(rect.x, rect.y, 0, orient_pos); + AssignOrient(rect.width, rect.height, nonorient_size, orient_size); + + // do refresh it + m_targetWindow->RefreshRect(rect); +} + +void wxVarScrollHelperBase::RefreshAll() +{ + UpdateScrollbar(); + + m_targetWindow->Refresh(); +} + +bool wxVarScrollHelperBase::ScrollLayout() +{ + if ( m_targetWindow->GetSizer() && m_physicalScrolling ) + { + // adjust the sizer dimensions/position taking into account the + // virtual size and scrolled position of the window. + + int x, y; + AssignOrient(x, y, 0, -GetScrollOffset()); + + int w, h; + m_targetWindow->GetVirtualSize(&w, &h); + + m_targetWindow->GetSizer()->SetDimension(x, y, w, h); + return true; + } + + // fall back to default for LayoutConstraints + return m_targetWindow->wxWindow::Layout(); +} + +int wxVarScrollHelperBase::VirtualHitTest(wxCoord coord) const +{ + const size_t unitMax = GetVisibleEnd(); + for ( size_t unit = GetVisibleBegin(); unit < unitMax; ++unit ) + { + coord -= OnGetUnitSize(unit); + if ( coord < 0 ) + return unit; + } + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVarScrollHelperBase scrolling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxVarScrollHelperBase::DoScrollToUnit(size_t unit) +{ + if ( !m_unitMax ) + { + // we're empty, code below doesn't make sense in this case + return false; + } + + // determine the real first unit to scroll to: we shouldn't scroll beyond + // the end + size_t unitFirstLast = FindFirstVisibleFromLast(m_unitMax - 1, true); + if ( unit > unitFirstLast ) + unit = unitFirstLast; + + // anything to do? + if ( unit == m_unitFirst ) + { + // no + return false; + } + + + // remember the currently shown units for the refresh code below + size_t unitFirstOld = GetVisibleBegin(), + unitLastOld = GetVisibleEnd(); + + m_unitFirst = unit; + + + // the size of scrollbar thumb could have changed + UpdateScrollbar(); + + // finally refresh the display -- but only redraw as few units as possible + // to avoid flicker. We can't do this if we have children because they + // won't be scrolled + if ( m_targetWindow->GetChildren().empty() && + (GetVisibleBegin() >= unitLastOld || GetVisibleEnd() <= unitFirstOld) ) + { + // the simplest case: we don't have any old units left, just redraw + // everything + m_targetWindow->Refresh(); + } + else // scroll the window + { + // Avoid scrolling visible parts of the screen on Mac +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + if (m_physicalScrolling && m_targetWindow->IsShownOnScreen()) +#else + if ( m_physicalScrolling ) +#endif + { + wxCoord dx = 0, + dy = GetUnitsSize(GetVisibleBegin(), unitFirstOld); + + if ( GetOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL ) + { + wxCoord tmp = dx; + dx = dy; + dy = tmp; + } + + m_targetWindow->ScrollWindow(dx, dy); + } + else // !m_physicalScrolling + { + // we still need to invalidate but we can't use ScrollWindow + // because physical scrolling is disabled (the user either didn't + // want children scrolled and/or doesn't want pixels to be + // physically scrolled). + m_targetWindow->Refresh(); + } + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxVarScrollHelperBase::DoScrollUnits(int units) +{ + units += m_unitFirst; + if ( units < 0 ) + units = 0; + + return DoScrollToUnit(units); +} + +bool wxVarScrollHelperBase::DoScrollPages(int pages) +{ + bool didSomething = false; + + while ( pages ) + { + int unit; + if ( pages > 0 ) + { + unit = GetVisibleEnd(); + if ( unit ) + --unit; + --pages; + } + else // pages < 0 + { + unit = FindFirstVisibleFromLast(GetVisibleEnd()); + ++pages; + } + + didSomething = DoScrollToUnit(unit); + } + + return didSomething; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxVarScrollHelperBase::HandleOnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) +{ + if ( m_unitMax ) + { + // sometimes change in varscrollable window's size can result in + // unused empty space after the last item. Fix it by decrementing + // first visible item position according to the available space. + + // determine free space + const wxCoord sWindow = GetOrientationTargetSize(); + wxCoord s = 0; + size_t unit; + for ( unit = m_unitFirst; unit < m_unitMax; ++unit ) + { + if ( s > sWindow ) + break; + + s += OnGetUnitSize(unit); + } + wxCoord freeSpace = sWindow - s; + + // decrement first visible item index as long as there is free space + size_t idealUnitFirst; + for ( idealUnitFirst = m_unitFirst; + idealUnitFirst > 0; + idealUnitFirst-- ) + { + wxCoord us = OnGetUnitSize(idealUnitFirst-1); + if ( freeSpace < us ) + break; + freeSpace -= us; + } + m_unitFirst = idealUnitFirst; + } + + UpdateScrollbar(); + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxVarScrollHelperBase::HandleOnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event) +{ + if (GetOrientation() != event.GetOrientation()) + { + event.Skip(); + return; + } + + DoScrollToUnit(GetNewScrollPosition(event)); + +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + UpdateMacScrollWindow(); +#endif // __WXMAC__ +} + +void wxVarScrollHelperBase::DoPrepareDC(wxDC& dc) +{ + if ( m_physicalScrolling ) + { + wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); + + IncOrient(pt.x, pt.y, -GetScrollOffset()); + + dc.SetDeviceOrigin(pt.x, pt.y); + } +} + +int wxVarScrollHelperBase::DoCalcScrolledPosition(int coord) const +{ + return coord - GetScrollOffset(); +} + +int wxVarScrollHelperBase::DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(int coord) const +{ + return coord + GetScrollOffset(); +} + +#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + +void wxVarScrollHelperBase::HandleOnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& event) +{ + // we only want to process wheel events for vertical implementations. + // There is no way to determine wheel orientation (and on MSW horizontal + // wheel rotation just fakes scroll events, rather than sending a MOUSEWHEEL + // event). + if ( GetOrientation() != wxVERTICAL ) + return; + + m_sumWheelRotation += event.GetWheelRotation(); + int delta = event.GetWheelDelta(); + + // how much to scroll this time + int units_to_scroll = -(m_sumWheelRotation/delta); + if ( !units_to_scroll ) + return; + + m_sumWheelRotation += units_to_scroll*delta; + + if ( !event.IsPageScroll() ) + DoScrollUnits( units_to_scroll*event.GetLinesPerAction() ); + else // scroll pages instead of units + DoScrollPages( units_to_scroll ); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL + + +// ============================================================================ +// wxVarHVScrollHelper implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxVarHVScrollHelper operations +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxVarHVScrollHelper::SetRowColumnCount(size_t rowCount, size_t columnCount) +{ + SetRowCount(rowCount); + SetColumnCount(columnCount); +} + +bool wxVarHVScrollHelper::ScrollToRowColumn(size_t row, size_t column) +{ + bool result = false; + result |= ScrollToRow(row); + result |= ScrollToColumn(column); + return result; +} + +void wxVarHVScrollHelper::RefreshRowColumn(size_t row, size_t column) +{ + // is this unit visible? + if ( !IsRowVisible(row) || !IsColumnVisible(column) ) + { + // no, it is useless to do anything + return; + } + + // calculate the rect occupied by this cell on screen + wxRect v_rect, h_rect; + v_rect.height = OnGetRowHeight(row); + h_rect.width = OnGetColumnWidth(column); + + size_t n; + + for ( n = GetVisibleRowsBegin(); n < row; n++ ) + { + v_rect.y += OnGetRowHeight(n); + } + + for ( n = GetVisibleColumnsBegin(); n < column; n++ ) + { + h_rect.x += OnGetColumnWidth(n); + } + + // refresh but specialize the behavior if we have a single target window + if ( wxVarVScrollHelper::GetTargetWindow() == wxVarHScrollHelper::GetTargetWindow() ) + { + v_rect.x = h_rect.x; + v_rect.width = h_rect.width; + wxVarVScrollHelper::GetTargetWindow()->RefreshRect(v_rect); + } + else + { + v_rect.x = 0; + v_rect.width = wxVarVScrollHelper::GetNonOrientationTargetSize(); + h_rect.y = 0; + h_rect.width = wxVarHScrollHelper::GetNonOrientationTargetSize(); + + wxVarVScrollHelper::GetTargetWindow()->RefreshRect(v_rect); + wxVarHScrollHelper::GetTargetWindow()->RefreshRect(h_rect); + } +} + +void wxVarHVScrollHelper::RefreshRowsColumns(size_t fromRow, size_t toRow, + size_t fromColumn, size_t toColumn) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( fromRow <= toRow || fromColumn <= toColumn, + wxT("RefreshRowsColumns(): empty range") ); + + // clump the range to just the visible units -- it is useless to refresh + // the other ones + if ( fromRow < GetVisibleRowsBegin() ) + fromRow = GetVisibleRowsBegin(); + + if ( toRow > GetVisibleRowsEnd() ) + toRow = GetVisibleRowsEnd(); + + if ( fromColumn < GetVisibleColumnsBegin() ) + fromColumn = GetVisibleColumnsBegin(); + + if ( toColumn > GetVisibleColumnsEnd() ) + toColumn = GetVisibleColumnsEnd(); + + // calculate the rect occupied by these units on screen + wxRect v_rect, h_rect; + size_t nBefore, nBetween; + + for ( nBefore = GetVisibleRowsBegin(); + nBefore < fromRow; + nBefore++ ) + { + v_rect.y += OnGetRowHeight(nBefore); + } + + for ( nBetween = fromRow; nBetween <= toRow; nBetween++ ) + { + v_rect.height += OnGetRowHeight(nBetween); + } + + for ( nBefore = GetVisibleColumnsBegin(); + nBefore < fromColumn; + nBefore++ ) + { + h_rect.x += OnGetColumnWidth(nBefore); + } + + for ( nBetween = fromColumn; nBetween <= toColumn; nBetween++ ) + { + h_rect.width += OnGetColumnWidth(nBetween); + } + + // refresh but specialize the behavior if we have a single target window + if ( wxVarVScrollHelper::GetTargetWindow() == wxVarHScrollHelper::GetTargetWindow() ) + { + v_rect.x = h_rect.x; + v_rect.width = h_rect.width; + wxVarVScrollHelper::GetTargetWindow()->RefreshRect(v_rect); + } + else + { + v_rect.x = 0; + v_rect.width = wxVarVScrollHelper::GetNonOrientationTargetSize(); + h_rect.y = 0; + h_rect.width = wxVarHScrollHelper::GetNonOrientationTargetSize(); + + wxVarVScrollHelper::GetTargetWindow()->RefreshRect(v_rect); + wxVarHScrollHelper::GetTargetWindow()->RefreshRect(h_rect); + } +} + +wxPosition wxVarHVScrollHelper::VirtualHitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const +{ + return wxPosition(wxVarVScrollHelper::VirtualHitTest(y), + wxVarHScrollHelper::VirtualHitTest(x)); +} + +void wxVarHVScrollHelper::DoPrepareDC(wxDC& dc) +{ + wxVarVScrollHelper::DoPrepareDC(dc); + wxVarHScrollHelper::DoPrepareDC(dc); +} + +bool wxVarHVScrollHelper::ScrollLayout() +{ + bool layout_result = false; + layout_result |= wxVarVScrollHelper::ScrollLayout(); + layout_result |= wxVarHScrollHelper::ScrollLayout(); + return layout_result; +} + +wxSize wxVarHVScrollHelper::GetRowColumnCount() const +{ + return wxSize(GetColumnCount(), GetRowCount()); +} + +wxPosition wxVarHVScrollHelper::GetVisibleBegin() const +{ + return wxPosition(GetVisibleRowsBegin(), GetVisibleColumnsBegin()); +} + +wxPosition wxVarHVScrollHelper::GetVisibleEnd() const +{ + return wxPosition(GetVisibleRowsEnd(), GetVisibleColumnsEnd()); +} + +bool wxVarHVScrollHelper::IsVisible(size_t row, size_t column) const +{ + return IsRowVisible(row) && IsColumnVisible(column); +} + + +// ============================================================================ +// wx[V/H/HV]ScrolledWindow implementations +// ============================================================================ + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxVScrolledWindow, wxPanel) +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHScrolledWindow, wxPanel) +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHVScrolledWindow, wxPanel) + + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +// =========================================================================== +// wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor +// =========================================================================== + +size_t wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor::GetFirstVisibleLine() const +{ return GetVisibleRowsBegin(); } + +size_t wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor::GetLastVisibleLine() const +{ return GetVisibleRowsEnd() - 1; } + +size_t wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor::GetLineCount() const +{ return GetRowCount(); } + +void wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor::SetLineCount(size_t count) +{ SetRowCount(count); } + +void wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor::RefreshLine(size_t line) +{ RefreshRow(line); } + +void wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor::RefreshLines(size_t from, size_t to) +{ RefreshRows(from, to); } + +bool wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor::ScrollToLine(size_t line) +{ return ScrollToRow(line); } + +bool wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor::ScrollLines(int lines) +{ return ScrollRows(lines); } + +bool wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor::ScrollPages(int pages) +{ return ScrollRowPages(pages); } + +wxCoord wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor::OnGetLineHeight(size_t WXUNUSED(n)) const +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("OnGetLineHeight() must be overridden if OnGetRowHeight() isn't!") ); + return -1; +} + +void wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor::OnGetLinesHint(size_t WXUNUSED(lineMin), + size_t WXUNUSED(lineMax)) const +{ +} + +wxCoord wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor::OnGetRowHeight(size_t n) const +{ + return OnGetLineHeight(n); +} + +void wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor::OnGetRowsHeightHint(size_t rowMin, + size_t rowMax) const +{ + OnGetLinesHint(rowMin, rowMax); +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/wizard.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/wizard.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..485a9b9c43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/generic/wizard.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1002 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/generic/wizard.cpp +// Purpose: generic implementation of wxWizard class +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: Robert Cavanaugh +// 1) Added capability for wxWizardPage to accept resources +// 2) Added "Help" button handler stub +// 3) Fixed ShowPage() bug on displaying bitmaps +// Robert Vazan (sizers) +// Created: 15.08.99 +// RCS-ID: $Id: wizard.cpp 66985 2011-02-20 18:18:51Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_WIZARDDLG + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/dynarray.h" + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/statbmp.h" + #include "wx/button.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/statline.h" + +#include "wx/scrolwin.h" +#include "wx/wizard.h" +#include "wx/dcmemory.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWizardSizer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxWizardSizer : public wxSizer +{ +public: + wxWizardSizer(wxWizard *owner); + + virtual wxSizerItem *Insert(size_t index, wxSizerItem *item); + + virtual void RecalcSizes(); + virtual wxSize CalcMin(); + + // get the max size of all wizard pages + wxSize GetMaxChildSize(); + + // return the border which can be either set using wxWizard::SetBorder() or + // have default value + int GetBorder() const; + + // hide the pages which we temporarily "show" when they're added to this + // sizer (see Insert()) + void HidePages(); + +private: + wxSize SiblingSize(wxSizerItem *child); + + wxWizard *m_owner; + wxSize m_childSize; +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event tables and such +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED, wxWizardEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING, wxWizardEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_WIZARD_CANCEL, wxWizardEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_WIZARD_FINISHED, wxWizardEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_WIZARD_HELP, wxWizardEvent ); +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_SHOWN, wxWizardEvent ); + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWizard, wxDialog) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_CANCEL, wxWizard::OnCancel) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_BACKWARD, wxWizard::OnBackOrNext) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_FORWARD, wxWizard::OnBackOrNext) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_HELP, wxWizard::OnHelp) + + EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent) + EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent) + EVT_WIZARD_CANCEL(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent) + EVT_WIZARD_FINISHED(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent) + EVT_WIZARD_HELP(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizard, wxDialog) + +/* + TODO PROPERTIES : + wxWizard + extstyle + title +*/ + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWizardPage, wxPanel) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizardPageSimple, wxWizardPage) +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizardEvent, wxNotifyEvent) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWizardPage +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxWizardPage::Init() +{ + m_bitmap = wxNullBitmap; +} + +wxWizardPage::wxWizardPage(wxWizard *parent, + const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + Create(parent, bitmap); +} + +bool wxWizardPage::Create(wxWizard *parent, + const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + if ( !wxPanel::Create(parent, wxID_ANY) ) + return false; + + m_bitmap = bitmap; + + // initially the page is hidden, it's shown only when it becomes current + Hide(); + + return true; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWizardPageSimple +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxWizardPage *wxWizardPageSimple::GetPrev() const +{ + return m_prev; +} + +wxWizardPage *wxWizardPageSimple::GetNext() const +{ + return m_next; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWizardSizer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxWizardSizer::wxWizardSizer(wxWizard *owner) + : m_owner(owner), + m_childSize(wxDefaultSize) +{ +} + +wxSizerItem *wxWizardSizer::Insert(size_t index, wxSizerItem *item) +{ + m_owner->m_usingSizer = true; + + if ( item->IsWindow() ) + { + // we must pretend that the window is shown as otherwise it wouldn't be + // taken into account for the layout -- but avoid really showing it, so + // just set the internal flag instead of calling wxWindow::Show() + item->GetWindow()->wxWindowBase::Show(); + } + + return wxSizer::Insert(index, item); +} + +void wxWizardSizer::HidePages() +{ + for ( wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); + node; + node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = node->GetData(); + if ( item->IsWindow() ) + item->GetWindow()->wxWindowBase::Show(false); + } +} + +void wxWizardSizer::RecalcSizes() +{ + // Effect of this function depends on m_owner->m_page and + // it should be called whenever it changes (wxWizard::ShowPage) + if ( m_owner->m_page ) + { + m_owner->m_page->SetSize(wxRect(m_position, m_size)); + } +} + +wxSize wxWizardSizer::CalcMin() +{ + return m_owner->GetPageSize(); +} + +wxSize wxWizardSizer::GetMaxChildSize() +{ + wxSize maxOfMin; + + for ( wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator childNode = m_children.GetFirst(); + childNode; + childNode = childNode->GetNext() ) + { + wxSizerItem *child = childNode->GetData(); + maxOfMin.IncTo(child->CalcMin()); + maxOfMin.IncTo(SiblingSize(child)); + } + + if ( m_owner->m_started ) + { + m_childSize = maxOfMin; + } + + return maxOfMin; +} + +int wxWizardSizer::GetBorder() const +{ + return m_owner->m_border; +} + +wxSize wxWizardSizer::SiblingSize(wxSizerItem *child) +{ + wxSize maxSibling; + + if ( child->IsWindow() ) + { + wxWizardPage *page = wxDynamicCast(child->GetWindow(), wxWizardPage); + if ( page ) + { + for ( wxWizardPage *sibling = page->GetNext(); + sibling; + sibling = sibling->GetNext() ) + { + if ( sibling->GetSizer() ) + { + maxSibling.IncTo(sibling->GetSizer()->CalcMin()); + } + } + } + } + + return maxSibling; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// generic wxWizard implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxWizard::Init() +{ + m_posWizard = wxDefaultPosition; + m_page = NULL; + m_btnPrev = m_btnNext = NULL; + m_statbmp = NULL; + m_sizerBmpAndPage = NULL; + m_sizerPage = NULL; + m_border = 5; + m_started = false; + m_wasModal = false; + m_usingSizer = false; + m_bitmapBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE; + m_bitmapPlacement = 0; + m_bitmapMinimumWidth = 115; +} + +bool wxWizard::Create(wxWindow *parent, + int id, + const wxString& title, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos, + long style) +{ + bool result = wxDialog::Create(parent,id,title,pos,wxDefaultSize,style); + + m_posWizard = pos; + m_bitmap = bitmap ; + + DoCreateControls(); + + return result; +} + +wxWizard::~wxWizard() +{ + // normally we don't have to delete this sizer as it's deleted by the + // associated window but if we never used it or didn't set it as the window + // sizer yet, do delete it manually + if ( !m_usingSizer || !m_started ) + delete m_sizerPage; +} + +void wxWizard::AddBitmapRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn) +{ + m_sizerBmpAndPage = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + mainColumn->Add( + m_sizerBmpAndPage, + 1, // Vertically stretchable + wxEXPAND // Horizonal stretching, no border + ); + mainColumn->Add(0,5, + 0, // No vertical stretching + wxEXPAND // No border, (mostly useless) horizontal stretching + ); + +#if wxUSE_STATBMP + if ( m_bitmap.Ok() ) + { + wxSize bitmapSize(wxDefaultSize); + if (GetBitmapPlacement()) + bitmapSize.x = GetMinimumBitmapWidth(); + + m_statbmp = new wxStaticBitmap(this, wxID_ANY, m_bitmap, wxDefaultPosition, bitmapSize); + m_sizerBmpAndPage->Add( + m_statbmp, + 0, // No horizontal stretching + wxALL, // Border all around, top alignment + 5 // Border width + ); + m_sizerBmpAndPage->Add( + 5,0, + 0, // No horizontal stretching + wxEXPAND // No border, (mostly useless) vertical stretching + ); + } +#endif + + // Added to m_sizerBmpAndPage later + m_sizerPage = new wxWizardSizer(this); +} + +void wxWizard::AddStaticLine(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn) +{ +#if wxUSE_STATLINE + mainColumn->Add( + new wxStaticLine(this, wxID_ANY), + 0, // Vertically unstretchable + wxEXPAND | wxALL, // Border all around, horizontally stretchable + 5 // Border width + ); + mainColumn->Add(0,5, + 0, // No vertical stretching + wxEXPAND // No border, (mostly useless) horizontal stretching + ); +#else + (void)mainColumn; +#endif // wxUSE_STATLINE +} + +void wxWizard::AddBackNextPair(wxBoxSizer *buttonRow) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_btnNext && m_btnPrev, + wxT("You must create the buttons before calling ") + wxT("wxWizard::AddBackNextPair") ); + + wxBoxSizer *backNextPair = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); + buttonRow->Add( + backNextPair, + 0, // No horizontal stretching + wxALL, // Border all around + 5 // Border width + ); + + backNextPair->Add(m_btnPrev); + backNextPair->Add(10, 0, + 0, // No horizontal stretching + wxEXPAND // No border, (mostly useless) vertical stretching + ); + backNextPair->Add(m_btnNext); +} + +void wxWizard::AddButtonRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn) +{ + // the order in which the buttons are created determines the TAB order - at least under MSWindows... + // although the 'back' button appears before the 'next' button, a more userfriendly tab order is + // to activate the 'next' button first (create the next button before the back button). + // The reason is: The user will repeatedly enter information in the wizard pages and then wants to + // press 'next'. If a user uses mostly the keyboard, he would have to skip the 'back' button + // everytime. This is annoying. There is a second reason: RETURN acts as TAB. If the 'next' + // button comes first in the TAB order, the user can enter information very fast using the RETURN + // key to TAB to the next entry field and page. This would not be possible, if the 'back' button + // was created before the 'next' button. + + bool isPda = (wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA); + int buttonStyle = isPda ? wxBU_EXACTFIT : 0; + + wxBoxSizer *buttonRow = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL); +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + if (GetExtraStyle() & wxWIZARD_EX_HELPBUTTON) + mainColumn->Add( + buttonRow, + 0, // Vertically unstretchable + wxGROW|wxALIGN_CENTRE + ); + else +#endif + mainColumn->Add( + buttonRow, + 0, // Vertically unstretchable + wxALIGN_RIGHT // Right aligned, no border + ); + + // Desired TAB order is 'next', 'cancel', 'help', 'back'. This makes the 'back' button the last control on the page. + // Create the buttons in the right order... + wxButton *btnHelp=0; +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + if (GetExtraStyle() & wxWIZARD_EX_HELPBUTTON) + btnHelp=new wxButton(this, wxID_HELP, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, buttonStyle); +#endif + + m_btnNext = new wxButton(this, wxID_FORWARD, _("&Next >")); + wxButton *btnCancel=new wxButton(this, wxID_CANCEL, _("&Cancel"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, buttonStyle); +#ifndef __WXMAC__ + if (GetExtraStyle() & wxWIZARD_EX_HELPBUTTON) + btnHelp=new wxButton(this, wxID_HELP, _("&Help"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, buttonStyle); +#endif + m_btnPrev = new wxButton(this, wxID_BACKWARD, _("< &Back"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, buttonStyle); + + if (btnHelp) + { + buttonRow->Add( + btnHelp, + 0, // Horizontally unstretchable + wxALL, // Border all around, top aligned + 5 // Border width + ); +#ifdef __WXMAC__ + // Put stretchable space between help button and others + buttonRow->Add(0, 0, 1, wxALIGN_CENTRE, 0); +#endif + } + + AddBackNextPair(buttonRow); + + buttonRow->Add( + btnCancel, + 0, // Horizontally unstretchable + wxALL, // Border all around, top aligned + 5 // Border width + ); +} + +void wxWizard::DoCreateControls() +{ + // do nothing if the controls were already created + if ( WasCreated() ) + return; + + bool isPda = (wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA); + + // Horizontal stretching, and if not PDA, border all around + int mainColumnSizerFlags = isPda ? wxEXPAND : wxALL|wxEXPAND ; + + // wxWindow::SetSizer will be called at end + wxBoxSizer *windowSizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + + wxBoxSizer *mainColumn = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + windowSizer->Add( + mainColumn, + 1, // Vertical stretching + mainColumnSizerFlags, + 5 // Border width + ); + + AddBitmapRow(mainColumn); + + if (!isPda) + AddStaticLine(mainColumn); + + AddButtonRow(mainColumn); + + SetSizer(windowSizer); +} + +void wxWizard::SetPageSize(const wxSize& size) +{ + wxCHECK_RET(!m_started, wxT("wxWizard::SetPageSize after RunWizard")); + m_sizePage = size; +} + +void wxWizard::FitToPage(const wxWizardPage *page) +{ + wxCHECK_RET(!m_started, wxT("wxWizard::FitToPage after RunWizard")); + + while ( page ) + { + wxSize size = page->GetBestSize(); + + m_sizePage.IncTo(size); + + page = page->GetNext(); + } +} + +bool wxWizard::ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( page != m_page, wxT("this is useless") ); + + wxSizerFlags flags(1); + flags.Border(wxALL, m_border).Expand(); + + if ( !m_started ) + { + if ( m_usingSizer ) + { + m_sizerBmpAndPage->Add(m_sizerPage, flags); + + // now that our layout is computed correctly, hide the pages + // artificially shown in wxWizardSizer::Insert() back again + m_sizerPage->HidePages(); + } + } + + + // remember the old bitmap (if any) to compare with the new one later + wxBitmap bmpPrev; + + // check for previous page + if ( m_page ) + { + // send the event to the old page + wxWizardEvent event(wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING, GetId(), + goingForward, m_page); + if ( m_page->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) && + !event.IsAllowed() ) + { + // vetoed by the page + return false; + } + + m_page->Hide(); + + bmpPrev = m_page->GetBitmap(); + + if ( !m_usingSizer ) + m_sizerBmpAndPage->Detach(m_page); + } + + // is this the end? + if ( !page ) + { + // terminate successfully + if ( IsModal() ) + { + EndModal(wxID_OK); + } + else + { + SetReturnCode(wxID_OK); + Hide(); + } + + // and notify the user code (this is especially useful for modeless + // wizards) + wxWizardEvent event(wxEVT_WIZARD_FINISHED, GetId(), false, m_page); + (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + + m_page = NULL; + + return true; + } + + // notice that we change m_page only here so that wxEVT_WIZARD_FINISHED + // event above could still use the correct (i.e. old) value of m_page + m_page = page; + + // position and show the new page + (void)m_page->TransferDataToWindow(); + + if ( m_usingSizer ) + { + // wxWizardSizer::RecalcSizes wants to be called when m_page changes + m_sizerPage->RecalcSizes(); + } + else // pages are not managed by the sizer + { + m_sizerBmpAndPage->Add(m_page, flags); + m_sizerBmpAndPage->SetItemMinSize(m_page, GetPageSize()); + } + +#if wxUSE_STATBMP + // update the bitmap if:it changed + wxBitmap bmp; + if ( m_statbmp ) + { + bmp = m_page->GetBitmap(); + if ( !bmp.Ok() ) + bmp = m_bitmap; + + if ( !bmpPrev.Ok() ) + bmpPrev = m_bitmap; + + if (!GetBitmapPlacement()) + { + if ( !bmp.IsSameAs(bmpPrev) ) + m_statbmp->SetBitmap(bmp); + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_STATBMP + + + // and update the buttons state + m_btnPrev->Enable(HasPrevPage(m_page)); + + const bool hasNext = HasNextPage(m_page); + const wxString label = hasNext ? _("&Next >") : _("&Finish"); + if ( label != m_btnNext->GetLabel() ) + m_btnNext->SetLabel(label); + + m_btnNext->SetDefault(); + + + // send the change event to the new page now + wxWizardEvent event(wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED, GetId(), goingForward, m_page); + (void)m_page->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); + + // and finally show it + m_page->Show(); + m_page->SetFocus(); + + if ( !m_usingSizer ) + m_sizerBmpAndPage->Layout(); + + if ( !m_started ) + { + m_started = true; + + DoWizardLayout(); + } + + if (GetBitmapPlacement() && m_statbmp) + { + ResizeBitmap(bmp); + + if ( !bmp.IsSameAs(bmpPrev) ) + m_statbmp->SetBitmap(bmp); + + if (m_usingSizer) + m_sizerPage->RecalcSizes(); + } + + wxWizardEvent pageShownEvent(wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_SHOWN, GetId(), + goingForward, m_page); + m_page->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(pageShownEvent); + + return true; +} + +/// Do fit, and adjust to screen size if necessary +void wxWizard::DoWizardLayout() +{ + if ( wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() > wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA ) + { + if (CanDoLayoutAdaptation()) + DoLayoutAdaptation(); + else + GetSizer()->SetSizeHints(this); + + if ( m_posWizard == wxDefaultPosition ) + CentreOnScreen(); + } + + SetLayoutAdaptationDone(true); +} + +bool wxWizard::RunWizard(wxWizardPage *firstPage) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( firstPage, false, wxT("can't run empty wizard") ); + + // can't return false here because there is no old page + (void)ShowPage(firstPage, true /* forward */); + + m_wasModal = true; + + return ShowModal() == wxID_OK; +} + +wxWizardPage *wxWizard::GetCurrentPage() const +{ + return m_page; +} + +wxSize wxWizard::GetPageSize() const +{ + // default width and height of the page + int DEFAULT_PAGE_WIDTH, + DEFAULT_PAGE_HEIGHT; + if ( wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA ) + { + // Make the default page size small enough to fit on screen + DEFAULT_PAGE_WIDTH = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_SCREEN_X) / 2; + DEFAULT_PAGE_HEIGHT = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric(wxSYS_SCREEN_Y) / 2; + } + else // !PDA + { + DEFAULT_PAGE_WIDTH = + DEFAULT_PAGE_HEIGHT = 270; + } + + // start with default minimal size + wxSize pageSize(DEFAULT_PAGE_WIDTH, DEFAULT_PAGE_HEIGHT); + + // make the page at least as big as specified by user + pageSize.IncTo(m_sizePage); + + if ( m_statbmp ) + { + // make the page at least as tall as the bitmap + pageSize.IncTo(wxSize(0, m_bitmap.GetHeight())); + } + + if ( m_usingSizer ) + { + // make it big enough to contain all pages added to the sizer + pageSize.IncTo(m_sizerPage->GetMaxChildSize()); + } + + return pageSize; +} + +wxSizer *wxWizard::GetPageAreaSizer() const +{ + return m_sizerPage; +} + +void wxWizard::SetBorder(int border) +{ + wxCHECK_RET(!m_started, wxT("wxWizard::SetBorder after RunWizard")); + + m_border = border; +} + +void wxWizard::OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(eventUnused)) +{ + // this function probably can never be called when we don't have an active + // page, but a small extra check won't hurt + wxWindow *win = m_page ? (wxWindow *)m_page : (wxWindow *)this; + + wxWizardEvent event(wxEVT_WIZARD_CANCEL, GetId(), false, m_page); + if ( !win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) || event.IsAllowed() ) + { + // no objections - close the dialog + if(IsModal()) + { + EndModal(wxID_CANCEL); + } + else + { + SetReturnCode(wxID_CANCEL); + Hide(); + } + } + //else: request to Cancel ignored +} + +void wxWizard::OnBackOrNext(wxCommandEvent& event) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (event.GetEventObject() == m_btnNext) || + (event.GetEventObject() == m_btnPrev), + wxT("unknown button") ); + + wxCHECK_RET( m_page, wxT("should have a valid current page") ); + + // ask the current page first: notice that we do it before calling + // GetNext/Prev() because the data transfered from the controls of the page + // may change the value returned by these methods + if ( !m_page->Validate() || !m_page->TransferDataFromWindow() ) + { + // the page data is incorrect, don't do anything + return; + } + + bool forward = event.GetEventObject() == m_btnNext; + + wxWizardPage *page; + if ( forward ) + { + page = m_page->GetNext(); + } + else // back + { + page = m_page->GetPrev(); + + wxASSERT_MSG( page, wxT("\"GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventHelp); + } +} + +void wxWizard::OnWizEvent(wxWizardEvent& event) +{ + // the dialogs have wxWS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS style on by default but we want to + // propagate wxEVT_WIZARD_XXX to the parent (if any), so do it manually + if ( !(GetExtraStyle() & wxWS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS) ) + { + // the event will be propagated anyhow + event.Skip(); + } + else + { + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + + if ( !parent || !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) + { + event.Skip(); + } + } + + if ( ( !m_wasModal ) && + event.IsAllowed() && + ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_WIZARD_FINISHED || + event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_WIZARD_CANCEL + ) + ) + { + Destroy(); + } +} + +void wxWizard::SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + m_bitmap = bitmap; + if (m_statbmp) + m_statbmp->SetBitmap(m_bitmap); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWizardEvent +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxWizardEvent::wxWizardEvent(wxEventType type, int id, bool direction, wxWizardPage* page) + : wxNotifyEvent(type, id) +{ + // Modified 10-20-2001 Robert Cavanaugh + // add the active page to the event data + m_direction = direction; + m_page = page; +} + +/// Do the adaptation +bool wxWizard::DoLayoutAdaptation() +{ + wxWindowList windows; + wxWindowList pages; + + // Make all the pages (that use sizers) scrollable + for ( wxSizerItemList::compatibility_iterator node = m_sizerPage->GetChildren().GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() ) + { + wxSizerItem * const item = node->GetData(); + if ( item->IsWindow() ) + { + wxWizardPage* page = wxDynamicCast(item->GetWindow(), wxWizardPage); + if (page) + { + while (page) + { + if (!pages.Find(page) && page->GetSizer()) + { + // Create a scrolled window and reparent + wxScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow = new wxScrolledWindow(page, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxTAB_TRAVERSAL|wxVSCROLL|wxHSCROLL|wxBORDER_NONE); + wxSizer* oldSizer = page->GetSizer(); + + wxSizer* newSizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL); + newSizer->Add(scrolledWindow,1, wxEXPAND, 0); + + page->SetSizer(newSizer, false /* don't delete the old sizer */); + + scrolledWindow->SetSizer(oldSizer); + + wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::DoReparentControls(page, scrolledWindow); + + pages.Append(page); + windows.Append(scrolledWindow); + } + page = page->GetNext(); + } + } + } + } + + wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter::DoFitWithScrolling(this, windows); + + // Size event doesn't get sent soon enough on wxGTK + DoLayout(); + + SetLayoutAdaptationDone(true); + + return true; +} + +bool wxWizard::ResizeBitmap(wxBitmap& bmp) +{ + if (!GetBitmapPlacement()) + return false; + + if (bmp.Ok()) + { + wxSize pageSize = m_sizerPage->GetSize(); + if (pageSize == wxSize(0,0)) + pageSize = GetPageSize(); + int bitmapWidth = wxMax(bmp.GetWidth(), GetMinimumBitmapWidth()); + int bitmapHeight = pageSize.y; + + if (!m_statbmp->GetBitmap().Ok() || m_statbmp->GetBitmap().GetHeight() != bitmapHeight) + { + wxBitmap bitmap(bitmapWidth, bitmapHeight); + { + wxMemoryDC dc; + dc.SelectObject(bitmap); + dc.SetBackground(wxBrush(m_bitmapBackgroundColour)); + dc.Clear(); + + if (GetBitmapPlacement() & wxWIZARD_TILE) + { + TileBitmap(wxRect(0, 0, bitmapWidth, bitmapHeight), dc, bmp); + } + else + { + int x, y; + + if (GetBitmapPlacement() & wxWIZARD_HALIGN_LEFT) + x = 0; + else if (GetBitmapPlacement() & wxWIZARD_HALIGN_RIGHT) + x = bitmapWidth - bmp.GetWidth(); + else + x = (bitmapWidth - bmp.GetWidth())/2; + + if (GetBitmapPlacement() & wxWIZARD_VALIGN_TOP) + y = 0; + else if (GetBitmapPlacement() & wxWIZARD_VALIGN_BOTTOM) + y = bitmapHeight - bmp.GetHeight(); + else + y = (bitmapHeight - bmp.GetHeight())/2; + + dc.DrawBitmap(bmp, x, y, true); + dc.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + } + } + + bmp = bitmap; + } + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxWizard::TileBitmap(const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc, const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + int w = bitmap.GetWidth(); + int h = bitmap.GetHeight(); + + wxMemoryDC dcMem; + + dcMem.SelectObjectAsSource(bitmap); + + int i, j; + for (i = rect.x; i < rect.x + rect.width; i += w) + { + for (j = rect.y; j < rect.y + rect.height; j+= h) + dc.Blit(i, j, bitmap.GetWidth(), bitmap.GetHeight(), & dcMem, 0, 0); + } + dcMem.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + + return true; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_WIZARDDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/aboutdlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/aboutdlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..946bda6249 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/aboutdlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/aboutdlg.cpp +// Purpose: native GTK+ wxAboutBox() implementation +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2006-10-08 +// RCS-ID: $Id: aboutdlg.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_ABOUTDLG && defined(__WXGTK26__) + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/utils.h" // for wxLaunchDefaultBrowser() +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/aboutdlg.h" +#include "wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// GtkArray: temporary array of GTK strings +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +class GtkArray +{ +public: + // Create empty GtkArray + GtkArray() : m_strings(0), m_count(0) + { + } + + // Create GtkArray from wxArrayString. Note that the created object is + // only valid as long as 'a' is! + GtkArray(const wxArrayString& a) + { + m_count = a.size(); + m_strings = new const gchar *[m_count + 1]; + + for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ ) + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // notice that there is no need to copy the string pointer here + // because this class is used only as a temporary and during its + // existence the pointer persists in wxString which uses it either + // for internal representation (in wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 case) or as + // cached m_convertedToChar (in wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR case) + m_strings[n] = wxGTK_CONV_SYS(a[n]); +#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE + // and in ANSI build we can simply borrow the pointer from + // wxCharBuffer (which owns it in this case) instead of copying it + // but we then become responsible for freeing it + m_strings[n] = wxGTK_CONV_SYS(a[n]).release(); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE + } + + // array must be NULL-terminated + m_strings[m_count] = NULL; + } + + operator const gchar **() const { return m_strings; } + + ~GtkArray() + { +#if !wxUSE_UNICODE + for ( size_t n = 0; n < m_count; n++ ) + free(const_cast(m_strings[n])); +#endif + + delete [] m_strings; + } + +private: + const gchar **m_strings; + size_t m_count; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(GtkArray); +}; + +} // anonymous namespace + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// GTK+ about dialog is modeless, keep track of it in this variable +static GtkAboutDialog *gs_aboutDialog = NULL; + +extern "C" void +wxGtkAboutDialogOnClose(GtkAboutDialog *about) +{ + gtk_widget_destroy(GTK_WIDGET(about)); + if ( about == gs_aboutDialog ) + gs_aboutDialog = NULL; +} + +extern "C" void +wxGtkAboutDialogOnLink(GtkAboutDialog * WXUNUSED(about), + const gchar *link, + gpointer WXUNUSED(data)) +{ + wxLaunchDefaultBrowser(wxGTK_CONV_BACK_SYS(link)); +} + +void wxAboutBox(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info, wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent)) +{ + if ( !gtk_check_version(2,6,0) ) + { + // don't create another dialog if one is already present + if ( !gs_aboutDialog ) + gs_aboutDialog = GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG(gtk_about_dialog_new()); + + GtkAboutDialog * const dlg = gs_aboutDialog; + gtk_about_dialog_set_name(dlg, wxGTK_CONV_SYS(info.GetName())); + if ( info.HasVersion() ) + gtk_about_dialog_set_version(dlg, wxGTK_CONV_SYS(info.GetVersion())); + else + gtk_about_dialog_set_version(dlg, NULL); + if ( info.HasCopyright() ) + gtk_about_dialog_set_copyright(dlg, wxGTK_CONV_SYS(info.GetCopyrightToDisplay())); + else + gtk_about_dialog_set_copyright(dlg, NULL); + if ( info.HasDescription() ) + gtk_about_dialog_set_comments(dlg, wxGTK_CONV_SYS(info.GetDescription())); + else + gtk_about_dialog_set_comments(dlg, NULL); + if ( info.HasLicence() ) + gtk_about_dialog_set_license(dlg, wxGTK_CONV_SYS(info.GetLicence())); + else + gtk_about_dialog_set_license(dlg, NULL); + + wxIcon icon = info.GetIcon(); + if ( icon.Ok() ) + gtk_about_dialog_set_logo(dlg, info.GetIcon().GetPixbuf()); + + if ( info.HasWebSite() ) + { + // NB: must be called before gtk_about_dialog_set_website() as + // otherwise it has no effect (although GTK+ docs don't mention + // this...) + gtk_about_dialog_set_url_hook(wxGtkAboutDialogOnLink, NULL, NULL); + + gtk_about_dialog_set_website(dlg, wxGTK_CONV_SYS(info.GetWebSiteURL())); + gtk_about_dialog_set_website_label + ( + dlg, + wxGTK_CONV_SYS(info.GetWebSiteDescription()) + ); + } + else + { + gtk_about_dialog_set_website(dlg, NULL); + gtk_about_dialog_set_website_label(dlg, NULL); + gtk_about_dialog_set_url_hook(NULL, NULL, NULL); + } + + if ( info.HasDevelopers() ) + gtk_about_dialog_set_authors(dlg, GtkArray(info.GetDevelopers())); + else + gtk_about_dialog_set_authors(dlg, GtkArray()); + if ( info.HasDocWriters() ) + gtk_about_dialog_set_documenters(dlg, GtkArray(info.GetDocWriters())); + else + gtk_about_dialog_set_documenters(dlg, GtkArray()); + if ( info.HasArtists() ) + gtk_about_dialog_set_artists(dlg, GtkArray(info.GetArtists())); + else + gtk_about_dialog_set_artists(dlg, GtkArray()); + + wxString transCredits; + if ( info.HasTranslators() ) + { + const wxArrayString& translators = info.GetTranslators(); + const size_t count = translators.size(); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + transCredits << translators[n] << wxT('\n'); + } + } + else // no translators explicitely specified + { + // maybe we have translator credits in the message catalog? + wxString translator = _("translator-credits"); + + // gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits() is smart enough to + // detect if "translator-credits" is untranslated and hide the + // translators tab in that case, however it will still show the + // "credits" button, (at least GTK 2.10.6) even if there are no + // credits informations at all, so we still need to do the check + // ourselves + if ( translator != wxT("translator-credits") ) // untranslated! + transCredits = translator; + } + + if ( !transCredits.empty() ) + gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits(dlg, wxGTK_CONV_SYS(transCredits)); + else + gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits(dlg, NULL); + + g_signal_connect(dlg, "response", + G_CALLBACK(wxGtkAboutDialogOnClose), NULL); + + gtk_window_present(GTK_WINDOW(dlg)); + return; + } + + // native about dialog not available, fall back to the generic one + wxGenericAboutBox(info); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ABOUTDLG && GTK+ 2.6+ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/animate.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/animate.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f8956554e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/animate.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,478 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/animate.cpp +// Purpose: wxAnimation and wxAnimationCtrl +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified By: +// Created: 24/09/2006 +// Id: $Id: animate.cpp 58954 2009-02-16 21:14:12Z FM $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + +#include "wx/animate.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/stream.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/wfstream.h" + +#include + + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +void gdk_pixbuf_area_updated(GdkPixbufLoader *loader, + gint WXUNUSED(x), + gint WXUNUSED(y), + gint WXUNUSED(width), + gint WXUNUSED(height), + wxAnimation *anim) +{ + if (anim && anim->GetPixbuf() == NULL) + { + // we need to set the pixbuf only if this is the first time this signal + // has been called! + anim->SetPixbuf(gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_animation(loader)); + } +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimation +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimation, wxAnimationBase) + +wxAnimation::wxAnimation(const wxAnimation& that) + : base_type(that) +{ + m_pixbuf = that.m_pixbuf; + if (m_pixbuf) + g_object_ref(m_pixbuf); +} + +wxAnimation::wxAnimation(GdkPixbufAnimation *p) +{ + m_pixbuf = p; + if ( m_pixbuf ) + g_object_ref(m_pixbuf); +} + +wxAnimation& wxAnimation::operator=(const wxAnimation& that) +{ + if (this != &that) + { + base_type::operator=(that); + UnRef(); + m_pixbuf = that.m_pixbuf; + if (m_pixbuf) + g_object_ref(m_pixbuf); + } + return *this; +} + +bool wxAnimation::LoadFile(const wxString &name, wxAnimationType WXUNUSED(type)) +{ + UnRef(); + m_pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file(name.fn_str(), NULL); + return IsOk(); +} + +bool wxAnimation::Load(wxInputStream &stream, wxAnimationType type) +{ + UnRef(); + + char anim_type[12]; + switch (type) + { + case wxANIMATION_TYPE_GIF: + strcpy(anim_type, "gif"); + break; + + case wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANI: + strcpy(anim_type, "ani"); + break; + + default: + anim_type[0] = '\0'; + break; + } + + // create a GdkPixbufLoader + GError *error = NULL; + GdkPixbufLoader *loader; + if (type != wxANIMATION_TYPE_INVALID && type != wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) + loader = gdk_pixbuf_loader_new_with_type(anim_type, &error); + else + loader = gdk_pixbuf_loader_new(); + + if (!loader || + error != NULL) // even if the loader was allocated, an error could have happened + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Could not create the loader for '%s' animation type: %s"), + anim_type, error->message); + return false; + } + + // connect to loader signals + g_signal_connect(loader, "area-updated", G_CALLBACK(gdk_pixbuf_area_updated), this); + + guchar buf[2048]; + bool data_written = false; + while (stream.IsOk()) + { + // read a chunk of data + if (!stream.Read(buf, sizeof(buf)) && + stream.GetLastError() != wxSTREAM_EOF) // EOF is OK for now + { + // gdk_pixbuf_loader_close wants the GError == NULL + gdk_pixbuf_loader_close(loader, NULL); + return false; + } + + // fetch all data into the loader + if (!gdk_pixbuf_loader_write(loader, buf, stream.LastRead(), &error)) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Could not write to the loader: %s"), error->message); + + // gdk_pixbuf_loader_close wants the GError == NULL + gdk_pixbuf_loader_close(loader, NULL); + return false; + } + + data_written = true; + } + + if (!data_written) + { + wxLogDebug("Could not read data from the stream..."); + return false; + } + + // load complete: gdk_pixbuf_loader_close will now check if the data we + // wrote inside the pixbuf loader does make sense and will give an error + // if it doesn't (because of a truncated file, corrupted data or whatelse) + if (!gdk_pixbuf_loader_close(loader, &error)) + { + wxLogDebug(wxT("Could not close the loader: %s"), error->message); + return false; + } + + // wait until we get the last area_updated signal + return data_written; +} + +wxImage wxAnimation::GetFrame(unsigned int WXUNUSED(frame)) const +{ + return wxNullImage; +} + +wxSize wxAnimation::GetSize() const +{ + return wxSize(gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_width(m_pixbuf), + gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_height(m_pixbuf)); +} + +void wxAnimation::UnRef() +{ + if (m_pixbuf) + g_object_unref(m_pixbuf); + m_pixbuf = NULL; +} + +void wxAnimation::SetPixbuf(GdkPixbufAnimation* p) +{ + UnRef(); + m_pixbuf = p; + if (m_pixbuf) + g_object_ref(m_pixbuf); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimationCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimationCtrl, wxAnimationCtrlBase) +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxAnimationCtrl, wxAnimationCtrlBase) + EVT_TIMER(wxID_ANY, wxAnimationCtrl::OnTimer) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxAnimationCtrl::Init() +{ + m_anim = NULL; + m_iter = NULL; + m_bPlaying = false; +} + +bool wxAnimationCtrl::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxAnimation& anim, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + if (!PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !base_type::CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style & wxWINDOW_STYLE_MASK, + wxDefaultValidator, name)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxAnimationCtrl creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + SetWindowStyle(style); + + m_widget = gtk_image_new(); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + gtk_widget_show(m_widget); + + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + PostCreation(size); + SetInitialSize(size); + + if (anim.IsOk()) + SetAnimation(anim); + + // init the timer used for animation + m_timer.SetOwner(this); + + return true; +} + +wxAnimationCtrl::~wxAnimationCtrl() +{ + ResetAnim(); + ResetIter(); +} + +bool wxAnimationCtrl::LoadFile(const wxString &filename, wxAnimationType type) +{ + wxFileInputStream fis(filename); + if (!fis.IsOk()) + return false; + return Load(fis, type); +} + +bool wxAnimationCtrl::Load(wxInputStream& stream, wxAnimationType type) +{ + wxAnimation anim; + if ( !anim.Load(stream, type) || !anim.IsOk() ) + return false; + + SetAnimation(anim); + return true; +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::SetAnimation(const wxAnimation &anim) +{ + if (IsPlaying()) + Stop(); + + ResetAnim(); + ResetIter(); + + // copy underlying GdkPixbuf object + m_anim = anim.GetPixbuf(); + + // m_anim may be null in case wxNullAnimation has been passed + if (m_anim) + { + // add a reference to the GdkPixbufAnimation + g_object_ref(m_anim); + + if (!this->HasFlag(wxAC_NO_AUTORESIZE)) + FitToAnimation(); + } + + DisplayStaticImage(); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::FitToAnimation() +{ + if (!m_anim) + return; + + int w = gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_width(m_anim), + h = gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_height(m_anim); + + // update our size to fit animation + SetSize(w, h); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::ResetAnim() +{ + if (m_anim) + g_object_unref(m_anim); + m_anim = NULL; +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::ResetIter() +{ + if (m_iter) + g_object_unref(m_iter); + m_iter = NULL; +} + +bool wxAnimationCtrl::Play() +{ + if (m_anim == NULL) + return false; + + // init the iterator and start a one-shot timer + ResetIter(); + m_iter = gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_iter (m_anim, NULL); + m_bPlaying = true; + + // gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_delay_time() may return -1 which means + // that the timer should not start + int n = gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_delay_time(m_iter); + if (n >= 0) + m_timer.Start(n, true); + + return true; +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::Stop() +{ + // leave current frame displayed until Play() is called again + if (IsPlaying()) + m_timer.Stop(); + m_bPlaying = false; + + ResetIter(); + DisplayStaticImage(); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::DisplayStaticImage() +{ + wxASSERT(!IsPlaying()); + + // m_bmpStaticReal will be updated only if necessary... + UpdateStaticImage(); + + if (m_bmpStaticReal.IsOk()) + { + // show inactive bitmap + GdkBitmap *mask = NULL; + if (m_bmpStaticReal.GetMask()) + mask = m_bmpStaticReal.GetMask()->GetBitmap(); + + if (m_bmpStaticReal.HasPixbuf()) + { + gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf(GTK_IMAGE(m_widget), + m_bmpStaticReal.GetPixbuf()); + } + else + { + gtk_image_set_from_pixmap(GTK_IMAGE(m_widget), + m_bmpStaticReal.GetPixmap(), mask); + } + } + else + { + if (m_anim) + { + // even if not clearly documented, gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_static_image() + // always returns the first frame of the animation + gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf(GTK_IMAGE(m_widget), + gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_static_image(m_anim)); + } + else + { + ClearToBackgroundColour(); + } + } +} + +bool wxAnimationCtrl::IsPlaying() const +{ + // NB: we cannot just return m_timer.IsRunning() as this would not + // be safe as e.g. if we are displaying a frame forever, + // then we are "officially" still playing the animation, but + // the timer is not running anymore... + return m_bPlaying; +} + +wxSize wxAnimationCtrl::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + if (m_anim && !this->HasFlag(wxAC_NO_AUTORESIZE)) + { + return wxSize(gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_width(m_anim), + gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_height(m_anim)); + } + + return wxSize(100,100); +} + +void wxAnimationCtrl::ClearToBackgroundColour() +{ + wxSize sz = GetClientSize(); + GdkPixbuf *newpix = gdk_pixbuf_new(GDK_COLORSPACE_RGB, false, 8, + sz.GetWidth(), sz.GetHeight()); + if (!newpix) + return; + + wxColour clr = GetBackgroundColour(); + guint32 col = (clr.Red() << 24) | (clr.Green() << 16) | (clr.Blue() << 8); + gdk_pixbuf_fill(newpix, col); + + gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf(GTK_IMAGE(m_widget), newpix); + g_object_unref(newpix); +} + +bool wxAnimationCtrl::SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour ) +{ + // wxWindowGTK::SetBackgroundColour works but since our m_widget is a GtkImage + // it won't show the background colour unlike the user would expect. + // Thus we clear the GtkImage contents to the background colour... + if (!wxControl::SetBackgroundColour(colour)) + return false; + + // if not playing the change must take place immediately but + // remember that the inactive bitmap has higher priority over the background + // colour; DisplayStaticImage() will handle that + if ( !IsPlaying() ) + DisplayStaticImage(); + + return true; +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxAnimationCtrl - event handlers +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxAnimationCtrl::OnTimer(wxTimerEvent& WXUNUSED(ev)) +{ + wxASSERT(m_iter != NULL); + + // gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_advance() will automatically restart + // the animation, if necessary and we have no way to know !! + if (gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_advance(m_iter, NULL)) + { + // start a new one-shot timer + int n = gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_delay_time(m_iter); + if (n >= 0) + m_timer.Start(n, true); + + gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf(GTK_IMAGE(m_widget), + gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_pixbuf(m_iter)); + } + else + { + // no need to update the m_widget yet + m_timer.Start(10, true); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/app.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/app.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd54ab4b54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/app.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,537 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/app.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: app.cpp 66120 2010-11-11 12:09:30Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#include "wx/app.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/memory.h" + #include "wx/font.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/thread.h" + +#ifdef __WXGPE__ + #include +#endif + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" +#include "wx/apptrait.h" +#include "wx/fontmap.h" + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON + #include +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + #include +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + +#include + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// link GnomeVFS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE && wxUSE_LIBGNOMEVFS + #include "wx/link.h" + wxFORCE_LINK_MODULE(gnome_vfs) +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// local functions +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// One-shot signal emission hook, to install idle handler. +extern "C" { +static gboolean +wx_emission_hook(GSignalInvocationHint*, guint, const GValue*, gpointer data) +{ + wxApp* app = wxTheApp; + if (app != NULL) + app->WakeUpIdle(); + bool* hook_installed = (bool*)data; + // record that hook is not installed + *hook_installed = false; + // remove hook + return false; +} +} + +// Add signal emission hooks, to re-install idle handler when needed. +static void wx_add_idle_hooks() +{ + // "event" hook + { + static bool hook_installed; + if (!hook_installed) + { + static guint sig_id; + if (sig_id == 0) + sig_id = g_signal_lookup("event", GTK_TYPE_WIDGET); + hook_installed = true; + g_signal_add_emission_hook( + sig_id, 0, wx_emission_hook, &hook_installed, NULL); + } + } + // "size_allocate" hook + // Needed to match the behavior of the old idle system, + // but probably not necessary. + { + static bool hook_installed; + if (!hook_installed) + { + static guint sig_id; + if (sig_id == 0) + sig_id = g_signal_lookup("size_allocate", GTK_TYPE_WIDGET); + hook_installed = true; + g_signal_add_emission_hook( + sig_id, 0, wx_emission_hook, &hook_installed, NULL); + } + } +} + +extern "C" { +static gboolean wxapp_idle_callback(gpointer) +{ + return wxTheApp->DoIdle(); +} +} + +bool wxApp::DoIdle() +{ + guint id_save; + { + // Allow another idle source to be added while this one is busy. + // Needed if an idle event handler runs a new event loop, + // for example by showing a dialog. +#if wxUSE_THREADS + wxMutexLocker lock(m_idleMutex); +#endif + id_save = m_idleSourceId; + m_idleSourceId = 0; + wx_add_idle_hooks(); + +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + // don't generate the idle events while the assert modal dialog is shown, + // this matches the behavior of wxMSW + if (m_isInAssert) + return false; +#endif + } + + gdk_threads_enter(); + bool needMore; + do { + ProcessPendingEvents(); + + needMore = ProcessIdle(); + } while (needMore && gtk_events_pending() == 0); + gdk_threads_leave(); + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + wxMutexLocker lock(m_idleMutex); +#endif + // if a new idle source was added during ProcessIdle + if (m_idleSourceId != 0) + { + // remove it + g_source_remove(m_idleSourceId); + m_idleSourceId = 0; + } + + // Pending events can be added asynchronously, + // need to keep idle source if any have appeared + if (HasPendingEvents()) + needMore = true; + + // if more idle processing requested + if (needMore) + { + // keep this source installed + m_idleSourceId = id_save; + return true; + } + // add hooks and remove this source + wx_add_idle_hooks(); + return false; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Access to the root window global +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +GtkWidget* wxGetRootWindow() +{ + static GtkWidget *s_RootWindow = NULL; + + if (s_RootWindow == NULL) + { + s_RootWindow = gtk_window_new( GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL ); + gtk_widget_realize( s_RootWindow ); + } + return s_RootWindow; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxApp +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp,wxEvtHandler) + +wxApp::wxApp() +{ + m_isInAssert = false; + m_idleSourceId = 0; +} + +wxApp::~wxApp() +{ +} + +bool wxApp::SetNativeTheme(const wxString& theme) +{ + wxString path; + path = gtk_rc_get_theme_dir(); + path += "/"; + path += theme.utf8_str(); + path += "/gtk-2.0/gtkrc"; + + if ( wxFileExists(path.utf8_str()) ) + gtk_rc_add_default_file(path.utf8_str()); + else if ( wxFileExists(theme.utf8_str()) ) + gtk_rc_add_default_file(theme.utf8_str()); + else + { + wxLogWarning("Theme \"%s\" not available.", theme); + + return false; + } + + gtk_rc_reparse_all_for_settings(gtk_settings_get_default(), TRUE); + + return true; +} + +bool wxApp::OnInitGui() +{ + if ( !wxAppBase::OnInitGui() ) + return false; + + // if this is a wxGLApp (derived from wxApp), and we've already + // chosen a specific visual, then derive the GdkVisual from that + if ( GetXVisualInfo() ) + { + GdkVisual* vis = gtk_widget_get_default_visual(); + + GdkColormap *colormap = gdk_colormap_new( vis, FALSE ); + gtk_widget_set_default_colormap( colormap ); + } + else + { + // On some machines, the default visual is just 256 colours, so + // we make sure we get the best. This can sometimes be wasteful. + if (m_useBestVisual) + { + if (m_forceTrueColour) + { + GdkVisual* visual = gdk_visual_get_best_with_both( 24, GDK_VISUAL_TRUE_COLOR ); + if (!visual) + { + wxLogError(wxT("Unable to initialize TrueColor visual.")); + return false; + } + GdkColormap *colormap = gdk_colormap_new( visual, FALSE ); + gtk_widget_set_default_colormap( colormap ); + } + else + { + if (gdk_visual_get_best() != gdk_visual_get_system()) + { + GdkVisual* visual = gdk_visual_get_best(); + GdkColormap *colormap = gdk_colormap_new( visual, FALSE ); + gtk_widget_set_default_colormap( colormap ); + } + } + } + } + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + if ( !GetHildonProgram() ) + { + wxLogError(_("Unable to initialize Hildon program")); + return false; + } +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + + return true; +} + +// use unusual names for the parameters to avoid conflict with wxApp::arg[cv] +bool wxApp::Initialize(int& argc_, wxChar **argv_) +{ + if ( !wxAppBase::Initialize(argc_, argv_) ) + return false; + +#if wxUSE_THREADS + if (!g_thread_supported()) + { + g_thread_init(NULL); + gdk_threads_init(); + } +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + // gtk+ 2.0 supports Unicode through UTF-8 strings + wxConvCurrent = &wxConvUTF8; + + // decide which conversion to use for the file names + + // (1) this variable exists for the sole purpose of specifying the encoding + // of the filenames for GTK+ programs, so use it if it is set + wxString encName(wxGetenv(wxT("G_FILENAME_ENCODING"))); + encName = encName.BeforeFirst(wxT(',')); + if (encName.CmpNoCase(wxT("@locale")) == 0) + encName.clear(); + encName.MakeUpper(); +#if wxUSE_INTL + if (encName.empty()) + { + // (2) if a non default locale is set, assume that the user wants his + // filenames in this locale too + encName = wxLocale::GetSystemEncodingName().Upper(); + + // But don't consider ASCII in this case. + if ( !encName.empty() ) + { +#if wxUSE_FONTMAP + wxFontEncoding enc = wxFontMapperBase::GetEncodingFromName(encName); + if ( enc == wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT ) +#else // !wxUSE_FONTMAP + if ( encName == wxT("US-ASCII") ) +#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP/!wxUSE_FONTMAP + { + // This means US-ASCII when returned from GetEncodingFromName(). + encName.clear(); + } + } + + // (3) finally use UTF-8 by default + if ( encName.empty() ) + encName = wxT("UTF-8"); + wxSetEnv(wxT("G_FILENAME_ENCODING"), encName); + } +#else + if (encName.empty()) + encName = wxT("UTF-8"); + + // if wxUSE_INTL==0 it probably indicates that only "C" locale is supported + // by the program anyhow so prevent GTK+ from calling setlocale(LC_ALL, "") + // from gtk_init_check() as it does by default + gtk_disable_setlocale(); + +#endif // wxUSE_INTL + static wxConvBrokenFileNames fileconv(encName); + wxConvFileName = &fileconv; + + + bool init_result; + int i; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + // gtk_init() wants UTF-8, not wchar_t, so convert + char **argvGTK = new char *[argc_ + 1]; + for ( i = 0; i < argc_; i++ ) + { + argvGTK[i] = wxStrdupA(wxConvUTF8.cWX2MB(argv_[i])); + } + + argvGTK[argc_] = NULL; + + int argcGTK = argc_; + +#ifdef __WXGPE__ + init_result = true; // is there a _check() version of this? + gpe_application_init( &argcGTK, &argvGTK ); +#else + init_result = gtk_init_check( &argcGTK, &argvGTK ); +#endif + wxUpdateLocaleIsUtf8(); + + if ( argcGTK != argc_ ) + { + // we have to drop the parameters which were consumed by GTK+ + for ( i = 0; i < argcGTK; i++ ) + { + while ( strcmp(wxConvUTF8.cWX2MB(argv_[i]), argvGTK[i]) != 0 ) + { + memmove(argv_ + i, argv_ + i + 1, (argc_ - i)*sizeof(*argv_)); + } + } + + argc_ = argcGTK; + argv_[argc_] = NULL; + } + //else: gtk_init() didn't modify our parameters + + // free our copy + for ( i = 0; i < argcGTK; i++ ) + { + free(argvGTK[i]); + } + + delete [] argvGTK; +#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE + // gtk_init() shouldn't actually change argv_ itself (just its contents) so + // it's ok to pass pointer to it + init_result = gtk_init_check( &argc_, &argv_ ); +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE + + // update internal arg[cv] as GTK+ may have removed processed options: + this->argc = argc_; + this->argv = argv_; + + if ( m_traits ) + { + // if there are still GTK+ standard options unparsed in the command + // line, it means that they were not syntactically correct and GTK+ + // already printed a warning on the command line and we should now + // exit: + wxArrayString opt, desc; + m_traits->GetStandardCmdLineOptions(opt, desc); + + for ( i = 0; i < argc_; i++ ) + { + // leave just the names of the options with values + const wxString str = wxString(argv_[i]).BeforeFirst('='); + + for ( size_t j = 0; j < opt.size(); j++ ) + { + // remove the leading spaces from the option string as it does + // have them + if ( opt[j].Trim(false).BeforeFirst('=') == str ) + { + // a GTK+ option can be left on the command line only if + // there was an error in (or before, in another standard + // options) it, so abort, just as we do if incorrect + // program option is given + wxLogError(_("Invalid GTK+ command line option, use \"%s --help\""), + argv_[0]); + return false; + } + } + } + } + + if ( !init_result ) + { + wxLogError(_("Unable to initialize GTK+, is DISPLAY set properly?")); + return false; + } + + // we can not enter threads before gtk_init is done + gdk_threads_enter(); + +#if wxUSE_INTL + wxFont::SetDefaultEncoding(wxLocale::GetSystemEncoding()); +#endif + + // make sure GtkWidget type is loaded, idle hooks need it + g_type_class_ref(GTK_TYPE_WIDGET); + WakeUpIdle(); + + return true; +} + +void wxApp::CleanUp() +{ + if (m_idleSourceId != 0) + g_source_remove(m_idleSourceId); + + // release reference acquired by Initialize() + g_type_class_unref(g_type_class_peek(GTK_TYPE_WIDGET)); + + gdk_threads_leave(); + + wxAppBase::CleanUp(); +} + +void wxApp::WakeUpIdle() +{ +#if wxUSE_THREADS + wxMutexLocker lock(m_idleMutex); +#endif + if (m_idleSourceId == 0) + m_idleSourceId = g_idle_add_full(G_PRIORITY_LOW, wxapp_idle_callback, NULL, NULL); +} + +// Checking for pending events requires first removing our idle source, +// otherwise it will cause the check to always return true. +bool wxApp::EventsPending() +{ +#if wxUSE_THREADS + wxMutexLocker lock(m_idleMutex); +#endif + if (m_idleSourceId != 0) + { + g_source_remove(m_idleSourceId); + m_idleSourceId = 0; + wx_add_idle_hooks(); + } + return gtk_events_pending() != 0; +} + +void wxApp::OnAssertFailure(const wxChar *file, + int line, + const wxChar* func, + const wxChar* cond, + const wxChar *msg) +{ + // there is no need to do anything if asserts are disabled in this build + // anyhow +#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL + // block wx idle events while assert dialog is showing + m_isInAssert = true; + + wxAppBase::OnAssertFailure(file, line, func, cond, msg); + + m_isInAssert = false; +#else // !wxDEBUG_LEVEL + wxUnusedVar(file); + wxUnusedVar(line); + wxUnusedVar(func); + wxUnusedVar(cond); + wxUnusedVar(msg); +#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL/!wxDEBUG_LEVEL +} + +#if wxUSE_THREADS +void wxGUIAppTraits::MutexGuiEnter() +{ + gdk_threads_enter(); +} + +void wxGUIAppTraits::MutexGuiLeave() +{ + gdk_threads_leave(); +} +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 +// Maemo-specific method: get the main program object +HildonProgram *wxApp::GetHildonProgram() +{ + return hildon_program_get_instance(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/artgtk.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/artgtk.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c71ed7c567 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/artgtk.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,375 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/artgtk.cpp +// Purpose: stock wxArtProvider instance with native GTK+ stock icons +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004-08-22 +// RCS-ID: $Id: artgtk.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik, 2004 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/artprov.h" +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +// compatibility with older GTK+ versions: +#ifndef GTK_STOCK_FILE + #define GTK_STOCK_FILE "gtk-file" +#endif +#ifndef GTK_STOCK_DIRECTORY + #define GTK_STOCK_DIRECTORY "gtk-directory" +#endif + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGTK2ArtProvider +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGTK2ArtProvider : public wxArtProvider +{ +protected: + virtual wxBitmap CreateBitmap(const wxArtID& id, const wxArtClient& client, + const wxSize& size); + virtual wxIconBundle CreateIconBundle(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client); +}; + +/*static*/ void wxArtProvider::InitNativeProvider() +{ + Push(new wxGTK2ArtProvider); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// CreateBitmap routine +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +wxString wxArtIDToStock(const wxArtID& id) +{ + #define ART(wxid, gtkid) \ + if (id == wxid) return gtkid; + + ART(wxART_ERROR, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_ERROR) + ART(wxART_INFORMATION, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_INFO) + ART(wxART_WARNING, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_WARNING) + ART(wxART_QUESTION, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_QUESTION) + + //ART(wxART_HELP_SIDE_PANEL, ) + ART(wxART_HELP_SETTINGS, GTK_STOCK_SELECT_FONT) + //ART(wxART_HELP_BOOK, ) + ART(wxART_HELP_FOLDER, GTK_STOCK_DIRECTORY) + ART(wxART_HELP_PAGE, GTK_STOCK_FILE) + ART(wxART_MISSING_IMAGE, GTK_STOCK_MISSING_IMAGE) + ART(wxART_ADD_BOOKMARK, GTK_STOCK_ADD) + ART(wxART_DEL_BOOKMARK, GTK_STOCK_REMOVE) + ART(wxART_GO_BACK, GTK_STOCK_GO_BACK) + ART(wxART_GO_FORWARD, GTK_STOCK_GO_FORWARD) + ART(wxART_GO_UP, GTK_STOCK_GO_UP) + ART(wxART_GO_DOWN, GTK_STOCK_GO_DOWN) + ART(wxART_GO_TO_PARENT, GTK_STOCK_GO_UP) + ART(wxART_GO_HOME, GTK_STOCK_HOME) + ART(wxART_GOTO_FIRST, GTK_STOCK_GOTO_FIRST) + ART(wxART_GOTO_LAST, GTK_STOCK_GOTO_LAST) + ART(wxART_FILE_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_OPEN) + ART(wxART_PRINT, GTK_STOCK_PRINT) + ART(wxART_HELP, GTK_STOCK_HELP) + ART(wxART_TIP, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_INFO) + //ART(wxART_REPORT_VIEW, ) + //ART(wxART_LIST_VIEW, ) + //ART(wxART_NEW_DIR, ) + ART(wxART_FOLDER, GTK_STOCK_DIRECTORY) + ART(wxART_FOLDER_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_DIRECTORY) + //ART(wxART_GO_DIR_UP, ) + ART(wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE, GTK_STOCK_EXECUTE) + ART(wxART_NORMAL_FILE, GTK_STOCK_FILE) + ART(wxART_TICK_MARK, GTK_STOCK_APPLY) + ART(wxART_CROSS_MARK, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL) + + ART(wxART_FLOPPY, GTK_STOCK_FLOPPY) + ART(wxART_CDROM, GTK_STOCK_CDROM) + ART(wxART_HARDDISK, GTK_STOCK_HARDDISK) + ART(wxART_REMOVABLE, GTK_STOCK_HARDDISK) + + ART(wxART_FILE_SAVE, GTK_STOCK_SAVE) + ART(wxART_FILE_SAVE_AS, GTK_STOCK_SAVE_AS) + + ART(wxART_COPY, GTK_STOCK_COPY) + ART(wxART_CUT, GTK_STOCK_CUT) + ART(wxART_PASTE, GTK_STOCK_PASTE) + ART(wxART_DELETE, GTK_STOCK_DELETE) + ART(wxART_NEW, GTK_STOCK_NEW) + + ART(wxART_UNDO, GTK_STOCK_UNDO) + ART(wxART_REDO, GTK_STOCK_REDO) + + ART(wxART_PLUS, GTK_STOCK_ADD) + ART(wxART_MINUS, GTK_STOCK_REMOVE) + + ART(wxART_CLOSE, GTK_STOCK_CLOSE) + ART(wxART_QUIT, GTK_STOCK_QUIT) + + ART(wxART_FIND, GTK_STOCK_FIND) + ART(wxART_FIND_AND_REPLACE, GTK_STOCK_FIND_AND_REPLACE) + + #undef ART + + // allow passing GTK+ stock IDs to wxArtProvider -- if a recognized wx + // ID wasn't found, pass it to GTK+ in the hope it is a GTK+ or theme + // icon name: + return id; +} + +GtkIconSize ArtClientToIconSize(const wxArtClient& client) +{ + if (client == wxART_TOOLBAR) + return GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR; + else if (client == wxART_MENU || client == wxART_FRAME_ICON) + return GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU; + else if (client == wxART_CMN_DIALOG || client == wxART_MESSAGE_BOX) + return GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG; + else if (client == wxART_BUTTON) + return GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON; + else + return GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID; // this is arbitrary +} + +GtkIconSize FindClosestIconSize(const wxSize& size) +{ + #define NUM_SIZES 6 + static struct + { + GtkIconSize icon; + gint x, y; + } s_sizes[NUM_SIZES]; + static bool s_sizesInitialized = false; + + if (!s_sizesInitialized) + { + s_sizes[0].icon = GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU; + s_sizes[1].icon = GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR; + s_sizes[2].icon = GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR; + s_sizes[3].icon = GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON; + s_sizes[4].icon = GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND; + s_sizes[5].icon = GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG; + for (size_t i = 0; i < NUM_SIZES; i++) + { + gtk_icon_size_lookup(s_sizes[i].icon, + &s_sizes[i].x, &s_sizes[i].y); + } + s_sizesInitialized = true; + } + + GtkIconSize best = GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG; // presumably largest + unsigned distance = INT_MAX; + for (size_t i = 0; i < NUM_SIZES; i++) + { + // only use larger bitmaps, scaling down looks better than scaling up: + if (size.x > s_sizes[i].x || size.y > s_sizes[i].y) + continue; + + unsigned dist = (size.x - s_sizes[i].x) * (size.x - s_sizes[i].x) + + (size.y - s_sizes[i].y) * (size.y - s_sizes[i].y); + if (dist == 0) + return s_sizes[i].icon; + else if (dist < distance) + { + distance = dist; + best = s_sizes[i].icon; + } + } + return best; +} + +GdkPixbuf *CreateStockIcon(const char *stockid, GtkIconSize size) +{ + // FIXME: This code is not 100% correct, because stock pixmap are + // context-dependent and may be affected by theme engine, the + // correct value can only be obtained for given GtkWidget object. + // + // Fool-proof implementation of stock bitmaps would extend wxBitmap + // with "stock-id" representation (in addition to pixmap and pixbuf + // ones) and would convert it to pixbuf when rendered. + + GtkStyle* style = wxGTKPrivate::GetButtonWidget()->style; + GtkIconSet* iconset = gtk_style_lookup_icon_set(style, stockid); + + if (!iconset) + return NULL; + + return gtk_icon_set_render_icon(iconset, style, + gtk_widget_get_default_direction(), + GTK_STATE_NORMAL, size, NULL, NULL); +} + +GdkPixbuf *CreateThemeIcon(const char *iconname, int size) +{ + return gtk_icon_theme_load_icon + ( + gtk_icon_theme_get_default(), + iconname, + size, + (GtkIconLookupFlags)0, + NULL + ); +} + + +// creates either stock or theme icon +GdkPixbuf *CreateGtkIcon(const char *icon_name, + GtkIconSize stock_size, const wxSize& pixel_size) +{ + // try stock GTK+ icon first + GdkPixbuf *pixbuf = CreateStockIcon(icon_name, stock_size); + if ( pixbuf ) + return pixbuf; + + // if that fails, try theme icon + wxSize size(pixel_size); + if ( pixel_size == wxDefaultSize ) + gtk_icon_size_lookup(stock_size, &size.x, &size.y); + return CreateThemeIcon(icon_name, size.x); +} + +template +wxIconBundle DoCreateIconBundle(const char *stockid, + const SizeType *sizes_from, + const SizeType *sizes_to, + LoaderFunc get_icon) + +{ + wxIconBundle bundle; + + for ( const SizeType *i = sizes_from; i != sizes_to; ++i ) + { + GdkPixbuf *pixbuf = get_icon(stockid, *i); + if ( !pixbuf ) + continue; + + wxIcon icon; + icon.SetPixbuf(pixbuf); + bundle.AddIcon(icon); + } + + return bundle; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +wxBitmap wxGTK2ArtProvider::CreateBitmap(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& client, + const wxSize& size) +{ + const wxString stockid = wxArtIDToStock(id); + + GtkIconSize stocksize = (size == wxDefaultSize) ? + ArtClientToIconSize(client) : + FindClosestIconSize(size); + // we must have some size, this is arbitrary + if (stocksize == GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID) + stocksize = GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON; + + GdkPixbuf *pixbuf = CreateGtkIcon(stockid.utf8_str(), stocksize, size); + + if (pixbuf && size != wxDefaultSize && + (size.x != gdk_pixbuf_get_width(pixbuf) || + size.y != gdk_pixbuf_get_height(pixbuf))) + { + GdkPixbuf *p2 = gdk_pixbuf_scale_simple(pixbuf, size.x, size.y, + GDK_INTERP_BILINEAR); + if (p2) + { + g_object_unref (pixbuf); + pixbuf = p2; + } + } + + wxBitmap bmp; + if (pixbuf != NULL) + bmp.SetPixbuf(pixbuf); + + return bmp; +} + +wxIconBundle +wxGTK2ArtProvider::CreateIconBundle(const wxArtID& id, + const wxArtClient& WXUNUSED(client)) +{ + const wxString stockid = wxArtIDToStock(id); + + // try to load the bundle as stock icon first + GtkStyle* style = wxGTKPrivate::GetButtonWidget()->style; + GtkIconSet* iconset = gtk_style_lookup_icon_set(style, stockid.utf8_str()); + if ( iconset ) + { + GtkIconSize *sizes; + gint n_sizes; + gtk_icon_set_get_sizes(iconset, &sizes, &n_sizes); + wxIconBundle bundle = DoCreateIconBundle + ( + stockid.utf8_str(), + sizes, sizes + n_sizes, + &CreateStockIcon + ); + g_free(sizes); + return bundle; + } + + // otherwise try icon themes +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if ( !gtk_check_version(2,6,0) ) + { + gint *sizes = gtk_icon_theme_get_icon_sizes + ( + gtk_icon_theme_get_default(), + stockid.utf8_str() + ); + if ( !sizes ) + return wxNullIconBundle; + + gint *last = sizes; + while ( *last ) + last++; + + wxIconBundle bundle = DoCreateIconBundle + ( + stockid.utf8_str(), + sizes, last, + &CreateThemeIcon + ); + g_free(sizes); + return bundle; + } +#endif // __WXGTK26__ + + return wxNullIconBundle; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxArtProvider::GetNativeSizeHint() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/*static*/ +wxSize wxArtProvider::GetNativeSizeHint(const wxArtClient& client) +{ + // Gtk has specific sizes for each client, see artgtk.cpp + GtkIconSize gtk_size = ArtClientToIconSize(client); + // no size hints for this client + if (gtk_size == GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID) + return wxDefaultSize; + gint width, height; + gtk_icon_size_lookup( gtk_size, &width, &height); + return wxSize(width, height); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.c b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..28269c39e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.c @@ -0,0 +1,507 @@ +/* /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.c +// Purpose: GtkAssertDialog +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Id: $Id: assertdlg_gtk.c 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// */ + +#ifdef VMS +#define XCheckIfEvent XCHECKIFEVENT +#endif + +#include "wx/platform.h" +#include "wx/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#include + +/* For FILE */ +#include + + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Constants + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* + NB: when changing order of the columns also update the gtk_list_store_new() call + in gtk_assert_dialog_create_backtrace_list_model() function + */ +#define STACKFRAME_LEVEL_COLIDX 0 +#define FUNCTION_NAME_COLIDX 1 +#define SOURCE_FILE_COLIDX 2 +#define LINE_NUMBER_COLIDX 3 +#define FUNCTION_ARGS_COLIDX 4 + + + + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + GtkAssertDialog helpers + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +GtkWidget *gtk_assert_dialog_add_button_to (GtkBox *box, const gchar *label, + const gchar *stock, gint response_id) +{ + /* create the button */ + GtkWidget *button = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic (label); + GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); + +#if GTK_CHECK_VERSION(2,6,0) + if (!gtk_check_version (2, 6, 0)) + { + /* add a stock icon inside it */ + GtkWidget *image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock, GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON); + gtk_button_set_image (GTK_BUTTON (button), image); + } +#endif + + /* add to the given (container) widget */ + if (box) + gtk_box_pack_end (box, button, FALSE, TRUE, 8); + + return button; +} + +GtkWidget *gtk_assert_dialog_add_button (GtkAssertDialog *dlg, const gchar *label, + const gchar *stock, gint response_id) +{ + /* create the button */ + GtkWidget *button = gtk_assert_dialog_add_button_to (NULL, label, stock, response_id); + + /* add the button to the dialog's action area */ + gtk_dialog_add_action_widget (GTK_DIALOG (dlg), button, response_id); + + return button; +} + +void gtk_assert_dialog_append_text_column (GtkWidget *treeview, const gchar *name, int index) +{ + GtkCellRenderer *renderer; + GtkTreeViewColumn *column; + + renderer = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (); + column = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (name, renderer, + "text", index, NULL); + gtk_tree_view_insert_column (GTK_TREE_VIEW (treeview), column, index); + gtk_tree_view_column_set_resizable (column, TRUE); + gtk_tree_view_column_set_reorderable (column, TRUE); +} + +GtkWidget *gtk_assert_dialog_create_backtrace_list_model () +{ + GtkListStore *store; + GtkWidget *treeview; + + /* create list store */ + store = gtk_list_store_new (5, + G_TYPE_UINT, /* stack frame number */ + G_TYPE_STRING, /* function name */ + G_TYPE_STRING, /* source file name */ + G_TYPE_STRING, /* line number */ + G_TYPE_STRING); /* function arguments */ + + /* create the tree view */ + treeview = gtk_tree_view_new_with_model (GTK_TREE_MODEL(store)); + g_object_unref (store); + gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint (GTK_TREE_VIEW (treeview), TRUE); + + /* append columns */ + gtk_assert_dialog_append_text_column(treeview, "#", STACKFRAME_LEVEL_COLIDX); + gtk_assert_dialog_append_text_column(treeview, "Function name", FUNCTION_NAME_COLIDX); + gtk_assert_dialog_append_text_column(treeview, "Function args", FUNCTION_ARGS_COLIDX); + gtk_assert_dialog_append_text_column(treeview, "Source file", SOURCE_FILE_COLIDX); + gtk_assert_dialog_append_text_column(treeview, "Line #", LINE_NUMBER_COLIDX); + + return treeview; +} + +void gtk_assert_dialog_process_backtrace (GtkAssertDialog *dlg) +{ + /* set busy cursor */ + GdkWindow *parent = GTK_WIDGET(dlg)->window; + GdkCursor *cur = gdk_cursor_new (GDK_WATCH); + gdk_window_set_cursor (parent, cur); + gdk_flush (); + + (*dlg->callback)(dlg->userdata); + + /* toggle busy cursor */ + gdk_window_set_cursor (parent, NULL); + gdk_cursor_unref (cur); +} + + + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + GtkAssertDialog signal handlers + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void gtk_assert_dialog_expander_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GtkAssertDialog *dlg) +{ + /* status is not yet updated so we need to invert it to get the new one */ + gboolean expanded = !gtk_expander_get_expanded (GTK_EXPANDER(dlg->expander)); + gtk_window_set_resizable (GTK_WINDOW (dlg), expanded); + + if (dlg->callback == NULL) /* was the backtrace already processed? */ + return; + + gtk_assert_dialog_process_backtrace (dlg); + + /* mark the work as done (so that next activate we won't call the callback again) */ + dlg->callback = NULL; +} + +void gtk_assert_dialog_save_backtrace_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GtkAssertDialog *dlg) +{ + GtkWidget *dialog; + + dialog = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new ("Save assert info to file", GTK_WINDOW(dlg), + GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE, + GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, + GTK_STOCK_SAVE, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT, + NULL); + + if (gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)) == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) + { + char *filename, *msg, *backtrace; + FILE *fp; + + filename = gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dialog)); + if ( filename ) + { + msg = gtk_assert_dialog_get_message (dlg); + backtrace = gtk_assert_dialog_get_backtrace (dlg); + + /* open the file and write all info inside it */ + fp = fopen (filename, "w"); + if (fp) + { + fprintf (fp, "ASSERT INFO:\n%s\n\nBACKTRACE:\n%s", msg, backtrace); + fclose (fp); + } + + g_free (filename); + g_free (msg); + g_free (backtrace); + } + } + + gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); +} + +void gtk_assert_dialog_copy_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GtkAssertDialog *dlg) +{ + char *msg, *backtrace; + GtkClipboard *clipboard; + GString *str; + + msg = gtk_assert_dialog_get_message (dlg); + backtrace = gtk_assert_dialog_get_backtrace (dlg); + + /* combine both in a single string */ + str = g_string_new(""); + g_string_printf (str, "ASSERT INFO:\n%s\n\nBACKTRACE:\n%s\n\n", msg, backtrace); + + /* copy everything in default clipboard */ + clipboard = gtk_clipboard_get (GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD); + gtk_clipboard_set_text (clipboard, str->str, str->len); + + /* copy everything in primary clipboard too */ + clipboard = gtk_clipboard_get (GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY); + gtk_clipboard_set_text (clipboard, str->str, str->len); + + g_free (msg); + g_free (backtrace); + g_string_free (str, TRUE); +} + +void gtk_assert_dialog_continue_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GtkAssertDialog *dlg) +{ + gint response = + gtk_toggle_button_get_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(dlg->shownexttime)) ? + GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_CONTINUE : GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_CONTINUE_SUPPRESSING; + + gtk_dialog_response (GTK_DIALOG(dlg), response); +} + + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + GtkAssertDialogClass implementation + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +static void gtk_assert_dialog_init (GtkAssertDialog *self); +static void gtk_assert_dialog_class_init (GtkAssertDialogClass *klass); + + +GtkType gtk_assert_dialog_get_type (void) +{ + static GtkType assert_dialog_type = 0; + + if (!assert_dialog_type) + { + const GTypeInfo assert_dialog_info = + { + sizeof (GtkAssertDialogClass), + NULL, /* base_init */ + NULL, /* base_finalize */ + (GClassInitFunc) gtk_assert_dialog_class_init, + NULL, /* class_finalize */ + NULL, /* class_data */ + sizeof (GtkAssertDialog), + 16, /* n_preallocs */ + (GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_assert_dialog_init, + NULL + }; + assert_dialog_type = g_type_register_static (GTK_TYPE_DIALOG, "GtkAssertDialog", &assert_dialog_info, (GTypeFlags)0); + } + + return assert_dialog_type; +} + +void gtk_assert_dialog_class_init(GtkAssertDialogClass *klass) +{ + /* no special initializations required */ +} + +void gtk_assert_dialog_init(GtkAssertDialog *dlg) +{ + GtkWidget *continuebtn; + + { + GtkWidget *vbox, *hbox, *image; + + /* start the main vbox */ + gtk_widget_push_composite_child (); + vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 8); + gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), 8); + gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (dlg)->vbox), vbox, TRUE, TRUE, 5); + + + /* add the icon+message hbox */ + hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); + gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX(vbox), hbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0); + + /* icon */ + image = gtk_image_new_from_stock (GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_ERROR, GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG); + gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX(hbox), image, FALSE, FALSE, 12); + + { + GtkWidget *vbox2, *info; + + /* message */ + vbox2 = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); + gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), vbox2, TRUE, TRUE, 0); + info = gtk_label_new ("An assertion failed!"); + gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX(vbox2), info, TRUE, TRUE, 8); + + /* assert message */ + dlg->message = gtk_label_new (NULL); + gtk_label_set_selectable (GTK_LABEL (dlg->message), TRUE); + gtk_label_set_line_wrap (GTK_LABEL (dlg->message), TRUE); + gtk_label_set_justify (GTK_LABEL (dlg->message), GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT); + gtk_widget_set_size_request (GTK_WIDGET(dlg->message), 450, -1); + + gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX(vbox2), GTK_WIDGET(dlg->message), TRUE, TRUE, 8); + } + + /* add the expander */ + dlg->expander = gtk_expander_new_with_mnemonic ("Back_trace:"); + gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX(vbox), dlg->expander, TRUE, TRUE, 0); + g_signal_connect (GTK_EXPANDER(dlg->expander), "activate", + G_CALLBACK(gtk_assert_dialog_expander_callback), dlg); + } + + { + GtkWidget *hbox, *vbox, *button, *sw; + + /* create expander's vbox */ + vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); + gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (dlg->expander), vbox); + + /* add a scrollable window under the expander */ + sw = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); + gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (sw), GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN); + gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (sw), GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, + GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); + gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX(vbox), sw, TRUE, TRUE, 8); + + /* add the treeview to the scrollable window */ + dlg->treeview = gtk_assert_dialog_create_backtrace_list_model (); + gtk_widget_set_size_request (GTK_WIDGET(dlg->treeview), -1, 180); + gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (sw), dlg->treeview); + + /* create button's hbox */ + hbox = gtk_hbutton_box_new (); + gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX(vbox), hbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0); + gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX(hbox), GTK_BUTTONBOX_END); + + /* add the buttons */ + button = gtk_assert_dialog_add_button_to (GTK_BOX(hbox), "Save to _file", + GTK_STOCK_SAVE, GTK_RESPONSE_NONE); + g_signal_connect (button, "clicked", + G_CALLBACK(gtk_assert_dialog_save_backtrace_callback), dlg); + + button = gtk_assert_dialog_add_button_to (GTK_BOX(hbox), "Copy to clip_board", + GTK_STOCK_COPY, GTK_RESPONSE_NONE); + g_signal_connect (button, "clicked", G_CALLBACK(gtk_assert_dialog_copy_callback), dlg); + } + + /* add the checkbutton */ + dlg->shownexttime = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic("Show this _dialog the next time"); + gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(dlg->shownexttime), TRUE); + gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX(GTK_DIALOG(dlg)->action_area), dlg->shownexttime, FALSE, TRUE, 8); + + /* add the stop button */ + gtk_assert_dialog_add_button (dlg, "_Stop", GTK_STOCK_QUIT, GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_STOP); + + /* add the continue button */ + continuebtn = gtk_assert_dialog_add_button (dlg, "_Continue", GTK_STOCK_YES, GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_CONTINUE); + gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dlg), GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_CONTINUE); + g_signal_connect (continuebtn, "clicked", G_CALLBACK(gtk_assert_dialog_continue_callback), dlg); + + /* complete creation */ + dlg->callback = NULL; + dlg->userdata = NULL; + + /* the resizeable property of this window is modified by the expander: + when it's collapsed, the window must be non-resizeable! */ + gtk_window_set_resizable (GTK_WINDOW (dlg), FALSE); + gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (); + gtk_widget_show_all (GTK_WIDGET(dlg)); +} + + + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + GtkAssertDialog public API + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +gchar *gtk_assert_dialog_get_message (GtkAssertDialog *dlg) +{ + /* NOTES: + 1) returned string must g_free()d ! + 2) Pango markup is automatically stripped off by GTK + */ + return g_strdup (gtk_label_get_text (GTK_LABEL(dlg->message))); +} + +gchar *gtk_assert_dialog_get_backtrace (GtkAssertDialog *dlg) +{ + gchar *function, *arguments, *sourcefile, *linenum; + guint count; + + GtkTreeModel *model; + GtkTreeIter iter; + GString *string; + + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ASSERT_DIALOG (dlg), NULL); + model = gtk_tree_view_get_model (GTK_TREE_VIEW(dlg->treeview)); + string = g_string_new(""); + + /* iterate over the list */ + if (!gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (model, &iter)) + return NULL; + + do + { + /* append this stack frame's info to the string */ + gtk_tree_model_get (model, &iter, + STACKFRAME_LEVEL_COLIDX, &count, + FUNCTION_NAME_COLIDX, &function, + FUNCTION_ARGS_COLIDX, &arguments, + SOURCE_FILE_COLIDX, &sourcefile, + LINE_NUMBER_COLIDX, &linenum, + -1); + + g_string_append_printf (string, "[%u] %s(%s)", + count, function, arguments); + if (sourcefile[0] != '\0') + g_string_append_printf (string, " %s", sourcefile); + if (linenum[0] != '\0') + g_string_append_printf (string, ":%s", linenum); + g_string_append (string, "\n"); + + g_free (function); + g_free (arguments); + g_free (sourcefile); + g_free (linenum); + + } while (gtk_tree_model_iter_next (model, &iter)); + + /* returned string must g_free()d */ + return g_string_free (string, FALSE); +} + +void gtk_assert_dialog_set_message(GtkAssertDialog *dlg, const gchar *msg) +{ + /* prepend and append the tag + NOTE: g_markup_printf_escaped() is not used because it's available + only for glib >= 2.4 */ + gchar *escaped_msg = g_markup_escape_text (msg, -1); + gchar *decorated_msg = g_strdup_printf ("%s", escaped_msg); + + g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ASSERT_DIALOG (dlg)); + gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL(dlg->message), decorated_msg); + + g_free (decorated_msg); + g_free (escaped_msg); +} + +void gtk_assert_dialog_set_backtrace_callback(GtkAssertDialog *assertdlg, + GtkAssertDialogStackFrameCallback callback, + void *userdata) +{ + assertdlg->callback = callback; + assertdlg->userdata = userdata; +} + +void gtk_assert_dialog_append_stack_frame(GtkAssertDialog *dlg, + const gchar *function, + const gchar *arguments, + const gchar *sourcefile, + guint line_number) +{ + GtkTreeModel *model; + GtkTreeIter iter; + GString *linenum; + gint count; + + g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ASSERT_DIALOG (dlg)); + model = gtk_tree_view_get_model (GTK_TREE_VIEW(dlg->treeview)); + + /* how many items are in the list up to now ? */ + count = gtk_tree_model_iter_n_children (model, NULL); + + linenum = g_string_new(""); + if ( line_number != 0 ) + g_string_printf (linenum, "%u", line_number); + + /* add data to the list store */ + gtk_list_store_append (GTK_LIST_STORE(model), &iter); + gtk_list_store_set (GTK_LIST_STORE(model), &iter, + STACKFRAME_LEVEL_COLIDX, count+1, /* start from 1 and not from 0 */ + FUNCTION_NAME_COLIDX, function, + FUNCTION_ARGS_COLIDX, arguments, + SOURCE_FILE_COLIDX, sourcefile, + LINE_NUMBER_COLIDX, linenum->str, + -1); + + g_string_free (linenum, TRUE); +} + +GtkWidget *gtk_assert_dialog_new(void) +{ + GtkAssertDialog *dialog = g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_ASSERT_DIALOG, NULL); + + return GTK_WIDGET (dialog); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bdiag.xbm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bdiag.xbm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b3ba001e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bdiag.xbm @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#define bdiag_width 16 +#define bdiag_height 16 +static unsigned char bdiag_bits[] = { + 0x80, 0x80, 0x40, 0x40, 0x20, 0x20, 0x10, 0x10, 0x08, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, + 0x02, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x80, 0x80, 0x40, 0x40, 0x20, 0x20, 0x10, 0x10, + 0x08, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bitmap.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bitmap.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c5ce2a8b94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bitmap.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,896 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/bitmap.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: bitmap.cpp 66372 2010-12-14 18:43:32Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#include "wx/bitmap.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/icon.h" + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/colour.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/rawbmp.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private/object.h" + +#include + +extern GtkWidget *wxGetRootWindow(); + +static void PixmapToPixbuf(GdkPixmap* pixmap, GdkPixbuf* pixbuf, int w, int h) +{ + gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable(pixbuf, pixmap, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, w, h); + if (gdk_drawable_get_depth(pixmap) == 1) + { + // invert to match XBM convention + guchar* p = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels(pixbuf); + const int inc = 3 + int(gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha(pixbuf) != 0); + const int rowpad = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride(pixbuf) - w * inc; + for (int y = h; y; y--, p += rowpad) + for (int x = w; x; x--, p += inc) + { + // pixels are either (0,0,0) or (0xff,0xff,0xff) + p[0] = ~p[0]; + p[1] = ~p[1]; + p[2] = ~p[2]; + } + } +} + +static void MaskToAlpha(GdkPixmap* mask, GdkPixbuf* pixbuf, int w, int h) +{ + GdkPixbuf* mask_pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable( + NULL, mask, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, w, h); + guchar* p = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels(pixbuf) + 3; + const guchar* mask_data = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels(mask_pixbuf); + const int rowpad = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride(pixbuf) - w * 4; + const int mask_rowpad = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride(mask_pixbuf) - w * 3; + for (int y = h; y; y--, p += rowpad, mask_data += mask_rowpad) + { + for (int x = w; x; x--, p += 4, mask_data += 3) + { + *p = 255; + // no need to test all 3 components, + // pixels are either (0,0,0) or (0xff,0xff,0xff) + if (mask_data[0] == 0) + *p = 0; + } + } + g_object_unref(mask_pixbuf); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMask +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask, wxMaskBase) + +wxMask::wxMask() +{ + m_bitmap = NULL; +} + +wxMask::wxMask(const wxMask& mask) +{ + if ( !mask.m_bitmap ) + { + m_bitmap = NULL; + return; + } + + // create a copy of an existing mask + gint w, h; + gdk_drawable_get_size(mask.m_bitmap, &w, &h); + m_bitmap = gdk_pixmap_new(mask.m_bitmap, w, h, 1); + + wxGtkObject gc(gdk_gc_new(m_bitmap)); + gdk_draw_drawable(m_bitmap, gc, mask.m_bitmap, 0, 0, 0, 0, -1, -1); +} + +wxMask::wxMask( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour ) +{ + m_bitmap = NULL; + InitFromColour(bitmap, colour); +} + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE +wxMask::wxMask( const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex ) +{ + m_bitmap = NULL; + Create( bitmap, paletteIndex ); +} +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +wxMask::wxMask( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) +{ + m_bitmap = NULL; + InitFromMonoBitmap(bitmap); +} + +wxMask::~wxMask() +{ + if (m_bitmap) + g_object_unref (m_bitmap); +} + +void wxMask::FreeData() +{ + if (m_bitmap) + { + g_object_unref (m_bitmap); + m_bitmap = NULL; + } +} + +bool wxMask::InitFromColour(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour) +{ + const int w = bitmap.GetWidth(); + const int h = bitmap.GetHeight(); + + // create mask as XBM format bitmap + + // one bit per pixel, each row starts on a byte boundary + const size_t out_size = size_t((w + 7) / 8) * unsigned(h); + wxByte* out = new wxByte[out_size]; + // set bits are unmasked + memset(out, 0xff, out_size); + unsigned bit_index = 0; + if (bitmap.HasPixbuf()) + { + const wxByte r_mask = colour.Red(); + const wxByte g_mask = colour.Green(); + const wxByte b_mask = colour.Blue(); + GdkPixbuf* pixbuf = bitmap.GetPixbuf(); + const wxByte* in = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels(pixbuf); + const int inc = 3 + int(gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha(pixbuf) != 0); + const int rowpadding = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride(pixbuf) - inc * w; + for (int y = 0; y < h; y++, in += rowpadding) + { + for (int x = 0; x < w; x++, in += inc, bit_index++) + if (in[0] == r_mask && in[1] == g_mask && in[2] == b_mask) + out[bit_index >> 3] ^= 1 << (bit_index & 7); + // move index to next byte boundary + bit_index = (bit_index + 7) & ~7u; + } + } + else + { + GdkImage* image = gdk_drawable_get_image(bitmap.GetPixmap(), 0, 0, w, h); + GdkColormap* colormap = gdk_image_get_colormap(image); + guint32 mask_pixel; + if (colormap == NULL) + // mono bitmap, white is pixel value 0 + mask_pixel = guint32(colour.Red() != 255 || colour.Green() != 255 || colour.Blue() != 255); + else + { + wxColor c(colour); + c.CalcPixel(colormap); + mask_pixel = c.GetPixel(); + } + for (int y = 0; y < h; y++) + { + for (int x = 0; x < w; x++, bit_index++) + if (gdk_image_get_pixel(image, x, y) == mask_pixel) + out[bit_index >> 3] ^= 1 << (bit_index & 7); + bit_index = (bit_index + 7) & ~7u; + } + g_object_unref(image); + } + m_bitmap = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data(wxGetRootWindow()->window, (char*)out, w, h); + delete[] out; + return true; +} + +bool wxMask::InitFromMonoBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + if (!bitmap.IsOk()) return false; + + wxCHECK_MSG( bitmap.GetDepth() == 1, false, wxT("Cannot create mask from colour bitmap") ); + + m_bitmap = gdk_pixmap_new( wxGetRootWindow()->window, bitmap.GetWidth(), bitmap.GetHeight(), 1 ); + + if (!m_bitmap) return false; + + wxGtkObject gc(gdk_gc_new( m_bitmap )); + gdk_gc_set_function(gc, GDK_COPY_INVERT); + gdk_draw_drawable(m_bitmap, gc, bitmap.GetPixmap(), 0, 0, 0, 0, bitmap.GetWidth(), bitmap.GetHeight()); + + return true; +} + +GdkBitmap *wxMask::GetBitmap() const +{ + return m_bitmap; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapRefData +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxBitmapRefData: public wxGDIRefData +{ +public: + wxBitmapRefData(int width, int height, int depth); + virtual ~wxBitmapRefData(); + + virtual bool IsOk() const; + + GdkPixmap *m_pixmap; + GdkPixbuf *m_pixbuf; + wxMask *m_mask; + int m_width; + int m_height; + int m_bpp; + bool m_alphaRequested; + +private: + // We don't provide a copy ctor as copying m_pixmap and m_pixbuf properly + // is expensive and we don't want to do it implicitly (and possibly + // accidentally). wxBitmap::CloneGDIRefData() which does need to do it does + // it explicitly itself. + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapRefData); +}; + +wxBitmapRefData::wxBitmapRefData(int width, int height, int depth) +{ + m_pixmap = NULL; + m_pixbuf = NULL; + m_mask = NULL; + m_width = width; + m_height = height; + m_bpp = depth; + if (m_bpp < 0) + m_bpp = gdk_drawable_get_depth(wxGetRootWindow()->window); + m_alphaRequested = depth == 32; +} + +wxBitmapRefData::~wxBitmapRefData() +{ + if (m_pixmap) + g_object_unref (m_pixmap); + if (m_pixbuf) + g_object_unref (m_pixbuf); + delete m_mask; +} + +bool wxBitmapRefData::IsOk() const +{ + return m_bpp != 0; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmap +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define M_BMPDATA static_cast(m_refData) + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap,wxGDIObject) + +wxBitmap::wxBitmap(const wxString &filename, wxBitmapType type) +{ + LoadFile(filename, type); +} + +wxBitmap::wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth) +{ + wxASSERT(depth == 1); + if (width > 0 && height > 0 && depth == 1) + { + SetPixmap(gdk_bitmap_create_from_data(wxGetRootWindow()->window, bits, width, height)); + } +} + +wxBitmap::wxBitmap(const char* const* bits) +{ + wxCHECK2_MSG(bits != NULL, return, wxT("invalid bitmap data")); + + GdkBitmap* mask = NULL; + SetPixmap(gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d(wxGetRootWindow()->window, &mask, NULL, const_cast(bits))); + if (!M_BMPDATA) + return; + + if (M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap != NULL && mask != NULL) + { + M_BMPDATA->m_mask = new wxMask; + M_BMPDATA->m_mask->m_bitmap = mask; + } +} + +wxBitmap::~wxBitmap() +{ +} + +bool wxBitmap::Create( int width, int height, int depth ) +{ + UnRef(); + wxCHECK_MSG(width >= 0 && height >= 0, false, "invalid bitmap size"); + m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData(width, height, depth); + return true; +} + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + +bool wxBitmap::CreateFromImage(const wxImage& image, int depth) +{ + UnRef(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( image.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid image") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( depth == -1 || depth == 1, false, wxT("invalid bitmap depth") ); + + if (image.GetWidth() <= 0 || image.GetHeight() <= 0) + return false; + + // create pixbuf if image has alpha and requested depth is compatible + if (image.HasAlpha() && (depth == -1 || depth == 32)) + return CreateFromImageAsPixbuf(image); + + // otherwise create pixmap, if alpha is present it will be converted to mask + return CreateFromImageAsPixmap(image, depth); +} + +bool wxBitmap::CreateFromImageAsPixmap(const wxImage& image, int depth) +{ + const int w = image.GetWidth(); + const int h = image.GetHeight(); + if (depth == 1) + { + // create XBM format bitmap + + // one bit per pixel, each row starts on a byte boundary + const size_t out_size = size_t((w + 7) / 8) * unsigned(h); + wxByte* out = new wxByte[out_size]; + // set bits are black + memset(out, 0xff, out_size); + const wxByte* in = image.GetData(); + unsigned bit_index = 0; + for (int y = 0; y < h; y++) + { + for (int x = 0; x < w; x++, in += 3, bit_index++) + if (in[0] == 255 && in[1] == 255 && in[2] == 255) + out[bit_index >> 3] ^= 1 << (bit_index & 7); + // move index to next byte boundary + bit_index = (bit_index + 7) & ~7u; + } + SetPixmap(gdk_bitmap_create_from_data(wxGetRootWindow()->window, (char*)out, w, h)); + delete[] out; + + if (!M_BMPDATA) // SetPixmap may have failed + return false; + } + else + { + SetPixmap(gdk_pixmap_new(wxGetRootWindow()->window, w, h, depth)); + if (!M_BMPDATA) + return false; + + wxGtkObject gc(gdk_gc_new(M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap)); + gdk_draw_rgb_image( + M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap, gc, + 0, 0, w, h, + GDK_RGB_DITHER_NONE, image.GetData(), w * 3); + } + + const wxByte* alpha = image.GetAlpha(); + if (alpha != NULL || image.HasMask()) + { + // create mask as XBM format bitmap + + const size_t out_size = size_t((w + 7) / 8) * unsigned(h); + wxByte* out = new wxByte[out_size]; + memset(out, 0xff, out_size); + unsigned bit_index = 0; + if (alpha != NULL) + { + for (int y = 0; y < h; y++) + { + for (int x = 0; x < w; x++, bit_index++) + if (*alpha++ < wxIMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) + out[bit_index >> 3] ^= 1 << (bit_index & 7); + bit_index = (bit_index + 7) & ~7u; + } + } + else + { + const wxByte r_mask = image.GetMaskRed(); + const wxByte g_mask = image.GetMaskGreen(); + const wxByte b_mask = image.GetMaskBlue(); + const wxByte* in = image.GetData(); + for (int y = 0; y < h; y++) + { + for (int x = 0; x < w; x++, in += 3, bit_index++) + if (in[0] == r_mask && in[1] == g_mask && in[2] == b_mask) + out[bit_index >> 3] ^= 1 << (bit_index & 7); + bit_index = (bit_index + 7) & ~7u; + } + } + wxMask* mask = new wxMask; + mask->m_bitmap = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data(M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap, (char*)out, w, h); + SetMask(mask); + delete[] out; + } + return IsOk(); +} + +bool wxBitmap::CreateFromImageAsPixbuf(const wxImage& image) +{ + wxASSERT(image.HasAlpha()); + + int width = image.GetWidth(); + int height = image.GetHeight(); + + Create(width, height, 32); + GdkPixbuf* pixbuf = GetPixbuf(); + if (!pixbuf) + return false; + + // Copy the data: + const unsigned char* in = image.GetData(); + unsigned char *out = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels(pixbuf); + unsigned char *alpha = image.GetAlpha(); + + int rowpad = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride(pixbuf) - 4 * width; + + for (int y = 0; y < height; y++, out += rowpad) + { + for (int x = 0; x < width; x++, alpha++, out += 4, in += 3) + { + out[0] = in[0]; + out[1] = in[1]; + out[2] = in[2]; + out[3] = *alpha; + } + } + + return true; +} + +wxImage wxBitmap::ConvertToImage() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxNullImage, wxT("invalid bitmap") ); + + const int w = GetWidth(); + const int h = GetHeight(); + wxImage image(w, h, false); + unsigned char *data = image.GetData(); + + wxCHECK_MSG(data != NULL, wxNullImage, wxT("couldn't create image") ); + + // prefer pixbuf if available, it will preserve alpha and should be quicker + if (HasPixbuf()) + { + GdkPixbuf *pixbuf = GetPixbuf(); + unsigned char* alpha = NULL; + if (gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha(pixbuf)) + { + image.SetAlpha(); + alpha = image.GetAlpha(); + } + const unsigned char* in = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels(pixbuf); + unsigned char *out = data; + const int inc = 3 + int(alpha != NULL); + const int rowpad = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride(pixbuf) - inc * w; + + for (int y = 0; y < h; y++, in += rowpad) + { + for (int x = 0; x < w; x++, in += inc, out += 3) + { + out[0] = in[0]; + out[1] = in[1]; + out[2] = in[2]; + if (alpha != NULL) + *alpha++ = in[3]; + } + } + } + else + { + GdkPixmap* pixmap = GetPixmap(); + GdkPixmap* pixmap_invert = NULL; + if (GetDepth() == 1) + { + // mono bitmaps are inverted, i.e. 0 is white + pixmap_invert = gdk_pixmap_new(pixmap, w, h, 1); + wxGtkObject gc(gdk_gc_new(pixmap_invert)); + gdk_gc_set_function(gc, GDK_COPY_INVERT); + gdk_draw_drawable(pixmap_invert, gc, pixmap, 0, 0, 0, 0, w, h); + pixmap = pixmap_invert; + } + // create a pixbuf which shares data with the wxImage + GdkPixbuf* pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_data( + data, GDK_COLORSPACE_RGB, false, 8, w, h, 3 * w, NULL, NULL); + + gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable(pixbuf, pixmap, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, w, h); + + g_object_unref(pixbuf); + if (pixmap_invert != NULL) + g_object_unref(pixmap_invert); + } + // convert mask, unless there is already alpha + if (GetMask() && !image.HasAlpha()) + { + // we hard code the mask colour for now but we could also make an + // effort (and waste time) to choose a colour not present in the + // image already to avoid having to fudge the pixels below -- + // whether it's worth to do it is unclear however + const int MASK_RED = 1; + const int MASK_GREEN = 2; + const int MASK_BLUE = 3; + const int MASK_BLUE_REPLACEMENT = 2; + + image.SetMaskColour(MASK_RED, MASK_GREEN, MASK_BLUE); + GdkImage* image_mask = gdk_drawable_get_image(GetMask()->GetBitmap(), 0, 0, w, h); + + for (int y = 0; y < h; y++) + { + for (int x = 0; x < w; x++, data += 3) + { + if (gdk_image_get_pixel(image_mask, x, y) == 0) + { + data[0] = MASK_RED; + data[1] = MASK_GREEN; + data[2] = MASK_BLUE; + } + else if (data[0] == MASK_RED && data[1] == MASK_GREEN && data[2] == MASK_BLUE) + { + // we have to fudge the colour a bit to prevent + // this pixel from appearing transparent + data[2] = MASK_BLUE_REPLACEMENT; + } + } + } + g_object_unref(image_mask); + } + + return image; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + +int wxBitmap::GetHeight() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), -1, wxT("invalid bitmap") ); + + return M_BMPDATA->m_height; +} + +int wxBitmap::GetWidth() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), -1, wxT("invalid bitmap") ); + + return M_BMPDATA->m_width; +} + +int wxBitmap::GetDepth() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), -1, wxT("invalid bitmap") ); + + return M_BMPDATA->m_bpp; +} + +wxMask *wxBitmap::GetMask() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), NULL, wxT("invalid bitmap") ); + + return M_BMPDATA->m_mask; +} + +void wxBitmap::SetMask( wxMask *mask ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid bitmap") ); + + AllocExclusive(); + delete M_BMPDATA->m_mask; + M_BMPDATA->m_mask = mask; +} + +bool wxBitmap::CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon) +{ + *this = icon; + return IsOk(); +} + +wxBitmap wxBitmap::GetSubBitmap( const wxRect& rect) const +{ + wxBitmap ret; + + wxCHECK_MSG(IsOk(), ret, wxT("invalid bitmap")); + + const int w = rect.width; + const int h = rect.height; + const wxBitmapRefData* bmpData = M_BMPDATA; + + wxCHECK_MSG(rect.x >= 0 && rect.y >= 0 && + rect.x + w <= bmpData->m_width && + rect.y + h <= bmpData->m_height, + ret, wxT("invalid bitmap region")); + + wxBitmapRefData * const newRef = new wxBitmapRefData(w, h, bmpData->m_bpp); + ret.m_refData = newRef; + + if (bmpData->m_pixbuf) + { + GdkPixbuf* pixbuf = + gdk_pixbuf_new_subpixbuf(bmpData->m_pixbuf, rect.x, rect.y, w, h); + newRef->m_pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_copy(pixbuf); + g_object_unref(pixbuf); + } + if (bmpData->m_pixmap) + { + newRef->m_pixmap = gdk_pixmap_new(bmpData->m_pixmap, w, h, -1); + GdkGC* gc = gdk_gc_new(newRef->m_pixmap); + gdk_draw_drawable( + newRef->m_pixmap, gc, bmpData->m_pixmap, rect.x, rect.y, 0, 0, w, h); + g_object_unref(gc); + } + if (bmpData->m_mask && bmpData->m_mask->m_bitmap) + { + GdkPixmap* sub_mask = gdk_pixmap_new(bmpData->m_mask->m_bitmap, w, h, 1); + newRef->m_mask = new wxMask; + newRef->m_mask->m_bitmap = sub_mask; + GdkGC* gc = gdk_gc_new(sub_mask); + gdk_draw_drawable( + sub_mask, gc, bmpData->m_mask->m_bitmap, rect.x, rect.y, 0, 0, w, h); + g_object_unref(gc); + } + + return ret; +} + +bool wxBitmap::SaveFile( const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type, const wxPalette *WXUNUSED(palette) ) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid bitmap") ); + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + wxImage image = ConvertToImage(); + if (image.IsOk() && image.SaveFile(name, type)) + return true; +#endif + const char* type_name = NULL; + switch (type) + { + case wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP: type_name = "bmp"; break; + case wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO: type_name = "ico"; break; + case wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG: type_name = "jpeg"; break; + case wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG: type_name = "png"; break; + default: break; + } + return type_name && + gdk_pixbuf_save(GetPixbuf(), name.fn_str(), type_name, NULL, NULL); +} + +bool wxBitmap::LoadFile( const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type ) +{ +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + wxImage image; + if (image.LoadFile(name, type) && image.IsOk()) + *this = wxBitmap(image); + else +#endif + { + wxUnusedVar(type); // The type is detected automatically by GDK. + + UnRef(); + GdkPixbuf* pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file(name.fn_str(), NULL); + if (pixbuf) + SetPixbuf(pixbuf); + } + + return IsOk(); +} + +#if wxUSE_PALETTE +wxPalette *wxBitmap::GetPalette() const +{ + return NULL; +} + +void wxBitmap::SetPalette(const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette)) +{ + // TODO +} +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + +void wxBitmap::SetHeight( int height ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + M_BMPDATA->m_height = height; +} + +void wxBitmap::SetWidth( int width ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + M_BMPDATA->m_width = width; +} + +void wxBitmap::SetDepth( int depth ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + M_BMPDATA->m_bpp = depth; +} + +void wxBitmap::SetPixmap( GdkPixmap *pixmap ) +{ + UnRef(); + + if (!pixmap) + return; + + int w, h; + gdk_drawable_get_size(pixmap, &w, &h); + wxBitmapRefData* bmpData = new wxBitmapRefData(w, h, 0); + m_refData = bmpData; + bmpData->m_pixmap = pixmap; + bmpData->m_bpp = gdk_drawable_get_depth(pixmap); +} + +GdkPixmap *wxBitmap::GetPixmap() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), NULL, wxT("invalid bitmap") ); + + wxBitmapRefData* bmpData = M_BMPDATA; + if (bmpData->m_pixmap) + return bmpData->m_pixmap; + + if (bmpData->m_pixbuf) + { + GdkPixmap** mask_pixmap = NULL; + if (gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha(bmpData->m_pixbuf)) + { + // make new mask from alpha + delete bmpData->m_mask; + bmpData->m_mask = new wxMask; + mask_pixmap = &bmpData->m_mask->m_bitmap; + } + gdk_pixbuf_render_pixmap_and_mask( + bmpData->m_pixbuf, &bmpData->m_pixmap, mask_pixmap, 128); + } + else + { + bmpData->m_pixmap = gdk_pixmap_new(wxGetRootWindow()->window, + bmpData->m_width, bmpData->m_height, bmpData->m_bpp == 1 ? 1 : -1); + } + return bmpData->m_pixmap; +} + +bool wxBitmap::HasPixmap() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid bitmap") ); + + return M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap != NULL; +} + +GdkPixbuf *wxBitmap::GetPixbuf() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), NULL, wxT("invalid bitmap") ); + + wxBitmapRefData* bmpData = M_BMPDATA; + if (bmpData->m_pixbuf) + return bmpData->m_pixbuf; + + const int w = bmpData->m_width; + const int h = bmpData->m_height; + GdkPixmap* mask = NULL; + if (bmpData->m_mask) + mask = bmpData->m_mask->m_bitmap; + const bool useAlpha = bmpData->m_alphaRequested || mask; + bmpData->m_pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new(GDK_COLORSPACE_RGB, useAlpha, 8, w, h); + if (bmpData->m_pixmap) + PixmapToPixbuf(bmpData->m_pixmap, bmpData->m_pixbuf, w, h); + if (mask) + MaskToAlpha(mask, bmpData->m_pixbuf, w, h); + return bmpData->m_pixbuf; +} + +bool wxBitmap::HasPixbuf() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid bitmap") ); + + return M_BMPDATA->m_pixbuf != NULL; +} + +void wxBitmap::SetPixbuf(GdkPixbuf* pixbuf) +{ + UnRef(); + + if (!pixbuf) + return; + + int depth = -1; + if (gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha(pixbuf)) + depth = 32; + m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData( + gdk_pixbuf_get_width(pixbuf), gdk_pixbuf_get_height(pixbuf), depth); + + M_BMPDATA->m_pixbuf = pixbuf; +} + +void wxBitmap::PurgeOtherRepresentations(wxBitmap::Representation keep) +{ + if (keep == Pixmap && HasPixbuf()) + { + g_object_unref (M_BMPDATA->m_pixbuf); + M_BMPDATA->m_pixbuf = NULL; + } + if (keep == Pixbuf && HasPixmap()) + { + g_object_unref (M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap); + M_BMPDATA->m_pixmap = NULL; + } +} + +#ifdef wxHAS_RAW_BITMAP +void *wxBitmap::GetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data, int bpp) +{ + void* bits = NULL; + GdkPixbuf *pixbuf = GetPixbuf(); + const bool hasAlpha = HasAlpha(); + + // allow access if bpp is valid and matches existence of alpha + if ( pixbuf && ((bpp == 24 && !hasAlpha) || (bpp == 32 && hasAlpha)) ) + { + data.m_height = gdk_pixbuf_get_height( pixbuf ); + data.m_width = gdk_pixbuf_get_width( pixbuf ); + data.m_stride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride( pixbuf ); + bits = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels(pixbuf); + } + return bits; +} + +void wxBitmap::UngetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& WXUNUSED(data)) +{ +} +#endif // wxHAS_RAW_BITMAP + +bool wxBitmap::HasAlpha() const +{ + const wxBitmapRefData* bmpData = M_BMPDATA; + return bmpData && (bmpData->m_alphaRequested || + (bmpData->m_pixbuf && gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha(bmpData->m_pixbuf))); +} + +wxGDIRefData* wxBitmap::CreateGDIRefData() const +{ + return new wxBitmapRefData(0, 0, 0); +} + +wxGDIRefData* wxBitmap::CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData* data) const +{ + const wxBitmapRefData* oldRef = static_cast(data); + wxBitmapRefData * const newRef = new wxBitmapRefData(oldRef->m_width, + oldRef->m_height, + oldRef->m_bpp); + if (oldRef->m_pixmap != NULL) + { + newRef->m_pixmap = gdk_pixmap_new( + oldRef->m_pixmap, oldRef->m_width, oldRef->m_height, + // use pixmap depth, m_bpp may not match + gdk_drawable_get_depth(oldRef->m_pixmap)); + wxGtkObject gc(gdk_gc_new(newRef->m_pixmap)); + gdk_draw_drawable( + newRef->m_pixmap, gc, oldRef->m_pixmap, 0, 0, 0, 0, -1, -1); + } + if (oldRef->m_pixbuf != NULL) + { + newRef->m_pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_copy(oldRef->m_pixbuf); + } + if (oldRef->m_mask != NULL) + { + newRef->m_mask = new wxMask(*oldRef->m_mask); + } + + return newRef; +} + +/* static */ void wxBitmap::InitStandardHandlers() +{ + // TODO: Insert handler based on GdkPixbufs handler later +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bmpbuttn.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bmpbuttn.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9219a546d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bmpbuttn.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/bmpbuttn.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: bmpbuttn.cpp 66555 2011-01-04 08:31:53Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON + +#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h" + +bool wxBitmapButton::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !wxBitmapButtonBase::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, + validator, name) ) + return false; + + if ( bitmap.IsOk() ) + { + SetBitmapLabel(bitmap); + + // we need to adjust the size after setting the bitmap as it may be too + // big for the default button size + SetInitialSize(size); + } + + return true; +} +#endif // wxUSE_BMPBUTTON diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bmpcbox.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bmpcbox.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f65bdd9cfa --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/bmpcbox.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/bmpcbox.cpp +// Purpose: wxBitmapComboBox +// Author: Jaakko Salli +// Created: 2008-05-19 +// RCS-ID: $Id: bmpcbox.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Jaakko Salli +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX + +#include "wx/bmpcbox.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapComboBox, wxComboBox) + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapComboBox creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxBitmapComboBox::Init() +{ + m_bitmapCellIndex = 0; + m_stringCellIndex = 1; + m_bitmapSize = wxSize(-1, -1); +} + +wxBitmapComboBox::wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) + : wxComboBox(), + wxBitmapComboBoxBase() +{ + Init(); + + Create(parent,id,value,pos,size,choices,style,validator,name); +} + +bool wxBitmapComboBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + wxCArrayString chs(choices); + return Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, chs.GetCount(), + chs.GetStrings(), style, validator, name); +} + +bool wxBitmapComboBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int n, + const wxString choices[], + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + if ( !wxComboBox::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, + n, choices, style, validator, name) ) + return false; + + // Select 'value' in entry-less mode + if ( !GetEntry() ) + { + int n = FindString(value); + if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) + SetSelection(n); + } + + return true; +} + +void wxBitmapComboBox::GTKCreateComboBoxWidget() +{ + GtkListStore *store; + + store = gtk_list_store_new( 2, G_TYPE_OBJECT, G_TYPE_STRING ); + + if ( HasFlag(wxCB_READONLY) ) + { + m_widget = gtk_combo_box_new_with_model( GTK_TREE_MODEL(store) ); + } + else + { + m_widget = gtk_combo_box_entry_new_with_model( GTK_TREE_MODEL(store), m_stringCellIndex ); + m_entry = GTK_ENTRY( GTK_BIN(m_widget)->child ); + gtk_entry_set_editable( m_entry, TRUE ); + } + g_object_ref(m_widget); + + // This must be called as gtk_combo_box_entry_new_with_model adds + // automatically adds one text column. + gtk_cell_layout_clear( GTK_CELL_LAYOUT(m_widget) ); + + GtkCellRenderer* imageRenderer = gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new(); + gtk_cell_layout_pack_start( GTK_CELL_LAYOUT(m_widget), + imageRenderer, FALSE); + gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute( GTK_CELL_LAYOUT(m_widget), + imageRenderer, "pixbuf", 0); + + GtkCellRenderer* textRenderer = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new(); + gtk_cell_layout_pack_end( GTK_CELL_LAYOUT(m_widget), + textRenderer, TRUE ); + gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute( GTK_CELL_LAYOUT(m_widget), + textRenderer, "text", 1); +} + +wxBitmapComboBox::~wxBitmapComboBox() +{ +} + +GtkWidget* wxBitmapComboBox::GetConnectWidget() +{ + if ( GetEntry() ) + return wxComboBox::GetConnectWidget(); + + return wxChoice::GetConnectWidget(); +} + +GdkWindow *wxBitmapComboBox::GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const +{ + if ( GetEntry() ) + return wxComboBox::GTKGetWindow(windows); + + return wxChoice::GTKGetWindow(windows); +} + +wxSize wxBitmapComboBox::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxSize best = wxComboBox::DoGetBestSize(); + + int delta = GetBitmapSize().y - GetCharHeight(); + if ( delta > 0 ) + { + best.y += delta; + CacheBestSize(best); + } + return best; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Item manipulation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxBitmapComboBox::SetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + if ( bitmap.IsOk() ) + { + if ( m_bitmapSize.x < 0 ) + { + m_bitmapSize.x = bitmap.GetWidth(); + m_bitmapSize.y = bitmap.GetHeight(); + } + + GtkComboBox* combobox = GTK_COMBO_BOX( m_widget ); + GtkTreeModel *model = gtk_combo_box_get_model( combobox ); + GtkTreeIter iter; + + if ( gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child( model, &iter, NULL, n ) ) + { + GValue value0 = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &value0, G_TYPE_OBJECT ); + g_value_set_object( &value0, bitmap.GetPixbuf() ); + gtk_list_store_set_value( GTK_LIST_STORE(model), &iter, + m_bitmapCellIndex, &value0 ); + g_value_unset( &value0 ); + } + } +} + +wxBitmap wxBitmapComboBox::GetItemBitmap(unsigned int n) const +{ + wxBitmap bitmap; + + GtkComboBox* combobox = GTK_COMBO_BOX( m_widget ); + GtkTreeModel *model = gtk_combo_box_get_model( combobox ); + GtkTreeIter iter; + + if (gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (model, &iter, NULL, n)) + { + GValue value = { 0, }; + gtk_tree_model_get_value( model, &iter, + m_bitmapCellIndex, &value ); + GdkPixbuf* pixbuf = (GdkPixbuf*) g_value_get_object( &value ); + if ( pixbuf ) + { + g_object_ref( pixbuf ); + bitmap.SetPixbuf( pixbuf ); + } + g_value_unset( &value ); + } + + return bitmap; +} + +int wxBitmapComboBox::Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + const int n = wxComboBox::Append(item); + if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) + SetItemBitmap(n, bitmap); + return n; +} + +int wxBitmapComboBox::Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + void *clientData) +{ + const int n = wxComboBox::Append(item, clientData); + if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) + SetItemBitmap(n, bitmap); + return n; +} + +int wxBitmapComboBox::Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + wxClientData *clientData) +{ + const int n = wxComboBox::Append(item, clientData); + if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) + SetItemBitmap(n, bitmap); + return n; +} + +int wxBitmapComboBox::Insert(const wxString& item, + const wxBitmap& bitmap, + unsigned int pos) +{ + const int n = wxComboBox::Insert(item, pos); + if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) + SetItemBitmap(n, bitmap); + return n; +} + +int wxBitmapComboBox::Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + unsigned int pos, wxClientData *clientData) +{ + const int n = wxComboBox::Insert(item, pos, clientData); + if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) + SetItemBitmap(n, bitmap); + return n; +} + +int wxBitmapComboBox::Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, + unsigned int pos, void *clientData) +{ + const int n = wxComboBox::Insert(item, pos, clientData); + if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) + SetItemBitmap(n, bitmap); + return n; +} + +void wxBitmapComboBox::GTKInsertComboBoxTextItem( unsigned int n, const wxString& text ) +{ + GtkComboBox* combobox = GTK_COMBO_BOX( m_widget ); + GtkTreeModel *model = gtk_combo_box_get_model( combobox ); + GtkListStore *store = GTK_LIST_STORE( model ); + GtkTreeIter iter; + + gtk_list_store_insert( store, &iter, n ); + + GValue value = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &value, G_TYPE_STRING ); + g_value_set_string( &value, wxGTK_CONV( text ) ); + gtk_list_store_set_value( store, &iter, m_stringCellIndex, &value ); + g_value_unset( &value ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextEntry interface override +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxBitmapComboBox::WriteText(const wxString& value) +{ + if ( GetEntry() ) + wxComboBox::WriteText(value); + else + SetStringSelection(value); +} + +wxString wxBitmapComboBox::GetValue() const +{ + if ( GetEntry() ) + return wxComboBox::GetValue(); + + return GetStringSelection(); +} + +void wxBitmapComboBox::Remove(long from, long to) +{ + if ( GetEntry() ) + wxComboBox::Remove(from, to); +} + +void wxBitmapComboBox::SetInsertionPoint(long pos) +{ + if ( GetEntry() ) + wxComboBox::SetInsertionPoint(pos); +} + +long wxBitmapComboBox::GetInsertionPoint() const +{ + if ( GetEntry() ) + return wxComboBox::GetInsertionPoint(); + + return 0; + } +long wxBitmapComboBox::GetLastPosition() const +{ + if ( GetEntry() ) + return wxComboBox::GetLastPosition(); + + return 0; + } + +void wxBitmapComboBox::SetSelection(long from, long to) +{ + if ( GetEntry() ) + wxComboBox::SetSelection(from, to); +} + +void wxBitmapComboBox::GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const +{ + if ( GetEntry() ) + wxComboBox::GetSelection(from, to); +} + +bool wxBitmapComboBox::IsEditable() const +{ + if ( GetEntry() ) + return wxTextEntry::IsEditable(); + + return false; +} + +void wxBitmapComboBox::SetEditable(bool editable) +{ + if ( GetEntry() ) + wxComboBox::SetEditable(editable); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/brush.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/brush.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..06d4d21afe --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/brush.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/brush.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: brush.cpp 61508 2009-07-23 20:30:22Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#include "wx/brush.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/colour.h" +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBrush +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxBrushRefData: public wxGDIRefData +{ +public: + wxBrushRefData(const wxColour& colour = wxNullColour, wxBrushStyle style = wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) + { + m_style = style; + m_colour = colour; + } + + wxBrushRefData( const wxBrushRefData& data ) + : wxGDIRefData() + { + m_style = data.m_style; + m_stipple = data.m_stipple; + m_colour = data.m_colour; + } + + bool operator == (const wxBrushRefData& data) const + { + return (m_style == data.m_style && + m_stipple.IsSameAs(data.m_stipple) && + m_colour == data.m_colour); + } + + wxBrushStyle m_style; + wxColour m_colour; + wxBitmap m_stipple; +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define M_BRUSHDATA ((wxBrushRefData *)m_refData) + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush,wxGDIObject) + +wxBrush::wxBrush( const wxColour &colour, wxBrushStyle style ) +{ + m_refData = new wxBrushRefData(colour, style); +} + +#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 +wxBrush::wxBrush(const wxColour& col, int style) +{ + m_refData = new wxBrushRefData(col, (wxBrushStyle)style); +} +#endif + +wxBrush::wxBrush( const wxBitmap &stippleBitmap ) +{ + wxBrushStyle style = wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE; + if (stippleBitmap.GetMask()) + style = wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE; + + m_refData = new wxBrushRefData(*wxBLACK, style); + M_BRUSHDATA->m_stipple = stippleBitmap; +} + +wxBrush::~wxBrush() +{ + // m_refData unrefed in ~wxObject +} + +wxGDIRefData *wxBrush::CreateGDIRefData() const +{ + return new wxBrushRefData; +} + +wxGDIRefData *wxBrush::CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const +{ + return new wxBrushRefData(*(wxBrushRefData *)data); +} + +bool wxBrush::operator==(const wxBrush& brush) const +{ + if (m_refData == brush.m_refData) return true; + + if (!m_refData || !brush.m_refData) return false; + + return ( *(wxBrushRefData*)m_refData == *(wxBrushRefData*)brush.m_refData ); +} + +wxBrushStyle wxBrush::GetStyle() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_INVALID, wxT("invalid brush") ); + + return M_BRUSHDATA->m_style; +} + +wxColour wxBrush::GetColour() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), wxNullColour, wxT("invalid brush") ); + + return M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour; +} + +wxBitmap *wxBrush::GetStipple() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), NULL, wxT("invalid brush") ); + + return &M_BRUSHDATA->m_stipple; +} + +void wxBrush::SetColour( const wxColour& col ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour = col; +} + +void wxBrush::SetColour( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour.Set( r, g, b ); +} + +void wxBrush::SetStyle( wxBrushStyle style ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + M_BRUSHDATA->m_style = style; +} + +void wxBrush::SetStipple( const wxBitmap& stipple ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + M_BRUSHDATA->m_stipple = stipple; + if (M_BRUSHDATA->m_stipple.GetMask()) + { + M_BRUSHDATA->m_style = wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE; + } + else + { + M_BRUSHDATA->m_style = wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE; + } +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/button.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/button.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..59de0fa435 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/button.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,709 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/button.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: button.cpp 67151 2011-03-08 17:22:15Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_BUTTON + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/button.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/stockitem.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// GTK callbacks +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" +{ + +static void +wxgtk_button_clicked_callback(GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), wxButton *button) +{ + if ( button->GTKShouldIgnoreEvent() ) + return; + + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, button->GetId()); + event.SetEventObject(button); + button->HandleWindowEvent(event); +} + +static void +wxgtk_button_enter_callback(GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), wxButton *button) +{ + if ( button->GTKShouldIgnoreEvent() ) + return; + + button->GTKMouseEnters(); +} + +static void +wxgtk_button_leave_callback(GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), wxButton *button) +{ + if ( button->GTKShouldIgnoreEvent() ) + return; + + button->GTKMouseLeaves(); +} + +static void +wxgtk_button_press_callback(GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), wxButton *button) +{ + if ( button->GTKShouldIgnoreEvent() ) + return; + + button->GTKPressed(); +} + +static void +wxgtk_button_released_callback(GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), wxButton *button) +{ + if ( button->GTKShouldIgnoreEvent() ) + return; + + button->GTKReleased(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "style_set" from m_widget +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void +wxgtk_button_style_set_callback(GtkWidget* widget, GtkStyle*, wxButton* win) +{ + /* the default button has a border around it */ + wxWindow* parent = win->GetParent(); + if (parent && parent->m_wxwindow && GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT(widget)) + { + GtkBorder* border = NULL; + gtk_widget_style_get(widget, "default_border", &border, NULL); + if (border) + { + win->MoveWindow( + win->m_x - border->left, + win->m_y - border->top, + win->m_width + border->left + border->right, + win->m_height + border->top + border->bottom); + gtk_border_free(border); + } + } +} + +} // extern "C" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxButton::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &label, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + if (!PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !CreateBase( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name )) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxButton creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + // create either a standard button with text label (which may still contain + // an image under GTK+ 2.6+) or a bitmap-only button if we don't have any + // label + const bool + useLabel = !(style & wxBU_NOTEXT) && (!label.empty() || wxIsStockID(id)); + if ( useLabel ) + { + m_widget = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic(""); + } + else // no label, suppose we will have a bitmap + { + m_widget = gtk_button_new(); + + GtkWidget *image = gtk_image_new(); + gtk_widget_show(image); + gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(m_widget), image); + } + + g_object_ref(m_widget); + + float x_alignment = 0.5; + if (HasFlag(wxBU_LEFT)) + x_alignment = 0.0; + else if (HasFlag(wxBU_RIGHT)) + x_alignment = 1.0; + + float y_alignment = 0.5; + if (HasFlag(wxBU_TOP)) + y_alignment = 0.0; + else if (HasFlag(wxBU_BOTTOM)) + y_alignment = 1.0; + + gtk_button_set_alignment(GTK_BUTTON(m_widget), x_alignment, y_alignment); + + if ( useLabel ) + SetLabel(label); + + if (style & wxNO_BORDER) + gtk_button_set_relief( GTK_BUTTON(m_widget), GTK_RELIEF_NONE ); + + g_signal_connect_after (m_widget, "clicked", + G_CALLBACK (wxgtk_button_clicked_callback), + this); + + g_signal_connect_after (m_widget, "style_set", + G_CALLBACK (wxgtk_button_style_set_callback), + this); + + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + PostCreation(size); + + return true; +} + + +wxWindow *wxButton::SetDefault() +{ + wxWindow *oldDefault = wxButtonBase::SetDefault(); + + GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS( m_widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT ); + gtk_widget_grab_default( m_widget ); + + // resize for default border + wxgtk_button_style_set_callback( m_widget, NULL, this ); + + return oldDefault; +} + +/* static */ +wxSize wxButtonBase::GetDefaultSize() +{ + static wxSize size = wxDefaultSize; + if (size == wxDefaultSize) + { + // NB: Default size of buttons should be same as size of stock + // buttons as used in most GTK+ apps. Unfortunately it's a little + // tricky to obtain this size: stock button's size may be smaller + // than size of button in GtkButtonBox and vice versa, + // GtkButtonBox's minimal button size may be smaller than stock + // button's size. We have to retrieve both values and combine them. + + GtkWidget *wnd = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); + GtkWidget *box = gtk_hbutton_box_new(); + GtkWidget *btn = gtk_button_new_from_stock(GTK_STOCK_CANCEL); + gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(box), btn); + gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(wnd), box); + GtkRequisition req; + gtk_widget_size_request(btn, &req); + + gint minwidth, minheight; + gtk_widget_style_get(box, + "child-min-width", &minwidth, + "child-min-height", &minheight, + NULL); + + size.x = wxMax(minwidth, req.width); + size.y = wxMax(minheight, req.height); + + gtk_widget_destroy(wnd); + } + return size; +} + +void wxButton::SetLabel( const wxString &lbl ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_widget != NULL, wxT("invalid button") ); + + wxString label(lbl); + + if (label.empty() && wxIsStockID(m_windowId)) + label = wxGetStockLabel(m_windowId); + + wxControl::SetLabel(label); + + // don't use label if it was explicitly disabled + if ( HasFlag(wxBU_NOTEXT) ) + return; + + if (wxIsStockID(m_windowId) && wxIsStockLabel(m_windowId, label)) + { + const char *stock = wxGetStockGtkID(m_windowId); + if (stock) + { + gtk_button_set_label(GTK_BUTTON(m_widget), stock); + gtk_button_set_use_stock(GTK_BUTTON(m_widget), TRUE); + return; + } + } + + // this call is necessary if the button had been initially created without + // a (text) label -- then we didn't use gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic() and + // so "use-underline" GtkButton property remained unset + gtk_button_set_use_underline(GTK_BUTTON(m_widget), TRUE); + const wxString labelGTK = GTKConvertMnemonics(label); + gtk_button_set_label(GTK_BUTTON(m_widget), wxGTK_CONV(labelGTK)); + gtk_button_set_use_stock(GTK_BUTTON(m_widget), FALSE); + + GTKApplyWidgetStyle( false ); +} + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP +bool wxButton::DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_widget != NULL, false, "invalid button" ); + + const wxString stripped = RemoveMarkup(markup); + if ( stripped.empty() && !markup.empty() ) + return false; + + wxControl::SetLabel(stripped); + + GtkLabel * const label = GTKGetLabel(); + wxCHECK_MSG( label, false, "no label in this button?" ); + + GTKSetLabelWithMarkupForLabel(label, markup); + + return true; +} +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + +bool wxButton::Enable( bool enable ) +{ + if (!base_type::Enable(enable)) + return false; + + gtk_widget_set_sensitive(GTK_BIN(m_widget)->child, enable); + + if (enable) + GTKFixSensitivity(); + + GTKUpdateBitmap(); + + return true; +} + +GdkWindow *wxButton::GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& WXUNUSED(windows)) const +{ + return GTK_BUTTON(m_widget)->event_window; +} + +GtkLabel *wxButton::GTKGetLabel() const +{ + GtkWidget *child = GTK_BIN(m_widget)->child; + if ( GTK_IS_ALIGNMENT(child) ) + { + GtkWidget *box = GTK_BIN(child)->child; + for (GList* item = GTK_BOX(box)->children; item; item = item->next) + { + GtkBoxChild* boxChild = static_cast(item->data); + if ( GTK_IS_LABEL(boxChild->widget) ) + return GTK_LABEL(boxChild->widget); + } + + return NULL; + } + + return GTK_LABEL(child); +} + +void wxButton::DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style) +{ + gtk_widget_modify_style(m_widget, style); + GtkWidget *child = GTK_BIN(m_widget)->child; + gtk_widget_modify_style(child, style); + + // for buttons with images, the path to the label is (at least in 2.12) + // GtkButton -> GtkAlignment -> GtkHBox -> GtkLabel + if ( GTK_IS_ALIGNMENT(child) ) + { + GtkWidget *box = GTK_BIN(child)->child; + if ( GTK_IS_BOX(box) ) + { + for (GList* item = GTK_BOX(box)->children; item; item = item->next) + { + GtkBoxChild* boxChild = static_cast(item->data); + gtk_widget_modify_style(boxChild->widget, style); + } + } + } +} + +wxSize wxButton::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + // the default button in wxGTK is bigger than the other ones because of an + // extra border around it, but we don't want to take it into account in + // our size calculations (otherwise the result is visually ugly), so + // always return the size of non default button from here + const bool isDefault = GTK_WIDGET_HAS_DEFAULT(m_widget); + if ( isDefault ) + { + // temporarily unset default flag + GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS( m_widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT ); + } + + wxSize ret( wxControl::DoGetBestSize() ); + + if ( isDefault ) + { + // set it back again + GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS( m_widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT ); + } + + if (!HasFlag(wxBU_EXACTFIT)) + { + wxSize defaultSize = GetDefaultSize(); + if (ret.x < defaultSize.x) + ret.x = defaultSize.x; + if (ret.y < defaultSize.y) + ret.y = defaultSize.y; + } + + CacheBestSize(ret); + return ret; +} + +// static +wxVisualAttributes +wxButton::GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant WXUNUSED(variant)) +{ + return GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(gtk_button_new); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// bitmaps support +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxButton::GTKMouseEnters() +{ + m_isCurrent = true; + + GTKUpdateBitmap(); +} + +void wxButton::GTKMouseLeaves() +{ + m_isCurrent = false; + + GTKUpdateBitmap(); +} + +void wxButton::GTKPressed() +{ + m_isPressed = true; + + GTKUpdateBitmap(); +} + +void wxButton::GTKReleased() +{ + m_isPressed = false; + + GTKUpdateBitmap(); +} + +void wxButton::GTKOnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) +{ + event.Skip(); + + GTKUpdateBitmap(); +} + +wxButton::State wxButton::GTKGetCurrentState() const +{ + if ( !IsThisEnabled() ) + return m_bitmaps[State_Disabled].IsOk() ? State_Disabled : State_Normal; + + if ( m_isPressed && m_bitmaps[State_Pressed].IsOk() ) + return State_Pressed; + + if ( m_isCurrent && m_bitmaps[State_Current].IsOk() ) + return State_Current; + + if ( HasFocus() && m_bitmaps[State_Focused].IsOk() ) + return State_Focused; + + return State_Normal; +} + +void wxButton::GTKUpdateBitmap() +{ + // if we don't show bitmaps at all, there is nothing to update + if ( m_bitmaps[State_Normal].IsOk() ) + { + // if we do show them, this will return a state for which we do have a + // valid bitmap + State state = GTKGetCurrentState(); + + GTKDoShowBitmap(m_bitmaps[state]); + } +} + +void wxButton::GTKDoShowBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( bitmap.IsOk(), "invalid bitmap" ); + + GtkWidget *image; + if ( DontShowLabel() ) + { + image = GTK_BIN(m_widget)->child; + } + else // have both label and bitmap + { +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if ( !gtk_check_version(2,6,0) ) + { + image = gtk_button_get_image(GTK_BUTTON(m_widget)); + } + else +#endif // __WXGTK26__ + { + // buttons with both label and bitmap are only supported with GTK+ + // 2.6 so far + // + // it shouldn't be difficult to implement them ourselves for the + // previous GTK+ versions by stuffing a container with a label and + // an image inside GtkButton but there doesn't seem to be much + // point in doing this for ancient GTK+ versions + return; + } + } + + wxCHECK_RET( image && GTK_IS_IMAGE(image), "must have image widget" ); + + gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf(GTK_IMAGE(image), bitmap.GetPixbuf()); +} + +wxBitmap wxButton::DoGetBitmap(State which) const +{ + return m_bitmaps[which]; +} + +void wxButton::DoSetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, State which) +{ + switch ( which ) + { + case State_Normal: + if ( DontShowLabel() ) + { + // we only have the bitmap in this button, never remove it but + // do invalidate the best size when the bitmap (and presumably + // its size) changes + InvalidateBestSize(); + } +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + // normal image is special: setting it enables images for the button and + // resetting it to nothing disables all of them + else if ( !gtk_check_version(2,6,0) ) + { + GtkWidget *image = gtk_button_get_image(GTK_BUTTON(m_widget)); + if ( image && !bitmap.IsOk() ) + { + gtk_container_remove(GTK_CONTAINER(m_widget), image); + } + else if ( !image && bitmap.IsOk() ) + { + image = gtk_image_new(); + gtk_button_set_image(GTK_BUTTON(m_widget), image); + } + else // image presence or absence didn't change + { + // don't invalidate best size below + break; + } + + InvalidateBestSize(); + } +#endif // GTK+ 2.6+ + break; + + case State_Pressed: + if ( bitmap.IsOk() ) + { + if ( !m_bitmaps[which].IsOk() ) + { + // we need to install the callbacks to be notified about + // the button pressed state change + g_signal_connect + ( + m_widget, + "pressed", + G_CALLBACK(wxgtk_button_press_callback), + this + ); + + g_signal_connect + ( + m_widget, + "released", + G_CALLBACK(wxgtk_button_released_callback), + this + ); + } + } + else // no valid bitmap + { + if ( m_bitmaps[which].IsOk() ) + { + // we don't need to be notified about the button pressed + // state changes any more + g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func + ( + m_widget, + (gpointer)wxgtk_button_press_callback, + this + ); + + g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func + ( + m_widget, + (gpointer)wxgtk_button_released_callback, + this + ); + + // also make sure we don't remain stuck in pressed state + if ( m_isPressed ) + { + m_isPressed = false; + GTKUpdateBitmap(); + } + } + } + break; + + case State_Current: + // the logic here is the same as above for State_Pressed: we need + // to connect the handlers if we must be notified about the changes + // in the button current state and we disconnect them when/if we + // don't need them any more + if ( bitmap.IsOk() ) + { + if ( !m_bitmaps[which].IsOk() ) + { + g_signal_connect + ( + m_widget, + "enter", + G_CALLBACK(wxgtk_button_enter_callback), + this + ); + + g_signal_connect + ( + m_widget, + "leave", + G_CALLBACK(wxgtk_button_leave_callback), + this + ); + } + } + else // no valid bitmap + { + if ( m_bitmaps[which].IsOk() ) + { + g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func + ( + m_widget, + (gpointer)wxgtk_button_enter_callback, + this + ); + + g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func + ( + m_widget, + (gpointer)wxgtk_button_leave_callback, + this + ); + + if ( m_isCurrent ) + { + m_isCurrent = false; + GTKUpdateBitmap(); + } + } + } + break; + + case State_Focused: + if ( bitmap.IsOk() ) + { + Connect(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, + wxFocusEventHandler(wxButton::GTKOnFocus)); + Connect(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, + wxFocusEventHandler(wxButton::GTKOnFocus)); + } + else // no valid focused bitmap + { + Disconnect(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, + wxFocusEventHandler(wxButton::GTKOnFocus)); + Disconnect(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, + wxFocusEventHandler(wxButton::GTKOnFocus)); + } + break; + + default: + // no callbacks to connect/disconnect + ; + } + + m_bitmaps[which] = bitmap; + + // update the bitmap immediately if necessary, otherwise it will be done + // when the bitmap for the corresponding state is needed the next time by + // GTKUpdateBitmap() + if ( bitmap.IsOk() && which == GTKGetCurrentState() ) + { + GTKDoShowBitmap(bitmap); + } +} + +void wxButton::DoSetBitmapPosition(wxDirection dir) +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK210__ + if ( !gtk_check_version(2,10,0) ) + { + GtkPositionType gtkpos; + switch ( dir ) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "invalid position" ); + // fall through + + case wxLEFT: + gtkpos = GTK_POS_LEFT; + break; + + case wxRIGHT: + gtkpos = GTK_POS_RIGHT; + break; + + case wxTOP: + gtkpos = GTK_POS_TOP; + break; + + case wxBOTTOM: + gtkpos = GTK_POS_BOTTOM; + break; + } + + gtk_button_set_image_position(GTK_BUTTON(m_widget), gtkpos); + InvalidateBestSize(); + } +#endif // GTK+ 2.10+ +} + +#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/calctrl.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/calctrl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0d9f9ebf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/calctrl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/calctrl.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of the wxGtkCalendarCtrl +// Author: Marcin Wojdyr +// RCS-ID: $Id: calctrl.cpp 66568 2011-01-04 11:48:14Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2008 Marcin Wojdyr +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#if wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" +#include "wx/calctrl.h" +#include "wx/gtk/calctrl.h" + + +extern "C" { + +static void gtk_day_selected_callback(GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + wxGtkCalendarCtrl *cal) +{ + wxDateTime date = cal->GetDate(); + if (cal->m_selectedDate == date) + return; + + cal->m_selectedDate = date; + + cal->GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED); + // send deprecated event + cal->GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DAY_CHANGED); +} + +static void gtk_day_selected_double_click_callback(GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + wxGtkCalendarCtrl *cal) +{ + cal->GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DOUBLECLICKED); +} + +static void gtk_month_changed_callback(GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + wxGtkCalendarCtrl *cal) +{ + cal->GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_PAGE_CHANGED); +} + +// callbacks that send deprecated events + +static void gtk_prev_month_callback(GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + wxGtkCalendarCtrl *cal) +{ + cal->GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_MONTH_CHANGED); +} + +static void gtk_prev_year_callback(GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + wxGtkCalendarCtrl *cal) +{ + cal->GenerateEvent(wxEVT_CALENDAR_YEAR_CHANGED); +} + +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkCalendarCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +bool wxGtkCalendarCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxDateTime& date, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name) +{ + if (!PreCreation(parent, pos, size) || + !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxGtkCalendarCtrl creation failed")); + return false; + } + + m_widget = gtk_calendar_new(); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + SetDate(date.IsValid() ? date : wxDateTime::Today()); + + if (style & wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE) + g_object_set (G_OBJECT (m_widget), "no-month-change", true, NULL); + if (style & wxCAL_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS) + g_object_set (G_OBJECT (m_widget), "show-week-numbers", true, NULL); + + g_signal_connect_after(m_widget, "day-selected", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_day_selected_callback), + this); + g_signal_connect_after(m_widget, "day-selected-double-click", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_day_selected_double_click_callback), + this); + g_signal_connect_after(m_widget, "month-changed", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_month_changed_callback), + this); + + // connect callbacks that send deprecated events + g_signal_connect_after(m_widget, "prev-month", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_prev_month_callback), + this); + g_signal_connect_after(m_widget, "next-month", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_prev_month_callback), + this); + g_signal_connect_after(m_widget, "prev-year", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_prev_year_callback), + this); + g_signal_connect_after(m_widget, "next-year", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_prev_year_callback), + this); + + m_parent->DoAddChild(this); + + PostCreation(size); + + return true; +} + +bool wxGtkCalendarCtrl::EnableMonthChange(bool enable) +{ + if ( !wxCalendarCtrlBase::EnableMonthChange(enable) ) + return false; + + g_object_set (G_OBJECT (m_widget), "no-month-change", !enable, NULL); + + return true; +} + + +bool wxGtkCalendarCtrl::SetDate(const wxDateTime& date) +{ + g_signal_handlers_block_by_func(m_widget, + (gpointer) gtk_day_selected_callback, this); + + m_selectedDate = date; + int year = date.GetYear(); + int month = date.GetMonth(); + int day = date.GetDay(); + gtk_calendar_select_month(GTK_CALENDAR(m_widget), month, year); + gtk_calendar_select_day(GTK_CALENDAR(m_widget), day); + + g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func( m_widget, + (gpointer) gtk_day_selected_callback, this); + + return true; +} + +wxDateTime wxGtkCalendarCtrl::GetDate() const +{ + guint year, month, day; + gtk_calendar_get_date(GTK_CALENDAR(m_widget), &year, &month, &day); + return wxDateTime(day, (wxDateTime::Month) month, year); +} + +void wxGtkCalendarCtrl::Mark(size_t day, bool mark) +{ + if (mark) + gtk_calendar_mark_day(GTK_CALENDAR(m_widget), day); + else + gtk_calendar_unmark_day(GTK_CALENDAR(m_widget), day); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cdiag.xbm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cdiag.xbm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0502f2303 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cdiag.xbm @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#define cdiag_width 16 +#define cdiag_height 16 +static unsigned char cdiag_bits[] = { + 0x81, 0x81, 0x42, 0x42, 0x24, 0x24, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x24, 0x24, + 0x42, 0x42, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x42, 0x42, 0x24, 0x24, 0x18, 0x18, + 0x18, 0x18, 0x24, 0x24, 0x42, 0x42, 0x81, 0x81}; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/checkbox.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/checkbox.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8681002c00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/checkbox.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/checkbox.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: checkbox.cpp 66555 2011-01-04 08:31:53Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX + +#include "wx/checkbox.h" + +#include + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// data +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern bool g_blockEventsOnDrag; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "clicked" +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void gtk_checkbox_toggled_callback(GtkWidget *widget, wxCheckBox *cb) +{ + if (!cb->m_hasVMT) return; + + if (g_blockEventsOnDrag) return; + + // Transitions for 3state checkbox must be done manually, GTK's checkbox + // is 2state with additional "undetermined state" flag which isn't + // changed automatically: + if (cb->Is3State()) + { + GtkToggleButton *toggle = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(widget); + + if (cb->Is3rdStateAllowedForUser()) + { + // The 3 states cycle like this when clicked: + // checked -> undetermined -> unchecked -> checked -> ... + bool active = gtk_toggle_button_get_active(toggle); + bool inconsistent = gtk_toggle_button_get_inconsistent(toggle); + + cb->GTKDisableEvents(); + + if (!active && !inconsistent) + { + // checked -> undetermined + gtk_toggle_button_set_active(toggle, true); + gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent(toggle, true); + } + else if (!active && inconsistent) + { + // undetermined -> unchecked + gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent(toggle, false); + } + else if (active && !inconsistent) + { + // unchecked -> checked + // nothing to do + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("3state wxCheckBox in unexpected state!")); + } + + cb->GTKEnableEvents(); + } + else + { + // user's action unsets undetermined state: + gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent(toggle, false); + } + } + + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, cb->GetId()); + event.SetInt(cb->Get3StateValue()); + event.SetEventObject(cb); + cb->HandleWindowEvent(event); +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCheckBox +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCheckBox::wxCheckBox() +{ +} + +bool wxCheckBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString &label, + const wxPoint &pos, + const wxSize &size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString &name ) +{ + WXValidateStyle( &style ); + if (!PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !CreateBase( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name )) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxCheckBox creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + if ( style & wxALIGN_RIGHT ) + { + // VZ: as I don't know a way to create a right aligned checkbox with + // GTK we will create a checkbox without label and a label at the + // left of it + m_widgetCheckbox = gtk_check_button_new(); + + m_widgetLabel = gtk_label_new(""); + gtk_misc_set_alignment(GTK_MISC(m_widgetLabel), 0.0, 0.5); + + m_widget = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 0); + gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(m_widget), m_widgetLabel, FALSE, FALSE, 3); + gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(m_widget), m_widgetCheckbox, FALSE, FALSE, 3); + + gtk_widget_show( m_widgetLabel ); + gtk_widget_show( m_widgetCheckbox ); + } + else + { + m_widgetCheckbox = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(""); + m_widgetLabel = GTK_BIN(m_widgetCheckbox)->child; + m_widget = m_widgetCheckbox; + } + g_object_ref(m_widget); + SetLabel( label ); + + g_signal_connect (m_widgetCheckbox, "toggled", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_checkbox_toggled_callback), this); + + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + PostCreation(size); + + return true; +} + +void wxCheckBox::GTKDisableEvents() +{ + g_signal_handlers_block_by_func(m_widgetCheckbox, + (gpointer) gtk_checkbox_toggled_callback, this); +} + +void wxCheckBox::GTKEnableEvents() +{ + g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func(m_widgetCheckbox, + (gpointer) gtk_checkbox_toggled_callback, this); +} + +void wxCheckBox::SetValue( bool state ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_widgetCheckbox != NULL, wxT("invalid checkbox") ); + + if (state == GetValue()) + return; + + GTKDisableEvents(); + + gtk_toggle_button_set_active( GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(m_widgetCheckbox), state ); + + GTKEnableEvents(); +} + +bool wxCheckBox::GetValue() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_widgetCheckbox != NULL, false, wxT("invalid checkbox") ); + + return gtk_toggle_button_get_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(m_widgetCheckbox)); +} + +void wxCheckBox::DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState state) +{ + SetValue(state != wxCHK_UNCHECKED); + gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(m_widgetCheckbox), + state == wxCHK_UNDETERMINED); +} + +wxCheckBoxState wxCheckBox::DoGet3StateValue() const +{ + if (gtk_toggle_button_get_inconsistent(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(m_widgetCheckbox))) + { + return wxCHK_UNDETERMINED; + } + else + { + return GetValue() ? wxCHK_CHECKED : wxCHK_UNCHECKED; + } +} + +void wxCheckBox::SetLabel( const wxString& label ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_widgetLabel != NULL, wxT("invalid checkbox") ); + + // save the label inside m_label in case user calls GetLabel() later + wxControl::SetLabel(label); + + GTKSetLabelForLabel(GTK_LABEL(m_widgetLabel), label); +} + +bool wxCheckBox::Enable( bool enable ) +{ + if (!base_type::Enable(enable)) + return false; + + gtk_widget_set_sensitive( m_widgetLabel, enable ); + + if (enable) + GTKFixSensitivity(); + + return true; +} + +void wxCheckBox::DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style) +{ + gtk_widget_modify_style(m_widgetCheckbox, style); + gtk_widget_modify_style(m_widgetLabel, style); +} + +GdkWindow *wxCheckBox::GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& WXUNUSED(windows)) const +{ + return GTK_BUTTON(m_widgetCheckbox)->event_window; +} + +// static +wxVisualAttributes +wxCheckBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant WXUNUSED(variant)) +{ + return GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(gtk_check_button_new); +} + +#endif diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/checklst.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/checklst.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea012cb2b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/checklst.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/checklst.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: Ryan Norton (Native GTK2.0+ checklist) +// Id: $Id: checklst.cpp 66557 2011-01-04 09:13:49Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX + +#include "wx/checklst.h" +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" +#include "wx/gtk/treeentry_gtk.h" + +#include +#include + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "toggled" +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +extern "C" { +static void gtk_checklist_toggled(GtkCellRendererToggle * WXUNUSED(renderer), + gchar *stringpath, + wxCheckListBox *listbox) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( listbox->m_treeview != NULL, wxT("invalid listbox") ); + + GtkTreePath* path = gtk_tree_path_new_from_string(stringpath); + wxCommandEvent new_event( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, + listbox->GetId() ); + new_event.SetEventObject( listbox ); + new_event.SetInt( gtk_tree_path_get_indices(path)[0] ); + new_event.SetString( listbox->GetString( new_event.GetInt() )); + gtk_tree_path_free(path); + listbox->Check( new_event.GetInt(), !listbox->IsChecked(new_event.GetInt())); + listbox->HandleWindowEvent( new_event ); +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCheckListBox +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxCheckListBox::wxCheckListBox() : wxListBox() +{ + m_hasCheckBoxes = true; +} + +wxCheckListBox::wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + int nStrings, + const wxString *choices, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name ) +{ + m_hasCheckBoxes = true; + wxListBox::Create( parent, id, pos, size, nStrings, choices, style, validator, name ); +} + +wxCheckListBox::wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name ) +{ + m_hasCheckBoxes = true; + wxListBox::Create( parent, id, pos, size, choices, + style, validator, name ); +} + +void wxCheckListBox::DoCreateCheckList() +{ + //Create the checklist in our treeview and set up events for it + GtkCellRenderer* renderer = + gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_new(); + GtkTreeViewColumn* column = + gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes( "", renderer, + "active", 0, + NULL ); +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_width(column, 40); +#else + gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_width(column, 22); +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON2/!wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + + gtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing(column, GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED); + gtk_tree_view_column_set_clickable(column, TRUE); + + g_signal_connect (renderer, "toggled", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_checklist_toggled), + this); + + gtk_tree_view_append_column(m_treeview, column); +} + +bool wxCheckListBox::IsChecked(unsigned int index) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_treeview != NULL, false, wxT("invalid checklistbox") ); + + GtkTreeIter iter; + gboolean res = gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child( + GTK_TREE_MODEL(m_liststore), + &iter, NULL, //NULL = parent = get first + index + ); + if(!res) + return false; + + GValue value = {0, }; + gtk_tree_model_get_value(GTK_TREE_MODEL(m_liststore), + &iter, + 0, //column + &value); + + return g_value_get_boolean(&value) == TRUE ? true : false; +} + +void wxCheckListBox::Check(unsigned int index, bool check) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_treeview != NULL, wxT("invalid checklistbox") ); + + GtkTreeIter iter; + gboolean res = gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child( + GTK_TREE_MODEL(m_liststore), + &iter, NULL, //NULL = parent = get first + index + ); + if(!res) + return; + + gtk_list_store_set(m_liststore, + &iter, + 0, //column + check ? TRUE : FALSE, -1); +} + +int wxCheckListBox::GetItemHeight() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_treeview != NULL, 0, wxT("invalid listbox")); + + gint height; + gtk_tree_view_column_cell_get_size( + gtk_tree_view_get_column(m_treeview, 0), + NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, + &height); + return height; +} + +#endif //wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/choice.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/choice.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d153260565 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/choice.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/choice.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: choice.cpp 66555 2011-01-04 08:31:53Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_CHOICE || wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +#include "wx/choice.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/arrstr.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// GTK callbacks +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { + +static void +gtk_choice_changed_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), wxChoice *choice ) +{ + choice->SendSelectionChangedEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED); +} + +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxChoice +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxChoice::Init() +{ + m_strings = NULL; + m_stringCellIndex = 0; +} + +bool wxChoice::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString &name ) +{ + wxCArrayString chs(choices); + + return Create( parent, id, pos, size, chs.GetCount(), chs.GetStrings(), + style, validator, name ); +} + +bool wxChoice::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size, + int n, const wxString choices[], + long style, const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString &name ) +{ + if (!PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !CreateBase( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name )) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxChoice creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + if ( IsSorted() ) + { + // if our m_strings != NULL, Append() will check for it and insert + // items in the correct order + m_strings = new wxGtkCollatedArrayString; + } + + m_widget = gtk_combo_box_new_text(); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + + Append(n, choices); + + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + PostCreation(size); + + g_signal_connect_after (m_widget, "changed", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_choice_changed_callback), this); + + return true; +} + +wxChoice::~wxChoice() +{ + delete m_strings; +} + +void wxChoice::SendSelectionChangedEvent(wxEventType evt_type) +{ + if (!m_hasVMT) + return; + + if (GetSelection() == -1) + return; + + wxCommandEvent event( evt_type, GetId() ); + + int n = GetSelection(); + event.SetInt( n ); + event.SetString( GetStringSelection() ); + event.SetEventObject( this ); + InitCommandEventWithItems( event, n ); + + HandleWindowEvent( event ); +} + +void wxChoice::GTKInsertComboBoxTextItem( unsigned int n, const wxString& text ) +{ + gtk_combo_box_insert_text( GTK_COMBO_BOX( m_widget ), n, wxGTK_CONV( text ) ); +} + +int wxChoice::DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter & items, + unsigned int pos, + void **clientData, wxClientDataType type) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_widget != NULL, -1, wxT("invalid control") ); + + wxASSERT_MSG( !IsSorted() || (pos == GetCount()), + wxT("In a sorted choice data could only be appended")); + + const int count = items.GetCount(); + + int n = wxNOT_FOUND; + + for ( int i = 0; i < count; ++i ) + { + n = pos + i; + // If sorted, use this wxSortedArrayStrings to determine + // the right insertion point + if (m_strings) + n = m_strings->Add(items[i]); + + GTKInsertComboBoxTextItem( n, items[i] ); + + m_clientData.Insert( NULL, n ); + AssignNewItemClientData(n, clientData, i, type); + } + + InvalidateBestSize(); + + return n; +} + +void wxChoice::DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData) +{ + m_clientData[n] = clientData; +} + +void* wxChoice::DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const +{ + return m_clientData[n]; +} + +void wxChoice::DoClear() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_widget != NULL, wxT("invalid control") ); + + GTKDisableEvents(); + + GtkComboBox* combobox = GTK_COMBO_BOX( m_widget ); + GtkTreeModel* model = gtk_combo_box_get_model( combobox ); + gtk_list_store_clear(GTK_LIST_STORE(model)); + + m_clientData.Clear(); + + if (m_strings) + m_strings->Clear(); + + GTKEnableEvents(); + + InvalidateBestSize(); +} + +void wxChoice::DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_widget != NULL, wxT("invalid control") ); + wxCHECK_RET( IsValid(n), wxT("invalid index in wxChoice::Delete") ); + + GtkComboBox* combobox = GTK_COMBO_BOX( m_widget ); + GtkTreeModel* model = gtk_combo_box_get_model( combobox ); + GtkListStore* store = GTK_LIST_STORE(model); + GtkTreeIter iter; + gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child( model, &iter, + NULL, (gint) n ); + gtk_list_store_remove( store, &iter ); + + m_clientData.RemoveAt( n ); + if ( m_strings ) + m_strings->RemoveAt( n ); + + InvalidateBestSize(); +} + +int wxChoice::FindString( const wxString &item, bool bCase ) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_widget != NULL, wxNOT_FOUND, wxT("invalid control") ); + + GtkComboBox* combobox = GTK_COMBO_BOX( m_widget ); + GtkTreeModel* model = gtk_combo_box_get_model( combobox ); + GtkTreeIter iter; + gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first( model, &iter ); + if (!gtk_list_store_iter_is_valid(GTK_LIST_STORE(model), &iter )) + return -1; + int count = 0; + do + { + GValue value = { 0, }; + gtk_tree_model_get_value( model, &iter, m_stringCellIndex, &value ); + wxString str = wxGTK_CONV_BACK( g_value_get_string( &value ) ); + g_value_unset( &value ); + + if (item.IsSameAs( str, bCase ) ) + return count; + + count++; + } + while ( gtk_tree_model_iter_next(model, &iter) ); + + return wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +int wxChoice::GetSelection() const +{ + return gtk_combo_box_get_active( GTK_COMBO_BOX( m_widget ) ); +} + +void wxChoice::SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString &text) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_widget != NULL, wxT("invalid control") ); + + GtkComboBox* combobox = GTK_COMBO_BOX( m_widget ); + wxCHECK_RET( IsValid(n), wxT("invalid index") ); + + GtkTreeModel *model = gtk_combo_box_get_model( combobox ); + GtkTreeIter iter; + if (gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (model, &iter, NULL, n)) + { + GValue value = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &value, G_TYPE_STRING ); + g_value_set_string( &value, wxGTK_CONV( text ) ); + gtk_list_store_set_value( GTK_LIST_STORE(model), &iter, m_stringCellIndex, &value ); + g_value_unset( &value ); + } + + InvalidateBestSize(); +} + +wxString wxChoice::GetString(unsigned int n) const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_widget != NULL, wxEmptyString, wxT("invalid control") ); + + wxString str; + + GtkComboBox* combobox = GTK_COMBO_BOX( m_widget ); + GtkTreeModel *model = gtk_combo_box_get_model( combobox ); + GtkTreeIter iter; + if (gtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (model, &iter, NULL, n)) + { + GValue value = { 0, }; + gtk_tree_model_get_value( model, &iter, m_stringCellIndex, &value ); + wxString tmp = wxGTK_CONV_BACK( g_value_get_string( &value ) ); + g_value_unset( &value ); + return tmp; + } + + return str; +} + +unsigned int wxChoice::GetCount() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_widget != NULL, 0, wxT("invalid control") ); + + GtkComboBox* combobox = GTK_COMBO_BOX( m_widget ); + GtkTreeModel* model = gtk_combo_box_get_model( combobox ); + GtkTreeIter iter; + gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first( model, &iter ); + if (!gtk_list_store_iter_is_valid(GTK_LIST_STORE(model), &iter )) + return 0; + unsigned int ret = 1; + while (gtk_tree_model_iter_next( model, &iter )) + ret++; + return ret; +} + +void wxChoice::SetSelection( int n ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_widget != NULL, wxT("invalid control") ); + + GTKDisableEvents(); + + GtkComboBox* combobox = GTK_COMBO_BOX( m_widget ); + gtk_combo_box_set_active( combobox, n ); + + GTKEnableEvents(); +} + +void wxChoice::SetColumns(int n) +{ + gtk_combo_box_set_wrap_width(GTK_COMBO_BOX(m_widget), n); +} + +int wxChoice::GetColumns() const +{ + // gtk_combo_box_get_wrap_width() was added in gtk 2.6 + gint intval; + g_object_get(G_OBJECT(m_widget), "wrap-width", &intval, NULL); + return intval; +} + + +void wxChoice::GTKDisableEvents() +{ + g_signal_handlers_block_by_func(m_widget, + (gpointer) gtk_choice_changed_callback, this); +} + +void wxChoice::GTKEnableEvents() +{ + g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func(m_widget, + (gpointer) gtk_choice_changed_callback, this); +} + + +GdkWindow *wxChoice::GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& WXUNUSED(windows)) const +{ + return m_widget->window; +} + +// Notice that this method shouldn't be necessary, because GTK calculates +// properly size of the combobox but for unknown reasons it doesn't work +// correctly in wx without this. +wxSize wxChoice::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + // strangely, this returns a width of 188 pixels from GTK+ (?) + wxSize ret( wxControl::DoGetBestSize() ); + + // we know better our horizontal extent: it depends on the longest string + // in the combobox + if ( m_widget ) + { + ret.x = GetCount() > 0 ? 0 : 60; // start with something "sensible" + int width; + unsigned int count = GetCount(); + for ( unsigned int n = 0; n < count; n++ ) + { + GetTextExtent(GetString(n), &width, NULL, NULL, NULL ); + if ( width + 40 > ret.x ) // 40 for drop down arrow and space around text + ret.x = width + 40; + } + } + + // empty combobox should have some reasonable default size too + if ((GetCount() == 0) && (ret.x < 80)) + ret.x = 80; + + CacheBestSize(ret); + return ret; +} + +void wxChoice::DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style) +{ + gtk_widget_modify_style(m_widget, style); + gtk_widget_modify_style(GTK_BIN(m_widget)->child, style); +} + + +// static +wxVisualAttributes +wxChoice::GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant WXUNUSED(variant)) +{ + return GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(gtk_combo_box_new); +} + + +#endif // wxUSE_CHOICE || wxUSE_COMBOBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/clipbrd.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/clipbrd.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..678c9d9466 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/clipbrd.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,755 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/clipbrd.cpp +// Purpose: wxClipboard implementation for wxGTK +// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin +// Id: $Id: clipbrd.cpp 67229 2011-03-18 09:16:19Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD + +#include "wx/clipbrd.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/dataobj.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/scopedarray.h" +#include "wx/scopeguard.h" +#include "wx/evtloop.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +typedef wxScopedArray wxDataFormatArray; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// data +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static GdkAtom g_clipboardAtom = 0; +static GdkAtom g_targetsAtom = 0; +static GdkAtom g_timestampAtom = 0; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE +extern GdkAtom g_altTextAtom; +#endif + +// the trace mask we use with wxLogTrace() - call +// wxLog::AddTraceMask(TRACE_CLIPBOARD) to enable the trace messages from here +// (there will be a *lot* of them!) +#define TRACE_CLIPBOARD wxT("clipboard") + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClipboardSync: used to perform clipboard operations synchronously +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// constructing this object on stack will wait wait until the latest clipboard +// operation is finished on block exit +// +// notice that there can be no more than one such object alive at any moment, +// i.e. reentrancies are not allowed +class wxClipboardSync +{ +public: + wxClipboardSync(wxClipboard& clipboard) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !ms_clipboard, wxT("reentrancy in clipboard code") ); + ms_clipboard = &clipboard; + } + + ~wxClipboardSync() + { +#if wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP + // ensure that there is a running event loop: this might not be the + // case if we're called before the main event loop startup + wxEventLoopGuarantor ensureEventLoop; +#endif + while (ms_clipboard) + wxEventLoopBase::GetActive()->YieldFor(wxEVT_CATEGORY_CLIPBOARD); + } + + // this method must be called by GTK+ callbacks to indicate that we got the + // result for our clipboard operation + static void OnDone(wxClipboard * WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(clipboard)) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( clipboard == ms_clipboard, + wxT("got notification for alien clipboard") ); + + ms_clipboard = NULL; + } + + // this method should be called if it's possible that no async clipboard + // operation is currently in progress (like it can be the case when the + // clipboard is cleared but not because we asked about it), it should only + // be called if such situation is expected -- otherwise call OnDone() which + // would assert in this case + static void OnDoneIfInProgress(wxClipboard *clipboard) + { + if ( ms_clipboard ) + OnDone(clipboard); + } + +private: + static wxClipboard *ms_clipboard; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClipboardSync); +}; + +wxClipboard *wxClipboardSync::ms_clipboard = NULL; + +// ============================================================================ +// clipboard callbacks implementation +// ============================================================================ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "selection_received" for targets +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void +targets_selection_received( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GtkSelectionData *selection_data, + guint32 WXUNUSED(time), + wxClipboard *clipboard ) +{ + if ( !clipboard ) + return; + + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1(wxClipboardSync::OnDone, clipboard); + + if ( !selection_data || selection_data->length <= 0 ) + return; + + // make sure we got the data in the correct form + GdkAtom type = selection_data->type; + if ( type != GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_ATOM ) + { + if ( strcmp(wxGtkString(gdk_atom_name(type)), "TARGETS") != 0 ) + { + wxLogTrace( TRACE_CLIPBOARD, + wxT("got unsupported clipboard target") ); + + return; + } + } + + // it's not really a format, of course, but we can reuse its GetId() method + // to format this atom as string + wxDataFormat clip(selection_data->selection); + wxLogTrace( TRACE_CLIPBOARD, + wxT("Received available formats for clipboard %s"), + clip.GetId().c_str() ); + + // the atoms we received, holding a list of targets (= formats) + const GdkAtom * const atoms = (GdkAtom *)selection_data->data; + for ( size_t i = 0; i < selection_data->length/sizeof(GdkAtom); i++ ) + { + const wxDataFormat format(atoms[i]); + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, wxT("\t%s"), format.GetId().c_str()); + + if ( clipboard->GTKOnTargetReceived(format) ) + return; + } +} +} + +bool wxClipboard::GTKOnTargetReceived(const wxDataFormat& format) +{ + if ( format != m_targetRequested ) + return false; + + m_formatSupported = true; + return true; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "selection_received" for the actual data +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void +selection_received( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GtkSelectionData *selection_data, + guint32 WXUNUSED(time), + wxClipboard *clipboard ) +{ + if ( !clipboard ) + return; + + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1(wxClipboardSync::OnDone, clipboard); + + if ( !selection_data || selection_data->length <= 0 ) + return; + + clipboard->GTKOnSelectionReceived(*selection_data); +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "selection_clear" +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static gint +selection_clear_clip( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), GdkEventSelection *event ) +{ + wxClipboard * const clipboard = wxTheClipboard; + if ( !clipboard ) + return TRUE; + + // notice the use of OnDoneIfInProgress() here instead of just OnDone(): + // it's perfectly possible that we're receiving this notification from GTK+ + // even though we hadn't cleared the clipboard ourselves but because + // another application (or even another window in the same program) + // acquired it + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1(wxClipboardSync::OnDoneIfInProgress, clipboard); + + wxClipboard::Kind kind; + if (event->selection == GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, wxT("Lost primary selection" )); + + kind = wxClipboard::Primary; + } + else if (event->selection == g_clipboardAtom) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, wxT("Lost clipboard" )); + + kind = wxClipboard::Clipboard; + } + else // some other selection, we're not concerned + { + return FALSE; + } + + // the clipboard is no longer in our hands, we don't need data any more + clipboard->GTKClearData(kind); + + return TRUE; +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// selection handler for supplying data +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void +selection_handler( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GtkSelectionData *selection_data, + guint WXUNUSED(info), + guint WXUNUSED(time), + gpointer signal_data ) +{ + wxClipboard * const clipboard = wxTheClipboard; + if ( !clipboard ) + return; + + wxDataObject * const data = clipboard->GTKGetDataObject(selection_data->selection); + if ( !data ) + return; + + // ICCCM says that TIMESTAMP is a required atom. + // In particular, it satisfies Klipper, which polls + // TIMESTAMP to see if the clipboards content has changed. + // It shall return the time which was used to set the data. + if (selection_data->target == g_timestampAtom) + { + guint timestamp = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (signal_data); + gtk_selection_data_set(selection_data, + GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_INTEGER, + 32, + (guchar*)&(timestamp), + sizeof(timestamp)); + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, + wxT("Clipboard TIMESTAMP requested, returning timestamp=%u"), + timestamp); + return; + } + + wxDataFormat format( selection_data->target ); + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, + wxT("clipboard data in format %s, GtkSelectionData is target=%s type=%s selection=%s timestamp=%u"), + format.GetId().c_str(), + wxString::FromAscii(wxGtkString(gdk_atom_name(selection_data->target))).c_str(), + wxString::FromAscii(wxGtkString(gdk_atom_name(selection_data->type))).c_str(), + wxString::FromAscii(wxGtkString(gdk_atom_name(selection_data->selection))).c_str(), + GPOINTER_TO_UINT( signal_data ) + ); + + if ( !data->IsSupportedFormat( format ) ) + return; + + int size = data->GetDataSize( format ); + if ( !size ) + return; + + wxCharBuffer buf(size - 1); // it adds 1 internally (for NUL) + + // text data must be returned in UTF8 if format is wxDF_UNICODETEXT + if ( !data->GetDataHere(format, buf.data()) ) + return; + + // use UTF8_STRING format if requested in Unicode build but just plain + // STRING one in ANSI or if explicitly asked in Unicode +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + if (format == wxDataFormat(wxDF_UNICODETEXT)) + { + gtk_selection_data_set_text( + selection_data, + (const gchar*)buf.data(), + size ); + } + else +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + { + gtk_selection_data_set( + selection_data, + GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_STRING, + 8*sizeof(gchar), + (const guchar*)buf.data(), + size ); + } +} +} + +void wxClipboard::GTKOnSelectionReceived(const GtkSelectionData& sel) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_receivedData, wxT("should be inside GetData()") ); + + const wxDataFormat format(sel.target); + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, wxT("Received selection %s"), + format.GetId().c_str()); + + if ( !m_receivedData->IsSupportedFormat(format) ) + return; + + m_receivedData->SetData(format, sel.length, sel.data); + m_formatSupported = true; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// asynchronous "selection_received" for targets +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void +async_targets_selection_received( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GtkSelectionData *selection_data, + guint32 WXUNUSED(time), + wxClipboard *clipboard ) +{ + if ( !clipboard ) // Assert? + return; + + if (!clipboard->m_sink) + return; + + wxClipboardEvent *event = new wxClipboardEvent(wxEVT_CLIPBOARD_CHANGED); + event->SetEventObject( clipboard ); + + if ( !selection_data || selection_data->length <= 0 ) + { + clipboard->m_sink->QueueEvent( event ); + clipboard->m_sink.Release(); + return; + } + + // make sure we got the data in the correct form + GdkAtom type = selection_data->type; + if ( type != GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_ATOM ) + { + if ( strcmp(wxGtkString(gdk_atom_name(type)), "TARGETS") != 0 ) + { + wxLogTrace( TRACE_CLIPBOARD, + wxT("got unsupported clipboard target") ); + + clipboard->m_sink->QueueEvent( event ); + clipboard->m_sink.Release(); + return; + } + } + + // it's not really a format, of course, but we can reuse its GetId() method + // to format this atom as string + wxDataFormat clip(selection_data->selection); + wxLogTrace( TRACE_CLIPBOARD, + wxT("Received available formats for clipboard %s"), + clip.GetId().c_str() ); + + // the atoms we received, holding a list of targets (= formats) + const GdkAtom * const atoms = (GdkAtom *)selection_data->data; + for ( size_t i = 0; i < selection_data->length/sizeof(GdkAtom); i++ ) + { + const wxDataFormat format(atoms[i]); + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, wxT("\t%s"), format.GetId().c_str()); + + event->AddFormat( format ); + } + + clipboard->m_sink->QueueEvent( event ); + clipboard->m_sink.Release(); +} +} + +// ============================================================================ +// wxClipboard implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClipboard ctor/dtor +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard,wxObject) + +wxClipboard::wxClipboard() +{ + m_open = false; + + m_dataPrimary = + m_dataClipboard = + m_receivedData = NULL; + + m_formatSupported = false; + m_targetRequested = 0; + + // we use m_targetsWidget to query what formats are available + m_targetsWidget = gtk_window_new( GTK_WINDOW_POPUP ); + gtk_widget_realize( m_targetsWidget ); + + g_signal_connect (m_targetsWidget, "selection_received", + G_CALLBACK (targets_selection_received), this); + + // we use m_targetsWidgetAsync to query what formats are available asynchronously + m_targetsWidgetAsync = gtk_window_new( GTK_WINDOW_POPUP ); + gtk_widget_realize( m_targetsWidgetAsync ); + + g_signal_connect (m_targetsWidgetAsync, "selection_received", + G_CALLBACK (async_targets_selection_received), this); + + // we use m_clipboardWidget to get and to offer data + m_clipboardWidget = gtk_window_new( GTK_WINDOW_POPUP ); + gtk_widget_realize( m_clipboardWidget ); + + g_signal_connect (m_clipboardWidget, "selection_received", + G_CALLBACK (selection_received), this); + + g_signal_connect (m_clipboardWidget, "selection_clear_event", + G_CALLBACK (selection_clear_clip), NULL); + + // initialize atoms we use if not done yet + if ( !g_clipboardAtom ) + g_clipboardAtom = gdk_atom_intern( "CLIPBOARD", FALSE ); + if ( !g_targetsAtom ) + g_targetsAtom = gdk_atom_intern ("TARGETS", FALSE); + if ( !g_timestampAtom ) + g_timestampAtom = gdk_atom_intern ("TIMESTAMP", FALSE); +} + +wxClipboard::~wxClipboard() +{ + Clear(); + + gtk_widget_destroy( m_clipboardWidget ); + gtk_widget_destroy( m_targetsWidget ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClipboard helper functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +GdkAtom wxClipboard::GTKGetClipboardAtom() const +{ + return m_usePrimary ? (GdkAtom)GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY + : g_clipboardAtom; +} + +void wxClipboard::GTKClearData(Kind kind) +{ + wxDataObject *&data = Data(kind); + wxDELETE(data); +} + +bool wxClipboard::SetSelectionOwner(bool set) +{ + bool rc = gtk_selection_owner_set + ( + set ? m_clipboardWidget : NULL, + GTKGetClipboardAtom(), + (guint32)GDK_CURRENT_TIME + ); + + if ( !rc ) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, wxT("Failed to %sset selection owner"), + set ? wxT("") : wxT("un")); + } + + return rc; +} + +void wxClipboard::AddSupportedTarget(GdkAtom atom) +{ + gtk_selection_add_target + ( + m_clipboardWidget, + GTKGetClipboardAtom(), + atom, + 0 // info (same as client data) unused + ); +} + +bool wxClipboard::IsSupportedAsync(wxEvtHandler *sink) +{ + if (m_sink.get()) + return false; // currently busy, come back later + + wxCHECK_MSG( sink, false, wxT("no sink given") ); + + m_sink = sink; + gtk_selection_convert( m_targetsWidgetAsync, + GTKGetClipboardAtom(), + g_targetsAtom, + (guint32) GDK_CURRENT_TIME ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxClipboard::DoIsSupported(const wxDataFormat& format) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( format, false, wxT("invalid clipboard format") ); + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, wxT("Checking if format %s is available"), + format.GetId().c_str()); + + // these variables will be used by our GTKOnTargetReceived() + m_targetRequested = format; + m_formatSupported = false; + + // block until m_formatSupported is set from targets_selection_received + // callback + { + wxClipboardSync sync(*this); + + gtk_selection_convert( m_targetsWidget, + GTKGetClipboardAtom(), + g_targetsAtom, + (guint32) GDK_CURRENT_TIME ); + } + + return m_formatSupported; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClipboard public API implementation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxClipboard::Clear() +{ + gtk_selection_clear_targets( m_clipboardWidget, GTKGetClipboardAtom() ); + + if ( gdk_selection_owner_get(GTKGetClipboardAtom()) == + m_clipboardWidget->window ) + { + wxClipboardSync sync(*this); + + // this will result in selection_clear_clip callback being called and + // it will free our data + SetSelectionOwner(false); + } + + m_targetRequested = 0; + m_formatSupported = false; +} + +bool wxClipboard::Open() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( !m_open, false, wxT("clipboard already open") ); + + m_open = true; + + return true; +} + +bool wxClipboard::SetData( wxDataObject *data ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_open, false, wxT("clipboard not open") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( data, false, wxT("data is invalid") ); + + Clear(); + + return AddData( data ); +} + +bool wxClipboard::AddData( wxDataObject *data ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_open, false, wxT("clipboard not open") ); + + wxCHECK_MSG( data, false, wxT("data is invalid") ); + + // we can only store one wxDataObject so clear the old one + Clear(); + + Data() = data; + + // get formats from wxDataObjects + const size_t count = data->GetFormatCount(); + wxDataFormatArray formats(new wxDataFormat[count]); + data->GetAllFormats(formats.get()); + + // always provide TIMESTAMP as a target, see comments in selection_handler + // for explanation + AddSupportedTarget(g_timestampAtom); + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + const wxDataFormat format(formats[i]); + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, wxT("Adding support for %s"), + format.GetId().c_str()); + + AddSupportedTarget(format); + } + + g_signal_connect (m_clipboardWidget, "selection_get", + G_CALLBACK (selection_handler), + GUINT_TO_POINTER (gtk_get_current_event_time()) ); + + // tell the world we offer clipboard data + return SetSelectionOwner(); +} + +void wxClipboard::Close() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_open, wxT("clipboard not open") ); + + m_open = false; +} + +bool wxClipboard::IsOpened() const +{ + return m_open; +} + +bool wxClipboard::IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format ) +{ + if ( DoIsSupported(format) ) + return true; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + if ( format == wxDF_UNICODETEXT ) + { + // also with plain STRING format + return DoIsSupported(g_altTextAtom); + } +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + + return false; +} + +bool wxClipboard::GetData( wxDataObject& data ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_open, false, wxT("clipboard not open") ); + + // get all supported formats from wxDataObjects: notice that we are setting + // the object data, so we need them in "Set" direction + const size_t count = data.GetFormatCount(wxDataObject::Set); + wxDataFormatArray formats(new wxDataFormat[count]); + data.GetAllFormats(formats.get(), wxDataObject::Set); + + for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + { + const wxDataFormat format(formats[i]); + + // is this format supported by clipboard ? + if ( !DoIsSupported(format) ) + continue; + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, wxT("Requesting format %s"), + format.GetId().c_str()); + + // these variables will be used by our GTKOnSelectionReceived() + m_receivedData = &data; + m_formatSupported = false; + + { + wxClipboardSync sync(*this); + + gtk_selection_convert(m_clipboardWidget, + GTKGetClipboardAtom(), + format, + (guint32) GDK_CURRENT_TIME ); + } // wait until we get the results + + /* + Normally this is a true error as we checked for the presence of such + data before, but there are applications that may return an empty + string (e.g. Gnumeric-1.6.1 on Linux if an empty cell is copied) + which would produce a false error message here, so we check for the + size of the string first. With ANSI, GetDataSize returns an extra + value (for the closing null?), with unicode, the exact number of + tokens is given (that is more than 1 for non-ASCII characters) + (tested with Gnumeric-1.6.1 and OpenOffice.org-2.0.2) + */ +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + if ( format != wxDF_UNICODETEXT || data.GetDataSize(format) > 0 ) +#else // !UNICODE + if ( format != wxDF_TEXT || data.GetDataSize(format) > 1 ) +#endif // UNICODE / !UNICODE + { + wxCHECK_MSG( m_formatSupported, false, + wxT("error retrieving data from clipboard") ); + } + + return true; + } + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, wxT("GetData(): format not found")); + + return false; +} + +wxDataObject* wxClipboard::GTKGetDataObject( GdkAtom atom ) +{ + if ( atom == GDK_NONE ) + return Data(); + + if ( atom == GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY ) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, wxT("Primary selection requested" )); + + return Data( wxClipboard::Primary ); + } + else if ( atom == g_clipboardAtom ) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_CLIPBOARD, wxT("Clipboard data requested" )); + + return Data( wxClipboard::Clipboard ); + } + else // some other selection, we're not concerned + { + return (wxDataObject*)NULL; + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/clrpicker.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/clrpicker.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1461f76b94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/clrpicker.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/clrpicker.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxColourButton +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified By: +// Created: 15/04/2006 +// Id: $Id: clrpicker.cpp 55288 2008-08-26 16:19:23Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/clrpicker.h" + +#include + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "color-set" +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void gtk_clrbutton_setcolor_callback(GtkColorButton *widget, + wxColourButton *p) +{ + // update the m_colour member of the wxColourButton + wxASSERT(p); + GdkColor gdkColor; + gtk_color_button_get_color(widget, &gdkColor); + p->SetGdkColor(gdkColor); + + // fire the colour-changed event + wxColourPickerEvent event(p, p->GetId(), p->GetColour()); + p->HandleWindowEvent(event); +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColourButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourButton, wxButton) + +bool wxColourButton::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxColour &col, + const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size, + long style, const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString &name ) +{ + if (!PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !wxControl::CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxColourButton creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + m_colour = col; + m_widget = gtk_color_button_new_with_color( m_colour.GetColor() ); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + gtk_widget_show(m_widget); + + // GtkColourButton signals + g_signal_connect(m_widget, "color-set", + G_CALLBACK(gtk_clrbutton_setcolor_callback), this); + + + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + PostCreation(size); + SetInitialSize(size); + + return true; +} + +wxColourButton::~wxColourButton() +{ +} + +void wxColourButton::UpdateColour() +{ + gtk_color_button_set_color(GTK_COLOR_BUTTON(m_widget), m_colour.GetColor()); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/collpane.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/collpane.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3e51c58f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/collpane.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/collpane.cpp +// Purpose: wxCollapsiblePane +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified By: +// Created: 8/10/2006 +// Id: $Id: collpane.cpp 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_COLLPANE && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + +#include "wx/collpane.h" +#include "wx/toplevel.h" +#include "wx/sizer.h" +#include "wx/panel.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +// the lines below duplicate the same definitions in collpaneg.cpp, if we have +// another implementation of this class we should extract them to a common file + +const char wxCollapsiblePaneNameStr[] = "collapsiblePane"; + +wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_COMMAND_COLLPANE_CHANGED, wxCollapsiblePaneEvent ); + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCollapsiblePaneEvent, wxCommandEvent) + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "notify::expanded" signal +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { + +static void +gtk_collapsiblepane_expanded_callback(GObject * WXUNUSED(object), + GParamSpec * WXUNUSED(param_spec), + wxCollapsiblePane *p) +{ + // NB: unlike for the "activate" signal, when this callback is called, if + // we try to query the "collapsed" status through p->IsCollapsed(), we + // get the right value. I.e. here p->IsCollapsed() will return false if + // this callback has been called at the end of a collapsed->expanded + // transition and viceversa. Inside the "activate" signal callback + // p->IsCollapsed() would return the wrong value! + + wxSize sz; + if ( p->IsExpanded() ) + { + // NB: we cannot use the p->GetBestSize() or p->GetMinSize() functions + // here as they would return the size for the collapsed expander + // even if the collapsed->expanded transition has already been + // completed; we solve this problem doing: + + sz = p->m_szCollapsed; + + wxSize panesz = p->GetPane()->GetBestSize(); + sz.x = wxMax(sz.x, panesz.x); + sz.y += gtk_expander_get_spacing(GTK_EXPANDER(p->m_widget)) + panesz.y; + } + else // collapsed + { + // same problem described above: using p->Get[Best|Min]Size() here we + // would get the size of the control when it is expanded even if the + // expanded->collapsed transition should be complete now... + // So, we use the size cached at control-creation time... + sz = p->m_szCollapsed; + } + + // VERY IMPORTANT: + // just calling + // p->OnStateChange(sz); + // here would work work BUT: + // 1) in the expanded->collapsed transition it provokes a lot of flickering + // 2) in the collapsed->expanded transition using the "Change status" wxButton + // in samples/collpane application some strange warnings would be generated + // by the "clearlooks" theme, if that's your theme. + // + // So we prefer to use some GTK+ native optimized calls, which prevent too many resize + // calculations to happen. Note that the following code has been very carefully designed + // and tested - be VERY careful when changing it! + + // 1) need to update our size hints + // NB: this function call won't actually do any long operation + // (redraw/relayouting/resizing) so that it's flicker-free + p->SetMinSize(sz); + + if (p->HasFlag(wxCP_NO_TLW_RESIZE)) + { + // fire an event + wxCollapsiblePaneEvent ev(p, p->GetId(), p->IsCollapsed()); + p->HandleWindowEvent(ev); + + // the user asked to explicitely handle the resizing itself... + return; + } + + wxTopLevelWindow * + top = wxDynamicCast(wxGetTopLevelParent(p), wxTopLevelWindow); + if ( top && top->GetSizer() ) + { + // 2) recalculate minimal size of the top window + sz = top->GetSizer()->CalcMin(); + + if (top->m_mainWidget) + { + // 3) MAGIC HACK: if you ever used GtkExpander in a GTK+ program + // you know that this magic call is required to make it possible + // to shrink the top level window in the expanded->collapsed + // transition. This may be sometimes undesired but *is* + // necessary and if you look carefully, all GTK+ programs using + // GtkExpander perform this trick (e.g. the standard "open file" + // dialog of GTK+>=2.4 is not resizeable when the expander is + // collapsed!) + gtk_window_set_resizable (GTK_WINDOW (top->m_widget), p->IsExpanded()); + + // 4) set size hints + top->SetMinClientSize(sz); + + // 5) set size + top->SetClientSize(sz); + } + } + + if ( p->m_bIgnoreNextChange ) + { + // change generated programmatically - do not send an event! + p->m_bIgnoreNextChange = false; + return; + } + + // fire an event + wxCollapsiblePaneEvent ev(p, p->GetId(), p->IsCollapsed()); + p->HandleWindowEvent(ev); +} +} + +void wxCollapsiblePane::AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child) +{ + // should be used only once to insert the "pane" into the + // GtkExpander widget. wxGenericCollapsiblePane::DoAddChild() will check if + // it has been called only once (and in any case we would get a warning + // from the following call as GtkExpander is a GtkBin and can contain only + // a single child!). + gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(m_widget), child->m_widget); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCollapsiblePane +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCollapsiblePane, wxControl) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxCollapsiblePane, wxCollapsiblePaneBase) + EVT_SIZE(wxCollapsiblePane::OnSize) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +bool wxCollapsiblePane::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& val, + const wxString& name) +{ + m_bIgnoreNextChange = false; + + if ( !PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !wxControl::CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, val, name) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxCollapsiblePane creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + m_widget = + gtk_expander_new_with_mnemonic(wxGTK_CONV(GTKConvertMnemonics(label))); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + + // see the gtk_collapsiblepane_expanded_callback comments to understand why + // we connect to the "notify::expanded" signal instead of the more common + // "activate" one + g_signal_connect(m_widget, "notify::expanded", + G_CALLBACK(gtk_collapsiblepane_expanded_callback), this); + + // this the real "pane" + m_pPane = new wxPanel(this, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, + wxTAB_TRAVERSAL|wxNO_BORDER, wxS("wxCollapsiblePanePane")); + + gtk_widget_show(m_widget); + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + PostCreation(size); + + // we should blend into our parent background + const wxColour bg = parent->GetBackgroundColour(); + SetBackgroundColour(bg); + m_pPane->SetBackgroundColour(bg); + + // remember the size of this control when it's collapsed + m_szCollapsed = GetBestSize(); + + return true; +} + +wxSize wxCollapsiblePane::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( m_widget, wxT("DoGetBestSize called before creation") ); + + GtkRequisition req; + req.width = 2; + req.height = 2; + (* GTK_WIDGET_CLASS( GTK_OBJECT_GET_CLASS(m_widget) )->size_request ) + (m_widget, &req ); + + // notice that we do not cache our best size here as it changes + // all times the user expands/hide our pane + return wxSize(req.width, req.height); +} + +void wxCollapsiblePane::Collapse(bool collapse) +{ + // optimization + if (IsCollapsed() == collapse) + return; + + // do not send event in next signal handler call + m_bIgnoreNextChange = true; + gtk_expander_set_expanded(GTK_EXPANDER(m_widget), !collapse); +} + +bool wxCollapsiblePane::IsCollapsed() const +{ + return !gtk_expander_get_expanded(GTK_EXPANDER(m_widget)); +} + +void wxCollapsiblePane::SetLabel(const wxString &str) +{ + gtk_expander_set_label(GTK_EXPANDER(m_widget), + wxGTK_CONV(GTKConvertMnemonics(str))); + + // FIXME: we need to update our collapsed width in some way but using GetBestSize() + // we may get the size of the control with the pane size summed up if we are expanded! + //m_szCollapsed.x = GetBestSize().x; +} + +void wxCollapsiblePane::OnSize(wxSizeEvent &ev) +{ +#if 0 // for debug only + wxClientDC dc(this); + dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); + dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); + dc.DrawRectangle(wxPoint(0,0), GetSize()); + dc.SetPen(*wxRED_PEN); + dc.DrawRectangle(wxPoint(0,0), GetBestSize()); +#endif + + // here we need to resize the pane window otherwise, even if the GtkExpander container + // is expanded or shrunk, the pane window won't be updated! + m_pPane->SetSize(ev.GetSize().x, ev.GetSize().y - m_szCollapsed.y); + + // we need to explicitely call m_pPane->Layout() or else it won't correctly relayout + // (even if SetAutoLayout(true) has been called on it!) + m_pPane->Layout(); +} + + +GdkWindow *wxCollapsiblePane::GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const +{ + GtkWidget *label = gtk_expander_get_label_widget( GTK_EXPANDER(m_widget) ); + windows.Add( label->window ); + windows.Add( m_widget->window ); + + return NULL; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_COLLPANE && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/colordlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/colordlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ecc1bb70f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/colordlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/colordlg.cpp +// Purpose: Native wxColourDialog for GTK+ +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Modified by: +// Created: 2004/06/04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: colordlg.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik, 2004 +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_COLOURDLG + +#include "wx/colordlg.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON + #include +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 +extern "C" { + #include +} +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourDialog, wxDialog) + +wxColourDialog::wxColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data) +{ + Create(parent, data); +} + +bool wxColourDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data) +{ + if (data) + m_data = *data; + + m_parent = GetParentForModalDialog(parent, 0); + GtkWindow * const parentGTK = m_parent ? GTK_WINDOW(m_parent->m_widget) + : NULL; + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON + m_widget = hildon_color_selector_new(parentGTK); +#elif wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 // !wxUSE_LIBHILDON + m_widget = hildon_color_chooser_dialog_new(); +#else // !wxUSE_LIBHILDON && !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + wxString title(_("Choose colour")); + m_widget = gtk_color_selection_dialog_new(wxGTK_CONV(title)); +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON/!wxUSE_LIBHILDON + + g_object_ref(m_widget); + + if ( parentGTK ) + { + gtk_window_set_transient_for(GTK_WINDOW(m_widget), parentGTK); + } + +#if !wxUSE_LIBHILDON && !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + GtkColorSelection *sel = + GTK_COLOR_SELECTION(GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG(m_widget)->colorsel); + gtk_color_selection_set_has_palette(sel, true); +#endif // !wxUSE_LIBHILDON && !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + + return true; +} + +int wxColourDialog::ShowModal() +{ + ColourDataToDialog(); + + gint result = gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(m_widget)); + gtk_widget_hide(m_widget); + + switch (result) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unexpected GtkColorSelectionDialog return code")); + // fall through + + case GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL: + case GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT: + case GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE: + return wxID_CANCEL; + + case GTK_RESPONSE_OK: + DialogToColourData(); + return wxID_OK; + } +} + +void wxColourDialog::ColourDataToDialog() +{ + const GdkColor * const + col = m_data.GetColour().Ok() ? m_data.GetColour().GetColor() + : NULL; + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON + HildonColorSelector * const sel = HILDON_COLOR_SELECTOR(m_widget); + hildon_color_selector_set_color(sel, const_cast(col)); +#elif wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + GdkColor clr; + if (col) + clr = *col; + else { + clr.pixel = 0; + clr.red = 32768; + clr.green = 32768; + clr.blue = 32768; + } + + hildon_color_chooser_dialog_set_color((HildonColorChooserDialog *)m_widget, &clr); +#else // !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2/!wxUSE_LIBHILDON && !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + GtkColorSelection *sel = + GTK_COLOR_SELECTION(GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG(m_widget)->colorsel); + + if ( col ) + gtk_color_selection_set_current_color(sel, col); + + // setup the palette: + + GdkColor colors[16]; + gint n_colors = 0; + for (unsigned i = 0; i < 16; i++) + { + wxColour c = m_data.GetCustomColour(i); + if (c.Ok()) + { + colors[n_colors] = *c.GetColor(); + n_colors++; + } + } + + wxGtkString pal(gtk_color_selection_palette_to_string(colors, n_colors)); + + GtkSettings *settings = gtk_widget_get_settings(GTK_WIDGET(sel)); + g_object_set(settings, "gtk-color-palette", pal.c_str(), NULL); +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON / wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 /!wxUSE_LIBHILDON && !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 +} + +void wxColourDialog::DialogToColourData() +{ +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON + HildonColorSelector * const sel = HILDON_COLOR_SELECTOR(m_widget); + const GdkColor * const clr = hildon_color_selector_get_color(sel); + if ( clr ) + m_data.SetColour(*clr); +#elif wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 // !wxUSE_LIBHILDON + const GdkColor * const + col = m_data.GetColour().Ok() ? m_data.GetColour().GetColor() : NULL; + + GdkColor clr; + if (col) + clr = *col; + else { + clr.pixel = 0; + clr.red = 32768; + clr.green = 32768; + clr.blue = 32768; + } + GdkColor new_color = clr; + hildon_color_chooser_dialog_get_color((HildonColorChooserDialog *)m_widget, &new_color); + + m_data.SetColour(new_color); +#else // !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + + GtkColorSelection *sel = + GTK_COLOR_SELECTION(GTK_COLOR_SELECTION_DIALOG(m_widget)->colorsel); + + GdkColor clr; + gtk_color_selection_get_current_color(sel, &clr); + m_data.SetColour(clr); + + // Extract custom palette: + + GtkSettings *settings = gtk_widget_get_settings(GTK_WIDGET(sel)); + gchar *pal; + g_object_get(settings, "gtk-color-palette", &pal, NULL); + + GdkColor *colors; + gint n_colors; + if (gtk_color_selection_palette_from_string(pal, &colors, &n_colors)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < wxMin(n_colors, 16); i++) + { + m_data.SetCustomColour(i, wxColour(colors[i])); + } + g_free(colors); + } + + g_free(pal); +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON / wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 /!wxUSE_LIBHILDON && !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 +} + +#endif // wxUSE_COLOURDLG + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/colour.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/colour.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf39ae149f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/colour.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/colour.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: colour.cpp 66555 2011-01-04 08:31:53Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#include "wx/colour.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +#include + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxColour +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxColourRefData : public wxGDIRefData +{ +public: + wxColourRefData(guint16 red, guint16 green, guint16 blue, wxByte alpha = 0xff) + { + m_color.red = + m_red = red; + m_color.green = + m_green = green; + m_color.blue = + m_blue = blue; + m_alpha = alpha; + m_color.pixel = 0; + m_colormap = NULL; + } + + virtual ~wxColourRefData() + { + FreeColour(); + } + + void FreeColour(); + void AllocColour( GdkColormap* cmap ); + + GdkColor m_color; + GdkColormap *m_colormap; + // gdk_colormap_alloc_color may change the RGB values in m_color, so we need separate copies + guint16 m_red; + guint16 m_green; + guint16 m_blue; + wxByte m_alpha; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxColourRefData); +}; + +void wxColourRefData::FreeColour() +{ + if (m_colormap) + { + gdk_colormap_free_colors(m_colormap, &m_color, 1); + m_colormap = NULL; + m_color.pixel = 0; + } +} + +void wxColourRefData::AllocColour( GdkColormap *cmap ) +{ + if (m_colormap != cmap) + { + FreeColour(); + + m_color.red = m_red; + m_color.green = m_green; + m_color.blue = m_blue; + if (gdk_colormap_alloc_color(cmap, &m_color, FALSE, TRUE)) + { + m_colormap = cmap; + } + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define M_COLDATA static_cast(m_refData) + +// GDK's values are in 0..65535 range, ours are in 0..255 +#define SHIFT 8 + +wxColour::wxColour(const GdkColor& gdkColor) +{ + m_refData = new wxColourRefData(gdkColor.red, gdkColor.green, gdkColor.blue); +} + +wxColour::~wxColour() +{ +} + +bool wxColour::operator == ( const wxColour& col ) const +{ + if (m_refData == col.m_refData) + return true; + + if (!m_refData || !col.m_refData) + return false; + + wxColourRefData* refData = M_COLDATA; + wxColourRefData* that_refData = static_cast(col.m_refData); + return refData->m_red == that_refData->m_red && + refData->m_green == that_refData->m_green && + refData->m_blue == that_refData->m_blue && + refData->m_alpha == that_refData->m_alpha; +} + +void wxColour::InitRGBA(unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue, + unsigned char alpha) +{ + UnRef(); + + m_refData = new wxColourRefData( + (guint16(red) << SHIFT) + red, + (guint16(green) << SHIFT) + green, + (guint16(blue) << SHIFT) + blue, + alpha); +} + +unsigned char wxColour::Red() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), 0, wxT("invalid colour") ); + + return wxByte(M_COLDATA->m_red >> SHIFT); +} + +unsigned char wxColour::Green() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), 0, wxT("invalid colour") ); + + return wxByte(M_COLDATA->m_green >> SHIFT); +} + +unsigned char wxColour::Blue() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), 0, wxT("invalid colour") ); + + return wxByte(M_COLDATA->m_blue >> SHIFT); +} + +unsigned char wxColour::Alpha() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), 0, wxT("invalid colour") ); + + return M_COLDATA->m_alpha; +} + +void wxColour::CalcPixel( GdkColormap *cmap ) +{ + if (!Ok()) return; + + M_COLDATA->AllocColour( cmap ); +} + +int wxColour::GetPixel() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), 0, wxT("invalid colour") ); + + return M_COLDATA->m_color.pixel; +} + +const GdkColor *wxColour::GetColor() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( Ok(), NULL, wxT("invalid colour") ); + + return &M_COLDATA->m_color; +} + +bool wxColour::FromString(const wxString& str) +{ + GdkColor colGDK; + if ( gdk_color_parse( wxGTK_CONV_SYS( str ), &colGDK ) ) + { + *this = wxColour(colGDK); + return true; + } + + return wxColourBase::FromString(str); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/combobox.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/combobox.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ff7dd9e1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/combobox.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/combobox.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: combobox.cpp 66555 2011-01-04 08:31:53Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX + +#include "wx/combobox.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/textctrl.h" // for wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED + #include "wx/arrstr.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// GTK callbacks +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void +gtkcombobox_text_changed_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), wxComboBox *combo ) +{ + if (!combo->m_hasVMT) return; + + wxCommandEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED, combo->GetId() ); + event.SetString( combo->GetValue() ); + event.SetEventObject( combo ); + combo->HandleWindowEvent( event ); +} + +static void +gtkcombobox_changed_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), wxComboBox *combo ) +{ + combo->SendSelectionChangedEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED); +} + +static void +gtkcombobox_popupshown_callback(GObject *WXUNUSED(gobject), + GParamSpec *WXUNUSED(param_spec), + wxComboBox *combo) +{ + gboolean isShown; + g_object_get( combo->m_widget, "popup-shown", &isShown, NULL ); + wxCommandEvent event( isShown ? wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_DROPDOWN + : wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_CLOSEUP, + combo->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( combo ); + combo->HandleWindowEvent( event ); +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxComboBox +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxComboBox, wxChoice) + EVT_CHAR(wxComboBox::OnChar) + + EVT_MENU(wxID_CUT, wxComboBox::OnCut) + EVT_MENU(wxID_COPY, wxComboBox::OnCopy) + EVT_MENU(wxID_PASTE, wxComboBox::OnPaste) + EVT_MENU(wxID_UNDO, wxComboBox::OnUndo) + EVT_MENU(wxID_REDO, wxComboBox::OnRedo) + EVT_MENU(wxID_CLEAR, wxComboBox::OnDelete) + EVT_MENU(wxID_SELECTALL, wxComboBox::OnSelectAll) + + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_CUT, wxComboBox::OnUpdateCut) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_COPY, wxComboBox::OnUpdateCopy) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_PASTE, wxComboBox::OnUpdatePaste) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_UNDO, wxComboBox::OnUpdateUndo) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_REDO, wxComboBox::OnUpdateRedo) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_CLEAR, wxComboBox::OnUpdateDelete) + EVT_UPDATE_UI(wxID_SELECTALL, wxComboBox::OnUpdateSelectAll) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxComboBox::Init() +{ + m_entry = NULL; +} + +bool wxComboBox::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + const wxArrayString& choices, + long style, const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name ) +{ + wxCArrayString chs(choices); + + return Create( parent, id, value, pos, size, chs.GetCount(), + chs.GetStrings(), style, validator, name ); +} + +bool wxComboBox::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& value, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + int n, const wxString choices[], + long style, const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name ) +{ + if (!PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !CreateBase( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name )) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxComboBox creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + if (HasFlag(wxCB_SORT)) + m_strings = new wxGtkCollatedArrayString(); + + GTKCreateComboBoxWidget(); + + if (HasFlag(wxBORDER_NONE)) + { + // Doesn't seem to work + // g_object_set (m_widget, "has-frame", FALSE, NULL); + } + + GtkEntry * const entry = GetEntry(); + + if ( entry ) + { + // Set it up to trigger default item on enter key press + gtk_entry_set_activates_default( entry, + !HasFlag(wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER) ); + + gtk_entry_set_editable( entry, TRUE ); + } + + Append(n, choices); + + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + if ( entry ) + m_focusWidget = GTK_WIDGET( entry ); + + PostCreation(size); + + if ( entry ) + { + if (style & wxCB_READONLY) + { + // this will assert and do nothing if the value is not in our list + // of strings which is the desired behaviour (for consistency with + // wxMSW and also because it doesn't make sense to have a string + // which is not a possible choice in a read-only combobox) + SetStringSelection(value); + gtk_entry_set_editable( entry, FALSE ); + } + else // editable combobox + { + // any value is accepted, even if it's not in our list + gtk_entry_set_text( entry, wxGTK_CONV(value) ); + } + + g_signal_connect_after (entry, "changed", + G_CALLBACK (gtkcombobox_text_changed_callback), this); + } + + g_signal_connect_after (m_widget, "changed", + G_CALLBACK (gtkcombobox_changed_callback), this); + + if ( !gtk_check_version(2,10,0) ) + { + g_signal_connect (m_widget, "notify::popup-shown", + G_CALLBACK (gtkcombobox_popupshown_callback), this); + } + + SetInitialSize(size); // need this too because this is a wxControlWithItems + + return true; +} + +void wxComboBox::GTKCreateComboBoxWidget() +{ + m_widget = gtk_combo_box_entry_new_text(); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + + m_entry = GTK_ENTRY(GTK_BIN(m_widget)->child); +} + +GtkEditable *wxComboBox::GetEditable() const +{ + return GTK_EDITABLE( GTK_BIN(m_widget)->child ); +} + +void wxComboBox::OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event ) +{ + switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) + { + case WXK_RETURN: + if ( HasFlag(wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER) && GetEntry() ) + { + // GTK automatically selects an item if its in the list + wxCommandEvent eventEnter(wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER, GetId()); + eventEnter.SetString( GetValue() ); + eventEnter.SetInt( GetSelection() ); + eventEnter.SetEventObject( this ); + + if ( HandleWindowEvent(eventEnter) ) + { + // Catch GTK event so that GTK doesn't open the drop + // down list upon RETURN. + return; + } + } + break; + } + + event.Skip(); +} + +void wxComboBox::EnableTextChangedEvents(bool enable) +{ + if ( !GetEntry() ) + return; + + if ( enable ) + { + g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func(GTK_BIN(m_widget)->child, + (gpointer)gtkcombobox_text_changed_callback, this); + } + else // disable + { + g_signal_handlers_block_by_func(GTK_BIN(m_widget)->child, + (gpointer)gtkcombobox_text_changed_callback, this); + } +} + +void wxComboBox::GTKDisableEvents() +{ + EnableTextChangedEvents(false); + + g_signal_handlers_block_by_func(m_widget, + (gpointer)gtkcombobox_changed_callback, this); + g_signal_handlers_block_by_func(m_widget, + (gpointer)gtkcombobox_popupshown_callback, this); +} + +void wxComboBox::GTKEnableEvents() +{ + EnableTextChangedEvents(true); + + g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func(m_widget, + (gpointer)gtkcombobox_changed_callback, this); + g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func(m_widget, + (gpointer)gtkcombobox_popupshown_callback, this); +} + +GtkWidget* wxComboBox::GetConnectWidget() +{ + return GTK_WIDGET( GetEntry() ); +} + +GdkWindow* wxComboBox::GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& /* windows */) const +{ + return GetEntry()->text_area; +} + +// static +wxVisualAttributes +wxComboBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant WXUNUSED(variant)) +{ + return GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(gtk_combo_box_entry_new, true); +} + +void wxComboBox::SetValue(const wxString& value) +{ + if ( HasFlag(wxCB_READONLY) ) + SetStringSelection(value); + else + wxTextEntry::SetValue(value); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// standard event handling +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxComboBox::OnCut(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + Cut(); +} + +void wxComboBox::OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + Copy(); +} + +void wxComboBox::OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + Paste(); +} + +void wxComboBox::OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + Undo(); +} + +void wxComboBox::OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + Redo(); +} + +void wxComboBox::OnDelete(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + RemoveSelection(); +} + +void wxComboBox::OnSelectAll(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + SelectAll(); +} + +void wxComboBox::OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + event.Enable( CanCut() ); +} + +void wxComboBox::OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + event.Enable( CanCopy() ); +} + +void wxComboBox::OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + event.Enable( CanPaste() ); +} + +void wxComboBox::OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + event.Enable( CanUndo() ); +} + +void wxComboBox::OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + event.Enable( CanRedo() ); +} + +void wxComboBox::OnUpdateDelete(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + event.Enable(HasSelection() && IsEditable()) ; +} + +void wxComboBox::OnUpdateSelectAll(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) +{ + event.Enable(!wxTextEntry::IsEmpty()); +} + +void wxComboBox::Popup() +{ + gtk_combo_box_popup( GTK_COMBO_BOX(m_widget) ); +} + +void wxComboBox::Dismiss() +{ + gtk_combo_box_popdown( GTK_COMBO_BOX(m_widget) ); +} +#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/control.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/control.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b1100e15e --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/control.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/control.cpp +// Purpose: wxControl implementation for wxGTK +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: control.cpp 67062 2011-02-27 12:48:07Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart and Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_CONTROLS + +#include "wx/control.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/fontutil.h" +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" +#include "wx/utils.h" +#include "wx/sysopt.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private/mnemonics.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// wxControl implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxControl creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxControl, wxWindow) + +wxControl::wxControl() +{ +} + +bool wxControl::Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint &pos, + const wxSize &size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString &name ) +{ + bool ret = wxWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); + +#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS + SetValidator(validator); +#endif + + return ret; +} + +wxSize wxControl::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + // Do not return any arbitrary default value... + wxASSERT_MSG( m_widget, wxT("DoGetBestSize called before creation") ); + + wxSize best; + if (m_wxwindow) + { + // this is not a native control, size_request is likely to be (0,0) + best = wxControlBase::DoGetBestSize(); + } + else + { + GtkRequisition req; + GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS(m_widget)->size_request(m_widget, &req); + best.Set(req.width, req.height); + } + CacheBestSize(best); + return best; +} + +void wxControl::PostCreation(const wxSize& size) +{ + wxWindow::PostCreation(); + + // NB: GetBestSize needs to know the style, otherwise it will assume + // default font and if the user uses a different font, determined + // best size will be different (typically, smaller) than the desired + // size. This call ensure that a style is available at the time + // GetBestSize is called. + gtk_widget_ensure_style(m_widget); + + GTKApplyWidgetStyle(); + SetInitialSize(size); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Work around a GTK+ bug whereby button is insensitive after being +// enabled +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Fix sensitivity due to bug in GTK+ < 2.14 +void wxControl::GTKFixSensitivity(bool onlyIfUnderMouse) +{ + if (gtk_check_version(2,14,0) +#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS + && (wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("gtk.control.disable-sensitivity-fix")) != 1) +#endif + ) + { + wxPoint pt = wxGetMousePosition(); + wxRect rect(ClientToScreen(wxPoint(0, 0)), GetSize()); + if (!onlyIfUnderMouse || rect.Contains(pt)) + { + Hide(); + Show(); + } + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxControl dealing with labels +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxControl::GTKSetLabelForLabel(GtkLabel *w, const wxString& label) +{ + const wxString labelGTK = GTKConvertMnemonics(label); + gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonic(w, wxGTK_CONV(labelGTK)); +} + +#if wxUSE_MARKUP + +void wxControl::GTKSetLabelWithMarkupForLabel(GtkLabel *w, const wxString& label) +{ + const wxString labelGTK = GTKConvertMnemonicsWithMarkup(label); + gtk_label_set_markup_with_mnemonic(w, wxGTK_CONV(labelGTK)); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// GtkFrame helpers +// +// GtkFrames do in fact support mnemonics in GTK2+ but not through +// gtk_frame_set_label, rather you need to use a custom label widget +// instead (idea gleaned from the native gtk font dialog code in GTK) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +GtkWidget* wxControl::GTKCreateFrame(const wxString& label) +{ + const wxString labelGTK = GTKConvertMnemonics(label); + GtkWidget* labelwidget = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic(wxGTK_CONV(labelGTK)); + gtk_widget_show(labelwidget); // without this it won't show... + + GtkWidget* framewidget = gtk_frame_new(NULL); + gtk_frame_set_label_widget(GTK_FRAME(framewidget), labelwidget); + + return framewidget; // note that the label is already set so you'll + // only need to call wxControl::SetLabel afterwards +} + +void wxControl::GTKSetLabelForFrame(GtkFrame *w, const wxString& label) +{ + wxControlBase::SetLabel(label); + + GtkLabel* labelwidget = GTK_LABEL(gtk_frame_get_label_widget(w)); + GTKSetLabelForLabel(labelwidget, label); +} + +void wxControl::GTKFrameApplyWidgetStyle(GtkFrame* w, GtkRcStyle* style) +{ + gtk_widget_modify_style(GTK_WIDGET(w), style); + gtk_widget_modify_style(gtk_frame_get_label_widget (w), style); +} + +void wxControl::GTKFrameSetMnemonicWidget(GtkFrame* w, GtkWidget* widget) +{ + GtkLabel* labelwidget = GTK_LABEL(gtk_frame_get_label_widget(w)); + + gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget(labelwidget, widget); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// worker function implementing GTK*Mnemonics() functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* static */ +wxString wxControl::GTKRemoveMnemonics(const wxString& label) +{ + return wxGTKRemoveMnemonics(label); +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxControl::GTKConvertMnemonics(const wxString& label) +{ + return wxConvertMnemonicsToGTK(label); +} + +/* static */ +wxString wxControl::GTKConvertMnemonicsWithMarkup(const wxString& label) +{ + return wxConvertMnemonicsToGTKMarkup(label); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxControl styles (a.k.a. attributes) +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxVisualAttributes wxControl::GetDefaultAttributes() const +{ + return GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(m_widget, + UseGTKStyleBase()); +} + +// static +wxVisualAttributes +wxControl::GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(GtkWidget* widget, + bool useBase, + int state) +{ + GtkStyle* style; + wxVisualAttributes attr; + + style = gtk_rc_get_style(widget); + if (!style) + style = gtk_widget_get_default_style(); + + if (!style) + { + return wxWindow::GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL); + } + + if (state == -1) + state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL; + + // get the style's colours + attr.colFg = wxColour(style->fg[state]); + if (useBase) + attr.colBg = wxColour(style->base[state]); + else + attr.colBg = wxColour(style->bg[state]); + + // get the style's font + if ( !style->font_desc ) + style = gtk_widget_get_default_style(); + if ( style && style->font_desc ) + { + wxNativeFontInfo info; + info.description = pango_font_description_copy(style->font_desc); + attr.font = wxFont(info); + } + else + { + GtkSettings *settings = gtk_settings_get_default(); + gchar *font_name = NULL; + g_object_get ( settings, + "gtk-font-name", + &font_name, + NULL); + if (!font_name) + attr.font = wxSystemSettings::GetFont( wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT ); + else + attr.font = wxFont(wxString::FromAscii(font_name)); + g_free (font_name); + } + + return attr; +} + + +//static +wxVisualAttributes +wxControl::GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(wxGtkWidgetNew_t widget_new, + bool useBase, + int state) +{ + wxVisualAttributes attr; + // NB: we need toplevel window so that GTK+ can find the right style + GtkWidget *wnd = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); + GtkWidget* widget = widget_new(); + gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(wnd), widget); + attr = GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(widget, useBase, state); + gtk_widget_destroy(wnd); + return attr; +} + +//static +wxVisualAttributes +wxControl::GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(wxGtkWidgetNewFromStr_t widget_new, + bool useBase, + int state) +{ + wxVisualAttributes attr; + // NB: we need toplevel window so that GTK+ can find the right style + GtkWidget *wnd = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); + GtkWidget* widget = widget_new(""); + gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(wnd), widget); + attr = GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(widget, useBase, state); + gtk_widget_destroy(wnd); + return attr; +} + + +//static +wxVisualAttributes +wxControl::GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(wxGtkWidgetNewFromAdj_t widget_new, + bool useBase, + int state) +{ + wxVisualAttributes attr; + // NB: we need toplevel window so that GTK+ can find the right style + GtkWidget *wnd = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); + GtkWidget* widget = widget_new(NULL); + gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(wnd), widget); + attr = GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(widget, useBase, state); + gtk_widget_destroy(wnd); + return attr; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cross.xbm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cross.xbm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2930c572e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cross.xbm @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#define cross_width 16 +#define cross_height 16 +static unsigned char cross_bits[] = { + 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, + 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0xFF, 0xFF, + 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, }; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cursor.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cursor.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23600d0bed --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/cursor.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,440 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/cursor.cpp +// Purpose: wxCursor implementation +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: cursor.cpp 66371 2010-12-14 18:43:25Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#include "wx/cursor.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/bitmap.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include +#include "wx/gtk/private/object.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCursorRefData +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxCursorRefData: public wxGDIRefData +{ +public: + wxCursorRefData(); + virtual ~wxCursorRefData(); + + virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_cursor != NULL; } + + GdkCursor *m_cursor; + +private: + // There is no way to copy m_cursor so we can't implement a copy ctor + // properly. + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCursorRefData); +}; + +wxCursorRefData::wxCursorRefData() +{ + m_cursor = NULL; +} + +wxCursorRefData::~wxCursorRefData() +{ + if (m_cursor) gdk_cursor_unref( m_cursor ); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxCursor +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define M_CURSORDATA static_cast(m_refData) + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor, wxGDIObject) + +// used in the following two ctors +extern GtkWidget *wxGetRootWindow(); + + +wxCursor::wxCursor() +{ +} + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE +wxCursor::wxCursor(const wxString& cursor_file, + wxBitmapType type, + int hotSpotX, int hotSpotY) +{ + wxImage img; + if (!img.LoadFile(cursor_file, type)) + return; + + // eventually set the hotspot: + if (!img.HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X)) + img.SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X, hotSpotX); + if (!img.HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y)) + img.SetOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y, hotSpotY); + + InitFromImage(img); +} + +wxCursor::wxCursor(const wxImage& img) +{ + InitFromImage(img); +} +#endif + +wxCursor::wxCursor(const char bits[], int width, int height, + int hotSpotX, int hotSpotY, + const char maskBits[], const wxColour *fg, const wxColour *bg) +{ + if (!maskBits) + maskBits = bits; + if (!fg) + fg = wxBLACK; + if (!bg) + bg = wxWHITE; + if (hotSpotX < 0 || hotSpotX >= width) + hotSpotX = 0; + if (hotSpotY < 0 || hotSpotY >= height) + hotSpotY = 0; + + GdkBitmap *data = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data( wxGetRootWindow()->window, (gchar *) bits, width, height ); + GdkBitmap *mask = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data( wxGetRootWindow()->window, (gchar *) maskBits, width, height); + + m_refData = new wxCursorRefData; + M_CURSORDATA->m_cursor = gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap( + data, mask, fg->GetColor(), bg->GetColor(), + hotSpotX, hotSpotY ); + + g_object_unref (data); + g_object_unref (mask); +} + +wxCursor::~wxCursor() +{ +} + +void wxCursor::InitFromStock( wxStockCursor cursorId ) +{ + m_refData = new wxCursorRefData(); + + GdkCursorType gdk_cur = GDK_LEFT_PTR; + switch (cursorId) + { + case wxCURSOR_BLANK: + { + const char bits[] = { 0 }; + const GdkColor color = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + + GdkPixmap *pixmap = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data(NULL, bits, 1, 1); + M_CURSORDATA->m_cursor = gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap(pixmap, + pixmap, + &color, + &color, + 0, 0); + g_object_unref(pixmap); + } + return; + + case wxCURSOR_ARROW: // fall through to default + case wxCURSOR_DEFAULT: gdk_cur = GDK_LEFT_PTR; break; + case wxCURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW: gdk_cur = GDK_RIGHT_PTR; break; + case wxCURSOR_HAND: gdk_cur = GDK_HAND2; break; + case wxCURSOR_CROSS: gdk_cur = GDK_CROSSHAIR; break; + case wxCURSOR_SIZEWE: gdk_cur = GDK_SB_H_DOUBLE_ARROW; break; + case wxCURSOR_SIZENS: gdk_cur = GDK_SB_V_DOUBLE_ARROW; break; + case wxCURSOR_ARROWWAIT: + case wxCURSOR_WAIT: + case wxCURSOR_WATCH: gdk_cur = GDK_WATCH; break; + case wxCURSOR_SIZING: gdk_cur = GDK_SIZING; break; + case wxCURSOR_SPRAYCAN: gdk_cur = GDK_SPRAYCAN; break; + case wxCURSOR_IBEAM: gdk_cur = GDK_XTERM; break; + case wxCURSOR_PENCIL: gdk_cur = GDK_PENCIL; break; + case wxCURSOR_NO_ENTRY: gdk_cur = GDK_PIRATE; break; + case wxCURSOR_SIZENWSE: + case wxCURSOR_SIZENESW: gdk_cur = GDK_FLEUR; break; + case wxCURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW: gdk_cur = GDK_QUESTION_ARROW; break; + case wxCURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH: gdk_cur = GDK_SPRAYCAN; break; + case wxCURSOR_MAGNIFIER: gdk_cur = GDK_PLUS; break; + case wxCURSOR_CHAR: gdk_cur = GDK_XTERM; break; + case wxCURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON: gdk_cur = GDK_LEFTBUTTON; break; + case wxCURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON: gdk_cur = GDK_MIDDLEBUTTON; break; + case wxCURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON: gdk_cur = GDK_RIGHTBUTTON; break; + case wxCURSOR_BULLSEYE: gdk_cur = GDK_TARGET; break; + + case wxCURSOR_POINT_LEFT: gdk_cur = GDK_SB_LEFT_ARROW; break; + case wxCURSOR_POINT_RIGHT: gdk_cur = GDK_SB_RIGHT_ARROW; break; +/* + case wxCURSOR_DOUBLE_ARROW: gdk_cur = GDK_DOUBLE_ARROW; break; + case wxCURSOR_CROSS_REVERSE: gdk_cur = GDK_CROSS_REVERSE; break; + case wxCURSOR_BASED_ARROW_UP: gdk_cur = GDK_BASED_ARROW_UP; break; + case wxCURSOR_BASED_ARROW_DOWN: gdk_cur = GDK_BASED_ARROW_DOWN; break; +*/ + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unsupported cursor type")); + // will use the standard one + break; + } + + M_CURSORDATA->m_cursor = gdk_cursor_new( gdk_cur ); +} + +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + +static void GetHotSpot(const wxImage& image, int& x, int& y) +{ + if (image.HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X)) + x = image.GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X); + else + x = 0; + + if (image.HasOption(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y)) + y = image.GetOptionInt(wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y); + else + y = 0; + + if (x < 0 || x >= image.GetWidth()) + x = 0; + if (y < 0 || y >= image.GetHeight()) + y = 0; +} + +void wxCursor::InitFromImage( const wxImage & image ) +{ + int w = image.GetWidth() ; + int h = image.GetHeight(); + bool bHasMask = image.HasMask(); + int hotSpotX, hotSpotY; + GetHotSpot(image, hotSpotX, hotSpotY); + m_refData = new wxCursorRefData; + wxImage image_copy(image); + + GdkDisplay* display = gdk_drawable_get_display(wxGetRootWindow()->window); + if (gdk_display_supports_cursor_color(display)) + { + if (!image.HasAlpha()) + { + // add alpha, so wxBitmap will convert to pixbuf format + image_copy.InitAlpha(); + } + wxBitmap bitmap(image_copy); + wxASSERT(bitmap.HasPixbuf()); + M_CURSORDATA->m_cursor = gdk_cursor_new_from_pixbuf + ( + display, + bitmap.GetPixbuf(), + hotSpotX, hotSpotY + ); + } + else // no colour cursor support + { + unsigned long keyMaskColor = 0; + GdkPixmap *maskRaw; + if (bHasMask) + { + keyMaskColor = wxImageHistogram::MakeKey( + image.GetMaskRed(), image.GetMaskGreen(), image.GetMaskBlue()); + // get mask before image is modified + wxBitmap bitmap(image, 1); + maskRaw = bitmap.GetMask()->GetBitmap(); + g_object_ref(maskRaw); + } + else + { + const int size = ((w + 7) / 8) * h; + char* bits = new char[size]; + memset(bits, 0xff, size); + maskRaw = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data( + wxGetRootWindow()->window, bits, w, h); + delete[] bits; + } + + // assign the raw pointer to wxGtkObject to ensure it is unref'd later + wxGtkObject mask(maskRaw); + + // modify image so wxBitmap can be used to convert to pixmap + image_copy.SetMask(false); + wxByte* data = image_copy.GetData(); + for (int j = 0; j < h; j++) + { + for (int i = 0; i < w; i++, data += 3) + { + // if average value of the pixel is > mid grey, convert it to + // background (0), otherwise to foreground (255, using wxBitmap + // convention) + data[0] = + data[1] = + data[2] = int(data[0]) + data[1] + data[2] >= 3 * 128 ? 0 : 255; + } + } + wxBitmap bitmap(image_copy, 1); + + // find the most frequent color(s) + wxImageHistogram histogram; + image.ComputeHistogram(histogram); + + long colMostFreq = 0; + unsigned long nMost = 0; + long colNextMostFreq = 0; + unsigned long nNext = 0; + for ( wxImageHistogram::iterator entry = histogram.begin(); + entry != histogram.end(); + ++entry ) + { + unsigned long key = entry->first; + if ( !bHasMask || (key != keyMaskColor) ) + { + unsigned long value = entry->second.value; + if (value > nMost) + { + nNext = nMost; + colNextMostFreq = colMostFreq; + nMost = value; + colMostFreq = key; + } + else if (value > nNext) + { + nNext = value; + colNextMostFreq = key; + } + } + } + + wxColour fg = wxColour ( (unsigned char)(colMostFreq >> 16), + (unsigned char)(colMostFreq >> 8), + (unsigned char)(colMostFreq) ); + + wxColour bg = wxColour ( (unsigned char)(colNextMostFreq >> 16), + (unsigned char)(colNextMostFreq >> 8), + (unsigned char)(colNextMostFreq) ); + + int fg_intensity = fg.Red() + fg.Green() + fg.Blue(); + int bg_intensity = bg.Red() + bg.Green() + bg.Blue(); + + if (bg_intensity > fg_intensity) + { + //swap fg and bg + wxColour tmp = fg; + fg = bg; + bg = tmp; + } + + M_CURSORDATA->m_cursor = gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap + ( + bitmap.GetPixmap(), + mask, + fg.GetColor(), bg.GetColor(), + hotSpotX, hotSpotY + ); + } +} + +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE + +GdkCursor *wxCursor::GetCursor() const +{ + return M_CURSORDATA->m_cursor; +} + +wxGDIRefData *wxCursor::CreateGDIRefData() const +{ + return new wxCursorRefData; +} + +wxGDIRefData * +wxCursor::CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData * WXUNUSED(data)) const +{ + // TODO: We can't clone GDK cursors at the moment. To do this we'd need + // to remember the original data from which the cursor was created + // (i.e. standard cursor type or the bitmap) or use + // gdk_cursor_get_cursor_type() (which is in 2.22+ only) and + // gdk_cursor_get_image(). + wxFAIL_MSG( wxS("Cloning cursors is not implemented in wxGTK.") ); + + return new wxCursorRefData; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// busy cursor routines +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* Current cursor, in order to hang on to + * cursor handle when setting the cursor globally */ +wxCursor g_globalCursor; + +static wxCursor gs_savedCursor; +static int gs_busyCount = 0; + +const wxCursor &wxBusyCursor::GetStoredCursor() +{ + return gs_savedCursor; +} + +const wxCursor wxBusyCursor::GetBusyCursor() +{ + return wxCursor(wxCURSOR_WATCH); +} + +static void UpdateCursors(const wxWindowList& list, GdkDisplay*& display) +{ + wxWindowList::const_iterator i = list.begin(); + for (size_t n = list.size(); n--; ++i) + { + wxWindow* win = *i; + if (display == NULL && win->m_widget && win->m_widget->window) + display = gdk_drawable_get_display(win->m_widget->window); + win->GTKUpdateCursor(true, false); + UpdateCursors(win->GetChildren(), display); + } +} + +void wxEndBusyCursor() +{ + if (--gs_busyCount > 0) + return; + + g_globalCursor = gs_savedCursor; + gs_savedCursor = wxNullCursor; + GdkDisplay* unused = NULL; + UpdateCursors(wxTopLevelWindows, unused); +} + +void wxBeginBusyCursor(const wxCursor* cursor) +{ + if (gs_busyCount++ > 0) + return; + + wxASSERT_MSG( !gs_savedCursor.Ok(), + wxT("forgot to call wxEndBusyCursor, will leak memory") ); + + gs_savedCursor = g_globalCursor; + g_globalCursor = *cursor; + GdkDisplay* display = NULL; + UpdateCursors(wxTopLevelWindows, display); + if (display) + gdk_display_flush(display); +} + +bool wxIsBusy() +{ + return gs_busyCount > 0; +} + +void wxSetCursor( const wxCursor& cursor ) +{ + g_globalCursor = cursor; + GdkDisplay* unused = NULL; + UpdateCursors(wxTopLevelWindows, unused); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dataobj.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dataobj.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5637c53213 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dataobj.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,459 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/dataobj.cpp +// Purpose: wxDataObject class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: dataobj.cpp 54741 2008-07-21 03:35:15Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ + +#include "wx/dataobj.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/image.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/mstream.h" +#include "wx/uri.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global data +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +GdkAtom g_textAtom = 0; +GdkAtom g_altTextAtom = 0; +GdkAtom g_pngAtom = 0; +GdkAtom g_fileAtom = 0; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataFormat +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDataFormat::wxDataFormat() +{ + // do *not* call PrepareFormats() from here for 2 reasons: + // + // 1. we will have time to do it later because some other Set function + // must be called before we really need them + // + // 2. doing so prevents us from declaring global wxDataFormats because + // calling PrepareFormats (and thus gdk_atom_intern) before GDK is + // initialised will result in a crash + m_type = wxDF_INVALID; + m_format = (GdkAtom) 0; +} + +wxDataFormat::wxDataFormat( wxDataFormatId type ) +{ + PrepareFormats(); + SetType( type ); +} + +void wxDataFormat::InitFromString( const wxString &id ) +{ + PrepareFormats(); + SetId( id ); +} + +wxDataFormat::wxDataFormat( NativeFormat format ) +{ + PrepareFormats(); + SetId( format ); +} + +void wxDataFormat::SetType( wxDataFormatId type ) +{ + PrepareFormats(); + + m_type = type; + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + if (m_type == wxDF_UNICODETEXT) + m_format = g_textAtom; + else if (m_type == wxDF_TEXT) + m_format = g_altTextAtom; +#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE + // notice that we don't map wxDF_UNICODETEXT to g_textAtom here, this + // would lead the code elsewhere to treat data objects with this format as + // containing UTF-8 data which is not true + if (m_type == wxDF_TEXT) + m_format = g_textAtom; +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE + else + if (m_type == wxDF_BITMAP) + m_format = g_pngAtom; + else + if (m_type == wxDF_FILENAME) + m_format = g_fileAtom; + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid dataformat") ); + } +} + +wxDataFormatId wxDataFormat::GetType() const +{ + return m_type; +} + +wxString wxDataFormat::GetId() const +{ + wxGtkString atom_name(gdk_atom_name(m_format)); + return wxString::FromAscii(atom_name); +} + +void wxDataFormat::SetId( NativeFormat format ) +{ + PrepareFormats(); + m_format = format; + + if (m_format == g_textAtom) +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + m_type = wxDF_UNICODETEXT; +#else + m_type = wxDF_TEXT; +#endif + else + if (m_format == g_altTextAtom) + m_type = wxDF_TEXT; + else + if (m_format == g_pngAtom) + m_type = wxDF_BITMAP; + else + if (m_format == g_fileAtom) + m_type = wxDF_FILENAME; + else + m_type = wxDF_PRIVATE; +} + +void wxDataFormat::SetId( const wxString& id ) +{ + PrepareFormats(); + m_type = wxDF_PRIVATE; + m_format = gdk_atom_intern( id.ToAscii(), FALSE ); +} + +void wxDataFormat::PrepareFormats() +{ + // VZ: GNOME included in RedHat 6.1 uses the MIME types below and not the + // atoms STRING and file:ALL as the old code was, but normal X apps + // use STRING for text selection when transferring the data via + // clipboard, for example, so do use STRING for now (GNOME apps will + // probably support STRING as well for compatibility anyhow), but use + // text/uri-list for file dnd because compatibility is not important + // here (with whom?) + if (!g_textAtom) + { +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + g_textAtom = gdk_atom_intern( "UTF8_STRING", FALSE ); + g_altTextAtom = gdk_atom_intern( "STRING", FALSE ); +#else + g_textAtom = gdk_atom_intern( "STRING" /* "text/plain" */, FALSE ); +#endif + } + if (!g_pngAtom) + g_pngAtom = gdk_atom_intern( "image/png", FALSE ); + if (!g_fileAtom) + g_fileAtom = gdk_atom_intern( "text/uri-list", FALSE ); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataObject +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDataObject::wxDataObject() +{ +} + +wxDataObject::~wxDataObject() +{ + // dtor is empty but needed for Darwin and AIX -- otherwise it doesn't link +} + +bool wxDataObject::IsSupportedFormat(const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir) const +{ + size_t nFormatCount = GetFormatCount(dir); + if ( nFormatCount == 1 ) + { + return format == GetPreferredFormat(); + } + else + { + wxDataFormat *formats = new wxDataFormat[nFormatCount]; + GetAllFormats(formats,dir); + + size_t n; + for ( n = 0; n < nFormatCount; n++ ) + { + if ( formats[n] == format ) + break; + } + + delete [] formats; + + // found? + return n < nFormatCount; + } +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxTextDataObject +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_UNICODE + +void +wxTextDataObject::GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, + wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir)) const +{ + *formats++ = GetPreferredFormat(); + *formats = g_altTextAtom; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDataObject +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxFileDataObject::GetDataHere(void *buf) const +{ + wxString filenames; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_filenames.GetCount(); i++) + { + filenames += wxT("file:"); + filenames += m_filenames[i]; + filenames += wxT("\r\n"); + } + + memcpy( buf, filenames.mbc_str(), filenames.length() + 1 ); + + return true; +} + +size_t wxFileDataObject::GetDataSize() const +{ + size_t res = 0; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_filenames.GetCount(); i++) + { + // This is junk in UTF-8 + res += m_filenames[i].length(); + res += 5 + 2; // "file:" (5) + "\r\n" (2) + } + + return res + 1; +} + +bool wxFileDataObject::SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(size), const void *buf) +{ + // we get data in the text/uri-list format, i.e. as a sequence of URIs + // (filenames prefixed by "file:") delimited by "\r\n". size includes + // the trailing zero (in theory, not for Nautilus in early GNOME + // versions). + + m_filenames.Empty(); + + const gchar *nexttemp = (const gchar*) buf; + for ( ; ; ) + { + int len = 0; + const gchar *temp = nexttemp; + for (;;) + { + if (temp[len] == 0) + { + if (len > 0) + { + // if an app omits '\r''\n' + nexttemp = temp+len; + break; + } + + return true; + } + if (temp[len] == '\r') + { + if (temp[len+1] == '\n') + nexttemp = temp+len+2; + else + nexttemp = temp+len+1; + break; + } + len++; + } + + if (len == 0) + break; + + // required to give it a trailing zero + gchar *uri = g_strndup( temp, len ); + + gchar *fn = g_filename_from_uri( uri, NULL, NULL ); + + g_free( uri ); + + if (fn) + { + AddFile( wxConvFileName->cMB2WX( fn ) ); + g_free( fn ); + } + } + + return true; +} + +void wxFileDataObject::AddFile( const wxString &filename ) +{ + m_filenames.Add( filename ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxBitmapDataObject +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxBitmapDataObject::wxBitmapDataObject() +{ + Init(); +} + +wxBitmapDataObject::wxBitmapDataObject( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) + : wxBitmapDataObjectBase(bitmap) +{ + Init(); + + DoConvertToPng(); +} + +wxBitmapDataObject::~wxBitmapDataObject() +{ + Clear(); +} + +void wxBitmapDataObject::SetBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap ) +{ + ClearAll(); + + wxBitmapDataObjectBase::SetBitmap(bitmap); + + DoConvertToPng(); +} + +bool wxBitmapDataObject::GetDataHere(void *buf) const +{ + if ( !m_pngSize ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("attempt to copy empty bitmap failed") ); + + return false; + } + + memcpy(buf, m_pngData, m_pngSize); + + return true; +} + +bool wxBitmapDataObject::SetData(size_t size, const void *buf) +{ + Clear(); + + wxCHECK_MSG( wxImage::FindHandler(wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG) != NULL, + false, wxT("You must call wxImage::AddHandler(new wxPNGHandler); to be able to use clipboard with bitmaps!") ); + + m_pngSize = size; + m_pngData = malloc(m_pngSize); + + memcpy(m_pngData, buf, m_pngSize); + + wxMemoryInputStream mstream((char*) m_pngData, m_pngSize); + wxImage image; + if ( !image.LoadFile( mstream, wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG ) ) + { + return false; + } + + m_bitmap = wxBitmap(image); + + return m_bitmap.Ok(); +} + +void wxBitmapDataObject::DoConvertToPng() +{ + if ( !m_bitmap.Ok() ) + return; + + wxCHECK_RET( wxImage::FindHandler(wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG) != NULL, + wxT("You must call wxImage::AddHandler(new wxPNGHandler); to be able to use clipboard with bitmaps!") ); + + wxImage image = m_bitmap.ConvertToImage(); + + wxCountingOutputStream count; + image.SaveFile(count, wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG); + + m_pngSize = count.GetSize() + 100; // sometimes the size seems to vary ??? + m_pngData = malloc(m_pngSize); + + wxMemoryOutputStream mstream((char*) m_pngData, m_pngSize); + image.SaveFile(mstream, wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxURLDataObject +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxURLDataObject::wxURLDataObject(const wxString& url) : + wxDataObjectSimple( wxDataFormat( gdk_atom_intern("text/x-moz-url",FALSE) ) ) +{ + m_url = url; +} + +size_t wxURLDataObject::GetDataSize() const +{ + if (m_url.empty()) + return 0; + + return 2*m_url.Len()+2; +} + +bool wxURLDataObject::GetDataHere(void *buf) const +{ + if (m_url.empty()) + return false; + + wxCSConv conv( "UCS2" ); + conv.FromWChar( (char*) buf, 2*m_url.Len()+2, m_url.wc_str() ); + + return true; +} + + // copy data from buffer to our data +bool wxURLDataObject::SetData(size_t len, const void *buf) +{ + if (len == 0) + { + m_url = wxEmptyString; + return false; + } + + wxCSConv conv( "UCS2" ); + wxWCharBuffer res = conv.cMB2WC( (const char*) buf ); + m_url = res; + int pos = m_url.Find( '\n' ); + if (pos != wxNOT_FOUND) + m_url.Remove( pos, m_url.Len() - pos ); + + return true; +} + + +#endif // wxUSE_DATAOBJ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dataview.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dataview.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f63d624fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dataview.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,5090 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/dataview.cpp +// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl GTK+2 implementation +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: dataview.cpp 67120 2011-03-03 17:51:52Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL + +#include "wx/dataview.h" + +#ifndef wxUSE_GENERICDATAVIEWCTRL + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/dcclient.h" + #include "wx/sizer.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/stockitem.h" +#include "wx/calctrl.h" +#include "wx/popupwin.h" +#include "wx/listimpl.cpp" + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" +#include "wx/gtk/dc.h" +#include "wx/gtk/dcclient.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private/gdkconv.h" +using namespace wxGTKImpl; + +class wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static wxDataViewCtrlInternal *gs_internal = NULL; + +class wxGtkTreeModelNode; + +extern "C" { +typedef struct _GtkWxTreeModel GtkWxTreeModel; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkTreePath: self-destroying GtkTreePath +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Usually this object is initialized with the associated GtkTreePath +// immediately when it's constructed but it can also be changed later either by +// using Assign() or by getting the pointer to the internally stored pointer +// value using ByRef(). The latter should be avoided but is very convenient +// when using GTK functions with GtkTreePath output parameters. +class wxGtkTreePath +{ +public: + // Ctor takes ownership of the given path and will free it if non-NULL. + wxGtkTreePath(GtkTreePath *path = NULL) : m_path(path) { } + + // Creates a tree path for the given string path. + wxGtkTreePath(const gchar *strpath) + : m_path(gtk_tree_path_new_from_string(strpath)) + { + } + + // Set the stored pointer if not done by ctor. + void Assign(GtkTreePath *path) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_path, "shouldn't be already initialized" ); + + m_path = path; + } + + // Return the pointer to the internally stored pointer. This should only be + // used to initialize the object by passing it to some GTK function. + GtkTreePath **ByRef() + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_path, "shouldn't be already initialized" ); + + return &m_path; + } + + + operator GtkTreePath *() const { return m_path; } + + ~wxGtkTreePath() { if ( m_path ) gtk_tree_path_free(m_path); } + +private: + GtkTreePath *m_path; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGtkTreePath); +}; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkTreeSelectionLock: prevent selection from changing during the +// lifetime of this object +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Implementation note: it could be expected that setting the selection +// function in this class ctor and resetting it back to the old value in its +// dtor would work. However currently gtk_tree_selection_get_select_function() +// can't be passed NULL (see https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=626276) +// so we can't do this. Instead, we always use the selection function (which +// imposes extra overhead, albeit minimal one, on all selection operations) and +// just set/reset the flag telling it whether it should allow or forbid the +// selection. +// +// Also notice that currently only a single object of this class may exist at +// any given moment. It's just simpler like this and we don't need anything +// more for now. + +extern "C" +gboolean wxdataview_selection_func(GtkTreeSelection * WXUNUSED(selection), + GtkTreeModel * WXUNUSED(model), + GtkTreePath * WXUNUSED(path), + gboolean WXUNUSED(path_currently_selected), + gpointer data) +{ + return data == NULL; +} + +class wxGtkTreeSelectionLock +{ +public: + wxGtkTreeSelectionLock(GtkTreeSelection *selection) + : m_selection(selection) + { + wxASSERT_MSG( !ms_instance, "this class is not reentrant currently" ); + + ms_instance = this; + + CheckCurrentSelectionFunc(NULL); + + // Pass some non-NULL pointer as "data" for the callback, it doesn't + // matter what it is as long as it's non-NULL. + gtk_tree_selection_set_select_function(selection, + wxdataview_selection_func, + this, + NULL); + } + + ~wxGtkTreeSelectionLock() + { + CheckCurrentSelectionFunc(wxdataview_selection_func); + + gtk_tree_selection_set_select_function(m_selection, + wxdataview_selection_func, + NULL, + NULL); + + ms_instance = NULL; + } + +private: + void CheckCurrentSelectionFunc(GtkTreeSelectionFunc func) + { + // We can only use gtk_tree_selection_get_select_function() with 2.14+ + // so check for its availability both during compile- and run-time. +#if GTK_CHECK_VERSION(2, 14, 0) + if ( gtk_check_version(2, 14, 0) != NULL ) + return; + + // If this assert is triggered, it means the code elsewhere has called + // gtk_tree_selection_set_select_function() but currently doing this + // breaks this class so the code here needs to be changed. + wxASSERT_MSG + ( + gtk_tree_selection_get_select_function(m_selection) == func, + "selection function has changed unexpectedly, review this code!" + ); +#endif // GTK+ 2.14+ + + wxUnusedVar(func); + } + + static wxGtkTreeSelectionLock *ms_instance; + + GtkTreeSelection * const m_selection; + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGtkTreeSelectionLock); +}; + +wxGtkTreeSelectionLock *wxGtkTreeSelectionLock::ms_instance = NULL; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCtrlInternal +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxDataViewItem, ItemList); +WX_DEFINE_LIST(ItemList) + +class wxDataViewCtrlInternal +{ +public: + wxDataViewCtrlInternal( wxDataViewCtrl *owner, wxDataViewModel *wx_model ); + ~wxDataViewCtrlInternal(); + + // model iface + GtkTreeModelFlags get_flags(); + gboolean get_iter( GtkTreeIter *iter, GtkTreePath *path ); + GtkTreePath *get_path( GtkTreeIter *iter); + gboolean iter_next( GtkTreeIter *iter ); + gboolean iter_children( GtkTreeIter *iter, GtkTreeIter *parent); + gboolean iter_has_child( GtkTreeIter *iter ); + gint iter_n_children( GtkTreeIter *iter ); + gboolean iter_nth_child( GtkTreeIter *iter, GtkTreeIter *parent, gint n ); + gboolean iter_parent( GtkTreeIter *iter, GtkTreeIter *child ); + + // dnd iface + + bool EnableDragSource( const wxDataFormat &format ); + bool EnableDropTarget( const wxDataFormat &format ); + + gboolean row_draggable( GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source, GtkTreePath *path ); + gboolean drag_data_delete( GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source, GtkTreePath* path ); + gboolean drag_data_get( GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source, GtkTreePath *path, + GtkSelectionData *selection_data ); + gboolean drag_data_received( GtkTreeDragDest *drag_dest, GtkTreePath *dest, + GtkSelectionData *selection_data ); + gboolean row_drop_possible( GtkTreeDragDest *drag_dest, GtkTreePath *dest_path, + GtkSelectionData *selection_data ); + + // notifactions from wxDataViewModel + bool ItemAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ); + bool ItemDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ); + bool ItemChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item ); + bool ValueChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int model_column ); + bool Cleared(); + bool BeforeReset(); + bool AfterReset(); + void Resort(); + + // sorting interface + void SetSortOrder( GtkSortType sort_order ) { m_sort_order = sort_order; } + GtkSortType GetSortOrder() const { return m_sort_order; } + + void SetSortColumn( int column ) { m_sort_column = column; } + int GetSortColumn() const { return m_sort_column; } + + void SetDataViewSortColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column ) { m_dataview_sort_column = column; } + wxDataViewColumn *GetDataViewSortColumn() { return m_dataview_sort_column; } + + bool IsSorted() { return (m_sort_column >= 0); } + + // accessors + wxDataViewModel* GetDataViewModel() { return m_wx_model; } + const wxDataViewModel* GetDataViewModel() const { return m_wx_model; } + wxDataViewCtrl* GetOwner() { return m_owner; } + GtkWxTreeModel* GetGtkModel() { return m_gtk_model; } + + // item can be deleted already in the model + int GetIndexOf( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ); + + virtual void OnInternalIdle(); + +protected: + void InitTree(); + void ScheduleRefresh(); + + wxGtkTreeModelNode *FindNode( const wxDataViewItem &item ); + wxGtkTreeModelNode *FindNode( GtkTreeIter *iter ); + wxGtkTreeModelNode *FindParentNode( const wxDataViewItem &item ); + wxGtkTreeModelNode *FindParentNode( GtkTreeIter *iter ); + void BuildBranch( wxGtkTreeModelNode *branch ); + +private: + wxGtkTreeModelNode *m_root; + wxDataViewModel *m_wx_model; + GtkWxTreeModel *m_gtk_model; + wxDataViewCtrl *m_owner; + GtkSortType m_sort_order; + wxDataViewColumn *m_dataview_sort_column; + int m_sort_column; + + GtkTargetEntry m_dragSourceTargetEntry; + wxCharBuffer m_dragSourceTargetEntryTarget; + wxDataObject *m_dragDataObject; + + GtkTargetEntry m_dropTargetTargetEntry; + wxCharBuffer m_dropTargetTargetEntryTarget; + wxDataObject *m_dropDataObject; + + wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier *m_notifier; + + bool m_dirty; +}; + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkTreeModelNode +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static +int LINKAGEMODE wxGtkTreeModelChildCmp( void** id1, void** id2 ) +{ + int ret = gs_internal->GetDataViewModel()->Compare( *id1, *id2, + gs_internal->GetSortColumn(), (gs_internal->GetSortOrder() == GTK_SORT_ASCENDING) ); + + return ret; +} + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR( wxGtkTreeModelNode*, wxGtkTreeModelNodes ); +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR( void*, wxGtkTreeModelChildren ); + +class wxGtkTreeModelNode +{ +public: + wxGtkTreeModelNode( wxGtkTreeModelNode* parent, const wxDataViewItem &item, + wxDataViewCtrlInternal *internal ) + { + m_parent = parent; + m_item = item; + m_internal = internal; + } + + ~wxGtkTreeModelNode() + { + size_t count = m_nodes.GetCount(); + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) + { + wxGtkTreeModelNode *child = m_nodes.Item( i ); + delete child; + } + } + + unsigned int AddNode( wxGtkTreeModelNode* child ) + { + m_nodes.Add( child ); + + void *id = child->GetItem().GetID(); + + m_children.Add( id ); + + if (m_internal->IsSorted() || m_internal->GetDataViewModel()->HasDefaultCompare()) + { + gs_internal = m_internal; + m_children.Sort( &wxGtkTreeModelChildCmp ); + return m_children.Index( id ); + } + + return m_children.GetCount()-1; + } + + unsigned int AddLeave( void* id ) + { + m_children.Add( id ); + + if (m_internal->IsSorted() || m_internal->GetDataViewModel()->HasDefaultCompare()) + { + gs_internal = m_internal; + m_children.Sort( &wxGtkTreeModelChildCmp ); + return m_children.Index( id ); + } + + return m_children.GetCount()-1; + } + + void DeleteChild( void* id ) + { + m_children.Remove( id ); + + unsigned int count = m_nodes.GetCount(); + unsigned int pos; + for (pos = 0; pos < count; pos++) + { + wxGtkTreeModelNode *node = m_nodes.Item( pos ); + if (node->GetItem().GetID() == id) + { + m_nodes.RemoveAt( pos ); + delete node; + break; + } + } + } + + wxGtkTreeModelNode* GetParent() + { return m_parent; } + wxGtkTreeModelNodes &GetNodes() + { return m_nodes; } + wxGtkTreeModelChildren &GetChildren() + { return m_children; } + + unsigned int GetChildCount() const { return m_children.GetCount(); } + unsigned int GetNodesCount() const { return m_nodes.GetCount(); } + + wxDataViewItem &GetItem() { return m_item; } + wxDataViewCtrlInternal *GetInternal() { return m_internal; } + + void Resort(); + +private: + wxGtkTreeModelNode *m_parent; + wxGtkTreeModelNodes m_nodes; + wxGtkTreeModelChildren m_children; + wxDataViewItem m_item; + wxDataViewCtrlInternal *m_internal; +}; + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// data +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern bool g_blockEventsOnDrag; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// define new GTK+ class wxGtkTreeModel +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { + +#define GTK_TYPE_WX_TREE_MODEL (gtk_wx_tree_model_get_type ()) +#define GTK_WX_TREE_MODEL(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), GTK_TYPE_WX_TREE_MODEL, GtkWxTreeModel)) +#define GTK_WX_TREE_MODEL_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), GTK_TYPE_WX_TREE_MODEL, GtkWxTreeModelClass)) +#define GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), GTK_TYPE_WX_TREE_MODEL)) +#define GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), GTK_TYPE_WX_TREE_MODEL)) +#define GTK_WX_TREE_MODEL_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), GTK_TYPE_WX_TREE_MODEL, GtkWxTreeModelClass)) + +GType gtk_wx_tree_model_get_type (void); + +typedef struct _GtkWxTreeModelClass GtkWxTreeModelClass; + +struct _GtkWxTreeModel +{ + GObject parent; + + /*< private >*/ + gint stamp; + wxDataViewCtrlInternal *internal; +}; + +struct _GtkWxTreeModelClass +{ + GObjectClass list_parent_class; +}; + +static GtkWxTreeModel *wxgtk_tree_model_new (void); +static void wxgtk_tree_model_init (GtkWxTreeModel *tree_model); +static void wxgtk_tree_model_class_init (GtkWxTreeModelClass *klass); + +static void wxgtk_tree_model_tree_model_init (GtkTreeModelIface *iface); +static void wxgtk_tree_model_sortable_init (GtkTreeSortableIface *iface); +static void wxgtk_tree_model_drag_source_init(GtkTreeDragSourceIface *iface); +static void wxgtk_tree_model_drag_dest_init (GtkTreeDragDestIface *iface); + +static void wxgtk_tree_model_finalize (GObject *object); +static GtkTreeModelFlags wxgtk_tree_model_get_flags (GtkTreeModel *tree_model); +static gint wxgtk_tree_model_get_n_columns (GtkTreeModel *tree_model); +static GType wxgtk_tree_model_get_column_type (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + gint index); +static gboolean wxgtk_tree_model_get_iter (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter, + GtkTreePath *path); +static GtkTreePath *wxgtk_tree_model_get_path (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter); +static void wxgtk_tree_model_get_value (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter, + gint column, + GValue *value); +static gboolean wxgtk_tree_model_iter_next (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter); +static gboolean wxgtk_tree_model_iter_children (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter, + GtkTreeIter *parent); +static gboolean wxgtk_tree_model_iter_has_child (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter); +static gint wxgtk_tree_model_iter_n_children (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter); +static gboolean wxgtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter, + GtkTreeIter *parent, + gint n); +static gboolean wxgtk_tree_model_iter_parent (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter, + GtkTreeIter *child); + +/* sortable */ +static gboolean wxgtk_tree_model_get_sort_column_id (GtkTreeSortable *sortable, + gint *sort_column_id, + GtkSortType *order); +static void wxgtk_tree_model_set_sort_column_id (GtkTreeSortable *sortable, + gint sort_column_id, + GtkSortType order); +static void wxgtk_tree_model_set_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable, + gint sort_column_id, + GtkTreeIterCompareFunc func, + gpointer data, + GtkDestroyNotify destroy); +static void wxgtk_tree_model_set_default_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable, + GtkTreeIterCompareFunc func, + gpointer data, + GtkDestroyNotify destroy); +static gboolean wxgtk_tree_model_has_default_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable); + +/* drag'n'drop */ +static gboolean wxgtk_tree_model_row_draggable (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source, + GtkTreePath *path); +static gboolean wxgtk_tree_model_drag_data_delete (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source, + GtkTreePath *path); +static gboolean wxgtk_tree_model_drag_data_get (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source, + GtkTreePath *path, + GtkSelectionData *selection_data); +static gboolean wxgtk_tree_model_drag_data_received (GtkTreeDragDest *drag_dest, + GtkTreePath *dest, + GtkSelectionData *selection_data); +static gboolean wxgtk_tree_model_row_drop_possible (GtkTreeDragDest *drag_dest, + GtkTreePath *dest_path, + GtkSelectionData *selection_data); + + +static GObjectClass *list_parent_class = NULL; + +GType +gtk_wx_tree_model_get_type (void) +{ + static GType tree_model_type = 0; + + if (!tree_model_type) + { + const GTypeInfo tree_model_info = + { + sizeof (GtkWxTreeModelClass), + NULL, /* base_init */ + NULL, /* base_finalize */ + (GClassInitFunc) wxgtk_tree_model_class_init, + NULL, /* class_finalize */ + NULL, /* class_data */ + sizeof (GtkWxTreeModel), + 0, + (GInstanceInitFunc) wxgtk_tree_model_init, + }; + + static const GInterfaceInfo tree_model_iface_info = + { + (GInterfaceInitFunc) wxgtk_tree_model_tree_model_init, + NULL, + NULL + }; + + static const GInterfaceInfo sortable_iface_info = + { + (GInterfaceInitFunc) wxgtk_tree_model_sortable_init, + NULL, + NULL + }; + + static const GInterfaceInfo drag_source_iface_info = + { + (GInterfaceInitFunc) wxgtk_tree_model_drag_source_init, + NULL, + NULL + }; + + static const GInterfaceInfo drag_dest_iface_info = + { + (GInterfaceInitFunc) wxgtk_tree_model_drag_dest_init, + NULL, + NULL + }; + + tree_model_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_OBJECT, "GtkWxTreeModel", + &tree_model_info, (GTypeFlags)0 ); + + g_type_add_interface_static (tree_model_type, + GTK_TYPE_TREE_MODEL, + &tree_model_iface_info); + g_type_add_interface_static (tree_model_type, + GTK_TYPE_TREE_SORTABLE, + &sortable_iface_info); + g_type_add_interface_static (tree_model_type, + GTK_TYPE_TREE_DRAG_DEST, + &drag_dest_iface_info); + g_type_add_interface_static (tree_model_type, + GTK_TYPE_TREE_DRAG_SOURCE, + &drag_source_iface_info); + } + + return tree_model_type; +} + +static GtkWxTreeModel * +wxgtk_tree_model_new(void) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *retval = (GtkWxTreeModel *) g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_WX_TREE_MODEL, NULL); + return retval; +} + +static void +wxgtk_tree_model_class_init (GtkWxTreeModelClass *klass) +{ + list_parent_class = (GObjectClass*) g_type_class_peek_parent (klass); + GObjectClass *object_class = (GObjectClass*) klass; + object_class->finalize = wxgtk_tree_model_finalize; +} + +static void +wxgtk_tree_model_tree_model_init (GtkTreeModelIface *iface) +{ + iface->get_flags = wxgtk_tree_model_get_flags; + iface->get_n_columns = wxgtk_tree_model_get_n_columns; + iface->get_column_type = wxgtk_tree_model_get_column_type; + iface->get_iter = wxgtk_tree_model_get_iter; + iface->get_path = wxgtk_tree_model_get_path; + iface->get_value = wxgtk_tree_model_get_value; + iface->iter_next = wxgtk_tree_model_iter_next; + iface->iter_children = wxgtk_tree_model_iter_children; + iface->iter_has_child = wxgtk_tree_model_iter_has_child; + iface->iter_n_children = wxgtk_tree_model_iter_n_children; + iface->iter_nth_child = wxgtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child; + iface->iter_parent = wxgtk_tree_model_iter_parent; +} + +static void +wxgtk_tree_model_sortable_init (GtkTreeSortableIface *iface) +{ + iface->get_sort_column_id = wxgtk_tree_model_get_sort_column_id; + iface->set_sort_column_id = wxgtk_tree_model_set_sort_column_id; + iface->set_sort_func = wxgtk_tree_model_set_sort_func; + iface->set_default_sort_func = wxgtk_tree_model_set_default_sort_func; + iface->has_default_sort_func = wxgtk_tree_model_has_default_sort_func; +} + +static void +wxgtk_tree_model_drag_source_init(GtkTreeDragSourceIface *iface) +{ + iface->row_draggable = wxgtk_tree_model_row_draggable; + iface->drag_data_delete = wxgtk_tree_model_drag_data_delete; + iface->drag_data_get = wxgtk_tree_model_drag_data_get; +} + +static void +wxgtk_tree_model_drag_dest_init (GtkTreeDragDestIface *iface) +{ + iface->drag_data_received = wxgtk_tree_model_drag_data_received; + iface->row_drop_possible = wxgtk_tree_model_row_drop_possible; +} + +static void +wxgtk_tree_model_init (GtkWxTreeModel *tree_model) +{ + tree_model->internal = NULL; + tree_model->stamp = g_random_int(); +} + +static void +wxgtk_tree_model_finalize (GObject *object) +{ + /* must chain up */ + (* list_parent_class->finalize) (object); +} + +} // extern "C" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// implement callbacks from wxGtkTreeModel class by letting +// them call the methods of wxWidgets' wxDataViewModel +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static GtkTreeModelFlags +wxgtk_tree_model_get_flags (GtkTreeModel *tree_model) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) tree_model; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), (GtkTreeModelFlags)0 ); + + return wxtree_model->internal->get_flags(); +} + +static gint +wxgtk_tree_model_get_n_columns (GtkTreeModel *tree_model) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) tree_model; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), 0); + + return wxtree_model->internal->GetDataViewModel()->GetColumnCount(); +} + +static GType +wxgtk_tree_model_get_column_type (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + gint index) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) tree_model; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), G_TYPE_INVALID); + + GType gtype = G_TYPE_INVALID; + + wxString wxtype = wxtree_model->internal->GetDataViewModel()->GetColumnType( (unsigned int) index ); + + if (wxtype == wxT("string")) + gtype = G_TYPE_STRING; + else + { + gtype = G_TYPE_POINTER; + // wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("non-string columns not supported for searching yet") ); + } + + return gtype; +} + +static gboolean +wxgtk_tree_model_get_iter (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter, + GtkTreePath *path) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) tree_model; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), FALSE); + g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_tree_path_get_depth (path) > 0, FALSE); + + return wxtree_model->internal->get_iter( iter, path ); +} + +static GtkTreePath * +wxgtk_tree_model_get_path (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) tree_model; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), NULL); + g_return_val_if_fail (iter->stamp == GTK_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model)->stamp, NULL); + + return wxtree_model->internal->get_path( iter ); +} + +static void +wxgtk_tree_model_get_value (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter, + gint column, + GValue *value) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) tree_model; + g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model) ); + + wxDataViewModel *model = wxtree_model->internal->GetDataViewModel(); + wxString mtype = model->GetColumnType( (unsigned int) column ); + if (mtype == wxT("string")) + { + wxVariant variant; + g_value_init( value, G_TYPE_STRING ); + wxDataViewItem item( (void*) iter->user_data ); + model->GetValue( variant, item, (unsigned int) column ); + + g_value_set_string( value, variant.GetString().utf8_str() ); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("non-string columns not supported yet") ); + } +} + +static gboolean +wxgtk_tree_model_iter_next (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) tree_model; + + // This happens when clearing the view by calling .._set_model( NULL ); + if (iter->stamp == 0) return FALSE; + + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), FALSE); + g_return_val_if_fail (wxtree_model->stamp == iter->stamp, FALSE); + + return wxtree_model->internal->iter_next( iter ); +} + +static gboolean +wxgtk_tree_model_iter_children (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter, + GtkTreeIter *parent) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) tree_model; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), FALSE); + if (parent) + { + g_return_val_if_fail (wxtree_model->stamp == parent->stamp, FALSE); + } + + return wxtree_model->internal->iter_children( iter, parent ); +} + +static gboolean +wxgtk_tree_model_iter_has_child (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) tree_model; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), FALSE); + g_return_val_if_fail (wxtree_model->stamp == iter->stamp, FALSE); + + return wxtree_model->internal->iter_has_child( iter ); +} + +static gint +wxgtk_tree_model_iter_n_children (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) tree_model; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), 0); + g_return_val_if_fail ( !iter || wxtree_model->stamp == iter->stamp, 0); + + return wxtree_model->internal->iter_n_children( iter ); +} + +static gboolean +wxgtk_tree_model_iter_nth_child (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter, + GtkTreeIter *parent, + gint n) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) tree_model; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), FALSE); + + return wxtree_model->internal->iter_nth_child( iter, parent, n ); +} + +static gboolean +wxgtk_tree_model_iter_parent (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, + GtkTreeIter *iter, + GtkTreeIter *child) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) tree_model; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), FALSE); + g_return_val_if_fail (wxtree_model->stamp == child->stamp, FALSE); + + return wxtree_model->internal->iter_parent( iter, child ); +} + +/* drag'n'drop iface */ +static gboolean +wxgtk_tree_model_row_draggable (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source, + GtkTreePath *path) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) drag_source; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), FALSE); + + return wxtree_model->internal->row_draggable( drag_source, path ); +} + +static gboolean +wxgtk_tree_model_drag_data_delete (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source, + GtkTreePath *path) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) drag_source; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), FALSE); + + return wxtree_model->internal->drag_data_delete( drag_source, path ); +} + +static gboolean +wxgtk_tree_model_drag_data_get (GtkTreeDragSource *drag_source, + GtkTreePath *path, + GtkSelectionData *selection_data) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) drag_source; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), FALSE); + +#if 0 + wxPrintf( "drag_get_data\n"); + + wxGtkString atom_selection(gdk_atom_name(selection_data->selection)); + wxPrintf( "selection %s\n", wxString::FromAscii(atom_selection) ); + + wxGtkString atom_target(gdk_atom_name(selection_data->target)); + wxPrintf( "target %s\n", wxString::FromAscii(atom_target) ); + + wxGtkString atom_type(gdk_atom_name(selection_data->type)); + wxPrintf( "type %s\n", wxString::FromAscii(atom_type) ); + + wxPrintf( "format %d\n", selection_data->format ); +#endif + + return wxtree_model->internal->drag_data_get( drag_source, path, selection_data ); +} + +static gboolean +wxgtk_tree_model_drag_data_received (GtkTreeDragDest *drag_dest, + GtkTreePath *dest, + GtkSelectionData *selection_data) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) drag_dest; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), FALSE); + + return wxtree_model->internal->drag_data_received( drag_dest, dest, selection_data ); +} + +static gboolean +wxgtk_tree_model_row_drop_possible (GtkTreeDragDest *drag_dest, + GtkTreePath *dest_path, + GtkSelectionData *selection_data) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) drag_dest; + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (wxtree_model), FALSE); + + return wxtree_model->internal->row_drop_possible( drag_dest, dest_path, selection_data ); +} + +/* sortable iface */ +static gboolean +wxgtk_tree_model_get_sort_column_id (GtkTreeSortable *sortable, + gint *sort_column_id, + GtkSortType *order) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxtree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) sortable; + + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (sortable), FALSE); + + if (!wxtree_model->internal->IsSorted()) + { + if (sort_column_id) + *sort_column_id = -1; + + return TRUE; + } + + + if (sort_column_id) + *sort_column_id = wxtree_model->internal->GetSortColumn(); + + if (order) + *order = wxtree_model->internal->GetSortOrder(); + + return TRUE; +} + +wxDataViewColumn *gs_lastLeftClickHeader = NULL; + +static void +wxgtk_tree_model_set_sort_column_id (GtkTreeSortable *sortable, + gint sort_column_id, + GtkSortType order) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *tree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) sortable; + g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (sortable) ); + + tree_model->internal->SetDataViewSortColumn( gs_lastLeftClickHeader ); + + if ((sort_column_id != (gint) tree_model->internal->GetSortColumn()) || + (order != tree_model->internal->GetSortOrder())) + { + tree_model->internal->SetSortColumn( sort_column_id ); + tree_model->internal->SetSortOrder( order ); + + gtk_tree_sortable_sort_column_changed (sortable); + + tree_model->internal->GetDataViewModel()->Resort(); + } + + if (gs_lastLeftClickHeader) + { + wxDataViewCtrl *dv = tree_model->internal->GetOwner(); + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_SORTED, dv->GetId() ); + event.SetDataViewColumn( gs_lastLeftClickHeader ); + event.SetModel( dv->GetModel() ); + dv->HandleWindowEvent( event ); + } + + gs_lastLeftClickHeader = NULL; +} + +static void +wxgtk_tree_model_set_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable, + gint WXUNUSED(sort_column_id), + GtkTreeIterCompareFunc func, + gpointer WXUNUSED(data), + GtkDestroyNotify WXUNUSED(destroy)) +{ + g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (sortable) ); + g_return_if_fail (func != NULL); +} + +static void +wxgtk_tree_model_set_default_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable, + GtkTreeIterCompareFunc func, + gpointer WXUNUSED(data), + GtkDestroyNotify WXUNUSED(destroy)) +{ + g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (sortable) ); + g_return_if_fail (func != NULL); + + //wxPrintf( "wxgtk_tree_model_set_default_sort_func\n" ); + // TODO: remove this code +} + +static gboolean +wxgtk_tree_model_has_default_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable) +{ + g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (sortable), FALSE ); + + return FALSE; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// define new GTK+ class GtkWxRendererText +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { + +#define GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT (gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_get_type ()) +#define GTK_WX_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT, GtkWxCellRendererText)) +#define GTK_WX_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT, GtkWxCellRendererTextClass)) +#define GTK_IS_WX_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT)) +#define GTK_IS_WX_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT)) +#define GTK_WX_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT, GtkWxCellRendererTextClass)) + +GType gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_get_type (void); + +typedef struct _GtkWxCellRendererText GtkWxCellRendererText; +typedef struct _GtkWxCellRendererTextClass GtkWxCellRendererTextClass; + +struct _GtkWxCellRendererText +{ + GtkCellRendererText parent; + + wxDataViewRenderer *wx_renderer; +}; + +struct _GtkWxCellRendererTextClass +{ + GtkCellRendererTextClass cell_parent_class; +}; + + +static GtkWxCellRendererText *gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_new (void); +static void gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_init ( + GtkWxCellRendererText *cell ); +static void gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_class_init( + GtkWxCellRendererTextClass *klass ); +static void gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_finalize ( + GObject *object ); +static GtkCellEditable *gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_start_editing( + GtkCellRenderer *cell, + GdkEvent *event, + GtkWidget *widget, + const gchar *path, + GdkRectangle *background_area, + GdkRectangle *cell_area, + GtkCellRendererState flags ); + + +static GObjectClass *text_cell_parent_class = NULL; + +} // extern "C" + +GType +gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_get_type (void) +{ + static GType cell_wx_type = 0; + + if (!cell_wx_type) + { + const GTypeInfo cell_wx_info = + { + sizeof (GtkWxCellRendererTextClass), + NULL, /* base_init */ + NULL, /* base_finalize */ + (GClassInitFunc) gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_class_init, + NULL, /* class_finalize */ + NULL, /* class_data */ + sizeof (GtkWxCellRendererText), + 0, /* n_preallocs */ + (GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_init, + }; + + cell_wx_type = g_type_register_static( GTK_TYPE_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT, + "GtkWxCellRendererText", &cell_wx_info, (GTypeFlags)0 ); + } + + return cell_wx_type; +} + +static void +gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_init (GtkWxCellRendererText *cell) +{ + cell->wx_renderer = NULL; +} + +static void +gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkWxCellRendererTextClass *klass) +{ + GObjectClass *object_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass); + GtkCellRendererClass *cell_class = GTK_CELL_RENDERER_CLASS (klass); + + text_cell_parent_class = (GObjectClass*) g_type_class_peek_parent (klass); + + object_class->finalize = gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_finalize; + + cell_class->start_editing = gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_start_editing; +} + +static void +gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_finalize (GObject *object) +{ + /* must chain up */ + (* G_OBJECT_CLASS (text_cell_parent_class)->finalize) (object); +} + +GtkWxCellRendererText* +gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_new (void) +{ + return (GtkWxCellRendererText*) g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT, NULL); +} + +static GtkCellEditable *gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_start_editing( + GtkCellRenderer *gtk_renderer, + GdkEvent *gdk_event, + GtkWidget *widget, + const gchar *path, + GdkRectangle *background_area, + GdkRectangle *cell_area, + GtkCellRendererState flags ) +{ + GtkWxCellRendererText *wxgtk_renderer = (GtkWxCellRendererText *) gtk_renderer; + wxDataViewRenderer *wx_renderer = wxgtk_renderer->wx_renderer; + wxDataViewColumn *column = wx_renderer->GetOwner(); + + wxDataViewItem + item(column->GetOwner()->GTKPathToItem(wxGtkTreePath(path))); + + wxDataViewCtrl *dv = column->GetOwner(); + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_START_EDITING, dv->GetId() ); + event.SetDataViewColumn( column ); + event.SetModel( dv->GetModel() ); + event.SetColumn( column->GetModelColumn() ); + event.SetItem( item ); + dv->HandleWindowEvent( event ); + + if (event.IsAllowed()) + return GTK_CELL_RENDERER_CLASS(text_cell_parent_class)-> + start_editing( gtk_renderer, gdk_event, widget, path, background_area, cell_area, flags ); + else + return NULL; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// define new GTK+ class GtkWxCellRenderer +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { + +#define GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER (gtk_wx_cell_renderer_get_type ()) +#define GTK_WX_CELL_RENDERER(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER, GtkWxCellRenderer)) +#define GTK_WX_CELL_RENDERER_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER, GtkWxCellRendererClass)) +#define GTK_IS_WX_CELL_RENDERER(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER)) +#define GTK_IS_WX_CELL_RENDERER_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER)) +#define GTK_WX_CELL_RENDERER_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER, GtkWxCellRendererClass)) + +GType gtk_wx_cell_renderer_get_type (void); + +typedef struct _GtkWxCellRenderer GtkWxCellRenderer; +typedef struct _GtkWxCellRendererClass GtkWxCellRendererClass; + +struct _GtkWxCellRenderer +{ + GtkCellRenderer parent; + + /*< private >*/ + wxDataViewCustomRenderer *cell; + guint32 last_click; +}; + +struct _GtkWxCellRendererClass +{ + GtkCellRendererClass cell_parent_class; +}; + + +static GtkCellRenderer *gtk_wx_cell_renderer_new (void); +static void gtk_wx_cell_renderer_init ( + GtkWxCellRenderer *cell ); +static void gtk_wx_cell_renderer_class_init( + GtkWxCellRendererClass *klass ); +static void gtk_wx_cell_renderer_finalize ( + GObject *object ); +static void gtk_wx_cell_renderer_get_size ( + GtkCellRenderer *cell, + GtkWidget *widget, + GdkRectangle *rectangle, + gint *x_offset, + gint *y_offset, + gint *width, + gint *height ); +static void gtk_wx_cell_renderer_render ( + GtkCellRenderer *cell, + GdkWindow *window, + GtkWidget *widget, + GdkRectangle *background_area, + GdkRectangle *cell_area, + GdkRectangle *expose_area, + GtkCellRendererState flags ); +static gboolean gtk_wx_cell_renderer_activate( + GtkCellRenderer *cell, + GdkEvent *event, + GtkWidget *widget, + const gchar *path, + GdkRectangle *background_area, + GdkRectangle *cell_area, + GtkCellRendererState flags ); +static GtkCellEditable *gtk_wx_cell_renderer_start_editing( + GtkCellRenderer *cell, + GdkEvent *event, + GtkWidget *widget, + const gchar *path, + GdkRectangle *background_area, + GdkRectangle *cell_area, + GtkCellRendererState flags ); + + +static GObjectClass *cell_parent_class = NULL; + +} // extern "C" + +GType +gtk_wx_cell_renderer_get_type (void) +{ + static GType cell_wx_type = 0; + + if (!cell_wx_type) + { + const GTypeInfo cell_wx_info = + { + sizeof (GtkWxCellRendererClass), + NULL, /* base_init */ + NULL, /* base_finalize */ + (GClassInitFunc) gtk_wx_cell_renderer_class_init, + NULL, /* class_finalize */ + NULL, /* class_data */ + sizeof (GtkWxCellRenderer), + 0, /* n_preallocs */ + (GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_wx_cell_renderer_init, + }; + + cell_wx_type = g_type_register_static( GTK_TYPE_CELL_RENDERER, + "GtkWxCellRenderer", &cell_wx_info, (GTypeFlags)0 ); + } + + return cell_wx_type; +} + +static void +gtk_wx_cell_renderer_init (GtkWxCellRenderer *cell) +{ + cell->cell = NULL; + cell->last_click = 0; +} + +static void +gtk_wx_cell_renderer_class_init (GtkWxCellRendererClass *klass) +{ + GObjectClass *object_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass); + GtkCellRendererClass *cell_class = GTK_CELL_RENDERER_CLASS (klass); + + cell_parent_class = (GObjectClass*) g_type_class_peek_parent (klass); + + object_class->finalize = gtk_wx_cell_renderer_finalize; + + cell_class->get_size = gtk_wx_cell_renderer_get_size; + cell_class->render = gtk_wx_cell_renderer_render; + cell_class->activate = gtk_wx_cell_renderer_activate; + cell_class->start_editing = gtk_wx_cell_renderer_start_editing; +} + +static void +gtk_wx_cell_renderer_finalize (GObject *object) +{ + /* must chain up */ + (* G_OBJECT_CLASS (cell_parent_class)->finalize) (object); +} + +GtkCellRenderer* +gtk_wx_cell_renderer_new (void) +{ + return (GtkCellRenderer*) g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_WX_CELL_RENDERER, NULL); +} + +static GtkCellEditable *gtk_wx_cell_renderer_start_editing( + GtkCellRenderer *renderer, + GdkEvent *WXUNUSED(event), + GtkWidget *widget, + const gchar *path, + GdkRectangle *WXUNUSED(background_area), + GdkRectangle *cell_area, + GtkCellRendererState WXUNUSED(flags) ) +{ + GtkWxCellRenderer *wxrenderer = (GtkWxCellRenderer *) renderer; + wxDataViewCustomRenderer *cell = wxrenderer->cell; + + // Renderer doesn't support in-place editing + if (!cell->HasEditorCtrl()) + return NULL; + + // An in-place editing control is still around + if (cell->GetEditorCtrl()) + return NULL; + + GdkRectangle rect; + gtk_wx_cell_renderer_get_size (renderer, widget, cell_area, + &rect.x, + &rect.y, + &rect.width, + &rect.height); + + rect.x += cell_area->x; + rect.y += cell_area->y; +// rect.width -= renderer->xpad * 2; +// rect.height -= renderer->ypad * 2; + +// wxRect renderrect(wxRectFromGDKRect(&rect)); + wxRect renderrect(wxRectFromGDKRect(cell_area)); + + wxDataViewItem + item(cell->GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GTKPathToItem(wxGtkTreePath(path))); + + cell->StartEditing( item, renderrect ); + + return NULL; +} + +static void +gtk_wx_cell_renderer_get_size (GtkCellRenderer *renderer, + GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GdkRectangle *cell_area, + gint *x_offset, + gint *y_offset, + gint *width, + gint *height) +{ + GtkWxCellRenderer *wxrenderer = (GtkWxCellRenderer *) renderer; + wxDataViewCustomRenderer *cell = wxrenderer->cell; + + wxSize size = cell->GetSize(); + + gint calc_width = (gint) renderer->xpad * 2 + size.x; + gint calc_height = (gint) renderer->ypad * 2 + size.y; + + if (x_offset) + *x_offset = 0; + if (y_offset) + *y_offset = 0; + + if (cell_area && size.x > 0 && size.y > 0) + { + if (x_offset) + { + *x_offset = (gint)((renderer->xalign * + (cell_area->width - calc_width - 2 * renderer->xpad))); + *x_offset = MAX (*x_offset, 0) + renderer->xpad; + } + if (y_offset) + { + *y_offset = (gint)((renderer->yalign * + (cell_area->height - calc_height - 2 * renderer->ypad))); + *y_offset = MAX (*y_offset, 0) + renderer->ypad; + } + } + + if (width) + *width = calc_width; + + if (height) + *height = calc_height; +} + +static void +gtk_wx_cell_renderer_render (GtkCellRenderer *renderer, + GdkWindow *window, + GtkWidget *widget, + GdkRectangle *background_area, + GdkRectangle *cell_area, + GdkRectangle *expose_area, + GtkCellRendererState flags) + +{ + GtkWxCellRenderer *wxrenderer = (GtkWxCellRenderer *) renderer; + wxDataViewCustomRenderer *cell = wxrenderer->cell; + + cell->GTKStashRenderParams(window, widget, + background_area, expose_area, flags); + + wxRect rect(wxRectFromGDKRect(cell_area)); + rect = rect.Deflate(renderer->xpad, renderer->ypad); + + wxWindowDC* dc = (wxWindowDC*) cell->GetDC(); + wxWindowDCImpl *impl = (wxWindowDCImpl *) dc->GetImpl(); + + // Reinitialize wxWindowDC's GDK window if drawing occurs into a different + // window such as a DnD drop window. + if (window != impl->m_gdkwindow) + { + impl->Destroy(); + impl->m_gdkwindow = window; + impl->SetUpDC(); + } + + int state = 0; + if (flags & GTK_CELL_RENDERER_SELECTED) + state |= wxDATAVIEW_CELL_SELECTED; + if (flags & GTK_CELL_RENDERER_PRELIT) + state |= wxDATAVIEW_CELL_PRELIT; + if (flags & GTK_CELL_RENDERER_INSENSITIVE) + state |= wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INSENSITIVE; + if (flags & GTK_CELL_RENDERER_INSENSITIVE) + state |= wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INSENSITIVE; + if (flags & GTK_CELL_RENDERER_FOCUSED) + state |= wxDATAVIEW_CELL_FOCUSED; + cell->WXCallRender( rect, dc, state ); +} + +static gboolean +gtk_wx_cell_renderer_activate( + GtkCellRenderer *renderer, + GdkEvent *event, + GtkWidget *widget, + const gchar *path, + GdkRectangle *WXUNUSED(background_area), + GdkRectangle *cell_area, + GtkCellRendererState WXUNUSED(flags) ) +{ + GtkWxCellRenderer *wxrenderer = (GtkWxCellRenderer *) renderer; + wxDataViewCustomRenderer *cell = wxrenderer->cell; + + GdkRectangle rect; + gtk_wx_cell_renderer_get_size (renderer, widget, cell_area, + &rect.x, + &rect.y, + &rect.width, + &rect.height); + + rect.x += cell_area->x; + rect.y += cell_area->y; + rect.width -= renderer->xpad * 2; + rect.height -= renderer->ypad * 2; + + wxRect renderrect(wxRectFromGDKRect(&rect)); + + wxDataViewCtrl * const ctrl = cell->GetOwner()->GetOwner(); + wxDataViewModel *model = ctrl->GetModel(); + + wxDataViewItem item(ctrl->GTKPathToItem(wxGtkTreePath(path))); + + unsigned int model_col = cell->GetOwner()->GetModelColumn(); + + if (!event) + { + bool ret = false; + + // activated by + if (cell->Activate( renderrect, model, item, model_col )) + ret = true; + + return ret; + } + else if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS) + { + GdkEventButton *button_event = (GdkEventButton*) event; + wxPoint pt( ((int) button_event->x) - renderrect.x, + ((int) button_event->y) - renderrect.y ); + + bool ret = false; + if (button_event->button == 1) + { + if (cell->LeftClick( pt, renderrect, model, item, model_col )) + ret = true; + // TODO: query system double-click time + if (button_event->time - wxrenderer->last_click < 400) + if (cell->Activate( renderrect, model, item, model_col )) + ret = true; + } + wxrenderer->last_click = button_event->time; + + return ret; + } + + return false; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier: public wxDataViewModelNotifier +{ +public: + wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier( wxDataViewModel *wx_model, wxDataViewCtrlInternal *internal ); + ~wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier(); + + virtual bool ItemAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ); + virtual bool ItemDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ); + virtual bool ItemChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item ); + virtual bool ValueChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int model_column ); + virtual bool Cleared(); + virtual void Resort(); + virtual bool BeforeReset(); + virtual bool AfterReset(); + + void UpdateLastCount(); + +private: + wxDataViewModel *m_wx_model; + wxDataViewCtrlInternal *m_internal; +}; + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkDataViewListModelNotifier +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier::wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier( + wxDataViewModel *wx_model, wxDataViewCtrlInternal *internal ) +{ + m_wx_model = wx_model; + m_internal = internal; +} + +wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier::~wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier() +{ + m_wx_model = NULL; + m_internal = NULL; +} + +bool wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier::ItemAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + m_internal->ItemAdded( parent, item ); + GtkWxTreeModel *wxgtk_model = m_internal->GetGtkModel(); + + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.stamp = wxgtk_model->stamp; + iter.user_data = item.GetID(); + + wxGtkTreePath path(wxgtk_tree_model_get_path( + GTK_TREE_MODEL(wxgtk_model), &iter )); + gtk_tree_model_row_inserted( + GTK_TREE_MODEL(wxgtk_model), path, &iter); + + return true; +} + +bool wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier::ItemDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxgtk_model = m_internal->GetGtkModel(); +#if 0 + // using _get_path for a deleted item cannot be + // a good idea + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.stamp = wxgtk_model->stamp; + iter.user_data = (gpointer) item.GetID(); + wxGtkTreePath path(wxgtk_tree_model_get_path( + GTK_TREE_MODEL(wxgtk_model), &iter )); +#else + // so get the path from the parent + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.stamp = wxgtk_model->stamp; + iter.user_data = (gpointer) parent.GetID(); + wxGtkTreePath path(wxgtk_tree_model_get_path( + GTK_TREE_MODEL(wxgtk_model), &iter )); + // and add the final index ourselves + int index = m_internal->GetIndexOf( parent, item ); + gtk_tree_path_append_index( path, index ); +#endif + + gtk_tree_model_row_deleted( + GTK_TREE_MODEL(wxgtk_model), path ); + + m_internal->ItemDeleted( parent, item ); + + return true; +} + +void wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier::Resort() +{ + m_internal->Resort(); +} + +bool wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier::ItemChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxgtk_model = m_internal->GetGtkModel(); + + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.stamp = wxgtk_model->stamp; + iter.user_data = (gpointer) item.GetID(); + + wxGtkTreePath path(wxgtk_tree_model_get_path( + GTK_TREE_MODEL(wxgtk_model), &iter )); + gtk_tree_model_row_changed( + GTK_TREE_MODEL(wxgtk_model), path, &iter ); + + m_internal->ItemChanged( item ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier::ValueChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int model_column ) +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxgtk_model = m_internal->GetGtkModel(); + wxDataViewCtrl *ctrl = m_internal->GetOwner(); + + // This adds GTK+'s missing MVC logic for ValueChanged + unsigned int index; + for (index = 0; index < ctrl->GetColumnCount(); index++) + { + wxDataViewColumn *column = ctrl->GetColumn( index ); + if (column->GetModelColumn() == model_column) + { + GtkTreeView *widget = GTK_TREE_VIEW(ctrl->GtkGetTreeView()); + GtkTreeViewColumn *gcolumn = GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(column->GetGtkHandle()); + + // Get cell area + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.stamp = wxgtk_model->stamp; + iter.user_data = (gpointer) item.GetID(); + wxGtkTreePath path(wxgtk_tree_model_get_path( + GTK_TREE_MODEL(wxgtk_model), &iter )); + GdkRectangle cell_area; + gtk_tree_view_get_cell_area( widget, path, gcolumn, &cell_area ); + + GtkAdjustment* hadjust = gtk_tree_view_get_hadjustment( widget ); + double d = gtk_adjustment_get_value( hadjust ); + int xdiff = (int) d; + + int ydiff = gcolumn->button->allocation.height; + // Redraw + gtk_widget_queue_draw_area( GTK_WIDGET(widget), + cell_area.x - xdiff, ydiff + cell_area.y, cell_area.width, cell_area.height ); + + m_internal->ValueChanged( item, model_column ); + + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +bool wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier::BeforeReset() +{ + GtkWidget *treeview = m_internal->GetOwner()->GtkGetTreeView(); + gtk_tree_view_set_model( GTK_TREE_VIEW(treeview), NULL ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier::AfterReset() +{ + GtkWidget *treeview = m_internal->GetOwner()->GtkGetTreeView(); + GtkWxTreeModel *wxgtk_model = m_internal->GetGtkModel(); + + m_internal->Cleared(); + + gtk_tree_view_set_model( GTK_TREE_VIEW(treeview), GTK_TREE_MODEL(wxgtk_model) ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier::Cleared() +{ + GtkWxTreeModel *wxgtk_model = m_internal->GetGtkModel(); + + // There is no call to tell the model that everything + // has been deleted so call row_deleted() for every + // child of root... + + int count = m_internal->iter_n_children( NULL ); // number of children of root + + GtkTreePath *path = gtk_tree_path_new_first(); // points to root + + int i; + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) + gtk_tree_model_row_deleted( GTK_TREE_MODEL(wxgtk_model), path ); + + gtk_tree_path_free( path ); + + m_internal->Cleared(); + + return true; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +static gpointer s_user_data = NULL; + +static void +wxgtk_cell_editable_editing_done( GtkCellEditable *WXUNUSED(editable), + wxDataViewRenderer *wxrenderer ) +{ + wxDataViewColumn *column = wxrenderer->GetOwner(); + wxDataViewCtrl *dv = column->GetOwner(); + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_DONE, dv->GetId() ); + event.SetDataViewColumn( column ); + event.SetModel( dv->GetModel() ); + wxDataViewItem item( s_user_data ); + event.SetItem( item ); + dv->HandleWindowEvent( event ); +} + +static void +wxgtk_renderer_editing_started( GtkCellRenderer *WXUNUSED(cell), GtkCellEditable *editable, + gchar *path, wxDataViewRenderer *wxrenderer ) +{ + if (!editable) + return; + + wxDataViewColumn *column = wxrenderer->GetOwner(); + wxDataViewCtrl *dv = column->GetOwner(); + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_STARTED, dv->GetId() ); + event.SetDataViewColumn( column ); + event.SetModel( dv->GetModel() ); + wxDataViewItem item(dv->GTKPathToItem(wxGtkTreePath(path))); + event.SetItem( item ); + dv->HandleWindowEvent( event ); + + if (GTK_IS_CELL_EDITABLE(editable)) + { + s_user_data = item.GetID(); + + g_signal_connect (GTK_CELL_EDITABLE (editable), "editing_done", + G_CALLBACK (wxgtk_cell_editable_editing_done), + (gpointer) wxrenderer ); + + } +} + + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDataViewRenderer, wxDataViewRendererBase) + +wxDataViewRenderer::wxDataViewRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, wxDataViewCellMode mode, + int align ) : + wxDataViewRendererBase( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ + m_renderer = NULL; + m_mode = mode; + + // we haven't changed them yet + m_usingDefaultAttrs = true; + + // NOTE: SetMode() and SetAlignment() needs to be called in the renderer's ctor, + // after the m_renderer pointer has been initialized +} + +void wxDataViewRenderer::GtkPackIntoColumn(GtkTreeViewColumn *column) +{ + gtk_tree_view_column_pack_end( column, m_renderer, TRUE /* expand */); +} + +void wxDataViewRenderer::GtkInitHandlers() +{ + if (!gtk_check_version(2,6,0)) + { + g_signal_connect (GTK_CELL_RENDERER(m_renderer), "editing_started", + G_CALLBACK (wxgtk_renderer_editing_started), + this); + } +} + +void wxDataViewRenderer::SetMode( wxDataViewCellMode mode ) +{ + GtkCellRendererMode gtkMode; + switch (mode) + { + case wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT: + gtkMode = GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_INERT; + break; + + case wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE: + gtkMode = GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_ACTIVATABLE; + break; + + case wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE: + gtkMode = GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE; + break; + + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown wxDataViewCellMode value" ); + return; + } + + m_mode = mode; + + // This value is most often ignored in GtkTreeView + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, gtk_cell_renderer_mode_get_type() ); + g_value_set_enum( &gvalue, gtkMode ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "mode", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); +} + +wxDataViewCellMode wxDataViewRenderer::GetMode() const +{ + wxDataViewCellMode ret; + + GValue gvalue; + g_object_get( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "mode", &gvalue, NULL); + + switch (g_value_get_enum(&gvalue)) + { + default: + wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown GtkCellRendererMode value" ); + // fall through (we have to return something) + + case GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_INERT: + ret = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT; + break; + + case GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_ACTIVATABLE: + ret = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE; + break; + + case GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE: + ret = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE; + break; + } + + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + return ret; +} + +void wxDataViewRenderer::GtkUpdateAlignment() +{ + int align = m_alignment; + + // query alignment from column ? + if (align == -1) + { + // None there yet + if (GetOwner() == NULL) + return; + + align = GetOwner()->GetAlignment(); + align |= wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL; + } + + // horizontal alignment: + + gfloat xalign = 0.0; + if (align & wxALIGN_RIGHT) + xalign = 1.0; + else if (align & wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL) + xalign = 0.5; + + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_FLOAT ); + g_value_set_float( &gvalue, xalign ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "xalign", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + // vertical alignment: + + gfloat yalign = 0.0; + if (align & wxALIGN_BOTTOM) + yalign = 1.0; + else if (align & wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL) + yalign = 0.5; + + GValue gvalue2 = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue2, G_TYPE_FLOAT ); + g_value_set_float( &gvalue2, yalign ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "yalign", &gvalue2 ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue2 ); +} + +void wxDataViewRenderer::SetAlignment( int align ) +{ + m_alignment = align; + GtkUpdateAlignment(); +} + +int wxDataViewRenderer::GetAlignment() const +{ + return m_alignment; +} + +void wxDataViewRenderer::EnableEllipsize(wxEllipsizeMode mode) +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if ( gtk_check_version(2, 6, 0) != NULL ) + return; + + GtkCellRendererText * const rend = GtkGetTextRenderer(); + if ( !rend ) + return; + + // we use the same values in wxEllipsizeMode as PangoEllipsizeMode so we + // can just cast between them + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, PANGO_TYPE_ELLIPSIZE_MODE ); + g_value_set_enum( &gvalue, static_cast(mode) ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(rend), "ellipsize", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); +#else // GTK < 2.6 + wxUnusedVar(mode); +#endif // GTK 2.6/before +} + +wxEllipsizeMode wxDataViewRenderer::GetEllipsizeMode() const +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if ( gtk_check_version(2, 6, 0) != NULL ) + return wxELLIPSIZE_NONE; + + GtkCellRendererText * const rend = GtkGetTextRenderer(); + if ( !rend ) + return wxELLIPSIZE_NONE; + + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, PANGO_TYPE_ELLIPSIZE_MODE ); + g_object_get_property( G_OBJECT(rend), "ellipsize", &gvalue ); + wxEllipsizeMode + mode = static_cast(g_value_get_enum( &gvalue )); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + return mode; +#else // GTK < 2.6 + return wxELLIPSIZE_NONE; +#endif // GTK 2.6/before +} + +void +wxDataViewRenderer::GtkOnTextEdited(const gchar *itempath, const wxString& str) +{ + wxVariant value(str); + if (!Validate( value )) + return; + + wxDataViewItem + item(GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GTKPathToItem(wxGtkTreePath(itempath))); + + GtkOnCellChanged(value, item, GetOwner()->GetModelColumn()); +} + +void +wxDataViewRenderer::GtkOnCellChanged(const wxVariant& value, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned col) +{ + wxDataViewModel *model = GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GetModel(); + model->ChangeValue( value, item, col ); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewTextRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" +{ + +static void wxGtkTextRendererEditedCallback( GtkCellRendererText *WXUNUSED(renderer), + gchar *arg1, gchar *arg2, gpointer user_data ) +{ + wxDataViewRenderer *cell = (wxDataViewRenderer*) user_data; + + cell->GtkOnTextEdited(arg1, wxGTK_CONV_BACK_FONT( + arg2, cell->GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GetFont())); +} + +} + +namespace +{ + +// helper function used by wxDataViewTextRenderer and +// wxDataViewCustomRenderer::RenderText(): it applies the attributes to the +// given text renderer and returns true if anything was done +bool GtkApplyAttr(GtkCellRendererText *renderer, const wxDataViewItemAttr& attr) +{ + bool usingDefaultAttrs = true; + if (attr.HasColour()) + { + const GdkColor * const gcol = attr.GetColour().GetColor(); + + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, GDK_TYPE_COLOR ); + g_value_set_boxed( &gvalue, gcol ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(renderer), "foreground_gdk", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + usingDefaultAttrs = false; + } + else + { + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN ); + g_value_set_boolean( &gvalue, FALSE ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(renderer), "foreground-set", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + } + + if (attr.GetItalic()) + { + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, PANGO_TYPE_STYLE ); + g_value_set_enum( &gvalue, PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(renderer), "style", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + usingDefaultAttrs = false; + } + else + { + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN ); + g_value_set_boolean( &gvalue, FALSE ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(renderer), "style-set", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + } + + + if (attr.GetBold()) + { + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, PANGO_TYPE_WEIGHT ); + g_value_set_enum( &gvalue, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(renderer), "weight", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + usingDefaultAttrs = false; + } + else + { + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN ); + g_value_set_boolean( &gvalue, FALSE ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(renderer), "weight-set", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + } + +#if 0 + if (attr.HasBackgroundColour()) + { + wxColour colour = attr.GetBackgroundColour(); + const GdkColor * const gcol = colour.GetColor(); + + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, GDK_TYPE_COLOR ); + g_value_set_boxed( &gvalue, gcol ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(renderer), "cell-background_gdk", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + } + else + { + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN ); + g_value_set_boolean( &gvalue, FALSE ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(renderer), "cell-background-set", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + } +#endif + + return !usingDefaultAttrs; +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDataViewTextRenderer, wxDataViewRenderer) + +wxDataViewTextRenderer::wxDataViewTextRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, wxDataViewCellMode mode, + int align ) : + wxDataViewRenderer( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ + GtkWxCellRendererText *text_renderer = gtk_wx_cell_renderer_text_new(); + text_renderer->wx_renderer = this; + m_renderer = (GtkCellRenderer*) text_renderer; + + if (mode & wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE) + { + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN ); + g_value_set_boolean( &gvalue, true ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "editable", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + g_signal_connect_after( m_renderer, "edited", G_CALLBACK(wxGtkTextRendererEditedCallback), this ); + + GtkInitHandlers(); + } + + SetMode(mode); + SetAlignment(align); +} + +bool wxDataViewTextRenderer::SetTextValue(const wxString& str) +{ + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_STRING ); + g_value_set_string( &gvalue, wxGTK_CONV_FONT( str, GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GetFont() ) ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "text", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewTextRenderer::GetTextValue(wxString& str) const +{ + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_STRING ); + g_object_get_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "text", &gvalue ); + str = wxGTK_CONV_BACK_FONT( g_value_get_string( &gvalue ), const_cast(this)->GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GetFont() ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + return true; +} + +void wxDataViewTextRenderer::SetAlignment( int align ) +{ + wxDataViewRenderer::SetAlignment(align); + + if (gtk_check_version(2,10,0)) + return; + + // horizontal alignment: + PangoAlignment pangoAlign = PANGO_ALIGN_LEFT; + if (align & wxALIGN_RIGHT) + pangoAlign = PANGO_ALIGN_RIGHT; + else if (align & wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL) + pangoAlign = PANGO_ALIGN_CENTER; + + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, gtk_cell_renderer_mode_get_type() ); + g_value_set_enum( &gvalue, pangoAlign ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "alignment", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); +} + +bool wxDataViewTextRenderer::GtkSetAttr(const wxDataViewItemAttr& attr) +{ + return GtkApplyAttr(GtkGetTextRenderer(), attr); +} + +GtkCellRendererText *wxDataViewTextRenderer::GtkGetTextRenderer() const +{ + return GTK_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT(m_renderer); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewBitmapRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + +// set "pixbuf" property on the given renderer +void SetPixbufProp(GtkCellRenderer *renderer, GdkPixbuf *pixbuf) +{ + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_OBJECT ); + g_value_set_object( &gvalue, pixbuf ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(renderer), "pixbuf", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); +} + +} // anonymous namespace + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDataViewBitmapRenderer, wxDataViewRenderer) + +wxDataViewBitmapRenderer::wxDataViewBitmapRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, wxDataViewCellMode mode, + int align ) : + wxDataViewRenderer( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ + m_renderer = gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new(); + + SetMode(mode); + SetAlignment(align); +} + +bool wxDataViewBitmapRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + if (value.GetType() == wxT("wxBitmap")) + { + wxBitmap bitmap; + bitmap << value; + + // GetPixbuf() may create a Pixbuf representation in the wxBitmap + // object (and it will stay there and remain owned by wxBitmap) + SetPixbufProp(m_renderer, bitmap.GetPixbuf()); + } + else if (value.GetType() == wxT("wxIcon")) + { + wxIcon icon; + icon << value; + + SetPixbufProp(m_renderer, icon.GetPixbuf()); + } + else + { + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewBitmapRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant &WXUNUSED(value) ) const +{ + return false; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewToggleRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void wxGtkToggleRendererToggledCallback( GtkCellRendererToggle *renderer, + gchar *path, gpointer user_data ); +} + +static void wxGtkToggleRendererToggledCallback( GtkCellRendererToggle *renderer, + gchar *path, gpointer user_data ) +{ + wxDataViewToggleRenderer *cell = (wxDataViewToggleRenderer*) user_data; + + // get old value + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN ); + g_object_get_property( G_OBJECT(renderer), "active", &gvalue ); + bool tmp = g_value_get_boolean( &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + // invert it + tmp = !tmp; + + wxVariant value = tmp; + if (!cell->Validate( value )) + return; + + wxDataViewCtrl * const ctrl = cell->GetOwner()->GetOwner(); + wxDataViewModel *model = ctrl->GetModel(); + + wxDataViewItem item(ctrl->GTKPathToItem(wxGtkTreePath(path))); + + unsigned int model_col = cell->GetOwner()->GetModelColumn(); + + model->ChangeValue( value, item, model_col ); +} + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDataViewToggleRenderer, wxDataViewRenderer) + +wxDataViewToggleRenderer::wxDataViewToggleRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int align ) : + wxDataViewRenderer( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ + m_renderer = (GtkCellRenderer*) gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_new(); + + if (mode & wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE) + { + g_signal_connect_after( m_renderer, "toggled", + G_CALLBACK(wxGtkToggleRendererToggledCallback), this ); + } + else + { + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN ); + g_value_set_boolean( &gvalue, false ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "activatable", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + } + + SetMode(mode); + SetAlignment(align); +} + +bool wxDataViewToggleRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + bool tmp = value; + + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN ); + g_value_set_boolean( &gvalue, tmp ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "active", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewToggleRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const +{ + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN ); + g_object_get_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "active", &gvalue ); + bool tmp = g_value_get_boolean( &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + value = tmp; + + return true; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCustomRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDataViewCtrlDCImpl: public wxWindowDCImpl +{ +public: + wxDataViewCtrlDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxDataViewCtrl *window ) : + wxWindowDCImpl( owner ) + { + GtkWidget *widget = window->m_treeview; + // Set later + m_gdkwindow = NULL; + + m_window = window; + + m_context = window->GTKGetPangoDefaultContext(); + m_layout = pango_layout_new( m_context ); + m_fontdesc = pango_font_description_copy( widget->style->font_desc ); + + m_cmap = gtk_widget_get_colormap( widget ? widget : window->m_widget ); + + // Set m_gdkwindow later + // SetUpDC(); + } +}; + +class wxDataViewCtrlDC: public wxWindowDC +{ +public: + wxDataViewCtrlDC( wxDataViewCtrl *window ) : + wxWindowDC( new wxDataViewCtrlDCImpl( this, window ) ) + { } +}; + + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCustomRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDataViewCustomRenderer, wxDataViewRenderer) + +wxDataViewCustomRenderer::wxDataViewCustomRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, + int align, + bool no_init ) + : wxDataViewCustomRendererBase( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ + m_dc = NULL; + m_text_renderer = NULL; + + if (no_init) + m_renderer = NULL; + else + Init(mode, align); +} + +GtkCellRendererText *wxDataViewCustomRenderer::GtkGetTextRenderer() const +{ + if ( !m_text_renderer ) + { + // we create it on demand so need to do it even from a const function + const_cast(this)-> + m_text_renderer = GTK_CELL_RENDERER_TEXT(gtk_cell_renderer_text_new()); + } + + return m_text_renderer; +} + +void wxDataViewCustomRenderer::RenderText( const wxString &text, + int xoffset, + wxRect cell, + wxDC *WXUNUSED(dc), + int WXUNUSED(state) ) +{ + + GtkCellRendererText * const textRenderer = GtkGetTextRenderer(); + + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_STRING ); + g_value_set_string( &gvalue, wxGTK_CONV_FONT( text, GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GetFont() ) ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(textRenderer), "text", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + GtkApplyAttr(textRenderer, GetAttr()); + + GdkRectangle cell_area; + wxRectToGDKRect(cell, cell_area); + cell_area.x += xoffset; + cell_area.width -= xoffset; + + gtk_cell_renderer_render( GTK_CELL_RENDERER(textRenderer), + m_renderParams.window, + m_renderParams.widget, + m_renderParams.background_area, + &cell_area, + m_renderParams.expose_area, + (GtkCellRendererState) m_renderParams.flags ); +} + +bool wxDataViewCustomRenderer::Init(wxDataViewCellMode mode, int align) +{ + GtkWxCellRenderer *renderer = (GtkWxCellRenderer *) gtk_wx_cell_renderer_new(); + renderer->cell = this; + + m_renderer = (GtkCellRenderer*) renderer; + + SetMode(mode); + SetAlignment(align); + + GtkInitHandlers(); + + return true; +} + +wxDataViewCustomRenderer::~wxDataViewCustomRenderer() +{ + if (m_dc) + delete m_dc; + + if (m_text_renderer) + gtk_object_sink( GTK_OBJECT(m_text_renderer) ); +} + +wxDC *wxDataViewCustomRenderer::GetDC() +{ + if (m_dc == NULL) + { + if (GetOwner() == NULL) + return NULL; + if (GetOwner()->GetOwner() == NULL) + return NULL; + m_dc = new wxDataViewCtrlDC( GetOwner()->GetOwner() ); + } + + return m_dc; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewProgressRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDataViewProgressRenderer, wxDataViewCustomRenderer) + +wxDataViewProgressRenderer::wxDataViewProgressRenderer( const wxString &label, + const wxString &varianttype, wxDataViewCellMode mode, int align ) : + wxDataViewCustomRenderer( varianttype, mode, align, true ) +{ + m_label = label; + m_value = 0; + +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if (!gtk_check_version(2,6,0)) + { + m_renderer = (GtkCellRenderer*) gtk_cell_renderer_progress_new(); + + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_STRING ); + + g_value_set_string( &gvalue, wxGTK_CONV_FONT( m_label, GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GetFont() ) ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "text", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + SetMode(mode); + SetAlignment(align); + } + else +#endif + { + // Use custom cell code + wxDataViewCustomRenderer::Init(mode, align); + } +} + +wxDataViewProgressRenderer::~wxDataViewProgressRenderer() +{ +} + +bool wxDataViewProgressRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if (!gtk_check_version(2,6,0)) + { + gint tmp = (long) value; + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_INT ); + g_value_set_int( &gvalue, tmp ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "value", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + } + else +#endif + { + m_value = (long) value; + + if (m_value < 0) m_value = 0; + if (m_value > 100) m_value = 100; + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewProgressRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant &WXUNUSED(value) ) const +{ + return false; +} + +bool wxDataViewProgressRenderer::Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int WXUNUSED(state) ) +{ + double pct = (double)m_value / 100.0; + wxRect bar = cell; + bar.width = (int)(cell.width * pct); + dc->SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); + dc->SetBrush( *wxBLUE_BRUSH ); + dc->DrawRectangle( bar ); + + dc->SetBrush( *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH ); + dc->SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); + dc->DrawRectangle( cell ); + + return true; +} + +wxSize wxDataViewProgressRenderer::GetSize() const +{ + return wxSize(40,12); +} + +// ------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewChoiceRenderer +// ------------------------------------- + +wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::wxDataViewChoiceRenderer( const wxArrayString &choices, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int alignment ) : + wxDataViewCustomRenderer( "string", mode, alignment, true ) +{ + m_choices = choices; + +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if (!gtk_check_version(2,6,0)) + { + m_renderer = (GtkCellRenderer*) gtk_cell_renderer_combo_new(); + + GtkListStore *store = gtk_list_store_new( 1, G_TYPE_STRING ); + for (size_t n = 0; n < m_choices.GetCount(); n++) + { + gtk_list_store_insert_with_values( + store, NULL, n, 0, + static_cast(m_choices[n].utf8_str()), -1 ); + } + + g_object_set (m_renderer, + "model", store, + "text-column", 0, + "has-entry", FALSE, + NULL); + + bool editable = (mode & wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE); + g_object_set (m_renderer, "editable", editable, NULL); + + SetAlignment(alignment); + + g_signal_connect_after( m_renderer, "edited", G_CALLBACK(wxGtkTextRendererEditedCallback), this ); + + GtkInitHandlers(); + } + else +#endif + { + // Use custom cell code + wxDataViewCustomRenderer::Init(mode, alignment); + } +} + +bool wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::Render( wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int state ) +{ + RenderText( m_data, 0, rect, dc, state ); + return true; +} + +wxSize wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::GetSize() const +{ + return wxSize(70,20); +} + +bool wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if (!gtk_check_version(2,6,0)) + { + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_STRING ); + g_value_set_string(&gvalue, + wxGTK_CONV_FONT(value.GetString(), + GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GetFont())); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "text", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + } + else +#endif + m_data = value.GetString(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const +{ +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if (!gtk_check_version(2,6,0)) + { + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_STRING ); + g_object_get_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "text", &gvalue ); + wxString temp = wxGTK_CONV_BACK_FONT(g_value_get_string(&gvalue), + GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GetFont()); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + value = temp; + + //wxPrintf( "temp %s\n", temp ); + // TODO: remove this code + } + else +#endif + value = m_data; + + return true; +} + +void wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::SetAlignment( int align ) +{ + wxDataViewCustomRenderer::SetAlignment(align); + + if (gtk_check_version(2,10,0)) + return; + + // horizontal alignment: + PangoAlignment pangoAlign = PANGO_ALIGN_LEFT; + if (align & wxALIGN_RIGHT) + pangoAlign = PANGO_ALIGN_RIGHT; + else if (align & wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL) + pangoAlign = PANGO_ALIGN_CENTER; + + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, gtk_cell_renderer_mode_get_type() ); + g_value_set_enum( &gvalue, pangoAlign ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(m_renderer), "alignment", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer::wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer( const wxArrayString &choices, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int alignment ) : + wxDataViewChoiceRenderer( choices, mode, alignment ) +{ +} + +void wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer::GtkOnTextEdited(const gchar *itempath, const wxString& str) +{ + wxVariant value( (long) GetChoices().Index( str ) ); + + if (!Validate( value )) + return; + + wxDataViewItem + item(GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GTKPathToItem(wxGtkTreePath(itempath))); + + GtkOnCellChanged(value, item, GetOwner()->GetModelColumn()); +} + +bool wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + wxVariant string_value = GetChoice( value.GetLong() ); + return wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::SetValue( string_value ); +} + +bool wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const +{ + wxVariant string_value; + if (!wxDataViewChoiceRenderer::GetValue( string_value )) + return false; + + value = (long) GetChoices().Index( string_value.GetString() ); + return true; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewDateRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient: public wxPopupTransientWindow +{ +public: + wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient( wxWindow* parent, wxDateTime *value, + wxDataViewModel *model, const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ) : + wxPopupTransientWindow( parent, wxBORDER_SIMPLE ) + { + m_model = model; + m_item = item; + m_col = col; + m_cal = new wxCalendarCtrl( this, -1, *value ); + wxBoxSizer *sizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); + sizer->Add( m_cal, 1, wxGROW ); + SetSizer( sizer ); + sizer->Fit( this ); + } + + virtual void OnDismiss() + { + } + + void OnCalendar( wxCalendarEvent &event ); + + wxCalendarCtrl *m_cal; + wxDataViewModel *m_model; + wxDataViewItem m_item; + unsigned int m_col; + +private: + DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() +}; + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient,wxPopupTransientWindow) + EVT_CALENDAR( -1, wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient::OnCalendar ) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +void wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient::OnCalendar( wxCalendarEvent &event ) +{ + m_model->ChangeValue( event.GetDate(), m_item, m_col ); + DismissAndNotify(); +} + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDataViewDateRenderer, wxDataViewCustomRenderer) + +wxDataViewDateRenderer::wxDataViewDateRenderer( const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, int align ) : + wxDataViewCustomRenderer( varianttype, mode, align ) +{ + SetMode(mode); + SetAlignment(align); +} + +bool wxDataViewDateRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + m_date = value.GetDateTime(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewDateRenderer::GetValue( wxVariant &WXUNUSED(value) ) const +{ + return false; +} + +bool wxDataViewDateRenderer::Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state ) +{ + dc->SetFont( GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GetFont() ); + wxString tmp = m_date.FormatDate(); + RenderText( tmp, 0, cell, dc, state ); + return true; +} + +wxSize wxDataViewDateRenderer::GetSize() const +{ + wxString tmp = m_date.FormatDate(); + wxCoord x,y,d; + GetView()->GetTextExtent( tmp, &x, &y, &d ); + return wxSize(x,y+d); +} + +bool wxDataViewDateRenderer::Activate( const wxRect& WXUNUSED(cell), wxDataViewModel *model, + const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ) +{ + wxVariant variant; + model->GetValue( variant, item, col ); + wxDateTime value = variant.GetDateTime(); + + wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient *popup = new wxDataViewDateRendererPopupTransient( + GetOwner()->GetOwner()->GetParent(), &value, model, item, col ); + wxPoint pos = wxGetMousePosition(); + popup->Move( pos ); + popup->Layout(); + popup->Popup( popup->m_cal ); + + return true; +} + + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewIconTextRenderer +// --------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDataViewIconTextRenderer, wxDataViewCustomRenderer) + +wxDataViewIconTextRenderer::wxDataViewIconTextRenderer + ( + const wxString &varianttype, + wxDataViewCellMode mode, + int align + ) + : wxDataViewTextRenderer(varianttype, mode, align) +{ + m_rendererIcon = gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_new(); +} + +wxDataViewIconTextRenderer::~wxDataViewIconTextRenderer() +{ +} + +void wxDataViewIconTextRenderer::GtkPackIntoColumn(GtkTreeViewColumn *column) +{ + // add the icon renderer first + gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start(column, m_rendererIcon, FALSE /* !expand */); + + // add the text renderer too + wxDataViewRenderer::GtkPackIntoColumn(column); +} + +bool wxDataViewIconTextRenderer::SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) +{ + m_value << value; + + SetTextValue(m_value.GetText()); + SetPixbufProp(m_rendererIcon, m_value.GetIcon().GetPixbuf()); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewIconTextRenderer::GetValue(wxVariant& value) const +{ + wxString str; + if ( !GetTextValue(str) ) + return false; + + // user doesn't have any way to edit the icon so leave it unchanged + value << wxDataViewIconText(str, m_value.GetIcon()); + + return true; +} + +void +wxDataViewIconTextRenderer::GtkOnCellChanged(const wxVariant& value, + const wxDataViewItem& item, + unsigned col) +{ + // we receive just the text part of our value as it's the only one which + // can be edited, but we need the full wxDataViewIconText value for the + // model + wxVariant valueIconText; + valueIconText << wxDataViewIconText(value.GetString(), m_value.GetIcon()); + wxDataViewTextRenderer::GtkOnCellChanged(valueIconText, item, col); +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewColumn +// --------------------------------------------------------- + + +static gboolean +gtk_dataview_header_button_press_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GdkEventButton *gdk_event, + wxDataViewColumn *column ) +{ + if (gdk_event->type != GDK_BUTTON_PRESS) + return FALSE; + + if (gdk_event->button == 1) + { + gs_lastLeftClickHeader = column; + + wxDataViewCtrl *dv = column->GetOwner(); + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK, dv->GetId() ); + event.SetDataViewColumn( column ); + event.SetModel( dv->GetModel() ); + if (dv->HandleWindowEvent( event )) + return FALSE; + } + + if (gdk_event->button == 3) + { + wxDataViewCtrl *dv = column->GetOwner(); + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK, dv->GetId() ); + event.SetDataViewColumn( column ); + event.SetModel( dv->GetModel() ); + if (dv->HandleWindowEvent( event )) + return FALSE; + } + + return FALSE; +} + +extern "C" +{ + +static void wxGtkTreeCellDataFunc( GtkTreeViewColumn *WXUNUSED(column), + GtkCellRenderer *renderer, + GtkTreeModel *model, + GtkTreeIter *iter, + gpointer data ) +{ + g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WX_TREE_MODEL (model)); + GtkWxTreeModel *tree_model = (GtkWxTreeModel *) model; + + wxDataViewRenderer *cell = (wxDataViewRenderer*) data; + + wxDataViewItem item( (void*) iter->user_data ); + + wxDataViewModel *wx_model = tree_model->internal->GetDataViewModel(); + + if (!wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + { + gboolean visible; + if (wx_model->IsContainer( item )) + { + visible = wx_model->HasContainerColumns( item ) || + (cell->GetOwner()->GetModelColumn() == 0); + } + else + { + visible = true; + } + + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN ); + g_value_set_boolean( &gvalue, visible ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(renderer), "visible", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + if ( !visible ) + return; + } + + wxVariant value; + wx_model->GetValue( value, item, cell->GetOwner()->GetModelColumn() ); + + if (value.GetType() != cell->GetVariantType()) + { + wxLogError( wxT("Wrong type, required: %s but: %s"), + value.GetType().c_str(), + cell->GetVariantType().c_str() ); + } + + cell->SetValue( value ); + + // deal with disabled items + bool enabled = wx_model->IsEnabled( item, cell->GetOwner()->GetModelColumn() ); + + // a) this sets the appearance to disabled grey + GValue gvalue = { 0, }; + g_value_init( &gvalue, G_TYPE_BOOLEAN ); + g_value_set_boolean( &gvalue, enabled ); + g_object_set_property( G_OBJECT(renderer), "sensitive", &gvalue ); + g_value_unset( &gvalue ); + + // b) this actually disables the control/renderer + if (enabled) + cell->SetMode( cell->GtkGetMode() ); + else + cell->SetMode( wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT ); + + + // deal with attributes: if the renderer doesn't support them at all, we + // don't even need to query the model for them + if ( !cell->GtkSupportsAttrs() ) + return; + + // it can support attributes so check if this item has any + wxDataViewItemAttr attr; + if ( wx_model->GetAttr( item, cell->GetOwner()->GetModelColumn(), attr ) + || !cell->GtkIsUsingDefaultAttrs() ) + { + bool usingDefaultAttrs = !cell->GtkSetAttr(attr); + cell->GtkSetUsingDefaultAttrs(usingDefaultAttrs); + } + // else: no custom attributes specified and we're already using the default + // ones -- nothing to do + +} + +} // extern "C" + +#include +WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxDataViewColumnList) + +wxDataViewColumn::wxDataViewColumn( const wxString &title, wxDataViewRenderer *cell, + unsigned int model_column, int width, + wxAlignment align, int flags ) + : wxDataViewColumnBase( cell, model_column ) +{ + Init( align, flags, width ); + + SetTitle( title ); +} + +wxDataViewColumn::wxDataViewColumn( const wxBitmap &bitmap, wxDataViewRenderer *cell, + unsigned int model_column, int width, + wxAlignment align, int flags ) + : wxDataViewColumnBase( bitmap, cell, model_column ) +{ + Init( align, flags, width ); + + SetBitmap( bitmap ); +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::Init(wxAlignment align, int flags, int width) +{ + m_isConnected = false; + + GtkTreeViewColumn *column = gtk_tree_view_column_new(); + m_column = (GtkWidget*) column; + + SetFlags( flags ); + SetAlignment( align ); + + SetWidth( width ); + + // Create container for icon and label + GtkWidget *box = gtk_hbox_new( FALSE, 1 ); + gtk_widget_show( box ); + // gtk_container_set_border_width((GtkContainer*)box, 2); + m_image = gtk_image_new(); + gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), m_image, FALSE, FALSE, 1); + m_label = gtk_label_new(""); + gtk_box_pack_end( GTK_BOX(box), GTK_WIDGET(m_label), FALSE, FALSE, 1 ); + gtk_tree_view_column_set_widget( column, box ); + + wxDataViewRenderer * const colRenderer = GetRenderer(); + GtkCellRenderer * const cellRenderer = colRenderer->GetGtkHandle(); + + colRenderer->GtkPackIntoColumn(column); + + gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func( column, cellRenderer, + wxGtkTreeCellDataFunc, (gpointer) colRenderer, NULL ); +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::OnInternalIdle() +{ + if (m_isConnected) + return; + + if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(GetOwner()->m_treeview)) + { + GtkTreeViewColumn *column = GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column); + if (column->button) + { + g_signal_connect(column->button, "button_press_event", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_dataview_header_button_press_callback), this); + + // otherwise the event will be blocked by GTK+ + gtk_tree_view_column_set_clickable( column, TRUE ); + + m_isConnected = true; + } + } +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::SetOwner( wxDataViewCtrl *owner ) +{ + wxDataViewColumnBase::SetOwner( owner ); + + GtkTreeViewColumn *column = GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column); + + gtk_tree_view_column_set_title( column, wxGTK_CONV_FONT(GetTitle(), GetOwner()->GetFont() ) ); +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::SetTitle( const wxString &title ) +{ + wxDataViewCtrl *ctrl = GetOwner(); + gtk_label_set_text( GTK_LABEL(m_label), ctrl ? wxGTK_CONV_FONT(title, ctrl->GetFont()) + : wxGTK_CONV_SYS(title) ); + if (title.empty()) + gtk_widget_hide( m_label ); + else + gtk_widget_show( m_label ); +} + +wxString wxDataViewColumn::GetTitle() const +{ + return wxGTK_CONV_BACK_FONT( + gtk_label_get_text( GTK_LABEL(m_label) ), + GetOwner()->GetFont() + ); +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::SetBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap ) +{ + wxDataViewColumnBase::SetBitmap( bitmap ); + + if (bitmap.Ok()) + { + GtkImage *gtk_image = GTK_IMAGE(m_image); + + GdkBitmap *mask = NULL; + if (bitmap.GetMask()) + mask = bitmap.GetMask()->GetBitmap(); + + if (bitmap.HasPixbuf()) + { + gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf(GTK_IMAGE(gtk_image), + bitmap.GetPixbuf()); + } + else + { + gtk_image_set_from_pixmap(GTK_IMAGE(gtk_image), + bitmap.GetPixmap(), mask); + } + gtk_widget_show( m_image ); + } + else + { + gtk_widget_hide( m_image ); + } +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::SetHidden( bool hidden ) +{ + gtk_tree_view_column_set_visible( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column), !hidden ); +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::SetResizeable( bool resizeable ) +{ + gtk_tree_view_column_set_resizable( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column), resizeable ); +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::SetAlignment( wxAlignment align ) +{ + GtkTreeViewColumn *column = GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column); + + gfloat xalign = 0.0; + if (align == wxALIGN_RIGHT) + xalign = 1.0; + if (align == wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL || + align == wxALIGN_CENTER) + xalign = 0.5; + + gtk_tree_view_column_set_alignment( column, xalign ); + + if (m_renderer && m_renderer->GetAlignment() == -1) + m_renderer->GtkUpdateAlignment(); +} + +wxAlignment wxDataViewColumn::GetAlignment() const +{ + gfloat xalign = gtk_tree_view_column_get_alignment( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column) ); + + if (xalign == 1.0) + return wxALIGN_RIGHT; + if (xalign == 0.5) + return wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL; + + return wxALIGN_LEFT; +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::SetSortable( bool sortable ) +{ + GtkTreeViewColumn *column = GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column); + + if ( sortable ) + { + gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id( column, GetModelColumn() ); + } + else + { + gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id( column, -1 ); + gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator( column, FALSE ); + gtk_tree_view_column_set_clickable( column, FALSE ); + } +} + +bool wxDataViewColumn::IsSortable() const +{ + GtkTreeViewColumn *column = GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column); + return gtk_tree_view_column_get_clickable( column ); +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::SetAsSortKey( bool WXUNUSED(sort) ) +{ + // it might not make sense to have this function in wxHeaderColumn at + // all in fact, changing of the sort order should only be done using the + // associated control API + wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented" ); +} + +bool wxDataViewColumn::IsSortKey() const +{ + GtkTreeViewColumn *column = GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column); + return gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_indicator( column ); +} + +bool wxDataViewColumn::IsResizeable() const +{ + GtkTreeViewColumn *column = GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column); + return gtk_tree_view_column_get_resizable( column ); +} + +bool wxDataViewColumn::IsHidden() const +{ + GtkTreeViewColumn *column = GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column); + return !gtk_tree_view_column_get_visible( column ); +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::SetSortOrder( bool ascending ) +{ + GtkTreeViewColumn *column = GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column); + + if (ascending) + gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order( column, GTK_SORT_ASCENDING ); + else + gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order( column, GTK_SORT_DESCENDING ); + + gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator( column, TRUE ); +} + +bool wxDataViewColumn::IsSortOrderAscending() const +{ + GtkTreeViewColumn *column = GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column); + + return (gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_order( column ) != GTK_SORT_DESCENDING); +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::SetMinWidth( int width ) +{ + gtk_tree_view_column_set_min_width( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column), width ); +} + +int wxDataViewColumn::GetMinWidth() const +{ + return gtk_tree_view_column_get_min_width( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column) ); +} + +int wxDataViewColumn::GetWidth() const +{ + return gtk_tree_view_column_get_width( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column) ); +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::SetWidth( int width ) +{ + if ( width == wxCOL_WIDTH_AUTOSIZE ) + { + // NB: this disables user resizing + gtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column), GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE ); + } + else + { + if ( width == wxCOL_WIDTH_DEFAULT ) + { + // TODO find a better calculation + width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH; + } + + gtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column), GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED ); + gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_width( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column), width ); + } +} + +void wxDataViewColumn::SetReorderable( bool reorderable ) +{ + gtk_tree_view_column_set_reorderable( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column), reorderable ); +} + +bool wxDataViewColumn::IsReorderable() const +{ + return gtk_tree_view_column_get_reorderable( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(m_column) ); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGtkTreeModelNode +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if 0 +class wxGtkTreeModelChildWithPos +{ +public: + unsigned int pos; + void *id; +}; + +static +int wxGtkTreeModelChildWithPosCmp( const void* data1, const void* data2, const void* user_data ) +{ + const wxGtkTreeModelChildWithPos* child1 = (const wxGtkTreeModelChildWithPos*) data1; + const wxGtkTreeModelChildWithPos* child2 = (const wxGtkTreeModelChildWithPos*) data2; + const wxDataViewCtrlInternal *internal = (const wxDataViewCtrlInternal *) user_data; + int ret = internal->GetDataViewModel()->Compare( child1->id, child2->id, + internal->GetSortColumn(), (internal->GetSortOrder() == GTK_SORT_DESCENDING) ); + + return ret; +} +#else +static +int LINKAGEMODE wxGtkTreeModelChildPtrCmp( void*** data1, void*** data2 ) +{ + return gs_internal->GetDataViewModel()->Compare( **data1, **data2, + gs_internal->GetSortColumn(), (gs_internal->GetSortOrder() == GTK_SORT_ASCENDING) ); +} + +WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR( void**, wxGtkTreeModelChildrenPtr ); +#endif + +void wxGtkTreeModelNode::Resort() +{ + size_t child_count = GetChildCount(); + if (child_count == 0) + return; + + size_t node_count = GetNodesCount(); + + if (child_count == 1) + { + if (node_count == 1) + { + wxGtkTreeModelNode *node = m_nodes.Item( 0 ); + node->Resort(); + } + return; + } + + gint *new_order = new gint[child_count]; + +#if 1 + // m_children has the original *void + // ptrs points to these + wxGtkTreeModelChildrenPtr ptrs; + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < child_count; i++) + ptrs.Add( &(m_children[i]) ); + // Sort the ptrs + gs_internal = m_internal; + ptrs.Sort( &wxGtkTreeModelChildPtrCmp ); + + wxGtkTreeModelChildren temp; + void** base_ptr = &(m_children[0]); + // Transfer positions to new_order array and + // IDs to temp + for (i = 0; i < child_count; i++) + { + new_order[i] = ptrs[i] - base_ptr; + temp.Add( *ptrs[i] ); + } + + // Transfer IDs back to m_children + m_children.Clear(); + WX_APPEND_ARRAY( temp, m_children ); +#endif +#if 0 + // Too slow + + // Build up array with IDs and original positions + wxGtkTreeModelChildWithPos* temp = new wxGtkTreeModelChildWithPos[child_count]; + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < child_count; i++) + { + temp[i].pos = i; + temp[i].id = m_children[i]; + } + // Sort array keeping original positions + wxQsort( temp, child_count, sizeof(wxGtkTreeModelChildWithPos), + &wxGtkTreeModelChildWithPosCmp, m_internal ); + // Transfer positions to new_order array and + // IDs to m_children + m_children.Clear(); + for (i = 0; i < child_count; i++) + { + new_order[i] = temp[i].pos; + m_children.Add( temp[i].id ); + } + // Delete array + delete [] temp; +#endif + +#if 0 + // Too slow + + wxGtkTreeModelChildren temp; + WX_APPEND_ARRAY( temp, m_children ); + + gs_internal = m_internal; + m_children.Sort( &wxGtkTreeModelChildCmp ); + + unsigned int pos; + for (pos = 0; pos < child_count; pos++) + { + void *id = m_children.Item( pos ); + int old_pos = temp.Index( id ); + new_order[pos] = old_pos; + } +#endif + + GtkTreeModel *gtk_tree_model = GTK_TREE_MODEL( m_internal->GetGtkModel() ); + + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.user_data = GetItem().GetID(); + iter.stamp = m_internal->GetGtkModel()->stamp; + + gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered( gtk_tree_model, + wxGtkTreePath(m_internal->get_path(&iter)), &iter, new_order ); + + delete [] new_order; + + unsigned int pos; + for (pos = 0; pos < node_count; pos++) + { + wxGtkTreeModelNode *node = m_nodes.Item( pos ); + node->Resort(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCtrlInternal +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDataViewCtrlInternal::wxDataViewCtrlInternal( wxDataViewCtrl *owner, wxDataViewModel *wx_model ) +{ + m_owner = owner; + m_wx_model = wx_model; + + m_gtk_model = NULL; + m_root = NULL; + m_sort_order = GTK_SORT_ASCENDING; + m_sort_column = -1; + m_dataview_sort_column = NULL; + + m_dragDataObject = NULL; + m_dropDataObject = NULL; + + m_dirty = false; + + m_gtk_model = wxgtk_tree_model_new(); + m_gtk_model->internal = this; + + m_notifier = new wxGtkDataViewModelNotifier( wx_model, this ); + + wx_model->AddNotifier( m_notifier ); + + // g_object_unref( gtk_model ); ??? + + if (!m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + InitTree(); + + gtk_tree_view_set_model( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_owner->GtkGetTreeView()), GTK_TREE_MODEL(m_gtk_model) ); +} + +wxDataViewCtrlInternal::~wxDataViewCtrlInternal() +{ + m_wx_model->RemoveNotifier( m_notifier ); + + // remove the model from the GtkTreeView before it gets destroyed + gtk_tree_view_set_model( GTK_TREE_VIEW( m_owner->GtkGetTreeView() ), NULL ); + + g_object_unref( m_gtk_model ); + + delete m_dragDataObject; + delete m_dropDataObject; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrlInternal::ScheduleRefresh() +{ + m_dirty = true; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrlInternal::OnInternalIdle() +{ + if (m_dirty) + { + GtkWidget *widget = m_owner->GtkGetTreeView(); + gtk_widget_queue_draw( widget ); + m_dirty = false; + } +} + +void wxDataViewCtrlInternal::InitTree() +{ + wxDataViewItem item; + m_root = new wxGtkTreeModelNode( NULL, item, this ); + + BuildBranch( m_root ); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrlInternal::BuildBranch( wxGtkTreeModelNode *node ) +{ + if (node->GetChildCount() == 0) + { + wxDataViewItemArray children; + unsigned int count = m_wx_model->GetChildren( node->GetItem(), children ); + + unsigned int pos; + for (pos = 0; pos < count; pos++) + { + wxDataViewItem child = children[pos]; + + if (m_wx_model->IsContainer( child )) + node->AddNode( new wxGtkTreeModelNode( node, child, this ) ); + else + node->AddLeave( child.GetID() ); + + // Don't send any events here + } + } +} + +// GTK+ dnd iface + +bool wxDataViewCtrlInternal::EnableDragSource( const wxDataFormat &format ) +{ + wxGtkString atom_str( gdk_atom_name( format ) ); + m_dragSourceTargetEntryTarget = wxCharBuffer( atom_str ); + + m_dragSourceTargetEntry.target = m_dragSourceTargetEntryTarget.data(); + m_dragSourceTargetEntry.flags = 0; + m_dragSourceTargetEntry.info = static_cast(-1); + + gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_owner->GtkGetTreeView() ), + GDK_BUTTON1_MASK, &m_dragSourceTargetEntry, 1, (GdkDragAction) GDK_ACTION_COPY ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrlInternal::EnableDropTarget( const wxDataFormat &format ) +{ + wxGtkString atom_str( gdk_atom_name( format ) ); + m_dropTargetTargetEntryTarget = wxCharBuffer( atom_str ); + + m_dropTargetTargetEntry.target = m_dropTargetTargetEntryTarget.data(); + m_dropTargetTargetEntry.flags = 0; + m_dropTargetTargetEntry.info = static_cast(-1); + + gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_owner->GtkGetTreeView() ), + &m_dropTargetTargetEntry, 1, (GdkDragAction) GDK_ACTION_COPY ); + + return true; +} + +gboolean wxDataViewCtrlInternal::row_draggable( GtkTreeDragSource *WXUNUSED(drag_source), + GtkTreePath *path ) +{ + delete m_dragDataObject; + + wxDataViewItem item(GetOwner()->GTKPathToItem(path)); + if ( !item ) + return FALSE; + + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_BEGIN_DRAG, m_owner->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( m_owner ); + event.SetItem( item ); + event.SetModel( m_wx_model ); + gint x, y; + gtk_widget_get_pointer(m_owner->GtkGetTreeView(), &x, &y); + event.SetPosition(x, y); + if (!m_owner->HandleWindowEvent( event )) + return FALSE; + + if (!event.IsAllowed()) + return FALSE; + + wxDataObject *obj = event.GetDataObject(); + if (!obj) + return FALSE; + + m_dragDataObject = obj; + + return TRUE; +} + +gboolean +wxDataViewCtrlInternal::drag_data_delete(GtkTreeDragSource *WXUNUSED(drag_source), + GtkTreePath *WXUNUSED(path)) +{ + return FALSE; +} + +gboolean wxDataViewCtrlInternal::drag_data_get( GtkTreeDragSource *WXUNUSED(drag_source), + GtkTreePath *path, GtkSelectionData *selection_data ) +{ + wxDataViewItem item(GetOwner()->GTKPathToItem(path)); + if ( !item ) + return FALSE; + + if (!m_dragDataObject->IsSupported( selection_data->target )) + return FALSE; + + size_t size = m_dragDataObject->GetDataSize( selection_data->target ); + if (size == 0) + return FALSE; + + void *buf = malloc( size ); + + gboolean res = FALSE; + if (m_dragDataObject->GetDataHere( selection_data->target, buf )) + { + res = TRUE; + + gtk_selection_data_set( selection_data, selection_data->target, + 8, (const guchar*) buf, size ); + } + + free( buf ); + + return res; +} + +gboolean +wxDataViewCtrlInternal::drag_data_received(GtkTreeDragDest *WXUNUSED(drag_dest), + GtkTreePath *path, + GtkSelectionData *selection_data) +{ + wxDataViewItem item(GetOwner()->GTKPathToItem(path)); + if ( !item ) + return FALSE; + + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP, m_owner->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( m_owner ); + event.SetItem( item ); + event.SetModel( m_wx_model ); + event.SetDataFormat( selection_data->target ); + event.SetDataSize( selection_data->length ); + event.SetDataBuffer( selection_data->data ); + if (!m_owner->HandleWindowEvent( event )) + return FALSE; + + if (!event.IsAllowed()) + return FALSE; + + return TRUE; +} + +gboolean +wxDataViewCtrlInternal::row_drop_possible(GtkTreeDragDest *WXUNUSED(drag_dest), + GtkTreePath *path, + GtkSelectionData *selection_data) +{ + wxDataViewItem item(GetOwner()->GTKPathToItem(path)); + if ( !item ) + return FALSE; + + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP_POSSIBLE, m_owner->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( m_owner ); + event.SetItem( item ); + event.SetModel( m_wx_model ); + event.SetDataFormat( selection_data->target ); + if (!m_owner->HandleWindowEvent( event )) + return FALSE; + + if (!event.IsAllowed()) + return FALSE; + + return TRUE; +} + +// notifications from wxDataViewModel + +bool wxDataViewCtrlInternal::Cleared() +{ + if (m_root) + { + delete m_root; + m_root = NULL; + } + + InitTree(); + + ScheduleRefresh(); + + return true; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrlInternal::Resort() +{ + if (!m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + m_root->Resort(); + + ScheduleRefresh(); +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrlInternal::ItemAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + if (!m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + { + wxGtkTreeModelNode *parent_node = FindNode( parent ); + wxASSERT_MSG(parent_node, + "Did you forget a call to ItemAdded()? The parent node is unknown to the wxGtkTreeModel"); + + if (m_wx_model->IsContainer( item )) + parent_node->AddNode( new wxGtkTreeModelNode( parent_node, item, this ) ); + else + parent_node->AddLeave( item.GetID() ); + } + + ScheduleRefresh(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrlInternal::ItemDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + if (!m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + { + wxGtkTreeModelNode *parent_node = FindNode( parent ); + wxASSERT_MSG(parent_node, + "Did you forget a call to ItemAdded()? The parent node is unknown to the wxGtkTreeModel"); + + parent_node->DeleteChild( item.GetID() ); + } + + ScheduleRefresh(); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrlInternal::ItemChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_VALUE_CHANGED, m_owner->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( m_owner ); + event.SetModel( m_owner->GetModel() ); + event.SetItem( item ); + m_owner->HandleWindowEvent( event ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrlInternal::ValueChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int view_column ) +{ + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_VALUE_CHANGED, m_owner->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( m_owner ); + event.SetModel( m_owner->GetModel() ); + event.SetColumn( view_column ); + event.SetDataViewColumn( GetOwner()->GetColumn(view_column) ); + event.SetItem( item ); + m_owner->HandleWindowEvent( event ); + + return true; +} + +// GTK+ model iface + +GtkTreeModelFlags wxDataViewCtrlInternal::get_flags() +{ + int flags = 0; + + if ( m_wx_model->IsListModel() ) + flags |= GTK_TREE_MODEL_LIST_ONLY; + + if ( !m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel() ) + flags |= GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST; + + return GtkTreeModelFlags(flags); +} + +gboolean wxDataViewCtrlInternal::get_iter( GtkTreeIter *iter, GtkTreePath *path ) +{ + + if (m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + { + wxDataViewVirtualListModel *wx_model = (wxDataViewVirtualListModel*) m_wx_model; + + unsigned int i = (unsigned int)gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[0]; + + if (i >= wx_model->GetCount()) + return FALSE; + + iter->stamp = m_gtk_model->stamp; + // user_data is just the index +1 + iter->user_data = (gpointer) (i+1); + + return TRUE; + } + else + { + int depth = gtk_tree_path_get_depth( path ); + + wxGtkTreeModelNode *node = m_root; + + int i; + for (i = 0; i < depth; i++) + { + BuildBranch( node ); + + gint pos = gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[i]; + if (pos < 0) return FALSE; + if ((size_t)pos >= node->GetChildCount()) return FALSE; + + void* id = node->GetChildren().Item( (size_t) pos ); + + if (i == depth-1) + { + iter->stamp = m_gtk_model->stamp; + iter->user_data = id; + return TRUE; + } + + size_t count = node->GetNodes().GetCount(); + size_t pos2; + for (pos2 = 0; pos2 < count; pos2++) + { + wxGtkTreeModelNode *child_node = node->GetNodes().Item( pos2 ); + if (child_node->GetItem().GetID() == id) + { + node = child_node; + break; + } + } + } + } + + return FALSE; +} + +GtkTreePath *wxDataViewCtrlInternal::get_path( GtkTreeIter *iter ) +{ + // When this is called from ItemDeleted(), the item is already + // deleted in the model. + + GtkTreePath *retval = gtk_tree_path_new (); + + if (m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + { + // iter is root, add nothing + if (!iter->user_data) + return retval; + + // user_data is just the index +1 + int i = ( (wxUIntPtr) iter->user_data ) -1; + gtk_tree_path_append_index (retval, i); + } + else + { + void *id = iter->user_data; + + wxGtkTreeModelNode *node = FindParentNode( iter ); + while (node) + { + int pos = node->GetChildren().Index( id ); + + gtk_tree_path_prepend_index( retval, pos ); + + id = node->GetItem().GetID(); + node = node->GetParent(); + } + } + + return retval; +} + +gboolean wxDataViewCtrlInternal::iter_next( GtkTreeIter *iter ) +{ + if (m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + { + wxDataViewVirtualListModel *wx_model = (wxDataViewVirtualListModel*) m_wx_model; + + // user_data is just the index +1 + int n = ( (wxUIntPtr) iter->user_data ) -1; + + if (n == -1) + { + iter->user_data = NULL; + return FALSE; + } + + if (n >= (int) wx_model->GetCount()-1) + { + iter->user_data = NULL; + return FALSE; + } + + // user_data is just the index +1 (+2 because we need the next) + iter->user_data = (gpointer) (n+2); + } + else + { + wxGtkTreeModelNode *parent = FindParentNode( iter ); + if( parent == NULL ) + { + iter->user_data = NULL; + return FALSE; + } + + int pos = parent->GetChildren().Index( iter->user_data ); + + if (pos == (int) parent->GetChildCount()-1) + { + iter->user_data = NULL; + return FALSE; + } + + iter->user_data = parent->GetChildren().Item( pos+1 ); + } + + return TRUE; +} + +gboolean wxDataViewCtrlInternal::iter_children( GtkTreeIter *iter, GtkTreeIter *parent ) +{ + if (m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + { + // this is a list, nodes have no children + if (parent) + return FALSE; + + iter->stamp = m_gtk_model->stamp; + iter->user_data = (gpointer) 1; + + return TRUE; + } + else + { + if (iter == NULL) + { + if (m_root->GetChildCount() == 0) return FALSE; + iter->stamp = m_gtk_model->stamp; + iter->user_data = (gpointer) m_root->GetChildren().Item( 0 ); + return TRUE; + } + + + wxDataViewItem item; + if (parent) + item = wxDataViewItem( (void*) parent->user_data ); + + if (!m_wx_model->IsContainer( item )) + return FALSE; + + wxGtkTreeModelNode *parent_node = FindNode( parent ); + wxASSERT_MSG(parent_node, + "Did you forget a call to ItemAdded()? The parent node is unknown to the wxGtkTreeModel"); + + BuildBranch( parent_node ); + + if (parent_node->GetChildCount() == 0) + return FALSE; + + iter->stamp = m_gtk_model->stamp; + iter->user_data = (gpointer) parent_node->GetChildren().Item( 0 ); + } + + return TRUE; +} + +gboolean wxDataViewCtrlInternal::iter_has_child( GtkTreeIter *iter ) +{ + if (m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + { + wxDataViewVirtualListModel *wx_model = (wxDataViewVirtualListModel*) m_wx_model; + + if (iter == NULL) + return (wx_model->GetCount() > 0); + + // this is a list, nodes have no children + return FALSE; + } + else + { + if (iter == NULL) + return (m_root->GetChildCount() > 0); + + wxDataViewItem item( (void*) iter->user_data ); + + bool is_container = m_wx_model->IsContainer( item ); + + if (!is_container) + return FALSE; + + wxGtkTreeModelNode *node = FindNode( iter ); + wxASSERT_MSG(node, + "Did you forget a call to ItemAdded()? The iterator is unknown to the wxGtkTreeModel"); + + BuildBranch( node ); + + return (node->GetChildCount() > 0); + } +} + +gint wxDataViewCtrlInternal::iter_n_children( GtkTreeIter *iter ) +{ + if (m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + { + wxDataViewVirtualListModel *wx_model = (wxDataViewVirtualListModel*) m_wx_model; + + if (iter == NULL) + return (gint) wx_model->GetCount(); + + return 0; + } + else + { + if (iter == NULL) + return m_root->GetChildCount(); + + wxDataViewItem item( (void*) iter->user_data ); + + if (!m_wx_model->IsContainer( item )) + return 0; + + wxGtkTreeModelNode *parent_node = FindNode( iter ); + wxASSERT_MSG(parent_node, + "Did you forget a call to ItemAdded()? The parent node is unknown to the wxGtkTreeModel"); + + BuildBranch( parent_node ); + + return parent_node->GetChildCount(); + } +} + +gboolean wxDataViewCtrlInternal::iter_nth_child( GtkTreeIter *iter, GtkTreeIter *parent, gint n ) +{ + if (m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + { + wxDataViewVirtualListModel *wx_model = (wxDataViewVirtualListModel*) m_wx_model; + + if (parent) + return FALSE; + + if (n < 0) + return FALSE; + + if (n >= (gint) wx_model->GetCount()) + return FALSE; + + iter->stamp = m_gtk_model->stamp; + // user_data is just the index +1 + iter->user_data = (gpointer) (n+1); + + return TRUE; + } + else + { + void* id = NULL; + if (parent) id = (void*) parent->user_data; + wxDataViewItem item( id ); + + if (!m_wx_model->IsContainer( item )) + return FALSE; + + wxGtkTreeModelNode *parent_node = FindNode( parent ); + wxASSERT_MSG(parent_node, + "Did you forget a call to ItemAdded()? The parent node is unknown to the wxGtkTreeModel"); + + BuildBranch( parent_node ); + + iter->stamp = m_gtk_model->stamp; + iter->user_data = parent_node->GetChildren().Item( n ); + + return TRUE; + } +} + +gboolean wxDataViewCtrlInternal::iter_parent( GtkTreeIter *iter, GtkTreeIter *child ) +{ + if (m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + { + return FALSE; + } + else + { + wxGtkTreeModelNode *node = FindParentNode( child ); + if (!node) + return FALSE; + + iter->stamp = m_gtk_model->stamp; + iter->user_data = (gpointer) node->GetItem().GetID(); + + return TRUE; + } +} + +// item can be deleted already in the model +int wxDataViewCtrlInternal::GetIndexOf( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + if (m_wx_model->IsVirtualListModel()) + { + return wxPtrToUInt(item.GetID()) - 1; + } + else + { + wxGtkTreeModelNode *parent_node = FindNode( parent ); + wxGtkTreeModelChildren &children = parent_node->GetChildren(); + size_t j; + for (j = 0; j < children.GetCount(); j++) + { + if (children[j] == item.GetID()) + return j; + } + } + return -1; +} + + +static wxGtkTreeModelNode* +wxDataViewCtrlInternal_FindNode( wxDataViewModel * model, wxGtkTreeModelNode *treeNode, const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + if( model == NULL ) + return NULL; + + ItemList list; + list.DeleteContents( true ); + wxDataViewItem it( item ); + + while( it.IsOk() ) + { + wxDataViewItem * pItem = new wxDataViewItem( it ); + list.Insert( pItem ); + it = model->GetParent( it ); + } + + wxGtkTreeModelNode * node = treeNode; + for( ItemList::compatibility_iterator n = list.GetFirst(); n; n = n->GetNext() ) + { + if( node && node->GetNodes().GetCount() != 0 ) + { + int len = node->GetNodes().GetCount(); + wxGtkTreeModelNodes &nodes = node->GetNodes(); + int j = 0; + for( ; j < len; j ++) + { + if( nodes[j]->GetItem() == *(n->GetData())) + { + node = nodes[j]; + break; + } + } + + if( j == len ) + { + return NULL; + } + } + else + return NULL; + } + return node; + +} + +wxGtkTreeModelNode *wxDataViewCtrlInternal::FindNode( GtkTreeIter *iter ) +{ + if (!iter) + return m_root; + + wxDataViewItem item( (void*) iter->user_data ); + if (!item.IsOk()) + return m_root; + + wxGtkTreeModelNode *result = wxDataViewCtrlInternal_FindNode( m_wx_model, m_root, item ); + +/* + if (!result) + { + wxLogDebug( "Not found %p", iter->user_data ); + char *crash = NULL; + *crash = 0; + } + // TODO: remove this code +*/ + + return result; +} + +wxGtkTreeModelNode *wxDataViewCtrlInternal::FindNode( const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + if (!item.IsOk()) + return m_root; + + wxGtkTreeModelNode *result = wxDataViewCtrlInternal_FindNode( m_wx_model, m_root, item ); + +/* + if (!result) + { + wxLogDebug( "Not found %p", item.GetID() ); + char *crash = NULL; + *crash = 0; + } + // TODO: remove this code +*/ + + return result; +} + +static wxGtkTreeModelNode* +wxDataViewCtrlInternal_FindParentNode( wxDataViewModel * model, wxGtkTreeModelNode *treeNode, const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + if( model == NULL ) + return NULL; + + ItemList list; + list.DeleteContents( true ); + if( !item.IsOk() ) + return NULL; + + wxDataViewItem it( model->GetParent( item ) ); + while( it.IsOk() ) + { + wxDataViewItem * pItem = new wxDataViewItem( it ); + list.Insert( pItem ); + it = model->GetParent( it ); + } + + wxGtkTreeModelNode * node = treeNode; + for( ItemList::compatibility_iterator n = list.GetFirst(); n; n = n->GetNext() ) + { + if( node && node->GetNodes().GetCount() != 0 ) + { + int len = node->GetNodes().GetCount(); + wxGtkTreeModelNodes nodes = node->GetNodes(); + int j = 0; + for( ; j < len; j ++) + { + if( nodes[j]->GetItem() == *(n->GetData())) + { + node = nodes[j]; + break; + } + } + + if( j == len ) + { + return NULL; + } + } + else + return NULL; + } + //Examine whether the node is item's parent node + int len = node->GetChildCount(); + for( int i = 0; i < len ; i ++ ) + { + if( node->GetChildren().Item( i ) == item.GetID() ) + return node; + } + return NULL; +} + +wxGtkTreeModelNode *wxDataViewCtrlInternal::FindParentNode( GtkTreeIter *iter ) +{ + if (!iter) + return NULL; + + wxDataViewItem item( (void*) iter->user_data ); + if (!item.IsOk()) + return NULL; + + return wxDataViewCtrlInternal_FindParentNode( m_wx_model, m_root, item ); +} + +wxGtkTreeModelNode *wxDataViewCtrlInternal::FindParentNode( const wxDataViewItem &item ) +{ + if (!item.IsOk()) + return NULL; + + return wxDataViewCtrlInternal_FindParentNode( m_wx_model, m_root, item ); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDataViewCtrl signal callbacks +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void +wxdataview_selection_changed_callback( GtkTreeSelection* WXUNUSED(selection), wxDataViewCtrl *dv ) +{ + if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(dv->m_widget)) + return; + + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_SELECTION_CHANGED, dv->GetId() ); + event.SetItem( dv->GetSelection() ); + event.SetModel( dv->GetModel() ); + dv->HandleWindowEvent( event ); +} + +static void +wxdataview_row_activated_callback( GtkTreeView* WXUNUSED(treeview), GtkTreePath *path, + GtkTreeViewColumn *WXUNUSED(column), wxDataViewCtrl *dv ) +{ + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_ACTIVATED, dv->GetId() ); + + wxDataViewItem item(dv->GTKPathToItem(path)); + event.SetItem( item ); + event.SetModel( dv->GetModel() ); + dv->HandleWindowEvent( event ); +} + +static gboolean +wxdataview_test_expand_row_callback( GtkTreeView* WXUNUSED(treeview), GtkTreeIter* iter, + GtkTreePath *WXUNUSED(path), wxDataViewCtrl *dv ) +{ + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDING, dv->GetId() ); + + wxDataViewItem item( (void*) iter->user_data );; + event.SetItem( item ); + event.SetModel( dv->GetModel() ); + dv->HandleWindowEvent( event ); + + return !event.IsAllowed(); +} + +static void +wxdataview_row_expanded_callback( GtkTreeView* WXUNUSED(treeview), GtkTreeIter* iter, + GtkTreePath *WXUNUSED(path), wxDataViewCtrl *dv ) +{ + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDED, dv->GetId() ); + + wxDataViewItem item( (void*) iter->user_data );; + event.SetItem( item ); + event.SetModel( dv->GetModel() ); + dv->HandleWindowEvent( event ); +} + +static gboolean +wxdataview_test_collapse_row_callback( GtkTreeView* WXUNUSED(treeview), GtkTreeIter* iter, + GtkTreePath *WXUNUSED(path), wxDataViewCtrl *dv ) +{ + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSING, dv->GetId() ); + + wxDataViewItem item( (void*) iter->user_data );; + event.SetItem( item ); + event.SetModel( dv->GetModel() ); + dv->HandleWindowEvent( event ); + + return !event.IsAllowed(); +} + +static void +wxdataview_row_collapsed_callback( GtkTreeView* WXUNUSED(treeview), GtkTreeIter* iter, + GtkTreePath *WXUNUSED(path), wxDataViewCtrl *dv ) +{ + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSED, dv->GetId() ); + + wxDataViewItem item( (void*) iter->user_data );; + event.SetItem( item ); + event.SetModel( dv->GetModel() ); + dv->HandleWindowEvent( event ); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // wxDataViewCtrl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxDataViewCtrl::AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child) +{ + GtkWidget* treeview = GtkGetTreeView(); + + // Insert widget in GtkTreeView + if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(treeview)) + gtk_widget_set_parent_window( child->m_widget, + gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window( GTK_TREE_VIEW(treeview) ) ); + gtk_widget_set_parent( child->m_widget, treeview ); +} + +static +void gtk_dataviewctrl_size_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GtkAllocation *WXUNUSED(gtk_alloc), + wxDataViewCtrl *win ) +{ + wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = win->GetChildren().GetFirst(); + while (node) + { + wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); + + GtkRequisition req; + gtk_widget_size_request( child->m_widget, &req ); + + GtkAllocation alloc; + alloc.x = child->m_x; + alloc.y = child->m_y; + alloc.width = child->m_width; + alloc.height = child->m_height; + gtk_widget_size_allocate( child->m_widget, &alloc ); + + node = node->GetNext(); + } +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "motion_notify_event" +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static gboolean +gtk_dataview_motion_notify_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GdkEventMotion *gdk_event, + wxDataViewCtrl *dv ) +{ + if (gdk_event->is_hint) + { + int x = 0; + int y = 0; + GdkModifierType state; + gdk_window_get_pointer(gdk_event->window, &x, &y, &state); + gdk_event->x = x; + gdk_event->y = y; + } + + wxGtkTreePath path; + GtkTreeViewColumn *column = NULL; + gint cell_x = 0; + gint cell_y = 0; + if (gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos( + GTK_TREE_VIEW(dv->GtkGetTreeView()), + (int) gdk_event->x, (int) gdk_event->y, + path.ByRef(), + &column, + &cell_x, + &cell_y)) + { + if (path) + { + GtkTreeIter iter; + dv->GtkGetInternal()->get_iter( &iter, path ); + } + } + + + return FALSE; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "button_press_event" +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static gboolean +gtk_dataview_button_press_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GdkEventButton *gdk_event, + wxDataViewCtrl *dv ) +{ + if ((gdk_event->button == 3) && (gdk_event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS)) + { + wxGtkTreePath path; + GtkTreeViewColumn *column = NULL; + gint cell_x = 0; + gint cell_y = 0; + if (gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos( + GTK_TREE_VIEW(dv->GtkGetTreeView()), + (int) gdk_event->x, (int) gdk_event->y, + path.ByRef(), + &column, + &cell_x, + &cell_y)) + { + if (path) + { + wxDataViewEvent event( wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU, dv->GetId() ); + event.SetItem(dv->GTKPathToItem(path)); + event.SetModel( dv->GetModel() ); + return dv->HandleWindowEvent( event ); + } + } + } + + return FALSE; +} + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl, wxDataViewCtrlBase) + +wxDataViewCtrl::~wxDataViewCtrl() +{ + m_cols.Clear(); + + delete m_internal; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::Init() +{ + m_internal = NULL; + + m_cols.DeleteContents( true ); +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name) +{ + if (!PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !CreateBase( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name )) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxDataViewCtrl creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + m_widget = gtk_scrolled_window_new (NULL, NULL); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + + GTKScrolledWindowSetBorder(m_widget, style); + + m_treeview = gtk_tree_view_new(); + gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (m_widget), m_treeview); + + g_signal_connect (m_treeview, "size_allocate", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_dataviewctrl_size_callback), this); + +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if (!gtk_check_version(2,6,0)) + { + bool fixed = (style & wxDV_VARIABLE_LINE_HEIGHT) == 0; + gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), fixed ); + } +#endif + + if (style & wxDV_MULTIPLE) + { + GtkTreeSelection *selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview) ); + gtk_tree_selection_set_mode( selection, GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE ); + } + + gtk_tree_view_set_headers_visible( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), (style & wxDV_NO_HEADER) == 0 ); + +#ifdef __WXGTK210__ + if (!gtk_check_version(2,10,0)) + { + GtkTreeViewGridLines grid = GTK_TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_NONE; + + if ((style & wxDV_HORIZ_RULES) != 0 && + (style & wxDV_VERT_RULES) != 0) + grid = GTK_TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_BOTH; + else if (style & wxDV_VERT_RULES) + grid = GTK_TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_VERTICAL; + else if (style & wxDV_HORIZ_RULES) + grid = GTK_TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_HORIZONTAL; + + if (grid != GTK_TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_NONE) + gtk_tree_view_set_grid_lines( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), grid ); + } +#endif + + gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), (style & wxDV_ROW_LINES) != 0 ); + + gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (m_widget), + GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC); + gtk_widget_show (m_treeview); + + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + PostCreation(size); + + GtkEnableSelectionEvents(); + + g_signal_connect_after (m_treeview, "row-activated", + G_CALLBACK (wxdataview_row_activated_callback), this); + + g_signal_connect (m_treeview, "test-collapse-row", + G_CALLBACK (wxdataview_test_collapse_row_callback), this); + + g_signal_connect_after (m_treeview, "row-collapsed", + G_CALLBACK (wxdataview_row_collapsed_callback), this); + + g_signal_connect (m_treeview, "test-expand-row", + G_CALLBACK (wxdataview_test_expand_row_callback), this); + + g_signal_connect_after (m_treeview, "row-expanded", + G_CALLBACK (wxdataview_row_expanded_callback), this); + + g_signal_connect (m_treeview, "motion_notify_event", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_dataview_motion_notify_callback), this); + + g_signal_connect (m_treeview, "button_press_event", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_dataview_button_press_callback), this); + + return true; +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewCtrl::GTKPathToItem(GtkTreePath *path) const +{ + GtkTreeIter iter; + return wxDataViewItem(path && m_internal->get_iter(&iter, path) + ? iter.user_data + : NULL); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::OnInternalIdle() +{ + wxWindow::OnInternalIdle(); + + m_internal->OnInternalIdle(); + + unsigned int cols = GetColumnCount(); + unsigned int i; + for (i = 0; i < cols; i++) + { + wxDataViewColumn *col = GetColumn( i ); + col->OnInternalIdle(); + } + + if (m_ensureVisibleDefered.IsOk()) + { + ExpandAncestors(m_ensureVisibleDefered); + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.user_data = (gpointer) m_ensureVisibleDefered.GetID(); + wxGtkTreePath path(m_internal->get_path( &iter )); + gtk_tree_view_scroll_to_cell( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), path, NULL, false, 0.0, 0.0 ); + m_ensureVisibleDefered = wxDataViewItem(0); + } +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::AssociateModel( wxDataViewModel *model ) +{ + wxDELETE(m_internal); + + if (!wxDataViewCtrlBase::AssociateModel( model )) + return false; + +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if (!gtk_check_version(2,6,0)) + { + bool fixed = (((GetWindowStyle() & wxDV_VARIABLE_LINE_HEIGHT) == 0) || (model->IsVirtualListModel())); + gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), fixed ); + } +#endif + + m_internal = new wxDataViewCtrlInternal( this, model ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::EnableDragSource( const wxDataFormat &format ) +{ + return m_internal->EnableDragSource( format ); +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::EnableDropTarget( const wxDataFormat &format ) +{ + return m_internal->EnableDropTarget( format ); +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ) +{ + if (!wxDataViewCtrlBase::AppendColumn(col)) + return false; + + m_cols.Append( col ); + +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if (!gtk_check_version(2,6,0)) + { + if (gtk_tree_view_column_get_sizing( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(col->GetGtkHandle()) ) != + GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED) + gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), FALSE ); + } +#endif + + gtk_tree_view_append_column( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), + GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(col->GetGtkHandle()) ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ) +{ + if (!wxDataViewCtrlBase::PrependColumn(col)) + return false; + + m_cols.Insert( col ); + +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if (!gtk_check_version(2,6,0)) + { + if (gtk_tree_view_column_get_sizing( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(col->GetGtkHandle()) ) != + GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED) + gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), FALSE ); + } +#endif + + gtk_tree_view_insert_column( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), + GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(col->GetGtkHandle()), 0 ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *col ) +{ + if (!wxDataViewCtrlBase::InsertColumn(pos,col)) + return false; + + m_cols.Insert( pos, col ); + +#ifdef __WXGTK26__ + if (!gtk_check_version(2,6,0)) + { + if (gtk_tree_view_column_get_sizing( GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(col->GetGtkHandle()) ) != + GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED) + gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), FALSE ); + } +#endif + + gtk_tree_view_insert_column( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), + GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(col->GetGtkHandle()), pos ); + + return true; +} + +unsigned int wxDataViewCtrl::GetColumnCount() const +{ + return m_cols.GetCount(); +} + +wxDataViewColumn* wxDataViewCtrl::GetColumn( unsigned int pos ) const +{ + GtkTreeViewColumn *gtk_col = gtk_tree_view_get_column( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), pos ); + if (!gtk_col) + return NULL; + + wxDataViewColumnList::const_iterator iter; + for (iter = m_cols.begin(); iter != m_cols.end(); ++iter) + { + wxDataViewColumn *col = *iter; + if (GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(col->GetGtkHandle()) == gtk_col) + { + return col; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::DeleteColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column ) +{ + gtk_tree_view_remove_column( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), + GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(column->GetGtkHandle()) ); + + m_cols.DeleteObject( column ); + + return true; +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::ClearColumns() +{ + wxDataViewColumnList::iterator iter; + for (iter = m_cols.begin(); iter != m_cols.end(); ++iter) + { + wxDataViewColumn *col = *iter; + gtk_tree_view_remove_column( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), + GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(col->GetGtkHandle()) ); + } + + m_cols.Clear(); + + return true; +} + +int wxDataViewCtrl::GetColumnPosition( const wxDataViewColumn *column ) const +{ + GtkTreeViewColumn *gtk_column = GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN(column->GetConstGtkHandle()); + + GList *list = gtk_tree_view_get_columns( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview) ); + + gint pos = g_list_index( list, (gconstpointer) gtk_column ); + + g_list_free( list ); + + return pos; +} + +wxDataViewColumn *wxDataViewCtrl::GetSortingColumn() const +{ + return m_internal->GetDataViewSortColumn(); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::Expand( const wxDataViewItem & item ) +{ + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.user_data = item.GetID(); + wxGtkTreePath path(m_internal->get_path( &iter )); + gtk_tree_view_expand_row( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), path, false ); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::Collapse( const wxDataViewItem & item ) +{ + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.user_data = item.GetID(); + wxGtkTreePath path(m_internal->get_path( &iter )); + gtk_tree_view_collapse_row( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), path ); +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::IsExpanded( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const +{ + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.user_data = item.GetID(); + wxGtkTreePath path(m_internal->get_path( &iter )); + return gtk_tree_view_row_expanded( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), path ); +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewCtrl::DoGetCurrentItem() const +{ + // The tree doesn't have any current item if it hadn't been created yet but + // it's arguably not an error to call this function in this case so just + // return an invalid item without asserting. + if ( !m_treeview ) + return wxDataViewItem(); + + wxGtkTreePath path; + gtk_tree_view_get_cursor(GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), path.ByRef(), NULL); + + return GTKPathToItem(path); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::DoSetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_treeview, + "Current item can't be set before creating the control." ); + + // We need to make sure the model knows about this item or the path would + // be invalid and gtk_tree_view_set_cursor() would silently do nothing. + ExpandAncestors(item); + + // We also need to preserve the existing selection from changing. + // Unfortunately the only way to do it seems to use our own selection + // function and forbid any selection changes during set cursor call. + wxGtkTreeSelectionLock + lock(gtk_tree_view_get_selection(GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview))); + + // Do move the cursor now. + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.user_data = item.GetID(); + wxGtkTreePath path(m_internal->get_path( &iter )); + + gtk_tree_view_set_cursor(GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), path, NULL, FALSE); +} + +wxDataViewItem wxDataViewCtrl::GetSelection() const +{ + GtkTreeSelection *selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview) ); + + if (m_windowStyle & wxDV_MULTIPLE) + { + // Report the first one + GtkTreeModel *model; + GList *list = gtk_tree_selection_get_selected_rows( selection, &model ); + + if (list) + { + GtkTreePath *path = (GtkTreePath*) list->data; + wxDataViewItem item(GTKPathToItem(path)); + + // delete list + g_list_foreach( list, (GFunc) gtk_tree_path_free, NULL ); + g_list_free( list ); + + return item; + } + } + else + { + GtkTreeIter iter; + if (gtk_tree_selection_get_selected( selection, NULL, &iter )) + { + wxDataViewItem item( iter.user_data ); + return item; + } + } + + return wxDataViewItem(0); +} + +int wxDataViewCtrl::GetSelections( wxDataViewItemArray & sel ) const +{ + sel.Clear(); + + GtkTreeSelection *selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview) ); + if (HasFlag(wxDV_MULTIPLE)) + { + GtkTreeModel *model; + GList *list = gtk_tree_selection_get_selected_rows( selection, &model ); + + int count = 0; + while (list) + { + GtkTreePath *path = (GtkTreePath*) list->data; + + sel.Add(GTKPathToItem(path)); + + list = g_list_next( list ); + count++; + } + + // delete list + g_list_foreach( list, (GFunc) gtk_tree_path_free, NULL ); + g_list_free( list ); + + return count; + } + else + { + GtkTreeModel *model; + GtkTreeIter iter; + gboolean has_selection = gtk_tree_selection_get_selected( selection, &model, &iter ); + if (has_selection) + { + sel.Add( wxDataViewItem( (void*) iter.user_data) ); + return 1; + } + } + + return 0; +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::SetSelections( const wxDataViewItemArray & sel ) +{ + GtkDisableSelectionEvents(); + + GtkTreeSelection *selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview) ); + + gtk_tree_selection_unselect_all( selection ); + + wxDataViewItem last_parent; + + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < sel.GetCount(); i++) + { + wxDataViewItem item = sel[i]; + wxDataViewItem parent = GetModel()->GetParent( item ); + if (parent) + { + if (parent != last_parent) + ExpandAncestors(item); + } + last_parent = parent; + + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.stamp = m_internal->GetGtkModel()->stamp; + iter.user_data = (gpointer) item.GetID(); + gtk_tree_selection_select_iter( selection, &iter ); + } + + GtkEnableSelectionEvents(); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::Select( const wxDataViewItem & item ) +{ + ExpandAncestors(item); + + GtkDisableSelectionEvents(); + + GtkTreeSelection *selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview) ); + + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.stamp = m_internal->GetGtkModel()->stamp; + iter.user_data = (gpointer) item.GetID(); + gtk_tree_selection_select_iter( selection, &iter ); + + GtkEnableSelectionEvents(); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::Unselect( const wxDataViewItem & item ) +{ + GtkDisableSelectionEvents(); + + GtkTreeSelection *selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview) ); + + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.stamp = m_internal->GetGtkModel()->stamp; + iter.user_data = (gpointer) item.GetID(); + gtk_tree_selection_unselect_iter( selection, &iter ); + + GtkEnableSelectionEvents(); +} + +bool wxDataViewCtrl::IsSelected( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const +{ + GtkTreeSelection *selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview) ); + + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.stamp = m_internal->GetGtkModel()->stamp; + iter.user_data = (gpointer) item.GetID(); + + return gtk_tree_selection_iter_is_selected( selection, &iter ); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::SelectAll() +{ + GtkDisableSelectionEvents(); + + GtkTreeSelection *selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview) ); + + gtk_tree_selection_select_all( selection ); + + GtkEnableSelectionEvents(); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::UnselectAll() +{ + GtkDisableSelectionEvents(); + + GtkTreeSelection *selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview) ); + + gtk_tree_selection_unselect_all( selection ); + + GtkEnableSelectionEvents(); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::EnsureVisible(const wxDataViewItem& item, + const wxDataViewColumn *WXUNUSED(column)) +{ + m_ensureVisibleDefered = item; + ExpandAncestors(item); + + GtkTreeIter iter; + iter.user_data = (gpointer) item.GetID(); + wxGtkTreePath path(m_internal->get_path( &iter )); + gtk_tree_view_scroll_to_cell( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), path, NULL, false, 0.0, 0.0 ); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::HitTest(const wxPoint& point, + wxDataViewItem& item, + wxDataViewColumn *& column) const +{ + // gtk_tree_view_get_dest_row_at_pos() is the right one. But it does not tell the column. + // gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() is the wrong function. It doesn't mind the header but returns column. + // See http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtkmm-list/2005-January/msg00080.html + // So we have to use both of them. + // Friedrich Haase 2010-9-20 + wxGtkTreePath path, pathScratch; + GtkTreeViewColumn* GtkColumn = NULL; + GtkTreeViewDropPosition pos = GTK_TREE_VIEW_DROP_INTO_OR_AFTER; + gint cell_x = 0; + gint cell_y = 0; + + // cannot directly call GtkGetTreeView(), HitTest is const and so is this pointer + wxDataViewCtrl* ctrl = (wxDataViewCtrl*)this; // ugly workaround, ctrl is NOT const + GtkTreeView* treeView = GTK_TREE_VIEW(ctrl->GtkGetTreeView()); + + // is there possibly a better suited function to get the column? + gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos( // and this is the wrong call but it delivers the column + treeView, + (int) point.x, (int) point.y, + pathScratch.ByRef(), + &GtkColumn, // here we get the GtkColumn + &cell_x, + &cell_y ); + + if ( GtkColumn != NULL ) + { + // we got GTK column + // the right call now which takes the header into account + gtk_tree_view_get_dest_row_at_pos( treeView, (int) point.x, (int) point.y, path.ByRef(), &pos); + + if (path) + item = wxDataViewItem(GTKPathToItem(path)); + // else we got a GTK column but the position is not over an item, e.g. below last item + for ( unsigned int i=0, cols=GetColumnCount(); iGetGtkHandle()) == GtkColumn ) + { + column = col; // here we get the wx column + break; + } + } + } + // else no column and thus no item, both null +} + +wxRect +wxDataViewCtrl::GetItemRect(const wxDataViewItem& WXUNUSED(item), + const wxDataViewColumn *WXUNUSED(column)) const +{ + return wxRect(); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::DoSetExpanderColumn() +{ + gtk_tree_view_set_expander_column( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview), + GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN( GetExpanderColumn()->GetGtkHandle() ) ); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::DoSetIndent() +{ +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::GtkDisableSelectionEvents() +{ + GtkTreeSelection *selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview) ); + g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func( selection, + (gpointer) (wxdataview_selection_changed_callback), this); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::GtkEnableSelectionEvents() +{ + GtkTreeSelection *selection = gtk_tree_view_get_selection( GTK_TREE_VIEW(m_treeview) ); + g_signal_connect_after (selection, "changed", + G_CALLBACK (wxdataview_selection_changed_callback), this); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// visual attributes stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// static +wxVisualAttributes +wxDataViewCtrl::GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant WXUNUSED(variant)) +{ + return GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(gtk_tree_view_new); +} + +void wxDataViewCtrl::DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style) +{ + wxDataViewCtrlBase::DoApplyWidgetStyle(style); + gtk_widget_modify_style(m_treeview, style); +} + +#endif // !wxUSE_GENERICDATAVIEWCTRL + +#endif // wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dc.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dc.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cc6714d27c --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dc.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/dc.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: dc.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/dc.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGTKDCImpl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGTKDCImpl, wxDCImpl) + +wxGTKDCImpl::wxGTKDCImpl( wxDC *owner ) + : wxDCImpl( owner ) +{ + m_ok = FALSE; + + m_pen = *wxBLACK_PEN; + m_font = *wxNORMAL_FONT; + m_brush = *wxWHITE_BRUSH; +} + +wxGTKDCImpl::~wxGTKDCImpl() +{ +} + +void wxGTKDCImpl::DoSetClippingRegion( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height ) +{ + m_clipping = TRUE; + m_clipX1 = x; + m_clipY1 = y; + m_clipX2 = x + width; + m_clipY2 = y + height; +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// get DC capabilities +// --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxGTKDCImpl::DoGetSizeMM( int* width, int* height ) const +{ + int w = 0; + int h = 0; + GetOwner()->GetSize( &w, &h ); + if (width) *width = int( double(w) / (m_userScaleX*m_mm_to_pix_x) ); + if (height) *height = int( double(h) / (m_userScaleY*m_mm_to_pix_y) ); +} + +// Resolution in pixels per logical inch +wxSize wxGTKDCImpl::GetPPI() const +{ + // TODO (should probably be pure virtual) + return wxSize(0, 0); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcclient.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcclient.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d08b11504 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcclient.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2429 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/dcclient.cpp +// Purpose: wxWindowDCImpl implementation +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcclient.cpp 65846 2010-10-18 23:43:20Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Chris Breeze +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/dcclient.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/math.h" + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/fontutil.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" +#include "wx/gtk/private/object.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// local defines +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define XLOG2DEV(x) LogicalToDeviceX(x) +#define XLOG2DEVREL(x) LogicalToDeviceXRel(x) +#define YLOG2DEV(y) LogicalToDeviceY(y) +#define YLOG2DEVREL(y) LogicalToDeviceYRel(y) + +#define USE_PAINT_REGION 1 + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// local data +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include "bdiag.xbm" +#include "fdiag.xbm" +#include "cdiag.xbm" +#include "horiz.xbm" +#include "verti.xbm" +#include "cross.xbm" + +static GdkPixmap* hatches[wxBRUSHSTYLE_LAST_HATCH - wxBRUSHSTYLE_FIRST_HATCH + 1]; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const double RAD2DEG = 180.0 / M_PI; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// private functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static inline double dmax(double a, double b) { return a > b ? a : b; } +static inline double dmin(double a, double b) { return a < b ? a : b; } + +static inline double DegToRad(double deg) { return (deg * M_PI) / 180.0; } + +static GdkPixmap* GetHatch(int style) +{ + wxASSERT(style >= wxBRUSHSTYLE_FIRST_HATCH && style <= wxBRUSHSTYLE_LAST_HATCH); + const int i = style - wxBRUSHSTYLE_FIRST_HATCH; + if (hatches[i] == NULL) + { + // This macro creates a bitmap from an XBM file included above. Notice + // the need for the cast because gdk_bitmap_create_from_data() doesn't + // accept unsigned data but the arrays in XBM need to be unsigned to + // avoid warnings (and even errors in C+0x mode) from g++. +#define CREATE_FROM_XBM_DATA(name) \ + gdk_bitmap_create_from_data \ + ( \ + NULL, \ + reinterpret_cast(name ## _bits), \ + name ## _width, \ + name ## _height \ + ) + + switch (style) + { + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_BDIAGONAL_HATCH: + hatches[i] = CREATE_FROM_XBM_DATA(bdiag); + break; + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_CROSSDIAG_HATCH: + hatches[i] = CREATE_FROM_XBM_DATA(cdiag); + break; + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_CROSS_HATCH: + hatches[i] = CREATE_FROM_XBM_DATA(cross); + break; + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_FDIAGONAL_HATCH: + hatches[i] = CREATE_FROM_XBM_DATA(fdiag); + break; + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_HORIZONTAL_HATCH: + hatches[i] = CREATE_FROM_XBM_DATA(horiz); + break; + case wxBRUSHSTYLE_VERTICAL_HATCH: + hatches[i] = CREATE_FROM_XBM_DATA(verti); + break; + } + +#undef CREATE_FROM_XBM_DATA + } + return hatches[i]; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Implement Pool of Graphic contexts. Creating them takes too much time. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum wxPoolGCType +{ + wxGC_ERROR = 0, + wxTEXT_MONO, + wxBG_MONO, + wxPEN_MONO, + wxBRUSH_MONO, + wxTEXT_COLOUR, + wxBG_COLOUR, + wxPEN_COLOUR, + wxBRUSH_COLOUR, + wxTEXT_SCREEN, + wxBG_SCREEN, + wxPEN_SCREEN, + wxBRUSH_SCREEN +}; + +struct wxGC +{ + GdkGC *m_gc; + wxPoolGCType m_type; + bool m_used; +}; + +#define GC_POOL_ALLOC_SIZE 100 + +static int wxGCPoolSize = 0; + +static wxGC *wxGCPool = NULL; + +static void wxInitGCPool() +{ + // This really could wait until the first call to + // wxGetPoolGC, but we will make the first allocation + // now when other initialization is being performed. + + // Set initial pool size. + wxGCPoolSize = GC_POOL_ALLOC_SIZE; + + // Allocate initial pool. + wxGCPool = (wxGC *)malloc(wxGCPoolSize * sizeof(wxGC)); + if (wxGCPool == NULL) + { + // If we cannot malloc, then fail with error + // when debug is enabled. If debug is not enabled, + // the problem will eventually get caught + // in wxGetPoolGC. + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Cannot allocate GC pool") ); + return; + } + + // Zero initial pool. + memset(wxGCPool, 0, wxGCPoolSize * sizeof(wxGC)); +} + +static void wxCleanUpGCPool() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < wxGCPoolSize; i++) + { + if (wxGCPool[i].m_gc) + g_object_unref (wxGCPool[i].m_gc); + } + + free(wxGCPool); + wxGCPool = NULL; + wxGCPoolSize = 0; +} + +static GdkGC* wxGetPoolGC( GdkWindow *window, wxPoolGCType type ) +{ + wxGC *pptr; + + // Look for an available GC. + for (int i = 0; i < wxGCPoolSize; i++) + { + if (!wxGCPool[i].m_gc) + { + wxGCPool[i].m_gc = gdk_gc_new( window ); + gdk_gc_set_exposures( wxGCPool[i].m_gc, FALSE ); + wxGCPool[i].m_type = type; + wxGCPool[i].m_used = false; + } + if ((!wxGCPool[i].m_used) && (wxGCPool[i].m_type == type)) + { + wxGCPool[i].m_used = true; + return wxGCPool[i].m_gc; + } + } + + // We did not find an available GC. + // We need to grow the GC pool. + pptr = (wxGC *)realloc(wxGCPool, + (wxGCPoolSize + GC_POOL_ALLOC_SIZE)*sizeof(wxGC)); + if (pptr != NULL) + { + // Initialize newly allocated pool. + wxGCPool = pptr; + memset(&wxGCPool[wxGCPoolSize], 0, + GC_POOL_ALLOC_SIZE*sizeof(wxGC)); + + // Initialize entry we will return. + wxGCPool[wxGCPoolSize].m_gc = gdk_gc_new( window ); + gdk_gc_set_exposures( wxGCPool[wxGCPoolSize].m_gc, FALSE ); + wxGCPool[wxGCPoolSize].m_type = type; + wxGCPool[wxGCPoolSize].m_used = true; + + // Set new value of pool size. + wxGCPoolSize += GC_POOL_ALLOC_SIZE; + + // Return newly allocated entry. + return wxGCPool[wxGCPoolSize-GC_POOL_ALLOC_SIZE].m_gc; + } + + // The realloc failed. Fall through to error. + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("No GC available") ); + + return NULL; +} + +static void wxFreePoolGC( GdkGC *gc ) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < wxGCPoolSize; i++) + { + if (wxGCPool[i].m_gc == gc) + { + wxGCPool[i].m_used = false; + return; + } + } + + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Wrong GC") ); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxWindowDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowDCImpl, wxGTKDCImpl) + +wxWindowDCImpl::wxWindowDCImpl( wxDC *owner ) : + wxGTKDCImpl( owner ) +{ + m_gdkwindow = NULL; + m_penGC = NULL; + m_brushGC = NULL; + m_textGC = NULL; + m_bgGC = NULL; + m_cmap = NULL; + m_isScreenDC = false; + m_context = NULL; + m_layout = NULL; + m_fontdesc = NULL; +} + +wxWindowDCImpl::wxWindowDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *window ) : + wxGTKDCImpl( owner ) +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( window, wxT("DC needs a window") ); + + m_gdkwindow = NULL; + m_penGC = NULL; + m_brushGC = NULL; + m_textGC = NULL; + m_bgGC = NULL; + m_cmap = NULL; + m_isScreenDC = false; + m_font = window->GetFont(); + + GtkWidget *widget = window->m_wxwindow; + m_gdkwindow = window->GTKGetDrawingWindow(); + + // Some controls don't have m_wxwindow - like wxStaticBox, but the user + // code should still be able to create wxClientDCs for them + if ( !widget ) + { + widget = window->m_widget; + + wxCHECK_RET(widget, "DC needs a widget"); + + m_gdkwindow = widget->window; + if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW(widget)) + SetDeviceLocalOrigin(widget->allocation.x, widget->allocation.y); + } + + m_context = window->GTKGetPangoDefaultContext(); + m_layout = pango_layout_new( m_context ); + m_fontdesc = pango_font_description_copy( widget->style->font_desc ); + + // Window not realized ? + if (!m_gdkwindow) + { + // Don't report problems as per MSW. + m_ok = true; + + return; + } + + m_cmap = gtk_widget_get_colormap(widget); + + SetUpDC(); + + /* this must be done after SetUpDC, bacause SetUpDC calls the + repective SetBrush, SetPen, SetBackground etc functions + to set up the DC. SetBackground call m_owner->SetBackground + and this might not be desired as the standard dc background + is white whereas a window might assume gray to be the + standard (as e.g. wxStatusBar) */ + + m_window = window; + + if (m_window && m_window->m_wxwindow && + (m_window->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)) + { + // reverse sense + m_signX = -1; + + // origin in the upper right corner + m_deviceOriginX = m_window->GetClientSize().x; + } +} + +wxWindowDCImpl::~wxWindowDCImpl() +{ + Destroy(); + + if (m_layout) + g_object_unref (m_layout); + if (m_fontdesc) + pango_font_description_free( m_fontdesc ); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::SetUpDC( bool isMemDC ) +{ + m_ok = true; + + wxASSERT_MSG( !m_penGC, wxT("GCs already created") ); + + bool done = false; + + if ((isMemDC) && (GetSelectedBitmap().IsOk())) + { + if (GetSelectedBitmap().GetDepth() == 1) + { + m_penGC = wxGetPoolGC( m_gdkwindow, wxPEN_MONO ); + m_brushGC = wxGetPoolGC( m_gdkwindow, wxBRUSH_MONO ); + m_textGC = wxGetPoolGC( m_gdkwindow, wxTEXT_MONO ); + m_bgGC = wxGetPoolGC( m_gdkwindow, wxBG_MONO ); + done = true; + } + } + + if (!done) + { + if (m_isScreenDC) + { + m_penGC = wxGetPoolGC( m_gdkwindow, wxPEN_SCREEN ); + m_brushGC = wxGetPoolGC( m_gdkwindow, wxBRUSH_SCREEN ); + m_textGC = wxGetPoolGC( m_gdkwindow, wxTEXT_SCREEN ); + m_bgGC = wxGetPoolGC( m_gdkwindow, wxBG_SCREEN ); + } + else + { + m_penGC = wxGetPoolGC( m_gdkwindow, wxPEN_COLOUR ); + m_brushGC = wxGetPoolGC( m_gdkwindow, wxBRUSH_COLOUR ); + m_textGC = wxGetPoolGC( m_gdkwindow, wxTEXT_COLOUR ); + m_bgGC = wxGetPoolGC( m_gdkwindow, wxBG_COLOUR ); + } + } + + /* background colour */ + m_backgroundBrush = *wxWHITE_BRUSH; + m_backgroundBrush.GetColour().CalcPixel( m_cmap ); + const GdkColor *bg_col = m_backgroundBrush.GetColour().GetColor(); + + /* m_textGC */ + m_textForegroundColour.CalcPixel( m_cmap ); + gdk_gc_set_foreground( m_textGC, m_textForegroundColour.GetColor() ); + + m_textBackgroundColour.CalcPixel( m_cmap ); + gdk_gc_set_background( m_textGC, m_textBackgroundColour.GetColor() ); + + gdk_gc_set_fill( m_textGC, GDK_SOLID ); + + gdk_gc_set_colormap( m_textGC, m_cmap ); + + /* m_penGC */ + m_pen.GetColour().CalcPixel( m_cmap ); + gdk_gc_set_foreground( m_penGC, m_pen.GetColour().GetColor() ); + gdk_gc_set_background( m_penGC, bg_col ); + + gdk_gc_set_line_attributes( m_penGC, 0, GDK_LINE_SOLID, GDK_CAP_NOT_LAST, GDK_JOIN_ROUND ); + + /* m_brushGC */ + m_brush.GetColour().CalcPixel( m_cmap ); + gdk_gc_set_foreground( m_brushGC, m_brush.GetColour().GetColor() ); + gdk_gc_set_background( m_brushGC, bg_col ); + + gdk_gc_set_fill( m_brushGC, GDK_SOLID ); + + /* m_bgGC */ + gdk_gc_set_background( m_bgGC, bg_col ); + gdk_gc_set_foreground( m_bgGC, bg_col ); + + gdk_gc_set_fill( m_bgGC, GDK_SOLID ); + + /* ROPs */ + gdk_gc_set_function( m_textGC, GDK_COPY ); + gdk_gc_set_function( m_brushGC, GDK_COPY ); + gdk_gc_set_function( m_penGC, GDK_COPY ); + + /* clipping */ + gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle( m_penGC, NULL ); + gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle( m_brushGC, NULL ); + gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle( m_textGC, NULL ); + gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle( m_bgGC, NULL ); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoGetSize( int* width, int* height ) const +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_window, wxT("GetSize() doesn't work without window") ); + + m_window->GetSize(width, height); +} + +bool wxWindowDCImpl::DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + const wxColour& col, wxFloodFillStyle style) +{ +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + extern bool wxDoFloodFill(wxDC *dc, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + const wxColour & col, wxFloodFillStyle style); + + return wxDoFloodFill( GetOwner(), x, y, col, style); +#else + wxUnusedVar(x); + wxUnusedVar(y); + wxUnusedVar(col); + wxUnusedVar(style); + + return false; +#endif +} + +bool wxWindowDCImpl::DoGetPixel( wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxColour *col ) const +{ + GdkImage* image = NULL; + if (m_gdkwindow) + { + const int x = LogicalToDeviceX(x1); + const int y = LogicalToDeviceY(y1); + wxRect rect; + gdk_drawable_get_size(m_gdkwindow, &rect.width, &rect.height); + if (rect.Contains(x, y)) + image = gdk_drawable_get_image(m_gdkwindow, x, y, 1, 1); + } + if (image == NULL) + { + *col = wxColour(); + return false; + } + GdkColormap* colormap = gdk_image_get_colormap(image); + const unsigned pixel = gdk_image_get_pixel(image, 0, 0); + if (colormap == NULL) + *col = pixel ? m_textForegroundColour : m_textBackgroundColour; + else + { + GdkColor c; + gdk_colormap_query_color(colormap, pixel, &c); + col->Set(c.red >> 8, c.green >> 8, c.blue >> 8); + } + g_object_unref(image); + return true; +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawLine( wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2 ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + if (m_gdkwindow) + gdk_draw_line( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, XLOG2DEV(x1), YLOG2DEV(y1), XLOG2DEV(x2), YLOG2DEV(y2) ); + + CalcBoundingBox(x1, y1); + CalcBoundingBox(x2, y2); + } +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoCrossHair( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + int w = 0; + int h = 0; + GetOwner()->GetSize( &w, &h ); + wxCoord xx = XLOG2DEV(x); + wxCoord yy = YLOG2DEV(y); + if (m_gdkwindow) + { + gdk_draw_line( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, 0, yy, XLOG2DEVREL(w), yy ); + gdk_draw_line( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, xx, 0, xx, YLOG2DEVREL(h) ); + } + } +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DrawingSetup(GdkGC*& gc, bool& originChanged) +{ + gc = m_brushGC; + GdkPixmap* pixmap = NULL; + const int style = m_brush.GetStyle(); + + if (style == wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE || style == wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE) + { + const wxBitmap* stipple = m_brush.GetStipple(); + if (stipple->IsOk()) + { + if (style == wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE) + pixmap = stipple->GetPixmap(); + else if (stipple->GetMask()) + { + pixmap = stipple->GetPixmap(); + gc = m_textGC; + } + } + } + else if (m_brush.IsHatch()) + { + pixmap = GetHatch(style); + } + + int origin_x = 0; + int origin_y = 0; + if (pixmap) + { + int w, h; + gdk_drawable_get_size(pixmap, &w, &h); + origin_x = m_deviceOriginX % w; + origin_y = m_deviceOriginY % h; + } + + originChanged = origin_x || origin_y; + if (originChanged) + gdk_gc_set_ts_origin(gc, origin_x, origin_y); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawArc( wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2, + wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + wxCoord xx1 = XLOG2DEV(x1); + wxCoord yy1 = YLOG2DEV(y1); + wxCoord xx2 = XLOG2DEV(x2); + wxCoord yy2 = YLOG2DEV(y2); + wxCoord xxc = XLOG2DEV(xc); + wxCoord yyc = YLOG2DEV(yc); + double dx = xx1 - xxc; + double dy = yy1 - yyc; + double radius = sqrt((double)(dx*dx+dy*dy)); + wxCoord r = (wxCoord)radius; + double radius1, radius2; + + if (xx1 == xx2 && yy1 == yy2) + { + radius1 = 0.0; + radius2 = 360.0; + } + else if ( wxIsNullDouble(radius) ) + { + radius1 = + radius2 = 0.0; + } + else + { + radius1 = (xx1 - xxc == 0) ? + (yy1 - yyc < 0) ? 90.0 : -90.0 : + -atan2(double(yy1-yyc), double(xx1-xxc)) * RAD2DEG; + radius2 = (xx2 - xxc == 0) ? + (yy2 - yyc < 0) ? 90.0 : -90.0 : + -atan2(double(yy2-yyc), double(xx2-xxc)) * RAD2DEG; + } + wxCoord alpha1 = wxCoord(radius1 * 64.0); + wxCoord alpha2 = wxCoord((radius2 - radius1) * 64.0); + while (alpha2 <= 0) alpha2 += 360*64; + while (alpha1 > 360*64) alpha1 -= 360*64; + + if (m_gdkwindow) + { + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + GdkGC* gc; + bool originChanged; + DrawingSetup(gc, originChanged); + + gdk_draw_arc(m_gdkwindow, gc, true, xxc-r, yyc-r, 2*r, 2*r, alpha1, alpha2); + + if (originChanged) + gdk_gc_set_ts_origin(gc, 0, 0); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + gdk_draw_arc( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, FALSE, xxc-r, yyc-r, 2*r,2*r, alpha1, alpha2 ); + + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() && (alpha2 - alpha1 != 360*64) ) + { + gdk_draw_line( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, xx1, yy1, xxc, yyc ); + gdk_draw_line( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, xxc, yyc, xx2, yy2 ); + } + } + } + + CalcBoundingBox (x1, y1); + CalcBoundingBox (x2, y2); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawEllipticArc( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, double sa, double ea ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + wxCoord xx = XLOG2DEV(x); + wxCoord yy = YLOG2DEV(y); + wxCoord ww = m_signX * XLOG2DEVREL(width); + wxCoord hh = m_signY * YLOG2DEVREL(height); + + // CMB: handle -ve width and/or height + if (ww < 0) { ww = -ww; xx = xx - ww; } + if (hh < 0) { hh = -hh; yy = yy - hh; } + + if (m_gdkwindow) + { + wxCoord start = wxCoord(sa * 64.0); + wxCoord end = wxCoord((ea-sa) * 64.0); + + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + GdkGC* gc; + bool originChanged; + DrawingSetup(gc, originChanged); + + gdk_draw_arc(m_gdkwindow, gc, true, xx, yy, ww, hh, start, end); + + if (originChanged) + gdk_gc_set_ts_origin(gc, 0, 0); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + gdk_draw_arc( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, FALSE, xx, yy, ww, hh, start, end ); + } + + CalcBoundingBox (x, y); + CalcBoundingBox (x + width, y + height); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawPoint( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() && m_gdkwindow ) + gdk_draw_point( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y) ); + + CalcBoundingBox (x, y); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawLines( int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if (n <= 0) return; + + if ( m_pen.IsTransparent() ) + return; + + //Check, if scaling is necessary + const bool doScale = + xoffset != 0 || yoffset != 0 || XLOG2DEV(10) != 10 || YLOG2DEV(10) != 10; + + // GdkPoint and wxPoint have the same memory layout, so we can cast one to the other + GdkPoint* gpts = reinterpret_cast(points); + + if (doScale) + gpts = new GdkPoint[n]; + + for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + if (doScale) + { + gpts[i].x = XLOG2DEV(points[i].x + xoffset); + gpts[i].y = YLOG2DEV(points[i].y + yoffset); + } + CalcBoundingBox(points[i].x + xoffset, points[i].y + yoffset); + } + + if (m_gdkwindow) + gdk_draw_lines( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, gpts, n); + + if (doScale) + delete[] gpts; +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawPolygon( int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode WXUNUSED(fillStyle) ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if (n <= 0) return; + + //Check, if scaling is necessary + const bool doScale = + xoffset != 0 || yoffset != 0 || XLOG2DEV(10) != 10 || YLOG2DEV(10) != 10; + + // GdkPoint and wxPoint have the same memory layout, so we can cast one to the other + GdkPoint* gdkpoints = reinterpret_cast(points); + + if (doScale) + gdkpoints = new GdkPoint[n]; + + int i; + for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++) + { + if (doScale) + { + gdkpoints[i].x = XLOG2DEV(points[i].x + xoffset); + gdkpoints[i].y = YLOG2DEV(points[i].y + yoffset); + } + CalcBoundingBox(points[i].x + xoffset, points[i].y + yoffset); + } + + if (m_gdkwindow) + { + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + GdkGC* gc; + bool originChanged; + DrawingSetup(gc, originChanged); + + gdk_draw_polygon(m_gdkwindow, gc, true, gdkpoints, n); + + if (originChanged) + gdk_gc_set_ts_origin(gc, 0, 0); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { +/* + for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++) + { + gdk_draw_line( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, + gdkpoints[i%n].x, + gdkpoints[i%n].y, + gdkpoints[(i+1)%n].x, + gdkpoints[(i+1)%n].y); + } +*/ + gdk_draw_polygon( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, FALSE, gdkpoints, n ); + + } + } + + if (doScale) + delete[] gdkpoints; +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawRectangle( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + wxCoord xx = XLOG2DEV(x); + wxCoord yy = YLOG2DEV(y); + wxCoord ww = m_signX * XLOG2DEVREL(width); + wxCoord hh = m_signY * YLOG2DEVREL(height); + + // CMB: draw nothing if transformed w or h is 0 + if (ww == 0 || hh == 0) return; + + // CMB: handle -ve width and/or height + if (ww < 0) { ww = -ww; xx = xx - ww; } + if (hh < 0) { hh = -hh; yy = yy - hh; } + + if (m_gdkwindow) + { + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + GdkGC* gc; + bool originChanged; + DrawingSetup(gc, originChanged); + + gdk_draw_rectangle(m_gdkwindow, gc, true, xx, yy, ww, hh); + + if (originChanged) + gdk_gc_set_ts_origin(gc, 0, 0); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + if ((m_pen.GetWidth() == 2) && (m_pen.GetCap() == wxCAP_ROUND) && + (m_pen.GetJoin() == wxJOIN_ROUND) && (m_pen.GetStyle() == wxPENSTYLE_SOLID)) + { + // Use 2 1-line rects instead + gdk_gc_set_line_attributes( m_penGC, 1, GDK_LINE_SOLID, GDK_CAP_ROUND, GDK_JOIN_ROUND ); + + if (m_signX == -1) + { + // Different for RTL + gdk_draw_rectangle( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, FALSE, xx+1, yy, ww-2, hh-2 ); + gdk_draw_rectangle( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, FALSE, xx, yy-1, ww, hh ); + } + else + { + gdk_draw_rectangle( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, FALSE, xx, yy, ww-2, hh-2 ); + gdk_draw_rectangle( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, FALSE, xx-1, yy-1, ww, hh ); + } + + // reset + gdk_gc_set_line_attributes( m_penGC, 2, GDK_LINE_SOLID, GDK_CAP_ROUND, GDK_JOIN_ROUND ); + } + else + { + // Just use X11 for other cases + gdk_draw_rectangle( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, FALSE, xx, yy, ww-1, hh-1 ); + } + } + } + + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); + CalcBoundingBox( x + width, y + height ); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawRoundedRectangle( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, double radius ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if (radius < 0.0) radius = - radius * ((width < height) ? width : height); + + wxCoord xx = XLOG2DEV(x); + wxCoord yy = YLOG2DEV(y); + wxCoord ww = m_signX * XLOG2DEVREL(width); + wxCoord hh = m_signY * YLOG2DEVREL(height); + wxCoord rr = XLOG2DEVREL((wxCoord)radius); + + // CMB: handle -ve width and/or height + if (ww < 0) { ww = -ww; xx = xx - ww; } + if (hh < 0) { hh = -hh; yy = yy - hh; } + + // CMB: if radius is zero use DrawRectangle() instead to avoid + // X drawing errors with small radii + if (rr == 0) + { + DoDrawRectangle( x, y, width, height ); + return; + } + + // CMB: draw nothing if transformed w or h is 0 + if (ww == 0 || hh == 0) return; + + // CMB: adjust size if outline is drawn otherwise the result is + // 1 pixel too wide and high + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + ww--; + hh--; + } + + if (m_gdkwindow) + { + // CMB: ensure dd is not larger than rectangle otherwise we + // get an hour glass shape + wxCoord dd = 2 * rr; + if (dd > ww) dd = ww; + if (dd > hh) dd = hh; + rr = dd / 2; + + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + GdkGC* gc; + bool originChanged; + DrawingSetup(gc, originChanged); + + gdk_draw_rectangle(m_gdkwindow, gc, true, xx+rr, yy, ww-dd+1, hh); + gdk_draw_rectangle(m_gdkwindow, gc, true, xx, yy+rr, ww, hh-dd+1); + gdk_draw_arc(m_gdkwindow, gc, true, xx, yy, dd, dd, 90*64, 90*64); + gdk_draw_arc(m_gdkwindow, gc, true, xx+ww-dd, yy, dd, dd, 0, 90*64); + gdk_draw_arc(m_gdkwindow, gc, true, xx+ww-dd, yy+hh-dd, dd, dd, 270*64, 90*64); + gdk_draw_arc(m_gdkwindow, gc, true, xx, yy+hh-dd, dd, dd, 180*64, 90*64); + + if (originChanged) + gdk_gc_set_ts_origin(gc, 0, 0); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + gdk_draw_line( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, xx+rr+1, yy, xx+ww-rr, yy ); + gdk_draw_line( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, xx+rr+1, yy+hh, xx+ww-rr, yy+hh ); + gdk_draw_line( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, xx, yy+rr+1, xx, yy+hh-rr ); + gdk_draw_line( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, xx+ww, yy+rr+1, xx+ww, yy+hh-rr ); + gdk_draw_arc( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, FALSE, xx, yy, dd, dd, 90*64, 90*64 ); + gdk_draw_arc( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, FALSE, xx+ww-dd, yy, dd, dd, 0, 90*64 ); + gdk_draw_arc( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, FALSE, xx+ww-dd, yy+hh-dd, dd, dd, 270*64, 90*64 ); + gdk_draw_arc( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, FALSE, xx, yy+hh-dd, dd, dd, 180*64, 90*64 ); + } + } + + // this ignores the radius + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); + CalcBoundingBox( x + width, y + height ); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawEllipse( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + wxCoord xx = XLOG2DEV(x); + wxCoord yy = YLOG2DEV(y); + wxCoord ww = m_signX * XLOG2DEVREL(width); + wxCoord hh = m_signY * YLOG2DEVREL(height); + + // CMB: handle -ve width and/or height + if (ww < 0) { ww = -ww; xx = xx - ww; } + if (hh < 0) { hh = -hh; yy = yy - hh; } + + if (m_gdkwindow) + { + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + GdkGC* gc; + bool originChanged; + DrawingSetup(gc, originChanged); + + // If the pen is transparent pen we increase the size + // for better compatibility with other platforms. + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + ++ww; + ++hh; + } + + gdk_draw_arc(m_gdkwindow, gc, true, xx, yy, ww, hh, 0, 360*64); + + if (originChanged) + gdk_gc_set_ts_origin(gc, 0, 0); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + gdk_draw_arc( m_gdkwindow, m_penGC, false, xx, yy, ww, hh, 0, 360*64 ); + } + + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); + CalcBoundingBox( x + width, y + height ); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawIcon( const wxIcon &icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) +{ + // VZ: egcs 1.0.3 refuses to compile this without cast, no idea why + DoDrawBitmap( (const wxBitmap&)icon, x, y, true ); +} + +// scale a pixbuf, return new pixbuf, unref old one +static GdkPixbuf* +Scale(GdkPixbuf* pixbuf, int dst_w, int dst_h, double sx, double sy) +{ + GdkPixbuf* pixbuf_scaled = gdk_pixbuf_new( + GDK_COLORSPACE_RGB, gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha(pixbuf), 8, dst_w, dst_h); + gdk_pixbuf_scale(pixbuf, pixbuf_scaled, + 0, 0, dst_w, dst_h, 0, 0, sx, sy, GDK_INTERP_NEAREST); + g_object_unref(pixbuf); + return pixbuf_scaled; +} + +// scale part of a pixmap using pixbuf scaling, return pixbuf +static GdkPixbuf* +Scale(GdkPixmap* pixmap, int x, int y, int w, int h, int dst_w, int dst_h, double sx, double sy) +{ + GdkPixbuf* pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable( + NULL, pixmap, NULL, x, y, 0, 0, w, h); + return Scale(pixbuf, dst_w, dst_h, sx, sy); +} + +// scale part of a mask pixmap, return new mask, unref old one +static GdkPixmap* +ScaleMask(GdkPixmap* mask, int x, int y, int w, int h, int dst_w, int dst_h, double sx, double sy) +{ + GdkPixbuf* pixbuf = Scale(mask, x, y, w, h, dst_w, dst_h, sx, sy); + + // convert black and white pixbuf back to a mono pixmap + const unsigned out_rowstride = (dst_w + 7) / 8; + const size_t data_size = out_rowstride * size_t(dst_h); + char* data = new char[data_size]; + char* out = data; + const guchar* row = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels(pixbuf); + const int rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride(pixbuf); + memset(data, 0, data_size); + for (int j = 0; j < dst_h; j++, row += rowstride, out += out_rowstride) + { + const guchar* in = row; + for (int i = 0; i < dst_w; i++, in += 3) + if (*in) + out[i >> 3] |= 1 << (i & 7); + } + g_object_unref(pixbuf); + GdkPixmap* pixmap = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data(mask, data, dst_w, dst_h); + delete[] data; + g_object_unref(mask); + return pixmap; +} + +// Make a new mask from part of a mask and a clip region. +// Return new mask, unref old one. +static GdkPixmap* +ClipMask(GdkPixmap* mask, GdkRegion* clipRegion, int x, int y, int dst_x, int dst_y, int w, int h) +{ + GdkGCValues gcValues; + gcValues.foreground.pixel = 0; + GdkGC* gc = gdk_gc_new_with_values(mask, &gcValues, GDK_GC_FOREGROUND); + GdkPixmap* pixmap = gdk_pixmap_new(mask, w, h, 1); + // clear new mask, so clipped areas will be masked + gdk_draw_rectangle(pixmap, gc, true, 0, 0, w, h); + gdk_gc_set_clip_region(gc, clipRegion); + gdk_gc_set_clip_origin(gc, -dst_x, -dst_y); + // draw old mask onto new one, with clip + gdk_draw_drawable(pixmap, gc, mask, x, y, 0, 0, w, h); + g_object_unref(gc); + g_object_unref(mask); + return pixmap; +} + +// make a color pixmap from part of a mono one, using text fg/bg colors +GdkPixmap* +wxWindowDCImpl::MonoToColor(GdkPixmap* monoPixmap, int x, int y, int w, int h) const +{ + GdkPixmap* pixmap = gdk_pixmap_new(m_gdkwindow, w, h, -1); + GdkGCValues gcValues; + gcValues.foreground.pixel = m_textForegroundColour.GetColor()->pixel; + gcValues.background.pixel = m_textBackgroundColour.GetColor()->pixel; + gcValues.stipple = monoPixmap; + gcValues.fill = GDK_OPAQUE_STIPPLED; + gcValues.ts_x_origin = -x; + gcValues.ts_y_origin = -y; + GdkGC* gc = gdk_gc_new_with_values(pixmap, &gcValues, GdkGCValuesMask( + GDK_GC_FOREGROUND | GDK_GC_BACKGROUND | GDK_GC_STIPPLE | GDK_GC_FILL | + GDK_GC_TS_X_ORIGIN | GDK_GC_TS_Y_ORIGIN)); + gdk_draw_rectangle(pixmap, gc, true, 0, 0, w, h); + g_object_unref(gc); + return pixmap; +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap, + wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + bool useMask ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + wxCHECK_RET( bitmap.IsOk(), wxT("invalid bitmap") ); + + if (!m_gdkwindow) return; + + const int w = bitmap.GetWidth(); + const int h = bitmap.GetHeight(); + + // notice that as the bitmap is not drawn upside down (or right to left) + // even if the corresponding axis direction is inversed, we need to take it + // into account when calculating its bounding box + CalcBoundingBox(x, y); + CalcBoundingBox(x + m_signX*w, y + m_signY*h); + + // device coords + int xx = LogicalToDeviceX(x); + const int yy = LogicalToDeviceY(y); + const int ww = LogicalToDeviceXRel(w); + const int hh = LogicalToDeviceYRel(h); + + if (m_window && m_window->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) + xx -= ww; + + GdkRegion* const clipRegion = m_currentClippingRegion.GetRegion(); + // determine clip region overlap + int overlap = wxInRegion; + if (clipRegion) + { + overlap = m_currentClippingRegion.Contains(xx, yy, ww, hh); + if (overlap == wxOutRegion) + return; + } + + const bool isScaled = ww != w || hh != h; + const bool hasAlpha = bitmap.HasAlpha(); + GdkGC* const use_gc = m_penGC; + + GdkPixmap* mask = NULL; + // mask does not work when drawing a pixbuf with alpha + if (useMask && !hasAlpha) + { + wxMask* m = bitmap.GetMask(); + if (m) + mask = m->GetBitmap(); + } + if (mask) + { + g_object_ref(mask); + if (isScaled) + mask = ScaleMask(mask, 0, 0, w, h, ww, hh, m_scaleX, m_scaleY); + if (overlap == wxPartRegion) + { + // need a new mask that also masks the clipped area, + // because gc can't have both a mask and a clip region + mask = ClipMask(mask, clipRegion, 0, 0, xx, yy, ww, hh); + } + gdk_gc_set_clip_mask(use_gc, mask); + gdk_gc_set_clip_origin(use_gc, xx, yy); + } + + // determine whether to use pixmap or pixbuf + GdkPixmap* pixmap = NULL; + GdkPixbuf* pixbuf = NULL; + if (bitmap.HasPixmap()) + pixmap = bitmap.GetPixmap(); + if (pixmap && gdk_drawable_get_depth(pixmap) == 1) + { + // convert mono pixmap to color using text fg/bg colors + pixmap = MonoToColor(pixmap, 0, 0, w, h); + } + else if (hasAlpha || pixmap == NULL) + { + pixmap = NULL; + pixbuf = bitmap.GetPixbuf(); + g_object_ref(pixbuf); + } + else + { + g_object_ref(pixmap); + } + + if (isScaled) + { + if (pixbuf) + pixbuf = Scale(pixbuf, ww, hh, m_scaleX, m_scaleY); + else + pixbuf = Scale(pixmap, 0, 0, w, h, ww, hh, m_scaleX, m_scaleY); + } + + if (pixbuf) + { + gdk_draw_pixbuf(m_gdkwindow, use_gc, pixbuf, + 0, 0, xx, yy, ww, hh, GDK_RGB_DITHER_NORMAL, 0, 0); + g_object_unref(pixbuf); + } + else + { + gdk_draw_drawable(m_gdkwindow, use_gc, pixmap, 0, 0, xx, yy, ww, hh); + } + + if (pixmap) + g_object_unref(pixmap); + if (mask) + { + g_object_unref(mask); + gdk_gc_set_clip_region(use_gc, clipRegion); + } +} + +bool wxWindowDCImpl::DoBlit( wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC *source, + wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode logical_func, + bool useMask, + wxCoord xsrcMask, wxCoord ysrcMask ) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid window dc") ); + wxCHECK_MSG( source, false, wxT("invalid source dc") ); + + if (!m_gdkwindow) return false; + + GdkDrawable* srcDrawable = NULL; + GdkPixmap* mask = NULL; + wxMemoryDC* memDC = wxDynamicCast(source, wxMemoryDC); + if (memDC) + { + const wxBitmap& bitmap = memDC->GetSelectedBitmap(); + if (!bitmap.IsOk()) + return false; + srcDrawable = bitmap.GetPixmap(); + if (useMask) + { + wxMask* m = bitmap.GetMask(); + if (m) + mask = m->GetBitmap(); + } + } + else + { + wxDCImpl* impl = source->GetImpl(); + wxWindowDCImpl* gtk_impl = wxDynamicCast(impl, wxWindowDCImpl); + if (gtk_impl) + srcDrawable = gtk_impl->GetGDKWindow(); + if (srcDrawable == NULL) + return false; + } + + CalcBoundingBox(xdest, ydest); + CalcBoundingBox(xdest + width, ydest + height); + + // source device coords + int src_x = source->LogicalToDeviceX(xsrc); + int src_y = source->LogicalToDeviceY(ysrc); + int src_w = source->LogicalToDeviceXRel(width); + int src_h = source->LogicalToDeviceYRel(height); + + // Clip source rect to source dc. + // Only necessary when scaling, to avoid GDK errors when + // converting to pixbuf, but no harm in always doing it. + // If source rect changes, it also changes the dest rect. + wxRect clip; + gdk_drawable_get_size(srcDrawable, &clip.width, &clip.height); + clip.Intersect(wxRect(src_x, src_y, src_w, src_h)); + if (src_w != clip.width || src_h != clip.height) + { + if (clip.width == 0) + return true; + + src_w = clip.width; + src_h = clip.height; + width = source->DeviceToLogicalXRel(src_w); + height = source->DeviceToLogicalYRel(src_h); + if (src_x != clip.x || src_y != clip.y) + { + xdest += source->DeviceToLogicalXRel(clip.x - src_x); + ydest += source->DeviceToLogicalYRel(clip.y - src_y); + src_x = clip.x; + src_y = clip.y; + } + } + + // destination device coords + const int dst_x = LogicalToDeviceX(xdest); + const int dst_y = LogicalToDeviceY(ydest); + const int dst_w = LogicalToDeviceXRel(width); + const int dst_h = LogicalToDeviceYRel(height); + + GdkRegion* const clipRegion = m_currentClippingRegion.GetRegion(); + // determine dest clip region overlap + int overlap = wxInRegion; + if (clipRegion) + { + overlap = m_currentClippingRegion.Contains(dst_x, dst_y, dst_w, dst_h); + if (overlap == wxOutRegion) + return true; + } + + const bool isScaled = src_w != dst_w || src_h != dst_h; + double scale_x = 0; + double scale_y = 0; + if (isScaled) + { + // get source to dest scale + double usx, usy, lsx, lsy; + source->GetUserScale(&usx, &usy); + source->GetLogicalScale(&lsx, &lsy); + scale_x = m_scaleX / (usx * lsx); + scale_y = m_scaleY / (usy * lsy); + } + + GdkGC* const use_gc = m_penGC; + + if (mask) + { + g_object_ref(mask); + int srcMask_x = src_x; + int srcMask_y = src_y; + if (xsrcMask != -1 || ysrcMask != -1) + { + srcMask_x = source->LogicalToDeviceX(xsrcMask); + srcMask_y = source->LogicalToDeviceY(ysrcMask); + } + if (isScaled) + { + mask = ScaleMask(mask, srcMask_x, srcMask_y, + src_w, src_h, dst_w, dst_h, scale_x, scale_y); + srcMask_x = 0; + srcMask_y = 0; + } + if (overlap == wxPartRegion) + { + // need a new mask that also masks the clipped area, + // because gc can't have both a mask and a clip region + mask = ClipMask(mask, clipRegion, + srcMask_x, srcMask_y, dst_x, dst_y, dst_w, dst_h); + srcMask_x = 0; + srcMask_y = 0; + } + gdk_gc_set_clip_mask(use_gc, mask); + gdk_gc_set_clip_origin(use_gc, dst_x - srcMask_x, dst_y - srcMask_y); + } + + GdkPixmap* pixmap = NULL; + if (gdk_drawable_get_depth(srcDrawable) == 1) + { + // Convert mono pixmap to color using text fg/bg colors. + // Scaling/drawing is simpler if this is done first. + pixmap = MonoToColor(srcDrawable, src_x, src_y, src_w, src_h); + srcDrawable = pixmap; + src_x = 0; + src_y = 0; + } + + const wxRasterOperationMode logical_func_save = m_logicalFunction; + SetLogicalFunction(logical_func); + if (memDC == NULL) + gdk_gc_set_subwindow(use_gc, GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS); + + if (isScaled) + { + GdkPixbuf* pixbuf = Scale(srcDrawable, + src_x, src_y, src_w, src_h, dst_w, dst_h, scale_x, scale_y); + gdk_draw_pixbuf(m_gdkwindow, use_gc, pixbuf, + 0, 0, dst_x, dst_y, dst_w, dst_h, GDK_RGB_DITHER_NONE, 0, 0); + g_object_unref(pixbuf); + } + else + { + gdk_draw_drawable(m_gdkwindow, use_gc, srcDrawable, + src_x, src_y, dst_x, dst_y, dst_w, dst_h); + } + + SetLogicalFunction(logical_func_save); + if (memDC == NULL) + gdk_gc_set_subwindow(use_gc, GDK_CLIP_BY_CHILDREN); + + if (pixmap) + g_object_unref(pixmap); + if (mask) + { + g_object_unref(mask); + gdk_gc_set_clip_region(use_gc, clipRegion); + } + return true; +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawText(const wxString& text, + wxCoord xLogical, + wxCoord yLogical) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if (!m_gdkwindow) return; + + if (text.empty()) return; + + wxCoord x = XLOG2DEV(xLogical), + y = YLOG2DEV(yLogical); + + wxCHECK_RET( m_context, wxT("no Pango context") ); + wxCHECK_RET( m_layout, wxT("no Pango layout") ); + wxCHECK_RET( m_fontdesc, wxT("no Pango font description") ); + + gdk_pango_context_set_colormap( m_context, m_cmap ); // not needed in gtk+ >= 2.6 + + bool underlined = m_font.IsOk() && m_font.GetUnderlined(); + + wxCharBuffer data = wxGTK_CONV(text); + if ( !data ) + return; + size_t datalen = strlen(data); + + // in Pango >= 1.16 the "underline of leading/trailing spaces" bug + // has been fixed and thus the hack implemented below should never be used + static bool pangoOk = !wx_pango_version_check(1, 16, 0); + + bool needshack = underlined && !pangoOk; + + if (needshack) + { + // a PangoLayout which has leading/trailing spaces with underlined font + // is not correctly drawn by this pango version: Pango won't underline the spaces. + // This can be a problem; e.g. wxHTML rendering of underlined text relies on + // this behaviour. To workaround this problem, we use a special hack here + // suggested by pango maintainer Behdad Esfahbod: we prepend and append two + // empty space characters and give them a dummy colour attribute. + // This will force Pango to underline the leading/trailing spaces, too. + + wxCharBuffer data_tmp(datalen + 6); + // copy the leading U+200C ZERO WIDTH NON-JOINER encoded in UTF8 format + memcpy(data_tmp.data(), "\342\200\214", 3); + // copy the user string + memcpy(data_tmp.data() + 3, data, datalen); + // copy the trailing U+200C ZERO WIDTH NON-JOINER encoded in UTF8 format + memcpy(data_tmp.data() + 3 + datalen, "\342\200\214", 3); + + data = data_tmp; + datalen += 6; + } + + pango_layout_set_text(m_layout, data, datalen); + + if (underlined) + { + PangoAttrList *attrs = pango_attr_list_new(); + PangoAttribute *a = pango_attr_underline_new(PANGO_UNDERLINE_SINGLE); + a->start_index = 0; + a->end_index = datalen; + pango_attr_list_insert(attrs, a); + + if (needshack) + { + // dummy colour for the leading space + a = pango_attr_foreground_new (0x0057, 0x52A9, 0xD614); + a->start_index = 0; + a->end_index = 1; + pango_attr_list_insert(attrs, a); + + // dummy colour for the trailing space + a = pango_attr_foreground_new (0x0057, 0x52A9, 0xD614); + a->start_index = datalen - 1; + a->end_index = datalen; + pango_attr_list_insert(attrs, a); + } + + pango_layout_set_attributes(m_layout, attrs); + pango_attr_list_unref(attrs); + } + + int oldSize = 0; + const bool isScaled = fabs(m_scaleY - 1.0) > 0.00001; + if (isScaled) + { + // If there is a user or actually any scale applied to + // the device context, scale the font. + + // scale font description + oldSize = pango_font_description_get_size(m_fontdesc); + pango_font_description_set_size(m_fontdesc, int(oldSize * m_scaleY)); + + // actually apply scaled font + pango_layout_set_font_description( m_layout, m_fontdesc ); + } + + int w, h; + pango_layout_get_pixel_size(m_layout, &w, &h); + + // Draw layout. + int x_rtl = x; + if (m_window && m_window->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) + x_rtl -= w; + + const GdkColor* bg_col = NULL; + if (m_backgroundMode == wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) + bg_col = m_textBackgroundColour.GetColor(); + + gdk_draw_layout_with_colors(m_gdkwindow, m_textGC, x_rtl, y, m_layout, NULL, bg_col); + + if (isScaled) + { + // reset unscaled size + pango_font_description_set_size( m_fontdesc, oldSize ); + + // actually apply unscaled font + pango_layout_set_font_description( m_layout, m_fontdesc ); + } + if (underlined) + { + // undo underline attributes setting: + pango_layout_set_attributes(m_layout, NULL); + } + + CalcBoundingBox(xLogical + int(w / m_scaleX), yLogical + int(h / m_scaleY)); + CalcBoundingBox(xLogical, yLogical); +} + +// TODO: When GTK2.6 is required, merge DoDrawText and DoDrawRotatedText to +// avoid code duplication +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawRotatedText( const wxString &text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle ) +{ + if (!m_gdkwindow || text.empty()) + return; + + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + +#if __WXGTK26__ + if (!gtk_check_version(2,6,0)) + { + x = XLOG2DEV(x); + y = YLOG2DEV(y); + + pango_layout_set_text(m_layout, wxGTK_CONV(text), -1); + + if (m_font.GetUnderlined()) + { + PangoAttrList *attrs = pango_attr_list_new(); + PangoAttribute *a = pango_attr_underline_new(PANGO_UNDERLINE_SINGLE); + pango_attr_list_insert(attrs, a); + pango_layout_set_attributes(m_layout, attrs); + pango_attr_list_unref(attrs); + } + + int oldSize = 0; + const bool isScaled = fabs(m_scaleY - 1.0) > 0.00001; + if (isScaled) + { + //TODO: when Pango >= 1.6 is required, use pango_matrix_scale() + // If there is a user or actually any scale applied to + // the device context, scale the font. + + // scale font description + oldSize = pango_font_description_get_size(m_fontdesc); + pango_font_description_set_size(m_fontdesc, int(oldSize * m_scaleY)); + + // actually apply scaled font + pango_layout_set_font_description( m_layout, m_fontdesc ); + } + + int w, h; + pango_layout_get_pixel_size(m_layout, &w, &h); + + const GdkColor* bg_col = NULL; + if (m_backgroundMode == wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) + bg_col = m_textBackgroundColour.GetColor(); + + // rotate the text + PangoMatrix matrix = PANGO_MATRIX_INIT; + pango_matrix_rotate (&matrix, angle); + pango_context_set_matrix (m_context, &matrix); + pango_layout_context_changed (m_layout); + + // To be compatible with MSW, the rotation axis must be in the old + // top-left corner. + // Calculate the vertices of the rotated rectangle containing the text, + // relative to the old top-left vertex. + // We could use the matrix for this, but it's simpler with trignonometry. + double rad = DegToRad(angle); + // the rectangle vertices are counted clockwise with the first one + // being at (0, 0) + double x2 = w * cos(rad); + double y2 = -w * sin(rad); // y axis points to the bottom, hence minus + double x4 = h * sin(rad); + double y4 = h * cos(rad); + double x3 = x4 + x2; + double y3 = y4 + y2; + // Then we calculate max and min of the rotated rectangle. + wxCoord maxX = (wxCoord)(dmax(dmax(0, x2), dmax(x3, x4)) + 0.5), + maxY = (wxCoord)(dmax(dmax(0, y2), dmax(y3, y4)) + 0.5), + minX = (wxCoord)(dmin(dmin(0, x2), dmin(x3, x4)) - 0.5), + minY = (wxCoord)(dmin(dmin(0, y2), dmin(y3, y4)) - 0.5); + + gdk_draw_layout_with_colors(m_gdkwindow, m_textGC, x+minX, y+minY, + m_layout, NULL, bg_col); + + if (m_font.GetUnderlined()) + pango_layout_set_attributes(m_layout, NULL); + + // clean up the transformation matrix + pango_context_set_matrix(m_context, NULL); + + if (isScaled) + { + // reset unscaled size + pango_font_description_set_size( m_fontdesc, oldSize ); + + // actually apply unscaled font + pango_layout_set_font_description( m_layout, m_fontdesc ); + } + + CalcBoundingBox(x+minX, y+minY); + CalcBoundingBox(x+maxX, y+maxY); + } + else +#endif //__WXGTK26__ + { +#if wxUSE_IMAGE + if ( wxIsNullDouble(angle) ) + { + DoDrawText(text, x, y); + return; + } + + wxCoord w; + wxCoord h; + + // TODO: implement later without GdkFont for GTK 2.0 + DoGetTextExtent(text, &w, &h, NULL,NULL, &m_font); + + // draw the string normally + wxBitmap src(w, h); + wxMemoryDC dc; + dc.SelectObject(src); + dc.SetFont(GetFont()); + dc.SetBackground(*wxBLACK_BRUSH); + dc.SetBrush(*wxBLACK_BRUSH); + dc.Clear(); + dc.SetTextForeground( *wxWHITE ); + dc.DrawText(text, 0, 0); + dc.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + + // Calculate the size of the rotated bounding box. + double rad = DegToRad(angle); + double dx = cos(rad), + dy = sin(rad); + + // the rectngle vertices are counted clockwise with the first one being at + // (0, 0) (or, rather, at (x, y)) + double x2 = w*dx, + y2 = -w*dy; // y axis points to the bottom, hence minus + double x4 = h*dy, + y4 = h*dx; + double x3 = x4 + x2, + y3 = y4 + y2; + + // calc max and min + wxCoord maxX = (wxCoord)(dmax(x2, dmax(x3, x4)) + 0.5), + maxY = (wxCoord)(dmax(y2, dmax(y3, y4)) + 0.5), + minX = (wxCoord)(dmin(x2, dmin(x3, x4)) - 0.5), + minY = (wxCoord)(dmin(y2, dmin(y3, y4)) - 0.5); + + + wxImage image = src.ConvertToImage(); + + image.ConvertColourToAlpha( m_textForegroundColour.Red(), + m_textForegroundColour.Green(), + m_textForegroundColour.Blue() ); + image = image.Rotate( rad, wxPoint(0,0) ); + + int i_angle = (int) angle; + i_angle = i_angle % 360; + if (i_angle < 0) + i_angle += 360; + int xoffset = 0; + if ((i_angle >= 90.0) && (i_angle < 270.0)) + xoffset = image.GetWidth(); + int yoffset = 0; + if ((i_angle >= 0.0) && (i_angle < 180.0)) + yoffset = image.GetHeight(); + + if ((i_angle >= 0) && (i_angle < 90)) + yoffset -= (int)( cos(rad)*h ); + if ((i_angle >= 90) && (i_angle < 180)) + xoffset -= (int)( sin(rad)*h ); + if ((i_angle >= 180) && (i_angle < 270)) + yoffset -= (int)( cos(rad)*h ); + if ((i_angle >= 270) && (i_angle < 360)) + xoffset -= (int)( sin(rad)*h ); + + int i_x = x - xoffset; + int i_y = y - yoffset; + + src = image; + DoDrawBitmap( src, i_x, i_y, true ); + + + // it would be better to draw with non underlined font and draw the line + // manually here (it would be more straight...) +#if 0 + if ( m_font.GetUnderlined() ) + { + gdk_draw_line( m_gdkwindow, m_textGC, + XLOG2DEV(x + x4), YLOG2DEV(y + y4 + font->descent), + XLOG2DEV(x + x3), YLOG2DEV(y + y3 + font->descent)); + } +#endif // 0 + + // update the bounding box + CalcBoundingBox(x + minX, y + minY); + CalcBoundingBox(x + maxX, y + maxY); +#else // !wxUSE_IMAGE + wxUnusedVar(text); + wxUnusedVar(x); + wxUnusedVar(y); + wxUnusedVar(angle); +#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE/!wxUSE_IMAGE + } +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoGetTextExtent(const wxString &string, + wxCoord *width, wxCoord *height, + wxCoord *descent, wxCoord *externalLeading, + const wxFont *theFont) const +{ + if ( width ) + *width = 0; + if ( height ) + *height = 0; + if ( descent ) + *descent = 0; + if ( externalLeading ) + *externalLeading = 0; + + if (string.empty()) + return; + + // ensure that theFont is always non-NULL + if ( !theFont || !theFont->IsOk() ) + theFont = &m_font; + + // and use it if it's valid + if ( theFont->IsOk() ) + { + pango_layout_set_font_description + ( + m_layout, + theFont->GetNativeFontInfo()->description + ); + } + + // Set layout's text + const wxCharBuffer dataUTF8 = wxGTK_CONV_FONT(string, *theFont); + if ( !dataUTF8 ) + { + // hardly ideal, but what else can we do if conversion failed? + return; + } + + pango_layout_set_text(m_layout, dataUTF8, -1); + + int h; + pango_layout_get_pixel_size(m_layout, width, &h); + if (descent) + { + PangoLayoutIter *iter = pango_layout_get_iter(m_layout); + int baseline = pango_layout_iter_get_baseline(iter); + pango_layout_iter_free(iter); + *descent = h - PANGO_PIXELS(baseline); + } + if (height) + *height = h; + + // Reset old font description + if (theFont->IsOk()) + pango_layout_set_font_description( m_layout, m_fontdesc ); +} + + +bool wxWindowDCImpl::DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, + wxArrayInt& widths) const +{ + const size_t len = text.length(); + widths.Empty(); + widths.Add(0, len); + + if (text.empty()) + return true; + + // Set layout's text + const wxCharBuffer dataUTF8 = wxGTK_CONV_FONT(text, m_font); + if ( !dataUTF8 ) + { + // hardly ideal, but what else can we do if conversion failed? + wxLogLastError(wxT("DoGetPartialTextExtents")); + return false; + } + + pango_layout_set_text(m_layout, dataUTF8, -1); + + // Calculate the position of each character based on the widths of + // the previous characters + + // Code borrowed from Scintilla's PlatGTK + PangoLayoutIter *iter = pango_layout_get_iter(m_layout); + PangoRectangle pos; + pango_layout_iter_get_cluster_extents(iter, NULL, &pos); + size_t i = 0; + while (pango_layout_iter_next_cluster(iter)) + { + pango_layout_iter_get_cluster_extents(iter, NULL, &pos); + int position = PANGO_PIXELS(pos.x); + widths[i++] = position; + } + while (i < len) + widths[i++] = PANGO_PIXELS(pos.x + pos.width); + pango_layout_iter_free(iter); + + return true; +} + + +wxCoord wxWindowDCImpl::GetCharWidth() const +{ + pango_layout_set_text( m_layout, "H", 1 ); + int w; + pango_layout_get_pixel_size( m_layout, &w, NULL ); + return w; +} + +wxCoord wxWindowDCImpl::GetCharHeight() const +{ + PangoFontMetrics *metrics = pango_context_get_metrics (m_context, m_fontdesc, pango_context_get_language(m_context)); + wxCHECK_MSG( metrics, -1, wxT("failed to get pango font metrics") ); + + wxCoord h = PANGO_PIXELS (pango_font_metrics_get_descent (metrics) + + pango_font_metrics_get_ascent (metrics)); + pango_font_metrics_unref (metrics); + return h; +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::Clear() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if (!m_gdkwindow) return; + + int width,height; + DoGetSize( &width, &height ); + gdk_draw_rectangle( m_gdkwindow, m_bgGC, TRUE, 0, 0, width, height ); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::SetFont( const wxFont &font ) +{ + m_font = font; + + if (m_font.IsOk()) + { + if (m_fontdesc) + pango_font_description_free( m_fontdesc ); + + m_fontdesc = pango_font_description_copy( m_font.GetNativeFontInfo()->description ); + + + if (m_window) + { + PangoContext *oldContext = m_context; + + m_context = m_window->GTKGetPangoDefaultContext(); + + // If we switch back/forth between different contexts + // we also have to create a new layout. I think so, + // at least, and it doesn't hurt to do it. + if (oldContext != m_context) + { + if (m_layout) + g_object_unref (m_layout); + + m_layout = pango_layout_new( m_context ); + } + } + + pango_layout_set_font_description( m_layout, m_fontdesc ); + } +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::SetPen( const wxPen &pen ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if (m_pen == pen) return; + + m_pen = pen; + + if (!m_pen.IsOk()) return; + + if (!m_gdkwindow) return; + + gint width = m_pen.GetWidth(); + if (width <= 0) + { + // CMB: if width is non-zero scale it with the dc + width = 1; + } + else + { + // X doesn't allow different width in x and y and so we take + // the average + double w = 0.5 + + ( fabs((double) XLOG2DEVREL(width)) + + fabs((double) YLOG2DEVREL(width)) ) / 2.0; + width = (int)w; + if ( !width ) + { + // width can't be 0 or an internal GTK error occurs inside + // gdk_gc_set_dashes() below + width = 1; + } + } + + static const wxGTKDash dotted[] = {1, 1}; + static const wxGTKDash short_dashed[] = {2, 2}; + static const wxGTKDash wxCoord_dashed[] = {2, 4}; + static const wxGTKDash dotted_dashed[] = {3, 3, 1, 3}; + + // We express dash pattern in pen width unit, so we are + // independent of zoom factor and so on... + int req_nb_dash; + const wxGTKDash *req_dash; + + GdkLineStyle lineStyle = GDK_LINE_ON_OFF_DASH; + switch (m_pen.GetStyle()) + { + case wxPENSTYLE_USER_DASH: + req_nb_dash = m_pen.GetDashCount(); + req_dash = (wxGTKDash*)m_pen.GetDash(); + break; + case wxPENSTYLE_DOT: + req_nb_dash = 2; + req_dash = dotted; + break; + case wxPENSTYLE_LONG_DASH: + req_nb_dash = 2; + req_dash = wxCoord_dashed; + break; + case wxPENSTYLE_SHORT_DASH: + req_nb_dash = 2; + req_dash = short_dashed; + break; + case wxPENSTYLE_DOT_DASH: + req_nb_dash = 4; + req_dash = dotted_dashed; + break; + + case wxPENSTYLE_TRANSPARENT: + case wxPENSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE: + case wxPENSTYLE_STIPPLE: + case wxPENSTYLE_SOLID: + default: + lineStyle = GDK_LINE_SOLID; + req_dash = NULL; + req_nb_dash = 0; + break; + } + + if (req_dash && req_nb_dash) + { + wxGTKDash *real_req_dash = new wxGTKDash[req_nb_dash]; + if (real_req_dash) + { + for (int i = 0; i < req_nb_dash; i++) + real_req_dash[i] = req_dash[i] * width; + gdk_gc_set_dashes( m_penGC, 0, real_req_dash, req_nb_dash ); + delete[] real_req_dash; + } + else + { + // No Memory. We use non-scaled dash pattern... + gdk_gc_set_dashes( m_penGC, 0, (wxGTKDash*)req_dash, req_nb_dash ); + } + } + + GdkCapStyle capStyle = GDK_CAP_ROUND; + switch (m_pen.GetCap()) + { + case wxCAP_PROJECTING: { capStyle = GDK_CAP_PROJECTING; break; } + case wxCAP_BUTT: { capStyle = GDK_CAP_BUTT; break; } + case wxCAP_ROUND: + default: + if (width <= 1) + { + width = 0; + capStyle = GDK_CAP_NOT_LAST; + } + break; + } + + GdkJoinStyle joinStyle = GDK_JOIN_ROUND; + switch (m_pen.GetJoin()) + { + case wxJOIN_BEVEL: { joinStyle = GDK_JOIN_BEVEL; break; } + case wxJOIN_MITER: { joinStyle = GDK_JOIN_MITER; break; } + case wxJOIN_ROUND: + default: { joinStyle = GDK_JOIN_ROUND; break; } + } + + gdk_gc_set_line_attributes( m_penGC, width, lineStyle, capStyle, joinStyle ); + + m_pen.GetColour().CalcPixel( m_cmap ); + gdk_gc_set_foreground( m_penGC, m_pen.GetColour().GetColor() ); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::SetBrush( const wxBrush &brush ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if (m_brush == brush) return; + + m_brush = brush; + + if (!m_brush.IsOk()) return; + + if (!m_gdkwindow) return; + + m_brush.GetColour().CalcPixel( m_cmap ); + gdk_gc_set_foreground( m_brushGC, m_brush.GetColour().GetColor() ); + + gdk_gc_set_fill( m_brushGC, GDK_SOLID ); + + if ((m_brush.GetStyle() == wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE) && (m_brush.GetStipple()->IsOk())) + { + if (m_brush.GetStipple()->GetDepth() != 1) + { + gdk_gc_set_fill( m_brushGC, GDK_TILED ); + gdk_gc_set_tile( m_brushGC, m_brush.GetStipple()->GetPixmap() ); + } + else + { + gdk_gc_set_fill( m_brushGC, GDK_STIPPLED ); + gdk_gc_set_stipple( m_brushGC, m_brush.GetStipple()->GetPixmap() ); + } + } + + if ((m_brush.GetStyle() == wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE) && (m_brush.GetStipple()->GetMask())) + { + gdk_gc_set_fill( m_textGC, GDK_OPAQUE_STIPPLED); + gdk_gc_set_stipple( m_textGC, m_brush.GetStipple()->GetMask()->GetBitmap() ); + } + + if (m_brush.IsHatch()) + { + gdk_gc_set_fill( m_brushGC, GDK_STIPPLED ); + gdk_gc_set_stipple(m_brushGC, GetHatch(m_brush.GetStyle())); + } +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::SetBackground( const wxBrush &brush ) +{ + /* CMB 21/7/98: Added SetBackground. Sets background brush + * for Clear() and bg colour for shapes filled with cross-hatch brush */ + + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if (m_backgroundBrush == brush) return; + + m_backgroundBrush = brush; + + if (!m_backgroundBrush.IsOk()) return; + + if (!m_gdkwindow) return; + + wxColor color = m_backgroundBrush.GetColour(); + color.CalcPixel(m_cmap); + const GdkColor* gdkColor = color.GetColor(); + gdk_gc_set_background(m_brushGC, gdkColor); + gdk_gc_set_background(m_penGC, gdkColor); + gdk_gc_set_background(m_bgGC, gdkColor); + gdk_gc_set_foreground(m_bgGC, gdkColor); + + + gdk_gc_set_fill( m_bgGC, GDK_SOLID ); + + if (m_backgroundBrush.GetStyle() == wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE) + { + const wxBitmap* stipple = m_backgroundBrush.GetStipple(); + if (stipple->IsOk()) + { + if (stipple->GetDepth() != 1) + { + gdk_gc_set_fill(m_bgGC, GDK_TILED); + gdk_gc_set_tile(m_bgGC, stipple->GetPixmap()); + } + else + { + gdk_gc_set_fill(m_bgGC, GDK_STIPPLED); + gdk_gc_set_stipple(m_bgGC, stipple->GetPixmap()); + } + } + } + else if (m_backgroundBrush.IsHatch()) + { + gdk_gc_set_fill( m_bgGC, GDK_STIPPLED ); + gdk_gc_set_stipple(m_bgGC, GetHatch(m_backgroundBrush.GetStyle())); + } +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::SetLogicalFunction( wxRasterOperationMode function ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if (m_logicalFunction == function) + return; + + // VZ: shouldn't this be a CHECK? + if (!m_gdkwindow) + return; + + GdkFunction mode; + switch (function) + { + case wxXOR: mode = GDK_XOR; break; + case wxINVERT: mode = GDK_INVERT; break; + case wxOR_REVERSE: mode = GDK_OR_REVERSE; break; + case wxAND_REVERSE: mode = GDK_AND_REVERSE; break; + case wxCLEAR: mode = GDK_CLEAR; break; + case wxSET: mode = GDK_SET; break; + case wxOR_INVERT: mode = GDK_OR_INVERT; break; + case wxAND: mode = GDK_AND; break; + case wxOR: mode = GDK_OR; break; + case wxEQUIV: mode = GDK_EQUIV; break; + case wxNAND: mode = GDK_NAND; break; + case wxAND_INVERT: mode = GDK_AND_INVERT; break; + case wxCOPY: mode = GDK_COPY; break; + case wxNO_OP: mode = GDK_NOOP; break; + case wxSRC_INVERT: mode = GDK_COPY_INVERT; break; + case wxNOR: mode = GDK_NOR; break; + default: + wxFAIL_MSG("unknown mode"); + return; + } + + m_logicalFunction = function; + + gdk_gc_set_function( m_penGC, mode ); + gdk_gc_set_function( m_brushGC, mode ); + + // to stay compatible with wxMSW, we don't apply ROPs to the text + // operations (i.e. DrawText/DrawRotatedText). + // True, but mono-bitmaps use the m_textGC and they use ROPs as well. + gdk_gc_set_function( m_textGC, mode ); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::SetTextForeground( const wxColour &col ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + // don't set m_textForegroundColour to an invalid colour as we'd crash + // later then (we use m_textForegroundColour.GetColor() without checking + // in a few places) + if ( !col.IsOk() || (m_textForegroundColour == col) ) + return; + + m_textForegroundColour = col; + + if ( m_gdkwindow ) + { + m_textForegroundColour.CalcPixel( m_cmap ); + gdk_gc_set_foreground( m_textGC, m_textForegroundColour.GetColor() ); + } +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::SetTextBackground( const wxColour &col ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + // same as above + if ( !col.IsOk() || (m_textBackgroundColour == col) ) + return; + + m_textBackgroundColour = col; + + if ( m_gdkwindow ) + { + m_textBackgroundColour.CalcPixel( m_cmap ); + gdk_gc_set_background( m_textGC, m_textBackgroundColour.GetColor() ); + } +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::SetBackgroundMode( int mode ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + m_backgroundMode = mode; +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::SetPalette( const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette) ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxWindowDCImpl::SetPalette not implemented") ); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoSetClippingRegion( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if (!m_gdkwindow) return; + + wxRect rect; + rect.x = XLOG2DEV(x); + rect.y = YLOG2DEV(y); + rect.width = XLOG2DEVREL(width); + rect.height = YLOG2DEVREL(height); + + if (m_window && m_window->m_wxwindow && + (m_window->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)) + { + rect.x -= rect.width; + } + + DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(wxRegion(rect)); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DoSetDeviceClippingRegion( const wxRegion ®ion ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + if (region.Empty()) + { + DestroyClippingRegion(); + return; + } + + if (!m_gdkwindow) return; + + if (!m_currentClippingRegion.IsNull()) + m_currentClippingRegion.Intersect( region ); + else + m_currentClippingRegion.Union( region ); + +#if USE_PAINT_REGION + if (!m_paintClippingRegion.IsNull()) + m_currentClippingRegion.Intersect( m_paintClippingRegion ); +#endif + + wxCoord xx, yy, ww, hh; + m_currentClippingRegion.GetBox( xx, yy, ww, hh ); + wxGTKDCImpl::DoSetClippingRegion( xx, yy, ww, hh ); + + GdkRegion* gdkRegion = m_currentClippingRegion.GetRegion(); + gdk_gc_set_clip_region(m_penGC, gdkRegion); + gdk_gc_set_clip_region(m_brushGC, gdkRegion); + gdk_gc_set_clip_region(m_textGC, gdkRegion); + gdk_gc_set_clip_region(m_bgGC, gdkRegion); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::DestroyClippingRegion() +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsOk(), wxT("invalid window dc") ); + + wxDCImpl::DestroyClippingRegion(); + + m_currentClippingRegion.Clear(); + +#if USE_PAINT_REGION + if (!m_paintClippingRegion.IsEmpty()) + m_currentClippingRegion.Union( m_paintClippingRegion ); +#endif + + if (!m_gdkwindow) return; + + GdkRegion* gdkRegion = NULL; + if (!m_currentClippingRegion.IsEmpty()) + gdkRegion = m_currentClippingRegion.GetRegion(); + + gdk_gc_set_clip_region(m_penGC, gdkRegion); + gdk_gc_set_clip_region(m_brushGC, gdkRegion); + gdk_gc_set_clip_region(m_textGC, gdkRegion); + gdk_gc_set_clip_region(m_bgGC, gdkRegion); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::Destroy() +{ + if (m_penGC) wxFreePoolGC( m_penGC ); + m_penGC = NULL; + if (m_brushGC) wxFreePoolGC( m_brushGC ); + m_brushGC = NULL; + if (m_textGC) wxFreePoolGC( m_textGC ); + m_textGC = NULL; + if (m_bgGC) wxFreePoolGC( m_bgGC ); + m_bgGC = NULL; +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::SetDeviceOrigin( wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) +{ + m_deviceOriginX = x; + m_deviceOriginY = y; + + ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::SetAxisOrientation( bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp ) +{ + m_signX = (xLeftRight ? 1 : -1); + m_signY = (yBottomUp ? -1 : 1); + + if (m_window && m_window->m_wxwindow && + (m_window->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)) + m_signX = -m_signX; + + ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); +} + +void wxWindowDCImpl::ComputeScaleAndOrigin() +{ + const wxRealPoint origScale(m_scaleX, m_scaleY); + + wxDCImpl::ComputeScaleAndOrigin(); + + // if scale has changed call SetPen to recalulate the line width + if ( wxRealPoint(m_scaleX, m_scaleY) != origScale && m_pen.IsOk() ) + { + // this is a bit artificial, but we need to force wxDC to think the pen + // has changed + wxPen pen = m_pen; + m_pen = wxNullPen; + SetPen( pen ); + } +} + +// Resolution in pixels per logical inch +wxSize wxWindowDCImpl::GetPPI() const +{ + return wxSize( (int) (m_mm_to_pix_x * 25.4 + 0.5), (int) (m_mm_to_pix_y * 25.4 + 0.5)); +} + +int wxWindowDCImpl::GetDepth() const +{ + return gdk_drawable_get_depth(m_gdkwindow); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxClientDCImpl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxClientDCImpl, wxWindowDCImpl) + +wxClientDCImpl::wxClientDCImpl( wxDC *owner ) + : wxWindowDCImpl( owner ) +{ +} + +wxClientDCImpl::wxClientDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win ) + : wxWindowDCImpl( owner, win ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( win, wxT("NULL window in wxClientDCImpl::wxClientDC") ); + +#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + wxPoint ptOrigin = win->GetClientAreaOrigin(); + SetDeviceOrigin(ptOrigin.x, ptOrigin.y); + wxSize size = win->GetClientSize(); + DoSetClippingRegion(0, 0, size.x, size.y); +#endif + // __WXUNIVERSAL__ +} + +void wxClientDCImpl::DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const +{ + wxCHECK_RET( m_window, wxT("GetSize() doesn't work without window") ); + + m_window->GetClientSize( width, height ); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxPaintDCImpl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPaintDCImpl, wxClientDCImpl) + +// Limit the paint region to the window size. Sometimes +// the paint region is too big, and this risks X11 errors +static void wxLimitRegionToSize(wxRegion& region, const wxSize& sz) +{ + wxRect originalRect = region.GetBox(); + wxRect rect(originalRect); + if (rect.width + rect.x > sz.x) + rect.width = sz.x - rect.x; + if (rect.height + rect.y > sz.y) + rect.height = sz.y - rect.y; + if (rect != originalRect) + { + region = wxRegion(rect); + wxLogTrace(wxT("painting"), wxT("Limiting region from %d, %d, %d, %d to %d, %d, %d, %d\n"), + originalRect.x, originalRect.y, originalRect.width, originalRect.height, + rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); + } +} + +wxPaintDCImpl::wxPaintDCImpl( wxDC *owner ) + : wxClientDCImpl( owner ) +{ +} + +wxPaintDCImpl::wxPaintDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win ) + : wxClientDCImpl( owner, win ) +{ +#if USE_PAINT_REGION + if (!win->m_clipPaintRegion) + return; + + wxSize sz = win->GetSize(); + m_paintClippingRegion = win->m_nativeUpdateRegion; + wxLimitRegionToSize(m_paintClippingRegion, sz); + + GdkRegion *region = m_paintClippingRegion.GetRegion(); + if ( region ) + { + m_currentClippingRegion.Union( m_paintClippingRegion ); + wxLimitRegionToSize(m_currentClippingRegion, sz); + + if (sz.x <= 0 || sz.y <= 0) + return ; + + gdk_gc_set_clip_region( m_penGC, region ); + gdk_gc_set_clip_region( m_brushGC, region ); + gdk_gc_set_clip_region( m_textGC, region ); + gdk_gc_set_clip_region( m_bgGC, region ); + } +#endif +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDCModule +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxDCModule : public wxModule +{ +public: + bool OnInit(); + void OnExit(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDCModule) +}; + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDCModule, wxModule) + +bool wxDCModule::OnInit() +{ + wxInitGCPool(); + return true; +} + +void wxDCModule::OnExit() +{ + wxCleanUpGCPool(); + + for (int i = wxBRUSHSTYLE_LAST_HATCH - wxBRUSHSTYLE_FIRST_HATCH; i--; ) + { + if (hatches[i]) + g_object_unref(hatches[i]); + } +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcmemory.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcmemory.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..81d4524429 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcmemory.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/dcmemory.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// RCS-ID: $Id: dcmemory.cpp 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#include "wx/dcmemory.h" +#include "wx/gtk/dcmemory.h" + +#include +#include + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxMemoryDCImpl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxMemoryDCImpl, wxWindowDCImpl) + +wxMemoryDCImpl::wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner ) + : wxWindowDCImpl( owner ) +{ + Init(); +} + +wxMemoryDCImpl::wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxBitmap& bitmap) + : wxWindowDCImpl( owner ) +{ + Init(); + DoSelect(bitmap); +} + +wxMemoryDCImpl::wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxDC *WXUNUSED(dc) ) + : wxWindowDCImpl( owner ) +{ + Init(); +} + +wxMemoryDCImpl::~wxMemoryDCImpl() +{ + g_object_unref(m_context); +} + +void wxMemoryDCImpl::Init() +{ + m_ok = false; + + m_cmap = gtk_widget_get_default_colormap(); + + m_context = gdk_pango_context_get(); + // Note: The Sun customised version of Pango shipping with Solaris 10 + // crashes if the language is left NULL (see bug 1374114) + pango_context_set_language( m_context, gtk_get_default_language() ); + m_layout = pango_layout_new( m_context ); + m_fontdesc = pango_font_description_copy( pango_context_get_font_description( m_context ) ); +} + +void wxMemoryDCImpl::DoSelect( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) +{ + Destroy(); + + m_selected = bitmap; + if (m_selected.Ok()) + { + m_gdkwindow = m_selected.GetPixmap(); + + m_selected.PurgeOtherRepresentations(wxBitmap::Pixmap); + + SetUpDC( true ); + } + else + { + m_ok = false; + m_gdkwindow = NULL; + } +} + +void wxMemoryDCImpl::SetPen( const wxPen& penOrig ) +{ + wxPen pen( penOrig ); + if ( m_selected.Ok() && + m_selected.GetDepth() == 1 && + (pen != *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN) ) + { + pen.SetColour( pen.GetColour() == *wxWHITE ? *wxBLACK : *wxWHITE ); + } + + wxWindowDCImpl::SetPen( pen ); +} + +void wxMemoryDCImpl::SetBrush( const wxBrush& brushOrig ) +{ + wxBrush brush( brushOrig ); + if ( m_selected.Ok() && + m_selected.GetDepth() == 1 && + (brush != *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH) ) + { + brush.SetColour( brush.GetColour() == *wxWHITE ? *wxBLACK : *wxWHITE); + } + + wxWindowDCImpl::SetBrush( brush ); +} + +void wxMemoryDCImpl::SetBackground( const wxBrush& brushOrig ) +{ + wxBrush brush(brushOrig); + + if ( m_selected.Ok() && + m_selected.GetDepth() == 1 && + (brush != *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH) ) + { + brush.SetColour( brush.GetColour() == *wxWHITE ? *wxBLACK : *wxWHITE ); + } + + wxWindowDCImpl::SetBackground( brush ); +} + +void wxMemoryDCImpl::SetTextForeground( const wxColour& col ) +{ + if ( m_selected.Ok() && m_selected.GetDepth() == 1 ) + wxWindowDCImpl::SetTextForeground( col == *wxWHITE ? *wxBLACK : *wxWHITE); + else + wxWindowDCImpl::SetTextForeground( col ); +} + +void wxMemoryDCImpl::SetTextBackground( const wxColour &col ) +{ + if (m_selected.Ok() && m_selected.GetDepth() == 1) + wxWindowDCImpl::SetTextBackground( col == *wxWHITE ? *wxBLACK : *wxWHITE ); + else + wxWindowDCImpl::SetTextBackground( col ); +} + +void wxMemoryDCImpl::DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const +{ + if (m_selected.Ok()) + { + if (width) (*width) = m_selected.GetWidth(); + if (height) (*height) = m_selected.GetHeight(); + } + else + { + if (width) (*width) = 0; + if (height) (*height) = 0; + } +} + +wxBitmap wxMemoryDCImpl::DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect) const +{ + wxBitmap bmp = GetSelectedBitmap(); + return subrect ? bmp.GetSubBitmap(*subrect) : bmp; +} + +const wxBitmap& wxMemoryDCImpl::GetSelectedBitmap() const +{ + return m_selected; +} + +wxBitmap& wxMemoryDCImpl::GetSelectedBitmap() +{ + return m_selected; +} + diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcscreen.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcscreen.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93699c6010 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dcscreen.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/dcscreen.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: dcscreen.cpp 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#include "wx/dcscreen.h" +#include "wx/gtk/dcscreen.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/window.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxScreenDCImpl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxScreenDCImpl, wxWindowDCImpl) + +wxScreenDCImpl::wxScreenDCImpl( wxScreenDC *owner ) + : wxWindowDCImpl( owner ) +{ + Init(); +} + +void wxScreenDCImpl::Init() +{ + m_ok = false; + m_cmap = gdk_colormap_get_system(); + m_gdkwindow = gdk_get_default_root_window(); + + m_context = gdk_pango_context_get(); + // Note: The Sun customised version of Pango shipping with Solaris 10 + // crashes if the language is left NULL (see bug 1374114) + pango_context_set_language( m_context, gtk_get_default_language() ); + m_layout = pango_layout_new( m_context ); +// m_fontdesc = pango_font_description_copy( widget->style->font_desc ); + + m_isScreenDC = true; + + SetUpDC(); + + gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_penGC, GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS ); + gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_brushGC, GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS ); + gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_textGC, GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS ); + gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_bgGC, GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS ); +} + +wxScreenDCImpl::~wxScreenDCImpl() +{ + gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_penGC, GDK_CLIP_BY_CHILDREN ); + gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_brushGC, GDK_CLIP_BY_CHILDREN ); + gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_textGC, GDK_CLIP_BY_CHILDREN ); + gdk_gc_set_subwindow( m_bgGC, GDK_CLIP_BY_CHILDREN ); +} + +void wxScreenDCImpl::DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const +{ + wxDisplaySize(width, height); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/descrip.mms b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/descrip.mms new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf4536a347 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/descrip.mms @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +#***************************************************************************** +# * +# Make file for VMS * +# Author : J.Jansen (joukj@hrem.nano.tudelft.nl) * +# Date : 22 September 2009 * +# * +#***************************************************************************** +.first + define wx [--.include.wx] + +.ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ +CXX_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1,__WXUNIVERSAL__==1)/float=ieee\ + /name=(as_is,short)/ieee=denorm/assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new) +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1,__WXUNIVERSAL__==1)/float=ieee\ + /name=(as_is,short)/ieee=denorm +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK2__ +CXX_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1,VMS_GTK2==1)/float=ieee\ + /name=(as_is,short)/ieee=denorm/assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new) +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1,VMS_GTK2==1)/float=ieee\ + /name=(as_is,short)/ieee=denorm +.else +CXX_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1)/float=ieee/name=(as_is,short)/iee=denorm\ + /assume=(nostdnew,noglobal_array_new) +CC_DEFINE = /define=(__WXGTK__=1)/float=ieee/name=(as_is,short)/iee=denorm +.endif +.endif + +.suffixes : .cpp + +.cpp.obj : + cxx $(CXXFLAGS)$(CXX_DEFINE) $(MMS$TARGET_NAME).cpp +.c.obj : + cc $(CFLAGS)$(CC_DEFINE) $(MMS$TARGET_NAME).c + +OBJECTS = \ + animate.obj,\ + app.obj,\ + artgtk.obj,\ + bitmap.obj,\ + brush.obj,\ + clipbrd.obj,\ + colordlg.obj,\ + colour.obj,\ + collpane.obj,\ + cursor.obj,\ + dataobj.obj,\ + dc.obj,\ + dcclient.obj,\ + dcmemory.obj,\ + dcscreen.obj,\ + dnd.obj,\ + evtloop.obj,\ + filedlg.obj,\ + font.obj,\ + glcanvas.obj,\ + sockgtk.obj,\ + minifram.obj,\ + pen.obj,\ + popupwin.obj,\ + renderer.obj,\ + region.obj,\ + settings.obj,\ + timer.obj,\ + tooltip.obj,\ + toplevel.obj,\ + utilsgtk.obj,\ + window.obj + +OBJECTS0= \ + bmpbuttn.obj,\ + button.obj,\ + checkbox.obj,\ + checklst.obj,\ + choice.obj,\ + combobox.obj,\ + control.obj,\ + dialog.obj,\ + fontdlg.obj,\ + frame.obj,\ + gauge.obj,\ + listbox.obj,\ + mdi.obj,\ + menu.obj,\ + notebook.obj,\ + radiobox.obj,\ + radiobut.obj,\ + scrolbar.obj,\ + scrolwin.obj,\ + slider.obj,\ + spinbutt.obj,\ + spinctrl.obj,\ + statbmp.obj,\ + statbox.obj,\ + statline.obj,\ + stattext.obj,\ + toolbar.obj,\ + textctrl.obj,\ + tglbtn.obj,\ + msgdlg.obj,\ + treeentry_gtk.obj,textentry.obj,filectrl.obj,print.obj,win_gtk.obj,\ + mnemonics.obj,private.obj,assertdlg_gtk.obj,infobar.obj + +SOURCES =\ + animate.cpp,\ + app.cpp,\ + artgtk.cpp, \ + bitmap.cpp,\ + bmpbuttn.cpp,\ + brush.cpp,\ + button.cpp,\ + checkbox.cpp,\ + checklst.cpp,\ + choice.cpp,\ + clipbrd.cpp,\ + colordlg.cpp,\ + colour.cpp,\ + collpane.cpp,\ + combobox.cpp,\ + control.cpp,\ + cursor.cpp,\ + dataobj.cpp,\ + dc.cpp,\ + dcclient.cpp,\ + dcmemory.cpp,\ + dcscreen.cpp,\ + dialog.cpp,\ + dnd.cpp,\ + evtloop.cpp,\ + filedlg.cpp,\ + font.cpp,\ + fontdlg.cpp,\ + frame.cpp,\ + gauge.cpp,\ + glcanvas.cpp,\ + sockgtk.cpp,\ + listbox.cpp,\ + mdi.cpp,\ + menu.cpp,\ + minifram.cpp,\ + msgdlg.cpp,\ + notebook.cpp,\ + pen.cpp,\ + popupwin.cpp,\ + radiobox.cpp,\ + radiobut.cpp,\ + renderer.cpp,\ + region.cpp,\ + scrolbar.cpp,\ + scrolwin.cpp,\ + settings.cpp,\ + slider.cpp,\ + spinbutt.cpp,\ + spinctrl.cpp,\ + statbmp.cpp,\ + statbox.cpp,\ + statline.cpp,\ + stattext.cpp,\ + toolbar.cpp,\ + textctrl.cpp,\ + tglbtn.cpp,\ + timer.cpp,\ + tooltip.cpp,\ + toplevel.cpp,\ + utilsgtk.cpp,\ + window.cpp,\ + treeentry_gtk.c,textentry.cpp,filectrl.cpp,print.cpp,win_gtk.cpp,\ + mnemonics.cpp,private.cpp,assertdlg_gtk.c,infobar.cpp + +all : $(SOURCES) + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS) +.ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk_univ.olb $(OBJECTS) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk_univ.olb [.CXX_REPOSITORY]*.obj +.else +.ifdef __WXGTK2__ + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk2.olb $(OBJECTS) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk2.olb [.CXX_REPOSITORY]*.obj + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS0) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk2.olb $(OBJECTS0) +.else + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk.olb $(OBJECTS) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk.olb [.CXX_REPOSITORY]*.obj + $(MMS)$(MMSQUALIFIERS) $(OBJECTS0) + library [--.lib]libwx_gtk.olb $(OBJECTS0) +.endif +.endif + +$(OBJECTS) : [--.include.wx]setup.h +$(OBJECTS0) : [--.include.wx]setup.h + +animate.obj : animate.cpp +app.obj : app.cpp +artgtk.obj : artgtk.cpp +bitmap.obj : bitmap.cpp +bmpbuttn.obj : bmpbuttn.cpp +brush.obj : brush.cpp +button.obj : button.cpp +checkbox.obj : checkbox.cpp +checklst.obj : checklst.cpp +choice.obj : choice.cpp +clipbrd.obj :clipbrd.cpp +colordlg.obj : colordlg.cpp +colour.obj : colour.cpp +collpane.obj : collpane.cpp +combobox.obj : combobox.cpp +control.obj : control.cpp +cursor.obj : cursor.cpp +dataobj.obj : dataobj.cpp +dc.obj : dc.cpp +dcclient.obj : dcclient.cpp +dcmemory.obj : dcmemory.cpp +dcscreen.obj : dcscreen.cpp +dialog.obj : dialog.cpp +dnd.obj : dnd.cpp +evtloop.obj : evtloop.cpp +filedlg.obj : filedlg.cpp +font.obj : font.cpp +fontdlg.obj : fontdlg.cpp +frame.obj : frame.cpp +gauge.obj : gauge.cpp +glcanvas.obj : glcanvas.cpp +sockgtk.obj : sockgtk.cpp +listbox.obj : listbox.cpp +msgdlg.obj : msgdlg.cpp +mdi.obj : mdi.cpp +menu.obj : menu.cpp +minifram.obj : minifram.cpp +notebook.obj : notebook.cpp +pen.obj : pen.cpp +popupwin.obj : popupwin.cpp +radiobox.obj : radiobox.cpp +radiobut.obj : radiobut.cpp +renderer.obj : renderer.cpp +region.obj : region.cpp +scrolbar.obj : scrolbar.cpp +scrolwin.obj : scrolwin.cpp +settings.obj : settings.cpp +slider.obj : slider.cpp +spinbutt.obj : spinbutt.cpp +spinctrl.obj : spinctrl.cpp +statbmp.obj : statbmp.cpp +statbox.obj : statbox.cpp +statline.obj : statline.cpp +stattext.obj : stattext.cpp +toolbar.obj : toolbar.cpp +textctrl.obj : textctrl.cpp +tglbtn.obj : tglbtn.cpp +timer.obj : timer.cpp +tooltip.obj : tooltip.cpp +toplevel.obj : toplevel.cpp +utilsgtk.obj : utilsgtk.cpp +window.obj : window.cpp +treeentry_gtk.obj : treeentry_gtk.c +textentry.obj : textentry.cpp +filectrl.obj : filectrl.cpp +print.obj : print.cpp +win_gtk.obj : win_gtk.cpp +mnemonics.obj : mnemonics.cpp +private.obj : private.cpp +assertdlg_gtk.obj : assertdlg_gtk.c +infobar.obj : infobar.cpp diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dialog.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dialog.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f4f2755477 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dialog.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/dialog.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: dialog.cpp 66559 2011-01-04 09:20:10Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#include "wx/dialog.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/cursor.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/evtloop.h" + +#include "wx/scopedptr.h" + +#include + +// this is defined in src/gtk/toplevel.cpp +extern int wxOpenModalDialogsCount; + +wxDEFINE_TIED_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(wxGUIEventLoop) + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxDialog::Init() +{ + m_modalLoop = NULL; + m_returnCode = 0; + m_modalShowing = false; + m_themeEnabled = true; +} + +wxDialog::wxDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, const wxString &title, + const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size, + long style, const wxString &name ) +{ + Init(); + + (void)Create( parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name ); +} + +bool wxDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, const wxString &title, + const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size, + long style, const wxString &name ) +{ + SetExtraStyle(GetExtraStyle() | wxTOPLEVEL_EX_DIALOG); + + // all dialogs should have tab traversal enabled + style |= wxTAB_TRAVERSAL; + + return wxTopLevelWindow::Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name); +} + +bool wxDialog::Show( bool show ) +{ + if (!show && IsModal()) + { + EndModal( wxID_CANCEL ); + } + + if (show && CanDoLayoutAdaptation()) + DoLayoutAdaptation(); + + bool ret = wxDialogBase::Show(show); + + if (show) + InitDialog(); + + return ret; +} + +wxDialog::~wxDialog() +{ + // if the dialog is modal, this will end its event loop + if ( IsModal() ) + EndModal(wxID_CANCEL); +} + +bool wxDialog::IsModal() const +{ + return m_modalShowing; +} + +void wxDialog::SetModal( bool WXUNUSED(flag) ) +{ + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxDialog:SetModal obsolete now") ); +} + +int wxDialog::ShowModal() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( !IsModal(), "ShowModal() can't be called twice" ); + + // release the mouse if it's currently captured as the window having it + // will be disabled when this dialog is shown -- but will still keep the + // capture making it impossible to do anything in the modal dialog itself + wxWindow * const win = wxWindow::GetCapture(); + if ( win ) + win->GTKReleaseMouseAndNotify(); + + wxWindow * const parent = GetParentForModalDialog(); + if ( parent ) + { + gtk_window_set_transient_for( GTK_WINDOW(m_widget), + GTK_WINDOW(parent->m_widget) ); + } + + wxBusyCursorSuspender cs; // temporarily suppress the busy cursor + + Show( true ); + + m_modalShowing = true; + + wxOpenModalDialogsCount++; + + // NOTE: gtk_window_set_modal internally calls gtk_grab_add() ! + gtk_window_set_modal(GTK_WINDOW(m_widget), TRUE); + + // Run modal dialog event loop. + { + wxGUIEventLoopTiedPtr modal(&m_modalLoop, new wxGUIEventLoop()); + m_modalLoop->Run(); + } + + gtk_window_set_modal(GTK_WINDOW(m_widget), FALSE); + + wxOpenModalDialogsCount--; + + return GetReturnCode(); +} + +void wxDialog::EndModal( int retCode ) +{ + SetReturnCode( retCode ); + + if (!IsModal()) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( "either wxDialog:EndModal called twice or ShowModal wasn't called" ); + return; + } + + m_modalShowing = false; + + // Ensure Exit() is only called once. The dialog's event loop may be terminated + // externally due to an uncaught exception. + if (m_modalLoop && m_modalLoop->IsRunning()) + m_modalLoop->Exit(); + + Show( false ); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dirdlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dirdlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..333a8ccedc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dirdlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/dirdlg.cpp +// Purpose: native implementation of wxDirDialog +// Author: Robert Roebling, Zbigniew Zagorski, Mart Raudsepp, Francesco Montorsi +// Id: $Id: dirdlg.cpp 64019 2010-04-18 00:05:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, 2004 Zbigniew Zagorski, 2005 Mart Raudsepp +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + + + +/* + NOTE: the GtkFileChooser interface can be used both for wxFileDialog and for wxDirDialog. + Thus following code is very similar (even if not identic) to src/gtk/filedlg.cpp + If you find a problem in this code, remember to check also that file ! +*/ + + + +#if wxUSE_DIRDLG + +#include "wx/dirdlg.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/filedlg.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +#include // chdir + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "clicked" for OK-button +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void gtk_dirdialog_ok_callback(GtkWidget *widget, wxDirDialog *dialog) +{ + // change to the directory where the user went if asked + if (dialog->HasFlag(wxDD_CHANGE_DIR)) + { + wxGtkString filename(gtk_file_chooser_get_filename(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(widget))); + chdir(filename); + } + + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, wxID_OK); + event.SetEventObject(dialog); + dialog->HandleWindowEvent(event); +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "clicked" for Cancel-button +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void gtk_dirdialog_cancel_callback(GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(w), + wxDirDialog *dialog) +{ + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, wxID_CANCEL); + event.SetEventObject(dialog); + dialog->HandleWindowEvent(event); +} +} + +extern "C" { +static void gtk_dirdialog_response_callback(GtkWidget *w, + gint response, + wxDirDialog *dialog) +{ + if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) + gtk_dirdialog_ok_callback(w, dialog); + else // GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL or GTK_RESPONSE_NONE + gtk_dirdialog_cancel_callback(w, dialog); +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirDialog, wxDialog) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDirDialog, wxDirDialogBase) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OK, wxDirDialog::OnFakeOk) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxDirDialog::wxDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, + const wxString& title, + const wxString& defaultPath, + long style, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& WXUNUSED(sz), + const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)) +{ + m_message = title; + + parent = GetParentForModalDialog(parent, style); + + if (!PreCreation(parent, pos, wxDefaultSize) || + !CreateBase(parent, wxID_ANY, pos, wxDefaultSize, style, + wxDefaultValidator, wxT("dirdialog"))) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxDirDialog creation failed") ); + return; + } + + GtkWindow* gtk_parent = NULL; + if (parent) + gtk_parent = GTK_WINDOW( gtk_widget_get_toplevel(parent->m_widget) ); + + m_widget = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new( + wxGTK_CONV(m_message), + gtk_parent, + GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER, + GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, + GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT, + NULL); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + + gtk_dialog_set_default_response(GTK_DIALOG(m_widget), GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT); + + // gtk_widget_hide_on_delete is used here to avoid that Gtk automatically destroys + // the dialog when the user press ESC on the dialog: in that case a second call to + // ShowModal() would result in a bunch of Gtk-CRITICAL errors... + g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT(m_widget), + "delete_event", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_hide_on_delete), + (gpointer)this); + + // local-only property could be set to false to allow non-local files to be loaded. + // In that case get/set_uri(s) should be used instead of get/set_filename(s) everywhere + // and the GtkFileChooserDialog should probably also be created with a backend, + // e.g "gnome-vfs", "default", ... (gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new_with_backend). + // Currently local-only is kept as the default - true: + // gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(m_widget), true); + + g_signal_connect (m_widget, "response", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_dirdialog_response_callback), this); + + if ( !defaultPath.empty() ) + gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder( GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(m_widget), + defaultPath.fn_str() ); +} + +void wxDirDialog::OnFakeOk(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + EndDialog(wxID_OK); +} + +void wxDirDialog::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags) +{ + if (!m_wxwindow) + return; + + wxDirDialogBase::DoSetSize( x, y, width, height, sizeFlags ); +} + +void wxDirDialog::SetPath(const wxString& dir) +{ + if (wxDirExists(dir)) + { + gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(m_widget), + dir.fn_str()); + } +} + +wxString wxDirDialog::GetPath() const +{ + wxGtkString str(gtk_file_chooser_get_filename(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(m_widget))); + return wxString::FromUTF8(str); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dnd.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dnd.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb4534f847 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/dnd.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,896 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/dnd.cpp +// Purpose: wxDropTarget class +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: dnd.cpp 65680 2010-09-30 11:44:45Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP + +#include "wx/dnd.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/window.h" + #include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/scopeguard.h" + +#include + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// global data +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern bool g_blockEventsOnDrag; + +// the flags used for the last DoDragDrop() +static long gs_flagsForDrag = 0; + +// the trace mask we use with wxLogTrace() - call +// wxLog::AddTraceMask(TRACE_DND) to enable the trace messages from here +// (there are quite a few of them, so don't enable this by default) +#define TRACE_DND "dnd" + +// global variables because GTK+ DnD want to have the +// mouse event that caused it +extern GdkEvent *g_lastMouseEvent; +extern int g_lastButtonNumber; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// standard icons +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* Copyright (c) Julian Smart */ +static const char * page_xpm[] = { +/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */ +"32 32 37 1", +"5 c #7198D9", +", c #769CDA", +"2 c #DCE6F6", +"i c #FFFFFF", +"e c #779DDB", +": c #9AB6E4", +"9 c #EAF0FA", +"- c #B1C7EB", +"$ c #6992D7", +"y c #F7F9FD", +"= c #BED0EE", +"q c #F0F5FC", +"; c #A8C0E8", +"@ c #366BC2", +" c None", +"u c #FDFEFF", +"8 c #5987D3", +"* c #C4D5F0", +"7 c #7CA0DC", +"O c #487BCE", +"< c #6B94D7", +"& c #CCDAF2", +"> c #89A9DF", +"3 c #5584D1", +"w c #82A5DE", +"1 c #3F74CB", +"+ c #3A70CA", +". c #3569BF", +"% c #D2DFF4", +"# c #3366BB", +"r c #F5F8FD", +"0 c #FAFCFE", +"4 c #DFE8F7", +"X c #5E8AD4", +"o c #5282D0", +"t c #B8CCEC", +"6 c #E5EDF9", +/* pixels */ +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" ", +" .XXXooOO++@# ", +" $%&*=-;::>,<1 ", +" $2%&*=-;::><:3 ", +" $42%&*=-;::<&:3 ", +" 56477<<<<8<<9&:X ", +" 59642%&*=-;<09&:5 ", +" 5q9642%&*=-<<<<<# ", +" 5qqw777<<<<<88:>+ ", +" erqq9642%&*=t;::+ ", +" eyrqq9642%&*=t;:O ", +" eyywwww777<<<GTKSetDragContext( context ); + + /* we don't need return values. this event is just for + information */ + drop_target->OnLeave(); + + /* this has to be done because GDK has no "drag_enter" event */ + drop_target->m_firstMotion = true; + + /* after this, invalidate the drop_target's GdkDragContext */ + drop_target->GTKSetDragContext( NULL ); +} +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "drag_motion" +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static gboolean target_drag_motion( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GdkDragContext *context, + gint x, + gint y, + guint time, + wxDropTarget *drop_target ) +{ + /* Owen Taylor: "if the coordinates not in a drop zone, + return FALSE, otherwise call gtk_drag_status() and + return TRUE" */ + +#if 0 + wxPrintf( "motion\n" ); + GList *tmp_list; + for (tmp_list = context->targets; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next) + { + wxString atom = wxString::FromAscii( gdk_atom_name (GDK_POINTER_TO_ATOM (tmp_list->data)) ); + wxPrintf( "Atom: %s\n", atom ); + } +#endif + + // Inform the wxDropTarget about the current GdkDragContext. + // This is only valid for the duration of this call. + drop_target->GTKSetDragContext( context ); + + // Does the source actually accept the data type? + if (drop_target->GTKGetMatchingPair() == (GdkAtom) 0) + { + drop_target->GTKSetDragContext( NULL ); + return FALSE; + } + + wxDragResult suggested_action = drop_target->GTKFigureOutSuggestedAction(); + + wxDragResult result = wxDragNone; + + if (drop_target->m_firstMotion) + { + // the first "drag_motion" event substitutes a "drag_enter" event + result = drop_target->OnEnter( x, y, suggested_action ); + } + else + { + // give program a chance to react (i.e. to say no by returning FALSE) + result = drop_target->OnDragOver( x, y, suggested_action ); + } + + GdkDragAction result_action = GDK_ACTION_DEFAULT; + if (result == wxDragCopy) + result_action = GDK_ACTION_COPY; + else if (result == wxDragLink) + result_action = GDK_ACTION_LINK; + else + result_action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE; + + // is result action actually supported + bool ret ((result_action != GDK_ACTION_DEFAULT) && + (context->actions & result_action)); + + if (ret) + gdk_drag_status( context, result_action, time ); + + // after this, invalidate the drop_target's GdkDragContext + drop_target->GTKSetDragContext( NULL ); + + // this has to be done because GDK has no "drag_enter" event + drop_target->m_firstMotion = false; + + return ret; +} +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "drag_drop" +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static gboolean target_drag_drop( GtkWidget *widget, + GdkDragContext *context, + gint x, + gint y, + guint time, + wxDropTarget *drop_target ) +{ + /* Owen Taylor: "if the drop is not in a drop zone, + return FALSE, otherwise, if you aren't accepting + the drop, call gtk_drag_finish() with success == FALSE + otherwise call gtk_drag_data_get()" */ + + /* inform the wxDropTarget about the current GdkDragContext. + this is only valid for the duration of this call */ + drop_target->GTKSetDragContext( context ); + + // Does the source actually accept the data type? + if (drop_target->GTKGetMatchingPair() == (GdkAtom) 0) + { + // cancel the whole thing + gtk_drag_finish( context, + FALSE, // no success + FALSE, // don't delete data on dropping side + time ); + + drop_target->GTKSetDragContext( NULL ); + + drop_target->m_firstMotion = true; + + return FALSE; + } + + /* inform the wxDropTarget about the current drag widget. + this is only valid for the duration of this call */ + drop_target->GTKSetDragWidget( widget ); + + /* inform the wxDropTarget about the current drag time. + this is only valid for the duration of this call */ + drop_target->GTKSetDragTime( time ); + + /* reset the block here as someone might very well + show a dialog as a reaction to a drop and this + wouldn't work without events */ + g_blockEventsOnDrag = false; + + bool ret = drop_target->OnDrop( x, y ); + + if (!ret) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_DND, wxT( "Drop target: OnDrop returned FALSE") ); + + /* cancel the whole thing */ + gtk_drag_finish( context, + FALSE, /* no success */ + FALSE, /* don't delete data on dropping side */ + time ); + } + else + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_DND, wxT( "Drop target: OnDrop returned true") ); + + GdkAtom format = drop_target->GTKGetMatchingPair(); + + // this does happen somehow, see bug 555111 + wxCHECK_MSG( format, FALSE, wxT("no matching GdkAtom for format?") ); + + /* this should trigger an "drag_data_received" event */ + gtk_drag_get_data( widget, + context, + format, + time ); + } + + /* after this, invalidate the drop_target's GdkDragContext */ + drop_target->GTKSetDragContext( NULL ); + + /* after this, invalidate the drop_target's drag widget */ + drop_target->GTKSetDragWidget( NULL ); + + /* this has to be done because GDK has no "drag_enter" event */ + drop_target->m_firstMotion = true; + + return ret; +} +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "drag_data_received" +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void target_drag_data_received( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GdkDragContext *context, + gint x, + gint y, + GtkSelectionData *data, + guint WXUNUSED(info), + guint time, + wxDropTarget *drop_target ) +{ + /* Owen Taylor: "call gtk_drag_finish() with + success == TRUE" */ + + if ((data->length <= 0) || (data->format != 8)) + { + /* negative data length and non 8-bit data format + qualifies for junk */ + gtk_drag_finish (context, FALSE, FALSE, time); + + return; + } + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_DND, wxT( "Drop target: data received event") ); + + /* inform the wxDropTarget about the current GtkSelectionData. + this is only valid for the duration of this call */ + drop_target->GTKSetDragData( data ); + + wxDragResult result = ConvertFromGTK(context->action); + + if ( wxIsDragResultOk( drop_target->OnData( x, y, result ) ) ) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_DND, wxT( "Drop target: OnData returned true") ); + + /* tell GTK that data transfer was successful */ + gtk_drag_finish( context, TRUE, FALSE, time ); + } + else + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_DND, wxT( "Drop target: OnData returned FALSE") ); + + /* tell GTK that data transfer was not successful */ + gtk_drag_finish( context, FALSE, FALSE, time ); + } + + /* after this, invalidate the drop_target's drag data */ + drop_target->GTKSetDragData( NULL ); +} +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDropTarget +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDropTarget::wxDropTarget( wxDataObject *data ) + : wxDropTargetBase( data ) +{ + m_firstMotion = true; + m_dragContext = NULL; + m_dragWidget = NULL; + m_dragData = NULL; + m_dragTime = 0; +} + +wxDragResult wxDropTarget::OnDragOver( wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), + wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), + wxDragResult def ) +{ + return def; +} + +bool wxDropTarget::OnDrop( wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y) ) +{ + return true; +} + +wxDragResult wxDropTarget::OnData( wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), + wxDragResult def ) +{ + return GetData() ? def : wxDragNone; +} + +wxDragResult wxDropTarget::GTKFigureOutSuggestedAction() +{ + if (!m_dragContext) + return wxDragError; + + // GTK+ always supposes that we want to copy the data by default while we + // might want to move it, so examine not only suggested_action - which is + // only good if we don't have our own preferences - but also the actions + // field + wxDragResult suggested_action = wxDragNone; + if (GetDefaultAction() == wxDragNone) + { + // use default action set by wxDropSource::DoDragDrop() + if ( (gs_flagsForDrag & wxDrag_DefaultMove) == wxDrag_DefaultMove && + (m_dragContext->actions & GDK_ACTION_MOVE ) ) + { + // move is requested by the program and allowed by GTK+ - do it, even + // though suggested_action may be currently wxDragCopy + suggested_action = wxDragMove; + } + else // use whatever GTK+ says we should + { + suggested_action = ConvertFromGTK(m_dragContext->suggested_action); + +#if 0 + // RR: I don't understand the code below: if the drag comes from + // a different app, the gs_flagsForDrag is invalid; if it + // comes from the same wx app, then GTK+ hopefully won't + // suggest something we didn't allow in the frist place + // in DoDrop() + if ( (suggested_action == wxDragMove) && !(gs_flagsForDrag & wxDrag_AllowMove) ) + { + // we're requested to move but we can't + suggested_action = wxDragCopy; + } +#endif + } + } + else if (GetDefaultAction() == wxDragMove && + (m_dragContext->actions & GDK_ACTION_MOVE)) + { + + suggested_action = wxDragMove; + } + else + { + if (m_dragContext->actions & GDK_ACTION_COPY) + suggested_action = wxDragCopy; + else if (m_dragContext->actions & GDK_ACTION_MOVE) + suggested_action = wxDragMove; + else if (m_dragContext->actions & GDK_ACTION_LINK) + suggested_action = wxDragLink; + else + suggested_action = wxDragNone; + } + + return suggested_action; +} + +wxDataFormat wxDropTarget::GetMatchingPair() +{ + return wxDataFormat( GTKGetMatchingPair() ); +} + +GdkAtom wxDropTarget::GTKGetMatchingPair(bool quiet) +{ + if (!m_dataObject) + return (GdkAtom) 0; + + if (!m_dragContext) + return (GdkAtom) 0; + + GList *child = m_dragContext->targets; + while (child) + { + GdkAtom formatAtom = (GdkAtom)(child->data); + wxDataFormat format( formatAtom ); + + if ( !quiet ) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_DND, wxT("Drop target: drag has format: %s"), + format.GetId().c_str()); + } + + if (m_dataObject->IsSupportedFormat( format )) + return formatAtom; + + child = child->next; + } + + return (GdkAtom) 0; +} + +bool wxDropTarget::GetData() +{ + if (!m_dragData) + return false; + + if (!m_dataObject) + return false; + + wxDataFormat dragFormat( m_dragData->target ); + + if (!m_dataObject->IsSupportedFormat( dragFormat )) + return false; + + m_dataObject->SetData( dragFormat, (size_t)m_dragData->length, (const void*)m_dragData->data ); + + return true; +} + +void wxDropTarget::GtkUnregisterWidget( GtkWidget *widget ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( widget != NULL, wxT("unregister widget is NULL") ); + + gtk_drag_dest_unset( widget ); + + g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget, + (gpointer) target_drag_leave, this); + g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget, + (gpointer) target_drag_motion, this); + g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget, + (gpointer) target_drag_drop, this); + g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget, + (gpointer) target_drag_data_received, this); +} + +void wxDropTarget::GtkRegisterWidget( GtkWidget *widget ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( widget != NULL, wxT("register widget is NULL") ); + + /* gtk_drag_dest_set() determines what default behaviour we'd like + GTK to supply. we don't want to specify out targets (=formats) + or actions in advance (i.e. not GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION and + not GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP). instead we react individually to + "drag_motion" and "drag_drop" events. this makes it possible + to allow dropping on only a small area. we should set + GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_HIGHLIGHT as this will switch on the nice + highlighting if dragging over standard controls, but this + seems to be broken without the other two. */ + + gtk_drag_dest_set( widget, + (GtkDestDefaults) 0, /* no default behaviour */ + NULL, /* we don't supply any formats here */ + 0, /* number of targets = 0 */ + (GdkDragAction) 0 ); /* we don't supply any actions here */ + + g_signal_connect (widget, "drag_leave", + G_CALLBACK (target_drag_leave), this); + + g_signal_connect (widget, "drag_motion", + G_CALLBACK (target_drag_motion), this); + + g_signal_connect (widget, "drag_drop", + G_CALLBACK (target_drag_drop), this); + + g_signal_connect (widget, "drag_data_received", + G_CALLBACK (target_drag_data_received), this); +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "drag_data_get" +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void +source_drag_data_get (GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GdkDragContext *context, + GtkSelectionData *selection_data, + guint WXUNUSED(info), + guint WXUNUSED(time), + wxDropSource *drop_source ) +{ + wxDataFormat format( selection_data->target ); + + wxLogTrace(TRACE_DND, wxT("Drop source: format requested: %s"), + format.GetId().c_str()); + + drop_source->m_retValue = wxDragError; + + wxDataObject *data = drop_source->GetDataObject(); + + if (!data) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_DND, wxT("Drop source: no data object") ); + return; + } + + if (!data->IsSupportedFormat(format)) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_DND, wxT("Drop source: unsupported format") ); + return; + } + + if (data->GetDataSize(format) == 0) + { + wxLogTrace(TRACE_DND, wxT("Drop source: empty data") ); + return; + } + + size_t size = data->GetDataSize(format); + +// printf( "data size: %d.\n", (int)data_size ); + + guchar *d = new guchar[size]; + + if (!data->GetDataHere( format, (void*)d )) + { + delete[] d; + return; + } + + drop_source->m_retValue = ConvertFromGTK( context->action ); + + gtk_selection_data_set( selection_data, + selection_data->target, + 8, // 8-bit + d, + size ); + + delete[] d; +} +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "drag_end" +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void source_drag_end( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GdkDragContext *WXUNUSED(context), + wxDropSource *drop_source ) +{ + drop_source->m_waiting = false; +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "configure_event" from m_iconWindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static gint +gtk_dnd_window_configure_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), GdkEventConfigure *WXUNUSED(event), wxDropSource *source ) +{ + source->GiveFeedback( ConvertFromGTK(source->m_dragContext->action) ); + + return 0; +} +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDropSource +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxDropSource::wxDropSource(wxWindow *win, + const wxIcon &iconCopy, + const wxIcon &iconMove, + const wxIcon &iconNone) +{ + m_waiting = true; + + m_iconWindow = NULL; + + m_window = win; + m_widget = win->m_widget; + if (win->m_wxwindow) m_widget = win->m_wxwindow; + + m_retValue = wxDragNone; + + SetIcons(iconCopy, iconMove, iconNone); +} + +wxDropSource::wxDropSource(wxDataObject& data, + wxWindow *win, + const wxIcon &iconCopy, + const wxIcon &iconMove, + const wxIcon &iconNone) +{ + m_waiting = true; + + SetData( data ); + + m_iconWindow = NULL; + + m_window = win; + m_widget = win->m_widget; + if (win->m_wxwindow) m_widget = win->m_wxwindow; + + m_retValue = wxDragNone; + + SetIcons(iconCopy, iconMove, iconNone); +} + +void wxDropSource::SetIcons(const wxIcon &iconCopy, + const wxIcon &iconMove, + const wxIcon &iconNone) +{ + m_iconCopy = iconCopy; + m_iconMove = iconMove; + m_iconNone = iconNone; + + if ( !m_iconCopy.Ok() ) + m_iconCopy = wxIcon(page_xpm); + if ( !m_iconMove.Ok() ) + m_iconMove = m_iconCopy; + if ( !m_iconNone.Ok() ) + m_iconNone = m_iconCopy; +} + +wxDropSource::~wxDropSource() +{ +} + +void wxDropSource::PrepareIcon( int action, GdkDragContext *context ) +{ + // get the right icon to display + wxIcon *icon = NULL; + if ( action & GDK_ACTION_MOVE ) + icon = &m_iconMove; + else if ( action & GDK_ACTION_COPY ) + icon = &m_iconCopy; + else + icon = &m_iconNone; + + GdkBitmap *mask; + if ( icon->GetMask() ) + mask = icon->GetMask()->GetBitmap(); + else + mask = NULL; + + GdkPixmap *pixmap = icon->GetPixmap(); + + gint width,height; + gdk_drawable_get_size (pixmap, &width, &height); + + GdkColormap *colormap = gtk_widget_get_colormap( m_widget ); + gtk_widget_push_colormap (colormap); + + m_iconWindow = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_POPUP); + gtk_widget_set_events (m_iconWindow, GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK); + gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (m_iconWindow, TRUE); + + gtk_widget_pop_colormap (); + + gtk_widget_set_size_request (m_iconWindow, width, height); + gtk_widget_realize (m_iconWindow); + + g_signal_connect (m_iconWindow, "configure_event", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_dnd_window_configure_callback), this); + + gdk_window_set_back_pixmap (m_iconWindow->window, pixmap, FALSE); + + if (mask) + gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask (m_iconWindow, mask, 0, 0); + + gtk_drag_set_icon_widget( context, m_iconWindow, 0, 0 ); +} + +wxDragResult wxDropSource::DoDragDrop(int flags) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( m_data && m_data->GetFormatCount(), wxDragNone, + wxT("Drop source: no data") ); + + // still in drag + if (g_blockEventsOnDrag) + return wxDragNone; + + // don't start dragging if no button is down + if (g_lastButtonNumber == 0) + return wxDragNone; + + // we can only start a drag after a mouse event + if (g_lastMouseEvent == NULL) + return wxDragNone; + + GTKConnectDragSignals(); + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ0(*this, wxDropSource::GTKDisconnectDragSignals); + + m_waiting = true; + + GtkTargetList *target_list = gtk_target_list_new( NULL, 0 ); + + wxDataFormat *array = new wxDataFormat[ m_data->GetFormatCount() ]; + m_data->GetAllFormats( array ); + size_t count = m_data->GetFormatCount(); + for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++) + { + GdkAtom atom = array[i]; + wxLogTrace(TRACE_DND, wxT("Drop source: Supported atom %s"), + gdk_atom_name( atom )); + gtk_target_list_add( target_list, atom, 0, 0 ); + } + delete[] array; + + int allowed_actions = GDK_ACTION_COPY; + if ( flags & wxDrag_AllowMove ) + allowed_actions |= GDK_ACTION_MOVE; + + // VZ: as we already use g_blockEventsOnDrag it shouldn't be that bad + // to use a global to pass the flags to the drop target but I'd + // surely prefer a better way to do it + gs_flagsForDrag = flags; + + m_retValue = wxDragCancel; + + GdkDragContext *context = gtk_drag_begin( m_widget, + target_list, + (GdkDragAction)allowed_actions, + g_lastButtonNumber, // number of mouse button which started drag + (GdkEvent*) g_lastMouseEvent ); + + if ( !context ) + { + // this can happen e.g. if gdk_pointer_grab() failed + return wxDragError; + } + + m_dragContext = context; + + PrepareIcon( allowed_actions, context ); + + while (m_waiting) + gtk_main_iteration(); + + g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (m_iconWindow, + (gpointer) gtk_dnd_window_configure_callback, this); + + return m_retValue; +} + +void wxDropSource::GTKConnectDragSignals() +{ + if (!m_widget) + return; + + g_blockEventsOnDrag = true; + + g_signal_connect (m_widget, "drag_data_get", + G_CALLBACK (source_drag_data_get), this); + g_signal_connect (m_widget, "drag_end", + G_CALLBACK (source_drag_end), this); + +} + +void wxDropSource::GTKDisconnectDragSignals() +{ + if (!m_widget) + return; + + g_blockEventsOnDrag = false; + + g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (m_widget, + (gpointer) source_drag_data_get, + this); + g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (m_widget, + (gpointer) source_drag_end, + this); +} + +#endif + // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/eggtrayicon.c b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/eggtrayicon.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd048ae634 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/eggtrayicon.c @@ -0,0 +1,640 @@ +/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: t; c-basic-offset: 8 -*- */ +/* eggtrayicon.c + * Copyright (C) 2002 Anders Carlsson + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the + * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, + * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + */ + +/* + +Permission to use this file under wxWindows licence given by +copyright holder: +-------- +From andersca@gnu.org Tue Dec 9 13:01:56 2003 +Return-path: +Envelope-to: vasek@localhost +Delivery-date: Tue, 09 Dec 2003 13:04:35 +0100 +Received: from localhost + ([127.0.0.1] helo=amavis ident=amavis) + by armitage with esmtp (Exim 3.35 #1) + id 1ATgbS-0001Gs-00 + for vasek@localhost; Tue, 09 Dec 2003 13:04:35 +0100 +Received: from armitage ([127.0.0.1]) + by amavis (armitage [127.0.0.1]) (amavisd-new, port 10024) with ESMTP + id 04227-09 for ; + Tue, 9 Dec 2003 13:04:11 +0100 (CET) +Received: from localhost ([127.0.0.1] ident=fetchmail) + by armitage with esmtp (Exim 3.35 #1) + id 1ATgb5-0001GY-00 + for vasek@localhost; Tue, 09 Dec 2003 13:04:11 +0100 +Delivered-To: alias-email-slavikvaclav@seznam.cz +Received: from pop3.seznam.cz [212.80.76.45] + by localhost with POP3 (fetchmail-5.9.11) + for vasek@localhost (single-drop); Tue, 09 Dec 2003 13:04:11 +0100 (CET) +Received: (qmail 9861 invoked from network); 9 Dec 2003 12:02:17 -0000 +Received: from unknown (HELO maxipes.logix.cz) (81.0.234.97) + by buster.go.seznam.cz with SMTP; 9 Dec 2003 12:02:17 -0000 +Received: by maxipes.logix.cz (Postfix, from userid 604) + id 37E6D29A51; Tue, 9 Dec 2003 13:02:16 +0100 (CET) +X-Original-To: vaclav.slavik@matfyz.cz +Received: from mail.csbnet.se (glutus.csbnet.se [193.11.248.2]) + by maxipes.logix.cz (Postfix) with ESMTP id 90D6A29A51 + for ; Tue, 9 Dec 2003 13:02:15 +0100 (CET) +Received: by mail.csbnet.se (Postfix, from userid 8) + id 7AA7F10A6D7; Tue, 9 Dec 2003 13:02:14 +0100 (CET) +Received: from carbon.csbnet.se (carbon.csbnet.se [193.11.248.180]) + by mail.csbnet.se (Postfix) with ESMTP id A190F10A71D + for ; Tue, 9 Dec 2003 13:01:56 +0100 (CET) +Subject: Re: eggtrayicon.{c,h} licensing +From: Anders Carlsson +To: Vaclav Slavik +In-Reply-To: <200312091142.54542.vaclav.slavik@matfyz.cz> +References: <200312091142.54542.vaclav.slavik@matfyz.cz> +Content-Type: text/plain +Message-Id: <1070971316.30989.0.camel@carbon.csbnet.se> +Mime-Version: 1.0 +X-Mailer: Ximian Evolution 1.5 +Date: Tue, 09 Dec 2003 13:01:56 +0100 +Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit +X-Scanned-By: CLAM (openantivirus DB) antivirus scanner at mail.csbnet.se +X-Virus-Scanned: by amavisd-new-20030616-p5 (Debian) at armitage +X-Spam-Status: No, hits=-4.9 tagged_above=-999.0 required=6.3 tests=BAYES_00 +X-Spam-Level: +Status: R +X-Status: N +X-KMail-EncryptionState: +X-KMail-SignatureState: + +On tis, 2003-12-09 at 11:42 +0100, Vaclav Slavik wrote: +> Hi, +> +> I'm working on the wxWindows cross-platform GUI toolkit +> (http://www.wxwindows.org) which uses GTK+ and it would save me a lot +> of time if I could use your eggtrayicon code to implement tray icons +> on X11. Unfortunately I can't use it right now because it is not part +> of any library we could depend on (as we do depend on GTK+) and would +> have to be included in our sources and it is under the LGPL license. +> The problem is that wxWindows' license is more permissive (see +> http://www.opensource.org/licenses/wxwindows.php for details) and so +> I can't take your code and put it under wxWindows License. And I +> can't put code that can't be used under the terms of wxWindows +> License into wxWindows either. Do you think it would be possible to +> get permission to include eggtrayicon under wxWindows license? +> +> Thanks, +> Vaclav +> + +Sure, that's fine by me. + +Anders +-------- +*/ + + +#include "wx/platform.h" + +#if wxUSE_TASKBARICON + +#include +#if GTK_CHECK_VERSION(2, 1, 0) + +#include +#include "eggtrayicon.h" + +#include +#if defined (GDK_WINDOWING_X11) +#include +#include +#elif defined (GDK_WINDOWING_WIN32) +#include +#endif + + +#define SYSTEM_TRAY_REQUEST_DOCK 0 +#define SYSTEM_TRAY_BEGIN_MESSAGE 1 +#define SYSTEM_TRAY_CANCEL_MESSAGE 2 + +#define SYSTEM_TRAY_ORIENTATION_HORZ 0 +#define SYSTEM_TRAY_ORIENTATION_VERT 1 + +enum { + PROP_0, + PROP_ORIENTATION +}; + +static GtkPlugClass *parent_class = NULL; + +static void egg_tray_icon_init (EggTrayIcon *icon); +static void egg_tray_icon_class_init (EggTrayIconClass *klass); + +static void egg_tray_icon_get_property (GObject *object, + guint prop_id, + GValue *value, + GParamSpec *pspec); + +static void egg_tray_icon_realize (GtkWidget *widget); +static void egg_tray_icon_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget); + +static void egg_tray_icon_add (GtkContainer *container, + GtkWidget *widget); + +#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11 +static void egg_tray_icon_update_manager_window (EggTrayIcon *icon, + gboolean dock_if_realized); +static void egg_tray_icon_manager_window_destroyed (EggTrayIcon *icon); +#endif + +GType +egg_tray_icon_get_type (void) +{ + static GType our_type = 0; + + if (our_type == 0) + { + static const GTypeInfo our_info = + { + sizeof (EggTrayIconClass), + (GBaseInitFunc) NULL, + (GBaseFinalizeFunc) NULL, + (GClassInitFunc) egg_tray_icon_class_init, + NULL, /* class_finalize */ + NULL, /* class_data */ + sizeof (EggTrayIcon), + 0, /* n_preallocs */ + (GInstanceInitFunc) egg_tray_icon_init + }; + + our_type = g_type_register_static (GTK_TYPE_PLUG, "EggTrayIcon", &our_info, 0); + } + + return our_type; +} + +static void +egg_tray_icon_init (EggTrayIcon *icon) +{ + icon->stamp = 1; + icon->orientation = GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL; + + gtk_widget_add_events (GTK_WIDGET (icon), GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK); +} + +static void +egg_tray_icon_class_init (EggTrayIconClass *klass) +{ + GObjectClass *gobject_class = (GObjectClass *)klass; + GtkWidgetClass *widget_class = (GtkWidgetClass *)klass; + GtkContainerClass *container_class = (GtkContainerClass *)klass; + + parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass); + + gobject_class->get_property = egg_tray_icon_get_property; + + widget_class->realize = egg_tray_icon_realize; + widget_class->unrealize = egg_tray_icon_unrealize; + + container_class->add = egg_tray_icon_add; + + g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, + PROP_ORIENTATION, + g_param_spec_enum ("orientation", + "Orientation", + "The orientation of the tray.", + GTK_TYPE_ORIENTATION, + GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, + G_PARAM_READABLE)); +} + +static void +egg_tray_icon_get_property (GObject *object, + guint prop_id, + GValue *value, + GParamSpec *pspec) +{ + EggTrayIcon *icon = EGG_TRAY_ICON (object); + + switch (prop_id) + { + case PROP_ORIENTATION: + g_value_set_enum (value, icon->orientation); + break; + default: + G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec); + break; + } +} + +#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11 + +static void +egg_tray_icon_get_orientation_property (EggTrayIcon *icon) +{ + Display *xdisplay; + Atom type; + int format; + union { + gulong *prop; + guchar *prop_ch; + } prop = { NULL }; + gulong nitems; + gulong bytes_after; + int error, result; + + g_assert (icon->manager_window != None); + + xdisplay = GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gtk_widget_get_display (GTK_WIDGET (icon))); + + gdk_error_trap_push (); + type = None; + result = XGetWindowProperty (xdisplay, + icon->manager_window, + icon->orientation_atom, + 0, G_MAXLONG, FALSE, + XA_CARDINAL, + &type, &format, &nitems, + &bytes_after, &(prop.prop_ch)); + error = gdk_error_trap_pop (); + + if (error || result != Success) + return; + + if (type == XA_CARDINAL) + { + GtkOrientation orientation; + + orientation = (prop.prop [0] == SYSTEM_TRAY_ORIENTATION_HORZ) ? + GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL : + GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL; + + if (icon->orientation != orientation) + { + icon->orientation = orientation; + + g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (icon), "orientation"); + } + } + + if (prop.prop) + XFree (prop.prop); +} + +static GdkFilterReturn +egg_tray_icon_manager_filter (GdkXEvent *xevent, GdkEvent *event, gpointer user_data) +{ + EggTrayIcon *icon = user_data; + XEvent *xev = (XEvent *)xevent; + + if (xev->xany.type == ClientMessage && + xev->xclient.message_type == icon->manager_atom && + xev->xclient.data.l[1] == icon->selection_atom) + { + egg_tray_icon_update_manager_window (icon, TRUE); + } + else if (xev->xany.window == icon->manager_window) + { + if (xev->xany.type == PropertyNotify && + xev->xproperty.atom == icon->orientation_atom) + { + egg_tray_icon_get_orientation_property (icon); + } + if (xev->xany.type == DestroyNotify) + { + egg_tray_icon_manager_window_destroyed (icon); + } + } + return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE; +} + +#endif + +static void +egg_tray_icon_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget) +{ +#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11 + EggTrayIcon *icon = EGG_TRAY_ICON (widget); + GdkWindow *root_window; + + if (icon->manager_window != None) + { + GdkWindow *gdkwin; + + gdkwin = gdk_window_lookup_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget), + icon->manager_window); + + gdk_window_remove_filter (gdkwin, egg_tray_icon_manager_filter, icon); + } + + root_window = gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget)); + + gdk_window_remove_filter (root_window, egg_tray_icon_manager_filter, icon); + + if (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (parent_class)->unrealize) + (* GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (parent_class)->unrealize) (widget); +#endif +} + +#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11 + +static void +egg_tray_icon_send_manager_message (EggTrayIcon *icon, + long message, + Window window, + long data1, + long data2, + long data3) +{ + XClientMessageEvent ev; + Display *display; + + ev.type = ClientMessage; + ev.window = window; + ev.message_type = icon->system_tray_opcode_atom; + ev.format = 32; + ev.data.l[0] = gdk_x11_get_server_time (GTK_WIDGET (icon)->window); + ev.data.l[1] = message; + ev.data.l[2] = data1; + ev.data.l[3] = data2; + ev.data.l[4] = data3; + + display = GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gtk_widget_get_display (GTK_WIDGET (icon))); + + gdk_error_trap_push (); + XSendEvent (display, + icon->manager_window, False, NoEventMask, (XEvent *)&ev); + XSync (display, False); + gdk_error_trap_pop (); +} + +static void +egg_tray_icon_send_dock_request (EggTrayIcon *icon) +{ + egg_tray_icon_send_manager_message (icon, + SYSTEM_TRAY_REQUEST_DOCK, + icon->manager_window, + gtk_plug_get_id (GTK_PLUG (icon)), + 0, 0); +} + +static void +egg_tray_icon_update_manager_window (EggTrayIcon *icon, + gboolean dock_if_realized) +{ + Display *xdisplay; + + if (icon->manager_window != None) + return; + + xdisplay = GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gtk_widget_get_display (GTK_WIDGET (icon))); + + XGrabServer (xdisplay); + + icon->manager_window = XGetSelectionOwner (xdisplay, + icon->selection_atom); + + if (icon->manager_window != None) + XSelectInput (xdisplay, + icon->manager_window, StructureNotifyMask|PropertyChangeMask); + + XUngrabServer (xdisplay); + XFlush (xdisplay); + + if (icon->manager_window != None) + { + GdkWindow *gdkwin; + + gdkwin = gdk_window_lookup_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (GTK_WIDGET (icon)), + icon->manager_window); + + gdk_window_add_filter (gdkwin, egg_tray_icon_manager_filter, icon); + + if (dock_if_realized && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (icon)) + egg_tray_icon_send_dock_request (icon); + + egg_tray_icon_get_orientation_property (icon); + } +} + +static void +egg_tray_icon_manager_window_destroyed (EggTrayIcon *icon) +{ + GdkWindow *gdkwin; + + g_return_if_fail (icon->manager_window != None); + + gdkwin = gdk_window_lookup_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (GTK_WIDGET (icon)), + icon->manager_window); + + gdk_window_remove_filter (gdkwin, egg_tray_icon_manager_filter, icon); + + icon->manager_window = None; + + egg_tray_icon_update_manager_window (icon, TRUE); +} + +#endif + +static gboolean +transparent_expose_event (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventExpose *event, gpointer user_data) +{ + gdk_window_clear_area (widget->window, event->area.x, event->area.y, + event->area.width, event->area.height); + return FALSE; +} + +static void +make_transparent_again (GtkWidget *widget, GtkStyle *previous_style, + gpointer user_data) +{ + gdk_window_set_back_pixmap (widget->window, NULL, TRUE); +} + +static void +make_transparent (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data) +{ + if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) || GTK_WIDGET_APP_PAINTABLE (widget)) + return; + + gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, TRUE); + gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (widget, FALSE); + gdk_window_set_back_pixmap (widget->window, NULL, TRUE); + g_signal_connect (widget, "expose_event", + G_CALLBACK (transparent_expose_event), NULL); + g_signal_connect_after (widget, "style_set", + G_CALLBACK (make_transparent_again), NULL); +} + +static void +egg_tray_icon_realize (GtkWidget *widget) +{ +#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11 + EggTrayIcon *icon = EGG_TRAY_ICON (widget); + GdkScreen *screen; + GdkDisplay *display; + Display *xdisplay; + char buffer[256]; + GdkWindow *root_window; + + if (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (parent_class)->realize) + GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (parent_class)->realize (widget); + + make_transparent (widget, NULL); + + screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget); + display = gdk_screen_get_display (screen); + xdisplay = gdk_x11_display_get_xdisplay (display); + + /* Now see if there's a manager window around */ + g_snprintf (buffer, sizeof (buffer), + "_NET_SYSTEM_TRAY_S%d", + gdk_screen_get_number (screen)); + + icon->selection_atom = XInternAtom (xdisplay, buffer, False); + + icon->manager_atom = XInternAtom (xdisplay, "MANAGER", False); + + icon->system_tray_opcode_atom = XInternAtom (xdisplay, + "_NET_SYSTEM_TRAY_OPCODE", + False); + + icon->orientation_atom = XInternAtom (xdisplay, + "_NET_SYSTEM_TRAY_ORIENTATION", + False); + + egg_tray_icon_update_manager_window (icon, FALSE); + egg_tray_icon_send_dock_request (icon); + + root_window = gdk_screen_get_root_window (screen); + + /* Add a root window filter so that we get changes on MANAGER */ + gdk_window_add_filter (root_window, + egg_tray_icon_manager_filter, icon); +#endif +} + +static void +egg_tray_icon_add (GtkContainer *container, GtkWidget *widget) +{ + g_signal_connect (widget, "realize", + G_CALLBACK (make_transparent), NULL); + GTK_CONTAINER_CLASS (parent_class)->add (container, widget); +} + +EggTrayIcon * +egg_tray_icon_new_for_screen (GdkScreen *screen, const char *name) +{ + g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_SCREEN (screen), NULL); + + return g_object_new (EGG_TYPE_TRAY_ICON, "screen", screen, "title", name, NULL); +} + +EggTrayIcon* +egg_tray_icon_new (const gchar *name) +{ + return g_object_new (EGG_TYPE_TRAY_ICON, "title", name, NULL); +} + +guint +egg_tray_icon_send_message (EggTrayIcon *icon, + gint timeout, + const gchar *message, + gint len) +{ + guint stamp; + + g_return_val_if_fail (EGG_IS_TRAY_ICON (icon), 0); + g_return_val_if_fail (timeout >= 0, 0); + g_return_val_if_fail (message != NULL, 0); + +#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11 + if (icon->manager_window == None) + return 0; +#endif + + if (len < 0) + len = strlen (message); + + stamp = icon->stamp++; + +#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11 + /* Get ready to send the message */ + egg_tray_icon_send_manager_message (icon, SYSTEM_TRAY_BEGIN_MESSAGE, + icon->manager_window, + timeout, len, stamp); + + /* Now to send the actual message */ + gdk_error_trap_push (); + while (len > 0) + { + XClientMessageEvent ev; + Display *xdisplay; + + xdisplay = GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gtk_widget_get_display (GTK_WIDGET (icon))); + + ev.type = ClientMessage; + ev.window = icon->manager_window; + ev.format = 8; + ev.message_type = XInternAtom (xdisplay, + "_NET_SYSTEM_TRAY_MESSAGE_DATA", False); + if (len > 20) + { + memcpy (&ev.data, message, 20); + len -= 20; + message += 20; + } + else + { + memcpy (&ev.data, message, len); + len = 0; + } + + XSendEvent (xdisplay, + icon->manager_window, False, StructureNotifyMask, (XEvent *)&ev); + XSync (xdisplay, False); + } + gdk_error_trap_pop (); +#endif + + return stamp; +} + +void +egg_tray_icon_cancel_message (EggTrayIcon *icon, + guint id) +{ + g_return_if_fail (EGG_IS_TRAY_ICON (icon)); + g_return_if_fail (id > 0); +#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11 + egg_tray_icon_send_manager_message (icon, SYSTEM_TRAY_CANCEL_MESSAGE, + (Window)gtk_plug_get_id (GTK_PLUG (icon)), + id, 0, 0); +#endif +} + +GtkOrientation +egg_tray_icon_get_orientation (EggTrayIcon *icon) +{ + g_return_val_if_fail (EGG_IS_TRAY_ICON (icon), GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); + + return icon->orientation; +} + + + + + +#endif /* GTK_CHECK_VERSION(2, 1, 0) */ +#endif /* wxUSE_TASKBARICON */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/eggtrayicon.h b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/eggtrayicon.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aee0346af4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/eggtrayicon.h @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/* + Permission to use this file under wxWindows licence granted by + the copyright holder, see eggtrayicon.c for details. + */ + +/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: t; c-basic-offset: 8 -*- */ +/* eggtrayicon.h + * Copyright (C) 2002 Anders Carlsson + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the + * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, + * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + */ + +#ifndef __EGG_TRAY_ICON_H__ +#define __EGG_TRAY_ICON_H__ + +#include +#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11 +#include +#endif + +G_BEGIN_DECLS + +#define EGG_TYPE_TRAY_ICON (egg_tray_icon_get_type ()) +#define EGG_TRAY_ICON(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), EGG_TYPE_TRAY_ICON, EggTrayIcon)) +#define EGG_TRAY_ICON_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), EGG_TYPE_TRAY_ICON, EggTrayIconClass)) +#define EGG_IS_TRAY_ICON(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), EGG_TYPE_TRAY_ICON)) +#define EGG_IS_TRAY_ICON_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), EGG_TYPE_TRAY_ICON)) +#define EGG_TRAY_ICON_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), EGG_TYPE_TRAY_ICON, EggTrayIconClass)) + +typedef struct _EggTrayIcon EggTrayIcon; +typedef struct _EggTrayIconClass EggTrayIconClass; + +struct _EggTrayIcon +{ + GtkPlug parent_instance; + + guint stamp; + +#ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11 + Atom selection_atom; + Atom manager_atom; + Atom system_tray_opcode_atom; + Atom orientation_atom; + Window manager_window; +#endif + GtkOrientation orientation; +}; + +struct _EggTrayIconClass +{ + GtkPlugClass parent_class; +}; + +GType egg_tray_icon_get_type (void); + +EggTrayIcon *egg_tray_icon_new_for_screen (GdkScreen *screen, + const gchar *name); + +EggTrayIcon *egg_tray_icon_new (const gchar *name); + +guint egg_tray_icon_send_message (EggTrayIcon *icon, + gint timeout, + const char *message, + gint len); +void egg_tray_icon_cancel_message (EggTrayIcon *icon, + guint id); + +GtkOrientation egg_tray_icon_get_orientation (EggTrayIcon *icon); + +G_END_DECLS + +#endif /* __EGG_TRAY_ICON_H__ */ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/evtloop.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/evtloop.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0b310d8607 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/evtloop.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,374 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/evtloop.cpp +// Purpose: implements wxEventLoop for GTK+ +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Modified by: +// Created: 10.07.01 +// RCS-ID: $Id: evtloop.cpp 66090 2010-11-10 13:52:17Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/evtloop.h" +#include "wx/evtloopsrc.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/app.h" + #include "wx/log.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include +#include + +// ============================================================================ +// wxEventLoop implementation +// ============================================================================ + +extern GtkWidget *wxGetRootWindow(); + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventLoop running and exiting +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxGUIEventLoop::wxGUIEventLoop() +{ + m_exitcode = 0; +} + +int wxGUIEventLoop::Run() +{ + // event loops are not recursive, you need to create another loop! + wxCHECK_MSG( !IsRunning(), -1, "can't reenter a message loop" ); + + wxEventLoopActivator activate(this); + + gtk_main(); + + OnExit(); + + return m_exitcode; +} + +void wxGUIEventLoop::Exit(int rc) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( IsRunning(), "can't call Exit() if not running" ); + + m_exitcode = rc; + + gtk_main_quit(); +} + +void wxGUIEventLoop::WakeUp() +{ + // TODO: idle events handling should really be done by wxEventLoop itself + // but for now it's completely in gtk/app.cpp so just call there when + // we have wxTheApp and hope that it doesn't matter that we do + // nothing when we don't... + if ( wxTheApp ) + wxTheApp->WakeUpIdle(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventLoop adding & removing sources +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + +extern "C" +{ +static gboolean wx_on_channel_event(GIOChannel *channel, + GIOCondition condition, + gpointer data) +{ + wxUnusedVar(channel); // Unused if !wxUSE_LOG || !wxDEBUG_LEVEL + + wxLogTrace(wxTRACE_EVT_SOURCE, + "wx_on_channel_event, fd=%d, condition=%08x", + g_io_channel_unix_get_fd(channel), condition); + + wxEventLoopSourceHandler * const + handler = static_cast(data); + + if (condition & G_IO_IN || condition & G_IO_PRI) + handler->OnReadWaiting(); + if (condition & G_IO_OUT) + handler->OnWriteWaiting(); + else if (condition & G_IO_ERR || condition & G_IO_NVAL) + handler->OnExceptionWaiting(); + + // we never want to remove source here, so always return true + return TRUE; +} +} + +wxEventLoopSource * +wxGUIEventLoop::AddSourceForFD(int fd, + wxEventLoopSourceHandler *handler, + int flags) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( fd != -1, NULL, "can't monitor invalid fd" ); + + int condition = 0; + if (flags & wxEVENT_SOURCE_INPUT) + condition |= G_IO_IN | G_IO_PRI; + if (flags & wxEVENT_SOURCE_OUTPUT) + condition |= G_IO_OUT; + if (flags & wxEVENT_SOURCE_EXCEPTION) + condition |= G_IO_ERR | G_IO_HUP | G_IO_NVAL; + + GIOChannel* channel = g_io_channel_unix_new(fd); + const unsigned sourceId = g_io_add_watch + ( + channel, + (GIOCondition)condition, + &wx_on_channel_event, + handler + ); + // it was ref'd by g_io_add_watch() so we can unref it here + g_io_channel_unref(channel); + + if ( !sourceId ) + return NULL; + + wxLogTrace(wxTRACE_EVT_SOURCE, + "Adding event loop source for fd=%d with GTK id=%u", + fd, sourceId); + + + return new wxGTKEventLoopSource(sourceId, handler, flags); +} + +wxGTKEventLoopSource::~wxGTKEventLoopSource() +{ + wxLogTrace(wxTRACE_EVT_SOURCE, + "Removing event loop source with GTK id=%u", m_sourceId); + + g_source_remove(m_sourceId); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxEventLoop message processing dispatching +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGUIEventLoop::Pending() const +{ + if ( wxTheApp ) + { + // this avoids false positives from our idle source + return wxTheApp->EventsPending(); + } + + return gtk_events_pending() != 0; +} + +bool wxGUIEventLoop::Dispatch() +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsRunning(), false, wxT("can't call Dispatch() if not running") ); + + // gtk_main_iteration() returns TRUE only if gtk_main_quit() was called + return !gtk_main_iteration(); +} + +extern "C" { +static gboolean wx_event_loop_timeout(void* data) +{ + bool* expired = static_cast(data); + *expired = true; + + // return FALSE to remove this timeout + return FALSE; +} +} + +int wxGUIEventLoop::DispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout) +{ + bool expired = false; + const unsigned id = g_timeout_add(timeout, wx_event_loop_timeout, &expired); + bool quit = gtk_main_iteration() != 0; + + if ( expired ) + return -1; + + g_source_remove(id); + + return !quit; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// YieldFor +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void wxgtk_main_do_event(GdkEvent* event, void* data) +{ + // categorize the GDK event according to wxEventCategory. + // See http://library.gnome.org/devel/gdk/unstable/gdk-Events.html#GdkEventType + // for more info. + + // NOTE: GDK_* constants which were not present in the GDK2.0 can be tested for + // only at compile-time; when running the program (compiled with a recent GDK) + // on a system with an older GDK lib we can be sure there won't be problems + // because event->type will never assume those values corresponding to + // new event types (since new event types are always added in GDK with non + // conflicting values for ABI compatibility). + + wxEventCategory cat = wxEVT_CATEGORY_UNKNOWN; + switch (event->type) + { + case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST: + case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY: + case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR: +#if GTK_CHECK_VERSION(2,6,0) + case GDK_OWNER_CHANGE: +#endif + cat = wxEVT_CATEGORY_CLIPBOARD; + break; + + case GDK_KEY_PRESS: + case GDK_KEY_RELEASE: + case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS: + case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS: + case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS: + case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE: + case GDK_SCROLL: // generated from mouse buttons + case GDK_CLIENT_EVENT: + cat = wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT; + break; + + case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN: + case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT: + + case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY: + case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY: + case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY: + case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY: + case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY: + + case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE: + case GDK_CONFIGURE: + case GDK_WINDOW_STATE: + case GDK_SETTING: + case GDK_DELETE: + case GDK_DESTROY: + + case GDK_EXPOSE: + case GDK_NO_EXPOSE: + case GDK_MAP: + case GDK_UNMAP: + + case GDK_DRAG_ENTER: + case GDK_DRAG_LEAVE: + case GDK_DRAG_MOTION: + case GDK_DRAG_STATUS: + case GDK_DROP_START: + case GDK_DROP_FINISHED: +#if GTK_CHECK_VERSION(2,8,0) + case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN: +#endif +#if GTK_CHECK_VERSION(2,14,0) + case GDK_DAMAGE: +#endif + cat = wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI; + break; + + default: + cat = wxEVT_CATEGORY_UNKNOWN; + break; + } + + wxGUIEventLoop* evtloop = static_cast(data); + + // is this event allowed now? + if (evtloop->IsEventAllowedInsideYield(cat)) + gtk_main_do_event(event); // process it now + else if (event->type != GDK_NOTHING) + evtloop->StoreGdkEventForLaterProcessing(gdk_event_copy(event)); + // process it later (but make a copy; the caller will free the event pointer) +} +} + +bool wxGUIEventLoop::YieldFor(long eventsToProcess) +{ +#if wxUSE_THREADS + if ( !wxThread::IsMain() ) + { + // can't call gtk_main_iteration() from other threads like this + return true; + } +#endif // wxUSE_THREADS + + m_isInsideYield = true; + m_eventsToProcessInsideYield = eventsToProcess; + +#if wxUSE_LOG + // disable log flushing from here because a call to wxYield() shouldn't + // normally result in message boxes popping up &c + wxLog::Suspend(); +#endif + + // temporarily replace the global GDK event handler with our function, which + // categorizes the events and using m_eventsToProcessInsideYield decides + // if an event should be processed immediately or not + // NOTE: this approach is better than using gdk_display_get_event() because + // gtk_main_iteration() does more than just calling gdk_display_get_event() + // and then call gtk_main_do_event()! + // In particular in this way we also process input from sources like + // GIOChannels (this is needed for e.g. wxGUIAppTraits::WaitForChild). + gdk_event_handler_set(wxgtk_main_do_event, this, NULL); + while (Pending()) // avoid false positives from our idle source + gtk_main_iteration(); + gdk_event_handler_set ((GdkEventFunc)gtk_main_do_event, NULL, NULL); + + if (eventsToProcess != wxEVT_CATEGORY_CLIPBOARD) + { + // It's necessary to call ProcessIdle() to update the frames sizes which + // might have been changed (it also will update other things set from + // OnUpdateUI() which is a nice (and desired) side effect). But we + // call ProcessIdle() only once since this is not meant for longish + // background jobs (controlled by wxIdleEvent::RequestMore() and the + // return value of Processidle(). + ProcessIdle(); // ProcessIdle() also calls ProcessPendingEvents() + } + //else: if we are inside ~wxClipboardSync() and we call ProcessIdle() and + // the user app contains an UI update handler which calls wxClipboard::IsSupported, + // then we fall into a never-ending loop... + + // put all unprocessed GDK events back in the queue + GdkDisplay* disp = gtk_widget_get_display(wxGetRootWindow()); + for (size_t i=0; im_widget = w; +} + +wxString wxGtkFileChooser::GetPath() const +{ + wxGtkString str( gtk_file_chooser_get_filename( m_widget ) ); + + wxString string; + if (str.c_str() != NULL) + string = wxString::FromUTF8(str); + return string; +} + +void wxGtkFileChooser::GetFilenames( wxArrayString& files ) const +{ + GetPaths( files ); + for ( size_t n = 0; n < files.GetCount(); ++n ) + { + const wxFileName file( files[n] ); + files[n] = file.GetFullName(); + } +} + +void wxGtkFileChooser::GetPaths( wxArrayString& paths ) const +{ + paths.Empty(); + if ( gtk_file_chooser_get_select_multiple( m_widget ) ) + { + GSList *gpathsi = gtk_file_chooser_get_filenames( m_widget ); + GSList *gpaths = gpathsi; + while ( gpathsi ) + { + wxString file(wxString::FromUTF8(static_cast(gpathsi->data))); + paths.Add( file ); + g_free( gpathsi->data ); + gpathsi = gpathsi->next; + } + + g_slist_free( gpaths ); + } + else + paths.Add( GetPath() ); +} + +bool wxGtkFileChooser::SetPath( const wxString& path ) +{ + if ( path.empty() ) + return true; + + return gtk_file_chooser_set_filename( m_widget, path.utf8_str() ); +} + +bool wxGtkFileChooser::SetDirectory( const wxString& dir ) +{ + return gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder( m_widget, dir.utf8_str() ) != 0; +} + +wxString wxGtkFileChooser::GetDirectory() const +{ + const wxGtkString str( gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder( m_widget ) ); + return wxString::FromUTF8(str); +} + +wxString wxGtkFileChooser::GetFilename() const +{ + return wxFileName( GetPath() ).GetFullName(); +} + +void wxGtkFileChooser::SetWildcard( const wxString& wildCard ) +{ + m_wildcards.Empty(); + + // parse filters + wxArrayString wildDescriptions, wildFilters; + + if ( !wxParseCommonDialogsFilter( wildCard, wildDescriptions, wildFilters ) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT( "wxGtkFileChooser::SetWildcard - bad wildcard string" ) ); + } + else + { + // Parsing went fine. Set m_wildCard to be returned by wxGtkFileChooserBase::GetWildcard + GtkFileChooser* chooser = m_widget; + + // empty current filter list: + GSList* ifilters = gtk_file_chooser_list_filters( chooser ); + GSList* filters = ifilters; + + m_ignoreNextFilterEvent = true; + wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_SET(m_ignoreNextFilterEvent, false); + + while ( ifilters ) + { + gtk_file_chooser_remove_filter( chooser, GTK_FILE_FILTER( ifilters->data ) ); + ifilters = ifilters->next; + } + g_slist_free( filters ); + + if (!wildCard.empty()) + { + // add parsed to GtkChooser + for ( size_t n = 0; n < wildFilters.GetCount(); ++n ) + { + GtkFileFilter* filter = gtk_file_filter_new(); + + gtk_file_filter_set_name( filter, wxGTK_CONV_SYS( wildDescriptions[n] ) ); + + wxStringTokenizer exttok( wildFilters[n], wxT( ";" ) ); + + int n1 = 1; + while ( exttok.HasMoreTokens() ) + { + wxString token = exttok.GetNextToken(); + gtk_file_filter_add_pattern( filter, wxGTK_CONV_SYS( token ) ); + + if (n1 == 1) + m_wildcards.Add( token ); // Only add first pattern to list, used later when saving + n1++; + } + + gtk_file_chooser_add_filter( chooser, filter ); + } + + // Reset the filter index + SetFilterIndex( 0 ); + } + } +} + +void wxGtkFileChooser::SetFilterIndex( int filterIndex ) +{ + gpointer filter; + GtkFileChooser *chooser = m_widget; + GSList *filters = gtk_file_chooser_list_filters( chooser ); + + filter = g_slist_nth_data( filters, filterIndex ); + + if ( filter != NULL ) + { + gtk_file_chooser_set_filter( chooser, GTK_FILE_FILTER( filter ) ); + } + else + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT( "wxGtkFileChooser::SetFilterIndex - bad filter index" ) ); + } + + g_slist_free( filters ); +} + +int wxGtkFileChooser::GetFilterIndex() const +{ + GtkFileChooser *chooser = m_widget; + GtkFileFilter *filter = gtk_file_chooser_get_filter( chooser ); + GSList *filters = gtk_file_chooser_list_filters( chooser ); + const gint index = g_slist_index( filters, filter ); + g_slist_free( filters ); + + if ( index == -1 ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT( "wxGtkFileChooser::GetFilterIndex - bad filter index returned by gtk+" ) ); + return 0; + } + else + return index; +} + +bool wxGtkFileChooser::HasFilterChoice() const +{ + return gtk_file_chooser_get_filter( m_widget ) != NULL; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// end wxGtkFileChooser Implementation +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_FILECTRL + +// gtk signal handlers + +extern "C" +{ + static void + gtkfilechooserwidget_file_activated_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED( widget ), wxGtkFileCtrl *fileCtrl ) + { + GenerateFileActivatedEvent( fileCtrl, fileCtrl ); + } +} + +extern "C" +{ + static void + gtkfilechooserwidget_selection_changed_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED( widget ), wxGtkFileCtrl *fileCtrl ) + { + // check next selection event and ignore it if it has 0 files + // because such events are redundantly generated by gtk. + if ( fileCtrl->m_checkNextSelEvent ) + { + wxArrayString filenames; + fileCtrl->GetFilenames( filenames ); + + if ( filenames.Count() != 0 ) + fileCtrl->m_checkNextSelEvent = false; + } + + if ( !fileCtrl->m_checkNextSelEvent ) + GenerateSelectionChangedEvent( fileCtrl, fileCtrl ); + } +} + +extern "C" +{ + static void + gtkfilechooserwidget_folder_changed_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED( widget ), wxGtkFileCtrl *fileCtrl ) + { + if ( fileCtrl->m_ignoreNextFolderChangeEvent ) + { + fileCtrl->m_ignoreNextFolderChangeEvent = false; + } + else + { + GenerateFolderChangedEvent( fileCtrl, fileCtrl ); + } + + fileCtrl->m_checkNextSelEvent = true; + } +} + +extern "C" +{ + static void + gtkfilechooserwidget_notify_callback( GObject *WXUNUSED( gobject ), GParamSpec *arg1, wxGtkFileCtrl *fileCtrl ) + { + const char *name = g_param_spec_get_name (arg1); + if ( strcmp( name, "filter" ) == 0 && + fileCtrl->HasFilterChoice() && + !fileCtrl->GTKShouldIgnoreNextFilterEvent() ) + { + GenerateFilterChangedEvent( fileCtrl, fileCtrl ); + } + } +} + +// wxGtkFileCtrl implementation + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGtkFileCtrl, wxControl ) + +void wxGtkFileCtrl::Init() +{ + m_checkNextSelEvent = false; + + // ignore the first folder change event which is fired upon startup. + m_ignoreNextFolderChangeEvent = true; +} + +bool wxGtkFileCtrl::Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& defaultDirectory, + const wxString& defaultFileName, + const wxString& wildCard, + long style, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + const wxString& name ) +{ + if ( !PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !CreateBase( parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name ) ) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT( "wxGtkFileCtrl creation failed" ) ); + return false; + } + + GtkFileChooserAction gtkAction = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN; + + if ( style & wxFC_SAVE ) + gtkAction = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE; + + m_widget = gtk_alignment_new ( 0, 0, 1, 1 ); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + m_fcWidget = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER( gtk_file_chooser_widget_new(gtkAction) ); + gtk_widget_show ( GTK_WIDGET( m_fcWidget ) ); + gtk_container_add ( GTK_CONTAINER ( m_widget ), GTK_WIDGET( m_fcWidget ) ); + + m_focusWidget = GTK_WIDGET( m_fcWidget ); + + g_signal_connect ( m_fcWidget, "file-activated", + G_CALLBACK ( gtkfilechooserwidget_file_activated_callback ), + this ); + + g_signal_connect ( m_fcWidget, "current-folder-changed", + G_CALLBACK ( gtkfilechooserwidget_folder_changed_callback ), + this ); + + g_signal_connect ( m_fcWidget, "selection-changed", + G_CALLBACK ( gtkfilechooserwidget_selection_changed_callback ), + this ); + + g_signal_connect ( m_fcWidget, "notify", + G_CALLBACK ( gtkfilechooserwidget_notify_callback ), + this ); + + m_fc.SetWidget( m_fcWidget ); + + if ( style & wxFC_MULTIPLE ) + gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple( m_fcWidget, true ); + + SetWildcard( wildCard ); + + // if defaultDir is specified it should contain the directory and + // defaultFileName should contain the default name of the file, however if + // directory is not given, defaultFileName contains both + wxFileName fn; + if ( defaultDirectory.empty() ) + fn.Assign( defaultFileName ); + else if ( !defaultFileName.empty() ) + fn.Assign( defaultDirectory, defaultFileName ); + else + fn.AssignDir( defaultDirectory ); + + // set the initial file name and/or directory + const wxString dir = fn.GetPath(); + if ( !dir.empty() ) + { + gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder( m_fcWidget, + dir.fn_str() ); + } + + const wxString fname = fn.GetFullName(); + if ( style & wxFC_SAVE ) + { + if ( !fname.empty() ) + { + gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name( m_fcWidget, + fname.fn_str() ); + } + } + else // wxFC_OPEN + { + if ( !fname.empty() ) + { + gtk_file_chooser_set_filename( m_fcWidget, + fn.GetFullPath().fn_str() ); + } + } + + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + PostCreation( size ); + + return TRUE; +} + +bool wxGtkFileCtrl::SetPath( const wxString& path ) +{ + return m_fc.SetPath( path ); +} + +bool wxGtkFileCtrl::SetDirectory( const wxString& dir ) +{ + return m_fc.SetDirectory( dir ); +} + +bool wxGtkFileCtrl::SetFilename( const wxString& name ) +{ + if ( HasFlag( wxFC_SAVE ) ) + { + gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name( m_fcWidget, wxGTK_CONV( name ) ); + return true; + } + else + return SetPath( wxFileName( GetDirectory(), name ).GetFullPath() ); +} + +void wxGtkFileCtrl::SetWildcard( const wxString& wildCard ) +{ + m_wildCard = wildCard; + + m_fc.SetWildcard( wildCard ); +} + +void wxGtkFileCtrl::SetFilterIndex( int filterIndex ) +{ + m_fc.SetFilterIndex( filterIndex ); +} + +wxString wxGtkFileCtrl::GetPath() const +{ + return m_fc.GetPath(); +} + +void wxGtkFileCtrl::GetPaths( wxArrayString& paths ) const +{ + m_fc.GetPaths( paths ); +} + +wxString wxGtkFileCtrl::GetDirectory() const +{ + return m_fc.GetDirectory(); +} + +wxString wxGtkFileCtrl::GetFilename() const +{ + return m_fc.GetFilename(); +} + +void wxGtkFileCtrl::GetFilenames( wxArrayString& files ) const +{ + m_fc.GetFilenames( files ); +} + +void wxGtkFileCtrl::ShowHidden(bool show) +{ + // gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden() is new in 2.6 + g_object_set (G_OBJECT (m_fcWidget), "show-hidden", show, NULL); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILECTRL + +#endif // wxUSE_FILECTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filedlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filedlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c6dd3ef29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filedlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,450 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/filedlg.cpp +// Purpose: native implementation of wxFileDialog +// Author: Robert Roebling, Zbigniew Zagorski, Mart Raudsepp +// Id: $Id: filedlg.cpp 64381 2010-05-22 12:07:54Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, 2004 Zbigniew Zagorski, 2005 Mart Raudsepp +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILEDLG + +#include "wx/filedlg.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" +#endif + +#include +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +#include // chdir + +#include "wx/filename.h" // wxFilename +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" // wxStringTokenizer +#include "wx/filefn.h" // ::wxGetCwd + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "clicked" for OK-button +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void gtk_filedialog_ok_callback(GtkWidget *widget, wxFileDialog *dialog) +{ + int style = dialog->GetWindowStyle(); + wxGtkString filename(gtk_file_chooser_get_filename(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(widget))); + + // gtk version numbers must be identical with the one in ctor (that calls set_do_overwrite_confirmation) +#if GTK_CHECK_VERSION(2,7,3) + if (gtk_check_version(2, 7, 3) != NULL) +#endif + { + if ((style & wxFD_SAVE) && (style & wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT)) + { + if ( g_file_test(filename, G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS) ) + { + wxString msg; + + msg.Printf( + _("File '%s' already exists, do you really want to overwrite it?"), + wxString::FromUTF8(filename)); + + wxMessageDialog dlg(dialog, msg, _("Confirm"), + wxYES_NO | wxICON_QUESTION); + if (dlg.ShowModal() != wxID_YES) + return; + } + } + } + + if (style & wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST) + { + if ( !g_file_test(filename, G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS) ) + { + wxMessageDialog dlg( dialog, _("Please choose an existing file."), + _("Error"), wxOK| wxICON_ERROR); + dlg.ShowModal(); + return; + } + } + + // change to the directory where the user went if asked + if (style & wxFD_CHANGE_DIR) + { + // Use chdir to not care about filename encodings + wxGtkString folder(g_path_get_dirname(filename)); + chdir(folder); + } + + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, wxID_OK); + event.SetEventObject(dialog); + dialog->HandleWindowEvent(event); +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "clicked" for Cancel-button +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" +{ + +static void +gtk_filedialog_cancel_callback(GtkWidget * WXUNUSED(w), wxFileDialog *dialog) +{ + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, wxID_CANCEL); + event.SetEventObject(dialog); + dialog->HandleWindowEvent(event); +} + +static void gtk_filedialog_response_callback(GtkWidget *w, + gint response, + wxFileDialog *dialog) +{ + if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) + gtk_filedialog_ok_callback(w, dialog); + else // GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL or GTK_RESPONSE_NONE + gtk_filedialog_cancel_callback(w, dialog); +} + +static void gtk_filedialog_update_preview_callback(GtkFileChooser *chooser, + gpointer user_data) +{ + GtkWidget *preview = GTK_WIDGET(user_data); + + wxGtkString filename(gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_filename(chooser)); + + if ( !filename ) + return; + + GdkPixbuf *pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_size(filename, 128, 128, NULL); + gboolean have_preview = pixbuf != NULL; + + gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf(GTK_IMAGE(preview), pixbuf); + if ( pixbuf ) + g_object_unref (pixbuf); + + gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active(chooser, have_preview); +} + +} // extern "C" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "size_request" from m_extraControl +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void extra_widget_size_request(GtkWidget*, GtkRequisition* req, wxWindow* win) +{ + // allow dialog to be resized smaller horizontally + req->width = win->GetMinWidth(); +} +} + +void wxFileDialog::AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child) +{ + g_signal_connect_after(child->m_widget, "size_request", + G_CALLBACK(extra_widget_size_request), child); + gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget( + GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(m_widget), child->m_widget); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog,wxFileDialogBase) + +BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxFileDialog,wxFileDialogBase) + EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OK, wxFileDialog::OnFakeOk) + EVT_SIZE(wxFileDialog::OnSize) +END_EVENT_TABLE() + +wxFileDialog::wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message, + const wxString& defaultDir, + const wxString& defaultFileName, + const wxString& wildCard, + long style, const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& sz, + const wxString& name) + : wxFileDialogBase() +{ + parent = GetParentForModalDialog(parent, style); + + if (!wxFileDialogBase::Create(parent, message, defaultDir, defaultFileName, + wildCard, style, pos, sz, name)) + { + return; + } + + if (!PreCreation(parent, pos, wxDefaultSize) || + !CreateBase(parent, wxID_ANY, pos, wxDefaultSize, style, + wxDefaultValidator, wxT("filedialog"))) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxFileDialog creation failed") ); + return; + } + + GtkFileChooserAction gtk_action; + GtkWindow* gtk_parent = NULL; + if (parent) + gtk_parent = GTK_WINDOW( gtk_widget_get_toplevel(parent->m_widget) ); + + const gchar* ok_btn_stock; + if ( style & wxFD_SAVE ) + { + gtk_action = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE; + ok_btn_stock = GTK_STOCK_SAVE; + } + else + { + gtk_action = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN; + ok_btn_stock = GTK_STOCK_OPEN; + } + + m_widget = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new( + wxGTK_CONV(m_message), + gtk_parent, + gtk_action, + GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, + ok_btn_stock, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT, + NULL); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + GtkFileChooser* file_chooser = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(m_widget); + + m_fc.SetWidget(file_chooser); + + gtk_dialog_set_default_response(GTK_DIALOG(m_widget), GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT); + + if ( style & wxFD_MULTIPLE ) + gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple(file_chooser, true); + + // gtk_widget_hide_on_delete is used here to avoid that Gtk automatically + // destroys the dialog when the user press ESC on the dialog: in that case + // a second call to ShowModal() would result in a bunch of Gtk-CRITICAL + // errors... + g_signal_connect(m_widget, + "delete_event", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_hide_on_delete), + this); + + // local-only property could be set to false to allow non-local files to be + // loaded. In that case get/set_uri(s) should be used instead of + // get/set_filename(s) everywhere and the GtkFileChooserDialog should + // probably also be created with a backend, e.g "gnome-vfs", "default", ... + // (gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new_with_backend). Currently local-only is kept + // as the default - true: + // gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(m_widget), true); + + g_signal_connect (m_widget, "response", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_filedialog_response_callback), this); + + + // deal with extensions/filters + SetWildcard(wildCard); + + wxString defaultFileNameWithExt = defaultFileName; + if ( !wildCard.empty() && !defaultFileName.empty() && + !wxFileName(defaultFileName).HasExt() ) + { + // append the default extension to the initial file name: GTK won't do + // it for us by default (unlike e.g. MSW) + const wxString defaultExt = m_fc.GetCurrentWildCard().AfterFirst('.'); + if ( defaultExt.find_first_of("?*") == wxString::npos ) + defaultFileNameWithExt += "." + defaultExt; + } + + + // if defaultDir is specified it should contain the directory and + // defaultFileName should contain the default name of the file, however if + // directory is not given, defaultFileName contains both + wxFileName fn; + if ( defaultDir.empty() ) + fn.Assign(defaultFileNameWithExt); + else if ( !defaultFileNameWithExt.empty() ) + fn.Assign(defaultDir, defaultFileNameWithExt); + else + fn.AssignDir(defaultDir); + + // set the initial file name and/or directory + fn.MakeAbsolute(); // GTK+ needs absolute path + const wxString dir = fn.GetPath(); + if ( !dir.empty() ) + { + gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder(file_chooser, dir.fn_str()); + } + + const wxString fname = fn.GetFullName(); + if ( style & wxFD_SAVE ) + { + if ( !fname.empty() ) + { + gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name(file_chooser, fname.fn_str()); + } + +#if GTK_CHECK_VERSION(2,7,3) + if ((style & wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT) && !gtk_check_version(2,7,3)) + gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation(file_chooser, true); +#endif + } + else // wxFD_OPEN + { + if ( !fname.empty() ) + { + gtk_file_chooser_set_filename(file_chooser, + fn.GetFullPath().fn_str()); + } + } + + if ( style & wxFD_PREVIEW ) + { + GtkWidget *previewImage = gtk_image_new(); + + gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget(file_chooser, previewImage); + g_signal_connect(m_widget, "update-preview", + G_CALLBACK(gtk_filedialog_update_preview_callback), + previewImage); + } +} + +wxFileDialog::~wxFileDialog() +{ + if (m_extraControl) + { + // get chooser to drop its reference right now, allowing wxWindow dtor + // to verify that ref count drops to zero + gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget( + GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(m_widget), NULL); + } +} + +void wxFileDialog::OnFakeOk(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) +{ + EndDialog(wxID_OK); +} + +int wxFileDialog::ShowModal() +{ + CreateExtraControl(); + + return wxDialog::ShowModal(); +} + +void wxFileDialog::DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y), + int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height), + int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags)) +{ +} + +void wxFileDialog::OnSize(wxSizeEvent&) +{ + // avoid calling DoLayout(), which will set the (wrong) size of + // m_extraControl, its size is managed by GtkFileChooser +} + +wxString wxFileDialog::GetPath() const +{ + return m_fc.GetPath(); +} + +void wxFileDialog::GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const +{ + m_fc.GetFilenames( files ); +} + +void wxFileDialog::GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const +{ + m_fc.GetPaths( paths ); +} + +void wxFileDialog::SetMessage(const wxString& message) +{ + m_message = message; + SetTitle(message); +} + +void wxFileDialog::SetPath(const wxString& path) +{ + // we need an absolute path for GTK native chooser so ensure that we have + // it + wxFileName fn(path); + fn.MakeAbsolute(); + m_fc.SetPath(fn.GetFullPath()); +} + +void wxFileDialog::SetDirectory(const wxString& dir) +{ + if (m_fc.SetDirectory( dir )) + { + // Cache the dir, as gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder() + // doesn't return anything until the dialog has been shown + m_dir = dir; + } +} + +wxString wxFileDialog::GetDirectory() const +{ + wxString currentDir( m_fc.GetDirectory() ); + if (currentDir.empty()) + { + // m_fc.GetDirectory() will return empty until the dialog has been shown + // in which case use any previously provided value + currentDir = m_dir; + } + return currentDir; +} + +void wxFileDialog::SetFilename(const wxString& name) +{ + if (HasFdFlag(wxFD_SAVE)) + { + gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(m_widget), wxGTK_CONV(name)); + m_fileName = name; + } + + else + { + wxString path( GetDirectory() ); + if (path.empty()) + { + // SetPath() fires an assert if fed other than filepaths + return; + } + SetPath(wxFileName(path, name).GetFullPath()); + m_fileName = name; + } +} + +wxString wxFileDialog::GetFilename() const +{ + wxString currentFilename( m_fc.GetFilename() ); + if (currentFilename.empty()) + { + // m_fc.GetFilename() will return empty until the dialog has been shown + // in which case use any previously provided value + currentFilename = m_fileName; + } + return currentFilename; +} + +void wxFileDialog::SetWildcard(const wxString& wildCard) +{ + wxFileDialogBase::SetWildcard(wildCard); + m_fc.SetWildcard( GetWildcard() ); +} + +void wxFileDialog::SetFilterIndex(int filterIndex) +{ + m_fc.SetFilterIndex( filterIndex); +} + +int wxFileDialog::GetFilterIndex() const +{ + return m_fc.GetFilterIndex(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILEDLG diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filehistory.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filehistory.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a630bef799 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filehistory.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/filehistory.cpp +// Purpose: GTK+ bits for wxFileHistory class +// Author: Vaclav Slavik +// Created: 2010-05-06 +// RCS-ID: $Id: filehistory.cpp 64240 2010-05-07 06:45:48Z VS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2010 Vaclav Slavik +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/filehistory.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY + +#include "wx/filename.h" + +#include +#include +#include "wx/gtk/private/string.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +void wxFileHistory::AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file) +{ + wxFileHistoryBase::AddFileToHistory(file); + +#ifdef __WXGTK210__ + const wxString fullPath = wxFileName(file).GetFullPath(); + if ( !gtk_check_version(2,10,0) ) + { + wxGtkString uri(g_filename_to_uri(fullPath.fn_str(), NULL, NULL)); + + if ( uri ) + gtk_recent_manager_add_item(gtk_recent_manager_get_default(), uri); + } +#endif +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filepicker.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filepicker.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ae914446a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/filepicker.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/filepicker.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxFileButton and wxDirButton +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified By: +// Created: 15/04/2006 +// Id: $Id: filepicker.cpp 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL && defined(__WXGTK26__) + +#include "wx/filepicker.h" +#include "wx/tooltip.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFileButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileButton, wxButton) + +bool wxFileButton::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString &label, const wxString &path, + const wxString &message, const wxString &wildcard, + const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size, + long style, const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString &name ) +{ + // we can't use the native button for wxFLP_SAVE pickers as it can only + // open existing files and there is no way to create a new file using it + if ( !(style & wxFLP_SAVE) && !(style & wxFLP_USE_TEXTCTRL) && !gtk_check_version(2,6,0) ) + { + // VERY IMPORTANT: this code is identical to relative code in wxDirButton; + // if you find a problem here, fix it also in wxDirButton ! + + if (!PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !wxControl::CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style & wxWINDOW_STYLE_MASK, + validator, name)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxFileButton creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + // create the dialog associated with this button + // NB: unlike generic implementation, native GTK implementation needs to create + // the filedialog here as it needs to use gtk_file_chooser_button_new_with_dialog() + SetWindowStyle(style); + m_path = path; + m_message = message; + m_wildcard = wildcard; + if ((m_dialog = CreateDialog()) == NULL) + return false; + + // little trick used to avoid problems when there are other GTK windows 'grabbed': + // GtkFileChooserDialog won't be responsive to user events if there is another + // window which called gtk_grab_add (and this happens if e.g. a wxDialog is running + // in modal mode in the application - see wxDialogGTK::ShowModal). + // An idea could be to put the grab on the m_dialog->m_widget when the GtkFileChooserButton + // is clicked and then remove it as soon as the user closes the dialog itself. + // Unfortunately there's no way to hook in the 'clicked' event of the GtkFileChooserButton, + // thus we add grab on m_dialog->m_widget when it's shown and remove it when it's + // hidden simply using its "show" and "hide" events - clean & simple :) + g_signal_connect(m_dialog->m_widget, "show", G_CALLBACK(gtk_grab_add), NULL); + g_signal_connect(m_dialog->m_widget, "hide", G_CALLBACK(gtk_grab_remove), NULL); + + // use as label the currently selected file + m_widget = gtk_file_chooser_button_new_with_dialog( m_dialog->m_widget ); + + g_object_ref(m_widget); + gtk_widget_show(m_widget); + + // we need to know when the dialog has been dismissed clicking OK... + // NOTE: the "clicked" signal is not available for a GtkFileChooserButton + // thus we are forced to use wxFileDialog's event + m_dialog->Connect(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, + wxCommandEventHandler(wxFileButton::OnDialogOK), + NULL, this); + + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + PostCreation(size); + SetInitialSize(size); + } + else + return wxGenericFileButton::Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wildcard, + pos, size, style, validator, name); + return true; +} + +wxFileButton::~wxFileButton() +{ +} + +void wxFileButton::OnDialogOK(wxCommandEvent& ev) +{ + // the wxFileDialog associated with the GtkFileChooserButton has been closed + // using the OK button, thus the selected file has changed... + if (ev.GetId() == wxID_OK) + { + // ...update our path + UpdatePathFromDialog(m_dialog); + + // ...and fire an event + wxFileDirPickerEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED, this, GetId(), m_path); + HandleWindowEvent(event); + } +} + +void wxFileButton::SetPath(const wxString &str) +{ + m_path = str; + + if (m_dialog) + UpdateDialogPath(m_dialog); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL && defined(__WXGTK26__) + + + + +#if wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL && defined(__WXGTK26__) + +#include // chdir + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "current-folder-changed" +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void gtk_dirbutton_currentfolderchanged_callback(GtkFileChooserButton *widget, + wxDirButton *p) +{ + // update the m_path member of the wxDirButtonGTK + // unless the path was changed by wxDirButton::SetPath() + if (p->m_bIgnoreNextChange) + { + p->m_bIgnoreNextChange=false; + return; + } + wxASSERT(p); + + // NB: it's important to use gtk_file_chooser_get_filename instead of + // gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder (see GTK docs) ! + wxGtkString filename(gtk_file_chooser_get_filename(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(widget))); + p->GTKUpdatePath(filename); + + // since GtkFileChooserButton when used to pick directories also uses a combobox, + // maybe that the current folder has been changed but not through the GtkFileChooserDialog + // and thus the 'gtk_filedialog_ok_callback' could have not been called... + // thus we need to make sure the current working directory is updated if wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR + // style was given. + if (p->HasFlag(wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR)) + chdir(filename); + + // ...and fire an event + wxFileDirPickerEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED, p, p->GetId(), p->GetPath()); + p->HandleWindowEvent(event); +} +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxDirButtonGTK +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirButton, wxButton) + +bool wxDirButton::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString &label, const wxString &path, + const wxString &message, const wxString &wildcard, + const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size, + long style, const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString &name ) +{ + if ( !(style & wxDIRP_USE_TEXTCTRL) && !gtk_check_version(2,6,0) ) + { + // VERY IMPORTANT: this code is identic to relative code in wxFileButton; + // if you find a problem here, fix it also in wxFileButton ! + + if (!PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !wxControl::CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style & wxWINDOW_STYLE_MASK, + validator, name)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxDirButtonGTK creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + // create the dialog associated with this button + SetWindowStyle(style); + m_message = message; + m_wildcard = wildcard; + if ((m_dialog = CreateDialog()) == NULL) + return false; + SetPath(path); + + // little trick used to avoid problems when there are other GTK windows 'grabbed': + // GtkFileChooserDialog won't be responsive to user events if there is another + // window which called gtk_grab_add (and this happens if e.g. a wxDialog is running + // in modal mode in the application - see wxDialogGTK::ShowModal). + // An idea could be to put the grab on the m_dialog->m_widget when the GtkFileChooserButton + // is clicked and then remove it as soon as the user closes the dialog itself. + // Unfortunately there's no way to hook in the 'clicked' event of the GtkFileChooserButton, + // thus we add grab on m_dialog->m_widget when it's shown and remove it when it's + // hidden simply using its "show" and "hide" events - clean & simple :) + g_signal_connect(m_dialog->m_widget, "show", G_CALLBACK(gtk_grab_add), NULL); + g_signal_connect(m_dialog->m_widget, "hide", G_CALLBACK(gtk_grab_remove), NULL); + + + // NOTE: we deliberately ignore the given label as GtkFileChooserButton + // use as label the currently selected file + m_widget = gtk_file_chooser_button_new_with_dialog( m_dialog->m_widget ); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + + + gtk_widget_show(m_widget); + + // GtkFileChooserButton signals + g_signal_connect(m_widget, "current-folder-changed", + G_CALLBACK(gtk_dirbutton_currentfolderchanged_callback), this); + + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + PostCreation(size); + SetInitialSize(size); + } + else + return wxGenericDirButton::Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wildcard, + pos, size, style, validator, name); + return true; +} + +wxDirButton::~wxDirButton() +{ +} + +void wxDirButton::GTKUpdatePath(const char *gtkpath) +{ + m_path = wxString::FromUTF8(gtkpath); +} +void wxDirButton::SetPath(const wxString& str) +{ + if ( m_path == str ) + { + // don't do anything and especially don't set m_bIgnoreNextChange + return; + } + + m_path = str; + + // wxDirButton uses the "current-folder-changed" signal which is triggered also + // when we set the path on the dialog associated with this button; thus we need + // to set the following flag to avoid sending a wxFileDirPickerEvent from this + // function (which would be inconsistent with wxFileButton's behaviour and in + // general with all wxWidgets control-manipulation functions which do not send events). + m_bIgnoreNextChange = true; + + if (m_dialog) + UpdateDialogPath(m_dialog); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL && defined(__WXGTK26__) diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/font.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/font.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..822773b38a --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/font.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,450 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/font.cpp +// Purpose: wxFont for wxGTK +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: font.cpp 66641 2011-01-07 22:01:22Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#include "wx/font.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/settings.h" + #include "wx/gdicmn.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/fontutil.h" +#include "wx/tokenzr.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// constants +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// the default size (in points) for the fonts +static const int wxDEFAULT_FONT_SIZE = 12; + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontRefData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxFontRefData : public wxGDIRefData +{ +public: + // from broken down font parameters, also default ctor + wxFontRefData(int size = -1, + wxFontFamily family = wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT, + wxFontStyle style = wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL, + wxFontWeight weight = wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL, + bool underlined = false, + const wxString& faceName = wxEmptyString, + wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); + + wxFontRefData(const wxString& nativeFontInfoString); + + // copy ctor + wxFontRefData( const wxFontRefData& data ); + + virtual ~wxFontRefData(); + + // setters: all of them also take care to modify m_nativeFontInfo if we + // have it so as to not lose the information not carried by our fields + void SetPointSize(int pointSize); + void SetFamily(wxFontFamily family); + void SetStyle(wxFontStyle style); + void SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight); + void SetUnderlined(bool underlined); + bool SetFaceName(const wxString& facename); + void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding); + + // and this one also modifies all the other font data fields + void SetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info); + +protected: + // common part of all ctors + void Init(int pointSize, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined, + const wxString& faceName, + wxFontEncoding encoding); + + // set all fields from (already initialized and valid) m_nativeFontInfo + void InitFromNative(); + +private: + bool m_underlined; + + // The native font info: basically a PangoFontDescription + wxNativeFontInfo m_nativeFontInfo; + + friend class wxFont; +}; + +#define M_FONTDATA ((wxFontRefData*)m_refData) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontRefData +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFontRefData::Init(int pointSize, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined, + const wxString& faceName, + wxFontEncoding WXUNUSED(encoding)) +{ + if (family == wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT) + family = wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS; + + m_underlined = underlined; + + // Create native font info + m_nativeFontInfo.description = pango_font_description_new(); + + // And set its values + if (!faceName.empty()) + { + pango_font_description_set_family( m_nativeFontInfo.description, + wxGTK_CONV_SYS(faceName) ); + } + else + { + SetFamily(family); + } + + SetStyle( style == wxDEFAULT ? wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL : style ); + SetPointSize( (pointSize == wxDEFAULT || pointSize == -1) + ? wxDEFAULT_FONT_SIZE + : pointSize ); + SetWeight( weight == wxDEFAULT ? wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL : weight ); +} + +void wxFontRefData::InitFromNative() +{ + // Get native info + PangoFontDescription *desc = m_nativeFontInfo.description; + + // Pango sometimes needs to have a size + int pango_size = pango_font_description_get_size( desc ); + if (pango_size == 0) + m_nativeFontInfo.SetPointSize(wxDEFAULT_FONT_SIZE); + + // Pango description are never underlined + m_underlined = false; +} + +wxFontRefData::wxFontRefData( const wxFontRefData& data ) + : wxGDIRefData() +{ + m_underlined = data.m_underlined; + + // Forces a copy of the internal data. wxNativeFontInfo should probably + // have a copy ctor and assignment operator to fix this properly but that + // would break binary compatibility... + m_nativeFontInfo.FromString(data.m_nativeFontInfo.ToString()); +} + +wxFontRefData::wxFontRefData(int size, wxFontFamily family, wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, bool underlined, + const wxString& faceName, + wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + Init(size, family, style, weight, underlined, faceName, encoding); +} + +wxFontRefData::wxFontRefData(const wxString& nativeFontInfoString) +{ + m_nativeFontInfo.FromString( nativeFontInfoString ); + + InitFromNative(); +} + +wxFontRefData::~wxFontRefData() +{ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontRefData SetXXX() +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFontRefData::SetPointSize(int pointSize) +{ + m_nativeFontInfo.SetPointSize(pointSize); +} + +/* + NOTE: disabled because pango_font_description_set_absolute_size() and + wxDC::GetCharHeight() do not mix well: setting with the former a pixel + size of "30" makes the latter return 36... + Besides, we need to return GetPointSize() a point size value even if + SetPixelSize() was used and this would require further changes + (and use of pango_font_description_get_size_is_absolute in some places). + +bool wxFontRefData::SetPixelSize(const wxSize& pixelSize) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( pixelSize.GetWidth() >= 0 && pixelSize.GetHeight() > 0, false, + "Negative values for the pixel size or zero pixel height are not allowed" ); + + if (wx_pango_version_check(1,8,0) != NULL || + pixelSize.GetWidth() != 0) + { + // NOTE: pango_font_description_set_absolute_size() only sets the font height; + // if the user set the pixel width of the font explicitly or the pango + // library is too old, we cannot proceed + return false; + } + + pango_font_description_set_absolute_size( m_nativeFontInfo.description, + pixelSize.GetHeight() * PANGO_SCALE ); + + return true; +} +*/ + +void wxFontRefData::SetFamily(wxFontFamily family) +{ + m_nativeFontInfo.SetFamily(family); +} + +void wxFontRefData::SetStyle(wxFontStyle style) +{ + m_nativeFontInfo.SetStyle(style); +} + +void wxFontRefData::SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight) +{ + m_nativeFontInfo.SetWeight(weight); +} + +void wxFontRefData::SetUnderlined(bool underlined) +{ + m_underlined = underlined; + + // the Pango font descriptor does not have an underlined attribute + // (and wxNativeFontInfo::SetUnderlined asserts); rather it's + // wxWindowDCImpl::DoDrawText that handles underlined fonts, so we + // here we just need to save the underlined attribute +} + +bool wxFontRefData::SetFaceName(const wxString& facename) +{ + return m_nativeFontInfo.SetFaceName(facename); +} + +void wxFontRefData::SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding WXUNUSED(encoding)) +{ + // with GTK+ 2 Pango always uses UTF8 internally, we cannot change it +} + +void wxFontRefData::SetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) +{ + m_nativeFontInfo = info; + + // set all the other font parameters from the native font info + InitFromNative(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFont creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxFont::wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) +{ + Create( info.GetPointSize(), + info.GetFamily(), + info.GetStyle(), + info.GetWeight(), + info.GetUnderlined(), + info.GetFaceName(), + info.GetEncoding() ); +} + +bool wxFont::Create( int pointSize, + wxFontFamily family, + wxFontStyle style, + wxFontWeight weight, + bool underlined, + const wxString& face, + wxFontEncoding encoding ) +{ + UnRef(); + + m_refData = new wxFontRefData(pointSize, family, style, weight, + underlined, face, encoding); + + return true; +} + +bool wxFont::Create(const wxString& fontname) +{ + // VZ: does this really happen? + if ( fontname.empty() ) + { + *this = wxSystemSettings::GetFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT); + + return true; + } + + m_refData = new wxFontRefData(fontname); + + return true; +} + +wxFont::~wxFont() +{ +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// accessors +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int wxFont::GetPointSize() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), 0, wxT("invalid font") ); + + return M_FONTDATA->m_nativeFontInfo.GetPointSize(); +} + +wxString wxFont::GetFaceName() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxEmptyString, wxT("invalid font") ); + + return M_FONTDATA->m_nativeFontInfo.GetFaceName(); +} + +wxFontFamily wxFont::DoGetFamily() const +{ + return M_FONTDATA->m_nativeFontInfo.GetFamily(); +} + +wxFontStyle wxFont::GetStyle() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxFONTSTYLE_MAX, wxT("invalid font") ); + + return M_FONTDATA->m_nativeFontInfo.GetStyle(); +} + +wxFontWeight wxFont::GetWeight() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxFONTWEIGHT_MAX, wxT("invalid font") ); + + return M_FONTDATA->m_nativeFontInfo.GetWeight(); +} + +bool wxFont::GetUnderlined() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid font") ); + + return M_FONTDATA->m_underlined; +} + +wxFontEncoding wxFont::GetEncoding() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM, wxT("invalid font") ); + + return wxFONTENCODING_UTF8; + // Pango always uses UTF8... see also SetEncoding() +} + +const wxNativeFontInfo *wxFont::GetNativeFontInfo() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), NULL, wxT("invalid font") ); + + return &(M_FONTDATA->m_nativeFontInfo); +} + +bool wxFont::IsFixedWidth() const +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid font") ); + + return wxFontBase::IsFixedWidth(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// change font attributes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFont::SetPointSize(int pointSize) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + M_FONTDATA->SetPointSize(pointSize); +} + +void wxFont::SetFamily(wxFontFamily family) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + M_FONTDATA->SetFamily(family); +} + +void wxFont::SetStyle(wxFontStyle style) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + M_FONTDATA->SetStyle(style); +} + +void wxFont::SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + M_FONTDATA->SetWeight(weight); +} + +bool wxFont::SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + return M_FONTDATA->SetFaceName(faceName) && + wxFontBase::SetFaceName(faceName); +} + +void wxFont::SetUnderlined(bool underlined) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + M_FONTDATA->SetUnderlined(underlined); +} + +void wxFont::SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + M_FONTDATA->SetEncoding(encoding); +} + +void wxFont::DoSetNativeFontInfo( const wxNativeFontInfo& info ) +{ + AllocExclusive(); + + M_FONTDATA->SetNativeFontInfo( info ); +} + +wxGDIRefData* wxFont::CreateGDIRefData() const +{ + return new wxFontRefData; +} + +wxGDIRefData* wxFont::CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData* data) const +{ + return new wxFontRefData(*static_cast(data)); +} diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/fontdlg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/fontdlg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..716ee14615 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/fontdlg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/fontdlg.cpp +// Purpose: wxFontDialog +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: fontdlg.cpp 64019 2010-04-18 00:05:37Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_FONTDLG && !defined(__WXGPE__) + +#include "wx/fontdlg.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/intl.h" + #include "wx/utils.h" + #include "wx/msgdlg.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/fontutil.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "delete_event" +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static +bool gtk_fontdialog_delete_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), GdkEvent *WXUNUSED(event), wxDialog *win ) +{ +/* + printf( "OnDelete from " ); + if (win->GetClassInfo() && win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()) + printf( win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName() ); + printf( ".\n" ); +*/ + + win->Close(); + + return true; +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "clicked" for OK-button +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static +void gtk_fontdialog_ok_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), wxFontDialog *dialog ) +{ + GtkFontSelectionDialog *fontdlg = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(dialog->m_widget); + + wxGtkString fontname(gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name(fontdlg)); + dialog->SetChosenFont( fontname); + + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, wxID_OK); + event.SetEventObject( dialog ); + dialog->HandleWindowEvent( event ); +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "clicked" for Cancel-button +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static +void gtk_fontdialog_cancel_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(w), wxFontDialog *dialog ) +{ + wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, wxID_CANCEL); + event.SetEventObject( dialog ); + dialog->HandleWindowEvent( event ); +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontDialog +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontDialog, wxDialog) + +bool wxFontDialog::DoCreate(wxWindow *parent) +{ + parent = GetParentForModalDialog(parent, 0); + + if (!PreCreation( parent, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize ) || + !CreateBase( parent, -1, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, + wxDefaultValidator, wxT("fontdialog") )) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxFontDialog creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + wxString m_message( _("Choose font") ); + m_widget = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new( wxGTK_CONV( m_message ) ); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + + if (parent) + gtk_window_set_transient_for(GTK_WINDOW(m_widget), + GTK_WINDOW(parent->m_widget)); + + GtkFontSelectionDialog *sel = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(m_widget); + + g_signal_connect (sel->ok_button, "clicked", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_fontdialog_ok_callback), this); + + g_signal_connect (sel->cancel_button, "clicked", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_fontdialog_cancel_callback), this); + + g_signal_connect (m_widget, "delete_event", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_fontdialog_delete_callback), this); + + wxFont font = m_fontData.GetInitialFont(); + if( font.Ok() ) + { + const wxNativeFontInfo *info = font.GetNativeFontInfo(); + + if ( info ) + { + + const wxString& fontname = info->ToString(); + gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name(sel, wxGTK_CONV(fontname)); + } + else + { + // this is not supposed to happen! + wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("font is ok but no native font info?")); + } + } + + return true; +} + +wxFontDialog::~wxFontDialog() +{ +} + +void wxFontDialog::SetChosenFont(const char *fontname) +{ + m_fontData.SetChosenFont(wxFont( wxString::FromUTF8(fontname) )); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTDLG && !__WXGPE__ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/fontpicker.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/fontpicker.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb4fa24047 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/fontpicker.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/fontpicker.cpp +// Purpose: implementation of wxFontButton +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Modified By: +// Created: 15/04/2006 +// Id: $Id: fontpicker.cpp 61724 2009-08-21 10:41:26Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL + +#include "wx/fontpicker.h" + +#include "wx/fontutil.h" // for wxNativeFontInfo +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "font-set" +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void gtk_fontbutton_setfont_callback(GtkFontButton *widget, + wxFontButton *p) +{ + // update the m_selectedFont member of the wxFontButton + wxASSERT(p); + p->SetNativeFontInfo(gtk_font_button_get_font_name(widget)); + + // fire the colour-changed event + wxFontPickerEvent event(p, p->GetId(), p->GetSelectedFont()); + p->HandleWindowEvent(event); +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFontButton +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontButton, wxButton) + +bool wxFontButton::Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxFont &initial, + const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size, + long style, const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString &name ) +{ + if (!PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !wxControl::CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name)) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxFontButton creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + m_widget = gtk_font_button_new(); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + + // set initial font + m_selectedFont = initial.IsOk() ? initial : *wxNORMAL_FONT; + UpdateFont(); + + // honour the fontbutton styles + bool showall = (style & wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL) != 0, + usefont = (style & wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL) != 0; + gtk_font_button_set_show_style(GTK_FONT_BUTTON(m_widget), showall); + gtk_font_button_set_show_size(GTK_FONT_BUTTON(m_widget), showall); + + gtk_font_button_set_use_size(GTK_FONT_BUTTON(m_widget), usefont); + gtk_font_button_set_use_font(GTK_FONT_BUTTON(m_widget), usefont); + + gtk_widget_show(m_widget); + + // GtkFontButton signals + g_signal_connect(m_widget, "font-set", + G_CALLBACK(gtk_fontbutton_setfont_callback), this); + + + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + PostCreation(size); + SetInitialSize(size); + + return true; +} + +wxFontButton::~wxFontButton() +{ +} + +void wxFontButton::UpdateFont() +{ + const wxNativeFontInfo *info = m_selectedFont.GetNativeFontInfo(); + wxASSERT_MSG( info, wxT("The fontbutton's internal font is not valid ?") ); + + const wxString& fontname = info->ToString(); + gtk_font_button_set_font_name(GTK_FONT_BUTTON(m_widget), wxGTK_CONV(fontname)); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/frame.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/frame.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..96893aa87d --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/frame.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,404 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/frame.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: frame.cpp 66648 2011-01-08 06:42:41Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#include "wx/frame.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/menu.h" + #include "wx/toolbar.h" + #include "wx/statusbr.h" +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON + #include +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + #include +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// event tables +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxFrame creation +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFrame::Init() +{ + m_fsSaveFlag = 0; +} + +bool wxFrame::Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxString& title, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& sizeOrig, + long style, + const wxString &name ) +{ + return wxFrameBase::Create(parent, id, title, pos, sizeOrig, style, name); +} + +wxFrame::~wxFrame() +{ + SendDestroyEvent(); + + DeleteAllBars(); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// overridden wxWindow methods +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void wxFrame::DoGetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (m_widget != NULL), wxT("invalid frame") ); + + wxFrameBase::DoGetClientSize(width, height); + + if (height) + { +#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE + // menu bar + if (m_frameMenuBar && m_frameMenuBar->IsShown()) + { + GtkRequisition req; + gtk_widget_size_request(m_frameMenuBar->m_widget, &req); +#if !wxUSE_LIBHILDON && !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + *height -= req.height; +#endif + } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + // status bar + if (m_frameStatusBar && m_frameStatusBar->IsShown()) + *height -= m_frameStatusBar->m_height; +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR + } + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + // tool bar + if (m_frameToolBar && m_frameToolBar->IsShown()) + { + GtkRequisition req; + gtk_widget_size_request(m_frameToolBar->m_widget, &req); + if (m_frameToolBar->IsVertical()) + { + if (width) + *width -= req.width; + } + else + { + if (height) + *height -= req.height; + } + } +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + + if (width != NULL && *width < 0) + *width = 0; + if (height != NULL && *height < 0) + *height = 0; +} + +#if wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_ACCEL +// Helper for wxCreateAcceleratorTableForMenuBar +static void wxAddAccelerators(wxList& accelEntries, wxMenu* menu) +{ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < menu->GetMenuItems().GetCount(); i++) + { + wxMenuItem* item = (wxMenuItem*) menu->GetMenuItems().Item(i)->GetData(); + if (item->GetSubMenu()) + { + wxAddAccelerators(accelEntries, item->GetSubMenu()); + } + else if (!item->GetItemLabel().IsEmpty()) + { + wxAcceleratorEntry* entry = wxAcceleratorEntry::Create(item->GetItemLabel()); + if (entry) + { + entry->Set(entry->GetFlags(), entry->GetKeyCode(), item->GetId()); + accelEntries.Append((wxObject*) entry); + } + } + } +} + +// Create an accelerator table consisting of all the accelerators +// from the menubar in the given menus +static wxAcceleratorTable wxCreateAcceleratorTableForMenuBar(wxMenuBar* menuBar) +{ + wxList accelEntries; + + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < menuBar->GetMenuCount(); i++) + { + wxAddAccelerators(accelEntries, menuBar->GetMenu(i)); + } + + size_t n = accelEntries.GetCount(); + + if (n == 0) + return wxAcceleratorTable(); + + wxAcceleratorEntry* entries = new wxAcceleratorEntry[n]; + + for (i = 0; i < accelEntries.GetCount(); i++) + { + wxAcceleratorEntry* entry = (wxAcceleratorEntry*) accelEntries.Item(i)->GetData(); + entries[i] = (*entry); + delete entry; + + } + + wxAcceleratorTable table(n, entries); + delete[] entries; + + return table; +} +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_ACCEL + +bool wxFrame::ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style) +{ + if (!wxFrameBase::ShowFullScreen(show, style)) + return false; + +#if wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_ACCEL + if (show && GetMenuBar()) + { + wxAcceleratorTable table(wxCreateAcceleratorTableForMenuBar(GetMenuBar())); + if (table.IsOk()) + SetAcceleratorTable(table); + } +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_ACCEL + + wxWindow* const bar[] = { +#if wxUSE_MENUS + m_frameMenuBar, +#else + NULL, +#endif +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + m_frameToolBar, +#else + NULL, +#endif +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + m_frameStatusBar, +#else + NULL, +#endif + }; + const long fsNoBar[] = { + wxFULLSCREEN_NOMENUBAR, wxFULLSCREEN_NOTOOLBAR, wxFULLSCREEN_NOSTATUSBAR + }; + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + { + if (show) + { + if (bar[i] && (style & fsNoBar[i])) + { + if (bar[i]->IsShown()) + bar[i]->Show(false); + else + style &= ~fsNoBar[i]; + } + } + else + { + if (bar[i] && (m_fsSaveFlag & fsNoBar[i])) + bar[i]->Show(true); + } + } + if (show) + m_fsSaveFlag = style; + + return true; +} + +bool wxFrame::SendIdleEvents(wxIdleEvent& event) +{ + bool needMore = wxFrameBase::SendIdleEvents(event); + +#if wxUSE_MENUS + if (m_frameMenuBar && m_frameMenuBar->SendIdleEvents(event)) + needMore = true; +#endif +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + if (m_frameToolBar && m_frameToolBar->SendIdleEvents(event)) + needMore = true; +#endif +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + if (m_frameStatusBar && m_frameStatusBar->SendIdleEvents(event)) + needMore = true; +#endif + + return needMore; +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// menu/tool/status bar stuff +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE + +void wxFrame::DetachMenuBar() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( (m_widget != NULL), wxT("invalid frame") ); + wxASSERT_MSG( (m_wxwindow != NULL), wxT("invalid frame") ); + + if ( m_frameMenuBar ) + { +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + hildon_window_set_menu(HILDON_WINDOW(m_widget), NULL); +#else // !wxUSE_LIBHILDON && !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + gtk_widget_ref( m_frameMenuBar->m_widget ); + + gtk_container_remove( GTK_CONTAINER(m_mainWidget), m_frameMenuBar->m_widget ); +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 /!wxUSE_LIBHILDON && !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + } + + wxFrameBase::DetachMenuBar(); + + // make sure next size_allocate causes a wxSizeEvent + m_oldClientWidth = 0; +} + +void wxFrame::AttachMenuBar( wxMenuBar *menuBar ) +{ + wxFrameBase::AttachMenuBar(menuBar); + + if (m_frameMenuBar) + { +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + hildon_window_set_menu(HILDON_WINDOW(m_widget), + GTK_MENU(m_frameMenuBar->m_menubar)); +#else // !wxUSE_LIBHILDON && !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + m_frameMenuBar->SetParent(this); + + // menubar goes into top of vbox (m_mainWidget) + gtk_box_pack_start( + GTK_BOX(m_mainWidget), menuBar->m_widget, false, false, 0); + gtk_box_reorder_child(GTK_BOX(m_mainWidget), menuBar->m_widget, 0); + + // disconnect wxWindowGTK "size_request" handler, + // it interferes with sizing of detached GtkHandleBox + gulong handler_id = g_signal_handler_find( + menuBar->m_widget, + GSignalMatchType(G_SIGNAL_MATCH_ID | G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA), + g_signal_lookup("size_request", GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), + 0, NULL, NULL, menuBar); + if (handler_id != 0) + g_signal_handler_disconnect(menuBar->m_widget, handler_id); + + // reset size request to allow native sizing to work + gtk_widget_set_size_request(menuBar->m_widget, -1, -1); + + gtk_widget_show( m_frameMenuBar->m_widget ); +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2/!wxUSE_LIBHILDON && !wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + } + // make sure next size_allocate causes a wxSizeEvent + m_oldClientWidth = 0; +} +#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE + +#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +void wxFrame::SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar) +{ + m_frameToolBar = toolbar; + if (toolbar) + { + if (toolbar->IsVertical()) + { + // Vertical toolbar and m_wxwindow go into an hbox, inside the + // vbox (m_mainWidget). hbox is created on demand. + GtkWidget* hbox = m_wxwindow->parent; + if (!GTK_IS_HBOX(hbox)) + { + hbox = gtk_hbox_new(false, 0); + gtk_widget_show(hbox); + gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(m_mainWidget), hbox); + gtk_widget_reparent(m_wxwindow, hbox); + } + gtk_widget_reparent(toolbar->m_widget, hbox); + gtk_box_set_child_packing(GTK_BOX(hbox), + toolbar->m_widget, false, false, 0, GTK_PACK_START); + + int pos = 0; // left + if (toolbar->HasFlag(wxTB_RIGHT)) + pos = 1; // right + gtk_box_reorder_child(GTK_BOX(hbox), toolbar->m_widget, pos); + } + else + { + // Horizontal toolbar goes into vbox (m_mainWidget) + gtk_widget_reparent(toolbar->m_widget, m_mainWidget); + gtk_box_set_child_packing(GTK_BOX(m_mainWidget), + toolbar->m_widget, false, false, 0, GTK_PACK_START); + + int pos = 0; // top + if (m_frameMenuBar) + pos = 1; // below menubar + if (toolbar->HasFlag(wxTB_BOTTOM)) + pos += 2; // below client area (m_wxwindow) + gtk_box_reorder_child( + GTK_BOX(m_mainWidget), toolbar->m_widget, pos); + } + + // disconnect wxWindowGTK "size_request" handler, + // it interferes with sizing of detached GtkHandleBox + gulong handler_id = g_signal_handler_find( + toolbar->m_widget, + GSignalMatchType(G_SIGNAL_MATCH_ID | G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA), + g_signal_lookup("size_request", GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), + 0, NULL, NULL, toolbar); + if (handler_id != 0) + g_signal_handler_disconnect(toolbar->m_widget, handler_id); + + // reset size request to allow native sizing to work + gtk_widget_set_size_request(toolbar->m_widget, -1, -1); + } + // make sure next size_allocate causes a wxSizeEvent + m_oldClientWidth = 0; +} + +#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR + +#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR + +void wxFrame::SetStatusBar(wxStatusBar *statbar) +{ + m_frameStatusBar = statbar; + if (statbar) + { + // statusbar goes into bottom of vbox (m_mainWidget) + gtk_widget_reparent(statbar->m_widget, m_mainWidget); + gtk_box_set_child_packing(GTK_BOX(m_mainWidget), + statbar->m_widget, false, false, 0, GTK_PACK_END); + // make sure next size_allocate on statusbar causes a size event + statbar->m_oldClientWidth = 0; + } + // make sure next size_allocate causes a wxSizeEvent + m_oldClientWidth = 0; +} +#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gauge.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gauge.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..222619d3af --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gauge.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/gauge.cpp +// Purpose: +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Id: $Id: gauge.cpp 66555 2011-01-04 08:31:53Z SC $ +// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_GAUGE + +#include "wx/gauge.h" + +#include + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGauge +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGauge::Create( wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + int range, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxValidator& validator, + const wxString& name ) +{ + if (!PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !CreateBase( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name )) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGauge creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + m_rangeMax = range; + + m_widget = gtk_progress_bar_new(); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + if ( style & wxGA_VERTICAL ) + { + gtk_progress_bar_set_orientation( GTK_PROGRESS_BAR(m_widget), + GTK_PROGRESS_BOTTOM_TO_TOP ); + } + + // when using the gauge in indeterminate mode, we need this: + gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step(GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (m_widget), 0.05); + + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + PostCreation(size); + SetInitialSize(size); + + return true; +} + +void wxGauge::DoSetGauge() +{ + wxASSERT_MSG( 0 <= m_gaugePos && m_gaugePos <= m_rangeMax, + wxT("invalid gauge position in DoSetGauge()") ); + + gtk_progress_bar_set_fraction (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (m_widget), + m_rangeMax ? ((double)m_gaugePos)/m_rangeMax : 0.0); +} + +wxSize wxGauge::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + wxSize best; + if (HasFlag(wxGA_VERTICAL)) + best = wxSize(28, 100); + else + best = wxSize(100, 28); + CacheBestSize(best); + return best; +} + +void wxGauge::SetRange( int range ) +{ + m_rangeMax = range; + if (m_gaugePos > m_rangeMax) + m_gaugePos = m_rangeMax; + + DoSetGauge(); +} + +void wxGauge::SetValue( int pos ) +{ + wxCHECK_RET( pos <= m_rangeMax, wxT("invalid value in wxGauge::SetValue()") ); + + m_gaugePos = pos; + + DoSetGauge(); +} + +int wxGauge::GetRange() const +{ + return m_rangeMax; +} + +int wxGauge::GetValue() const +{ + return m_gaugePos; +} + +void wxGauge::Pulse() +{ + gtk_progress_bar_pulse(GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (m_widget)); +} + +wxVisualAttributes wxGauge::GetDefaultAttributes() const +{ + // Visible gauge colours use a different colour state + return GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(m_widget, + UseGTKStyleBase(), + GTK_STATE_ACTIVE); + +} + +// static +wxVisualAttributes +wxGauge::GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant WXUNUSED(variant)) +{ + return GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(gtk_progress_bar_new, + false, GTK_STATE_ACTIVE); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/glcanvas.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/glcanvas.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2dcab7e1dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/glcanvas.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/glcanvas.cpp +// Purpose: wxGLCanvas, for using OpenGL/Mesa with wxWidgets and GTK +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Modified by: +// Created: 17/08/98 +// RCS-ID: $Id: glcanvas.cpp 66657 2011-01-08 18:05:33Z PC $ +// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#if wxUSE_GLCANVAS + +#include "wx/glcanvas.h" + +#include +#include + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "realize" from m_wxwindow: used to create m_glContext implicitly +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void +gtk_glwindow_realized_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), wxGLCanvas *win ) +{ + win->GTKInitImplicitContext(); +} +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "map" from m_wxwindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void +gtk_glwindow_map_callback( GtkWidget * WXUNUSED(widget), wxGLCanvas *win ) +{ + wxPaintEvent event( win->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( win ); + win->HandleWindowEvent( event ); + + win->m_exposed = false; + win->GetUpdateRegion().Clear(); +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "expose_event" of m_wxwindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static gboolean +gtk_glwindow_expose_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), GdkEventExpose *gdk_event, wxGLCanvas *win ) +{ + win->m_exposed = true; + + win->GetUpdateRegion().Union( gdk_event->area.x, + gdk_event->area.y, + gdk_event->area.width, + gdk_event->area.height ); + return false; +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "size_allocate" of m_wxwindow +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void +gtk_glcanvas_size_callback(GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + GtkAllocation * WXUNUSED(alloc), + wxGLCanvas *win) +{ + if (!win->m_hasVMT) + return; + + wxSizeEvent event( wxSize(win->m_width,win->m_height), win->GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( win ); + win->HandleWindowEvent( event ); +} +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// emission hook for "parent-set" +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static gboolean +parent_set_hook(GSignalInvocationHint*, guint, const GValue* param_values, void* data) +{ + wxGLCanvas* win = (wxGLCanvas*)data; + if (g_value_peek_pointer(¶m_values[0]) == win->m_wxwindow) + { + const XVisualInfo* xvi = win->GetXVisualInfo(); + GdkVisual* visual = gtk_widget_get_visual(win->m_wxwindow); + if (GDK_VISUAL_XVISUAL(visual)->visualid != xvi->visualid) + { + GdkScreen* screen = gtk_widget_get_screen(win->m_wxwindow); + visual = gdk_x11_screen_lookup_visual(screen, xvi->visualid); + GdkColormap* colormap = gdk_colormap_new(visual, false); + gtk_widget_set_colormap(win->m_wxwindow, colormap); + g_object_unref(colormap); + } + // remove hook + return false; + } + return true; +} +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGlCanvas +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGLCanvas, wxWindow) + +wxGLCanvas::wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const int *attribList, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name, + const wxPalette& palette) +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + : m_createImplicitContext(false) +#endif +{ + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name, attribList, palette); +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +wxGLCanvas::wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name, + const int *attribList, + const wxPalette& palette) + : m_createImplicitContext(true) +{ + m_sharedContext = NULL; + m_sharedContextOf = NULL; + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name, attribList, palette); +} + +wxGLCanvas::wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + const wxGLContext *shared, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name, + const int *attribList, + const wxPalette& palette) + : m_createImplicitContext(true) +{ + m_sharedContext = const_cast(shared); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name, attribList, palette); +} + +wxGLCanvas::wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, + const wxGLCanvas *shared, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, + long style, const wxString& name, + const int *attribList, + const wxPalette& palette ) + : m_createImplicitContext(true) +{ + m_sharedContext = NULL; + m_sharedContextOf = const_cast(shared); + + Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name, attribList, palette); +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +bool wxGLCanvas::Create(wxWindow *parent, + wxWindowID id, + const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, + long style, + const wxString& name, + const int *attribList, + const wxPalette& palette) +{ +#if wxUSE_PALETTE + wxASSERT_MSG( !palette.IsOk(), wxT("palettes not supported") ); +#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE + wxUnusedVar(palette); // Unused when wxDEBUG_LEVEL==0 + + m_exposed = false; + m_noExpose = true; + m_nativeSizeEvent = true; + + if ( !InitVisual(attribList) ) + return false; + + // watch for the "parent-set" signal on m_wxwindow so we can set colormap + // before m_wxwindow is realized (which will occur before + // wxWindow::Create() returns if parent is already visible) + unsigned sig_id = g_signal_lookup("parent-set", GTK_TYPE_WIDGET); + g_signal_add_emission_hook(sig_id, 0, parent_set_hook, this, NULL); + + wxWindow::Create( parent, id, pos, size, style, name ); + + gtk_widget_set_double_buffered(m_wxwindow, false); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + g_signal_connect(m_wxwindow, "realize", G_CALLBACK(gtk_glwindow_realized_callback), this); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + g_signal_connect(m_wxwindow, "map", G_CALLBACK(gtk_glwindow_map_callback), this); + g_signal_connect(m_wxwindow, "expose_event", G_CALLBACK(gtk_glwindow_expose_callback), this); + g_signal_connect(m_widget, "size_allocate", G_CALLBACK(gtk_glcanvas_size_callback), this); + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + // if our parent window is already visible, we had been realized before we + // connected to the "realize" signal and hence our m_glContext hasn't been + // initialized yet and we have to do it now + if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(m_wxwindow)) + gtk_glwindow_realized_callback( m_wxwindow, this ); +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + + if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED(m_wxwindow)) + gtk_glwindow_map_callback( m_wxwindow, this ); + + return true; +} + +Window wxGLCanvas::GetXWindow() const +{ + GdkWindow* window = GTKGetDrawingWindow(); + return window ? GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(window) : 0; +} + +void wxGLCanvas::OnInternalIdle() +{ + if (m_exposed) + { + wxPaintEvent event( GetId() ); + event.SetEventObject( this ); + HandleWindowEvent( event ); + + m_exposed = false; + GetUpdateRegion().Clear(); + } + + wxWindow::OnInternalIdle(); +} + +#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +void wxGLCanvas::GTKInitImplicitContext() +{ + if ( !m_glContext && m_createImplicitContext ) + { + wxGLContext *share = m_sharedContext; + if ( !share && m_sharedContextOf ) + share = m_sharedContextOf->m_glContext; + + m_glContext = new wxGLContext(this, share); + } +} + +#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 + +#endif // wxUSE_GLCANVAS diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gnome/gprint.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gnome/gprint.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..439aef3de6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gnome/gprint.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2128 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/gnome/gprint.cpp +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Purpose: Implement GNOME printing support +// Created: 09/20/04 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gprint.cpp 65820 2010-10-15 23:46:46Z VZ $ +// Copyright: Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LIBGNOMEPRINT + +#include "wx/gtk/gnome/gprint.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/dcmemory.h" + #include "wx/icon.h" + #include "wx/math.h" + #include "wx/image.h" + #include "wx/module.h" + #include "wx/crt.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/fontutil.h" +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" +#include "wx/dynlib.h" +#include "wx/paper.h" +#include "wx/dcprint.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "wx/link.h" +wxFORCE_LINK_THIS_MODULE(gnome_print) + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrintLibrary +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGnomePrintLibrary +{ +public: + wxGnomePrintLibrary(); + ~wxGnomePrintLibrary(); + + bool IsOk(); +private: + bool InitializeMethods(); + + wxDynamicLibrary m_libGnomePrint; + wxDynamicLibrary m_libGnomePrintUI; + + // only true if we successfully loaded both libraries + // + // don't rename this field, it's used by wxDL_XXX macros internally + bool m_ok; + +public: + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_newpath, + (GnomePrintContext *pc), (pc), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_moveto, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, gdouble x, gdouble y), (pc, x, y), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_lineto, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, gdouble x, gdouble y), (pc, x, y), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_arcto, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, gdouble x, gdouble y, gdouble radius, gdouble angle1, gdouble angle2, gint direction ), (pc, x, y, radius, angle1, angle2, direction), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_curveto, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, gdouble x1, gdouble y1, gdouble x2, gdouble y2, gdouble x3, gdouble y3), (pc, x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_closepath, + (GnomePrintContext *pc), (pc), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_stroke, + (GnomePrintContext *pc), (pc), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_fill, + (GnomePrintContext *pc), (pc), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_setrgbcolor, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, gdouble r, gdouble g, gdouble b), (pc, r, g, b), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_setlinewidth, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, gdouble width), (pc, width), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_setdash, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, gint n_values, const gdouble *values, gdouble offset), (pc, n_values, values, offset), 0 ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_rgbimage, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, const guchar *data, gint width, gint height, gint rowstride), (pc, data, width, height, rowstride ), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_rgbaimage, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, const guchar *data, gint width, gint height, gint rowstride), (pc, data, width, height, rowstride ), 0 ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_concat, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, const gdouble *matrix), (pc, matrix), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_scale, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, gdouble sx, gdouble sy), (pc, sx, sy), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_rotate, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, gdouble theta), (pc, theta), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_translate, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, gdouble x, gdouble y), (pc, x, y), 0 ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_gsave, + (GnomePrintContext *pc), (pc), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_grestore, + (GnomePrintContext *pc), (pc), 0 ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_clip, + (GnomePrintContext *pc), (pc), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_eoclip, + (GnomePrintContext *pc), (pc), 0 ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_beginpage, + (GnomePrintContext *pc, const guchar* name), (pc, name), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_showpage, + (GnomePrintContext *pc), (pc), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_end_doc, + (GnomePrintContext *pc), (pc), 0 ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( PangoLayout*, gnome_print_pango_create_layout, + (GnomePrintContext *gpc), (gpc), NULL ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( gnome_print_pango_layout, + (GnomePrintContext *gpc, PangoLayout *layout), (gpc, layout) ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( GnomePrintJob*, gnome_print_job_new, + (GnomePrintConfig *config), (config), NULL ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( GnomePrintContext*, gnome_print_job_get_context, + (GnomePrintJob *job), (job), NULL ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_job_close, + (GnomePrintJob *job), (job), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gint, gnome_print_job_print, + (GnomePrintJob *job), (job), 0 ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gboolean, gnome_print_job_get_page_size, + (GnomePrintJob *job, gdouble *width, gdouble *height), (job, width, height), 0 ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( GnomePrintUnit*, gnome_print_unit_get_by_abbreviation, + (const guchar *abbreviation), (abbreviation), NULL ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gboolean, gnome_print_convert_distance, + (gdouble *distance, const GnomePrintUnit *from, const GnomePrintUnit *to), (distance, from, to), false ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( GnomePrintConfig*, gnome_print_config_default, + (void), (), NULL ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gboolean, gnome_print_config_set, + (GnomePrintConfig *config, const guchar *key, const guchar *value), (config, key, value), false ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gboolean, gnome_print_config_set_double, + (GnomePrintConfig *config, const guchar *key, gdouble value), (config, key, value), false ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gboolean, gnome_print_config_set_int, + (GnomePrintConfig *config, const guchar *key, gint value), (config, key, value), false ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gboolean, gnome_print_config_set_boolean, + (GnomePrintConfig *config, const guchar *key, gboolean value), (config, key, value), false ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gboolean, gnome_print_config_set_length, + (GnomePrintConfig *config, const guchar *key, gdouble value, const GnomePrintUnit *unit), (config, key, value, unit), false ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( guchar*, gnome_print_config_get, + (GnomePrintConfig *config, const guchar *key), (config, key), NULL ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gboolean, gnome_print_config_get_length, + (GnomePrintConfig *config, const guchar *key, gdouble *val, const GnomePrintUnit **unit), (config, key, val, unit), false ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gboolean, gnome_print_config_get_boolean, + (GnomePrintConfig *config, const guchar *key, gboolean *val), (config, key, val), false ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( GtkWidget*, gnome_print_dialog_new, + (GnomePrintJob *gpj, const guchar *title, gint flags), (gpj, title, flags), NULL ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( gnome_print_dialog_construct_range_page, + (GnomePrintDialog *gpd, gint flags, gint start, gint end, + const guchar *currentlabel, const guchar *rangelabel), + (gpd, flags, start, end, currentlabel, rangelabel) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( gnome_print_dialog_get_copies, + (GnomePrintDialog *gpd, gint *copies, gboolean *collate), (gpd, copies, collate) ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( gnome_print_dialog_set_copies, + (GnomePrintDialog *gpd, gint copies, gint collate), (gpd, copies, collate) ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( GnomePrintRangeType, gnome_print_dialog_get_range, + (GnomePrintDialog *gpd), (gpd), GNOME_PRINT_RANGETYPE_NONE ) + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( int, gnome_print_dialog_get_range_page, + (GnomePrintDialog *gpd, gint *start, gint *end), (gpd, start, end), 0 ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( GtkWidget*, gnome_paper_selector_new_with_flags, + (GnomePrintConfig *config, gint flags), (config, flags), NULL ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( GtkWidget*, gnome_print_job_preview_new, + (GnomePrintJob *gpm, const guchar *title), (gpm, title), NULL ) + + wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGnomePrintLibrary); +}; + +wxGnomePrintLibrary::wxGnomePrintLibrary() +{ + wxLogNull log; + + m_libGnomePrint.Load("libgnomeprint-2-2.so.0"); + m_ok = m_libGnomePrint.IsLoaded(); + if ( !m_ok ) + return; + + m_libGnomePrintUI.Load("libgnomeprintui-2-2.so.0"); + m_ok = m_libGnomePrintUI.IsLoaded(); + if ( !m_ok ) + { + m_libGnomePrint.Unload(); + return; + } + + m_ok = InitializeMethods(); +} + +wxGnomePrintLibrary::~wxGnomePrintLibrary() +{ +} + +bool wxGnomePrintLibrary::IsOk() +{ + return m_ok; +} + +bool wxGnomePrintLibrary::InitializeMethods() +{ + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_newpath ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_moveto ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_lineto ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_curveto ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_arcto ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_closepath ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_stroke ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_fill ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_setrgbcolor ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_setlinewidth ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_setdash ); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_rgbimage ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_rgbaimage ); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_concat ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_scale ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_rotate ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_translate ); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_gsave ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_grestore ); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_clip ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_eoclip ); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_beginpage ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_showpage ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_end_doc ); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_pango_create_layout ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_pango_layout ); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_job_new ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_job_get_context ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_job_close ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_job_print ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_job_get_page_size ); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_unit_get_by_abbreviation ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_convert_distance ); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_config_default ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_config_set ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_config_set_boolean ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_config_set_double ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_config_set_int ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_config_set_length ); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_config_get ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_config_get_length ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrint, gnome_print_config_get_boolean ); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrintUI, gnome_print_dialog_new ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrintUI, gnome_print_dialog_construct_range_page ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrintUI, gnome_print_dialog_get_copies ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrintUI, gnome_print_dialog_set_copies ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrintUI, gnome_print_dialog_get_range ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrintUI, gnome_print_dialog_get_range_page ); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrintUI, gnome_paper_selector_new_with_flags ); + + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomePrintUI, gnome_print_job_preview_new ); + + return true; +} + +static wxGnomePrintLibrary* gs_libGnomePrint = NULL; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrintNativeData +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGnomePrintNativeData, wxPrintNativeDataBase) + +wxGnomePrintNativeData::wxGnomePrintNativeData() +{ + m_config = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_default(); + m_job = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_job_new( m_config ); +} + +wxGnomePrintNativeData::~wxGnomePrintNativeData() +{ + g_object_unref (m_config); +} + +bool wxGnomePrintNativeData::TransferTo( wxPrintData &data ) +{ + guchar *res = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_get( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAGE_ORIENTATION ); + if (g_ascii_strcasecmp((const gchar *)res,"R90") == 0) + data.SetOrientation( wxLANDSCAPE ); + else + data.SetOrientation( wxPORTRAIT ); + g_free( res ); + + res = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_get( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_OUTPUT_FILENAME ); + if (res) + { + data.SetFilename( wxConvFile.cMB2WX( (const char*) res ) ); + wxPrintf( "filename %s\n", data.GetFilename() ); + g_free( res ); + } + else + { + data.SetFilename( wxEmptyString ); + } + + gboolean ret; + if (gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_get_boolean( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_COLLATE, &ret)) + { + data.SetCollate( ret ); + } + + // gnome_print_v + + return true; +} + +bool wxGnomePrintNativeData::TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &data ) +{ + if (data.GetOrientation() == wxLANDSCAPE) + { + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAGE_ORIENTATION, + (guchar*)(char*)"R90" ); + } + else + { + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAGE_ORIENTATION, + (guchar*)(char*)"R0" ); + } + + if (data.GetCollate()) + { + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set_boolean( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_COLLATE, + TRUE ); + } + else + { + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set_boolean( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_COLLATE, + FALSE ); + } + + switch (data.GetPaperId()) + { + case wxPAPER_A3: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAPER_SIZE, + (guchar*)(char*)"A3" ); + break; + case wxPAPER_A5: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAPER_SIZE, + (guchar*)(char*)"A5" ); + break; + case wxPAPER_B4: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAPER_SIZE, + (guchar*)(char*)"B4" ); + break; + case wxPAPER_B5: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAPER_SIZE, + (guchar*)(char*)"B5" ); + break; + case wxPAPER_LETTER: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAPER_SIZE, + (guchar*)(char*)"USLetter" ); + break; + case wxPAPER_LEGAL: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAPER_SIZE, + (guchar*)(char*)"USLegal" ); + break; + case wxPAPER_EXECUTIVE: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAPER_SIZE, + (guchar*)(char*)"Executive" ); + break; + case wxPAPER_ENV_C5: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAPER_SIZE, + (guchar*)(char*)"C5" ); + break; + case wxPAPER_ENV_C6: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAPER_SIZE, + (guchar*)(char*)"C6" ); + break; + case wxPAPER_NONE: break; + + default: + case wxPAPER_A4: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set( m_config, + (guchar*)(char*)GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAPER_SIZE, + (guchar*)(char*)"A4" ); + break; + } + + return true; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrintFactory +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxPrinterBase* wxGnomePrintFactory::CreatePrinter( wxPrintDialogData *data ) +{ + return new wxGnomePrinter( data ); +} + +wxPrintPreviewBase *wxGnomePrintFactory::CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview, + wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintDialogData *data ) +{ + return new wxGnomePrintPreview( preview, printout, data ); +} + +wxPrintPreviewBase *wxGnomePrintFactory::CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview, + wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintData *data ) +{ + return new wxGnomePrintPreview( preview, printout, data ); +} + +wxPrintDialogBase *wxGnomePrintFactory::CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintDialogData *data ) +{ + return new wxGnomePrintDialog( parent, data ); +} + +wxPrintDialogBase *wxGnomePrintFactory::CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPrintData *data ) +{ + return new wxGnomePrintDialog( parent, data ); +} + +wxPageSetupDialogBase *wxGnomePrintFactory::CreatePageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, + wxPageSetupDialogData * data ) +{ +// The native page setup dialog is broken. It +// miscalculates newly entered values for the +// margins if you have not chose "points" but +// e.g. centimerters. +// This has been fixed in GNOME CVS (maybe +// fixed in libgnomeprintui 2.8.1) + + return new wxGnomePageSetupDialog( parent, data ); +} + +bool wxGnomePrintFactory::HasPrintSetupDialog() +{ + return false; +} + +wxDialog * +wxGnomePrintFactory::CreatePrintSetupDialog(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent), + wxPrintData * WXUNUSED(data)) +{ + return NULL; +} + + +#if wxUSE_NEW_DC + +wxDCImpl* wxGnomePrintFactory::CreatePrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ) +{ + return new wxGnomePrinterDCImpl( owner, data ); +} + +#else + +wxDC* wxGnomePrintFactory::CreatePrinterDC( const wxPrintData& data ) +{ + return new wxGnomePrinterDC(data); +} + +#endif + +bool wxGnomePrintFactory::HasOwnPrintToFile() +{ + return true; +} + +bool wxGnomePrintFactory::HasPrinterLine() +{ + return true; +} + +wxString wxGnomePrintFactory::CreatePrinterLine() +{ + // redundant now + return wxEmptyString; +} + +bool wxGnomePrintFactory::HasStatusLine() +{ + // redundant now + return true; +} + +wxString wxGnomePrintFactory::CreateStatusLine() +{ + // redundant now + return wxEmptyString; +} + +wxPrintNativeDataBase *wxGnomePrintFactory::CreatePrintNativeData() +{ + return new wxGnomePrintNativeData; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrintSetupDialog +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGnomePrintDialog, wxPrintDialogBase) + +wxGnomePrintDialog::wxGnomePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData *data ) + : wxPrintDialogBase(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Print"), + wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600), + wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | + wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +{ + if (data) + m_printDialogData = *data; + + Init(); +} + +wxGnomePrintDialog::wxGnomePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData *data ) + : wxPrintDialogBase(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Print"), + wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600), + wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | + wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) +{ + if (data) + m_printDialogData = *data; + + Init(); +} + +void wxGnomePrintDialog::Init() +{ + wxPrintData data = m_printDialogData.GetPrintData(); + + data.ConvertToNative(); + + wxGnomePrintNativeData *native = + (wxGnomePrintNativeData*) data.GetNativeData(); + + m_widget = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_dialog_new( native->GetPrintJob(), + (guchar*)"Print", + GNOME_PRINT_DIALOG_RANGE|GNOME_PRINT_DIALOG_COPIES ); + + int flag = 0; + if (m_printDialogData.GetEnableSelection()) + flag |= GNOME_PRINT_RANGE_SELECTION; + if (m_printDialogData.GetEnablePageNumbers()) + flag |= GNOME_PRINT_RANGE_ALL|GNOME_PRINT_RANGE_RANGE; + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_dialog_construct_range_page( (GnomePrintDialog*) m_widget, + flag, + m_printDialogData.GetMinPage(), + m_printDialogData.GetMaxPage(), + NULL, + NULL ); +} + +wxGnomePrintDialog::~wxGnomePrintDialog() +{ + m_widget = NULL; +} + +int wxGnomePrintDialog::ShowModal() +{ + int response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (m_widget)); + + if (response == GNOME_PRINT_DIALOG_RESPONSE_CANCEL) + { + gtk_widget_destroy(m_widget); + m_widget = NULL; + + return wxID_CANCEL; + } + + m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().ConvertFromNative(); + + gint copies = 1; + gboolean collate = false; + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_dialog_get_copies( (GnomePrintDialog*) m_widget, &copies, &collate ); + m_printDialogData.SetNoCopies( copies ); + m_printDialogData.SetCollate( collate ); + + switch (gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_dialog_get_range( (GnomePrintDialog*) m_widget )) + { + case GNOME_PRINT_RANGE_SELECTION: + m_printDialogData.SetSelection( true ); + break; + case GNOME_PRINT_RANGE_ALL: + m_printDialogData.SetAllPages( true ); + m_printDialogData.SetFromPage( 0 ); + m_printDialogData.SetToPage( 9999 ); + break; + case GNOME_PRINT_RANGE_RANGE: + default: + gint start,end; + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_dialog_get_range_page( (GnomePrintDialog*) m_widget, &start, &end ); + m_printDialogData.SetFromPage( start ); + m_printDialogData.SetToPage( end ); + break; + } + + gtk_widget_destroy(m_widget); + m_widget = NULL; + + if (response == GNOME_PRINT_DIALOG_RESPONSE_PREVIEW) + return wxID_PREVIEW; + + return wxID_OK; +} + +wxDC *wxGnomePrintDialog::GetPrintDC() +{ + // Later + return NULL; +} + +bool wxGnomePrintDialog::Validate() +{ + return true; +} + +bool wxGnomePrintDialog::TransferDataToWindow() +{ + return true; +} + +bool wxGnomePrintDialog::TransferDataFromWindow() +{ + return true; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePageSetupDialog +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGnomePageSetupDialog, wxPageSetupDialogBase) + +wxGnomePageSetupDialog::wxGnomePageSetupDialog(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent), + wxPageSetupDialogData *data) +{ + if (data) + m_pageDialogData = *data; + + m_pageDialogData.GetPrintData().ConvertToNative(); + + wxGnomePrintNativeData *native = + (wxGnomePrintNativeData*) m_pageDialogData.GetPrintData().GetNativeData(); + + // This *was* required as the page setup dialog + // calculates wrong values otherwise. +#if 0 + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set( native->GetPrintConfig(), + (const guchar*) GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PREFERED_UNIT, + (const guchar*) "Pts" ); +#endif + + GnomePrintConfig *config = native->GetPrintConfig(); + + const GnomePrintUnit *mm_unit = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_unit_get_by_abbreviation( (const guchar*) "mm" ); + + double ml = (double) m_pageDialogData.GetMarginTopLeft().x; + double mt = (double) m_pageDialogData.GetMarginTopLeft().y; + double mr = (double) m_pageDialogData.GetMarginBottomRight().x; + double mb = (double) m_pageDialogData.GetMarginBottomRight().y; + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set_length (config, + (const guchar*) GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAGE_MARGIN_LEFT, ml, mm_unit ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set_length (config, + (const guchar*) GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAGE_MARGIN_RIGHT, mr, mm_unit ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set_length (config, + (const guchar*) GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAGE_MARGIN_TOP, mt, mm_unit ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_set_length (config, + (const guchar*) GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAGE_MARGIN_BOTTOM, mb, mm_unit ); + + m_widget = gtk_dialog_new(); + + gtk_window_set_title( GTK_WINDOW(m_widget), wxGTK_CONV( _("Page setup") ) ); + + GtkWidget *main = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_paper_selector_new_with_flags( native->GetPrintConfig(), + GNOME_PAPER_SELECTOR_MARGINS|GNOME_PAPER_SELECTOR_FEED_ORIENTATION ); + gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (main), 8); + gtk_widget_show (main); + + gtk_container_add( GTK_CONTAINER (GTK_DIALOG (m_widget)->vbox), main ); + + gtk_dialog_set_has_separator (GTK_DIALOG (m_widget), TRUE); + + gtk_dialog_add_buttons (GTK_DIALOG (m_widget), + GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, + GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, + NULL); + + gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (m_widget), + GTK_RESPONSE_OK); +} + +wxGnomePageSetupDialog::~wxGnomePageSetupDialog() +{ +} + +wxPageSetupDialogData& wxGnomePageSetupDialog::GetPageSetupDialogData() +{ + return m_pageDialogData; +} + +int wxGnomePageSetupDialog::ShowModal() +{ + wxGnomePrintNativeData *native = + (wxGnomePrintNativeData*) m_pageDialogData.GetPrintData().GetNativeData(); + + GnomePrintConfig *config = native->GetPrintConfig(); + + + int ret = gtk_dialog_run( GTK_DIALOG(m_widget) ); + + if (ret == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) + { + // Transfer data back to m_pageDialogData + m_pageDialogData.GetPrintData().ConvertFromNative(); + + // I don't know how querying the last parameter works + double ml,mr,mt,mb,pw,ph; + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_get_length (config, + (const guchar*) GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAGE_MARGIN_LEFT, &ml, NULL); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_get_length (config, + (const guchar*) GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAGE_MARGIN_RIGHT, &mr, NULL); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_get_length (config, + (const guchar*) GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAGE_MARGIN_TOP, &mt, NULL); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_get_length (config, + (const guchar*) GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAGE_MARGIN_BOTTOM, &mb, NULL); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_get_length (config, + (const guchar*) GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAPER_WIDTH, &pw, NULL); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_config_get_length (config, + (const guchar*) GNOME_PRINT_KEY_PAPER_HEIGHT, &ph, NULL); + + // This code converts correctly from what the user chose + // as the unit although I query Pts here + const GnomePrintUnit *mm_unit = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_unit_get_by_abbreviation( (const guchar*) "mm" ); + const GnomePrintUnit *pts_unit = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_unit_get_by_abbreviation( (const guchar*) "Pts" ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_convert_distance( &ml, pts_unit, mm_unit ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_convert_distance( &mr, pts_unit, mm_unit ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_convert_distance( &mt, pts_unit, mm_unit ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_convert_distance( &mb, pts_unit, mm_unit ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_convert_distance( &pw, pts_unit, mm_unit ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_convert_distance( &ph, pts_unit, mm_unit ); + + m_pageDialogData.SetMarginTopLeft( wxPoint( (int)(ml+0.5), (int)(mt+0.5)) ); + m_pageDialogData.SetMarginBottomRight( wxPoint( (int)(mr+0.5), (int)(mb+0.5)) ); + + m_pageDialogData.SetPaperSize( wxSize( (int)(pw+0.5), (int)(ph+0.5) ) ); + + ret = wxID_OK; + } + else + { + ret = wxID_CANCEL; + } + + gtk_widget_destroy( m_widget ); + m_widget = NULL; + + return ret; +} + +bool wxGnomePageSetupDialog::Validate() +{ + return true; +} + +bool wxGnomePageSetupDialog::TransferDataToWindow() +{ + return true; +} + +bool wxGnomePageSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow() +{ + return true; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrinter +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGnomePrinter, wxPrinterBase) + +wxGnomePrinter::wxGnomePrinter( wxPrintDialogData *data ) : + wxPrinterBase( data ) +{ + m_native_preview = false; +} + +wxGnomePrinter::~wxGnomePrinter() +{ +} + +bool wxGnomePrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt ) +{ + if (!printout) + { + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR; + return false; + } + + wxPrintData printdata = GetPrintDialogData().GetPrintData(); + + wxGnomePrintNativeData *native = + (wxGnomePrintNativeData*) printdata.GetNativeData(); + + GnomePrintJob *job = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_job_new( native->GetPrintConfig() ); + + // The GnomePrintJob is temporarily stored in the + // native print data as the native print dialog + // needs to access it. + native->SetPrintJob( job ); + + + if (m_printDialogData.GetMinPage() < 1) + m_printDialogData.SetMinPage(1); + if (m_printDialogData.GetMaxPage() < 1) + m_printDialogData.SetMaxPage(9999); + + wxDC *dc; + if (prompt) + dc = PrintDialog( parent ); + else +#if wxUSE_NEW_DC + dc = new wxPrinterDC( printdata ); // TODO: check that this works +#else + dc = new wxGnomePrinterDC( printdata ); // TODO: check that this works +#endif + + if (!dc) + { + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_job_close( job ); + g_object_unref (job); + if (sm_lastError != wxPRINTER_CANCELLED) + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR; + return false; + } + + printout->SetPPIScreen(wxGetDisplayPPI()); + printout->SetPPIPrinter( dc->GetResolution(), + dc->GetResolution() ); + + printout->SetDC(dc); + + int w, h; + dc->GetSize(&w, &h); + printout->SetPageSizePixels((int)w, (int)h); + printout->SetPaperRectPixels(wxRect(0, 0, w, h)); + int mw, mh; + dc->GetSizeMM(&mw, &mh); + printout->SetPageSizeMM((int)mw, (int)mh); + printout->OnPreparePrinting(); + + // Get some parameters from the printout, if defined + int fromPage, toPage; + int minPage, maxPage; + printout->GetPageInfo(&minPage, &maxPage, &fromPage, &toPage); + + if (maxPage == 0) + { + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_job_close( job ); + g_object_unref (job); + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR; + return false; + } + + printout->OnBeginPrinting(); + + int minPageNum = minPage, maxPageNum = maxPage; + + if ( !m_printDialogData.GetAllPages() ) + { + minPageNum = m_printDialogData.GetFromPage(); + maxPageNum = m_printDialogData.GetToPage(); + } + + + int copyCount; + for ( copyCount = 1; + copyCount <= m_printDialogData.GetNoCopies(); + copyCount++ ) + { + if (!printout->OnBeginDocument(minPageNum, maxPageNum)) + { + wxLogError(_("Could not start printing.")); + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR; + break; + } + + int pn; + for ( pn = minPageNum; + pn <= maxPageNum && printout->HasPage(pn); + pn++ ) + { + dc->StartPage(); + printout->OnPrintPage(pn); + dc->EndPage(); + } + + printout->OnEndDocument(); + printout->OnEndPrinting(); + } + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_job_close( job ); + if (m_native_preview) + { + const wxCharBuffer title(wxGTK_CONV_SYS(_("Print preview"))); + GtkWidget *preview = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_job_preview_new + ( + job, + (const guchar *)title.data() + ); + gtk_widget_show(preview); + } + else + { + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_job_print( job ); + } + + g_object_unref (job); + delete dc; + + return (sm_lastError == wxPRINTER_NO_ERROR); +} + +wxDC* wxGnomePrinter::PrintDialog( wxWindow *parent ) +{ + wxGnomePrintDialog dialog( parent, &m_printDialogData ); + int ret = dialog.ShowModal(); + if (ret == wxID_CANCEL) + { + sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_CANCELLED; + return NULL; + } + + m_native_preview = ret == wxID_PREVIEW; + + m_printDialogData = dialog.GetPrintDialogData(); +#if wxUSE_NEW_DC + return new wxPrinterDC( m_printDialogData.GetPrintData() ); +#else + return new wxGnomePrinterDC( m_printDialogData.GetPrintData() ); +#endif +} + +bool wxGnomePrinter::Setup(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent)) +{ + return false; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrinterDC +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// conversion +static const double RAD2DEG = 180.0 / M_PI; + +// we don't want to use only 72 dpi from GNOME print +static const int DPI = 600; +static const double PS2DEV = 600.0 / 72.0; +static const double DEV2PS = 72.0 / 600.0; + +#define XLOG2DEV(x) ((double)(LogicalToDeviceX(x)) * DEV2PS) +#define XLOG2DEVREL(x) ((double)(LogicalToDeviceXRel(x)) * DEV2PS) +#define YLOG2DEV(x) ((m_pageHeight - (double)LogicalToDeviceY(x)) * DEV2PS) +#define YLOG2DEVREL(x) ((double)(LogicalToDeviceYRel(x)) * DEV2PS) + +#if wxUSE_NEW_DC +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGnomePrinterDCImpl, wxDCImpl) +#else +IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGnomePrinterDC, wxDC) +#endif + +#if wxUSE_NEW_DC +wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::wxGnomePrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ) : + wxDCImpl( owner ) +#else +wxGnomePrinterDC::wxGnomePrinterDC( const wxPrintData& data ) +#endif +{ + m_printData = data; + + wxGnomePrintNativeData *native = + (wxGnomePrintNativeData*) m_printData.GetNativeData(); + + m_job = native->GetPrintJob(); + m_gpc = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_job_get_context (m_job); + + m_layout = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_pango_create_layout( m_gpc ); + m_fontdesc = pango_font_description_from_string( "Sans 12" ); + m_context = NULL; + + m_currentRed = 0; + m_currentBlue = 0; + m_currentGreen = 0; + + // Query page size. This seems to omit the margins + double pw,ph; + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_job_get_page_size( native->GetPrintJob(), &pw, &ph ); + + m_pageHeight = ph * PS2DEV; +} + +wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::~wxGnomePrinterDCImpl() +{ +} + +bool wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::IsOk() const +{ + return true; +} + +bool +wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoFloodFill(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x1), + wxCoord WXUNUSED(y1), + const wxColour& WXUNUSED(col), + wxFloodFillStyle WXUNUSED(style)) +{ + return false; +} + +bool +wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoGetPixel(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x1), + wxCoord WXUNUSED(y1), + wxColour * WXUNUSED(col)) const +{ + return false; +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2) +{ + if ( m_pen.IsTransparent() ) + return; + + SetPen( m_pen ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto ( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x1), YLOG2DEV(y1) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto ( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x2), YLOG2DEV(y2) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_stroke ( m_gpc); + + CalcBoundingBox( x1, y1 ); + CalcBoundingBox( x2, y2 ); +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoCrossHair(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y)) +{ +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1,wxCoord y1,wxCoord x2,wxCoord y2,wxCoord xc,wxCoord yc) +{ + double dx = x1 - xc; + double dy = y1 - yc; + double radius = sqrt((double)(dx*dx+dy*dy)); + double alpha1, alpha2; + if (x1 == x2 && y1 == y2) + { + alpha1 = 0.0; + alpha2 = 360.0; + } + else if ( wxIsNullDouble(radius) ) + { + alpha1 = + alpha2 = 0.0; + } + else + { + alpha1 = (x1 - xc == 0) ? + (y1 - yc < 0) ? 90.0 : -90.0 : + -atan2(double(y1-yc), double(x1-xc)) * RAD2DEG; + alpha2 = (x2 - xc == 0) ? + (y2 - yc < 0) ? 90.0 : -90.0 : + -atan2(double(y2-yc), double(x2-xc)) * RAD2DEG; + + while (alpha1 <= 0) alpha1 += 360; + while (alpha2 <= 0) alpha2 += 360; // adjust angles to be between + while (alpha1 > 360) alpha1 -= 360; // 0 and 360 degree + while (alpha2 > 360) alpha2 -= 360; + } + + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetBrush( m_brush ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto ( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(xc), YLOG2DEV(yc) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_arcto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(xc), YLOG2DEV(yc), XLOG2DEVREL((int)radius), alpha1, alpha2, 0 ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_fill( m_gpc ); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetPen (m_pen); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_newpath( m_gpc ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto ( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(xc), YLOG2DEV(yc) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_arcto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(xc), YLOG2DEV(yc), XLOG2DEVREL((int)radius), alpha1, alpha2, 0 ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_closepath( m_gpc ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_stroke( m_gpc ); + } + + CalcBoundingBox (x1, y1); + CalcBoundingBox (x2, y2); + CalcBoundingBox (xc, yc); +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x,wxCoord y,wxCoord w,wxCoord h,double sa,double ea) +{ + x += w/2; + y += h/2; + + double xx = XLOG2DEV(x); + double yy = YLOG2DEV(y); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_gsave( m_gpc ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_translate( m_gpc, xx, yy ); + double scale = (double)YLOG2DEVREL(h) / (double) XLOG2DEVREL(w); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_scale( m_gpc, 1.0, scale ); + + xx = 0.0; + yy = 0.0; + + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetBrush( m_brush ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto ( m_gpc, xx, yy ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_arcto( m_gpc, xx, yy, + XLOG2DEVREL(w)/2, sa, ea, 0 ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto ( m_gpc, xx, yy ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_fill( m_gpc ); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetPen (m_pen); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_arcto( m_gpc, xx, yy, + XLOG2DEVREL(w)/2, sa, ea, 0 ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_stroke( m_gpc ); + } + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_grestore( m_gpc ); + + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); + CalcBoundingBox( x+w, y+h ); +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawPoint(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y)) +{ +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset) +{ + if (n <= 0) return; + + if ( m_pen.IsTransparent() ) + return; + + SetPen (m_pen); + + int i; + for ( i =0; ignome_print_moveto ( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(points[0].x+xoffset), YLOG2DEV(points[0].y+yoffset) ); + + for (i = 1; i < n; i++) + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto ( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(points[i].x+xoffset), YLOG2DEV(points[i].y+yoffset) ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_stroke ( m_gpc); +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[], + wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, + wxPolygonFillMode WXUNUSED(fillStyle)) +{ + if (n==0) return; + + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetBrush( m_brush ); + + int x = points[0].x + xoffset; + int y = points[0].y + yoffset; + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_newpath( m_gpc ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y) ); + int i; + for (i = 1; i < n; i++) + { + x = points[i].x + xoffset; + y = points[i].y + yoffset; + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y) ); + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); + } + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_closepath( m_gpc ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_fill( m_gpc ); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetPen (m_pen); + + int x = points[0].x + xoffset; + int y = points[0].y + yoffset; + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_newpath( m_gpc ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y) ); + int i; + for (i = 1; i < n; i++) + { + x = points[i].x + xoffset; + y = points[i].y + yoffset; + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y) ); + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); + } + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_closepath( m_gpc ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_stroke( m_gpc ); + } +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle) +{ +#if wxUSE_NEW_DC + wxDCImpl::DoDrawPolyPolygon( n, count, points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle ); +#else + wxDC::DoDrawPolyPolygon( n, count, points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle ); +#endif +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) +{ + width--; + height--; + + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetBrush( m_brush ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_newpath( m_gpc ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x + width), YLOG2DEV(y) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x + width), YLOG2DEV(y + height) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y + height) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_closepath( m_gpc ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_fill( m_gpc ); + + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); + CalcBoundingBox( x + width, y + height ); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetPen (m_pen); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_newpath( m_gpc ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x + width), YLOG2DEV(y) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x + width), YLOG2DEV(y + height) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y + height) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_closepath( m_gpc ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_stroke( m_gpc ); + + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); + CalcBoundingBox( x + width, y + height ); + } +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, double radius) +{ + width--; + height--; + + wxCoord rad = wxRound( radius ); + + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetBrush(m_brush); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_newpath(m_gpc); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto(m_gpc,XLOG2DEV(x + rad),YLOG2DEV(y)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_curveto(m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV(x + rad),YLOG2DEV(y), + XLOG2DEV(x),YLOG2DEV(y), + XLOG2DEV(x),YLOG2DEV(y + rad)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto(m_gpc,XLOG2DEV(x),YLOG2DEV(y + height - rad)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_curveto(m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV(x),YLOG2DEV(y + height - rad), + XLOG2DEV(x),YLOG2DEV(y + height), + XLOG2DEV(x + rad),YLOG2DEV(y + height)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto(m_gpc,XLOG2DEV(x + width - rad),YLOG2DEV(y + height)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_curveto(m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV(x + width - rad),YLOG2DEV(y + height), + XLOG2DEV(x + width),YLOG2DEV(y + height), + XLOG2DEV(x + width),YLOG2DEV(y + height - rad)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto(m_gpc,XLOG2DEV(x + width),YLOG2DEV(y + rad)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_curveto(m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV(x + width),YLOG2DEV(y + rad), + XLOG2DEV(x + width),YLOG2DEV(y), + XLOG2DEV(x + width - rad),YLOG2DEV(y)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto(m_gpc,XLOG2DEV(x + rad),YLOG2DEV(y)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_closepath(m_gpc); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_fill(m_gpc); + + CalcBoundingBox(x,y); + CalcBoundingBox(x+width,y+height); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetPen(m_pen); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_newpath(m_gpc); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto(m_gpc,XLOG2DEV(x + rad),YLOG2DEV(y)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_curveto(m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV(x + rad),YLOG2DEV(y), + XLOG2DEV(x),YLOG2DEV(y), + XLOG2DEV(x),YLOG2DEV(y + rad)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto(m_gpc,XLOG2DEV(x),YLOG2DEV(y + height - rad)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_curveto(m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV(x),YLOG2DEV(y + height - rad), + XLOG2DEV(x),YLOG2DEV(y + height), + XLOG2DEV(x + rad),YLOG2DEV(y + height)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto(m_gpc,XLOG2DEV(x + width - rad),YLOG2DEV(y + height)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_curveto(m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV(x + width - rad),YLOG2DEV(y + height), + XLOG2DEV(x + width),YLOG2DEV(y + height), + XLOG2DEV(x + width),YLOG2DEV(y + height - rad)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto(m_gpc,XLOG2DEV(x + width),YLOG2DEV(y + rad)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_curveto(m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV(x + width),YLOG2DEV(y + rad), + XLOG2DEV(x + width),YLOG2DEV(y), + XLOG2DEV(x + width - rad),YLOG2DEV(y)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto(m_gpc,XLOG2DEV(x + rad),YLOG2DEV(y)); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_closepath(m_gpc); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_stroke(m_gpc); + + CalcBoundingBox(x,y); + CalcBoundingBox(x+width,y+height); + } +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::makeEllipticalPath(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height) +{ + double r = 4 * (sqrt(2.) - 1) / 3; + double halfW = 0.5 * width, + halfH = 0.5 * height, + halfWR = r * halfW, + halfHR = r * halfH; + wxCoord halfWI = (wxCoord) halfW, + halfHI = (wxCoord) halfH; + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_newpath( m_gpc ); + + // Approximate an ellipse using four cubic splines, clockwise from 0 deg */ + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto( m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV(x + width), + YLOG2DEV(y + halfHI) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_curveto( m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV(x + width), + YLOG2DEV(y + (wxCoord) rint (halfH + halfHR)), + XLOG2DEV(x + (wxCoord) rint(halfW + halfWR)), + YLOG2DEV(y + height), + XLOG2DEV(x + halfWI), + YLOG2DEV(y + height) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_curveto( m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV(x + (wxCoord) rint(halfW - halfWR)), + YLOG2DEV(y + height), + XLOG2DEV(x), + YLOG2DEV(y + (wxCoord) rint (halfH + halfHR)), + XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y+halfHI) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_curveto( m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV(x), + YLOG2DEV(y + (wxCoord) rint (halfH - halfHR)), + XLOG2DEV(x + (wxCoord) rint (halfW - halfWR)), + YLOG2DEV(y), + XLOG2DEV(x+halfWI), YLOG2DEV(y) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_curveto( m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV(x + (wxCoord) rint(halfW + halfWR)), + YLOG2DEV(y), + XLOG2DEV(x + width), + YLOG2DEV(y + (wxCoord) rint(halfH - halfHR)), + XLOG2DEV(x + width), YLOG2DEV(y + halfHI) ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_closepath(m_gpc); +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) +{ + width--; + height--; + + if ( m_brush.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetBrush( m_brush ); + makeEllipticalPath( x, y, width, height ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_fill( m_gpc ); + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); + CalcBoundingBox( x + width, y + height ); + } + + if ( m_pen.IsNonTransparent() ) + { + SetPen (m_pen); + makeEllipticalPath( x, y, width, height ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_stroke( m_gpc ); + CalcBoundingBox( x, y ); + CalcBoundingBox( x + width, y + height ); + } +} + +#if wxUSE_SPLINES +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawSpline(const wxPointList *points) +{ + SetPen (m_pen); + + double c, d, x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3; + wxPoint *p, *q; + + wxPointList::compatibility_iterator node = points->GetFirst(); + p = node->GetData(); + x1 = p->x; + y1 = p->y; + + node = node->GetNext(); + p = node->GetData(); + c = p->x; + d = p->y; + x3 = + (double)(x1 + c) / 2; + y3 = + (double)(y1 + d) / 2; + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_newpath( m_gpc ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV((wxCoord)x1), YLOG2DEV((wxCoord)y1) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV((wxCoord)x3), YLOG2DEV((wxCoord)y3) ); + + CalcBoundingBox( (wxCoord)x1, (wxCoord)y1 ); + CalcBoundingBox( (wxCoord)x3, (wxCoord)y3 ); + + node = node->GetNext(); + while (node) + { + q = node->GetData(); + + x1 = x3; + y1 = y3; + x2 = c; + y2 = d; + c = q->x; + d = q->y; + x3 = (double)(x2 + c) / 2; + y3 = (double)(y2 + d) / 2; + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_curveto(m_gpc, + XLOG2DEV((wxCoord)x1), YLOG2DEV((wxCoord)y1), + XLOG2DEV((wxCoord)x2), YLOG2DEV((wxCoord)y2), + XLOG2DEV((wxCoord)x3), YLOG2DEV((wxCoord)y3) ); + + CalcBoundingBox( (wxCoord)x1, (wxCoord)y1 ); + CalcBoundingBox( (wxCoord)x3, (wxCoord)y3 ); + + node = node->GetNext(); + } + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto ( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV((wxCoord)c), YLOG2DEV((wxCoord)d) ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_stroke( m_gpc ); +} +#endif // wxUSE_SPLINES + +bool +wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, + wxCoord width, wxCoord height, + wxDC *source, + wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, + wxRasterOperationMode rop, + bool WXUNUSED(useMask), + wxCoord WXUNUSED(xsrcMask), wxCoord WXUNUSED(ysrcMask)) +{ + wxCHECK_MSG( source, false, wxT("invalid source dc") ); + + // blit into a bitmap + wxBitmap bitmap( width, height ); + wxMemoryDC memDC; + memDC.SelectObject(bitmap); + memDC.Blit(0, 0, width, height, source, xsrc, ysrc, rop); /* TODO: Blit transparently? */ + memDC.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); + + // draw bitmap. scaling and positioning is done there + GetOwner()->DrawBitmap( bitmap, xdest, ydest ); + + return true; +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawIcon( const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) +{ + DoDrawBitmap( icon, x, y, true ); +} + +void +wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, + wxCoord x, wxCoord y, + bool WXUNUSED(useMask)) +{ + if (!bitmap.Ok()) return; + + if (bitmap.HasPixbuf()) + { + GdkPixbuf *pixbuf = bitmap.GetPixbuf(); + guchar *raw_image = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels( pixbuf ); + bool has_alpha = gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha( pixbuf ); + int rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride( pixbuf ); + int height = gdk_pixbuf_get_height( pixbuf ); + int width = gdk_pixbuf_get_width( pixbuf ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_gsave( m_gpc ); + double matrix[6]; + matrix[0] = XLOG2DEVREL(width); + matrix[1] = 0; + matrix[2] = 0; + matrix[3] = YLOG2DEVREL(height); + matrix[4] = XLOG2DEV(x); + matrix[5] = YLOG2DEV(y+height); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_concat( m_gpc, matrix ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto( m_gpc, 0, 0 ); + if (has_alpha) + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_rgbaimage( m_gpc, (guchar *)raw_image, width, height, rowstride ); + else + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_rgbimage( m_gpc, (guchar *)raw_image, width, height, rowstride ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_grestore( m_gpc ); + } + else + { + wxImage image = bitmap.ConvertToImage(); + + if (!image.Ok()) return; + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_gsave( m_gpc ); + double matrix[6]; + matrix[0] = XLOG2DEVREL(image.GetWidth()); + matrix[1] = 0; + matrix[2] = 0; + matrix[3] = YLOG2DEVREL(image.GetHeight()); + matrix[4] = XLOG2DEV(x); + matrix[5] = YLOG2DEV(y+image.GetHeight()); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_concat( m_gpc, matrix ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto( m_gpc, 0, 0 ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_rgbimage( m_gpc, (guchar*) image.GetData(), image.GetWidth(), image.GetHeight(), image.GetWidth()*3 ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_grestore( m_gpc ); + } +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y ) +{ + DoDrawRotatedText( text, x, y, 0.0 ); +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle) +{ + double xx = XLOG2DEV(x); + double yy = YLOG2DEV(y); + + bool underlined = m_font.Ok() && m_font.GetUnderlined(); + + const wxScopedCharBuffer data(text.utf8_str()); + + size_t datalen = strlen(data); + pango_layout_set_text( m_layout, data, datalen); + + if (underlined) + { + PangoAttrList *attrs = pango_attr_list_new(); + PangoAttribute *a = pango_attr_underline_new(PANGO_UNDERLINE_SINGLE); + a->start_index = 0; + a->end_index = datalen; + pango_attr_list_insert(attrs, a); + pango_layout_set_attributes(m_layout, attrs); + pango_attr_list_unref(attrs); + } + + if (m_textForegroundColour.Ok()) + { + unsigned char red = m_textForegroundColour.Red(); + unsigned char blue = m_textForegroundColour.Blue(); + unsigned char green = m_textForegroundColour.Green(); + + if (!(red == m_currentRed && green == m_currentGreen && blue == m_currentBlue)) + { + double redPS = (double)(red) / 255.0; + double bluePS = (double)(blue) / 255.0; + double greenPS = (double)(green) / 255.0; + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_setrgbcolor( m_gpc, redPS, greenPS, bluePS ); + + m_currentRed = red; + m_currentBlue = blue; + m_currentGreen = green; + } + } + +#if 0 + if ( m_backgroundMode == wxSOLID ) + { + gdk_gc_set_foreground(m_textGC, m_textBackgroundColour.GetColor()); + gdk_draw_rectangle(m_window, m_textGC, TRUE, xx, yy, w, h); + gdk_gc_set_foreground(m_textGC, m_textForegroundColour.GetColor()); + } +#endif + + // Draw layout. + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto (m_gpc, xx, yy); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_gsave( m_gpc ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_scale( m_gpc, m_scaleX * DEV2PS, m_scaleY * DEV2PS ); + + if (fabs(angle) > 0.00001) + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_rotate( m_gpc, angle ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_pango_layout( m_gpc, m_layout ); + + int w,h; + pango_layout_get_pixel_size( m_layout, &w, &h ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_grestore( m_gpc ); + + if (underlined) + { + // undo underline attributes setting: + pango_layout_set_attributes(m_layout, NULL); + } + + CalcBoundingBox(x, y); + CalcBoundingBox(x + w, y + h); +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::Clear() +{ +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::SetFont( const wxFont& font ) +{ + m_font = font; + + if (m_font.Ok()) + { + if (m_fontdesc) + pango_font_description_free( m_fontdesc ); + + m_fontdesc = pango_font_description_copy( m_font.GetNativeFontInfo()->description ); + + float size = pango_font_description_get_size( m_fontdesc ); + size = size * GetFontPointSizeAdjustment(72.0); + pango_font_description_set_size( m_fontdesc, (gint)size ); + + pango_layout_set_font_description( m_layout, m_fontdesc ); + } +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::SetPen( const wxPen& pen ) +{ + if (!pen.Ok()) return; + + m_pen = pen; + + double width; + + if (m_pen.GetWidth() <= 0) + width = 0.1; + else + width = (double) m_pen.GetWidth(); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_setlinewidth( m_gpc, width * DEV2PS * m_scaleX ); + + static const double dotted[] = {2.0, 5.0}; + static const double short_dashed[] = {4.0, 4.0}; + static const double wxCoord_dashed[] = {4.0, 8.0}; + static const double dotted_dashed[] = {6.0, 6.0, 2.0, 6.0}; + + switch (m_pen.GetStyle()) + { + case wxPENSTYLE_DOT: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_setdash( m_gpc, 2, dotted, 0 ); break; + case wxPENSTYLE_SHORT_DASH: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_setdash( m_gpc, 2, short_dashed, 0 ); break; + case wxPENSTYLE_LONG_DASH: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_setdash( m_gpc, 2, wxCoord_dashed, 0 ); break; + case wxPENSTYLE_DOT_DASH: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_setdash( m_gpc, 4, dotted_dashed, 0 ); break; + case wxPENSTYLE_USER_DASH: + { + // It may be noted that libgnomeprint between at least + // versions 2.8.0 and 2.12.1 makes a copy of the dashes + // and then leak the memory since it doesn't set the + // internal flag "privatedash" to 0. + wxDash *wx_dashes; + int num = m_pen.GetDashes (&wx_dashes); + gdouble *g_dashes = g_new( gdouble, num ); + int i; + for (i = 0; i < num; ++i) + g_dashes[i] = (gdouble) wx_dashes[i]; + gs_libGnomePrint -> gnome_print_setdash( m_gpc, num, g_dashes, 0); + g_free( g_dashes ); + } + break; + case wxPENSTYLE_SOLID: + case wxPENSTYLE_TRANSPARENT: + default: gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_setdash( m_gpc, 0, NULL, 0 ); break; + } + + + unsigned char red = m_pen.GetColour().Red(); + unsigned char blue = m_pen.GetColour().Blue(); + unsigned char green = m_pen.GetColour().Green(); + + if (!(red == m_currentRed && green == m_currentGreen && blue == m_currentBlue)) + { + double redPS = (double)(red) / 255.0; + double bluePS = (double)(blue) / 255.0; + double greenPS = (double)(green) / 255.0; + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_setrgbcolor( m_gpc, redPS, greenPS, bluePS ); + + m_currentRed = red; + m_currentBlue = blue; + m_currentGreen = green; + } +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush ) +{ + if (!brush.Ok()) return; + + m_brush = brush; + + // Brush colour + unsigned char red = m_brush.GetColour().Red(); + unsigned char blue = m_brush.GetColour().Blue(); + unsigned char green = m_brush.GetColour().Green(); + + if (!m_colour) + { + // Anything not white is black + if (! (red == (unsigned char) 255 && + blue == (unsigned char) 255 && + green == (unsigned char) 255) ) + { + red = (unsigned char) 0; + green = (unsigned char) 0; + blue = (unsigned char) 0; + } + // setgray here ? + } + + if (!(red == m_currentRed && green == m_currentGreen && blue == m_currentBlue)) + { + double redPS = (double)(red) / 255.0; + double bluePS = (double)(blue) / 255.0; + double greenPS = (double)(green) / 255.0; + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_setrgbcolor( m_gpc, redPS, greenPS, bluePS ); + + m_currentRed = red; + m_currentBlue = blue; + m_currentGreen = green; + } +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode WXUNUSED(function)) +{ +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::SetBackground(const wxBrush& WXUNUSED(brush)) +{ +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) +{ +#if wxUSE_NEW_DC + m_clipping = TRUE; // TODO move somewhere else + m_clipX1 = x; + m_clipY1 = y; + m_clipX2 = x + width; + m_clipY2 = y + height; +#else + wxDC::DoSetClippingRegion( x, y, width, height ); +#endif + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_gsave( m_gpc ); + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_newpath( m_gpc ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_moveto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x + width), YLOG2DEV(y) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x + width), YLOG2DEV(y + height) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_lineto( m_gpc, XLOG2DEV(x), YLOG2DEV(y + height) ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_closepath( m_gpc ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_clip( m_gpc ); +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DestroyClippingRegion() +{ +#if wxUSE_NEW_DC + wxDCImpl::DestroyClippingRegion(); +#else + wxDC::DestroyClippingRegion(); +#endif + + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_grestore( m_gpc ); + +#if 0 + // not needed, we set the values in each + // drawing method anyways + SetPen( m_pen ); + SetBrush( m_brush ); + SetFont( m_font ); +#endif +} + +bool wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::StartDoc(const wxString& WXUNUSED(message)) +{ + return true; +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::EndDoc() +{ + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_end_doc( m_gpc ); +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::StartPage() +{ + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_beginpage( m_gpc, (const guchar*) "page" ); +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::EndPage() +{ + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_showpage( m_gpc ); +} + +wxCoord wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::GetCharHeight() const +{ + pango_layout_set_text( m_layout, "H", 1 ); + + int w,h; + pango_layout_get_pixel_size( m_layout, &w, &h ); + + return h; +} + +wxCoord wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::GetCharWidth() const +{ + pango_layout_set_text( m_layout, "H", 1 ); + + int w,h; + pango_layout_get_pixel_size( m_layout, &w, &h ); + + return w; +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, wxCoord *width, wxCoord *height, + wxCoord *descent, + wxCoord *externalLeading, + const wxFont *theFont ) const +{ + if ( width ) + *width = 0; + if ( height ) + *height = 0; + if ( descent ) + *descent = 0; + if ( externalLeading ) + *externalLeading = 0; + + if (string.empty()) + { + return; + } + + // Set layout's text + + const wxScopedCharBuffer dataUTF8(string.utf8_str()); + + gint oldSize = 0; + if ( theFont ) + { + // scale the font and apply it + PangoFontDescription *desc = theFont->GetNativeFontInfo()->description; + oldSize = pango_font_description_get_size(desc); + float size = oldSize * GetFontPointSizeAdjustment(72.0); + pango_font_description_set_size(desc, (gint)size); + + pango_layout_set_font_description(m_layout, desc); + } + + pango_layout_set_text( m_layout, dataUTF8, strlen(dataUTF8) ); + + int h; + pango_layout_get_pixel_size( m_layout, width, &h ); + if ( height ) + *height = h; + + if (descent) + { + PangoLayoutIter *iter = pango_layout_get_iter(m_layout); + int baseline = pango_layout_iter_get_baseline(iter); + pango_layout_iter_free(iter); + *descent = h - PANGO_PIXELS(baseline); + } + + if ( theFont ) + { + // restore font and reset font's size back + pango_layout_set_font_description(m_layout, m_fontdesc); + + PangoFontDescription *desc = theFont->GetNativeFontInfo()->description; + pango_font_description_set_size(desc, oldSize); + } +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoGetSize(int* width, int* height) const +{ + wxGnomePrintNativeData *native = + (wxGnomePrintNativeData*) m_printData.GetNativeData(); + + // Query page size. This seems to omit the margins + double pw,ph; + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_job_get_page_size( native->GetPrintJob(), &pw, &ph ); + + if (width) + *width = wxRound( pw * PS2DEV ); + + if (height) + *height = wxRound( ph * PS2DEV ); +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::DoGetSizeMM(int *width, int *height) const +{ + wxGnomePrintNativeData *native = + (wxGnomePrintNativeData*) m_printData.GetNativeData(); + + // This code assumes values in Pts. + + double pw,ph; + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_job_get_page_size( native->GetPrintJob(), &pw, &ph ); + + // Convert to mm. + + const GnomePrintUnit *mm_unit = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_unit_get_by_abbreviation( (const guchar*) "mm" ); + const GnomePrintUnit *pts_unit = gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_unit_get_by_abbreviation( (const guchar*) "Pts" ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_convert_distance( &pw, pts_unit, mm_unit ); + gs_libGnomePrint->gnome_print_convert_distance( &ph, pts_unit, mm_unit ); + + if (width) + *width = (int) (pw + 0.5); + if (height) + *height = (int) (ph + 0.5); +} + +wxSize wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::GetPPI() const +{ + return wxSize(DPI,DPI); +} + +void wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& data) +{ + m_printData = data; + + int height; + if (m_printData.GetOrientation() == wxPORTRAIT) + GetOwner()->GetSize( NULL, &height ); + else + GetOwner()->GetSize( &height, NULL ); + m_deviceLocalOriginY = height; +} + +// overridden for wxPrinterDC Impl + +int wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::GetResolution() const +{ + return DPI; +} + +wxRect wxGnomePrinterDCImpl::GetPaperRect() const +{ + // GNOME print doesn't support printer margins + int w = 0; + int h = 0; + DoGetSize( &w, &h ); + return wxRect( 0, 0, w, h ); +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomePrintModule +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGnomePrintModule::OnInit() +{ + gs_libGnomePrint = new wxGnomePrintLibrary; + if (gs_libGnomePrint->IsOk()) + wxPrintFactory::SetPrintFactory( new wxGnomePrintFactory ); + return true; +} + +void wxGnomePrintModule::OnExit() +{ + wxDELETE(gs_libGnomePrint); +} + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGnomePrintModule, wxModule) + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Print preview +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxGnomePrintPreview, wxPrintPreviewBase) + +void wxGnomePrintPreview::Init(wxPrintout * WXUNUSED(printout), + wxPrintout * WXUNUSED(printoutForPrinting)) +{ + DetermineScaling(); +} + +wxGnomePrintPreview::wxGnomePrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintDialogData *data) + : wxPrintPreviewBase(printout, printoutForPrinting, data) +{ + Init(printout, printoutForPrinting); +} + +wxGnomePrintPreview::wxGnomePrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, + wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, + wxPrintData *data) + : wxPrintPreviewBase(printout, printoutForPrinting, data) +{ + Init(printout, printoutForPrinting); +} + +wxGnomePrintPreview::~wxGnomePrintPreview() +{ +} + +bool wxGnomePrintPreview::Print(bool interactive) +{ + if (!m_printPrintout) + return false; + + wxPrinter printer(& m_printDialogData); + return printer.Print(m_previewFrame, m_printPrintout, interactive); +} + +void wxGnomePrintPreview::DetermineScaling() +{ + wxPaperSize paperType = m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().GetPaperId(); + if (paperType == wxPAPER_NONE) + paperType = wxPAPER_NONE; + + wxPrintPaperType *paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->FindPaperType(paperType); + if (!paper) + paper = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->FindPaperType(wxPAPER_A4); + + if (paper) + { + m_previewPrintout->SetPPIScreen(wxGetDisplayPPI()); + + int resolution = DPI; + m_previewPrintout->SetPPIPrinter( resolution, resolution ); + + wxSize sizeDevUnits(paper->GetSizeDeviceUnits()); + + // TODO: get better resolution information from wxGnomePrinterDCImpl, if possible. + + sizeDevUnits.x = (wxCoord)((float)sizeDevUnits.x * resolution / 72.0); + sizeDevUnits.y = (wxCoord)((float)sizeDevUnits.y * resolution / 72.0); + wxSize sizeTenthsMM(paper->GetSize()); + wxSize sizeMM(sizeTenthsMM.x / 10, sizeTenthsMM.y / 10); + + // If in landscape mode, we need to swap the width and height. + if ( m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().GetOrientation() == wxLANDSCAPE ) + { + m_pageWidth = sizeDevUnits.y; + m_pageHeight = sizeDevUnits.x; + m_previewPrintout->SetPageSizeMM(sizeMM.y, sizeMM.x); + } + else + { + m_pageWidth = sizeDevUnits.x; + m_pageHeight = sizeDevUnits.y; + m_previewPrintout->SetPageSizeMM(sizeMM.x, sizeMM.y); + } + m_previewPrintout->SetPageSizePixels(m_pageWidth, m_pageHeight); + m_previewPrintout->SetPaperRectPixels(wxRect(0, 0, m_pageWidth, m_pageHeight)); + + // At 100%, the page should look about page-size on the screen. + m_previewScaleX = (double)0.8 * 72.0 / (double)resolution; + m_previewScaleY = m_previewScaleX; + } +} + +#endif + // wxUSE_LIBGNOMEPRINT diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gnome/gvfs.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gnome/gvfs.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cfff727364 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/gnome/gvfs.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/gnome/gvfs.cpp +// Author: Robert Roebling +// Purpose: Implement GNOME VFS support +// Created: 03/17/06 +// RCS-ID: $Id: gvfs.cpp 57651 2008-12-30 00:01:54Z VZ $ +// Copyright: Robert Roebling +// Licence: wxWindows Licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE && wxUSE_LIBGNOMEVFS + +#include "wx/gtk/gnome/gvfs.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP + #include "wx/log.h" + #include "wx/module.h" +#endif + +#include "wx/mimetype.h" +#include "wx/dynlib.h" + +#include + +#include "wx/link.h" +wxFORCE_LINK_THIS_MODULE(gnome_vfs) + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomeVFSLibrary +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGnomeVFSLibrary +{ +public: + wxGnomeVFSLibrary(); + ~wxGnomeVFSLibrary(); + bool IsOk(); + +private: + bool InitializeMethods(); + + wxDynamicLibrary m_libGnomeVFS; + + // only true if we successfully loaded the library above + // + // don't rename this field, it's used by wxDL_XXX macros internally + bool m_ok; + +public: + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( gboolean, gnome_vfs_init, + (), (), FALSE ) + wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( gnome_vfs_shutdown, + (), () ) + + wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( GnomeVFSResult, gnome_vfs_mime_set_icon, + (const char *mime_type, const char *filename), (mime_type, filename), GNOME_VFS_OK ) +}; + +wxGnomeVFSLibrary::wxGnomeVFSLibrary() +{ + wxLogNull log; + + m_libGnomeVFS.Load("libgnomevfs-2.so.0"); + m_ok = m_libGnomeVFS.IsLoaded() && InitializeMethods(); +} + +wxGnomeVFSLibrary::~wxGnomeVFSLibrary() +{ + // we crash on exit later (i.e. after main() finishes) if we unload this + // library, apparently it inserts some hooks in other libraries to which we + // link implicitly (GTK+ itself?) which are not uninstalled when it's + // unloaded resulting in this crash, so just leave it in memory -- it's a + // lesser evil + m_libGnomeVFS.Detach(); +} + +bool wxGnomeVFSLibrary::IsOk() +{ + return m_ok; +} + +bool wxGnomeVFSLibrary::InitializeMethods() +{ + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomeVFS, gnome_vfs_init ); + wxDL_METHOD_LOAD( m_libGnomeVFS, gnome_vfs_shutdown ); + + return true; +} + +static wxGnomeVFSLibrary* gs_lgvfs = NULL; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerFactory +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerFactory::CreateMimeTypesManagerImpl() +{ + return new wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerImpl; +} + + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerImpl +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerImpl::DoAssociation(const wxString& strType, + const wxString& strIcon, + wxMimeTypeCommands *entry, + const wxArrayString& strExtensions, + const wxString& strDesc) +{ + return AddToMimeData + ( + strType, + strIcon, + entry, + strExtensions, + strDesc, + true + ) != wxNOT_FOUND; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxGnomeVFSModule +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxGnomeVFSModule: public wxModule +{ +public: + wxGnomeVFSModule() {} + bool OnInit(); + void OnExit(); + +private: + DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGnomeVFSModule) +}; + +bool wxGnomeVFSModule::OnInit() +{ + gs_lgvfs = new wxGnomeVFSLibrary; + if (gs_lgvfs->IsOk()) + { + if (gs_lgvfs->gnome_vfs_init()) + wxMimeTypesManagerFactory::Set( new wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerFactory ); + } + return true; +} + +void wxGnomeVFSModule::OnExit() +{ + if (gs_lgvfs->IsOk()) + gs_lgvfs->gnome_vfs_shutdown(); + + delete gs_lgvfs; +} + +IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGnomeVFSModule, wxModule) + +#endif // wxUSE_LIBGNOMEVFS && wxUSE_MIMETYPE diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1395af650b --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.cpp +// Purpose: Hildon implementation of wxNotificationMessage +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2007-11-21 +// RCS-ID: $Id: notifmsg.cpp 67254 2011-03-20 00:14:35Z DS $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif //WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/notifmsg.h" +#include "wx/toplevel.h" + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON + #include +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON + +#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + #include +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 + +// ============================================================================ +// wxNotificationMessage implementation +// ============================================================================ + +wxString wxNotificationMessage::HildonGetMarkup() const +{ + const wxString& message = GetMessage(), + title = GetTitle(); + + wxString text; + if ( message.empty() ) + { + text = title; + } + else // combine title with message in a single string + { + text << "" << title << "\n" + "\n" + << message; + } + + return text; +} + +GtkWidget *wxNotificationMessage::HildonGetWindow() const +{ + wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); + if ( parent ) + { + parent = wxGetTopLevelParent(parent); + if ( parent ) + { + wxTopLevelWindow * const + tlw = wxDynamicCast(parent, wxTopLevelWindow); + if ( tlw ) + return tlw->m_mainWidget; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +bool wxNotificationMessage::Show(int timeout) +{ + if ( timeout == Timeout_Never ) + { + m_banner = hildon_banner_show_animation + ( + HildonGetWindow(), + NULL, + GetFullMessage() // markup not supported here + ); + if ( !m_banner ) + return false; + } + else // the message will time out + { + // we don't have any way to set the timeout interval so we just let it + // time out automatically + hildon_banner_show_information_with_markup + ( + HildonGetWindow(), + NULL, + HildonGetMarkup() + ); + } + + return true; +} + +bool wxNotificationMessage::Close() +{ + if ( !m_banner ) + { + // either we hadn't been shown or we are using an information banner + // which will disappear on its own, nothing we can do about it + return false; + } + + gtk_widget_destroy(m_banner); + m_banner = NULL; + + return true; +} + +wxNotificationMessage::~wxNotificationMessage() +{ + Close(); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/horiz.xbm b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/horiz.xbm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94de3f9dcf --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/horiz.xbm @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#define horiz_width 16 +#define horiz_height 16 +static unsigned char horiz_bits[] = { + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xFF, + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, }; diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/hyperlink.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/hyperlink.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93ee1bf705 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/hyperlink.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/hyperlink.cpp +// Purpose: Hyperlink control +// Author: Francesco Montorsi +// Created: 14/2/2007 +// RCS-ID: $Id: hyperlink.cpp 65334 2010-08-17 16:55:32Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2007 Francesco Montorsi +// Licence: wxWindows licence +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#if wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL && defined(__WXGTK210__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) + +#include "wx/hyperlink.h" + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif + +#include +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// local functions +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static inline bool UseNative() +{ + // native gtk_link_button widget is only available in GTK+ 2.10 and later + return !gtk_check_version(2, 10, 0); +} + +// ============================================================================ +// implementation +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// "clicked" +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +extern "C" { +static void gtk_hyperlink_clicked_callback( GtkWidget *WXUNUSED(widget), + wxHyperlinkCtrl *linkCtrl ) +{ + // send the event + linkCtrl->SendEvent(); +} +} + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// wxHyperlinkCtrl +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool wxHyperlinkCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, + const wxString& label, const wxString& url, const wxPoint& pos, + const wxSize& size, long style, const wxString& name) +{ + if ( UseNative() ) + { + // do validation checks: + CheckParams(label, url, style); + + if (!PreCreation( parent, pos, size ) || + !CreateBase( parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name )) + { + wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxHyperlinkCtrl creation failed") ); + return false; + } + + m_widget = gtk_link_button_new("asdfsaf asdfdsaf asdfdsa"); + g_object_ref(m_widget); + gtk_widget_show(m_widget); + + // alignment + float x_alignment = 0.5; + if (HasFlag(wxHL_ALIGN_LEFT)) + x_alignment = 0.0; + else if (HasFlag(wxHL_ALIGN_RIGHT)) + x_alignment = 1.0; + gtk_button_set_alignment(GTK_BUTTON(m_widget), x_alignment, 0.5); + + // set to non empty strings both the url and the label + SetURL(url.empty() ? label : url); + SetLabel(label.empty() ? url : label); + + // our signal handlers: + g_signal_connect_after (m_widget, "clicked", + G_CALLBACK (gtk_hyperlink_clicked_callback), + this); + + m_parent->DoAddChild( this ); + + PostCreation(size); + + // wxWindowGTK will connect to the enter_notify and leave_notify GTK+ signals + // thus overriding GTK+'s internal signal handlers which set the cursor of + // the widget - thus we need to manually set it here: + SetCursor(wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND)); + } + else + return wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::Create(parent, id, label, url, pos, size, style, name); + + return true; +} + +wxSize wxHyperlinkCtrl::DoGetBestSize() const +{ + if ( UseNative() ) + return wxControl::DoGetBestSize(); + return wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::DoGetBestSize(); +} + +void wxHyperlinkCtrl::SetLabel(const wxString &label) +{ + if ( UseNative() ) + { + wxControl::SetLabel(label); + const wxString labelGTK = GTKConvertMnemonics(label); + gtk_button_set_label(GTK_BUTTON(m_widget), wxGTK_CONV(labelGTK)); + } + else + wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::SetLabel(label); +} + +void wxHyperlinkCtrl::SetURL(const wxString &uri) +{ + if ( UseNative() ) + gtk_link_button_set_uri(GTK_LINK_BUTTON(m_widget), wxGTK_CONV(uri)); + else + wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::SetURL(uri); +} + +wxString wxHyperlinkCtrl::GetURL() const +{ + if ( UseNative() ) + { + const gchar *str = gtk_link_button_get_uri(GTK_LINK_BUTTON(m_widget)); + return wxString::FromUTF8(str); + } + + return wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::GetURL(); +} + +void wxHyperlinkCtrl::SetNormalColour(const wxColour &colour) +{ + if ( UseNative() ) + { + // simply do nothing: GTK+ does not allow us to change it :( + } + else + wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::SetNormalColour(colour); +} + +wxColour wxHyperlinkCtrl::GetNormalColour() const +{ + wxColour ret; + if ( UseNative() ) + { + GdkColor *link_color = NULL; + + // convert GdkColor in wxColour + gtk_widget_style_get(m_widget, "link-color", &link_color, NULL); + if (link_color) + ret = wxColour(*link_color); + gdk_color_free (link_color); + } + else + ret = wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::GetNormalColour(); + + return ret; +} + +void wxHyperlinkCtrl::SetVisitedColour(const wxColour &colour) +{ + if ( UseNative() ) + { + // simply do nothing: GTK+ does not allow us to change it :( + } + else + wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::SetVisitedColour(colour); +} + +wxColour wxHyperlinkCtrl::GetVisitedColour() const +{ + wxColour ret; + if ( UseNative() ) + { + GdkColor *link_color = NULL; + + // convert GdkColor in wxColour + gtk_widget_style_get(m_widget, "visited-link-color", &link_color, NULL); + if (link_color) + ret = wxColour(*link_color); + gdk_color_free (link_color); + } + else + return wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::GetVisitedColour(); + + return ret; +} + +void wxHyperlinkCtrl::SetHoverColour(const wxColour &colour) +{ + if ( UseNative() ) + { + // simply do nothing: GTK+ does not allow us to change it :( + } + else + wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::SetHoverColour(colour); +} + +wxColour wxHyperlinkCtrl::GetHoverColour() const +{ + if ( UseNative() ) + { + // hover colour == normal colour for native GTK+ widget + return GetNormalColour(); + } + + return wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::GetHoverColour(); +} + +GdkWindow *wxHyperlinkCtrl::GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const +{ + return UseNative() ? GTK_BUTTON(m_widget)->event_window + : wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl::GTKGetWindow(windows); +} + +#endif // wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL && GTK+ 2.10+ diff --git a/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/infobar.cpp b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/infobar.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..746b5db102 --- /dev/null +++ b/Externals/wxWidgets3/src/gtk/infobar.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Name: src/gtk/infobar.cpp +// Purpose: wxInfoBar implementation for GTK +// Author: Vadim Zeitlin +// Created: 2009-09-27 +// RCS-ID: $Id: infobar.cpp 62686 2009-11-19 01:36:54Z VZ $ +// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin +// Licence: wxWindows licence +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// ============================================================================ +// declarations +// ============================================================================ + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// headers +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// for compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". +#include "wx/wxprec.h" + +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ + #pragma hdrstop +#endif + +#include "wx/infobar.h" + +#if wxUSE_INFOBAR && defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_INFOBAR) + +#ifndef WX_PRECOMP +#endif // WX_PRECOMP + +#include "wx/vector.h" +#include "wx/stockitem.h" + +#include "wx/gtk/private.h" +#include "wx/gtk/private/messagetype.h" + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// local classes +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +class wxInfoBarGTKImpl +{ +public: + wxInfoBarGTKImpl() + { + m_label = NULL; + m_close = NULL; + } + + // label for the text shown in the bar + GtkWidget *m_label; + + // the default close button, NULL if not needed (m_buttons is not empty) or + // not created yet + GtkWidget *m_close; + + // information about the buttons added using AddButton() + struct Button + { + Button(GtkWidget *button_, int id_) + : button(button_), + id(id_) + { + } + + GtkWidget *button; + int id; + }; + typedef wxVector